《Three Kingdoms Online Games: Battle for Hegemony》


 Chapter 1

    2086, more than 150 years after World War II. With the joint efforts of all countries on the earth, the earth''s environment is gradually getting better, and the population has reached 10 billion. However, with the massive promotion of intelligent robots, more and more simple but heavy work is undertaken by intelligent robots, so the unemployment rate of all countries has been rising, and the number of idle people is gradually increasing. Although the interstellar migration program has gradually started, there is a process in everything. Therefore, in order to relieve the employment pressure and let the unemployed have something to kill their time, all countries are making full efforts to develop online games and borrow virtual online games to relieve the employment pressure. In the past decade, countries have launched a number of online games.


    October 1st is China''s national day. Not only that, the next day, that is, October 2, is the opening time of the latest online game "online game of the Three Kingdoms". This is the latest generation of online games jointly developed by the Chinese government and the most famous Yuchen Technology Group in China, which is said to cost nearly 50 billion. Nuwa-1, the most advanced intelligent system in the world, can accommodate up to 1 billion people online at the same time. Holographic helmet and 3D effect are adopted. This is a virtual online game with the theme of Three Kingdoms. According to the market survey and analysis of international authoritative organizations, it is estimated that there will be at least 80 million players in China, and the peak may reach 200 million. At least 120 million players in Asia and 200 million in the world.


    Three months before the opening of the service, the government launched an overwhelming publicity campaign. The charm of this virtual game lies in that there are no novice villages, supply stations, pharmacies, equipment stores and other things in the early stage (there are in big cities, but players can''t afford to buy them in the early stage). It all depends on the players to build a city base from scratch. Naturally, the early development of player power is extremely difficult.


    There are no small towns in this virtual world. At first, there are only large and medium-sized cities (such as more than 1000 large and medium-sized cities such as Chang''an and Luoyang). All the spare land allows players to become lord players, build their own villages and towns, and even climb a small village to the scale of the imperial city. Of course, the number of villages is not unlimited. There are only 500000 villages in total - there are many virtual games of the Three Kingdoms in the market, but this kind of Three Kingdoms hegemony game with the theme of construction and management is absolutely rare. Of course, players can also be free players. Just like ordinary online games, you can practice fighting monsters and form a legion. You can also go into business. You can be a strategist under the NPC forces. It is even said that you can dominate the mountains and dominate the waters in the middle and later periods. Of course, these are all mentioned in the promotional video. You know, the game has not been tested internally since the beginning, so it''s directly taken out for service. From this, we can see the confidence of the government and game companies in the game.


    Wang Chao, a 26 year old man, lost his job for the fourth time a month ago. After he lost his job, he was attracted by the overwhelming publicity. He had been fond of the Three Kingdoms since he was a child. Half a month ago, he spent one month''s salary and prepared the virtual warehouse for the game. But he had something to do at his temporary home in the countryside. He went back for a few days and came back on the morning of the 3rd. Prepare dry food for half a month and enter the game after washing. According to the statistics on the official website, more than 20 million people have entered the game in more than two days. Nearly 200000 villages have been built, and now it is the fifth day of the game time. (the game stipulates that the real time is 6 hours for one day of the game, the first five days of each month are for food planting, and the last five days are for harvest. The middle 20 days is the growth period.) That is to say, the village built a few days after the beginning of the month has no time to grow food in the first month. That is to say, the Lord players behind are one month behind the previous five days.


    "Virtual game" Three Kingdoms online game of the lords "into the countdown: 10, 9, 8... 1, 0, start."


    "0" moment, Wang Chao finger click to enter the game start interface. The beauty of the Three Kingdoms system comes out. Set the account number, password, fingerprint, retina, and then his favorite game character name - "Changshan Zhao Zilong" to confirm.


    "Sorry, your name can''t be the same as NPC."


    Shit... That''s not good, either?


    "Changshan covers the purple dragon."


    "Sorry, the name already exists."


    Shit...


    "Longzizhao"


    "sorry..."


    "Damn it"


    "sorry, please use civilized language."


    "My father is Li Gang"


    "sorry..."


    "God horses are clouds"


    "sorry..."


    ¡£¡£¡£¡£¡£¡£


    "Damn it, it''s only one day. How can it be occupied by people?" After nearly ten minutes of "fighting" with the system aunt, Wang Chao nearly collapsed.


    All kinds of helpless. He had to choose the system to choose the name automatically.


    "Zhugeqing"


    damn it. I''m a man....


    "Li Kui"


    No. It''s so ugly...


    ¡£¡£¡£¡£¡£


    "Huangfu Chaobo"


    er... This name seems to be OK... Maybe we can have a good relationship with huangfusong."OK"


    next is the attribute test.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    I''ve been busy for a while, and then I finally get it.


    Enter the game.


    Game Guide beauty: "welcome player Huangfu Chaobo to enter the" online game of the Three Kingdoms ", now is donghanguanghe, January 5, 182. Have a good time. " Wang Chao, a civilian player of level 0, appeared in a wilderness with a white light, a cloth suit and a copper knife in his hand. It was absolutely barren, with weeds and wilderness, as well as wandering wild animals. There was no artificial trace in all directions -


    "Congratulations, the player was the first to use the surname of Huangfu, the famous historical general in the game, and had a close relationship with the first general named Huangfu in the game It''s becoming familiar. " (the relationships are deadly enemies, mutual hatred, disgust, mutual hatred, ignorance, acquaintance, familiarity, trust, closeness, and brotherhood)


    I rely on you. Is that ok? Why didn''t you listen? Those players must have kept it a secret. I had known that I had the same surname as brother pony. There are a lot of people in brother pony''s family, but now someone must have used this surname. Well, there are two or three historical generals in Huangfu''s family. It''s better to talk than nothing. Moreover, they may be able to take advantage of the yellow scarf chaos. However, as soon as Wang Chao came back, he entered the game and had no time to enter the official website. I don''t know the rules of the game. Only one game account can be established for each identity information. If the player is not satisfied with the game account, he can delete the game characters and establish them again. However, there must be an interval of 48 hours. According to the game time, it''s about 8 days. Therefore, for the player who knows the information, if he wants to rebuild the game account, he has to think about it What''s more, these things are just like this. No one can be sure of the effect. For this game, all people know little about it. The only thing they know is some information circulated from the official channels. So there is no deletion among players. After all, we all know that every minute is very important for a player at the beginning of a game.


    Exhale attribute interface:


    character attribute - Huangfu Chaobo


    level 0 (add 2 attributes per level, only one attribute at a time)


    command 5 (decide blood, attack and army attack)


    force 6 (decide blood, gas, attack and defense, army attack and defense)


    intelligence 8 (decide gas, defense and army defense)


    politics 6 The ability to deal with internal affairs)


    charm 82 (determines the ability of the general of Dengyong) (hidden attribute: the relationship with the general)


    fame: 0 military merit: 0


    equipment: novice suit: cloth hat. Cloth clothes (Defence + 1). Cloth belt (20 squares of storage. The same class can stack up to 100. Each grid has 10 loads. When the load reaches 50%, the player''s action and attack will be halved. When the load reaches 80%, the attack will be zero. When the load reaches the full value, the player can''t move). Straw sandals. Novice copper knife. (no drop, no damage, attack + 1)


    mp6 (martial * level)


    hp14 (martial + Intelligence) * level


    attack 1 (martial + unification) * level 100 + equipment


    Defense 1 (martial + Intelligence) * level 100 + equipment


    experience: 0100


    weapon proficiency: Sabre: no 0100


    marksmanship: no 0100


    bow and arrow: no 0100


    equestrian: no 0100


    ..


    ...


    Common skills: none


    general skills: none


    array skills: none


    I x, nothing. It''s really nothing. The attack is only 1. It''s not that the hand has no chicken power! Wang Chao thought.


    His location is selected at random. It may be the richest water town in the south of the Yangtze River, or the wild land in the south, the desert island in the East China Sea, and the Gobi desert in the western regions. When the player''s character dies, he can assign the location randomly again. (after the player dies, you can choose to resurrect in place, at random, or at a rebirth point. Players have a free rebirth point.)


    Wang Chao was surprised when he saw where he was on the map. He was about 10 li away from Yingchuan changshe City, northwest of changshe city. Chang she.... It can''t be true. This is the main battlefield of the yellow scarf rebellion. If you build a village here, it''s a fart. Well... Depressed.. (after the player is born into the game, the system will automatically present a map, but it''s only very simple. You can only see your own location and the system city within 50 to 100 miles around. As for the detailed map, it''s said that you need to buy it in the stores in the system City)


    alas. forget it. Anyway, I don''t know if I can get the village construction drawings. Let''s practice first.


    Thinking about it, I went in the direction of changshe city.


    After walking for a few minutes, there was a goat on the grass ahead. Wang Chaoxing rushed over. "Shua" cut in the past. It seems that this action can only be called chopping. Anyway, I haven''t learned the sabre technique now.


    -1


    "baa..."


    Immediately, the system gave him a message in his mind:Goat: level 10, blood 20, attack 3, defense 0. Experience 5 after killing has a certain chance to explode sheep horn, sheep skin, mutton and coins...


    Hey, hey... pretty good. I killed the sheep...


    Thinking, the knife in my hand cuts at the goat again.


    -1


    - 1


    shit. When is this sheep going to be cut...


    Thinking, "baa..." Wang Chao suddenly felt a pain in his body.


    -2


    the blood trough on the head was empty. Er... There was only six blood. I went to two when I was pushed by a sheep. If you go on like this, two more times, you will burp your fart first. no way. Withdraw.

 Chapter 2

    Wang Chao immediately withdrew from the goat''s attack area. When he was preparing to leave, he got up two people from the south. The names "Adu" and "Xiaojie" are still on his head. Damn it. Ah Du is OK. What the hell is little Jie? Wang Chao muttered softly.


    "Wow... How tough! Man, you''re over ten? You can pick level 10 alone! "At the end of the person''s arrival, the voice comes first. Xiao Jie yelled;


    "er... I''m still playing "level 0" Wang Chaodao;


    Bang...


    Bang...


    They fell to the ground in an instant. It took a long time to see them get up. "Man, you''re really good. Just come to pick 10 strange, we both killed a few days of chicken. Now the most is to kill Mianzi. " Adudao;


    "Er, novice. Novice... Just came in. When you see a sheep, go and have a try. How many grades are you now? " Wang Chao was a little bit unkind, scratched his head and immediately changed the topic;


    "I''m level six, he''s level seven." Ah Dudao: that''s right. I don''t know what you call it? "


    Because he just came in, so Wang Chao''s name was not released.


    "Huangfu Chaobo!"


    "Ultra thin? Okamoto? 0.3mm£¿ Wow... Are we brothers? Are you in this business Xiaojie said on one side;


    "Okamoto? 0.3mm£¿ What is it? No, no, brother. Can you speak slowly? What are you talking about? " Wang Chao was forced to look at the two humanitarians;


    "the TT imported by the island countries. Ultra thin. Only 0.3mm, known as the thinnest fighter in the world, TT. Although some people don''t like island countries very much, they still like two things. As a man, you know. By the way, aren''t you in this business? "


    "Ah! No, no, it''s my bo. " After hearing what they said, Wang Chao let out his name. Tragedy DIWA, why didn''t I think of this. Super Bo, super thin, er.


    "Nothing. It sounds the same anyway." Little Jie Jie indifferent said: "old Du, we will be TT trio. Another brother "


    " er... "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Wang Chao had no choice but to change the topic because he was familiar with Xiaojiejie.


    "You two, I just came in. I don''t know how to play. Can you teach me?"


    Xiaojie immediately interface: "no problem, who called us a trio!"


    So the three men went to the direction of changshe city together.


    Along the way, the two of them also told Wang Chao what they knew in the game in detail.


    It turns out that the two of them are colleagues in the same company who do TT business. Ah Du is the so-called "those children who are not stopped by us, we are responsible for raising them!" TT salesman, and Xiaojie Jie is another so-called "invisible thin" manufacturer salesman. After listening to the two people''s explanation of their names, Wang Chao couldn''t help but cover his face for a long time. Because the usual things are not much, we play together to fight the Three Kingdoms. They also came in yesterday afternoon, the third day of game time. At the beginning, I went to kill the more advanced monsters, and almost died. After listening to the people in front of me, I realized that I couldn''t kill them because of my strength. Just into the game, everyone is the same, attack 1, defend 1, can go to kill those 0 level chicken, mouse, river turtle, etc. When you reach level 6 or 7, you can go to level 5. Now there are 20 or 30 million people in the game, but it''s only 200000 people who have been ordered to build a village. On average, there are only one or two hundred villages in each county. Other people are still honest in the practice. If you play strange, you have a chance to hit meat, skin, tendons, feathers and other things. In the case of meat, only NPC will process it into cooked food (such as dried meat, stewed meat, etc.) that can be better eaten, so players can only go to the village and change it into other food, such as wheat cakes. Because after playing the game for a period of time, players'' strength will decrease, and they can only improve by relying on food, or they can only sit there and wait for their strength to recover. Of course, if you like to eat raw meat, you will not need to exchange food with NPC. As for the amount of blood, blood medicine can only be sold in the city, and it is said that + 10 blood medicine costs 50 copper. It seems that no one can afford it now, and even those who can afford it won''t spend money on it. You know, at the beginning of the game, players are all red fruits, and they don''t have a copper coin on them. They only burst out when they kill monsters, and the explosion rate is high It''s pitifully low. For example, the explosion rate of low-level wild monsters is less than one in 20, and each time there is a pathetic copper coin or two. That is to say, you have to Kill 500 or 600 little monsters to collect money for a bottle of blood medicine. Moreover, at the beginning of the game, there was no exchange between real currency and game currency. As we all know, blood medicine is not worth the money. It''s just the difficulty of the system to increase the playability of the game. As for equipment, according to many senior players and organizations, it should only explode on humanoid monsters. If we speculate according to the explosion rate of ordinary monsters, it is estimated that the explosion rate of equipment will be lower. So a lot of people say that most of the equipment in the game can be built, instead of just killing monsters as in previous games."How much experience do you have in killing a chicken?"


    "One point."


    "Well.... So I''m not going to kill 100 chickens? If you go up to level 10, you''ll kill 1000. " Wang Chao is speechless. "How long does it take to kill a chicken?"


    "A chicken has 5 points of blood, one at a time, and it can be cut 5 times!" said Xiao Jie. "It''s a good calculation!"


    Oh, my God!


    Earth!


    Why is this game called warlords? Why don''t you call it chicken killing!


    "brother, I''m sorry... Everyone came here like this. "Adu patted Wang Chao on the shoulder." nothing happened. Brothers, take you directly to kill Mianzi! "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Five or six miles outside the west gate of changshe City, there are a few strange points about how to brush without children. By the time the three of them got here, dozens of them had been brushing their hands. While greeting several acquaintances, Xiao Jie did not forget to introduce Huangfu Chaobo to you.


    "Lao Lai, I''ve brought your little brother to brush my son again! Here, let me introduce you. This is my brother


    "Laobaigan, how many grades have you been promoted today?"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Wild immunity: Level 5 wild monster. Blood 10, defense 0, no aggression. There are only three experiences in killing one. Occasionally, there will be a kind of mutant YeMian or yemianwang, which is more cost-effective than ordinary YeMian. However, in a few days, only a few people have encountered it, and it is said that many things have exploded.


    Three people formed a team and began to brush up. Players can form a team even before they have no official position, but there can only be five players at most. Because they are just small monsters like swindlers, they don''t form a full team. After the team and all online games, brush strange experience is everyone''s average, explosive items are also their own people to discuss the points.


    Three people, each person''s attack is 1, a free son, on average, each person only need to cut three knives, a little more is enough. Soon, with the help of the two of them, Wang Chao was promoted to two levels. There were also five pieces of meat and two pieces of skin in the belt''s carry on package, and three copper coins. 555¡£¡£¡£ It''s not cloth in our pockets.


    In a twinkling of an eye, a few hours passed and it was going to be dark soon. Because the vision of players will be halved at night, and the range of activities of aggressive monsters such as level 20 wolf and level 15 snake will be increased at night, so players are more likely to be attacked in the wild, so many players go to the relatively safe places such as the county seat and the player''s village. If they go offline, they don''t have to worry about themselves when they go online the next day There''s a big monster around me. Even the offline players will try their best to get close to these places, because there are not many people online at night, so there are not many people brushing monsters in these places, so sometimes it''s faster than practicing in the daytime.


    "Brother Chaobo," said Adu, "let''s go too."


    "Well, thank you very much today. I don''t know how many detours I would have taken if it hadn''t been for your help. By the way, where do you usually go offline? "


    "Not necessarily. But most of the time, we go offline in Zongheng village, south of changshe. " Xiaojie is on the side of the interface;


    "Zongheng village? Is that great? "


    "That''s right. They are the first village in Yingchuan. In the whole game is also in the top 10. You don''t know how awesome boss Zongheng is. He got a village construction drawing in less than an hour. Now there are more than 40 villagers in the village, and several elders in the village have organized several legions, with 40 or 50 people. The average level has reached level 10. It is said that they are now preparing to fight mountain bandits. They say that they have taken on a certain task. They are level 20 or so humanoid monsters who will take the initiative to attack. Do you think cattle are not cattle? " As soon as he opened his mouth, Xiao Jie began to talk about it. "It''s a pity that we don''t have enough grades and people look down upon us. Or you can join the army


    "Come on," said Adu, turning his head. "When you go in, will you be able to bear that constraint?"


    "Ha ha... So is that. Why don''t we get a few more people and go to their village to get a legion to play with? "


    "Ha ha..." Wang Chao listened. "Let''s talk about it later. That doesn''t mean we can afford it. Just catch a few people and set up a legion. You''ll be sold and you''re still helping people. It''s better to find people who can get along with each other, or you''ll have a headache just by dividing things. "


    "Yes. I used to play the game is the most annoying Legion inside the division of things. It''s a fight all day long. I''m bored to death. " Adudao;


    three people chatted as they walked. Half an hour later, they arrived at the west gate of changshe city. Seeing the city in the game for the first time, Wang Chao couldn''t help but stand and have a good look.

 Chapter 3

    Outside changshe City, the ground has been paved with thick stone brick road.


    The city walls are thick and long, the city walls are towering, the banners of the Great Han people are flying on the city towers, and the guards of the city are bright. It is not clear how many ranks they have. At the gate of the city, there were 12 pairs of horses, and dozens of armored soldiers with heavy guns on guard. The armor and weapons of the guards were shining in the setting sun. It looked like they were wearing gold armor in the distance. Outside the city is a moat more than five meters wide.


    Seeing the scale of changshe City, Wang Chao can''t help but sigh about the power of the system. A random ordinary level armed armored soldier may be enough to select dozens of players.


    Because changshe city is heavily guarded by the imperial court, there are almost no bandits around, no high-level aggressive wild monsters, and no players dare to rob and make trouble here. Therefore, a free trade fair has gradually formed near the city gate, and many players like to set up stalls here, shouting to buy all kinds of goods.


    "Excellent fur, see? This is a high-grade wolf skin! This is the only one in the whole market. "


    "Ah, these big brothers look like rich people," a player vendor saw them coming from afar and asked, "how about a grain of Dan for physical recovery? It''s very good to eat it and keep fighting for three hours."


    "How much is it?"


    "10 copper, the cheap one is just like the one picked up on the ground... Don''t go. How about 8 copper, 8 copper? If it''s cheaper, I''ll jump out of the castle. "


    Wang chaomu did not turn his eyes to see the guards on the city floor. Little Jie said on the side, "how''s it going? Watch your mouth water. hey.... Everyone is the same. If we have such equipment, can''t we walk horizontally? Moreover, changshe city is a small city. These are just taxi drivers in the county. It''s like this. I really don''t know what those high-level arms will look like in those County cities, state cities and Luoyang cities... I''m looking forward to it


    "Can we go in?" Wang Chao asked


    "yes, 20 copper tickets. Do you have enough money? "


    "20 copper? Robbing money ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~


    "Well, you think it''s a community park. You can enter it if you want. If everyone goes in. It has to be as crowded as the supermarket in real life. "


    "Where do you usually sell things?"


    "Here, the roadside stall. A piece of rabbit skin is one copper. You can charge as much as you have. "


    "1 copper. What did he take it for? "


    "Bang..." Xiao Jie jumped up and knocked Wang Chao on the head, "you are stupid! Take it and make it into leather armour. 1 copper a rabbit skin, 20 plus tendons, you can do a set of level 5 skin armor. That''s what rich people do. "


    "Isn''t that a set?"


    "It''s much cheaper than the shops in the city. The shops are more than 100."


    "Damn, I only have a few coppers... When is it going to start? "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Well, I''ve also seen the system city. Let''s take you to see Zongheng village. Ha ha ha


    ¡£¡£¡£


    In an hour. Three people came to Zongheng village about 10 miles south of changshe city.


    The village is not big. It''s Square. It''s only 400 meters on each side. It''s 160000 square meters in total. All around were fenced, except for a small wooden door in the middle of each side. Outside the village are rice fields. After a rough look, there are about 40 or 50 mu. The seedlings in the fields have grown green. Now it''s No. 6, and grain will begin to grow in a few days. Not far from the village, there are several logging fields, and several farmers are carrying wood in and out. Oh, wrong. It should be said that it''s lumberjack, because they are different from the things used by several people in the farmland. They are not hoes, but tools similar to firewood knives.


    "Wow, there are so many fields. How much grain will we collect at the end of the month?" Wang Chaodao;


    "yes. It''s said that there are 52 mu, and each mu can collect 65 Jin. By the end of the month, it will be three or four thousand jin. " ADU.


    "Well. So much? "


    "Yes. The standard yield of one mu field is 50 Jin, but in the Central Plains, the land is fertile, which can increase the yield by 30%. If you go to a place like Xiliang, you will have to reduce the output by 30% because of the poverty and disease of the land. "


    "How do you know so much?"


    "Ha ha... Is this all on the official website? Haven''t you been on the official website? "


    "Er... I entered the game as soon as I came back, but I didn''t enter the official website or forum. It seems that we have to go to the official website to have a good look. "


    "That''s... You''re going to have a good look. The whole little white Xiao Jie shakes his head as he says;


    "no, let''s go to the village. I don''t want money for this, do I? "


    "No, but other people are not allowed to stay and get off the line in the village at night except the people in the village. Go, go in


    Then they went to the gate of the village. Just as he was about to enter the village, all of a sudden, people around him called out


    "look, boss Zongheng, they''re back...""Wow, it seems that the result is not bad."


    "Yes. It''s said that they went to fight mountain bandits today. I don''t know if they found anything good. "


    "I''m sure I''ve got it. You don''t want to see who''s going. The leader of the vertical and horizontal army will go out and catch me by hand. However, I heard that it''s not mountain bandits, but itinerant bandits. "


    "That''s right. That''s


    Wang Chao quickly looked back and saw that there were 40 or 50 people from outside the village. The front four people were the same color of Grade 10 goatskin armour, the back ten people were wearing grade 5 Leather Free armour, and the back was the ordinary novice cloth clothes. We all came to the gate with a smile on our face.


    Seeing Wang Chao staring at those people, ADU introduced: "Zongheng village is composed of five players. There are four people in front of this team. The first one is the village head Zongheng, and the others are the elders of their village. The one on the far right is the top five bar. Next to him is the rampant world. On the far side is the world without thieves. There is also a girl named Nightingale, who is said to be the girlfriend of Zongheng. Those who are free of leather armour behind them are those directly under their legions. There are 20 of them, but now there are only a dozen. It is estimated that a few of them should be linked back to the village, and then there are those from the outside legions. These are all good hands above level 10


    During the conversation, the whole party went to the entrance of the village,


    "boss Zongheng, I heard you went to brush the big monster. Did you hit anything good?"


    "Yes, what did you get? Take it out and give your brothers a long insight! "


    "Ha ha ha... Brothers, two days ago (game time, no special instructions, the time appearing in the following text is game time), the village inadvertently received a task to destroy the temporary garrison of the bandits in the forest in the south of the village. There was a small group of bandits in it, so today we took people to copy their nest. After the bloody battle of our hundred people, we finally completely destroyed them The five bandits. And Then he stopped for a moment, "and we also burst out a drawing of the primary infantry battalion from that little head. In two days, we can have the first-class infantry in Zongheng village!"


    Boom......


    "Wow..."


    "It''s really a drawing."


    "Ox fork... Four level 20 bandits, a level 30 leader. I''m really killed by you "


    " Congratulations


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "The world is invincible!"


    I don''t know who yelled. Soon, everyone followed...


    And those players who come and go to fight also hold their chests up and follow them to the village with a proud face.


    In fact, every village can recruit soldiers, but without a military camp, only the strong people can be recruited, but the strong men are not even the militia. The militia can only be recruited from the military camp. But minzhuang just has two more attacks than ordinary villagers, which is really chicken ribs. Therefore, most villages prefer not to turn first, but to recruit militia after the barracks are built. After all, the security of villages in the early stage can be guaranteed. The militia is equivalent to our current reserve service, which can be trained, upgraded, and converted into other advanced services in the barracks. This is also the reason why it is necessary to draw a barracks drawing. Of course, the barracks are divided into three levels. The soldiers of different levels are of different levels. Just like the drawing of the junior infantry barracks in the hands of Zong Hengtian, you can recruit militia and first-class infantry, that is, swordsmen or gunners, but you can''t produce bowmen and cavalry. Those arms need to be produced in the corresponding barracks. The primary barracks can recruit first-class militia and first-class and second-class primary arms. The intermediate barracks are the third-class intermediate arms, and the senior barracks are the fourth class senior arms. If you need to recruit higher-class arms, you need to reach the county city, that is, the higher level of the middle city. As for other special arms, you need to have special barracks. The newly recruited soldiers in the camp are recruits. The attack and defense attributes of all recruits are the same, but the health and growth attributes are different. All soldiers can be upgraded. Through training and fighting, they can continuously improve their level and service experience. When they reach a certain level, they can become ordinary soldiers, and then they will be strong soldiers, elite soldiers, elite soldiers, and the attack and defense of different levels of soldiers Blood gas is very different. Of course, these are the late game we slowly understand.


    As Wang Chao walked inside, ADU explained to him. And Xiaojie went to talk and fart with those who just came back. He was a familiar person. The relationship with several elders in the village is OK.


    After a while, little Jie came out of the crowd. While walking, he yelled at both of them. "Why don''t you two go and listen to their fight against roving bandits?"


    "You go to listen, and it''s not the same when you come back to tell us!" Wang Chao said with a smile;


    "ha ha... So is that. You don''t know. They went to more than 80 people in total, and only less than 50 people came back in the end, but the harvest was also good, including a drawing, three pieces of level 20 equipment, and some money Then he talked about what he had heard about the fighting process...


    "It''s said that level 20 rogue bandits have 20 + attacks. If we meet, we''ll have fun. What a cow. ""Oh, by the way, some of them recorded the fighting. It''s said that he will be sent to the forum later. I''ll have a good look later. "

 Chapter 4

    Unconsciously, it was getting dark. At this time, the top five bars came out of the executive Hall: "brothers and sisters, it''s going to be night, and the gate of the village is going to be closed. Please go to the rest area outside the village. By the way, the village will be able to recruit soldiers in two days. If you are interested in recruiting soldiers, you are welcome to the barracks. The price is absolutely fair. "


    "Well? Can''t you stay in the village? " Wang Chao asked;


    "yes, I''m afraid someone will do damage at night. Except for the people in their village, everyone else has to go to the village. Outside the village, they surrounded a rest area where they could get off the line safely. " Adudao;


    "how can you become a person of their village?"


    "Xiaobai rules!" Xiaojie patted Wang Chao on the shoulder from behind and said, "brother, it seems that you should really go to the official website and forum to bubble."


    With the flow of people, the three people went to the rest area outside the South Gate of the village. The so-called rest area is an area surrounded by a fence, because it''s on the edge of the village, and the more aggressive monsters have long been cleaned up. Even if there are some people who miss the net, because there is a fence, so we don''t worry about being surrounded by strange people on the line the next day.


    Before long, many players are offline. Wang Chao and Adu have an appointment to go online again tomorrow (that is, two hours after the real time) to brush monsters together.


    From the game warehouse, Wang Chao looked at the time: 12:00 noon on October 3. It''s time for dinner.


    Ha ha ha... This game is pretty good, one day of real time is equivalent to four days of game time. Play for four hours and rest for two hours. Moreover, the authenticity of the game has reached more than 95%, and the blue water and blue sky inside are really invisible in real life.


    He took an egg and a ham from the fridge, and with a bowl of instant noodles, Wang Chao quickly solved the problem of Chinese food. In a hurry to put water in the bathroom, Wang Chao sat on the side of the computer. In the past few hours, Wang Chao has a sense of urgency. He has entered the game a few days later than others, and he doesn''t know much about the game. He must go online to have a good understanding of the game. Open the website, he looked at the construction of the village. He found that in just a few days, there were nearly 300000 villages, and the number was increasing.


    All kinds of charts appear on the official website.


    Village ranking


    personal strength ranking


    player weapon ranking


    player''s general ranking


    .


    ¡£


    ¡£


    Village ranking:


    the first village in the world, yelaixiang village head, yelaixiang village, Xuzhou, xiapi village, 52 people, with a comprehensive strength of 128


    the second village in the world, Huangjin village head, Huangjin village, Jizhou Julu village, 50 people, with a comprehensive strength of 125


    the third village in the world, Luonan village head, Xiake Sili, Luoyang village head, 49 people, with a comprehensive strength of 120


    the third village in the world, Xiaobai village head, I am Chengdu village in Xiaobai Yizhou The comprehensive strength of 48 people is 118...


    ¡£¡£¡£


    ¡£¡£¡£


    ¡£¡£¡£


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The village head of Zongheng village, the tenth village in the world, Zongheng village, Zongheng village, Yuzhou Yingchuan villager 40, the comprehensive strength of 98


    ...


    ¡£¡£¡£


    After watching the village ranking, Wang Chao looked at the individual ranking again. After dozens of pages, he didn''t find his name. There is no way but to enter the name for query:


    Huangfu Chaobo ranking 25943838


    damn! This number is too wordless. Well, I am three eight three eight...


    Just ignore it.


    Don''t look, go to see the ranking of players'' Generals.


    Zhao Ming, the first level 25 intermediate warrior, commands 15 forces, 28 intelligence, 10 internal affairs and 8 skills: intermediate sabre, intermediate archery and primary riding. Player: I am the second in niucha level 18...


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Intermediate warrior? What?


    Official website - player generals


    originally, players can recruit generals, whether you are a free player or a lord player, as long as you have good character. The generals are divided into the generals (that is, the inn generals, the ordinary generals) and the generals (including the generals transferred from the generals and the historical generals). The warrior can be divided into junior, intermediate and senior. Each kind of attribute will be different. After reaching certain conditions, the warrior can transform to a higher level, and finally become a rank general. The generals can be divided into emperor level, King level, heaven level, earth level, human level and ordinary generals. There are differences in attributes and skills of each general.


    But this Niu Cha is big in the game start of the second day character explosion. When he went to the river to wash his feet, he accidentally saved a man, and then he became his subordinate. From then on, Niu Cha greatly practiced, just like sitting on a rocket, scurrying upward.


    In addition to an intermediate warrior, there are dozens of junior warriors recruited by him. Martial arts may play a limited role in the later stage, but for players who have just entered the game, the role is quite large. Like this big ox fork, it was only a small end of several levels at the beginning, but after having this warrior, it was upgraded to level 18 in a few days. Of course, all generals have loyalty. They want salary and food. If they don''t, their loyalty will gradually decrease. In the end, they will leave their players. Generally speaking, the loyalty of generals trained by players themselves is higher than that of those historical generals. After all, it costs a lot of money just to transfer from a warrior to a generals, because all kinds of pills are needed to transfer, and the generals trained by players themselves are piled up with drugs, so the loyalty must be high. Of course, these are late players slowly fumble out. Players at this stage can be said to know nothing about these.Well... The same people have different lives...


    Wang Chao couldn''t help sighing.


    Later, Wang Chao went to the forum to see some posts, including the video of Zongheng village. In the past two hours, Wang Chao had a more detailed understanding of Wang.


    It''s two in the afternoon. Wang Chao entered the game warehouse again.


    The field of vision in front of him became clear slowly. In the game, it''s time for the rising sun. Wang Chao was stunned by the rising sun...


    "Bang."


    "What a fool. Man, it''s on time. " Xiao Jie is another blow.


    "Don''t hit me on the head, you son!"


    "It''s OK. The more you fight, the smarter you are. Ha ha ha ha


    "Lao Jie, you said it would be great if we had a village like this." Looking at the village under the sun, Wang Chao murmured to Xiaojie;


    "yes. But that drawing is not so easy to get! " During the conversation, ADU was on the line. "Well, let''s go and practice first. Maybe when the dog poop comes, you can take in a warrior just like I am an ox fork. "


    "Yes. yes... Let''s look for it, too. " As soon as Xiao Jie heard the word Wu, his eyes lit up.


    "Just think about it. It''s not that easy. I might as well build a village. The drawings are more realistic. Look at the games of tens of millions of people now, there are only dozens of people with martial arts. Want to be beautiful. "


    "Can''t I just think about it???? It''s not natural "


    seeing that the two men are on the bar again, duress is pulling a fight. After persuading two people down, they are ready to go out to practice. But Wang Chao said that he wanted to go to the village to have a good look. After all, yesterday he just took a glance and went offline. Originally, Xiao Jie didn''t want to go, but he couldn''t resist the persuasion of the two people. In addition, he also wanted to see what the barracks were like, so he finally agreed.


    When he walked into the village, Wang Chao saw that there were not many buildings in the village. After all, it was still the beginning of the game. In addition, the newly-built villages were generally paying attention to the time to grow grain, so there was no time to take care of other buildings. Wang Chao took a look at a village like Zongheng village. There were very few buildings in the village. At a glance, it was empty. The buildings in Zongheng village are the same as those Wang Chao saw on the Internet. The planning is good. The village is divided into four areas by two roads running through the East and West and North and south. The center is the village hall. From the existing buildings in the four areas, Wang Chao can see that the four areas are divided into living area, craftsman area, commercial area and military area, which is the same as Wang Chao''s on the Internet See several pictures are basically the same, netizens will this kind of village layout in the planning cabinet called standard village planning. However, if Wang Chao is allowed to make his own plan, it is estimated that he will do the same. Although it may be a bit troublesome in the early stage, it will be much more convenient in the later stage. Of course, there are also many villages built in various ways.


    For example, Zongheng village is located in the south of changshe City, so the northwest square near the north gate of the village has been set up as a business district. Although there are no shops, Wang Chao still sees a lot of lines drawn here. Some players have set up stalls here. Of course, the number of stalls can''t be compared with that near changshe city gate. However, it seems that It''s still very lively. Along the way, all kinds of animals'' skin, tendons and other explosive things are sold here by players. After all, there are not many things in our hands now. If we want to make all kinds of equipment together, we have to collect them from each player. For example, the leather armor of several elders in Zongheng village is also the leather, tendons, glue and other materials collected from scattered players Later, they sent people to the tailor shop in changshe city to do it. Now there are few villagers and shops with such special skills in the player''s village. The Northeast square of the village has been set up as a military zone. When Wang Chao and Wang Chao were walking around the players'' stalls, they saw that several villagers were building houses here, while several elders and some players of Zongheng village were watching. Wang Chao estimated that it should be the primary infantry battalion that zonghengxia said yesterday. After two hours of understanding on the official website, Wang Chao is now barely out of the scope of Xiaobai. Military buildings like this can''t be built in the village without drawings. After the villagers get the drawings, they will do it step by step according to the instructions on the drawings, so the speed is relatively slow. If you have a special skill that the villagers bring - architecture, congratulations. Special skills can increase the construction speed. Moreover, high-level skills have a certain chance to make the built house have special properties, such as the one being built in haozongheng village If a junior infantry battalion is a villager with advanced architectural skills to preside over the building, there is a certain probability that it will have special attributes, such as increasing soldiers'' blood, defense, attack, or other attributes.

 Chapter 5

    When Wang Chao and some of them came to the front, they saw that they were just starting to build here. They saw that several villagers were pulling wires, laying piles, and several villagers were moving wood from the warehouse of the village administration. At this time, I also took several elders in the village to watch the villagers build houses. Wang Chao looked at the barracks and found that it was less than 200 square meters. It didn''t look big, but it didn''t make any difference, because the barracks were only used for recruiting and upgrading soldiers, not for garrison. The soldiers you recruit can live in barracks, administrative halls, and even civilian houses. Living in different buildings has little impact on the soldiers. In battle three, different buildings have different functions. For example, infantry battalion, cavalry battalion, Archer battalion and other special arms barracks are used to recruit and upgrade arms, while military barracks are used to garrison troops, and school yards are used to train troops and improve morale.


    Several people took a look at it and found it boring, so they urged Wang Chao to go.


    The land in the southeast of the village is used for craftsman''s area. Wang Chao looked at it from a distance. There was only one carpenter''s workshop. Thinking that there was nothing to see, he didn''t go there.


    Southwest is the living area. There are only five completed houses. As for other living buildings, there are only canteens and public toilets. This is also a feature of princes'' competition for supremacy. At present, in the games on the market, only his game elements have taken human eating, drinking and Lasa into account. Even the players are the same, but they can''t play The family doesn''t pay so much attention to this area. When they brush monsters in the wild, they just hide in a place where no one can see them. Moreover, the system will clean up the dirt by itself after a period of time, but it''s not so convenient for NPCs. But these things are added as the hidden conditions for the popularity of some villages, such as food. If there is only food in your village, that is, the five grains provided by the system that are suitable for your local growth, the operation of the village is normal. However, if you have more kinds of food, the popularity of your village will be easier to improve. Of course, Wang Chao learned all these things later.


    After a circle in the village, the three people left the village and went to the place outside the village where they usually practiced. Anyway, there is nothing to see in the village. Secondly, no matter what, it is also someone else''s village. For them, the most important thing now is to improve their level. On the way, several people met two scattered players who were familiar with each other, so five people formed a team and killed them towards their destination.


    In the next few days, Wang Chao and the two of them killed Mianzi to practice. Slowly, the three people became more and more familiar and became friends. In real life, Wang Chao is not good at interpersonal communication, which is also the reason why he has not talked about his girlfriend. Wang Chao felt very lucky when he made two friends just after entering the game, but he didn''t call them Adu and Xiaojiejie by their full names, because he always thought it strange. He just called them Laodu Laojie, and they called him Chaobo brother, and they didn''t know which blog he used. Moreover, Xiaojiejie called them "TT trio" whenever he met people, and sometimes called them boss Wang Chao.


    has the final say that when three people are online, Wang Chao plays with them. As for the game player, the two players have the final say. Wang Chao seldom actively invites others to form a team. However, because both of them are colleagues, they are still on duty, and sometimes they are absent. Unlike Wang Chao, they are not working now and are online all day long. If they are not online, Wang Chao is just one of them.


    In a flash, five days later, Lao Du and Lao Jie were both promoted to level 12-3. With their help, Wang Chao was promoted to level 10. Level 10 is a turning point for players. After level 10, players can learn all kinds of common skills. Although they can only learn in the city now and it''s expensive, they can learn after all. Players who learn skills have higher ability of attack and self-protection. (level 10 Sabre 100 copper, level 14 gunshot 100 copper, level 16 bow 150 copper, level 18 throwing 180 copper, level 20 riding 200 copper. Skills are divided into entry-level, primary, intermediate, advanced, master and master. Players can practice and improve by themselves after entering the martial arts school. When they reach the advanced level, they can lead apprentices.) Moreover, in the past few days, the three of them have gained a lot of resources. If they keep the meat for themselves, they have changed it into rice cakes that players can eat in the village. They have sold other skins, tendons and feathers for money. Now everyone has dozens of rice cakes and dozens of copper in their hands. But there''s still a long way to go for the money to learn skills. In the past few days, Wang Chao and several big men in the village have met and become familiar with each other.


    On this day, several people were still brushing goats near the west gate of changshe city. After killing a sheep, Wang Chao exhaled the attribute panel:


    Huangfu Chaobo:


    level 10


    command 15, force 16, intelligence 8, politics 6, charm 82


    fame: 20, military merit: 0


    equipment: novice suit: cloth hat. Cloth clothes (Defence + 1). Cloth belt (20 compartments). Straw sandals. Novice copper knife. (no drop, no damage, attack + 1)


    mp160


    hp240


    attack 4


    Defense 3


    experience: 10241200Weapon Proficiency: Sabre: no 0100


    marksmanship: no 0100


    bow and arrow: no 0100


    riding: no 0100


    ...


    Common skills: no


    general skills: no


    array skills: no


    possession items: rice cake 24 (jiaqili 10) money 34 copper sheepskin 8


    looking at the string of no behind, Wang Chao thought that he must hurry up. Now many people in the advanced game have reached level 20 or 10, and it is said that hundreds of thousands of people have learned all kinds of skills, but he has just finished Just ten, has lagged behind others too much, to the yellow scarf of the plot, he did not even drink soup.


    Think of it here. He said to Adu and little Jay, "old Du, old Jay. We can''t go on practicing like this. We can''t do anything in the yellow scarf rebellion. We have to think of something Just talking. I saw a group of officers and soldiers coming out of changshe City, about a hundred people. They were led by a military general to the northwest, followed by dozens of players. I didn''t expect that the elder of Zongheng village, the best five bar and the world were all in it. As soon as Xiao Jie saw an acquaintance in it. I ran to inquire about the situation.


    It wasn''t long before little Jay came back.


    "Boss, find out. They are called up by the government to suppress mountain bandits. "


    "Mountain bandits? Where is it from? " As soon as they heard there was a mountain thief, they immediately asked.


    It turned out that there was a mountain more than 30 miles northwest of changshe, called Xingshan. On the top of a mountain called laolongwo in Xingshan, there was a mountain bandit''s nest. At the foot of Xingshan mountain, a guy named Shenlong built a village. The two sides were at peace. As a result, a few days ago, two mountain bandits went down the mountain to rob, and they were met by several guys in Shenlong village, so they gave the result to the two mountain bandits. Unfortunately, the two mountain bandits also exploded a lot of things: a piece of level 20 equipment and dozens of copper money. As a result, Shenlong''s mind suddenly became hot, and the whole village mobilized to suppress the mountain bandits. Unexpectedly, he lost a handful of rice instead of stealing chicken, and almost the whole army was destroyed. This makes the mountain king angry. Well, if I don''t make trouble with you, I''m already burning incense. You''re going to beat me. In a rage, with a hundred mountain bandits to the dragon village to level. As a result, Shenlong village became famous and became the first player to be destroyed. A few days ago, the system news of the destruction of Shenlong village made Wang Chao several people sigh. I didn''t expect that the system would respond in just a few days.


    After the Yingchuan prefect knew about this, he ordered changshe county magistrate to suppress the mountain bandits. The county magistrate thought that there would be less than a hundred mountain bandits, so he sent a village general with a hundred sergeants to suppress the mountain bandits. However, this village general is not stupid. Although it is said that there are only a hundred or so mountain bandits, after all, he is going to attack a mountain stronghold. For the sake of safety, he recruited players above level 20 from dozens of villages around the county. As for the other players behind, they are just going to watch the fun. By the way, we can see if we can fish in troubled waters.


    "How''s it going? Boss, old Du, let''s go too. Maybe we can get something in it. "


    "No. There are so many people, and the level of mountain bandits is so high, can we take advantage of them? " Adudao;


    "I think we can go and have a look. Anyway, the big deal is to hang up. Lao Jie, what are the officers and men? " Wang Chao asked;


    "Yishi cavalry. A group leader of spearmen, two Shi archers, two Shi Dao shield soldiers. They are all intermediate arms. I don''t know what level of soldiers it is, but it''s estimated that there will be no problem in taking down the Shanzhai. "


    The establishment of officers and soldiers is Wu (5), Shi (10), dui (50), Tun (100), Qu (500) and bu (1000). The highest officer of Tun is Tun general, with 100 soldiers under his command.


    "Good. Let''s go and have a look. The big deal is to see the scenery. I always feel like there''s something waiting for us to get it. I said how upset I am today. How about it, old Du? Are you going


    "Well, since you and Lao Jie both said they would go, let''s go and have a look. Maybe we can really get some benefits. "


    " OK, let''s go! "


    So, three people followed the group and went to the direction of Xingshan. Players along the way to see this situation, one by one no longer brush wild, call friends to follow the soldiers.


    It''s also true that every day we just brush the field and fight monsters. It''s hard to get a chance to watch the war scenes. Who would like to miss it. As a result, the team became bigger and bigger. Less than ten miles away from Xingshan, the team has expanded to nearly a thousand people, and is still increasing.


    The officers and soldiers will look at the growing ranks behind them. I couldn''t help but feel complacent and thought to myself: it seems that my prestige is still very high. When these strange people see that they are going to suppress the mountain bandits, they will automatically come. Although the level is not high, it can always be used as cannon fodder. So he let the cavalry out to explore the way, and took the infantry slowly to Xingshan.

 Chapter 6

    Not to mention the officers and soldiers on the road. Now the bandit''s nest on Longwo mountain is full of chickens and dogs.


    The bandit village on the top of Longwo mountain is a primary bandit village with more than 200 bandits. There are several different identities in the stronghold: level 20 little thief, level 22 thief, level 21 little thief, level 23 thief, level 24 leader of thief, level 25 leader of thief, level 27 leader of thief, level 28 second king of thief, level 30 king of thief Li Daya, level 20 counselor Li Ermao. From the perspective of function, the thief - holding spear, blocking the way to rob; mountain bandit - holding big knife, killing people and stealing goods; King - the highest head, using a machete, extremely powerful; second king, using a level 25 ring head knife; Counselor - no weapon, giving advice. It can be said that Longwo cottage is a small cottage with complete functions. Not only that, there are strong wooden fence, Dazhai gate, two primary arrow towers, and only one path up the mountain. Many mountain thieves patrol the mountain, which is easy to defend but difficult to attack. Originally, the mountain thieves only went down the mountain occasionally.


    Since the "Shenlong village" not only killed a few isolated bandits, but also attacked the village, Li Daya was very angry. With Li Er Mao''s strong persuasion, he led a group of bandits to the Shenlong village and beat the village to pieces. The abandoned village then became a stronghold of Shanzhai, and a large number of NPC villains and NPC hooligans began to appear. Relying on his identity as a mountain stronghold counselor, Li Er Mao often came to the village to select a group of 19 level villains to go up the mountain and turn them into thieves and mountain bandits, constantly expanding the strength of the mountain stronghold. The number of people in the mountain stronghold increased from 120 to 200. Li Daya learned the lesson that the single thief was killed. Every time he sent the mountain bandits out to rob, four or five teams were led by the level 25 mountain bandits, and never left alone.


    I didn''t expect that only a few days later, the army sent out a large number of people to exterminate him. Li Daya was as anxious as an ant on a hot pot. He didn''t know what to do.


    "Newspaper."


    "Your Majesty, the army is going to Shenlong village."


    "Well! How many people are there? " Li Daya asked;


    "there are about one hundred officers and soldiers, and about one thousand strange people."


    "Ah


    All the leaders in the hall were sweating.


    "King, how can we hold more than 1000 people.... Let''s run away. "


    "Yes, my Lord. Run. We''ll come back when the officers and soldiers leave. "


    "Yes


    ¡£¡£¡£


    For a moment, the hall was buzzing...


    "Shut up. Where are you going? King. The officers and soldiers are afraid of being insufficient. There are only a hundred real officers and soldiers. What''s the fear of those strange people? King. Don''t you remember those strange people last time? More than 200 people were beaten by 50 of us. Now we have more than 200 people, and we have the wall and the arrow tower. As long as we guard the gate, what can the officers and soldiers do to us? " Li Er Mao yelled loudly,


    "yes, yes..." Li Daya, who was awakened by Li Er Mao''s words, suddenly came back to his senses. He quickly asked all the archers to mount the arrow tower and the wall of the stronghold, and sent dozens of mountain bandits to collect stones and wood.


    Not long after, the officers and soldiers arrived at the foot of the mountain. As soon as they saw the situation in the Shanzhai, they knew that today''s battle would not be easy.


    NPC Tun will see, can not help but headache. The cavalry had explored the surrounding area of the stronghold. There was only one way up the mountain, and there were arrow towers and stronghold walls. It seems that there are not many soldiers who are afraid of him even if they are defeated because of his more than 100 soldiers and dozens of strange people of level 20. If he is defeated in this way, he will not be able to make contributions, but may be dismissed. He had no choice but to set up a camp at the foot of the mountain, and then sent cavalry to several surrounding villages to collect all players above level 15. At the same time, he also collected players above level 15 at the gate of the camp. He is going to use level 15 players to make cannon fodder as the first echelon to consume the bandits'' arrows and city guarding equipment, and then use level 20 players to attack the gate of the stronghold, so that his soldiers as the third echelon will not have too much damage to the officers and soldiers when they attack the stronghold.


    This time, the player will moan, but there is no way. If he doesn''t go, he will be treated as a thief. So we all give our own things to those who are familiar with us but don''t go to war. And then put on the new equipment, ready to do glorious cannon fodder.


    Wang Chao in the crowd saw this situation and thought: it seems that today''s battle is a bit mysterious.


    "Boss. Or we can just go around to the back of the stronghold and have a look. Maybe there will be a shortcut. " "Dream, you! Don''t think that other people''s village will be an idiot. A group of cavalry has already looked around the village. " ADU is a poppy.


    As soon as he gritted his teeth, Wang Chao said, "let''s go and have a look. Maybe there is a shortcut! In addition to this road, the cottage is surrounded by woods. Although there is no road to get in and out, there may be some little-known shortcut


    "Well. The problem is that there are many high-level monsters in the mountains. With our small body, we''ll go back to Zongheng village once we touch it. " ADU hesitated a little."So many people are scared away. Let''s go and gamble. "


    "Yes. Just go and have a look. "


    Then the three slowly withdrew from the crowd, bypassed the camp and walked behind Longwo mountain.


    I didn''t expect to meet many players on the road. Everyone looked at each other and went to the back of the mountain.


    After walking for nearly half an hour, Xiao Jie suddenly found something wrong around him. "Boss, how can I feel the cold around me?"


    When other people listen to it, they also feel that something is wrong. It''s too quiet around here. Even the chirping of insects and birds that just entered the forest suddenly disappeared. Just as everyone was looking around, several people in the deep forest ran out screaming.


    "No, old... tiger... Run


    "Ah


    While talking, I saw a level 40 yellow tiger rush out of the forest. I don''t know which brother''s arms and legs are still in my mouth, bloody...


    Oh, my God. This is too real. Wang Chao scolded in his heart. "Run, run, run separately... Come on


    Voice just fell, "coax" one, dozens of people like birds and beasts scattered.


    In his panic, Wang Chao didn''t know which direction he was running. He just bent his head and ran forward desperately. He didn''t know how long he had been running. He only felt that there were several wild animals around him. Wang Chao knew that he should have escaped the pursuit of the tiger. Gasping, Wang Chao sat down with a stone and scolded: "TMD, I''m going to complain, MD, it''s too bloody."


    Just as Wang Chao and his men were trying their best to escape, the barracks of the officers and men began to be lively. At the foot of the mountain, the officers and soldiers arrived at noon. After lunch, it was two o''clock in the afternoon. By this time, people from several villages around were almost there. So NPC will begin to gather troops. At half past two, officers and players gathered at the foot of Hutou mountain.


    NPC general, led by 100 well-equipped officers and men, stood majestically in the middle of the player camp. This is his first task of suppressing bandits since he led the army. He is full of ambition and is determined to win. Although the mountain bandit was a little more powerful than he expected, he believed that he had many volunteers to help him break the mountain stronghold, and it would be possible today. We have to attack now, or the situation will be out of control at night.


    All the players are envious of the equipment of these officers and soldiers. Look at the sharp iron spear, the bright red armor, and the well-trained level 20 horses. How much will it cost to get a set of equipment.


    In addition to officers and soldiers, there are 472 players above level 15 and below level 18 who have led the task of suppressing bandits, and 174 senior players above level 18. They are divided into five echelons and will charge against the Shanzhai in turn. Low level players will undoubtedly become cannon fodder. If it wasn''t for the extremely rare task of suppressing bandits, and if tunjiang promised to give copper coins and the title of "righteous soldier", as well as one weapon and equipment for each of the top 50 military achievements, I''m afraid few players would be willing to do this kind of thing. These cannon fodder had already been prepared to die in battle. They gave all their belongings to their friends who didn''t take part in the war. They were all clothed in cloth and bronze knives. In this way, the loss caused by death could be minimized.


    In addition, there were two village leaders present in person: Sanjian Village (affectionate sword, merciless sword and heartless sword), Yingjie Village (hero and hero). Their two villages, together with Shenlong village, are the three closest to the Shanzhai village. Naturally, they are most concerned about the success of the crackdown. They don''t want their village to be destroyed by mountain bandits like Shenlong village. So this time, they mobilized thousands of players to stay at the foot of Hutou mountain - a small part of them took the task of suppressing bandits, and the rest of them stayed at the base of Hutou mountain to watch the change. (Level 15 is not enough. You need to pay for the task. Most players can''t afford it.)


    Under the deployment of NPC officers and soldiers, a neat team of 600 or 700 people was set up at the foot of Longwo mountain.


    As soon as the players of several waves were ready, the general''s order was immediately given, and he roared: "first echelon, rush!"


    "Go


    One hundred players from the first echelon charged towards the front. There is only one road leading to the top of the mountain. The terrain at the foot of the mountain is wide and can accommodate 30-40 people in a line. The narrower the road is, the narrower the road is. When it comes to the gate, it can only hold less than 20 people.


    When this group of players rushed to the hillside, a fortification was launched, and a long prepared rolling wood and rolling stone plummeted down. A scream, 100 players were immediately killed nearly half, the surviving players were shocked. A group of players have scolded, "Damn, how can there be a fortification here that has not been demolished, and there is no way to die!" "Damn, I haven''t even seen the hair of the mountain bandit. I''m a little too weak to die." "What do you do for investigation?"

 Chapter 7

    At the foot of the mountain, the two village heads who watched the battle were sore and pale. They looked at NPC generals one after another. You know, most of the first batch of inferior cannon fodder were players in their village. They all thought that the officers and soldiers had already sent people to clean up the mountain road, so they never thought about it. They never thought that it was such a situation. Damn, what do these officers and soldiers do to eat? They have no fighting quality! The two village heads scolded.


    The general looks like he doesn''t know anything. What, fortifications? Why didn''t I know there were Fortifications on the mountain? Oh, I almost forgot. I haven''t rushed to the middle of the mountain yet. Seeing the situation of the stronghold, it seems that the defense is tight, so I hastened to lead the troops to retreat. I don''t know that there are Fortifications on the mountain. That''s no wonder.


    When the cannon fodder players rush to the gate of the stronghold, they are met by 40 fierce mountain bandit Gunners lining up outside the gate of the stronghold. Facing a forest of guns, players were forced to stop and hesitated how to rush up.


    The second king, with a big knife and a fierce belly, stood on the gate of the mountain stronghold and laughed: "you are the mole ant, and you want to break our Longwo mountain stronghold too?! Ha ha, do you think we are all vegetarians? We have a strong army and a lot of capital to fight against you. "


    There are two arrow towers at the gate of the mountain stronghold, in which ten mountain bandit archers, holding small broken bows, start to shoot arrows, whiz, whiz, whiz -! Ten blood bands are splashed in the player group.


    Players immediately wake up, his mother, there are archers, die, die also want to pull a back!


    "Go


    A round of fighting.


    The first echelon of cannon fodder was completely destroyed. Under the desperate struggle of the cannon fodder players, Fu, the teacher, was killed by random fists. 11 of the 40 mountain bandits and soldiers were killed, and the rest were more or less injured. The second stronghold king immediately transferred these spearmen back to the stronghold and replaced them with new swordsmen to defend at the gate of the stronghold.


    Seeing that the first wave of cannon fodder had played a role, the general''s roar came from the foot of the mountain: "the second echelon is ready, rush!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "The third echelon, rush -"


    after the third wave of players are all destroyed, more than half of the Shanzhai''s spearmen and sword shield soldiers are killed and injured, and most of the rest are injured. Seeing this, Shanzhai King Li Daya quickly asks the mountain bandits to return to the gate. Seeing this situation, the officers and soldiers in the garrison were overjoyed. All of a sudden, they pressed the players of the fourth and fifth wave up to attack the gate of the stronghold. You know, the players of the fourth and fifth wave are high-level players assembled by the officers and soldiers.


    "The fourth echelon, rush -"


    "the fifth echelon, rush -"


    at the gate of the stronghold, the fourth and fifth wave of red eye killing players have occupied the outside of the stronghold gate, crowded outside the stronghold and pounded on the stockade crazily. As soon as the wall of Muzha stronghold is broken, they will rush in. The scattered arrows on the two arrow towers can''t stop the players'' anger.


    At this time, the second king of Shanzhai was also injured. King Li Daya nervously led the leaders of the mountain bandits and nearly 100 wounded mountain bandits to stand in the stronghold, ready to fight to the death and guard the stronghold gate.


    Outside the stronghold, NPC will stand on a high place, holding the Qingfeng sword, high spirited, and yelling at the remaining 100 players to attack: "to break the stronghold, it''s one action, all the righteous people work harder. If you break the mountain stronghold, you will be rewarded with many rewards! "


    Many players, village heads and leaders, are also on the side of the deployment of manpower to step up the layout.


    The officers and soldiers in his own hands also made the final preparations. As soon as the stronghold door was broken, he rushed in, leaving only cavalry outside to stop those low-level players and prevent them from fishing in troubled waters.


    "Boom!" With a loud sound, the durability of the village gate is 0, and it collapses completely in an instant. Hundreds of players rush to the village excitedly and madly, "open the gate, rush, grab money, grain and treasure!" "Kill me!". Li Da Ya raised his sword and waved it forward. He was shocked and roared, "little ones, give me a rush!" The two sides collided with each other in a disorderly battle.


    At the gate of the mountain stronghold, hundreds of players break through the gate and fight with the remaining mountain bandits.


    With a machete in both hands, Li Daya, the boss level king of mountain bandits, led a group of mountain bandit leaders to rush in front of him. He was very aggressive and killed everywhere. No one could stop him. The person he met either died on the spot, or fell several meters away. He was on the verge of death.


    Although the number of players is slightly dominant, they have suffered a lot under Li Daya''s big knife. They have to avoid one after another and dare not get close at all. There is a big loophole in the players'' defense line.


    NPC will see this situation suddenly know not good, if you let the bandit leader to fight, I''m afraid once the players are scattered, it will be very bad.


    He immediately took out the refined iron knife of level 40 on his waist, jumped down from a high place, led several Shichang to kill Li Daya. When the head of the official and the head of the thief looks at his face, he is very red eyed.


    "Come on, thief, take your life!" The general suddenly drank, and a golden sword came from the top right of Li Da Ya to kill him


    Li Daya''s face changed dramatically. He raised his knife to fight hard. The refined iron knife fell on his sword, and his whole body was shocked violently. "Deng Deng Deng" stepped back for several steps. A big mouthful of blood couldn''t be restrained, and "Pu Chi" vomited out. This shock shocked a quarter of his blood value. It''s not good for Li Daya to scream: the leader of the officers and soldiers is too fierce. I''m not his opponent. I''ll run for my life. He quickly took the big and small leaders to retreat, and called for the bandits to stop behind. The bandits swarmed up and blocked the gap.Although the general wounded the mountain king, he consumed a lot of internal strength and did not dare to chase him. He was afraid of ambush and lost all his previous achievements. He just commanded several of his teams and led him to fight forward.


    The players and the NPC soldiers are in a great momentum, shouting and fighting hard to kill the remaining mountain bandits.


    "King, what shall we do?"


    The leaders of the mountain bandits who followed Li Daya to escape were in a panic.


    Li Daya didn''t panic at all. He had planned for a long time. In case of failure, he would withdraw to the village first, take some property, and then run away. As long as he could stay alive, he would make a comeback in the future. "Come with me! Each person takes some belongings and goes back to the mountain with his belongings. I put a rope in the back of the mountain. When I went down, everyone scattered and fled. " While fleeing, the leaders of the mountain bandits set fire everywhere. At the same time, they also threw some food and other items that could not be taken away everywhere, in order to stop the attack of the officers and soldiers.


    The general led a large group of players and soldiers to kill the remaining bandits and rushed into the stronghold. At this time, the fire has just started, and the fire is shining. Players are surprised to find that there are scattered grains everywhere. They fight the fire and scramble at the same time. Several people robbed the grain, carried it and ran. The scene was in chaos, and even players from different villages fought against each other.


    NPC village general yelled and scolded: "all people are strictly forbidden to loot, looters will die!" Then he ordered his officers and soldiers to separate the mountain bandit''s property from the players. And send people to continue to chase the mountain bandit leader.


    And he himself happily entered the Juyi hall and came to a pillar in the middle of the stockade, on which the banner of Longwo mountain stockade was flying. With a fierce sword, he cut down the pillar.


    "The Longwo village was broken and abandoned. The task of exterminating the Shanzhai will be completed in changshe chengtun. "


    At present, abandoned Shanzhai can not be occupied by players and soldiers. Soon, there will be other mountain bandits here.


    After driving all the players out of the stronghold, the general takes his officers and soldiers to count their belongings. After cashing in the player''s reward, the general returns home with his officers and soldiers. However, he found that several of his soldiers were missing. When he finally counted the number of soldiers, although he found that there were no dead or alive soldiers, he didn''t care. After all, there would be casualties in a war. It''s normal for some soldiers to die or disappear. Moreover, even with these missing soldiers, he lost more than 20 officers and soldiers in this war, but he didn''t care Nearly 200 mountain bandits were wiped out, and only a few tens of dollars and dozens of weapons and equipment were spent. However, a large amount of property was seized, which is believed to satisfy the county magistrate and the county captain. If it goes on like this, he will soon be promoted to Marquis or even commander-in-chief.


    Wang Chao didn''t know what happened in the Shanzhai. He just heard the system prompt that the Shanzhai had been knocked down. At this time, he stopped and sat on the stone, resting and looking around. There were trees all around.


    It''s terrible. It''s terrible. I''ve run deep in the woods. How can I get out. Just thinking, the message bar shows the icon of little Jackie. "Boss, where are you. Old Du is dead. Only I ran out. How are you doing now? "


    Warlords has a player voice chat system, just like the chat of ordinary online games, but it can''t be used in battle. Now that the battle is over, little Jie will connect with the two men immediately.


    "Old Jay. I was even worse than hanging up. I ran deep into the woods and got lost. What should I do? Do you want me to commit suicide? What''s going on out there? "


    "It''s over. We haven''t got any. It''s a big loss. "


    "It''s all my fault. If I hadn''t come up with an idea to go to the back mountain, Lao Du would not have hung up and I wouldn''t have been trapped here. Well, you go back to the village and I''ll turn around. If you can''t get out, you''ll have to commit suicide. "


    "OK, boss, turn slowly."


    Well...


    Wang Chao calmed down and used the sun to distinguish the direction. Go southeast. Anyway, Xingshan is in the northwest of changshe. There should be no mistake in this direction. After walking for more than half an hour, I watched the sky slowly darken, but the trees still had no sparse traces.


    It''s over. I''m going to commit suicide and go back to the village. I''m losing a lot.


    "Oh! What''s the noise ahead? "


    Suddenly, Wang Chao vaguely heard the sound of fighting in front of him. Great. There''s someone in front.


    So Wang Chao quickened his pace and ran to the front. Through a forest, Wang Chao found a piece of open space in front of him. The sound of fighting came from the open space. In the open space, there were several corpses, including soldiers and mountain bandits. A burly mountain bandit staggered to his feet, holding the ring head knife in his hand, and walked to an officer and army, muttering: "zhiniang thief, you come to kill me. I am the second king of Shanzhai. Come and kill me and get the reward. Ha ha ha ha Then he raised his knife to the only living officer.

 Chapter 8

    "Stop it." Wang Chao yelled as he watched the mountain bandit stagger towards the officers and soldiers. He ran to the direction of the officers and soldiers as hard as he could, and threw the copper knife in his hand to the direction of the mountain bandit without thinking.


    "Whoosh..."


    "Pooh Pooh"


    "Bang!"


    ¡°£­10£¡¡±


    ¡°£­50£¡¡±


    The mountain thief couldn''t think of looking at the blade exposed from his chest, and fell down with a reluctant face....


    "Ding... Congratulations to players, you have learned the skill of throwing generals


    Er... Is that ok? It can''t be true.


    "Ding... Congratulations to the player. You have killed the second king of mountain bandits at level 28 and gained 1025 experience. Since you are killing monsters at a higher level, your experience will be doubled. You gain experience 2050. Battle achievement 20 "


    " Congratulations, player, you are promoted to level 11. "


    "Congratulations, player, you''re up to level 12."


    Ha ha ha... Character erupted... Ha ha ha...


    Looking at the things that the second king exploded all over the ground and thinking that he had learned throwing skills by accident, Wang Chao felt like he was in a dream. He not only killed a second boss, but also had a big bang. You know, although this kind of Big Bang is not as rare as the middle 500, it''s not much worse. Wang Chao has killed so many monsters in these days'' games, among which there are some small boss, but there are no more than five kinds of things that explode, basically, they explode three or four kinds of things. I have never seen anything like this, let alone touched it. Looking at the things in front of me, there are more than 20 samples.


    "Thank you... Thank you for saving my life. Brave man! Brave man


    Half a day later, Wang chaocai woke up and went to the soldiers. "Well. Are you ok... "


    Looking at the wounds all over the body of that officer and soldier, there are at least about ten wounds in the front and back. It seems that the whole body is full of blood. Wang Chao quickly helped him to a slightly flat place.


    "And... not so bad... It''s just some flesh wounds, Hugh... A few days off should be enough. "


    "Oh. Then you have something to eat first, and I''ll pick up the things here first. " Then he took out a piece of dry food from his cloth belt. It was bought from the villagers of Zongheng village two days earlier. Compared with those rice cakes, the added strength is much better, but there is no medicine to add blood. That thing is only available in the city now. A pill of + 10 blood costs 50 copper in the drugstore. Wang Chao can''t afford it.


    "You get silver 1."


    "You get level 10 Leather Armor 1"


    "you get ancient wooden box 1"


    "you get level 25 ring head knife 1"


    "you get silver 1"


    ".


    ¡£


    ¡£


    "You get bronze treasure box 1"


    "you get level 30 iron lance 1"


    "you get level 20 short bow 1"


    "you get level 30 infantry armor 1"


    ".


    ¡£


    ¡£


    It took Wang more than ten minutes to collect all the things scattered on the ground. Of course, it also includes the things that were exploded in the previous war between officers and soldiers and mountain bandits. The system is not the same as the previous games for the items that are blasted by the brush monster. As long as they are blasted out in the game, anyone can grab them. This is why it took Wang Chao so long to pick up the things on the ground.


    Wang Chao''s eyes were dazzled when he saw the equipment and articles full of belts. Looking at him, he suddenly remembered one thing. After that, so many things must be unable to walk. There is a serious wounded on the side. How can we do this. Oh, by the way, isn''t there a grade 10 Leather Armor? I don''t know if the storage space of the upper belt is larger. If it''s the same, you can play big hair.


    Thinking of this, he quickly took out the leather armor of level 10 and changed it. When he saw the attributes, he was relieved.


    Level 10 Leather Armor: Defense + 2


    with level 10 leather belt: there is 30 space, each can stack 20.


    The contents of the cloth belt were all poured into the leather belt. Fortunately, it was less than half of the load. Just then, the message box began to flash again, and it was Xiao Jie again: "boss, have you turned out yet? I''m with Lao Du now! "


    "Ha ha ha... Lao Jie, our brother made a lot of money this time. Ha ha ha


    "Well, boss, have you been stimulated. One of the three of us hung up. You''re still trapped in the woods. You don''t even have any money. How can you say we''ve made a lot of money? "


    "No, Lao Du, do you think the boss can''t bear to commit suicide, so..."


    "Oh, no, boss, I''m old Du, ah Du. We upgrade together every day, don''t you remember? Are you ok! These are all fake. Don''t take them seriously. If you don''t want to commit suicide, find a bigger monster and let it hang up"Er... Get the hell out of you. You''re stimulated. Let me tell you something, I killed the second king of mountain bandits and saved a soldier


    "Unfortunately, Lao Du, it seems that something is really wrong. He talks such nonsense. His small body can''t even deal with little Luo Luo, let alone the second king of mountain bandits. What should we do? You don''t usually have a lot of ideas. Think of a way. "


    "Well, it seems so. But we don''t know him in reality or where he is! "


    "Shit, I have a lot of ideas. Do something about it Xiaojie yells at Adu;


    ...


    Wang Chao listened to what they said and felt the full care revealed from the words. He could not help feeling a little moved. Once upon a time, apart from his parents, how many other people cared about him like this? Xiao Jie usually takes a word and reads it all the time. Although Adu doesn''t speak much, he can see his strong brotherhood from his words and deeds to the two of them. This is the feeling between brothers, although only a few days, but three people are like brothers for decades.


    Good brother, you will not fail me in this life, I will never fail you. Wang Chao said to himself in his heart. After taking a deep breath and calming down, Wang Chao said to them. "Lao Du, Lao Jie, listen, I really have nothing to do, but I really have something very important to do now. I''ll contact you when I''m settled." Then he was ready to turn off the phone.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Ah


    "Yes, Lao Jie, let''s report it to the official. The official can find his address through his IP address, and then let the police go to see what''s wrong with him."


    "yes, well... No, the boss just said that we should wait for him to contact us, or we should wait for a while. "


    "All right. Boss, you have to be careful yourself. "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    At the end of the call, Wang Chao walked in front of the wounded soldier and said, "brother Bing, you see, it''s going to be dark. We must find a safe place to stay. In the evening, there will be wolves, tigers and other wild animals coming. In the case of the two of us, we must only make dinner for wild animals."


    "Ma... I''m sorry to trouble you


    "It''s OK. I''ll carry you on my back, but I don''t know where I can stay. Do you have any place to go? " Wang Chao said that he carefully carried the wounded soldier on his back. Fortunately, after changing the equipment, the weight of the belt was not so much, and the person on his back could still walk. If he could not, Wang Chao would be entangled.


    "From... Go south from here... It''s about a mile away. I.. When I came here, I saw the hillside... OK... There seems to be a wooden house. I... We can go there and see The wounded soldier said weakly;


    "OK. Let''s go and have a look. "


    With that, Wang Chao walked in the direction he pointed to with the wounded soldier on his back. After walking for more than a mile, Wang Chao saw a small wooden house on the hillside opposite him. He didn''t know if there was anyone in it. Hoo, it''s OK. It seems that the things I picked up today are preserved. If you hang it now, it will make people cry to death.


    Along the way, Wang Chao kept talking with the wounded soldier. It was not that Wang Chao wanted to torture him, but that Wang Chao knew that in reality, if a person lost too much blood, it would be miserable once he was in a coma. Although I don''t know if there is such a setting in the game, Wang Chao doesn''t dare to gamble. If he let the wounded soldier hang up because of this, Wang Chao will be busy in vain. From the words of the wounded soldiers, Wang Chao understood the whole fighting process. It turned out that the wounded soldier was Chen Jing, the commander of a long Spearman. After entering the stronghold at that time, Chen Jing took his Shi''s officers and soldiers to chase the mountain bandit king and his party. After seeing them escape from the mountain, Chen Jing followed them up with his Shi''s soldiers. Unexpectedly, after the mountain bandits came down, they ran away in waves. So he brought his four men to chase the biggest wave of people, and let one of his officers chase another wave of people with a smaller number. Chen Jing didn''t catch up with the mountain bandits until he caught them in the open space. Originally, Chen Jing thought that it would be no problem to win the eight injured mountain bandits with his own strength. However, he didn''t expect that there were two archers among the mountain bandits. As soon as they took over, they killed two of his subordinates. In the end, they not only killed four of his subordinates, but also seriously injured Chen Jing. However, the two kings of the mountain bandits had only the last layer of blood left . If Wang Chao hadn''t just arrived to kill the two kings, even Chen Jing would have been killed by him. The king of the mountain bandit changed his clothes and ran away.


    Finally, at the foot of the mountain, Wang Chao put Chen Jing on a stone, and both of them ate some dry food and rice cakes to supplement their strength. He carried him on his back and crawled along the mountain path to the hillside.


    I don''t know how long it took. Wang Chao couldn''t walk any more. He had no choice but to let Chen Jing down again. "I''m sorry, brother Chen. I can''t walk any more. Let''s have a rest first... Take a break


    "Brother Huangfu, I''m really troubling you. Otherwise, you can leave me here. If we can''t get to the wooden house at night, we are both in danger.""What are you talking about. Since I have saved you, how can I leave you alone? Don''t worry, we will be there before dark. wait... I seem to hear someone calling for help. Did you hear that? " Wang Chaodao;

 Chapter 9

    When Wang Chaozheng and Chen Jing were resting on the roadside, they vaguely heard someone calling for help. They immediately calmed down and listened carefully. Sure enough, the call for help came again soon.


    "Help... Xiao Anzi, do you hear me? "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Oh, someone is really shouting! It''s like it''s right next to me! "


    Wang Chao looked for the sound and found a big bush two or three hundred meters away from the roadside. There was a big pit behind the bush. The pit is two or three meters big and more than four meters deep. There is an old man sitting at the bottom of the pit. While holding his right foot in pain, he was shouting for help. Shit, what day is it today. Wang Chao thought that there was a half dead wounded soldier on the road, and there was an old man in the pit to save.


    "Xiao Anzi, is that you? Pull me up quickly, my right foot is broken When he saw a man coming up, the old man said quickly;


    "Xiao Anzi? Who is it? "


    "Hero, please help me up..." When he found out that he didn''t know anyone, the old man immediately changed his words and said, "I''m very grateful to you for sending me to the cabin on the hillside."


    "I want to help you up, but old man, I don''t even have a rope. How can I help you. And your foot is broken, even if there is a rope, you can''t climb up. Besides, I have a seriously injured companion on the side of the road. "


    "Ah, this... Let''s see. Go to the cabin and see if my son has come back. He went out hunting yesterday and should be back today. Tell him to bring something to save me The old man said, "by the way, Zhang Xuan, my son''s name is Zhang an."


    "Oh, OK, you wait a minute, I''ll call someone."


    Then he went to Chen Jing by the side of the road. After talking to Chen Jing about the situation, Wang Chao went to the hillside alone. After a few steps, he returned and gave Chen Jing a knife, a bow and a pot of arrows. At the beginning, because Chen Jing was inconvenient with his equipment, Wang Chao asked him to take care of all his things. In fact, Wang Chao also has an idea that if Chen Jing hangs up, at least he can get a set of equipment, which is not in vain.


    Without the burden of the wounded, Wang Chao soon reached the middle of the mountain. It was about a thousand years old. A mountain stream passed through the middle. A small fence garden, in the middle of which is a hunter''s hut, next to which are planted some vegetables.


    Very clean.


    Wang Chao pushed open a firewood gate on the fence and called out, "is anyone here? Is Zhang an at home? "


    Just after the words, a young man with thick eyebrows and big eyes came out of the room, with a knife in his hand and an alert look on his face, looking at Wang Chao: "who are you? How did you get here? How do you know my name? "


    "You are Zhang an. Don''t get me wrong. I''m a passer-by. I wanted to stay with you for one night with an injured companion. I didn''t expect to find your father in the pit by the side of the road. He asked me to call you. Fortunately, you came back, otherwise I don''t know how to get them up. "


    "What? My dad''s in a hole? Where? Did you get hurt? Didn''t I tell him that I had dug traps in several places at the foot of the mountain. Why did I still fall inside? "


    "He seems to have hurt his foot. You have to bring something to pull him up."


    "Well, you wait a minute. I''ll take something and go with you." With that, he turned and went into the room. Soon, he came out with a big basket and a rope.


    Soon, they came to Chen Jing''s resting place. Seeing that Chen Jing is OK, Wang Chao is relieved and takes Zhang an to the pit. Tie the basket and put it at the bottom of the pit. Old man Zhang sat in and was soon picked up by Zhang an. Originally, Wang Chao wanted to help, but he didn''t expect that this guy was very powerful. An old man added a big basket, which weighed more than 100 Jin. He lifted it up with one hand. Wang Chao was stunned.


    With this Hercules, the next thing is very easy to do, very two wounded were carried into the hillside of the house. Old man Zhang applied some medicine to his broken leg and tied up his broken leg with several boards. He was about to check Chen Jing''s injury. Looking at Chen Jing''s injuries, old man Zhang was also frightened. He quickly asked Zhang an to get the medicine.


    "Dad, you''re still hurt yourself..." Zhang an said in a simple way;


    "shut up, I know what I''ve done. I know that life is at stake. Do it as soon as possible." Zhang old man is not pleased to interrupt a way: "the doctor parents heart, quickly take medicine."


    "The old man is still a doctor. Thank you so much. " Wang Chao was overjoyed.


    "No matter what, they are also the old man''s saviors."


    After carefully looking at Chen Jing''s injury, Mr. Zhang sighed with relief: "this little brother''s injury is very serious. He''s bleeding all the time. If it''s delayed for a day, maybe it won''t be saved, but fortunately I have excellent medicine for cutting wounds. It should be OK to stop the blood, treat the wound, and keep it for a period of time. "


    "I''m going to trouble my father-in-law."


    With the help of Wang Chao and Zhang an, old man Zhang quickly treated Chen Jing''s wounds. Zhang an took some food for everyone to eat, and then settled down. Because old man Zhang must guard Chen Jing himself, Wang Chao and Zhang an live in the next room.Finally, Chen Jing''s life seems to have been saved. Wang Chao felt relieved. The system messages in the message box are always flashing.


    "Congratulations to the player. I met Chen Jing, an intermediate martial arts player."


    "Congratulations to the players. They have become familiar with Chen Jing, an intermediate martial arts player."


    "Congratulations to the players. They have become acquaintances with Chen Jing, an intermediate martial arts player."


    "Congratulations on meeting Zhang Xuan, a junior martial arts player."


    "Congratulations to you, you know Zhang an, the intermediate martial arts player."


    "Congratulations to the players. They have become familiar with Zhang Xuan, a junior martial arts player."


    "Congratulations to the players. They have become familiar with Zhang an, an intermediate martial arts player."


    Er, I usually can''t see a single warrior. I didn''t expect to meet three of them today. The relationship is still good. Interesting... This alone is not a small harvest. Besides, we have picked up so many things. By the way, I haven''t counted what I picked up.


    Finally have time to see their harvest today, Wang Chao thought.


    As soon as he opened the belt storage space, Wang Chao was surprised by the contents:


    one set of level 10 Leather Armor (including leather armor and belt, and he also wore one set)


    two sets of level 20 Leather Armor (all leather armor were dropped by mountain bandits)


    three sets of level 30 infantry iron armor (Spearman exploded, one set was Chen Jing)


    four ring head knives (Spearman and mountain bandit each two)


    one level 25 ring head knife (exploded by two mountain bandits)


    three level 30 refined iron long guns (one is Chen Jing)


    two level 20 short bows (exploded by mountain bandits)


    five archery pots (20 each)


    two ancient wooden boxes, one bronze treasure box and one silver treasure box


    money: 15 silver 258 copper (plus dozens of copper I originally had)


    and some accessories: level 10 rings£¨ Charm + 1) level 20 hairpin (charm + 2) 2 ceramics (treasures). It can be used as a gift for NPC)


    Oh, Maga... Four spearmen and eight mountain bandits were killed, and seven sets of armor, 10 weapons, more than 15 silver coins and so many treasures were exploded. No wonder war is the best way to get rich. The ancients did not deceive me. (each soldier and thief is not equipped with only one weapon. For example, a long Spearman usually has a long gun and a short knife. Archers are also equipped with melee weapons.)


    Wang Chao took a long time to look away from the equipment. Turn around and see the four boxes. Wang Chao thought, I don''t know what''s in this box, if only I could produce a drawing of Jiancun. Whatever. Open it first.


    I want to pick up a wooden box and open it.


    "Congratulations player, get silver 1"


    open another one


    "Congratulations player, get silver 2"


    it''s all money...


    The contents of the bronze box should be better.


    "Congratulations to the player for getting a drawing of building the village!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Wang Chao rubbed his eyes and put the box under the oil lamp. He saw that it was really a drawing in the box, with a few words clearly written on it: the village construction drawing.


    Ha ha ha ha ha...


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Ha ha ha...


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Zhang an looks at Wang Chao, who looks like a magic barrier. First, he sits there in a daze, and then he takes out several boxes to open them. Now he looks at the open boxes, giggling and drooling, thinking that they are not evil.


    "Little brother Huangfu... Little brother. You... Are you all right? " Said, eyes carefully to the box.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Oh, nothing. nothing. Brother Zhang. You go to bed first It took Wang Chao a long time to recover.


    Put down the bronze box, carefully picked up the drawing, as if holding a valuable treasure. Wang Chao looked at the drawing carefully.


    "Village construction drawings": 1. It can be used to build the lowest level small village according to the drawings. The maximum number of villagers is 100, and it automatically owns a village head administration. When the construction reaches a certain scale, it can be upgraded to a medium-sized village. 2¡£ Special attribute: recruit NPC villagers, 5% chance to recruit abnormal NPC villagers.


    To calm down, Wang Chao opened the last silver box.


    "Congratulations to the players. They have got 1 marrow washing pill and 1 jiuzhuan rebirth pill."


    Well. What''s this? What''s the use of this?


    "Brother Zhang, do you know what this is? What''s it for? " Wang Chao shakes Zhang an who just fell asleep.


    "Well, little brother, will you watch it tomorrow? I''m so sleepy. " With that, he fell down and fell asleep again.


    No, I can''t sleep today if I don''t figure it out. There are 50 silver drawings in the bronze treasure box. The contents in this box must be better than that one. Thinking about it, Wang Chao went to old man Zhang''s house.


    Fortunately, old man Zhang and Chen Jing haven''t slept yet. Chen Jing is telling him about today''s battle."Mr. Zhang, I have two things to show you. What do you think they are?" Then he handed the two pills to old man Zhang.


    "Xisui Dan! Nine turn rebirth pill As soon as old man Zhang saw the pills in Wang Chao''s hand, he exclaimed, "where are you from, young master Huangfu?"


    "Well, is it precious? What''s the use? " Wang Chao asked;


    "let me tell you something. You must know that all three of us are warriors, don''t you Old man Zhang said.

 Chapter 10

    Looking at old man Zhang''s serious look, Wang Chao also got nervous, nodded and replied, "yes."


    "The warrior can turn around, do you know?"


    "Yes, but I don''t know how to turn. Is it true that


    "Yes, that''s it. Junior to intermediate use Guyuan pill, you don''t have it here. Intermediate to advanced use xisui pill. To turn a senior officer into a rank general is to use the nine turn rebirth pill. I just heard the master talk about these pills when I was young, but I didn''t see them. It is said that every pill is worth 100 gold. This nine turn rebirth pill is composed of four pieces of Li Zhu, Ying Zhao, Lu Wu and Kai Ming. It can not only be used to change the position of a warrior, but also has many functions. Ordinary people can take it to strengthen their roots, bones and physique. Not only that, but it can also regenerate their severed limbs and rejuvenate the withered trees. If it''s not by chance, I really don''t know the use of these things. " Old man Zhang looked at the two pills and said with a sigh;


    "er... In this way, isn''t the apocalypse? Can Chen Jing get better soon? " Wang Chao asked;


    "yes!"


    "Well, Chen Jing, take this medicine."


    "No, Mr. Huangfu. Please forgive Chen Jing for not accepting such expensive medicine." Chen Jing flatly refused,


    "why? This is the medicine that fell down when the second king died. You have your share


    "No, Mr. Huangfu, you have saved Chen Jing''s life. You deserve these things. In addition, Chen''s injury is not incurable, just for a long time, there is no need to use such expensive medicine. Please take it back. "


    Wang Chao didn''t expect that Chen Jing didn''t want to talk about it. After thinking about it, it''s true that his injury has been almost treated. Now it''s a waste to use this medicine. Thinking of this, Wang Chao doesn''t ask for it any more.


    "All right. You two have a good rest. I''ll go back to my room first. "


    "Congratulations to the players. The relationship with Chen Jing, an intermediate martial arts player, has become closer."


    Well, it can also... But they are officers and soldiers. No matter how good they are, they won''t follow you.


    Wang Chao shook his head, put the things back to his belt and went to Zhang an''s room. Think about sleeping in the game for two hours. But after lying down, I always feel that I forgot to do something. After thinking about it for a long time, I finally remember it.


    "Ah.... Miserable, miserable.... I forgot to contact Lao Du and them. They can''t wait for me to contact them. They really called the police


    The scream scared Zhang an to sit up on the bed: "what''s the matter? What''s up? Is it the wolf or the tiger? Where is it? "


    "Well, I''m sorry. Nothing. I just think of something. You sleep, keep sleeping... Ha ha ha Wang Chao whispered to Zhang an with an embarrassed face;


    "Mr. Huangfu, please don''t be surprised if you don''t have anything to do, and let people sleep..."


    "It''s OK. It''s OK. You sleep. I''ll never speak out again." Wang Chao was a little embarrassed.


    Dialing the voice call of Xiaojie and Adu, Wang Chao hid to one side and whispered with his hand behind his mouth: "Lao Jie, Lao Du, are you still online?"


    "Boss, you finally remember that we are here. What have you been doing? Now you will reply."


    "Ah... Yeah, if you don''t reply, we''ll really call the police. Where are you now? How''s it going? "


    "Lao Jie, Lao Du, tell you Then Wang Chao told the two of them exactly what happened today, and they were stunned.


    "Boss, boss. You said you killed the second king of Shanzhai? What throwing skills can you learn only after learning level 18? Got a lot of equipment and money? Got to know three warriors? Got a village construction drawing? It''s over. It''s over. Lao Du, it seems that the eldest is very ill. "


    "You are very ill. Ah, there is not a good word. "


    "Well, you mean you know what you''re talking about?"


    "It''s very clear that one of the three people is sleeping in one of my rooms, and the other two injured people are sleeping next door."


    "Is it true? Are you sure you''re not sitting in a tree dreaming? "


    "Dream you big head ghost, more real than real gold and silver."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Ah... What are you pinching me for ADU yelled;


    "Oh, I want to make sure I''m dreaming."


    "Then you have to pinch yourself."


    "Oh, I''m afraid of pain..."


    "Ha ha ha ha


    "Boss, where are you now. We''ll be right here


    "I don''t know where it is, and even if I know where it is, you can''t come. The woods are full of high-level monsters. "


    "What shall we do. I want equipment. Ask for money to learn skills. "


    "This is the only way. You go to study by yourself first, and then you get enough money to learn one. Step up training, I won''t come out these days. I want to have a good relationship with these people and see if I can recruit one. Then we''ll be comfortable in the future. If we build a village, it doesn''t matter if we build it by the end of the month. Anyway, we can''t grow grain now. ""Well, that''s all."


    "Well."


    After the end of the call, Wang Chao also got off the line, nothing else, just felt too excited. After looking at the time, it was only 12:30 noon. He decided to go out for lunch today and relax. Walking on the street, Wang Chao found that there were propaganda pictures of princes competing for hegemony everywhere. Into the usual restaurant, Wang Chao ordered a few dishes, ordered a bottle of wine, and tasted it slowly. The TV in the store also shows the short film of the princes fighting for hegemony. It''s still the attack and defense of Longwo mountain stronghold. Although it''s just a small scene of a few hundred people, it really makes people feel excited.


    Several people at the next table are watching TV while discussing some things in the game.


    Where and who has recruited a junior warrior.


    What''s the number one village in the world.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Back home, Wang Chao immediately entered the game.


    At this time, just before dawn, Zhang an got up and was making bone arrows in the yard. Chen Jing also sat outside in the yard, looking much better. At this time, old man Zhang came out with crutches.


    "Mr. Huangfu is up. I have something to tell you. Brother Chen''s injury is better, but I can''t go up the mountain to collect medicine because of my inconvenience. There are not many medicines in my family, so


    "Oh, otherwise, I''d better let him take the nine turn rebirth pill. Then he won''t have to wait that long and take so many drugs. " It''s rare to get close to Chen Jing, Wang Chao said immediately;


    "No. Young master, I''m very kind. Please send me to the city. I still have some money in the city. You can go to the drugstore and buy some medicine. " Chen Jingdao;


    "no, in your present situation, you should not travel far. We don''t have any carriages here. " Now Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t realize that jiuzhuan rebirth pill is rare at all. Secondly, he is "fascinated" by the martial artist in front of him and insists on giving Chen Jing pills. However, under Chen Jing''s insistence, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t say anything more. As soon as he changed his mind, he thought of another way and said, "how about this? Mr. Zhang, you can make a prescription and see what medicine you want. I still have some money here, so I''d like to ask brother Zhang to go to the city and buy all the medicine he needs. By the way, I''ll help brother Chen inquire about the situation of the officers and soldiers in the city. Oh, by the way, Mr. Zhang, buy some better medicine for yourself. It''s better soon. "


    "So. Thank you very much Old man Zhang said;


    old man Zhang wrote two lists and handed them to Zhang an, and Wang Chao also handed them ten Liang silver. Although old man Zhang said that he could not use so much money, only two or three liang of silver was enough. But how could Wang Chao let go of this opportunity to make friends and insist that Zhang an bring more money with him, saying that he would add more daily necessities and that two people would have to live here for a while. (ha ha... Anyway, it''s easy to get the money. Besides, if you choose between the three warriors and the money, no one will choose the wrong one.) As a result, two of Wang Chao''s good feelings rubbed up.


    Zhang an took some mountain goods and went into the city with money and prescriptions. Chen Jing and old man Zhang had breakfast and sat in the yard chatting. Wang Chao also had nothing to do, so he used a knife to cut a few sticks outside, cut them into about 1 meter long shotgun, set a target in the yard, and began to practice shooting. Now his throwing skills are just beginning, and he wants to take advantage of these days to improve his proficiency.


    Throwing: entry 2100


    short wooden gun (fake): Level 5 is used for throwing attack + 1, attack distance 10 steps (1.5m each step) and endurance 55. Because Wang Chao doesn''t have the skill of carpenter, the gun made by him is not recognized by the system and can only cast 15 meters. But it doesn''t matter. Anyway, he just used it to practice skills, so he didn''t care.


    In the morning, after nearly ten shooters were broken, Wang Chao finally got to the elementary level.


    In the afternoon, continue to do guns, continue to practice shooting skills. During this period, Lao Jie and Du also sent a message to ask about the situation. Wang chaocai suddenly remembered that he could ask Zhang an to bring money and things to them, or ask Zhang an to bring them into the mountain, but there was no way. Zhang an had already gone out. Anyway, he was not in a hurry, so he didn''t talk to them. He only asked about their level training.


    Zhang an came back in the evening. By this time, Wang Chao''s skills had reached the level of 2141000. Zhang an bought the medicine for two people to use in a few days, as well as a lot of daily necessities. Unexpectedly, it cost less than three liang of silver, and the rest of the money was returned to Wang Chao.


    In the evening, when four people sat together for dinner, Zhang an told us about the situation in the city. This time, the 100 officers and soldiers only lost about 20 people, and more than 200 mountain bandits were killed. The county magistrate and county captain were very happy with the victory, and immediately sent people to the county to report the victory. The prefect''s response was also quick, and the silver reward and the soldiers'' pension were sent to the county that night. It is said that the general of the village was promoted to a higher level, and the other soldiers were rewarded 500 yuan. Then the soldiers who died in the battle were given a pension of one or two silver, five taels for the commander of the army and ten taels for the commander of the army. However, Chen Jing was on the list of those who died in the battle. Moreover, the government also offered a reward to the escaped thieves. The big and small leaders range from 2 liang to 8 Liang, the second king of Shanzhai is 12 liang of silver reward, and the king is 20 Liang.

 Chapter 11

    Hearing Zhang an''s words, he was declared dead by the government. Chen Jing''s face darkened. He knew that this meant that he had been promoted to the post of chief commander, and he could not enter the changshe army again unless he changed his name. When he thought about how hard it was for him to stay in today''s seat, he could not help but be disheartened.


    Old man Zhang seemed to notice Chen Jing''s situation and enlightened him: "in fact, it''s nothing, little brother Chen. You don''t have to join the army to shine on your family. Besides, your family still has ten liang of silver. You can do other things with this silver. "


    "I have no family. The money must have been shared by several of them. I only have a small yard in the county now. " Chen Jing said in a low voice,


    "that''s better. We''ll live here in the future and have a company together. You don''t need to see the dirty faces of those officials. " Zhang Anman is not in shout of say.


    Chen Jing''s face was bright and dark, and he seemed to be making a choice in his heart. After half a ring. Only when he got better, he said: "my life was saved by Prince Huangfu, and it will be his life in the future. Please accept it. " Chen Jing a face refuse, say to still struggle to stand up, solemnly to Wang Chao line a gift.


    "Ding. Chen Jing, an intermediate warrior, has decided to take refuge with the player. Does the player agree? "


    Happiness comes too suddenly. Wang Chao thought in his heart that Chen Jing would take refuge in him. All of a sudden, Wang Chao sat there dumbfounded, or old man Zhang pushed him to react.


    If you agree, a fool will disagree. I spent so much effort to recruit a general.


    "Please get up quickly. You are still injured. Don''t touch the wound. By the way, you can call me childe later, Lord. I don''t think childe is as nice as childe. Childe sounds more like a family. Ha ha


    "Yes, sir. Chen Jing takes orders. "


    "Well, the most important thing for you now is to take care of your injury first. Don''t think about the rest


    Ha ha... I have a general under me, ha ha....


    Thinking about it, I can''t wait to open Chen Jing''s property panel.


    Chen Jing


    ziboyang''s power: Huangfu Chaobo


    loyalty: 90


    intermediate warrior level 30


    Tong 30 Wu 36 Zhi 27 Nei 12


    growth: 1.031.230.920.42


    Yingchuan Chen family''s partial expenditure, the former commander of the changshe army.


    Skills


    gunnery: advanced experience: 21593


    bowing: primary experience: 7059


    riding: primary experience: 6232


    Sabre: primary experience: 5038


    equipment: level 30 long suit (Defense + 4), level 30 iron gun (attack + 3, 1% chance of puncture), level 20 battle bow (attack + 3), iron arrow (attack + 1), level 15 ring head knife (attack + 2)


    niuren, level 30 has 36 At level 60, there will be 74. There are four kinds of skills, one of which is high-level. It is worthy of being a son of a family. If you put on the equipment of adding force, you can''t attack 80. Ha ha ha... Don''t go to other people to learn gunshot in the future.


    "By the way, Boyang, I have a drawing of building a village here. When you get well, we''ll find a place to build the village. At that time, the village will be well developed. After recruiting soldiers, it''s not all for you, so don''t be upset. " With that, Huangfu Chaobo took out the village construction drawing and handed it to Chen Jing.


    "Really? Thank you, Boyang. Ha ha ha As soon as he heard that he could lead the army, Chen Jing was all smiles. With that, he took over the village construction drawing in Wang Chao''s hand and looked at it carefully.


    Seeing the village construction drawings in Chen Jing''s hand, two of them can''t sit still. In fact, who doesn''t want more people to live together. Old man Zhang looked at Wang Chao with a complicated look and immediately turned his eyes to the drawing. Zhang an, however, was attracted by Wang Chao''s words. He was going to ask, but he didn''t open his mouth, so he didn''t ask.


    In fact, they do not know, Wang Chao''s heart is tangled, in the end is now open to solicit them, or wait for a few days to better relations. Let''s talk now. The relationship is average now. I don''t know if the relationship will decrease if I''m rejected. After thinking about it for a long time, Wang Chao decided to talk about it in a few days. Anyway, he will stay here for a while.


    "By the way, Boyang, you are familiar with changshe. Just think about it these days and see where our village is built."


    "Yes, young master"


    so the four went back to the house with their hearts in mind.


    After Wang Chao told Adu the good news, he went offline to have a rest.


    In the next few days, Wang Chao would either practice throwing himself in the yard or go hunting with Zhang an. Zhang an may also want to have a relationship with Wang Chao. In a few days, he tried his best to help Wang Chao practice. Soon, Wang Chao rose from level 12 to level 18 in a few days.


    On January 23, 182, Chen Jing''s injury was almost better. And the end of the month is coming soon. If we don''t build the village before the 1st of next month and recruit as many people as possible, the amount of farmland in the next month will have an impact. After all, Huangfu Chaobo is one month behind the previous village. So Wang Chao and Chen Jing decided to go down the mountain to build the village as soon as possible. Chen Jing chose a place for the village. It''s said that it''s very good. In the northeast of changshe, there''s a river running through it. In the north, there''s a right angle huiwan, just where another branch of the river flows into it. So there''s a terrain with three sides of water and one side connected with the plain. Moreover, the area there is large enough, and each side is nearly three or four Li long. If you build a village there, you can directly use the river as a moat in the future. Just dig one side of the moat.So the two men came back from the mountain in the morning and talked to Zhang Xuan about their departure. After hearing this, Zhang Xuan didn''t say much, but Zhang an''s face was obviously not willing. Also, it is said that he grew up on his own when he was young. He was going to study medicine with Zhang Xuan, but he was not interested in this aspect. At that time, there was an old hunter on the mountain, so he learned to hunt with him, so he developed a good body. After the old hunter died a few years ago, there were only two of them on the mountain. These days, it''s not easy to have two partners of similar age. As a result, they have to go now. In fact, Zhang Xuan was originally from Nanyang. Although he was also a collateral branch, he had been studying medicine with an old doctor of his family. Later, he offended an old man of his family and took his wife and children to live in the mountain. A few years later, after his wife died, he brought up Zhang an by himself.


    Wang Chao stood there hesitating for a moment, and finally decided to speak out.


    "Mr. Zhang, I know you don''t really want to go out and do anything, but you should think about brother Zhang an. How can you bear to have him stay in this mountain nest at a young age? As you know, I''m planning to build a village, so I''d like to invite you and brother Zhang an to go out with us. At least let brother Zhang go out and have a look? "


    "Well, Dad, let''s go with Mr. Huangfu and elder brother Chen. Besides, Mr. Huangfu is still your life-saving benefactor." When Wang Chao''s voice fell, Zhang an couldn''t wait to say it;


    Zhang Xuan was going to refuse, but he was blocked by his son, a life-saving benefactor. So, he said to Wang Chao: "so, please don''t think our father and son are rough ruffians."


    "Zhang Xuan has seen the Lord!"


    "Zhang an has met the Lord!"


    "Ding, congratulations to the player. Zhang Xuanyu, a junior martial arts player, wants to worship you. Do you agree?"


    "Ding, congratulations to the players. Intermediate martial arts players want to worship you. Do you agree?"


    "Agree"


    "agree"


    "you don''t have to be polite. In the future, you''d better call me childe just like Boyang! Well, I''ve got three people to help me. I''m just like a tiger adding wings! "


    "Yes, young master," they said in unison;


    "young master, when shall we leave?" Chen Jing asked;


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that since Zhang Xuan and Zhang an are going to leave together, they must have something to clean up, so he said, "let''s go tomorrow. Anyway, it''s not urgent at this moment. Mr. Zhang and his son should also have something to sort out. "


    "Yes


    So Er Zhang was busy packing up his things and preparing to go down the mountain with Wang Chao the next day.


    And Wang Chao is a person hiding in the corner to snicker.


    Ha ha ha.... Three, there are three warriors all at once, and Chen Jing can become a senior warrior now. Thinking of this, he quickly took a look at the attributes of Zhang''s father and son.


    Zhang xuanzi: Ji Ping


    Power: Huangfu Chaobo


    loyalty: 80


    junior martial arts, 10 levels of unification, 4 martial arts, 5 intelligence, 11 internal 9


    growth: 0.420.471.100.93


    skill: medical intermediate experience 10248


    primary experience of medicine collection and pharmacy 5230


    Zhang Anzi Boming


    Power: Huangfu Chaobo


    loyalty: 85


    intermediate martial arts, 20 levels of unification, 22 Wu 24 Zhi 16 Nei 4


    growth: 1.081.200.750.22


    skill intermediate bow experience 12489


    intermediate bow making experience 17430 (can be used for hunting bow, bamboo arrow, short bow and thick iron arrow)


    trap identification and making intermediate 10159


    intermediate Sabre experience 10598


    equipment: Level 15 Hunter suit (Defense + 2), level 15 hunting bow (attack + 2), bamboo arrow (attack + 1), short knife (attack + 2) £©


    they are all cattle people. One is the director and internal manager of a pharmaceutical factory, and the other is a good fighter. Ha ha ha... Zhang an''s command and force are comparable to Chen Jing''s, but his intelligence is slightly worse. Zhang Xuan''s intelligence and internal affairs can basically reach about 60. It can be said that Wang Chao''s territory should be able to cope with it before upgrading to a city.


    Thinking about it, I quickly contacted Adu and several of them. Make an appointment to gather outside Shenlong village the next morning, and then we will go to the place where we want to build the village.


    Early the next morning, everyone was holding some daily necessities that Zhang Xuan had sorted out from his home, and the party set out for the direction of Shenlong village. Chen Jing was in front of him, still wearing that suit of grade 30, holding a grade 30 fine iron spear in his hand. Zhang an replaced Wang Chao with a set of grade 20 leather armor, carrying Zhang Xuan in the middle. And the last face is Huangfu Chaobo, who is wearing the level 15 Hunter suit that Zhang an replaced, holding a level 15 ring head knife (originally Chen Jing''s) in his hand, and the whole Party marches towards Shenlong village. Of course, if the team of four can be called a mighty one.At the end of the first volume

 Chapter 12

    More than an hour later, under the leadership of Zhang an, Huangfu Chaobo (well, he''s also a small landlord. In the future, the name of Huangfu Chaobo will be used in the game. In reality, it''s still the original name.) They came to the west of Shenlong village. A mile away, Chen Jing found a group of people from the East, about 20 of them. Huangfu Chaobo saw that Xiaojie and Adu were the leaders. Thinking that they had not seen each other for several days, he quickly ran to them and punched each other in the front of his chest: "Lao Du, Lao Jie, you are coming!"


    "Boss, you are here. We''ve been waiting for you for a long time


    "Yes. Are the three generals you recruited behind the boss? Wow, class 30 armor, iron gun, ox fork Xiaojie is talking to Huangfu Chaobo in his mouth, but his eyes are always looking at Chen Jing''s equipment. As for Huangfu Chaobo''s level 15 leather armor, he directly ignored it.


    "Here, let me introduce you to Chen Jing. This is Zhang Xuan, Zhang Lao. This is Zhang an, Zhang Lao''s son. He is also a strong general. These two are the two brothers I told you about. Little Jay and Adu. "


    "I''ve met two young Xia," they all said.


    "Old Chen. Let''s not be young Xia. No, you''d better call me Lao Jie. I heard you can teach gunshot, right. You must teach me then. " Xiaojie directly crossed Huangfu Chaobo and got up with Chen Jing.


    "As long as you have an arrangement, I will never refuse."


    "Don''t worry, the boss won''t refuse."


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded knowingly, and then turned to chat with Adu. "Old Du, aren''t you the only two? Why are so many people here? "


    "Ha ha... You don''t know. You got the blueprint of building the village and accepted the generals. With Lao Jie''s propaganda, now Zongheng village is known to all. After you told us yesterday that you were going to come out today, we talked with a few people who usually practice level together, and everyone was willing to come, so there were more than 20 people here. They are all of 12-15 grades. We didn''t go out of our way to call those high-level people for fear that they would make the people in Zongheng village look bad. In fact, they all know that we are coming here today, and he specially sent us ten sets of Grade 10 leather armor. You see what we''re wearing. When I saw that I couldn''t refuse, I took it. I also told him that I would go with you to thank him when we were settled here. "


    "Well. That''s right. After all, we''ve been with them for so long. It''s right to go there at any time. By the way, I still don''t know a few of them. Please introduce them to me. "


    "Well, this is fat cat. 15. " Old Du answered, then led Huangfu Chaobo to the front of a group of players and introduced them one by one.


    "Chaobo boss"


    "this is cutting off water, level 15."


    "boss"


    "blood wolf"


    "invincible Buffalo"


    ".


    ¡£


    ¡£


    A circle of more than 20 people down, turn Huangfu super Bo head dizzy. However, fortunately, there are several players who have dealt with each other at ordinary times, and some of them often form teams to brush monsters together.


    "Brothers, thank you for looking up to me and Lao Du Laojie. As long as we work together and believe me, we will have weapons, equipment or skills. Now our most important task is to build our base. OK, Chen Jing leads the way ahead. Let''s go. "


    "Let''s go..."


    It''s nearly 30 Li from Shenlong village to the destination. After more than two hours, the party finally arrived at the place Chen Jing said. Standing by the river, Huangfu Chaobo saw that the river, which was nearly 200 meters wide, surrounded the north and east of the area at a right angle, while the south side was a small river which was tens of meters wide. In this way, at least three sides of this place will not be attacked by the land in the future. In the south, a suspension bridge can be built on it at that time. In the west, just open a ten meter wide waterway and build a suspension bridge on it. It''s really a good place. Although one side is only three miles long by water, it''s a big deal to build the city into a rectangle. However, the only drawback is that it is too small. It is four or five miles long from east to west, but only three miles wide from north to south. According to the official website, it only reaches the size of a middle town. If it is upgraded to the city level, the area will be a little small. However, it is still far away. The most important thing now is to build the village.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo opened the village construction drawings on a piece of open space about two miles away from the river, and saw a flash of white light. In an instant, the village construction drawings were immediately transformed into a quadrangle courtyard with a local structure - the village head''s administrative hall, where the village head can carry out the village''s administration, tax, recruit villagers, set up a rebirth point, and so on. The village head''s administrative hall has 10 buildings The right of abode of three villagers.


    Huangfu Chaobo and several of them ran into the executive hall excitedly and cried out that they finally had their own place to live. They officially said goodbye to the history of wandering in the wild. Xiao Jie tears: "back to the village, and finally a place to live."


    On both sides of the courtyard are houses, in the middle is the courtyard, and on the inside is the lobby.In the hall of the executive hall, Huangfu Chaobo sat on the seat of the village head, his mouth askew with laughter. The other five were seated on both sides (Chen Jing, Zhang Xuan, Zhang an, ADU and Xiao Jie). Others can only stand on both sides.


    System beauty: "please confirm the name of the village!"


    Huangfu chaobolian quickly said with a smile: "Luoshen village!


    "System news in China: on January 24, 182, player Huangfu Chaobo established Luoshen village, the 40258th village in the whole system. Address: Yingchuan society. "


    "Shit, boss, would you please give me a constructive name? I don''t know, Luoshen village. " When the announcement came out, little Jie jumped out and cried. "It''s too undemocratic."


    "Er... I''ll ask for your opinion next time I choose my name. There''s no way this time. "


    "Ha ha ha ha... Yes, next time the boss will make a few more village construction drawings for Lao Jie to play with his name. " The fat cat said,


    "hahaha... Yes Other people also burst into laughter;


    ...


    Huangfu Chaobo looks at the friendly people below with a smile. He can''t help feeling a lot. A few days ago, he didn''t even have the chance to stand in their position. Now he has become the leader of all the people, and he has three generals. It''s a good feeling.


    After calming down, Huangfu Chaobo said: "brothers, please be quiet. Now I''ll arrange the position. If the village head says so, just sit for me. Do you have any opinions? " Huangfu Chaobo joked;


    "that is, the mayor of the town and the Lord of the city will not fight with you. Don''t worry, boss, do you think so?" The invincible buffalo said,


    "ha ha... That''s


    There was another burst of laughter...


    "Deputy village head..." Huangfu Chaobo glanced at the people sitting there. "Zhang Xuan, it''s up to you. Please don''t refuse


    "Yes, sir!"


    "No one is suitable for this seat except Mr. Zhang." In less than half a day, Xiao Jie became familiar with the three generals. It''s not wrong to say that he came to be familiar.


    "Chen Jing and Zhang an will take charge of the safety of the village first, and make arrangements when they have a suitable position."


    "Yes, sir!" They quickly got up and said,


    "if the elder wants to arrange two, Lao Du and Lao Jie. As for the other brothers, we all know that our village is one month later than others. In the early stage, farmers and land were important. So we can''t arrange more elder seats like other villages. However, you can rest assured that after the development, we still have a chance. And in order to thank you for your support to our three brothers, we have no hesitation to follow us before we build the village. We can''t treat you badly, can we. Because we all manage players according to Xiaobai''s rules in the game, so in order to thank you, I decided that everyone would give ten points of contribution first, and after the village martial arts school was built, we would choose the top ten brothers of contribution points from all of you to learn a skill for free. Everyone said, "good or bad."


    The other people were disappointed when they heard what he said in front of them. They all cheered when they heard that he would give ten points of contribution and ten people could learn skills for free.


    "Well, thank you, boss Chaobo."


    "Yes, it will save more than 100 copper. The boss of Chaobo is generous. Don''t worry about us as outsiders. If anything happens in the future, just say hello to him.


    "It''s just


    "Don''t worry, now other villages can only learn Sabre at most. We can at least teach gun skills. After a while, we can also learn throwing and bow skills. I promise you that the martial arts school will be able to use it on the 6th and 7th of next month at the latest. After you reach level 20, you can learn all the weapon skills in our village except riding. And every month, the village will arrange three to five brothers to study for free. Then we''ll ride with swords, guns and arrows, and we''ll have an omnipotent horse step. Ha ha ha


    "Well, the boss is powerful!"


    "Well, we''ll take Gongqi step (bow riding step) one by one, ha ha ha..."


    "That''s great. There are too few Kibu in Guanggong. How can we add another Maria Ozawa? Ha ha..."


    "Well, the first priority of the village is to recruit farmers and build huts. The second important task is to build a fence to form a village 400 meters in size. Wild animals often appear around the village. Only the fence can stop them. Finish these two important tasks first, and postpone the rest. The next most important task is to ask brothers to level the surrounding area of the village and build the fence


    "OK, let''s go and build the fence."


    "Let''s go. Work''s on, boys! "


    "Work''s on!"


    "It''s not a mistake to make a fortune by picking up girls when you''re doing revolution."


    Hula, more than 20 people all ran out to level up the open space and get ready to build the fence.

 Chapter 13

    ADU and other players went out to help build the fence, while Huangfu Chaobo opened the village interface to take a closer look at the basic information of Luoshen village.


    [territory]: Luoshen Village (small village) (established on January 24, 182)


    [Lord]: Huangfu Chaobo


    [official position]: none


    [popular sentiment]: 60


    [public order]: 60


    [territory area]: 1600 square meters


    [territory population]: 6100 (refresh 3-5 refugees every day)


    [territory Characteristics]: 5% chance to recruit special NPC villagers .


    [territory resources]: 100 wood, 100 stone, 500 Jin grain.


    [territory Fund]: 500 copper coins


    [Army]: none


    [existing buildings]: village level administrative Hall (115)


    [list of basic buildings]:


    [ordinary houses]: villagers can live for 10 people. Construction conditions: Timber 20 units.


    [primary canteen]: it provides a place for villagers to eat. The primary canteen can accommodate 100 people. Construction conditions: 20 units of wood.


    [toilet] construction conditions: Wooden 20


    [fence wall (primary wooden door)] the lowest level wall, 1.5 meters high, built with ordinary wooden poles, can only withstand the attack of beasts below level 10, construction conditions: 1 unit of wood every 50 meters. Ordinary wooden door, construction conditions: Wood 10 units.


    [primary logging yard] it is a place for logging workers to work and rest. It can temporarily store the wood just cut down. The primary logging yard can accommodate 10 people at the same time. It can temporarily store 100 units of wood. Construction conditions: 20 units of wood.


    [primary quarry] it is a place for quarrymen to work and rest. It can temporarily store the stone just excavated. The primary quarry can accommodate 10 people at the same time. It can temporarily store 100 units of stone. The construction conditions are as follows: 20 units of wood and 20 units of stone.


    [farmland] provides food for residents.


    [junior blacksmith''s house] it is used to make all kinds of farm tools and primary ordinary weapons. The construction conditions are: 20 units of wood, 20 units of stone, 50 copper coins, and one junior blacksmith.


    [junior carpenter''s house] it is used to make all kinds of furniture and all kinds of woodwork needed by the territory. The construction conditions are: 20 units of wood, 20 units of stone, 20 copper coins, and one junior carpenter.


    [junior tailor house] it is used to make clothes and various armor for the territory residents. The construction conditions are as follows: 20 units of wood, 20 units of stone, 50 copper coins, and one junior tailor.


    [junior restaurant] a place used for drinking and eating. The construction conditions are as follows: 200 units of wood, 100 units of stone, 200 copper coins, a Junior Chef, and various food recipes.


    [primary Inn] it is used to provide accommodation. Players can deposit their items in it after paying a certain fee to prevent loss. Construction conditions: Timber 500 units, stone 200 units, money 1000 copper coins, 50 guest rooms.


    [primary medical hall] is used to treat residents'' diseases and sell various kinds of drugs to players. Construction conditions: 100 units of wood, 100 units of stone, 500 copper coins, and one primary doctor.


    [primary grocery store] a place for selling all kinds of materials. Construction conditions: 100 units of wood, 50 units of stone, 100 copper coins.


    Other buildings include: primary barracks (walking, bowing, riding, water), primary barracks (with school yard inside), vegetable garden, primary warehouse, primary granary, primary mill...


    Huangfu Chaobo counted a little, and there were dozens of them. Looking at this long list, Huangfu Chaobo could not help taking a deep breath. How much materials and money would it cost to build it, especially the docks behind it? 2000 units of wood, 1000 units of stone, 20 gold, and junior shipbuilders were needed. Not to mention materials, money was also needed According to the deposit, considering that he only had 500 copper in his hand, Huangfu Chaobo finally turned his attention to the top conditions of residential construction.


    "Mr. Zhang, you are in charge of recruiting villagers in the administrative hall, and the villagers who are called in will build houses first. Build all ten houses. As for other buildings, wait until the house is finished. If the villagers want to recruit 90 first, we''ll take up six of them ourselves, and we''ll reserve the ones with special talents for the remaining four. Chen Jing and Zhang an are responsible for cleaning up the high-level monsters around the village, so that the villagers will not be attacked when they go out to work. "


    "Yes, sir."


    After arranging Zhang Xuan''s affairs, Huangfu Chaobo immediately leads Chen Jing and Zhang an to the warehouse of the executive hall, ready to move wood to build a fence. Lai Lai also thought about how to deal with the wood in the warehouse when he had no tools or carpenter. When he opened the warehouse, he suddenly realized that Nu Wa had already arranged for it. With a 400 meter fence, the whole village is 1600 meters in total. Nuwa has prepared all 72 units of wood of different sizes. Among them, 32 units of wood poles and 40 units of wood for four wooden doors are used to tie the wall. Players only need to set up according to the requirements. Huangfu Chaobo took them more than an hour to move the timber to the area where the fence was to be built.To build a fence, the first thing is to remove all the weeds in the village. Then, according to the village regulations, dig out a small ditch 400 meters in length, 30 cm in width and about meters in depth. Then, bury the prepared wooden pole about 30 meters in the ditch. Then, fill in the excavated soil and compact the soil. Of course, it''s not good to do this alone. Every other distance, there will be a huge wood as a pillar. The huge wood will be deeply driven into the soil, and then the wooden poles between the two pillars will be clamped with the prepared cross bars, and then the wooden poles will be tied and fixed with vines. In this way, the fence wall will be built section by section.


    More than 20 players finally built the fence before dark. The rest of the work is to build four free and open wooden doors in the four directions of the village. But this work can only be done tomorrow, and there is no carpenter in the village, so we can only do simple wooden doors. It''s too late. All the players are offline one after another. Huangfu Chaobo is an idle man, and there are still many things to do after the village is built. And Lao Du and Lao Jie usually have few things to do. They are people who spend almost all their time in the virtual world. They are not in a hurry to get off the line. Instead, they gather together in the administrative hall and plan their future development plans with several generals.


    In the evening, the leader of Huangfu Chaobo blocked the four doors with huge wood before leading several people back to the executive hall. Now it''s going to night, and everyone hasn''t had dinner yet. According to the requirements, the houses in small villages are simple houses for ten people, so it''s generally impossible to make a fire and cook. Therefore, there should be a canteen in the basic buildings of small villages. But now there are not many people in the village, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t ask Zhang Xuan to arrange a canteen, so everyone''s food can only be served in the administrative area In the kitchen of the museum. At noon today, when all the players ate hot food, they all yelled and exaggerated. Adu also yelled: "555... It''s not easy. I''ve been in the game for a month, and I finally have a hot meal Base on others listen, also Qi Qi ran heart have the same feeling repeatedly nod. The players are also pitiful. When they enter the game, they can only eat wheat cakes every day, but they can''t even eat hot rice. Only the Lord players have the chance to eat hot rice in their own village. Moreover, it''s only hot rice. As for other vegetables, vegetables, they can occasionally dig wild vegetables to eat. Meat is basically delusional, unless you live in the village There are hunters, who can hit the prey from time to time, otherwise you don''t think about it. However, at the beginning of the construction of the village, Nu Wa was very considerate. Each Lord also gave away some salt. As for the quantity, it must not be much. When you have used it up, you need to buy it in the system city by yourself. Is it OK not to buy it? Line is line, that is, the popularity of the territory people will decline at the speed you can see with your naked eye.


    After everyone had eaten, Zhang Xuancai reported to Huangfu Chaobo about recruiting people and building a house in the afternoon. "Young master, we now have three farmers and a junior carpenter. Under the leadership of the carpenter, we have built a house in the afternoon, and the construction of the village has entered the normal stage. I believe it won''t be long before many farmers come to live in our village. But... "


    Huangfu chaoboqi said:" but what? "


    Zhang Xuan said anxiously: "they build thatched cottages to work for the village, so you need to pay them. Two coppers a day. In the case of craftsmen, they usually look like five copper coins. Of course, the higher the level, the higher the salary. "


    Huangfu Chaobo had been thinking about how to build a small village, and almost forgot about the salary. Construction needs financial and material support, otherwise it can not be carried out at all. "How many things do we have now?" he asked


    Zhang Xuan figured out an abacus and said: "the village has its own materials and funds for starting: 100 wood, 100 stone, 500 Jin grain and 500 copper coins. Poor little. The thatched cottage consumes 20 pieces of wood, and the wood for the fence and wooden door has been moved out. A total of 92 pieces of wood are left. Now there are 8 units of wood left. "


    "Ah?! There are only 8 units of timber. A logging yard needs 20 units of timber. Isn''t there not enough timber to build a logging yard tomorrow? " After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo yelled;


    "in fact, we can''t say that. We still have 40 units of wood that is useless, that is, the wood of the wooden door. Tomorrow, we can let the carpenter build a logging yard with these wood, and then repair the wooden door with the wood sent by the logging yard!" Zhang xuandao;


    "is that ok?" Huangfu Chaobo looks at the junior carpenter in front of him with a puzzled look on his face.


    Seeing that the village head looked at himself, Li Dazui, a junior carpenter who joined Luoshen village, stood up and said, "back to the village head, what the deputy village head said is right. I can build a logging yard tomorrow, and then use the remaining wood to make wooden doors. Then when I use up the remaining wood, the logging yard should be almost full of the wood needed for the remaining two wooden doors."


    Hearing carpenter Li''s reply, Huang Fu Chao was relieved, and then motioned Zhang Xuan to continue the topic just now.

 Chapter 14

    Seeing that the village head looked at himself, Li Dazui, a junior carpenter who joined Luoshen village, stood up and said, "back to the village head, what the deputy village head said is right. I can build a logging yard tomorrow, and then use the remaining wood to make wooden doors. Then when I use up the remaining wood, the logging yard should be almost full of the wood needed for the remaining two wooden doors."


    Hearing carpenter Li''s reply, Huang Fu Chao was relieved, and then motioned Zhang Xuan to continue the topic just now.


    Zhang Xuan nodded and continued: "every farmer consumes 1 jin of grain every day. Plus one Jin for each of the three of us, plus the grain consumed by 20 different people today, there are 473 Jin left. Moreover, according to the childe''s arrangement, we have to recruit full people before the end of the month, and we have no food income this month. According to 100, we need to prepare at least 3000 Jin of grain before harvest next month. Ordinary residents have to pay 2 copper coins a day, deducting 6. Craftsman Li has 5 copper coins a day, leaving 489 copper coins. If we have no income, we will soon fall into a state of shortage of funds and materials, which will lead to a decline in the morale of the residents and even leave the village. Please make it clear. "


    "Money is not a problem. I still have more than 12 Liang silver in my hand. But it''s not easy to deal with food. If you go to buy it, no village will sell it. Which of you has an idea? " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "childe, we don''t sell it in the village, we can buy it in the county. There''s a grain store in the city. It''s only five kilograms of copper. But 3000 Jin will cost 15 liang of silver. " Chen Jingdao;


    "Er, it''s so expensive... That''s not enough. " Hearing this, all of a sudden, people were baffled.


    "Pa"


    "By the way Just as everyone was thinking about how to make money, little Jie jumped up and said, "boss, didn''t you say you killed the second king of Shanzhai?"


    "Yes. It''s not just me. Boyang also has the certificates of seven leaders and ordinary mountain bandits. What are you doing? " Huangfu Chaobo didn''t respond. To suppress bandits in the game, you don''t need to cut off your head to make a certificate. Instead, the system will automatically provide a record, and then let the player or NPC report it.


    "That''s the end. Didn''t the government issue a notice a while ago? These are all silver. "


    "Yes. The second king is worth at least a few liang of silver. Well, there should be no problem. " Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized.


    "Here are some vouchers that can look like a dozen or two. That''s enough. " Chen Jing also responded.


    "No, it''s your own money. I can''t take it from you." Huangfu Chaobo shook his head.


    "Young master, it''s not true. I''ll give you all my orders. Not to mention a little money. " Chen Jing said firmly, "if it''s not enough, you can sell my little yard as well."


    "No, the yard can''t be sold. Even if the village borrows the money from you first." Huangfu Chaobo flatly opposed it.


    "Well, the money and food are all settled. Let''s talk about other things. Mr. Zhang, we will build a logging yard tomorrow. When we recruit people, we will arrange to go logging first. When the wood is enough, we will build one or two houses in the village. When the wood is enough, we will transfer people back to build other buildings. When the wood is enough, we will build toilets and canteens first. After these two buildings are completed, we will arrange two houses to build, except for one Except for special talents, only five people were left in the village to help carpenter Li, and all the others were arranged to cut wood. Boyang and I will go to the city tomorrow. Zhang an is responsible for the safety of the village. "


    "Yes, sir."


    Huangfu Chaobo said, "well, I''m tired all day. Let''s have a rest."


    Three of his subordinates were present to Huangfu Chaobo, and all of them went to the side of the administrative hall to have a rest. The four residents were temporarily arranged to live in the administrative hall because the gate of the village had not been built. In addition, the three of Huangfu Chaobo were just ten people, so they could live in the administrative hall. Of course, there were Chen Jing and Zhang an in the village I''ll make a tour when I get there. After everyone retreated, there were only three brothers in the hall. I haven''t seen you for a few days. The three people still have a lot to say.


    "Boss, you are so lucky that you can sell your own house for the sake of your village. It''s really unreasonable to recruit such a man to stick to you." Xiaojie said with a jealous face;


    "haha... Mine is not yours


    "Don''t tell me if I''m still in a dream," Adu said. "Think of the three of us who started to work hard and honestly to fight monsters. Who knows today."


    "Yes


    "Well, let''s not talk about that. Let''s show you my harvest this time." Then he put out the equipment and put them on the table in the hall.


    There are 2 sets of level 10 leather armor, which are directly ignored by the two of them.


    There are 2 sets of level 20 leather armour, which are put down after a look.


    There are 2 sets of class 30 infantry armor. Two people can''t move their eyes as soon as they see it.


    "Boss, this is a good thing. It''s just that we''re doing it for each other... As for you, don''t forget it. Anyway, don''t rush into battle. Hey, hey Xiao Jie said with a smile while drooling;"Don''t even think about it. Chen Jing has a suit, and another is Zhang an''s. I''m going to send the last set to Zongheng village. "


    "Ah, you are too generous. Although the price in the shop is more than 1000 copper, it is priceless now." As soon as Xiao Jie heard this, he immediately jumped up and objected, "they sent ten sets of Grade 10 leather armor, which is worth a few dollars."


    "Although it''s so expensive now, it''s because the player level is not high. You don''t want to think about it. Now it''s estimated that there is no level 30 player. Now it''s estimated that there are only a few martial players who can buy this. When everyone''s level is up, there won''t be three hundred and five hundred people. What a personal feeling we''re sending now. In fact, the most important thing is that I saw on the Internet a few days ago that some players said that blacksmiths in the player''s village could learn how to build low and medium weapons and equipment through continuous practice of samples. As you can see, we are not blacksmiths now. Even people with special skills have only one junior carpenter, but I remember that there should be an intermediate blacksmith in Zongheng village. We are still too weak We must have a strong ally. I don''t think a few people in the world are villains. It''s only good for Luoshen village for us to have a good relationship with them now. Not only this armor, but also I''m going to send a level 20 ring head knife and another thing. " With that, Huangfu Chaobo took out the ring.


    Level 10 ring (charm + 1)


    "enchanting? Damn, it''s the first time I''ve heard about it in the game. "


    "What the boss said is not wrong. Zongheng, no matter how we say it, is from changshe to the first village of Yingchuan. It''s only good for us to make friends with them, but not bad for us." ADU looks far away.


    "Well, two to one, you win." Little Jay has no choice. "That can only send these things, oh, other things can not be sent, or the loss is dead."


    "Don''t worry, level 20 huanshou Dao, level 25 huanshou Dao, level 30 refined iron long gun, level 20 short bow, and level 5 arrows. I''ll keep all these things for you. Let me tell you, as soon as our martial arts school is built, I will transfer Chen Jing to a senior position. Now I have to find a way to get the drawings of the martial arts school. And as long as his level is up, I can turn him into a rank general. hey... By then we may be the first to have a rank in the game. "


    "Ah. It''s said on the forum that you need Dan for a job transfer. Don''t tell me that you all have this. " The two men were staring.


    "Hey, hey... congratulations. bingo. Plus 10 points With that, Huangfu Chaobo showed them two pills.


    "By the way, boss, I''ve met a guy named senior official these days. Hehe... Our team has expanded again. " Xiao Jie said;


    "OK, you can just do what the players want."


    "Hey, don''t worry. I''ll pay attention. The boy is an honest man. Don''t worry. "


    Then, the three talked about their experiences in recent days. Most of the time, of course, it''s Huangfu Chaobo who talks. They both listen because they do the same things every day.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    In the twinkling of an eye, it''s daybreak. In reality, two hours must pass quickly.


    After Huangfu Chaobo had arranged the affairs in the village, he asked Chen Jing to take the gift and let Xiaojie take five players with him and walk towards Zongheng village. They decided to go to Zongheng village first and then go to the city for business.


    The distance of thirty miles soon arrived. When I got to the village, I met the top five bars and was ready to take people out to practice.


    "Brother Jipin, long time no see..." Huangfu Chaobo came forward and said;


    "brother Chaobo, oh, it should be called boss Chaobo now. What''s the matter with you today?" He said hello to several other players. Eyes are always looking at the armed Chen Jing. "This is the warrior of boss Chaobo. Tut tut... Level 30 equipment is cattle. Oh, by the way, aren''t there two more? Why don''t we bring them together to open our eyes to our brothers? "


    "You''re welcome to brother Jipin. You''d better call me brother Chaobo. I used to be in the village thanks to the care of my brothers. Today I''m here specially to thank boss Zongheng. I don''t know if he''s here?" Huangfu Chaobo road.


    "Come on, brothers, please talk to the government." After that, he immediately sent someone to inform Zongheng. No matter how to say that other people are village leaders now, at least their own boss should come out to pick them up.


    Just in front of the executive hall.


    "Ha ha ha... I said, how can we see the magpie at the head of the village shouting together today. It turns out that there are some distinguished guests coming. " At the end of the arrival, the voice came first, and he came out with several elders. "Brother Chaobo, this is a three-day farewell. You should look at it with new eyes. Please... Inside, please

 Chapter 15

    When they met at the door, it turned out that they were all from the same village, so they were all acquaintances. They all asked hello and went to the hall.


    After talking about some trivial things, he asked all over the world, "I don''t know what the Chaobo brothers have to say today."


    As soon as he opened his mouth all over the world, everyone in the hall calmed down and stared at Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Nothing else. Just a while ago, our brothers have been taken care of by several elders in the village. In addition, when we left, we not only took about 20 brothers, but also gave us so much equipment. So as soon as things in the village were arranged, I came to thank them. " Then he nodded to Xiao Jie.


    Originally, everything was put on Huangfu Chaobo himself, but little jiejie was so obsessed on the road that he had to fight with his armor and knife. Xiao Jie went to the front of the world, took out the knife and handed it to him.


    Now there are a few ring head Dao Zongheng village of level 20, so when I see Xiao Jie, I take out this thing. Immediately someone said something strange: "I said what it is. We have this knife in our village for a long time. Can we handle it? If you want me to say, it''s like taking the 30 level armor


    "Shut up. Rampant, how can you say such a thing. There must be few such knives in Chaobo brothers'' village. It''s a great gift. That''s what this guy is like. Don''t mind, brother Chaobo. " In the end, he was the leader of the group. He not only talked about the world, but also solved the problem of Huangfu Chaobo. In his opinion, Huangfu Chaobo himself should be two or three, and he already looks up to people if he can give one.


    "Well, this is nothing for you in Zongheng village." As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw that Xiaojie only took out one piece, he knew what the guy was up to. He laughed at him and scolded, "is your skin itching again? I''ll ask Boyang to loosen it for you later?" This guy is bored on the road. He insists on Chen Jing''s practice, but is beaten down by him. All the way to become everyone''s joke.


    "Don''t mention it, boss. I haven''t had time to take it out." When Xiao Jie heard this, he was startled. With that, he took out the armor with a painful face.


    "Coax"


    "Armor, really... It''s really infantry armor of level 30


    "Shit, boss, show me." Rampant all of a sudden rushed over, a small jiejie grab over the hands.


    All of a sudden, the others all gathered around.


    Xiaojie several people are a face proud looking at those people in Zongheng village.


    This time, he even looked at the armor in his hand. It''s estimated that there will be no more than ten sets in the game. I didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would really send one set. This gift is a little big, but it can be used at level 40 or even level 45 all the time. What''s more, you can learn to do it when you are a blacksmith. Once you learn, you won''t have to worry about intermediate armor. Maybe you can make a lot of money. According to the rumor on the website, all kinds of equipment in Zhan-3 can be produced by themselves. As long as the blacksmith reaches a certain level, and there are drawings for him to learn, such equipment of level 30 should be the most popular equipment in the game, because the upgrade is relatively slow after players reach level 20, and the process between level 30 and level 40 is quite long, That is to say, this level 30 equipment can be used for a long time, and it is also the most demanding equipment in the whole game. There are two ways for blacksmiths to learn a new kind of equipment: one is to buy drawings after reaching the level, but it is said that the drawings have not been seen in the field painting, so they can only go to the system store to buy them, but the drawings of various equipment are tens of thousands of taels of silver, and few players can afford them; so they have to go the second way The way is to have ready-made objects for him to learn. Craftsmen have a certain chance to understand by themselves. Of course, this is conditional. The higher the level of craftsman, the greater the probability. Similarly, the lower the level of equipment, the greater the probability. This has been verified in the game. There is a village in Xiliang. A few days ago, a blacksmith had just been promoted to a senior level. The village head was bored. He went to the blacksmith with a level 20 broadsword which was used to brush the wild blast not long ago and asked him if he could fight. Unexpectedly, the blacksmith said that there should be no problem. Therefore, the village head ignored the opposition of other partners in the village and directly gave the broadsword to the blacksmith and gave it to him at the same time He nearly 200 Jin of iron, let him go to stir up, originally he did not report much idea, just think, if the 200 Jin of iron still can''t pound out, will give up. Unexpectedly, the blacksmith closed the door to make trouble for two days, really made the same knife, but also has been recognized by the system. You know, some people have seen it in the system store. It costs 100 Liang to buy a level 20 broadsword drawing. Now the village head has only wasted one broadsword and 200 Jin of iron, so the blacksmith has learned to make a lot of money. So the other players in the village made it clear on the Internet, which caused a lot of repercussions in the players'' village heads. Soon several village heads did similar experiments, but they didn''t expect that they were all successful. They just had some differences in the time and materials they spent. So some people made a conclusion based on their experiments: craftsmen can learn how to make equipment that they don''t know how to make through their own learning and continuous practice. However, this rule is related to the level of craftsmen and equipment. After seeing this on the Internet, Huangfu Chaobo thought that there was a blacksmith in Zongheng village, and then he thought of sending a piece of iron armor. In Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion, there is a great chance that such intermediate equipment should be learned. Of course, people all over the world understand this. It''s just a matter of whether they are willing to invest. However, Huangfu Chaobo believes that he should not be short-sighted. You know, the drawing of level 30 armor is worth 200 taels of silver in the system store, and it''s basically impossible for players to get level 30 armor based on their current strength, because now this kind of armor only exists in officers and soldiers, and even NPC monsters like rebels have all levels of leather armor, and it''s impossible for players to win this level Other wild monsters. In other words, it is basically impossible for players to get this kind of armor. But once you learn it, it will be a big investment for Zongheng village."Brother Chaobo. I can''t stand this armor. "


    "Well, are we going to say that again? I have three in all. Only two generals can be used. It''s better to give them to brother villages than to leave them idle. They can also make the best use of everything. "


    "All right, then I''ll let it go. I''ve had this gift, brother. After that, our two villages will be brothers. If you have anything, just send someone to say hello. What happened in Luoshen village is what happened in Luoshen village. Brothers, do you think so? "


    "Yes, brother League village."


    "Yes. Then we''ll take down the Chang she from south to north I don''t know which one is hot.


    Huangfu Chaobo and Zongheng looked at each other with a bitter smile.


    "Well, bring me the armor. Now we all can''t wear it. Let''s practice it first. It seems that brother, I have to get something good in return. Brother, it''s a big problem for me. "


    "Boss Chaobo. I''m a rude man. Please don''t mind what I said just now. " The world is a little bit bad said.


    "It''s OK. I know my brother is straight. Ha ha ha With that, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and said, "yes, there''s another little thing here, brother. I think it''s just right for my sister-in-law. " Then he took out the ring and handed it to all over the world.


    "The ring. Wow, what a beautiful ring. " Now, even the most calm Nightingale could not sit down.


    "The ring. Charming


    Another depth charge.


    Charm = ox fork, this is the truth that everyone knows in the game. The higher the player''s charm value is, the more attractive it is to NPC and the more likely it is to attract. Everyone wants to be as charming as Cao liusun. Although it''s for Nightingale, everyone knows that she and zonghengtianxia are one. The generals she recruits are not the same as those she recruits. Although it only has the charm of + 1, there are other things. If there are rings, there are necklaces, headdresses and hanging ornaments on the body. It''s amazing to add them up. Some people have made special statistics. In the game, there are several sets of equipment: the first is a four piece set, that is, helmet, armor, shoes and weapons; the second is a six piece set, that is, elbow and knee protection on the basis of the front; if you add four kinds of necklace, ring, headdress and pendant, that is a ten piece set of equipment.


    He said to Huangfu Chaobo with a bitter smile: "brother. Don''t you harm me? " The gift given by others is big enough. If you want to accept it again, you can''t bear to see his girlfriend''s pathetic eyes. A bite of teeth, a stomp of feet, "get, debt more than not.". This gift brother, I received


    "Yeah... Thank you, honey The Nightingale cheered and took the ring, ran to the edge of the world, and gave him a kiss on the face. Xizizi sat down to play with the ring.


    "Brother Chaobo, you see. It''s called jewelry makes women crazy, women make men crazy. " All over the world, he said with a bitter smile;


    "ha ha... This is the blessing of the boss of Zongheng. Like us, we can''t be crazy if we want to be crazy. You brothers said, "is that right?" Huangfu said with a smile;


    "yes..." This resonates with others.


    As soon as the Nightingale saw everyone laughing at her, she blushed and ran outside to show off to the girls.


    "Ha ha ha."


    There was another burst of laughter in the hall.

 Chapter 16

    After such a quarrel, everyone''s relationship became closer. In twos and threes, they got together to chat and fart, and some people gathered around Chen Jing to see his equipment.


    Zong Hengtian then took Huangfu Chaobo to teach him some experience and matters needing attention in building the village.


    Seeing that the goal was achieved, after chatting for a while, Huangfu Chaobo got up and wanted to leave. Even though they wanted to stay for a while, it was hard to stay for a long time to remember that the village of Huangfu Chaobo was built. So people took 10 sets of 15 level leather armour, 5 sets of 20 level leather armour and 10 15 level iron headed wooden handle guns from the warehouse as a gift to Huangfu Chaobo.


    What Huangfu Chaobo lacks most now is this kind of primary weapons and equipment. I didn''t expect that the other party would send so much at once, and the whole party was too happy to close their mouths. It was a surprise.


    It was almost noon when they turned to the South Gate of changshe city. Because he wanted to enter the city, Chen Jing''s equipment was also put away. He paid seven people''s gate fees at the gate of the city (Chen Jing had a guide). Under Chen Jing''s leadership, they came to a restaurant in the city. Now many players have restaurants in their villages, but they don''t know the specific purpose of the restaurant. Many people just think that the building can enhance the support of the villagers and enhance the popularity of the village. They just build it, but they don''t take it for granted. In fact, the restaurant has a very big hidden attribute: it can attract the military generals in the field, not just the general Martial arts experts, even NPC historical generals, are the same, but this attribute was discovered by players a long time later. So now the restaurants in the village are only empty shells, and there is nothing to eat in them. A group of eight people had enough food and drink in the restaurant. Er, to be exact, they should have enough water and food, and then they went to the county government.


    Let Xiaojie and five players wait at the door. Huangfu Chaobo takes Chen Jing to the office of the county magistrate, because the task of suppressing bandits can only be led there. The county captain was resting behind the table. When he heard someone coming in, he said, "lead the task to find the master, and hand over the task to find the officer."


    "My Lord, we''ll hand it in immediately after we get it. We''d better find you directly." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "well. Bold The county captain raised his head and was about to get angry when he saw Chen Jing: "ah... Ghosts As the chief military officer of a county, he may not know all his soldiers, but he is still impressed with the generals, especially Chen Jing, who lost the most in the last battle of Longwo mountain stronghold. It''s impossible for a county captain to know each other. A man who had died suddenly stood in front of him. The first reaction of the county magistrate was that he saw a ghost and scared him to "Bang..." He fell off the chair.


    Around are busy with other things a few shiye inexplicably looked around, in the heart all murmur road in broad daylight where come of ghost. It must be his own boss who has done too much bad things and feels guilty. Although I have this idea in my heart, we didn''t show it. After all, it''s still my parents.


    "Chen... Chen... Brother, you''ve got your money. no I''m not the only one who took it. Also, I''ll have your house returned to you immediately. Please don''t come to me. I''ll give you paper money often. I won''t let you


    "My Lord. Let''s take over the task. Will you do it for us? " Huangfu Chaobo forced himself to smile and said to the county magistrate.


    "You... You''re not


    "Where do ghosts come from in broad daylight?" said Huangfu Chaobo.


    It took him a long time to climb out from under the table. Then he secretly looked at Huangfu Chaobo, and they settled down. Pretending to be nothing happened, I arranged my clothes and sat on the chair. A slap on the table: "bold Chen Jing, dare to be a deserter when he went out to suppress bandits, and behead according to the laws of the Han Dynasty. How dare you come back? "


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to offend the county magistrate of changshe. He knew that his village was under the jurisdiction of changshe after all. However, he didn''t expect that once the county magistrate came up, he would put on a big hat, which made Huangfu Chaobo extremely angry. Since he wanted to kill Chen Jing, it seemed that he would turn over sooner or later, but Huangfu Chaobo was not afraid. After all, he was self-confident Both Ji and changshe County captain belong to the court camp, and they probably won''t have much to do with the government in the future. At least before the Huangjin uprising, the county captain didn''t dare to deal with himself openly. As for the situation after the Huangjin uprising, who knows what will happen at that time? In that case, tear your face. Besides, you still have Zongheng village as the backing. For the players, this county is very important I didn''t pay much attention to Wei. Thinking of this, Huangfu said slowly: "my Lord, it seems that Chen Jing can''t be blamed for this. Someone reported his death as a battle death at the end of the confirmation. If the archdeacon is investigated, who should be blamed? Besides, some people have embezzled the pensions of the dead soldiers. I don''t know what the court officials will say when they know. "


    County Wei face once green once white: "bold, who are you, dare to contradict my official, should what crime?"


    "Oh, I forgot to introduce myself. I''m Huang Fu Chao Bo, the head of Luoshen village under the rule of the president. Oh, by the way, I just came from Zongheng village, the first village in Yingchuan. I just made a brotherhood pact with their village. If you want to punish me, please give me an order! ""Er It''s true that the villages under the rule can be dealt with, but once Zongheng village is involved, even the county magistrate can''t afford it. Because this village has been reported to the court as a political achievement for a long time, it is said that the archdeacon also paid special attention to this village. Not only that, even the governor of the prefecture knew about this village. After all, there were only 13 states in the whole Han Dynasty. As the largest state in the Central Plains, if there was a village that could be ranked among the top ten in the country, it was also a political achievement.


    Now the county captain didn''t know what to do. Looking at the master below, he looked at him with a playful expression. The county captain couldn''t keep his face. To a few humanitarians: "you guys, go down first. I have an important matter to discuss with the village head"


    "yes, my Lord!" It''s not afraid of losing face in front of us. Several masters looked at each other and retreated.


    "I don''t know what I can do for village head Huangfu this time?"


    Oh, it''s true. I still know how to be soft and have a bright future. Huangfu Chaobo laughed in his heart and said, "it''s like this. My Lord, isn''t the county government offering a reward to suppress the bandits? I and my subordinate Chen Jing are here to hand in the task. Another thing is to take a look at Chen Jing''s courtyard in the city. No one has lived in it for a long time. I don''t know if it needs cleaning. "


    The words are already here. Chen Jing is my man now. I don''t care about the credit you''ve given me and the money you''ve given me, but I have to come back with the house. ha-ha... Next, it''s up to the county captain whether you can take Tuo or not. Huangfu Chaobo thought.


    After hearing this, the county magistrate immediately understood what it meant and said, "Oh, don''t worry, village head Huangfu. I''ve sent people to look at the house these days. It''s very clean inside. You''ll see later. By the way, you said you were here to deliver the task. I don''t know


    "Yes, my Lord, we have destroyed the second king of Longwo mountain stronghold and his three big leaders and four small leaders, but it''s a pity that they let their king run away."


    "Oh, I''ll ask someone to exchange the reward for the village head now. Someone''s coming With that, the county captain yelled at the door;


    "my Lord. What can I do for you? " A small official came in.


    "Call them all in, master."


    Before long, several masters came in. "What can I do for you, my lord?" Asked;


    "Oh, you can exchange the reward for the village head Huangfu and his brave man." County Magistrate road;


    "yes, my Lord."


    It doesn''t take long. The second king is 10 taels of silver, and the leaders are 23 taels of silver. After the calculation, the master looked at the county captain and asked him if he only gave half to Huangfu Chaobo according to the old rule. He didn''t expect that the county captain would wink at him and let him give them all. The master felt strange in his heart, but he still didn''t have half a cent in his hand. He handed the money to Huangfu Chaobo very readily.


    After taking the money, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay in the county government any longer, so he came out with Chen Jing. After meeting with Xiaojie, I went to Chen Jing''s home to have a look. It''s just a small courtyard. It''s estimated that if it''s sold, it''s only a few Liang silver. But it''s really clean, and there are deeds on the table. Huangfu Chaobo and Chen Jing smile at each other and give Chen Jing the house deed. The next step is to go to the grain store to buy grain.


    It took 15 liang of silver to fill 3000 Jin of grain in 30 bags. Chen Jing went to the mule and horse shop and hired a carriage to carry grain. Then he went to the market and bought some daily necessities needed by the village. Because there is no household ownership in the village, the villagers eat in the canteen, so these things have to be prepared in the village. Before leaving the city, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that there was an intermediate doctor at home. Although it was estimated that he could not make blood medicine, Huangfu Chaobo still asked Chen Jing to buy some blood medicine. But blood medicine is really not generally expensive, + 20 to 20 copper, + 50 to 50 copper, + 100 to 100 copper. Out of the north gate of changshe City, we all put on our equipment. After all, there is so much food. If we have to walk more than 20 miles, we''d better be careful. Since the game has been open for less than a month, the roads between the player''s village and the system city are still very poor gravel roads. More than 20 miles of Huangfu Chaobo Road, they walked for nearly two hours, almost the same time as when they came here, but they finally transported food security to the village.


    Before reaching the entrance of the village, Huangfu Chaobo found that the outside of the village was much busier than yesterday. Obviously, there are dozens more players. Yes, there are tens of millions of players, but there are only hundreds of thousands of villages. On average, there are nearly 1000 or 2000 players in each village. For example, there are more than 2000 or 3000 players in the villages in the front row. Now there are more than 1000 players in Zongheng village. Of course, many players are still wandering in the wild.

 Chapter 17

    Turning from the official road to the path leading to Luoshen village, players who knew each other kept saying hello to Huangfu Chaobo and his party.


    "Boss, I''m back. Wow, I bought so much food. Boss, you are such a rich man


    "Brother Jie, come to practice with us. It''s just one person short. "


    "Hey, brother, who are those people. What''s on the car? "


    "I don''t know, do I. Let me tell you, the one in front is the village head, the elder Huangfu, and the one beside is elder Jiege. See. The general behind them is the one in armor. That''s an intermediate warrior recruited by the boss. It''s said that he turned out to be a Shichang of the changshe army. Later, he was rescued by the boss and followed him. I''ll tell you, he''s over 30 now. And shooting is still advanced. The three generals under the boss are his best. Moreover, the boss also said that the martial arts school will be completed by the 5th of next month at the latest, and then you can learn skills. It''s freezing to think of this


    "Take your time. I have to make a contribution. Maybe we can get a place for free study at that time. "


    "Yes, I don''t want to talk to you. I have to make a contribution too."


    There are many ways for players to obtain village contribution, such as logging, suppressing bandits, cleaning up the wild monsters around the village, etc. this mainly depends on what tasks are released in the village.


    More than two miles outside the gate of the village, a primary logging field has been built. There are ten farmers. Now the lumberjack is cutting down trees.


    Primary logging field: 20 logs, which can hold 10 people to log at the same time, and each person can log 2 logs per day. It can hold 200 units of wood in place.


    Three small wooden doors have been built in the village. When the final materials arrive, all of them can be finished. When you get to the administration hall, let''s put the grain in the warehouse (the administration hall has its own 5000 capacity warehouse and 500 units of secret storage.) And the weapons sent by zongzong village were put in the secret library. After all this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Xiaojiejie and several players, "today is a hard day. Everyone will make two contributions. Well, now get busy with your own business


    "Ha ha ha... It''s not hard. I''ve been playing outside all day. I didn''t expect to make two contributions. Thank you, boss


    "Yes, yes. Boss, please let us know if there is anything in the future. Today, we''ve had a good time. I feel comfortable when I think of being brothers with the eldest brothers in Zongheng village. Ha ha... In fact, the contribution of two points is not enough. "


    "That''s OK. It''s a day''s delay. No matter how much you say, you''ll have to make up for it."


    "Boss, it''s very polite. You''ll be busy first, and we''ll go out first."


    With that, a few people went out happily.


    Huangfu Chaobo knows in his heart that people don''t get up early for nothing. Everyone is polite and says don''t contribute anything. If you don''t do something good, no one will do anything next time. It''s necessary to do some kindness and wisdom to win people''s hearts.


    When everyone else goes out. Huangfu Chaobo opened the daily records of the village and looked at them:


    grain 3464, stone 100, wood 7 Qian, silver 27, copper 543


    there were 14 villagers (including three warriors, 10 ordinary villagers, and a carpenter with primary skills)


    one house


    one logging yard


    fence wall


    wooden door (three have been built)


    and the weapons and treasures in the secret vault .


    Looking at this, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Now that he had all the money and food, what he had to do was to recruit people to cut wood with all his strength. There was too little wood. He had to use it everywhere. If you want to build a carpenter''s workshop and a bow and arrow workshop for Zhang an, everything is still in its infancy. There are too many things to be built: various workshops, markets and shops. If you can, you need to build docks and docks along the river, and the defense function of the village is too weak. Although no one is attacking now, it''s always right to be prepared. Besides, there is also a great shortage of talents. Only a carpenter is a junior. The only way to make weapons and equipment is to produce them by himself. If you buy them all the time, you will not have so much money, and you will be controlled by others. There are also stones and iron ores. Now we have to prepare to accumulate them. We are located in the plain, and these things are very scarce...


    Think about it and you have a headache...


    The first step of the long march is still a long way to go.


    "Didi..." Just then the message box on Huangfu Chaobo rang. At first glance, I didn''t expect that it was all over the world


    "what? Brother Zongheng, I miss you for half a day? I can tell you that you have a girlfriend. Besides, brother, I''m not good at that! " Huangfu Chaobo joked;


    "brother, don''t say that my brother really missed you, but he missed your two warriors. Ha ha ha... How did you get to the village? " All over the world, I replied immediately.


    "Just arrived. What''s up?"


    "Well, aren''t our two villages going to sign up for the fraternal alliance? I''ll be right back. The relationship between the two villages: affiliation, trade alliance, military alliance and brotherhood. ""Well, brother, I can''t wait." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that the world would really set up a brotherly alliance recognized by the system.


    "Ding. Hello player, Zongheng village of changshe county has sent you the invitation of two villages'' brotherhood alliance. Do you agree or not


    Agreed.


    "Ding Dong. According to the news from the community system, Zongheng village and Luoshen village signed a Village Alliance: Brotherhood alliance. "


    Wow...


    All the players in the club were shocked by the news, Nani? The first village in Yingchuan, the top ten village in the system and a newly built village have signed the highest alliance relationship? What''s wrong?


    The players in the two villages cheered again. The players in Zongheng village all know that there are three generals in Luoshen village, and they also know about the gift giving in the morning. They all think that a gift is a level 30 armor, and there are three generals who are free fighters. This kind of little brother is good at receiving, and the boss is wise! The players in Luoshen village feel that there is a money maker in their village. In the future, the club will not allow the players in the two villages to walk horizontally?


    "By the way, there''s something else I''d like you to help me with. Well, today, a brother found a mountain bandit outside the village. He was walking around the farm of the village. My man found him and ran away. As usual, there were no mountain bandits in our village. I thought it strange, so I sent some brothers to inquire about the surrounding villages. They found that there were strange NPCs in every village, including mountain bandits, itinerant bandits and water bandits, and they all appeared on the edge of the farmland. As you know, tomorrow is the 26th. I wonder if the system wants to attack the village. So I''ll discuss with you to see if I can send a military general to support my brother. After you relax, my brother will thank you very much, and I will absolutely take care of his safety. As you know, there are many players here, but there is no better general. I''m afraid that no one will be able to hold a high-level guy. "


    "Well Huangfu made a deep impression.


    Even though he didn''t want to, he said, "if it''s not convenient, there''s no one there."


    "I don''t mean that. I think the system should be the idea of fighting for food, so as to control the development speed of the player''s village. It should not destroy the village, so I think there should be no problem on my side, but I still have to discuss with my brothers. Well, I''ll get back to you later. "


    "OK, you can discuss it. If you can''t get rid of it, it''s OK."


    After hanging up the communication, he turned his head and said to Chen Jing standing on the side, "Boyang, go and call old Zhang and his son and the two elders. Just say I have something to discuss with them. "


    "Yes, sir."


    "Brother, are you looking for us?" After a while, several people arrived.


    "Just right, brother. I have something to tell you." Ah Dudao: "well, at noon today, some brothers found a boat by the river in the north of the village. There were two people on the boat. According to their estimation, it should be bandits or water thieves nearby. There was a man on the boat who walked around the village and got on the boat. When he left, he was still reading about laziness, farmland and grain. What''s the matter with you? "


    Huangfu Chaobo patted his head: "headache. I didn''t expect that the things I was worried about were true. "


    "All over the world? Boss, it''s none of his business. Do you think these two people are sent by him? That''s not right. He dares to stab us in the back as soon as we get married? "


    "Well, don''t talk nonsense." Huangfu Chaobo glared at both of them. "That''s why I called you here. Today, the news spread all over the world that he also found someone to visit the grain fields in his village. And it''s not only in their village, but also in several surrounding villages, so he suspects that the system is ready to attack the village. "


    "System? What about the village? What''s going on? How can I not understand it Xiao Jie was confused.


    "I don''t care about you. I only know how to eat, drink and play all day long." Huangfu Chaobo turned his eyes at him and said,


    "boss, do you mean the system will eliminate some villages?" Adudao


    "the possibility of elimination is not great, but the limit is OK."


    "Restrictions?"


    "Think about Lao Du. What''s the first plot of the Three Kingdoms?"


    "Yellow scarf uprising."


    "How long is it until the Huangjin uprising?"


    "About thirty months."


    "Yes, you said that if the player village develops smoothly for such a long time, can the system still control the players at that time?"


    ADU suddenly realized: "boss, what you mean is that the system should create some troubles for the players, so that everyone can not develop smoothly, so that the plot can go according to the historical arrangement. But how can he interfere? "


    "If it was in the past, I would never have thought of it, but today I think of a way?"


    "What method?"


    "What day do you say tomorrow?"


    "Tomorrow? 26. By the way, the harvest will start tomorrow. It''s a very poisonous move. You can kill two birds with one stone by taking advantage of the joint of grain harvesting, and destroy the village''s grain harvesting. In order to protect the food, each village will organize the players to fight against the system faction. If it is possible, the food of the village will lose a lot. Even if there is not much loss, the strength of the players stationed in the village will be lost, and the village must make up for the players, which can also indirectly affect the strength of the village. What''s more, it can make the village empty of food and money. What a great move. It is true that if the system doesn''t make a move, it will make people''s air defense less defensive. ""Yes. So Zongheng wants me to take Chen Jing to help him. "


    "No, we have to give up our village to help him. Absolutely not. " As soon as Xiao Jie heard this, he immediately jumped out to oppose it.


    ADU seemed to think of something. After thinking for a while, ADU said, "boss, I think we''re going."


    "You are crazy, old Du. Give up your home and help others. " As soon as he heard that both of them agreed to help Zongheng village to collect food, Xiao Jie couldn''t sit still any more. Regardless of his relationship with Lao Du, he immediately objected loudly;

 Chapter 18

    In the face of Xiao jiejie''s loud voice, Huangfu Chaobo leads Chen Jing to Zongheng village to help guard the village. Lao Du doesn''t care much. Instead, he quietly explains to them: "no, Lao Jie, boss, listen to me. I don''t think the system will want to scrap any villages, or the government and army will not be allowed to destroy the mountain bandits in Longwo mountain. Our village doesn''t even have farmland now, so I don''t think there will be any problem. Besides, even if it is true, it should not be much, so we just need to guard the executive branch. As long as the executive branch is preserved, we will not be affected much. Even if in case, I mean in case a large number of monsters come to attack the village, in this case, even if Chen Jing is left behind, the effect will not change anything. The only possibility is that the village will be abandoned. When we go to vote, no matter what he says, he will give the boss a seat as an elder. The big deal is that we have lost a blueprint for building a village. "


    For Lao Du''s idea, Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head and agreed. However, for the sake of safety, he decided to make a lot of arrangements and said, "well, Lao Du, you have the same idea as me. In this way, I''ll arrange for you two to guard the village with ER Zhang and players. I''ll take Chen Jing to support Zongheng. Lao Du, you and our 20 old brothers, Zhang an, Zhang Lao and all the villagers are in the administration hall. Lao Jie, you stay in the village with other players who are willing to help guard the village. If there''s any problem, Mr. Zhang will turn the villagers into minzhuang. Anyway, he will hold on for a long time until I bring people from Zongheng. If it doesn''t work, take Mr. Zhang, Zhang an and the things in the treasure house to changshe city to wait for me. Lao Jie knows the location of Chen Jing''s yard. However, as Lao Du said, this should not happen. Mr. Zhang, from now on, let the villagers do their best to cut wood. In the evening, he built a watchtower beside each gate, and let the carpenters make all the other wood guns. Zhang an, from now on, you''ll try your best to be an arrow. "


    "Yes, boss."


    "Yes, sir."


    "OK, Chen Jing, let''s go."


    I didn''t expect to go out as soon as I got home. Oh, what a miserable man. Huangfu Chaobo thought to himself that when he came back, he wanted to walk around the village and get familiar with the buildings and conditions of the village. He didn''t expect that...


    For fear of any unnecessary trouble in walking at night, they almost ran all the way to Zongheng village. Finally arrived at Zongheng village before dark. Looking at the breathless two people, I couldn''t help feeling moved. "Hard work, brother. How do you arrange it yourself? "


    "Ha ha... I told them to just guard the executive hall, but I only brought Chen Jing here. I don''t have many players and the level is not high. It''s useless to come here. If you can''t keep it, you''ll have to beg for food here. "


    When they heard this, they were all dumbfounded.


    Shit, what''s a brother? This is the brother, let his home not to defend, with the hands of the number one general to help brother guard the village.


    He patted Huangfu Chaobo on the shoulder and said slowly, "don''t worry, brother. As long as you are willing, if you have a brother, I will not let him drink thin."


    "Ha ha..." Huangfu Chaobo pretended to be relaxed, "it''s not so mysterious. I estimated that the system would not let me destroy the village. After all, there are less than 500000 villages now. ha-ha... I''ll listen to you for the rest. "


    "Don''t worry. I won''t use your strong general unless I have to. Ha ha


    The next day, on the morning of January 26th, 182, the first national activity in the game of princes for supremacy began. Because everyone got some news more or less, so all the villages in the game were on full alert. The village leaders mobilized all the players in the village to guard the side of the village field, and all the villagers were ready to scramble for food. In any case, it was like the people in the occupied areas snatched food during the Anti Japanese war.


    There are 80 villagers in Zongheng Village (so many villagers, Huangfu Chaobo really don''t know how to support Zongheng). There are 1900 players in Zongheng village. Now there are 50 people above level 25. The village head and his four elders have teams of 10 people. There are nearly 300 people at level 20-24, nearly 600 people at level 15-19, and more than 1000 people below level 15 In the middle of the village, around the farmland, all the people were well prepared. With four elders and Huangfu Chaobo, Chen Jing stands at the gate, making the final arrangement.


    "Rampant, you take your ten level 25 people to follow Chen Jing today. Remember, if something happens to Chen Jing, I only want to ask you."


    "Brother, don''t worry, brother Chen will be fine before he dies. Are you brothers


    "Yes, the two eldest brothers can rest assured"


    "fart, even if you die, Chen Jing can''t do anything. If anything happens to him, our village will have no face to play in the game any more. "


    "Big brother doesn''t have to be like this. Besides, Boyang is not a wooden man. It will be OK." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "the others at 20-24 level are the first echelon, the others at 15-19 level are the second echelon, the others at 25 level and above are the third wave, and the others are ready to support as reserves. Today, please. ""Don''t worry, boss, we are all men."


    At eight o''clock sharp, the villagers began to scramble for food. All of a sudden, they saw only the golden fields and the scythes flying.


    Five minutes later, there was still no message from the outside sentries.


    "Hee hee... Are those guys afraid to come when they see so many of us? " Top five bar road.


    "It''s better not to come. Do you think they can''t come..." At the end of the speech, dust rose in the west of the village. Then, I saw a player running over, "boss... coming... Here we go. OK... Many mountain thieves. "


    Everyone rushed to the west of the field to prepare for the defense.


    Sure enough, after a while, the figure of the mountain bandit appeared in everyone''s field of vision.


    "Hiss..." A burst of breathing sound sounded in the crowd, a 30 level leader with three 28 level leaders, each with 10 mountain bandits. Each of the three small heads has ten level 24 gunners, while the big head has five level 26 sword shields and five level 26 archers. This is 44 killing machines. According to the players'' strength at this stage, the NPC of the same level can defeat five players of the same level. If you want to kill them, you have to come to 10 players to do it, and the players will be killed badly.


    "Brother, it seems that you have a lot of face." Huangfu Chaobo said to the world with a bitter smile.


    "It seems that I have to bear it today." Next to the top five bars;


    "Boyang, are you sure about the leader of the mountain bandits?" Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and asked;


    "young master, if you fight alone, you should be able to take him down within 20 minutes. But he still has ten guards on the side. If he doesn''t transfer these ten guards, Jing will not be sure. " Chen Jing replied.


    "In this case, boss Zongheng, I think we have to make a bet."


    "What do you mean?" Asked the world.


    "Let one or two echelons separate the three small headed people. And then 50 level 25 players to hold the big head of the target soldiers, to create opportunities for Chen Jing, catch the thief first catch the king With that, Huangfu Chaobo looks around the world. His idea has come out. As for whether to use it or not, it''s up to you to be the boss.


    This idea seems feasible, but if it fails, the consequences will be unimaginable. If the main force is completely destroyed, people and food may lose both in the end.


    "Big brother, let''s do it." After thinking for a moment, he said.


    "Young master, I still have 90% confidence that I can kill two or three archers with bow and arrow on the way before the war." Chen Jing said beside him.


    After hearing Chen Jing''s words, he gritted his teeth and made up his mind. "Well, success or failure depends on it. Order the first echelon to resist the enemy head on and fight to the death. The second echelon is divided into two teams, which encircle three small headed people from both sides. Other players below level 15 line up behind the first echelon to prevent mountain bandits from killing in the field. Fifty directly under the player and Chen Jing around the front of the battlefield to kill the big leader, every five players must hold a thief, not to kill the enemy, but must hold. When Chen Jing kills the leader, you''ll make a great contribution. "


    "Yes, boss!" All of them answered in unison;


    the distance between the two sides was only more than 300 steps. The leader looked at the player in front of him and said with a smile: "ha ha... These small basket ants also want to stop the head of the elite soldiers, it is to die. Children, kill me


    Three small heads with their spearmen, holding their long guns flat, line up in three columns to kill the players steadily. Five archers also arched and followed the Gunners. And he himself stopped behind with a few swordsmen.


    Two hundred steps.


    One hundred and fifty steps.


    A hundred steps.


    Fifty steps, the archer finally goes to war.


    "Whoosh, whoosh..." Five arrows are aimed at the players in the first echelon.


    "Ah


    "Shit, I''m shot."


    Another unfortunate one was sent directly back to the village by the arrow.


    "Whoosh, whoosh, whoosh..." The second round of arrows soon arrived again.


    "Whoosh, whoosh..." The third round...


    "Kill..." After three rounds, the Gunners and players finally collided.


    See those Gunners side by side hold long guns in three lines to the player''s direction in the past. I saw 30 long guns, the glittering gun head is divided into three rows, each row of ten toward the player stabbed in the past. The players standing in the first row are the reserve forces of the Legion in the village, and their loyalty to the village is irresistible. But no one has experienced such a scene, can not help but subconsciously back. However, the arrangement is dense formation, after all, with the player''s current strength, there is no ability to fight NPC soldiers. The players in the first row stepped back and immediately reflected it. Several players looked at each other and immediately raised their knives: "brothers, kill..."

 Chapter 19

    "Coax" After a burst of white light, the player''s square array is empty. And the mountain bandits are intact.


    "Hiss..." It''s a cool breath coming from the back ridge.


    But now there is no time to think about it. Several square arrays have been in action according to the initial arrangement. Now the only thing we can do is wait.


    "Kill..."


    "Ah


    After a short period of killing, after losing more than 100 players, the player finally managed to block the attack of the mountain bandit gunners, while the second echelons on both sides were gradually moving closer to the middle. The mountain bandit leader finally realized something was wrong. He rushed to the gap where the players were surrounded with five bowmen who had retreated and the sword and shield soldiers around him. At this time, Chen Jing also took 50 players around the front battlefield and came up.


    "Whoosh..." Take out the bow and arrow, Chen Jing raised his hand is an arrow shot in the past. When the arrow fell, a mountain bandit Archer fell.


    "Whoosh, whoosh, whoosh, whoosh..." Another four arrows, one for each. In a flash, Chen Jing shot and killed all the five archers. I thought Chen Jing would be able to kill three archers, but I didn''t expect that he would play an extraordinary role. Before the war, he solved the other party''s five archers and removed the threat of the other party''s long-range attack. The next thing should be easy to do. At this time, the elite of 50 players also surrounded the five mountain bandits. Only the big leader was still outside the battlefield.


    "Good..." Watching Chen Jing solve the problem in an instant, Zongheng and Huangfu Chaobo can''t help shouting. At the same time, I was relieved.


    Seeing that Chen Jing had killed all his bowmen, the big leader couldn''t help yelling with anger. He didn''t care about his sword shield soldiers, and rushed to Chen Jing''s direction. Seeing this, Chen Jing throws his bow to the ground and raises his long gun to meet him.


    Chen Jing was not afraid. He only heard "Ding..." After a sound, Chen Jing holds the gun in both hands and tries hard to block it. After fighting against the big head with all his strength, he stabs the big head of the mountain bandit with a long gun. Seeing this, the leader of the mountain bandit quickly takes back the tiger head knife and takes advantage of the situation to chop at the long gun. However, his body quickly turns to the right side and finally avoids Chen Jing''s shot. Seeing that he had a bad start, the leader of the mountain bandit not only didn''t threaten Chen Jing with his first knife, but he was almost stabbed by the other party. He couldn''t help but get angry. He found the right opportunity to attack Chen Jing again.


    The two men soon formed a regiment.


    Fifteen rounds later, Chen Jing saw a flaw in the mountain bandit''s main purpose, picked up his sword with one shot, and then stabbed the mountain bandit in the chest.


    "Poof..." The big leader of the mountain bandit looked at the iron gun inserted into his chest and fell down reluctantly.


    "The leader of the mountain bandits is dead. The rest of them will wait. Those who come down will not be killed." Chen Jing took the opportunity to yell;


    as soon as Zongheng and Huangfu Chaobo saw this situation, they immediately yelled with several people around them:


    "big head is dead. Let''s run


    Soon, the people who heard them all yelled, "big head is dead!"


    "The big head is dead!"


    As soon as the small leader and the mountain bandit soldiers in the crowd heard the news, they quickly looked back. As a result, they saw that the head of the big head was held there with a gun. They were scared to death. Originally, five or six mountain bandit soldiers had been killed by the players, and the others were all wounded. Seeing that the big head was dead, they took their own men They ran away. The players didn''t dare to stop them too much, so they had to let them break out, but they also left four or five people behind.


    Chen Jing sees that Dabo''s bandits have fled. So he turned his eyes to the five surrounded Dao Dun soldiers. The level 26 Dao Dun soldiers are really not strong. They have sent back nearly 20 of the 50 level 25 players, and the others are all injured. However, several Dao Dun soldiers themselves have several wounds. Chen Jing shakes the long gun in his hand and kills the nearest sword shield soldier. Together with this Dao Dun soldier is Wang Xingtian and another player. The other three players in their group must have been killed by the mountain bandits. The shield soldier''s left hand was holding the shield while protecting his body, blocking his sword to kill his players in front of his left side; the ring head sword of his right hand slashed to the world in front of him. I saw that the rampant world was full of knife wounds. Seeing that the mountain bandit killed him, the rampant world quickly raised his knife with both hands and heard "when..." The mountain bandit saw that his opponent had fallen to the ground. He was ready to step forward and stab the ring head knife out of his hand to solve the problem. Seeing this, Chen Jing roared "stab!" Then he killed the mountain thief. As soon as the mountain bandit hears the movement behind him, he can''t take care of the rampage in front of him. However, because he can''t turn around in time, he quickly takes back the shield of his left hand and wants to use it to block Chen Jing''s stab. But he didn''t expect that Chen Jing''s stab was so powerful. The spear went straight to the bandit''s thin iron shield, and then stabbed into the bandit''s body. After solving this mountain bandit, Chen Jing does not rest, pulls out a long gun and turns to kill another mountain bandit.With Chen Jing''s joining, five mountain bandits soon killed three of them, and the other two were seriously injured by Chen Jing and captured by the world.


    Looking at the rampant world, I will tie up the last Dao Dun soldier. "Hoo, it''s over at last." I feel relaxed after all.


    "Oh, we won


    "Won..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    All of a sudden, the whole battlefield rang out the cry of the sky.


    Chen Jing, with more than ten others, escorts two mountain bandits to Huangfu Chaobo. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw Chen Jing coming over covered with blood, he thought he was seriously injured and ran over. Even across the world, a few people also quickly followed.


    "Boyang, what? You were hurt. Is it serious? " Huangfu asked Chaobo.


    "Young master, it''s nothing. I just got a little hurt when I was fighting against the big target. All the blood on my body was from the thief. Young master, Chen Jing successfully witnessed and killed the mountain bandits, and captured two of them alive. Please tell me what to do with them. "


    Hearing Chen Jing say that there is nothing wrong, several people can''t help but feel relieved.


    "Brother, the war is over. How about the loss of the village?" Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and asked.


    "I don''t know yet. I''m having statistics. Don''t worry about the business here. How is the situation over there in Luoshen village? " Cui Dao, who was worried all over the world,


    Huangfu Chaobo remembered that he didn''t know what was going on in his village, so he quickly sent a message to Adu.


    Soon, ADU replied. After listening to what he said, Huangfu Chaobo''s face was a little better.


    "How''s it going?" Several people nearby immediately asked.


    "Fortunately, in the morning, five mountain bandits broke the fence and walked around the village. They didn''t attack the administration. The loss is not big, just more than 30 players died. Now they have repaired the fence, but they still stay in the village for fear that the mountain bandits will come again. I''ll let them keep it until I get back. "


    "Hoo, it''s OK. The best, the rampant, you two take directly under the inside can also fight with me in the past. I''m not sure if I don''t look at the situation. Others clean the battlefield, help the villagers return the collected grain to the warehouse, and then guard the village until I come back. " He immediately said, "yes."


    "Wait a minute." Huangfu Chaobo said, "just let the two brothers take you there, and you don''t want to go. There are a lot of things waiting for you to deal with here. "


    "But


    "No, I won''t let you go to war even if you go. In this way, you might as well finish the work here first. " Huangfu Chaobo flatly refused,


    "well, listen up, you two. You used to listen to the arrangement of Chaobo brothers. Don''t come back until you''ve confirmed that there''s nothing wrong there. At least we''ll have to wait until tomorrow. In addition, if you have anything, please let me know as soon as possible. I''ll bring people to support you right away. "


    "Don''t worry, boss."


    A group of more than 20 people took a break and rushed to the direction of Luoshen village.


    Looking at Huangfu Chaobo''s back, he murmured to the Nightingale: "Yinger, how can I get to know such a good brother with so much luck? If there''s something wrong with his village, how can I get rid of it? "


    "Ha ha... Don''t you often say that the feelings between brothers are not used to say? " The Nightingale said;


    "yes, there will always be a time to return it. By the way, what about our losses? What''s the result? Have you got the statistics? " He turned around and asked no thief.


    "Come out. We lost 312 players in this battle. Because the mountain bandits failed to break through our defense line, we have no loss of grain. We can transport all the grain to the warehouse by this afternoon at the latest. In addition, we killed a mountain bandit leader, 5 archers, 3 sword shield soldiers, 11 spearmen, and captured two mountain bandit sword shield soldiers alive. Five level 20 long guns, two level 25 ring head knives, two level 25 bows and one level 30 broadsword were used. There are also some copper coins. It''s just...


    "Just what?"


    "It''s just that Chen Jing killed the mountain bandit leader and the five archers, the three sword shield soldiers with his help, and the two captured alive. It can be said that half of this battle was fought by him alone. If we don''t have him, even if we win, we will win miserably. At least the injury is more than twice as much as it is now, and there may also be food losses. "


    "Hiss..." After hearing that there was no thief in the world, all the people on the scene took a cool breath.

 Chapter 20

    After listening to the words of no thief in the world, the people in Zongheng village can''t help but take a breath again. No one spoke for a long time. After this battle, they realized the gap between players and NPCs at this stage.


    "However, we don''t have to be too surprised. There is such a big gap between the early generals and our players. Besides, don''t we have two prisoners now. Maybe we can recruit one, too. " Seeing the reaction of the people on the scene, no thief in the world immediately added;


    "Oh, they''re all arrested. Do you want it? Ha ha ha


    "Hey, hey... It''s negotiable


    "Well, I''ll talk about that later. Lock up the prisoners first and put away all the weapons. We''ll send them all by then. They''ve fought a battle for us with all their might. How can we say that we''ve got something to gain? "


    "Ah, this


    "Well, don''t take this one or that one. Even if we want to take it, it will be ours after the election." What else can we say if there are no thieves in the world. The Nightingale winked at him and immediately shut up.


    When he turned around to do something else, no thief came to the Nightingale and whispered, "sister-in-law, do we really send all of them to him?"


    "You, don''t you see that? What kind of person is Huangfu Chaobo? Even if we give it to him, he won''t take it all. Anyway, the two families are equally divided. "


    "Oh, that''s it, that''s it."


    It was already noon when Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived at Luoshen village. By this time, the village''s fences had been repaired long ago, and the damaged buildings in the village had been sorted out, while the villagers had returned to their houses to stay. However, everyone stayed in the village for fear that the mountain bandits would return to attack the village. After Huangfu Chaobo arranged for the top 20 of them and asked Xiao jiejie to accompany them there, he went back to the administration hall and asked about the specific situation of the mountain bandits attacking the village this morning. After listening to Adu''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo was more sure of his original idea. After explaining some things, Huangfu Chaobo decided to go offline to see what new news there was.


    As soon as I opened the website, it was full of news about this morning''s grain harvest. The attack of the system (let''s say it first) covered all the villages in the game, but none of the villages were abandoned, only with big or small losses. Even the villages built yesterday only make complaints about several wolves. As a result, three villagers were killed by wolves, and the other two said what they did not dare to stay. And there are various ways of attack: Horse bandits, roving bandits, mountain bandits, water bandits, pirates, Shanyue people, wuximan... Even tigers, wild boars, wolves... All kinds of humanoid monsters come on stage together. In short, there is a saying: nothing is impossible, only unexpected.


    After this battle, nearly half of the players have been reduced by one level, 40% of the villages have suffered serious losses, and almost all the villages have suffered different losses. Many villages that were originally prepared to upgrade after grain harvest all agreed that the upgrade time must be postponed. It can be seen from this time that villages with relatively small losses either have stronger players or have NPC fighters of different levels. For example, in the No.1 village in the world, he has nearly 3000 players, but this also gives him special care from the system. There are nearly 60 level 25-30 mountain bandits. In the end, although he beat back the mountain bandits, he also lost nearly 1000 players, and some of his food. After this war, it is estimated that there will be a big adjustment in the ranking of villages in the system at the beginning of next month, and the ranking of Zongheng village and Luoshen village will definitely move forward. And from the forum post, the attack of the system is only one wave, no matter what the loss to the players is, it''s all a strike, which also makes Huangfu Chaobo more sure of his mind.


    With great determination, Huangfu Chaobo entered the game again. After inviting everyone and telling them what he thought, Huangfu Chaobo decided to let the village return to normal. It''s noon now. If it''s too late in the afternoon, the villagers should be able to cut down some wood and do some things. The players will send several people to the surrounding villages to inquire about the situation, and others will do whatever they want. Of course, everyone has a contribution today. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was going to ask for the best. They took their men back to zongzong village, but they said that the boss asked them to wait until the situation was stable tomorrow, and they said that they would not go back to the village first, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t ask for anything.


    The village is divided into four areas by two roads connecting the administrative hall and the four gates, and each area has different functions. The northwest area is a residential area, the southwest area is ready to be a trade area, the northeast area is ready to be a military area, and the southeast area is ready to be a variety of workshop areas. But now only the residential area has a house, and other areas have nothing. This morning, the village recruited five more villagers. Unfortunately, there are still no talents with special skills. Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but sigh, what''s the most rare today? Talents, where are they!!!


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranged for carpenter Li to lead the new five people to build a logging field. Then, he arranged for all the five people to go in for logging. Now in the village, except for Zhang Xuan and carpenter Li, all the other 15 villagers went to arrange logging together. In the afternoon, the players who went out to inquire about the news also came back one after another, and the surrounding villages were damaged to varying degrees. Now there are several villages around Luoshen village, all built in front of Luoshen village, and even two villages were built before January 5. The villages are Hubao Village (village head hubaoqi) 10 Li southeast, changshe city 20 Li south, RMB Village (village head only RMB) 10 Li southwest, Sanjian village, watermelon Village (village head watermelon Taihe) northwest, Xiaoma Village (village head Xiaomage) north, and the village on the East Bank of Jishui There are two villages, Shenma village in the upper reaches of the river (village head Shenma is floating clouds), and citou village in the lower reaches of the river (village head is not citou). Among them, Hubao village, Sanjian village and Shenma village are all the first group of players to build villages. Several villages have fields ranging from 20 mu to 30 mu. There are hundreds to 1000 players in the villages. This time, they are all mountain bandits of the ten man team. The other villages are built more than ten days in front of Huangfu Chaobo, and the players look like five or six hundred people. However, because there are no strong generals, Luoshen village is the same level as Huangfu Chaobo. It''s also five mountain bandits. They just killed dozens of players, destroyed several buildings and retreated.All night long. The next day, the top five bars agreed to take the players back to the village. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo prepared ten copper coins for each of them, but they didn''t want them. He was all over the world and said with a smile to Huangfu Chaobo thieves: "Hey, hey... Boss Chaobo, we can''t take money from you. Otherwise, we will be scolded to death by the boss. If... If you have something next time, remember to leave some for your brothers, hehe... "


    Huangfu Chaobo said, "ha ha ha... You''re a good boy. You''re a thief. sure. But I can tell you, don''t think about it now. I''m poor now. There is only one carpenter in the village. There are no blacksmiths or tailors. Just wait. Ha ha


    "It''s OK. We can afford to wait, can''t we, brothers?"


    "Ha ha ha... That is


    "Well, let''s go, brothers. "Super boss."


    "Thank you, everyone."


    Back at the administration hall, Huangfu Chaobo called several people over. I''m going to make arrangements for these days.


    "Mr. Zhang, what you have been doing these days is still inviting. We must pay special attention to special talents. There is only one carpenter in our village now, and there are no other talents. At this rate, at most five people can be recruited every day. By the end of the month, the maximum population of the village should be 30 or 40 people. Then, a carpenter''s workshop and a bow and arrow workshop will be built, and then a martial arts school will be built. As soon as the martial arts school is completed, I will transfer Chen Jing to another post. There are 50 logging sites and five special buildings. For the rest, we need to see if there are stones and iron ores to be mined. Now we need to step up the accumulation of various materials while the raw materials are not expensive. Zhang an, your task is to upgrade your bow and arrow making skills. When you get to the advanced level, you will take two apprentices to make bows and arrows. If you don''t meet this requirement, don''t worry about anything else. The task of Chen Jing and the three of us is to upgrade. All three of us must be promoted to level 20 before the martial arts school is built. Well, that''s all for now. Let''s go and do our own work. "


    "Yes, sir."


    "All right, boss."


    "Oh, by the way, Mr. Zhang, you stay first." Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of the blood medicine in the secret library. So he took it out and handed it to Zhang xuandao, "can you make this blood medicine?"


    Zhang Xuan took a look and said, "young master, I haven''t learned this thing. If I have a prescription, I can do it."


    "Oh, let''s put it first, and wait until everything in the village is on the right track."


    Zhang an was left to do bows and arrows in the hall, and the others went out to do their own business. Fortunately, Zhang an''s bows and arrows are made of simple materials. For example, the hunting bow and bone arrow of level 15 only need to use bamboo animals, tendons, cut bamboo sticks, feathers, sharp animal bones, and bone glue boiled from animal bones. In addition to bone glue, these things must be boiled by Zhang an himself. Huangfu can collect a lot of other things. So although Zhang an is only using bows and arrows by himself now, there are several bows and dozens of arrows in Huangfu Chaobo''s warehouse. Because the level 15 bow and arrow is basically a bow and arrow weapon for players, Huangfu Chaobo does not restrict Zhang an to make better bows and arrows. As long as Zhang an''s archery can be taught to players, there is no place to sell his archery. Moreover, these things can''t cost much for Huangfu Chaobo. Only when he comes up with his skills and takes two apprentices, can Zhang an get out of the production and upgrade with ease.

 Chapter 21

    After arranging the affairs of all the people, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to go around the village. Who knows, as soon as he got out of the gate, Chen Jing and Lao Du were waiting for him, "the boss is waiting for you. By the way, I asked the carpenter to make you ten wooden throwing guns. " With that, ADU handed Huangfu Chaobo ten wooden guns. Now the only player in the village is Huangfu Chaobo who has a throwing skill. The others are still whiteboard, so Adu asked the carpenter to make a wooden gun for him. They are still novice players themselves. Chen Jing uses his level 30 suit.


    "Boss, this is the official I told you about last time. Hee hee. This guy is also in our business. Yesterday, this guy was fierce enough to hang up two levels at once. Thinking about it, I took him with me. " Xiaojie said with a smile.


    "I''ve met boss Chaobo." The senior official stepped forward and said,


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head and said, "thank you yesterday. How many levels are there now? We will be brothers in the future. Lao Jie, where are we going to practice


    "Oh, boss, you''re level 18. We''re both level 15. There were 12 senior officials, but they fell two levels yesterday, and now they are only ten. Although there is Chen Jing, I think it''s safer for us to kill the wolf of level 15. " Little Jay said.


    "You''re really overqualified. Take a level 30 general to brush a level 15 monster. You''re not so brave. At least level 20. "


    "Hey, hey, it''s not for the sake of safety. Well, level 20 is level 20. " With that, he took everyone to the brush field of level 20 wolf. These days, they have found out all the strange brush spots around them, so they just go there. About two miles west of the village is a level 20 gray wolf brush strange point, because now Luoshen village players are basically around level 15, so there is no one here. There are not many gray wolves here. About ten of them are led by a level 25 head wolf.


    Level 20 gray wolf: intermediate wild monster, 200 blood, attack 10, defend 5, have a certain chance to explode wolf skin, wolf teeth, wolf meat and copper coins.


    Level 25 gray wolf leader: intermediate wild monster, 300 blood, attack 20, defend 10, have a certain chance to explode wolf skin, wolf teeth, wolf meat and copper coins.


    "Boyang, one at a time, is enough. You are responsible for it. Lao Jie and Lao Du help. I just practice my skills in the back. As for the senior officials, don''t come up first, just wait for the upgrade. " Huangfu Chaobo arranged.


    Chen Jing agreed, and then he took the gun to lead the strange.


    In the face of more than a dozen wolves, even if Chen Jing reached level 30, he did not dare to provoke the wolves. If all of them came up at once, it would be very likely that five of them would not be able to stop them. Careful to go to the edge of a wolf outside, Chen Jing quickly put a gun, stabbed it, immediately turned his head and ran.


    -10


    "well


    Gray wolf a pain call, a look up to see the person who attacked it, so they caught up. When Chen Jing looked back, he was relieved that he did not disturb the other wolves. Then he slowly led the wolf to Huangfu Chaobo''s direction, and from time to time he turned back to stab the wolf.


    -10


    - 10


    by the time the wolf was brought in, nearly half of the blood had been lost. ADU and Xiaojiejie on the side from time to time to get together to give a knife, plus Huangfu Chaobo from time to time to throw the short gun in the past, but a few minutes, the gray wolf to reimbursement. Exploded a wolf skin of level 20 and two coppers.


    100 experience points average 20 points per person.


    Next, continue to attract and kill monsters.


    Soon, Huangfu Chaobo was promoted to a higher level. Old Du and old Jie have been promoted by almost one and a half levels, but the officials have gone from level 10 to level 13. Chen Jing only added some experience.


    After more than half a day''s practice, Huangfu Chaobo did not continue to brush with them. Instead, he went back to the village ahead of time to check the progress of various affairs. At this time, Zhang Xuan had already completed the toilet and canteen in the village according to the requirements. Because there were more than 20 villagers, he arranged for carpenter Li to lead the people to build a house in the afternoon. Unfortunately, he had not found skilled talents from the recruiters for two days.


    From the administration hall, huangfuchao came to the residential area. Now there are several buildings. Although there is only one residential building, the canteen and toilet have been built one after another in the middle of the residential area. The dining hall in the game is a hall like structure, which is divided into two rooms. In the front, there are enough tables and chairs for 100 people. In the back, there is the kitchen. Of course, all these things have to be made by carpenters and put into the dining hall. After the construction, the dining hall is empty. As for the items and seasonings in the kitchen, the last time Huangfu Chaobo had changed from long to long She bought it from the county. However, unfortunately, there is no cook in the village, so Huangfu Chaobo can only take one person from the villagers to cook.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo practiced every day and killed monsters. Then in the afternoon, he went back to the village in advance to see the recruitment of refugees first, and then went to the village to see the construction. Life is easy. In recent days, the number of vagrants has been breaking out unexpectedly for several days in a row, almost eight to ten people a day, but they are basically ordinary people. There is only one junior tailor, sister-in-law Chen, and two fishermen, Zhang Da and Zhang Er, who are barely skilled talents. For these two fishermen, Huangfu Chaobo is still very curious. After getting the news from Zhang Xuan that he recruited two fishermen, he specially recruited them and asked them carefully. In fact, fishermen can also be said to be a special skill, because only they can catch fish from the game. Other ordinary residents have almost no chance of catching fish, and their skills are as skilled as other blacksmiths and carpenters. According to Zhang Da, they all have their own tools, that is, fishing nets and rods. Not only that, they can also weave their own nets. They only need to buy hemp ropes from the stores or grocery stores in the system city to weave their own fishing nets. What''s more, some senior fishermen are able to collect jute or Hibiscus in the wild, make their own hemp ropes, and then weave nets. After a big circle, I heard that Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. I''ve always heard that this game is really real. I didn''t expect that it was so real. After listening to Zhang Da''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo became more interested in Zhang Da''s attributes and quickly asked about their attributes.Two people also don''t say much, directly show their own attributes.


    Zhang Da: fisherman, Luoshen village villager, intermediate fisherman, skill: intermediate fishing, intermediate net weaving.


    Zhang Er: fisherman, Luoshen village villager, intermediate fisherman, skill: intermediate fishing, primary net weaving.


    Compared with Chen Jing''s three attributes, the introduction of these two attributes is simple, and they can no longer be simple. In his mind, Huangfu Chaobo quickly opens the jade interface of village management. He remembers that there are villagers'' attribute records on it. He wants to see if other ordinary villagers'' attribute lists are the same as Zhang Dazhang''s. As expected, except for Chen Jing and two skilled people, the attributes of other ordinary villagers are as simple and clear as two. After reading all of them, Huangfu Chaobo found that all the villagers in his village are junior farmers and intermediate farmers, not even a senior one. Compared with other ordinary villagers in the village, Zhang Da and his brothers are rare talents. Moreover, fish can also be used as food in the game. In addition, Luoshen village is just beside the river. It can be said that for Luoshen village, they are just needed.


    After understanding their attributes, Huangfu Chaobo asked them if they had any other needs for fishing. Zhang Da was not polite. He said that if they could, they hoped to build a house next to the water in the east of the village. Moreover, if fishing boats could be provided in the village, their fishing would be better. After listening to Zhang Da''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was also confused. After thinking about it, he simply asked Zhang Er to go to Zhang Xuan and let him go to the carpenter''s workshop immediately. He led Zhang Da to the carpenter''s workshop.


    To the east of the executive hall is the workshop area of the village planned by Huangfu Chaobo. Now there are only two workshops for carpenters and tailors. The bow and arrow workshop in Zhang''an is still under construction. They found carpenter Zhao who was working on the construction site of bow and arrow workshop. Zhang an was also there. He was explaining to carpenter Zhao how to arrange the things in bow and arrow workshop. While carpenter Zhao was listening, he arranged for five villagers to put different wood in corresponding positions.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo came, several people stopped and went to see him.


    "I''ve seen you, young master!"


    "I''ve seen the village head!"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded at the crowd and said, "well, you are busy. Master Zhao, please stop first. I have something to ask you."


    On hearing this, carpenter Zhao immediately said, "village head, please say, villain, listen!"


    Huangfu Chaobo told Zhang Da what they wanted. After that, he watched carpenter Zhao stop talking. However, when carpenter Zhao heard this, he said with great fear: "please forgive me, village head. Zhang Da can''t do the fishing boat villains they need. They need a shipbuilder to do it, and they need a dock. But they can do it, but they don''t know if they can use it enough. As for the wooden house they said, villains can build it, but they need to do other things by themselves. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu was disappointed. But on second thought, shipbuilding is not a common skill. It is impossible for every carpenter to do it. In this way, he was relieved. After hearing the carpenter''s words, Huangfu Chaobo turned to look at Zhang Da. Seeing the head of the village looking at him, Zhang Da immediately replied, "the head of the village doesn''t have to worry about fishing boats. The two brothers with small rafts can also be used for fishing, but there is no fishing boat to work well."


    After listening to Zhang Da''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Looking up, he saw Zhang Er leading Zhang Xuan. So when they came near, he said, "Mr. Zhang, master Zhao, bow and arrow workshop will stop for a while, and prepare for the village to build their cabin by the river."

 Chapter 22

    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, several people immediately prepared the materials for the construction, and then they led five villagers to carry the required wood towards the river. When they got out of the east gate of the village, they had to walk more than 300 steps to get to the river. When they got to the place, the two brothers immediately walked hundreds of steps up and down the river. After several comparisons, they stopped at the intersection of Shuangwei River and nameless River in the southeast corner of the village and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "village head, it''s OK to build a wooden house here. There should be several big houses here It''s a fish''s nest. "


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that this is the entrance of the nameless River into Shuanghe river. Although the river is small, the current is not small, so it forms a huge nest with the current of Shuanghe river. The water surface here is large enough. In reality, Huangfu Chaobo, who likes fishing, knows that there are more fish in this kind of water. Moreover, the terrain at the angle between the two rivers is relatively flat, and the area is large enough. After a small forest house is built, there is still a relatively large area, which is large enough for drying fish. It is really a suitable place. Huangfu Chaobo nodded and agreed with Zhang Da''s idea. Seeing that the village head had agreed, carpenter Zhao quickly asked the villagers to put down all the wood, and then got busy immediately.


    With the help of Zhang Da Zhang and Huang Fu Chao Bo, carpenter Zhao led five villagers to build the fishermen''s cabin before dark.


    Residential courtyard: Mu 50, 3-5 people.


    This courtyard is much better than the current houses in the village. It belongs to a family house. Although it is also a wooden house, it is divided into several houses, including three houses, a hall, and a complete kitchen and toilet. After Huangfu Chaobo saw it, he said at that time that the two brothers of Zhang family lived in the small courtyard. He also said that in the future, the village would be changed into a small courtyard. Of course, it must be the priority for skilled talents to move in. Once upon a time, the villagers on the scene were very happy and came forward to express their thanks.


    After thanking Zhang brothers, they took carpenter Zhao to do some other things. The first thing they wanted to do was to build a simple Wharf on the bank. However, before that, the two brothers had to ask the carpenter to make a raft, because to build a wharf, they had to pile in the water. After the foundation piles were built in the water, then the shelves were built, and finally the boards were laid on it In this way, a simple wharf can be regarded as a good one. Finally, let people level the place between the dock and the wooden house, and then make several wooden frames on it, which are used to clean and dry the fish nets and fish meat. With these things, the fishermen''s cabin of the Zhang brothers is fully equipped and ready to open.


    Looking at the sky is not completely dark down, Zhang brothers said: "village head, now things are ready, our brother can also seize the time to play a few nets, said that tonight the village to eat fish is no problem."


    Huangfu Chaobo a listen, or, into the game so long, eat a lot of animals and birds in Zhang Xuan''s home, really did not eat fish, thinking, hastily nodded: "good, then hard you, tonight we will eat fish."


    When the two brothers saw that Huangfu Chaobo agreed, they happily carried the prepared fishing net and jumped onto the raft beside the wharf. Then they supported the raft and sorted out the fishing net by themselves and rowed towards the position they had been looking forward to in the middle of the river. Just at this time, get the news, a few people of Jieshi Gang also heard the letter, for a time, dozens of people surrounded by the river, all watching the two people fishing on the river.


    There are many fishing oriented villages in the game, which are generally concentrated in the area of Jingzhou and Yangzhou. Like the Central Plains, there are few villagers with fishing skills. I didn''t expect that Luoshen village should have two at a time, which makes a lot of players, such as Adu and Xiaojiejie, curious. Now it''s getting dark, so they all run around Watch fishing.


    The river under the setting sun, in the afterglow of the setting sun, reflects a piece of light like fish scales, so that the people on the bank can''t look directly at it, but they don''t want to miss the first chance to watch fishing in the game, so they put up a canopy and stand on tiptoe to look at the water. Zhang brothers soon rowed the raft to the surface of the water where they were ready to cast the net. After stopping a little, general Zhang scattered the net which he had already arranged towards the water where he was looking after. The whole net was like being pulled by countless hands. It was suddenly stretched into a disc about two feet in diameter, and then the whole net fell into the water with a "pop". After the net was thrown out of his hands, Zhang Ma took back the hand that was throwing the net, and then put the hemp rope in the other hand in a leisurely manner. He watched the net sink slowly toward the bottom of the water. After estimating the position of the fish, Zhang Da quickly pulled the hemp rope that was blocking his hand, and quickly closed the net in the water at the speed visible to the naked eye. As more and more fish nets come out of the water, people on the shore finally see fish scurrying in the nets.


    "Look, there''s fish over there."


    "Where? where? Why didn''t I see it? "


    "There, there, in the net, I just saw


    "Out of the fish, really out of the fish..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    All of a sudden, the people on the bank became lively, and there was the sound of fish coming out of the water one after another. The noise on the shore didn''t affect the brothers in the water. One of them continued to support the raft, while the other kept the fish net in an orderly way. When the net is about to come out of the water, Zhang Da needs to spend more and more energy."Wow..."


    With the sound of the water, the net was finally put out of the water. Now people can see more clearly. Indeed, many fish in the net are beating. Because there was no fish basket, Zhang Da was not in a hurry to take out the fish in the net. Instead, he put the whole net on the raft and then took out another set of nets. Zhang Er propped up the raft and headed for another water surface.


    Soon, another net fish was brought out of the water by Zhang Da. By this time, it was almost dark. Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranged for people to light several torches on the shore. Zhang brothers also joined forces to hold up the raft and lean towards the shore. Before the raft was stable at the dock, they could not wait to jump on the raft and help Zhang brothers lift the net. Soon, several people carried the fish net to the shore, and then, everyone helped to turn the fish from the net. Unfortunately, none of the players played with the fish net, and after a long time, few people were able to turn the fish out of the net, instead, they turned the net into a mess. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo stepped forward and kicked away several people one by one. Only then did the Zhangjia brothers have the chance to catch fish by themselves. In the daze of the crowd, they performed acrobatics. In a few minutes, they sorted out the fish nets they had messed up, and then by the way, they caught all the fish in the nets one by one and threw them into the basin they had already prepared.


    Looking at the lively fish thrown into the basin in front of them, all the players salivated. The invincible buffalo looked at the fish, then at Huangfu Chaobo and said, "boss, can I discuss something with you?"


    "Well?" Huangfu Chaobo looked up at him and said, "what''s the matter?"


    "Jiege, Jiege... Boss, can you let the brothers taste the fish tonight? We can pay for it


    Next to the player a listen to, also all two eyes shine straight nod. "Yes, yes, boss, we can pay for it."


    Today''s players are really sad. Let alone fish soup and meat, it''s hot food. Few people can eat it in the game. It''s rice cake and dried meat every day. Only those villages with well-developed villages and restaurants have been built. Although there is no wine to drink at this stage, if there are chefs inside, there are still a lot of hot food to buy Yes. However, ordinary players will only spend ten or eight days to eat once in a while, which is undoubtedly a torment for Nuwa who provides players with a 100% sense of reality. Therefore, the proposal of invincible buffalo will be fully supported by many players.


    Huangfu Chaobo took a look at the dozens of Jin fish in the big basin and the players around him. Looking at their eyes, he suddenly remembered the days when he was just in the game, when he was eating dry rice cakes every day. He stood up and said, "well, I asked them to cook these fish in the canteen today. Although they can''t satisfy everyone, at least they can make everyone happy Have a taste. As for the money, don''t say any more. Just take it as if I invited you, OK? "


    "Good..."


    "Boss Huangfu is powerful!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    A group of players listened to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, and they all cried out happily. Seeing this, the fat cat came out and said, "boss, I still have a piece of mutton that I just painted today. Since boss invited us to have fish soup, I can''t drink it for nothing. Well, I''ll take this mutton to the canteen and cook it."


    "Yes, I have two pieces of rabbit meat here. They are also sent to the canteen." A player nearby responded immediately and said,


    "yes, I have it here, too."


    "And my


    For a time, several players took out the meat they washed out today and gave it to the canteen to cook together. Huangfu Chaobo was not polite either. He took all of them and handed them to the canteen together with this big pot of fish. He stewed two big pots of soup and let everyone have their own rice cake and dried meat. Although there was no delicious food, they also ate a soup to fill their stomach. After this meal, Huangfu Chaobo only spent dozens of Jin of fish, but it made the players in Luoshen village feel very comfortable. Not only that, because a new kind of food has been added to the village, Huangfu Chaobo has also been prompted by the system, saying that the villagers'' satisfaction of the village has actually increased by a point. This prompt makes Huangfu Chaobo''s mind move. He did not expect that he had found the secret to improve the villagers'' satisfaction by accident.

 Chapter 23

    The next day, ADU decided to try fishing himself. In his opinion, it''s not easy to throw the net into the water. As a result, when he got to the middle of the river with Zhang brothers, he almost swung the net into the water with himself when he first threw the net. If Zhang was not quick-sighted, he would have to go to the river to catch people While watching a crowd of players roared with laughter. Unable to save face, ADU soon threw another net. This time, he didn''t throw himself down, but the net couldn''t be opened. It fell into the water like a stone, and the people on the bank laughed again. Ah Du was unconvinced. With Zhang Da''s help, he put the net away again and threw it down again. As a result, the net still didn''t spread. So he kept on doing it again and again until he had no power to lift the net again. He was unwilling to give up. After this, no player said that fishing is something that people can do.


    For players, watching fishing is just a novelty, but for Huangfu Chaobo and Luoshen villages, fish is an important food source for the villages. After all the players dispersed, Huangfu Chaobo called Zhang brothers and asked about the fish in detail. Seeing the village head''s inquiry, Zhang Da gave Huangfu Chaobo a detailed introduction. Fish is also a kind of resource type in the game. It has two main functions in the game. One is that although it can''t be used as staple food directly, it can also offset part of the grain. About five units of fish is equivalent to one unit of grain. Second, fish is not rich in the food types of the village, which is also helpful to enhance the popularity of the village. Moreover, fish can be used as a kind of business Products are used for trading, but usually the fish are disposed of before they are sold. According to Zhang Da, their former fish are sometimes sold directly as a whole, either processed into new fish fillets or dried fish fillets. Just after a fresh fish was arrested, Zhang Da immediately disposed of several fish for Huangfu Chaobo. After that, Zhang Da handed the fish to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Fresh fish: weight 1 jin, quality: excellent.


    Fresh fish: weight 1 jin, quality: good.


    According to Zhang Da, the prices of different quality fish are different. Basically, the high-quality fish is 10 copper, the good fish is 8 copper, and the ordinary fish is 6 copper. As for the inferior fish, it''s good to sell 5 copper. Zhang brothers can catch more than 100 units of fish every day. After their careful cleaning, they can get 50 to 60 Jin of high-quality fish. The others are of good quality and below. After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo felt thoughtful and thought that if he had a chance, he could sell fish to make money. However, this idea just flashed through his mind. What he didn''t expect was that it became his life-saving straw a few days later.


    The next few days, as usual, after a few days of hard work, Huangfu Chaobo now has more than 76% experience in 21 levels, and can be promoted to 22 levels immediately. Xiaojiejie and Adu are also at level 20, while senior officials are at level 17, and even Chen Jing is at a higher level.


    The time soon arrived on January 30, because the next day was February 1, and it was about to prepare for next month''s vigorous reclamation movement. So Huangfu Chaobo did not go to practice with Xiaojie. Instead, he watched the development of the village in the administration hall, and made arrangements for next month''s reclamation.


    Now there are ten houses in the village, one fisherman''s cabin, one canteen and one toilet, four logging yards, one quarry, one carpenter''s workshop, one bow and arrow''s workshop. The martial arts school has not yet been built, but the drawings have already come out. Huangfu Chaobo has already been found in the grocery store. However, it needs five Liang silver for one piece. It''s just waiting for the grain to be planted at the beginning of the month, and then it will be built .


    At present, there are 52 villagers in Luoshen Village (excluding the three warriors). Among them, there is one junior carpenter and one junior tailor. Ah, they just account for 5% of the total population. Is that what it means to have a 5% chance of having a special talent? However, there was no blacksmith that Huangfu Chaobo wanted.


    In terms of resources: there is enough money and food, and there are more than 3100 grains left. If there is money, there are more than 20 taels left. None of this is a problem. In terms of timber, 40 people in four logging yards are working hard these days. Although some of them have been used up, there are still more than 200 units. In terms of stones, there is only one quarry, and only five villagers are arranged in the village for quarrying. In recent days, two small piles of stones have been collected, and some iron ores have been collected in succession: 12 high-grade iron ores, 20 ordinary iron ores, and 56 inferior iron ores. There are also five villagers who have been helping the carpenter build all kinds of other things. There are some leather materials, animal tendons and feathers at all levels. Generally speaking, there is still a lack of resources.


    Huangfu Chaobo had a headache. How do you get these things. Just when Huangfu Chaobo was having a headache, Chen Jing came in: "young master, village head Zongheng came with some elders and a group of people. Now he''s almost at the entrance of the village. Mr. Du asked me to come back first and report to him."


    "Oh, you call Mr. Zhang over. Let''s go out and pick it up. " Huangfu Chaobo quickly put down the things in his hand, but he thought to himself that it was strange that they would arrange to grow grain tomorrow. How could they have time to come to me today. No matter who he is, let''s meet first.


    Just to the gate, ADU and Xiaojiejie took a group of people to the gate of the executive hall. "Oh, it''s a great honor to have a distinguished guest here." Huangfu Chaobo smiles and looks at zonghengdao."Go on, you boy, you don''t seem to welcome us. Isn''t it, brothers? " "Ha ha... Where, the head of the first village of Yingchuan and some respected elders came to the door in person. This is something we can''t ask for. How can we not welcome it. Ha ha ha


    "Ha ha ha


    "Well, brothers, please don''t worry about the poor conditions of our small families." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile.


    "Boss Chaobo, you are not being humble. When we were there three days ago, there were only five houses and three logging yards in your village. Now you see how much more you have. Besides, I remember at that time, you three seemed to have only level 15. Now you should have level 20. Alas, people are more angry than others. By the way, boss Chaobo, you have three warriors. Can you transfer one to us? " Now in the game, it is said that NPCs have several levels of intelligence, such as Chen Jing, Zhang an and several skilled villagers in the village. They are very intelligent. In Huangfu Chaobo''s view, just like the people around him, they are a class of NPCs with high intelligence. Another class is ordinary villagers, Huangfu Chaobo Bo found that although it can''t compare with Chen Jing and others, it''s not the same kind of rigid NPC as in the previous games. The last kind is the soldiers recruited from the barracks. According to someone on the forum, some people recruited soldiers from the barracks, which is almost a rigid NPC without artificial intelligence. So everyone in the game calls this kind of white board soldiers. As a result, the players nearby don''t care about what Yokohama said. However, as the Lord, Yokohama players pay much attention to it. After all, NPCs are all virtual artificial intelligence. Sure enough, Chen Jing''s face suddenly changed.


    "Shut up. It''s all over the place "I don''t want to apologize to boss Chaobo and brother Chen Jing."


    "Er... To tell you the truth, from the first day Chen Jing and me, I have regarded them as my relatives, just as I have always regarded you as my brothers. Today, you said this, and I will take it as a joke. If someone else changes, I will ask someone to beat him out. " Huangfu Chaobo said seriously;


    when Chen Jing and others heard what Huangfu Chaobo said, they were moved and their faces turned from overcast to clear.


    "Ding Dong, due to the recognition of the players, NPC''s loyalty to the players reaches the full value. NPC Chen Jing, Zhang Xuan and Zhang an''s loyalty to the players has become diehard. "


    Er, I didn''t expect that they would become loyal all of a sudden. Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but feel happy. That is to say, if Huangfu Chaobo said he wanted to rebel now, they would absolutely support him. You know, before the Huangjin uprising, NPC''s loyalty to the Han court was very high, especially the children of such a family as Chen Jing, even if they were far away. In fact, it''s not Huangfu Chaobo''s affectation. His idea is really different from that of many players. Many players'' understanding of NPC still stays on the rigid game props of previous games. However, in Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion, NPC, like ordinary people, has its own ideas, but does not have its own body. So what he said just now really blurted out without thinking Yes. In the forum, some players have said something similar, and some people have done experiments, and then come to the conclusion that the stronger the ability, the higher the EQ of NPC. For example, the general is higher than the special skilled talents, and the special talents are higher than the ordinary villagers. Moreover, a large part of the soldiers in the current game do not have any emotion, which is what we call whiteboard soldiers Therefore, such soldiers can be sold and transferred. However, compared with NPC special talents and generals with high EQ, if you transfer or sell them as goods, your loyalty is likely to drop to the warning line or even lower.


    As soon as the words are exported, they will immediately come to realize and take remedial measures.


    "Pa... You see, I can''t talk. Don''t care, boss Chaobo. Don''t worry about Mr. Zhang, brother Zhang and brother Chen. " Then he gave a salute to the three of them. Three people expression indifference also a gift, retreated to Huangfu Chaobo behind.

 Chapter 24

    Seeing that the atmosphere was a little awkward, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to change the topic. As soon as he looked up, he saw five militiamen wearing cloth clothes and carrying copper knives in the back. "Oh, it seems that the elder brother came here to show up today. When did you recruit five such valiant militia? "


    "Well, who dares to show it in front of you. I was stimulated by the Chen Jing brothers. As soon as I gritted my teeth, I recruited five militiamen. I can''t afford to recruit infantry. We can''t afford to recruit more militia. Five out of a hundred villagers can barely make it, and ten would be a bit of a drag. I brought it here just to show you if you want to recruit some. "


    Then he opened the attribute of beating the militia to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Level 10 militia: 200 copper, cloth clothing, copper knife, attack 10 defense, 1 blood 100, 5 copper, 2 grain, every day, every level 5 attack and defense each + 1, blood + 10.


    "Not bad. The attack is more than twice that of the players. But why don''t you recruit infantry? " Huangfu Chaobo said after looking at it;


    "other infantry? You think I''ve got a lot of money to burn, don''t you. Let me tell you something: the first level arms: Light Infantry - Leather armour, which can be recruited by the village primary barracks. The daily salary is 10 copper and 5 units of grain. The archer is twice as much as that, and the cavalry is four times as much. Level 10 short sword soldiers (Level 1) have 1 round (1 silver), attack 12 defense 5 blood 150, level 12 sword shield soldiers (Level 1) have 3 round (3 silver), attack 12 defense 8 blood 200, level 14 spearmen (Level 1) have 5 round (5 silver), attack 15 defense 5 blood 150. "


    "Tut tut... No wonder everyone says that war is money. Looking at this, a small village can''t really support several soldiers. " Huangfu''s super rich view made him smack his tongue again and again. "Five infantry, one day is 50 copper and 25 grain, a month is 1500 copper and 750 grain, a jin of grain is 5 copper, a month is 5250 copper. Damn it, robbing money... " Huangfu Chaobo said and calculated. After that, he was startled and looked at the world wide road with staring eyes;


    "yes, it''s stealing money." "You dare to raise, the system dares to rob," he said


    "Damn, I won''t recruit any more soldiers. Three generals will fight all over the world." Huangfu Chaobo said with a depressed face, "by the way, brother, didn''t you catch two mountain bandits? Have you enrolled yet? "


    "If you don''t tell me, I''ll forget. Run wild and bring it up." After a while, he brought up three people, two of them were mountain bandits, sword shield soldiers, and one was a farmer. At the same time, five level 20 long guns, two level 25 ring head knives, two level 25 bows and a level 30 broadsword were put out on the ground.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked all over the world and didn''t know which one he was playing.


    "These two bandits were not captured by brother Chen Jing. I''ll bring them to you. And these are the spoils of the day on the ground. There is also a little copper coin. Let the people below share it. After all, they lost so many brothers


    "Roll, the gate is over there, you roll for me incessantly, you roll for me as far as you think." Huangfu stood up, pointed to the door and said to him, "you give me this empty, I don''t have a brother like you."


    They were stunned at first, and then laughed at Huangfu''s words. Even the Nightingale sat on the edge and kept smiling. Only when he stood there with a red face, he was just about to say something more. As a result, he was stared back by Huangfu Chaobo, and then he shook his head with a bitter smile.


    After a while, the crowd quieted down.


    "Well, I''ll stay and see if I can surrender. But you''d better choose some equipment. After all, Chen Jing has done so much. You have to give him a reward. "


    "Well, that''s true. Well, Boyang, you can choose by yourself. Take whatever you want. Don''t be polite to this guy. You''d better empty his house. " Huangfu Chaobo thought it was the same, so he said to Chen Jing. As a result, this remark made everyone laugh again.


    Chen Jing went forward to see for a long time, and finally just took the 30 level refined iron sword. He stopped him immediately and said, "brother Chen, you just... Just one of these? "


    "To village head zongzong, this is enough. We have both long spears and ring head knives. If you bow, Boming can do it, so I''ll leave it to you. Only this big knife. I think it can be used when Boming is at level 30. So this knife is enough for me. " Chen Jing replied respectfully;


    everyone was stunned. He didn''t expect that he would choose this one for his partner. At the beginning, he was afraid that he would take half of it.


    "You have your master and your servant." All over the world;


    "well, I''ve selected the things, now you can reveal the mystery"


    "mystery? What''s the mystery? "


    "Well, what''s the matter with that farmer? You told me you caught it, too. "


    "Oh, last time I heard that there was no blacksmith in your village. It happened that the blacksmith in our village was promoted to a senior level yesterday, so he was allowed to bring two apprentices. Today he brought one for you. First of all, he agreed."As soon as he heard the word "blacksmith", Huangfu Chaobo and Zhang Xuan''s eyes were round, and they all stared at the farmer. I didn''t even listen carefully to what I said.


    Even though the world saw them like this, they suddenly had the idea of ridicule. He turned to the Nightingale and said, "Yinger, it seems that we are being good people again. It seems that Luoshen village really needs nothing." Wink at the Nightingale as you speak. The Nightingale immediately realized the purpose of running across the world, so she said, "yes, let''s take it down first. Let''s take it back later." Then he winked at Hengxing and others. There are still no thieves in the world, quick reaction, immediately know what they mean. "OK, boss, I''ll take him out first." Then he made an effort to take the farmer out.


    Huangfu Chaobo reflected this, jumped up and said in a loud voice: "wait a minute, who will take him away? I''m anxious with who. It seems that you just said that he came to our village voluntarily. Mr. Zhang, take the blacksmith out to settle down. By the way, stop all the other buildings first. Except for the 50 woodcutters, everyone else went to build the blacksmith''s workshop and do other things


    When they saw him like that, they all laughed. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care at all. He immediately asked Zhang Xuan to arrange the blacksmith workshop.


    "Yes, sir." With that, Zhang Xuan took the farmer to go outside. When he came to the door, he suddenly thought of something. He turned around and walked to the front of Zongheng and said, "Zongheng village head, thank you very much."


    "Mr. Zhang is so polite. We don''t need these common rites."


    "By the way, Mr. Zhang, take all the iron and let the blacksmith make some farm tools overnight. Damn, I''ve recruited more than 50 peasants, but I haven''t seen a blacksmith. Now there is one. "


    All over the world, "what? How many farmers did you just say you recruited? "


    "More than fifty. What''s the matter? " Huangfu Chaobo replied blankly;


    "more than 50? How many days do you have? So we recruited more than 50 people? " No thieves in the world were startled. "Our village is not full until this morning. Next month''s food supply will be tight. Boss Chaobo, do you have so much food? "


    "I bought three thousand jin. Is that enough? "


    "Three thousand jin? Fifteen thousand copper! Did your village really buy so much? How can you get so much money? " Everyone in Zongheng village jumped with fright.


    "Hey, you don''t know, boss and old Chen killed several mountain bandit leaders and cashed more than 30 taels of silver in the county yamen." Xiao Jie jumped out of his horse and showed off;


    "more than 30 Liang, shit, our village saves more than 1000 copper by living frugally all day long. You can cut off two heads and get more than 30 Liang. Is there any reason for that? " Sitting there crying all over the world. No, I want to borrow money. Lend me ten Liang. Oh, no, at least five Liang. " He stood there gnashing his teeth and said;


    "is five Liang enough?"


    "First borrow five Liang, not enough to find you again. It''s really unreasonable to keep a rich man eating pickles every day."


    "Oh, take five Liang first. If it''s not enough, tell me I still have ten Liang." Huangfu Chaobo handed over the money.


    Looking at the money in hand, I feel a little embarrassed. Five thousand copper is equivalent to the money in the hands of all the players in their village. Just as he was about to say something, Huangfu Chaobo said, "it''s OK. You can use it first. I have something else here. I''ll take less iron first. "


    "In fact, I also want to collect more iron first. At present, the price of iron is not high, and it will rise in a while. Moreover, there are few iron in Central Plains. It will be very expensive in the future. " All over the world;


    "yes. I''m trying my best to collect raw materials now. Oh, by the way, big brother, do you have any news about the upgrading drawings of that village? How do you do it? "


    "I haven''t heard of anyone getting it yet. There are shops in the system city, but it costs 100 silver. So I think there should be other ways to get it, and it can be much cheaper." He shook his head.


    "Boss, do you want to fight mountain bandits or something else?" It''s on the side of the road.


    "Yes, it should be, but can we play with our current strength?" There are no thieves in the world and they say, "yes, there must be, but the problem is that we can''t fight. My drawing is the one from the second king of Shanzhai. But you think, last time, 100 officers and soldiers of that Shanzhai died more than 20 years, and so many players died. Our strength now is to die as much as we go. " Huangfu Chaobo said, "if you don''t care about him, you should finish the work of planting grain first. Then you can go to see more shanzhais and try to find an easier one. Anyway, we have to try before we know. Well, we have to go back and get ready. Let''s meet again to discuss this matter after the planting of grain is finished. " With that, Zongheng and his party got up to go back to Zongheng village.

 Chapter 25

    After seeing off the people from all over the world, Huangfu Chaobo came to the workshop area of the village. A bow and arrow workshop and a carpenter''s workshop have already been built here. Other buildings have been stopped in the middle of the construction because of Huangfu Chaobo''s words. Now the blacksmith''s workshop is under construction.


    Blacksmith workshop: primary, architectural requirements: Wood 20 units, stone 20 units, money 50 copper, primary blacksmith. A place where blacksmiths work. It can accommodate 3 blacksmiths at the same time.


    As soon as I arrived at the workshop area, I saw nearly 30 villagers working nervously. Zhang Xuan and the blacksmith and carpenter were in command. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo and others coming, the three men immediately came.


    "Yes, sir."


    "I''ve met the village head."


    "Well, how long will it take to build it?"


    "Now the supports are in place and the thatch on the roof is almost finished. As long as the wooden wall is well done, it can be fixed Zhang xuandao;


    "well, that''s good. By the way, brother blacksmith, what''s your name? And what you will build. Should there be no problem with the plow? "


    "Back to the village head, the little one''s name is Chen Da. Although he just entered yesterday, these iron farming tools can still be beaten. And yesterday, after I learned how to fight, the village head asked me if I would like to come to our village. After learning that I agreed, he specially asked the master to teach me how to fight iron knives and iron spears. Although the weapons I fight now are inferior, the quality of the weapons can be gradually improved after I become proficient. However, the weapons I make are all level 10 to level 15. If I want to make higher level or other weapons, I have to have drawings or practice more. And if it''s a gun, I need the carpenter''s brother to provide me with a wooden handle. " The blacksmith said;


    "there''s no problem with this. What we can use now is almost the same level. You can take your time with drawings, and even if you have drawings, you may not be able to fight. By the way, what kind of iron ore do you want for farm tools? "


    "For farm tools, just use inferior iron. A kilo of iron can hit the head of an iron plow, and then wrap the head on a wooden plow. If it''s ordinary quality iron, you can hit two plows per kilo. If I start to fight from now on, I should be able to fight all the iron plows in the village by tomorrow, which will not affect tomorrow''s grain production. " In the face of Huangfu''s questions, the blacksmiths all answered earnestly.


    "That''s great, young man. With the iron plow, we can speed up by half. By tomorrow, we should be able to recruit 60 farmers. If we start work at the same time, we can open 180 mu of farmland in five days. By the end of the month, we will have nearly 12000 grain. If only there were more cattle, then we could double the speed. Alas, it''s a pity that we can''t buy cattle now. " Zhang Xuan said with regret.


    "Don''t be discontented. It''s a great surprise that you can complete the plow by tomorrow. Thanks to village head Zongheng and the big brother blacksmith." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile.


    It wasn''t long before the blacksmith workshop was built. Huangfu Chaobo asked people to take the ordinary iron and inferior iron from the village. As soon as the blacksmith entered the workshop, he immediately took out all the tools he had brought with him. Then he asked Zhang Xuan for ten units of stone. He also picked up some soil from outside the village. After mixing it with water, he used the mud to build an iron furnace. After the stove is built, there is a small fire in the stove. According to an, the stove can only be used after it is dried. When the stove was baking, the blacksmith didn''t wait beside him. Instead, he carried a vat in the village canteen and asked people to fill it with water from shuangzan river. According to him, the water is used to make fire. In this way has been busy for an afternoon, there are carpenters and a few villagers in the side to help, only then all the preparatory work is done. After dinner, the blacksmith kept on working. With the help of the carpenter, they finally turned 56 kg of inferior iron into plows in the middle of the night. After more than 10 kg of iron was wasted in the waves, they made 40 pairs of plows wrapped with metal and wood. Now, there are only 60 ordinary villagers. According to two people, there are 10 more. And Huangfu Chaobo Tun a few days of iron, only 20 jin of ordinary iron and 12 Jin of high-quality iron.


    The next day is the game time, February 1, 182. It''s just dawn, and the first farming climax is ushered in in the whole "Warlords".


    Last month, because the players are not familiar with the rules of the game, there are many villages because they missed the farming hours and failed to reclaim farmland as much as possible. As a result, food was scarce at the end of the month, and the whole month was very tight. The villagers did not dare to recruit enough and the soldiers did not dare to recruit. This time, the village leaders all accepted the lesson and wanted to jump into the field to dig the soil and cultivate the land.


    The forum was full of "top secret experience - reclaiming farmland is the ultimate way to the hegemony of the Three Kingdoms", "on how the world''s top ten villages are refined - a comparison of the number of farmers and farmland in the top ten villages", "a comparison of grain - rice, wheat and chestnut", "on how to give full play to their farming advantages under different climatic conditions in the north and the South", and "on how to develop their own farming advantages" "Locust plague, rat plague, plague, drought and flood, grain thieves and war chaos -- the six natural enemies of the rise of agricultural hegemony"...


    if there is still a village head who does not know how to farm, he will be ridiculed as a game idiot.Idle and boring players quarrel under the game. For the difference between data, they can fight for more than ten pages of the forum. The village leaders in the game don''t have so much time to wrangle. They have been busy for a long time, running all the way to the fields, and doing research in person.


    At the entrance of Luoshen village, Huangfu Chaobo, Zhang Xuan and two elders gathered 60 NPC farmers before dawn. Even the blacksmith and the carpenter came early after only half a night''s sleep.


    Seeing the sunlight coming out from the horizon in the East, Huangfu exclaimed excitedly, "plough, all of you


    Under the command of Zhang Xuan, NPC farmers immediately waved hoes and began to fight for the future of the village.


    As for the players, they are not in the mood to practice. It''s rare to see such a lively scene of opening up wasteland. All of us have a holiday to watch the busy farming. Although Huangfu Chaobo came from the countryside, the present agriculture is mechanized operation. Where can we see such primitive farming methods. At the moment, several people were holding a spare iron plow and watching the villagers start to work. There were only 60 villagers in a group of two, one pulling the iron plow with a long rope, the other supporting it in the back, operating in an orderly way. Looking at the villagers behind, a good turn Tian long straight into the distance. After a few people looked at it for a while, they thought it was not a problem. Huangfu Chaobo yelled: "let''s go, Lao Du, let''s have a try..." After that, she took an iron plow and went to a field that had not been opened before. Seeing this, duress immediately came over, took the rope from Huangfu Chaobo, and walked forward with the iron plow just like the villagers did. Before two steps, Zhang an came over and said, "you can''t do this, sir. If you plough too shallow, the crops in the field will not grow well. Young master, you should press the plow tightly so that the ground will be deep enough. " With that, his hand pressed down on the plow in his hand. As soon as he pressed down, duress immediately cried out, "Mr. Zhang, your plow is too deep. I can''t pull it at all."


    The five-day busy farming season has passed. In these five days, three refugees came to Luoshen every day. By the 6th, the population of Luoshen village had increased to 75. In five days, a total of 207 mu of farmland had been reclaimed in Luoshen village. According to 65 catties per mu, 13455 catties of grain will be collected by the end of the month, which seems a lot. But if Zhongcun is full of 500 villagers, it will consume 15000 Jin of grain in a month. Moreover, at the end of the month, the system will certainly have to make some mistakes. It is still a question whether it can collect so much at that time.


    At the end of last month, nearly 200000 villages were almost filled. In addition, most villages are equipped with iron plows, so the number of farmland is almost the same. For example, Zongheng village now has 95 farmers. This month, there are only 80 mu more farmland than Luoshen village. On the surface, the strength of the two villages should be similar, but in fact, the quality of craftsmen, the number and overall level of players, and the type and quantity of buildings in the village are not all the same.


    At the beginning of this month, as soon as the reclamation campaign ended, the re ranking of the official website came out. The first few places are basically unchanged, but Zongheng village has gone up several places with the help of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Village ranking:


    the first village in the world, yelaixiang village head, yelaixiang village, Xuzhou xiapi village, 98 people with comprehensive strength of 1128


    the second village in the world, Huangjin village head, Huangjin village, 96 people with comprehensive strength of 1125


    the third village in the world, Luonan village head, Xiake Sili, 95 people with comprehensive strength of 1120


    the fourth village in the world, Xiaobai village head, I am Xiaobai Yizhou Chengdu There are 95 villagers and their comprehensive strength is 1118


    ...


    ¡£¡£¡£


    ¡£¡£¡£


    ¡£¡£¡£


    ¡£¡£¡£


    There are 95 villagers in Yingchuan, Yuzhou, and their comprehensive strength is 1098...


    Huangfu Chaobo checked the ranking of his village again, and was shocked by that number:


    Luoshen village ranked 85086. The head of Huangfu Chaobo Yuzhou Yingchuan village had 75 people, and the comprehensive strength was 398


    dark horse, in a few days, from more than 30 to more than 85000. By the beginning of next month, it may be less than 10000, Huang Fu said in his heart. However, the overall strength is still too poor, only more than one third of the top ten. It is estimated that the ten Liang silver in his pocket has played a significant role.


    After a tour of the forum, Huangfu Chaobo returned to the game. The situation in the village is gradually getting on the right track, but there are more and more things, such as the deployment and arrangement of personnel, the accumulation of various materials, the establishment of the army directly under the army and the arrangement of equipment. All kinds of things make Huangfu Chaobo feel headache. Fortunately, he only needs to grasp the direction, and Zhang Xuan is doing specific things. Otherwise, these things alone will make him dizzy.


    The construction of the martial arts school started after the end of planting grain. It seems that it can be built soon.

 Chapter 26

    "Zhang Lao, when the martial arts hall was built, transferred twenty people to quarry, and found a few small stones in the surrounding woods. Others arranged to build other buildings, including tailoring workshops, grocery stores, restaurants and inns. In addition, let the carpenter build a small raft for the two fishermen, and let the Zhang brothers increase the amount of fishing. There is also the need for the village to step up the acquisition of iron ore


    "By the way, Lao Du, you can observe that each of the three of us has a team of ten players, and the equipment is provided by the village. But it must be reliable. Don''t make any noise. Anyway, it''s not urgent at this moment. After all, we have too few players now. How many players are there in our village now?"


    "Boss, there are only three or four hundred people now." ADU immediately replied;


    "it''s better to step up the attraction of players, otherwise it will be very troublesome to collect food at the end of the month. By the way, our martial arts school will be ready soon. After it is built, Chen Jing will be able to teach gunshot in it. If you go for publicity, you say that those who have made a certain contribution in the village can learn how to shoot according to the price of honorary villagers in the village. Each person only needs 20 copper, and in other villages, each person only needs 40 copper. This is the only income of our village. In addition, from time to time in the village, some players with high contribution value will learn shooting for free. Oh, Mr. Zhang, we should have collected some iron ore now. Forget it, just call the carpenter, the blacksmith, the tailor and the two fishermen together. Let''s go to the executive hall to get together and make arrangements for the next time. " Let Chen Jing call the carpenter and the blacksmith, and Huangfu Chaobo takes several other people to the executive hall.


    After a while, everyone arrived.


    "Well, everyone is here. Let''s make arrangements for the future today. Blacksmith Chen, what level can you play now? How much material do you need? " Huangfu Chaobo asked the blacksmith first;


    "back to the village head, I can now fight with a 10 level thick iron knife and gun, and a 15 level iron knife and gun. It takes about 10 jin of iron to fight with a knife, but only one jin of iron to fight with a gun. But I''m not proficient now, so I think in the early stage, I''m still doing more spearhead work. I''ll raise my level and think about other things. In this way, I can save a lot of iron materials. "


    "Where''s carpenter Zhao?"


    "On my side, I can make a level 10 small wooden shield and a level 15 wooden shield, as well as the handle of a gun that old money needs."


    "By the way, what''s the material for the handle?"


    "You can use ordinary wood or superior pear wood and jujube wood. If you use good wood, the attributes of the gun are better." Said Qian blacksmith;


    "Oh, that''s good. What about sister sun? " Huangfu Chaobo asked sun tailor again,


    "leather armor below level 15 can be made, and leather armor above level 15 can only be made after being promoted to intermediate level."


    As for the fishing situation of the Zhangjia brothers, Huangfu Chaobo has known it clearly for a long time.


    After listening to several people''s words, Huangfu Chaobo thought for a long time and then said, "Oh, well, that''s how it is arranged. From today on, you are all paid ten copper coins a day, including Zhang Lao, Chen Jing and Zhang an. Later, Qian blacksmith made the gun head from the inferior iron and ordinary iron collected in the village, and was responsible for fixing the gun head and handle. Put the finished guns in the village shops, and give you an extra copper for each one you sell. Carpenter Zhao is responsible for making gun handles. The handles made of good wood are put in the warehouse first, and then used when the blacksmith can make level 20 fine iron guns. The level 10 and level 15 guns are made of ordinary wood, and there are small wooden shields and wooden shields. After they are finished, they will be sold in the shop. You will be given one copper for each gun, one bronze for a small wooden shield and two bronze for a wooden shield. It''s the same with sister-in-law sun. I''ll give you two copper for each piece of leather armor. Let''s do it now. We can do advanced things later, and then make adjustments. The three of you can also pick up the player''s things or produce your own raw materials. If you don''t sell them in the village store, you will only be charged 5% tax. If you sell them in the store, you will be charged 5% management fee. As for you two brothers, you are required to fish 50 units a day, at least half of them are of high quality level, and you will be awarded two copper medals for every 10 units. If these fish are of high quality, they should be preserved first, and the rest should be taken to the kitchen for the villagers to eat. Chen Jing''s words are the same. Each player will be rewarded with two coppers. By the way, Zhang an, the level 15 hunting bow you made can also be sold in the store. It''s also a bow with two bronze medals. However, I don''t think anyone will buy it now. There is no place to learn archery. Interesting... Well, Mr. Zhang will stay for a while, and the rest of you will be busy first. "


    "It''s my son."


    "It''s the head of the village."


    "By the way, the carpenter will send one of the wooden shields, and so will the blacksmith''s gun. There is also a carpenter who first makes 50 ordinary wooden guns for the martial arts school and asks Chen Jing to use them to teach the art of shooting. "


    "Young master, the three of us don''t have to send ten coppers every day." Zhang Xuan finally found an opportunity to talk with Huangfu Chaobo.


    "No, the three of you do the most things in the village. If it wasn''t for the lack of money, I would have thought that each of you would be twenty a day. If you see any good things in the hands of players or villagers, do you still come to me when you want to buy them? " Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and refused.It wasn''t long before the carpenter and the blacksmith sent things.


    Level 5 wooden shield, Defense + 1, durable 50 infantry one handed shield


    level 10 wooden shield, Defense + 1, durable 100 infantry one handed shield


    level 10 thick iron gun (ordinary handle), attack + 1, durable 100 infantry two handed long gun


    Level 15 iron gun (ordinary handle), attack + 1, durable 150 infantry two handed long gun


    Level 15 hunting bow attack + 1 (durable 100), bamboo arrow and bone arrow attack + 1 (durable 10) People use bows and arrows


    "Mr. Zhang, what price should we set for these things?" Huangfu asked Chaobo.


    "Level 10 shield sells 20 copper in the city, level 20 is 50, level 10 gun is 50 copper, level 20 is 200 copper. I don''t think the cost of these things is expensive. Let''s take the small wooden shield 5 copper, wooden shield 10 copper, thick iron gun 20 copper, iron gun 25 copper. It''s not expensive. Most people can afford it." Zhang Xuan thought for a moment and said, "as for leather armor, it''s level 5 50 copper, level 10 100 copper, level 15 150 copper. The cost of leather armour is high. Level 15 hunting bow is 25 bronze, 4 bronze and a pot of arrows (20)


    "Well, that''s the price. Then the building will be speeded up. Let''s wait until the martial arts school is finished. By the way, we have to choose a clever arrangement from the villagers and put it in the shop. As for the salary, just five copper a day. "


    "Well, I''ll go down first." Zhang Xuan answered,


    "Xu..." Looking at all the subordinates going out, Huangfu Chaobo was very tired. But this is just the beginning. There are still many things to be built. On the forum of the official website, players say that there are restaurants, inns, markets, schools, various barracks and so on. We also need to recruit and build a player Corps. It''s better to be a free player than to be a lord player... While Huangfu Chaobo was sitting there thinking wildly, Chen Jing came in from the outside: "young master, the martial arts school has been built, and the carpenter has also sent the wooden gun. Let''s see if you can go over. Let''s see who will be the first to learn how to shoot? "


    "Oh, yes, let''s go!" As soon as he heard the news, Huangfu came back to life when he overtook Bolton. He immediately jumped up and followed Chen Jing out.


    At the gate of the martial arts school, there are dozens of players. As soon as he saw that Huangfu Chaobo was coming, they were busy making way for him.


    "Boss Chaobo, the martial arts school in our village has been built. What can we learn now. What''s the charge? "


    "Yes, boss, we are all waiting to learn martial arts skills!"


    "Yes, boss Chaobo, who are the first people to study?"


    "Yes, tell us all about it."


    "Ladies and gentlemen." Huangfu Chaobo stood at the door and said to the players, "ladies and gentlemen, the martial arts school in our village has finally been built today. From today on, you can learn skills. In this way, we can only teach gunshot now, and we will increase throwing and bowing in the future. As for the cost. For players in our village, as long as you contribute more than 10 points, you can enjoy the treatment of honorary villagers in Luoshen village. You only need 20 copper. In the martial arts school of the system city, you need 100 copper. I''m sorry for the players from other villages. 40 copper is only one person. After all, it''s cheap and can only be occupied by one''s own people. Interesting... Another thing is that the village will select some players from the players to study every once in a while. Originally, it was meant to be completely free, but considering various situations, the village decided that as long as the players give two copper coins, the rest of the money will be made up by the village. "


    "OK, just two copper coins. That''s great"


    "OK."


    "As for the first people to learn for free Huangfu Chaobo said, looking at Zhang Xuan next to him. Zhang Xuan saw this and quickly opened the form recording players'' contributions. I took a look. "Big official, fat cat, blood wolf, invincible Buffalo, rulaishenzhang... Ten people. The others don''t have a chance this time. I hope they can have a chance next time. Well, senior officials, please come in with me. Oh, by the way, those who have learned well can go to the shops in the village to buy guns. There are not only guns, but also other kinds of weapons and equipment. " The ten people selected by Huangfu Chaobo were all the top ten players who came to Luoshen village from Zongheng village with them at the beginning, which was also promised by Huangfu Chaobo when the village was just built. Now that the martial arts school has been built, it''s time to fulfill our promise.


    After that, he took two elders and Chen Jing into the martial arts school, while several senior officials followed him excitedly. Before coming in, Huangfu Chaobo specially asked Mr. Zhang to put a table at the door, which was specially used to charge and arrange players to learn how to shoot.

 Chapter 27

    After entering the martial arts school, Huangfu Chaobo found that there are still quite large ones in it. Now it''s only a junior martial arts school, but it also has a hundred square appearance. It''s still two-story, and there are several small houses on the second floor. Huangfu Chaobo estimated that it should be used to transfer generals. Now Huangfu Chaobo thought that he had to transfer Chen Jing.


    On one side of the martial arts school against the wall is a weapon rack. But now that we can only learn how to shoot, there are 20 wooden guns in it. The primary martial arts school can only accommodate 20 people to study together at a time, which is a systematic rule. There are more than 30 guns piled up in the corner.


    Chen Jing asked everyone to hold a gun in his hand and said, "young Xia, let''s begin to learn the art of shooting. The gun is one of the commonly used martial arts equipment, known as the commander of the long soldiers. It evolved from the ancient spear. There are big guns, flower guns, double headed guns, etc. both big guns and flower guns have only one gun head, and each end of the double headed gun has one gun head. The utility model is composed of a gun head, a gun tassel and a gun barrel. The barrel of a good gun is usually made of white wax. The big gun is also known as the king of hundred soldiers. The shooting methods are: stabbing, biting, picking, collapsing, rolling, smashing, shaking, twining, blocking, etc. Now I''ll teach you the basic essentials of gunshot: holding the gun steadily, locking the front tube and the back, holding the gun with both hands, being steady but not dead, living but not slippery, holding the gun, you are four levels, the so-called four levels, namely top level, shoulder level, foot level and gun level. The root does not leave the waist, the three points are opposite, the so-called three points are opposite, namely the tip of the nose, the tip of the gun and the tip of the foot. The spear should be straight out and straight in. It should be flat, flexible and quick. The strength of the waist tendon should be straight through the tip of the spear, and the force should be as strong as a diving dragon. It is also divided into Shangping, Zhongping and Xiaping, with the method of being shot. There is also a saying that "one of the most difficult points to stop is to be shot in a flat way or shot in a king". Others say that the spear is "the thief of a hundred soldiers."


    While talking, I demonstrated to you.


    "Please do as I am." Then he set up his gun.


    "First of all, I''d like to introduce to you the characteristics of the technique of shooting...


    Secondly, keep the gun steady, lock the front pipe and the back...


    There is also a line of gun, but the circle can not fight As Chen Jing spoke, he demonstrated to the public the various characteristics of gunshot and the key points of using it.


    Players generally need at least one hour to learn skills. The slowest time is about two hours. Like ordinary skills, skills can be divided into entry-level, primary, intermediate, advanced, master and master levels. Players can only learn entry-level skills in the martial arts school, and the improvement of skills in the future depends on players'' usual practice.


    "OK, let''s see me demonstrate it first." With that, Chen Jing took the long gun in his hand and did a good job. Then, let everyone do as he did. Everyone looked at Chen Jing''s practice and did it one by one. Chen Jing put down his gun and gave everyone a correct posture. After we all learn the starting style, we will practice each action separately. When all the movements are familiar, let''s follow him to practice all the movements together.


    Although it was boring, everyone patiently followed Chen Jing to practice together.


    More than an hour later, blood wolf ears suddenly sounded the system prompt: "Ding Dong. Congratulations players, after your hard practice, you finally learned to shoot. You are now a beginner in the art of shooting, and experience 1100. "


    "Ah, I''ve learned The blood wolf jumped up and cried.


    Chen Jing looked at the action of the blood wolf and said, "yes, this young Xia has already started. He needs to practice more frequently in the future."


    "Thank you for your advice." Blood wolf. Then he put the gun away and yelled, "I''ve learned, I''ve learned how to shoot." he rushed out of the gate of the martial arts school and ran to the shop in the newly built village. In a hurry, he bought a coarse iron gun of level 10 and ran to the training point outside the village.


    After a while, several other people learned how to shoot, one by one yelled and ran out, and then ran to the store. At this time, there are only about a dozen players outside the gate. A few of them are prepared to pay their own money to learn. The rest are just watching.


    Huangfu Chaobo originally wanted to talk to Chen Jing about his job transfer. Seeing that several more people came in, he had to give up. When he got to the gate, Huangfu Chaobo found that Adu and Xiaojie were still waiting for him. Before he spoke, Xiaojie asked, "brother, you see we''ve learned how to shoot. Do you want to make a better gun for us?"


    "I said," Why are you so kind-hearted to wait for me here? After a long time, you asked me for something. " Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile. "All right, let''s go to the executive."


    Despite the fact that the three of them went to get weapons, they said that after the blood wolf came out of the shop, he rushed to the brush point of level 10 wild monster. Barking, he rushed to the front of the mountain and killed the monster.


    "I stab!"


    "Ah Da, I''ll block it!"


    "Ah Da, I''ll stab again!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    He killed the goat five times, and the goat couldn''t even get close to the side of the blood wolf. The next few practitioners saw that their eyes were almost falling off.


    "Damn it, the sheep that usually takes about ten knives will be killed in five shots."


    "Ha ha ha... Cool, skill is cool, I didn''t lose any blood. Ha ha haJust as the blood wolf was elated, several other people came running.


    "What''s up, old wolf?" Invincible buffalo road;


    Lao Lang quickly told them about the situation just now. The others listened and immediately tried it on their own, and it was so.


    "Ha ha..." Fat cat way: "yes, it seems that I can raise enough money today to change a good gun."


    "Well, if not, brothers, let''s form a team to fight the wolf of level 15, fight for everyone to change the equipment today, and brush the wolf of level 20 tomorrow."


    "Good," said


    and a few people formed a team to go to the strange point of the level 15 wolf.


    "No, I''m going to learn to shoot, too. Originally, I wanted to make enough contributions. Next time, I''ll learn for free. It''s just dozens of copper. I''ll learn how to fight monsters and come back soon. "


    "Yes, yes, yes... I''ve got ten points, too. I''m going to learn. "


    "Yes, I''m afraid I won''t be able to break the copper coin even if I''ve learned the skills. I''ll go too."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Stimulated by the blood wolf, more and more people soon went to the martial arts school. After a while, dozens of players crowded the gate of the martial arts school. However, because the primary martial arts school can only accommodate 20 people to learn together at a time, many players pay money and wait in line at the door.


    Because he had just learned how to shoot, several people from Huangfu Chaobo decided to go to the wolf''s den of level 20 to test it. Because these days, the senior officials have been with us all the time, so they are gradually accepted by Huangfu Chaobo. A group of four people soon arrived at the place where they practiced last time. Just like before, send a man to lead a wolf. When it was nearly forty steps, Huangfu Chaobo began to attack first. After three or four shots, the wolf almost reached several people. So the four attacked with long guns together. Although there was no Chen Jing, they all learned how to shoot. Soon the wolf was killed by them. Only the official was accidentally bitten, and the others did not lose blood. The efficiency was not much slower than that of Chen Jing. Huangfu Chaobo can''t help feeling that learning skills is really different. In half a day, the senior officials were promoted by two levels, while the other three were also promoted by one level. In the evening, Huangfu Chaobo left the painting team ahead of time and returned to the village. First, he walked around the village as usual to observe the situation in the village, and then he returned to the executive hall. By this time, it was getting dark. Zhang Xuan and the three of them finished their business and went back to the administration. They were waiting for Huangfu Chaobo. When they saw him coming in, they reported to him today.


    "Young master," said Zhang xuandao, "all the workshops in the village have been built. Now all the craftsmen are working. Next, we''ll build some more buildings. Please make an arrangement. In addition, there are nearly 40 different people in our martial arts school today who are going to learn the art of gunshot and earn nearly 600 copper. This is the first income since the founding of our village. There are more and more strange people in our village, and the management is becoming more and more troublesome. Especially in the aspect of public security, there are often a few strange people making trouble in the village, and we ask the young master to find a way to solve this problem. "


    "Er, what can Mr. Zhang do?"


    "To call up soldiers or to make people strong and patrol villages can improve public order."


    "Minzhuang? Forget it. It''s too chicken. How many soldiers can we recruit in our village now? "


    "We still have 20 silver dollars, and we still have about 3000 Jin of grain. Plus the fish that two fishermen catch every day, we can raise up to 5 infantry or 10 militia in our village (soldiers do not occupy the population of the village, generally 10% is normal, and more than 20% is dangerous, and the popularity of the people will slowly decline). No matter how much, we will not be able to bear it I''m sorry. Moreover, if we collect grain at the end of the month, we will not have enough manpower if the situation is the same as last month. "


    Harvest at the end of the month! All of a sudden, he woke up Huangfu Chaobo. If the situation happened in his own village last time, he would not be able to cope with it. Because Luoshen village can''t make up so many players in Zongheng village. Even if there are so many people, their strength can''t reach that level. No, we have to find a way.


    "Boyang, is your token still there?"


    "Yes, sir."


    "Well, I''ll ask Zongheng village to recruit ten militiamen for us later. From tomorrow on, you will only teach in the martial arts school in the morning, and take ten militiamen with you to practice in the afternoon. Now there are 15 days before the end of the month, you have to raise them to level 20 or above. Is there any problem? " About recruiting soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo had already made it clear when he came across the world last time. At present, there are two ways to recruit soldiers in the game. The first is to use their own villagers to transfer in the barracks. The second is not to directly brush soldiers from the barracks. These soldiers are all so-called whiteboard soldiers. So now there are many villages in the game and players are buying and selling soldiers. Now those rich RMB players in the game usually take one or two small soldiers behind them. Unfortunately, there is no way to buy and sell generals. If you can, it is estimated that you will bring generals instead of soldiers. Of course, the premise is that there are enough generals in the game.


    "No problem, young master.""Well, it''s up to you to train."

 Chapter 28

    After explaining Chen Jing''s affairs, Huangfu Chaobo turned around and asked about Zhang an: "Zhang an, how are your skills now?"


    "Back to you, I can go to senior high school this evening."


    "Well, you will teach this to three villagers tomorrow morning, and you will practice with us from tomorrow. Oh, yes, Mr. Zhang and Mr. Chen Jing. How on earth should the military general be transferred? " In other words, Huangfu Chaobo has invested a lot in Zhang an''s bow and arrow making skills. In the past half a month, Luoshen village has spent nearly ten thousand copper on the bow and arrow making materials. Fortunately, there is no market for bow and arrow making materials, so the players basically can''t sell them at any good price. Luoshen village has bought them at the price of cabbage. The final result is that now there are 80 hunting bows and 300 arrows in the warehouse of Luoshen village, and it will take at least a few months for players to buy them.


    "Mr. Hui, I have a look in the martial arts school. If the intermediate Martial Arts General reaches level 30 and there is xisui pill, he can be transferred in the martial arts school. But the higher the level of the martial arts school, the greater the chance of success. Also, if there are rank generals to guide the phone rate will increase, the higher the rank of generals, the greater the probability. " Hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Zhang an nodded in answer. One side of Chen Jing heard asked his words, immediately replied.


    "Oh, can we go to the martial arts school in the county?"


    "Yes, but there is a charge. 100 Liang for primary to intermediate, 1000 Liang for intermediate to advanced, and 10000 Liang for intermediate to advanced. "


    "Damn it, robbing money." Cried Little Jay on the side.


    "Forget it. You can just turn around in the martial arts school in your own village. If it''s a big deal, you''ll waste a pill. How long will it take? "


    "Six hours is enough."


    "Well, let''s go."


    So a group of people soon came to the second floor of the martial arts school. After Chen Jing handed over the pill, Huangfu Chaobo and them stood by and watched. Chen Jing''s hands were excited to hold the pill. It took him a long time to calm down and salute Huangfu solemnly: "thank you very much for the pill." For generals face to face, there is nothing more exciting than to improve their own strength. This generals cultivation system is also a major feature of the Three Kingdoms war. As long as the players are willing, you can cultivate your own generals, and if you cultivate them well, you can train a rank generals who are not inferior to ordinary historical generals. Not only that, the generals you cultivate are basically loyal. This also solves the problem that there are only more than 1000 historical generals in the Three Kingdoms, but there are many problems There are tens of millions of players. The rank of a warrior is like the confinement of a warrior. The abilities of a warrior at different levels are different. For example, if his attack is 100, he can only play 70% of the effect at the primary level, that is to say, he can only play 70% of the effect at the intermediate level, 80% at the intermediate level and 90% at the advanced level. Only when he is promoted to rank can he play 100% of the effect. Moreover, there are restrictions on the number of skills that different levels of martial arts can possess, and they are not able to learn formation, but there are no such restrictions when they are transferred to rank generals. Therefore, every opportunity to transfer is very precious for the generals, which is also the reason why the loyalty of the generals who transfer is generally very high.


    "Ding, the system prompts that Chen Jing, an intermediate martial arts player under his family, has reached the condition of transferring to a general. Do you want to transfer?"


    "Yes"


    after Chen Jing took the xisui pill, her whole body was slowly surrounded by a group of dazzling five colors.


    "The system prompts: the player''s warrior is changing his job. The time is 12 hours (that is, six hours). The success rate is 50%. You can''t be interrupted halfway."


    Can''t be interrupted? Huangfu Chaobo heard that someone must be here all night. So he turned to several people and said, "we have to stay here all night. If someone interrupts him in the process of his transfer, his transfer will fail. Mr. Zhang, go back and have a rest. Zhang an should upgrade his skills first and then go to have a rest. He must teach the three villagers before tomorrow morning. The four of us will stay here for one night. " Then he took a few people down to the hall on the first floor of the martial arts school. The 12 hours in the game is not long, that is, the real time is three hours. Downstairs, the three of them practice their skills in the hall. There are several ways to improve their skills and experience in the game. One is to improve their skills and experience in killing monsters, and the other is to keep practicing in the martial arts school. And Huangfu Chaobo went to a corner and dialed the communication device across the world.


    After the two talked about their own village, Huangfu Chaobo told zonghengtianxia that the martial arts school in his village had been built, and told him his charging standard. He said that if he sent someone to study, he would accept it according to his own standard. However, zonghengtianxia felt that it was too little. After a long time, they finally set the price and sent it to zonghengtianxia Those who study for free will be charged five copper, while others who study by themselves will be charged according to the price of Luoshen village. Huangfu Chaobo talked to zonghengtian about recruiting ten militiamen again. At first, zonghengtian expressed his firm opposition, because there was too much pressure to raise ten soldiers in a small village. However, after listening to the reasons given by Huangfu Chaobo, he said nothing more. After all, the fact is there, the overall strength of players in Luoshen village is too poor, so we have to use militiamen to fill the gap, Otherwise, it''s really hard to say when it comes to collecting grain at the end of the month. This is the biggest difference between the old village and the new village. For example, there are nearly 200 players in Zongheng village who are above level 25, while there are less than 500 players in Luoshen village. There are three of them who are above level 20. If it wasn''t for Huangfu Chaobo, it would have been too bad luck. The village could not have developed to the present level in half a month.After chatting with zonghengtian, Huangfu Chaobo also went to the middle of the hall to practice his shooting skills. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo opened his own attribute interface first. After seeing his skill experience, Huangfu Chaobo decided to practice his throwing skills first. If his own militia could learn to shoot and throw at the same time, he would have a better grasp of the harvest at the end of the month Some.


    So Huangfu Chaobo set a target on one side of the hall, picked up the gun that the carpenter had made for him, and began to practice. Players have more experience in practicing skills in martial arts schools than in killing monsters in the wild, but no one will provide them with experience. After all, this is a good way to make money for the village.


    Time passed quickly. One night passed quickly. Huangfu Chaobo looked at his experience. It''s true that in one night, his throwing experience increased by nearly 500, which is much faster than killing monsters in the wild. You know, it took him a month to raise his experience to more than 8000 points. It seems that he will use more time in the evening to practice in the martial arts school. Just as Huangfu Chaobo was staring at his property panel in a daze, a system prompt woke him up:


    "Ding. Congratulations to the player. Chen Jing, your intermediate warrior, has been successfully transferred to senior warrior! "


    Hoo, it''s a success.


    Huangfu ran to the upper floor of the martial arts school. The other three people watched him run up for no reason at first. Then they woke up and ran up. Before entering the door, Xiaojie asked at the door, "what''s up? Boss, did it work? "


    Watching Huangfu Chaobo smirk at Chen Jing, everyone understood what was going on, and everyone walked up to Chen Jing with a smile on their face,


    "Congratulations, old Chen, we finally succeeded, which made us worry all night."


    "Yes, it''s good. Half the chance you''ll succeed in one go. Ha ha ha


    "Yes, yes. Now the safety of our village is on a higher level


    "Young master..." Before we finished speaking, we heard the voices of Zhang Xuan and Zhang an downstairs: "what''s the matter, young master, has Chen jingzhuan succeeded?"


    Only when I got to the stairway, I saw Huangfu Chaobo and his party coming down one by one. Little Jay is still reading. "Yes, yes!"


    "That''s great. I''m relieved."


    When they got out of the martial arts school, they walked into the administration school. They heard players shouting "the boss of Zongheng is coming."


    "How are you, boss Zongheng? Wow, I brought so many soldiers here this time. Is there any activity


    "Yes, boss Zongheng, take us. We all learned how to shoot. It''s not going to hold you back. "


    When I went out, sure enough, dozens of people from all over the world were coming to the administration. The line-up is not so big. There is a village head and four elders. Next to them are two fierce swords and shields, and behind them are 15 militia. Obviously, the front five are better than the back ten. The front five are wearing 15 level leather armor. From their faces, we can see that they have seen blood. The back ten are all in cloth clothes. They look like recruits. Huangfu Chaobo smiles in his heart. It seems that he is quick enough to help him bring the militia here so early. After they said hello, they transferred the ownership of the ten militiamen to Huangfu Chaobo, but they dragged Chen Jing to the martial arts school. This time, many people came to their village to learn, and they all learned for free. There are five leaders, five militiamen and 40 players directly under the team. As for the two Dao Dun soldiers, even though they are all over the world, they don''t plan to let them learn how to shoot. After all, they are level 25 Dao Dun soldiers. There are not many Dao Dun soldiers more than them, and there are not many Dao Dun soldiers less than them. Besides, it''s impossible to have a single branch of arms. Let them be their own guards. In order not to affect the study of the players in his village, Huangfu chaobolian asked Zhang Xuan to make arrangements, so that the two villages would go to ten people to study each time, while the others could only queue up. In this regard, the players of Zongheng village also understand. After all, it''s very good that the villagers only let you produce five copper. After everyone registered at the gate, they wandered around the village in groups.

 Chapter 29

    Huangfu Chaobo set up a watchman at the entrance of each village and one at the gate of the administration hall, so he took Zhang an and five other militia out of the village to prepare for training. People in Luoshen village realized that the ten militiamen were their own village. And little jiejie three people, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for each of them to recruit a directly under the ten player team. They are required to reach level 25 before the 25th harvest, and their equipment is provided by the village. Because he has been together with the senior officials for nearly half a month, Huangfu Chaobo thinks he is still a reliable person. Therefore, although he has not been promoted as an elder, he also regards him as a core member of his village. He took Zhang an and five militia to the place of level 15 monster. After taking them to practice for an hour, he saw that Zhang an and several militia were basically adapted to how to form a team to kill wolves. After explaining some matters needing attention of Zhang an, Huangfu Chaobo rushed to the village to calculate the time. The first batch of them should have learned how to shoot well and took himself as the main task People, not in the village with words also can''t pass.


    Sure enough, as soon as Huangfu Chaobo was in progress, the militia at the gate came in and reported that they had come out.


    Looking at the sword shield soldiers behind him, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered why he didn''t bring a wooden shield to the militia. So he called the militia at the gate and asked him to let Xiao Jie send ten wooden shields to Zhang an. This just sat down and chatted with the world. Unexpectedly, the only people who came in were Zongheng and Nightingale, as well as two sword shield soldiers. It turned out that several other elders went back with several militia, and all the village administrators came out. None of them was at home, and they didn''t know what was going on at home.


    "How''s it going? Brother, are these two Dao Dun soldiers Bulls? Is there a warrior? "


    "There are no martial arts, but they are all about level 30 now, and their Sabre skills are all intermediate, hehe. Before long, I think the two of them will be able to carry you Chen Jing. "


    "What? Don''t you believe it? " Looking at Huangfu Chaobo, he laughs with disapproval and goes all over the world;


    "ha ha ha... Brother, I''m afraid I''ll let you down. Chen Jing has become a senior general this morning. Ha ha


    "Er... Transfer! Chen Jing has turned into a senior warrior! Don''t you mean to take that pill? Why are you doing that again? " After listening to Huangfu''s words, he asked with a puzzled face.


    So Huangfu Chaobo told the world in detail what he knew about the transfer of military officers and generals. It''s only been more than a month since the game started. Now there are less than 2000 players with low-level and middle-level martial arts players. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo has Zhang Xuan, an expert in internal affairs. Otherwise, he would not have known so much. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s explanation, he said: "that means that we can also train rank generals no less than historical generals?"


    "Yes, in theory. However, it''s hard to be a warrior. In addition to the cost of elixir and job transfer, I estimate that for a long time, the number should not be large. "


    " you are really lucky. By the way, how can the warrior be recruited? "


    "According to Mr. Zhang, in addition to those NPC leaders in the wild, there is a certain probability that they can be recruited in pubs"


    "pubs? I thought it was useless. I didn''t even build it. No, we have to make sure there are no thieves in the world to build the tavern. " Then he immediately sent a message to no thief in the world.


    "By the way, brother, do you have any clues about upgrading the village?"


    "No, I don''t know where to get that drawing at all. Besides, you see, no village has been upgraded in the whole game. It''s really a headache. Ah, by the way, does that old Zhang know? "


    "Yes, why didn''t I think of asking him?" So he immediately called the militia at the gate to call Mr. Zhang over.


    A moment later. Zhang Xuan came in


    "I''ve met the young master and village head Zongheng. What''s the matter with you calling me here? "


    "Mr. Zhang, that''s right. We were talking about village upgrading just now. We don''t have a clue now. Do you know what conditions we need to meet?" Asked the world.


    "Well, as far as I know, if a village wants to be upgraded to an intermediate level village, it should have several conditions: first, there must be more than 10 kinds of basic buildings in the village, and there must be more than 15 kinds of buildings. Second, the number of villagers has reached 100. Third, there are village upgrading drawings. Just meet these three conditions. " Zhang Xuan thought for a moment,


    "fifteen kinds of architecture. Our village now has an administration hall, a folk house, a dining hall, a toilet, a fence, a watchtower, a blacksmith''s workshop, a carpenter''s workshop, a bow and arrow''s workshop, a tailor''s workshop, a shop, a martial arts school, a logging yard, a quarry, and a Fisherman''s cabin. We have 15 kinds, isn''t it Mr. Zhang. As for the villagers, it seems that we haven''t added any people these two days. If we add a few of us, the number of our villagers is 81 (soldiers don''t occupy the population of the villagers). By the end of the month, there should be no problem if the number reaches 100. There will be no problem with these two conditions. But Mr. Zhang, how can we get this drawing? " Huangfu Chaobo said;"Well, I''m not very clear. I just heard that the government has a task to get. Hey, young master, didn''t you get your drawing from the mountain bandits? Since there are plans to build the village, there must be plans to upgrade it! " It suddenly occurred to Zhang Xuan.


    Hiss...


    The three players on the scene couldn''t help but take a breath. Oh, God, the village building drawing of the second mountain bandit king is not the upgrade drawing of the mountain bandit king. 200 people of Shanzhai, how many players have to fill it.


    "Mr. Zhang, with the current strength of our two villages, we dare not touch Shanzhai of that scale at all." Huangfu Chaobo and Zongheng looked at each other and said with a bitter smile;


    "well, Mr. Zhang, go ahead and get busy first. Oh, by the way, Mr. Zhang, the grain will be collected at the end of the month. We don''t have a warehouse yet. Ask someone to build two warehouses at the back of the executive hall. Let''s discuss the drawing and see if there are other ways." Huangfu Chaobo said, "brother, it seems that we have to send someone to the County Yamen to see if the task of the government can be done. Otherwise, we don''t know that we can get the drawings until the age of the monkey."


    "It seems that this is the only way. Alas, I don''t care. I''ll collect the grain of this month first. If I have grain, I can take my time. Well, we''ll go back first, and we''ll get in touch if we have anything Then he took the Nightingale and two sword shield soldiers to go.


    "Slow down, brother. I want to give you money and someone else." Then he told the militia at the gate to go to the bow and arrow workshop and call a bow and arrow apprentice to come.


    Before long, a middle-aged man in his 30s entered the administration hall, "villain Chen Er met the village head."


    "Chen Er, don''t you know what Zhang an taught you in the morning?" Huangfu Chaobo asked,


    "back to the village head, the three of us have learned what Zhuang Shi Zhang taught us in the morning. Now we can do level 15 hunting bows and bamboo arrows, but we can''t do other more advanced bows and arrows."


    "Oh, well, I ask you, this is the head of the first village in Yingchuan. Our two villages are brothers League villages. There is no archer in their village now. I would like to recommend you to their village. Would you like to go?"


    "The small ones are willing to listen to the arrangement of the village head."


    "What?" When I heard that, I was so scared that I jumped up, "brother, do you want to send me a bow and arrow maker?"


    "Nothing, brother. If you didn''t send me a blacksmith last time, I still don''t have a blacksmith. Zhang an was promoted to a senior level last night, so I asked him to hand in three apprentices. He was going to send them to you. Just as you came, you can take them back by yourself, ha ha... Besides, you see, he himself would like to


    "But now no one in the village can do archery."


    "You know, he''s just a beginner now, and now he''s not going to step up his skills. When the demand for bows and arrows in the village grows, do you think he can do it alone? You know, bows and arrows are consumables


    "Well, it seems that I have to take him back today. OK, elder brother, I don''t want to be hypocritical with you. I''ve brought him back. What can I do for you?"


    "It''s really true, brother. The blacksmiths in your village are not senior. Let''s see if we can shoot 15 to 20 long guns with refined iron head and wooden handle for me before collecting grain. I want to raise the militia to level 25 before that. Then there won''t be much problem in collecting grain. I don''t care how much money it is." Huangfu Chaobo thought about it;


    "what do you think of me? When I ask you for money for some guns, where do you put my face He glared at Huangfu Chaobo angrily.


    "But you can''t do it for nothing. Otherwise, in the future, the things that our two villages will make for each other''s villages will be calculated in this way, and the cost and various expenses of craftsmen will be increased by another 5-10%. In this way, it will be equivalent to taking some money for handicrafts. In this way, everyone can make sense. What do you think? " Huangfu Chaobo said;


    Zongheng was preparing to oppose, but he was held by the Nightingale: "Zongheng, Chaobo is right. If you think about it, your two brothers may not care about this small amount of money, and other brothers won''t feel any problems now. But have you ever thought about that when your two villages are upgraded, you will have a lot of contacts in the future? Now that there are only a few hundred copper guns in the tens or twenties, have you ever thought about what other brothers will think? I don''t think Chaobo''s idea is wrong. The old people often say that they are brothers and that they have clear accounts. "


    "Yes. Or sister-in-law smart, this is simply the heart of the rhinoceros it!!! Hey, hey, hey Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "go away, you have something in mind, but I haven''t really considered the situation you said. Otherwise, in the future, our two villages will set three prices for their products, one is the internal price, one is the external wholesale price, and one is the retail price. The two villages will trade according to the internal price. I don''t think other people will have any opinions. After all, we don''t make any money, we just make a little less. "


    "By the way, brother, you can''t just look at upgrading now, and you have to think more about alliance with other villages"


    "you don''t need to remind me. Now in the village, your sister-in-law and no thief are specialized in dealing with internal affairs and alliance, while the best and rampant are responsible for the player team. I''m thinking about how to upgrade now. Now there are no drawings. Everything else is easy to say. Well, I won''t talk to you. Let''s go first. How much do you want? ""Well, you go back to calculate. I think I''ll need 30 level 20 and 20 level 25 first. I''m not sure if I can fight the militia to level 25 at that time." Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment

 Chapter 30

    There are several ways to upgrade the militia, one is to fight like the players, the other is to train in the school, and there will be a small amount of experience increase on guard. Now there are only ten militiamen in the village, and at least five of them should be on guard and patrol in the village. That is to say, only five militiamen participate in the level training every day. There is still half a month between now and the end of the month to collect food. It is estimated that it will be a bit difficult to upgrade to level 25. However, level 20 is not a big problem. At that time, every militiamen will learn to throw, five guns per person, plus level 20 As long as the number of mountain bandits and Zongheng village was not large last month, the problem on his side should not be big. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chao was relieved.


    Remembering that he had not been on the forum for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo decided to go to the forum to see if he could find some information about the drawings. Offline, open the forum. Huangfu Chaobo found that the forum was really lively. "On the strength of the world''s top ten villages comparison", "player''s military strength ranking questionnaire", "player''s personal force ranking table". "...


    Huangfu Chaobo entered the ranking questionnaire of martial arts strength, and found that there were a lot of people who were basking in their own martial arts. According to someone''s statistics, there are less than 3000 warriors in the players'' hands now. That is to say, only one in ten thousand people have warriors more than one month after the game started. According to this probability, Huangfu Chaobo has three warriors in his hands, which is absolutely superb. At present, the No.1 village in Wuwei County of Liangzhou is a silent village. When they collected grain last month, they captured the leader of a horse thief. It is said that they paid a great price to capture the horse thief at that time. At that time, they had already lured the leader of the horse thief into the prepared pit, and there were several ropes tied around his waist. They thought there was nothing Lost, let a few 20 level players to tie his hands and feet, did not expect before and after he hung up with bare hands, more than 20 20 level players to tie him. So some players think that his force should be at least about 35, but no one in the village has ever come out to publish anything about the general''s attributes, so no one knows his specific attributes. Someone also sent the video of the warrior fighting with the players barehanded to the forum. Ranking second is a warrior in a free player in Yizhou.


    Huangfu Chaobo turned a page down and found that Chen Jing was also in it, ranking No. 15. Someone sent up the video screen that he had singled out with the mountain bandit leader in Zongheng village at that time. After reading it for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo found that these were all made by those good people, and few of the people who really owned the martial arts sent out their own attributes. Think about it, who would be stupid to show their cards to others.


    After shaking his head, Huangfu Chaobo decided to find something to upgrade the drawing. After a long time, I didn''t see a related thing. I had no choice but to enter the "village upgrade drawing" and enter.


    "Pop."


    Sure enough, a lot of messages pop up immediately


    "kneel down and ask for the village upgrade drawing!"


    "Which boss knows where to get the drawings?"


    "Buy a village upgrade drawing at a high price, interview. Interested parties, please contact QQ: * * "


    " how to get the village upgrade drawings? Please log in http: * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *


    "Sofa"


    "bench"


    "super exchange, 1 copper = 10RMB, 1000 copper only need 8000, cash on delivery, please contact QQ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^. There''s no way. I''d better think about how to pass the grain harvest this month. Think, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to close the web page, at this time, an explosive news suddenly appeared on the front page of the forum.


    "Amazing... Amazing... For the first time in the game, blood medicine appears from the player''s village. 10 minutes + 10 blood only needs 5 copper, 10 minutes + 20 blood only needs 10 copper, only a quarter of that in the system store


    "Coax."


    In the forum, there was a pot immediately,


    "sofa"


    "bench". House pig water bar, players bleeding medicine, the system also how to make money


    "9494, the one on the second floor is right."


    "Nani. Where is it? Is it true. Then I can afford it. But + 10 is too little. "


    "It''s true in Xiliang, the village called silent village. I bought one and tried it myself. It took only ten minutes to add 10 blood."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "It''s true. A businessman friend of mine got 20 grains at a time, or four copper grains at a time. I went to other villages to sell one grain of 8 copper, but I was robbed of it immediately. Unfortunately, the daily quantity was not large, just 100 grains. It''s video. "


    "I don''t trust you upstairs."


    "I trust you. What''s the advantage of me cheating you?"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    It seems to be true. Huangfu Chaobo thinks that, in fact, since Zhang Xuan was accepted, Huangfu Chaobo knows that sooner or later, the system will be open to players to sell drugs. After all, it''s impossible for players to afford such expensive blood medicine, which is an essential prop in all games. With the wisdom of developers, they should not make such mistakes. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo thought that he would be the first village that could make medicine, but Zhang Xuan didn''t know how to make medicine. It seems that there is another way to get prescriptions. Interesting,.... Fortunately, this blood medicine appears in this speechless village. No matter what, they also have a seemingly powerful warrior. Plus the players and several militia, they don''t have to be afraid of being robbed by others. If there is this in other small villages, I''m afraid someone will go to destroy his village tomorrow.After looking at the forum again, he didn''t find any useful information, so Huangfu Chaobo entered the game again.


    It was almost noon when he entered the game. As soon as he sat down, the militiamen at the gate reported that Zhang an had brought several militiamen back. After letting them in, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Fortunately, there was no damage to the soldiers. After all, Zhang an had no experience in leading the soldiers, but all the five soldiers were slightly injured, but the problem was not big. Everyone was promoted to a higher level. Let a few militiamen go down to eat and have a rest. In the afternoon, five militiamen on guard went out to practice. Before long, Chen Jing and Zhang Xuan both came in. Each of them has selected ten players who have learned how to shoot. As a result, Huangfu Chaobo asked the militia at the gate to go to the store to get more than 20 sets of 15 level leather armour and 10 level long guns, plus some things in stock, which were just enough for the equipment of these 30 people. After talking with them, he said that their future equipment would be provided by the village, but he asked them to practice to level 25 before collecting food. After everyone agreed, they took the equipment and went out happily Yes.


    "Well, old Du, are all the people you''ve chosen reliable? Is there any problem? "


    " don''t worry, most of these people came with us from Zongheng village, and some of them came when the village was just built. There is no problem. " Adudo.


    "Well, let''s use it first. I ordered 20 and 25 level long guns from Zongheng village. At that time, you can practice and match it for you first, but you must pay attention not to let 007 from other villages mix in. Well, your task now is to upgrade them to level 25 with the fastest speed, so as to prepare for our harvest at the end of the month. "


    "No problem, boss" several people should say.


    "For the militia, it''s up to you two, Boyang and Boming. I want them to get to level 25 before the harvest. Do you think it''s possible for Boyang? " Huangfu Chaobo road.


    "Well, young man, there should be no problem at level 20. It''s more difficult at level 25. After all, we can only practice for half a day." Chen Jing is a bit embarrassed to say.


    "Oh, I''m too impatient, but in any case, I have to make sure that I can reach level 20. I''ve stepped up my throwing practice for a while. When they reach level 18, they will all learn to throw. In this way, we can have both short-range and close attack, and we will be more sure of the harvest at the end of the month. And then there''s Boming. You have to be above level 25. "


    "It''s a young master. I''ll change my job when I get to level 20." Zhang an asked.


    "Don''t worry, I''m looking for the dan you transferred to. I''ll try my best to get it for you during this period of time. Even if I don''t have it now, I''ll transfer it for you as soon as I have a chance. You can just practice well with ease." When it comes to transfer Dan, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but have a headache. He got two of them by accident, but he really doesn''t know where to get them. Now more and more players have a basic understanding of the process of transferring generals. Just now, he saw someone on the Internet asking for them. It seems that the bid for intermediate to advanced is 100 Liang silver. That''s the beginning Grade to intermediate at least 50 silver? The problem is that if you have money, you may not be able to buy it. Forget it. I''ll talk about it later.


    "By the way, Boyang, what''s the use of that token?"


    "Mr. Hui, the most important function of that token is that the token holder can command ten soldiers. If you don''t have this, you can''t command the soldiers, you can only form a team. What''s more, with this, we can form a formation? "


    "Form a formation?" Xiao Jie asked immediately. "What is it?"


    "Is it the same formation as the general?" "No, the formation is only suitable for those with less than 50 soldiers, while the formation is suitable for all numbers of generals. The formation is very simple. There are only two. One is the horizontal line for attack and the other is the column line for March. Compared with no queue, the attack, defense and speed are 10% to 20% higher. "


    "Oh, and the effect. That''s how it is arranged. Every morning and evening, Boyang will take ten militia training lines for an hour. When you train, Zhang an will be in charge of patrolling in the village. In the morning, Boyang will still teach in the martial arts school. Give the token to Boming and ask him to take five soldiers to practice. In the afternoon, you will take the other five soldiers and Boming to practice. Be sure to train all the militia To level 20, preferably level 25. "


    "It''s my son." Chen Jing and Zhang an responded.

 Chapter 31

    In the next few days, the whole Luoshen village has a wave of upgrading, from players to NPCs, they are all practicing frantically.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have time to practice, because there was no money in the village. In fact, it was not that there was no money. According to the popular saying, there was a financial deficit in the village. I don''t know what the reason is. Since the beginning of this month, there have been no refugees in Luoshen village. On the contrary, because three archers from Zhang an''s education sent one person to Zongheng village two days ago, the population of Luoshen village has declined instead of increasing. In addition, there are only 80 people in Huangfu Chaobo''s village now. The three of them don''t need a daily wage, but the others do. Zhang''s father and son, Chen Jing, Zhao''s carpenter, sun''s tailor, Qian''s blacksmith, Zhang Da and Zhang''s 28 men are paid ten copper a day. The female villager Li''s sister-in-law in the shop has five copper a day. Wu fan and Zhou Ping, two apprentices of bow and arrow maker taught by Zhang an, each have five copper a day. Plus ten militiamen each have five copper a day, these people need 145 copper a day''s wages The rest are ordinary villagers. Forty people cut wood, six help the carpenter to build houses, and twenty quarrymen. Each of these 66 people needs to pay two copper coins a day, a total of 132 copper coins. Two hundred seventy-seven copper coins are needed on both sides. These are all the money that must be paid every day. There are also some irregular expenses, such as the daily purchase of various raw materials, which are not included, but now the income of Luoshen village is very poor. The most important income is the income of the martial arts school. However, it''s only a month since the beginning of the game. Few players can gather dozens of copper to learn skills. What''s more, not all players will come to learn gunnery. Most players learn sabre. Some players want to learn sabre, while others are ready to learn the long-range attack of bow and arrow How to hit. Therefore, the daily income of the martial arts school is more than 100 copper when the income is high, and only a few tens of copper when the income is low, which is not equal to the expenditure of the village. In addition, the village shops sell several pieces of equipment every day, and there are also dozens of copper income, but the expenses in the village are not helpful. Therefore, now Luoshen village urgently needs to establish a stable income channel, otherwise, within a month, Luoshen village will become the first bankrupt village in the game. Some people may not believe it, but the actual situation is so. The reason is that Luoshen village is developing too fast. In current words, the pace is too fast. Take zongzong village for example. Although the scale and the number of villagers of zongzong village are not much better than that of Luoshen village, after two months of development, zongzong village has achieved its present scale step by step, which can be said to be a footprint step by step. Luoshen village is different. It only took less than ten days to reach its present scale, which can be said to have an unstable foundation. And the most important point is the number of players. Although Luoshen develops very rapidly, the number of players is far from the scale of its own village. You know, the biggest source of funds for the development of players'' villages now is the consumption of players in the village. All kinds of weapons and equipment and food are the basis of supporting the development of players'' villages, but now The number of players in Luoshen village is far from enough, so the consumption ability is far from the ability to support the development of the village. This is the biggest weakness of Luoshen village. Don''t underestimate the consumption power of players. Even if a player only consumes ten copper a month in a village, what about 100 players, 1000 players or even thousands of players like Zongheng village? In this way, the consumption generated by a large group of players is enough to support the normal development of a village. But Luoshen village does not. It has only hundreds of players, and a large part of them are lower level players, so the consumption power is even lower.


    Huangfu Chaobo sat in the administration hall for a long time, but he couldn''t come up with a good idea. In the end, he had to ask Zhang Xuan and Chen Jing to come. He was ready to brainstorm on the idea that three cobblers would make Zhuge Liang.


    Soon they came to the executive hall. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, they fell into silence. For a long time, Zhang Xuancai said: "childe, the only way to solve this problem is to find a solution on the fish."


    "Oh, what does Mr. Zhang mean?" Huangfu Chaobo said blankly;


    "the two brothers Zhang Da can fish more than 100 units a day, and the daily consumption is basically those below the high-quality level. Since there is no need to consume so much in the village, we can find one or several restaurants in changshe city to provide them daily, even if the price is slightly lower, then we can provide them with food for the village In this way, it should be much better. According to the current market price, a unit of high-quality fish is 10 copper. Even if we can sell it at the price of 5 copper, we can earn 250 to 300 copper a day. It''s just that we don''t have a familiar restaurant in changshe city. We need to look for it carefully. If it doesn''t work, we can only arrange people to sell it in the market in the city. Although the price will be higher, there is rent in the market, so we need to arrange people to stay there every day. Moreover, the daily quantity can''t be stable. In this way, it will be more troublesome ¡£¡± Zhang Xuan spoke out his ideas in one breath, and then waited for Huangfu Chaobo to make a decision.


    After listening to Zhang Xuan''s words, Huangfu Chaobo turns to Chen Jing. Chen Jing knows that Huangfu Chaobo wants to ask about his situation in changshe City, so he stands up and says: "all restaurants in changshe city have their own fixed supply channels, but the demand for fish is not big. Therefore, if you want to find a way from this aspect, you still need a young man Looking carefully, we can only arrange people to go to the city to look for it slowly. "Huangfu Chaobo thought it was the same, but except for the NPCs in the city, now the players'' village basically has no consumption demand for fish. Thinking of this, he said helplessly: "this can only be done by Boyang. You are a resident of changshe City, and you know the situation in the city better. In the past few days, you can lead one or two people to look in changshe city to see if you can find restaurants in need Yes, it doesn''t matter if the quantity is small. If possible, it''s best to find as many as possible. As for the price, you can decide for yourself. "


    "Yes," Chen Jing said, holding his fist. After a little silence, he said, "in fact, young master, aren''t brothers Boming hunters? In fact, he can lead people into the mountains to kill some prey every day. In this way, he can supplement some meat for the village. If he can, the surplus meat can also be sold to restaurants in the city. "


    after hearing this, Huang Fu''s eyes lit up and said," yes, please call Zhang an


    Zhang an, who came here in a hurry, listened to Huangfu Chaobo''s question. After thinking about it, he said that his hunting profession is different from Zhang Da and Zhang Er''s brothers'' fishermen. Their daily quantity is basically stable, but the hunters are different. The hunters hunt by luck, and the value of all kinds of prey will be different. It is possible that they hunt ordinary mountains today Sheep may hunt valuable tigers tomorrow, so it''s not likely that a single hunter can increase the income of the village. However, hunters can bring meat, which can save part of the village''s food and increase the villagers'' satisfaction. Another point is that meat can save more food than fish. If fish needs five catties to cover one catty of food In other words, one kilogram of high-quality meat is enough to cover one kilogram of grain. Even the worst quality meat can cover three kilos of grain. After listening to Zhang an''s words, Huangfu Chaobo''s heart suddenly cooled a lot, but he thought about it, but Zhang an''s words also reminded him that Zhang an could really arrange part of his time to go hunting every day. Anyway, he could also provide some meat for the village. It seems that the income of the village has to be put on the sale of fish. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think much about it any more. Immediately, Zhang Xuan arranged to select two more active villagers from the villagers and let Chen Jing lead them to changshe county to find a way to sell fish, while others were busy with their own affairs step by step.


    After Zhang Xuan brought the villagers, Chen Jing took them to changshe county to find a market with some fish that had been removed, killed and cleaned. After Chen Jing was sent away, Zhang an was also arranged to lead the militia to practice level, while hunting in the mountains around Luoshen village, while Huangfu Chaobo himself stayed in the village, arranged the construction of the village with Zhang Xuan, and stepped up the training of his shooting skills.


    On this day, because Chen Jing was not in the village, all the martial arts schools in the village were free. After a day''s practice in the martial arts school, Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was going to be late, so he sorted out the martial arts school and returned to the administrative school. Not long after returning to the administration hall, I heard some voices from Zhang an outside. Looking up, I saw Zhang an leading some militia into the administration hall with a happy face. As soon as he entered the gate, he said to Huangfu in a broad voice: "young master, young master, come and see, we have gained a lot today."


    When Huangfu Chaobo looked behind him, he saw several militiamen carrying a few goats coming in. He was just about to say what good it was to hunt a few goats. When he looked back, Huo, good guy, the militiamen behind him led a long line of lambs into the room. There were about ten of them, big and small. For a moment, the administrative library rang out one after another "Baa Baa" sound.

 Chapter 32

    Seeing this, Huangfu stood up and walked quickly to the front of the group of lambs. After two rounds, he said, "yes, yes, it''s a good thing. But the problem is, there''s no one in our village who can feed sheep." These days, Huangfu Chaobo has made up a lot of knowledge in the game. In the game, the poultry and livestock must be fed by skilled people. Well, with one skill, you can live comfortably. It''s not that you can''t raise them without skilled people. It''s just that if you don''t know how to raise them, these animals can raise large animals, but they won''t increase their numbers. Only if they are fed by skilled people, can chickens lay eggs. Therefore, although Zhang an brought back more than ten lambs, it was of little use to the village, unless the village recruited skilled villagers. However, Huangfu Chaobo did not continue to attack Zhang an, but asked them in detail about their hunting today.


    It turned out that after listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, Zhang an began to lead several militia and players to hunt in the mountains around Luoshen village every day. In the first two days, the group just turned around for a few miles, but found that there were not many prey around. Some of them were killed as wild monsters by the players in several surrounding villages. So today, Zhang an led the people to the southwest of Longwo mountain. Unexpectedly, shortly after entering the mountain, they met a group of goats, and Zhang an led them to hunt several adult sheep, And the lambs were brought back. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Zhang an remembered that there was no one in his village who could raise animals, so his excitement dissipated. He shut the lambs in the backyard of the executive hall and then retired.


    Less than a quarter of an hour after Zhang an went out, Chen Jing entered the room with a happy face.


    "Good news, young master!" As soon as he entered the door, Chen Jing happily said to Huangfu Chaobo;


    "well, has the fish found a seller? How much can I sell every day? Do you have 100 units? " Huangfu Chaobo immediately stood up and said,


    "er..." As soon as he heard what Huangfu Chaobo said, Chen Jing was fixed there as if he had been enchanted, and then he was submissive and didn''t speak any more.


    Seeing Chen Jing''s reaction, Huangfu Chaobo realized that it was definitely not what he said, so he said, "it doesn''t matter if we can sell more than ten units every day. At least we have found a way."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Chen Jinglian said: "Jing has found several familiar restaurants in changshe these days, but some of them already have fixed ways to purchase goods. Only two or three of them don''t have them because of their small quantity. After several setbacks, he finally agreed with the three restaurants to buy a small quantity of goods every day, but it''s only 40 to 50 units a day Moreover, the price of high-quality copper is only 4 copper per unit, which means that the daily income of less than 200 copper, plus the deduction of the cost of entering the city and transaction tax, will be even less. "


    "What about meat?" Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked;


    "in terms of meat, it has not been determined yet, but several companies have said that if there is high-quality meat, they can take it together, and if they like, they will also buy part of it." Chen Jinglian said hurriedly;


    "it seems that this is the only way. Anyway, there is a fixed income in the village. Well, you have been working hard in Boyang these two days. You should go down to have a good life and rest first, and then these things will be specially arranged for the villagers who come to the city with you." After listening to Chen Jing''s words, although Huangfu Chaobo was a little disappointed, he didn''t say any more. After calming Chen Jing a little, he asked him to step down.


    With Chen Jing''s daily income of nearly 200 copper, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. In this way, at least the income of Luoshen village got rid of the deficit. After dealing with these things, Huangfu Chaobo went offline. Although there was a game warehouse to supplement nutrition in the game, he still went offline for a rest every two hours, had a good exercise, and then did some personal hygiene. Then he had a good meal and a lap. It was just the second day of the game.


    Soon after he went online again, ADU led several players of the invincible buffalo to the executive hall. As soon as he entered the hall, he said, "brother, you are online at last. My brother, who is responsible for exploring the surrounding situation, found a camp for roving bandits, which is less than ten miles to the north of our village by the Shuanghe river." Because the militiamen in Luoshen village are arranged to practice and be on duty, Huangfu Chaobo arranges players to investigate the situation around the village. On hearing Adu''s words, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly became nervous and asked for the details.


    It turns out that yesterday evening, some players found that a small camp for roving bandits would be set up next to Shuanghe River in the southeast of Luoshen village. For this kind of hostile NPC camp, Huangfu Chaobo has also seen some players find it around his village on the official forum. According to the players'' speculation, the system should be refreshed after planting grain this month. This kind of camp is similar to the player''s village, and it can also attract refugees. At the beginning, he may have only a few bandits, but if he wants to get rid of it, he will be able to attract refugees If players don''t find and destroy them in time, the number of bandits will gradually increase as time goes on. As for what will happen in the end, no one knows. However, there was the largest number of rogue camp in the game, and the number of rogue reached 50. In order to flatten the rogue camp, several villages around the camp finally joined forces and sent out more than 2000 players to win it at the cost of more than half of the casualties. It can be said that the casualties were heavy. Fortunately, after the camp was leveled, several villages harvested more than 100 refugees and various other goods and materials, but they still could not offset the loss of the war. So when he heard that he had found a camp around him, Huangfu Chaobo immediately became nervous.According to several people of the invincible Buffalo, they found this camp by accident in the woods by the river during the day yesterday. According to their observation, the camp should have been painted for a short time, and there are only more than 20 people in it at most. Among them, the number of bandits should be about 10. After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was a little relieved. However, for the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo still asked people to call Zhang Xuan, Zhang an and Chen Jing. After telling them the situation, Chen Jing decided to go and find out for himself. If the number is really small, he would lead the militia to push the camp as soon as possible. If the number of people exceeds 20, it is estimated that troops will have to be sent from Zongheng village.


    With the permission of Huangfu Chaobo, Chen Jing didn''t delay much. He immediately set out with the invincible buffalo to the camp where they found the bandits.


    At noon, the two returned to Luoshen village, and the people who got the news immediately rushed to the administration.


    "Young master, according to Jing Yi''s observation in the morning, the appearance of the camp was just a matter of two days. It used to be an abandoned small fishing village. There should have been only three or five families. Now it''s occupied by this wave of bandits. There are not many people in it. I quietly approached and counted it. There should be only twenty-five or six people, among whom the number of bandits is about twelve or thirteen All of them are old and weak women and children. The camp has only a few simple wooden houses and no walls. These bandits only have sword soldiers, and their level is not high. They are about level 20 to level 25. Besides, there are no other arms found in the camp. Zi''an and I lead ten militiamen, and the two elders'' twenty strangers are enough to take them down. " After everyone came in, Chen Jingcai told everyone the result of the morning''s exploration under the sign of Huangfu Chaobo. When they heard this, there were only about a dozen bandits, and they were all in spirits. In particular, ADU and his two men asked the key people to push the camp.


    Huangfu Chaobo listened to Chen Jing''s words, and after a little consideration, he decided to push the camp as soon as possible, so as not to make it more difficult to deal with. However, as for the players who went out, they didn''t listen to Chen Jing''s advice. Instead, they only brought a team of 10 players directly under Adu and 50 peripheral players with higher level in the village, while Xiao jiejie and his 10 players directly under him stayed at home to help Zhang Xuan guard his home. Of course, all of Chen Jing, Zhang an''s two fighters and the ten militiamen in the village were mobilized. As for the village''s militia, it''s not what they just recruited. Originally, the lower the level, the easier it is to upgrade. In addition, there are two warriors who take turns to lead the training. Now all the ten militia are lance soldiers of level 15. There are two middle and high-level fighters in town, plus ten level 15 long spearmen and sixty players. Huangfu Chaobo believes that it is more than enough to win the dozen bandits.


    Now that the decision has been made, Huangfu Chaobo asks people to get ready. Chen Jing and his men are busy preparing their own weapons and equipment, ADU is busy recruiting players ready to fight, and Zhang Xuan is busy preparing lunch for everyone who will fight in the afternoon. All of a sudden, everyone is busy.


    In the afternoon, when everything was ready, Huangfu Chaobo led the people to the camp. Under the leadership of the invincible Buffalo, the group walked north along the West Bank of Shuanghe river. Sure enough, within ten miles, they could see a clearing in the trees by the river. There were several dilapidated mud houses in the clearing. This open space is among the trees by the river. It''s just between Luoshen village in the South and Xiaoma village in the north. It''s about ten miles away from the official road in the West. On the other side of the river in the East, it''s still ten miles to the East before there''s another village called Shenma village. If Huangfu Chaobo had not been careful and asked Adu to arrange players to explore all the places around the village from time to time, it would have been impossible to find them for a while. The party stopped less than a mile from the camp. After Huang Fu Chao let ah Du wait here with the militia and players, he led Chen Jing and the invincible buffalo to quietly touch the camp side.

 Chapter 33

    Thank you for your recommendation. You can see 4 tickets. Thank you! Awesome!


    The four men hid in a bush more than 100 steps away from the open space and looked at the camp in front of them.


    "You see, this place used to be an abandoned fishing village. These bandits should have occupied it for a short time." Chen Jing pointed to several dilapidated mud houses in the open space and explained to Huangfu Chaobo. "According to my observation in the morning, here


    While listening to Chen Jing''s words, Huangfu Chaobo looked along the direction of his fingers. There were only a few dilapidated mud houses here, and the whole open space was surrounded by a circle of mud walls that were more than half the height of a person. Moreover, there were several big holes in the mud wall. Those places were just made into fences with wood that was more than half the height of a person. They were repaired to see what the wood looked like This is the fresh wood cut down in the past two days. There are still a few leaves on the branches. Then a small wooden door is left in the west of the earth wall for people to go in and out. From the wooden door to the west, you can see a new path. It seems that it should be a path leading to the Western official road. From the outside of the wall, we can see that there are some people walking inside. In addition to the two bandits with great hatred who are guarding by the wooden door, Huangfu Chaobo also saw that there are six or seven bandits walking outside, and the others are a few refugees.


    After watching for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo led several people back quietly. After meeting with Adu, Huangfu Chaobo said to Chen Jing, "Boyang, are you sure there are only eleven or twelve bandits here?"


    "Don''t worry, young master. In order to determine the quantity, I specially observed the people who returned to the village in the morning." Chen Jing nodded and said;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, then thought about it for a while, and then decided: "in this way, we have to bring out some of these bandits. If we go to besiege here, it is estimated that the bandits will defend against the wall, and then we may lose a lot. So let''s go around to the Western path and find a place where we can ambush. Then Lao Du takes 20 people to pretend that you suddenly find this place and attack the wall. You can''t beat it down with the strength of 20 people. When it''s almost over, you withdraw and try to lead some bandits out. At that time, we''ll rush out again and kill him first Let''s talk about how to solve the problems of the bandits who came out of our country. "


    Several people listened, nodded, and then discussed the details. After confirming that there was no mistake, they went around to the side of the road to the west of the camp. Coincidentally, less than two roads west along the path, there is a large bush, which can hide dozens of people in it. Huangfu Chaobo divided the militia into two teams, gave them to Chen Jing and Zhang an, each with a team of people, and then gave them to two people, each with ten players, so that they could ambush on both sides, while he himself led 20 players to hide behind, ready to block in time When everything is arranged, ADU leads the remaining 20 players to the camp to lure the enemy.


    With the consent of Huangfu Chaobo, aduxing rushed to the camp with 20 players. Now he and his 10 players have reached level 20. Plus 10 players of level 18, he would like to try the weight of these 20 level bandits mentioned by Chen Jing. Twenty one people walked along the path towards the camp. Soon they got to the woods beside the camp. After a short rest, they yelled at the wooden door guarded by two bandits.


    "Kill..."


    The two bandits were startled by the sudden killing. They quickly retreated to the wooden door, then quickly closed the wooden door and stood in the back to be ready. The shouting outside also alarmed the other bandits in the camp. For a while, the camp was full of chickens and dogs. Er, well, if there are these in the camp.


    The bandit leader, who was resting in a rustic house, was scared out of the house by the shouting outside. He thought that some officers and soldiers had killed him. As soon as he came out, he immediately gathered his men to the wooden door to support the bandits. Who knew that when he led the remaining bandits to the wooden door, there were only about 20 strange people, and he was so angry. Only a few dozen strange people like ants dare to come to their own ideas, so they simply let the bandits open the wooden door and lead the bandits to kill outside the wooden door, ready to give these strange people some color.


    During the conversation, ADU had led the players to the front of the wooden door. He thought the bandits would fight against the wall, but who knew that the leader of the bandits opened the wooden door and was ready to kill them, and the two sides soon got together.


    I thought I was twice as good as the enemy, so I should have an advantage. But as soon as the battle was fought, many players found that they overestimated themselves. As soon as the battle was fought on both sides, two players were killed by bandits and returned to the village. Seven or eight others were injured, but only four of the 12 bandits were injured, and the others were safe. The next players immediately wake up, ADU see this, immediately yelled: "quick... Damn it, move it, NIMA. I can''t hold it. Brothers, move it. "


    A group of players also reacted and turned around to run. The leader of the bandits saw that he would come and go as soon as he wanted. He immediately led the five bandits to kill him behind Adu. At first, he thought that Adu would pretend to be defeated and retreat. Now, seeing the fierce fighting power of the bandits, he didn''t have to pretend at all. Many players were killed in a mess.When Adu and his party were on the verge of collapse with the bandits, Huangfu Chaobo was wondering how many bandits Adu and his party could lead. I didn''t expect that in less than half an hour, I saw Adu leading a dozen players to run to his side. He was about to run to the place where he was lying in ambush. While running, he cried "I can''t stand it, brothers, the wind is tight, pull Hoo". When he looked behind the group, Huangfu Chaobo saw six bandits yelling to catch up, the front One carries a big ring head knife. It''s probably the leader of the bandits. The other five carry a throwing knife. It seems that they are ordinary bandits. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know what was going on, so he continued to hide according to the original arrangement, only waiting for the bandits and Chen Jing to take over the war, and then leading people to block their way.


    While running, ADU kept observing both sides of the path, and finally ran to the ambush place. Seeing this, ADU felt a little relieved. He thought that this time he would lose his face. He had arranged to lure the enemy himself. He didn''t expect that the ordinary bandit could kill more than 20 players in seconds. Not only two players were killed, but the others were killed Most of them were injured. Fortunately, they finally led the bandits to the place where they were ambushed. When Adu and his party quietly breathed a sigh of relief, the bandits didn''t know that several of them had become turtles in the urn. The angry leader of the bandits was leading five subordinates to chase them happily. Seeing that he was catching up with the ants in front of him, unexpectedly, a loud "kill" suddenly sounded on both sides of the road And then an arrow "whooshed" towards itself. When the bandit leader saw the opportunity, he turned to the side, then took the knife and split it toward the arrow. However, because the speed of the arrow was too fast, although the ring head knife split quickly, it only changed the direction of the arrow a little. Finally, Chen Jing''s arrow only hit his left arm. At the same time, Zhang an, who heard Chen Jing''s order, also arched with a bow, but instead shot an unsuspecting bandit to the ground. When they saw that both men were fighting, the ten militiamen on both sides rushed out of the trees, surrounded several bandits in the middle, and stabbed them with guns in both hands.


    "Ah


    "Ah


    The bandits didn''t expect that there were ambushes on the way, and the ordinary bandits didn''t have the strength of the leader of the bandits. Suddenly, another bandit was stabbed to the ground.


    Seeing this situation, the players on both sides rushed up, ready to beat the water dog. Who knows, facing the militiamen''s attack, the roving bandits who can''t defend are really easy for the players. The remaining three roving bandits, under the command of the leader of the roving bandits, actually knocked down several players in a row. The leader is abnormal, almost one by one. In a moment, several players fell to the ground He cut it. At this time, ADU in the front and Huangfu Chaobo in the back also led the crowd. Seeing this, the leader of the bandit was even more fierce. A ring head sword was so powerful that the players around were forced to retreat by him. The sudden addition of the players affected the attack of the ten militiamen. When they were crowded by the players, the militiamen were all squeezed out of the regiment, and they could only watch outside. Seeing the situation, Chen Jing abandoned his bow and gun, came out and said in a loud voice: "I will deal with the leader of the bandits. Zhang an will lead the others to solve the problem, and other people will stay outside to prevent the bandits from escaping."


    Seeing Chen Jing meet the bandit leader, a group of players were relieved. After Chen Jing''s war with the leader of the bandits, Zhang an soon led the militia to surround the remaining three bandits. Facing the ten long guns around them, the three bandits soon left and right, ignoring one thing and losing the other. At this time, the leader of the bandits was also entangled by Chen Jing, and did not have enough energy to take care of his three younger brothers. Soon the three bandits were annihilated by Zhang an and the militiamen. When they heard the screams from their subordinates, the leader of the bandits was immediately flustered. After several moves, Chen Jing catches a flaw and stabs him in the right arm. The leader of the bandit screams, and his right hand can no longer hold the ring head knife. When he is about to step back to avoid Chen Jing''s assassination, he doesn''t notice that Zhang an has killed himself. He just hears a loud drink from his back. Then he is separated by Zhang an''s head and body, and he can''t die any more.

 Chapter 34

    It took only a moment from Chen Jing''s command to Zhang an''s killing of the bandit leader. The whole process was seen by Huangfu Chaobo. He was disappointed by the chaotic performance of the players. He secretly decided to use fewer players and train more generals. Not to mention, Huangfu Chaobo let Adu lead several injured players to count the harvest here, while he himself led others to kill the bandit camp quickly.


    As expected, the bandits who saw their leader leading the people to kill the alien and run away did not expect that their own people would fail. At this time, they had no sense of defense. The six bandits were standing outside the gate, chatting and waiting for their companions to come back.


    When Chen Jing led the militia to kill, the bandits were caught off guard and did not react at all. In the panic, some of the bandits are ready to return to the camp to defend themselves, while others are ready to stop Chen Jing and others. It''s a pity that this time they come across two warriors and ten militia. Soon the remaining six bandits are killed, and then the camp is captured by Huangfu Chaobo. Then Chen Jing and his two leaders gathered all the refugees in the camp, and the whole camp was seized by the militia. What disappointed Huangfu Chaobo was that the camp obviously didn''t have much oil and water. It only collected six stone grains, twelve simple knives, less than 500 copper coins and other sundries. But among the remaining ten refugees in the camp, there was a shepherd boy in Luoshen village. The others were ordinary refugees. After destroying the boundary stone of the camp, he led the people to carry today''s harvest and escorted ten new refugees back to Luoshen village.


    After returning to the village, he put all the harvest into the warehouse and gave out rewards to the players. Then he handed over all the ten new villagers to Zhang Xuan for resettlement, especially the little shepherd boy, and immediately ordered the carpenter to build a sheep pen for him. After all these arrangements were made, Huangfu Chaobo had time to sum up the gains and losses of today''s World War I. today''s World War I was annihilated by his party Twelve bandits, but lost eight players, injured players are as many as 20 people, and Chen Jing and Zhang an and 10 militia are only slightly injured, a little rest can recover. It can be seen from this that the player''s current strength is poor. Even the lowest NPC rogue is not something that the player can resist. If there were not two warriors and ten militia, it is estimated that no 100 players would be able to win today. Another point is the player''s organization and discipline, let Huangfu Chaobo suddenly see this hard injury. Today''s battle, if not for the forced intervention of players, it is estimated that there will not be such a large number of casualties, which makes Huangfu Chaobo more firm in the idea of strengthening the cultivation of NPC soldiers. Of course, the players are not useless. At least, in the face of a large number of players, Luoshen village will certainly have a considerable number of players to fight against other forces, This piece, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to give all to Adu and Xiaojiejie, and his energy will be mainly on NPC.


    After thinking about this, Huangfu Chaobo also went out of the administration hall. He wanted to see the construction of the sheep pen on the side of the little shepherd boy. When he came to the South Gate of the village, Huangfu Chaobo saw the sheepfold under construction at a glance. He said it was a sheepfold. In fact, it was not a simple enclosure. In addition to a small area surrounded by wood, there were several houses, including one where little shepherds lived, one where grass was stacked, and several houses used to close sheep at night. According to the little shepherd boy, this is just a primary sheep pen, in which only 50 sheep can be fed. When the number of sheep increases, it will have to be upgraded to intermediate or even advanced level. However, there are only 12 sheep in the village, and they are all lambs. It is estimated that it will take several months to upgrade.


    After leaving from the young shepherd boy, Huangfu Chaobo went around the village again. After confirming that there was nothing else to do, he went back to the executive hall and went offline.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo also handed over the village affairs to Zhang Xuan every day, either practicing outside or practicing throwing skills in the martial arts school when it was empty. After crazy practice every day, Huangfu Chaobo finally practiced throwing to advanced level on February 24. It''s said that Huangfu Chaobo''s skill upgrading is also quite abnormal. In just over a month, he was upgraded to advanced level. However, this is the only player who can do this. There is no other way. Which of the other Lord players is not too busy for the village construction? Who can take him to practice level like his two warriors, and another warrior can help him with the village affairs There is a martial arts school for him to practice his skills day and night. Hoo, he can finally teach the militia to throw. Huangfu Chaobo let out a sigh in his heart. However, when he called all the militia over, he was almost spitting blood with a hint from the system.


    "Ding Dong, because you are a player, you can only teach one NPC at a time."


    "Damn it," Huangfu Chaobo almost burst away. He kept asking the women in Hou''s system programmer''s family, but there was no way. Heaven and earth were the greatest, and the system was the greatest God. We had to teach one by one according to the requirements, a total of ten people. Call a militiamen to the front and back, and a window pops up in front of Huangfu Chaobo: "Congratulations, players, throwing skills have reached advanced level, you can teach throwing skills, please confirm whether to teach them to NPC militiamen."After clicking confirm, Huangfu Chaobo sees a light coming from himself and falling on the militiamen in front of him. Then, a window pops up in front of him to show him how to teach the militiamen throwing skills according to the subtitles of the window. With Huangfu Chaobo''s explanation, the militiamen practice throwing skills step by step according to the explanation. After spending nearly an hour, I finally heard the system prompt: "congratulations to the player. Under your careful guidance, this militiamen has successfully learned throwing skills. The current skill level is entry level." After listening to this hint, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Then he called the second militiamen to his side. After many times, it took him nearly a day to teach them. As for Chen Jing and Zhang an, they are archers, so there is no need to learn this.


    It''s February 25, 182 A.D. At this time, all the work in the village has stopped, and the players have also stopped practicing, leaving a day for final preparation. As we all know, this is the biggest attack the village has faced since it was built. If this month''s grain harvest is smooth, then the development of the village will not be as startling as before. After more than a month of development, Luoshen village has more than 1500 players. Among them, there are only 30 players under Xiaojie''s three men above level 25. There are about 400 players from level 20 to level 25, and more than 600 players from level 15 to level 20. The others are new players, and they are all less than level 15. With Chen Jing and Zhang an''s hard work, the militiamen finally reached level 25. Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered 10 sets of 25 level leather armour and fine iron spears from Zongheng village. And they asked the carpenters and blacksmiths in their village to give each of them five shotguns. After all, the throwing distance of the militia is 40 steps. In addition, the attack and defense of the militia are much better than before. Besides, Chen Jing''s bonus, Chen Jing''s current level is 36 and Zhang an''s level is 28. If you think about it, there should be no problem in dealing with the mountain bandits of level 30, 40 and 25. In this case, as long as there are no more mountain bandits in Zongheng village than last month, there should be no problem. Thinking that there should be no problem here, Huangfu Chaobo opened the village management interface. He had not seen the development of the village for more than ten days.


    Luoshen village.


    Village head: Huangfu Chaobo grade 28


    deputy village head: Zhang Xuan grade 10


    elder: Xiaojiejie grade 26, ADU grade 26


    villager: 1 blacksmith, 1 carpenter, 1 tailor, 2 archers, 2 fishermen and 1 shepherd boy. There are 82 ordinary villagers, plus Zhang an and Chen Jing.


    Architecture: administration hall, folk house, dining hall, toilet, fence, small wooden door, watchtower, blacksmith workshop, carpenter workshop, bow and arrow workshop, tailoring workshop, sheep pen, shop, martial arts school, logging yard, fishing house, market, warehouse, a total of 18 different buildings.


    Resources: grain 1008, wood 1059 (special wood 104), stone 756, iron 238 (all high-quality iron ore, ordinary and coarse iron are used for weapons and farm tools), 325 pieces of various leather materials. There are a number of weapons and leather armour. Money 25 Liang 235 Cu. (yes, the money is increasing. It seems that the martial arts school is still making money. However, Huangfu Chaobo knows that with the establishment of the martial arts school in other players'' villages, the income will gradually decrease. However, there should be no problem in the near future. Zhang an''s archery skills will soon reach advanced level. In this way, learning archery skills and sales of archery will bring a lot of income to the village in a period of time.)


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was thinking about how to make money in the village, the soldier at the door came in and reported that the elder of Zongheng village had come.


    He was called in at once.


    "What? What brings the best elder to our village? Tomorrow will be the harvest. If you have something to tell me, why do you have to go there by yourself? " Huangfu Chaobo asked curiously.


    "Ha ha, boss Chaobo, I''m here with a group of people." Top five bar road.


    "Eh? My brother is joking. My brother from the first village of Yingchuan came to me for a meal? "


    "All right. No kidding, boss Chaobo, brother. I''m sent by boss Zongheng to collect food for brother village tomorrow. This time, the brothers brought ten level 30 players and a level 20-25 100 player team. A total of 111 people, tomorrow''s harvest all listen to the arrangement of super Bo boss

 Chapter 35

    "What?" Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. "You have more than 100 people all at once. What about the food in your village tomorrow?"


    "Don''t worry, there are nearly 3000 players in our village. Besides, there are five level 30 militia and two level 32 Sword and shield soldiers. In addition, the boss recruited a junior general a few days ago, and now there are more than 20 levels. The boss said that there are not many more or less of our 100 people. So I''d better go to brother village to help. He also said that if something went wrong, he would tell the brothers not to go back. Ha ha ha The top five bars said with a smile.


    "Junior warrior? At the pub? What about attributes? " After listening to this, Huangfu Chaobo recruited a general and became interested.


    "Yes, when I went back from here that day, no thieves in the world immediately built a tavern. I didn''t expect that a junior warrior came a few days later. The boss had a good relationship with him for a few days before he was recruited. The attribute is OK. Level 20 has 15 martial arts, 31 intelligence and 10 internal skills, but only intermediate Sabre skills


    "Yes, it''s a little higher than Zhang an''s force. Intelligence and internal affairs are also higher. If this is upgraded to level 60, it will have 70 + force, which is worth cultivating. " Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile.


    "Well, that''s what the boss said."


    Two people are talking, and three of them come in laughing. "Oh, the best brother is here, and we will collect grain tomorrow. I don''t know what you want to do today."


    "Oh, be polite to others. They bring more than 100 people to help us collect our food. If you leave me alone, I''ll let you do it by yourself tomorrow." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile.


    "Oh, then I''ll have to make a good relationship with the best brother."


    "By the way, boss, our village is better defended. Anyway, if the mountain bandits come, they can only come from the West. Do you think we can add some food for them?" ADU said, "well? How to add it? " Huangfu Chaobo asked,


    "look," he said, sticking his hand to the water and drawing a map on the table. "You see, mountain bandits can only come from the west side. Then we can put several rows of wooden horses at the border between the forest and the farmland, so that all players below level 15 can be arranged behind the horses, with long guns in the front row and swordsmen in the back. Besides, Zhang an is not a hunter. Let him do more traps in the forest and force mountain bandits to come from this road. In this way, we just need to defend the road. "


    "Yes, I didn''t think of it. At the same time, we can also put horses and traps on the road, so that we can eliminate some mountain bandits before we fight. OK, you can arrange Zhang an and the carpenter to do this, and let all the villagers go out. When the time comes, our long spearmen will be behind the horse. First they will shoot guns, then they will attack with long guns. Maybe they will not be damaged. Great. Well, shoot. Unfortunately, I forgot one thing, Jipin. Please contact your boss and ask him to send several militia. I can teach throwing skills now, but I can only teach one at a time. When they come, one afternoon should be enough


    "Oh, OK, OK, I''ll get in touch with the boss right away." If you listen to the top five bars, you can also let the militiamen learn a throwing skill. They are so happy that they can connect with the whole world immediately. Soon, Zongheng told him that he would bring some militiamen right away.


    After several people confirmed the plan to stop the mountain bandits on the road, they immediately started to take action. Zhang Xuan took Zhang an and most of the farmers in the village to decorate the traps and organs in the woods, while the carpenter took more than a dozen people to fight the horse. The players in the village and the more than 100 players in Zongheng village dig a few ditches on the edge of the forest. They don''t need to be deep, as long as they can prevent the mountain thieves from acting well.


    It was busy until noon when several militiamen came with them. The new recruit junior warrior is also on the same team. It took an afternoon for Huangfu Chaobo to teach a few people skills. After each of them was given five guns, he took a few people to his village.


    After a busy day, we finally finished the layout of the village according to the previous ideas. Next, we''ll sit in the grain team waiting for the devils to enter the village tomorrow.


    On February 26, 182, the talent just came out, and another national movement in the game was officially ready to be staged. Many villages suffered a lot from the grain harvest last month. This month, everyone has a bottom in mind. Many villages are preparing to collect grain a few days in advance. This is a real national movement. Almost all the players are mobilized. Except for a few lone walkers, everyone has been promoted a lot in the past month. In addition, most villages have recruited a few militia, and some villages have recruited warriors like Zongheng village and Luoshen village, so everyone is waiting for this systematic move.


    At 7:50 in the morning, the players in Luoshen village and the NPCs in the battle were arranged according to the arrangement made by Huangfu Chaobo. Level 20-25 players are arranged in three rows behind the horse rejecting team. Then there are 30 players from their own village and more than 100 players from Zongheng village. They are arranged in two rows on the road. Chen Jing and other 12 players are arranged behind them. Level 15-20 players are arranged behind the horse rejecting team on both sides of the road. Other players below level 15 are arranged behind NPC as backup. In this way, there are two rows of horse resistance, five rows of players and one row of NPCs on the road. There are three or four rows of players beside the farmland on both sides. Fortunately, there are not many farmland in the village. If there are more than one thousand players, they will not be enough. Because there are some traps and animal catching devices in the woods on the roadside, the mountain bandits should come directly from the road after they suffer some losses in the woods. As for the villagers in the village, under Zhang Xuan''s arrangement, they all waited in front of the administrative department of the village. As soon as they finished the fight, they rushed to collect grain. Once things changed, Zhang Xuan immediately arranged for some villagers to become strong people in the village. Anyway, they had to rush to collect as much grain as possible.At eight, the sun rises in the East. Huangfu Chaobo looked back at the fields on both sides of the road. He could not help praying in his heart. He hoped that the mountain bandits would come according to their own arrangement. Otherwise, the grain harvest this month would be a little mysterious.


    "Here we go, boss. Here we go, the mountain bandits are coming..."


    Just as we are anxiously waiting for the peripheral players to listen to the news, a player ran from the west road.


    "How''s it going? How many mountain bandits have come and where are they from? " Huangfu Chaobo asked in a hurry;


    "there are about forty or fifty of them. At first, the mountain bandits are ready to take a shortcut from the woods. But after the forest was injured by the mechanism, the leader of the mountain bandit evacuated all the mountain bandits from the forest and came directly from the road. "


    "Hoo..."


    Everyone was relieved to hear that. Fortunately, so far, the mountain bandits have come according to their arrangement. Although there are 40 or 50 people, they are still not so nervous. After waiting for about ten minutes, a mountain bandit appeared at the end of the road. When the two sides were about 200 steps away, the big head of the mountain bandits told the mountain bandits to stop. Huangfu Chaobo saw that there were about fifty-five of them. One big leader had four small leaders. The big leader had ten bowmen. The other small leaders had three swordsmen and one Spearman. Huangfu Chaobo said with a bitter smile to the top five: "I didn''t expect that the system God really looked up to me. More people came to your village than last month."


    "Yes. Ten archers is a problem Top five bars;


    when Huangfu Chaobo was thinking about how to fight, a small leader came out from the opposite side, "listen to the mole ants on the opposite side, our big leader said, as long as you give 5000 kilos of grain, we will not attack your village, or we will break the village and leave no chickens and dogs."


    "No dogs and no chickens!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    All the mountain bandits should be in harmony with each other;


    Huangfu Chaobo was so happy that he was just about to answer. Without thinking about it, ADU jumped up and scolded: "five thousand jin. Don''t dream, little thief. Grandfathers are waiting here. As long as you have the ability to kill us all, don''t say 5000 Jin, the whole village is yours. Come on.... Grandfather, I''ll wait. "


    As soon as the leader of the mountain bandit heard this, he did not talk nonsense, so he directed the mountain bandit to kill him directly. "Spearmen in front, swordsmen behind, bowmen behind, kill me..."


    "Kill..."


    "Brothers, kill them all, rob money, rob food, rob women..."


    "Kill..."


    The mountain bandits came to the players with shouts and shouts. Four small leaders with 40 mountain bandits rushed to the front, ten bowmen followed, and the big leader stood there, ready to enjoy a bloody grand occasion.


    The effective killing distance of the gun is only 20 steps, that is, 30 meters. The bows and arrows of Chen Jing and Zhang an are only fifty steps. Huangfu Chaobo wanted to be here. Turning to Chen Jing, he said, "Boyang, you and Boming should take charge of each other''s archers first and then deal with others. Don''t attack easily."


    "Yes, sir." Chen Jing and Zhang an answered in unison;


    in a twinkling of an eye, the mountain bandit reached the distance of 50 steps and watched his soldiers rush towards the players. Although there were more than 1000 people, the mountain bandit leader didn''t worry at all. He knew these strange people. He could kill dozens of them by himself without any difficulty. In addition, he didn''t see ten militiamen and Chen Jing in the crowd wait forsomeone. I thought, when the Gunners pick off those wooden shelves, they can kill. Just as the big leader was thinking about what he could do to break the village, the archers began to shoot arrows at the crowd with their bows. As soon as the ten arrows flew out, there was only a scream in the crowd. Another unfortunate ghost was shot in the head by the arrow and turned into white light and flew back to the village. At the same time, Chen Jing and Zhang an began to fight the mountain bandits. Ordinary archers can''t pull their bows after one pot of arrows (20 arrows). Warriors like Chen Jing usually take two pots, no matter how many. However, with their strength, 40 arrows should be able to deal with the ten mountain bandit archers. Huangfu Chaobo is not very worried. Now the most important thing is to see if the shooters and players on the road can stop the mountain bandits.

 Chapter 36

    Sure enough, I only heard "whoosh..." A few times, after each of them had less than ten arrows, ten archers had been wiped out by them. At this time, the mountain bandit gunner in front of him had already picked up the horse on the road. Fifty guns of the ten militiamen have all been thrown out, but the effect is not so good. Only three gunners and one swordsman have been killed. However, the mountain bandits in the first two rows have suffered some injuries.


    "Boom..."


    The two sides finally collided. The players in the front row are also holding back their strength.


    "Kill, brothers, kill mountain bandits, explode equipment, make contributions..."


    "Kill..."


    For a moment, the cries of killing came and went...


    "Ah


    There was a white light in the players'' team. In the twinkling of an eye, dozens of level 20 players were killed back to the village. However, only a few of the mountain bandits suffered minor injuries. Huangfu Chaobo shakes his head. The gap between players and NPC soldiers is not so big. In terms of the strength at this stage, 10 or 20 players can''t compete with a mountain bandit soldier. Soon, there was a gap in the player''s defense. After solving the problem of the mountain bandit archers, Chen Jing and Zhang an set their eyes on several small mountain bandit leaders. After more than 30 arrows, they finally solved two small mountain bandit leaders, and two of them stepped back after being injured.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo yelled at the back. "The player retreats to both sides and gives the front to Chen Jing and the militia. The players attack each other on both sides, and the players on both sides of the road come over from both sides. Boyang, you take the militiamen to fight head on. "


    Hearing the shouts of Huangfu Chaobo, Chen Jing and Zhang an put down their bows and arrows, picked up their guns and knives and went to kill the mountain bandits.


    "Kill..."


    "Ha ha ha... I killed a mountain thief, er


    A player just killed a mountain bandit and was killed back to the village by the mountain bandit swordsmen.


    Two fighters fought in the front, followed by ten militiamen. The two men cooperated with each other and killed them from among the mountain bandits and spearmen. They soon got together with the swordsmen behind them. Soon after the militia and the players on both sides also killed with the mountain bandits. In a short time, there were five or six mountain bandits who died in the hands of two people. Of course, they were all injured by gunfire in front of them. But it also made the mountain bandit leader angry: "Hey, you two dare to fight with our leader." Finish saying, lift the knife in the hand to want to kill to go forward.


    As soon as the two little leaders nearby saw that it was not right, they immediately held him and said, "head, no, they are two generals. The three of us can''t fight each other. Besides, you see, more than ten of the brothers died at once. If this continues, we will all be here. I think we should withdraw. "


    "Yes. Brother, we have so many brothers dead. I don''t think we can eat this village any more. We''d better withdraw. " Another little leader also said.


    As soon as the leader saw it, no, all his subordinates went to fight with them, and after a while, he went to nearly half of them. Knowing that the situation was wrong, he yelled at the fighting Bandits: "Damn, Luoshen village, I will come back. Brothers, the wind is tight, pull to shout


    Originally, the leader of the mountain bandits was afraid that he would destroy the village like the Longwo mountain stronghold. But he never thought that when he saw him, nearly half of his men died. Although he was unwilling, he had no choice. He didn''t expect that there were two generals and a dozen militiamen in the other village. He knew that he would rob another village. It''s a pity that there''s no regret medicine. If the people you''ve managed to pull up don''t go away, they will all be told here.


    As soon as the little leader saw that the big leader spoke, he immediately followed him.


    "Let''s go, little ones, the wind is tight, pull and shout..."


    "Withdraw, little ones, kill back... Let''s have someone come back for revenge. "


    As soon as the mountain bandits heard this, they immediately turned around and went out to kill them. As soon as the players saw the mountain bandits coming and going, they immediately came to the spirit of "kill. Brothers, the mountain bandits can''t hold on any longer. Kill the mountain bandits and explode their equipment. "


    "Kill..."


    "Kill..."


    "Come on. Kill all the mountain bandits


    Players are like this, a battle with the wind, there will be spirit immediately. All of a sudden, everyone was full of energy to chop the mountain bandits.


    "Ah


    "Er


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The mountain bandits fight to death to kill out from among the players, but the ants bite the elephants. More than 30 mountain bandits came out, only 20 of them. The others were killed by the players, and all the people who escaped were injured. Chen Jingzheng was about to take people to chase him. He was immediately stopped by Huangfu Chaobo. "Don''t chase the poor. Boyang, don''t chase him."


    "Oh, we won


    Watch the mountain bandits run away. The crowd could not help cheering.


    "Hoo, we''ve finally won," Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a sigh of relief. "Boyang, clean the battlefield with the militia. Boming, ask your father to come out with the villagers to collect grain. How about our loss, Jay? Make a quick count. Lao Du, immediately arrange people to go around the village to investigate the situation. As soon as you have news, come and tell me. " Huangfu Chaobo arranged things at one go."Boss, it was a good fight just now. Ha ha ha... You are too careful. You are afraid that these mountain bandits will dare to kill us. " ADU arranges those low-level players who are not injured to explore the surrounding situation, and says to Huangfu Chaobo in an unhurried voice;


    "be careful. You''d better be careful before you confirm."


    Two people are saying, Zhang Xuan with the villagers in a hurry are out.


    "Young master!"


    "Mr. Zhang, you immediately arrange for everyone to receive the grain to the warehouse as soon as possible."


    "All right. Young master. More than 200 mu will take two to three days at the fastest. "


    "No, three days is too long. Go and tell everyone that if the grain is collected in two days, each person will be rewarded 20 copper. Don''t do anything until the beginning of next month. "


    "Oh


    As soon as they heard that everyone would be rewarded with 20 copper coins within two days, the villagers were enthusiastic. The speed of grain collection has also increased a lot. It''s also true that a few coppers a day earn only ten coppers a day. Now, with 20 coppers to be awarded, everyone will feel that they are capable.


    "Young master," Chen Jing came over with the militia after cleaning the battlefield. "We killed two bandit leaders, ten bowmen, five swordsmen and eight spearmen. We have harvested 4 bows, 6 arrows, 7 broadswords, 5 iron guns, 2 ring head knives and about 1200 copper coins. "


    "Not bad. We killed 25 mountain bandits, exploded 18 weapons and more than 1000 copper. The explosion rate is quite high. By the way, what about our casualties? Have the militia lost any? " Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "no, the militiamen were only injured in different degrees, and no one died."


    "Hoo, it''s OK," Huang Fu Chao Bo sighed again. It''s good that there is no militia to hang up. In half a month, it''s hard to get to level 25. If you hang up a few, it won''t hurt. "Well, you can arrange some seriously injured people to go to the administration hall to recuperate, and the two of you will take the lightly injured ones to police around the farmland."


    "Big brother. The player''s situation has been counted out. " "More than 400 people died," he said. More than 300 people were injured. "


    "Hiss." At this number, everyone took a breath in unison.


    "Why are so many dead?" Huangfu Chaobo asked strangely;


    "er... In fact, less than 200 people died in the beginning, but more than 200 people died in the scuffle when the mountain bandits fled. There are dozens more than ten. "


    As soon as everyone listens to it, they will understand it immediately. It turns out that some low-level players want to fish in troubled waters.


    "OK, everyone who hangs up will be rewarded with 10 contributions plus 10 coppers. Five contributions plus five copper for the injured. Everyone else has two contributions. " Huangfu Chaobo thought about it;


    "brother, it''s unnecessary. All the things we exploded today add up to only more than 2000 copper. So, we don''t have to produce more than 3000 copper ourselves. Besides, those players who are more than ten levels obviously want to get cheap. There''s no need to send them Ah Du was impatient and said,


    "Fa, after all, was linked in this battle. By the way, Jipin, how are your casualties? " Huangfu Chaobo turned back to the top five and said,


    "Oh, we don''t have much casualties. More than a dozen people died and more than 40 people were injured. " Top five bar road.


    "Let''s make each of you 20. Ten for the injured, five for the others. "


    "Don''t mention it, boss Chaobo. Our elder brother said before he came out that the casualties are the contribution of the village. We can''t ask for your things. If we take them back, we won''t be scolded to death by the boss."


    "That''s right, boss Chaobo. You didn''t receive anything when you went to help us last time. How could we ask you for it. Old Dadu has agreed that people here and in the village are treated equally. If we take your money back, we will not be able to look up in front of those brothers in the village. Boss Chaobo, you can''t harm us. " A player from Zongheng village nearby joked;


    "well, then, every brother who comes here has five coppers, which means that you can''t call everyone here for nothing, right?" Huangfu Chaobo thought, "look back, I''ll go to your village to have a good chat after everything here is done well... Well, let''s have a rest in the administration hall first. "


    "No, we''d better go straight back. We don''t know what''s going on in the village. Maybe we can help. " Top five bar road.


    "OK, I won''t keep you. Thank you very much." Huangfu Chaobo also knew that they were all concerned about their village''s grain harvest. So they all went back.

 Chapter 37

    Thank book friend jk551 for 3 recommended tickets, thank you!


    After all. Huangfu Chaobo looked at the villagers who were busy collecting grain on both sides and thought, well, as long as the grain of this month is collected, life will be better in the future. It''s just that I don''t know how to get the village upgrade drawings. Well, forget it. When the boat reaches the bridge, it will be straight. Besides, no village has been upgraded in the whole game. There are more people who are more anxious than themselves. When there are more upgraded villages, they will know how to get them. Now the most important thing is to collect the grain. After the grain is collected, all villages are stuck in this joint now. What''s next? How to improve? Now nearly half of the players have reached level 25 or above. It''s more and more difficult to practice later. It''s estimated that the brush of intermediate level monsters will be more and more popular. Next, it is estimated that the fighting between players will be more and more, and even escalate to the fighting between villages. In addition, some small villages may be destroyed or become affiliated villages of powerful villages. The strength of our village is still too weak. Although it is supported by Zongheng village, it''s still a little far away. It''s more than 30 miles away, and now there are no cavalry. If there''s something wrong with our village, when they come, the day lily will be cold. Next, we still need to improve the player''s strength. There are also ten militiamen, which should be promoted to level 30 or above as soon as possible. In case of anything, two militiamen and ten militiamen are the main force of the village...


    "Big brother." ADU came to interrupt Huangfu Chaobo''s meditation.


    "Well, what''s the matter? What''s the situation? "


    "Oh, no, all the people sent out have seen it. There is no movement around the village for five li. I don''t think the mountain bandits will come. You see


    "No, we can''t lose heart from now until tomorrow night before we collect the grain. We should not only prevent mountain bandits, but also prevent malicious players from making trouble. Before the last grain enters the warehouse, people should be arranged to guard around. OK, you go to the executive hall after you have arranged. I have something to discuss with you. And call Lao Jie, Chen Jing and Zhang an. Zhang Xuan asked him to guard the villagers outside to collect grain. "


    "Oh. Good


    Huangfu Chaobo said hello to the players around him as he walked into the village. Players who have just finished a battle are chatting and farting together in twos and threes.


    "Boss, it''s a good fight today..."


    "Yes, thank you so much. Otherwise, I don''t know if the food in the village can be kept. " Huangfu Chaobo replied with a smile.


    "Boss, today''s harvest should not be small. When will the reward be given?"


    "Yes. A lot of equipment has exploded today. When to put it in the store, I''ll choose one. "


    "Boss..."


    "Don''t worry, brothers. The reward will be given after the harvest in these two days. Please keep watch these two days!"


    "Don''t worry, boss, brothers dare to break through, right, brothers?"


    "Yes, don''t worry."


    "yes, we''ll see


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Under the temptation of twenty copper, the villagers of Luoshen village finally collected all the grain outside the village into the warehouse of the village in two days. Seeing that the last grain came into the warehouse, Huangfu Chaobo finally breathed a sigh of relief. Although he lost more than 1000 Jin of grain in the battle of grain protection, he still kept most of it. Now, he should not worry about grain before the village is upgraded to intermediate level.


    The other villages in the game also suffered more or less losses, but most of the villages are not very serious, especially the villages in the Central Plains, because the yield per mu is relatively high, so basically there is no impact, but the yield per mu of the villages in Liangzhou and Bingzhou is low, so the impact will be greater.


    Next time, Huangfu Chaobo is busy giving rewards to the players in the battle and arranging those players who have achieved the free skills to learn skills in the village''s martial arts school. These things alone kept Huangfu Chaobo busy all day. Players are busy with their own business.


    At the foot of Jingshan mountain, outside Shenlong village, there came a group of people. They were just the three eldest brothers of sanjianke village, who were busy collecting grain. Amorous sword walked in the front with high spirits, followed by his two brothers -- heartless sword and heartless sword, and then followed by more than 30 players directly under the village. Looking at the dozens of thirty level brothers walking behind him, I couldn''t help feeling proud. He was also one of the first players to build a village in the game. When he first entered the game, his three brothers were randomly assigned to Yingchuan. By chance, he let three of them fight a village construction drawing from a mountain bandit. So I built this village at the foot of Xingshan mountain with my two brothers. Originally, I was optimistic about all kinds of raw materials and training points on the mountain. I didn''t expect that Shenlong village, my neighboring village, was going to die, so I went to provoke mountain bandits on the mountain. As a result, the village was destroyed all at once. Originally, I was afraid that mountain bandits would continue to beat my village, but I didn''t expect that changshe city would send people to level the village all at once, Now, there''s an advanced training point beside me. Now that the village''s food has been collected, the next step is to start the players in the village to circle this place down and make it their own village''s sphere of influence. Although my current strength can not be compared with the first village of Yingchuan, I should also be in the top five in the scope of changshe. As long as the operation behind is good, there may not be no chance to win changshe city. This time I come out, I just want to go to Longwo mountain stronghold to see the situation of the bandits there. If I can, the drawings for upgrading my village should be available.As soon as I think of the fight against thieves in Longwo mountain stronghold, I feel angry. Originally, I thought I was the biggest beneficiary of the fight. But I didn''t think that the guy named Huangfu Chaobo didn''t do anything. He got a blueprint for building a village and three generals. When I think of those warriors, I feel angry. As for why he knew this, it was thanks to aduna''s big mouth. Now all the players in the association know that Huangfu Chaobo got the drawings and three generals. From the point of view of duoqingjian, those generals should belong to him. He spent so much effort that he didn''t get any real benefits. Therefore, he was envious, envious and resentful of Huangfu Chaobo. This is the typical heart...


    Just as the amorous sword was thinking deeply, a fight came from the other side of the front hillside. So the group walked towards the noisy one. When everyone quietly touched the hillside and looked to the other side, Duoqing sword found that there were NPC on both sides of the fight: a group of about ten mountain bandits were fighting around several people wearing yellow headscarves. It seemed that they had been fighting for a while, and there were still some dead and injured mountain bandits and people wearing yellow headscarves lying beside them. The leader of the mountain bandit is about thirty years old, holding a ring head knife. On the other side of the yellow scarf is a middle-aged man in his thirties, holding a sword. Now the yellow scarf side has been surrounded by mountain bandits. Although there were seven or eight casualties among the mountain bandits, there were more than a dozen of them: a big leader and a small leader, six spearmen and seven swordsmen, but each of them had some injuries. But the situation of the middle-aged man in Huangjin is not so good. Except for himself, there are only three people, and all of them are injured.


    Looking at the people around him, Zhang Ping can''t help regretting. He is also from the same village as Zhang Jiao''s three brothers, because he joined Taiping Road earlier. Although he didn''t become a big believer in the independent town like Zhang Jiao''s disciples, he also became a small believer with his three brothers. This time, Zhang Jiao sent himself out Originally, I wanted to go to BOCAI''s account to train for two years, and then I would go to Jingzhou to preach. So I brought a yellow scarf militia with Yingchuan. I didn''t expect to be targeted by mountain bandits on the way. Because there is no uprising in Huangjin now, so there is no regular army at all. At first, I thought that I had ten people with me, and then I thought that the road was safe. I didn''t expect that there would be more than twenty mountain bandits. Although I had a few men to fight with, and I was also an intermediate warrior, there were too many people on the other side. It seems that I am going to die here today Luo. Thinking of this, Zhang Ping could not help regretting that he had brought more people with him. No matter how hard it was, he could have asked for one or two yellow scarf strongmen from the three brothers of Zhang Jia. Unfortunately, it was too late.


    In fact, Zhang Ping''s life was not good. He met some twenty mountain bandits who were defeated by Luoshen village. The leader of the mountain bandit wanted to make a profit in Luoshen village, but he didn''t expect that he didn''t get any benefit and let Luoshen village kill more than half of the mountain bandits. Thinking about it, he had to prepare to take people to the new group of mountain bandits who went to Longwo mountain It''s not good to go up the mountain empty handed, so I take people to guard at the foot of the mountain, and I want to grab a ticket or take something up the mountain. I didn''t expect that Zhang Ping and his party would arrive after a few days. Seeing that his only 20 or so subordinates were killed seven or eight by the other party, the big head couldn''t help getting angry. In a fit of anger, he rushed forward and prepared to kill Zhang Ping and his party as soon as possible. However, he didn''t expect that the mantis catches the cicada and the Yellow sparrow is behind him. How could he not expect that there are more than 30 players waiting for them to be defeated.


    Wearing a yellow scarf? A thought flashed in my mind. Is it Zhang Jiao? No, the yellow scarf uprising will be launched in two or three years? How can there be yellow scarf at the beginning of the game? It suddenly occurred to me that Zhang Jiaomao had been preparing for the uprising for more than ten years in history...

 Chapter 38

    After thinking about it for a long time, the sentimental sword didn''t come up with a reason, so it just didn''t want to. In the game, the mountain bandit and the player are naturally hostile, in line with the principle that the enemy of the enemy is his friend, the sentimental sword decides to fight. After whispering his ideas to more than 30 people under his command, everyone felt that he could do it, saying that it was not the NPC who had any other tasks in his hand.


    So after discussing for a while, they decided to wait for the two sides to fight and then fight. Of course, the premise is to keep the warrior, but now it seems that the warrior will have no problem for a while. So, more than 30 people will quietly toward the people who are fighting around the past.


    "Ah... You bird, you killed so many brothers of our leader. Our leader will kill you today to avenge his brothers. " Looking at the mountain bandits one by one who were stabbed to death by that man, the mountain bandit leader could no longer help but rushed forward with his ring head knife and chopped down at Zhang Ping, who was fighting with two mountain bandits.


    When Zhang Ping saw this, he opened the short knives of the two mountain bandits with his sword case, stepped back two steps, and then killed them in the direction of the big head of the mountain bandits. He knew that if he wanted to get away, it was impossible to kill all the mountain bandits. The only way was to kill the big head first, and then the mountain bandits would retreat.


    "Ding..."


    Zhang Ping raised his hand with a sword, and then held up the knife that the mountain bandit''s leader had split with all his strength, but he was also shocked to retreat a few steps. And the second knife of big head came up again. Zhang Ping couldn''t help it. Seeing the strength of the other side, he decided to fight with him.


    The big head saw that he hadn''t cut each other several times, so he called the little head he had left, and the two men attacked Zhang Ping at the same time. Although the big leader is only a junior warrior, and the small leader is not even a warrior, he is better than the ordinary mountain bandits since he can be the leader. Although Zhang Ping is an intermediate warrior, he also suffered a little injury when he was besieged by several mountain bandits at the beginning, so his movements are not so sensitive. Under the attack of two people, he is even more dangerous Company. However, as the two main people were all wrapped up by him, his yellow scarf militia were also fighting with the mountain bandits. They injured three of them and killed two of them, but they lost another one on their own side.


    When Duoqing sword and the others quietly gathered around the mountain bandits, the yellow scarf soldiers were all dead, and the mountain bandits were all injured. They were all surrounded by three people fighting in the middle, and they didn''t notice that there were people coming behind them.


    Seeing this, Duoqing sword raised his sword and cried out: "brothers, kill me..."


    "Kill..." The crowd roared in unison;


    the sudden attack caught the mountain bandits off guard, and suddenly the injured mountain bandits were killed by the players. The big and small leaders who were fighting in the middle were also killed and yelled. They looked back and couldn''t see it. They didn''t know when to make dumplings. This next two people are flustered God, the knife on the hand also slows up. Zhang Ping seized the opportunity, stabbed the little head to death with one sword, and then stabbed the big head with a backhand sword.


    The big leader responded, quickly lifted the ring head sword in his hand and opened the sword lattice in Zhang Ping''s hand. However, he was still a step slow, and the sword stabbed him seriously to the ground. When Zhang Pingzheng was about to mend his sword again, he was just seen by the sentimental sword and cried out: "show mercy..."


    Zhang Ping saw that the mountain bandits around him had been solved by these people for a long time. Except for the four captured by them, the others had already died and could not die any more, and all of his own men had been killed by the mountain bandits. So he said to the sentimental sword, "thank you for your help. I don''t know what you can teach?"


    "I don''t dare to give advice. I just think these mountain bandits are likely to come from the Longwo mountain stronghold behind us, so I want the strong man to save his life. If I want to ask about the situation of the stronghold, I can make corresponding preparations." As soon as Duoqing Jian was stunned, he immediately thought of an excuse to ask Zhang Ping not to kill the mountain bandit leader. In fact, he wanted to see if there was a chance to recruit these mountain bandits.


    Seeing Zhang Ping''s injuries, duoqingjian invites Zhang Ping to his village to have a rest. Zhang Ping thinks that he doesn''t know what will happen on the road. It''s not safe to go on the road with his injuries, so he agrees to duoqingjian''s invitation.


    So, after cleaning the battlefield, they escorted the five captured mountain bandits to Sanjian village. At the time of entering the village, the sentimental sword has a heart, and takes people to enter the village quietly from the north gate where players seldom go in and out. Then the five mountain bandit prisoners and Zhang Ping were arranged in the village''s administrative hall, and the players who went with them were told to keep it secret, because duoqingjian thought that the NPC''s tasks were acceptable. Before it was completely determined, duoqingjian decided to keep it secret. Fortunately, all the players he brought out were trustworthy. In the next few days, apart from arranging the food planting in the village, Duoqing sword spent all the time on recruiting several prisoners and establishing a good relationship with Zhang Ping. A few days later, except for two mountain bandits who died of serious injuries, the mountain bandit leader and the other two mountain bandits were recruited by him. One of them was a junior warrior, and his Sabre skills had reached the advanced level. The other two were level 20 gunners. The harvest made the amorous sword laugh all at once. I didn''t expect a bigger surprise. After several days of in-depth communication with Zhang Ping, the relationship between duoqingjian and him finally reached intimacy. Unexpectedly, Zhang Ping suddenly told duoqingjian a lot of classical Chinese that he didn''t understand. Then, he said to him, "you join us in taipingdao."."Ding, congratulations to the player, trigger the yellow scarf mission - join taipingdao, do you agree? Countdown 30, 29, 28


    Well. How about shrimp? Duoqingjian was stunned, but he reacted quickly and asked: "brother Zhang, what''s the advantage of joining in? Will it cause encirclement and suppression by officers and men? "


    Unexpectedly, Zhang Ping did not answer him, but the old God was watching him.


    ¡°20¡¢19¡¢18¡£¡£¡£¡±


    ¡£¡£¡£


    ¡°10¡¢9¡¢8¡¢7¡£¡£¡£¡±


    Looking at the time will soon return to zero, amorous sword a bite, a stomp: "die, anyway, Yingchuan will be the main battlefield of yellow scarf." So when the system clock was about to clear, it chose "yes" first.


    As soon as he saw the sentimental sword and chose to join, Zhang Ping suddenly seemed to be alive. He grabbed the hand of the sentimental sword and said, "great. With the participation of the sentimental sword brothers'' village, the power of Taiping Dao has become greater. Well, two days later, when my injuries are all healed, my affectionate brother will take someone with me to see elder martial brother BOCAI. He will make arrangements for what to do at that time. "


    On hearing this, he was overjoyed and asked Zhang Ping what would be good at that time. But Zhang Ping kept saying that he would know when he saw Bo CAI. Amorous sword has no choice but to do what he says. After arranging things in the village, he brings a team of players to escort Zhang Ping to BOCAI. As for where BOCAI is, Zhang Pingzhen doesn''t say anything about it. He only says that he is also in Yingchuan. He has no choice but to take people with him to meet BOCAI. A group of more than ten people went to the south of the community.


    But it is said that in the game, after all the village head players are busy planting grain in the village this month, they are busy looking for the method to obtain the village upgrading drawings. There are many people and great power. Soon, someone found the way to obtain the drawings. Soon, there were several ways on the online forum that were exploded by the players. The most direct way is to get the upgrade task from the local government: in each system city, there are upgrade drawing tasks to get, that is, to eliminate a group of bandits and strongholds with about 150 people Bandits, of course, in areas where there are no mountain bandits, it is to use other NPC forces with the same fighting power, such as about 100 water bandits, about 50 horse bandits and so on. Anyway, the difficulty of each task is almost the same. Of course, there are other ways, such as using a lot of resources and the government to exchange drawings, or using a lot of copper coins to buy in the system store of the government, and so on. After calculation, many players come to the conclusion that, in terms of the current players'' strength, drawing is the most feasible method. Because in terms of the current strength of the player''s village, although the loss is not small, generally speaking, it''s worth more than buying or exchanging.


    At this time, the whole world was discussing this matter with Huangfu Chaobo. Originally, with the strength of Zongheng village, it should be a big problem to fight alone, but there is a big pressure on the grain harvest at the end of the month, and the strength of Luoshen village is that it will not be able to fight alone next month. So the two men discussed how to fight for Zongheng village first this month. About 2000 main players will be produced from Zongheng village, and the generals and NPC soldiers from Luoshen village and Zongheng village will attack the stronghold. Next month, a player will be sent out from Luoshen village. In addition, some players from Zongheng village and the generals and soldiers from the two villages will give Huangfu Chaobo drawing tasks. Although many players will be sent out from Zongheng village twice, the generals and soldiers from Luoshen village are much better than Zongheng village, so this scheme is quite suitable.


    After discussing this, the two villages decided to fight the Shanzhai three days later, that is, on the 10th. Of course, the premise is that Zongheng has already taken over the task of upgrading the village in changshe county. After getting a positive reply from Huangfu Chaobo, Zong yokuo immediately went to changshe county to apply for the task of upgrading. Sure enough, it was the same as what was told on the forum. The task requirement was to attack a medium-sized (about 150 mountain bandits) stronghold within the specified time, that is, within 10 days. After the task was completed, the village could send the task items to the county government Get upgrading drawings of intermediate villages. A few days later, about 2500 players from the two villages, together with the generals and soldiers from the two villages, marched towards the target.

 Chapter 39

    In fact, this mountain stronghold was in the southwest of the Longwo mountain stronghold which was destroyed by the changshe County captain last time. However, this kind of task target mountain stronghold is different from the Longwo mountain stronghold. This kind of mountain stronghold will not change. It is just like the small map in the game that we usually play. It will refresh automatically every certain time, and it will not change Moreover, the explosion rate is very low. Apart from mission items, it rarely explodes anything else. This is also specially set by the system for upgrading the player''s village. After all, hundreds of thousands of villages on the whole map need to be upgraded, so it is impossible for the system to brush so many places. Therefore, each local county has set up a certain number of special places to brush the mission. Of course, other cottages may produce various drawings, but they are not necessarily what you want. That is random.


    The process of fighting is very simple. After all, there is a ready-made example. Even a few people around the world don''t think much about it. They divide the players into several echelons. According to the method of changshe County soldiers a few months ago, they directly use people to pile up the Shanzhai. After all, at this stage of the player village in addition to this method, there is no other more technical method. However, due to the presence of several generals from two villages and Chen Jing, a senior generals, the loss of players in Zongheng village is not great. However, the top villages in the world seem to have made an appointment. In the past few days when zonghengtian decided to evaluate the task, several villages have already taken the task of upgrading the village. After zonghengtian finished the task, handed it in to the county, and returned to the village promotion, several villages in the whole game have been promoted to Zhongcun. But fortunately, it''s still fast, at least one more place in the village ranking.


    In the following time, everything in the village is going on step by step.


    Looking back at the sentimental sword, after a few years, the group finally arrived at BOCAI''s place. To his surprise, BOCAI actually lived in a humble mansion in Dingling county. At the beginning, duoqingjian felt strange. How could he preach in the county like this? When he thought about it later, he suddenly remembered that all the cities are now the villages of players. How could he move? It must be until the eve of the yellow scarf rebellion that the system would have something to do, so he was relieved. Under Zhang Ping''s introduction, Duoqing sword finally meets Bo CAI.


    After the negotiation between Zhang Ping and BOCAI, BOCAI finally agreed that Duoqing sword would join taipingdao, and also agreed that Duoqing sword would let him use a certain amount of resources in exchange for an upgrade drawing of huangjinzhongcun and a drawing of primary barracks. Of course, compared with the resources in the system city, this drawing is cheaper by at least half, and BOCAI also agreed that Duoqing sword would use a certain amount of resources in exchange for an upgrade drawing of huangjinzhongcun and a drawing of primary barracks He also generously gave Zhang Ping two Shi troops (ten spearmen, five sword shields and five bowmen) to serve as Zhang Ping''s own soldiers. This also makes duoqingjian secretly happy. As far as his relationship with Zhang Ping is concerned, there must be no problem for him to help himself with his soldiers.


    After dealing with these things, duoqingjian quickly sent a message back to the village, asking the second and third people in the village to collect all kinds of resources secretly, while he warmly invited Zhang Ping to his village again. Zhang Ping readily agreed to this. After all, Sanjian village was brought into Taiping Road by himself. The development of this village is related to his position in Taiping Road in the future. It''s better to go to the village and look at it. So the group, together with Zhang Ping''s 20 soldiers, went to Sanjian village. Along the way, duoqingjian also learned from Zhang Ping that he was not the first player village to join taipingdao. It is said that there was a village in Zhangjiao''s headquarters in Hebei Province, which had already joined taipingdao because of the completion of a task, and Zhang Jiao himself agreed to it. Otherwise, this time, Bo Cai would not have agreed so easily Unfortunately, BOCAI didn''t know about the village.


    A few days later, the party returned to Sanjian village. At this time, ruthless sword and unfeeling sword had already prepared the resources they needed. So Zhang Ping sent one of his subordinates with Sanjian village to send the resources to BOCAI. At the same time, he also got a village upgrade drawing and a yellow scarf primary barracks drawing. And the sentimental sword arranges things in the village to be ready to upgrade. After he counted, he found that after changing two drawings, there were few resources left in the village. Finally, after thinking about it, duoqingjian focused on the surrounding villages. After upgrading the village, he decided to bring the surrounding villages into the subordinate villages of his own village as long as he had a little breath. After all, Zhang Ping''s 20 or so soldiers, plus his own militia, and then the players in his own village, It''s not hard to take down the current player''s village. A few days later, merciless sword finally came back from Dingling with people, so Sanjian village finally completed the village upgrade with the expectation of three people. Although nearly 2000 villages have been upgraded to Zhongcun, the news of Sanjian village''s upgrading has confused the players in changshe for a long time.


    After hearing the news, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He knew that Sanjian village was not far west of his own village, but he soon forgot about it. After all, everyone has enough things to do now. What he has to do now is to improve the strength of his village players as soon as possible, and do a good job in upgrading the village next month. Let''s put aside other things first.Now Zongheng village has been upgraded to an intermediate level village, and all kinds of affairs have been on the right track. As a village in the Central Plains, the biggest advantage is the problem of food. Basically, after a few months, every village has a lot of food in reserve. As long as the scale of the village allows, it can basically recruit all the villagers. Now Zongheng village is like this. After the village was upgraded, Zongheng quickly recruited more than 480 villagers, leaving only a few vacant places, and found that good generals or technical villagers could be recruited.


    As for Sanjian village, it did the same, and soon the villagers were filled. Not only that, he also borrowed Zhang Ping''s relationship to pick up some things from BOCAI, including some weapons of more than 20 levels. He himself recruited ten militia in the village. With the 20 soldiers in Zhang Ping''s hands, the strength of Sanjian village has greatly increased.


    Therefore, after collecting grain at the end of the month, duoqingjian used these generals in his hand to launch a surprise attack on several villages around him, and signed an alliance under the city with them, turning XX village in the northwest and Zuoha village in the West into affiliated villages of his own village, so that the two villages could pay a certain amount of various resources to themselves every month. This makes the players in the whole community dumbfounded again. With the resources handed in by the two villages every month, the strength faction of Sanjian village has risen even more. So after planting grain at the beginning of the month, Duoqing sword sent people to Luoshen village to form an alliance with Huangfu Chaobo. However, Huangfu Chaobo was very dissatisfied with Duoqing sword''s practice, so he refused. This makes duoqingjian more dissatisfied with Huangfu Chaobo, and wants to see him. However, the sentimental sword is not without brain. It knows the relationship between Luoshen village and Zongheng village, so it doesn''t immediately use it to strengthen Luoshen village.


    The expansion of Sanjian village soon attracted the attention of interested people in the whole game. The powerful and belligerent village head players immediately used this as a means of expansion. For a moment, the whole game was full of flames, and soon some upgraded Zhongcun launched an offensive against their surrounding villages. However, all players know that they do not destroy other people''s villages. After all, if the village is abandoned at this stage, it is likely to be attacked by the government. Therefore, when we meet those diehard elements, we just plunder them in his village, and then send people to harass them from time to time, so that others can''t develop at ease.


    Huangfu Chaobo despised the practice of Sanjian village, so he didn''t have the idea of forming an alliance with him. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care about them either. After all, he had three generals in his hands and ten soldiers of more than 30 levels, so he was not afraid that Sanjian village had any other ideas. In addition, we all know the relationship between Luoshen village and zongzong village, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay attention to Sanjian village. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that it was this negligence that brought irreparable consequences to him.


    After rejecting Sanjian village''s request, Huangfu Chaobo continued to do things in the game as before.


    At a university in Q City, Yang Feng and his two brothers were waiting for the teacher to finish the roll call and sneaked out from the back door of the classroom. This is not the first time that he has done such a thing, because he still has more important things to do, that is, to go back to his dorm and play warlords. As a rich second generation, he doesn''t care much about learning. After all, he has a big company at home, After Dad retired, the company became his own. In addition, he grew up in honey irrigation. For example, this university was bought by his family. Not only that, two buddies were also bought a school by his family, and three of them were still in the same class. Not only that, the parents of the three families also bought a house in Q city to let the three of them live together, saying that they have a care. So when they got to school, they still did the same thing as before, except for eating, drinking and having fun with a group of friends. A few months ago, when he learned that the princes were fighting for hegemony, he took two close friends into the game. Unexpectedly, the three people were divided together and were randomly assigned to changshe. Moreover, the three people were lucky. Soon they got a drawing of village construction in the game, so Sanjian village was built in this situation. Now, recently, Yang Feng has also joined the yellow scarf line, which has greatly increased the strength of his village. This makes the three people feel that there is a rush in the game, so recently, the three people are more and more serious in skipping classes. However, although I have subdued several villages, there is also a problem, that is, there is a village in the east of my village that is not soft, but I really have no way to him, there is nothing else, because that guy and a village whose strength is far more than his own are alliance villages, but if I don''t win that village, if I want to dominate on that side, it''s really a bit of trouble. As they walked, several people were discussing how to deal with the village.

 Chapter 40

    Just out of the gate of the school, Yang Feng suddenly saw a man walking towards him. He had no idea that he was still an acquaintance. He grew up with a poor relative in his hometown. His family condition was not good. Last year, he borrowed 100000 yuan from his family because they were hospitalized. However, he didn''t value this little money. When the other party saw Yang Feng, it seemed that he wanted to hide. But when he saw that Yang Feng had already seen himself, he had no choice but to say hello.


    Li Jin has been quite satisfied recently. Since graduating from high school, he has not gone to school any more because of his poor family conditions. So he has been working in Q city. Now he works in a family planning supplies company. Although his salary is not very high, he can still save hundreds of yuan a month. A few months ago, after the news was released that the princes competed for supremacy and opened their services, he held a try attitude, I sent a request for a free helmet to the official, but I didn''t expect that I would win. Although it''s only the cheapest helmet, it would cost thousands to buy. It''s a big surprise for me. After all, my family was ill last year and I borrowed money from a relative''s family. Now I can mix in the game. I have met several people in the game, and their village is still developing well. I believe it will be upgraded soon. It is said that there are still many equipment materials in Zhan-3, which may be sold for money. Maybe after the development of the village, I can really make money in the game. Maybe we can pay off the debt then. That day, after Li Jin finished his own business, he was ready to go back to his small rental house to get online. He didn''t expect to meet his creditor here. He wanted to get away from him, but when he saw that he had already seen himself, he had to go forward to say hello.


    Originally, Yang Feng was just going to say hello to Li Jin, but he didn''t expect to find that Li Jin was also fighting for hegemony. He was startled when he asked. He was still a member of the regiment directly under the village. It seemed that his status was not low. What''s more, the village was Luoshen village, which he hated so much. On hearing this news, Yang Feng couldn''t help thanking the gods and Buddhas all over the sky. I have been looking for a way to deal with Luoshen village, but I didn''t expect that the way was right in front of me. An idea flashed through Yang Feng''s mind immediately. In fact, the reason why Yang Feng wanted to deal with Luoshen village was that he mainly focused on the three generals.


    So he threatened Li Jin to either find a way to help him with Luoshen village or pay back the money immediately. Moreover, he assured Li Jin that he absolutely didn''t want to do anything to Luoshen village. He just wanted to make an alliance with Luoshen village. If soft doesn''t work, he had to deal with other villages and let Luoshen village sign an alliance with him.


    In the face of Yang Feng''s pressing step by step, Li Jin has no patience but to promise that he is willing to help him promote this matter, and he also wants Yang Feng to repeatedly promise that he will do anything drastic.


    So after careful discussion, they agreed to act according to the circumstances. Yang Feng is not afraid of Li Jin''s tricks. After all, he has the handle in his own hands.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that someone had already decided on him, and the spy was a brother he valued very much. At this time, he was still thinking about upgrading in the middle of the month. At this time, there were nearly 2000 players in Luoshen village, and nearly half of the players in level 30 were in their own direct legions. With two attacking generals and ten militiamen in their hands, and the players supported by Zongheng village, Huangfu Chaobo felt very confident about the task.


    After discussing with zonghengtianxia and several brothers in his village, Huangfu Chaobo decided to do the upgrading task. In his village, he dispatched 1000 main players, plus two generals and ten soldiers. Then zonghengtianxia was generous. He sent 500 main players to do the task for him at one time, and also sent hundreds of players to the village to prevent people from tampering with him Chaos.


    The senior officials have been in conflict these days. On the one hand, the village head Huangfu Chaobo and the elders duress and Xiaojiejie are very kind to them. After several months of contact, they really feel that the three people regard themselves as brothers, and Huangfu Chaobo tells them that the village will soon form a third one Directly under the Legion, the person in charge is himself. On the other hand, in the face of a huge amount of wrong money of 100000 yuan, if you do not do so, the other party will ask him to pay back the money immediately. From the bottom of his heart, he still didn''t want his village to have anything to do with Sanjian village, but the reality forced him to make a choice. So in recent days, he also wanted Huangfu Chaobo and Sanjian Village Alliance. After all, he had one more friend and one more way, but he was rejected by Huangfu Chaobo every time. But Sanjian village was pressing forward step by step. For a moment, he didn''t know what to do.


    After everything was ready, Huangfu Chaobo went to changshe county to get the task of village upgrading. Because of the precedent of Zongheng village, it took half a day to finish the task. As for the casualties, it was still within the acceptance range of Huangfu Chaobo. The players lost more than 500 people, including nearly 100 people in Zongheng village. The other people were basically injured in different degrees. Two generals were slightly injured, three soldiers died, two seriously injured, and the remaining five People are slightly injured. For the current stage of the player village, the upgrade task is basically done by the players, and the loss of the weaker villages is very large. The loss of Huangfu Chaobo would have been impossible if it had not been for the hundreds of players in Zongheng village, two generals and ten soldiers. After finishing the task, Huangfu Chaobo immediately brought people to changshe county to hand in the task, and the team asked Jiebang to take them back to the village. As for the people from Zongheng village, they went directly back to their own village. After several people took people back to the village, the players left behind in Luoshen village, Zongheng village, also went back to their own village. Left Luoshen village''s own players in the village excitedly waiting for Huangfu Chaobo to return to the village with the upgrade drawings.Duress, who returned to the village, sat in the administrative hall, chatting excitedly and waiting for Huangfu Chaobo. I didn''t expect that at this time, Durex''s real phone rang, and they went offline to answer the phone. When they heard that the company had a temporary meeting, they went online again to talk to the senior officials, and asked Huangfu Chaobo to go offline in a hurry after they went online and upgraded. When Huangfu Chaobo returned to the village, it was dark. After listening to the words of the senior officials, he didn''t care. He just asked them to arrange the night duty in the village, and went to the backyard of the hall to see the situation of the wounded soldiers and Chen Jing.


    Luoshen village''s upgrading task was soon known to duoqingjian. He immediately realized that it was an opportunity for him. Since you Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know what was good or bad, I''ll beat you to give up. Thinking of this, he immediately contacted the senior officials and learned that Luoshen village is the weakest time, and now only duress and little jiejie are not online. So on the one hand, he immediately gathered all the main players of his village''s legion, plus Zhang Ping''s ten long spearmen and five sword shield soldiers, and then he recruited ten soldiers in more than a month. After the night, they quietly went to Luoshen village to touch. For the players of Sanjian village, this kind of sneak attack is not the first time So it''s not surprising. In addition, every time they attack the village, everyone has a lot of benefits, so everyone is very supportive. Although it''s said that it''s daluoshen village, after hearing about the situation in Luoshen village, there is nothing to be afraid of. On the other hand, he asked senior officials to open the door to meet them at night. For today''s senior officials, it''s hard to ride a tiger. They have to do it step by step according to what the sentimental sword says.


    Now Sanjian village is not the same as before. With the alliance between the two villages, his strength has been greatly strengthened. Otherwise, he will not recruit ten militiamen all at once, like Luoshen village. With Zhang Ping''s 20 yellow scarf soldiers, it should not take much effort to defeat Luoshen village, whose strength has been greatly reduced. In addition, he already has an internal agent, so he is sure to attack Luoshen village and force Huangfu Chaobo to sign the alliance under the city.


    So a group of more than 1000 players, plus 25 soldiers at all levels, under the leadership of the sentimental sword, under the cover of the night, quietly went to the direction of Luoshen village.


    At this time, Luoshen village is still immersed in the joy of being upgraded. Although a large number of players have already been subordinated, there are still two or three hundred players online. However, Huangfu Chaobo did not arrange NPC soldiers to be on duty at night because of the heavy losses caused by the day''s tasks. They were all arranged to rest in the administration hall, just let the senior officials arrange a few There are two players in the watchtower at the gate, and the watchmen are not too serious. After all, the discipline of players is not comparable to that of NPC soldiers. No one thought that someone would attack his village at night.


    Duoqingjian didn''t take people to attack directly from the east gate of Luoshen village. Instead, it took people along the Shuanghe River to the north gate of Luoshen village. When all the horses arrived, it sent a message to the senior officials, and then waited for their signal.


    At this time, the senior officials who were looking around the village anxiously received the news of the sentimental sword. After fighting for a moment, they gritted their teeth and went to the north gate of Luoshen village. Close to the back of the north, the official calmed his mood, and then walked to the players who were on duty at the north gate as if nothing had happened.

 Chapter 41

    Thank you for the recommended tickets of book friend 20171006223339628. For stars, every ticket and click is a great support. Thank you!


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The north gate is guarded by two players under Xiao jiejie. Because for a long time, no one dares to think about Luoshen village. In addition, the village has always been guarded by NPC soldiers, so they didn''t do it seriously. The main gate of the village is in the west, so the players of other gates are more relaxed. Originally, there was only one player One man is there. The players on duty didn''t care when they saw that it was the senior officials coming. Players all know the relationship between the senior officials and several leaders in the village. After chatting with the player for a while, the official told him to go to the village to have a rest and defend for him for a while. The player didn''t care, so he went to the village and went offline. After confirming that there were no other players in the village, the senior officials sent a signal to duoqingjian and others and opened the north gate of the village.


    So the people of Sanjian village entered the village smoothly. Unexpectedly, just as duoqingjian was about to send people to the administrative Hall of the village, another player on duty suddenly came to the gate. The player was also alert. Seeing that a large number of people entered the village from outside, he called out from a long distance: "who £¿¡±


    It was his shout that surprised the people in Sanjian village. Seeing this, duoqingjian immediately directed at his humanity: "brothers, kill me..."


    "Enemy attack..." The player on duty immediately realized that someone had come to attack his village. At once, he cried out. After all, the village is only so big. In addition, it''s late at night in the game. In a moment, the players in the village who have not been offline will know the news, and soon some players will run to the north gate of the village.


    The cry of killing started all over the village.


    Soon the two sides of the people killed together, although Luoshen Village online only less than 400 people, but because it is in their own home battle, we are very familiar with the terrain, hurry up to the 200 or so players are also able to block the attack of the three sword village line, but in the absolute strength of the front, soon we have been unable to stop, there is no way, big The family had no choice but to retreat in the direction of the executive hall. When Huangfu Chaobo reacted and drove out with Chen Jing and others, they had basically retreated to the door of the executive hall. Although Huangfu Chaobo also felt very strange, he also saw that all the players who arrived in succession retreated to the executive hall. On the one hand, he arranged for the players to block the door of their residence, and arranged for the militia and Chen Jing and others to defend on the wall of the executive hall. Looking at the dense crowd outside the wall, it seems that there are at least hundreds or even thousands of people on the other side, while there are only two or three hundred people left on his own side. With a few generals and militia, Huangfu Chaobo knows that the other side is well prepared this evening. So while Huangfu Chaobo arranged for people to break through the encirclement and go to Zongheng village for help, he tried to negotiate with the other side to see what the other side had come from.


    "I don''t know which brother''s team is outside. I''m village head Huangfu Chaobo. If I have something wrong with you, please say it clearly..."


    When duoqingjian heard the voice of Huangfu Chaobo, he didn''t think much about it. He said directly in the crowd, "brother Huangfu, it''s me. Today I''m bringing people to your house. It doesn''t mean anything else. The previous several times I''ve been told to make an ally with my brother, but I haven''t heard any reply from my brother. So today I''ll bring someone to ask your brother what you mean ¡£¡±


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard that it was the voice of amorous sword, he knew what was going on. He didn''t expect that the two villages next to him would have to agree to be a three sword village. It wasn''t enough, so he decided to come to his own village again. Originally, I thought that I had the care of Zongheng village. In addition, there were several military generals and several powerful militia in my village. I thought that the other party didn''t dare to think carefully. I didn''t expect that the other party would attack when their defense was the weakest. But Huangfu Chaobo also wondered why the other side would attack his village quietly? Normally, no matter what, I will arrange the defense in the village? Is it true that there is a traitor in the village? Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help looking at himself. Duress and little jiejie said that there was something wrong. They had already gone offline before they returned to the village. It should be the senior officials who are responsible for arranging these things tonight, but now they haven''t seen any trace. Will it be one of the three of them, or will all three of them be suspected? Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo was furious. He didn''t expect that he trusted them so much, but they betrayed himself. It seems that the only person you can rely on tonight is the people in Zongheng village, but you can''t rely on your own people. Can others really get close to you?


    Thinking of this, he said to the sentimental sword, "you are such a villain, I disdain to join any alliance with you. If you have the ability, you can destroy my village."


    On hearing this, the sentimental sword became angry, so he didn''t say much. He said to his subordinates, "fight, fight for me. This bird village has been defeated. I think he can be arrogant until some time."


    After a period of fighting from the entrance of the village to the entrance of the administrative hall, the players in Sanjian village were also excited by the people of Luoshen. Originally, people were almost red eyed, but because they were all directly under the regiment, they were still very concerned about the village head''s orders, and everyone was suppressing them all the time. Unexpectedly, duoqingjian and Huangfu Chaobo choked on each other, and in a rage, they gave the order to destroy the village. This is like opening Pandora''s box. The players in Sanjian village are just like possessed, one by one with red eyes shouting "destroy the village". Destroy the village To the administrative hall defended by the players in Luoshen village.Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knows that it won''t be over if he doesn''t fight against Sanjian village tonight. To this point, but also to go out, while the arrangement of defense, while loudly encourage the morale of players. "Don''t be afraid, brothers. Sanjian village is nothing. I''ve sent people to Zongheng village to call people. We just need to guard the administration hall. At dawn, the reinforcements from Zongheng village will come soon."


    For a moment, the two sides were fighting in front of the gate of the executive hall. Normally speaking, Sanjian village should have an absolute advantage, but unfortunately, the biggest mistake of duoqingjian today is that it didn''t bring the bowmen. Luoshen village has two generals who can use bows and arrows. Huangfu Chaobo saw that the players of both sides formed a regiment at the gate, and immediately arranged to block five militiamen behind the gate. After more than half a day''s rest, the five militiamen who had been slightly injured had almost recovered, while the two seriously injured soldiers only recovered half. Chen Jing and Chen Jing were arranged on the wall of the executive hall, and they were asked to defend with bows and arrows. Without Huangfu Chaobo''s explanation, Chen Jing and Zhang an knew what they were going to do. After climbing the wall of the courtyard, they kept shooting arrows at the players in Sanjian village. Although the sentimental sword was so angry, they couldn''t help it. Who told them that they didn''t bring the archers today? However, he was secretly glad that if they brought the archers, they would be the dishes of each other, you know, Now the archers are precious. They are lost, and there is no place to supplement them. There is no way, he had to keep directing the players to press towards the gate of Luoshen village, hoping to kill as soon as possible. In this way, the bow and arrow will be of little use. Although there are fewer and fewer players in Luoshen village, we all fight to the death. We also know that the longer we delay, the worse it will be for us. As soon as they bite their teeth, they command the players to let them out of the way and let the NPC soldiers they bring to the front. After the NPC soldiers change to the front, the casualties of players in Luoshen village increase rapidly. Of course, for the only warrior in his village, the sentimental sword is still not sent out. You know, he is such a warrior. If he is targeted by two warriors of Huangfu Chaobo, he will not lose. So he would rather lose his soldiers than let them take risks. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Chen Jing to ignore the players and solve the problem as soon as possible. It''s a pity that Chen Jing and Chen Jing have already shot nearly two pots of arrows. At this time, they are almost exhausted. Although they are still fighting with their teeth clenched, the lethality of bows and arrows is far less than just now. After each of them has shot a pot of arrows, there are still more than ten soldiers in Sanjian village. Although they are all slightly injured, Chen Jing and Chen Jing can no longer shoot arrows, which is no longer a threat to them. At this time, there are less than 100 players left in Luoshen village, but Sanjian village still has more than 500 players, and there are 15 soldiers. At this time, it is less than an hour for Huangfu Chaobo to send people to Zongheng village to leave. Calculate the time, wait until the people of Zongheng Village react, and then call the master to Luoshen village for at least two hours.


    In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to let people open the gate and let the players of Luoshen village retreat to the courtyard of the administrative hall. After five militiamen replaced Chen Jing, Huangfu Chaobo arranged another 40 or so players to climb up the courtyard wall, while the other players kept behind the gate and recovered. But the result is that the gate is directly exposed to the attack of Sanjian village. You know, the defense of the primary village gate is very limited.


    As soon as the players of duoqingjian and Sanjian village saw that the people of Luoshen village had retreated to the administration hall, they all roared with excitement. You know, it''s not the first time that they have forced each other into the administration hall. Next, they should just send someone to persuade them to surrender. Sanjian village has done this to the previous villages. In this way, there will be another subordinate village under Sanjian village. Moreover, it is also the tenth village in the world. If this is said, it can be said that the whole commune can walk horizontally.

 Chapter 42

    Thank you for your five recommended tickets. Thank you!


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The sentimental sword commands the players to surround the gate of the administrative Hall of Luoshen village, and no longer attack it. Standing in the distance, he says, "how about it? Huangfu Chaobo, now we can sit down and have a good talk.... Ha ha ha... Well, I won''t say more. As long as you promise me three conditions, I won''t destroy your village. First, transfer all the three generals to our Sanjian village. Second, Sanjian village will be compensated for 20 silver, 2000 pieces of wood and 5000 Jin of grain. Third, we signed an alliance with our affiliated villages, handing in 200 pieces of wood, 200 stones and 100 Jin of iron every day. What about? This condition is not high


    "Bah, you dream, you lunatic..." Before Huangfu Chaobo''s reply, all the players at the gate began to scold.


    "That is, you TMD don''t look in the mirror, wait, the reinforcements of Zongheng village will come soon, and you will soon know what it''s like to be pissed off."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The idea of ordinary players is very simple, happy gratitude and hatred. But the Lord player is not the same, he has to consider all aspects of the gain and loss. It''s impossible for Huangfu Chaobo to agree to the terms of amorous sword. However, Huangfu Chaobo thinks whether to use this opportunity to delay for a while. However, the answers of each player do not allow him to hesitate any more. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo in reality can be said to be the kind of person who hates evil like hatred. He has always been disgusted with, or even hated, the practices before the sentimental sword. What''s more, as soon as the sentimental sword opens its mouth, it wants its three warriors. If it''s a big deal, it''s time to destroy the village. As long as it keeps its three generals, it''s time to make a comeback. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo was open-minded. However, first of all, he had to confirm who betrayed him. So, Huangfu Chaobo said, "sentimental sword, I want to ask you a question first. How did you get into my village?"


    "Ha ha... It''s not easy. It''s clear who''s not around you, isn''t it? " This sentimental sword is not stupid. Thinking that this is a good opportunity to alienate Huangfu Chaobo, he immediately responded and replied;


    after hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was in a dark mood, and sure enough... I didn''t expect that the man I trusted betrayed himself. At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo also lost confidence in the reinforcements of Zongheng village.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s reaction was immediately seen by the players around him, and everyone was disappointed. At this time, the fat cat came over and said, "boss, we have a brother who just saw the son of a bitch outside. I think nine times out of ten he did it tonight. Boss, what should we do? " As the fat cat with the best relationship with Huangfu Chaobo among the players on the scene, he felt it necessary to talk about this with Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said softly, "now what we have to do is to delay time and wait for the people of Zongheng village to support us. There is no other way."


    "But if... I mean, if there''s no one coming from Zongheng village Fat cat hesitated for a while. After all, one of the three players who are the core of the village has been attracted by each other, and the other two don''t know where they are now. Who knows if they have betrayed each other.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say anything in his mouth, but he had lost confidence in the reinforcements of Zongheng village. After all, he could betray himself, let alone be an ally, but he didn''t show it in his face. Standing there thinking for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo said: "fat cat, can I believe you?"


    The fat cat was in a hurry. "Boss..."


    "Well, fat cat, don''t worry. I just Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized that he had said something wrong and said immediately;


    "I understand that everyone would be like this. You say it, boss, I think so many brothers here are men who spit and stab. Right, brothers


    "Yes, boss, we all listen to what you say."


    "Yes, boss Chaobo


    "Well, Chaobo, thank you at this time. I think so. Let''s wait here for the reinforcements of Zongheng village. If not, I want fat cat to take more than a dozen brothers to protect Chen Jing. As for the village, even if it''s destroyed, I won''t give it to the bastard duoqingjian. You know, if our village becomes their subsidiary, according to the conditions they put forward, there will be no future. But only when we keep Chen Jing and a few of them, we will have a chance to rise again. " After thinking about it for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo said to fat cat and several players around him;


    "ah..."


    Fat cat people wanted to stop it, but seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s face, they had to give up.


    Outside the gate, people in Sanjian village are waiting for Huangfu Chaobo. They open the gate and become another affiliated village of Sanjian village. But I didn''t expect that there was no response for half a day.


    A player from Sanjian village came to the front of duoqingjian and said, "boss, I think they want to delay. We can''t wait any longer. We have to wait for the players from Zongheng village to come. We can''t resist the situation now."The sentimental sword was surprised, suddenly reacted, and immediately said to the people inside: "listen, I''ll give you another minute to think about it. If you don''t come out again, I''ll fight in. Don''t blame me for the destruction of the village. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that duoqingjian had already seen his own idea. He had no choice but to signal to Feimao to come out and answer, "duoqinglao, give us a little more time. We are trying to persuade our boss..."


    "Well, I''ll give you another five minutes. In five minutes, if you don''t agree, we''ll come in." Although the tone of amorous sword is tough, it still takes a step back. After all, if you really want to kill yourself, you can''t clean up at that time.


    Five minutes later, not only the amorous sword, but also the players in Sanjian village saw what the people in Luoshen village thought. Several army leaders ran to the amorous sword.


    "Fight, boss. We can''t wait any longer."


    "Yeah, boss..."


    At this time, the sentimental sword no longer hesitated and directed at the humanity: "fight, you don''t know what''s good or what''s bad. If you don''t agree, you''ll be convinced."


    Seeing that the people of Sanjian village had already attacked, Huangfu Chaobo also knew that it could not be delayed. Let fat cat take people to block at the gate. He called Chen Jing and others to the village jade in the hall, opened the secret library, handed the coins and important things to several people, and explained to Zhang Xuan. Then, he took out all the equipment that players can use now, and let fat cat arrange to share it. Chen Jing and Zhang an took the blood medicine they bought from changshe city. After all, the fight just now has hurt them. He replaced the five militiamen on the wall of the courtyard. At the same time, he asked fat cat to pick out more than a dozen players with higher level and lighter injuries, and put on the equipment that Huangfu Chaobo had just taken out, waiting for the last moment when the gate was taken down.


    As a player village, the administrative hall is the last position, and the gate is the last line of defense. Once the gate is attacked, there is basically no place for the village to defend. As for the management of jade, there is nothing to defend.


    Soon, without the help of long-range attack, the gate of the executive hall was quickly broken by the players of Sanjian village. Seeing the moment when the gate fell down, the players in Sanjian village all cried out happily. When everyone was ready to rush in, unexpectedly, the people inside rushed out.


    No mistake, Huangfu Chaobo just took advantage of such a gap and decided to let fat cat take more than ten players and seven militia to escort Zhang Xuan out. Of course, Chen Jing must be the leader. After all, at this stage, it''s basically impossible for ordinary players to stop him. Zhang an, who is closely behind Chen Jing, is followed by seven militiamen protected by more than a dozen players, such as fat cat, and Zhang Xuan, who is surrounded in the middle. Their destination is the fisherman''s cabin in the east of the village, where two fishermen, Zhang Da and Zhang Er, and their two rafts live. As long as Chen Jing and others get on the raft, the people in Sanjian village will have nothing to do with them. I didn''t expect that the people inside would make a counterattack. The players in Sanjian village and duoqingjian were killed unprepared. After their reaction, Chen Jing and his party, after paying the price of ten players and five militia, went out of the siege of Sanjian village.


    The amorous sword was so angry that his face turned blue. He could see that the three warriors had already run out of their encirclement. At the same time, he arranged more than 50 people to chase Chen Jing and other players. At the same time, he gave death orders to the players around him and killed them in the administrative hall.


    Chen Jing and the others managed to run to the river in the east of the village. At this time, Zhang Da Zhang Er had already stood outside the door. Because they didn''t know what was going on in the village, they didn''t dare to go into the village. They finally saw Chen Jing coming. They were preparing to ask about the situation. Unexpectedly, when Chen Jing opened his mouth, he asked them to do it The raft carried Zhang Xuan to the other side of the river. Then, he went to Chen Jing''s own yard with two militia and Zhang an. As for what happened in the village, he had to wait until it was safe to ask. Two people no longer talk, immediately let people on the raft. But Chen Jing didn''t come up. After watching Zhang Xuan and others arrive at the middle of the river safely, they run back to the village with fat cat and other people.

 Chapter 43

    Thank you for your 1888 book money reward. This is the first reward of stars. Thank you!


    ¡£¡£¡£


    At this time in the administration hall, the players of Sanjian village have occupied an absolute advantage. Although Luoshen village players'' desperate resistance has caused great losses to Sanjian village players, everything else is empty in the face of absolute number advantage. Now, there are only less than ten players around Huangfu Chaobo. They are back to back, surrounded by Huangfu Chaobo and village jade, and surrounded by nearly 100 players from Sanjian village. The sentimental sword triumphantly went out to the crowd and said: "Huangfu Chaobo, you''d better call all the three warriors back. Otherwise, if you have worked hard for several months, there will be no village. If you don''t have any generals, you can still recruit them. If there is no village, it''s hard to say... Ha ha


    "Bah, you dream, you lunatic..." Huangfu Chaobo spits on the ground. With that, Huangfu Chaobo opens the village management jade and looks at the above option - "abandonment". Although he is reluctant to give up, he still presses it without hesitation.


    "Ding Dong, remind players that you want to give up your village, are you sure?"


    "Yes"


    "Ding, the battlefield player''s message is that Luoshen village, the defending party, has abandoned the village. After the player''s village has been abandoned for 12 hours, the system will automatically brush out level 20-40 humanoid monsters. Now it is 12 hours before the refresh time."


    "According to the system, Luoshen village in changshe County of Yingchuan county was abandoned due to the attack of Sanjian village."


    Although it''s only in the night of the game now, such a system message suddenly appears, which also makes the online players feel shocked. Moreover, the system message has been played three times. Especially in the game, people who are still in battle. Three sword village players heard two news, even the ongoing battle are forgotten. On the contrary, the people in Luoshen village are all red eyed because of the hatred of destroying the village. At this time, there are many players who have heard the news coming online. Soon after going online, they hear that their village has been abandoned by Sanjian village, which makes the players aim their anger at the players who are still attacking all parts of the village. Many of the players are online all over the village, So all of a sudden, to three sword village players caused no small loss. Originally, after attacking the executive hall, duoqingjian saw that the other party had been surrounded by himself, and thought that all of a sudden, nearly 500 people would not play a big role here, so he asked several confidants with nearly half of their hands to go all over the village to rob things. What I didn''t expect was that my own division gave the players of Luoshen village the chance to break down one by one. In less than 20 minutes before and after Huangfu Chaobo abandoned the village, nearly 200 players in Sanjian village were sent back to the village free of charge by Chen Jing and other players from Luoshen village. That is to say, the 25 NPC soldiers and nearly 1000 players brought by Duoqing sword tonight, in addition to destroying a village and robbing some things, more than 10 soldiers and nearly 800 players were killed. At the thought of this, duoqingjian turned pale with anger, and looked at Huangfu Chaobo with a strong hatred in his eyes.


    What he didn''t expect was that he had just moved his heart to kill him, but Huangfu Chaobo was ready to kill him. As early as when preparing to abolish the village and watching the players in Sanjian village shocked, Huangfu Chaobo quietly told the players around him that he would kill the sentimental sword. So seeing the players in Sanjian village stop all of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo looks at the others. So, nearly ten players in Luoshen village all killed in the direction of amorous sword. What I didn''t expect was that the reaction of Duoqing sword was not slow. It soon came to me that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to kill himself. He immediately hid among the players, and the warrior under Duoqing sword also stood up and killed Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to give up and take a few people to the door to kill him. The instant change makes the players of Sanjian village have no reaction. Although the sentimental sword in the back of the call, let the outside players block Huangfu super Bozhong people, but still did not succeed. The sentimental sword chased out the gate and watched Huangfu Chaobo run towards the west gate. He remembered that he had lost his wife and lost his army this time. So he called one of his confidants and asked him to chase Huangfu Chaobo with more than ten players.


    But Chen Jing and fat cat and others said that after seeing Zhang Xuan and others off, they went back and killed them in the village. I didn''t expect that as soon as I entered the village, I met the people who came to pursue them in Sanjian village. The two groups killed together without saying a word. With Chen Jing in front of the road, fat cat and others as long as in the back and on both sides to protect him on the line, Chen Jing and his party soon killed out from the three sword village players. Unexpectedly, before they got to the gate of the administration hall, they heard the news that the village was abandoned. This makes Chen Jing an injured tiger. He can''t stop killing people. Even the fat cat behind him is stunned. All the way to meet the three sword village players can not withstand his three moves. Before they could reach the executive hall, Huangfu Chaobo and others had already run out. After several people came out, Huangfu Chaobo let everyone run separately. Only Huangfu Chaobo ran to Ximen alone. Because Huangfu Chaobo felt that he must be the target of the sentimental sword, and he didn''t know whether Chen Jing and others were safe, so he decided to run in the opposite direction. After all, no one wants to fall to the next level, so as soon as he comes out of the executive hall, Huangfu Chaobo runs to the west gate, and he doesn''t notice that Chen Jing is almost there.Huangfu Chaobo soon ran out of his village. However, he found that although the players of Sanjian village chased them out, only a dozen of them followed him. But now he can''t take care of so much. He has lost more than half of his blood and nearly two-thirds of his energy when he came out of the executive hall. But for the safety of Chen Jing, Huangfu Chaobo still clenched his teeth and ran wildly in order to attract more attention from the players in Sanjian Village. You know, running in such an injured situation will not only lose his strength, but also his strength And it will lose blood, but now Huangfu Chaobo can''t care so much. As a result, three waves of people appeared along the way. In front of them was Huangfu Chaobo, running wildly, followed by more than ten players from Sanjian village, and at the end was Chen Jing. On the other hand, fat cat and others really don''t have the energy to run like them. On the other hand, since the village has been abandoned, there are still equipment dropped by the players of Sanjian village everywhere in the village. People are selfish. Now that they have reached this point, it''s understandable to think about it for themselves.


    After running out of the village, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop. He ran along the village road to the official road from changshe to Xinzheng. What he didn''t expect was that the players in Sanjian village were still chasing after him. Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to run north along the official road. By this time, the sky was already slightly bright. The three waves of people were exhausted. Huangfu Chaobo thought that they had run so far, and Chen Jing should have been safe. Thinking that they would not run at all, he gasped and stopped in the middle of the official road. While slowly recover energy, while waiting for three sword village players here. It has to be said that the level of Huangfu Chaobo is a little higher, and the players from Sanjian village are all fighting for one night, so the distance between the two waves of players along the way is a little far. It''s a pity that Huangfu Chaobo has already given those blood pills to Chen Jing and others, but he hasn''t left one in his hand. When the players of Sanjian village catch up with him, Huangfu Chaobo''s life has recovered a little, but not much. Looking at the people in pursuit, Huangfu Chaobo thought in his heart, in that case, let''s make an end.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was about to rush towards these people, there was a sound of horse''s hooves behind him. Huangfu Chaobo looked back and saw a carriage coming from the north. The man who saw the carriage was a middle-aged man in his thirties. It seemed that he was an ordinary man. Huangfu Chaobo knew that when these guys in Sanjian village saw the carriage, they would fight The idea of a carriage, subconsciously rushed to the back and called: "quickly turn around and go back, there are strong people robbing the road." But Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think that the people who have carriage in the game would be ordinary characters? However, it was the cry of Huangfu Chaobo that brought him the best. Seeing the people in Sanjian village getting closer and closer, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say any more. He took out a shotgun and ran to the other side, shouting: "come on, you bastards, since you want to kill them all, let''s make an end..."


    "Kill..."


    "Ha ha ha... Brothers, we''re lucky today. There''s a carriage over there. Kill this guy and we''ll rob that carriage. " The players of Sanjian village, who were stunned, even had the idea of a carriage.


    "Kill..."


    With that, they separated a few people to deal with Huangfu Chaobo, and at the same time they wanted to surround the carriage. However, they seemed to have made the same mistake as Huangfu Chaobo. They didn''t realize that the carriage was not what ordinary people could have.


    After hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s warning, the middle-aged man instinctively strangled the carriage. However, when he saw more than ten players killed in front of him, he was relieved and stopped the carriage a hundred paces away from Huangfu Chaobo and others. Originally, I still wanted not to interfere in the fight between the strange people, but I didn''t expect that the strange people would come and let themselves leave the carriage, otherwise...


    The middle-aged man suddenly became angry. He thought that he had taken his children to half of the Han''s territory and killed more than 100 mountain bandits. He didn''t expect that he was robbed by a stranger today. Originally, he didn''t plan to do it. He decided to punish these strange people. Although they are said to be immortal, they can at least weaken their strength. Think of here, also no longer say, from behind the carriage inside take out a knife, a big drink to kill up.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo has reached the last moment. Although the previous shots have caused a lot of damage to several players in Sanjian village, there are many opponents. After solving the two opponents, Huangfu Chaobo is soon surrounded by them. In the face of continuous attacks from all directions, Huangfu Chaobo is soon injured in many places, and the blood in the blood tank on the top of his head is very small The amount is decreasing at a rate visible to the naked eye. For the following things, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay attention at all. He didn''t think that the middle-aged man was so powerful. I saw him put his knife into the four players who besieged the carriage, one by one. There was no pause in the middle. Of course, this Huangfu Chaobo could not be seen. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was becoming more and more dangerous, the middle-aged man hesitated a little after solving several people around his carriage, and then killed him to the location of Huangfu Chaobo. When he solved all the players around Huangfu Chaobo, Huangfu Chaobo had less than one tenth of his blood.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who was struggling to support himself, suddenly felt that he was empty. When he looked at it again, all the people who had besieged his three sword villages had been hanged. When he looked at it, it seemed that he was the middle-aged man sitting on the carriage just behind him. Just as he was about to say thanks, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly felt dark and went into a coma. However, before he went into a coma, Huangfu Chaobo seemed to see Chen Jing running towards him from the distance of the official road.Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo suddenly fell down, the middle-aged man immediately responded and helped him. When Chen Jing came near, Huangfu Chaobo was in a coma. Although Chen Jing was a little far away from the middle-aged man''s help just now, he saw it in his eyes. As soon as he arrived, he immediately went to thank him.


    End of Volume 2!

 Chapter 44

    Thank you for the reward of 100 book currency of book friend 2018040120124344 and five recommended tickets of book friend 1983poil. Thank you!


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Sorry, dear player, your character is in a coma due to excessive blood loss. You can''t enter the game within one day."


    "Shit, when did the system add such a limit? I... Day... "I''m not sure."


    Wang Chao came out of the game warehouse depressed and drew a cigarette from the cigarette box on the table. Standing in front of the window, after a cigarette of nicotine went in, Wang Chao''s mood was slightly better. I didn''t expect that one of the people who treated himself as brothers colluded with others to harm himself, and the other two disappeared at the critical moment. Thinking of this, Wang Chao couldn''t help laughing bitterly. I''m a little introverted. I''m not very good at communicating with people, so I don''t have many friends in reality. Even the girls I like are not together for various reasons. I thought that this time I met several friends in the game, but I didn''t expect that it would end like this. Now I have nothing. ha-ha... Know your face, know your heart... I don''t know what happened to Chen Jing. I remember I saw him before I was in a coma. They should have been safe in changshe city. There is no village now. I don''t know if they still recognize me... I don''t know if there is anyone to support me. Who knows? Although I sent someone to the village to ask for help, who knows if that guy has gone? What if I went? Now it''s night in the game, and there are few people online. Even if they send people to come, but now there is no village of their own. So what? Interesting... Thinking of this, Wang Chao is another bitter smile. People...


    It''s getting dark unconsciously. When Wang Chao looks at the time, he has been standing in front of the window for three or four hours. He is preparing to enter the game again. Suddenly, Wang Chao feels a little hungry. He thinks that he hasn''t gone out to eat for a long time. Anyway, he has no mood to enter the game now. Wang Chao decides to go out and have a good meal first. Maybe he will feel better.


    Walking on the street of C City, looking at the city in front of you, it has been eight years since you went to university, and the war of resistance against Japan has only lasted for more than ten years, but you don''t even have a stable job. A person walking in the street, through the bustling crowd, unconsciously, Wang Chao found himself came to the river. As soon as he looked up, Wang Chao saw a familiar sign -- "fishing port every day". He said that he was familiar with it, not that Wang Chao used to come here for dinner. On his condition, it''s OK to come here once or twice a year. No matter how much he was afraid, he would go to sleep on the road. The reason why he is familiar with it is that Wang Chao sees the goddess in his mind. As soon as he sees the sign, Wang Chao sees the figure in his heart - "nature carves, green water produces Hibiscus", which is like a lotus, elegant and noble. Wang Chao felt that this sentence was tailored for her. She was Jia Jing, Wang Chao''s classmate of four years in University.


    Feet seem to be a magic traction, with Wang Chao into the restaurant. Under the guidance of the waiter, Wang Chao came to the double seat area by the window on the second floor. After ordering a few dishes and ordering a few bottles of beer, Wang Chao slowly tasted the long lost flavor, but his thoughts flew to the summer eight years ago.


    After a month of military training, everyone felt very tired. So the class decided to organize a dinner for the students, one is to relax, the other is to enhance the feelings between the students, so the local students in C City recommended this restaurant. On that day, she was wearing a white dress and just sat next to Wang Chao. One month''s military training did not tan her. On the contrary, against the backdrop of a group of African refugees around her, her skin was even whiter, which made Wang Chao feel ashamed. Everyone at the dinner table is talking, but Wang Chao is eating alone. Wang Chao is not good at communicating with people because of his taciturn habit, so most of the time, Wang Chao is listening to others. Instead, Jia Jing and Wang Chao said a few words, which made Wang Chao even more at a loss.


    Later, Wang Chao learned that Jia Jing was also a native of the city, and that her family still had small assets. Her father was said to have opened a big company, and she was the only daughter in the family. This extinguished the only hope left in Wang Chao''s heart. Wang Chao knew that his condition was not worthy of Jia Jing at all.


    In the ivory tower, the beautiful white swan will never lack of pursuers. Since that dinner, several people in the class have chased Jia Jing, including some rich children, but it seems that she has never fallen in love with anyone. But Wang Chao doesn''t think it has something to do with him. He is just a nodding acquaintance with her. But in his sophomore year, things suddenly changed. Wang Chao, who had practiced Chinese martial arts at home since he was a child, had the habit of doing morning exercises every day. That day, Wang Chao ran to the riverside alone as usual and went to school after practicing boxing. He didn''t want to meet two young people on the road who were around a girl doing morning exercises. As a result, a dog blood plot of hero saving beauty appears. After beating away the two young people three or two times, Wang Chao finds out that the girl is Jia Jing. Unfortunately, she sprained her foot in the process of wrestling with the young people. No way, Wang Chao had to carry her back to the school dormitory.


    The director planned the beginning of the story, but the plot didn''t develop according to his ideas.Although Jia Jing often came to see Wang Chao since then, his inferiority complex prevented Wang Chao from confessing to Jia Jing. However, near graduation, encouraged by several brothers in the dormitory, Wang Chao decided to tell Jia Jing what he thought. Of course, all he thought was to tell her what he thought. So, Wang Chao used the most old-fashioned method. He spent nearly two months making two bottles of lucky stars. One bottle contained 520 stars, and the other one contained 365 stars. After wrapping them in a gift box, he handed them to Jia Jing after the graduation party, and then turned around and left...


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Wang Chao!"


    A familiar voice interrupted Wang Chao''s thoughts, and Wang Chao was shocked. Looking up, "Jia Jing, you... Why are you here... " Today''s Jia Jing, like her first encounter eight years ago, is still a decent white dress.


    "I''m eating here with some friends. Why are you here? Still drinking alone? I remember you don''t drink? What''s the matter? What can I do for you A series of questions came out of Jia Jing''s mouth one after another.


    "I... I... I have nothing to do with it


    ¡£¡£¡£

 Chapter 45

    Two people suddenly want to see to prevent Wang Chao unprepared, just when Wang Chao does not know how to answer Jia Jing''s words, a voice interrupted two people speechless look at each other.


    "Xiaojing, let''s go..."


    Several young men and women came down from the third floor, and one of the girls called to Jia Jing;


    "Oh, Xiaowen. You go first. I met a classmate I haven''t seen for several years. Please sit down again. Just let him take me back later. " Jia Jingtou did not reply.


    "You''d better go with them. It''s too late. Girls are not safe outside." Wang Chao said immediately.


    "Why, don''t you welcome me? Isn''t there a big bodyguard like you? What are you afraid of? " Jia Jing said with a smile.


    "No, I don''t know when I''m going to sit."


    "Then I''ll be here with you


    The silent Wang Chao is never the rival of the sharp Jia Jing.


    So he stopped talking and went on eating. After sweeping the food on the table and drinking six bottles of beer, Wang Chao looks at Jia Jing and turns his head out of the window.


    "Will you go out with me?" Jia Jing asked.


    Standing up, after paying the bill, Wang Chao accompanied Jia Jing to the riverside. Two people stood there, did not speak, just looking at the little lights reflected in the river. Autumn night, the river wind has a hint of coolness, a gust of wind, Jia Jing speechless with both hands clasped the shoulder, Wang Chao quickly put his coat on her body.


    "How have you been these years?"


    "How are you, these years?"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The two asked each other at the same time.


    Jia Jing said, "I''m fine, and you?"


    "I... Still like that... So late, you haven''t gone back. Your husband will be worried. You''d better go back first. " Hold for a long time, Wang chaocai said.


    "Who told you I was married? I don''t even have a boyfriend yet. "


    "Then your parents will worry too."


    "I''m an adult, OK, you don''t want to see me so much?"


    "No, I''m not worried that your parents will be worried if you go back late. On your condition, your parents must have chosen a son-in-law for you long ago. Why don''t you have a boyfriend? "


    "My parents never interfere in my aspect. I''m waiting for someone to talk to me, but for six years, he not only doesn''t talk to me, but also tries his best to avoid me..."


    "Er


    "Do you know? I count the lucky stars he gave me every night, always thinking that he would come back to me one day, but he didn''t, never contacted me. Not only that, he''s been avoiding me With that, Jia Jing sobbed with her face in her hands.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Er... Xiaojing, you know, we are from two worlds. I can''t give you anything


    "I just want you, nothing else..."


    "I still have nothing, no house, no car, no job. We can''t be together. You know my character. Although we study management, I can''t communicate with people. So I found several jobs because I couldn''t deal with my colleagues and superiors. Four years after graduation, I changed three jobs. I lost my job again last month. In my present situation, will your parents let us be together? "


    Then Wang Chao told Jia Jing about his situation in the past four years...


    "What are you doing now?" Jia Jing asked,


    "I''m playing with princes and building a village, but


    "But what? By the way, what''s the matter with you sitting there drinking alone? "


    Therefore, Wang Chao talked about his experience of playing games in this period of time.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Originally, I wanted to have a good development in the game, but I didn''t expect


    After listening to Wang Chao''s story, Jia Jing gritted her teeth in anger. "Such people are scum. Forget it. Don''t think about him. Don''t you have several generals? I''ve built a village with a few faxiao. Why don''t you come to us? "


    "I''ll see it then. I want to see it somewhere. Maybe it''s good to be a free player. "


    Two people unconsciously sat on the riverside, Jia Jing and Wang Chao also said their own things in recent years, when Wang Chao heard Jia Jing counting her lucky stars every night, both involuntarily put their hands around her shoulders, two people who had loved each other for six years finally hugged each other for the first time.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Two people have been chatting until 11 p.m., Wang Chao suddenly found that there are fewer and fewer people around, a look at the watch time, scared immediately jumped up. "Unfortunately, it''s so late. I have to take you back as soon as possible. Or your parents will worry. "


    "No, I''m going to see you today. Otherwise, who knows when you run away again. " Jia Jingjiao said."Xiaojing, I swear, I will never hide from you again. I''ll pick you up at your house tomorrow." Wang Chao was startled and said quickly.


    "No, I have to see it today."


    Persuasion failed. Only after taking a taxi with Jia Jing to his rented place and visiting his kennel once more, did he take a taxi home again. On the bus, they made an appointment to climb the mountain tomorrow. When Wang Chao returned home, it was already more than one o''clock in the evening.


    When I woke up the next day, it was more than eight o''clock in the morning. When Wang Chao was getting dressed and ready to go out, Jia Jing called. It turned out that she had arrived downstairs at his residence. When I went downstairs, I saw a red car parked on the side of the road. Jia Jing is wearing a light colored casual suit today. Seeing Wang Chao coming out, he pulled his hand into the car with a smile. I didn''t expect that there were three people on the car. One was the girl I saw in the restaurant yesterday.


    "Let me introduce you. This is my hairdresser, Zhou Wen. This is her boyfriend Li Qiang, and this is her brother Zhou Bin. This is my college classmate Wang Chao


    Wang Chao greets them one by one. Two men are OK, smiling and Wang Chao nodded. It was Zhou Wen who gave him a cold hum. Wang Chao knew that Zhou Wen certainly knew what happened between him and Jia Jing, so it was not surprising that she had such an attitude.


    Jia Jing rushed Li Qiang to the co pilot''s seat and took Wang Chao and Zhou Bin to the back row. Originally, Wang Chao thought it was the two of them who went there. Unexpectedly, there were three more. Because I didn''t know them very well, I only said hello to them at the beginning and didn''t speak. Later, I don''t know who first mentioned what happened in the fight for hegemony, and the atmosphere in the car suddenly became better.

 Chapter 46

    The awkward atmosphere in the car finally let the topic of the game of princes contend for supremacy out of the way. It turned out that Jia Jing and Zhou Wen were also playing the game of princes contend for supremacy, and they also built a village in Youzhou, Tuyin in youpeiping, and Yexia by Gongsun Zan. They built the village earlier than Wang Chao, but they didn''t have the luck of Wang Chao. The village just recruited a beginner I''m a warrior. And the village is not far from the sea. However, the village has not been upgraded yet, because it is considered that fighting mountain bandits will cause more damage, so it is ready to fight again in a while. Although Wang Chao knew Jia Jing had a village in zhansanli yesterday, he did not know the specific situation of the village. At the mention of the village and the warrior recruited by the village, Zhou Bin immediately became energetic. He talked with Wang Chao about how powerful the warrior was and how fast he could take him to practice. Finally, he said to Wang Chao, "brother Wang, come to our village too. At that time, I will take you to practice with me, and you can reach level 30 in a few days."


    Wang Chao listened and did not answer, but Jia Jing covered her mouth and giggled. Jia Jing is the most clear about Wang Chao''s current situation, not to mention that he has a level of more than 30, that is, the three fighters he has. It is estimated that few people in the whole game have so many generals. Zhou Bin thought Jia Jing didn''t want to believe what he said, so he said: "sister Jing, don''t believe it. I took that warrior for only a few days, and he was upgraded from level 25 to level 29. If I didn''t go out today, I would have been upgraded to level 30..."


    "Ha ha ha Jia Jing couldn''t help laughing.


    "Crazy girl, what are you laughing at?" Looking at Jia Jing holding Wang Chao''s hand, Zhou Wen, who was driving, looked back at her and said,


    "no... Nothing? Xiaobin, do you know how many grades Wang Chao has now? Do you know how many warriors he has


    "How many levels?"


    "How many?"


    Several people were fooled by Jia Jing''s questions.


    "Sister Jing, how many generals are there in brother Wang''s hand?" Zhou Bin asked foolishly, "Wang Chao, how many warriors do you really have in your hand? How many are they? "


    "Only three. One senior, one intermediate and one junior. " Wang Chaodao;


    "Zhi..."


    "Bang..."


    "Bang..."


    There was a sudden sound of braking. Wang Chao was unprepared for a moment, but out of his instinct to practice martial arts, he pulled Jia Jing into his arms to protect him, and his head hit the front seat of the car.


    "Crazy girl, drive your car well, you want to kill us..." Looking at Wang Chao''s red forehead, Jia Jing could not help complaining;


    "Oh, sorry, I... I... I was just scared by Wang Chao''s saying that there were three warriors. Wang... Wang Chao, do you really have three warriors? " Zhou Wen stammered.


    "Well, there used to be three, but now I don''t know." Wang Chao said with a bitter smile. Because several people are Jia Jing''s friends, Wang Chao is not prepared to hide.


    "Before... Now Zhou Bin asked, "brother Wang, what do you mean by that?"


    The other two looked at him eagerly.


    "Well, let''s drive first. We''ll be there soon. We''ll talk as we walk. There''s plenty of time. Otherwise, before we get to the foot of the mountain, we''ll all have to be hit. " Jia Jing said on the side.


    Press Nai''s curiosity. Zhou Wen soon drove to the foot of Yueshan mountain, which is more than 300 meters high and located in the west of C City. C city is known as the only city with Shanshui Island City in China, and the mountain is Yueshan. A group of people parked their cars, carrying food waiting on the mountain, along the mountain path, climbing up the mountain. While walking, Wang Chao told you about his experience in Zhan-3. After that, we arrived at the resting place at the top of the mountain. After listening to Wang Chao''s speech, everyone was furious. "That boy is nothing, brother Wang. You might as well come to our village. With your help, we will sweep youpeiping. And then he led the soldiers to destroy the Sanjian village Zhou Bin said,


    "ha ha... You''re a little boy After chatting with everyone for a long time, I became familiar with him. Knowing that Zhou Bin was only in his 20s, he could not help but laugh and say, "you have a lot of courage. I want to rob you Beiping of gongsunniuren''s family. He kills you every minute. ha-ha... Even if my three generals are all trained, they are not enough. I don''t know who''s sweeping who. "


    "Ha ha ha..." Zhou Bin touched his head with a smile.


    "Yes. Wang Chao, you have no place to go anyway. Why don''t you come to our village so that you can be with Xiaojing. " Zhou Wen also said on the side.


    Although Jia Jing didn''t speak, Wang Chao could see that she was very proud of going there by herself, but Wang Chao didn''t want to go to Youzhou. Wang Chao thought a lot last night. After all, the monarchs in youpeiping are relatively strong. First, the Gongsun family, then the yuan family, it is difficult to develop there. However, the principle of China is different, and more wars means more opportunities. Although they do not have the village, they also have the advantage that others do not. That is, the three warriors may not be able to fish in troubled waters at that time. But it was not easy to refuse, so I had to say vaguely: "look again, I''ll discuss with my generals. Let''s talk about it then. Besides, I don''t know if they will follow me now. ""So Zhou Wen wanted to persuade her, but seeing Jia Jing shaking her head, she didn''t say anything.


    Wang Chao ate something, took Jia Jing by the hand, went to the big stone on the top of the mountain and sat down.


    "Xiaojing, I also want to be with you... But Wang Chaodao;


    "it doesn''t matter. You can do it your own way. I support you. " Jia Jing realized Wang Chao''s words. She knows that Wang Chao is a very independent person, once the decision is made, it is difficult to change.


    "Yes. Xiaojing, after all, changshe is the main battlefield of the Yellow turban rebellion. I think if I take a few warriors with me, I still have a big chance to get some benefits in it. So I want to train them all. Then we can see if we can do something in the script of the yellow scarf rebellion. Otherwise, if there is no development after that, I will take them to you, OK


    "Well, how about I come to Chang she?" Jia Jingdao.


    "No, I don''t have anything now. You''d better wait until I have some achievements. You can come back."


    ¡£¡£¡£

 Chapter 47

    Not to mention how romantic Wang Chao''s autumn outing is, the games and forums are in a mess now.


    Time back to the game time, the night of the battle of Luoshen village.


    Zongheng village, administration hall.


    He was furious all over the world. Because he had just finished typing the drawings for Luoshen village, and when he got back to the village, he dealt with some things. After he was busy, he didn''t rush to get off the line. Unexpectedly, in the middle of the night, someone contacted him and said that Luoshen village was attacked by Sanjian Village. What''s the situation in Luoshen village now? I know very well that it''s the weakest time. I didn''t expect that Sanjian village would send troops without any signs. After getting the news, he asked people to contact players online, and at the same time, he urgently recruited online players to rush to Luoshen village. I didn''t expect that soon after he took people to shecheng, he heard the system''s prompt that Luoshen village had been abandoned. He thought it was over. Now it''s all over. He still hasn''t arrived. What''s the face of meeting his brother. In a fit of anger, he took people all the way from the entrance of the village to the executive hall. Finally, he killed almost all the people in Sanjian village. Only the village head duoqingjian ran away in a hurry under the protection of a few soldiers. However, he brought more than half of the players of more than 500 and more than 30 levels, leaving only more than 180 people injured, and only two of the militia. Originally, he wanted to take people to kill Sanjian village directly, but there were too few people under him, so he had to organize the battlefield while waiting for the reinforcements in the village. Looking at the bustling village in the past, it has now become a wasteland. More than 90 villagers have died and fled. In the end, there are only 30 or so left. Wang Chao and a few martial artists have disappeared, and their anger has become even greater. At the same time, they asked people to urge the top few to drive more than 1000 people to this side. At the same time, they took more than 30 villagers to pull the remaining grain and battlefield equipment of the village back. Finally, the two groups met on the official road, and arranged dozens of seriously injured players to protect the villagers and Dongxi to go back to zongzongzong village. He took more than 1000 people to Sanjian village. In his heart, even if he abandoned Sanjian village, he could not calm his anger.


    When they arrived at Sanjian village, they found that the other party was ready. Moreover, the wooden fence walls of Sanjian village have been built. Behind the fence stand five archers and a few swordsmen, and nearly 2000 players are standing behind the fence. Looking at this posture, I know that today''s battle is not easy to fight. Maybe it will come down. All these people have to die. But now the arrow is on the way and we have to make it. Just as he was about to call someone to attack, someone in the opposite village called out: "is it village head Zongheng outside? Why attack my village? "


    "Well, why? You know it. I haven''t asked you why you abandoned my brother''s village! " Zongheng murmured coldly;


    "village head Zongheng, Luoshen village is not abandoned by his younger brother, but abandoned by village head Huangfu himself. If you don''t believe it, you can ask him. I just want to form an alliance with him, but I didn''t expect to


    "Fart. What about my brothers He said. Even though the whole world didn''t want to talk about him, he turned back to the players in his village and said, "brothers, it''s the rubbish in it that has destroyed our brother Huangfu''s Luoshen village. What can we do?"


    "Kill them..."


    "Yes, if you go in and beat them, the village will be abandoned."


    "Yes, revenge for the brothers."


    "Well, brothers, kill me in. If we don''t show them some strength, we won''t be able to raise our head in the long club in the future. " "Sword and shield soldiers in the front, spearmen in the back, kill me..."


    "Kill..."


    "Kill..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Looking at the neat lineup of players outside the village, amorous sword can''t help feeling bitter. He knew that he would not offend Luoshen village. In fact, Lao San had tried to persuade him, but he didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would rather destroy the village than make an alliance with him. He was so angry that he made a trouble. He knows that although he has the advantage of the home court and there are more than 2000 players, compared with these old villages, the difference is not one or two points. In addition, in the first world war last night, the main players in the village were basically reduced by one level, and there were 25 soldiers, and only a dozen of them came back. I don''t know if I can make it to the county. When duoqingjian was upgraded from the village, he began to ask people to send money and things to the county captain of changshecheng every three or five times. He was afraid that there would be any trouble when the village was expanding. When he returned to the village yesterday, he immediately sent someone to report to the county. I hope the county captain would agree to persuade him. He was worried, but he didn''t show it. Keep commanding the soldiers and players to get ready.


    In a short time, the Dao Dun soldiers in Zongheng village were only thirty steps away from the wall.


    "Attention Archer, 30 steps..."


    "Shoot..."


    "Whoosh..."


    Five arrows fell in response to the sound. Some of the players in Zongheng village were hit by the arrow immediately, and another unfortunate one was sent back to the village directly.


    "Dao Dun Shou, speed up The top five bars immediately yelled.


    But the other side''s bow and arrow are still falling towards them. After paying the price of more than 20 players, the sword shield player finally gets close to the fence, and the soldiers behind also enter the range of attack."Shoot, watch out. Twenty steps, sprint projection. "


    "Whoosh..."


    Ah...


    Ah...


    I was shot...


    A burst of gunfire in the past, shouts inside the player who guards the village.


    Although the player''s throwing gun doesn''t have the killing power of archers, it''s more important. When a hundred or so throwing guns pass by, the players behind the fence turn upside down, and even two archers die.


    "The bowmen step back, continue to shoot, and the player''s Gunners come forward to fight. Brothers, hold on. As long as we hold on for an hour, the third man will come with the government''s reinforcements. Or we''ll wait for the village to be destroyed. "


    "Yes, brothers, we must insist. What about the first village in Yuzhou? As long as we hold on and guard until the reinforcements arrive, the first village in Yuzhou will be trampled by us


    The players of Sanjian village found that they didn''t see the village''s heartless sword in the morning. It seems that they really went to ask for reinforcements. All of a sudden, the morale of Sanjian village rose.


    "Kill... What I killed was you who lost the first village in Yuzhou. You''ve been sitting for a long time. It''s time for us to sit


    "Yes, brothers, kill these guys back to the village..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Brothers, let these bumpkins see the power of Zongheng village


    ¡£¡£¡£

 Chapter 48

    Changshe county. country goverment. When the county magistrate saw that he was in the yamen, he saw someone waiting for him. When he saw that he was still an elder of Sanjian village who usually sent tribute to him, he thought that he had sent tribute to himself again. Before he could speak, he heard the man shouting, "my Lord. You must save our village


    "Well. Why panic? "


    Heartless sword quickly told the story of Zongheng village going to fight their village. When the county captain heard that it was about Zongheng village, he didn''t want to take care of it. As soon as he saw it, he immediately took ten taels of silver from his belt and handed it to him with heartache, saying: "I don''t ask the adults to send troops to save us, just ask the adults to send someone to mediate. Let Zongheng village withdraw and the two villages stop fighting. "


    "I ask you, did you destroy the Luoshen village?" The county magistrate asked;


    "my Lord, it''s not us, but the village abandoned by the head of Luoshen village."


    "Well, that''s it. I''ll be the peacemaker today." As soon as the county captain heard that Luoshen village was really abandoned, he could not help but feel happy. He wanted to move Luoshen village for a long time. Unexpectedly, someone helped to destroy it. It''s a happy start. Then he took the silver from his hand. "You should go to see these films with you after you have been informed by the magistrate," he said


    Soon, the county magistrate came out and sent a hundred cavalry soldiers from the camp, carrying the heartless sword, to the direction of Sanjian village.


    At this time in Sanjian village, the fence wall has been broken by the players of Zongheng village. Now the players of the two villages are fighting directly. The players of Zongheng village also heard that they had reinforcements, so both sides were working hard. As soon as the players take on the battle, they immediately show the difference. As an old village, Zongheng village''s overall strength is not comparable to that of Sanjian village. Regardless of the level of the players or the combat cooperation between the players, the players of Zongheng village are obviously more than twice as strong as Sanjian village. Although Zongheng village lost nearly 200 players when attacking the fence, the players of Sanjian village lost immediately after the battle. In less than 10 minutes, the players of Sanjian village lost nearly 300 players, while Zongheng village lost less than 100 players. Seeing this, the sentimental sword immediately returned the main force to the administration hall to defend. I was praying that the sentimental sword could move the county magistrate and let him send troops, even if it was mediation.


    As soon as they enter the village, they immediately order that players with more than half of their blood continue to besiege the administrative hall, while others sweep around the village and see something valuable or skilled villagers snatch it away.


    For a moment, Sanjian village staged the scene in Luoshen village last night.


    The sentimental sword is bleeding in the heart, but there is no way. Now go out and fight with the players in Zongheng village, that is to seek death. What we can do now is to stick to the administrative office and hope that the county captain will send someone to come, otherwise... So he put five bowmen on the wall of the executive hall, players blocked the door, and a few swordsmen were used as backup. Looking at the durability of the gate a little bit down, and their reinforcements are delayed, many people have no bottom in their hearts.


    "Boom..."


    Finally, the door was broken.


    "Stop it. Guys, stop it. Reinforcements are coming. "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Kill, brothers, break the cornerstone of the village, beat him, this loser village is abandoned..."


    "Kill..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Sitting on a horseman''s horse, the heartless sword without riding skills was almost knocked out of place. I couldn''t help but scold. The system''s aunt TMD is too real. It''s really like riding a horse, but she kept urging: "please hurry up, if you slow down, the village will not be saved. When it''s done, the village head will thank you At first, the Duchess was very impatient, but when he heard the words of thanks, he raised the horse''s speed a lot. As soon as we got to Sanjian village, we heard that there were still shouts of killing in it. At last, the heartless sword was relieved. Fortunately, it was not too late.


    Almost at the same time, people on both sides heard the hooves of the cavalry.


    "Cavalry, boss, our reinforcements are here."


    "Oh, Zongheng village, little bastards, our reinforcements are here..."


    "Boss, it seems that there are a lot of cavalry. What shall we do? " Top five bar road.


    He frowned and was ready to order the attack to continue.


    "Stop, who is the head of Zongheng village? Ben Du Bo came to mediate the misunderstanding between the two villages on the orders of the county magistrate and the county captain. He also asked both sides to stop first, otherwise there would be no amnesty for the killing. " The Duchess was very clever. Before he arrived, he put on a big hat. In this way, the world has no choice but to order players to stop attacking.


    The two sides confronted each other at the gate.


    In a moment the cavalry arrived in the village. He took a few people to dub. "I''ve seen you all over the world. I don''t know what the adults think. "


    "You are all over the world? Lord xianzun has an order to stop fighting in your two villages and not to fight again. " Du Bo said;


    "my Lord, why did Sanjian village destroy my brother''s League village Top five bar road."This is the order of the county master. You dare to disobey it. Do you dare to obey your orders? Don''t you want to fight against the court? " Du Boqiang said horizontally.


    "You..." The top five bars still wanted to talk about, but they were pulled apart.


    "Excuse me, sir, what should we do about the destruction of Luoshen village by Sanjian village?" I don''t know about it. You can call the head of Luoshen village to appeal to the county government. We will only be responsible for supervising the truce between your two villages. "


    "Yes, my Lord." All over the world. "The best. Call on the brothers. Let''s go. "


    "Sentimental sword, remember for me that we will not change the green mountains and the green waters. This matter will not be settled like this."


    "Ha ha.... Village head Zongheng, it''s easy to go. I won''t give it away, younger brother. "


    "Ha ha... Yes, Xiaoluo of Zongheng village, it''s easy to go


    "Ha ha..."


    Zongheng village, although the players are not willing to, but now there are NPCs involved, we all know that the arm can not twist the thigh, there is no other way to retreat. However, when he retired from the village, everyone did a lot of things, but he just pretended not to see them. When he came out, the county captain told him again and again that he only had to let Zongheng village retreat, and he didn''t have to worry about other things. So he told Zongheng the whole world: "please remember that the two villages can''t fight again."


    Even though the world is too lazy to pay attention to him, he just gave him the back of his head and left.


    "Damn it! Brother, is that all? " There is no way to move him for the time being. Now the most important thing is to find the Huangfu brothers and settle accounts with them. With our current strength, there is no way to fight NPC. How''s the harvest, brothers? " All over the world.


    "I''ll ask."


    A moment later, the top five bars came over. "Brother, I''m clear. Brothers got more than 500 high-grade iron ore, more than 1000 Jin of grain, and a few craftsmen. And got a cow. There are also some equipment needed to clean the battlefield. "


    "Well, it''s nothing compared with the village, but it''s better than none. OK, tell the brothers to go back to the village, and then send someone to find Huangfu brothers and his warriors. I think they should have run out. But it''s strange how his communicator can''t reach him. "

 Chapter 49

    In the administrative Hall of Sanjian village, duoqingjian saw that zonghengxia finally led the people to slowly withdraw from the village under the supervision of changshe officers and soldiers. Of course, after retreating all the way, what the village left was a mess. However, seeing that the whole world finally retreated, I knew that my village was finally saved. At last, I was relieved. My long tense mind suddenly relaxed, which made me feel that the last bit of strength in my body had been exhausted. The weak sword suddenly sat beside the jade in the village and couldn''t move for a long time All of them were sitting in the administrative hall, and no one was willing to move for half a minute. It wasn''t until the heartless sword rushed to the political hall that the sentimental sword slowly came back to life.


    "Big brother, big brother..." Seeing that the people in Zongheng village finally retreat, the heartless sword runs to the political hall to find the heartless sword.


    Seeing that the heartless sword came running, the heartless sword slowly stood up and said: "thanks to the hard work of the third brother, the third brother led the officers and soldiers to arrive in time, otherwise the village might not be able to survive."


    The heartless sword gasped: "elder brother, you''re welcome. Fortunately, my younger brother didn''t let up and finally arrived. However, I promised to thank the officer and commander again afterwards, but in my hand


    As soon as Duoqing sword heard it, he immediately knew what was going on. He immediately took out his only two liang silver and gave it to Wuqing sword. He asked him to send the officers and soldiers away. After Wuqing sword goes out, Duoqing sword arranges the second ruthless sword leader to count the losses in the village, while Duoqing sword sits quietly in the administrative hall and meditates. From last night to now, I have experienced two wars at once. It can be said that the attack on Sanjian village, which has just entered the normal stage, is fatal. However, it is the best experience for affectionate sword. It can be said that the war made him mature from a domineering second ancestor. The reason why he arranged for his two brothers to deal with the losses in the village, while he sat in the administrative library, was to think about the development ideas in the later stage.


    Until noon, the heartless sword and the heartless sword count out the losses. They go back to the executive hall together and are ready to tell the situation to the sentimental sword. Who knows, he was stopped by Duoqing sword before he spoke. After they sat down, Duoqing sword immediately invited Zhang Ping. After a morning''s thinking, duoqingjian has already had a general idea about the following things. As for why Zhang Ping was invited, his main purpose is to use the power of huangjinjun and BOCAI. At present, for Sanjian village and himself, this is an advantage that most players don''t have. So duoqingjian should take advantage of this power when asking for advice. Of course, During the period of waiting for Zhang Ping, duoqingjian roughly told his own idea to his two brothers, and they agreed.


    A moment later, Zhang Ping was invited to the administrative hall. Duoqingjian indicated that wujianqing would bring the loss of the village together. After two wars, Sanjian village suffered a lot. The village''s militia and Zhang Ping''s taxi soldiers, except for five archers who were not injured because of the full protection of the people, lost all the other soldiers. In addition, more than 500 directly affiliated players have all been downgraded by one level, and nearly 1000 players have been injured. In addition, nearly 20 houses, nearly 2000 grain and hundreds of iron units have been lost in the village. In addition, several craftsmen and more than 10 villagers have disappeared, and a cow that was not easy to get from the sentimental sword has been taken away by Zongheng village. In addition, officers and soldiers of the long society have been asked to mediate It also cost more than ten Liang silver. From several aspects, it can be said that Sanjian village has suffered a lot. It can be said that it has worked hard for several months. It is not too bad to go back to the village before liberation overnight.


    The loss of Sanjian village was so great that Zhang Ping was stunned. When he was about to ask, he said: "brother Zhang, you can see that the loss in the village is too great. If you want to recover, it will not take a year and a half to estimate. Moreover, although Zongheng Village has retreated this time, are you ready They will use the Yin move in the back. If it goes on like this, maybe it will be difficult for the village to survive. Therefore, I think brother Zhang should go back to commander BOCAI as soon as possible. Don''t waste any more time here. "


    Zhang Ping was so excited that he almost jumped up. It took him more than a month to watch the village improve. However, after World War I, the village is almost deserted. If he runs there in such a gloomy way, he will not be looked down upon by BOCAI and others. He can''t say that he will send himself back to Jizhou. He immediately said, "don''t worry, brother. As long as the village is still there, we have nothing to do with it. I can go to Bo Shuai to find a way." As soon as he said this, Zhang Ping took out 20 Liang silver from his pocket and put it into the hands of the sentimental sword. "Doesn''t it mean that the village is short of money now? In this way, brother Wei still has some silver in his hand. Anyway, he is in the village every day and can''t spend much money. First, lend the silver to brother Wei to develop the village. With the money, brother Wei can buy the materials and drawings needed in the village from bosai. By the way, isn''t amorous brother afraid that Zongheng village will threaten the village? In this way, brother Wei immediately went to Bo Shuai and asked him to send more guards to brother Wei. In this way, the defense of the village will be safe and sound. "


    The original intention of the three sentimental swords is to complain in front of Zhang Pingping. They don''t think they can get any benefits. They didn''t have much fantasy. They thought that they would hit the pole first if they had dates. They didn''t expect that they hadn''t asked for anything yet. Zhang Ping gave a lot of benefits and lent money to buy goods from BOCAI. Zhang Ping''s generosity made the duo Qingjian three overjoyed. After looking at each other, the duo Qingjian said, "well, since brother Zhang looks up to my three brothers so much, it''s not hypocritical. Let''s discuss what we need in the village first, and then arrange someone to escort brother Zhang to Bo Shuai immediately. As for Bo Shuai, brother Zhang needs more help. Brother Zhang, don''t worry. In the future, Sanjian village will be brother Zhang''s home. If brother Zhang has anything to do, Sanjian village will go all out. "With the assurance of Duoqing sword, Zhang Ping is even more happy. He nods and pats his chest, letting Duoqing sword arrange people to find BOCAI with him as soon as possible.


    After Zhang Ping left, duoqingjian told them all his other thoughts.

 Chapter 50

    After this battle, duoqingjian realized that he was still too weak. In the early stage, because of the support of Zhang Ping''s yellow scarf forces, he developed rapidly. After winning two villages in a row, his ambition expanded sharply. As a result, the two battles with Luoshen village and Zongheng village made him wake up and realize that he was far from rampant. It can be said that this face made Huangfu Chaobo and Zongheng fight fiercely. In fact, if Luoshen village was not in the weakest time, and he had an insider, he might not even have the chance to attack Luoshen village. After waking up, duoqingjian finally figured out what he needed to do behind him, that is, to constantly practice his internal skills and constantly increase his strength before the Huangjin uprising. Only in this way can he get more benefits when he comes to the big plot. Since we want to enhance our strength, then money and food are fundamental. However, the game has not yet opened the exchange of real currency and game currency, so we can only find another way. After half a day''s hard thinking in the administration, it really made him think of a way, that is, players. In fact, amorous sword is not a stupid person. On the contrary, he was born in a merchant family and his mind is very flexible. Since there is no way to get money in the game, he decided to buy a studio in reality. In this way, the players who use the studio can earn copper coins for themselves in the game, while they only need to pay the players in reality. In this way, isn''t it possible to exchange real coins for game coins?


    The idea of amorous sword immediately got the approval of heartless sword and heartless sword. The three families all had small family assets, and they agreed with his idea very much. After discussing some details, the three decided to do whatever they said. After arranging things in the village, three people went offline to discuss the acquisition of the studio with their family. When the three parents and elders saw that their children finally came to find something to do, they were all very commercial. They also had a little understanding of the recently popular game. After meeting for a little discussion, the three parents quickly agreed to the requirements of the three children. As a result, the three companies put together a million yuan and spent a few days directly acquiring a medium-sized studio in China. After hiring a financial manager, they renamed the studio "swordsman studio" and handed it over to three people for management.


    After handing over the acquisition of the studio to their families, the three men of duoqingjian return to the game again and concentrate on the restoration and construction of the village. After discussion, duoqingjian decided to use the acquired studio to set up a player alliance of swordsman alliance. The Dajin group of the alliance will provide the support of game currency and raw materials for the village. The affairs of the alliance will be entrusted to wuqingjian, and the ruthless sword will assist duoqingjian to manage the village.


    We don''t care about Sanjian village first. The video screen of Luoshen village was attacked and sent to the forum by the good guys. As the second village to be destroyed in the game, Luoshen village was suddenly destroyed. And coincidentally, both villages belonged to the community, one was destroyed by the mountain bandits, and the other was destroyed by the player''s village. The forum is like a pot.


    "Strongly denounce the aggression of Sanjian village..."


    "Sofa..."


    "Bench..."


    "As the same player''s village, Sanjian village has gone too far. It''s still in the early stage of the development of the game. We should all focus on the development of the village. Only when the strength of the village comes up, can the players have the ability to dominate the following plot. I strongly appeal to all village heads to exercise restraint, develop and strengthen the players'' strength, instead of fighting in the dark


    "Sb upstairs, it''s a game. It''s troubled times, troubled times, troubled times, important things to say three times!"


    ¡°9494¡£¡£¡£ It''s a game. You think it''s family. If you don''t fight, what''s the taste of it? "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Move a small bench and watch the battle of saliva in the vest


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "What kind of strength does a newly upgraded intermediate village have? In a short period of half a month, we first forced several villages to sign the alliance under the city, then destroyed a village with considerable strength, and then drew with Zongheng village, which is known as the tenth village in the world


    "The road to the rapid development of villages still lies in war. Only war is the best way to primitive accumulation."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Just as the whole world was preparing to fight outside Sanjian village, Chen Jing, with the carriage, galloped to the direction of changshe city on the official road.


    Along the way, the Yellow faced man learned the whole story from Chen Jing. He could not help but admire the village head lying in the car. Of course, there was only a little respect.


    After paying the city tax at the gate of the city, Chen Jing took the carriage to his home in the southwest corner. At this time, Zhang Xuan and Zhang an had already arrived at his home with two militiamen and Li Dali. Seeing Chen Jing coming, Zhang an ran to him and said, "brother Chen, have you found your son?"


    "Yes, sir. He''s injured. Now he''s in a coma. Thanks to the strong man Huang. Come on, call someone out to carry the young master in. Let your father see how he''s hurt. " Chen Jingdao.


    The voice just falls, Zhang Xuan took a few people to run out, everybody together carried Huang Fu Chao Bo into. When everyone carried someone into the door, he found that he had left his life-saving benefactor at the door and didn''t invite him in. So Zhang Xuan asked Chen Jing to invite the Yellow faced man and his sons and daughters in. He nervously checked the injury of Huangfu Chaobo. Although they knew that the stranger would not die, they could not help but feel anxious when they saw that Huangfu Chaobo was all over injured and unconscious. But half a day later, Zhang Xuan found that with his primary medical skills, there was no way to cure Huang Fu Chao''s wounds. So he sent Chen Jing to ask the doctor in the city.Soon, the doctor came to see Huangfu Chaobo carefully. After the injury, he said to them: "it''s OK, he just lost too much blood. After I gave him hemostatic, I used a prescription to recuperate, and he can recover in a few days." Then he took out some herbs from the medicine box, put them in the medicine bowl and beat them up by himself. After mashing, some juice was taken out, and the mashed herbs were dried to make powder and applied to the wound of Huangfu Chaobo. Juice let let Zhang Xuan they give Huangfu super Bo service. Then he took out a few pills with blood and told him to take them when Huangfu Chaobo woke up. After all this, I came out to get ready to go back to my pharmacy. Who knows when he came out, he happened to meet some yellow faced men. As soon as the doctor saw the son of the Yellow faced man, he stopped to look at him for a moment. Then he shook his head and walked out, "Alas, it''s a pity for the child. I got this strange disease at a young age On hearing this, the Yellow faced man immediately grabbed the doctor and said, "doctor, do you see what''s wrong with me. Can the doctor cure him? "

 Chapter 51

    The doctor said, "is it your child? You''d better give up. He''s sick... Well


    "Doctor, can children''s disease be cured! No matter how much it costs, I can. Please help me The doctor''s tone seemed to cure the Yellow faced man. "I kneel down for you, as long as you cure my child''s disease, Huang will be good for you all his life." Said, really ready to kneel down for the doctor.


    "Well... When I was young, I saw a family teacher treat such a patient. I know the method, but it''s hard to find the medicine. Let''s not say the medicine is hard to find. Even if you find it, you can''t afford it. It''s worth thousands of dollars. "


    "What kind of medicine is it, doctor. Ask the doctor for advice. "


    "This medicine is called jiuzhuan reborn pill. It is said that it is composed of four kinds of fragments left in the human world by several ancient gods and beasts: Li Zhu, Ying Zhao, Lu Wu and Kai Ming. This pill can regenerate the severed limb and make the dead wood spring. Only by taking this pill, supplemented by the tonic medicine prescribed by me, can you recover in less than a year. It''s a pity that I''ve only seen one in my life. "


    Two people are saying, Zhang Xuan came out from inside, heard nine turn rebirth Dan, mouth inadvertently said: "nine turn rebirth Dan? My son has one in his hand. "


    "What?"


    "This young master has one in his hand?" As soon as they heard this, they immediately gathered around.


    "Please help the children


    "This... It''s from the young master. You can see that the young master is still in a coma. This is Zhang Xuan couldn''t help blaming himself for being talkative.


    "Old man, can I see that pill?" The doctor said next to him;


    "it''s OK to have a look, but if you want to use it, one is that this pill is too precious, and the old man really has no right to make decisions. The other is that the young master once said that this pill is specially reserved for Chen Jing to change his job. Now the young master is in a coma and needs to ask the young master for instructions." Chen xuandao.


    "Doctor, look at the child''s condition..." The Yellow faced man said.


    "That''s all right. The young master will wake up in three or five days. He''s fine now. I can give him some drugs to strengthen the foundation and support the yuan first, which can prevent the development of the disease, but if it is cured, it must be this pill. "


    Before long, Zhang Xuan took pills from the things that Huangfu Chaobo gave him in the inner room. As soon as the doctor saw it, he immediately affirmed: "yes, it''s this pill. As long as this young master is willing to sell it to you, you will be cured. But I guess you can''t afford it even if others are willing to sell it. It''s hard to buy this elixir. "


    "Doctor, please prescribe medicine for children first. As for pills, wait until the young master wakes up." The Yellow faced man said. He thought that even if his family sold his life to the young man, he would give the pills to his son, but would they? He has no bottom in his heart, but at least there is hope, isn''t there?


    What the Yellow faced man doesn''t know is that if someone is awake, even if he doesn''t want it, someone will ask for it.


    "Father, is my brother saved?" The little girl asked timidly;


    "yes, there is hope. Suer, there is hope for your illness at last. " The Yellow faced man looked at his son and daughter and said,


    "but, father, we don''t have so much money. We''re only a hundred taels of silver now. Will that young master sell us pills? " The boy was very happy at first, and immediately thought that his father didn''t have much money, so he could not help but worry about it.


    "don''t worry about money, father will find a way." The Yellow faced man said firmly.


    While the father and son were talking, Zhang Xuan went back to the room to put the pills and came out with several other people. The party went straight to the Yellow faced man and solemnly gave a big salute: "thank you for your help, old man. As for the pills, I will persuade you when you wake up. Please wait a few days. "


    Thank you for your help


    "I don''t dare. I''m just at the right time. Besides, your son is a stranger. Even if he didn''t save Huang, he would be fine. " The Yellow faced man said hastily;


    "even so, for our servants, if the young master has something to do, it''s our shame." Zhang xuandao.


    With that, Zhang Xuan asked people to settle down Huang''s father and son, and everything was quiet until he woke up. At the same time, Zhang Xuan arranged for Chen Jing to go out with a militia to inquire about the situation of the village, while others were guarding Huangfu Chaobo at home.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    In a hotel in C City, Deng Ping and Yang Hao come out of the conference room.


    "Damn, old Deng, this meeting is over at last. Let''s go back to the game. I don''t know if the boss is waiting for us


    "Ha ha... Don''t worry. Didn''t we talk to that official? We have to wait for the boss to upgrade. Let''s go. We can''t wait. " Yang Hao said with a smile as he walked.


    "Ha ha... It''s exciting to think about it. After more than two months, our village can finally be promoted to the middle level. ""Yes. I didn''t expect that we could make such a friend on the Internet. I think it''s funny to think that he dares to kill sheep at level 0 when we just met


    "Ha ha ha... Yes. But this guy is lucky. No matter who you are. I don''t know if it''s in the same city as ours. If it is, it would be great. "


    As they walked, they said that when they got out of the hotel, they heard someone talking.


    "I said, brother, those players of changshe are really NB. What''s the origin of Sanjian village? They destroyed Luoshen village overnight."


    "Who knows. Not only that, but I also heard that Sanjian village was almost destroyed by the tenth village in the world. If the officials didn''t come fast enough, it''s estimated that the changshe would have to destroy two villages in one day


    When Deng Ping heard this, he rushed to the speaker and said, "what are you talking about? What happened to the Luoshen village of changshe? "


    "Don''t you know, brother? The forum has turned upside down. What Sanjian village of changshe destroyed Luoshen village. Later, Zongheng village, brother of Luoshen village head, almost abolished Sanjian village. Now the forum is busy..... Hey, brother... What are you running for


    Before the man finished speaking, Yang Hao and Deng Ping ran out of sight.


    They rushed to the side of the road, stopped a taxi and rushed home.


    "No, it must not be true. Last night was good. Those people must have made a mistake. Mouse, don''t you think so..." Deng Ping sat in the back seat and murmured.


    "Calm down, calm down... Master, please hurry up. Can you hurry up? " Yang Hao did not answer Deng Ping''s words. It''s just pushing the taxi driver.


    The car soon arrived at the place where two people lived, "28 yuan... Thank you


    Two people lost a fifty on the co pilot''s seat and rushed to their own house without looking back. As soon as you enter the room, you run to the game warehouse, put on your helmet and enter the game.

 Chapter 52

    Back home, two people will soon go online and enter the game. When they enter the game, they will receive the system prompt immediately.


    "Ding... Dear player, you are now in the abandoned Luoshen village. Twelve hours after the player''s village is abandoned, the system will automatically brush out level 20-40 humanoid monsters. Now there are six hours before the refresh time


    "Where are the people! Anyone here? Boss, Mr. Zhang, Mr. Chen Jing and Mr. Zhang an, where are you? " As soon as Xiao jiejie and Adu went online, they were shocked by the image in front of them. The village used to be crowded and bustling, but now it''s a mess everywhere. The village is full of broken walls, several houses are still smoking, and the village is full of villagers'' bodies. Except for a few players looking for things, they don''t see a villager.


    There are two players to see both of them online, quickly came over. "Boss Du, boss Jie. How did you come? "


    "What''s the matter? Tell me, what''s going on? " Xiao Jie yelled at them;


    "there''s a traitor in the village. It''s a senior official with three swords. This morning, he raided the village and forced our village to be their affiliated village. Boss Huangfu didn''t agree. After abandoning the village, he asked Chen Jing to protect Zhang Xuan and let them break through to the east side of the fisherman''s hut, and boss himself went to the north. There''s no news from either wave. By the time they arrived, the village was abandoned. After they killed the people who came to attack the village, they took people to fight against the village. As a result, when they were about to come down, the officials came. " With that, several people told the whole story to the two.


    "It was I who was blind and knew the white eyed wolf, the senior official, who did harm to the boss. Senior official, you son of a bitch, don''t let me see you again, or I''ll kill you every time I see you. Even if I kill you to the end of your name, it''s hard to get rid of my hatred... Ah As soon as Xiao Jie heard that he was led by the senior officials, he could not help but gnash his teeth.


    "Good calculation. The two of us are not here. At this time, our village has just finished fighting mountain bandits. It''s the weakest time. It seems that it''s not a matter of two days for the other side to pay attention to us. ha-ha... We are all cheated by him. " Adudo. "Well, Lao Jie, let''s get in touch with big brother first, and see what''s going on over there."


    "Ding... Sorry, the player you are calling is in a special state. There is no response for the time being. "


    "Sorry, the player you called is in a special state and can''t respond for the time being."


    "Sorry..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Old Du, do you think the boss hates us? It''s hard to say that we are still regarded as a group of jerks of high officials. " With a decadent expression on his face, he turned to look at Adu and said,


    Adu shook his head with a bitter smile: "I don''t know. Let''s explain when we find him. Otherwise, let''s get in touch with boss Zongheng first. Maybe they are there. "


    "Good, right."


    With that, ADU dialed the world''s communication device.


    "Oh. Elder Du, how do you want to contact me today? " Listen to all over the world with ironic tone, ADU can''t help laughing bitterly.


    "The boss of vertical and horizontal"


    "Don''t mention it. I can''t afford it. What can I do for you? I''m busy here. If I have nothing to do, I''ll hang up first. "


    "Master Zongheng, don''t hang up. Wait for my brother."


    "Go away, don''t mention this word in front of me. Can you be worthy of these two words? What kind of people do Laozi brothers regard you as? You should be clear in your own mind. Where were you when there was an accident in the village? "


    After a lot of scolding and stopping, ADU put in a word. "There''s really a misunderstanding. There''s a spy in our village. Well, you see where you are. Let''s go to your place for an interview. It''s not clear for a moment. "


    "Traitor? Are you sure? " It''s better to hear that.


    "We caught up as soon as we heard the news. Someone saw it with their own eyes. by the way. Is the boss with you? "


    "I also want to ask if you have seen your boss. Well, you come to the village first. I''ll go back to the village and wait for you here. If you can''t tell me one, two, three, four, don''t blame my brother for turning me over. "


    "OK, we''ll be right here."


    Finish saying, call up small Jie Jie and a few still willing to be together, the player rushes to Zongheng village.


    A few hours later, the party arrived at Zongheng village.


    After listening to the story of Adu and other players from Luoshen village who took part in the war that night, the administration hall forgives them. But it immediately says to the top five: "top five, give a reward to the brothers in the village. Anyone who kills a senior official will be rewarded with 10 points of contribution and 50 copper. At the same time, send someone to all villages in the community To send a task, everyone can get 100 copper rewards by killing him once with the system certificate. I want to get rid of this son of a bitch. "


    "Yes, boss.""Thank you, boss." Luoshen village players heard the news, can''t help feeling grateful, the elder brother didn''t admit it.


    "Don''t play with these empty people. Now the most important thing is to find your boss and discuss with him how to deal with Sanjian village. Now with the intervention of the government, it is impossible to destroy their village. By the way, how can he not be contacted? Where else do you think he might go? "


    "I know!" Xiao Jie suddenly exclaimed;


    "where?"


    "Where?"


    "Chen Jing still has a house in changshe city. The most likely thing is that they have all gone there. I have been there with the eldest one before," people around him asked


    "Yes, why didn''t I think of this place? Mr. Zongheng, let''s go there first and get in touch with you as soon as we have news. The other brothers will stay in Zongheng village and wait for our news. " Ah Du said and immediately took little Jie out.


    All day long, two people arrived at changshe County before the city gate was closed. After entering the city, Xiaojie takes Adu to Chen Jing''s house. After knocking at the door for a long time, someone opened the door. As soon as they saw that it was the original militia of the village who opened the door, they were very glad to know that Huangfu Chaobo should be here in all probability, and they were about to push the door in, "Bang..." The door closed again. Just listen to the militia inside said: "you go, you are not welcome here." Then there was no sound.


    Not reconciled, Xiao jiejie knocked at the door again. A moment later, the door opened again. But this time, Zhang an, who was angry, was standing at the door with a big knife in his hand: "two traitors, thanks to the fact that you are treated like brothers, I didn''t expect that you would lead a wolf into the room and hurt you like this. I''m going to kill you..." Then he raised his knife and chopped at them.


    "Stop it, little Anzi. Step back." Then Zhang Xuan came out of the room.

 Chapter 53

    Seeing that Zhang Xuan came out, they immediately asked about the news of Huangfu Chaobo. "Mr. Zhang, what''s going on? Is big brother here? Let''s meet him


    "Young Xia, please come back. There is no one you are looking for here."


    "You still have face. If it wasn''t for you, you wouldn''t be unconscious." Zhang an roared on the side;


    "coma? What''s the situation? Do players have the same situation? How can we not know? "Said Adu. "Lao Jie, go offline and ask what customer service is all about? I''ll wait here. "


    "Oh, good." Said, went offline.


    "Mr. Zhang, can I meet my elder brother?" Ah Du and Zhang Xuan said. However, Zhang Xuan refused to let him in even if he said nothing. He closed the door and ordered two militiamen to guard behind the door. He said that no one could let him in without his permission. If someone intruded, there would be no mercy.


    ADU couldn''t, so he had to wait for little Jie at the door.


    It wasn''t long before Xiao Jie went online again.


    "It''s clear. Lao Du, the customer service said that this module was added when the system was updated last month. When the player''s blood volume is less than 10% of the total blood volume, once the player leaves the battlefield, if he doesn''t replenish the blood volume in time, he will be in this state. He must wake up half a day to one day during the game break. "


    "Damn, it''s so true that it''s killing people. That is to say, the boss should wake up soon?"


    "Customer service said that it should be fast, but there is another situation, that is, if the player has not been online since he was unconscious, he will always be in this state. Until the player goes online. "


    "That''s not to say that if the boss''s heart is cold and doesn''t go online, then we can''t contact him all the time. Have you checked his real address?"


    "I asked. The customer service said that unless the public security department issued a certificate, they would not provide it."


    "There''s no way. We have to wait here. I''ll contact the boss first and tell him about it. Then we''ll wait here slowly. Who let us get that wolf in Adudao;


    afterwards, the two people contacted Zong Wantian and told him about the situation here. They found a place outside the house to sit down and wait. Even if there''s something in the middle, it''s two people taking turns off the line.


    In the evening, Chen Jing came back, but he took a look at the two people outside the door. He didn''t say hello to them, so he went in by himself.


    "Lao Du, it seems that they have a lot of opinions on us." Xiao Jie said with a bitter smile.


    "Take your time."


    What they didn''t expect was that they were waiting here for a few days (game time).


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Wang Chao doesn''t know what''s going on in the game. He''s shopping with Jia Jing. In the morning, after climbing the mountain, the two girls decided to go shopping. A few men have no choice but to follow. The group came to the city center. After a big walk in several shopping malls, the two girls were still in the mood, while the three valets each carried several bags in their hands and followed with a painful face. Wang Chao couldn''t help sighing. He whispered to Zhou Bin and Li Qiang, "I used to see my roommates go shopping with their girlfriends. When I came back, I basically lay in bed and called my parents. Now I really feel their pain."


    Li Qiang nodded his head like a chicken pecking rice: "I''m most afraid to go shopping with Xiaowen. I tell you, today is still good. It''s only half a day. You see, they won''t stop until ten o''clock in the evening."


    "Ten o''clock..." Zhou Bin whispered, "brother-in-law, don''t call me next time. I thought I could have a good time today. I didn''t expect... Oh, by the way, brother Wang, are you really not coming to our side? "


    "Yes, Xiao Wang, come along. We also have a care together. We know the root and the bottom of it


    "Brother Li, Xiaobin, thank you. I haven''t figured out how to arrange it for the moment. After all, there are still some brothers. I can''t say that and I''ll leave. If I handle it well, I''ll talk to Xiaojing again." Wang Chaodao.


    After dinner, Zhou Wen wanted to drag Jia Jing around again, but Jia Jing saw that several men were tired, of course, the most important one was Wang Chao, so she said that she would go again for a while.


    So Zhou Wen drove Wang Chao home first. Because we are all young people, we are familiar with each other in one day. So Wang Chao didn''t have the restraint of the beginning. In the car, Huangfu Chaobo said to Zhou Wen, "Xiaowen, your village hasn''t been upgraded, has it?"


    "Well, what? You want to type one for us? Don''t you come to our side yet? "


    "Well, the drawing I typed back is useless. Anyway, it''s useless for me to take it. I''ll give it to you. It''s also a little gift for you."


    "Give us... That''s not good. "


    "Xiaowen, take it for you. He really doesn''t need it for the time being anyway, so we don''t have to fight again." Jia Jing also advised


    "well, thank you." When Zhou Wen thought about it, she didn''t refuse."Well, I''ll give it to Xiaojing when I get into the game."


    When he got home, Wang Chao took a shower and stood by the window for a while. He thought about going into the game. Anyway, he had to thank this guy. Without this play, he could not find his true love hidden in his heart for six years. Besides, I don''t have several generals. With their strength, I may not be able to make some achievements in the game. What Wang Chao didn''t expect is that the game has a big surprise waiting for him. The ancients said that misfortune and fortune depend on each other, but who can make it clear.


    Little Jay and Adu are still outside at this time, but they have no bottom in their heart.


    "Lao Du, do you think that the boss has been in a slump since then? How can he spend four or five days playing games, and more than one day in reality, but he hasn''t been online yet?" Little Jay said.


    "Well, who knows..." ADU also has no bottom in his heart.


    Outside the house, the two were at sixes and sevens, and the people inside were also worried.


    "Dad, don''t you think you have a good pulse? Why haven''t you been awake for four or five days? " Zhang an asked Zhang Xuan;


    "yes, Mr. Zhang, the doctor also said that the young master will wake up soon. Why hasn''t he woken up yet?" Chen Jing also asked;


    "well, I''m not very clear about that. My son''s injury is better, and his pulse image is normal, but I don''t know why I still don''t wake up. Let''s wait. Maybe we''ll wake up tomorrow. "


    Not only a few of them, but also the father and son living in the guest room. "Dad, do you think that young man won''t wake up? Why hasn''t he woken up for four or five days? If he doesn''t wake up, he won''t get his brother''s pills." Asked the little girl.


    "This... Dad is not very clear eithe

 Chapter 54

    After thinking about some things, Huangfu Chaobo went into the game warehouse. Huangfu Chaobo remembers that he was saved by a yellow faced man. Later he heard Chen Jing''s voice. He doesn''t know what''s going on now.


    "Ding, welcome to the game again..."


    Huangfu Chaobo opened his eyes and suddenly found that he was in a strange place. Just about to look around. There were shouts in my ears.


    "Young master, you... You wake up


    "Really... Young master, you are awake at last


    "Great. Young master


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Looking around, a few people are staring at him, eyes are red. "What''s the matter? Where are we? " Huangfu Chaobo asked strangely,


    "young master, you have been in a coma for four or five days... We thought... Zhang an said with red eyes;


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that because he was in a bad mood, he had not been online for more than one day, but four or five days in the game. "I''m sorry, I''m the one who worried you


    "No harm." Zhang xuandao. "As long as you wake up. Just wake up


    "Yes."


    "Mr. Zhang, what''s the situation in the village now? How many more of us? "


    At the mention of the village, everyone quieted down. After a moment''s silence, Zhang Xuan said, "young master, we are the only people in the village now. The rest of us estimate that


    Then Zhang Xuan asked Chen Jing to tell Huangfu Chaobo all about him these days. Huangfu Chaobo knows. So many things happened after I went offline.


    "By the way, young master, the two elders are still outside. Look Zhang xuandao


    "according to the situation you inquired about in Boyang, there is no possibility for the two elders to betray?" Huangfu Chaobo asked,


    "well, from what I''ve heard, the two elders didn''t know that the senior officials led Sanjian village to attack us in advance. It''s just that they were not in the village together that day, but it also made people feel congealed. "


    "Well, Boyang, go and tell them to go to Zongheng village and wait for them. After two days, I''ll go to them when everything is sorted out."


    "It''s my son."


    "By the way, Mr. Zhang, is the man who saved me still there?"


    "Yes Zhang Xuan said, let people to invite people. "Young master, please forgive me for saying that you have jiuzhuan rebirth pill in your hand. The strong man had a son who was weak and sick. The doctor said that this pill could not save his life. So


    Two people were just talking. Three people came in from the door. In front of them was a middle-aged man in his 30s and 40s. Behind him was a boy about fifteen or sixteen years old. However, he looked very weak and sickly. He looked very pale and weak. Behind him was a little Laurie of eleven or twelve years old. As soon as they entered the door, the three men knelt down in front of Huangfu Chaobo. The Yellow faced man said, "I accidentally got the childe''s life-saving medicine. Huang Zhong has the courage to ask the childe to save the child''s life. If I get the childe''s treatment, Nanyang Huang Zhong is willing to be a bull and horse all his life to repay the childe for saving his life."


    "If you get your son''s great kindness, Huang Xu is willing to be an ox and a horse all his life to repay your son''s great kindness."


    "If the elder brother is treated by the young master, Huang Wudi is willing to be a slave to repay the young master''s kindness."


    "Boom..." For Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Zhong is no less powerful than the atomic egg explosion. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t respond to it for a long time, and only a few words kept flashing in his mind - "Huang Zhong, Nanyang Huangzhong, he is Nanyang Huangzhong, Huang Hansheng. One of the five tigers in Sichuan, Dingjun mountain, at the age of 70, killed the Marquis of Xia


    "Young master, young master..." Zhang Xuan saw that Huangfu Chaobo suddenly fell into a nearly dull state. He didn''t know what had happened.


    Huang Zhong and his son think that Huangfu Chaobo is not willing to take pills to save Huang Xu. They are so anxious that they cast their eyes at Zhang Xuan.


    "Young master..." Zhang an yelled at the side, which awakened Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Well, what''s the matter?"


    "Young master, Mr. Huang, they are still waiting for your answer."


    "Oh. Are you really Huang Zhong, Nanyang Huang Zhong, Huang Hansheng? "


    "Yes, do you know loyalty?"


    "Oh, oh. I''ve heard people say that there is a strong man in Nanyang. His surname is Huang Mingzhong, and his character is Hansheng. He can open three stone bows, and can walk through a hundred steps. He is an indomitable man. I didn''t expect that I could meet brother Hansheng. "


    "That''s the love of others. Young master, the treatment of the child


    "Oh, tell me what''s going on. I just woke up. I don''t know what''s going on. And, you three, get up. If I can help, I will do my best. "


    So Huang Zhong told his story to Huangfu Chaobo one by one. While listening, Huangfu Chaobo recalled the records in the annals of the Three Kingdoms and the romance. Some books on unofficial history and the three kingdoms do say that Huang Zhong had a son, but he died early when he was young. I didn''t expect that the game company really brought him in, and also brought in the daughter in unofficial history. ha-ha... Maybe the game company thinks that there are too many players and too few famous historical generals, so whether it''s historical facts or unofficial history, as long as there are appeared generals, they all put them into the game, but it''s OK, ha ha... Now I can do one drag two and recruit three history generals. Moreover, one is a military general of emperor rank, and the other two are not heaven rank. At least, they should also be the generals of earth rank."Brother Hansheng, do you mean that only the nine turn rebirth pill can cure Xiao Huang Xu''s disease? Who said that? Is it reliable? "


    "Young master, it was said by the doctor in the city. He said that when he was young, he saw his master use this pill to save a patient of this kind. From the point of view of the little old man, there should be no mistake. Let alone anything else, this pill can really regenerate the severed limb and make the dead wood spring again." Zhang xuandao;


    "well, send someone to invite the doctor. I have to confirm it myself. Don''t get me wrong, brother Hansheng. I''m not reluctant to give up the pill. I''m afraid that if the pill is wrong, it''s not good to Miss Xiao Huang Xu. Mr. Zhang, send someone to invite him immediately. " Just then, Chen Jing came in from the outside.


    "Young master, they''re gone. Young master, look


    "Well, we''ll talk about other things later. Let''s cure Huang Xu first. By the way, Boyang, the pill was originally prepared for you. It seems that I will make a slip again. If the doctor is fully sure, I will use this pill to treat him. As for your transfer


    "Don''t worry, young master. Jing is not unreasonable. It''s important to treat Huang''s illness first. As for Jing''s transfer, we''ll talk about it later. "


    After hearing this, Huang Zhong and his son realized that this pill was prepared for Chen Jing''s job transfer. As generals, they know what it means for a warrior to be transferred to another post. They did not expect that the master and servant would not hesitate to take out the valuable elixir to treat them. They were greatly moved.

 Chapter 55

    While they were talking, the man who went out to invite the doctor came in with the doctor.


    When Huangfu Chaobo confirmed to the doctor again and again, he asked Zhang Xuan to take out the pills. The doctor first gave Huang Xu a pill he brought. He said that he was afraid that he would not be able to bear the power of jiuzhuan rebirth pill. First, he added some vitality to it. After he took the medicine, he took the pill from Huangfu Chaobo and gave it to Huang Xu. At the same time, he put silver needles on Huang Xu''s head and several acupoints on his body.


    As soon as the pill entered, Huang Xu sent out a layer of shimmer, which blocked everyone''s sight. After about three seconds, the light disappeared. Looking at Huang Xu again, I saw that his face was flushed, his forehead was dripping with sweat and shaking, as if he was suffering a lot. All of a sudden, Huang Xu yelled and fainted.


    "Brother!"


    "What''s the matter, doctor? Don''t you have no problem? How can this happen? " Huangfu Chaobo was also in a hurry and asked the doctor immediately.


    "Don''t worry, this young man is too weak for a long time. The pills are too strong. It''s normal to have this kind of reaction just after taking them. Don''t worry, young master. I know it in my heart. " The doctor took a look at Huangfu Chaobo and said calmly.


    "Oh, that''s good, that''s good.


    People look at Huang Xu again. At this time, Huang Xu is still shaking violently, and there is not only a lot of sweat exuding from his forehead, but also a layer of blood and dirt flowing out with sweat.


    "Washing tendons and cutting marrow!" Huang Zhong exclaimed and immediately stepped forward to open Huang Xu''s coat. Huang Xu''s blood, dirt and stench are all over his body. It''s hard for people to bear.


    "It''s really washing tendons and cutting marrow! It''s really washing tendons and cutting marrow... " Huang Zhong was full of surprise and kept on talking. After a long time, he reacted and looked at Huangfu Chaobo. He said: "childe, the medicine is working. You''d better wait in the yard. The smell here is not very good!"


    "No harm! I''m not sure if I don''t watch him recover. I''ll just wait here! " Such a good opportunity to buy people''s hearts, Huangfu Chaobo certainly won''t miss it. What''s the stink!


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Huang Zhong was really grateful. After a deep look at Huangfu Chaobo, he turned his attention to Huang Xu again!


    Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo''s communicator rang. Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was Jia Jing. Looking at the name of "Chaojing", Huangfu Chaobo was moved again.


    "Xiao Jing, what can I do for you?"


    "Chao, I just came up. What''s the matter with you? Are you in any trouble? Shall I help you? "


    Listening to Jia Jing''s concerns, Huangfu Chaobo could not help feeling warm. "Xiaojing, I''m fine here. I don''t have any trouble. But now I have something to deal with. I''ll call you after I''m busy, OK? But it may take a few hours. "


    "Oh, well, you''re busy first. I''ll wait for your call." Then Jia Jing hung up.


    After about two hours, Huang Xu did not tremble any more, and his breathing was stable, but he had a thick layer of scab mixed with blood and dirt.


    "Boming, you go to the yard to boil water, and Xiao Xu will wash his body for a while!" Seeing that the drug effect was about to finish, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Zhang andao.


    "Yes, sir."


    More than an hour later, Huang Xu woke up. Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranged for Chen Jing and Zhang an to take a bath and change his clothes, while others were waiting in the yard. A moment later, they came out with Huang Xu. At this time, Huang Xu was very different from before he recovered. His face became ruddy, and his body no longer looked so weak. You can see from his walking posture that he looked energetic!


    "Xur!"


    Yelling in a trembling voice, Huang Zhong pounced on Huang Xu and held him in his arms. He burst into tears


    Looking at such a touching scene, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel relieved.


    After a while, the crying people recovered and came to Huangfu Chaobo under the leadership of Huang Zhong. Huang Zhong and his son suddenly half knelt on the ground and said, "Huang Zhong, Huang Hansheng, meet the Lord!"


    "Huang Xu, meet the Lord!"


    "Yellow butterfly dance, meet the Lord!"


    "Ding, congratulations to the player. Huang Zhong, the historical general of the imperial rank, wants to worship you. Do you agree?"


    Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help scolding his aunt for the trouble. But it''s not slow at all. Confirm immediately.


    "Well, get up. This is also my affinity with brother Hansheng. Otherwise, how can I meet him on the way. From now on, I''ll show it to Hansheng as my elder brother and ask him not to refuse. "


    "Lord, how does this make..."


    "Well, brother Hansheng, do you look down on me, who even has no village? In that case, please help yourself. " Huangfu said, "Lord, it''s not appropriate to be polite. Please take it back. " Huang Zhong decided to say.


    "Well." Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized that the marriage of Taoyuan has not yet appeared. It may be that the system has not been set up yet. Moreover, he and Huang Zhong may not have reached that intimate level. "All right, but I don''t like people to call me master. You''d better call me master just like Mr. Zhang. As for Xiao Xu and Wu die, I like them very much. I want to treat them as my nephew. Do you agree? "Huang Zhong listened and did not speak. Huangfu Chaobo chuckles in his heart. It''s estimated that the aunt of the system didn''t notice this, so Huang Zhong doesn''t know how to deal with it.


    Huang Xu and Huang wudie were clever. Seeing that their father had no objection, they bowed down again.


    "Suer met his uncle."


    "I''ve met my uncle."


    "Ha ha ha... All right, you guys get up. Since your father agrees and you recognize me as an uncle, I have to give you a little gift. Mr. Zhang, are all the things I handed over to you? "


    "Yes, sir."


    "OK, you go and get the two sets of level 30 and level 40 refined iron armor and the step shake."


    After entering the house, Zhang Xuan took what Huangfu Chaobo wanted. Huangfu Chaobo gave the level 30 armor to Huang Xu and bu Yao to Huang wudie, saying, "I don''t have anything good for you two today. I will make it up in the future."


    "Uncle is partial, why is elder brother''s armor and mine this?" Huang dance butterfly road;


    "dance butterfly..." Huang Zhong beside the way: "not unreasonable."


    "Ha ha... No matter, when you grow up, I''ll give you one. It''s definitely more beautiful than your brother''s, "Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    " well, I''ll say that my martial arts are not inferior to my brother''s now. "


    "A word from a gentleman is hard to trace." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "as for brother Hansheng, there''s nothing good here now. I''ll send this pair of 40 grade iron armor to show my heart."


    "Thank you very much, young master." Huang Zhongdao


    "Ding... Congratulations to the players. They have won the imperial rank of historical generals. Is it all open? "

 Chapter 56

    In a word of the system, Huangfu Chaobo almost sat on the ground and chose to hide his name.


    "Ding... In the full-service announcement, congratulations to player * * for taking refuge with a historical military general of the imperial rank. Because he is the first player to take refuge with a historical military general, the system specially rewards players to increase their surrounding and charm by a little. It is hereby announced. "


    Then the announcement was broadcast twice in a row.


    "Coax"


    It was much more shocking than the first village in the world at that time.


    "Damn it, let people live. There are more than 2000 historical generals in total. In the first few months, some players have accepted it. It''s still the emperor''s rank."


    "Which big is it..."


    "Emperor''s step.... Heaven, earth... Only a few Imperial ranks have been taken away


    According to someone''s statistics, there are dozens of emperor rank generals in Zhan-3, but there are tens of millions of players in the game. No wonder everyone has such a big reaction.


    "Young master," the doctor said on the side, "although this little brother''s illness has been cured, it will take some time for him to recover completely. It will take about a year to recover completely."


    "It''s very kind of you to give him a prescription. We''ll do our best to recuperate." When Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he immediately said, "Zhang an, go to get the doctor''s money, and then go to the store with the doctor to get the medicine."


    "Yes, sir."


    Then he took five taels of silver from Zhang Xuan and handed it to him. Then he took some silver and went with the doctor to get the medicine.


    "Well, let''s go first." Seeing everyone scattered, Huangfu Chaobo returned to the room Chen Jing had prepared for him. Now I finally have time to see the attributes of Huang Zhong.


    Huang Zhong was born in 148.


    Forces: Huangfu Chaobo loyalty: 95


    historical generals of Huangfu rank


    40 level Tong 72 Wu 80 + 2 Zhi 52 Nei 43 Mei 75


    growth: 1.431.551.000.87


    common skills: advanced experience of gunshot: 21593


    experience of archery: 1800590


    advanced experience of riding: 26232


    experience of sabre: 1350300


    skills of Generals: public security, conscription, training Fight hard, forge ahead, forge ahead, volley, volley, crossbow (must be in charge of the crossbow soldiers), calm, encourage, encourage, Huang''s cirrus Sabre technique, nine sky xuanri arrow technique.


    Array skills: long snake array, Crane Wing array, fish scale array, sharp arrow array, square array, round array.


    Equipment: weapon level 40 Dark Iron Cloud curling blade (Huang Zhong''s exclusive weapon artifact) force + 2 attack + 640 divine arm painting sparrow bow (artifact Huang Zhong''s exclusive weapon) force + 2 attack + 6 armor level 40 elite iron armor Defense + 4


    looking at a series of skills and arrays, Huangfu Chaobo was overjoyed. These things have been in the game for such a long time. I just heard about these skills, but I didn''t expect that Huang Zhong had more than a dozen of them and made a lot of money. Now it''s only 40, the system is 57, the force is 62, ha ha ha...


    Thinking about Huangfu, Chaobo suddenly remembers that there are still two young generals who have not looked at their attributes. He quickly opens them to have a look


    Huang Xuzi was born in 168. under age. He is scheduled to be a general of heaven level.


    Huang Wudi was born in 172. under age. He is scheduled to be a general of heaven level.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Er... What''s the meaning of this? Under age? We can''t see the specific value yet, but what does "scheduled to be a general of heaven level" mean? Is that to say that if they didn''t intervene, they would be Heaven rank generals when they grow up? According to their father''s situation, nine times out of ten, either unification or martial arts are above 80. It is estimated that martial arts are more likely. Of course, it is also possible that both of them are above 80... Forget it, go to the customer service to ask.


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that he didn''t know how much money he had. So they asked people to call Zhang Xuan, Chen Jing and Zhang an. After thinking about it, they asked people to call Huang Zhong. Maybe he could give some advice on his future development.


    After a while, the four came to Huangfu Chaobo''s room and motioned to all of them to sit down. Then Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhang Xuan how much money he had left. Zhang Xuan knew these things like the back of his hand. It was reported to Huangfu Chaobo immediately.


    "Young master, all the things you asked us to bring out were still there. Silver 46 Liang, copper 481, plus 3 pairs of 30 level armor, 2 30 level knives, 5 20 level bows. A few pots of arrows. And then there are some things that are very complicated. As for people, there are only childe, Chen Jing, father and son, Li brothers and two militia. Oh, now there are Huang Zhuang Shi and his son. But we don''t have any food now. "


    "Ha ha... I didn''t expect that a village of nearly 100 villagers and thousands of players would become what it is now overnight... But I also want to thank those guys. "


    "Thank you? Young master"If they hadn''t abandoned our village, how could we have three more families. Right, brother Hansheng. Ha ha ha


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Well, let''s not talk about that. I think it''s like this. If you want to buy 1000 Jin of grain and put it at home, you can talk about the rest later. By the way, brother Hansheng, I want to travel around the world. How can I arrange it? "


    "What''s the purpose, how long is the time, and who do you want to take with you?"


    "First, I want to increase my experience, and second, I want to sharpen myself. Time, "Huangfu Chaobo thought, it''s 182, and there are two years to go before the yellow scarf rebellion. You can''t miss that big plot, so he said," just one or two years. Talk about Taoist With that, Huangfu Chaobo looked at several people present. Chen Jing and Zhang an saw that Huangfu Chaobo came over and immediately looked at him eagerly, not to mention that they both wanted to go with him. Thinking for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo said, "it''s you, me and Chen Jing."


    "Young master..." When Zhang an saw that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want him to follow him, he immediately wanted to ask for help.


    "it''s not that I don''t want to take you. First of all, the two children in the family are still young and can''t go together. There must be someone in the family to look after. Secondly, with your strength, you know that it is more dangerous to travel now. But don''t worry, I''ll let you travel. "


    "All right." Zhang Anxin was not willing, but he also knew that what Huangfu Chaobo said was true.


    "If you really want to sharpen yourself, you can go to the bitter and cold place outside the Great Wall. Maybe you''ll get a good horse if you''re lucky there. " When Huang Zhong saw that he really wanted to go out, he said,


    Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes lit up, Ma! right. There is a shortage of horses in the Central Plains. If I give each of them a good horse, wouldn''t it be better to bring a few generals in the yellow scarf chaos? "Well, we''ll go to the Great Wall for a few days. Mr. Zhang, is there anything else you''re talking about? "

 Chapter 57

    Huangfu Chaobo asked casually, but he didn''t expect that Zhang XuanZhen had something else to do. "It''s like this. Didn''t you mention hemostatic with me before? The young master was injured this time. I asked the doctor to treat him. I took a look on the side and wrote down some medicines used by the doctor. Then I asked Zhang an to buy some herbs and try to make some. At present, I have made a few pills, but the medicine is still not stable. Young master, please look at these medicines Then Zhang Xuan handed him some pills.


    "Blood medicine, you made it???" He took a few blood pills from his hand and looked at them carefully. As he said, these blood pills are not all the same. Some are + 20, + 16, + 12, + 10, and even one is + 8. "How are you doing now?"


    "Mr. Hui, now I know the amount of medicine. If I try it again, it will be stable at + 20. If I want to do + 30, I have to wait until I upgrade my medical skills. As for other drugs like the golden sore medicine, I have to have a formula."


    "Well, er... But even if we do it, there is no place to sell it. " Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that his village was gone.


    "In fact, you don''t have to worry. We can go to Zongheng village and open a shop. Every day they collect herbs from their village, and in the morning they send people to sell them in the village shops. Isn''t that the same? " Zhang xuandao.


    "Well, that''s right. Anyway, I''m going to their village. Let''s talk about it with the whole world. By the way, you can do as much as you can these days. Let''s go out and take more with you. "


    "It''s my son."


    "Well, you all go down. Chen Jing, you and brother Hansheng are ready. Everything is arranged here, and we are about to start."


    "Yes, sir." The two of them said,


    just when Huangfu Chaobo wanted to get in touch with Jia Jing, Huangfu Chaobo''s communicator rang. They didn''t expect that it was all over the world, so Huangfu Chaobo connected quickly. I was just about to open my mouth. Unexpectedly, there was a curse. "You boy, do you have my brother. I haven''t been in touch for so many days. "


    After he finished, Huangfu Chaobo had a chance to say: "brother, it''s not that I don''t want to contact you, but I have something to do these days, so I didn''t contact you. It''s just online. Well, today... Oh, it''s impossible today. Tomorrow, tomorrow I will come to the village. Let''s face to face if there''s anything


    The world was silent for a moment. "Well, it''s a deal."


    "Sure, sure."


    Finally, Huangfu Chaobo dials Jia Jing''s communicator.


    "Chao, are you finished?"


    "Not yet. I have to check things online later. It will take about half an hour. I''m afraid you''ll be in a hurry, so I''ll give you a message first. "


    "Well, you can do it first."


    "Well, I''ll call you later."


    Off the line, Huangfu Chaobo opened the official website, looked for a long time, and finally found some information about the underage general. Sure enough, as Huangfu Chaobo thought, without Huangfu Chaobo''s intervention, Huang Xu and Huang Xu would develop in accordance with the predetermined direction of the system. But now that Huang Xu and Huang Fu are subordinates of Huangfu Chaobo, Huangfu Chaobo will definitely not let them develop in that way, because it is said on the official website that there is a certain chance that the attributes of minor generals will increase through player training. Huangfu Chaobo was very happy when he saw it. Maybe he could train Huang Xu and Li Yan to be all-round generals like Nanyang. If only that were true. Then, he had a detailed look at some things about the cultivation of generals, and was satisfied to go off the line.


    Looking at the time, Wang Chao suddenly wants to ask Jia Jing out. He wants to tell her these things face to face and let her share her happiness. Wang Chao quickly changed his clothes, took a taxi and drove to Jia Jing''s house.


    Jia Jing''s family is in a high-end community in the east of the city. It''s about half an hour''s drive to live with Wang Chao. When Huangfu Chao Bo arrives at their community, it''s almost ten o''clock in the evening. Standing outside the community, Wang Chaojing calms down and dials Jia Jing.


    "Hello, Chao, are you finished?"


    "Well, Xiaojing, did you sleep?"


    "Not yet. What''s the matter?"


    "Guess where I am now"


    "where? You won''t be at my door, will you? "Jia Jing said with a smile. She immediately responded," you really... Is it really at my door? "


    "Smart, I''m at the gate of your community now, can you come out for a while?"


    "OK, you wait, I''ll come out." Then he hung up the phone, changed his clothes, took a coat, and said to his parents who were sitting in the living room watching TV, "I''ll go out for a while, and I''ll be right back." I ran out in a hurry.


    Before arriving at the gate of the community, Jia Jing saw the familiar figure standing outside the gate of the community. After running over and looking at each other for a moment, Jia Jing said, "why do you come here so late? Can I help you? ""I miss you, don''t I?" Wang Chao said with a smile;


    "you are a poor man."


    "Well, put on your clothes, let''s find a place to sit down, and I''ll report to you the results of the past few hours." Then she took her coat from Jia Jing''s hand, put it on her body, and took her hand to the small park next to the community.


    Two people went to a small pool and sat down. Wang Chao and Jia Jing talked about what happened when they entered the game again. When she heard that the announced emperor rank general in the game was Wang Chaozhao, Jia Jing was stunned and reacted for a long time. Although she is not familiar with the Three Kingdoms and doesn''t know what the attributes of Huang Zhong are, she also knows what it means for players to be a general of imperial rank. Let alone a player, it''s an NPC force. Having such a general has an immeasurable role. What''s more, he has two Tianji generals who have not grown up. Although Wang Chao does not have a village now, it will not be difficult to rely on these three generals in the future, not to mention the county, even the county and the state. Thinking of this, Jia Jing couldn''t help being happy for Wang Chao.


    Jia Jing suddenly remembered that Wang Chao had come here so late. Was it just to tell her this to her face? "Chao, did you come here to tell me this?"


    Wang Chao didn''t respond. "Well, of course, I want you to share my happiness with me."


    Jia Jing felt warm after listening. Next, they talked about something else. It was not until 12 p.m. that Wang Chao remembered to send her back. The two people didn''t give up until they got to the gate of the community. They held hands together. Jia Jing suddenly gave Wang Chao a kiss on the face. She quickly turned her head and ran in. After running more than ten steps, she waved to Wang Chao, who was still silly. She motioned him to go back quickly. Then she made a phone call and turned to walk towards her home.

 Chapter 58

    What neither of them thought was that all this had been seen. It turned out that Jia Jing''s mother saw that it was almost twelve o''clock, and she had not seen her daughter come back yet. She was not at ease, so she came out to have a look. Unexpectedly, she happened to see the scene of Prince Jia Jing.


    I was going to wait for Jia Jing to come in and ask her, but I didn''t expect that my daughter would lock herself into the room as soon as she came in. I think it''s OK, but I woke up my sleeping husband and told him what I saw. Jia''s father was not so attentive as her, saying: "it''s a good thing for her daughter to talk about love. She hasn''t told us yet, and it can only show that she thinks the time is not yet up, and she will naturally bring him to see us at that time. Besides, what''s the matter with her daughter. My daughter, I can rest assured. " With that, ignoring his wife who was still in a daze, he lay down and went to sleep. Jia''s mother thought about it, so she didn''t think about it.


    By the time Wang Chao got home, it was almost one o''clock in the evening. All the way home, Wang Chao is still remembering the kiss Jia Jing gave him just now. Just after entering the door, Jia Jing called. After learning that Wang Chao had arrived home, the two chatted for a while before they hung up.


    The next morning, as soon as Wang Chao woke up, he was busy on the line. There were still many things that had not been arranged. First, he hung his village upgrade drawing on the Internet and informed Jia Jing to take it away. Then he was busy preparing to arrange his own affairs. Only after he had arranged everything on his side could he take Huang Zhong and Chen Jing to the grassland to have a look. In reality, one night after another day in the game, Zhang Xuan came in and talked with him about the pharmacy. Now his blood medicine has basically stabilized at + 20, and he made 30 pills in one day yesterday. Huang Zhong and Chen Jing also come to say that they are ready. It depends on when Huangfu Chaobo is ready to leave.


    "Don''t worry, brother Hansheng. You can accompany Xiaoxu and his two brothers and sisters these days. I still have some things to deal with. I can''t leave until everything is done well. Boming, you take a militia to accompany me to Zongheng village. By the way, Mr. Zhang, you have to tell us that no one is allowed to disclose the fact that brother Hansheng and his family live with us. If anyone reveals it, don''t blame me for turning a blind eye. What''s more, I don''t want any players to enter this yard without my permission. Bo Yang, you will do well in your registered residence, and you will tell Mr. Xiao and butterfly to come back. From tomorrow on, they will study literature in the morning and practice martial arts in the afternoon under the supervision of Boming. Also, I''m going to open a shop in Zongheng village to sell Zhang''s blood medicine and Boming''s bows and arrows, and the materials you need are also collected in that shop. After that, every morning, Boming took the militia to deliver things, and at night, he took them to pick up the goods and money. The two brothers of the Li family will take turns to guard the store. As for the money collected every month, it will be handed over to Mr. Zhang for safekeeping. Ten percent of the money is used for grain, 30 percent for raw materials, 20 percent for household expenses, and the remaining 30 percent for saving. When appropriate, we can buy two more yards beside us. If you don''t make up your mind, let village head Zongheng contact me. There are also two children, and you have to take good care of them. " Huangfu Chaobo said all the things he thought of these two days.


    "Young master, we all know what you said, but why don''t we let people know that the three members of the Huang family are here?" Zhang Xuan asked;


    "ha ha... You can ask brother Hansheng what he looked like when he was in his hometown. "


    Everyone turned to look at Huang Zhong.


    "Young master, when you talk about this, I feel a lingering fear. I don''t know what happened. At that time, there were dozens or hundreds of strange people at my door every day. As soon as I went out, I would talk around. There are hundreds of people when there are too many. I took Xu''er and they came out to treat him, and there was a reason to avoid those people. "


    When people listen to it, they think it''s frightening. There are so many people outside every day. Is it still alive.


    "Well, you see. Now everyone is busy. Mr. Zhang will trouble you to make more blood medicine these two days. Maybe we can use it on the road. "


    Then he took Zhang an and a militiamen out of the city. Huang Zhong originally wanted to follow him. He thought that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t call him. He was afraid that he would appear in his hometown. Let''s forget it. Let''s spend these two days with his children. I don''t know whether it will be a year or two. Originally, Huang Zhong was a little dissatisfied that he wanted to travel with Huangfu Chaobo when he left his children here. However, seeing his arrangement, he felt that Huangfu Chaobo really treated his children as his nephew. He invited Mr. Zhang xuanduo to take care of them. The only trace of dissatisfaction in my heart immediately disappeared, replaced by full of gratitude.


    Huangfu Chaobo left the city and went to Zongheng village.


    Before entering the village, Huangfu Chaobo was recognized by the players in the village.


    "Here comes boss Chaobo


    Smart people immediately ran back to the village, and several bosses reported to them. When I got to the entrance of the village, I saw a large number of people coming out with me. Among them are Jackie and Adu. Huangfu Chaobo took a look at them. He didn''t speak. He turned his head and nodded to the leaders of Zongheng village."Thank you, big brother."


    "What are you talking about. Let''s go in and say After entering the executive hall, everyone sat down.


    Xiaojiejie and Adu went up to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "brother, I''m sorry. If it weren''t for us, the village wouldn''t be like this


    "Hum."


    "Brother, you blame them wrong." Even though the world was not prepared to interfere in other people''s housework, but know that they are really a little bit of injustice, this just said. Then he told Huangfu Chaobo what he knew, and Huangfu Chaobo knew that he had wronged them.


    "I''m sorry, it''s my fault. I said, how could you two collude with outsiders to destroy your own village. Well, that''s what happened. Let him go of the past. "


    "Well, the matter between your brothers has been settled. Now let''s think about how to deal with the matter of Sanjian village."


    "Brother, at present, we can''t move Sanjian village at all."


    "Then what? Are you just watching those lunatics brag there? " Little Jie said;


    "what else? He is now protected by the officers and soldiers of changshe city. Have you ever been a soldier? " Huangfu Chaobo said angrily,


    "brother, don''t you do anything?" "From the present situation, we really can''t do anything, so we have to wait, and then try our best to build up your village, and then wait for the first big plot to come. At that time, I will let him taste the pain of destroying the village."


    "What are you going to do now?" After listening for a while, he asked;


    after a long meditation

 Chapter 59

    "That''s what I''m here for today." With that, Huangfu Chaobo looked around at the crowd. He immediately said, "the other brothers will wait outside first, and the elders of the two villages will stay. The militiamen are at the door. No one is allowed to come in without my permission. "


    "All right, brother, tell me what you''re going to do."


    "It''s like this, big brother. I have a few things to ask for your help. "


    "You said that as long as the brothers can do it, they will not refuse."


    "Yes, boss Chaobo, just say it. Your business is our village''s business." The top five bars are also on the side.


    After listening to the words of all the people in Zongheng village, Huangfu Chaobo also knows that there are dozens of players in Zongheng village now. In addition, his bad feelings towards Adu have been eliminated. However, for the time being, it is impossible to return to the kind of trust before destroying the village. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo sorted out his thoughts and said: "first of all, I want Lao Du and Lao Jie to set up a guild with reliable players in their village. Your tasks are only two. One is to raise the level of players as much as possible before the yellow scarf rebellion. The other is to pay close attention to the every move of Sanjian village. I think it''s three times There must be someone supporting him in Jiancun. Otherwise, how could there be 30 militia with the strength of his village? And there are five archers. So I want you to find out. As for the cost, I will ask Mr. Zhang to give it to you every month. The number of people is limited to 500. "


    "Don''t worry, brother. We''ll do it well."


    "Yes, but elder brother, why don''t you bring your own guild?"


    "As for me, I want to take Chen Jing on a tour to see if I can turn him into a rank general as soon as possible. Another thing is that I want to go to the grassland to see if I can find the way to the horses. There are few cavalry in the Central Plains. If we can get horses, a team of cavalry will be of great help to the development of our two villages. "


    Everyone''s eyes lit up when they heard him talking about horses.


    "But it''s not that easy." Anyway, there is still one or two years left. Take your time. Besides, that''s just one of my two goals. Even if we achieve one, it will help us a lot. "


    "That''s true."


    "Another thing is that I want to open a shop in big brother village." With that, Huangfu Chaobo took out the hemostatic pills that Zhang Xuan had made from his belt and handed them to everyone.


    "Blood medicine, brother, where do you come from?"


    "It''s really blood medicine, but it''s different from the one bought by the system. This one only adds 16 blood, and the system''s is either 10 or 20 or 30. Boss Chaobo, who made this "Well, it can also be said that it''s a blessing in disguise." Huang Fu Chao Bo told Zhang Xuan how he learned to make medicine. However, he concealed Zhang Xuan''s fact that he was able to make a + 20 medicine. He just said that his medicine was not stable and could only produce a small amount of + 20 medicine. After all, after this, Huangfu Chaobo learned to meet people and say three words. However, this is enough to shock everyone. For a long time, although several player villages have produced blood medicine, even the whole Yingchuan county around changshe has not heard of any village that can make medicine by itself. That is to say, it is still the most profitable industry.


    "Brother, do you mean to open a shop in the village to sell blood medicine?"


    "Yes, I''m going to ask Zhang Xuan to divide the blood medicine made every day into several parts, two for big brother village, one for my own reserve, one for their two gangs, and the last one for sale. As for the price, I will discuss it with Zhang Xuan when I go back. That shop not only sells blood medicine, but also collects herbs and sells Zhang an''s bows and arrows. I don''t know if I can? "


    "No problem. The bow and arrow workshop in our village can only do some elementary bows and arrows now. It doesn''t affect us to sell high-grade things in your shop. And, to be honest, it seems that not many people know archery. As for the blood medicine you said for our village, you ask Mr. Zhang to make a list. Let''s exchange it with you. We can''t take it for nothing. " All over the world,


    "well, every morning I will ask Zhang an to bring someone to deliver the medicine, so you can arrange someone to pick it up. In the evening, they will take the collected herbs back to the city. As for elder brother, the villagers you saved can only join your village. Ha ha ha


    "There''s no problem with the villagers. We''ll get some things back from your village. You can take them away sometime."


    "Take those things as gifts for brothers. ha-ha... After all, we all put in so much effort, and so many brothers lost their grades that day. "


    "Ha ha... Let me tell you something, we robbed a lot of things in Sanjian village that day, except for those given to our brothers, we still have a lot left. Almost 400 weapons and equipment, and some other things. "


    "Oh, it seems that he was hurt a lot... Ha ha ha


    "So you''d better take your own things back."


    "What do you have?""More than 6000 Jin of grain and more than 400 pieces of equipment."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment and said, "well, I''ll let Zhang an transport 1000 Jin of grain back to the city. Anyway, I don''t have many people to support now. I''ll give the rest to the village. As for the equipment, just put it in the store and sell it. "


    "But I don''t have that much money for your food. More than two hundred taels of silver. " Even though the world is a think is also, but a think how they have so much money, immediately said.


    "What more money. I still have a gang of 500 people in your village. I''ll take it as the rent for the venue fee. Ha ha ha... Oh, by the way, old Dorothy. Although your guild doesn''t belong to Zongheng village, all the affairs of Zongheng village should be taken as the affairs of your own village, do you know? "


    "Don''t worry, brother. We know." Two people should say.


    Originally, the elder of Zongheng village still had some opinions about how to set up a guild in his own village. When he heard this, he was very happy. It doesn''t mean that his village didn''t pay any money, and there was a 500 player team for nothing.


    At this time, the whole world said: "well, if you want to go out now, you can''t do without money. Together with the five Liang you borrowed from me, I''ll give you thirty Liang altogether. I can''t afford more. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that he was really short of money now, and he didn''t refuse any more.


    Next, he took Huangfu Chaobo to the trading area of the village to choose a place, and immediately arranged for someone to build the shop. As for the blood medicine, they also discussed a suitable price. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t ask for copper money. He just discussed with Zong Hengtian to exchange two herbal raw materials for one blood medicine, which is suitable for both sides. Two raw materials actually cost less than ten copper, while the system + 20 blood medicine costs 40 copper. At present, the players'' blood medicine generally sells for 25 copper because of its small quantity, so this is right Both of them are cost-effective, and Huangfu Chaobo has agreed that when Zhang Xuan can take his apprentice, he will teach one to Zongheng village.

 Chapter 60

    In the new store, Huangfu Chaobo told Adu and Xiaojiejie something about the guild, and then asked them to find some players from their own village, which is still in Zongheng village. Soon more than 100 people came, the most advanced of which were fat cat, blood wolf, invincible buffalo and rulaishenzhang. As soon as they came in, several people said hello to Huangfu Chaobo: "boss, when are we going to abolish that Sanjian village?"


    "Yes, boss, let''s go and chop up those three lunatics and scrap their village as well."


    "Thank you, brothers, but we can''t move them now. Let it go. We''ll get it back sooner or later. " Through this period of understanding, Huangfu Chaobo felt that the four of them were trustworthy. Not to mention that they were all the earliest players, they all rushed to the front on the night when the village was abandoned, but they were killed by the other party in the end and were demoted. The next day, he took more than 100 people and the people of Zongheng village to fight in Sanjian village, but they hung up again. After discussing with Adu, Huangfu Chaobo decided to divide the 500 people''s Guild into ten groups. Huangfu Chaobo managed four groups by himself. Just now, Huangfu Chaobo was still worried about the candidates. When he saw the four of them, Huangfu Chaobo thought they should be trustworthy. The other six groups, ADU and Xiaojiejie, each have three groups. However, in the absence of Huangfu Chaobo, these ten people have to listen to their arrangement. The purpose of this is only to disperse the power of the two of them.


    Looking at the more than 100 people in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo was moved. He stood at the top and said to the players below: "brothers, I would like to thank you very much. Because there are spies in our village, although we all try to beat back the guys in Sanjian village, we failed in the end and the village was abandoned. But I want to tell you that although there is no Luoshen village, we brothers will not leave. I just discussed with the leader of Zongheng and decided to let the players of our village set up a guild in Zongheng village, called Luoshen club. Today, I called you to come here to tell you about it. If you still want to stay together, we''ll get this gang up later. Although we can''t take Sanjian village now, I can tell you that we will get revenge sooner or later. The purpose of establishing this guild is not to let everyone break up. When we are ready, we will go to find those lunatics to get revenge. In addition, the place where we stay now will open a shop tomorrow - Luoshen shop. It''s also an activity point of our guild. We can tell you that blood medicine and equipment will be sold here, and there will be many corresponding discounts for members of the guild. Of course, it depends on the contribution of each person to the guild. The greater the contribution, the greater the discount. Those who fail to contribute will be eliminated from the guild. We will announce these specific things at that time. "


    Next, Huangfu Chaobo and Adu selected ten players from the players, including four fat cats, as the team leader. Then, thirteen of them discussed some rules and other things of the guild. Huangfu Chaobo also selected one of the more than 400 pieces of equipment from all over the world. As for the other things, they are put in the store and ready to sell at that time.


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo and his men took 1000 Jin of grain from the warehouse of zongzong village and returned to the city of changshe under the protection of everyone.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo basically ran on both sides of changshe and zongzong village. After three or four days, he finally arranged all kinds of things in the city. The next step is just to start tomorrow. Originally, ADU had several people coming to deliver it. But Huangfu Chaobo, for Huang Zhong''s sake, politely refused.


    The next day, Huangfu Chaobo said goodbye to Zhang Xuan in the city and set out from the post station. As for the route, after several discussions, several people finally decided: from changshe Jinyang Jiuyuan Yanmen, out of the Great Wall, all the way east along the edge of the prairie, from the border of youbeiping to the Great Wall, then to Tuyin, and then to jiajingta village. After resting there for a while, I will go back to changshe. The time is about a year. As for why he went to the grassland from Bingzhou, Huangfu Chaobo had two plans: first, he was selfish and wanted to see the God of war and his two strong generals, Zhang Liao and Gao Shun, to see if he had a chance to make a relationship. Secondly, he also learned from the Internet that someone found a player riding a horse in a village near Yanmen. The main thing he wanted to do was to see if he could get a horse there. You know, it''s not fun to go to the prairie without a horse. It''s death. Especially with two generals, if there is no good horse, Huangfu Chaobo will never go to the grassland.


    From changshe to Jinyang, it''s about two thousand li. If it''s a post horse, it''ll be ten days. On the way, they didn''t have a rest. They went all the way in a hurry. Ten days later, they arrived in Jinyang. Jinyang was the county city of Taiyuan County, and the prefect was Ding Yuan. At this time, he was not the governor of Bingzhou. The God of war is still the same as in history.


    Jinyang city looks not much bigger than the president, but the wall is obviously much bigger and thicker. The changshe city wall is six meters high and four meters wide, while the Jinyang city wall is eight meters high and six meters wide. And there are two gates on each side. However, there are not many people in the city. Huangfu Chaobo remembers that the official website said that there are about 80000 people in changshe, and Jinyang is at most 100000 people. You know, Jinyang is not only the hospital of Taiyuan, but also the hospital of Bingzhou. No wonder Bingzhou is a bitter and cold place. However, the people in the city are not the same as those in the Central Plains. Obviously, they are taller and have some fierce colors on their faces. It''s no wonder that the God of war can still roam the Central Plains for several years with thousands of disabled soldiers. Moreover, there are more cavalry on the streets than in the Central Plains. The price and quality of recruiting soldiers are different in different regions. For example, it is twice as expensive to recruit cavalry in the south of the Yangtze River as it is in the north and the northwest. Moreover, the speed of attack and defense is much lower, and the cost of raising soldiers is nearly twice as high. But in the north, there will be absolutely no soldiers who can fight in the water. It can be said that the battle for supremacy is the best game in recent years. It mainly means that he has done a very good job in details, which can be said to be infinitely close to the reality. This is also the reason why the princes can fight for hegemony so well.Three of them found an inn in the city and stayed down. Next, Huangfu Chaobo wants to take a good walk in the city to prepare for the Great Wall. After all, it''s only a few hundred miles from Jinyang to Yanmen.

 Chapter 61

    To survive on the grassland, the first thing to do is to learn riding. Among the three, Huang Zhong''s riding skill is not to be mentioned. Chen Jing has also learned it. Only Huangfu Chaobo has to learn it. After inquiring about the players in the city, Huangfu Chaobo came to the school field in the city. The school field is a place where generals gather their troops, but it is also a place where players learn all kinds of martial arts skills. Martial arts schools can only learn infantry skills, such as sabre, gunshot, archery, but riding skills can only be learned from the school field. When he entered the school yard and handed in 200 copper coins, he was led by a cavalry to the stables. After he led a horse out, he helped Huangfu Chaobo to the horse. Then he told him some essentials of riding. Then he watched Huangfu Chaobo sit on the horse and walk around the school yard.


    "Straight back..."


    "Legs clamped"


    "Keep your hands on the reins


    "Watch the speed of the horse..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    After tossing back and forth for more than an hour, Huangfu Chaobo finally heard a pleasant sound. Huangfu Chaobo had never felt that the voice was so pleasant.


    "Ding... Congratulations to the player. Learned to ride


    "Well, Congratulations, young Xia. You''ve learned elementary riding skills. You just need to be more proficient in it in the future."


    After coming out of the school yard, Huangfu Chaobo goes back to their Inn and tells Huang Zhong that after they have a good rest in the inn, they are also offline.


    These days, Huangfu Chaobo has been on the road. Because I''m afraid of what will happen to Huang Zhong and Huang Zhong when they go offline, I''ve been spending time online all the time. So there is no time to call Jia Jing. They just use the communicator in the game to contact each other from time to time. However, the relationship between the two people, after that fragrant kiss, the heat also rose. After a while, Huangfu Chaobo decided to call her off the line. At least he could have a look at her on the screen. During this period, Huangfu Chaobo also contacted Adu. The business of the gang and the shop has been on the right track, and now there are basically hundreds of copper income every day. Every day, the gang will send a group of people to pick up Zhang an''s car at the gate of changshe city in the morning, and send it back to the gate before closing the gate in the evening. Huangfu Chaobo estimates that after Zhang Xuan''s skills are upgraded, he should be able to earn 1000 to 2000 copper a day, that is to say, he can earn 4 or 50 taels of silver a month. Huangfu Chaobo is very satisfied with this effect. After chatting with Jia Jing for more than an hour, Huangfu Chaobo went online again.


    It''s the second day in the game. Originally, Huang Zhong said that he could start after a day''s rest, but Huangfu Chaobo also wanted to go to the horse market in the city. He thought that if the price was right, he would buy a horse here. In this way, he and Chen Jing could Practice for two more days before entering the grassland. He didn''t expect to go to the horse market. The price was frightening.


    Level 10 inferior horse, post horse 15 Li * 8 hours day 5000 copper


    level 20 riding 18 Li * 8 hours day 6000 copper


    level 30-40 fighting horse (light cavalry horse) 20 Li * 10 hours day + attack 2, + Flash 2% 10000-20000 copper


    level 30-40 good horse (heavy riding horse) 20 Li * 10 hours day + Attack 3, + Flash 5% 20000-40000 copper


    (double the weight of the fighting horse) 20 Li * 8 hours day + Attack 3, + Flash 5% 20000-40000 copper


    Level 3 0-50 steed 25 Li * 10 hours day + attack 4, + Flash 8% 50-100 thousand copper


    30-50 BMW 40-100 Li * 10 hours day + attack 5, + Flash 10% 20-1 million copper


    seeing the price behind, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he had to count for half a day just counting zeros, so he directly ignored it.


    On the grassland, bad horses can''t do it. They must ride at least level 20. They need 6 taels of silver each. The three of them need 18 taels just to ride. You have to take some of them for a few months when you go out. It''s not enough to buy a horse with more than 20 taels of silver brought by Huangfu Chaobo. This is the most basic horse, let alone a better one.


    After Huang Zhong understood what Huangfu Chaobo thought, he said with a smile: "in fact, the more you go north, the cheaper the horses are. The horse in the official market must be the most expensive, but it''s not the best."


    "Oh, what else can I say?" Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    "all the horses in the official market have been selected by the government, plus the cost of the journey, so the price is also the most expensive. If we go to the north, the cheaper the price will be. If we are lucky, we can buy it directly from the Huns when we come across the border to open the market. "


    "Well, let''s take a day off today and go straight to Yanmen tomorrow."


    One day without a word, the next morning a few people went to the post station to rent a horse, went out of the city directly to the direction of Yanmen. As for the God of war and some of his coworkers, Huangfu Chaobo knew that there would be no intersection between them. Not to mention Jinyang, the whole Bingzhou millions of players, most of them are in a few ideas, but really met a few people, let alone climb what friendship. However, it is said that a player entered Zhang Liao''s barracks, but he was also a small military commander, so it was impossible to have any interaction with such senior generals. Think about it. If the NPCs are all so easy to handle, then the old Dong and Cao are still doing a fart. They haven''t started their troops yet, and all their generals will be dug up by the players. If it wasn''t for chance, Huang Zhong would not have been recruited. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but feel proud. Before the first plot of the game is started, he has three generals, one emperor level and two Heaven levels.The further north he went, the more desolate Huangfu Chaobo could see, and the fewer players'' villages there were. Compared with the Five Mile Village and ten mile town in the Central Plains, it''s not so few. Sometimes there is not a village within a few decades.


    Two days later, three people arrived at Yanmen County, the last stop before leaving the Great Wall. Out of Yanmen County, Yanmen pass is the prairie. In fact, in the middle of the Eastern Han Dynasty, the area of Bingzhou was much larger than it is now. To the north of Yanmen alone, there were Dingxiang, Yunzhong and Wuyuan counties. However, as time went on, the court''s support and control over Bianjun gradually weakened, and these three counties gradually became nomadic pastures. Even Yanmen County actually controlled only a few cities within Yanmen pass. Several people settled down in Guangwu, the county city, and decided to make the final preparations for the clearance here.


    Although it is a county city, Guangwu city is not big. It can be said that there is no president''s University, and there are not many people. You know, the whole Yanmen has only 200000 people, and each city has more than 10000 people. As a county city, there are a little more, but it is estimated that there will not be more than 30000 people. Relatively speaking, the number of players may be similar. After Huang Zhong was placed in the inn, Huangfu Chaobo took Chen Jing around the city. First to the official horse market to see the price, is indeed cheaper than Jinyang, but it is only cheaper. After breaking the idea of buying a horse in the official market, Huangfu Chaobo takes Chen Jing to the players outside the city to find out if there is a place to buy a horse. When he asks, he doesn''t expect that there is one.

 Chapter 62

    In the northwest of Guangwu City, there is a small village called Mata Tianxia, where horses can be sold, and it is more than half cheaper than the official market. However, Huangfu Chaobo inquired about the market, but there is no market in the near future. Even if there is one, it is not for players to enter. Only official and NPC businessmen can go in and trade. As a result, Huangfu Chaobo asked the players around him about the situation of the village.


    It turns out that Ma TA Tian Xia was originally a free player in Guangwu. At the beginning, he just formed a small team with a group of friends to play. I didn''t expect that when he was on a field mission, he saved the leader of a horse thief. In order to thank him, the other party taught him how to set up horses and train horses. After that, he took the brothers to the Great Wall frequently, and specialized in training horses. More than a month ago, they made another drawing of the village. He just built a small village in Guangwu. However, he didn''t manage the village very much. It is estimated that the purpose of building the village at that time was just to have a place to raise and sell horses. The horses in his village are mainly inferior horses and riding horses. Occasionally there are one or two war horses. However, the price of war horses is still a little expensive compared with the players, so the transaction volume is not very large. It is estimated that there should be several war horses in the village now. Think about it. The official price of a war horse is more than 10000 copper. Even if it is sold at a low price, it will be thousands more. Ordinary players can''t afford it. It''s not like a bad horse or riding a horse. The least is only a few hundred copper, and the most is only a thousand copper. You can afford it in any player''s village, and players can change hands quickly.


    After asking for the specific address, Huangfu Chaobo went back to the Inn and talked to Huang Zhong. Then he took the money and took Chen Jingchao to step on Tianxia village.


    The great wall can be seen more than 20 miles northwest of Guangwu City, and the village of Mata Tianxia is at the foot of the Great Wall.


    Soon, two people arrived at Mata Tianxia village. This is a very common player village. The fences have not been repaired for a long time. The seedlings in the farmland area are uneven. Some thatched cottages, small shops, grocery stores, inns and post stations. I happened to see NPC farmer walking by with hoe. But there are a lot of players. In and out, about 2000 people.


    There is a player market in the village, which is bustling with people. The largest amount of goods is level 20 riding horses. This kind of riding horse is much better than the post horse of level 10, but it is worse than the attribute of level 30.


    Huangfu Chaobo is somewhat novel. Although he has seen horses in the official market, it is still very rare that there are private horses for sale like Mata Tianxia village. Usually, to kill NPC horse thieves and NPC cavalry, they must be captured in a very short time. Otherwise, their horses will automatically become wild horses, disappear and reappear on the prairie. Of course, occasionally, there are people who take horses directly from NPC, but the possibility is very small. Therefore, there are two ways to obtain this special item: one is to capture and domesticate NPC wild horses on the grassland, and the other is to buy, loot and get gifts from NPC. In addition to these two ways, the players have not found other ways. They strolled around the market for a while and found several horses for sale on horseback, with a mark of about 1-2. This price for the current players, absolutely belongs to the high-end goods. But when there are more horses, the price may come down. But the horses didn''t see it.


    Huangfu Chaobo took a picture of a level 20 horse that a player wanted to sell and asked, "how do I sell it?"


    Horse selling players, lazy way: "look at the price!"


    Zhan Xiaobai said with a smile: "with a price of 1200, can it be cheaper?"


    "At least 1150, no less


    "Oh. Did my brother catch the horse himself? "


    "No


    The player explained: "only the village head can tame the horse for tens of miles, but no one else can. Like this kind of domesticated horse with low attribute value, he didn''t like it, so he gave it to his brother in the village at a low price. The village brothers didn''t have to, they sold it in the market. Make some pocket money. But don''t look at the low property of the horse, but the price is also cheap. You can''t buy such a cheap ride anywhere else. "


    "This horse is too bad. It''s not much different from the post horse."


    The player said with a smile: "brother, this mark is not a post horse. Post horses can only take fixed routes, but they can walk around. If you want to buy a good horse, you''d better contact our village head directly. If he tames a good horse, he may sell it to you directly, but the price is much higher than that here. "


    Huangfu Chaobo asked, "is your village head in the village?"


    The playwright said, "no, he usually wanders on the grassland. I''ll go back to the village once in a while. How about this horse? "


    "No, I want better horses. By the way, brother, don''t you mean there are war horses in the village? Why didn''t I see it after several turns? "


    "Oh, it seems that it''s really aimed at the good horse. You can go directly to the administration hall. There will be people in it. Just tell them that there are still some war horses in the village, but because it''s hard to sell them, they didn''t buy them. But the boss himself has a few


    As soon as he heard that there were war horses, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel relieved that the war horses were more expensive. But compared with his two generals, the money was nothing. If two people were hanged because of the horses, who would he cry for?So he took Chen Jing to the executive hall.


    I heard that someone wanted to buy a war horse, and soon a fat player came out, "brother, you want a war horse, don''t worry, our war horse is the cheapest in the whole game." In my heart, I was thinking that someone finally came to ask about the war horse that had been collected for more than half a month. In fact, they could sell the war horse to the government, but the price was too low. A horse only costs 2000 copper, plus 20% tax, so it''s not as good as the income from riding a horse. That''s why the horse has never been sold to the government.


    "How do you sell your horses?" Huangfu Chaobo road


    "cheap, the official price of ten thousand dollars of horse we only sell 5000, half cheaper than the official, you look at the horse, you know absolutely no worse than the official market horse."


    "Well, I won''t go to see it. You''ll kill me as a pig. The things you can''t sell are still so expensive. Forget it. " After hearing this, Huangfu tried to move on.


    The fat man looked at the posture and immediately said, "the price is negotiable. Brother, let''s see the horse first." Then he took them to the stables, but he was scolding in his heart. I don''t know which one told them all. It seems that the master is not so easy to fool.

 Chapter 63

    When he came to the stable, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the horses there. It''s not bad. They''re all level 35 steeds. They don''t make a sound. "Generally speaking, it''s not much better. Let''s talk about the price."


    "Ha ha... Brother, isn''t that a joke? Attack plus 2, flash plus 2%, you still say it''s average, so if you really want, you can give 3500. No matter how cheap it is, we won''t get it


    "3500 I can buy three horseback horses, and I''ll get rid of that very quickly. It''s much more cost-effective than buying your war horse."


    "What price can you afford, brother?" The fat man has no patience. He thinks that if he sells one, it will be one. As long as the price is higher than the official price.


    "2000 one, if I can, I''ll take three. If it''s easy to sell, I''ll come and buy it later."


    "Er Fat see the other side suddenly cried out his reserve price, and one is three, suddenly stunned. He gritted his teeth and said, "well, brother, the price is too low. You can add 2200. If it works, you can take it."


    Huangfu Chaobo was also stunned. He thought that the players should be cheaper. He didn''t expect to be so cheap. I can''t help cursing that the system aunt is really a TMD pit father. The price of a horse in the hands of players can buy four more. It suddenly occurred to me that Huang Zhong was in grade 60, maybe he could be matched with a better horse. So he said, "OK, but brother, do you have any better horses? For example, a good horse or a good horse is better. "


    "Er It seems that the fat man was obviously scared by him. He didn''t expect to be a rich man. The war horse also thinks that it''s bad. In the past, he always thought that the boss should never catch a good horse. Now he really thinks that if the boss catches a good horse here, it''s good. "I''m sorry, brother. We don''t have a better horse now. Well, if you want, I''ll talk to the boss when he comes back. See if you can get something better. "


    Hearing that there is no better horse, Huangfu Chaobo is not disappointed. That''s a fake. But on second thought, there are very few players who can ride horses with ordinary horses. Who will pay attention to the high-end market. So he didn''t say much, but when he took the horses, he asked for two of grade 35 and one of grade 40. (horses can be upgraded and evolved. There are differences in endurance and health among different levels of horses.) It cost hundreds of copper to match the ordinary saddle in the village. He took Chen Jing to chaoguang Wucheng on horseback.


    Less than half an hour after they left, the village suddenly became lively. A group of people came from the north. When they saw it, it turned out that the horse had been out for several days, trampling on several people and carrying several horses.


    "The boss has come back. Oh, it''s a good harvest this time. Two riding horses and one fighting horse. Ah, what kind of horse is this? Why haven''t you seen it before? "


    "Ha ha... I haven''t seen it. It''s a horse. Better than a war horse. " The man next to him said,


    when the fat man heard that the old man and others had come back, he quickly welcomed them out. As soon as he heard that he had caught a good horse, he couldn''t help shouting: "Oh, my old man, why didn''t you come back half an hour earlier? There were still people who wanted to buy it just now, but we didn''t, so he bought three war horses and left... Alas, it''s a pity


    "Oh It''s a pity for everyone. I didn''t expect that the horses that had never moved sold three at once. It seems that the other side should be from a certain force, or from which village. But there is no way, people are gone, only to see whether a period of time will come.


    Back at the inn, Huang Zhong was surprised when he heard that Huangfu Chaobo had matched three horses for less than 7000 copper. After settling in the horse, Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong how to arrange it.


    After thinking for a moment, Huang Zhong said: "young master, next, we may stay in Guangwu for a while. First of all, young master must learn archery and archery. After all, archery is the most important weapon in the grassland. In addition, you two need to improve your riding skills and strength as soon as possible, and archery and archery can only be learned when you reach advanced level. With the strength of both of you, you can''t survive on the prairie at all. Besides, we must prepare enough arrows and food. After all, we spend months on the grassland, and we don''t have enough horses. We need to bring more horses and camel goods. "


    "I think about the horses. Because I think we''ll stay for a few days, I only buy three now. We''ll use them first. When we''re ready to go, we''ll buy some back. Well, let''s get both of us ready. "


    With that, he went to the martial arts school alone to learn archery, and then went to the weapons store to buy some level 30 battle bows and dozens of pots of refined iron arrows. Although Huang Zhong has his own bow and arrow, Huang Fu Chao Bo usually thinks that he is better to use ordinary bow and arrow. After all, his arrow is too rare, and there are only two pots of 40. After buying these, Huangfu Chaobo took a look at his own money, and only less than ten liang of silver was left. Thinking that he had to train anyway, Huangfu Chaobo went to the government Yamen and took on several tasks that were not very difficult to do. They were all simple tasks of exploring small mountain strongholds, small groups of horse thieves, or eliminating several horse thieves. Although there are not many rewards, you can still earn hundreds of copper if you do more. If you do more, you can bring more things out of the Great Wall.In the next few days, Huang Zhong took Huangfu Chaobo and Chen Jing to practice level, archery and riding. With Huang Zhong, the great God, on the side, the two upgrade as if they were on a rocket. In just a few days, Huangfu Chaobo was upgraded from level 35 to level 40, and archery and riding skills were also upgraded to intermediate level. Chen Jing, on the other hand, was promoted from level 38 to level 42, and his riding skills reached the intermediate level. According to Huang Zhong, now they have basically reached the conditions to live on the grassland. These days, they are also doing tasks every day, and they have earned a few taels of silver. During this period, they also killed several small villages with about 40 people and two brigands'' nests with about 20 people, and the harvest was quite good. They got 20 Liang silver from several places, and several thousand jin of grain and grass, some equipment, and some other miscellaneous things. They can only cherish, but there is no place to distribute them. A few people only left some grain and grass and their own weapons. What''s more He sold them all. Of course, people who are not congenial are all sold in the city of the system, and these are sold for more than ten liang of silver.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought in his heart that if the horse had goods in the world, he should have enough money to buy three good horses. You can even buy Huang Zhong a good horse, if he has one.

 Chapter 64

    This afternoon, after killing a small group of horse thieves, the three men were ready to go back to the city. The harvest was good. Although they didn''t get much money and equipment, the horse thieves of 20 people gave them two horses. They went to Fangwu city along the way they came. They were ready to have a rest for two days. After buying horses and replenishing supplies, they left the Great Wall.


    "Stop! Young master, there seems to be a group of people in front of us. There should be about ten horses to listen to the voice. " Huang Zhong, walking behind Huangfu Chaobo, suddenly said,


    the three stopped. Chen Jing goes to the front to inquire about the situation, while Huang Zhong and Huangfu Chaobo wait in the same place.


    A moment later, Chen Jing came back with a face full of indignation.


    "Young master, there are ten Huns, about twenty horses and ten Han people. It''s coming this way. "


    "Well? Isn''t there any Han people outside the Great Wall? Where did they catch them? "


    "It must have been caught in the pass." Huang Zhongdao;


    "Er, how did ten Huns enter the pass? Will the closed soldiers let them in and arrest people? "


    "I don''t know. The pass is only used to prevent most foreign cavalry from attacking. Small groups like them can enter from some places with broken walls. After the attack on the small village, he caught people and went out. The guards who closed the village didn''t know. What''s more, most of the Huns are in Hetao area now, and there are only some small tribes outside the pass. These people don''t know if they came from outside the pass. "


    Damn, I thought it was only enough to guard the pass. There are so many roads. Huangfu Chaobo scolded in his heart. Thinking of him, he turned his head and asked, "brother Hansheng, what should I do? We don''t care? "


    "If it''s just a small group, we can eat it. The ordinary cavalry of the Huns were better than the horse thieves. But I don''t know if they will kill those Han people then. "


    "That''s it. Brother Hansheng will find a place to wait. I''ll bring some people here. Boyang, you are waiting for an opportunity to save people. It''s the same way we deal with horse thieves. "


    "Yes, sir." There was no alternative but to agree.


    When Huang Zhong and his wife were ready, Huangfu Chaobo rode towards the Huns.


    "On... On the other side, those ungoverned Xiongnu dog thieves came to my big man''s territory to run rampant. Wash your ass and wait. Let me open two eyes on your ass with a knife


    The Hun Centurion was stunned. Then he burst into a rage and yelled for a long time. Then he commanded three Hun cavalry to catch Huangfu Chaobo. When Huangfu Chaobo saw it, he shot two arrows at several Hun soldiers, turned around and ran. In the twinkling of an eye, a few people passed the woods ahead. Huangfu Chaobo looked back and said, "Damn it, how can it be so fast? It''s a hundred steps away. It''s going to be caught up in a twinkling of an eye. But fortunately, the three Hun cavalry may want to catch alive, so they didn''t shoot arrows. Seeing Huang Zhong''s ambush, he only heard "whoosh.". Whoosh. Whoosh With three arrows, all the Hun cavalry behind fell from the horse.


    Huangfu Chaobo turned around and saw that all of them were shot through the throat.


    "Tut tut... Brother Hansheng''s arrow technique is really not built... It''s a pity that their horse ran away. Look at the speed, it must be better than ours. What''s next? "


    After collecting the spoils, Huangfu Chaobo put them on the two horses and asked Huang Zhong;


    the trick of luring the enemy has been used once, but it can''t be used a second time. As soon as his eyes turned, Huangfu Chaobo took up a piece of leather armor from the Xiongnu cavalry and put it on him. He said a few words to Huang Zhong. Then he called Chen Jing out.


    Then, the Hun''s Centurion saw that only one of his soldiers was riding on a horse, and rushed towards him, while two Han people were following him. As soon as the centurion saw the situation, he knew that it was not good, so he called to the soldier to let him pass by. He and his six men were on guard in the direction of the coming man. Who knows that hand but regardless of toward oneself rushed to come over. Just as he was about to reprimand him, he didn''t expect that the man raised his hand and shot at him. The commander quickly dodged. Then he realized that this was the enemy''s disguise. But at this time, it was too late to know. Just a moment when the Huns were stunned, the two people behind had rushed up.


    "Whoosh..."


    "Whoosh..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    After the sound of an arrow, all the Huns fell under the horse, and a dozen horses ran clean. After all the Hun cavalry were destroyed, Chen Jing dismounted and untied the Han people one by one. Huangfu Chaobo was busy picking up the spoils of the Hun cavalry, while Huang Zhong sat on the horse and looked at the slaves with alert eyes, for fear that someone might explode.


    At this time, more than a dozen Han people who were arrested realized that they had been saved.


    Huangfu Chaobo soon packed up all the spoils. Ten Hun cavalry soldiers burst out thousands of copper, a few horn bows, a few machetes, and two skill books on horsemanship and three skills books on archery. After more than ten days of field brushing, Huangfu Chaobo found that his skills could be learned from the skill books that burst out when he was brushing wild monsters, because during this period of time, he had been very successful The three of you have already asked Huangfu Chaobo to collect dozens of skill books on various martial arts skills. There are as many as 15 books on the introduction of riding and the two today. After Huangfu Chaobo was picked up, a group of talents came to thank him under the leadership of Chen Jing. After making it clear that they were all ordinary villagers around Guangwu, Huangfu Chaobo sent them dozens of copper coins each, so he was ready to send them away. I didn''t expect that there were three stout men who were unwilling to go. They went straight to Huangfu Chaobo and knelt down: "we are all homeless. Please accept us.""Well, I''m not a local, and I''m going out of the Great Wall soon. I think you''d better find a place for yourself. "


    "Excuse me, is he going to kill the Huns when he leaves the pass?"


    "I think so."


    "Please take us with you. All three of us are intermediate warriors. The Hun dog killed our younger brother. We want to get revenge. Please help us."


    "Intermediate warrior, do you have a younger brother? Tell me what''s going on? " Huangfu Chaobo asked after hearing that he was a warrior again.


    So the three men told the story once again. Originally, they were four brothers, named Dugu Xiong, Dugu Ba, Dugu Tian and Dugu Xia. He lives in a small village near Yanmen. His family has been robbing tombs for generations. Originally, they lived in peace. Two days ago, this small group of Huns broke into their village and plundered them. In the process of resistance, their four brothers were killed by Huns. They thought that they could not revenge for their younger brother all their lives, but they were killed by huangfuchao before they left the pass Bo was saved.


    Huangfu Chaobo listened and thought that there were only three of them. It would be safer to take more people out. In case of any danger, let the three of them stand in the front. Everyone can have an accident, but Huang Zhong must have nothing to do. So he agreed.


    "Ding... Intermediate warrior Dugu Xiong wants to recognize you as the main player. Does the player agree? "


    "Ding... Intermediate warrior Dugu Ba wants to recognize you as the main player. Do you agree? "


    "Ding... Intermediate warrior Dugu Tian wants to recognize you as the main player. Do you agree? "


    "Agreed."


    "Agreed."


    "Agreed."

 Chapter 65

    Open several people''s property panel, Huangfu Chaobo looked at it. Fortunately, several people can ride and bow and arrow, but when you look at the level, it''s only level 30. It seems that the time to get out of the pass has to be delayed. But when he saw their skills again, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned.


    "Intermediate excavation: proficient in all kinds of mechanisms, and good at excavation. They can lurk underground for a few days and nights, dig tunnels to escape in a short time when they are in danger, or assist the troops to dig tunnels to attack the city. After reaching the rank, you can recruit a special branch of arms: the digging army. "


    Shit, BT, BT, I found the treasure. The digging Army.... Ha ha ha... But it must reach the order. It seems that these people can''t be cannon fodder, I thought.


    "Brother Hansheng, all three of them are only at level 30. It seems that the time for us to go out of the pass will have to be postponed."


    "Yes, sir."


    There is no way. In the next ten days, Huang Zhong can only continue to upgrade with a few people. In the past, when there were only three people, Huangfu Chaobo only dared to provoke mountain bandits with less than 50 people and horse bandits with less than 20 people. However, with the addition of the three martial arts of the three Dugu brothers, Wang Chao is much more courageous. First, he went back to the city to make all the equipment of the three brothers. Then, after easily completing the task of attacking a mountain stronghold with 50 bandits, Wang Chao quickly set his goal on the mountain stronghold with about 100 people. In about a month of Guangwu''s time, Huangfu Chaobo has almost reconnoitered all the shanzhais, roving bandit camps and horse bandit camps around Guangwu. Therefore, he has long been familiar with how many troops there are in each place. From Guangwu to the west, near Loufan City, there is a small village called majiaya village with about 100 people. The group soon came to the foot of majiaya mountain stronghold. It was a small mountain stronghold, which was a little smaller than the longwoshan mountain stronghold in changshe. Bingzhou was mountainous, and the people were much less, but the folk customs were fierce. So the number of mountain strongholds was far more than that in the hinterland of the Central Plains. However, relatively speaking, the scale was smaller than that in the Central Plains Much more. According to the recent reconnaissance results of Huangfu Chaobo, the scale of Shanzhai is only half the size of the Central Plains.


    After arriving at the foot of the mountain, the party hid the horses in a shelter in the trees, and then came all the way along the mountain road to the gate of the village with weapons and equipment. Before he reached the middle of the mountain, he was found by the mountain bandits who were in charge of guarding on the wall of the mountain stronghold. After hearing the sound of gongs for a while, more than ten mountain bandits appeared on the wall of the mountain stronghold. The leader was the leader of the mountain stronghold. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo, he wanted to attack his own mountain stronghold. The leader couldn''t help laughing. Standing on the wall of the stronghold with a group of mountain bandits, pointing at Huangfu Chaobo, he didn''t pay attention to a few people at all. What he didn''t expect was that since there was a marksman among the people who attacked the stronghold, Huang Zhong nailed the laughing stronghead to the stronghold wall with three arrows when he was 100 steps away from the stronghold wall. The bandits who lost their leader were in chaos. With Huang Zhong''s bows and arrows, the bandits and archers on the wall of the stronghold did not dare to show their heads. Huang Fu Chao Bo, who had no worries about the future, led Chen Jing and the four of them to break through the gate of the stronghold and enter the stronghold in a short time. An hour later, with the help of Chen Jing, Huangfu Chaobo finally emptied the property in the stronghold. Then he ran into the gathering Hall of the stronghold, cut down the flag of "acting for heaven" and abandoned the stronghold. Then, the party returned to Guangwu city. What makes Huangfu Chaobo feel depressed is that he has captured several mountain strongholds these days. Although he has made a lot of money in them, he has not attracted any warriors. There are not many intelligent NPCs in the mountain stronghold. Except for a few big and small leaders of the mountain stronghold, other ordinary mountain bandits seem to have low intelligence, so they don''t want to recruit at all, while the big and small mountain bandit leaders don''t want to recruit at all He is willing to surrender. However, this time, although he didn''t get the martial arts award, he let Huangfu Chaobo find a good thing in the Shanzhai gathering Hall - the silver treasure chest. When he opened it, it turned out to be a piece of parchment. When Huangfu Chaobo took it up, it turned out to be a copy of the task''s drawing.


    Copy task: after Qin Shihuang unified the six countries and established the great Qin Empire, he sent General Meng Tian to lead 300000 troops to drive out Xiongnu to the north and collect the land south of the Yellow River. Then he used the terrain to set up fortresses to build and connect the great wall of various countries, from Tao in the west to Liaodong in the East, stretching for more than 10000 Li. After Qin Shihuang''s sudden death, Hu Hai, encouraged by Zhao Gao and Li Si, launched a palace conspiracy and ascended the throne. Later, Hu Hai granted death to former Prince Fu Su and general Meng Tian. Wang Li, the grandson of Meng Tian''s deputy and famous general Wang Jian, took over the 300000 troops of Shangjun Legion. During the war at the end of Qin Dynasty, Liu Bang and Xiang Yu led a group of powerful people from Guandong to attack Guanzhong. Qin II ordered Wang Li to come back and attack Zhao state with Zhang Han and others, and besieged Zhao Xie and Zhang Er in Julu city. Soon after, Xiang Yu, the general of Chu, led the Chu army to rescue Julu and attack the Qin army. Wang Li was captured and his army surrendered to the princes. With the capture of Wang Li, the Great Wall army of the Qin Dynasty led by Wang Li surrendered to the vassal army, and the rest of the Great Wall army that stayed in Shangjun disappeared in the long history. According to the calculation, the number of Great Wall Corps headed by Wang Li should be between 80000 and 100000, and the number of soldiers left behind should be between 150000 and 200000. Even if the number is halved, the number should be around 100000. So where did this part of the main force go in the late Qin war? Is it really "missing" as many people say?It is rumored that before Hu Hai''s zhaoshu arrived in Jiuyuan, Meng Tian and Wang Li, who had got the news in advance, had hidden some of the Meng family''s children in the Great Wall army. After Wang Li''s army was defeated and captured, the Wang''s children in the Great Wall army realized that the great Qin Dynasty was at the end of the day, so they united with the Meng''s children who had been hidden, and led tens of thousands of troops and military families left behind by the Great Wall army to hide quietly when the great Qin Empire was destroyed. As a result, the famous Great Wall army of Qin Dynasty disappeared in the long history. For hundreds of years, the old Qin people who are loyal to the first emperor of the great Qin Dynasty and Fu Su, their son, have been looking for the most powerful army in the history of the great Qin Dynasty, hoping to find the army under the command of the two Mongolians and rebuild the great style of the great Qin Dynasty. After hundreds of years of careful search, all kinds of clues point to Wuliangsuhai, which is hundreds of miles west of Jiuyuan. However, the clues are finally interrupted here. The old Qin people who got the clue went to Wuliang suhai many times, but they couldn''t find any information. Then, the parchment recording the clue fell into the hands of the mountain bandits after several twists and turns, and now this mysterious drawing was inadvertently obtained by Huangfu Chaobo. All clues of the Great Wall army of the Qin Dynasty are recorded on the replica map. Players can go to Wuliang suhai and find the location of the Great Wall army with the clues left by the replica map. After finding, players have a certain chance to gain the loyalty of the Great Wall army.

 Chapter 66

    "Get the loyalty of the Great Wall army?" Seeing the last few hints, Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. You know, there could be tens of thousands of people in the Great Wall corps, which is known as the most powerful Corps in the Qin Dynasty. Even if there were thirty or fifty thousand people, Huangfu Chaobo could walk inside and outside the Great Wall. What''s more, with his family members, there would be one hundred and eighty thousand people. The news made Huangfu Chaobo happy for a long time, but he didn''t pay attention to the words "there is a certain chance". You know, it''s a game. Now that the task has been released, the system will definitely give the player a chance to complete the task. What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong are in hand, so it''s very important With more confidence. After several discussions with Huang Zhong, Wang Chao was not busy entering the grassland, but turned to Jiuyuan and went to Wuliang suhai to see if he could complete the copy task. If he could, if Huangfu Chaobo really gained the loyalty of the Great Wall army of the Qin Dynasty, he could not break into the sky in Bingzhou. You know, Bingzhou is not the beginning of emperor Hanling''s succession. Although there are nine counties and ninety-one cities under the rule of Bingzhou, only a few cities to the east of the Yellow River in the four counties of Yanmen Dingxiang and Xihe of Shangdang, which are controlled by the governor of Bingzhou now. Half of the other cities and territories have become the land of exotic herdsmen. For example, in Shangjun of Henan Province and west of the Yellow River of Xihe River, there are many Hu people, including sanmulouzi, qulan, chubei, hudushu, wendusu, rizhu, Wenwu, Fuqu, gulong, Xianbei, Qiang, xiaoyueshi, and so on. There are dozens of tribes active, including tens of thousands of large and tens of millions of small tribes. Therefore, if Huangfu Chaobo can really accept the descendants of the Qin people, he will have a bright future in Bingzhou. Of course, all this is based on the premise that he can find these people and accept them smoothly.


    After putting everyone in the inn, Huangfu Chaobo takes Chen Jing to Mata Tianxia village again. This time, Ma TA Tian happens to be at home. As soon as I heard that the man who bought the war horse came, I immediately went out to meet him. Take Huangfu Chaobo to the stable. Huangfu Chaobo saw that there were more horses than last time. I didn''t expect that there was another good horse. He didn''t have to do much. Huangfu Chaobo said: "I won''t say more about the horse stepping on the world, brother. I''ll take all the five war horses and that good horse here. How much do you think it will cost?"


    Ma TA Tian also knew that the other party was not a hero. He said straightforwardly, "I know my brother is a happy man. Well, the price of the war horse was 2200 last time. If this good horse of grade 40 was sent to the government, it would look like 5000 copper. My brother would add 500 copper, and then we would be responsible for matching all the saddles for you. A total of 16500 copper is available for you What do you think? "


    Huangfu Chaobo thinks that the official price of a good horse is about 20000 to 30000 copper, but the most important thing is that he wants to match the horse as well as possible for Huang Zhong, so he doesn''t say much. He pays 16 liang of silver and 500 copper directly. After the saddles are all matched, Huangfu Chaobo is about to leave. Originally, Ma TA Tian Tian still left him here to play more. However, seeing that Huangfu Chaobo seems to have something to do, he didn''t force him to do so. After two people became friends, Huangfu Chaobo took his horse back to Guangwu city.


    After returning to the city, Huangfu Chaobo resettled the horses, and then gave Chen Jing 20 liang of silver to prepare all the things for his trip. Then he told them to take a two-day rest before leaving. After that, he went offline.


    Since starting from changshe, Wang Chao has little time to go offline. Even if he goes offline, he has no time to see Jia Jing. He says that Huang Zhong and others will have a two-day rest. In fact, Wang Chao wants to take advantage of these time to see Jia Jing. Wang Chao knew that once he entered the prairie, he could not be offline. Otherwise, in case of any special circumstances, he would have to cry to death.


    Off the line, a look at the time, just two o''clock in the afternoon, from the game warehouse out of Wang Chao just feel uncomfortable. For him who is used to taking a bath every day, he doesn''t like the cleaning function of the game warehouse at all, but there''s no way. Sometimes he can''t get off the line when he stays there every day, so he can only make do with it. First, he hung up Jia Jing and said that he could accompany her in the afternoon and evening. After the two made an appointment to meet, Wang Chao went to the bathroom and took a beautiful bath. Dressing and going out, I took a taxi to the riverside where he and Jia Jing stayed last night. Shortly after arriving, I saw Jia Jing get out of the car. She walked over and held her gently in her arms. At this moment, Wang Chao felt that time was static.


    For an entire afternoon, Wang Chao accompanied Jia Jing walking slowly by the river. They talked to each other about what happened. Although they often chat in the messenger these days, the feeling is completely different from the face-to-face talk between them. Listening to Jia Jing''s laughter from time to time, Wang Chao felt very satisfied. In the process of chatting, Jia Jing tactfully proposed to take Huangfu Chaobo back to dinner, but Wang Chao felt that he still had no bottom in his heart, so he tactfully refused. Jia Jing also understood Wang Chao''s idea and never put it forward again.


    At dinner, Jia Jing called out Zhou Wen.


    Five people sat together and soon talked about the game. When several people learned that Huangfu Chaobo had recruited three more intermediate warriors, they couldn''t help but stare with envy. You know, there are only two warriors in their own village, and they are both junior. I didn''t expect that he had three intermediate skills in one move. However, under the hint of Wang Chao, Jia Jing still didn''t say anything about Huang Zhong. It''s not that they can''t be trusted. It''s just that Wang Chao thinks it''s not the time to show them. After all, he has nothing to offer except a few generals, and once others know that Huang Zhong is his generals, it will inevitably lead to some villains.Zhou Wen and her village were promoted to the middle level immediately after they got the upgrading drawings from Wang Chao, and now they are still developing well. However, Zhou Wen is basically in charge, and the other three are just looking around. Li Qiang has to go to work, while Zhou Bin just takes players around all day long, but Jia Jing is more helpful. However, it''s really tiring for two girls to manage a village. Wang Chao also has a deep understanding. Now there are more upgraded player villages, and the system also broadens the access to drawings. It''s not just playing NPC strongholds. After all, there are so many villages. For example, government tasks, hotel tasks, and finding NPC merchants to exchange raw materials, etc...

 Chapter 67

    However, with the upgrading of players'' villages, there are more and more wars between players. According to statistics of players, from the abolition of Luoshen village to now, almost 200 villages have been abandoned due to the fighting between players. Moreover, as more and more players now know the role of village restaurants, they regard the village restaurants as the most important buildings, and now there are more and more martial arts players at all levels. However, such as Wang Chao recruit three intermediate estimate no longer, and still have special skills. It can be said that the general in Wang Chao''s hand is a scorpion poop in the whole game.


    After dinner, Zhou Wen thought that there were still many things to deal with in the game, and she did not propose to go shopping, which made several boys feel relieved. He did not propose to send Jia Jing home, so he took two boys back directly. When he left, he blinked at two people, making Jia Jing blush.


    After walking with Jia Jing until more than ten o''clock in the evening, Wang Chao sent Jia Jing home. On the way, he told her that he must have no time to accompany her for a while. After all, when he enters the grassland from Yanmen pass and then leaves the grassland from youbeiping, the straight-line distance of the map is thousands of miles. What''s more, Wang Chao takes a few NPCs with him and has to stay with them all the time Together, because no one knows what will happen in the middle, after all, these generals are extremely important to Wang Chao. In fact, Jia Jing once advised Wang Chao not to go to the grassland, but Wang Chao felt that although there was a place to buy horses now, the amount was really too small. If you want to profit from the horses, you have to find it yourself.


    After they had a kiss at the gate of the community, Wang Chao watched Jia Jing enter his own yard before leaving. In my heart, Wang Chao said to Jia Jing silently, Xiao Jing, I found that this game is a good opportunity for me. For our future, I have to complete my plan. Although I want to be with you all the time, I promise you that I will always accompany you after this busy time. I''m sorry.


    Back home, Wang Chao took a shower and went to bed. Since entering the game, Wang Chao felt that he had not had such a good sleep for a long time.


    The next day, Wang Chao went online early in the morning. Inside the inn, outside Wang Chao''s room, Huang Zhong and others had been waiting there for a long time. Seeing that everything was ready, Wang Chao nodded to everyone: "let''s go."


    There are six people and eleven horses in a line. Go to Yanmen pass, 40 miles northwest of Guangwu city.


    Guangwu is only 400 li away from Yanmen pass. With their horse speed, it only takes one day to get there. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo really regretted his decision. Why not use the same horse? He must take these two horses with him. It''s OK not to drive now. If you run for your life, you can''t care about these two horses.


    Huang Zhong talked with Huangfu Chaobo about the situation outside the Great Wall.


    "Young master, we go east from Yanmen to Xianbei in the middle of the country


    "Wait... Brother Hansheng, isn''t he Xiongnu? How did you become Xianbei again? " On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo asked, "what''s in the middle? Is there any other department?"


    "Er... Where did you learn that the Huns were outside the Great Wall? "


    Er, Huangfu was stunned for a moment. Did he say that he knew it by watching TV?


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo did not speak, Huang Zhong gave him a detailed explanation.


    It turned out that after Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty defeated the Xiongnu, it gradually declined. Later, it was divided into two divisions. The southern Xiongnu was attached to the Han Dynasty and was called the southern Xiongnu. It was settled in Hetao area by the Han Dynasty. The other part is called northern Xiongnu. Originally, Xianbei was subordinate to Xiongnu in the early Han Dynasty. Later, after the northern Xiongnu was defeated by the Han Dynasty, the Xianbei people took the opportunity to enter the Xiongnu hometown and assimilated the Xiongnu people left by the local people into the Xianbei people. During the reign of emperor Heng, Xianbei produced a brilliant tamarisk locust. It took him nearly 20 years to unify the Xianbei tribes in the north of the great wall and build the court in tanhanshan. During this period, he defeated his husband Yu in the East, attacked Wusun in the west, chased Dingling in the north, and harassed the Han border in the south. He had the Hun''s hometown of "more than 2000 Li from east to west, more than 7000 Li from north to south, covering a wide range of mountains, rivers, and salt pools.". A powerful alliance of Xianbei tribes was established. In the years of Yongshou and Yanxi, Emperor Huan of the Eastern Han Dynasty, he repeatedly disturbed Yunzhong, Yanmen and other border counties of the Han Dynasty, and refused to accept the title of king and the discussion of making peace with relatives. He divided the area under his jurisdiction into three parts, about 60 cities, the East, the middle and the West. However, the major league delayed for a short time. Two years ago, tanshihuai died, and Xianbei fell into a scattered state of numerous ministries. The current situation is that although Xianbei still dominates the outside of the Great Wall, the three departments have their own policies. In the East, from the east of youbeiping to Liaodong, they are bordered by Fuyu and Chenchen; in the middle, from the west of youbeiping to the upper valley; in the west, from the West of Shanggu to Dunhuang, and in the west, they are bordered by Wusun. The Xiongnu was divided into two parts, the south in Hetao area and the north in Mobei area. As for wuheng people, they lived in Liaodong, Liaoxi, youbeiping, Yuyang, Guangyang, Shanggu, Dai and other counties. And Huangfu Chaobo''s route was to enter the grassland from Xianbei in the middle, turn inside and enter the Great Wall from youbeiping in the East...


    After hearing Huang Zhong''s story, Huangfu Chaobo realized that he took it for granted. Now the grassland is in chaos. If six people go in, they really don''t know what the result will be. Moreover, there are no people who are familiar with the grassland. Thinking of this, I can''t help looking at Huang Zhong and others.Huang Zhong saw Huangfu Chaobo''s face, understood what he thought, and said: "in fact, you don''t have to worry. Now Xianbei people are busy fighting for power. If we go in, no one will notice. Besides, the grassland is not like the Central Plains. Sometimes there may be no people for ten days and a half months. In addition, the two goals set by the young master have not been achieved. Although he knows that horses can be bought in Yanmen, the quantity here is too small. Second, there are no good horses


    "Well, the six of us will go to the stomach of Xianbei people and make a lot of noise. Let''s go


    Yanmen pass, also known as yanmensai and xilongguan, is adjacent to Longling and Yanmen mountain in the East and Longshan in the West. The two mountains face each other, and the shape of the two mountains is like a noisy gate. Every year, geese fly there, so it is called Yanmen pass. During the spring and Autumn period and the Warring States period, King Wuling of Zhao set up Yanmen County here. In the Tang Dynasty, he set up Guan, which is called xihuaguan, also known as Yanmen Guan. It is located on Yanmen mountain to the west of Yanmen pass. In 1374 A.D., Lu Ting, Marquis of Ji''an, moved Guancheng here and rebuilt it. The city of Yanmen pass is two Li in circumference. The wall is one Zhang and eight feet high. The stone base is built with bricks and three gates. On the east gate, there is a terrace, which is called Yanlou. A stone plaque is inlaid on the front of the gate, which is called "natural danger".

 Chapter 68

    Yanmenguan is composed of three parts: Guancheng, Wengcheng and Weicheng. The wall of Guancheng is three Zhang high and about two li long. The wall is based on a stone pedestal, filled with rammed earth inside and wrapped with bricks. Crenels are built on the wall. The gate was opened on the East, West and north sides of Guancheng. The door openings are built with bricks and stones, paved with bluestone slabs, and inlaid with stone plaques. The plaque on the east gate is engraved with the word "natural danger". On the gate is built the "yanmenlou", which is a double eaves building on the top of the mountain. It has five rooms wide and four rooms deep, and is surrounded by an ambulatory. On the plaque of the west gate, the word "good location" is engraved, and the gate tower is Yang LIULANG temple. In fact, the north gate is the gate of the urn city. The front of the gate is engraved with the word "Yanmenguan" and a couplet is inlaid on both sides: "the three sides of the gate are unparalleled, and jiusai respects the first gate.". At present, the East and West gatehouses have been destroyed, and the north gate has collapsed into a gap.


    The fortress of Yanmen pass is built along with the mountains, with a circumference of more than 5 kilometers. The southern end of the city wall is respectively connected with the East and West wings of Guancheng. To the north, it extends along the ridge to the bottom of the valley and is surrounded by a gate. Besides the besieged city, there are three big stone walls and 25 small stone walls, which act as a barrier. On both sides of Yanmen pass, the peaks are straight and straight, the mountains are steep, and there is a small path in the middle, winding through the city.


    A few people soon arrived at Yanmen pass. After a night''s rest in the pass, a group of people set out the next morning. After paying the clearance fee, a group of people rode out of the pass, and more than ten horses left for Jiuyuan.


    Of course, along the way, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t just run to Jiuyuan. Instead, he was constantly a mountain robber and horse thief. A month later, when they arrived at the edge of the Yellow River in the southwest of Jiuyuan, all the way, Huangfu Chaobo saw that almost all the players'' villages and towns and system cities were abandoned. Even the several counties that they passed along the way were the same. It can be seen that some players thought of building villages on the grassland, but it was estimated that they were destroyed by foreign cavalry soon. All the way west along the North Bank of the Yellow River, you will soon arrive at a small town called juanyang under the rule of Linwo County, Wuyuan County. According to the three brothers of Dugu, further west is Wuyuan City, the original county city of Jiuyuan county. It turned out to be the most prosperous place of Jiuyuan county. In those days, the Great Wall army of the Qin Dynasty was based on Wuyuan City, but in recent decades, the Han Dynasty has basically given up this business Now it should be occupied by a tribe of Xianbei people. In fact, it''s not proper to say it''s occupied. Xianbei people don''t stay in the city at all, but camp in the base outside the city. However, now not only Wuyuan City, but also several counties around Wuyuan have been abandoned. Only when there is heavy snow or sandstorm, foreigners will go to the city wall to escape once. And these places don''t allow players to build villages here at all. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo can also see many primary villages. These villages are built by players who don''t believe in evil. As a result, the village has been destroyed by foreign cavalry or numerous horse thieves within two days. On the grassland, you can see scattered players from time to time, all with horses Horses then go to the grassland to do tasks, or to set up horses on the grassland like horses step on the world.


    After a month, the party was either in battle or on the road. Considering that they had to pass through the Xianbei area, Huangfu Chaobo decided to take a day off in Fuyang town to recover their energy and go through the Xianbei area again. Fortunately, along the way, Huangfu Chaobo and his party all had more than one horse, so they all rode on horseback. Now, the three Dugu brothers have reached level 40, Huangfu Chaobo has reached level 43, and Chen Jing has reached level 45. The higher the level, the more difficult it is to upgrade. Huang Zhong, for example, has been away from level 51 for almost a month. Now he still needs 20% experience. Huangfu Chaobo went to the Internet to check. The experience of upgrading from level 60 to level 61 needs about 10.92 million. It''s frightening to think about it.


    At present, there are several attributes:


    Huangfu Chaobo level 43


    command 49 force 50 intelligence 9 politics 7 charm 84


    fame: 2103 military feat: 125


    skill shooting intermediate


    bow skill intermediate


    equestrian skill intermediate


    throwing advanced


    Chen Jing word Boyang advanced warrior level 45 Tong 45 Wu 53 Zhi 21 Nei 12


    skill shooting advanced


    bow skill intermediate


    equestrian skill intermediate<


    daoshu junior


    Dugu Xiong intermediate martial arts 40 level Tong 32 Wu 35 Zhi 25 Nei 12


    skill bowing intermediate


    equestrian intermediate


    daoshu intermediate


    Dugu Ba intermediate martial Arts 40 level Tong 18 Wu 30 Zhi 28 Nei 39


    skill bowing intermediate


    equestrian intermediate


    daoshu intermediate


    Dugu Tian intermediate martial arts 40 level Tong 25 Wu 40 Zhi 20 Nei 16


    skill bowing intermediate


    skill bowing intermediate Riding skill intermediate


    Sabre skill intermediate


    after two days'' rest in Zhenyang Town, both people and horsepower recovered very well. After discussing with Huang Zhong, we all felt that there was no other way to safely travel westward except to make a detour from the periphery of Xianbei people. So, when they were ready, they walked around the north of Jiuyuan city for more than 50 miles The city passes by. However, no matter how careful Rao was, he finally startled the Xianbei cavalry around Jiuyuan. Under the siege of a group of 20 Xianbei cavalry, one of them escaped. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that the whereabouts of his party had been discovered by Xianbei people. After running for tens of miles, Huangfu Chaobo ordered everyone to stop and rest for half an hour. After a little recovery, he made a hasty journey and finally arrived at Wuliangsuhai before the pursuit of Xianbei cavalry. After confirming his position at the seaside, he saw that it was going to be late. Under the leadership of the three Dugu brothers, Huangfu Chaobo rushed into the Wula mountain in the south of Wuliangsuhai. Wula mountain is located between Wuliangsuhai and the Yellow River. In reality, it is a big mountain range with a length of nearly 100 kilometers from east to west and a width of 20 kilometers from north to south. In the game, it is bigger than in reality. Moreover, the mountain is high and the forest is dense, and all kinds of wild animals are rampant in the forest. For the nomads, it was originally a forbidden area. Therefore, the Xianbei cavalry who followed it did not follow Huangfu Chaobo, but was in the mountain After waiting on the grassland for a few days, I didn''t see them coming out again. I thought they had left from other places, so I left. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong did not leave. Instead, they hid in a valley in the mountains under the leadership of Huang Zhong. According to the map, the clue of the Great Wall army is somewhere between Wula mountain and Wuliang suhai, so Huangfu Chaobo had to look for these places one by one to see if he could find any clues. Unfortunately, it took nearly ten days for Huangfu Chaobo to find no clues related to the mission. In desperation, he had to climb up Dahuabei, the highest peak of Wula mountain, but it was difficult to find any clues In the end, nothing was found. However, from the top of the mountain to Wuliangsuhai, there is a huge Island looming in the middle of the sea, and there are several places surrounded by clouds between the mountains and the sea. In addition, there is no other discovery.After ten days in the mountains, he still got nothing. In the end, Huangfu Chaobo had to give up looking for it. There was nothing else, because there was no clue at all. Although Huangfu Chaobo was not willing to give up, he could only withdraw from the mountains and return to the grassland at the foot of the mountain. Fortunately, at this time, the cavalry of Xianbei people had already evacuated.


    After leaving Wula mountain, Huangfu Chaobo did not return to Bingzhou along the original road. Instead, he first traveled dozens of miles north of Wuliangsuhai and then turned to the northeast. Along the way, from time to time, I saw a large group of wild sheep, wild cattle, and even a few wild horses. The big ones had thousands of wild horses, and the small ones had hundreds. Among them, there were many good horses and fine horses. Among the biggest horses, Huang Zhong also said that the head horse in that area must be a BMW. Looking at these horses, Huangfu Chaobo was excited to see them every time, but he could only see them. Although six of them were all military generals, they could not train horses, even if they did. Moreover, in terms of their current riding skills, they can''t even handle a large group of wild horses, even a group of ponies with hundreds of horses. Lu also didn''t see any grassland tribes, but there were many players in groups. However, for the sake of caution, as long as you see players from a distance, Huangfu Chaobo will let you avoid them.

 Chapter 69

    Two days later, they left the Xianbei tribe of Jiuyuan. Looking at the horses running around from time to time, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help sighing: "the grassland is really a good place. If you build a village here and train tens of millions of cavalry, how wonderful it will be."


    "Young master, I don''t think you want to think in vain any more. Let alone you can''t build a village. With Xianbei people''s attitude towards us Han people, I promise that if you build it today, Xianbei people''s troops will come to you tomorrow." Dugu Xiong said on the side. Huangfu Chaobo nodded and stopped talking.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t tell everyone to hurry. They killed sheep, cut cattle and looked at horses on the grassland... It''s also comfortable, and they didn''t meet any big Xianbei tribe. They met two tribes with about 1000 people in the middle, which were far away from each other, but dozens of Xiaobo horse thieves met several waves. In a few days, people''s riding and archery skills have improved a lot.


    It was OK at first, but more than ten days passed. He just killed animals every day, but gradually Huangfu Chaobo was a little impatient: "brother, if we had known that, we might as well have stayed in changshe. You can also kill mountain bandits in changshe. When can you meet a small tribe These days, everything else is OK. Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong are getting closer and closer. Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t call him Hansheng brother. At the beginning, Huang Zhong resolutely refused. However, after his repeated protests failed, Huang Zhong acquiesced in the name of Huangfu Chaobo, but he still called himself Prince Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Young master, although we are still on the edge of the grassland, there are not many Xianbei small tribes that are normal. The distribution of tribes on the grassland is not the same as that of villages in the Central Plains. Besides, it is very normal that large and small tribes occupy one another and there is no one in a hundred Li. Besides, we can''t go deep into the grassland with our strength. There are only those small tribes on the edge of the grassland. If we go inside again, it is estimated that six of us will go in and two or three will come out. Young master, you''d better improve your martial arts while there is no danger now Huang Zhong said patiently.


    Originally, they had been heading north, but since a few days ago, they met several thousand people tribes of Xianbei people one after another, they all asked not to go deep into the grassland. After several considerations, Huangfu Chaobo decided to turn east. I have been walking for several days. Except for a thousand people tribe of Xianbei people, I haven''t seen even a few hundred people tribe. On the contrary, I have seen a few wild horses. However, no matter how much I see, I can only stare at them. No one can train horses. Huangfu Chaobo also checked on the official website before. The horse training skills belong to special skills. Even these alien races have only one in ten thousand chances to encounter them. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo is dead. Just want to fight a few small tribes, and then grab some from other people''s stables, or directly from the cavalry. But what I didn''t expect is that up to now, not to mention hundreds of small tribes, we haven''t seen one tribe with less than a thousand people, but we have seen several tribes with more than a thousand people. It''s a pity that there are hundreds of cavalry in such tribes, which can''t be eaten by six of them. No wonder Huangfu super Expo is impatient. Which player wants to live like this. I ride on horses all day and kill wild sheep and bison. I kill a few wolves occasionally, and I can''t get off the line.


    "Don''t worry, as long as we are patient, we will find small tribes." Huang Zhong comforted.


    Just then, the three Dugu brothers came back.


    "Young master, young master, good news, old three found a small tribe in front of him."


    As soon as he heard that there was a small tribe, Huangfu Chaobo was excited. "How many? where are you? It can''t be that kind of small tribe with eight hundred people again. "Huangfu Chaobo also specially emphasized that little character.


    These days, they all look like the three Dugu brothers are in the front, left and right directions, while the three Huangfu Chaobo are following up.


    "Hey, hey... Don''t worry, young master. I went to have a sneak look. There were only a few small yurts, and there were only less than 200 horses, and there were only a few hundred cattle and sheep around. It is estimated that it is a small settlement of more than a hundred people. " Dugu Tiandao;


    "ha ha... Great. Where is it? How far is it from us now? " After hearing this, Huangfu was relieved.


    "It''s just ahead. You can see it through the woods ahead. It''s about ten miles away from here. "


    "Yes. Let''s go. " With that, Huangfu Chaobo urged everyone to move forward.


    "Young master, since it''s not far away, we should slow down. What''s more, the situation is not clear now. We need to examine it carefully. After all, there are only six of us, but there are dozens of them, and we don''t know that there are no other tribes around them. It''s not like we''re in the great wall of Bingzhou on the grassland. Once Xianbei people get away with their horses, we''ll probably be exposed. So don''t act rashly. " Huang Zhong stopped at the side;


    "thank you, brother. Chaobo has been taught." With that, he saluted Huang Zhong solemnly. "Chen Jing, you and the three Dugu brothers work together to explore the situation around them, and then go to the front of the woods to meet. My brother and I will drive the other horses to the woods to wait for you.""Yes, sir."


    As soon as Huang Zhong saw his arrangement, he nodded in his heart. It seems that this young master is not a reckless person who doesn''t listen to others.


    After several people set out, Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong went to the front woods with other people.


    It''s a forest. In fact, there are less than 100 trees growing on a hill, but they just block the view. The two men drove the horses into the woods, tied them up, and went to the other end of the woods. When you get to the edge of the woods, you can see that there is a small hill on the other side of the woods. A few miles away, you can see a few white yurts, and a small group of cattle and sheep around.


    "Young master, you see, we can go to the back of the front hill to see the specific situation of each other later. If it''s a small tribe with dozens of people, there should be no problem. It''s just that we should consider how not to let one escape, otherwise we will be in danger in the future. " Huang zhongzhao.


    "Well, what do you think, brother?" Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    "we don''t have any opinions for the time being. Let''s go back first and wait for a few of them to come back and see what''s going on around them."


    "Good."

 Chapter 70

    Two people waited in the woods for more than two hours, and Chen Jing and others came back one after another.


    "Young master, we have explored the surrounding areas. There are no other tribes within a 20 mile radius. When we came back just now, we saw about ten of them riding out. They are all three horses for one person. It seems that they should go far away. They won''t turn around if they don''t have the appearance of two or three days. " Chen Jingdao;


    "Oh, great." Huangfu Chaobo turned to Huang Zhong and said, "it seems that heaven is helping us."


    "Well."


    "Chen Jing, have a good rest here. My elder brother and I will have a look." Then he and Huang Zhong walked towards the small hill they began to see.


    Two people did not ride, walked for a long time to the foot of the hill, and then slowly climbed up the hill.


    "Young master, you see, there are only eight small felts surrounded by a big felt bag. That is to say, there are no more than eight or nine families, about 50 people in total, and 20 to 30 soldiers. In addition, there are about ten people who have left before. If they can''t come back before tonight, there should be no problem for the six of us to deal with them. " Huang Zhongdao;


    "well, are you sure of total annihilation?"


    "It shouldn''t be a big problem. Their camp is just around the corner of the river. Only the West and north can run horses. We started from the grove in Yinshi, where people were holding a piece and horses were wrapping our feet. When we arrived at their camp, it should be about Maoshi. At that time, we could approach the camp like a hundred steps. At that time, Zhong could get rid of the camp sentry . When we attack from the West and the north at the same time, no one should be able to run away


    "Brother, are you sure there are only so many people in it?"


    "It should not be wrong. The most important thing for us now is to wait until the evening to see if the people who went out have come back. If it''s really like what Boyang said, there should be no problem. "


    "Well, we''ll wait here. Anyway, it''s not long before dark."


    Until it was completely dark, and did not see those who left back, the two returned to the woods. When we got back to the woods, we ate some dry food and arranged the night watchmen before we went down to have a rest.


    Huangfu Chaobo leaned against the tree trunk but couldn''t sleep. Although he has been playing the game for several months, Huangfu Chaobo has never really been on the court to fight. The only one was the battle to protect the village. Although it was also a night battle, it was totally different from the upcoming night battle. After all, it was my own village. I was very familiar with it, and I didn''t have any preparation at that time. But this time it''s different. It''s a surprise attack. I don''t know what kind of mood it is: nervous, excited and with a little expectation. Finally, he fell asleep in a daze, and was immediately woken up again. It turned out that Chen Jing was on the vigil in the second half of the night.


    It''s still dark at this time. With the memory of looking at the terrain during the day, Huang Zhong led the group to the camp of Xianbei people. After passing the hill, everyone slowly adapted to the light. They could see clearly the vague figure in front of them. With the guidance of the camp fire, the group successfully reached the place less than 200 steps away.


    In the light of the fire, Huangfu Chaobo sees the guy on the other side standing by the fire. Huang Zhong nodded to everyone, and all the people got on the horse one after another. They took out their bows and arrows and urged the horse to walk slowly towards the fire. When he took 150 steps, Huang Zhong lifted the bow of baoque in his hand. His right hand took out an arrow from the quiver beside him. After a few steps, he quickly took a bow and shot it.


    "Whoosh."


    "Pounce" The guy fell down.


    "Rush..." Huang Zhong, together with the order, took the lead in raising the horse speed. Then they followed him to the camp.


    Maybe it''s because there''s a watchman outside, or maybe it''s because Xianbei people feel safe all the time. Until everyone rushes to the edge of the camp, there''s a person coming out of a tent. I''m still yawning. Before he opened his eyes to see outside, he was shot by Huang Zhong. But the guy screamed before he died, but it was too late. Several other tents rushed out, and several people were shot and killed by Chen Jing. When Huang Zhong passed the fire, he leaned forward, drew a torch from the fire, ran around several yurts, and instantly set the front yurts on fire.


    At this time, the screams began to ring one after another. The fire broke up the darkness before dawn. Six people scattered a few yurts to encircle, also did not take a knife, see someone come out to raise his hand is an arrow. Within a moment, more than ten people had been killed.


    "Who are you and why are you attacking us?" The people inside the tent seemed to realize that there was a magic Archer outside, and they didn''t continue to rush outside. A man called out to the outside;


    "enemy." Huangfu said coldly,


    and made a gesture to several people. Dugu three brothers picked up some torches and threw them to other tents without fire.


    This time, the people in the tent didn''t rush outside. Instead, they cut the tent and ran to the big tent behind. Some people are running and shooting arrows at Huangfu Chaobo. Several others ran to the stables on the side. Huangfu Chaobo and Chen Jing rushed to the other side. It''s a pity that they are still slow. By the time they arrive, a man has already jumped on the horse''s back and is ready to run outside."Whoosh..."


    I didn''t expect to be shot down by Huang Zhong at the beginning.


    Dugu three brothers immediately turned over the tent one by one and found that there was no one inside. So everyone gathered around the innermost tent.


    "Listen to the people inside. I''ll count to three. If you don''t come out and get caught, I''ll set fire to the account." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    who knows his voice just fell, the people inside rushed out with a knife.


    "Sons of Sirius, fight with these Han dogs." By this time, the people inside had already seen that there were several Han people outside. They knew that there was no good result today, so they all rushed out with a shout. At the front are two middle-aged men, and at the back are old people, children and women. However, before he rushed to Huangfu Chaobo, he was solved by several people with bows and arrows.


    After waiting for a moment to see that he never came out again, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to enter the tent. He didn''t expect Chen Jing to get in first. After searching inside and confirming that there was no one, he came out and invited Huangfu Chaobo in.


    The whole battle ended in less than half an hour, and there was not even one injured person on his side. This battle is perfect, but I don''t know what to get.


    "Chen Jing and Dugu three brothers clean up the battlefield. Brother, follow me to see what''s inside."

 Chapter 71

    As soon as he entered the tent, Huangfu Chaobo found that it was empty. Except for some daily necessities, there seemed to be nothing else. Huangfu Chaobo was willing to turn the inside upside down, and then several tens of taels of silver and a small box came out from under the bed.


    "Shit, you''re so poor..." Huangfu Chaobo is just reading by himself when Chen Jing comes in.


    "Young master, the battlefield has been cleaned up."


    "How''s it going? What did you get? " Huangfu Chaobo asked.


    "We killed 15 of the Xianbei people and 23 of the other old and young women. When the fire broke out just now, there were dozens of horses. Now there are only 21. Among them, there are 12 war horses, 5 good horses, and 4 foals, which are also good horses. More than half of the sheep have run, and now there are only more than 30 sheep. Another is to pick up a level 40 horn bow, four ordinary bows, nine machetes and a few pots of arrows, as well as several taels of silver. That''s all


    "Damn, it''s not so poor. Oh, my horse, how can it run so much? "


    "It''s mainly the guy who ran to the stables who opened the stables, and that''s why..."


    "Well, it''s a pity that we have too few people. If there were too many people, we would not have run away so many horses. Fortunately, no one was injured. OK, let''s pack everything. Chen Jing, you take someone to the woods and bring all our horses. We have to go. Who knows when those people will come back


    "Well, young master, we have more than twenty horses, and we haven''t spent a penny." Dugu Tian said triumphantly beside him;


    "who said that we gambled everyone''s lives. Fortunately, no one was injured and no more horses were lost." Huangfu Chaobo said: "brother, I think we are lucky this time. If their people don''t go out and the timing is good, we may suffer a big loss. It seems that we should do less in the future. Although we can get some horses, if one is not good, we will lose some people. You are all my brothers and sisters. If you are injured for the sake of some horses, I''d rather spend more money to buy them than take the risk again. "


    "You are benevolent and righteous. Our lives belong to you. If you didn''t help us, we would die in the hands of those Xianbei people sooner or later." Everyone was greatly moved by this. In particular, the three Dugu brothers immediately knelt down in front of Huangfu Chaobo and said,


    needless to say, everyone''s loyalty and favor ran up.


    "Well, don''t kneel down. Let''s pack up and go now. If those people come back, it will be another fierce battle."


    After this battle, Huangfu Chaobo now has six good horses, 20 war horses, two riding horses and four good horses and foals. There are still tens of taels of silver. No wonder people say that war is the best way to make money. A good horse is just one for each person. Although no one can train a horse, it''s better to take it now. When it grows up, it may not be a good horse, but at least it will be a war horse. (set in the game, if the foal grows up naturally without training, it may be lowered by one level when it grows up.)


    "Brother, is my decision wrong? Now it seems that we can''t come to the grassland. We can''t eat any small tribe. And the one who can train horses is hard to find. Anyway, we have 20 or 30 horses now, or we can just go back. " Huangfu said, "are you afraid Huang Zhong said, "are you afraid? I''m afraid. I''m afraid you''ll be hurt. You''re OK, but look at them. They''re just ordinary warriors. It''s OK to meet ordinary Xianbei cavalry. It''s hard to say if they meet a team of more than 100 people. To tell you the truth, I want to take back a lot of you. "


    "You are kind, but it is a great honor to die in battle for the generals, not to mention to die in the battle of a different race. And it''s also an experience for them. If they can experience it on the grassland for one or two years, it will be of great help to them in the future. Besides, I''ll take care of them. By the way, young master, in fact, there are not only Xianbei tribes on the grassland, but also countless horse thieves, ranging from thousands to dozens. In fact, we don''t have to only aim at Xianbei tribes. "


    "Horse thief? How come we''ve seen several waves along the way, but they''re all hundreds of people, and we don''t dare to touch them at all on our terms? "


    "Horse thieves are usually active near the edge of the Great Wall. In places like this, which are hundreds of miles deep into the grassland, they don''t usually come in. They are also afraid of meeting the Xianbei people''s big tribe. On the edge of the Great Wall, there are many high mountains. They usually nest in a secret valley. Only occasionally do they go to the grassland to catch the autumn wind, and they usually don''t go too far. We can also get what we want there, and the risk will be much less. "


    "Well, let''s talk to them. Let''s not come in so far. We''ll go to the other side of the great wall and see if we can kill a few brigands."


    So they turned to the southeast.¡£¡£¡£


    Yingchuan society. In Zongheng village, Zhang an, as usual, took two soldiers and one of the two brothers of the Li family to drive the carriage. Under the protection of more than 40 players of the Luoshen Gang, he sent the hemostatic medicine made by his father yesterday and some bows and arrows made by himself to the store.


    Childe has been out for three or four months. I don''t know where they are now. Is there any danger. Last night, my father was still asking if he knew the situation of the young master, and the two little guys also asked about their father and uncle from time to time, but I didn''t know anything about it. It seems that after the delivery today, I still need to ask two elders or village chief Zongheng. The young master said that there is a special way of contact between them, and they should know each other What''s up with you, Mr. Tao.


    Come to Luoshen shop, put the goods, and tell several people to wait for themselves here. Zhang an walked towards the administrative Hall of Zongheng village alone. When he got to the door, he saw the top five bars coming out of it.


    "I''ve seen the best elder." Zhang an went up to say hello. These brothers of the young master are really good. Thanks to their care these days, the business of the young master''s shop will get better and better. And now his father''s pharmaceutical skills have been upgraded to the intermediate level. According to the childe''s original arrangement, now my father has started to make 30 plus hemostatic drugs. It is estimated that the business will get better and better in the future. Now the 30 plus hemostatic drugs are basically put at home by himself, and they are all the + 20 hemostatic drugs left behind before. In addition, according to the childe''s arrangement, when my father''s pharmaceutical skills reach the advanced level, I will arrange three people to go to the village head One of the apprentices is for Zongheng village.


    "Brother Boming. Don''t be so polite. The goods were delivered early in the morning. What''s the matter with you? " Top five bar road: although it''s NPC, top five doesn''t look down on it. It''s the God of wealth and protection in the village. Since the blood medicine came, the players in the village, especially the players directly under the team, have been training much faster.


    "Please inform the elder that Zhang an wants to see village head Zongheng."


    "What else? Go, go... I''ll take you directly in to see him. Lao Du and Lao Jie are also here

 Chapter 72

    As soon as I entered the hall, I was discussing something with Adu. As soon as Zhang an came in, Xiao Jie came over immediately. "Lao Zhang, the goods have been delivered so early. Nothing happened on the way."


    "No, there are so many people escorting me. What''s the matter? Besides, Lao Zhang is not a vegetarian, is he?"


    "Ha ha... That''s When they heard this, they all laughed.


    When he came to Zongheng, Zhang an said, "I''ve seen village head Zongheng."


    "Well, Lao Zhang, you don''t have to be polite to us. Why do you have anything to ask me? Generally, you don''t enter my door." He joked, "yes, there are several things I have come to see the village head today. One is about the current situation of the young master. Yesterday, my father told me to ask village head Zongheng if he knew something about the young master Zhang andao;


    "Oh, you said brother Chaobo, we were talking about him just now. He is very well now. It is said that a few days ago, they selected a Xianbei tribe with 40 or 50 people and got dozens of horses. As for people, there should be nothing wrong. We are still waiting for him to send us horses. They are all good war horses of grade 30 or 40. You can rest assured on his side. I''ll let you know if there is anything. Is there anything else? "


    "Yes, the young master told me before he went out that when his father''s pharmaceutical skills were promoted to a higher level, he asked the village head to send three people to be apprentices. After the apprenticeship, one of them could be sent back to Zongheng village. There is also the childe said that after the promotion to senior level, we should also ask the village head to pay attention to the formula of acne medicine, because that kind of medicine will not be made without learning the formula. "


    "What? Do you think Zhang Lao''s pharmaceutical technique will be upgraded? How long is it going to be up? " Zongheng asked immediately;


    "yes, that''s what you said before you left. According to my father, he should have been promoted in the last month or two, so he asked me to say hello to village head Zongheng first. "


    "Well, well... I''ll arrange it. When you want someone, just tell me directly, and I''ll send the prescription to your store as soon as I get it. " After that, he turned to the top grade and Adu: "well, by the end of the month, we will have several more people giving medicine at the same time. At that time, we will have more medicine in our hands in a few days, and we will have more confidence in fighting medium-sized mountain stronghold. Ha ha ha


    "Yes, although the first few apprentices can only do low-level medicine, but if the amount is large, we will be more confident." A few people should be nearby;


    now Zongheng village has been promoted to Zhongcun for more than four months. Now all the buildings in the village have been upgraded to the intermediate level, and the population is almost full. Now there are only upgrade drawings left, but now the main players are basically stuck in the level of 38-40. Although there are more than 1000 people, because of the blood drug limitation, the second-line troops are very weak I''ve never been able to get up to that level. Although there are 20 level 30 militiamen in the world, even if you add these people, plus 500 level 35 players of Luoshen Gang, and players with less than 2000 people want to fight a mountain stronghold with about 150 people, the loss will still be very big. The main reason is that players do not have strong long-range attack.


    After Zhang an came out of the administrative department, he took two militiamen with him to upgrade with Adu and Xiaojie. Now Zhang an is at level 40, and the two militiamen have also learned archery in the martial arts school in changshe city. Now they are at level 32. The two of them are still at level 37 because they have to manage the guild at ordinary times, but they are also relatively high among the players. It is said that the player''s highest level now is only 45. The level in the game is the same for both players and NPCs. The more difficult it is, the more difficult it will be. After level 40, it will take several days to upgrade to the next level. Level 45 or above will be the first level in nearly ten days. Level 50 or above will take a month or even a few months. Level 60 or above will take almost a year to upgrade to the next level. It will have to brush all day long Geeks.


    Huangfu Chaobo can only find out what happened in the news agency through his daily communication with several people all over the world. I still repeat the previous things every day. Since they beat the Xianbei tribe, they have been walking in the southeast direction. However, more than ten days later, they have never met any small tribe, only killed a few lone horse thieves. According to Huang Zhong''s estimation, they should be to the north of Daijun and Shanggu now.


    On this day, Huangfu Chaobo was just like before, sitting on the horse and looking around bored. The grassland scenery was beautiful, but every day he was facing the boundless grassland. It was really boring. However, in other words, the grassland is really a good place to practice. Let alone anything else, at least no one is robbing me. Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help thinking that he might as well go directly from Shanggu to Youzhou. Anyway, there is nothing to do. It''s better to go to youbeiping to accompany Xiaojing.


    Thinking about telling Huang Zhong about it, Chen Jing comes running from the front.


    "Young master, there is a fight ahead."


    "Well? Who is it? How many people? How far is it from us? " When Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he immediately came back to his spirit."It''s all Xianbei people. It''s on the other side of the hill in front of me. I have a look. It should be a team of 100 Xianbei cavalry attacking another Xianbei people with about 50 people. There seems to be a big man among the 50 people. I watched the more than 50 people surround him in the middle to protect him." Chen Jingdao;


    "well, we''ll hide all the horses first, and then we''ll go to see their dog bite the dog. Is there any place nearby where you can hide horses? "


    "Yes, sir, there is a forest a few miles ahead. We can hide all the horses there as we did last time."


    "Well, you lead the way ahead


    With that, the party drove the small group of horses to the place Chen Jing said. After walking a few miles, I saw the grove that Chen Jing said. Everyone drove the horses to the woods and hid them. They put on good horses and equipped them. Under the leadership of Chen Jing, they went to the fighting place in front of them.


    After running about five miles, Huangfu Chaobo saw a small hill in front of him. He heard the sound of fighting coming from there. But because of the mountain, we can''t see the situation there.


    "Young master, it''s over there. Let''s get off the horse and walk slowly. You can see the situation over there from the mountain package."


    After getting off the horse, let a person guard the horse under the mountain bag, others slowly climbed up the mountain bag.

 Chapter 73

    After climbing up Shanbao, they found that they could see clearly below. Just a mile below Shanbao, there were two groups of Xianbei people fighting. A wave of Xianbei cavalry of 80-90 people surrounded about 40 people on the other side. Dozens of corpses were lying on the ground all around. The people on the hill could clearly hear the fighting and shouting from there.


    "Huyangu! Do you really want to kill them all? " One of the people who were surrounded said aloud;


    "huyandu, you should be arrested. I took you back to the king''s Court on Shan Yu''s order. There is only one way out for those who disobey Sirius. You''re going back with us now. Maybe you can leave a whole body. If you resist again, Shan Yu''s order is life and death! I''m not going to talk about any more feelings! " The guy named huyangu said;


    "huyangu, you shameless traitor, we didn''t betray Sirius, we just want to take the people to find a place to live in peace, away from the days of intrigue in the court. Thank you for your peace. I didn''t expect that you would have betrayed us to Chanyu in order to be a centurion. If it wasn''t for you, there would be only so many people left in our more than 200 people. I''m going to kill you


    "Ha ha ha...... Little huyanda, you want to kill me? I''d better wait until you grow up, but it''s a pity that you will never grow up again. Ha ha ha.... If you don''t want to give up, you can go to see Sirius today Said, to those under the humanitarian: "single in order, kill no Hector!"


    "Kill..."


    "Kill..."


    The people on both sides immediately fell into a group.


    Huang Zhong and Chen Jing immediately realized that the word "traitor" came from there. They turned their heads and looked at Huangfu Chaobo on the side. Sure enough, Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes were red now. They picked up long guns in both hands and were ready to rush down. When they saw the situation, they quickly put Huangfu Chaobo in a fight I got off the mountain.


    "You two, let me go. I''ll go down and kill the damn traitor."


    "Young master, we need to take a long-term view. There are six of us now. It doesn''t help if we go. We''d better wait for a moment. We''ll kill them when they''re completely stuck together. " Huang Zhongdao;


    "yes, sir, since those people who are surrounded can escape all the way from Xianbei king zhuangting, they should have some skills. Although there are twice as many people on the other side, I think there will be few people when they play almost the same on both sides. Let''s wait a moment. " Chen Jing also advised him on the side;


    Huangfu Chaobo thought it was the same, so he nodded and said, "OK, let''s go to the top first and watch. We''ll kill them when they''re almost done."


    After that, he took three people to climb up the mountain to watch the fierce scene of dog biting.


    Since their own side had the advantage of the number of people, the pursuers did not throw all the people in. They arranged for more than 60 people to fight head-on with each other. The other 20 people, including the centurion, harassed each other with arrows. The surrounded people had to rush all the people up. Even the child named huyanda joined the battle with machetes Fight. In this way, it is obvious that the offensive side took advantage. As soon as the two sides took on the fight, about ten people fell down, but the defenders were threatened by bows and arrows, and each of them was injured in different degrees.


    "Ha ha ha... Huyandu, I don''t know how arrogant you are. Do more than 30 people want to beat us more than 70? Ha ha ha... Warriors, come on, take off their heads. I''ll ask Shan Yu for credit


    "Huyangu, don''t worry, I won''t let you succeed like this. Kill... " Huyan roared and rushed up. Once again, he fought with several Xianbei cavalry and became a regiment. He killed three or four ordinary cavalry in a moment.


    As soon as huyangu saw it, he said, "you all step down and give him to me. Huyandu, let me take you to see Sirius today. "


    "Kill..."


    "Kill..."


    The two men soon formed a group. But the people around are at ease to deal with the others who are surrounded by themselves. After more than 30 rounds of fighting, Huyan obviously felt that the strength of his arm was getting smaller and smaller. He couldn''t help but worry: "God Sirius, have you abandoned your people? Why? "


    "Ah


    At this time, Huyan heard his brother''s scream. He was scared out of his wits. He quickly looked back and saw that his brother had been slashed on his hand by a cavalry. Now, although he was rescued by the people nearby, he didn''t know how he was hurt. At the moment when he was distracted, huyangu''s knife soon came in front of him. Although he lay back, his head escaped the knife, but his abdomen couldn''t escape. His skin armor was cut open, and his stomach was cut. Fortunately, he didn''t cut his stomach open, but the blood kept flowing from the wound.


    "Huyandu, don''t worry. I will send you to meet your brother soon. You can get together again soon." Although huyangu was talking, the knife in his hand didn''t stop. One after another, he attacked his opponent.Up to now, the people on both sides have already suffered a lot from their own injuries. There are only more than 50 people on the offensive side, while there are about 10 people left in huyandu.


    Seeing this, Huang Fu Chao Bo behind the mountain bag turned to see Huang Zhong. Huang Zhong thought about it and nodded. Then all three of them got out of the mountain bag. Six men got on their horses and rushed to the scuffle crowd.


    As soon as the two sides of the melee heard the sound of horse hooves coming from behind, they were all surprised. Huyangu looked back, but he didn''t think it was six Han people. He couldn''t help sneering and said, "huyandu, you said you didn''t betray Sirius God. Even Hangou''s reinforcements have been invited. But it''s a pity that even if they come, they can''t save you. Six despicable Han dogs also want to fight with our Xianbei warriors. They don''t have their own ability. Brave men, Han dogs are giving us heads again. Lone wolf, take some people with you to kill those Han dogs. Others will kill these traitors first. "


    At his command, a Xianbei man came out of the besieged crowd and rushed to Huangfu Chaobo. The others looked at them with envy and rushed to the Han people. In their eyes, they were just giving them credit. But they had no choice but to put down their bows and arrows, lift their machetes and kill them .


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw each other, he came out with three people. He couldn''t help sneering at Huang Zhong and said, "it seems that these Xianbei dogs still look down on people. Only three of the six of us came. I''ll give all three to you. " In the twinkling of an eye, the people on both sides were only about 300 steps away. The Xianbei people on the other side also put their arrows on the bow and just waited for them to get close to each other to shoot them. They thought that each person only needed two arrows to shoot the Han dogs off the horse.

 Chapter 74

    What a group of Xianbei cavalry didn''t expect was that there were still 150 steps, and someone on the other side was ready to shoot with a bow. The wolf could not help but said to his two companions, "look, that Han dog is so far away that he is ready to shoot arrows. It''s really stupid..." Although he was talking, his horse didn''t stop, but he led the three men towards Huangfu Chaobo and his party. Soon they came close to the distance of 100 steps. The three Xianbei cavalry soldiers who were preparing to shoot suddenly saw the sound of arrows flying rapidly. Seeing this, he cried out: "be careful with the bows and arrows!"


    "Whoosh, whoosh, whoosh"


    before the voice fell, three arrows flew towards several people.


    "Bang bang."


    When the arrow came down, the three Xianbei cavalry did not react, so they were shot down by Huang Zhong''s three arrows.


    "Good..."


    This side of the incident so that huyangu did not have time to respond, the two sides of the battle of Xianbei people also suddenly shocked. Huangfu Chaobo, however, did not stop. They rushed 80 steps on both sides, and then one by one they picked up their bows and arrows and prepared to shoot at the Xianbei cavalry. It wasn''t until 50 steps that he really started archery. However, Huang Zhong was an exception. He started archery a hundred steps away. By the time Huangfu Chaobo started archery, he had already shot three arrows.


    "Whoosh..."


    "Whoosh..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Six arrows flew to Xianbei people. However, only Huang Zhong and Chen Jing''s arrows hit the target, and the other four archers on horseback could only disturb the enemy''s sight. Seeing that five more people fell down on his side, huyangu woke up and said angrily, "divide 20 people to deal with those Han dogs, and the others will eliminate these traitors first."


    Twenty more of the cavalry of Xianbei were immediately separated, but this time no one lost his heart. As he picked up the horse''s speed, he took up the bow and arrow to shoot against Huangfu Chaobo. After this arrow, the two sides were only 20 steps away. Both sides put down their bows and arrows and picked up the weapons of close combat. However, the Xianbei people are doomed to suffer losses this time. Huangfu Chaobo''s horse speed has already been raised to the highest level, while their own horse has just turned around.


    "Kill..."


    Huangfu Chaobo is divided into three groups. Huang Zhong is one person, and Dugu Tian, the most powerful of Chen Jing and Dugu three brothers, is the first group, while the other two are at Huangfu Chaobo''s side.


    After a brief silence, the whole battlefield became lively again.


    After a round, Huangfu Chaobo six people except Huang Zhong had nothing to do with it, the other five people were injured, but it didn''t matter much. On the other hand, Xianbei people fell five people, Huang Zhong killed three people, and the other two groups killed one person in each group.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    When Huyan saw someone coming, he was very happy, but when he saw that there were six Han people. Although he knew that they were supposed to come to save himself, the hope in his heart suddenly failed again. What can six Han people do? Oh, 600 Han cavalry are almost the same. Unexpectedly, as soon as the two sides took the fight, they gave him a big surprise. First, a big man killed three people with three arrows, then six people killed five cavalry. This time, their morale suddenly raised. Huyan all roared: "warriors, we are saved, kill..."


    "Kill..."


    The morale of the crowd was greatly boosted. Less than 20 people blocked the attack of more than 30 people from the other side.


    Next, the performance time of Huang Zhong''s personal show. He caught his horse in both legs and held the cloud curling sword in both hands. He danced very tightly. He dashed left and right in the middle of the Xianbei cavalry. Where he went:


    his head and arms flew together, and his blood and water were in two colors.


    After two rounds in the Xianbei cavalry, eight of the remaining 15 cavalry fell down. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo also killed two of them. Now only five of the 20 people who came to intercept them are sitting on the starting horse, but they just watch from a distance and dare not come near to fight with them. Looking at Huang Zhong''s achievements, not only Xianbei people were silly, but also Huangfu Chaobo and five of them were stunned.


    For a long time, Huangfu Chaobo just spit out a "cool" from his mouth!


    Huangjiang is worthy of being Huangjiang. The force of 98 is really not ordinary. Although it has not reached the best state yet, it also has 80 + force now...


    Just as everyone was still in a daze, Huang Zhong turned his horse around again. He charged at the rest of the cavalry. "Kill..."


    Huangfu Chaobo and others realized that they were still fighting.


    "Kill..." Five people also shout to rush to still be in a daze of Xianbei cavalry.


    Another round, after solving the remaining cavalry, the six men looked to the other side of the battlefield. At this time, there were only four people left inside, three big men with their backs to their backs, surrounded the little boy and a white horse in the middle, and there were only about ten people on the attacking side.


    Huang Zhong didn''t speak either, so he beat his horse and rushed to the man named huyangu. The other side found that all his people had been eliminated. As soon as he gritted his teeth, the man rushed to Huang Zhong and raised his knife. Huang Zhong raised his hand and knocked his opponent''s knife away. Then he turned the big knife and took the guy off the horse. Before he could speak, Dugu Tian jumped off the horse and tied the guy into a zongzi. Then several people rushed to several Xianbei cavalry soldiers who were still under siege. They found that the captured Xianbei cavalry of Centurion was in a panic and was killed by six people in a moment.It was at this time that the people who were surrounded were relieved.


    "Plop..."


    "Plop..."


    All three fell to the ground.


    "Brother..." As soon as the boy saw his elder brother fall to the ground, he rushed to sit up with his elder brother.


    "Huyanda, brother is OK. Don''t cry. You should remember that you are the son of Sirius, the brave Xianbei warrior. You can only shed blood, not tears. How are you going to see black bear and zatai? "


    "Brother black bear, brother zatai, what''s the matter with you?"


    "Little huyanda, brother..." Then the Xianbei man named black bear spat out a big mouthful of blood from his mouth, "brother... I don''t want to... Can''t protect... You know, you... You are better... Take good care of... own... Kill... Kill Zuo Duhu for... For the people... Revenge And then he died. And the one named Zhahe just looked at huyanda and laughed for a while.


    Several people of Huangfu Chaobo stood on the side and looked at them silently without saying anything.

 Chapter 75

    After sitting for a while, Huyan finally gasped and called huyanda over. Then huyanda helped him to the front of Huangfu Chaobo and his party. Line a ceremony: "Huyan thank you for your help, but I have a request, please agree."


    "Say what you have," said Huangfu Chaobo, "but I don''t know if you can promise me."


    Huyan also saw that Huangfu Chaobo should be the leader of six people. So he said to Huangfu Chaobo, "please give us the villain who betrayed your brother. Huyandu and huyanda are willing to be your slaves and swear to Sirius that they will never betray you."


    "Er Huangfu super Bo a Leng, players can also have slaves? How come no one has ever heard of it, and there is no introduction to it on the official website. Thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and asked Huang Zhong in a low voice.


    Huang Zhong looked at Huangfu Chaobo strangely and said, "don''t you know? Slaves are normal things. Strictly speaking, we can all be counted as your servants. It''s just that we have freedom, and the slave he said can be bought and sold freely. "


    "Is that ok?" Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said, "it''s OK to be my slave, but you have to give me a reason. I never want useless people, and slaves are the same." Well, it''s willful to have a god level general in hand.


    "I''m a senior warrior, my younger brother is an intermediate warrior, and my younger brother is also a famous senior trainer of Xianbei royal court." Huyan Dudao;


    "what are you a senior warrior and your brother a senior horse trainer? Then why are you still pursued by Xianbei Shanyu? Well, show me your attributes and I''ll make a decision. " In the warlords competition, only when the generals join the players, the players can see the attributes of the generals, but no one else can. Unless the other party takes the initiative to show you his attributes, it also means that he will expose all his things to you, which is extremely dangerous for him. On the one hand, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to confirm what huyandu said, and on the other hand, he wanted to test huyandu.


    I didn''t expect that Huyan would open his property panel to Huangfu Chaobo without saying a word.


    Huyandu Xianbei senior warrior 39 level Tong 25 Wu 42 Zhi 18 Nei 8


    skill bow senior


    riding master


    knife senior


    after Huangfu Chaobo saw his own, he asked his brother to open his attributes to Huangfu Chaobo


    huyanda Xianbei intermediate warrior 25 level Tong 18 Wu 22 Zhi 21 Nei 18


    skill bow intermediate


    riding master Level


    Sabre intermediate


    special skills training equestrian advanced


    after watching the two people''s attributes, Huangfu Chaobo was sure that he had found the treasure again. He nodded and said, "OK, I promise you."


    Huyan is very happy. He quickly took huyanda and knelt down in front of Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Huyandu huyanda has met the host"


    "Ding Dong... Dear player, Huyan, xianbeiwu, is willing to be your slave. Do you agree


    "Ding Dong... Dear player, huyanda, xianbeiwu, volunteered to be your slave. Do you agree or not


    "Agree"


    "agree"


    Huangfu chaobolian orders two agreements, and he can''t help but secretly greet the women in the aunt''s family of the system. There are so many things to do. If he takes a slave, he has to ask if he agrees or not. Then Huangfu Chaobo saw the word "Nu" on the forehead of huyandu and huyandu.


    "Well, you are my slaves now. As long as you have enough loyalty to me and enough ability, I can restore your freedom. If you want, you can settle down in the Central Plains, and I can arrange for you to marry a woman from the Central Plains. Of course, you can also escape halfway, but only if you can run past my elder brother The arrow in the sky. "


    "Don''t worry, master. The Xianbei warrior has always said the same thing. And we will swear to Sirius. " Said, really pull his younger brother to kneel down toward the direction of Xianbei holy mountain. "Holy God Sirius, your descendants huyandu (huyanda) swear to you that I will always be loyal to my master and never betray him. If there is any violation, I will not return to the heart of Sirius after my death."


    "Ding Dang... Dear players, your slaves swear to the gods that they will never betray you. The loyalty of your slaves huyandu (huyanda) to you will automatically become diehard loyalty. "


    Shit, is that ok? Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, get up. Can you still ride a horse? If there is no problem, we will leave later. Who knows if your royal family will come. And then there is Then he nodded to Chen Jing. "He''ll leave it to you. As for what to do with him, you can do it by yourself, but I don''t think people like this should let him die too soon."


    After getting the instructions from Huangfu Chaobo, Chen Jing brought huyangu over and left it in front of huyandu. He bowed his head and said in a voice that only a few of them could hear: "young master hates this kind of traitor most, so you can deal with him with ease. I think you can break his hands and feet first, and then tie him away. We can wait until we find a quiet place Kill him. " Listen to huyandu two brothers heart straight thump, and that huyangu is scared pale, keep to huyandu beg for mercy. But the two brothers of huyandu didn''t hear it. They just stepped on his hands and feet. They only heard a few "clicks". After a few painful howls of huyangu, they fainted directly. They blocked his mouth, threw him on a horse and tied him up. Then they said to Huangfu Chaobo, "master, we want to leave here and go to a safe place, and then slowly kill him."Huangfu Chaobo took a look at Chen Jing, but without breaking it, he nodded. Suddenly I saw that the two brothers of huyandu were still bleeding. I took out some hemostatic pills from them and threw them two pills to each of them. I said, "one pill is taken orally, and the other is ground into powder and sprinkled on the wound. I will take care of the wound myself. We will leave after cleaning the battlefield." Then he arranged for two men to pick up their horses, while the others were busy cleaning the battlefield. As for the other people, they were only slightly injured. After all, there is no war to fight now, so there is no hemostatic medicine given to everyone, because Huangfu Chaobo brought more than 100 hemostatic pills when he came out.


    Soon, the battlefield was cleaned up, and Huangfu Chaobo looked at it, but there was nothing. It''s just more than 20 taels of silver and some weapons. Think about it, on the one hand is chasing, on the other hand is escaping, who will take a lot of things out. There were more than 100 horses, including 300 or 400 horses. Although they ran a large part of the race, Huang Zhong and Chen Jing captured 20 or 30 of them. However, they were all war horses, and there were no other horses. Now with the original horses, Huangfu Chaobo has more than 50 horses. Looking at this group of horses, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help being happy. Of course, the most important thing is that he got a senior shunma master. I can have a steady stream of horses in the future. If I think about it, it makes me feel frozen.

 Chapter 76

    "Young master, it''s time for us to go, or maybe Xianbei people will come after us later." Huang Zhong''s voice interrupts Huangfu Chaobo who is in infinite YY.


    "Oh, well, let''s go..." I''m going to call huyandu brothers. I didn''t expect to see huyanda coming with a white horse as soon as I looked back.


    "Master, this horse huyanda has been trained. Huyanda is willing to offer it to his master as a mount." Huyanda road;


    looking at the horse in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly flashed a passage in his mind


    "the whole body is white, without half a motley color, and the whole body is white. It''s said that it can travel thousands of miles every day. It''s produced in the western regions, the best of the best of the best horses."


    "This... This... Is it a jade lion? Is this the legendary jade lion at night Huangfu Chaobo stammered;


    several people nearby all rushed to him. bmw! A rare BMW.


    Huyanda looked at everyone''s surprised appearance, rarely showed a naughty smile. "Master, this is the jade lion of the night, but it''s not quite so."


    "Er... What do you mean


    "This horse and zhaoyeyu lion are of the same breed and blood origin," he said, a little embarrassed and bowed his head. "But because the villain''s equestrian training level is not enough, there is no BMW that can be trained to be the best. It can only be regarded as an ordinary BMW. However, even so, it is a rare good horse among horses, so huyanda dares to present it to its master. It''s just because it''s not the best BMW, so it can''t be called the night shining jade lion. "


    "Er... Do you mean the relationship between the level of horse training and the level of horse training? " Huangfu Chaobo asked carefully;


    "yes. Take this horse as an example. If I get it from a master trainer, 90% of them will train the best BMW, that is, a pure jade lion. But if I am a senior trainer, I only have a 20% chance to be the best one, and an 80% chance to be an ordinary BMW. If I am below the top level, I have a very small chance to become a BMW. This is the first BMW I tamed, but also because it brought us the disaster of extermination... Master, if the horse has not been named, please give it a name With that, huyanda''s voice became smaller and smaller.


    "Er... Since it is a pure white BMW, call it white dragon horse. " Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to think much, so he took a well-known name. "Well, let''s go..."


    All the people turned over and went to the southeast...


    Along the way, Chen Jing also asked huyandu what happened to them.


    It turns out that huyandu are just a small tribe of more than 200 people among Xianbei people. Their name is harichagai (which means Eagle). Although they are small, they also have a small status among Xianbei people. The main reason is that there are several good horse trainers among their people, among which huyanda is the main representative. So although their tribe is small, other tribes are still relatively small Respect their interests. However, the situation has changed since huyanda brought a horse back from the grassland a year ago. First of all, several tribes with master trainers proposed to train the horse, but they did not agree. After all, huyanda could train the best BMW himself. You know, for a trainer, it is a great honor to be able to train the best BMW. In addition, training BMW is a good way for a trainer to improve his ability. So they offended several tribes. After several months of training, the horse was finally tamed, but unfortunately, it''s just an ordinary BMW, and it didn''t become the best jade lion. However, huyanda''s horse training skills have also been greatly improved. I believe that if there are several more such opportunities, huyanda can be promoted to the master level. After all, huyanda is only in her teens now, and it will still have the chance to encounter this situation in the future It''s for the horses. However, as soon as the horse was tamed, it attracted many people''s attention. Because huyanda wanted to rely on this horse to catch horses in the grassland, he didn''t agree to give it to others. Unexpectedly, he offended Zuo Duhu. Zuo Duhu was greedy in front of Shan Yu, saying that they had tamed the BMW, but they didn''t want to give it to Shan Yu. He Lian Shan Yu was a greedy and lustful man After that, they immediately sent people to tell them that they would present their horses. They also said that if they did not present their horses within ten days, they would demote their whole family as slaves. Fortunately, huyandu had a good friend waiting for the guard to report, so huyandu negotiated with the people and prepared to flee. Unexpectedly, huyangu betrayed them to Chanyu the night before the escape. So Shan Yu sent a thousand people team to chase and kill them, and huyangu became one of the centurions. After most of the people chased and killed, although they tried their best to hide their whereabouts, they were caught up by huyangu''s hundred people team. If Huangfu Chaobo and Guan Jianshi didn''t show up and save them, they would be killed and Ma would be robbed to Shan Yu .


    The crowd was filled with sobs. I hate that Huyan even more.


    Led by a man who is familiar with the grassland, huyandu and his party went directly to the southeast. In the middle of the journey, he met a few thousand people living in the settlement of Xianbei and Xiongnu, but under the leadership of huyandu, they all walked around without danger. A few days later, the group finally arrived at more than 100 Li outside the great wall of Shanggu in Youzhou. Looking at the continuous mountains in the distance, Huangfu Chaobo was finally relieved. During this period, huyanda personally killed the dying huyangu, which was regarded as revenge for the people who died in vain.¡£¡£¡£


    Han Tan Shan. Xianbei court. Shan Yu and Lian Zheng and two beautiful maidservants are doing aerobic exercise which is beneficial to body and mind.


    Outside, right virtuous Wang Kui head from outside toward sweat tent came over. Before I got to the door, I heard her gasping. Think of Shan Yu for a horse and sent a thousand people team to pursue and kill their own members, usually nothing is to play in sweat tent to do this thing. I can''t help sighing. Since the death of Danyu Shihuai, the situation of daxianbei is getting worse day by day. In addition, he hasn''t made any achievements in going south for several times. All departments of Xianbei are discontented. I don''t know when daxianbei will recover its glory.


    After settling down, kuituo went directly into the big account. When he got into the big tent, Shan Yu''s movement was over. He was lying on the thigh of a beautiful maid to rest. His hands were rubbing wantonly on the Nameless Highland, and his feet were not idle. He reached under the skirt of another beautiful maid and thought he was exploring for a while.

 Chapter 77

    After entering the tent, kuituo didn''t look at the two beautiful maids around Shanyu. Instead, he saluted Shanyu and said, "kuituo has seen Shanyu."


    "Oh, it''s kuituo. Is there anything wrong? If you''re not busy, why don''t you just give me two beautiful maidservants? " Helian nodded at him;


    "well, kuituo heard that Shan Yu sent a thousand men team to chase the horse. I don''t know


    "Oh, there''s no news yet. Why? Want that horse? It''s not the best BMW, but I heard it''s not bad. OK, I''ll give it to you when they chase the horse back. "


    "No" Originally, kuituo wanted to persuade Helian to call people back. He didn''t want to hurt the hearts of the members for one horse. Just as he was about to talk about it again, the guard came in.


    "Chan Yu, the horse chaser is back. The chieftain is waiting for you outside


    "Oh, come on, get him in..."


    Soon, a chieftain entered the big tent and knelt down on the ground as soon as he came in. "The subordinates were incompetent. Although they chased and killed most of them, they still let them run two times and broke a team of 100. Please only punish. "


    "What?" And even rubbed jumped up, next to the two maids were unprepared, he pushed away, the foot of the maidservant was kicked to the ground. "You are a thousand people team, chasing more than 200 people, not only let people run, but also broke a hundred people team, you waste, come, pull this waste down and cut it down."


    The bodyguard outside came in and took the commander to get ready to go out.


    "Wait a minute," kuituo quickly stopped, "Shan Yu, there''s something strange. It''s better to ask for it first and then cut it not too late."


    "Well, what''s going on?" Helian thought about it, so he asked the chieftain;


    so the chieftain told the story to Helian and kuituo.


    "By the time my subordinates arrived, the hundred people team in huyangu had been dead for several days. Moreover, according to my subordinates, many of them should have died in the hands of the Han people, and there were many experts among them, because many of them were killed with one arrow or one knife. From the traces on the scene, those arrows were obviously iron arrows used by the Han people..."


    "Shan Yu, it seems that some Han people are picking them up." Kuituo said,


    "good, good... How dare you collude with the Han people to deal with Ben Chanyu? Let''s call the two chieftains... If you don''t call the four chieftains, you can also call the people of the Golden Eagle family. Even if we go over the grassland, we should find out these two traitors for me. I want to let them know, betray Ben Chanyu, collude with Han dog is what kind of result... As for you, you should be reduced to centurion and take people to pursue you. If you do, you will be punished. If you don''t, you will be punished. "


    "Please don''t worry. If you don''t catch up with him, you don''t have to fight him. His subordinates will never come back to shame him even if they die fighting with Han people."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was chatting with Huang Zhong, unaware that a huge crisis was coming to them. In the past few days, Huangfu Chaobo has been enjoying himself very much. Every day, he is not in a hurry to walk in the direction of youpeiping. Under the leadership of huyandu and huyanda, he chases smaller wild horses to catch horses. Let alone with the help of bailongma, they have really caught more than a dozen horses. All the horses they caught have been tamed by huyanda. In this way, his horses have increased by more than a dozen. Now, he has more than ten good horses and more than fifty war horses. As for riding horses, they are directly ignored by Huangfu Chaobo and huyanda.


    On that day, Huangfu Chaobo was still as usual. He was ready to set off after three strokes of the day. Unexpectedly, after a short walk, he saw Chen Jing running over on horseback.


    "Young master, young master."


    "What''s the matter? Did you find the horses again? How big is it? Is there any good horse? " Huangfu Chaobo thought he had found another herd of horses, so he quickly asked;


    "no... It''s a couple of horse thieves found ahead. We killed a few and caught one, but there were two left for him to run away Chen Jingdao;


    "eh!? Horse thief? What''s going on? " Huangfu Chaobo always felt something was wrong and asked;


    "it''s not clear yet. When we were exploring the road ahead, we found some people sneaking in front of us, so we went up to ask them. We didn''t expect that they would pull out their horses before we got there, so we rushed up to fight with them


    "Did any of us get hurt?"


    "Dugu Xiong was hurt a little. No one else was hurt."


    "That''s good. Bring the horse thief. I''ll ask what happened. "


    During the conversation, the three Dugu brothers escorted the horse thief. The horse thief walked while swearing: "I advise you to let me go. If we wait for our leader to bring someone over. I can also speak for you. hey... Otherwise


    "Well... Young master, it seems that there is something wrong with it Huang Zhong said;


    "yes, master, I have heard that there are several brigands in this area. There may be hundreds of people in the big and tens of people in the small. They often go into the grassland to plunder. It is said that several tribes tried to destroy them without success. " Huyan also said beside"Oh, it seems that some people think of us as fat sheep..." Then he took a knife and picked up a branch that had been broken down from the woods last night. Walk slowly to the horse thief. He said to him without delay: "I count to ten, I hope you can tell me everything you know, or I will show you a new thing. I''ve only seen it once in all these years. If you don''t cooperate, you might as well have a long experience. See this branch? " With that, he slowly cut off the side branches of the branches one by one. At last, there was only one trunk in his hand. The horse thief looked at the branches in Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and did not speak. Huangfu Chaobo also said: "see, after the branch cuts the side branch on the side, it becomes this stick. What do you say if I cut off all the protruding parts of your body to make a stick?"


    "Where do you want to cut your ears first, brother? Then cut your nose, then your arms, then your feet. How about... " Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong, "why don''t we add another project, dig a hole in the ground, cut him off and plant him in it, and then make a cross on his head. Don''t we still have some mercury? Anyway, it''s useless to keep it. It''s just for him to use it. I''ve only seen the horse skinned with mercury last time. That''s fast. Less than half a pillar of incense time, the whole horse''s skin is completely stripped off, leaving only a red meat horse. I don''t know if it will take so long to peel human skin. I''m looking forward to it when I think about it. What would a person look like without skin


    As he said this, he drew his right hand on the horse thief''s head. It seemed that he was thinking about which way to start. He also told the Dugu three brothers to dig a hole in the side...

 Chapter 78

    On hearing this, the horse thief turned pale with fright, and his whole body was in a cold sweat. He cried out, "no! No! This old man, I''ll say everything, I''ll say everything


    Then he said everything he knew as fast as he could. Even their chief leader talked about several women at most in one night.


    As expected, the whereabouts of Huangfu Chaobo and his party were watched by a group of horse thieves. These horse thieves are relatively big outside the great wall of Shanggu. There are about 300 or 400 people. They began to pay attention to Huangfu Chaobo two days ago. They had wanted to do it for a long time, but looking at them with 50 or 60 horses, they thought that there should still be experts, otherwise they would not dare to be so blatant He took dozens of horses to walk outside the Great Wall, and if he started on the grassland, the horses would probably run away. So I didn''t do it all the time. Looking at them, they should want to enter the Great Wall from the upper valley, so they set up an ambush in a valley more than 20 miles ahead. Originally, more than ten of them came to watch Huangfu Chaobo. Unexpectedly, four of Chen Jing killed eight horsemen in front of them. Only two of them ran back.


    After understanding the situation, Huangfu Chaobo did not say a word, but gave the thief the result. While listening to Huyan talking about the surrounding geographical conditions, he was thinking about what to do.


    The place mentioned by the brigands is indeed a valley with a length of about tens of miles. After that, you can reach the Great Wall on the border of Shanggu in Youzhou. Normally speaking, if there were no horse thieves blocking there, Huangfu Chao''s plan was to enter Youzhou from here. After all, he now has 50 or 60 horses, and the most important thing is to have a trainer who can train horses. Generally speaking, the most important thing now is to send your party and horses back to Youzhou. But now there are nearly 400 horse thieves waiting there. They certainly can''t get to Shanggu safely. Let alone horses or people, they may break a few here. But if you don''t enter Youzhou from here, you still need to walk five or six hundred miles eastward to the right Beiping border You can enter the Great Wall. According to their current speed, it will take at least four or five days to arrive, but no one knows what else will happen. Thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo slowly raised his head and looked up at the sky. How could he go.


    All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo, who looked up at the sky, saw a big eagle in the sky and said, "ah! You see, there is an eagle on it


    All the people looked in the direction he pointed out. Sure enough, a big eagle was flying in the sky.


    "No... Master, that''s not an eagle. " All of a sudden, Huyan cried out, "master, we must go at once. It''s a carving. It''s a gold carving. "


    "Jindiao, why do you have to go when you see jindiao. It can''t fly down and catch us... Golden Eagle... You said it was a golden carving Huangfu Chaobo suddenly woke up.


    "Yes, master, it''s the gold carving of Xianbei Wangting gold carving tribe. Now that it has appeared, that is to say, there are a large number of Xianbei cavalry within 300 li of the back. "


    Shit, nomadic AWACS...


    "Everybody, get on your horses and head for the valley first." Huangfu did not say much about Chaobo. He said immediately.


    Although the others were confused, they had never seen Huangfu Chaobo in such a hurry, and they all rode on their horses and ran in the direction that Huangfu Chaobo said. Along the way, after huyandu''s explanation, many people knew what was going on. Now everyone is in a hurry. According to huyandu, once all the golden eagles come out, there will be at least two or three thousand cavalry teams behind them. If you think about two or three thousand people, it means that there are at least nearly ten thousand horses. If you think about ten thousand horses galloping towards you, no one will be afraid. Ten thousand horses, let alone being killed by cavalry, will be killed It''s directly from the past, it''s no bones.


    If Huangfu Chaobo didn''t look up and see the golden carving, they might not know until Xianbei cavalry arrived behind, but they guessed the wrong number.


    After the four thousand Xianbei cavalry set out from the royal court, they arrived at the place where they fought last time in a few days. Several chieftains confirmed once again that there were Han people to meet them. So they decided to go in three directions. Among them, the road from the middle to the south is the one they think is the most likely, so they have the most people. There are two thousand people teams, and the other two thousand people teams search in two directions, East and West. As for the north, think about those Han dogs who did not have the courage to enter the hinterland of the prairie. It took a few days for the Xianbei cavalry to come and go, so although Huangfu Chaobo and his cavalry were not walking fast these days, they were five or six hundred miles away from the battle site, so the distance between the several groups of Xianbei cavalry was a few days. However, although only a team of people came to them, they were not able to cope with Huangfu Chaobo, not to mention hundreds of horse thieves in front of them.


    As he was running, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly had an idea in his mind and said to Huang Zhong, "brother, if we pass through that valley but don''t enter it, but go to the East, will those horse thieves come after us?"


    Huang Zhong was stunned, but he reacted immediately. "Young master, you mean


    "Yes, our horse should be a little faster than the horse thief''s, and the horse of Xianbei cavalry should be faster than us. If we lead the horse thief out, that means they are just between us and Xianbei cavalry. In this way, they should be able to block us for a while.""Good. That''s how it works. "


    It''s more than 20 miles away.


    In the valley, more than 300 horse thieves are waiting. Just waiting for the big fish to get into the net. Thinking about those dozens of war horses, the big head of the horse thief couldn''t help but see that they were more than 50 war horses. Thinking that there were less than 200 war horses in more than 300 talents, and other people were riding horses, he estimated that there should be some good horses in them. If it was true, his strength would go up a new level.


    "Dedededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededede"


    A horse''s hoof came from outside the valley.


    "Big head leader, here comes the fat sheep to the valley."


    "Well, let''s get the big guys ready. We''ve got a lot of rewards for taking these Maben leaders today."


    Just as the thieves were waiting, another horse came in from the valley, "big head, fat sheep... Fat sheep... He stopped at the mouth of the valley, put down two horses and turned to the East


    "Ah All the brigands were stunned, and there was no one to speak for a long time.


    "No, chief, they found us. Go after us."


    "Yes, go after them. They are fifty or sixty horses. Even if you run a little, it''s better than nothing


    As soon as the chief hears it, it''s better to have a few than none. One bite, one stomp. "Chase me!"

 Chapter 79

    "Roar..."


    For a moment, the sound of horse''s hooves was heard in the valley... The brigands climbed on their horses and chased desperately out of the valley.


    "Brother, do you think they will come after you?" Huangfu Chaobo still had no bottom in his heart. He asked;


    "don''t worry, young master. We are only a few people, but we have 50 or 60 horses. They won''t let us go like this..." Huang Zhong said with a smile;


    sure enough, it didn''t take long. Then I heard the sound of horse''s hooves coming from behind.


    "Master, they are coming. Listen to the sound, it should look like three or four hundred horses. " By listening to the voice, we can know how many people are coming. This is the specialty of nomads. Huyan all looked back and said to Huangfu Chaobo;


    "well, we can''t run too fast, take them slowly to the East."


    So, two groups of people in front of the run, after the chase. On the prairie, we played the game of officers and soldiers catching thieves. After running for more than an hour, the leader of the brigands finally realized that he was being teased by the other party. He was furious: "all the horses are speeding up to catch up, and the riders are following."


    The two sides ran for more than an hour, but the brigands still couldn''t catch up with the front horse team. By this time, more than 300 brigands had already opened a distance of nearly four or five miles. Just when the leader of the horse thief wanted to give up, the sound of horse''s hooves came from behind. There were at least two or three thousand horses in the sound, and his face changed. "No, we''re in the trap."


    "No, chief, back... In the back... More than a thousand Xianbei cavalry came behind. There are three or four thousand horses


    "Boom..." The leader of the horse thief realized that he had been calculated. The other side must have known that there were pursuers behind, so they deliberately led their own men out to block the cavalry for them. However, there is no way to do it. More than 3000 horses and more than 1000 cavalry can''t run away by themselves. Xianbei people''s horses are faster than their own. Now the only way is to rush directly to the front. With their strength of more than 40 level and high-level fighters, it''s not a big problem to kill them from the front. As long as they don''t meet each other''s generals, but their own men and horses may not There are only a few people left. Forget it, I can''t manage so much now. It''s important to live by myself first... Thinking of this, the big head of the brigands said to the surrounding brigands: "brothers, the Xianbei dogs are coming. We can''t escape. Now the only way is to kill the Korean Beigou. As long as we kill the Korean Beigou, we can go back to the valley. As long as we enter the Valley, these Xianbei dogs can''t help us. Brothers, kill with me. "


    "Kill..."


    At first, only a few horse thieves rushed with them. Later, when other horse thieves saw that there was no other way, they had to rush forward with the big and small leaders...


    "Kill..." Soon after, all the horse thieves rushed to the direction of Xianbei cavalry.


    "Well... Horse thief... I didn''t expect hundreds of horse thieves to come and hold down our army of Xianbei warriors. " As soon as the brigands rushed towards him, the chieftain thought that they were in the same group as the people he wanted to chase. However, even if they were not in the same group, he would destroy the brigands. After all, the brigands and they were enemies.


    "The order goes on. There are two hundred teams on each side and six hundred teams in the middle. Give me all the brigands..."


    With an order, Xianbei cavalry immediately divided into four teams of 100 men and surrounded them on both sides.


    As soon as they saw the brigands turning around and rushing behind, they knew that their strategy had been successful, but it also meant that the Xianbei cavalry was behind them. Everyone didn''t say much, and they ran to the front with their heads down. I only hope that the horse thief can block Xianbei cavalry for a while, but he also knows that this is only his wishful thinking. Less than 400 horse thieves can block Xianbei cavalry for half an hour. But I have half an hour more time to escape, haven''t I?


    Not to mention Huangfu Chaobo, several people are trying to escape. After several miles of speeding up, the thieves finally raised the horse speed to the highest level. Hundreds of people yelled and yelled, and the North Korean inferior cavalry rushed over. At this time, Xianbei cavalry had surrounded the horse thieves from three directions.


    "Kill..."


    "Kill me. Brothers, we can only live if we go out. "


    Two hundred steps...


    150 steps...


    A hundred steps...


    "Shoot..." With the commander''s command, all the arrows in the hands of Xianbei cavalry flew out.


    This is followed by the second round


    and the third round.


    After three rounds of arrows, nearly 100 people fell on the horse thief''s side.


    By this time, the two sides were close.


    "Draw back the bow and take the knife. Brave Xianbei warriors, kill these horse thieves. "


    "Kill..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Ah


    "Er


    ¡£¡£¡£


    For a moment, the brigands and the front men of Xianbei cavalry were killed together. And the Xianbei cavalry on both sides gradually gathered around. As soon as the leader of the horse thief saw it, if all the Xianbei people were surrounded, all his people would have to tell him here. So he mentioned the horse speed again and killed him in the place where there were few Xianbei people. Several small heads around also saw the intention of the big head, and rushed in the same direction with the big head. Now no one can care about those horse thieves who are still trapped in the middle. If you want to say that the big leader really has a bit of vision, he has really chosen a place where there is no general. With the strength of his high-level warriors, those ordinary cavalry are his opponents. In just a few rounds, he has cut off four or five cavalry. The small leaders who follow him are also impatient and kill the gap. For a moment, the seemingly solid defense line became shaky. A centurion nearby, seeing the situation, rushed over immediately. But soon, with the help of several small heads, he was chopped off by the big leader, and his horse was taken away by the big leader.Finally, he came out of the middle. The big leader couldn''t help crying when he heard that. Among the more than 300 horse thieves he brought out, there were less than 50 people who were injured. Fortunately, they took one or two horses out of Xianbei people''s hands.


    With the rush out of the people, big head also did not return to the valley of their nest position fled. But the horse thieves who are still fighting in it never dreamed that their leaders had already rushed out. One by one, they are still fighting.


    An hour later, Xianbei cavalry killed all the horse thieves. After fighting, the chieftain couldn''t help but take a breath. Although he killed 300 horse thieves, nearly 150 people died on his side, and more than 100 people were injured in different degrees. He thought for a long time, but he didn''t know what made these horse thieves have such amazing fighting power. Originally, I wanted to chase those people, but then I thought that my own people had been fighting for so long. If there were still horse thieves waiting for them in front of me, I don''t know how many people would die. Besides, it''s going to be dark now. If I can''t wait to set up camp and meet wolves, it would be very dangerous. Thinking of this, he ordered to camp, and at the same time, sent out the Golden Eagle.

 Chapter 80

    Huang Fu Chao Bo, who is running for his life, never thought that the brigands had stopped the Xianbei cavalry for nearly an hour, and had escaped more than 50 people. He never thought that the Xianbei people would camp there. They ran to the woods at the foot of the mountain to rest until it was almost dark. However, everyone was very tired. In one day, after running nearly 300 Li, we have reached the limit of war horse. Of course, this is not a straight-line distance. If it is a straight-line distance, you can go to the foot of the Great Wall in youbeiping by running another day tomorrow.


    All night long. The next day just after dawn, everyone got up again and continued to escape.


    I didn''t expect that they had just started. Huyan all called out: "master, the pursuers are coming. You see, the golden carving has come to our head."


    "Huyandu, how far is it from here to the edge of the Great Wall in youbeiping?" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "master, I have been there two years ago. If you go from here to there, it will be a day''s journey for good horse. I don''t think we can get there. Master, why don''t we just take the good horses with us


    Thinking of losing more than 50 war horses at once, not only Huang Fu Chao was reluctant to give up, but Huang Zhong and others didn''t want to do so: "young master, we''d better run like this first. If we can''t, we''ll see. Maybe we can meet the army of the court outside the Great Wall."


    "Yes, yes, they are fifty horses, not five. How much money will they make if they go back to the commune?" Chen Jing also said, "yes..."


    "Well, that''s good. Let''s go ahead first. If not, let''s talk about it. Besides, only part of the cavalry of Xianbei brigade are good horses, and they are not much faster than us. "


    So they didn''t speak any more and continued to run forward.


    It''s a pity that man is not as good as nature. I didn''t know how the chieftain of Xianbei was enlightened at once. He selected all the good horses from more than 3000 horses. A total of more than 300 horses were selected. Another 100 cavalry of Xianbei were taken by the chieftain of Xianbei. He broke away from the big army and rushed to catch up with them. It was only after noon that we arrived at the back of Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Master, no, there are more than 100 cavalry coming after us." Huyan said;


    "ah, let''s abandon the horse." Huangfu Chaobo said helplessly;


    "I''m afraid it''s too late." Huyan all said with a bitter smile, "the other side is one man and three horses, and they are all good horses. We only have one man and two horses. In the end, we will be overtaken by them."


    "Ah... What can we do? Why don''t you ride the white dragon horse. We are here to hold them


    "Shut up. I said I would take you all back to the Central Plains. We can''t give up until the last moment. You can''t say that again. "


    "Since they can''t run away, they have to find a place to guard. This is Xianbei''s territory in the East. They dare not stay much longer. Moreover, it''s only a hundred miles away from the Great Wall. Maybe the imperial army will appear on the grassland these two days." Huang Zhongdao;


    "well, let''s find a good place to stop."


    "You see, there is a high ground at the foot of the mountain. We will go there. Now we have enough bows, arrows, water and food. As long as we keep them well, we should have no problem for a few days. " Huang Zhong took a look at the surrounding roads;


    Huangfu Chaobo had a look, and sure enough, there was a mountain bag more than 10 meters at the foot of the mountain in front of him. Behind the mountain bag was the high mountains, and only a slope in front of him could reach the top of the mountain.


    "Well, let''s go to the top of the mountain. Brother, you can ride the white dragon horse to block it for a while." Then he gave the rein of the white dragon horse to Huang Zhong, and took the others with him to drive the horse to the top of the mountain. When he reached the top of the mountain, Huangfu Chaobo quickly asked the three brothers to set up obstacles on the mountainside. He took Chen Jing and Huyan with him to lead the horse to the forest behind and tie it up. Then four of them cut up trees in the forest.


    Huang Zhong stopped by himself, turned his horse''s head and stood on his own in the direction of Xianbei cavalry.


    More than ten miles away, the cavalry arrived in a short time. As soon as they saw that there was only one person standing in the way, they all rushed to Huang Zhong.


    Huang Zhongqi stood there quietly on his horse, as if he was the only one left in the world. He felt that he had not entered this state for a long time. Huang Zhong suddenly remembered that he had never been in such a state since his son was born. Since the birth of his son, he has been busy looking for medical treatment for his son. For this reason, he was destitute at last. Even after his daughter was born, he didn''t have a good day. Later, his wife was also ill. At that time, in order to cure his wife and son, he almost sold his ancestral home. If it wasn''t for the convenience of his son''s travel, he might even have bought that car The carriage will be sold. But later, his wife''s illness was not cured, and his son''s illness was sometimes good and sometimes bad. As a result, he had to take his son and daughter far away. In a few years, he took his son and daughter to more than half of the thirteen states in Dahan, but in the end, they didn''t make any progress. He had to take his son to his hometown in Nanyang. He wanted his son and his wife to stay together. I didn''t expect that the man who saved his son in the morning outside changshe would spend a grain of Shendan to save his son''s life. Although he said it was because he saved him, Huang Zhong knew that he was a stranger, and the stranger was immortal. The reason why he said that was just to make his heart comfortable. Later, the man also said that he would treat his son and daughter as his brother For his nephew, at first he thought it was just a joke. I didn''t expect that he was doing this all the time. He not only treated his son, but also invited his husband to teach them. He was always respectful to himself as if he was really his elder brother. He was never half relaxed and disrespectful. These days, Huang Zhong can see that he is a man who wants to do great things. Today''s World War I may be a test given to him by God. If he can bring these horses and these people back to the Central Plains, in time, as long as he is given a chance, he will fly to the sky. If he can''t pass today''s test, it''s very likely that he will not be as good as he was when he saw him outside changshe city. In this case, let me Huang Zhong to pass the test for him.Thinking of this, Huang Zhong can''t help feeling proud.


    Looking at the nearer and nearer cavalry, Huang Zhong was as calm as water. He picked up the painted sparrow bow in his hand, slowly pulled out three arrows from the nearby arrow pot, and gently put it on the bow.


    Three hundred steps...


    Two hundred steps...


    A hundred steps...


    Full string. Let go.


    "Whoosh."


    "Plop..."


    Take the arrow. Full string. Let go.


    "Whoosh."


    "Plop..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Several movements are as smooth as flowing water, without half of the block and half of the pause.


    The cavalry of Xianbei dashed from 200 steps to 100 steps, and he shot 30 arrows. Several people on the mountain were stunned, and the cavalry of Xianbei turned their horses and retreated to the West.


    "Whoosh, whoosh..." Another five arrows passed, and another five people fell down. Xianbei cavalry did not stop until 300 paces. No one dared to step forward any more. In the blink of an eye, 35 of his own people were shot dead by him. The centurion didn''t dare to push us forward any more.

 Chapter 81

    As early as Huang Zhong was preparing, Huangfu Chaobo turned on the video shooting function attached to the system. However, he yelled at several people who were also stunned: "what''s the matter with you


    "Ah... Oh... It''s a young man


    A group of people suddenly think of what they want to do.


    Seeing that the Xianbei cavalry had withdrawn from their range, Huang Zhong put down his bow. However, he picked up the cirrus sword, raised his sword with one hand, pointed at the Xianbei cavalry and said, "who dares to fight me..."


    The sudden roar startled the cavalry. They all looked at each other, but no one came forward to fight.


    "Who dares to fight me..."


    "Are they all such Xianbei warriors? Ah


    Finally, a cavalry soldier couldn''t help it. He patted his horse and said, "I''ll meet you for a while."


    Said, patted the horse to carry the knife to rush forward to come over. Huang Zhong coldly looked at the Xianbei cavalry who rushed forward. He didn''t even bother to move his horse. He held a knife in both hands and made a strange move. Then he saw the head of the Xianbei cavalry flying up into the sky.


    "Hiss..." There was a breath in the cavalry of Xianbei. The dead guy is always conceited and has amazing strength. He didn''t expect to be cut off as soon as he was closed.


    "Ah This side just fell down, the other side rushed over again.


    Huang Zhong still didn''t move, but this time he changed to another cavalry and flew to the sky.


    The centurion of Xianbei didn''t care about anything this time. He even ordered three people to come up.


    The three men looked at each other and attacked Huang Zhong in three directions.


    "Damn, it''s shameless to return Xianbei warrior. Pooh... Three people fight one Huangfu Chaobo could not help but scold, but he was not worried. If Huang Zhong can''t cope with even three small soldiers, then he is not Huang Zhong. However, seeing this situation, huyandu and huyanda were embarrassed and lowered their heads.


    When Huang Zhong was only a few horses away, he clipped the belly of the horse with his legs, and the white dragon horse dashed forward with an arrow. Huang Zhong''s hand fell, and another big head rolled to the ground. At this time, the people on both sides had already attacked. Huang Zhong''s backhand cut to the right, and another ground rolling gourd. Then Huang Zhong lay down on the horse''s back, drew a semicircle from behind the horse, and cut at the man on the left. Three moves will be three people to solve, Huangfu Chaobo standing on the top of the mountain can not help shouting: "good..."


    The Xianbei cavalry on the opposite side was frightened again, and no one dared to come forward this time.


    "What''s the reason for fighting but not fighting and retreating but not retreating?" Huang Zhong roared;


    the Xianbei people were so scared that they retreated to more than 200 steps before they stopped. I''ve been surrounded there, neither advancing nor retreating. It seems that I want to wait for the slow soldiers in the back.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought this was so familiar.


    I don''t know. Isn''t that Zhang Fei''s line in Changbanpo? Er, I don''t know if I can still see this scene in this game, but it should be impossible. It''s only 182 years now. It''s going to 207. There are still more than 20 years to go. It''s estimated that the plot won''t go to that time.


    As a result, the two sides had been deadlocked there. Only an hour later, most of the cavalry in Xianbei arrived, and Huang Zhong slowly retreated to the top of the mountain.


    Qianfu changman of Xianbei thought that he was just doing the finishing work, but he did not expect that his 100 cavalry fell 50, while the other party''s people were preparing for the defense on the opposite hilltop. After listening to the centurion''s story, the centurion was stunned. He wanted to scold him, but he didn''t know how to scold him. Seeing the reaction of other cavalry, he knew that what he said was true, but he didn''t believe it. So he called up the most powerful Centurion in his team and asked him to fight.


    When Huang Zhong was about to retreat to the mountain, he found another man running out of the other camp. He pointed to himself and said, "Oh, that Han dog, do you dare to fight with my black bear..."


    Then he turned his horse and walked slowly down the mountain. And the guy on the other side ran straight to him. Seeing that he was about to reach the front of him, the guy started to dance the mace that weighed dozens of Jin in his hand and smashed it directly at Huang Zhong. Yeah, it''s just smashing. Huang Zhong gently lifted the reins of the horse and leaned to the side for a while. After avoiding his smashing, he made a knife with his backhand again. The head that had just screamed suddenly flew several feet away. Huang Zhong handed the knife to his left hand and quickly pulled up the horse that was still holding Xianbei''s body with his right hand. Without looking back, he walked up the mountain.


    When Huang Zhong comes to the foot of the mountain, Xianbei will react. The chieftain really believed the centurion''s words.


    Huangfu Chaobo saw Huang Zhong come up and quickly shut down the shooting. After walking over, he took another horse in Huang Zhong''s hand and said, "brother, I really enjoyed the fight just now." Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo thought of something. "Ah, I should have thought of it a long time ago.... Ah


    "What''s the matter..." As soon as they heard this, they all asked;


    "I should have thought of it long ago, brother. In fact, we still have a great chance to get under the Great Wall before Xianbei people." Huangfu Chaobo said with a bitter smile;"Oh. How can I get there? "


    "Not now. The Xianbei brigade is here. In fact, at the beginning, the elder brother riding the white dragon here can block half an hour, right! Then we can make use of this period of time to get on our way. Brother, when the Xianbei brigade arrives, he will chase us. At the speed of the white dragon, the Xianbei people can''t catch up with us. Then we can get to the foot of the Great Wall. "


    "But have you ever thought that if Xianbei people didn''t see us on this mountain, they would stand there and confront brother Huang? I think they will divide their forces to pursue it. By that time, we may not even have time to arrange it. " Chen Jing said on the side;


    "Oh, yeah. I still don''t think about it


    While Huang Zhong was riding alone against the enemy, Huangfu Chaobo and others also made a lot of preparations on the mountain. The three brothers of Dugu were born in the cave. In more than an hour, they dug three ditches from the middle of the mountain to the top of the mountain. They not only dug nearly half a meter deep, but also covered the inside of the ditch with the soil, making three nearly one meter high earth walls. In addition, only one small door was left in the middle of each wall, which was just enough for a horse to walk. When the other side attacked, the small door could be blocked by the trees cut down by Huangfu Chaobo. In this way, although it is not deep, it can prevent Xianbei people from attacking. In addition, they dug a lot of pitfalls in front of Sandaogou, even in the middle of the road. They reached the foot of the mountain nearly a hundred paces away. Although they were small and not very deep, they could stop the Xianbei people from attacking quickly. Even if they walked slowly or came on foot, they would wait to be the target. However, it''s still a long way to go before we know whether these things can resist the attack of Xianbei people. However, fortunately, the location of the top of the mountain is very good. After the transformation of the three brothers, the whole slope is only a few meters wide in front of it to attack.

 Chapter 82

    "Well, let''s see what Xianbei people are going to do first. I think they should try to attack twice before dark Huang Zhongdao;


    sure enough, after thinking for a moment, the chieftain immediately arranged four hundred people to attack the top of the hill where Huangfu Chaobo stayed. However, the terrain limits the Xianbei people to about 100 people at a time. No matter how many people there are, they will not be able to expand.


    Several hundred people''s teams stopped at the foot of the mountain. Several centurions discussed and decided to send two hundred people''s teams to have a try. So two centenarians came running up the mountain with machetes and bows and arrows in their hands. All eight of them were immediately behind the first wall. Huangfu Chaobo grasped the bow and arrow in his hand, and it took him a long time to calm down. Huang Zhong said on the side: "young master, you see, our terrain is nearly four feet higher than them. The range of ordinary bows and arrows is generally 60-70 steps, but now we can increase the range to nearly 100 steps, while they are shooting from the back. When they are in 100 steps, their bows and arrows don''t have much lethality for us, but once they are in about 50 steps Then we have to be careful. "


    "Well, I see." Huangfu Chaobo replied;


    everyone stood behind the wall, and he took out 20 arrows from the arrow pot and inserted them in the place where his right hand could easily reach. Huangfu Chaobo did the same.


    Two hundred Xianbei cavalry rushed to the hill with a strange cry. It wasn''t long before it was 200 steps away.


    Dugu Tian said with a smile: "ha ha... A good play will be on soon


    The Xianbei cavalry had heard the centurion who came first said that the other side had a sharpshooter who could shoot at 200 steps without missing an arrow. They were all worried. They didn''t expect that they had rushed to 200 steps. The other side hadn''t moved. All of a sudden, they thought that the Han dogs must have been frightened by their own more than 200 men and horses. Now they all screamed like chicken blood He rushed over the hill.


    150 steps...


    Seeing that it''s almost 100 steps, Xianbei cavalry is even more frozen. Thinking that it''s 100 steps, they can be powerful. Two hundred people can kill the Han dog on the mountain pack with only one round of arrows.


    One hundred and twenty steps.


    The cavalry of Xianbei have prepared their bows and arrows...


    Seeing that it was about 100 steps away, Xianbei cavalry were ready to shoot arrows, and everyone on the mountain was ready.


    A hundred steps...


    "Shoot..." Xianbei centurion''s writing has not been finished yet. A horse of Xianbei cavalry stepped into the pit.


    "Ah


    "Plop..."


    "Plop..."


    Then, one after another, some people fell from their horses. Xianbei reflected that there were pits on the ground. The one in front stopped the horse quickly, but the one in the back didn''t know. He was still rushing forward, so two groups of people soon bumped into each other.


    "Bang..."


    "Ah


    "Don''t stop the one in front, go ahead... Ah


    "There''s a pony pit. Stop at the back."


    For a moment, the crowd was full of excitement, but everyone on the mountain didn''t have the heart to watch the excitement. They picked up their bows and arrows and shot down.


    "Whoosh..."


    "Ah


    "Bang. I shot one... Ha ha Huangfu Chaobo saw what he had shot and couldn''t help shouting on the side.


    Huang Zhong and others ignored him and still shot down. This is a rare opportunity. There is no arrow shooting up the mountain.


    "Whoosh, whoosh..."


    A few rounds of arrows down, half of the Xianbei cavalry immediately more than 20 directly to see their God Sirius. Some of them hurt their feet, and some of them were directly crushed by the horses. If there was no one to help them, they would not want to climb out from below. For a moment, nearly 50 people were killed and nearly 20 or 30 horses were lost. The cavalry in the back finally responded and turned their horses around and ran to the back. At this time, Huang Zhong began to chase each other''s back and shoot. It was not until he stepped back more than 200 steps that the Xianbei cavalry stopped. When the two centurions looked at it, they understood why the centurions in front of him had lost more than a dozen people. Two hundred of them, before they could reach the range of their bows and arrows, retreated. Even so, nearly 60 of them were injured, and there were more than 30 horses. It seems that it is impossible to suppress by riding and shooting on the horses.


    The chieftain and several other centurions at the foot of the mountain have been watching the attack of the two centurions. When they began to see that more than 200 people successfully rushed to the range of more than 100 steps, everyone was relieved. As long as they entered the range of bow and arrow, no one in the world could stop the riding and shooting of Xianbei warriors. Several centurions even sneered at the centurion in front of him, but he didn''t answer. He just laughed in his heart. You''ll know the strength of those Han dogs later. Sure enough, before the Xianbei warriors on this side started bowing, they were already full of people. Before they took the fight, they retreated. They had already lost 50 or 60 people on their own side.This makes everyone take a breath of air conditioning.


    At this time, in the middle of the mountain, dozens of injured horses were lying on the ground, whistling incessantly, mixed with the groans and shouts of Xianbei people, which suddenly became more lively.


    Huangfu Chaobo is about to go out and kill all those Xianbei people who are not dead, but Huang Zhong holds them: "young master, wait a moment, Xianbei people will attack again."


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was not. Several centurions wanted to retreat, but they were afraid of being scolded by the centurion. After a discussion, they decided to dismount and attack again on foot. So the two complete hundred teams got off the horse and attacked the mountain with their own weapons.


    "Hee hee... Don''t you want to die? " Huangfu Chaobo smiles to Huang Zhongdao;


    it is well known that the nomads have natural circled legs, so their pace of walking is very slow. In addition, there are obstacles they put themselves, the bodies of dozens of horses and dozens of Xianbei cavalry, and the injured people a hundred paces away. In this way, their walking becomes more difficult.


    Seeing that the Xianbei people were about to jump over the horses and corpses, Huang Fu Chao Bo was just about to shoot. Huang Zhong said, "young master, wait a moment, come in more people and leave them all behind."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought it was true. He was slow when he came. If he was attacked, he would be even slower when he retreated. When nearly 50 of them passed the pile of corpses, Huang Zhong called out: "shoot..."


    Raise your hand is an arrow to go out


    "whoosh."


    "Plop..."


    A Xianbei man fell in response.


    The other seven people immediately shot their arrows out of their hands.


    for a moment, there were arrows flying in front of Xianbei people, and they could only hear the shouts from halfway up the mountain. Although Huangfu Chaobo had only eight of them, they were generals, and their archery skills were all above intermediate level. In addition, they were superior. Except that Huangfu Chaobo and huyanda were a little different in accuracy, the others were basically killed by one arrow, especially Huang Zhong and huyandu. The Xianbei people who were brought down by them were basically killed by one arrow.

 Chapter 83

    After a few rounds of arrows, nearly half of the fifty Xianbei people who passed the obstacles were knocked down by them. The other Xianbei people turned their heads and prepared to withdraw. But the more than 100 people behind didn''t know. They were just rushing forward. They didn''t expect that the people in front suddenly ran behind. As a result, the comet collided with the earth again. While Huang Zhong and others simply shot arrows down the side, while out of the wall to chase the hillside. After a hundred paces to the corpses of horses and Xianbei people, Huang Zhong stood on the corpses of one horse and continued to shoot down, while others were busy picking up things from the battlefield, such as bows and arrows, machetes, money and other things. Huangfu Chaobo told everyone to pick them up. By the way, send those injured Xianbei people to see their Sirius God. After dealing with these things, Huangfu Chaobo asked the people to pile up the corpses and make a new line of defense. Similarly, he left a hole in the middle. The three Dugu brothers dug some pits outside. (NPC corpses can be kept for two days. If they are not handled for two days, they will disappear slowly. If the weather is hot, it will cause plague. After the player dies, the corpse will disappear in a few minutes.)


    Damn, a defensive war can push the line forward... Huangfu thought to Chaobo.


    The Xianbei people at the foot of the mountain managed to get back to a safe place. When the four centurions saw it, they couldn''t help crying. Four hundred people attacked, but they didn''t even meet the other side. Nearly 70 people died. Plus 50 people who were injured and came back, they lost more than 120 people. The loss is more than 25%. This, several centurions no longer dare to attack, with their own people directly back to the side of most people.


    This time, not only the chieftains, but also the centurions who didn''t play were silent.


    "What shall we do?" The chieftain asked;


    but no one answered him for a long time, and it was getting late. There was no choice but to trap them here first and talk about it tomorrow, so the commander ordered to camp. After listening to the commander''s order, everyone felt relieved. Yes, Xianbei warriors are not afraid of death, but it''s not the way to die. It''s just sending people to kill them.


    Watching the Xianbei people at the foot of the mountain start to camp. Huangfu Chaobo was also relieved. Fortunately, he didn''t attack any more. You know, after shooting more than ten arrows, Huangfu Chaobo only felt his hands ache. If they attack a few more times, it is estimated that in the end, only Huang Zhong and Huyan will be able to pull the bow. Next, Huangfu Chaobo also arranged for several people to do their work. The three brothers continued their great work of digging pits, deepening and widening several ditches, heightening the wall, adding some barbs of branches at the bottom of the ditch, and making some simple traps between the first wall and the body wall in front of them. He took Chen Jing and three of them to the back to cut down some branches. After all, it was necessary to light a fire at night. At Huang Zhong''s reminder, he built two big fires 20 steps in front of the corpse wall, ready to be used for warning at night.


    After this, it was almost dark. After eating, we arranged the night watchman. In the middle of the night, Huyan took a man to guard the front body wall, while in the second half of the night, Chen Jing took a man to guard it, while others retreated to the back of the first wall to guard it.


    Looking at the camp of Xianbei people at the foot of the mountain, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help thinking. Is this really a dead end? Or is it that the system thinks that I have too many fighters now, which may affect the balance of the game and is specially arranged? It''s impossible. Didn''t the government say that Auntie runs on her own and can''t be controlled artificially. That means that this game is solvable. How can we solve it. Although they killed nearly 100 Xianbei people today, it is because the nomads are not good at tackling difficulties. Will they still use this method tomorrow and the day after tomorrow? Definitely not. And they still have six or seven hundred people. Why don''t you ask for reinforcements. There is no problem in rushing out with the speed of white dragon and the strength of Huang Zhong, but the problem is where to ask for reinforcements? Right Peking army? Don''t even think about it. Although Gongsun Zan in youpeiping is an extreme nationalist, he has no connection with him. Don''t say that you can''t see him, even if you see him, it''s still two to say whether he will come to save us. NPC doesn''t seem to work. There are only players. Players only have Xiaojing village in Youzhou. As long as they tell them that they will be rescued, but the problem is that their village is hundreds of miles away from the Great Wall, and there are more than 100 miles from here to the Great Wall. Even if they get out of the Great Wall, they can only walk. More than 100 li. When they come, it will take several days. By that time, the day lily will be cold. Besides, with the strength of players, even cavalry can only be beaten, let alone infantry. It doesn''t seem to work.... Break through? No, with Xianbei people''s posture, it''s hard for them to stand out. Even if they stand out, they still don''t know how many people to break. And if you run out, it''s still a question....


    Thinking about Huangfu Chaobo, I have a headache... Damn, auntie, I don''t want you to play with people like this. I''ve managed to build a village, but I''ve been served a pot. Now I''ve managed to recruit some generals, get some horses, and you play with me again. I despise you... Thinking, Huangfu Chaobo has a middle finger in the sky...Under the starry sky of the grassland, Huangfu Chaobo is not the only one who has a headache.


    Xianbei camp, in the account of the chieftain.


    "How are we going to play tomorrow?" The chieftain asked;


    several people sitting in the tent hung their heads without saying a word, while the chieftain swept around several people. After watching for a long time, no one came out with an idea. All day long, a centurion couldn''t help saying, "my Lord, how can I fight? What can I do if I want so much. As long as the adults give us an order, we will rush up and kill them. "


    "Kill... You will know how to kill them. If it goes on like this, all our warriors will be killed by them. " The chieftain didn''t have a good temper and said;


    the chieftain also had a headache, so he surrounded them here. This is the territory of Xianbei and Wuhuan people in the East. Although they belong to the same race, the nomadic people are most sensitive to their sense of region. If their own people stay for a long time, it is inevitable that Suli people in the East will have opinions, and there may be a war at that time. Although I asked someone to inform the other two pursuit teams yesterday, who knows when they will arrive? If you only rely on one of your own, maybe these Han people have not caught it, and all of them will die. Just as he hesitated, another Centurion under him said: "in fact, my Lord, the most important thing is that we can''t get close to them now. I think as long as we can block their bows and arrows, clear the obstacles on the mountain, and engage them in close combat, the Xianbei warriors can''t beat them either."


    One sentence reminded the commander, yes, we can make some shields, let people block the bow and arrow in front, and then send people to clear the obstacles... "Ha ha... Yes, as long as we kill these Han dogs and go back to the king''s court, my Lord will ask Shan Yu for credit... Well, we''ll have a good rest today. The Japanese people have their own arrangements. "

 Chapter 84

    A night without words...


    The next morning, the camp of Xianbei people began to move. Huangfu Chaobo rushed to the front line of defense to see. Unexpectedly, the Xianbei people came out with several hundred people teams, but they didn''t come for them. Instead, they ran to the nearby woods. Huangfu Chaobo was surprised and said to Huang Zhong, "brother, what are they doing? Do they want to come around the woods? It''s not right


    "No," Huang Zhong looked at it and said, "young master, you see they are going to cut down trees as shields."


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that, sure enough, the cavalry stopped at the edge of the forest, tied up their horses, took out their knives and cut down trees. Just when Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong what to do, the drum sounded in front of Xianbei camp, and Xianbei cavalry began to attack. As a result, everyone was soon ready for the battle. After yesterday''s battle, Huangfu Chaobo was much more skillful. He skillfully drew an arrow from the arrow pot, then inserted it on the ground, and then kept a close eye on the Xianbei cavalry in front of him.


    However, today''s Xianbei cavalry are obviously coping. They basically rush to about 100 paces, shoot two arrows at Huangfu Chaobo and then turn to hit the horse. However, even so, everyone has to spend a lot of time. Who knows when those guys will really rush up?


    The attack and defense performance in the morning ended soon, but the effect was also obvious. In addition to wasting some arrows on both sides, only a few Xianbei cavalry were shot down by Huang Zhong.


    In the afternoon, the Xianbei people finally made more than ten giant shields. Why do they call them giant shields? They were all made of logs. They cut a few logs into a person''s height and then tied them with ropes to make simple shields. However, these shields are not light and strong, but it doesn''t matter. They are only used to block bows and arrows, huangfuchao Bo, they don''t have any defensive equipment like rolling stones. Bows and arrows can''t shoot through these trees at all.


    Huangfu Chaobo watched the Xianbei people holding the wood step by step to his side. I can''t help feeling bitter. Rolling stone? The wood has. There are some trees, but the situation below is full of potholes. Don''t think it''s useless to throw them down. kerosene? The wood has... Without kerosene, the wood would not burn even if the rocket was fired. Thinking about this, Huangfu looked at Huang Zhong with broad eyes, hoping that he could have something to do, and Huang Zhong gave him a bitter smile. It seems that there is nothing he can do. Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart, "well, then we have to fight."


    I have to say that Xianbei people are not so stupid. In the front, a wooden shield was used to block the bows and arrows on the mountain. In the back, two hundred men''s squads were on foot, ready to clear the obstacles on the road. After that, the last several hundred men''s squads of cavalry rushed straight up.


    "Whoosh..."


    "Whoosh..."


    Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help shooting two arrows at the wood. All he heard was "Duo Duo". The arrows were all shot at the wood, but Xianbei''s shield wall was not blocked at all, and still moved up the mountain step by step. Although they shot two rounds, they did not pose much threat to Xianbei people.


    In a twinkling, the shield was 50 steps in front of the corpse wall. Huang Zhong knew that if he went on like this, he would have to retreat. So he said, "young master, I''ll destroy their shield. You''ll find a chance to shoot them here."


    Then he picked up the knife and rushed down. As soon as he got close to his opponent''s shield, he took a knife and cut into the middle of the two logs. One shield broke up, but immediately someone behind him blocked the gap with another shield. Although Huang Zhong destroyed several shields one after another, the other side seemed to have been prepared. Once one of the shields broke, another came up immediately. The whole shield wall was steadily advancing towards the mountain from beginning to end. Huang Zhong had no choice but to retreat slowly to the mountain.


    Seeing that the shield wall was about to approach the corpse wall, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that the corpse should be able to be lit, so he told everyone to be ready to ignite. Just wait for the shield to lean against the wall of the corpse and light the fire. Fortunately, after several efforts, the fire was finally lit, and also burned several shields of Xianbei people. But after all, there was no other igniter. The fire was soon put out, and the shields continued to line up behind it. With no patience, Huangfu Chaobo had to ask everyone to withdraw behind the first wall.


    Looking at the endless supply of shields, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but be anxious. If he continued like this, he would level all the things they had built in two days, but he could not expect the miracle he was looking forward to. But I can''t take care of so much now. Let''s get rid of the present troubles first.


    The shield wall moved on, and soon it was in front of the first wall. Although the traps in the middle also caused some troubles to Xianbei people, they had no impact on the overall situation. When the Xianbei people got to the front of the first ditch, they directly put one end of the shield on the edge of the ditch, and the top of the shield fell down directly on the wall. This scene made Huangfu Chaobo dumb. Who says Xianbei people have no brains? Shit, I''m going to use the shield as a suspension bridge.


    "Prepare for the engagement." Huang Zhong''s shout awakened Huangfu Chaobo.


    Looking up, the Xianbei people behind had rushed to the suspension bridge with a machete. It''s about to rush to the wall. There was no way. Everyone put down their bows and arrows and took up their weapons.Before Huang Zhong could be happy, the Xianbei people who first rushed up were split in two. But soon more and more Xianbei people rushed up the wall, then jumped down from the wall and joined in the scuffle. Among the group of Huangfu Chaobo, except Huang Zhong, only Chen Jing, Dugu Tian and Huyan have the power to fight. The others are all two swords. Although Huangfu Chaobo has more than 50 weapons, his fighting experience is estimated to be not as good as huyanda. There''s no way. They are all fighting on their own. Dugu Xiong and Dugu Ba are in the same group, while Huangfu Chaobo and huyanda are in the same group. At the beginning, there were not many people coming in. It''s OK that everyone could cope with it. However, as more and more Xianbei people jumped off the wall, Huangfu Chaobo felt more and more difficult. Huangfu Chaobo looked at the situation of several people around him and found that they were almost surrounded by Xianbei people. Fortunately, Huang Chao and others have not yet seen the phenomenon of non support, but the situation of a few people with low military strength is becoming more and more dangerous.


    "Pounce"


    "Ah Just when Huangfu Chaobo was distracted, a Xianbei man took the opportunity to chop at him. As soon as huyanda saw something wrong, he rushed to block the knife, but he was also injured.


    "Brother, step back. We''ll step back behind the second wall. There are too many people coming up." Huang Fu Chao Bo yelled at Huang Zhong;


    as soon as Huang Zhong saw him, he knew he couldn''t keep it here, so he said, "OK, you go back first, I''ll break it." With that, he raised his sword to solve the problems of the Xianbei people around him, and then rescued the others from the encirclement. The group slowly retreated to the second wall.

 Chapter 85

    After the others returned, Huang Zhong stood by himself at the opening of the earth wall. Xianbei people saw his terrible strength and did not dare to attack him for a moment. And a few people who retreated back to the second wall immediately shot their arrows at the Xianbei people outside.


    Seeing that it was almost dark, and that the shields made today were used up, commander Xianbei ordered Mingjin to retreat. However, on the way to retreat, the Xianbei people did not forget to overthrow all the walls they had occupied. Then step by step back from the mountain.


    Looking at Xianbei, he finally retreated. Huangfu Chaobo and others were relieved at last.


    However, today''s situation makes us realize that the situation is not good. Huangfu Chaobo looked at everyone''s situation and felt more and more that the situation was not good. Besides Huang Zhong and himself, everyone else was hurt a little. Huangfu Chaobo found that he underestimated the ability of Xianbei people and overestimated the ability of several of his people. He didn''t mean that his generals were not good. He said that his troops were too few and the number of enemies was too large. If he went on like this, it was estimated that his party would be able to defend for one or two days. Thinking of this, after dinner, Huangfu Chaobo called everyone over. "Everybody, we have to do something, otherwise, we''ll all have to stay here," he said


    "Young master," Chen Jing said, "why don''t you ride the white dragon at night."


    "Yes, sir." Even Huang Zhong agreed with Chen Jing.


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said, "go, there must be someone who wants to go, but it''s not me, and not all people can go, otherwise Xianbei people will try their best to catch up. In the case of Bailong, it should be possible to take two people out. Among us, only elder brother has the strength to break through the defense line of Xianbei people, so elder brother is one person. There''s another one. Who do you think went out? "


    "You, master." Huyandu also said;


    "said that I was excluded." Huangfu Chaobo said, "originally I said I would take you all back to the Central Plains, but now it seems that I will make a slip of the tongue. As you all know, I''m a stranger. A stranger can live forever. So anyway, in order to make up for my mistakes, I will accompany those who stay to the end. " Huangfu Chaobo looks at Chen Jing.


    Chen Jing said immediately, "young master, I won''t go. If it wasn''t for you, I would have died in the fight with mountain bandits a year ago. Young master saved me and let me live so long, I would have been enough."


    Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to turn to Dugu three brothers.


    Dugu Xiong said: "young master, our three brothers will be together no matter they live or die. We killed so many Xiongnu dogs and Xianbei dogs, which is revenge for the fourth brother. Now we have a face to see the fourth brother. You''d better kill yourself."


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t force him to think about it. He turned his head and looked at the two brothers. "As for you two brothers. I was going to let you free after I arrived in the Central Plains, but I didn''t expect that it would be this result. Well, since all four of them are unwilling to leave, let your brother escape. After all, he is the youngest among them. Also, I will restore the freedom of your two brothers now. I can''t let you go to see your God Sirius as a slave. "


    With that, I saw a flash of light on two people''s forehead, and the "slave" on it disappeared immediately.


    Huyan immediately took his brother to Huangfu Chaobo and knelt down. "Huyan thanks the master for his great kindness. I have nothing to repay in this life. I hope I can be a servant of the master in the next life to repay the master for his great kindness." After that, he turned to his younger brother and said, "remember, if you can escape, the Japanese Gude people in the future will always be their masters and never betray them. Otherwise, Sirius will punish you. Our dead people and I will turn into ghosts and never return to the embrace of Sirius. Now, swear to Sirius. "


    Huyanda made an oath according to his words, and Huyan was willing to give up.


    "Well, now that we''ve decided, let''s see when to leave." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    in terms of time, some people say that they will leave this evening, while others say that they will leave tomorrow afternoon when the Xianbei people withdraw. But Huang Zhong said that he would leave tomorrow afternoon when Xianbei people began to prepare for the attack.


    Huang Zhong said: "judging from today''s situation, they were well prepared when they retreated to prevent us from fighting back. As for the night, we are not very familiar with the grassland, and they are very alert to us at night. As for why I chose them to attack, there are two reasons. First, from the attack situation of Xianbei people today, although they did not attack the mountain, they also successfully captured our two defense lines. I think they will increase the number of attack people tomorrow, and strive to solve us tomorrow. In this way, they will have less mobile people on the horse . Second, it''s just when they''re ready to attack, they don''t think we''ll have a breakthrough at this time. So I think this is the best time to break through. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and thought that Huang Zhong had made a lot of sense, so he agreed. Then Huangfu Chaobo handed over some important things to Huang Zhong and gave him fifty Liang silver. Then he said to him, "after you break through, you two will wait for me in the inn in Tuyin city for half a month, and I will arrive within half a month. If I don''t arrive within half a month, you will go straight back to changshe city." After that, Huangfu Chaobo took out all the medicine he had. At first, he took out a hundred pills. Besides some of them used during this period of time, now he has 80 pills. Everyone has 10 pills in his hand. Huang Zhong took a look and didn''t take the medicine. In his opinion, the medicine should be left to Chen Jing, who stayed behind. Huyanda didn''t want it, but Huangfu Chaobo asked him to take five pills with him. As for Huangfu Chaobo, he only put five pills on his body, and the other five of them each took 14 pills on his body.After the night watchmen were arranged, everyone had a rest.


    Nothing happened overnight.


    The next day, the chieftain was the same as yesterday, but today only two hundred people were sent to harass Huangfu Chaobo and others were sent to cut down trees.


    In the afternoon, as Huang Zhong thought, chieftain Xianbei wanted to finish his battle. He left only two dissatisfied 100 person teams, about 150 people, but they were all on good horses. The rest of the men were under the hillock ready to attack. It took Xianbei nearly half an hour to arrange the attack formation, and they were about to attack on the mountain. Huang Zhong nodded at Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Kill..." Huang Fu Chao cried out. Then he rushed to the hillside with his gun, and the other six quickly followed. Huang Zhong killed the Xianbei soldiers with his bow, and the seven rushed to the Xianbei infantry.


    The chieftain couldn''t help but be happy. "These damned Han dogs, they even want to fight against more than 500 of us with a few of them. Isn''t this about death? Ha ha ha... Cavalry ready for bow and arrow. The infantry surrounded them as soon as they came down. It''s good that I don''t have to attack. "


    Two hundred steps...


    150 steps...


    120 steps...


    As soon as they were within the range of the Xianbei cavalry, Huang Fu Chao Bo and Huang Zhong looked at each other, and both of them cried out: "go..."

 Chapter 86

    Their shouting was not to let them rush to the Xianbei soldiers, but it was discussed with huyanda last night. Once Huangfu Chaobo yelled at them, huyanda would ride the white dragon to rush down, while huyanda would hide himself under the horse''s belly. In terms of huyanda''s master riding, it was just a piece of cake. This will give the following Xianbei a false image, that is, the horse was frightened and ran out. As for them, only seven people rushed down, which would not attract the attention of Xianbei people. After all, huyanda is only a child.


    Just as the commander was about to ask the cavalry to shoot arrows, the man next to him called out: "Sir, you see, there is a horse on the mountain who is frightened..."


    The chieftain looked up and couldn''t help shouting: "BMW, that''s the BMW Shan Yu wanted. The cavalry take orders, take the bow and arrow, get the rope ready, and give it to me. No matter what, the horse can''t run away. Otherwise, even if we kill all these Han people, Shan Yu will not let us go. "


    The cavalry quickly put away their bows and arrows, took out the rope from the horse''s belly, and slowly surrounded the white dragon. For the nomads who grew up on horseback, horse riding is the most basic technology.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo and they also rushed to the wall of North Korean beiren shield.


    A hundred steps...


    Eighty steps...


    By fifty steps, Bai Long had rushed to Huang Zhong and others. At this time, huyanda quickly turned up from under the horse''s belly, controlled the horse''s speed a little, and ran towards Huang Zhong. After running a few steps with Bai Long, Huang Zhong took the opportunity, took huyanda''s hand and turned over to the horse. So the two men, huyanda, took control of the horse, and Huang Zhong took up his sword and rushed to the Xianbei cavalry. At this time, the chieftain of Xianbei and the cavalry reflected that they had been cheated, but now the cavalry only had a rope in their hands. How could they stop Huang Zhong''s horse. Under the control of huyanda, the white dragon soon rushed out from the gap where the Xianbei cavalry had no time to close. Although there are also a few ropes flying towards the white dragon, they are all cut off by Huang Zhong. Seeing that Huang Zhong and Huang Zhong rush out smoothly, Huangfu Chaobo and others can''t help but breathe a sigh of relief. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo sees that his goal has been achieved, he immediately asks everyone to withdraw from the mountain. When passing through the first ditch which was attacked by Xianbei people yesterday, some fires were set on it by the way.


    As soon as Xianbei chieftain saw that the horse had also run away, and the people did not surround him, he could not help shouting angrily. On the one hand, he asked people to attack the mountain, and on the other hand, he asked a centurion to take people with him, one man and two horses to chase the horse. Although he also knows that even if BMW carries two people, it''s not a good horse that can catch up with him, but he has to try. Otherwise, it''s even harder to explain alone.


    The infantry of Xianbei, carrying their shields and urged by the commander and several centurions, attacked the mountain. However, they could not walk in front of the first ditch they had laid yesterday. The wood that was laid yesterday is burning. Put the shield directly on it. I''m afraid that even what I''m doing today will be burned. Let people go to put out the fire. As soon as your shield is opened, the arrow on it will fall down like rain. Several times, not only the fire hasn''t been extinguished, but also several people on your side will be killed by the arrow. Let people shoot from the back, because it''s from the back It''s not a threat at all. There''s no way. After a few centurions have discussed it, they have to wait for the fire to decrease before attacking.


    When Xianbei people are waiting for the fire to get smaller, several people of Huangfu Chaobo on the hill are not free. The three Dugu brothers are busy setting simple traps in front of the second ditch, while the three Huangfu Chaobo are on the side. As long as they see that Xianbei people are a little relaxed, they greet them with bows and arrows.


    The two sides on this side are facing each other, while Huang Zhong on the other side is taking those Xianbei cavalry in circles on the grassland. It is not that Huang Zhong can not run the Xianbei cavalry, but that he is afraid that these Xianbei cavalry will follow him to the edge of the Great Wall, and the surrounding Han people and herdsmen will be miserable. So, he decided to take them around a few times, and then he used his bow and arrow to get rid of a few cavalry soldiers. After they were afraid, Xianbei cavalry finally retreated. Huyanda got a good horse by hand. After Huang Zhong confirmed that the Xianbei cavalry really retreated, the two men raced to the border of the Great Wall. What Huang Zhong wants now is to send huyanda to a safe place as soon as possible, and then go back to the childe himself. As a general, he understood the role of these people in the young master. If you have time, you should be able to save another person. In fact, not only he but also Chen Jing understood these principles, which is why he would rather die there and leave this chance of escape to huyanda.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Uncle Huang, someone is coming in front, but it seems that there is only one rider." Huyanda suddenly interrupted Huang Zhong''s deep thinking.


    "Well?" Huang Zhong turned his head and listened carefully. Sure enough, there was a sound of horse''s hooves from behind the woods in front of him. Now they are close to the edge of the Great Wall. It is estimated that they are now 40 or 50 li away from the Great Wall. Huang Zhong said: "it should be the herdsmen or the Marquis of the border army." Although Huang Zhong said so, he was still on the alert.


    In a twinkling, they came to the edge of the forest. After bypassing the forest, Huang Zhong saw a young man in white robe running towards them on a war horse. Huang Zhong was relieved. Fortunately, he was a Han nationality, but he didn''t know whether he was a border soldier or a Ranger. As soon as the other party came near, Huang Zhong stopped the horse and saluted the other party, saying, "brother, where is this place?""This is the right boundary of Peiping. You can see the Great Wall 50 miles south. Are you from the grassland Looking at the two young men in white robe, he felt very strange. How could a Han and a Xianbei be together. And it seems that they should come from the depths of the grassland, and they don''t know where they have been. They can''t be the sentries of Xianbei people. Thinking of this, the young man in white robe couldn''t help being vigilant.


    "Yes, brother, is there a border army around here?" Huang Zhong asked again;


    "who are you, who dare to inquire about my big Han''s military situation openly?" Then he picked up a long gun in his hand.


    Looking at the guard on his face, Huang Zhong felt that he was too abrupt. "Don''t get me wrong. I''m a member of Yingchuan society. I went to the grassland with my son for training. I don''t want to be besieged in the northwest by the cavalry of Xianbei people. This little guy is a man saved by my son on the grassland. This group of Xianbei cavalry is aimed at him and his people. Because the situation was urgent, I broke out with this little guy and wanted to go to the border army for help. "

 Chapter 87

    As soon as the young man in white robe heard that there was a large group of Xianbei cavalry in front of him, he immediately came to the spirit and asked several questions in a row. "Oh, you mean there''s a large group of Xianbei cavalry in front? How many people? What kind of officer is leading the team? "


    "There''s a thousand people team chasing us, but we''ve designed to kill more than 300 people these days, and there should be 600 or 700 more now. Little brother, you haven''t told me where there is a border army. " Huang Zhong asked again;


    "Oh. There are only some infantry on the Great Wall. If they are riding, only Baima Yicong, who is the captain of huwu Huan and Gongsun Zan, has the strength of the first World War. But now it is said that they are still in Tuyin. That''s right. How many of you have killed three hundred soldiers of a thousand men''s team of Xianbei cavalry. "


    "Eight of us, plus this little guy Huang Zhong said with a bitter smile;


    "wow... Not bad. Eight. However, your young master is more or less in danger now. Originally, two of the eight people left. And you don''t want to invite the border troops. They won''t send troops. A thousand Xianbei cavalry, they don''t have time to hide. How can they send troops. It''s a pity that general Gongsun''s white horse righteousness is never there. If he were there, he would send troops. " The young man in the white robe shook his head. "What a pity..."


    Huang Zhong''s face became more depressed. Suddenly, he thought that the young man in white robe didn''t seem to be a treacherous man. If this little brother could help him send huyanda to the pass, wouldn''t he save a lot of time. Therefore, he said to the young man in white robe: "brother, I think you are also a loyal man. I wonder if I can help you with the next little favor? "


    "Brother, please tell me. For the sake of killing so many Xianbei dogs, I will do my best if I can help you."


    "Well, my son specially told me that he must take huyanda safely to the Great Wall. I want to ask my brother to send him to the pass on my behalf. I will go back to save people myself. One more is one." Huang Zhongdao;


    "that young man in your family is a good man. Isn''t he afraid of being killed by Xianbei people?"


    After hearing this, Huang Zhong told the young man in white robe what happened in the past two days and what happened to Huangfu Chaobo. As soon as the young man in white robe heard this, he could not help but feel more and more fond of Huangfu. "Ah, brother, according to you, are those Xianbei dogs attacking the place you are guarding. Anyway, you can''t find any help now. Why don''t I go with you to meet those Xianbei dogs. Think about it. Now the attention of Xianbei cavalry is focused on your son and his party. If we catch a thief from behind him and catch the king first, the Xianbei people will have to flee? Then your childe and other people will be saved? "


    "You?" Huang Zhong hesitated. This young man seems to be sixteen or seventeen years old. He doesn''t know how to do it. He has a burden on himself. If he is alone, he should be able to save one more person. Now it''s better to add one more person, not to mention saving others. Maybe he can''t get both of himself into it. I hesitated for a moment.


    "What? Don''t you dare? " The white robed youth urged him;


    "don''t say that about Uncle Huang. If it wasn''t for the young master and uncle Huang, we would have been killed by the people of the royal court. More than half of the 300 people killed by God are thanks to Uncle Huang. " When huyanda saw that the man said that to Huang Zhong, he immediately said in a loud voice on the side;


    "Oh, what are you hesitating about?"


    Huang Zhong said: "I don''t know, brother..."


    "Oh, I see. Do you look down on me and think I will drag you down? Hum, you look down on people. You know, when I was six years old, my master and I went to the mountain to learn martial arts. Ten years later, my master said that my shooting skills had been really passed down, but I had no ability to fight. That''s why I went down the mountain to the grassland to experience five years. In recent months, I have killed nearly 100 horse thieves and Xianbei cavalry around the Great Wall. Just this time, there''s a chieftain who can practice for me. " Just then, a group of geese flew over their heads. The young man put down his gun, took out his bow and arrow, and shot at the wild goose.


    "Whoosh..."


    Huang Zhong picked it up and saw the arrow go in from the goose''s left eye and come out from the goose''s right eye


    "Well, I won''t hold you back any more..." The white robed young man said with a little pride;


    "well, but With that, Huang Zhong looked at huyanda.


    "Uncle Huang, don''t worry about me. Although I can''t beat those cavalry, they can''t catch me even though I''m riding this horse." huyanda, seeing Huang Zhong, was worried about himself and quickly assured him. "Besides, I''m just following you from a distance. It''ll be OK."


    "Don''t be so fussy. This little guy has said nothing. What are you afraid of? If you don''t save me, I don''t believe those Xianbei dogs have the ability to keep me. But my horse is a little bit worse "As long as you can help us to save the young master and my brother, I will give them a good horse. Today you can ride my good horse first Huyanda road;


    Huang Zhong thought that it was really difficult for those Xianbei cavalry soldiers to catch him with huyanda''s riding skills. This little brother had a point. He couldn''t ask for reinforcements, so he had to go on his own. Otherwise, he would take huyanda with the White Dragon. It seems that this little brother is also a strong hand, plus he is riding the good horse of huyanda, It''s hard for Xianbei cavalry to catch him. Thinking of this, Huang Zhong said, "OK... I''ll trouble you. As long as you save them, I''ll thank you very much. ""Well, don''t tremble. Saving people is like fighting a fire. Let''s go." With that, the young man in white robe and huyanda changed horses. Huang Zhong led the way, and the three men went in the direction of Huangfu Chaobo.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Huang Zhong came back in the middle of the journey. This Huangfu Chaobo was unexpected to them. And they don''t have time to think about it now. Because Xianbei people had already attacked, the fire was put out after only half an hour. So the Xianbei soldiers with log shields set up several suspension bridges on the first ditch. Then the Xianbei soldiers came to Huangfu Chaobo and killed them between the first ditch and the second ditch. Without Huang Zhong, a BT, Huangfu Chaobo soon lost the place. Although they also killed more than ten Xianbei soldiers, they were all injured. In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo asked everyone to retreat behind the second ditch.

 Chapter 88

    Huangfu Chaobo saw that everyone was injured. He couldn''t help feeling dark. He thought that if he could survive today, maybe Huang Zhong would invite reinforcements tomorrow. According to Xiao Jing, although Gongsun Zan in youbeiping is not a Taishou now, his Baima righteousness has been established from now on. He is an absolute nationalist. If Huang Zhong could find him, as long as he heard that Xianbei people were besieging Han people here, he would definitely send troops to help. It''s just...... They are all greedy. If the two brothers in huyandu were rescued and they would go straight to youpeiping, there would be no such thing today. Greed kills people...


    However, there is no way to think about these now. Now the most important thing is to try to survive today.


    Let everyone take two pills, the battle will start again. Xianbei people are almost in front of the second ditch now. The trap in the middle of the two ditches only causes a little trouble to Xianbei people, which is harmless to them.


    "Ready, Xianbei people are coming up..." Chen Jing shouts at the edge;


    Huangfu Chaobo sees that, sure enough, Xianbei''s shield is on the edge of the ditch again. It''s the same as before. First, he builds several suspension bridges on the edge of the ditch, and then the Xianbei soldiers in the back rush directly onto the wall.


    "Kill..." Huangfu Chaobo roared and stabbed Xianbei soldiers in front of him with his gun.


    "Poof..." The Xianbei man in front fell down. Before he could pull out his gun, the people behind him slashed at Huangfu Chaobo again.


    "Be careful, young master." Dugu Tian rushes over and pushes Huangfu Chaobo to the back to block Xianbei''s machete. However, because Xianbei people jumped down from the earth wall to chop, although Dugu Tian blocked his sword, he was also shocked by the strength of the other party, and he sat on the ground. It''s not time to get up. Xianbei raised his sword again. He was just seen by Huangfu Chaobo, who had just changed his gun. As soon as he lost his gun, he was pulled back by one. However, although he avoided the fatal knife, Dugu Tian had another wound on his hand.


    The situation of the others is not very good either. Although Chen Jing and Huyan are better, they are still only senior fighters of level 40 after all. From the beginning to the present, Xianbei people have been fighting for nearly two hours. There are hundreds of Xianbei people. They are tired of fighting in the front and make up in the back, but they are only six people, so they are now fighting In their two people also gradually a little off force, one after another on the body have added a lot of injury. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw this situation, he knew that he couldn''t keep it here, so he said to Chen Jing, "Boyang, huyandu, we should take care of each other and retreat to the third wall..."


    "Yes, sir, you step back first, we''ll cut off later..."


    "All right, be safe..." Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much. He helped Dugu Tian up and went back. Seeing this, Dugu Xiong and Dugu Ba immediately went to both sides to guard. Soon, all six people retreated behind the third wall.


    "Light up..." Huangfu Chaobo rushed to Dugu Xiong''s road. This was their last barrier. Last night, everyone was busy for a long time and piled a lot of firewood on both sides of the wall. Now let''s see how long these fires will last... Once the third wall is broken, it means that a few of them will play. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo is not considered. The big deal is to lower the level. Straight back to the house in changshe city. It''s just a pity, five generals. There are also three special skills... Who knew it would take years to recruit such a general.


    "These mean dogs... It''s arson again. " The fire on the mountain made the chieftain gnash his teeth. Well. He didn''t even think about what he was doing. A thousand people team came after eight people.


    A few miles from the battlefield...


    "No, uncle Huang, you see, there''s a fire. The cavalry of Wangting must have attacked the last wall. Otherwise, there would not be such a big smoke Huyanda suddenly saw smoke rising in the direction of the battlefield.


    "Well!!! It seems so. It''s less than ten miles away from the battlefield. It seems that the fire was only lit. We still have time. So, brother Zhao, let''s go around and kill from behind the Xianbei people. "


    "Well, good."


    Just along the way, Huang Zhong also communicated his name with the young man in white robe. He knew that his name was Zhao Yun and his name was Zilong. He was from Changshan Zhending.


    With that, the three men went around to the north of the battlefield. Along the way, they also met some Chihou of Xianbei cavalry, but the other side was solved by Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun before they had time to warn, and huyanda got a good horse. Sure enough, the farther north they went, the less the Xianbei people denounced them. By the time they reached the back of a hill five miles north of the battlefield, the fire on the battlefield was almost extinguished.


    Looking at the fire getting smaller and smaller, the impatient chieftain Xianbei also sent the 100 person team that he had just sent to chase Huang Zhong. In his opinion, the Han Chinese didn''t arrive so soon when he went to ask for reinforcements. Moreover, he sent dozens of scouts in the East. If there were a large team of people coming to denounce the Marquis, he would give a warning immediately. His side should be very safe, so he was close to him Only 20 or so people were left behind. What he didn''t expect was that his own self righteous act would end his life here.Soon, almost all the Xianbei people got off the horse and attacked Huangfu Chaobo with their weapons. Seeing that there were only about 20 people around the chieftain, Huang Zhong knew that his chance had come. He nodded at Zhao Yun and explained that Hu Yanda was hiding here. The two men clapped their horses and rushed to the Xianbei chieftain.


    When the chieftain heard the sound of horses'' hoofs coming from behind, he thought it was a reprimand sent by himself. He didn''t think much about it and didn''t even turn his head back. The guard next to him looked back. This is a look that scared him all of a sudden. It took a long time to respond.


    "No, enemy attack... The murderer... He''s coming again


    "Enemy attack."


    The other guards on the side responded immediately. More than a dozen people immediately went up to the two men, and the remaining few people backed the Chieftain to the attacking cavalry. Although they know that they can''t beat the murderer, the duty of the guard makes them have to stop the enemy, so that the chieftain can retreat to the army.


    Unfortunately, all this is in vain. Huang Zhong killed him face to face from the guard and went directly to the chieftain.


    Huangfu Chaobo and others saw that the fire was getting smaller and smaller. Everyone knew that the last moment was coming. So a few people are back to back in a group. He surrounded Huangfu Chaobo in the middle and looked decisively at the Xianbei soldiers who jumped over the wall.


    "Kill..."


    "Ah


    Seeing more and more Xianbei people around him, Huangfu Chaobo could only look at him anxiously. He was surrounded by several people and couldn''t go to the outside to fight with Xianbei people. Even Dugu Ba, who had the weakest force, blocked him in. Seeing that several people around him were injured by Xianbei people from time to time, Huangfu Chaobo was so anxious that he couldn''t help it.


    "It''s over. It''s really over. Except for Huang Zhong and Hu Yanda, everyone else has to die here. Aunt of TMD system, shit... I didn''t offend you. Every time, I had some fortune. In a twinkling of an eye, you were ruined by people Huangfu Chaobo cursed at the sky;


    he said

 Chapter 89

    Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo saw the chieftain below. It seemed that someone was fighting. Looking up, I saw that two men were rushing towards the direction of the chieftain. The other one was Huang Zhong riding a white dragon, and the other was a white robed general. They were like two sharp arrows. They rushed through the block of more than a dozen Xianbei cavalry soldiers in an instant. They just stopped for a moment and killed them in the direction of the chieftain. Behind them, there were more than a dozen Xianbei cavalry soldiers Unexpectedly fell half, the remaining several people Leng for a long time should come over, turn the horse''s head and chase after them.


    In an instant, the distance of dozens of steps came, and they rushed to the chieftain in front of them, only to hear the white robed young general shout: "the chieftain belongs to me, and the little ones will be handed over to brother Huang..." With that, the commander of North Korea attacked.


    The chieftain saw that he couldn''t escape, but he picked up his machete and blocked it.


    "When..." Although he blocked the other party''s attack, the chieftain was determined to shake his hand. Fortunately, the knife in his hand had not fallen off. However, the chieftain was also suffering in his heart. How could he look at a person like a white face and have such great strength? It''s over. I think I''m more or less lucky today.


    "That''s right. You''re a chieftain with a bit of material... Ha ha The white robed young general saw that the chieftain blocked his attack, but he didn''t care. He nodded to the chieftain and said, "well, you''re ready to continue to take it. Let me see what you can do Then he raised his gun and stabbed the chieftain.


    The chieftain lay back, and Zhan Zhan avoided this move, but he was in a cold sweat.


    The white robed young general also did not say more, once again raised the gun to attack in the past.


    Choose.


    Thorn.


    Scan again...


    Thorn.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Huangfu Chaobo is surprised. When did Huang Zhong know such an NB younger brother? He dares to pick Xianbei chieftain by himself. He should be a strong general. Why haven''t he heard of him before. White robed silver gun... White robed silver gun... Huangfu Chaobo mumbled it twice, and suddenly a name appeared in his mind, "white robe, silver gun! Is it him??? But he is riding a jade lion, which is the same horse as the white dragon. Now this man is only riding a good brown horse. They are not of the same grade at all. "


    The centurion, who was taking people to the mountain, saw the situation beside the centurion. As soon as he found something wrong, he immediately asked people to turn around and drive to the direction of the centurion.


    They have been fighting for more than ten rounds. The chieftain''s strength is getting smaller and smaller, but the white robed young general is more and more brave.


    All day long, seeing a flaw of the chieftain, the white robed young general stood up from the horse, held the general in both hands, picked up the weapon in the chieftain''s hand, swept the gun around the head, turned back, stabbed the chieftain, and yelled: "die. "Xianbei dog thief."


    "Poof..."


    "Ah


    I saw that the chieftain was picked up. It seemed that he was dead and could not die any more.


    "The chieftain is dead... Run Seeing that the chieftain was dead, Huang Zhong took the opportunity to yell;


    the centurion who came back to rescue saw that he was about to rush to the chieftain, but he didn''t expect that the chieftain was all picked on the gun by that man. I couldn''t help getting angry: "rush, rush, surround him, kill him..."


    With that, he took about 50 Xianbei soldiers to surround the white robed young general.


    Seeing the whole fighting process on the mountain, Huangfu Chaobo is more and more sure that this man is Zhao Yun, but he feels strange. Isn''t Zhao Yun still learning Arts in Tongyuan? It''s only 182. How did he show up? See Zhao Yun will pick the commander on the gun, and hear Huang Zhong shouting there. Huangfu Chaobo immediately yelled on the hill: "the chieftain is dead, the chieftain is dead. Run


    "Brothers, brother has brought people to save us. Now Qianfu of Xianbei has been killed by them. We just need to hold on a little longer."


    Hearing that Huangfu Chaobo said that Huang Zhong had brought people to save him, Chen Jing''s spirits were immediately boosted, and the attack of the sword and gun in his hand was sharp again.


    Originally, the shouts of Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong made the attack of the besieged Xianbei people a little late. Now the attack of Chen Jing and others has been strengthened, which makes the attack of Xianbei people more difficult. Many Xianbei people in the back looked back and saw that the body of the chieftain was picked on the gun by a man, and the killing God was harvesting the lives of the cavalry. This made many Xianbei people a little flustered. As a result, some people want to attack forward, while others want to retreat, which makes the already chaotic offensive even more confused. Although there were several centurions on the side to supervise the battle, the situation did not improve. Even some centurions quietly stepped back, which made those Xianbei people more confused. Although there are still people besieging Huangfu Chaobo and others, the offensive is not as good as before.


    Seeing Chen Jing and others gradually stabilize their attack, Huangfu Chaobo is more relieved, so he simply focuses on the fight between the white robed young general and the surrounding Xianbei cavalry, and he also turns on the function of photography to aim the lens there.The centurion soon brought in the white robed young general. As soon as the body of the chieftain on his head was thrown to the Xianbei cavalry on the side, only "bang" and "bang" were heard, and the two cavalry bumped off the horse. He couldn''t see it. He pulled back his gun, pulled on a gun, and fought with several cavalry around him.


    Prick, pick, stab... He danced the gun with his hands in a dazzle.


    After a few bangs, several cavalry were dismounted by him. However, at this time, more cavalry surrounded. Looking at the twenty cavalry around, the white robed general laughed and said, "Oh, there are so many people. Well, in that case, let''s show you the peerless shooting skills of the Central Plains, and let you Xianbei dogs have a long experience. " With that, he turned pale and yelled, "hundred... Birds... Towards... Phoenix


    Then he was surrounded by a golden light, and the long gun in his hand instantly produced countless colorful firecrackers.


    "Choo Choo."


    After a sound, he saw more than twenty cavalry around him all fell to the ground. The rest of the cavalry gaped at the scene, and it took a long time to react.


    "Wow, here comes the murderer... Let''s run One of the horsemen yelled, turned and rode back as fast as he could. His words seemed to ignite a powder keg, and the other cavalry immediately responded. One by one, they yelled and beat the horse desperately and ran away. While running, they yelled in horror, "run


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned to see it on the mountain bag. "A hundred birds make a pilgrimage to the Phoenix. It''s really Brother Yun.... Wow, hahaha


    Then he yelled, "Xianbei cavalry has run, Xianbei cavalry has run... Kill me

 Chapter 90

    Hearing the cry of Huangfu Chaobo, many Xianbei people who were attacking on the hill looked back, but they saw the images that made them crazy. They saw that the left behind cavalry at the foot of the mountain all beat their horses like ghosts and ran away. Seeing this, the Xianbei people on the hill couldn''t stay any longer. Regardless of the shouts of the centurions around, they turned around and ran to the bottom of the hill. All the Xianbei people were led by this.


    "Boom." All of a sudden, all the Xianbei people tried their best to run down the mountain. Several centurions had no choice but to run with them.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo said to the three Dugu brothers, "hurry up... Take our horses and we''ll kill them. Kill all these Xianbei dogs. "


    Several people soon mounted the horse, took up the weapon in hand, and killed the Xianbei people who were running down the mountain.


    Damn it, I''ve been beaten by them for several days, and finally I can have a good breath...


    "Kill..."


    "Kill..."


    "Don''t stop. Kill it... Meet them with your brother


    ¡£¡£¡£


    For a moment, the Xianbei people who were running down the mountain were killed and rolled all over the ground. All the people killed from the mountain to the foot of the mountain, and then from the foot of the mountain back to the mountain, while Huang Zhong and Huang Zhong chased the Xianbei cavalry on their horses. After more than an hour, all the talents stopped.


    Huangfu Chaobo sat on the horse, looking at the corpses of Xianbei people everywhere and the ten or so prisoners at the foot of the mountain, and then looked at some of his generals. He was relieved. Fortunately, Huang Zhong brought people in time, and he didn''t lose any generals. But how did he meet Zhao Yun? Huangfu Chaobo thought for a long time, but he didn''t understand what was going on. Forget it. Let''s wait until they come back. Think of here, immediately arrange everyone to clean the battlefield.


    Before long, Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun, who went after Xianbei cavalry, came back.


    "Young master..."


    "Thank you, brother. If you hadn''t come in time, we would have been dead. Now, not only are we all safe, but we have also captured more than a dozen Xianbei prisoners. " Huangfu Chaobo said to Huang Zhong;


    "this is what Zhong should do. In fact, it''s brother Zhao that you want to thank. Without his help, I can''t save several people even if I come here." Then he introduced Zhao Yun to him.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw Zhao Yun, he got excited. I depend on... This is the famous Changshan Zhao Zilong. Looking at this handsome young man with thick eyebrows, broad face and heavy face, but with a childish face, Huangfu Chaobo is connected with the image of rescuing Gongsun Zan in the army alone, rescuing niushiadou in the army of Cao Cao, who is brave all over. Later, when I thought about it, it was all about middle age. Now he''s just on his way, and I''m relieved.


    "Are you really Zhao Zilong? Aren''t you still learning from master Tong Yuan? How can it appear in the grassland? How can I meet my brother? " A series of questions stunned Zhao Yun;


    "er... Young master, how do you know my words and how do you know that I learned from master Tong Yuan? " Zhao Yun thinks it''s strange that he and this young master should meet for the first time. How can he know so many things about me? He learned from Tong Yuan, except for his family, only Xia houlan knew. "Have you ever been to my home, or have you ever seen Xiaolan?"


    "Xiaolan? You mean xiahoulan. I haven''t seen him. As for Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of the question he asked. How to answer it? Did he say that he knew it from history books? Even if he said it, he couldn''t understand it. "Well, this... This is what I heard from others


    As soon as Huang Zhong saw Huangfu Chaobo coming up, he seemed to know Zhao Yun very well. He couldn''t help but feel strange. But it''s not strange to remember that Huangfu Chaobo was the same when he first met him. Besides, he knew that there was a news channel they didn''t know. He said: "brother Zhao, didn''t I tell you? My son is a stranger, and they have their own information channels. With your ability, it''s not surprising that he knows you. "


    Just when Zhao Yun had to ask again, Chen Jing came. "Young master, the battlefield is finished. We killed 219 Xianbei people, arrested 16, and the others ran away. We found 126 leather armours of level 30, 5 leather armours of level 40, 76 machetes of level 30, 15 angle bows of level 40, 113 ordinary bows of level 30, 156 coins, 458 silver, 458 copper, and some materials and ornaments. As for the horses, there is no one. There are also several centurions and millennials who have published several books. "


    "Books? What book? Come on, let me see. What''s good? " As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard the skill book, he immediately said;


    "just these books." With that, Chen Jing handed the book to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Two intermediate riding skills


    one intermediate archery skill


    one intermediate Sabre skill


    "that''s all?" Huangfu Chaobo looked at the gains and losses and said, "forget it, it''s still useful to take it and give it away at that time... Oh, by the way, brother, what about huyanda? " Huangfu Chaobo thought for a long time and finally knew why he always felt something was missing, so he asked;"Oh, huyanda is over there. We left him waiting there..."


    Just then, they saw a group of horses coming from the north. It was huyanda who drove the horses.


    Huyanda came with his horse. Seeing everyone staring at him with wide eyes, he was a little embarrassed and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "master


    "Master, boy, you are good. Hiding in the back and catching more than 20 horses


    "I''m sorry, sir. When I got to their stables, some people had already started riding and were ready to run, and the stables were opened by them, so... So... I only caught these twenty horses. However, young master, you see these are good horses. I didn''t catch those war horses. "


    "What? Are these good horses you''re catching? " As soon as Chen Jing heard it, he immediately went to see it. Sure enough, all the 26 horses were good horses of grade 40.


    "Ha ha ha... That''s right. You''ve made a great contribution. We were still saying that we didn''t catch one of the two or three thousand horses. I didn''t expect that you caught more than twenty horses by yourself. That''s right. " Huangfu Chaobo said with a laugh;


    "young master, I think we''d better leave here earlier. After all, it''s too far from the Great Wall. Maybe there are still Xianbei people to chase after. " Huang Zhongdao;


    "well, that''s right. When they get our own horses, let''s go." Huangfu Chaobo also knows that although Xianbei cavalry has been scattered, no one knows if there are any other pursuers behind, so he can''t disagree with Huang Zhong. Besides, now that he has managed to escape from danger and finally saved all the warriors, he is eager to leave immediately. Who knows what problems the system aunt will have for him if he stays any longer Well.

 Chapter 91

    Before long, the three Dugu brothers led all the horses down from the woods on the mountain. After each of the injured took a few pills, the party drove the horses to the direction of youpeiping.


    But it''s getting dark now, so it''s impossible to get inside the Great Wall today. So at Zhao Yun''s suggestion, they came to a valley about 50 miles away from the Great Wall. According to Zhao Yun, he once killed a group of more than 30 horsemen in the valley. The Valley turned out to be a horseman''s nest, and there was no problem for hundreds of people to stay in it. What''s more, it was a few miles from the mouth of the valley. Even if there was a fire inside, it was not visible outside. Moreover, it was easy to defend and difficult to attack. It took him a lot of effort to find the brigands.


    After walking along the valley with Zhao Yun for nearly half an hour, we got to the deep part of the valley. Huangfu Chaobo saw that this is not the camp for horse thieves, but the camp for mountain thieves. When you get out of the valley, you have to follow a small path to get up to the hillside. There is a flat land of nearly 1000 square meters on the hillside. There are several wooden houses on the other side of the mountain. There is only the mountain road that can walk two horses. There is a big cave behind several cottages. Most importantly, there is a stream coming down from the top of the mountain, So the water source is also very convenient. However, seeing this situation, Huangfu is very knowledgeable. The leader of the horse bandit is also very talented. He chose a mountain stronghold as the camp. No wonder Zhao Yun said that he took a lot of effort to destroy the gang.


    Seeing that it was going to be dark, everyone was busy. First of all, I drove those Xianbei prisoners to tidy up several rooms, shut the horses in the room, and fed the grass. During this period, Zhao Yun ran to the mountain and beat some animals. After washing them, he put them on the fire and roasted them until everyone was satisfied. Just sat by the fire and chatted.


    At this time, huyanda went to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "young master, I want to discuss something with you."


    "Well, what''s the matter?"


    "Well, I promised elder brother Zhao Yun that as long as he could help us save everyone, I would give him a good horse. Do you think we can let him choose a good horse..."


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately jumped up and said, "how can that work?" As soon as the words came out, huyanda''s face changed, but Zhao Yun said on the side, "no, no..."


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw him, he knew that his words had been misunderstood by huyanda. He immediately said, "I mean, how can a good horse be taken. He has saved so many of us Then he turned to Zhao Yun and said, "well, brother Zhao, if you don''t dislike it, I''ll give you my white dragon. Although it''s not a pure jade lion, it''s also a BMW, isn''t it. You can make do with it and ride it first. "


    After hearing what he said, everyone was surprised. Originally, he thought he was reluctant to give up a good horse, but he didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to give his BMW to Zhao Yun. Now, everyone came out to stop it.


    "Young master. That''s our only BMW right now


    "That''s right, BMW is not as easy to get as good horse..."


    As soon as Zhao Yun heard that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to give his BMW to him, he couldn''t sit still. Although he really liked the white horse, a gentleman didn''t like it. So he stood up and gave a salute to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "I really can''t stand it. It''s just the right time for Yun to save you. No matter who meets you, he will help you. I really can''t afford such a big gift. Please take it back. "


    "How can you do that?"??? I don''t think you can be compared by just one horse. Don''t say it''s a horse. You can take all the horses you like, brother Zhao. " Huangfu Chaobo said with righteous words, but he was laughing in his heart. If this horse can make friends with Yun Ge''er, not to mention an ordinary BMW, even if it is a jade lion, he will give it to him without hesitation. ha-ha... There are not many such opportunities.


    The words of Huangfu Chaobo moved the generals greatly, and their intimacy and loyalty rose. However, Huangfu Chaobo is not in the mood to take care of that now, so he should have a good relationship with yungela.


    But Zhao Yun insisted on choosing one of the good horses. In the end, there was no way. Huangfu Chaobo asked him to choose one first, and then said: "otherwise, brother Zhao Yun, we are safe now. We will stay here for a while, and then we will go to the prairie to find some wild horses to see if we can catch a good horse, will you What do you think? "


    Everyone thought that it was too shabby to send a good horse to save five or six of them, so everyone agreed. Zhao Yun wanted to refuse, but he couldn''t bear everyone''s advice. Besides, he really wanted a good horse, so he agreed.


    There''s no way. Since direct gift giving doesn''t work, it can only save the country. As long as you stay with us for a while, we can get the relationship right, and we can talk about the future. Huangfu thought to Chaobo.


    So everyone agreed to go to the grassland to look for wild horses tomorrow.


    After arranging things here, Huangfu Chaobo thought that there were still 16 prisoners there. So he took Huang Zhong and Huyan to the room where the prisoners were kept."Young master, those people After all, they are all of their own people. Huyan wants to intercede with those people, but it''s hard to speak.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, but he didn''t know how to arrange it, so he asked, "what do you think?"


    "This... I don''t know, but it''s up to you. "


    "And you, brother? What do you think of the arrangement? "


    Huang Zhong also shook his head: "this Zhong has no good idea. However, young master, you see, there are only two of them in huyandu. If these people are reliable, I think they can be their people. It''s just that this degree is not easy to grasp. "


    "Yes. Huyandu, do you think anyone can learn horse training in huyanda? " Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart;


    "well, it''s OK to learn, but people without talent can''t, like me. There are nearly 300 people in our family, and only a dozen of them are able to do it. Only huyanda is senior, and others are intermediate when they are 20 or 30 years old. It is said that only one of the thousands of people can learn. For example, huyanda, who is only 15 years old and has reached the advanced level, is even more rare. "


    "Well... That''s really hard. How to arrange it Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that since Xiaobai rules can be applied to players, why can''t they be applied to slaves here. Thinking of this, he said, "OK, I know how to arrange it. Let''s go."

 Chapter 92

    The three men soon came to the prisoner''s room.


    When the prisoners saw Huangfu and Chaobo coming in, they thought they were going to kill them. They all turned pale with fright. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t speak at once. He went to them and sat down. His eyes swept over them one by one. Every time his eyes stopped on one person, that person would tremble. When they were almost scared, Huangfu Chaobo began to say: "you are all my prisoners. In fact, I don''t like to keep prisoners, because I think it''s too troublesome. " With that, Huangfu Chaobo stopped for a moment on purpose. "Originally, I meant to send you directly to see your God Sirius, but after thinking about it, I decided to give you a chance. Now I''ll give you two choices. One is that I''ll send you to see Sirius. The other is that... Be my slave. You choose for yourself. "


    "We are willing to be your slaves. Dear master, as long as you have any orders, we will do it One of them, Xianbei, was humane; as soon as he heard this, others immediately expressed their willingness to be slaves.


    "Well, since you''ve all made your choice, I won''t say much. Are there any warriors among you


    The crowd was stunned for a while, and someone whispered, "report back to the master, we are just ordinary members..."


    "Oh, does anyone have any special skills? Such as training horses, making bows and arrows, etc


    There was another silence.


    I''d rather... Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to find any talent in these captives, but after the result came out, he was still a little disappointed. In that case, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to talk any more.


    "Well, forget it. Well, from tomorrow on, I will ask people to arrange for you to do things. Every time I finish something, I will ask people to write down your achievements and regard that as your contribution. When your contribution reaches a certain amount, as long as you are loyal enough to me, I can make you a free citizen. Huyandu, you and huyanda are not the only people in your tribe. If they have the chance to become free people, I will consider making them members of your tribe. Well, I won''t say more. I''ll let people tell you some specific things tomorrow. Huyandu, you are here to accompany them. Brother, let''s go. "


    "All right, young master." Huang Zhongdao: before going out, Huang Zhong looked back at the prisoners and said, "you''d better do what you should do with peace of mind. If you let me know, if anyone does something that shouldn''t be done or has ideas that shouldn''t be, it''s my cirrus knife that comes to talk to you next time. Hum


    A cold hum made the prisoners tremble again. After all, Huang Zhong''s strength was obvious to all.


    Go back to the house where you live, and the others are waiting.


    "Well, everyone is still here. I''ll arrange it. Those Xianbei prisoners have become my slaves. In the future, all the slaves will be in the charge of Boyang. I''ll tell you what to do later. Dugu Xiong, you three brothers will not go to the grassland with us tomorrow. From tomorrow on, I will divide the slaves into two teams. Each time we will take one team to the grassland to look for horses, and the other team will guard here. Of course, the people here will be transformed by Dugu you three brothers to make this a base for us on the grassland. Huyanda, tomorrow we will go to the grassland to catch the horse, Zhao brother''s mark has to be handed over to you. I plan to stay here for a month. During this period, we mainly focus on good horses, mainly good horses and good horses. I hope you can have two good horses for one person when you return to the Central Plains. This is very important for our future development. Well, Boyang, you stay for a while. Let''s all go back to sleep. I haven''t had a good sleep on the grassland these few months. "


    After the others left, Chen Jing said, "young master, you asked me to take care of the slaves. How do I take care of them?"


    Huangfu Chaobo made a slight change to Xiaobai''s rule and told Chen Jing in detail. When he fully understood it, he asked him to leave. When he left, he asked him to arrange a good night watch.


    The next morning, when Huangfu Chaobo walked out of the room, he saw Chen Jing explaining his rules to the slaves in detail. Huangfu Chaobo looked at these slaves and didn''t know what Huyan had told them last night. Anyway, Huangfu Chaobo felt that there was a trace of awe in the eyes of these slaves. When he saw the loyalty of those slaves, he didn''t expect that they were all above 50. Hehe, they were beyond the warning line. Watching Huangfu Chaobo come out, Chen Jing divides the slaves into teams. After one team is handed over to the three Dugu brothers, Chen Jing takes another team of slaves with Huangfu Chaobo and prepares to set up horses in the grassland.


    So a group of people, Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun, huyandu, and Chen Jing, all rode good horses. Because huyanda was the most skillful rider, and he was the main force of the harness, he rode Huangfu Chaobo''s white dragon and took a group of slaves riding war horses to the grassland.


    When he entered the grassland again, Huangfu Chaobo''s mood was completely different from that of the first time. At that time, there were only a few people, and there were no people familiar with the grassland, so he always had some Trent in his heart. This time, it''s different. With two brothers from huyandu, eight slaves and two BT''s from Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun, it can be said that Huangfu Chaobo is really coming to the grassland now.After entering the prairie for more than 100 Li, huyanda ran excitedly and said: "young master, there should be a wild horse group in front of us, and the number should be 1000. According to our experience, such a medium-sized horse group should have some good horses and a small number of fine horses. Shall we catch up? "


    "Why don''t you chase me. It''s not easy to see a bigger herd of wild horses. " Huangfu Chaobo said immediately. It''s true that although he and huyanda saw horses a while ago, they generally avoided seeing more than a thousand wild horses. After all, there were only eight of them at that time. Besides, they were on the run all the time, and they didn''t have the heart to set up horses. Now they have more than ten people. They have to try anything they say. It''s a big deal to die a few slaves. Anyway, they are riding good horses.


    They ran more than ten miles in the direction huyanda said, and finally saw the wild horses. Sure enough, it was a medium-sized wild horse group with about 1000 horses, led by a brown horse. Seeing that someone came after him, the head horse immediately took the horses to the North grassland. Seeing this, huyanda immediately rode the white dragon to the edge of the horses. Huyandu followed with eight slaves. Before long, huyanda separated a small wild horse from the herd. It looked like there were about 100 horses. Several people immediately took out the lasso and ran along the edge of the ponies. When they saw that there were good horses, they threw out the lasso. If they caught it, they quickly pulled it out and gave it to several people around Huangfu Chaobo. If they didn''t catch it, they went on Follow up and wait for the next chance.

 Chapter 93

    After more than an hour''s hard work, a group of people set up more than ten horses. However, when Huangfu Chaobo saw the quality of these horses, he was very pleased. Five of the twelve horses were good horses, and the other seven were all good ones. It seems that my goal will be achieved soon. However, it''s a pity that none of them is pure white, which disappoints Zhao Yun greatly. However, Huangfu Chaobo is very happy. He knows that Zhao Yun''s favorite horse is pure white, otherwise his mount would not be zhaoyeyu lion. Zhao Yun would not leave them until he finds his favorite horse. But his face didn''t show up, and he said to Zhao Yun, "how about it? Brother Zhao, choose one of these five horses. Let huyanda tame it and give it to you. "


    "Thank you, Mr. Huangfu. I''d better wait a few days to see what I like and let huyanda catch it for me." Zhao yundao;


    after everyone gathered the horses together, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the sky and saw that it was only a few hours before it was dark, so the group rode back... The group rushed back to the foothold of the valley before dark. On returning to that place, Huangfu Chaobo''s people were really shocked by the posture. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted the three Dugu brothers to transform this place and make it a temporary foothold. However, it seemed that their posture was to transform this place into a mountain stronghold. I can see that the front terrace has been widened a lot, and the surrounding area is already digging ditches. There are also some big trees cut down from the mountains on the side. It seems that they are used for making wooden walls. So Huangfu chaobolian called the Dugu brothers and asked, sure enough, they are going to surround them with wooden walls, and then make a thick wooden door at the place where they come in, and then build some houses inside... After listening to their plan, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help laughing. It''s OK to build a permanent base. But it''s not like building a village. You can brush refugees by yourself. If you want to add people, you can only find them from outside. But where can you find them? No one in the pass is willing to live outside the great wall and catch some Xianbei prisoners A prisoner? So this is not a concentration camp... If you think about it, forget it. I''ll see it later.


    After arranging the horses, Huangfu Chaobo called huyanda over and asked about the horse training. According to huyanda, if all the twelve horses are tamed well, it will take two or three days, mainly because he is the only one. Think about it, Huangfu Chaobo asked Chen Jing to come here again, and asked him to send those prisoners to help huyanda train horses in turn tomorrow. From tomorrow on, except for those who help huyanda train horses, others will help brother Dugu build the defensive things of the fence first, and then go out to set up horses after the horses have been trained. He also told huyanda that if he found out that he had potential and could learn equestrian skills, he would stay to train horses and not do anything else.


    After everything is arranged, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thinks that he should have nothing to do these days. Is he going to go offline to accompany Xiaojing for a few days? After all, I haven''t seen her for several months now, but I''m afraid I''ll be offline. If anything happens here, I''ll be in trouble when I''m not here. Just think about it. By the way, since I can''t get off the line to find her, I can go to her village to find her. Anyway, it''s not far from their village. It''s only four or five hundred miles. It should be here in a day. Do as you say, immediately contact Xiaojing with the communicator and tell her that they are going to their village these days. Then they talk for a long time and hang up.


    Since I''m going to see her, I''m sure I''ll give her something. I suddenly remember that I don''t know how much I have now. So he immediately called Huang Zhong and Chen Jing over. Don''t ask don''t know, ask startle.


    What Huangfu Chaobo now has:


    one BMW


    five steeds (not yet tamed)


    45 good horses (7 horses not tamed, 4 foals)


    52 war horses


    135 leather armours of level 30


    five leather armours of level 40


    82 machetes of level 30


    16 angle bows of level 40


    121 ordinary bows of level 30


    ordinary arrows There are 109 pots


    QIAN 207 silver 736 copper


    four skill books


    a silver box


    and some other things


    damn, I didn''t expect that my brother would become a little rich. It''s just that more than 100 horses can make a lot of money if they are brought to changshe.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said to Chen Jing, "Boyang, take out 30 pieces of leather armour, 30 machetes, 30 ordinary bows, 10 good horses and 30 war horses. Tomorrow, you and Huyan will go out with me for a few days, and the safety of these days will be handed over to your brother. By the way, Boyang, those horses should choose white horses. " Huangfu Chaobo suddenly made a very licentious decision. Don''t you Gongsun boss in right Beiping like white horse? I''ll pull white horse out. Wow, Kaka...


    "Yes, sir." Two people should promise after, quit to busy their own things.


    The next day, as soon as Huangfu Chaobo came out of the house, he saw that Chen Jing had selected the horses and tied them outside. Seeing that Huangfu had made a breakthrough, Chen Jing said, "young master, ten good white horses have been selected, but there are only twenty war horses. I have to use light colored ones for the other ten.""Well, that''s it. Well, choose two slaves who are loyal to the high point, let them ride the horses, and let the three of us drive the good horses. Let''s go." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    Zhao Yun thought that he would set up horses today, and he was waiting outside after practicing martial arts in the early morning. He didn''t expect that huyanda would train horses today, and Huangfu Chaobo would take people out for business, so he rode the white horse to the grassland alone.


    A group of five people, with more than 40 horses, soon arrived in front of the pass of the Great Wall.


    Above the Great Wall, a general in white robes is taking several people to inspect.


    "Brother, you see, there''s a horse team over there. Most of them are white horses. It seems that they are all good horses above war horses!" A person close to him said;


    "eh?" General Bai Pao looked in the direction he pointed out. Sure enough, a horse team came from outside the grassland. Most of them were good horses, and they were basically white horses. He thought that he was thinking of expanding the establishment of white horses'' Yicong, but he had been restricted by horses all the time. He didn''t know who was coming here. It seemed that he should have a little way. If he could, he could still come from him Buy some horses. Thinking of this, he said to several people nearby, "let''s go down and see if we can buy these horses from them."


    "What to buy? It''s just a matter of directly detaining the horses. The horses are not allowed to be sold privately by the people The man next to him muttered;


    before he finished speaking, he was glared back by the white robed general.

 Chapter 94

    Yes, on the top of the Great Wall is gongsunzan, the commander of youbeiping. On the side of the wall is gongsunyue, his younger brother. All the people who follow him follow gongsunzan''s subordinates from the beginning. At this time, Gongsun Zan had not become a vassal, so he was not so extreme. Of course, except that he was a born extreme nationalist.


    The court is not allowed to sell horses without permission, but now there are not only some horse traders in youbeiping, but also many strange people selling horses in the whole area around the Great Wall. Gongsun Zan knew that once he forcibly collected the horses today, he might not be able to buy them in the unofficial hands of youpeiping.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who is talking and laughing with Chen Jing at the gate of the city, doesn''t know that his horses are almost expropriated. After they entered the customs, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to drive his horse to Jia Jing''s village in the south. Just then, a white horse and white robed cavalry ran to him and said, "young master, please wait a moment. My general wants to meet you."


    "Your general? Sir, I don''t seem to know any general? Excuse me... " Huangfu Chaobo asked a little strangely;


    "young master, just follow me." The cavalry didn''t answer Huangfu Chaobo''s question. He asked him to follow him.


    Huangfu Chaobo was helpless, so he had to call everyone and drive his horse with the cavalry. As he walked, he thought, who is the general looking for him? what''s the matter? Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo thought, is it Gongsun Zan? Doesn''t that mean he''s not on this side of the Great Wall? If it''s really him, it''s probably for his white horses... I feel dizzy. Huangfu Chaobo wants to slap himself a few times. What''s the matter with so many white horses? It''s over. Nine times out of ten, these horses are liked by him. It''s over...


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of some words: "the biography of Gongsun Zan in the book of the later Han Dynasty:" Zan relies on his talent, does not sympathize with the people, records his demerits and forgets his good deeds, and he will repay them if he has a good name in the state, and he will harm them with the law ";" Xiangben Lide, Wei City, Yanbei. ". Ren Neng negotiated, loyal to defend the country. Bo Li is sparse and rough, and Wu Cai is fierce. It''s hard to combine the good with the bad. "


    It''s all over. He also took huyandu and two Xianbei slaves with him. Alas, I only blame myself for not turning over the Yellow calendar...


    Huangfu Chaobo followed Baima Yicong to the school yard in Guancheng. Before he got to the gate, he saw a Baipao general with several generals waiting there on Baima. Behind him was a row of Baima Yicong. Thinking of whether it was a blessing or a disaster, Huangfu Chaobo gritted his teeth, stepped down from the horse, went to the head of the general, gave a fist, and said: "Huangfu Chaobo, a member of Yingchuan society, has met general Gongsun and all the generals."


    "How do you know this is general Gongsun?" Next to him, a younger general who was a little like gongsunzan came forward and asked,


    "should this be the second general?" Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    Gongsun nodded with a smile and did not speak.


    "I just came back from the grassland. I heard the story of general Baima on the grassland. But also pro body will be white horse from the weight of the heart of the alien, see you are brave, so bold guess is white horse from the warrior. Besides, I also heard that general Gongsun is a dragon and Phoenix among the people, and he has an upper position. Besides, all the generals behind him have the talent of tiger and wolf, but they are all around the general. They dare not be disrespectful. So I dare to speculate that the general is general Baima. Please forgive me for any offence. "


    "You said you heard about big brother on the grassland. What''s the matter?" Gongsun Yue immediately asked again;


    Huangfu Chaobo said, "Damn it, I don''t think I''ve offended you. How can I embarrass me like this when I meet you? Fortunately, I''ve checked with the hundred gods about your brothers.


    He scolded in his heart, but didn''t show his face. He looked adored and said: "I heard that after being appointed as the chief of Liaodong County, the general once took several ten cavalry out to patrol the pass. When he saw hundreds of Xianbei cavalry, he retreated to the empty Pavilion and said to his entourage," if you don''t take the initiative to attack, you will be killed. " So with a spear in hand, he drove his horse into the Xianbei troop and killed dozens of people, so that the Xianbei people scattered and fled. Xianbei people take this as a warning and dare not enter the pass easily. Later, the general also formed a elite called Baima Yicong. He fought with Xianbei people several times outside the pass, and each time he killed them and fled. Now even the Xianbei people in the central grassland are turning pale at Baima Yicong. The name of Baima general makes the children on the grassland stop crying. Not only that, but I also heard that general Baima had several generals with both wisdom and courage. For example, the second and third generals are collectively called "Gongsun erhu generals" by some Xianbei people, as well as general Tian Kai, general Yan Gang, general Shan Jing and general Zou Dan... I don''t know if I remember it all. Second general, the other generals should be the ones standing behind. Can you introduce me to them? When I get back to the commune, I''ll talk to my friends. See, I''ve met so many generals in the prairie on a trip. Let me show off more. "


    Hearing what Huangfu said, not only Gongsun Zan was smiling, but also the others behind him were smiling. Huangfu Chaobo secretly glanced at everyone''s reaction, and he was a little relieved.Gongsun Yue''s face brightened when he was praised as a tiger general. He patted Huangfu Chaobo on the shoulder and said, "where are so many generals. My eldest brother is a serious general here. We are all just small officials. "


    "Ah, the second general didn''t know. How could those hooligans know so many things. In their opinion, only a general can be a god like figure like you. Besides, it''s not a matter of time before you become a general under the leadership of general Gongsun with your abilities. Yes, my lords. "


    "That''s, that''s..." You all laughed.


    "Then you say we are all generals. What about elder brother?" Gongsun fan also asked on the side;


    damn, I haven''t offended you. How can MB go up one by one. I''ve had a good day...


    "Needless to say, general Baima is both civil and military. If you don''t say anything else, you''ll soon have to let the general sit in the position of the prefect of right Peking." Then he pretended to look at both sides mysteriously and said in a voice that only a few people around him could hear: "I think even the whole Youzhou should be managed by the general. The person surnamed Guo said that he was benevolent and righteous. In fact, I think he was really weak. How can such a person defend the place of this pass for the Great Han? Two generals, three generals, all generals, do you think so?"


    Everyone around heard a shock. Gongsun Zan''s men thought it was true. Everyone nodded knowingly, but no one said it.

 Chapter 95

    Huangfu Chaobo''s words immediately attracted Gongsun Zan''s rebuke.


    "Don''t talk nonsense. Are you a stranger who can talk about court affairs? Next time, if you let Ben listen to such treacherous words, I''ll cut it off Gongsun Zan was scolding Huangfu Chaobo, but his tone was inexplicably excited. It was just an affectation to say so.


    Huangfu Chaobo knew that this fire should be enough. If firewood was added, there would be a leak. So he said, "that''s what it is. If I didn''t know that the general was a generous man, I would never have said such a sincere thing. Oh, by the way, general, I don''t know how to call you. What can I do for you? "


    "I see you have brought a lot of white horses into the pass." Then he looked at the horse behind Huangfu Chaobo. Unexpectedly, he saw three Xianbei people. He was furious: "as a Han, why are you with Hu people?"


    "General, calm down. Listen to me, these three Xianbei people were my captives. Because I was short of manpower, I took them as slaves and used them for grazing. As for this one. " With that, Huangfu Chaobo pointed to huyandu and said, "I saw that he still had some strength, and after a period of time, I found that he was still loyal, so I took him as a servant. But the general can rest assured that his heart is different from ours. I always remember that. Besides, now in youbeiping, with the general''s white horse, what else can they do Yes. The general knows that, unlike the general, those of us who are small-scale people do not like to call up a high voice, they will gather together, so we have to catch a few captives first. "


    "Well After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Gongsun Zan''s face was much better. Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help sweating. At this time, he finally let go. In the heart actually scolds unceasingly. Damn, you belong to donkey. This face changes when you say it. I''m so changeable...


    As soon as he gritted his teeth, Huangfu Chaobo said: "general, I know that the general needs white horses to set up white horses. If the general doesn''t dislike it, I''m willing to offer these 20 white horses to the general, which can be regarded as a contribution to the defense of the border. In addition, there are some good horses here. I''d like to meet with you generals today. I''d like to give each general a good horse. I''d like to thank you very much I''ll take it. "


    Everyone can''t help but smile. Who doesn''t like the war horse? Although it''s not a good horse, the good horse is much better than the war horse, isn''t it? You know, white horses are basically used in the army now. Only a few generals have good horses. Now everyone has one. There are not too many good horses. So they all looked at Gongsun Zan eagerly. Gongsun Zan wanted to buy these horses at a low price, but he didn''t expect that he would give him a good horse in the 27th district before he opened his mouth.


    So Huangfu Chaobo asked the two slaves to hand over the twenty white horses and light colored horses to the white horse''s loyal cavalry, while he handed over the good horses to each of them one by one. By the way, he was familiar with you.


    Originally Gongsun Yue wanted to get these horses, but as soon as he met him, he was praised by Huangfu Chaobo from top to bottom. He immediately felt that Huangfu Chaobo was quite suitable for his taste. Before he spoke, he was sent to hand, and he felt that it was not funny. So he and Gongsun praised: "brother, you see, we''re embarrassed to take so many horses from others all at once, right? Do you think we can give him something?"


    "Well, also, Huang... Huangfu little brother, right Gongsun praised him;


    "general Hui, I''m Huang Fu, and I''m Chao Bo. I don''t know what the general has to say?" Huangfu Chaobo said immediately;


    "in this way, our general is not good enough to win your battle horse. Tell me what you want. As long as we can do it, we will promise you."


    "General, I''m very serious. I''m willing to offer these horses to the general. How can I have any demands?" Gongsun next to me was winking. Huangfu Chaobo thought that he didn''t see it. He thought that I didn''t dare to ask you. Isn''t the birthday God hanging up and living impatiently?


    "Well, since I''m going to let you say it, you can say it..." Gongsun Zan, however, was a strong point, and made Huangfu Chaobo say it.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought for a long time. What do you want? Money? It''s impossible. It''s said that it''s a gift. Isn''t it a death wish to pay back the money? If you want to be an official, please. I''m not an official with you. treasure? It doesn''t seem to work. After thinking for a long time, he didn''t know what to want. Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo saw several Xianbei slaves behind him. Gongsun Zan should still have Xianbei prisoners in his hand. I just want to come over.


    "Since the general said that, I would be rude. Well, I have fewer hands. I don''t know if there are any Xianbei prisoners in the general''s hand. If there are, can they be sent to the next few? A few of them died when I took Xianbei slaves to harness horses the other day. I''m still thinking about how to harness horses next time. "


    "Well, second brother, do we still have Xianbei prisoners?" Gongsun Zan didn''t know about it himself. So he turned around and asked Gongsun Yue, "brother, didn''t we catch more than 300 people from the grassland last time? More than one hundred people died when building Xu Wu''s wall. Now there are still 1780 people. Originally I said to kill them, but you are afraid of the censure of the censor. Now you are still locked up in Xu Wu''s camp. " Gongsun yuedao;"Well, let''s go back to Xu Wu now. You can give all these Xianbei prisoners to this little brother later. Oh, yes. Little brother, can you still catch the white horse there? If so, how much do you have and how much will Ben have. Of course, I will buy it with you in the future. By the way, third brother, what''s the official price of horses now? "


    Damn, you''re the whole boss. I don''t know anything. Huangfu Chaobo scolded in his heart. However, he was very happy to hear that Gongsun Zan wanted to buy his own horse. After all, it''s a big business. ha-ha... I''ll wait to count the money later...


    "Big brother, our war horses are all grade 40, and the official price is usually 20000 copper, but we usually buy 10000 copper because we buy it from inside the court. But I heard that they usually charge about 30% for horses. That''s what 6000 copper looks like. If it is a good horse of grade 40, the official price is 40000 copper, and the price is 12000 copper. " Gongsun Fan said;


    "in this way, your horses will be sent directly to my barracks, and I will give them to you according to the price charged by the official market. In addition, we will not kill our captive Xianbei in the future, and we will treat them all as a supplement to you..." Gongsun praised it

 Chapter 96

    After hearing Gongsun''s praise, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but scold in his heart.


    I''m tough enough... It''s like taking horses directly from me. You can still earn 4000 copper, which means giving them to my captives. But why do I need so many captives? It''s not a pig. You can eat them after fattening and killing them. But forget it, if you put it in the player''s horse market, you''ll probably sell it at this price. Of course, this refers to the price of youbeiping. If you go to changshe, you''ll get more than that.


    "General Xie, let''s find a place where we can do it immediately, and the price is fair." I scold in my heart, but I still have to say good things in my mouth... Huangfu Chaobo said.


    "Well, let''s go to Xuwu..." With that, Gongsun Zan rode on his horse, gave an order, took his men and soldiers, and went to Xu Wu.


    There was no way, so Huangfu Chaobo had to take Chen Jing and follow him on horseback.


    Xu Wu was very close to the Great Wall. Not long after, Huangfu Chaobo followed baimayi to the outside of the military camp outside Xu Wu''s city. Originally, according to gongsunzan''s arrangement, gongsunyue was about to hand over the prisoners to Huangfu Chaobo, but Huangfu Chaobo thought, how can so many people be resettled. In addition, near noon, Huangfu Chaobo also wanted to have more relations with all the cattle. So he said that he had prepared a banquet in the restaurant in the city and wanted to invite the generals to have a drink. When they heard that, because they also wanted to have a good relationship with Huangfu Chaobo, they might be able to buy good horses in the future, so they agreed with Gongsun Er Mao''s lead. Of course, Gongsun Zan was impossible I''m going to drink with a white man. Therefore, several generals, with their own soldiers, came to Xuwu city with Huangfu Chaobo. Under the guidance of gongsunyue brothers, the party came to the best restaurant in Xuwu city. Huangfu Chaobo and several generals went directly to the private room on the third floor, while Chen Jing and the guards of the generals were eating and waiting on the second floor, while the three of huyandu found another table to sit down, because the white horse could never sit with the alien race and slaves.


    As soon as he entered the private room, Huangfu Chaobo gave the right to speak to Gongsun Er Mao. The two diners were not polite. They picked the expensive points in the shop, which made Huangfu Chaobo''s heart beat. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo asked Chen Jing specially before he came here. Chen Jing said that a good meal in changshe would cost several thousand yuan. Huangfu Chaobo thought it would be cheaper in the north, but now Huangfu Chaobo found that he was wrong, and he was very wrong. How can you get in touch with those high-level things with Chen Jing''s living standard? Although I have brought all the two hundred taels of silver, I still don''t know if they are enough.


    After the dishes are served here, while everyone is eating and drinking, Huangfu Chaobo calls Chen Jing up and asks him to go to the shopkeeper''s place to calculate the approximate amount of money. After listening to Chen Jing''s return, Huang Fu Chao''s erudite talent was relieved. The total was less than 50 Liang. However, I felt heartache again immediately. After eating it once, I ate a quarter of my property. What''s the idea of 50 liang? According to the market price of players'' transaction, 1 copper is equivalent to 1 to 2 yuan of real currency, that is to say, this meal ate 50 to 100 thousand yuan of Huangfu Chaobo...


    However, after a feast, the effect is also obvious, because after sending the horses, they have already known each other. Now everyone''s relationship has reached good intentions, and the second cat is directly to the trust. Eating is eating. After that, we can have a good relationship with them. When we get close to each other, we can wait for a little praise to rise. If these people take refuge in others, they should think of themselves first. But I don''t know if these masters can survive until then. It seems that all of them have to hang up before praise. Forget it, if you can''t earn people, make some money from them first...


    After drinking, er Mao and Huangfu Chaobo are brothers. Gongsun is still blaming Huangfu Chaobo for not seeing him. If he doesn''t say anything, he can get anything from his elder brother. Huangfu Chaobo immediately bypassed this topic and said that he had so many Xianbei prisoners all of a sudden and wanted to buy a house in Xuwu city to lock them up. After hearing this, Gongsun Yue immediately called his personal leader and asked him to take Chen Jing to the city to choose a bigger house.


    It wasn''t long before Chen Jing reported that the house had been bought. There was a house in the south of the city, with more than 20 houses. Because people from Duwei''s house were with them, they only spent 80000 yuan. After listening to this figure and thinking about the money he had just spent on his meal, Huangfu Chaobo scolded his mother again and ate a house of Laozi with a meal.


    A few people came to the house under the leadership of Chen Jing. When they went in, they found that it was not an ordinary big house. It''s said that it''s still five in and five out. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know what it meant after looking at it for a long time. Anyway, he found that there were quite a lot of houses. I looked around the house and counted it. There were about 256 rooms. I thought it would be no problem to install one or two hundred people. So he told Gongsun Yue that he wanted to bring people over. Gongsun Yue called his own personal guard captain and asked him to take Chen Jing with his warrant. He also told him to send a Dubo in the camp to help Huangfu Chaobo for a period of time. Huangfu was very happy when he heard it. He could not help but heaped up a lot of good words. He patted his chest and said to his two brothers that when there was a better horse, he would give one to each of them. They could not help laughing.


    After the people were sent to the barracks, Gongsun Yue told the Dubo that he had come, and then he and his younger brother took the people with him. Seeing off Gongsun and Yue, Huangfu Chaobo had time to ask the name of the Dubo, Gongsun Xi, who was also a member of Gongsun Zan''s clan. After they said something without nutrition, Gongsun Xi was busy with the defense of the yard. Under the leadership of Chen Jing, Huangfu Chaobo came to the yard where the prisoners were held.As soon as he entered the courtyard, Huangfu Chaobo was startled by the sight. He thought he had entered the African refugee camp. Looking at these people, only a few words flashed through his mind: skinny, skinny, listless and dull...


    "Boyang, take people to the grain store in the city to buy a hundred stones of grain, and then cook some porridge for them. Remember, everyone can only eat two bowls. Huyandu, go out of the great wall and call the three Dugu brothers in the valley. Then let the elder brother and Zilong be responsible for guarding the valley, and let the elder brother arrange for more than ten slaves to build more than ten houses these days. "


    "Yes, sir..."


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo thought that he would take these people to the base in the valley tomorrow. It seems that they can''t recover without ten or eight days. It seems that going to see Xiaojing''s plan will fail.


    Ah. I can''t go to see her. She can come here to see herself. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately contacted Jia Jing. After talking to Jia Jing about the situation here, Jia Jing immediately said that he would come by post horse as soon as possible.

 Chapter 97

    Before long, Chen Jing came back with two slaves and bought a hundred stones of grain. Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranged for them to cook porridge for more than 100 people. After giving the prisoners two bowls each, he locked them in a room for 20 people in the side yard. Then he asked Gongsun Xi to send ten soldiers to guard at the gate of the yard. He was busy all day before settling in. Not long after Huangfu Chaobo finished these things, Huyan and the three Dugu brothers came in. After hearing that Huang Zhong was doing things according to his own arrangement, Zhao Yun happily agreed to help him stay in the valley these days, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. But now how to arrange for the 178 prisoners, Huangfu Chaobo still had no idea. After all, there are too many. In case of something wrong, such as a prison riot, it will be troublesome. Now in Xuwu City, there is still Gongsun Xi''s back pressure. When it comes to the valley, it depends on whether a few people can hold it. Just when Huangfu Chaobo was having a headache for these things, the communicator rang. It turned out that Jia Jing had already arrived at the South Gate of Xu Wu, and now he was waiting to pick him up.


    Without even thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo immediately took Chen Jing with him and asked a soldier from Gongsun Xi to lead the way. The three men went to Xuwu south gate.


    Because the house was near the south gate, the three soon arrived at the gate. Huangfu Chaobo looked at the gate of the city. Sure enough, the familiar shadow was just at the gate of the city. After a trot, Huangfu Chaobo quickly came to his beloved and held her in his arms. Jia Jing was still startled at first, but when she looked back, it was Huangfu Chaobo, who was allowed to hold him, but she said, "come on, this is the gate of the city. Many people are watching."


    "Hey, hey, let them see. I hold my daughter-in-law. Apart from envy and jealousy, what else can they do with us


    "Poor... Who''s your daughter-in-law


    Huangfu said to Chaobo, but his hand loosened. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo let go of his arms, Chen Jing came over with the soldier and said, "young master, there are too many people here. Let''s go back first."


    "Well, OK, let''s go back. By the way, Boyang, this is your future mother. "


    "Chen Jing met his mother." Hearing the introduction of Huangfu Chaobo, Chen Jing went forward and saluted respectfully.


    Jia Jing a listen, face suddenly brush red, but also know that this is the NPC program, so to Chen Jing back to a ceremony, said: "Boyang more courtesy." He turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "OK, stop making trouble. If you make trouble again, I''ll go back to the village."


    "Well... Let''s go


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Wow.... Wow... Brothers, you see, there are players with soldiers Huangfu Chaobo appears at the gate of the city and is seen by the players.


    "Wow, really. There is also a general. " A player immediately added,


    "where... Where is it... "


    Coax...


    The news immediately caused a stir among the players.


    "Brother Bing, who was that man just now?" At once, a smart player went to the guard at the gate of the city, and asked, handing him twenty coppers in his hand.


    "Oh," said the soldier, weighing the money in his hand, "I don''t know that man, but I know that soldier. He is Baima Yicong in Baima Du''s army."


    "Oh, shit... Shock... That player didn''t bring ordinary soldiers, but white horse Yi Cong


    Wow....


    "Brother, you''re not mistaken, are you sure it''s Baima Yicong?"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "No, someone joined Baima Yicong. It must be aimed at Brother Yun."


    "Heaven, earth. I can''t bring any soldiers now, but someone has brought Baima Yicong. It seems that Brother Yun is not protected again. "


    Two minutes later.


    Official website forum.


    "Startled, the player appears in Gongsun Zan Baima Yicong''s army. It seems that he is still in an official position. The soldier with Baima Yicong appears in the South Gate of Xuwu city. With video and pictures as proof


    The following is a picture of the back of several people in Huangfu Chaobo. However, the white horse Yi from the small soldier''s dress is confirmed no coagulation.


    "Inside. Enter baimayi to confirm the identity of the player. For details, please enter the relevant links: http:www. ******. com "


    " sofa... "


    "Bench..."


    "Damn you, how dare you cheat me? You have a reputation. I''m going to kill you


    "Irrigation."


    "Special exchange for copper. 2000 yuan for 1000 copper, cash on delivery, please contact to deduct: 7788414 "


    ...


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that taking a soldier to the gate of the city to pick up his girlfriend would cause such a big storm on the forum, but even if he knew it, he would only laugh it off.


    Now he is taking Jia Jing to visit the house he bought in the game. Although he doesn''t have a house of his own in real life, he has to have a house and a car in the game. ha-ha...Then he took out the skill books from his belt and let Jia Jing choose what to learn. After reading it for a long time, Jia Jing decided to learn the intermediate riding book. Then he took her to ride in the yard. After they were tired of riding in the yard, they sat together and talked about their experiences in recent months. Of course, most of the time, it''s Huangfu Chaobo who talks and Jia Jing who listens. Talking about being surrounded by Xianbei cavalry, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembers the video he shot. So he told Jia Jing that there was a good thing to show her, and then he opened the video screen to show Jia Jing. After watching the video for a long time, Jia Jing was still in shock, because the poor thing she knew about the Three Kingdoms was about Zhao Yun. She didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo was saved by Zhao Yun.


    "Then you... You... Did you recruit Zhao Yun? " Jia Jing stammered;


    "little fool, have you heard the news that Huang Zhong''s generals have been recruited since I announced them in the system?"


    "It''s not." Jia Jing thought about it and said, "that''s it. It seems that the system will make a full-service announcement after someone recruits a historical general... Besides, you think Zhao Yun is so easy to recruit. "


    "Then why did you recruit Huang Zhong so easily?"


    "That''s because Huang Zhong has a soft spot. Anyone has a chance to recruit him, as long as that person can cure Huang Xu''s disease. It''s just that I''m lucky to meet Huang Zhong, and I have pills in my hand to treat Huang Xu. Zhao Yun, on the other hand, must take a normal path, and must be before he meets Liu Bei. Otherwise, he will go 100% according to the historical plot. So you know why there are so many players around Baima Yicong''s camp. Everyone is looking for opportunities. But we didn''t expect that Zhao Yun would be outside the Great Wall now, even me. If Huang Zhong hadn''t just escaped to find reinforcements, Zhao Yun would have appeared as early as 190 years ago, when he would have taken his people to vote for Gongsun Zan. "

 Chapter 98

    Jia Jing listened to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, nodded and said: "it is true, but now you have seen him. That is to say, before he voted for Gongsun Zan, you have the best chance to attract him."


    "Well, in theory, it''s like this, but no one can make it clear before I recruit him. So what I have to do now is to try my best to have a good relationship with him, and then recruit him as soon as possible after he comes back from the grassland experience. Besides, there is also a premise that I must have a solid site or reach a certain official position at that time, otherwise I will not be able to win He won''t be like me. Zhao Yun and Huang Zhong are different. Huang Zhong takes refuge in me to repay his kindness. Zhao Yun wants to find a place where he can give full play to his talents. " Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said seriously;


    "then you have to come on. I''m sure you can


    "Well, let''s come on together!"


    "Well... I will always support you


    "Thank you, Xiao Jing."


    "Young master..."


    Two people are chatting and chatting vigorously when Chen Jing''s voice rings out.


    "Come in..."


    "Young master. It''s evening. How do you arrange Xianbei people''s dinner? "


    "Oh, according to the above, we should give each of them two bowls of rice porridge. We can slowly increase the amount of rice until tomorrow. Otherwise, they will be abnormal because the food is too hard. By the way, other greasy food will have to wait a few days for them to eat. Also, go to the nearby restaurant and buy some food for those white horses. Buy more meat instead of wine. "


    "Yes, sir..."


    Watching Chen Jing go out, Huangfu Chaobo also takes Jia Jing to the place where Xianbei prisoners are held. At this time, huyandu and Dugu three brothers were taking the two slaves to cook porridge according to Huangfu Chaobo''s request. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing coming, they quickly turned around and saluted: "young master, young lady..."


    The title of "master mother" was changed to "Miss" at Jia Jing''s strong request. However, Huangfu Chaobo took the opportunity to ask for a long kiss.


    After working hard for more than an hour, Huangfu Chaobo led several people to distribute the prisoners'' rice and porridge. When he took everyone back to the main house, he just sat down and heard the slave say outside that Gongsun seat is here. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he was invited in. As soon as Gongsun Xi entered the room, he saluted Huangfu Chaobo and said, "I''m here to thank you for your food. We haven''t had such a good meal for a long time."


    "Gongsun, don''t be polite. It''s just a little bit of a joke. Originally, it''s not official business. I have to bother you to stay here these days. My brothers deserve this food. I just want to trouble you to stay here for a while, so I didn''t buy any drinks. Please tell them. I''ll invite you to the restaurant as soon as we''re finished Have a good drink in it. "


    "Well, thank you very much..." With that, Gongsun Xi turned and went out.


    Before long, the cheers of Baima Yicong came from the yard. Gongsun Xi should have told everyone the news as soon as he went out. Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing look at each other with a smile. Then, after Huangfu Chaobo arranged for Chen Jing''s next two days, he took Jia Jing offline.


    According to Huangfu Chaobo''s estimation, these prisoners can''t recover in three or five days. Therefore, during this period, Huangfu Chaobo just stays in the game and has nothing to do. There are two priests in the valley, and he doesn''t have to worry about anything. So, it''s better to take advantage of this time to accompany Jia Jing.


    After getting off the line, it''s more than nine o''clock in the evening. Huangfu Chaobo calls Jia Jing and makes an appointment to pick her up at eight o''clock tomorrow morning. Then he goes to the restaurant downstairs to have a meal. After staying in the game for several months, which is the real time, for more than a month, he didn''t come out to have a meal. The meal was really delicious. After destroying all the food on the table, Huangfu Chaobo went back to his rented house and took a bath. Huangfu Chaobo thought that he had nothing to do anyway and went to the forum to have a look. I didn''t expect to see something about Baima Yicong as soon as I went up. Looking at these things, Huangfu Chaobo helplessly shakes his head, suddenly remembers that if the players are paying attention to Xu Wu, it will be hard for him to do things. After thinking about it, I applied for a "Xiaotian" vest on the forum. Then I processed Huang Zhong''s image on Zhao Yun''s video, and sent it to the forum. I also put the viewing of this video into the charging column, but the price was set very low. I only charge one yuan for one viewing, and left a message on it: "solemnly declare: 1 The video was taken by myself by accident. At the request of the client, I screened his information (in fact, he just didn''t want to expose Huang Zhong). 2. The authenticity of this screen can be verified by the official, absolutely true. 3. The copyright of this video belongs to me. No one is allowed to reprint it without permission. Otherwise, I will resort to legal channels. "


    After finishing this, he went to bed. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that he made the first pot of gold in his life by his unintentional action.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo changed his clothes and picked up Jia Jing by bus on time. They played in the suburbs until the evening, and then came back. In the evening, they accompanied her to the street for several hours. They didn''t send Jia Jing home until more than eleven o''clock. What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know was that his video screen caused an uproar in the forum again.Not to mention how Huangfu Chaobo enjoyed himself in reality. In the game, everyone is busy with all kinds of things.


    In the game, it''s the morning of September 6, 182 A.D.


    In the south of Yingchuan sheriff''s club, Zongheng village administrative hall.


    Several big men of Zongheng village all gathered together. Of course, little jiejie and Adu were invited to attend the meeting as special guests.


    Taking a look at the people in power, he said, "yesterday''s grain planting is over. A total of 490 farmers in our village participated in the project, with 1470 mu of land. Although no village has been upgraded to a big village in the game, I think the first few villages will have actions in these two days. So we have to do that upgrade today. As we all know, this official task is to lay down a small mountain stronghold with more than 150 people, and hand in a certain amount of various items. Now let''s report some of our preparations to you, and then let''s see how we can do this task with the least loss. Xiao Ying, first tell us about the preparation of those articles. "

 Chapter 99

    After listening to the words from all over the world, the Nightingale stood up and said, "brothers, we have been taking over this task for more than half a month, because there are not many villages taking over this task at present, so the growth of raw material market is not very obvious. In addition, our village has contributed a lot of raw materials, so all the raw materials needed for our tasks have been put together, and I''m sorry We still have a lot of stock. I believe that after a period of time, when there are more villages to take over this task, we will make some money from it. So the raw materials will definitely not delay the task. " The Nightingale said;


    "that''s good, gourmet. Tell me about the Shanzhai."


    "Yes, boss. Brothers, since the eldest brother received this task in the government, we have been sending people to find a suitable mountain stronghold. After careful search and comparison, we finally set the target at the Longwo mountain stronghold that was destroyed by the government last time. After being destroyed by the army last time, the stronghold was occupied by a group of mountain bandits soon after. However, these mountain bandits are much more honest. According to our observation, their number should be about 160-180. There are about ten archers, 50 swordsmen, all with small wooden shields. The rest are spearmen, including the big leader, the second leader and the third leader of mountain bandits. Then there are ten small leaders, the mountain bandits The level of the bandit should be level 30, the small leader level 35, and several leaders level 40. And since the last attack, the defense of the stronghold has not increased much, but the level of the bandits this time is much higher than that of the last time, with an average of 10 levels higher, but the strength of our players has also increased by about 15 levels, so our loss should not be very big. "


    "Damn it." Xiao Jie said, "it''s the cottage last time. It''s a pity that the boss and Chen Jing are not here. Otherwise, we can go up from behind, and the loss will be much smaller."


    "Yes." ADU also said on this.


    "By the way, Lao Du, did you get in touch with your boss?" "No, it seems that he hasn''t been online these days," he asked ADU shook his head and said,


    "forget it, I didn''t expect him to bring people back to help anyway. Oh, that Zhang an should bring people. You know, only he and the two militia under him have long-range attack ability. I can count on the three of them. " I suddenly think of this thing. Now the biggest weakness of players is long-range attack. Now there are only Zhang an and his two militia in Zongheng village. Because the two militiamen learned archery in changshe City, and now they have reached level 38, while Zhang an has reached level 40.


    "There should be no problem. I think it''s almost there. The people we went to pick them up also sent a message saying that they were going to the village Adudao;


    just as he was saying this, the militia at the door came in and reported that Zhang an had arrived with two militia. After Zhang an was invited in, he continued to listen to others about the preparation.


    "There are no thieves in the world. How are our medicines and equipment prepared?"


    "Boss, since the villagers who went to the city to study medicine came back half a month ago, he has been making low-grade blood medicine. Plus the drugs we''ve been storing. We now have 5230 + 10 blood pills, 2218 + 20 blood pills and 358 + 30 blood pills. With weapons and equipment, players with 3000 players can have two spare weapons for each player. "


    "What about the players? "Run wild?" "We can send 500 first-line players above level 40, which are our direct players. There are 2500 second-line players above level 35, 2000 third-line players above level 30, and others below level 30."


    "Well, I think that''s the arrangement. There are 500 people in the first line, 1000 people in the second line, plus 20 people from our militia and the general, each with a spare piece of equipment," he said, and then he went to the two people of Adu. "This time, we''ll have to trouble the two brothers to take people with us."


    "That''s for sure. If we don''t go to Luoshen, if the boss knows it and doesn''t scold us to death, don''t worry, boss zongzong, Luoshen will have 500 people and be the first echelon to clear the obstacles for you." They said;


    "well, thank you very much. 2000 players, plus more than a dozen militia and two generals, take all the + 10 pills, plus 1000 pills of + 20, the main force is 1000 people, two pills for each, one pill for each, one pill for each, and the second tier players take three pills of + 10 pills. Nightingale and no thief in the world stay with the rest, and I''ll take them out."


    "Yes... Boss All of them answered in unison;


    so a group of more than 2000 people came to the longwoshan mountain stronghold. As soon as the troops of Zongheng village go out, they are immediately informed by other player villages in the community. When they know that they are doing the village upgrading task, along the way, the village head of the player sends players to learn experience to join the marching team. When the player team is five or six miles away from the Shanzhai, it has increased to nearly 4000 people. Of course, there are many people with the idea of fishing in troubled waters.


    "Newspaper, big leader, there is a team of more than 4000 strange people coming towards our mountain stronghold. It seems that they want to do harm to our mountain stronghold. Please make a decision.""Well, these damned strange people, the big leader has not gone to their trouble, so he came to them first... Come on, let the archers go up to the archery tower above the wall of the stronghold, and then send people to transport all the stones and logs to it. Twenty swordsmen are sent to guard it, thirty spearmen are sent to guard it at the gate, and the others and the second and third are sent to guard it at the back, ready at any time. " "Yes, the leader," he said


    "Don''t worry, those strange people are vulnerable, let alone 4000 people, even 8000 people, 10000 people, and their leaders will never come back."


    When the players of Zongheng village come to the front of the stronghold, the bandits in the stronghold have been waiting for a long time.


    As soon as you see this move, you will know that the stronghold is ready. It seems that you can only attack by force now,


    "run wild, you take 500 first tier players and second tier players to cover Zhang an. First, kill the ten archers. Best, you take 500 second tier players and second tier players to open the stronghold door. Then I take 500 first tier players and militiamen to fight with the bandits. Lao Du, you take them The people in your team help us to keep the back of the battle and prevent other players from fishing in troubled waters. "


    "Well, isn''t boss Zongheng agreed that we should take the lead?" Xiao Jie said immediately.


    "Come on, old Jay. You are the guest army, "said the top five bars." let''s take the lead, and our people in Zongheng village still have the face to go on


    Xiao Jie had to say more, but he was held by Adu.


    "Well, Lao Jie, we have your kindness. Let''s arrange it like this." "Attack..."


    "Kill..."

 Chapter 100

    With a wave of hand, 500 players immediately raised their wooden shield, and 20 people lined up to attack the gate of the stronghold. Zhang an and two archers were surrounded in the middle.


    Two hundred steps


    one hundred and fifty steps


    one hundred steps


    the archers on the wall of the stronghold began to take power.


    "Whoosh."


    Ten arrows shot down.


    "Ah


    "Damn it... I was shot. After dozens of drops, how can these mountain bandits attack so strongly? "


    "I got shot too..."


    "Whoosh..."


    There is no reaction here. The second round is coming. This time, several people were sent back to the village.


    However, the player''s Square also advanced to the distance of 50 steps.


    At this distance, Zhang an''s bows and arrows began to take off.


    "Whoosh..."


    In the first round, the mountain bandit archers immediately hung up. Looking at his side of the attack effective, several people all over the world showed a smile.


    I didn''t expect that the war situation would change immediately. Looking at the archers among the players, the mountain bandits on the wall immediately pushed down the rolling trees, and the players in the first echelon were killed and injured badly. See a row of wood pushed down, players inside the flash of a group of white light. In a short time, nearly 100 of the 500 players died, but they did not retreat. As we all know, since they are the first echelon, they have to be ready for total extinction, but Zhang an must protect them. So the players immediately changed the formation, except for dozens of people surrounded by three people in Zhang an, the others went to the front and lined up their shields, making several shield walls. Zhang an, who was in the middle of the crowd, didn''t stop. His bows and arrows kept shooting at the above archers. He finally solved ten archers before the three men finished shooting their arrows.


    As soon as he saw that the goal had been achieved, he immediately called the best to take the second echelon up, while the remaining players of the first echelon protected Zhang an and the three slowly stepped back.


    "Kill..."


    As there were no archers, and the rolling wood was almost used, the second echelon quickly reached the front of the gate. Immediately, the stone on the wall of the stronghold fell down, but this time, the player had been prepared. Several people were carrying shields on their heads and protecting the middle of them. They rushed to the gate directly. Now the player''s siege method is very primitive. There is no other way except to use a knife. No siege equipment has appeared.


    Although there are stones on it, the players below are not disturbed.


    Finally, after losing 200 players, the mountain bandit''s stone is also used up.


    "Bang... Bang... Click.... Boom


    The gate was finally broken, but the top five bars didn''t stop the players. Instead, they let everyone rush towards the mountain bandits inside the gate.


    "Kill me."


    "Little ones, kill for our leader." For a moment, the mountain bandits and the players were killed together. However, most of the injured players were soon killed by the mountain bandits. However, at this time, the third echelon with the world has rushed to the gate.


    The cry of death rang out again.


    Ah Du and Xiao Jie also couldn''t bear it, and immediately rushed up with the players of the Luo God club. As for the work after the break, they gave it to the 300 players who came down from the first echelon. Zhang an and the two archers also rushed up. After a period of recovery, the three men picked up their bows and arrows again and shot at the mountain bandits.


    After all, it''s the main player of level 40, and there are a large number of players. In addition, the warrior of Zongheng village with 20 militiamen to help. Soon, the mountain bandits were killed and retreated. When the mountain bandit leader saw something wrong, he immediately joined the battle group with his sword. As soon as the level 40 warrior joins in, the player''s attack will be stopped immediately. Seeing this, ADU immediately let a team of players escort Zhang an and two militia to kill the mountain bandit leader.


    Zhang an put away his bow and arrow, took out a big knife, and said to the big head: "up. How dare that thief fight with me Then he took the knife and chopped it at him. Seeing this, the chief quickly picked up his knife and blocked it.


    "When..." The two men''s knives collided. However, the leader of the mountain bandit didn''t seem to be very strong, so he was immediately shocked to withdraw three or four steps, while Zhang an only stopped his attack for a while, and then he attacked again with his sword.


    At this time, the second leader was dragged down by the warrior in Zongheng village, while the third leader was trapped by Zongheng village with several militia. Now the whole mountain bandits have lost their command and are slowly surrounded and killed by the players.


    After more than ten rounds of fighting with Zhang an, the leader of the mountain bandit slowly slowed down his attack. Zhang an saw a flaw in the attack and got the result. Zhang an immediately cut off his head, held it on his knife, and cried out: "the big leader has already given his head. You can''t wait to surrender quicklyThe bandits were scared out of their wits when they saw it. They had already been attacked by the players and had no fighting spirit. Before long, the second leader and the third leader were solved, and the bandits were killed all over the village.


    It didn''t take long for there to be no bandits in the whole village. Zonghengxia immediately took people to the meeting hall of Shanzhai, and cut down the pillar with the bandit flag.


    "Ding... Congratulations, Longwo mountain stronghold has been conquered by you. The task of attacking mountain stronghold has been completed


    "Oh


    "Oh, we won


    As soon as the players outside the conference hall heard the system prompt, they all cheered...


    And then he went all over the world and immediately arranged to clean up the battlefield. And he picked up an attack certificate that fell on the ground and took several people to the direction of changshe city in a hurry. According to the arrangement, after hearing the news here, the Nightingale will arrange people to deliver the task items to the gate of changshe City, where the two people will meet and then go to the county government to deliver the task.


    Before we got to changshe City, the system announcement rang...


    "Ding Dong... Full service announcement. Congratulations on the official promotion of yelaixiang village in Linyi City, langye state, Xuzhou to a large-scale village, which has been awarded the title of the largest village in the world, and has been rewarded with the title of ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^...


    After a few minutes,


    "Ding Dong... Full service announcement. Congratulations on the official promotion of Huangjin village in Julu, Jizhou to a large village, which has been awarded the title of the second largest village in the world, and has been awarded with the award of ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

 Chapter 101

    Half an hour later, all over the world, I finally went to the outside of changshe city to join the nightingale. With the task items, I rushed to the county government to hand in the task, got the village upgrade drawings, and several rushed to my own village.


    Seeing the entrance of the administrative hall, I thought that the third village in the world should not run away.


    "Ding Dong... Full service announcement. Congratulations on the official promotion of Wuyu village in Wuwei, Liangzhou to a large-scale village, which has been awarded the title of the third largest village in the world, and has been awarded the "dingdong"


    ... Full service announcement. Congratulations on the official promotion of Xiaobai village in Chengdu, Yizhou to a large-scale village, which has been awarded the title of the fourth largest village in the world, and has been rewarded with "


    " Damn it, don''t bring such playful people. " All over the world, jump up and scold. The Nightingale said to him with a smile, "you''d better hurry up, or you won''t get it until the fifth time."


    "Oh, oh, yes, yes..." Then he quickly ran in, opened the village management interface, clicked on the village upgrade, and then took out the drawing and put it on.


    All of a sudden, the village management jade was surrounded by colorful light. A few seconds later, a clear system mm voice sounded:


    "Ding Dong... Full service announcement. Congratulations on the official promotion of zonghengtianxia village in Yingchuan, Yuzhou, to a large village. The village was awarded the title of the fifth largest village in the world, and was rewarded with ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Mouth know the task completely, did not expect all of a sudden dingdong, in front of four villages up. Now it''s finally my village''s turn, so I''m relieved.


    "Ha ha.... Cool. From tenth to fifth in the world.... The boss is powerful


    "The boss is powerful. Zongheng village is powerful


    "Ha ha... It''s awesome. "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Across the world with Nightingale and the world without thieves came out, a crowd of players cheered loudly.


    "Boss, our village is going to build the thick wall of Nb next


    "Yes, it''s better to build a changshe city like that."


    "You are sick. Dacun wants to build stone walls. Boss, don''t pay attention to this lunatic. Are we going to have earlier equipment? I''m tired of wearing this leather armor. When can I get some iron armor


    "Yes. The village should be equipped. Now it''s a little bit worse


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Brothers, thank you for your usual support to the village. If it wasn''t for you, our village wouldn''t have come this far. Our village will soon be able to produce better equipment. You can rest assured that if you produce good equipment, you will tell us at the first time. "


    "Bang... Good. Come on, I can''t help it. "


    Everyone was shouting, and there was another shout outside. When you look back, it turns out that the brigades are back. It seems that the harvest is not small.


    All the people put the booty back to the warehouse and stood in front of the executive hall, fighting there. As soon as everyone came back, he stepped forward and said, "brothers. Now that our village has been upgraded to a big one, there are still many things to be arranged, so I don''t want to chat with you here. In addition, the contributions and rewards for today''s fight will come out by tomorrow night at the latest. We''ll have an award party then, OK


    "Yes."


    "Good..."


    After another uproar, we invited the elders and Xiao jiejie to the hall. Now the administrative hall is nearly twice as big as that of Nakamura. Moreover, it is made of brick and stone, and its defense is much stronger.


    After a group of people sat down, they said to the world, "well, today''s matter has come to an end. The village is up, but things are more and more in the future. Today''s business still needs to thank Lao Du and you two. If you didn''t see the opportunity quickly and protect Zhang an to kill the mountain bandit leader, we don''t know how many players will die. By the way, how''s the harvest today? "


    "Not so good. There are only a few dozen stone grains, some level 30 equipment, and about forty-five taels of silver, but we still earn a lot. But nothing good came out. We lost nearly half of our players, and so did Lao Du. By the way, boss, isn''t there a reward in the system? What''s the reward... "


    As soon as I heard the top five bars, everyone was staring at the world.


    "There''s nothing good. There''s only a drawing of level 40 armor, a drawing of cavalry camp and 50 stone grain. Well, we are still two steps slow. If it''s the third, the reward will be much better. "


    As soon as you listen, the third and the fifth are not the same concept at all, although they are only a few seconds apart.


    "Well, let''s not talk about this. I haven''t seen the drawings yet. I guess I''ll have to wait for the government to send them. Now let''s make arrangements for this month. Moreover, as far as the current player level is concerned, the market of level 40 armor is not big, but it doesn''t matter. Now our blacksmith is advanced, and the village has reached the level of big village. Next, we need to upgrade the blacksmith shop to advanced level as soon as possible, so that the blacksmith can learn to build level 30 infantry armor as soon as possible. It is estimated that it will come out in more than ten days. This is the player Current market demand. I really want to thank brother Chaobo for his armor. I didn''t expect that the blacksmith would make it out. Well, let''s not talk about that. I''ll make arrangements for things in the village in the near future. ""The world is responsible for arranging the construction of the wall. Let''s arrange 300 villagers to do it first. The other 100 went to logging, and the rest upgraded the buildings in the village. Except for the blacksmith shop, the restaurant was the first to be upgraded. I think you must have seen the benefits of a good general from what happened to Zhang an today. Nightingale is responsible for recruiting villagers from now on, trying to recruit all the villagers in the next few days. After all, we still have enough food now. All the villagers recruited are sent to build the wall and strive to build it before the end of this month. Although it''s only September 182, none of us knows whether the system will release the big story ahead of time. The best and rampant are still responsible for upgrading players. As for other things, I will arrange them temporarily


    "All right. Boss They agreed one by one.

 Chapter 102

    After everything in the village had been arranged, when everyone was ready to go to their own business, the world without thieves suddenly thought of one thing and said, "Oh, by the way, boss, now the forum is turning upside down."


    "Well! What''s the matter? " Even though the whole world has been busy with the village upgrading recently, it basically has no time to go to the forum, so I don''t know what it is. Since there are no thieves in the world, it must not be a small matter. I immediately asked. Everyone looked at the world with curiosity.


    "Zhao Yun appears


    "Coax"


    "What? Zhao Yun? Have you been solicited? "


    "Yes, yes... Tell me about


    "It''s not clear. A player named Xiaotian posted a video on the Internet, in which Zhao Yun was surrounded by Xianbei cavalry, and he was very powerful


    "Is it PS? Shouldn''t Zhao Yun still be studying in Tong Yuan? How can you fight with Xianbei cavalry? "


    "No thief in the world shook his head and said:" someone has done a test and found that it''s not true, and the video screen has also been verified by the official. It''s really true, but there is still a person on it, but he was dodged by that player. And the most important thing is that Zhao Yun inspired the martial arts general''s skill - hundred birds to the Phoenix. "


    "Damn it... Someone really found out about him. Isn''t it a matter of time before he is recruited by that person? MB, which NB character is it


    "My God, the game has only been in progress for less than a year, and two gods have been recruited and played farts."


    Across the world: "the world, have you seen where it is?"


    "No, so far no one can see where it is, because now from Bingzhou to Liaodong is the territory of Xianbei people. However, I don''t think it will be long before some players get horses and go to the grassland to find them


    "Well, it''s no use for us to think about it. First, we don''t have horses. Second, we''re on the grassland, so we can''t play with each other. Better do your own thing


    "Yes, boss."


    "Hey, I have to go offline and have a good look.


    "Yes, yes, I have to have a good look... ¡°


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Sure enough, the next day, the prefecture sent out the system''s reward. Unexpectedly, the prefect of Yingchuan also awarded an extra 30 level fine iron knife making drawing, which made Zongheng village happy.


    Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t know what happened in the game. At this time, he just sent Jia Jing home, and then he went back to the nest. After a bath and a phone call with Jia Jing, Huangfu Chaobo meets Duke Zhou.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo went online. As soon as I went online, I found that Jia Jing had already come up. Now I''m calling Zhou Wen to talk about things in the village. Originally, if the village had Jia Jing''s help, Zhou Wen was a little more relaxed. She didn''t expect that Jia Jing would disappear when Huangfu Chaobo came. This is not, Jia Jing a contact with her, there are endless complaints.


    As soon as he saw Huangfu Chaobo coming up, Jia Jing said to Zhou Wen, "Xiaowen, I''ll come back to the village after we''ve dealt with the matter these days, OK? OK, I''m busy now. I''ll get back to you. Goodbye With that, she hung up and was so angry that Zhou Wen stamped her feet in the executive hall...


    As soon as Zhou Bin went online, he saw his elder sister lose her temper there and asked Li Qiang carefully, "brother-in-law, are you provoking my elder sister again?"


    Li Qiang said with a bitter smile: "I dare not. It seems that Xiaojing has hung up her correspondence."


    "Well, I''ll go out first..."


    "No, let''s go together."


    Said two people are ready to carefully Jiji out.


    "Stop..." Zhou Wen, who just turned her head, saw two people: "what are you two going to do? What do you want to do


    "No, no" They were so scared that they stood there and said,


    "pa..." One at attention, "report to your majesty. Elder Xiaobin, elder Xiaoqiang has been ordered to come to see you and wait for your majesty to send you. "


    "Puchi..." Zhou Wen listened to a smile, "that Xiaoqiang, I think you are really a dozen undead Xiaoqiang."


    "That''s right. We are just a dozen undead Xiaoqiang in your Majesty''s hand. We can fight as we like." Li Qiangdao;


    "you two are in charge of the affairs in the village today. I''m going to find that girl, the guy who values sex over friends..."


    "Er, your majesty, Xiaoqiang has some immature ideas. I don''t know if he should talk about them properly."


    "Fart when you have a fart"


    "That... After all, the two of them haven''t been together for so many years, and now they''re not easy to be together. This should be excusable. I think


    "Well, yes. Well, then I won''t go, but you still have to do things in the village today. "


    "Ah."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    When Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing came out of the room, Chen Jing just finished the meal of the prisoners. As soon as he saw Huangfu Chaobo, he came to tell him about the past few days: "young master, 42 prisoners died in these days, and the rest of them are getting better.""Well, it''s not a lot. I''m still thinking about it these days. I don''t know if these people can keep half of it." Huangfu Chaobo said;


    Huangfu Chaobo took a look in several rooms and saw that these prisoners were much better than the previous days. At least you can see a little anger on your face. So he said to Chen Jing, "Boyang, bring the prisoners to the yard. I have something to say. "


    "Yes, sir."


    Maybe huyandu and the two slaves have done a lot of work for these prisoners these days. In addition, Chen Jing and others haven''t done anything to them these days. The prisoners look at Huangfu Chaobo with a calm face, and they don''t have the kind of uneasiness they had when they first saw him.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the 136 prisoners in the yard and said: "originally, general Gongsun meant to dispose of you directly, so it would be a waste of food to save you staying in the barracks. But I think many of you were ordered to come to the Great Wall to plunder, so I asked the general for help and redeemed you. From the day you entered this yard, you are my slaves. So everything you do must be approved by me. Of course, if any of you have any other ideas, I don''t mind sending him back to Sirius. All right, all of you, all of you, stand up


    These prisoners didn''t know what Huangfu Chaobo meant by this. They all turned to look at huyandu and the two slaves for a moment. Huyan saw this and nodded to them. Some of the captives came out one after another. Huangfu was very good at it, and I''ll go. Alas, there were 26 of them. Later, I thought about it. It''s also true that martial arts are generally better than ordinary NPCs, and those who died must be ordinary, so it''s normal for the rest of them to have such a high ratio.

 Chapter 103

    After Huang Fuchao selected all the warriors among the Xianbei slaves, he then looked at their attributes one by one, including 6 senior, 8 intermediate and 12 junior. Nodded, let Huyan all take them to one side.


    Then he said, "do you have any special skills? Like horse training. Some people stand up. "


    This time, only ten people came out, including one horse trainer (Junior), three archers (two can make horn bow), four leather armour Masters (all junior), and two horsemen. At the sight of the trainer, Huangfu Chaobo was so happy that he could hardly find north. You know, now I have enough horses. Huyanda alone can''t be tamed. Originally, it was rare for a horse trainer. I didn''t expect to catch one now. Although it''s only a junior, it can also share the pressure for huyanda.


    One more count, there are only 100 prisoners left. It seems that the rest are ordinary members. Then Huangfu Chaobo asked Chen Jing to make arrangements for the prisoners. So he took each one back to the main hall.


    "Xiaojing, what do you think these people should do. What a headache... You know, if we have to support so many people, how can we have so much money to support them? "


    "Young master, why don''t we take these generals and craftsmen back to changshe?" Chen Jing said beside him;


    "I want to, but you want to know, how many of us are there altogether? If we have to take more than 100 people back, what should we do if something goes wrong? You know, there are 26 warriors in this, all of them have just taken refuge. Besides, if we take so many people back, what will the changshe government think? "


    "Chao, why don''t we send some people to Xiaowen''s village? She has two junior martial arts practitioners in the village now, and there are no other special craftsmen." Jia Jing thought about it;


    "well, this is OK, but you can''t give her too much. Well, let them choose an advanced one and an intermediate one in two days. Then, give her another Archer, and then give her the two leather armourers. "


    "Well, shall I send her a message?"


    "No, we''ll wait a few days until we figure out how to arrange the rest. other... Others. There are so many more... What to do Huangfu Chaobo said painfully;


    If Huangfu Chaobo''s current situation is known by others, he will be scolded to death. Others are thinking about how to deal with generals and craftsmen, but he is too many to know how to deal with...


    "By the way, we can sell some of them. Now in the middle of the players, martial arts players are very popular, and only the village head has the chance to recruit them. Other people can''t recruit even if they have money. There must be a lot of people who want them. " It suddenly occurred to Huangfu Chaobo. "Huyandu, go and have a look. How many of the ordinary people are high-level riders."


    "Yes, sir." Then he went out.


    "Boyang, do you know? I''m also worried that there are too many Xianbei people, and we don''t have any influence. If there are any problems, I''m worried that we won''t be able to control them. " Seeing that Huyan has gone out, Huangfu Chaobo tells Chen Jing that "the young master is worried about them..." Chen Jing saw the opportunity and said,


    "I don''t worry about huyandu brothers, but I don''t worry about other people. After all, the elder brother is not always able to be with us. Once he is away, we can''t control him at all. "


    The three Dugu brothers nodded in agreement.


    Soon, Huyan capital turned around and said, "young master, there are more than 60 senior ones, and the others are all intermediate ones. Young master, do you really want to sell some of them? "


    "Huyandu," said Huangfu Chaobo after looking at him for a long time, "it''s not that I don''t believe you, but that we really can''t afford to raise so many people. Secondly, they are not like your two brothers. You were saved by me. I can completely believe you, but they are my slaves. Some are captured, some are bought. Seriously, If there are too many people, I''m not sure I can control them. If anything happens, it may bring us disaster. "


    "I''m sorry, young man, I''m..." Huyan thought that it was the same. He couldn''t help lowering his head.


    "Needless to say, I''m sorry. In fact, I don''t have any ethnic discrimination. In my eyes, there are only three kinds of people: my own people, irrelevant people and enemies. Whether he was Han, Xianbei or Hun. I know, you see that they are all your people, and they have such an idea. But now I can''t really help so many people with my ability. "


    "Young master..."


    "Well, don''t say any more. I promise you that I will do it for you one day. Boyang, please invite Gongsun to come here. I have something to ask him


    A moment later, Chen Jing came in with Gongsun Xi.


    "I''ve met Mr. Huangfu. What''s the matter with you coming to me?"


    "Don''t be polite. It''s like this. I want to discuss something with the second and third generals. I don''t know if I can trouble Dubo to send someone to take Chen Jing to invite them. I''d like to invite them to the restaurant for a snack this evening. ""OK, I''ll arrange someone to do it right away. Is there anything else?"


    "Oh, No. By the way, brothers, I don''t have any opinions these days. I stay here all day long. "


    "Ha ha... I''m worried. I don''t want to train every day. Fortunately, I have a good meal and meat to offer. If anyone has a problem, I''ll drive him back to the barracks... I''m afraid they all want to stay here for a few more days. "


    "That''s good... Thank you first. It may take a few more days. " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "no harm... So, I''ll arrange it first. Goodbye


    Then he arranged for Chen Jing to invite people first, and then went to the restaurant to book a table.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    In the evening, Chen Jing takes Huangfu Chaobo to the restaurant to meet Gongsun Er Mao. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to take Jia Jing, but he was afraid that Er Mao would have an opinion. So let Jia Jing first offline, only with Chen Jing out. Before going out, I looked at my own money and found that there were more than 50 Liang left. It seemed that I would sell these slaves as soon as possible, or I would have no money to eat.


    After three rounds of wine, Huangfu Chaobo and second Gongsun said, "second general, third general, I have a business here. I don''t know if you are interested in it."


    "Oh, what business?" As soon as he heard that he was rich, the second Gongsun immediately asked, "sell Xianbei slaves..."


    "Well? How do you sell it? Make money? "


    "Well, don''t I have those Xianbei slaves in my hands? I can''t use so much myself, so I want to sell some. "


    "Well, it''s your own business. What''s it to do with us?" Gongsun yuedao;


    "well, I think we can try the water in my hand to see if it''s easy to sell. If it''s easy to sell, I''ll do this business with you two in the future. What do you think? "


    "But we can, but we don''t know if it will sell well. Besides, Xianbei people don''t always have them. " Gongsun Fandao;

 Chapter 104

    Seeing that they were already a little moved, Huangfu Chaobo immediately explained carefully: "third young master, it''s because they don''t often have them that things are rare. Think about it. If it''s easy to sell, then we''ll do it. The ordinary Xianbei people and my ordinary horse will sell together. As far as I know, an ordinary cavalry of level 30 who is recruited from the barracks looks like 20 Guan, but it''s just an ordinary cavalry who can only shoot, or can only knife, and can only wear leather armor. The 45 level light Archer requires 75 passes. The Xianbei slaves we sell are basically able to bow. If they are equipped with war horses, isn''t that much better than those recruited from the barracks? Moreover, I remember that Xianbei cavalry belongs to a special branch of arms. If they are recruited, they should be at level 45 and 110. In this case, we can sell at least 50 Guan. There should be no problem. 50, 100 is 5000, 1000 is 50000. Even if the general gives us 20% or 30%, we still have tens of thousands of Guan that can be divided. Everyone can give us thousands of Guan at least. That''s thousands of taels of silver. "


    As soon as they heard that each of them could share several thousand taels of silver, they were also excited. Every time Xianbei people took Baima Yi out, they would always catch some back. The horses could be provided by Huangfu Chaobo, which means they would just sit at home and collect money.


    Although Gongsun thought of a problem more and more, he said: "if so many Xianbei cavalry are sold out, it will have an impact on the rule. If they are combined, it''s not a small number!"


    "Well, the second general doesn''t have to worry at all. The second general thinks, how many villages are there in the whole right Beiping? At least there are thousands of them. How many different people are there? At least there are hundreds of thousands of them. How many of them can be united? Right... " Huangfu Chaobo said: "in ten thousand steps, what if they were together? Is Baima Yicong afraid of their mob? "


    Gongsun was right when he thought about it. He said, "why don''t we let you sell what you want to sell first and let''s see the market?"


    "Er... All right. But I need more help from two of you. " Huangfu Chaobo pretended to be pitiful and said, "Hey, I don''t know when you''ll get Xianbei people next time when I sell them.". If I get it, I''ll be the biggest slave dealer behind the scenes in the Three Kingdoms. If I don''t get it, I''ll just sell horses. ha-ha...


    "Oh, by the way, brother Huangfu, this is the customs clearance document that my elder brother got for you. In the future, if you send horses across the Great Wall, you don''t have to pay taxes, and the horses you sell to our barracks don''t have to pay taxes. If you don''t ask us to come out, I''m going to send it to you. " Then Gongsun took out an iron token from his arms and gave it to Huangfu Chaobo. "If you take Ma Zhen to the barracks and take this token out, someone will hand it over to you."


    Huangfu Chaobo took it over and saw that it was a big iron plate with the word "Ling" on the front, a small typesetting below: "huwuhuan Xiaowei" and the word "Ma" behind it. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw this thing, he could not help laughing that the system aunt was really a joke, and she combined the document and token together. But it''s very useful. As for saving yourself 20% tax.


    "Ha ha... This is much more convenient. Thank you both. Don''t worry. I''ll keep a good horse for you. "


    "When is your slave going to sell?" Gongsun fan asked;


    "well, I think in a few days, those slaves have not recovered. I''ll talk about it when they are almost recovered. And my horse hasn''t arrived yet. We''ll have to wait until the horses arrive. " Huangfu Chaobo thought for a while,


    "well, you can do it by yourself. When it''s settled, send someone to talk to us, and then we''ll support you. By the way, let''s see if this business is easy to do. If it''s easy to do, we''ll talk to big brother then. All right, let''s go first With that, the two of them went back to their house with their guards.


    When Huangfu Chaobo returns to his house, he finds that Jia Jing is offline. I didn''t care. I was just thinking about how many talents I wanted to keep. But I don''t know that Jia Jing is being interrogated by her mother at home.


    It turned out that Zhou Wen''s children''s shoes were not able to endure. After dealing with the affairs in the village, she drove directly to Jia''s house. It''s time for dinner. The three members of the family are eating at the table. As soon as she entered the door, she said to Jia Jing, "good. You little girl, who value sex over friends, don''t want to be my best friend when you have a boyfriend, right? " Then there was another big talk.


    Soon she also found that the atmosphere was a bit wrong: Jia''s parents looked at the two people with a happy face, while Jia Jing stared at her with a shy and angry face...


    "Er... Uncle and aunt, you eat first. I have something else to do. I''ll come to see you another day. " Then he turned and was ready to slip out.


    "Wait..." As soon as she heard this, she immediately called out, "Xiaowen, please make it clear to your aunt. What do you mean by what you just said?"


    "Er


    "Mom, if you have anything to say, I''ll ask later. Xiaowen, you come in. I have something to tell you." Then he ignored his mother, a pair of eyes staring at Zhou Wen, involuntarily pulled her into his room."Hee hee, Auntie and uncle, I''ll report to you later. We have something to say..." Zhou Wen grinned at the two humanitarians;


    as soon as she entered the room, Jia Jing was not angry and said, "you are a dead girl. I told Huangfu Chaobo that I would give you some generals and craftsmen. I didn''t expect you to be so friendly!"


    "Give me the general? How many generals and craftsmen should be sent out? Oh, my God... Your husband is too good, isn''t he


    Jia Jing tells Zhou Wen about Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun''s praise of their relationship and the fact that they have some Xianbei prisoners in their hands. Hearing that Zhou Wen''s eyes are shining with gold, she wants to go back to Xu Wucheng immediately to find them. Suddenly thinking of the trouble he had just made, he quickly asked, "Xiaojing, you haven''t told your aunts and uncles about the two of you?"


    Jia Jing nodded and told Zhou Wen about them. She also said that she had reminded Huangfu Chaobo several times that she wanted to take him to see her parents, but Huangfu Chaobo had been around.


    On hearing this, Zhou Wen knew what was going on and said, "Xiao Jing, you can''t be in a hurry. He is just like Li Qiang at that time. Because I don''t think I have anything now, I''m sorry to face my uncle and aunt, so that''s why. I''ll let Li Qiang have a good chat with him and watch it later. Besides, my uncles and aunts are not that kind of powerful people. They did the work for my parents at the beginning. I think you can have a good talk with them first, make their work through, and then bring Huangfu Chaobo. "


    Jia Jing thought it was the same, so they came out together.

 Chapter 105

    As soon as the two girls came out, the problem came up. How old is that boy? How is he? Where is he? What does he do... First, Zhou Wen told her what she knew, and by the way, she said some good things about Huangfu Chaobo. Jia Jingcai told his parents the whole story of the two.


    After listening to the two girls, the two adults didn''t say much. They just said that they would bring their family to see them when it was convenient... Zhou Wen also took the opportunity to speak out the concerns of Huangfu Chaobo. After hearing this, Jia''s mother didn''t speak, but Jia''s father said: "Xiaowen, you know the thoughts of your uncle and aunt, just like you and Li Qiang. Uncle has no other requirements, people can''t have money, but he is good to Xiaojing and can''t take heart without time. "


    As soon as Zhou Wen heard the play, she said, "uncle, you should believe Xiaojing''s eyes. Besides, the boy didn''t want to make some achievements in the game to meet you and your aunt. "


    "Xiaojing, you can take care of it by yourself. When is the right time? Bring it back and let''s have a look..." With that, Jia''s father went into the study by himself.


    When Zhou Wen saw that the matter was almost over, she got up and left. Before she left, she did not forget to remind Jia Jing that she would contact her immediately after she went online.


    Seeing that things were almost done, Mrs. Jia was busy with her own housework.


    Jia Jing went back to her room and sat in front of the computer for a long time before entering the game. Unexpectedly, as soon as he went online, he saw Huangfu Chaobo sitting there in a daze.


    "Xiaojing, here you are. I have discussed with gongsunyue and they will prepare this auction in a few days. By the way, you should contact Zhou Wen and ask them to come and take people away as soon as possible. I can also plan how many slaves will be auctioned off. " Huangfu Chaobo said it for a long time, but he didn''t see Jia Jing reply. He couldn''t help but wonder that when he saw her, he was sitting there in a daze. "What''s the matter, Xiao Jing? Are you sick? Why don''t you talk? "


    Jia Jing looked at Huangfu Chaobo, thought about it, and then told him what had just happened at home. After listening for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect to let her parents know that they were together. After thinking for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Xiaojing, now I''m really not ready. Besides, I don''t have time to take care of other things. I have to accumulate more strength before the plot of Huangjin uprising starts. This is a good opportunity for me, If I miss this time and wait for the next time, I''ll get the title of the marquis in a few years'' time. Then I have a big gap with others. I promise you, no matter what the result, I will go to see your parents after the end of the plot, and I will take you back to my hometown to see my parents. "


    Jia Jing blushes and nods to promise Huangfu Chaobo. Then Jia Jing communicates with Zhou Wen. After getting the news from Jia Jing, Zhou Wen said that she would come to Xu Wulai immediately. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he immediately stopped them. It''s more than 200 miles from them to Xu Wu. It''s almost a day at the speed of a post horse. Now it''s evening, so he advised them to wait until dawn tomorrow. Zhou Wen thought so, so she said that she would bring some of them in the morning. Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and asked her to bring her own warrior with her. After all, they had to take several Xianbei slaves back to the village, so it was safer to take a warrior.


    Then, Huangfu Chaobo called Chen Jing in again. Several people finally decided how to arrange these people in the middle of the night. The craftsmen asked Zhou Wen to take one archer, one leather armour craftsman and one coachman. The rest were kept by themselves. As for the ordinary cavalry, 64 were kept by themselves, plus the original 16, just 80 people. The first ten people each took 4, making up 16 Wu, and Chen Jing took them, Huyan was there to help, while Huang Zhong was given the martial arts, and the craftsmen were taken by Dugu three brothers. After discussing these, Huangfu Chao was relieved. However, he didn''t have enough horses now. It seems that he will set up horses as soon as possible.


    At noon the next day, a few of Zhou Wen arrived. It turned out that a few of them were just coming here. Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help laughing and said why they were in such a hurry. On hearing this, Zhou Bin said: "brother Chao, you are a full man. You don''t know that a hungry man is hungry. You have many generals to sell. We only have two." Huangfu Chaobo thinks so. He stopped talking and took a few of them to see the prisoners.


    As soon as they saw that all the prisoners in the room were warriors, they were allowed to choose. Several of them were stunned.


    "Super... Brother Chao, do you think these are all warriors? Also... Let''s choose for ourselves? How many can we choose? " Zhou Bin stammered;


    "well, any choice. Whatever you want. As long as you can control it. However, I don''t suggest that you don''t have too much this time. After all, your village is not strong enough. These warriors are all prisoners, and they are not loyal at first. If you come to the village, if one of them is not good, it''s easy to make trouble. Otherwise, you think I really have too many of them and sell them


    Zhou Bin originally thought that he would have to choose eight out of ten. He was frightened by Huangfu Chaobo''s words. Yes, who would make more generals, but if something really went wrong, he would not cry to death. So, simply do not go ahead, let his sister decided.


    "Wang Chao, how many do you think we should choose?" Zhou Wen thought about it and thought that Huangfu Chaobo had a point, so she asked;"Well, if you''re a craftsman, I''ll give you a bow and arrow maker, a leather armour maker and a coachman in your village. There''s nothing wrong with that. After all, they''re ordinary cavalry. But if you''re a warrior, I suggest you choose two or three. If you have more, I''m afraid you''ll be overwhelmed. You know, you''re only two junior warriors. As for cavalry, it''s up to you whether you want it or not, as long as you can afford it. " Huangfu Chaobo said, "and you have to wait until you get back to the village and their loyalty is high before you can free them. After all, if they are slaves now, they don''t dare to run around. If you turn them into subordinates too soon, they may run away one day."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Zhou Wen selected two senior warriors and one intermediate warrior from inside, and then went to the house next to him to select five ordinary cavalry. After choosing slaves, Zhou Wen and Jia Jing went to the side to have a whisper. When they left, they gave their boyfriends a wink. It turned out that she had already told Li Qiang about what happened at Jia Jing''s home. She didn''t want Li Qiang to do a good job of Huangfu Chaobo. Zhou Bin took his village warriors to communicate with Chen Jing.

 Chapter 106

    Seeing that all of them left, Li Qiangcai said to Huangfu Chaobo, "brother, what are you going to do with Jia Jing''s affairs?"


    "What''s the matter? Brother Li. Oh, you mean meeting her mom and dad? This Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately responded.


    "In fact, you don''t have to worry at all. Zhou and Jia are family friends. They are not people of that kind. If you want to say, you still have nothing like me. But you are better than me at that time. As for you, there are so many generals in the game, like I didn''t have anything at first. At the beginning, uncle Jia was responsible for my business with Xiaowen. They helped me with the work


    "Thank you, brother Li. I''ve discussed this with Xiaojing. As soon as the first big plot is over, I''ll go to her house. After all, it''s not a problem to always procrastinate. Don''t worry, brother Li. "


    "Di..." Just then, Huangfu Chaobo''s communicator rang.


    "Sorry, brother li... Hello Huangfu Chaobo saw a strange woman... "Who are you? Who are you looking for? "


    "Hello, sir, I''m the customer service of warlords..."


    Before she had finished speaking, Huangfu Chaobo cut off the communication. "You still have customer service, I''m still the manager of customer service department. Now these swindlers are more and more out of line


    "Di..."


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was the man again. He didn''t say a word, and then he was put on the blacklist.


    "Brother li


    "Ding Ling." Huangfu Chaobo is about to open the communication and scold. When he takes it up, it doesn''t ring. It''s the sound of the cell phone in reality.


    "I''m sorry, I''m going to get off the line next time. The phone rings. I think it''s from home... Just a moment. I''ll come up With that, I''m off the line.


    Pick up the mobile phone, a strange number, 010.


    Who is it. I don''t have any friends in the imperial palace.


    "Hello, who''s calling?"


    "Hello, Mr. Huangfu Chaobo, right?"


    "Well, who are you? How do I know my phone number? "


    "Hello, I''m the customer service staff of warlords. Just now I''m going to discuss something with you online, but I guess you think I''m a liar and put my number on the blacklist. "


    "Customer service. How do you know my number? "


    "In fact, it''s very simple. We have all the players'' information here. Just check. How else can I contact you? "


    "Oh, what can I do for you?"


    "Well, we came to you to discuss with you about that video screen?"


    "Video? What kind of video Huangfu Chaobo didn''t respond.


    "Zhao Yun''s video was passed on to the forum by you. Our company thinks it''s a good promotional video, so I want to talk to you about the copyright. Do you have any intention to transfer it to our company? "


    "Oh... How are you going to transfer? Besides, I don''t have time to go to the capital to talk with you. "


    "It doesn''t matter. We have an office in C City. The company will authorize them to talk with you about this matter. You can go to them at any time if you like."


    "Well, well, I''ll think about it before I give you an answer, OK?" Huangfu Chaobo thought about it;


    "yes, I''ll send you a number later. If you want, you can contact this number directly, and there will be a manager Liu to discuss with you directly." Then he sent a phone number to Huangfu Chaobo''s mobile phone. Huangfu Chaobo a look, it is the number of C City.


    Hang up the phone, Huangfu Chaobo remembered that he put the video screen on the forum and didn''t care about him. I don''t know what''s going on now. As soon as he entered the forum, Huangfu Chaobo was immediately shocked by the click through rate of that video screen. In just two days, it actually reached more than 1.16 million, which means that the deposit on Huangfu Chaobo''s bank card reached seven figures. Huangfu Chaobo rushed into the online bank again and found out, "hiss..." The serial numbers scared Huangfu Chaobo to take a cool breath... After a while, Huangfu Chaobo reflected that this matter should be discussed with Jia Jing.


    On the line, Huangfu Chaobo finds Jia Jing and several of them are waiting for him. As soon as he came up, Jia Jing asked: "Chao, what''s the matter? Is there something wrong at home?"


    Looking at Jia Jing''s concern, Huangfu Chaobo could not help feeling warm. He walked over and gently held her in his arms.


    "Yes, Huangfu Chaobo. If you have anything to do, please tell us. If we can, we can help you." Zhou Wendao;


    Huangfu Chaobo let Jia Jing go, shook his head at her and said, "it''s not at home, it''s the video screen!"


    "Video? You mean


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded.


    "Oh, you two, what are you dumb fans..." Zhou Wendao;Huangfu Chaobo looked at the three of them and said, "Xiaowen, brother Li and Xiaobin, you are all one of the closest people around Xiaojing, so I think we can''t hide something from you."


    "Super... You mean


    "Well," he nodded at her. "But I want you to keep it a secret for me..."


    "What is it. Oh, it''s very urgent


    "Don''t worry. You can watch two videos first." With that, Huangfu Chaobo opened two video screens and showed them to three of them.


    After watching two videos, all three of them stayed there...


    "Brother Chao, it turns out that... So you''re the one who recruited a god level general? " Zhou Bin said, "is that General Zhao Yun or Huang Zhong? Don''t you get both of them... "


    "No, only Huang Zhong... Zhao Yun can''t recruit at all now. " Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "what do you mean by video screen?" Li Qiangdao;


    Huangfu Chaobo told them what happened just now, and even Jia Jing was stunned. You know, the Jia and Zhou families have a lot of property, but the annual income of each family is about one million. I didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would make more than 1 million yuan in a few days. Moreover, according to this situation, the income of this video screen alone should be about 5 million yuan in the next year. This is a conservative estimate. With Zhao Yun''s influence among players, let alone 5 million, it''s not surprising that there are more than 10 million.


    "Huangfu Chaobo, you mean Zhou Wendao;


    "didn''t I come up to discuss with you? I just don''t know how much is appropriate! " Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    "there''s nothing to discuss. I think it''s going to be eight million." Zhou Bin said,


    "wait a minute." Li Qiang suddenly stopped the discussion. "Every move we make in the game will be known to the authorities. Let''s go offline and find a place to talk about it."

 Chapter 107

    As soon as you listen to it, you can quickly arrange the things in the game and get off the line.


    Li Qiang''s words, let a popular lung almost burst. That is the executive manager of the Southern District. I thought they would discuss it in the game, but I didn''t expect that because of that guy''s words, it was changed to a real place. I hope they don''t drive too high a price. This is what the old guys on the board of directors want by name, but if the price is high, there will be people who are afraid of their ability... Although we can also use Nvwa''s own video screen, after comparison, the company soon found the problem, the perspective is too high, too lack of authenticity. Unlike this one, it''s a close shot.


    Get off the line, change clothes, go out to take a taxi, Wang Chao hurried to the agreed place. Because they wanted to sell it to the government anyway, they decided to meet at a cafe not far from the official office. After half an hour''s discussion, we set the starting price at 8 million and the bottom price at 5 million. The price is neither high nor low, because judging from the click of the current video screen, it is absolutely possible to reach 8-10 million in a month, but it is too long, and there is no falling out with the official for this matter. Besides, this is a windfall for Wang Chao, and it has nothing to do with more or less. If you can, use this to do a good job with the official It''s worth less money.


    After setting the price, Wang Chao contacted manager Liu. After setting the time, Wang Chao took Jia Jing to the official office. As soon as he got to the place, Wang Chao saw that he was upstairs of the provincial branch of the central bank. He thought that he really had a background. Into the hall, straight to the 36th floor, and then in the front desk beauty led down to an office to sit down and wait, beauty before leaving also put a cup of coffee just made in front of two people. Soon after they sat down, they heard the beautiful woman at the door calling "manager Liu". Then the door opened and a middle-aged man in his mid-30s came in.


    "This is Mr. Wang Chao. I''m Liu Xing. To be responsible for the operational support of the warlords'' struggle for hegemony in several provinces of South China. "


    "Hello, manager Liu. Before you came in, I thought it should be a 40-50-year-old uncle. I didn''t expect manager Liu to be so young. He is really young and promising Wang Chao quietly flattered me.


    "Ha ha... I''m flattered... Mr. Wang is not bad either. Now he has a god general, two Heaven steps and dozens of warriors


    "Ha ha ha... This is good luck, unlike manager Liu, who takes this seat on his own strength. " I''ll do it again.


    "Ha ha ha... Well, we are all young people, and we don''t want to turn the corner. To be frank, the company is going to spend 3 million to acquire the copyright of Mr. Wang''s video screen. I think the price is not low


    "Manager Liu," Jia Jing said on the side, "the price of your company is too unrealistic. According to your company''s own statistics, there are nearly 80 million players in zhansan in China. We only count these players. With Zhao Yun''s influence on the players, we only count 10% of the people who go to watch the video, and we can get 8 million yuan, but you only want to spend 3 million yuan If you want to buy this video screen, it''s too insincere. Chao, let''s go. Since they are not sincere, let''s put it there and collect money slowly. Although it''s slower, it''s better than the price of cabbage. " Said, pulling Wang Chao will go.


    "Ha ha ha... Miss Jia, right. What you said is not unreasonable, but you know, we give it at one time, and as a company, we have to make a profit, right? Since you have opinions on the price, we can sit down and discuss what price you think is appropriate. " Manager Liu is not in a hurry, and says slowly there;


    Wang Chao gently pulls Jia Jing and says, "manager Liu, you are also a businessman. If you were you, would you be satisfied with the price?"


    "Er Liu Xing was stunned. "Ha ha ha... Aren''t we talking about it? "


    "Well, I won''t beat around the bush. We''ll take the 10% price." Liu Xing thought that Wang Chao and Wang Chao would open their mouths, but he didn''t expect that they only opened the highest price offered by the board of directors. Originally, those old men gave the price of 600-800, but Liu Xing didn''t know how much Wang Chao would want, so he only quoted 3 million as soon as he came up. This next Liu Xing tangled, in the end is a direct promise or to grind with them again? If you promise directly, you can also get the job done by yourself. Moreover, the conference room is totally closed. As long as they don''t speak, no one knows what they are talking about. But Liu Xing found that Wang Chao was not a greedy person. He tried his best to keep down the price. He could not get anything else except verbal praise. Moreover, Liu Xing could see that Wang Chao was a person with great potential and knew how to advance and retreat. He could not say that he would have to deal with him in the future. Thinking of this, Liu Xing decided to grind again, but did not give him the lowest price.


    As a result, the two sides set the price at 7.2 million. After confirmation, Liu Xing asked someone to bring in the printed contract. After Wang Chao saw it, he said what he meant. There was nothing else. He wanted to deal with Huang Zhong''s part. He could not reveal his identity. Liu Xing agreed without thinking about it. After all, the old men wanted Zhao Yun, not Huang Zhong. After the modification, they both signed the contract and ordered people to type the money into Wang Chao''s card. So Wang Chao became a millionaire worth more than 8 million overnight.When the staff dealt with the contract, the two talked for a long time. Finally, with the intention of friendship between the two sides, the two finally became brothers.


    "Well, brother Liu, we have to go too. Let''s get together when we have time."


    "Well, call me whenever you''re free, but I''m free at any time. What''s more, you''re going to be a multimillionaire. You''ll have to treat yourself. " Liu Xing laughs,


    "ha ha... There''s no problem, but I really don''t have time recently. When I have time, I''ll get the story of the yellow scarf. By the way, brother Liu, can I ask you something? "


    "Ask me, I can''t answer the questions about games..." Liu Xing said with a sly smile;


    "ha ha... That''s right. I don''t have any other questions. I just want to know if the plot of Huangjin will happen ahead of time. But I know brother Liu won''t say it. "


    "Ha ha ha... I don''t know about that, but there''s no harm in preparing early, right? " Then he winked at Wang Chao.


    "That''s, that''s..." Two people know the belly of a smile.

 Chapter 108

    Wang Chao and Zhou Wen have been waiting downstairs for a long time. Seeing them coming out, they can''t wait to ask, "how about it? How many? How much is it? "


    Two people sit in the car, a face of mysterious to three people shaking gesture.


    ¡°720¡£¡£¡£ Wow, that''s good... "


    Wang Chaodao: "it''s not important. What''s important is that I got an inside story of the game."


    "What''s the inside story?" As soon as they heard it, they immediately asked;


    Wang Chao said in a low voice: "the plot of Huangjin will be advanced..."


    "Ah... That''s not to say we have to step up


    "Well, so let''s go to dinner first, and then to happy. Then step up your preparations. " Wang Chao said;


    "Chao, let''s go to dinner and show you a house. You don''t want to live there all the time." Jia Jing said on the side, "there is plenty of time after playing."


    "Yes," Zhou Wen said in front of her, "you are too far away from us. Now you are also the rich owner. Why don''t you just buy a house next to Xiaojing''s house? It''s more convenient..."


    Wang Chao thought it was reasonable, "well, after dinner, you can help me to look at the house."


    "Let''s go..."


    After a few people found a restaurant to eat, they went straight to the real estate. Finally, in a high-end real estate called "Shanghe international" not far from Jia Jing''s home, they ordered a 150 square house, which cost Wang Chao 2 million. Then he made a decoration plan in a friend''s decoration company of Li Qiang, and Wang Chao directly paid 500000 yuan in advance. Of course, the decoration plan was completely decided by Jia Jing, and the house decoration took two months.


    Then, go back to each home and find each mother.


    Go home, go online, and then everyone is busy.


    Zhou Wen three people with the selected slaves back to their village, now the village has not done the task of upgrading, must step up. Huangfu Chaobo thought that his horse had not been finished, so he immediately arranged the affairs of Xuwu city. He selected eight good warriors from the warriors, plus a few craftsmen. Only Chen Jing and two slaves were left in the city, and the others were taken to the base on caohuan by Huangfu Chaobo.


    When he arrived at the base, huyanda had already trained the five horses, so he handed over all the new slaves to Huang Zhong, and Huangfu Chaobo himself took the others to the grassland. Continue his great career.


    On this trip, huyanda rode a white dragon, huyandu, Dugu three brothers and Zhao Yun rode a horse, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing rode a good horse, of course, the 14 slaves who accompanied also rode a good horse, and Zhao Yun was not afraid of anything wrong with them. Besides, they didn''t even have weapons, they only had the rope to cover the horse.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo secretly asked huyanda to only look for those small horses, mainly focusing on the war horses and good horses, especially the white horses. Huyanda didn''t understand, but he did. The explanation for Zhao Yun is that on the one hand, he is short of war horses. On the other hand, only huyanda, a master, can train horses. The slave is still a junior. Huyanda has to catch and train horses, so he has to catch some poor horses first to train the junior trainer, so that he can catch the horses well. Zhao Yun also accepted this explanation. Only Jia Jing knows that it is true that Huangfu is super rich and lacks horses, but another purpose is to keep Zhao Yun for a long time, so that he can have more relationships.


    So next, every morning out of the grassland to set up horses, at night to bring the horses back to the base, bring back to let the trainer tame well. A few days later, there were another 40 horses on Huangfu Chaobo''s account, but most of them had not been tamed.


    Thinking that the slave''s side should be almost recovered, Huangfu Chaobo took Jia Jing and huyandu with him again. Except for the horses needed to set up horses in the base, he took all the war horses and good horses to Xuwu city. However, the white horse had only ten war horses and ten good horses. Chen Jing was asked to send the horses to the barracks and take the money back. Several people were discussing the slave auction. Now it has been confirmed that there are still 15 warriors and 31 ordinary cavalry. Martial arts players are junior 60, intermediate 80 and senior 100. This is the reserve price. If you use anonymous bidding, you will get the highest price. On the other hand, the cavalry is equipped with a level 30 horse, one for 45 passes. It''s one-third cheaper than recruiting an ordinary bow cavalry in the village, and it''s also good at Sabre skills. It''s much more cost-effective than recruiting soldiers by itself. It''s a real price, first come first served.


    Because Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhou Bin to arrange someone to send a message to the players before returning to the grassland. In addition, all the people who came out were NPC, Chen Jing was in charge of the auction, and all the people who were in charge of public security were more than 100 Baima Yicong sent by Gongsun Yue brothers. So the players always thought that Gongsun Zan was making money, but it must be the one who came out from the players who had Baima Yicong around That''s all. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that the auction was quite a fire. Thirty one cavalry of a dozen generals were completely divided by the players in less than half an hour.


    Happy Huangfu Chaobo hiding behind a strong steal smile. After the final calculation, plus the money from selling horses, the total income today is 2595 Liang. Huangfu Chaobo now has nearly 20 good horses, but only two. Huangfu Chaobo counts money and gets cramps. Gongsun Er Mao looks at him and gets cramps. As soon as the auction was over, two silver spindles were given to two people, two hundred taels in total. Then, he invited all the hundred white horses out to his yard and spent tens of taels of silver to let them eat enough inside.After Huangfu Chaobo straightened things out, the impatient second cat came forward and said: "brother Huangfu, I think this thing is done well. But we don''t have so many horses


    "Ah, two generals, three generals. It''s said that as long as you think it can be done, I''ll take charge of the war horse, you''ll be responsible for arresting people, and then we''ll divide it up. I''m not equivalent to selling the war horse? "


    "Then... Let''s talk to my brother. We did... " The two looked at each other and said,


    "ah.... You two, it''s just the three of us Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that there were several great gods in the barracks. It would be better if we could deal with them together.


    "Yes, why?" The more Gongsun didn''t respond, he said;


    "Oh, by the way, second brother, how can we forget them? There are four of them, brother Tian. " Gongsun fan responded.


    "Yes... Somebody Gongsun Yue yelled to the outside: "immediately send someone to invite the four of them to come here, and then he said that we have important business to discuss."


    "Yes, general two." A group of bodyguards immediately took orders to invite people to the residence of several generals.

 Chapter 109

    "Two generals, three generals, let''s decide how to divide this first. Plus general Gongsun, there are eight people in all Before the four men arrived, Huangfu said to himself that he didn''t know what the two cats thought, so he had better find out first.


    Gongsun thought more and more, and said, "well, you and big brother are 20% each, and the remaining six of us are 10% each. They are old brothers who have been with big brother for so many years, so we can''t let them suffer losses. Third brother, what do you think? "


    "Well, I think so." Gongsun fan also said;


    Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned, thinking that Er Mao had to make himself more than the four of them. I didn''t think it was quite bold.


    In less than half an hour, several people came. All of them are human spirits. They have known the situation from their own guards. They knew that Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun were discussing what they were going to do. It was Huangfu Chaobo who reminded Gongsun to call them. They can''t help but feel good about Huangfu Chaobo.


    When the four entered the door, Gongsun Yue told them all the things they had discussed and asked if they had any opinions. As soon as they heard that they were asked to pay for the money, they could not agree. For a moment, they nodded like a chicken pecking rice, and they looked at Huangfu Chaobo more clearly... I''m sorry... So when everyone was sure, he was ready to go to Gongsun Zan, waiting for him to finally nod his head. Who knows, Gongsun fan suddenly exclaimed: "wait a minute..."


    Everyone didn''t know what was wrong with him for a moment. They all turned their heads and looked at him.


    "Huangfu brothers can''t get 20%..." Gongsun Fandao;


    everyone was stunned at once, and Huangfu Chaobo was green with anger. Damn, I''m crying out for losing money, but you can''t do it.


    When Gongsun fan saw everyone''s face, he knew that they had misunderstood him. Lian said hastily: "I don''t mean that there are too many Huangfu brothers, but that there are too few... You count. A man and a horse can only sell 45. How much does Huangfu brothers get? Two men and nine. But how much can he sell for a horse? Although we accept 6000 copper, if he sells it by himself, I''ll take a look at it. It should be about 10 Guan. I mean, he''s suffering too much. "


    It''s really such a thing. Now I don''t know what to do.


    "Or..." Tian Kai road. "In this way, each of our four brothers will take less?"


    "Yes, yes..." The other three said,


    "no way." Huangfu Chaobo said, "ten percent is very few, no matter how little it is?"


    Gongsun fan thought for a long time and said, "well, let''s just let him choose 10% of the slaves each time. We''ll just choose the rest according to the composition. As for what to do with those, it depends on what brother Huangfu arranges. What about? You see


    "Good."


    "Good idea."


    "This... Not so good In fact, he was so happy that he wanted to kiss Gongsun fan. Mr. Fan, you are so amazing....


    "There''s nothing bad," Gongsun Yue said. "Well, it''s settled. Let''s go and see elder brother. You can wait for good news at home." Then he took a few people to Gongsun Zan''s residence.


    Sure enough, it wasn''t long before Gongsun Yue sent someone to spread the news that the matter was settled, and it would be done in the future. Moreover, they didn''t take charge of the auction transaction, and all of it was handed over to Huangfu Chaobo''s people. They were only responsible for arresting people and collecting money.


    Finally, Huangfu Chaobo had time to accompany Jia Jing in the back room.


    "So tired..."


    Jia Jing came over quietly. Put both hands on Huangfu Chaobo''s head and massage him. "Chao, you have a good relationship with the Gongsun family now. Why don''t you consider developing here? Besides, Xiaowen, they are all here, and they have a care. "


    "Sometimes I think so. But as soon as I think that Gongsun Zan will become more and more powerful and self willed in the future, I can''t take up this interest. Besides, Luo has no counselor and can''t make good use of people. Even Zhao Yun doesn''t need to be killed by Yuan Shao sooner or later. He didn''t have any good generals in his hand. Several of them were not high enough, but low enough. In the later stage, they were basically second rate. Anyway, I don''t think much of him. I think Zhongyuan has a better chance. Well, if not, I''ll go back to the Central Plains and watch the first big plot. If it''s good, I''ll stay there. If not, I''ll come and vote for him. What do you think? "


    "Well, you can arrange it yourself. I''ll follow you wherever you go."


    "Thank you, Xiaojing."


    Then the two chatted for a while, inadvertently chatting that many villages in the game have been upgraded to big villages. Huangfu Chaobo remembered that he had heard the news of village upgrading in recent days, but he didn''t seem to hear the name of Zongheng village.


    Quickly sat up, dial the world''s communication device.


    "You boy, I think of my brothers at last."


    "Ha ha ha... Brother, how is the village now? When to upgrade? ""You son, fight, right? Our village has been upgraded for a long time, and now it''s the Fifth Village in the world. Do you think about it until now? To be honest, what have you been doing these days? I don''t play games. Are you picking up girls every day


    "Ha ha... There''s nothing wrong. But this time I did have some things, sometimes I didn''t go online. However, after almost every day online


    "By the way, brother, brother''s village has also been upgraded to a big village. You see, the prefect has sent me a drawing. Do you have to show it?" How about five good horses


    "Five... Good horse?? Are you sure it''s a good horse, not a horse or a war horse? And five, not one? "


    Five horses, even ordinary riding horses, are very rare in changshe. Now players only see post horses, let alone good horses of the above two levels. You should know that it is a horse that can only be worthy of a hundred generals in the army. According to the official price, it''s 40000 copper. If it''s five, it''s 200 taels of silver. It''s a shocking number.


    "Ha ha ha... When did you meet my brother? I joked Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    "well, I know you are always abnormal. When will you send it back to Chang she? "


    "After a while, I should send Chen Jing back. Let him bring him back then." Huangfu Chaobo thought for a while and should let Chen Jing go back to see the situation.


    Then they talked about the situation in the village and hung up. Huangfu Chaobo talked to Xiaojiejie and Adu for a while and told them that he had prepared a good horse for each of them. After a while, he asked Chen Jing to return to Zongheng village and hung up the communication. After the destruction of the village, although Huangfu Chaobo trusted them, they were no longer what they used to be.

 Chapter 110

    After hanging up several people''s newsletters, Huangfu Chaobo sent someone to call Chen Jing in, told them that he wanted to send Chen Jing back to changshe once, and asked them for their opinions. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of the special skills of the Dugu three brothers and asked, "Dugu, do you three brothers dig tunnels?"


    "Childe, you''re really joking. This is the most basic thing of our skills," the three brothers said with a smile to Huangfu Chaobo;


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that there would be a big war in changshe city in the end. Although the army won in the end in history, it''s a game. All players will know the historical plot, and no one knows what the final result will be It''s too late. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, you three brothers and Chen Jing will go back together and make a tunnel out of our house. The longer the better."


    Then Huangfu Chaobo arranged everything, and several people discussed it for a while. Huangfu Chaobo decides to let Chen Jing take the Dugu three brothers and ten slaves back. First, he will buy some houses around the house in changshe city and connect them into a big house. After all, if he goes back, he will surely take some people with him. If there are many people, he is afraid that the house is too small to live in. Then he will make a tunnel under the main house to get out of the city, at least six to eight miles away, Moreover, he told the three brothers that the entrance to the tunnel could only be concealed by the three brothers, not by slaves. In addition, after Chen Jing sent several people over, he took over Zhang Xuan and his son and two militiamen, and later took charge of the horse and slave trade here. After all, Chen Jing himself is training as the main force.


    After the decision is made, the next few days will be busy. First of all, we need to send all the slaves here to the base on the grassland, and then we need to prepare food for about 100 people in the base for several months. These things alone were enough to keep Chen Jing busy. Slaves had to be delivered batch by batch, and food had to be transported slowly. And Huangfu Chaobo wants to take Jia Jing to Zhou Wen''s village to have a look. After all, Jia Jing is a part of that village, and it''s not interesting to throw it all to Zhou Wen.


    After everything was arranged, Huangfu Chaobo went to Zhou Wen''s village with Jia Jing and Huyan, both good horses and war horses, as well as the equipment from the base. According to the division of the Eastern Han Dynasty, their village should be in the territory of Tuyin under the rule of youbeiping. According to the actual location, it should be on the south coast of Tangshan city.


    A group of people, three people and nine horses arrived in the village in half a day.


    As soon as he entered the village, Huangfu Chaobo found that the village built by girls was just different. The wooden walls of the village were well built, and the buildings inside were well arranged, which made people feel comfortable.


    The village is divided into four parts by the two roads between the four gates in the southeast, northwest and northwest. In the middle of the road is the administrative hall, and the buildings on both sides of the road are well arranged. As soon as three people enter the village, players from the village will come up to say hello.


    "Elder Xiaojing is back


    "Elder Xiaojing, good..."


    "Long time no see..."


    "Sister Jing... You''re back. Wow, so many horses are from our village? "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Xiaojing smiles and greets the players one by one.


    Into the executive hall. Zhou Wen, several people are here.


    "Oh, our elder Xiaojing finally wants to go home. I thought that some people are happy but not homesick As soon as she saw Huangfu Chaobo and others, Zhou Wen immediately said with a smile;


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "yes, Xiaowen, the village is very well built, worthy of being our strong woman..."


    "Go away, who is your strong woman. You''re on your side. " Zhou Wen said with a smile;


    several people made a lot of noise and sat down.


    As soon as she sat down, Zhou Wen complained, "Huangfu Chaobo, you''ve taken my right-hand man away. I''m so busy that I feel dizzy. No, you have to make up for me


    "Er... Haven''t I already tasted you? I''ve given you some generals and craftsmen. Aren''t you satisfied? "


    "Come on, according to your suggestion, I don''t dare to use those generals now. Now they are locked in the administration hall every day, and there is a group of militia outside. "


    "Well, I''ll give you some more." With that, he nodded to Huyan and asked him to take out more than 100 weapons and equipment, and then led the horses in. Looking at the equipment and the horses on the floor, the two violent men were overjoyed, but Zhou Wen said: "these are still secondary to us for the time being. The problem is that we don''t have anyone available. No, you''ve taken Xiaojing away. You have to get me someone to support her."


    "Er... But my mosquito elder sister, where do I have people now. I can now rest assured that they are all several people in Huyan, and I would like to use one of them as three. Where do you want me to find someone On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo also complained bitterness.


    As soon as Zhou Wen heard this, he was also right. Now Huangfu Chaobo has more than 100 slaves to manage. Relatively speaking, there are only a few people on his side who can use them. It can be said that he is still short of people than himself."Xiaowen. Have you started the upgrade task now? " Jia Jing asked on the side.


    "The resources are almost collected, but now we don''t have enough money in hand, so we have stopped for the time being. You know there are only two generals in the village now, and I have to guard against those slaves, so


    Jia Jing listened to her words, turned his head and looked at Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo immediately understood what it was, so he took 100 liang of silver out of his pocket and said, "is 100 Liang enough?"


    "One hundred Liang. You are such a rich man. It''s enough to take out so much at once and keep looking the same. "


    "As for the situation of the Shanzhai, let''s say so." Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment and said, "huyandu, go and find out the situation of the mountain bandits who are twenty miles away. Let me have a look later."


    "Yes, sir. But I''m not familiar with the terrain


    "Nothing, brother Huyan. I''ll go with you." Zhou Bin volunteered;


    "well, this matter has been solved. You two can help me deal with the affairs in the village. I haven''t been offline for several days. I want to go down and have a good rest." Then, regardless of Huangfu Chaobo''s opposition, Zhou Wen and Li Qiang went offline together, leaving only Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing in the administrative Museum.


    Two people looked at each other with a wry smile. They had no choice but to prepare for something. Fortunately, Jia Jing is the elder of the village. Basically everything can be arranged.

 Chapter 111

    Now there are about 3000 players in their village. Only Li Qiang and Zhou Bin have a team of 500 players each, which belongs to the team directly under the village. There are several other players'' own legions, which are affiliated to the village. They only fight when there is something important in the village. Now the level of the players is not very high. The main Legion is basically 30-35 level. Among the subsidiary legions, there are several legions with better strength, which are about 32 level. For other small legions, they are basically less than 30 level.


    There are not many militiamen in the village, only ten people. Because there is no good income in the village, it is impossible to support too many militiamen. These militiamen were forced out by the surrounding villages, but Zhou Wen didn''t have much time to upgrade the militiamen, so now they are only level 25.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help taking a breath. One thousand main players, ten militiamen and two warriors. It seems that the situation is a bit similar to that of a few months ago. I really don''t know why no one has any idea about this village.


    Huangfu Chaobo remembers that his village now seems to have nearly 5000 players, and the main force has almost reached level 40, plus more than a dozen militia of level 40. The gap is too big...


    Looking at the income of the village, there is no income.


    After reading these, Huangfu Chaobo was speechless.


    As for the materials in the village, it seems that apart from grain, there are only wood and stone. There are not many other things.


    After a long time, this village has a beautiful shell...


    After finding out the situation in the village, Huangfu Chaobo began to work with great force again.


    Seeing that the loyalty of several slaves had been more than 60 years, I thought that they could use it. So I arranged dozens of villagers to build a bow and arrow workshop and a leather armour workshop beside the administration hall, and arranged several craftsmen in. However, for the sake of safety, a fully armed militia was arranged around several workshops.


    Then a stable was built at the back of the two workshops to arrange the horses and the grooms. Huangfu Chaobo is going to set up a horse selling point here and arrange several ordinary horses to sell on behalf of others from time to time.


    Several more shops were built in the trade area of the village. A weapons store, a armor store, put all the weapons and equipment they brought in, and arranged for good people to guard the store inside.


    Then the purchase of raw materials will be included in the village contribution, and the purchase of various raw materials for production will be stepped up.


    ¡£¡£¡£¡£


    When Huangfu Chaobo finished his work, Zhou Bin came in with Huyan.


    According to the observation of huyandu, there are about three middle-class villages and five small villages around the village. Three of them can be used as targets for village upgrade missions.


    So Huangfu Chaobo added the task of exploring these villages to his village contribution. Now we are just waiting to upgrade the militia in the village to level 35. After finding out the situation of the village, we can do the task of the village.


    Thinking that huyandu''s archery was advanced, Huangfu Chaobo arranged the villagers to build an intermediate martial arts school. First, we taught the archery skills of the militia and the two generals. Then we selected 100 players with the highest contribution to learn archery. Then we organized all these people into a corps, led directly by Zhou Wen.


    In the next two days, Huangfu Chaobo was busy with the affairs in the village. During that time, Zhou Wen also went on the line several times, but every time she looked at them twice and praised them verbally. Then she went off the line and went shopping with Li Qiang.


    On the third day, Huangfu Chaobo saw that most of the things had been arranged. After waiting for Zhou Wen to go online and explain everything here, he left the village with Jia Jing and Huyan.


    When we get back to Xuwu City, Chen Jing''s work is basically done.


    The slaves and the food on the other side of the base are ready. During this period, Gongsun Yue also sent someone to tell him that Gongsun Zan and Baima Yi came out of the Great Wall from feiru in the west of Liaoning Province. It is estimated that it will take two or three months for him to return to Xuwu. If Huangfu Chaobo has horses recently, he will send them directly to the military camp. Someone will hand over them to him. And the most important thing is to let Huangfu Chaobo prepare for the next auction.


    Now all the white horses in the house have been taken away by them. Now there are a group of ordinary infantry guarding Xianbei Xiaowei mansion, that is, ordinary court troops, second-class sword shield soldiers and spearmen.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care about these unknown young players. After telling him that he would go to the grassland to get horses during this period of time, he directly took people back to the base.


    Next, Huangfu Chaobo selected ten slaves with high loyalty, ready to let Chen Jing take them back to changshe city. As soon as he heard that he was going to the Central Plains, the other slaves looked at the ten selected slaves with envy. In the eyes of foreigners, the Central Plains was the symbol of heaven. So Huangfu Chaobo took the opportunity to work for the slaves, saying that this was only the first batch, and he would send some more people back to the Central Plains one after another. As a result, the loyalty of the slaves went up. The ten slaves who were selected broke through the 80 level, while the other slaves were all over 50, basically over the warning line. The eight warriors and several craftsmen were more than 60 loyal, because they enjoyed different treatment from ordinary slaves.After telling Chen Jing what to do in Chang she, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for 14 of them to come directly to Zhou Wen''s village with 10 good horses and 20 war horses under the leadership of huyandu. Of course, I brought some equipment to the village by the way. Because Huangfu Chaobo wants Chen Jing to do the Shanzhai task first, and then take people back to the changshe. As for huyandu, after finishing the task, he went back to the base by himself.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo divided the remaining 70 slaves into two teams. Every day, he took one team to set up horses on the grassland with Zhao Yun, huyanda and Jia Jing. The other team continued the construction of the base under the supervision of Huang Zhong. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo meant only temporary bases. But Huang Zhong thought that the slaves were idle here anyway, so he might as well find something to do for them. Moreover, the export mechanism and defense were basically done by the three Dugu brothers. As long as the wall is built and some things inside are well done. The junior trainer was busy taming the horses he caught every day, but a few craftsmen had nothing to do every day, so they had to help build the wall.

 Chapter 112

    A few days later, huyandu returned to the base to listen to him. The Shanzhai mission is not bad. The whole Wenjing village has only one thousand players'' casualties. Of course, several warriors and more than ten cavalry have played a great role in it.


    Because white horses have stable sales channels, Huangfu Chaobo''s horses are mainly white horses. In a month, more than 60% of the war horses and good horses are white horses, but there are a lot of variegated horses. So Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhou Wen to build a horse market in the village, and often sent some mottled ordinary horses there to sell.


    With these stable income, the financial situation of Wenjing village has improved significantly. In addition, the slaves brought back by Zhou Wen have broken through 80% of their loyalty. Therefore, Zhou Wen has turned them into her subordinates. Now the defense ability of Wenjing village has also increased significantly. In addition, it took more than a month to build the thick wall of the village. Zhou Wen recruited ten more militia. Now there are 20 militia, five bow cavalry and five fighters at all levels in the village. Now the overall strength of the village has reached the middle level in Tuyin.


    More than a month later, Chen Jingcai and Zhang Xuan arrived at the grassland. When they met, they were very happy. But Huangfu Chaobo found that in addition to Zhang''s father and son and two militiamen, the two brothers of the Li family also came. After a few months, Zongheng village was basically able to make + 20 blood medicine. So Zhang Xuan and Adu decided to withdraw the shop after discussion. In the future, all the blood medicine they made, except the part of their house and the Luoshen legion, was wholesale to Zongheng village for him We went to retail, so that the two stores would not compete for business. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that Adu had told him about it, and he agreed.


    When Zhang Xuan saw that Zhang brothers had nothing to do, he simply taught them how to make medicine. To his delight, after more than a month''s study, they both learned how to make medicine. So now in changshe City, only Zhang Er and another person, Xie Shi, are making blood medicine. As for Zhang Da, Zhang Xuan thought whether Huangfu Chaobo also needed him, so he brought him over. Now the house in changshe city is two or three times bigger than the beginning, and the tunnel has been dug under the arrangement of the three Dugu brothers. As for the horses, according to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, Zongheng village has sent five good horses, ADU and Xiaojiejie have each given one, and the other horses have been kept by themselves.


    After several days at the base, they were taken to Wenjing village by Huangfu Chaobo. Several Archer craftsmen also took them out. Anyway, there was nothing to do here. Huangfu Chaobo built a pharmaceutical workshop and a bow and arrow workshop in the village. After throwing all these things to Zhou Wen, he took Zhang Xuan and his party to Xuwu city.


    At this time, Bai Mayi had never returned to Xu Wucheng, so Zhang Xuan had nothing to do. So Huangfu Chaobo spent another hundred taels of silver in the system store to buy a + 50 prescription for him to learn, so that he could make the medicine at ease and leave the two militiamen to him. Chen Jing, on the other hand, stayed in Xuwu city and ran to both ends. Then, Huangfu Chaobo himself ran to the base.


    The next step is still to set up horses. Of course, occasionally, at the suggestion of Zhao Yun, we kill horse thieves and mountain bandits. However, with the rise of slave loyalty, more and more people go out each time, so the quality of their horses is gradually increasing. Slowly, I catch one or two horses occasionally. However, it is a pity that there is still no white horse.


    A month later, Chen Jing came to the base and told Huangfu Chaobo that Baima Yi had returned to Xu Wucheng. However, this time, it seems that there were not many prisoners, only 200 people. Gongsunyue is urging Huangfu Chaobo to go back and hold the auction.


    In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo returns to Xu Wucheng with Chen Jing and Jia Jing. This time, Chen Jing and Zhang Xuan are in charge. Of course, Zhang Xuan is mainly doing it. After all, this will be handed over to him.


    After several days of preparation, the auction ended in less than an hour. The effect was also very satisfactory for several generals. They got more than 8000 taels of silver, and the least of them was more than 800 taels, which was equivalent to their salaries for several years. You know, the annual salary of Gongsun zanqianshi is about 220 liang of silver, not to mention the following Duwei Tian Kai and others. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo had already selected 20 slaves before the auction. Among them, there were five warriors, two horsemen and thirteen ordinary cavalry. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to sell them. He was going to take them back to changshe and give them to Zongheng all over the world.


    After dealing with these things, Huangfu Chaobo rushed to the grassland again. According to the official data on the Internet, nearly 200000 villages have reached the level of big villages, and almost half of them have been upgraded to big villages. Huangfu Chaobo guessed that the system should be about to move, but his horse has not yet reached his requirements. According to his idea, he wants to bring nearly 20 horses back to changshe. One is to prepare for the war, and the other is to use them as the management of the official NPC. But now it''s less than ten.


    After another month''s hard work, Huangfu Chaobo finally had 30 steeds. Zhao Yun also had white steeds, and Huangfu Chaobo gave him two steeds, which made him very satisfied. However, Huangfu Chaobo was surprised that since he and Zhao Yun''s good feelings reached trust, they never rose again, even if they gave him two horses. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo also told him that it was the same to go back to the Central Plains for training. Although Zhao Yun hesitated a little, he finally resolutely refused, saying that it was difficult for him to do his job. However, he said that after his grassland training, he might go to Huangfu Chaobo to have a look at them, which also made Huangfu Chaobo feel at ease.Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo thought of something and said, "Brother Yun, I''ll go back to changshe after a while. Don''t you want to go deep in the grassland for several years? And you have been out for almost a year now. I think the family must be worried about you. If you have any letters, I can go up on the way back. You are sure. Do you think it''s time to write a letter to your family for peace? "


    When Zhao Yun heard this, he was stunned. Although there were only three people in his family, his elder brother Zhao Feng and his younger sister Zhao Yu, they grew up together when they were young. Because their parents died early, they were both brought up by their elder brother. When he was six years old, he went to the mountain with his master to learn arts. Although he came back to his home once after finishing his studies, he just got together in a hurry. Now I have to go to the depths of the grassland to experience. I don''t know when I can go home. I think I''d better write a letter for peace.

 Chapter 113

    Thinking of this, Zhao Yun went up to Huangfu Chaobo, saluted respectfully and said, "well, thank you very much, young master Huangfu."


    "Ding Dang, congratulations to the player. Because of your reminder, the task of" Zhao Yun''s letter from home "is triggered. Zhao Yun''s favor for you rises, and the relationship between you and Zhao Yun becomes intimate. Does the player accept the task of "Zhao Yun''s letter from home"


    Shit, I''m kidding. I''m still asking if I can get it.


    Click OK.


    Before long, Zhao Yun handed Huangfu Chaobo a letter and a Yupei, saying, "please give this letter to my brother face to face. Yupei is a keepsake. Thank you very much


    "Well, you don''t have to be polite to Zilong if you raise a hand." Huangfu Chaobo inadvertently said the word Zilong, and immediately regretted it. He was afraid that Zhao Yun would not be happy. You know, the relationship did not reach a certain level, and NPC would not be called casually.


    Unexpectedly, Zhao Yun didn''t care. He said, "brother Huangfu, elder brother Hansheng, huyandu, huyanda, and you, Zilong, let''s go first and see you later." Then, with a salute to the crowd, he was ready to turn over and mount the horse.


    "Wait..." Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that he still had some hemostatic drugs on him and said, "Zilong, the road is dangerous. Please take care of yourself. I have some pills to stop bleeding in my hand. I think it''s useful for Zilong. Zilong should take it with him. " Say, those + 30 blood medicine that go up oneself and Zhang Xuan do recently + 50 have golden sore medicine to give Zhao Yun''s hand.


    After a few excuses, Zhao Yun felt that he might really need them, so he took them all over.


    Turn over and take the spare horse away...


    Looking at the background of Zhao Yunyuan''s departure, Huangfu Chaobo wants to express his emotion.


    "Ding Dang... The full service announcement congratulates Luoyang Manniu village on upgrading to a big village and becoming the 250000 upgraded village in full service. "


    "Ding Dang... As the number of full service villages reaches 50% of the total number of villages, the system can be accelerated. The system will automatically adjust, the system time will be pushed to December 183, two months from the yellow scarf chaos, please be ready for all players


    Coax....


    This time, the whole game has exploded...


    For a time, Manniu village became the first of all.


    The invincible bull was still very happy a moment ago, and now he was defeated.


    "I didn''t mean it. Brothers and sisters, brothers and sisters, uncles and aunts... I didn''t know this was going to happen... 5555¡£¡£¡£¡£¡£¡£¡£¡±


    Shit...


    So soon, it''s coming.


    Huangfu did not say much about Chaobo. He immediately called everyone over.


    After taking a look at all the people, he said, "I just received the news that there''s something on the side of changshe, so I have to go back immediately. Now I''ll arrange things here. "


    Then he looked at the loyalty of the slaves and warriors again. The slaves are now about 75 loyal, and the eight warriors are more than 80, but the five just captured are less than 50 loyal. How to arrange it. Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel depressed. Originally, according to his idea, Huyan was a military general to be trained, but Chen Jing could not stay here. If he left those slave soldiers, he was afraid that it would be unsafe. Zhang an''s words, ability is not enough to suppress these captives, and the Dugu three brothers have long gone back to Chang she.


    A clench of teeth. "Huyandu, originally I wanted to take you back to changshe, but if there were no reliable people here, I would not be at ease. After thinking about it again and again, I decided that you two brothers would stay here. Your task here is to train horses. If you have something to do, you can go to Xuwu city to discuss with Zhang Xuan. If there''s something you can''t deal with, you can go to Wenjing village to find village head Xiaowen and ask her to contact me. "


    "Yes, sir."


    Turning to Huang Zhong, he said, "brother, let''s get ready and take all the good horses and fifty good ones. Then, all the warriors here will come with us. "


    Although there were more than a dozen slave warriors on this trip, Huangfu Chaobo was very relieved. These guys had seen Huang Zhong''s terror power. Now all the slaves of Huangfu Chaobo are like this. The first step is to get to know Huang Zhong, then Chen Jing''s study of the slave management regulations, and then the reform through labor.


    When everyone goes out, Huangfu Chaobo tells huyandu two brothers that they should protect themselves anyway. If things happen suddenly, the two brothers will go directly to Xu Wucheng to meet Zhang Xuan. No matter the horses or the slaves, they can be regained if they don''t have them. If they don''t have their lives, they won''t have them any more. Once upon a time, the two brothers were inexplicably moved. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo had already managed the way in and out for the two brothers through Gongsun Yue, so he was not afraid of being captured or killed by the army when he entered the Great Wall.


    After making it clear, Huangfu Chaobo and his party went to Xu Wucheng.


    After entering the city, Huangfu Chaobo explained to Zhang Xuan what he should pay attention to in the future. Then he took him to Gongsun Zan''s and several subordinates'' homes to give gifts. After sending a horse to each of their homes, he asked them to be away from Youzhou for some time. They asked them to pay more attention to these people here. Everyone clapped their chests Bang ring, to ensure that everything will be OK, Huangfu Chaobo just assured with Zhang Xuan this period of time to do the wound medicine to Wenjing village.After taking out more than 20 angle bows made by them from the bow and arrow workshop, they left two new warriors of Xianbei slave for Zhou Wen. In this way, Zhou Wen''s village had six warriors. After the arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing took them to Zhending city of shanguo.


    It must be nearly a thousand miles from youpeiping to Zhending. It took them only three days to get to Zhending city because they rode good horses and fine horses. Along the way, because of the guide and documents Gongsun Yue gave him, and because they were resting in the inn of the system city every day, they had a smooth journey. However, once out of youpeiping, Huangfu Chaobo saw a way out. More and more NPCs were wearing yellow scarves, especially after entering Jizhou. Huang Zhong seemed to see something and said, "young master, it seems that there is something wrong with these people wearing yellow scarves."


    "Well, you see that, too? These people have problems Huangfu Chaobo wanted to talk to him about the yellow scarf uprising, but the words changed as soon as they came out.


    After the party entered Zhending City, Huangfu Chaobo settled the warriors in the inn, told Huang Zhong to wait for him in the city, and then took Jia Jing and Chen Jing to Zhaojia village where Zhao Yun''s family was.

 Chapter 114

    Game calendar December 20, 183 ad, the sixth year of Guanghe in Han Dynasty.


    Luoyang


    because the weather is so cold, the swimming pool has not been opened for a long time. Liu Hong, the emperor of the Han Dynasty, who was really bored in the harem, suddenly remembered that he had not been to court for a long time. So he suddenly had the idea of going to court early. So an edict went on: the next morning.


    The next morning, the spirit emperor went to the Jinluan hall. He was pale and flushed, and he didn''t wake up. In fact, he regretted that he had died. He hadn''t got up early for a long time. Although the brazier warmed the hall, it seemed that it was still a little cold, so I wrapped the emperor''s robe tightly.


    As the bell and drum chime, NPC civil and military officials enter the hall in sequence, worship and kowtow excitedly, and shout long live.


    Emperor Ling waved his hands slightly and all the civil and military officials stood up and stood on both sides of the golden hall.


    One NPC eunuch screamed: "have this morning play, nothing back to court!"


    Ministers who have long been unable to stop playing: "long live, I''ve got this to play. There are more and more bandits in every county in the world, and they frequently harass the countryside and cities. However, the local government is not effective in eliminating the bandits, the aristocratic families have complaints, and the people are even more destitute. Local gentry organized their own village bravery to protect the village. In my opinion, this is a great kindness and should be promoted and encouraged. It can protect the people of the countryside and save the national treasury and silver. "


    "It''s true that there are more and more refugees in various places. This can also reduce the disturbance caused by refugees. It''s very good."


    Next, after you sing, I will take the stage. The following officials take turns.


    There are floods here


    droughts there


    and locusts somewhere.


    There are mountains and rivers breaking up somewhere.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    All of a sudden, the whole golden hall was as lively as the west city of Luoyang.


    Lingdi has a headache. When I think of the past decade or so, disasters are one after another. In addition, as soon as he went to court, he would fight and scold. That''s why he often didn''t go to court.


    In the second year of Jianning, the wind blew up in the main hall. A big green snake flew down from the beam and landed on the Dragon chair. He fell to the ground. In a moment, the green snake suddenly disappeared. Suddenly the sky changed. Thunderstorms, hail, but countless houses are damaged.


    In the fourth year of Jianning, the Luoyang earthquake caused the flooding of sea water, and the coastal residents were swept into the sea by big waves.


    One of the most bizarre things happened in the first year of Guanghe''s life: the female chicken turned into the male.


    Then in June, there was a black atmosphere of more than ten feet. Through Wende hall. In July, the rainbow appeared in Yutang, and the Wuyuan mountain bank was all cracked.


    He was surprised. He issued an imperial edict to ask the officials what happened to the disaster. The reason why Cai Yong, the Yi Lang, went to Shanghai was that the women''s temple intervened in politics. He looked very sincere.


    Emperor Lingdi was annoyed. Cai Yong was good at pointing fingers at mulberry and cursing locust. This is not to use this disaster to curse Zhang rang, Zhao Zhong and other loyal officials! After all, Cai Zhonglang is still saying that he shouldn''t spoil his followers. But you shouldn''t trust loyal officials. Can you trust the power ministers who speak in court?


    Soon after that, Cai Yong was demoted to prison and sent to Shuofang.


    Thinking of these, the spirit emperor lost the interest of listening. He was sure that when there was a noise in the court, the civil and military officials would have to take the opportunity to embarrass the servants. It''s still the emperor who is hard to quarrel. It''s better to make the big things small and make the small things small.


    The early Dynasty just started for a short time, and the spirit emperor was tired. He waved his hand and said, "these little things should be handled by you Aiqing in accordance with the old rules. Step back from the dynasty


    " wait a minute! Your majesty, there is another urgent matter


    A man in the hall broke in a low voice. It was not other people who interrupted the spirit emperor in a low voice, but Zhang rang, the middle constant servant on one side.


    Zhang rang flattered: "Your Majesty, you forget that the end of the year is approaching. It''s time to select a group of local filial and honest officials to join the Lang department."


    The spirit emperor suddenly said: "ah, if you don''t tell me, I''ll forget about it. The imperial edict was drafted by Zhongshu province. All the counties in the world should be filial and honest. They must arrive in Luoyang within 20 days. For the rest of the major and minor affairs, you can hand in the memorials. I''ll see them in my spare time. "


    "In the sixth year of Guanghe, the emperor issued an imperial edict. He was ordered by Ziming to uphold filial piety and integrity in all counties. Those who are filial and honest in each county can be recommended and reported by the Prefects.


    "System announcement:


    chaos was gradually emerging in the world, and the situation was turbulent. Going up to heaven to listen, it triggered the historical plot task of the Eastern Han Dynasty -- [imperial edict of the spirit]."


    1. Comprehensively opening up the large-scale series of tasks of the government all over the country -- suppressing bandits, suppressing chaos, governing, inspecting, building, armament, transportation, manufacturing, etc. According to the scale and grade, lv0 ~ Lv9 are divided into 10 grades. The higher the grade, the richer the reward. Greatly reduce the above tasks to receive requirements, so that all players can receive in the city. These tasks are divided into many kinds. A military combat mission with NPC as the main player and player as the assistant. There are also players to complete small tasks independently. It will take hundreds and thousands of people to complete the comprehensive task in a very long time. Players of different occupations and levels can receive tasks of different occupations and levels in different government offices. After receiving and completing the task as required, players can get rewards in various cities, such as copper coins, cloth and silk, meritorious service, and even weapons, armor, horses, books, drawings, official positions, etc. The higher the mission level, the better the items you get. One of the best rewards is undoubtedly books, drawings and official posts. Players can get nine to ten grades of low-level civil officials and nine to ten grades of low-level military officers. In order to get some help from the government.  2. Uphold filial piety and integrity. Recommend several famous players in the county, Xiaolian. After passing the exam in Luoyang, he worked as a doctor in langshu. If Lang Guan passes the inspection, he can be released to serve as a senior official in a local county. Those who fail in the class examination still have the status of filial piety and integrity, but they are not given the official title.


    This new rule comes into effect on December 21, 183, the Eastern Han Dynasty


    At the moment when the Huangjin uprising is about to break out, the NPC court camp has finally made a move.


    System announcement, immediately caused a sensation in the players.


    In the past, when you did a task, you had to pay a certain fee. Now, as long as you feel you can eat, you can take any task at will. But there''s also a point. If you don''t complete the task within the specified time, you have to pay double reward items to the government. If not, buckle your silver.


    But this has nothing to do with Huangfu Chaobo. Now he has been outside Zhaojia village.


    Zhaojia village, located 20 miles west of Zhending, is a medium-sized fortress with residents surnamed Zhao. It should have a population of 7000. In history, Zhao Yun took the Zhao people to Beitou, and Gongsun selected some young people from the village. Of course, there must not be so many people in history. It should be like two or three hundred people. At this time, because there are always strange people coming to Zhao Yun, and there are more and more people wearing yellow scarves around, the gates of the town have been closed. The stone wall is full of people on duty, with knives in hand and bows on the string. Seeing some horses coming from the East, some strangers on the wall and the people on the wall, they immediately yelled, "this is the fortress of Zhending Zhao''s family. Stop, or the bow and arrow will be merciless."

 Chapter 115

    Huangfu Chaobo and others stopped Ma Shi and let Chen Jing and Chen Jing stop a hundred paces away. Huangfu Chaobo slowly approached the castle gate and said, "I''m entrusted to send a letter. I''d like to ask the little brother in the city to pass it on


    Zhao village around two or three hundred paces away, there are often a lot of player activities.


    See the player approaching. Someone will be talking over there in a minute.


    "Look, there''s another fool up against the wall."


    "Ha ha... Let''s wait to see a good play. "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Who are you looking for?"


    "Zhao Yun''s elder brother, Zhao Feng."


    "Come on, you guy. You want to cheat again. Fight for


    Then he raised his bow and arrow and was ready to shoot it down.


    "Little brother, I''m from Zilong. Here is his keepsake. If you don''t believe me, you can give it to elder brother Zhao Feng to have a look." Then he took the jade pendant Zhao Yun gave him from his belt.


    As soon as the people on the wall saw the jade pendant in Huangfu Chaobo''s hand, they immediately said, "I''ve seen that jade pendant, which seems to belong to Brother Yun. Let''s put a basket down. You put things in it, and we''ll show it to brother Feng. " Then he really put the basket down from the top. Huangfu Chaobo put the jade pendant in it. Then they lifted the basket up and took it to Zhao Yun''s elder brother.


    A quarter of an hour later, the door opened and a man came out. He went to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "was it my brother who brought my second brother''s jade pendant just now?"


    Huangfu Chaobo looks like a man in his twenties. He does have some similarities with Zhao Yun, but he is a little more mature than Zhao Yun.


    "This should be brother Zhao Feng. Huangfu Chaobo, who is in xiayingchuan changshe, just came back from youbeiping. He was entrusted by Zilong to bring a letter to his elder brother


    "Oh, I''m sorry. I''m so slow. I''ll talk about my humble home."


    "Brother Zhao, I have two more friends." With that, Huangfu Chaobo pointed to Jia Jing and Chen Jing in the distance.


    "Oh, please, please..."


    So the group entered the gate of Zhaojia village under the guidance of Zhao Feng.


    The scene at the gate of Zhaojia village surprised countless people.


    "Oh, shit... How can that guy get in? I''ve touched the wall for countless times, and I haven''t even touched the gate. How can that guy get in at once


    "I saw that he seemed to have handed something to the wall, and then someone came to take him in. He must have handed in some mission object. "


    "Damn it... Does Zhao Jia Cun have NPC special task??? I''ve been here for so long. Why haven''t I received one? You can also enter the village. Before, I just exchanged things with them. I''ve never seen any task to enter the village


    "No, that guy must have taken on some special task. He''ll come out and ask


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Huangfu Chaobo three people with Zhao Feng into the village.


    As soon as he went in, Huangfu Chaobo saw that the houses were neatly arranged, with all kinds of facilities, including restaurants, teahouses, barracks and school yards. Moreover, the houses were basically made of stone and wood, unlike the players'' villages, which were all made of wood. What surprised Huangfu even more was that there was farmland in the north of the village. Like the players'' village, they usually plant farmland outside the village. I didn''t expect Zhaojia village to plant farmland inside the village.


    Huangfu Chaobo was surprised, so he asked, "brother Zhao, how do you plant farmland in your village? I don''t think all the plants in other villages are planted outside? "


    Zhao Feng sighed and said, "in fact, our village was just a big one. Later, the patriarch said that there are more and more refugees outside. In addition, we are too close to the mountains in the West. In recent years, there are more and more mountain bandits in the mountains. In order to ensure the safety of the people, two years ago, the villagers simply expanded the wall of the village, and all the public lands in the north of the village They are all surrounded and enter the village. Just in case, there are still some grain fields in the village that can have a harvest. "


    Er, this is Auntie''s protection measures for NPC? The big village can build the wall of the middle town. If the enemy besieged the city, as long as the number of people is not too large, they can keep it for a lifetime? This is too BT...


    "How many people are there in your village? Is this enough? " Huang Fu Chao Bo asked again;


    Zhao Feng watched Huang Fu Chao Bo for a while. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly found that he had asked a little too much. If he wanted to, others could kill him as a spy. He immediately said, "Er, I''m sorry, brother Zhao. I just asked casually. If it''s not convenient, don''t say it..."


    "Since Zilong can give you his jade pendant and let you deliver the letter, I believe he should affirm your character. In principle, this is the secret of our village and should not be told to others, but I believe Zilong, so it has nothing to do with you. There are only less than 5000 people in our village. Among them, 2000 are young and strong, and nearly 200 are armed. The others can basically reach the level of second-class arms of the government and army, and can take part in the war at any time. There are nearly 3000 old and young women and Confucians in the clan. There are only less than 1000 mu of farmland. "Damn, two hundred soldiers, eighteen to two thousand soldiers. This is a medium-sized military stronghold. If only I could get zhaojiacun, I could send more than 1000 troops at random, and there were still 1000 guards in the old nest, plus a few feet high wall, it was as stable as a mountain. But I can only think about it. It''s so easy to get their whole family to take refuge.


    Several people said while walking, and soon arrived at Zhao Feng''s home.


    The courtyard is not big, so there are only four or five houses. But the entrance is a vacant space, and there are some weapons on the side. It''s really a place of martial arts.


    After the three of Huangfu Chaobo were invited into the main room, they sat down and heard a clear voice coming in: "elder brother, I heard that the second brother has sent a message back. Where is it?"


    Then, a girl in green came in. Huangfu Chaobo saw that she was bright in front of her eyes. She had a beautiful face and was wearing a green dress. From a distance, she felt refreshing. Huangfu chaobolian stood up and said to Zhao Feng, "brother Zhao, this should be Xiaoyu. I often hear Zilong mention it outside the Great Wall."


    "Girl, where are you crazy? I haven''t come to see brother Huangfu, but he has brought your second brother''s letter


    "I''ve met brother Huangfu, this elder sister, this elder brother... Brother, where''s the second brother''s letter? " Zhao Yu turns to Zhao Fengdao;


    "Oh, the letter is still here. I''m sorry, brother Zhao. I''ve been busy chatting with you just now and forgot to take out Zilong''s letter..." Then he took out Zhao Yun''s letter.

 Chapter 116

    "Oh, no harm, no harm..." Although Zhao Feng said it in his mouth, his hands were not slow at all. After all, the second younger brother didn''t grow up with him since he was a child. He went to the mountain to study arts at the age of six. When he finished his studies last year, he just came back and said that he had gone out to experience in the grassland under the orders of his teacher. It''s said that the elder brother is like a father. He wanted to take the letter to see it for a long time, but because of his face, he didn''t ask for it from Huangfu Chaobo.


    After reading the letter, Zhao Feng was relieved and handed it to Zhao Yu. Then he said to Huangfu Chaobo: "in his letter, shedi said that thanks to the care of the young master Huangfu a few months ago, he also sent two horses when he left. Zhao Feng would like to thank you here


    "Oh, brother Zhao Feng, don''t mention it. If Zi Long hadn''t saved me and my brothers, maybe I would still be in Chang she now. I just want to make Zilong''s Grassland trip more secure and less dangerous. I can only do that. Originally, he wanted to invite Zilong to visit the Central Plains, but he said it was difficult for him to do so, so he had to give up. "


    "In spite of that, thank you, Mr. Huangfu."


    "Brother Zhao, Zilong and I are old friends at first sight. If you don''t want to be long or short, just call me brother Huangfu or brother Chaobo." Keep on making friends.


    "Yes, elder brother. You see, the second elder brother is called Huangfu in his letter. Elder brother is called Huangfu. You are still there. It''s so sour..." Zhao Yu chimed in at the side;


    after hearing this, Zhao Feng said, "well, I''m not in good mood either. I''ll call you brother Huangfu."


    "Brother Huangfu, the second brother said you would give him two white horses at once. Do you have many horses?" Zhao Yu asked;


    "well, it''s OK," Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately responded, saying: "brother Huangfu still has some horses in Zhending City, so brother Huangfu will send them if Xiaoyu wants any horses..."


    "Yes, yes. I want a horse like my second brother As soon as Zhao Yu saw that Huangfu Chaobo was on the road, he immediately said with a smile;


    "Xiaoyu, how can you ask for something from the guests?" On hearing this, Zhao Feng immediately said, "brother Huangfu, I''m sorry. The little girl is not sensible. Don''t take it seriously."


    "Ha ha... No matter, if I see Xiaoyu, it''s like seeing my own sister. And this time I didn''t bring any good gifts. Since she wants a horse, I''ll give her one. Xiaoyu, what do you want? "


    "Well... Second brother is white, then I want red. How about... "


    "Er... Do we have a pure red horse? " Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t seem to see his own red horse. He turned to Chen Jing and asked,


    "young master, we only have a few red horses now."


    "Is that ok? light rain. Why don''t brother Huangfu give you my white BMW. That''s a horse that your second brother is greedy for


    "No, that horse is your best horse. My second brother specially said that I''m not allowed to think about that horse..."


    Er, Huangfu was so stunned that Zhao Yun knew that his sister would ask him for a horse, and he specially asked for it? ha-ha... This family...


    "If you don''t like that, you''ll take a red horse and ride it first. Brother Huangfu will let the servants on the grassland catch you immediately. If you catch them, they will send them to you. OK?"


    "Well, that''s settled. No cheating!"


    "That''s for sure. A gentleman''s word and a whip."


    With that, Zhao Yu came forward and clapped high five with Huangfu Chaobo.


    Zhao Feng shook his head and said, "brother Huangfu, Xiaoyu has been spoiled by me. You are more used to her than me."


    "It doesn''t matter, brother Zhao. It''s just a horse. It doesn''t matter much. By the way, you can also choose one. Let''s see if it''s white or some other color. I''ll send it to you together."


    "I... I don''t have to... "


    "No, brother Zhao, you see, it''s getting more and more chaotic outside now. Sometimes it''s more convenient to have horses. Or I''ll make my own decision and send you a white horse. "


    Zhao Feng thought, also, also did not refuse: "well, thank you brother."


    Several people were talking in the room, and someone was shouting outside: "is brother Feng at home? Here comes the patriarch


    On hearing this, Zhao Feng quickly stood up and went out. Huangfu Chaobo several people also followed out in a hurry. Only when I got to the yard, I saw an old man in his 50s and 60s coming in surrounded by several young people. The old man was gray, but he was in good spirits. Although he was holding a dragon''s head and crutch, he was steady and walked slowly into the yard.


    "Zhao Feng has met uncle Zu."


    "Yu Er has seen uncle Zu."


    "Well, I heard that someone sent you Yun er''s letter, so I came to have a look." Then he took a look at Huangfu Chaobo behind them. "It should be the letter from this little brother, right?"


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo came forward and said, "Huangfu Chaobo, a member of Yingchuan society, has met Mr. Zhao. It''s the boy who brought Zilong''s letter."Jia Jing and Chen Jing also came forward to meet him, nodded to each other, and then said to Zhao Feng, "what did yun''er say in the letter?"


    On hearing this, Zhao Feng quickly handed over the letter in his hand, but the old man didn''t answer it. He said, "what can I see from your letter. Just tell me about him. "


    "The second brother said that he and the Huangfu brothers met by chance on the grassland, and then they stayed together for about half a year. With the help of the Huangfu brothers, the second brother took two good horses and some blood medicine to go deep into the grassland. He said it would take five or six years to go home. This time, it happened that the Huangfu brothers wanted to go back to changshe, so they asked him to bring a letter home to report peace. We don''t have to worry about him. " Zhao Feng replied respectfully;


    "Oh, so yun''er''s horse blood medicine is all given by this young master. Then you brothers and sisters need to thank each other. " The old man said;


    "he not only gave me two horses, but also gave me a red horse and a white horse." Zhao Yu showed his way on the side;


    "Oh, where are the horses?" As soon as he heard that the other side had two more horses, he immediately asked;


    "back to Zhao, because he didn''t know what kind of horses Xiaoyu and brother Zhao liked in advance, they were still in Zhending city. Xiaoke is going to send someone to get it later. " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "Oh, brother, all the way from youbeiping to us, I really don''t know what we can tell you on the way?" Old man Zhao asked

 Chapter 117

    Although Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know what he meant by his request, he still told what he had seen and heard all the way. When he mentioned that more and more people were wearing yellow scarves since he entered Jizhou, Huangfu Chaobo found that old man Zhao''s brow was slightly wrinkled. If Huangfu Chaobo hadn''t been looking at his expression, he couldn''t see that change at all. Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. Could he say that the old man had already seen that he was wrong, but he just wanted to prove his mind through Huangfu Chaobo? It''s true that people grow up with age...


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s story, old man Zhao asked, "I don''t know, brother, what do you think of these people with yellow scarves on their heads? Or what do you think of the current situation of big men? "


    "Mr. Zhao is a kid in the school entrance examination. Since Mr. Zhao looks up to him, he has the courage to say so. However, if you say it, it will come out of my mouth and into your ears, but I won''t admit it. " Then he went to old man Zhao and said softly in his ear, "the world will be in chaos, and the source of chaos is these yellow scarves."


    Little old man, you should test me. I''ll tell you what you think and scare you. Hee hee...


    Old man Zhao was really surprised. His eyes at Huangfu Chaobo were different from those in front of him. It''s fair to say that I can see these things from my decades of experience. It''s not easy for this person to see things so thoroughly at his age. If Huangfu Chaobo knew what was in old man Zhao''s mind, he would be very happy.


    "In my opinion, what should we do?"


    "Isn''t Mr. Zhao ready?" Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile,


    as soon as old man Zhao saw that all his things were seen through by Huangfu Chaobo, he stopped beating around the Bush and said directly, "is there a racecourse outside the pass


    "Old lady Zhao thinks highly of me. There is no horse farm. Only a few family members can train horses, so they occasionally go to the grassland to catch some horses and come back to train them by themselves, so that I can have some unexpected needs. Yes? Does Mr. Zhao want to buy a horse? "


    "The young master must know something about our Zhaojia village," he said. He took a deep look at Zhaofeng and said, "although there are some strong people in our village, there is no suitable way to buy horses. So if the young master has horses, he wants to buy some horses and put them here for a rainy day."


    "Oh. How much does Mr. Zhao want? I don''t have many horses. I need to provide all the white horses to general Gongsun in huxianbei''s Xiaowei mansion It doesn''t take much, a hundred or so will be enough. No matter how much, our village can''t afford it. Moreover, we are not used to attack cities and plunder land, but are usually used to inquire about information. "


    "Well, I have some good horses in my hand. I''ll give them to Mr. Zhao first. You must send someone to youbeiping to buy the others. Of course, I''ll let them be arranged there. The price is much cheaper than the official horse market, as long as 30% of the official price."


    "Well, please arrange for us to buy 100 horses. As for the money, I''ll send it later. " As soon as Mr. Zhao heard that he could buy a horse, he said on the spot;


    "ha ha, Mr. Zhao is not afraid that I will take the money. Can''t you get the horse there?"


    "Oh... Even if we can''t get those war horses, we''re not at a loss Old man Zhao said with a smile;


    "OK, Xiaojing, please contact Xiaowen and ask them to prepare 100 horses there. In addition, let them tell huyandu that they can remember to help Xiaoyu catch a steed, and remember that it''s the fire red one." Huangfu Chaobo turns to Jia Jing and says,


    "didn''t you give Xiaoyu a piece? Why do you want people to catch you? " Old man Zhao was surprised and asked;


    "Uncle Zu, you don''t know, hee hee... Brother Huangfu has promised me to give me a red horse, but he doesn''t have it now, so he asked me to take a red one first. Then I''ll have two red horses


    Looking at Zhao Yu''s proud face, Zhao Feng could not help nodding to old man Zhao.


    "Well, we have to go, too. Brother Zhao, you can take people with you to fetch horses with us now. " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "are you going now? Why don''t you stay here a few more days? " Zhao Fengdao;


    old man Zhao also asked why he was in such a hurry. Huangfu Chaobo winked at old man Zhao and said, "you know the reason, old man Zhao. By the way, Mr. Zhao, I think it''s better to make more preparations in the village. It''s always good to be prepared for such things as food, grass and weapons


    Old man Zhao nodded thoughtfully, "thank you for reminding me."


    So Huangfu Chaobo left Zhaojia village and went to Zhending county.


    After several people of Huangfu Chaobo left, Zhao Feng said to Zhao, "Uncle Zu, you don''t mean


    "Do you mean that I said that I would never associate with any forces, why do I accept the horses from him now?"


    "Well


    "Well, I''ll tell you later. You have several things to do right now. First, you should bring people and silver to him immediately. Then you should bring back the ten horses he sent us and your two horses. Then you should ask where we are going to get the horses. When you come back, you should arrange people to bring back all the 100 horses. Second, from tomorrow on, you must step up the training of clan soldiers. Third... Forget it, I''ll let others do those things. You must do these two things well in the shortest time. You know, the best thing in the family is your brothers. Now Xiao Yun is not here, you have to do these things. ""Yes, uncle Zu, but... Did brother Huangfu tell you something? Why do we


    "These things are just my guess and his guess, but he is right. It''s always good to be prepared."


    "It''s my uncle. I''ll do it right away. "


    "Well, be safe. Come on, gather all the elders for a meeting right away


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Not long after they arrived at the inn in Zhending City, Zhao Feng brought people to pick up the horse, accompanied by Zhao Yu. Originally, Zhao Feng meant to take her back, but Xiaoya had to choose by herself. Finally, she couldn''t make it, so she had to take her with her.


    After the party had selected the horses, Zhao Feng handed over the money to Huangfu Chaobo. After asking how to get the horses, he brought them back to Zhaojia village.

 Chapter 118

    After dealing with the affairs of zhaojiacun, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop at Zhending. Zhao Yun''s affairs were not promoted at once. It was a water grinding skill. Now, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have time to delay in zhaojiacun any longer. The party was in a hurry. However, it was a few days before Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived at changshe.


    As soon as he entered the territory of changshe, Huangfu Chaobo found that the taste of war was getting stronger and stronger. Changshe, as a main battlefield of Huangjin uprising, many players and villages will join the Huangjin camp. Now Huangfu Chaobo is a little lucky that his village has been destroyed. Otherwise, he really doesn''t know how to choose at this time. If you choose the Huangjin camp, Chen Jing and his followers may be loyal to themselves, but they may not be willing to. After all, in the eyes of NPC, the court is orthodox, at least at this stage. But if you choose the imperial camp, nine times out of ten the village will be destroyed. Now there is no village to lead, you can rest assured that the bold choice of court camp.


    On returning to the Chang she, Huang Fu Chao Bo first met Huang Xu and Huang Wu die, asked them a little about their studies, and then introduced Jia Jing to them. Unexpectedly, as soon as they heard Huang Fu Chao Bo''s introduction, they called their aunt, and Jia Jing hid behind Huang Fu Chao Bo. Huangfu Chaobo was there laughing, even Huang Zhong, who was usually not smiling, also showed a smile.


    Looking at Huangfu Chaobo laughing there, Jia Jing gritted her teeth and held out her hand from behind to grab the soft meat on his waist. The pain made Huangfu Chaobo take several breaths of cold air. Seeing this, he stopped laughing. The two younger generation laughed. Huangfu Chaobo straightened his face and said, "don''t laugh, you two. Go down first and prepare. Your father and I are going to take the exam You two have come to see how you are doing this year. If you pass, you can choose the horse I bring back. If it''s not good, hum Two people listened, spit out tongue, looked at each other one eye, retreated to go out.


    Seeing that there were only Huang Zhong, Chen Jing, Dugu three brothers and himself in the room, Huangfu Chaobo said, "I believe you have seen that the outside is getting more and more chaotic. So we have to be prepared. Dugu, what happened to the tunnel I arranged for you to dig? "


    "If you go back to the master''s house, we have already dug the tunnel. We go in from the master''s house and go all the way to the south of changshe city. The exit is on a river about six miles away from the South Gate of changshe city. The exit is arranged by our three brothers. It doesn''t pass through the hands of the slaves. Moreover, the location of the exit is very hidden. Unless we open it on our own initiative, outsiders can''t see it It''s coming out. "


    "Well, well, it''s a matter of our lives. The more hidden we are, the better. By the way, how about our horses, food and weapons? Boyang. "


    "Young master, last time we brought back ten good horses, twenty war horses, five for Zongheng village, one for Mr. Du and one for Mr. Du, and then four of us rode back to youpeiping. Now there are three good horses and sixteen war horses left. This time, we brought back 30 districts'' fine horses and 40 fine horses. Among them, several generals in youpeiping sent one fine horse, two fine horses and ten fine horses from zhaojiacun. Now there is a BMW, 21 fine horses, 33 fine horses and 16 war horses. In addition, there are 5 pairs of grade 40 leather armor, 35 grade 40 angle bows and 100 ordinary arrows. Silver when we were in youpeiping, we got 4286 taels of silver for selling horses, slaves and other things, 600 taels of silver for buying horses in zhaojiacun, and 1230 taels of silver for changshe this year, a total of 6116 taels. In terms of grain, according to the childe''s original arrangement, Mr. Zhang and his family bought some grain one after another. Now the grain stored in the granary in the backyard is more than 2300 stones. These are the basic things. "


    Well, it''s OK. Now the most important thing is that there are no armor and weapons. Besides Huang Zhong''s bow, there are only ordinary arrows. Huangfu Chaobo thought that except Huang Zhong''s 50 level, the others are only more than 40 level. Chen Jing''s highest level is only 48 level, and the three Dugu brothers are only 42 level, The highest slave warrior is only level 40, and the lowest one is only level 32. It seems that we have to think about these things. Besides, the level of these warriors is too low. It seems that there is still something to do in more than a month. And then there are the slaves. By the way, I don''t know what happened to their loyalty.


    Thinking, Huangfu Chaobo called the slaves in again. One by one, fortunately, the loyalty of the ten ordinary cavalry soldiers had reached 85, so they removed their slave status on the spot and gave them 30 copper salaries every day. I didn''t expect that the loyalty of these Xianbei cavalry reached 90 all of a sudden. However, they are not standard Xianbei cavalry. According to the data provided by the system, the level of Xianbei cavalry should be 45-50, but I don''t know how to make it. These cavalry are only 40, but Huangfu Chaobo has no time to think about it.


    If you look at the warriors, the first eight loyalties have reached 85. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo has removed their slave status. After all, he still wants to take these slaves to the battlefield. Then, each of them was given a daily salary of 50 copper. Then he told them that as long as they were loyal, once they made contributions in the future, they would be given a separate house in the city of changshe, and they would be able to make a family in the central plains; and as long as they met the conditions for transferring generals, they would turn them into rank generals according to the size of their contributions. In this case, the loyalty of the eight warriors suddenly rose to 90, even more than those of the cavalry. Huangfu Chaobo thought that it must be the conditions for the transfer that played a role. However, Huangfu Chaobo is not even ready for Chen Jing''s transfer. There''s no way. Let''s draw the pie here first.As for the three fighters who were just captured, they were still loyal to the line of 50. But I can''t manage so much now. I brought them back just to give them away.


    "Well, now I''ll arrange some things in the near future. First of all, there is the problem of food. Although we have so much food, we can still consider buying some more. Another thing is that Dugu, your three brothers, together with their ten cavalry, make a good arrangement around the granary. We must ensure the safety of food. This is our lifeblood. At best, we can dig several cellars and put some grain in them. "


    "It''s my son."


    "As for you warriors, your strength is too weak now. If you want to make contributions, first of all, you should ensure that you can survive. From tomorrow on, you will be led by your elder brother. First of all, you should practice your own level. I don''t want you to be killed as soon as you go to the battlefield. My requirement for you is that you should be above level 45 at least in one month. And you are also the same. After I have finished my arrangement, I will also join in this. Only when I have a higher level, I will be safe. "


    "Yes, sir."


    "Boyang, in addition to this, your task is to buy about 10 stones of grain every day, and remember not to cause fluctuations in food prices."


    "Yes"


    "well, there''s nothing more to do. Go ahead and do your own business. By the way, brother, you''d better accompany them today. After all, we haven''t seen each other for such a long time. " After arranging all the things one by one, everyone went back to their own business.

 Chapter 119

    When everyone dispersed, Huangfu Chaobo dialed the communication across the world. When I learned that he was still in the village, I would go to Luoyang in a few days, because he was Xiaolian of Yingchuan. As a result, Huangfu Chaobo told him that he had already arrived at changshe and would go across the village later. After that, they hung up. Then he told Adu and Xiaojie that he would arrive at Zong village later, and Huangfu Chaobo took Jia Jing to drive to Zong village on horseback.


    Before I got to zongzong village, I saw the whole village surrounded by thick wooden walls. There are only four gates in the middle of the four sides, while the outside of the village is full of people. In front of the village is a square array of nearly five or six hundred people, standing in the middle of the road, and behind them are some people, but it is not very clear from a distance. There was still a mile or two left. He saw two horses coming out from the front of the square array. Huangfu Chaobo saw that they were Adu and Xiaojie. They rushed over, jumped off the horse and said, "boss, you are back."


    "Boss, this is my sister-in-law. Why don''t you introduce it to us?"


    "Oh, this is Jia Jing, my girlfriend. This is Jackie, this is Adu, two sets of brothers. "


    "Ha ha ha.... If I don''t come back, I can''t catch up with the yellow scarf uprising. We''ll talk later when we get in. What about? How are the brothers of the Legion? "


    "Boss, please..." Xiaojiejie pretends to be mysterious and says to Huangfu Chaobo. Then he takes Huangfu Chaobo and goes ahead.


    When Huangfu Chaobo came closer, he found that the first few people were all the captains of his own army, and most of the people behind knew each other. They were preparing to go forward and say hello to everyone.


    "Welcome the boss back..." Five hundred people said in unison;


    as soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw this scene, he couldn''t help but get excited. After the establishment of the Legion, he didn''t care much about it. He didn''t expect that everyone would give him such a big meeting gift as soon as he came back.


    "Brothers, thank you. In fact, my boss is really incompetent. I haven''t been with my brothers since the establishment of the Legion. I''m really sorry..."


    "Boss, you''re not right. If you didn''t provide blood medicine and equipment, brothers wouldn''t be like this today. You''re right, guys


    "Yes,"


    "well, yes"


    "...


    "Well, brothers, I''ll talk to you later. When I get to the door of the landlord''s house, I can''t say if I don''t eat the big family, right? I''ll come back and have a good chat with my brothers after I meet our boss


    "The Legion of Luoshen, divide..." ADU yelled on the side;


    "boom. Boom. Boom After a few sounds, the army of 500 people immediately separated a three horse road from the middle. Huangfu Chaobo saw it and started. Although there is still a big gap compared with the army, it''s very good that the player team can do so. He turned to Adu and said, "that''s right. It seems that you''ve made a lot of efforts."


    "That''s it," said little Jay with a proud face, "boss, you don''t see who brought out the team. By the way, boss, what kind of horse are you and your sister-in-law riding? Why are they different from ours? "


    "Ha ha... This is a good horse. It must be different from your good horse. There are only senior officers in the army. "


    "Shit, boss, you''ve got this kind of horse. It''s said that it''s only one level lower than BMW. No way, boss. You see, we have worked so hard and made great achievements. How can we get one for each of us? " This guy''s playing again.


    "Ha ha... You can rest assured that Chao has been ready for a long time and is still in the city. " Jia Jing said,


    "Oh, thank you, sister-in-law..."


    "Damn, how did the horse I prepared for you get to her again. Fight, right Huangfu Chaobo road;


    after a group of four people passed through the team of players of Luoshen legion, they came to the front of a group of people all over the world. Jumping off the horse, Huangfu Chaobo walked over and hugged the world tightly: "big brother, brothers, I''m back..."


    "How''s it going?" The top five bars said: "the boss of Chaobo. Are you brothers satisfied with the welcome ceremony


    "Ha ha ha... You guys seem to be in good spirits


    "Well, let''s not block the traffic here. Let''s go to the executive hall first." All over the world;


    "good." Huangfu Chaobo turned to Adu and said, "Lao Du, please arrange where the brothers of the Legion are. Wait a moment. We''ll go there after we finish talking."


    "OK, boss, I''ll let them go back to the station and wait."


    "Resident? Isn''t that shop gone? " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "there was no shop. Later, zongzong boss and we built a house beside the north gate to serve as a residence. Our regiment is the only one who has a residence except the regiment directly under zongzong village. Look, it''s there."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked in the direction of Adu''s finger. Sure enough, there was a house over there with a sign of Luoshen army on it."OK, I''ll come over when I''m done here."


    The party walked towards the executive hall with a smile. As he walked along Huangfu Chaobo, he looked at the situation in the village. Now the village has developed very well, but it''s a pity that the yellow scarf uprising will soon take place. The village is likely to be destroyed in the middle of the fire...


    After entering the executive hall, everyone sat down and joked with Jia Jing with Huangfu Chaobo. So Huangfu Chaobo introduced them one by one. After a circle of introductions, all the people talked about being promoted to be filial and honest. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo knew. It turns out that according to the rules of the Han Dynasty, about 200000 households could vote for one, but the system may be for convenience. In addition to a few remote counties where there are too few people, there is basically one county and one person in the Central Plains. That is to say, nearly 80 players have been voted up. Of course, there is the same number in NPCs. According to the regulations, Zongheng had to rush to Luoyang to take the exam before January 21, 184. However, because the road was near, and the uprising was about to break out in February, he had not left yet. Of course, he had another idea, which side he wanted to discuss with Huangfu Chaobo.


    Two people are chatting, Xiaojie suddenly reported to the side complaining: "boss, why do you always play missing? Sometimes it''s really hard to find you. Once you''re not online, we have no way. Like the last time when Zongheng village was upgraded, we wanted to call you, but who knows you''re not online. Well, if only you were from C City as well


    "What? Where do you say you are from? " Jia Jingdao;


    "City C, what''s the matter? Is there something wrong with my sister-in-law? Old Du and I live together, upstairs and downstairs. "


    ADU immediately responded: "sister-in-law, don''t say you are also from C City."

 Chapter 120

    Jia Jing took a look at Huangfu Chaobo, saw him nod his head and said, "we are all. Where do you live... "


    "No, I didn''t know. We live in community, No. Where do you live, sister-in-law "He bought his house in Shanghe international, and my home is not far from him," he said


    "Wow, big money. Boss, after a long time, you are still a rich man. There is no house on the river that can''t get 1.5 million. It''s going to be decorated. " Two people immediately said, "Damn, I''m going to go down the line to eat the landlord today. Boss, you have to treat us well. "


    "It may be a while. The house is still being renovated. I''ll invite you when it''s ready. " Huangfu Chaobo said. However, he was relieved that he didn''t expect to be from a city. After that, it would be easy for them to do things. It seems that they can do many things in the future.


    A few people''s words made a group of people all over the world gape, "no, you didn''t know each other? We thought you were all together. "


    "Er Huangfu Chaobo said, "are you all together?"


    "Well, we''re all from s city. The best is my roommate in college. I''ve played with the world since childhood. As for Xiaoying, Gaga... You know "By the way, brother, don''t mention it. You really leave us your contact information. It''s hard to find you when you''re not online."


    "Yes. Yes On hearing this, everyone nodded desperately. Especially Jay and Adu.


    Huangfu Chaobo thinks that since it''s a city, it''s OK to keep it. So we all left each other''s real phone numbers. Even a few of them came out to exchange their phone numbers. Later, everyone left their own information, telephone, address, unit... Even though it is well-known all over the world, it will be a good time to travel. Finally, the ID number was moved out, saying that it was to be arranged in size. I never thought he was the oldest, Huangfu Chao Bobby was a little younger. Huangfu Chaobo was a little wary of several people, but after such a disturbance, he was completely relieved of everyone. In this era, it''s very easy to find out a person''s identity, especially now there are so many relevant information. So he made eye contact with Jia Jing. Jia Jing looked at Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes and knew what Huangfu Chaobo wanted to do. She thought for a moment and nodded to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Brothers," Huangfu Chaobo said, "to tell you the truth, before that, I was wary of you. I think some of you must have this idea. After all, we didn''t know each other before. Today, since we are all open to each other, I think we can trust each other in the future. Well, it''s inconvenient here. Tomorrow, I''d like to invite you to my house in changshe city to discuss some things. In addition, I''d like to talk about some of my things with you. Remember, it''s the nine people we''re sitting in. Because there are some things that I don''t want to make known. "


    As soon as he heard Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Xiaojie immediately asked, "boss, what''s the matter? You have to go to the city to talk about it. There are militia guards outside here. You can talk about it here."


    "Well Several people all over the world nodded their heads.


    "It''s not convenient here. Let''s talk about it tomorrow." Huangfu Chaobo said firmly;


    seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was so resolute, he quickly stopped the people who still had to talk around the world and said, "well, you can know tomorrow. What''s the rush to do at this moment? If you can say it here, he will say it. By the way, brother, do you have anything else to do today? "


    "Well, I''ve brought three wuzhe slaves from youbeiping this time. I''m going to give you one, as well as Lao Du and Lao Jie. You can bring them back together tomorrow. There is also a horse for everyone. Remember, there is only one horse. "


    "Horse... The slave warrior As soon as Xiao Jie heard this, he yelled on the side.


    Huangfu Chaobo ignored him and continued: "another thing is that I''m worried about weapons and equipment. It''s too expensive to buy them in the city."


    "In what city. It''s in our village. " The best five bar road;


    "no, I want the level 40, the level 30 is a little poor..." Huangfu Chaobo thought Zongheng village could produce grade 30 Armor now.


    "Plop..." Across the world, he took out a set of armor from his body and put it on the table. He said, "look, is this OK?"


    "Level 40 armor? +5-defense? "It''s self-made in the village?" Huangfu Chaobo looked at it and said, "how did you get here? How come there are drawings? "


    "Ha ha... This is the reward for the fifth largest village. And this Then he took out the level 30 ring head knife.


    "The level 40 armor can still be used, and the level 30 sword is a little poor. It seems that you can only go to the shops in the city to buy it. Fortunately, the sword is cheaper, and there are bows and arrows. Do you have any good ones?" Huangfu Chaobo asked again;"Only level 25 hardwood bow and iron arrow. Can these be used? "


    "Well, there are 15 sets of grade 40 armor and 10 sets of grade 30 armor. There are 10 swords at level 30, 20 bows at level 25, and 100 pots of iron arrows... All over the world, how much is it? " Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment,


    "er..." The world without thief suddenly Leng, "you want so many weapons and equipment?"


    "You don''t have to worry about that. You''ll know by tomorrow." Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "what kind of money is it. These things don''t add up to half the money you gave our horses Other people think that it''s also true that when others give away ten horses, their equipment is still a bit of money, which is too shabby. Huangfu Chaobo said nothing more.


    Thinking that he had nothing else to do for the time being, he said, "well, I''ll go and meet the brothers of the Legion first. If there''s anything else, I''ll talk about it tomorrow." Then he took Jia Jing out, and Xiao jiejie and Adu followed him.


    Four people went directly to the residence of Luoshen Legion to chat with you for a while. Then, after looking at the contribution records of Luoshen legion, Huangfu Chaobo told the Legion that every leader of the Legion would be given a war horse, and each of the top five would be awarded a war horse, and each of the sixth to the tenth would be awarded a level 40 corner bow, the eleventh to the fiftieth would be awarded a bronze 200, and the rest would be awarded a bronze 200 Each hair copper 50. All of a sudden, the whole legion of players are excited, all said their boss generous, but it''s just a rumor, did not expect to come back with a lot of rewards.


    After dealing with the affairs of the Legion, Huangfu Chaobo tells them about them and takes Jia Jing back to changshe city.

 Chapter 121

    The next morning, the city gate opened. A group of seven people came to the gate of Huangfu Chaobo''s house. After asking for instructions from Huangfu Chaobo, Xianbei, who was guarding the gate, invited them into the hall of the house. It was the first time for them to enter this kind of big house in the city. Everyone thought it was very new.


    After everyone got better, Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, it depends on the time in the future. This house will be open to you in the future. Let''s talk about what I brought you here. But before that, I''d like to tell you that we just have a clear idea of these things. There''s no need for everyone to know. "


    "Don''t worry," he said across the world, "brother, all the people here know the root and the bottom, and everyone knows it."


    "Well, Boyang, go and ask my elder brother to bring them over." Huangfu Chaobo said to Chen Jing, who was guarding outside the door, "you guys, you need to hold down."


    "Yes, sir."


    A moment later, Huang Zhong several people to the door, after getting permission, three people push the door in.


    All over the world, a group of people stare at each other. They don''t know what kind of game Huangfu Chaobo is playing.


    "Young master."


    "Uncle."


    "Brother, these are all my alien friends. They are all trustworthy people. In the future, if you can''t find me, you can contact them and they can find me. Today I''m bringing them to meet you. " With that, Huangfu Chaobo introduced everyone one by one.


    "Nanyang Huang Hansheng met you young Xia..."


    "Huang Xu and Huang Wudi have met you all


    Quiet...


    Quiet...


    The moment is absolutely quiet...


    After a while, all the people responded.


    "Huang Zhong?"


    "You are Huang Zhong, Huang Hansheng..."


    "Huang Xu"


    "Huang Wu die..."


    Several names stunned everyone...


    Xiao Jie rushed to Huang Zhong and held his hand. "Huang..." Huang has not been able to speak for a long time.


    The first reaction from all over the world was, "brother, you are the one who recruited the imperial rank generals."


    "Well


    "Ah


    Everyone who responded rushed over. Around Huangfu, he made a fierce attack.


    "Well, you kid, you''re so secretive..."


    "Boys, beat him up


    Huang Zhong could see that several people were playing happily, but Huang Xu and Huang wudie did not.


    "Bang..."


    "Bang..."


    Two people rushed up and threw a few people to the corner. "Since you are friends of your uncle, why hit him..."


    Huangfu Chaobo finally took a breath and said, "Xuer, dance butterfly, stop it. They are playing with each other."


    "Er... Uncle, they... Aren''t they beating you? " Huang Xu didn''t react.


    "Silly boy, if they really do it to me, will they wait for you to do it? Your father killed them long ago. "


    Huang Xu just reacted. Looking back at his father, he held his hands and looked at them with a smile.


    "But it''s not bad. It''s not in vain to hurt you. I know how to save me at the critical moment. It''s good... Ha ha ha


    "Uncle, can I stop learning from that gentleman and go out for a trip?" Huang Xu said with a smile;


    "eh? What''s going on? " Huangfu Chaobo said, "brother, what''s the matter with him?"


    Huang Zhong said: "yesterday, I went to examine what they have learned in recent years. I found that they have not made much progress except in martial arts. So I said, "if they don''t get better, they won''t be allowed to travel."


    "Well, I agree. I ask my husband to teach you. I just don''t want you to be a fierce man. If you can''t learn well, even if your father agrees, I won''t agree."


    Huang Xu is silly and turns his eyes to Jia Jing. Unexpectedly, Jia Jing smiles at him and shakes his head. Then he retreats to one side and stops talking.


    "Well, brother, take them out first. We have something to discuss."


    Huang Zhong saluted each other again, and then he took them out.


    He got up from the ground, rubbed his ass and complained: "Damn, Huang Xu is such an NB. If Huang Zhong gets on, he''ll get it..."


    Huang Fu Chao Bo didn''t speak. He showed you the video of Huang Zhong fighting Xianbei cavalry. Everyone was frightened by Huang Zhong''s toughness. After watching Huang Zhong''s video screen, I showed you Zhao Yun''s, either this one or the one that has not been processed. Huang Zhong is also in it, which is much more enjoyable than the official video screen in the advertisement. All of them realized that this was the one who was the leader of the video screen that was popular on the Internet a while ago.After watching the video, Huangfu Chaobo told you all about his being beaten from the village. Only then did you realize how wonderful the experience of the man around you was. But in the end, everyone was numb. Even after hearing about Zhao Jiacun, we all take it for granted that Zhao Yun has been determined by him. Now we are all concerned about their own horse, are a strong urge to choose a horse. Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to take everyone to choose all the horses. After three people divided up the three warriors, they went back to the main hall to discuss the future arrangement.


    Originally, the whole world was still considering which camp to choose at that time. However, seeing the situation of Huangfu Chaobo, he knew that Huangfu Chaobo must be the camp for electing Chaoting, so in order to keep the two people in line, he only chose Chaoting.


    Now that the camp has been determined, the following things must be arranged as early as possible. We should know that the battle of changshe is very hard in history. We have been losing the battle in front of changshe. After several months in changshe, we came to huoshao company and won. But now the game is definitely different. Players all know the historical process. Who knows if the fire is too hot Why not.


    After discussion, we decided to make preparations. Zongheng village didn''t give up at first, but once the war started, all the important craftsmen in the village were sent to changshe city. Because Huangfu Chaobo bought several houses here, he simply gave one to Zongheng. Another way is to send half of the grain of Zongheng village to this house for storage. Now there are nearly 7000 stones of grain in Zongheng village. It''s safer to take out 4000 stones and put them in the city. After all, the battle of changshe city will take several months. If the court wins the battle, it will only take a few days to transport grain. If the field battle is lost, as in history, Zongheng village will be destroyed. However, as long as the court wins, the rewards in the later stage will be rich. At that time, the craftsmen were all there, and there was food, so it was easy to do the following things.


    There are 1000 soldiers in zongzong village. According to the ratio of one out of ten, there are 100 soldiers in these days. In addition, at that time, Huangfu super Expo will send a warrior and ten Xianbei cavalry to help guard the village. Now the walls are in good condition. It is estimated that unless the imperial court is defeated and retreats to the changshe City, other yellow turban forces will not be able to attack the village. Of course, once the imperial court troops are found to have retreated, they will give up the village and go directly to the city. As for the player team, including the Luoshen army, they are all under the unified command of the whole world, while Huangfu Chaobo is going to take Huang Zhong, Chen Jing, and eight Xianbei generals to join the army. You know, in history, Liu Guanzhang and a hundred miscellaneous soldiers can all join the army directly, while Huangfu Chaobo has ten generals, which should not be a big problem. After all, it''s very easy to make military contributions with the majority of the army. Even if the army doesn''t accept him, Huangfu Chaobo also thinks that he will stay with the army. Anyway, he won''t stay with the player''s army. At that time, it must be player to player and NPC army to NPC army.

 Chapter 122

    After discussing everything, everyone was busy. Zong Hengtian and Lao Du were busy with the relationship with wuzhe. The top three arranged for the village to transport food to the city. The Nightingale stayed in the city with Jia Jing. Huangfu Chaobo went to changshe city to buy the equipment he needed.


    Chen Jing''s gun, Xianbei''s sword, eleven men''s armor and bow. Huangfu Chaobo wants to buy all these things. After all, he is not short of money. Unfortunately, there was nothing good in changshe. Without patience, Huangfu Chaobo decided to go to the surrounding cities. But Huangfu Chaobo took two girls to several cities, Yingyin, Yingyang, even Yingchuan''s Hospital, and Yangzhai went there, so that most of the weapons and equipment were ready. However, Huang Zhong''s armor is not available. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, no matter what, Huang Zhong can''t use artifact too much, but it seems that the system aunt didn''t match it for him. Besides the equipment bound by historical generals, he has never seen any top armor in the game. So Huangfu Chaobo had to buy it for him.


    Think about it. The higher the scale of a city, the better the level of weapons and equipment that can be bought.


    Huangfu Chaobo has a look. It''s better to be around Luoyang, and it''s not far away. The equipment sold inside must be the best. But the water in Luoyang is too deep. Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want to go there now, so he has to make up his mind in the surrounding cities. At last, Huangfu Chaobo focused on two places: Yunan Pingyu in Yuzhou and chenliucheng in chenliujun in Yanzhou.


    Think Pingyu or far away, so decided to stay.


    In the past few days, the nightingale is basically with Huangfu Chaobo and Jiajing, which makes the others laugh all over the world. She is very busy and her wife plays with others.


    After riding, the three men went straight to Chen Liu.


    At this time, Chen Liu was already Zhang Miao. Under his administration, Chen Liu was also in good order, and the city was extremely prosperous, which made the two girls confused. After accompanying the two girls for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo walked into the biggest weapons store in Chenliu city. All the way through the door, Huangfu Chaobo and others were so dazzled by all the things in the room that they couldn''t open their eyes.


    It is worthy of being a weapons shop in a big city. Besides the level 10-50 standard weapons and equipment in the county, there are also level 40-60 top equipment. Sword, spear, sword, halberd, axe, Tomahawk, hook, fork, whip, mace, hammer, grab, cudgel, cudgel, cudgel, guai, meteor hammer and so on, there are 18 kinds of weapons, bows and arrows at all levels and of different types, even the horn bow brought by Huangfu Chaobo from the grassland. Of course, the armor that Huangfu Chaobo wanted was also among them. Huangfu Chaobo compared the elite iron armor of level 50, the Xuan iron armor of level 50 and the Xuan iron armor of level 60, and decided to buy the Xuan iron armor of level 50 directly. Although it is nearly twice as expensive as the former elite iron armor, it is also worth the money. First of all, the defense is a little higher than the former two, and the durability is also much higher, but unfortunately there is nothing special As for the level 60, Huang Zhong can''t use it now, and Huangfu Chaobo is going to buy better ones for them, preferably with special attributes.


    Huangfu Chaobo also asked the store owner, only to learn that special properties of equipment must be customized, not only takes a long time (usually several months to six months, or even a year, and must be a master blacksmith to take it.) In addition, the additional attributes are not very stable. Sometimes it''s to increase defense, sometimes it''s to increase intelligence, or it''s to increase the speed of returning blood, increase the amount of blood (and increase the amount of blood? Isn''t that the best This has something to do with the craftsman''s ability and time. Of course, if the additional properties of the products are different, the price will be different.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that it must be too late to make it to order. He had no choice but to go back to the second place and buy these standard ones first.


    After grinding with the shop owner for half a day, Huangfu Chaobo finally bought a set of grade 50 Xuan iron armor for Huang Zhong at the price of 9500 copper. The other two sets of grade 40 shoes were prepared for two little Huang children''s shoes. Of course, one of them was for women.


    Damn, it took me a long time to buy three sets at a time, and then 500 copper was reduced. The system will really make money. Looking at the three pieces of armor in his hand, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help scolding. But it''s a little expensive, but it''s better than the level 40 armor in Zongheng village.


    The original meaning of Huangfu Chaobo was to go back to changshe after shopping. Unexpectedly, the two girls were firmly opposed. They even sent letters to Huangfu Chaobo to take them to Chenliu for another day. There was no way, so Huangfu Chaobo had to comply. Three people stayed in Chenliu for another day, but this day made Huangfu Chaobo very tired. The whole time was to accompany two people around Chenliu city for a day.


    In the afternoon of the next day, several talents returned to changshe city.


    At this time, the atmosphere in the game is more and more tense. The players'' villages are preparing for the yellow scarf uprising, while the ordinary players are excited to wait for the uprising to happen, or they can do a good job in it.


    Game time to the end of December 183, the villages are busy collecting food. Unexpectedly, the system began to work.For a time, the whole game inside curse again.


    At the beginning, the whole North, including Youzhou, northern Jizhou, Bingzhou and Liangzhou, and the Xianbei Xiongnu and Qiang people outside the Great Wall, had been snowing heavily for several days, and there was a tendency to increase. Originally, these states were areas where food was scarce. Although some food had been accumulated in the past few months, all kinds of bandits were rampant all the time, which made it necessary to lose some of the little food from time to time. Now it seems that the food in January 184 was also in vain.


    Just as the players in the Central Plains and southern states were happy with the misfortune, the situation all over the country changed dramatically.


    After the northern states, rats suddenly attacked Jingzhou, Yangzhou and Yizhou in the south, and turned the granaries of several states upside down. In the past few months, only 12% of the accumulated grain was gnawed. Even the official granary was no exception. Of course, the granary of various families was certainly not in it. Although there were losses, it was much better than the official granary and the Lord players .


    In the Central Plains, torrential rain has hit Sili, northern Jingzhou, southern Jizhou, Yanzhou, Yuzhou and other places in recent days. Most of the grain in each village has been soaked into paste. Although all efforts have been made to rescue, only 20% of the remains will be left. Moreover, the torrential rain in recent days will collapse in many parts of the system. Even though Huangfu Chaobo and zongzong village had made all kinds of preparations, they still lost 34% of their grain. However, compared with those players who lost only 12% of their grain, it was both heaven and earth.


    The eastern coastal states are typhoon landing, a few days later, the states are also heavy losses.

 Chapter 123

    For a time, the whole game inside more and more nervous.


    January 184 arrived as scheduled.


    The whole village in the game is busy reclaiming land. Although I don''t know how much food I can get this month, you still have to plant it, don''t you?


    After planting, they were busy repairing the village''s defense. But NPC county magistrates didn''t manage so much. It''s estimated that this was specially arranged by the system to facilitate the siege at that time.


    It wasn''t until January 12 that Zongheng got everything ready for the village and set out for Luoyang. Others continue to do their own business.


    Sili Luoyang


    at this time, Luoyang City was full of elites.


    Every day or two, there are several players from all over Xiaolian to Beijing. These players are basically the top players of village heads, personal force and guild strength. Many players are grinding their shoulders and wiping their hands, ready to compete for various official positions of six to nine grades in the court. You know, official positions are the effect of attracting NPC to join the players.


    Luoyang, a restaurant, dozens of players gathered above idle, chatting with each other these days, when a boss arrived, how the scene... One day, which boss came and only brought a few people.


    The mention of these players is exciting.


    "You say, how can the boss of the night incense enter the city like NB? There are 50 militiamen and nearly 500 players in the back, but they are all level 40 equipment. Tut Tut, how wonderful it would be if those equipment came to us. "


    "You call that cool?"??? You didn''t see that Liangzhou black horse into the city team, that''s cool! "


    "Liangzhou black horse? Who is it? "


    "Damn, I don''t know. You''re from Mars. It''s the speechless village that rushes into the top three, and their village is the first bleeding drug village in the whole game. "


    "How''s it going? So what about him. Brother, I''ve been guarding this side of the East Gate these days, but I haven''t seen much from the West. "


    "How''s it going? There are not many people, only a few dozen, but they are all cavalry, five war horses and twenty riding horses. If we can get horses, we will be happy "


    "...


    "Extra, extra... Another boss is coming


    "Who''s the boss. Don''t talk about the small ones The players nearby said lazily;


    "the Fifth Village in the world, the leader of Yingchuan changshe, has entered the city from our side..."


    Boom....


    All of a sudden, the whole Salou was a sensation. The leader of vertical and horizontal was very famous in the game. In order to avenge his brother''s village, he almost beat other villages violently. If it wasn''t for NPC, the village would have been lost. However, after being beaten by him, the village was basically abandoned. The ranking directly dropped from several thousand in the middle village to more than one million in the big village.


    "Let''s"... This is my position


    "Damn, who said this is your position? First come first served. Go away


    When I came to Luoyang from all over the world, I wanted to come by myself, but at the request of others, I came with the Xianbei senior Warrior (his loyalty has been increased to 95) and a player team (5 people). Although the number of people is not many, but everyone is level 40 armor, refined iron knife, level 40 bow and arrow, plus the world and the warrior are riding horses, the five players team is the same good horse. I''d like to see a lot of things along the way.


    "Here comes the boss."


    "Here we are... Here we go


    "Er... Why are there only seven people


    "Damn, it''s more low-key than a small Gang going to the city... It''s too shabby, isn''t it


    Immediately, someone on the side said, "go away, don''t say what you don''t know. Do you know what kind of horse the commander and the warrior are riding? Country bumpkin. "


    "What horse? Elder brother, give me some advice. " As soon as the player saw that this guy seemed to know everything, he immediately asked;


    people who didn''t know about him were staring at him.


    After a while, the player said triumphantly: "steed. Do you know the horse? The best of the ordinary horses, and then go up to BMW. When I saw that the horse that the left and right Zhongying generals rode was not necessarily so good


    "Damn it... Ox fork


    "I don''t know how he got it. There are two at once."


    "I don''t know how I got it. I just know that there are more than these horses in his village. It''s said that there are nearly ten of them, one by one. That Liangzhou black horse, that kind of horse is still displayed. All his horses add up to less than the value of the first horse. What is an old village? This is the strength of an old village


    "Well, that''s what the upstarts don''t have."


    "That''s, that''s..."


    "Brothers, do you know what kind of horse the players behind Zongheng boss ride?""What horse? Should it be a common war horse? "


    "No, five of them are good horses. You know, good horses are only available to officers above the intermediate level in the imperial court army


    "Wow. Where does Master Zongheng get so many good horses


    "Yes, it''s said on the Internet that there are villages selling horses in Bingzhou and Youzhou, but the best one is war horses. I''ve never heard of people selling such high-grade horses."


    "If you want me to say that, it must be from the hands of Yingchuan prefect or Yushou governor."


    "It''s impossible. They have such good horses in their hands. They don''t have to flatter the people in the court. Will they give them to the players? Don''t even think about it


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Zongheng and his party soon arrived at the post house, where all the people lived were Xiaolian who came to Luoyang this time.


    The next few days, these players are chatting with each other, passing the time, while waiting for the court exam on the 21st.


    There is no secret between players. Soon, the conversation in the restaurant spread to the two people''s ears. The whole world laughed at this newspaper and ignored him. But speechless is a bitter smile, originally thought that the distance was too far, so he rode out a few war horses and riding horses in the village. He didn''t think about it, and became a upstart in the mouth of the players...


    A few days later, all the Xiaolian arrived. On the morning of the 21st, xiaohuangmen of Chaoting sent a message to the post house, asking everyone to enter the palace to take the exam.


    Everyone followed xiaohuangmen into the palace with uneasy mood. God knows what demon e-zi will come out of the system God. After we all looked at the title, we were relieved. Fortunately, the players all had some historical knowledge about the Three Kingdoms. However, the NPC do not know what the test is.


    The exam will be finished in half a day.


    In the next few days, the players are in the same state as they were a few days ago, playing around and waiting for the result of the court. The village head and the guild leader of the players need to command their village and guild remotely.


    On this day, a group of players village leaders were waiting for the news of the court in the restaurant near the palace.


    All of a sudden.


    "Boom!"


    The heavy Palace door was opened.


    Then there came a roar, which interrupted the conversation in the restaurant. All of them were surprised and went to the palace gate.


    I saw thousands of people rush out from inside.


    The front is the top cavalry in the whole game - Huben riding. Followed by the forbidden guards and Longbow soldiers, these are the most advanced arms in the game, generally exist as the Royal badminton guards. If the badminton army goes out, something will happen.


    Huben cavalry roared by, separated the people in the street, let the way out, and the guards and longbowmen behind rolled by, regardless of the lives of the passers-by. Before long, the whole city of Luoyang was full of court badminton soldiers, who rushed into their homes and were hospitalized, wantonly searching for NPC civilians.


    The red general order was immediately pasted all over the bulletin boards of Luoyang City.


    "The court ordered the traitor Ma Yiyuan to make a rebellion. It is specially ordered that the badminton army and the Luoyang City Guard troops bow to their party members and fight against the thieves with yellow scarves. The rebels will be killed. At the same time, all the states in the world are strictly ordered to bow to the anti thief and reward the informants. "


    For a time, a large number of yellow scarf volunteers were arrested one after another. For a time, Luoyang was in chaos. Many players see this situation, quickly offline to avoid. Of course, more are eager to try, ready to do something good in this chaos.


    As soon as Huang jintianxia''s face changed, he immediately realized that Ma Yiyuan was in trouble, so he took people to Ma Yiyuan''s residence in a hurry after saying goodbye.


    Others immediately realized that the court should soon have a task to come down. So everyone rushed to the direction of the post house.


    The whole Luoyang City, even the whole world players rarely know where Ma Yi plays. However, the world of Huangjin is different. Since the village was promoted to Zhongcun, he kept trying to contact the Huangjin army. Finally, he contacted the Huangjin army in Jizhou a few months ago. After doing several tasks, he finally got the approval of the Huangjin senior management. On the one hand, they came to Luoyang for the sake of filial piety. In fact, he also helped Ma Yiyuan. Although he has reminded Ma Yiyuan to be on guard against the Tang and Zhou dynasties, Ma Yiyuan didn''t pay attention to it. This time he went to Luoyang, he brought Tang zhoulai to contact the people in the imperial court and the Imperial Palace, and prepared to raise his troops on March 5 to open the Imperial Palace and capture the imperial city.


    When huangjintianxia arrived, Ma Yiyuan''s house had been surrounded by thousands of Yulin legions.


    Inside the house came the sound of fighting. There was a fierce battle between the encircling officers and soldiers and Huang Jin Lishi brought by Ma Yiyuan. The sound of swords could be heard more than 100 steps away from the house.


    "Traitor Tang Zhou, the good teacher regards you as his nephew. Why do you want to betray the good teacher. The yellow scarf brothers will not spare you


    "Ha ha ha... Think about yourself first. You''re going to die. Now I eat and drink well every day. Don''t worry about it. "


    Countless players around the outside to watch, pointing to a large group of officers and soldiers have guessed."Damn, all of a sudden, so many badminton troops are sent out to catch Ma Yiyuan?"


    "I think so. Otherwise, there will be no need for so many people. Didn''t you hear anyone inside calling for a traitor? "


    "Wow, as soon as Ma Yiyuan died, it was the yellow scarf uprising. It''s freezing


    Everyone who returned to the post station was waiting for the news from the palace.


    After thinking about it for a while, I immediately called several players'' guards over. Let them take the warrior back to the village. He also went offline immediately and made a phone call with Huangfu Chaobo.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo and others were already making preparations. After collecting grain at the end of the month, they immediately brought all the craftsmen in the village into the houses in changshe city. Huangfu Chaobo''s generals have also been upgraded to level 40, and their equipment is ready. Huangfu Chaobo also took advantage of the fact that there were not many things to do these days, and arranged for people to strengthen the defense of the two houses, in case there would be players to make trouble when he retreated to changshe.


    Not long. Ma Yiyuan was arrested, two days later, was split in the west city of Luoyang. Feng Chen and others were put into prison, and the yellow scarf believers in Luoyang City were killed several thousand people in a few days.


    End of Volume 3

 Chapter 124

    Jizhou. Julu. Guangzong city.


    In an ordinary house in the city, Zhang Jiao, Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang, together with a group of Jizhou disciples, are discussing the details of the incident in March. In the yard stood dozens of yellow scarf Hercules.


    All of a sudden, a fast horse rushed into the city and stopped in front of the house. The man on the horse jumped off the horse. Before the horse stopped, he turned over and got off the horse and rushed into the house.


    "Great virtuous teacher, there''s something big going on in Luoyang."


    Zhang Jiao said in a light voice: "Why are you so flustered? Don''t worry, and take your time


    "Tang and Zhou rebelled, and it was revealed that the eldest martial brother was split in the west city of Luoyang by the dog court, and all the believers in Luoyang were killed."


    "Poof..." When Zhang Jiao heard this, he was so angry that he burst out a mouthful of blood.


    "Big brother..."


    "Good teacher"


    "It''s a good time for Tang Zhou to send him to Luoyang to help Yi yuan. I didn''t expect that he would rebel as soon as he arrived. ha-ha... Good... " Zhang Jiao laughed angrily and said sternly,


    "brother, now that the dog court has found out, we have to start an accident ahead of time..."


    "Yes, good teacher, give the order..."


    After thinking for a moment, Zhang Jiao resolutely said, "well, although we haven''t been fully prepared, we are not in a hurry now. I''m general Tiangong, general Baogong and general rengong. Each leader of the thirty-six sides is the commander-in-chief of the canal. He orders everyone to start an incident in the starry night. Then there are the yellow scarf disciples who will pursue and kill the Tang and Zhou dynasties. "


    "Yes."


    "Yes."


    They were overjoyed and had been planning for more than ten years. When this day came, they took orders one after another.


    For a time, Youzhou, Jizhou, Qingzhou, Yanzhou, Xuzhou, Yangzhou, Yuzhou and Jingzhou started the uprising one after another.


    The yellow scarf uprising finally broke out...


    Nanyang: God made Zhang man right, Zhao Hong and Han Zhong vice.


    Yingchuan: BOCAI is the positive, pengtuo is the deputy.


    Guangyang: Cheng Yuanzhi is the principal, Deng Mao is the deputy.


    Runan: He Yi.


    Qingzhou: Guan Hai.


    Dongjun: Buji.


    Jizhou: Zhang Jiao, Zhang Bao, Zhang Liang, Zhang Niujiao, Zhang Yan, Heishan, Huanglong, Baibo, Zhang Baiqi, Leigong......


    The Yellow turban camp rose up in an all-round way.


    At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, the rulers were decadent and incompetent, and their relatives and eunuchs were in power one after another. The Xiqiang war lasted for decades, with huge expenses and heavy corvee service. In addition, the phenomenon of land annexation is serious, and the people are in dire straits. In this case, Zhang Jiao founded taipingdao, which won the hearts of the people in the form of religion and established prestige among the poor peasants, with hundreds of thousands of believers. Zhang Jiao used his right of speech in the hearts of the people to divide the believers in Qingzhou, Xuzhou, Youzhou, Jizhou, Jingzhou, Yangzhou, Yanzhou and Yuzhou into 36 groups, with more than 10000 people from Dafang and 6000 or 7000 people from Xiaofang. Each group set up a canal commander, who was under the unified command of the canal commander, and prepared for the large-scale uprising.


    In 184 (the year of Jiazi), Zhang Jiao made an appointment with the believers on March 5 to fight against the Han Dynasty with the slogan "heaven is dead, yellow heaven should stand, age in Jiazi, good fortune in the world". "Heaven" refers to the Eastern Han Dynasty, and "yellow heaven" refers to Taiping Dao. According to the five virtues, the Han Dynasty is the virtue of fire, and the earth is yellow. Therefore, all the believers Tie Yellow scarves on their heads as a symbol of peace Replace the corrupt Eastern Han Dynasty. On the other hand, he sent Ma Yuanyi to Jingzhou and Yangzhou to gather tens of thousands of people to ye for preparation. He also went to Luoyang several times to collude with eunuchs to fengxu and Xufeng, hoping to cooperate with each other.


    One month before the uprising, however, Zhang Jiao''s disciple named Tang and Zhou told the police that Ma Yuanyi, the inner servant of the capital, was cracked by a car. The officers and soldiers vigorously arrested and killed the taipingdao believers, involving more than 1000 people, and ordered Jizhou to pursue Zhang Jiao. Because of the sudden incident, Zhang Jiao was forced to launch an uprising in February one month ahead of schedule, which was known as the yellow scarf uprising or the yellow scarf rebellion in history. Because the uprising''s head was tied with a yellow scarf, it was called "yellow scarf" or "moth thief". Zhang Jiao called himself "general Tiangong", Zhang Bao and Zhang Liang called themselves "general Digong" and "general rengong" respectively, and they started an incident in northern Jizhou. Within a month, wars broke out in seven prefectures and twenty-eight counties across the country. The yellow scarf army was in full swing. The prefectures were lost and the officials fled, shaking Kyoto.


    Four hundred years of glorious Han Dynasty finally ushered in the storm that will end him.


    Players are looking forward to the war in the Three Kingdoms of the first big plot "yellow scarf uprising" finally opened.


    "Ding Dang... The system announced that the historical plot of "Huangjin uprising" was triggered, and the system was updated as follows:


    1. It''s just the Jiegan uprising.


    any force dissatisfied with the rule of the court in the Eastern Han Dynasty can rise, and any force that rises will automatically become the hostile force of the court camp. Requirements: the power is limited to the player''s village, the player''s wandering legion, the rebel Legion and the rebel army. When the forces rise, they should support any hostile forces in the court or stand on their own. Jiegan forces have the control over the territory of other hostile forces, such as villages, towns, cities, shanzhais, and water bandit strongholds. From now on, the conquered villages will no longer be abandoned automatically, but will have another choice - occupation. The loss of village buildings and NPCs is more than 50%, and the village is automatically reduced by one level. All the abandoned villages before will automatically become the villages of yellow scarf forces, which can continuously brush yellow scarf soldiers, but this village can also be re occupied by players, and the occupation rules are the same as those of players'' villages.2. Relationship of forces


    the relationship between forces is divided according to the degree of friendliness.


    Alliance - friendliness 99-51


    friendliness - friendliness 11-50


    neutrality - friendliness - 10-10


    malice - friendliness - 49 ~ - 11


    hostility - friendliness - 99 ~ - 50


    various forces can increase or decrease friendliness through various methods, and the explosive rate of war between different forces is different. The worse the friendliness, the higher the explosion rate. The war between the two forces with above neutral friendliness must be declared first, otherwise, the reputation of the main force will be reduced. The defeated side reduces the reputation by 10%, and the victorious side gains the reputation of the other side by 10%.


    3. Hostile forces can capture each other''s soldiers and persuade them to surrender after the war...


    ¡£¡£¡£


    As soon as the system is announced, the players can''t help but get excited. The power that the players can finally rise up means that not only the village head of the players can control the system city, but all the players are on the same starting line. As long as the players'' Legion is strong enough, they can also occupy the system city. It can also occupy a mountain stronghold and develop slowly. In addition, the abandoned village can also become the choice of the player''s legion.


    So for a moment, the players all honed their swords and looked at the surrounding villages.

 Chapter 125

    What we didn''t expect was that before we took action, another update announcement of the system came out.


    "Ding Dang... System announcement:


    the Yellow turban uprising broke out in an all-round way, and within ten days, flames of war broke out in eight prefectures. The main battlefields of Huangjin uprising are Hebei, Henan, Jing, you, Yan, Qing, Xu and Yang. In addition, the five prefectures of Sili, Liang, Yi, Bing and Jiao were the secondary battlefields. Please pay attention to the system update at any time. In addition, the system will broadcast the latest war situation at any time.


    Now the system is updated as follows:


    1. All yellow scarf villages automatically brush out NPC yellow scarf soldiers, and the refresh speed of troops is related to the village level and barracks level according to the level of arms.


    2. All players in the yellow scarf camp can recruit yellow scarf soldiers in the village, form an army, and attack hostile villages and cities. It only costs a small amount. All weapons, equipment and provisions are the responsibility of the players themselves.


    3. Launch the military merit system, all yellow scarf players who kill the opponent camp players and NPCs have military merit. In the middle of and after the yellow scarf uprising, the system or yellow scarf army will understand how to enfeoffment the camp official positions and various rewards (including weapons, equipment, drawings, talismans, etc.) according to military merit. "


    System announcement, immediately let all scattered players overjoyed. This means that everyone can have their own army, of course, if you have enough money and food. At the same time, the news also makes those Army leaders who are ready to seize the village overjoyed. Originally, they wanted to use the players to pile up, but now the good news comes, which means that they should not use the players to pile up, just use the yellow scarf soldiers.


    So many players went to Huangjin village to recruit Huangjin soldiers and prepare for a big fight.


    But when we went to the recruiting place, we were stunned:


    yellow scarf village arms:


    level 10 yellow scarf farmer: cost 25 bronze men, no weapons, no fighting, no farming. Level 15 yellow scarf believer: cost 50 bronze men, weapon - stick, can fight. Two grain days, two copper days


    level 20 yellow scarf militia: cost 100 copper men, weapon - thick iron and wood handle spear, can fight. Pay 5 grain days, 5 copper days


    Huangjin Zhongcun arms:


    level 10-20 Huangjin arms


    level 30 Huangjin infantry: cost 1000 copper men, weapon short knife, can fight. Grain rates are 10 grain days, 10 copper days


    Taoist priest of level 35: costs 5 men, has no weapons, can fight, and can be used to increase status. Pay 20 grain days, 20 copper days


    level 40 yellow scarf bow people: cost 5 men, weapon short bow, can fight. Pay 15 grain days, 20 copper days


    Huangjin Dacun branch


    level 10-40 Huangjin branch


    level 40 Huangjin Taoist Division: cost 10 men, no weapon, can fight, used to increase status. Level 45 yellow scarf cavalry: cost 20 men, weapon saber, can fight. Pay for 30 days of grain, 30 days of copper (military talisman required)


    level 45 yellow scarf Warrior: cost 20 men, weapon - ring head knife, can fight. Pay for 30 days of grain, 50 days of copper (military talisman required)


    level 50 yellow scarf master: costs 50 men, no weapons, can fight, used to increase status. Pay 30 grain days, 100 copper days (need military talisman)


    the recruitment cost makes players lose their eyes. The cannon fodder is cheap, but it''s useless. It''s useless to recruit a few better soldiers. There are not many yellow scarf villages in all parts of the country, so we can''t afford to recruit senior soldiers. However, these soldiers are much cheaper than those of the imperial court, but their combat effectiveness is much weaker.


    So scattered players are recruited a few militia, with a few soldiers out to rob.


    As for some wealthy legions, they all recruited ordinary infantry to attack the city.


    Yellow scarf world with his dozens of directly under the Legion of players into Luoyang city outside a yellow scarf village. After watching the recruitment fees of those arms, several people had no idea.


    "Elder brother, if we don''t do this task, we can go back to the village directly. We can pick up military merits like most of the Yellow scarves."


    It turns out that huangjintianxia wants to do the task of chasing Tang and Zhou. They have been following Tang Zhou for several days. Basically make clear the Tang and Zhou residence and surrounding conditions. However, there were 20 second-order infantry around Tang and Zhou, and he was also a rank general. If he didn''t use NPC soldiers, it would be impossible to complete this task.


    But they have spent too much time on it. If they give up like this, the yellow scarf world will be unwilling.


    "No, if we don''t do this task, it''s very difficult for us to get ahead in the yellow scarf army. Although our village is a big one, if we go back now, it will be nearly a month since other players joined the yellow scarf camp, so we can only complete this task to get a good position in the yellow scarf army. "


    "How much money do we have now? How much food? "


    "It''s only in the 40s. The grain is only over 1000 Jin. "After a moment''s consideration, Huang Jintian chose two Huang Jintian Taoists and thirty Huang Jintian infantry.


    "Go, let''s kill Tang Zhou."


    A group of 32 yellow scarf NPCs and dozens of players went to Luoyang City.


    Of course, there are many rich people in the game. They bought a large number of copper coins from the black market long before the yellow scarf plot started. Now players can recruit soldiers at the beginning, and they all pay to buy soldiers one by one. Then they take the soldiers to rob the players'' villages, and then they buy soldiers and rob them again. Now in the game, in addition to 50% of the big villages have complete defense capabilities, half of the villages are still in the state of small villages. In the face of the flood of yellow scarf soldiers, these village heads are all struggling to cope. In a few days, nearly 100000 villages have been robbed.


    At this time, there is still no movement in the court, and Huangfu Chaobo and others stay in Zongheng village every day. Generally, no one dares to come here. But these days, they have destroyed many players who are not afraid of death.


    "Ding Dang... System message. Player Huang Jin world successfully killed Huang Jin''s traitor Tang Zhou. "


    "Ding Dang... System message. The eighth village in the world, Jizhou Huangjin village, officially joined the Huangjin camp. "


    After the Yellow turban uprising, the local newspapers flew into the imperial city like snowflakes, and Emperor Hanling was finally in a hurry.


    Seeing that Taiping Road was so powerful, Emperor Ling of the Han Dynasty hurriedly took he Jin as the general in early March and led the five battalions in the Yulin to garrison the capital. He ordered all prefectures and counties to prepare for battle, train soldiers, and guard the capital Gather volunteers.


    Huangfu song remonstrated that the ban should be lifted, and gave the Imperial Palace money and good horses to the soldiers to boost their morale. However, LV Qiang said to Emperor Ling, "if the party has been locked up for a long time, if they conspire with Huang Jin, they will be helpless. (the misfortune of Party imprisonment has been a long time. If they conspire with Huang Jin, I''m afraid there''s no way out.) Emperor Hanling accepted the proposal, granted amnesty to the party members, returned the emigrants, asked the ministers to donate horses and crossbows, and recommended the descendants of the generals and people with profound strategies to the bus department for interviews.

 Chapter 126

    When the players in the Chaoting camp feel at a loss, the system announcement for the players in the Chaoting camp finally comes.


    "Ding Dang... System announcement:


    the court issued an imperial edict to all localities to strictly guard against the yellow scarf bandits, and ordered all prefectures and counties to recruit volunteers, train soldiers, prepare for war, and eliminate the bandits.


    1. Each system city issued a large number of anti thief tasks. Recruitment points are set up in all cities, and soldiers of different levels are automatically generated. The refresh speed and type of troops are related to the level of cities and barracks.


    2. Players of Chaoting camp can recruit NPC soldiers in Chaoting city.


    3. Launch the military merit system, all players and NPCs killed by the court players in the opposite camp have military merit. During and after the Yellow turban uprising, the system or the court generals will enfeoffment the camp''s official positions and various rewards (including weapons, equipment, drawings, military talismans, etc.) according to the military merit. "


    once the announcement is made, the court camp players can finally breathe a sigh of relief, and no longer have to worry about the Yellow turban The players lead the soldiers to attack themselves. They have no soldiers to stop them. Now we are all on the same starting line. Now it depends on who can fight who can hold on.


    After several days in the post house, Zong Hengtian and others finally got the task of the imperial court.


    A small yellow gate of the Imperial Palace came to pass an order: "the general has an order. All the Xiaolian of this year will immediately gather at the general''s mansion to appoint officials, and then they will go to Bazhou battlefield to encircle and suppress the Huangjin anti thieves."


    As soon as they heard this, they immediately followed Xiao Huangmen to the general''s mansion.


    When everyone arrived at the general''s mansion, general he Jincai took out the imperial edict and said, "the top 30 (NPC and players, 15 each) of Xiaolian''s nocturnal incense, dominating the world and speechless will be temporarily given the post of gate general Cong qipinya, 50 of Xiaolian''s * * will be temporarily given the post of general zhengbapin, and 80 of Xiaolian''s * * will be temporarily given the post of commander congbapin. All the temporary officials will be paid 100 liang of silver and 100 Shi of grain and grass. You need to go to the barracks in the city immediately to recruit good soldiers, and then you will go to Bazhou battlefield with the imperial army. After the end of the rebellion, you will be awarded official positions according to your military achievements. So I hope you will do your best to be loyal to the imperial court and fight the enemy bravely. In addition, there are two points to note: the imperial court''s salary, grain and grass are paid only once. When you arrive at the battlefield, you need to solve the problem by yourself. You can choose where to go to pacify the chaos in the Bazhou battlefield. The imperial court does not make any arrangements. Well, you still have half a day to go. The army will start early tomorrow morning. No one is allowed to escape from the army in the middle of the journey, or they will be punished as deserters. "


    Each person who was given the official position soon found that he had an additional official amulet in his package, as well as a set of level 40 fine iron armor and a level 40 fine iron knife in the imperial court system. Then everyone went to the barracks of the imperial guards next to the palace. They had to get food and money first, and then they went to the barracks to recruit soldiers. But when everyone gets good things, they all gather around and don''t choose soldiers. It''s strange to see that there are too many soldiers to choose. Everyone is trying to figure out what''s the best way to recruit soldiers with the money.


    The guard barracks are the highest level barracks in the whole game. All the existing arms of the great man can be recruited here. (except for special arms)


    Level 1 militia (can learn all kinds of skills before transferring): 200 copper, 5 copper, 2 grain days


    level 10 short sword soldier (first level) 1 Guan (1 silver), attack 12 defense 5 blood 150, 10 copper, 5 grain days


    Level 12 sword shield soldier (first level) 3 Guan (3 silver), attack 12 defense 8 blood 200, 10 copper, 5 grain days


    level 14 Spearman (first level) 5 Guan (5 silver), attack 15 defense 5 blood 150, 10 copper, 5 grain days


    Level 12 sword shield soldier (first level) 3 Guan (3 silver), attack 12 defense 8 blood 200, 10 copper, 5 grain days r>


    level 16 short Archer (Level 2) 10 Guan (10 silver), attack 15 defense 5 blood 150, attack distance 50 steps, 20 copper 10 grain days


    level 18 Leather armour sword, Lancer (Level 2) 15 Guan (15 silver), attack 25, defense 10, blood 250, 40 copper 20 grain days, 10 Copper 5 grain days


    level 20 leather armour Archer (Level 2) 20 Guan (20 Silver), attack 25, defense 10, blood 250, 40 copper 20 grain days


    level 25 sword shield (Level 3) 1 The results showed that the attack distance of the 25 level long gunner (third level) was 80 steps, the attack distance of the 25 level long Archer (third level) was 80 steps, and the attack distance of the 40 level long Archer (third level) was 80 steps Light bow cavalry (Level 3) 40 Guan (40 silver), attack 30 defense 20 blood 350, 80 copper 40 grain days


    35 elite sword shield, long Spearman (Level 4) 20 Guan (20 Silver), attack 30 defense 20 blood 300, 40 copper 20 grain days


    35 elite long bow (Level 4) 35 Guan (35 silver), attack 30 defense 15 blood 250, attack distance 100 steps, 80 copper 40 grain days


    35 elite cavalry (Level 4) 50 Guan (50 gold), attack 35 Defense 25 blood 500160 copper 80 grain days


    45 level guard sword shield soldiers, Guard commander spearmen (Level 5) 40 Guan (40 silver), attack 35 defense 20 blood 300, 80 copper 20 grain daysLevel 45 Guard commander''s bowmen (Level 5) 60 Guan (60 silver), attack 35 defense 15 blood 250, attack distance 100 steps, 160 copper 40 grain days


    level 50 hubenqi (Level 6) 80 Guan (8 gold), attack 45 defense 25 blood 500 320 copper 80 grain days


    there are other auxiliary arms


    civil servants, grain and grass soldiers, baggage carts, Shouhou, chongche, Jinglan, military music soldiers, etc.


    It''s not easy to choose if there are too many arms. Everyone gathered around and didn''t know what kind of soldiers to use.


    Looking at the numerous optional arms below, I was stunned. With infantry? Many people are easy to use. Bowmen? It''s easy to keep the city. Cavalry? Field attack is easy to use. But it''s impossible to use only one branch of the armed forces in order to pacify the chaos? It''s no use carrying only a few of them. All of a sudden, it occurred to me that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to take only ten generals to run with the NPC army. That way, it would be safe and easier to get military achievements. Thinking of this, I decided to take the most advanced Huben cavalry, which could be used in both close combat and long-range attack. Although it was not as good as Huangfu''s superior generals, it should also be possible for the two brothers to stay together. At that time, I would have a look after them.


    If you look at your money, and the imperial court''s money is only 350, it''s only enough to recruit three people. Think about it, since you go back to the changshe battlefield, you don''t need to take food and grass. Now there are players buying food and grass everywhere in Luoyang City, and it''s estimated that the price should be about the same. As soon as I went out to the street and inquired, sure enough, after today''s system announcement, the price of grain went up. Originally, from the end of last month, the price of grain went up from 5 to 8 per kilogram. Now it''s 16 copper in half a day, and it''s sure to go up. But there''s no time to wait. After selling 70 stone grain, I get 112 liang of silver, plus the 3 yuan I carry Fifty taels of silver, 462 taels in all. Then he went back to the camp of the guard and recruited five Huben cavalry.


    "Whoosh..."


    Immediately there were five horsemen around him.

 Chapter 127

    Unlike Sili and the northern part of Yuzhou, the southern part of Yuzhou was on the contrary. The areas north of Pingyu and south of Yingshui had been occupied by the Huangjin army. The players'' villages have been looted by the yellow scarf army. Of course, most of the villages have taken refuge in the yellow scarf camp. As soon as he heard that the imperial army was coming, he immediately concentrated all the yellow scarf soldiers and horses in Yingchuan in Linying, preparing to move the imperial court here.


    Along the way, the system kept broadcasting the war situation all over the country.


    "The systematic war report: Runan Huangjin was defeated by Runan Taishou Zhao Qian in Zhaoling, and the imperial army retreated to Shangcai and Pingyu."


    "The system war report: the yellow scarf of Chen state defeated the Imperial Army in Changping, and the yellow scarf army refers to Chen county."


    "The system war report: Guangyang Huangjin army defeated the Imperial Army, killed Youzhou governor Zhao Qian and Guangyang prefect Liu Wei, and the imperial court appointed Zongzheng Liu Yan as Youzhou governor and retreated to Jixian."


    "System war report: Guangyang Huangjin Cheng Yuanzhi''s deputy general Deng Mao led 50000 troops to invade Zhuo county. Liu Yan, the governor of Youzhou, heard that the bandits were coming, and Zhang Bang recruited righteous soldiers to refuse the bandits. "


    This list, immediately caused a sensation in Youzhou players, especially Zhuo County players.


    Because big ear Liu Bei, one of the three great heroes of the Three Kingdoms, will be on the stage soon.


    Dangdangdang, Wangzai milk. Oh, wrong. It''s Liu Guanzhang who will be on the stage soon...


    Youzhou. Zhuo county.


    Liu Yan came out to recruit righteous soldiers. The article goes to Zhuozhou county (now Zhuozhou City, Hebei Province), leading to a hero in Zhuozhou county. He was not very good at reading; he was gentle, silent, and had no desire to be angry or happy; he was always ambitious, and was good at making friends with the world''s heroes; he was seven feet and five inches long, with two earlobes and shoulders, and his hands above his knees, and his eyes could look after his ears. His face was like jade crown, and his lips were like grease; after Liu Sheng, King Jing of Zhongshan, he was xuansun of emperor Jing of Han, surnamed Liu Mingbei, and his name was Xuande. In the past, Liu Zhen, the son of Liu Sheng, was the Marquis of Zhuolu Pavilion in the Han Dynasty, and the Marquis of Zhuojin was lost when he sat back. Therefore, he left this branch in Zhuoxian. Xuandezu Liu Xiong, father Liu Hong. Hong once advocated filial piety and honesty, but also tried to be an official and died early. Xuande is an orphan who is filial to his mother; he is a poor man who is engaged in weaving mats. He lives in lousang village of the county. In the southeast of his home, there is a big mulberry tree, which is more than five Zhang high. Looking from afar, Tong Tong is like a car cover. The prime minister said, "there will be noble people in this family." When Xuande was a child, he played with the children in the countryside under the tree and said, "I am the son of heaven, so I should take this car cover." Uncle Liu Yuanqi said strangely, "this son is very human." Seeing that Xuande''s family was poor, he often gave it money. At the age of 15, his mother sent him on a study tour. He was taught by Zheng Xuan and Lu Zhi, and made friends with Gongsun Zan.


    Xuande was twenty-eight years old when Liu Yan called for the army. On that day, when I saw the list, I sighed with emotion. Then a man said harshly: "the husband does not contribute to the country, why sigh?" Xuande looked back at him. He was eight feet long, with a leopard''s head around his eyes, a swallow''s chin and a tiger''s beard. His voice was like thunder and his momentum was like a galloping horse. Xuande saw that he was abnormal in appearance and was about to ask his name.


    Just as they were about to go into the shop to drink, a player with a long sword came from the side and said, "yes, Brother Big Ear, why do you sigh? What''s the matter? Let''s go into the pub and have a drink and talk about it..."


    "Well, Liu da''er, do you want to cheat my Feige? Feige, he looks very strange. Let''s go into the shop and have a drink."


    "Yes. Feige. Don''t pay attention to this big ear


    ¡£¡£¡£


    At one time, nearly 100 people came around them.


    Zhang Fei was so annoyed by the noise that he swung up a man and swept aside. In less than five seconds, the surroundings were finally quiet.


    Liu Bei had time to ask his own questions.


    The man said: "a surname is Zhang Mingfei, with the word Yide. He lived in Zhuozhou County for a long time and had a lot of land. He sold wine and slaughtered pigs and was good at making friends with heroes all over the world. Just then I saw that the public looked at the list and sighed, so I asked each other. " Xuande said, "I''m a Han clan. My surname is Liu and my name is Bei. Today, I heard that Huang Jin advocated chaos and wanted to break the thieves and pacify the people, but I couldn''t, so I sighed Fei said, "I''ve got a lot of money. I''d like to recruit villagers and do great things with the public." Xuande was very happy, so he and Tong went to the village shop to drink.


    When he was in the drinking room, he saw a big man pushing a car to the front door of the shop to have a rest. When he sat down in the shop, he called the bartender: "pour the wine quickly and eat it. I''ll rush into the city to join the army!"


    Xuande''s body is nine feet long, his beard is two feet long, his face is like jujube, his lips are like grease, his eyes are like Danfeng, his eyebrows are like silkworms, his appearance is dignified. Xuande invited him to sit with him and knock his name. The man said: "my surname is Guan Mingyu. My name is Changsheng. Later, it was changed to Yunchang. He was also a Jieliang person in Hedong. He was killed by me because he was a powerful man and relied on others. He has been in exile for five or six years. I''ve heard that we''re recruiting troops here to break the thieves. I''ve come here to recruit them. "


    Xuande then told him of his ambition, and Yun Chang was very happy. We went to zhangfeizhuang together to discuss major issues. Fei said, "there is a peach garden behind my villa. The flowers are in full bloom. Tomorrow, I will sacrifice to heaven and earth in the garden. The three of us will become brothers and work together to achieve great things." Xuande and Yunchang said in unison, "it''s so good."


    The next day, in the peach garden, they prepared a sacrifice of black ox and white horse. They burned incense to worship again and swore, "although Liu Bei, Guan Yu and Zhang Fei have different surnames, they are brothers, but they work together to help the poor; they report to the state, and they will be sent to Li Shu. Not to be born on the same day, but to die on the same day. Heaven and earth, learn from this heart, betray righteousness and forget kindness, heaven and man kill together At the end of the oath, Liu Bei was worshipped as his elder brother, followed by Guan Yu and Zhang Fei as his younger brother.The three were drinking in the garden. Then they heard from their families that two businessmen with some assistants and horses were resting outside the villa. As soon as Liu Bei''s eyes brightened, he immediately asked Zhang Fei to invite the two men to the villa to have a rest.


    So, after two drinks at Zhang Fei''s house, they paid 50 good horses, 500 gold and a thousand catties of bintie for water. Then they ran away with a whole family in tears...


    However, after Liu Guanzhang and his three friends got married, the system announcement came out


    "Dingdang... In the last years of the Eastern Han Dynasty, the seventh year of Hanzhong''s reign, and 184 A.D., the government was corrupt. Coupled with years of famine, people''s life was very difficult. Liu Bei intends to save the people, and Zhang Fei and Guan Yu are willing to work together with Liu Bei. The three fell in love and chose the peach garden behind zhangfei village. At this time, the peach blossom was in full bloom and the scenery was beautiful. Zhang Fei prepared a green ox and a white horse as a sacrifice. The three people burned incense and worshiped, saying: "although Liu Bei, Guan Yu and Zhang Fei have different surnames, they are brothers, but they work together to help the poor; they report to the state, and they will be sent to Li Shu. Not to be born on the same day, but to die on the same day. Heaven and earth, learn from this heart, betray righteousness and forget kindness, heaven and man kill together At the end of the oath, Liu Bei was worshipped as his elder brother, followed by Guan Yu and Zhang Fei as his younger brother. In history, it is called "the marriage of Taoyuan".


    So far, the system has lifted the ban on the "Jieyi" relationship in the relationship between the player and NPC, and the loyalty of Jieyi is diehard loyalty. At the same time, the new "teacher-student" relationship is after "intimacy" and before "friendship". Players can learn all kinds of skills and art of war from NPCs. When players reach a certain level and have a certain number of skills, they can accept NPC as their apprentice, and their loyalty is above 95 until they are loyal to death. "

 Chapter 128

    At this time, Liu Bei had a general in his hand and a horse with money, so he had no soldiers left. So the three recruited five hundred volunteers in the countryside and found a place outside Zhuoxian county to train. Zhang Fei also sold his manor and turned around the meat stall in the city, ready to follow Liu Bei around the world. After Liu Bei handed over the training to Guan Yu and Zhang Fei, he found a mysterious blacksmith in Zhuo county and made three weapons for the three brothers.


    Liu Bei''s double Swords: artifact, force + 3, attack + 6, art of war - fighting (Level 2 infantry Art)


    Guan Yu''s Qinglong Yanyue sword: artifact, force + 5, attack + 10, art of war - struggle (Level 3 infantry Art)


    Zhang Fei''s eight point steel spear: artifact, force + 5, attack + 10, art of war - struggle (Level 3 infantry Art)


    three people practiced in Zhuoxian A few days later, the soldiers felt that the team was small, so the three men led the soldiers to join Liu Yan, the prefect of Youzhou. After meeting with Liu Yan, Liu Bei reported himself to his family. Liu Yan was very happy and immediately recognized his nephew. If Liu Yan didn''t recognize his nephew, he couldn''t do it. Now there are soldiers and no generals under his command. It seems that there are two strong generals coming. If he doesn''t recognize his nephew, the two strong generals will have to run away. Let''s talk about whether the emperor recognizes him or not.


    So Liu Yan sent three of Liu Bei to provide him with 1000 troops, and then let the school captain Zou Jing lead 4000 troops and join 5000 troops to go out of the city to meet the yellow scarf army. Four men, with 5000 officers and soldiers, 50000 players in Youzhou and their 200000 soldiers, went out of the city to fight against the yellow scarf army.


    The yellow scarf soldiers who invaded this time were mainly Cheng Yuanzhi''s 50000 yellow scarf soldiers, Deng Mao''s deputy general, 100000 yellow scarf players and their more than 300000 NPC soldiers.


    The two sides met 20 miles south of Jixian County. Liu Bei left Qinglong and right Baihu. Oh, wrong, left Guanyu and right zhangfei. Niu B ran to the front of the battle, and said to Cheng Yuanzhi, "bold rebel, the imperial army is here, and they are not going to be captured."


    When Cheng Yuanzhi heard this, he was so angry that his teeth itched. Ya, I have more people than you. Before the war started, you told me to put my hands on the line. It''s too shameful. With a wink at Deng Mao, Deng Mao rushed forward alone.


    All yellow scarf players look silly. Isn''t this brother rushing up to die? I have to be picked by Mr. Zhang. This Cheng elder brother, is also the fierce general, the trash, silly does not distinguish clearly. No, we have to stop it. In history, because of the third master''s choice, we can''t choose tens of thousands of yellow scarves? As soon as Deng Mao hung up, Sergeant Huang Jin''s anger fell sharply, and then brother Cheng was even more confused.


    A few yellow scarf player leader a pair of eyes, understanding of the yellow scarf soldiers in charge of a wave. Hula, all of a sudden, more than 300000 people rushed up. As a result, they rushed to the middle of the two sides before Deng Mao.


    The court player on the opposite side looks, isn''t the yellow scarf player cheating? Originally, they all came from the heart of military merit. Originally, it was a good fight. The third master and the second master were fighting one by one. After they got rid of Deng Mao and Cheng Yuanzhi, they just followed behind to collect military merit. Now they are quarreled by the yellow scarf players, and they can''t be killed.


    This hate...


    Without saying that, the players of the imperial court all wave their hands to their subordinates. Now, before the armies on both sides start fighting, the players'' armies are already fighting in the middle.


    "Ah, yellow scarf boys, how dare you cheat." The players of the imperial court slashed and scolded at the same time;


    the players of the yellow scarf were not idle in their hands: "Damn, what''s cheating? I know that they came up to die. If we still watch, isn''t that the second


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The generals on both sides didn''t respond to the sudden situation.


    Zhang Fei looked at it for a while and said, "it''s boring to look at it on the side. I''ll go up and play too... Wow, Yaya, Yaya... Yan people Zhang Fei and Zhang Yide are here. The scum in front of us will get out of the way


    Oh, as soon as the second master saw that Xiao San was on, he rushed up with a big knife.


    As soon as Da Er saw that the second and the third were all up, the elder brother had to be up, but he was not stupid. He waved to his men and all of them rushed up.


    Zou Jing a look, must, others help all up, let''s also go up lively. So all the remaining 4000 Imperial troops rushed up in a moment.


    Cheng Yuanzhi, on the other side, was angry: "bah, the officials of the imperial court are shameless. The officers and soldiers go up to fight the soldiers of other people."


    So he took a look at Deng Mao, and with a wave of two hands, all the hula-50000 yellow scarf soldiers were pressed up.


    As a result, nearly 600000 people from both sides fought in the south of Jixian County.


    For a while, the killing was loud.


    The two sides have been playing in the dark all the time. From morning to noon, there is no break at half time, and there is no time to have a meal. They have been playing until it is dark in the evening, and then they stop.


    When he stopped to see, Lao Liu cried. He brought 500 righteous soldiers from his home and died more than 300. The 500 soldiers sent by Liu Shushu also died more than 100. Zou Jing''s 4000 people died more than 1000, and nearly 50% of the players'' troops died.


    Cheng Yuanzhi is not much better here. There are two killing gods, the second master and the third master. One hundred and twenty thousand of 300000 players died, and nearly twenty thousand of their own fifty thousand soldiers died. It seems that Jixian will not be able to fight for a while and a half, so we have to retreat to anci city first and get the troops ready.As a result, the battle of Jixian is over. It seems that Youzhou still has something to fight.


    But Huang Fusong and others led the imperial army all the way out of Hulao and entered Yingchuan via Rongyang, Chenggao, Mishan and Xinzheng. They didn''t stop until twenty miles south of changshe. It was mid March. The army set up camp and wait for the reprimand marquis to explore the details of the yellow scarf army before making a decision.


    On the one hand, there are 50000 troops of the imperial court, all of which are high-level arms and guard arms. The other camp is an army of more than one million players, most of which are about level 30 ordinary arms.


    Huangfu Chaobo had been waiting impatiently in changshe for a long time. As soon as the imperial army arrived, he immediately arranged for Jia Jing and Dugu''s three brothers to take ten Xianbei cavalry to guard the city, while he took Huang Zhong and other ten generals and eleven horses to the camp of the imperial army.


    According to his idea, he will never stay with the player''s army. Even if the general of the imperial court does not agree, he will take Huang Zhong with him. After all, their own is the same color of the horse, only with the army side can have cheap to pick it up.


    Before Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived at the gate of the camp, they were stopped by a patrol team.


    "The front is an important part of the military camp. Irrelevant personnel are not allowed to approach."


    When Huangfu Chaobo saw it, I''m afraid it''s too extravagant for the guards and the Huben cavalry to use it as a patrol.

 Chapter 129

    Huangfu Chaobo stopped Huang Zhong and other people''s horse power. With a smile on his face, he came forward and said, "this general, Huangfu Chaobo in xiayingchuan changshe, heard that the imperial army is here to pacify the chaos. He specially led ten family members to join the army to help the army beg for thieves." He took five taels of silver from his belt and handed it up. He prayed in his heart: God bless him. This guy is a warrior, not a whiteboard soldier. According to the system, the soldiers in the barracks have a certain chance to produce soldiers at all levels, while the others are all ordinary soldiers. Players call these soldiers whiteboard soldiers because they only know how to execute orders and can''t communicate with people at all. Moreover, according to the official statement, the adjustment of the system is now carried out without stopping the game. It is said that many adjustments have been made now. Take soldiers for example. In the past, soldiers were all white board soldiers without any emotion. Not only soldiers, but also junior generals in the army were mostly white board soldiers. They could only execute orders rigidly, but not communicate with players and high intelligence In other words, there is no independent thinking. However, it is said that this situation has been greatly improved. With the recruitment of taxis, the number of NPC with high IQ is increasing, and the higher the level of the arms recruited, the larger the proportion.


    Fortunately, the prayer of Huangfu Chaobo played a role. The commander of this team was just a low-level warrior. He didn''t expect that he would encounter such a good thing when he was ordered to patrol. Seeing the ten taels of silver in his hand, he couldn''t help but be happy. He wanted to be his salary for half a month. After taking over the money, he said to Huangfu Chaobo in a much better tone: "I''m just a small chief. I can''t be called a general. Young Xia, you can join the army directly to the camp there. The camp of the imperial court will not accept it. "


    "Elder brother, I don''t bring their kind of soldiers. They are all generals. And look at them, they are not comparable to other ordinary soldiers. What''s more, I have military intelligence to report to two generals of China. Please let me know. " Then he put ten taels of silver into it again. The chief wanted to refuse, but for the sake of ten taels of silver, he said, "well, I''ll give you a notice. I can''t guarantee if I can see it inside." Then he asked one of his soldiers to report to the camp, while he and others were waiting on the side.


    After waiting for more than ten minutes, Huangfu Chaobo saw that there was no movement in it, so he couldn''t help being anxious.


    Then the commander looked at it and said with a smile, "don''t worry, brother. It''s the camp of 50000 troops, and the camp of several generals is in the middle. I don''t know if there''s anything wrong. Take your time. "


    "Oh, thank you, big brother..."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo began to chat with him again...


    After waiting for nearly half an hour, Huangfu Chaobo finally saw a group of people coming out of the barracks, headed by a young general.


    He came to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "are you here to join the army? It''s said that there''s military information reported to general Zhongying? "


    "General Hui, Huangfu Chaobo in xiayingchuan society. I heard that the imperial army came to beg for thieves and brought ten generals to join the army. I do have military information to report to the two Zhongying generals. Please pass it on to the general


    "What, your name is Huangfu? Where are you from? My name is Huangfu Jianshou. We may be of the same race


    "Ding Dang, congratulations to the players. I know NPC general Huangfu Jianshou. Because of the same surname, players and Huangfu Jianshou relationship, he upgraded to familiar


    Oh, Ho... Huangfu Chaobo cheered in his heart and finally met his family. Oh, I finally found the organization.


    "General Hui Shao, I grew up in changshe when I was a child. I lost my parents early, so I don''t know where my ancestors are."


    "Er, but in the world, there are not many people in our Huangfu family. Most of them are from our northern Huangfu family, and most of them are from our northern Huangfu family. Wait until the time to go back to the north to check. By the way, do you really have military information to report? "


    "General Hui Shao"


    Huangfu Jianshou said: "well, you and I are close in age, so don''t yell at major generals. I should be older than you. Please call me brother Jianshou. I''ll call you brother Chaobo


    Oh, oh... Great. The relationship is closer. It seems that my arrangement is right...


    "Yes, that little brother is over. Brother Jianshou, I really have some news about the yellow scarf thieves. I want to report it to the two generals of Zhongying. "


    "Well, come with me. I''ll take you to see your father and General Zhu. Are these your generals? Wow, all horses? All eleven of them, boy. Where did you get so many good horses? " At the sight of Huang Zhong''s horses, Huang Fu Jianshou was shocked. You know, there are less than 100 horses in tens of thousands of troops. Even Huangfu Jianshou himself is riding a good horse, but Huangfu Chaobo even has ordinary generals with horses. It''s amazing.


    "Ha ha... A friend got it for me. Brother Jianshou must have several of them, right Huangfu Chaobo asked deliberately;


    "how many? Do you think it can be bought in the horse market? Now only my father has one, and only a few generals of other big families have one. For example, Ali and I are good horses. " Huangfu Jianshou said in a low voice."Ah... No problem. I still have two horses at home. After meeting two generals, I''ll send someone back to changshe to get two horses. You and brother Li are one by one. "


    "Really, great..."


    A few people soon arrived in front of the camp. Huangfu Jianshou said, "you let them wait a hundred paces away. I''ll take you to see the two generals."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, explained to Huang Zhong and others, and then followed him to the big account. When he got to the door, a man came out of the door. His eyes were similar to those of Huangfu Jianshou. Huangfu Chaobo thought that this must be Huangfu Li.


    Sure enough, he came to huangfujian''s birthday and said, "brother, have you brought me?"


    Huang Fu Jianshou pointed to Huang Fu Chaobo and said, "it''s him, and it''s our family."


    "Ah


    "Changshe Huangfu Chaobo met General Li."


    "I told you not to call him brother Li instead of the general."


    "Chao Bo has met brother Li."


    "Well, let''s stop talking. Let''s meet the two generals first. Now the Marquis has not come back, and the two generals are very anxious. "


    Three people announced outside the account and went in.


    As soon as he entered the tent, Huangfu Chaobo saw several generals discussing things inside. The one sitting in the middle should be Huangfu song, and the one sitting on the left side should be Zhu Jun. There are a few people down there. One of them is wearing a red scarf. It''s estimated that everyone knows who it is.

 Chapter 130

    After receiving the notice from the editor that it was put on the shelves on May 1, when he saw the words put on the shelves, stars had mixed feelings in their hearts, such as surprise, excitement, excitement, uneasiness, and worry about gain and loss. Stars are new people. This book is my rule of change (which will be followed in the future):


    a single reward of 10000, a chapter of change (and so on).


    Monthly ticket 500 plus a chapter.


    With 1000 as the starting point, 100 plus one chapter will be added.


    Finally, I hope you can still support the star, subscribe to what, the star also dare not ask how much, just hope you can, if you can, at least in the starting point to the star to make a first order, according to the gods, the first order determines the book in the future recommendation bit what.


    Please!

 Chapter 131

    Huangfu Chaobo stepped forward and said, "Huangfu Chaobo, a member of Yingchuan changshe, has met the left general, the right general and the generals."


    "Oh, Yingchuan Huangfu, I remember there is no record in the genealogy that there are members of our Huangfu family in changshe. Where are your ancestors? " When Huangfu song heard that Huangfu Chaobo had reported his family, he couldn''t help asking;


    "Er." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that his first question was this. I have no choice but to answer the question again.


    When Huangfu song finished asking, Zhu Jun on the side said, "do you think you have military information to report? But it''s true. If you make false statements and lie about the military situation, you''ll have to kill your head! "


    "Back to you, general Zhongying, I do have news of the yellow scarf thief to report to you generals..."


    Then Huangfu Chaobo told them one by one the news that Huang Zhong and others had found the yellow scarf army outside these days. When Huang Fu Chao Bo said that the yellow scarf army was nearly 300000, the alien army was nearly one million, and the alien army was nearly five million, everyone sitting there was shocked.


    "PA. Somebody Zhu Jun stood up and said, "pull out the spy who lied about the military situation and upset our army''s morale and cut him down."


    Huangfu Chaobo was surprised and said, "why is youzhongying so? What I have said is true."


    "Well, Ben will ask you, how do you know your military information?"


    "It''s all in the next house."


    "Well, an ordinary family member will find out that you are not a spy, even if you are here to bewitch people. Does it mean that your family will suffer more than the imperial court denouncing the Marquis? "


    Huangfu Chaobo is also angry. MMP, I went to inquire about the news at the risk that my general was killed by the yellow scarf army, but I came to you as a spy, saying, "why not? My generals are all warriors, and the leader is more brave than others. Can''t I even scold the Marquis? Besides, you, general youzhongying, without any evidence, are going to kill the loyal and righteous people of the imperial court by your own guess. Aren''t you afraid of the coldness of the righteous people in the world? "


    "Shut up..." In fact, huangfusong also knew what Zhu Jun meant, so he was higher than Zhu Jun according to the grade, but he still let Zhu Jun take power here, but he didn''t stop him. But now, seeing that Huangfu Chaobo''s words were becoming more and more outrageous, he quickly stopped them.


    Huangfu Jianshou and Huangfu Li also rushed up to stop Huangfu Chaobo from going on.


    Seeing that Huangfu''s Chaobo had stopped, he quickly went forward and said, "I have two generals. It''s the last general who brought them in. According to the last general''s observation, this righteous man should not be a spy, and his family will be a uniform horse. It should not be difficult to detect the real situation of the bandits."


    "The same color horse?"


    "All horses?"


    Everyone in the whole account was shocked. A little strange man even had a uniform horse in his hand.


    "You said you were not a spy. If you were not a spy, why do you have so many horses?" Zhu Jun also said,


    "what law of the imperial court forbids me to own a horse? Isn''t it right central Ying that will see the heart of a good horse. All my horses were captured from the grassland by my own people. They all have the certificates issued by huxianbei Xiaowei''s office, and they are all recorded. If the general doesn''t believe it, he can ask general Gongsun in Peking. "


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo and Zhu Jun rushed up again, Huangfu Li hurriedly went forward and said, "two generals, will you let someone pass on the leader of his family general, and the two generals will make a decision after asking?"


    Huang Fu Song and Zhu Jun looked at each other and both nodded.


    So he arranged for Huang Zhong to be called into the big account.


    After a while, Huang Zhong entered the big account. Today, Huang Zhong''s equipment is more popular: his bravery is set off by his level 50 xuantie armor. Although the weapons in hand are given to Chen Jing and others, (weapons are not allowed to enter the big account), he also looks like everyone in the account nodded.


    He nodded at Huangfu Chaobo, turned his head and said, "Nanyang Huangzhong has seen you generals!"


    "Well, it''s true that he is a brave man." Zhu jundao;


    Huangfu Chaobo was delighted to hear that. Unexpectedly, he immediately said, "with your ability, why don''t you join the army to serve the imperial court, but bow to a different person? Why don''t you come to our army and make you a general of a thousand people. "


    Bah, dead pigsty. As soon as I come up, I dig Laozi''s corner. Although I know that Huang Zhong should not agree, Huangfu Chaobo is also very nervous. If he agrees, can he not let him go?


    "General Xie, for my life-saving kindness, Zhong once vowed that he would never leave him in this life unless he did something outrageous." Huang Zhong said immediately,


    "OK... OK... He is really a loyal and righteous man, so he will be relieved. " As soon as Zhu Jun''s own words came out, he immediately responded to them. No one could dig a corner in front of others. As soon as he heard Huang Zhong''s words, he immediately took them up.


    Huangfu Chaobo was greatly relieved and said, "brother, you will tell the generals in detail about the situation you have taken them to inquire about these days."


    "Yes, sir."


    Then Huang Zhong told all the information he had heard one by one, and everyone believed it."Newspaper... General, I''m going to send someone to report back. "


    "Pass it After a while, the Chihou came in and told the generals the information they had inquired about in detail. Comparing with Zhu Junyi, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t exaggerate. On the contrary, he reduced the number of alien troops. According to the information Chihou had inquired about, the number of alien troops was almost six million, and it seemed that they were increasing.


    People realized that the situation was much more serious than they thought.


    Just as everyone was going to continue to discuss how to deal with it, the news came again from Chihou that the bandits had already moved to the direction of changshe. According to the appearance here, it was about 50 Li.


    Huangfusong immediately realized that this was a fighter plane. Although there were many yellow scarf soldiers, once they started to move, they would not be like the imperial army. As long as they used cavalry to rush into the battle, and then used infantry to press forward, they should still have a great chance to win.


    So he discussed with Zhu Jun and said, "send orders to all the troops, and the whole army will go to war."


    Immediately, the battle drum of gathering soldiers in the barracks began to ring.


    Seeing that everyone was ready to go out, Huang Fu Jianshou walked carefully to Huang Fu Song and said, "father, look at that... Little brother Chaobo is here to join the army... You see


    "Well. Didn''t I say that? There is no father and son in the army Huang Fu Song stares at him and says,


    Huang Fu Jianshou trembles and says: "yes, general, the last general means that if he is allowed to join the army, can they belong to me? It happens that he has ten people, so let him be the chief first..."


    "Well Huangfu song thought for a moment and said, "well, I''ll put him in your department. Why do you want to be the chief first, and then I''ll be promoted after I''ve made a great contribution."


    "Yes, general..."

 Chapter 132

    After receiving the military order, Huang Fu Jianshou no longer stayed in the army''s big account, so he came out with Huang Fu Chaobo and Huang Zhong.


    "Ha ha... That''s good. When you get here, you don''t have to look at other people''s eyes. Although it''s just a little bit long now, you can get up soon after a few battles. " Huangfu Jianshou said;


    "thank you, brother Jianshou. It''s just the horse


    "That doesn''t matter. It will be the same after a few days. Now there is going to be war. "


    "Otherwise, I''ll let them let two out first."


    "No, we''re all generals. It doesn''t matter. You''ll have to fight then. Let''s talk about it then." Now, Huang Fu Jianshou is the commander of Huben cavalry with 1000 soldiers, while Huang Fu Li is the commander of Bu army. He has 1000 long gun guards, 1000 sword shield guards and 1000 long bow soldiers as his own soldiers.


    A few people soon arrived at the school yard. A deputy general had already arranged the soldiers and set out as soon as the general arrived. At the same time, not far away from the players camp is a roar. A group of players are discussing how the NPCs will fight this battle together, but they didn''t expect that the order to fight will come down immediately.


    More than half an hour later, the players finally put the troops in order. At this time, the officers and soldiers had been waiting for a long time, and the generals shook their heads.


    Seeing that the troops were all in order, Huang Fu Song ordered them to go in the direction of the yellow scarf army.


    Two hours later, the two armies met 30 miles south of changshe and 20 miles west of Xu county. All of a sudden, more than eight million people covered the plain more than ten miles around. Huangfu Chaobo raised his eyes and saw that I, NIMA, was full of people on the opposite side. Obviously, there were fewer people on his side. How can we fight this battle. Not only Huangfu Chaobo, but all the court players are thinking about this problem. Originally, they thought there were nearly two million of them, many of them. But they didn''t expect that there were nearly six million of them when they came to each other. Now everyone is a little guilty.


    Just as everyone is worried, Zhu Jun is this guy again. He rushed out and said, "I dare to fight against the thief, but I still don''t want to die."


    "Ha ha ha BOCAI laughed and said, "doggie, your grandfather''s head is here. You can take it..."


    "Ha ha ha." A burst of laughter came from the yellow scarf army.


    Zhu Jun''s face turned blue with anger. He waved his hand and said, "the whole army rushes into the battle."


    Huang Fu Song on the side frowned. Although he thought it was a little wrong, he didn''t say anything more. He just nodded at the generals on the side.


    "Kill... To kill ten ordinary soldiers of the enemy, you get 1 Military Merit, 1 Military Merit for the chief of the rank and file, 10 military merit for the centurion, 100 military merit for the chief of the rank and file, and 1000 military merit for the chief of the rank and file. Those who have the talent to kill the waves will get ten thousand points of military merit. " This military merit is automatically recorded by the system, so we are not afraid that someone will snatch our credit.


    At the command of the general, all the generals in the army rushed up immediately.


    Huben cavalry was in the front, other northern cavalry schools were in the back, followed by the infantry, and rushed towards the yellow scarf army.


    All players have a look, this is OK? Too late to think about it, they all took their own soldiers and ran to the back of the imperial army.


    As soon as BOCAI and others saw him, they waved to his men and said, "go, kill these dog officials. Yuzhou is our world."


    At this time, if you look in the sky, you can see a red wave rushing in front of you, while a bigger yellow wave is coming on the other side.


    "Bang."


    Then the two waves finally collided and made a loud noise...


    The attack power of ten thousand Huben cavalry is quite amazing. In an instant, Huben cavalry suddenly entered from the defense line of the yellow scarf soldiers outside, and the other cavalry followed smoothly entered the yellow scarf army from this gap. And then there are the players who are equipped with high-level cavalry. As for the infantry and other players'' infantry behind, they were surrounded by yellow scarf soldiers and players'' soldiers who soon blocked the opening.


    As soon as he entered the yellow scarf army, Huangfu Chaobo quickly handed over the command of his team to Huang Zhong. After all, the command of the four sides of the team has a bonus to the attack and defense ability of the team.


    Huangfu Chaobo put his eyes on the people who were more than 100 long. Every time, Huang Zhong rushed to the enemy general and stabbed him, and then the other people behind him followed him. Basically, before everyone touched him, the person would hang up. Then Huangfu Chaobo followed him to pick up things. After that, the eleven continued to withdraw and seek new goals.


    In this way, in less than an hour, Huangfu Chaobo killed two ten thousand captains, five thousand captains and more than a dozen centurions. As for the other miscellaneous soldiers, he didn''t even look at them or care what he exploded. Now he only picks up equipment above level 40, and then there are money, drawings, books and other high-value things. Of course, as long as they are good, other officers and soldiers will take care of them. Soon, Huangfu Chaobo found that his package couldn''t be packed, but it didn''t matter, there were still people who could.


    He took a few people around, but he didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo met the world. When Huangfu Chaobo saw it, he was also frightened by the cavalry around him: "brother, why did you bring five Huben cavalry?""Ha ha..." Seeing the expression of Huangfu Chaobo, he said, "I didn''t learn from you. I want you to bring the most powerful cavalry, but my money is a little less. I can only recruit these four. Now I have killed two chieftains and more than ten centurions. What do you think?"


    "Ha ha ha..." Huangfu Chaobo smiles and tells him the result of his battle. As a result, he is so scared that he almost falls off the horse.


    "You pervert. I don''t compare with you


    "All right, big brother, follow us."


    "Good..."


    After taking a break, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the battlefield and said, "I''m good."... The imperial army has been made dumplings by the yellow scarf players.


    Now the imperial army has been completely surrounded by the yellow scarf army. 40000 main cavalry and many players'' cavalry have been surrounded by the main force of the yellow scarf army, while the infantry and players'' troops have been surrounded by some yellow scarf soldiers and players'' soldiers.


    Huangfu Chaobo found that the situation of the imperial army was very unfavorable. I was thinking about how Huangfu song didn''t order to break through. When he looked up, he saw that Huangfu Jianshou was in front of him with more than 100 cavalry, so he let Huang Zhong take the lead, and a dozen of them burst in the direction of Huangfu Jianshou.


    After a long time, the two groups finally got together, and the strength of more than 100 people also reassured Huangfu Chaobo. Otherwise, with the strength of more than a dozen people, if we want to break through again, we will have to throw a few people inside to get out.


    "Brother Jianshou, the situation of our army is a little bad. How can the general let us break through the encirclement? Otherwise, the imperial army will be here." As soon as it seemed that Huangfu was strong, Huangfu Chao Bolian said hastily

 Chapter 133

    Huangfu Jianshou also looked up and said, "yes. Let''s go and find our father and them


    Then he was ready to take everyone to the direction of huangfusong and kill them.


    Huangfu chaobolian quickly grabbed him and continued to let Huang Zhong fight in the front. Huben cavalry followed, and several of them broke up behind.


    However, there were too many yellow scarf soldiers. They had been killing for nearly half an hour before they got around huangfusong. However, more than 100 cavalry soldiers also died, nearly 10 people, and the rest of the taxi soldiers were injured.


    As soon as he saw Huangfu Jianshou, he brought Huangfu Chaobo to kill him. Huangfu song immediately asked, "Chaobo, you''ve come just in time. It seems that we have to break through. Which city do you think is the best for us to go to? "


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "general, the nearest town here is Xuxian County, but the city is too small, so it is estimated that there will not be a lot of materials, and the army will not be able to defend it for long. In my opinion, we''d better go to changshe city. "


    "Well, Gongwei and I have the same idea. He ordered the whole army to break through the encirclement to the East first, and then turn north to Chang she. "


    "General, won''t those infantry and player troops be saved?"


    "I can''t take care of so much..."


    "General, you see, a large part of the reason why the yellow scarf thieves are so powerful is the soldiers of the players. Although they are not high-level, but they are many. How about this, general? Let''s break through the encirclement to the East first. After leading the main force of the yellow scarf to the East, we can turn around to kill the players'' soldiers. In this way, we can save the surrounded infantry and players'' soldiers. After all, there are more people and more strength. Secondly, we can use the advantage of our cavalry to consume the soldiers of yellow scarf thief players as much as possible. It''s good for us in the future. "


    Zhu Jun said on the side: "Yizhen, I think it''s feasible. After all, we are all cavalry. Saving more people can consume more bandits."


    "Well, send orders to the whole army to break through the encirclement to the East."


    "Kill..."


    Soon more and more generals with their troops moved closer to this side. While Huang Fusong and Zhu Jun gathered up their troops, they rushed to the east of Xu county.


    Sure enough, BOCAI and others were deceived. He immediately pressed a large part of the main forces on the north and south sides to the East, trying to prevent the imperial army from breaking through the encirclement to the East. As a result, the forces in the other three directions were much weaker. As soon as he saw it, Huangfu song changed his direction, took his cavalry to the West and killed them. More than a dozen strong generals opened the way in front of him, and even Huang Zhong was transferred to the front. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care about these. He quickly sent Huang Zhong, and more than 30000 cavalry followed him, It soon broke through the west line of the yellow scarf army. When Bo realized, the cavalry had already rushed out for nearly 100 steps.


    There were few cavalry in the yellow scarf army. The BOCAI army could only look at the back of the cavalry and jump up and scold them, but they had nothing to do.


    After the imperial army went out, it turned around and killed the yellow scarf players. Compared with the yellow scarf regular arms, the yellow scarf player army can be said to be vulnerable. The cavalry soon broke into the encirclement of the yellow scarf players, joined the Chaoting infantry and the Chaoting players'' army, and then led by the cavalry, broke out in the direction of changshe.


    After breaking out of the encirclement, the Chaoting army, infantry, players, soldiers and cavalry cut off behind and marched in the direction of changshe. During this period, huangfusong took his cavalry to the yellow scarf player''s soldiers for another two times. Until he saw the main force of the yellow scarf army approaching, he drove slowly towards the changshe with his cavalry.


    In this battle, 40000 cavalry of the imperial court lost nearly 5000 soldiers, and only 4000 soldiers remained. There are nearly two million players and soldiers, and only less than 800000 of them have retired. However, the yellow scarf army suffered heavy losses. The 300000 yellow scarf army encircled and suppressed 40000 cavalry troops, and nearly 100000 cavalry troops were lost. It was not to mention that they were lost. And the yellow scarf player army, nearly six million, only two and a half million. Of course, half of it was caused by the impact of Huangfu song with cavalry in the end. Huangfu Chaobo can''t help feeling that the cavalry is really Nb, which has caused nearly 1:20 war damage to the yellow scarf army. Not to mention that 30000 cavalry killed nearly a million soldiers of the player''s army in the last few rounds.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw that he had basically broken through the encirclement, he said to Zongheng: "brother, send someone back to the village as soon as possible, and let the people in the village enter the city as much as possible."


    "Oh, yes, I almost forgot, er, I don''t have anyone to send now..."


    "Oh, Boyang, hurry to Zongheng village and tell the elders to move the materials and personnel to the city. The imperial army will enter the city soon. After entering the city, they will be besieged by the yellow scarf bandits."


    "Yes, sir."


    Until now, Huang Fu Jianshou had a chance to chat with Huang Fu Chaobo: "Chaobo, who is this?"


    "Oh, I forgot to say that this is a brother of mine, Xiaolian of Yingchuan, and the head of Zongheng village. Elder brother, this is major general Huangfu Jianshou of Zhongying general Huangfu song. "


    "I''ve seen general Huangfu all over the world."


    "Courtesy." Huangfu Jianshou not salty return a gift.


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that there was no cavalry in the Huangjin army, and the imperial court did not lack it. He said, "brother Jianshou, I have an idea. I don''t know if I can.""Well?"


    "Well, you see, the yellow scarf bandits have no cavalry. Do you think we can send a small group of cavalry to harass them, or let the army have time to repair after they enter the city? Besides, you can see that there are still a few hours till dark. If we can, we can put them off till night. After all, the later the thieves besieged the city, the better for us. So we can do more preparation. "


    Huangfu Jianshou thought, yes. Just as he was going to ask Huangfu song for advice, he suddenly remembered that he could ask for help for Huangfu Chaobo by the way, so he asked, "Chaobo, how much military service do you have today?"


    Huang Fu Chao Bo didn''t know why he suddenly asked this question. He looked at his military merit record and said: "three ten thousand commanders, eight thousand commanders, twenty-six centurions, and other commanders and ordinary soldiers. The total military merit is 7986 points. What''s the matter? "


    "Poof..." Huangfu Jianshou, who was drinking water, suddenly spurted out all the water in his mouth. "Cough... what? 7986... Why do you have so much? "


    "Er... I don''t know how to


    "Well, I don''t want to talk to you. I went to see two generals Then he ignored Huangfu Chaobo and went to Huangfu song.


    Huangfu Jianshou soon came to the side of the two generals and told them what Huangfu gave him. After thinking for a moment, they agreed. Huang Fu song suddenly said, "why don''t you have such a good idea?"


    Huang Fu Jianshou was embarrassed and confessed Huang Fu Chaobo. By the way, he told the two Chinese generals about his military exploits and asked for credit for him. On hearing that Huangfu Chaobo had won nearly ten thousand points of military merit, the people around him were shocked, and the people on the scene all missed him a lot. Huangfu song immediately sent someone to call Huangfu Chaobo over.

 Chapter 134

    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo and Zongheng are having a good chat. After hearing that Huangfu Chaobo had already established a relationship with Huangfu''s family, I could not help admiring Huangfu Chaobo''s almost invincible luck again.


    Hearing that Huangfu song had something to do, Huangfu Chaobo immediately came to their side. After confirming his military contribution to Huangfu Chaobo again, Huangfu song immediately promoted him to a riding supervisor, commanding 200 Huben cavalry, but the personnel only gave him 90%. After all, after the first World War, Huben cavalry lost more than 10%. Had it not been for the loss of generals, Huangfu Chaobo would not have risen so fast.


    In fact, it''s easy to understand the war achievements of Huangfu Chaobo. In addition to the war achievements of other generals who killed the enemy by themselves and their own guards, part of the military achievements of their subordinates are also owned by the generals. But they are all demons who block demons and kill demons. They kill whoever they meet. Although the number of them is large, the war achievements are not very large. But Huangfu Chaobo is not the same. Although Huangfu Chaobo is also a special leader, Huang Zhong and others have another identity, that is, a family general. Then all their military achievements are attributed to Huangfu Chaobo. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo is just watching people''s food, especially those who are over centurions. So it''s natural that he has high military achievements in the end.


    After his idea was approved by Huangfu song, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that since he wanted to defend the city, he would simply let the officers and soldiers sweep the surrounding yellow scarf players'' villages and get some food and pay. In this way, he could raise some food and grass for the imperial army. How can we say that mosquitoes still have meat on their legs. Second, the grain and grass in these villages were also given to the yellow scarf army, which could weaken the strength of the yellow scarf army and kill two birds with one stone. So he told Huang Fu song about this idea. Huang Fu Song and his wife thought it was a good idea, but on second thought, there was no one who was familiar with changshe village. Huangfu Chaobo also recommended his eight Xianbei generals to Huangfu song. In addition, he and Zongheng all over the world had just ten people who could take ten teams out.


    After discussing with Zhu Jun, Huangfu song arranged 20000 people to be divided into 10 teams to harass the Huangjin army, and another 2000 people to be divided into 10 teams to collect food and pay in the village of Huangjin players under the leadership of Huangfu Chaobo and others. Moreover, the two teams also told the team that the army only needed food and grass, and other things were left to them. And Huangfu Chaobo specially told his generals to take only the drawings and books that the NPC didn''t want but were valuable. In addition, all kinds of craftsmen found in the village were also taken back to the county. As for the money and equipment, let the NPC cavalry take it.


    After the officers and soldiers with the task set out, Huangfu and song continued to take the rest of the officers and soldiers and players to changshe city.


    When the parties fight, the system also keeps broadcasting announcements, so that players can know the war situation in different places at the first time.


    "System announcement: on the battlefield of Youzhou, Cheng Yuanzhi, Deng Maobu and Zou Jing and Liu Bei fought in the southern part of Jixian City, and both sides won and lost each other. Finally, Zou Jing and Liu Bei retreated to Jixian, and Cheng Yuanzhi retreated to anci."


    "System announcement: Jizhou battlefield, the Imperial Army Lu Zhi Department and Zhang Jiao army war, the two sides stalemate in Guangzong city."


    "System announcement: Yanzhou battlefield, bu has defeated the Imperial Army, occupied Dongwuyang, the imperial army retreated to Puyang."


    "System announcement: Yuzhou battlefield, Zhu Jun''s department and BOCAI''s Department fought, the imperial court was defeated, Zhu Jun and Huangfu song retired."


    "System announcement: in Nanyang battlefield, Zhang Mancheng killed Chu Gong, the prefect, and besieged Wancheng with heavy troops. Nanyang prefect Qin Jie refused with heavy troops, and the two sides had a stalemate under Nanyang city."


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo also set out with his 180 Huben cavalry and a group of 182 people (including Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong). Huangfu Chaobo, who was already familiar with the situation of changshe, immediately took his men to the goal set in his heart. On the way, he also promised the cavalry that the food in the village he conquered would be owned by the army, the property would be taken by everyone, and he would not take any money. However, the craftsmen and other drawings and books in the village would be owned by himself, which made the whole team''s morale soar.


    In one afternoon, Huangfu Chaobo took people to capture five big villages and three middle villages, and got nearly 5000 stones of grain. All the cavalry also got a lot of property. Although Huangfu Chaobo himself didn''t get any good drawings and books, he captured a large number of craftsmen. There were more than 10 senior craftsmen, more than 20 intermediate craftsmen, and nearly 40 junior craftsmen. In addition, the game has been playing for several years, so these craftsmen basically have several families, and the total number of these craftsmen is three or four hundred There are so many people.


    Seeing that it was getting dark, Huangfu Chaobo led the team to changshe city.


    When he entered the city and handed in the task, he found that he was the last to enter the city, but also the biggest harvest. Nearly 5000 stones of grain made Huangfu song and Zhu Jun laugh. Originally, tens of thousands of troops consumed about 20000 stones of grain every day. Now there are less than one million stones of grain in changshe city. Unexpectedly, ten troops went out and got back more than 20000 stones of grain in half a day.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo is ready to go out with Huangfu Jianshou after handing over the task, Huangfu song''s personal soldiers bring two people. Huangfu Chaobo saw that they were all acquaintances: magistrate of changshe county and county captain.


    Huangfu Chaobo asked what happened to Huangfu Jianshou. As soon as they inquired, they found out that Huangfu and song were busy examining the situation in the city as soon as they entered the city. I don''t know. I''m scared.According to the regulations of the imperial court, changshe is a big county, which is between the small city and the middle city. It should have at least three intermediate infantry, bow and cavalry battalions. I didn''t expect that they would see that there were only one intermediate barracks and all the others were junior barracks. The soldiers are even more outrageous. According to the regulations, the number of soldiers in the county should be between 5000 and 10000, and all of them are intermediate arms. However, there are only 500 intermediate infantry, 500 bow and 500 cavalry in the whole changshe City, and all the others are primary arms. In total, there are only 4000 soldiers. Zhu Jun was so angry that he had to send people to chop down the two principal officials at that time. Huangfusong finally persuades Zhu Jun, which makes people call both of them to ask what''s going on.


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that these two guys were not good things. But for them, Sanjian village would not have been so crazy. So he told these things to Huangfu Jianshou one by one. As soon as he heard this, he immediately told the story to the two generals. Huangfu song immediately let people to pass several long club players village head, after confirming this matter. That''s great. A year ago, Huang Fu Song was appointed by the yellow scarf bandits to destroy the village wantonly. In addition to the above things, Huang Fu song could no longer hold. He immediately asked for the staff given by the emperor''s old son and asked people to pull out the county captain and cut him down. Then he turned to the magistrate and said, "as a rule, the general can also chop you first and then gather together. But since you are a civil servant, the general will not deal with you first. When the general returns to the court, he will report to the emperor. You should wait for the Emperor."

 Chapter 135

    On hearing this, the magistrate of changshe was relieved. Fortunately, there was still room for him to return it. So he immediately handed in the seal letter of the magistrate. After a lot of thanks, he went back to his backyard.


    Seeing that the matter had been dealt with, Huangfu Chaobo quickly left.


    Next, huangfusong immediately used his power to order the city to be upgraded to the middle level (level, not scale). He also made the city build 12 intermediate barracks, including two cavalry battalions, four Archer battalions and six infantry battalions, all of which were upgraded to the middle level. Then he recruited 10000 soldiers, including 1000 cavalry, 30 Archer, 30 sword shield and 30 Spearman 00. Then he ordered to block the four gates and wait for the yellow scarf army to besiege the city.


    At this time, the whole world was boasting with the people in his house about how his battlefield was, and then he took Huben cavalry to raise food, how many drawings he got and how many things he still had. But they saw Huang Zhong coming in with hundreds of villagers. When they asked, they found out that it was the result of Huangfu Chaobo''s half day''s battle, which made the people in the house busy for a long time before they were properly settled. As soon as everyone heard this, they all looked at Zongheng world with a smile. Zongheng world patted their heads and said, "Damn, I didn''t think that this guy is a monster. Every time I think of other people''s front


    "Ha ha ha." The crowd laughed.


    "What a good thing, everyone laughs so happily." As soon as Huangfu Chaobo entered the door, he heard everyone''s laughter. "I have good news for you, too."


    "Know..." All of them said together, "you''ve got nearly a hundred craftsmen in half a day."


    "Er... You all know that. But there''s one more thing you don''t know. " Huangfu went on to tell everyone about the county magistrate and the county captain. When he finished his speech, he found that everyone looked at him without expression.


    "Well, don''t you think that''s a good thing?"


    "Yes, but do you think it has anything to do with us?" The Nightingale asked strangely;


    "Oh, yeah..." Huangfu Chaobo thought about it for a long time before he realized that it really didn''t matter to him.


    Jizhou, Changshan state, south of Lingshou county.


    In the woods on the North Bank of the Hutuo River, there are people shaking from time to time. If you look here from a distance, you can''t see anything. But as soon as you get to the woods, you will find that there are nearly ten thousand yellow scarf soldiers hidden inside.


    Although there are yellow scarf troops everywhere in Jizhou, there have never been more than 1000 yellow scarf troops in Changshan.


    The commander of this army is Huang Jintian, who is known as the first player of Huang Jintian and the eighth village in the world.


    This has to start with the assassination of Tang and Zhou by Huang Jintian in mid February.


    Since the successful assassination of Tang Zhou, Huang Jin world took the remaining six Huang Jin soldiers and more than a dozen player brothers to Julu to meet Zhang Jiao. After handing over the head of Tang Zhou, Zhang Jiao generously sealed the title of Huang Jin world''s little marshal, and gave 5000 Huang Jin soldiers and a lot of money as rewards.


    Huangjin village was originally located in Julu County, the hometown of Huangjin army. In addition, Huangjin world has been in contact with Huangjin army, so the village has not been affected since the outbreak of Huangjin uprising.


    After getting Zhang Jiao''s support, huangjintianxia didn''t immediately attack the surrounding counties. Instead, he went back to his own village to train the 5000 huangjintianxia soldiers. Not only that, but he also found dozens of warriors at all levels among the 5000 yellow scarf soldiers. In addition, he recruited several warriors in the village one after another. Now he has nearly 50 warriors at different levels. On the one hand, he used the period of attacking surrounding villages and towns to train soldiers, on the other hand, he tried his best to raise the level of 50 warriors. After 20 days of hard work, he finally raised the level of these warriors to level 40. Then, he spent a lot of money to equip the generals, and then waited for the time to prepare to fight for the next county as a base.


    At this time, Zhang Jiao sent a messenger to help the other two vanguards attack Quyang County.


    Xiaquyang county is located in the north of Julu, with Anping state in the East, Changshan state in the West and Zhongshan state in the north.


    The two vanguards had looked down upon the yellow scarf world, so they didn''t ask him to attack the city together in the first few days. However, after nearly ten days of attack, the two men failed to bring down the county after losing nearly 4000 people each. But the two ten thousand captains just yelled at the yellow scarf world to discuss how to beat down the county. After all, this is a task arranged by Zhang Jiao himself. If it can''t be finished, both of them have no face to see Zhang Jiao. After several people''s discussion, they decided to let Huang Jintian lead the soldiers to fight for a day.


    After a few days of observation, Huang Jintian and his brothers and generals all felt that it was a good time to take down the county. On the one hand, the officers and men in the city must have relaxed the strength of the Huangjin army. On the other hand, there should be only more than 3000 officers and men left in the 5000 strong county. Second, ten days of continuous attacks have caused a lot of damage to the city wall of the county. It seems that several sections of the city wall are about to cross. Yellow scarf world pretended to be reluctant to accept the task of siege.The next day, early in the morning, the whole army of Huangjin came to xiaquyang city. Looking at the five thousand yellow scarf soldiers who had been trained for half a month behind them, and then looking at Quyang County, the yellow scarf world took a deep breath and said, "brothers, kill me..."


    "Kill..."


    At this time, the yellow scarf army did not have any siege equipment, so they could only make some simple siege ladders. Fortunately, the city wall of the county town was not high, and the attacks in the past ten days had led to small area collapses in several places.


    At the beginning, the officers and soldiers on the city wall still reported the habit of treating these attacking yellow scarf soldiers these days. But they soon found that this attack is obviously different from the front. In the past, the yellow scarf army used to add more than 12000 soldiers to the city wall, but the yellow scarf world didn''t do that. He sent all his 5000 troops at one time, and the front was the 2000 strongest soldiers with 20 generals, each with a 100 person team.


    Looking at the crazy behavior of huangjintianxia, the two Wangfu of huangjintianxia, who were watching the battle on one side, secretly laughed. Like this, even if huangjintianxia had won the county, the county would have to be handed over to the two of them. However, the two soon couldn''t laugh.


    Two thousand fresh troops soon attacked the city wall, and quickly gathered the troops together to guard the city wall, and they were expanding the occupied area. Then three thousand soldiers climbed up the wall. In less than half an hour, the people of huangjintianxia took control of one side of the city wall. Then, after leaving a team of 1000 people on the wall, huangjintianxia commanded his soldiers to clean up the remaining Imperial soldiers.


    At this time, the two vancomrades responded and quickly directed their men into the city.

 Chapter 136

    When the two vanguards of the yellow scarf army entered the city, they found that the yellow scarf world had controlled most of the city, and most of the soldiers were surrounded in front of the county government, waiting for the two vanguards to enter the city.


    As soon as the two Wanfu chiefs saw this situation, they immediately understood that the younger brother had given them the credit for beating the county, so without saying a word, they immediately let the soldiers attack the county government.


    Ten minutes later, the county government was attacked.


    "System announcement: on the battlefield of Jizhou, Wan Fu Chang and Wan Fu Chang''s troops captured Quyang County, Julu County. The imperial army was completely destroyed. "


    At the next booty sharing meeting, Huang jintianxia said that he did not want the county town, but demanded that the craftsmen and siege equipment in the city and the more than 900 Han soldiers he had captured be given to him, and then he had to ask for 30% of the money, food and equipment. As soon as they heard that he didn''t want the county town and didn''t want much money and food, they immediately agreed and said that they would recommend him to the Heavenly Master. As for craftsmen and siege equipment, in their view, craftsmen and prisoners have no other use but to waste their own food. If they have siege equipment, they don''t need to attack the county anymore. Just give it to them.


    They don''t know that as soon as huangjintianxia enters the city, people have to hide part of the food and equipment in the city. As for the money, it''s all in the county government. There''s no way. He can only take the real 30%.


    When he got what he wanted, huangjintianxia immediately withdrew more than 3500 troops from the county. Among them, there are nearly a thousand craftsmen and three well fences. Later, huangjintianxia filled the city with 5000 people and camped on the edge of the county. While training, he waited for Zhang Jiao''s appointment.


    Sure enough, a few days later, Zhang Jiao''s appointment came down. He appointed Huang jintianxia as the commander of ten thousand people. At the same time, he was asked to capture a county by himself. After the occupation, he could be appointed as the county magistrate.


    Seeing Zhang Jiao''s appointment, huangjintianxia is overjoyed. With this appointment, it means that he will be a warlord in huangjintianxia. So in the next few days, he kept talking about the surrender of Han Army prisoners, and sent people to the county to recruit soldiers. Moreover, he also recruited 500 yellow scarf cavalry, plus the 500 Han Army, a total of 1000 people, all as his own guards. Then he recruited 2000 archers, 7000 yellow scarf soldiers, plus the original soldiers, a total of 10000 people.


    But as for which county to attack, huangjintianxia and Yigan players have discussed for a long time, but their basic direction is the same, that is to go north or west. Because it will not work to go south and East. It will be Yuan Shao''s territory, and Yuan Shaowei will not be able to die at that time. To the north, there is a Wuji Zhen family in Zhongshan, which is also the fat meat in Lao yuan''s mouth. To the west, it is Zhao Yun''s hometown. There must be many players staring there. It''s not a good choice.


    After reading the map for a long time, huangjintianxia finally decided to go west. In case Yuan Shao did not let go of himself, he would retreat to the mountains like the black mountain army. However, although he went west, he would never touch Zhending now. He would start from the north and gradually occupy the northern part of Changshan. When his strength was enough, he would swallow the whole Changshan.


    To the north of Hutuo River, there are three counties, Lingshou, Jiumen and nanxingtang. Although Jiumen is close to lower Quyang, it is also close to Zhending, which can not be regarded as the goal. Nanxingtang is too close to upper Quyang, only Lingshou is the most suitable. Although it is only tens of miles away from Zhending, it is blocked by Hutuo River. If you are in good control, you can have a good life before you really send reinforcements.


    As soon as the decision was made, huangjintianxia immediately took action.


    Five hundred cavalry, ten thousand troops and one thousand craftsmen, plus nearly five hundred captives, marched in hiding, ambushed in the daytime and trained in the daytime. Huangjintianxia found that the trained soldiers are much better than those ordinary huangjintianxia soldiers in attack and defense. Although they can''t compare with the intermediate arms of the imperial court, they can also make two enemies and one enemy. In addition, these days, they have recruited more and more soldiers, and they are still very sure to defeat the county town of 5000 people with their own strength. Besides, Lingshou is not at the junction with Huangjin army. It is still unknown whether there are 5000 troops.


    Ten days later, the army of Huangjin arrived at Hutuo Hebei, south of Lingshou county. It took him ten days to travel less than 250 miles, but the effect was obvious. First of all, they didn''t disturb any place along the way. Judging from the current state of Lingshou City, they didn''t know the danger nearby. In addition, Huang Jintian sent people to the city a few days ago to find out. Now some Lingshou officials didn''t expect that someone would bypass the counties in front of them to attack them. Now there are only 3500 soldiers in the city, and there is no sign of an increase. Moreover, in the past ten days, huangjintianxia has sent nearly 500 players to Lingshou county.


    Now, everything is ready, only the east wind.


    At night, Lingshou city is still as quiet as usual, with less than 500 people on patrol.


    Huang Jintian waved to his NPC generals. Three thousand veterans who had gone through the battle of Quyang under the leadership of the generals quietly touched the west wall. Behind them were three thousand recruits. One thousand of his own guards, with one thousand recruits, were on the road of the four gates. Once the battle started, they immediately lit all the torches of the East and west north gates, arranged several players to lead 500 recruits to guard the craftsmen and prisoners, while he himself took another fifteen soldiers to guard the south gate.When the former army was about to get under the city wall, they were finally found by the night watchmen, and immediately there were voices on the city wall. As soon as the generals saw that they had been exposed, they didn''t care any more. They immediately installed the semi-finished siege ladders and attacked directly towards the city wall.


    For a moment, there was a lot of killing. The players of feint attack in the East, the West and the North all set the torches on fire, and the suspicious soldiers began to shout and shout.


    Because of the yellow scarf world''s plan, Lingshou county magistrate can only distribute the soldiers evenly on the four walls. Soon, three thousand archers and several well fences got to the attack distance of the archers under the cover of the former yellow scarf army veterans. With the help of the well fences, two thousand archers quickly cleaned up less than 500 archers on the city wall. Without the protection of bow and arrow, the soldiers on the wall had no way to stop the yellow scarf army from approaching. Soon, dozens of siege ladders were put up on the wall. After a siege, the generals and soldiers soon entered a state of attack. I saw the generals bite the ring head knife in their mouth, use both hands and feet, and quickly climb to the top of the city. He saw the right time, turned over and jumped to the top of the city. He was lucky that there were no generals around the siege ladder. He quickly took the knife in his hand, and he was very short. He dodged the spears that stabbed him. He cut the spears around him with the sword in his hand. Suddenly, he cut people and hurt their feet, and all of them fell at the end of the city. Suddenly, he was empty around him, but he didn''t stop. He took the knife and backed towards the siege ladder to protect the siege ladder. A few fighters behind him, under his cover, quickly went up to the wall. After several generals came up, the gap at the head of the city was quickly opened and gradually pushed to both sides.

 Chapter 137

    With more and more people attacking the city wall, the soldiers of huangjintianxia soon occupied the city wall and seized the gate tower. At this time, the county magistrate and other people realized that they were preparing to dispatch troops from the other four gates to support the south gate. However, the players who entered the city took the opportunity to attack the four gates, which restrained the forces of the other three gates.


    In less than an hour, the city was under control. Soon the north gate was opened and some of the soldiers who were preparing to climb the city were killed directly through the gate. The other soldiers outside the gate were killed.


    After a night''s hard work, Huang Jintian finally controlled the whole Lingshou city at dawn.


    "System announcement: in Jizhou battlefield, Huangjin Wanfu commander Huangjin Tianxia captured Lingshou County of Changshan state, and was appointed Lingshou county magistrate by Zhang Jiao led by Huangjin army."


    Overnight, the banner of yellow scarf was hoisted in Lingshou county. This result makes all the yellow scarf players boiling. This is the victory of all the yellow scarf players. For a time, Jizhou Youzhou countless scattered yellow scarf players have gone to Lingshou.


    Although Huang Jintian won the battle in the end, he paid a great price. Ten thousand yellow scarf soldiers, except for his own guards, lost more than 1000 archers and more than half 6000 infantry. All of a sudden, there were only more than 6000 people in 10000. They only wiped out more than 2500 imperial soldiers and captured more than 900 people again.


    Once the county is under control, huangjintianxia is busy again. First of all, several hundred soldiers were demoted from the captives, and finally a team of 1000 intermediate infantry of the imperial court was assembled. Secondly, the cavalry team was expanded to 1000, and the infantry and archers were replenished, which was still 3000 archers, while the ordinary infantry had only 5000. The next step is to prepare for the attack of the imperial army.


    Since huangjintianxia won the first county in the game, he immediately became the first player. Many people think that huangjintianxia has won Lingshou County, which means that players have stepped on the top of the game and the time has come to influence the game. I believe that soon, there will be a second and a third player.


    But soon, some players will pour cold water on it.


    A player post signed as "strategic observer" appeared on the forum and said: "is it accidental or inevitable for Huangjin world to obtain Lingshou county?"


    "From the information provided by the players in Huangjin village, we can see that without Huangjin Tianxia''s determination to assassinate Tang Zhou, he would not have the chance to obtain the NPC leading right. Once he did not have the leading right, he would not be able to achieve good results in the battle of xiaquyang, and we can see that he actually picked up a big achievement in the battle of xiaquyang After ten days of NPC attack, the vast majority of players with 5000 soldiers can make such a great contribution. If he didn''t make Quyang''s contribution to the war, he would be recommended by Wan Fu Chang and become Wan Fu Chang. If he did not become a commander in chief, then his 10000 yellow scarf soldiers would not have been possible. From the whole process of Lingshou battle, we can see that the role of NPC soldiers in the battle, from the beginning to the end, the players are playing the role of coquetting.


    Of course, it is undeniable that huangjintianxia still has a strategic and tactical view. First of all, after he gained military power, he didn''t start immediately. Instead, he trained the soldiers for a period of time before taking them to the battlefield. It''s undeniable that his soldiers'' performance in the battle of xiaquyang was better than that of ordinary yellow scarf soldiers by more than 10%. Thirdly, he has a good strategic vision and dares to penetrate into the hinterland of the imperial court, which is also an important reason for his success in Lingshou city.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    From the above, we can see that huangjintianxia obtained the control of Lingshou county only under a series of accidental and certain inevitable factors. This is a legend that players can never copy at this stage.


    In my opinion, for a long time to come, NPC soldiers will dominate the whole game. Undeniably, the role of players will be more and more important in the future. So I call on all players to focus on the control of the NPC soldiers first, instead of attacking the system city because of their fever of mind.


    Finally, I sincerely wish huangjintianxia can continue to write this legend


    ¡£¡£¡£


    It is undeniable that the success of huangjintianxia has caused a great shock among the players, but Huangfu Chaobo now have no other idea except to say a few words of envy. Because what they are going to face is a big battle that will determine the whole process of the game - the battle of changshe. If the court wins the battle, then the game will run according to the historical process. If the yellow scarf army wins, then the pattern of the whole game will change dramatically.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was sorting out the harvest of a day''s fighting.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that the battle of guarding the city was the best battle to win military merit. Although he has two hundred Hun Ben now, he can only get a small part of those soldiers'' military achievements, so Huangfu Chaobo decided to recruit his own soldiers to guard the city.


    After taking out all the things on the generals, Huangfu Chaobo found that in addition to his more than 3000 taels of silver, other things were equipment, various drawings and books above level 40. The drawings and books must be kept by ourselves, so if money is needed, the only way is to sell these equipment. Now my own money plus the original money is less than 5000 taels. A Bowman is 20 Liang, so his own money is enough to buy soldiers. Looking at nearly 200 pieces of level 40 equipment and more than 10 pieces of level 50 equipment, Huangfu Chaobo decided not to sell them for the time being. After all, level 40-50 is a long time. That is to say, these equipment can be used for quite a long time. When you really need money, you can sell them. Although the price at that time will be cheaper than now, it is better than buying them yourself Some.The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo arrived with Qian. First, he recruited 100 archers and 20 Dao Dun soldiers, together with his 13 generals, and brought them to the city wall. At this time, the city wall was already occupied by the players'' soldiers, and the gates were blocked by Huangfu song''s people. Huangfu Chaobo had to take people to line up at the back, waiting for someone''s soldiers to die before sending his own soldiers to the top.


    Yesterday, the cavalry''s harassment was very effective. The yellow scarf army only marched for more than ten miles in an afternoon, and camped ten miles south of changshe. So today, it was almost noon when the main force of Huangjin arrived at the foot of changshe city.

 Chapter 138

    After the main force of the yellow scarf army had a rest, BOCAI arranged to attack the city. At one time, tens of thousands of yellow scarf soldiers swarmed towards the changshe city wall, but when they got to the bottom of the city, they found that the moat more than five feet wide had become an insurmountable boundary. All of a sudden, countless yellow scarf soldiers crowded there, unable to advance or retreat, this can be cool bad wall above the court players. Why don''t you seize such a good opportunity?


    "Whoosh..."


    "Whoosh..."


    I just heard the players yelling out one by one. Then thousands of arrows poured down the wall. In an instant, thousands of yellow scarf soldiers fell in the moat Hanoi.


    As soon as Bo Cai saw his anger, he immediately ordered the army to retreat six or seven miles and set up camp. First, send hundreds of thousands of players to fill the river. Then he arranged for the yellow scarf soldiers to cut down trees and make simple siege ladders and other siege equipment.


    The yellow scarf players lost nearly 100000 soldiers, and it took them a day to fill the moat, but by this time it was almost dark, so BOCAI had no choice but to arrange to attack the city tomorrow.


    So a 200000 yellow scarf army came to camp around the city of changshe.


    Yellow scarf players see that BOCAI is still like in the history of the grass camp, can''t help but anxious, immediately someone went to the camp to find the yellow scarf army general reaction, but soon one by one to take advantage of the fun, back to the fun. There''s no way. Most of them have too low military achievements to see BOCAI and pengtuo. Of course, not everyone can''t see BOCAI. For example, an old friend of Huangfu Chaobo can see him. The village head of Sanjian village is amorous Jian. Unfortunately, it''s just seeing BOCAI, but it doesn''t affect BOCAI''s decision at all.


    After the first World War in Sanjian village, the character of affectionate sword became much more stable, and the behavior of Sanjian village also changed a lot. First of all, after obtaining a large number of materials and craftsmen from BOCAI, Sanjian village was not as domineering and invincible as before. On the contrary, it was silent and devoted to the development of the village. After several months of dedicated development, Sanjian village soon recovered to the level before the war with Zongheng village, even slightly higher than before. Even so, duoqingjian did not mention the conflict with zongzong village, but concentrated on the development of the village. In addition, with the support of several gold groups established by the swordsman alliance, the financial situation of Sanjian village is getting better and better, which brings it into a virtuous circle. Finally, when upgrading the big village, Sanjian village ranked very high in Yingchuan, which surprised several people all over the world who had been paying close attention to its development. What''s more, because of Zhang Ping''s relationship, Sanjian village did not join the Huangyou camp for the first time. Instead, it joined the Huangjin camp only after the Huangjin army surrounded the Chaoting army in changshe City, which made him avoid the danger of being destroyed by the Chaoting army. After the Chaoting army retreated to changshe City, Duoqing sword quickly recruited 500 soldiers. Then, with the 500 soldiers Zhang Ping secretly hid in Sanjian village after the incident, a total of 1000 troops quickly swept over more than 10 player villages in the north of changshe in one day. After collecting a lot of money and food, Duoqing sword used the money and food to expand the troops of Sanjian village to 2000 soldiers. However, the number of soldiers in Sanjian village was not high After that, he led a thousand troops to join with BOCAI army, while the other thousand troops were led by several warriors under his command to continue to attack other players'' villages in the north of changshe.


    For the current situation, the players of the yellow scarf army discussed for half a day, and found that no one could change BOCAI''s decision. Without patience, a group of players had to decide to divide the players'' army into two parts and camp on both sides of the yellow scarf army to surround it. At the same time, in the middle of the player camp and the yellow scarf camp, use a ditch to separate the inflammables on both sides of the yellow scarf camp. In this way, no matter from inside or outside, the imperial army could not get close to the yellow scarf camp to ignite the fire. Unless they could go up to heaven and earth, the changshe fire would never be able to start. As long as the yellow scarf army encircles changshe city for a month or two, the army inside will be broken because of lack of food and grass.


    After everything is arranged, the whole player camp will be completely quiet.


    And at this time the court players are still unknown. Huangfu Chaobo took more than 100 people to guard on the city wall for a day, and he had no chance to arrange his soldiers to fight on the side of the city wall. He had no choice but to arrange two generals to guard on the city wall with their soldiers, and he took the other generals back to the house in the city.


    All night long.


    The next morning, BOCAI arranged another siege. This time, they prepared hundreds of siege ladders, 50000 yellow scarves and more than 100000 players.


    Soon, the first round of attack was beaten back, but the player''s soldiers began to lose, because the yellow scarf army began to slowly attack the city wall. However, due to the small number of siege ladders, the number of yellow scarf soldiers is not very large. Huangfu Chaobo began to have a chance to send soldiers. Although he only got five bowmen, he had at least one start, didn''t he?


    BOCAI saw that the siege ladder was effective, and he did not continue to attack the city. Instead, he sent tens of thousands of soldiers out to make the siege ladder. Only one morning did the yellow scarf army have an attack.


    In the afternoon, the yellow scarf army''s offensive became more fierce, and the number of siege ladders increased to thousands. This time, the loss of the court players on the city wall is getting bigger and bigger. Now, 30 bowmen have been sent to Huangfu Chaobo. Several times, the yellow scarf army of Dabo has attacked the city wall. However, there are 13 generals and 20 sword shield soldiers on Huangfu Chaobo''s side, and soon the yellow scarf soldiers are driven down. In other sections of the city wall, Huangfu song had been prepared. Behind the players'' soldiers, there were not only the players'' own infantry, but also a large number of imperial guards standing behind. Once the yellow scarf soldiers attacked the wall, the players'' infantry and imperial infantry would immediately change to drive the yellow scarf soldiers down the wall. In the afternoon, the siege lasted until the evening, when Bo saw that the attack was frustrated again, and he had no choice but to call off the army. At the end of the day, the yellow scarf army lost another 100000 bodies under the city wall.At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had time to see the situation of his soldiers. He didn''t know. He was startled at the sight. He suddenly found that there were only 60 archers in his 100 archers, but all the soldiers had risen to level 42, and even one had reached level 44. However, Huangfu Chaobo''s blood was less than 20%. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo found out that he had just been paying attention to the situation of the war, but he didn''t pay attention to the amount of blood of the archers. He was sure that among the 30 archers who died, there must have been soldiers who had risen to level 42 or even level 43. He couldn''t help crying out. Unfortunately, he seemed to pay more attention to the level and amount of blood of the archers. Maybe he could train some advanced archers here.

 Chapter 139

    But it''s no use thinking about it now. The most important thing is to replenish the troops first. So, Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong and others rushed to the barracks in the city. After recruiting another 100 archers and 20 shield soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly found that he was running out of money. If we go on like this, we will be bankrupt before we can survive the war.


    With the additional soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo came to the city wall again. After replacing the injured bowmen, he arranged to rest in his own house to recover blood. If the injured were more serious, he simply took hemostatic drugs.


    Standing on the city wall, Huangfu Chaobo was always thinking about money. All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo was attracted by the things that the yellow scarf soldiers exploded outside the city wall. Yes, I can go out of the city to pick them up. There is money, food, medicine and equipment on the outside. Now those things yellow scarf players are afraid to pick up, once they get close, the arrow rain will wait on the wall. But the players on the wall can only watch. Now the gate is blocked. No one has the courage to open the gate and go out. Huangfu Chaobo''s heart brightened. Although he couldn''t open the gate, I could put the hanging basket down from the wall. Didn''t he have everything?


    As soon as he thought about it, Huangfu Chaobo immediately went down the city wall to find Huangfu Jianshou and asked him to take him to Huangfu song.


    A moment later, Huangfu Chaobo met Huangfu song and Zhu Jun in the county government. After Huangfu Chaobo told his idea, Huangfu song agreed to it and immediately sent an arrow to Huangfu Jianshou to take charge of it.


    With the relationship between Huangfu Jianshou, Huangfu Chaobo also sent 100 soldiers to the city wall. However, the soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo were only allowed to pick up money, medicine and other things that didn''t occupy space. Of course, they also had to pick up equipment of level 40 or above, and drawings and so on. Although it''s impossible to have them, Huangfu Chaobo made a special explanation.


    "Damn, who is that guy? How can he send someone down to pick up things with NPC soldiers?"


    "It''s so familiar..." "Yes, yes..." The other player replied, "Oh, yes.... I know who it is. He was the first Huangfu Chaobo in Luoshen village who was destroyed by players


    "Ah... Hasn''t he been missing for a long time? When did he get involved with NPC? "


    "Yes, you see, and he has a lot of soldiers. There are 100 archers down below. There are nearly 100 people on the wall, and it seems that there are generals in it. "


    "Wow... I always thought it was a soldier of the imperial court! "


    "What''s strange about that? The boss of Chaobo always has three warriors," a local player of changshe said triumphantly. "Look over there, one, two, three.... 7¡¢ Eight... 12¡¢ Thirteen... Damn, I''m wrong. You see, all the thirteen over there seem to be military generals! "


    Boom...


    "If you don''t say that I haven''t paid attention to it, it seems that more than a dozen of them in the back are different from the soldiers of the imperial court. Look at the middle-aged man, he seems to have a high level."


    "Thirteen..."


    "Boss Chaobo, long time no see... I was from the opposite village. I went to your village to learn how to shoot at that time! "


    "Hello."


    "Boss Chaobo, do you really have thirteen generals?"


    "Er... There are several generals, but there are others... Ha ha


    ¡£¡£¡£


    For a time, the player''s problems continue. Huangfu Chaobo was too busy to ask. Just as Huangfu Chaobo was thinking about how to get away, Chen Jing came over and said, "young master, they are all up."


    "Oh, brothers, I''ll go there first... I''ll talk to you later. " Then, under the guidance of Chen Jing, he managed to squeeze into the middle of his own soldiers.


    Hehe... The harvest is not small. Each soldier almost picked up the appearance of ten or twenty rounds, plus dozens of weapons and equipment and some medicine for each person. Huangfu Chaobo collected all the money, medicine, books and grain arrows, and then picked out more than 20 better weapons of level 40 from the middle, and took out the other two or three thousand.


    "Brothers, everyone come here and send weapons and equipment..."


    As soon as they heard the shouts of Huangfu Chaobo, they were still in a daze at first, but they immediately reacted and embraced each other.


    "Send it to us?"??? Thank you, boss Chaobo


    "Yes... Yeah


    "Oh... Don''t mention it, everyone line up, one by one. And then there''s Said, let Chen Jing with dozens of soldiers to players one by one hair equipment. Then, they arranged for the soldiers to go down again to pick up...


    So continue four or five rounds.... It wasn''t until the evening that we collected all the things from the city wall to the middle of the moat.


    In the end, Huangfu Chaobo found that he had more money in his pocket than before. And other things were sent home several times by several generals. As for the players, Huangfu Chaobo also sent nearly 20000 pieces of equipment. For a time, nearly 10000 players on the south wall were almost two or three people. All the players have a good feeling for Huangfu. Everyone is like this. Everyone is willing to deal with generous people.Huangfu Chaobo was happy to do it. Anyway, he was happy to do it.


    As for Huangfu Jianshou, he also got a lot of harvest. He sent hundreds of people down, but their main goals were grain and bow and arrow. After thanking Huangfu for Jianshou, Huangfu Chaobo remembered that he had not given him the horse he had promised them, so he asked someone to invite empress li of Huangfu to take two brothers to his house.


    They looked at dozens of horses in Huangfu Chaobo stables and couldn''t put them down. Especially after seeing the white dragon. But both of them saw that it was Huangfu Chaobo''s favorite horse, so they refused to give it to Huangfu Chaobo. They both chose a good horse. After chatting with Huangfu Chaobo for a while, they went back to the county government.


    At night, the court players on the city wall sit on the wall to chat and have a rest after they have arranged the vigil. And Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing are in the room sorting out some things of these two days.


    A lot of skills: all levels of sabre, spear, bow and arrow, and even the halberd skill. It must have been exposed by a military general of the imperial court. There are also several drawings for Huangjin village, two for Xiaocun, one for Zhongcun and one for Dachun. However, Huangfu chaobona is useless now. There are also dozens of intermediate and advanced drawings of various buildings, but they are not needed now. Turning down, "formation drawing - round formation", Huangfu Chaobo was first delighted, then stunned.


    Circular array - circular array is for circular defense. The golden drum flag is deployed in the central government and has no obvious weakness. The shield soldiers are on the periphery, the spearmen in the middle and the bowmen in the inner. It''s a typical infantry defense formation. Formation soldier defence + 20%, movement speed - 20%.


    Er, how can it be a defensive array? How can it not be a forward arrow or a vertebral array... Forget it. I''ll give it to Chen Jingxue.


    Turn it down again, the art of war skill - defection.


    Er, another chicken rib. With the intelligence points of Huangfu Chaobo, it is estimated that even if he finds a good insider, he will not be able to shout. Besides, there are only two generals in the yellow scarf army. Who do you want? Forget it. I''ll use it when I have intelligence.


    Turn it down again, er... period... Why not? There''s nothing we can use right now.

 Chapter 140

    Huangfu Chaobo has no choice but to give these things to Jia Jing for safekeeping. Look at something else.


    The weapons and equipment in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands are all above level 40. In the past two days, he has picked up nearly 400 pieces. Let''s put them in different categories first.


    And there are nearly ten thousand blood pills. Huangfu Chaobo took out thousands of low-level blood medicines and prepared to distribute them to more than a dozen generals. As for the advanced ones, put one or two hundred pills on them first, and the others at home first.


    After finishing sorting out these things, Huangfu Chaobo sat there thinking about the current situation of changshe. Judging from what he saw on the wall today, the yellow scarf players must have been ready. Seeing that they had set up a camp in front of the yellow scarf camp, they had completely separated the changshe city from the yellow scarf camp. Even if the yellow scarf army had formed a grass camp, it was estimated that Huangfu would defeat them There''s no way to make that fire. So it seems that the yellow scarf players should have set up a camp behind the yellow scarf camp. Now they are determined to keep the fire from burning.


    The key to this battle is when the NPC soldiers on one side will finish first. Forget it, I don''t want so much. It''s a headache for them.


    Unlike the relaxation of the court players on the city wall, the yellow scarf players are not in a good mood now.


    Outside the city, yellow scarf players camp.


    Hundreds of powerful yellow scarf players gathered together.


    "Brothers, we all know that Bo is the one who let Huangfu song burn the army. Although we have surrounded the yellow scarf camp, no one can guarantee that the fire will not burn. We are trying to make it burn, but the players in the imperial camp are also thinking about how to make it burn. So we have to find a way to bring down the commune before the fire starts. Only in this way can we have a way out for the yellow scarf army. Otherwise, we will wait for the imperial army to destroy all our efforts this year


    "Yes, we have to find a way... They can''t be allowed to succeed. "


    "Yes, Huang Jin is invincible. Let''s talk about it. How can we do it? You are the first one to rise to a big village among us, and you are our head. If you have any good ideas, just say them and let''s sum them up together..."


    Huang Jin Wudi is the first one to speak. Like Huang Jin Tianxia, Huang Jin is the sympathizer and supporter of Huang Jin army. The village is located on the edge of Xiping County in Runan. It is the center of Huang Jin in Yuzhou, and it is also one of the first large villages in Runan. After hearing this, some people are not happy. Although the upgrade time of Sanjian village of duoqingjian is a little slower than that of huangjininvincible village, anyway, it''s not Runan but changshe. It can be said that it''s their own home. But I didn''t expect that many players would praise huangjininvincible and ignore themselves, which makes duoqingjian very uncomfortable. However, he didn''t have any good suggestions for the current situation, but he still said: "I can see it in BOCAI''s side. However, BOCAI saw that the Chaoting army was rushed to changshe city by us, so he thought that the Chaoting army was vulnerable. In addition, the Chaoting army''s performance in other battles was not very good, so he despised them even more. Therefore, in order to reverse the fate of the BOCAI army, we must take the initiative to attack in addition to protecting the main force of the Huangjin army. I just don''t know what brother Wudi has in mind? "


    For the inexplicable hostility of the sentimental sword, Huang Jin Wudi was a little stunned and immediately adjusted. For this person, it can be said that all the people in the game are well-known, not to mention the players in Runan, which is close to Yingchuan. This three sword village was in the limelight at that time, but it was almost abandoned by Zongheng village. However, after the first World War, it was quiet. After knowing about Sanjian village, Huang jinwudi also discussed with some of his friends about Sanjian village and duoqingjian. He thought that this person should be related to someone in Huangjin army. However, he acted very impulsively. Otherwise, he would not say the same thing. Knowing the relationship between Luoshen village and Zongheng village, he sent troops to force him. I just didn''t expect that in the current situation, he is so short-sighted. It seems that he wants to compete with himself for the right to speak of Yuzhou yellow scarf players. Huang jinwudi didn''t care about this issue. His main purpose was to enhance his strength in this war. As for other issues, he didn''t think much about it. However, now that everyone has asked about it, he has decided to say what he thinks in his mind. If he can turn the plot around, it''s better. If he can''t, he can also use it to lay a good foundation for later actions. So Huangjin invincible stood up and said: "well, since we have discussed this matter openly, I will also say some of my ideas for your reference. According to me, we have tens of thousands of villages, and thousands of Huangjin villages are constantly brushing soldiers. Compared with those players in changshe City, they can brush thousands to thousands of soldiers every day . Although our soldiers can''t compete with them individually, there are so many of us. One can''t do ten, ten can''t do a hundred. I don''t believe it. I can''t fight them. Well, we still have two million soldiers. We will mobilize all the soldiers and divide them into 20 teams, with 100000 people in each team. Then we will draw the life and death lottery, attack the city by turns all day long, and change teams every hour to grind them to death. Brother, do you want to fight this battle or not? "


    Duoqingjian was stunned. He didn''t expect that huangjinwudi really had a way. If he really followed his idea, it might turn over. When he was thinking about how to act, the players nearby had already spoken."Fight..."


    "Yes, the invincible brother''s method is really feasible."


    "Yes, kill them with soldiers."


    Although there were a small number of opposition voices in the middle, they were all drowned out by the majority of support voices. At this point, the sentimental sword didn''t do much to oppose, so he had to agree. However, he wanted to take this opportunity to at least lead the whole team of players, so as to gain some benefits in the future war.


    Now that we have discussed it, everyone will immediately divide the team, allocate the players'' troops, and then draw lots to decide the order of playing, and then make a siege ladder all night. In this way, we are busy and do these things in half a night.


    The next day, the darkest hour before dawn. This is the time when people are most sleepy. Even the NPC soldiers on duty on the wall are sleepy.


    At this time, the 100000 troops of the first team of players who had already assembled had already left the camp and quietly approached the city wall under the cover of the night.

 Chapter 141

    At the head of changshe City, a soldier who was sleeping in a daze suddenly heard something under the wall, so he picked up a torch next to it and threw it down. However, he was stunned by the situation below. After a long time, he stood up and yelled: "enemy..." It''s a pity that he was shot by the archer before he finished.


    "Bang..."


    But the sound also woke the other soldiers up. Soon the drums on the city floor began to ring. More and more soldiers woke up and soon went into battle.


    By this time, some yellow scarf soldiers had reached the middle of the siege ladder. Soon scattered yellow scarf soldiers attacked the city wall. However, it didn''t take long to be killed by the players, but at the back, more and more yellow scarf soldiers went up to the wall, and dozens of yellow scarf soldiers appeared in some places. Fortunately, the soldiers of the imperial court resting under the city wall have been on the city wall, and the fierce attack of the guard troops quickly controlled the situation.


    There was no big loophole in this section of the wall controlled by Huangfu Chaobo''s soldiers. At this time, Huang Zhong was in charge of the guard with the soldiers. When he heard about the change, Huang Zhong immediately responded and asked people to light all the torches on the city wall. At the same time, he arranged for people to throw torches down and let the archers shoot arrows down.


    When Huangfu Chaobo took others to the city wall, it was already a mess. However, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved when he saw that he had defended the area and had nothing to do with it. In the past few days, Huangfu Chaobo has slowly increased the number of bowmen in the front line to 50, but he has not increased it any more, because no matter how long it is, his generals will not be able to take care of him. And Zongheng Tianxia, ADU and others also slowly took people to his two sides. The people of Zongheng village and Huangfu Chaobo had almost occupied the position of a hundred people. By the time Huangfu went up, everyone had already arrived.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo arrived, he helped Huang Zhong and others arrange their own soldiers. When he saw the wounded, he immediately pulled down and asked the soldiers full of blood to make up for them. The lightly injured took a blood pill and waited in the back. The seriously injured arranged several infantry to take them to the house to recuperate. After all, there are several skilled craftsmen in Huangfu Chaobo''s family, so they can save a few blood pills if they want to treat injuries.


    The battle lasted for nearly two hours, and it was not until daylight that the yellow scarf army retreated. This made Huang Jin invincible and others in Huang Jin camp overjoyed. The original one hour attack lasted for two hours, but the soldiers on his side lost only 30000 people. The court players also lost more than 5000 people. Everyone looked at each other, nodded, and immediately the second 100000 man team rushed out of the camp.


    The players on the wall were just relieved, and Huangfu Jianshou was preparing to send someone down to pick up the equipment. Looking up, another wave of troops came out of Huangjin camp.


    The court players scolded a few times, and then quickly prepared to deal with the second wave of attack.


    An hour and a half later, the second wave retreated. However, the casualties of this wave of court players are much smaller. Because of the preparation, less than 2000 people died. And the yellow scarf army killed nearly 40000 people.


    Soon, the third wave came up again. The court players yelled at each other. We all understand that the yellow scarf players want to stack them with soldiers. There is no way, some exhausted players and soldiers back down, in exchange for some other players and soldiers.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s side is not bad. There are more than 160 archers, only 50 at a time. There are more than 100 people in reserve. As soon as I saw the lack of blood, I immediately changed it. However, there are still a few in the middle because there is no time to hang up.


    At the end of the day, the offensive of the yellow scarf players has never stopped, and their 20 teams are only ten. And the players on the wall basically changed half of the soldiers, at least lost nearly 20000 people.


    The next day, the attack continued.


    The third day.


    The fourth day.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The yellow scarf players have been playing for the sixth day. On the seventh day, Bo can''t stay any longer. Send someone to let the yellow scarf players make way for their troops to attack the city. In recent days, each team of yellow scarf players has played three rounds, and basically half of the soldiers of each 100000 person team have been changed. Yellow scarf players are tired, simply get out of the way, and have a good rest for a few days. Now all kinds of things under the city wall are almost full, but the people above the city wall have no time to get them, and the yellow scarf players below can''t get them. As soon as they get close, dozens of arrows will come. But these days, the loss of the court players is not small, at least 800000 people, only nearly 400000 people. Only 12 barracks can be built in changshe City, with only 6000 soldiers per day, which can''t make up for the loss.


    It''s BOCAI''s turn to attack. The frequency of attack is a little bit more normal, and three or four rounds a day. It''s a great relief to the players on the wall.


    After each round of war, people were sent down to pick up things.


    After three days of attack, the soldiers were tired, but they still couldn''t capture the city. They had no choice but to let the battlefield out and let the yellow scarf players attack. After three or five days of attack, BOCAI sent troops to attack again for a few days. In this way, no time has the changshe battlefield been suspended for more than half a day.The fighting lasted from March to the end of April.


    The craziness of changshe battlefield makes players in other battlefields dumbfounded. At the same time, from time to time, the official broadcast some video screens of the changshe battlefield on some media. This made the whole changshe battlefield the focus of attention. At this time, the official online issued a player military merit ranking. This makes all players even more shocked.


    "System announcement: it has been two months since the yellow scarf uprising war. Now we will publish the player''s personal military merit ranking:


    1. Huangfu Chaobo, imperial camp, military merit 115600, killed 61450 yellow scarf soldiers....


    2. Huang Jin invincible, Huang Jin camp, military achievements 34500, killed 30020 imperial soldiers...


    3. Yelaixiang, the imperial camp, has made 27800 military contributions, killing 23580 yellow scarf soldiers...


    4. Speechless, imperial camp, 24500 military achievements, 21050 yellow scarf soldiers killed...


    5. All over the world, the imperial camp made 23200 military contributions and killed 20180 yellow scarf soldiers...


    6. The overlord of the Western Chu state, Huang Jin camp, made a military contribution of 20100 and killed 19820 imperial soldiers...


    7. Sentimental sword, Huangjin camp, military contribution 19801, killed 18256 Chaoting soldiers...


    ¡£¡£¡£


    20. Huang Jin world, Huang Jin camp, 12300 military achievements, 10431 people killed by the Imperial Army...

 Chapter 142

    It''s not until this time that we find that there seems to be no movement in huangjintianxia recently. Now the ranking of military achievements has reached the 20th place. The most shocking thing is Huangfu Chaobo, the No.1 player. Originally, the player still had a little impression of this name. After all, he was the first one who destroyed the village by the player. However, since then, this person seems to have disappeared. Unexpectedly, one year later, he appeared again, and his appearance was astonishing. Judging from the number of enemy killed and the number of military achievements, the difference between the two numbers is usually only a hundred figures, but the difference between the number of military achievements and the number of enemy killed by Huangfu Chaobo is too far. So everyone guessed what kind of strong arms or generals he had in his hands, which made it possible for him to kill a considerable number of yellow scarf middle and senior officers.


    But these have nothing to do with the players inside and outside changshe city. They are all in trouble now. At present, there are only more than 40000 senior arms and guard arms of the imperial court, 10000 intermediate arms and less than 150000 players in the city. It''s not that players don''t want to recruit. Everyone has money now. But the problem is that only 6000 soldiers come out every day in the city, and nearly 1000 of them are cavalry, and at least 10000 soldiers are lost every day. Now people have money but can''t recruit soldiers.


    The players outside the city are different. They have no money now. Although there is a steady stream of soldiers coming out of the surrounding Huangjin villages, they have no money to recruit. They are rich and have no soldiers now, but the soldiers in BOCAI''s hands are always guaranteed to be 150000. The number of players'' soldiers has greatly shrunk. There are only 2.5 million soldiers left in the changshe city. After more than a month''s fighting, the number left is less than 800000.


    That is to say, the ratio of forces between the two sides has changed from 1:3 at the beginning of the siege to 1:5 now. Although the ratio is much larger, there is basically no loss in the senior arms and guard arms of the imperial court in the past one year. In terms of combat effectiveness, it has almost reached 2:3. Although there is no sign that the imperial army has gone out of the city to fight, the yellow scarf camp has slowly turned to the disadvantage, and for two months, the players have been making a fierce attack regardless of casualties, which has also lowered the morale of NPC soldiers. In addition, in the past two months, there has been no one to grow grain, and now there is not enough grain for the Yellow napkin army. Even the main force of the Yellow napkin army is compressing grain, let alone players. Just to keep pressure on the Imperial Army, the yellow scarf army still arranges people to attack the city every day.


    During this period, the soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo also changed a lot. At the most, there were nearly 500 archers, but now there are only more than 100 archers. However, the highest level of these archers has reached level 48, and the lowest level has reached level 45, which is 6 levels higher than the average level of ordinary intermediate archers. As for the infantry, they are the most frequently changed. There are few soldiers who have reached level 42, and the number is only more than ten. Now there are only five of the ten Xianbei soldiers brought back, but they are all at level 40. Among the 13 generals, Huang Zhong has been upgraded to level 55. Chen Jing has now broken through the level 50. The three brothers of Dugu have reached level 48. Three of the eight Xianbei generals have died, and the remaining five have reached level 45. And Huangfu Chaobo''s money has broken through four figures and reached five figures. In addition to nearly 200000 military contributions, on the whole, the battle of Huangfu Chaobo for more than a month has yielded a lot.


    Zhu Jun, the county magistrate of changshecheng County, said to Huangfu song, "Yizhen, you said that our people have been sent out for more than ten days, and the reinforcements of the imperial court should be coming soon?"


    "Gong Wei, I''m in such a hurry. Besides, don''t you know how many soldiers the imperial court still has? Even if we send reinforcements, it''s like 5000 people. We have to rely on ourselves for the war in changshe. " Huangfu song has a clear mind.


    "Oh, does Yi really have a plan to defeat the enemy?"


    "Ha ha... Have you noticed any change in the weather now? "


    "The weather? Now that the weather is getting warmer, what does it have to do with breaking the enemy? We''ve only had enough food for a month. "


    "Don''t worry, I''ve been looking at the bandit camp for a month and found that their camp was made up of grass."


    "You mean


    "Yes... Ha ha ha


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Changshan state, Lingshou county.


    Yellow scarf world is very comfortable now. No, it should be very comfortable. For more than a month, he had been preparing for the imperial court''s counterattack, but after waiting for a month, there was no movement in the surrounding counties. It is not right to say that there is no movement at all. At least, the number of soldiers in each city has increased to 8000, but the local officials have no intention of gathering troops to attack Lingshou.


    So, he finally put down his heart, first of all, he set up ten legions with dozens of players from his heart. The main force of each Legion is 1000, and the periphery is usually 2000 to 3000. During this period of time, yellow scarf players from all over the country came to Lingshou County, so he was not afraid of no one.


    Besides, he had nearly 2000 craftsmen in his hands, and he didn''t let them idle. More than ten days ago, he sent people to Yuan''s city to buy some drawings of level 40 equipment. After learning from them, he has been rushing to make level 40 weapons and equipment. Some equipment has been put out these days. Now he''s dressing up a thousand of his own guards and cavalry. All the changed ones were given to the thousands of yellow scarf veterans. I believe that in less than half a year, all their troops will be equipped with level 40 weapons.These are not important. A few days ago, Zhang Jiao, who was in a stalemate with Lu Zhi in Guangzong battlefield, sent him a new appointment: to appoint him as commander-in-chief of Xiaoqu, and to open up the situation around him as soon as possible. That is to say, his troops are no longer limited to 10000. Moreover, from now on, he is directly under Zhang Jiao''s command and does not need to listen to the orders of any other yellow scarf general.


    I didn''t expect that there were many happy events every year, especially this year, and I didn''t wait for him to prepare for the recruitment. Another yellow scarf volunteer came to vote. When Huang Jintian asked, he couldn''t help laughing. It turned out that it was Liu Shi who should have been a member of the Montenegrin army. Well, I was thinking that the vanguard was not available, so the system sent one to me.


    Liu Shi: born in 162.


    Influence: huangjintianxia loyalty: 75


    prefecture level historical general 40 level tong43 martial arts 50 intelligence 25 Nei 8


    growth tong1.08 martial arts 1.25 intelligence 0.63 Nei 0.20


    common skills: Advanced Sabre skills


    intermediate bow skills


    junior riding skills: training and fighting.


    Array skill: long snake array.


    Weapons and equipment: none


    according to the four-dimensional data and growth of Liu Shi at level 40, his force can reach 75 at level 60. Although he was only a 75 level general, he was not a historical general. Huang Jintian immediately appointed him as the commander of his own guard. He also said that as soon as the army was expanded, he would be the first choice for the commander. Moreover, Huang Jintian immediately equipped him with a complete set of level 40 weapons, which made Liu Shi''s loyalty soar from 75 to 90.


    "System announcement: congratulations to player huangjintianxia, who won the refuge of historical rank General Liu Shi."

 Chapter 143

    This caused a sensation in the players. Although he was the second one to get the support of the historical generals, the first one didn''t show up at all, so we don''t know who recruited the imperial generals. So yellow scarf world has become the people''s attention. However, to Huang Jintian''s surprise, it seems that the system has increased the ability of these ordinary historical generals a lot. Generals like Liu Shi should be the role of brother soy sauce, but the data now displayed is at the prefecture level.


    At the beginning of May, the wind was getting stronger and stronger at night in changshe city. Huangfusong felt that the time was ripe. So one night, more than 500 dead men were sent down from the city wall to bring enough kindling materials and prepare to burn the yellow scarf camp tonight. At the same time, more than 30000 cavalry were prepared. Once the fire was successfully ignited, they immediately sent people to open the city gate and smash the yellow scarf army camp.


    The players on the city wall are all sitting together chatting at this time, looking at the loyal appearance of Huangfu song and others, but they all retreat to the side and don''t speak. Everyone knows that the yellow scarf players outside have been defending this hand for a long time.


    Sure enough, the generals of Huangfu song waited for a long time, but there was no fire. Only heard the night outside the wall, ah ah, after a cry, it was still as before.


    The NPC generals looked at each other, but did not expect that the enemy would be ready.


    After a long sigh, everyone went back to the county government with a sad face.


    All the players looked at each other with a smile


    yelaixiang said: "these NPCs don''t want to think about it. If this could be done, we would have done it long ago, waiting for them to do something?"


    Speechless on the side: "Xiangshuai, what can you do? Let''s talk about it. "


    "There''s no good way..." Yelaixiang shook his head, turned his head and said to Zongheng and Huangfu Chaobo, "you two are the local leaders of changshe. Is there any good way?"


    "There''s a way," he said. Now the players of yellow scarf surround BOCAI camp to death. Who has a way to break through the players'' camp and go to the camp? "


    "Well, brothers, do you think you can set fire from the sky... Like the great Xia Guo There was a player nearby who said,


    "are you stupid? They flew in from a mountain hundreds of meters away. It''s nice that the ten meter high wall can make you fly ten meters away But some people objected;


    "I see, digging a tunnel is the most realistic..."


    "Dream about the tunnel five or six miles away. You think you can dig it if you want. Besides, I must have thought of it over there. Besides, digging tunnels is also a technical job. Not everyone can do it. I heard that there is a special skill


    Huangfu Chaobo had a flash in his mind. Right, didn''t he ask Dugu three brothers to dig a tunnel? First of all, I thought that if the city broke, I and others could escape. I don''t know...


    "Sorry, brothers, I have something to do. Excuse me first!" Then he took the whole world and ran to the house in the city. Now the Dugu three brothers should be at home. Let''s go back and have a look.


    As soon as I came in, I didn''t care to say hello to Jia Jing. I said to Dugu Xiong, "Dugu, have you found the tunnel I asked you to dig?"


    All over the world, "shit, you... You little boy... I really dig a tunnel here


    "Back to childe, no, I went in to see it a few days ago."


    "Well, where do you say the exit of this tunnel is? How many people can go out of the tunnel at a time? "


    "When I went to see it, it seemed that the exit was between the two camps of the bandits, and the grass around the tunnel was still there. It should be no problem to walk a hundred people at a time. "


    "Great, God helps us... Come on, you come with us With that, Huangfu Chaobo took Dugu Xiong and Zong Hengtian to the county government.


    At this time, Huang Fusong and Zhu Jun were discussing with the generals what to do.


    Just as everyone was looking sad, the guard at the door came in and reported, "general. The riding supervisor, Huangfu Jianshou, takes his subordinate, Qu changhuangfu Chaobo, and a few people to ask for a meeting outside


    "No," said Huangfu song, "what are you doing here if you don''t stay on the wall?"


    "Slow down.. Who else are you talking about outside? " Zhu Jun stopped the guard and said,


    "it''s Qu changhuangfu Chaobo and the other two who will go back to the right Zhongying."


    "Yizhen, your nephew is not a reckless man. He came to ask for help. He should have something to report. Not as good as


    "Well, if he were, it would be true. Biography


    These days, Huangfu Chaobo has done another thing, that is, he has finally established a relationship with the Huangfu family. Huangfu song claims that he will be included in the genealogy of the Huangfu family in the north.


    Outside, Huang Fu Jianshou looked at Huang Fu Chaobo nervously and said, "brother, do you really have a way to defeat the enemy? Don''t be afraid of being scolded by my father. Drag me here


    "Don''t worry, brother. Little brother, when did I hurt you. I''ll tell you, it''s a great achievement. "


    Huangfu Jianshou was not at ease, but he stopped talking when he saw that the two men beside them were confident.Soon, four men came to the village under the guidance of the guards.


    After all the generals had seen the ceremony, Huangfu Song said, "Chaobo, what do you want to report?" As for his son, he was directly ignored.


    "Back to the general. There''s a way for subordinates to go to the edge of the thief camp and set fire. "


    "Oh, come quickly." As soon as they heard this, they got excited.


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo told the story that he had someone dig a tunnel to prevent it from happening.


    As soon as they heard this, they immediately sent a soldier to investigate the details under the leadership of Dugu Xiong.


    Half an hour later, the soldiers came back to report and confirmed the condition of the tunnel. The two men were in high spirits. They immediately transferred 500 dead men from the army. Under the guidance of the three Dugu brothers, they went out of the tunnel. After they had finished the arrangement at the edge of the BOCAI camp, they agreed to signal and ignite the fire together. As soon as the fire broke out, the cavalry in the city immediately opened the gate and went straight to the bandit camp.


    Soon, the whole army was ready.


    Huangfu song estimates the time. After the dead are ready, he nods to Huangfu Li.


    Huangfuli immediately arranged for three men to send three arrows to the sky.


    "Whoosh, whoosh..." The three roaring arrows went straight into the sky with a trace of fire.


    The yellow scarf player on duty also saw three rockets in the camp.


    "What are these guys doing? In the middle of the night. Do you think that the three arrows can burn BOCAI''s camp? "


    "Ah... How come it''s getting light so quickly? " A player suddenly felt how the sky lit up all of a sudden. "No, BOCAI camp is on fire."


    The five hundred dead men outside the city had been ready for a long time. As soon as they heard the arrow signal, they immediately lit the fire folds on their bodies. In an instant, BOCAI camp fell into a sea of fire.


    Everyone set fire and yelled: "the imperial army is coming. Run away

 Chapter 144

    At this time, huangfusong and others in changshe city were also ready. When they saw the fire outside the city, they immediately arranged for the troops on the wall to shout out in unison. Then the infantry quickly moved away the obstacles of the city gate, and 30000 cavalry poured out of the city like a flood.


    In the yellow scarf player''s camp, yellow scarf invincible looks at the growing fire in BOCAI camp. He can''t help feeling a sense of powerlessness in his heart. What he tried to avoid finally happened.


    It''s all over...


    But it''s no use thinking about it now. It happens that this evening is his team of players guarding the camp outside. So he called on several players who had a good relationship with him, with their own troops, gathered up the rout troops of BOCAI all the way, and quickly retreated towards his own village in Runan. Since the BOCAI army can''t keep it, we should keep our soldiers first. At the same time, on the northwest corner of Huangjin camp, duoqingjian, who led his village soldiers to guard there, with the help of Zhang Ping, gathered the routs of Huangjin army, and then led the routs to Sanjian village before the Chaoting army arrived.


    The army of the imperial court was the front leader, and the army of players followed them, and rushed to the camp of Huangjin. At this time, the yellow scarf army, whether it is the army of BOCAI or the army of players, has no fighting spirit. In the face of the Imperial Army, they didn''t even have the courage to block it. They all scattered and fled.


    Huang Fu Song and Zhu Jun would not miss any chance to wipe out the bandit army. They took more than 30000 cavalry and killed them directly in the direction of the retreat of BOCAI army. The army didn''t take a rest until daybreak. Unexpectedly, it happened to meet Cao Cao''s 5000 cavalry reinforcements. So the two teams joined up and continued to chase BOCAI''s army.


    Huangfu Chaobo only took Huang Zhong and his group of generals. As for the other soldiers, they were all in the city with Huangfu Li''s infantry. Looking at the ashes everywhere, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but secretly congratulate himself. Fortunately, the yellow scarf players have removed the herbs on both sides of BOCAI camp. Otherwise, if the fire goes on, I don''t know how many villages there will be in changshe. Huang Fu Song and Zhu Jun directly gave him 20000 military contributions for the fire. Huang Fu Chao Bo thought that he had too many military contributions, and there was no need to compete with other players, so he didn''t fight any more along the way. He just followed the two generals and let his generals constantly pick up things on the ground instead of directly participating in the war.


    Huangfu song had always been very optimistic about his nephew, but when he saw that he was out of the changshe, he stayed in the Chinese army and did not go to the war. Not only did he not go, but also the soldiers were put in the changshe city. The generals also asked them to collect only the spoils along the way instead of fighting with the Huangjin army. He couldn''t help asking, "Chaobo, why don''t you go to the war?"


    "Er Huangfu Chaobo thought, can I tell you that I think I have enough military achievements and I don''t need them anymore?


    "Are you worried about your colleagues in the DPRK and China?"


    "Er Damn, this NPC is too smart. You can guess...


    "If you and I put aside the identity of colleagues or the same race, you can treat our conversation as if we were at home." Huangfu song turned a corner;


    "Er, yes, uncle. I think, wood show in the forest, the wind will urge it... So Huangfu Chaobo thought for a long time before he found a suitable word.


    "Yes, it seems that there are successors in our Huangfu family... Ha ha ha... Uncle, I was afraid that you would not know how to restrain yourself after you made great achievements. It seems that I am worried too much. So you have a better future than your two brothers. " Huangfu Song said,


    "brother Yizhen, now you can rest assured Then he turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "can Chaobo have a teacher?"


    "General Hui, Chao Bo has been living in the countryside since he was a child and has no apprenticeship." Huangfu is very knowledgeable... Which player is not like this?


    "What? Brother Gongwei Huangfu Song said,


    "well. I wonder if brother Yizhen can give up his love? " Zhu Jun said with a smile to Huangfu song;


    shit, two dead old men, nothing to do? Huangfu Chaobo scolded in his heart;


    looking at Huangfu Chaobo''s blank face, the two old men laughed. Huangfu Song said: "Chaobo, Gongwei is the master of the army. I never had the idea of accepting you as an apprentice. I didn''t expect to accept you as an apprentice today. Ha ha


    Return to the art of war, the whole man knows nothing but to fight... Return the art of war... It''s almost the same for everyone. Follow him and everyone will die in the end. However, although it is covered by Huangfu''s family, it''s not bad to risk more umbrellas. Anyway, Zhu Jun is also known as a famous person in the world. Maybe he can get something else. Huangfu Chaobo muttered in his heart, but he didn''t show it on the surface. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately went to the front of the ceremony and said: "Huangfu Chaobo has met his mentor..."


    "Well, on the battlefield, it doesn''t have to be. Since you worship me as a teacher, I, as a teacher, have to give you something. Well, I have a book in my hand, which I got in my early years. I''ll give it to you as a gift. " Zhu jundao;


    "disciple Xie Enshi presents a Book..." Ha ha ha... Sure enough, there are treasures to send...


    Huangfu Chaobo took the book over to have a look. Wei Liao Zi, a Book of war, is said to have been written by Wei Liao of the first emperor of Qin Dynasty. It is a famous book of war in ancient China. There are 24 existing books. Huangfu Chaobo is about to open, suddenly a system prompt comes: "player Huangfu Chaobo, you have got a book from teacher Zhu Jun, this book can''t be dropped, discarded, traded or transferred. Is it equipped to the character item list. Once equipped, you can have the skills attached to this book. After a period of time, you can acquire the skills of this book. Once the book is removed, it can only be returned to Zhu Jun himself. "Huangfu Chaobo click confirm, sure enough, the book on their own equipment to their own body. Then, Huangfu Chaobo found that he immediately added seven points to his command. In addition, the column of special skills was no longer blank, and "conscription and training" appeared. In the column of art of war formation, there were "encourage, forge ahead, one word long snake formation, fish scale formation and round formation". Then there was a similar experience slot behind these skills, and there were some numbers "1100" 0¡±¡£


    Only then did Huangfu Chaobo understand why the previous system said something like "possess, acquire". It means that once you equip this book, you will immediately have these skills to use. But it does not mean that you have learned these skills. Once you take down the book, those skills will be gone. You will not fully learn these skills until you have a period of time and the experience slots are full. At this time, taking down the book will not have any effect. This makes it easy for players to have all kinds of books. I didn''t expect that the system even considered this. Good dragon Didong... It''s quite... A treasure between cow a and cow C.

 Chapter 145

    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had been staring at the book, Huangfu song couldn''t help laughing and said, "you''d better read it later. Now that you have taken Gongwei as your teacher, it''s hard to say that I''m an uncle and don''t give anything away. Well, I still have a book in my hand. I''ll give it to you as your teacher worship gift. "


    With that, Huangfu song also handed over a book. Huangfu chaobolian said thank you and took the book. At first glance, I didn''t expect that it was Lu''s spring and Autumn Annals, which was a skill book for civil servants.


    I didn''t think much about it either. I directly equipped it and looked at my own attributes. Sure enough, it changed again. Intelligence + 3, internal affairs + 3 skills increased three skills: agriculture, commerce and technology.


    Huangfu Chaobo 45 level


    command 58 force 52 intelligence 12 politics 10 charm 84


    fame: 12103 military feat: 2156


    skill shooting intermediate


    archery intermediate


    throwing advanced


    special skills: agriculture, commerce, technology, conscription, training, encouragement and striving.


    Formation type: long snake formation, fish scale formation and round formation


    weapon equipment: level 40 refined iron armor, level 40 refined iron lance, level 40 iron bow and horse.


    Then they preached to him again, just to serve the imperial court and benefit the common people. Huangfu Chaobo all responded one by one.


    Huang Fusong and Zhu Jun, with more than 30000 cavalry and tens of thousands of players, chased the BOCAI army all the way from changshe city to the border of Yingchuan Runan. By this time, there were less than 50000 people in BOCAI''s army, all of them fled into the territory of Runan. Peng Tuo led more than 30000 yellow scarf troops to the direction of Chen.


    After a discussion, the two generals decided to divide the troops into two groups. Huang Fusong led Cao Cao and 20000 cavalry troops into Runan, while Zhu Jun led Sun Jian and the remaining 10000 cavalry troops into Chen. Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, but he was still with Huangfu song. After all, there is one of the big three here. Of course, in private with Zhu Jun, the teacher has Sun Jian and his four strong generals, while his uncle has no strong generals around him, so I''m not sure. It also made the two old men feel uncomfortable. As for what Huangfu Chaobo said, it''s also true. Sun Jian and his four subordinates are brave men, and only Huang Zhong under Huangfu Chaobo can match them in the army.


    After the Imperial Army smashed Yingchuan''s yellow scarf, it took advantage of the victory to pursue it, and then smashed several yellow scarves in Runan and chenguo.


    Before long, BOCAI Yubu was destroyed in Yangzhai and Peng tuojun in Xihua. BOCAI and pengtuo were beheaded by huangfusong and Zhu Jun. at this point, most of the four yellow scarves in Yuzhou were destroyed. The imperial court can be relieved. After all, the biggest threat at the gate of Luoyang has been removed.


    In this period of time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t do anything. But he didn''t do anything. Every day, he arranged his generals to pick up all kinds of weapons, equipment and other materials. Then, he left some good weapons and equipment, money and all kinds of drawings and books, and other things were sold to the players at a discount. In nearly a month, he earned nearly ten thousand yuan just selling things.


    He didn''t do it, while the other players were very busy. Go out to battle with the army together with each player is to earn basin full bowl full, military achievement also cries to go up. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo still has one thing to do, that is, he has a relationship with Xiaoman Kelala from time to time. After all, he is the top of the three giants, and his hometown is changshe city. Cao Cao also knew that Huangfu Chaobo was Huangfu song''s nephew and Zhu Jun''s student, so he was also quite friendly to him. Especially he knew that it was Huangfu Chaobo''s tunnel that played a decisive role in the battle of changshe, so he was even more friendly to Huangfu Chaobo. Half a month later, the relationship between the two became confidants.


    At the end of May, the imperial army returned to the division headquarters.


    Soon, the imperial court''s will came: "Huang Fu Song, the left central Ying general, and Zhu Jun, the right central Ying general. He made great contributions to exterminating the yellow scarf bandits in the three counties of Yuzhou. Tehuangfu song was the Marquis of Duxiang and Zhu Jun was the Marquis of Xixiang. They were ordered to go to Dongjun (BU Ji BU) and Nanyang (Zhang man cheng BU) to eliminate the Yellow scarves and anti thieves in both places. "


    This time, the imperial court only rewarded the two generals. As for the others, there is still a procedure to go, that is, to pay fees in Xiyuan. According to the system, one stone earns ten thousand yuan. So that''s why Huangfu Chaobo kept raising money in the battlefield. If you want to be a good official after the war, it''s not enough to have military merit. You have to get enough money. Huangfu Chaobo has calculated by himself that there should be about 20000 yuan now, but you have to leave some money to do things after buying an official. What''s more, I don''t know what the market is like this year.


    After receiving the imperial edict, the imperial army took a rest in changshe for a period of time. After all, the morale of the soldiers declined after several months of fighting. One evening in June, Huangfu song sent for Huangfu Chaobo to go to the county government.


    When Huangfu Chaobo arrived, he found that only Huangfu song and Zhu Jun were there. He didn''t know what was the matter. After giving them a gift, Huangfu Chaobo stood by and waited for orders.


    Huangfu Song said to Huangfu Chaobo, "your teacher and I will go to two places tomorrow to suppress thieves. What''s your plan?"


    "Er Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. To be honest, he didn''t want to accompany them to suppress the thieves. After thinking for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo carefully said, "nephew, neither side wants to go.""Well?"


    "Why?"


    All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo thought of an excuse and said, "well, uncle, master, although most of the Yellow scarves in Yuzhou have been wiped out, there are still a large number of remaining evils scattered everywhere. So I think if you take the Imperial Army away, there will be a repetition in Yuzhou. Besides, Nanyang east county is not far away from Yuzhou, in case of the two yellow scarves being wiped out If there are more than half of them fleeing to Yuzhou, and if they join with the remaining bandits in Yuzhou, the bandits in Yuzhou will recover, so... So... I wonder if you would allow me to stay in Yingchuan with my cavalry to clear my uncle''s and mentor''s worries


    "Ha ha ha... Brother Yizhen, I''m not wrong, and he makes the excuse so official... Ha ha Zhu Jun laughs;


    Huangfu song looks at Huangfu Chaobo, and says for a long time, "if you don''t go to the battlefield, it''s hard to avoid competing with your colleagues, and what you say is not reasonable. All right With that, Huangfu song stood up and said, "Huangfu Chaobo listens to orders."


    Huangfu Chaobo knew that he had something to do. He quickly straightened himself up and said, "the end will be here!"


    "Although the main force of Yuzhou ant thieves has been destroyed, the remaining evils are still there. In order to prevent them from making a comeback. I hereby appoint you to be the Sima of feibie department, to lead 1000 Huben cavalry, to stay in changshe, and to be responsible for eliminating the remaining evils of Yuzhou ant thieves. "


    "The end will take orders!"

 Chapter 146

    Looking at the next respectful and solemn Huangfu Chaobo, Zhu Jun suddenly remembered something and said to Huangfu song: "brother Yizhen, the county captain of changshe has been beheaded, and now there is no County captain. I think we should let him lead first. Anyway, we will have to rearrange it when we go back to court. We''ll talk about it later."


    Huang Fu Chao pondered, nodded and agreed: "well, it''s OK. Well, you can lead the county magistrate first. You have to remember that you must lead the army well and not make trouble. Also, I think Huang Zhong, a general of your family, is a soldier. If you have anything undecided, you can discuss with him more. If you still can''t make up your mind, please go to consult the Yingchuan prefect Kong Yu. He is a scholar of Qingliu and has a lot of talent. We have already written a letter for you. When you have time, you can go to Yangzhai to see him yourself. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought for a long time. Who is this Kongzi? Suddenly, I think of Kongzi, the governor of Yuzhou, who is among the 18 princes. It turns out that he''s the one. He seems to have a good stutter.


    "Yes. Uncle, what, I want to ask what kind of official Sima is Huangfu Chaobo asked with a face;


    "the other department Sima is the sixth grade, ranking six hundred stone, and the county captain is the ninth grade. Because you have not been appointed by the imperial court, now you are just the other department Sima. Everything needs us to wait for the official appointment of the imperial court."


    "Ah... One from six, one from nine, or fake!!! I know, I have to go to Luoyang to pay money before I can become real Huangfu Chaobo thought he was a big official, but he didn''t expect to be so small...


    "You... Well Huangfu song wanted to scold him, but when he thought that what he said was the current situation of the imperial court, he couldn''t help sighing.


    "By the way, uncle, how does that bird county magistrate arrange it?" It suddenly occurred to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Oh, by the way, the seal letters are still with me. Forget it, I don''t want to see him anymore. Go and give this to him. Tell him to do well and wait for the imperial edict." Then he handed over the official seal of changshe county magistrate to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After Huangfu Chaobo took over, he answered, but he went out directly.


    "Where are you going?" Huangfu Song said;


    "uncle, that guy is staying in the backyard. You don''t want me to send him to his room so late."


    "Well, you can give it to him tomorrow when we leave." Huangfu song thought about it.


    Huangfu Chaobo promised, but he thought that the devil would give it to him. At that time, I''ll find a reason or someone to crack him. Hee hee, I''ll go and buy this seat. In an instant, Huangfu Chaobo had an idea in his mind.


    The next day, Zhu Jun and Huang Fusong set out for the two places. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo launched a silver bullet attack. Of course, the silver bullet was not real gold and silver, but the horse in his hand, but the effect was more real than real gold. So that the original and he are only confidants of Sun Jian, Cao Cao and others have risen to trust. As for the four veteran generals in Jiangdong, Huangfu Chaobo also gave them a good horse, which made them even say thank you. You know, there is no horse in Jiangdong. They are all ordinary war horses. Then they asked them to take good care of the two generals. For this request, both of them clapped their chests.


    As soon as the imperial army left, Huangfu Chaobo immediately took them to the school yard in the city. We all knew about Huangfu Chaobo last night. After a night''s discussion, Huangfu Chaobo decided to learn from Xiao Cao''s practice in the history of children''s shoes, that is, to coerce the emperor to order the princes. Now that the two official seals of county magistrate and county captain are in hand, use them first. Even if you don''t get the seat of magistrate in the end, you have to use this time to get some benefits for yourself.


    "It''s an important place for the military camp. Don''t come near it." When they arrived at the gate of the camp, they were stopped by the sergeant at the gate.


    "Bold." Chen Jing stepped forward and said, "my Lord is zuozhongying''s newly appointed other department Sima and changshe County Lieutenant Huangfu Chaobo." Then he took the letter of appointment from Huangfu Chaobo and handed it up.


    The soldiers put each one into the school yard after they were confirmed. After arriving at the school yard, several people went straight to the Dianjiang arena and signaled to Chen Jing to beat the drum and gather troops. Huangfu Chaobo stood there waiting. In less than half a quarter of an hour, the whole school yard was full of people. Looking at the 10000 soldiers below, Huangfu Chaobo felt very good. Although it was still fake now, it might be true after a while. Huangfu Chaobo has a look. Now there are two thousand cavalry, two thousand archers, three thousand sword shield soldiers and three thousand long spearmen in changshe county. As for the Huben cavalry that Huangfu song left him, he immediately appointed Chen Jing as the riding supervisor of Huben cavalry, with Huben cavalry as his headquarters. Then he asked the soldiers to come out, and Wang Yue''s voice dropped. Several hundred people came out of the group. Although they said they saw many soldiers, they could not bear to see so many soldiers at all levels in front of them. It''s a pity that these warriors can only drool, they are not their own. Huangfu Chaobo looked at it carefully and found that there were nearly 200 warriors out of Huben cavalry, far more than changshe County soldiers. For example, in Huben cavalry, almost all the officers above Dubo were warriors, and nearly 50 were Shichang and Wuchang. (there are 336 officers in a thousand person team, including a chief officer named Sima or Duwei, 5 Marquis, 10 Tuen generals, 20 Dubo generals, 100 Shichang generals and 200 Wuchang generals.) Among the soldiers of changshe County, only 40 of them are the most powerful, and only 36 of them are the few. That is to say, only the soldiers above Dubo are the most powerful. Shi Chang, like Chen Jing, is an intermediate warrior, which is very rare. The main reason is that Chen Jing''s family background is the problem. As a side branch of the Chen family in Yingchuan, it has his advantages.After presenting the letter of appointment of Huangfu song to the soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo left only the generals with the rank and file of more than one thousand, and all the ordinary soldiers were disbanded. First, he ordered the two cavalry supervisors to send out all their cavalry in the scale of a hundred man team to check the situation of all villages in changshe county. Then he asked the other thousand cavalry supervisors to step up their training, and then they dispersed. As for the power of training, Huangfu Chaobo gives it to Huang Zhong, who is the only high-level general under his command. As for other people, except Huangfu Chaobo himself, no one knows how to train, but he still has too many things to do.


    After arranging things here, Huangfu Chaobo took the remaining generals to the county government. There is also a time bomb. It must be solved as soon as possible. If it can''t be solved, it must be controlled at least.

 Chapter 147

    Now Huangfu Chaobo has five warriors, five Xianbei cavalry, about 145 level bowmen and ten sword shield soldiers. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo went to the barracks to recruit 90 sword shield soldiers and 50 long spearmen, and then divided these soldiers into five teams, one warrior, one Xianbei cavalry, twenty bowmen and thirty infantry in each team. Two teams are guarding the house, two teams are going to "protect" the county magistrate, and one team is taking it with them.


    After entering the county yamen, Huangfu Chaobo took people directly to the backyard where the county magistrate lived.


    Looking at more than 60 soldiers coming in directly under the leadership of a sixth grade military officer, the whole backyard was scared. The magistrate even thought that Huangfu song had changed his mind and wanted to kill him. He didn''t care that he and Huangfu Chaobo were in the same rank, and the status of Han civil servants was higher than that of military officers. All of a sudden, he knelt down in front of Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Sir, please forgive me. My Lord, spare your life


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care about him either. He directly arranged a team to control the whole backyard. Then let another group of people live directly in a few side of the yard. From now on, two groups of soldiers are protecting the safety of the county magistrate day and night. After everything was arranged, Huangfu Chaobo just went to the throne and sat down. Looking at the county magistrate kneeling below, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help enjoying himself. Not in a hurry, he put the three official seals on the table beside him, and then slowly said to the magistrate, "what''s the matter with you, Mr. Xian Zun? How can you walk so carelessly? It''s true that you servants don''t help xianzunda when he falls to the ground. "


    When the county magistrate heard this, he knew that these people were not here to kill himself. He got up from the ground with an embarrassed face and said carefully, "it''s OK, it''s OK. I don''t know what advice this adult has when he comes to the lower officer?"


    "I''m on the same level as you. I''m not worthy of your advice. I''ll tell you clearly. I''m the newly appointed Sima of other divisions of zuozhongying general. Now the two generals have divided their forces to suppress the thieves. I''ve been ordered to lead 1000 Huben to be responsible for the elimination of the remaining evils of Yuzhou yellow scarf. At the same time, because the will of how to deal with the adults has not yet arrived, I''ve been ordered to take over all the affairs of changshe city before the will arrives. Please cooperate with me. " Then he pointed to the three official seals beside him. "Otherwise, hum..."


    "I understand. I will cooperate with you." The county magistrate replied, "I just don''t know how to cooperate with the adults?"


    "Oh, it''s very simple. Before the will arrives, you just stay in this yard. I will send someone to protect you day and night. Another thing is to ask the adults to recruit their colleagues in the county. First, they will introduce them to our officials. Second, they will tell us that the adults can''t act as directors because of illness. All the affairs in the county can be handled by our officials. "


    "Yes, yes... I''ll do as you please Then he arranged for his cronies, accompanied by Huangfu Chaobo''s people, to invite all the county officials to the county government.


    According to the Han system, the chief of a county is a magistrate or magistrate, ranging from 1000 to 300 stones. Gaoxian county (that is, Daxian county) is a liupin county magistrate, under which there is a county magistrate who is subordinate to an official, eight of whom are responsible for the management of documents and warehouses; one or two county captains, nine of whom are responsible for the management of public security; Zhongxian County is a Qipin county magistrate, one of whom is responsible for the management of documents and warehouses; Zhongxian County is a Qipin county magistrate, one of whom is responsible for the management of public security. In the lower County, there was a magistrate of eight grades, and a captain of nine grades. Other officials, such as Zhubo, Gongcao, Yao and Shi, were employed by the county, not by the imperial court. The county chief is appointed by the imperial court, and the personnel in the county can be appointed by the county chief or dispatched by higher authorities.


    There are townships, pavilions and Li under the county, which are generally one Li for 100 households, one Pavilion for ten li and one township for ten pavilions. In the township, there is one rank and one senior citizen for each of the eight grades. In the small township, there is one senior citizen for each of the nine grades. In the township, the chief executive is the rank and the senior citizen for each of the eight grades. Pavilion is set up Pavilion long, in charge of public security, do not have Pavilion waiting and pavilion pawn. The chief of Li is Li Kui. Officials in townships, pavilions and Li are appointed and removed by the county and other higher authorities.


    Changshe city is a big county. There should be one commander, two captains, one Cheng, and other officials. There are always twenty or thirty people in all. Before long, the soldiers outside reported that the county officials had arrived in the lobby, waiting for the magistrate to see them. So Huangfu Chaobo gave the magistrate a wink and escorted him to the lobby with a team of soldiers.


    When he got to the lobby, the magistrate first introduced the county magistrate and several main officials to Huangfu Chaobo. Then he went straight to the subject and said that he had been in good health recently. Later, all the affairs of the county were entrusted to Huangfu Chaobo. Then, he went back to the backyard under the protection of the soldiers. During this period, the county magistrate gave the county magistrate a wink, but the county magistrate thought about it for a while and shook his head imperceptibly. However, this little action was not found by Huangfu Chaobo.


    As soon as the county magistrate left, Huangfu Chaobo introduced himself to each of them. Then he said something to each of them that was not nutritious. He asked the chief officials to sort out all kinds of materials of the society and send them to him. Huangfu Chaobo himself went back to the backyard to find the county magistrate. According to the principle, there should be a county magistrate in the magistrate''s club, but he didn''t see him. We must ask him clearly before he can feel at ease.


    When the magistrate was asked, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. It turned out that there were two. But two years ago, one of them left because of illness, and there was no suitable person, and no one from the top. So after Huangfu song attacked the county captain, there was no one. Now Huangfu Chaobo is the only acting County captain.


    It was not until the evening that the county officials handed over the statistics to Huangfu Chaobo. At this time, the barracks also handed over the situation of the villages in changshe.Pick up the information and see:


    changshe:


    the city has a population of 98056


    villages: 547, 316 large villages, 119 medium villages and 112 small villages.


    Another look at the information handed in by cavalry: the total number of villages is 547, of which 252 are abandoned: 158 are big villages, 108 are middle villages, and 29 are small villages. Among the existing villages, 89 belong to the imperial camp and 206 belong to the Huangjin camp. Among all the villages, there are 116 big villages, 128 middle villages and 303 small villages.


    Hiss... In less than half a year, more than 200 villages have been defeated, and most of them have been demoted. What''s more surprising is that the imperial camp is now less than 100.


    Let''s look at the current situation in changshe City: 10000 County soldiers and 1000 Huben cavalry of the imperial court.


    Looking down again, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned: the soldiers of the prefecture and country consumed 80000 Jin of grain and 360000 tons of silver a day; in a month, they had 2.4 million jin of grain, equivalent to 24000 stones, 320000 tons of copper and 10800 liang of silver. Huben cavalry consumes 20000 catties of grain a day and pays 320000 tons of copper. In a month, it costs 60000 catties, 6000 stones and 9600 liang of silver. In a month, 11000 soldiers will need 30000 yuan of grain, 30000 yuan of grass and 24000 yuan of money....

 Chapter 148

    Looking at the long list of figures on the grain rates, Huangfu Chaobo almost jumped up and yelled: "Damn, it''s only more than 10000 soldiers. Why do you want so many grain rates a month? That what... Mr. Xian Cheng, have you miscalculated


    With a bitter smile on his face, the county magistrate said, "Lord Hui, it''s not wrong. There are so many. That''s why he recruited only 5000 soldiers at the beginning... This does not include the grain and other expenses of the county officials. "


    Er, Huangfu Chaobo thought that he was already very rich, with more than 20000 Liang and more than 2000 stone grains. He didn''t expect that his money would only be enough for these soldiers to pay for one month, but the grain would not be enough for one day. No wonder everyone says that war is money....


    "How much money do we have now?" Huangfu Chaobo asked carefully;


    "Lord Hui, there are still 80000 stones of grain and 92000 liang of silver in the county."


    "That is to say, we only have enough grain for two months and enough silver for five months?" Huangfu is speechless.... "What about the monthly income of the county? What''s your income like? "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought in his heart that such a big county should have a lot of income in a month. As a result, he fell into the ice cellar.


    The tax in the game is collected by 5%, but only 2% of it goes to the county, and the other three points, county, state and court, have one point each. Every month, the income of the county is less than ten thousand taels of silver and eighty thousand stones of grain. According to the present soldiers, they can''t make ends meet every month... And after two months of war, the player''s income must be lower than before...


    Oh, my God... Huangfusong, why did you give me such a mess... Er, it suddenly occurred to Huangfu Chaobo that it was his next choice.


    Huangfu shook his hand at the officials below and said, "go back first, I''ll see..."


    That night, Huangfu Chaobo gathered together people from all over the world and Huang Zhong and Chen Jing to discuss how to face this situation.


    At first, the whole world was laughing at him for being a county magistrate. But when Huangfu Chaobo told the story, everyone looked at him sympathetically...


    Xiao Jie heard that the money is only enough for a few months, and the grain is only two months. He said, "this... I can''t play any more. Boss, why don''t we give the magistrate back to that guy, just be the county captain. "


    "No way." Zongheng immediately said, "it''s not easy to deal with this magistrate. Maybe in the future, we can really take down changshe city. It''s a pity to let it go like this."


    "But the problem is that we can''t make money and food


    "Give up when you meet some difficulties? No, it can last a month or two. Let''s all think about it and see what else we can do? " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    ...


    After discussing for a long time, we didn''t come up with any solutions. Finally, Huang Zhong reminded us that Huangfu song had left a letter to Huangfu Chaobo from Feng Yingchuan. Maybe you can ask for or borrow some food from him. As long as you survive the first few months, there will be no problem in the future. After all, after the yellow scarf is settled, the Huben cavalry in Huangfu Chaobo''s hand will be returned to the imperial court.


    Of course, the most important thing at present is that our village is still NPC Huangjin village. Now the most important thing is to bring down the two villages. By then, the two villages will be able to support food for a few days at least. With this in mind, Huangfu Chaobo has another idea. Now there are more than 200 abandoned villages in changshe, that is to say, if these 200 village heads have no villages, they can not help them to bring down the villages at a certain price, while the other party will pay them a certain amount of money or food by instalments in the same way as buying houses in reality.


    After a whole night of discussion, they finally decided on several methods.


    The first is to knock down one''s own village first. And then we''ll start with as much food as we can in the two villages.


    The second is that Huangfu Chaobo went to Yangzhai to ask Kong for or borrow food and pay.


    The third is that Huangfu Chaobo sent troops to help the players fight the village. After several discussions, the final price was set at 5000 Jin of grain in the small village, 10000 Jin of grain in the middle village and 20000 Jin of grain in the big village, all paid in one year. Anyway, there is a contract agreement in this system, and the village heads are not afraid of those players'' default. If this is done, as long as more than 200 villages in changshe are destroyed in the past few days, 30 to 40 thousand shekels of grain will be recorded in Huangfu Chaobo by the end of next month. There should be no problem if we add a little bit of other places at that time. As long as the first few months have passed, after a few months, the tax revenue will basically be able to level off. If we can get some food from Kong, there will be no problem.


    Now it''s game time, June 18. There are only more than ten days in this month. That is to say, if more than 200 villages are destroyed in these ten days, the tax of next month will be much better. Although it is impossible to return to the level before the war, at least it can be filled. There are 158 big villages, 108 middle villages and 29 small villages. If we want to send troops, there must be at least 3000 guards in changshe City, that is to say, only 8000 troops can be sent out. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo decided to keep 1000 soldiers each for bow, spear, sword and shield. But the problem is that the villages are scattered, and villages at all levels are mixed together. How can we reasonably allocate troops? After Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, he had ten generals, each of them led a team, and he could sweep the pieces. When he saw that he wanted to fight, he would fight down. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that hundreds of villages should still be able to make some more profits, such as warriors and craftsmen. Yes, that''s it.Think of here, Huangfu Chaobo and everybody made a bottom, temporarily won''t hand in the county magistrate''s official seal. Tomorrow morning we will arrange troops to fight down Zongheng village and Luoshen village. Then a group of people from all over the world took their original team to deal with the affairs of Zongheng village, while Jia Jing took more than 80 craftsmen and a team of infantry from his city to Luoshen village. Then Huangfu Chaobo opened a map of changshe county government, called his ten generals and Adu''s two generals, and arranged for them one by one. One of Chen Jing and Dugu brothers guards the city with 3000 infantry, while Huang Zhong temporarily commands Huben cavalry as a reserve team, ready to support all teams in and out of the city. The other two men and the other seven generals of the Dugu brothers shared the remaining 7000 troops equally, 800 to 900 in each team. Then Huangfu Chaobo assigned each team an area, one piece in each team. The people of Luoshen army were also divided into ten teams. Each team of NPC soldiers was equipped with one team. One was to better convey information, and the other was to help them guard the prisoners. And Huangfu Chaobo himself is in the city waiting for the player village head to sign the system contract with him. After dealing with things here, Huangfu Chaobo takes people to Yangzhai to ask for money and food. After everyone has confirmed that there is no mistake, everyone will leave.

 Chapter 149

    After the discussion, Huang Fu Chao sighed with relief. He finally made up his mind, but no one knew where to go. Only then did Huangfu Chaobo think that it would be nice if there was someone around him to give advice. Now the generals in hand don''t have to worry about it for the time being, but there are no civil servants. In such a big county, if you only rely on a few players, you can''t manage it well. If you use more players, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t feel at ease. Moreover, his county government is temporary. I wish I had a military adviser. I don''t need a dozen people to discuss these matters in one night... Talent...


    Thinking of this, Huangfu chaobolian called Chen Jing over. Now the taverns and inns in the county are high-grade, which should be much more attractive to NPC. Let him arrange people to stay there 24 hours. Once he finds that there are literati, he immediately informs himself that talent is an urgent matter.


    The next morning, June 19, 184. The players of changshe are online. Received a long Club Player''s system message.


    "Changshe player system news:


    in view of the great losses caused to changshe players by the battle of changshe, many villages of village head players were abandoned. In order to restore the stability of changshe as soon as possible, after urgent discussion between the county magistrate and a group of officials, it was decided that changshe officers and soldiers should send troops to help each village head player regain the village. For specific matters, please go to the school yard of changshe city before 12:00 noon on June 19 Shedai County Wei Huangfu Chaobo. Once again, please ask the village head of the player who needs help to apply before 12 o''clock


    Then the system messages were broadcast three times in a row.


    Boom...


    The news immediately caused a sensation among the players. At this time, changshe players know that Huangfu Chaobo has become the Daixian captain of changshe city. I didn''t expect that the first thing he did as soon as he got on the horse was to help the village head players recapture the village. This made the players who lost their villages in the battle of changshe very cold.


    Many of the former village heads immediately took people to changshe city. As they walked, everyone thought that the players and NPCs were different. If they changed NPCs, they would not care about the village of the village heads.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo is sitting at the gate of changshe City, anxiously waiting for the player village head to come. Although the system announcement was made early in the morning, Huangfu Chaobo still has no bottom in his heart, and he doesn''t know how the players will react. At this time, Huang Zhong''s Huben cavalry, Zong hengxia and Jia Jing''s three detachments had already set out. The other nine teams have been waiting in the school yard. Once a village in their area comes to apply and signs the system contract, Huangfu Chaobo will show the token to the player, and then let him lead the soldiers to fight. When the village is down, the team will wait for the next player with the Huangfu Chaobo token in that area until all the villages in charge of the area win or lose It''s the first of next month.


    In half an hour.


    "News from changshe player system: congratulations on the players''re occupation of Zongheng village."


    This news did not cause much surprise among the players. After all, we all know the relationship between Zongheng and Huangfu Chaobo. He was the first one to recapture the village, which was expected by the players.


    After a few minutes, several players appeared in Huangfu Chaobo''s sight, which made Huangfu Chaobo feel relieved.


    The next thing is simple. The player''s village head first looks at the contract made by Huangfu Chaobo. If he agrees, he will go to the officials nearby who confirm that it is his original village that he wants to fight. Then he will go to Huangfu Chaobo to sign the contract and get the token.


    A few people came to see that there were conditions, and everyone hesitated. However, some people calculated that they had to draw a lot more than they did. Soon someone signed a contract with Huangfu Chaobo. As for the systematic notarization of the contract, it was naturally Huangfu Chaobo''s business. However, due to the small amount of money, the system only charged a fee of five copper For Bo, it''s a little bit of a joke. Besides, there are still two copper mines that have returned to the county''s finance.


    When you have the first one, you have the second one, and the third one...


    An hour later...


    "Changshe player system announcement: congratulations to player Chaojing, occupying Luoshen village..."


    This caused a sensation among the players. Although we don''t know who Chaojing is, we all know that Luoshen village was originally owned by Huangfu Chaobo. Of course, this is not important. The important thing is whether it means that not only the village head of the original player, but also ordinary players can occupy other people''s villages.


    As a result, more and more players rushed to changshe county. Player village heads are in a hurry to the city, who knows if they will let others occupy the village when they are late?


    Huangfu Chaobo did not expect that Xiaojing would have such an effect when he was the village head. This next side of the wait-and-see players village leaders can not stand, one by one hastily came forward to sign the contract.


    At this time, in Sanjian village, ten miles northwest of changshe City, there was chaos in the administrative hall. All the important people in Sanjian village gathered together, because now the person in charge of changshe city has become Huangfu Chaobo. You know, Luoshen village was defeated with the efforts of all the people. It''s a fake to say that Duoqing sword doesn''t regret now. So after hearing that Huangfu Chaobo had become the captain of changshe County, duoqingjian immediately gathered his two brothers and the leaders of a group of players to discuss what to do.Although Sanjian village was almost abandoned under the attack of Zongheng village, it was still lucky to avoid a disaster. Since then, Duoqing sword has been buried in its development. With the help of Yuzhou Huangjin, Sanjian village has been back to its former state in a few months. However, Duoqing sword has not gone crazy any more. Instead, it has listened to the yellow scarf Counselor''s advice and has been buried in its own strength. In this long-term community war, Sanjian village has also gained a lot of benefits. Not only has Sanjian village been upgraded to a big village, but the overall strength of the village has also been well developed. Unfortunately, in the end, the Huangjin army failed and the court won. Especially in the last battle, although the yellow scarf army failed in the end and was burned by a big fire of Huangfu Chaobo, the players were always ready, especially the players like Huangjin invincible and affectionate sword, who gained a lot of benefits in the end. When the Huangjin army was defeated in the last World War, Sanjian village gathered nearly a thousand Huangjin soldiers. The most important thing is that Duoqing sword accidentally saved a man, Bohua, the younger brother of BOCAI. At that time, the Huangjin army was reformed greatly, and Bohua was separated from BOCAI army. Then, he was injured by the general of Chaoting army, and saved by Duoqing sword who was just fishing in troubled waters He returned to Sanjian village with the collapsing soldiers. Now he is recovering in Sanjian village. Of course, these are not the key points, the key is that the long club has the final say by Huangfu Chao Bo.

 Chapter 150

    Looking at the amorous sword, he hesitated all the time. Merciless sword said anxiously: "brother, what are we going to do? Have you thought about it? "


    Seeing the amorous sword swinging back and forth in front of everyone''s eyes, my mouth is so anxious that I get angry. Since I got the news last night that Huangfu Chaobo has become the captain of changshe County, the amorous sword called everyone together to discuss what to do. But after a night of discussion, we didn''t come up with any results. There are only a few plans. One is to send someone to surrender to Huangfu Chaobo, but I don''t know if the other party will let him go. Another plan is to give up Sanjian village and hide in a place that Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t know. In fact, the latter plan is the best one at present. Resist. It''s impossible to compare the strength of a big village with that of a county. Moreover, as long as Huangfu Chaobo sends troops over, his village can be flattened every minute. It''s not only no fault, but also meritorious. But I really let myself give up a village that has been built for more than a year, saying that no one will give up. You know, I built it little by little with people... As a matter of fact, it''s not difficult for duoqingjian to rebuild a village. After a big war, the harvest of Sanjian village can be said to be full of pots and pans. Because it''s a local battle, plus the internal relationship of Huangjin, Sanjian village got more than a little before the defeat of changshe. There are several drawings of villages at all levels, plus some other things, such as construction It can be said that building a village with drawings, weapons and equipment, money and so on is a matter of free hand. It''s just that I''m reluctant to give up now.


    "Newspaper"


    Just as duoqingjian was still hesitating, a player rushed in and said: "boss, the tigers and leopards of changshe city turned around and came to us after they defeated Luoshen village


    Er, in fact, the real situation is that after the Huben cavalry captured Luoshen village, they did not stay there. Instead, they prepared to return to changshe county. However, they were mistakenly thought that they were coming to attack their own village by Sanjian village players who had become frightened.


    "Coax" Now, the whole administrative hall is in a mess.


    "Brother, we can''t hesitate any more. If we let Huben ride down the village, we will get nothing. It''s better for us to take people and things with us instead of doing so."


    "Yes, brother, you can''t hesitate any more."


    "Yes


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "But tiger and leopard riding doesn''t have to come to our village..." The sentimental sword hesitated again;


    "big brother..."


    "Good..." It''s hard to disobey people''s wishes when they all ask to abandon the village. He finally decided to abandon the village. As for the place, it has been decided for a long time. A friend has a village near Wudang County in Nanyang County, and there are many good places around him. With the current strength of Sanjian village, it should be able to stand firm there soon.


    So, people soon arranged it. In the last battle, Duoqing sword used its own identity to win over a thousand yellow scarf soldiers, as well as more than 30 yellow scarf warriors. So Duoqing sword took the drawings and money of the village, and ten warriors and 500 soldiers escorted dozens of craftsmen at all levels and Bohua, who had not been injured, to Nanyang first. As for the village''s soldiers, Duoqing sword took the village''s drawings and money with it The other villagers were escorted by two people with hundreds of soldiers and players willing to follow. As for the identity problem, it''s easy to solve. After the village is abandoned, the system will have another chance to choose the camp. Just choose the neutral camp, but the contribution of the yellow scarf camp will be halved. It''s also a big loss for duoqingjian. However, it''s better than choosing the court camp directly. In that case, Huang Jin''s merits will be cleared directly.


    "Dingdang, news from players of changshe system, Sanjian village of changshe county is abandoned..."


    Huangfu Chaobo, who is busy registering with the village head, is just a little stunned when he hears the news. He shakes his head with a smile and doesn''t think about it any more.


    If duoqingjian knew that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay attention to himself, he didn''t know what he thought.


    A month later, a new village of sanjianke village was built along the mianshui River in Wudang County, Nanyang County, Jingzhou. Of course, this Huangfu Chaobo had no idea.


    I''ve been busy all morning. By noon, all the big villages have signed contracts, and the middle and small villages have signed most of them. A total of 218 villages have been signed, and 34 small villages have not come. However, this is exactly what Huangfu Chaobo wants. If all the villages are signed, there will be no villages for players to practice. Besides, there are some player teams who want to fight villages, so the effect should be the best now. As soon as the time came, Huangfu Chaobo left immediately. Sure enough, after Huangfu Chaobo left, there were still people coming, but now there was no one to find, so I had to admit my bad luck. The village head players who came late were basically those who went online late. Although they rushed to the city as soon as they heard the news, they still didn''t arrive.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo took people to his village to have a look. Seeing that dozens of people were busy repairing all kinds of buildings in the village, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help feeling a lot. When he ran away from here a few months ago, he thought that one day he would recapture the village. He didn''t expect that he would really come back here after a year. And now, compared with before, it''s just a heaven and a earth. Up to now, I really don''t know whether I should thank Sanjian village or hate him. ha-ha... I didn''t expect that before I went to find him, I was so scared that I abandoned the village and ran away. To be honest, Huangfu Chaobo really didn''t want to find trouble with them now."Super... Here you are While Huangfu Chaobo was pondering over it, Jia Jing stepped forward;


    "well," he gently hugged the girl in front of him, and Huangfu Chaobo said, "Xiaojing, it''s hard..."


    "No, I don''t think it''s hard to help you."


    Looking at the craftsmen working in the village, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly brightened up and said, "Xiaojing, do you think our village will go on the same way or find another way?"


    "Well? What do you mean Jia Jing looks at him puzzled;


    "you see, our villagers are basically craftsmen. In addition, we should be able to catch some of them these days. In my opinion, if we don''t build the village into a production base, it''s a pity that there is no upgrading plan for the village, or if we build thick wooden walls directly, the defense will be much better. It''s better to be promoted to town. "

 Chapter 151

    Huangfu Chaobo means to increase the proportion of craftsmen in the villagers, not to recruit a large number of ordinary villagers like ordinary villages. However, there is one point. Today''s refugees are generally family members, so Huangfu Chaobo only means that if there are no craftsmen among them, they will not be recruited into the village as far as possible. Jia Jing listened to a little thought on the reaction, immediately she took two drawings from her pocket in front of Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo took it and saw that it was three drawings of Zhongcun and two drawings of Dacun, including those of Huangjin camp and Chaoting camp. He immediately asked her how she came. It turns out that Huangfu Chaobo gave the changshe city of these yellow scarf camp drawings to Jia Jing after it was encircled, while the Chaoting camp collected them along the way with Huangfu song and others a few days later. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t look at them, and once he got back to changshe, he directly lost them to Jia Jing.


    So they went to the village''s administrative office immediately. Now Huangfu Chaobo has 86 craftsmen in the village, plus their hundreds of family members, so he put 100 names on the list of villagers. In addition, the infrastructure in the village has been repaired in the morning and has met the requirements of upgrading, so Huangfu Chaobo directly upgraded the village.


    "Dingdang, congratulations to player Chaojing, who successfully upgraded Luoshen village to an intermediate village."


    "System announcement, congratulations on Yingchuan long community''s Luoshen village promoted to intermediate village."


    Soon after the system announcement came out, Xiaojiejie and Adu sent an application to enter the village. Huangfu Chaobo added both of them, and then added several other generals and the remaining craftsmen and family members who had not yet joined the village. Tell Jia Jing to build the wall first, and then upgrade the buildings required for upgrading. After arranging these, Huangfu Chaobo took people to Yangzhai. As for the gift, it''s already ready. A fine horse and Huangfu Chaobo have selected some of NPC''s favorite treasures from the spoils. This gift is not light. The good horse in the game is just like a good car in reality. If someone gives him a Big Ben as a gift, does anyone say that his gift is too light.


    Yangzhai is located more than 50 miles to the west of changshe. More than ten people from Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived in Yangzhai city in more than an hour.


    After entering the city, go straight to the prefect''s residence. After handing over Huang Fu Song''s letter, someone came out to lead him into the prefecture after a while, and the soldiers under him were not qualified to enter. I didn''t expect that Kong didn''t meet him in the hall. Instead, he was introduced into the study. Although Huangfu Chaobo was a modern man, he also knew from the book that the ancients'' reception of guests in the study meant that they were close to the guests. Huangfu Chaobo thought that the letters from Uncle Huangfu and teacher Zhu played a significant role. It seems that we should be able to solve the problem of paying for food today. At least we won''t come back empty handed...


    As soon as he entered the study, he saw a thin, middle-aged man in his 30s and 40s sitting there. He immediately came forward to salute him: "my lieutenants, Huangfu Chaobo, the county captain of zuozhongying general''s fake department, has met the governor."


    Looking at Huangfu Chaobo, Kong said: "well, it''s really a handsome young man with extraordinary temperament. No wonder brother Gongwei is happy to meet liexin... ha-ha... Well, you don''t have to be polite. I''ve known your mentor brother Gongwei and your uncle brother Yizhen for many years. Get up quickly. "


    Er... Another uncle? ha-ha... Today''s grain rates are in Europe...


    Huangfu Chaobo''s mind was full of twists and turns, but his action was not slow at all. He immediately stood up and gave a big gift to Kong: "my nephew, Huangfu Chaobo has seen uncle Kong."


    "Well... OK... Please sit down... Come on, watch the tea


    "Uncle Xie


    A moment later, a servant brought tea. Huangfu Chaobo a look, rely on. "Junshan Maojian?" The system aunt is too good at playing. This also comes up... What about Huangshan Maofeng, Xihu Longjing and Fujian oolong tea? Did you get it, too? I haven''t heard of it...


    "Oh, I didn''t expect that my nephew was also a tea lover?" Kong Yu''s surprised way;


    damn, sure. Before playing the game, I drink it every day, but the level is not so good, but it doesn''t prevent me from recognizing tea. "Uncle Hui, my nephew only met once when he was traveling. But not as good as uncle here... The appearance of Baihao is clear and bright, the texture is firm, the color is oily, the endoplasm is fragrant, fresh and tender, the taste is fresh, mellow and sweet, the color of the soup is clear and bright; the bottom of the leaves is fresh and tender, the yellow and green are uniform and strong, and the buds and leaves bloom after brewing, just like the blooming chrysanthemum. But


    "But what?" Kong Bi asked in a hurry.


    "My little nephew once heard that the best Junshan Maojian tea was made from fresh leaves picked from one bud and one leaf and one bud and two leaves in four or five days before and after the Qingming Festival. But it seems that uncle''s tea


    "Yes, these are not the best teas, because now Dongting water thieves are rampant, and the best Maojian has rarely appeared." Kong said, "well, let''s not talk about this. I don''t know what''s the matter with you today."


    "First of all, it''s because when my nephew traveled in the grassland, he caught several horses and specially sent one to my uncle. Second, I want to ask my uncle for help because of the food and salaries in changshe city. " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "horse? You mean the horse? Brother Yizhen said in his letter that you have several horses, all of which are rare among the horses. Unexpectedly, he even sent one to me. Where is it? Let''s go and have a look Then he took Huangfu Chaobo out...Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel depressed. Why do these people forget everything when they hear about horses? I guess what I said is in vain.


    As soon as he got to the door, he saw the snow-white horse at once. He walked forward with a smile and looked around the horse for several times. He kept saying, "well, it''s really a rare horse. Good horse... pretty good... Come on, take the horse to my stable and remember to use good horse material to serve me. If anyone makes a mistake, I''ll break his leg After that, he remembered what Huangfu Chaobo seemed to have said, and said, "what else did you say, nephew?"


    Well, I knew it was like this...


    While following him to the study, he told him about the current situation of changshe.


    After hearing this, Kong Bi also fell into a deep meditation. According to reason, the imperial army could not use the local treasury at will. However, the commune has been surrounded for more than two months, and it is estimated that the food and rates there are almost used up. Now Huangfu Chaobo has two responsibilities. He is not only responsible for the extermination of the remaining yellow scarf thieves in Yuzhou, but also responsible for the 10000 soldiers in changshe county.

 Chapter 152

    After thinking about it for a long time, Kong said: "well, there is still some money and grain in the county. I will give you 300000 yuan of grain and grass and 150000 liang of salary and silver. Then, in the next half year, I will ask the governor of the prefecture and the county for instructions. Let the society free it first, but the court can''t pay less. After half a year, there should be no problem?"


    "No problem. As long as we survive for half a year, we will not be able to turn in less money in changshe county. This uncle can rest assured that After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo still talks a fart half a year later. I don''t know if changshe city is still under my control. There must be no problem.


    Therefore, Kong gave Huangfu Chaobo the voucher for withdrawing money and grain, and let Huangfu Chaobo withdraw it from the Treasury. Next, Huangfu Chaobo and Kong Bi had a lot to talk about for half a day before he got up and left. Of course, he didn''t forget to take the money before he left. As for the grain, he couldn''t take it even if he gave it to him. He had to wait until the village affairs of changshe were finished and then bring the soldiers to transport it.


    When they returned to changshe, it was going to be late. Huangfu Chaobo first went to the house in the city and put all the money away. If he accidentally hung up, it would be miserable. Then he took people to Luoshen village again. After all, there are nearly a hundred craftsmen there. On this day, Huangfu Chaobo''s ears heard from time to time the systematic news of the occupation of the village. At first, Huangfu Chaobo also consciously recorded the number, but in the end, he really couldn''t remember it, so he didn''t bother to remember it. Anyway, he would ask the Legion of the team at that time.


    By the time Huangfu Chaobo arrived at Luoshen village, it was almost dark. Huangfu Chaobo saw that half of the wall had been built. It seemed that more people would have to be needed. So Huangfu Chaobo contacted the player leaders of the nine teams. After confirming the number of villages and the situation of the captured craftsmen and warriors, he found out that there were more than 40 villages captured today. The main reason was that the villages were scattered, but there were not many captured. There were only 70 craftsmen and two warriors, and their families were only three A hundred people. After telling them to send someone to escort the prisoners to Luoshen village tomorrow, the call ended.


    At this time, all the craftsmen in Luoshen village had been concentrated in the administrative hall and several rooms nearby, with a group of private soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo guarding around. Although the wall of the small village has been repaired, for the sake of safety, the craftsmen are still arranged together. Now, with a team around Huangfu Chaobo, there are more than 90 intermediate arms in the village. Think about it, there should be no problem.


    Nothing happened overnight. The next morning, as soon as Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing went online, they continued the construction of the wooden wall. But now there is not much wood in the village, so dozens of people have to be arranged to cut wood, so there are fewer people to build walls. Fortunately, it didn''t take long for the players of Luoshen Legion to send the captured craftsmen and warriors. Huangfu Chaobo persuaded more than 60 people to surrender on the spot and immediately put them into the construction of the wall. As for the unswerving craftsmen and warriors, they first sent a team of people to lock them up in a room of the administration hall, and then sent ten soldiers to guard them. These can only be done slowly. For the next few days, some prisoners came every day. For the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo also transferred a team of Huben cavalry from Huang Zhong in the city.


    With the increase in the number of people, Huangfu Chaobo simply sent the first 80 odd craftsmen out to cut wood, while the newly recruited craftsmen were responsible for the construction of the wall. There were many people and great strength. Soon, the wall was finished at noon on the 30th, and the wooden doors were all installed. After all, more than 400 craftsmen have been sent here one after another, and dozens of craftsmen and military prisoners have not yet been surrendered. It is inevitable that some people will be jealous.


    The task of the nine teams who were responsible for attacking the village outside also became a task in the afternoon. Huangfu Chaobo ordered all teams to gather at Luoshen village first. In the evening, all the teams arrived. When Huangfu Chaobo saw that there were 7000 soldiers, only more than 6000 came back. That is to say, nearly 1000 people were lost in these four days. However, the effect was also obvious. In four days, nearly 200 villages at all levels were captured and nearly 100000 yellow scarf bandits were exterminated. Of course, less than 50000 of them were actually killed. Besides the more than 400 craftsmen and more than 30 warriors picked up by Huangfu Chaobo, there were also 2000 families of those captured. As for other ordinary yellow scarf villagers, they were directly thrown to fight It''s my village. More than 100000 bandit soldiers have nearly 2000 points of war achievements. However, because the soldiers of prefectures and states are the main force, and Huangfu Chaobo is just the commander, only more than 2000 points are assigned to Huangfu Chaobo. However, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care. These days, his income has been very good. There are nearly 500 craftsmen and martial arts. In addition, the violent equipment and money on the battlefield have made him a lot of money The bowl is full.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was about to arrange for the troops to return to the city, a system prompt suddenly sounded:


    "Dear players, because the soldiers have been fighting for days, their morale has slightly declined. It is suggested that the players reward the soldiers to improve their morale. Please choose: 1. No reward. 2. Reward 5 days'' salary and silver, morale + 3 per person. 3. Reward 10 days of salary and silver, morale + 5 per person. 4 reward 15 days'' salary and silver, morale of each person + 10. 5 reward one month''s salary and silver, and each person''s morale + 15. "


    Huangfu Chaobo noticed that his morale was only in his twenties. After thinking about it, we have to transport grain these two days. It''s definitely impossible not to raise our morale. Five days and ten days seem to be a little less, and one month is too much. That''s more than 15000 Liang. So I chose to reward 15 days'' salary. Originally, I got more than 3000 Liang these days, so I only need to take out more than 3000 Liang."Coax"


    "The system indicates that the morale of the troops has increased by 10% due to your reward."


    "The system prompts that you must pay a certain amount of pension due to soldiers'' casualties in the battle. A total of 5186 silver will be paid this time. Please confirm the payment within ten days. If you do not pay within a limited time, the morale of the city will drop by 5% permanently."


    I''m going upstairs... Shit, I think it''s about the same if I want to jump off a building. In a few days, I''ll pay more than 5000 taels. Fortunately, there are still more than 200000 taels of silver. If you don''t pay ten Chi for a limited period of time, it will drop by 5 points permanently. The punishment is still so heavy.


    After dealing with the affairs in the village, Huangfu Chaobo returned to the city with his troops. After putting all the soldiers in the camp, Huangfu Chaobo rushed to the county government. On the one hand, he had to arrange the pension as soon as possible. On the other hand, he had to arrange to send people to Yangzhai tomorrow to transport grain. After a few days of transporting all the grain and grass back, I don''t want to worry about the money and food in the next few months.

 Chapter 153

    "Lack of money, lack of food..." Huangfu Chaobo suddenly had an idea in his mind. Now he is not short of food. He is not short of food, but it doesn''t mean others are not short of food. The players in the new village of changshe must be short of money and food. As soon as the money and food arrive, they will have 450000 stones and nearly 300000 taels of silver in their hands. Anyway, they are idle in their hands. It''s better to let them out. Now the price of food in Yuzhou is still 15-20 Jin of copper. Even if the players want to buy it, they can''t buy much. Thinking of this, as soon as Huangfu Chaobo sent out the pension for the soldiers, he immediately sent out a system announcement for the players of the long club.


    "Changshe player system announcement: in order to better assist the early development of player villages, changshe county magistrate decided after consultation with officials that all player villages in the court camp in changshe can borrow some money and grain from the County Treasury. The minimum amount of grain borrowed is 50 stones, the maximum amount is not more than 100 stones, the minimum amount of money is 10 Liang, and the maximum amount is not more than 20 Liang. The borrowed money and grain can be returned in 10 months, and the profit is good The rate is 20%, and the quantity is limited. If necessary, please apply to Huangfu Chaobo, the county captain of changshe County, before July 3, and the borrowed money and food will be directly escorted to the village by the county soldiers within 5 days. "


    As soon as the announcement was finished, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help laughing. He only felt that he was too talented and played usury. As for the players, he was not afraid that he would not pay back. There were villages as collateral and systematic contracts as notarization. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t worry at all.


    The system announcement once again caused a sensation among the players. The imperial camp cheered constantly, while the yellow scarf camp cursed again. But what is the way? Now the long club is Huangfu Chao Bo has the final say, one careless, let him give the village did not know, he has no place to say.


    Next, we will arrange the transportation of grain to Yangzhai. Huangfu Chaobo went to the barracks to have a look. One wagon can only transport 2500 Jin of grain at a time, that is, 25 stones. Moreover, there are only 1000 in changshe City, that is, only 25000 stones at a time. It takes four or five days to get from Yangzhai to changshe city. That is to say, it will take one month for all the grain to be transported by the vehicles in changshe city. What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo''s idea was not to put all the three hundred thousand stone grain and grass in the County Treasury. Since he was still a acting County captain, although he wanted to become a regular, he had to make two preparations. If you can''t turn right at that time, it''s not that you''ve made wedding clothes for others. Think about it. It''s safer to put some in your own village. Yes, that''s it. Half on both sides. Then the borrowed grain and grass will be pulled out of the city. When the time comes, they will send it directly to their own village. This year, the hands of grain, the heart is not panic.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo gathered 2000 people in the county and asked Huang Zhong to take 2000 cavalry and 3000 infantry to Yangzhai to transport grain. And Huangfu Chaobo once again sat in front of the school yard, ready to meet those village heads who borrowed usury. Now the whole villages in changshe are busy. Most of the villages just occupied are busy recruiting villagers and repairing various buildings in the village. By this time, the two armies under the command of Huang Fu Song and Zhu Jun had gradually approached the battlefield. The two battlefields of Nanyang and Dongjun will start soon.


    The army of Huangfu song came to Dongjun with the aftereffect of changshe''s victory. However, as soon as he entered the territory of Dongjun, Huangfu song found that he had no idea what to do. The reason was that there was no other reason. The players were harassed by the army of players, and the yellow scarf players gave full play to the guerrilla warfare of the Communist Party of China. Buji had already defeated fan county and was preparing to march towards Puyang. When he heard that Huangfu song was leading the army, he knew that he was not his opponent, so he withdrew to fan county. Facing the harassment of the player army day and night, Huangfu song is helpless. Fortunately, although Huangfu Chaobo didn''t come with him, zonghengtianxia left the village to Nightingale and others after he got the village. He took those Huben cavalry and warriors to catch up with the imperial army. After all, although Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to increase his military achievements, zonghengtianxia still needed it. With the relationship between Huangfu and zonghengtianxia, zonghengtianxia and Huangfu had several sources of Jianshou. After many twists and turns, zonghengtianxia finally met Huangfu song. After discussing with Huangfu song, he took on the task of vanguard with a group of players Xiaolian. As a result, more than 100000 players laid a tight defense line around the 20000 imperial army. Tens of thousands of troops are like a huge bulldozer, steadily advancing towards Fan Yang, the base of Buji army.


    Yanzhou, Dongjun, fanyangcheng, Xianya.


    Bu Ji is listening to a report of the marquis. Knowing that the imperial army is advancing steadily, bu has turned his head to a nearby player and said, "apprentice, it seems that your method is still not effective..."


    "Well, Shifu, it seems that there are players in the imperial army who can influence the decision-making of the general, otherwise the imperial army will not react so quickly. Master, then we have to guard the city tightly


    Bu didn''t speak any more. After he waved back, he sat there quietly thinking about something. It''s hard for the players nearby to say anything more, just watching.


    If Huangfu Chaobo heard the conversation between them, he would be very surprised. He didn''t expect that so soon some players would worship Huang Jin general. It seems that he''s not alone.


    This player is called Xintianyou. Originally, he was an idle player in Yanzhou. He didn''t put himself into any camp, and his strength was not very good. He was only level 40. Two months ago, after the battle of Dongwuyang City, Buji took advantage of the rest of the soldiers to go hunting in the mountains. Unexpectedly, he met a fierce tiger and killed all his guards. Moreover, Buji himself was also injured, but the tiger was also seriously injured. He was so confident that he was swimming in the woods to practice. When he saw that the tiger was about to bite Buji, he killed the tiger I killed him, but I was also seriously injured. Later, several people were rescued back to the city by the yellow scarf soldiers who came by Wenxin. After the injury has been left in Bu has side, help him to make suggestions, arrange the coordination of players. With the help of the players, that''s why Boji can sweep Dongjun.A few days ago, at Buji''s own request, he accepted Xintianyou as an apprentice.


    As a player, Xintianyou knows the result of Buji. So after knowing that huangfusong and others had wiped out Yuzhou Huangjin as they did in history, Xintianyou advised Buji to give up attacking Puyang and take back the main force to Fanyang. At the same time, he used players to harass the Imperial Army, thinking that they were ready to defend Fanyang. But he didn''t expect that the imperial players quickly cracked their own methods.

 Chapter 154

    After sitting there meditating for a moment, bu Ji stood up and resolutely said, "OK. Since it''s no use doing this, we''ll have a big fight with the bandits in the imperial court. If you win, Yanzhou yellow scarf will be saved. If you lose, let me repay the great kindness of the Heavenly Master with my death. "


    "Master..." Xin Tianyou, however, didn''t expect that he had spent so much effort to change Bu Ji''s fate.


    "I know what you''re going to say. The master of heaven is very kind to me. Only death can repay me. But you are different. " Bu has flatly refused Xin Tianyou''s advice.


    Next, bu has handed over his five thousand yellow scarf strongmen to Xin Tianyou''s three thousand men, and warned the three chieftains that everything should be arranged by Xin Tianyou. At the same time, he appointed Xin Tianyou as ten thousand man, and gave him twenty high-level military men with better qualifications. He ordered them to lie in ambush next to cangtingjin, and he led the remaining 100000 troops to set up a position in cangtingjin, waiting for Huangfu song''s army to come and prepare for the battle. His order to Xin Tianyou was that if the war was good for his own side, 3000 of them would attack the rear of the imperial court at a critical time and defeat the imperial army at one stroke. If the war was bad, he would take 3000 of them across the river and go to Dongwuyang. As for the future, he would let Xin Tianyou make his own arrangements.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    On Zhu Jun''s side, before Zhu Jun''s army arrived in Nanyang, Huang Jin''s army led Zhang man Cheng to die. Zhao Hong took over as the commander, led troops to capture Wancheng, and stationed 200000 troops to defend Nanyang, waiting for the imperial army. Soon after, Zhu Jun''s army arrived and united with the troops of Jingzhou counties to besiege Wancheng.


    Soon after, Zhao Hong died in battle, and Han Zhong succeeded Huang Jin.


    The two armies have been deadlocked in Wancheng.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Compared with Huang Fusong and Zhu Jun, only Lu Zhi, the general of beizhongying, had the worst luck. He led 50000 troops of the imperial court and millions of players. After several months of fighting with Zhang Jiao, there was no result, so he had to confront the yellow scarf army in Guangzong city. Because of the stalemate in Youzhou battlefield, the story of Liu Guanzhang''s defection to him did not happen in history.


    The situation of several armies has nothing to do with Huangfu Chaobo. He is now building a village with people crazy. The effect of usury is very good. Basically, all the new villages have applied for different amounts of money and grain. In addition to the one hundred thousand stones in Luoshen village, the three hundred thousand stone grain and grass loaned out smoothly. Only less than one hundred and twenty thousand stones really entered the official warehouse. However, the officials of changshe admired that he could get more than one hundred thousand stones of grain and grass from the state capital. Even the county magistrate who didn''t cooperate with him was much better.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo has no time to care about it. What he has to do now is to build the village and upgrade it to the scale of the town as soon as possible. Although there is no upgrade drawing yet, he has to make all kinds of preparations.


    Now in Luoshen village, Huangfu Chaobo directly pulls 1000 Huben and 1000 infantry to guard here. After all, there are 100000 stone grain and grass here. They are not afraid of thieves, they are afraid of thieves. The wooden wall of the village has been built, and the population has reached 500 with Huangfu Chaobo''s efforts. The grain outside the village has been planted in July. Huangfu Chaobo has used his power to buy dozens of cattle directly from the city at a low price. With the function of iron plow, Luoshen village has planted nearly 2000 mu of land, and by the end of the month it can earn nearly 1300 shekels of grain. Now those craftsmen have not invested in their own workshops. Instead, they upgrade the buildings in the village under the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, and then collect all kinds of materials, including wood and stone, to prepare raw materials for upgrading the village. Huangfu Chaobo, on the other hand, spilled all the people of Luoshen Legion and purchased all kinds of raw materials. Now the players of changshe are short of money and food. As for the raw materials, they all want to sell them in exchange for money and food. Therefore, the price of the materials is much lower than that before the war. Therefore, several trucks of various raw materials are transported to the warehouse of Luoshen village every day.


    A few days later, the facilities were ready.


    "System news: congratulations on the upgrading of Luoshen village of Yingchuan community to a big village..."


    Whoa... It''s finally a big village. Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing looked at each other and laughed. After several months of hard work, they finally got the result. But there''s more to come. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s plan, the village will eventually be upgraded to a town, but the wall is still divided into three parts: the inner part of the wooden wall of Zhongcun is used to make warehouses for storing all kinds of finished products and grain; the middle part of Dacun and Zhongcun is used to build workshops and warehouses for storing raw materials; the middle part of the wall of the town and the wall of Dacun is used by the residents of the town These walls will be upgraded to stone instead of wood.


    The next time is still the upgrading of walls and buildings. However, Huangfu Chaobo soon realized that he seemed to be walking into a dead end. Although he wanted to build the town into a manufacturing base, he did not recruit ordinary villagers. However, he found that less than half of the villagers are skilled, and the rest are ordinary villagers. Moreover, even if he recruited enough craftsmen in the future, it would be impossible for the village There are no ordinary villagers working for them. For example, ordinary villagers are also required to grow grain, build and maintain various buildings and shops, and ordinary villagers can become craftsmen through apprenticeship. So Huangfu Chaobo decided to recruit a certain number of ordinary villagers before upgrading to the town, but still keep a certain vacancy, and control the number of naturalized people at about 950. As for the other nearly 2000 people, they can only wait until they have the town level upgrading drawings and the village is upgraded to the town before they are naturalized, while the remaining dozens of places in the village are Huangfu Chaobo I''m willing to stay here and recruit craftsmen slowly.¡£¡£¡£


    Due to the cooperation of the players, the imperial army finally approached Fanyang city in August. At this time, Buji had been in cangtingjin for a long time to fight against the Imperial Army, which disappointed all the yellow scarf players. They did not expect that their efforts for more than a month could not change Buji''s fate. The imperial camp was overjoyed. In particular, Huang Fu Song and other generals, of course, did not refuse to fight in the field. Even if the other side had more than 100000 yellow scarf soldiers, 20000 third-class arms of the imperial court were enough to wipe them out.


    A backwater war broke out.


    Twenty thousand court cavalry against one hundred thousand yellow scarf soldiers was just a charge. Huangfusong''s full charge broke Buji''s hundred thousand army line. More than 70000 people, including Buji himself, were killed in the 100000 yellow scarf army. More than 10000 people were captured alive, and nearly 20000 others fled. No one found that, less than ten miles away from the battlefield, there was a yellow scarf soldier of 3000 people who saw the defeat of the army and quietly crossed the river.

 Chapter 155

    After losing Bu''s main force, Huang Fu Song immediately divided his forces to attack fan County, Dong''e, Gucheng and Linyi. Recover it in a few days. Then, he crossed the river and continued to recover the land of Dongjun in Hebei. A few days later, the whole city of Dongjun was occupied by Huangfu song army. On the one hand, Huangfu song quickly reported his victory to the imperial court, and on the other hand, he stationed the army in Dongwuyang to rest and wait for the imperial court''s instructions.


    Jizhou battlefield.


    The confrontation between Lu Zhi and Zhang Jiao continues.


    Outside Guangzong City, the Imperial Army surrounded the city. Although Zhang Jiao supported 200000 yellow scarf soldiers and hundreds of thousands of yellow scarf players, he knew that his soldiers wanted to solve the Imperial Army outside the city, so they didn''t do anything.


    In a forest ten miles south of the city, several people were looking towards the Imperial Army camp. In the woods behind them, there are three thousand yellow scarf troops. Yes, this is Xin Tianyou who escaped from Fan Yang and his three thousand troops. After crossing the river, they swept up all the money and goods stored in the cities of Hebei, and then went straight to Guangzong.


    For a long time, a man said: "young commander, what shall we do?"


    At this time, Xintianyou is hesitating. Is it waiting for Dong Zhuo to take over the battle with Zhang Jiao and enter Guangzong city or what to do? It must be a dead end to enter Guangzong. Now, the defeat of Huangjin army is inevitable. Do you need to take them to death, or...


    All of a sudden, Xin Tianyou had a flash in his mind. By the way, since this game can''t be broken, why don''t I jump out of this game? I remember that there is a player in the yellow scarf army who has already laid down a county. Now I have 3000 high-level arms, and I still have a position of commander-in-chief here, so I can take down a county seat. Once the yellow scarf is destroyed, I will pay some money to get a seat as a county magistrate.


    Once the decision was made, Xin Tianyou said to his three chieftains and twenty Warriors: "Guangzong city is very safe now. General Tiangong commands 200000 troops here, and the imperial army can''t break it in a short time. We only have 3000 people, and it''s not helpful to go in. Then we might as well find a county to fight ourselves, which is also a check on the imperial army. "


    When they heard this, they said, "listen to the command of the young commander." These people are all old people under Buji''s command. Knowing that Buji has accepted Xintianyou as an apprentice, they always call him young commander. In fact, it means little commander.


    As a result, Xintianyou went straight to Lingshou with 3000 troops. Compared with huangjintianxia, his advantage lies in that he has the strongest huangjintianxia infantry in his hand, and he also has the position of commander in chief. In addition, he has nearly one million taels of silver in his hand. As long as he has the conditions, he can recruit 10000 huangjintianxia troops at any time. But the disadvantage is that he doesn''t have any players in his hand, so he can''t understand the situation of each city very well. So now the most important thing is to use the players in his hand to select a county, and then recruit soldiers to fight directly.


    The yellow scarf soldiers certainly did not expect that not long after they left, Lu Zhi was taken to Beijing by Xiao Huang''s door lock, and Dong Zhuo, the new general of China and Britain, took his place. As soon as Dong Zhuo arrived, he absorbed Lu Zhi''s strategy of encircling but not attacking Guangzong city. Unexpectedly, he was defeated by Zhang Jiao and fled.


    The emperor was so angry that he immediately dismissed Dong Zhuo from his post to fight against the defeat of the army. Fortunately, Dong Zhuo threw gold and silver in Shichang, but he didn''t end up like Lu Zhi. At this time, the news of huangfusong''s defeat came back to the capital, and the government and the public were very excited. So the emperor ordered huangfusong, the ever victorious general, to transfer to Guangzong to take over the command of Jizhou battlefield.


    A few days later, Jizhou, Changshan, Lingshou city.


    County yamen, huangjintianxia is far away from the letter to talk to Tianyou. For the arrival of Xintianyou with 3000 high-level yellow scarf arms, the yellow scarf world is both surprised, happy and afraid. It''s amazing that some players directly carry 3000 high-level yellow scarf troops. Although the high-level arms of the yellow scarf army and the high-level arms of the imperial court army are not the same level, they are also one level higher than the intermediate yellow scarf arms in the hands of the yellow scarf world. The good news is that I always wanted to find an ally, but now I finally have one. What I''m afraid of is that Xintianyou will not know the current affairs and rob Changshan with him.


    When I heard Xin Tianyou express that he is not interested in Changshan, but just wants to find an alliance with himself, I was greatly relieved.


    After discussion, Huang Jintian finally suggested that Xiaxin Tianyou set his goal at upper Quyang of Zhongshan state. And huangjintianxia collected the information of the cities of Zhongshan state in two days. There are only 7000 troops stationed in Quyang, including 3000 intermediate soldiers and 4000 junior soldiers. The most recent reinforcements are only nanxingtang in Changshan. In order to cooperate with Xintianyou''s attack, huangjintianxia will send troops to nanxingtang to contain the troops stationed in nanxingtang. As for other surrounding counties, it will take four to five days for the nearest reinforcements in lunu City, Zhongshan So as long as Xintianyou can get to the county in two days, there will be no problem in the face of the court''s counterattack.


    A few days later, Liu Shi, the chief General of huangjintianxia, led the army, including 8000 NPC soldiers and nearly 10000 players. All of a sudden, several counties around Lingshou became nervous. Nanxingtang, Jiumen, Fanwu, Jingjing, and Zhongshan guoxinshi are in full swing.


    At this time, Xintianyou''s 3000 troops and huangjintianxia''s 1000 cavalry had already arrived in the mountains in the west of upper Quyang City, and the troops quietly occupied a NPC village ten miles west of upper Quyang. As soon as they attacked the village, Xintianyou spent a day recruiting 3000 archers and 4000 infantry.That night, ten thousand yellow scarf soldiers came to the lower part of shangquyang City, and one thousand cavalry soldiers of Huangjin world were responsible for the peripheral guard.


    At this time, huangfusong had led the army to force Guangzong again, but Guangzong city was in chaos, for no other reason, the big boss Zhang Jiao died. As soon as Zhang Jiao died, the Huangjin army was divided. Zhang Liang led 100000 troops to Guangzong, and Zhang Bao led 100000 troops to Quyang.


    Huangfu song attacked the city, but failed to succeed, so he closed his camp to see the change. When Zhang Liang was confused, he relaxed his vigilance. Huang Fu Song immediately dispatched his troops at night, and rushed into the battle when the chickens crowed. Huang Jin''s army rushed to fight. Zhang Liang died in the battle. More than 30000 people died in the battle, and more than 50000 people died in the river. Huangfusong burned more than 30000 yellow scarf wagons and "dissected the coffin, stabbed the corpse and passed it on to the capital".


    Just as the court players were running to celebrate, the system announcement shocked everyone.


    "System announcement: Huangjin Wanfu Changxin Tianyou captured shangquyang and got the county magistrate of Quyang himself..."


    Damn, it''s the yellow scarf player again. All of a sudden, there are two county magistrates in the yellow scarf player, and the court players are still fighting for their merits. But we don''t have to worry about it, because the yellow scarf army is fading, and the two county magistrates will soon become a thing of the past.


    However, what we didn''t expect was that as soon as we received the news of Zhang Liang''s death, huangjintianxia and Xintianyou immediately sent people to Luoyang with a large number of gold, silver and jewelry.

 Chapter 156

    In November, Huang Fusong and Feng Yi, the governor of Julu, captured Quyang (now the northwest of Jin county in Hebei Province), killed Zhang Bao and captured more than 100000 people.


    Just as everyone was waiting for huangfusong to send out troops to destroy the two outstanding county magistrates, the imperial edict arrived: let huangfusong be the general of left chariot, lead the herdsmen of Jizhou, and make him the Marquis of Huaili in Jin Dynasty, and eat Huaili and meiyang counties, totaling 8000 households. And I''ll be back in my class immediately.


    This time, not only the players, but also Huangfu song was blinded. He winked at Huangfu Li on the side. The latter saw this and immediately gave some money to xiaohuangmen. He asked if there were still two counties that had not been recovered. How could he arrange to return to the court?


    Looking at the silver in his hand, Xiao Huangmen took out two imperial edicts from his hand and said: "the two county magistrates were forced by thieves. Although they captured two counties, they did not kill more. Now the thief''s head is also dead. They also made a statement to the court that they were willing to return the two counties to the court. The emperor''s grace has pardoned them and directly appointed them as county heads. We still have to go The message. "


    Then they understood that they had made money in the court.


    Coax...


    This caused a sensation among all the players. Countless yellow scarf players have been hammering their heads and feet. If they had known that this would work, they would have gone to fight a county... I didn''t expect that as long as two people just went to shichangdai to make some money, they would turn from Huangjin county magistrate to official court magistrate...


    However, the imperial court was not unprepared for them. It directly designated the two counties as lower counties and stipulated that the number of troops stationed in the two counties should not exceed 6000. Otherwise, it would be regarded as an attempt to rebel and the imperial court would send troops to suppress them. But to be honest, this rule is too easy for players to operate.


    At the end of the battle, Zhu Jun''s battle of Wancheng was almost over.


    After three months of confrontation with Han Zhong, Zhu Jun saw that it was not easy to attack, so he pretended to retreat. As expected, the yellow scarf army was deceived and immediately went out of the city to pursue. As a result, he was ambushed in the middle of the way, and the yellow scarf army was defeated. Han Zhong, the commander, was captured and killed. Under the leadership of sun Xia, the remaining troops retreated to Wancheng. However, due to the great difference in military strength, they escaped from Wancheng with thousands of people and retreated to the Jingshan of Western Hubei. In addition, hundreds of people and their families were recruited by sanjianke village, which was just upgraded to Zhongcun, making the strength of Duoqing sword increase a lot.


    So far, after ten months, the main force of the Yellow turban uprising was completely destroyed, and only a small part of the remains were hidden. The plot of the Yellow turban uprising came to an end.


    When the players are busy saving military contributions, Huangfu Chaobo is still busy with the construction of his village.


    After months of hard work, the thick wooden wall of Luoshen village was finally completed. Moreover, in recent months, Huangfu Chaobo has also done several things. First of all, he used his authority to bring four master craftsmen and their families (blacksmith, carpenter, Tanner and winemaker) to his village. As for why there are so many high-level craftsmen in changshe City, we have to thank Huang Fusong and the former magistrate of changshe county. Generally speaking, there are different numbers of high-level or even master level craftsmen in each county. Unfortunately, there is just one in changshe city. It''s a pity that the winemaker costs too much money, so this magistrate is only used to brew some good wine for himself. As for the craftsmen of the three divisions, they were all brought by Huangfu song from Luoyang. In order to keep these craftsmen, it took Huangfu Chaobo half a day to get them to agree. Another is to appoint village heads of eight big villages, such as zonghengtianxia and Jia Jing, to be Township heads. Of course, these people have a little friendship with Huangfu Chaobo (except for their own people who have paid money).


    In December, all the troops returned to Luoyang, and Huangfu Chaobo also received the order to return the troops to the imperial court. So Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong to lead 7000 troops to guard the headquarters, and Chen Jing to lead 2500 troops and more than 100 of his own troops to guard Luoshen village. He returned to Luoyang with eight warriors, 500 long society cavalry and 1000 Huben cavalry. Of course, a few days before his departure, Huangfu Chaobo did a good job. That is, after a long talk with the county magistrate, the county magistrate finally agreed to submit a letter to the court to beg for sick leave. At the same time, he recommended Huangfu Chaobo to replace him as the county magistrate of changshe, provided that Huangfu Chaobo ensured the safety of him and his family. After collecting the memorial, Huangfu Chaobo went to Yangzhai and asked Kong for a letter of recommendation signed by him and Yushou governor.


    Of course, uncle Kong''s letter of recommendation comes at a price. The price is that Huangfu Chaobo bought one kilogram of top grade Junshan Maojian from Changsha for several months. However, Huangfu Chaobo only used two liang this time. As for the assassin, uncle Kong took care of it. With Huang Fu Song and Zhu Jun in the background, the assassin signed his name without saying anything.


    Huangfu Chaobo took more than 1000 soldiers. Because they were all cavalry, they arrived in Luoyang in a few days. At this time, Huang Fusong and Zhu Jun had only been back for a few days. Huangfu Chaobo hurriedly handed over 1000 soldiers of Huben. After the handover, he talked with Huangfu Jianshou about it, and then he took some generals to the West Court where he bought officials. He had to find out the price of this official position before he could arrange it, but this time Huangfu Chaobo came to Luoyang with a lot of money, a total of 100000 Liang.


    As soon as he arrived at Xiyuan, Huangfu Chaobo found that there were so many people. At first glance, all the Xiaolian who went out with the army have come back. We all gather together to see what the market is.In the crowd, Huangfu Chaobo finally found several acquaintances, such as Zongheng and others. In the past few months, they have made a lot of money. It is said that now the military contribution has reached nearly 80000, but this is far from the 150000 plus of Huangfu Chaobo. It is said that the highest among the yellow scarf players is less than 50000 points, but they already have two county magistrates. But the only player in the court is Huangfu Chaobo, the acting County captain.


    At the price of each rank, everyone was startled.


    "Zhengjiupin Dubo - 100 Liang + 1000 military achievements, zhengbapin Bairen general (Tuen general) - 500 Liang + 5000 military achievements, zhengqipin yamen general, Qidu, Buqu governor (junhou) - 1000 Liang + 10000 military achievements, zhengliupin junsima, Biebu Sima, Duwei, Qidu Wei - 2500 Liang + 50000 military achievements, zhengwupin Xiaowei - 5000 Liang + 100000 military achievements, zhengwupin Zhongying general¡ª¡ª 10000 Liang + 200000 points. After obtaining the official position, all military achievements need to be divided into corresponding points, and the remaining military achievements can be exchanged for corresponding rewards from the meritorious service department of Sili Xiaowei mansion or the local prefecture government. The reward items include various drawings, weapons and equipment, skill books, etc. The military contributions of separate campaigns can not be accumulated. They must be exchanged within two months after the end of the campaign. If they are not exchanged within the specified time, they will be cleared automatically after the expiration of the time limit. "

 Chapter 157

    Looking at the prices of the official positions on the list, everyone was thinking about what official positions they could win. They were all around the world and asked, "how''s it going? Brother, are you good enough to win the war? "


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head: "it''s not enough. It''s tens of thousands of points short. Forget it, the officer of Zhongying general is not very useful. No matter how high it is, you can buy the rank of general directly." Then he lowered his voice and said, "this is not so important. The important thing is that the official must take it down."


    Even if you think about it all over the world, as long as the official is taken down, it will not be a piece of cake to be promoted in the future.


    After they both lined up to pay, they retired from Xiyuan. Zonghengtianxia took people to Xiaolian''s rest post house, while Huangfu Chaobo went back to Huangfu song''s residence.


    In the evening, Huangfu Chaobo handed the two memorials of the county magistrate and Kong to Huangfu song. Huangfu song immediately sent someone to invite Zhu Jun over. After discussing for a while, the two decided that it was better to ask someone else to submit the two pieces. After thinking for a long time, they decided to ask Liu Yu, the imperial master of the Han Dynasty, to give the two discounts. So they decided to take Huangfu Chaobo to see Liu Yu overnight. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo gave Huangfu song the four bags of tea he was carrying. Huangfu song took a look and said with a smile, "I didn''t expect you to be ready. It''s hard to buy in Luoyang now. It''s OK. Gongwei and I have one bag each. Take the rest two bags with us. But I have to bring something else. " Thinking of himself, he took two calligraphy and paintings from his study, and a line of three people went to Taifu.


    Liu Yu is worthy of being a good man. After learning about the intentions of several people, he read two folded books and readily agreed. He also liked the tea that Huangfu Chaobo sent him and joked that if he wanted to drink such tea in the future, he would go to Huangfu Chaobo. For Huangfu Chaobo, of course, he readily agreed. It''s hard for NPC to get such a thing, but it''s not difficult for players.


    When he came out of Taifu, Huangfu Chao was relieved. It seems that there should be no big problem. Next, we just wait to send money to Xiyuan.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo and other Xiaolian were waiting for the imperial edict at the gate of the palace. Sure enough, after a short time, a small yellow gate came out to find Huangfu Chaobo. After handing in 100 liang of silver, the small yellow gate took Huangfu Chaobo to Xiyuan to pay.


    At the time of sanchao, the edict came down.


    "In order to pacify the rebellion, the emperor announced that the officers and men of all walks of life made great contributions to the fight against the yellow scarf and the anti thieves. According to the merits and deeds of all the officers and men, the imperial court commended them for begging for thieves. The rewards are as follows:


    1.


    2. Zhu Jun was granted the title of general of zhengerpin right chariot and led the commander of Sili.


    3. Feng Huangfu Chaobo was the captain of the five grade bandit school and the magistrate of the chief society.


    4. Cao Cao was appointed Prime Minister of Jinan.


    5. Sun Jian was appointed as Sima of the sixth grade division.


    6. Seal Ye Lai Xiang for six grade department Sima.


    7. He was granted the title of commander in chief.


    8. Feng Wuyu was the commander of zhengliupinqi.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    100000 yuan, seal for zhengqipinya goalkeeper.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    One million yuan and one hundred thousand yuan were awarded as the general of zhengbaping village.


    After a million. There are millions of players who have been given the positions of commander and commander, which also gives countless players the right to lead soldiers. On the other hand, it''s just a small commander and commander. He can lead several soldiers, but his attack and defense ability is more than 20% better than that of the players with the same forces, and the attack and defense ability of less than 20% is enough to widen the distance between players.


    As for Huangfu Chaobo''s position as the commander of the fifth grade school, many players know it well, but it''s a big surprise for him to become the magistrate of changshe county. There are enviers, more envious, and more hateful. At least most of the yellow scarf players are like this. After all, his fighting achievements are obtained from the yellow scarf players. However, the court camp players are finally relieved, at least now the court camp players finally appeared a county magistrate, but also a big county magistrate. Especially in the world, I finally put down my heart. As for the peach three brothers, because the players have changed the situation of Youzhou, from beginning to end, the three brothers have not been able to step out of Youzhou, let alone the things behind, so there is no matter. As for the Anxi County captain, there must be no more things, and there will be no more Feige''s angry mail. However, soon the players in Youzhou got a message that Liu Yan himself sent officials to the three brothers. After the defeat of the Yellow turban army, he sent three brothers to recover Fan Yang, and then appointed da''er as the county captain of Fan Yang. Originally, he was going to leave red face beside him as a marching horse, but he didn''t think that the second brother''s death would not agree, so he had to give up. So the three peach brothers, with hundreds of village soldiers and a large number of players hula, went to Fan Yang.


    For Huangfu Chaobo people, it''s quite a long way off. Now everyone is paying attention to their own income. Of course, for everyone, since they have been promoted, it''s inevitable to get rich.Officials at every level are paid by the imperial court. For example, Huangfu Chaobo, the two officials are rank thousand stones, that is to say, 1080 stones of grain are sent to him every year, which means that every month is 90. Plus there are other rewards.


    Five grade features: a small, medium and large town drawing, a master craftsman, and some money and silk.


    Six products: one small and one middle town drawing, four senior craftsmen, and several pieces of money and silk.


    Seven products: a small town drawing, three senior craftsmen, money and silk.


    Eight products: a big village drawing, two senior craftsmen.


    Nine products: a drawing of Nakamura, a senior craftsman.


    In the whole imperial camp, Huangfu Chaobo was the only one who got three drawings of towns at all levels. As for a master craftsman, Huangfu Chaobo chose a master tailor. And a total of thousands of people have got the drawings of the town and Zhongzhen. And there are nearly 5000 players who get the town drawings. As for other people''s Congress, there are hundreds of thousands of players in the village. As you can imagine, once these drawings come down, there will be a climax of upgrading the town.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Huangfusong and other court ministers suggested to the court to exempt the seriously injured prefectures and counties from taxes, and at the same time exempt all the yellow scarf players from criminal responsibility, in order to quell the chaos.


    This time, the court''s reaction was very quick. At noon, the imperial edict came down.

 Chapter 158

    "The system announced that the plot of Huangjin uprising ended. The system updates are as follows:


    1. The imperial court ordered that all system cities stop closing the soldier recruitment function to the players and forbid the players to recruit soldiers.


    2. Hebei, Henan, Jing, you, Yan, Qing, Xu and Yang have different proportions of tax reduction and exemption according to their different degrees of damage.


    3. Adjust the grain planting maturity time, and restore the grain planting maturity time from the first harvest in January to the normal time. Except for a few counties in the northeast of Youzhou and the northwest of Liangzhou, which have one crop a year, and the coastal areas in the south of Jiaozhou, which have three crops a year, all the others have two crops a year. However, the types of grain in different places will be slightly different, as follows... Except for three months in winter and one month in early spring, the first to 10th days in March and July are the planting dates, the 21st to 30th days in June and October are the harvest dates, and the middle 100 days are the growing periods. The basic yield is still 600 Jin per mu per year, that is, 300 Jin per season. The adjustment of grain planting maturity time began in January 185.


    4. All players in the yellow scarf camp will be exempted from the criminal responsibility. Players can apply to the local government to re belong to the imperial camp. At the same time, all meritorious deeds in the campaign will be halved and exchanged with the local government. The exchanged items include various drawings, weapons and equipment, skill books, etc. The military contributions of a divided campaign can not be accumulated. They must be exchanged within two months after the end of the campaign. If they are not exchanged within the specified time, they will be cleared automatically after expiration.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    With the exception of Article 3, other updates take effect at 18:00 A.D. on 15 December 184. "


    As soon as the system announcement came out, the imperial camp immediately scolded again. It''s really fast to cross the river and break the bridge. Yellow scarf players don''t matter, anyway, they can''t recruit soldiers to the system city. If this update has the greatest impact on the players, the third one is about the adjustment of the maturity time of grain planting. Especially for the Lord players, after the war of yellow scarves, everyone was empty and wanted to plant grain for several months after the war. Now, the system will adjust the time directly to normal. In this way, the development of players'' territory will be improved It''s going to be slower, so everyone is seizing the last time to step up grain reserves. For a moment, the price of grain, which has just dropped slightly due to the end of the war, has gone up again.


    Let alone the reaction of the other lords, Xiaolian, a group of players in Luoyang City, looked at each other after hearing the system update prompt. There was still half a day between now and 6 p.m., and they all ran to the inner city barracks. This is not only true in Luoyang City, but also in other places who want to recruit players of medium and high-level arms. As a result, countless people flow into the barracks of the system city in the whole game.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought as he ran, now he can recruit all the intermediate soldiers in changshe, and the senior soldiers should also be recruited from Uncle Kong in Yingchuan county city. So he only needs to recruit some forbidden guards in Luoyang, but not too many. Although the forbidden guards are strong, they can''t afford the money and food they spend every day, After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo decided to recruit one hundred Huben cavalry. One hundred Huben is not much, but it is also a great force for ordinary players. One hundred Huben can easily destroy a village without any war damage. Of course, the premise is that the other side does not have any strong generals. This is not only what Huangfu Chaobo thinks, but also what all the players in Luoyang think. After all, it''s very rare to ban and defend arms.


    As soon as he ran to the barracks, Huangfu Chaobo immediately spent 8000 Liang to recruit 100 Huben, "whoosh..." Soon a hundred Huben cavalry appeared beside Huangfu Chaobo. And the world also recruited five Huben, plus his original four just gathered a team of ten. As for others, there are more than eight or ten, less than three or five, all of them are recruited. As the top arms of the game, only the inner city barracks in Luoyang can recruit them now. If you want to recruit other places, it''s estimated that you''ll have to wait until after the story of the princes asking for Dong. Now the barracks in the outer city can only recruit guard infantry, and the company commander''s archers can only be recruited in the inner city. As for the cavalry of Sanhe and Wuxiao, they belong to the special arms of the imperial court. Not only the imperial court can have them, but the number of each kind of soldiers can''t exceed 5000.


    After recruiting soldiers, let a general send them to huangfusong''s house and arrange them with the cavalry of changshe. Huangfu Chaobo himself and zonghengxia went to the side of Sili Xiaowei. Now everyone still has some military achievements that have not been used up. I think there must be some good things in Luoyang, so I''d better exchange them in Luoyang. There are 82300 military achievements in Huangfu Chaobo and 43500 in the world.


    When they arrived at Xiaowei''s residence, they found that he was in the wrong place. The exchange price is not generally expensive.


    Drawings of various refined iron weapons and equipment at level 30-40 (including knives, guns, bows and arrows, armor and shields) and other primary military drawings, 5000-10000 points of military merit or 500-1000 liang of silver.


    40-50 level drawings of various black gold weapons and equipment (knives, guns, bows and arrows, armor, shields each count one) and other intermediate military building drawings, 10000-50000 points of military merit or 1000-5000 liang of silver.


    50-60 level drawings of all kinds of black iron weapons and equipment (sword, gun, bow and arrow, armor, shield each count one) and other high-level architectural drawings, 50000-100000 points of military merit or 5000-10000 taels of silver.All kinds of high-level special architectural drawings, 200000 military contributions or 20000 taels of silver.


    All kinds of level 60 artifact weapons and equipment drawings (knife, gun, bow and arrow, armor, shield each count one) military merit 1000000 points or 100000 taels of silver, each drawing can only be made one.


    All kinds of special products formula: 5000 points of military merit + 500 Liang silver at the primary level, 10000 points of military merit + 1000 Liang silver at the intermediate level, and 20000 points of military merit + 2000 Liang silver at the advanced level. (including tea, wine, silk, cotton, etc.)


    There are also various weapons and equipment, ranging from 5 to 500000.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    After looking at the price from the beginning to the end, Huangfu Chaobo was thinking about what he wanted to exchange. When he saw that there were still tea and wine in the recipe drawings, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that he was going to make some special products for Luoshen village, tea? No, there is already a master Tea artist in the game. By the way, I have got a master winemaker from the city? It''s just time to get a formula for liquor. It''s just OK to use it, but it costs too much food. It takes half a Jin for ordinary liquor, two Jin for good liquor, and four Jin for Jiachun. Damn it, isn''t it food? According to this calculation, a kilogram of grain costs five to fifteen copper, and the cost of a kilogram of Jiachun is not 20 to 60 copper just for grain, plus the money to buy the formula and the salary of the staff, it costs more than 100 copper only? It will cost at least one or two silver, and one kilo will make a profit. Forget it. Let''s go back and discuss the specific price.

 Chapter 159

    Looking at a long list of exchange lists, Huang Fu Chao Bo finally changed a 40 level sword, gun, bow and arrow, armor, shield and a 50 level black gold armor drawing with his military exploits and some silver, and then changed a high-grade liquor formula. In the end, there are still more than 2000 points of military achievements left. As for what this military achievement can be exchanged for, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that he should go back to changshe. However, Zongheng changed the level 40 black gold swords, guns, bows, arrows and armor, and changed some equipment for the rest of his military exploits.


    After the reward of the imperial court came down, the players'' village heads and scattered players all went back to their villages one after another. After a few days in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo and zonghengtianxia bid farewell to the Huangfu family and Zhu Jun and went back together. Huangfu song is going to take office in Jizhou in a few days, and Zhu Jun is Yin of Henan Province, who is in Luoyang.


    It''s only a few days'' journey from Luoyang to changshe. Along the way, there are systematic announcements that a village has been upgraded to a small town.


    Three days later, the group arrived in the territory of changshe, and other players left one after another. Even though the world also took more than a dozen people back to the village. Huangfu Chaobo first took people to Luoshen village. After all, he had master craftsmen to send to the village, and then he had to upgrade the village to a small town.


    From the official road to the village road, you can see the players of your own village on the roadside, practicing and collecting all kinds of materials... Along the way, everyone kept saying hello to Huangfu Chaobo, and Huangfu Chaobo kept responding. Before entering the village, I saw about 20 logging yards beside the woods outside the village, where people and villagers kept coming in and out. After the forest is nearly 2000 mu of farmland. There are hundreds of soldiers patrolling on the wall of the village, and the training voice of soldiers in the school yard of the village comes out from time to time. After handing over the master craftsman to Chen Jing, Huangfu Chaobo came to the village administration. Jia Jing was staying in the administration hall at this time. When she saw Huangfu Chaobo come in, they kissed me again. After a while, Huangfu Chaobo gave her all three drawings.


    "System announcement, congratulations on Yingchuan changshe Luoshen village upgraded to a small town, becoming the * * village upgraded to a small town in the game."


    Then Jia Jing asked, "are we going to build the stone wall next?"


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, but he still shook his head. Then he told Jia Jing what he had in mind. Jia Jing also thought it was feasible. If we repair it now, we will expand the area of Shengzhong Town, and the front will certainly be folded. This is a waste of stone. The most important thing is a waste of time. After discussion, the two men decided that the size of the town should be decided in the middle town. At that time, the thick stone wall should be built directly, and then the two walls of the big village wall and the middle village wall should be reinforced into stone walls. The three walls constitute the three barriers of the town. As for big towns, it is estimated that it will be difficult to reach that level in one or two years. After all, the scale of a medium town to a big town will reach 10000 people. After Luoshen village was upgraded to Luoshen Town, the first thing to do was to naturalize more than 2000 people who had not yet been naturalized. If Huangfu Chaobo had not naturalized all the craftsmen in their family and had sufficient money and food every month, many of them would have run away.


    Things in the village can only be done slowly. Now the most important thing for Huangfu Chaobo is to straighten out the affairs of changshe city first. After explaining something to Jia Jing, Huangfu Chaobo takes people to changshe City, and takes Chen Jing with him. Now, Huangfu Chaobo can become an official himself. As the first person to talk to him, he must be given an official.


    As soon as he entered the county, Huangfu Chaobo sent someone to call Huang Zhong and several other warriors. The party came to the county government. When I step into Huangfu Chaobo, I feel different. I used to be cautious when I came in. After all, I''m still a acting County captain and pretending to be a county magistrate. I''m always afraid that I''ll have nothing next time. Now I''m a county magistrate with eight classics. I feel more practical when I walk. Open the jade management interface in the county government office, Huangfu Chaobo can see that the name of the magistrate is still filled in the column of the magistrate. After deleting his name, enter his own name - Huangfu Chaobo.


    "System prompt, dear player, you are the magistrate of changshe County officially appointed by the court. Are you sure?"


    Huangfu Chaobo breathed a deep breath, calmed down for a while, and click "confirm"


    "system announcement, player Huangfu Chaobo was appointed by the imperial court, and officially served as the magistrate of changshe county."


    Originally, the fact that Huangfu Chaobo was appointed county magistrate has long been known by the players, so this system announcement did not attract everyone''s attention.


    "System prompt: player Huangfu Chaobo, you have become the magistrate of changshe County, and automatically have the following powers: 1. Appoint all official posts in changshe city and its subordinate villages and towns. 2. To manage all villages, towns and cities within the territory of the community. 3¡£¡£¡£¡±


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo opened the interface of official appointment again: he saw that the county magistrate was still the one who took office as county magistrate, but now there is no one to change Huangfu Chaobo, so it''s better to use him for the time being. But two county captains are about to be appointed. So he filled in the names of Huang Zhong and Chen Jing in the column of county captain.


    "Changshe player system announcement: Huang Zhong was appointed changshe County captain by county magistrate Huangfu Chaobo."


    "Changshe player system announcement: Chen Jing was appointed changshe County captain by county magistrate Huangfu Chaobo."


    Boom...


    Now the players in the whole community are stunned..."Huang Zhong... How can this guy take this name? Isn''t the system history general''s name locked? No, Huang Zhong is the emperor general recruited by players


    "Damn it, I''ve been working for a long time. Boss Chaobo is the one who has recruited a great general..."


    "Damn it, I said, how can boss Chaobo have so many military achievements? He has Huang Zhong in his hands for a long time..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    A few minutes later, the forum turned upside down.


    "Shocking... The generals of the imperial rank who were recruited a year ago appeared


    "In addition, Huang Zhong becomes the county captain of changshe County, and the first player to recruit a general of the imperial rank appears


    ¡°NB¡£ The mystery of player Huangfu''s huge achievements revealed


    "I have Huang Zhong in my hand. The super boss is powerful


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The bustle of the forum has nothing to do with Huangfu Chaobo. He still has a lot to do.


    Now he is talking to several of his warriors: "Boyang, although you and your elder brother are County captains, from now on, you will be the main one, and you will be the auxiliary one. Do you understand what you have to ask him before you can make a decision? "


    "Don''t worry, young master. Jing will take care of it. Brother Hansheng is much better than us in any aspect. I will help him to do a good job." Chen Jing''s respectful way

 Chapter 160

    Huangfu Chaobo also knew that he could accept it, but he made a special explanation. Turning to the other humanitarians on the scene, he said, "you can rest assured that I will give you official posts after everything goes well these days."


    "Thank you." Then Huangfu Chaobo arranged some things. Huang Zhong was responsible for the affairs of ten thousand soldiers in the county, and Chen Jing was mainly responsible for the public security in the county. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that he still had an official position. He was a captain of the fifth grade, and should be able to appoint an official position. As expected, there are still a large number of officers to be appointed under the rank of commander in chief of grade five: according to the system regulations, the player''s official position can be commanded by a certain army. For example, Huangfu Chaobo can command 2000 soldiers (when Huangfu Chaobo is not a county magistrate), then there are two SIMAS or captains of grade six Army (each with 1000 soldiers), and grade seven army There are 10 soldiers waiting for them (200 for each leader of yamen, Qidu, Buqu, etc.), 20 for zhengba pintun (100 generals), and 40 for zhengjiu Pindu (50 generals). After thinking about it, I still have several generals who have been with me for a long time, so I made some arrangements for each of them: Huang Zhong is the commander of the army, Chen Jing is the captain of the army, and the position of ten goalkeepers is one for each of the three brothers. One for Zhang an, one for Adu and Xiaojiejie, the other positions are reserved first, and the other five Xianbei generals are rewarded with a hundred As for Zhang Xuan, Huangfu Chaobo is going to wait for him to come back and give him the seat of bapin Sanlao under Jia Jing. Now, all his old people have officials.


    Now that all the soldiers have been arranged, the next step is to discuss the development of changshe city and Luoshen town in the future. So Huangfu Chaobo sent a message to Adu and asked Jia Jing to come to the city.


    While waiting for a few people, Huangfu Chaobo opened the list of county officials and looked at it slowly. A group of generals were chatting excitedly, especially the five Xianbei generals. They never dreamed that they would become real officers of the Han Dynasty. Moreover, they were serious generals of 100 people, who would be more beautiful than their centurions on the grassland.


    "Xian Cheng: * * *


    Xian Wei: Huang Zhong and Chen Jing.


    Master book: * *


    Gongcao: * *


    he: * *


    Shi: * * "


    when Huangfu Chaobo looked at it, he found that he was not familiar with any of them. It seemed that he had no historical generals.


    Next, look down:


    "official:


    Chief bookkeeper: * *, * * *, Zao only


    Gongcao: * *, * *, * *


    he engaged in: * * *, * *, * *


    Shi engaged in: * * *, * *, * *"


    it seems that there is no one. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly felt that there was a name he had seen somewhere - Zaozhi, this name is so strange. The surname is Zao. There is not a guy named Zao under Cao Cao''s hands. He seems to be the chief official of Cao tuntian. Is it really him.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu chaobolian opened the details of Zaozhi:


    Zaozhi, 160 years old, was born in Yangzhai, Yingchuan.


    There should be no mistake. It should be him. Huangfu jumped up excitedly. That''s great. He''s another historical military general, and he''s still a civil servant he''s short of.


    "Bang." Huangfu Chaobo patted the table and cried, "Boyang, send someone to call me the master who is called Zaozhi. Oh, no, he must be invited to me... Come on, come on


    Chen Jing was stunned. He thought that there was something wrong with that guy, but he didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo had a "please". It took a long time to respond and said, "yes, my Lord."


    "Er, oh, by the way, you are the same. When you are alone, you''d better call me childe."


    "Yes, sir."


    Chen Jingcai went out, and Jia Jing came in.


    "Boss, what kind of official are you going to give me?" Before Xiao Jie came in, he called at the door;


    "do you want to be an official? I''ll give it to you Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile,


    "what''s the length? Old Du, sister-in-law, what''s the length of it? "


    "Puchi..." Jia Jing a listen, smile.. ,


    "super product..." Adudao;


    "super product? I haven''t heard of it


    Just as everyone was joking, Chen Jing said outside, "my Lord, Mr. Zaozhi is here."


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately said to the humanists, "be quiet and get down to business first." With that, he looked up to the door and said, "please."


    Immediately, a young man in his twenties came in. He was dressed in a long gray shirt, thin and handsome, and had a pair of clear and deep eyes. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo staring at him, he quickly stepped forward and said, "I''ve only seen the county master."


    "No." Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and then pointed to the side and said, "sit down."


    "Thank you." With that, he went to the side and sat down. "No, what''s the point of calling the students?"As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw his calm and relaxed manner, he thought that most likely he was the man under Cao Cao. However, he didn''t show it on his face and said, "nothing. I just took over the club. First, I want to meet you all and get familiar with you. Second, I want to hear your opinions on some things."


    "The student is just a petty official. How can he give advice to the magistrate?"


    "Oh, according to you, you can only be a petty official all your life."


    "Er, Mr. Xian Zun, why do you say that? Water flows to the bottom and people go to the top. This is the eternal truth. Who would be willing to be a petty official all his life?" Jujube only stem neck said;


    Huangfu Chaobo heart, small sample, you still pretend high ah. "Ha ha, why did you say you can''t give me advice before I asked?"


    Jujube only a Leng, er, say oneself just now is modest? So, the heart a horizontal way: "what adult just say, some county small and medium-sized things still difficult not to pour a certain."


    "Ha ha ha... Well, that''s a great guy. Mr. Zhang should know that although the yellow scarf was destroyed, the rest of the party still exists. In order to prevent its recurrence, there must be 10000 prefectures and soldiers in changshe county. Although the imperial court has already exempted Yuzhou from taxes for half a year, the money and grain in the county are not enough to last for half a year. Do you have a good plan? "


    "It''s not so difficult. It''s just a matter of policy." "Oh, we have no way to think about it. Please give me your advice." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "no other, tuntian!"


    OK, ha ha ha... Sure enough, it''s him. Another historical general. So Huangfu chaobolian hurriedly came up to him and said, "we all have no such ability. We plan for the imperial court and for the people of changshe. Please help me. Chaobo is willing to create Mr. Zhang as the county magistrate of changshe. Please agree." With that, Huangfu Chaobo will go to the end. I will never get up if you don''t agree.

 Chapter 161

    Only then did Zao realize that he had been attacked by Huangfu Chaobo''s method and could not laugh or cry. He quickly stood up to help Huangfu Chaobo up and said, "Mr. Xian Zun, why is that so..."


    "Yes, sir." Huangfu Chaobo was still motionless.


    Jujube only helpless, way: "adult don''t need so, only allow is."


    "System prompt: player Huangfu Chaobo, historical general jujube only wants to worship you, do you agree or not?"


    "Agree" Huangfu Chaobo immediately clicks "agree" and opens his attribute interface:


    Zaozhi, Ziping 160-198


    his date of birth and death is unknown, and he was born in Yingchuan Yangzhai (now Yuzhou City, Henan Province) at the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty. He once served as Dong''e Ling, Yu Lin Jian, tuntian Duwei, Chen Liu Taishou, etc. Because of his untimely death, there are limited historical records about his life. However, the "system of stationing farmland" initiated by him occupies an extremely important position in the history of political, economic and military development of Chinese society.


    Level 40 Tong 45 Wu 28 Zhi 47 Nei 57 Mei 81


    growth value 1.130.701.171.42


    common skills: Sabre


    archery


    riding


    Special skills: agriculture, farming, commerce, public security


    farming: special skills, which can make the infantry below senior (excluding Senior) garrison, have the effect of militia, be a soldier in wartime and a farmer in leisure time. The effect of farmland is twice that of ordinary farmers. The number of garrison soldiers is related to their official positions and forces.


    "Good, good... Ha ha ha... Mr. Chao Bo De''s help is like a fish in water Huangfu was overjoyed. He was the first ox man to put forward the idea of farming.


    "System announcement, congratulations to the player Huangfu Chaobo, who has won the historical Tianjie general Zaozhi''s refuge."


    Boom...


    Only Huang Zhong came out, and then a Tianjie general took refuge.


    "Damn, it''s BT, what''s that date? Who is it?"


    "Kneel down and beg. Who knows what date boss Chaobo collected this time? Who is Dongdong''s younger brother


    All over the world, at this time, I was holding the upgrade drawing in my hand and several brothers were showing it. Now he is waiting for the people in the village to fill up and then he can be promoted to a small town. Who knows, his village has not been upgraded, and Huangfu Chaobo has recruited a heavenly rank general. All of a sudden, everyone was dumbfounded. They quickly dialed Huangfu Chaobo''s communication to ask what was the matter. They didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would not connect, and it would be the same if they dialed other people''s. Now Jia Jing and others are in great shock, while Huangfu Chaobo has no time to deal with these communications at all. He is discussing with Zaozhi about tuntian.


    At this time, yelaixiang was just leaving Yingchuan with his talents. He was thinking about how to arrange the next stage of things when he went back. Unexpectedly, the news of the system made him hear all of a sudden. He had already heard about Huang Zhong''s appointment as county captain. He didn''t expect that in less than half a day, Huangfu Chaobo recruited another Tianji general, although he was still in a hurry I haven''t heard of it. If it''s Tianjie, it must be civil servants. I didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo now has civil servants and military generals. It seems that Yuzhou could be taken by him. I can''t help laughing when I think of this. I didn''t expect that there would be such a big gap between people. Others would get military generals first, and then civil servants. Even the two yellow scarf players who used to be far inferior to him already have a county, but they are still a big village. It seems that the task must be speeded up, otherwise the benefits of the world''s first village will soon make itself a laughing stock among the players.


    Wu Yu didn''t arrive at the village until this time, because he started earlier than Huangfu Chaobo and others. He didn''t expect that as soon as he arrived at the village, Huangfu Chaobo immediately recruited a Tianji general.


    Nanyang, outside the martial arts City, by the mianshui River, in the administrative Hall of Sanjian village, heard that Huangfu Chaobo had recruited another Tianjie general, and his face became gloomy. The trip to Nanyang has gained a large number of soldiers and people. In recent days, Duoqing sword has been immersed in great joy. The system informs him that such a bucket of cold water will extinguish all the joy in his heart.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Zao only talked about the matter of tuntian in detail, Huangfu Chaobo realized that it was not as simple as he imagined. The troops he could lead were related to his rank and the position of Huangfu Chaobo. If the force you are working for is a county magistrate, you can bring 3000 primary or intermediate infantry, 5000 Taishou and 10000 zhoumu. If you reach more than three states, you can bring up to 200 million people. Then his own official posts will be increased by 1000 for Duwei, 3000 for Xiaowei and 5000 for Zhongying. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo''s idea that with jujube, there would be no need to spend grain to support the army was unrealistic.


    "That means that if you go to the garrison, you can only command 3000 troops under the current situation. How much food can you get each month?" Huang Fu Chao Bo asked;


    "Lord Hui, if every middle-level soldier is equipped with an iron plow and an ox for every 50 people, he can farm 8 mu per person in five days'' farming hours, and he can get 520 Jin of grain at the end of the month according to the harvest of changshe. If the archers were used to garrison the fields, they would only need to plough 80 Jin of grain every month. If you use ordinary infantry, you can get 220 Jin of surplus grain per month. By March next year, when the time is adjusted to meet all the requirements, a garrison soldier will be able to cultivate 18 mu of land and receive 12480 Jin of grain a year. The intermediate archers will consume 7300 Jin of grain a year. After a year, they will have 5180 Jin of surplus grain. Of course, since the beginning of this year, the grain output of our community has dropped by 30%. However, even so, each garrison soldier can still have more than 1000 Jin of grain left every year. ""Oh Huangfu Chao was very disappointed. He thought he could make his own food and grass free. In history, Cao Cao used this move for several years, but according to the game settings, the skill of garrison cultivation seems to be a bit similar to the skill of horse training. There should not be many generals. In other words, the system may be set up to limit the number of players who have such generals. However, we have 3000 soldiers who basically don''t spend any food. It''s better than everyone else. Well, be content. All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo thought that there was another official position in his introduction, so he asked, "if I appoint Mr. Huang Fu as the commander again, can I unify more than 1000 soldiers?"


    "Yes."


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo turns to Chen Jing, who has just been appointed as a Duwei. Chen Jing immediately understands the difficulty of Huangfu Chaobo. He has just been appointed an official, but now he has to return the official. It''s hard for anyone to speak. So he comes out and says, "Jing still needs to be tempered, and Ren county''s captain still dares to work hard, so please take back his position as a Duwei."

 Chapter 162

    Huangfu Chaobo thought, forget it, we''d better do it first. We''ll make up for him when we have a chance. Anyway, it''s all our own people. So he said, "well, Chen Jing was changed to be the gate General of zhengqipinya, and Zao only moved to be the prefect of zhengliupintuntian. ADU is the commander of Qi pin riding, and Xiao jiejie is the commander of Qi pin Bu Qu. "


    "Thank you


    "By the way, Mr. Zao, if you want to open up farmland and take charge of county affairs, then you


    "It''s OK, Lord. In fact, we only need to manage the farming time when we plant and collect food. In our spare time, soldiers still train in the military camp half a day and work half a day in the fields. We don''t need to stay with soldiers all the time. That is to say, the lower officials only need to be there for 40 days of farming time every year. The rest of the time they stay in the county government. They only need to inspect every ten days. "


    "Well, it''s only December 20 today, and it''s still more than two months before the beginning of March next year. It''s just the beginning of taking over the county magistrate''s office, and the government affairs in the county yamen are very troublesome. I''ll take 4000 soldiers to Luoshen town to settle down in early March next year. Well, you go back to rest today. "


    "Yes, Lord." With that, I''m going to step back.


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that his force value was not high, and he had signed up for it all just now. For the sake of safety, he had better send some people around him, so he said to Chen Jing, "Boyang, you should send a team of Huben cavalry from my personal guard to protect Zaozhi''s safety for the time being. Tomorrow I''ll transfer a group of soldiers from Luoshen village, and then those soldiers will be you I''ll be your own soldier. "


    "Yes, my Lord."


    "Thank you, Lord."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    After jujube left, Huangfu Chaobo talked with the public about the purpose of calling you here today - that is, what should the magistrate do with it.


    As soon as Xiao Jie and Xiao Jie heard it, they immediately yelled and killed the innocent. But Huang Zhong firmly opposed it. After all, he begged to get sick, and the imperial court had agreed to it. Isn''t it killing innocent people indiscriminately?


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw it, he knew that Huang Zhong didn''t know the details of the magistrate, so he asked Chen Jing to tell him what the magistrate had done in changshe in recent years. When Chen Jing said that his officials were bought, and that the money he had seized in changshe in recent years was no less than 100000 Liang, Huang Zhong stopped talking. Because Huang Zhong also knows that a county magistrate''s annual salary is less than a thousand stone, and he has to hire officials. In a few years, he has more than 100000 taels of family wealth. You can imagine where the money comes from.


    The next few people discussed for a long time before they finally made a decision. After the county magistrate took people out of the Yuzhou boundary, they sent someone to do it, and then put the blame on the huangjinyu thief. As for the person who started the operation, Chen Jing took five Xianbei generals, five Xianbei cavalry and fifty Huben, and then secretly sent his things to Luoshen village in batches. Because the county magistrate''s hometown is Jingzhou, so after watching for half a day, everyone finally chose to work near Lu county and Wuyang.


    After everything was arranged, Huangfu Chaobo went to the backyard and told the magistrate that the court agreed to his request. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo also said that he would send 100 cavalry to escort him out of Yuzhou, which made the magistrate very grateful.


    While everyone was waiting for the magistrate to return home, the magistrate in the backyard didn''t move. It''s not that he didn''t want to leave, he also wanted to leave early, but after getting the promise of Huangfu Chaobo''s sending troops to escort him, he immediately put out his original thought of taking only gold and silver, and ordered his family to pack all that they could take away. In this way, it took only six or seven days to load these things, and it took more than ten cars. In addition, the county magistrate, who was brought down by Huangfu Chaobo, was originally the county magistrate''s best friend, and also followed him back to his hometown. There were also several officials under him. There were nearly a hundred people in the party, and they loaded nearly 30 carts with their belongings. They were busy until the morning of December 30, when they asked Huangfu Chaobo for an escort.


    Huangfu Chaobo readily transferred a troop from the cavalry to him and told the general to escort them safely to Yingchuan.


    Standing at the head of the city and looking at the motorcade, Huangfu Chaobo said to Huang Zhong, "brother, you can see that the county magistrate of several years has allowed him to collect so much property. I think Chen Jing''s 100000 Liang is only half of it. I estimate that the total amount may be 340000 Liang."


    Huang Zhong gnashed his teeth beside him and said, "this damned corrupt official, it''s not a pity to die. Young master, if you don''t let me go, there are too many of them. I''m afraid they''ll have something wrong with Boyang."


    "No, you''re the county captain in charge of changshe. It''s too conspicuous. It''s better to let them go. In this way, I''ll transfer ten more warriors and fifty more Huben, and then I''ll send some people from the Luoshen army. " Huangfu Chaobo shakes his head and says, "it''s a joke. Huang Zhong''s going out. It''s sure that it can be done, but Huang Zhong is too conspicuous. Once Huang Zhong is not in the city, someone will know immediately.".


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to call the ten team leaders of Luoshen army. Huangfu Chaobo thinks that these people have been with him for a long time, so they should be very relieved. Besides, we all know that we have at least two historical generals in our hands. If we have a little idea, we should know that we will not lose money with ourselves. In addition, if you give them some sweets, I''m not afraid that they will have any trouble.After a while, ten people came to the city under the leadership of Adu and Huangfu Chaobo looked at the humanitarians: "brothers, it''s been nearly a year since I came to Luoshen army. Although I don''t spend much time with you, I never treat you as outsiders. There are a few things I want to talk to you about today, so that you can have a clear idea. " Here, Huangfu took a look at the crowd and said, "as you all know, I recruited a Tianji general a few days ago. I can tell you that he is a civil servant with 85% internal affairs. Besides, Huang Zhong is not the only general in my hand, and there are two underage Tianji generals at home."


    "Hiss..." There was a burst of inspiration below.


    "There are less than ten people who know about this, and now there are ten of you. I tell you that it''s not for anything else. I just think that since I''m my brother, I don''t have to hide these things from you, but I hope you don''t disclose them first. "


    "Don''t worry, boss. We all understand. We won''t make any difference." "Yes..."


    "Well


    There was a response below.

 Chapter 163

    Hearing the response from a group of players, Huangfu Chaobo nodded with a smile, and then said, "OK, I have an idea about the Legion. Now we have a big plate, and the main force of 500 is too small, so I think the number of direct players will increase to 2000 in half a year, that is, each of you has 200 players. Of course, we have to take our time. Now there is a very important thing for you to do together. " With that, Huangfu Chaobo pointed to the motorcade far away from the city. The players on the scene are all human spirits. They immediately understand the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Invincible buffalo said: "boss, you say, how to arrange, we will definitely do a good job."


    "Yes, yes..."


    "Well, you can take action with Lao Du. If you succeed this time, everyone will have a token and 50 silver. Then, I will let you choose one from the captured warriors in Luoshen town."


    "Thank you, boss. Don''t worry. There''s no problem. Just wait here for our good news." All the people are humane;


    "OK, you go, pay attention to things and do them in a hidden way..."


    After that, they all went down to find Chen Jing. Soon after, the party and more than 90 riders changed their face and went out from the north gate of changshe.


    After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo left the city affairs to Huang Zhong, and he went to Luoshen town. In recent days, Huangfu Chaobo has been trying his best to recruit refugees, but it still needs hundreds of talents to reach the upgrade standard of 5000 people. Later, at Jia Jing''s request, Huangfu Chaobo asked all the players of Luoshen Legion to apply to enter the village to reach the required number of people, so it immediately upgraded Luoshen town to the scale of Zhongzhen. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo also thought about whether he would upgrade the town to a big one at once. Later, he thought it over. There is not much difference between a big town and a middle town.


    "System announcement, congratulations on Yingchuan changshe''s upgrading Luoshen town to Zhongzhen town..."


    But this announcement didn''t attract much attention among the players. Now the number of villages that have been promoted to Zhongzhen is not 100, but 80. Now the ranking of villages is meaningless.


    Now the comparison between players is the number of NPC soldiers they can own. That is to say, as long as your official position is high enough and some soldiers are enough, you can completely occupy a county by yourself. Compared with players'' own city, the system city has unique advantages, perfect various functional buildings, enough population and mature commercial structure.. . All these problems can be solved as long as a county is built. It''s just that there are only three counties among the players, but it''s also a good start.


    In the second year of Zhongping, the game time was January 1, 185.


    The grain planting movement, which should have started again in the game, stopped because of the adjustment of the system. Although the war has been stopped for several months, the vast majority of Lord players have not recovered from the war. Originally, everyone wanted to plant the fields well for several months. Unexpectedly, the system came to such an end. In this way, we all know that it will take a longer time to recover. However, think about it. From now on to the next historical plot, it is estimated that it will be after Dong Zhuo''s arrival in Beijing, but there are still several years to go. If not, the player''s strength will rise to the level of NPC vassal. By then, the life of the game will be greatly shortened. In this way, the grain alone will be enough to block the vast majority of Lords The speed of home. When Huangfu Chaobo returned to Luoshen Town, there were only a few things to do, one was the fence, the other was the arrangement of craftsmen. Due to more than half a year''s preparation, Luoshen town has accumulated enough stone and wood, which is more than enough for the three walls. As a result, Huangfu Chaobo divided the villagers into two teams, one team was responsible for building walls, the other team was responsible for collecting various raw materials, and more than 500 craftsmen were arranged to work in corresponding workshops. Basically from now on, all craftsmen do not need to engage in farm work.


    Huangfu Chaobo now has five master craftsmen (one blacksmith, one carpenter, one leather craftsman, one tailor and one winemaker). The other 500 are all intermediate and junior craftsmen. There is no way. They are all captured from Huangjin village. Among these 500 craftsmen, nearly 300 are blacksmiths, and nearly 100 are carpenters. Other craftsmen, such as bow and arrow, leather armour, pharmacy, medicine farmer, mulberry planting, sericulture, wine making and so on, are more than 100.


    What should Luoshen Town focus on? How to arrange the personnel and focus of each industry? These things really make Huangfu Chaobo headache.


    Contrary to Huangfu Chaobo''s headache, the former magistrate of changshe county is very comfortable now. Since he set out from changshe City, he has been walking in the direction of his hometown Jingzhou with the mood of sightseeing. Looking at the belongings of nearly 20 carts behind him, I can''t help imagining the life of a rich man after I return to my hometown. With these tens of thousands of taels and those valuable things, I can live a comfortable life in Jingzhou, which is relatively stable. Thinking of this, he couldn''t help thanking Huangfu for Chaobo. Had it not been for him, he would not have been so determined to get away from officialdom.


    A hundred cavalry soldiers and nearly a hundred of their own servants protected their belongings properly along the way. Although the road from time to time not open-minded thieves, but were a cavalry charge to solve.What he didn''t know was that there was more danger ahead waiting for him.


    Jingzhou, Nanyang County and Luyang county are located in the northeast of Nanyang, which is the gateway from Nanyang to Yingchuan. Luyang is located in the Funiu mountain range of 800 Li, with Lushan Mountain in the northeast of 18 Li, the east foot of Funiu mountain range in the west, Heluo mountain in the north and Nanyang Mountain in the south, with a northeast to southwest trend. Luyang is mountainous, with mountains and rivers all over its territory. Although it is a small county, it is a battle Readiness Center.


    At this time, in the Funiu Mountains to the west of Luyang, a group was gathering to discuss something.


    "Big head leader, fat sheep is about to leave Yingchuan. It is estimated that you can enter Luyang county the day after tomorrow. " A man with the appearance of a small leader of mountain bandits said to a big man at the head;


    "how many people are there around?" A big man at the head asked;


    "a hundred family members, as well as a hundred cavalry in changshe County, but I heard that the cavalry only escorted to Yingchuan and would return to changshe. There should be only one hundred servants around him by then. " The little leader replied.


    "Well, we have more than 300 people. There''s no problem in taking his 100 family members. In this way, let our brothers watch carefully. It''s nearly 200 miles from Luyang to pheasant county. Let''s take them in the middle."

 Chapter 164

    Nearly 20 miles behind the motorcade of the returning county magistrate, there is also a team of horses with yellow scarves. This is Chen Jing and his party sent by Huangfu Chaobo. Originally, according to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, they took down the motorcade before entering Luyang. However, after discussing with Chen Jing, ah Du and others decided to wait until he got out of Luyang. On the one hand, they can completely eliminate the suspicion of Huangfu Chaobo. On the other hand, they can let the mountain bandits in Funiu Mountain consume a little of each other''s strength. As we all know, Funiu Mountain has been infested with bandits since ancient times, and Adu and others specially sent people to Luyang city to spread the news. It is estimated that there will be bandits who will attack this batch of property.


    Sure enough, a few days later, the outpost players sent a message that there was a group of nearly 300 people who had mountain bandits ready to fight. So they decided to come to a mantis to catch cicadas, yellow sparrow in the back.


    After the motorcade went out of the boundary of Yingchuan, one hundred changshe cavalry went back to changshe city. Originally, the county magistrate and his party walked cautiously to the direction of Luyang County, but what they didn''t expect was that there was not a large group of mountain bandits along the way. On the contrary, there was not even a small group of mountain bandits. They thought that the boundary of Luyang was really so safe. What they didn''t expect was that there was a cavalry team in front of them, which was sent by Chen Jing Thirty Huben and five wuzhe, the purpose is to let them go boldly.


    However, the county magistrate is not completely relieved. After all, it is better to be careful. In Luyang City, he paid another 500 taels of silver to hire 100 players, but now the players in Lushan already know that there are mountain bandits fighting against these properties. So they are basically those who are not afraid of death, and they all put their better equipment in the inn, and let the county magistrate''s branch pay half of the deposit.


    The next day, the party continued to set out with about 200 people, but the strength of these 200 people was not comparable to that of the previous 200 people.


    Two days later, the motorcade arrived more than 50 miles to the southwest of Luyang. This is a narrow valley called changxigou. On both sides are cliffs about ten feet high. The official road runs straight through the middle of the two mountains. Before starting, the players have thought that if the mountain bandits want to start, they should be in this area. This section of official road passes between the two mountains. The valley is about seven or eight Li long. The widest part is less than a mile, and the narrowest part is only 20 meters. It is the best place for ambush. Out of the valley, there is a fork. One side goes southwest to pheasant County, and the other is east to Yexian County.


    Sure enough, after only two miles into the valley, the crowd heard a roar from the mouth of the valley behind them. As soon as the players listen, they know that the back road is blocked by mountain bandits. The county magistrate and others also realized that it was wrong, and immediately said to the public, "all righteous people, please open the way ahead. As long as you get to pheasant County safely, I will add five Liang silver to each of them." Although he has left office, the county magistrate has not changed his words.


    All the players scolded in their hearts: "bullshit, we are all dead here now, but fortunately the money for our good equipment has been saved. The big deal is to lower the level."


    So they all looked at each other, speechless, and rushed to the front of the valley with the knife in their hands. They thought that if they rushed out, they would run away, and they didn''t want the rest of the silver.


    When the magistrate saw it, he thought that his reward had played a role, and he immediately directed his servants to drive forward.


    Before they could walk a hundred steps, they heard the sound of "bang" on both sides of the mountain, and then more than 300 mountain bandits rushed out of the mountain.


    "Barking. Listen to the people in front. As long as you honestly hand over your belongings, our leader will let you live, otherwise you will lose both money and people. " The leader of the mountain bandit said in front of him;


    "dare to fight back, dare to rob, do you still have the king''s law in your eyes? As long as you retire, I can let bygones be bygones. Otherwise... Hum County Magistrate road;


    "yo... I didn''t expect to be an official... You really regard yourself as a character. In that case, the leader will come up and take it by himself... Little ones, go ahead, kill them all, leave none The big leader waved his hand and said, so more than a hundred mountain bandits at the front and back killed the people.


    When the players saw it, they couldn''t move forward or backward. They all fell down and killed the mountain bandits in groups of five.


    "Kill..."


    "Kill..."


    All the servants of the county magistrate retreated to the side of the carriage.


    These 100 or so players are basically level 35 to level 40. If you work in groups of five, you can still compete with the mountain bandits.


    In the twinkling of an eye, about ten of the mountain bandits died, but this also angered the leader of the mountain bandits. Then he waved his hand and sent all the mountain bandits at both ends, leaving only about ten people around him.


    For a moment, the killing in the valley was so loud that it could be heard several miles away.


    On the official road in the direction of Luyang, less than six or seven miles away from the valley, a group of players are rushing to this side. This is a player''s Legion in Luyang City, holding the heart of picking up cheap, the head of the army with more than 200 players hanging from a distance from the team. Hearing the cry of killing coming from the valley, the leader of the army was in a hurry and yelled: "brothers, hurry up, there will be nothing to pick up if you go late."I didn''t expect to see more than a dozen yellow scarf cavalry blocking at the mouth of the valley.


    "Heifeng village works, idle people work near..."


    "Damn, who do you think you are? Brothers, cut them off and rob the horses. "


    "Kill..."


    As soon as the players saw that there was Marco grabbing, their eyes lit up, and they rushed forward. They didn''t expect that there was still a hundred paces away, and the opponent''s bow and arrow would "whoosh..." It''s coming. After a while, about ten players were sent back directly.


    "Hiss..." The commander of the army just reflected that he had encountered some hard debris today, but now he started the bow without turning back. He gritted his teeth and rushed forward with his players holding a wooden shield.


    In the twinkling of an eye, the distance between the two was less than 50 steps. At this time, the cavalry put their bows and arrows, took out their sabres and prepared for close combat.


    Looking at the cavalry''s action, the regiment leader could not help sneering. At this time, he thought that it was too late to get up? Fifty steps is not an effective charging distance for cavalry.


    What he didn''t expect was that more than a dozen cavalry didn''t want to raise horse speed at all. Instead, they beat the horse forward and slashed at the players. As soon as the players got the knife, they immediately hung up. In a moment, 30 or 40 players died under the saber.


    The head of the army realized that it was not right. The attack of these cavalry was really terrible. God knows what level it was. There is no way, only with the rest of their own people back to the direction of Luyang city.

 Chapter 165

    The war outside the valley has come to an end, but inside the valley is in full swing. However, by this time, all the players have returned to the city. But the mountain bandits only died less than 30 people, now it is the county magistrate''s servants and mountain bandits fighting together.


    However, when facing more than 200 mountain bandits, one hundred servants are obviously more than willing and less than capable. Although the previous players have caused some injuries to the mountain bandits, after killing nearly one hundred mountain bandits, the servants themselves have only 50 people, and there are nearly 200 mountain bandits at this time. As a last resort, all the members of the family surrounded the carriage, hiding in the circle and shooting arrows at the outside.


    The leader of the mountain bandit was very happy when he saw that his men surrounded the carriage. It seems that there is no problem with the fat sheep today. Although he has killed and injured nearly 200 people, it is not easy to recruit people when a large amount of money and goods are available. At that time, he can gather thousands of people and go to kill the sheep first Big black one. However, what the mountain bandit leader did not expect was that a few miles behind him, at the southwest exit of changxigou, dozens of horses were slowly approaching the valley. There''s no mistake. Chen Jing arranged people at both ends of the valley. As early as yesterday, they arranged it on both sides of the valley. Just wait for the people and horses on both sides to fight almost, and then dozens of horses rush out to get rid of the people inside.


    The county magistrate is in despair now. If he had known this, he might as well have given all these heavy objects to Huangfu Chaobo, and then asked him to send cavalry to Xiangyang. Now it''s not property, but life.


    After shooting more than a dozen arrows, the servants in the carriage circle had no power to pull the bow again. Seeing this, the big leader immediately ordered the mountain bandits to rush inside, thinking that this should be solved. Sure enough, the mountain bandits didn''t have much effort to pull apart a car and rush into the circle. After a bloody battle, they finally solved all the county magistrate and his party. However, now there are only 100 mountain bandits left. Except for the ten or so people around the mountain bandit leader, all the others are injured.


    Looking at the fact that everything has been settled, the leader of the mountain bandits is preparing to ask the mountain bandits to count their belongings and prepare to retreat. Unexpectedly, he suddenly hears a roar.


    "It''s such a fine day. How can it thunder?" Next to him, a small Luo Luo said;


    the big head looked up at the sky and felt strange. Suddenly, he remembered what was going on. "No, it''s cavalry..."


    The voice just dropped, and dozens of horses appeared behind him. Nearly 70 horses running in the valley sounds like a loud thunder.


    Big head was about to ask who he was, but he didn''t expect that the other side would not give him a chance to speak. As soon as the cavalry reached a distance of 100 steps, they heard a man shouting: "free shooting with bow and arrow..."


    "Whoosh..."


    "Whoosh..."


    All of a sudden, more than 70 arrows came. When the leader of the mountain bandit saw the situation, he didn''t care to say hello to his subordinates, so he ran straight up the mountain. Before the other mountain bandits around him could react, they were all killed by bows and arrows. After several rounds of arrows, nearly half of the more than 100 surviving mountain bandits died. The rest of them were quickly eliminated.


    Chen Jing saw that the mountain bandits had solved all but a dozen of them, and did not pursue them any more. Only a few people were sent to remove the obstacles at one end of the valley and call the people outside in, while the others were busy checking their belongings.


    So many things could not be taken away, so they packed all the gold and silver, and then handed over some valuable treasures and some drawings and books to Adu. As for the other things, they packed up and pulled all the horses in the carriage. In addition, they rode more than 100 horses, each with a big package. So, a line of more than 90 people, more than 100 horses, quickly to the southwest of the valley mouth and pay.


    What they don''t know is that all these things are clearly seen by more than 20 players hiding on the mountain.


    Shacuolang was originally the head of a small army in a village ten miles southeast of changxigou. There were not many of him, only about 20 people, basically his classmates and friends. There was nothing to do on this day, so he took everyone to the foot of Funiu Mountain to prepare for training. Unexpectedly, after brushing for more than an hour, the five groups suddenly heard the cry of killing from the other side of the mountain, so they quietly climbed from the foot of the mountain to this side of the mountain. When they got to the top of the mountain, they happened to see Chen Jing and his party killing mountain bandits on horseback. I thought that the yellow scarf cavalry would search the mountain. When they were preparing to retreat with them, they found that they didn''t seem to mean it at all. They just checked their belongings and soon left with their horses.


    After waiting more than ten minutes to kill the wrong wolf, he sent someone to the valley to see if the yellow scarf cavalry had gone far away. Then he yelled: "ha ha ha... Brothers, we are rich today... Come on, come on... Go down and pick up the equipment. "


    "Hula..."


    All of a sudden, more than 20 people are desperately running down. As we all know, if you are not happy, it will soon be found by other players, and there will inevitably be a fierce battle.


    At this time, there were only a lot of corpses left in the middle of the valley, including mountain bandits and servants. Of course, there are a lot of equipment about level 30. Chen Jing and others didn''t like these things, and they couldn''t fit them. They left them here. All kinds of weapons and equipment add up to nearly 200 pieces (not sets). Of course, there are other things, such as scattered grain, cloth, and some scattered blood medicine and copper coins. What''s more unexpected is that shacuolang found several things under a fat NPC. When he opened it, it turned out that they were still the village building drawings and the token of a village commander of a hundred people. Seeing these things, I was overjoyed to kill the wrong wolf.What Chen Jing didn''t expect was that these things they inadvertently left behind created the rise of one side''s power. Of course, these are the afterwords. Killing the wrong wolf soon wiped out the battlefield. Together with the equipment, it is estimated that the total value of the equipment is several hundred taels of silver. This amount is nothing for Huangfu Chaobo, but for killing the wrong wolf, their income from fighting monsters in a few months is not so much. Seeing that everyone has cleaned up the battlefield, kill the wolf and ask everyone to withdraw quickly. Maybe the players in Luyang city will arrive at the valley now. So a group of people rushed back and forth to the mountain. As expected, less than half an hour after they left, a large number of players from Luyang City arrived in the valley. Unfortunately, they only saw bodies all over the ground and dozens of wooden carts without horses. Without patience, a team of several people dragged these cars back to Luyang. Not to mention other cars, they could be sold for hundreds of copper.


    After crossing the mountain, they showed the things they had in their hands to their companions. After discussion, they decided not to go back to that village. They went to the edge of Luyang county to find a place to build their own village.

 Chapter 166

    A few days later, a strange horse team came to Ye County of Nanyang County. There were nearly 100 horses in the team, less than 100 people. Although the clothes were very ordinary, they were all very tough.


    At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo, who was far away from changshe, received a communication from Adu. After learning that the matter had been settled, he was finally relieved. I''m in a good mood, and I''ve figured out what has been bothering him in the past few days. Since there are so many craftsmen, let''s keep them first. The main industries of the town are weapons and equipment, medicine and wine making. As for others, we don''t want to develop them deliberately. Anyway, the residents of a town need these things. Weapons, equipment and medicines are developed as the starting point, because both players and NPCs need them. For wine making, it''s still high-end. After all, wine is mainly for NPCs. As for the barracks, there could be six at the primary level and one at the intermediate level. Huangfu Chaobo thought that they could all be built inside the second wall.


    After thinking about these things, it''s easy to do things in the future, and the layout of the whole town has been arranged. Now just wait for the outer wall to be repaired, and then start from the inside according to the layout. However, with the current manpower, there is no time for three or four months. It is basically impossible to repair the stone wall outside. Unless the villagers of four or five thousand people work together, it should take about two months.


    One night three days later, Chen Jing and Chen Jing returned to Luoshen town safely all day long. At this time, all the people under Huangfu Chaobo had arrived. Of course, because Zaozhi''s loyalty was less than 80, in order to avoid accidents, Huangfu Chaobo had not called him. As for Huang Xu''s two brothers and sisters, they had moved to the administration hall when the soldiers arrived in the town.


    Everyone was stunned to see that they took out all the things they brought back one by one and put them in the hall of the executive hall.


    There are 230000 taels of silver


    8000 taels of gold


    nearly 100 pieces of weapons and equipment of level 40


    more than 10 pieces of weapons and equipment of level 50


    four drawings for building a small village


    two drawings for upgrading Zhongcun and Dacun


    one drawing for each military array (large, medium and small)


    ten drawings for arrow tower


    one for each Jinchuang medicine formula (+ 50, + 100)


    three black iron treasure boxes


    . ¡£¡£


    Looking at these things, Huangfu Chaobo said to Huang Zhong, "brother, you see. These things add up to at least 400000 taels. What did he do in the commune these years


    "Well done. If there are such corrupt officials next time, I''ll kill them myself. It''s hard for me to get rid of my hatred if I don''t kill a few." Huang Zhong said angrily,


    "well, I''ll talk about it later." Huangfu Chaobo talked about the arrangement of the town that he had thought about these days. Everyone thought it was feasible, so he agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement.


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that Huang Xu should be an adult, so he asked Huang Zhong about it. Huang Zhong originally wanted to give Huang Xu a crown gift last year, but he didn''t mention it when he saw that Huangfu Chaobo had been busy with pacifying the chaos and the changshe county. Now when he saw that Huangfu Chaobo mentioned it on his own initiative, he nodded his head and said yes.


    So Huangfu Chaobo called out Huang Xu''s brother and sister and asked Huang Zhong to give him a rite of passage. Of course, everyone else was watching.


    After Huang Zhong had a lot of righteous words with Huang Xu, everyone heard a system announcement


    "system announcement: congratulations to Huang Xu, the Tianjie general under the command of Huangfu Chaobo


    Boom...


    Although the players know that Huang Zhong is already under Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, Huang Zhong should have children in history. They expect that he should also be under Huangfu Chaobo''s hands. They didn''t expect that he would become an adult so soon. They all envy him. All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo had one emperor rank general and two Heaven rank generals. If there is no accident, Huang Zhong''s daughter should also be a more NB general, because it is said in unofficial history that Huang Zhong''s daughter is better than her son.


    After hearing the system prompt, Huangfu Chaobo quickly opened Huang Xu''s attribute interface:


    Huang Xu was born in 168. General of heaven rank.


    Forces: Huangfu Chaobo loyalty: Diezhong


    Tianji historical general level 40 Tong 54 Wu 57 Zhi 47 Nei 52 Mei 78


    growth 1.351.421.181.30


    common skills: advanced experience of gunnery 21593


    Master experience of bowing 500590


    intermediate experience of riding 6232


    Master experience of sabre 450300


    general skills: agriculture, public security, conscription, training Fighting, advancing, volleying, continuous shooting, calming, inspiring, Huang''s cirrus Sabre technique, nine sky xuanri arrow technique.


    Array skills: long snake array, fish scale array, round array.


    Weapons and equipment:


    after looking at his attributes, Huangfu Chaobo is very satisfied. By the time he reaches the full level, Tonghe martial capital will have reached more than 80, and the other two items will have reached more than 70, which is very consistent with Huangfu Chaobo''s expected goal. It seems that his training of martial generals is still successful. Huangfu Chaobo remembers that he once saw Huang Xu''s attribute set in a game, which was seriously biased. His intelligence and internal affairs seemed to be less than 50. Now basically, the four attributes are not far apart. In the future, he should be a great general who can stand alone.After the ceremony, Huang Xu went to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "my nephew, Huang Xu, is here to see my uncle. Uncle, my nephew is an adult. Can I go out for a trip? "


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at Huang Zhong and saw that he also nodded. After thinking about it, he agreed: "well, in that case, I agree. Now that it''s a gift, I have to give you something. Boyang, go and get the white dragon. " Then he nodded at Jia Jing, who turned to the back hall of the executive hall.


    As soon as Chen Jing hears that he is going to bring Bai Long over, he immediately realizes what Huangfu Chaobo is going to do. He looks at Huang Zhong in embarrassment, but he doesn''t speak.


    Huang Zhong immediately responded and said, "young master, this is not right."


    "Well, I can''t use Bailong in changshe. Since he''s going to travel, a good horse will help him a lot, so I''ll give it to him." Then he stopped other people''s dissuasion. Chen Jing has no patience but to lead Bai long. Huang Xu realized that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to give this BMW to him as a gift for his adulthood, and he jumped up with joy.


    Before long, Chen Jing and Jia Jing both came in, one with a horse from the outside, and the other with the 40 level black iron armor that Huangfu Chaobo had already prepared. Huangfu Chaobo handed all these things to Huang Xu and said, "these are my gifts for you. After everything is arranged here, you can go out for a journey. As for the place, you can go directly to youbeiping. There are our own people there. You can practice more riding skills there. I will appoint you as a village general first. You can get familiar with how to lead the troops there. If you make progress then, I will promote you. If you can''t, even the village general will not have to do it. But these days, you must be familiar with all the affairs of the army with your father, and I will not allow you to go until your father thinks you can leave. "

 Chapter 167

    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Huang Xu said happily: "uncle, don''t worry, Xu''er will not let your father and you down."


    "Uncle is partial. I can''t give my brother such a good horse. I want one too." Huang wudie murmured;


    after hearing this, Huangfu chuckled bitterly and said, "well, when you grow up, your uncle will also send you a good horse, which is more than your brother''s. All right I didn''t expect that I had set up so many horses, but I haven''t got a BMW yet. Now I''ve got two BMW''s IOU.


    "Good, but I''m going with my brother this time."


    Now Huangfu Chaobo hesitated. After all, she was not an adult. She didn''t know how to use force. She looked at Huang Zhong and didn''t make a statement.


    Huang Zhong thought about it and thought there should be no problem, so he nodded to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "All right, but you can''t fight without my permission. You just go to play. Also, Xiao Xu, you should protect your sister. "


    "Cut... I don''t know who protects who Huang wudie whispered;


    "er... What do you mean, butterfly dance? " Huangfu Chaobo is in a hurry;


    since Huang Wudi is going out, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that for the sake of safety, he''d better give her that suit of armor first. I don''t know whether she can wear it or not. As soon as Jia Jing takes out the red armor again, Huang Wudi is immediately attracted by the equipment. She runs over and takes it from Jia Jing and is ready to put it on.


    "Jingle. The character level is not enough. You can''t use equipment. "


    Can''t wear...


    It seems that the system has limitations on this. Huang wudie has no choice but to bear the things back to Jia Jing. He muttered that he would send it here first, and then collect it when he became an adult.


    After all these things have been dealt with, little Jay came up and said, "brother, things have been done well. Don''t you see that there are still three boxes? Why don''t we open it and see what''s in it? "


    "Open it?"


    Next to Adu and little jiejie point their heads like a chicken pecking rice, others also look forward to it.


    "OK, let''s open it up."


    The voice just falls, a few people rubbed to rub of three boxes all took to come over. Put it on the table carefully and open it one by one.


    "Congratulations to the player for getting a nine turn rebirth pill."


    "Congratulations to the player for getting a nine turn rebirth pill."


    "Congratulations on getting a small crossbow drawing."


    Damn, there are two pills of pills that haven''t been found for more than a year in that guy''s hand, and a drawing of the crossbow. All three of them are worth tens of thousands of taels at least. Huangfu Chaobo had seen the drawing of the crossbow in Luoyang. The selling price was 20000 Liang. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to buy one, but he thought it was too expensive. Secondly, it''s not very useful now, so he didn''t buy it. Plus two pills, there should be no price in the market now.


    Huangfu chaobolian quickly picked up the drawing and looked at it carefully:


    small bed crossbow


    equipment level: level 50


    number of users: 5-10


    attack distance: 150 steps to 200 steps


    attack: 100


    crossbow gun: iron head long gun, attack 20-50100% penetration, (different material gun head attack effect is different)


    production conditions: advanced equipment center, large equipment center There is one blacksmith, one carpenter and one leather craftsman at the division level. Each one costs 100 taels of silver, 100 units of iron, 100 units of high-quality wood, 10 pieces of high-quality animal tendons, 200 durability, and 100-500 copper crossbows.


    The double bow bed crossbow is equipped with two bows, which are respectively placed in the front and back of the thick crossbow arm. The two bows are placed opposite each other. When launching, first use a thick rope with hooks at both ends, one end hooks the crossbow string, the other end hooks the shaft of the winch, and then use five, seven or more soldiers to twist the winch, open the crossbow string, buckle it on the machine teeth, and the special Archer can be installed Crossbow, and aim at the target. When shooting, the power of human hands can''t pull the trigger. The catapult who is in charge of shooting should hold up a big hammer and hit the trigger with all his strength, so the huge catapult will roar to the enemy. These arrows are very thick, and the arrowheads are flat chisel shaped, so they are called "chisel arrows". The range is about 150 to 200 steps.


    Well, it''s easy to use, but it''s not cheap. One shot is hundreds of copper. Spending money is like running water. Forget it, now the equipment center can''t meet the requirements, and there are no senior cobblers. Take your time. I put the drawings in the secret library of the administration.


    As for the two jiuzhuan pills, according to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, one is for Chen Jing and the other is for huyanda. As for the others, the Dugu three brothers will rarely fight in the future. Their idea is to let them form a "digging army". And the five Xianbei generals and the 20 or so warriors who have been recruited from the captives in recent days, just wait. As a result, Huangfu Chaobo talked about his idea with several generals. Although others were disappointed, they also knew that it was inevitable. Chen Jing''s two brothers, huyanda, the veteran of Huangfu Chaobo''s staff, could play for Huangfu Chaobo''s team outside the Great Wall, but they never came to the Central Plains. So at first they should, and then Huangfu Chaobo promised that he would let them both change their jobs if he had a chance.After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Feimao and other humanitarians and said, "you''ve done a good job this time. This is a token and 50 taels of silver. You''ll come to me when you''re online tomorrow, and then you''ll take you to the military elector. Well, you haven''t been offline for more than ten days. Let''s go down and have a rest first."


    Ten captains took things from Huangfu Chaobo and left happily.


    Everything has been arranged. Everyone has gone to his own business.


    The next day, fat cat went online early in the morning to find Huangfu Chaobo. After everyone picked a captured warrior, they took him to practice.


    Huangfu Chaobo was busy with the arrangement of craftsmen. Everything is going on step by step.


    Changshe is very quiet now. Some places in the game are lively.


    Nanyang, Luyang.


    The next day, the magistrate of Luyang county got the news that there was a murder in changxigu, 50 miles southwest of the city. At first, the county magistrate didn''t care. Things like this would happen every so often in Luyang. Nothing else. There are too many mountain bandits in Funiu mountain range. But when he heard the county magistrate say that the party who had the accident might be the former magistrate of changshe who came back from begging for illness, he was very anxious. Although the other party was the outgoing magistrate, who knows if there is any backstage behind him. So, immediately and county Wei with hundreds of soldiers, arrived at the place of the accident.


    But when they got there, all they saw was a pile of bodies, nothing else. After repeated confirmation, it must be the original magistrate of changshe county. This time, the magistrate of Luyang County could not sit still. On the one hand, he sprinkled the officers and soldiers out to find out who was the most suspect among the mountain bandits around him. On the other hand, he sent people to report to Nanyang and changshe.

 Chapter 168

    A few days later, Huangfu Chaobo, who was busy in Luoshen Town, was invited back to the county government by Zaozhi, who was in the town.


    After listening to the people sent by Luyang, Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. He didn''t expect such a big move there. But he was very angry on his face. He patted the table and said, "I didn''t expect that the public security of Luyang was so bad. Please tell your magistrate that I can give him half a year. If there is no result, I will report it to the court and bring someone to check it."


    Frightened that county official to be frightened, only after the submissive promise, just backed out. It is said that Luyang county officials were scared by Huangfu Chaobo not because they were afraid of Huangfu Chaobo, but by the people behind him. This is also the reason why Luyang county magistrate sent people to come immediately after hearing the news.


    Seeing that guy scared by himself, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel relieved. Did not expect, turned around to see jujube only smile at himself, can''t help but panic up in the heart. "Why do you look at me like this, sir?" he said


    Zao only said with a smile: "it seems that the Lord still doesn''t trust his subordinates..."


    "Er... How can it be? How can distrust leave the long-term social affairs in your hands? " Huang Fu said with a guilty heart;


    "ha ha ha ha... Does the Lord still refuse to say? It seems that most of Chen Xian Wei''s and his Lord''s bodyguards have been missing for more than ten days


    Shit, I''m seen by this guy. If the court knows about it at this time, it''s no joke. There''s no other way but to run away. So an idea flashed through Huangfu Chaobo''s heart. In that case, he had to kill Zao only.


    "Lord, why don''t you trust Zao so much?"


    Forget it. Let''s make it clear first. Let''s see his attitude. If not, I''m sorry.


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo told him the whole story. After listening to it, Zaozhi was also frightened by the property worth four or five hundred thousand. Although he thought that the county magistrate should have a lot of property, he didn''t expect that there would be so much, which was equivalent to half a year''s tax of changshe...


    Zao just patted his thigh and said, "well done, this kind of person should be killed. But, my Lord, are they hiding


    Hearing his statement, Huangfu Chaobo was also relieved, so he discussed the countermeasures with him. Two people again the front and back all thread again, make sure there is no omission, just relaxed. However, in order to further get rid of the suspicion of changshe, Zao just came up with another idea. He asked Huangfu Chaobo to offer a reward in changshe and Luyang counties, 100 Liang for providing valuable clues and 1000 Liang for catching the perpetrators. Even if someone really provides valuable clues, 100 Liang silver is nothing for Huangfu Chaobo, but it can also let Huangfu Chaobo know whether someone really saw this, so that everyone can be prepared. Huangfu Chaobo immediately responded that he was a civil servant. Although he was only 70 years old, he was more comprehensive than several of his own. This also made Huangfu Chaobo more eager for military strategists. However, it''s a pity that up to now, Huangfu Chaobo has only recruited more than a dozen military officers in the tavern of changshe County, not to mention military strategists. Even better military generals have not been recruited. There are hundreds of them in the military camp, but they are all basic officers who can''t be moved easily. Moreover, they are all military generals, and there are no internal affairs people. However, if you think about it, there are less than 2000 historical generals in the whole game, and they also span the history of the Three Kingdoms for more than 100 years. For example, in 184, the little earthworm (Wolong) is still a slug, and the old crow (chick) is only five or six years old. It is estimated that only a few of the 90 plus Tauren are adults. Huangfu Chaobo and many players have been thinking about this problem. In the Three Kingdoms, there are fewer than 2000 celebrities. How can game companies deal with this age problem. Do you want to learn from the game of monkey in island country and make an if script to put all the people together? What about the generals who have been killed? Is that what he''s doing?... Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said in his heart that he didn''t want so much. Anyway, it''s none of his business.


    However, after this incident, Zaozhi''s loyalty rose a lot. It was 80 + some time ago, but now it''s 90. According to Huangfu Chaobo, this person should be his own. The changshe affair has come to an end for the time being, but the northwest of the Han Dynasty is getting more and more chaotic. This should start from the yellow scarf rebellion.


    In November 184, the first year of Zhongping reign of Emperor Ling of Han Dynasty, in response to Zhang Jiao''s incident, Beigong Boyu, a Hu people, joined forces with Xianling Qiang to fight against Han Dynasty, and took Beigong Boyu as the general. Although there are tens of thousands of people, there is a lack of generals who are good at fighting. When Beigong Boyu was worried, someone recommended that bianzhang and hansui from Yuzhong "always have courage and strategy, and are famous in Xizhou". If you can get these two people, why worry about no general in the army! Beigong Boyu asked the general to be eager, so he sent someone to rob bianzhang and hansui. As it happens, Bian and Han also have the idea of raising a case. They happen to agree. Beigong Boyu immediately entrusted Bian Zhang and Han Sui with the important task of taking charge of the military affairs of the Qiang Hu allied army.


    Bian Zhang and Han Sui led the Allied forces to attack zhouke County, and soon came to Jincheng. In less than two hours, the garrison was defeated, and Chen Yi was killed by the Allied forces in the chaos. Later, Ling Zheng, the commander of the school of protecting Qiang, led his troops to encircle and suppress the Allied forces (in order to strengthen the defense against the Qiang people, the government of Han Dynasty specially set up the commander of protecting Qiang to take charge of the Qiang affairs in Hehuang area). As a result, Ling Zheng was also killed by the Allied forces.In February 185, the second year of Zhongping reign of Emperor Ling of Han Dynasty, Beigong Boyu and others led their troops to March eastward and march into Sanfu. At this time, the imperial court was in a hurry. At this time, Huang Jin Yu Bu Zhang Niujiao and others started an incident in Heishan, constantly harassing all parts of Jizhou.


    When Bian Zhang and Han Sui led part of the eastern March to Sanfu (today''s Guanzhong area of Shaanxi Province), the imperial court sent Huangfu song to lead the army, and the two sides launched a fierce battle. Because the border Korean army had not had time to rest and recuperate all the way, at the same time, it was isolated and deep, lacking support and food and grass, so it was defeated. When the border Han army retreated, huangfusong''s army marched forward rashly. As a result, he was ambushed by Han, who was known as the "nine tunes of the Yellow River". As a result, huangfusong''s army was defeated. In addition, when he was in the Yellow turban rebellion, huangfusong found that Zhao Zhong''s residence exceeded the regulations when he passed through Yedi, so he went up to the emperor to confiscate it. In addition, Zhang rang, Zhongchang''s servant, asked him for 50 million yuan, but he refused to give it. So Zhao Zhong and Zhang rang joined hands to impeach Huang Fu and song LianZhan, who had no success and spent money and food. After listening to the slander, Emperor Ling recalled Huangfu song, took back his left chariot general yinshou, and seized 6000 households. He changed his name to duxianghou, and ate 2000 households.

 Chapter 169

    After a short time, Emperor Ling sent Sikong Zhang Wen to represent the general of the chariot. He called Zhonglang general Dong Zhuo to be the general of the conqueror, who was under the command of Zhang Wen to fight against bianzhang and hansui. Zhang Wen mobilized more than 100000 soldiers from various states and counties to settle in Qiangyang (now the west of Wugong County, Shaanxi Province).


    Soon, winter came, and the weather was very cold. At the beginning of the expedition, the border Han army was in the middle of summer. They were all in single clothes and trousers. Although they were equipped with jacket, they were only prepared for the cold in autumn. How could they resist the severe cold in March and September. As a result, the army began to have war weariness. One night, a "meteor like fire" broke through the night sky and illuminated the uprising camp. At that time, people were very superstitious. Many soldiers thought it was a bad omen and privately clamored that they should return to Jincheng as soon as possible. Most of the soldiers in the Eastern Han Dynasty didn''t want to fight as hard as they could. After the army launched a sudden attack in the Eastern Han Dynasty, they broke up and fled. Dong Zhuo and others led the people to pursue and kill thousands of people in the eastern army, and then returned to the camp to report their contributions. Zhang Wen then ordered general Dong Zhuo to lead his troops to Liangzhou to fight against the Qiang, and sent General Zhou Shen to lead 30000 troops to pursue bianzhang.


    After the failure of Qiangyang, bianzhang led the people to retreat to Yuzhong and guard by the city. Zhou Shen came after him and wanted to attack Yuzhong city immediately. At this time, Sima SunJian, the assistant military officer in the army, gave advice to Zhou Shen, saying: "when the thieves come to Yuzhong, they will have no grain left. They must be imported from outside. I''d like to lead ten thousand people to intercept the grain road. General, you should lead the army to respond. If the thieves can''t stay for a long time, they will leave naturally. If they run into the Qiang nationality, we will fight against them, and Liangzhou will be quiet from now on! " Zhou Shen didn''t think so. He thought that bianzhang and others were at a dead end. He didn''t need to think about it in the long run. In order to avoid delay, he should make a quick decision. As a result, Zhou Shen led his troops to encircle Yuzhong city. When the frontier chapter got the news that Zhou Shen''s whole army was besieging Yuzhong City, a group of men and horses led by Han Sui ambushed in Kuiyuan Gorge (now sangyuan gorge in Yuzhong County). When Zhou Shen led the people to attack the city, bianzhang refused to go out of the city to fight, but only to defend. He secretly ordered Han Sui to lead Kuiyuan gorge troops to cut off Zhou Shen''s grain road. Without food, Zhou Shen threw his supplies in panic and returned home in confusion.


    At this time, bianzhang and others were unable to launch an attack because of the lack of food and grass, so there was no movement on both sides.


    Later, Beigong Boyu and others guarded Yuzhong, while Song Yang occupied Baohan, heguan, Shanshi and other counties to confront the imperial court.


    When Xiliang NPC was fighting, Liangzhou players were also active in both camps, making a lot of money one by one. After a big battle, the Chaoting camp alone added several players of six and seven grades. In addition, various resources and rewards from both camps have upgraded many villages in Liangzhou to the level of small towns.


    These are too far away from Huangfu Chaobo, which has no influence on him, but for the players in Liangzhou, there are both dangers and opportunities. However, for Huangfu Chaobo, there was something really related to him. Not long after Huangfu Chaobo issued a reward, Luyang''s killers went to changshe County, found Huangfu Chaobo, and told Huangfu Chaobo exactly what they saw. However, they didn''t know who did it, which made Huangfu Chaobo feel relieved. After repeatedly confirming that no one else knew about it, Huangfu chaobozhong was really relieved. After paying 100 taels of silver, Huangfu Chaobo gave some things he didn''t need, but it was rare for him to kill the wolf. He was moved by Huangfu Chaobo''s generosity and said that in the future, as long as Huangfu Chaobo needed help, he would only send someone to the wolf village to say that he would give his full support. In line with the principle of one more friend and one more way, Huangfu Chaobo agreed very happily.


    At this time, the wolf village, with the efforts of several players, has been built very well. NPC has the advantages of NPC, and players have the advantages of players. They are all real friends and classmates. After several months of hard work, they are now big villages. According to their own plan, they are ready to win Luyang County before the next big plot. However, the difficulty is not small. First, the defense of the system city is very difficult for the current players. Second, although Luyang is a small county, there are no less than 50 towns above the big village. It is also very difficult to stand out in these towns. After dealing with several people, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that the other party is also a person with his own character. After dealing with them several times, the relationship has also improved a lot. Huangfu Chaobo has also helped kill the wolf in all aspects. Maybe Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t think that''s difficult, but for an ordinary player village, many things are very rare.


    The time came in February. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, it was time for Zaozhi and his 4000 garrison troops to take power. As early as the end of January, Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong to select only 4000 soldiers for jujube, including 2000 soldiers with long spears, 1000 soldiers with sword and shield, and 1000 soldiers with bow and arrow. Later, Zao only led the 4000 troops to the bandit stronghold on the west side of Heshui River in the north of Luoshen town. This is the place Zao had explored for a long time. It is close to Heshui River in the East. After crossing the river, it is about 20 Li to reach Shenma village. It is 15 Li to watermelon village beside Guandao in the West and more than 10 Li to Xiaoma village in the north, The most important thing is that although there are some residents and players in the two villages, the influence area of the two villages is not covered here. There are some plains full of trees around. If all of them are cleared up, there is a large enough area to be used for farming. According to Zaozhi''s "tuntian" skill, the 4000 troops, with complete equipment, can reclaim more than 64000 mu of land, and there is enough space for them to reclaim without conflicts with other villages. Grain will be planted on March 1, but before that, we have to sort out this area. Only one month ahead of time can we lead the troops to set out. First, we will cut down all the trees and sort out this area. Besides, we have to repair the road from this area to Luoshen town.After the army arrived at the predetermined location, Huangfu Chaobo took out the construction drawings of the affiliated villages which had been prepared in the middle of the abandoned village, directly click to use them, and then fill in "Luobei village" on the name of the village. An affiliated village was not established. As for the head of this village, Huang Fu Chao Bo rang Zao you chose an intermediate warrior named Zheng Jia from his subordinates. He was an internal warrior and was good at internal affairs. After he was found by Zao Zhi from the warrior, he specially took him with him and taught him carefully for several months. In Zao Zhi''s opinion, it was no problem for him to be the head of a county after he was transferred, so he was recommended to Zao Zhi this time Huangfu Chaobo was appointed the head of the affiliated village.

 Chapter 170

    For Luobei village, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t ask much. His existence was mainly for the purpose of tuntian. Therefore, the village''s affairs didn''t ask Zheng Jia how to act. He just told him that the village''s priority was to help tuntian. Zaozhi also called the four generals of the tuntian army, told them about their affairs in the next month, and then returned to changshe city with Huangfu Chaobo. They were the leaders of the city, so they could not spend too much time here.


    After the two officials left, general Zheng Gama invited four generals to sit around in a group of five to discuss what to do next. Each of the four thousand soldiers had a commander of the Ministry. After a moment''s deliberation, several decided to cut down all the woods around the village. All the timber except for the construction of the village and the camp of each ministry was sent back to Luoshen town. Three of the four soldiers were going to clear the woodland and cut down the trees in the three directions of North, South and west respectively, so as to prepare for the reclamation next month After all, the food and grass needed by more than 4000 people is not a small amount, and other needed materials and raw materials need to be transported from Luoshen village in the early stage, while Zheng Jia leads the craftsmen and villagers to build all kinds of buildings needed in the village. After the negotiation, the five people all led their subordinates to get busy.


    Not long after Huangfu Chaobo returns to Luoshen Town, Huang Zhong leads Huang Xu to find him. It turns out that it''s just for Huang Xu''s experience. Huangfu Chaobo learned that Huang Xu, under the leadership of Huang Zhong, had a strong understanding of leading the troops. After a period of time, he had made little achievements in commanding about 100 soldiers. So Huang Zhong and Huangfu Chaobo decided to let him go to the grassland to experience. For the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo followed the five Xianbei generals and five Xianbei cavalry with them It''s to protect them. Secondly, Huangfu Chaobo wants the five warriors to fill up their 100 men team in youbeiping to prepare for the next plot. At the same time, he also sent a ten man team of Huben cavalry to defend him. It can be said that Huangfu Chaobo had made the most comprehensive preparations for the safety of their two brothers and sisters.


    At the end of February, Huangfu Chaobo and Zaozhi also went to Luobei village several times to check the progress of the troops. Fortunately, everything went well. After a month, the soldiers had prepared the land they needed according to the requirements, and only when the grain growing period began.


    On March 1, Hanzhong Ping''s second year, the first ray of sunshine shines on the earth at any time in the morning. After the adjustment, although the game is closer to reality, for the Lord players, it means that the grain harvest cycle has been extended, from once a month to twice a year, although the harvest may not be so bad in the end But it also means that there will be no food harvest for half a year, that is to say, the development of you, especially the Lord players, will be greatly limited. Like other Lord players, Huangfu Chaobo''s two villages and towns also started the first round of grain planting this year, especially in Luobei village. The four thousand garrison soldiers had placed great expectations on Huangfu Chaobo. So early in the morning, Huangfu Chaobo led jujube to Luobei village, ready to pay close attention to the garrison here. With the order of the jujube, the 4000 soldiers who had already been ready divided into several areas and began to cultivate grain. Looking at the thousands of soldiers farming like villagers, tens of thousands of acres of farmland will appear in front of him in ten days. If the harvest is good, the 4000 soldiers will not only spend a jin of their own grain, but also leave thousands or even tens of thousands of stone grain. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo is very happy. The story of soldiers farming in the affiliated village of Huangfu Chaobo was soon discovered by the players and quickly spread to the forum. The attribute of jujube once again attracted everyone''s attention. Soon some players speculated that he had the skill of farming according to the attribute of jujube in the past Games. However, Huangfu Chaobo just kept silent and did not make a positive response.


    After half a day in Luobei village, Huangfu Chaobo returned to Luoshen town again. However, he once again strengthened the guards around Zaozhi.


    At the beginning of March, Huang Xu''s trip was finally ready. Under the leadership of Chen Jing, Huang Xu and his party went straight to Zhaojia village in Zhending for the purpose of establishing a relationship with Zhao yunla. Of course, before departure, Huangfu Chaobo had already asked Huang Zhong to transfer for Chen Jing. In this way, Huangfu Chaobo had four rank generals. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, they stayed in Zhaojia village for a few days and then went to Xuwu county. Chen Jing''s goal is to bring back huyandu and some craftsmen in youbeiping. By the way, if there are good horses, he will also bring some back. After all, now there are nearly 40 people in Huangfu who are super rich in martial arts. They must be equipped with better horses.


    At the end of March, Huangfu Chaobo''s winery finally produced the first batch of fine wines. Unexpectedly, the system even let Huangfu Chaobo give it a name. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t even think about it, so he filled in a Luoshen qiongniang. As for the selling price, he marked a silver or two per kilogram directly. Then he mixed the good wine and water one to two, and took a Luoshen fine wine, which was made into the middle end and sold for 300 copper per kilogram. When he mixed the good wine and water one to four, it was called Luoshen pure wine, which only sold for 50 copper per kilogram. In fact, there are pubs in all villages, but they are all the worst wine, that is, Huangfu Chaobo''s wine that sells 50 tons of copper. If you want to say that this wine really doesn''t have much effect on players, it''s just used to restore strength. But for players, the price is not very expensive, but it''s essential for NPCs. Moreover, the relationship between players and NPC generals can be improved by drinking. For example, the generals recruited in the taverns in those villages all rely on wine for their relations. However, there are not many high-end wines in the game now, so Huangfu Chaobo wants to make wine just to get in touch with those NPC officials. One of the biggest functions of wine is that it can be used to reward subordinates and NPC troops, and enhance the loyalty of generals and army morale.Now that the wine is out, the restaurants in Luoshen town can also be upgraded. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo has several houses in the city. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo simply changed all the houses in the city, built one in the restaurant, one in the weapons store, one in the drugstore, and collected all kinds of raw materials from several stores. As for the town, unified arrangements will be made after all the walls have been built.

 Chapter 171

    Huangfu Chaobo also packed all the 100 Jin wine into a jar of 10 jin. Then, each jar of wine and half Jin of tea made people quickly send one to everyone they knew. Kong Luo, Zhu Jun from Luoyang, Liu Yu and Huangfu song from Jizhou all sent one by one. As for Huangfu Shoujian and his two brothers, they must each have one. Of course, Zhaojia village is no exception.


    As the February in the game, Zhao cifan, a Jiangxia soldier, killed Qin Jie, the governor of Nanyang, and occupied Nanyang County. Soon, Jingzhou governor Wang Min sent troops to Nanyang. This, the whole Jingzhou and lively, however, Nanyang players on the bad luck.


    However, these have little to do with Huangfu Chaobo. What he is doing now is to continuously accumulate grain, train troops, train generals, and prepare for the next war. Now Huangfu Chaobo''s troops are 2000 intermediate cavalry, 2000 archers, 3000 long spearmen and 3000 sword shield soldiers, plus his own 100 Huben cavalry, 500 infantry, and 500 Xianbei cavalry and wuheng cavalry outside the right Beiping pass. That''s all. The generals are rank Generals: Huang Zhong, Huang Xu, Zaozhi, Chen Jing and Huyan. In addition to the 40 or so generals recruited in succession this year, Huangfu Chaobo has obtained some Zaohua pills and xisui pills one after another, and has turned these generals into high-level generals. However, jiuzhuan rebirth pills are really rare. In addition to the last two pills, Huangfu Chaobo has won many awards Chaobo never saw it again.

 Chapter 172

    Not only Huangfu Chaobo, there are more and more martial arts players in the game now. Not only that, Huangfu Chaobo also found that after the end of Huangjin plot, the system did not know when to refresh a lot of NPC Wubao and villages and towns in the field. According to his view from the county management interface, there are nearly 20 places in changshe, which are basically related to the history of the Three Kingdoms People with names and surnames, such as Chenjiazhen, xunjiabao, zhongjiazhen, Guojiacun and so on, are all built by branches of aristocratic families, not only changshe, but also Wubao and villages in the whole game. However, with Huangfu Chaobo''s current strength, he didn''t get any benefit from them, let alone other players. After hitting the wall several times, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t work hard on it. Now what he has to do is to train these soldiers and generals as much as possible. You know, for the same intermediate arms, if the level difference is five, the attack and defense will be one or two points different. On the battlefield, that is not a concept at all. Besides Huang''s father and son and Zao Zhi, there is no level 50 in the current martial arts. In the case of rare transferred Dan, the level is also a decisive factor. As for Huang Fu''s plan of "digging out the son army", it can''t be realized at this stage at all - Zhongcheng, rank generals and high-level barracks, none of which he can meet now. So before they were transferred, Huangfu Chaobo could only use them as ordinary generals.


    However, the cavalry who had been active in Luyang sent a message back to Huangfu Chaobo, which aroused great interest of Huangfu Chaobo.


    "To the west of Luyang, in the Funiu mountain range, there is a mountain peak called woniu mountain. There is a stronghold in it. It is said that there are 1000 or 2000 people, all of whom are the remains of yellow scarves."


    Funiu mountain range


    woniu mountain


    the remaining sin of yellow scarf


    several seemingly unrelated words remind Huangfu Chaobo of a person Zhou Cang. It is said that Zhou Cang was a thief in Woniushan before he was with Guan Yu. Think of here, immediately let Adu with a few confidants to explore clearly.


    A few days later, ADU came back and said, "the leader of the mountain bandit is a tall, black faced and bearded man from guanxi, who is likely to be Zhou Cang. Moreover, there is a second leader in the mountain stronghold. Adu once took a long look at the roadside, which is very similar to Pei yuanshao in the history book.". From all aspects, those people should be the mountain bandits led by Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao. However, the location is in the northwest of Luyang.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that whether it was or not, he had better go and have a look first. If it was true, maybe he could take two more historical generals. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly called Huang Zhong over and asked him to hand over the affairs in changshe city to Chen Jing and Huyan. He took Lao Du and 100 Huben cavalry with him. After talking to Zaozhi for a while, they went straight to the place Adu said.


    Two days later, they went to Luyang county. After a night''s rest in the county, they went to the place Adu said the next day.


    Out of Luyang County, five or six miles to the west, it''s at the foot of Lushan. According to the location of the cavalry exploration, the location of the Shanzhai should be 20 Li northwest of Luyang. Looking at the continuous mountains in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Huang Zhong and Adu and said, "no wonder they say that bandits are rampant in Luyang. It''s strange that there are not many bandits in such a big mountain. When the officers and soldiers come, they just hide on the mountain."


    They looked at the nearby mountains and rivers and nodded in agreement.


    More than an hour later, the party along the side of the mountain path to the edge of a mountain stream, it seems that the mountain stream at least has a nearly two Zhang wide, deep words, it is estimated that at least nearly ten Zhang deep. Just as everyone was talking and laughing, a dozen players suddenly rushed down from the nearby mountain, shouting: "run, tiger is coming..."


    Huangfu Chaobo a Leng, tiger will come to the road? It can''t be true.


    He was about to ask the players, but he didn''t expect that they were all running towards Luyang city. While running, he said to Huangfu Chaobo: "run, brother, there''s a tiger. What a big head..."


    After the players ran away, Huangfu Chaobo heard a tiger roar in the forest. Everyone''s horses were a little restless when they heard the roar.


    "No. There are big insects, Huben cavalry, dismount and form an array to protect adults. " Huang Zhong responded immediately.


    Boom...


    One hundred Huben cavalry dismounted and formed a circle. They surrounded the three men of Huangfu Chaobo and all the horses in the middle, while Huang Zhong took his bow and arrow in his hand.


    Sure enough, a moment later, a tiger rushed out of the forest. However, it''s strange that they didn''t take a look at the people on the side of the road. Instead, they jumped over the deep stream and ran away as if they were running for their lives.


    Huang Zhong came out of the formation and was looking forward. Unexpectedly, another man rushed out of the forest. He ran and roared: "beast, look where you''re going..."


    When Huangfu Chaobo saw it, he saw a man who was eight feet long (about one meter eighty-nine), with a tiger back, a leopard head, an ape arm, a thick eyebrow, big eyes, wearing coarse cloth and wrapped in animal skin. He rushed out with two halberds in his hands.The big man went out of the woods and didn''t see the tiger, but there were so many officers and soldiers on the road. He said, "officer dog, I didn''t expect that some family had come here to find them. In this case, some family will fight with you today."


    With that, he rushed to Huangfu Chaobo and his party.


    Seeing this, Huang Zhong immediately drew back his bow and raised his knife to meet him. The two men soon joined together.


    With halberds? Do you?


    ADU said on the side: "boss, why is this guy so like that Dianwei? You see, the weapons used to chase the tiger across the stream are double halberds


    "Yes Thinking that it might be him, Huangfu Chaobo immediately said to Huang Zhong, "brother, be careful. This guy is very strong."


    Then he said to the big man, "this man, is he Chen liudianwei? We have no malice


    "Wu''s dog officer, since he knows that a certain family is Dian Wei and has the ability to capture a certain family, why should he make noise on the side..."


    "Mr. Dian, I''m really the magistrate of changshe. I''m not here to arrest you. Besides, if I''m here to arrest you, do I have to let someone fight you? Just let the random arrow shoot you to death. Can you avoid my hundred Huben volley? You stop first, we mean no harm. "


    "Hum, you just want to capture someone alive. OK, go to that guy


    "Mr. Dian, even if you can live in the world, what about your wife and children? If we really want to catch you, we will catch your wife and children directly. Do we need to spend so much time looking for you? What''s more, it''s a pity to kill a bully like Li Yong. If it was me, I would have chopped that guy off. Dian Zhuang Shi, brother, you two stop first, let''s have a good talk. "

 Chapter 173

    Huang Zhong heard Huangfu Chaobo''s words, blocked Dianwei''s two halberds with one knife, and withdrew.


    When Dian Wei heard what Huangfu Chaobo said, he thought it was reasonable. He stopped to look at Huangfu Chaobo and said, "are you really not here to catch someone?"


    "It''s true, of course. I know everything about you. Isn''t that killing a bully? The magistrate of Yiwu county is arresting you, but I''m the captain of the court''s Wupin traitor and the magistrate of changshe county. It''s just a letter from me to ask him to cancel the arrest document. What''s more, I can give you an official position and make you a general in our army. Does he dare to arrest people in our army? " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "is this really true?"


    "No empty words." With these words, Huangfu Chaobo threw both of his official seals to him to verify the authenticity.


    Dian Wei looked at the two official seals. After confirming that they were correct, he handed them back to Huangfu Chaobo and asked, "can you really cancel my arrest document and give it back to my official?"


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw the play, he immediately said, "of course, I''ll give you the post of eight grade general now. It''s these Huben cavalry who are in charge of my pro guard hundred people team."


    "What about my wife and children? What if the bird county magistrate went to catch them? " Dian Wei asked again;


    "it''s easier. When I''ve finished dealing with the affairs here, you''ll take people back and send them to the commune." Huangfu Chaobo said;


    after thinking for a long time, Dianwei clenched his teeth and said, "OK, Dianwei has met the Lord!"


    "Ding Dong, Chen Liu, we want to worship you. Do you agree?"


    "Agree"


    "hahaha... Evil come quickly, I get evil, just like Gaozu got fan Hui Huangfu Chaobo laughs and helps Dianwei up.


    "Evil? Well, it''s a good word. I''ll call it Dianwei evil later. Thank you for your word Dianwei road;


    "er..." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He turned his head and asked Adu in a low voice: "isn''t he evil? How did it become my word? "


    ADU shook his head enviously.


    The word "Dian Wei" has been in our country for 160 years


    the emperor''s rank historical generals have 40 ranks, 37 martial arts 63 + 5 wisdom 23, 19 magic 58


    growth value is 0.931.580.580.48


    forces: Huangfu Chaobo loyalty: 90


    ordinary skills: halberd master level


    Sabre advanced


    equestrian intermediate


    special skills: conscription, training, fighting, advancing, forging ahead, Dian''s Halberd skill.


    Array skills: long snake array, fish scale array, square array, round array.


    Weapons and equipment: big double halberd (weighing 80 kg, artifact) force + 5 attack + 10, small hand halberd (ten, artifact, used for throwing) force + 3 attack + 6


    "system announcement: congratulations to the player for recruiting the historical imperial rank generals"


    with the principle of low-key, Huangfu Chaobo still hid the names of the two people in the system announcement, but as the imperial rank generals Will, is still in the game caused a huge sensation, did not expect, now the game just started a few years, a big plot, now there are two emperor rank generals to be recruited by the players.


    Boom...


    "Damn, which boss recruited the general?"


    "The boss of Chaobo has already recruited one, and now someone has recruited another. If it goes on like this, several generals will be swept away before they are officially on the stage."


    "I don''t think it''s the boss of Chaobo. First Huang Zhong, and now another one is coming. Do you want people to live


    ¡£¡£¡£


    So the communication on Huangfu Chaobo keeps ringing. It''s all messages sent by his acquaintances. Huangfu Chaobo just replies to Jia Jing. As for the others, put them first. But now Huangfu Chaobo has no time to deal with them. He''s still in the middle of a big surprise.


    Ha ha ha... "One Lu, two Dian and three Zhao." Now Dianwei has got it. If Zhao Yun has no problem, he can''t run. Ha... Two of the top three are in my hands. I didn''t expect that I would have received Dian Wei, character, or I would have gone back to my home. Er, no, historical generals can''t earn much. Try it first.


    So the group continued to walk to woniu village. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo and Dian Wei talked about the purpose of their trip. Unexpectedly, Dian Wei even knew, not only knew, but also had a fight with Zhou Cang. In less than 50 moves, Dian Wei put Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao to the ground, and Zhou Cang asked him to be the leader of his stronghold. However, if he wanted to be a mountain bandit, he would never be able to turn over. After all, he had a wife and children at home, so he didn''t agree.


    With Dianwei''s guidance, Huangfu Chaobo soon came to the foot of Zhoucang''s mountain stronghold and arranged 100 Huben to stop at the foot of the mountain. Huangfu Chaobo took Huang Zhong, Dianwei and Adu to Zhoucang''s mountain stronghold.


    The mountain stronghold is built on the hillside of woniu mountain. It''s in a very good position. It''s backed by a mountain with a height of more than 100 meters, and there''s only one path into the mountain. The bandits at the gate of the stronghold had seen Dian Wei. Seeing that he had brought three people up, they didn''t ask much, so they put them in. Four people soon arrived at the gathering Hall of Shanzhai. Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao were there. As soon as they saw Dianwei coming, they immediately took him to drink.Dian Wei was not polite either. After sitting down and drinking two bowls, he introduced Huangfu Chaobo to them.


    As soon as Zhou Cang heard that Huangfu Chaobo was an official Army, he immediately turned his face: "well, you ugly ghost, I''m afraid Zhou Cang took you as a friend, and you brought the official Army to my village. Somebody


    "Wow..."


    All of a sudden, more than 100 Huang Jin Li Shi rushed in from the outside and surrounded Huang Fu Chao Bo and others.


    Dian Wei was not worried at all, and said: "Zhou Heizi, it was I who took you as my brother that brought my Lord here. Do you want to be thieves all your life? Besides, do you think your minions can stop us? I can tell you that General Huang next to my Lord is no worse than me. Besides, we still have 100 Huben cavalry at the foot of the mountain. "


    Zhou Cang was silly when he heard that. Originally, a Dian Wei was enough to give them a headache. He didn''t expect that there was another man like him in the army. What''s more, it''s true that no one wants to be a thief all his life.


    Zhou Cang thought for a moment, and said: "we can take refuge with your Lord, but he wants to beat me..."


    The next group was stunned. With Huangfu''s strength, he can''t beat one hundred or ten...


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of the folk legend about Guan Yu and Zhou Cang''s strength. "Well, you don''t mean you have a lot of strength. Let''s go out and compete. If I win, you''ll take refuge in me. If I lose, I''ll turn around and leave."


    "OK, it''s a deal..."


    "Young master..."


    "Come on, let''s go out. This place is too small..." Say, head also don''t return of walk toward outside.

 Chapter 174

    When Zhou Cang and others came out, Huangfu Chaobo said, "since you have great strength, let''s compare who can throw this straw far away."


    "Throw it, throw it..." With that, Zhou Cang took the grass from Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and threw it to the front with all his strength. He saw that the grass fell to the ground a few steps away.


    With a smile, Huangfu Chaobo picked up the grass and kneaded it into a ball. Without much effort, he threw it more than ten steps away.


    Zhou Cang yelled: "no, you can''t. Let''s compare our fists again


    "Well, I''ll let you do it again. If you lose this time, you can''t rely on it any more." With that, Huangfu Chaobo found some ants on the ground and said, "fight first and see how many ants you can kill."


    Zhou Cang went up and punched three punches against the ground. He didn''t expect the ant to move. Zhou Cang didn''t take the breath and hit the ants three. He thought it was right to do it. Anyone knew that his fist had not been taken up, the ant ran out himself. This time he looked at Huangfu Chaobo with silly eyes.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t speak. He stepped forward, stretched out a finger and pressed it gently. The ant was pressed into a piece and couldn''t move any more.


    Zhou Cang saw it in his eyes, but he didn''t say anything for a long time. After a long time, he came to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "I''ve met my lord Zhou Cang."


    Seeing this, Pei yuanshao came over and said, "Pei yuanshao has seen the Lord."


    "Ding Dong, congratulations to the player for taking refuge with Zhou Cang, the general of the historical heaven level."


    "Ding Dong, congratulations to the player for taking refuge with PEI yuanshao."


    "System news, congratulations on the player''s acceptance of historical Tianjie generals"


    "System news, congratulations on the player''s acceptance of historical rank generals"


    Zhou Cang 164 Tian level general


    40 level Tong 41 Wu 56 Zhi 28 Nei 22 Mei 60


    growth value 1.031.400.700.55


    influence: Huangfu Chaobo loyalty: 90


    common skills: Sabre advanced


    riding intermediate


    bow and arrow intermediate


    special skills: conscription, training, fighting, advancing


    array skills: one word long snake array, fish scale array, round array.


    Weapons and equipment: no


    Pei yuanshao''s 169 year local level general


    40 level tong33 Wu 43 Zhi 17 Nei 18 Mei 42


    growth value: 0.821.080.420.45


    force: Huangfu Chaobo loyalty: 85


    common skills: Advanced shooting


    intermediate riding


    intermediate archery


    special skills: training, fighting.


    Array skills: long snake array, square array, fighting.


    Weapons and equipment: no


    looking at Pei yuanshao''s attributes, Huangfu is speechless. He can''t compare with the generals he has trained. However, he has saved the Dan for his job transfer. And Adu was drooling and staring at Huangfu Chaobo with big eyes. Damn, it''s too NB. It''s OK...


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo was checking the attributes of Zhou Cang and Zhou Cang, the system announcement sounded again:


    "system message, congratulations to player * * for accepting the historical Tianjie military general * *."


    Huangfu Chaobo and Adu were surprised and looked at each other. They didn''t expect that besides themselves, some players finally recruited senior historical generals, and they were still Tianjie. They just didn''t know who they recruited.


    Wow... The players in the game were stunned again. Although there were some historical generals who were accepted in succession in the past, they were all generals of the local level and the human level. Like today, there are four generals of the imperial level, the heavenly level and the local level who will be accepted all at once. It really hasn''t happened. In particular, the last three are not long apart. It is estimated that they were accepted by one person.


    All of a sudden, all the puppies in the game went out.


    Without waiting for Huangfu Chaobo to speak, Zhou Cang came forward and said, "Lord, how can these people in the stockade be settled?"


    Huangfu Chaobo remembered that there were many people in the stronghold. Ask Zhou Cang. Now in their stockade, only the 100 yellow scarf soldiers they brought with them are the main force. Although there are more than 500 mountain bandits, all of them are about level 30 soldiers, and there are also some old and young women and Confucians, with a total of nearly 2000 people. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo made up his mind. After all, huangjinlishi is still a third-order huangjinbing, which is equivalent to the fighting power between the Imperial Army''s high-level and the Imperial Guard''s level. It''s better to keep them first. As for those mountain bandits, they are barely equal to the primary forces of the imperial camp. Let them be ordinary villagers and settle in Luoshen town together with others.


    On hearing the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, Zhou Cang and others were relieved. Then Huangfu Chaobo gave Zhou Cang the position of a general, while Pei yuanshao was a Dubo, and let the two of them lead the 100 strong men in Huangjin to join his own guard team.


    The next time, Zhou Cang and others were busy sorting out the things in the cottage, ready to go to the changshe with Huangfu Chaobo. Dianwei and Huangfu Chaobo asked him to take ten Huben cavalry to Chen Liuwu to pick up his family.Although the Shanzhai is not big, there are many people after all. It took Zhou Cang more than a day to put everything in order. There were five or six thousand taels of silver, thousand stone grain, and some miscellaneous things. In the end, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t see it any more. He asked them to throw away everything except grain and weapons. All the things, Huangfu Chaobo has informed Jia Jing that they are ready. Just wait for the 2000 people here to live directly. Zhou Cang also took some good things to Huangfu Chaobo in the mountain stronghold''s secret library. The other thing that made Huangfu Chaobo most happy was that they still had two pieces of jiuzhuan rebirth pills in their hands, as well as several drawings of Huangjin village and Huangjin barracks. Only when they asked did they know that it was from Guangzong city. It''s estimated that Zhang Jiao is going to give it to the yellow scarf generals. As Zhang Jiao''s close guard, Zhou Cang must have the best things to get, but it''s a pity that some pills were taken away by others.


    When Zhou Cang and others were busy preparing to move, a group of people came out of Xuzhou thousands of miles away, in the mountains at the junction of Langya state and Qingzhou. If Huangfu Chaobo and zonghengxia were here, they would know that the head of the village was yelaixiang, the head of the first village in the world. Looking back at the mountain behind him, yelaixiang took another look at the man beside him. He could not help but feel a long sigh of relief. It took him nearly a year from knowing the news of this man to finally receiving him under his name today. However, when he thought of his 93 force, yelaixiang felt that it was not a year, even half a year It''s worth it. That''s right. This is Yuexi, a Tianjie general under his command. For this person, many people don''t know who he is, but as a senior fan of the Three Kingdoms, yelaixiang is very clear. So that''s why when you get this hidden task - "silent hero''s crossing", the night incense will put down everything in the village and be willing to spend a lot of time and energy on this task.


    Yuexi: Yuexi is the son of yuelaofuzi, a hermit in Shandong Province. Yuexi has excellent martial arts and uses a trident. Cao Cao went to yuezhai to ask for it. Yuexi fought against Lv Bu alone in Puyang for hundreds of rounds. On the day of changban, Yuexi fought against Zhao Yun and rescued Xu Huang, Zhang Liao, Cao Hong and other generals from Zhao Yun''s gun. During the fifth war, Zhao Yun was killed because the Trident was cut off by Qinggang sword He escaped and was shot to death by Zhao Yun. Yuexi is also the last Cao Ying general killed by Zhao Yun on Changbanpo.


    When he finally saw Yuexi''s force value, he felt that he was the first village head in the world. Although Yuexi might be a little worse in front of Huangfu Chaobo''s Huang Zhong, he didn''t care much about it. But I didn''t expect that today, a god general, two Heaven steps and one earth step were recruited one after another, which also made the nerves of the night incense relax again.

 Chapter 175

    Our eyes returned to changshe again. After two days, Huangfu Chaobo finally brought all the people in Zhoucang village back to Luoshen town. Huangfu Chaobo, the 100 strong men in Huangjin, went directly to Yangzhai to find Kong Yu and used his relationship to turn them into guards, swords and shields in the city of Runan. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, he would let these soldiers learn equestrian skills one by one and then match them with the horses he brought back from outside the Great Wall. Joke, the guard level soldiers and the yellow scarf soldiers are not the same concept, you know, between them, the difference between the attack and defense blood is nearly half a grade, now don''t turn them off, after these soldiers are equipped with horses, the gap between the guard sword shield soldiers with horses and the yellow scarf soldiers is not a bit.


    After these things, Huangfu Chaobo put his mind on his general again. After a period of peaceful development, it can be said that the situation of the community has been on the right track, and all the facilities in Luoshen village have been almost in place. Changshe county is also full of soldiers. There are several generals now - Huang Zhong, Huang Xu, Dian Wei, Zhou Cang, Pei yuanshao. There is also a beautiful general who is not yet an adult. In addition, he has turned to two generals - Chen Jing and huyandu. Now the only people who really arrange their work are Huang Zhong and Chen Jing, and the others have nothing to do, All day long, apart from going to the barracks and training with Huang zhongyichao, he just follows Huangfu Chaobo around. Although there is only one civil servant, as an ox man with the talent of Taishou, a small changshe county can be said to be easy to catch. Those Huangfu super rich people seem to feel that the top administrative work is very light for him all the time. Moreover, the usurious loans put by the players in the village of changshe are slowly being recovered. It can be said that there are not many things that Huangfu Chaobo can do now, unless it is to fight another county. But now changshe is surrounded by courtyards. Unless you are impatient and want to rebel, you can try. However, if you really want to fight the county Huangfu Chaobo''s current strength can be tried. So Huangfu Chaobo is really relaxed now.


    On this day, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing are boring sorting out the things in the secret library of Luoshen town. Suddenly, they find that there are several village drawings, but they are useless all the time. Huangfu Chaobo said: "Xiaojing, you say we have so many drawings. It''s useless here. Do you think we should build another village. In any case, being idle is also being idle. "


    Jia Jing listened to his words and gave him a white look. "You are very free."


    "No;" Huangfu Chaobo said: "wife, you see, we only have a county now. In this case, development is limited no matter what. Moreover, we can also have affiliated villages under the name of Luoshen village? I think we can diversify our investment. After all, there is still time. I think the next plot should have a period of time. If we don''t take this time to accumulate more strength, the next plot will have capital. "


    "No, who''s your wife!" Jia Jing scolded Huangfu Chaobo and said, "but really, but do we really want to build another village next to Luoshen village? Isn''t that necessary? "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, but he didn''t think it was necessary. When they were struggling about it, the guard at the door said that Zongheng and Adu were coming. Huangfu Chaobo feels strange. Zongheng has been training in his own town recently. He is waiting for the opportunity to sharpen his sword. Whenever he has the chance, he is ready to ask Huangfu Chaobo to help him win Xu county. He is also sad. Originally, the first player of Yingchuan, who had boundless scenery, was supposed to be the dish in his bowl sooner or later. Unexpectedly, now he has become the site of Huangfu Chaobo, so he has to focus on the counties around changshe. After all, Xu county is only a small county. With the help of Huangfu Chaobo, it should be no problem to win. As for Cao Cao''s Xu Chang, no one cares so much. But the problem is that there is no chance now. So after the end of the last big plot, zonghengtianxia has been making all kinds of preparations in the village: to train soldiers and generals, he not only built two affiliated villages around him, specialized in blasting grain; but also joined more than ten powerful villages of changshe to form a player Village Alliance - zonghengtianxia alliance, in which Huangfu Chaobo became a deputy leader, but he only died I don''t care about those things, but I still give a lot of support to the preparation work. Not only that, but now zonghengtian''s official position has been achieved. You should know that the official position of the county magistrate of big county only needs six grades of truth, and zonghengtian is now the official position of six grades of truth. Not only zonghengtian, but also a large number of players have met the requirements of official position. A large number of players, such as zonghengtian, yelaixiang and Wuyu, are already in the official position of six grades, just now There is no suitable opportunity to win the county. After several people came in, Huangfu Chaobo shared his thoughts with several people all over the world. Everyone had no other ideas about Huangfu Chaobo except envy and hatred. You know, in the whole game, all the players except Huangfu Chaobo are too busy to get to the ground. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, everyone thought hard. In fact, as we all know, for Huangfu Chaobo, now there is a county, a Luoshen Town, plus the Luobei village, there is no need to build any other affiliated villages. You know, the functions of a county are not generally powerful. After all, the functions of the complete facilities are not many What can be replaced by villages and towns is also why the player Lords have to try their best to occupy the county, even the county and state cities, which is the important aspect. In addition, the county has the function of taxing, which also allows the player to say that there is no worry about food. Of course, the premise is that a big grain producing county like changshe and you are not a big army.Looking at everyone''s silence, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly said to Adu: "or, Lao Du, would you like to build a village?"


    Ah Du was about to agree, but he was interrupted by Xiao Jie''s words. He jumped out and shook his head and said, "come on, boss, I don''t want to bother. When you call down several counties, just give me one of them."

 Chapter 176

    Hearing what he said, ADU, who was still eager to try, had no idea of building a village. And the people all over the world next to him looked at the living treasure with a dull face, and they couldn''t say anything for a long time. But think about it. Huangfu Chaobo''s territory will not maintain the status quo. In the next plot, nine times out of ten, he will win several more counties. If he is lucky, he may be able to play with the prefect. In this way, there is no need for Adu to build a small village by himself. Alas, people are more angry than others...


    "By the way," Xiao Jie suddenly cried, "boss, I thought, don''t you have a site outside the Great Wall? You know, although there are cavalry now, the players are still short of horses. Why don''t you go outside the great wall and build a bigger village? Now many players have their own generals, which need horses. "


    Xiao Jie''s words suddenly opened everyone''s thinking. So far, I haven''t heard of anyone who built a village on a foreign land, but it doesn''t mean that it can''t be built there. Originally, the place where Huangfu Chaobo lived was only built with a wall, but no buildings could be built inside, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay attention to that place. As soon as he mentioned it, everyone was interested. So a few people came together to discuss, and at the same time, they arranged for two people to check the situation of building villages on the grassland on the Internet. I don''t know. I''m scared. Since Huangfu Chaobo released Zhao Yun''s video screen, more and more players have focused on the grassland. From Xiliang to Youzhou, nearly 100000 players often go to and from the grassland, and many of them build villages on the grassland. Especially after the story of Huangjin, because a large number of village construction drawings appeared, nearly 300 or 400 players have built villages on the grassland, but it''s a pity that in the end No village can survive. The reason is that no village can survive the attack of foreign cavalry or horse thieves. This is because the survival ability of the player''s village in the early stage is too weak. It seems that there is no systematic aunt to protect the village built on the grassland. But these problems are not problems for Huangfu Chaobo. After discussion, they thought that Huangfu Chaobo could build a village on the grassland. After all, it was very simple for Huangfu Chaobo to deal with a small number of Xianbei cavalry or horse thieves. After half a day''s work, Huangfu Chaobo decided to take people to the grassland to build a village. However, in terms of location, it''s definitely impossible to build a village in the current place. At least we have to find a valley where we can develop. After all, we need to build a village instead of just having a place to settle down. Moreover, it will be several years from now to the next plot. Even if the system wants to advance the time, there will still be a period of time. After all, from 186 to 189, Dong Zhuo''s entering the court triggered the 190 year plot of Dong. There are still many things happening in various places. We all think that the system should not miss so many local plots And all of a sudden into the big plot. If this is the case, the players in those places will definitely not agree. After all, any big plot will not take care of all the players. For example, the previous yellow scarf plot only involves several states in the Central Plains region, while the next big historical plot, the princes'' discussion of Dong, is not involved by players in several States, such as Jiaozhou, Yizhou and Jingzhou For the players in the area south of the Yangtze River in Yangzhou, if the system leaks all other local plots, the players will definitely have opinions. We can''t participate in the big plot, and you don''t let the players participate in the small plot. Who will have no opinions.


    Now that the decision is made, Huangfu Chaobo immediately starts to take action. After seeing off his party, Huangfu Chaobo recruits his civil and military generals and Adu to arrange the affairs of the community and decide who to take. At first, Xiaojiejie and Adu both wanted to go, but they thought that they would take the generals in the early stage. It was estimated that they might have difficulties. Later, they decided that Huang Zhong, Chen Jing and Zaozhi would be responsible for the affairs of changshe county and Luoshen town at home. In addition, ADU would take the help of the players'' Legion. The other generals, including the three brothers of Dugu, and more than a dozen of the warriors that Huangfu Chaobo was going to train, all went out together. Of course, Jia Jing had to go. As for the soldiers and horses, after discussion, several people decided not to take them first. After all, it''s not very convenient to travel with them. The other players didn''t bring any. It''s worth mentioning that the garrison of Luoshen Legion has been moved to changshe County, and the Legion members have reached more than 3000. This is what Huangfu Chaobo got after asking for one election and another election. If we let go of recruitment, it''s easy to have a team of tens of thousands of people, but the combat effectiveness is among the best in changshe''s player Corps Yes. However, Huangfu Chaobo rarely cares about this aspect. Basically, ADU, Xiaojiejie and ten players'' team leaders are discussing about it.


    After the personnel were confirmed, Huangfu Chaobo went out of his way to learn something about the affiliated villages. The level of the affiliated villages can''t be higher than that of the main villages. Now Luoshen town is just a middle Town, mainly because he thinks that it doesn''t make much difference to be promoted to a big town (compared with Huangfu Chaobo''s changshe county), so it''s not so good There was no intentional upgrade. However, now that he was planning to build a village on the grassland, for the safety of the affiliated villages and towns, Huangfu Chaobo finally promoted Luoshen town to a big one. You know, at this time, there are no more than 1000 companies upgrading to big towns, and there are 800. However, there is no one in the whole game to upgrade a small town. For one thing, the basic requirements for upgrading are too high: there must be 50000 people in the population alone, not to mention other conditions, such as the level of buildings. With the improvement of the level, the system also adds various conditions, such as the number and level of craftsmen in villages and towns. Not only these, but also a little There are several hidden conditions that have not been found. Of course, one of the most important conditions is the drawings. Just like the original upgrading drawings, no one has found a way to obtain the drawings. Apart from purchasing from the system store, it''s just that the price is equivalent to 500000 Liang.

 Chapter 177

    I hope that readers can tell each other and help with advertising. Your support is my strength! For click, for recommendation, for book review, all kinds of requests!


    According to the monthly income of changshe County, the tax paid by the village is less than 50000 Liang. As we all know, the tax in the game is charged by 5%, of which county 2, county, state and court each account for 1. That is to say, there is about 20000 silver in the county every month, while Huangfu Chaobo''s full-fledged soldiers and horses will spend 18000 silver in one month''s salary. After removing the monthly salary of officials, the income of changshe county is less than 1000 silver every month. If Huangfu Chaobo wants to save money to buy it, he should be able to get enough by the end of the game. It''s still Huangfu Chaobo has a county. You can imagine how difficult it is for players to buy a drawing. Of course, the villages and towns in the game have their own other income, but they all have other expenses. In addition, everyone didn''t buy it, just like the blood medicine in the system store and the blood medicine made by the players themselves. The system price is unreasonably high. Even if you buy it, the players won''t spend so much money to buy it.


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo is still very rich. For example, he paid more than 500000 yuan to get loans and let people rob the former county magistrate, but the expenses are not small. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo has been accumulating all kinds of raw materials and spending a lot of money on this aspect. Some of the money can''t be moved and is prepared for war. However, now that he is ready to build another base this time, Huangfu Chaobo is also ready to bleed heavily. He took nearly 100000 silver from it and collected all kinds of drawings needed to upgrade the village to a middle Town, which cost him nearly 50000 silver on the Internet and in the system store. Moreover, he saw a drawing of a small pass on the website. This kind of drawing doesn''t work for players at this stage, but for Huangfu Chaobo, it''s just the right time to use it. Compared with the price of 100000 silver in the system store, it''s already the price of cabbage, only 20000 silver. After this time, he bought the drawings of the pass on the Internet. Huangfu Chaobo thinks that people should pay more attention to the trading platform of the official website in the future. Maybe there is something good in it. Secondly, he can consider selling the things he can''t use on the Internet.


    Drawing: small pass


    the wall is 100-500 meters long, 6 meters high, 5 meters wide, and the pass is 500 meters wide. There can be buildings inside: barracks, school yard, general''s house and warehouse. Two gates. Building conditions: 5000 silver, 5000 to 25000 stone and 25000 wood (depending on the length of the pass). 3000 troops can be stationed. (6000 medium-sized, 10000 large, 20000 giant)


    in fact, this pass is an enhanced version of the military array, but there can''t be so many buildings in the military array. The bigger the pass is, the more buildings it can have. It is said that there are brothels in such a huge pass as hutaoguan. Er, I just heard that I didn''t see them personally.


    After everything was ready, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to take people to youpeiping. There are three generals, Dianwei, Zhoucang, Pei yuanshao, huyandu and Dugu, as well as nearly 20 generals at all levels that Huangfu Chaobo plans to train. If you want to put it in changshe, you don''t have much chance to fight. You''d better take it with you to the grassland to experience. In addition, Huang Xu, Zhang an and more than ten Xianbei warriors are on the grassland. After all, the travel lineup is quite strong, especially with Dianwei, a god level general. Although he is not as good as Huang Zhong, an omnipotent general with horse steps and bows, he is terrible Huangfu Chaobo believes that there should be no big problem in this trip. As for the words at home, originally, there should be no big things happening in the near future. I believe that if there are two generals, Zao Zhi, Huang Zhongyi, Wen Yi and Wu Yi, there should be no problems.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo was ready to start, an emergency interrupted his journey. The literati who Huangfu Chaobo thinks about day and night appear. Since Luoshen qiongniang was sold in the restaurant, the frequency of various NPCs is obviously higher. Several of the martial arts recruited by Huangfu Chaobo are literati, and they are all put into his hands. Moreover, these people are not only recruited by Huangfu Chaobo himself, but also laid a good foundation by Zaozhi and Huang Zhong in the early stage. In the end, they just need Huangfu Chaobo to come to the door. However, the man appeared today is obviously different. Jujube only heard the eye liner in the saloon, but later thought it was an ordinary warrior. Who knows, after chatting with the middle-aged man for a while, he found that the other side''s wisdom was far above himself. So Zao just didn''t dare to wait. While he was waiting for good food and wine, he sent a guard to invite Huangfu Chaobo to the tavern.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard the news, he immediately left what he was doing and rushed to the tavern in changshe county.


    After arriving at the restaurant, Huangfu Chaobo rushed to the private room on the third floor of the restaurant. He pushed the door and went in. He saw Zao talking to a middle-aged scholar. I saw this man with a thin face and clear eyes. He was dressed in a blue shirt, with a scarf tied on his head. Beside him was a cloth girdle. Behind him stood several big men who looked like family servants. At first glance, it''s not the ordinary NPC literati that Huangfu Chaobo usually sees. However, when Huangfu Chaobo sees this man, he immediately feels that he has seen this man somewhere. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo came in, Zaozhi stood up and said, "I''ve only seen the Lord.""Ziping doesn''t need to be polite. Wen Ziping ran into a witty man in a restaurant and came to see his face." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    seeing this, Zao quickly led Huangfu Chaobo to the middle-aged literati and said, "Lord, this is the witty man that the LORD said. Mr. Lou, a person from Beijing, is a hundred times better than him. Mr. Lou, this is what I just said. Today''s world-famous General Zhu Jun''s personal disciple, the leader of the Huangfu family in Beidi, and the county magistrate of chaotingzheng''s Wupin beggars, Huangfu


    In the eyes of the scholars, there was no weight in such positions as school captain and county magistrate. However, Zhu Jun''s disciples, the best of the Huangfu family in Beidi, played an important role among the scholars. Not to mention that Zhu Jun is a famous scholar in the world, the Huangfu family in the north is a big family in Guanxi, which can not be compared with ordinary scholars, especially in Guanxi where the scholars are far from being compared with Guandong. This can be explained by Dong Zhuo''s attitude towards the Huangfu family during the Three Kingdoms period, although it is said that huangfuli and Dong Zhuo are familiar to each other.

 Chapter 178

    After listening to the introduction of jujube, the middle-aged man''s eyes, which were not repeated, suddenly became dignified. However, they immediately flashed away. Of course, this is not seen by Huangfu Chaobo. After finishing his clothes, Huangfu Chaobo walked up to the middle-aged literati and said with a salute, "Huangfu has met Mr. Lou. If you disturb him, please forgive me."


    "No harm, no harm..." The middle-aged literati stood up quietly and gave a light reply, but did not show his identity to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say anything. He just kept thinking about Zaozhi''s introduction in his mind... It''s Lou... It seems to be a rare surname. Is there such a surname in the Three Kingdoms? All of a sudden, an idea flashed through Huangfu Chaobo''s mind. His surname was Lou. By the way, when he was playing the Three Kingdoms series games, he remembered that there was a military adviser of Cao CaoJun, who seemed to be able to board Wancheng of Nanyang before he became an official of Cao Cao. After thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo''s mind was suddenly opened up. It must be him. It seems that there is only one surnamed Lou in the Three Kingdoms, and his intelligence is not low. This makes sense. Why does Huangfu Chaobo feel familiar at the first sight.


    "Mr. Lou, who is from Beijing, but Mr. Lou GUI, Mr. Lou Zibo?" Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked excitedly;


    now, it''s not just jujube who is shocked. You should know that it''s hard for you to find out who the other person''s surname is Lou or Jingzhao. I didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would recognize him as soon as he arrived.


    The middle-aged scribe was also surprised. He had already sat down, but he also stood up and said, "how did you know that, just a name


    Huang Fu Chao Bo was excited when he got the other side. He was really my famous man, my military adviser... Finally... With difficulty, Huang Fu Chao Bo sends a message to Jia Jing and asks her to go offline to check Lou GUI''s relevant information. At the same time, he has a relationship with Lou GUI La: "Mr. name, I''ve heard about it many times in my uncle''s and mentor''s office, but I''ve never met him. I didn''t expect to meet my husband in changshe today. It seems that ultrathin is really predestined. As the saying goes, my uncle and my teacher are rare celebrities in Guanxi. My uncle and I both say that they are far behind. I don''t know what''s the matter with Mr. Chang she. If you can help me, I will try my best to finish it for you Hee hee... Anyway, you can''t see Huangfu song and Zhu Jun. besides, even if you really see them, do you still ask them if they have told Huangfu that my wisdom is far more than yours? In addition, according to the settings in the previous games, Huangfu Chaobo remembers that Lou GUI''s intelligence is nearly 90, which is indeed 10 or 20 points higher than that of Huangfu song.


    Lou GUI was smiling at what Huangfu Chaobo said, and shook his head to show that he didn''t dare.


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo tried his best to improve his relationship with him. In addition, Youzao only helped him. Lou GUI''s purpose of going to changshe was quickly asked by the two people. It turned out that Lou GUI was brewing for Luoshen Qiong. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw this, he immediately asked someone to arrange a room in the inn, and then sent ten jars of good wine from Luoshen town Chaobo accompanies all the time, and Zao only comes to accompany him when he has free time after dealing with the affairs of the county government. The purpose of the two men is that they can see it. However, Lou GUI has changed the topic with a smile when he tried to explore Huangfu Chaobo several times. However, he has not refused Huangfu Chaobo, which makes Huangfu Chaobo worried for several days. However, a few days of public relations didn''t work in vain, which made the relationship between Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI rise from acquaintance to familiarity. Of course, it''s also because of Huangfu Chaobo''s original identity and Luoshen qiongniang. If other players want to rise from acquaintance to familiarity with an NPC strategist, it''s impossible without ten or eight months. But for Huangfu Chaobo, his goal is far from being achieved, and it seems that he doesn''t have much time to spend on it. Huangfu Chaobo thinks that maybe it''s because he and Lou GUI really don''t match in terms of hidden attributes. According to the official website, both players and NPCs have a hidden attribute, which determines whether players or NPCs can successfully recruit other NPCs. There is also an example on the official website: for example, Liu Yu and Gong sunzan are natural enemies. If Gong sunzan digs Liu Yu''s corner, he will not be able to find it. However, if Yuan Shao meets other conditions, he will have a better chance of recruiting Liu Yu''s generals. As for Lou GUI''s attributes, Huangfu Chaobo has asked Jia Jing to check a lot of information about the game in the past few days, and he has basically got it. Sure enough, it''s similar to what Huangfu Chaobo remembers. He''s a military strategist, and his intelligence should be between 85 and 90. As for skills, NPC skills will not be disclosed to others. Unless it is already recognized that the main player, it is another matter. This kind of intelligence is very good for the current Huangfu Chaobo forces, but it''s a pity... Alas, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that the other party really doesn''t seem to be interested in himself, or in his weak power. Well, I''ll try again. If I still can''t, I''ll have to give up, Huangfu Chaobo thinks.


    On this day, Huangfu Chaobo and Zao only drink with Lou GUI in the private room of the restaurant as usual. When the wine is drunk, Huangfu Chaobo puts his glass on the table and says to Lou GUI: "Sir, the world is in chaos today..."Before Huangfu Chaobo finished speaking, Lou GUI said with a smile, "do you want to attract Lou?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. After a while, he got up and bowed to Lou GUI. "Please help me."


    "If old general Huangfu or old General Zhu solicits Yu, Lou can think about it, but my lord Speaking of this, Lou GUI deliberately stopped for a while, and looked at Huangfu Chaobo with a smile, but he didn''t say anything more.


    When Huangfu Chaobo heard it, he withered. Well, to be frank, why not? I''m afraid that I can''t bear the blow... Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo had been prepared for a long time. These literati, unlike Huang Zhong''s humble generals, can be recruited as long as they have a chance. As a literati, they are hard to recruit. What''s more, if Huangfu Chaobo didn''t hold several good titles, he would not even be able to match them. Therefore, lougui''s words didn''t show anything I''ll show you the expression of gain and loss.

 Chapter 179

    Huangfu Chaobo responded quickly and stood up and said to Lou GUI: "in this case, Chaobo took the liberty to invite you to drink the whole cup. Chaobo made amends to you. However, in a few days, Chaobo will have to travel for a while. If you don''t have anything else, you can stay in changshe for a while. When Chaobo comes back, you can drink with him again." Said, after drinking the wine in the cup, also told jujube had no choice but to accompany, ready to turn away. Looking at Huangfu Chaobo''s eagerness for talent, but not a lot of gains and losses, Lou GUI, who was originally in favor of Huangfu Chaobo, was more satisfied. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was about to leave, Lou GUI no longer joked. He stood up and said, "you don''t appreciate your respect. In fact, it''s not difficult for you to become an official. You only need to complete one of your conditions. I don''t know if you are interested in understanding it?"


    Er, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that when he had given up, there was a turn of the road. It''s very possible that Lou GUI should recruit him himself. A Leng under, immediately react to come over, way: "Sir have what condition although make it clear, exceed abundant certainly try to finish."


    "Ha ha..." Lou GUI stood up, walked slowly to the window and said, "in fact, it''s not difficult. GUI has been admiring the art of immortals since he was a child. I heard that there are five Lingshan mountains in the world, all of which belong to fairyland. Please go to explore them. It must not be difficult for adults."


    Poof... Hearing what Lou GUI said, Huangfu Chaobo, who had just put a mouthful of wine in his mouth, was shocked. Nima, what kind of game is this... Or the Three Kingdoms?


    However, he doesn''t have much time to think about it now, because the system''s aunt is urging him: "congratulations to the player, trigger the celebrity mission - the gift seeking of wudalingshan. Will you accept it? The mission lasts for one year. After completing the task, you can get the refuge of Lou GUI, a famous scholar in Guanxi. Does the player accept


    "Accept." Is it easy to do three company every day? Isn''t it to bring this task out? He chooses to accept it decisively. Then, Huangfu Chaobo tries to pull a thread out of Lou GUI''s mouth, but no matter what he says, the other party just laughs. Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to give up. Finally, he asked how to hand in the task and left the restaurant. Now that he had received the task, he had to do it first.


    After returning to the county government, he first went offline, then entered the forum, and inquired about the information about the celebrity task. Only then did Huangfu Chaobo find that he had not paid attention to the information in the game forum for a long time. It turns out that some people have received such similar tasks for a long time, such as the search for treasures, the investigation of regions, the search for gifts of the seven kings... Many people have received such tasks on the Internet for different periods of time and different awards, such as various drawings, skills, official positions and so on. Not only that, the best reward is the defection of famous generals.


    Not only that, after the last system update, many other game contents have been integrated into it. In fact, the celebrity task like this is to integrate some adventure copy tasks into the warlords. More than that, now the restrictions on player alliances have been released in the whole game. From the open restrictions to now, nearly 100000 alliances of different levels have appeared in the whole game. There are not only national ones, but also local ones. For example, there are several famous major leagues: Dahan League, Zilong club, Tianxia club, Changjiang business group and so on. There are also some local leagues, such as Youyun shibaqi, the largest League in Youzhou, the South China Sea Fleet in Jiaozhou, the Red Detachment of women in Jingzhou and so on... But for these leagues, the ranks are piled up with money. However, for those large studios, especially for some companies that see the game''s money, those are not problems at all. As the game becomes more and more popular, more and more companies will enter the game. Besides, money is only one aspect that restricts the development of the alliance. The other aspect is the problem of the alliance''s location. An alliance that reaches a certain level must have an alliance''s location. On the one hand, it is a place where members of the alliance can communicate and gather. On the other hand, it also provides a guarantee for the stable development of the alliance. As a player alliance, if it wants to develop, it must have a stable location Source of income, otherwise, no one is stupid, who will throw money into this bottomless hole. Not only that, the role of alliance level is to control the number of alliance members, so that the number of alliance members increases. The higher the level, the more people the system will give, which is of great benefit to the management of the alliance. The alliance is divided into 20 levels. Level 1 to level 5 can only be regarded as a small alliance, so you must have a village level residence; level 6 to level 10 can be regarded as an intermediate alliance, so its residence must be above the town level; level 11 to level 15 can be regarded as a big alliance, and level 16 to level 20 can be regarded as a super large alliance, but in terms of residence, it must be in a small town. It is worth mentioning that the previous update also subdivided the level of the city again, and divided the small city, the middle city and the big city into three levels again. The small city corresponds to the county, which is divided into the first level small city, the second level small city and the third level small city. For example, the changshe city of Huangfu Chaobo is now regarded as the third level small city by the system, while the Lingshou and Xintianyou of huangjintianxia are not Quyang has unfortunately become the smallest small town. The middle city corresponds to the county city, and the big city corresponds to the state city. As for the giant city, there are only Luoyang and Chang''an in the game.For the alliance, at present, no alliance has won the city level residence, so, just like several large alliances, although they are inter state alliances, in fact, each sub alliance operates independently. Take the Zilong Association for example. At present, there are three leagues in Youzhou, Jizhou and gunzhou. The leader of the leagues is dashing Zhao Zilong, and there are eight elders below. They are dashing Zhao Lanhu, Qingbao, lvjackal, Huanglang, orange bear, Hongying, heixian and Baihu. Several people know Huangfu Chaobo. The relationship between Zhao Zilong and Huangfu Chaobo is fairly good. Once, Huangfu Chaobo joked with some of them that they were all animals in their league, which led to the fighting of these wolves, tigers and leopards. In fact, Zhao Yun is the reason why Huangfu Chaobo and Zilong society know each other well.

 Chapter 180

    In real life, Zhao Zilong is the son of a business family. He has a large group in his family and is also well-known in China. However, unlike many children from rich families, although he is rich, he is not the second child. After graduating from University, he started his own business independently and did a good job. According to the agreement between him and his family, after a few years, he went abroad to study for another two years, and then he was ready to come back to take over the family business. However, he is a real yunfen, and he has never been able to go abroad From small to large, all the games about Zhao Yun were played by him perfectly, so he entered the game as soon as the game started. However, at the beginning, he didn''t play Zhenger Bajing. However, with the increasing temperature of the game, he also found great business opportunities, so after discussing with his family, he decided to try to enter the game. Some of the eight elders under him grew up together, some of them were close friends in the University. Some of them were the children of rich families, some of them were the children of ordinary people like Huangfu Chaobo, but they were all the same, and they were all closely related. Among them, the jackal, the tiger, the leopard, the bear and the eagle are the six thugs under their command, while the Xie and the Hu are collectively known as the black and white double evil spirits, and they are the military strategists and finance ministers of their alliance.


    At first, the Zilong society had only two sub leagues, namely, the Zilong society * Youzhou branch and the Zilong society * Jizhou branch. The Youzhou branch was in youbeiping, while the Jizhou branch was near Zhaojia village. One of these two places was Zhao Yun''s hometown, and the other was the place where Zhao Yun first became an official. Although Zhao Yun has not appeared, Zilong society has been paying attention to these two places. At first, when Huangfu Chaobo appeared in zhaojiacun, Zhao Zilong and other people didn''t pay attention to it. After Huangfu Chaobo became a celebrity, other people published his photos on the Internet. In addition, a brother in the meeting accidentally mentioned that this person seemed to have appeared in zhaojiacun. Then, with Zhao Zilong''s keen business vision and mind, they immediately linked the two together. In addition, in the meeting, Zhao Zilong''s business vision and mind were combined In contrast to Xu Wucheng''s appearance of Baima Yicong, Zhao Zilong has come to a conclusion that makes Zilong''s senior management extremely shocked - the first player in the game is likely to be the one who sends out Zhao Yun''s video on the Internet. Of course, this conclusion is only known among the nine of them, and none of the other brothers in the meeting know it. Although it''s not sure that the player with white Ma Yi''s soldiers at the gate of Xuwu city is Huangfu Chaobo, the player entering Zhaojia village is definitely the first one of the Lord''s players. Later, Zhao Zilong made a decision to expand the Zilong Association, which has two branches, to open a third branch in changshe - Zilong Association * Yuzhou branch. At the same time, he also kept making good relations with Huangfu Chaobo and zonghengxia. In the eyes of others, this is a powerful alliance between the second ranked guild and the first ranked Lord player in the whole game. Only the high level of Zilong Association and a few people around Huangfu Chaobo know Zhao Zilong''s purpose. However, both sides do not reject this kind of alliance.


    After more than half a year''s running in, the cooperation among Zhao Zilong''s Zilong club, Huangfu Chaobo''s changshe City, and Zongheng town is getting closer and closer. For example, many products in Luoshen town and Zongheng town are sold by Zilong club, which is also the main business income of various alliances in the game, such as Huangfu Chaobo In fact, Lou GUI was attracted by Luoshen liquor when he came to changshe this time. Although the cooperation between the two sides has become more and more, Huangfu Chaobo and Zhao Zilong frankly admit their relationship with zhaojiacun, but they don''t tell the truth about how to establish a relationship with zhaojiacun. After all, after so many events, Huangfu Chaobo is not Xiaobai who just entered the game, but just tells Zhao Zilong that it was because he took on a special task As for Zhao Yun, he didn''t mention it at all. As for gongsunzan and his generals, only Jia Jing and himself knew about them. Even Adu and zonghengxia didn''t know about them. First, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want others to know his relationship with Zhao Yun before he got Zhao Yun. Second, he wanted to reveal his relationship with Zhao Jiacun to test whether Zhao Zilong and his Zilong would cooperate with him. Huangfu Chaobo also knows that as one of the most popular games in China, the ultimate goal is to attract people to play, not the game players. Although Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t like to deal with these players, the trend of the whole game is that the role of players will become more and more important, so Huangfu Chaobo has to try to find allies among the players, including the Luoshen club or the Zongheng village, which is the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Now that zilonghui has come to the door, Huangfu Chaobo will certainly not turn the other side away. However, before he is absolutely sure, Huangfu Chaobo will not show his cards to others. However, what makes Huangfu Chaobo very happy is that it has been nearly a month since he disclosed his relationship with Zhao Jiacun to several members of the Zilong Association, and there is no news about this aspect in the game. Although Huangfu Chaobo did not specifically tell Zhao Zilong and other people to keep it secret, in this way, Zhao Zilong and his Zilong association can still be trusted. After nearly half a year of contact, Huangfu Chaobo still has some recognition for Zhao Zilong. First, in the reality of fighting for father, Zhao Zilong''s family background is well known and his character is also good. But Huangfu Chaobo still doesn''t want to trust others so easily, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t communicate with Zilong about the construction of enclave. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to figure out a reason why he had disappeared in public for such a long time. He didn''t expect that someone would give him a pillow when he was sleepy. Lou GUI''s famous task gave him a good reason.Now that it''s decided, let''s get ready to go.


    Huangfu Chaobo summoned all his subordinates and prepared to leave the next day. Unexpectedly, as soon as the crowd dispersed, he received Zhao Zilong''s pager: "ah, Lord Huangfu, I heard that you are going to travel far away. What''s the matter? Are you going to find Zhao Yun? Or is there something else? If you can use me, Zhao Zilong, you can squeak. "


    "Well, I''ve become a mouse. I''ll squeak if I have anything to do." Huangfu Chaobo said to him with a smile;


    "no, don''t think so. I''m wrong, OK. I''ve heard from Lao Jie that you''re going to travel far away. I''ll ask if there''s anything I can do for you. "

 Chapter 181

    In fact, it was specially arranged by Huangfu Chaobo. After all, the two families are cooperating very well now. Anyway, we have to talk to them. Moreover, the task of Huangfu Chaobo is beyond saying. What can they really do for us. He didn''t say anything else. Huangfu Chaobo said that he would talk to Zhao Zilong about the famous man''s task. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo, Zhao Zilong didn''t refuse. He said that he would talk about it in the League immediately and let the brothers from different places help to see how to do this task. Then they said something else, and they ended the conversation. However, before the end, Zhao Zilong still did not forget to ask a question he always asked when he met with Huangfu Chaobo: is there any news about Zhao Yun? In this regard, Huangfu Chaobo can only give a wry smile. He doesn''t know who to ask for Zhao Yun''s news.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo set out with Jia Jing, Zhang an, Dian Wei, Zhou Cang and other 20 or so generals and warriors. Of course, all kinds of skilled talents each brought a senior one, such as a blacksmith, a carpenter, a bowmaker and so on. As for Luoshen Town, you can only let jujube watch, but fortunately, whether it''s Luoshen town or changshe City, everything has been on the regular, as long as jujube only takes a look every three to five.


    Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo took all the people on their way, making use of the post station system without stopping in the middle. A few days later, the party arrived at Zhaojia village, which is also part of Huangfu''s Chaobo plan. Of course, the purpose is to have a good relationship with the Zhao family and lay a good foundation for recruiting Zhao Yun.


    Three years later, when he came to Zhaojia village again, Huangfu Chaobo found that there were not many changes in it. The only change was that the cavalry in Zhaojia village was much more. Compared with a few years ago, Zhaojia village now has 500 cavalry. The horses of these cavalry were bought or given away from Huangfu Chaobo. Another point is that there are obviously more people in Zhaojia village than before. According to Zhao Feng, with the consent of the patriarch, Zhaojia village has also taken in many refugees in recent years to enhance its strength. At that time, with the help of Huangfu Chaobo, the strength of Zhaojia village, which had experienced the yellow scarf rebellion, was increased. After several years of development, the former 5000 people, together with the increase in the population of their own village, now have a scale of nearly 10000 people, and there are more than 35000 troops, including 500 cavalry. However, this is also the limit for Zhaojia village to be able to bear love. If these are not all the soldiers of Zhaojia village, it is estimated that Zhaojia village will have a thousand The soldiers are good, not to mention the 500 cavalry.


    Now in Zhaojia village, the old patriarch is basically not in charge, and Zhao Feng is basically in charge of all the affairs. For Zhao Jiacun and Zhao Feng, they don''t treat Huangfu Chaobo as an outsider at all. Basically, they have no reservation for Huangfu Chaobo. This is also due to the fact that Huangfu Chaobo has never interrupted his contact with zhaojiacun. War horses, weapons and other items are also supplied to Zhao Feng at the most favorable price. If it wasn''t for the old clan leader''s insistence, Huangfu Chaobo would almost give all these things to Zhaojia village for nothing. However, the old fox also saw that Huangfu Chaobo had a good relationship with Zhaojia village for Zhao Yun''s sake, but he didn''t object. To say, Huangfu Chaobo''s strength is not weak now, and Beidi is not weak Among the Huangfu family members, there was a teacher of the famous general Sili Xiaowei. In addition, I was also a suicidal Xiaowei and magistrate of changshe county. For the Zhending Zhao family, which has no foundation, it is also a good ally. If Huangfu Chaobo can go further, it is not impossible for the Zhao family to take refuge. However, these ideas are not only Huangfu Chaobo, but also Zhao Feng.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay in Zhaojia village for a few days. In these days, he only met the old clan leader of the Zhao family. In other days, he visited all parts of Zhaojia village with Zhao Feng, while several generals of Dianwei were arranged by Huangfu Chaobo to train the soldiers of Zhaojia village. For all the historical generals (except a few civil servants), there was one Skill - training, unless it''s a special kind of rubbish, such as ah Dou''s. Training skills can help soldiers gain more experience in using weapons and improve their morale. In order to prepare for the future, Huangfu Chaobo asked several of their generals to help Zhao Jiacun train in these days. Because he was thinking about building the village, after a few days in Zhaojia village, Huangfu Chaobo took people to right Beiping.


    I didn''t stop all the way. After entering xuwucheng, I didn''t even meet the generals who didn''t have Gongsun''s family. I took the horses directly, went out of the Great Wall''s Lulong fortress, and went to my garrison on the edge of the grassland. As for Lou GUI''s task, it''s not that Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want to do it, but that he really doesn''t know how to do it now. Moreover, he thinks that he can do it after he has settled the enclave and everything is on the right track. It''s better to build the village and wait for the Zilong association to find out the clues before doing it. It''s just with this mentality that Huangfu Chaobo took people to the outside of the Great Wall.


    By the time they got to their destination, it was the end of February. On arriving here, Huangfu Chaobo found that everyone was there. Zhang an, huyanda, Huang Xu, Huang Wudi and Zhao Yu were all staying in the valley stronghold. Everyone was very happy to see each other.For Huangfu Chaobo, it was easy to build a village, but this place was not easy to choose. So he called all the people over and talked about the building of the village. I didn''t expect Zhang an and huyanda to immediately say that there is a place that is most suitable. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he immediately called all the people and let huyanda go to the place he said.


    A group of more than ten people rode to the place mentioned by two people and found it a good place. About forty or fifty miles to the northwest of their garrison, there was a valley. The mouth of the valley was about thirty miles wide, running from northeast to southwest. The mountains on both sides were steep. After walking along the valley for about two miles, the narrowest part of the valley was only a hundred steps wide. Then the valley widened slowly. After walking for two or three miles, Huangfu Chaobo found the terrain Suddenly opened, looked up, it turned out to be a long and narrow plain surrounded by mountains.

 Chapter 182

    Seeing Huangfu''s surprise, Zhang an said triumphantly, "how about it? Young master, we didn''t cheat you. We found it when we surrounded the horse once. Later, we went to explore the surrounding area and found that there was only one entrance to this place, that is, the valley where we just came in. The plain is about ten li wide and seventeen or eighteen Li long. Moreover, about ten li to the southwest, it is a big river more than ten Zhang wide, but we can''t cross it on the other side of the river. "


    "Good, good, good, good, this place is very good. It happens that we have a drawing of a small pass in our hand. It''s just right to build it in the narrowest part of the valley. As long as we send troops to guard the pass, there will be no problem with the villages inside. And it''s big enough to build a small town for 10000 or 20000 people. " Huangfu Chaobo said with satisfaction: originally in Huangfu Chaobo''s plan, only a small town was planned to be built in this place, and the main purpose was for horses. It was so smooth to find the place to build the village that Huangfu Chaobo and his party were very excited.


    Led by Huang Xu and others, the group walked around the whole plain, and finally came to the center of the small plain. Huangfu Chaobo took out the village construction drawing, and after clicking on it, a small village administration appeared in front of the public. "Congratulations to the players for establishing a subordinate village in Luoshen town. Please name the village."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that this place should be near Longhua in Chengde. He thought that it would be called "Longhua". Originally, he wanted to have a try. Unexpectedly, the system recognized the name. As for the village head, he appointed Zhang Xuan. The main reason was that he could use civil servants in his pocket. Zhang Xuan and Zao were the only two people. Zao was not sure Maybe it''s only Zhang Xuan who has left him in this place for several years. However, according to Zhang Xuan''s current situation, it should be no problem to be the city guard of a small town or even a small town.


    After the village administration was built automatically, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for the people he was taking to work. First, he arranged for several warriors to go to the original place and take over all the craftsmen who came here this time. As for other people, they arranged to build houses in the village. After all, they could not stay here too long. What we need to do now is to upgrade the village to a new level as soon as possible Above the town, then build the small pass in the valley.


    Time passed quickly. In less than two months, with the support of sufficient manpower and funds, Longhua village was upgraded to the scale of a large village. However, Huangfu Chaobo found a strange phenomenon, that is, half of the villagers recruited from this village can ride. It seems that the system has automatically treated these villagers as herdsmen. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel happy. The villagers in Longhua village could not only cultivate, but also graze, and their horses could be produced continuously. While constantly improving the buildings in the village, Huangfu Chaobo did not forget to let people buy food from Xuwu city to the village. For some time, the village has nearly ten thousand stones of grain. During this period, Longhua village had to face a wave of attacks from more than 20 people every two or three days, or from a few horse thieves or foreign cavalry, which made Huangfu Chaobo have an intuitive understanding of the difficulty of building a village outside the Great Wall. If there were not several military generals and dozens of cavalry, Longhua village would really be someone else''s food. No wonder no one has been on the great wall until now Villages and towns will be built outside.


    "Ding Dong, congratulations to players, Luoshen town affiliated village Longhua village upgraded to a small town."


    Finally, Longhua village was upgraded to Longhua town. Now all the buildings in the town have been upgraded to advanced level. As for the army and horse, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t recruit too many soldiers for the time being. He only recruited 200 archers and 200 cavalry. As for the sword and shield soldiers and spearmen, he is going to recruit soldiers from the intermediate barracks after arriving at the intermediate town. After all, the town is too small to support Too many soldiers. The soldiers recruited in the front were basically recruited at the beginning when they reached the recruitment conditions. After they were recruited, they were always under the leadership of their generals. Now they have reached nearly level 30. After Huangfu Chaobo plan reached the advanced conditions, he transferred to the intermediate arms in the town. As for the senior arms, he had to wait until the time to find Gongsun Yue in the county of youbeiping They have been transferred. With the running time of warlords, the game has become more and more perfect in all aspects. Take the recruitment and training as an example. There are two ways for players to obtain the advanced arms in the system. The first is to have their own advanced barracks and recruit them directly from the barracks; the second is to recruit low-level arms. After reaching the level, they can go to the same camp city The higher the rank, the higher the price. This also allows players to have the idea of having advanced arms. As long as you like, everyone can have the highest rank Huben cavalry in the game. Of course, the cost of training this cavalry is similar to that of directly from the barracks, but one premise is that there is no accident during the upgrade process.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo is still immersed in upgrading Longhua into a city, and then building a medium or large-scale pass at gukou, he will have a solid military and horse base by then. A system message wakes Huangfu Chaobo up.


    "Ding Dong, player''s affiliated village has been upgraded successfully, triggering the upgrade test of affiliated territory. One day later, there will be a wave of 500 horse thieves attacking Longhua town. Please prepare for defense."Well, what''s going on? I haven''t heard of any upgrade test before. This time, is it aimed at the subordinate territory? But I didn''t seem to hear it. In one day, it''s impossible to build a stone wall. It seems that the system should count this into it. However, hehe... The system aunt does not know that she can build a small pass. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked people to gather all the craftsmen and villagers. In addition, there are now 400 soldiers and dozens of generals who are marching towards the valley. The place of the pass has been selected as soon as the village was built. Moreover, during this period, Huangfu Chaobo consciously concentrated all kinds of stones and wood materials to that position. Originally, it was very difficult to find the place I wanted to build the pass after upgrading the town. I didn''t expect that the plan couldn''t keep up with the change. Unexpectedly, the village came to the test just after upgrading.

 Chapter 183

    Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo has been making preparations for the pass building after the village upgrading. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, all kinds of resources in the village can be sent to the valley passageway for storage except for the normal building upgrading of the village. Therefore, all kinds of stone and wood in the valley are sufficient for the construction of the pass building. Now there are nearly ten thousand units of stone and timber in the valley, which is more than enough for the small pass. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo''s current requirement is to build a main wall. After all, it''s just to resist the attack of the brigands. According to the terrain, more than ten miles around the village have been swept by Huangfu Chaobo Time, not to mention horse bandits, even mountain bandits don''t know that they have been swept several times by Zhou Cang''s men. If horse bandits come to attack this time, they can only attack from outside the valley. Therefore, as long as we guard the valley, we will be safe. Originally, according to the system arrangement, a big village that has just been upgraded to a small town should have to break its muscles and bones to withstand the test. However, what I didn''t expect is that, on the one hand, Huangfu Chaobo''s place is too good. Even if it''s someone else, if it''s properly arranged, it''s no problem. What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo, a pervert, still has the drawings of a small pass in his hand. So this test is easy for Huangfu Chaobo.


    Soon, people came to the narrowest part of the valley, which Huangfu Chaobo had been looking forward to for a long time. On both sides of the valley are cliffs as high as tens of meters, and the valley in the middle is less than 200 meters wide, which is more than 100 steps in ancient times. The cliffs on both sides are nearly straight. It can be said that it is a good place for one man to control the pass and ten thousand people can''t open it A few hundred soldiers can block the attack of nearly ten thousand enemies. Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranged for people to recruit senior carpenters, stonecutters and other craftsmen, handed over the drawings to several people, and said, "look, I just need to build the wall. How soon can I finish it?"


    Several craftsmen took over the drawings and looked at them. Several people exchanged views again and said, "Lord Hui, if you just build the outer wall and work together in the town, you can finish the wall about ten meters high today. If the whole pass is built, it will take about twenty days."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it. The wall is about three meters high. That''s enough. He said, "OK, let''s do it. Except the cavalry, everyone else will be deployed by you. You must build the outer wall before sunrise tomorrow."


    After listening to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, Zhang xuanma opened the drawings in the hands of the craftsmen, put them on the ground and chose to build them. People immediately saw a general''s house on the ground. As for other buildings, they had to build them by themselves.


    According to the location of the general''s residence, a group of craftsmen immediately extended two hundred steps to each end of the valley with the center of the residence, and then placed a pile foot at each end. Then they drew a line to the cliffs on both sides of the valley with the two piles. After fixing them, they ordered the craftsmen to carry the wood and stone materials of various buildings to the surrounding area, and then the craftsmen immediately built these materials according to the law Good. Not only that, building a city wall requires not only wood and stone, but also a lot of earthwork. Zhang Xuan also arranged for hundreds of villagers to dig up earth at the place marked by the craftsmen. The excavated earth was immediately carried to the wall being built. When it arrived, it was immediately pressed with a huge stone roller. Looking at his men busy piling piles, pulling wires, carrying stones and digging earth, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t get in for a long time, so he didn''t stay here. He was going to arrange for huyandu to take his men out to explore the news of the horse thieves, and he took Jia Jing back to Longhua town.


    As he walked, he thought, now everything in Longhua town is almost on the right track. Zhang Xuan''s situation is basically no problem, but which general should be stationed here? Dianwei? Super bodyguard, it seems too wasteful to put it here. You know, that''s 103 super general! Moreover, it seems that his unity and wisdom can only serve as generals, not as handsome. That week? It seems that except for the fact that the force is much worse than the old code, everything else seems to be the same. The rest is only Pei yuanshao and Huyan. Well, the two of them, a general and a riding general, just cooperate. Pei yuanshao is the main and Huyan is the auxiliary. However, these two generals are a little rubbish. Alas, there are few generals who can stand in their own way. If Zhao Yun had recruited them earlier..... If Huangfu Chaobo''s idea is known to other players, it must not be sprayed to death. Alas, people are always so unsatisfied. But what bothers Huangfu Chaobo is that both generals have 20 + intelligence. I really don''t know if I can rest assured...


    Looking at the tangled expression on Huangfu Chaobo''s face, Jia Jing asked about the reason with concern. Huangfu Chaobo told his worries. After listening, Jia Jing said with a smile: "you, why didn''t you think of little Huang Xubo?"


    Huangfu Chaobo patted his forehead and said, "yes, how can I forget Huang Xu?"


    Thinking of this, people immediately called Zhang Xuan, Dian Wei, Zhou Cang, Huang Xu, Pei yuanshao, huyandu, Zhang an and Dugu brothers. Twenty minutes later, everyone arrived at the town administration.


    "Yes, sir."


    "I''ve met my uncle."


    "Well, you don''t have to be polite. Sit down," said Huangfu Chaobo. "It''s one thing to call you all over. I''m sure I won''t stay long in Longhua. According to the current construction speed, I estimate that we can upgrade Longhua to Zhongzhen in a few months, but I won''t stay here until Longhua is upgraded to Zhongzhen At most, when the pass in the valley is built, I think I should leave at the latest. At that time, the administrative and internal affairs in the town will be handed over to Mr. Zhang. As for the soldiers, I think that if possible, Huang Xu will be the main one, Pei yuanshao and Huyan will be the auxiliary ones, and the three Dugu brothers will help. I hope you can work together to keep Longhua well. "All of them agreed.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Huang Xu and said, "Xiao Xu, although you are familiar with the book of war, you don''t have much experience in the war, so you should listen to the opinions of Pei yuanshao, the capital of Huyan." after that, he turned to Pei yuanshao and said, "although you are born in the rough land, you are both killed from a sea of blood. Your experience in the war is not comparable to that of ordinary people, I hope You can help my little nephew. You can rest assured that one day you will stand in your own way. So please Said, solemnly toward two people made a gift.

 Chapter 184

    "Don''t dare," Pei yuanshao and Huyan said immediately. "Please rest assured that your subordinates will help Mr. Huang, and they will never miss his important task. Originally, they were still a little reluctant. They were both in their 20s and 30s, and they had to listen to the command of a teenager. However, Huang Fu Chao Bo said that they were less reluctant. Huangfu Chaobo also knows that it''s not something that can be accepted for a while and a half to let these veterans listen to a child''s command, and he doesn''t have to say more. Then he turned to talk about the attack of the brigands. After that, he said to Huang Xu, "Xuer, this battle is under your command. How are you going to deal with it?"


    Huang Xu knew that Huangfu Chaobo intended to let him test himself in front of the crowd, but he didn''t have stage fright. After standing up and thinking for a moment, he said: "uncle, the position of Longhua is very favorable for our defense. Everyone must know the surrounding terrain very well. In Xu''s opinion, since he is a horse thief, he should only attack from outside the valley. In this way, uncle has arranged to build a pass According to the current speed, the outer wall of the pass should be built to a height of about 10 meters by sunrise tomorrow at the latest, so that we can rely on the wall to keep the enemy out of the pass. At present, we only have 200 cavalry and 200 archers, and we need to recruit 200 shield soldiers and 200 spearmen each. The cavalry is led by huyandu to inquire about the equine thieves outside the valley. Other people, each of them has 100 soldiers. In the town and the pass, each of them has 100 shield soldiers, 100 spearmen and 100 archers. When the brigands attack, the cavalry will hide in the distance outside the valley. I think the wall with a height of 10 feet, plus 300 infantry, will be enough to resist the attack of 600 to 800 brigands. When the brigands are unable to attack, they will send a signal to lead the cavalry to attack on both sides, and the brigands will be completely annihilated. "


    Huang Xu nodded after hearing what he said, and Huangfu Chaobo was very satisfied with it. But he still asked, "if the brigands cross the river or attack from both sides at the same time, what should we do?"


    On hearing this, Huang Xu said: "if the horse thieves come across the river, the 300 soldiers and horses in the town will be able to withstand at least half an hour. At this time, the soldiers and horses in the pass and the cavalry outside the valley can all come to support. If the brigands attack from both sides, we can first let some of the garrison troops in the pass resist the brigands outside the pass. In the case of the pass, 150 soldiers are enough to stop 500 brigands for an hour. First, we will concentrate our forces to eliminate the enemy outside the town, and then turn around to eliminate the brigands outside the pass. " With that, Huang Xu looked up at Huangfu Chaobo with an extremely firm look, waiting for his reply.


    Huangfu Chaobo was secretly surprised when he heard Huang Xu''s arrangement. He was sure to have some information. How big is that? He had never led the army. He was very smart when he opened his mouth, and the arrangement was orderly. It seems that he was right to put him here. However, although he was very happy, he didn''t show it on his face. Instead, he turned to look at the others and said, "Huang Xu has never led a soldier before. This is his first battle. Do you think there is anything wrong with this arrangement? If there is one, just bring it up and let''s brainstorm. "


    After listening to Huang Xu''s arrangement, Zhou Cang, Pei yuanshao and others, who had a little contempt for him, all looked at him with new eyes and were convinced. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that one of his unintentional actions had solved his biggest worry. It can be said that he had no intention. Seeing that Huang Xu has been able to convince everyone, Huangfu Chaobo simply doesn''t care about the attack of the horse thieves. All the things are handed over to Huang Xu, and he takes Jia Jing to watch Huang Xu arrange the coming battle tomorrow. Although he is a famous general in history, he is a little kid after all. Who knows if there will be any trouble in the middle. This small offensive and defensive war is just for him to train his troops. Huangfu Chaobo is also good at making sure that he can trust him to take care of the military affairs of this small town. Alas, there are still no famous generals of military division type. If there is a 90 + general of military division type, if you put him here, you don''t have to think about anything at all. Huangfu Chaobo thought to himself. It''s a pity that Huang Zhong is the only one with the highest intelligence in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands now. His intelligence is more than 70, even 80, let alone 90 +.


    However, Huang Xu was not timid after Huangfu Chaobo handed over everything to Huang Xu. According to what he said at the beginning, he arranged everything one by one after discussing the details with Huangfu Chaobo and other generals. After receiving the orders, all the generals acted in accordance with the arrangements one by one. Huyan had arranged for Dugu Tian to cross the river with a few warriors and more than 20 cavalry on a small raft to explore the enemy''s situation, and then he took the rest of the cavalry to go out of the valley. After all, according to everyone''s conjecture, nine out of ten brigands came to attack from outside the valley, so the focus of the exploration was on the grassland outside the valley. The others, with 100 soldiers each, were divided into two groups and stationed in the pass and the small town, with 100 soldiers each. In the small town, Dianwei led Pei yuanshao and Dugu Xiong, while in the pass were Huang Xu, Zhou Cang and Dugu ba.


    Huangfu Chaobo was relieved to see that Huang Xu arranged everything in an orderly way, and all the generals immediately followed the arrangement. Seeing that there was nothing wrong, he took Jia Jing to the pass under construction. Jia Jing complains that he is full of food and has nothing to do. Huang Fu Chao Bo laughs. When Huangfu Chaobo ran to the pass, the foundation was almost built. Both sides of the wall were built with large stones, and the middle was compacted with soil. Many people pushed huge stones almost one person high on the wall to roll back. Looking at the places where the stones had been rolled back and forth for several times, Huangfu Chaobo went up, jumped up and stamped with his feet for several times without any footprints. On both sides of the stone walls, I don''t know what they were built with. Even the gaps were filled very smoothly. There were several dry places that Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t see if he didn''t look carefully. Now the whole wall has roughly come out of a rudiment. Seeing that it was getting late, Zhang an immediately arranged for people to light bonfires everywhere on the construction site and fill the wall with torches. According to their plan, the pass must not be shut down at night, otherwise it will not be able to complete the wall one foot high before sunrise tomorrow. At the same time, we asked the villagers to bring dinner. When we had dinner together, we announced that we had to work all night tonight, but today everyone''s wages were doubled. After fighting off the horse thieves tomorrow, the whole town would have a day off. At first, stimulated by the news that the brigands were coming to attack, everyone was trying their best to build the wall. Now when Zhang an''s arrangements came out, everyone was very happy. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo and other generals had done a good job in the propaganda of fighting back the brigands. Now the morale of the villagers in the whole town is high.

 Chapter 185

    After dinner, people immediately put into the construction of the wall. As a result, the whole construction site was extremely busy, and only the command of the craftsmen and the bugles of the villagers could be heard everywhere.


    A busy night passed quickly. When the first ray of sunlight came to the earth in the early morning, Huangfu Chaobo had already taken Jia Jing and Huang Xu to stand on the wall more than ten feet high. Looking at the wall under his feet and the trench dug out in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo had more confidence in fighting back the horse thieves today. After a busy night, the wall is now more than 3 meters high and about 10 meters wide. Although the wall is only compacted earth, because it has not been built to the height of the wall, there is no stone slab on it. However, the wall is more than 3 meters high, which is an insurmountable height for the brigands. In addition, because the earth was taken from the front of the wall, there is a trench three or four meters wide and nearly three meters deep in front of the wall. If there were no water around, it would be a moat now. However, this is not the final appearance of the trench, because according to the drawing, the trench in front of the wall will be about three feet wide and more than two feet deep. Not only that, there will be thick piles at the bottom of the trench. The part of the pile exposed to the ground is nearly one meter long, and all of them are sharp. In this way, once an enemy or a war horse falls into the trench If there is live water around the wall, the trench can also introduce water, thus becoming a moat. It''s just that it hasn''t been built at all, and there is no water source around the valley, so Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t build a moat. However, for such a narrow valley, the function of moat and trench should be no different. Unfortunately, although the wall and the trench are enough to deal with the horse thieves, the gate of the wall has not been built. Because the wall has not been built, the gate hole has not been built. When the horse thieves come to attack, the gate can only be blocked with giant wood and stone. However, a simple suspension bridge has been built on the channel above the trench for people We''re going in and out.


    Now everything is ready, just waiting for the horse thieves to attack.


    Looking at the busy crowd around him, Huangfu Chaobo thought that if the brigands could come two days later, the whole wall would be built. At that time, the moat gate would be equipped, and the wall would be nearly 6 meters high and 10 meters wide, which would be an insurmountable moat for the brigands. Just when Huangfu Chaobo was still in YY, a horse and a man came running from outside the valley. Huang Xu had sharp eyes and quickly told Huangfu Chaobo that it was a warrior who went out with Huyan. It seemed that the horse thief had appeared. Sure enough, the warrior ran across the suspension bridge, got under the pass wall, gave the horses to the soldiers, ran up the pass wall and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "my Lord, Lord huyandu asked me to report the whereabouts of the horse thieves outside the valley. There were about 800 people. When I arrived here about half an hour later, Lord huyandu had taken the cavalry to retreat eastward according to the original plan."


    Everyone was stunned. Not 500 people, right? How come it''s 800 again? However, we are not very concerned about it. As far as the current situation is concerned, 5800 does not make much difference.


    "Well, it''s hard work. You step down first and prepare for the next battle." Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head and said, "well, Xuer, this battle is up to you. Everyone below me will listen to you."


    "Yes, uncle. Huang Xu takes orders Huang Xu said, "come on, let the craftsmen and villagers in the trench withdraw immediately, and the craftsmen and villagers on the wall also retreat. After the gate is blocked, all the non combatants retreat behind the wall and obey their orders at any time. Zhou Cang and Dugu Ba, order all the soldiers to climb the city and get ready to fight. " Huang Xu turned around and ordered. Seeing that all the people around him had taken orders, he immediately called a warrior around him and asked him to return to the town and send orders to the people of Dian Wei, so that they would be ready to fight at any time. After hearing Huang Xu''s order, the townspeople and craftsmen in the ditch outside the pass and above the pass collected their tools in an orderly way and withdrew to the back of the pass wall. The soldiers immediately put away the simple suspension bridge on the ditch, and then blocked the city gate according to the requirements. After all these were done, Huangfu Chaobo heard the sound of horse''s hooves rumbling from the mouth of the valley. But a moment later, he saw a torrent pouring in from the mouth of the valley. The sound of thousands of horses running in the valley is really frightening under the response of the cliffs on both sides of the valley. However, for the people who have seen thousands of horses galloping on the grassland, the sound of the more than 1000 horses of the 800 horse thieves can not be compared at all. They all stand on the wall and quietly look at the horse thieves approaching in the distance. They were scared by the sound of horse hooves The white faced craftsmen and ordinary villagers, trembling and looking at the performance of the generals on the wall, also slowly quieted down.


    However, a group of horse thieves slowly stopped their horses at the place where the pass was no more than 200 steps away, and the four or five leading men took a few steps forward.


    Looking at the high wall and the wide trench in front of him, Xu could not help but look pale. As the leader of a gang of nearly 500 horse thieves, a few days ago, his horse thief sentry found a big village in the valley. It is said that there are less than 2000 people, and there is no good wall in the village. It seems that it is only the wooden wall of Zhongcun, and there is no good wall in the village It is said that there are only 200 cavalry and about 200 bowmen. For the sake of safety, he sent a more careful second leader to guard the village secretly for two days. After repeated confirmation, he decided to come to the village. At first, I thought that it was no problem for these soldiers and horses to beat down the village compared with their own horse thieves, but I would certainly hurt my bones and muscles. So I invited two small groups of horse thieves with more than 100 people in each group. There were more than 800 people in three groups, and nearly a thousand horses to work together. I didn''t expect that when I saw that I was coming, there was a pass in front of me. Looking at the smiles on the faces of the other two brigands, I couldn''t help but get angry and said, "second, didn''t you say that there are no defense facilities in this village? So what''s this? ""Big brother..." Looking at the pass and ditch in front of him, the second leader of the equine thief was stunned. After a long time, he responded and said, "brother, this... This... I came to see the one without this level yesterday morning. I swea

 Chapter 186

    After watching for a long time, the second leader finally saw something, pointed to the wall and said: "brother, I know. They must have built the wall yesterday. You see, the wall has not been built, and the gates of the pass have not been built. It''s just that there''s wood and stone blocking that hole


    A scarred horse thief leader next to him stepped forward a few steps and looked at it and said, "boss Xu, there''s nothing wrong with what he said. They should have just been built. You see, there are no crenels and arrow towers on the wall, but we can''t beat down the high wall. Besides, even if we beat it down, we don''t know how to break it I think it''s better to go to the grassland and grab a small tribe. "


    "Yes, boss Xu, scar face is right. Although I''m taking my brothers to make a living on the edge of the knife, I can''t let them die for nothing." Another ringleader of the one eyed horse thief was in a side street;


    Xu Datou was angry when he listened to them. It was a good plan. Nearly 800 horse thieves went to attack a big village with only wooden walls, 200 soldiers and 200 cavalry. It should be a sure thing. They can also take the opportunity to weaken the other two forces of horse thieves. Maybe they can also call it an opportunity to annex the two. In this way, with the property they robbed in this village, I believe it won''t be long, You can become the biggest group of horse thieves outside the pass. If it wasn''t for these two groups of horse thieves, because they have been guarding against themselves, they are very close to each other. How could they spend so much time. It''s a pity that the plan can''t keep up with the changes. I didn''t expect that after one night, most of the passes were built in the village. Damn it...


    But now Xu Datou is in a dilemma. If he retreats like this, he won''t want to go on outside the pass any more, and this attack can only be fought by his own people in the end. Thinking of this, Xu said: "second, I''ll arrange 300 brothers to go to the woods outside the valley to cut down trees. I don''t believe him. This 800 strong man can''t break the barrier. But let''s make it clear that the two of you, the one who makes the most contribution, will share more. Don''t you have any opinions? "


    The other two brigands'' leaders were originally afraid that Xu Datou would use them as cannon fodder. Seeing that Xu Datou said so, they knew that the other party had no idea. They thought that although they were helping, in such a town of 2000 people, it would be better to fight than to fight a few thousand people. I don''t want to talk about it any more. I just want to say that I will try my best to support Xu Datou.


    When Xu Laoer and three hundred horsemen went to the valley to cut down trees, Xu Datou and the rest of the horsemen slowly leaned towards the pass. When they got to the place beyond an arrow, Xu Datou stopped the horses and yelled at Huang Xu and others who were closing the pass: "listen to the people who are closing the pass, quickly surrender. Now, if you surrender, you only need to offer 200 horses, a thousand bucks and two bucks A thousand stones of grain is enough. Otherwise, when our army arrives and breaks the pass, you will be told to wait for nothing. "


    "There are all kinds of war horses, money and grain in the town. If you have the ability, just wait for yourself to get them. Why bother there?" Huang Xu didn''t show any weakness and immediately replied;


    when the leader of the horse thief heard this, he was so angry that he screamed. Unfortunately, because of the ditch in front of the pass, he couldn''t rush to the pass. If he arched, he couldn''t pose any threat to the man in the pass. He couldn''t do anything to the man in the pass. Before the horse thief who cut down the tree came back, he could only stand in front of the pass and stare.


    Huang Xu is not in a hurry. People on both sides just look at each other,. Just as the two sides were facing each other, there was a sound of horse hooves behind the wall. When Huangfu Chaobo looked back, Dugu Tian, who was crossing the river to inquire about the whereabouts of the horse thieves, came back with some warriors and Xianbei cavalry. As soon as he got to pass, Dugu Tian said to Huangfu Chaobo, "young master, we have explored the area of 20 Li on the other side of the river, and we haven''t found the whereabouts of the horse thieves, so the only horse thieves coming here should be the wave before the pass."


    After hearing Dugu Tian''s reward, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t speak. Instead, he nodded to Huang Xu, indicating that he would arrange it. After receiving the order, Huang Xu said to the messengers around him: "messengers, the soldiers and horses in the town only leave sword and shield soldiers to maintain the safety of the town. Those Xianbei cavalry soldiers stay in the town and by the river to patrol and maneuver. If there is any abnormality, come to him immediately and order the archers and gunners to be transferred to the prison."


    The herald went away, but they didn''t talk any more. They all turned around and looked at the horse thieves outside the pass.


    Xu Datou saw that it was no use persuading him to surrender, so he didn''t say much. After a while, he turned his head to a horse thief beside him and said, "scar face, you call yourself a good dancer. You are invincible outside the pass. I don''t know how to deal with the little boy opposite you?"


    "Bang, big head Xu, don''t stir me up. That boy, I will take his life within ten minutes. But I''m going ahead. After I take the boy''s life and take down the town, I''ll take 10% more money. " Scar face said;


    Xu Datou heard that if scar face could take the life of the chief general, it would be good for him to attack the town; if scar face was killed by that boy, he could claim this opportunity to swallow his people, and then maybe he could swallow the Cyclops by the way. No matter how it is, I will not lose. So he said, "well, the one eyed dragon and all the brothers testify that as long as you kill the little general and capture the property of the town, you will get 10% more.""Good." Scar face finish saying, beat a horse to rush to pass up a way: "close that kid, can dare to come down and you knife grandfather have a few moves?"


    Just at this time, Dian Wei and Dugu Ba came to the pass with 100 archers and 100 spearmen. Huang Xu was more confident about his own force, so he said, "OK, let me weigh how many pounds you have." Then he turned to Zhou Cang and said, "Zhou Cang and Dugu Xiong lead 100 archers and 100 spearmen to guard the pass. The sword and shield soldiers follow me down the pass to meet the enemy." Then, after a salute to Huangfu, he came down from the pass with a hundred shield soldiers on the wall of the pass and went out with Dian Wei and three hundred soldiers.


    For Huang Xu''s battle, Huangfu Chaobo did not stop him. One of the most important reasons is that since he said that he was fully responsible for the whole battle, and since he felt sure that he would win the horse bandits, he could only send people to plunder the array, but could not stop him from fighting. Besides, Huang Fu Chao Bo was very relieved that Huang Xu could not defeat an unknown horse thief with his strength. Secondly, there was a general of Huang Xu''s rank on the other side.

 Chapter 187

    Huang Shu, with Dian Wei and 300 soldiers, quickly removed the obstacles in the pass. Huangfu chaobolian hurriedly signaled the soldiers at the end of the city to open the cable of the suspension bridge on the fixed wall and put it down. After Huang Shu passed, he immediately pulled up the suspension bridge. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was also prepared to stop the soldiers from pulling up the suspension bridge. After a second thought, he didn''t speak any more.


    The bandits outside the wall were very happy to see that the general on the wall actually came out to fight, especially Xu Datou and scar face. Scar''s face raised his head to Xu''s head, lifted the horse rope lightly, beat the horse and walked forward, while walking, he said: "up, that boy, report your name quickly, your brother scar won''t kill the nameless ghost..."


    Huang Xu is too lazy to talk to him, so TIMA rushes to the other side. Seeing this, scar face shouts and rushes with his sword. As soon as they get close to each other, scar face slashes at Huang Xu with his sword. What he didn''t expect is that Huang Xu doesn''t seem to use much strength to pick up the saber in his hand, but he easily picks up his saber. Then, when scar face was in a state of confusion, Huang Xu''s big knife quickly turned around and chopped scar face''s head down with one knife. With a "plop", scar face''s body fell off the horse. As for his head, Huang Xu didn''t want to pick it up at all, so he rolled to a place more than ten steps away. However, he could see that the horse with scar face was a fine horse, so he led his horse over and turned his head back to the front of the wall. He handed the horse to the warrior nearby, then pointed to the horse thief with a knife and said, "who else is going to come up to die?"


    "Hiss..." Huang Xu''s hand is sharp and sharp, and he kills scar face, which makes other horse thieves startled. You know, scar face has a bad reputation among horse thieves. It''s cruel and ruthless, and it has a good skill. Otherwise, it won''t gather more than 100 horse thieves. What you didn''t expect was that you were beheaded after you could not walk a round under this young general, which made other horse thieves feel sad. They looked at each other, didn''t say a word, and they all had a tacit understanding. They stepped back two steps. Huangfu Chaobo''s taxi soldiers are all excited. Huang Xu sees that the brigands dare not come forward to fight. He doesn''t say any more and arranges the soldiers to slowly retreat into the wall. After Huang Xu took people to the wall, the general''s eyes were different. The arrangement before the war had already convinced everyone. I didn''t expect that the battle before the war was so strong. In Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion, Huang Xu had been recognized by everyone.


    The next thing is simple. The brigands are scared by Huang Xu''s amazing knife and dare not come forward to challenge. They have to wait for the brigands in gukou to cut down the trees and send them. However, the brigands think that there are no cavalry in the town, and there are only 20 or so left to watch the movement in the pass. The others get off their horses and have a rest in twos and threes. Looking at the horse thief''s performance, everyone felt that it was a pity that their cavalry was not in the pass. If they sent 100 cavalry to rush out now, and one or two generals were in the front as vanguards, they might be able to kill the horse thief by surprise.


    Time passed in the stalemate between the two sides. An hour later, when they came back to the valley, the thieves who cut down trees dragged a large number of trees to the valley. Huangfu Chaobo looked up and saw that each of the two hundred thieves asked the horses to drag one or two trees, because both the trench and the wall were only ten feet long, so the wood was only five feet long. Look The brigands are really ready to attack.


    Sure enough, when all the wood arrived, the thieves began to build big shields and wooden ladders. A quarter of an hour later, the thieves made several big shields and several siege ladders, and then began to prepare to attack the wall. Xu Datou once attacked several small villages and towns, so he has some experience in siege. He first picked out all the horsemen who can ride and shoot, prepared to use riding and shooting to suppress the bowmen on the wall, and then incited those loyal to him under scar face to fight for the first time. As a result, the brigands each ten people supported a big shield more than ten feet high, a total of five big shields at the same time slowly came to the direction of the trench, and behind them were dozens of brigands who could ride and shoot. As for the other brigands, except for a few other groups, they were divided into groups of ten. Each group had a ladder beside it, waiting for the brigands in front to put the shield on the trench and use it as a drawbridge. In the face of these simple siege equipment of the brigands, Huangfu Chaobo was helpless. After all, they only had bowmen and no other defense equipment. They had to wait until the brigands were within the range of bow and arrow attack.


    Half a quarter of an hour later, the brigands finally came into the range of attack with bows and arrows. The archers who had already been in place fired their arrows under Huang Xu''s command. Unfortunately, all the bows and arrows were on the big wooden shield, which did not pose any threat to the brigands. Seeing that the arrows on the wall could not threaten them, the brigands'' morale suddenly increased, cheering and speeding up to attack the wall. Soon the brigands'' shield came to the front of the trench. When the latter saw that the shield was in front of the trench, Xu Datou immediately ordered the brigands who carried the ladder to be ready to attack the city. Only when the wooden bridge of the trench was paved, they could attack the city.


    "Bang..." After a few loud noises, three of the five shields had been set up on the trench. However, without the protection of the shield, the archers on the wall immediately shot the next round of bows and arrows at the brigands, and more than a dozen of them fell to the ground. Seeing that the horse thief in front was hit by an arrow, the horse thief carrying a shield in the back speeded up to meet the horse thief who had no protection. And the prepared horse thief archers are all in place, and the bows and arrows of both sides are desperately shooting at the enemy. It''s a pity that although there are more than 100 horse thief archers, their positions are lower than those on the wall, so they suffer a little loss in archery. But soon, the horse thieves holding the siege ladder also attacked the front of the trench. This time, although the horse thieves also had to attack with bows and arrows, it was better to have their own bows and arrows to protect them. What''s more, some of these horse thieves had armor. Not only that, as the brigands got closer and closer to the wall, the archers on the wall had to retreat. Huang Xu immediately commanded the sword shield soldiers to come forward, followed by the long guns, and prepared to meet the brigands climbing the wall. However, the archers who retreated did not have time, but continued to shoot in order to block the attack of the brigands.Seeing that the horse thief was about to attack the wall, Huang Xu said: "Dian Wei was on the left side, Zhou Cang was on the right side, and Ben was in the middle. Dugu Xiong and Dugu Ba were ready to support at any time. General, get ready to fight. Kill... "


    "Kill..." When they heard this, they responded in a loud voice

 Chapter 188

    Although there are not many equipment for guarding the city on the wall, there is no shortage of the most common rolling stones and wood. Seeing that the brigands had climbed to the half way of the ladder, Huang Xu immediately ordered the soldiers to smash the stone pitching log. Although the wall was not high, several brigands were also smashed down. But because the wall was not high, the brigands had already attacked the wall before they lost two rounds. However, it was not a big threat to the wall. After all, the entire wall is only over 100 meters wide. It is guarded by three historical generals, and they are all generals above the sky level. Even if they have not reached their respective peak state, they are not able to resist by ordinary horse thieves. What''s more, there are one or two hundred soldiers to help. Looking at the horse thieves falling from the wall like dumplings, none of them could hold on for a breath, Xu felt that something was wrong. But now there''s no time to think about it any more. The front line has already been handed over, and it''s no longer too late. Except for a few leaders and dozens of soldiers under his command, he has sent all his troops. As a leader of horse thieves, it''s very good to be able to do this step. Soon, the horse bandits behind also attack the wall. Huang Xu sees that almost all the horse bandits have been fighting. Knowing that the time is ripe, he turns back and orders Dugu Xiong to say, "send a signal to the cavalry outside the valley and prepare to move the horse bandits inside the valley."


    Dugu Xiong immediately retreated to the pass and lit the prepared smoke. Soon, a wisp of smoke rose into the sky.


    Looking at the suddenly lit smoke inside the pass, Xu big head suddenly woke up: "no, there''s an ambush. Hurry up, tell the brothers to retreat."


    Unfortunately, with Huang Xu''s signal, the three generals on the wall pretended not to support each other and led the soldiers back a few steps slowly, which made the attacking brigands feel that they could not support the garrison and retreated. This made the brigands even more excited, and they all rushed forward in a howling manner. They didn''t realize that this was just a trap arranged by Huang Xu, Soon, nearly 100 horsemen attacked the wall, and the horsemen in the back were even more excited when they saw this situation. Suddenly, more than 800 horsemen, except dozens of Xu Datou, and more than 700 other horsemen, were closing the wall. Of course, more than 100 of them were already on the ground.


    At this time, huyandu and 200 cavalry soldiers had already arrived at the mouth of the valley. When they saw the tree chopping horse thieves entering the valley, they had quietly guarded the mouth of the valley, waiting for the signal from the wall at any time. I didn''t expect that it wasn''t long before I saw the signal from the bandits. Huyan didn''t say any more. He came straight to the valley with his cavalry. All of a sudden, the roaring sound of horse''s hooves sounded again in the valley. Xu Datou, who was shouting to retreat, heard the sound of horse''s hooves coming from behind. He knew that everything was over. He no longer cared about the horse thieves who were still fighting on the wall. With dozens of confidants around him, he turned his horse''s head and rushed to the mouth of the valley. He thought that with his own ability and dozens of confidants around him, he would rush out of the valley to respond There is still no problem. What he didn''t expect was that the one who came from outside was also a high-level warrior, and also a Xianbei warrior who was proficient in riding. Only when he met him, Xu Datou was killed by Huyan, who was killed face to face. Then, he was crushed into meat mud by the following cavalry, and the horse thieves who were fighting with him were all killed. Finally, only the one eyed dragon and a horse thief fought to kill him It''s all around.


    Looking at the head of the horse thief who turned around and ran away, Huang Xu saw this and killed two horse thieves beside him with one knife. Then he yelled: "the head of the horse thief has escaped, others will not die!"


    When other soldiers saw this, they also yelled. The horse thieves didn''t believe it at first, but the horse thieves who hadn''t climbed the wall looked back and saw that Xu Datou turned around and ran away with his cronies. Immediately, some horse thieves gave up the attack and were ready to run back to the horses. A little leader of the horse thief responded immediately and yelled: "brothers, don''t be cheated by these guys. The big leader won''t leave us. Work harder and kill all these people. All the things in the village are ours!" All the horse thieves were late and didn''t know what to do. Just when they were all at a loss, Huyan had already killed the horse with his cavalry. He was still holding Xu Datou''s red horse in his hand. He ran and yelled: "the head of the thief is dead, and those who have fallen will not die!"


    Seeing this situation, the horse thieves didn''t know how to choose, and they didn''t know who was the first to lose their weapons. Then, most of the horse thieves were ready to give up their arms and catch them, but there were also a few horse thieves who were shouting to avenge the big leader. As a result, they were solved by Dianwei Zhoucang. The next thing is simple, cleaning the battlefield, calling the craftsmen and villagers to continue the construction of the pass.


    Huangfu Chaobo is no longer in charge of these things. Although Zhang Xuan is not a historical general, he is also his earliest subordinate. In addition, he has more than 40 levels now, and now his internal affairs and intelligence are over 40 +. There should be no problem in managing such a small town. He has already told him his ideas and ideas of construction. As for how to do it, I believe it is no longer possible To Huangfu Chaobo worry again, besides, there are Huang Xu several people to help. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo''s position for Zhang Xuan is still the director of the pharmaceutical factory. After all, his pharmaceutical skills have been advanced for a long time. He has fully mastered the + 50 acne medicine and the + 100 acne medicine has a 50% success rate. But what he can''t do is that there are too few civil servants in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands. Originally, some civil servants were trained in changshe County, but there is no way Even Zhang Xuan can''t compete with those in politics and intelligence, so let alone stand in the way of others. However, this time also brought a few to use as Zhang Xuan''s assistant, can only slowly cultivate their own.After arranging the affairs of Longhua Town, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay in the town any longer. Because there''s news from the Zilong society. According to the news from Zhao Zilong, Huangfu Chaobo''s mission is to have a mission point in every big mountain of the five mountains, and the first one they found is Hengshan Mountain, which is located in the north of Jixian County. Now that there is news, Huangfu Chaobo must still want to finish the task. After all, several months have passed since the end of the task. However, he only brought Dianwei and ten highly regarded high-level warriors with him, and all the others stayed in Longhua town.


    I thought the system should be quiet for a while. Did not expect, March has not yet arrived, the system has a move.

 Chapter 189

    In early March, under the leadership of general sun Xia, the remnant of Nanyang Huangjin recovered. In a few days, they captured Nanxiang, Danshui, Xixian and Li counties. The soldiers pointed out that Nanyang County ruled Wan county. The Nanyang prefect couldn''t prevent them, so he was defeated by sun Xia and led the remnant to retreat to Xinye. Wang Min, the governor of Jingzhou, quickly ordered the Nanyang prefect to defend Xinye. At the same time, he mobilized 30000 troops from Xiangyang and Jiangxia counties Support Xinye in two ways and release player missions in Jingzhou at the same time. I didn''t expect that Nanyang had not come down yet, and the backyard was on fire again. In mid March, Wuling was rebellious, and Wang Min, the governor of Jingzhou, had no choice but to send County soldiers to recruit. At the same time, Wang Min also released player missions in the whole Prefecture. Then the Xingyang bandits killed zhongmouling, and Yin hemiao of Henan Province begged for the Xingyang bandits. It took more than a month to break them. So the imperial court worshipped him as a general of motorcycles.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo just finished the first Lingshan mission, Hengshan in Youzhou. As for the task, it''s actually very simple. It''s a mysterious cave. After going in, Huangfu Chaobo found that it was the same as the zombie cave in the legend that he had played before. It is estimated that the warlords team directly learned from the Legend game of Fenghui in that year, and implanted the relevant template into the game after a little change. However, the objects of the brush monster inside turned out to be all kinds of materials and minerals, rather than all kinds of weapons, equipment and money, as Huangfu Chaobo did when they destroyed mountain bandits and horse bandits. Dian Wei was scared to see this zombie monster for the first time. However, as a general of the imperial rank, he soon entered the state. Under the leadership of this man-made bulldozer, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing took a few warriors as backup. It took them less than half a day to push the zombie cave from the first floor to the bottom eighth floor. This made Qingbao, one of Zilong''s major hitters who were working with them, jaw closed. For example, their league often had the opportunity to open a replica, which was already ranked in the top ten in the whole game with their strength. However, if they were allowed to open this replica, let alone the whole replica, they would lose a lot even at the first level. Now looking at Huangfu Chaobo with a historical general, several high-level fighters are like bulldozers, pushing all the way easily, which really makes him unable to accept. From this, we can see that at this stage, there is a huge gap between players and senior fighters, let alone historical generals.


    Looking at the items that the boss Zombie King of customs clearance exploded all over the place after being pushed down, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help feeling. It''s better to be the first one. Looking at these things on the ground, it''s easy to see them outside. Huangfu Chaobo looked at them and found that there are nearly 20 piles of black iron ore in the local units alone, which adds up to 200 units, and these black iron ores are high-quality black iron ore, According to the rules of the game, all ores are divided into inferior, ordinary and high-quality. The minerals that can be extracted are quarter, half and two-thirds respectively. For the value of high-quality black iron ore, Huangfu Chaobo remembers that he saw it on the trading platform of the game mall last time. It was also obtained by a player by chance. The price of ten units of black iron ore is 1000 silver per unit. All weapons and equipment of the black iron level are ten times as expensive as ordinary materials. Moreover, if there is a master level blacksmith, it is possible to build artifact level equipment. For example, Liu Guanzhang''s exclusive preparation, and Huang Zhong and Dian Wei''s exclusive equipment are all made of xuantie. Now Huangfu Chaobo has 200 units, that is, 2000 Jin. If you take back the long social group to the master blacksmith, you can make nearly 10 pieces of black iron weapons. Of course, these are unexpected gains. What really surprised Huangfu Chaobo was the thing with the golden light and the word "mission item". Because, Huangfu Chaobo took a look at it and was stunned - Lizhu (the ancient spirit beast''s legacy on earth), there was no other introduction. All along, Huangfu Chaobo has been looking for jiuzhuan rebirth pill and several items for making pills, but there has been no news. Only a few pills are occasionally obtained from NPC. However, in the current situation of Huangfu Chaobo, a few pills simply can not meet his needs. Huangfu Chaobo has always believed that this kind of pill will appear in large numbers in the game, after all, in the game There are hundreds of millions of players, even if only a few million people have demand. If each person recruits a general, there must be millions of generals in the game, otherwise the players will lose interest in the game. But throughout the Three Kingdoms, the whole population is only 30 million. Even if the number of NPCs in the game has increased by ten or even dozens of times, there are only a few thousand military generals with names and surnames in history. Well, there is such a big gap, we must find a way to fill it in the game. And I have found this way, so the system will gradually release the limitation of pills. Of course, the system may develop other ways, because this method alone is difficult to fully meet the needs of players. However, at present, if we can really find a way to make pills, it will be a great challenge for Huangfu Chaobo to open up other players Distance. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help thinking that there would be an object in every place of the five spirit mountains? What will the rest be? After thinking about it for a long time, he didn''t come up with anyone. Huangfu Chaobo simply didn''t think about it any more. Anyway, if he wanted to complete the task, he had to open all the copies of several places.


    Put aside the thoughts in my heart, put away the ten Li Zhu gems on the ground, and continue to tidy up the things on the ground with Jia Jing. This mission space is not the same as other replica missions. As the first player, no one else can enter the replica map until he quits the mission map, so people are not afraid that someone will rob the items. As for the only outsider is Qingbao, he must be interested in these things, but he won''t move them. In addition to these, Huangfu Chaobo also found a drawing, but he didn''t expect that it was the production drawing of a small catapult. In addition, there are some common materials, such as ore and money. After all the items were sorted out, Huangfu Chaobo took everyone out of the duplicate map.When Huangfu Chaobo quits, the system prompts: "Ding Dong, congratulations to the player * * for finding the duplicate map, which is located in Hengshan, Jijun County, Youzhou City, with coordinates of * *, *"


    in the whole game

 Chapter 190

    However, at this time the players have no mind to pay attention to this, far away did not expect, close to Youzhou players are busy with the plot task of Youzhou to wipe out Zhang Chun''s rebels.


    After quitting the mission, Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and came to the mission transmission point at the entrance of the mountain again. He wanted to try the burst rate of gemstone and dark iron after the opening of the mission. Open the copy interface at one point, Huangfu Chaobo finds that there are three levels of difficulty selection: easy, medium and difficult, and a 03 is displayed at the back. Because he didn''t know how the difficulty of the task changed after the map was opened, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t dare to take his generals to try. After thinking about it, he just chose a simple level task. What he didn''t expect was that after he went in, Huangfu Chaobo found that it was too simple for Dianwei. It took only ten minutes for them to get through the copy. It has to start from a few months ago. As the first village in Liangzhou, Wuyue is very good both in personal ability and luck. Shortly after the game started, Wuyue village recruited a warrior, and also an intermediate warrior. Not only that, as the first bleeding medicine village and the first village to discover that blacksmiths can learn how to make weapons in the whole game, wordless village has made a stir among the players twice. Once upon a time, many players in the game thought that this black horse would become the first player. Not only other players, but also wordless himself thought that his luck was quite good, it was just that I didn''t expect that there would be a more rebellious Huangfu Chaobo among the players. With the luck of rebellious Huangfu Chaobo, he stood out in the plot of the Yellow turban rebellion and took the first place among the players.

 Chapter 191

    However, speechless is a good attitude, and not discouraged. At the end of the story of Huangjin, Wuyu, who returns to the village, finds that his warrior has reached the full value of loyalty. The full value of welfare is that Ma Wu tells Wuyu that he has a clan brother who is also a horse thief and the leader of a group of more than 300 horse thieves. This is not the most important thing. The most important thing is that his clan brother''s name is horse play. Heard this name, let silent and in the administrative center of a few friends were stunned, for a long time to react. The game has been running for nearly a year now. As an ashes Level Three Kingdoms game player, this name can be said to be very familiar. Although horse play can only be regarded as a very ordinary general in Three Kingdoms games, his unification and martial arts are estimated to be 70 +, and his intelligence and internal affairs attributes are not high, it is also a challenge for players It''s a good general. After all, there are too few 90 + generals of the Three Kingdoms. Most of the generals of the three kingdoms are around 80. Moreover, as one of the eight departments of Xiliang, Ma Wan''s ability in all aspects should be good. So since I got the news, in addition to arranging the general direction of the town, other details have been given to my NPC assistant and several close friends, and my main energy has been on finding horse games with Ma Wu. Although Ma Wu knows the general location of the horse play, in the game, it took two people more than a month to find the foothold of the horse play brigands in Qiangdi, south of Wuwei. At this time, when Ma play heard the rebellion in Jincheng and Longxi, he was ready to pack up his things and take his brigands to take refuge. Hearing this news, I can''t help but secretly congratulate myself that I''m fast enough. If I''m a few days late, Ma Wan will surely take his horse thieves to vote for Han. In the next few days, with the unremitting efforts of wordless and the help of Ma Wu, Ma Huan was finally willing to consider taking refuge in wordless town. Of course, it was conditional that wordless town had to own a county within two years, and wordless had to have more than 2000 cavalry under him. Ma Huan had to be the commander of the cavalry. After considering these two conditions, Liangzhou agreed soon. According to the process of the Three Kingdoms, Liangzhou basically did not calm down after beigongyu and liwenhou. After beigongyu and liwenhou, it should be Han Sui and Ma Teng. In this process, Liangzhou should have great opportunities.


    Sure enough, soon after the speechless people returned to the village, they heard that Beigong Yu and others were defeated, and that Han then killed and seized power. Wuyu immediately realized that his opportunity was coming soon. At this time, Wuyu town was just upgraded to Zhongzhen Town, with a population of about 13000. However, he recruited 4000 soldiers in the shortest time, and there were 1000 cavalry (including 300 horse thieves brought by horse play), which was far beyond the 10:1 safety line of normal villages and towns, frightening the surrounding villages Zhuangdu was in a panic for fear that the silent village would attack his own village. Not only that, he also had to use the money he got from the last plot to buy food and grass from the surrounding areas, and gathered nearly ten thousand troops'' food and grass in his town for nearly half a year. In the next few days, under the leadership of the generals such as Ma Wan and Ma Wu, the soldiers of wordless town trained with all their strength, and from time to time they went out to attack the training points around the villages and towns, constantly training the soldiers, waiting for the time to come.


    Sure enough, after swallowing the army of beigongyu and others, Han Sui set out again to march into Longxi after a period of running in. The prefect of Longxi and Jiuquan also set up corresponding troops. But the soldiers of the six prefectures of Liangzhou were prepared to exterminate the rebels. The result of the deployment was that the soldiers in the cities of Liangzhou were only able to protect themselves. For example, there are only 2000 soldiers and horses in Huili County, which is nearest to Wuyu village. After paying the price of nearly 20 players, Wuyu village finally found out the situation of the forces of juanli city - 500 junior cavalry, 400 intermediate bowmen, 300 junior sword and shield soldiers, 500 junior spearmen and 300 intermediate long spearmen, with a total force of 2000 people. The county captain led the garrison, and the County captain was just an ordinary general surnamed Zhang, who had never even heard of his name.


    So, speechless to discuss with the public, ready to lay a calendar. Just as they were discussing how to attack hunli, the leader of Xiliang''s cavalry, the cavalry world, brought people to Wuyu town. It turns out that Xiliang iron cavalry has a good view of this period and wants to take the next county as the base of the league. In this way, Xiliang iron cavalry, which ranks 19th in the game, will soon become the first player League in the whole game to have a county base. For their league, the benefits are needless to say. Now in the whole game, although the development of players'' alliance is getting better and better, there are not many players who really have a residence, and most of them are medium-sized alliances, and they are all small towns built by their own alliance. The real big league is to accumulate strength and prepare to take the county above the small city as the League base. As a system city, the facilities of the county are very perfect. Even the county at the level of small city can bring profits for the league as soon as it takes over. Unlike the city built by itself, everything has to be built by itself. So they hit it off and prepared to fight two counties together. Originally, Xiliang''s range of activities was near Wuwei''s governing house guzang. But in order to cooperate well, the leaders of the Tieqi world and the alliance discussed with the speechless people and decided to focus on the county town of Fuyin, which is north of Huili. The soldiers and horses in the county town are the same as Huili, but the arms are slightly different .


    As for the method, it''s also very simple. The Xiliang iron cavalry Alliance came out. Nearly ten thousand players and the two or three thousand NPC soldiers in the alliance made a move to attack the county town of Changyin. The county magistrate of Changyin was so frightened that he immediately closed the gate of the county town and asked for help from all the counties around him. Of course, people from other directions were stopped by people from Xiliang Tieqi League, and they only let those in the direction of hunli go. After thinking about it for a long time, Chen Li county magistrate thought that there was no threat around his county, so he sent the county captain with 500 cavalry and 500 first-class riflemen to support him. The next thing is simple. Less than 50 miles out of the city, he was surrounded by four thousand soldiers and horses in Wuyu town. In the end, more than half of them were killed and injured. The rest, including the county captain, were captured. Then, it took less than half a day for wuyuzhen to take down the hunli county with only 1000 troops left. After dealing with the affairs of the county, wordless took horse play and three thousand soldiers to join Xiliang cavalry in Changyin. In the same way, one day Xiliang cavalry alliance captured Changyin county. For a time, it became the first player League in the game to have a county level residence, and it was very beautiful for a time.

 Chapter 192

    Until this time, Liangzhou players know why Liangzhou two big men did not appear in the plot, the original is to fight the county. Ma Teng was defeated and wanted to capture Wuwei and Zhangye as bases. He wanted to capture both players'' counties. Unexpectedly, as soon as huanbingma entered Wuwei, Wuyue and tieqitianxia came to Ma Teng''s army with 2000 soldiers and horses. They expressed their willingness to take Ma Teng as the main force and bring troops to help. After thinking for a moment, Ma Teng agreed: first, the two counties are small cities in the two counties, and they are located in the southeast of Wuwei, which can provide a barrier for the two counties; second, after several months of fighting with the Imperial Army, Ma Teng also has the advantages of exotic soldiers; third, for Ma Teng''s army, the most important thing now is to take the two counties'' governance and several important counties, so as to make the army more prosperous The army can have a place to recuperate, so they readily agreed to their voluntary surrender.


    The news came, so that the entire game in the players league are surprised. And Liangzhou player village and alliance are remorseful, secretly sigh how he did not seize such a good opportunity.


    At the end of March, Zhang Chun of Yuyang and Zhang Ju of the same county rebelled against Liu Zheng, the prefect of youbeiping, Yang Zhong, the prefect of Liaodong, and Gong Qihou, the captain of huwuhuan school. Zhang Ju called himself the son of heaven, Kou you and Ji Zhou. At this time, Gongsun Zan was killing Xianbei people outside the Great Wall. When he heard about the accident in youpeiping, he immediately led his troops back. So the whole Youzhou is also lively.


    In the middle of April, the people of Changsha, who called themselves generals and gathered more than 10000 people, attacked and besieged Linxiang city. Unfortunately, Wang Min had no way to dispatch troops to fight the rebellion, so he had to go to the imperial court and appoint Sun Jian as the prefect of Changsha to lead the troops to exterminate. Sun Jian led 5000 soldiers to Changsha county to select officials to govern the people, and clearly explained: "you just treat the good people well, handle the official documents well, and act according to the rules. As for the thieves in the county, let me take charge! "Of course, there are nearly ten thousand players and tens of thousands of soldiers with the sun family. After arranging the affairs in the county, Sun Jian immediately led the officers and soldiers to plan a general plan. In only one month, he defeated Qu Xing, who was defeated and wanted to retreat to Zhaoling (now Shaoyang, Hunan Province) with hundreds of disabled soldiers. He did not expect that he was ambushed by players Xiaoxiang Academy with less than a thousand players and NPC soldiers on the way. Qu Xing was captured and then took refuge in Xiaoxiang Academy.


    At that time, Zhou Dynasty, Guo Shi and others also revolted in Lingling and Guiyang, echoing with Qu Xing. Just after the star rebellion in Sun Jianping''s District, he immediately took two thousand Jiangdong soldiers to cross the county boundary to fight. At the invitation of Qu Xing, Guo Shi of the Zhou Dynasty immediately went to Changsha to fight against Sun Jian. But before he could get to Changsha, they received the news that Qu Xing was defeated and captured. The two armies failed to turn around. Nearly 8000 soldiers were defeated by Sun Jian''s army. Each of them fled with hundreds of disabled soldiers. Before they returned to their hometown, they were captured by the player feixianling Guo Shi was also defeated by avatar, the mayor of a small town in Lingling. Later, the two were recruited by two players respectively, and the war in the two counties was even. In this way, the three counties were calm and orderly. Wang Min, the governor of Jingzhou, also went to the imperial court and appointed three players as county heads, Xiaoxiang academy as Zhaoling, feixianling as Guiyang, and avatar as Duliang. All of a sudden, there were three player County heads in Jingzhou. Although they were all the smallest county heads, they also made other players envious, and each of them recruited a historical military general, even a human level military general, but at least they were still young There are generals that are not available. Unlike most players, generals can only be cultivated by themselves. The three players and their subordinates were all very happy, but some were happy and some were worried. The players who followed Sun Jian to the army ended up in nothing. Apart from a few people who were familiar with Sun Jian''s generals, they also got a little military merit.


    In the same month, Huang Jin Yu thief Guo Tai and others started in Baibo valley of Xihe River and ended in Taiyuan and Hedong. Hugh tugehu attacked and killed Zhang Yi, the governor of Bingzhou, so he and the left Hu of Southern Xiongnu killed Chanyu.


    In April of the same summer, the Yellow scarves of Gepi in Runan attacked counties and counties, and the Yellow scarves generals he Yi, he man, Huang Shao, and Liu PI started an incident in Runan. With the help of the Yellow scarves village, such as Runan player Huang scarves invincible Huang scarves, in less than half a month, they successively attacked Wufang, Fuyang, Shangcai, Dingying, and Xiping counties. When the governor of Yuzhou saw this, he immediately ordered the prefect of Runan to garrison Yang''an and Pingyu According to Huang Jin, he led the troops to guard the city of Ancheng. At the same time, he urgently ordered the Yingchuan prefect Kong Fu to lead the troops to Wuyang and Yan counties. The Chen prefect sent troops to Xihua and Ruyang, preparing to besiege Huang Jin. At that time, the players of Huang Jin all over Runan were fishing in troubled waters, and the war broke out in northern Runan. At the same time, the Eastern Han Dynasty court also made an action, and the Taiwei Cao song was dismissed.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had just returned to changshe county. Before he sat down, he just received Kong''s order, asking each county to dispatch one to two thousand troops to fight in Runan. He also stressed that Huangfu Chaobo should send Huang Zhong to fight. At the same time, considering the participation of many players in Runan yellow scarf, it also released player missions in the county. For a time, Yingchuan county is also lively.


    After discussing with Huang Zhong, Zaozhi, Chen Jing and others, Huangfu Chaobo decided that only Huang Zhong and 1000 cavalry troops would be sent to changshe County, while Huangfu Chaobo decided that Dian Wei and the ten high-level warriors would finish their tasks first. And Zongheng village, with its tiger and leopard cavalry guards and 200 cavalry, plus two players'' legions, is about 1000 people. After two waves of people and horses meet in Zongheng village, they go to Yingyin together.


    By the time Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived at Yingyin, Kong had already brought 10000 troops to Yingyin County, and the military affairs of other counties were also rushing here. After taking the army to the designated camp, Huangfu Chaobo immediately took Zongheng, Huang Zhong and Dian Wei to see Kong. There were two thousand cavalry, two thousand archers, three thousand shields and three thousand spearmen. According to Kong Yu''s requirements, the imperial army this time has about 25000 soldiers, plus the forces of the players'' villages in the county, the forces of Yingchuan should be about 80000, of which the main force must be the intermediate soldiers dispatched by the counties and counties. Several people rode on the streets of Yingyin City, looking at the passers-by coming and going on both sides. Although the yellow scarf army and the Imperial Army in Runan fought fiercely, Yingchuan was not affected much. Along the way, the world knows almost everything about Huangfu Chaobo''s experience in the past half a year. The world despises Huangfu Chaobo''s behavior of running around. However, there is no way. Who can tell him that he has several capable NPC generals? According to the ability of several people, there is no pressure to manage such a small county. As for Huangfu Chaobo, who is the boss of giving up, others only envy him. They have said many times that they must find a way to recruit one or two historical generals so that they can play around.

 Chapter 193

    A few people walked while talking and soon arrived at the gate of the county government. Yingyin County Yamen has now become Kong''s temporary residence. The third-class arms in the front row are all Kong''s guards. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Dianwei to inform him. A Dubo of the guard at the door looked at several people and said, "please wait a moment. I''ll go to inform you later."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and agreed, waiting for Kong to meet him at the gate.


    In a short time, a military general came out of the county government office. Huangfu Chaobo saw that he was Kong Xin, one of Kong''s family nephews. Chinese people have a habit since ancient times that the leader of a soldier must be a close relative. As for Kong Xin, Huangfu Chaobo has seen him several times. Every time he goes to see him, he has to deal with him. Once he comes and goes, he becomes familiar with him. Because Huangfu Chaobo calls him his uncle, they are brothers in private. If Huangfu Chaobo wants to give him a gift, he will not be given a gift. If it''s other ordinary county magistrate, it''s better to arrange a private soldier to bring in the county government. When he heard that the private Du Bo at the gate said that Huangfu Chaobo was coming, Kong Xin immediately welcomed him.


    When Huangfu Chaobo saw this, he immediately took the people to meet him. After they met each other, Kong Xin led them to the County Hall. Because they were only gathering soldiers temporarily, Kong didn''t want to stay in Yingyin. He was waiting in the hall for the soldiers from all counties to arrive, and he was going to the Runan battlefield.


    "The magistrate of changshe County, Huangfu Chaobo, has met the governor." Huangfu Chaobo saw that Kong was in full armor and was sitting in the middle of the County Hall. On both sides of the hall, there were several generals and county officials who had arrived first. He quickly went to see him. With a smile, Kong said, "Chaobo is here. Come here. I''ll introduce you to all of you." Then he took Huangfu Chaobo by the hand and introduced everyone in the hall one by one. After a circle, only one of his staff, Xu Jing, was engaged in the work, which attracted the attention of Huangfu Chaobo. This guy should be Xu Zhao, Xu Zijiang''s younger brother, who said that Cao Cao was "a capable minister in prosperous times and a hero in troubled times". It seems that he should be a good civil servant. He can have a good relationship when he has time. In addition, other guys have not even heard of the name, it is estimated that all are soy sauce party. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop to talk about his own affairs with Kong. After introducing Huang Zhong and Zong hengxia to him, he left. Kong didn''t care too much. He didn''t ask the county magistrate to lead the troops in person. Moreover, for Chang she, Huang Zhong, the chief general, was the most important thing he valued, which could be recognized by Huang Fu Song and Zhu Jun. Kong''s biggest weakness was that he didn''t have a strong general in his hand.


    After Huangfu left Chaobo, he didn''t stay much. He took Jia jingdianwei and his party straight to Songshan. Compared with an 80 + counsellor, Huang Zhong''s military contribution is more important than that of an 80 + counsellor. I believe everyone can clearly distinguish between them. Besides, Huang Zhong''s 1000 cavalry won''t make much difference if he stays there.


    In less than one day, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived at the foot of Songshan mountain. They didn''t expect that Zhao Zilong and his black and white Shuangsha were waiting for them.


    "Brother Huangfu, why did you come back without saying hello. If it wasn''t for this task, brother, I really didn''t know you had come back Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo and his party came near, Zhao Zilong welcomed them with a smile.


    "Oh... I don''t think the big gang is busy with many people and dare not disturb them easily Huangfu Chaobo said, and then he said hello to heixian and Baihu, who are known as black and white double evils. Although they are honest, if you think they are just ordinary generals in the Zilong club, it''s a big mistake. In fact, they are all ghost spirits, and they are the military advisers of the guild, who are in charge of the intelligence and business of the guild respectively This industry is Zhao Zilong''s most important person. It seems that the news of Huangfu Chaobo''s repeated copying in Youzhou has attracted the attention of two people. This time, Zhao Zilong is ready to try a new copy.


    Sure enough, after a few words, Zhao Zilong turned to the copy task and said, "brother, is there anything special in this copy? I''ve heard from Qingbao that you''ve brushed it several times. Don''t forget what''s good, brothers


    "I''m not sure yet," said Huangfu Chaobo. "Let''s go and talk as we go."


    Zhao Zilong nodded and said to an unimportant player behind him, "thirteen, this place was discovered by your team. Lead the way."


    That player didn''t say much, he took the road ahead. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo told Zhao Zilong what he knew. However, it must be in private. The people who really heard him were only four or five of them. The rest of them were separated by the warriors brought by Huangfu Chaobo. Zhao Zilong also knows that these things should not be simple. All the players around him are leading the way. Only the black and white brothers are around. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo certainly did not tell everything.


    "Brother Zilong, if my guess is right, four of the five places will produce a kind of gem, and I don''t know what the last place is. But one thing is for sure, the main purpose of this task is to bring out the nine turn rebirth pill, and the purpose is to increase the number of generals in the player''s hand. It''s just that I haven''t mastered the production method of this pill, but according to my guess, the NPC I took on the task definitely knows it. So my idea is to use the situation that the players do not know the source of these raw materials. In the early stage, we can at least gather a large number of raw materials such as gems. Once I have mastered the production method of pills, we can convert all the raw materials into pills with the fastest speed, stir up the price in the shortest time, and make a profit by using a gap in the early stage ¡£¡± After Huangfu Chaobo finished, he looked at Zhao Zilong and stopped talking. After all, it was Zilong club that made the most contribution in this matter. After all, all gems had to be copied by players. And like Huangfu Chaobo, it is basically impossible to explode the copy by itself. If you want it, you can only collect it in the market. But in the early stage, the things that can be received can''t be compared with those that Zilong will arrange people to specially brush copies. Zhao Zilong did not think about it for a long time, and soon said to Huangfu Chaobo, "I don''t know how to divide the profits in the middle?""We''re only putting forward this for the time being. As for how to operate it, it depends on the difficulty of refining this pill and the situation in all aspects." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "well, now there is not a word."

 Chapter 194

    At present, the group did not mention this aspect again, and soon turned the topic to the changshe and some things that happened in the game. Led by the players of the Zilong club, they walked along the winding mountain road for nearly an hour before they reached an ancient temple on the top of the mountain. Huangfu Chaobo looked at some players coming and going at the gate of the ancient temple. He thought they were in the ancient temple, but did not think about it. The players who led the way went straight through the ancient temple to a cave under the cliff behind and stopped "Boss, boss Huangfu, we have been looking for the whole song mountain for a month and found that only this hole can''t be passed by players. As soon as we enter the hole, we will be prompted immediately. The special scene has not been opened yet."


    Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange and said, "why didn''t I listen to you in Hengshan? Is every place different?"


    "In a word, my boss, I have broken my leg! As you said, we have at least 500 members in the Zilong Association. It took more than a month to find these places. Hengshan and Songshan are the easiest places to find. When you get to Huashan and Taishan, you will know. How do you do, boss? I really want to think of how to make up for us at that time. " Zhao Zilong gritted his teeth and said;


    Jia Jing listened to this, spitting out her tongue and whispering: "it''s so difficult..."


    Huangfu Chaobo was also surprised. He said with a smile, "how about a subsidy of one or two silver per person?"


    After hearing this, Zhao Zilong said, "subsidies are no longer needed. They are subsidized by gangs. If this can be done at that time, you can just relax a little bit."


    "Hey, hey... Sure, sure... "


    Then Huangfu Chaobo walked into the cave.


    "Congratulations to the players. Have you found the mysterious cave of Mount Song? Do you want to enter it?"


    "Yes."


    In a flash, Huangfu Chaobo found himself in the cave. As soon as he went in, Huangfu Chaobo found that it was a familiar scene - boar cave.


    It''s the same as Hengshan. Although there are nearly 20 people in the party, only a team of ten can really enter the replica. Dian Wei is the main player, Huangfu Chaobo, Jia Jing, Zhao Zilong is with six high-level warriors, and the others are guarding outside. Soon, like Hengshan, it took half a day to pass the customs smoothly. As for the mission item burst out, it''s Yingzhao gem. Looking at the shining gems in his hand, Huangfu Chaobo said to Zhao Zilong, "it seems that my guess is correct. The items in these five places are the four kinds of gems. It is estimated that the last one should be a kind of material that must be used in refining pills."


    Zhao Zilong took the jewel from Huangfu Chaobo, looked at it and said, "it seems so. Do you think we should start to brush the copy now? Or wait until your side is completely sure? "


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo decided to let Zilong Club start painting now. However, it is not necessary to do it on a large scale now. The main reason is that Huangfu Chaobo is not sure whether the next plot will be released ahead of time, just like Huangjin uprising. After Huangfu Chaobo said what he thought, Zhao Zilong agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s decision after withdrawing from the copy and discussing with black and white Shuangsha. Moreover, there are sub leagues of Zilong society in Hengshan and Songshan, but the other mountains are in trouble.


    After discussing how to brush the copy, Zhao Zilong took his own people back to changshe, while Huangfu Chaobo took them to continue to brush the copy. This is also to test the difficulty of the copy and the explosive rate of gems. The final result will definitely be communicated with Zilong club. No surprise to Huangfu Chaobo, the difficulty of Songshan copy and Hengshan copy are almost the same.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo people are immersed in the replica map, the battle between Yingchuan and Runan has begun. As expected, Kong accepted the plan discussed by Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong, handed over all the cavalry to Huang Zhong, and rushed to the south of Wuyang County in order to find out the current situation of the yellow scarf army and prevent the yellow scarf army from invading Yingchuan. The rest of the infantry, players and players'' army were led by Kong himself, followed by them. After receiving the order, Huang Zhong immediately drove to his destination with 5000 cavalry. Fortunately, after receiving the response from all sides, the yellow scarf army did not continue to launch attacks, but turned into a defensive state. When Huang Zhong arrived to the north of the flood in the north of Xiping, Huang Jin''s army had been well prepared. They had already built a camp on the south bank where the flood could cross the river, and destroyed nearly 100 li of bridges in the upstream and downstream of the river. The camp lasted for more than 10 Li, which made Huang Zhong''s cavalry dare not act rashly. While looking for bridges or shallow water in the upstream and downstream of the river, they let Huang Zhong go People are anxious to report Kong.


    One day later, Kong and his tens of thousands of troops finally joined Huang Zhong''s thousands of cavalry. After the army set up the camp, Kong can''t wait to call Huang Zhong over and ask him what he knows.


    "My Lord, according to the news from Chihou, there should be 50000 rebels on the opposite side, plus 20000 strangers and more than 100000 soldiers. According to the general''s observation, there are general flags of He Yi, Liu PI and Huang Shao in the opposite camp. In addition, our news from the opposite camp shows that the yellow scarf army should concentrate most of its troops here. Moreover, it is said that there are still large armies gathering here in the South. He man appeared in Fuyang City one day ago. The general''s estimation is that the yellow scarf army should concentrate its troops to defeat all our troops and then fight back Go back to meet the army of the state shepherd. "On hearing Huang Zhong say that there are already more than twice as many troops on the opposite side, and there are troops constantly gathering here. All of a sudden, he was so scared that Master Kong, who was willing to fight, immediately counseled and said, "ah... What should our army do with Han Sheng''s intention? "


    Although Huang Zhong knew that the battle effectiveness of the Huangjin army was not very good, he remembered that Huangfu Chaobo had told him to be steady before the war. Besides, Huang Zhong was a great general and always acted steadily. After listening to Kong''s question, he thought for a moment and said, "the army of thieves is not related to the army of strange people, but the army of Huangjin is not very clear. Today, only the army can test it I''ll make up my mind about the actual situation.


    After listening to Huang Zhong''s words, they all nodded their heads like a chicken pecking rice. Kong Chu was not good at military strategy. He didn''t think much of Huang Zhong when he saw him. In addition, other county officials didn''t agree to cross the river. Kong Chu suddenly became numb. After thinking for half a day, he finally ordered to set up camp. At the same time, he asked someone to send a letter to the governor of Yuzhou to ask him how to do it.

 Chapter 195

    At this time, in the yellow scarf camp across the river, on the lookout tower of the Chinese army camp, several generals stood there, pointing at the opposite side. The movement of the officers and soldiers on the opposite side is really too big. Moreover, the combat effectiveness of the yellow scarf army is far worse than that of the imperial court army. Although the combat effectiveness of the yellow scarf army has also made great progress after several years of game development, it is still impossible to achieve the combat effectiveness of the imperial court soldiers of the same level. Therefore, although there are nearly 150000 troops in hand now, He Yi is not confident enough. Because of the sudden incident, the court was caught unprepared. With the full cooperation of the yellow scarf camp players such as Runan''s yellow scarf invincible, the yellow scarf camp won five or six counties in less than half a month, which also let he Yi and others breathe a sigh of relief. However, He Yi and others did not expect such a quick response to Yushou''s governor''s office. Just as the Huangjin army was preparing to March South and take more territory in the hinterland of Runan, the news came from Yingchuan county that the imperial army was going south, and there was Huang Zhong, the general of the five tigers. Although the NPC Huangjin general didn''t know who Huang Zhong was, the players of Huangjin did He''s good. Because of this incident, Huang Jin invincible and other players played a significant role, and He Yi and other Huang Jin generals showed no more importance to Huang Jin players than before. From the preparation to the present, the players played a great role in this. This also made the relationship between NPC generals and players changed a lot compared with Huang Jin chaos. For example, Huang Jin invincible played an important role in the players because of his village''s military strength Reputation, so that his status in Runan yellow scarf is only under He Yi four. After the news of Yingchuan''s army''s going out came, He Yi and others quickly stopped the attack and recruited all the generals of Huangjin army to discuss how to deal with it.


    So, He Yi, he man, Huang Zhao, Liu Bi, together with Huang jinwudi and other leaders of the players discussed for a day in Dingying. Finally, on the advice of several players, Huang jinwudi and Huang Zhao, he man finally decided the plan: Huang jinwudi and Huang Zhao, he man with tens of thousands of Huang JINDA and all the players, of course, the four generals of Huang jinwudi are kept in the camp, using Xiping He Dingying, as a support, blocked Yingchuan''s army to the north of Honghe River, and gave Huangjin to the court. It was necessary to solve the false impression that Yingchuan''s army would go south to confront Yushou''s assassin general. He Yi and Liu bize led nearly 50000 Huangjin elite (the so-called elite, just thousands of high-level arms and more than 40000 intermediate Huangjin infantry) to go south to block Yushou''s assassin general The players in the yellow scarf world have been determined for a long time, which is the place south of Fuyang and north of Yang''an that the yellow scarf army has captured.


    Of course, the news will surely be spread to Yushou assassins in Runan army through players. As far as Huangjin invincible is concerned, the NPC army of Runan army is no more than 60000 troops. Of course, there are about 40000 players and their army. The NPC army is mainly composed of intermediate and senior arms, and a small number of Guard troops are also Assassins'' own soldiers, including nearly 10000 soldiers Twenty thousand junior soldiers and horses, and most importantly, there are no historical generals leading the army. There are only a few third rate generals who haven''t even heard of their names. According to the player''s estimation, they should be ordinary generals or human level generals. He Yi and Liu PI have one personal level and one local level. After repeated deduction, the players of the yellow scarf camp think that the two generals have 50 thousand soldiers and horses in their hands You can completely defeat 60000 Runan troops (players and their troops are basically ignored) without thinking. If you operate it well, it is possible to destroy Runan troops. Don''t ask why the players in the Huangjin camp have such detailed information about the Runan army. For the players, a lot of NPC information is transparent, such as Huangjin invincible. The news comes from the largest player organization in Anping - plain guerrillas. When they first heard this name, they were cold sweated. Of course, these are the exchange of interests. After the plain guerrillas disclose the relevant information of the Runan army to Huangjin invincible, they will try to bring the army to the ambush of Huangjin army after the Chaoting army arrives in Anping, and what they want is the Huangjin camp to help to take Anping County. Of course, the plan is that the plain guerrillas should cooperate internally and externally to let the Huangjin Army take down the county, and then the plain guerrillas will take down the Huangjin army''s county again. As for why the trouble? After all, Runan is in the center of the Great Han Dynasty. People like Huang Jin Wudi can''t help it. Because with Huang Jin''s army, it''s useless. It''s really not good. It''s OK to wash white at that time. Although there are certain risks, player organizations like plain guerrillas are originally from the court camp. There''s really no need to revolt now. Therefore, it''s necessary to save the enemy It is absolutely necessary for the yellow scarf army to win. In the view of the plain guerrillas, it is basically impossible. So, one comes and two goes, and the two groups tick it.


    At this time, Zhang Ping, the governor of Yuzhou, led 50000 troops to the north. Yuzhou governor, who had been guarding Ancheng, heard that the Yingchuan prefect Kong Yu had gathered tens of thousands of troops and was locked up with the yellow scarf army at the junction of Yingchuan and Runan. He felt that he could give the yellow scarf thief a chance from behind, so he ignored the Runan prefect''s dissuasion and insisted on sending troops to JuYang, leaving only ten thousand troops to guard Ancheng. What he didn''t expect was that his every move was used by the players around him as chips to trade with huangjintianxia.


    About 50 miles north of ruchui from an''cheng is the place selected by Huang Jinwu and a group of players of plain guerrillas for the Yushou Assassin''s army. The official road here runs from north to south. To the east of the road is Rushui, which is tens of feet wide. To the west, there are hills stretching for several miles. The mountains are not high, but the trees are luxuriant. If he was a soldier, he would march cautiously. Unfortunately, Zhang Cishi was only a scholar leading the army. In addition, the players of the plain guerrillas kept covering up in front of him. The army was mighty and swaying along the official road without any defense.If someone looks down from the sky at this time, you can see that the green river is like a ribbon lying on the ground in the north-south direction. Next to the green ribbon, you can see a stream of red people flowing slowly along the ribbon from south to north. However, if you look to the west, you can see that the sparse forest is full of yellow heads. Because of the intelligence provided by the players in the court, He Yi has long known about the situation of the soldiers and horses in the court, and made arrangements for the raid.

 Chapter 196

    The Imperial Army consisted of 15000 intermediate infantry as the front army and 30000 junior infantry as the back army. The Chinese Army consisted of 2000 intermediate cavalry, 1000 guards with sword and shield, 1000 guards with spear and 1000 guards with bow. Before and after the two armies were led by Duwei, while the Chinese army was led by the assassin himself. According to the situation of the Imperial Army, He Yi and others have already discussed and arranged that he himself should attack from the back with more than 6000 senior yellow scarf soldiers and 20000 intermediate soldiers. It is absolutely impossible to fight 30000 junior soldiers without strong generals with 6000 senior and 20000 intermediate soldiers. He Yi''s idea is to take advantage of these 30000 soldiers'' rout and roll down the curtain of beads If there is no strong general in the army, it will be impossible to control the defeat. In this way, the battle can be easily won. Of course, these are the results of discussions between He Yi and several players. Under Liu Pi''s leadership, the other 20000 intermediate yellow scarf soldiers came to contain the 15000 intermediate soldiers of the former army. Why did Yi use the rout of the later army to defeat the Chinese army for time.


    Sure enough, when the imperial court army was about to pass, He Yi took 6000 senior soldiers as the front army, followed by 20000 intermediate soldiers and horses, and quickly killed the army and horses behind the imperial court. Although the commander responded quickly, because of his low command, he could not effectively mobilize the troops and horses. Soon, the army and horses were killed and retreated step by step. After resisting for a moment, He Yi finally broke the defense line He took the lead and led his 1000 yellow scarf soldiers into the army of Chaoting, and quickly killed them in the direction of the commander. The Duwei was originally a high-ranking military officer. Because he was a close aide to the assassin, he was entrusted with an important task. Seeing that He Yi had killed himself all the way, he had to quickly command the personal defense. However, after this distraction, there was no energy to command the army. The army was killed by 20000 yellow scarf soldiers coming from behind. Soon, it could not resist and kept retreating from both sides of the Duwei. But now Du Wei has no energy to manage these. He Yi has less than 200 guards around him, but he Yi has 1000 yellow scarves. Although he is a little worse than the guards in court, the number is five times as many. In addition, He Yi, the commander of the top military general, is soon slaughtered. Before Du Yi can react, He Yi will be killed After that, he cut off his head and held it high on his horse, shouting: "the enemy general is dead, and all the soldiers follow me to kill the enemy..." The morale of Huangjin soldiers increased greatly, but the morale of Chaoting army was even lower. Soon, Yuzhou soldiers lost their weapons and turned around. Then more and more soldiers followed suit. But in a moment, nearly ten thousand soldiers in the rear of 30000 Chaoting army were killed, and the rest of them were defeated. They were driven from behind by more than 20000 Huangjin soldiers and ran to the central army in disorder .


    At this time, although the commander-in-chief of Yuzhou, the Chinese army, was already out of control, fortunately, his personal captains responded and sent people to send for the former army to come back. Unfortunately, what he didn''t know was that the former commander-in-chief had been held back by Liu Pi''s 20000 troops.


    As soon as the defense of the Chinese army was ready, I didn''t expect that in less than half a quarter of an hour, the 30000 troops of the latter army had already been defeated, and more than 20000 defeated troops, driven by more than 20000 yellow scarf soldiers behind them, came straight at the Chinese army. Looking at the tens of thousands of rout soldiers in front of him, the personal commander roared loudly, trying to drive the rout soldiers to both sides and prevent them from attacking the formation of the Chinese army. Unfortunately, he was unable to return to heaven. The rout soldiers have already lost their hearts. When they see their own army, they just want to hide in the battle. It''s a pity that He Yi''s driving out the rout troops has already formed a tendency of rolling down the curtain of beads, which is not common generals can reverse the defeat. Soon the formation of the Chinese army was scattered by a continuous stream of routs, and the Yellow turban army came close behind. Knowing that he was unable to return to heaven, the personal commander had to gather up hundreds of cavalry around him to protect the assassin, who had just returned to God, to break through and prepare to seek protection from the former army.


    The former Army leaders were not incompetent. After receiving the warning from the Chinese army, they were ready to return to the army. However, they did not have time to return to the army. They found the 20000 troops led by Liu Bi. They had no patience but to quickly arrange 10000 troops for defense, while the remaining 5000 troops came back to the Chinese army. Unfortunately, by the time the 5000 troops arrived, the Chinese army had been defeated by the Luan army and the Huangjin army, and the assassin was not found in the Luan army. At this time, the 50000 army had been damaged by nearly 50000 soldiers. The other 10000 soldiers had retreated into a chaotic army. The 5000 Chinese army had only 3000 soldiers, and they were all fighting on their own. Only 15000 former soldiers are still fighting to death. Unfortunately, they were unable to return to the sky. After a day''s hard work, He Yi and Liu PI finally annihilated the 15000 troops of the former army. However, the yellow scarf army was also damaged by nearly half, leaving almost 30000 soldiers exhausted and unable to fight again. Among the 50000 Runan soldiers, 20000 were killed, and more than 10000 were captured. The other 10000 soldiers fled, and the Yushou assassin was also killed by Liu PI. Seeing that the soldiers were tired, He Yi negotiated with Liu Bi and prepared to rest here for a day, and then the whole army would come back to Huang Zhao and he man. After hearing the military order, all the soldiers in Huangjin were very happy. They were all lying around, ready to have a good rest. Because the troops of the court of Runan Dynasty had been destroyed by themselves, He Yi and He Yi both felt that they could no longer threaten their troops around them, so they relaxed their vigilance and let the soldiers rest.


    Just as they were arranging for their own soldiers to clean the battlefield, suddenly a huge roar came from the north of the battlefield. Liu Bi looked up and saw a huge cloud of smoke and dust rising in the north. After a long time of fighting, he quickly realized that this was the rapid progress of cavalry, and there were thousands of them. He immediately realized that the court cavalry came to help, although he didn''t know these cavalry Where did he come from, but now he has no time to think about it. He raised his sword and roared: "enemy attack, quick, quick, those who don''t want to die, quickly form an array..."All of a sudden, the cavalry made the soldiers who were resting for half a day unresponsive. The soldiers who had been fighting for most of the day were exhausted. They just lay down to rest and relax. It was impossible for them to gather quickly. However, for their own lives, they had to fight hard to prepare for the battle. Unfortunately, thousands of them were cleaning the battlefield, and thousands more were in the battle The remaining 20000 people were scattered in the whole battlefield of two Li wide and several Li long. It was impossible to gather them in a moment, but the cavalry from the North arrived in a flash.

 Chapter 197

    At this time, Liu PI couldn''t care so much. He hurried to the north with 3000 soldiers who had already assembled, hoping to stop the enemy cavalry, while he Yi stayed and continued to gather soldiers.


    As soon as Liu PI led the army to form a good formation, the imperial court cavalry had reached a hundred paces away.


    Yes, it was the 5000 cavalry led by Huang Zhong. It turned out that Huang Zhong immediately arranged for a camera to cross the river to check the enemy''s situation after he camped in Kongyu. At the same time, he also asked the world to arrange players to cross the river to explore the situation of Huang Jin''s army. Two days later, Huang Zhong got the news that tens of thousands of Huang Jin troops had quietly gone south. Combined with the news that the Yushou governor had led his troops to the north, Huang Zhong knew that the Huang Jin troops who had gone south should have gone to ambush the governor''s troops. After discussing with Kong, Huang Zhong tried his best to cross the river from a hidden place, behind the Huang Jin troops who had hidden the camp on the South Bank of the river And quickly south. I thought that tens of thousands of Assassin''s troops could resist for a few days in the face of almost the same number of Huangjin army. I didn''t expect that they would be completely annihilated by Huangjin army in less than one day. After getting the news of denouncing Hou, Huang Zhonghe was stunned. However, Huang Zhong didn''t think much about it. He quickly adjusted the formation of the army into a sharp array, with himself as the point of the array, and with the warriors on both sides as the guard. He led the army towards the unresponsive army of Huang Jin.


    As early as before the start of the war, the players who had been several miles ahead had been gathering up the defeated soldiers of Chaoting army all over the mountains and fields. This is the experience that the players have found out with the increasing number of battles of various sizes. If their army wins, they will catch the prisoners around. If they lose, they will retreat to the edge of the battlefield as soon as possible to gather the defeated soldiers, and then disperse and withdraw from the battlefield. At this time, the players of the plain guerrillas had already gathered up nearly 2000 troops of the Chaoting army. They wanted to wait for the Yellow turban army to make repeated moves. What they didn''t expect was that they didn''t wait for them to send people to contact the Yellow turban army to see a large wave of cavalry coming. Seeing that most of the cavalry and their leading general is Huang Zhong, the players of the plain guerrillas know that their goal is definitely not achieved. So he immediately sent someone to tell Huang Zhong the situation of the battlefield, and arranged for his players to assign the captured soldiers to those players with military positions. After following the cavalry army, he was ready to catch another wave of captives, which was better than letting himself work in vain.


    "Forward and arrow array, attack!" At Huang Zhong''s command, the whole cavalry was covered by a thin layer of yellow light. You can only feel the power of the formation when you are in the middle of the world. According to the system, the attack, defense and speed of the whole cavalry have increased by 10% respectively. Don''t underestimate these 10 points. That''s why Huang Zhong doesn''t have cavalry skills. If Lv Bu is a pervert, plus the bonus of the top cavalry skills, he is estimated to be more than half better than the cavalry under the command of an ordinary general It makes the world look forward to more famous historical generals.


    Liu Pi''s 3000 tired soldiers didn''t play any role in front of the 5000 cavalry. They didn''t even delay for half a minute. Under Huang Zhong''s sword, the line of defense of the yellow scarf soldiers was instantly destroyed, and even Liu PI was captured alive. Then, the cavalry quickly killed the 3000 yellow scarf soldiers. Seeing that the yellow scarf army had no time to gather, Huang Zhong divided the army into ten teams, each with 500 cavalry troops, and quickly surrounded and killed the yellow scarf soldiers scattered within a radius of more than ten miles. Zongheng also got a large army, followed by tens of thousands of court players in Runan and their soldiers.


    In less than an hour, the scattered yellow scarf army was wiped out, and He Yi himself was captured by the cavalry all over the world. Without much trouble, he was persuaded to surrender by the cavalry all over the world, which made the people all over the world happy for a long time.


    During the battle, the court troops of 50000 Runan were killed, 20000 fled, 10000 were captured, and all of them were finally saved by Huang Zhong. Fifty thousand yellow scarf soldiers were killed more than 15000 times and captured more than 10000 times by Huang Zhong. The others either ran away or were captured by players'' soldiers. For example, the guerrillas in the plain captured 2000 Imperial troops and nearly 4000 yellow scarf soldiers, which is the biggest harvest. In fact, He Yi is a general with a force of 69. He Yi can be upgraded to a local level general by a little. In addition, He Yi has a command intelligence of 36, which is not bad for unifying the army It can be said that the situation of zongzong village with soldiers but no generals has been well solved by joining the party. Of course, most of the money, grain and weapons brought by the governor of Yuzhou were collected by Huang Zhong. There were 800000 grains, 500000 coins and nearly 100000 weapons. As for the others, they were shared by many players.


    After cleaning the battlefield and seeing that it was getting late, Huang Zhong ordered the soldiers to camp on the spot. After a day''s rest, he prepared to attack the Huangjin camp between Xicheng and Dingying with Kong''s army. Of course, as early as the end of the battle, Huang Zhong arranged a good person to report the situation here to Kong. As for the rescued soldiers of the imperial court, Huang Zhong also wanted to take advantage of the rest time of the day to reorganize the army, break up all the soldiers, and then arrange dozens of soldiers from changshe city he brought to the army as generals to hold the 10000 troops in his hands. Liu PI and Huang Zhong, who were captured by the yellow scarf army, are not ready to deal with them. They will take them back to changshe city and wait for Huangfu Chaobo to arrange. At the same time, Huang Zhong discussed with Zong Hengtian and asked the players to prepare for the whole army. At that time, they would act together with the army.Unexpectedly, it took two days to stop. After Huang Zhong''s troops were put in order, he led nearly 30000 troops to protect the grain and grass towards the set goal. Finally, three days later, he arrived in the middle of Xiping and Dingying. He did not expect that at this time, the yellow scarf army had withdrawn its camp and the Huijun army was divided into two counties. Huang Zhong did not say much. On the one hand, he asked people to camp in the east of Xiping, and on the other hand, he asked people to set up a floating bridge on the Hongshui River to welcome Kong''s army across the river.


    Huang Zhong was busy setting up the army, and then came to reply Kong to tell him about the fighting. Several players are welcome in the world wide account. If you know people will be surprised, it is Huang Jin invincible and his several iron players.


    "Master Zongheng, long time no see!" Huang Jin''s invincible way;


    when he Yi heard that someone wanted to see him, he was still wondering. Who would have to pass on a message through He Yi? At the first sight, he was also surprised. However, for players, unless they are enemies, it is normal to meet even in hostile situations.

 Chapter 198

    "Brother Wudi is a man who goes to the three treasures hall without any trouble. Everyone is straightforward. If you have something to say, just say it. If there''s anything I can do to help, I''ll try my best. " After he Yi and several other generals left, they only left behind and said to Huangjin invincible;


    Huangjin invincible didn''t have much affectation. After all, they came to ask for help, saying: "I''m willing to surrender to Kong, but the premise is that I''ll be the magistrate of Xiping County. Please help Zhou Xuan to achieve this wish. After that, I''d like to offer 200000 Guan as a gift of thanks ¡£¡±


    I''m stunned to hear the show off of NIMA and chiguoguo. I couldn''t get hundreds of thousands of dollars by all my hard work. You want to spend hundreds of thousands of dollars to buy a county town. Not to mention the 200000 dollars here, you have to spend hundreds of thousands of dollars there. People are so angry...


    Huang jinwudi has been asking for information for a long time. Now among the players, only Huangfu Chaobo, the first player, and the first village head of Yingchuan, are able to see Kong. But only Huangfu Chaobo can really speak. However, now Huangfu Chaobo is not in the army at all. He can''t find it even if he wants to find it. Second, he has to try it all over the world. As for NPCs, if no one introduces him, it''s impossible to win their trust. You know, with the help of huangjinwudi, He Yi swept several counties in Runan. He Yi''s money was nearly three million yuan and there was a huge amount of grain and grass in Dingying County of Xiping. When Huang jinwudi learned that He Yi''s army had failed, he suggested that Huang Zhao and he man should guard the two cities separately. The purpose was to give them the opportunity to bring Huang Zhao under his command. After two days of hard work, Huang Zhao finally got his approval, took the western county magistrate, and finally took the county seat of Xiping. Now it''s time to take the second step. But this second step is not so easy to go. If you think about it, you can only try it here.


    After listening to Huang jinwudi''s offer, I didn''t say anything. Although I admire Huang jinwudi''s great efforts, I also know that Huang jinwudi won''t pay such a high price if I just let myself introduce him. If I want to win the hundreds of thousands of benefits, I still want Kong to agree that Huang jinwudi will be the magistrate of Xiping County. However, if he wants to influence Kong''s idea, he has to be able to do it. He can only beat the drum at most. He thinks that he has made great achievements in this battle. The most important thing is that he has captured 2000 yellow scarf soldiers all at once, but he needs a lot of food and grass. Since the yellow scarf world can offer 200000 yuan, it is certainly not his base price. Thinking of this, he says: "300000 yuan, 100000 yuan." I''ll help you contact Chaobo and ask him to arrange for Huang Zhong to appear. Although you can contact Chaobo yourself, I''m the only one who can talk to Huang Zhong here and let Huang Zhong believe. As for how much you give Chaobo, you can talk about it by yourself. I''m only responsible for delivering messages and beating drums in front of Kong. You can decide for yourself whether it''s going to work or not. "


    Huang Jin invincible thought about it, did not say more, agreed to the requirements of the world.


    After getting a positive reply, zonghengtianxia immediately contacted Huangfu Chaobo and told him about zongzonghuangjin invincible. He even told Huangfu Chaobo how many benefits he had taken. Huangfu Chaobo after listening to the words of Zongheng world, thought for a moment, let Zongheng world will Huangjin invincible together, three people opened a chat room. Before going in, Huangfu Chaobo had already thought about it. He should be able to meet the requirements of the yellow scarf world. The most important thing is to ask the price of the yellow scarf invincible.


    As soon as they got into the chat room, they didn''t say much. Huangfu Chaobo directly asked him how much money and food he was going to pay.


    Huang Jin Wudi didn''t say much. He directly said that he would prepare one million yuan of money and one million yuan of grain. Except for the 300000 yuan Guan and 100000 yuan of stone grain, the rest could be arranged by Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, but didn''t say much. He said, "it''s not enough. If you want to accomplish something, you''re too reluctant to do it. Brother Zongheng, I don''t care how much you give me. Here, my money and food are no less than 1 million each. If you are willing to take these out, I can help you with everything. If you don''t succeed, I won''t take any money and food, and I will return them to you. "


    "It''s impossible," Huang jinwudi said angrily, "brother Chaobo, keep a line for everything, so that we can meet each other in the future. Each one has a million dollars. I''ll collect all the Xiping warehouses before I get them together. You''re not satisfied. It''s a big deal. We''ll break up two times. At that time, all the jade will burn, and no one will be able to take it down."


    Huangfu Chaobo was not worried. He said, "brother Wudi, just pretend that you have moved the five counties of Runan to Xiping. Who are you bluffing. What''s more, if you don''t give it, we can still take it in Dacheng county. You must say that we will lose our troops at the expense of others. I''m sorry, I sent all cavalry, and the infantry were brought back from the battlefield a few days ago. I won''t be distressed if they are all dead. Hee hee


    "Hey, hey..." Huang jinwudi saw that his little trick was seen through by Huangfu Chaobo, so he didn''t say any more, "OK, I''ll send one million dollars each to Huang Zhong''s camp tonight, and I''ll ask Huangfu brothers for other things."


    "Well, you can divide the money and food into several parts. I''ll ask Huang Zhong to take you to meet some people. Just do as I arranged. I want 450000 yuan of money and 500000 yuan of grain and grass. The other money is 200000 Guan, and the grain and grass is 500000 stone. When you want to use it to offer the city, you give it to Kong, who will give it to these people below. In addition, Kong himself wanted 200000 guans, Xu Jing, Yingyin county magistrate, and his military officer, Xiaowei, each 50000 guans. You will send all the others to Huang Zhong''s barracks tonight, except the one you offered to the city. I will let brother Zongheng and Huang Zhong take you to do other things. "After hearing this, Huang jinwudi knew that he was in a safe position, so he stopped talking about it. After saying goodbye to them, he left the chat room, and then made an appointment with Zongheng. He went back to the city to prepare money and food.


    After chatting with Huang Fu Chao Bo for a while, Huang Fu Chao Bo tells him to tell Huang Zhong in this way. After explaining the matter clearly, they hang up their communication. Zongheng rushed to Huang Zhong''s camp and told Huang Zhong what Huangfu Chaobo had told him one by one. Huang Zhong at this time had long been a loyal member of Huangfu Chaobo. Apart from the principle of Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, he did everything right. Moreover, in his view, it was the best way to pacify Runan Huangjin without bloodshed.

 Chapter 199

    That night, a motorcade came out of the South Gate of Xiping. As soon as it left the gate, it was found by Huang Zhong''s cavalry. Then, under the guidance of the cavalry, it entered Huang Zhong''s camp. Because the whole army''s camp and vigil were arranged by Huang Zhong, he was not afraid that other county magistrates and their subordinates would see it. After putting down the part of Huangfu Chaobo in the camp, Huang Zhong took the rest according to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo. Then one of Huang jinwudi''s players went with him and sent them to several people who Huangfu Chaobo wanted to send one by one. As for the words to be said, Huang Zhong relayed them. Because these people are all kongfu''s confidants, and they are also the people that Huangfu Chaobo visits from time to time. Besides, they all know the relationship between Huangfu Chaobo and kongfu, and they are willing to help with what Huangfu Chaobo says. As for Kong Yu''s private captain, he had a very good relationship with Huangfu Chaobo for a long time, so he didn''t even want to collect the 250000 Guan money sent by Huangfu Chaobo. He told his soldiers that he was optimistic. Of course, his 50000 Guan must be collected separately.


    Early the next morning, Kong Ying raised his account in the camp to discuss the siege.


    After the three drums, all the county officials and generals came to Dagang. Kong first passed on the news that the governor of Yuzhou was killed and 50000 troops were lost. Hearing this news, except for a few people who had known in advance, he beat all the people in the account all at once. It took a long time to react. All of a sudden, there was a lot of noise in the tent. Although we all know that Huang Zhong has annihilated the yellow scarf army, there are only more than 50000 people in the imperial court. Now the yellow scarf army has retreated to the county seat and is ready to fight against the county seat where tens of thousands of people are garrisoned with 50000 people. Several people present think they have no such ability.


    "My Lord, I don''t think the war between the governor and tens of thousands of troops in Runan will be over. I''m afraid we won''t be able to capture these counties with 50000 troops. I think we should guard the camp and recruit more troops before we make plans." One of the county magistrates went to the front road;


    "no, my Lord, our army is only 50000 troops. Now we are surrounded by several ant and thief cities. We should withdraw from here first and wait for the imperial army to help us."


    "No, no, the ant bandits don''t have much fighting power. Think about Huang Xian Wei''s 5000 cavalry, but he can destroy tens of thousands of elite ant bandits. Now the elite ant bandits in the city are all lost. Our army should attack the city immediately, and it will be able to beat down with one drum."


    "Huang Miao"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Looking at the county magistrates and county captains who had turned the Chinese Army''s big tent into a vegetable market, Kong could not help but fight and said in a loud voice, "well, where do you think this place is? What''s the point of such noise?"


    Seeing the old man fabiao, everyone in the tent immediately calmed down. Kong Chen reached out and stroked his forehead and said, "well, what suggestions do you have? Let''s talk about them one by one. Let''s have a good discussion. "


    At this time, all the county magistrates are silent. You look at me and I look at you.


    Seeing Kong''s face getting worse and worse, he gritted his teeth all over the world and said, "I''m going to have something to say."


    "Oh," Kong Chu looked up and saw that he was a stranger all over the world. For this stranger, Kong Chu''s image is very good. The village construction in Yuzhou has always been the best, and he has made great achievements. Not only that, he is also the brother of Huangfu Chaobo, and his personal ability is also very good. "Zongheng mayor, what''s your good plan?"


    "Lord Hui, since we can''t retreat, and we''re afraid we can''t fight with one drum, why don''t we consider recruiting surrender?" It''s all over the world;


    "MMM!" When they heard this, they all thought about fighting or retreating. Why didn''t they consider recruiting and surrender?


    "That''s right," he said. "Is the mayor of Zongheng sure to persuade the ant thieves in several counties?"


    "My Lord, it''s very difficult for the last general to persuade him to surrender to all the cities. However, the head of the yellow scarf thief in the city of Xiping is Huang Jin Wudi. The last general had several connections. A few days ago, he asked someone to take a message to the last general, and his words meant to surrender. It''s just Speaking of this, I stopped for a moment to see Kong''s reaction.


    "However, as long as the conditions are not excessive, I can agree." Kong was originally a clear-cut man. He didn''t want to fight. Seeing that he could fight without blood, he quickly asked Zong to go on.


    "However, the other side said that he hoped that the adults could recommend him as the magistrate of Xiping County!"


    "Bold..."


    "Nonsense..."


    On hearing the conditions in Xiping City, all the county magistrates are angry. You are an anti thief. You dare to ask for the post of county magistrate. How can we be willing to do that. So there was a lot of curse in the tent.


    Kong Bi doesn''t matter. Anyway, he is not the county seat of Yingchuan county. Now none of Runan''s Taishou has come here, and the assassin also died in the battle. I''d better get out of here. It''s just... The reaction of the people at the bottom is too big. It seems that they are willing to pay something.


    Thinking about this, he said: "since he asked me for the position of county magistrate, what can he tell me?"


    "The man said that if the adults were willing to forgive them, he was willing to offer 200000 Guan of money and 500000 yuan of grain and grass to the adults to reward the meritorious soldiers. At the same time, Xiping County was the leader of the adults from then on. Moreover, he was willing to surrender other cities for the adults." All over the world, he replied;As soon as I heard that hundreds of thousands of money and grain could be divided, the opposition of the following county magistrate and county captain was much less. Everyone''s reaction was seen in the eyes of the world. There was no expression on his face, but his heart was turned upside down. NIMA, this boy is a human demon. I can''t help grasping these people''s reaction so accurately...


    Seeing the order, the reaction was much less. Kong Yu decided to ask the professionals for their opinions first. He turned to Huang Zhong next to him and said, "what does Huang Xian Wei think our army has a chance of winning the siege?"


    "Lord Hui, the way to use troops is to encircle them in ten ways, attack them in five ways, divide them in five ways, fight them if they are twice as good, escape them if they are few, and avoid them if they are not. This is the way to fight. Although we have broken the elite of the bandit army, the city of Xiping is solid, the city wall is more than two Zhang high, and there is a moat to protect it. Although there are only more than ten thousand enemies in the city, there is enough money and food. If we attack hard, it will be a bitter battle. In addition, the assassin is not in service. If our army can''t fight for a long time, and we don''t have enough money and food, the court will be dissatisfied with him. If we can subdue our troops without fighting, it will be the best for our army. " Huang Zhong came forward to reply;


    Kong Yu heard that, yes, if the war really lasts for a long time, then the imperial court will have to find someone to carry the blame. The assassin is dead, and it will be me. No, thinking of this, he said, "in this way, the general is in favor of surrender?"

 Chapter 200

    Seeing that Kong had hesitated a little, Huang Zhong said, "yes, I will agree. What''s more, our county magistrate has said that there are still a lot of yellow scarves scattered in the mountains and fields in Runan, Yingchuan. If our army can''t make a quick decision, it''s afraid that it will be reborn. "


    "Well!" When they heard this, they immediately responded that, indeed, there were yellow scarf ant thieves in their own territory from time to time, and all of them were sweating.


    "That''s right." as everyone was thinking about how many yellow scarf thieves were still around in their own territory, Xu Jing had promised Huang Zhong that he would be willing to help. Seeing that everyone''s attitude was relaxed, he stood up and said, "my Lord, what Huangfu county magistrate and Huang Xian Wei said is the words of Lao Cheng''s statecraft. Yuzhou has been attacked by ant thieves for a long time. Although old general Huangfu and old General Zhu quickly put down the rebellion a few years ago, there are still many ant thieves in the mountains and fields. If the adults can bring them back under the rule of the imperial court and civilize them, they will surely be praised by all the people. The lower official thinks that the words of Zongheng mayor can be adopted. He can make him contact the bandit generals in Xiping city and allow them to offer the city for surrender. "


    Seeing that Xu Jing had opened his mouth, li man, the magistrate of Yingyin County, came forward and said, "my Lord, I''m attached to Xu''s advice."


    After listening to the words of some of his cronies, Kong Yu was even more excited. He was just about to open his mouth when he suddenly found that his nephew, Kong Xin, who was also a private school captain, wanted to speak. He waved him forward and said, "what do you have to say?"


    Kong Xin stepped forward a few steps, reached to Kong''s ear and said in a soft voice: "uncle, brother Huangfu asked me to tell you that this time we should be quick rather than slow. First of all, there are yellow scarf thieves scattered all over Yuzhou. If we don''t put an end to the chaos as soon as possible, it will cause other yellow scarf thieves to repeat. Secondly, the Lord assassin has already lost his battle. If we can''t fight for a long time, I''m afraid there will be villains in the court, and then my uncle will have a hard time to tell. Moreover, since the governor of Yuzhou didn''t fight, then the governor of Yuzhou became a governor of Yuzhou


    "Well?" Kong Chen''s heart moved when he heard this.


    "Brother Huangfu means that my uncle should make preparations early. If the rebellion can be solved as soon as possible, there will be one when the imperial court arranges... Moreover, he also said that in ten thousand steps, my uncle could not go any further. He could also arrange his own people to bring the five cities under Yingchuan''s control. also... And


    "What else?" Kong Bi glared at his nephew and said, "let''s talk about it together"


    Kong Xin shivered and said, "and the yellow scarf thief in Xiping County will send you 200000 Guan of money through Huangfu brothers. I have already received it into your account."


    "MMM!" Kong Chu almost didn''t take out a breath when he heard this, so he recited it all at once. His two nephews didn''t make people worry at all. Without saying a word, he took money from others behind his back. However, on the other hand, what the two boys thought was right, and they were really making suggestions for themselves. Thinking of this, their anger also disappeared a lot. They glared at Kong Xin and said, "I''ll deal with you two later, and step back first."


    "Well Seeing that all the people below were whispering, Kong Chu hummed: "I think the governor''s words are really reasonable. So I leave it to the mayor to contact the yellow scarf bandits in Xiping city. I say that I''m sorry for your hard request. This time, I agree to his request. However, I ask him to surrender to the other four cities, and all the other cities need to offer sacrifices Give a certain amount of money and grain to the officer to reward the meritorious soldiers. Moreover, the other four City magistrates will be reassigned. "


    "Lord Xie, I''m going to convey your orders." After listening to Kongzi''s promise, Kongzi''s heart was finally released, and his money and food were finally saved. Having said that, after saluting the Shangguan on the spot one by one, he went directly out to Xiping County.


    In the afternoon, Huang Jin Wudi took his motorcade, loaded with the money and grain already equipped, and sent it to Kongzi''s army to surrender. Kongzi also appointed him as the magistrate of Xiping County. At the same time, he ordered him to go to the other four counties to persuade him to surrender.


    In the next few days, Huang jinwudi took Huang Zhao to the other four counties to persuade the other four city guards. All of a sudden, he man was the only one left. Soon he came to Kongyu''s camp with hundreds of thousands of money and grain and nearly 20000 yellow scarf troops to surrender. Kongyu was even more happy with his defection. He appointed him as the captain and promised that he would be equipped with 5000 intermediate infantry when he returned to Yingyin. Seeing this, the remaining three cities soon surrendered, and at the same time, they offered varying amounts of money and food. In this way, the Yellow scarves in Runan will be completely destroyed. In addition to the Yushou governor lost his life, it seems that other people have gained a lot of benefits. In addition to Huang Zhong''s capture of Liu PI, he man surrendered to Kong Yu, which also announced that Kong Yu finally had a military general who could barely win. The five counties paid a total of 800000 yuan and 1.2 million yuan for grain and grass. Kong was generous enough to give half of the reward to the officers and soldiers who came to join in the rebellion. From the remaining money and grain, he took out 200000 Guan of money and 200000 yuan of grain and grass to reward Huangfu Chaobo.


    In this way, combined with the gains on the battlefield and the gifts given by Huang Jin invincible, after the war, the net income of Huangfu Chaobo was 1.2 million yuan, the grain and grass was 1.5 million yuan, and there were nearly 10000 Imperial troops and more than 10000 prisoners of Huang Jin army. And he only paid less than 200 cavalry losses. No wonder everyone said that war is the way to get rich.As soon as the Yellow turban rebellion in Yuzhou was settled, Ma Xiang of yellow turban in Yizhou attacked and assassinated Xi Jian, who called himself the son of heaven. He also killed Zhao, the prefect of Kouba county. Jia Long led the army to attack Ma Xiang in Yizhou. For Yizhou players, there were not many wars during the Three Kingdoms period. The big deal was that Nanman in the South and Qiang people in the West occasionally made trouble, and other times were basically safe. For Yizhou, the Ma Xiang rebellion is already one of the few wars. Originally, I thought it would take several years for it to appear, but suddenly it broke out. So the players immediately fanned the flames on both sides. For a moment, Ma Xiang''s rebels were like a prairie fire, and the flames of war burned up in the whole Bashu land. Originally, the war was limited to the two counties in history, which made the players toss about. All at once, there were wars in Yizhou''s 11 counties. Yizhou, which had been peaceful for a long time, had corrupt officials, scattered officers and soldiers, and unexpectedly let the rebels down There are dozens of counties in Yizhou, where there are only about 100 counties. There are more than 30 counties occupied by rebels in half a month. Of course, players play a great role in this. For a moment, Yizhou, which was originally quiet, was boiling all of a sudden.

 Chapter 201

    At the end of April, Qingjin and xuhuangjin returned to koujun county. Mount Tai bandits continue to harass surrounding counties, and there are wars in Qingxu.


    Seeing this series of wars, Huangfu Chaobo immediately realized that the system had put everything from 186 to 188 together. It seems that the second plot of the system will be advanced again. Sure enough, not only did he find this problem, but more and more players immediately appealed on the official forum. All kinds of signs show that the plot of the heroes attacking Dong is about to start soon. It is suggested that the players stop fighting and make full preparations. Soon this proposal was approved by more and more players. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay much. He took Jia Jing to the next target, Huashan in Chang''an, and several players of Zilong club who were looking for in the early stage were waiting for him at the foot of Huashan.


    In Liangzhou, the county seat of Zhiyi County, Hanyang County, in the county government office, a big fat headed, bearded and armored man from Guanxi sits in the first place. In front of him stands a thin scholar. Yes, this is Dong Zhuo, his chief counselor and son-in-law Li Ru, who is fighting against the rebellion in Liangzhou. However, when Dong Zhuo arrived in Liangzhou, he didn''t try his best to fight the rebellion. Instead, with the help of his younger brother Dong Wen, his son-in-law Li Ru and Niu Fu, he occupied anding, Wudu and Tianshui counties in Liangzhou, as well as a Beidi county. Because another famous general of guanxi, Huangfu song, came out, the county was basically controlled by the Huangfu family and their better relationship with Beidi aristocratic family Control here, but also achieved the control of county Lian county. In addition, dozens of generals, such as Hua Xiong, Li Fu, Guo Si, Zhang Ji, Xu Rong, Duan Lu, Hu Fu, fan Hou and so on, gathered for Dong Zhuo in less than a year. Besides nearly 100000 troops stationed in nearly 30 counties of the three prefectures, there are nearly 100000 troops around Yi County, including cavalry Tens of thousands - ten thousand of special arms, ten thousand of Feixiong army, twenty thousand of Xiliang iron cavalry, ten thousand of Qiang cavalry, twenty thousand of intermediate ordinary light cavalry, and twenty thousand of other intermediate and high-level infantry. It is claimed that it is for the purpose of insurrection, but in fact it is because of a series of changes in Luoyang.


    "Father in law, according to the information from our people in Luoyang, Luoyang is very unstable recently. The emperor and the eunuch are fighting with the general and the Guandong family. According to my son-in-law''s analysis, our opportunity should come soon. Please prepare as soon as possible." Li Rudao;


    when Dong Zhuo looks at the son-in-law in front of him, he can''t help but feel very satisfied with his own vision. His two sons-in-law, one is good at writing and the other is good at martial arts, which can be said to be his right-hand arm. Although he is weak, he is also thanks to his advice in recent years, otherwise he would not have been as powerful as he is today In other words, only when the day changes, I will have a prosperous day. It can be said that Li Ru is definitely one of Dong Zhuo''s most valued people. This is also the reason why Dong Zhuo listens to Li Ruyan. At this time, Dong Zhuojun, on the one hand, constantly stabilized the current rule of the territory, while patiently waiting for changes in Luoyang. Now Li Ru came to see Dong Zhuo just for this matter. According to the information from Luoyang, the contradiction between the general and shichangdai is becoming more and more acute. Moreover, it is said that the health of the world in the imperial city is getting worse and worse. According to Li Ru''s conjecture, it means that the time for Dong Zhuo to enter the capital is coming. Because he Jin, the great general, had no military power in the imperial court. If he wanted to compete with the eighth School of Xiyuan in the hands of Shichang, he had no choice but to transfer foreign troops. In addition to Dong Zhuo, only Binzhou Ding Yuan and Zhang Yang can be mobilized. The other Guandong soldiers are basically controlled directly or indirectly by the gentry. The gentry will not let their own soldiers compete with the soldiers under the emperor. It is not because of the imperial power, but for the sake of preserving their actual strength. Therefore, the gentry will be very happy to see how to transfer Dong Zhuo, a warlord in Xiliang and Ding Yuan The soldiers and horses in the hands of the emperor fight to death.


    After hearing Li Ru''s words, Dong Zhuo immediately summoned the general to discuss the matter. After talking about Li Ru''s idea, the generals were excited. Since they went to the Central Plains once, they yearned for the prosperity of the Central Plains. Now everyone is excited to hear that Luoyang is about to send troops. According to Li Ru''s prediction, Luoyang is likely to be controlled this time. The news makes people more excited. After Dong Zhuo calmed down the excited generals, Dong Wen, Niu Fu, Duan Yao and Zhang Ji led 20000 light cavalry soldiers and 10000 infantry soldiers to stay in the three counties of Xiliang to guard their own territory, according to the agreement between Dong Zhuo and Li Ru. Other generals, together with Dong Zhuo and Li Ru, led 40000 special arms cavalry soldiers and 20000 infantry soldiers to Hedong and declared to fight the rebellion in Hedong.


    At this time, in the palace of Luoyang City, the emperor who had been fighting with the gentry of Guandong for decades could not hold on. He was as skinny as a log and had no energy to go to his nude swimming pool. At this time, the whole city of Luoyang has fallen into a strange calm.


    An ordinary residence in the west of Luoyang City, you can''t see anything unusual from the outside, but it belongs to the residence of a player League. At this time, the lobby of the residence is full of players. As the top ten Sizhou Fengyun in Luoyang, there are several industries in the east of Luoyang, such as this residence, but it has always been a stronghold of the alliance. Now the whole situation of Luoyang makes all players realize that a great event in Luoyang in the history of the Three Kingdoms is about to happen. In view of this situation, almost all players in Luoyang City and even the whole Henan Yin are preparing. As a player born in Yin, Henan Province, whether it''s the Lord player or the player alliance, it can be said that they love and hate the center of the world under their feet. The unique conditions make the development of players here basically better than other states, but the historical event of Luoyang city also makes all Luoyang players look forward to and fear. What I hope is that I can benefit from the middle, but what I fear is that I may return to the pre liberation one night. So when the news came out that the emperor was seriously ill in Luoyang, not only all forces were preparing, but all players in Luoyang were also arranging themselves... Er... What''s going on... Er, a few words are missing. It''s something to do later.Today, for example, Sizhou Fengyun recruited the main leaders of all departments of the alliance to hold a meeting in this hidden stronghold to discuss how the alliance should deal with the coming storm. Looking at everyone in the room laughing together for half a day, Fengyun clapped his hands and said, "OK, let''s get down to business first."

 Chapter 202

    Hearing the boss''s words, the crowd slowly quieted down. Sizhou Fengyun is the eighth player League in Luoyang City. Although it has not obtained the township level league residence, the league has nearly 2000 core members and nearly 10000 peripheral personnel. It has always been centered in Luoyang. The industry of the league is almost in Luoyang City. It can be said that it is a big business. Facing the coming storm, it is in the wind The alliance at the center of the storm must be ready.


    "Boss, why don''t we start to transfer now, and we still have a period of time to transfer the alliance''s industries to the surrounding cities or other states." A long-time veteran;


    "no way," someone immediately jumped out and objected, "at the beginning, everyone knew the process of the game, but they still agreed to continue to develop in Luoyang. It''s not easy to get to the present level, and now it''s transferred. Isn''t it necessary to start from scratch? In this way, how many peripheral personnel are willing to go together? If we don''t have these peripheral personnel, it would be nice to be a second rate alliance in other places just by relying on our 2000 core members. "


    "Yes


    "Good


    There''s an immediate echo.


    "However, the development of the alliance has obviously failed to achieve the original plan." The man was not willing to say, "at the beginning, our plan was to have a good relationship with NPC and let ourselves participate in the plot. But now, there is no progress in this aspect. How can we participate in the plot? If you can''t participate, then the League will have to be at the mercy of others. At that time, it will be said that they will not be able to be eaten by Dong Zhuo. For example, Luoyang Gang heard that they had already connected with yuan family. In addition, Heluo League, which ranks second, has also contacted an NPC minister. Only our league has made no progress


    "Chi... It''s nice to say, will the system plot make it so easy for us to participate or even control? You said Luoyang gang and Heluo League, everyone knows that they are all selling dog meat with sheep''s head. They are just connecting with their lowest level minions, and what you said is just the best aspect made at the beginning, right? Now, it was not without budget at that time... Besides, there is no progress now. My next younger brother has already got on line with Wu zhe under He Jin, but I haven''t had time to report to the boss yet. "


    When they heard this, they even attracted Feng Yun''s attention, who had not spoken. They asked, "Liuzi, is what you said true? Are you sure it''s Wu Zhe, the soldier under He Jin? Is that Wu zhe who killed he Miao and later threw Dong Zhuo? "


    "Er, boss, in fact, that little brother didn''t connect with Wu Zhe. The NPC he knew was an officer, and he was just a small commander. But I''ve made it clear these days that this guy''s cousin is Wu Zhe''s concubine''s younger brother, and that guy is Wu Zhe''s personal uncle. Moreover, I have repeatedly confirmed that Wu Zhe is the personal commander of He Jin in history. I have seen many times that he entered and left the general''s residence unimpeded. It''s just that I haven''t had time to report to you these two days. "


    "Cut... I thought you and Wu zhe were on the line. After half a day, it''s still thousands of miles away The guy carrying the load immediately jumped out again.


    "No, third brother, you are wrong," Feng Yun stopped Liu Zi, who was about to refute. "You know, the ancients were cronyists, especially the officers of the pro soldier team like this. If I remember correctly, Wu Zhe''s Pro soldier now should be a team of 100 people, and the people who can be the leader in it must be cronies, usually his family or his wife and concubine My mother''s family. Yes, Liuzi, you are doing well. From now on, this line is up to you. You must establish a relationship with Wu zhe as soon as possible. When he takes refuge with Dong Zhuo, we can finally establish a relationship with Dong Zhuo''s people through this relationship. When the time comes, when the Marquis Zhuhou asks for Dong''s big story, the official position is no problem


    "Hey, boss, don''t worry. I''ve got to know that guy now, and I''ve given him something several times. Now I''m familiar with the relationship." After that, he made a fuss about the old man like a demonstration. Fengyun didn''t care much about his actions. After all, people often say that where there are people, there are rivers and lakes. For example, there are several factions in my alliance, and I know it well, but I didn''t intervene much.


    While Sizhou Fengyun was arguing and discussing, Huangfu Chaobo brought several generals, such as Jia Jing and Dian Wei, to the gate of Dongyang in Luoyang.


    "Wow, the gate is so high..." The first time I saw Jia Jingdao at the gate of Luoyang;


    Dian Wei and others beside him nodded.


    "Of course, as one of the two giant cities in the game, Luoyang City has the most advanced facilities. For example, the city wall is said to be as high as seven feet. Think about it, it''s equivalent to our 21 meters, which is about six or seven stories high. Do you think it''s high..." After listening to Jia Jing''s words, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    in fact, although Huangfu Chaobo came to Luoyang for the second time, he was not familiar with Luoyang either. After all, the last time he came here, he was just for business, and when the business was done, he rushed back to changshe. So for Luoyang City, he seems to know where only huangfusong, Zhu Jun and Liu Yan''s houses are. Now huangfusong has been sent to Liangzhou by the emperor. Liu Yan only met him once, and then asked people to give him gifts several times. As for Zhu Jun, his teacher, who is still the captain of Sili, he is sure to visit Luoyang now. So Huangfu Chaobo took everyone into the city and went directly to Zhu Jun''s residence in the inner city.Along the way, looking at the bustling crowd on the street, Huangfu Chaobo could not help comparing the situation of his changshe. After the comparison, Huangfu Chaobo said sourly to Jia Jing: "our changshe city is also a city, and Luoyang city is also a city. You can see how there is such a big difference between the cities. There are millions of players in this city alone. Plus the one or two million NPCs in the city, I estimate that there are nearly ten million people in Luoyang. In this month, the entrance fee collected by the Chengmen Xiaowei is estimated to be equal to the income of our changshe city for several months. It''s a shock, isn''t it


    "Hee hee... Then why don''t you want to live in their small town in huangjintianxia, and there are so many players who don''t even have a small town! " Jia Jing took Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and said in a low voice, "there are also Xiaobai like them. They spent a lot of effort to win a small town, and there are still tigers and wolves around them!"

 Chapter 203

    "Er After Jia Jing said that, Huangfu Chaobo also felt that he had to look at Shu. He said with a smile, "what the lady taught me is that I''m a little young. I''ll accompany her to visit the biggest city in the past few days, and I won''t see this scene soon."


    "Glib, fight..."


    "Hee hee... Xiaojing, what do you like? Let''s have a crazy shopping today. And you are the same. If you see anything good, just say that today I will buy it for you. " As he said that, Huangfu Chaobo went back to Dianwei and other people behind him;


    "Mr. Xie..." When Dianwei heard this, they immediately replied;


    so instead of rushing to Zhu Jun''s house, they strolled slowly in the street.


    Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo found that this big man in Kyoto is really not blowing. Roadside shops can be said to be one after another. They are all two-story and three story buildings, and there are all kinds of things in them. You can see things in the north and south of the river, inside and outside the Great Wall. All kinds of stores are full of goods, and the people inside are crowded with players and NPCs. All the way down, Huangfu Chaobo and several people behind him were carrying things in their hands. Of course, Dian Wei and several fighters bought several weapons with special properties in a weapons store.


    At noon, they found a restaurant for lunch. For a long time, Huangfu Chaobo has gradually adapted to the wine and food in the game, especially the large restaurants in cities like this. They don''t know how to do it in the game. These things are more and more attractive to players. For example, this kind of wine and food is delicious, and the best thing is to eat it no matter how much This allows those who eat goods to find a place to play all of a sudden. What you dare not eat in reality can be tasted in the game. Of course, there must be a feeling of fullness, but it won''t make people fat. This is another reason for the booming business of restaurants in the game.


    Several people found a restaurant on the third floor, sitting in the street position, slowly enjoy the food. As he ate, the words of several players on the table attracted the attention of Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Well, brother, I heard that there will be some good things in the auction tomorrow." Player a;


    "cut, who doesn''t know, the question is can you get in? Even if you go in, the question is, can you afford it? " Player B;


    "by the way, brothers, I heard that there was a Dan whose warrior was transferred to become a general. Is that true?" Player Ding interjected;


    "nine turn rebirth pill, I don''t know. My warrior is only at level 30 now, but he doesn''t even have the marrow washing pill. Now he is still at the primary level. When he reaches level 40, he still has to get nine turn rebirth pill. Alas, I''m worried about it. How can it be so difficult to cultivate a general?" Player a way;


    "stop, show up again, isn''t there a junior warrior? I''ve been talking about it all day. I don''t think we''re angry. I don''t know how you have such good luck. " Player Ding Dao;


    "ha ha.... Luck... Luck... Don''t worry, you will have it. You don''t find that the number of warriors is increasing, and the recruitment conditions are getting lower and lower. It''s not as difficult as it was at the beginning of the game. " Player a;


    a few people nearby also agreed. Now there are more and more martial artists, but it''s too difficult to get the pills for changing jobs. Not to mention the nine turn rebirth pill, which is a senior military general. Now I''ve only heard about it in the game, but few people have seen it. Is other several kinds of primary to intermediate, intermediate to advanced two kinds of pills are more difficult to get. Unexpectedly, there is an auction now.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he was immediately interested. He quickly walked over to him and said, "excuse me, brothers. What kind of auction did you say just now? What''s the situation?"


    Several players are chatting happily. They are suddenly disturbed by others. Originally, they feel very disappointed. One of them is about to get angry. One of them grabs him and points to the big man behind Huangfu Chaobo. The man immediately closes his mouth. Now more and more big capital is coming into the game. Many rich second-generation players have recruited one or even several martial arts players. There are indeed many childe brothers like Huangfu Chaobo who play around with a few NPCs. Therefore, ordinary players generally pay attention to these, and they may offend the childe brothers of a certain force or group if they are not careful. What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo was more polite to his group. One of them immediately replied, "this brother is not a local player in Luoyang, is he?"


    "Yes, I just came to Luoyang with my girlfriend. Just now I heard that some brothers were talking about the auction, so I came to ask if I was curious." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "it''s no wonder that there is an auction in Luoyang City, which is said to be a systematic auction. It started only three months ago, once every half a month. Every time, there are many kinds of items in the game, such as various drawings, weapons and equipment. It''s said that many things are even rarer than those in the exchange for meritorious deeds. For example, some people have bought them from other places It''s said that it''s more than 10% better than the level 40 fine iron armor we can buy now. There are also drawings of small catapults from here. It''s time to start shooting again tomorrow, but those who go in must pay a 10 gold deposit before they can take part in the shooting. If you take photos of the items you like, 10 gold can be used to offset the amount of the items. If you don''t take photos, then 10 gold will be used as tickets. " Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was so talkative, the man gave him a detailed introduction. Then he told Huangfu Chaobo in detail about some precautions and the address of the auction.After thanking the player, Huangfu Chaobo took everyone out of the restaurant. Of course, when he went out, he helped these players settle their accounts. For him who has just earned 1.2 million Guan, it is very cost-effective to spend several Guan to buy such news.


    In the afternoon, he continued to sweep the streets. Until it was getting dark, Huangfu Chaobo came to Zhu Jun''s house with gifts. As Zhu Jun''s own disciples, they certainly didn''t have to wait outside for a notice. Under the guidance of the disciples, they went directly into the mansion. Dian Wei''s family members took them directly to the front courtyard to settle down. Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing were taken to the study of the inner courtyard to wait for Zhu Jun to return to the mansion.

 Chapter 204

    After Zhu Jun returned to the government, they talked for a long time. Of course, most of the time, Zhu Jun was asking questions and Huangfu Chaobo was answering questions. Apart from the situation of changshe County, they were talking about Luoyang City.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo took all the people to bid farewell to Zhu Jun and came to the system auction center that the players said. Sure enough, after Huangfu Chaobo paid the admission fee of 10 gold, the NPC at the door gave him a number plate. Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was No. 68, and then took Huangfu Chaobo and his party to a small room. According to NPC who leads the way, this auction center is the largest in the whole game. At present, there are only a few auction centers in Dahan, including Luoyang, Chang''an, Chengdu, Xiangyang, Yecheng, Shouchun, Jixian and xiapi. Luoyang and Chang''an have been in existence for three months, while other cities only have this month. Huangfu Chaobo is the auction center in Luoyang There are about 500 such small rooms. That is to say, the whole room can accommodate 500 players or NPCs to participate in the auction. The items in the room include various drawings, weapons, equipment, skill books and so on. What''s more, the items in each auction are unknown to outsiders in advance. Only after the auction can they be known. The number of items in each auction is about 20 to 50. The auction process is the same as the real auction. However, players will not meet in the auction process, which is equivalent to the anonymous auction in the real world. This is also a kind of protection for players. As for the way of auction, there are two ways, one is buy it now, the other is to increase the price. The room of Huangfu Chaobo is about 20 square meters, and its furnishings are the same as those of the ordinary reception room in the village. However, after entering, the opposite side is a virtual large screen, from which you can see the auction table. There are two bidding cards in the room, one of which is yellow, and the other is buy it now, that is to say, the most popular one High prices, this is not like the auction in real life, the top is not capped. Huangfu Chaobo is surprised that NPCs like Dianwei don''t seem to feel new about this. After they go in, they don''t have any new performance at all. After thinking about it for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo has to attribute it to Nuwa who has implanted the information of this auction house into NPC''s thinking in advance.


    After listening to the waiter''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo realized that he had missed even the most important information. It seems that he should pay more attention to the game forum. It is estimated that the auction house is specially set up for players. After all, there have been auction houses in the forum for a long time, and he has auctioned a lot of things on it, but the safety of offline auction is very important It needs to be improved, and the number of auctions is increasing. The news of auction fraud has been reported many times on the forum, so the system has even opened this auction house online. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo estimates that there will be fewer and fewer offline auctions after all. After all, the safety factor is not guaranteed. I believe that with the further development of the game, this kind of auction house will be set up in each county city.


    By 9 a.m., the auction officially began.


    As soon as the auctioneer came to the stage, he said, "everyone, welcome to this auction. There are 20 treasures in this auction, but they will not be displayed to you at one time. Just like the previous several times, each auction will show the next one. However, you can rest assured that our auction items are not comparable in terms of quantity or quality. At the same time, we can tell you that there are still several items in it that are entrusted to us by different people for auction. If you have any items that you can''t use, you can entrust us to auction. Let the waiters outside tell you the details. Well, the first item we auction today is a military general transfer token: this token can transfer a soldier of any level to a senior warrior of level 30. Of course, the higher the rank of a soldier and the better his understanding, the better his attributes will be. The starting price of this token is 10 gold. Each increase is no less than 5 gold, and the buy it now price is 100 gold. OK, let''s start shooting now. "


    As soon as the auctioneer''s voice fell, Huangfu Chaobo saw only the big screen in front of him. Rows of red letters flashed by, and the whole auction hall was full of price calls.


    10


    15


    25


    30


    ¡£


    ¡£


    ¡£


    Now in the game, the recruitment cost of Huben cavalry is 10 Jinqi, which is the highest level of arms. The price of this general''s transfer token is really not high. The buy it now price is 10 Huben cavalry, which is acceptable. For most players at this stage, the generals are far away, and even the high-level fighters are still rare goods, so the price can be said to have reached 60 gold in an instant. However, for Huangfu Chaobo, he was not interested at all. Now there are several generals in hand, and there are a large number of generals. For example, the ten generals brought out this time are all of the same high level, and they have the best growth among all the generals. Within a minute, the token was finally won by 218 at the price of 100 gold.


    The first item has already attracted the attention of Huangfu Chaobo. If Huangfu Chaobo is just an ordinary Lord player, he will also participate in the bidding. It seems that it''s right to come to the auction this time. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo had nearly 2000 gold on him because he was going to Luoyang.Seeing that the first item had been sold out, the auctioneer didn''t say much. He took out the next item and said, "OK, I''ll show you our second item today - Xianbei cavalry conversion token. This is a very rare soldier conversion token. You can use this token to convert any soldier over level 30 to Xianbei cavalry of level 45. The number is 100. The starting price of this token is 10 gold, each time the increase is no less than 2 gold, and the buy it now price is 50 gold. OK, let''s start shooting


    After listening to the auctioneer''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but scold him. Alas, the system recruits seven silver cavalry, and 100 cavalry is 700 silver, which means 70 gold. Now the highest price is only 50 gold, which can be said to occupy the excrement. You know, at present, the most cavalry players can recruit is intermediate bow cavalry, and 55 gold, as you all know, The attack of Xianbei cavalry is 15 points higher than that of ordinary bow cavalry, which is 1.5 times higher than that of ordinary bow cavalry, and it is also suitable for both far and near. It is estimated that the Xianbei cavalry can completely defeat the ordinary bow cavalry with the same number of two arms on the battlefield. As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, the token was robbed by the crowd, and was finally won by player 15 at the price of 50 gold.

 Chapter 205

    Only two items were auctioned, both of which were won by players at the highest price. This makes people look forward to the following items.


    "The third thing, the camp drawings. This is a special architectural drawing. After the completion of the refugee camp, it will reduce the popularity of the territory by 5 points, but it will refresh 50 to 100 refugees every day, leading to the destruction of the camp. The starting price is 10 gold, with a minimum increase of 5 gold and a buy it now price of 100 gold. Let''s shoot now. "


    The auctioneer originally thought that this time, like last time, it would cause a lot of people''s looting. What he didn''t expect was that after he said that the auction was going to start, there was no offer for a long time. I couldn''t help but feel anxious and said, "do you need the drawings of the refugee camp? It can bring 50 to 100 refugees to the territory every day. The starting price is only 10 gold! "


    There was no response. Also, at this stage, population is not an obstacle to the upgrading of the territory at all. What''s more, you have to reduce the popularity of the territory''s five points.


    "Ten gold, the first time."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "10 gold, the second time"


    ...


    "10 gold..." Seeing that no one raised a card, the auctioneer was ready to let the item be auctioned directly. Just as he was about to finalize it, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly raised his yellow card.


    "OK, bid 10 on the 68th. Is there a higher bid?"


    There was still a silence.


    "Ten gold, the first time!"


    "Ten gold, second time!"


    "Ten gold, the third time! Deal "


    " pa... "


    Seeing that no one else wanted it, the auctioneer quickly ended the auction.


    "Chao, how can you want this thing? Our territory is not short of people." Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo auctioned this item, Jia Jing asked strangely;


    "Oh, I just think that Nuwa will not let the unrestricted refugees in her territory. At that time, there will be relevant restrictions on the upgrading of her territory. In addition, this item is not expensive, so it''s easy to take it."


    Seeing that the goods were successfully auctioned, the auctioneer was relieved and immediately entered the auction of an item.


    The next few items are of little use to Huangfu Chaobo. We just watch others take pictures.


    An hour later, another item finally caught the attention of Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, today''s 12th item comes out, jiuzhuan rebirth pill. This pill is a necessary item for a military general to change to a military general. As we all know, after a warrior reaches the advanced level, when he reaches level 40, he can be transferred to a general. All his restrictions will be removed, and the general will be able to learn all kinds of skills and formations. Jiuzhuan reborn pill starts at 50 gold, buy it now at 500 gold. "


    As soon as the voice dropped, someone began to bid.


    "50 gold"


    "55"


    "80"


    ...


    ¡°150¡±


    ¡°160¡±


    ¡£¡£¡£


    ¡°200¡±


    ¡°210¡±


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "240"


    in the end, Yu jiuzhuan reborn pill was won at the price of 240 gold, which made Huangfu Chaobo more confident in the sales of pills. It''s true that there are hundreds of millions of players in the whole game, but now there are only thousands of famous generals in the history of the Three Kingdoms for more than 100 years, so the rest can only be cultivated by the players themselves, so if there is no accident, the sales volume of jiuzhuan rebirth pill can definitely make Huangfu a big profit. Of course, in the later stage, Nuwa will certainly have more channels for the players to get more experience Nine turn rebirth pill, so Huangfu Chaobo must seize the time to make a big profit.


    Nine turn rebirth Dan let the whole auction into a small climax, you know, now the whole game can take out hundreds of gold is not many people.


    The next few items have little interest for Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing that there is only one last item, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that only one refugee camp construction drawing can be obtained at this auction. Unexpectedly, the last item brought Huangfu Chaobo''s depression to the peak.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, next is the last item of the day, which is believed to be the finale of today''s auction. "The drawing of a stone crossbow" At this point, the auctioneer specially stopped for a moment to let everyone have a reaction time.


    "Coax"


    Huangfu Chaobo only heard a buzz from the big screen. It seems that many people are interested in this. As we all know, the Nu is the most powerful weapon for long-range attack in ancient China. In the period of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, it was the Dahuang crossbow that was able to sweep the desert and hang the Huns. The crossbow first appeared in the spring and Autumn period and the Warring States period. The development of the crossbow in the Han Dynasty reached a new level, which can be called the heyday in the history of the development of the crossbow. Li Guang, a famous general, took the Han Dahuang crossbow and shot several people at Zuoxian king of Xiongnu. Dahuang ginseng crossbow is the most famous crossbow in the Western Han Dynasty. It was probably made on the basis of Qin Dynasty crossbow. Only a general like Li Guang was qualified to use it, indicating that this kind of crossbow was rare at that time. "Dahuang crossbow", "Dahuang Ju crossbow" and "Dahuang Li Shi Shi crossbow" are all found in Juyan bamboo slips. These crossbows are also second only to rhubarb ginseng crossbow. The common crossbows in the service are "Ju Nu", "Er Shi Ju Nu", "San Shi Ju Nu", "Wu Shi Ju Nu", "Liu Shi Ju Nu", "Ba Shi Ju Nu" and "Shi Shi Ju Nu", which shows that there are more than ten kinds of crossbows in the Han Dynasty. But the whole game has not found any trace of the caboose until now, which has attracted the attention of the players. I didn''t expect that this time I would come across a production drawing of rhubarb caboose at the auction. You know, in the previous issues, the production drawings of various weapons and equipment have been auctioned, and each time they are the final item of the auction. Originally, the players who came here also wanted to report the drawings of weapons and equipment, but we didn''t expect that it was the drawings of Dahuang nu.The auctioneer was very satisfied with the reaction of the following people. When everyone''s mood was almost recovered, he continued to introduce his drawing: "level 40 one stone crossbow, individual weapon, range 80 steps, attack + 10, penetration + 20%, hit + 20%."... The starting price of this drawing is 200 gold, each time the price increase is no less than 20 gold, no buy it now price. Next, let''s shoot. "


    Listening to the auctioneer''s introduction one by one, Huangfu Chaobo made up his mind to take down the drawing even if he spent all his money. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo just wanted to regret that he didn''t bring more money. Although the range of Yishi Dahuang crossbow is only 80 steps, the + 10 attack should be far ahead of ordinary weapons. With the latter two attributes, it can be said that if combined with the operation method of three or five stage attack, it can be said that it is invincible in the defensive war. It is a real meat grinder in the battlefield, which is why the footmen of Emperor Hanwu can sweep the desert The reason for that.


    As soon as the auctioneer''s voice came down, an offer was made.


    ¡°200£¡¡±

 Chapter 206

    As soon as the price of 200 gold appeared, someone immediately quoted a higher price. All the way up, the price of 500 gold came in an instant. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo has not even sold. However, at this time, only four or five people are following the price. After all, 50000 Guan is a huge sum of money for the current players. However, looking at this situation, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he should be sure to win the drawing, but he still didn''t dare to take it lightly until the final decision was made.


    "550 gold" in 500 gold after a slight pause, immediately someone will again pull up the price of 50 gold.


    "570 gold"


    "600 gold"


    ...


    As soon as the price of 600 came out, everyone immediately calmed down. It seems that the price has come to an end.


    "600 gold, for the first time, is there a higher price?"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "600 gold, second time! This is the first and only drawing of the crossbow so far. I believe everyone can think of the huge value of this drawing. If no one offers a higher price, then this drawing will belong to the No. 6! " The auctioneer kept lobbying there.


    "650 gold!" When Huangfu Chaobo saw that no one would increase the price, he raised his hand and said,


    "OK, 650 gold, bid 650 gold on the 68th!"


    "670 gold" the player in room 6 will add another 20 gold immediately.


    "700 gold" Huangfu Chaobo immediately added the price. It seems that he and No. 6 are competing for this drawing.


    "720 gold"


    "800 gold" this time, Huangfu Chaobo did not add another 20 or 30, and increased the price to 800 at one time, in order to keep down the opponent.


    After a pause, the other side added 20 gold again.


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that he only increased the price by 20 every time. He knew that now he should have reached the psychological price of the other party, and he would not say more. He raised the price once and for all.


    "1000 gold"


    "wow..."


    As soon as the price of one thousand gold came out, people were surprised. Although we all know the value of this drawing, there are few people who can really spend a lot of money in the whole game. The performance of those players who have a county seat is that, apart from the monthly expenses of the county seat, some of the income of changshe city is less than 100 gold. The reason why Huangfu Chaobo has so much money in his hands is the monthly income brought by several products.


    The price of 1000 gold finally made Huangfu Chaobo successfully win the drawing of Yishi Dahuang crossbow:


    "Yishi Dahuang crossbow: level 40 single soldier crossbow, the body length of bow is three feet and the string length is two feet and five, with mulberry as the body, sandalwood as the cudgel, iron as the barrel, steel as the machine, hemp rope as the tie, and wire as the string. The effective range is more than 80 steps. It is powerful and can enter elm half pole. Attack + 10, penetration + 20%, hit + 20%. It needs a senior equipment center, a master carpenter, a master blacksmith and a master tailor to make it successfully. Attachment: method of making crossbow and arrow. "


    Looking at the properties of the crossbow, Huangfu Chaobo knows that his thousand gold is not in vain. With this, he can earn 10000 gold or even 100000 gold in the game within half a year.


    After getting the drawings, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t dare to stay any longer. He quickly asked the waiter to lead him and his party to leave the auction center from the special channel of the auction center, and went back to Zhu Jun''s house all the way. It was not until he entered the inner courtyard of Zhu Junfu that Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Sitting in the garden, Huangfu Chaobo felt as if he had missed something. He couldn''t help thinking about it all the time.


    Looking at Huangfu Chaobo sitting there as soon as he returned to Zhu Jun''s house, he frowned and thought about something. There was no movement for a long time. Jia Jing felt a little distressed and said, "Chao, what are you thinking?"


    "Well... Yeah! Oh, nothing. Looking at this drawing, I always feel like I''ve missed something, but I can''t remember it for a moment and a half, so I just sit here and have a moment. It doesn''t matter. Don''t worry. Tomorrow we''ll go to Chang''an. "


    "Well, well, after we finish this task, we can recruit Lou GUI. With this military adviser, I''m sure you will do better in the story of the princes asking for Dong..."


    "The princes asked for Dong, and Dong Zhuo went to Beijing... Ha... I think of it. Xiaojing, you are my lucky star. " Huangfu Chaobo suddenly reacts. He is so happy that he picks up Jia Jing and turns her around five or six times before he puts her down and kisses her deeply. After a while, when the two talents separated, Jia Jing had a chance to ask what it was.


    Huangfu Chaobo pulls Jia Jing into the pavilion and sits down. He tells her what he thinks one by one. Originally, the crossbow of the Han Dynasty has developed to a very mature stage, but now there is no such kind of weapon in the game, which makes players feel very strange. Huangfu Chaobo once asked Huangfu song and Zhu Jun, two old men said that the imperial court actually has crossbow soldiers and crossbow cavalry, but because the number is not very large, there are only less than 2000 people in the two kinds of weapons, which are important guards of Luoyang Strength, so there is no equipment for the general. It can be seen that there is a crossbow machine in Luoyang City, and Dong Zhuo will have a big chaos in Luoyang City when he goes to Beijing. This player knows that, so there must be many players who want to get a vote at this time. You know, there are countless materials, talents and all kinds of high-level goods in Luoyang City. These are all available to players. As far as the strength of Huangfu Chaobo is concerned, if you want to get some benefits in Luoyang on that day, if you plan properly, there should be no problem. At the beginning, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to make use of this time to get any benefits in Luoyang City, but today''s drawing of the rhubarb crossbow reminds Huangfu Chaobo that there should be a large number of crossbows in Luoyang City, not only the crossbows, but also all kinds of weapons and equipment, all kinds of drawings, and even all kinds of talents It''s going to be a prison.After discussing for a while, they decided that there were still several months left between now and Dong Zhuo''s arrival in Beijing, which was enough time for them to make preparations. So Huangfu chaobolian handed the drawing of the crossbow to Dianwei, and asked him to escort the drawing back to changshe county with four warriors and give it to Huang Zhong. He asked him to arrange three master craftsmen in Luoshen town to study and make it. In addition, let Chen Jing bring 20 warriors from changshe to Luoyang to prepare for that night. In the past few days, Huangfu Chaobo was waiting for Dianwei. He took Jia Jing and the rest of the warriors around Luoyang. Finally, he found a small courtyard near the east gate of Luoyang outer city and rented it to serve as a place for Chen Jing and others.

 Chapter 207

    A few days later, Dian Wei and Chen Jing rushed to Luoyang with people to join Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo arranged what he needed to do well, and then he took Jia Jingdian Wei and ten warriors to Huashan outside Chang''an city.


    Huashan Mountain, also known as Xiyue mountain, is one of the five mountains. It is located in Huayin City, Weinan City, Shaanxi Province, China. It is 120 kilometers away from Xi''an City in the West. It is the intersection of the Yellow River Delta of Qin, Jin and Henan provinces. It connects Qinling Mountains in the South and overlooks the Yellow River in the north. It is the gateway to the northwest and the Central Plains. In the game, Nu Wa places her position 20 miles south of Huayin County, 50 miles west of Tongguan. At this time, Tongguan is not built by Cao Cao in history, but a medium-sized pass. Two hundred miles east of Tongguan is hongnongjun city.


    A few days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived in Huayin county. Outside the south of the city, they met the player Huang Lang, who is responsible for finding the target of Huashan mission. Under their leadership, Huangfu Chaobo and his party did not stop at Huayin county. Sure enough, as Zhao Zilong said, the group walked in Huashan for a long time before they came to the mouth of a canyon. There was a stone tablet standing at the mouth of the canyon with four words on it - "Red Moon Canyon". As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw the name, he knew that there was no mistake in the place. As expected, it was the legendary one, the original formula and the familiar taste.


    Now that you''ve found the right place, the next thing is easy. With Dianwei''s replica bulldozer here, it''s not a problem to make any replica. The people used the fastest speed to reclaim this replica. As expected, after the big boss was knocked down, there were Lu Wu fragments and various levels of iron ore. After coming out of the red moon gorge, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much. He just told Huang Lang to arrange for his staff to brush the copies and collect as many pieces as possible. Then he went straight through Wuguan in Chang''an and went southeast.


    A few days later, the party came to Wancheng, the seat of Nanyang County. As the largest county in the Han Dynasty, Nanyang has 37 counties, nearly 530000 households and 2.5 million people. As the seat of the county, the population of Wan county is nearly one million. No wonder in history, Yuan Shu wanted to use Sun Jian to kill the governor of Nanyang. When he became a general and took the position of governor of Nanyang, what he saw was the huge population and prosperous economy of Nanyang.


    As soon as he entered Wancheng, Huangfu Chaobo felt the prosperity of the city, which was totally different from that of Chang''an in Luoyang. Luoyang Chang''an is prosperous because it is the power center of the Han Dynasty. Of course, Chang''an is only a big city now, and upgrading to the capital structure should wait until Dong Zhuo moves the capital. The prosperity of Wancheng is due to the prosperity of business brought by the aristocratic families. Entering the city from the west gate of Wancheng, a group of people entered the city along the main street. There were many shops along the street. Along the way, from Shu Brocade in Yizhou in the west to Donghai Sea fish in Xuzhou in the East, to cattle and sheep skin in the north, to pottery in Jiaozhi in the south, and tea in Dongting Lake, we can say that the goods of the whole Great Han Dynasty can be found in Wancheng. We can see the commercial prosperity of Wancheng. The only pity is that Yuan er''s children''s shoes occupied such a good place, which made him suffer a lot in a few years Not much. After struggling in Nanyang, I went to Yuzhou and Yangzhou to struggle. Alas, I''m really living and struggling


    After a day''s rest in Wancheng, Huangfu Chaobo continued to travel south, passing Xinye, and then crossed the river to Xiangyang. At this time, Xiangyang City was not the governing center of Jingzhou. Wang Rui, the governor of Jingzhou, and Hanshou stayed in that corner. They would not move to Xiangyang until Liu Biao took office. All these have nothing to do with Huangfu Chaobo. Anyway, he is just passing by. There is a wharf outside Xiangyang City. Although Xiangyang is not a place of governance, the main industries of the four great families of Jingzhou, Cai, Kuai, Huang and Pang, will be in Xiangyang City in the future. In addition to other small and medium-sized families, Xiangyang''s transportation industry is also quite developed. Just from the wharf outside the city, we can see that Xiangyang and WAN county will be used by the vehicles and ships going from south to north It''s a transit point. Huangfu Chaobo was also planning to take a boat to Hengshan in Xiangyang, so after crossing the river, he came to the wharf and was ready to find a boat with 13 people and 13 good horses. If you want to charter a boat, you need a big boat.


    Zhou Yi is one of the ten high-level warriors that Huangfu Chaobo is traveling with this time. It is said that he was born in Changsha County, Jingnan. So this time, Huangfu Chaobo brought him out with him. After all, on the way to Hengshan, he might have to deal with boats and boats. It would be better to have someone who knows this. Once in Xiangyang, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for him to contact the ship. Less than half an hour later, Zhou Yi came back. He said that he had contacted a merchant ship, the Pang family''s ship in Xiangyang. Because he wanted to send a batch of goods to Linxiang, but there was not much, so he could bring some people. Seeing that Zhou Yi was from Changsha, and he was generous, he agreed. However, because the Dongting water bandits are rampant, the ships going to Jingnan usually have to form a fleet before they are escorted to Linxiang by the Cai family, so it will take another day to set out. Zhou Yi felt that although his strength on land was not to be underestimated, his strength on water was different. In addition, he had more than ten good horses, so for the sake of safety, he paid twice as much for the boat, so that the boatman would not carry others.


    After Zhou Yi and the boatman agreed on the departure time, Huangfu Chaobo and his party had to stay in Xiangyang City for a day. I thought I could go to Shuijing villa to have a look, but I didn''t expect that after asking for a long time, no one knew where it was. Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange, but he had to give up. I took everyone around Xiangyang City and settled down in an inn. After telling Dianwei that they had a good rest in the inn, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing went offline. After all, they still have several hours of real time and need to go offline to solve some personal problems.The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived at the dock on time. When they got on the boat, Huangfu Chaobo found that the boat was really big. It was divided into three layers, the bottom layer and the middle layer, where goods were placed. However, because there were not many goods, the middle layer was not full, so the boatman locked more than ten horses of Huangfu Chaobo and his party in the middle layer, and the top layer was divided into more than ten A small room for people. Huangfu Chaobo and his party were arranged in four rooms of Banwei. However, not long after Huangfu went to Chaobo, he found that Zhou Yi angrily took the boatman to the stern of the boat, and the boatman followed him, nodding and bowing all the way.


    "Young master, I''d like to ask you to punish me for my bad work." Zhou Yiyi walked up to him and said with shame on his face

 Chapter 208

    Seeing Zhou Yi''s action, Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange and asked, "hmm? What''s the matter? " Jia Jing is also watching quietly.


    "I''ve already agreed with the boatman that this man boat can''t carry any other people except us. I didn''t think that the boatman would wait for several people now!" Zhou Yidao;


    seeing this, the boatman came forward and said: "I''m sorry, young master. I had already agreed with this brother that I would take you and your party on this ship. But last night, the master sent someone to say that there were several young masters going to Changsha by ship, so... I''m so sorry! Young master, please rest assured that they are not outsiders. They are all the young master of the Pang family and his friends. Because the master arranged them to travel, so


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t speak, the boatman also knew that he had done a little bit too much. You know, the ancients were based on honesty, and even businessmen would strictly abide by their reputation. Now it''s really their own reason. In fact, he didn''t know that Huangfu Chaobo was attracted by what he said about the young master of the Pang family. Is the young master of the Pang family a bird? It''s impossible. I remember the bird was born in 179. It should be only 11 or 12 years old now. It should not be a student who is going to study now. Who would it be? Whatever, just ask.


    "Young master, it''s like this. You see, originally the little old man''s ship came to Linxiang, but in order to show my apology, I just finished loading in Linxiang and sent you to the Xiangshui river beside Hengshan. Do you think it''s ok?"


    "Well, boatman, I''d like to ask. Can you tell me which boatman I''m waiting for?" Huang Fu Chao Bo asked;


    "according to the master''s Messenger, it should be Shanmin''s son and Meng Chang''s son of the Ma family. Young master, what do you think of the old man''s proposal just now? "


    "Oh, yes, in that case, let''s wait for the two young masters." Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "thank you, thank you, young master. Then you have a rest. I''ll go down first..." Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had agreed, the boatman had no way to thank him, and then ran back to the bow.


    Seeing that Zhou Yi was still a little reluctant, Huang Fu Chao Bo comforted him with a smile and then asked him to step down.


    Pang Anmin should be Pang Tong''s cousin and Pang Degong''s son. That''s right. In terms of time, he should be 17 or 8 years old. According to the arrangement of the ancients, he was the age to go out to study. But who is the master Meng Chang of the Ma family? Ma family, Ma family and Huangfu Chaobo are reading as they walk. They suddenly think of several people, Ma Liang and Ma su. By the way, isn''t there a sentence in the Three Kingdoms? Ma Wuchang, white eyebrow is the best. That is to say, the Ma family has five brothers, and Ma Liang happens to be Ji Chang, while Ma Su''s name is Youchang. So this young master Meng Chang should be the boss of the Ma family, but what''s his name? It seems that there is no history? Forget it, I don''t want so much. I have to make a good relationship later. You know, if you can produce two evildoers like Ma Liang and Ma Su, the first three can''t be any worse. If we can get a few experts of internal affairs from Jingzhou, it''s very refreshing. I just think it''s impossible. Now I''m just a small county magistrate. Why should people follow you.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think much about it any more. He took Jia Jing to the deck at the stern of the boat. Looking at the boats coming and going on the river and the busy people on the wharf, the most convenient transportation industry in ancient times was water transportation. No wonder Xiangyang can be so prosperous. It would be nice to have such a city. I don''t know how long later, two people were chatting on the deck. Suddenly, Dianwei said in the back, "young master, the fleet is ready to set out, and the boatman has sent people to come and send a message, saying that the young masters on the ship from the back want to come to see you next. I don''t know if it''s convenient?"


    Yes, Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart. Even if you don''t come, I''ll try to get in touch with you. "Well, let''s just say I''m waiting for the gentlemen in my room. In addition, I''d like to ask the boatman to prepare some food and bring it to my room. I still have a few jars of pure Luoshen wine here. " Then he took Jia Jing back to his room.


    But a moment later, he heard Dianwei say outside the door: "young master, young master Pang and young master Ma are visiting!"


    "Please On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately stood up, went to the door, opened the door and said, "two... Well, three of you, please


    Why three? Because the two young men in front are Pianpian Pian, who are less than 20 years old, followed by Sao Nian, who has a big head, big eyes, big mouth and a flat nose. Seeing this man, Huang Fu Chao Bo thought of the description of birds in history and could not help but feel a thump. However, he quickly reflected that he introduced some of them into the room, then turned back to Zhou Yi at the door and said, "go to urge the boatman to see when the food can be delivered, and then bring us two jars of Luoshen qiongniang. I want to have a drink with some young masters."


    "I''ve met Mr. Huangfu. I''m going to Pang Anmin to study in Jingnan and Jiangdong under my father''s orders. My family didn''t know that Mr. Huangfu and his party had already taken the boat, so they arranged for us to take the boat to the south. I''m really sorry." The young man, who is about 1.8 meters tall, looks very upright. As soon as he enters the gate, he goes to Huangfu Chaobo for the first time;


    "it''s all right, the family will know that I like to be quiet, so he wants to pack the boat, so that the boatman can no longer carry others. I still say that it''s a long way to Jingnan, so there are three young men who can accompany him. I don''t know if this is Huangfu Chaobo immediately said;"Oh, an min is here to introduce Mr. Huangfu. This is Mr. Ma xuanma and Mr. Meng Chang of Xiangyang ma." Pang Anmin said hastily,


    "I''ve met Mr. Huangfu!" Ma xuandao;


    "I''ve met Mr. Ma, and when I come to Jingzhou next time, I often hear people say that there are five talented people in Xiangyang. They say that Ma Wuchang is the best, and Bai Mei is the best. I didn''t expect to see Mr. Meng Chang today. Nice to meet you


    "Mr. Huangfu, I''m flattered."


    "This is an min''s younger brother. His surname is Pang Mingtong. He hasn''t written yet. He has been smart since he was a child. This time, I''ll take him out to have a look. Ah Tong, I''ve met Mr. Huangfu. " Pang Anmin once pulled the way of Sao Niang behind him;


    Sao Niang went on a collection of Huangfu Chaobo in the previous dynasty and said carelessly, "you are the family of Huangfu Chaobo, the magistrate of changshe county. You have the surname of Huangfu. Just now, you asked your family to take qiongniang from Luoshen county


    "Ah Tong, don''t be rude!" Seeing Pang Tong''s style, Pang Anmin knew that his younger brother was a bit arrogant, and his appearance was different from ordinary people, so he often behaved differently. However, he didn''t want to lose the face of Pang''s family in front of outsiders. He even said, "young master Huangfu, please bear with me."

 Chapter 209

    Huangfu Chaobo quickly waved his hand and said, "Oh, young master Pang knows the magistrate of changshe county and the Luoshen liquor he produced there?"


    "What''s the difficulty? Luoshen qiongniang is very famous among strangers. Tong had the honor to taste it at his uncle''s. It''s really a rare good wine. It''s just as if it''s rarely sold in Jingzhou. I don''t know why? " Pang Tong asked;


    "Er," Huangfu Chaobo was asked. Is it because he has no mind and no channel to operate? It seems that even birds can''t understand this. "There are many reasons for this. It''s hard to say." So Huangfu Chaobo had to play the edge ball.


    "Pang Tong has nothing to say. He tries to explain something for you. I wonder if you want to listen to him?" Pang Tongdao;


    "good," seeing that the boatman had brought up several kinds of wine and food, he asked the three of them to his bed, "just in time, the boatman''s food has also come, and I have two jars of good wine. How about eating and talking?"


    Pang Anmin wanted to give up, but he didn''t expect that his younger brother walked to the couch and sat down, so he had to follow him. Huangfu Chaobo also took Jia Jing and introduced him to the three people. They all knew that strange people didn''t have so much scruples, but they also got up and walked towards Jia Jing After a salute, Huang Fu''s eyes brightened and his heart brightened. It seems that bird''s routine is very deep. All four of them sat down. Jia Jing didn''t know what Huangfu Chaobo was thinking. She quickly took the wine pot from Zhou Yi and filled it up one by one, so that the three of them could refuse again.


    Huangfu Chaobo picked up the wine bottle on the table and said, "come on, I didn''t expect that I was lucky to meet three young masters in Jingzhou this time. It''s fate to meet them. Let''s drink this cup. Please..."


    "Please..."


    Young people are not good at wine. Since they have sat down, Pang Anmin and Ma Xuan are no longer polite. They quickly take up the wine bottle to thank them. Pang Tong is not polite. He has already raised the wine, put it in front of his nose, smelled it and said, "good wine, it''s really good wine..." After that, he took a full drink.


    "Well, young master Pang will do his best. Huangfu is all ears." After drinking a full bottle of wine, he put down the wine. Huangfu Chaobo was looking forward to Pang Tongdao. What astonishing words did the young Phoenix have.


    "OK," Pang Tong put down the wine and said, "let''s talk today. First of all, the magistrate of Huangfu county is famous for his military achievements as an alien, taking advantage of the Yellow turban rebellion. In this way, he is recognized by the family of Huangfu in the north and Zhu Jun, a famous scholar in the world. Don''t use Zhining. The magistrate of Huangfu county is a hero among the people. However, it is generally believed that this person''s vision is limited


    After listening to the first part, Huangfu Chaobo still felt that he was very good and could be recognized by fengxiao, but the "burning goose" pulled him back to the ground from the cloud.


    "A Tong" When Pang Anmin saw that Pang Tong was more and more straightforward, he couldn''t help but remind him that Pang Tong didn''t care and still talked about it.


    "No matter, since we are all ears, we should be frank and unrepentant." Huangfu Chaobo is in a side street;


    "it is said that there is a general named Huang Mingzhong around Huangfu county magistrate, who is from Nanyang. This person has a great reputation among different people. It is said that all the different people are called" current famous general ", so it can be seen that this person is ordinary. However, after Huangfu county magistrate appointed him as county magistrate, he disappeared for several months without any trace. I don''t know whether Huangfu county magistrate is satisfied or someone else I don''t know. One of them. Second, there is a famous wine in the world, but he doesn''t know how to make good use of it. Luoshen qiongniang is a famous wine in the world, but he doesn''t know how to make good use of it. Instead, he gives it to someone else to manage it. It should be noted that he doesn''t know it. Since he ascended the throne, his relatives have been in power, eunuchs have been in power, political corruption and natural disasters have continued. In the first year of Zhongping, Zhangjiao of Jizhou raised the anti flag, and the Huangjin uprising broke out, although it was suppressed by the imperial court. However, after the Yellow turban uprising was suppressed, the relatives and eunuchs fought with each other. From the beginning of the normal year to the end of the Han Dynasty, wars broke out everywhere. Anyone could see that the troubled times were coming, but I couldn''t see it. Chaos is coming, but how to settle down in chaos? There are only four words about money and food for soldiers and horses. If money and food are not enough, there is no way for soldiers and horses to talk about it. However, the magistrate of Huangfu county has a place of long society, where he has no grain and grass, no famous wine of the time, no money and money. If there is not enough money and food, there are not enough soldiers and horses. If there are not enough soldiers and horses, there is no foothold in troubled times. "


    Pang Tong''s words stunned the four people present. Pang Shanmin and Pang Tong were worried about Pang Tong''s boldness. This topic has been mentioned more than once in lumen villa, but after all, it has never been mentioned in front of outsiders. Huang Fu and Jia Jing were shocked by Pang Tong''s far-reaching vision.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who had been reacting for a long time, said, "if it''s Mr. Pang, what will he do?"


    "If it''s a certain thing, we should plan it with 15 words - build a high wall, accumulate grain extensively, train our troops, and wait for the day to come, and then become the leader slowly!"


    I''ll strangle you. Oh, it''s a monster...


    First of all, Jia Jing poked Huangfu Chaobo a few times. Huangfu Chaobo, who had returned to his mind, quickly stood up and respectfully saluted Pang Tong, saying: "Huangfu Chaobo has been taught, please speak clearly!"


    "Ah Pang Anmin and his wife responded and said, "is Huangfu Chaobo the magistrate of changshe county?"


    "It''s just me. Please forgive me." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "please tell me what I want to do!""No, I''m too young to be called Mr. in front of adults. However, there are some sincere words for adults. Please don''t blame me." Pang Tong leaned slightly to avoid the great ceremony of Huangfu and said, "my Lord is located in Yingchuan, which is a fertile land and extends in all directions. He should accumulate food and grass widely. First, he should prepare for soldiers and horses. Second, he has the formula of famous wine of the time. He should find one or two big businessmen to cooperate with him, such as the MI family in Donghai, the Zhen family in Hebei, the Cai family in Jingzhou, and the Zhu family in Jiangdong. Half of the money he can get will be used as food For the purpose of military funds, half of them save grain and grass for reserve. Within a few years, adults will be rich and have enough money and food. At the same time, you have Huang Zhong, a famous general in the world, who works hard to train his troops and wait for the time to change. When the troubled times come, the adults are well-equipped. If they advance, they can be princes. If they retreat, they can keep their wealth


    Nima, it''s too evil. Besides, it''s unscientific. He told me this when he saw a bird for the first time. Is there a big explosion in my character? Is the bird coming to take refuge? It''s impossible, unless it''s like Huang Xu who takes refuge with his father. How can people like birdie take refuge with him when they meet for the first time? Besides, birdie is still a little birdie. No matter how much you want to become an official, you have to be an adult. If Ma Xuan takes refuge, I think it''s more reliable.

 Chapter 210

    After that, Pang Tong took Jia jingman''s wine and drank two cups at once. Then he gave Huangfu Chaobo a naughty wink and said, "I don''t know if Huangfu thinks that his words can be worth ten jars of Luoshen qiongniang?"


    As soon as he said this, a few people on the scene responded that the pit was here.


    Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo felt sad and happy. The sad thing is that fengxiao doesn''t want to take refuge in himself. The happy thing is that he finally finds out why he gives advice to himself. Finally, he doesn''t have to worry about it here. After a long time, it turned out that it was a young man''s heart. Bird took a fancy to the wine and wanted to make himself more wine to drink. Well, Zhengchou didn''t have a chance to have a relationship with you. Now that you''ve set up a ladder for me, if I can''t climb up the ladder, it''s not too stupid, ho ho... Bird, you wait, take my back, eat my spit out...


    "To be, to be, to listen to what you said in the past is better than to study for ten years, but now there are no ten jars of good wine in your body, so you can only send them to Xiangyang. Where should you send them, sir?"


    "You''re serious. I can''t be called a gentleman. If you don''t give up, you can call me a tong just like your elder brother. As for ten jars of wine, it''s just a joke. I can''t be true."


    "No, does a tong want to break Chao Bo''s promise? This is not done by a gentleman! Please tell me the location and arrange for someone to deliver it when you go back Huang Fu Chao Bo stood up and said solemnly;


    Pang Anmin and his wife looked at Huang Fu Chao Bo''s expression and couldn''t help admiring him. Only Jia Jing looked at Huang Fu Chao Bo''s appearance and kept a smile in her heart. She couldn''t help but find an excuse to run out and find a place where there was no one to laugh.


    Pang Tong, a little fox, knew what Huangfu Chaobo was up to. However, he had no choice but to tell Huangfu Chaobo that he could send someone to lumen villa 20 miles northwest of Xiangyang City. After Pang Tong said the address, he always felt something was wrong, so he heard Huangfu Chaobo say: "Chaobo has heard the name of lumen villa for a long time, uncle Both my father and my teacher hoped that I would have a chance to visit him. Unfortunately, I was in such a hurry that I couldn''t go there. Since I was sent to lumen villa, I couldn''t do without the gifts of Mr. Sima Decao, Mr. Pang Degong and Mr. Huang Chengyan. Otherwise, it would be disrespectful. In this way, I would send 50 jars of Luoshen qiongniang to lumen villa, including three gentlemen with 10 jars each, The ten altars of a tong, five for brother an min and five for brother Meng Chang, will be handed over to a tong and transferred by him. Please don''t refuse. "


    "Er As soon as Huangfu Chaobo opened his mouth, Pang Tong knew that something was wrong. But he had already said that, so he had to take it down and said, "in this way, Pang Tong will be ashamed to receive it. He will certainly be transferred to the office for adults."


    Pang and his wife also expressed their gratitude.


    "Well... In this way, thank you a tong. In the future, Chaobo will send people to lumen villa according to this number every month. " Huangfu Chaobo said again, hee hee, don''t you want to drink? After that, I''ll send you wine every month.


    "Poof..." After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Pang Tong''s wine just came out of his mouth. He had a bitter feeling in his heart. I''ve seen shameless people, but I haven''t seen such shameless people, but you still can''t refuse.


    Looking at Pang Tong''s appearance, Pang Anmin and Pang Anmin wanted to laugh and couldn''t laugh. They looked constipated. Jia Jing, who listened to those words at the door, turned and went out again. Also, if you have such a demon''s younger brother, you will feel that Yali mountain is big, especially the Ma family. There are two little demons in the family.


    Pang Tong was drinking and eating all the time, and seldom spoke again. But Pang Anmin and Ma Xuan thought that Huangfu Chaobo was a straightforward man after such a quarrel. The more they talked, the happier they were and the more speculative they were. Especially when it comes to Huangfu Chaobo''s travel experience, listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s experience on the grassland makes them yearn for the grassland more and more. Even Pang Tong''s eyes are shining.


    In the next few days, as soon as they had time, they sat together drinking and chatting, but they spent a lot of time on this boring journey. The fleet went down the Han River and arrived at Dajiang in a few days. Here, the fleet is divided into two groups, one group goes east along the river to Jiangxia, the other group goes upstream to yunmengze to Xiangshui.


    A few days later, the fleet finally entered yunmengze. In ancient times, yunmengze belonged to a huge group of lakes, including a huge water area from today''s Wuhan to Dongting Lake in Yueyang. In it, islands of different sizes were scattered all over the place, which also made it a paradise for water thieves. Wang Rui, the governor of Jingzhou, once sent out troops to suppress the thieves for many times, but it was a pity that every time he was in vain. In the end, the caravans from Jingzhou formed a large caravan, and then asked the navy to escort them to do business on the river. However, there were still many cases of merchant ships being robbed. This time, Pang''s freighters set out for Jingnan together with more than ten ships from various businesses. In addition, there were more than ten warships sent by the Cai family in Xiangyang. There were more than thirty ships in total. Compared with the fighting of hundreds of boats in the Three Kingdoms period, it was really not like much. But for the boats of water thieves, about thirty big ships were not what ordinary people could make up their minds Everyone is quite at ease about this trip.Who knows, the more so, the more accident. On the fourth day of entering yunmengze, the sentinel ships of the officers and soldiers found traces of coagulable ships. The news immediately made the whole fleet nervous. However, after two days of careful walking, nothing happened, which made everyone feel relieved. On this afternoon, the fleet stopped at the place where they had stopped and camped before. Because there was no town port before and after, they had to find a place near the shore of the deep water area to anchor and wait until the next day. This is the habit of sailing on the river. For a few days, everyone was tense and nothing happened in two days, so both the merchant ship and the Navy relaxed a little. I didn''t expect that when it was almost dawn, I suddenly heard someone warning "enemy attack!" Then I heard the sound of "Hua Hua" and the cry of killing one after another.


    Huangfu Chaobo had been offline for some time, and just went online with Jia Jing. When he heard the warning, he ran out of the room and came to the deck to have a look. The whole fleet was surrounded by dozens of big and small stolen ships. Because the merchant ships are basically in the middle of the navy ships, and Pang''s ships stop at the rear of the whole fleet. At this time, the navy ships in front of them have been fighting with the water thieves. The warships behind them see that there are only a few small boats around them, and the warships have no way to eliminate them for a while. They also know that the merchant ships have no escort force, so they crash and sink a few boats, and the others are far away He drove away, and then led the warship to the front. As long as he sank several big boats of the water thief in front of him, the water thief would naturally retreat.

 Chapter 211

    Seeing that there were only a few boats around him, all the people of Huangfu Chaobo were relieved. You know, on the land, not to mention dozens of little thieves, or even hundreds of mountain bandits, all of them had not been defeated. After all, there was Dianwei, the imperial general, here. Although Dianwei was not at the peak in history, he had been with Huangfu for the past two years Chaobo has been fighting everywhere. He has already broken level 50. With his weapon bonus, his force has already passed 80. With the speed attack bonus of Liangma, he is a bulldozer on land. But now he is on the ship. Although he has gradually adapted to the life on the ship in the past ten days, he is just adapting to it. If he is in close combat, it is estimated that he is not It''s a very good state to play 67% of the fighting power. The first time I saw a water battle, I couldn''t help but let Huangfu Chaobo hit his tongue. Within a quarter of an hour, two of the water army''s warships were on fire, and the water thief''s boats were even worse. Three of the boats had been knocked over, and three of them were on fire. The water thieves were busy fighting the fire, while the archers kept firing rockets at the water army''s warships, in the morning mist You can only see the fire and the vague figure in front of you. Just as everyone was paying attention to the battle ahead, Huangfu Chaobo thought, NIMA, it''s all money. How can these ships cost thousands of gold? It''s not the best ship. How much will it cost to develop the navy in the future? However, he just wanted to think about it. Where is there such a big water area around the community? He couldn''t help thinking about it Take your eyes away from the front battlefield and look around. It doesn''t matter. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly saw several big black shadows from the reeds on the bank, and the shadows became bigger and clearer. He was surprised to see Huangfu Chaobo. Through chatting with Pang Anmin these days, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know anything about the warships of the Navy. "Mengchong warship? How can there be a warship here? "


    Hearing the cry of Huangfu Chaobo, Pang Anmin, who had just run out of his ship room, looked in the direction of Huangfu Chaobo, and immediately responded: "no, it''s the bandit''s warship. Damn it, Xiangyang water army warship is far away from us. How can there be bandit''s warship here?"


    "Quick, quick... Bow and arrow guards are ready to attack, and sword and shield guards are ready to fight... Come on, get the oarsman in position and pull the boat in the direction of the fleet ahead... Send a signal to the battle ship ahead for rescue The leader of the ship''s escort immediately responded and yelled;


    the people who heard the order immediately went to their positions and got ready. From everyone''s reaction, we can see that the merchant ship''s escort was good, and all the guards around were in place. Huangfu Chaobo also asked Zhou Yi to make them ready to support the escort at any time, even though they were fighting on the ship The fighting skills may not be as good as the guards who have been on the ship for a long time, but it''s OK to help them. After all, Zhou Yi and his party are all high-level fighters, while Dian Wei is still the escort of several people in Huangfu Chaobo.


    Seeing the reaction from the merchant ship, a group of water thieves did not hide. Several Mengchong warships sped up and came straight to Pang''s merchant ship. Not only that, they seemed to have seen the intention of the merchant ship to join the fleet. One Mengchong came straight in front of the merchant ship. He was determined to stop the merchant ship. Seeing that the merchant ship was about to collide with the Mengchong warship, the merchant ship boss had no choice but to turn the rudder urgently, so Zhan Zhan avoided the collision. You know, although the merchant ship is bigger than Mengchong, it can''t hit the warship. After this delay, the merchant ship, which had already been separated, was soon overtaken by several ships behind. Seeing this, the leader of the guard immediately sent people to shoot arrows to prevent the thieves from approaching and boarding the ship. Unfortunately, more than 20 guards could not stop 70 or 80 water thieves on the four ships. Soon more than 10 water thieves climbed onto the deck. Zhou Yi immediately divided six of them into two groups, With a few guards around rushed forward to block, the other several people and Dian Wei stay in the Huangfu Chaobo side. With the help of several fighters, a dozen water thieves on the deck were killed and several others were rushed to a corner of the deck. The battle could be solved soon.


    "Come on, come on... Come on, man. You''re in charge. I''ll be on the deck of the merchant ship. Come on, brothers are going to be driven down Looking at the more than a dozen water thieves who had been killed, the big head of the water thief couldn''t help but be anxious, and quickly ordered his Mengchong boat to speed up. When he finally got on the merchant ship, the leader snatched the rope from a water thief, swung it, hooked the string of the merchant ship, and pulled it hard. After he was sure that it had been hooked, he didn''t wait for others to get on the ship first. He bit his own ghost knife with his mouth and climbed on the merchant ship after three or two times. Then, he quickly jumped on the deck, grabbed the ghost knife, stopped the guard who was killing him, and kicked him. With a bang, he kicked the guard several feet away. Looking up, there were only four or five water thieves on board. I don''t care to say more The sound of the voice, will attract people''s attention. All the people on the ship saw that a big man had jumped up from the Mengchong warship. He had a tiger like body, long eyes and thick eyebrows, and his face was full of scar marks. He was holding a ghost knife in his hand, which was very special. The body of the knife was dark and shining. It''s supposed to be the leader of this group of water thieves. Seeing his own leader jumping on the boat, the rest of the water thieves are fighting and retreating in the direction of that man. Seeing this, several warriors quickly separated two people and killed the leader.As soon as he saw the head of the water thief jumping on the deck, Huangfu Chaobo felt that his face was so familiar. No, it must be the famous generals in the Three Kingdoms. With the game going on for such a long time, the players almost know that Nu Wa''s image of the historical generals in the Three Kingdoms will refer to the image of the generals in the dark. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Dianwei, "evil, take two of them to hold the leader. Pay attention to that guy, he should be more firm."


    "Don''t worry, young master. Some family will take care of it." Dian Wei answered and took two warriors to kill the water thief. Although Dian Wei was not intelligent, he didn''t mean that he was a draught duck. It would be good if he could make full use of 70% of his strength on land. This effect was only achieved on a large ship such as a merchant ship. Therefore, he didn''t say any more. He took two warriors to meet the enemy. The three men were in the shape of Pinyin, ready to force the leader to the side of the boat.

 Chapter 212

    However, the three of them were too far away from the leader. When the three of them arrived next to the leader of the water thief, there were already two warriors who were killed by the leader. It seemed that they were seriously injured.


    The leader was not afraid when he saw the three people around him. He said with a smile, "that ugly guy, look here, you should be able to have fun with your uncle."


    "Well, let some family try your little thief''s weight." With that, Dian Wei raised his double halberds and killed them directly.


    The leader said no more, and raised the ghost knife, ready to block Dianwei''s attack.


    There was a loud bang. As soon as their weapons came into contact, the leader felt that his hands seemed too shaken to hold the knife. He felt bitter in his heart and said, "today I met a hard idea. I thought I could get more than ten horses. It seems to be a hard idea." However, he refused to suffer losses and said, "yes, there are two more tricks. Come on, play with your uncle again."


    "Hum, you are still a hero. Why do you want to be a thief here? Why don''t you vote for my son?" Dian Wei didn''t show any weakness either. Seeing that he was able to hit the other side, he couldn''t help loving his talent. Although Dian Wei''s attack was not as good as that on land, it was not acceptable to ordinary people. For example, none of the warriors in Huangfu Chaobo''s trip could take Dian Wei''s move.


    While they were talking, they fought for several moves. Although Dianwei had hurt the head of the water thief once, that was all. After a few moves, the leader of the water thief also found that Dian Wei was not good at water warfare, so he kept fighting among the three, and the four were so deadlocked.


    The head of the water thief was fighting with Dian Wei and thinking about countermeasures. However, he was very helpless to find that if he did not solve the black man in front of him, he would not have a chance to take the ship. But it would not be a matter of time and a half to take this man. Now the navy in front of him has found that it is wrong. Several ships are turning around and ready to come back to support. Thinking of this, he yelled at Meng Chong at the back: "second brother, call brother back to the boat, let the water devil go into the water, prepare to defeat the boat, and then withdraw quickly. Since we can''t get it, we don''t want it any more..."


    Well, as soon as he heard this, Huangfu Chaobo found that the other party seemed to be coming specifically for his own boat. He asked Pang Anmin if there were any special items on board? After getting the denial, Huangfu Chaobo also felt very strange. At this time, the warrior next to him said, "young master, are the water thieves after our horses?"


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo and his party realized that it was the only one. I''m still neglecting. Horses are rare in the south. Besides, I''m all good horses on the grassland. Can I make other people think about it! It seems that the water thief should have seen that he had robbed the horse, so he wanted to kill him. However, how can he think of it? These horses are nothing to Huangfu Chaobo. The leader of the water thief should be a historical general. If he can borrow these horses to get involved with him, he won''t lose money. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "villain, this hero, everyone stop, please listen to the next word!"


    As soon as Dian Wei heard this, he immediately took the two warriors out of the fight. But the leader, who didn''t know what Huangfu Chaobo meant, said, "if you fart, I don''t have much time to write with you!"


    "This man, but how many horses are you interested in?" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "so what?"


    "How can a hero take a fancy to my horse? I can send it to you heroes. Please step back and don''t hurt people and destroy the ship again!"


    "Er Not only the leader of the water thief, but also Pang Anmin around Huangfu Chaobo were stunned by his words. "Thirteen horses for me?" The big man asked tentatively.


    "All for you."


    "No, Mr. Huangfu." Pang Anmin thought that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to use these horses for the safety of the people, and he said something to stop him.


    the evil spirit said that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to use these horses to attract these water thieves, but he didn''t say anything.


    "I''m the magistrate of changshe County, Huangfu Chaobo. I don''t know why you all fell into the water? If you are willing, I sincerely make an appointment with you, and I am willing to find a position for you in the army. You can not only get rid of this precarious life, but also live a glorious life. Why not In line with the principle of "if you have dates or not, you have to play one stroke first". Huangfu Chaobo did not make a detour any more, and directly set up the cart and horse path;


    "Chi, a small county magistrate wants to attract your uncle Zhou. Believe it or not, what can you do to sink you here?"


    Surnamed Zhou, he was a water thief on the Yangtze River. With his iconic face, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly knew who it was? He was so happy that he didn''t realize that he had gained a lot from his trip. Thinking of this, Huang Fu said: "ha ha ha... Do you know who else is on this ship? If it sinks, can the people on board really continue to be free? Come on, come on... Let Chaobo introduce Pang Anmin, the son of Pang De Gong in Xiangyang. This is Ma mengchang, the son of Ma family in Xiangyang, and this little son is Pang Tong, the nephew of Pang De Gong. If something happens to these people here, will Zhou Da be sure that he can resist the anger of Xiangyang family? "Every time Huangfu Chaobo introduces a person, the leader of the water thief''s family is a little bit arrogant. Although they claim to be free and lawless in the river, they just dare to charge some small businesses, and they don''t do anything outrageous. But if you really get into trouble with the Pang family in Xiangyang, every family will not tolerate their existence Here, let alone Jingzhou. However, in line with the principle of "lose the battle but not lose the battle", the leader of the water bandit still died there. The duck said, "I''m in a good mood today. As long as you offer those horses, I''ll let you go. I don''t want to talk about it with you. Let''s be frank. Will you give them or not?"


    "Well, I''ll have the horse taken away by the hero, but the hero hasn''t answered me yet? What do you think of the suggestion I just made? " As Huangfu Chaobo asked people to go back to the cabin and take the horses out, he continued to ask,


    "not so good. You''re a small magistrate who wants to recruit me. You''d better wait until you''re a good prefect..." The head of the water thief replied angrily;

 Chapter 213

    "Well, since Zhou Da is in charge of the family, that''s what he said," Huang Fu Chao Bo said. He knew that it was not so easy to solicit, and he was not discouraged. However, he just grasped the last sentence, but he was thinking that now he was a county magistrate, but when the heroes came to discuss Dong, his military merit and position would be increased a lot. In addition, uncle Kong would have been dead by that time He was the governor of Yuzhou. He said that he really had a chance to be the prefect when he couldn''t get it, so he said, "well, I''ll make an agreement with Zhou Da. If I become the prefect within five years, I''ll invite Zhou Da to be the prefect, but I can''t refuse it."


    "Er," as soon as he heard Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the leader of the water thief was stunned. As for the habit of Huangfu Chaobo giving him a ladder to go up to the wall and giving him some color to open a dyeing room, everyone nearby has been used to it for a long time, but this water thief leader met him for the first time and didn''t respond for a long time.


    "It seems that the words of President Zhou just perfunctorized me. Alas, I didn''t expect that such a man as president Zhou, who has no choice but to speak, should..." Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly shook his head and said, "who said that Zhou Tai in Jiujiang always spits on a nail, so how can he not speak his words?" when he heard that Huangfu Chaobo was condensing his character, he was in a hurry. His uncle could bear it, and his aunt could not bear it, so he began to speak. "You don''t want to ask about it. We are living on the river. Although our two brothers are living on the water, they never do anything harmful to nature..."


    As soon as he heard the other party''s words, Huangfu Chaobo''s heart was full of joy. It was Zhou Tai. When he was thinking about how to say it, there was a sound behind him. "That''s a good thing to say. I never do anything hurtful! What happened to the merchant ship guards you killed? Did he kill your family or burn your house? " Pang Tong interjected at the back;


    "well, it''s not because someone told us that you have more than ten good horses on board, so..." Zhou Tai said, "but I''ve always said the same thing. You can ask us brothers about this. Since we have promised you, we will certainly count. As long as you become the prefect within five years and send someone to recruit you, I will bring my second younger brother Jiang Qin and my brothers to vote. However, at least you should give me and my second younger brother the post of school captain, otherwise everything will be free. "


    "Well, gentlemen, if I can be the guard of a county in five years, I will recruit brother Zhou and brother Jiang by the post of school captain. Today, there are two young masters Pang and Ma, as well as brothers. Let''s give them high fives!" With that, Huangfu Chaobo went straight to Zhou Tai and stretched out his palm.


    Looking at the hand stretched out from the opposite side, Zhou Tai knew that he was in the other side''s way this time, but it was hard to ride a tiger. However, on second thought, the prefect of a county can''t do what he says. Besides, if the other party can really do it within five years, and then he can make his brother a captain, even if he really takes refuge in him, Zhou Tai thinks it doesn''t matter. He goes forward and says to Huangfu Chaobo, "a word from a gentleman, a whip from a horse!" With that, he reached out and hit Huangfu Chaobo three times.


    "OK, cheery, Zhou Yi, go to see if the horse has come, and bring four jars of Luoshen qiongniang to brother Zhou and brother Jiang as a gift." When Huangfu Chaobo saw that Zhou Tai had agreed, he immediately told Zhou Yidao happily.


    Jia Jing, who was standing at the back, took out four jars of wine from his personal package and handed it to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Looking at Huangfu Chao boxing Gao cailie''s horse and wine delivery, some people are bleeding in their hearts. "My wine..." Little Pang Tong kept mumbling to himself in front of Pang Anmin, but he didn''t hear his cousin''s cry for several times. Finally, Pang Anmin had to push Pang Tong and said, "ah Tong, why did you say that? Do you think that the magistrate of Huangfu county can be the prefect in five years


    At this time, Pang Tong was repenting and said, "no, I just said it casually. I didn''t expect that he would send out four jars of wine, my wine."


    Looking at his cousin''s appearance, Pang Anmin couldn''t help laughing and saying nothing. However, he became more and more interested in the county magistrate. He even handed over a dozen good horses and four jars of good wine to such a water bandit leader. He said that he would give them away, and he was so sure that he could reach the high position of prefect within a few years. I don''t know that he had such a good reputation Self confidence is still young and arrogant. Let''s wait and see. Thinking of this, Pang Anmin looked at Ma mengchang and Pang Tong again. Unexpectedly, Ma mengchang also happened to look in his own direction. They looked at each other with a smile and said nothing.


    As for Huangfu Chaobo, he gave him four jars of Luoshen qiongniang without blinking an eye. Then Zhou Tai put down his contempt from the bottom of his heart. It seems that he really wants to make friends with them. Here, what make complaints about the game player is that the maximum number of players can be stacked up to 20, which brings the two people of Huangpu super Bo to forty altar wine. One or two jars a day these days with Pang Anmin. He has drunk more than ten jars. Now he is sent out four jars of wine by Huangfu Chaobo. The little drunkard bird must be distressed.After having the horses and wine transported to the ship, Zhou Tai didn''t say any more. Instead, he quietly handed over a keepsake to Huangfu Chaobo, telling him that after he was at the joint of Xiangyang wharf, he directly took people away. By the time the naval warship in front of him returned, Zhou Tai''s Mengchong had already gone far away. Not long after Zhou Tai''s water bandits retreated, the front water bandits were also defeated by the Xiangyang water army, and the water surface was immediately calm, but the merchant ships still smoking and the floating debris told you that there had just been a water war here. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care much about the outside situation. What he is most happy about now is that he has actually got involved with two future generals of the twelve tiger ministers in the east Wu Dynasty. Although there is still a long way to go to recruit them, and it costs 13 horses and four jars of specialty liquor, these things are nothing to Huangfu Chaobo, let alone those things are his own It''s very easy to get it. If any historical generals offer this price to make friends with players, it''s estimated that many players will go to buy it when they lose their money. You know, this can be Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin, a king level generals and a heaven level generals.

 Chapter 214

    Not to mention that Huangfu and Chaobo were celebrating today''s harvest in their room, the merchant ships outside were counting the losses. The Pang family didn''t suffer a lot. There was no loss of goods. It was just that four guards died, but a man was missing. Originally, it wasn''t a big deal, but after the analysis of the little devil, he immediately found out the problem. Pang Anmin found that it was the missing guy from his merchant ship who spread the news that there were more than ten horses on the ship, and the guy probably escaped to the water thief''s ship during the chaos, which led to the hijacking of such a large fleet in yunmengze, otherwise he would be killed as a water thief You don''t have to mess with a fleet of 20 or 30 ships. After pondering for a moment in the cabin, Pang Anmin stood up and prepared to go out. Pang Tong held him and said, "brother, have you really made a decision?" Pang an min nodded, didn''t speak, walked out of his boat room, and walked towards Huangfu Chaobo''s room. Pang Tong didn''t say any more, but followed him silently.


    After hearing Zhou Yi''s report outside that when Pang Anmin visited, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t wake up from YY. Hearing Zhou Yi''s report, he quickly opened the door and led the two brothers into the room. Just as he was about to ask, Pang Anmin said, "magistrate Huangfu, the Pang family will give you an explanation of what happened today."


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he was confused and asked what happened.


    Pang Anmin said all the things to Huangfu Chaobo, and Huangfu Chaobo reflected that it was OK to be busy. However, Pang Anmin couldn''t stop it. He repeatedly said that Pang family would compensate Huangfu Chaobo for the money of the 13 districts. Huangfu Chaobo would definitely not want it. As a result, they had a dispute, one to compensate and the other not to. In the end, there was really no way. Huangfu Chaobo said that these horses were all domesticated by people outside the Great Wall, but he repeatedly told Er Pang not to disclose it, which was the only way to get rid of Pang Anmin''s compensation. However, after hearing that Huangfu Chaobo said that he had a small town outside the Great Wall to train horses for him, er Pang was shocked into silence for a long time. Of course, they quickly responded and said that they would not disclose the matter anyway. After several people chatted for a while, er Pang got up and left. Even Huangfu Chaobo pushed them to stay for a drink. What surprised Huangfu Chaobo was that the best drinkers of bird always insisted that there were still things to deal with today and they would drink another day.


    In fact, what Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know was that after the two brothers returned to their room and immediately drove their servants out of the room, they chatted in the room for nearly an hour before they came out. During that time, even Ma mengchang went to find them, but they were blocked by the ship''s guards. As for what the two brothers talked about in the room, others didn''t know. After Ma mengchang met the Pang brothers, he didn''t want to know anything about them. So he turned around and went to Huangfu Chaobo. They asked the boatman to send some food as usual. They simply took the table and went to the back deck to enjoy the scenery, chat and drink.


    At this time, the fleet had been packed up and headed for Changsha City of Changsha County under the escort of the Navy.


    A few days later, the fleet finally arrived at the Xiangshui wharf outside Changsha. Here, Pang Anmin and Ma mengchang are ready to start their journey from Changsha, while Pang Tong has other things to do in Changsha. After the things in Changsha are handled, they will go back to Xiangyang directly. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was going to get off the ship here and ride to Hengshan, but now his horses have been given to Zhou Tai and others, so he is going to rent horses in Changsha City. However, Pang Anmin asked the merchant ship to send the goods to the store, replenish the supplies, and directly send Huangfu Chaobo and his party to Hengshan. When Huangfu Chaobo and Hengshan are finished, he will send them back to Xiangyang directly. At first, Huangfu Chaobo refused, but there was no choice but to follow Pang Anmin''s arrangement. However, Huangfu Chaobo gave the remaining six jars of wine to three people, and solemnly invited them to visit changshe when they had time in Yuzhou.


    After they parted in the past, they set out on their own journey. From the beginning to the end, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t mention the word of solicitation, because Huangfu Chaobo knew that the sons of such a family as Pang''s family and Ma''s family were not qualified to solicit. Indeed, as Zhou Tai said, if you want to solicit them, you have to wait until you are the guard of a county. However, Huangfu Chaobo is still trying his best to make friends with them. To a certain extent, there will always be people who are willing to become officials of their own. It can also be regarded as spreading the net and fishing widely. Heehee hee.


    From Changsha, along the Xiangshui River to the South upstream, about 300 miles to the Hengshan boundary. However, after landing in a small town on the West Bank of the Xiangshui River, we still have to go 30 miles to the west to reach the foot of Hengshan. Under the guidance of the players of the Zilong club, Huangfu Chaobo and his party soon arrived at the destination. When they saw the sign - Jungle labyrinth, they knew what was inside. If there was no mistake, it should be spiders, all kinds of spiders, all levels of spiders.


    Sure enough, as soon as he went in, it was Sirius spider who welcomed everyone. However, he didn''t care what Huangfu Chaobo was. He was in a hurry now. After this period of contact with ER Pang Yima, Huangfu Chaobo found that he still had too much preparation to do in the face of the next plot. Under the strong promotion of Dian Wei, Huangfu Chaobo soon cleared the whole copy. As expected, there were black iron ore and enlightened fragments. After communicating with Zhao Zilong, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop, so he went back to Xiangshui and got on the boat. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t go to Xiangyang any more. He let the boat go directly to Jiangxia, then went ashore from Jiangxia, rented a post horse and went back to changshe city.It has been two months since he returned to changshe city. For Huangfu Chaobo, neither changshe city nor Luoshen town has changed much.


    Back to the county government, it''s already afternoon. It''s not long since Huangfu Chaobo just sat down. He hears that the jujube has already arrived at the door. For Huangfu Chaobo, who hasn''t been in his county for more than half a year, jujube just says that he''s very helpless. As soon as he sees Huangfu Chaobo, he keeps on saying, "young master, how many days can I stay in changshe this time?"


    "Well, three or five days at most..." Huangfu Chaobo said helplessly, "Ziping has been working hard for a while. I have only one last place to go, and this time I''m going to let Xiaojing help you at home. In this way, you don''t have to run on both sides of the county and town."

 Chapter 215

    After hearing that Huangfu Chaobo said that he would leave Jia Jing to help himself, he would not say anything. After all, if there is a person who can make decisions, he can ask about many things. Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but feel relieved to see that Zao just doesn''t bother about running outside. To be honest, Lou GUI''s task is really a pity that Huangfu Chaobo''s family wants military generals, civil servants and civil servants. Just to do this task, Huangfu Chaobo has been running outside for nearly half a year. If Huang zhongzao doesn''t have a family, only two people will sit in the battle If so, I really don''t know what will happen to the county.


    As they were talking, several more people came outside the door. After hearing the news, Huang Zhong put down the soldiers and horses he was training and rushed over. Chen Jing is guarding Luoshen town at this time, so he hasn''t got any news. There are Adu and Xiaojiejie. When they hear the news that Huangfu Chaobo has returned, they are taking their own fighters and player team to brush the field outside. When they hear the news, they leave everyone behind and run to the city. There is also Zongheng village''s Zongheng world and several elders. They already know that Huangfu Chaobo is coming back with people, and they all come to the county town at this time. Huangfu Chaobo also knew that he had not been in changshe for a long time. Not only his subordinates but also his friends had not seen each other for a long time. He suddenly had an idea and said, "well, Ziping, we haven''t seen each other for such a long time. I''ll invite you to have a good meal in Luoshen restaurant this evening. If you''ve worked so hard for so long, it''s a good reward, Let''s talk about something tomorrow, shall we? "


    Seeing what Huangfu Chaobo said, Zaozhi thought it was a good idea, so he nodded and agreed.


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to arrange it. At the same time, he asked people to go to Luoshen restaurant to wrap up the whole restaurant and prepare them for the evening banquet. Not only that, Huangfu Chaobo also asked people to move 100 jars of Luoshen qiongniang directly from the wine cellar of Luoshen town. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, ten tables were prepared and ten jars of wine were given to them at each table, which should be enough for them to drink. Of course, the people invited this evening are not only the officials in the county government, but also the team leaders and players of Luoshen gang and the people from Zongheng village. They are also the martial artists at all levels who Huang Zhong found in the army and Huangfu Chaobo himself. They are also the master craftsmen Huangfu Chaobo is going to invite. After arranging these, Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was still early. Under the leadership of Zaozhi and Huang Zhong, he came to the equipment center in the county. According to Huang Zhong, two months ago, after Dianwei sent back the drawings, Huang Zhong and Zaozhi handed them to three masters in the equipment center: master craftsman Wu pan, blacksmith Ma Hang, and tailor sun Daniang. After several days of trial production, the three men finally succeeded in making one stone rhubarb crossbow. However, the production volume is not large and the success rate is not high. So far, there are only less than 20 made rhubarb crossbows. As for those black iron ores, they were all handed over to Wu pan to make all kinds of equipment of level 40 to 60.


    As soon as he heard that it had been almost two months since there were less than 20 crossbows, Huangfu Chaobo frowned and said, "Ziping, why is the output so low? And brother, did you try the crossbow? What''s the effect, and how to recruit crossbow soldiers? "


    "Lord Hui, at first he thought it was the workshop that didn''t do everything well, but later he found that it wasn''t like this. He couldn''t explain it clearly for a while. When he came to the workshop, he would know Zao just replied;


    when Zao just finished answering, Huang Zhongcai said: "Mr. Hui, someone has tried the crossbow. After the first crossbow was made, the three masters handed it to me. At that time, I tried it. The crossbow is easy to use, but now it''s too small. Without more than 1000 people equipped, it''s less lethal than our elite archers on the battlefield. The main reason is that the attack distance of a crossbow is only 80 steps, which is the same as that of our elite archers, but the firing gap is longer than that of the archers. Therefore, Zhong imagined that if the crossbow soldiers were divided into three waves to shoot, the problem of too long attack gap could be solved. However, there is another problem. Our current quantity is too small. As for the recruitment of crossbow soldiers mentioned by the young master, Zhong has seen it in the barracks. As long as the recruitment requirements of crossbow soldiers of Yishi Dahuang crossbow reach level 40, they can directly equip Dahuang crossbow and transfer to crossbow soldiers. There are no other requirements, but the firing speed and accuracy of soldiers need training. "


    After listening to Huang Zhong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. He was worthy of being a divine general. He even thought of three strokes. It seems that the key is the number of crossbows.


    Speaking, the party came to the equipment center next to the barracks. Although it is located in the equipment center, and there are soldiers at the door, Huangfu Chaobo still sees many players and NPCs coming and going in the streets around the equipment center. Huangfu Chaobo moved in his heart and said, "brother, have the three walls of Luoshen village been repaired?"


    Because Huangfu Chaobo remembered that when he came back last time, the outermost stone wall of Luoshen town had not been closed, so he asked.


    "It has been repaired. When you came back to see it last time, it was only ten feet long. Now all the three stone walls in Luoshen town have been completed. According to the arrangement of you, all the activities of strangers are limited to the outside area of the second stone wall. No one is allowed to enter the second stone wall. ""Well, in the past few days, you will move the three masters of the equipment center and all personnel and materials related to the rhubarb crossbow to the equipment center of Luoshen Town, and list the second stone wall as the highest level of security. This rhubarb crossbow is our highest secret machine. Before we know how to make the two stone crossbow, we have no choice but to let out the news that we have one stone crossbow. " Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and told them what he thought. Because as far as Huangfu Chaobo knows, there are no established crossbow soldiers in the whole game. If Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect, now he has the largest number of crossbows in the player''s hand. If he had a crossbow troop of more than 1000 people in his hand, he would be surprised by the enemy at the critical moment. Although Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know who the enemy was or where he was, it didn''t matter. The important thing is that you should form a crossbow army when no one else has. This will be the last trump card in your hand.

 Chapter 216

    The three quickly went through the layers of guards and entered the innermost processing workshop of the equipment center. This workshop is the processing workshop of the rhubarb crossbow. The three masters learned how to process and make the rhubarb crossbow in this workshop. When they saw that the three giants of the county government all appeared in the workshop, the three masters quickly put down their hands and came to the ceremony.


    "You don''t have to have many masters, but I heard that the output of rhubarb crossbow has not been high. Come and have a look. What''s the reason?" Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say any more polite words, so he went directly to the topic and asked,


    "excuse me, my Lord!" After hearing this, they thought that Huangfu Chaobo had come to ask a question and knelt down in a hurry. In ancient China, the emphasis was on strict hierarchy. Although senior talents could be dragged like 250000 or 80000 in front of ordinary players, they still had no status in front of people with such official status as Huangfu Chaobo, so they would be scared to kneel down and beg for mercy.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that he would frighten the three people into such a situation by asking a question. He quickly came up to them and lifted them up one by one and said, "Oh, I don''t have to. I just think the output is too low. I don''t mean to blame them. Besides, I know all about the hard work of the masters. I''m going to invite some of them this evening Master, let''s go to the banquet together


    Zaozhi and Huang Zhong also came to help explain. The three masters were relieved. They looked at each other a few times. Then Wu pan, the master blacksmith, came out and said, "it''s only the adults, not the villains, who don''t try their best to enjoy the banquet, but this crossbow is very difficult."


    "Oh," thought Huang Fu Chao Bo, the three of them should be easy to do when they learned to do the latter. After listening to Wu Pan''s saying, they just knew that they should not have noticed something, so they said, "it doesn''t matter. If there are any problems or difficulties, I can help you solve them."


    "My Lord, take the little old man for example. In the rhubarb crossbow, there are three places where ironware is used: gun barrel, crossbow machine and crossbow arrow. For these three things, only a master blacksmith can learn how to make them. After learning to make these three things, the young man''s experience in making the three items only starts from the beginning. He slowly practices them and constantly improves his proficiency. The higher the level of proficiency, the higher the success rate of products. For example, when I first learned how to make ten, only one of them was qualified. But after more than a month, our proficiency has reached the intermediate level. Now I make ten, and five of them are qualified. Only when my level of proficiency reaches the advanced level, can I teach this to the apprentices so that they can learn to do it What''s more, when they first started, one out of twenty was not necessarily qualified. So, my Lord, as you can see, you can make a crossbow or two every day. " Wu Pan said that he had encountered a problem in one breath, and secretly glanced at Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing that he was not angry, he was relieved. "Moreover, my Lord, we have tried. The iron materials used for this must be refined iron. Ordinary iron materials are not good at all. The success rate of ordinary iron materials is not half that of refined iron. It''s not only the old man''s iron, but also master Zhou''s wood and aunt sun''s bowstring. "


    "That''s right, sir. If the wooden wares on my side are made of mulberry wood, they must be made of high-quality mulberry wood. The crossbow made of ordinary mulberry wood won''t last long. I once tried. Ordinary mulberry wood can only be used to make 20 to 30 crossbows. It will break if it can''t bear it. If it doesn''t work, the crossbow player will be injured. Good quality Morus alba can only be used for 50 to 60 crossbows, and high quality Morus alba can only be used for more than 300 crossbows. There is also sandalwood, must use high-quality sandalwood can be used as crossbow gauze. There is also too little high-quality wood for us. We can''t make many crossbows and there will be no materials available. " Ma Hang, a master carpenter, said to one side;


    "yes, sir, the same is true for the crossbow string on the old lady''s side."


    "Oh After hearing this, Huangfu found that he really took things for granted. Any craftsman''s production of goods was affected by his proficiency. The higher the level, the higher the craftsman''s qualification rate. "I''m sorry, I''m too eager for quick success and instant benefit. It seems that I have to offer more bowls of wine to you at the banquet tonight. Ha ha ha


    "Qi Daren Qi Daren..." All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo thought that what he saw in various YY novels, the protagonists all said that weapons manufacturing is the most profitable industry, and many pig feet make two versions of the same weapons, one for their own use and the other for trade. Why can''t I do that. Yes, that''s it.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo only took the three craftsmen and Huang zhongzao to the innermost part of the workshop, and asked Dianwei to send someone to guard at the door. Then he said, "everyone, from today on, the production of Dahuang crossbow will be adjusted."


    "First of all, we need to move all the production personnel and materials of the crossbow to the equipment center in Luoshen town outside the city for production. As for the materials to be made, from tomorrow, we will arrange the staff to purchase the high-grade mulberry wood, sandalwood, mahogany and silk. All the high-quality materials can only be made by the high-level craftsmen and the skilled people. All the high-quality rhubarb crossbows and crossbows will be put into the special weapons warehouse for our crossbow soldiers'' equipment. As for other high-level craftsmen who have not reached the level of proficiency, they are only allowed to use good level materials for production, and all the produced rhubarb crossbows and crossbows are put into ordinary warehouses for sale when appropriate. In this way, before our Ershi rhubarb crossbow can be equipped with crossbow soldiers, even if our enemies get our rhubarb crossbow, they will not pose enough threat to us. ""Not bad!" After hearing this, Zao agreed immediately. In the past two months, the high-grade materials taken from him by the workshop had so much to do with the crossbow produced that he once wanted to stop and talk about it. Now Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion has solved this problem very well. The craftsmen who did not reach a certain qualified proportion in the early stage are not allowed to use high-grade materials for production. If they can only use good grade materials, they can not only exercise the craftsman''s proficiency, but also produce crossbows for sale.

 Chapter 217

    "This method is feasible." Huang Zhong has been looking forward to the equipment of the crossbow for a long time. He knows that the production of these dozens of crossbows cost a lot of advanced materials in the early stage. For this reason, Zao only complains in front of Huang Zhong. Huang Zhong has also thought about the possibility of selling the crossbow, but he has always considered that once the crossbow is sold, although he can recover his money, his enemies will certainly use it To equip soldiers, it will certainly be a threat to our soldiers in the battlefield. Now Huangfu Chaobo has solved this problem very well. As you can imagine, in the battlefield, both sides are equipped with a big yellow crossbow, but the enemy can only fire 30 or 50 crossbows, which is useless, while the own side can use it. It''s no problem to fire 200 or 300 crossbows. What kind of scene will it be.


    "Well, brother zipinghe will start to arrange this from tomorrow. After the equipment center is moved to Luoshen Town, it''s not only the rhubarb crossbow, but also other workshops involving senior and above craftsmen. Slowly, all the senior and above craftsmen will be arranged there. The safety in the town will be arranged by you, brother, and you should be sure of no mistakes. ¡±Huangfu Chaobo does this for a purpose. After all, the county town is a public place for players. Even if the county town is now the magistrate of Huangfu Chaobo, players still think that it belongs to all players. Since it belongs to all players, it means that no matter how you do it, it is difficult to keep it absolutely secret. However, Luoshen town is not the same. It is a good place It belongs to Huangfu Chaobo''s own territory. No player will have any opinions about what he wants to do there. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo decided to move all the production workshops there.


    "Yes, sir." Huang Zhongdao: "some family will start to arrange tomorrow."


    "Well, there will be more things on Ziping''s side. Starting from tomorrow, only craftsmen with advanced level and above can use advanced materials. Other craftsmen who can''t reach this level are not allowed to use advanced materials under normal circumstances. Of course, special treatment is required under special circumstances. There is also that from tomorrow, Ziping starts to arrange the acquisition of all kinds of materials of good level and above. Of course, from tomorrow on, Xiaojing will stay in changshe to help Ziping take care of these. " After Huang Zhong''s affairs are arranged, Huangfu Chaobo gives jujube another task.


    "I understand."


    "My Lord!" Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo''s affairs seemed to have been arranged almost, Zhou Hua whispered to one side, "the villain thinks that not only mountain mulberry and sandalwood, but also all kinds of high-grade wood, such as zhe wood and white wax stick, can be collected. Some of these things are very good gun barrels, and some, such as oak, are used to make ships."


    "Yes, it''s a good idea. Not only the wood, but also some other high-grade materials. Even if we can''t use them now, if the price is not high, we can store them here first. A while ago, my elder brother brought back 120000 gold and took 50000 gold to buy all kinds of high-grade materials. It should be enough for a period of time." Huangfu Chaobo immediately responded and said,


    when the other two saw that Zhou Hua''s opinions were adopted, they also gave their brains to Huangfu Chaobo and added a lot of opinions and suggestions.


    Looking at the time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say any more. Now the most important thing has been solved, and other things can basically wait until he comes back from Mount Tai. After all, Jia Jing is still guarding Luoshen, so what can be communicated at any time. Of course, when he came out, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to take all the twenty rhubarb crossbows with him. He has to go to Mount Tai these days. Maybe he can try the power of the crossbows by the way.


    When he came out of the equipment center, it was almost dark. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t go anywhere else. Thinking that everyone should have almost gone to the restaurant, he took Huang Zhong and Huang Weizao with Jia Jing to Luoshen restaurant. Luoshen restaurant is located in Chen Jing''s old house. Because of the support of Luoshen wine, it is basically the high-end restaurant of the whole changshe and even Yingchuan. Today''s restaurant has been informed by the county government in the afternoon. The county magistrate will hold a banquet here tonight. The whole restaurant was busy from the afternoon until it was almost evening. When Huangfu Chaobo came to the door of the restaurant, he was surrounded by the soldiers of changshe city. All the people who came first were standing at the door in groups. These people are either subordinates of Huangfu Chaobo, or players like Zongheng village, high-level members of Zilong club, or main players of Luoshen Club headed by Xiaojiejie and Adu. As for Huangfu Chaobo''s treat, you must have been here long ago. It''s just that Huangfu Chaobo has not arrived yet. As a subordinate, you must be waiting at the door. If all the players are chatting at the door, they are not in a hurry to get in. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo and his party were coming, they all came to say hello. For a moment, there was an endless stream of greetings.


    "I''ve seen you, Mr. jujube, Mr. Huang Xian Wei!" It must be the officials and craftsmen in the county government.


    "I''ve seen the general, General Huang, and Lord jujube!" These must be the people in the army.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    After those NPCs all asked, a crowd of players gathered around.


    "How''s boss Chaobo?"


    "Hello, boss."


    ¡£¡£¡£"Good..."


    "Hello, everyone."


    After struggling to deal with everyone, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved and quickly asked everyone to go to the restaurant.


    As for the seat arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo had already been told Zaozhi to arrange it.


    Luoshen restaurant is divided into upper and lower floors. On the upper floor, there are ten tables and six private rooms. There are only 20 tables in the lobby on the lower floor. Although there are not so many people, for the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo has closed the whole restaurant to the public. You know, these are the important NPCs and players in changshe county. It doesn''t matter to the players. If there''s something wrong with one of the NPCs, Huangfu Chaobo can''t cry to death. In particular, there are five master craftsmen in it. Any one of them will be a national treasure in other territory. So today''s security work is also very strict. The whole street outside is guarded by the players of the Luoshen club, and then all the way to the door of the restaurant is guarded by 500 soldiers of changshe City, and the three rank soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo are guarded everywhere in the restaurant. The whole first floor is empty, and everyone''s is arranged in the hall on the second floor.


    In the middle of the table, there are ten people: Huangfu Chaobo, Jia Jing, Zongheng, yepeng, Huang Zhong, Zaozhi, Dianwei, ADU, Xiaojiejie and Zhao Zilong. The next table is round around the middle: from left to right, there are several craftsmen, two officials in the county government, several Duwei, qiduwei, Biebu Sima and junsima in the army. There are also more than 20 martial arts talents trained by Huangfu Chaobo, including three tables. There are also the elders of Zongheng village, several elders of Zilong society and ten divisions of Luoshen society The director occupied two tables.

 Chapter 218

    Seeing that all the people had arrived, Huangfu Chaobo signaled to the shopkeeper that he was ready to serve.


    A moment later, the food and wine that had been prepared were continuously served like flowing water. It has been several years since the princes began to compete for supremacy, which makes people feel more and more real. Take diet as an example, Nu Wa has fully integrated the Chinese diet culture of thousands of years into the game. With this alone, it has attracted countless eaters to join the game one after another. Now there are more and more players specializing in life occupation in the game The most important point is that no matter how you eat, you won''t get fat. The other point is that you can eat whatever you can, flying in the sky, climbing on the ground, swimming in the water, and you''re not afraid of being reported to catch you. Like the dishes on today''s banquet, we can see that all the players of Huangfu Chaobo are drooling. Seeing that all the twenty dishes on the table had been served, Huangfu Chaobo set three bowls in front of him, filled them with wine, and stood up. As soon as everyone saw that they were all busy, they all stopped to comment on all the dishes on the table.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, some of you have been working with me since the beginning, and some of you have joined me along the way. No matter when you join me, you have to thank you for your support all the time. Without you, there will be no such thing as my Huangfu Chaobo today, changshe City and Luoshen town today, and there will be no chance to thank you Let''s take this opportunity to toast you three With that, he drank three bowls of wine in one breath.


    "Good..." All of them suddenly yelled,


    then they took their own wine bowls and said in unison, "my Lord!"


    Seeing that everyone had already drunk the wine in the bowl, Huangfu Chaobo said: "OK, next, let''s open up the frame, eat well and drink well. Tonight, good wine and good dishes are enough. I have prepared 100 jars of Luoshen qiongniang. If it''s not enough, I''ll send someone to move it."


    "OK, boss Huangfu is forthright


    "Thank you


    Whether it''s for players or NPCs, Luoshen qiongniang, as a high-end route, rarely has a chance to drink freely. At present, there are only three people in changshe, Huang Zhong, Dianwei and Zao, who have five jars a month. Even ADU Xiaojiejie and Zongheng have only two or three jars a month. Other people want to drink it. Sorry, you have to pay for it yourself, and there''s still no market for it because now The production of wine is not big every month.


    For a moment, the whole second floor was very busy. After a few mouthfuls of food, Huangfu Chaobo called Jia Jing again. Both of them took the wine bowl and said to Huang Zhong, "brother, we''ll give you a bowl of wine. Without your support, Chaobo would not be today."


    Huang Zhong saw that he was the first toasted by Huangfu Chaobo. In fact, he was very moved. For this strange man, from repaying his kindness at the beginning to doing all this for him, Huang Zhong felt that his choice was not wrong. Most people could not do what he did. Thinking of this, Huang Zhong began to drink with a smile "Chaobo, actually you''ve done a good job


    Hearing Huang Zhong''s voice, Huang Fu Chao Bo felt that he had really been recognized by the general. He immediately felt infinite joy in his heart and said, "thank you, brother..." With that, he drank all the wine in the bowl.


    Later, he filled the wine and said to Zaozhi, "I''m going to pay tribute to Ziping for the second glass of wine. For more than a year, if Ziping hadn''t been in the county, I really didn''t dare to go out and do these things. It''s hard. Ziping, come on, let''s drink this cup full."


    For a subordinate, the biggest comfort is that his work is recognized by the superior. Zao just felt that his more than a year had been the most fulfilling time since he became an official. Zao was moved and stressed by Huangfu Chaobo''s trust and decentralization. However, he did not disappoint Huangfu Chaobo. Thinking about his first official experience, Zaozhi felt funny and calmed down. Zaozhi stood up solemnly, lifted his glass and said, "thank you!"


    Then there is Dian Wei, and then there are Adu, Xiaojiejie, zonghengtianxia and Zhao Zilong. After a lap, Huangfu Chaobo had at least ten bowls of wine. Rao Shi had a large amount of wine, so he couldn''t bear it. As a result, he sat down quietly and ate a lot of food. After Jia Jing had a bowl of wine soup, Huangfu Chaobo felt more comfortable. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, since the banquet has been arranged, all the tables must be there. Of course, those behind can''t come one by one. They must be one table at a time.


    If it''s NPC, it must be the officials of Jingxian yamen, but for players, technical talents are the most important. At the next table, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing come to the table of several craftsmen. When they see that the magistrate himself brings his wife to propose a toast to them, all the people at the table feel terrified. Before Huangfu Chaobo arrives at the table, they immediately hold their glasses and stand up. Huangfu and Chaobo clinked glasses with each other one by one, and then they spoke to each other for their hard work. At the same time, they also expressed the hope that they would bring more apprentices and cultivate more excellent craftsmen. Of course, several craftsmen nodded their heads and agreed. Later, after drinking, Huangfu Chaobo said that in the future, master level craftsmen will provide two jars of Luoshen Qiong wine every month. This promise made everyone here overjoyed.Then there are two tables for the officials in the county government, then there are several tables for the soldiers and the soldiers, and finally there are several tables for the players. After such a round, Huangfu Chaobo had another ten cups of wine, and about 20 cups of wine made Huangfu Chaobo drink so dark that he didn''t know what was going on.


    The next day, near noon, Huangfu Chaobo woke up. In other words, less than 100 people ate up nearly a month''s money of Huangfu Chaobo''s 10000 intermediate sword and shield soldiers. This account was counted as Huangfu Chaobo''s tongue smashing. However, the benefits were also obvious. After leaving the county yamen hall, Huangfu Chaobo could see that the officials in the county yamen were doing better than usual, even better I only found that the officials in the county government were much more efficient than before. Under the leadership of Dian Wei, Zhou Yi and others, Huangfu Chaobo went to the equipment center again. When he went in, he found that there were many fewer people. When he asked, he found out that Huang Zhong had already taken all the senior craftsmen to Luoshen town. It seems that the work arranged yesterday has begun. At present, the equipment center in the county seat is only for junior and intermediate craftsmen to process all kinds of weapons and equipment below level 40.

 Chapter 219

    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay much. He turned around a little, chatted with the craftsmen, and then came out. When he returned to the county government, he found the jujube. Because he had agreed yesterday that he would report the situation of the county to himself in recent months, so Huangfu Chaobo was embarrassed to go to Luoshen town immediately.


    The first is the situation of changshe city. After several years of development, there are nearly 110000 people in changshe City, more than 10000 people than when Huangfu Chaobo just took over changshe county. There are many more shops in the city than before. Among them, there are several more shops in Xicheng District, which are set up by the Chen family and Xun family of Yingchuan, but the main thing is that they belong to the common people People. At present, there are more than 11000 soldiers and horses in changshe, including 2000 cavalry soldiers and others are infantry soldiers. At present, there are 5000 infantry soldiers and 1500 cavalry soldiers stationed in the city, 3000 infantry soldiers and 500 cavalry soldiers stationed in Luoshen town outside the city, and hundreds of soldiers and horses of guard level. At present, there are 599 villages and towns in changshe, including 258 above small towns, 175 large villages, 132 medium villages and 34 small villages. There are 527 player villages and 72 NPC villages and towns in all villages and towns. The vast majority of NPC villages and towns are all levels of fortresses of aristocratic families in Yingchuan, and about 20 villages and towns are occupied by hostile NPC. The grain tax paid each month is about 146000 stones, of which only 58000 stones belong to the county. The county should consume 54000 stones of grain each month. If it is not jujube, only the skill of farming can offset the grain of 3000 archers, and the monthly income of grain is more than 10000 stones. As for money, it is just the same every month, with only a few thousand silver in balance, which shows that Huangfu is super rich It''s no wonder we don''t have many soldiers. It''s not that we don''t want to, but we can''t afford to.


    Now that we''ve finished talking about the changshe City, the next step is Luoshen town. Luoshen town was just upgraded when Huangfu Chaobo set out to go outside the Great Wall. At that time, there were only 10000 people in Luoshen Town, including five master level craftsmen and above, more than 50 senior craftsmen, more than 400 senior level craftsmen and below, and the other 9000 people were all ordinary people. After several years of development, nearly 10 craftsmen were upgraded to senior level, and more than 200 junior and intermediate level craftsmen were added In addition, when Huang Zhong went to fight against the rebellion in Runan last time, he brought back more than 10000 imperial soldiers and captured more than 10000 yellow scarf soldiers. Except for more than 100 soldiers at all levels and more than 200 craftsmen at all levels, all the others were demobilized as ordinary people. However, because he was a big town, he could only accommodate up to 20000 people, so he had no choice but to go to the north of Luo Beicun was upgraded to a small town, and then a subsidiary town was built on the southeast River, named Luonan town. As for the mayor, Wenze, an internal affairs talent, was also trained from his own warriors. Like Zheng Jia of Luobei Town, Wenze is one of the few internal affairs talents among his own Warriors. With these two towns, we can arrange the rest of the people properly. So now Luoshen Town, Zhou town and the surrounding two affiliated towns have a total population of more than 30000 people, which should be the most populous player village. Of course, the number of players is not included. Among them, there are more than 100 craftsmen above senior level, and nearly 1000 craftsmen below senior level. Such a large group of craftsmen should be unique among the players. Now the number of senior craftsmen is small, which is not obvious. When the number of senior craftsmen is large, it will bring a huge leap to the production of weapons and equipment in Luoshen town. Especially for the production of rhubarb crossbow, Huangfu Chaobo believes that after this change, it will create huge income for Luoshen town in the future. As for income, there are now more than 30000 ordinary people, including about 20000 adult men, and the rest are old and weak women and children. According to the statistics of jujube trees, there are about 25000 people who can devote themselves to heavy physical work such as farming, logging and quarrying. The rest can only do other easy things.


    The arrangement of jujube is 20000 people farming, and the rest will be assigned to other jobs. In this way, 400000 mu of land can be cultivated a year. According to the 40% yield reduction, the grain harvest is 720000 stone a year. The annual grain consumption of more than 30000 people is about 110000 stone, and the annual grain tax is about 36000 stone. Now it''s about 40000 stone to make wine every month, and 480000 stone a year. If this is calculated, there will be about 85000 stone of grain left in a year. As for money income, the monthly income of wine making is about 50000 gold, plus the income of blood medicine is less than 10000 gold, and the income of restaurants and weapon equipment stores in the county is about 10000 gold. Excluding the monthly salary of craftsmen and people, the monthly income is about 60000 gold, which is not to mention The monthly sales revenue and auction revenue of horses in Longhua town. Of course, this is the situation in the last two months. In the front, because the population is less than 10000, it certainly can not reach the current income level. However, the expenditure of Huangfu Chaobo has not been very large. Therefore, after the accumulation of this period, there are nearly 500000 gold coins and more than 300000 stone grains now.


    According to the current situation, it is estimated that before Dong Zhuo''s plot, the income of changshe city and Luoshen town has not changed much. It is estimated that it will be only a few months from now to the beginning of the plot. It seems that I have to step up my preparation. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo only explained his thoughts to Zao. There must be nothing to change about the situation of changshe City, but Luoshen town has to make adjustments. The main energy should be put on the production of rhubarb crossbow and the preparation of blood medicine. From the income of 60000 gold a month, 20000 gold will be taken out to buy various high-grade materials. Of course, the main thing is the purchase of rhubarb crossbow materials. Let jujube only be arranged in changshe county and Luoshen In addition, Huangfu Chaobo also decided to ask Zilong club to help with the acquisition. If the acquisition is accelerated, it is estimated that in a few months'' time, there will be about 1000 crossbows and a thousand men team. I believe that the enemy will be surprised in the battlefield. Of course, there is also the production of all kinds of weapons and equipment, because all weapons and equipment are durable, not only in the hands of the players, but also in the hands of the army. Therefore, for the coming war, changshe city must prepare a large number of spare equipment. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s plan, the number of troops to be sent in changshe city should be 5000 to 6000, that''s right Well, the replacement weapons and equipment of these troops and horses will reach a terrible 20000 to 30000 pieces. Although there are some stocks now, they are far from enough.

 Chapter 220

    After talking about the internal political affairs of changshe county and Luoshen Town, the next thing to talk about is the situation of those warriors Chen Jing took to Luoyang. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, Chen Jing''s mission to Luoyang is to find out the situation of Luoyang as soon as possible, such as the layout of Luoyang City, the city defense arrangement of Luoyang city gate, and the distribution of the main official''s residence and the official''s office of important institutions. If they can, they should have a good relationship with the guard soldiers and generals. At the beginning, Huangfu Chaobo thought that the layout of Luoyang should be available soon. Unexpectedly, it was far from as simple as he thought. It took about 20 people, Chen Jing, in Luoyang for two months to draw the general layout. It was a city with more than one million people and an area of 25 square kilometers Xie, hearing the news, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but be glad that he had already thought of it. If he sent someone in a few months later, he would not be able to see it black. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Zao to arrange someone to send Chen Jing a hundred thousand gold as the expense of the activity.


    As for the situation of Longhua Town, because there are no players there, even Zhou Wen and the three of them have not been there. They only know the house in the boundless City, so unless Longhua takes the initiative to contact Zhou Wen, the community will not get the news soon.


    It took a whole day for Huang Fu Chaobo to report all the information in his hand. Jia Jing also listened to it all day. At the end of the day, Huangfu Chaobo felt dizzy and drowsy just when he heard Zao talking to him one by one. When he thought of Zao dealing with these things every day, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he was lucky to have this expert of internal affairs here. Otherwise, he really didn''t know what to do.


    After finishing the day''s report, Huangfu Chaobo quickly left the county government with JIA.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo came to Luoshen town with Jia Jing and Dianwei. After upgrading to Dazhen and leaving, Huangfu Chaobo returned to Luoshen town for the first time. With the progress of the game, many aspects have been adjusted, such as resources. It''s not like in the beginning. One mu of land next to the village is one mu of land. Now it has been adjusted to 100 mu and condensed into a resource map of one mu size. Maybe some people think that if I attack the city, can I hide soldiers in it? Sorry, there will be colors on the map. The more people you have, the brighter the colors will be. Therefore, Nu Wa will consider all aspects of the past when making every adjustment. Even if there is a bug, there is only one chance to appear, and the adjustment will be carried out immediately. Now many adjustments of the game are carried out in the process of the game, and there is no need for players to go offline. Therefore, players will slowly find that the authenticity of the game is more and more obvious. On the outskirts of the town are fields that are already on the verge of maturity. Although they have been adjusted, there are 16000 mu of land in front of us. Along the way, we constantly see familiar players greeting Huangfu Chaobo and his party. Although Luoshen town is not completely open to players, there is still an area between the outer wall and the inner wall that allows players to move. In addition, Luoshen town is one of the two player villages with blood medicine for sale in Yingchuan, and the specialty liquor of Luoshen town. These are things that attract players. There are many players and businessmen around changshe and even Yingchuan Blood medicine and wine selling, so Luoshen town has a lot of players from day to night.


    After entering the town, Huangfu Chaobo just took a look at the players'' activity area inside the outer wall. Instead of staying there, he went directly into the second wall. Luoshen town has three walls. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo at that time, the outer wall of the town is the wall of the big town, the middle wall of the town is actually the scope of the wall of the small town, and the inner wall of the middle village is the size of the wall of the middle village. This arrangement is a good way to realize the original plan of Huangfu Chaobo. In the north of the middle area, it is the equipment center arranged by Huangfu Chaobo plan. As soon as he enters, Huangfu Chaobo will go straight here. Only Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing can enter the middle wall area. As for others, Huangfu Chaobo did not give this permission, and even Adu consciously did not go inside. The equipment center is full of materials purchased from the county and town. Of course, the materials in the biggest workshops are of good quality, and the high-quality ones have been sent to the small workshops where the three masters work. These materials are not allowed to be used before the craftsmen meet the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo. After going in, Huangfu Chaobo just looked at their production process, then didn''t say much, and then came out with Huang Zhong. Huangfu Chaobo got all kinds of Xuan iron ore after these tasks. He wanted to give these things to the master blacksmith to see if he could make something good.


    After getting out of the equipment center, Huangfu Chaobo went to the winemaking workshop. This is the only place where Huangfu Chaobo has made great progress. Originally, after listening to bird''s words, Huangfu Chaobo came back and planned to increase the scale of the workshop. However, after two days of understanding, Huangfu Chaobo found that at present, this wish can not be realized, because it has reached There are not enough winemakers at the top level. So far, there are only six people at the master level who have reached the top level. Now the amount of 40000 stone grain per month is the best they can achieve. Among them, the amount of less than 10000 stone is really used to brew top-level wine, and the remaining 30000 stone are made into medium and low-grade wine by dozens of intermediate craftsmen. Seeing the output of wine, Huangfu Chaobo decided to let the workshop increase the amount of 20000 stone grains in order to cultivate more craftsmen. I believe that with the amount of 60000 stone grains per month, the experience of craftsmen can be increased faster.After another day in Luoshen Town, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay any longer. For one thing, both changshe county and Luoshen town are on the right track. In terms of internal affairs, if you have jujube in town and Jia Jing here, you can communicate with Huangfu Chaobo whenever you have any problems. In terms of military affairs, Huang Zhong is enough, so whether it''s military training or defense in two places In military affairs, Huangfu Chaobo did not interfere with Huang Zhong''s arrangement. Then, Huangfu Chaobo took Dian Wei and ten warriors with him, and after each of them took a big yellow crossbow, they rented horses directly from the post station and went to Mount Tai in Qingzhou. After all, time is running out. Huangfu Chaobo still wants to take Lou GUI into his pocket before the big plot.

 Chapter 221

    It took Huangfu more than ten days to get to the foot of Mount Tai. At this time, the players of Zilong club have been waiting here. However, the location of this copy is not at the foot of Mount Tai, but on the top of Mount Tai. Unfortunately, the party spent another day climbing up the mountain. On the way to the top of the mountain, a memorial archway appeared in front of the crowd, on which was written the word "day gate". After opening the copy, as soon as he entered it, Huangfu Chaobo was surprised to find that it was actually a Phoenix, and it could still blow fire. Fortunately, it seemed that it was destined to happen. Huangfu Chaobo took more than ten pairs of rhubarb crossbows with him. With the support of more than ten rhubarb crossbows and hundreds of crossbows, he finally pushed the copy without danger, but Among the five copies, this copy is the most difficult to open. Half of the ten warriors are about to reach the bottom of their health, and the rest are more than half of their health. As for the task item, it turned out to be a light feather. Huangfu Chaobo picked it up and had a look at "phoenix feather", special task items, and various levels of iron ore. Looking at the phoenix feather in his hand, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved at last. After tossing back and forth for more than half a year, he finally finished this task. Standing on the top of Mount Tai, looking at the sunset and the sunset in the west, Huangfu Chaobo felt very comfortable. He turned back and said to Dian Wei: "I''ll have a rest on this mountain tonight, and tomorrow We''ll go back to Chang she in the morning. "


    The next morning, the people went down the mountain, and then went to the nearest county station to catch up with Chang she. A few days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally returned to changshe city. Standing at the gate of the county government office, Huangfu Chaobo finally breathed a sigh. It''s early July now, and it''s estimated that Dong Zhuo will soon enter Luoyang in a few months. Huangfu Chaobo remembers that in history, Dong Zhuo should have entered Luoyang in August. Huangfu Chaobo estimates that if Nuwa can''t make it right, he will push the time forward. He must do something about changshe, that is, Lou GUI, as soon as possible Finally, he rushed to Luoyang as soon as possible, ready to fish in troubled waters. Unfortunately, when he came back last time, he asked Zaozhi, but he said that Lou GUI had disappeared since Huangfu Chaobo left changshe, which made Huangfu Chaobo feel very depressed.


    As soon as he entered the county yamen, Huangfu Chaobo went straight to Zaozhi''s office. After meeting him, he didn''t talk much. He just asked if there was any news about Lou GUI. Unfortunately, no one had seen Lou GUI. However, he had told the shopkeeper of Luoshen restaurant that as soon as Lou GUI returned there, he asked someone to inform him. After Huangfu Chaobo asked about changshe city for a month, he brought people to Luoshen town.


    The situation in Luoshen town has been on the right track according to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement. After Huangfu Chaobo saw Jia Jing waiting for him at the town gate, he arranged for the ten warriors to have a rest. Then, the two men took Dian Wei to the equipment center. The equipment center at this time was much busier than the last time Huangfu Chaobo came. As soon as they entered, Huangfu Chaobo arrived In the workshop of Dahuang crossbow, the craftsmen are all below senior level. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, they use good level materials, so the crossbow produced is only a very ordinary crossbow. Even half of the properties of the standard Dahuang crossbow in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands are inferior.


    Rhubarb crossbow attribute: level 30, effective range more than 50 steps, attack + 4, penetration + 8%, hit + 8%, can fire 200 times, after reaching the number, crossbow string will be broken (crossbow string can be changed).


    One stone rhubarb crossbow (standard) attribute: level 40, effective range 80 steps, attack + 10, penetration + 20%, hit + 20%, can fire 800-1000 times, after reaching the number, the crossbow string will be broken (crossbow string can be changed).


    We can see the difference by comparing the two. When Huangfu Chaobo compared the differences between the two, Huang Zhong and the three master craftsmen came to the workshop. Seeing that they were all coming, Huangfu Chaobo took them and said, "master, do we still have room to improve our attributes?"


    Blacksmith Wu pan came forward and said, "Lord Hui, we have trial produced several pairs, and we found that the properties are still a little improved, but it''s not big. Basically, to this extent, these materials should be able to achieve the ultimate." Then he handed over a large yellow crossbow from his hand. Huangfu Chaobo took a look: "rhubarb crossbow attribute: level 30, effective range over 60 steps, attack + 5, penetration + 10%, hit + 10%, can fire 400 times, after reaching the number, crossbow string will be broken (crossbow string can be changed)" Looking at this attribute, Huangfu Chaobo felt satisfied. It still had a big gap with the standard one stone crossbow, but compared with the bow and arrow, it was far better than the level 40 iron tire bow, and even better than the level 50 black iron divine arm bow. Moreover, its equipment requirements were ten levels lower than the divine arm bow. For players, it would be a big market, although the crossbow string''s endurance was high Long time is not very high, but it doesn''t cost much to change a crossbow string. This is not a big problem. Now we need to determine its price. After the craft of the crossbow is stable and we have enough stock in hand, we will slowly start to release a small amount of goods to the market. As for the way of goods, Huangfu Chaobo is still ready to let Zilong Hui operate, but the amount in the early stage is certainly not very large. According to the price of two silver bows of level 40 and two gold bows of level 50, the archery quantity of ordinary archers is generally one or two pots of arrows, that is, no more than 20 arrows. However, the crossbow does not have this problem. As long as there is a strong defense line, the archers will not even have a problem in firing 80 to 100 arrows. Of course, the premise is that the enemy can withstand the casualties of 100 arrows. After discussing with several people, Huangfu Chaobo plans to set the price of ordinary rhubarb crossbow at 2 silver, the price of crossbow is 10 copper, and the price of crossbow string is 200 copper. According to a complete set, a crossbow with 100 arrows and a spare crossbow string is 3200 copper. The price of a standard rhubarb crossbow is 5400 copper, but the actual material cost is less than 20%. Of course, this price is the retail price, and the real wholesale price certainly can''t reach this price.Now that these have been basically settled, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t say much about them any more. He just asks people to take all the crossbows. In more than a month since the beginning of production, only 120 crossbows have been produced. As for the quantity of each crossbow, the number of each one is 100. Because the crossbow is featherless, and each shaft can hold 50, so it''s 240.

 Chapter 222

    According to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, since he was ready to go to Luoyang City to earn a fortune, he had to be well prepared. So he arranged Huang Zhong to transfer 20 soldiers from the warriors, plus 100 Huben cavalry soldiers, each with a big yellow crossbow. First, he practiced the skill of crossbow in the camp of Luoshen town. After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo takes Jia Jing off the line. However, when he goes off the line, he also specifically tells Huang Zhong that he will go to Adu if he has something to do, mainly for Lou GUI''s sake, so that they can inform themselves once they find out about Lou GUI.


    Wang Chao hasn''t been offline for a long time. This time, he''ll be offline with Jia Jing. Otherwise, when the second plot starts, there will be no time. The house in real life has already been in for a long time. Originally, the parents in the countryside didn''t want to move to the city, but they couldn''t help Wang Chao and Jia Jing. In addition, Jia''s father helped Wang Chao''s younger brother arrange the school, so they agreed to move together. This is not just a few days to move in, a line of Wang Chao in the community next to the hotel ordered a banquet, the two people gathered together for dinner. Jia''s father is very busy now. His own company has to be managed, and Wang Chao''s company has to be watched every now and then. However, looking at him, he is still very busy all day long. Of course, Wang Chao also has a purpose to meet Jia Jing. Although they are together every day in the game, they are not in reality after all. Moreover, the most important thing is that the parents on both sides should discuss their marriage together.


    The two families happily finished their dinner together. Wang Chao and his younger brother went shopping together, while the four old people found a quiet place to chat while drinking tea. During this period, as expected, he received a call from Adu. The day after Wang Chao went offline, Lou GUI went to changshe city. Originally, Zaozhi meant to inform him to come back as soon as possible, but Lou GUI stopped him, saying that he had nothing else to do, so he had to wait in changshe city for a few days. After hearing this, Wang Chao was not in a hurry to go home and go online. Several young people had been wandering late into the night before they gave up. After Jia Jing was sent home, Wang Chao took his younger brother to his home. However, after chatting with his parents, he quickly entered the game.


    When Huangfu Chaobo went online, it was already early morning in the game. At this time, Jia Jing was already online. They didn''t stay much in Luoshen Town, so they took Dianwei to changshe county. After entering the city, they went straight to Luoshen restaurant.


    "My Lord," seeing the arrival of Huangfu Chaobo, the shopkeeper immediately introduced them into the restaurant, and then took them to Lou GUI''s residence. Just at the door, Huangfu Chaobo will see Lou GUI come out of the room. Huangfu Chaobo comes forward quickly, salutes respectfully, and says, "have you met Mr. Chaobo?" Jia jingdianwei also followed him with a salute.


    "Lord Huangfu," Lou GUI replied, "I don''t know if you have brought back what you need?"


    "Look, sir, are these things?" With that, Huangfu Chaobo takes out all five kinds of mission items and gives them to Lou GUI.


    "Yes, that''s it! It''s hard work, my Lord Lou GUI took what Huangfu Chaobo had and said, "I''ve seen you, Lord!"


    "Congratulations to the player Huangfu Chaobo, who has completed the mission of famous men, namely, the tour of five Lingshan mountains, and won the service of the famous man Lou GUI in Guanxi." Huangfu Chaobo''s ear rang out a personal reminder of the system.


    "Sir, please get up. Chaobo is a young man. I need more advice from you in the future." Huangfu Chaobo company is busy to help Lou GUI up. Finally, there is a military adviser. After seeing the evil of birds, Huangfu Chaobo''s desire for military advisers is more and more intense, which is why he wants to accept Lou GUI before the second plot. "By the way, Chaobo will be treated as a military adviser in the future. Please don''t give me that advice."


    "The LORD loves you so much that Lou GUI dares not to obey his orders."


    "By the way, sir, you''d better call me childe just like brother Huang."


    "Yes, sir!"


    "By the way, sir, what''s the use of these things?" Huangfu Chaobo actually wants to know if Lou GUI has a way to turn these things into jiuzhuan rebirth pills. If his guess is really correct, there will be a lot of room for operation.


    In Huangfu''s expectant eyes, Lou GUI slowly looked at the five items in his hand, then looked up and said, "young master, these five items are the materials for refining jiuzhuan rebirth pill. Young master jiuzhuan rebirth pill should know. With these five materials and the tripod in my hand, we can let the Taoist or Taoist children who can refine this kind of magic in the Taoist temple Then you can refine pills. "


    "Ah, the problem is that we don''t have the drawings of Taoist temple..." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned.


    "No problem. When I was traveling in my early years, I once got a drawing of Taoist temple by chance, which can be presented to the young master as a meeting gift. As for Taoist art, my Taoist art and alchemy are advanced. Just build the Taoist temple."


    Huangfu Chaobo happily took the drawing of the Taoist temple from Lou GUI, and immediately asked Jia Jing to arrange someone to build the Taoist temple as soon as possible. This reminds me that I haven''t seen Lou GUI''s attribute yet. Thinking of this, I quickly open Lou GUI''s attributes:In 143, Lou Guizi was born in Beijing, and he was born in Nanyang.


    his power: Huangfu Chaobo loyalty: 80


    Tianjie historical general: level 40, Tongwu 35, 9zhi 58, nei45mei 15


    growth value: 0.870.221.451.12


    level 60, Tongwu 52, 13zhi 87, Nei 67


    ordinary skills: intermediate Sabre skills


    intermediate archery skills


    special skills: Agriculture Business, public security, garrison, city building, conscription, training, fighting, volley, Daoism, alchemy, divination


    military division skills: confusion, calm, seduction, encouragement, encouragement, defection.


    Array skills: long snake array, Crane Wing array, fish scale array, sharp arrow array, square array, round array, Liuding Liujia array, seven star Beidou array, eight gate golden lock array.


    I''ll be good... There are a lot of skills. The array is even more than Huang Zhong''s. although 87''s intelligence is not as evil as 90 +, it''s already very good. If you find a way to get him some more intelligence treasures, it should be no problem to reach the king level.


    While Huangfu Chaobo was still in the middle of YY, the system prompt sound sounded again: "in July of the third year of Zhongping, Emperor Ling of the Han Dynasty set up the three armies of Xiyuan, Dianjun and Zhujun for He Jin, who divided the general army. Jian Shuo of xiaohuangmen is the first military officer, Yuan Shao of Huben Zhonglang is the second military officer, Bao Hong is the second military officer, and Cao Cao is the second military officer. All the captains are unified in Jianshuo. Jian Shuo of xiaohuangmen was in charge of all the armies and was directly under the command of the emperor. At that time, it was so powerful that even he Jin had to be ordered by him. "

 Chapter 223

    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard the news, he knew that Nuwa''s action had begun. According to historical time, the establishment of Xiyuan eighth school should have been in August of the fifth year of Zhongping, but now it''s three years ahead of Zhongping, two years ahead of schedule. It seems that the relevant plot behind will soon follow.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo beside him was stunned, Lou GUI immediately asked if something had happened. Huangfu Chaobo told Lou GUI everything. After listening, Lou GUI sighed and said, "Luoyang chaos will rise!" Lou GUI was on the side of the road;


    Huangfu Chaobo asked: "in the view of Mr. Wang, how should we act?"


    "Cultivate internal affairs, train strong soldiers, wait for the day and the hour!" Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded his head, which is the only way at present. However, he told Lou GUI about his idea of going to Luoyang to fish in troubled waters. In this regard, Lou GUI feels that there is nothing wrong with it. As everyone knows, as the top intelligence NPC in the game, he knows all about the things in the court. Now the competition between eunuchs and their relatives has become more and more fierce. In addition, the body of the spirit emperor is not as good as before. There are also the constant stirring up of the fire by the gentry. One day, it will be intensified. It will be time There will be great changes in Luoyang City. However, Lou GUI is a NPC after all. Although he knows there will be changes, he is not sure that it will happen in the near future like Huangfu Chaobo. However, there must be many good things in Luoyang City. As long as he is fully prepared, he can make a lot of good points. Therefore, Lou GUI will not object to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo. On the contrary, he needs to further improve the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much. He immediately arranged for someone to call Huang zhongzao over. While waiting for them, he introduced all the information about changshe City, Luoshen town and Longhua town to Lou GUI in detail. After listening to the introduction of Huangfu Chaobo, Lou Guicai knows that his master has made so many preparations. He is also secretly congratulating himself. It seems that he is not wrong.


    By the time Huang Zhong and Zaozhi arrive at Lou GUI''s house, Huang Fu Chao Bo and Lou GUI have already told each other about the situation. Of course, they have to ask Huang Zhong and Zaozhi about the specific situation. After all, in order to do Lou GUI''s task, Huangfu Chaobo only stayed in changshe for more than ten days in the past six months, and he was running everywhere in other times. Both of them are familiar with the internal affairs and the military.


    After all four of them arrived, Huangfu Chaobo said: "brother, brother Ziping, this is Mr. Lou guibo, a famous scholar in Guanxi. From now on, he is my military adviser. Although there is no specific post arrangement for the time being, from now on, my words are my words. When I am not in the changshe, my elder brother is in charge of military affairs and Ziping is in charge of government affairs, Mr. Zhang is in charge of the arrangement. If you can''t make up your mind, you can contact me through Xiaojing. "


    "No" The three answered in unison;


    after pressing the button, Zaozhi and Huang Zhong introduced the internal affairs and military affairs to Lou GUI in detail, and after several times, Huang Fu Chao Bo quickly asked the restaurant to arrange a table to be sent to the backyard. Several people continued to discuss the arrangements after the banquet. Of course, the discussion was to let Lou GUI know When you know the situation, take a look at his ideas.


    After a moment''s meditation, Lou GUI stood up and walked back and forth in the backyard, saying: "young master, according to the current situation of changshe, it doesn''t need to change much. If there is anything that can be improved, there are several places where he has some ideas. Please consider them. One of them is the trip to Luoyang. According to the arrangement of the young master, there will be a turmoil in Luoyang, and we have to earn some benefits for the changshe here. I don''t know what the young master is going to do? "


    "I think there will be a fight between the eunuch and the general. In terms of the attitude of the aristocratic family, the eunuch will definitely not be the general or the opponent of the aristocratic family. Therefore, I am prepared to put my first goal on the residence of Zhang rang and Zhao Zhong, if I can enter the residence of two or one of them before the aristocratic family and the general In the mansion, we don''t have to worry about money for a long time. As for other places, Chaobo hasn''t thought of it yet. " Huangfu Chaobo: in fact, Huangfu Chaobo still thinks that as long as I can get good things, I will go to see them. Besides, those master craftsmen will certainly be included in my vision, but I can''t tell you about them now.


    After hearing the plan of Huangfu Chaobo, Lou GUI nodded and said: "yes, shichangshi has searched countless folk ointments. It''s OK for us to get some. But according to the arrangement of the young master, it''s not enough to just have 20 or 30 warriors and 100 Huben cavalry. If there is a conflict between the two sides, as the young master expected, it''s a situation of endless fighting, and if we want to be in chaos These soldiers are not enough for profit. More than 100 people in Luoyang are Canghai Yili. We have more than 200 soldiers at the level of forbidden guards. The young master not only has to take them all, but also has one member to take hundreds of soldiers outside the city. Besides, GUI and others will refine all the nine turn rebirth pills, and transfer all the martial arts who can be transferred now. This will also increase the chance of winning. What''s more, you have to remember one word - fast. "What he said made Huangfu Chaobo nod again and again.


    "One of them. Second, since he ascended the throne today, natural disasters have continued. After the yellow scarf rebellion in the first year of Zhongping, man-made disasters have been linked. This is the sign of the troubled times. Changshe is located in the Central Plains. Despite the war, it has gradually recovered its prosperity in the past few years under the rule of Gongzi. However, people are not far sighted, there must be immediate worries. It''s a pity that you can''t make good use of the wine and medicine in your hand. Drugs are mainly used for foreigners and our soldiers. The young master only needs to increase the production, while the fine wine, especially the fine wine, is mainly needed by the aristocratic families. But the young master sells it to foreigners. It''s a waste. We should find one or even several big merchants to cooperate. If we do it properly, we can increase the income of tens of thousands of gold every year for changshe city. "


    Well, you are all demons, Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart. He can think of anything. If it wasn''t for the bird to remind me and kill me, I would not have gone out to find NPC. Who is it? There are queens in both families... In a tangle...

 Chapter 224

    "Who should we go to, sir?" Huangfu Chaobo asked in a hurry;


    "at present, Luoshen qiongniang should be the only specialty liquor in the world, so we can find several, such as Zhen family in Jizhou Wuji, MI family in Donghai, Cai family in Xiangyang, Jingzhou, and Qin family in Yizhou. If you don''t feel sure, you can consult with MI family in Xuzhou first, but it should be fast, after all It''s impossible that there is only one kind of specialty liquor in the world today. "


    "Chaobo already knows about it, but he needs to go to Luoyang immediately. Let''s hand it over to him. If it''s not decided, you can discuss it with Xiaojing."


    "The third problem is the development of changshe city and Longhua town. According to the childe''s conjecture, there will be a big war in the Central Plains. So we will put most of our energy on changshe instead of Longhua. Therefore, GUI suggests that all the other generals should be transferred back to changshe except Huang Xu''s stay in Longhua to take charge of the overall situation He specially presided over the production of blood medicine, while the auction in youbeiping could be presided over by another person. Of course, we still need to send 10 to 20 soldiers to help. Longhua town''s task is to provide horses for the changshe, so we just need to take the defensive position. If possible, we''d better send 200 to 500 crossbow soldiers to Longhua, and tell Huang Xu to pay attention to the relationship between general Baima and his generals. If things don''t wait, we can ask general Baima for a reprieve In this way, Longhua town will not distract us too much. It''s not too late to pay more attention to Longhua when things in the central plains are almost done. "


    I''m sure it''s good. I''m a smart General of nearly 90. I''ve considered everything. I''ve finally found a treasure. However, those who are not 90 are already like this. How far are those smart generals. It seems that we have to step up our efforts to recruit intelligence generals.


    "Sir, what I said is like a bell in the morning and a drum in the evening. I don''t know if you have anything else to teach Chaobo. If you have, please come with me. Chaobo will arrange it right away. " Huangfu Chaobo stood up and saluted Lou GUI''s respectful chief editor;


    "as for other aspects, if the money is enough, they are ready to accumulate grain and grass, make weapons, and train elite soldiers. These ZAOXIAN Cheng and Huang Xian Wei have been doing it all the time. They just need to continue." Lougui slightly leans over to Huangfu Chaobo and says,


    now that lougui has said everything, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t hesitate and arranges things one by one. First of all, it''s about the rhubarb crossbow. During this period, the equipment center has to make the crossbow with all its strength, so the crossbow is handed over to 200 guards for practice. Now the emperor of Han Ling hasn''t hung up yet. He Jin will recruit Dong Zhuo to Beijing when he hangs up. At this speed, it will take at least two or three months for the plot to develop to that time. According to the current production speed, it''s time At that time, the number of rhubarb crossbows should be up to four or five hundred, which will be enough for two hundred guards. However, Huangfu Chaobo had to grasp the time, so Huangfu Chaobo had to go to Luoyang first. As for the arrangement on the other side of Longhua, according to Lou GUI, 20 soldiers and 100 crossbow soldiers were transferred from changshe City, and the other generals were transferred back to changshe first. Not only that, Zhang Xuan also arranged for people to take over the affairs, and let him return to changshe city to be responsible for the production of blood medicine. After all, it''s not like before. There are only these people in his hands. Huangfu Chaobo has several internal type warriors like Zhang Xuan, and almost all of them are petty officials under Zaozhi. Although they can''t stand alone, they are responsible for the production of right Peking The auction should be more than enough. Lougui is free to do the wine business. It''s much better for famous people like them to come out than Huangfu Chaobo. As for Huang Zhong and Zaozhi, there is basically no change. After arranging all these things, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. It''s good to have a military adviser. You''ve taken everything into consideration. You don''t have to think about it any more.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo was ready to let everyone go, Luoshen sent a messenger to say that the temple had been built. This made Huangfu Chaobo very happy. He thought it would take three or five days to build it, but he didn''t expect it to be finished in half a day. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think about how many craftsmen and labor there were in his town. Now it''s not the beginning of the month or the end of the month, so the arrangement can be done soon. So in addition to Huang zhongzao and Huang zhongzao, Huang Fu Chaobo and Lou GUI went to Luoshen town.


    By the time we arrived at Luoshen Town, the Taoist temple inside the inner wall had already been cleaned up. Several children of Lou GUI who came with the drawings had already changed their Taoist robes and waited at the gate of the Taoist temple. After the party came in, Lou GUI said, "young master, please wait for a moment. I''ll go to change clothes first."


    "Help yourself, sir!"


    Several people stood at the gate of the Taoist temple and looked at it carefully. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think that there was such a special building in the game. He just didn''t know what the Taoist temple was for. After a little pause, several people were taken to the alchemy room by daotong.


    After waiting for a while, Lou GUI came in with a small stove in his hand. What we didn''t expect was that it was the furnace for refining jiuzhuan rebirth pill. Lou GUI put the stove on the platform in the middle of the alchemy room, then burned incense and cleaned his hands. After half a quarter of an hour, he solemnly put the five items that Huangfu Chaobo gave him into the stove one by one, and finally covered the stove. Then, all the people saw was that the smoke emitted from the stove in an instant, and then slowly wrapped the whole stove for a long time. This situation lasted about a quarter of an hour. After hearing a "bang", the smoke around the stove slowly dissipated. Lou GUI stepped forward, opened the lid, took out a pill from it and said with a loud smile, "OK... At last, it was refined. Young master, please see Then he turned around and handed the pill to Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo took it and found that it was jiuzhuan rebirth pill. It was the same as several pills he had used before. He couldn''t help but be very happy. It seemed that his speculation was correct, so he immediately asked: "great, sir. So we have another way to earn money. I don''t know if it''s difficult to refine this pill? ¡±Lou GUI was in a good mood when he succeeded at one time, so he introduced the alchemy to several people one by one. According to Lou GUI''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo knew that the alchemy was not very difficult. First of all, there must be Taoist and Taoist. Second, the Taoist must have alchemy above intermediate level, like Lou GUI''s Alchemy now Generally speaking, the success rate of intermediate level is about 25%, while that of advanced level can reach 50%. The most important one is the alchemy furnace. Without this, it will not work. Not only jiuzhuan rebirth pill, but also Zaohua pill and xisui pill can be refined. Now there''s no problem with the raw materials in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands. The Taoist temple already has them. If the Taoist priest says that Lou GUI can alchemy himself, and there are two alchemy skills in his little Taoist boy who have reached the advanced level, but the alchemy furnace is only in Lou GUI''s hands. Therefore, if Huangfu Chaobo wants to industrialize the alchemy industry, he has to prepare more alchemy furnaces and various raw materials for alchemy Material Science. After all, Lou GUI''s Alchemy can only be done as a sideline. To improve his skills, he also needs a lot of materials, and he also needs to collect alchemy furnaces as soon as possible. After knowing this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much. He just gave Lou GUI the rest of the materials in his hand and asked him to refine the pills as soon as possible, while he took the already refined pills and Jia Jing Dianwei out of the Taoist temple.

 Chapter 225

    After leaving the Taoist temple, Huangfu Chaobo went straight to the restaurant in Luoshen Town, because he had contacted Zhao Zilong and made an appointment to meet him in the restaurant. There is no problem in refining jiuzhuan rebirth pill, but the raw materials have to be handed over to players like Zilong Hui. It''s a pity that several places are too far apart. There is no teleportation station in the game. Zilong Hui has materials and can only arrange people to run errands. Not long after waiting in the restaurant, Zhao Zilong and black and white Shuangsha arrived in a hurry. After several people asked, Zhao Zilong asked the question that he had to ask every time: "how about it? Boss Chaobo, have you heard from Zhao Yun? "


    "Well, next time I see you, it''s time to hide. Would you please change the question next time? How do I know? " Huangfu Chaobo rolled his eyes helplessly towards him and said, "what''s the matter! If you want to listen, you can listen. If you don''t want to listen, you can pull me down


    "Dededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededededede... Let''s get this straight. " Zhao Zilong said with a smile;


    without saying a word, Huangfu Chaobo took out the pill from the package and handed it to him.


    "Oh... It''s true. I heard a while ago that someone in Luoyang auctioned one at a high price. It seems that we are going to make a fortune Zhao Zilong first wondered, then came to see, suddenly happy to close his mouth.


    After making him laugh enough, Huangfu Chaobo said calmly: "you can enjoy it slowly. It''s the first one that I spent five materials to refine. It''s still the man who has advanced alchemy. If you change to the apprentice who has intermediate alchemy, you can get one from ten materials. Let''s steal it." Hearing what Huangfu Chaobo said, Jia Jing was stunned at first, and then sat there stealing music. He didn''t expect that after spending so long in the game, the man around him finally learned how to do business.


    "Well, boss, this low success rate is too bad, isn''t it?" Zhao Zilong was stunned.


    "You think Nu Wa will make it so easy for us to make money. However, I think it should be in the early stage. When it comes to the later stage, the success rate should be improved, but no one can tell. " Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say anything about it either. After all, he just took the lead. There will always be people behind him who will recruit talents for alchemy. At that time, Huangfu Chaobo will have something to say if the success comes out in front of the players.


    "That''s true," Zhao Zilong nodded. "But, boss, how are you going to operate?"


    Huangfu Chaobo remembers that at the last Luoyang auction, jiuzhuan rebirth pill sold for 240 gold, but in fact, it was estimated that it was less than 50 gold in the later period, because Huangfu Chaobo once saw that youzaohua pill had only 5 silver and xisui pill had 5 gold in Luoyang. According to this speculation, when it was really listed in large quantities, the estimated price should be 50 gold, not small If you look at the 50 gold coins, it''s actually 500 Guan, that is, 500000 copper coins. If you compare the current touring currency with the real currency, it''s almost 500000. It''s not something that ordinary people can afford. However, although the price is high, but can''t stand the game, there are many people, hundreds of millions of players in it, I don''t know how many moats there are. After thinking about it for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, I''ll give you how to operate. If the price is not less than 50 gold in the early stage, there are ten gold in it. If the amount exceeds this, we will share the excess equally. As for the raw materials, I''ll exchange 20 parts for one capsule for you. As for this capsule, I don''t care what happens to you. Then I''ll provide the products for sale. How''s it going? "


    For Huangfu Chaobo''s proposal, Zhao Zilong was obviously stunned. After a while, he responded and said, "well, since the boss of Chaobo looks up to his brother, we''ll take care of the rest. When can we get the first batch of goods?"


    "After you bring the first batch of materials, you can pick up the goods in about ten days. In the early stage, you can go to prepare for it first." Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much, and said: "Oh, by the way, brother Zilong, I have something to ask you. Although I have two people now, I only have one stove for alchemy. I''d like to ask you to help me buy some stoves. If you want to make a lot of money, it''s not enough to rely on this stove alone. Moreover, we should do it as soon as possible. I don''t think Nuwa will let us have a long time Time to operate this, there should be other players in the game who can make pills soon, so the sooner the better... "


    After listening to this, several people also feel that what Huangfu Chaobo said is reasonable. This is the same as the blood medicine of Wuyu village. In the past two years, several players have appeared in the game. Villages can make blood medicine, such as Luoshen town of Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Don''t worry, I will arrange for my brothers to do it as soon as possible." Zhao Zilong is also an old man in the business world. He has a deep understanding of what Huangfu Chaobo said. "If there''s nothing else, we''ll withdraw first, and we''ll call on the brothers to arrange this."


    "By the way, it''s not enough just to have this. I can''t let the middle and low-level Taoist children practice with such precious materials, so I have to trouble my brother to collect more materials of Zaohua Dan and xisui Dan. As for the cost, I''ll exchange ten materials for one pill."


    "Well, I will arrange all these as soon as possible..." Zhao Zilong nodded and left with his men.


    Looking at Zhao Zilong and his party leaving, Jia Jing said, "Chao, how do you know they have sold at a high price? If they say they only sold 50 or 60 gold, then we are not at a big loss? "After patting Jia Jing''s little hand, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "don''t worry. I arranged this on purpose. If Zhao Zilong wasn''t stupid, he wouldn''t do it. You know, what we are holding now is scarce in the game, even if he really conceals it, sooner or later we will know about it. What''s more, they will definitely make good use of the auction platform in the early stage. This is a touchstone I threw out, but I believe that Zhao Zilong knows how to choose. Well, let''s not talk about these. Now that we haven''t entered the big plot, we''ll go offline to accompany you for a few days. When the real big plot starts, we don''t have time to accompany you. Lao Dian, you''ve been out with me for more than half a year. Take advantage of these days to accompany your wife and son... "


    "Yes, sir." Dian Wei replied happily that he had no time to accompany his wife and children since he went out with Huangfu Chaobo. His eldest son, Dian man, is five years old, but he really didn''t accompany him well. It''s just what Dian Wei wants to see that Huangfu Chaobo means to stay in the long club for a few more days.


    "Oh, by the way, Laodian, you can talk to them later. If there''s something urgent, let Laodu or village head Zongheng contact me." Looking at Dian Wei''s happy appearance, Huangfu Chaobo confessed again, and then the two returned to the administrative center of Luoshen town.

 Chapter 226

    Huangfu Chaobo went offline for the sake of his own life. During the meal, the four old people all made a strong request that they should get engaged and go through all the formalities even if they don''t have a wedding now. So after arranging these arrangements, Huangfu Chaobo thought that they should do all these things well first. It''s true that they have been dragging on for a long time , and it''s going to enter the next big plot. It''s estimated that it won''t be offline for a long time, so it will take a few days.


    Not to mention Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement of certificate and engagement, he was very busy, and the changes in the game became more and more obvious.


    At the end of August, Emperor Ling of the Han Dynasty changed the history of assassins and set up a new pasture. Liu Yu, Liu Yan, Liu Yao, Yangzhou and Han Fu were nomads in Youzhou, Yizhou, Yangzhou and Jizhou. It''s the location of the governor of Yuzhou. I don''t know whether it''s for the arrangement of the follow-up plot or for some other reason, but there''s no arrangement. If it is said that the change of the history of the assassin to Zhou Mu has not aroused much reaction among the players, then the following thing will make the whole game boiling.


    At the beginning of September in 186, Liu Hong, Emperor Ling of the Han Dynasty, died in Jiade palace, and Liu Bian, the young emperor, succeeded to the throne. Because Liu Bian was young and didn''t know anything, Empress Dowager he listened to the government from behind the curtain for the time being, and general He Jin presided over the government, which made the imperial power even weaker. Eunuchs and their relatives fought fiercely for the special power to control the imperial power. The two sides will not hesitate to use any means to exclude each other and fight to the death. Dong Zhuo, who is well aware of the factional strife in the imperial court, was secretly pleased when he heard the news of the death of Emperor Ling. He closely watched the movements of various factions in the imperial court, and was ready to take corresponding measures at any time. As soon as the news came out in the game, all the players knew that Nu Wa had advanced the plot again. Although this was expected by the players, everyone felt that they were not ready, especially the players in the hinterland of the Central Plains. Of course, the news in the game reached Huangfu Chaobo for the first time. Fortunately, more than one month in the game is equivalent to ten days in reality, so Huangfu Chaobo has already dealt with almost everything he is ready to do. However, the wedding of the two people is expected to be several months later, but now he can''t care so much. The two families are very close. Jia Jing can come at any time if anything happens.


    When Huangfu Chaobo went online, it was already the sixth day of September. As soon as it went online, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent people to collect Lou GUI, Huang Zhong and Zao Zhidian Wei. Lou guidianwei came the fastest because he lived in Luoshen town.


    "Yes, sir." As soon as they entered the administrative center, they saw Huangfu Chaobo waiting for them in the hall and hurried forward to salute.


    "Sir, Laodian, don''t be so polite. We have to wait for brother Huang and Mr. Ziping. As for the two of them, they should not have come so soon. Sir, you might as well tell me about some recent things. When they come, you won''t have to delay too much time. " After hearing this, Lou GUI introduced recent events to Huangfu Chaobo. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, they are basically working step by step. First of all, on the side of the equipment center, all the craftsmen basically put their energy on the rhubarb crossbow. The three master craftsmen only make crossbows of high-grade materials every day. Now they can basically make one or two pairs of crossbows every day. With the previous work, there are now two hundred and twenty standard rhubarb crossbows There are five pairs of crossbows, and senior craftsmen have arranged nearly 40 people to make crossbows of ordinary materials. In addition to the first few masters, there are now 650 pairs of ordinary rhubarb crossbows. In terms of military strength, Huangfu Chaobo has 200 Guard troops. In more than a month, Huang Zhongdu has taught them how to use the big yellow crossbow, especially the 100 Huben cavalry and 100 guard sword shield soldiers. Their weapon proficiency has reached advanced level. In addition, Huang Zhong has trained 500 level 45 Elite Archers. However, due to the limitation of the number of crossbows, These 500 soldiers have just learned. For Luoyang, Lou GUI''s suggestion is that there are 43rd rank soldiers and more than 20 soldiers, and then there are two generals, Dian Wei and Chen Jing. They should be able to do a lot of things. As long as they don''t meet a large group of soldiers and horses, they can''t be threatened. Of course, more than 400 soldiers and horses should be equipped with big yellow crossbows. In this way, about 4500 pairs of big yellow crossbows are used, each pair of crossbows With two crossbows and two hundred arrows. In this way, the remaining 400 crossbows can be led by 20 soldiers to Longhua town to strengthen the strength there. At the same time, Zhou Cang and other generals can be called back to changshe city. There is also the production of jiuzhuan rebirth pill. Zilong society has sent the first batch of raw materials, and Lou GUI has made nearly 30 pieces.


    When Huang Zhong and Zhou Cang come back, Huangfu Chaobo will leave ten of them. After Huang Zhong and Zhou Cang return, Huang Fu Chaobo will choose the best one to transfer to Zhao Zilong. After several people had arranged the affairs of changshe, Huangfu Chaobo took Dian Wei and ten warriors, as well as two hundred guards and 212 horses to Luoyang.


    A few days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived ten miles outside Luoyang City and stopped in a middle village beside Luoshui. This NPC village, called Chenjia village, was lured by the signboard of changshe county magistrate of Huangfu Chaobo and ten gold coins. They readily agreed to Huangfu Chaobo and his party''s request to settle in the village temporarily and gave up a military camp in the village to Huangfu Chaobo and his party . After setting up the troops, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t delay much, so he rushed into Luoyang with five warriors. Huangfu Chaobo soon came to the foothold of Chen Jing and his party in Luoyang City. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s prior arrangement, he rented a small courtyard near the east gate of Luoyang.Seeing the arrival of Huangfu Chaobo and his party, Chen Jing immediately introduced them into the courtyard. After arranging several warriors, Chen Jing takes Huangfu Chaobo to a separate courtyard to tell him in detail what he and his party have gained in Luoyang City for several months. Luoyang city is the only giant city in the whole game. It''s really a big project to figure out the internal situation. For example, it took Chen Jing and his party more than two months to figure out the general situation of the two cities. After reading Chen Jing''s sketch, Huangfu Chaobo found that Luoyang City was not arranged according to the historical layout, but according to the layout inside the game, which was divided into three layers: outer city, inner city, imperial city and palace city

 Chapter 227

    Huangfu Chaobo was looking at the drawings while Chen Jing introduced the situation of Luoyang City. The outer city of Luoyang is mainly the activity area of ordinary NPCs and players, while the inner city is the main residence and Dynasty of princes and ministers, as well as the area of all levels of Yamen in Luoyang City. The imperial city and palace city are in the shape of "Ri". The south part is the south palace, which is the palace for the emperor to deal with government affairs, such as the main palace, Taiji palace, etc. the north part is the palace city, and the north and south two palaces are connected by a compound road. There are Taicang and Luoyang local government offices in the east of the Imperial City, and stables, arsenals and temples in the West. Changhemen, the South Gate of the Imperial City, is opposite to tongtuo street, the main north-south road. Sheji, zongmiao and the central government office are distributed on both sides of the street. The palace city was the residence of the emperor''s palace. However, the gates of Luoyang City are arranged according to the historical layout. There are three gates in the East and West, two in the north and four in the south, a total of 12 gates. According to the observation made by Chen Jing and others in the past month, each gate is under the jurisdiction of a school captain. There are 1000 soldiers and horses under it. They belong to five military Marquises, each of whom has 200 soldiers. They are on duty in four shifts every day, changing shifts every three hours, and each soldier and horse is on duty for four days. Except for going out during the rest time, other soldiers and horses on duty are not allowed to go out when they are not on duty.


    After listening to Chen Jing''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly feels that he has only brought 200 people, which is really too few. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and said, "what''s the matter I asked you to do?"


    On hearing this, Chen Jing immediately came up and whispered: "Mr. Hui, this matter that Mr. Zhang told me was not done by himself. Zhang rang''s mansions are on the west side of the Imperial City, Zhang rang''s is next to the west gate of the imperial city''s Fudao, Zhao Zhong''s is on the north side of Zhang rang''s house, and two hundred steps south of Zhang rang''s house are the armory and stables." Although I don''t know why Huangfu Chaobo wanted to inquire about the location of shichangshi''s residence, Chen Jing didn''t say much. He seriously did the things arranged by Huangfu Chaobo, and pointed out the location of shichangshi''s residence to Huangfu Chaobo one by one.


    "Which is the fastest way for us to get to zhangrang mansion from here?" Huangfu Chaobo pondered for a moment;


    "look, young master, we are near Dongyang gate. The street in front of us connects Dongyang gate and Xiyang gate. If we go there from here, it must be the nearest one from this street. But this street passes in front of the Wutai gate in the inner city. The Wutai gate is the main gate of the inner city. Usually, the palace ministers enter the palace from the side gate here. "


    It seems that this road must be the location of the battle that night, and the city gates on both sides of the road are usually closed. It seems that it can only pass through the northern wall of the inner city. Can we start from the Xiyang gate in the west? No, Huangfu Chaobo immediately dismissed this idea. You know, Dong Zhuo is from the West. The most likely gate to enter the city is Xiyang gate. If he arranges the back road there, he will probably catch him. It seems that we can only find a way from dongyangmen. In this way, the more than 200 troops brought by himself are certainly not enough. Moreover, for the players in Luoyang, it''s a feast. If they don''t participate in it, he won''t miss killing Huangfu Chaobo. But now he knows nothing about the players'' dynamics, and it will certainly have an impact on Huangfu Chaobo''s plan. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately contacted Jia Jing and asked her to arrange 1000 Dao Dun cavalry troops to Luoyang in batches. In addition, he asked Xiaojie to take 50 core players to Luoyang as soon as possible to help him understand the dynamics of players in Luoyang City.


    After two days, the players arrived at Luoyang City through the post station of the system city. As soon as we met, Xiao Jie couldn''t wait to ask, "how''s it going? Boss, are we going to make a profit in Luoyang? Say, what do you want the brothers to do? "


    Players know what is going to happen, so this time they heard that Huangfu Chaobo asked them to come to Luoyang. They all know that Huangfu Chaobo wants to get a hand in Luoyang. In addition, they are core players of Luoshen Society for many years. Although Huangfu Chaobo has been managing changshe city for much longer than Luoshen society, they are all very familiar with each other, so it''s very important Everyone did not have much taboo, several players captain said: "yes, super Bo boss, quickly arrange brother''s task, we can''t wait."


    "OK," said Huang Fu Chao Bo with a smile. "Now that the brothers are ready, I won''t say more. I''ll arrange tasks for you first."


    According to Huangfu Chaobo''s original idea, he wanted to make a fortune in Zhang rang''s family. Now that he is ready to transfer 1000 cavalry, he might as well have a big fight. With that, Huangfu Chaobo sets up the map of Luoyang drawn by Chen Jing, divides the whole Luoyang City into several blocks, and then divides the 50 players into several groups. Each group is responsible for an area, and checks and improves the information that Chen Jing and others have learned. Of course, the most important task is the attitude of the players'' organization in the whole Luoyang City. Of course, it is impossible to let them know All the players work in vain. Huangfu Chaobo knows that all the players are after profits. After arranging the task, he promises to all the players that after this time, each of the top ten people with the highest merit value will be assigned an NPC junior warrior, and the others will be rewarded with different rewards. Players in clear after their mission, immediately go to their own area to find information. As for Xiaojiejie, he stayed with Huangfu Chaobo, who was responsible for sorting out the players'' intelligence, and then told Huangfu Chaobo.


    After arranging the player''s task, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have much to do. After arranging five warriors to meet the cavalry in chenjiacun outside the city, Huangfu Chaobo and Xiao jiejie take Chen Jing and two warriors who are familiar with Luoyang City together, prepare to take a look around Zhang rang''s residence and arrange the route well. A group of people entered the inner city and stopped and walked along the outer side of the imperial city. They kept looking at the surrounding situation. They had to make complaints about the Luoyang city''s layout. They even inserted a circle of inner city walls in the history of Luoyang''s outer city and imperial city. This allowed Huangpo to have to go inside the city and then close to the Imperial City, but fortunately, the inner city gate. Generally speaking, they are closed late. In addition, there are outer city walls on the outside and imperial city walls on the inside, so the defense is relatively loose. A few people walked slowly, and they didn''t arrive at Zhang rang''s house in the south of the west gate of Fudao until noon.

 Chapter 228

    As soon as they saw the house, Huangfu Chaobo and Xiaojiejie were stunned. They were worthy of being the father of the old emperor. There must be no better house in Luoyang than him. Among other things, his walls were almost as high as the walls of the imperial city. From a distance, we could see that there was still a building in the house, which was more than one foot higher than the walls of the imperial city. No wonder everyone said that Luobo was the best The highest residence in Yangcheng is not in the Imperial City, but in Zhang rang''s home, which is the landmark of the city. Seeing that the sun was approaching noon, Huangfu Chaobo was not worried. He took a few people into a restaurant not far from Zhang rang''s house. After entering, he went directly to the second floor and chose a private room by the window. I have been to Luoyang for several times. It''s my first time to enter a restaurant in Luoyang. After several years of game development, many players like to go to a restaurant in the game. On the one hand, the food in the game is really full of color, fragrance and flavor. On the other hand, the most important reason is not fat, which makes all food lovers happy.


    After the party settled down, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to order food and wine, and then stood at the window to observe the situation at the gate of Zhang rang house. To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, there was a group of forbidden guards on duty outside Zhang rang''s house. Not only that, the leader was a military general. Huangfu Chaobo called Dian Wei over. After seeing this, Dian Wei said that the military general was at least a high-level warrior. Not only that, there were several warriors in that group. However, if there is Dian Wei in the city, it''s no problem. In addition, there are 400 crossbow soldiers. The main problem is how to get out of the city as soon as possible, otherwise it will be more difficult for Dong Zhuo to get out when he controls the city. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have much trouble in this aspect. After all, there is still time and there will always be a way out of the city. After watching for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo said nothing more. Just as the food and wine had come up, Huangfu Chaobo called several people from Dianwei to eat. After destroying a large table of food and wine, several people went out of the restaurant and asked Chen Jing to show them Zhao Zhong''s mansion next to Zhang rang, and the armory not far from here. However, because the Royal Horse supervisor was too far away, and Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have much demand for horses, he didn''t go to see it again. At the end of the day, Huangfu Chaobo looked at all the targets he had set. Then he went out of the inner city before the inner city gate was closed and returned to the house near the east gate of the outer city.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo was observing the defense and guard of Dongyang gate and Zhang rang''s Zhao Zhong mansion. Not only that, but also he made the players try their best to get into the two houses and inquire about the terrain. Unfortunately, they all failed. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care very much. It''s good to understand clearly. If not, it doesn''t matter. I believe it''s only a matter of time before the emperor''s rank generals, the 43rd rank soldiers and hundreds of second rank soldiers. What''s more, after a few days of investigation, Huangfu Chaobo found that the top ten players'' League in Luoyang were preparing to make a big profit in that turbulent night. Of course, their goal would not be as abnormal as Huangfu Chaobo''s.


    On that day, Huangfu Chaobo was in a restaurant next to Dongyang gate. After the captain arranged for the soldiers to change their duty, he dragged his tired body back to his residence. As soon as he entered the door and sat down, he heard that Xiao Jie rushed in with an excited face and said, "big brother, good news. A brother has heard that a league named Sizhou Fengyun in Luoyang has a relationship with Wu Kuang."


    "Wu Kuang? Which Wu Kuang Huangfu Chaobo is still in the state of covering, and has not responded for a long time.


    "It''s Wu Kuang who opened the gate, let the Xiliang army into the city, surrendered to Dong Zhuo, and then killed he Miao!" Xiao Jie was in a hurry;


    "Wu Kuang? Wu Kuang Huangfu Chaobo finally responded, "are you sure? What is the extent of their relationship with Wu Kuang? " Since you can open the gate to let the Xiliang army into the city, you should be very good under He Jin. Why haven''t you heard of it? However, in any case, he may be very easy to get out of the city. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "let people immediately understand what position Wu Kuang is now, what power he has, and the details of the situation in Sizhou, as well as the extent of their relationship with Wu Kuang."... The clearer you understand these things, the better. As soon as possible


    "OK, brother, I''ll do it myself. Don''t worry." Xiaojiejie has not been with Huangfu Chaobo for a day or two, and he knows his plan very well, so he answers immediately. Then he turned and left.


    Xiao jiejie was very quick. He came back the next afternoon and told Huangfu Chaobo that he had met with the people of Sizhou Fengyun, and basically understood their ideas. To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, not only Sizhou Fengyun, but also the whole Luoyang city''s powerful players'' League has made some moves, but now only Sizhou Fengyun''s boss Fengyun knows the specific situation.


    After listening to these words, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but secretly congratulated himself and transferred all the players from Xiaojiejie. Otherwise, he really knew nothing about the movements of these local snakes and said that he would affect his plan if he could not. Thinking of this, Huangfu said: "Lao Jie, do we want to cooperate with Sizhou Fengyun?"


    "Big brother, I think we can do this. After all, they are local leaders. They know more about many things than us. What''s more, the person I met today is only the sixth member of their alliance. From his mouth, I probably asked some questions. Their goal should be to put on some small workshops and shops, which does not conflict with our goal. After all, their strength is not comparable in our view After a little reflection, Xiao Jie said;"Well, you can make an appointment with their boss Fengyun for me. Let''s have a chat face to face." When Huangfu Chaobo and Xiaojiejie are discussing the affairs of Sizhou Fengyun, Fengyun, the headquarters of Sizhou Fengyun League in the west of Luoyang City, is also recruiting a lot of players to discuss the affairs. After Fengyun finished the discussion of Luoyang players'' League, everyone sat together and chatted. Laoliu said, "boss, brothers, guess who I saw today?"


    "Who?" Old three disdain of say: "difficult don''t you become to see Yuan Shao don''t become?"


    "Hey, hey..." "I can''t see Mr. Yuan, but today I met the first player of the game, Huang Fu Chao Bo''s iron rod, the little hero of Chang she city!" he said


    "Well?" Fengyun immediately realized something and said, "Lao Liu, is Huangfu Chaobo ready to intervene?"


    "Boss, I talked with Xiaojie all morning today. Huaining Huangfu Chaobo has already arrived in Luoyang City. Moreover, I think they should have a big ticket."

 Chapter 229

    On hearing this, everyone''s attention was attracted.


    "Lao Liu, tell me, what did you find out?" "Fourth brother, little jiejie is very tight lipped, and I didn''t ask much, but he has been asking us about Wu Kuang''s relationship and the situation in the city, so I think that Huangfu Chaobo should be preparing to work in Luoyang. Maybe they have even arrived in Luoyang." Laoliudao;


    "yes, laoliudao is right. Xiaojiejie, as the right-hand assistant of Huangfu Chaobo, is in charge of thousands of people''s luoshenhui. Generally speaking, he will never appear in Luoyang. Now he goes to Luoyang to inquire about the news in person, which only means that Huangfu Chaobo has arrived in Luoyang. Laoliujie, please contact Xiaojiejie and see if you can let me know And Huangfu Chaobo see one side, say not, our department state Fengyun can rely on the player first person also do a big vote Fengyun hears it for a moment and then says;


    an hour later, in the restaurant opposite zhangrang mansion, Huangfu Chaobo takes Xiaojiejie, Chen Jing and other people to meet Fengyun of Sizhou Fengyun. As for Dianwei, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t ask him to come. After all, for Huangfu Chaobo, Dianwei is still a wonder. The fewer people you know, the better.


    Fengyun is a 26-7-year-old northern man. Sizhou Fengyun is a player alliance founded by a studio he set up. Nearly 200 core players in the alliance are employees of the studio. Although Fengyun is young, he is also a ashes level game player. Since he graduated from University, he has set up Fengyun world game studio with several classmates. It has been several years From the initial six players to the present nearly 200 main players and hundreds of peripheral logistics teams, of course, there are thousands of peripheral players in the game, and their studios are also ranked in the top 20 in China. But now the competition in the game is the same as the real business competition. When you develop to a certain scale, you will face more and more competition pressure The bigger they come, the more like their current studio. Because Fengyun and others have no background, the development of the studio depends entirely on the efforts of several of them, but they are not willing to introduce new investors, so the development of the studio has been in a bottleneck period. Although their studio has been ranked very high in China now, if there is no other good chance, Fengyun and Tianyun will be the best This is the end of the development of the next studio. In the game, Sizhou Fengyun is not the only one in the league. Fengyun alone has a big village, but it is not the base of the league. It''s just because one of the villages around Luoyang has too much pressure to compete. The other is that Fengyun doesn''t have a good NPC to take care of the village for him, so the village is just a shelf here. In addition, as we all know, the villages around Luoyang are very competitive These cities and towns will be ransacked by Dong Zhuo, so Fengyun is going to take advantage of the chaos in Luoyang to rob some craftsmen from Luoyang. As for how to become their own people, it''s easier for players than to drink cold water. Huangfu Chaobo''s most important players appear in Luoyang City, which makes Fengyun find that maybe his opportunity has come. After a short consideration, Fengyun immediately asks Laoliu to contact Xiaojiejie, and the two sides hit it off and soon make an agreement to meet in this restaurant.


    When Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the restaurant, Fengyun was already waiting in the private room. When he walked into the private room, Huangfu Chaobo was also stunned. He didn''t expect that the boss of the eighth player League in Luoyang City was a boy in his twenties. However, Huangfu Chaobo responded quickly and said, "Hello, boss Fengyun, I''m Huangfu Chaobo!"


    "It''s better to meet you than to be famous. I didn''t expect that the first player, boss Huangfu, was so young! Ha ha ha... " Fengyun was a little stunned after hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s self introduction, but he quickly responded and quickly went forward to greet him.


    They were quite old. After being polite, they didn''t try to beat around the Bush any more, and soon turned to the main topic. Huangfu Chaobo was very generous to tell Fengyun that he was coming for Zhang rang''s wealth and the things in his arsenal. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to rob more places, but after a few days of observation, Huangfu Chaobo found that his taste was too big. The guards of the two places had a soldier, and the two places were too big, so he wanted to be in them It will take a lot of time to make good things, and it will take a lot of time to transfer. If you add up the time, there are not enough hours, but the turmoil in Luoyang will not last so long. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Feng Yun and his party were all stunned. Their glasses fell to the ground. Several of them aimed at several small workshops to study, consider and consider. Huangfu Chaobo was very good and made a big move. However, after listening to Huangfu''s troops, several of them did not speak.


    Fengyun roughly understood Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, because he wanted to cooperate with Huangfu Chaobo, he generously explained to Huangfu Chaobo the matters discussed by the players'' alliance one by one. Because all the major leagues in Luoyang took part in it, we finally divided the whole Luoyang City into different regions. Each league can only deal with the NPCs in its own region. If it reaches out to other players'' territory, it is against other players'' leagues in Luoyang. The area allocated by Sizhou Fengyun is in the west, just near xiyangmen and fudaoximen, and the residence of Zhang rang and others is in this area. The news greatly inspired Huangfu Chaobo. Not only that, Fengyun also told Huangfu Chaobo about his relationship with Wu Kuang in detail. The purpose of doing so is to increase his chips for the cooperation between the two families. As a matter of fact, for Huangfu Chaobo, it was not difficult for him to get out of the city, whether he was in the Arsenal or Zhang rangzhai. It was also because of Wu Kuang that he came to Fengyun. After discussion, they finally reached an agreement. Sizhou Fengyun was responsible for finding out the terrain inside Zhang rang''s and Zhao Zhong''s houses. Huangfu Chaobo''s soldiers were responsible for solving the garrison inside the house. The things inside Zhang rang''s house belonged to Huangfu Chaobo, and the money and things inside Zhao Zhong''s house were divided equally. Of course, if Sizhou Fengyun could not provide the information of the two places If so, both sides are busy.

 Chapter 230

    However, Huangfu Chaobo put forward another suggestion. If Sizhou Fengyun can use Wu Kuang''s relationship to send Huangfu Chaobo and his party out of the city, Huangfu Chaobo is willing to pay Sizhou Fengyun 200 gold and ten crossbows. Of course, Wu Kuang''s expenses belong to Huangfu Chaobo. As soon as this proposal was put forward, several people in Fengyun were shocked. You know, at present, the drawing of one stone rhubarb crossbow has only appeared once in the game, but the rhubarb crossbow has not appeared yet. Fengyun realized that it was Huangfu Chaobo who had spent a lot of money on the drawings at the auction in Luoyang a while ago. Now Fengyun''s several people are more confident in their cooperation with Huangfu Chaobo. They all quickly pat their chests to ensure that they can definitely get maps of two places. Not only here, but also the Arsenal will help Huangfu Chaobo get the maps. Not only that, Fengyun also suggested that Huangfu Chaobo put his troops in the headquarters of Sizhou Fengyun in advance, so that he would not have to spend a few hours to get to zhangrang house from the east gate. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo nodded and agreed.


    At the end of October in 186, all the troops of Huangfu Chaobo were in place. As for the situation in the city, with the participation of local leader Si Zhou Fengyun, things went well, which made Huangfu Chaobo a little surprised. It took Fengyun only three days to hand over the maps of the two houses to Huangfu Chaobo. The contents of the maps were so detailed that it was amazing. However, Fengyun bought the maps of the armory through the hands of Wu Kuang''s soldiers. Of course, the most important thing is not to pull down. After spending 100 gold and some jewelry, the other party is finally willing to give Fengyun a token of leaving the city. You know, as he Jin''s confidant, Wu Kuang''s current position happens to be the deputy of Yuan Shao. It''s just a matter of catching a token of leaving the city. After all, for these people, these are just their means to get money. What''s more, not only the players, but also the big taxi merchants in the city often look for Sili Xiaowei to take such a token out of the city and use the night to transport some goods that can''t be seen in the city.


    After all this was ready, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Now everything is ready, only Dongfeng is in debt. The next step is to wait for the good play to start.


    On the first day of November, today''s imperial court, until it was getting late, general He Jin came out of the palace with a tired body and returned to the palace. After dinner, he Jin immediately sent people to gather his confidants to his study and told several people about the situation in the palace today. The more he Jin talked about it, the more angry he became. Finally, he simply slapped the table and scolded empress dowager Dong, Zhang rang and Jian Shuo scolded for a long time before he stopped. After a cup of tea, he asked Yuan Shao in front of him, "at first, Dong Zhuo of Hedong can reply. When will his army arrive in Luoyang? What''s more, did the governor of Bingzhou have any news? "


    "General Hui, both Dong Zhuo and Ding Yuan have sent envoys to return the news. They should be able to go to Luoyang in the near future." Yuan Shao stepped forward;


    "OK, Zhang rang, Jian Shuo, let''s see how arrogant you can be. When our general''s army of Qin Wang arrives, it will be your time to wait and die!" He Jin said resentfully;


    the next few people discussed how to arrange after the Qin Wang army arrived At this time, the palace sent someone to pass a decree. Empress dowager he, please. He Jin is advised by all of you to come back to the palace too late for fear that someone in the palace will do harm to him, but he Jin doesn''t think so. The Empress Dowager is her own sister. How can it do harm to her? Finally, they couldn''t help persuading them, so they had to step back and ask Yuan Shao, Yuan Shu and Wu Kuang to escort them into the palace. He Jin couldn''t bear the persuasion and finally agreed to take 200 soldiers with him.


    He Jin and his party just went out, they were found by the players guarding outside the mansion. A moment later, all the players'' organizations in Luoyang knew the news. In an instant, the undercurrent surged everywhere in Luoyang.


    After he entered the palace gate, it was the same as in history. When he entered the palace alone, Yuan Shao and his soldiers were stopped outside the palace gate. Half an hour later, Yuan Shao realized that it was not right, so he called out outside the palace to ask he to come in and out of the palace to discuss business. He did not expect to throw a head from the palace wall. When people saw that it was he Jin''s head, Yuan Shao and others were furious. They immediately sent Wu Kuang to the barracks in the city to dispatch troops, and Yuan Shu to the armory to get siege equipment. For a moment, the fire outside the Imperial Palace burst into the sky, and only the voice of soldiers and horses moving was heard everywhere in Luoyang.


    As soon as the players saw that the turmoil had begun, they all acted according to their own plans. For a moment, the whole city of Luoyang was full of murders and flames everywhere. It''s a pity that NPC''s eyes are fixed on the gate of the palace. They don''t have much energy to manage the actions of players in the city.


    All the troops of Huangfu Chaobo have been put in place in the headquarters of Sizhou Fengyun near xiyangmen. Outside the city, two warriors led 200 cavalry and five players to guard Chenjia village. In the corner of Luoshen town near dongyangmen, three warriors led 300 cavalry and five players to watch dongyangmen all the time. The other 200 Guard soldiers, 500 intermediate cavalry and Dian Wei Chen Jing have already arrived at Sizhou Fengyun. As for the other 40 players, they are all distributed near several targets. Any disturbance will be sent back immediately. As soon as the news of Yuan Shao and others attacking the palace outside the palace wall comes, Fengyun can''t wait to go out with his players and taxi soldiers recruited from the village. However, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t act immediately. He just makes an appointment with Fengyun to meet in front of Zhao Zhong''s house two hours later. For Chen Jingdian Wei''s urging, Huangfu Chaobo has to patiently explain to them that Fengyun''s goal is just some small workshops, and their defense is not very strong, but their goal is not the same. As the head of the ten regular attendants, there will certainly be a lot of people making up their minds about Zhang rang''s residence. Instead of going to this wave of muddy water at the beginning, it''s better to wait patiently for a while and let those behind them know When they come to the surface, they will take advantage of themselves.Sure enough, in less than a quarter of an hour, the player in charge of monitoring sent news that at least four waves of people tried to attack Zhang rang''s house. Unfortunately, every time they failed to touch the gate, they were killed by the regiment. However, they were not without harvest. At least, they killed nearly a team of soldiers guarding outside.


    With more and more news coming back, Huangfu Chaobo found that the chaos in Luoyang City was becoming more and more serious. The fighting between the soldiers of shichangshi and those loyal to He Jin was almost white hot. More and more ordered city guards rushed to the gate of the palace. The pressure on the soldiers of shichangshi was increasing, especially the soldiers Yuan Shu transported from the arsenal After the siege equipment arrived, the battle was in favor of Yuan Shao''s army

 Chapter 231

    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that he could not wait any longer, and ordered: "Dian Wei and Chen Jing listen to the order. Dian Wei leads 500 spearmen to the front army, and Chen Jing leads the crossbow soldiers to escort and send troops to Zhang rang mansion!"


    "No"


    "Boom..."


    The gate of Sizhou Fengyun headquarters suddenly opened, and a large number of soldiers rushed out of it, which made the players around startled, because the soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo usually entered in batches, and the people around didn''t find that there were so many taxi soldiers in it.


    After Dian Wei led the soldiers out, he didn''t stop any longer. He went directly to Zhang rang''s house under the guidance of the players of the Luoshen club. Chen Jing and Huangfu Chaobo followed closely with the crossbow soldiers. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo saw players everywhere from time to time, ranging from small groups to hundreds, with a number of different soldiers attacking various buildings on the street. Seeing a big wave of soldiers coming from afar, the players thought they were Luoyang city defense forces. They all scattered like birds and beasts. After running tens of meters away, they found that these soldiers didn''t look at themselves at all and went straight to the inner city. They were relieved and immediately continued the unfinished robbery.


    It only took more than a quarter of an hour from the station to zhangrang house. When Huangfu Chaobo army arrived in front of the gate of zhangrang house, almost ten waves of players had launched attacks here, trying to rush into zhangrang house to make a profit, but they all failed. Now hundreds of players and soldiers have fallen on the square outside the gate of Zhang rang. The players and their soldiers were so vulnerable that the soldiers guarding zhangrang mansion were proud to forget to leave. The village general, seeing that he had only lost a few people, beat hundreds of thugs who wanted to enter the mansion and plunder them to pieces. He thought that the house of marquis Zhang would certainly reward them, and relaxed his vigilance. When Dianwei arrived with five hundred horseless Lancers, the guards were laughing in groups. Even the ten archers on the wall were standing there watching. When Dian Wei saw this, he made the soldiers slow down when he was three or four hundred steps away from the gate. On the one hand, he made them loose and didn''t want to go forward. On the other hand, he sent someone to inform Huangfu Chaobo Chen Jing, so that the crossbow soldiers in the back were ready to hide behind the cavalry and prepare to give the guards a fatal blow. Seeing a big wave of soldiers coming, the guard soldiers in front of Zhang rang''s house were also nervous. However, they didn''t rush forward immediately after they arrived. On the contrary, they were a little timid and didn''t dare to go forward. They all relaxed and didn''t give any advice to the soldiers in front.


    When Dian Wei saw that his strategy was successful, he was relieved to command Chen Jing''s Crossbow soldiers to slowly move forward behind Changsong soldiers. When the soldiers were more than 100 steps away from the army, Dian Wei gave an order, and all the soldiers suddenly accelerated to rush towards the gate. When the soldiers were 50 or 60 steps away, the spearmen in front of them moved to both sides, and the crossbow soldiers came forward according to the order In advance, it was divided into three waves and fired at the guards at the door and the bowmen at the wall. In an instant, hundreds of crossbows and arrows rushed to the guards at the door and the wall like locusts.


    "Hum hum"


    "Poop poop"


    The unexpected guard didn''t expect that this wave of soldiers had crossbows. After a sound, only a few lucky guards retreated into the gate. Others, including the general, were shot. This scene made Huangfu Chaobo people dumbfounded. He thought there would be a fierce battle, and he was ready to kill and injure dozens of people. He didn''t expect that he would be so crisp and quick. On second thought, Huangfu Chaobo praised his decision to wait for a while before sending troops. He didn''t expect that his unintentional move would bring so many benefits to him. However, Dian Wei didn''t do much. He grabbed the two halberds, waved them forward, and yelled: "by the order of the general, kill the eunuch! Kill


    "Kill..."


    The soldiers yelled and went to the gate to kill them.


    Huangfu Chaobo awoke quickly, called Chen Jing over and said, "Boyang, you lead 100 forbidden guards and 100 sword shield cavalry to guard the gate. There will be no amnesty for those who come near. I''ll kill the rest of you


    After hearing this, Chen Jing took orders to arrange the defense of the gate and the wall. Huangfu Chaobo came to the mansion with others. According to the drawings provided by Sizhou Fengyun, he came to Zhang rang''s backyard.


    As soon as we enter the gate, we are all shocked by the magnificence of this house. As a modern man, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that he has seen many luxurious houses in the era of information explosion. Unexpectedly, in front of this house, those are all witches. There are exquisite pavilions and pavilions, beautiful pools, pavilions and water corridors, and rockery stage in each courtyard. Although it is at night, the lights in the whole courtyard are as bright as those in modern society. However, some of Huangfu''s Chaobo didn''t want to appreciate it. At this time, Dian Wei, who entered the courtyard first, had divided his ten warriors into an array and searched all the courtyards according to the drawings. As for the people in the house, all the resisters will be killed, and all those who have no resistance will rush to Zhang rang''s inner house in the backyard. Although there are drawings provided by Sizhou Fengyun, Zhang rang''s belongings need his confidants to know where to collect them.


    Sure enough, after Huangfu Chaobo followed the soldiers into the backyard, Dianwei had already caught many servants and rushed to the yard. Not only that, but also many people were caught here. Looking at more and more captives, there are nearly 100 people, and there is a trend to continue to increase. Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but secretly smash his tongue. NIMA, a house is like a palace. There are hundreds of people who only serve him. They haven''t lived here for a few days in a month. It''s really a TMD luxury...However, Huangfu Chaobo was also able to distinguish between the important and the negative. He asked people to pick out the managers of each hospital. After Dianwei''s warm hospitality, they all told Huangfu Chaobo where Zhang rang''s money and things were kept. After finding out the location of all Zhang rang''s properties, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to select all the skilled talents from all the prisoners and prepare to take them away together. As for the others, they were all locked in the same room with those in charge, and let people take care of them for a while. Then, he took little jiejie and a group of soldiers to open the treasures one by one. It took about half an hour for Huangfu Chaobo to make a circle. However, the harvest also made Huangfu Chaobo dumbfounded. After a rough calculation, the money alone is as much as five million gold. This does not include countless jewelry, one or two hundred pieces of black iron weapons, more than ten level 50 horses and a stack of various drawings. At the same time, he asked people to pack up all kinds of goods and put them into the carriage he had found in the yard of the family guard. Looking at the more than ten cars of goods, Huangfu Chaobo was secretly proud that he had come right this time. Not to mention these things, his five million dollar money alone would not have come in vain. After collecting all the valuables in the house, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay much longer. He asked people to escort the craftsmen and properties to withdraw. As for some other valuables, he didn''t take care of them at all. Huangfu Chaobo asked a player to call the people of Sizhou Fengyun and ask them to take over Zhang rang''s house and then take them to the next goal.

 Chapter 232

    At this time, Luoyang became more and more chaotic. According to the news from the players, after half an hour''s bloody battle, Yuan Shao finally opened the palace gate and entered the imperial city after getting Wu Kuang''s troops and Yuan Shu''s equipment. However, Shichang servant also knew that it was the last moment. Jian Shuo and his loyal soldiers resisted in the Imperial Palace, and both sides killed blood in the palace It''s a river. After hearing the news, Huangfu Chaobo realized that there was not much time left for him, so he urged everyone to speed up. Fortunately, by the time we got to the armory, there were less than 20 people defending here, because when Yuan Shu left, he took away most of the people. In his opinion, only a few people need to be left here. No one dares to challenge the court, and there is nothing in it that will interest others. What he didn''t expect was that someone was really staring here. After arriving at the gate of the armory, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t attack immediately. Instead, he asked someone to come forward with Wu Kuang''s token of leaving the city, saying that he was taking over the armory on Wu Kuang''s order. After seeing Wu Kuang''s token, the two commanders of the guard thought that it was a token to go out of the city, but they saw that it was indeed hundreds of soldiers and horses from the imperial court, so they didn''t say much. They smoothly handed over the defense to Dian Wei. Huangfu Chaobo found that his character today was so good that he easily won his two established goals. After pressing his hand to defend, Huangfu Chaobo directly came to the person in charge without saying anything.


    After a careful inquiry, Huangfu Chaobo found that there were two thousand one stone crossbows in it. The news surprised Huangfu Chaobo. It took him several months to make four hundred crossbows, including dozens of standard one stone crossbows. He didn''t expect that there were two thousand crossbows in it. It would take him at least a year to make them Time. However, since there are such good things in it, why didn''t Yuan Shu move away when he came to move the weapons? When asked, Yuan Shu didn''t know that there were two thousand crossbows left, so he just took out dozens of ladders and took his troops to support Yuan Shao. All of them were cheap for Huangfu Chaobo. Immediately let the steward lead the way, Huangfu Chaobo and Dian Wei hurried to the warehouse, and asked the steward what else was good in the arsenal. It''s a pity that in recent years, the imperial court''s military equipment has been abandoned. In addition to the yellow scarf rebellion, the weapons and equipment in the armory have been almost consumed. In addition, the emperor set up a new army and transferred a lot of weapons and equipment. Now most of the weapons and equipment in the armory have been taken away by Yuan Shu, leaving only one weapon used by ordinary soldiers. These things are very important for Huangfu Chaobo It''s useful. It seems that it''s not cost-effective to transport these things all the way back. Moreover, the goal of these things is too big, and it''s not very convenient to carry them all the way. Huangfu Chaobo had to give up. However, in the end, Huangfu Chaobo asked for something, that is, the drawings of some ordnance. When Huangfu Chaobo opened it, he found that there were also drawings of a large yellow crossbow and two large yellow crossbows, as well as drawings of small and medium-sized well aprons and siege ladders. Without saying a word, all of them were put into his backpack. Finally, the whole arsenal was swept, There''s really nothing left. I found that there are more than ten NPCs in it. When I asked, I found out that except the one in charge, all the others are senior craftsmen. Without saying a word, I asked Chen Jing to take these craftsmen out of the arsenal. As for the guards here, they handed them over to the two prefects and told them that they had taken the soldiers to support general yuan.


    After coming out of the arsenal, Huangfu Chaobo sees Fengyun waiting for him with several players. As soon as he sees Huangfu Chaobo coming out, Fengyun goes forward and says, "boss Huangfu, you should have finished everything over there? It seems that the harvest should not be small! " Then he pointed to the twenty carts behind Huangfu Chaobo.


    "It''s OK," he said with a smile? What''s the harvest of Fengyun boss? "


    "Well, not to mention, a few craftsmen have already arrived, but many brothers have died. Let''s not talk about this. Boss Huangfu, you see, the house of Zhao Zhong that we started to talk about


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t answer his question. Instead, he asked something else. "What''s going on in the palace?"


    "The two sides are still fighting. It''s estimated that the palace is so big that it will not be over for a while and a half. Besides, it''s time for Zhang rang to run away with the little emperor. We should still have plenty of time. " At this time, Fengyun already knew that his people were following Huangfu Chaobo. He fished a lot of things in Zhang rang''s house. He felt that he must not miss this opportunity. He said hurriedly: "Zhao Zhong''s house is only a few hundred meters away from here. Most of my people are concentrated there. There are four or five hundred people. Although they can''t attack, they are still qualified to make cannon fodder, just like Huangfu''s It''s the same as Zhang rang''s house. If our cover crossbow soldiers attack at close range, the crossbow soldiers of boss Huangfu won''t lose anything. What''s more, we only need 40% of this vote? Huangfu, the eldest


    The words of Fengyun make Xiaojiejie and Chen Jing move their fingers and urge Huangfu Chaobo to come down. After Huangfu Chaobo thinks about it, he decides to agree.


    So the two groups went to the South Zhao Zhong house. Sure enough, when Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived in front of Zhao Zhong''s house, hundreds of players from Sizhou Fengyun had gathered here. According to Fengyun''s previous agreement, take the players of Sizhou Fengyun as the front shield, and cover the crossbow soldiers led by Chen Jing in it, while Dianwei''s Gunners only have 200 people at the back, ready to go forward at any time. The player''s fighting power once again confused the guards. Unexpectedly, the crossbow soldiers suddenly went out to fight, causing heavy casualties to the guards. The spearmen on both sides of the rear took the opportunity to attack the gate. With the help of the crossbow soldiers, they quickly wiped out all the guards in Zhao Zhongfu. After entering the house, with the experience of Zhang rang''s house, the house raiding operation proceeded very quickly. However, it is a pity that Zhao Zhongfu is obviously inferior to Zhang rang. The total amount of gold, silver and copper coins alone is less than 2 million gold. At least other jewelry is not as good as Zhang rang''s. However, Huangfu Chaobo is still able to earn a large sum of money, because it is really inconvenient to transport on the road. After selecting several items, Huangfu Chaobo discusses with Fengyun and takes them away in money. Finally, Huangfu Chaobo is very happy Fu Chaobo added 1.5 million gold to his pocket. As for other things, Fengyun took care of them.After dividing the spoils between the two sides, Huangfu Chaobo immediately took his troops and goods and prepared to go back to the east of the city. It was the king''s way to get out of the city as soon as possible.

 Chapter 233

    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo asked Dianwei to lead two hundred shield soldiers and one hundred forbidden guards to open the way in front, Chen Jing to lead one hundred shield soldiers and one hundred forbidden guards to the back of the motorcade, and the other soldiers were scattered on both sides of the twenty carriages. At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo asked Xiaojie to sprinkle the players out and inquire about the situation of the motorcade in advance. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was so generous and handed over Zhao Zhongzhai to him, Fengyun immediately asked people to lead 100 players to help Xiaojie. With the help of these 100 players, Huangfu Chaobo gave up the practice of detour, because now there are not many troops left in front of the palace gate, and they have basically gone to fight in the palace. For Huangfu Chaobo and his party, time is life. According to the historical process, Dong Zhuo should be near the outside of Luoyang and will enter the city soon. Once he enters the city, it will be difficult for Huangfu Chaobo''s more than 20 carriages to go out. He must leave the city as soon as possible. With the guard of more than 100 players, nearly 1000 soldiers in Huangfu Chao Bo''s hands, if they meet small soldiers on the road, they will roll over directly. If they meet the big wave soldiers, they have the player''s prior notice. Huangfu Chao Bo believes that his team should be able to avoid. After thinking about this, Huangfu Chaobo led the motorcade to the south along the wall of the Imperial City, and then to the east along the street in front of the imperial city. As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, he met several Boshi soldiers, who were killed by Dian Wei. They arrived at Dongyang gate in a hurry. After showing the exit token of Sili Xiaowei''s residence to Chengmen Xiaowei, and then handing over 50 gold tea money, Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally got out of Luoyang Chengmen. Looking at the city gate slowly closed behind him, and Luoyang city full of fire everywhere, Huangfu Chaobo was finally relieved.


    "Goodbye, Luoyang... I''ll be back in a few months, but what will you look like then? " With a long sigh of relief, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the hundreds of soldiers and twenty carriages around him and said to Chen Jing, "let''s go to Chenjia village to get the horses, and then we''ll go home."


    "Go home..." The crowd responded loudly;


    when Huangfu Chaobo and others left the city, the battle in the palace was coming to an end. Hu Ben Zhonglang killed yuan Shutong''s soldiers in the imperial city. He killed them when he saw people. He also set fire to the Nangong palace and chased Zhang rang and others. Zhang rang and Duan Si, a member of zhongchangshi, hijacked Liu Bian and Liu Xie, the young emperor, and fled to xiaopingjin (now southwest of Gongxian County, Henan Province) at the Yellow River Ferry in the middle of the night. At this time, Dong Zhuo''s army had passed Hangu pass. Dong Zhuo yuan, who was on the March, saw a sea of fire in the capital. Knowing that the situation had changed, he immediately sent people to Luoyang to inquire about the news. After hearing that the young emperor was near Beimang mountain, Dong Zhuo quickly led his troops to Luoyang. The young emperor was terrified and tearful by the army. Dong Zhuo, majestic, swaggered forward to see the young emperor, and asked him about the incident. The young emperor stammered and incoherent, but Liu Xie, the king of Chen Liu, who was standing on one side, took the initiative to tell Dong Zhuo about the whole incident. The narration was unambiguous and clear. Dong Zhuo was very happy. He thought that Liu Xie was much better than Liu Bian, and because he was raised by Empress Dowager Dong himself, he had the initial idea of deposing Liu Bian and supporting Liu Xie.


    After Dong Zhuo welcomed Liu Bian to the Imperial Palace, he began to intervene in the central government of the Eastern Han Dynasty with the emperor''s command. Dong Zhuo, who had been fighting for a long time, deeply realized that if he wanted to conquer all the officials and control the imperial court, he must have a strong military backing. When he first arrived in Luoyang, Dong Zhuo''s subordinates had no more than 5000 troops. In order to have a strong military deterrent effect on Luoyang at the beginning, he ordered his subordinates to sneak out of Luoyang at night every four or five days. The next morning, he marched into Luoyang again. The war drums were shaking and the banners were waving. It was like a steady stream of troops. All the people in Luoyang, including the officials of the imperial court, were frightened by Dong Zhuo''s powerful strength and did not dare to commit any deviant behavior.


    Although the illusion can temporarily confuse people, it will eventually be seen through. Of course, Dong Zhuo''s move can only be an expedient measure. After a slight adjustment, he began to take practical actions to expand his forces and take over military power. After general He Jin was killed by Zhang rang, Wu Kuang, the leader of his trilogy, had a deep resentment against He Jin''s younger brother he Miao, who was then a general of motorcycles. He thought he Miao was unwilling to cooperate with He Jin, and suspected that he was colluding with Zhang rang to deal with He Jin. Wu kuangnian, he Jin, was kind to himself and vowed to kill he Miao and avenge him. He mobilized his soldiers and told them, "it''s general he Miao who killed the general in collusion with Zhang rang. We must avenge the general!" So he joined hands with Dong min, Dong Zhuo''s younger brother, to attack and kill he Miao. After he Miao''s death, Dong Zhuo took advantage of the fishermen and recruited the troops of He Jin and he Miao.


    Ten days later, zhijinwu led Bingzhou to assassinate Ding Yuan. After the death of emperor Hanling, he Jin invited him to Luoyang to kill Shichang Shi. Unfortunately, after he led the army to Luoyang, the city of Luoyang was under the control of Dong Zhuo''s army. After that, Ding Yuan and Dong Zhuo had a conflict, and Dong Zhuo induced Lv Bu to kill him and annex his people. With the annexation of general he Miao''s troops, Dong Zhuo became powerful. He deposed Shaodi, killed empress dowager he, and established Liu Xie, the king of Chen Liu, as Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty. Later, Tai Wei of Dong Zhuo Qian led the army and became Marquis of the Han Dynasty. He forced Yuan Shao and others to take over military and political power.


    When Dong Zhuo first entered Luoyang, he indulged his soldiers in plundering property and women in the city, which was called "search prison". At the same time, he restored the reputation of the party members and used literati to win over the people.Dong Zhuo used his privileges to promote and appoint a large number of Party members, such as Zhou Bi, Minister of the Ministry of official affairs, Wu Qiong, Minister of official affairs, Zheng Gongye, chief Shi He GUI, and Sikong Wu. Not only that, as long as they were the party prisoners related to the above-mentioned personnel, Dong Zhuo called them lieqing. For a while, "most of the people who were secluded and stagnant were obviously pulled out.". Cai Yong, a great literary scholar of that dynasty, was also recruited by Dong Zhuo.


    At the beginning, Cai Yong was exiled from Shuofang because he wrote to the emperor. Later, he was pardoned and returned to his hometown. Wang Zhi, a local official, originally had a personal grudge with Cai Yong, so he impeached Cai Yong for his remarks against the Pang government. Cai Yong was forced to run away from home and roam the rivers and lakes for 12 years. Dong Zhuo had heard of Cai Yong''s fame and talent for a long time, so he specially recruited him to be an official in Beijing. Cai Yong didn''t want to be involved in politics any more, so he politely refused. Dong Zhuo threatened Cai Yong: "if you don''t obey, I will kill you all." Cai Yong was afraid and had to go back to Luoyang. Dong Zhuo was overjoyed and appointed him as a sacrificial wine. He respected Cai Yong very much. Later, he was promoted to his official position. Within three days, Cai Yong went through the "three platforms" and became an official in court.


    Dong Zhuo not only arranged his own forces in various departments of the central government, but also instilled local forces by appointing Taishou and assassin. For example, at that time, Yingchuan Taishou Kong was appointed as Yuzhou assassin, Yuan Shao as Bohai Taishou, and Yuan Shu as Nanyang Taishou, so as to appease local forces. In this way, Dong Zhuo has basically controlled the main political forces of the central and local governments through the arrangement of ears and eyes at all levels. As long as the officials who are dissatisfied with him make a little move, he will ruthlessly eradicate them, kill the chickens and frighten the monkeys, and deter the government and the opposition.

 Chapter 234

    When Luoyang City was in a mess, Huangfu Chaobo had already returned to changshe city with his motorcade and army. At this time, all the generals of Longhua have returned to changshe. Not only that, Huyan has brought back 500 Xianbei and Wuhuan cavalry from Longhua. After all, the bow cavalry in the cavalry barracks of Central Plains only take part in the most common riding and shooting, while both Xianbei and Wuhuan have one skill of their own, running and shooting. Huyan is the same after he changes his post. When he takes charge of the cavalry of Xianbei and Wuhuan, he is the leader of them This skill will be activated automatically. Not only that, they also brought back a yellow brown horse BMW and dozens of good horses. It is said that more than ten Xianbei cavalry soldiers died in order to harness the horse. Huangfu Chaobo thought that Huang Zhong was missing a good horse, so he gave it to Huang Zhong on the spot. Not only that, in Huang Xu''s hands, Longhua city has developed quite well. It has not only upgraded to Zhongzhen, but also has a population of more than 10000. As soon as he saw this situation, he immediately arranged for Zhang an to change his position, and then took 500 elite bowmen with him from changshe city to Longhua town to help Huang Xu guard Longhua. In the past, they not only helped Huang Xu manage Longhua Town, but also took over the auction in infinity city and contacted gongsunzan forces At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo also asked Zhang an to tell Huang Xu to let go of the development of Longhua Town, especially the population and grain reserves. The more population there is, the stronger the combat readiness of Longhua town is, the more sufficient the grain reserves are, and the stronger the development potential will be.


    In the following time, the rebellion in all parts of the Han Dynasty was gradually put down. Gongsun Zan was promoted to the post of prefect of youbeiping because of his contribution to the peace. No matter what happens outside, I will not move. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay much attention to the changes outside. He just ran between changshe and Luoshen town for the purpose of hard training. After returning to changshe City, when Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing Xiaojiejie counted the harvest of their trip to Luoyang, they were all shocked: there were 6.5 million gold in money alone, plus 2000 one stone crossbows and 50 crossbows for each crossbow machine, and other weapons and equipment of black iron level, which were snatched from several places, with more than 200 pieces and dozens of various kinds There are also more than 30 intermediate and senior craftsmen, and more than 10 carts of jewelry and other treasures. In fact, there are several drawings that really make Huangfu Chaobo people excited, including two drawings of one stone large yellow crossbow, two drawings of two stone large yellow crossbow, and the drawings of medium-sized and small siege ladders, siege vehicles and catapults. The most important thing is that A small town upgrade drawing found in Zhang rang''s house, Huangfu Chaobo estimates that this should be the first small town upgrade drawing found in the whole game.


    Upgrading drawings of small town: it is required that the scale of the collar should reach a large town, the population should reach 20000, the types of buildings should reach more than 40, and the title of the Lord should reach six grades or more.


    Huangfu Chaobo found that the biggest difficulty of this drawing for the Lord is the population. Other aspects are relatively easy to complete, such as official positions. Now there are at least thousands of players with more than six grades in the game, and there are basically no problems with the types of buildings. But the population is 20000 people, not 200 people, not 2000 people. Think about how to gather up so many people How long will it take? You say players. Well, now the largest player organization is tens of thousands of people. That day, it was just a few player organizations at the top of the list. For others, if you had three or five thousand people, it would be relatively large. Of course, none of this is a problem for Huangfu Chaobo. Now the population of Luoshen town has reached 20000. If two affiliated towns are added, there are more than 30000 people, which far exceeds the requirement of upgrading. But this is because the population captured by Huang Zhong in the great war, if it is increasing at an ordinary speed, who knows it will have to wait until the year of the monkey That''s the number.


    Of course, Huangfu Chaobo is now the magistrate of changshe county. He can order NPCs to move some of them to the territory. But the problem is that his territory is next to changshe City, only 20 Li apart. Is it necessary to put two counties within 20 Li? Moreover, the population is still robbing the east to make up the West. For the city, no population means no development potential. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized the importance of population to this game. Well, since Luoshen town is useless, what about Longhua town? It doesn''t seem to work. According to the rules of the game, the level of the main city limits the level of the subsidiary city. That is to say, if Luoshen town is not upgraded to the middle city, it is basically impossible for the outer town of Longhua to be upgraded to a city. Er, well, since I can''t use it, I''ll just sell it. It suddenly occurred to Huangfu Chaobo that Huangfu Chaobo remembered that he only saw the highest level of territory upgrading drawings in the stores of the system city. The price seems to be 10000 gold. According to this, the price of upgrading drawings from a big town to a small town is 100000 gold? However, no one would buy it. What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo is not in urgent need of money. So after a big circle, Huangfu Chaobo found that the most valuable things are not for himself.


    Finally, Huangfu Chaobo had to hand over the drawings to Jia Jing and receive them from the secret library of Luoshen town. Then he sorted out the harvest of his Luoyang trip. Looking at these things, little Jie said: "NIMA, no wonder some people say to get rich and rob families! We''ve just emptied Zhang rang''s house. How many things can Dong Zhuo get in Luoyang at that time


    "Come on," Huang Fu Chao Bo said in a side way, "I dare say that we didn''t steal Zhang rang''s Secret Library at all. That''s how much. Do you think that Zhang rang''s ability is the only thing? And do you see any real treasures in it? Do you have artifact level weapons? Do you think Zhang rang doesn''t have any good things in his hand? ""Yes, if you give us another day to turn over Zhang rang Fu, hey..." Little Jie said;


    "brother, let''s choose some weapons here?" But Adu didn''t care, looking at the piles of top-quality equipment on the ground, he said with a shy face;


    "how many pieces? What do you want so much for? Everyone has a suit of armor, a melee weapon and a bow. That''s all. I''ll give the rest to other generals. " Huangfu Chaobo glanced at Adu and said, "Oh, by the way, you two should choose another horse."


    Among the more than 20 drawings, there are one stone rhubarb crossbow and one stone rhubarb crossbow and two stone rhubarb crossbows, as well as drawings of small and medium-sized well aprons, siege ladders and siege vehicles. These drawings were sent to the secret library by Jia Jing. As for the two thousand rhubarb crossbows, Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranged for two thousand elite archers to be transferred to crossbow soldiers, so that Huang Zhong could step up his practice. Not only that, Huangfu Chaobo also asked the equipment center to stop the production of rhubarb crossbows. All craftsmen stepped up the production of crossbows and crossbow strings, hoping that each crossbow soldier could be equipped with more than two crossbow strings and 200 crossbows before the next plot.


    Not only is Huangfu Chaobo actively preparing, but all the players in the game are preparing for the second plot. The whole game is quiet all of a sudden, and the fight between players'' territories seems to have stopped.


    In December, when Cao Cao saw that Dong Zhuo was acting against his will and was unwilling to cooperate with him, he and Wang Yun tried to assassinate Dong Zhuo but failed. So he changed his name and escaped from Luoyang, the capital. After Cao Cao fled to chenliujiwu, he got the help of xiangyiweizi, who poured out his family wealth and "scattered his family wealth and joined the righteous soldiers". Soon after, Cao Hong, Cao Renhe, Xia Houyuan and Xia Houdun led the soldiers to fight. Soon, Cao Cao''s men gathered 5000 righteous soldiers.


    "System announcement, Cao Cao stabbed Dong, after the defeat, escaped from the capital, the historical process automatically adjusted to ad 189."


    January 190. Cao Cao issued an imperial edict calling on the world''s heroes to attack Dong Zhuo.


    "System announcement, ad 190, the first year of the Han Dynasty, Cao Cao Jiao Zhao to discuss Dong. The historical plot is open to all. "

 Chapter 235

    In 190 A.D., in January of the first year of the reign of emperor Ping in the middle of the Han Dynasty, Cao Cao issued an address to discuss Dong.


    The imperial edict said: "Cao and so on sincerely announce to the world: Dong Zhuo bullied heaven and earth, killed the country and killed the king; disorderly Forbidden Palace, harmed the living creatures; the wolf was cruel and merciless, and the crime was full of! Today, under the emperor''s imperial edict, he collected a large number of righteous soldiers and vowed to sweep Qinghua summer and suppress the murderers. Wang Xingyi teacher, a total vent of public anger; support the royal family, save the people. When the proclamation arrives, it can be carried out as soon as possible! "


    After receiving Cao Cao''s address, all the vassals responded.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was preparing to prepare his troops, he suddenly received a summons from Kong, saying that he wanted him to go to Runan to discuss something important. Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. It was clear that Kong should respond to the call of war now. Why did he call himself to Runan at this time? Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Huang Zhong, Lou GUI and Zaozhi to come over and tell them their doubts. Uncle Kong was appointed governor of Yuzhou as usual in history. After being appointed by Dong Zhuo Chaoting, uncle Kong soon went to Pingyu in Runan to take office. As for Yingchuan''s position, he was handed over to Xu Jing.


    After listening to them, none of them said anything. Although Huang Zhong has more than 70 intelligence, he is a military general after all, while Zao is mainly engaged in internal affairs. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, they both turned their heads and looked at Lou GUI. After being recruited by Huangfu Chaobo, Lou GUI didn''t give him any real position. He just gave advice as a military adviser of Huangfu Chaobo. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Lou GUI smoothed his long beard, laughed, and said to Huangfu Chaobo: "this matter is easy to hear. Kong Yuzhou''s invitation to the young master must be to ask him about Cao Cao''s attitude towards the accusation. As a clean-up personage, Kong Yuzhou definitely wanted to respond to the call of war and set up an army to beg for thieves. But I''m not sure about your attitude, because after all, old general Huangfu and old General Zhu are still in the hands of Dong Zhuo in Luoyang. If he doesn''t know the attitude of the young master, and if the young master takes refuge with Dong Zhuo because he is worried about the safety of the two old generals after he starts fighting, there are not many soldiers in changshe City, but they are all elite soldiers who have been fighting for a long time. In addition to the bravery of the two generals Huang and Dian, and the influence of the young master among the strange people, the young master can be placed in a place where there is no death, or even the whole Anti Japanese army Dong''s allied forces disappeared. If my guess is correct, Kong Yuzhou will definitely ask you to join him in sending troops. "


    When they heard this, they all realized, so they discussed how to deal with it. When all these were clear, Huangfu Chaobo immediately took Dianwei and led the 100 Huben cavalry to Pingyu of Hannan hospital.


    Two days later, Huangfu Chaobo arrived at Kong''s assassin''s residence.


    As soon as he entered the study, Kong Bi showed Huangfu Chaobo something. Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was Cao Cao''s address. I can''t help but feel proud in my heart. Fortunately, I have a military adviser in my hand now. It''s because of the war, but I still look at Kong with a blank face.


    "In my nephew''s opinion, should I take action?" Kong said,


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded.


    "Will my nephew join me in the army?"


    "My nephew must have followed my uncle in sending troops." Huangfu is very knowledgeable. Shit, I''ve been waiting for this for more than two years. It''s no wonder I don''t fight.


    "That wise nephew is not afraid that brother Yizhen and brother Gongwei will be implicated?"


    Demon, it''s just over 80 years of intelligence. If you change it into nearly 100 years of intelligence of insects and birds, it''s not really useless. It turned out that I was really afraid that I would not fight and poke his chrysanthemum in the back. Kong Bi knew the strength of Huangfu yuebo. Although there were not many soldiers, he had several powerful generals under his command. In addition, he was influenced by other people. If Huangfu Chaobo really started to fight in changshe, it was really hard to say. Thinking about what Lou GUI and himself said, Huang Fu Chao Bo sorted out his thoughts, organized his language, and said, "Dong thief has no way, he is in trouble. All the righteous men in the world should be put to death. Although my uncle and teacher are in Luoyang, they will agree with my nephew. If Chao Bo can''t fight, he will be scolded by the two elders, and even be expelled from the family and the gate wall. As for what uncle Kong was worried about, Chao Bo felt that Dong thief did not dare to do it, not to mention that his mentor and uncle were all famous people in the world. Even with the reputation of our northern Huangfu family, Dong thief had to consider the reaction of guanxi family. "


    After thinking about it, Kong felt that it was reasonable. At last, he was relieved. "Well, I''ll fight against Dong immediately. Go back to changshe and get ready. As soon as I arrive, I''ll go to the alliance with you."


    "I''ll take orders." Huangfu Chaobo is preparing to go back to changshe. He didn''t expect that Kong suddenly asked him to go to the barracks and gather his own guards to a thousand guards. So Huangfu Chaobo went to Pingyu barracks to recruit 800 guards. Then he raced back to changshe city to get ready. Now Huangfu Chaobo has 300 Huben cavalry, 300 Longbow soldiers, 200 Longgun guards and 200 DaoDun guards. As for why he sent troops with the NPC lords, Huangfu Chaobo also had a purpose. After all, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to be the leader, and it was better to follow the NPC Lords.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo returned to changshe City, he immediately made arrangements. First of all, the positions of the generals were adjusted. Huang Zhong and Chen Jing were still the county captains of Chang she, but Jia Jing and Zaozhi were left behind. Chen Jing led 5000 troops, and the three Dugu brothers and ten military men assisted them. Huang Zhong led 5000 County soldiers (2000 cavalry, 1000 spearmen, 1000 crossbow soldiers, and 1000 sword and shield soldiers), and he led 1500 soldiers and horses (including 1000 forbidden guards and 500 Xianbei cavalry soldiers) under the name of Xiaowei, plus more than 1000 auxiliary soldiers and dozens of craftsmen who had learned to make Siege equipment. Lou GUI was taken as the commander, and Dianwei, Zhoucang, Pei yuanshao and Huyan were all generals. Not only that, for the sake of the plot war, Huangfu Chaobo also transferred all the military officers with good qualifications to five generals. These are all the military officers Huangfu Chaobo Huang Zhong has been cultivating. For example, Zhou Yi, who knows how to fight in the water, and two generals Zhou Shi and Wu Bin, two bow generals Zhao Rui and Zheng Feng For the historical generals, there are still too many differences in skills and array. Moreover, they are all military generals, and none of them are domestic generals.Ten days later, Kong Yu led more than 10000 auxiliary soldiers of 20000 troops to Chang she. After joining up with Huangfu Chaobo''s troops, a group of 26500 troops and nearly 40000 people left for the wild jujube.

 Chapter 236

    At the beginning of February, Yuan Shao, the governor of Bohai Sea, received Cao Cao''s imperial edict, so he gathered his civil and military generals and decided to respond after discussion. After making arrangements for the affairs in the county, he was ready to lead 30000 troops and leave Bohai Sea to join the alliance with Cao Cao and other princes. As soon as Cao Cao''s address arrived in the counties, all the princes of the towns indicated that they would fight in response. For a time, all parts of the Han Dynasty were ready to fight. Within a few days, 18 local officials said they would join the alliance to fight against Dong Zhuo. There were 18 routes for the warlords, namely: the first town, and the later general, Nanyang prefect Yuan Shu, led 20000 troops. In the second town, Han Fu, the governor of Jizhou, led 30000 troops. In the third town, there are 27000 people in Yuzhou. In the fourth Town, Liu Dai, the governor of Yanzhou, led 20000 troops. The fifth town is Wang Kuang Wan, the prefect of Hanoi Prefecture. In the sixth Town, Chen Liu''s prefect Zhang Miao led 10000 troops. In the seventh Town, Qiao Mao, the governor of Dongjun County, led 10000 soldiers. In the eighth Town, Yuan Yi, the prefect of Shanyang, led 10000 troops. The ninth town is Baoxin, the Prime Minister of Jibei. In the tenth Town, Kong Rong, the governor of Beihai, is ten thousand. In the eleventh Town, Zhang Chao, the governor of Guangling, was ten thousand. In the 12th Town, the governor of Xuzhou, Tao Qian, was 20000. In the 13th Town, Ma Teng, the prefect of Xiliang, is ten thousand. In the fourteenth Town, there were ten thousand Gongsun Zan (including three thousand white horses and seven thousand ordinary cavalry). In the 15th Town, Zhang Yang, the supreme leader of the upper party, led 10000 troops. In the 16th Town, Sun Jian, the Marquis of Wu Cheng, led 10000 troops. In the 17th Town, Yuan Shao, the Marquis of Qi Township, led 30000 troops. In the 18th Town, general Cao Cao of Fenwei led 10000 troops.


    There are 30000 soldiers and 12000 soldiers in different routes. They lead their own civil and military generals to leave their own territory and go to the jujube city. What Huangfu Chaobo and other players didn''t expect is that when Gongsun Zan led his troops to Luoyang, Liu Bei led Zhang Fei and Guan Yu to suanzao with two thousand soldiers after he told Youzhou mu. It seems that although the player has changed Liu dader''s life trajectory, he was pulled back by Nu Wa.


    NPC troops come all the way, but not all the way. For example, Sun Jian, a fierce tiger in the east of the Yangtze River, has done two great things. One is that he killed Wang Min, the governor of Jingzhou from Changsha to Hanshou, for the reason that Wang Min didn''t want to serve his country and didn''t want to join the alliance; the other is that he killed Zhang Zi, the governor of Nanyang, for the reason that Zhang Zi was greedy and didn''t want to provide food for his army They want to encircle and suppress the army and help the tyrant. It was because Sun Jian killed the governor of Nanyang that Yuan Shu became a general to lead the governor of Nanyang. Later, after getting the news that Wang Min, the assassin of Jingzhou, was killed, Dong Zhuo, on the suggestion of Li Ru, immediately appointed Liu Biao as the governor of Jingzhou.


    In the Jinluan palace in Luoyang City, Dong Zhuo, with a fat head and big ears and a face full of flesh, sits on the grand master''s horse, next to the little Xiandi who is a few years old.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, Cao Cao, who fled to Kanto, sent out many speeches to contact the princes and wanted to send troops to Luoyang. In your opinion, how should we deal with it?"


    "Huitaiwei, this matter is easy. You only need to send a big general to guard the two passes of Sishui and Hulao. If the two passes are not lost, Luoyang will be as stable as Mount Tai. In a few months, the thieves in the east of the pass will be scattered like birds and beasts because of the lack of food and grass." This is Li Ru, the chief counselor of Dong Zhuo''s son-in-law.


    "Well, wen you, that''s a good plan. However, both Guo and Li put an end to the chaos in Hedong. Then who should be sent? " Then he looked at a general with a golden crown beside him, who was called the No.1 general in the world. Just as Dong Zhuo was ready to speak, one of his Highness''s generals came out. "Tai Wei, how can you kill a chicken with a bull''s knife? There are some thieves. Why do you need to wait? At the end of the day, the general is willing to lead the troops to the battle, and vows that all the children in Guandong are trapped in Sishui pass and can''t move forward. "


    Dong Zhuo is Hua Xiong, his former first strong general, but his position has declined since Lv Bu came. Originally, if Dong Zhuo''s generals were ranked first in terms of ability, Hua Xiong would be the third. However, if we only talk about personal courage, Hua Xiong would be the first strong general before Lv Bu came. However, due to the emergence of Lu Bu, Hua Xiong''s status is obviously not as good as before. Now the people who are close to Dong Zhuo have changed from Hua Xiong to Lu Bu. So when Dong Zhuo turned his eyes on Lv Bu, Hua Xiong immediately came out unconvinced and asked for a fight.


    Dong Zhuo looked at Li Ru, and Li Ru said, "with the bravery of general Hua, Zhao Cen as deputy, and Li Su as a member of the army, there should be no problem in guarding Sishui pass. If Sishui pass is not lost, Hulao pass will be safe! "


    Dong Zhuo was not good either, and his old subordinates were cold hearted. After he made a military order, he joined the army with him as the captain of the valiant cavalry, Zhao Cen as the deputy general, and Li Su as the leader. He led 50000 troops and came to sishuiguan to meet the enemy.


    After arranging the defense of key positions, Dong Zhuo asked about the defense of cities east of hulaoguan and sishuiguan. After thinking about it for a moment, Li Ru gave his father-in-law an idea. Since the princes of Guandong launched ramodo to take part in the war, can''t we do the same? There is no danger to defend the cities in Kanto. In addition, the defensive forces are not enough. So we should simply use these cities to hold down the steps of the princes in Kanto, and at the same time, it can also kill the troops and morale of the princes. Dong Zhuo thought it was the same, so he immediately ordered the foreign lords and allies under his rule, and scattered foreign soldiers to join the war. Of course, it must be issued in the form of mission. For example, in the east of Zhongmou County, there is a small town called Qu Yuju, which is a NPC town. Dong Zhuo has 1000 troops in it. The princes of Guandong will issue a Qu Yu siege mission, asking the players participating in the battle to attack the town within how long. On the other hand, Dong Zhuo Shili will issue a Qu Yu defense mission, asking the players to assist Qu Yu How long do soldiers guard. Of course, after the release of the mission, the number of players who can receive the mission and their taxi pawns are basically equal. In this way, it is a small plot task under the big plot task. There are also small towns around Rongyang City, such as Guangwu, aocang, Longcheng, Guancheng and Guoting. There are hundreds to thousands of garrisons in them. The princes of Guandong will also issue corresponding attack tasks, while the forces of Dong Zhuo will issue corresponding defense tasks. In this way, a series of small plot tasks are generated. In a word, in a word, under the plot of the princes'' discussion of Dong, there will be countless plot tasks, big and small, which will be handed over to the players. When the players play high, they will clean up the cities to the east of Hulao pass through the plot tasks, and then the princes'' army will send troops to fight against Dong Zhuo''s army. At that time, Sishui pass and Hulao pass will attack and defend The offensive and defensive war is the moment when two NPC forces collide with each other.

 Chapter 237

    NPC is busy preparing for the war, at the same time, the system about the big plot update notice also came out.


    1. NPC forces split into Dong Zhuo camp, vassal camp and neutral camp, and players can freely choose the camp to join. After joining the Dong Zhuo camp or the Dukes camp, you can attack the enemy camp and obtain corresponding meritorious service. After the campaign, you can exchange corresponding camp rewards. Forces between neutral camps can attack each other, but there is no camp meritorious service reward, and you can''t attack the other two camps. For specific conditions, see the rules on declaring war between players'' territories. Once the camp is selected, it cannot be changed except under special circumstances. If you need to change the camp, you need to complete the camp conversion task.


    2. Players and legions participating in the Dong Zhuo camp and the Dukes camp must send at least half of the territory troops or Legion players to the front line of the campaign. Players who participate in the war for the first time must carry one month''s military provisions of their headquarters. After half a month, they can get military provisions from each camp through various missions. After selecting a faction, players can send it to the designated location for free: the first transmission point of Dong Zhuo faction is Dong Zhuo army camp in the west of Hulao pass, and the first transmission point of Dukes faction is suanzao camp. The loss of soldiers and soldiers in a campaign can be replenished by conscription in the campaign or in the territory. During the campaign, the supplementary location is in the recruitment point of the two camps. The cost of recruitment is twice that of territory recruitment, but all arms except special arms can be obtained. The system presents a transmission volume, which is bound with the warlord or the commander of the army and cannot be traded. The territory replenishment forces can get a chance to quickly replenish forces to the campaign. The transmission location is any non hostile city within the campaign coverage. Open the compulsory camp task, players who join two camps will get all kinds of compulsory camp tasks at random. After three consecutive compulsory camp tasks fail, players will lose the qualification to participate in the follow-up campaign, force to quit, retain the merits of the original camp, and receive camp rewards after the campaign. Of course, in addition to the compulsory camp tasks, there are also a large number of non compulsory camp tasks in the campaign. The system will rank the meritorious service of the players participating in the battle, and update the ranking every five days. The top ten of the two camps can get the qualification to participate in the military discussion of their own camp.


    3. Rules on declaration of war between players'' lords: in order to regulate players'' War behavior and activate the war application function, players must pay a certain amount of fees between their territories (including the Legion station) to declare war. The declared object must be a territory above the town level, and the declared territory must not be more than one level different, such as a big town declaring war on a middle Town, but not a small town. After the declaration of war is passed, the declared territory has three days to prepare; after the declaration of war is submitted and passed, the declared territory can not apply again within three months. During the campaign, the enemy camp was not included in the declaration of war.


    4. Camp tasks are divided into levels 1 to 10 according to the difficulty. Different levels of tasks have different difficulty, and the corresponding achievements and rewards are also different. At the same time, the camp task time is five days, so whether it''s a siege task or a field task, if the task is not completed within five days from receiving the task to the end, it is considered that the task fails, and you must receive a new task again:


    Level 1 task: All kinds of single person tasks, such as material collection, intelligence collection, etc.


    Level 2 tasks: all kinds of tasks with less than 10 people, such as material collection, intelligence collection, etc.


    ¡£


    ¡£


    ¡£


    Level 6 missions: combat missions with more than 5000 people.


    Level 7 mission: field combat mission with more than 10000 people, attack and defense combat mission with small town level or above, etc.


    Level 8 missions: field combat missions with more than 20000 people, attack and defense combat missions with level above Zhongzhen, etc.


    Level 9 missions: field combat missions with more than 50000 people, offensive and defensive combat missions with towns above.


    Level 10 missions: field combat missions with more than 100000 people, offensive and defensive combat missions with county level or above, etc.


    As soon as the system announcement comes out, it immediately causes an uproar among the players. There are many people who agree with it, and there are many people who abuse it. Many people are trying to fish in troubled waters while taking advantage of the plot task. Because the story of Dong Zhuo is not like the story of Huang Jin. In Huang Jin''s story, it can be said that most players fight at home, while the story of Dong Zhuo is different. Basically, the war takes place around Hulao pass. Once players take part in the war, many lords are basically far away from the territory, which gives many people opportunities to take advantage of. What I know is that there are many people fishing in troubled waters in the story of Huangjin, and they get a lot of benefits. So before the beginning of the story, I don''t know how many of them are eager to try. As a result, their dreams are shattered as soon as the announcement is made. However, it also makes players who participate in the plot feel more comfortable about their territory. Neutral players can''t attack themselves, and hostile players'' forces are the same as themselves. Half of the forces have participated in the plot campaign. Therefore, the security of the territory is basically guaranteed.


    However, several updates are also widely discussed among players. For example, the first one basically guarantees the interests of the players participating in the plot campaign, which will surely satisfy the vast majority of players. Combined with the fourth one, it also gives some guarantees to some players who are not strong enough, at least don''t worry about being attacked by others before upgrading to the town level. There are also some players whose strength has reached the town level or above, but they don''t want to compete for supremacy. After choosing neutral, they can''t attack other territories, but they can farm more at ease. There is also the last sentence of the first one, which makes players daydream that they can''t change without special circumstances. Does it mean that there may be Infernal Affairs in the same camp? In a word, the system makes players suspicious and distrust each other just like the camp of NPC princes.In the second one, there is also a message that makes all players move their fingers. That is to add soldiers in the campaign. In the campaign, you can recruit all arms except special arms in the game. You know, in the story of Huangjin, tens of thousands of high-level soldiers and guards of the imperial court dared to fight against their own Huangjin soldiers and horses ten times as much. The most important thing is the high-level arms. Although the number of Huangjin troops is huge, their ranks are generally low. Moreover, compared with the corresponding high-level guards of the imperial court, the high-level Huangjin soldiers are still half as good in all aspects Points, let alone ordinary yellow scarf soldiers. For players at this stage, most of the pawns in their hands are intermediate. For senior pawns, let alone now, even in the future, it is impossible to recruit from their own territory for a long time. So for players, this is the only way to recruit advanced arms, so for those moats, this is a feast of moat gate.

 Chapter 238

    As for the arrangement of the three compulsory camp tasks mentioned in the third update, in Huangfu Chaobo''s view, this is the World Cup finalist. Because the number of players is too many, in order to avoid the war of millions of people in the yellow scarf plot, the system also limits this aspect. Before the formal battle between the two armies, more than half of the players will be eliminated, thus increasing the war playability of the game. Of course, the difficulty level of these three compulsory camp tasks must be slightly higher than the player''s strength, but it will not be too high. For players, the real attraction lies in the merit ranking. The top ten players attend the camp meetings, which means that players have the opportunity to get in touch with the princes, which means that they can make good relations with the princes and their generals. For example, the generals under the princes who don''t have a long life, if the players can make good relations now, etc When these vassal forces are destroyed, players will have a better chance to recruit these generals.


    When the troops of various princes are not in place, the choice of the player''s camp has ended in a few days.


    Princes camp:


    the longevity of Changshan kingdom in Jizhou, Huang Jin, leads 3000 soldiers and plays 5000 players.


    Jizhou Zhongshan state Quyang Changxin Tianyou leads 3000 soldiers and plays 5000 players.


    There are 3000 soldiers and 4000 players in Xiaoxiang academy, Changling, Changsha County, Jingzhou.


    There are 3000 soldiers and 4000 players in Changfei Xianling, Guiyang County, Jingzhou.


    Avatar, the commander of Lingling County in Jingzhou, has 3000 soldiers and 4000 players.


    Linyi yelaixiang, Langya County, Xuzhou, has two thousand soldiers and five thousand players.


    Yuzhou Yingchuan club has two thousand soldiers and five thousand players.


    Qingzhou Donglai Huangxian domineering Royal Town, the imperial overlord leader 2000, 3000 players.


    Yuzhou changshe Zilong Association, eight thousand players


    Jizhou Nanpi Association, eight thousand players


    ...


    Dong Zhuo camp:


    in Wuyu Town, Wuli County, Wuwei County, Liangzhou, there are 3000 soldiers and 5000 players.


    Yuzhou Runan County Xiping County Magistrate Huang Jin invincible leader 3000 players 3000.


    Liangzhou Wuwei, Xiliang iron cavalry alliance of Fuyin County, with 3000 soldiers and 3000 players.


    There are two thousand sentimental swordsmen and three thousand players in Wudang three swordsmen Town, Nanyang County, Jingzhou.


    Jiaozhou Nanhai fleet town battleship leader 2000, players 3000.


    Two thousand Xiake leaders and five thousand players from Luonan Town, Henan County, Sili county.


    Youzhou right Beiping cavalry Town, cavalry world leader 2000, players 3000.


    Sili Changan Dahan League has 8000 players.


    Youzhou Jixian Yanyun 18 riding alliance, 5000 players.


    Sili Henan Sizhou Fengyun alliance, Fengyun world leading players 6000.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    It can be seen from the top ten players of the two camps that players are generally optimistic about the vassal camp. Eight of the top ten players in the Dukes camp are Lord players, with the main force of more than 20000 soldiers, while there are only seven Lord players in the top ten of Dong Zhuo camp, with the main force of more than 15000 soldiers. Not only that, it can be seen from the deployment of the players participating in the war that the players who occupy a county have more combat power than the ordinary Lord players, even the once No.1 village in the world is no exception. In order to take care of the territorial security of the warlords, the system has allowed the ordinary warlords to double their recruitment forces. According to the current mainstream level of the game, nearly 20% of the players'' villages and towns have reached the level of big towns. According to the full capacity of big towns, 20000 warlords can be resettled, and the maximum number of recruits is 4000. Therefore, the number of warlords and leaders at the level of big towns is basically the same In this way, even if they go to war, there will be two thousand soldiers left in the territory. In this way, it is fully capable of ensuring the security of the territory. However, the players who occupy the county seat are different. Although they are all at the level of small county, the system limits the maximum number of troops to 5000, so even if the number of soldiers and horses is only half, there are 2500 soldiers, 20% more than that of big town. This is only in terms of quantity and quality. The financial resources of the county are enough to support all players to recruit intermediate soldiers. However, 4000 soldiers at the level of big town can not do this. In this way, not only the quantity is inferior, but also the combat power is inferior. After comparing the county and town, let''s look at the difference between the Lord player and the player alliance. In the top ten rows on both sides, the Lord player accounts for three-quarters, while the alliance only accounts for one-quarter. Therefore, it can be seen that the Lord player''s strength is significantly higher than that of the alliance.


    Of course, some of these things, unless some people are interested, ordinary players will not notice these. However, ordinary players still see a lot of things from here.


    One is that Huangfu Chaobo, known as the first player, didn''t appear in the ranking of the players. Many people speculated whether Huangfu Chaobo didn''t take part in the war, but immediately someone came out and said that they had seen the assembly of changshe soldiers and horses. At this time, we all know that Huangfu Chaobo is ready to work with NPC again. This move let the players of the Dukes camp disappointed, but let the players of Dong Zhuo camp quietly relieved. You know, if the two sides fight, the powerful Huangfu Chaobo will certainly cause a lot of losses to the players of Dong Zhuo camp. Now Huangfu Chaobo even wants to work with NPC, at least in the game of players can avoid meeting him.Second, Yizhou players can almost be said to be the collective absence of the feast. Not only did Xiaobai Town, which ranked in the top five in the world, not send troops to participate in the war, but even Yizhou''s slightly larger Lord players and the alliance did not participate in the war. Speaking of which, we have to make complaints about the situation in Yizhou. Since Ma Xiang started his army, he has swept almost half of Yizhou in a few months. In August of last year, Liu Yan was busy stabilizing his position, so he didn''t settle the yellow scarf rebellion in Yizhou at the first time. Therefore, with the concerted efforts of the players of both sides, the Yizhou Huangjin rebellion, which should have been put down quickly in history, has lasted from April last year, and the beginning of Dong Zhuo''s plot is not over. Since there are a lot of plot tasks around you, why go all the way to Luoyang? Under this idea, the vast majority of Yizhou players are not interested in Dong Zhuo''s plot, and only a few scattered players go to participate in the plot with fun ideas. At the beginning of Dong Zhuo''s plot, two thousand soldiers of Xiaobai town are under the leadership of a young general, together with the taxi soldiers of Liu Yan, Yizhou mu, to attack the Huangjin city around Chengdu.


    Another point is that this time we found two dark horses in the camp ranking: the imperial overlord town in Donglai, Qingzhou, and the South China Sea Fleet town in Hepu, Jiaozhou. These two big towns, which are unknown in the story of Huangjin, are even among the top ten in the ranking of the powers of the vassals on both sides. This allows those who have a strong desire to gossip players suddenly found a new target. Soon, the results of two surveys appeared on the Internet. Surprisingly, both of them rose rapidly after the Yellow turban rebellion, and their speed was quite fast. Another look at the time when the two villages were built. It turns out that they were not long after the system opened up and the exchange between real currency and game currency. Combined with the usual behavior style of the two players, we quickly came to a conclusion: This is a real RMB player, and it''s the kind of very deep. In this way, all the questions are easily solved.

 Chapter 239

    At the end of January and the beginning of February, many responding princes and horses arrived at suanzao, such as Chen Liu''s prefect Zhang Miao, Yanzhou''s Governor Liu Dai, Qiao Mao''s prefect of Dongjun, Yuan Yi''s prefect of Shanyang, and Cao Cao of Jiao Shao. There were 700000 troops of the five route princes gathered in suanzao, and there were more than 200000 auxiliary soldiers, players and troops of the five route princes. They were not afraid of Dong Zhuo''s army It''s coming. And the soldiers and horses of other princes are already on their way. In the next month, all the princes will arrive at the alliance place one after another.


    When the warhorses of the vassals gather in succession, the warhorses of the players who have chosen the camp have been sent to the jujube camp in advance. Every time a troop arrived, there were generals in charge of arranging the troops. According to the system regulations, players must make camp selection before February 10, and then send it to the corresponding camp within three days. In other words, players must have at least half a month to do the compulsory camp task. After the players arrive at the camp, they begin to receive all kinds of tasks to prepare for the gathering and dispatching of the princes. The players in the Dukes'' camp are OK. Less than 20 miles west of suanzao camp is Dong Zhuo''s sphere of influence, while the players in Dong Zhuo''s camp rush to Kanto after they arrive at the camp, because the intersection front is still east of hulaoguan, but fortunately, they can go to the county seat of Dong Zhuo''s camp in Kanto to replenish their troops and supplies.


    In the middle of February, Huangfu Chaobo led the Yuzhou army to the jujube camp. As soon as they set up the camp, they heard the soldiers report outside the tent. Zongheng and Zhao Zilong led a group of strange people to meet Huangfu Chaobo outside the camp. Hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo took a look at Kong Yu, who was going to the Marquis''s camp, and said, "uncle, why don''t you go to the camp first, I''ll see them first, and then come here?" Kong Chu waved his hand and said: "it''s OK, you go first. Now that the princes have not gathered together, there should be nothing wrong in the camp."


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo bows his hand and withdraws from Kong''s account.


    Although more than 6000 troops of Huangfu Chaobo came together with Kong, they still had a single battalion in Yuzhou barracks, and Huangfu Chaobo''s barracks were on the left side of Yuzhou barracks, which was still a certain distance from the Chinese Army''s barracks. After leaving Kong''s tent, Huangfu Chaobo walked quickly to the gate of the camp. As expected, he saw Zongheng and Zhao Zilong leading more than ten players waiting outside the camp. As he walked out quickly, Huangfu Chaobo came forward and saluted the crowd, saying, "Yo, boss, why are you so free today?"


    "Come on, you boy, it''s not that I heard that you''ve arrived. We''ve just finished a task, and there''s nothing to do. Don''t hurry to ask for a meeting! You are the first player Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo came out, zonghengtianxia and Zhao Zilong quickly met him and said with a smile;


    "dare not, dare not," Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "brother, don''t make such a joke. What kind of person is my younger brother? Don''t you know? Compared with your boss, Chaobo is just lucky. By the way, elder brother, brother Zilong, let me introduce you elder brothers! "


    "Well, I''m not kidding you. Come on... Let me introduce you. This is the yellow scarf world


    "This is Xin Tianyou


    Then they introduced Huangfu Chaobo one by one. Around the circle, Huangfu Chaobo found that all the top ten leaders of the princes'' camp were present. Huangfu Chaobo knew that they must have something to do with themselves, so he said, "boss, this is not a place to talk. Why don''t you go to my younger brother''s camp and have a sit?"


    As soon as you listen, you can''t agree, especially the players who are not familiar with Huangfu Chaobo, they all want to see the soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo.


    So, under the leadership of Huangfu Chaobo, they entered the Yuzhou army camp, and then went to Huangfu Chaobo army camp. As soon as you enter the camp of changshe army, you can see that General Huang Zhongzhong is arranging to set up a camp. Everything in the camp is in good order. Except for the soldiers who are setting up camp, other soldiers are training under the leadership of the general. As they watched, they secretly compared Huangfu Chaobo''s troops with their own. Everyone''s manner was seen by Huangfu Chaobo one by one, but he didn''t say anything. In fact, even Huangfu Chaobo himself didn''t care much about the training. All the time, the training of Bingma was entrusted to Huang Zhong. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo was also observing all the players. Among the top ten players in the Dukes camp, Huangfu Chaobo was only familiar with Zongheng and Zhao Zilong, and there were several sources of night incense, which no one else knew, let alone understood. One of the most noticeable things for Huangfu Chaobo is the imperial overlord, a new black horse in Donglai, Qingzhou. Although he is a RNB player, he can''t see the domineering of the rich second generation in real life. As they walked, they said that they soon came to Huangfu Chaobo''s tent. After leading all the people into the tent, Huangfu Chaobo told Dianwei to guard the tent, and then arranged for everyone to sit in. Zonghengtianxia and Zhao Zilong must be sitting in the nearest place beside them. As for the others, they are sitting according to the ranking given by the system. In this way, people still accept it.


    After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "well, you guys, you''ve made a lot of money in recent days."


    "Ha ha ha..."


    "Ha ha..."He shook his head gently with a smile and said, "you guys, you can send troops with Kong Yu. Can these three melons and two dates enter your eyes? What''s more, now that all the princes have not come, we are just leading the task to capture and kill each other. Do you think it''s really so easy to fight? There are also many powerful masters over there! "


    "Yes, although the vassal army has not arrived yet, our players'' combat mission has been started for nearly ten days. These days, although we don''t have some gains, we also have some losses? It''s not as easy as you think Zhao Zilong also said to one side;


    "Oh!" Listening to their tone, Huangfu Chaobo found that it was not as simple as he thought, so he asked: "the camp task has been started for ten days. Is it very difficult?"


    "Ha ha... Boss Chaobo, you don''t know! " "We are attacking, but the other side is defending," he said


    Then, all of you talked about the camp tasks these days.

 Chapter 240

    Huangfu Chaobo discovered that it was exactly the same as several people said. Although the number and strength of Dong Zhuo''s camp are not as good as those of the princes'' camp, Dong Zhuo''s camp is guarding the city. In addition, each stronghold has a different number of Dong Zhuo''s soldiers, so the players of the princes'' camp have suffered a lot in the past few days. In fact, the camp mission not only has such a number of strategic stronghold missions, but also has many relatively simple missions, such as inquiring about the enemy''s situation, collecting resources and so on. But for all of you here, how can you have the face to ask people to lead that low-level single task? Besides, if you really get a large number of this small task, Qi is not robbing the business of scattered players, you know, it''s not It''s a matter of public anger. All of you here have heads and faces. You can''t do this kind of thing. After arriving at the jujube, everyone did not wait here for the princes to join the alliance, but soon began to receive the camp task. For example, there are several small and medium-sized towns around Yuanwu, such as Yang''a, Taiping, Dabin, Funing, etc., in which there are different numbers of soldiers Dong Zhuo, and several players and princes have received the camp tasks to attack these towns. For example, zonghengtianyou and Xintianyou once received the Yang''a town strategy task together. They each had 2000 soldiers. Together with several other Lord players, they made up a total of 5000 troops and nearly 20000 players. I was thinking of a small town with less than 1000 soldiers to guard, but I didn''t know until I arrived. The players of Dong Zhuo camp had already taken the defense task and were waiting there. In addition, because this town is NPC Town, it is also a stone wall. In the face of the stone wall, the Allied forces, which were short of siege equipment, were already in difficulty. In the end, they had to fight hard. In the end, after two days of fierce fighting, they captured yanga town after losing nearly 5000 players and 2000 soldiers. The final gains were only enough for a few companies to make up for the losses before the war, let alone make any profit.


    It''s not only zonghengtianyou and Xintianyou, but the others are the same. So for more than a decade, although the players of the princes camp have pulled down all the strongholds around Yangwu County, the princes have also lost a lot. After finishing the first round of attack, everyone stopped at the same time. On that day, all the leaders of the ten players gathered together to discuss how to carry out the plot task in the later stage of the game. According to the game update, the participating forces can replenish their forces in the theater alliance theater. Unfortunately, the first round of attack has led to the loss of one or two soldiers. However, during this period, the highest level of the stronghold captured by the Warlords is Zhongzhen, which can only replenish the intermediate level of level 30 There is no place to recruit even the level 40 intermediate elite archers, let alone the high-level arms. This result makes everyone disappointed, especially the imperial overlord, who originally wanted to recruit the forbidden guard arms, but now even the intermediate cavalry is not open. Just at this time, there was a lot of noise outside the camp. Just as several people were going to inquire about the situation, a player outside the tent came in and said, "you boss, we have made it clear that the soldiers of Yuzhou governor have arrived at suanzao. It is said that the soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo, the magistrate of changshe County, have also arrived at suanzao."


    After hearing this, he stood up and said, "ladies and gentlemen, I think there should be a way to solve the problems of the middle and senior arms."


    On hearing this, Zhao Zilong immediately responded and said, "yes, since there are no conditions for recruiting middle and senior arms, why don''t we look for Chaobo? He should be able to get information from Kong. Besides, if he really can''t, he is encouraged to lead a mission to attack the county town. We don''t have the equipment to attack the city, don''t we? "


    "That''s right," he said with a slap on his thigh. "As long as one or two counties are conquered, it should not be a problem to supplement the intermediate troops. As for the imperial brother''s forbidden guard level arms, it seems that there should be no suitable city to recruit in Guandong?"


    After a discussion, the party immediately went to the direction of Yuzhou army.


    After listening to the people''s words, Huangfu Chaobo immediately understood what they meant. It turned out that everyone thought that the income of attacking the village level territory was too low, so he came to find himself and wanted to find Kong to see if he could get the task of attacking the county. If not, he wanted to use his relationship to get a batch of siege equipment from the princes camp In this way, at least the loss will be smaller, otherwise, after several wars, everyone will lose more and more. Huangfu Chaobo sat there and thought about it. Now there are only a few routes for the 18 princes to arrive at suanzao, and the other princes are still on the way. It''s estimated that it will take ten days and a half months to really launch an attack. It''s estimated that the reason why the system does this is to provide players with fighting time. You know, when both sides are ready, it''s estimated that there will be no play At that time, it''s basically the battle of the big regiment. It''s estimated that there''s nothing to do with the players'' hundreds and thousands of troops. However, Huangfu Chaobo was not sure whether he could really let Kong Zhen get the task of attacking the county. However, even if he couldn''t get the task of attacking the county, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to wait for the armies of various vassals in suanzaogan. If that''s the case, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to lead his own troops and do some camp tasks like them. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said: "since you boss look up to Chaobo, I''ll have a try, but I can''t guarantee that you can get it. You boss should be prepared. If I can get the task of attacking the county, it''s best. But if I can''t get it, I have a few craftsmen in my hand who can make small siege equipment. Attacking big cities is definitely not good, but there should be no problem in dealing with small towns. I can provide you with some equipment at that time. "When they heard this, they were very happy. They all said that they only needed Huangfu Chaobo to do his best. You know, everyone came here to try their ideas. When they saw that Huangfu Chaobo had promised, they were happy. The imperial overlord also said that if it really didn''t work, he was willing to buy siege equipment directly from the changshe army. Everyone else responded and agreed. After getting the positive reply from Huangfu Chaobo, they all left the Yuzhou army camp one after another and went back to their camp to wait for the news of Huangfu Chaobo. The only way to stay is to think clearly about the progress of the matter.

 Chapter 241

    After other players quit, Lou GUI comes out of the back of Huangfu Chaobo''s big account. It turns out that Huangfu Chaobo has no bottom in his heart for the players to visit together, so he arranges Lou GUI to hide in the back of the account and listen to it together. When you look around the world, you immediately stand up and salute. As for Huangfu''s fortune, there was no other idea except a capital word of Fu.


    Seeing lougui coming out, Huangfu Chaobo said, "what''s your opinion?"


    Lou GUI has heard everyone''s words clearly in the back of the tent. Although he doesn''t know much about what the players say, he knows the purpose of these strange princes to visit Huangfu Chaobo clearly. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Lou GUI doesn''t answer directly. On the contrary, he asks, "what do you think in your heart?"


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, and then he came up with his own ideas. If he could persuade Kong Chu to send troops to attack Yangwu, it would be better for his changshe army to take the lead. In this way, for himself, the interests would be the best. But if he could not, he would be ready to lead the changshe army to fight alone and gain as much success as possible The official position for the player is linked with the battle merit. Otherwise, even if you have more money, you can''t get a higher official position. Knowing what Huangfu Chaobo thought, Lou GUI stood up and thought about how to make Kong agree to let the changshe army lead the attack on Yangwu county.


    After a moment, Lou GUI stopped walking and said, "it''s not difficult for the assassin to agree to send troops."


    "Ah Huangfu Chaobo and Zongheng immediately got happy and asked, "please tell me clearly!"


    "In fact, we all know that the governor has no foundation in the court. To a large extent, he was appointed as governor of Yuzhou just because Dong thief wanted to appease the Qingliu people. Therefore, on the other hand, his official position can be said to be appointed by Dong thief. I believe that if you start from this aspect, you will feel that he is not in the right position Jue, let''s say that it''s a matter of course to use the assassin to attack Yangwu to prove to the vassal states that he is not a gang of Dong thieves. "


    When they heard this, they laughed at each other and said, "Mr. talent!"


    Lou GUI didn''t look good when he heard this, and then he said slowly: "as long as the assassin agrees to send troops, then the young master can take advantage of the situation and ask the assassin to hand over the matter to the young master. I believe that the assassin should have no objection to the strength of our army. In time, the young master will issue the siege task in the name of the assassin again, which is such a challenge Come on, all the problems are solved. "


    After hearing Lou GUI''s words, they were overjoyed. After a few people murmured like this, they didn''t delay any more. They went to Kong''s big account together. After several people entered the tent, they saw that Kong had come back. Huangfu Chaobo asked when Kong''s army would attack Dong Zhuo''s army. As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, because the 18 route princes had only six troops to arrive now, so the army still needed to stay in suanzao for a while. After all the troops arrived, they could send troops.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say any more. Then, according to what he had discussed with Lou GUI in advance, he said to Kong: "uncle, I don''t know if I should report to my uncle when I hear some words from other princes."


    "Well!" On hearing this, he was greatly surprised and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "if you have any words, you and my family, it''s OK to say so."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the guards around him, and then he wanted to stop talking. Seeing this, Kong Bi nodded at Kong Xin, so all the other guards except Kong Xin withdrew from the big account. Then he said with a serious face, "if you have anything to say, it doesn''t matter."


    Then Huangfu Chaobo nodded, approached Kong Yu and said in his voice: "Chaobo heard a rumor among the alien princes that Chaobo''s uncle and mentor were all in Dong Zhuo''s hands. Chaobo''s purpose of sending troops this time is just to perfunctory the princes of Guandong, and even he will cooperate with Dong Zhuo to annihilate the princes of Guandong. And uncle Kong, you


    "How?" "Uncle Yan''s official position is given by Dong thief, and he can''t join hands with the princes of Guandong to beg for thieves..."


    "Bang..." Kong Yu was very angry. He patted the table in front of him and roared: "who should be so bad to my reputation! Mayor Zongheng, is what Chaobo said true? "


    After hearing this, he immediately stood up and said, "Mr. Hui CI Shi, what Chaobo said is true, and I heard these words from other strange princes. It is said that the person who said this is an important official under a certain vassal in Guandong."


    "Oh, who dares to frame me up like this?" Kong Bi said angrily,


    after a long time of being submissive, he pointed the spearhead at a powerful prince in Hebei. When he heard this, he was angry, frightened and at a loss. A man was walking around in the big tent, muttering to himself, "what can I do?" Suddenly, after half a day''s walk, Kong Bi looked up and saw Lou GUI, who came in with Huangfu Chaobo, and said, "Mr. Lou, by the way, Mr. Lou is here. Please teach me how to do it?"


    Lou GUI immediately waved his hand and said, "I''m stupid. There''s no way to deal with it. Please make the governor smart!"Kongzi was willing to give up and pleaded repeatedly. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo also asked lougui to help him think about the countermeasures. Lougui couldn''t get rid of it again and again. He had to say helplessly: "Mr. CI Shi, please be calm and wait for someone to think about it carefully." Said, a light wisp of chin beard, in the hole inside the big tent, while walking thinking.


    Kong did not dare to disturb him. His eyes followed Lou GUI around. Finally, when Kong almost wanted to give up, Lou GUI clapped his hand and said, "I have it!"


    Kong bi was very happy and said, "how about it?"


    "My Lord, since the other party said that we were all together, as long as our Yuzhou army first attacked one or two important towns of Dong thief, then the rumor would be broken. It would be even better if one or two generals of Dong Zhuo could be killed. "


    As soon as they heard this, everyone''s eyes lit up. Huangfu Chaobo immediately went forward and said, "please give me an order. Chaobo is willing to lead the army of changshe to fight for my uncle."


    Kong Xin and Zong Hengtian all stood up and asked for a fight.


    "The last general is willing to lead the troops to fight!"


    "Nephew is willing to lead the army to fight for uncle!"


    Kong Yu was very happy. He laughed and said, "if you are really talented, you will come up with a solution in a moment. After that, I will give you a big reward." When he was in a good mood, he asked, "in my opinion, where is the right target for our Yuzhou army?"

 Chapter 242

    Huangfu Chaobo and zonghengtian look at each other, and when they see that Kong asks Lou GUI, they know that there is no problem in most cases.


    After pausing a little, Lou GUI explained to Kong slowly. According to Dong Zhuo''s sphere of influence, the Rongyang City, Hulao pass and Sishui pass must be the most important places for Dong Zhuo''s army in Guandong. But now only the 18th route princes can reach suanzao on the 6th and 7th route. These princes certainly do not have the courage to send troops. They will only wait until all the troops arrive. In this way, it is impossible for the 30000 or 20000 troops of Yuzhou army to go through more than ten counties in the east of Shaanxi Province to reach Hulao pass, let alone to attack these places. Therefore, the targets of Yuzhou army can only be around suanzao. At last, Lou GUI put the place where Yuzhou army attacked in two places: Yangwu and Yuanwu counties to the west of suanzao. In recent years, the army of ten strange princes has captured all the villages and towns around Yangwu city. Now only one Yangwu county is still under the control of Dong Zhuo''s army. According to the situation detected by strange people, there are Dong Zhuo''s soldiers in Yangwu city Dong Zhuo was afraid that he would not be able to defend these cities. Therefore, except for Rongyang, Hulao and Sishui, there were only three or five thousand soldiers in the other counties, which was not as important as the Xiliang army The soldiers were stationed. For example, there are only 4000 ordinary soldiers in the city of Wuyang. They are all intermediate arms. There are 1000 sword shield soldiers and 1000 bow soldiers, 2000 long spear soldiers, and even no cavalry. Although the troops are not strong, the 4000 intermediate arms, occupying a county with complete functions, can not be attacked by ten different princes. Therefore, Lou GUI suggested that Kong Chu go to the Marquis camp to ask for an order and let Yuzhou Army take down the county. As for the reason, it''s even simpler. The small town of Zizyphus jujuba can''t hold hundreds of thousands of soldiers from the 18th route marquis. Yangwu city is too close to Zizyphus jujuba, so it''s time to take it down. As a garrison site, it can also reduce the pressure of Zizyphus jujuba camp.


    Sure enough, after he went to the princes'' camp again, he talked with Cao Cao who initiated the alliance and the people who arrived first, and they immediately agreed with him. When he returned to his camp, he immediately gathered people to discuss the matter of going out to attack Yangwu. As for the soldiers and horses sent out, Kong was originally prepared to go out of the army of Yuzhou, but he was stopped by Lou GUI. Lou GUI means that the jujube is where the princes'' alliance is. Kong himself must stay here and wait for the soldiers and horses of other princes to arrive to attend the Alliance ceremony. Therefore, not only can Kong himself not go in person, he must stay in the jujube and wait for other princes to arrive, but tens of thousands of troops can''t either If they all go out, they must leave at least 10000 troops to protect Kong himself. After Huangfu Chaobo and kongxin tried their best to stop him, kongyuzhou finally gave up the plan of personal expedition. At last, they decided to let Huangfu Chaobo lead the army of changshe, and then transfer 5000 troops from the headquarters to him for command, and the other 15000 troops of Yuzhou were given to kongxin to lead and protect kongyuzhou. As for Huangfu Chaobo''s ten thousand soldiers, they certainly can''t attack Yangwu county. But Kong will issue the task of assisting in the siege, and recruit the soldiers of different princes to help. All the soldiers will be handed over to Huangfu Chaobo''s command.


    After returning to the camp, Huangfu Chaobo immediately gathered people to discuss the upcoming battle. At the same time, the task of assisting the Yuzhou army to capture the Yangwu County of Dong Zhuo army appeared on the task board of the players in the Dukes camp.


    The task of the Dukes'' Dong camp: capture Yangwu county.


    Mission Description: when the princes began to discuss Dong''s war, several princes arrived at the jujube camp one after another. Now the whole city of Henan Yin east of hulaoguan is still under the control of Dong Zhuo''s army, especially Yuanwu and Yangwu, which is less than 50 li away from the jujube camp of the Alliance of the princes. Although there is no Dong Zhuo''s army stationed now, it is for the safety of the alliance camp of the princes Cao Cao discussed with the princes who had already arrived at suanzao to capture part of the city of Henan Yin in the east of Guandong. On the one hand, Cao Cao could settle the troops of the princes who came to fight for Dong, and on the other hand, he could protect the safety of suanzao camp. Kongzi, the governor of Yuzhou, was eager for good service and righteousness. He took the initiative to attack Yangwu county. Now he has collected righteous people from Guandong to help attack Yangwu county.


    Requirements for receiving the mission: the Lord player''s force is more than 1000, and the mission force is 20000. The number of players in the alliance is more than 3000, and the mission force is 30000. Players receiving the mission must assist Yuzhou army to capture Yangwu county within five days, otherwise, the mission will fail.


    As soon as the mission came out, it was divided up by the ten princes of the player''s family who had already got the news. Before other small forces and scattered players could react, they had already prompted that the number of missions had reached the upper limit. However, we were not disappointed for a long time. Soon, Huangfu Chaobo, who was in charge of the war, immediately released auxiliary tasks related to the war, such as inquiring about Dong Zhuojun''s reinforcement intelligence, collecting raw materials for siege equipment, purchasing raw materials for other weapons and equipment, and so on. It''s not good to attack county level cities only with soldiers. All kinds of siege equipment should be prepared as far as possible, such as siege ladders, siege hammers, well fences, trench cars and so on. However, the craftsmen in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands can only make small siege hammers, siege ladders and well fences. Other complex equipment, such as nest cars and trench cars, can''t be made at all. However, it''s hard for him, Kong There are also a lot of craftsmen in their hands, and there are a lot of craftsmen in the hands of Cao Cao, Zhang Miao and other princes. It''s really no good. Huangfu Chaobo can let Kong Cao borrow them. Sure enough, after Huangfu Chaobo proposed that the number of craftsmen was too small, Kong Chou immediately allocated all the hundreds of craftsmen in his army to him. However, they had to be returned after the war. It seems that the system is also preventing Huangfu Chaobo from leaving Kong Chou''s craftsmen just like he asked for them from Huangfu song last time. Although it is said that the siege troops are under the command of Huangfu Chaobo, Huangfu Chaobo can only play soy sauce beside Huang Zhong''s generals and Lou GUI. While discussing the siege, Huangfu Chaobo was waiting for the ten players who had already received the task. As soon as he received the task, Huangfu Chaobo asked Zongheng to contact other players and asked them to come to the changshe army camp to discuss the allocation of siege forces.After waiting for a short time, Zongheng led everyone to the camp of the changshe army. This time, Huangfu Chaobo did not say any more, but directly told Huang Zhong about the arrangement of the distribution of troops.

 Chapter 243

    According to Huang Zhong''s arrangement, the attack on Yangwu County town will be carried out by the Yuzhou army led by Huangfu Chaobo to attack the east gate of the county town. Zonghengtianxia and zilonghui will join with Huangfu Chaobo, while the other eight route princes will be divided into two parts to attack the north gate and the South gate respectively, while the west gate will be opened up, and no soldiers will be arranged to attack, but the two thousand cavalry of the changshe army will join Led by Pei yuanshao, he cruised ten miles outside the west gate. Once the Yangwu garrison abandoned the city, it would never escape the pursuit of two thousand cavalry. As for the north gate of Yangwu, it was handed over to Huang jintianxia, Xin Tianyou, ye laixiang and the imperial overlord. As for the south gate, it was handed over to three county magistrates of Jingnan and four people of Fengyun Tianxia. As for the arrangement of the eight forces in their two city gates, Huangfu Chaobo was not prepared to take charge of it. Anyway, according to the prior agreement, attacking Yangwu county is a compulsory task. If the county can''t be attacked in five days, it''s enough for Huangfu Chaobo to increase the troops. But for the ten route players, after three compulsory tasks fail, they will withdraw from the battle of Dong Zhuo. I believe several players will weigh the gains and losses. The most important point is that Huangfu Chaobo has agreed with Kong that if he conquers the county, half of the harvest will be given to him, and the other half will be distributed by Huangfu Chaobo. For the remaining 50%, Huangfu Chaobo made it clear to everyone during the discussion. As the initiator of the battle, he had to occupy 10%, and the other 40% of the income was distributed according to the proportion of the meritorious service value of each family in the process of attacking the county. In this way, it was more impossible for each family to cheat in the process of attacking the city. As for the conditions proposed by Huangfu Chaobo, they agreed without much thought. After all, the task of attacking Yangwu county is what they want, and Huangfu Chaobo pushed it forward. Therefore, we can accept that 50% of the harvest should be given to Kong Yu and 10% to Huangfu Chaobo. After all, the harvest of a county is not small, if you guess well, Although we can make a lot of money by winning Yangwu, at least we can''t make ends meet. The most important thing is that we have a place to supplement the intermediate arms, which makes us not far behind Dong zhuofang''s players in the war. After everything was discussed with the public, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for the army to march under the city of Wuyang.


    Yangwu city is only fifty or sixty miles away from the jujube camp of the Guandong princes. After a day''s March, Huangfu Chaobo led 30000 soldiers and 30000 players to the west of Yangwu city. After arriving at the destination, Huang Zhong immediately arranged for the army to camp. Now five days have passed. Zhou Cang is responsible for arranging the army to camp while Huang Zhong is leading Huangfu Chaobo and lougui, as well as players, princes and thousands of cavalry rushed to Yangwu county to check the defense of the county.


    As early as after Kong Gu released Yang Wu attack task, Dong zhuofang immediately released Yang Wu defense task. When Huangfu Chaobo led the army to march towards Wuyang, two groups of Dong Zhuojun players had already received the defense task. When Huang Zhong and his party arrived at Yangwu, they had already settled in Yangwu county. According to the information provided by the players of the reconnaissance task, one of them was sanjianke Town, Huangfu Chaobo''s old rival, and the other was two soldiers of Luonan Town, Sili''s local snake, The number of troops and horses should be around 4000. Of course, there are also some scattered players who have received the task to enter the county. For the players, the defense task is everyone''s favorite, so as soon as the defense task is released, many scattered players immediately take the defense task, and then quickly rush to Yangwu county from the cities in Dong Zhuo''s sphere of influence. By the time Huang Zhong arrived around Yangwu county and Yangwu garrison general ordered to close the city gate, at least 5000 to 6000 players had entered the city. In addition, four thousand soldiers of two players, four thousand soldiers of princes and four thousand soldiers of Dong Zhuo army, gathered at least 8000 soldiers and six thousand players in the small Yangwu city. At this time, there were only 30000 soldiers and three thousand players attacking the city outside the city Ten thousand, barely reaching the range of "five attacks" in the book of war.


    Yangwu county is a small town under the rule of Yin in Henan Province. It is located in the easternmost side of Yin in Henan Province. It is a small town. The city wall is square with a length of about five li, a height of two Zhang and a width of about Zhang. There is a gate in the East, West, North and south. Because it is located in the Central Plains, there is a moat outside the city, but the moat is not wide, about three Zhang, less than four Zhang. Leading the crowd to the place 300 steps west of Yangwu City, Huang Zhong introduces Huangfu Chaobo in detail. When Huang Zhong and others were observing the defense of the city wall, the city wall was full of Dong Zhuo soldiers and Dong Zhuo camp players. A group of people were standing on the city tower, looking at thousands of cavalry hundreds of steps away from the city. They all looked gloomy. As a city on the edge of Dong Zhuo''s sphere of influence, Dong Zhuo didn''t put it in his heart.


    Not only Yangwu City, but also the cities to the east of hulaoguan, except Rongyang City, where there are thousands of Xiliang soldiers under the command of Li Meng, other cities are all the original soldiers of each city, but the main generals are some generals selected by Dong Zhuo from the relatives of the former Xiliang generals. For example, the general of Wuyang city is Li Jin, Li''s nephew. He is a riding captain under Dong Zhuo''s command. Because after he controlled Luoyang court, the general of Xiliang army arranged a large number of his relatives to unify troops everywhere, so Li Jin also got the post of general of Wuyang city. Of course, Li did not treat this nephew badly. Although Dong Zhuo did not arrange the Guandong cities of Xiliang elite soldiers, Li Jin did not give up Taking advantage of his right, he arranged two hundred Xiliang cavalry as Li Jin''s personal soldiers. As a matter of fact, as early as he got the news of the attack of the great army of Guandong, Dong Zhuo had already told the generals of Xiliang that several cities in Guandong could abide by the rules, but they could not return to the tiger prison. However, the newborn calf was not afraid of tigers. Li Jin, who received the news from his uncle, did not take the allied army of Guandong as one thing. When he attacked the army of Yuzhou, Li Jin was eager to fight with the army of Yuzhou Dong Zhuo has a good face in the army. Not only Li Jin in Yangwu City, but also the main generals in other cities are almost the sons of the generals in the Xiliang army. They don''t think much of the news that their family sent a message to retreat to the tiger prison.When the Yuzhou army had arrived outside Yangwu City, Li Jin ordered the four gates to be closed. On the other hand, he also arranged for martial law in the city. At the same time, he arranged for soldiers to climb the city immediately and arranged for defense on the wall of the city. He immediately led the sentimental swords, swordsmen and their generals to the East Gate Tower to prepare for the attack of Yuzhou army.

 Chapter 244

    On the upper floor of the east gate of Yangwu City, the sentimental sword looks at the people outside the city with a complicated look. His mind turns suddenly. He thinks that if he didn''t go to Luoshen village at the beginning, he might also be standing in the middle of that group to discuss how to attack the city. It''s a pity that he didn''t know what was going on and he just wanted to win Luoshen village. However, the development of sanjianke town is also very good, because the presence of BOCAI''s younger brother Bohua is a good attraction for the yellow scarf soldiers in Nanyang. In the past two years, the rapid development of sanjianke town from a small village to a big town with a population of more than 15000 people is largely related to the prestige of Bohua, the yellow scarf general You can''t do without it.


    The knight standing next to him looked at Duoqing sword and Huangfu Chaobo and his party outside the city, and said, "brother Duoqing, I''ve seen an old acquaintance again! Ha ha ha


    "Yes, I''ve met an acquaintance again. This time, I don''t know if he is still as strong as the first time! Ha ha "Oh," Li Jin immediately asked, "does the mayor know the traitors outside the city?"


    Upon hearing this, duoqingjian immediately responded: "general Hui, the chief General of the rebel forces outside the city is Huangfu Chaobo, the magistrate of shecheng County, Yuzhou. His village was destroyed by the soldiers of the next taxi, and I also fled Nanyang because of him. I didn''t expect that we would meet again so soon. I hope that this time the general will give me a chance to fight with him for a while! "


    "Easy to say, easy to say!" Li Jincai was relieved to hear what duoqingjian said and laughed;


    Huangfu Chaobo certainly didn''t know what happened on the tower. After Huang Zhong had a look outside the city, he knew how to attack the city, so he didn''t stay any longer. He ordered Pei yuanshao to lead two thousand changshe cavalry and Huyan to lead five hundred Xianbei cavalry to guard around Yangwu city Break the connection between Yangwu city and the outside world, while the others return to the camp ten miles away to prepare for the siege tomorrow.


    When Huang Zhong and his party returned to the camp, the camp had been set up. Huang Zhong didn''t say much when he returned to the camp. He just asked the people to quickly arrange the soldiers to prepare materials for making various siege equipment. The quantity of siege equipment was exchanged with the materials they sent. This was negotiated before the war. No one would provide you with siege equipment free of charge, even if it was the same trench ally. What''s more, the conditions of Huangfu Chaobo were not harsh. Two pieces of materials were exchanged for one piece of equipment instead of money. Therefore, all the families had arranged personnel to prepare all kinds of materials. Besides marching, the craftsmen in Huangfu Chaobo''s army buried their heads Make all kinds of instruments. After that, Huang Zhong asked the crowd to disperse and prepare for the siege of the city tomorrow. As for how they prepared, they would not interfere. But there was a requirement that the siege passage of the moat must be filled tomorrow morning, and after lunch, each gate must be attacked by soldiers. After everyone left, Huangfu Chaobo led several people from Dian Wei to Houying to inspect the production of siege equipment. After getting the right to use hundreds of craftsmen from Kong, Huangfu Chaobo immediately contacted Jia Jing in changshe and asked her to quickly select 100 kinds of craftsmen from the craftsmen in Luoshen town and prepare to learn how to make various kinds of equipment with the craftsmen of Yuzhou army. As for Huang Zhong and Lou GUI, they are discussing with zonghengtianxia and Zhao Zilong about tomorrow''s war. Because they are considering Kong''s 5000 Yuzhou army, Huang Zhong must consider the casualties between his own taxi and Kong''s Yuzhou army. They should neither let his taxi casualties be too large, nor let Kong see that he is using his Yuzhou army as cannon fodder. After several considerations, Huang Zhong decided to leave two thousand Yuzhou troops to guard the camp, and the other three thousand soldiers and horses, together with the remaining three thousand of the changshe army, took part in the siege. In this way, with more than 1000 soldiers and 8000 players from Zongheng town and Zilong society, the number of troops attacking the east gate of Yangwu has reached more than 14000, not including the 1000 guard level Pro guards in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo. The soldiers who attack the city rest at night, but the cavalry under Pei yuanshao and huyandu are not so good. According to Huang Zhong''s order, 2500 cavalry are divided into several parts, harassing the garrison of Yangwu city all day and all night. Although the cavalry can''t attack the city, the soldiers on the wall don''t know that only cavalry are harassing outside, so they have to fight a spiritual vigil. Although the people in Yangwu City knew that it was Huangfu''s strategy to defeat the enemy, they didn''t dare to gamble. There was no light outside. If the army of Guandong princes really attacked the city in the middle of the night, it would be too late to repent. Overnight, although the garrison in Yangwu city had been watching in batches, it also made the soldiers tired.


    The next day, after breakfast, a long bugle sounded in the camp of changshe army. After a moment, a line of soldiers came out of the camp and came towards Yangwu City, less than three miles away from Yangwu. The army was divided into three groups, and more than 10000 soldiers continued to come from the East gate of Chaoyang Wu, while there were two groups with more than 10000 soldiers in each direction Go. The east gate was the target of Huangfu Chaobo and his party. After the army was divided into three parts, Huang Zhong ordered the army to come towards the east gate of Yangwu. After one night''s efforts, the craftsmen had made dozens of various instruments. Except half of them were handed over to the north and South gates, the rest were in Huang Zhong''s hands. Huangfu Chaobo was very self-conscious and knew that he was not the material to lead the army, so he simply handed over all the power to Huang Zhong and became a good baby with an open mind. When the army came 300 steps outside the east gate, Huang Zhong stopped at the first order. Then, because there are no auxiliary soldiers, the matter of burying the moat can only be handed over to the players of the Zilong Association. According to the prior arrangement, the players of the Zilong Club immediately divided into two teams, one carrying the cloth bag that had been loaded with soil, the other holding a large shield to cover the team of reclamation, and quickly moved towards the moat. Of course, NPC soldiers are not idle. Huang zhongzao has arranged more than 200 crossbow soldiers with the highest level in the changshe army to the built ten well hurdles, escorted by 1000 sword shield soldiers, who are closely behind the players of the Zilong club and push towards the city wall. When they reach the attack range of the bow and arrow, they will use the bow and arrow to cover the players who fill the river. However, because it was not a very important battle, and the number of well fences was too small, Huang Zhong did not let the crossbow soldiers use the latest equipment of the arrow, but used the arrow to attack. With Huang Zhong''s order, the attack and defense war of Yangwu city officially opened! After hearing the clarion call of the Chinese army, the players of Zilong Club rush to the moat with earth bags on their backs. Some people don''t even want the shield of the guards around them. They directly rush forward with a small shield in one hand. For the players, one death is just one level down. However, Zilong club has already discussed with Huangfu Chaobo about how to make up for the player''s death and injury For example, the cost of making up a player is much less than that of Huangfu Chaobo losing an intermediate soldier.

 Chapter 245

    When the East Gate war started, the siege teams of the north and South Gates had already reached the attack position. After hearing the attack horn of the middle army of the east gate, the north and South Gates also quickly launched the attack. Pei yuanshao''s cavalry also divided into two teams, cruising around Yangwu city for ten miles, blocking the contact between Yangwu city and the outside world.


    There are only one thousand archers in Yangwu city. Li Jin put them on the four walls on average, and there are only 250 soldiers on each side. Although there are more than four thousand archers, the cost of recruitment and maintenance of archers is twice as high as that of melee soldiers. In addition, the defense of archers is too low. Once they get close, they will die, so they are very important among the players The proportion is very low. Among the four thousand soldiers of duoqingjian and Xiake, there are only less than 500 archers. Once they are placed on the four walls, there are only more than 100 archers on each side. Therefore, the killing power of the more than 300 archers to the more than 2000 players who fill the River under the city is really limited. It took two thousand players half a day to fill out more than ten siege channels in the moat. The price is that more than one thousand players are reduced to one level. Half of the players here are life players of the Zilong Association. The level has little effect on them. However, their contribution to the alliance has increased a lot. In addition, the priority of purchasing raw materials in the alliance will be increased , the price will also drop slightly, which is the biggest harvest for life players. Although the north gate and the south gate were slightly worse than the east gate, they also used half a day to fill out three or five siege channels. In the afternoon, they were able to attack the city with ants, which did not delay Huang Zhong''s arrangement.


    After a midday break, the ant siege officially began in the afternoon. With the experience of the morning, Li Jin also knew that the attack directions of the princes in the East and the South were three directions. He quickly transferred half of the soldiers from the west gate, most of them on the east wall. The reason why Huang Zhong attacked the city in a hurry at lunch was mainly because the sunshine in the afternoon was not good for the taxis attacking the city in the East. With the continuous sound of bugles in Huang Zhong''s camp, the two thousand soldiers of Zongheng town and one thousand sword and shield soldiers of changshe army, who had already been ready, began to enter the siege state. Twenty siege ladders were raised by more than a hundred soldiers and pushed slowly towards the wall. Behind them were two siege hammers escorted by hundreds of soldiers. This was a high-level game. The changshe craftsmen of Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t do it. Only two high-level craftsmen under Kong''s command could do it. In the past two days, more than ten junior craftsmen prepared materials to make four There is one in the north and one in the south. The other two are here. Behind these instruments are well fences. Although ten well fences can''t suppress the archers in the city, they can still prevent the archers in the city from threatening the taxi soldiers in the city. With Huang Zhong''s command, all the military orders were issued like flowing water, and all the soldiers who attacked the city were just like the body, arms and fingers.


    Soon the soldiers of the siege ladder crossed the moat, and soon they were about to enter the bow and arrow range at the head of the city. Huang Zhong immediately ordered the siege ladder to speed up. After a battle drum sounded, the soldiers all gave a shout, and then carried the siege ladder to the city wall quickly. At the same time, there was a cry of archers attacking at the head of the city. Then, from the bottom of the city, we can see that the number of bows and arrows was obviously more than that in the morning. The siege soldiers ran all the way towards the city wall. From time to time, some soldiers fell by the arrow, but other people didn''t even look at them and continued to rush towards the city wall. As we all know, it was safe to rush through the area covered by bows and arrows.


    Standing at the head of the city and looking at the swarms of taxi soldiers coming down the city, Li Jin found that he still looked down on the princes of Guandong. He didn''t expect that the other party spent half a day burying the siege channel of the moat, and then attacked the city with ants. Fortunately, he was ready. Looking at the approaching soldiers, Li Jin yelled to his deputy: "the enemy ants attack the city, rolling stones and beating wood are ready!"


    "The archers fire in three rounds, stand back, the head of the sword and shield soldiers, and the Gunners are ready to meet the enemy!"


    "Brothers, let these Guandong local dogs see our strength! To beat back the attack of the Guandong princes, I will ask for your help in front of the Taiwei! "


    "Kill..."


    At the same time, the soldiers had rushed through the moat and came to the foot of the city wall. The soldiers carrying the siege ladder quickly raised the siege ladder to the head of the city.


    "Bang bang"


    One after another, more than a dozen siege ladders approached the entrance of the upper city. Then the taxi soldiers quickly climbed down the ladder to the top of the city.


    "Roll the stone and knock the wood down."


    "Bang..."


    "Rolling stone! Watch your step


    "Ah


    Fortunately, at this time, the well hurdle in the back has reached the attack range of the archers. Huang Zhong ordered ten small well hurdles, with ten archers on each well hurdle. With the help of the well hurdle, the threat of the siege soldiers is much smaller. The taxi driver on the siege ladder slowly climbed up the city. Li Jin immediately ordered his deputy general to take over the command of the city. He picked up his long gun and joined the fierce battle at the city. Li was originally a valiant general under Dong Zhuo, so as his nephew, Li Jin was also a famous brave general in the Xiliang army. This is why he did not listen to Li''s words and withdrew to Luoyang. Instead, he prepared to occupy Yangwu city And the reason for that. With soldiers attacking the top of the city, the pressure under the city wall is much less. Although there are still archers shooting down the city, they can no longer pose a great threat to the soldiers under the city. Soon after the war, the two siege vehicles arrived at the gate of the city. Knowing that the city must have a back move, Huang Zhong didn''t let the two siege vehicles attack together. The taxi driver in the front of the siege vehicle yelled, and the siege hammer hit the gate with the strength of dozens of people Straight ring, more than 10 meters high walls are Shuo Shuo Shuo, the city gate hole is the dust "Shuo Shuo..." Straight down. Li Jin''s deputy general was a veteran of Xiliang who was specially arranged by Li for his nephew. He had a lot of experience in leading soldiers. Seeing that the siege hammer had arrived at the foot of the city, he immediately ordered: "fire oil, prepare!"Already ready for a pot of boiling oil was carried to the head of the city, and then quickly carried to the top of the gate hole.


    "Pour..."


    "Ho..."


    "Ah In the face of the hot oil coming from the sky, the taxi driver was drenched. The hot oil drenched people from head to foot, and all of a sudden made people skin and flesh. A pot of hot oil from the city drenched down, the city''s torch then came.

 Chapter 246

    "Coax"


    A siege hammer at the gate of the city was suddenly lit, and the siege vehicle and dozens of soldiers inside were all wrapped up by the fire. A siege vehicle in the back was more than ten steps away from the front. When the taxi drivers around saw that the siege vehicle in front was surrounded by the fire, it seemed that it would not go out for a moment. When the taxi drivers inside saw this, they immediately ordered to retreat. Unfortunately, such a large siege vehicle was not so easy back off? Before turning around, more than a dozen pots fell from the city, "bang bang." After a few crashing sounds, the earthen jar was smashed on the siege vehicle and the surrounding ground, followed by several rockets "whoosh..." A fire broke out on the last siege vehicle. Fortunately, the fire in this car was not as big as that in front of it. The taxi drivers in it ran out quickly, and most of them escaped. Only a few unfortunate people were stuck with the fire oil and burned to ashes in a moment.


    Looking at the two siege vehicles at the gate of the city burned down by the fire oil at the head of the city, Huang Zhong''s face remained unchanged, but he just ordered the soldiers to step up the siege.


    The attack of Chengmen has failed. Now it depends on whether the battle at Chengtou can open up the situation. Unfortunately, an hour later, the city''s taxi drivers have never been able to take advantage. At this time, the sunlight has gradually moved westward, and the East Gate taxi soldiers need to attack against the sunlight. In addition, once the city is attacked, the archers on the well fence can no longer help the city. Seeing that the city has not been able to take advantage of the attack, and that nearly a thousand soldiers have been damaged by the attack taxis, Huang Zhong gives an order to call a golden end to the war.


    "Ding Ding"


    After the sound of a sound, the fighting soldiers at the head of the city immediately cooperated with each other and slowly retreated towards the bottom of the city. Then, they lifted the recovered siege ladder and quickly retreated back. Seeing that the enemy''s attack was repulsed by themselves, the city''s taxi soldiers burst out in bursts of Shouts. Huang Zhong turned a deaf ear to this, but ordered the army to return to the camp and prepare to fight again tomorrow.


    During the fierce battle of the east city wall, the attack of the north and south walls also began. Compared with the flowing attack and retreat of the east city, the attack of the north and south walls was obviously too much to cope with. Several of them were temporarily combined and could not cooperate with each other at all. There was even a gap between the attacks of each part, which made the north and the South feel more difficult The two defensive families on the two walls were secretly happy.


    As the last soldier withdrew from the city, today''s siege came to an end. Huang Zhong, who returned to the camp, ordered the soldiers to have a good rest. Then he ordered all the soldiers to return to their respective positions. However, he asked the siege troops of the north and south to set up their own camps in the corresponding areas, instead of returning to the camp for resettlement. After all the people around dispersed, Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong, "brother, it''s still early today. Why did you take the troops back to camp?"


    Huang Zhong said: "young master, although it''s still early, our army''s siege equipment is insufficient. If it''s good for the city''s head to occupy the advantage, we can use the city''s head to gradually expand the scope, and then we have a chance to open the city gate. But now the Siege hammer has been lost, and the city''s head has no advantage. In addition, the morale of the city guards is still high, so it''s not necessary to waste the lives of the soldiers in vain If you wait for the equipment to be sufficient tomorrow, then attack the city. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thinks that it''s still early anyway. The five-day limit is only two days away, and there are still three days to operate. Besides, several of his senior generals haven''t taken part in the war, so there''s no hurry.


    Several people then came to Houying to see how the equipment was made. The 50 craftsmen of changshe city have been escorted by the players of Luoshen society, so Huangfu Chaobo has assigned all these to Lou GUI, who has assigned all these craftsmen to Yuzhou military craftsmen to learn how to make all kinds of equipment. With the help of these 50 craftsmen, the production speed of siege equipment is much faster. At the end of the day, there are 20 primary well hurdles, more than 10 advanced well hurdles, dozens of siege ladders and several siege hammers. According to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, Lou GUI changed the primary equipment to several players who attacked from north to south, while the medium and high-level equipment was left to his own soldiers.


    One night there was nothing to say, and the next day the siege began again. With the harassment of cavalry for two consecutive nights, the soldiers and energy of the city guards decreased significantly. However, Huang Zhong still arranged the siege battle steadily. At the end of the day, he arranged four waves of attacks. Each time, more than 1000 people attacked, but he did not attack with all his strength. Li Jin, who was guarding the city, felt that he could not use his strength. He wanted to relax, but he did not dare to take it lightly. He was afraid that the Marquis army of Guandong would suddenly launch a strong attack.


    That night, Huang Zhong gathered people to discuss affairs in the Chinese Army''s big account. As soon as he got into the big tent, Huang Zhong was on his way. Now he has been attacking for two days, and the city guards have been a little tired. In addition, tomorrow is the fourth day of the mission, and the city guards and soldiers will surely relax. So Huang Zhong is ready to launch a strong attack on Yangwu city tomorrow and take down the city at one stroke. In order to achieve the purpose of strong attack, Huang Zhong asked the two gates who received the attack signal to attack the city with all their strength after the East Gate launched the attack. He did not require the two gates to attack the city and open the city gate, but he had to restrain the soldiers on both sides of the city wall. If the east gate could attack at one stroke, the first three gates would be equally divided. After hearing Huang Zhong''s request to attack the city with all his strength, everyone was not very happy. The reason why they urged Huangfu Chao Bo to let Kong Yu issue the task of attacking the county was that, on the one hand, there was too little oil and water for each person to attack the town, and on the other hand, small towns could supplement the low rank of soldiers. After the loss of troops, everyone wanted to recruit some intermediate or even higher arms Zhong asked everyone to attack the city with all their strength. Who knows what the harvest will be like after the victory of the county? So after hearing Huang Zhong''s arrangement, everyone was submissive.Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t understand what was going on. After having a look at zonghengtianxia and Zhao Zilong, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "brothers, I''d like to emphasize a little more. After conquering the county, the army and Horse Association of changshe city will control the county government and warehouses for the first time, so it will be too late to clear up the remaining enemies in the city. Therefore, after entering the city, you must clear up the remaining enemies in the city in two quarters of an hour. After two quarters of an hour, the governor''s team of the history department in Yuzhou My guards and I will go into the city to take over the city, so please do your best to eliminate the enemy as soon as possible. "


    All of you are human beings. After hearing what Huangfu Chaobo said, your eyes brightened. You can''t understand what he meant. It''s not obvious that after the army enters the city, Huangfu Chaobo''s troops only control a few important places. The rest of the city will give people half an hour. As for how many things you can get, it depends on your own luck. With Huangfu Chaobo''s guarantee, everyone immediately patted their chests and promised that they would act according to their orders. After arranging the attack the next day, they all withdrew from the big account. Instead of going back to their own army immediately, the ten elders who quit the tent agreed to come to the tent of zonghengxia. There was nothing else. In order not to quarrel with each other about robbing things after entering the city, everyone tacitly came to the tent of zonghengxia to discuss how to distribute things in the city.

 Chapter 247

    With the guarantee of Huangfu Chaobo, we all know that this siege should be able to have a lot of harvest. As for how much you can earn, it depends on your luck and hand. Soon, several of the city''s various areas are divided into good sites, and then, this is their respective scattered, waiting for tomorrow''s siege.


    When Huang Zhong was deliberating in the big account, Li Jin also recruited several of his capable subordinates in the county government to discuss. For these two days of war, Li Jin has seen clearly. It is estimated that Yangwu city can''t be defended, so he must leave a way for himself. For him, as long as he retreats safely, other things are not important. Fortunately, my uncle equipped himself with two hundred Xiliang iron cavalry. These two days, these two hundred cavalry didn''t go out. Originally, they wanted to give a fatal blow to the army of Guandong princes at the last moment. It seems that they must be ready for their retreat now. However, Li Jin just wanted to be exhausted. As for the fact that the army of Guandong princes really attacked the city, it might be Ming Dynasty One night or the day after tomorrow.


    In the evening, Pei yuanshao and huyandu''s cavalry were the busiest. They had harassed Yangwu city for three consecutive nights. Just hold on one more night, you can take Yangwu tomorrow, and the cavalry camp will be able to attack with all its strength. I hope many rout soldiers can escape from the city by then.


    As soon as it was light, the army began to eat. Then, a group of soldiers lined up outside the camp, and one set of siege equipment was pushed out of the camp. After one night''s intensive production, Houying finally made 20 large-scale well fences for the army, on which 50 archers could be arranged. In this way, 1000 archers in the changshe army could be arranged, With a thousand archers, Huangfu Chaobo believes that the pressure of infantry attack will be much less. After everything is ready, Huang Zhong waves his hand, and the Chinese Army rings the continuous sound of the horn. The already ready army slowly moves forward towards the wall in the sound of the horn.


    Soon the army arrived 300 steps to the east of Yangwu city. By this time, the people were already surging on the wall, and the soldiers were ready to defend.


    Huang Zhong looked up at the direction of the city wall, raised his right hand, waved towards the direction of the city wall, and said, "attack!"


    The messenger next to him said in a loud voice: "the general has orders: Attack!"


    "Attack


    "Attack


    Immediately, the Chinese Army''s war drum "Dong Dong..." It''s a knock!


    According to the prior arrangement, the army slowly pressed close to the wall. When the army arrived 120 steps away from the city wall, the leading captain led them, and the soldiers carrying the siege ladder suddenly started to run towards the city wall. At that time, more than 30 siege ladders rushed towards the city wall. At the same time, the city also sounded the order of archers to launch. Unfortunately, the archers at the head of the city have not yet shot five rounds of bows and arrows. The well fence of the changshe army has reached the range of attack. With the order of the archer captain, one thousand archers shot their bows and arrows at the same time towards the city wall. For a moment, the unsuspecting Archer was covered by one thousand bows and arrows, and one round of bows and arrows came down, causing the archers at the head of the city to lose nearly 100 people Then the second round of arrows followed. Then there is the third round and the fourth round. After several rounds of arrow rain, the archers in the city were almost lost. In this way, the pressure of the footmen of the attack under the city was greatly reduced. Without the suppression of bow and arrow at the head of the city, the siege soldiers soon reached the bottom of the city. At one time, more than 30 siege ladders were quickly put up at the top of the city. Soon some soldiers attacked the city along the ladder, but they were soon driven down from the city. However, with more and more siege ladders on the top of the city, more and more taxi soldiers also follow the ladder to attack the top of the city. And as the siege ladders all reached their positions, a few siege hammers followed slowly approached the gate.


    Looking at more and more taxi soldiers arriving at the foot of the city, Huang Zhong nodded gently, and then said to his own Messenger: "order, general Zhou Cang of Dianwei will lead the attack!"


    "Send orders to the north and South gates, attack the city with all your strength!"


    "Order Pei yuanshao, the second general of huyandu, to be ready to encircle and suppress the rout troops of Yangwu city!"


    With a series of orders issued from Huang Zhong''s mouth, it means that the attack of Yangwu city has entered the final time.


    At Huang Zhong''s command, Dian Wei and Zhou Cang, who had been ready for a long time, immediately roared, picked up their weapons, and led the 100 guard sword shield soldiers who had been ready for a long time to the direction of Yangwu city. Both of them were well-known valiant generals in the changshe army, and the soldiers they led were all forbidden guards. So when they passed by, the soldiers nearby were all shouting and their morale was high. Along the way, they each led a hundred guards to the siege ladder beside the city gate. Dian Wei thrust his two halberds into his waist, took the shield from a soldier''s hand, raised the shield with one hand, and with the other hand helped the siege ladder to climb toward the city.


    As early as today''s battle, Li Jin and his deputy general had discovered the abnormality of the Yuzhou army. First, they let the Yuzhou army''s Jinglan destroy all the hundreds of archers in the city, so that the city could play a long-range threat to the siegers. Then, with the war going on, the disadvantage of no Archer suppression appeared, and the city''s soldiers were threatened by 20 Jinglan He didn''t dare to show his head at all. Until Yuzhou army''s siege ladder was on the top of the city, the archers stopped the large-scale coverage shooting for fear of injuring the soldiers. Instead, they changed it to the precision shooting of the elite archers. At this time, Li Jin, who was helpless, transferred the reserved soldiers to the top of the city as soon as the battle started this afternoon to help defend. He managed to control the situation at the head of the city. Before he could breathe a sigh of relief, Li Jin suddenly heard a burst of cheers from the Yuzhou army under the city. He summoned his head to the bottom of the city and saw two big black men, who were still tall and strong with Huaxiong, the valiant general of Xiliang. Each of them led more than a hundred guards to rush towards the city wall. Everywhere he passed, Yuzhou soldiers were cheering. Seeing this, Li Jin and his deputy general looked at each other and saw a trace of worry from each other''s eyes. The deputy general stepped forward and said in a low voice, "it seems that the situation is not good. We need to make preparations early."Li Jin nodded and whispered to a pro guard beside him: "Li Ping, you go down to the city first and gather the iron cavalry of Xiliang to stand by. If things don''t wait, we''ll go out of the city from Ximen right away."


    After receiving the order, the pro guard quietly retreated to the city. Li Jin thought about it, and then said, "come on, order the other three cities to send troops to support..."


    Before the words were heard, a guard came and said, "general, the guards of the north and South gates sent for help. They said that the two armies were attacking the city with all their strength."

 Chapter 248

    When they heard this, their faces changed greatly. Just at this time, there was a sudden chaos at the head of the city. Looking up, two Yuzhou army generals who were running under the city a moment ago had already attacked the head of the city. As soon as they went to the city, the soldiers in the head of the city didn''t have one of them. With the two men''s participation in the war, the Yuzhou army quickly stood on the head of the city. In addition, the soldiers in Yangwu city had been fighting in a hurry In the past two days, Yuzhou soldiers were far more energetic than the guards of Yuzhou army. As time went on, more and more Yuzhou soldiers boarded the city. When the deputy general saw the situation, he pulled out his sword and said, "hurry up, hurry up, and drive the thieves out of the city."


    The soldiers of Yangwu city around rushed to the Yuzhou army at the head of the city under the leadership of the general, but they didn''t find that their chief general was escorted by the deputy general and walked slowly behind. After the soldiers retreated from the center, they rushed to the prepared Xiliang iron cavalry under the protection of their own guards.


    When Dian Wei and Zhou Cang completely controlled the city and quickly expanded the position they occupied, they found that there was no master in the city. It seemed that Dian Wei''s eyes turned and roared at the head of the city: "the enemy''s main general has fled, and those who come down will not be killed!"


    When Zhou Cang saw this, he immediately yelled with the head. At this time, the soldiers of Yangwu city looked back to the tower and found that there was no one on the position of the general. Although they didn''t know whether they had really escaped, the sudden disappearance of the general had a great impact on the garrison. The morale of the soldiers of Yangwu city suddenly dropped and their resistance was weakened by more than 20%.


    Seeing this, the morale of the sergeants of the changshe group was even higher because of the two generals'' participation in the war. They also followed the two generals to shout in unison, and more and more defenders noticed the changes at the city tower. As soon as the morale of the two sides rose and fell, the difference immediately appeared. More and more changshe soldiers climbed up the city wall through the siege ladder and soon attacked the city gate under the leadership of the two generals. In front of two bulldozer level generals, Yangwu garrison was quickly driven away from the tower on the gate. Dianwei ordered Zhoucang to put down the suspension bridge and pull up the Qianjin gate inside the city station. Then, he led the soldiers to guard the tower and killed the wall along the passage of the city wall to open the gate and lead the army into the city. With Dianwei in front of the road, the guard soldiers followed, all the way from the city wall passage quickly killed to the gate hole, and soon solved the soldiers in the gate hole, and then quickly opened the gate. The taxi driver, who had been waiting outside the city, quickly followed the open city gate and killed him in the direction that had been arranged in advance.


    The news of the loss of the East Gate quickly spread to the players of the north and South gates. The sentimental sword and the swordsman who got the news were stunned. Although they knew that Yangwu city could not be defended, they didn''t expect to be attacked within two days. So they led their soldiers to quickly withdraw from the city wall, and then headed all the way to Yangwu city Choose a good management by objectives. Now that you can''t keep it, you can make a profit in the city. Both of them have generals in their hands, and there are still different numbers of cavalry. Although the soldiers can''t keep it, there should be no problem for dozens of cavalry to keep themselves and their generals. As a matter of fact, as early as they entered the city, they were ready. For example, Duoqing sword bought a small house in the city under the name of a neutral player. After getting off the city wall, Duoqing sword directly led the soldiers to a medium-sized workshop, broke in directly, tied all the craftsmen inside, searched all the things inside, and then went on to the next project After searching for two targets in a row, duoqingjian finds that the noise inside the city is getting louder and louder. He knows that the army of Guandong princes outside the city has entered the city, so he doesn''t have to delay any more. He puts all his belongings in the houses he has bought in advance, and then quickly leads the soldiers to the west gate. Finally, before the changshe army takes over the gate, they both lead the soldiers out of the city. After they leave the city, the two soldiers run to the west gate People looked at each other for a moment, then the soldiers divided into several waves and scattered. They led the general and cavalry to the nearest city of Dong Zhuo''s army.


    In the middle army position outside the east gate, Huangfu Chaobo was watching to prepare his two strong men to attack the city. Although he knew that with the help of two men, it would be no problem to attack the city, he did not expect that they could attack the city wall so quickly. Then he heard the sergeant''s cry "surrender, do not kill". Then, within a quarter of an hour, the city gate was opened, The taxi soldiers outside the gate of the city quickly went through the gate and killed them inside the city.


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, looked at Huang Zhong and said, "is this the attack?"


    "That''s right. What do you think you''re going to do? Yangwu city is small, and there are not enough soldiers in the city. In addition, the city wall is not high, and the guards inside are not good generals. What''s more, there are two generals, Dianwei and Zhoucang, who have been in the battle for three days. If all of them were soldiers of our society, it would only take two days for them to be loyal and take the city lightly. " Huang Zhong said with a smile and handed the flag to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo smacked his mouth. He wanted to say something, but he didn''t know what to say. So he simply didn''t want to say it again. He said to the messenger beside him, "if you want to send a message, you must clear up the chaos in the city within two minutes. In two quarters, the army will enter the city!"


    "No!" The herald took over the flag, turned over and got on the horse, divided into three routes to the herald, and everyone outside the city was ready to enter the city.


    But he said that after Li Jin secretly ran down the city under the cover of his own soldiers and lieutenants, he quickly led his two hundred Xiliang cavalry to Ximen. Even the county government didn''t care to go there. Although he had to throw a lot of gold and silver, he couldn''t care so much now. After more than 200 riders arrived at the west gate, they asked the city guards to open the gate. They said that they were going out of the city to ask for reinforcements, and then they beat Ma Yang to go away. The city guards didn''t know what was going on, and they all broke up.Li Jin and others are also veteran soldiers who have been fighting for a long time. They don''t know why the siege of the city is inevitable. They know that there must be soldiers ambushing in the area not far from the west gate. So less than a mile after leaving the city, they lead the cavalry to the Northwest Yuanwu county. This move caught Pei yuanshao and Huyan, who were guarding a forest two miles away from the west gate, by surprise, In the end, he could only watch Li Jin''s 200 cavalry escape. Li Jin led the cavalry to escape, which also reminded Pei yuanshao that he immediately led the cavalry to guard the west gate. There were north and south directions, but he led most of the cavalry to guard the west gate. As expected, less than a quarter of an hour later, waves of rout soldiers fled from Ximen. Fortunately, they were ready. After killing some soldiers, the cavalry scattered and captured them together. However, although hundreds of soldiers were captured in succession, because the situation in the city was not clear, and the two did not get the order of cavalry to enter the city, their cavalry did not enter the city, but ordered the cavalry to increase the search outside the city.

 Chapter 249

    In Yangwu City, the main general fled, and the rest of the rout soldiers scattered and plundered. In addition to the two soldiers, the sentimental sword and the swordsman, the city has become a mess. The private houses of the early officials and rich businessmen have become the final targets of the players and rout soldiers. After the great army of Guandong vassals entered the city, people who thought they could breathe a sigh of relief found that the soldiers who entered the city seemed to be the same as those just now.


    A quarter of an hour after the gate of Yangwu city was opened, the west gate again ushered in a wave of rout climax. Hundreds of rout soldiers poured out from the west gate, and then scattered in all directions. Pei yuanshao''s more than 2000 cavalry became people driving ducks. They added rout soldiers running all over the mountains and fields, captured them and rushed to custody together. The two players also led dozens of cavalry to break through Pei yuanshao''s encirclement and flee.


    Two quarters of an hour later, with a wave of his hand, Huangfu''s 1000 guards and Kong''s 1000 guards were the former army, followed by the others, marching towards Yangwu city.


    For a moment, the sound of "army into the city, do not disturb the people, strict military discipline, looters cut!" The cry of the voice. The reason for this is that Huangfu Chaobo promised the players'' army to stay in the city for half an hour, but now the army has already entered the city. If Kong''s Yuzhou army guards see the players'' Army robbing in the city, it''s not easy for Kong to explain. After hearing the shouts of the army entering the city, Zhenghuan players who robbed in the city immediately led their own taxi soldiers out of the city with the property craftsmen they had robbed.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo thought that half an hour should be enough for players to have their own time, so he let the soldiers remind the army to enter the city, and then he was relieved to march into the city. Unexpectedly, something went wrong. When Kong''s bodyguards took over Nancheng, they found that Xiaoxiang Academy''s subordinate District Xingzheng led the attack on a mansion. Sadly, the private soldiers guarding the mansion were too difficult. Xiaoxiang academy took a lot of efforts to capture it. When Huangfu Chaobo''s army entered the city, district Xingzheng led the attack on the mansion. This is a pity He was caught by Yuzhou army. When the two sides confront each other in the South City, Huangfu Chaobo rushes over immediately when he gets the news, but he doesn''t expect that he will be out of trouble in the end. The original meaning of Huangfu Chaobo was to let Xiaoxiang academy bow down and be soft. After all, the Yuzhou army can''t really do anything to them. It''s time for Huangfu Chaobo to make up for them in private. Who knows, Xiaoxiang academy finally twisted up with Huangfu Chaobo, and then other members of Jingnan three counties got the news In the end, Huangfu Chaobo had to order the soldiers to drive the three families out of Yangwu County, and then put the matter under control. In this way, the three players in the three counties of Jingnan and Huangfu Chaobo are completely at loggerheads. However, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care about it. On the one hand, it''s too far away from several players. On the other hand, even if the three players are added together, Huangfu Chaobo may not be afraid of them.


    The last statistics of the harvest of the county government and the warehouse workshop surprised everyone. The money in these places alone was as much as 50000 gold, more than 100000 grain and grass, and more than 10000 weapons and equipment. If you take away 50% of Kongzi''s and 10% of Huangfu''s, the ten way players will get 2000 gold and nearly 5000 stone grain and grass. If it''s used to recruit soldiers, it''s enough to recruit level 135 elite sword shield soldiers or spear soldiers. These alone will make the ten princes who participated in the war earn a lot. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo''s gains in the city, it can be said that the ten who participated in the war made a lot of money in this war. After dividing up the property, everyone likes to say goodbye to Huangfu Chaobo. Before leaving, he still says that he will cooperate with Huangfu Chaobo next time. Of course, the three magistrates of Jingnan three cities will not have a good face and will not go back after taking his own things.


    After arranging the defense in Yangwu City, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent people to the jujube camp to deliver orders to Kong, and then led Huang Zhong and Lou GUI to count their harvest. When they got out of the county government, they came to a big house not far away. This is the house of Li Jin, the leader of Yangwu city. Although Zhou Cang and Dian Wei didn''t participate in the robbery of players in the city according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo after entering the city, in addition to several major official organizations, they also controlled the biggest house, and the soldiers of changshe arranged by Dian Wei stayed outside Face, other players do not dare to play here idea. After entering the house, Huangfu Chaobo did not pay more attention to the situation of the house. Instead, he went to the backyard where he stored his articles under the leadership of Dian Wei. Because this is only a other courtyard of Li Jin, there are not many things, but now all the money and things allocated to Huangfu Chaobo have been moved here, and they have been put in different categories for a long time, just waiting for Huangfu Chaobo to come and have a look. As soon as he entered Huangfu Chaobo''s house, he was surprised to see the articles all over the house. He knew from the harvest in the county government and the warehouse that the harvest should not be small, but he didn''t expect it to be so good. In addition to the things he was supposed to get, Huangfu Chaobo had nearly ten thousand gold, more than twenty thousand stones of grain and grass, and more than three thousand weapons and equipment, as well as all kinds of things found from Li Jin''s house It can be said that this battle was full of money, and the only thing he paid was less than 2000 soldiers'' casualties. Pei yuanshao''s cavalry outside the city captured more than 2000 soldiers and nearly 3000 rout soldiers. Huangfu Chaobo ordered Huang Zhong to select more than 1000 people from them to make up his 5000 soldiers. After that, all the others were thrown to the captain who Kong sent to lead the troops Come on, these materials of Huangfu Chaobo are pure profits.Kong is very happy that Huangfu Chaobo has captured Yangwu county. He immediately sends the younger brother of Li Man, the prefect of Yingchuan, to take over the internal affairs of Yangwu county. As for the military affairs of the county, he generously gives Huangfu Chaobo the responsibility. Not only that, after getting the news that Yangwu county was captured, the other princes decided to set up a camp task release point in Yangwu City, so that the strange people in the princes camp would not have to run dozens of miles to pick up and deliver the task.


    The harvest of Yangwu city was soon known by the players. With the help of this battle, the ten route players not only made up for all the losses in the previous few days, but also made a small profit. This news makes the players very happy. Although we all know that there is a lot of oil and water to fight in the county town, we didn''t expect that it is so big that half of the profits shared by the princes can still be earned. This makes the Lord players stare at several counties in Guandong with scarlet eyes. Unfortunately, the players don''t have any siege equipment now, so even if everyone wants to fight in the county town, they don''t want to Dare to lift lightly in vain.

 Chapter 250

    However, after the first battle of Yangwu, players have found the advantages of siege equipment, they do not? It''s easy to do. Huangfu Chaobo can''t find a way to get it. As soon as the leaders come together, they turn their backs to Huangfu Chaobo again. Whether they buy it from Huangfu Chaobo or change it, as long as they have a few well fences and siege vehicles, they want to attack the city stronghold occupied by Dong Zhuojun, and the loss will be much smaller. Of course, with siege equipment, archers have become an indispensable equipment, and players'' military equipment is becoming more and more perfect. From the initial only close combat arms to the present long-range arms, more and more attention has been paid to them. For the player''s request, Huangfu Chaobo readily agreed after a little consideration. You know, he transferred nearly 100 craftsmen from changshe City, mainly to learn how to make various siege equipment. Now he has the opportunity to use other people''s money and materials to improve his skills. Why not. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo simply found a place near Ximen and built a workshop, where he arranged his craftsmen to make several siege instruments, and then sold them at a marked price. As for the materials, it''s better to do so. It''s just a matter of directly publishing the task acquisition.


    After arranging the affairs in Yangwu City, Huangfu Chaobo began to be unable to sit down again. He watched the whole world and Zhao Zilong go on all kinds of tasks all day long. After Huangfu Chaobo handed over the military affairs in Yangwu city to Huang Zhong, he led Dianwei Zhoucang to the jujube camp. There is nothing else. It is estimated that it will take ten days for all the princes to come to Qi. It will certainly take several days for all the soldiers and horses to hold the alliance ceremony and then send out troops. Of course, more than ten cities to the east of hulaoguan will be captured before that. However, if Huangfu Chaobo does not go to Kong, it is estimated that there will be nothing wrong with Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo just wants to make a contribution here. Because the more he gets to the back, the greater the role of the warlords will be, and the smaller the role of the players will be Although Huangfu Chaobo''s troops were part of the Yuzhou army, several of them were far better than the Yuzhou army. It is still unknown whether they will be able to get a good chance.


    When Huangfu Chaobo came back to Zizyphus jujuba, he found that the camp of Zizyphus jujuba had become more and more lively. Looking around, the camp had been widened a lot. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay much outside the camp, so he went directly to the Yuzhou army camp. After entering the camp, Huangfu Chaobo went straight to kongfu''s tent. When he got to the front of the tent, he was just about to go in when he met Kong Xu coming out of the tent. Behind him were hundreds of guards led by Kong Xin. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo, he was overjoyed and said, "Chaobo has come back. Just in time, there are several princes and armies coming to suanzao these days. Today, Cao mengde asked them to go to the Chinese army to discuss business. When you come back, you will go with me." After that, he signaled Huangfu Chaobo to follow him and go to the big account of the Chinese army.


    Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo asked about the situation of the princes'' camp in recent days, and Kong also told them all about the situation one by one. Because in the first battle of Yangwu, Huangfu Chaobo made a name for the Military University of Yuzhou, and captured Yangwu city in only three or four days, which made Kong Yu''s face rise among all the princes. Therefore, Kong Yu''s words to Huangfu Chaobo were closer than before.


    On the second day after Huangfu Chaobo led the army to the battle, North Sea Prime Minister Kong Rong and Ji Bei Prime Minister Bao Xin led the army to suanzao. Two days later, Zhang Chao, the prefect of Guangling, and Tao Qian, the governor of Xuzhou, also led the troops. The other princes, later general Yuan Shu and Marquis Sun Jian of Wu Cheng, had already arrived in the southwest of Mi County and Xin Zheng. However, they only led thousands of elite soldiers to join the alliance. After the alliance, they could attack the city and join the other armies in Rongyang. Sun Zan and Zhang Yang, the governor of the Shangdang party, have already arrived in Hanoi to join Wang Kuang, the governor of Hanoi, and they will soon cross Henan. At present, only the two armies of Yuan Shao, the governor of Bohai Sea, and Han Fu, the governor of Jizhou, are in Yecheng. After the food and grass of the princes are arranged, they will soon come to meet with the people. As for Ma Teng, the governor of Xiliang, because he has a long way to go, he just sent envoys to join the alliance. At that time, he will lead the army out of Liangzhou and threaten Dong Zhuo''s nest in Xiliang and Sanfu. In this way, it only takes a few days for all the princes to gather together.


    Kong estimated that Cao Cao, the general, was prompted by the battle of Yangwu. He wanted to bring all the cities in Luoyang under the rule of the Guandong princes before the alliance. After the alliance, the army of the princes could move westward to the two passes of Hulao and Sishui.


    Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo came to the big account of the Chinese army. As expected, along the way, he saw a lot of barracks being built, and there were soldiers everywhere. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo had already seen the flags of several princes. After nearly half an hour in the barracks, a group of talented people came to the front of the Chinese army tent. Huangfu Chaobo looked up and saw that all the princes who had arrived in advance were standing in front of the tent. Several prefects were talking about something together, and their generals were all talking about something in groups. There were bursts of laughter, but the literati of each group were not In another place, they also whispered something. Compared with these martial arts people, the voices of the literati were much smaller.


    After he motioned kongxin to stop his guard dozens of steps away, he led kongxin and Huangfu Chaobo towards a group of big men. Seeing Kong Chu coming, one of them immediately went out of the crowd and said, "Kong Gongxu is here. Come here. This way, please."After hearing the speech, Huang Fu looked up and saw that he was an old man with gray hair and beard. He was nearly sixty years old and his face was a little thin, but he looked kind. Seeing this man, Huangfu Chaobo moved in his heart. Is this Tao Qian?


    Just as he was about to open his mouth to inquire about Kong Xin beside him, he saw that Kong Zhen quickened his pace. After approaching the man, he arched his hand and said, "I dare not work for Tao Gong. Is Kong Xu not late?"


    Tao Qian laughed and said, "not too late, not too late, because I''m old, and I''m very stuffy in the Chinese army tent. I sat in for a while, then I came out to have some air before I arrived. I didn''t expect that all the other princes would come out with me. Just now, we were still talking about the battle of Yangwu city of Yuzhou army a few days ago. Only three days later, Yuzhou army captured Yangwu and defeated the army of Dong bandits, which greatly boosted the morale of the warlords in Guandong. " With that, Tao Qian turned to Huangfu Chaobo, who was next to him, and said, "if I expect it to be right, this young general around kongyuzhou should be the main general in the battle of Yangwu in Yuzhou? Why don''t kongyuzhou introduce us? "

 Chapter 251

    After listening to Tao Qian''s words, all the people on the scene nodded in response.


    On hearing this, Kong Yu was overjoyed. He knew that the battle had already worked, but his face remained silent. He said, "such a small victory, I don''t think it will be in the eyes of Tao Gong and other masters. Kong Yu is really ashamed. What Tao Gong said is true. This son is Huangfu Chaobo, the chief General of the battle. He is the nephew of brother Yizhen of Huangfu and the disciple of brother Zhu Gongwei. " Then he pulled Huangfu to Chaobo and said, "come on... Chaobo, I''d like to introduce you


    "Come on, Chaobo, this is Tao Qian, the former governor of Xuzhou. Tao Gong is a modest gentleman. Since he took over the post of governor of Xuzhou, he broke down the yellow scarf of Xuzhou and carried out the policy of opening up farmland and resuming production. Later, he was sent to Beijing to pay tribute. Recently, he was granted the title of Marquis of Liyang by general Anton and Xu Zhou mu. "


    Huangfu Chaobo company quickly stepped forward two steps, saluted and said: "Yuzhou army''s captain of begging for thieves, Huangfu Chaobo meets Liyang Marquis!"


    As he stroked his chin with his left hand, Tao Qian nodded and said, "it''s true that he is a talented man. No wonder elder brother Gongwei is happy to meet liexin. OK, don''t be so polite!"


    Then he took Huangfu Chaobo and saw the rest of them, including Kong Rong, the Prime Minister of Beihai, Zhang Chao, the governor of Guangling, Zhang Miao, Chen Liutai, and Liu Dai, the governor of gunzhou... After a circle, all the princes on the scene made Huangfu Chaobo look familiar. Just at this time, a general came out of the Chinese Army''s big account and said, "my Lord, my general, please enter the account for discussion!" Then they stopped talking. Under the guidance of the general, they went into the big tent of the Chinese army.


    At this time, the Chinese Army''s account was built by Cao Cao, the founder of the alliance. There were no other furnishings in the account except some basic things. Huangfu Chaobo and kongxin both followed kongxu and entered the Chinese army without saying a word.


    After everyone came in, they exchanged greetings with each other, and then they sat down one by one. Kong Xin and Huangfu Chaobo also stood behind him without saying a word. When Cao Cao saw Huangfu Chaobo, he nodded his head gently, and then turned his eyes to all the princes here. When he saw that all the people were seated, Cao Cao said, "gentlemen, this time Cao asked you to come here to discuss with you about the war between our princes'' Alliance and Dong thief''s army. It must be known to all that a few days ago, the soldiers under the command of Kongyu Prefecture had captured Dong thief and ruled Yang For the Wucheng incident, let''s have a drink first. Let''s celebrate for Kong Yuzhou and for the tiger power of the Guandong allied forces! "


    On hearing this, all the people immediately picked up their bottles and said in unison, "drink better!"


    Then there was only a "squeak" in the account. After everyone put down the wine bottle, Cao Cao said what he thought. As expected, Cao Cao, inspired by the battle of Yangwu of the Yuzhou army, was determined to capture more than ten counties east of hulaoguan before the arrival of all the princes. Then, after the alliance, he placed the princes'' headquarters in Rongyang city outside hulaoguan. In this way, for the princes'' army, even if it was difficult to conquer hulaoguan and sishuiguan Avoid wasting money and food because of the long journey. All the princes can''t deny Cao Cao''s suggestion. Everyone knows that Xiongguan is hard to attack, so it''s better to attack one or two counties first. In this way, it''s better than losing troops before Xiongguan. At that time, when they have military merit in hand, they won''t let others push them to be vanguards. They don''t have much military merit, so they all agree on Cao Cao''s proposal. Not only that, for several cities outside the pass, everyone is scrambling to choose the city to fight, because there is already an example of the Yuzhou army, and everyone thinks that they can issue a mission to let strange soldiers and horses participate in the attack City, so that their fame and wealth, why not. If Cao Cao knew what people thought, he didn''t know whether he would vomit blood and die. We should know that Cao Cao was still a loyal minister of the Han Dynasty at this time.


    When all the princes in the army''s big tent of Guandong were fighting for the right to attack the counties and cities in Guandong, in a restaurant in Rongyang city hundreds of miles away, duoqingjian and Xiake sat together again. In the battle of Yangwu for a few days, it''s really puzzling for them to lose. Originally, they thought that Li Yan''s nephew was a tough guy who should be able to hold on for five days. But they didn''t expect that he was a silver wax spear head. It was the fourth day, and he ran away with his cavalry without saying a word. Fortunately, some of them were ready and sent someone Staring at him, and also in the city to find a few fat sheep. After getting the surname Li to abandon the city and run away, the two men did not hesitate to withdraw from the city. After searching the city, they quickly led their generals and cavalry to run away. Although nearly two thousand of his infantry were disgraced in Yangwu City, they were not without income. The money collected in the city alone is enough for them to add more than 2000 level 25 sword and shield soldiers. You know, half of the soldiers they brought from their own territory are junior soldiers, and most of the soldiers under duoqingjian are transferred from Huangjin soldiers. They don''t spend much money at all. It can be said that the search in Yangwu city is enough for two people to exchange their shotguns for cannons, not to mention that they have captured dozens of craftsmen. Now they have successfully withdrawn from Yangwu and are sent back to their territory by their trusted men.


    "Brother Xiake, we suffered a lot in the battle of Yangwu. If the man surnamed Li could stay for five days, we would have gained more! " The amorous sword says to the end of the swordsman''s will;"Hey, hey, it''s not bad to lose, but it''s a little less profitable. I don''t believe brother amorous sword didn''t get some good things. " The Xiake chuckled and said, "however, this battle has taught me a lot. It is estimated that from now on to the end of the whole campaign, we are on the defensive. Moreover, it seems that Dong Zhuo should want to give up these counties in Hulao pass. In this way, we think that the battles in the future are mainly to guard the city, and we should be ready to fight at any time."


    Duoqingjian nodded. After withdrawing, he also discussed the war with Bohua and his subordinates. Although Bohua is not a historical military general, he is BOCAI''s younger brother after all. Although his ability is not strong, he still has some vision to stay with BOCAI for such a long time. In the early days, due to the limitation of funds, there were not many archers and cavalry in sanjianke town. However, after the first battle of Yangwu, Bo found out this problem very quickly. So after breaking through the siege, he immediately suggested to Duoqing sword that when he returned to Rongyang and replenished his forces, Duoqing sword recruited 500 cavalry and 500 archers, and the other 1000 soldiers were Dao Dun soldiers In this way, the soldiers in the hands of the sentimental sword are both offensive and defensive, rather than the soldiers they brought when they first joined the war. They are basically soldiers. This is not only what the sentimental sword does, but also what the swordsmen do when they replenish their troops.

 Chapter 252

    Duoqingjian and Xiake don''t have any other ideas when they meet in Rongyang this time, but they are both in Rongyang city to replenish their troops. Now that they meet, it''s time for them to exchange the gains and losses of the first battle of Yangwu, and then deepen their relationship, so that they can take care of each other when they have something to do. After they had a talk in the restaurant, they left each other. However, they both agreed that if the other party had something to do, they would do their best to help, especially for Huangfu Chaobo.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know that his rival had found another ally. Now he is having a headache for the things in front of him. Originally, I wanted to go back to Zizyphus jujuba because I wanted to play with some more tasks in Kong''s hands. Unexpectedly, Cao Cao''s arrangement disrupted his plan. Because of the stimulation of Kongyang''s Wucheng, all the vassals who arrived at the jujube were competing for the siege tasks of the remaining counties. There was nothing wrong with Kongyang''s Yuzhou army.


    After a lot of competition, Luoyang was finally divided up in several counties east of hulaoguan. Yuan Shu''s army attacked Mi County, Sun Jian led the attack on Xinzheng, Chen Liu''s prefect Zhang Miao led the attack on Yuanling, Guangling''s prefect Zhang Chao led the attack on Jing County, Xuzhou''s governor Tao Qian attacked Kaifeng, and the remaining three cities of Zhongmou, Yuanwu and Juan County were shared by Qiao Mao, the prefect of Dongjun, Yuan Yi, the prefect of Shanyang, and Bao Xin, the Prime Minister of Jibei. As for the others, there is nothing to do. So far, there is only Rongyang city that Dong Zhuo''s Army defends tightly in the city of Guandong. Although this city is only a county, it is the most important city of Henan Yin in Guandong. There are thousands of Xiliang soldiers under the command of Dong Zhuo''s General Li Meng, and they are all hard bones. Everyone here doesn''t want to send troops, so they have to go Israel had to put it here for the time being. When the princes of the towns came together, they would form a alliance and then send heavy troops to attack.


    The princes who got the task of attacking the county town were in high spirits and finally had a chance to come out. Although those who didn''t get the task were a little disappointed, they didn''t care too much about it. Anyway, there were still many wars behind, and they didn''t care about the attacks of these small counties. Huangfu Chaobo was the most unhappy one. Originally, he thought that he would have another chance to let Kong take another county task. If he got it this time, Huangfu Chaobo would use his own soldiers from changshe, Zongheng town and Zilong society. It''s a pity that he came in high spirits, but he came back in low spirits. Now Yuzhou has not got Mao. And the princes who get the task will certainly not let Huangfu Chaobo send troops to participate. You know, if they are the same princes, and a small county needs another group of princes to send troops, it will only make people feel that their ability is too poor, and it will make them lose face among the princes in Guandong. Moreover, there are millions of alien troops available, so the princes will definitely not agree with Huangfu Chaobo The soldiers took part in the war. Moreover, even if someone agrees that Huangfu Chaobo will take part in the war, he will not go. After all, there is a big difference between taking part in the war under others'' command and leading his own soldiers. Therefore, since the feudal lords of the Chinese Army divided up the county, Huangfu Chaobo''s face was not good-looking. At last, Cao Cao motioned him to stay and didn''t talk much. He soon retired and returned to Kong''s account.


    After several thoughts, Huangfu Chaobo, who returned to kongfu''s tent, decided to ask kongfu for orders and let him lead the troops. Of course, it''s not to take part in the attacks of various princes on various counties, but to be able to go to the camp to get various tasks like other players. However, what I didn''t expect was that Kong Yu refused. At first, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t understand it very well, but after a long time of hard thinking, he thought that this might be a limitation of the system for NPC princes. Its main purpose is to provide more fighters for players. After all, this game is for players, so it''s impossible for NPC to take care of everything. NPC princes only need to ensure the smooth progress of the main task, especially the small combat task of attacking counties and towns must be handed over to the players and their soldiers. NPC only plays an auxiliary role in it, so Kong refused Huangfu Chaobo''s invitation without hesitation. Kong''s look disappointed Huangfu Chaobo. He thought that he would have to stay for another ten days and a half months to have a combat mission, which made him feel extremely decadent. Holding the idea of having a try, he said to Kong: "uncle, you can see that there is nothing wrong in the camp where our army stays every day. Can you allow me to lead a small number of troops to fight After hearing this, kongxin no longer spoke, but he did not refuse. Huangfu Chaobo saw that his expression seemed to be loose. Knowing that there might be a play, kongxin lost a look at kongxin who was in the same tent. Kongxin saw this and quickly came forward to help persuade him. He could not stand the two men''s hard work. In the end, kongxin had no patience, so he had to agree. However, he agreed with Huangfu Chaobo that he would not fight for more than two weeks In addition, you can''t get a camp mission below level 7. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he immediately agreed to Kong''s terms. In his opinion, no matter what level of task it was, he only needed Kong to agree to lead his own troops. After this, Huangfu Chaobo was more sure of his previous guess, that is, before the war, the system deliberately limited the warlords'' troops to leave room for players to fight.


    After getting permission from Kong to send troops, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay any longer and led the people back to Yangwu city in a hurry. After returning to the city, Huangfu Chaobo immediately summoned his subordinates to discuss affairs. After a while, the people who got the news rushed to Huangfu Chaobo''s residence in the city. After seeing that all the people had arrived, Huangfu Chaobo explained Kong''s order to everyone. Then he asked Lou GUI, "in my opinion, how should Chaobo act?" When Lou GUI was thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo explained to him what he knew about the difficulty of the level 7 and above tasks and his ideas one by one. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, he didn''t want to do siege tasks, because as long as it was siege, the battle damage would be great, and not every siege would be as good as the battle of Yangwu to control the battle damage. Therefore, instead of doing so, he might as well pick up some field operations or defensive operations with relatively small battle damage but similar achievements. After all, his purpose is to brush up military achievements. In the battle of Yangwu, although the changshe army of Huangfu Chaobo suffered losses, they were basically soldiers such as sword shield soldiers and long spearmen. Moreover, after the war, soldiers were selected from the captives to supplement them. Therefore, the troops led by Huangfu Chaobo are still intact.

 Chapter 253

    After thinking about it for a long time, Lou GUI slowly opens his mouth and brings his ideas to everyone. In Lou Guizhi''s opinion, since Huangfu''s idea of Chaobo is only aimed at military achievements, but he doesn''t want to consume too much troops, the only feasible thing is not to receive siege tasks, even small town level attack tasks should be avoided, just focus on the field and defense tasks with similar achievements. In this way, there is much to be done in the selection of troops. Kong has already stipulated that Huangfu Chaobo should not have more than 2000 soldiers. Then, this must be the red line set by the princes. In this case, the number of soldiers should never be more than that. However, if you need to face different battles, some are offensive and some are defensive, you need to pay more attention to the selection of arms. It''s better not to choose the infantry, because the speed of infantry in the field is too slow. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo had enough cavalry. First of all, there were 2000 ordinary cavalry in changshe city. These were very common sword and shield cavalry in the Central Plains, and there were 500 Xianbei cavalry brought back from the outside of the Great Wall. These belonged to special arms. They basically knew bow and arrow and another kind of melee weapon. In addition, the 300 Huben cavalry and the guard Dao Dun, who were originally transferred from the 100 yellow scarf strongmen in Zhou Cang''s hands, were all above intermediate level in riding skills. All in all, there were more than 2900 cavalry, so you only need to select 2000 soldiers from them. After several considerations and suggestions from Lou GUI and Huang Zhong, Huangfu Chaobo selected three hundred Huben cavalry and one hundred guard sword shield soldiers transferred from Huangjin Lishi. Among them, two hundred soldiers followed Huangfu Chaobo for one or two years. What''s more, the two hundred soldiers were all one stone big yellow crossbow with advanced proficiency. In addition, five hundred Xianbei cavalry soldiers led by huyandu, Then there are 1000 ordinary cavalry. The total number of troops is 1900, which is not up to the limit of 2000. However, everyone thinks that these soldiers are enough to deal with other wars except the cloud siege. When it comes to changshe''s one stone big yellow crossbow, I have to say more. After the Luoyang incident, the fact that Huangfu Chaobo has crossbow soldiers is basically known in the whole game. However, the number of crossbow soldiers is unknown to the outside world. Everyone thinks that even if Huangfu Chaobo has crossbow soldiers, it should not have many. They don''t know that Huangfu Chaobo has enough crossbow soldiers Two thousand crossbows. Because of the output of the crossbow, even the players who have the best relationship with Huangfu Chaobo don''t know the specific situation, except Jia Jing. We all think that the production capacity of crossbows is low and the number of crossbows is small. So now, apart from the hundreds of crossbow soldiers in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, there is only a team of 50 crossbow soldiers in Zongheng''s hands, and Zilong will have a team of 20 crossbow soldiers. What''s more, they all have ordinary rhubarb crossbows instead of standard rhubarb crossbows.


    After setting the goal and selecting the soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with the public about the arrangement of the generals to fight and stay. After several discussions, Huangfu Chaobo decided that Huang Zhong and Lou GUI would lead the rest of the troops to stay. Huang Zhong was responsible for guarding the city, while Lou GUI put his energy on the craftsmen ''workshop built by Huangfu Chaobo himself in the city, striving to let the craftsmen practice their proficiency as soon as possible, and then learning more from Kong''s craftsmen. And Dianwei, Zhoucang, Pei yuanshao, Huyan Duji general and the five young generals who have just transferred to other posts all go out with Huangfu Chaobo.


    Although he decided to send troops, selected troops and set the basic direction, Huangfu Chaobo was not in a hurry to get the task. On the other hand, he asked everyone to arrange their troops, and then let them know their own troops. Of course, there were five young generals. Although they had learned riding skills, there was still a little distance for them to fight immediately, so Huangfu Chaobo Several people are required to practice riding day and night. As for the distribution of troops and horses, four hundred forbidden and Guard troops must be handed over to commander Dianwei, assisted by Zhou Yi, one of the five junior generals, while one thousand intermediate ordinary cavalry troops are led by Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao, and two infantry generals Zhou Shi and Wu Bin. Finally, the five hundred Xianbei bow cavalry troops are naturally handed over to huyandu, while the remaining two junior generals Zhao yuanshao Rui and Zheng Feng were handed over to Huyan. The reason for this arrangement is that although Huyan has been transferred to rank generals, his comprehensive strength is the worst among several generals; secondly, Huangfu Chaobo is the only one who is really worthy of the title among his subordinates, and he is also a proper bow rider. Huangfu Chaobo thinks about putting two bow generals under his subordinates to see if he can bring out two bow riders In the future. When everyone is familiar with the troops, Huyan needs to lead the cavalry to inquire about the information.


    After arranging the fight, Huangfu Chaobo let everyone go, but he came to the craftsman''s workshop in the west of the city under the leadership of Lou GUI. It''s not that Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want to go out immediately, but Lou GUI thinks that now is not the best time to send troops. You know, the princes have just set their own targets for attacking the county. They will have three or five days to attack the county. You know, all the princes need to determine their troops, prepare food and equipment, and issue siege missions. When they have enough players, they will send troops to attack their assigned counties. In addition, the time limit for offensive and defensive warfare is five days. So, how can we have ten days, such a long time, enough for the generals and soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo It''s done. Of course, another point is that the detailed maps of the cities in Kanto and the distribution of the forces in the cities of the enemy and us need to be basically made clear during this period of time. Otherwise, when the troops are dispatched, they will not be black eyed.Accompanied by Lou GUI, Huangfu Chaobo soon came to the craftsman workshop in the west of Yangwu city. There were nearly 100 craftsmen working in the workshop at this time. Since Huangfu Chaobo took advantage of the opportunity to attack Yangwu City, he arranged dozens of craftsmen to work together with Yuzhou military craftsmen. After a few days of siege, and a few days after the city was broken, he finally made a few craftsmen of changshe City learn how to make several intermediate siege equipment. In addition, he also made an urgent move from changshe city Now there are more than 100 craftsmen in the craftsmen workshop in Yangwu city. After getting a group of players who want to buy siege equipment from themselves, Huangfu Chaobo simply decides not to sell it directly, but to let everyone use all kinds of raw materials to exchange. According to the principle of three materials for one equipment at the primary level and five materials for one equipment at the intermediate level, these craftsmen of Huangfu Chaobo are expected to grow up when the plot is over It''s an intermediate or even senior craftsman of equipment.

 Chapter 254

    As for the player''s material is not enough, I''m sorry, please go and collect it yourself. Anyway, only here can we get siege equipment in the whole game. However, compared with the players, although the purchase of raw materials is a bit troublesome, it is much cheaper than direct purchase. You know, at this stage, everyone''s money is not enough. Moreover, it also drives the activity of life players, which is more than one stroke, so there is no objection.


    When he entered the craftsman''s workshop, Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was very busy now. Under the protection of hundreds of soldiers, more than 100 craftsmen were nervously making all kinds of equipment in the craftsman''s workshop. At present, the craftsmen of changshe city are not able to make many siege equipment, and the level is not high. For several kinds of equipment, such as washing car, ladder and catapult, they can make two kinds of primary and intermediate equipment. For more complex equipment, such as Jinglan, now they can only make primary equipment. The intermediate Jinglan used in Yangwu city last time was made by several craftsmen of Yuzhou army, The craftsmen of the Chang she army are just doing chores. As for the more complex nest car, Hao car, folding bridge and so on, there is no way to make them. However, fortunately, these devices have been able to meet the needs of players at this stage. After all, for the Lord players, if they attack the city together with the warlords, they can always get some equipment from the warlords. If they attack some villages and towns by themselves, the primary equipment is enough.


    As soon as he entered the workshop, Huangfu Chaobo saw an acquaintance, who was Zhao fan, a carpenter named Zhao fan, who joined Luoshen village when it was first built. As the first craftsman to join Luoshen village, after Luoshen village was abandoned, Huangfu Chaobo asked carpenter Zhao to join Zongheng village because he didn''t need any craftsmen. However, with the return of Huangfu Chaobo and the rise of Luoshen village, carpenter Zhao returned to Luoshen village after asking Zongheng and Huangfu Chaobo. Later, when Huangfu Chaobo got the drawings of the catapult, he let carpenter Zhao learn how to make it. This time, he went out with carpenter Zhao and all the craftsmen who had learned how to make siege equipment. Of course, at the same time, there were dozens of junior craftsmen who were ready to fight for them. In addition, there were dozens of junior craftsmen who were transferred from changshe city Fu Chaobo also directly gave them to carpenter Zhao and his party to make all kinds of siege equipment.


    Seeing several people from Huangfu Chaobo come in, carpenter Zhao quickly puts down his tools and comes to the ceremony. Huangfu Chaobo nodded with a smile, and then asked about the workshop. Seeing this, carpenter Zhao led several people to the workshop and introduced the situation in the workshop. According to carpenter Zhao, several different workshops have been set up in the workshop according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, such as the catapult workshop, the siege ladder workshop, the cloud ladder workshop and the Jinglan workshop. These workshops are coordinated and arranged by several craftsmen. Because he was an old man from Luoshen village and the first craftsman who learned siege equipment, carpenter Zhao was recommended by the public For the time being, he was in charge of coordinating the affairs between the workshops, so he asked Huangfu Chaobo to arrange someone to take charge of this as soon as possible, so that he could concentrate on making the equipment. After listening to carpenter Zhao''s words, Huangfu Chaobo realized that he had really ignored this problem, so he asked carpenter Zhao to continue to introduce the situation of the main craftsmen of the craftsmen. At the same time, he asked people to gather all the craftsmen together. Now that he is here, he will definitely solve this problem.


    After listening to the introduction of carpenter Zhao, Huangfu Chaobo had almost understood the situation of the workshop. At this time, all the craftsmen had stopped their work and gathered in the open space in the middle of the yard. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo went to the steps and saw him come out. All the people who were talking about it immediately calmed down and waited for Huangfu Chaobo to speak. Standing on the steps, Huangfu Chaobo first affirmed the achievements of the people in recent years, and then said that after the war ended and he returned to changshe, the wages of the craftsmen who went out with the army would be doubled. The words made all the craftsmen very happy, and the whole workshop was filled with cheers. In the face of the laughter of the craftsmen, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop him. He just looked at them with a smile. When they were all talking about it, he reached out and motioned for everyone to be quiet. He said, "today, when I come here, I have another thing to announce. That is, changshe will set up an equipment workshop. This equipment workshop will be included in the special workshop like Dahuang crossbow workshop, and the responsibility of this workshop is very low The person in charge is Zhao fan. The person in charge of each workshop is the person in charge of the workshop. Everyone present will join the workshop and enjoy the wages of special craftsmen. "


    The words of Huangfu Chaobo made Zhao fan and others and all the craftsmen on the scene ecstatic. You know, according to the salary level of changshe City, it''s also the basic game level classification in the game. All the special craftsmen are one level higher than the ordinary craftsmen. For example, as high-level craftsmen, the wages of special craftsmen are nearly half that of ordinary craftsmen. Compared with the ordinary craftsmen, Zhao fan was even more pleased with the heads of several workshops. They were assigned in this way just to better coordinate the work among the workshops. It never occurred to him that Huangfu Chaobo directly appointed himself as the head of the workshop and designated the equipment workshop as a special workshop. After all the craftsmen on the scene slowly calmed down, Huangfu Chaobo asked all the ordinary craftsmen to step down and do their own work. He left several responsible persons behind to arrange the next things. In his plan, there will be more workshops for other kinds of equipment behind the equipment workshop. Not only that, the special warehouse for raw materials and finished products is prepared to be in charge of by a special person. As for the personnel, let several responsible persons recommend them from the existing craftsmen. These people are the same as them. They work in the workshop at ordinary times, only taking into account the management of the two warehouses. For this reason, Huangfu Chaobo specially asked Zhao fan whether there were some special or better quality raw materials recently. Sure enough, Zhao fan replied that recently, some Lord players came to exchange all kinds of equipment with raw materials. There were really good quality materials in them. In addition, when they attacked Yangwu city in the early stage, they also collected some relatively good materials Good materials. These things are all stored by Zhao fan alone. He is going to leave Huangfu Chaobo and send them back to changshe after the war. Unexpectedly, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly asked about it.

 Chapter 255

    After listening to Zhao fan''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was very happy and thought that he was the old man under his own hands. Although no one emphasized the problem of materials, Zhao fan knew that he consciously considered the quality of materials for himself. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo patted Zhao fan on the shoulder and said, "yes, you did a good job. Let''s go and take my officer to the warehouse to see what good things you have collected in this period of time! Ha ha ha


    Zhao fan was even more overjoyed by Huangfu Chaobo''s words. In the envious eyes of several other people in charge of the workshop, Zhao fan led Huangfu Chaobo and his party to the warehouse of the workshop.


    The group came to the backyard of the workshop. In a big house, Huangfu Chaobo saw several piles of different materials placed separately. Huangfu Chaobo came closer to see that there were 200 units of high-quality shansangmu, 100 units of high-quality zhemu, 300 units of high-quality hemp rope, and dozens of other high-quality materials. Looking at so many high-quality materials, Huangfu Chaobo was very happy. At the same time, he saw many shortcomings in the scheme of exchanging materials for instruments. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo took charge of Zhao fan and several workshops and said seriously: "you guys, you need to think about how to exchange materials of different levels for equipment. These need to be discussed carefully. In addition, the high-quality materials that will be exchanged in the future need to be preserved, and the equipment that we exchange out It can only be made of ordinary and good grade materials. There is also the person in charge of the finished product warehouse and the raw material warehouse. It''s up to several of you to discuss it, and then after the selection, you can give it to Mr. Lou for confirmation. "


    After hearing this, all of them agreed in unison. Then Huangfu Chaobo walked around the workshop again. After seeing the situation of the scaffolds, he left the workshop and returned to his residence in the city.


    As Lou GUI expected, in the next few days, all the princes who got the task of attacking the county began to encourage their troops to wipe their horses, and issued the task of attacking the city to prepare for the attack. The players who get the news are moving towards their predetermined goals, getting the relevant siege tasks from the princes who are ready to make good relations with each other. For example, the three magistrates of the three counties in Jingnan immediately received the siege tasks of Sun Jian and Yuan Shu respectively, and then led their troops to Xinzheng, Mi County. The night incense from Xuzhou went to taoqian camp to get the task of helping to attack Kaifeng, and the army began to draw close to taoqian''s army. The imperial hegemony of Qingzhou chose Baoxin in Jibei. According to him, among the armies around him, Kong Rong, the North Sea prime minister, wanted to make a good relationship. However, Kong Rong didn''t get the task of siege at all, so he had to choose Baoxin. At least one of Bao Xin''s subordinates was forbidden, which is much better than other princes of Liu Dai and Yuan Yi. Zong Hengtian and Zhao Zilong, who had the best relationship with Huangfu Chaobo, chose Zhang Miao and Zhang Chao respectively. As for the rest, they all chose their favorite princes and prepared for the attack of the county. At the same time, Dong Zhuo''s forces also got the news that the princes of Guandong were ready to attack the counties of Guandong, so the players who chose Dong Zhuo''s camp also chose the defense tasks of each county. The battle of each county in Guandong was imminent.


    Two days later, the battle of Yuanwu in the north of Yangwu broke out first. The warlords of Guandong attacked Yuanwu city by Yuan Yi''s army, the prefect of Shanyang. The warlords'' camp players who received the task of assisting in the siege were the players led by Huang Youtian, the magistrate of Lingshou County, while the defending players were the Dong Zhuo camp players led by Xiake of Luonan Town, their old opponent.


    Just when the players in the Dukes camp are waiting for the news that Yuanwu has been conquered and the Dukes camp has another city. A loud slap on the face of the people, Yuan Yi''s army failed to win Yuanwu city in five days, and finally had to withdraw. What''s more unexpected is that Huang Jintian''s General Liu Shi was injured at the head of Yuanwu city and was driven down by a general of Xiake. For a moment, there was an uproar in the whole game. Soon, under the powerful power of human flesh search, we all knew that the young general under the swordsman was Gao Lan, one of the four court pillars in Hebei Province. This news let the game inside again is sad, did not expect another day rank general was quietly included in the command. Since different levels of historical generals have been recruited by players in the game, players strongly object to the move of full-service registration, so the game company cancels this setting after considering it again and again. So later, except under special circumstances, players who recruit historical generals cancel the move of full-service registration. However, this situation is recognized by players, and there is no problem People want their cards known by others, so this time, Liu Shi was caught off guard by Gao Lan. However, perhaps because the Xiake has told Gaolan that after Liu Shi was injured, when huangjintianxia recruited Liu Shi back, Gaolan did not take advantage of the victory to pursue him. This is also a tacit understanding between the players. Unless it is an immortal enemy, no one is willing to kill the opponent''s generals, so as to avoid the opponent''s desperate attack. When the time comes, stealing chicken will not succeed, but will lose a handful of rice, and will add a deadly enemy to himself. However, even so, huangjintianxia suffered heavy losses. Nearly half of the 3000 soldiers were lost. Fortunately, most of them were ordinary soldiers, and only a few hundred of them lost their elite. However, this has made huangjintianxia throw away all the harvest of Yangwu city. In addition, the county has not been beaten down, so the harvest is gone. As for other players, compared with him, they are even worse, almost all of them lost their underwear. Even Yuan Yi was badly wounded and killed, and less than 2000 of the 5000 troops finally returned. Of course, the garrison also suffered a lot. However, it was not as big as the one who attacked the city. Moreover, they still stayed in the city. With the reward from Dong Zhuo''s camp, the loss should not be great.The process of the original Wucheng battle was quickly released to the game forum by the players of both camps. The forum was full of people and excitement. Soon, some players commented on the gains and losses of this battle.


    After several discussions, after comparing the war between Yangwu and Yuanwu, we finally came to a conclusion.


    There are several reasons why the battle of Yuanwu failed.

 Chapter 256

    After discussion, everyone agreed that one of the reasons was that Huang Zhong was the chief General of the battle of Yangwu. With the command of a god level general, the data of the Sieger was much better than that of Yuan Yijun, who had no famous general.


    Secondly, the changshe army of Huangfu Chaobo is much stronger than the Shanyang army of Yuan Yi. As for the specific reason, we can''t see the data, so we don''t know. However, the vast majority of players think that it should be the changshe army, which has been trained and engaged in war for a long time, while yuan Yijun is a recruit who has not been engaged in war for a long time. For this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t confirm it in the forum, but Huangfu Chaobo was secretly surprised after reading the words on the forum. It seems that there are many people who understand the game. Huangfu Chaobo understands that the player''s guess is right. Because their subordinates are five to ten levels higher than the new recruits in the system, their combat power is also several percent stronger.


    The third is the battle of Yangwu. The Yuzhou army won the battle easily in three days, giving the princes of Guandong the impression that Dong Zhuo''s army was no more powerful than that, so the Shanyang army also underestimated the enemy.


    The last point is the reason for the players'' troops. In the battle of Yangwu City, the top ten players'' princes are fighting, while in the battle of Yuanwu, the only players who are fighting are Huangjin. The others are the troops gathered by all the players, so the fighting power of the players'' Troops is far inferior. There is another point that all the players in the Dukes camp know but don''t say, that is, the number of generals is far less than that in the battle of Yangwu. The generals in the hands of the Dukes are basically sent out, which is a great pressure for the city.


    After the battle, it was a great shock to the princes and all the players. The most obvious performance was that Qiao Mao, the prefect of Dongjun, who started the battle only two days after the battle of Yuanwu City, also started the attack on Zhongmou county. After getting the news of Yuanyi''s defeat in the battle of Yuanwu, Qiao Mao immediately sent more troops to the main general of Dongjun army, and then immediately increased the number of troops The number and reward of alien soldiers and horses were increased. Unfortunately, compared with Yuan Yi, Qiao Mao is more miserable. There are at least one player in Yuan Yi''s army, and the princes take part in the war. Qiao Mao is all small and medium-sized forces, and none of them can win the battle. In Zhongmou, however, there were Wuyu town and Sanjian town. Each of them had a general to support them. Therefore, Dong Zhuo''s army, supported by two generals Ma Wan and Bohua, once again survived the five-day war. In the end, Qiao Mao''s army had to withdraw after losing his troops.


    Once the battle is over, the whole game is in an uproar again. Dong Zhuo''s camp won two games in a row, which was full of cheers, while the princes'' camp howled all over the field, and the glass slag fell to the ground.


    The successive failure of the attacks on the two counties made the princes of Guandong cautious. They had already done a good job in capturing the counties of Guandong in the quickest time, and then quickly pushed the battle line to the two passes of Hulao pass and Sishui pass. They did not expect that except for the first battle, Yangwu county was successfully attacked, other counties could not be attacked.


    Originally, players thought that the siege of the princes would be delayed. The day after the battle of Zhongmou County, Sun Jian ordered Qi''s army to attack Xinzheng County. This time, the Jiangdong tiger did not send out much of its own army, but all its generals except Han Dang left behind, the other three generals and tiger all went to battle. In addition, there are three players in the three counties and three roads of Jingnan. Each of them has a military general and three thousand armies, as well as the soldiers of middle and small level Lord players and individual players, with a total of 40000 armies. Sun Hu Hu himself commanded the attack. Jiang Dong''s three veterans and Xiao Hu each led the way to launch a fierce attack on the four gates of Xinzheng County. It took three days. At last, Xiao Hu first attacked the city, and then the other three gates also attacked the city one after another. Soon, Xinzheng County declared that the city was broken.


    The battle in Xinzheng made all the people in the Dukes'' camp calm down and pay attention to the abnormality. Seeing that the Jiangdong tiger finally lived up to the expectations of the people, it took three days to win Xinzheng County, and all the people were relieved. In the game forum, the players of the princes camp cheered again. However, the three players in the three counties of Jingnan and the players who took part in the war did not talk about the Xinzheng war. Afterwards, we learned that the battle in Xinzheng County brought more damage to the players than the siege in Yangwu city. The tiger family is basically a fierce general from top to bottom, so in the three days of this battle, they basically didn''t play any tricks and directly used the results of the players'' troops. In addition, the postwar rewards were not as much as those in Yangwu City, so many players only lost money in the Xinzheng World War I. until now, the three players in the three counties of Jingnan know how happy it is to follow Huangfu to Chaobo city.


    For such a number of Huangfu Chaobo do not know, he is now focused on the front of the war. This also starts from the end of the war in yuanwucheng. In the face of the end of the war in yuanwucheng, Dong zhuofang only paid more than 2000 and less than 3000 casualties, which caused nearly ten times of casualties to the princes of Guandong. This news made the general of Rongyang City Li Meng overjoyed. As a general of Dong Zhuo''s army, Li Meng''s position can be said to be inferior, which is equivalent to the existence of embarrassment. Otherwise, he would not have been sent to Rongyang by Dong Zhuo and used as cannon fodder. Li Meng himself knew this matter, so although he was ordered to make full use of the city of Guandong to consume the power of the princes of Guandong, it didn''t mean that he didn''t want to have better results.


    After getting the results of Yuanwu City, Li Meng''s first reaction was that he should do something. Just as he was thinking about how to arrange it, the general of Yuanwu city called for help. Although the army of Guandong princes had been beaten back in the successive days, Yuanwu city also had a large number of casualties and was short of troops. In order to resist the next attack, Yuanwu had to recruit again, but money and food were not enough Has been in a hurry, request Rongyang city to support part of the money and food. After thinking about it again and again, Li Meng decided to send someone to deliver 15000 stones of grain and fodder, and pay 15000 yuan Guan. In addition, the original money and grain in Yuanwu city were enough to support the needs of the 5000 troops for two months. I believe Yuanwu could hold down the princes for more than one month if he could. In this way, what he did far exceeded the requirements of the grand master. In this way, he would be satisfied when he returned to Luoyang With the approval of the grand master, it will certainly be reused in the future. Thinking of this, Li Meng''s eyes couldn''t help glowing. According to the calculation of 25 stone grain transported by one wagon, I only need 200 wagons to transport all the grain and grass in three times. As for the better arrangement of escorting troops, one thousand soldiers and five hundred cavalry soldiers can be recruited. I believe that with the scale of six thousand soldiers and five hundred Xiliang cavalry soldiers, as long as we don''t meet the nearly ten thousand troops of the princes in Guandong, other people don''t dare to touch the tiger Yes.

 Chapter 257

    The more Li Meng thought about it, the more he thought it was feasible. Now that he had decided, he immediately issued the task of escorting grain and grass, and soon collected 6000 troops. Then he dispatched 1000 soldiers and 500 Xiliang cavalry to escort 200 wagons to the original Wucheng. From Rongyang to Yuanwu is less than 100 Li, and the terrain is flat, so the freight car can arrive in only two days. Because the whole journey was under the control of Dong Zhuo Jun, although there were still players from the princes'' camp on the road to rob food, but the strong crush of the five hundred cavalry soon broke up, so it was safe all the way. In just three days, the first trip of food and grass arrived in Yuanwu county. After the motorcade returned to Xingyang, Li Meng felt that since there was nothing to do all the way, it was better to send all the grain and grass at one time. So the second batch of 400 grain and grass wagons and 10000 stone grain were soon shipped. This time, the escorting soldiers and players thought that they were as safe as the last time and went leisurely towards Yuanwu. Just what they didn''t expect was that soon after the team left Rongyang, many people had already focused on this team.


    In Yangwu City, after nearly ten days of rest and running in, Huangfu Chaobo''s changshe army is ready to lead the troops. In addition, in the past few days, Huyan has led 500 Xianbei cavalry to have a clear understanding of the situation between hulaoguan and Yangwu. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to lead the troops after telling Lou GUI and Huang Zhong who are left behind As for the ongoing battles in several counties, Huangfu Chaobo only knew a little about them, but he didn''t pay much attention to them.


    After receiving the reward of Huyan capital and having perfected the map information, Huangfu Chaobo ordered to gather troops, and then he hurried to the task collection point in the city. The place responsible for issuing tasks is a lobby of the county government. You can see that many players gather here. However, Huangfu Chaobo did not stay here. Instead, he went directly into the lobby and came to a hut in the back. When the officials on duty saw Huangfu Chaobo coming in, they quickly got up to see him. They thought there was something wrong with him. Huangfu Chaobo came to find him I''m tired of it. When he heard that Huangfu Chaobo was coming to collect the task, he immediately took out all the tasks above level 7 and gave them to him to check. Looking at Huangfu Chaobo''s silent observation of various tasks, the petty official whispered: "in fact, my Lord, there is a task that can be done. It''s not difficult. With the fighting power of my Lord''s troops, the harvest should be not small."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said, "Oh, take a look."


    Seeing this, the petty official quickly took out a task guide from the seven level tasks and respectfully handed it to the front, saying: "this is a task released today. General Dong Rongyang sent 6500 troops to escort 10000 stone grain and grass to Yuanyang County..."


    Looking at Huangfu Chaobo carefully looking at the task guide, the official carefully introduced: "my Lord, this is the second time that Rongyang city has transported grain and grass to Yuanwu city. The first time, it only transported 5000 stone grain and grass. Although there are thousands of warriors in our side who have received the task of robbing grain, they have not been able to complete it and caused any damage to the bandits. All the 5000 stone grain and grass have been successfully sent to Yuanwu city . So this time, the thief will transport ten thousand stone grain and grass at one time


    After listening to the introduction of the official, Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes flashed, and he said in his heart: for ten thousand stone grain and grass, there must be four hundred wagons, but Li Meng only sent more than six thousand troops to escort him. There were only five hundred cavalry, and his troops were two thousand cavalry. Ha ha ha... This is the fat that comes from the door. There''s no reason not to eat it. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said to the petty official, "OK, I''ll take your advice. I''ll take this task. Please register quickly."


    The petty official quickly registered with Huangfu Chaobo, and then gave him a certificate to get the task. When Huangfu Chaobo took it up, it read: "the task of the seven level princes camp: plunder Dong Zhuo''s army''s grain and grass. During the battle of Yuanwu County, several thousand soldiers of Dong Zhuo resisted the attack of tens of thousands of Guandong princes. After defending the city for five days, the army of Guandong failed to capture the city. Yuanwu garrison general asked Rongyang to support Qian Liang and recruit soldiers to fight against Guandong princes. Rongyang garrison general Li Meng sent people to escort 5000 stone grain and grass into Yuanwu city and decided to transport 10000 stone grain and money to Yuanwu county again City. After getting the news, the princes of Kanto decided to rob this batch of money and grain. After receiving this task, please stop Dong Zhuojun''s grain transportation team within two days. The completion of the task depends on the quantity of grain and grass captured or burned. The more the quantity, the higher the completion of the task. A force receiving a mission must have more than 1000 soldiers, and a single force must not have more than 3000 soldiers. "


    At the back, Huangfu Chaobo also saw a number showing 45.


    It seems that in addition to himself, there are four other people who have received the task, and he is the fourth one who has received the task. However, these are not important, because this task does not require the players receiving the task to join forces. Instead, each player can complete his or her own task, depending on the amount of food and grass that each player has captured or burned. This kind of task is most suitable for Huangfu Chaobo. First, all his troops are cavalry, which is most suitable for this kind of task. Second, the number of cavalry has reached 2000. It is estimated that the total number of 20 players is not much more than him. Therefore, the task players of Dong Zhuo camp did not expect that they would have to face so many cavalry, It can definitely give each other a big surprise. Moreover, the system has taken into account all aspects of the situation. It stipulates that the maximum number of troops to take part in the battle of the five countries should not exceed 3000. Even if the five countries unite, there will be 15000 troops, only twice as many as the grain guards, while the other side still has 400 grain trucks and 500 cavalry. If the two sides fight in the plain, the result will be just like five to five, What''s more, if the grain transportation team once warned, Rongyang and Yangwu would not stand by. It''s just that the system didn''t calculate that there was Huangfu Chaobo, a pervert, who led only 2000 cavalry to fight.After receiving the mission, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop at the mission receiving point. Instead, he quickly returned to his residence, and then discussed with Lou GUI and others where to launch a fatal attack on Dong Zhuojun''s grain transport team. After returning to his residence, he recruited all the generals and handed over the task to all of them. After that, Huangfu Chaobo put out the map of Henan Yin, which had been completed by Huyan capital. All of them gathered around and carefully observed the map.

 Chapter 258

    After a long time, Lou GUI said: "according to the mission certificate, there are five forces in charge of this mission, and each of them is fighting alone. As far as some people know, there are not many cavalry among the strange people, and there are 500 cavalry in Dong thief''s logistics team. This is also the reason why the previous grain transport team was able to arrive in Yuanwu County safely. Of course, Li Meng decided to transport 10000 stone grain and grass to Yuanwu county at one time reason. According to my guess, if the other four want to fight against the motorcade, they will find a place suitable for soldiers to ambush but not conducive to cavalry. Young master, all the way from Rongyang to northeast to Yuanwu is flat. There are no big mountains and gullies. There are only five or six places that can barely meet the conditions of ambush. If GUI''s expectation is not bad, the four families will set up an ambush in one or several places. Because Dong Zhuo Jun is transporting grain for the second time, he must have a clear understanding of the terrain and take strict precautions in several places. Therefore, even if the other four families have any effect, they will not be very effective. So


    Lougui explains his ideas to Huangfu Chaobo, and points out all the places on the map. Finally, lougui stops at a place 30 miles southwest of Yuanwu county. Then he took a picture of the map and said, "so, the place I chose for my son''s cavalry is here."


    Huangfu Chaobo had a look. After staying here, it was almost to the original Wucheng. It was more than ten miles away from the last suitable place for ambush. Moreover, the most important thing was that there was a player town called Taohua Island less than five miles away from the northeast. Although it was only a small town of the neutral camp, it was definitely important for the ambush and fighting of the Chang she army An unstable factor. Here I have to talk about the situation of the players'' villages and towns in Henan Yin area after the beginning of the campaign. Around Luoyang in Hulao pass, players all know that according to the historical process, Dong Fei will definitely move the capital, so at that time, even if he chooses the neutral camp, his village will not be able to survive, let alone choose the princes camp. Therefore, except for NPC villages, almost all players choose Dong Zhuo camp, and everyone wants to burn Luoyang first As for what to do after burning Luoyang, we can only do it step by step now. For each player''s village to the east of hulaoguan, it''s another scene. Almost half of the players choose the neutral camp wisely. Because the place to the east of hulaoguan will soon become the territory of the princes camp, only a few players choose Dong Zhuo camp and want to make a profit before that. This is what Huangfu Chaobo saw in Taohua Island town. The mayor of the town is the leader of Taohua island. He chose the neutral camp wisely.


    When Lou GUI said this, he stopped, and then looked at all the people who were present. However, their expressions fell into his eyes one by one. In his opinion, except Huang Zhong''s thoughtful silence, everyone else was at a loss. After Huangfu Chaobo told his doubts, Lou GUI stroked his long whiskers with a smile and said slowly: "you must think that since Taohuadao town is a neutral camp, we can''t attack it. Moreover, if we attack it with 2000 cavalry, we will gain and lose, so our 2000 cavalry should be like this What are you hiding


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, but did not speak, just quietly waiting for Lou GUI to solve his doubts.


    "As the saying goes, Taohuadao town is a neutral camp. Although we can''t attack the neutral camp at the risk of the world''s great injustice, it doesn''t mean that we can''t hide our soldiers in Taohuadao town." With that, Lou GUI glanced at the crowd meaningfully.


    "Bang." After hearing this, Huang Zhong got up and saluted Lou Guichang: "Mr. great talent, Huang Zhong is obedient!"


    Lou GUI said with a smile: "it seems that General Huang has already thought of it. Please ask General Huang to solve the doubts for the young master and the generals."


    Huang Zhong nodded and saluted Huangfu Chao. Then he glanced at the rest of the people and said: "the young master once said that the strange people value profit more than justice. Although Taohua Island town is a neutral camp, the young master influences the strange people, and we may value profit more, such as ten horses, grain, grass and stones. I believe that we can get the approval of the mayor of Taohua island to hide the cavalry army in his town In this way, our army quietly entered the town late this night, and first stationed in the military camp in the town. Only when Dong Zhuo''s grain transport team arrived at the predetermined position, the young master could send a small number of cavalry to lure the other cavalry to Taohuadao Town, and then the army annihilated it at one stroke. Dong Zhuo''s army had no 500 cavalry, and the rest of the soldiers were not afraid. In addition, it was only more than 30 years away from Yuanwu county I believe that Dong Zhuo''s soldiers have relaxed. Even if Dong Zhuo''s troops in the former Wucheng city get the news and send troops, it will take an hour. In addition, after the previous World War, there are only less than 3000 troops left in the former Wucheng City, and there are only three or five hundred cavalry. After the general gets the news that the grain brigade is attacked by a large number of cavalry, do you have any questions I don''t know if I have the courage to go out of the city. If Huang Zhong is not mistaken, it should be so according to Mr. Huang


    All of them suddenly realized that Lou GUI nodded with satisfaction.


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "yes, yes, this plan is really good." However, suddenly thought of one thing, frowned and said: "just how many soldiers and horses should be the most suitable?"


    Huang Zhong replied flatly: "500 ordinary cavalry is enough!"Then he explained patiently. The number of 500 intermediate ordinary cavalry is the same as that of escorting troops and horses, but there is a big difference between ordinary cavalry and special Xiliang iron cavalry. However, for the sake of safety, general Dong Zhuo will certainly send all cavalry, not to destroy all his own cavalry, but to disperse them. Because there is no cavalry to cover the rest of the cavalry, they will be ready in place, In this way, it gives the party a chance to divide and annihilate it.


    Looking at Huang Zhong''s eloquence there, Lou GUI praises that there are many talented people under his command. Huang Zhongke is the commander of the first army, and all the people in Dian Wei and Zhou Cang are peerless generals. Although Zao you is a bit weak, he is also a talent of a state. Thinking of this, Lou GUI can''t help but feel greatly shocked. Today''s world is going to be in chaos. There are powerful officials inside and powerful generals outside, so he must be brave He will make a great achievement, and he will certainly be able to show his strong points and be famous in the history. The rest of them were all eager to try.

 Chapter 259

    After Huang Zhong finished, Zhou Cang suddenly said, "if the mayor of Peach Blossom Island doesn''t allow our army to hide in the town, what should we do?"


    "It''s easy," Lou GUI said, pointing to the place where he had arranged his attack: "since I have chosen this place, I have taken this situation into consideration. If it''s true, as general Zhou said, you can see, three miles to the East, there is a forest, several miles in size, in which there are two thousand cavalry. However, I don''t mean to use ordinary cavalry, because Dong Zhuojun''s cavalry is a special kind of Xiliang iron cavalry. If we send 500 ordinary cavalry, it is estimated that the leader will not send all 500 cavalry, so our cavalry must be a little less than Xiliang iron cavalry, so he has to send all cavalry. Therefore, sending 300 Xianbei cavalry is the best Choose. "


    After listening to Lou GUI''s explanation, everyone stopped talking and looked at Huangfu Chaobo one by one, waiting for his decision.


    A moment later, Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, according to what my husband and elder brother said, the generals will listen to the order. Lou GUI and Huang Zhong stay in Yangwu. I will lead dozens of riders to Taohuadao town first to discuss with the mayor Haosheng. The others will wait for my news. Everything will go according to the plan!"


    "The end will take orders!"


    "I''ll take orders!"


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo led Dianwei''s deputy general Zhou Yi to leave his residence and prepare to go to Taohuadao town. However, before leaving the city, Huangfu Chaobo still asked people to call Lao Du. It''s better to take Lao Du with them when dealing with players. To be honest, Huangfu Chaobo has time to feel that he would rather associate with NPC than with players. Three people, each riding an ordinary horse, left Yangwu county and headed for Taohuadao town in the west, while the others under his command were busy.


    Two hours later, Huangfu Chaobo, dressed as an ordinary player, led Lao Du and Zhou Yi to the outside of Taohuadao town. Stationed outside the town, Huangfu Chaobo looks at the town in front of him. It''s just an ordinary player''s town. It seems that it has been a long time since he was upgraded to the town level. The stone wall of the whole town has been completely built. There is a team of soldiers patrolling on the stone wall with a side length of more than 1000 meters. You can see that there are some archers inside. According to the setting, the town is a small town There are about 500 taxis in a territory of different ranks. Because it is the territory of the neutral camp, there is no war around the town. However, even so, the town is well prepared. Just look at the taxi soldiers patrolling up and down the city wall. Looking at the players coming in and out of the town gate, because the battle of yuanwucheng has just ended, many players are replenishing all kinds of materials in the surrounding neutral villages and towns, so there are many players coming in and out of Taohuadao town recently. However, the gatekeepers at the town gate are also meticulously observing the people coming in and out.


    After getting on and off the horse, three people led the horse slowly into the town. As soon as they entered the town, they could see that the town was still developing very well. At least in Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion, the arrangement of various facilities in the town was quite reasonable. However, now Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have time to observe these things carefully. The three people came straight to the front of the town administration hall and looked at the two soldiers standing at the door. Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Lao Du.


    Lao Du stepped forward two steps and said to the guard at the door: "please let me know. Lao Du, who is from the God Association of Los Angeles in changshe City, asked to see the mayor." Then he took out twenty coppers from his pocket and gave them to one of the guards.


    Although the guard didn''t know what the God of Luo in changshe city would be, he took the coin and shared it equally with the guard beside him. Then he turned and went to the administrative hall to report.


    A moment later, a player rushed out of the administrative hall. He was in his twenties and under thirty years old. Dressed as a general, he walked up to the three and said, "who is elder brother Du?"


    Lao Du came forward and said, "I am, please. This brother is..."


    "Oh, Mr. Du, I''m the elder of Taohuadao town. What''s the matter with Mr. Jie? By the way, is there any news from boss Chaobo that you need Jieda to deliver? " The little urchin rushes forward and reaches for the fist road;


    "brother, is your boss there?" Old Du said in a low voice: "the boss of my family is here. I have something to discuss with the mayor. If it''s convenient, the fewer people I know, the better." Said, the old Du toward his own behind the light signal.


    Little urchin a Leng, immediately reaction, whispered: "in, in, two boss inside, please, I take you in." After that, let a soldier take the horse rope in the hands of three people, and then say to another soldier: "from now on, no one is allowed to enter the administrative library without permission."


    With that, the two guard soldiers led the three to the administrative hall. Knowing that Huangfu Chaobo had come to his town in person, the little urchin must have asked his boss to discuss something important. After leading the three into the executive hall, he did not walk in the lobby, but walked along the side road to walk around the inner courtyard of the executive hall.


    After a few doors, he came to a study style house in the backyard and said, "boss Chaobo, boss Jie, you three will wait here first. I''ll call my boss to come right away. Don''t worry. This is the place where our boss usually discusses things. No one can come in except the boss and me." Then he gave a salute to the three, and quickly walked out of the hut to the main hall of the inner courtyard.The three stayed in the room for less than five minutes when they heard the rapid footsteps outside. Then, the door of the room came in. In front of him came a player dressed as a scholar, followed by the urchin who just went out, and another NPC dressed as a scholar.


    As soon as they entered the gate, the literati dressed up players said to the three humanitarians, "I said, how come there are Magpies in the town today? It turns out that there are really dignitaries coming. Taohuadao Town, Taohuadao has met with boss Chaobo and boss Du. I don''t know what brings the two eldest brothers to my temple today! Ha ha ha


    The Peach Blossom Island owner was in the hall of the administrative hall to discuss the income and expenditure of this month with his NPC deputy mayor and elder little urchin. He didn''t expect that the guard outside the gate would call elder Du, a member of the Luoshen society of changshe City, to visit. The deputy mayor was not familiar with the name of the Luoshen society, but the two players heard a mental move.

 Chapter 260

    Huangfu Chaobo is known as the first player in the game. No one knows the players in the game. Not only Huangfu Chaobo, but also his two elders who are responsible for the management of the players of Luoshen society have been paid attention to. They are called the two general of hengha by the players. They didn''t expect to appear in their own town today. Are they Huangfu Chaobo What''s the matter with Fu Chaobo? You know, a few days ago, Huangfu Chaobo led the ten major forces of the Marquis camp to capture Yangwu city in only three days. In recent days, the news that the Marquis camp has successively failed to attack Yuanwu city and Zhongmou city has also spread in the game. No comparison, no harm. From the attack of the three counties, we can see that Huangfu Chaobo is strong. In fact, the neutral camp players are also very sad. Although they have basically preserved their own territory, they also lack a lot of opportunities. So in fact, many neutral players are sending people to steal some benefits from both sides of the war. Although it is not much, and they have to be furtive, they can still get some good things occasionally. For example, in the last battle of Yangwu, Taohua Island owner collected some good things from outside Yangwu City, including two war horses, some scattered soldiers and some weapons. In the battle of the former Wucheng a few days ago, two small catapults and some weapons and equipment were obtained from the players of the vassal camp on the battlefield at the price of cabbage. Now Lao Du suddenly appears in his own town, which makes the owner of Taohua Island feel a little nervous. I don''t know why Huangfu Chaobo sends Lao du to his own town now. Out of careful consideration, the owner of Taohua Island decides to let little urchin go to receive Lao Du first, so as to find out each other''s purpose. Unexpectedly, less than ten minutes later, the little urchin rushed in and told himself that Huangfu Chaobo had arrived in person. The owner of Taohua island was shocked. Huangfu Chaobo came here in person. It''s over. Is it because the last time he got a catapult exposed? No, even so, he didn''t come out in person. Is there anything else? After thinking about it, the owner of Taohua Island couldn''t figure out why, so he had to press his nervousness and lead little urchin and his deputy mayor to see Huangfu Chaobo.


    Seeing the three people coming in, Huangfu chaobolian stood up and walked towards the door. "You''re welcome, brother of the island leader. Today, brother of the island leader came uninvited. Please treat him a lot."


    "Where, where, can let the first player come to the door in person, this is Rongxing in Taohuadao town..." The island flower island owner hurriedly, said, please Huangfu Chaobo three people to sit.


    However, when both sides sat down, they were suddenly in the cold.


    Huangfu Chaobo also knew that his rash visit would definitely make people feel nervous. In this way, it would be better to make his intention clear. So he said, "the island Master brothers must be curious. What''s the matter with Chaobo


    Peach Blossom Island owner heart next a Zheng, immediately react to come over, open a way: "please also super Bo boss said straight, as long as the brother can help, will go all out, never refuse."


    "Then Chaobo would like to thank you first, but this time, I want to do a big deal with my brother. After the event, ten horses, grain and grass, and 100 weapons and equipment were sent. " Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    ten horses, according to the current price of the Central Plains, are five to ten thousand copper, grain and grass are ten thousand units, according to the current market price, one unit of grain is eight to ten thousand copper, ten thousand units are eight to ten thousand copper, plus the one hundred pieces of 30 to 40 level equipment mentioned by Huangfu Chaobo, according to the market price, they are basically 800 to 1500 copper, one hundred pieces of equipment In other words, it was 100000 copper, which added up to 300000 copper, which made the three Taohua Island owners almost jump. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the peach blossom Islander raised his hand and bowed repeatedly, saying: "boss, Huangfu boss, please raise your hand. Our small family is no better than your big family. We can''t stand the ups and downs..." Those who can get a place in the game are not fools. No one will believe that there is something wrong in the world. The 300000 copper gift is equivalent to the first half year''s hard work in this small town. Therefore, the voice of Huangfu Chaobo fell. The Peach Blossom Island owner shook his head like a drum and immediately refused.


    Huangfu Chaobo stretched out his hand and said, "the island Master brothers are not busy refusing. Listen to me first." Then, instead of beating around the Bush, he told the story that he wanted to borrow his town to hide soldiers and prepare to ambush Dong Zhuojun''s grain convoy. Finally, he repeatedly emphasized that if he only borrowed his camp to hide soldiers, he would never pull Taohuadao town into the war.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the Peach Blossom Island owner and his brother and subordinates looked at each other, and then weakly said: "boss Chaobo, is he really just a Tibetan soldier? Really won''t drag us into the war? "


    Seeing that the owner of Taohua island was hesitant, Lao Du was not happy. He said in a loud voice: "I said brother, my elder brother is no different. He said that if he is not sure, he will not. Moreover, with my elder brother''s current strength, is it necessary to make a plan for this small town? Besides, even if you like your town, with the relationship between my elder brother and the governor of Yuzhou, it''s a matter of minutes to go to him and let the princes destroy your town. How can it be so troublesome? "


    Lao Du''s words changed their faces greatly. Huangfu Chaobo immediately stopped Lao Du and continued to talk. If there were more, it would be hard to clean up. Looking at the three men whose faces had changed greatly, Huangfu Chaobo said: "brother Island leader, although Lao Du''s words are a little ugly, they are not rude. If I really want to make a decision about this town, I really don''t need to go around like this. I just need to pass a message to Kong Chu. If it''s going to work or not, I''ll give you a word. If it''s not going to work, I''ll take it as if the brothers haven''t been here, but I''ll ask them to keep a secret about tomorrow. If they can, they won''t lose money. "After struggling for a long time, the owner of Taohua island said to Huangfu Chaobo, "please wait for the boss of Chaobo for a moment. Brothers, we''ll discuss and give a reply soon."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said nothing more. It was impossible for anyone to make a decision soon, so he didn''t urge any more. He just sat quietly on one side, indicating that the Peach Blossom Island owner could think about it carefully.

 Chapter 261

    Seeing this, the owner of Taohua Island pulled little urchin and his NPC deputy mayor aside, quietly considering the operability of this matter. The deputy mayor of Taohua Island town is an NPC civil servant. He is a warrior recruited by the Taohua island Master when he was upgraded to Nakamura. After careful training by the Taohua island Master, although he has not been upgraded to a rank general, he has reached the peak of a senior warrior. It''s just that the jiuzhuan rebirth pill is really rare, and the Taohua island Master has no suitable channel, so he has been stuck in one place High level warrior''s point. As a warrior trained by players themselves, loyalty to players is not appropriate. Taohuadao town has embarked on a relatively stable development road since then. In the face of this big plot, the original intention of Taohua Island owner and little urchin is to join the princes camp, but under his insistence, they finally choose neutrality. As expected, after the start of the plot task, the territory of the Dukes'' camp within the scope of Yin in Henan Province was captured and destroyed by Dong Zhuo''s camp in a few days. However, as the players and territories of the Dukes camp continue to be transmitted to the jujube acid area, this situation has completely reversed. Now more and more territory of the Dong Zhuo camp has been attacked and destroyed. However, they chose neutral territory like this, and they all survived safely. So in the face of Huangfu''s attractive conditions, the owner of Taohua Island decided to listen to his subordinates'' opinions. After discussing for a while, the Peach Blossom Island owner returned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Chaobo boss, brother, I want to confirm the last question!"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, indicating that he would speak.


    "If Taohuadao town cooperates with boss Chaobo to do this, in case Dong Zhuo''s army is angry and leads them to attack, what should we do?" The Taohua island Master gritted his teeth and said;


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. It seems that the Taohua island Master is willing to help, just afraid of Dong Zhuo''s revenge after the incident. After thinking about it, he quickly replied: "this island Master brother can rest assured that if Dong Zhuo''s players or NPC lead the attack afterwards, you just need to defend your territory, and then send someone to Yangwu for help, I''m long The 6000 troops of the society will arrive one day at the latest. Besides, do you think Dong Zhuojun still has time and energy to trouble you? "


    " good! " With Huangfu Chaobo''s promise, the Taohua Island owners finally let go and agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s request very happily. After the three discussed the details, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent Zhouyi express horse back to Yangwu and ordered the two thousand cavalry who had been working hard to get ready. They arrived at Taohua Island town late at night and then went into the barracks to hide and wait for Dong Zhuo''s army The convoy of grain transport entered the predetermined position.


    That night, Taohuadao town announced a night curfew, which did not attract the attention of the players. After all, after the start of the plot task, in order to prevent hostile players from hiding their identity and damaging the territory at night, many of the territories have implemented curfews one after another. Everyone thinks that there are more Taohuadao towns now nothing more.


    At about three o''clock in the morning, the Taohua Island leader led Huangfu Chaobo and Lao du to the tower at the east gate of the town. Soon after they arrived, they heard someone approaching outside the town. They saw that the man was riding alone 200 steps away from the town and stopped. Then they raised the torch in their hands and drew three circles clockwise and then counterclockwise. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo on the tower knew that his own people had arrived, so he nodded at Lao Du. Lao Du immediately lifted a torch out of the tower and came to the top of the city wall. First he drew three circles counterclockwise with the torch, and then he drew three circles clockwise. This was the agreed signal when Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhou Yi to go back. Sure enough, seeing that there was a response from the tower, the cavalry immediately came to the bottom of the tower and said in a low voice to the tower, "young master, I''m Zhou Yi. General Dian has already led the troops to the East, and asked him to open the gate."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said to the master of Taohua Island, "brother, open the gate. They have come."


    After hearing this, the owner of Taohua Island immediately signaled to the gate guard around him to open the gate. Although the guard was full of doubts, he still took orders to open the gate.


    A moment later, a large wave of cavalry appeared outside the city wall, and a man with a Mei Ma wrapped his feet quietly marched into the city gate and headed for the barracks near the west gate of the town under the guidance of a little urchin. However, the leader of changshe cavalry did not enter the barracks with the army, but went to Huangfu Chaobo to report the situation of the army.


    Standing on the top of the tower, looking at the two thousand cavalry at the foot, the Peach Blossom Island owner could not help but envy. However, he knows very well that in terms of the scale of his small town, let alone raising 2000 cavalry, 200 cavalry will make him bankrupt. But this afternoon, he will have ten horses. The thought of this makes him very excited. He thinks whether he wants to buy some horses from Huangfu Chaobo. Just as he was thinking about how to ask Huangfu Chaobo, he saw a general go up to the city from below, bow his hand to Huangfu Chaobo and say, "report to the general, at last, general Dian Wei will bring 1900 cavalry to join us. There is nothing wrong all the way, so I''m here to pay the order." The smiling Huangfu Chaobo grabs Dianwei''s hand and helps him up. By the way, he asks about Yangwu City, and Dianwei answers them one by one. By the way, he also reports Lou GUI''s information about the grain transportation team to him one by one. Lao Du also goes forward to greet Dianwei.The Peach Blossom Island owner and the little urchin look at the three people talking and laughing, and they have a huge wave in their heart. Although they just heard that the cavalry outside the city mentioned the title of general Dian, they didn''t think much about it. They thought it was an ordinary general surnamed Dian in the changshe army, but they didn''t think it was Dian Wei. Huangfu Chaobo has recruited Huang Zhong, a military general of the imperial rank, which is well known by the players in the whole game. But for Dianwei, only a few senior officials of Zongheng village and Zilong Club know about it, so the Taohua island Master didn''t think of it. Thinking of this, the owner of Taohua Island suddenly thought of what Lao Du had said before. Players like Huangfu Chaobo are beyond the reach of ordinary players like himself. Maybe, who can be sure that there are no other powerful historical generals under Huangfu Chaobo except Dian Wei. Thinking of this, the owner of Taohua island can''t help but be thankful for his decision. Fortunately, he finally agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s request. Otherwise, he would offend a big man. It seems that he will take this opportunity to hold his thick thighs.

 Chapter 262

    After a while, the determined master of Taohua island said: "boss Chaobo, since the army has arrived, the brothers in the barracks will arrange it. Let''s go back to the administration hall to have a rest. Another thing is, as soon as it''s dawn tomorrow, I''ll ask the little urchin to arrange the players directly under the village to pay close attention to the situation of the grain transportation team. If it''s convenient, I''ll ask the boss Chaobo to transfer two horses to me first, so that they can deliver the news in time. "


    Although Huangfu Chaobo was surprised that the Peach Blossom Island owner suddenly became so involved in his own affairs, he didn''t think much about it. In his opinion, his 2000 cavalry had already entered the town, and you couldn''t find out what''s wrong with him. However, Huangfu Chaobo agreed with the Taohua Island leader''s suggestion. After all, they are the local leaders. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded and agreed to his arrangement. He gave the Taohua Island leader the ordinary horses that he and Lao Du rode. As for the other horses, he had to wait for them afterwards. After all, Huangfu Chaobo''s cavalry were only equipped with one man and one horse It''s not like Gongsun Zan''s white horse Yicong. He has two horses, and even the elite army has three horses for one person, so there are no extra horses for him.


    The owner of Taohua island was very happy after he got two horses. It was not that the two horses made him happy, but that his proposal was approved by Huangfu Chaobo, which proved that Huangfu Chaobo had already recognized himself. After they were all led to settle in the backyard of the government house, he immediately asked the little urchin to arrange to monitor the food convoy tomorrow. However, the owner of Taohua Island kept an eye on the ten players and didn''t tell them that it was for Huangfu Chaobo''s ambush team to collect intelligence. Even Huangfu Chaobo and 2000 cavalry entered the town. Only the three of them knew about it. From the beginning of the night until all the cavalry entered the barracks, all the players were cleared by NPC soldiers arranged by the owner of Taohua island So I didn''t know that there were two thousand strong cavalry in my town overnight.


    Nothing happened overnight. The next morning, the players in Taohuadao town went online as usual. After replenishing their own supplies, they went out of the town one after another and were busy with their own affairs. We didn''t find any abnormality in the town. The players who arranged to monitor the motorcade in the town had already set out. With the help of two horses, I believe the news will be sent back to the town soon.


    As Lou GUI expected, Dong Zhuojun''s grain transport team was attacked soon after leaving Rongyang. However, it was not a large-scale war at the beginning, but the constant harassment and sneak attacks of players, which made the team always lose some soldiers sporadically. It can be said that it played a very good role in Taizu guerrilla warfare. However, there are also players in the grain transport team. Everyone goes out of the same door, and soon the countermeasures come out, and the effect of harassment immediately decreases. At noon, near the gap more than thirty miles away from Rongyang, the motorcade was finally attacked by a big surprise attack. Nearly ten thousand players and their soldiers were ready to attack the motorcade half way. Unfortunately, the captain was already escorting the motorcade for the second time. How could he not be on guard? As soon as the attack started, he ordered the motorcade to set up defense on the spot, and then killed 500 cavalry quickly The whole battle took half an hour. In the end, the cavalry killed more than 1000 enemies, and lost less than 10 people. The motorcade also lost only one wagon, and more than half of the food and grass on it was robbed and rescued. The reason why the players lost so much is that general Dong Zhuo had prepared for it, and so did the other Xiliang iron cavalry is originally a special kind of arms. It''s always strong. In addition, the players are all ordinary soldiers. As a result, they suddenly let Xiliang iron cavalry rush into the battle. As a result, the soldiers under the players are tragic.


    The second time was yesterday afternoon. This time, the players were ready to use a forest road to ambush. Although they had well avoided the impact of cavalry, under the protection of nearly a thousand archers, the players still had no chance to get close to the team.


    The third attack on the logistics team was in the early morning of this morning. This time, it was a joint attack by four companies except Huangfu Chaobo. The location is where the convoy camped overnight, and the time is in the early hours of the morning. Although general Dong Zhuo was ready, he didn''t expect that the other side had gathered nearly ten thousand soldiers to attack his camp from four directions. In addition, the soldiers of the alien subordinates who were escorted by him didn''t respond in time. Unexpectedly, they let the soldiers of the Chaoting camp break through the defense line of the camp and enter the camp. Although the general responded in time and quickly adjusted the defense line of the camp, After a bloody battle, the Raiders were finally driven out of the camp. However, after this battle, more than 20% of the ten thousand stone grain and grass were lost, and more than 1000 soldiers and horses were lost. Fortunately, they were all lost soldiers, and most of them belonged to the players, because their troops were arranged outside by Dong Zhuo''s generals, and the cavalry of Rongyang city lost very little because of the wariness of the generals Several people were injured. It is said that nearly ten thousand soldiers eventually lost thousands of soldiers, mainly because there were no strong generals among the players, which led to insufficient control of soldiers. Finally, they were bitten by the defenders, and finally had to withdraw from the battlefield. However, although the main force withdrew from the battlefield, there were still many players and scouts far away The back of Zhuojun''s motorcade, like flies, can''t go away. After several times of driving, Dong Zhuojun''s cavalry finally gave up these meaningless actions, only arranged a team of cavalry behind the motorcade to watch the annoying flies.So far this morning, four of the five players of the vassal camp who received the mission have attacked. A total of 12000 soldiers have lost more than 4000, but only 20% of the grain transport team''s grain and grass damage and the loss of 1000 soldiers have been achieved. It can be said that the attacking side has broken their muscles and bones, while the grain transport team is only a small test, so the general has not paid attention to the distance behind.


    In the morning, the grain transportation team continued to come in the direction of Yuanwu. However, at this time, whether it was Dong Zhuojun or the players who received the escort mission, they were full of confidence in the future journey. Along the way, the motorcade carefully crossed a small river, but the last surprise attack did not come, which made everyone more relieved, because after crossing the river, there was no place to arrange ambush, because all the way in the past was Pingchuan, with 500 cavalry. On the plain, the players of the vassal camp wanted to control the grain trucks If the team starts, it can be destroyed by 500 cavalry without the help of players. We all think that the last player to receive the task simply gave up the task because he saw that he didn''t have a suitable chance. After all, the punishment of losing a battle at a loss is much heavier than that of giving up the task.

 Chapter 263

    Huangfu Chaobo, who is in Taohuadao Town, listens to the news coming back from all sides. He is also slowly relieved that he was still worried about Lou GUI''s arrangement. So far, the actions of Dong Zhuo''s army have not been out of Lou GUI''s control. The only thing that makes Huangfu Chaobo feel a little troublesome is that the players of the princes'' camp and their subordinates who are far behind the motorcade. Once Huangfu Chaobo''s cavalry attack Dong Zhuo''s motorcade, the players who feel that there is a bargain will surely rush on. However, for this aspect, Huangfu Chaobo''s cavalry is very important Fu Chaobo also has no good way. He can only take a step at that time.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo was thinking about how to deal with the problem of scattered soldiers, the little urchin came in and said: "island Master, boss Chaobo, the latest news, Dong Zhuo''s logistics team has crossed the river, and now it''s coming towards Taohuadao Town, less than ten miles away from Taohuadao town." After listening to the little urchin''s words, Huangfu Chaobo opened the map he had with him, looked at the location of the current grain transport team, and after a moment, turned to Dianwei beside him and said, "Laodian, you go to the military camp immediately, and order Zhoucang to start according to the original plan. The other soldiers are still waiting in the camp!" With that, he said to the master of Taohua island without looking back: "master of the island, immediately order to close the four gates of the town. From now on, all the soldiers will be on the wall and be under martial law. All the personnel are allowed to enter and not allowed to leave. Now we will go to the west gate tower and be ready to surround and annihilate Dong Zhuo''s cavalry outside the town."


    Unexpectedly, after Huangfu Chaobo''s words, he didn''t hear the Peach Blossom Island owner''s reply. He was very surprised. When he looked back, he and the little urchin were still staring at the direction of Dianwei''s departure. Huangfu Chaobo pushed the Peach Blossom Island owner. Then he responded and said, "boss Chaobo, you just asked Dianwei To whom? Zhou Cang? Did I hear you right? "


    "Make a fuss," the old Du looked at him and said, "what''s so strange about Zhou Cang?"


    "No! I! Hi... " The owner of Taohua Island saw that he and Lao Du were not on the same channel at all, so he stopped talking to him. The difference between the two players is too big. Fortunately, he has made up his mind to hold Huangfu Chaobo''s thigh. Thinking of this, the owner of Taohua island can''t help but be more glad of his decision, so he doesn''t speak. He just looks at Huangfu Chaobo and waits to see if he answers his question.


    When Huangfu Chaobo heard about the Peach Blossom Island leader''s question, he didn''t hide it. He said: "yes, in addition to Dian Wei, the leader, there are two historical generals, Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao. So you don''t have to worry about this battle. There is also news about several generals. I hope the island owner can help block the news. " As far as Dian Wei''s generals are concerned, Huangfu Chaobo has already considered them clearly since he went to battle. He certainly can''t hide them for a long time. So now that he has used his villages and towns as a cover, he will tell him all about them.


    "Of course, of course, boss Chaobo can rest assured that only me, little urchin and my NPC deputy mayor know the news when you get here, and I have nothing to tell other people." The Peach Blossom Island owner and little urchin nodded and assured Huangfu Chaobo that they would never divulge the news. "Boss Chaobo, what are you going to do next?"


    Huangfu chuckled and stood up and said, "next, we just need to go to the west gate tower to see the opera. The following things have been arranged. Now that the logistics team has arrived, the following things will be left to the cavalry. By the way, you arrange for people to open the three gates in the southwest and North, and we are ready to take in the net. "


    "OK, boss Chaobo, don''t worry. We''ll arrange it ourselves." The Taohua Island leader quickly stood up and led Huangfu Chaobo and Lao du to the west gate tower, while the deputy mayor and Xiao urchin went to the north and South gates respectively. Several people were ready to take charge of the matter in person to prevent any omission.


    When the party walked out of the executive hall, the whole town was quiet, and no pedestrians could be seen on the street. All the Legion players in the town had been arranged to gather, and all the players who were not in the town had been sent out of the town by soldiers for the reason of being on the verge of war. As for who to fight, the town did not say clearly, which made it impossible for them to join the town Scattered players, like the wind and the crane, leave Taohuadao town and run far away. The residents of the town were required to return to their homes and not go out any more, and all the soldiers in the town boarded the wall to be ready. In this way, no one will know about the deployment of troops in the town. While walking, the Peach Blossom Island owner talked about his arrangement with Huangfu Chaobo. After listening to his arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but be surprised by his careful mind. However, it was very beneficial for Huangfu Chaobo to do so. It could be said that he was fighting at his home.


    Soon the three men arrived at the upper floor of Ximen. By this time, Huyan had already led the young generals Zhao Rui, Zheng Feng and three hundred Xianbei cavalry out of the town to the direction of Dong Zhuo''s logistics team. According to the information provided by Taohuadao Town, at this time, the motorcade should have all crossed the river and come to the direction of Yuanwu City, which is Taohuadao town. After crossing the river, the motorcade will travel five miles to the northeast, and then arrive at the official road with flat terrain. There is basically no suitable place for ambush from here to Yuanwu County, so the motorcade after crossing the river is not suitable Whether it''s the officers or the army, they have already relaxed their tight kicks, because it''s less than 30 Li from here to the county seat, and there are more than 400 or nearly 500 cavalry in the army. In plain areas, cavalry is the king of the battlefield, not to mention the Xiliang cavalry of special arms. In the player''s view, the warlords will not come out, and the player''s soldiers can do anything for themselves, so the next journey can be said to be safe.However, we all missed one person - Huangfu Chaobo. In fact, it''s not that we missed it. We all thought that since Huangfu Chaobo had sent troops with Yushou governor, it must be under the jurisdiction of the warlords. We didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo could get Kong''s consent and lead the troops to act alone. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo''s troops and horses were transferred It was in the middle of the night, which added to his concealment.


    A quarter of an hour later, Huyan led his cavalry to the place five miles southwest of Taohuadao town. As expected, the motorcade had arrived at this time. Seeing the smoke and dust ahead, Huyan knew that everything was under the control of the military division. Now the 300 cavalry he led was to lure nearly 500 cavalry from the motorcade to Taohuadao town, Then, with general Dian and other soldiers, they annihilated all the cavalry. As long as there were no cavalry, the logistics team would become the flesh of the changshe army''s case.

 Chapter 264

    While huyandu found the motorcade, Dong Zhuojun''s general in charge of escorting also found the smoke and dust in front of him. The veteran general immediately ordered the motorcade to defend on the spot. Then, five hundred cavalry were sent out. The leader of five hundred Xiliang cavalry was a cavalry battalion captain. After the leader went to battle, he found that the enemy was three hundred Xianbei cavalry, and there were as many as five hundred people. However, both Xianbei cavalry and Xiliang cavalry were special cavalry arms. However, the difference between them was that Xiliang cavalry was lance cavalry, while Xianbei cavalry was suitable for both close combat and long-range attack In this aspect, the strength of Xiliang cavalry is slightly inferior. However, there is one aspect that Xiliang cavalry is better than Xianbei cavalry, that is, in defense, Xiliang cavalry is nearly five points higher than Xianbei cavalry. It can be said that Xiliang cavalry can completely abuse Xianbei cavalry as long as it is engaged in close combat. However, the Xiliang cavalry under Dong Zhuo''s command has been fighting for a long time, and the number of them is nearly half more than that of the enemy on the opposite side. Therefore, whether they are riding captains or ordinary soldiers, they don''t care about the enemy on the opposite side. In their opinion, their 500 cavalry troops are enough to drive the 500 enemies away. Even if they fight close to each other, they can leave most of the 300 Xianbei cavalry troops behind . After a little consideration, Dong Zhuo decided to take out all the cavalry and try his best to wipe out all the 300 enemy cavalry, so as not to cause losses to the convoy. After sending a cavalry back to the convoy to report the military situation, the cavalry commander gave an order, and the 500 Xiliang cavalry attacked the enemy cavalry.


    When he saw that the other side''s cavalry had already launched an attack and that the other side had already rushed within 500 steps, he yelled and led his two young generals and 300 cavalry towards Dong Zhuo''s cavalry.


    Four hundred steps.


    Two hundred steps.


    At 100 paces, Huyan gave an order: "everyone, two shots in a row, ready!" The three hundred Xianbei cavalry quickly took the bow into their hands, and then extended their other hand to the archery pot beside their horses, ready to take the bow and shoot at any time.


    At the distance of more than 70 steps, it was close to the archery distance of the cavalry. Huyan roared again: "two consecutive shots! Let it go


    After all the Xianbei cavalry seemed to pause a little, the bow and arrow they had already prepared flew towards the Xiliang iron cavalry. However, even for the Xianbei cavalry who were proficient in riding and shooting, this distance could only be covered shooting, so Huyan didn''t want to have a good effect. At this time, the cavalry of Xiliang iron cavalry was ready to defend the bow and arrow. When they saw a big wave of arrows coming from the opposite side, they all bent down and curled up as much as possible to reduce their body exposure. At the same time, they raised their riding shield to protect their key parts. Just listen to "bang bang" After a sound, although trying to avoid, but there are still more than ten riders or people or horses were injured by the arrow, the Knights fell off the horse, and then they were trampled into meat mud by the cavalry who followed them.


    Seeing that his soldiers had lost dozens of cavalry before they could fight with each other, the commander of Xiliang iron cavalry was very angry. As soon as the arrow rain stopped, he roared: "throw away the shield, prepare for the lance, Xiliang iron cavalry, fight for the battle!"


    "Kill..." After hearing the order, the soldiers immediately threw away their shields, sat up straight from the horses, raised their guns with their right hands, and prepared for the battle. They wanted to give some color to the Xianbei cavalry on the other side. Who knows, when you look ahead, people''s noses suddenly turn askew. The despicable foreign cavalry on the opposite side, after firing two rounds of bows and arrows to hurt more than ten of their own people, did not continue to rush forward. Instead, they turned the horse''s head and went to both sides. They didn''t mean to fight against themselves at all.


    There is no mistake. After ordering his cavalry to shoot two rounds of arrows, Huyan did not ask them to continue fighting. Instead, he ordered them to turn around and head for Taohuadao town. With the advantage of advanced horsemanship, the 300 cavalry finally broke away from the front of the battle in less than 20 steps. Then after a big circle, they ran in the direction of Taohuadao town. Yes, they could run as fast as they could. Therefore, when Dong Zhuojun''s Xiliang cavalry came, Huyan had already led the cavalry to run dozens of steps away. Of course, it was not in front of them, but in front of them on both sides.


    All the soldiers of the Xiliang iron cavalry were furious. Since they entered the Central Plains, they had to bully others by themselves. They didn''t want to be fooled by these foreign cavalry. So, at the command of the commander, more than 400 Xiliang iron cavalry chased them in the direction of huyandu. As soon as the cavalry on both sides fled and chased, they were soon out of sight of most of the logistics convoy. Although the leading captain in the logistics fleet saw the battle between the two armies from a distance, he didn''t see what happened on the battlefield. He watched his cavalry chasing the enemy cavalry and thought that it was the cavalry who had defeated the enemy cavalry, so he didn''t care at all. He just ordered the soldiers and vehicles in the army to continue to wait for the cavalry to return. But he did not expect that a huge trap in front of him was waiting for his cavalry.


    The two cavalry teams fled and chased each other. During this period, Huyan led the Xiliang iron cavalry in a big circle. Several turns along the way finally made the distance between them more than 200 steps. However, even so, the distance of five miles passed quickly. When the iron cavalry of Xiliang was chasing, they suddenly found that Xianbei cavalry had stopped in front of them, but they stopped in front of a small town. As for this small town, the commander of the cavalry team knows that it is a neutral town. He does not think that the town will suddenly change its camp and become his own enemy. You know, it is still in Dong Zhuo''s sphere of influence, unless he wants to bear Dong Zhuo''s anger. In this way, there is only one reason, that is, the cavalry team has no way to go, When he thought of this, he was very happy and said to his subordinates, "brothers, the cavalry in front of us have no way to go. Come on, let''s kill these Xianbei dogs! Kill... "

 Chapter 265

    "Kill..." A group of Xiliang cavalry responded and rushed to the Xianbei cavalry who had stopped.


    If the commander of Dong Zhuojun could see the situation inside the city wall, he would not lead the 500 cavalry to the battle. At this time, in Taohuadao Town, other soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo were ready. Dianwei was leading 200 Xianbei cavalry and 400 guard level taxis behind the city gate to get ready. As soon as the city gate was opened, these hundreds of cavalry would rush out of the city gate under Dianwei''s leadership. At this time, the 500 cavalry led by Zhoucang and Pei yuanshao at the north and South Gates had already disappeared Quietly out of the two doors, Dong Zhuojun cavalry towards the west gate came around.


    At this time, Xiliang iron cavalry was only 200 steps away from the Xianbei cavalry in huyandu. At this time, the city gate behind the Xianbei cavalry suddenly opened, and you can see a large group of cavalry rushing out from the inside, led by another 200 Xianbei cavalry. They quickly joined the Xianbei cavalry outside the city wall, and then the 500 cavalry were divided into two groups, going north and south along the city wall Run in two directions. Behind them, there were four hundred cavalry guards, headed by Huben cavalry. Seeing this, Du Wei''s face changed. However, that''s all. In his opinion, his Xiliang cavalry had already raised its speed. If the other cavalry, even Huben cavalry, didn''t speed up, he had no chance of winning. However, he did not expect that Lou GUI''s caution would lead to such a low-level mistake. There is only one aspect of the forbidden guard cavalry, but there is also a trump card behind it. That is, all the four hundred soldiers of the forbidden guard rank are equipped with a big yellow crossbow, and the big yellow crossbows of these soldiers are all trained by Huang Zhong himself. Their proficiency has already reached the intermediate level or above, what''s more Moreover, the shooting distance of Yishi Dahuang crossbow has reached 80 steps, which has exceeded the attack distance of ordinary archers. What''s more, Xiliang iron cavalry is a kind of cavalry with medium and short range attack.


    When Dian Wei led the four hundred guards out of the city gate, he didn''t want to increase the horse''s speed like ordinary cavalry. He used Huben cavalry''s high defense and high attack to fight with the other cavalry. Instead, he arranged the four hundred soldiers into four rows according to Lou GUI''s arrangement and quietly prepared for the other cavalry to reach his attack distance.


    Soon, Xiliang cavalry reached the distance of a hundred steps. At the command of Dian Wei, all the 400 cavalry raised their crossbows and prepared for four rounds of volley.


    At this time, Dong Zhuojun''s face changed greatly. In his panic, he gave an order to make himself regret: "crossbow cavalry? Damn it, we''ve been fooled. Dodge As soon as the order was issued, he realized his mistake, but it had been built and could not be retrieved. Where can the Xiliang cavalry, which has reached the highest horse speed, dodge well? Some of the Xiliang cavalry who heard the Dodge order subconsciously wanted to take the horses away from the coverage of the crossbow, while some rational cavalry rushed forward as usual. In this way, the original standard impact formation suddenly became a mess!


    Seeing this, Dian Wei immediately seized the plane and said that your illness would kill you. He immediately ordered the soldiers to launch the crossbow and arrow to the iron cavalry in Xiliang. All he heard was "hum..." There was a sound. Four hundred rhubarb crossbows and arrows split into four waves, and rushed towards the opposite Xiliang cavalry. Soon, cavalry and horses fell to the ground, which made the Xiliang cavalry even more chaotic. After four rounds of crossbows and arrows, Dian Wei immediately ordered the cavalry to put down the crossbow machine and urged the horses to rush towards the iron cavalry of Xiliang.


    At this time, the formation of the Xiliang cavalry was in chaos. Because of the order of dodging issued by the captains in the panic, dozens of cavalry collided with each other and lost. Later, Dian Wei seized the fighter plane to attack the Xiliang cavalry, which led to the loss of dozens of cavalry in the front row. Not only that, the biggest disadvantage of the loss of dozens of cavalry was that the subsequent cavalry who were fighting in the formation would not be killed If you don''t force the horse to come down quickly to avoid the falling cavalry and war horses, it will be another tumult. After such a toss, the speed of the Xiliang iron cavalry was almost at a standstill. What''s more terrible is that Dian Wei, the late starter, had already led the cavalry to the front. Although it was only tens of steps away, with the existence of Dian Wei, a god level general of bulldozer, the Huben cavalry, who was closely behind, could be said to be overwhelming One hundred guards didn''t take part in the riding battle at all, but drifted away, constantly threatening the Xiliang cavalry in chaos with the big yellow crossbow in their hands, which made their situation worse. At this time, the rumble of horse''s hooves was heard outside the battlefield. The cavalry of the changshe army from the north and South Gates had arrived outside the battlefield, and the 500 Xianbei cavalry had also surrounded the Xiliang cavalry. Now nearly 2000 cavalry of the changshe army had surrounded the hundreds of disabled soldiers, which made the Xiliang cavalry even more confused.


    Originally, with his superb horse skills, the commander of Xiliang cavalry escaped the previous wave of crossbow attack, but it was his excellent performance that attracted Dianwei''s attention. So as soon as the two armies met the battle, Dianwei had already focused on the cavalry officer. After breaking the defense of Xiliang cavalry, Dianwei quickly killed him and faced the attack of the divine level generals Ming Qi Du Wei couldn''t even make it up, so he was cut off by Dian Wei''s halberd. The Xiliang army, which had lost the command of its officers, had to fight on its own. Soon, half of the 400 odd cavalry and nearly 500 cavalry were killed, and the rest of them were in a mess. After the general was killed, more and more Xiliang cavalry were killed or injured. Gradually, some of the arrogant Xiliang cavalry finally could not bear it. They started to turn around and prepare to flee here. However, they were soon surrounded by the changshe cavalry. However, this pulled away Pandora''s magic, and more and more Xiliang cavalry were not willing to fight Want to be able to highlight the encirclement, back to the rear of the logistics team in the army. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo, who had been paying close attention to the war at the head of the city, cried out: "those who dismount and surrender will not die!"After hearing Huang Fu''s order, the cavalry soldiers of changshe army, who were dozens of steps outside the gate of the city, all cried out: "the general has orders. Those who dismount and surrender will not die!"


    "The general has orders. Those who dismount and surrender will not die!"


    "Those who surrender will not die"


    as the voice of persuading them to surrender grew louder and louder, nearly 2000 soldiers of the whole changshe army were shouting in unison that those who surrender will not die. Finally, some of the soldiers in Xiliang dropped their weapons, jumped off their horses and knelt down. There were one and two. When they saw someone surrender, more and more soldiers in Xiliang gave up their resistance and jumped off their horses to surrender. Occasionally, there were soldiers who firmly resisted, and they were soon captured and killed by changshe soldiers. However, in half a quarter of an hour, no one of the nearly 500 Xiliang cavalry stood on the horse.

 Chapter 266

    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but gasp for a long time, and finally managed to finish the 500 Xiliang cavalry. The next thing was easy to do. Without the command of Huangfu Chaobo, Dian Wei had arranged for his soldiers to count the prisoners of the Xiliang army, gather the scattered horses and count the results. A moment later, Dian Wei sent people to the city tower to report the results to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Because of Lou GUI''s careful planning and the full cooperation of Taohuadao Town, it can be said that the battle was fruitful. Nearly five hundred Xiliang cavalry killed 232 people and seriously injured 81 people. The remaining 154 prisoners were slightly injured. None of them escaped. Except 154 of them could be recovered after the war, 81 of them could be recovered That is to say, if there is no accident, Huangfu Chaobo will add more than 180 Xiliang cavalry. In terms of the harvest of the horses, although the Xiliang cavalry was one man and two horses, only one horse of the 467 cavalry went out to fight this time, and the rest of the horses stayed in the logistics fleet. During the battle, more than 200 horses were killed and injured. In addition, dozens of horses escaped and only 220 horses were collected. These horses are all excellent level 40 horses, which is a great harvest for the changshe army. If we can win the more than 500 horses in the fleet, it is estimated that there will be more than 700 horses, which can be said to be a great harvest Great harvest. However, in this battle, the changshe army also suffered some losses. Huben cavalry lost 15 cavalry, Xianbei cavalry lost 23 cavalry, and ordinary cavalry lost 52 cavalry. In addition, 182 soldiers were slightly injured. After that, only 1628 cavalry could continue to fight. However, this number of cavalry was able to win There will be some losses, but it is inevitable. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered: let the wounded cavalry escort the captured and harvested horses of Xiliang army into Taohuadao town to guard, while the other cavalry rest and prepare to continue to attack Dong Zhuo army''s logistics convoy. However, after a little meditation, Huangfu Chaobo said to the master of Taohua Island: "how about, do the brothers of the master of the island have any interest in doing a big job with them? After that, if you want, the grain and grass will be increased by 500 stones, and the horses will be increased by 20. "


    For changing the camp halfway, the system''s punishment is very heavy. Players in this game all know that once the camp is selected, the territory of changing the camp halfway will be attacked by the enemy, and the number of enemies attacking will correspond to your territory level. Take Taohuadao town as an example. It''s a small town level now, so the number of its normal soldiers should be 500 Then the number of attacks will be ten times that of his soldiers, that is, 5000 troops. Even if you enlist 1000 soldiers, you will not be able to stop the attack of 5000 troops. Moreover, the number of reinforcements you can''t exceed half of your own forces. What''s more, even if you enlist 1000 soldiers, plus 500 reinforcements, and finally block the attack of the other party, your territory will be estimated In the end, the plan was almost abandoned. It can be said that the gain is not worth the loss. That is to say, if Taohuadao town is changed to the Dukes'' camp, 5000 Dong Zhuo troops will attack his town in three days. So after hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the Peach Blossom Island owner pondered for a moment and said, "yes, but I hope the boss of Chaobo can promise me two conditions."


    "Speak Huangfu Chaobo said without thinking. The reason why he wanted Taohuadao town to take part in the war was that Huangfu Chaobo felt that he would lose a lot just because he had more than 1000 cavalry who wanted to eat the thousands of baggage. If he could make Taohuadao town recruit more than 1000 soldiers and join in the war with himself, he would have a much better chance of winning.


    "I want to buy 20 crossbows of big boss Chaobo. I can pay for them."


    Huangfu Chaobo agreed without thinking about it, but still said: "it''s no problem, but I''m not giving it to you now. I''m in the war now. I can''t sell you the crossbow machine in the hands of the soldiers, but I can ask the commune to send it to you right away, and the number can be increased to 30. Although it''s not as good as what I used in the hands of the soldiers, it''s not as good Not much. Go on with the second condition


    After the master of Taohua island said his conditions, he looked at Huangfu Chaobo with anxiety. Just now, everyone saw the battle of the crossbow soldiers, and they were surprised at the strength of the crossbow soldiers. Let alone the Taohua Island owners, even Huangfu Chaobo himself was surprised. You know, although the rhubarb crossbow has been equipped for a long time, it''s the first time that it was really used in war. Now changshe has produced more than 500 standard one stone rhubarb crossbows and nearly thousands of ordinary ones. Huangfu Chaobo has the idea of preparing to sell them Huangfu chaobole had to ask him to help with the advertisement.


    Seeing his first condition, Huangfu Chaobo had agreed. The Peach Blossom Island owner put down a big stone in his heart and said, "the second condition is that the boss of Chaobo also knows the consequences of changing the camp. Therefore, I want to ask the boss of Chaobo to support 500 soldiers and help me block the attack three days later."


    As for his second condition, Huang Fu Chao nodded his head and agreed after a bit of thinking. He was risking himself to send him out, so it''s natural to help him guard the city. His soldiers are basically cavalry. At that time, the 400 forbidden guards and 100 Xianbei cavalry will stay with his 500 top soldiers and 1000 soldiers in his town Pawn, it should be no problem to keep the town for five days. Besides, if it''s really not possible, Dong Zhuojun can''t stop him if he wants to leave. As for the Peach Blossom Island owner, I''ll try him later.Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had agreed, the Taohua Island owner was really relieved. The Taohua Island owner immediately asked Huangfu Chaobo what kind of arms he wanted for the 500 soldiers he needed to recruit. On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo also asked about the current situation of troops in Taohuadao town. It turns out that there are now 500 soldiers in Taohuadao Town, including two hundred sword shield soldiers, two hundred long spear soldiers and one hundred short bow soldiers. When Huang Fu Chao Bo thought about it, he asked him to recruit another 500 soldiers according to the current ratio. As a result, there were 400 long spearmen, 400 sword shield soldiers and 200 short bow soldiers in the town. As for going to battle later, Huangfu Chaobo is only going to use the 800 melee soldiers. In addition, the player team in the town should be able to gather 2000 people, while the 200 short archers and more than 100 injured taxis will stay in the town. I believe no one dares to fight the town.

 Chapter 267

    Huangfu Chaobo called up the generals, such as Dian Wei and Zhou Cang. After they discussed the details, the Taohua Island leader arranged for the little urchin to recruit players, while the deputy mayor went to the barracks to recruit soldiers. He helped Huangfu Chaobo''s soldiers arrange the wounded soldiers, captured Dong Zhuo soldiers and horses to the barracks in the town, and arranged for people to prepare meals for thousands of soldiers Food, after the soldiers have eaten, all the soldiers have focused. After all these arrangements were made, the time had already arrived. In the afternoon, seeing that everything was ready, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered Dianwei to set out first and go to the place where Dong Zhuo''s logistics team stopped.


    At this time, the leading captain of Dong Zhuo''s army had found something wrong. It had been more than an hour since the cavalry pursued him, but he didn''t send anyone back to report the news. However, it''s unimaginable to say that his nearly 500 cavalry had been completely destroyed. You know, it''s Xiliang iron cavalry, which is comparable to the imperial guard level Huben cavalry There are more than 400 cavalry and nearly 500 cavalry in this area. All the high-level cavalry can beat nearly ten times the infantry, but now no one has come back. As the day approached noon, the captain arranged for his ten cavalry relatives to inquire about the situation in the direction of the pursuit of the cavalry. At the same time, he ordered the soldiers to make a fire and cook. When the relatives came back, he decided how to do it. Half an hour later, the soldiers finally returned. However, there were only two of them, and they were all injured. The news they brought back surprised the generals. Their five hundred cavalry had disappeared, and nearly two thousand cavalry were coming towards the camp. The ten soldiers were killed by that cavalry, and the other two were left They all tried their best to escape. Hearing this news, the commander was shocked, but he didn''t care where the cavalry came from. He quickly and loudly ordered the soldiers to form a defensive formation by using the wagon. At the same time, he ordered the remaining 4000 players to set up a defensive formation on the periphery, and his 1000 soldiers to set up a core position inside. Not only that, as the commander, he had 100 cavalry guards. He immediately sent 20 cavalry to Rongyang for help, and 20 cavalry to Yuanwu city for help. In this way, he had only 50 cavalry and 5000 soldiers around him. Of course, if you add two civilian men in each wagon, there are also 800 civilian men, plus nearly 9000 stone grain, He believed that he only needed to stay for one day, and Rongyang''s reinforcements would arrive soon. You know, there are 1500 Xiliang iron cavalry and 3000 ordinary cavalry in Rongyang city. At that time, these two thousand cavalry would either retreat or be annihilated by his own army, but he never thought what kind of abnormal cavalry and generals he was facing.


    In less than a pillar of incense time, the smoke and dust from the Northeast kept approaching the defensive position of Dong Zhuo''s logistics team, and the rumbling sound of horse''s hooves was getting closer and closer, which made the players and soldiers in the array very surprised. Many players in Dong Zhuo''s camp knew the terrible combat power of cavalry, because they had seen hundreds of cavalry chasing them for countless times these days The scene of thousands of soldiers in the Marquis camp, but now, all of their cavalry have been destroyed, and then it''s their turn to face the cavalry of the Marquis camp. Seeing this situation, everyone is very sad. They don''t know how many soldiers they can run out this time. But we don''t know why there are so many cavalry in the Marquis camp? At this time, we still did not think of Huangfu Chaobo''s changshe army. Seeing the cavalry on the opposite side getting closer and closer, he stopped until 200 steps in front of the car. Suddenly, a flag appeared in front of the crowd. Finally, some of the players could see the flag clearly. Suddenly, someone cried: "Damn, Huangfu! The two words on the flag are Huangfu, the cavalry of boss Chaobo! "


    "Wow..." The players in Dong Zhuo''s camp were in an uproar. Everyone looked to the northeast. Sure enough, there were two big words "Huangfu" on it.


    "It''s really the boss of Chaobo!"


    Someone thumped his chest and said, "we should have thought about it. Besides him, who else can have so many cavalry?"


    "Chi, what can you do if you already know?" Immediately, someone sneered at him;


    "isn''t the boss of Chaobo a subordinate of Kong Yu? Then he is the army of the princes. Why can he also take over the task? Isn''t that cheating? Complaints! " Some people exclaimed;


    "go and complain. Who doesn''t know that boss Chaobo has a good relationship with Kong Yu? They must have their own way. When you complain back, your soldiers will be gone. Dare to go!" As soon as his words came out, someone immediately retorted;


    "what shall we do? Look at the NPC''s style. We are put outside to be cannon fodder!"


    After all, the task is about to be finished. Everyone is unwilling to give up now. Besides, what Huangfu Chaobo brings is cavalry. Now his own side is ready, so he will not have a chance to hold on. What''s more, he has no chance to hold on We all avoid talking about the idea of giving up the task.


    Two hundred steps away, Huangfu Chaobo led the people to approach the car slowly. After a moment''s gaze, Huangfu Chaobo said: "ha ha, it seems that they want to use these baggage cars to form a formation. Unfortunately, do they think I have no way to do this?" Then he said to the old hero beside him: "old hero, go and tell the players who have received the escort mission that if they quit now, I can let them lead their own soldiers to leave. It''s hard to say how many soldiers they can leave when the war starts."On hearing this, Lao Jie nodded his head, lifted his horse''s reins lightly, and went forward to the front fifty steps of the car line: "everyone, I''m Lao Jie of changshe Luoshen society. My elder brother Huangfu Chaobo said that it''s not easy for us to save these soldiers. Give us five minutes to lead our soldiers away. Otherwise, once the war starts, it will be a loss You can''t blame anyone else if you are a general! "


    Lao Jie''s words stunned everyone in the array, but they all looked at each other and understood what was in their eyes. Soon, a player came out and said to Lao Jie, "thank you for your kindness, boss Chaobo. I''ve done my ninety-nine steps, and I''m almost shivering. So let''s give up now."

 Chapter 268

    After hearing this, Lao Jie knew what the other party meant. Unexpectedly, he thought that the other party had refused his kindness, so he stopped talking, turned his horse around and went back. Well, since you want to die, I won''t stop you. Back to the front and back of Huangfu Chaobo, Lao Jie shrugged at him, didn''t speak, just quietly stopped the horse beside him. Huangfu Chaobo also saw what happened before the chariot formation, so he turned his head and nodded to Dianwei, indicating that he could start attacking.


    When Dian Wei saw this, he immediately mobilized all the generals to prepare for the attack, waiting for the arrival of the taxi soldiers and players in Taohuadao Town, but he said he was waiting. In fact, the Xianbei cavalry in huyandu had already been arranged to launch arrows around the vehicle array. Dong Zhuo''s army now has only dozens of cavalry, so he is not afraid of the cavalry rushing out. Although there are hundreds of archers in the leader''s school, they all defend in the core area of the formation. There are 4000 players around, but there are very few archers inside. They are all the lowest short archers, so they dare not fight with Xianbei cavalry, so they can only watch Huyan They all lead the cavalry to shoot back and forth around the car, which can be said to be abnormal.


    After the Xianbei cavalry ran around the array for two circles, the players in Dong Zhuo''s camp found that they were really wrong. After a while, they had already lost hundreds of soldiers, while Huangfu Chaobo, who was attacking on the opposite side, was still the last one. If it goes on like this, it is estimated that these thousands of soldiers might be surrounded and killed by the army of Huangfu Chaobo. Dong Zhuo''s captain saw clearly the situation outside the array. He saw that the soldiers outside did not have the ability to fight back in the face of the enemy''s attack. The captain knew that he had to do something, otherwise the army would not stick to it. So he immediately sent his 300 archers to the outside to prepare for the attack of Xianbei cavalry. Yes, wait for the archers When they arrived, the three village generals found that their archers couldn''t even threaten the Xianbei cavalry on the other side. The players in the car formation were in an uproar.


    At this time, the taxi drivers and players of Taohuadao town also arrived. At this time, more and more players arrived at the periphery of the car fleet. It seems that the number of players is still increasing. Huangfu Chaobo knows that he can''t wait any longer. The longer the time is, the more players will arrive from all over the town. In time, some players will want to fish in troubled waters. So Huangfu Chaobo ordered Dianwei to attack. According to the initial discussion of several people, this battle will first open a gap in the vehicle array with the big yellow crossbow of the forbidden guard, and then use Huben cavalry to rush into the array. After the vehicle array is opened, nearly a thousand ordinary cavalry will follow its rear array. Although the space in the vehicle array can''t let the cavalry rush to kill, with the strong attack ability of Huben cavalry battalion, they will face the challenge from the players Junior high level pawn, will be the player pawn lingering nightmare. As long as the gap is opened, the troopers and players in Taohuadao town will follow the cavalry into the vehicle array. At that time, there will be Huben cavalry in the front and ordinary cavalry in the back. It is estimated that the players and ordinary troopers only need to follow up and fight to win the vehicle array. As for the Xianbei cavalry, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to use it to rush into the formation. Instead, he cruised outside the formation. On the one hand, he could shoot and kill the taxi soldiers of Dong Zhuojun players in the threat formation, and on the other hand, he could calm the players around the formation.


    With Dianwei''s order, the changshe army launched an attack against the car, and the sound of the horse''s hooves sounded again. As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, in the face of nearly 400 crossbows of changshe army and 400 Xianbei cavalry, the soldiers of Dong Zhuo''s camp were caught off guard and suffered heavy casualties. No matter the players and soldiers of Dong Zhuo''s camp or the players of the waiting Marquis''s camp, they didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo had such powerful crossbows. In the face of the arrows of the changshe army like a storm, Sergeant Dong Zhuo was almost swept away in less than half a quarter of an hour. Seeing this, the Huben cavalry continued to attack and gradually approached the array. Although the nearby players and general Dong Zhuo also tried to let the soldiers come forward to fill the vacancy after the death of the soldiers, in the face of the continuous arrows of the changshe army, no soldiers were able to rush up. Not only that, but with the constant approaching of Huben cavalry, Dong Zhuo''s soldiers were forced to retreat, and the vacancy in the attack array of changshe army became more and more serious Big.


    A quarter of an hour later, under the pressure of Huben cavalry, the defense of the car array was finally broken. Under the cover of bows and arrows, several Huben cavalry soldiers jumped off their horses and rushed to the front of the array, pulling away the unguarded wagons. Then, hundreds of other Huben cavalry soldiers rushed straight into the array along the opening. In the face of the attack of Huben cavalry, which was as high as 45, although they were not able to rush into the formation quickly, there were only more than 20 junior high school soldiers in the attack and defense, and they were unable to defend at all, especially the two fierce generals, Dianwei and Zhoucang, who were in the front. The soldiers of the players were defeated after resisting for a moment, and the soldiers no longer ignored the cry of their lords and generals, turned their heads and rushed to both sides and inside of the vehicle array. After all the Huben cavalry entered the formation, nearly a thousand cavalry soldiers who had been waiting outside also rushed into the formation under the leadership of Pei yuanshao. If the infantry could have a strict formation against the cavalry, they would still have resistance. But now the soldier Dong Zhuo in the formation had already been defeated by Dian Wei and Zhou Cang, who led Huben cavalry The formation has changed. Pei yuanshao took over Dianwei''s attack after 1000 cavalry entered the formation. He and Zhoucang led 400 cavalry to run over the two sides of the formation, while Dianwei led 300 Huben cavalry and 200 ordinary cavalry to kill the center of the formation.Seeing that the players in the vehicle array had been killed by the three generals into a mess, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to the Peach Blossom Island owner beside him, who immediately roared to his leader and all the players: "brothers, Dong Zhuo''s army is in a mess, rush!"


    At his command, several soldiers in Taohuadao town rushed to the formation with their soldiers. If the soldiers could barely keep the formation, the players who had already been unable to do so would ignore it and rush to the chaotic formation one by one.

 Chapter 269

    Nearly 2000 soldiers and players in Taohuadao town have become the last straw for the Dong Zhuo camp players and their soldiers. As more than 1000 cavalry and nearly 2000 infantry players rush into the vehicle array, the Dong Zhuo camp players who have already been unable to resist the attack of the changshe army begin to drop their weapons and kneel down to surrender. In the face of Dong Zhuo''s soldiers who surrendered, the cavalry in front of them had no mind to manage. Their task was to march forward, forward and forward under the leadership of three generals. As for these soldiers who surrendered, naturally, Taohuadao soldiers were in charge of detaining them, which had been arranged long before the battle, and the players certainly didn''t want to do it Love, what they have to do is to have three or five groups of cavalry who follow the cavalry and protect Huangfu Chaobo, and eliminate the soldiers and players of Dong Zhuo camp who try to attack the cavalry.


    With more and more taxi soldiers kneeling to surrender, the players in Dong Zhuo camp know that their task has been completed and failed. Now, what they can do is how to maximize their strength, so by chance, several player lords gather their own fighters and more elite taxi soldiers and quickly move towards the car array that the changshe army has not attacked Close to the other side of the road. After several people joined up, they found that there were less than 200 people who could be gathered by nearly a thousand soldiers. Seeing this, they were all crying, but dozens of steps away, several of the generals under Huangfu Chaobo were leading the cavalry to press in their own direction step by step. Several people looked at each other and understood the meaning in each other''s eyes. If they didn''t leave, they would have to leave their family here. Now that they have reached this point, they don''t care any more. They send people to pull out two wagons, and then quickly lead the soldiers and elite soldiers they can gather together to kill the Xianbei cavalry. Now they can''t control so many. They can kill as many as they can. To their surprise, the Xianbei cavalry outside turned a blind eye to them and didn''t mean to stop them at all. They were overjoyed and led the soldiers to the southwest, regardless of the other soldiers who were fighting behind them. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo had expected this for a long time. In the face of defeat, the players would not fight to death and would definitely choose to break through. Therefore, he had told the Xianbei cavalry who were wandering around. If there was a strange Lord leading some troops to retreat, there was no need to stop them and let them lead the troops around to withdraw. However, after they left, there were only taxis left The pawn must be stopped.


    When the players in Dong Zhuo''s camp led their subordinates to break through, Dian Wei had already led Huben cavalry to fight with the leader of Dong Zhuo''s army in the center of the formation. Seeing that the princes'' army burst into the well-designed array of vehicles, although the captain knew that he might not be the opponent of the other party, he still led his fifty bodyguards to meet Dianwei. Unfortunately, in the face of absolute strength, the general of Shenjie was not what he could imagine. As soon as he closed, the captain was captured by Dianwei He came down.


    With the arrest of the leading captain, Sergeant Dong Zhuo, who announced the Chinese army, also fell into the chaos. Then, Huangfu Chaobo, who saw the war in the Chinese army, immediately ordered the surrender not to kill. In a short time, there was a cry of "surrender not to kill" on the whole battlefield. Later, more and more Dong Zhuo soldiers dropped their weapons and knelt down to surrender.


    As the last Sergeant Dong Zhuo dropped his weapon, Huangfu Chaobo received the news that "the mission was completed". It was less than half an hour since the war began. At this time, the players who watched the battle around really saw the strength of the first lord of the players, which made some of the players who were ready to stir up their minds to fish in troubled waters. They soon saw that the powerful players of the big yellow crossbow in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo walked towards Huangfu Chaobo. After getting the consent of the guards around Huangfu Chaobo, several players arrived Next to Huangfu Chaobo, their purpose is nothing more than to have a good relationship with the first player. If possible, by the way, I''d like to know about Dahuang crossbow.


    For the emergence of the players, Huangfu Chaobo has been prepared for a long time. He knows that after this war, his rhubarb crossbow should become famous in the first World War, and he really wants to use this plot to sell it. So for all the players, he is smiling, but for the rhubarb crossbow, he is silent, just to tell you, how many times Days later, I will go to Yangwu County, and I will know the news of Dahuang crossbow. After chatting with several players, Huangfu Chaobo saw that the generals in the array had controlled the situation, so he gave a salute to each of them, and then led the soldiers beside him towards the center of the array. Now that the war is over, it''s time to count the harvest.


    In the traffic, the generals are leading their subordinates to count the harvest. When they see the arrival of Huangfu Chaobo, Dian Weiji quickly puts down his business and comes to meet them.


    "Yes, general!" They all came forward to see the main ceremony;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded to them and asked about the harvest.


    Chief General Dian Wei was the first to report, because he quickly led the army into the middle position of Dong Zhuo''s army. As soon as he closed, he captured the leading captain. After seeing that the chief general was captured, Sergeant Dong Zhuo made a little resistance and then gave up his arms in the voice of "surrender never to die". Therefore, in addition to the 300 archers who were sent to the peripheral defense, only more than 200 of them came back, and only 700 of them in the array More than 100 soldiers died in the war, and the other 600 soldiers were all captured. In this way, more than 700 Dong Zhuo soldiers were captured by Dian Wei. These are still secondary. The most important thing is that all the horses transferred by Xiliang iron cavalry were left in the army, and 532 horses were captured by Dian Wei. Because there were freight cars around, none of them ran away, looking at the horse There are a lot of horses in his hands, not to mention several Taohua Island owners. The great harvest of the Chinese army made Huangfu Chaobo very happy, but the harvest of the periphery was not so much. Five thousand players and soldiers are mainly primary and intermediate. From yesterday to today, nearly a thousand people have been lost. At the last moment, the five lords who received the task of protecting food, under the willful indulgence of Huangfu Chaobo, took away nearly a thousand people. The big scuffle just now caused the soldiers to lose nearly 2000 people. In the end, less than 2000 people gave up their arms and surrendered. These soldiers were basically junior sword shield soldiers and long spearmen that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t see very well.

 Chapter 270

    As for the harvest in other aspects, the most important thing is the 10000 stone grain transported. Originally, nearly 10% of the grain was lost in the previous battles. In the scuffle just now, nearly 1000 stone grain was lost because of various circumstances. So in the end, there were less than 8000 stone grains left in 10000 stone grain, and nearly 100 were lost in 400 wagons. It was the 800 strong men who saw the opportunity quickly Seeing that the fighting was basically one-sided, the cavalry of the changshe army surrendered as soon as they ran in front of them, so there was basically no loss, and there was basically no loss of the horses used for luggage and vehicles. In addition to the grain, the ten thousand Guan money, which was transported to the former Wucheng with the grain, also fell into the pocket of Huangfu Chaobo. There are thousands of weapons and equipment harvested, and there is no time to count the specific quantity. Of course, there must be a lot of players in Taohuadao town hiding in private, but Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care, because the weapons and equipment harvested in the peripheral battlefield are basically below level 30, and the better equipment is basically in the center of the vehicle array, which is very important In some places, except for Huangfu Chaobo''s own troops, other people basically have no chance to enter.


    After counting the gains, the generals counted the losses of all the troops. In this battle, except that more than 400 Xianbei cavalry from Huyan and 100 Guard soldiers from Huangfu Chaobo didn''t take part in the battle, there were some losses of other troops. First of all, more than 200 Huben cavalry from Dianwei. Because they were the main force of the initial attack, even the top arms in the game In the end, he lost dozens of soldiers, but in the end, there were only less than 200 cavalry left. However, nearly 1000 ordinary cavalry who later entered the formation lost the most, with nearly 400 cavalry lost. You know, these cavalry are elite troops cultivated after many battles with Huang Zhong. The current level is between level 32 and level 34. You only need to upgrade a few more levels to upgrade to senior level in the county city Cavalry, now we lost 400 cavalry in the first World War. Although we have gained so much, the loss of these cavalry alone is enough to make Huangfu Chaobo heartache for a long time. If you add in the wounded soldiers who are still defending in Taohuadao Town, Huangfu Chaobo leads 1900 cavalry to fight. In the end, the rest of the soldiers are 200 Huben cavalry, 100 Jianwei DaoDun cavalry, 470 Xianbei cavalry and 550 ordinary cavalry. The total is 1320 cavalry, and the loss is as much as 580 cavalry. The most painful thing for him is the 100 Huben cavalry Soldiers, you know, he only had 300 Huben cavalry. After the first battle, he lost 100 cavalry, which accounted for one third of the total. Fortunately, all the generals were only slightly injured and did not die.


    After counting his losses and harvests, it was getting dark. Huangfu Chaobo knew that it was impossible to transport all the grain back to Yangwu today, so he simply ordered the generals to escort the prisoners and the freight convoy to Taohuadao town for the night and send them back to Yangwu in the daytime tomorrow. At the same time, he sent people back to Yangwu and asked Huang Zhong to send troops to meet them.


    After returning to Taohua Island town, Huangfu Chaobo placed all his troops and supplies in several barracks in the town, and then came to the administrative hall. At this time, Taohua Island leader, little urchin and his deputy mayor were counting the losses of the battle in the town. Although they only joined the battle behind the changshe army, there were no strong generals and many soldiers were new recruits So after the first World War, the loss was not small. When 800 soldiers took part in the war, the final loss was more than half, and the loss of players was more than 500 people, which can be said to be a bone breaking injury. Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo was not embarrassed. After a little consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to make up for it by giving Zhou Cang 1000 pieces of grain and grass, 2000 pieces of money, 50 horses, 20 crossbows and 2000 pieces of weapons and equipment to the little urchin. In the face of such a large number of supplements, a few people were very happy. With these things, Taohuadao town not only did not suffer a loss, but also made a lot of money. These copper coins alone enabled them to recruit 200 soldiers directly. As for other things, such as the war horses, even if he had money, he had no place to buy them. What''s more, these war horses were all equipped by Xiliang iron cavalry Level 0 advanced horse.


    After getting the supplement from Huangfu Chaobo, the leader of Taohua Island immediately went to the barracks and filled up all the soldiers. Then he gave some of his soldiers training to prepare for Dong Zhuo''s attack in three days. After all this, the next thing is for players to make up for. You know, nearly half of the main players in Taohuadao town have been reduced by one level in this battle, which also needs to be made up for. After all these things were done, it was midnight and three people were so tired that they just sat there and didn''t want to move any more.


    After a short rest, the master of Taohua Island stood up and introduced to Huangfu Chaobo the camp conversion task he had received and the preparation in the town. It turns out that as early as the soldiers and players of Taohua Island attacked Dong Zhuo''s army, the leader of Taohua Island received a system prompt telling him that the leader of Xiaohua island had triggered the camp conversion task. Because his camp conversion had caused Dong Zhuo''s great anger, in three days, there would be 2500 soldiers and 5000 lords of Dong Zhuo''s camp attacking his territory The mission requirement is that Taohuadao town can hold on for five days under the attack of Dong Zhuo camp. Even if the mission is completed, it is said that the reward for completing the mission is very big. One of the rewards is the upgrade drawing of Zhongzhen town. If the smaller the loss is, the greater the loss of Dong Zhuo army will be, and the more rewards will be. As for why there are more than 2500 soldiers in Dong Zhuo''s attack, the system also says that because he is the first to eat crabs, the difficulty increases by 50%. When hearing this news, the Taohua Island owner suddenly froze and wants to cry. However, because Huangfu Chaobo has been busy with the war, he has no time to tell him. After listening to the complaint of Taohua Island owner, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that the system would directly increase the difficulty by half. You know, when a small town has a full population, it can maintain a thousand troops at most. Otherwise, let alone five days, only two or three days will make the residents run almost. A small town with 1000 troops, it''s hard enough to hold the attack of 5000 troops. Now it''s increased by half all at once. It''s estimated that the system is trying to kill one Jingbai.Lao Du, who was standing beside him, also looked at him sympathetically after listening to the peach blossom island Master''s words, and said in his heart: Well, this boy is probably trapped by our boss this time.

 Chapter 271

    After a little thought, Huangfu Chaobo said to the master of Taohua Island, "well, I''m sure I''ll do my best to help you. From tomorrow to the day of the siege, I''ll let Dianwei do his best to train your 1000 soldiers. Although you can''t get promoted to level 35 in three days, at least your morale and weapon proficiency should be improved a lot. As for the remaining 500 soldiers and horses, in addition to my existing 300 guard level soldiers, I will also leave 200 Xianbei cavalry soldiers. In this way, these 500 soldiers can equal your 1000 or even 2000 troops in defense or attack. I think it''s not a big problem to resist the attack of more than 7000 Dong Zhuo soldiers. By the way, I''ll ask Yangwu city to send some craftsmen to come tomorrow. They can make some defensive equipment and defense will be easier. But from tomorrow on, you have to accumulate a lot of materials. When my craftsmen come, they need to work overtime day and night to be able to fight Make enough equipment. If, I mean, if you don''t defend, I''ll give you some supplements at that time. I''m sure you won''t suffer. What do you think? "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the three peach blossom islanders were all moved. For the Lord players, territory is all his hard work. Without territory, it means that they have to start from scratch. You know, the Taohua Island leader is not an ambitious person, otherwise he would not have chosen the neutral camp at the beginning. Now he didn''t expect that his sudden change of camp would make him fly. It must be false to say that he didn''t regret it. But he didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo was so generous. He could not help but secretly convince himself. No wonder people can recover some history General, there''s a reason for everything. In fact, for Huangfu Chaobo, a small town of 5000 people is really nothing. After all, the other party is caused by his own reasons. However, in his opinion, with his 500 troops and the equipment prepared by craftsmen, it''s really not a problem to block the attack of more than 7000 soldiers of Dong Zhuo camp for five days.


    After getting the guarantee from Huangfu Chaobo, the Taohua islanders were in a state of great energy. They couldn''t care that it was evening now. The three of them gathered together to discuss the arrangements for tomorrow''s affairs. Seeing the three people, he was busy now. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say anything more, but Yangwu needed to send someone to send a message to Huang Zhong to escort some craftsmen.


    When several people of Huangfu Chaobo were discussing things in Taohuadao Town, he didn''t know that today''s war had once again become the focus of the players'' attention, nothing else. It was mainly because of the strong fighting power of the Dahuang crossbow. Seeing that the soldiers in the logistics vehicle array were shot by waves of crossbows like mowing grass, there was no room to fight back at all, and the Dahuang crossbow finally came out He once showed his bloodthirsty face in front of the public. Looking at the video screen sent by the players on the forum, everyone who saw it was amazed by the strong attack ability of the crossbow soldiers. A few months ago, the mysterious man won the drawing of a rhubarb crossbow at the Luoyang City auction. The players never thought that Huangfu Chaobo was the one who auctioned the drawing, but they didn''t think that the crossbow soldiers trained by Huangfu Chaobo were not 400, and there were more than 2000. Those crossbow soldiers will be his mace, and it''s not a last resort After that, Huangfu Chaobo will not be revealed. In the night of Yangwu City, Huangfu Chaobo is in front of the temporary residence of Yangwu city. Zongheng and Zhao Zilong are leading several players to stand in front of the door, ready to go to Huang Zhong to learn about the situation of Dahuang crossbow. In fact, as Huangfu Chaobo''s allies, they don''t have a small number of Dahuang crossbows in their hands, but they don''t know about the sales of Dahuang crossbow at all. In addition, they don''t know about the situation now They couldn''t reach Huangfu Chaobo himself, so they had to lead several players to Huang Zhong to see if he could get the news of the sale. A moment later, Huang Zhong, who got the news, immediately sent someone out to invite several people in. However, when he learned that several people were coming for the big yellow crossbow, Huang Zhong said that he didn''t know about it. However, Huang Zhong said that he had received the order from Huangfu Chaobo and would lead the troops to meet the logistics team of Huangfu Chaobo tomorrow. Huang Zhong said that several people could wait Tomorrow Huangfu Chaobo will come back and ask him directly. It doesn''t matter to them, but the others don''t want to wait. In particular, the emperor DAHAO said immediately that they would go with Huang Zhong''s troops tomorrow morning. After hearing this, the others all said that their troops just need to rest and go together tomorrow. They mainly want to buy Rhubarb from Huangfu Chaobo as soon as possible Huang Zhong thinks about and agrees with the demands of the players. Just as they are ready to leave, the second messenger sent by Huangfu Chaobo arrives at Yangwu and conveys Huangfu Chaobo''s order to Huang Zhong. Everyone may have to wait a few days to get back to Yangwu after listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s meaning, which further strengthens their heart to rush to Taohuadao town tomorrow morning I think so.


    After seeing them off, Huang Zhong immediately ordered the craftsmen''s camp to choose some craftsmen to send to Taohuadao town tomorrow according to Huangfu Chaobo''s order. He then went to Yangwu City cavalry camp to recruit 450 cavalry, and left 1000 cavalry in the city to meet Huangfu Chaobo''s motorcade tomorrow. Not only that, he also arranged for two thousand infantry to set out together, preparing for the cavalry to arrive at Taohuadao town first to meet the motorcade back, while the infantry came later. At that time, the two troops and horses could meet in the middle of the road.Early the next morning, when it was just dawn, Huang Zhong led more than 1000 cavalry troops to escort several craftsmen to set out first, while the 2000 footmen, soon after the cavalry troops set out, were led by a school captain to the direction of Taohuadao town. With the cavalry troops, there were also players and princes of Zongheng world and imperial overlord.


    Taohuadao town is located in a triangle with the two counties of Yangwu and Yuanwu. The distance from the town to the two counties is about 50 Li. The cavalry can start at dawn and arrive at Taohuadao town in more than two hours. The daily journey of the infantry is about 60 Li for ordinary March, and about 50 Li for baggage cart, so it''s very convenient Huang Zhong''s arrangement is that when the cavalry arrives at Taohuadao town and receives the ready logistics convoy, they can escort the convoy back to Yangwu after a short rest. With the escort of more than 2000 cavalry and a line of infantry from Taohuadao Town, the convoy can move forward boldly. At noon, the convoy can join up with the two thousand infantry One thousand foot soldiers of Taohuadao town can return to the town, and the motorcade will be handed over to the four thousand cavalry and infantry of changshe city. In this way, even if the team needs to arrive at Yangwu city in the evening, there is no need to worry about any mistakes on the road.

 Chapter 272

    Early the next morning, shortly after daybreak, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the changshe army to prepare for departure. First, each of the five generals led a garrison soldier to take over the defense of Taohuadao town. As for the 1000 soldiers in Taohuadao Town, the commander of Dian Wei trained and escorted the captured prisoners to Yangwu county. After meeting with the army of changshe, the commander of Dian Wei returned to neian town Heart training. When Huang Zhong led the cavalry of changshe city to arrive, Huangfu Chaobo was shocked, because in addition to his own cavalry, seven of the ten princes in the Marquis camp, except for the three cities in Jingnan, followed him. This situation made Huangfu Chaobo think what happened to Yangwu.


    After listening to the explanation from all over the world, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. After a long time, everyone came for the big yellow crossbow. Just as he was about to open his mouth, the imperial overlord came forward and said, "boss Chaobo, you should have a lot of big yellow crossbows there. Let''s sell a few hundred to your brother. The price is easy to say. In cash, you can transfer them right away."


    When they heard this, they were all shocked. They knew that this guy was a moat, but they didn''t expect to ask for hundreds of rhubarb crossbows. On the way, they all knew that they had seen rhubarb crossbows from zonghengtianxia and Zhao Zilong. Although they didn''t disclose the price of the crossbow, they needed more than 2000 copper as level 40 bows and arrows The price of crossbows with better properties is definitely higher. I didn''t expect that the imperial overlord would open up hundreds of crossbows, and according to the two people''s opinion, Huangfu Chaobo should not have much stock in hand. So as soon as they heard the imperial overlord''s words, everyone gathered around to inquire about the price and quantity of rhubarb crossbows.


    Huangfu Chaobo saw this situation and asked the Taohua Island owner to arrange someone to send the four craftsmen escorted by Huang Zhong to the weapons workshop in the town. This time, Huang Zhong brought six craftsmen, two of whom were craftsmen of Jinglan, and the other four were craftsmen of catapult and small bed crossbow. After explaining some things to Huang Zhong, he handed over the motorcade and prisoners to Huang Zhong. He and Dian Wei led them back to Yangwu. He led a group of players to the tower of Taohuadao town. After everyone sat down, Huang Fu Chao said: "it''s not that I don''t want to sell this crossbow on sale, but I don''t have much equipment in my hand. Moreover, only elite archers or other arms who have reached level 40 or above can be equipped for learning. However, what I want to tell you is that all arms can learn in theory, although I only need to reach level 40 or above, But in fact, it''s most cost-effective for archers to learn how to equip themselves, because they can be said to be of the same arms, so it''s relatively easier for archers to use them. "


    Huang Zhong knew this setting only after he was equipped with two thousand archers, because Huang Zhong found that the weapon proficiency of the archers equipped with crossbows was easier to improve than that of the Huben cavalry and guard sword shield soldiers he had previously trained. It is estimated that there are certain restrictions in this system, only because Huang Zhong has crossbow soldiers in his attribute It is possible that the restrictions for all arms to learn crossbow will be open. After that, Huangfu Chaobo told everyone that the number of crossbows he could sell in changshe was estimated to be more than 300, less than 400, and told everyone the price. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, everyone was silent. Everyone had archers, but not many, because at the beginning, everyone didn''t attach great importance to this kind of arms. It was only after the Yangwu war that everyone saw the power of the archers of the changshe army that they increased the proportion of archers of their own arms, but even if they recruited some archers However, in addition to the 35 level elite longbowmen directly recruited by the emperor''s overlord, other people are ordinary longbowmen recruited. The level is only 25, which is quite a distance from the 40 level mentioned by Huangfu Chaobo. In fact, it''s not that everyone is unwilling to recruit elite longbowmen, but the price is too expensive. This price can almost recruit a 25 level bow cavalry In addition, we all have the same level of arms, so there are not many people who recruit archers with too high level. It was the imperial hegemony. After the capture of Yangwu City, he went to the bow barracks in the city and recruited 500 elite Longbow soldiers. As for his other troops, they have been replaced by the highest level of arms that he can recruit. According to him, there are no forbidden and defensive arms available for players now, otherwise he still wants to replace them with the same forbidden and defensive arms. As for him who only buys the expensive but not the right ones, the rest of the people don''t talk any more except secretly. However, now Huangfu Chaobo says that he has only three or four hundred crossbows to sell, but it has aroused people''s clamour. Imperial overlord also knew that he could not make public anger, so after discussion, they decided that imperial overlord would buy 100 crossbows, and others would divide up the remaining 200 crossbows in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands. Moreover, according to the joke of imperial overlord, in order to prevent Huangfu Chaobo from playing tricks on him, they paid half of the money for crossbows in advance, and now only half of the money is needed When the crossbow is sent from changshe, then everyone can practice their own Archer level.


    After Huangfu Chaobo had discussed with all the people, Huang Zhong and Huang Zhong had been away for more than an hour. After the business negotiation, all the people would not stay. After saying goodbye to Huangfu Chaobo, they all rushed back to Yangwu city. The crossbow had not come yet, but their archers had to practice first. Huangfu Chaobo also sent Lao du to catch up with Huang Zhong''s army. When he and the army sent the motorcade to Yangwu, Lao Du would lead 100 Xianbei cavalry back to changshe to get Dahuang crossbow. In addition to the ordinary rhubarb crossbows, Huangfu Chaobo also saw the strength of the rhubarb crossbow. He was ready to bring all the prepared rhubarb crossbows to Yangwu. He was ready to let Huang Zhong learn the art of crossbow. Not only that, because he captured hundreds of horses of Xiliang army this time, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to learn the art of crossbow from all the guards. In this way, he was very happy All the guard level taxis in hand will be put into the army quickly, and the combat power will increase by several percent.After seeing off the crowd, Huangfu Chaobo and the Taohua Island owners came to the weapons workshop in the town. They were used to the big workshops in changshe city and their own town. As soon as they entered the workshop in Taohua Island town, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. It was a little far from his imagination. Fortunately, he didn''t want to build any large and medium-sized equipment, but only primary ones Well appendix and catapult, primary weapons workshop, workshop still meet the production requirements.

 Chapter 273

    As soon as he entered the weapons workshop, Huangfu Chaobo saw his six craftsmen leading a group of craftsmen and residents in Taohua Island town busy. This time, Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong to escort them. The six craftsmen were all ordinary craftsmen in the equipment workshop. Although Huangfu Chaobo was full of confidence in holding for five days in front of the owners of Taohua Island, he also had to be prepared for what if If you can''t defend them, although the six craftsmen can be escorted out by cavalry, if there is any mistake in the road, they may not be able to protect them. After all, they are not soldiers, but ordinary craftsmen, and basically have no offensive and defensive ability.


    As early as last night, the owner of Taohua Island arranged for people to send all kinds of materials to the workshop for preparation. This morning, he immediately arranged for the residents to collect all kinds of wood and iron materials. He also sent 20 players who had better riding skills directly under the players'' Legion to the town, and constantly inspected the area within 20 miles around the town, so as to get Dong Zhuo Jun''s attack at the first time Interest. Not only that, they also launched all the life players to collect all kinds of raw materials for making equipment. It can be said that for the next World War I, Taohuadao town has made preparations for the war and is ready to fight to the death. So when the workmen of Huangpu Chao Bo arrived, the weapons workshop began to work quickly. In order to speed up the pace, the Peach Blossom Island owner not only adjusted all the craftsmen, but also transferred one hundred people from the residents to help. Ordinary residents help to carry all kinds of materials. The craftsmen in Taohuadao town make some common parts of the two kinds of instruments under the guidance of the craftsmen in changshe City, while the four craftsmen in changshe city are responsible for the production of some key parts and the installation and combination of the instruments. After a day of running in, finally in the evening, we made two well aprons and four catapults. These instruments will be placed on the wall of the town immediately, and when the taxi soldiers in the town return, someone will arrange to learn to use these instruments, so that they can be used when they are guarding the city.


    That night, Dian Wei led a thousand soldiers back to Taohua island. However, compared with the morning departure, Huangfu Chaobo found that at least it was not the recruits who had just been recruited. Dozens of them were slightly injured. On the way back, Dian Wei led the soldiers to wipe out two mountain strongholds, resulting in dozens of injuries However, because the two villages were not big enough, no soldiers died. However, after the two mini wars, Taohuadao''s taxi soldiers have taken off the appearance of recruits. The next time is to train them to use weapons skillfully. The reason why we only train the proficiency of weapon use is that the battle array is not very useful for soldiers in the battle of guarding the city, and the training effect of generals with "training" skill is better than that of ordinary generals without this skill. In the next two days, everything in Taohuadao town was going on step by step.


    Two days later, at noon, the cavalry players who were searching for information around the town finally came back with the news that Dong Zhuo''s army had been found in the southwest of Taohuadao town. He was crossing the river, and it was estimated that he would arrive in the west of Taohuadao town in the evening. After receiving the news, Taohuadao town immediately went into a state of war readiness. In recent days, Dian Wei kept practicing the 1000 soldiers, which can be said to have achieved great results. Not only that, after three days of continuous processing, the craftsman workshop also produced 10 well lapels, 10 catapults and 10 bed crossbows. Dian Wei also transferred 200 soldiers from the 1000 soldiers The soldiers operated the catapult and bed crossbow respectively, and the Jinglan was handed over to the taxi soldiers of the changshe army. After getting the news of Dong Zhuo''s army, Dian Wei immediately began to arrange the defense in the town. First of all, he had already made the equipment. Two of them were placed on each town wall, and the other two were arranged after Dong Zhuo''s army''s attack direction was determined. Moreover, several kinds of equipment were still being made in the town. Although they were besieged at that time, the materials in the town were still enough Make some equipment, and then there will be more and more equipment. In addition to equipment, Taohuadao taxi soldiers began to climb the city to prepare for defense. While wuyandu led his 100 Xianbei cavalry out of the town and roared to the southwest where they found Dong Zhuo''s army. Their task was to control and hear the specific situation of Dong Zhuo''s army, and at the same time, they kept delaying the speed of Dong Zhuo''s army. If possible, it would be better to shoot and kill some soldiers. With an order, the whole town was busy, and soldiers began to climb the city. The equipment and materials for guarding the city were transported to the city wall. All the people who were busy outside the town collecting all kinds of raw materials and farmland returned to the town, and the players directly under the Legion began to arrange to fight in the city. However, for the sake of safety, all the city gates were still guarded by NPC soldiers. After a boom of hooves, Huyan led his 100 Xianbei cavalry to the direction of Dong Zhuo''s army outside the city.


    More than half an hour later, Huyan met Dong Zhuo''s army. Coincidentally, the place where the two armies met was the place where Huangfu Chaobo and Dong Zhuo''s army fought fiercely three days ago. Seeing the cavalry coming from the other side, Dong Zhuo''s General Li Guang immediately sent out his 500 cavalry, but ordered the cavalry just to disperse the cavalry on the opposite side, not to pursue. A few days ago, Li Wu had sent his cavalry back to Rongyang to report back to Li Meng. Therefore, Li Meng repeatedly told the commander to be cautious when he went out. With Li Meng''s advice and the wariness of the war three days ago, Li Guang marched more cautiously. When he saw that the other cavalry had sent troops, huyandu led his cavalry to turn around and run back. Who knows that the other cavalry didn''t come after him? After a little meditation, huyandu knew that Dong Zhuojun was no longer fooled. So he led the cavalry to turn around again. When he was in the sight of Dong Zhuojun, Xiliang cavalry chased him out again. So again and again, Huyan found that no matter how provocative he was, Xiliang cavalry was determined not to pursue. Not only that, every time Xiliang cavalry came out, it was one man and two horses, so Huyan was almost caught up by them. Seeing this, Hu Yandu decided to change his method, so at his command, 100 cavalry divided into ten teams and ran around Dong Zhuo''s soldiers. To Huyan''s surprise, when he saw his troops divided, the general of Xiliang iron cavalry immediately left 100 cavalry to guard most of them. Then the other 400 cavalry quickly divided into ten teams and chased them.

 Chapter 274

    Seeing this, Huyan knew that he had met his opponent today, so he didn''t say any more. He just called a whistle to gather all the cavalry and watched from a distance as Dong Zhuojun approached Taohuadao Town step by step. Huyan saw that his harassment didn''t play a role, so after inquiring about the general strength of Dong Zhuo''s army, he was no longer close to the harassment and followed him all the way. When Dong Zhuo''s army arrived two or three miles west of Taohuadao Town, he led the cavalry to leave, went around to the east of the town and entered the town through the east gate.


    With the east gate of the town closed, the war officially began.


    In order to be cautious, Li Guang didn''t launch an attack immediately after he arrived outside the town. Instead, he led his cavalry and five player lords to the west of the town 300 paces away to observe the defense situation. Under the command of the general, his subordinates camped and cooked a fire while arranging some soldiers and civilians to cut down trees in the surrounding woods Prepare siege equipment overnight.


    Looking at Dong Zhuo''s army outside the town step by step, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile to the Peach Blossom Island leader: "it seems that we were a bit cruel to pit them last time. This time, we have a stable and heavy general, and it seems that we are taking craftsmen with the army. In this case, let''s get ready! The fighting these days should not be very easy! "


    Everyone on the scene nodded, silently watching Dong Zhuojun outside the town build the camp step by step, and then arranged personnel to cut down trees in the nearby woods to make siege equipment.


    Outside the city, Li Guang and his five player lords are also observing the defense of the town. Looking up, Li Guang is surprised because he can see that there are two wells immediately above the town wall. Although it looks like it''s only a primary well, he is also surprised. I didn''t expect that such a small town could make equipment. It seems that my uncle''s words are right. I have to be careful. Fortunately, I''m ready. I brought 20 craftsmen with me. They can make intermediate siege equipment. Since you have equipment, I''ll make more equipment to deal with you. After making up his mind, Li Guang ordered him to go back to the camp for discussion.


    Li guangben is Li Meng''s nephew and the elder brother of Li Wu, who was captured by Dian Wei a few days ago. Different from Li Wu''s bravery, Li Guang is one of the few generals of Li Meng who are both literate and martial arts. As a general of Dong Zhuo, although he is only a second rate, he is not in the same level with Li Xi, Guo Si, Lu Buhua Xiong and other confidants, but he can''t hold Dong Zhuo''s plate, Therefore, this time Li Meng can get the identity of the chief General of the garrison in the counties of Guandong. Besides, Dong Zhuo has made it clear in advance that Li Meng only needs to stay with the princes of Guandong for a period of time. If he can use the cities of Guandong to consume the troops of the princes, it will be better. After he returns to Luoyang, he will be rewarded. With this promise, Li Meng didn''t work hard. He led 3000 Xiliang cavalry to Rongyang to take office with his nephew. But I didn''t expect that my favorite nephew would lose his three thousand soldiers and ten thousand stone grain as soon as he got out of the horse. Not only that, I didn''t know my life or death, but I had to send out another nephew that I valued most. However, before leaving, I repeatedly told him to be careful. In addition, Li Guang himself was a relatively stable and heavy general That''s why there was a scene outside Taohua island.


    Looking at Dong Zhuojun''s situation outside the town, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t even have the idea of going out to attack the camp. He just handed over the defense of the city to Dianwei. After that, he and the Peach Blossom Island leader went back to the administration hall. However, he said that the Peach Blossom Island leader really trusted Huangfu Chaobo and gave the command to Dianwei directly. He was happy and at ease. However, he explained his deputy carefully The mayor of the town and several military leaders carefully learned the skills of Dian Wei and other military leaders. You know, he did not have any historical generals to hand them over.


    At night, both inside and outside the town fell into silence. It seemed that there would be no war the next day. The soldiers on both sides did not act rashly. In the outer camp of Dong Zhuo Jun,


    , Li Guang, the leader, is gathering the commanders and the five game player of the army to take part in the military. After receiving the command of his own leader, and with the news of the fall of his brother Li Wu, Li Guang knew that the town he was attacking was not so simple. So, he had gathered 20 craftsmen from his uncle''s army before the battle. Fang only has a town wall of Zhang high, but he won''t take it lightly. What he didn''t expect is that the other party even equipped a primary well appendix on the town wall. Fortunately, although the craftsmen in his army can only make primary well appendix, they can make ten well appendix in one night. At that time, they can overwhelm each other in absolute quantity, so he doesn''t know much about the well appendix in the town Don''t worry. What he worried about was another aspect. Since the opponent could make the well appendix, he might make other equipment for guarding the city. So tomorrow''s battle needs to be more cautious. After making up his mind, Li Guangcai arranged for tomorrow''s war with all the people present. According to his arrangement, tomorrow''s war will be to encircle the three towers and divide the attack into three parts. He personally led the Xiliang army and a foreign army to attack the west of the town. The other four thousand foreign troops will be divided into two parts, attacking the South and the east of the town respectively. As for the north, for the time being We don''t send troops to attack at that time, so as not to arouse the desperate counterattack of the garrison in the town. Considering that the number of archers in the army of the alien Lord is not large, and the time is short, there are not many siege equipment, so each wall is only allocated two wells, but siege vehicles and catapults are allocated three. Of course, Li Guang also said that when there are more equipment in the camp, the number of equipment will be increased. Several players have no objection to Li Guang''s assignment, but the four players who are assigned to attack other city walls are still laughing at the player who attacked the city with Li Guang. You know, if you act with NPC, you will almost be half killed by NPC, and the most important thing is that you will suffer a lot. Therefore, as long as possible, players will not choose to fight with NPC Team up. Just as the four players were ready to take orders to leave, Li Guang suddenly mentioned to several people that in order to prevent the city cavalry from suddenly attacking the camp, he decided to arrange one of his own army Sima to lead a team of Xiliang iron cavalry to help each town wall. Of course, the reason for Li GUANGTANG to be emperor is to prevent the cavalry from attacking the town. But as we all know, one reason is that these cavalry prevent the cavalry in the town. Another reason is to supervise Li Guang''s troops and supervise whether the other two siege troops are carrying out according to his orders. But what if you know? Don''t you dare to disobey military orders. The five Lord players of Dong Zhuo''s camp all took orders from Li Guang''s account, and all of them were dejected. Although we all know that Dong Zhuo''s camp had a hard time in the later period, we didn''t expect that the large-scale task had already been like this before. Looking at the scaffolding of the other''s Town, this task is not so easy to do, but now it''s on the way, so we have to launch it It''s too late.

 Chapter 275

    The next morning, shortly after dawn, all the soldiers in Dong Zhuo''s camp prepared to attack the town according to Li Guang''s order. After getting the news of Dong Zhuo''s army camp, Dian Wei rushed to the town wall at the first time. At the same time, he sent someone to the administrative center to report the situation of Dong Zhuo''s army. From the town wall, we can see the movement of the camp from a distance. It can be seen that several soldiers and horses were drawn from Dong Zhuo''s camp, and each escorted several siege equipment. One of them came towards the town wall in the west of the town, and the other two went eastward towards the south of the town wall. It should be the soldiers and horses responsible for the attack of the south wall and the east wall. As time went on, the army got closer and closer to the town wall, and Dianwei was able to see clearly the situation of the troops. Just at this time, Huangfu Chaobo and Taohua Island leader all climbed up the town wall and came to Dianwei. When they saw that Huangfu Chaobo had ascended the city, Dianwei quickly came forward to see him. With a wave of his hand, Huangfu Chaobo indicated that he didn''t have to care about the etiquette, and then asked about Dong Zhuojun. Dian Wei then pointed to Dong Zhuo''s troops outside the town wall and introduced them to Huangfu Chaobo. After observation, Dian Wei had basically seen the situation of the troops and horses of the troops and horses attacking the city outside the city, so he introduced them to several people one by one. Finally, he suggested to Huangfu Chaobo: "childe, according to a certain view, the two southeast armies and horses are all alien Lords Cha, although they also carried two Jinglan, there was always a shortage of archers among different people. Even if there were, the number of archers was limited. Therefore, only Xianbei soldiers under Huyan could be arranged on both sides of the city wall. One hundred Xianbei soldiers and two Jinglan on each side were enough to suppress the archers attacking on both sides. It seems that Dong Zhuo''s Army wanted to encircle the sanque, so he only needed to arrange one hundred In this way, our 300 crossbow soldiers and the remaining 200 archers in the town can be arranged on the western town wall. According to an observation, except for one alien army, the other soldiers of Dong Zhuo army are all soldiers of Dong Zhuo army. Although they are not as elite as the Xiliang army, they are far from the alien army. "


    Huangfu Chaobo certainly gave unconditional support to Dian Wei''s arrangement. Although the Taohua Island leader was a little confused, he had no experience in the ancient battle. His deputy mayor was only an intermediate domestic fighter, so he knew little about the war. However, the Taohua Island leader didn''t hesitate much and immediately said, "now that I have spoken Ming handed over the war to the general, so the general didn''t have to ask me to arrange the battle on his own. "


    At the same time, Dian Wei arranged Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao for the south gate and the east gate respectively, while Huyan was responsible for guarding the north gate. As for the five young generals of the changshe army and the warriors of Taohuadao Town, they all arranged to help the generals to meet the enemy.


    Soon after the troops and horses in Taohuadao town were all in place, the war officially began. The first one to take over was Ximen, which was closest to Dong Zhuo''s camp. With the command of Li Guang, the Lord players who are responsible for attacking the West town wall begin to attack the West town wall. Compared with the other two attacking Lord players, he is good and bad. The good thing is that he has hundreds of archers under Li Guang''s support. The bad thing is that there are only one thousand soldiers who attack as cannon fodder here. It can be said that if his thousand soldiers don''t die, the Xiliang army under Li Guang won''t take part in the siege. The other two schools were set up by the two families through discussion. However, they had a hard time. With Li Guang''s army chief MA in their own army, they had to prepare their soldiers to attack the town wall according to Li Guang''s requirements.


    With the attack of the central army in the Xiliang army, the atmosphere inside and outside the town suddenly became fierce. With the sound of battle drums, the taxi soldiers outside the town began to kill in the direction of the town wall. In front of them are hundreds of ordinary soldiers. Each of them has a siege ladder. Under the leadership of a warrior, they come towards the town wall. There are only ten siege ladders, but they are fatal to Taohuadao town. Originally, the town wall was only one foot high. Now the enemy still has siege ladders. It''s even more difficult to defend the town. What''s more, there are two siege vehicles behind them. Although they are only primary siege vehicles, the threat to the town gate is not so big. Behind them was a sword shield square array composed of hundreds of soldiers from prefectures and states. Each of them was escorted by a Jinglan, with a total of five teams, closely following the soldiers who attacked the city by ants. Then there were hundreds of soldiers, but their siege equipment was a catapult. On both sides of several siege soldiers, two hundred Xiliang cavalry were escorted to prevent the city cavalry from attacking siege soldiers and equipment.


    Looking at the well-organized and well equipped soldiers under the city, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but smack his tongue. He knew that you were coming to attack a small town, but he thought you were going to attack a well defended military fortress.


    As the drums of the attack sounded, Sergeant Dong Zhuo moved slowly towards the town wall. When he reached the position 150 steps away from the town wall, Li Guang gave an order, and the catapult began to attack the town. At the command of the general, five stone catapults successively fired stone bombs into the town Five stone bombs flew straight into the town.


    "Catapult attack, avoid!" With the roar of Dianwei, everyone who had been ready for a long time hid in the place where they were prepared, and their eyes were fixed on the sky, trying to confirm the trajectory of the stone bullet."Bang..."


    With a few loud noises, two of the five stone bombs fell outside the town wall, and only one fell on the town wall. However, the five Taohuadao soldiers who were in that position were smashed to pieces, and two of them fell behind the town wall, smashing down the two houses behind them, causing a lot of dust.


    After one round of catapult is launched, the catapults are soon ready for the next round.


    The movement of the Xiliang army outside the town wall had long been noticed by Dian Wei. At this time, he had already arranged the soldiers on the town wall. He just waited for the enemy soldiers to enter his attack area. Even if the stone bullet flew over his head, he didn''t blink an eye. As a general of his level, the attack of this small stone bullet can be basically determined Its flight path, so it doesn''t need to hide in advance like ordinary soldiers.

 Chapter 276

    Under the cover of the catapult, the soldiers of Dong Zhuo''s camp were getting closer and closer to the town wall. The front soldiers had already entered the attack area of the city crossbow soldiers, but Dianwei didn''t order the crossbow to attack. Dian Wei has known for a long time that the archers attacking under the city are elite longbowmen of level 35. Compared with the 60 steps of the novice archers in Taohuadao Town, they are ten steps away. With the bonus of Jinglan, they are the same as the attack distance of Yishi Dahuang crossbow. If they are equipped with their own primary Jinglan and Zhenqiang, they will be equal to the enemy. While the other side has six well appendages, only four of them. Although there are several catapults and several bed crossbows, don''t you see that there are more of them? So, Dian Wei is waiting, until a most suitable distance, will launch a thunderbolt to the other side. Dianwei had set up junior archers in the town on the four well fences, while his 300 crossbow soldiers were only set up on the town wall. He prepared to draw fire from the enemy''s well fences, but his 300 crossbow soldiers could cover the enemy''s equipment and soldiers calmly.


    Sure enough, at the distance of 80 steps, Dong Zhuo Jun''s Jinglan stopped advancing and began to attack the Jinglan above the town wall, while the other siegers sped up and rushed towards the town wall. At the same time, Dianwei also ordered his archers to attack the other side''s well. For a moment, there was only a "buzzing" sound of bows and arrows under the town wall. It''s a pity that Dong Zhuojun''s archers are two levels stronger. In addition, there are two more archers on the town wall than on the town wall. Soon, the well appendix on the town wall was suppressed. Seeing that the other side''s well appendix had completely focused on his own well appendix, Dianwei roared on the town wall: "rhubarb crossbow, three groups ready to shoot! Launch


    At his command, the three hundred crossbowmen who had been ready for a long time stood up and divided into three columns. They pulled their fingers towards the front 80 steps. A hundred crossbowmen rushed out of the town wall. After the firing of a group of crossbowmen, they did not observe the firing effect at all. Instead, they retreated directly behind the third row of crossbowmen and concentrated on loading bolt. Although the crossbow soldiers attack better than the archers of the same level, he has one disadvantage, that is, the shooting speed is slow. Almost the elite archers shoot three arrows, and the crossbow soldiers only shoot one arrow. But Huang Zhong has long considered this problem in his training. He divides the crossbow soldiers into three columns. After the first column shoots, he immediately retreats to the back of the third column, and the second column immediately goes forward to continue to shoot, and then immediately starts shooting Step back behind the first column and get ready. The third column will quickly add to the front and shoot after the second one. After the third column is fired, the crossbow soldiers of the first column are ready again. Only when the third column returns to the end, the first column can fire the next round. In this way, the three row crossbow soldiers can maintain 20 rounds of shooting at most, and have enough physical strength, so they can immediately put into close combat. However, if an ordinary Archer can maintain ten rounds of archery at most, he must rest for half an hour to one hour before he can continue to fight, and the most elite Archer can only maintain twenty rounds of archery, and then he must rest for more than half an hour before he can fight. The reason why Dian Wei wanted to use his opponent''s archer''s attention to attack his own well was because of the limitation of the archer''s shooting times. As expected, Dong Zhuojun''s Archer almost shot with all his strength in the face of his own well. As a result, he shot four or five arrows in a short time. He found that there were a lot of arrows on the opposite town wall There was no time to react. Soon 120 archers from six wells were shot by two rounds of 600 crossbows on the town wall. Not only the archers, but also two of them fell to the ground. Even dozens of soldiers with surrounding guards were killed and injured by the fallen wells.


    The changes on the town wall appear too fast, so there is no time for Li Guang to react. After he reacts, he has lost two wells and the remaining four are crumbling. However, Li Guang, who was worthy of following Li Meng for a long time, was the fastest to respond. Despite the fact that the soldiers of the catapult had already fired several rounds of stone bullets, they were all tired. He gave a loud order on the high platform of the Chinese Army: "the catapult will attack with all its strength, order the well to withdraw quickly, quickly..."


    With his order, Dong Zhuojun''s catapult''s launching speed was significantly accelerated, while the soldiers who were guarding Jinglan quickly pushed Jinglan back, ready to withdraw to a safe distance and then reorganize the army to attack again. It''s a pity that when he saw that the other side was ready to retreat, he immediately ordered the catapult and bed crossbow to attack the other side''s catapult. For a moment, on the battlefield, the catapult gun flew towards the catapult of the wall.


    Seeing some situations, Li Guang is very depressed to find that the other side is not as good as himself in all aspects except the strength. Moreover, they have the advantage of guarding the city and the strength of the crossbow. Li Guang immediately ordered the siegers to withdraw because he found that although there were several kinds of equipment on the town wall, the quantity was not much, so he was worried. It seems that the number of craftsmen on the other side should be less than himself. Otherwise, in a few days, the quantity should not be less than himself, but more. In this case, I''ll step back first, and after I have gathered a large number of equipment, I can suppress the garrison with great power. Soon, on the battlefield sounded the call of the golden harvest. At this time, the battle in the south gate has just begun, and the battle in the east gate has not started. Hearing the Ming Jin, the four players immediately ordered their soldiers to withdraw and no longer attack the town wall. Originally, I thought that today''s war was over, but the four Lord players who were preparing to lead the troops back to the camp received an order from the Chinese army to continue to attack the town wall. As a last resort, the four reorganized their troops and continued to attack the town wall. At the same time, the Lord player in the West town wall also launched another attack on the town wall. Although people on the wall were puzzled, they had to work hard to deal with the war on the three walls. What they didn''t find was that a messenger from Li Guang''s central army went to the camp. Soon, the soldiers and craftsmen left behind in the camp got busy again and stepped up cutting trees to make equipment.

 Chapter 277

    In the following time, Li Guang led his soldiers to launch two rounds of attacks on the town wall, and was repulsed by Dian Wei''s leader without exception. Li Guang did not withdraw until dusk. After all the soldiers in Dong Zhuo''s camp returned to the camp, Huang Fu Chao Bo could not help crying out that he had suffered a loss. Seven of his 500 soldiers were killed, and nearly half of the injured soldiers were lost. If this was done, he might lose 10% in five days. It pains him to think about the loss of 40 or 50 top-level taxi drivers. This is the top-level taxi driver in the game. It''s not easy to recruit anywhere, but now it''s hard to ride a tiger. Compared with the loss of Huangfu Chaobo, the loss of Taohua Island town also made the owner of Taohua Island feel very sad. In a day''s time, the enemy had killed and injured nearly 100 people before they touched the wall of the town. Rao Shi, the owner of Taohua island had already made preparations in his heart, and he was very distressed.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo and Taohua Island leader went to the West town wall together. At this time, Dianwei had already put the four well laps made by the craftsmen in the town on the West town wall, thinking that today''s war should be easier than yesterday. Who knows, as soon as the taxi soldiers of Dong Zhuo''s camp appeared, they all looked at the army of Dong Zhuo''s camp opposite and were stunned. They opened their mouths and didn''t say a word for a long time. With the sound of a battle drum, Dong Zhuo''s camp even pushed out ten Jinglan, followed by more than a dozen catapults. Several people looked at each other and yelled in unison: "Wo kin, NIMA, how can there be so many siege equipment?"


    Seeing this, Dian Wei also showed a dignified look in his eyes. He turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "young master, today''s war will be more difficult than yesterday. Please be prepared for it. If you can, it''s better to be prepared to supply soldiers quickly."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and turned to look at the Peach Blossom Island owner. However, he looked at himself bitterly and said, "boss Chaobo, it''s no problem to replenish the troops. The problem is that I don''t have so much money anymore!"


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized that, yes, for the players, the biggest weakness is not other things, but money. The real money, whether it''s the Lord or the ordinary players, is the hard wound. As long as the money and food are sufficient, let alone the thousands of Dong Zhuojun, what about even doubling the number?


    If you can, no one is willing to give up the territory he has painstakingly established. The Peach Blossom Island leader looks at Huangfu Chaobo, hesitates for a moment, and then says, "general Dian, in your opinion, how many soldiers do I have to recruit at least to survive these five days?" On hearing this, Dian Wei thought a little and said, "the other side has 6000 soldiers. The 500 elite soldiers of our changshe army can''t have too much war damage before the close combat. So I estimate that the war damage in five days should be at least 500 to 600, so the mayor should have at least 500 reserve soldiers ready to be transferred to the town wall at any time."


    After listening to Dianwei''s words, the master of Taohua island said: "if I can, I still want to keep lingzai. Boss Chaobo, can you lend me some money? As long as you keep the territory, I''ll find a way to return it to you. "


    Huangfu Chaobo is also struggling. According to the current situation, if he does not make adjustments, it is estimated that in the end, all the 500 soldiers he brought will be lost in it. But if he borrows money to recruit soldiers, who knows what will happen? It seems that this time he really dug a hole and buried himself. However, after thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo decided to lend money to the leader of Taohua island to recruit soldiers. For one thing, the result of Taohua Island town now is largely due to his own reasons. For another thing, the gap between 500 elite soldiers and 500 intermediate soldiers is not so big. If he keeps these 500 elite soldiers, he will be able to save them In the end, he may be able to give Dong Zhuojun a hand at a crucial time. I believe that with his nearly 500 elite strength and three historical generals, he will be able to gain a lot. You know, in a big war a few days ago, he alone captured nearly 3000 soldiers. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said, "yes, but I don''t want you to return the money when it comes, but I have to take the last prize first, and I want 80% of the total."


    After hearing this, the owner of Taohua Island quickly nodded his head and said, "no problem, let alone 80%, it''s OK to give everything to the boss. As long as I keep my territory, I''ll make money."


    After the two sides agreed, Huangfu Chaobo took out 5000 silver and gave it to the Peach Blossom Island owner. He asked him to recruit troops immediately and give it to Dianwei as soon as possible. When the five hundred new recruits of Taohuadao town arrived, Dian Wei immediately arranged to remove all the five hundred elite of changshe from the town wall, and then arrange all the recruits of Taohuadao town one by one, just waiting for Dong Zhuo''s army to attack.


    Half an hour later, the three attack taxis all arrived at the attack position. They only heard the order of attack coming from Li Guang''s position in the central army. Then, I saw that the catapults, which had already been in place on each side of the city wall, started to launch stone bombs towards the town. For a moment, the town wall was full of roaring stones, the sound of stone bombs smacking down and big clouds of dust splashing. Fortunately, Dian Wei had made arrangements. In addition to arranging some observation taxis at the head of the city to monitor Dong Zhuojun''s situation at any time, the other soldiers had retreated under the town wall. Rao was so. He also lost dozens of soldiers and one of the few catapults. After two pillar incense time, the attack of the catapult gradually stopped, because at this time, the taxi soldiers and the well appendix who followed them had reached the range of 100 steps outside the town wall. At this time, in order to prevent accidental injury, the catapult began to reduce its launch. When they entered about 80 steps, the catapult would stop, and the next few wells would attack It''s broken.With the warning sound of the observation post on the town wall, the taxi soldiers hiding under the city began to quickly climb the city and get ready for the battle. The siege soldiers were getting closer and closer. After Jinglan finally arrived at the attack position, the catapult stopped the attack and replaced the stone bullet to fly to the town wall and turned into an arrow. Compared with the first day, Dong Zhuo''s arrow under the city posed more threat to the city. Hundreds of arrows from Shitai well were flying towards the town wall. Faced with the clouds of arrows, the soldiers in the town had to fight back. For a moment, the well edge catapults on the town wall began to fight back. It''s a pity that the limited counterattack on the town wall didn''t have much effect on Dong Zhuo''s attack. Under the cover of the catapult and the well shield, the taxi soldiers attacked by the ants under the city quickly approached the city. At this time, the well shield and the catapult under Li Guang had to stop attacking, because by this time, the taxi soldiers had already approached the wall, and almost half of the long-range attacks were likely to fall on their own heads.

 Chapter 278

    Seeing that the siege soldiers were close to the town wall, Dianwei at the head of the city burst out to drink. The elite soldiers of changshe City, who had been under the city, quickly grabbed the head of the city and defended the crenels at the head of the city. They were all assisted by one or two soldiers from Taohuadao town. With the siege ladder under the city one by one, the fierce siege of ants finally began. Unfortunately, the elite of the soldiers guarding the city was far more than the one attacking the city. So even if there were soldiers jumping on the city, they were soon killed by the city''s soldiers. And at this time, although the Jinglan of the attackers under the city can''t cover the city, the Jinglan and the catapult of the city can safely attack those outside the city. With the passage of time, the attack at the head of the city was still unable to move forward, while the siege equipment under the city was hit and damaged by the sporadic attacks of the garrison. Seeing this, Li Guang had to order a temporary withdrawal, because the siege soldiers had lost their spirit, so they had to retreat first and then fight again. With a sound of gold, Dong Zhuo''s army retreated like a tide, and the soldiers in the city began to shout. However, Dian Wei didn''t say much. He just ordered to count the casualties of the soldiers, and then they were carried down to the city. He also ordered that all the soldiers except Dong Zhuo''s soldiers should be left at the head of the city to observe. Because he knew that once Dong Zhuo''s soldiers were removed, the catapult behind would attack.


    As expected, less than a quarter of an hour after the siege soldiers retreated, the observation soldiers at the head of the city gave a loud warning: "Dodge, enemy throwing stones to attack!"


    Then, all the people behind the city wall had to listen to the "buzzing" sound above their heads, and then there were stone bullets falling from the sky around them. From time to time, soldiers were smacked by the stone bullets, and their flesh and blood were flying. Even more tragically, one part of their body was smashed by the flying stone bullets, leaving another part still screaming like a human voice.


    This time, the attack of the catapult lasted for nearly a quarter of an hour. As soon as the attack of the catapult ended, Li Guang immediately ordered the soldiers to attack Chengfa. After this round of the attack of the catapult, the town wall and the city were in a mess. Seeing the attack soldiers attack the town wall again, the observation soldiers on the town wall immediately warn the city, and get the order of Dianwei, the soldiers under the city climb the city again and prepare to fight.


    Soon this round of attack was beaten back again. When Li Guang was ready to launch another attack, he found that it was almost noon. As a last resort, he had to order his soldiers to retreat and prepare to eat at noon before attacking again. Huangfu Chaobo and Taohua Island leader in the town took advantage of the midday to count the war losses of their own side. When the results came out, they were relieved. Only 10 people were lost and more than 30 people were injured in the changshe army of Huangfu Chaobo. Although Taohua Island town suffered a great loss, less than 80 soldiers died and about 200 injured. On the contrary, the soldiers of Dong Zhuo''s camp who attacked the city wall alone accounted for nearly 300 people, as well as those who were damaged in the battle below the city and those who were rescued when they retreated. It is estimated that Dong Zhuo''s army will lose 600 to 800 people at the end of this day. However, this morning''s war was mainly on the west side of the city wall, and on the East and south sides, because there were not enough equipment, and the four lords of the two departments had the idea of making soy sauce, so Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao led the defense more easily.


    In the afternoon, shortly after the midday meal, the central army of Dong Zhuo''s camp sounded the drum of attack. Then, a series of taxi soldiers left the camp again and attacked the town again. As usual in the morning, first the catapult continued to bombard. After more than half an hour, the Jinglan, who had already moved to the attack position, covered the siegers and attacked the town wall. Unfortunately, under the command of Dian Wei, the soldiers of Taohuadao town assisted the changshe army to drive Dong Zhuo''s army down the city wall again. Li Guang, who was watching the battle under the city, was so angry that he stamped his feet, but he was helpless. Just as he was preparing to continue to organize the next round of attack, he heard the general of the catapult report that the stone bombs were not enough to support an attack. As a last Resort, Li Guang had to order to withdraw. However, he was keen to find that a crack had appeared in a position of the town wall, and believed that there would be a large number of stone bombs to cooperate At that time, without the advantage of the city wall, he believed that his army would be able to take down the town, so although it was still early, he ordered to withdraw. However, after returning to the camp, he did not stop, but ordered the craftsmen to speed up the production of stone bombs to prepare for tomorrow''s war. In Li Guang''s view, just break the wall and enter the town, and the battle will be won by himself.


    When Li Guang was making what he thought was the final preparation in the camp, the town of Taohuadao was full of cheers. After a day of fierce fighting, he finally beat back several attacks of Dong Zhuo''s army, which made the residents and soldiers in the town feel at ease. The initial panic had subsided, and the residents in the town were able to consciously come around the city wall to help transport the injured soldiers and clean up all kinds of buildings A mess of things. However, compared with the cheers of ordinary people and soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo and Dianwei were not so relaxed, because it was not only Li Guang who found a crack in the town wall, but also Dianwei, who had been in war for a long time, who reported it to Huangfu Chaobo and Dianwei at the first time after the war. They were surprised at first and then pretended to be silent It was the way of inspecting the city wall. After carefully examining the crack, Dianwei and other generals were summoned to the western city wall to discuss business. After listening to Dian Wei, everyone was silent. Today''s war made everyone feel that Yali mountain is big, and there is a big difference in the number of equipment between the two sides. Especially the catapult. Today''s three rounds of attacks brought down the town wall in almost one day. It is estimated that the wall will be broken tomorrow.After a long silence, Pei yuanshao said, "what if we repair the town wall overnight?"


    Dianwei looked at him, shook his head and stopped talking. Instead, Zhou Cang said to one side, "what about repairing it tonight? There are so many other catapults. It''s estimated that there will be more tomorrow. It''s a big deal. They will smash it for one more day. Can we repair the city wall every day? "


    The deputy mayor of Taohuadao said: "there is another big problem. You generals may not know." With that, he glanced at all the people present and said, "there are not many spare stones in the town. When the city wall was built, the stones accumulated since the village was built were almost used up. Now there are only some stones left for building houses in the village, unless we break the stones for houses."

 Chapter 279

    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo shook his head, lowered his head and fell into meditation. It was not impossible to repair it overnight. However, as Zhou Cang said, there are too many other catapults. Today there are more than ten, and tomorrow it is estimated that there will be more. In addition, it is not difficult for him to collect stone bullets outside. Therefore, it is not necessary to attack for more than one day, and when he is trapped in the town, all kinds of materials will be used less and less. All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo thought of a sentence: "the best defense is attack!" Then, with a flash of light in his mind, he said to Dianwei, "evil, what if we suddenly go out of town and make a surprise attack?"


    Dian Wei thought about it, shook his head again and said, "young master, if you want to break the battle, it''s not like going out of the city to attack. That''s why the last general wants to keep our elite troops as strong as possible. However, this time is at the end of the day. The enemy has five hundred iron cavalry in Xiliang, and I have only five hundred cavalry. The siege is only two days, and the enemy''s infantry are not yet exhausted. At this time, the attack will not succeed, and we have to wait another day or two. "


    Everyone was silent when they heard that. Indeed, they did not have an advantage in terms of military strength. At this time, the morale of the enemy was also high. If they boldly attacked, it was estimated that there would be no good result. Moreover, the wall will be broken by the other side''s catapult tomorrow, and the morale of the enemy will be even higher.


    For a time, everyone in the tower fell into meditation again.


    For a long time, Zhou Cang suddenly said: "general Dian, since we can''t prevent the enemy from attacking the town, and although we can''t build stone walls in the town, we can build earth walls, and then add trenches. When the city wall is broken, we will plan to put the enemy soldiers into the city and surround them. I believe that if we only block the enemy for one day, it will bring down their morale. In this way, we can''t stop them There''s a chance to get out of the city. "


    "That''s right," Dian Wei clapped his hands and stood up and said, "since we can''t stop the other party from breaking the city, we can build a wall similar to an urn in the city. First dig the earth for a trench, and then build the earth behind the trench for a wall. It doesn''t need to be too high. The breast wall is enough. After the city is broken, we can put the soldiers into the town. In this way, we can throw the other party''s stones When they enter the town, they are surrounded by this parapet. If they enter, there will be a trench parapet in front of them. If they retreat, the generals outside the town will not allow them lightly. At that time, they only need to place bow and crossbow soldiers behind the parapet to annihilate all the soldiers who enter the town, or even force them to surrender most of them. In this way, as long as our department uses the parapet trench to block for a period of time, Dong Zhuo''s army will be defeated at the expense of his troops and his morale will be greatly reduced. At that time, we would see the plane again. If possible, we could concentrate our cavalry to come out from the east gate, defeat the soldiers led by the Lord of the east gate, and then drive them to the enemy''s formation. In this way, the enemy''s formation would be in chaos


    With the narration of Dian Wei, everyone was very bright. After he finished, everyone felt that this matter had great potential. So you and I supplemented the plan completely, and then confirmed it again and again. Finally, Huangfu Chaobo decided to do it according to Dian Wei''s idea. Huangfu Chaobo''s decision finally relieved the Taohua Island owners. What they were most afraid of now was that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to defend, and then led his own people to run directly. Although he had promised that he would make up for it, no one would easily give up a territory he had painstakingly established. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had agreed, the owner of Taohua Island immediately asked his deputy mayor to gather all the residents of the town to dig trenches and build breast walls at night. Taohua Island town is a relatively old town. Although it has not been upgraded to the middle Town, it is not because of the shortage of population, but because of the limitation of the drawings and other conditions. The population of the whole town has reached more than 9500, which is the result of their deliberate control. If other conditions meet the requirements, the owner of Taohua Island believes that it will only take a few days for his population to reach the goal Meet the upgrade requirements. So when the town decided to fully cooperate with Dianwei''s plan, thousands of labors started at the same time. It took only half a night, according to Dianwei''s requirements, to dig a trench with a depth of one person and a width of about ten feet behind the gap of the town''s wall, and the soil inside the trench directly built a wall with a height of one person behind the trench However, it is impossible to resist the siege equipment such as catapults, lathes and crossbows, but it is an insurmountable natural moat for the soldiers who attack the city.


    After everything is ready, we will wait for tomorrow''s siege to see if Li Guang is as Dianwei''s generals expected.


    There was nothing to say for a night. On the third day of the defensive battle, as soon as it was light, a curl of cooking smoke rose in Dong Zhuo''s camp. Then, less than half an hour later, the battle drums in the camp sounded again. Soon afterwards, I saw a group of soldiers coming out of the camp towards Taohuadao town.


    As Dian Wei and others expected, today''s war is more troublesome than yesterday''s. This time, there are 20 catapults pushed out of the camp, of which 16 are all placed in the direction of Ximen, and only two in the other two aspects. However, although the number of equipment has been increased in the town these two days, the craftsman level of the changshe army is too low, and the speed is too low Second, all kinds of raw materials in the town have been almost consumed, so the quantity can''t be compared with that of Dong Zhuojun.


    Today''s war began in the stone bomb attack of the catapult. With the sound of "buzzing", more than a dozen stone bombs flew towards the town wall, and the attack direction of these stone bombs was exactly where the cracks appeared yesterday. After a few days of fighting, Dong Zhuojun''s taxi drivers became more and more accurate in operating the catapult. In the first round, several stone bombs fell on the town wall. In the subsequent rounds of attacks, more and more stone bombs fell on the target.Seeing this, all the people of Dian Wei have determined that Dong Zhuo Jun''s attack direction today is indeed that section of the city wall. Everyone is relieved. In this way, everything is not in vain. Now we just wait for the moment when the town wall is collapsed by the catapult. Of course, when Dong Zhuo''s catapult bombarded the city wall, the city began to make preparations for the city''s destruction. Several well laps just made last night were placed behind the parapet. Most of the crossbow soldiers were transferred behind the parapet to make preparations. All the horses had been fed and placed in the administrative Hall of the town center. Only when the time came, the cavalry would withdraw When you come, you can leave the town from the east gate according to the plan after a little rest in the executive hall.

 Chapter 280

    The catapult bombarded the town wall for an hour and finally collapsed it. With a "boom" sound, the town wall finally can not support, a section of about two Zhang long wall appeared in the collapse. With the collapse of the city wall, Li Guang''s central army sounded the bugle of attack, and then, already ready, the taxi soldiers rushed to the gap of the city wall. Seeing this, the taxi soldiers, led by a warrior in the town, made a little resistance according to the plan, pretended to be unable to resist and retreated towards the town. At this time, Li Guang and other generals outside the town saw that the soldiers had finally stormed into the town along the gap. They could not help but be overjoyed. They ordered the soldiers to step up the attack and sent cavalry to patrol the walls of the town to prevent the vanquished soldiers from scattering.


    Li Guang originally thought that after the soldiers had invaded the town, he should soon be able to defeat the soldiers in the town, and then open the town gate to lead the army into the town. He did not expect that half an hour had passed since the collapse of the town wall. Although his own soldiers were still pouring into the town, the West Town gate was still not opened. You know, at this time, there were nearly a thousand soldiers pouring into the town from the gap, and these soldiers were not all junior soldiers under the alien Lord, half of them were intermediate or above soldiers brought by themselves from Rongyang city. Seeing this, Li Guang, who is cautious in nature, dismounts his 50 Xiliang irons from the gap and enters the town to check the situation.


    At this time, a massacre was going on in Taohuadao town. When the hopeful Sergeant Dong Zhuo entered the town from the gap of the town wall, in their view, the breaking of a city wall means that the city has become their bag. The next thing is to defeat a few enemies who dare to fight in the city, and then the whole town will become a paradise for them. But what they didn''t expect was that there were not only enemies who dared to fight, but also a ditch and parapet that could not be crossed. When the front Sergeant Dong Zhuo beat back the defending troops, they rushed to the gap of the wall happily, but the scene in front of them made him stunned. He saw that the wall waiting in front of them was not the enemy soldiers in a hurry and the people in panic because of the collapse of the wall, but a road with hundreds of steps and a width of about 100 meters It''s a ten foot trench, and behind the trench is a parapet. If they see such a high parapet in the field, they won''t look at it. But the problem is that there is a trench about one person deep in front of the parapet. If they add up the two, there is a gap between the heights of two people. And now they don''t even have the most basic climbing tools, only their own Weapons. What''s more terrifying is that behind the breast wall, there are also a row of bowmen and several well appendages. Although Sergeant Dong Zhuo, who dashed up the wall, instinctively stopped himself, he forgot that there were other soldiers following him. As a result, Sergeant Dong Zhuo, who rushed into the gap, was constantly pushed into the tomb by his companions behind him.


    Standing behind the parapet, Dian Wei quietly looked at the constant influx of Dong Zhuo''s soldiers from the gap, and saw that there were more than two or three hundred soldiers entering the town. Dian Wei suddenly raised his right hand and yelled: "crossbow hand, three groups in turn, shoot!"


    as soon as the voice fell, the archers and crossbow soldiers, who had already been divided into three columns, all raised their bows and arrows The Yellow crossbow shoots at Dong Zhuojun in front of him. A steady stream of bows and crossbows, like a torrential rain, came straight at Sergeant Dong Zhuo. These soldiers who entered the town were just like dying. They rushed towards the rain of arrows in front of them, wave after wave, one after another.


    The massacre in the town continued. Li Guang''s personal guard Du Bo soon rushed to the wall without leading his fifty soldiers. He was stunned by the scene in front of him. Soon, he reacted and yelled at the advancing soldiers: "retreat, everyone, quickly, quickly..." With that, he ordered his subordinates to keep the soldiers retreating here, and he quickly ran in the direction of Li Guang. He wants to report the situation in the town to Li Guang as soon as possible. At least he has to stop the soldiers from dying in this trap. As for the subsequent attack, he has to wait until Li Guang makes arrangements.


    Soon after Li Guang, who was in the Chinese army, got the report from his subordinates, he suddenly realized that he had been fooled by the enemy. No wonder the soldiers had not opened the door of the town for more than half an hour, so he immediately ordered to withdraw the troops. The town wall had been collapsed by the enemy, and he was not afraid that the town could be filled in in a short time. It seems that his attack must be adjusted All right. Watching his soldiers finally withdraw from the gap, Li Guang finds that in a short half an hour, more than 1000 soldiers have been left in the town. He can''t help but feel heartbroken. You know, nearly half of these soldiers are elite soldiers under his command, far more than the soldiers of alien Lords. While Li Guang made people reorganize the army, he pondered on the strategy of breaking the enemy. It seems that the other party wants to defend the town. After a little meditation, he thought of the countermeasures, so the military order was passed on like flowing water.


    "Come on, order the catapult to take the first 20 steps, attack the town from the gap of the town wall, and smash our stone bombs into the town. I don''t believe it. Their small breast wall can block thousands of our troops. He ordered 500 soldiers from each of the two southeast regions to take part in the attack. At the same time, he ordered the two departments to attack the city with all their strength after receiving the order from the Chinese army. Li Li was ordered to dispatch 200 soldiers from the five hundred Xiliang cavalry to dismount and take part in the attack. He ordered the attacking soldiers to carry the siege ladder and shield, and take the sword and shield soldiers as the vanguard. The lance soldiers then transferred 200 archers from their headquarters to go with them. Under the cover of the sword and shield soldiers, they attacked along the gap to both sides and occupied the walls at both ends of the gap! " With Li Guang''s orders, the soldiers began to take orders. Seeing his subordinates acting according to their orders in an orderly way, Li Guang couldn''t help but feel heroic and said to the guards around him: "since they are looking for death, they should have seen what is called a great battle. They should have been ordered to go down and attack the city. They would have given all the money and silk prisoners to a group of soldiers instead of taking one of them!"The reason why Dong Zhuo''s army was able to conquer the city in the past was that the army burned, killed and plundered everything, so the soldiers were willing to work hard. Now when they heard the order of the Chinese army, the soldiers were not happy. Although it was only a small town, the plunder was more important Quick is quick. With this order, Dong Zhuojun''s morale is even higher. It usually takes an hour to get ready. Today, it only takes half an hour for all the troops to be ready.

 Chapter 281

    Seeing this, with a wave of Li Guang''s right hand, the bell and bugle of the army''s attack suddenly sounded, and Sergeant Dong Zhuo attacked the town again in a burst of cheers.


    When he learned that Dong Zhuo Jun''s catapult was moving forward, he knew that Dong Zhuo Jun wanted to use the catapult to deal with his own trench parapet, but he didn''t care about it. With the sight of the town wall, it was impossible for the catapult''s stone bullets to attack his parapet accurately, but In order to prevent the catapult from causing too much damage to the soldiers and the well appendix, Dianwei immediately ordered everyone to withdraw 50 steps, and when the catapult stopped attacking, it was time to set up defense at the parapet. As for Dong Zhuo''s archers, Dian Wei had noticed the town walls at both ends of the broken wall for a long time. During Dong Zhuo''s whole army time, he had people arrange the fracture to be in the shape of a step, which is about half the height of a person. Then he arranged heavy troops on it. When the catapult stopped and started the stone bomb, all the troops would be in place quickly, because the Fangshi soldiers approached the wall At the beginning, Dong Zhuo''s catapult would stop attacking to avoid injuring the soldiers. The soldiers in the town used this time difference to quickly arrange their defense. We should know that the road conditions in the town and above the town wall were much better than the broken wall of Dong Zhuo''s attack.


    As for the news that Li Guang mobilized troops from the other two schools, everyone was overjoyed. You know, after two days of fighting, Dong Zhuo''s army has killed and injured more than 1500 people. In addition, nearly 1000 people were lost in the town. So they can mobilize less than 5000 people now, and now only 1000 people are left to attack outside the two southeast town walls If we have a small number of troops, we only need 300 cavalry in the town to defeat them. Of course, the premise is that most of Dong Zhuo''s troops in Ximen can be held here.


    Half an hour later, the catapult finally put all the stone bombs prepared yesterday into the town, but no one knows what the effect is, so Li Guang didn''t want to get close to the catapult. With his command, the already prepared Sergeant Dong Zhuo, under the leadership of the general, rushed toward the broken wall. At this time, Dianwei in the city was also loudly ordering all the taxi soldiers to be in place. Both sides were fighting for time. Dong Zhuo Jun needed to rush into the town when the layout of the town was not completed. It was better to break through the trench defense line in the town at one time, and the taxi soldiers in the town were also running to their own defense position. At the same time, the attack on the two southeast city walls started at the same time. However, despite the strict order of Li Guang, the four players of the two departments no longer had the heart to really attack with all their strength, because they all knew that the key of the battle was Ximen, so when they dispatched troops, they gave one of their elite to their confidants and took them to the west, in order to rush into the town to get money Some of the advantages, and the two walls are led by their own new recruits in the show.


    Sergeant Dong Zhuo soon rushed to the gap. Just as a sword and shield soldier was preparing to fight against the two ends of the broken wall, a group of sword and shield soldiers suddenly rushed out from the town wall. They set up a large shield to protect the crossbow soldiers behind them. Then, the crossbow soldiers raised their crossbows and shot at the two hundred archers in the middle. In a moment, hundreds of crossbows covered the archers who couldn''t defend In the rain of arrows, 200 archers were killed and wounded in a flash, leaving only 40 or 50 people who had to withdraw from the range of the crossbow. But the other soldiers and horses ignored these, and under the protection of the already wide shield, they attacked in the direction of the trench. However, several gaps were quickly blocked by the soldiers in the town with various items.


    Having lost the chance to control the town wall, Sergeant Dong Zhuo had to attack the trench and parapet with all kinds of equipment in his hand. Unfortunately, without the support of long-range attack, it was difficult for Sergeant Dong Zhuo to get close to the trench and attack the parapet. In a few places, several soldiers used their long ladder shields to build a suspension bridge to attack the opposite parapet But soon the crossbow soldiers in the wall and the archers on the well appendix shot at several places, and soon they killed the soldiers in front of the chest wall. However, soon another soldier Dong Zhuo rushed up, and both sides focused on these several positions.


    Nearly half an hour later, when Dian Wei saw that Dong Zhuojun''s soldiers had been unable to break through their own defense for a long time, their morale, which had just been promoted, had begun to decline, and the speed of attack had eased, he knew that his opportunity had come. All of a sudden, Dian Wei burst out to drink, and then all the archers and crossbow soldiers who had been arranged for a long time burst out to attack. The rain like arrows came straight at Dong Zhuo''s army in front of the breast wall. Facing the arrows like a blast and a shower, Dong Zhuo''s soldiers who were attacking were all of a sudden beaten up. Several rows of soldiers in front of him were like wheat cutting. If the defendant was swept away, and several rows of soldiers behind him were killed When he didn''t react, Dian Wei suddenly led his 100 Huben cavalry to kill him. He rushed over the suspension bridge built by Dong Zhuo''s army, and then killed Dong Zhuo''s soldier who was in a state of being in a circle. All of a sudden, the tiger Ben cavalry of the guard level, under the leadership of the God general, killed Dong Zhuo''s soldier like a tiger into a sheep and turned around Run out of town. Looking at the sergeant Dong Zhuo in front of him fleeing in a panic, Dian Wei did not lead the army to pursue him more. After catching up with the broken wall, he immediately ordered the sergeant to return, and then pulled the equipment on the trench back behind the parapet.Outside the town, Li Guang watched his soldiers being driven out by the rebels in the town. He was so angry that he killed several deserters that he stopped them. Then he reorganized the army and prepared to attack again. This time, he was so angry that he was ready to press all the soldiers in the West. It took him half an hour to reorganize them, Then prepare to lead the attack yourself. However, he did not expect that the situation in the town was completely different from that just now. After the leader returned, Dian Wei immediately gathered all the soldiers and horses of Chang she, left the injured soldiers to defend the defense line in the town, and gave the rest 340 cavalry to Zhou Cang, Pei yuanshao and huyandu respectively. After returning to the administration hall to retrieve their horses, he went back to the East gate of the town to kill Dong Zhuo''s troops, and drove the rout troops to the east gate He attacked Dong Zhuo''s army in the south, then drove the rout troops all the way to Ximen. After the three rout troops were mixed up, Dian Wei led the defensive soldiers in the town to fight back and defeated Dong Zhuo''s army outside the town.

 Chapter 282

    As expected, when general Zhou cangsan led his cavalry to rush out of the east gate, the two Lord players outside the East Gate didn''t expect that the cavalry in the city would rush out of the city at this time. They thought that the city should be at a critical juncture at this time, and the guard of the town''s soldiers was dwarfed. How could they expect that the cavalry in the town would have more strength to go out of the east gate to attack themselves Fang. Under the leadership of Zhou Cang''s three men, more than three hundred cavalry rushed out of Dongmen and directly entered the army of Dong Zhuo outside Dongmen. With the strength of the players'' troops, they could not resist the attack of the three men, especially Zhou Cang. Soon, the three hundred cavalry defeated Dong Zhuo in Dongmen, and then divided into three parts again. In the middle, Zhou Cang led Huben cavalry to chase Dong Zhuo''s army to the south gate Pei yuanshao and huyandu led hundreds of soldiers on each side to drive the fleeing soldiers to the front of Zhoucang army, so that the fleeing soldiers could have enough to attack their own army.


    Like a snowball, Dong Zhuo''s rout soldiers, driven by more than 300 cavalry battalions of the changshe army, rushed towards their own army formation on the south wall. It was not that they were willing to attack their own army formation, but that as long as someone ran to the side, the bow cavalry of the changshe army would directly shoot that person with one arrow. If the rout soldiers were running slowly, they would also be chased by their back After paying dozens of lives, the rest of the rout soldiers just huddled together and rushed forward. At this time, Dong Zhuo''s camp players outside the South Gate had already found something strange about the east gate. Although they also wanted to stop the rout, it''s a pity that they didn''t have the ability to resist the cavalry in the town. In the face of hundreds of East routs who were about to rush into their own army, the two lords also knew that they were unable to return and had to fight with the East rout We''re running west to the camp. As a result, the number of hundreds of rout soldiers increased by nearly a thousand to more than 1500. When the more than 1000 rout soldiers arrived outside the western wall, Li Guang had led hundreds of soldiers into the fracture and was preparing to attack the front of the trench. But at this time, he got the news that the two soldiers in the southeast had been defeated and the rout soldiers were rushing towards his own headquarters. When he got the news, Li Guang knew that he had failed. Now it''s not whether he can capture the town, but whether he can escape. Because he knew the nature of the Xiliang army. He was extremely brave when fighting with the wind. But once the war was bad and there was a rout, he could be defeated in a moment. He didn''t want to be able to prepare for the war. Of course, it was not impossible, but Li Guang knew he didn''t have the ability. Thinking of this, Li Guang immediately led hundreds of Xiliang cavalry around him to retreat without hesitation. All he had to do was to retreat to the Chinese army. With these horses, he could at least lead them to retreat completely. As for other soldiers, he could only listen to fate. As soon as he made up his mind, Li Guang immediately retreated quietly. However, he pretended to do his best and kept directing the soldiers around him to attack the parapet. He quietly ordered his own guards to recruit the scattered iron cavalry in Xiliang. Soon he recruited 300 cavalry. The other cavalry were too far away to inform him. Seeing that such a large number of cavalry gathered around him, Li Guang immediately sent some cavalry to retreat first to gather the horses. Then he led the rest of the cavalry to retreat slowly to the periphery of the battlefield.


    He thought he had done it quietly, but actually he didn''t know that Dian Wei had already focused on himself. As early as when the war outside the east gate was going on according to the original idea, Dian Wei had already got the news. At that time, he noticed the general of the Xiliang army on the battlefield. When the news came from the city head that the rout troops of the two Xiliang armies in the East and south of the city had been rushed together and were retreating towards the west gate, Dian Wei found his change. After careful observation, he found that the enemy general was retreating. When he retreated to the fracture of the town wall, Dian Wei burst out and drank: "soldiers, the enemy outside the city has been defeated, the enemy general is running away, all the soldiers, follow me Some one killed the enemy A crowd of soldiers inside the parapet immediately yelled and yelled together, and suddenly the whole battlefield rang out, "the enemy general is running!" When did the soldiers of Xiliang army attack? Then many people subconsciously looked back at the position of the general, only to find that the general who had been attacking the wall with all of them had already stood on the wall, and the elite of Xiliang cavalry had disappeared. For a moment, the soldiers of Xiliang were in an uproar.


    Li Guang, who had retreated to the broken wall, saw that his intention had been revealed. Knowing that he could not drag on any longer, he decisively led the rest of the Xiliang cavalry around him to quickly move towards the direction of sending soldiers to collect the horses first. All of a sudden, the soldiers of the Xiliang army, who found something unusual, ran towards the outside of the town one after another. For a moment, the soldiers on the parapet were in a mess, and no one had the heart to continue to attack.


    When Dian Wei saw this, he ordered the archers around him to shoot the arrows at the soldiers in front of him. As a result, the soldiers in Xiliang became more flustered, and more and more soldiers turned to join in the escape. Seeing this, Dian Wei ordered the bowmen and archers to continue to shoot at Renjun, but he led the two remaining generals to kill the soldiers in the panic of Xiliang, followed by the sword shield soldiers and long spearmen.


    Dian Wei led the five young generals of changshe and a group of warriors in Taohuadao town. They were like tigers into the wool group. They killed the soldiers in Xiliang, crying and scurrying. Unfortunately, there were so many Xiliang soldiers entering the town from the fracture that Dian Wei wanted to pursue Li Guang who had escaped from the town, but he made the soldiers almost unable to move. In a hurry, Dian Wei suddenly felt blessed and cried out: "the general has orders. Those who give up their weapons and kneel down to surrender will not be killed!"Zhou Yi and others immediately responded that now the Xiliang army has become the end of the strong crossbow, and immediately yelled with the head: "those who fall will not be killed!"


    For a moment, the voice of "those who fall will not kill" came out one after another on the battlefield.


    Finally, the soldier of Xiliang, who had no hope of escape, dropped his weapon and yelled: "I surrender, don''t kill me!" Then he knelt down with his head in his arms. Soon after that, more and more soldiers joined in the surrender. When Wei saw this, he immediately asked Zhou Yi to lead one of the soldiers to surrender to the captives, while he led the rest of the soldiers to continue to kill outside the town, ready to join the cavalry outside the town.

 Chapter 283

    Soon a group of people killed a road from the Xiliang army. When they rushed out of the town, Zhou Cang had led the cavalry to drive a group of rout soldiers out of the western wall. After more than 1000 rout soldiers joined up with a group of rout soldiers in the western wall, the scene was more chaotic. After meeting with Zhou Cang and his party, Dian Wei ordered several generals to help Zhou Yi capture the prisoners and defend the town. Then he and Zhou Cang drove the rout troops to the direction of Xiliang army camp. At this time, Li Yi, who had already stood out from the town, had already arrived at the position of the Chinese army. After all the cavalry had taken the horses and sat on the horse, Li Guang looked at the rout troops all over the mountains. He knew that nothing could be done and said nothing more. He led the three hundred Xiliang iron cavalry soldiers to the camp, but they didn''t return. They just walked around the camp and left in the direction of Xingyang. When Dian Wei saw that the enemy general had fled, he was very sorry, but he had nothing to do. At last, he had to drive the rout towards the camp. Since the enemy general could not catch him, he should take the enemy''s camp first. At least the craftsmen in Dong Zhuo''s camp, whom the young master repeatedly told him, could not let them run away.


    Sure enough, when Dian Wei''s leader arrived at Dong Zhuo''s camp, because Li guanggen didn''t care about the soldiers in the camp. Instead, he ran around the camp to escape his life. Therefore, the garrison and the soldiers in the camp didn''t know that their main general had been defeated. Only when the rout soldiers rushed into the camp, and then Dian Wei''s leader followed the others into the camp, the left behind soldiers knew what they had done Even the general had fled, but the two remaining village leaders led their own 400 soldiers and 20 craftsmen, 200 civilians and 500 or 600 wounded soldiers to surrender to Dianwei. When Dianwei agreed to the surrender of the two village leaders, the owner of Taohua Island received a system prompt: "Congratulations, player, the camp conversion task is completed! The reward will be sent to the town by the Marquis camp within three days. "


    After hearing this system prompt, the owner of Taohua Island finally breathed a long sigh of relief. After receiving this task prompt, he could say that he was worried about fear every day. He was afraid that the town he had worked hard to build would be destroyed in the next moment. Fortunately, after a few days of worrying, he finally waited for the result of the matter, and now The only thing to do is count the losses. Thinking of this, the owner of Taohua Island immediately told Huangfu Chaobo that the task had been completed, and then arranged his deputy mayor to count the losses. It wasn''t long before Huangfu Chaobo received the news that Dian Wei had taken control of Dong Zhuo''s camp, saying that there were a large number of material prisoners in the camp, and that another part of the soldiers in the town had to be sent to help control the camp. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo discussed with Taohua Island leader, he immediately sent out another 400 soldiers to Dianwei to help control Dong Zhuo''s army camp, while the nearly 600 soldiers in the town were more than 100 elite guards who stayed in the town with the changshe army to check the losses and defend the town at the same time. Seeing that the total strength of the two families is less than 1500, and there are still a large number of wounded soldiers, but they have to defend two places, so Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care that it''s evening, so he immediately sends people back to Yangwu city and asks Huang Zhong to send 2000 cavalry from Yangwu City to Taohuadao town overnight. But now the soldiers and horses in the town and the camp can only control them temporarily. As for counting the losses and gains, we should wait for the two thousand cavalry to arrive. After receiving the military order, the generals of the two departments immediately arranged for defense, especially the situation in the town. For the sake of arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo specially asked Dianzhi to send Zhou Cang back to the town to take charge of the defense of the whole town. All the players in the town and the players directly under the Legion were assigned to guard on the city wall, while the players not directly under the Legion were not allowed to enter the town, while Dong Zhuojun''s camp was even more heavily guarded. All the prisoners were assigned to one place to guard, and no change was allowed. All the soldiers who had any change were directly led by Huben cavalry camp, which was assigned to guard by Shiwei After dozens of heads were cut off, nearly 3000 prisoners in the camp were captured.


    It''s going to be late. Although the two generals have reported back that they have arranged defense, Huangfu Chaobo and the owner of Taohua Island feel restless all night. They are afraid that there will be some players who want to fish in troubled waters. Fortunately, the two thousand cavalry sent by Huang Zhong have arrived at Taohua island just after dawn Town, with two thousand cavalry in town, the two can really relax.


    Regardless of the fact that all the cavalry came from the night army, they divided 2000 cavalry troops into two groups and went to two places to be on duty respectively. The other soldiers stepped up their efforts to collect materials, and then transported them back to the town as soon as possible for storage. After everything was sorted out, they were ready to be transported to Yangwu county again.


    With the help of 2000 cavalry, it took half a day to count all the materials in Dong Zhuo''s barracks outside the city and carry them back to Taohuadao town for storage. It took another half a day, and the final result was finally in the hands of Huangfu and Chaobo.


    Outside the town, the camp occupied by the leader of Dianwei had captured 400 intermediate soldiers, 20 craftsmen, 200 civil servants and more than 300 wounded soldiers. However, most of these wounded soldiers were soldiers of the player Lord, so most of them were junior soldiers. In addition, among the soldiers captured by Dianwei, there were 400 intermediate soldiers of Dong Zhuo army, which was the beginning of the player Lord There are more than 1600 rank soldiers. As for all kinds of materials, there are 2000 grains, 650 horses, 200 horses, 100 wagons and more than 10000 weapons and equipment.


    The harvest in the town is much smaller. There are more than 100 intermediate soldiers of Dong Zhuojun captured, more than 300 junior soldiers of Lord players, and more than 2000 weapons and equipment.Seeing these captive materials, several people felt that they had made a fortune, especially the owners of Taohua island. They couldn''t move their eyes away from this list for a long time. Thousands of captives and more than 10000 kinds of weapons and equipment are a great fortune for a small town like them. However, the owner of Taohua Island suddenly remembered that he had promised Huangfu Chaobo that he would only get 20% of the harvest in this battle. At the mention of this problem, all of a sudden, several people withered like a ball.


    Seeing the expressions of several of them, Huangfu Chaobo could not guess what they thought. The harvest of this battle was beyond his expectation. He did not expect so much. As for the harvest, Huang Fu Chao thought about it and said, "master of the island, in the harvest, you can ask people to take 4000 pieces of equipment, 1000 stone grain and 50 horses. As for the prisoners, I can give you 1000 junior soldiers. As for the arms you want, you can choose them yourself."

 Chapter 284

    The owner of Taohua island looked at Huangfu Chaobo thoughtlessly. He couldn''t believe what he said just now. You know, for Taohua Island town, the promises made at the beginning of Huangfu Chaobo and the rewards given by the princes'' camp in the later period won''t suffer at all. They can even earn a lot. I didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would give so many things at once, especially 50 horses The war horse, the thousand stone grain and the thousand captive soldiers have greatly increased the strength of Taohua Island town. It can be said that Taohua Island town has been upgraded from a small town to a middle town. Can you not be overjoyed by this? After getting a positive answer again, the Taohua Island owner immediately asked his deputy mayor to get the materials and prisoners promised by Huangfu Chaobo, as if he was afraid that Huangfu Chaobo would repent.


    Watching them leave in a hurry, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t speak. He just sits quietly, thinking about his harvest. Then, he waits for all the prisoners to be ready. Only when Dian Wei and others are ready, he is ready to let the army rest in Taohuadao town for one night and return to Yangwu city with all the prisoners and materials tomorrow morning. In order to complete this task, he has been away from Yangwu city for nearly ten days. Although he has got all kinds of information about the princes'' camp from several people of Taohua Island, Huangfu Chaobo can only return to Yangwu and find Lou GUI to learn more about the whole war.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo ordered him to return to Yangwu. However, he did not return with the army. Instead, he asked the generals of Dian Wei to escort the captured materials slowly, but led several cavalry to Yangwu city. On the contrary, the owner of Taohua Island saw that there were too few soldiers to be pumped. He was afraid of any problems on the road. He took the initiative to send 600 soldiers to help transport the motorcade. At the same time, he told the military leaders to come back when they saw the soldiers from Yangwu city. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t like his kindness, so he agreed to his idea. He was a cavalry, and it would be better if he had the help of his fellow soldiers.


    The party arrived at Yangwu city at noon. As soon as they entered the courtyard in the city, they saw Huang Zhong and Lou GUI, who had been informed, coming out from inside. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo leading people in, he immediately went forward to salute.


    "I have seen you, Lord!"


    Huangfu Chaobo quickly stepped forward, lifted them up and said, "well, sir, brother, please get up. It''s hard for Chaobo to leave these days. By the way, elder brother, evil comes back with more than 2000 soldiers and horses escorting prisoners and supplies. Elder brother, you''d better send some soldiers and horses to meet them. "


    After Huang Zhong said yes, he left and went out to arrange troops to meet Dian Wei. However, Lou GUI and Huangfu Chaobo went to the courtyard. In the past ten days, the situation of all the princes came to Lou GUI. Huangfu Chaobo must understand the situation of all the princes as soon as possible, so as to prepare for the next stage of war.


    After Huangfu Chaobo was seated, Lou GUI introduced to him the situation of various vassals in the past ten days. First, after more than ten days, several princes arrived at the jujube camp. They were Wang Zhe, the governor of Hanoi, and Gongsun Zan, the governor of youbeiping. They had crossed the river three days ago and arrived at the jujube camp. There is Wuwei Taishou Ma Teng, because the army can not come, but his messenger has arrived. At present, except for the three armies of Yuan Shu, Sun Jian and Ma Teng, only the two armies of Qixiang Marquis Yuan Shao and Jizhou governor Han Fu have not arrived at suanzao camp. It is said that they will have the largest number of soldiers and horses, especially Han Fu, who has 30000 soldiers and tens of thousands of auxiliary soldiers carrying food and grass.


    In addition to the situation of the soldiers and horses of the princes, there is also the situation that the princes divided their troops to attack the counties proposed by Cao Cao, the former general of fan Fenwei. Since Yuan Yi and Qiao Mao failed to attack the city successively, they also realized the use of commanding generals. First, Qiao Mao transferred his general Zhao Shou from Dongjun to take charge of the military affairs, and then mobilized thousands of soldiers to attack Zhongmou County three days ago. Yuan Yi was even more exaggerated. He borrowed his name from Yuan Shao as Jiang Qi''s general, and yesterday he began to attack Yuanwu county again. Not only that, the princes of the two routes also increased the reward of siege, attracting several armies of different princes to take part in the war.


    Having learned from their experiences, the other princes sent their important generals one after another to preside over the war in each city. For example, the battle of Yuan Shujun was directly led by Ji Ling, a general of Yuan Shujun. The other generals were responsible for one side of the city wall respectively. They had successfully captured Mi County two days ago. The battle in Yuanling County of Chen Liu''s Taishou Zhang Miao was presided over by his two generals Weizi and Liu Yi. According to the scouts, it should be that the city can be captured today and tomorrow. Tao Qian''s Kaifeng County was presided over by two generals Cao Bao and Mi Fang. At present, it has been two days since the war started, and the war situation is also smooth. In these two days, we can capture the city.


    Speaking of MI Fang, Lou GUI specially mentioned the cooperation between Luoshen liquor and the MI family in Donghai. This time, MI Fang went with him on the expedition. At the same time, he came to MI Zhu''s letter, saying that he was very interested in wine cooperation. After the war, he would come to changshe as soon as possible to have a detailed discussion. Now, there are only two cities that have not yet started War: Jing County of Zhang Chao, the prefect of Guangling, and Juan County of Bao Xin, the Prime Minister of Jibei. Bao Xin has urgently transferred his general Yu Jin from Jibei. It''s only because a wave of yellow scarf thieves suddenly appeared under his rule that Yu Jin delayed his time. He should be able to arrive in a few days. And Zhang Chao''s war is because Beijing County Rong Yang too close, in order to prevent the Rong Yang thief army reinforcements, so Zhang Chao wants to Zhang Miao''s war after the end of the transfer of their generals to go together.In front of the map, Lou GUI asked Huangfu Chaobo about the situation of various forces. It took him less than half an hour to introduce the situation of various princes. Some of the information was sent by Kong Gu, and some was sent back by the Scouts of the changshe army, the Luoshen society, the Zilong Society, and the players of Zongheng town. After Lou GUI''s collation and induction, it can be said that it was a great success It''s complicated, but for such a counselor as Lou GUI, it''s a pleasure. In addition to intelligence, Lou GUI also mentioned that when he saw that the battle between the princes and Dong would not be over for a while and a half, so he sent a batch of Luoshen liquor from changshe and built a restaurant next to the workshop in Yangwu city. Unexpectedly, the effect was very good. Generals of the princes'' camp often came to drink. As for the restaurant, Huangfu Chaobo just nodded his head to show that he knew it, and then he didn''t care about it any more. In his opinion, his focus should be on war rather than internal affairs.

 Chapter 285

    After his introduction, Huang Zhong had arranged for the army to meet him, and then returned to his house. When he saw that Lou GUI had finished introducing the situation of the surrounding army, he stood up and introduced to Huangfu Chaobo the situation of changshe soldiers in Yangwu city. Compared with Lou GUI''s busyness, Huang Zhong''s business is not much, which is basically the defense of the city. After seeing Lou GUI''s busy situation, he took the initiative to take over the work of the workshop.


    A few days ago, after receiving Huangfu Chaobo''s order to sell the rhubarb crossbow, he immediately sent people back to Luoshen town and took over all the Yishi rhubarb crossbows and ordinary rhubarb crossbows. Among them, there are 420 ordinary crossbows, all of which are sold to you at the price of 3400 copper. I believe that they will shine in the war in the near future. For the remaining 500 standard one stone crossbows, Huang Zhong thought a little and trained all the guards to become crossbow soldiers. Not only that, he ordered all the guards to learn how to ride because he had sent back hundreds of horses. Huang Zhong''s action surprised Huang Fu Chaobo. A famous general is a famous general. He even thought of training all the most elite guards into crossbow cavalry. Once the training is complete, I believe they will be the enemy''s nightmare. Of course, not all generals can do this. Only a famous general like Huang Zhong can make up such a strong army, because his bow skill is at the level of a grand master, and his skills include Crossbow Skill.


    The following is about the workshops in Yangwu city. Since the battle of Yangwu, players have found the role of equipment in conquering the city and territory. In addition, after Huangfu Chaobo opened the way of exchanging raw materials for finished products, there has been an endless stream of players in Yangwu city. With the dedicated operation of Zhao fan, the manager of the equipment workshop, not only the craftsman''s manufacturing proficiency increased rapidly, but also a large number of high-grade materials were accumulated for Huangfu Chaobo. If these things were to be purchased, it would cost a lot of money. It would be so light and easy to get. After listening to Huang Zhong''s report, Huangfu Chaobo was very happy. He didn''t expect that his sudden rise would bring so much profit.


    Next, they reported other affairs to Huangfu Chaobo one by one. After all these things were done, the three left the house together and went to the equipment workshop. Sure enough, as they said, the workshop is very busy now. Every day, players don''t bring all kinds of raw materials to exchange for all kinds of equipment. Although some players want to buy with game currency directly, they are all rejected by the workshop. Finally, they have no choice but to buy all kinds of materials in the market. Of course, some of them send their own people to cut down and collect all kinds of materials It''s unexpected. At the gate of the workshop, Huang Zhong arranges 200 soldiers to guard it day and night. Although Yangwu county is under his control now, he is also afraid that malicious players or other forces will send people to make trouble. As soon as he entered the door, Huang Fu Chao Bo saw Zhao fan rushing out with several workshop managers. When he saw Huang Fu Chao Bo''s several people coming in, they rushed forward to see him. Huangfu Chaobo gently lifted several people up and said, "steward Zhao, you don''t need to be polite. I just came back. I heard that everything in the workshop has become regular now, so I came here specially to have a look. Come on, steward Zhao, lead me around. "


    Zhao fan several people smell speech, quickly get up, in front of the guide, with everyone one by one to see the situation of several equipment workshop. According to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo more than ten days ago, the whole equipment workshop has been divided into several different areas, and the equipment made in each area is different. After examining all the workshops carefully, Huangfu Chaobo finally came to the warehouse of the workshop. According to the requirements, Zhao fan and others have been storing all the high-grade materials separately, only waiting for them to be transported back to changshe later, so now a lot of various materials have been piled up in the warehouse.


    It was afternoon when he came out of the workshop area. Just as Huangfu Chaobo was about to return to his residence, the sergeant outside the city suddenly reported that the army led by Dianwei had returned, and now he was five miles outside the city. As soon as they heard this, they immediately turned back to the gate. It happened that the army had come back. After they were settled, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to go to the jujube camp to see Kong Yu. After all, he had been away for more than ten days, and he still wanted to go to see Kong when he came back.


    A few people arrived at the gate of the city and waited less than half an hour to see the smoke and dust coming from the northwest. Soon, they saw Dianwei leading the army. Looking at the long motorcade outside the city, Huangfu Chaobo breathed a long sigh of relief, and finally safely transported these captive materials back to Yangwu city. Although we all know that there should be no eye-catching guys along the way, Huangfu Chaobo was still a little worried that things didn''t come back, so the first thing to rush back was to ask Huang Zhong to arrange soldiers and horses to meet him. Now Dongxi always wants to go back It''s arranged to come back. How can he not relax. After all the captured materials entered the city, Dian Wei went up to the city building to recover his life. Huangfu Chaobo helped them up one by one and said, "you''ve been working hard for many days with our general these days. When you return to Yangwu, you can rest for a few days. When you go to sour jujube and meet the governor, you can arrange for the army to stop." Later, he ordered Dian Wei to hand over all the captured materials to Huang Zhong and Lou GUI, who were in charge of Zhou Cang''s assistance. Dian Wei led the 100 Huben cavalry camp to see Kong Yu in the sour jujube.


    Zizyphus jujuba is only fifty or sixty miles away from Yangwu. Huangfu Chaobo leads Dianwei and his party to rush all the way. They finally arrive at the Yuzhou army camp of Zizyphus jujuba before dark. After placing Huben cavalry in the camp, they go straight to Kongzhou''s tent. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo coming, Kong Xin, the watchman outside the tent, was very happy. He quickly took Huangfu Chaobo by the hand and said, "Chaobo, why are you here today? Do you want to see your uncle? It happens that he is still in the account. Let''s go in together. " Then he took Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and went to the account. As Huangfu supermarket entered the account with him, he asked in a low voice: "brother, how''s your uncle recently? By the way, I went out for more than ten days this time and got some interesting things for you. I didn''t bring them here in a hurry this time. If they are put in Yangwu City, I''ll bring them to you next time. " As for kongxin, Huangfu Chaobo has already regarded him as a very close person, so he always brings some things with him when he meets him. Some of them may not be very valuable, but they are also his intention. Kongxin knows this, and has told him several times that he doesn''t have to do so, but Huangfu Chaobo has always been the same, so later kongxin doesn''t think much of it, but In my heart, I am closer to Huangfu Chaobo.

 Chapter 286

    After the announcement, Dian Wei stopped outside the account to wait, and the two entered the account together. As soon as he went in, he saw Kong sitting in front of them, looking at the book. When they came in, Kong put down the book and began to smile at them. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo hurriedly took the first two steps. After a big ceremony, he said, "Chaobo has met my uncle!"


    "I''m back. I heard that you led the army in the war during this period, and two thousand soldiers and horses defeated Yuanwu''s six thousand grain convoy. Yuan Yicheng specially sent someone to thank you for sending you to cut off the support of Yuanwu city!" With that, Kong could not help laughing.


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that he had not sent someone to report the news, but Yuan Yi had already sent someone to tell Kong Yi. But then he thought that he was helping Yuan Yi when he destroyed the logistics team sent by Rongyang to Yuanwu? So he immediately said, "it all depends on my uncle Hongfu. The soldiers under his command use their lives. Although there are more than 6000 Dong bandits in Rongyang, they are defeated successfully, and they also harvest some food and grass captives. Later, my nephew led hundreds of soldiers to defeat a Dong bandit reinforcement army with his soldiers in Taohuadao, a small town in the west of Yuanwu. I believe that after these two wars, the rumors among the princes will dissipate a lot. Only because of two successive wars did my nephew return to Yangwu today, and all the captured materials have been sent to Yangwu city. My nephew has told the remaining generals to complete the inventory as soon as possible, and then send them to Yuzhou army camp of sour jujube for my uncle''s disposal


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the smile on Kong''s face became even worse. He waved his hand and said, "ah, there''s no need to send sour jujube for the captured materials. It''s all your blood battle income, so you can directly dispose of it."


    Huangfu Chaobo quickly expressed his thanks, and several people talked about the war. Kong also talked about what happened in the Marquis camp for nearly ten days. Seeing that it was getting late, Kong ordered that people should be preparing for the evening kindness. He asked Huangfu Chaobo and Kong Xin to accompany him to finish the evening kindness. After that, he asked them to retreat.


    There was nothing to say for a night. The next day, it was daybreak, and Huangfu Chaobo got up. He was in a tense atmosphere of war for ten days in a row. Although he didn''t have to go to the battlefield himself, he still didn''t have a good rest. He finally relaxed and didn''t have a lot of rest. When he got up, Huang Fu Chao Bo was about to take Dian Wei to Gongsun Zan camp to visit him. But he didn''t know that he had not gone out yet, so he sent someone to call him.


    When the guards arrive at Kong''s tent, they see that Kong has been dressed up. However, Kong Xin is preparing for the trip and arranging the escort. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had arrived, Kong said, "Chaobo is coming. OK, take Dianjun and me to Yanjin ferry to the north of the camp. General Fenwei sent someone to send a message. Yuan Benchu and Han Wenjie have arrived and are crossing the river. Please go to meet them."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned when he heard that Yuan Shao and Han Fu had already started crossing the river. Is it necessary for us to run 40 or 50 miles to the ferry to meet them?


    Seeing the confusion of Huangfu Chaobo, Kong explained to him carefully: "yuan Benchu was the son of the yuan family in Runan, the four generations of the yuan family and the three princes of the yuan family. If you don''t have the support of the yuan family, do you think Dong Zhuo''s letter of appointment is enough? Yuan Shao was the best of the yuan family. His father, Yuan Feng, was an official worshipper of Sikong. His uncle yuan Kai was an official disciple. Uncle Yuan Cheng, an official worshipped general Zuo Zhonglang, died early. Yuan Shaoshu came out and adopted yuan chengyifang. Yuan Shaosheng was handsome and powerful, which was loved by Yuan Feng and Yuan Kai. You know, more than half of the 18 road princes who joined the alliance were more or less related to his yuan family. Because of his yuan family''s reputation in my Han Dynasty, it''s not inappropriate for us to meet him


    Kong''s words finally made Huangfu Chaobo understand the terrifying power of the yuan family at the end of the Han Dynasty. No wonder two people in his family became princes all the way. In the early stage, they were Big Macs that others looked up to. It was also a time of fighting for their fathers. However, although both of them failed in the end, it was because they had done too much. Otherwise, there would be nothing wrong with them. It can also be understood why Kong Chou heard zonghengtianxia say that the princes of a certain road in Hebei thought he didn''t really want to beg Dong, but he was scared and frightened. Well, zonghengtianxia''s blind cat met death and stabbed Kong Chou. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo no longer said anything, and led Dianwei to follow him honestly, heading for the position of the Chinese army in the jujube camp.


    Sure enough, by the time they got to the front of the Chinese Army''s tent, there were several ways for the princes to arrive first. Not long after that, the princes who had already arrived at the jujube arrived one after another. After waiting for them to arrive, under the proposal of Cao Cao, they headed for the Yanjin ferry in the north.


    By the time you arrived at the ferry, thousands of Jizhou soldiers had already crossed the river first, and they had formed a formation in the open space to the south of the ferry, and the subsequent troops were also preparing to cross the river in Hebei. Seeing more than a thousand soldiers and horses coming to the south, the army that crossed the river first immediately stood ready. When they knew it was the princes who came to meet them, they didn''t continue to be hostile to them. However, they still stood ready. The formation was so neat that people were amazed.


    It wasn''t long before the personnel of the second ferry had arrived at the South Bank of the ferry. At first, thousands of Guard soldiers got off the boat. Huangfu Chaobo was also a person who had seen the world with Huangfu song and Zhu Jun. he didn''t expect to see thousands of Guard soldiers in the army of a prefect. After these thousands of soldiers got off the ship, they saw two people coming down from a building ship. The first one was very tall, handsome and handsome. He should be about 1.7 or 8 meters tall. It''s no wonder that the books about the Three Kingdoms all said that Yuan Shao was a handsome man. Now he is really brave. Looking next to him, he was a middle-aged man dressed as a scholar. Although he looked quite capable, he was a little behind Yuan Shao. Needless to say, Han Fu, who was scared to give up Jizhou, ran away in panic, and finally killed himself in the toilet. Sure enough, as recorded in history, he always regarded himself as a member of the yuan family on any occasion, even in front of Yuan Shao, who was even younger than his official position.Standing behind him, Huangfu Chaobo hid in the crowd and looked at the princes carefully. Among them, Cao Cao, Yuan Yi and Liu Dai are the most sincere, while Kong Rong and Tao Qian are talking with each other, while Yuan Shu is a fake smile, with bursts of cold light looking at Yuan Shao from time to time.

 Chapter 287

    When Huangfu Chaobo sweeps into the crowd, he suddenly turns his head and sees Gongsun yuezheng winking at him behind Gongsun Zan. When he sees Huangfu Chaobo looking towards him, Yan Gang and Tian Kai around him also nod to him. Huangfu Chaobo nodded to a few people and said hello. Then he turned to look at other places. Seeing that all the people came to the ceremony one by one, Yuan Shao replied to them one by one with a smile. It seems that he is really the younger brother of a noble family, and his words and deeds are impeccable. After everyone saw the ceremony one by one, Cao Cao said to all the people, "gentlemen, now you are all here. It''s windy by the river. Cao has prepared a banquet in the camp. Let''s go back to the sour jujube and have a chat while eating. How about that?"


    Cao Cao''s proposal was immediately agreed by the people. It''s still February, and the temperature on the river is not very high. Coupled with the strong wind by the river, the people have been blowing for nearly an hour. When they heard Cao Cao''s proposal, they didn''t agree. Therefore, they all led their own cadres and guards to the jujube camp. As for Jizhou soldiers, they had two families The next general is in charge.


    After the princes led their own guards back to the jujube camp, they entered the Chinese army tent to participate in the banquet. With an order, the prepared wine and food were sent to the banquet like flowing water. For a time, the tent was full of laughter. It was only the princes who attended the banquet. Their bodyguard generals came with them, but they could only stand behind and watch. Huangfu Chaobo, who had known this situation for a long time, would not go to the party together, so before entering the big account, he said hello to Kong, and then led Dian Wei to gongsunyue. They didn''t go to the big tent with Gongsun Zan for a banquet. They were just about to return to their own army when they saw Huangfu Chaobo coming towards them. They immediately came face to face.


    Huangfu Chaobo walked a few steps to the three men and said, "Chaobo has seen two generals, general Yan and general Tian!"


    The generals of Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan''s forces have known each other for several years, so they are familiar with each other. Gongsun stepped forward, gently punched Huangfu Chaobo on the shoulder and said, "you boy, you are hidden deep enough. No wonder you didn''t want to stay in youbeiping at the beginning." Then he sighed, turned his head and looked around, and said: "the Central Plains is good, like our right Beiping, it''s still ice and snow, and now it''s almost spring here."


    "Although youbeiping was a little bit bitter, Yanzhao was known as a man of elegy in ancient times. That''s why you generals are so outstanding." Huangfu Chaobo opened his way, but as soon as he said it, it seemed that it was Han Yu''s words in Tang Dynasty.


    Fortunately, Gongsun is a two handed sword. He just thinks that Huangfu Chaobo is very comfortable with his words. He doesn''t think about it at all. After another chat, several people say goodbye to each other. Before leaving, Huangfu Chaobo tells them that he will arrange his subordinates to send some good wine to their right Beiping military camp tomorrow, which makes them overjoyed.


    When he returned to the Yuzhou military camp, Huangfu Chaobo was not in a hurry to return to Yangwu. Anyway, there was nothing to do now, so he just waited for Kong to come back from the banquet to see if there was any news. You know, now the warlords have gathered together, and the war between the players has started for nearly a month. It is estimated that the action of the warlords will soon begin. However, Huangfu Chaobo sent a Huben cavalry back to Yangwu and asked Lou GUI to send some Luoshen wine to the sour jujube to be sent to Gongsun Zan''s army tomorrow morning. He also needed to meet Gongsun zanben. It was in the middle of the night that he saw Kong Xin leading people to protect him. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that he could not get any news from him today.


    The next day, Kong Yu fell asleep until the third stroke of the sun. After learning that he had already got up, Huangfu Chaobo rushed to his account and asked him if he was promoted to military intelligence in the banquet. Unexpectedly, Kong said with a smile that the military and state affairs could not be settled in a banquet. It was only after careful deliberation by the princes that they could be determined. Moreover, as soon as the Jizhou army arrived at suanzao, it must take a few days to rest before sending troops. He also told Huangfu Chaobo that if something happened, he could go back to Yangwu to help him. The princes had their own camp here I''ll tell him what''s going on. After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that he was really in a hurry. In history, the princes had been fighting for Dong Zhuo for several years. How could it be so fast? Besides, the arrangement of the system must take into account the feelings of the players. It''s less than a month since the war between the players. It''s estimated that everyone is not happy with it. After listening to Kong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo decided to go back to Yangwu to do the task first. However, he had to go to Gongsun Zan camp before he left. After 20 jars of wine were left in Kong''s tent, Huang Fu Chao Bo left Yuzhou camp and led Dian Wei and his party to the camp of the right Peking army with wine and other gifts.


    Because the Yuzhou army came earlier and came from the south, it camped in the southwest of the whole camp, while the gongsunzan army came from the north, so the direction of the camp was just opposite to the Yuzhou army, but in the northwest of the camp. So it took more than half an hour for Huangfu Chaobo and Dianwei to come outside the camp of youbeiping army. After they sent someone to tell the soldiers at the camp gate that they had died, they were waiting at the camp gate.


    Before long, Huangfu Chaobo saw a group of people coming out of the barracks, headed by Gongsun Yue. The faster Gongsun walked out of the camp gate, he grabbed Huangfu Chaobo who wanted to salute and said, "you and I don''t have to be like this. Let''s go... When you enter the camp, elder brother is still in the camp. I''ll show you to him. "Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered most of Huben cavalry to wait outside the camp. He just led Dian Wei and ten soldiers to the camp with wine and other gifts. This time Gongsun Zan went south to join the alliance. Although he did not bring many troops, he was a single cavalry. There were 3000 white horses and 7000 ordinary cavalry battalions. All the soldiers were one man and two horses, but only Gongsun Yue, Yan Gang and Tian Kai were the generals. The rest of the generals stayed in youpeiping. Because all of them are cavalry with one man and two horses, there are more than 20000 horses. In addition, there are 10000 soldiers and thousands of horsemen and handyman. Therefore, the camp of youbeiping army is very large, which is more than twice as large as the camp of Yuzhou army with 20000 or 30000 soldiers. Looking up, there are war horses all over the camp. From time to time, some soldiers and horsemen drive the horses out of the camp.

 Chapter 288

    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but smack his tongue. It''s estimated that only Wuwei Mateng can reach this scale in the whole game. There are more than 20000 horses here, and youbeiping has another 20000 or 30000. It seems that Gongsun Zan''s strength has greatly increased after he took over the post of Taishou. I don''t know how they can support tens of thousands of cavalry, even one man and two horses, and three thousand cavalry by themselves desperate.


    Under the leadership of Gongsun Yue, he quickly came to Gongsun Zan''s Chinese army tent and asked Huangfu Chaobo to wait outside the tent for a while. Gongsun Yue personally entered the tent and informed Gongsun Zan. Soon, he came out again to introduce Huangfu Chaobo into the account. Of course, except for Dian Wei, all the other Huben cavalry soldiers had to stay outside the account. As for the gifts, they were all handed over to gongsunzan''s relatives and soldiers.


    As soon as he entered the tent, Huangfu Chaobo saw Gongsun Zan''s high spirited face, which was even more complacent than the last time he saw it in youbeiping. On one side of him stood two old acquaintances Yan Gang and Tian Kai, but on the other side stood three people. I believe players familiar with the Three Kingdoms can recognize them all: Huangfu Chaobo was surprised when he saw them. He didn''t expect that the three people still followed Gongsun Zan. It seems that although their tracks have changed due to players'' interference, the system is still forced to pull back It''s the main line.


    After two steps, Huangfu Chaobo came forward and said, "please, Captain, Huangfu Chaobo, meet general Fenwu! I''ve seen some generals


    Gongsun Zan feels good about this strange view. Not to mention that he is Huang Fu Song''s nephew, his teacher Zhu Jun and his teacher Lu Zhi are also good friends. Another point is that in recent years, he has not only bought a lot of white horses from him at a very low price, otherwise, white horse will never be able to expand so rapidly. He was very happy to see Huangfu Chaobo so respectfully come to see him. He stood up, went to Huangfu Chaobo, helped him up and said, "Chaobo is so polite. You are not my direct subordinate. Besides, you and I have known each other for many years, so we don''t have to be so born."


    Huangfu Chaobo rose to his feet and said, "the general is now promoted to commander in chief of the right Beiping as he wishes. Chaobo has no time to go to congratulate him. This time, he specially presents some gifts to express his congratulations." With that, Huangfu Chaobo handed the prepared gift list to Gongsun Yue beside him.


    Gongsun received the gift. Looking at it, he saw that it was written "five horses, 20 good horses, 100 gold, two sets of master craftsman''s black iron armor, 50 jars of wine Luoshen qiongniang..."


    As soon as he saw the above things, Gongsun was more and more happy. He grinned and handed the gift list to Gongsun Zan. Seeing Gongsun Yue''s appearance, Gongsun Zan curiously took the gift list and looked up. However, he was startled by Huangfu Chaobo''s gift. Here, the twenty-five horses are already a huge sum of money.


    Looking at their reaction, Huangfu Chaobo knew that his goal had been achieved, and even said hastily: "general, all the items in this have been given to the general''s own soldiers outside the account except the horses. If the horses, they can only be taken after the general returns to youbeiping."


    After hearing this, Gongsun Zan said in a continuous voice, "no harm, no harm."


    Gongsun Yue asked: "Chaobo, the Luoshen qiongniang which is the specialty of Luoshen town on your gift list is the Luoshen qiongniang which has been widely rumored in the Central Plains recently. I''ve been here for a few days, but I heard it''s rare. How can you buy 50 jars?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was in a daze. He didn''t have time to be here for a few days. He didn''t expect that Luoshen wine would be so popular among the princes. Even Gongsun Yuezhong, who had just arrived for a few days, had already known about it. It seemed that he had really ignored it. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo secretly said that when he returned to Yangwu, he wanted to know something about the restaurant. However, he thought a lot of things in his heart, but he said to Gongsun Yueji: "so that the second general knows that this wine is the specialty of Chaobo''s territory. Because of various reasons, the output is not very high. I didn''t expect that the second general even heard of it."


    "Aha, it''s still your wine after a long time. I went to drink it yesterday. It''s really good, but it''s too few. Everyone in the shop is only allowed to drink one jar. Ha ha... There''s something to drink now. " With that, Gongsun stepped forward and said, "well, brother Chaobo, you see we are so familiar. This wine... Can you give me more jars? Don''t worry. I''ll buy them at the original price. I''ll buy them... "


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately said, "well, second general, I''ve handed over the matter of wine making to my subordinates. In addition, the grain supply in Yuzhou is much tighter than before. Now it''s not very clear how much can be produced. I can only make sure when I go back to understand it. However, don''t worry, general Fenwu. I''ll send someone to deliver some wine every month. " The words of Huangfu Chaobo made Gongsun Zan very happy. Gongsun Yue repeatedly asked how many jars he could send each month. However, Huangfu Chaobo never relented about the quantity. He just said that he would send them to his uncle and teacher in Luoyang every month, and there were only ten jars each month. The specific quantity needed to be confirmed after he went back. Gongsun, who was still wondering how much he could send, stopped talking when he heard that Huangfu Chaobo had only ten jars a month to his elders and teachers. Instead, he changed the topic to horses. He wanted Huangfu Chaobo to get him a good jujube red horse, at least a horse above level 40. If it could be better, it would be better, If you want a BMW, he won''t refuse.In the face of Gongsun Yue''s various demands, Huangfu Chaobo also had a big head. However, on the other hand, it also showed that his relationship with him really reached a certain level, otherwise it would not be so. After taking time to see their relationship, Huangfu Chaobo really reached the level of intimacy, which is the highest level that can be reached between ordinary people, It is estimated that both of them are impossible. However, Huangfu Chaobo is satisfied with his work. After gongsunzan''s death, gongsunyue''s most likely job is to take refuge in himself. Although they are of average ability, they can''t stand to lead Baima Yicong. At that time, it will be more than enough to be an assistant general under Zhao Yun. Just when Huangfu Chaobo was in the infinite YY, Gongsun Yue woke him up and looked at him waiting for his answer. Huangfu Chaobo replied helplessly: "second general, who can say this clearly, but I will let them pay more attention to it. You know, they only have a BMW in a few years."

 Chapter 289

    Seeing what Gongsun Yue was going to say, Gongsun Zan couldn''t see it any more. He said, "good son, second brother, don''t say any more. I want Ma to have a private chat with Chaobo." Then he took Huangfu Chaobo to look at the three people nearby and said, "come on, Chaobo, let me introduce you to the three heroes... This is my younger martial brother, Liu Bei and Liu Xuande, the magistrate of Fanyang county. The two heroes behind him are his two sworn brothers, He Dong Guan Yu and Zhang Fei of Zhuo county. Both of them have the courage to defeat ten thousand people. "


    Seeing Gongsun Zan, he finally thought of the three of them. As soon as he saw them, Liu da''er got up and said, "Liu Xuande of Zhuo county has seen the captain begging for thieves!"


    Huangfu Chaobo had a chance to look at the three of them carefully. He saluted Liu da''er and said, "Yingchuan Huangfu Chaobo has seen Liu county magistrate!" For these three people, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t intend to make friends. In addition, Liu Bei''s territory and himself basically have no intersection, so Huangfu Chaobo''s attitude is neither humble nor overbearing. Liu Bei was polite, but the two people behind him were not the same. Guan Yu was still proud and raised his hand to give a gift. Zhang Fei was serious and gave a gift, but his eyes were fixed on Dian Wei, who was behind Huangfu Chaobo. His eyesight naturally showed that Dian Wei was a very brave general, which suddenly reminded Zhang Fei of his desire to fight against Dian Wei Ideas.


    "Wuna man, you are also a brave man. Come and fight with a family for 300 rounds Then he rolled up his sleeves and wanted to go out of the tent. After two steps, he found that Dian Wei didn''t pay attention to himself, but he said angrily, "Wu Na man, some family kindly asked you to practice martial arts. If you don''t pay attention to others, can you look down on some family?"


    All of them didn''t expect such a change. They were all surprised. Liu Bei saw the opportunity quickly and quickly came forward to hold Zhang Fei. He said, "Yide is not unreasonable. How can we make an appointment to fight when we meet for the first time?" Then, seeing that the leader''s Gongsun Zan was not depressed, he quickly turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "excuse me, Captain Huangfu. My three younger brothers are most obsessed with martial arts. When they see the strong man behind the captain, they are very happy. They just want to compete with him, but they have no other intention."


    Huangfu Chaobo also responded, thinking that Zhang Fei is really... I''m speechless. I''m going to call someone else to fight before I''ve had a word. I don''t want to look at the occasion or Guan Yu. Just look at his posture. Everyone seems to be owed 300 gold by others, as if he can''t hang himself. Alas, no wonder online discussions all said that although Liu Bei''s two brothers were fierce, their personality defects were too serious. No wonder they both had to die in the end. Just about to refuse, I suddenly think of the ranking of the Three Kingdoms generals on the Internet. It seems that Dian Wei''s ranking is still above Zhang Fei''s, so I don''t want to let them have a try. So he turned to Dianwei and saw that Dianwei was also eager to try. He said, "it''s OK, since Zhuang Shi Zhang wants to compete with villain, as long as villain has no opinion, I''m ok. However, I have to borrow an open place in the camp from general Fenwu." With that, Huangfu Chaobo laughed.


    Although Gongsun Zan was dissatisfied with Zhang Fei''s behavior, he didn''t want to show it in front of the outsider Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was not wrong with him, he said: "Chaobo is angry. Let''s go. We''ll go to the camp to let everyone have a good look at the two Wuyong."


    "Well, I''ll add a little bit of color. Both of you need to order. The winner will enjoy five jars of Luoshen wine!" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    both of them are good drinkers. As soon as they hear Huangfu Chaobo''s reward, they stare at each other and go straight to the school yard in the middle of the camp.


    Everyone followed them to the school yard. In a moment, the news that Zhang Fei was going to fight with others spread in the army. For a moment, the whole school yard was full of people. You know, when Gongsun Zan came to join the alliance and passed through Liu Bei''s County, the three men led two thousand soldiers to follow him. Along the way, Zhang Fei kept fighting with people. It can be said that no one in the whole right Beiping army could stand up to him. In the right Beiping army, it can be said that no one could defeat him. In the end, Zhang Fei was so bored that he let the soldiers fight against him in teams, In the end, they were all easily defeated by him. I didn''t expect that someone would want him to fight now. For a moment, all the soldiers in the right Beiping army, except the patrol taxis, gathered around.


    As soon as they arrived at the school yard, they were handed over their weapons.


    Weapons in hand, two people are a roar, toward each other straight attack.


    With a roar, Zhang Fei shook his Zhangba spear and attacked Dianwei like a snake. Dian Wei didn''t show weakness, and he didn''t retreat but advance. He held up his halberd with his right hand and slashed it toward his spear. He wanted to press Zhang Fei''s spear, but with his left halberd he slashed it toward Zhang Fei. Where can Zhang Fei succeed? He drinks again. He twists his body and turns his spear into a spear with both hands. When he wants to fly Dian Wei''s halberd, he just hears the "Ding" of their weapons. The huge sound of metal impact sounded in the middle of the school field, which made everyone around the audience feel very harsh.


    Then two people you come and I go to fight, let the present people see relaxed and happy. After 50 moves, they are still on the same level. As time went on, the two men became braver and braver. They didn''t mean to stop at all, and the shouts of taxi soldiers around them became more and more popular. However, different from the reaction of all the people in the field, Guan Yu, who was fighting outside the field, didn''t have the arrogant squint at the beginning, his eyes were full of dignified color, and his left hand, which had always been light bearded, gradually slowed down. Others may not know, but he has seen that although he has just passed 100 moves now, his third brother seems to have taken the lead step by step, but in fact he has made great efforts, while the other side seems to have left some spare strength. According to this, it is estimated that the third brother will lose after 200 moves. It seems that the other side is really strong.As expected, after two hundred moves, Zhang Fei''s spear was blown away, while Dian Wei saw that Zhang Fei had lost his weapon, so he put his halberds on the ground and waved his fists to meet him.


    "Bang..."


    Only heard two people''s fists hit each other''s chest, two people were knocked to the ground at the same time. Soon, he turned over and jumped up at the same time, and continued to punch at the other side.


    After two hundred and fifty moves, Zhang Fei was finally knocked down by Dianwei, and then he was forced to struggle for a long time. After that, he could not turn over again. Seeing this, although Zhang Fei was not satisfied with it, he had no choice but to admit defeat. However, Dian Wei was exhausted by this time. He finally turned over and sat up. Then he stretched out his hand to pull Zhang Fei up. Zhang Fei was stunned, but he also reacted. He quickly stretched out his hand, held Dianwei''s hand, and stood up from the ground. Dianwei said: "yes, you are very strong. I haven''t had such a good fight for a long time! I can share two of the five jars of wine that you award me. "


    Then they looked at each other and laughed.

 Chapter 290

    Seeing that they were finally over, everyone was relieved. When they both stepped down from the school, they all went up.


    Seeing that Dianwei has really defeated Zhang Fei, Huangfu Chaobo is also relieved. It seems that his guess is still correct. One thing is that Dianwei is a general. It can be said that if Lvbu is invincible in the world, Dianwei is the king of infantry. In addition, his original attributes and skills are mainly defensive, so Dianwei is still a good guard general. Dian Wei went to Huangfu Chaobo after leaving the court and said, "Mr. Chen, Wei has defeated Zhang Fei as entrusted by Mr. Wei?"


    "Ha ha ha... Well, when you get back to Yangwu, ask Mr. Lou to lead the five jars of Luoshen qiongniang. " Huangfu Chaobo said to him with a smile: "don''t you just want to drink enough every month? That''s exactly what you want. "


    He didn''t expect that Dianwei didn''t get up. Instead, he asked Huangfu Chaobo to divide his five jars of wine into two jars for Zhang Fei. After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, but quickly responded and said, "it''s all right, since you''ve been rewarded, how to deal with it is your own business."


    Soon Gongsun Zan and Liu Bei all came over, and Huangfu Chaobo met them. Gongsun said with a happy face: "brother Chaobo, I didn''t expect that you have such a strong general under you. You should be more brave than your brother-in-law, right?"


    Huangfu Chao nodded slightly, then turned to Zhang Fei and said, "brother Yide, I''m sorry. I can''t give you this five jars of wine. As for the affairs between you, I won''t interfere." Then he praised Gongsun: "general Fenwu, there are still affairs to deal with in the army, so I''ll leave first!"


    Gongsun nodded his head and said, "OK, second younger brother, I''d like to see off Huangfu''s captain for you."


    Huangfu Chaobo finished his speech, wrote a series to the public, turned around, accompanied by Gongsun Yue, and led Dian Wei and others to go outside the camp of the right Peking army. After leaving the camp, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t agree with Gongsun Yueyue. He just agreed to invite them to the banquet next time. After that, he turned over and went to Yangwu city.


    Less than ten minutes after Huangfu Chaobo left the camp, the video screen of Zhang Fei''s fight with others was sent to the website. Soon someone picked out that the person who was fighting was Dianwei, a subordinate of Huangfu Chaobo. The players were in an uproar. We all know that Huang Zhong had been brought under the command of Huangfu Chaobo for a long time. I didn''t think he would take Dianwei without saying a word. For a moment, everyone was guessing how many famous historical generals there were under Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo had no time to pay attention to these things. After returning to Yangwu City, Huangfu Chaobo sent someone to invite Lou GUI. Now he must know something about Luoshen wine.


    In the face of Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry, Lou GUI can''t help laughing bitterly. In fact, he is not responsible for these things, but is only in charge of the left behind jujube. After receiving the report from the society, he will sort it out and tell Huangfu Chaobo about it. But when he told him the day before yesterday, he said that he and jujube could handle these things. Now it''s over One day, he asked about the situation again, but he was a little relieved of his subordinates. However, in the heart of such a thought, but also very grateful to Huangfu Chaobo for their trust.


    After they have settled down, Lou Guicai tells Huangfu Chaobo about Luoshen liquor since he became an official. Because of the change of the grain planting cycle, lougui and Zaozhi are not prepared to expand the scale of Luoshen liquor before they have a good cooperation with the major merchants. Because the grain itself is becoming more and more scarce, the monthly liquor production is not very high. The output of the best Luoshen qiongniang is only 100000 Jin, that is, 10000 jars. Huangfu Chaobo sends out nearly 1000 jars every month, including nearly 100 jars in Xiangyang, nearly 100 jars in Runan Kongyu and his main confidants. There are nearly 200 jars in Luoyang Huangfu family and Zhu Jun family every month, as well as their subordinate officials and generals and several master craftsmen every month The fixed reward is about 300 jars. In addition, some other people give more than 100 jars of reward, which adds up to thousands of jars. In this way, only 9000 jars are sold in the Luoshen restaurant in changshe city every month. In order to deal with various emergencies, the two people deliberately leave about 2000 jars from the 9000 jars every month, so the actual amount of money used in the restaurant''s sales every month is only 2000 jars There are more than 200 jars in the sky, which is not enough for the use of restaurants at all. However, jujube can only be sold with Luoshen pure wine and fine wine. Fortunately, both kinds of wine are made by master Qian''s apprentice, which is larger than the high-end Qiong wine.


    In fact, the output of wine barely kept up with the sales, so Lou Guicai was anxious to establish a good cooperative relationship with the MI family, because Xuzhou was originally a land of grain production, and the MI family in the East China Sea was the world''s richest man. With the addition of the MI family, there would be no shortage of food. It''s a pity that MI Zhu, the owner of the MI family, is a cautious man. Now he just sent his younger brother Mi Fang to bring a letter, but he didn''t come to discuss it in person. So Lou GUI decided to open Luoshen restaurant in Yangwu city. He just wanted to make use of the time when the princes gathered to make Luoshen wine famous. As expected, the first batch of 2000 jars of wine was sold out in only five days It is also the reason why Lou GUI limited the quantity. After getting the restaurant''s response, Lou GUI immediately sent someone back to changshe to deliver 5000 jars of wine, but he emptied nearly half of the wine in Luoshen town at one time.


    After listening to Lou GUI''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but smack his tongue. Fortunately, he didn''t agree to Gongsun Yue''s request on the spot. It seems that a lot of wine making needs to be added. But like all skills, the quality of wine making is also related to skill level and proficiency. The proportion of the best master Qiong Niang Qian who brews wine himself will be higher Using his disciples to brew, it is estimated that the probability of good wine is less than half, and more food will be wasted. But just as Lou GUI thought, now that the princes gathered in jujube, it was the best time for Luoshen qiongniang to become famous. But now the amount of alcohol is too little to meet the needs.In the face of this problem, both of them fell into deep meditation for a long time. Huangfu Chao said: "it seems that this is the only way, sir. On the one hand, let Ziping arrange for master Qian''s disciples to choose the better qualified ones and let them start brewing high-end bars. Even if it''s a waste of food, there''s no way. Another is to reduce the amount of high-end wine in Luoshen restaurant in changshe city and transport most of them to Yangwu. We must open up the reputation of Luoshen qiongniang during this period of time. "

 Chapter 291

    Lou GUI also nodded his head to show his approval. Now that he has nodded his head, he can only make up for himself as a subordinate. Moreover, this period of time is really the best time to open up public praise. As far as the current situation is concerned, Huangfu''s method is the best. After discussing the details, Huang Fu sent someone to order Zaozhi to implement it as soon as possible.


    After dealing with luoshenjiu, Lou GUI reported to Huangfu Chaobo the progress of the war between the two camps in the past two days. The war against Quanxian county has begun. General Yu Jin has led the army to attack today. It seems that the war is progressing well. It should be that Quanxian county can be attacked today and tomorrow. In this way, only the capital County of Zhang Chao, the governor of Guangling, and Rongyang County, the headquarters of Dong Zhuo in Guandong, are left. As for the surrounding villages and towns, the attacks are also in progress. For example, Guancheng around Rongyang has begun to attack. After the attack, it can approach Longcheng, the last defense point outside Rongyang. As long as the city is conquered, Rongyang will be under the front of the army of Guandong princes.


    Longcheng is located 30 Li to the east of Rongyang, which is an important defense support around Rongyang. Longcheng governs the city in the East, aocang in the north, and Guoting in the West. These towns are the most important peripheral areas around Rongyang. If several towns are lost, hundreds of thousands of princes'' troops can reach Rongyang directly, so Rongyang garrison general Li Meng also takes the defense of several towns as his own However, I didn''t expect that Guan Cheng was attacked by the princes'' army. He didn''t hold on for two days, so he was beaten down by the princes'' army.


    Seeing this, Li Meng knows that his Rongyang city is about to be lost, but he doesn''t want to give up Rongyang easily. After a night of hard thinking, Li Meng finally made a decision to use Longcheng to hit the army of Guandong princes. Since he can''t keep it, he can use this solid town to defeat the spirit of the army of the princes, so that he can withdraw to Luoyang smoothly. You know, at the beginning, the prime minister asked him to defend the cities in the east of Shaanxi, only to delay his attack on Luoyang as much as possible, at least to buy time for the defense of hulaoguan and Luoyang. It has been almost a month since the army of the Guandong vassals began to attack. Therefore, Li Meng has completed many tasks assigned by Dong Zhuo.


    Now that he has decided to abandon Rongyang, Li Meng quickly made a decision. Since he can''t keep it, he won''t leave a complete Rongyang city to the army of Guandong princes. He decided to give the enemy a deep-seated draw, of course, let him burn Rongyang city is certainly not dare, but will Rongyang City soldiers, grain and all kinds of property swept away, he still dare to do.


    So, soon, the garrison in Rongyang city made an action. First of all, Li Meng issued the defense task of Longcheng defense war, which is different from the defense task of the previous cities. This time, Li Meng decided to collect thousands of different soldiers and horses to defend Longcheng. This is the largest number of soldiers and horses that he could collect by collecting all the property in Rongyang city. Different from the past, this time, Li Meng gave a reward to an alien for killing a soldier in the Marquis camp in the defensive war, which was twice as much as before. Otherwise, when he reached a certain number of enemies, he gave other rewards, such as equipment, equipment, drawings, and so on. What''s more, for the top three in the number of enemies killed, he gave Xiliang iron cavalry 100 and five Ten and ten awards. According to the reward given by Li Meng, the players in Dong Zhuo''s camp will fight all their troops, and then they will use the reward given by him to recruit all the troops again. They will not lose anything. If other rewards are added, they will even make money. Of course, new recruits only refer to primary and intermediate recruits, and they are different from veteran players in their own hands. However, it is better than not making ends meet. So when Li Meng''s reward comes out, the players are in an uproar. The players in Dong Zhuo camp are overjoyed, while the players in Chaoting camp are envious. With such a reward, the players in Dong Zhuo camp don''t fight to defend.


    As expected, Dong Zhuo''s camp is full of players. Facing so many soldiers, Li Meng managed to make up 20000 soldiers in the defense war after a day''s selection. As for Rongyang County, Li Meng does not know that he can''t do it. He knows that if he can''t keep it, he won''t try his best to take the Xiliang army, because the general he gets is not to keep Rongyang, but to consume the army of Guandong princes.


    When the news reached the Marquis jujube camp, all the Marquis were dumbfounded, staring at the scouts who came to report. After repeatedly confirming the accuracy of the news, there was an uproar in the big account. Everyone thought that now there is only one town in Longcheng east of Rongyang, which only needs thousands of foreign soldiers to fight down. Unexpectedly, Li Meng was so shameless that he directly recruited 20000 foreign soldiers to defend such a town, and even offered double rewards. People really wanted to rush to Li Meng In front of him, "pa pa" give him a few slaps, and then ask him where to get so much money to double the reward for alien players. It''s a pity that all the princes didn''t know that in order to gather enough soldiers to defend Longcheng, Li Meng had robbed all the Xian in Rongyang city. After the princes'' army occupied Rongyang, they found out that Li Meng actually gave all the personnel and materials that the strange people were interested in as rewards to the strange people. After a short shock, all the princes wake up one after another. Since the enemy has increased the reward for this battle, they have no choice but to double the reward. However, they only double their military achievements, but there is no reward for Li Meng''s various items and special arms.As a result, the players on both sides of the war are all excited. This is a good opportunity for them to make military contributions. Although there will certainly be a lot of military losses, military contributions are rare, let alone double military contributions.


    There are 20000 soldiers in Dong Zhuo''s army. According to the art of war, there are "five attacks". That means that the princes'' army should prepare 80000 to 100000 troops for attack. Of course, according to the practice in the game, the attackers should have 50000 or 60000 troops. As soon as the recruitment notices of the two sides were issued, the responders gathered, and all the ten forces of the Dukes'' camp received the task at the first time. Then zonghengtian and Zhao Zilong rush to Yangwu city again. They come to ask if Huangfu Chaobo will take part in the war.

 Chapter 292

    For whether to participate in the Longcheng strategy, Huangfu Chaobo also discussed with Lou GUI and Huang Zhong for many times, and the three were in between. Looking at the style of Dong Zhuo''s camp, Longcheng is certainly not so easy to fight. The players have concentrated 20000 troops, and Longcheng already has 1000 troops. With Li Meng''s various incentive measures, it is estimated that the players in Dong Zhuo''s camp are fighting for their lives. In this way, the princes'' camp, as the attacker, will surely suffer a heavy loss. But if you don''t take part in the battle of Rongyang, the battle of sishuiguan and the battle of hulaoguan, it is estimated that it will be the battle of NPC princes and soldiers, so the players'' soldiers will surely have to fight soy sauce. Take part in it, knowing that it is a hard battle. If you don''t take part in it, no one can tell you exactly what will happen in the future.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo still decided to take part in the war. However, he would have to adjust his troops. This time, there were only 500 guards and horses, led by Dian Wei, and 1500 middle-level soldiers and soldiers. Among them, there were 500 sword and shield soldiers, 500 spearmen and 500 archers, led by Huang Zhong, and Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao were Deputy generals. Of course, the fifth primary general followed the army again. As for the rest of the soldiers and horses, Lou GUI continued to stay in Yangwu city. Now that the decision has been made, Huang Zhong and Dian Wei will make arrangements for the preparation of sending troops. Huang Fu and Chao Bo will discuss other matters in Yangwu city with Lou GUI.


    There are about 200 Li from Yangwu to Longcheng town in the east of Rongyang. There are no county level cities, only some village level cities. Fortunately, all the villages and towns of hostile forces in these places have been attacked by the players of the vassal camp, and there are only dozens of villages and towns in the neutral camp. I believe no one will invest in Dong Zhuo''s battle at this time Camp. In fact, Taohuadao town can successfully complete the camp conversion task does not mean that the conversion task is easy to do. On the contrary, the conversion task is relatively difficult. During this period of time, about a dozen lords changed their camp because of the smooth progress of the jealous princes'' camp. The result is that less than 30% of them have completed the task and successfully converted their camp, but they have suffered a lot Heavy, basically can be said to be gain without loss. The main reason why the Taohua Island leader is so successful is that Huangfu Chaobo gives his full support. You know, the 500 top arms alone are not what ordinary players can have. Moreover, in the course of the mission, Taohua Island town has recruited nearly a thousand soldiers. Whether it''s just the strength of Taohua Island town to do the camp conversion mission by itself, you don''t know how many people have died I''m back.


    After receiving the task of attacking Longcheng, according to the system requirements, the army needs to gather around Longcheng within five days. Originally, after Huang Zhong had assembled the soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to lead the army, because his soldiers had to start from Yangwu, and the troops of the people all over the world were fighting outside all the time, and all the replenishment was carried out nearby, so it''s very important Now it''s not just the two of them, most of the troops of other players are scattered everywhere, instead of concentrating around the jujube mill as they did in the beginning, because not only are they replenishing soldiers or collecting tasks, they can all be carried out in the nearby counties. On the contrary, the changshe army of Huangfu Chaobo had always set its base in Yangwu City, so he was the furthest player from the field.


    Just as the army was ready to set out, it received an urgent message from Kong from suanzao. When they opened it, they found that the Longcheng strategy had aroused the attention of all the princes. After discussion, they decided to send a general to lead the battle in order to coordinate the troops of different Lords. Cao Cao of Jiaozhao was the one who sent the troops, and Cao Ren was the general of Cao Cao. In fact, all the princes want to capture Rongyang as soon as possible, because the jujube is too far away from Hulao pass. Hundreds of thousands of princes and millions of players consume countless grains every day. The loss of grain transportation alone has reached the level of tongue shattering. However, if we win Rongyang, aocang in the northeast of Rongyang is close to the river, and the grain transported by Hanfu in Jizhou can be directly stored In this way, the loss on the road can be greatly reduced. Therefore, after learning that Huangfu Chaobo would also take part in the war, Cao Cao asked Kong to write a letter, asking Huangfu Chaobo''s taxi to stay in Yangwu for a day, join Cao Ren''s two thousand troops, and then rush to Longcheng together, or to protect Cao Ren''s troops'' grain and equipment. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to give the army a day off until Cao Ren''s army arrived.


    In the afternoon, Cao Ren led the army to Yangwu. There were two thousand soldiers in the army, but they were escorting about two hundred wagons. There were ten days of food and grass for the two thousand troops and the corresponding civilian men to carry horses. If we add in the ten day grain and grass needed by the two thousand soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo, there would be four hundred carts. After placing Cao Ren''s army in the prepared camp outside the city, Huangfu Chaobo invited Cao Ren to the Luoshen restaurant in Yangwu city. Because of Cao Cao, Huangfu Chaobo had met Cao Cao''s generals in suanzao camp, and he was no stranger to Cao Ren. So Huangfu Chaobo led the people in Yangwu city to have a banquet with Cao Ren and his party.


    The next morning, the two armies set out in the morning mist and headed for Longcheng. It took four days to walk all the way. In the afternoon of the fourth day, the army finally arrived at a big village called Gaozhuang village, ten miles to the east of Longcheng, where Cao Ren chose to camp for the army. After the march of these days, some players and horses from all over the world joined Cao Ren''s army. When they arrived at Gaozhuang village, there were nearly 30000 troops. Some soldiers and horses had already arrived at Gaozhuang village first. It was only less than ten miles from here to Longcheng. However, from Gaozhuang Village to the west, there was a gap in the north, an official road in the south, and a distance from Chihou According to the report, the official road of several miles has been transformed into a defensive front by tens of thousands of Dong Zhuo''s soldiers. It seems that Zi wants to use the official road of several miles to kill the soldiers of the Dukes'' camp.In this attack on Longcheng, the princes'' camp gathered a total of 40000 troops. In fact, the main reason is that this is not a real siege war. Longcheng is just a middle Town, and there are only 3000 or 5000 soldiers in it. Therefore, the war is basically carried out outside the town. There are 40000 troops outside the town and 20000 in the battle, but the pressure is not great. However, in the past few days, after Li Meng''s coordination, the people in Dong Zhuo''s camp have been divided into several units, arranging their own soldiers in the barracks within a few miles from Guandao to Longcheng. They basically built camps on both sides of the official road, and built a camp every certain distance. If the princes wanted to attack Longcheng, they had to attack these camps one by one along the official road, and then they could reach outside Longcheng town.

 Chapter 293

    Of course, you can also make a detour, but you have to make a detour to Guancheng in the south. But first, you need to make a detour for tens of miles. If the army''s follow-up grain and grass are transported from suanzao, you have to make a big circle. In addition, Jing County has not been captured, so it is not advisable to attack from the south. In the north, you have to cross the chasm and then rush to aocang to cross the river again, so it''s not realistic. In this way, only a strong attack is left.


    When he arrived at Gaozhuang village, Cao Ren ordered the army to camp, and at the same time, he ordered the idle soldiers and civilian men to cut down trees, and let the craftsmen make simple siege equipment. You know, although the other party was just a camp, the archery tower and moat were complete. After the barracks were set up, players from all over the place arrived one after another. When it was getting dark, all the 40000 troops who received the task had arrived at Cao Ren''s barracks in Gaozhuang village. After the defense was arranged, Cao Ren ordered to recruit more than 1000 lords of the army to discuss affairs and prepare for the war to begin tomorrow.


    For Cao Ren, this is the first time that he has led the battle. Although he has only 2000 troops directly under his command, now he has 40000 troops under his command, but Cao Ren will not allow himself to fail. Since Dong Zhuo''s army is going to block each other, Cao Ren is going to divide all the rear horses into several waves and attack each time. After all, he has twice as many troops as the other side, and the other side is only building ordinary barracks instead of cities.


    Soon the players who got the military order rushed to Cao Ren''s tent. When they went in, they found that Huangfu Chaobo, who was the first player, was talking and laughing with Cao Ren, who was sitting on the throne. This scene made everyone even more surprised at the strength of Huangfu Chaobo. As more and more players enter the tent, the slightly dreary Chinese army tent becomes more and more lively. Cao Ren seems to know the temperament of these strange people, so he doesn''t stop the reaction of the players. You know, if the princes gather together, most of the generals will be reprimanded and even punished.


    Seeing that all the players had arrived, Cao Ren stood up, and all the players gradually calmed down. As we all know, Cao Ren is going to arrange tomorrow''s war. At this time, the players are indifferent. Only after tomorrow''s war, can we see how crazy the players in Dong Zhuo''s camp will be.


    Cao Ren has been chatting with Huangfu Chaobo for a long time. He knows that the alien players in front of him don''t like long speeches, so when everyone calms down, he makes a straightforward statement of his arrangement. According to his arrangement, Dong Zhuojun has built five camps all the way down the official road, and each camp has 4000 soldiers, because considering that the range of attack that the camp can have is only so large Therefore, Cao Ren will divide his 40000 troops into eight offensive parts, each with about 5000 soldiers, and each army is led by a general: Liu Shi under huangjintianxia, Cheng Yuanzhi under Xintianyou, Qu Xing under Xiaoxiang academy, Zhou Dynasty under feixianling, Guo Shi under avatar, Yue Xi under yelaixiang, and He Yi under zonghengtianxia As for the last army, it should have been handed over to sun Qian, a subordinate of the imperial overlord, but considering that sun Qian was a civil servant, the imperial overlord decided to hand over the right to lead the army to Huangfu Chaobo, and then sun Qian helped him.


    In the face of the imperial decision, Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and decided to accept it. However, after much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to hand it over to Dian Wei. The main reason for this is that Huangfu Chaobo put forward an idea, that is, to gather the crossbow soldiers in each hand and hand them over to Huang Zhong for unified command They were very supportive, and the players who led them didn''t object. Anyway, all the soldiers'' military achievements were recorded by the system, and they were not afraid of Huangfu Chaobo''s concealment. So with nearly 500 crossbow soldiers in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, the princes'' camp collected nearly 1000 crossbow soldiers. They all believed that with these maces, we had more confidence in the war. After all, the crossbow soldiers were very good It''s well known to be tough.


    However, the three players in the three cities of Jingnan are worried about the confidence of others, because they are already in a stalemate with Huangfu Chaobo. So the last time a group of players went to Yangwu to buy a crossbow, they didn''t go. As a result, Huangfu Chaobo now has as many as 1000 crossbow soldiers in his hands. They are all thinking about if they need crossbow support, Huangfu super Expo will give them support.


    After Cao Ren retired from the army''s big tent, they all went back to their own camp. It''s too late today, and the adjustment of troops will be made tomorrow morning.


    The next morning, as soon as it was light, the Marquis camp began to be busy. The players who just came out of the tent adjusted their camp with Cao Ren''s military orders. According to Cao Ren''s assignment yesterday, all the troops and horses returned to the camp. After all the troops and horses were in place, they immediately arranged today''s attack.


    The order of attack was decided by the Eight Generals'' drawing lots. Although Xiaoxiang academy, the first district star to attack, secretly scolded himself for his bad luck, there was no other way but to order the whole army of District star to fight in full view of the public. Speaking of this, although Qu Xing was born as a bandit, he was also a historical general. According to some people''s conjecture, it is estimated that his force value has reached the strength of the middle part of the prefecture level, and he still has a certain strength. Soon after receiving the military order, the District completed the rectification of 5000 troops. There are 5000 soldiers in his army. Of course, the main force is 3000 soldiers under his original command. The others are all soldiers of small Lords. For the current players, they are mainly sword shield soldiers and long spearmen, not to mention cavalry. Therefore, the troops and horses of the District Star Institute are basically sword shield soldiers, and the total number of archers is less than 1000. Most of them were recruited by Xiaoxiang academy after the battle of Yangwu. Because Xiaoxiang academy didn''t want to ask Huangfu Chaobo for help before the war started, after the archers under the command of Qu Xing covered, the sword shield soldiers guarded the auxiliary soldiers to fill the trench. I saw hundreds of auxiliary soldiers carrying bags full of soil towards the front of Dong Zhuojun camp rushed past.In Dong Zhuo''s barracks, Gao Lan, a Xiake subordinate of Luonan Town, is responsible for defending. Looking at the soldiers of the princes'' camp attacking outside the barracks, Gao Lan sneers and says to his deputy general: "come on, only half of the archers on the wall of Chuanling village can fight. The other archers are waiting for the general''s orders!"


    After his deputy general promised, he let his messenger pass the military order.

 Chapter 294

    Game player game player Dong Zhuo camp also made a lot of planning, because it has been in the defensive, so the Dong Zhuo camp game player generally accumulated a certain number of archers, and Huangpu super Bo''s idea, several players and generals after deliberation, decided to deploy all the archers, like high defense camp, although only four thousand troops. However, there were two thousand archers, and the other two thousand were sword shield men and lance men, each with a thousand men. Their purpose was to kill the largest number of soldiers in the Dukes'' camp. For example, Gao Lan''s command is to kill and injure the enemy''s soldiers as much as possible, and then save his archers as much as possible. As for the ordinary soldiers, it doesn''t matter if they are all consumed. Of course, only a few lords and their leading generals can know such an order.


    Seeing the bow and arrow coming from the opposite camp, Qu Xing figured out that the archer of the defending side was about the same as his own side, so he decided to increase the strength of the attack and prepare to fill up the trench quickly to capture the camp. At his command, the moat soldiers quickened their pace, and the 1000 archers who were responsible for covering also increased their shooting at the archers on the wall of the stronghold, trying to suppress the archers on the wall of the stronghold. Sure enough, with the order of Qu Xing, although Dong Zhuo''s archers could not be suppressed, the threat to the soldiers outside the wall was greatly reduced. It took nearly an hour to close the gate, and finally filled several passages in front of the wall. Seeing this, the District Star immediately ordered that the soldiers who had been ready to attack the city quickly carried Jane''s siege equipment towards the wall of Dong Zhuo''s army. Seen from the wall, the front is full of attacking taxi soldiers.


    The archers on the stronghold wall seem to have lost ground. Most archers still shoot in the direction of their own archers, while some archers seem to point at the approaching siege soldiers. Seeing this, Xiaoxiang academy and feixianling, who watched the battle behind, all showed a knowing smile, and at the same time, they also looked at Huangfu Chaobo with provocative eyes. Huangfu Chaobo, however, turned a blind eye to this. He was eager for the success of his own attack, but at the same time, he felt that the attack seemed to be too smooth. You know, not only his own side had military generals, but the other side also had several historical military generals. There was no reason why the first camp of the other side was so easy for his own side to attack. However, he did not know what the other side would have So just sit back and watch.


    Just when everyone thought they were going to win the first battle, something happened on the wall. I heard a shout from the wall: "shoot!" Then I saw a big wave of arrows shot from the wall, which was more than 2000, but they were all aimed at the soldiers who had already rushed into the range of the bow and arrow. For a moment, the arrow rain falling from the sky was like a blast and a shower. The taxi driver was in a daze. Before the crowd could react, the second wave of arrow rain came again. For a moment, I saw that among the attacking soldiers, there were soldiers who were shot by arrows from the sky, and then fell to the ground with a scream. There were screams everywhere. The area star behind the military array was the first to react and yelled at the signal soldiers beside him with a face of madness: "the other side has a large number of archers, far more than a thousand. Hurry up, call for more troops, order the archers to fire with all their strength, and cover the soldiers to retreat! Come on, come on


    For a moment, there was a rapid sound of gold on the battlefield. At this time, the attacking soldiers woke up from the attack of arrow rain. At this time, the disadvantages of joint operations are reflected. The Xiaoxiang Academy''s taxi soldiers have been trained by the District star for a long time, and they are used to obeying military orders. However, the taxi soldiers of other small Lord players do not react and continue to rush forward. As a result, the whole battlefield is almost in a mess. There are constantly taxis who have retreated and those who are still rushing forward, which further increases the chaos of the battlefield.


    Seeing the sudden change in front of him, Xiaoxiang Academy''s face changed greatly, and immediately called for help to the two allies around him. Feixianling and avatar responded quickly, and immediately ordered their generals to lead a thousand shield soldiers to guard the archers in their department and move forward quickly to meet the retreating soldiers. With nearly 3000 archers suppressing the archers on the wall of the stronghold, Gaolan wanted to expand the victory, but finally had to retreat halfway. However, because he lured the enemy, nearly one ordinary soldier and nearly two hundred archers under Qu Xing''s command were shot and killed. In addition to the soldiers and horses lost during the trench filling, it can be said that the 5000 soldiers in Qu Xing''s command had nearly two thousand losses. This result makes Qu Xing ashamed. After returning to the Chinese army, Qu Xing goes directly to Cao Ren to plead guilty. Even his own Lord is red faced and dare not say more.


    Cao Ren, together with other lords and generals, were watching the battle in the central army. They were all worried about the war just now. They thought the attack ahead was too smooth, but they didn''t expect that the other side had so many archers. Cao Ren said: "general Qu, please stand up. This defeat is not the crime of war. It''s just because the enemy general was too treacherous. Cao never thought that Dong thief had so many archers."


    Qu Xing then got up to thank him. After this round of attack, it was almost noon. Cao Ren simply ordered the soldiers to go back to the camp to eat and fight again in the afternoon. At the same time, the chaos caused by the rout of Qu Xing also fell into Cao Ren''s eyes, so after returning to the camp, he immediately called up the generals and ordered them not to take part in the war. The soldiers had to step up their training, so as not to make the generals fail again. Cao Ren ordered the craftsmen of the logistics camp to speed up the production of well brackets and decided to increase the number of archers in order to suppress the enemy archers on the wall.In the afternoon, until the beginning of Shenshi, that is, more than three o''clock in the afternoon, Cao Ren ordered the second round of attack to begin. This time, it was yelaixiang, who was the second in the line. Because he had a good relationship with Huangfu Chaobo, he didn''t worry about anything at all. He directly asked Huangfu Chaobo to support the crossbow soldiers in Huang Zhong''s hands. In addition, the logistics camp also supported many Jinglan, so Huang Zhong led the nearly thousand crossbow soldiers directly to the Jinglan to cover and shoot Dong Zhuo''s army on the wall. With Huang Zhong''s 1000 crossbow soldiers and Yuexi department''s nearly 1000 archers, Gaolan''s archers at the head of the city didn''t get any advantage. In addition, the trench had been filled by the District Star Department in the morning, so there were not many casualties. Yuexi department successfully attacked the camp.

 Chapter 295

    Unfortunately, Gao Lan, who had been prepared for a long time, had withdrawn the archers to the back of the wall, leaving only the sword shield soldiers and spearmen to defend against the wall. There were soldiers fighting to the death in the front and archers blocking the shooting in the back. Yuexibu who entered the stronghold didn''t take much advantage of it. In addition, Gaolan personally entangled Yuexi, so although the troops of the army entered the stronghold, the progress was very slow.


    Seeing this situation, Cao Ren, who was watching the battle in the Chinese army, immediately gave an order. As soon as the voice dropped, he heard Gao Lan, who had retreated to the west gate, laughing loudly: "it''s too late now! Archer, arrow, fire


    Then, on the wall at the west gate of the camp, a large number of archers suddenly stood up. They had already bent their bows and set up arrows. A group of flames were burning on the arrows. After hearing Gao Lan''s order, they all shot their own bow rockets into the camp.


    For a moment, I only saw black smoke whistling by in the sky. Then, there were star flames everywhere in the camp. A moment later, the star flames turned into thick smoke and skyrocketing fire.


    Although Yue Xi and Guo Shi were leading the army to kill happily, they were also people who watched and listened. When they were killing happily, they suddenly heard the roar of Qu Xing. Although they didn''t retreat immediately, they also stopped chasing. Thanks to Qu Xing''s prompt warning, the two men stopped the attack. When Dong Zhuojun''s rocket came, they quickly led the taxi soldiers around them to retreat. Rao is so. After the two men left the camp and counted the losses, there were still a large number of soldiers lost in the camp. About 2500 soldiers were lost before and after Yuexi, while only half of Guo Shi''s 3000 soldiers were returned, and the rest were lost in the camp. In addition, Qu Xing was quick to see the opportunity, and only 500 soldiers were damaged in the camp. However, with the loss of soldiers in the morning, it can be said that they were fighting In the first camp, the princes'' army has lost 7500 soldiers, which is equivalent to eight soldiers. In the first war alone, it did not lose a part and a half of its troops, while Dong Zhuo''s army lost less than 2000 soldiers. Cao Ren, who got the news, was so angry that he couldn''t speak. After a long reaction, he scolded Guo Shiyue and Xi for being reckless.


    However, it is useless to talk about it. After venting his anger, Cao Ren did not mention it again. It was because it was too late that he ordered all the troops to return to the camp.


    Cao Ren, who returned to the camp, could not take a rest and immediately called the people to discuss the matter. Soon everyone rushed to Cao Ren''s tent and won the day. After entering the tent, they didn''t have the kind of playful mood that they had yesterday. When they came in, they found their positions and sat down without saying a word, especially the three lords and their subordinates, who had lost their troops at a loss, sat down in silence. Seeing that all the people had arrived, Cao Rencai, who looked very blue, said, "as you can see in today''s war, our army has lost more than 7000 troops. It is true that we have only won one barracks of the enemy, and we have only annihilated more than 2000 enemies. If the loss in the morning was due to the treachery of the enemy, what about the war in the afternoon? " Speaking of this, Cao Ren "bang" slapped on the case in front of him, rubbed up and yelled: "before going to battle, I''ll make it clear again. I need to be careful! Be careful! More careful! But in the end? General Yue Xi and General Guo Shi, do you have the general''s advice in mind


    In the face of Cao Ren''s fury, although all the people present were not his subordinates, the momentum of the famous historical general still made everyone feel sluggish. Yue Xi and Guo Shi felt more deeply. They came out more and more. They bowed down to the tent and said, "if you have not been entrusted by the general, please punish him!"


    Seeing them like this, Cao Ren hummed coldly: "if you were generals under general Fenwei, you would have been dragged out of the tent and punished. Well, let''s get up first. You don''t have to lose so much in this battle, but you will lose thousands of soldiers because of the faults of the two generals. This is just the first barracks. It took one day to lose nearly ten thousand soldiers. Ladies and gentlemen, we are both prosperous and we are both damaged. There are only four days left, but we still have four barracks. Let''s talk about it. What shall we do in tomorrow''s war? "


    Everyone looks at each other in the accounts, but they are all two swords for the ancient accounts. Some people are not even two swords. Especially in front of the famous generals like Cao Ren, they don''t dare to talk nonsense. They all turn their eyes to their subordinates. Seeing that everyone was silent, Cao Ren turned his eyes to Huangfu Chaobo, who was beside him, and said, "you are going to attack the second camp tomorrow. Do you have a good plan?"


    Huangfu Chaobo and the imperial overlord looked at each other, nodded and said: "about the war tomorrow, several generals of our department have discussed it in today''s war. Mr. Sun will explain it for the general."


    Cao Ren nodded and looked at Sun Qian.


    Seeing that Cao Ren and all the people in the tent looked at him, sun Qian stood up and said, "general Cao, you adults, you generals, from today''s war, we can see that the Dong thief army is really well prepared for this war. Although today is the first camp, we can still see a lot of clues from it. "

 Chapter 296

    Looking at Sun Qian''s conversation in the field, Huangfu Chaobo said to the imperial overlord with a smile: "brother overlord has picked up a treasure."


    The emperor''s smile left only one slit in his eyes, and said, "haha, it''s average. Compared with brother Chaobo, it''s a long way off..." Although the words say like this, how can not hide his complacency in the tone.


    After the chat, they continued to listen to sun Qian''s words. Although his words were negotiated by several of their subordinates, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he could make good friends with Hao, a very straightforward player among the players, so he gave sun Qian the chance to show off.


    "From today''s war, we can see that Dong Zhuo Jun has a high proportion of archers, and his elite level should have exceeded that of all the taxi soldiers here. We can see that the first camp alone has half of the archers. This is one of them. Second, all the eight soldiers of our army have strong generals, but we can''t understand all the situation of the enemy generals. However, one thing is for sure: Gaolan is the first garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison Garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison garrison Garrison There are other generals, but we don''t know. " Here, sun Qian stopped for a moment, and after everyone digested what he said, he continued: "third, if a large number of archers of Dong Zhuo are their first mace, then there is another thing we need to pay attention to, that is, there is an iron cavalry under the command of wuyuzhen. Although it can''t be compared with the Xiliang iron cavalry under the command of Dong thief, it''s very important It is said that he is also a cavalry who has been fighting for a long time. In addition, Maqu is originally a cavalry general, so it is a big threat to the lack of cavalry of our Central Plains forces. Of course, I don''t know if they have any other Maces. "


    All the people on the scene looked at Sun Qian and looked at the imperial hegemony with admiration. At the same time, they whispered with the people beside them. At this time, the role of counselors was reflected. In particular, nocturnal incense has become more and more important as a counselor. Although it has become more and more important, it is a fierce general. This time, if it is not for Qu Xing''s caution, he will be reminded to withdraw in time, and it is impossible to say that his fierce general will be folded in it.


    Cao Ren in the main seat also nodded frequently. After everyone was quiet again, he continued to ask, "what should we do with the attack behind us, sir?"


    Sun Qian raised his hand and said: "since the bandit archers are obviously better than ours, General Huang''s Crossbow soldiers can''t be used as a killer mace. Instead, they should be involved in the war and assist the archers to suppress the bandit archers. Second, apart from the departments participating in the war, the other departments should be prepared to protect the two wings of the army and the camp, so as to prevent the bandit cavalry from circling behind us. Another point is that after entering the thief''s barracks, all the troops must attack steadily step by step, instead of rushing forward quickly to prevent the thief''s troops from setting up ambushes again. Tens of thousands of our troops will be invincible if they are in a grand array and fight steadily. "


    Sun Qian''s words brightened Cao Ren''s eyes. After listening to them, he stood up and said, "Mr. great talent, Cao Ren is obedient. Please stay around Cao Ren these days and give me your advice."


    Sun Qian took a look at the imperial hegemony, saw that he nodded his head and agreed, so he got up again and said, "you are valued by the general, how dare you not work!" With that, he sat next to the desk that Cao Ren had prepared for him.


    After sun Qian sat down again, Cao Ren discussed with the people about the details of tomorrow''s war. Then he ordered the discussion to end, and everyone got up and left.


    After all the people left, Cao Ren sent a team of cronies to the sour jujube, and there was nothing else to do. Although the major player forces have brought their own army''s grain for a few days, many small and medium-sized forces have no habit of taking grain and grass to fight. Many of them have made military contributions in their camp''s County town to exchange the grain needed by soldiers. Therefore, Cao Ren''s grain and Huangfu Chaobo''s grain can''t cope with it for a few days. Early this morning, Cao Ren sent people to sour jujube On the one hand, they sent people to collect part of the grain in the surrounding counties, villages and towns. Now sun Qian reminds us to pay attention to Dong Zhuo''s cavalry, so Cao Ren must send someone back to remind Cao Cao to pay attention to the safety of the baggage convoy.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who went back to his camp, didn''t gather the generals to discuss the war tomorrow. He didn''t worry about it at all. He left it all to Huang Zhong to arrange. He just stayed by during the war. If there was an abnormal move in the direction of the players, he could give Huang Zhong some timely reminders.


    The next day, after breakfast, the war began again. Early in the morning, Cao Ren sent people to hand over all the wells to Huangfu Chaobo. With Huang Zhong''s order, the prepared men came to the camp under the protection of the sword and shield soldiers. They were accompanied by Jinglan, with 1000 crossbow soldiers on it. Behind the 1000 crossbow soldiers were 1000 archers, but they could only stand on the ground and shoot back at the wall. With the support of these two thousand crossbow soldiers, the bow and arrow of Dong Zhuo''s camp on the wall of the stronghold was suppressed. At this time, the soldiers who filled the trench and the soldiers who followed were also in an orderly way.


    At this time, the people in the camp were very depressed. It was duoqingjian, an old acquaintance of Huangfu Chaobo, who was responsible for defending the second camp. His military configuration was similar to that of the first camp, with 2000 archers, 1000 shield soldiers and 1000 spearmen. However, today he has to face Huangfu Chaobo, and he has a thousand crossbow soldiers in his hands. The two battles in Taohuadao town let all players see the strength of crossbow soldiers. Because the range of one stone rhubarb crossbow is 20 steps further than that of intermediate bows and arrows, the continuous firing of one thousand crossbow soldiers and the assistance of one thousand bowmen basically suppressed the two thousand archers on the wall. Looking at the enemy outside the camp step by step to fill the trench, amorous sword had to order Bohua to stop as much as possible. Under the strict order of Bohua, a thousand shield soldiers rushed to the front with their shields, and half of the archers who had been escorting them shot outside, while the other half shot from the back. Although this could not prevent the enemy''s attack, it still caused some losses to the army outside. However, compared with yesterday''s attack, it was much better. I don''t know how many times.As the trench outside the camp was slowly filled, Huang Zhong''s military order was sent out again. Already ready, the taxi soldiers raised the simple siege ladder, and under the leadership of the general, they made a shout and attacked the camp.

 Chapter 297

    When the soldiers arrived at the front of the trench, it happened that several passages had been filled out of the trench. The soldiers immediately followed the filled passages to the base of the camp. At this time, the Bowman who is responsible for suppressing the wall has stopped shooting all-round, leaving only some accurate shooters to continue shooting towards the wall. At this time, the Bowman on the wall is a little relieved, cooperating with the soldiers on the wall, shooting back at the enemy outside the wall.


    As all kinds of rolling stones and stones were smashed under the wall, the momentum of the attack was stagnant. Just when people thought Huang Zhong would order the withdrawal, they saw that he was waving the flag again, and the second wave of siege soldiers attacked the wall under the command of the general. When the second pawn arrived outside the wall, he took over the demoralized first pawn and continued to attack the wall. At this time, the taxi driver on the wall could not rest for a while, so he had to raise his spirits and prepare to fight again.


    When the morale of the soldiers in the second wave of attack began to loosen, Huang Zhong ordered the next round of soldiers to attack. This time, it was not a wave of attacks by hundreds of soldiers as before, but a wave of attacks by thousands of soldiers led by the three men of Dian Wei towards the wall.


    For a time, the soldiers of Dong Zhuo''s camp, who were already exhausted, were already exhausted and in a mess. Especially when three generals came to the battle together, the soldiers on the wall, led by Bohua, kept retreating despite their desperate resistance. After a quarter of an hour, Bohua finally saw that he could not hold the wall, so he had to order the soldiers to retreat slowly. Seeing Dong Zhuo''s army retreating from the wall, Dian Wei and other generals did not pursue him. Instead, they made steady progress. First, they cleaned up the remnant enemy on the wall, then opened the gate of the village and put the army outside the village into the village. Only after a thousand archers took over the wall from outside did Dian Wei and other generals lead the soldiers to slowly advance towards the village.


    The soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo are so cautious that the sentimental swords are very painful to watch. According to the agreement in advance, several ambushes have been arranged in the barracks. Facing the caution of Dian Wei and others, Bohua has the wisdom to withdraw the ambushed troops. Then the archers are fighting for the front team, and the sword shield soldiers and lance soldiers gradually block and slowly withdraw towards the outside of the barracks In this way, in the face of the attack of the three generals of Dian Wei, the defense line was almost broken several times. If Bohua had not seen the opportunity quickly and sent troops to replace and stabilize the defense line, thousands of troops would have been defeated.


    An hour later, Dian Wei sent people back to the Chinese army to reply. He said that the army had finished controlling the camp, and everyone was relieved. The next thing was simple. He counted the prisoners, cleaned up the camp, and placed the wounded. In order to prevent the camp from being reoccupied by Dong Zhuo''s camp, Cao rensui ordered Huang Zhongbu to garrison and defend. As the day was approaching noon, the other soldiers and horses returned to the camp first, and then arranged to attack the third camp in the afternoon. This battle, let everyone see the strength of the God level general, see him from beginning to end all the sections together in their own control. Every time we send troops, we can just take over the last round of attack. From beginning to end, it seems that we are all at arm''s length, without half blocking. The statistics after the war surprised everyone. In this war, 5000 soldiers and 1000 crossbow soldiers took part in the battle. In the end, only 1200 people were injured, while the enemy''s casualties and prisoners totaled more than 2000. The result is inseparable from Huang Zhong''s command, but there is also a reason for the toughness of Dian Wei, Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao. Under Huang Zhong''s careful command and the impact of the three generals'' strong fighting power, the defense of the Bohua organization was basically constantly attacked and then quickly established, so that in the end, only more than 1000 archers of 4000 soldiers were spared because they retreated early, and other soldiers were either annihilated or captured.


    Although the troops were required to guard the barracks, Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong were invited by Cao Ren to the barracks of the Chinese army, accompanied by imperial overlord and sun Qian, and general Dian Weiji led the troops to defend the barracks.


    In the face of the morning battle, everyone was very happy, except for a few people. Huang Zhong''s command has also made other generals excited. Although they may not be as accurate as Huang Zhong, they can learn his idea of siege. This is the so-called learning war in war.


    Cao Ren was very happy because of the victory in the morning. At noon, he specially ordered a group of players and their generals to have dinner in the Chinese army. Of course, it''s just dinner. There must be no drinks. After all, there are still wars in the afternoon, but everyone is very happy. You know, Cao Ren is Cao Cao Cao''s general, the most trusted General of Cao Cao Cao. Do a good job with him It is very helpful for us to make friends with Cao Cao.


    After lunch, the army continued to attack the third camp. This round, He Yi, who was fighting all over the world, fought against them. It turned out that the four thousand troops under the command of Huang Zhao, the invincible yellow scarf, defended the camp. But now his former companions have become the enemies in the battlefield. For the attack in the afternoon, zonghengtianxia takes a trick. If it''s another Lord, the player will definitely consider his face and give up asking others for help. However, the relationship between zonghengtianxia and Huangfu Chaobo is there after all. After discussing with He Yi and Huangfu Chaobo, zonghengtianxia decides to send Dianwei and Zhoucang to help him attack the barracks, while Huang Zhong is responsible for the attack beside he Yi Wake up and guide him. He Yi is very clear about Huang Zhong''s ability, so he is very happy to accept the proposal of letting Huang Zhong help and guide him around him.With Huang Zhong''s help, He Yi''s headquarters won the third barracks without much effort. Huang Zhao, a former brother, led more than 2000 disabled soldiers to retreat to the next barracks. However, He Yi''s 5000 troops lost only more than 2000 people. In a war, as the offensive side, the loss of troops was almost equal to the defense, although the support of crossbow soldiers was a challenge However, according to Huang Zhong, He Yi''s command is also commendable.


    In one day, even the next two camps were overjoyed, and the impact of the first day''s tragic victory was eliminated.


    On the third day, Liu Shi, a subordinate of huangjintianxia, who went to battle today, as the first person of huangjintianxia and the winner of player''s first county, continued to train soldiers and generals in a low-key way and devoted himself to the development of internal affairs. With the strategies of the previous barracks, Huang Jintian and Liu Shi have been carefully observing every battle. After two days of fighting, Liu Shi feels that he has a lot of understanding in unifying the army, so he is full of confidence in the next battle.

 Chapter 298

    What Liu Shi didn''t expect was that he kicked the iron plate. Later, many people knew that the fourth camp of Dong Zhuo''s camp was Ling Cao, the destroyer of Jiaozhou Nanhai fleet Town, which was as famous as the imperial bully. In front of the war are very smooth, but Liu Shi after the army into the camp, but was the Garrison''s desperate resistance, in the camp for an important place repeatedly.


    When Cao Ren saw this, he prepared to send troops to attack the other wall of the camp. But just as the army was about to start, a thousand cavalry suddenly appeared beside the camp. It was Ma Huan, a member of the speechless army, who was commanding the troops. In desperation, Cao Ren had to give up the idea of attacking from the other side and transferred Huangfu Chaobo''s 270 Huben cavalry to the right flank of the army to defend horse playing cavalry. At the same time, he gathered all the cavalry in the whole army and gave them all to Huang Zhong. Unfortunately, there were too few cavalry. In the end, they only made up more than 300 cavalry, plus Huangfu Chaobo''s nearly 300 cavalry Cavalry, a total of more than 600 cavalry, barely subdued the horse to play a thousand riding. Seeing that the side attack was blocked, Cao Ren simply looked back to the battle in the camp. Since Liu Shi''s soldiers had been blocked in the camp, Cao Ren ordered Cheng Yuanzhi to lead his troops into the camp to support him. After Cheng Yuanzhi led the troops into the village, he divided them into three groups and ordered the two soldiers to lead 1000 soldiers to the wall of the village. They attacked on both sides of the wall. However, he led 3000 soldiers directly to the fierce battle place in the village to support Liu Shi.


    Unfortunately, the attack taxis on both sides were quickly blocked. The previous two days'' war made the players and generals of Dong Zhuo''s camp realize that once the attackers attacked the wall, they could cut off the retreat of the garrison along the wall. So they added blocking materials on the wall and deployed a considerable number of troops on both sides of the wall, so they attacked on both sides The taxi soldiers were all standing on the front wall of the stronghold, and they were not allowed to enter. Seeing this, Cao Ren had to make the former army break through.


    With the increasing number of Cheng Yuanzhi''s troops entering the barracks, the defense in the barracks was finally loosened. They were very happy and immediately increased their attack. Just when they thought the victory was in their hands, something happened suddenly.


    In the middle of the fierce battle, they suddenly found that the resistance in front of them was sharply reduced. When they looked up to the front, they saw that the defending soldiers were retreating wildly on both sides. They were very happy and quickly ordered the soldiers to chase them in front. After they led the soldiers to chase the rout soldiers and rushed through a camp, they found that they were in front of a group of soldiers waiting for them. Looking up, they were very surprised. They turned out that these soldiers were guards, swords and shields, and there were as many as 300 of them. Among them, one is Gao Lan, the general I met two days ago, and the other is the general of today''s camp.


    Liu Shi and Cheng Yuanzhi look at each other and see the answer from each other''s eyes. They fall in love. Sure enough, as soon as they stop, a large number of soldiers suddenly appear on both sides and press towards the two in the middle. Cheng Yuanzhi is worthy of being a general after all previous wars. Although he was defeated by Liu Bei and others in the end, he reacted quickly and yelled out: "end the battle! Come on... Stand up But at this time, although there are still a steady stream of alchemists behind them, they can''t form a formation. How can they form a strict formation for a moment. Moreover, the enemy on the opposite side will not wait for them to form a good formation.


    Sure enough, seeing that Liu Shi and Gao Lan wanted to hold fast to each other, they looked at each other. Both of them saw a strong sense of war from each other''s eyes. They nodded to each other, then each of them raised their weapons and cried out: "kill..." Then he led the guards behind him to kill Liu Shi.


    Cheng Yuanzhi knew that it was impossible for the army to finish the battle. He picked up the ring head sword in his hand and led nearly a hundred soldiers who had gathered around him. Instead of retreating, he marched forward and met them with a loud shout.


    Seeing this, Liu Shi also led his own taxi soldiers to follow him. However, before rushing up, he sent one of his own guards to the village and asked him to report the situation in the village to the Chinese army.


    Although Cheng Yuanzhi and Liu Shi lead the taxi soldiers around them to fight for time, they are not as powerful as Gao Lan and Liu Shi. As soon as they fight, they are both wounded and defeated in a few moves. However, they seem to have left their spare strength to capture them, but they are still in danger Cheng Yuanzhi and Cheng Yuanzhi seized the opportunity and quickly retreated into the army. The two men who retreated into the army continued to organize the soldiers to form a battle. They all knew that if they could not stop them, the army would be defeated. It was estimated that by then, there would be no soldiers left. However, there was a big difference in strength between the two sides. In front of the guards, the intermediate soldiers fought to death, but they retreated step by step.


    The situation in the stronghold was quickly sent to Cao Ren''s central army. Cao Ren''s central army was dumbfounded when he heard that the soldiers and horses in the stronghold were ambushing again, and that the enemy had 300 guards. Cao Ren said: "first, we lure our troops into the stronghold, then we restrain most of our troops with cavalry, finally, we surround and suppress them with three hundred sword and shield soldiers under the leadership of two strong generals. It seems that the other side has all the strange soldiers this time. In this way, we want to keep all the nearly ten thousand soldiers and horses killed in the stronghold here?"


    Speaking of this, Cao Ren turned to the surrounding people and said, "do you have a good plan?"


    All of them were dumb, but after a moment, sun Qian said, "general, for the sake of today''s plan, we can only ask the general under the captains to take over the guards. However, their strength seems to be a little insufficient."When Xintianyou and huangjintianxia heard the news, they were like ants on a hot pot. After hearing the news from sun Qian, they immediately turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "boss Chaobo, please help to rescue Cheng Yuanzhi and Liu Shi."


    Then he said to Cao Ren, "general, please send your troops quickly?"


    After a moment, Cao Ren said, "well, I''ll trouble your department for this matter. Your department only has less than 200 guards, and the number is not enough to resist the enemy''s 300 soldiers. In this way, the general still has 100 guards, and I''ll give them to you. I hope I can resist the thieves, and I''ll save the two generals at the worst."


    "Not to be ordered!" Huangfu Chaobo also knew that it was not the time to cherish his soldiers, so he stood up and took orders.


    just as he was about to leave the arrangement, Xintian said: "boss Chaobo, please wait a moment!" Then he walked forward and said, "I still have 150 yellow scarf strongmen under me. Although they can''t compare with the guards, they are far better than the intermediate soldiers. Let''s hand them over to the boss of Chaobo and ask the elder General of Chaobo, Cheng Yuanzhi, to rescue them. We are very grateful."

 Chapter 299

    Xintianyou''s subordinates already have 2000 yellow scarf strongmen given by his master Puji. This is the foundation of his founding. This time, he only brought 200 for critical use. In the past 20 days, more than 40 people have been killed and injured. This time, his confidant general was trapped, so he could not care about these special arms. You know, although Cheng Yuanzhi and Deng Mao are not outstanding in the Huangjin army, they are also top generals in the local level. In time, supplemented by other props, they must be inferior generals in the heaven level. They could have spent a lot of effort to bring the defeated two to the command of shangquyang. If they were folded here, they would not be worth the loss.


    With Xintianyou''s 150 huangjinlishi, there are nearly 400 elites. In this way, Huangfu Chaobo is more confident. With a smile, he said to the humanitarians, "please rest assured that with these 400 strong soldiers, even if they can''t defeat the bandits, they can save the two trapped generals in the stronghold. However, please be prepared to take over." With that, he bowed to the crowd and left with Dian Wei.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo arranged for the third general of Dianwei to meet him in the village, Cao Ren also yelled: "all the generals will listen to the order, do their best, push steadily towards the gate of the village, and prepare to meet several generals."


    All agreed.


    Then, ten thousand troops moved slowly towards the west gate of the camp. As Huangfu Chaobo said, the army needed to guard the west gate in case. However, with the steady movement of the army, the disadvantages of the coalition were reflected. There was almost no tacit cooperation between the soldiers. When the army moved, the formation of the various departments showed signs of loosening.


    However, there are 40000 troops dispatched by the United forces, among which there are nearly ten famous generals in history, but none of them are riding generals. At this time, the cavalry general of Dong Zhuo camp, who is far away monitoring the army, Ma play, is a real riding general. If we command the infantry to attack cities and seize land, Ma play may not be as good as half of them. If we only fight alone, it is just a challenge to the generals of the upper Marquis camp But when it comes to the skill of riding, even Huang Zhong is slightly inferior to it. Among the nearly 1000 cavalry that Ma Huan now commands, only 500 cavalry are brought by himself from Liangzhou. There are more than 400 cavalry recruited by other lords, such as Luonan town and sanjianke town. However, in the past few days, Ma Huan has been familiar with these 400 cavalry. If the nearly 1000 cavalry go to fight against other forces in Xiliang, Horse play may have to be cautious, but it''s easy for horse play to deal with the shortage of cavalry in the Central Plains. Moreover, the number of its own cavalry is almost twice that of the other side.


    When there was a disconnection between the armies of the princes'' camp, he was immediately seen by Ma Wan. Almost in an instant, he saw the fighters. After a little thought, the military order of horse playing was passed down.


    Later, the cavalry of Dong Zhuo''s camp was divided into two groups. The Allied forces composed of various territories were led by a village chief under Ma Huan himself, who came straight at Huang Zhong''s cavalry. Ma Huan led the five hundred cavalry of his territory into two parts and walked around to the two sides of the cavalry of Huang Zhong. It seemed that he was going to annihilate the cavalry of Huang Zhong.


    Huang Zhong saw the purpose of horse playing cavalry at a glance, but what if he saw it? Their own cavalry is only half of each other''s, and the other half is to play soy sauce. He knows that horse play is a two handed preparation. If he can, he will eat all his cavalry. If he can''t, half of his cavalry will bypass him and directly attack the formation behind him, because the soldiers of the formation have been out of line. Although he knew the purpose of horse playing, Huang Zhong had no choice but to order his cavalry to assemble to fight with the cavalry in front of him.


    Sure enough, as Huang Zhong expected, although Huang Zhong led more than 200 Huben cavalry to disperse the 500 Dong Zhuo cavalry in front of him, the cavalry on the two wings encircled and suppressed more than 200 ordinary cavalry behind him. Finally, less than 50 cavalry of the 200 cavalry broke through and joined him, while the cavalry on the horse lost less than 20. Although his more than 200 Huben cavalry won the battle against the 500 cavalry in front of him, which made the other side lose nearly 300, his own loss also reached 60 or 70 people. For cavalry, there is basically no post-war recovery like infantry. Even if there are some, the number is very small. That is to say, Huang Zhong is now 250 horsemen vs. 700 horsemen. The number ratio has changed from 2:1 to 3:1.


    After a big circle, Mahua gathered up all his cavalry. Seeing the loss of his troops, he couldn''t help taking a breath. Although I got rid of nearly 300 cavalry, the other side also lost 300 cavalry. However, now I have more advantages in quantity. After a little thought, Ma Huan decided to take the lead to fight with the other side again. Looking at the result of the fight, he believed that even though the other side had more than 200 Huben cavalry, he had nearly 700 of them, and nearly 500 of them had been trained by himself for a long time. Think of here, horse play raised his gun, a loud drink, leading the cavalry toward the front of the Huben cavalry rushed away, behind once again sounded the sound of the hoof.


    Huang Zhong saw Ma play leading the troops to rush again, but he didn''t hesitate. With a long knife in his hand, he rushed to Ma play.


    After a roar, the two waves of cavalry bumped into each other again. Only after hearing the sound of tearing, the two waves of cavalry crossed again. On the middle battlefield, a large number of soldiers and horses fell, and the cries of wounded soldiers and the hissing of horses spread far away.After this round of battle, Huang Zhong was surprised that his own Huben cavalry lost nearly 100 cavalry, and the 50 ordinary cavalry that he recaptured lost nothing in the first battle, while the other cavalry lost only 200 cavalry, which shows the great difference between the two groups of cavalry. Just when Huang Zhong stopped his horse and was ready to concentrate his cavalry for another fight, he found that the other side''s cavalry had gone directly around the rear of his own army. When Huang Zhong found out, he was only a few hundred steps away from the formation. After Ma Huan fought with Huben cavalry, he found that if all the Huben cavalry were annihilated, his cavalry would be very few. So as soon as he broke away from the battle, he immediately led the rest of his cavalry to the infantry formation.


    Seeing this, Huang Zhong immediately led his remaining 100 Huben cavalry to catch up. However, the cavalry of horse play belongs to light cavalry, while Huben cavalry can be classified as heavy cavalry. Therefore, if he wants to catch up, his subordinates are basically delusional. However, Huang Zhong has to continue to lead the pursuit. As for the cavalry that can let horse play, he does not want to catch up It''s nothing more than that, of course.

 Chapter 300

    The cavalry duel has long attracted Cao Ren''s attention. When he saw that after the two rounds of fighting, his cavalry almost lost, while the other side still had nearly half of the cavalry. Cao Ren knew that the other side''s cavalry would probably come to the battle. Seeing the disconnection of his army because of the movement, Cao Ren knew that he had ignored the fact that his soldiers were united into an array.


    In some cases, Cao Ren broke out in a cold sweat and immediately ordered the army to stop advancing, and the soldiers quickly approached to form an array for defense. Unfortunately, in addition to the quick response of the soldiers near the Chinese army, the nearly 2000 soldiers behind did not have time to defend the whole army. By the time the two thousand soldiers of the later army responded, the cavalry of the five hundred Dong Zhuo army was close at hand. The next two thousand soldiers were almost scattered and fled under the impact of the five hundred cavalry soldiers. Fortunately, most of the soldiers were ready. In this way, Ma could not continue to attack Cao Ren''s army. However, Cao Ren''s army did not dare to approach the camp easily, We have to form a defensive formation in place. The cavalry of horse play can only cruise around the army, trying to find the flaws of the army.


    Cao Ren looked at the cavalry around him and the Allied forces around him. In addition to his nearly 2000 soldiers who can be called well-trained, the rest of the soldiers can not be described as a mob at all. This is why Cao Ren did not dare to get close to the gate of the stronghold any more. He could not help saying in his heart, "can you only rely on your soldiers now If we don''t break through, we''ll lose out in today''s World War I


    Compared with Cao Ren''s shortage, Huangfu''s Chaobo is still progressing smoothly. After leading hundreds of elite soldiers from Cao Ren and Xin Tianyou, Huangfu Chaobo and Dian Wei went back to their own army. Considering that Huang Zhong had already left, after thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo decided to take the rest of his troops with him. In his opinion, it''s better to take the back road in his own hands. What he didn''t expect was that he saved himself once because of his careless action.


    They were led by Dian Wei, Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao. They headed for the camp. As soon as you enter the barracks, you can see that there are soldiers and soldiers fighting with Dong Zhuo''s camp everywhere. Because of the loss of two generals, the soldiers are almost headless. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered Dianwei and Zhoucang to lead the troops to the place where Cheng Yuanzhi was trapped, while gathering the soldiers along the way. And he himself led Pei yuanshao to take over the gate and the east wall of the camp. The fifth primary general is responsible for gathering the soldiers near the gate of the village, and then gradually control the area near the gate of the village after reorganization, so as to make preparations to lead the soldiers to take over Dian Wei and his party and withdraw from the camp in case of no delay.


    With the addition of several hundred elite soldiers led by Dian Wei and Chen Yuanzhi, the troops of Liu Shi and Cheng Yuanzhi in the camp gradually restored their formation. After slowly following their troops, they gradually approached the place where the two main generals stood. As time goes on, the area controlled by the princes'' camp gradually moves from the west gate to the middle battle zone. Huangfu Chaobo, standing at the watchtower on the wall of the stronghold, can''t help but feel relieved when he sees the situation in the stronghold. Before he leads the troops to support him, he is afraid that the soldiers in the stronghold will lose control of the stronghold because they can''t support him. If he doesn''t say anything about it, it''s still possible He trapped his soldiers and generals in the stronghold. Now that Dian Wei and his troops have gradually taken control of the situation inside the village, Huangfu Chaobo has time to observe the situation of Cao Ren''s army outside the village.


    It doesn''t matter if you don''t look at it. As soon as you look at it, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but lose his soul. At this time, the two cavalry are already in the second round of battle. Looking from above, Huangfu Chaobo can see that both cavalry come out of the other side''s army in a moment. Then he can''t see that although there are only about 500 cavalry in horse play, they don''t go back to fight with Huang Zhong again It was after the reunion that he turned his head towards Cao Ren''s position in the central army. At this time, the Chinese army, because the army is moving towards the wall, appeared in the disconnection between the various departments.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately realized that the horse''s cavalry must have gone with two thousand soldiers in the rear. Sure enough, although Cao Ren also realized the problem and immediately ordered the army to stop advancing and form the formation on the spot, the two thousand soldiers behind were slow to respond. Then, Huangfu Chaobo watched the horse''s five hundred cavalry go straight through the middle, two thousand soldiers The rear army immediately suffered heavy losses, while the 100 Huben cavalry led by Huang Zhong could only follow them desperately, but they could not catch up. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately realized that Cao Ren''s troops were no longer able to support him. It was very good that his nearly ten thousand allied forces could ensure that they would be able to stabilize the formation without defeat under the covetous eyes of cavalry. The breakthrough in this battle was ultimately in his troops.


    On second thought, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent a messenger to Huang Zhong, asking him to give up the 500 cavalry who were chasing horses and play, and quickly went into the stronghold to join him, waiting for an opportunity to break through the stalemate in the stronghold. At the same time, he also sent people to explain the situation to Cao Ren, telling him why he was transferred back to Huang Zhong, and letting him lead the army to stay where he was, waiting for his breakthrough in the village.


    Soon, Huang Zhong led 100 Huben cavalry into the village to join Huangfu Chaobo. After listening to his ideas, Huang Zhong thought that this was the fastest and best way at present.


    Under the leadership of Huang Zhong, with the support of 100 Huben cavalry, Pei yuanshao quickly led his troops to break through the south wall of the village and kill all the way along the wall to the east gate of the camp. At this time, because Dianwei and Zhoucang were killed, they soon rescued Liu Shi and Cheng Yuanzhi who were trapped in the middle. After handing over the task of gathering the soldiers to them, Dian Wei Zhou Cang led his troops to kill the two generals Gaolan and their guards.Under the strong pressure of Dianwei and Zhoucang, although the two generals of Gaolan tried their best to resist, they had to retreat step by step. In addition, the wall of the stronghold was full of unexpected changes. They had to lead the soldiers to retreat slowly to the west gate of yingzhai. If they hesitated any longer, once Pei yuanshao led the troops to control the west gate, they would really be a turtle in a jar. So as soon as he saw that Pei yuanshao had broken through the defense of his soldiers on the wall of the South Village, and that they were not the opponents of Dian Wei and Zhou Cang, Gao Lan resolutely ordered to retreat. Together with the general, they retreated alternately. Only when they reached the west gate and joined the garrison there did they quickly retreat towards the last barracks, and the horse play army far away from the east gate had also disappeared After getting the news, they soon returned to the last camp.

 Chapter 301

    In the beginning, they were afraid that Dian Wei and others would lead the pursuit, so they were very careful. As a result, they found that Dian Wei and others had no idea of sending troops to pursue, but after the leaders had controlled all parts of the camp, they would be ready, as if they were afraid that they would attack the camp.


    Standing on the wall of the stronghold, Huangfu Chaoer, who is anxiously watching the situation in the stronghold, suddenly hears the thunderous cheers inside the stronghold. Soon, he sees a guard soldier running to report to him that the army of Dong thieves has been defeated and driven out of the stronghold. General Dian is already arranging defense and counting the loss and harvest. After hearing the report, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Fortunately, he won, but he didn''t know what the loss was like. You know, Huang Zhong''s battle outside the city has left only 100 Huben cavalry. There are many leaders in the city, such as Dian Wei. The other side has a little more. But the other side is also a guard guard. Besides, one leader is Gao Lan, and the other one is not weak. At the thought of this, Huangfu Chaobo felt that after the battle, he had brought more than 400 elites. He didn''t know how much was left.


    In his uneasiness, Dian Wei finally sent the result of the war damage. At last, there were only more than 100 soldiers left in the 160 guards. Among them, more than 20 people were injured in different degrees. It is estimated that it would be good to have 100 soldiers left in the end. As for Cao Ren and Xin Tianyou, they both lost more than half of their lives. As for the harvest, like the previous strongholds, there was almost no harvest, but nearly 500 people were captured in the end. However, because this battle was the main attack of the yellow scarf world, it was necessary to give some to him and Xin Tianyou in the end.


    After Dian Wei''s leader had controlled all the barracks, Huangfu Chaobo sent someone to inform Cao Ren outside the city that he could enter the barracks. A moment later, Cao Ren led a group of players and generals to the west gate of yingzhai. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly led the generals to meet him. As soon as he saw Huangfu Chaobo, Cao Ren said, "thanks to Xiaowei''s efforts, otherwise we will have to retreat in today''s war."


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately said, "general, I''m flattered. If there were no two generals Liu Shi in the village to contain the enemy''s two generals and the hundreds of guards, how could Chaobo achieve such success?"


    Huang jinwudi and Xin Tianyou quickly gave way, but Cao Ren waved his hand and said, "well, you''ll report your contributions truthfully. Now, I''ll go to the west gate to check the situation of the last camp of the thieves department." With that, they headed for the gate to the west of the camp. Seeing this, they came to the West.


    Cao Ren said as he walked: "you guys, because of the huge investment of the two sides, you adults did not ask me to take Longcheng within five days. You can relax the time to ten days, but I still want to take Longcheng within five days. Now it''s more than half the time, but we still have a barracks and Longcheng town In the next two and a half days, if you do anything, please speak freely. "


    When everyone heard this, they gave each other a look. They could not help but scold each other: "NIMA, it''s not five days, but ten days. NIMA has said that you want to do meritorious service for a long time. It''s the same as urging everyone to attack desperately every day. It''s not your own soldier that you feel sorry for NIMA''s death." However, they scolded in their hearts, but they didn''t show it on their faces, but they didn''t have any suggestions for the next war.


    Seeing that everyone was silent, Huangfu Chaobo knew that he had to come out to talk. Otherwise, he really came out in the cold and said: "general, now that the cavalry of the bandits have appeared, it''s estimated that the containment of our army will be more obvious in the back. Originally, I would have been less after riding, and today''s World War I has been almost damaged. " Said here, think of their more than 100 Huben cavalry is gone, can''t help but heartache straight pumping.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Cao Ren was a little silent. Indeed, in today''s battle, he could put together more than 200 Huben cavalry bodyguards of Huangfu Chaobo and more than 200 ordinary cavalry put together by the people, and then he could put together 500 cavalry of the other side. This was the result of relying on Huangfu Chaobo''s advantage in Huben cavalry level, but only one of his own side was left One hundred cavalry, and the other side has 500 cavalry. It''s basically a delusion to rely on the 100 Huben cavalry to deal with the 500 light cavalry, but I can''t transfer cavalry from my elder brother. You should know that although you have two thousand soldiers, you are not allowed to take part in the war directly. If you can, how can you send one thousand cavalry directly to your opponent''s five hundred cavalry. (well, it''s actually a system requirement, because these wars are aimed at the players, and the warlords can only coordinate and arrange them. Otherwise, there will be no problem for the players.) Now we can only mobilize cavalry from different people, but there are few cavalry among the princes in Kanto, let alone less cavalry among different people. Thinking of this, Cao Ren suddenly felt that the magistrate around him had cavalry in his hand, so he turned his head and said, "Captain Huangfu, I don''t know how many more troops you can supply?"


    Huang Fu was stunned and looked down to calculate. Yesterday, he attacked the camp and lost 1200 soldiers. He had about 300 soldiers and horses, and the rest were other people''s soldiers and horses. But today, he lost more than 100 Huben cavalry and dozens of guard swords and shields. After that, he now has only 1400 soldiers and horses. So he said to Cao Ren, "you can add 600 soldiers."


    "Good." Cao Ren clapped his hands and laughed and said, "I''m not afraid of thieves and cavalry." then he said to Huangfu Chaobo, "Captain Huangfu, can you send 1000 cavalry to fight?" Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was ready to speak, he immediately said, "I know that the reason why the Xiaowei is worried about is the limitation of the number of soldiers and horses. I immediately send someone to tell my elder brother that he can discuss with the princes of all roads to increase the number of Xiaowei''s troops to 2500."On hearing this, Huangfu did not refuse any more. On the way, he could send cavalry from Yangwu with just a military order. As soon as Cao Ren heard this, he immediately called a bodyguard next to him. After telling him this, he was ready to let him go to suanzao. Huangfu Chaobo saw this, and quickly called his young general Zhou Yi to come with Cao Ren''s bodyguard to suanzao. As soon as the military order arrived, he returned to Yangwu to lead a thousand cavalry. As for the cavalry, Huangfu Chaobo is going to ask Huyan to send 450 Tujia and 550 ordinary cavalry to the front of the army. As for the foreign cavalry under the command of huyandu, Huangfu Chaobo found that there were not only Xianbei cavalry but also wuheng cavalry. So after much consideration, he decided to call them Tujia cavalry to distinguish them from other cavalry.

 Chapter 302

    With the support of Huangfu Chaobo, Cao Ren''s confidence is greatly increased. Although he knows that he has little chance to capture Longcheng within five days, if he can reach the goal three or four days ahead of time, he will still have a lot of military achievements, at least not let his brother down.


    Under the leadership of Cao Ren, the party soon came to the west wall. Looking to the west of the wall, they could see the last camp less than five miles away. Unfortunately, they were too far away to see it clearly. Moreover, now the cavalry of Dong Zhuo''s camp has appeared, and the losses of the cavalry have been exhausted. Horse play has tried out the Allied forces of the princes It''s unrealistic to send troops immediately because of the virtual reality of troops and horses.


    Seeing this, Cao Ren simply ordered the army to rest in the camp. After the cavalry of Huangfu Chaobo arrived, they attacked the last two places. Of course, it doesn''t mean that all the soldiers will be recuperated. For example, the 100 Huben cavalry under Huang Zhong didn''t recuperate. Instead, they approached the last barracks and Longcheng town under Huang Zhong''s leadership to explore the enemy''s situation. Moreover, they traveled light. Although they didn''t attack enough, there was not much problem to escape under the pursuit of horse playing cavalry. The auxiliary soldiers and craftsmen in the camp did not stop, but kept busy making all kinds of equipment. You know, although Longcheng is only a town, it has complete defense facilities, especially the town wall has basically reached the level of a small town. In order to successfully capture Longcheng, all kinds of siege equipment are essential.


    Everyone was very happy to hear that. In the past three days, except for Huang Zhong''s Department, all the troops have lost more than half of their lives. The most unjust thing was the Zhou dynasty Department, which did not have time to take part in the attack. In today''s war, the soldiers and horses of the later army were his soldiers. Inexplicably, they were suddenly attacked by horse cavalry, resulting in the loss of 2000 people. After several days of continuous fighting, the soldiers and horses of each department have been a little tired. They are not willing to have half a day''s rest.


    There were people in the court who were easy to handle affairs. Sure enough, in the evening, huyandu led a thousand cavalry to the camp. According to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, there were 450 Tui cavalry and 550 ordinary cavalry in the thousand cavalry. Seeing that a thousand cavalry arrived at the camp smoothly, everyone was overjoyed. It seems that the cavalry of Dong Zhuo''s camp will no longer have to be afraid of fighting tomorrow.


    In the evening, Cao Ren once again gathered people to discuss and arrange the war tomorrow. When they arrived at the Chinese Army''s big account, they first checked the number of troops and horses. The result was not unknown. They were all startled. They thought they had 40000 troops and horses, but they didn''t expect that they had lost nearly half of them in just three days. With the 1000 cavalry arriving today, there are only 22000 soldiers to fight. Of course, there are no wounded soldiers in each battalion If the minor injuries can be added to the total number of taxi casualties, it will be less than 25000.


    However, although all the battalions suffered losses, they captured some soldiers every time they broke down a camp. Among them, there were a large number of wounded soldiers in Dong Zhuo''s camp. For example, there were more than 1100 soldiers under Huangfu Chaobo, nearly 1000 wounded soldiers. After the war, such soldiers can also be recruited and added to their own troops. But now he can only wait for the plum blossom to quench his thirst. After removing the wounded soldiers and the soldiers who have seen the captured baggage, the number of soldiers who will fight tomorrow will be more than 15000. So Cao Ren decided that the whole army will go out to fight, with Huangfu Chaobo''s cavalry on the side to watch the enemy''s cavalry. All the other troops will be reorganized into four units, each with about 3000 soldiers. Cao Ren''s idea is that after the last barracks is captured tomorrow, the army will all approach under the wall of Longcheng town. Then, he will be ready to attack tomorrow. If he can, he will attack Longcheng town in the future and wait for the next battle arrangement of the princes.


    On the fourth day of the battle of Longcheng, early in the morning, the camp where the Allied forces of the princes were located was full of excitement. After the soldiers finished eating, they went out of the camp to prepare for the attack. With the guard of 1000 cavalry, the morale of the soldiers is much higher than that of yesterday. At least now we are not afraid of the other party''s 500 cavalry.


    For today''s war, Huangfu Chaobo is very conscious of the initiative, step soldiers for the army defense barracks, of course, cavalry must be to provide flank protection for the army. In fact, another reason is that after discussing with Huang Zhong and others, Huangfu Chaobo felt that the more he went to the back, the more fierce the battle would be. He did have a lot of merits, so he had to compete with others It''s better to preserve our strength and give the opportunity to others, so that no one will say that our appearance is too ugly. Huangfu Chaobo''s action really attracted a wave of praise, and everyone else''s favor for him doubled.


    Sure enough, as Huang Zhong and others expected, the war was much fiercer than the previous few days at the beginning. You know, although Dong Zhuo''s soldiers and horses have lost a lot these days, there are still nearly ten thousand people in total. Of course, more than 3000 soldiers and wounded soldiers have been sent back to Longcheng town. However, more than 6000 soldiers and nearly 7000 soldiers defend a barracks. In the face of the attack of 15000 soldiers, even if the other side''s soldiers are stronger than their own, they can easily deal with it. If it wasn''t for the demoralization caused by the loss of four villages in a row, and if the cavalry didn''t dare to fight easily in the face of the enemy''s twice as many as their own number, the victory would still be in the middle.


    In the morning''s battle, the army finally attacked the village wall, but Yuexi was the first to attack the village wall, which made the disgraced night primrose finally feel proud. Seeing that Yuexi had already attacked the village wall, Cao Ren immediately ordered another soldier to follow up quickly. At the same time, he seconded two powerful generals, Dianwei and Zhoucang, from Huangfu Chaobo. Now he can''t fight for success. It''s Cao Ren''s consideration to attack the camp quickly. Sure enough, with the addition of three thousand new forces, especially two powerful generals, the army on the wall of the stronghold stabilized several counterattacks led by generals Gao Lan and Ling Cao. Seeing that their counterattacks were invalid, both generals knew that the situation was over. They had to command the soldiers to retreat slowly and prepare to abandon the stronghold again. At this time, Cao Ren, who was in the grip of victory, quickly followed up and pressed forward. He wanted to use the camp to kill as many soldiers as possible. At the same time, he ordered the cavalry to move quietly to the south gate and lurk. After the enemy army withdrew from the camp, he rushed up and bit the tail of the rear army and tore off a few pieces of meat of the thief army.

 Chapter 303

    In the face of more and more coalition forces, although Gao Lan and Ling Cao tried their best to maintain, they were powerless. In a few days'' War, the soldiers in Dong Zhuo''s camp were demoralized by the loss of several strongholds. So even with 6000 troops, they still lost the stronghold wall in half a day. Looking at the influx of warlords and soldiers, Dong Zhuo''s soldiers became more frightened and finally came to the brink of defeat. In desperation, the two generals had to fight to stop, and then let Bohua lead the soldiers to retreat first.


    Who knows, Bohua just led the soldiers out of the camp, but was attacked by the huyandu cavalry who had been preparing for a long time, and the army almost broke up. At this time, when the guard army retreated, horse play had to gnash its teeth to support. Unfortunately, in the face of light cavalry, such as Tujia, horse play cavalry could not get any advantage at all. After losing nearly 100 cavalry, horse play had to lead the rest of the cavalry to flee. Of course, before leaving, horse play was still very loyal and took over Gao Lan Zhu, as for the soldiers Escape as much as you can.


    It wasn''t until the afternoon that the whole battlefield was quiet again. Cao Ren put 12000 soldiers into the war, and finally counted them after the war. The number of soldiers who could fight was only over 6000, and more than half of them were injured. Of course, there were only 2000 soldiers who died in the war, and nearly 4000 of them were injured in different degrees. It is estimated that it would be good to have 3000 soldiers come back to the army after the war, but it''s not bad Yes, it has taken more than ten days. The soldiers of Dong Zhuo''s camp were even more miserable. Six thousand troops defended and finally gathered less than one thousand people back to Longcheng. Nearly 3000 of the other 5000 soldiers died in the war. The rest were either injured or surrendered. In particular, huyandu cavalry finally captured more than 1500 prisoners.


    Well, in this battle, the biggest harvest was Huang Fu Chaobo, who was fighting soy sauce. Relying on a thousand cavalry, he killed and injured more than ten people, and finally captured five thousand soldiers. This result made everyone envious. Although Huangfu Chaobo repeatedly said that these prisoners should be dealt with by Cao Ren, how dare they take it seriously? Who can say that they don''t have so many cavalry. After repeated concessions, they finally accepted the captives from Huangfu Chaobo. However, they only accepted 500. Plus more than 1000 captives in the village, they shared 2000 captives equally.


    Seeing that he finally captured all the periphery of Longcheng Town, Cao Ren finally breathed a sigh of relief. Now, there is only one stronghold left in Longcheng town. Just capture it, and the war is over. Although the loss is a little big, but also achieved the goal of Cao Ren, as far as possible to reduce the number of taxis fled back to Longcheng. According to the current situation, the number of garrison soldiers in Longcheng town should be about 6000 troops, including 1000 soldiers in Xiliang, 3000 wounded soldiers, and 1000 soldiers and 400 cavalry soldiers who escaped from the last camp. At this time, Cao Ren was able to send out an army of nearly ten thousand people. Therefore, in the camp he had just captured, Cao Ren ordered all the troops to step up their recuperation and prepare to attack Longcheng tomorrow. This time, Cao Ren was ready to go out. Except for the wounded soldiers to guard the prisoners, all the other soldiers and horses took part in the attack and decided to attack Longcheng in one day.


    Early the next morning, the soldiers had used Korean food, and under the command of the generals, they came to Longcheng, a few miles away, with their siege equipment.


    At this time, on the wall of Longcheng Town, the general of Longcheng was leading a group of alien lords and their subordinates to stand on the wall, watching the warlords outside the town slowly approaching. Coincidentally, the guard General of Longcheng is an acquaintance of Huangfu Chaobo. A few days ago, Li Guang led the attack on Taohuadao town. It is said that after he was attacked by Huangfu, only a few hundred of his own soldiers were left. Xiliang''s cavalry fled back to Rongyang in a panic, and almost let his uncle be stripped alive. However, he was one of his own people with outstanding ability, so he finally resisted.


    This time, Li Meng was going to give a big gift to the princes in Longcheng. He chose to choose or gave the chance to his nephew. As a result, Li Guang and a group of players and their subordinates will discuss out, 20000 troops layer upon layer barrier plan. Not only that, he was found in a series of wars, such as burning the army, luring the enemy in depth, setting up garrisons, and cavalry raids. It''s a pity that the Allied forces of the princes met the abnormal person Huangfu Chaobo again. First, they gathered nearly a thousand crossbow soldiers to suppress the archers on the wall of the stronghold. Then they let Huben cavalry fight with their own cavalry. Then, some strong generals broke through their own guards, and then they transferred more than a thousand cavalry soldiers to fight. It can be said that he broke through his carefully arranged means several times, even now Only two or three thousand soldiers were trapped in the town. Don''t say there are 3000 wounded soldiers in the town. You know, these soldiers can''t go back to war without ten and a half days.


    Looking at the nearly ten thousand troops approaching outside the town, Li Guang knew that he should consider withdrawing. Fortunately, after a series of wars, he also lost tens of thousands of troops to the Allied forces of the princes. This result has enabled him to hand over duties in front of his uncle. Although he was already thinking about how to retreat, Li Guang didn''t show it on his face. Instead, he discussed with others about how to arrange the defense of the town wall. The enemy came from the East, so Li Guang planned to arrange Gao Lan on the east wall for defense. Ling Cao was responsible for the town wall in the south, Bo Hua for the north, Huang Zhao for the west, and Ma Huan continued to command the cavalry. He divided 800 town soldiers equally among the four town walls, while the 200 Xiliang iron cavalry he brought was still at his side.


    After the arrangement, Li Guang handed over the war on the wall to the guards. Watching Li Guang go away after the arrangement, everyone secretly scolds him. He knows that Li Guang is ready to run. Although he knows it, he has nothing to do. After all, the defensive war is still relatively dominant for everyone.Scold to scold, but after scolding, everyone put their energy on the defense of the town wall. Everyone knows that the wounded soldiers in the town can''t be taken out now. In this case, it''s better to drag all the wounded soldiers to the town wall. In any case, some of the other party''s troops can be worn away. So they simply distribute the wounded soldiers and then pull them to the town wall We''re ready for the next war.


    With the roaring drums of Cao Ren''s army, the battle in Longcheng officially began.


    As usual, Cao Ren''s center is still in the west, that is, in front of the West town wall. If you think the west gate arranged by Cao Ren is the main attack, you are wrong. Although there are four thousand troops outside the west gate, there are only two thousand soldiers to fight. The other two thousand are injured soldiers, which can not be used to attack the city. The leading general is Huang Zhong under the command of Huangfu Chaobo, and the Deputy generals are Cheng Yuanzhi, He Yi and Guo Shi.

 Chapter 304

    The real attack of Cao Ren''s army was in the north. There were 4000 soldiers in the north, but they were all fighting soldiers. They were not only excellent soldiers, but also brave generals. In the north, there were three generals, Dianwei Zhoucang and Liu Shi. As for the south, it was attacked by two men of the Zhou Dynasty, two thousand soldiers and one thousand wounded soldiers. Huyan, a subordinate of Huangfu Chaobo, is still cruising around the battlefield, ready to deal with the cavalry in the town or the abandoned soldiers.


    In the first round of the war, Cao Ren did not send several valiant generals to attack the city, so although the city guards felt the pressure was great, they still beat back the soldiers very smoothly. However, because there were not many soldiers on the town walls, but there were also many casualties, which caused a lot of pressure on the city guards. In particular, hundreds of crossbow soldiers were deployed to attack on the east wall, so Gao Lan felt a little difficult in the second round of attack. On the one hand, he ordered the wounded soldiers to be transferred to the city, and on the other hand, he sent dozens of soldiers from both sides of the town walls to assist in defense. On the other hand, the two town walls have also transferred the wounded soldiers to the town walls, so as to reduce the loss of the soldiers who can fight.


    Cao Ren saw the situation on the wall of the town. After the second round of attack, it was almost noon. When the soldiers were tired, Cao Ren suddenly ordered the three generals to attack at the same time. Even Huang Zhong directly led the attack to attack the city, which made Gao Lan on the wall of the town nervous. Just as he was preparing to defend against the attack from the east gate But suddenly came the news that Dianwei and Zhoucang attacked the wall at the same time. At this time, Gao Lan knew that he had been cheated by Cao Ren''s tactics. After a long sigh, Gao Lan had to order the soldiers to fight to the death, and at the same time, he contacted his hero Xiake, ready to retreat at any time.


    Sure enough, within a quarter of an hour, the news came that the north gate had been broken. In desperation, Gao Lan had to lead the prepared Pro Guard soldiers to escort the Xiake and himself to retreat towards the west gate. Of course, a warrior in Luonan town was left behind to slow down the speed of the soldiers.


    At the same time, Bohua in the north gate and Ling Cao in the south gate also protect their Lord towards the west gate, while Li Guang has already led his iron cavalry to the west gate. After getting the news that the north gate was lost, he ordered to open the west gate, but he didn''t turn back and headed for Rongyang. In the face of two hundred Xiliang cavalry, Huyan well carried out Huangfu Chaobo''s orders. He just let them leave after a little chase. His target was the soldiers of Dong Zhuo''s camp who later retreated.


    With the retreat of the defending players and their generals, the battle in Longcheng came to an end. Although there was still a lot of resistance in the town, it was no longer enough to stop the attack of the Allied forces.


    At the beginning of Shenshi in the afternoon, that is, at more than three o''clock in the afternoon, the army that invaded the town finally eliminated the remnant enemy in the town. Cao Ren, who got the news, was overjoyed. He did not expect that his goal of conquering Longcheng in five days was finally achieved. After sitting on the horse and laughing up to the sky, the spirited Cao Ren leads the people to ride into Longcheng town. When his horseshoe stepped into the town, all the players received the news that "Longcheng offensive and defensive war is over, the princes'' camp has won and successfully captured Longcheng". For a moment, players and soldiers cheered everywhere in the town. At this point, the battle of Longcheng was finally over.


    When hearing this news, all the players breathed a sigh. It can be said that the offensive and defensive battle in Longcheng is the hardest battle for the players after the beginning of the plot. It''s the same not only for the attacking side, but also for the defending side. For five days, every day there was constant fighting. There were thousands of casualties on both sides every day. In the end, less than 2000 of the 20000 players in Dong Zhuo''s camp escaped, and the remaining 18000 were captured and surrendered because of injuries. All the other 10000 soldiers died. And the attacking players'' camp game player, the forty thousand remaining soldiers only have six thousand soldiers to fight, including the one thousand cavalry who was finally transferred by Huangpu super Bo, and the other wounded wounded nearly ten thousand, and the number of dead soldiers is more than 20000. It can be seen that the casualties of the siege soldiers are almost twice that of the defenders.


    However, although the casualties, but for both players, in fact, the loss is not so big. Let''s start with Dong Zhuo''s camp. At the beginning of the war, Li Meng promised to double his military contributions. In addition to the rewards of some other property craftsmen, it can be said that they were enough to recruit all the lost troops again and earn some money. However, all the veterans that we have accumulated in the past month or so have disappeared after the first World War. Compared with the players in the Dukes camp, although there are not as many rewards as Dong Zhuo camp, there are still more than 10000 wounded soldiers and thousands of prisoners, which can supplement some of your losses. However, after this war, everyone''s combat power will drop a lot. For this war, everyone laughs that the system is sending benefits to everyone. In fact, we all know that this may be the last large-scale battle dominated by players in the whole plot mission. Next, NPC will be replaced, and players will be reduced to the role of playing soy sauce.


    As soon as the war ended, Cao Ren was ready to return to the wild jujube to recover his life. However, after considering the defense of Longcheng, Cao Ren decided to give it to Huangfu Chaobo. For the sake of safety, Cao Ren did not take his 2000 soldiers back, but let one of his deputy leaders stay in Longcheng to assist Huangfu Chaobo in defense. As for the other players and their soldiers, they either disperse or go to the nearby county town. After all, everyone''s soldiers need to rest and supplement, especially everyone has a large number of wounded soldiers to be treated. Longcheng town simply can''t provide so many medicines. What''s more, the small town can''t provide the troops that everyone needs. You know, the big army has a lot of losses, so we need to supplement them quickly and be ready to do the task at any time.Only Huangfu Chaobo is still leisurely in Longcheng town. Now he is making statistics with his subordinates on the gains of this battle. After five days of fighting, Huben cavalry lost 170 cavalry, sword and shield guards lost 60 soldiers and ordinary soldiers lost more than 400 soldiers. As for his loss, what Huangfu Chaobo was most distressed about was the loss of more than 200 guards. You know, the 1000 soldiers were the elite soldiers he had spent a lot of energy to cultivate. Now he lost 300 soldiers in several battles, and the 500 Tujia soldiers also lost 100 soldiers in several battles. Can you not be distressed?

 Chapter 305

    The changshe army under Huangfu Chaobo has been fighting for more than half a month since he began to take over the mission of the camp. Taking advantage of the present time, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to let the soldiers have a good rest. By the way, he will straighten out the recent situation of all parties, and then make some arrangements later.


    After recruiting all the generals, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with them. He felt that Longcheng was too close to Rongyang. For the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo decided to escort the three thousand prisoners back to Yangwu City, and then discussed with Lou GUI about the next army arrangement. It was estimated that all the princes had arrived at suanzao, so the oath meeting should begin, This big play must not be missed. So, after several discussions, they decided to let Zhou Cang Pei yuanshao lead 1200 soldiers to defend Longcheng together with the 2000 soldiers left by Cao Ren. For the sake of safety, they left the 200 elite guards to two people. They and Huang Zhong Dianwei led nearly 1000 cavalry, together with more than 1000 soldiers in the sky, to send the captured 3000 people back to Yangwu.


    On the second day, more than two thousand Buqi escorted three thousand prisoners back to Yangkai. On the same day, the last County allocated by the princes'' army, Jingxian County, where Guangling prefect Zhang Chao was in charge of the attack, went to war. Huangfu Chaobo, who got the news, immediately handed over the army to Dianwei and rushed back to Yangwu with Huang Zhong. The reason why he was in such a hurry was that Huangfu Chaobo felt that once Jingxian was in the east of Guandong, there would be only one city in yurongyang, so the princes'' army would soon send troops to Rongyang, and then the battle of sishuiguan would start. He had to discuss with Lou GUI about the arrangement of the next social army.


    The first thing after arriving at Yangwu, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for the generals to take over Dianwei''s army. Three thousand prisoners were escorted by two thousand troops. Although they were always within the influence of the vassal camp, Huangfu Chaobo was still afraid of an accident, so he decided to send troops to take over. As two thousand soldiers headed by Zhou Yi and Zhou Shi went to the direction of Dianwei army, there were only two thousand soldiers of changshe army in Yangwu City, and one thousand of them were junior soldiers. However, people didn''t think much of them. Yangwu city was only fifty miles away from the base camp of the princes. If it was a cavalry, it would take two hours Chen can arrive, and then Yangwu West until Rongyang City Dong Zhuo army, can say that two thousand soldiers guard is as stable as Mount Tai.


    After arranging the reinforcements, Huangfu Chaobo immediately discussed with Lou GUI and Huang Zhong what he should do later.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Lou GUI stood up from his seat and walked back and forth in the room for a few times before he said slowly: "what the young master said, GUI has been thinking about recently. According to the news from Master Kong, all the princes have arrived at the jujube. The ancients said: if the name is not regular, the words are not smooth; if the words are not smooth, the things will not be finished. Therefore, according to Kuei''s estimation, the people should hold the alliance ceremony in the near future. Moreover, the alliance leaders will be selected to better coordinate the mobilization of troops and the overall arrangement of food and grass. Therefore, in recent days, our army only needs to prepare for the war with peace of mind. Moreover, our soldiers have been fighting for more than ten days in a row, and they are already exhausted. We can take this opportunity to let them have a good rest


    After speaking, Lou GUI took a rest, and then said, "after the alliance ceremony, all the vassal armies will surely move to Rongyang, so as to better attack Sishui and Hulao. The attack of these city passes should have little to do with us. But there''s one thing you need to pay attention to. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and said, "Sir, please speak!"


    "After the princes joined the alliance, they chose the leader of the alliance, and all the cities attacked by the princes would be managed by the leader of the alliance. After all, everyone came from the expedition, so it was impossible to have the time and energy to manage this small enclave in Sili. The rest of the princes are OK, but our changshe army has gained a lot in the previous wars. In addition, the 3000 captives in this war have more than ten thousand soldiers, horses, personnel and materials. It''s impossible to stay with the army all the time, so it''s better to have a place for us to settle down. "


    After listening to Lou GUI''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. Yes, in addition to 6000 or 7000 soldiers, there are 5000 or 6000 craftsmen and hundreds of wagons. He can''t carry them with the army every time. Who knows what will happen in the future and how these craftsmen will lose in the war? That''s all It''s too late. Moreover, in the future war, it is estimated that the changshe army will not have the chance to fight alone, so there is no need for craftsmen to accompany the army. Thinking of this, he quickly asked Lou GUI, "what should Chao Bo do, as Mr. Yu said?"


    Seeing the appearance of Huangfu Chaobo, Lou GUI said with a smile: "you don''t have to worry, sir. If you didn''t come up with a solution before, but some times when you led the army back, you gave me a hint. Since general Cao Ren is willing to leave Longcheng town to you for defense, you can ask Kong if the princes really put the county they attacked under the management of the alliance leader Yuzhou asked the leader of the alliance to hand over Longcheng town to our army for defense on the ground that there were a large number of wounded soldiers and prisoners in the changshe army for several times, so it was not suitable to follow the army, and there was a need for a place to temporarily place these soldiers and horses. After Dong''s victory, they could return to the place. "


    Lou GUI''s words brightened their eyes, and Huang Zhong said: "Sir, this is a wonderful plan. Longcheng is closer to changshe than Yangwu. As soon as the war is over, our army will be more convenient to rush back to changshe. Moreover, although it is a small town, it is better for our soldiers to arrange defense."On hearing this, Huangfu Chao Bo patted the table in front of him and said with remorse: "well, I knew earlier that I would not have taken these three thousand prisoners back to Yangwu."


    Lou GUI said with a smile: "it''s OK. I just thought of this method today. Besides, it''s right for the young master to send the prisoners back to Yangwu. After all, Longcheng is now at the place where the two armies are fighting. If Dong Zhuo''s army comes to attack, it''s still unknown whether it can hold. Besides, more than 3000 prisoners need time to recruit and surrender. Therefore, Yangwu city is the most suitable place at present."


    After listening to Lou GUI''s words, Huangfu Chaobo knows that he''s being crooked. Then the three discussed about the surrender and reorganization of the captives. Huangfu Chaobo handed over all these things to them, and then left Yangwu for the direction of sour jujube. The alliance of princes will start soon. How can he miss the feast?


    Sure enough, when he arrived at the Yuzhou army camp of suanzao, the first sentence Kong Bi said to him was: "yes, Cao mengde said that the Chaobo changshe army had achieved great results in the war, which made the chief General Cao Ren praise him. I''m still thinking that you should come to the jujube camp as soon as you finish the military affairs after the war, because the alliance will start soon. I still think that if you don''t come tomorrow, I''ll ask Kong Xin to send someone to call you. I didn''t expect that you will come today. How is it? Have you dealt with all the military affairs of Yangwu? "

 Chapter 306

    After listening to Kong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was also moved. He said that his uncle was still very good to himself. He always thought about something and didn''t forget to pull him up. So, he went forward respectfully and said, "thank you, uncle. Yangwu''s affairs have been dealt with. You just need to arrange the direction properly, and the rest will be done by the people below. So Chaobo came to the camp to see what I need to do."


    "Ha ha ha..." After hearing this, Kong Yu said with a smile, "I stay in the camp every day. What can I do. However, there are some things to talk about in detail with you. "


    Then he told Huangfu Chaobo about the recent situation of the princes.


    After the result of the battle in Longcheng was sent back to suanzao, all the people were very happy. They thought it would take several days for the war to end, but they didn''t expect it to be so fast. This also made the princes greatly improve the ability of Cao Cao''s generals. On the second day after the battle of Longcheng, Zhang Chao ordered his generals to attack Jingxian. After learning that only Rongyang had not been captured in the counties of Guandong, Yuan Shao didn''t know that Cao Cao had left it specially for himself, so as to show his strength in front of the princes. He also sent Jiang Qi to lead the 10000 troops, plus Han Fu''s 10000 partial generals, to attack Rongyang. This time, they didn''t recruit players, but their 20000 troops to attack Rongyang The sun goes away.


    According to the idea of Kong Yu and other vassals, people will join the alliance in the next few days. At that time, they will definitely choose the leader of the alliance, and the army, money and food will be arranged by the leader of the alliance. Speaking of this, Kong Bi also specifically talked about the problem of Yangwu city. As Lou GUI expected, not only Kong Bi, but also other princes had the idea of handing over the county they occupied to the alliance leader for arrangement and management. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately told Kong what Lou GUI had said to him. After a little meditation, Kong agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s request. In his opinion, this is not a big problem.


    As you think, three days later, Jing County was captured, and Rongyang was captured by Yuan Shao and Han Fu. The two armies did not spend much energy to capture Rongyang. However, after the army entered Rongyang, it was surprised to find that all personnel and materials except ordinary people had been swept away, and the granary and armory of Rongyang city were even more empty. Jiang Qi asked the captives to find out that Li Meng had exchanged all these rewards for the outlaws of Dong Zhuo''s camp. When the vassal troops entered the city, let alone reaped, they had to use the food they carried to help the people in the city. Li Meng, the general of Rongyang garrison, led the army at the head of the city for one day after arranging the battle, and then led thousands of Xiliang cavalry to break out before the city broke. After arriving at Guoting, Xiliang''s cavalry converged with the thousands of soldiers who had already escorted Li Meng to collect his belongings. The leader who did not turn back retreated into Hulao pass, and then went straight to Luoyang.


    On the day of conquering the county, Jiang Qi sent Malay newspaper and Yuan Shao to ask for food from Jizhou. Fortunately, after seizing Rongyang, Han Fu''s boat could take the river to aocang north of Rongyang. Rongyang once, the cities to the east of Hulao pass and Sishui pass are under the control of the warlords, that is to say, there are only Hulao pass and Sishui pass to the east of Luoyang.


    A few days later, that is, on March 10, the first year of Zhongping, the princes of Guandong went to the jujube camp to raise their accounts. At the same time, for more than a month, the top ten players in the princes camp were allowed to participate in the discussion, but they had only the opportunity to sit in. Not surprisingly, these ten people are the top ten in the camp, but their ranking order has changed.


    Like Luo Da''s Romance of the Three Kingdoms, the leader of the alliance fell to Yuan Shao without any mystery. Cao Cao, the founder of the alliance, was selected as the deputy leader, while Yuan Shu was recommended by Yuan Shao as the logistics director. In the future, the garrison of the alliance would be transferred to Rongyang City, and the food and grass needed by the army would be sent directly to Rongyang by Han Fu''s Jizhou Aocang to the north, so that the army can use at any time, from the surface to reduce the cost of transporting sour jujube to Rongyang.


    After the selection of the leader of the alliance, all the princes handed over the counties they had conquered earlier to the leader of the alliance, and Yuan Shao sent people to take over the counties. At the same time, he appointed County captains, and then asked all the counties to recruit three to five thousand soldiers to guard the city. Among all the counties in Guandong, except Jing, MI, Xinzheng and Yuanling, which were elected by Yuan Shu as county magistrate and county captain, all the other cities were elected by Yuan Shao from local families. When Kong Bi handed over the management authority of Yangwu City, he also conveniently obtained the temporary residence right of Longcheng town for Huangfu Chaobo. In the eyes of the princes, they didn''t even want to manage an enclave county. How could they like a town. Yuan Shao, the leader of the alliance, was even more so. Although he always had great ambition, his eyes had not yet been on the territory of Sili. In everyone''s opinion, the whole Sili would certainly be ruined after the war. How could he care about the affairs here.


    Later, they agreed to make a vow to heaven in order to show their orthodoxy. So, outside the jujube camp, a three-story platform with a height of more than ten feet was built in a few days. On the platform, various flags were set up, and on it were white yellow Yue and military general seal.


    On March 15, nearly 300000 soldiers of the princes and hundreds of thousands of players gathered around the high platform to participate in the festival.As soon as the time came, Yuan Shao, the leader of the vassal alliance, officially stepped on the stage.


    We pledge together:


    "the Han Dynasty is unfortunate, and the Huanggang is out of order. Dong Zhuo, the thief minister, took advantage of the quarrel to bring harm to the people. Shao and other people were afraid of the loss of their country, so they united the righteous soldiers and went to the national calamity. If we unite and work together, we will have no ambition. There is an alliance of Chongqing, so that its life can be lost. The emperor''s heaven and the earth''s earth, and the ancestors'' wisdom, we can all learn from them! "


    At the end of the oath, Yuan Shao, in the name of the leader of the alliance, showed himself as a general. Yuan Shao was grateful to Cao Cao for making him the leader of the alliance. After he became the leader of the alliance, he appointed him as the deputy leader of the alliance on behalf of the general of Fenwu, and appointed his cousin Yuan Shu as the governor.


    Now that the alliance ceremony is over, here is the deployment.


    "Now that the alliance is over, we have been elected as the first general to challenge sishuiguan! Who would like to take the lead! "


    "The end will be willing to go!"


    "The end will be willing to go!"


    Two men jumped out at once.


    One is Sun Jian, who should have gone, and the other is Gong sun Zan, who is eager to make contributions.

 Chapter 307

    Both of them are famous for their bravery, and Yuan Shao doesn''t know how to choose. From his heart, he really wanted Gongsun Zan to fight, so that he could lose some strength. But he was afraid that sishuiguan''s guard would be weak, so Gongsun Zan could fight easily, so that his achievements would be in vain. Thinking that there was a strategy to deal with Gongsun Zan, he said:


    "ha ha! Both of them are heroes of the moment. It''s no problem to win Sishui pass, but general Gongsun''s cavalry is the main force, which is not conducive to the siege. This time it''s up to Wentai. With Wentai''s bravery, it should be easy to win Sishui pass! "


    "No!" Sun Jian responded happily.


    Gongsun Zan was a little unwilling, but the situation was better than others. Although he knew that Yuan Shao''s intention was intentional, he had to resign with hatred.


    Huangfu Chaobo was a little sorry to see that Sun Jian finally took over the task, although he also talked with Sun Jian and several veteran generals under him these days, and told him to be careful about food and grass. However, he didn''t take Sun Jian''s principle to heart at all. In addition, he had some private transactions with Yuan Shu, so he was more relieved.


    After Sun Jian left the camp, he ordered his troops and prepared to go to sishuiguan, and all the princes'' armies came to Rongyang one after another. A few days later, the princes'' armies arrived in Rongyang. When the troops were settled, all the princes would discuss business in the hall of Rongyang county government.


    "Newspaper..."


    Just as they were sitting there, suddenly a meteor came to report.


    "Newspaper! When Dong Zhuo heard that you had set up an army, he ordered Hua Xiong to be the captain of the valiant cavalry, Zhao Cen to be the deputy general, and Li Su to join the army. He led 50000 troops to meet the enemy at sishuiguan! "


    When he heard that Dong Zhuo had sent 50000 soldiers and Sun Jian had only 10000 infantry, Yuan Shao hesitated. Cao Cao said: "alliance leader, don''t we have any other troops? You can send tens of thousands of alien troops to help general Wentai. "


    Yes, Yuan Shao just reflected that there were millions of soldiers in the air. Just about to ask, I didn''t expect that there would be several players coming out to volunteer to help. So Yuan Shao ordered the incense and led the army.


    So the three men led nearly 100000 troops to sishuiguan. However, Sun Jian is not interested in these players'' soldiers. He always thinks that he can use 10000 Jiangdong sons. There is no need to use any strange soldiers. So along the way, I didn''t have any intersection with the two people.


    I didn''t expect that Ji Bei Prime Minister Bao Xin was afraid of sun Jianli''s great achievements. Instead, he quietly sent his younger brother Bao Zhong with 5000 troops to attack sishuiguan. Bao Zhong led five thousand soldiers and horses, all the way from the path to light fast, and finally played the role of Sishui pass before Sun Jian''s soldiers and horses arrived. By this time, Huaxiong had already taken 50000 troops to sishuiguan, where there were 20000 Xiliang cavalry and 30000 infantry.


    As soon as Bao Zhong arrived at guanxia, he immediately went forward to curse the war. As soon as Zhao Cen saw the 5000 people of Guandong army, he dared to curse the war, so he was going to fight. After Hua Xiong and Li Su repeatedly confirmed that there were only five thousand men and horses, they left Zhao Cen and Li Su to guard the pass and ordered five thousand iron cavalry to go out.


    Bao Zhong saw that the Xiliang army was going to fight, and immediately went forward to fight with Huaxiong. I didn''t expect to be beheaded by Hua Xiong in just a few rounds. After Huaxiong killed Bao Zhong, he immediately sent his troops to the battle with Xiliang''s iron cavalry. Originally, the morale of the Jibei army was low because Bao Zhong was killed, and how could the infantry stop the cavalry from rushing into the battle? Huaxiong killed them and ran away in five thousand minutes. Hua Xiong took his cavalry for nearly ten li before he led his troops back to the pass. When Hua Xiong returned to the pass, he saw that his 5000 cavalry had gone out, but only 300 of them were damaged. For a time, the cheers in sishuiguan were overwhelming.


    Hua Xiong and Li Su immediately report the results to Dong Zhuo in Luoyang.


    When the war report came to Dong Zhuo in Luoyang City, Dong Zhuo laughed and ordered Huaxiong and others to be rewarded heavily. After throwing the war report to Li Ru, he ran to the imperial palace to do aerobic exercise.


    A day later, Sun Jian''s troops arrived at Sishui pass. For a moment, there was a uproar. Three soldiers and horses set up three barracks five miles outside the pass. In the middle is Sun Jian''s troops, and on both sides are the troops from all over the world and the night incense. Along the way, Sun Jian already knew about Bao Zhong''s defeat. So when he arrived, Sun Jian didn''t immediately challenge him. Instead, he set up the camp step by step. After the soldiers had a night''s rest, the next morning they took 8000 Jiangdong soldiers to pick up the pass under the pass, and they didn''t inform zonghengtianxia and yelaixiang at all.


    When Zhao Cen saw that less than 10000 people from Huaxiong had come to pick up the pass, he thought about the fact that Huaxiong''s 5000 cavalry had swept the enemy a few days ago. He couldn''t bear it, so he went to Huaxiong to fight. Hua Xiong also wanted to see the strength of the troops in Guandong, so he let Zhao Cen take eight thousand Xiliang cavalry out of the pass to fight.


    When he got out of the pass, Zhao Cen yelled at Sun Jian and others: "Guandong rat, how dare an offend my city? Don''t you come forward and die soon


    Huang Gai was very angry and took the iron whip to fight immediately.


    As soon as the two talents fight, Zhao Cen secretly feels bitter, knowing that he is not the opponent of the other party. So after a shot, pull the horse back to escape. When Huang Gai reacts, Zhao Cen has returned to the middle of the cavalry.


    Back in the middle of the cavalry, Zhao Cen was unwilling to return to the pass, so he gritted his teeth and rushed into the battle with 8000 cavalry. Thinking, I don''t believe eight thousand iron cavalry can''t disperse your eight thousand infantry. Since I can''t fight alone, I''ll fight in groups. It''s just that he didn''t expect that Sun Jian''s infantry had experienced riding battles, and more than once, and the distance between the two sides was too close, so they reached the highest speed mentioned by the cavalry. Another thing is that the morale of Jiangdong soldiers is now high because of Huang Gai''s performance.Boom...


    Facing the Xiliang cavalry, Jiangdong soldiers set up the square array in an orderly way. The sword and shield soldiers set up several shield walls a moment ago. The long guns were behind. The archers finally faced the fierce Xiliang cavalry.


    Hua Xiong and Li Su, who are watching the battle, immediately realize that Zhao CEN is not good. Sure enough, the cavalry had not yet raised their speed when they collided with the other side''s shield wall.


    Coax...


    Soon, the cavalry in front was stabbed by the spear. The cavalry behind did not have time to stop, and soon ran into it. Seeing that nearly a thousand cavalry had lost, they had not yet been able to break through the other side''s shield wall. At this time, the speed of the cavalry had been reduced. The cavalry that stopped the horse''s speed had been the living target of the enemy''s long gunners and archers.


    Hua Xiong immediately arranged Li Su to lead the infantry to guard the wall. He hurried down to the pass and took the remaining 10000 Xiliang cavalry out to save Zhao Cen.

 Chapter 308

    When Hua Xiong led his troops out of Deguan, Zhao Cen''s 8000 cavalry had been surrounded by Sun Jian''s Jiangdong soldiers. Hua Xiong didn''t think much about it, so he rushed to Jiang Dongbing with his cavalry.


    Facing the overwhelming cavalry of the other side, the encirclement of Jiangdong soldiers soon opened a big gap. Seeing this, Zhao Cen immediately directed the cavalry to retreat in the direction of Huaxiong. As soon as the encirclement of Jiangdong soldiers was highlighted, Zhao Cen immediately took the rest of his troops to the pass without returning. Hua Xiong was in the rear. During this period, Hua Xiong also wanted to cut the generals in front of the battle to improve the morale of his troops. But as soon as he took over with Huang Gai and others, he knew that several generals and his strength were almost the same, so he didn''t do it. He thought that when all the Xiliang cavalry came out, he immediately led the troops to retreat directly to the pass. Although Sun Jian and others also want to follow suit to enter the pass, they are all infantry. When they reach the pass, the Xiliang army has already retreated to the pass, and they are met by the overwhelming rain of arrows. In desperation, they had to curse and fight under the pass, but Hua Xiong and others turned a deaf ear.


    But Sun Jian had to lead his troops back to the camp. At this time, the whole world was in a hurry to lead the troops. By the time they arrived, Sun Jian was about to withdraw.


    When Hua Xiong returned to the pass, Sun Jian saw that he was so angry that his mouth was crooked. Zhao Cen brought back less than 5000 of the eight thousand cavalry. Eight thousand cavalry and eight thousand infantry were defeated and three thousand soldiers were destroyed. Hua Xiong was so angry that he was about to take Zhao Cen back to Luoyang and give him to Dong Zhuo. It was Li Su who pleaded with him on the side.


    In the next few days, Sun Jian sent people to fight at guanxia every day, but Huaxiong and others turned a deaf ear.


    Sun Jian had no choice but to discuss with zonghengtianxia and others to send someone to fight. So, the next day, the three sides took the siege equipment and sent thousands of people to attack Sishui pass.


    Sishui pass is actually the Hulao pass in reality, but in the game, it is separated from Hulao pass and regarded as a large pass in front of Hulao pass. Therefore, the scale of Sishui pass is not large, which is much worse than the wall of Hulao pass which is more than three feet high (10 meters), which is about two feet high (less than 8 meters), and the moat outside the pass is also small It''s less than three feet wide. Although sishuiguan is small, there are several roads connected with hulaoguan. Therefore, if the governors of Guandong wanted to attack Hulao pass directly, their own grain route would be cut off by Dong Zhuo''s army, but Dong Zhuo''s army could attack the allies at any time, so the Allies had to attack Sishui pass before they could attack Hulao pass safely.


    There are many people and great power. The two players, zonghengtianxia and yelaixiang, mobilized nearly 100000 players. It took less than one day to fill the moat outside the pass. The next time is the formal siege. In the past few days, Sun Jian''s subordinates have made a lot of siege ladders, plus the siege equipment they brought from the sour jujube camp.


    Then there''s the siege.


    At the beginning, Sun Jian still attacked the city with the players'' troops, and Hua Xiong was not stupid. He immediately sent tens of thousands of Dong Zhuo camp players and hundreds of thousands of soldiers to Guan, which turned into a battle between the players on both sides. If it wasn''t for Sun Jian, the players in the Kanto camp would not work so hard. However, in recent days, Sun Jian and his troops all over the world also attacked several times, but every time they attacked Shangguan, they were driven down by Huaxiong''s Guanxi army. In a few days, Huaxiong''s cavalry also went out of the pass several times, but all of them were to ease the attack of the Kwangtung army.


    After a few days, both sides suffered a lot. There are only 6000 soldiers left in Sun Jian''s 10000 Jiangdong soldiers. There are two people in the world, and the 5000 soldiers below are less than 2500. The loss of players is even more serious. There are nearly 300000 players when they set out, and only half of them in a few days. Huaxiong''s Kansai army is better, with 15000 cavalry and 30000 infantry. Guanxi has more than 100000 players and nearly 100000 soldiers.


    However, what the players worried about still happened. After learning that Sun Jian won the first battle at sishuiguan, Yuan Shu listened to the advice of the next man and secretly withheld Sun Jian''s food and grass. Now Sun Jian''s army has almost run out of food and grass.


    These days, Huangfu Chaobo basically follows NPCs to make soy sauce, but he is still paying attention to the situation of sishuiguan. After learning that the army had been attacking the city for a few days, Huangfu Chaobo felt that the battle of Huaxiong''s stealing camp was about to start soon. After saying hello to Kong, he came quietly to sishuiguan with more than 2000 of his cavalry. Huang Zhong and Dian Wei were the only two generals in the company. Zhou Cang led the others to stay with the rest of the troops in the camp, while the thousands of junior soldiers and other auxiliary soldiers, as well as the captives of the Western Liang cavalry, were all settled in Longcheng. In fact, these days, Huangfu Chaobo has not done anything. In addition to transporting all his troops and supplies to Longcheng, all the 3000 prisoners have been persuaded to surrender and reorganize. Now the strength of the Chang she army is even greater than before. Among the 3000 prisoners, except some of them were reorganized into intermediate soldiers of Huang Zhong, which increased the number of soldiers to 7000, the other soldiers were reorganized into 3000 junior soldiers, and the rest were all incorporated into the civilian army.


    Sishuiguan Sun Jian camp, Sun Jian did not expect, Huangfu Chaobo and his talk about food and grass things really happened. Now there is no military provisions in the barracks. Although I have sent several waves of people to Rongyang to urge the grain, the reply is that the grain and grass will be delivered soon."Lord, our food and grass have reached the bottom. Should we withdraw first?" Han dangdao;


    "no, in our present situation, if we retreat, the Xiliang cavalry will definitely catch up. We are infantry, we can''t run the cavalry." Sun Jiandao said, "ce''er, take your soldiers back to Rongyang to urge the grain. If you can''t, go to the magistrate of Huangfu county and ask him to ask the governor of Yuzhou to help you."


    "Yes, father." Sun CE immediately took dozens of Jiangdong cavalry to Xingyang.


    At this time, the Sishui is closed. Hua Xiong and Li Su are watching the camp of the Kwantung Army.


    "General Hua, have you found that the offensive of the Jiangdong army these two days is not as fierce as before?" Li sudao;


    "well, yes. I''m also wondering Huaxiong road;


    "general, look Li Su pointed to Daying road in the distance;


    "what are you looking at? You can''t see anything so far away. If you want to join the army, just say so. Don''t play with the general there. " Hua Xiong said with a gloomy face

 Chapter 309

    Li Su had no choice but to say clearly: "no, did the general find out that it was time for dinner, but there were not many fireworks in their camp. Moreover, just now a small group of cavalry went eastward. In recent days, he also got information from other people that the Allied forces in Guandong were not harmonious. After Yuan Shao became the leader of the alliance, he was forced to marry him Yuan Shu, the younger brother of Sun Jian, was appointed as a grain officer. Because he was afraid of Sun Jian''s contribution, Yuan Shu secretly ordered people to cut off Sun Jian''s army''s grain. Moreover, general Mo has reported the matter to the prime minister quickly


    "Yes... There is a shortage of food in the army. The cavalry went to pay for it. Join the army, you say


    Li Su took a look at Hua Xiong and immediately understood what he wanted to say. He nodded and said, "the end general has this idea..."


    So Hua Xiong immediately went down to the gate to arrange the Xiliang cavalry, and the gate was handed over to Li Su and Zhao Cen.


    Sishui pass, players camp.


    All over the world, with a few people under the leadership of the night incense are together.


    "Brother ye, Sun Jian''s army is short of food. It seems that Hua Xiong will take action soon. We have to be prepared, too. " All over the world;


    nocturnal incense nodded: "well, let''s take turns with other players to send troops to guard in front of Sun Jian''s camp at night. Once something happens, Jiangdong army will have a certain reaction time. "


    "How''s it going? Old Du He looked at Lao Du''s road from all over the world;


    "no problem, I have informed the boss that he is now on the road with more than 2000 cavalry, and should arrive tomorrow. He has brought some grain, which should be able to keep Sun Jian for two days." Lao Du said,


    "OK, that''s it." The players on the scene all responded;


    it was night, with dark clouds all over the sky, which covered the half moon in the sky.


    At midnight, the door of Sishui pass opened quietly. Huaxiong took 15000 Xiliang iron horses out of Deguan. After discussing, Huaxiong decided to attack at night. In order to keep secret, even the players of his own camp hid it.


    To Sun Jian camp two miles away from the place, the night attack of the Xiliang cavalry was finally found by the players soldiers.


    "Enemy attack


    "Enemy attack


    All of a sudden, there was a lot of shouting outside the camp.


    Hua Xiong did not expect that the other party''s sentry should be so alert. However, there is no time to think about it now.


    "Xiliang Tieqi, CHONGYING" Hua Xiong roared and took the lead to rush out.


    "Kill..."


    With a command, 15000 cavalry rushed to Sun Jian''s camp.


    Boom...


    The sound of more than 60000 horseshoes reverberated in the night sky like thunder. Fifteen thousand cavalry quickly tore up the guard circle composed of players'' soldiers, and then quickly came straight to the camp. In a moment, Xiliang cavalry opened several gaps in the wall of Sun Jian''s camp, and then rushed into the camp, setting fire and killing the awakened Jiangdong soldiers.


    The sound of the earthquake immediately woke up several campers. The first reaction was Sun Jian, so he immediately put on his armor and took his weapons out of the camp. But when they came out, the whole camp had been fried, and there was fire everywhere. Jiangdong soldiers, who were half full, were cut down one by one by Xiliang soldiers in the middle of sleep. Xiliang cavalry constantly rushed in at the gap of the camp, and they were about to rush towards the tent.


    Looking at Jiangdong''s children dying under the enemy''s knife, Sun Jian suddenly became furious. "Ah, damn Xiliang dog thieves, I''m going to kill you As he said this, he was about to rush away with his sword. Zumao, who had just come from his camp, grabbed Sun Jian and said, "Lord, hurry up. There are too many enemies, and they are all cavalry. We can''t resist it at all


    Huang Gai also tried to persuade him, but Sun Jian had to kill the good horse that Huangfu Chaobo sent him to Xingyang.


    At this time, the army of players arrived outside Sun Jian''s camp, but they were stopped by the five thousand Xiliang cavalry outside. They couldn''t rush into the camp. In fact, the players are very alert, but their NPC army didn''t react so quickly. By the time the whole army came, Huaxiong''s army had already rushed into Sun Jian''s camp.


    Sun Jian and several generals tried their best to break through in the direction of Xingyang, but the Xiliang cavalry also seemed to see that some of them were generals, so there were Xiliang cavalry coming here. When Sun Jian was surrounded, he found that only zumao and more than a dozen cavalry were around him, and several other huanggai people were scattered. Moreover, at this time, there are more and more Xiliang cavalry killing them.


    At this time, thirty miles to the east of Sishui pass, Huangfu Chaobo was walking slowly to Sishui pass with more than 3000 cavalry. Because it was too dark and did not light all the torches, the speed of the cavalry was not fast. All of a sudden, there was a sound of hooves from the West. Huang Zhong immediately said, "who is coming? Come and stop the horse, or you won''t blame the ruthless bow and arrow of some familyFrom the West came sun CE with more than a dozen cavalry.


    Seeing that there was a large group of cavalry in front of him, sun CE knew that all the people who appeared here should be allied troops, so he yelled: "which general is in front of him, waiting for sun CE, the son of the Changsha prefect in the next Wu Cheng..."


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he immediately ordered to stop the horse and light all the torches. At first glance, it was Sun CE. Huangfu Chaobo met Sun Jian several times. He said: "I''m going to beg for a thief. I''m going to ask for a thief. Why is general Sun Shao here? "


    "Woo..." Sun CE stopped his horse, stepped forward slowly and said, "Sun CE has seen general Huangfu. I''m going to Xingyang to ask for food and grass on my father''s order. I don''t know why the general is here. "


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly felt that Sun Jian had no food, otherwise he would not send his son to ask for food.


    "I see that there is no grain and grass in Xingyang these days. I''m afraid that something will happen to general sun, so I bring my cavalry to see what''s going on."


    "Does the general mean that there is no food to be transported out these days? Damn Yuan Shu, we''re working hard in front of us. He cut off our food and grass


    "My Lord, look Huang Zhong suddenly exclaimed;


    Huangfu Chaobo beckoned and saw that there was a huge fire in the direction of sishuiguan, which was not good...


    "Young master, that''s the direction of our camp


    "No, Huang Zhong, Dian Wei, order the cavalry to advance at full speed, Hua Xiong steals camp... General Sun Shao, are you going to Xingyang or back to camp? " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "Damn it, it''s useless for me to go to Xingyang now. I''d better save my father and Jiangdong soldiers first..."


    "OK, let''s go."

 Chapter 310

    Roar, 3000 cavalry rolling forward, like thunder like the sound of horse''s hooves, a time resounded through the night sky...


    At this time, sun JianZheng was miserable. The whole army was defeated and fled. Sun Jian and more than a dozen cavalry broke out. Sun Jianping wears a red scarf every day. When he breaks through the encirclement, a thousand people of the Xiliang army will see it and immediately shout, "hurry up, the one wearing the red scarf is Sun Jian." Said, with his team of thousands of people at Sun Jian and his party pursued. Zu Mao said: "Lord, give me the red scarf. You will protect the Lord to break through." Then, without waiting for Sun Jian''s consent, he grabbed the headscarf, put it on, and turned south to attract the enemy. Dong Zhuo''s cavalry thought it was Sun Jian who was wearing the red scarf, and they came to chase him one after another. Sun Jian had a chance to escape from the siege. Zumao was so embarrassed by the pursuers that he had almost no way to go. Later, with a plan in mind, he jumped off his horse and put Chihu on a burning post in front of the tomb, while he lay still in the grass. When Dong Zhuo''s cavalry saw Chihu from a distance, they thought that Sun Jian was here, so they surrounded the place layer upon layer. When they came to him, they found that there was no Sun Jian, just a burning pillar. Just as he was about to withdraw his troops and leave, Hua Xiong came. Seeing this, he said, "search for me. Sun Jian will not be far away." Xiliang cavalry began to search around.


    Zumao had no choice but to jump on his horse and prepare to break through. I didn''t expect Huaxiong to react immediately. TIMA rushed over. The two men soon formed a regiment, but after dozens of rounds, the exhausted zumao was cut off by Huaxiong.


    "The system announced that under Sishui pass, Huaxiong led troops to attack Sun Jian''s camp, Sun Jian was defeated, and zumao, the historical general of Tianjie, was killed by Huaxiong."


    Coax...


    Did not expect, the player tries to stop, zumao or let Huaxiong to kill. This makes all players both happy and sorry. Fortunately, the historical plot has not changed. Unfortunately, there is no such a high-level general. Originally, there are not many high-level generals in the game, but now there is one less.


    After hearing this news, Huangfu gave Huang Zhong a good look and said, "my Lord, what''s the matter?"


    Sun CE and Dian Wei also looked over. Huang Fu Chao Bo shook his head with a bitter smile and said, "I''m ok. It''s like general Zu was killed."


    "Ah


    The worst hit was Sun CE. The four generals of the sun family followed Sun Jian when he started to fight. They usually treated him like a nephew. They didn''t expect that zumao should be killed.


    "Then we Huang Zhong asked;


    "regardless of him, other people should not be in trouble. We should speed up and save them..."


    "Yes, cavalry, speed up


    At this time, Sun Jian still didn''t get rid of the pursuit of Xiliang cavalry. There was no other reason. It was just that the target of more than ten cavalry was too big. Although some cavalry went to chase zumao, another group of cavalry immediately followed them.


    Sun Jian and his party had no choice but to fight their horses to Xingyang.


    "Father, it''s father..." Soon the two groups met head-on. Sun CE was sharp eyed and immediately recognized Sun Jian and his party.


    "Ce''er, why are you here, and general Huangfu, why are you here..."


    "Father, don''t care about this. General Huangfu said uncle Darong had been killed. What about the others?"


    "Darong... Hua Xiong, I''m going to kill you Sun Jian cried indignantly. Although he thought that he might never see zumao again when he took his turban from zumao, he still felt very sad once it became true.


    "General Huangfu, please help my Jiangdong children." Sun Jian suppressed his grief and indignation and said to Huangfu, "don''t worry, general Wentai, since I''m here, I won''t stand by. Huang Zhongdian and Wei listen to the order, the sudden cavalry is in the front, the light cavalry is in the back, kill me


    "No" The three of them answered;


    after that, the two of them rushed with their cavalry towards the chasing Xiliang cavalry. And Huangfu Chaobo followed closely with Huben cavalry.


    Cavalry duel.


    On the one hand, there were the scattered iron cavalry of Xiliang who had been fighting for half a night, and on the other hand, there were the vigorous cavalry of changshe army who had been fighting for a long time. The result of the battle can be imagined. Soon, more than 500 of the 1000 Xiliang cavalry were killed, more than 300 were captured, and more than 100 others fled. On the other hand, he lost more than 30 Turks and more than 200 light cavalry. Looking at this result, Huangfu Chaobo could not help shaking his head. The gap between the intermediate arms and the special arms came out, and he did not have a riding general. If he had a riding general, the effect would be better.


    Two hundred lightly wounded light cavalry and Huben cavalry were left to guard the prisoners. Huang Zhong and other cavalry continued to kill the prisoners in the direction of sishuiguan.


    Along the way, Huang Zhong killed several large and small groups of Xiliang cavalry, and the prisoners of Huangfu Chaobo reached nearly 500.


    Finally, the group arrived at the back of the Guandong army camp at sishuiguan at daybreak. At this time, the player army was still entangled with Huaxiong''s cavalry. See behind you have their own cavalry, immediately players morale. Seeing this, Hua Xiong knew that his army was exhausted after a night''s killing, and immediately led the army to sishuiguan.Huang Zhong and Dian Wei rushed up immediately, while huyandu led his Xianbei cavalry to encircle the two sides. Unfortunately, the Xiliang army retreated too fast and only captured more than 500 cavalry. The rest of them retreated smoothly. When he returned to Guannei, looking at his cavalry, Hua Xiong couldn''t help laughing bitterly. More than 15000 people went to battle, and only 11000 people came back at last, and nearly 4000 people were injured. If it wasn''t for the fact that Sun Jian''s Jiangdong soldiers were almost exhausted, plus the killing of a Sun Jian general, it would be another punishment if the Taiwei Dong Zhuo knew about the battle.


    At this time, Sun Jian''s camp had been burned by Hua Xiong, leaving less than 20% of the camp. And Sun Jian''s Jiangdong army was almost exhausted. It was not until the afternoon that more than 1000 people were gathered in succession.


    Looking at the burned camp and wounded generals, Sun Jian was infuriated. With a knife, they would rush to the place where Huangfu Chaobo held the prisoners, vowing to kill all the prisoners. Fortunately, Huang Gai and others held on to him and tried to persuade him to calm down. It''s unreasonable for you to go to someone else''s camp to kill his prisoners. Besides, someone else is here to save you, and his own soldiers and horses are still replenished by these prisoners.

 Chapter 311

    In one night''s battle, Huangfu Chaobo lost a lot of cavalry. In the end, there were less than 300 of the 400 odd Turkmen cavalry and less than 1500 of the 2000 light cavalry. Almost one third of Huangfu Chaobo''s cavalry was lost. However, in exchange for more than 1100 special cavalry Xiliang cavalry, so on the whole, Huangfu Chaobo did not suffer. After telling Huang Zhong to arrange the soldiers and take care of the prisoners, Huangfu Chaobo brings Dian Wei to Sun Jian''s tent.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo came in, Sun Jian all stood up to thank Huangfu Chaobo.


    After sitting down, Sun Jian confirmed to Huangfu Chaobo whether Xingyang really hasn''t sent food and grass these days. Huangfu Chaobo told Sun Jian and others what happened in the Allied camp these days. When he heard that the leaders of the Allied forces only knew how to drink and have fun all day long after they arrived in Xingyang, waiting for the end of the war at sishuiguan, but Yuan Shu didn''t send anyone to deliver food, Sun Jian couldn''t sit there any more. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo said, "general Wentai, the death of general Zu and the defeat of Jiangdong soldiers are not the crime of war."


    It is obvious that he told Sun Jian that if Yuan Shu had not secretly seized food and grass, zumao would not have died, and Jiangdong soldiers would not have suffered such a tragic defeat. Sun Jian can no longer sit still, leaving Huang Gai and Cheng Pu to continue to deal with the affairs in the camp. He takes sun CE to Xingyang with great anger.


    Xingyang City, county yamen.


    The vassals are drinking and having fun together, waiting for the victory of sishuiguan. When people are drinking.


    "Bang


    Sun Jian kicks in with sun CE, carrying the family''s ancient ingot sword in his hand, and rushes in angrily. Yuan Shao asked him why the former army commander left the front easily, but he didn''t expect that Sun Jian didn''t pay any attention to him. After scanning around, he rushed directly to Yuan Shu''s position, kicked away the short table in front of him, and mentioned Yuan Shu, saying: "return the lives of my Darong and eight thousand Jiangdong''s children."


    Seeing this, they quickly stepped forward to pull apart the two. Ask Sun Jian what happened.


    So Sun Jian deliberately impounded Yuan Shu''s food and grass, so that the army was short of food. He also told all about the night attack of Huaxiong and the night rescue of Huangfu Chaobo last night. When they heard this, they all looked at Yuan Shu with a look of awe. At this time, Yuan Shu had already seen this and hid beside Yuan Shao. After listening to Sun Jian''s story and everyone''s eyes, his face turned green and red, and he stopped talking.


    Yuan Shao can''t help but scold in his heart. You ya, I know you two are in the same group. I wanted to kill the strength of both of you by calling Sishui pass. Unexpectedly, you are more ruthless, even your own people... In the heart secretly smile, on the face actually a serious blunt Yuan Shu way: "highway, can have this matter?"


    Seeing the opportunity, Yuan Shu immediately said, "I''ve arranged it for a long time. It must be the army Secretary Ma who is behind the scenes. When I go to ask clearly, Wentai is not in a hurry. I''ll give you a satisfactory reply."


    Then he took people out of the county government to the barracks. A moment later, Yuan Shu came in with a man carrying a head and said to Sun Jian, "Wentai, this is the man who delayed the military plane. I have killed him. In order to make up for your loss, I will give you five thousand soldiers and ten good horses. Please tell me about it."


    Although the rest of the people despised him, they still tried to persuade Sun Jian. After being persuaded, Sun Jian couldn''t say anything more, so he agreed.


    Yuan Shao saw that his goal was almost achieved. So he said: "you guys, it seems that the strength of the Xiliang army is still relatively strong. So, our leader suggested that the Allies move to Sishui pass, take Sishui pass first, and then go to tiger prison. What do you think?"


    For a time, the following should be the voice of harmony.


    As a result, the Allies left a small number of troops in Xingyang to transport food and grass, and all the troops moved to sishuiguan.


    It took hundreds of thousands of NPC troops and more than two million players a few days to set up camp under Sishui pass.


    In recent days, many players are not idle. The death of Zu Mao has shocked the players. After all, there are only two or three thousand historical generals in the whole game. If a player dies, there is less chance to recruit. In the next war, several powerful generals will be killed. So all the players in Guandong and guanxi sent representatives of the strength faction to discuss how to face the next war. After several days of discussion, all players finally reached an agreement: "all players must not kill NPC historical generals, otherwise they will be attacked by all agreed players. Not only that, regardless of the camp, all players must do everything possible to protect historical generals from being killed


    Then, the agreement was sent to the forum and soon won the support of all players. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo has also signed this agreement. Who makes him have the most generals now? Now players already know that he has not only Huang Zhong and his son, Dian Wei, but also Zaozhi. Of course, if players know that Huangfu Chaobo has two generals, Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao, they will jump.


    The army of Kanto alliance has just set up a camp under sishuiguan and is discussing the plan of siege the next day.


    All of a sudden, I heard the spies report: "Huaxiong leads the iron horse down the pass, carries sun Taishou Chihu with a long pole, and comes to the front of the stronghold to scold tetany."Yuan Shao said, "who dares to fight?" Yu Shedao, a strong general behind Yuan Shu, said: "young general is willing to go." As soon as Yuan Shao saw that he was the general of Yuan Shu, he was immediately overjoyed and said, "Zhun", so he ordered Yu she to take up the battle. Yuan Shu looked at the atmosphere and wanted to stop him, but he was afraid that the governors of Guandong would laugh at him, so he had to give up.


    But he said that Yu was out of the camp, and before he had time to mount the horse, several players said: "General Yu, we are here to help the general." Yu she didn''t think much about it. He took several players to shoot horses and headed for Huaxiong. But the other side also has several players to follow Huaxiong to fight. The two soon fought together. Just three together, Yu she has the phenomenon of strength is not supported, many players surprised, both sides exchanged a look, quietly to two people around the past. Hua Xiong is fighting with Yu she wholeheartedly. He doesn''t notice that his players have surrounded him. He chopped at Yu she. Unexpectedly, when he was about to get to Yu she''s side, a player from his own side rushed over. The man rushed over and yelled: "the thief will die!" Waving the big knife in his hand, he chopped Yu she, but his body welcomed Hua Xiong''s big knife. Hua Xiong had no choice but to change his Sabre posture to sweeping, and he dismounted Yu Shesha. Just as he was about to make up another sabre, more players rushed to Yu Shehe''s direction. Some of them tried to kill him, while Guandong players immediately stepped forward and helped Yu Shesha to escape. Hua Xiong had no choice but to watch Yu she run.

 Chapter 312

    The warlords who were waiting in the camp immediately got the battle report: "Yu she and Hua Xiong didn''t fight together. He was beheaded by Hua Xiong, and he was saved by many strange people." The crowd was shocked.


    Han Fu, the governor of Jizhou, said, "I have general Pan Feng to kill Huaxiong." Yuan Shao hastily ordered to fight. Pan Feng got on his horse with a big axe and went out of the camp. After a short time, Pegasus reported: "Pan Feng was cut off by Huaxiong, and was rescued by a stranger." Everyone was shocked.


    Seeing that the enemy had been rescued by the stranger on the opposite side twice, Hua Xiong seemed to see something, so he ordered his cavalry to drive all the players to the side. The next step is to kill Huaxiong with warm wine. Seeing that there is no Tianjie general, the players in Guanxi have no way at all. They have to hope that the players in Guandong have a way to think about it. At this time, the players in Guandong also have a headache. Seeing that the second brother is about to play, the second brother is not easy to catch. Therefore, the players who are qualified to get into the big account are all trying their best to wink at Huangfu Chaobo, hoping that he can send Huang Zhong on the stage, at least let him not work so hard, so that Huaxiong can have a chance to escape.


    All the 18 road princes were very frightened and helpless. Yuan Shao said, "it''s a pity that the general Yan Liang is not here. Otherwise, how could he be afraid of a mere Huaxiong." After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo saw the majestic second elder brother next to Gongsun Zan, who was nine feet long, two feet long beard, face like jujube, lips like grease, eyes like Danfeng, eyebrows like silkworms. He was about to move. He quickly flashed out behind him and said, "I have a strong general under my command, I can defeat Huaxiong."


    They all looked up and saw that it was Huangfu Chaobo. These days, all the Marquises have already known that he was polite to Zhu Jun''s disciple, Huangfu song''s nephew. As soon as Cao Cao saw Sun Jian, he was immediately overjoyed and said, "yes, there is a strong general under general Huangfu, who will surely defeat Huaxiong." Both of them thought that Huangfu Chaobo was talking about Huang Zhong. They had seen Huang Zhong''s force for a long time.


    Yuan Shao said immediately, "so please send someone to fight. I''ll wait for good news."


    Huangfu Chaobo wanted to send Huang Zhong to fight. Later, he thought that it would be easy for Huang Zhong to kill Huaxiong with BMW, but he couldn''t kill him. So he turned around and said, "brother, lend your horse to villain first."


    "Yes, my Lord."


    Huangfu Chaobo turned to Dian Wei and said in a low voice, "this Liao is inferior to you in martial arts, but I don''t want you to kill him. Instead, I want to capture him alive. Can I grasp it?"


    Dian Wei said: "don''t worry, there is no problem."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved to let him fight. Seeing that Huangfu Chao let Dianwei go to war, he told him in a low voice that there should be no problem, so they were all relieved. The players on the battlefield did not follow, just stood quietly on the side to watch the battle. But Guanxi players are still ready to rescue Huaxiong. Although we all know that Huangfu Chaobo has Huang Zhong and Dian Wei under his command, we can rest assured that he sent Dian Wei to fight.


    Dian Wei had a big debt. He knew that the horse was Huang Zhong''s BMW, so he secretly prepared himself. First, he came to the place 20 feet in front of Huaxiong at a normal speed. Then, he suddenly rushed to Huaxiong at the speed of the horse and yelled: "the thief will die!". At this time, Hua Xiong is full of ambition, thinking about how he can lose three generals in a row, and what the scenery will be. Although he made a little preparation in his heart, he didn''t pay much attention to Dian Wei. Unexpectedly, Dian Wei suddenly sped up and rushed over. Before he could react, he was knocked down by Dian Wei''s backhand and got off the horse. Then, Dian Wei bent back to pick up Hua Xiong who had fainted. He picked up the reins of Hua Xiong''s good horse and rushed to the camp.


    This series of actions only took a few seconds, which made everyone dumbfounded. When the players of guanxi reacted, Dianwei had already given Huaxiong to his soldiers to take him into the camp.


    "Newspaper" Everyone in the camp felt frightened when they heard this voice. They were afraid that they would be beheaded again. Although they were all saved by other people, if they lost another general, the governors of Guandong would lose face. Huangfu Chaobo was also worried. He didn''t worry about Dianwei''s problems, but worried about whether he would kill Huaxiong by mistake. However, some people are happy to wait. It''s no one else. It''s brother Gao Lu. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t save Sun Jian by himself, but it would arouse his resentment.


    "How to..." Yuan shaomao stood up and asked;


    "to the alliance leader, the combination of Dian and Wei..."


    "How about oneness..." People bring up their hearts...


    "He captured Hua Xiong as soon as he got together. Now he''s preparing to pull the soldiers in The Scout swallowed his saliva...


    In front of losing two in a row, he was captured by Huangfu Chaobo''s men this time. I can imagine how fierce this will be. However, some people are even more embarrassed. Yuan Shu bowed his head, and his hatred for Huangfu Chaobo deepened.


    Just at this time, Dian Wei with Huangfu Chaobo soldiers will have woken up Huaxiong escorted up. At this time, Hua Xiong was dejected. For a moment, he was still majestic on his horse. He did not expect that he had become a prisoner of others before he could react.


    As soon as Sun Jian saw this man, he rushed up with his knife and raised it to kill him. He didn''t expect that he would be killed by Dian Wei. The knife couldn''t be cut down. Huang Gai Cheng Pu immediately ran over and pulled him back.Dian Wei said to Huangfu Chaobo, "I''m glad I didn''t disobey my orders. I''ve already captured him." Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said to Yuan Shao, "report to the leader of the alliance. The thief general has been captured. Please send it to the leader."


    Yuan Shao then asked the public what Huaxiong should do with it. Yuan Shu and Sun Jian immediately said that they would decapitate them to boost their military power. However, Kong Rong, Tao Qian and others disagree. Yan Dao has captured him, and then beheaded him, which is against the style of a gentleman. All of a sudden, the two groups quarreled so much that Yuan Shao had no choice but to ask Huangfu what to do with Chaobo.


    Huangfu was overjoyed and immediately asked Yuan Shao to hand him over to him, saying that he wanted to recruit him. Yuan Shu jumped out and resolutely opposed it, and Sun Jian didn''t want to. Huangfu Chaobo then talked about the advantages of the surrender. First, it can add a strong general to his own side. Second, even if he can''t surrender, he can alienate the relationship between Dong Zhuo and his subordinates. It was not easy for yuan shaola to make up his mind to hand over Huaxiong to Huangfu Chaobo, with the help of persuading each other.


    This time, all the players are envious. It seems that Huangfu Chaobo will have another Tianjie general.

 Chapter 313

    But Li Su and Zhao Cen, who were watching the battle, were elated at first. In a flash, the situation suddenly changed. Hua Xiong was captured by the army of Guandong with his men and horses. He didn''t know whether he was alive or dead. Li Su quickly responded and ordered the infantry to hold fast to the pass. At the same time, he quickly asked for help from Dong Zhuo in Luoyang.


    From the big account, Huangfu Chaobo took Huaxiong to his account. After several persuasions, Huaxiong also knew that he had been defeated. Even if he went back, he would not give up easily because of Dong Zhuo''s character. After several considerations, he finally agreed that he could consider taking refuge in Huangfu Chaobo, but the premise was that Huangfu Chaobo must rescue his family from Luoyang Come on. Huangfu Chaobo thinks about it and immediately arranges Lao du to take people to Luoyang to save people. I believe that Dong Zhuo won''t fight against Huaxiong''s family until he gets the exact information about Huaxiong. After all, if his men don''t know whether they are alive or dead, he will fight against his family. Who else will work for him in the future.


    After all this was arranged, Huangfu Chaobo went to sun Jianying again. It took nine oxen and two tigers to calm Sun Jian''s anger. However, after this incident, the relationship between Sun Jian and Huangfu Chaobo is not as good as before, but Huangfu Chaobo can''t care so much now. In front of Tianjie generals, no matter how your attitude towards Sun Jian is, it doesn''t have any influence on you. After all, the two people''s territory is not as far apart. Moreover, you boy, you don''t know if you can avoid Liu Biao''s pass Just don''t be evil to you for a while.


    In Luoyang City, Dong Zhuo saw that sishuiguan had a fast horse to send the war report. He was so happy that he thought it was the victory report again, but he didn''t expect to open it. It turned out to be Li Su''s rescue letter, and his general was captured by someone whose life and death were unknown. Dong Zhuo was furious and immediately sent to Li Ru to discuss what to do.


    After reading the war report, Li Ru said to Dong Zhuo, "today, when general Hua Xiong is lost, the bandits in Guandong are very powerful. Yuan Shao was the leader of the Guandong army, and his uncle yuan Kai was the Taifu. If they were to cooperate with each other, Luoyang would be in chaos. You can kill them first. He also asked the prime minister to send a large army to separate the troops for suppression and arrest. " Dong Zhuo thought that he was right, so he immediately sent someone to kill all of Yuan Kai''s family, regardless of the age and the children.


    However, after Li Ru stepped down, another man immediately came forward and said, "report to the prime minister that general Hua was captured by the subordinate of Huangfu Chaobo, a young general in Guandong. As far as I know, this man is a student of Zhu Jun, a member of Huangfu song clan and a captain of Sili school. In my opinion, these two people should also be killed to weaken the morale of the thieves in Guandong."


    "Well When Dong Zhuo heard this, he thought it was reasonable, and he was preparing to go down Seeing this, Li Ru immediately ran out and said, "prime minister, Huangfu song is a big family in Guanxi. Our foundation is in Guanxi. If we dispose of Huangfu''s family, all the families in Guanxi will oppose us. This will lead to the unstable foundation of our army. Please think twice... Zhu Jun is a famous man in the world. He has no military power, and he is not as influential as Yuan Kai and others. If he is beheaded, it will damage the prime minister''s reputation among the scholars, which is not beautiful. However, it''s really not right to leave them in Luoyang. It''s better to find an excuse to send them out of Luoyang. On the one hand, they can stabilize the hearts of the people in the west of Shaanxi, and on the other hand, they can eliminate the future troubles in Luoyang. "


    Dong Zhuo a listen, can''t help but repeatedly nod, way: "not bad, or wen you consider well." After thinking about it, I immediately made an order to demote Huangfu song to be the prefect of Beidi county. Anyway, even the prefect sent by Dong Zhuo had to look at the face of Huangfu''s family. It''s better to give it to Huangfu song directly. Then I found another reason to demote Zhu Jun to the people and make them leave Luoyang immediately.


    Li Ru was about to step down when he suddenly remembered the strange man Wu zhe had brought to him last night. The strange man was the one who took charge of the state affairs. However, according to the news about the allies in Guandong, Li Ru didn''t believe it very much. Now when he saw Li Su''s military newspaper, he immediately cut 70% or 80% of Huai Ning in his heart. However, he didn''t believe the players completely. After thinking about it, I think it''s better to observe it clearly before reporting it to the prime minister.


    Later, Dong Zhuo asked people to take the head of Yuan Kai''s family to give orders before the pass. After that, Dong Zhuo led 100000 troops and headed for Hulao pass with Lu Bu as the former army. At the same time, he ordered Li Su and others to guard Sishui pass tightly. At the same time, he also withdrew the army of General Guo Li from Hedong to Luoyang for a rainy day. Originally, Dong Zhuo had to put Hua Xiong''s family in prison, but under Li Ru''s persuasion, he still didn''t do so. On the contrary, he praised his family. However, he secretly sent someone to watch his family.


    Hulaoguan is only 200 li away from Luoyang City. It took Dong Zhuo''s army a few days to get to hulaoguan. As soon as Dong Zhuo''s army arrived in the pass, he ordered Lu Bu to lead 30000 troops to camp in front of the pass, while he himself lived in the pass.


    In the next few days, the Kwantung Army stormed Sishui pass. Now there are only 11000 iron cavalry and 20000 infantry in the pass. In a few days, the infantry in the pass will suffer more than 10000 losses. Every time the Kanto army attacked, it made full use of the strange troops. On the contrary, the loss of the main force was not very great. As one side of the siege, the loss was almost the same as that of the defending side. This phenomenon soon led Li Su to find that he had known something about the ability of the alien after Sun Jian''s camp was in short supply of food and grass. After these days of fighting at sishuiguan, Li Su gradually learned how to use the alien''s army to defend. The advantage of doing so is obvious. Every time in front of the wall is an alien army, and their own soldiers only assist in defense behind them. In this way, the loss of soldiers is obviously much less, and what they pay is only some attack merit. Not only the NPCs benefit, but also the players gain a lot. They can not only get a lot of battlefield merits, but also have a relationship with Li Su, the leader of Heluo League.As soon as Dong Zhuo''s army arrived in Hulao pass, meteor horse heard the news and immediately sent someone to report to the Allied camp. Yuan Shao discussed with them, so he decided to divide half of his troops to hulaoguan to meet the enemy. Yuan Shao sent Wang Kuang, Qiao Mao, Bao Xin, Yuan Yi, Kong Rong, Zhang Yang, Tao Qian and Gongsun Zan to hulaoguan to resist the enemy, while Cao Cao led the troops to rescue the two sides.


    As soon as the eight routes were arranged, they sent out their own troops. Wang Kuang, the governor of Hanoi, led the troops first. Before he settled down, Lu Bu led three thousand iron cavalry and headed for Wang Kuang''s army. When Wang Kuang saw this, he immediately put the general''s horse in formation. When he was riding under the commander''s flag, he saw that Lu Bu gently took the red rabbit horse, and came out with a light step: he wore a purple gold crown with Trident hair, hung a red brocade robe of Xichuan, wore a beast face Chain Armor, and tied a exquisite lion belt around his waist. He carried a bow and arrow, and sat down with a painting halberd Red rabbit

 Chapter 314

    As soon as Wang Kuang saw the enemy''s general inviting him to fight, he quickly turned back and asked, "who dares to fight?"


    "Someone is willing to kill this general for the Lord!"


    When Wang Kuang saw that he was Fang Yue, a famous Hanoi general under his command, he was quite determined. Did not expect that two people fight less than five rounds, Fang Yue was Lu Bu a halberd stabbed off the horse. For this kind of super heavyweight generals, players on both sides have no way to participate in the battle. In particular, Lv Bu, who is very proud, is the other generals in the game. He is dismissive, not to mention the alien who is regarded as a mole ant in the game.


    Therefore, although there are many fans of the God of war with a large number of soldiers to fight with him, they can only follow far behind the army and can''t get close at all. So for Fang Yue, people can only watch him cut off by Lu Bu. After Fang Yue got off the horse, Lu Bu didn''t stop. He waved his halberd and yelled "kill". Then he rushed to Wang Kuang''s army with his halberd. Seeing what happened, all the generals behind him followed Lu Bu with 3000 iron cavalry. The players who followed came to see the opportunity to collect meritorious deeds. Without saying a word, they were directing their soldiers to rush behind Lv Bu''s army.


    Lu Bu and three thousand cavalry defeated Wang Kuang, and ten thousand troops scattered and fled. Although there are tens of thousands of players around Wang Zhe''s army, even the system NPC army in Wang Zhe''s hand can''t stop Lv Bu''s cavalry, let alone the players'' soldiers. Wang Kuang had no choice but to retreat quickly under the protection of his own guards. Three thousand cavalry in ten thousand troops, left and right to fight, such as into no one''s land. Fortunately, at this time, Qiao Mao and Yuan Yi''s 20000 troops and tens of thousands of soldiers caught up, but Wang Kuang had already died in the chaos. Lu Bu saw that the soldiers in Guandong were powerful, and after a while, he led them to retreat. After losing nearly 10000 people and horses, the three lords retreated to ten miles outside the Hulao pass to set up their barracks. However, the players'' army suffered heavy losses. The last count of nearly 80000 players and soldiers found that there were no nearly 60000 people and horses. For a time, the players'' camp was howling everywhere and their morale was greatly reduced.


    Later, the other five princes arrived. When they heard about Wang Kuang, they all said that Lu Bu was a hero and there was no one to fight against. After this battle, the players can really see the power of the warlord army and understand the difference between the player army and the top NPC army. The direct result of this battle is that the players are crazy about the top arms.


    Just as everyone was thinking about how to deal with Lu Bu, the primary school outside the camp came in and reported: "Lu Bu is leading troops to fight outside again."


    So the remaining seven princes all led their troops to fight. The seven road princes divided into seven teams and looked at Lu Bu''s 5000 troops from a distance on the hill. See Lv Bu and single person go forward to hold a battle. Mu Shun, the Minister of Zhang Yang, the supreme governor of Shangdang, could not bear to fight. I didn''t expect that Lu Bu''s Halberd would fall and stab it under the horse. Everyone was shocked. At this time, Kong Rong, the governor of Beihai, sent wu''anguo to fight. Wu''an is a powerful general under Kong Rong. He uses a hammer, which weighs 50 Jin. The state of Wu''an raised a long handle hammer, and it came out at a galloping horse. Lu Bu waved his halberd to force Malay to meet him and fight against Wu''an. After only ten rounds of fighting, Lu Bu cut off Wu''an''s wrist with one halberd and Wu''an left.


    All the Marquises were shocked and rushed to rescue them. Seeing this and seeing that it was late, Lv Bu quickly led his troops back to his camp outside the pass. For the chaos caused by Lu Shashen, players all know what will happen, but they are powerless. On the one hand, Lu Bu''s speed is too fast. With the speed of 60 mph of the red rabbit horse, plus + 10% of the explosion, all means of transportation in the game can be destroyed. On the other hand, the whole battlefield is too big. The players'' soldiers are generally outside the princes'' soldiers, and the players can play in a short time Soldiers and horses have no chance to enter the center of the battlefield. However, players in Lv Bu''s side picked up a lot of advantages after Lv Bu''s Bingzhou wolf riding army.


    It was not easy for Lv Bu to return to his camp. All the Marquis were relieved and led back to the camp. At the same time, Cao Cao heard that the battle under the tiger prison was fierce, so he brought his troops to help him, along with tens of thousands of soldiers who followed Cao Cao''s army. After they settled the camp, they discussed with each other how to deal with Lu Bu. After thinking about it for a long time, I have no idea. So Cao Cao said, "Lv Bu is brave and invincible. It seems that we can only wait until all the princes come together to discuss good strategies. If you can capture Lv Bu, then Dong Zhuo will be easy to deal with. "


    At Hulao pass, everyone was at a loss. At Sishui pass, the officials had to wait for the next day to continue to tackle the problem. The battle between NPCs is temporarily stopped, but the battle between players is just like fire. With the continuous progress of the main task, players and soldiers from all over the world arrive at the Sili battlefield. Players'' various branch tasks and replica tasks are constantly refreshed from the task systems of both sides, such as various levels of capture tasks, rescue tasks, reprimand tasks, forage tasks, and looting tasks, ranging from the level 1 tasks of ten or dozens of people to the level 10 team and guild tasks of tens of thousands of people, always enjoy it.


    However, these regional replica missions are aimed at some scattered players and guild players. Such powerful players as Huangfu Chaobo, zonghengtianxia and yelaixiang have no mind to manage them. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo is having a headache for the next day''s attack. Although Sishui pass in the game exists as the vice pass of Hutong pass, the scale of the pass is not as big as Hutong pass, but it is also a large pass. In the offensive and defensive battles in recent days, the players on both sides have participated in one or more battles and gained a lot of battlefield merits. However, the soldiers in the players'' hands have also lost a lot, especially many players have also lost their fighters. Therefore, the players are not very interested in the subsequent City offensive battles. After all, we are here to gain benefits, not to lose our soldiers.At this time, Lao Du sent a message saying that they had rescued Hua Xiong''s wife and two sons and were hiding in a mountain behind Sishui pass. However, how to send them out of Sishui pass was a big problem. If not, they had to wait for the Kwantung Army to attack Sishui pass and send them to the barracks. However, the risk factor was very high, and it was possible at any time Found by Dong Zhuojun.


    After receiving the news from Lao Du, Huangfu Chaobo kept walking back and forth in his own account, thinking about how to take Lao Du and his party back. We should know that the reason why they were able to run out of Luoyang city smoothly was that thanks to the arrangement of local snake Sizhou Fengyun, they were able to avoid the inquiry of Dong Zhuo''s army. It can be said that they went through a lot of hardships to get behind sishuiguan.

 Chapter 315

    When Huangfu Chaobo was at a loss, he heard from his relatives outside the tent that the Taohua Island owner of Taohua Island town had asked to see him outside the camp. Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Taohua Island town had just finished the task of camp conversion for more than ten days. The owner of Taohua Island didn''t stay in the town and quickly upgraded his territory. Why did he suddenly come here? Although I feel strange why the Peach Blossom Island owner suddenly appears outside Sishui pass, I still ask people to come in immediately.


    It wasn''t long before the master of Taohua island came down to the account of Huangfu Chaobo under the guidance of the soldiers. What made Huangfu Chaobo strange was that the player who followed the master of Taohua island was not the old urchin, but another tall and strong male player. As soon as he came in, Huangfu Chaobo said: "has the small town of the brothers of the island Master been promoted to a big one? How can I come to sishuiguan to play in my spare time? "


    "The boss of Chaobo is joking. How can it happen so fast? Just because of the population, I don''t want to worry about it." the owner of Taohua island can also be said to be a player who has been dealing with Huangfu Chaobo for more than ten days. He already knows the character of Huangfu Chaobo, so he doesn''t worry about anything and complains directly;


    "ha ha ha... Then you still have time to come here. Can sishuiguan help you get a population? " Huangfu Chaobo laughs;


    "if the boss of Chaobo can help to get some, it''s best. However, I''m not here for this, but for one of my best friends," he says, pointing to the player behind him and saying: "this is lengyuefeng, my best friend. Although he''s big and powerful, he''s a Muggle. But, Just like me, I''m very honest. He is a lord player, and his territory has not developed as well as mine. He was upgraded to a small town last month. Players like us are basically in the neutral camp. No, I heard that the leader has been in sishuiguan for several days, so I''ll show him what I can do for him. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "what''s the matter with you, don''t beat around the Bush for me. If you don''t say it again, I''ll let people blow you out!"


    "No, boss, all right, all right..." Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s action, the leader of Taohua Island raised his hand and made a surrender, saying: "well, this is not the case. At this point, the battle should be almost over. It''s not that after I finished the camp conversion task, I got a good harvest, so my best friend also wanted to catch up with the last wave, so I came to you specially. Boss, give me a hand. "


    It has been several years since the warlords'' fight for supremacy. It can be said that it has been perfect, but it is not that there are no bugs in it. For example, in the last camp conversion mission of Taohuadao Town, the top soldier reinforcements of Huangfu Chaobo are actually a bug, because at present, it is basically impossible for players to have a large number of top elite soldiers, so the system is very important for reinforcements For example, only the number is specified, but the combat power is not limited, so that Taohuadao town can easily complete the task when the difficulty of the first application for camp change task is doubled. And then followed by the application for the mission of the Lord, most of the players returned, nearly half of them were directly destroyed village. So when he heard that his best friend also wanted to change the camp, the Taohua Island leader immediately brought him to see Huangfu Chaobo, hoping to get his support. After listening to the Peach Blossom Island leader''s words, Huangfu Chaobo fell into deep meditation. According to his own idea, he was really reluctant to help others with camp tasks. He knew that his top soldiers had lost a lot. If he went to do the task again, he would have to lose some.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo is silent, the owner of Taohua island can''t help but feel anxious. He is about to speak, but he is held by his own faxiao, indicating that he should not say more. As early as the owner of Taohua Island proposed to come to Huangfu Chaobo for help, Leng Yuefeng had already made preparations. There is no free lunch in the world. Although the first player is easy to talk, he is not happy Li Yuan, no one will help themselves to do this camp conversion task. However, although I came in the end, I didn''t want to take a chance, but I have an intelligence in my hand that should be helpful to Huangfu Chaobo. I believe I can get a help from Huangfu Chaobo.


    After holding the leader of Taohua Island, Leng Yuefeng walked forward and said: "boss Huangfu, a warrior in my hand, once accidentally found a path leading to the back of Sishui pass, but it''s a rare path. It''s impossible to go to the army, but hundreds of people can still pass it in light clothes. I don''t know if this news is of any use to boss Huangfu?"


    "What?" Huangfu was so surprised that he stood up and said, "do you really know that there is a path that can lead to sishuiguan?"


    When they saw that Huangfu Chaobo had such a big reaction, they were all surprised. Leng Yuefeng stood up and said, "I''m sure there is, but boss Huangfu, it''s hard to go that way. It''s basically impossible to pass the army."


    "Ha ha ha Huangfu Chaobo also reflected that Leng Yuefeng was afraid that he wanted to lead the princes to sneak attack behind Sishui pass. Because he was afraid that he didn''t hear clearly, he repeatedly stressed that the path was rugged and he couldn''t walk the army. He said to the two people with a smile: "it doesn''t matter. Come on, brother Leng, tell me more about this road. Are you sure you can get to Sishui pass?"


    Leng Yuefeng then knew that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t mean to send a large army around the post. Although he didn''t know what he wanted to do, he told several people what he knew one by one.It turns out that lengyuefeng''s village is at the foot of the mountain less than 20 Li to the south of Sishui pass, with mountains to the West and less than two Li to the east of Sishui river. It can be said that its location is still very good. Unfortunately, it has not been well developed because it has not been able to recruit good fighters. However, a year ago, when Leng Yuefeng attacked a mountain stronghold and returned to the territory, he saved a man and a woman. The woman was ok, but the man was scarred. Lengyuefeng spent a lot of energy to save the young man, and then they took refuge in lengyuefeng. Later, they learned that they were brothers and sisters. Their brother''s name was Mo Ke, and their sister''s name was mo Mei. They were originally from the Gou family in Luoyang. Because they had offended the powerful people in the county, they were hired by their enemies to kill their parents, and their sister was taken away by the robbers. After more than half a month, he found his enemy''s stronghold. Then he sneaked into the stronghold and killed his enemy and rescued his imprisoned sister. They fled all night, but were chased and killed by the rest of the bandits. Fortunately, they finally escaped and met the cold moon wind of returning to their territory. Only in this way can they finally win the battle Help.

 Chapter 316

    Both of them are warriors. Brother Mo Ke is a good commander, while sister Mo Mei is good at internal affairs. With their help, the situation in Lengyue village gradually improves. However, the final correction foundation is too bad, so the plot task has to choose the neutral camp. Leng Yuefeng was also a little moved when he got a big profit from his friend''s camp change mission, so he invited his brother and sister to discuss with him. In addition, the princes'' army had no success a few days before Sishui pass, so he told Leng Yuefeng that there was a path to Sishui pass. However, he repeatedly stressed that this path could only go through a small number of people and could not pass through the army. Therefore, before confirming whether this news is useful for Huangfu Chaobo, Leng Yuefeng didn''t even tell her friends, and was ready to apologize to her best friend afterwards.


    What Leng Yuefeng didn''t expect was that his news was wrong, which just solved Huangfu Chaobo''s urgent need. After repeatedly confirming that the path could lead to the back of Sishui pass, Huangfu Chaobo immediately agreed to lengyuefeng''s request for reinforcements. Not only that, but also Huangfu Chaobo''s warrior who promised lengyuefeng led dozens of soldiers to run behind Sishui pass After the trip, I will give extra support to Lengyue town as a token of thanks.


    Leng Yuefeng and Taohua Island leader didn''t know what Huangfu Chaobo was going to send dozens of soldiers to sishuiguan, but they said they could send someone to lead the way immediately. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t delay either. He immediately called Wu Bin and Zhao Rui, as well as some core players of Luoshen society, and asked them to lead 50 Huben soldiers to follow lengyuefeng''s warrior named Moke.


    Leng Yuefeng returns to his territory to prepare for the application for camp change. In fact, there is nothing else to prepare for. The walls of Lengyue town have not been completely repaired, and it will take a few days. In addition, the population of the town is less than 3000, so the soldiers are not all recruited. Since they are ready to do the task, they must be fully recruited to 500.


    Two days later, Wu Bin and his entourage will come back to meet him. At this time, the Taohua Island leader and Leng Yuefeng know that Huangfu Chaobo sent someone to meet Huaxiong''s family. They understand why Huangfu Chaobo said that it''s OK not to leave the army. They didn''t expect to help the princes attack Sishui pass.


    On the day he met his family, Hua Xiong took refuge in Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Sishuiguan battlefield system announcement, congratulations to player Huangfu Chaobo''s acceptance of historical Tianjie general Huaxiong..."


    The players didn''t show much surprise at what was expected. On the day of getting Hua Xiong to take refuge in


    , Huang Po Chao sent the family members of Hua Xiong back to the town of Roselle, and then mobilized five hundred guards, led by Hua Xiong Zhou Cang, to go to cold moon town to support his camp transformation mission. It took only one day for Hua Xiong to lead the troops to defeat those who attacked Lengyue town. At the same time, he also captured more than 200 people. After giving all the prisoners to Lengyue Feng, Hua Xiong led the troops back to reply to Huangfu Chaobo. As for what Huangfu Chaobo promised lengyuefeng, Huaxiong''s 500 soldiers took it to lengyuefeng long before the war.


    On the night of the battle of hulaoguan, the governors of Guandong outside Sishui pass learned about the battle situation of hulaoguan. Although they were surprised by Lv Bu''s fighting power, now Sishui pass has not been defeated, and they can''t go to hulaoguan for support. When Yuan Shao heard about Wang Kuang''s defeat, he immediately appointed Zhang Yang as Hanoi''s prefect, who was in charge of Wang Kuang''s defeat. After discussion, they all had no good plan, so they could only order to step up the attack, take sishuiguan as soon as possible, and enter the tiger prison.


    On this day, when he came out of the camp, Huangfu Chaobo talked about the situation of the army and his subordinates. He didn''t expect Huaxiong to get up and say, "Lord, I''m willing to enter the pass to persuade Zhao Cen." Then he told everyone about Zhao Cen. After a moment''s consideration, Huangfu Chaobo agreed to Hua Xiong''s request. Now he is not afraid of Hua Xiong''s betrayal. His family is still in his own hands. Besides, there are still several people in the alliance who hate him to the bone. Once he leaves himself, he will be chopped to pieces in half a day. Hua Xiong also knew this, so he was willing to enter the pass and say surrender.


    Soon, Huaxiong takes Zhao Cen out to see Huangfu Chaobo and says that he is willing to surrender, but he also asks Huangfu Chaobo to protect his own safety. After Huangfu Chaobo agrees, Zhao Cen and Huangfu Chaobo agree on a time and open the door signal, and then rush back to the pass to make arrangements. After seeing off Zhao Cen, Huangfu Chaobo quickly recruited his generals to prepare. After discussion, they felt that it was difficult to control more than 20000 troops in the pass with Huangfu Chaobo''s more than 7000 troops. So they decided to borrow 5000 troops from Kong Yu. Of course, the excuse was that they were ready to use Huaxiong''s relationship to steal the pass. Kong Yu didn''t care much about it, and he didn''t say anything about it As long as he enters the pass as soon as possible and quickly controls the general''s house and the two barracks in the pass city, there will be no big problem. For the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo lets the players from all over the world take charge outside the pass with his soldiers and Luoshen gang.


    It''s a pity that Huangfu Chaobo''s calculations are all over the world, but they have neglected the players in Sishui pass. After the capture of sishuiguan in Huaxiong, Deputy General Zhao Cen and Li Su, who joined the army, were in charge of sishuiguan. Although Li Su didn''t have any troops in his hand, there were almost 500 cavalry guards. Zhao Cen thought he had done it perfectly. At the appointed time, he took his own guards to the west gate of Sishui. After replacing the guards with his own, he was ready to send a signal to Huangfu Chaobo army outside the pass. What he didn''t expect was that there was no problem with what he did, but there were people arranged by Heluo alliance inside the guard. His move immediately aroused the vigilance of the players, and the situation was immediately passed to the management of batian and other Heluo alliance by the players on duty. Batian and others soon realized that Zhao Cen might betray Dong Zhuo, so they arranged for people to keep an eye on the city gate, and at the same time they rushed to the general''s residence in Guannei. As a player, he was the only one who could go directly to Li Su. Coincidentally, Li Su didn''t come back until very late to observe the defense. He had already gone to bed. Later, because he was thinking about the defense tomorrow, he got up again. When Zhao Cen went out, he saw that Li Su had fallen asleep. Based on the principle that more is better than less, he didn''t control Li Su first.

 Chapter 317

    As soon as Li Su heard the news of batian''s request, he immediately realized that something had happened. Li Su also knew something about this stranger. If there were no extremely urgent things, he would not have asked to see himself in the middle of the night. Moreover, these days, a large part of the situation of the army outside the pass was passed back by strangers, which made Li Su have more trust in batian.


    Seeing that he finally met Li Su, batian was a little relieved. Regardless of what else to say, he immediately told Li Su the news he got. Li Su was shocked, and immediately asked his own soldiers to Zhao Cen''s room to invite him to come over. Soon the soldiers reported that there was no one there. Just as Li Su is about to call someone to find Zhao Cen, he suddenly hears the shouting outside. Then, a pro guard rushed in, running and shouting: "no, join the army. Zhao Cen threw himself to the enemy. He opened the door and put the bandits into the pass. There are cries of killing everywhere in the pass, and there are fires in many places. "


    Li Su''s face changed greatly, and he quickly reflected that whether it was true or not, he had to go to the barracks to hold the army first. So he said, "come on, change your clothes and armour for the general, take weapons and horses, and send the guards to gather and follow the general to the West camp."


    There are two gates in Sishui pass. Because he faces the East, there are two barracks near the east gate. Now they are all middle-class soldiers. One of the two barracks near the west gate is cavalry, and the rest of the military equipment is in the warehouse next to the general''s house. Li Su saw that the east gate had been lost and the rebels had entered the pass, so he immediately chose to move forward to the cavalry camp. As soon as the party rushed out of the general''s house, the people of Heluo Alliance came running. Tell batian everything in the pass. It turns out that the player in charge of monitoring in Heluo alliance, Jian batian, has never come back, but more and more people from the army of the Guandong princes have entered the pass, and there is no way to do so. So, while arranging people to shout, they have people light houses on both sides of the street, and arrange their own soldiers to try to stop each other, but the other''s generals are too strong, and their efforts seem to have no effect It''s not obvious. However, they were awakened by the soldiers in the general camp, and soldiers continued to join the ranks of the resistance.


    As tonight''s main general, Huang Zhong felt that he was a failure and didn''t consider the alien factor. Originally, the door had been opened, and hundreds of vanguards had entered the pass. Unexpectedly, they were found by other people. When Huang Zhong found out the other side, he immediately shot his arrow at the other side, but it was a pity that he was still a little slow. The other side had already sent out an alarm. In desperation, Huang Zhong no longer hid his whereabouts and quickly arranged for the generals to act separately. Huaxiong and Huyan led 3000 troops to the left camp, Zhou Cang and Zhao Cen led 3000 troops to the right Camp, Wu Bin and Zhao Rui led 1000 soldiers to guard the gate, Huang Zhong and Dian Wei led the rest troops to the general''s mansion and the West camp. For a time, the sound of killing in Sishui pass was everywhere.


    Soon after Li Su left the general''s house, Huang Zhong took people to kill him. As soon as he saw that all the gates were broken, Huang Zhong knew that Li Su had left with people. Huang Zhong didn''t say much. He arranged two people to guard the general''s house and the warehouses on both sides, while he continued to take people to kill them in the direction of Xiguan. Seeing that the enemy''s pursuit was getting closer and closer, Li Su quickly arranged for his own personal guards to go to the camp to transfer troops. He ordered all the personal guards to dismount and form an array, hoping to buy some time for the camp.


    When Huang Zhong and his men catch up, the Xiliang army has already formed a good formation. Seeing this, Huang Zhong turned to Dianwei and said, "dianxiaowei, you and I will take a team to fight each other and kill them as soon as possible." And without waiting for Dianwei to reply, he took a troop and killed Li Su''s Xiliang army under the escort of several deputy generals. Dian Wei just answered "here" in a dull voice, then took out his own double halberds and killed the rest of the people and horses.


    Li Su''s personal soldiers are also special arms of Xiliang cavalry. Although they are not as good as Dong Zhuo''s personal guard flying bear army, they are also high-level special arms. In addition, with Li Su, they are more than ten levels higher than ordinary Xiliang cavalry. However, in front of Huang Zhong and Dian Wei, they are like walls of sand and soil. They can easily push and cross. When Li Su saw this situation, he could not help but be surprised. He immediately directed several generals around him to kill them, hoping to stop them for a moment, while he quickly backed away.


    Although Li Su''s personal guards couldn''t stop the attack of Huang Zhong Dian Wei''s army, they still caused some trouble to them. After they were killed thoroughly, they found that Li Su had retreated to the gate of the Western camp with more than ten personal guards. The two looked at each other and immediately realized that they couldn''t let Li Su gather the troops in the camp. So, regardless of the soldiers and horses around less than 2000 people, they directly chased and killed them. After Li Su entered the camp with his own soldiers, he immediately asked people to close the camp gate. Huang Zhong roared and handed the xuantie cirrus cloud sword to his deputy. With his left hand, he took the magic arm painting bird bow hanging from the saddle, and with his right hand, he took out three arrows from the arrow pot. The sound of "whoosh, whoosh, whoosh" sounded. The three arrows galloped towards the soldiers who were closing the camp gate, and only one left After hearing "poop, poop, poop" three times, the three soldiers were shot through their heads and fell to the ground, blocking the camp gate. While Huang Zhong was archery, Dian Wei was not idle. He handed two short halberds to his left hand, but his right hand pulled out some small flying halberds from his belt. He rushed to the camp gate and threw them out. Several more soldiers were killed. Seeing the dozens of soldiers around the camp gate solved half of the problem by two people, the rest couldn''t push the door any more.Li Su saw that the two men came after each other so quickly, and knew that he had no time to organize soldiers at all. However, based on the idea of how much he could escape, Li Su had to let the leader of his own soldiers who had entered the camp in advance with the organized soldiers and horses to protect him to escape from the gate on the other side. As for other soldiers and horses in the pass, the Heluo alliance and other strange people, he doesn''t care so much now.


    Seeing that Li Su had fled to the chaotic army, Huang Zhong could not catch up with him any more, so he had to arrange for Dian Wei to collect the troops and horses in the camp, arrange for rensu to clear away the enemy, and arrange his deputy general to guard the west gate of Sishui pass.


    It took nearly an hour for Huangfu Chaobo''s troops to completely control all parts of Sishui pass, and the scuffle in the pass also caused a heavy loss of 31000 troops. In addition to the 5000 cavalry and 4000 infantry Li Su took away, the remaining 22000 soldiers died 6000, and 10000 surrendered, including 4000 cavalry and 8000 infantry. And the 12000 people dispatched by Huangfu Chaobo also died, nearly 4000. The captured soldiers were first placed in the barracks, and Hua Xiong and Zhao Cen were responsible for persuading them to surrender, while Huangfu Chaobo''s own soldiers were in charge of the closure.

 Chapter 318

    "Sishuiguan battlefield system news, sishuiguan garrison Deputy General Zhao cenxianguan surrender, Li Su led the troops fled to hulaoguan. Huang Fu Chao Bo, commander of changshe County, led the army to occupy Sishui pass


    "Sishuiguan battlefield system announcement, congratulations on player Huangfu Chaobo''s acceptance of Historical General Zhao Cen..."


    The players got the news of the system that night. They were surprised by the news. They took Huaxiong and Zhao Cen. In addition, there is always some food and salaries in sishuiguan. Now the first player''s Huangfu super Bo power is even higher.


    In the evening, everyone was awakened by the movement in sishuiguan, but no one knew what was going on. It was not until Huangfu Chaobo completely controlled the whole pass that he brought people back to the Allied camp. At this time, the princes knew that Huangfu Chaobo had won sishuiguan. Everyone was shocked, but at the same time, they didn''t care about sishuiguan, because everyone''s goal was in Luoyang City, and the small sishuiguan was not paid attention to.


    Yuan Shao was also very generous. He immediately indicated that he would recommend Huangfu Chaobo to be general five pinpian, and ordered his headquarters to guard Sishui pass. On the surface, he was afraid that Dong Zhuo would regain the pass and prevent the retreat of the vassals. In fact, he told Huangfu Chaobo that you have done enough. Next, you should have a good rest here. We can do the rest Done. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care. Anyway, he was promoted and won. This battle is enough. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to return five thousand soldiers to Kong Yu, but he heard that Huangfu Chaobo had captured more than ten thousand people. He was afraid that those prisoners would rise again and again, so he gave the five thousand soldiers to Huangfu Chaobo directly.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo was even more happy. Seven thousand soldiers came out to fight down a pass. There were two more generals, but there were more than ten thousand soldiers. Now there are soldiers and generals under Huangfu Chaobo. It just takes time to train them well.


    As soon as he returned to Guannei, Huangfu Chaobo recruited all the generals. He had nothing else to do and figured out what he had now. Now, Huangfu Chaobo had no more than 1000 guards, such as Huben cavalry. In addition, the total number of Tujia cavalry was less than 1000. The number of Xiliang iron cavalry was 5000. The number of intermediate cavalry was less than 2000. There were also intermediate infantry - 1000 crossbow soldiers, 2000 archers, 5000 sword shield soldiers and long spears There are more than 5000 soldiers, and Pei yuanshao''s 3000 junior soldiers in Longcheng. The total number of soldiers and horses is 24000. There is also the seized grain, grass and ordnance in Sishui pass. Because Dong Zhuo didn''t pay attention to Sishui pass, there was not much grain and grass in the pass. He only prepared 50000 troops for one month. After more than ten days of war, the consumption of grain and grass was already large. In addition to the war in the pass just now, many Dong Zhuo Fang''s players were fishing in troubled waters and lost a lot. Now there are only two pieces of Huangfu Chaobo left Ten thousand soldiers and horses have been used for two months, and they don''t have much money. On the contrary, there are tens of thousands of weapons, which are standard weapons and equipment for intermediate arms. However, some of them are given to the whole world as a reward.


    After the inventory, the next step is to send officials: Huang Zhong is the general of Huben Zhongying, only under Huangfu Chaobo. Of course, he is mainly in charge of all 13000 infantry, Dianwei is the commander of Dianjun, and Xiaowei is the deputy commander of infantry; Huaxiong is still the commander of Xiaoqi, Pei yuanshao is the commander of junsima, and he is in charge of 5000 Xiliang cavalry; huyandu is the commander of beggars, and zhaocen is the capital of cavalry Wei was the deputy, commanding the existing two thousand light cavalry in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands; Zhou Cang was the Du Wei, commanding the personal soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo. Although Hua Xiong is the chief General of the first army, Huangfu Chaobo is not worried about his loyalty at all. Although he is only 85 now, his family is in his own hands. So the next time, the first thing Huangfu Chaobo has to do is to digest all these soldiers.


    Early the next morning, Yuan Shao and other princes set up camp and rushed to hulaoguan. At this time, Dong Zhuo, who was close to Hulao pass, knew that Hua Xiong had joined the enemy. He was so angry that he immediately wanted to push Li Su out and kill him directly. It was the generals who begged for help that he was spared.


    At noon, the remaining nine roads of Sishui pass all arrived at Hulao pass.


    As soon as the seventeen road lords arrived, they discussed how to deal with Lv Bu in their camp.


    At the time of discussion, the guard outside the camp reported: "Lv Bu led the troops to fight." Gongsun Zan saw that all the vassals had the same idea, so he went out to fight. Within a few rounds of fighting, Gongsun Zan was unable to support himself and led his horse back to escape. Seeing this, Lu Bu immediately ran after him. The red rabbit rode thousands of miles every day and flew like the wind. Seeing that he was about to catch up with Gongsun Zan, Lu Bu raised his painting halberd and stabbed it out behind Gongsun Zan. At this moment, a general rushed out of Gongsun Zan''s army. He was a big man with a swallow''s chin and a tiger''s beard, and a leopard''s head and eyes. With eight snake spears, he rushed out of the battle and yelled at Lv Bu: "three family slaves, don''t leave. Here is Zhang Yide from Yan."


    When Lv Bu heard this, he was so angry that he immediately abandoned Gongsun Zan and rushed to Zhang Fei. The two men soon formed a regiment. However, after 50 rounds, everyone saw that Zhang Fei''s shooting skills were gradually scattered, while Lv Bu was more brave in the war. Seeing this, Guan Yu patted the horse and rushed forward with the 82 Jin green dragon Yanyue sword, fighting with Lv Bu again.


    Players on both sides are happy to see the play. In the past few times, Lv Bu killed the general, but everyone didn''t react to it, so that Lv Bu even killed three generals and killed Wang Kuang. But this time, as we all know, people on both sides will have nothing to do, so they will enjoy their leisure.


    I saw three men fighting together, but after more than 30 rounds, there was nothing wrong with Lv Bu. So Liu Bei also held a double sword and yelled, "second brother, third brother, big brother wants to help you..." Three people around Lu Bu, turn lantern like fighting there. All the officials were dazzled and confused. Both players turn on the photography function and are busy shooting the rare fighting scenes.But he said that after nearly a hundred rounds of fighting with the three men, he gradually felt that he was not able to catch them. So he stabbed a halberd in front of Liu Bei, who was the weakest. Liu Bei quickly pulls out his horse to dodge. Guan and Zhang also know Liu Bei''s strength. They think Lu Bu wants to kill Liu Bei first, so they both clap their horses to save him. So the three men''s siege spread out. Lu Bu took the opportunity to return to his horse and ran.


    Three people where can be willing, therefore claps the horse then pursues. Yuan Shao took the opportunity to fight with the marquis. Seeing this, Lv Bu did not dare to go back to his camp outside the pass and run directly to the pass. And the camp outside the pass was occupied by the governors of the east of the pass.


    All the troops chased to Hulao pass, but by the time they arrived, Lv Bu''s army had already returned to the pass.

 Chapter 319

    Yuan Shao had no choice but to prepare to lead the army back. Just as he was about to leave, Dong Zhuo said that he had a big gift for Yuan Shao. Say, let a person drop a burden. Yuan Shao sent someone to pick it up and found that it contained the heads of more than 100 people in Yuan Kai''s family. Yuan Shao and Yuan Shu immediately vomited blood and fainted.


    In the next few days, it''s time for the players to show their skills, because the battle of hulaoguan will officially begin.


    When he returned to the camp, er yuan, who had awakened, immediately gathered all the nobles to discuss the matter of attacking Hulao pass. After several hours of deliberation, they all decided to make a strong attack by No.17 troops. Each team of five thousand soldiers and horses, with one hundred thousand soldiers and horses, would attack all day long.


    On the first day, the player''s army took only half a day to fill up the moat under Hulao pass under the cover of their catapults. In the afternoon, under the leadership of NPC soldiers, the players launched an attack on the city of Hulao pass. For a time, inside and outside the Hulao pass, the killing was loud. Hundreds of stone throwing carts of the Guandong warlords thundered at the wall. Suddenly, Hulao closed the stone like rain. Although the garrison in the pass had been prepared for a long time, it also made several rounds of stone rain lose more than 2000 soldiers.


    When the army of players was about to arrive at the gate, the riprap truck had to stop. Because the army is going to climb the city soon, and if it doesn''t stop, its soldiers will be covered by the stone rain. Although Hulao pass is a big pass, the troops invested at one time are only a few thousand. However, although the catapult stopped, other equipment prepared by the governors of Kanto could be used. For example, the giant shaft which is higher than the city wall of hutaoguan, the giant washing car which can hide nearly 200 people, and the siege ladder, etc. these giant siege equipment, which are worth thousands of silver for players, seem to be distributed to the siege players without money. You can see that many players are salivating.


    It''s a pity that you can''t take away these things. The vassals of Kanto made them directly in the camp. To do these things well, it means that a lot of raw materials, such as wood, leather, all kinds of animal tendons, are obtained through the release of missions by the camp, and a lot of bows and arrows need a lot of feathers, etc. There are dozens of release points for various missions around the whole Guandong Marquis camp, which makes players who come to participate in the war have endless missions and earn endless meritorious service and money. Of course, the meritorious service of these logistics missions can''t be compared with the meritorious service of siege battle. Like Huangfu Chaobo, if he conquers Sishui pass, he will have hundreds of thousands of meritorious service.


    As soon as the stone rain outside the pass stops, the garrison inside the pass immediately reaches the pass wall. Next is the fierce battle of climbing the city.


    Hundreds of climbing ladders of the Kwantung Army soon leaned against the wall, and it was the time for the garrison to perform. The rolling stones on the wall of the pass, and the wood falling from it, soon the loss of the Kwantung Army was great. Moreover, due to the limited width of the Hutong pass, Dong Zhuo''s army could not put much equipment for guarding the city. They just made more than ten arrow towers, but the catapults for guarding the city were not put up. However, Li Ru didn''t give up this weapon. On the contrary, he made dozens of giant catapults, which were placed on the mountains on both sides of the Hutao pass and behind the wall of the pass. Moreover, in the face of the overwhelming stone throwing attacks of the Kanto army, these catapults didn''t fight back. In this way, although the Kanto army knew that there must be stone throwing vehicles in the pass, the other side didn''t fire Stone, you have no idea where they are.


    Now when the catapult of the Kanto army had to stop sending stones, Dong Zhuo''s catapult began to take power. Seeing stones of the size of a millstone fall from the sky and smash the pawn into meat mud, many players dare not lead the attack by themselves. If it wasn''t for Yuan Shao''s double contribution to siege, the players wouldn''t be so desperate. After all, for the players, the battle achievement is more important than the soldiers.


    Soon, the first round of attack retreated, and before Dong Zhuo''s army was relieved, the second round of attack of the Kwantung Army began again.


    It''s the same. The riprap truck will attack first. When the soldiers get close to the city wall, they will stop attacking.


    Soon, the second round is down and the third round is up.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Half a day later, the governors of Kanto have sent four siege teams.


    At the beginning, Dong Zhuo didn''t react, so that Dong Zhuo''s own team lost nearly ten thousand people. But Li Su soon found something wrong, and immediately reported his discovery to Li Ru. Li Ru soon realized it, and immediately suggested to Dong Zhuo that players should be sent to the city wall to help guard the pass, while the main force of the Xiliang army was only a small amount on the wall. However, Dong Zhuo forces under the player soldiers and not more than the Kwantung Army. In such a few days, Dong Zhuo''s players and soldiers are basically consumed, while the player troops of the Kwantung Army are nearly one million. Dong Zhuo''s own legitimate troops have lost nearly 30000 people, but the main force of the Guandong princes has lost less than 10000 people.


    See that. Dong Zhuo can''t help but get angry.


    Li Ru said: "the offensive of the Kwantung Army is more and more fierce. We are not willing to fight. If he did not lead his troops back to Luoyang, he would move the emperor to Chang''an in response to the nursery rhymes. Recently, I heard a nursery rhyme in Luoyang Market saying: there is a Han in the West and a Han in the East. Only when a deer enters Chang''an can it be so difficult. Confucianism said that "a Han Dynasty in the west" was due to Emperor Gaozu''s prosperity in Chang''an, the capital of the west, and spread to Emperor 112; "a Han Dynasty in the East" was due to Guangwu''s prosperity in Luoyang, and now it is also spread to Emperor 112. Heaven and earth are in harmony. Only when the prime minister moves back to Chang''an can he have no worries. "So they negotiated to leave Lv Bu to lead 50000 soldiers and guard the tiger prison for a period of time, while Dong Zhuo led the army back to Luoyang.


    That night, Dong Zhuo led the army back to Luoyang with 120000 yuan. At the same time, Guo Li Er had already returned to Luoyang from Hedong. So Dong Zhuo arranged for the generals to move the capital. First, all the cultural relics, books, gold, silver and jewelry in the palace will be loaded. Then he took all the rich families in Luoyang City and the officials he didn''t deal with, and collected all his money and food for his own use. Not only that, but also all the temples, government and homes were burned. It also coerces millions of Luoyang and its surrounding residents to travel westward together. Of course, the player villages and towns outside Luoyang are also within the scope of their looting, resulting in few people within 200 Li around Luoyang.


    At this time, the governors outside the Hulao pass knew nothing, and they were all dreaming of conquering Hulao and entering the imperial capital. In fact, not everyone knew nothing about it. The players knew it when Dong Zhuo''s army retreated. They not only knew it, but also went to see Yuan Shao and other princes. Unfortunately, they couldn''t even enter the camp.

 Chapter 320

    In desperation, the players had to gather their own troops to prepare for a fight. However, in the face of the huge pass, the players'' army, without the support of the military equipment of the princes, was repulsed by Lv Bu''s army as soon as they arrived at the wall.


    And the players of Dong Zhuo just follow the army to plunder everywhere and make a fortune. Dong Zhuo''s soldiers often just sweep past, and the players'' army will take them. Dong Zhuo''s soldiers just snatch gold and silver treasures, while the players'' army is really digging three feet, and all the things that can be taken away are within the scope of the players'' snatching.


    At the end of the day, the players who have been robbed of their own villages also join the ranks of plunder. For example, the players in the weaker villages grab some practical things, while the players in the stronger villages target all kinds of skilled talents. After all, the game has been running for nearly two years now, and everyone has a few spare village drawings. However, because Game restrictions, each place can only have how many player villages and their corresponding subordinate villages, so, the construction of the village is not as unscrupulous as the early game, of course, abandoned villages are not within the restrictions. Now village upgrading is limited by the number and level of all kinds of talents, so the current game is more and more infinite, close to the real, relatively speaking, the difficulty has also increased, so relatively speaking, villages with better village strength, although there is no way to engage in Dong Zhuo''s NPC army, it is still no problem to protect some NPC skilled talents to leave.


    A few days later, when Dong Zhuo and his party were ready, they sent someone to inform Lv Bu that only a few soldiers and horses would be left behind in Hulao pass to confuse the Guandong warlords, while most of the soldiers went straight West to chase Dong Zhuo''s troops. The result of the retreat is that there is no NPC life in the 100 Li area around Luoyang. Of course, those villages and towns that are destroyed are forced to be empty by the system, instead of the villages that are automatically refreshed as NPC rebels and bandits 24 hours after the destruction of villages. It is estimated that they will not be refreshed until the end of the plot. Of course, corresponding to the situation Yes, the village jade is also in a gray state that can''t be attacked, so it''s impossible if there are players who want to exploit the system.


    After Dong Zhuo retreated from Luoyang and passed Hongnong, Li Ru offered a stratagem to say that if the prime minister abandoned Luoyang, there would certainly be pursuers in Guandong. You can ask Xu Rong to hide his soldiers in the west of Hanhan valley. If there are pursuers, you can let them go. When the pursuers arrive at Xin''an City, they will be killed and retreated by Lu Bu. Then they will be intercepted and buried from the back, so that the latecomers will not dare to pursue them again.


    On the night after Lu Bu''s army abandoned the pass, someone came out to inform. When Sun Jian and Cao Cao, the prefect of Changsha, learned of this, they sent people to inform other vassals and took the army out of Hulao pass to pursue Luoyang.


    When the other warlords got the news, they had led the troops for nearly twenty miles. After getting the news in the middle of the night, the warlords didn''t delay any longer. They took no pains to go to Luoyang directly. They all rushed through the pass and went to Luoyang City. No one wanted to leave the army to guard Hulao pass. In their opinion, no matter how many things there are in Hulao pass, they can''t get as much as Luoyang City. It''s a pity that they didn''t know that Luoyang city is now There was only a pile of ashes waiting for them. At last, I don''t know who reminded Yuan Shao. Suddenly, he remembered that there were nearly 20000 troops in Sishui pass, so he asked Huangfu Chaobo to send someone to take over Hulao pass.


    After receiving the news, Huangfu Chaobo even rushed to Hulao pass with 8000 cavalry, and took over the pass from the 1000 cavalry left behind by Yuan Shao. For the sake of the subsequent war, Huangfu Chaobo even transferred Pei yuanshao, who was far away from Longcheng, and only Zhouyi was left behind in Longcheng. Besides Huaxiong, Wu Bin and Zhao Rui, the other 7000 people will follow in sishuiguan.


    The food and materials in Hulao pass are nothing to the NPC lords, but they are a huge wealth to the players. Among other things, the hundreds of thousands of stone, grain and ordnance left in the pass alone could make Huangfu Chao rich. After Zhao Cen and Zhou Shi and Zheng Feng were arranged to guard the pass, Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Zhongdian, Wei, Zhou Cang, Pei yuanshao, four military generals, seven thousand cavalry and nearly a thousand personal guards went straight to Luoyang.


    As for the players'' army, for the players of the princes'' camp, we all know that there is nothing to be fished out in Luoyang, but the surrounding counties and passes are basically in a semi abandoned state, which should be able to make some benefits. Besides, not only the county, but also the villages and towns in Luoyang can be attacked at will. For the Dukes camp, the war in Luoyang seems like a dessert after dinner, but for Dong Zhuo camp, this is the beginning of the feast. As early as after the beginning of the sishuiguan war, the major forces of Dong Zhuo''s camp had begun to make preparations.


    Ten days ago, in Luoyang, Luonan Town, more than 20 miles south of Luoshui, the Xiake returned to Luonan town by himself after his soldiers were handed over to Gao Lan. Luonan town is close to Xishan Mountain and Yishui River in the west, so it is in a very good position. In addition, Xiake is a ashes player, so Luonan town has been developing very well, and Yin ranks in the top of Henan Province. In addition, Xiake''s luck is not generally good. After entering the game, he soon gained a warrior. With the support of warrior, the development of Luonan town is more smooth.


    Not long after the plot of Huangjin, the knight errant even received two famous historical generals in a few months. One of them is Gao Lan, one of the four court pillars in Hebei Province, and the other is Xu Xun, Liu Biao''s adviser in history. With this kind of culture and martial arts, the development of Luonan town can be said to have entered the fast lane. Although it can''t be compared with Huangfu Chaobo, it can be estimated in the whole game I''m in the top 30.In the story of the princes asking for Dong, Luonan town is convenient. Compared with other players, the cost of recruiting soldiers is half lower. Therefore, in the whole story, his military contribution is the highest except for the cruiser of another trench state in the same camp. After the battle of sishuiguan, the Xiake gave all the soldiers to commander Gaolan, and arranged two players to help him. Then he returned to the territory alone, because he had more important things to do.


    In the administrative Hall of Luonan Town, Xiake is listening to Fu Xun''s report carefully. More than a month after the leader''s expedition, everything in the territory has been handed over to Fu Xun, and the Xiake has little time to manage it. After listening to Fu Xun, the Xiake got up and saluted him and said, "it''s been a hard time, sir!"


    Fu Xun immediately got up and said, "my Lord has praised my duty."


    The Xiake didn''t say anything more, but asked Fu Xun in a low voice, "how''s that thing going?"

 Chapter 321

    Fu Xun heard this and said, "according to the Lord''s command, all the craftsmen and their families have gradually moved there, and most of the materials in the town have been transported. The ordinary villagers in the town think that they have just moved to another subordinate territory, but, Lord, is it really inevitable? The LORD was not in the front line to supervise the army. He handed over the army to Gao Lan, but returned in person. Is this going to happen? "


    The Xiake nodded and said helplessly: "I don''t want this to happen, but now Dong Zhuo''s army has retreated to Hulao and Sishui, and it''s estimated that they won''t be able to defend for long. With the character of Xiliang army, once he can''t resist the Allied forces of Guandong princes, Dong Zhuo will definitely assist the army and people of Luoyang to retreat to Chang''an. At that time, what do you think is the possibility of this? ¡±


    in fact, as early as a year ago, Xiake had been preparing for Dong Zhuo''s move to Luoyang. First of all, he built a village in the mountains tens of miles away from Luonan town by using his spare village construction drawings. The reason why he built the village there was because there was a large iron ore reserve in the mountains behind the village. So he said that his two subordinates were for better mining. Although Fu Xun had some doubts, he didn''t think much about it. Then in the next year, Luonan town continued to support the small village with money, food and materials, and finally upgraded the village to a small town before the battle.


    After the plot task is started, the swordsman recruits his two subordinates, Wenyi and Wuyi, and tells them his final idea. Fu Xun and Gao Lan are not very optimistic about the future of Dong Zhuo''s camp, but their territory is at the core of Heluo area, so they have to devote themselves to Dong Zhuo''s camp. At this time, they marvel at their master''s foresight.


    Fu Xun was a man of outstanding intelligence. After a little bit of chivalry, he found that Dong Zhuo''s Xiliang army would indeed flee to the west, as his Lord had expected. At that time, with Dong Zhuo''s character, he would never leave a intact Luoyang for the princes of Guandong. Therefore, at that time, the surrounding area of Luoyang would really be bare. After discussing with their own generals, the three decided to divide their troops into two groups. Fu Xun stayed in the territory to appease the people while secretly transferring the craftsmen, talents and various kinds of money, grain and materials. At the same time, they quietly bought a large amount of grain from all over the territory, which was also quietly transported to the hidden territory for storage. The Xiake and Gao Lan earned military rewards.


    If Dong Zhuo''s power really can''t resist the army of Guandong princes, the Xiake will hand over the army to Gaolan and return to the territory alone to do the final evacuation work with Fu Xun. So as soon as he heard the knight ask about the preparation, Fu Xun knew that things had come to the expected level. However, the Xiake didn''t come back alone this time. After seeing the power of the top guard soldiers, the Xiake specially recruited 500 Guard soldiers in Luoyang City, including 200 Huben cavalry, 100 long spear sword shield and 100 long bow soldiers. This is the maximum he can recruit. The evacuation of Luonan town is very hidden. Except for the core players, other players have not found any changes in the town.


    In fact, it''s not just swordsmen. Other players in Dong Zhuo''s camp are preparing for the war. They all hand over their troops to the general, but return to Luoyang to recruit top soldiers to prepare for the final feast.


    Sure enough, Huaxiong surrendered to Huangfu Chaobo a few days after the Xiake returned to the territory. Less than two days later, sishuiguan was captured by Huangfu Chaobo. Although the system prompt didn''t say it clearly, the players all guessed that Huaxiong had made a lot of efforts in this process. Next, Lu Bu was defeated and Dong Zhuo''s army retreated to Hulao pass. After that, the players found that Dong Zhuo''s army had withdrawn to Luoyang. In less than two days, the Xiliang army began to collect money and forced the emperor, officials and Luoyang people to Chang''an.


    After that, the Xiliang army in the county passes of Heluo also moved and plundered the surrounding towns. When the Xiliang army plundered crazily, the big and small territories in Heluo also attacked in all directions. For a moment, there was a mess around Luoyang. Big fish ate small fish, and small fish ate shrimps. Countless territories were destroyed every day, and then most of the big fish were swallowed by Dong Zhuo. Except for a few Xiake who had such foresight as Xiake and left a retreat for themselves, all the other territories were swept away, so the materials were looted, nearly half of the leaders were killed in the fighting, and the rest were rushed to Luoyang and sent to Chang''an.


    Rao is a territory like Luonan Town, which needs to be prepared. It also lost 30% or 40% of the leading people in this scuffle. However, it was the ordinary people who lost, while the craftsmen and other special talents made the Xiake return to his secret territory. Not only that, in a few days, the Xiake also robbed many special talents from other territories.


    For the players of the vassal camp, at this time, Dong Zhuo''s Crusade basically has no players to participate in. However, the surrounding area of Luoyang in Hulao pass is now a mess, but it''s time for everyone to fish in troubled waters. So after the warlords'' army entered Hulao pass, many players led their troops to the west of Hulao pass, thinking of catching up with the warlords'' army.


    Not surprisingly, although the surrounding areas of Luoyang have been in a mess, they are mainly concentrated in the surrounding areas of Luoyang and the counties to the West and south, while the areas of Yanshi and gouxian in Gongxian County to the east of Luoyang have not been completely destroyed. However, the three counties were swept away by hundreds of thousands of princes, leaving only the territory around the county to be attacked by the princes'' camp players. So the princes'' camp players who entered hulaoguan all joined forces to reap military contributions and seize all kinds of materials and talents.Of course, not all the players are busy robbing, and some players who think they are not strong enough directly lead the soldiers back to the territory. The brain powder of all the princes must follow their own forces throughout the whole process, such as the players around Sun Jian and their soldiers, and the players who take refuge in Cao Cao all follow the army quickly. As for the three peach brothers, they are all around There are more players and their troops. After all, the three princes of the Three Kingdoms have the greatest potential.


    However, this does not mean that there will be no one around the other princes, such as the evening primrose following Tao Qian''s troops.

 Chapter 322

    Huangfu Chaobo also found that more and more players appear around the generals of the princes, which means that the players have more and more influence on the NPC. Correspondingly, the NPC''s attitude towards strange people is getting better and better. From the initial boycott to the limited use and control now, it is said that now some people have served as intermediate officers in the NPC camp, such as Du Bo and Tun Jiang .


    Outside Luoyang, Sun Jian and Cao Cao were the first to arrive. However, because most of their soldiers were soldiers, when they arrived outside Luoyang, it was the morning of the fourth day after the withdrawal of Lu Bu''s army, and the fire in Luoyang had been burning for two days. They were stunned by the fire in Luoyang. As soon as the two people discussed, there was a disagreement immediately. Cao Cao suggested to pursue Dong Zhuo''s army immediately and recapture the captured emperor and officials. Sun Jian thought that they should go to the city first to put out the fire. Neither of them could persuade the other. Cao Cao took his 8000 troops and the players who followed him and their soldiers to pursue Dong Zhuo in the west, while Sun Jian took only 5000 troops and the players and soldiers to fight the fire in Luoyang.


    The game is still following the line of romance.


    After Sun Jian and his men entered Luoyang, they were shocked by the situation in the city. Luoyang, once a prosperous city, is now full of flames. In some places, there are only a few black smoke pillars left.


    "We need to go down and clear a way. We need to go to the imperial city to have a look. The damned Dong thief is just a crazy devil. " Sun Jian''s face is gloomy and faces Cheng Pu and other humanitarians. After everyone agrees, he immediately takes his soldiers to clean up the burned city.


    But Cao Cao led the army all the way forward, followed Dong Zhuo''s army all the way, and went in the direction of Hangu pass.


    Hangu pass has three positions in history. The ancient pass was set up by the Qin State in the Warring States period. It is located in Lingbao, Henan Province, with plateau in the west, juejian in the East, Qinling Mountains in the South and Yellow River in the north. It is one of the earliest Xiongguan in China. It is the throat of Luoyang in the East and Chang''an in the West. It is known as the saying that "tiankaihangu strengthens Guanzhong, Wangu frightens the dust into the north sky" and "Shuangfeng towering beside the river, which has been a battlefield of Hangu since ancient times". It has been a place for military strategists since ancient times. Since ancient times, many wars have taken place here: in the third year of King Shenliang of Zhou Dynasty, King Huai of Chu took the division of six countries to attack Qin Dynasty, Qin relied on the natural danger of Hangu, which made the army of six countries "lay corpses and shed blood"; in the sixth year of emperor Shihuang of Qin Dynasty, Chu, Zhao, Wei and other five countries committed crimes against Qin Dynasty, and "all lost to Hangu"; Liu Bang of Han Dynasty defended the pass and refused Xiang Yu; the "Taolin war" between Tang army and rebel army in an Shi rebellion; Sino Japanese "Han war" in 1944 This is what we are talking about now. In addition, there are Han Guan and Wei Guan everywhere.


    Hanguan is located in the east of Xin''an County, Henan Province, and 150 kilometers away from Qinguan in the West. According to Lingbao City records, since the rise of the Han Dynasty, Guanzhong was regarded as the capital of the emperor. To the east of Hangu pass, it was outside the pass, and to the west, it was inside the pass. People are proud to be in the middle of the pass. General Yang Fu, born in Xin''an County to the east of Hangu pass, was said to be from outside the pass. He was deeply upset, so he donated his family''s money and built a pass city in the east of Xin''an County in the third year of the Ding Dynasty (114 BC), which is called "Han Hangu pass". With this city, Yang Fu became a Guanzhong man.


    Weiguan, 20 kilometers northeast of Lingbao City, is about 5 kilometers away from Qinguan. It is said that Cao Cao of the Three Kingdoms asked Zhang Lu and Ma Chao to dig a tunnel and build a building there in order to turn the army''s grain and grass. It is also called Xinguan because it is not far from Qinguan.


    There are three passes between Chang''an and Luoyang in the game of warlords. From east to west, they are Han Hangu pass, Qin Hangu pass and Tongguan pass. From Chang''an to Huayin County, Tongguan is tens of miles to the East, Hu county is tens of miles to the East, Hangu pass is tens of miles to the East, Hongnong county is tens of miles to the northeast of Qinguan, Shaanxi county is tens of miles to the northeast along the Yellow River, which is today''s Sanmen Shaanxi city, Mianchi and Xin''an are further east, and Hangu pass is Han Less than a hundred miles to the east of Xinxian County, he entered Yindi territory of Henan Province after passing Hangu pass of Han Dynasty. Among them, only the Hangu pass of Qin Dynasty is a large-scale pass, and the other two are only medium-sized ones. The Han pass is Hangu pass, one of the eight passes in Luoyang set up by Emperor Hanling in the first year of Zhongping. Hongnong county should be the worst County in Sili. The main counties in the whole county are basically on this line, and the other counties are in shangaga.


    At this time, Cao Cao''s army had passed the Han pass, but he didn''t see any Dong Zhuo''s troops blocking him along the way. Further on, we arrived at Xin''an County under Hongnong county.


    Cao Hong was a little worried about this situation and reminded Cao Cao to be careful of Dong Zhuo''s ambush. However, he was attracted by the emperor in Dong Zhuo''s hands and didn''t pay attention to Cao Hong''s words at all, but he still put the players and soldiers he followed in front of his army.


    It wasn''t until the afternoon of the fourth day after Lv Bu''s withdrawal that the army of Guandong lords arrived outside Luoyang. Everyone was shocked by Dong Zhuo''s burning Luoyang. Seeing that the fire in Luoyang was gradually extinguished, all the officials had no choice but to jump up and scold. In their opinion, since they have driven Dong Zhuo out of Luoyang, their affairs will come to an end. Although everyone was annoyed that they didn''t get the prosperous Luoyang City, no one mentioned that they wanted to catch up with Dong Zhuojun. As a result, most of the soldiers and horses were stationed outside Luoyang City, and each of them took thousands of their own guards into the inner city of Luoyang. In the city, Sili Xiaowei''s residence served as the headquarters of the Allied forces. They continued their endless banquet in Xingyang, waiting for the news of Cao Cao. After the players arranged the troops outside, they all went to the city to search for treasures.Shortly after Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo also brought his more than 7000 cavalry to the outside of Luoyang. Because he was carrying cavalry, he almost chased after the allies. However, he didn''t lead his troops into the city, so he went directly around the city from the north of the city to the direction of Cao Cao. After entering the Hulao pass, Huangfu Chaobo thought clearly that his purpose of this alliance had been achieved, and now everything was missing.


    Huangfu Chaobo went to chase Cao Cao not to save him, but to see if he had the chance to capture some Xiliang cavalry again. He also went for a general, Xu Rong. It can be said that Xu Rong is a very weakened general in history. Even in the Three Kingdoms games of the island country, he is a soy sauce player.

 Chapter 323

    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo thought that his military might not be very good, but his ability in other aspects should not be weak. According to the type, he should be considered as a handsome talent. As for the pure broken generals like Hua Xiong and the semi handsome generals like Huang Zhong, now Huangfu Chaobo is short of such a great general.


    When Huangfu Chaobo''s army just passed Luoyang, Cao Hong and others did not expect it. Before they reached Xin''an, they met Lu Bu, the rear army of Dong Zhuo''s army.


    Cao Cao''s army raced all the way. When he came to Lvbu''s army, he was already tired, and Lvbu was walking slowly with the army.


    In a pair of two armies, Cao Cao''s 8000 troops, who had been in a hurry for four days, were killed by Lu Bu and fled in a panic. Although the players ordered their soldiers to be vigilant as soon as they got out of the Han pass, it''s a pity that under the attack of the God of war, few soldiers could keep calm. Even Cao Cao''s several "calm" military skills didn''t play much role. What''s more, the players'' Army was far inferior to the NPC army. On the contrary, after Lu Bu''s powerful advance, tens of thousands of players'' troops retreated disorderly, but Cao Cao''s own army was scattered. Cao Cao had no choice but to clear up the army and retreat to Luoyang. At this time, Cao Cao''s 8000 troops had nearly half of the casualties.


    After a while, Lu Bu saw that Cao Cao''s army retreated, but he didn''t do much. He just sent a school with thousands of players to drive Cao Cao''s army, because he knew that Xu Rong''s nearly ten thousand troops were waiting for Cao Cao near the Han pass, while he took Bingzhou wolf riding to the direction of Dong Zhuo''s army. However, the players who followed Lv Bu''s army followed Cao Cao''s army one after another with their soldiers. They were always greedy. They just picked up a big leak behind Lv Bu, but they still wanted to go to Xu Rong to see if there was any good to gain.


    Cao Cao retreated with the remnant army in a dilemma. When he retreated to the vicinity of the Han pass, he stabilized his defeat. Looking at his 5000 remnant army, he found that there were less than 3000 soldiers in the battle, and the rest of them suffered some injuries. There were no two players in the army. Just as Cao Cao was about to order the soldiers to have a rest, the sound of war drums sounded on the mountains on both sides.


    "No, mond, we''re in ambush." Xia Houyuan''s face changed;


    the crowd was shocked and looked up. They saw that the Xiliang army was slowly coming from the southeast and north directions. Now, not only Cao Cao, but also his soldiers knew that they were surrounded by the Xiliang army. Seeing the Xiliang army approaching step by step, Cao Cao gritted his teeth to the people around him: "gentlemen, now we have no way back. If you want to live, you have to go forward... Military division skills -- encouragement


    "Whoosh..." Cao Cao''s army was enveloped in white light.


    "Kill..." They all roared in unison and said,


    with Cao''s Xia Hou''s four generals as the vanguard, they killed the Xiliang army in front of them. Seeing that his military skills had been successful, Cao Cao could not help quietly wiping a cold sweat. It seems that this time he should not be a military general like Lu Bu. This time, Cao Cao did not dare to put the players and soldiers in the front, so he directly let his four generals lead the team.


    Looking at Cao Cao''s army surrounded by his own army, Xu Rong sneered. In his opinion, Cao Cao was just a trapped beast. Waving his hand at the deputy general, he said: "pass on the order, step on the army, and destroy all the bandits in Guandong. Let the outlaws be ready, and when our army is stable, we will attack in an all-round way! "


    "Yes, general." The deputy general was ordered to leave.


    A moment later, in addition to Xu Rong''s team of thousands of Xiliang cavalry, nearly ten thousand Dong Zhuo''s army rushed toward Cao Cao''s army. And 20000 players and soldiers who took the task slowly surrounded from four directions. When they reached the edge of the battlefield, they stopped there and waited for Xu Rong''s order.


    For a moment, the whole battlefield was full of killing.


    Originally, the morale of Cao Cao''s army had been reduced by 5 points after the first World War of Lu Bu, and by 1 point after being surrounded by the Xiliang army. However, under the encouragement of Cao Cao, the soldiers improved five points at a time, and barely recovered to the level before the war. But Cao Cao knows that the morale improved by skills can only last for a period of time. They must rush out of the encirclement before their morale drops. Otherwise, when time passes, their morale will not be as good as before.


    Under the leadership of the four generals, Cao''s army fought hard to the East. Although the front line advanced a lot, the number of Xiliang soldiers was more than twice that of Cao''s army. Slowly, Cao''s morale began to decline again, but Cao had no choice but to use another skill, encouragement. At the same time, he lost a skill to the Xiliang army - attacking heart: "soldiers of the Xiliang army, Dong Zhuo has left you all here and gone to Chang''an by himself... Military division skill - attack heart "


    " Ding. Hum... Cao thief''s skill is so poor that he dares to take it out. " Xu Rong said with a sneer, "when all the officers and men listen to the orders, the prime minister has orders. Those who take Cao Cao''s head will be rewarded with thousands of gold, and the officials will be promoted to three levels... Military technology -- encouragement


    "Coax" Dong Zhuojun''s morale suddenly rose.


    Seeing this, Cao Cao couldn''t help laughing bitterly. He didn''t think that his skills didn''t work. Instead, he let the other party''s morale go up. Seeing that there were fewer and fewer soldiers around him, Cao Hong and others could not help but be anxious. Cao Hong said, "brother, you can break through. Miaocai, you three will protect your brother. I''ll break up."The four men looked at each other and knew that this was the best way at present, but they were reluctant to leave a brother here. After hesitating for a while, Cao Cao finally made up his mind and said, "Zi Lian, I''m sorry for you, brother. If I hadn''t gone my own way, I wouldn''t have this result."


    "Well, brother, you go quickly. If you don''t go, it''s too late..."


    Four people can''t, turn over to mount a horse, toward the direction of Xu Rong rushed past. Seeing this, Xu Rong knew that the four of them wanted to escape. He immediately sent 500 cavalry to him. When he thought that it was not easy for him to get 500 cavalry to deal with the four, he ordered the players'' soldiers to encircle and kill Cao Cao''s army. But....


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had already brought his more than 7000 cavalry to a place just five miles behind them. The huge tearing sound on the battlefield could be heard. Huang Zhong immediately ordered the troops to dismount and rest for a quarter of an hour. The soldiers were equipped with all kinds of armor and weapons, feeding water and refined food to the horses to restore their horsepower. At this time, Xu Ronggen did not expect that there would be a large number of cavalry coming. He also put a lot of cavalry sentries in the direction of Luoyang behind him. But these cavalry had no chance to escape and report back in front of 200 Xianbei cavalry.

 Chapter 324

    When Xu Rong responded, Huangfu Chaobo''s cavalry was less than a mile away from the battlefield, which was exactly the distance for the cavalry to reach the fastest speed.


    "Huang Zhong, Dian Wei, Zhou Cang, Pei yuanshao, led the iron cavalry of Xiliang to rush into the battle. The sudden cavalry moved on both sides. The light cavalry and Huben cavalry covered up with me later... Kill... " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "kill..." The crowd roared in unison;


    "boom


    Xu Rong at the back of the battlefield was awakened by the sound of the hoofs.


    "Damn it, Guandong cavalry... What did the Marquis do Xu Rong scolded;


    but everything is too late. As long as Huangfu Chaobo and Cao Cao are half an hour late, they may be solved by him. But now more than 7000 cavalry are in sight.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who saw the general at the back of the line, yelled, "try to capture the general alive!"


    "Yes, general..."


    Since Yuan alliance leader gave Huangfu Chaobo the position of partial general, the people below usually call him general, although he is only the lowest rank general. The sound of the horse''s hooves in the sky was also heard by Cao Cao and Cao Hong''s 2000 remnant soldiers. Soon they saw the East cavalry rushing towards their battlefield. And Xu Rong with the rest of the cavalry turned to fight, it is to prove to them that it is the reinforcements of Guandong marquis.


    "Reinforcements are coming, kill..." A few people looked at each other and roared;


    the sound was like the sound of nature, which raised the morale of Cao''s soldiers by nearly ten points. The Xiliang army was stunned by the cavalry behind, and its morale dropped by five points.


    The cavalry duel soon came out. Under the charge of more than 7000 cavalry in one round, no one of the 500 cavalry was still sitting on the horse. Xu Rong was no exception. He was captured by Huang Zhong. Then the soldiers tied him up and sent him to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "If the chief general is captured, he will not die." Huang Zhong raised Xu Rong''s helmet and yelled;


    the soldiers around him immediately followed suit.


    "If the chief general is captured, he will not die."


    All of a sudden, other people on the battlefield also roared at the Xiliang army.


    The whole Xiliang army has been stunned by the instant change, only one close, the general was captured. In an instant, the Xiliang army was in a state of chaos. Some soldiers continued to fight Cao Cao''s army into a regiment, while some soldiers retreated behind. The players who were fighting Cao Cao''s army into a regiment immediately responded. They did not care about the Xiliang army. They quickly ordered their soldiers to turn away from the battlefield and run as much as they could, at least to keep their present harvest.


    And the five hundred cavalry soldiers who fought with Cao Cao''s army, led by the deputy general, turned around and killed him in the direction of Huangfu Chaobo''s army. However, it is a pity that the attack of the Xiliang cavalry without the general is negligible for the army of Huangfu Chaobo. Five hundred cavalry attacking Huangfu Chaobo and others were killed in a moment, and the remaining three hundred cavalry dismounted and surrendered. On the one hand, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Huben to take in the captives, on the other hand, he ordered Huang Zhong and others to lead the cavalry to encircle the infantry in Xiliang and take in as many captives as possible. As for those soldiers who had already run to the edge of the battlefield, they would leave him alone. Those players who followed Cao Cao''s army would go to their trouble.


    The next battle is simple. Without the chief general, the Xiliang army ran around like a headless fly. Soon the army of Huangfu Chaobo brought the situation under control. After counting, only 5000 infantry and less than 400 cavalry of the 11000 Xiliang army were captured, 2000 of them died in the battle, and nearly 3000 of them fled when the situation was bad, while Dong zhuofang''s soldiers were also captured by Huangfu Chaobo. Cao Cao''s 8000 troops were less than 3000 in the end, and all of them were injured. However, the 7000 odd soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo suffered little loss, only two or three hundred died in the initial cavalry battle. After this battle, Huangfu Chaobo added more than 6000 intermediate infantry and more than 2000 primary taxis.


    Huangfu Chaobo dismounted and walked up to Xu Rong and said, "General Xu, Dong Zhuo has no way. He has been in trouble for a long time. He has burned Luoyang and slaughtered the people. It''s really the root of the great chaos in the world. In response to the righteous deeds of the princes of the towns in the east of Shaanxi Province, he has revolted and killed the national bandits. He has been looking up to General Xu for a long time. Why don''t he abandon the dark and turn to the light?"


    "Hum..." Xu Rong hummed softly: "if you want to kill or cut, please do as you please. Don''t talk too much." Then he turned his head and stopped talking.


    "On... Wudinas, my general''s good advice, is so ignorant. " Zhou Cang saw Xu Rong on the side so to Huangfu Chaobo, can''t help but atmosphere, rushed forward to beat him.


    "Stop it, Zhou Cang. It''s not unreasonable." Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Xu Rong would not easily take refuge in himself, so he quickly called Zhou Cang and turned to Xu Rong and said, "well, you have to hurt the general first. Pei yuanshao, General Xu will be handed over to you. You should treat him well and not lightly. "


    "Yes, general." Pei yuanshao steps forward and escorts Xu Rong down with a team of Huben cavalry.


    When the arrangement for Huangfu Chaobo was almost finished, Cao Cao and others had already reorganized their troops and brought the four generals to Huangfu Chaobo. After thanking Huangfu Chaobo and his party, several people deliberated and thought that they should take the disabled soldiers back to Luoyang first. After this battle, Huangfu Chaobo and five generals of Cao family have reached the level of trust.So Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong to take 5000 cavalry soldiers to escort the prisoners and Cao Cao''s 3000 disabled soldiers to Luoyang, while he took Zhou Cang and more than 2000 cavalry soldiers to Luoyang.


    At this time, Yuan Shao and his party were drinking and entertaining while waiting for the news of Cao Cao''s army in Luoyang City and the Allied camp.


    As in history, Sun Jian''s army found the imperial seal in a small well while sorting out the imperial city. Sun Jian discussed with the generals and decided to lead the troops back to Jiangdong immediately.


    Huangfu Chaobo and Cao Cao finally arrived outside Luoyang before dark.


    As soon as he stepped into the gate of Luoyang City, Huangfu Chaobo was startled by a system reminder: "Ding Dong, congratulations to the players, trigger the epic game mission to rebuild Luoyang.


    Task tip: after plundering and burning by Dong Zhuo''s army, most of the buildings in Luoyang have been damaged and the loss of personnel is great. The city level has been reduced from the capital level to the first level county level. The imperial court and the princes all over the world feel that such a big city can not be wasted. In order to restore Luoyang''s past prosperity, they decided to rebuild Luoyang.


    Task trigger conditions: if the player''s official position is above five grades and his subordinate forces are above 5000, he can get this task after being recommended by three of the 18 princes and approved by more than half of them.


    Please make a decision within 1 minute whether the player will accept or not.


    Countdown starts:


    60...


    59¡£¡£¡£


    ¡£¡£¡£

 Chapter 325

    Huangfu Chaobo, who is entering the city, is stunned by the sudden system prompt. It took him a long time to react.


    Second Olympic Games, what''s the situation? What is an epic mission? It''s not easy to do this task. However, it''s not easy to do by looking at the name. It''s epic. In history, Luoyang was rebuilt. It seems that Yuan Shu and Liu Biao were arranged to do it. However, neither of them sent anyone to do it. After Cao Cao welcomed the emperor of the Han Dynasty, the reconstruction began slowly. It didn''t really start until Cao Pi succeeded to the throne. As for the formal completion, it seems that it has been more than ten years since, that is to say, the history of reconstruction is very big It took Xiao Cao almost thirty or forty years to rebuild Luoyang. I''ll go there! Does that mean that if I take on this task, I can play until the end of the game? Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo was so scared that he was all over. He wanted to discuss with someone. Looking back, he found that there were only two people around him, Dian Wei and Zhou Cang, and hundreds of cavalry. If you don''t take it, now you have a county seat and the position of general zhengwupinpian. If you go on like this and develop well for a few years, you may be able to play with Yingchuan''s prefect depending on your relationship with Kong. It seems that Kong died early. You can''t say that if you hang up with him, you still have a chance to win Yuzhou.


    30¡£¡£¡£


    29¡£¡£¡£


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Just as he was thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that if he could really get the ruling power of Luoyang, the real Luoyang City would be in his own hands. In addition, he now has a large number of skilled talents at all levels. Can''t he develop it? What''s more, I still have Huang Zhong and Dian Wei, two historical God level generals, and tens of thousands of soldiers in my hand. No matter what, I can still return to the changshe even if I can''t defend Luoyang!


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo clenched his teeth, stamped his feet and gambled


    "Accept!"


    "Congratulations to the player for the opportunity to start the epic historical mission of rebuilding Luoyang. Please get the recommendation of three of the 18 princes within 24 hours of the game time. Half of the princes agree to start the mission. If the mission is not started after the time, it will be regarded as giving up, and the player will lose the opportunity to start the mission forever!"


    Countdown start:


    23:59:59


    ...


    Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Fortunately, there are still 24 hours left, that is, four days of game time, which can be said to be the time to take Lou GUI over for a good discussion. Think of here, Huangfu Chaobo let Zhoucang immediately with the remaining hundreds of Xianbei cavalry, immediately rushed to sishuiguan, will lougui over. After Zhou Cang led his troops away, Huangfu Chaobo talked about the task with Cao Cao beside him. Cao Cao was very happy to hear that Luoyang had been burned like this, but the princes of Guandong did not want to make progress. One day, they only knew that the banquets were going on. In his opinion, this desire to please Dong Xinghan could not be realized for a while.


    Now that he knows that Huangfu Chaobo is willing to rebuild Luoyang, he must be very supportive. He immediately says that he will support it. Now he doesn''t have much money and grain in his hands. However, he says that in addition to taking 500 soldiers and two months'' grain and grass ordnance, other soldiers and the remaining grain and grass ordnance will be given to Huangfu Chaobo. At the same time, he also says that when he returns to Yanzhou, he will give them to Huangfu Chaobo, They will also send 100000 stone grain and 100000 Guan copper coins to support the reconstruction. Moreover, Cao Cao also said that he was willing to persuade his familiar princes to support the task of Huangfu Chaobo.


    As soon as he heard Cao Cao''s words, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but be happy. He supported 100000 and 18 road princes, and the total was 1.8 million? Even if only half of the people are willing to give, there are also 1.8 million. Immediately, Huangfu Chaobo said thank you to Cao Cao. The most important thing is to have 100000 tons of grain. You know, you have hundreds of thousands of gold in your hand, but you don''t have much grain.


    After they discussed the matter, they didn''t say any more. They took their personal guards and went to the alliance camp in the inner city. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo saw the bustling Luoyang City a few months ago, and now there are many ruins everywhere. Many of the houses are still smoking. Everywhere, players with their soldiers are turning inside the rubble to see what else is left out by Xiliang army and Luoyang players. From time to time, players can also hear the sound of turning out various items Exclaim...


    Looking at these scenes, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help sighing that the authenticity of the system is really getting stronger and stronger. However, such a good imperial city was burned by Dong Zhuo. It''s really... Well...


    They came into the city from the west gate of Luoyang City and walked along the main road to the inner city. After half an hour, we finally arrived at the gate of the inner city, which was guarded by the princes'' taxi soldiers. Players can''t easily enter the inner city. However, there were no restrictions on Cao Cao and Huangfu Chaobo. They entered the inner city and went to the Sili Xiaowei mansion in Luoyang according to the soldiers'' guidance. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo saw Cao Cao''s face was livid, his mouth was pursed, and his eyes looked at the broken walls on both sides from time to time. It can be seen that he was very resentful of Dong Zhuo''s burning Luoyang.


    Unfortunately, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know what to say. Fortunately, it wasn''t long before they came to the gate of Luoyang Sili Xiaowei mansion, which is located next to the South Gate of Luoyang imperial city. Not only Sili Xiaowei mansion, but also other government offices are on both sides of the front of the South Gate of the Imperial City, so that officials can listen to the emperor''s summons at any time. As the Yamen in the capital of the Han Dynasty, they must be tall, and there are generally no valuable things in them. Therefore, they are the least damaged places in Luoyang. You can see them on the way from the west city.The whole inner city is now under the control of the alliance of Guandong princes. Several gates are controlled by more than a dozen princes, and the city is also full of soldiers patrolling. The closer to the South Inner City, the more patrolling taxis there will be. As soon as I arrived at the gate of Sili Xiaowei''s residence, I heard the sound of musical instruments. Cao Cao was furious when he heard that there was no way to escape from the siege of Dong Zhuo''s army without Huangfu Chaobo''s timely help. He quickly walked to the front of the gate and walked in. All the princes were shocked by the sudden voice. For a moment, it was silent.

 Chapter 326

    "Bold..." When Yuan Shao saw that his people''s interest had been interrupted, he could not help but get angry. He was ready to be furious. When he looked up, it turned out to be Cao Cao. When he said that, he took it back. "Montessori is back," he said! Well, have you ever caught Dong thief? " Seeing that Cao Cao was disheveled and covered with blood, he immediately changed the topic and said, "come on, hurry up and bring up mengde''s wine and food utensils."


    Cao Cao didn''t say much. He walked up to Zhang Chao, who was closest to him. He grabbed the wine in his hand and poured it into his mouth. He didn''t care that the wine flowed from the corner of his mouth to his clothes. After drinking, he said: "the soldiers are fighting in front of us, and we are drinking and having fun here. Fortunately, we want to ask if a family has caught up with Dong thief. Ha ha ha Then he pointed to the crowd one by one with his hand and said, "it''s not enough for a upright man to conspire." He pointed to the people are embarrassed to bow their heads.


    Seeing that his words were rudely interrupted by Cao Cao, Yuan Shao couldn''t help but look stiff. He raised his glass in embarrassment. While he lowered his head to drink, he covered it up and said, "Meng Deqi, let''s calm down first. We''ve been sending troops for several months, and our soldiers are tired. Now Dong Zhuo is also driven out of Luoyang by us. We just take this opportunity to let the soldiers rest and wait for their energy And give Dong thief another thunderbolt


    "Ha ha ha... What a tired soldier, what a thunderbolt. " Yuan Shao''s words were interrupted again by Cao Cao.


    No one can stand being treated like this again and again. What''s more, Yuan Shao, a noble man of four generations and three princes, was so angry that Yuan Shao blushed. He stood up and pointed to Cao Cao and said, "Cao a Ming... You


    "What about me? Yuan Benchu, you and others are well-educated people. They have received the favor of the country. Especially you, and you, yuan Benchu, yuan Gaolu, and the four generations of the three gongs, but they only know how to drink and have fun, and they don''t want to serve the country. They don''t know whether yuan Taifu can sleep under the nine springs! "


    "Don''t deceive me too much, Cao ah Hui!" Yuan Shu, who was going to watch the excitement, didn''t expect to burn himself so soon. He jumped up and screamed, "who says we don''t want to serve our country? That day, the soldiers entered the army in the middle of the night and marched for four days in succession. They arrived in Luoyang this afternoon. The soldiers were tired. Shouldn''t they keep their energy? Or should we all learn from you, attack with a tired division, advance rashly, and finally fail to return? When the soldiers recover, we will march tomorrow! "


    "Well, I''ll wait and see! Today, the thief Dong took all the officials of the emperor to the west, burned the palace, moved the people and burned Luoyang. As a result, the capital of the Han Dynasty was in such a state of disrepair that he couldn''t bear it. Huang Fu Chao Bo, the magistrate of changshe county and the partial general, is a disciple of Zhu Jun, a famous scholar in the world. He is a beautiful member of Huang Fu''s family in the north. He has always been loyal and righteous. He has made outstanding achievements in several wars with Dong thief''s army, and his strong generals are like clouds. Therefore, I recommend Huangfu Chaobo to the alliance leader and all of you as the governor of Luoyang, Yin of Henan Province. He will stay in Luoyang and be responsible for the reconstruction of Luoyang! Today, there are no more than five soldiers under my command, and they are too tired to fight any more. Tomorrow, I will take five hundred soldiers back to Chen Liu, and the rest of the troops will be handed over to general Huangfu. " With that, Cao Cao Chao had already stood behind Kong, and Huangfu Chaobo, who was talking to Kong, walked over.


    After Huangfu Chaobo left the hall, he didn''t stop much and went directly behind Kong. After all, he still belonged to Kong. After Huangfu Chaobo came to him, he told him about the task of rebuilding Luoyang. Kongfu was also deep in thought. After all, it''s not easy to rebuild such a big capital. Let alone the current situation of Huangfu Chaobo, it''s not something that can be done in a short time with kongfu''s own strength. When he was hesitating, he suddenly heard Cao Cao''s recommendation. Then he turned to see Huangfu Chaobo''s firm face and said, "it''s over. Since you have made up your mind to do so, I will give you my full support."


    Huangfu Chaobo was waiting for Kong''s reply, but he didn''t expect to hear a prompt from the system: "congratulations to the player. He was recommended by Cao Cao, one of the 18 princes. The task of rebuilding Luoyang can only be started with the recommendation of two princes and the consent of the other six princes."


    As soon as he looked, he saw that Cao Cao was coming towards him. He stood up straight. Just as he was about to speak, he heard Kong Yu''s words and said in surprise, "Uncle agreed?".


    "Cao mengde can support you, how can uncle not support you!" Kong Yu said with a smile;


    "general Huangfu," Cao Cao said, "it''s up to you to rebuild Luoyang. You can rest assured that when Cao goes back, he will arrange a team as soon as possible to send the 100000 stone grain and 100000 Guan money to you." When he said this, Cao Cao glanced at all the princes present with his meaningful smile.


    "Huangfu Chaobo, thank you very much, general Cao!" Huangfu Chaobo made a serious salute to Cao Cao;


    "gentlemen, Cao will leave. Ha ha ha With that, Cao Cao went away without looking back after a round of fists at all the princes present. Huangfu Chaobo found that he had heard the inexplicable sadness, helplessness, disappointment and indignation from his laughter...


    "Kong is willing to recommend Huangfu Chaobo with general Cao..." Just as everyone was staring at the back of Cao Cao, the governor of Yuzhou, Kong Xu stood up and directed at yuan shaodao;


    "congratulations to player Huangfu Chaobo for being recommended by the governor of Yuzhou."


    Seeing that two princes had already recommended him, Gongsun Zan, who had a good relationship with Huangfu Chaobo, also stood up and said, "Gongsun Zan is willing to recommend Huangfu Chaobo to preside over the reconstruction of Luoyang together with the two princes.""Congratulations to the player Huangfu Chaobo. He has been recommended by Gongsun Zan, the prefect of youbeiping. The number of recommended vassals has reached the requirement, and six vassals still need to agree."


    When the other princes saw that all three of them were willing to recommend them, they all discussed with their advisers and considered the impact of this matter on themselves. For a moment, the whole hall was full of whispers. Yuan Shao didn''t think about it. Cao Cao suddenly came up with such a problem. Originally, he was going to discuss the matter with several of his military advisers this evening. He didn''t want to return it. Before he thought about it, Cao Cao suddenly raised it. Thinking of this, he waved his hands to the servants around him and drove them out. Then, he rushed to Xu you and Chen Lin next to him People winked and asked them to come up with a plan. A few people see this, also discuss in one side hastily.


    Kong saw that only the three of them recommended him, but the others did not respond. He threw his eyes to Tao Qian, the good man beside him.

 Chapter 327

    Tao Qian, like Kong Yu and others, was born in Qingliu. Although the March and battle failed, the internal governance was the best among the public. For example, Xuzhou did not suffer much damage in the Yellow turban rebellion, which was due to Tao Qian''s good governance. Tao Qian had agreed with the plan of rebuilding Luoyang. Seeing that Kong looked at him, he stood up and said, "I agree."


    Seeing that two Qingliu people agreed, other attitudes were also relaxed. At this time, Sun Jian took sun CE into the hall. Without looking at others, he walked directly to Yuan Shao and said, "alliance leader, I have received an urgent report from Changsha County, saying that Wuling has changed a lot. It seems that it is linked with the remaining evils of yellow scarves in the County. I am determined to fight back to Changsha overnight."


    Yuan shaozheng was about to speak. Unexpectedly, after listening to a servant''s words, Yuan Shu stood up and said, "Marquis Wu Cheng wants to leave overnight. I''m afraid it''s not for Changsha, but for the jade seal?"


    All the princes were stunned.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought, sure enough, it''s the same as in the romance. Then one side insisted that Sun Jian had found the jade seal and wanted to embezzle the treasure, and called the informer over to confront him. Sun Jian''s father and son refused to admit it, and Sun Jian cursed and swore. Then the two quarreled more and more. At last, Sun Jian didn''t want to talk about it any more, so he was ready to leave. Seeing that Sun Jian is going to withdraw, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but worry. I don''t care which one of you takes the jade seal, but you can''t withdraw until you finish my work. So he quickly called Sun Jian. At this time, Sun Jian was red eyed and caught who bit whom. He thought that Huangfu Chaobo was going to stop him. He pulled out the ancient Ding Dao with a "choking" sound.


    Seeing this, Dian Wei quickly pulled out his double halberds and stopped Huangfu Chaobo behind him. Huangfu chaobolian pulled Dian Wei. After all, he let Sun Jian know the reason why he stopped him. He didn''t say much. He said, "this matter is agreed by some family." Later, he thought that Huangfu Chaobo had helped him a lot. He said that he only took 4000 uninjured soldiers and enough grain and grass to go back to Changsha. There were more than 1000 injured soldiers and surplus grain and grass and weapons left for Huangfu Chaobo. After that, he left without looking back.


    Yuan Shu saw that Sun Jian ran like this. With a turn of his eyes, he quickly recruited a confidant. After explaining to the man like this for a while, the man immediately nodded and turned away. He knew that Yuan Shu was going to send a letter to Liu Biao. However, it had nothing to do with half a cent of his own money. What he cared about now was that there were still a few people who agreed to take over the task.


    Just at this time, Kong Rong, the northern sea governor, stood up and said he agreed.


    Seeing so many people agree, Liu Dai, governor of Yanzhou, Qiao Mao, governor of Dongjun, Zhang Miao, governor of Chenliu, and Zhang Chao, governor of Guangling, all stood up and agreed. Seeing this, yuan shaomei frowned slightly and turned to look at Xu you. Xu you stood up, walked to Yuan Shao and said in a soft voice, "this matter is of great benefit but no harm to us. At the beginning, we can safely agree with it. First, Luoyang is a place of four wars. Even Dong Zhuo can''t defend it, let alone a little Huangfu Chaobo. Second, Luoyang is too far away from Bohai. The target behind us is Jizhou. Luoyang is just an enclave for us, so we have no time to care about it. Third, Luoyang has been in a state of disrepair after this incident. There is no one in ten people. It will take ten years to recover, and it will take a lot of money and energy. This will be a burden for us. Fourth, Huangfu Chaobo and Dong Zhuo have no chance to make peace. He will guard Dong Zhuo. After we pacify Hebei, little Luoyang will not be captured by hand. Moreover, even if we can''t capture Dong Zhuo at that time, Luoyang will be hundreds of times better than it is now. At that time, Dong Zhuo had been fighting with him for a long time, and his soldiers would be exhausted. It was impossible for our army to take down Chang''an. Why not do so. Moreover, although the restoration of the old capital was done by Huangfu Chaobo, the final reputation was still gained by the original leader. So at the beginning, we should not only agree, but also strongly support... "


    Xu you''s words, Yuan Shao nodded. If Huangfu Chaobo hears Xu you''s words, his jaw will not close. This is the ability of a top-level counselor. Although Xu you is not really a top-level counselor, he is no worse than Lou GUI in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands. In Yuan Shao''s hands, there are Chen Lin and Guo Tu, who seem to be 90 +. It''s no wonder that Yuan Shao can occupy four states in history There may be nothing wrong with Cao liusun because of his inborn character defect.


    After listening to Xu you''s words, Yuan Shao stood up and said, "Dong Zhuo has no way. He is in trouble. Now he has burned the palace and Luoyang. He is so angry and rebellious. Today we rebel, kill the national thief, and finally drive him out of Luoyang. However, Luoyang has also been plundered. It''s really heartbreaking that the former prosperous imperial capital is so dilapidated today. In fact, our general had the idea of rebuilding Luoyang for a long time. He wanted to discuss with you when you were all here. He didn''t expect that Meng de had already thought of this. He had an ideal candidate, and all of you agreed that general Huangfu Chaobo should take the responsibility. In this case, our general is willing to go to the court, and biaohuangfu Chaobo is the general who begs thieves from Sipin, and leads the prefect of Luoyang to rebuild Luoyang. At the same time, in order to support the reconstruction of General Huang Fu, the owner of the alliance will pull four hundred thousand stones from the confederation''s grain and make sixty yuan for Luoyang''s reconstruction. After that, he turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "general Huangfu, I hope you can live up to the expectations of our alliance leader and the princes of Guandong, rebuild Luoyang for our great Han, and restore the glory of Luoyang in the past."Huangfu Chaobo hurriedly walked to the middle of the hall from Kong, and said, "Huangfu Chaobo will live up to the expectations of the alliance leader and the princes, rebuild Luoyang for our great Han, so as to restore the glory of Luoyang in the past."


    "Ding Dang, congratulations to the player. He has won the approval of the Guandong princes and started a large epic mission to rebuild Luoyang"


    "congratulations to the player. He was recommended by Yuan Shao, the leader of the Guandong princes alliance, as the general who begged for thieves from the fourth grade and the prefect of Luoyang."


    News from the game system: "Ding Dang, congratulations to player Huangfu Chaobo for getting the approval of Guandong, starting a large epic mission - rebuilding Luoyang!"


    News from the game system: "Ding Dang, congratulations to player Huangfu Chaobo, who was recommended by Yuan Shao, the leader of the Guandong princes alliance, as a general who begged thieves from the fourth grade and the leader of Luoyang Prefecture!"


    The game system news: "Ding Dang, the historical plot is over. Players are requested to exchange the meritorious deeds in the local Prefecture within one month. After one month, all meritorious deeds in this plot will be cleared."


    Several system news shocked the players. We all know that Huangfu Chaobo should have a great harvest in this plot. I didn''t expect that the harvest would be so great. He became a general from Sipin and a prefect. Although Luoyang city is almost over, there are still several cities in Guandong. These counties are in the hands of the Guandong Alliance Army, Dong Zhuojun has never been harmed. If he just takes these counties, he can throw all the other players out of ten streets. That is to say, Huangfu Chaobo now can be said to be the same as the more than ten NPC princes and become one of them. And now the best player elite is only a county, and the best county is only an intermediate County, even Huangfu Chaobo''s original changshe city is not as good.


    For a time, there was an uproar in the game, and the forum was full of people.

 Chapter 328

    When he heard the task sent by the system, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Well, he could be relieved. The task was the next one, but what to do next? Huangfu Chaobo felt that he had no bottom in his heart. Just at this time, another system message came.


    Player system message: "Ding Dong, the first part of rebuilding Luoyang mission: after Dong Zhuo moved Luoyang residents and burned Luoyang, Luoyang''s administrative system has disappeared. The most urgent need is to appoint a new Luoyang prefect and make Luoyang''s administrative institutions operate again in the shortest time."


    After hearing the system news, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Although he knew that he was taking on a large epic mission, he did not expect that it was actually a serial mission. Moreover, the first level seems too simple: he is not the designated prefect of Luoyang? Is there any other hidden mission? No. Huangfu Chaobo thought for a long time, but he didn''t understand it. He simply stopped thinking about it. Let''s deal with the immediate affairs first.


    Now, in addition to the killing of Wang Zhe by Lu Bu, only Cao Cao and hundreds of his bodyguards return to Yanzhou and Sun Jian to leave in a hurry after they get the jade seal. However, when they leave Luoyang, they still leave some money and things for Huangfu Chaobo. For example, Sun Jian was the easiest to go. First, Sun Jian agreed with Huangfu Chaobo to rebuild Luoyang. Second, Huangfu Chaobo could also be said to have saved sun Jiajun''s life. Third, Sun Jian really wanted to stop Yuan Shao and other princes, and then returned to Changsha with the jade seal as soon as possible. Therefore, in addition to the money and food needed by his troops to return to Changsha, the sun family could be said to have sent other soldiers to Changsha Everything was left to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Although it''s not much, there are only 50000 pieces of grain and grass, more than 20000 pieces of money, and more than 10000 pieces of other weapons and armor. In line with the principle that no matter how small the mosquito leg is, it''s meat. Huangfu Chaobo is willing to take over a big project now. It''s not enough to spend tens of thousands of dollars, even tens of thousands of dollars. The three or four million dollars in his hand is only water. After all, it used to be a big city with millions of people. As for the other vassals, the governor of Yuzhou, Kong Xu, is worthy of being his own. After Yuan Shao announced the appointment of Huangfu Chaobo, he said on the spot that Yuzhou would support 300000 yuan of grain and grass and 500000 yuan of money. Driven by Kong, Tao Qian and Kong Rong, the good old man, also said that they would support 200000 yuan of grain and grass and 200000 yuan of money. Later, Jizhou governor Han Fu also said that he would support 300000 yuan of grain and grass and 200000 yuan of money.


    As a result, several neighboring princes were embarrassed to say nothing more and expressed their willingness to support each of them. As for when they would be sent to Luoyang, it depends on the situation.


    After coming out of the inner city of Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo directly took people to live in Sun Jian''s camp. As for Sun Jian, he had already taken people away overnight. All night long, he was thinking about how to do later. Unfortunately, at dawn, he didn''t come up with a reason. Just as he was about to ask Lou GUI if he had come, he heard Dianwei say: "Mr. Lou is here, young man."


    "Oh, come on, please..." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that after he received the task, he immediately asked Zhou Cang to take people to Hu''an pass to invite Lou GUI. He didn''t expect that he would arrive in Luoyang at dawn.


    Then Lou GUI went into the tent of Huangfu Chaobo and said to him, "young master, I don''t know what''s important for Lou GUI to come here?" Lou GUI, who ran nearly 400 Li overnight, was disheveled and dirty. He was almost carried in by Zhou Cang. However, Lou GUI knew that there must be something urgent, so he asked about Huangfu Chaobo as soon as he came in.


    "Sir." Huangfu Chaobo said, "sit down first and let me talk to you slowly." With that, Huangfu Chaobo would press his seat, pour a bowl of water for him to drink, and he would tell Lou GUI about the tasks he took and the current situation one by one. With that, Huangfu Chaobo asked Lou GUI in a hurry, "in your opinion, how should I act?"


    Lou guichu was shocked when he heard what Huangfu Chaobo said, but he soon calmed down. While holding his beard, he pondered. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo asked, he was not in a hurry and said, "young master, please wait a moment, and wait for me to think about it. By the way, young master, can you invite general Hansheng and Ziping to come to discuss? "


    "Brother Hansheng, I''ve asked Pei yuanshao to replace him. It''s estimated that he will be here soon. Mr. Zao is in changshe. It will be ten days before he arrives in Luoyang." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    as they were talking, Dian Wei reported that Huang Zhong had arrived. Huangfu Chaobo immediately let him into the house and repeated what he had just said to Lou GUI. When Huang Zhong finished listening, all three of them sat in the room, silent.


    A moment later, Lou Guicai stood up and said slowly, "young master, I think it''s dangerous for you to go too far. Luoyang is a place of four wars, which is why Dong Zhuo retreated to Chang''an. Even if we can smoothly rebuild Luoyang, but with our strength, it will inevitably not cause the surrounding princes to peep. Dong Zhuo of Chang''an, or Yuan Shu who lives in Nanyang, is not a broad-minded person, plus Hanoi Zhangyang, Chen liuzhang Miao and others, which one can not resist more than us! "


    "Ah, what shall we do?" When Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he was in a hurry.


    seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was in such a hurry, Lou GUI didn''t say anything more. After he had told the whole thing all over again just now, he actually had the bottom of his mind. The reason for this sentence is to persuade Huangfu Chaobo not to act so impulsively. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo is on the alert, he doesn''t say any more. Then he changes the topic and analyzes Huangfu Chaobo."Young master, first of all, let''s take a look at the situation of Yin in Henan. Young master, general Hansheng, you see, now the 21 cities in Henan Province, at present, only Rongyang, Jingxian and other ten cities in Guandong are in the hands of the allies. However, these counties are basically in the hands of Yuan Shao, the leader of the alliance, and Yuan Shu, the former general. If we want to control this city in our hands, we need to wait until the surrounding cities of Luoyang are basically settled, and we will have time and energy to take care of it In China, apart from Kong Cishi, other princes may not be willing to help sincerely. As for the several cities in the pass, they were all ransacked when Dong Zhuo moved the capital, but we only have the three passes of huzaoguan, Sishui pass and donghangu pass in our hands, plus this broken and uninhabited Luoyang City. Our existing money, grain and military equipment are all within the two passes of hushuiguan and hushuiguan. Once Luoyang starts to rebuild, all the money, grain and articles needed in the early stage will need the support of hushuiguan and Guandong vassals. No matter where they come from, they must be transported to Luoyang from hushuiguan, but you see, young man, "Lou GUI said while opening a map of Henan county;


    "

 Chapter 329

    "All we need are transported from Guandong, but you see, Yanshi and Gongxian are occupied by the rebels. If we can''t capture these two cities, our supplies will be attacked by the rebels at any time. What''s more, our army''s money and grain can not meet the needs of Luoyang''s reconstruction. According to the young master, yuan Benchu, the leader of the Guandong military alliance, promised that the princes of Guandong would give their full support. We must take advantage of the situation. First of all, we must take advantage of the strength of the great army to take down the two cities of Yanshi and Gongxian when the Allied forces of Guandong return to Guandong. Not only that, we also have to take over Xingyang city from the Allied forces, but also take down the money, grain and ordnance that the allied forces have stationed in the city. So we can turn around. In the west, Hongnong county is still in the hands of Dong Zhuo''s army. Our army must guard Hangu pass, and the valley city between Hangu and Luoyang must also be in our hands. If everything goes well in Luoyang''s reconstruction, the materials we need can be continuously transported from Guandong. If the reconstruction is not good, we can also keep close to the two passes of Hu''an and si''shui, and achieve the two passes of 10 cities in Guandong. In this way, we can also remain invincible. "


    Lou GUI''s words were heard by Huangfu Chaobo. He nodded his head repeatedly and said that a counselor was good. When he took over the task, he just got hot headed and took it down. He didn''t expect that he would have done it all in less than ten minutes.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was ready to take the call, Lou GUI said, "but


    "But what''s the matter?" Huangfu Chaobo was surprised and asked immediately;


    "however, young master, with our current military strength of only 30000 people, we have to guard four cities and three passes. No, it should be six cities and three passes. Besides, Luoyang city must be guarded by heavy troops. I''m afraid it''s not idle. "


    "Mr. Lou, we can recruit more soldiers. After taking five cities, we can recruit more soldiers. " Huang Zhong is on the side road;


    "but general Hansheng, are we rich enough?" Lou guidao said, "the surrounding areas of Luoyang have been destroyed by Dong Zhuo. Even if we win Yanshi, Gongxian and Gucheng, we will not be able to get any profit from them in at least half a year. Although the cities outside the pass were not harmed by the Xiliang army, the hundreds of thousands of Allied troops in the east of the pass stayed here for many days, and there would be no other benefits except the grain and weapons transported by the princes in the two cities. There are also several other cities in Guandong. They don''t have any money and grain to hand in now. How many soldiers and horses can we raise with the money and grain in our hands! The most important thing is that we can successfully take over several cities in Guandong from several people. "


    "Ah Huangfu Chaobo, who had just been talked about by Lou GUI, was suddenly drenched with ice water... "So, how should we..."


    "Today, we still have more than 36000 troops, including 200 Tujia, 5000 Xiliang Tieqi, 2000 intermediate cavalry, and more than 23000 intermediate soldiers, including 8000 Dao Dun soldiers, 10000 intermediate lance soldiers, and 5000 intermediate elite crossbow soldiers, plus 2500 junior soldiers captured in Luoyang and 3000 junior soldiers captured in Longcheng, Guandong. The monthly consumption is 28000 tons, and the grain is 45000 stone. In addition to the thousands of bodyguards around the young master, the salary of generals and officials in the army should be about 50000 yuan per month, and the grain should be more than 50000 stones. After the reconstruction of Luoyang, we still need tens of thousands of labors. We only need 2 copper and 1 grain per person per day for these people. Then the cost of 50000 people per month is 3000 tons, and the grain is 15000 stones. This is only ordinary labor. All the craftsmen must consume more than that. In addition, we need to buy millions of wood and stone materials for the reconstruction of Luoyang. Every month, we have at least 10000 to 20000 Guan of money to buy materials. In this way, the cost of our army is about 80000 tons per month, and the grain is about 70000 stone. We have more than two million yuan in the hands of the young master, but what about food and grass? Besides, it''s still the end of April, and the fields around Luoyang have been almost destroyed. Basically, there is no harvest in this season, so our food and grass must last until the harvest period in the second half of this year. What''s more, where are the people who grow food? You know, there are nine empty rooms in Luoyang. Basically, there are not many people in Luoyang. " Lou GUI said as he counted beside him;


    "hiss..." The next two people were stunned and gasped.


    "Let''s see how we can arrange our troops after we can successfully win six cities and three passes according to my plan. First of all, let''s look at Xingyang. Xingyang is a big county in Guandong under the rule of Yin in Henan Province. It should be the best County in Guandong. If we can successfully take over the city from the Allied forces, before the reconstruction of Luoyang is completed, the city should be our final base. The city should have at least 5000 to 6000 troops and more than 1000 cavalry Not only that, but also a general should be stationed. Further to the West are Sishui pass and Hutong pass. Although Sishui pass is small, it is a barrier to the east of Hutong pass. At the worst, there must be two thousand troops. Hutao pass is the throat of our army connecting the East and the West. It is also the last retreat of our army. In case of any delay, we can withdraw from Hutao pass to Guandong. Therefore, we have to have at least four to five thousand troops. To the west of Huchen pass is Gongxian, Yanshi, Luoyang and Gucheng. Let''s look at Gongxian, Yanshi and Gucheng. They are all less than 50 li away from Luoyang. Our army only needs to ensure that they are in our hands and no one can threaten us. That is to say, each city only needs 2000 troops. Let''s look at donghangu pass in the West. Because it''s close to Hongnong, in order to defend Dong Zhuo''s army, we need a general who can lead at least 5000 troops, and about 1000 cavalry to deal with various emergencies. Besides Luoyang, we have to control these city passes. As for the other city passes in the 21 cities of Henan, we can only map them later. "When he said this, Lou GUI took a breath, took a glass of water on the table, drank it, and then patted the location of Luoyang City on the map, saying: "next is our top priority - Luoyang City. Be destroyed on one day, I am the first city in the two hundred years after my Han Dynasty. Luoyang city is the first city in the world. Unfortunately, the Dong Zhuo traitor has really destroyed the city once he has thought of it.


    had to make complaints about it. Originally, the water gate was originally called Tiger prison, but the game was two separate columns, but it was cancelled by Cheng Gao, a 21 city under the Yin Zhi in Henan. So there is no Chenggao County in the game, but a sishuiguan.

 Chapter 330

    "Well," said Huangfu Chaobo, "I sent people to all parts of the city to have a look. There are no two buildings in the whole city of Luoyang. There are ruins everywhere. There is no common people in the whole city. Fortunately, from the inside to the outside, the three-tier walls of Luoyang are basically intact. Only a few of the outer walls have collapsed to varying degrees, but the city gates have been damaged, which also allows us to save a lot of money. Moreover, only the southern part of the inner city of Luoyang is basically intact, because it is the official yamen of the imperial court, and there are no gold, silver, treasures and other valuables. Relatively speaking, neither Dong Zhuo''s army nor other people are interested in these places, while other places are basically two out of ten. Although Sun Jian''s army has sorted out the palace city and the imperial city a little, it has not It''s completely cleaned up. "


    Looking at the two stunned subordinates in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo shook his head helplessly and said, "you don''t have to look at me like this. When I got the news, I couldn''t believe it. The fire burned for two days and two nights, and the buildings in the city were completely destroyed. There were only a few collapses in the city wall. It''s really puzzling. But that''s what happened. I didn''t know last night Specially let people walk along several layers of the city wall, confirm that there is no mistake


    When he first heard the news, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. It''s too unscientific. The fire burned for several days and nights. Most of the city was made of wood. The inside was almost white. Only a few parts of the outer wall collapsed? What is the wall made of? After thinking about it for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo could only attribute it to the omnipotent system and left it behind. He was secretly glad that at the same time, he also felt that the tasks behind were not so easy to complete. If not, he would come to nothing in the end.


    After telling Lou GUI what he thought, Huangfu Chaobo no longer thought about it. In line with the idea of making the best use of people and materials, he would not think about it any more.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Lou GUI fell into deep meditation and said for a long time, "in this way, the old plan has to be changed a little. Originally, according to my idea, about 10000 troops could be arranged in Luoyang. Now it seems that without 20000 troops, Luoyang can not be safe. Moreover, I suggest that we should not move the outer city first, but rebuild from the inside out. Young master, general Hansheng, look. "


    Lou GUI pointed to the map of Luoyang and said, "the size of the imperial city is not as big as that of a big village, which is four Li square. We can''t rebuild it if it''s not good, so we''ll just build a warehouse in it and store all the money, grain and weapons here. Then we can build another barracks in it to guard these materials. In this way, we can build a warehouse In case, we can also be trapped in the imperial city for change. If we have completed the reconstruction of Luoyang, and the palace area needs to be rebuilt in the future, we just need to demolish them, and there is no need to fight. That is to say, we should first sort out some areas of the inner city, which is enough to accommodate refugees and more than ten thousand soldiers. Then, we should try our best to sort out and rebuild the areas where the imperial city and palace city are located. All the money, grain and soldiers were stored in the area where the imperial city was located. Nearly ten thousand soldiers and all the craftsmen were placed in the area where the imperial city was located. All the important buildings were also built in the area where the imperial city was located. After the imperial city is built, the inner city will be built, and finally the outer city will be built. In case something happens, we have enough troops to defend. As for the inner city area, it''s about seven Li square. We''ll build it after we have built the imperial city. In this way, we can push forward from the inside to the outside, so that we can use our limited resources where we need them. As for the outer city, it''s about ten li square. I estimate that in at least one to two years, we don''t have much time and energy for reconstruction. We just need to build the city gate and then sort out several main roads. "


    "According to Mr. Lou''s arrangement, we need nearly 45000 troops in total. In this way, we still need nearly 10000 troops." Huang Zhong is in a side road;


    "wrong," Lou GUI said; "general Hansheng has not yet calculated the mobile forces needed by our army. These are only garrisons. If anything happens, we have to have at least 10000 troops to support us at any time. Moreover, we have to have 3000 to 5000 troops to escort our army from Guandong to Luoyang."


    "We can deliver materials to different people, and this part of the army can be excluded." Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "well, it needs 65000 troops to do so." Huang Zhongdao;


    as soon as he heard that he was going to recruit 30000 soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. According to the current situation, there are basically no junior soldiers in the wars among the vassals. In other words, Huangfu Chaobo had to recruit more than 30000 intermediate arms. According to the proportion, there were at least 10000 bowmen in the 40000 troops. That is to say, on the basis of the existing funds, he would have to spend 30000 Guan and nearly 50000 yuan of grain every month. Plus the current consumption, it costs 110000 yuan and 100000 yuan of grain per month... This account makes Huangfu Chaobo dizzy...


    Er Di Ge Shen...


    100000 tons of grain per month...


    According to the grain yield of the Central Plains, the yield per mu is only 300 Jin per season, which is 600 Jin per year. Luoyang, located in the Central Plains, can increase the yield by 30%. However, after the Yellow turban rebellion, the grain yield of the whole Han Dynasty is reduced by 40%, that is to say, the annual yield per mu is only 468 Jin. At present, these 60000 soldiers alone consume 100000 yuan of grain, which is 1.2 million yuan a year. In this way, these soldiers alone need 256000 mu of land to survive. "How much money and food do we have now?" Huangfu Chaobo asked Lou GUI weakly;"At present, we still have general sun''s money of 20000 Guan Liang and 50000 Shi, Huchen Guan''s money of 50000 Guan Liang and 150000 Shi, Sishui Guan''s money of 20000 Guan Liang and 100000 Shi, plus general Cao''s money to us, the total money is more than 110000 Guan Liang and 350000 Shi, which is only enough for three months. In addition, the money accumulated in changshe County in the past two years is 300000 Guan, the grain is 600000 stone, the money in Luoshen town is more than 2.5 million Guan, and the grain is 150000 stone Lou GUI heard Huangfu Chaobo''s questions and said one by one;


    "I have told Zongheng that the money and grain in changshe County belong to 100000 Guan and 200000 stone, after all, we have taken 5000 soldiers. And the money and food in Luoshen town can''t be moved. " Huangfu Chaobo road;

 Chapter 331

    Here I have to talk about the situation of changshe city. Because Huangfu Chaobo has become the Yin of Henan Province, he can no longer be the magistrate of changshe county. For this reason, Kong Shen specially asked Huangfu Chaobo for his opinions. Finally, he gave the magistrate of changshe county to zonghengxia. On the one hand, the meritorious service of zonghengxia is enough. On the other hand, he is the best friend of Huangfu Chaobo, and Kong shen wants to use him as a leader He is a bridge between himself and Huangfu Chaobo.


    "In this way, we can use 4 million yuan of money and 700000 yuan of grain, which is only enough for half a year. In the past half a year, we can''t get any income without our grain. If we really want to have a surplus every month, we can get a year later at the earliest. Of course, we can also win other counties in Kanto as soon as possible, provided that we have the ability. " Lou guidao;


    "isn''t there any grain stored by the allies in Xingyang city?" When Huang Zhong heard this, he was in a hurry and even said, "yes, there is a lot of money and food in Naxing. The question is how much we can get. According to the arrangement of the alliance leader, the alliance will allocate 400000 yuan of grain and 600000 yuan of money. But now the money and food in the county are in Yuan Shu''s hands. I''ve heard that this son is luxurious, resourceful and narrow-minded. The last time he saved general sun, he probably hated him. To get money and food from him, I''m afraid it''s not enough to rely on the leader''s orders alone. We have to prepare some rare treasures. In addition, the princes of various places have promised to support us with money and grain. According to what you said, there should be 2 million stones of grain and grass. Even if there is half of it, it will be enough for us to support ourselves until next year. By next year, we should be able to be self-sufficient. But the question is, when will the money and grain arrive? "


    I''m sorry, Huangfu Chaobo was shocked when he heard the news. As a close friend of Kong, he also heard the princes'' meetings several times. He knew that most of the money and grain were from Jizhou of Han Fu, except Nanyang of Yuan Shu and Hedong of Wang Zhe. From this we can see that Jizhou is the granary of the world. You know, there are nearly 300000 princes in the army, and each moon soldier needs 180000 yuan of money and 450000 yuan of grain. This does not include the grain and grass that players exchange from the princes'' barracks. In addition, the second generation ancestors, Yuan Jiazi, led the princes to have a small banquet every three days and a big banquet every five days. Moreover, it was in Jizhou after the Yellow turban rebellion. No wonder Yuan Shao has been staring at Han Fu''s Jizhou from the beginning to the end, trying his best to win it. It is true that in his later period, he also relied on Jizhou to support nearly a million troops, and in history, Cao Cao was liberated from the pressure of money and food after he got Jizhou.


    After listening to what Lou GUI said, Huangfu Chaobo also felt that what he said was true. The second son of the yuan family was really such a person, and he had a really bad relationship with the Grand Duke of yuan. Although he had not yet met each other in arms, he also faced him everywhere. Moreover, both of them are wooing the princes of Guandong. It is estimated that they are not in the eye of Mr. Yuan. It seems that this matter has to be summed up.


    Lou GUI didn''t care much about Huangfu Chaobo''s silence. Instead, he continued to analyze the situation of Dong Zhuhou for Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong. The first is Yuan Shao, the leader of the alliance. As the eldest son of the yuan family, he must be ambitious. Besides, his yuan family is full of officials, especially in Jizhou, Yuzhou and Nanyang, Jingzhou. Since Dong Zhuo''s chaos, Yuan Huai divided the big and small yuan gongs into two places. He also wanted them to take over the old and the new ones and prepare for his plan. What he didn''t expect was that he hadn''t made proper arrangements, He was killed by Dong Zhuo.


    Now that the big and small yuan gongs are out of control, they will gradually oppose or even become enemies. Because of Sun Jian''s bad relationship with Yuan Shu, Huangfu Chaobo certainly won''t come back to win over Yuan Shu. I believe Yuan Shao also saw this point and wanted to use Huangfu Chaobo to contain Yuan Shu in Luoyang. Therefore, he agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s request to rebuild Luoyang, and also went to court to ask Huangfu Chaobo to be appointed as a general to lead Luoyang''s Taishou.


    Hearing Lou GUI''s words, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that Cao Cao, who left early this morning, would soon return to Chen Liu, and Zhang Miao would give him the seat of Chen Liucheng and Chen liutaishou. In such a troubled time, Xiaoxiong will stay next to him. Do you want to do something? At least you can''t let him be your neighbor. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly told Lou GUI what he thought. Lou GUI was surprised that Huangfu Chaobo was so sure about it, but he agreed with Huangfu Chaobo immediately. After all, everyone wanted his neighbor to be a soft persimmon, not a hungry wolf. No, it should be said that he was a fierce tiger.


    Lou GUI pondered for a moment, then said: "now Zhang Miao is still in Luoyang, and Cao Cao has set out to turn around. According to the young master, the purpose of Cao Cao''s trip should be Chen Liucheng. In this case, we can arrange people to spread rumors in Chen Liucheng, saying that the reason why Cao Cao turned back to Chen Liucheng lightly is that he wanted to take advantage of the intellectuals in the city when Zhang Miao was not in Chen Liucheng Chen Liu is the foundation. It is believed that those who stay at Chen Liu must be Zhang Miao''s confidants. For the sake of safety, they will refuse Cao Cao to enter the city before they get Zhang Miao''s order. In the case of Cao Cao, they will not dare to take Chen Liu and switch to other places. After Zhang Miao goes back, even if he really wants to give Chen Liu''s position to Cao Cao, he can''t believe it if he wants to believe in Cao Cao. "


    After listening to Lou GUI''s words, Huangfu Chaobo has no other way to let Lou GUI take full charge of the matter. Now he is too busy with his own affairs.After their discussion, they went directly to Yinfu Yamen in Henan Province. As a matter of fact, because Luoyang is the capital city, Yin of Henan Province is a high-ranking official. He directly controls the military power of the capital, and also has the power to supervise the officials. He is an official who can sit fairly with the three officials, and the officials are in the right position. However, the current Luoyang prefect of Huangfu Chaobo is actually no different from the local ordinary prefect, so Yuan Shao specially emphasized the position of Luoyang prefect when he was appointed, which obviously means that Huangfu Chaobo is actually an ordinary prefect. Let''s talk about Huangfu Chaobo''s military position. He was a general who begged for thieves from Sipin, and also a general with mixed names. The real famous generals were from the general to the Hussar, the cavalry to the Wei general, as well as the following four armies, the four expeditions, the four towns, the four security and the four Ping. As for the others, they were all miscellaneous generals. For the sake of anhuangfu and his subordinates'' hearts, Yuan Shao made a general of four grades, which was one level higher than the ordinary generals.

 Chapter 332

    However, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care about this, because Huangfu Chaobo can be appointed as a subordinate general. According to the rule that the military position can be reduced by two levels, the biggest military position of Huangfu Chaobo can be appointed from the fifth grade, while the lowest general level is from the fifth grade. Huangfu Chaobo is just stuck in the point, which makes him very happy. From the end of the Han Dynasty to the Three Kingdoms period, the military positions were very chaotic. For example, the highest rank of the general in the Han Dynasty was Zhongying general, and then there was Xiaowei. Generals were generally not permanent. In the back, Zhongying general and Xiaowei became low-level military officers, and their ranks were still lower than miscellaneous generals. Therefore, the game made some balance between these generals. From regular generals to miscellaneous generals, there were different grades of generals General Pian, general Pei, general Zhongying, Xiaowei, junsima... It''s just that the captain and above are all five grades.


    After Dian Wei arranged the defense of his own soldiers, several people went directly to the jade place of the Yamen. Huangfu Chaobo looked at the jade in front of him, calmed down a little, and gently opened the management interface.


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that the display behind "Luoyang prefect" was blank, so after clicking on it, he entered the four words "Huangfu Chaobo" on it, and then pressed the confirm key. "Ding, congratulations to the player Huangfu Chaobo for his official position as a subordinate. He meets the requirements of Henan Yin. The player is recognized by the system as the prefect of Luoyang."


    Next is a full-service announcement, but this announcement, the players have no response. Then came the appointment of the subordinate officials: Lou GUI, the county governor, Gong Cao Zaozhi, and Huang Zhong, the county governor... As for the other generals, it seems that there is no way to arrange them in the civil service system. They can only be arranged in the military general system. For example, Huang Zhong was promoted to a higher level. In just a few days, general Zhongying was appointed as general wupinyi and became the only one who can be called a general among the forces of Huangfu Chaobo For the time being, Huangfu Chaobo hasn''t figured out how to arrange it, so he''s not in a hurry to be appointed.


    As for the cities under his rule, Huangfu Chaobo had a look. Only the poor Luoyang City was under his jurisdiction, while the other cities, to the east of hutongguan, were under the control of the Guandong allied forces, and to the west of hutongguan, were under the control of the rebels. In terms of troops and horses, there are only 7000 cavalry soldiers around Luoyang. There are 12000 intermediate soldiers and horses left by Cao Cao and Sun Jian, including 2000 bowmen, 4000 sword and shield soldiers, 5000 spearmen, and 2500 junior soldiers. However, nearly half of them are just captured from Dong Zhuo''s army, so they must not go to the battlefield. Cao Cao and Sun Jian left 5000 soldiers and 7000 cavalry in their hands. But just from Hangu pass to Luoyang and then to Huzhou pass, there are Hangu pass and Huzhou pass, Gucheng, Henan, Yanshi, Gongxian and Luoyang. At present, these five cities and two passes must be controlled.


    Let alone Hangu pass. If Huangfu Chaobo wants to gain a foothold in Luoyang, Hangu pass must be guarded. Only by guarding Hangu pass can Luoyang be protected from Dong Zhuo''s threat. Therefore, after discussing with Lou GUI and Huang Zhong, Huangfu Chaobo decided to appoint Pei yuanshao as the commander of Zhechong to lead the army of the middle class, including 1000 archers, 1000 sword shields and 1000 spearmen, In addition, he was equipped with 500 cavalry troops and ordered Dong Zhuo to attack. He could only keep close to the checkpoint and could not fight. With PEI yuanshao''s ability, although he was as stable as Mount Tai, it should be no problem to block him for three or two days. In this way, Luoyang could also have time to send troops to reinforce him.


    As for the valley cities in the middle and the two cities in Henan, it''s not clear how many bandits and rebels will defend them, but the most important thing now is to take the two cities of Yanshi and Gongxian and get through the connection between Huzhou pass and Luoyang. You know, for a long time, everything Luoyang needs must be transported from outside Huzhou pass. At that time, when the army of Kanto marched into Luoyang, all the cities along Tu were swept away. Only when Huangfu Chaobo became the Yin of Henan Province, the whole cities in Henan Province were renovated into cities occupied by bandits and rebels. As for other players and NPC villages and towns, they were all replaced by various forces of NPC, including yellow scarf bandits, rebels, bandits and so on.


    After Sun Jian and Cao Cao returned one after another, all the princes stayed in their camps, and there was no movement. They were waiting for the arrangement of Yuan Shao, the leader of the alliance. Both Lou GUI and Huang Zhong believed that after a few days of renovation, the vassal army would continue to march westward to attack Dong Zhuo''s Hongnong and Tongguan, so they suggested that Huangfu Chaobo prepare to dispatch troops to hulaoguan and control several counties around Luoyang first. However, Huangfu Chaobo knew that the princes didn''t want to fight any more. After spending a lot of energy persuading them, they finally agreed to observe for two days. If the princes really wanted to withdraw, they would take advantage of the opportunity of the return of the Kanto army to occupy several cities along the way.


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for Huang Zhong to return to Pei yuanshao''s army as soon as possible to assist Pei yuanshao in arranging the defense of Hangu pass, and then led the army back to Luoyang City as soon as possible. Huangfu Chaobo ordered Zhou Cang to lead the more than 1000 soldiers left by Sun Jian to take over the defense of Luoyang''s inner city under the arrangement of Lou GUI. At the same time, according to the arrangement, he began to clean up Luoyang''s inner city and prepare to settle the people who moved from Luoshen town and the refugees in Luoyang.


    According to the three people''s agreement, we should first grasp the three passes and five cities. As for other counties, we have to wait for them to come slowly. Anyway, the county will stay there and will not run. If other players occupy it, it will be useless without their own identity. I am in charge of my land, but it''s not easy to manage the players'' villages and towns. Besides, Huangfu Chaobo is now in trouble There are tens of thousands of villages and towns in Henan Province. All in all, hundreds of thousands of people are spilling water, but these are all things that will happen in the future. As for changshe county and Luoshen Town, Huangfu Chaobo has already communicated with zonghengtianxia, and has also talked with Jia Jing, who is left behind. After zonghengtianxia returns to changshe, he can take over.After arranging Huang Zhong''s affairs, Huang Fu Chao Bo and Lou GUI Dian Wei headed for the Marquis camp outside the city, while Huang Zhong headed for Pei Yuan Shao''s army in the West. If Huangfu Chaobo wants to help the princes, he has to rely on Uncle Kong. So after arranging things, he immediately goes to find him. When Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the Marquis barracks in the east of Luoyang, it was almost noon. At this time, the Marquis barracks were busy sorting out.

 Chapter 333

    Because Lv Bu retreated too fast, all the princes rushed in with a large army of grain and grass for several days, and the rear army of the baggage didn''t start until dawn. As a result, it has been almost two days since the army arrived in Luoyang, but the rear army''s grain and grass haven''t arrived. They thought there would be grain and grass in Luoyang, but they didn''t expect that they would get a piece of white Luoyang. In addition, Cao Cao''s reprimand made everyone feel embarrassed, so now the leader of Yuan Da League didn''t hold any banquet. Now everyone stayed in their camp, waiting for the leader''s follow-up arrangement, but their own army of grain and grass also sent people to urge them.


    When he heard that Huangfu Chaobo was visiting, he brought people out to meet him. At the gate of the camp, Huangfu Chaobo saw that Kong was coming out with a large number of people. He thought he had something to do. He didn''t expect that he was coming out to meet himself. He repeatedly said that he didn''t dare. He went to Kong and saluted him respectfully and called his uncle. Then he said hello to the civil servants and military generals who came out one by one. Kongfu and his subordinates are very satisfied with Huangfu Chaobo''s attitude. In fact, kongfu''s idea is also a counselor''s idea. It is used to test Huangfu Chaobo''s attitude. When you see that Huangfu Chaobo is still treating himself as before, you will feel more and more good for him. Seeing that his goal had been achieved, Kong Yu did not say any more. He brought Huangfu Chaobo back to his big account.


    After they settled down in the big tent, Kong said, "how can I come to my tent when my nephew has just taken over Luoyang''s government affairs?"


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say anything else. He went forward and told his intention. After hearing what Huangfu Chaobo had said, Kong Yu''s eyes flashed a little light, but he soon covered it up. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t find it, but he couldn''t escape Lou GUI''s observation behind Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing Kong GUI''s expression, Lou GUI can''t help sighing. He didn''t expect that all this had been reported by Huangfu Chaobo. He meant that he wanted to retreat, not to mention other princes.


    Just thinking about it, Kong said, "Oh, according to my nephew, is the leader of Yuan League ready to withdraw? Why haven''t I heard from you yet? " Huangfu Chaobo knows how many kilos Kong''s men have, so as soon as he hears Kong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo responds that Kong also wants to withdraw. He says: "this is what my nephew speculated after discussing with Mr. Lou. There is no news from the leader of Yuan League. Even if there is any news, he should first inform his uncle and other adults, and then inform Chaobo. Please ask Lou about it Sir, explain one or two things for my uncle Then he nodded at Lou GUI.


    Lou GUI comes forward and gives a salute to all of them. He tells them what Huangfu Chaobo has said to him and what he has speculated. While listening to Lou GUI''s words, Huangfu Chaobo had time to observe the expressions of all the people. Looking at the two of them talking about the retreat, there was not much surprise on Kong''s faces. Huangfu Chaobo was more sure that Kong and his subordinates wanted to fight. Although Kong Ying responded positively to Cao Cao''s call, it did not mean that everyone was willing to fight Dong Zhuo with his soldiers. Sure enough, after Lou GUI finished speaking, Xu Jing, a subordinate of Kong Yu, stood up and said, "we also know what general Huangfu and Mr. Lou mean. Just now we were discussing this matter, but we haven''t come up with a result. After listening to Mr. Lou''s words, Jing can be sure that the leader of Yuan League and all the princes are willing to retreat. In this way, we should also be ready to retire. In order not to let people talk, we can wait and see what happens. Some of the vassals will definitely propose to withdraw their troops first, and then the Lord can secondment it. "


    Several other counsellors also made suggestions to Kong, suggesting that he should be prepared to withdraw.


    After listening to several people''s words, Kong Yu, who had long been willing to retreat, finally made up his mind to prepare for the retreat. In fact, he just wanted to fight soy sauce when he first started the army. As a clean-cut person, he accepted Dong Zhuo''s official position instead. But if he didn''t show his superiority, he would be hard to say among scholars. Now I''ve got my own name, and I haven''t hurt myself. I just lost some soldiers. I don''t care about that. If I fight any more, Dong Zhuo will be forced to fight with everyone. It''s not worth it. After all, I didn''t know that I would stay in Luoyang for a few days. If I ran out of food and didn''t have to retreat, all the soldiers would run away.


    Thinking of this, Kong stood up and said, "well, since you all say so, our army will be ready to withdraw quietly. As for the matter that my nephew said, when the matter of withdrawing troops comes down, I will contact several princes. At that time, I will let you lead the troops together. However, my nephew still needs to prepare some things, and I will go to visit those princes with you at that time. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his promise. It''s not difficult to give gifts. They are just BMW, wine, tea and treasures. Huangfu Chaobo is going to contact Jia Jing and ask him to arrange for the players to send a batch first. Just as he was about to say goodbye, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered what he had found in these battles. Although the cost of the guard level soldiers was nearly one to two times higher than that of the intermediate and senior level soldiers, the loss in the battle was more than half lower. Especially when the Xiliang iron cavalry in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands still had no command, they had no cavalry skills Can''t play, relative to the intermediate army, the war damage ratio is almost 1:10.Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo told Kong that he wanted to recruit about 20000 guards in Runan. Kong agreed without thinking. For recruitment at the present stage, it only needs that the total number of troops does not exceed 10% of the total population. For each additional number of troops, the number of urban public security points will decrease by a certain amount. For a big state like Yuzhou, recruiting tens of thousands more soldiers has no effect at all, and the number of ordinary people under its rule will not change. Therefore, Kong Chu readily issued a warrant to Huangfu Chaobo to arrange for people to go to the barracks in Runan to recruit soldiers. Not only that, he also saved 4% of the tax except 1% of the court''s expenses.


    After giving the recruitment warrant to Huangfu Chaobo, Kong Chu thought about it and gave him the warrant of 200000 yuan for each of the money and food he had promised to Huangfu Chaobo at the banquet. Since he went to Runan to recruit soldiers, he should bring them back by the way. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, there are 20000 guards, 5000 cavalry, 5000 long bow, 5000 sword shield and 5000 long spear soldiers. According to the current cost of recruitment, it will cost him nearly 900000 Guan. Don''t underestimate this 4%, which means nearly 40000 Guan.

 Chapter 334

    The reason why Huangfu Chaobo is so eager to recruit top-level soldiers and horses is that it will take several years for Luoyang to reach the recruitment conditions of forbidden guard level soldiers and horses. At this stage, the number of soldiers and horses of Huangfu Chaobo is certainly not as large as that of several neighboring princes, so we can only think of ways in terms of quality, plus the bonus of Huang Zhong and Dian Wei, Even against Dong Zhuo, he can resist for some time. I believe that when the time comes, the princes of Guandong will not sit and watch him be destroyed by Dong Zhuo. So Huangfu Chaobo, regardless of the current shortage of food and grass, has to recruit 20000 guards and horses, and there are 5000 Huben cavalry. Although Huben cavalry is the top military in the whole game, you know, a Huben cavalry The cost of recruitment alone is 100 Guan, which is equivalent to five guards or three bowmen. However, the effect is also steel. For example, Huangfu Chaobo and Huangfu song went in and out several times in the battle between changshe and Huangjin. In the end, there were only less than 10% casualties, while the damage of other arms almost reached 30% or 40%. This time, Huangfu Chaobo understood In a word, what is a penny for a penny, so now Huangfu Chaobo has to recruit 5000 horsemen to smash the pot and sell iron.


    With more and more understanding of the game, players have come to understand that veterans are better than recruits. Some people have done experiments for this. The same is true for junior soldiers. The infantry of level 115 can defeat the infantry of level 110. The former can destroy the latter, while the former has 70% loss. The difference between the two is only 5 levels. It can be inferred that there is still a gap between the forces of the same arms at different levels. At that time, Huangfu Chaobo compared the attack and defense blood and other data in his Huben cavalry. It can be found that different levels of Huben cavalry are different. Combined with the training level and other factors, Huangfu Chaobo decided to recruit 5000 Huben cavalry this time.


    Now that his goal has been achieved, Huangfu Chaobo does not stay in Kong''s army. After thanking everyone one by one, Huangfu Chaobo takes Lou guidianwei back to the city government. After rushing back to the yamen, Huangfu Chaobo appointed Dianwei as Zhonglang General of Dianjun. At the same time, he gave Dianwei both the recruitment warrant and the material requisition warrant. At the same time, he transferred 20 senior soldiers from his side and appointed them as army Sima. He was ready to let Chen Jing take him to Runan to recruit soldiers.


    As for other things, we can only go step by step according to the arrangement discussed by a few people. Seeing that he had nothing to do with himself, Lou GUI gave a salute to Huangfu Chaobo and went out to arrange for the cleaning up of the soldiers in the city. While Huangfu Chaobo had nothing to do, he had to take two bodyguards, Dianwei and Zhoucang, to go around the inner city of Luoyang. Players have known for a long time that Luoyang city is not really arranged according to the historical city walls, but in the form of palindromes. The outer city includes the inner city, the inner city includes the Imperial City, and the northern part of the imperial city is the palace city. Now, except for the government offices in the south of inner city and several government offices beside the East and West gates, the buildings in other areas have been almost burned by the fire.


    Standing on the upper floor of the inner city, Huangfu Chaobo looks towards the outer city. Because the outer city is an area for ordinary people, which is basically civil structure, it has been basically burnt out in the fire. Only occasionally can he see a few walls standing there alone. Around those walls, you can also see a few burned wooden pillars scattered in disorder, some of them The pillars also emit wisps of smoke. From time to time, you can see the figure of a player out of the ruins, is buried in looking for something. In the outer city area, the princes just cleared a road when they entered the city, and other places did not manage it. After Huangfu Chaobo took charge of the inner city of Luoyang, he didn''t take charge of it because of the shortage of troops, and he didn''t plan to clean up and rebuild the outer city area in the early stage. So now many players are still looking for things in the ruins of the outer city. Let alone, there are many players turning out some things inside, including coins, weapons and so on. This news has also attracted more and more people around Luoyang Idle players come for treasure.


    This situation attracted the attention of Huangfu Chaobo. It seems that he has to arrange people to arrange a place in the outer city area to provide players with the necessary medicine, equipment and rest place. After all, the main body of the game is still the players. Although he did not plan the reconstruction of the outer city in the early stage, he still ignored the huge group of players Body. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately contacted Jia Jing and asked Lao du to bring half of the people from Luoshen Gang, as well as all kinds of talents needed for reconstruction. Huangfu Chaobo, an ordinary laborer, was ready to use the army first, but the skilled personnel could only be transferred from Luoshen town. In particular, all kinds of skilled talents required by architecture, except for brewing and sprinkling talents, are transferred to Luoyang by one or two middle and low-level talents with different numbers. As for higher level talents, Huangfu Chaobo would never transfer them before Luoyang was stable.


    After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo continued his wandering career. Now Huangfu Chaobo''s army in Luoyang city is only about 2000 people. In addition to hundreds of people guarding the inner city gate and the city wall, more than 1000 other people are arranging the inner city under Lou GUI''s arrangement. You know, the inner city is about 3500 meters in length and width, which is more than 12 square kilometers in size. Even excluding the Imperial City, there are nearly 8 square kilometers Imagine how much human, material and financial resources it would take to sort out such a large area of ruins. For example, under Lou GUI''s arrangement, more than 1000 people are just sorting out the areas of Nancheng that are not damaged much. When Huangfu Chaobo looks at the city wall, he doesn''t see many people. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo felt empty in his heart. On impulse, he took on a big task. But now that he has accepted it, it''s no use to regret it. Thinking of this, Huang Fu Chao Bo shakes his head and waves away the idea in his heart. He says to himself that no matter what, I will stick to it and surprise those who are ready to watch jokes.After seeing the situation inside and outside the city, Huangfu Chaobo went to the imperial city again. Depending on the arrangement of Sun Jian''s army, and the relocation of the imperial city was originally arranged by Li Ru himself. In addition to removing all the treasures inside, the damage to the buildings is actually much better than that of the inner and outer cities. On the whole, nearly half of the buildings are not damaged, but the whole imperial city is empty.

 Chapter 335

    After the whole walk, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that he still had the points of the big story that had not been exchanged, so he quickly checked his points, which were more than 100000 points. He thought that he had to exchange them quickly, but Huangfu Chaobo was not sure whether he could exchange them in the Imperial Palace of Luoyang. So he hurried to the prefect''s house with several people from Dianwei.


    In the jade operation interface of the prefect''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo finally found a place different from the county magistrate. As a local leader, one of the princes had an operation interface of "release task". After opening it, Huangfu Chaobo found that he could release all kinds of tasks. There are many kinds of rewards for tasks here, including various drawings, treasures, weapons and equipment, and one of them is "meritorious service". Unfortunately, Huangfu Chaobo found a line at the back of this option: the number of meritorious service can be 0. Huangfu Chaobo looked at the zero point and thought about it for a long time, but he didn''t know how to get it. Finally, he had to give up and thought about asking Lou GUI when he had time.


    When we looked down again, we saw that "the princes were exchanging the merits of Dong''s campaign.". After opening the interface, Huangfu Chaobo saw all kinds of exchangeable items and the number of points they needed. As in the previous yellow scarf story, the items exchanged are divided into several categories, including drawings, weapons, equipment, official positions, treasures, etc. Huangfu Chaobo has a look at them. There is nothing he needs at this stage in all kinds of drawings, and his points are not enough if he is well equipped with weapons. Generally, he does not need them at all now. As for official positions, he is higher than Huangfu Chaobo in four grades For example, the fourth grade needs hundreds of thousands of meritorious service, so it''s useless. If you look at the treasure, you can''t use it properly.


    After turning dozens of pages, Huangfu Chaobo finally saw what he wanted. He didn''t expect that this merit could be exchanged for craftsman, but the exchange price was not cheap. For example, the drawing of level 40-50 black gold equipment was 100-500 merit, while the senior craftsman also had 2000 points, intermediate 1000 points, primary 500 points, and could only be exchanged for senior craftsman Next, like the higher level masters and masters, there is no such thing. This is not necessary for ordinary players. For example, ordinary players will have several hundred and thousands of meritorious deeds in the whole campaign. If they exchange for senior craftsmen, there will be only one or two. No one wants intermediate or junior craftsmen. After the craftsmen come back, although they will make some advanced items, there are still many things you have to let them learn, so for ordinary players Say, it''s better to cultivate one''s own intermediate level slowly, and then exchange an advanced drawing for him to learn. In this way, it''s better to develop according to one''s own plan. But Huangfu Chaobo is different now. The reconstruction of Luoyang needs all kinds of craftsmen. It takes more than ten days for craftsmen from changshe to come. So it''s just in time for him to be able to exchange craftsmen now. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly chose to exchange all his points for 53 senior craftsmen. Finally, he exchanged the remaining mantissa for some items.


    Then, Huangfu Chaobo sat in the palace waiting for the craftsmen to show up. Ten minutes later, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t find that there were no craftsmen in the palace. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo found a problem. It seems that he didn''t choose any craftsmen at all. If all the craftsmen given by Aunt Tong were carpenters, what should he do? At the thought of this, Huangfu Chaobo could not help sweating. Just as he was going to check the exchange result, there came Dianwei''s voice: "young master, brother Huang is back."


    Hearing that Huang Zhong had come back, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care about the exchange, so he quickly let him in.


    As far as Huang Zhong is concerned, he is the one who knows the current situation of Huangfu Chaobo best except Lou GUI, so the stable general is more resolute. After the discussion among the three, Huang Zhong goes to join Pei yuanshao''s army by himself. Because at the beginning of his departure, Huang Zhong told Pei yuanshao to be steady and take the army back to Luoyang safely rather than slowly. Although Pei yuanshao had no talent as a general, he was also the commander of Huang Jin, for example, he had the ability to unify the army. So when Huang Zhong returned to the army again, the army had just passed Hangu pass. So Huang Zhong announced Huangfu Chaobo''s order to let Pei yuanshao lead 3000 infantry and 500 cavalry to guard Hangu pass. Although Pei yuanshao was reluctant to listen, he did not expect that Huangfu Chaobo would arrange himself to stand in his own way, and immediately said that he would not shoulder the heavy responsibility of Huangfu Chaobo. However, he tactfully told Huang Zhong that he still liked to lead the army, rather than be the general of one side. He hoped that Huangfu Chaobo could send a more capable general to Hangu pass as soon as possible. After Huang Zhong said he would speak to Huangfu Chaobo, he immediately ordered his troops to enter Hangu pass, immediately closed the west gate of Hangu pass, renovated the wall, and sent 400 cavalry to Hongnong county to inquire about Dong Zhuojun. Huang Zhonggang immediately led the rest of the army to return to Luoyang. He was ready to help Huangfu Chaobo control Luoyang. At the same time, he also tried to gain more time to integrate the army.


    After returning to Luoyang, Huang Zhong placed all the soldiers in the camp in the inner city. The cavalry was arranged to go to the camp outside the city by Huyan, the commander of Shesheng. He himself rushed to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After listening to Huang Zhong''s arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo still put a little snack in his heart. If Hangu pass is in hand, he still has a little ability to resist Dong Zhuo''s army. Although he can''t resist it, at least he can have time to react. Moreover, now that more than ten thousand of his troops have entered the city, it''s reassuring to have a big army nearby. However, after reporting the military information, Huang Zhong said that they had rescued a group of people on the way back. Later, it was learned that there were about 200 craftsmen and their families in Luoyang City. Among them, 53 craftsmen were senior craftsmen, the others were young and strong, and the other 100 were old and weak women and scholars. Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo could not help staring out of his eyes. He thought his craftsmen didn''t know how to cash it. He didn''t expect that the system would send it in this way.So Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Huang Zhong to arrange people to bring those people in. After a detailed understanding of these craftsmen, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. These craftsmen have a complete range of talents, including all kinds of talents needed for the development of a player''s village.

 Chapter 336

    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranged their old and weak women and Confucians in a well-organized compound, and then arranged the craftsmen and young men to clear out a piece of area in the outer city area outside the three gates in the southeast and west of the inner city. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, all kinds of stores and markets needed by players were built to collect all kinds of raw materials and sell the players'' needs According to the principle that no matter how small the mosquito is, its legs are meat. Now Huangfu Chaobo can earn a copper coin and count it as a copper coin. As for the processing workshops for all goods, Huangfu Chaobo has been built in the inner city for the time being. According to his idea, when the time is ripe, some important workshops will be built in the area of the imperial city.


    It took a day to build all the shops, restaurants and markets in the three areas. Huangfu Chaobo arranged for good people to operate in them, and then put some weapons and equipment in his barracks into the shops for sale. But like some other things, such as medicine, dozens of Zhang Xuan''s disciples and grandchildren have not come to Luoyang yet, so the medicine is very popular It hasn''t been sold yet. However, all the raw materials have already been purchased. Only when all the craftsmen are in place and the workshops are built, production can begin.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI were busy arranging the cleaning up of the inner city, while Huang Zhong took Dianwei to train and integrate the troops, while the cavalry outside the city were basically sent out, because since Huangfu Chaobo took over as the governor of Luoyang, the whole Henan county was refreshed once, so Huangfu Chaobo had a better understanding of the situation of the whole cities, villages and towns under the rule of Luoyang Basically, I don''t know anything about it. Every hundred cavalry are led by a senior warrior. The purpose is to find out the garrison situation of each city and make reference for the later deployment arrangement.


    A few days later, with 30 core players of Luoshen gang and more than 20 core players of Zilong club, Lao Du arrived in Luoyang City, one good horse for each person and more than 50 good horses for each party. It''s very lively for everyone to meet each other. Everyone is very excited that Huangfu Chaobo has won the position of the prefect of Luoyang this time. Since they want to take root in Luoyang, they must have their own player power. Therefore, most of the players of Luoshen club are transferred to Luoyang to know the dynamic of the players here at any time. After the discussion at the high-level meeting, Zhao Zilong, the player of Zilong club, also decided to move the long Club branch of Zilong club to Luoyang From Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo is very welcome to this decision. Now the cooperation between Huangfu Chaobo and Zilong club has reached a very close level. Every month, tens of thousands of revenue is completed by Zilong club. However, Jia Jing is in charge of this part, so Huangfu Chaobo is not very clear, especially in the past few months On the front line of the plot, I don''t know much about the specific income of changshe city and Luoshen town.


    Lao Du and Zhao Zilong, who are more than 50 players, are eager to send items to Huangfu Chaobo, so they all rush all the way. Each player has a variety of NPCs'' favorite items, such as Luoshen pure brew, a special product of Luoshen Town, various high-grade special products that Huangfu Chaobo asked people to buy from all over the world, and all kinds of NPCs'' favorite treasures found in Luoyang at that time It was mainly for the purpose of inviting the princes to send troops to help attack the city. The players'' follow-up team will help to escort craftsmen and materials from Luoshen town. It is estimated that it will take ten days to get to hulaoguan, and then the army of hulaoguan will escort them to Luoyang City.


    Seeing that Zhao Zilong is going to move the general assembly of the Zilong association to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo is also very welcome. With more and more cooperation with Zilong society, the sense of trust between the two sides is constantly improving. Now most of the specialties in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands are handed over to Zilong Society for operation. Moreover, before the beginning of Dong Zhuo''s plot, Huangfu Chaobo made a certain number of jiuzhuan rebirth pills through Lou GUI. After the Zilong society''s auction, Huangfu Chaobo also made a lot of money in this aspect A lot of money. Through jiuzhuan rebirth pill, Huangfu Chaobo found that the game has introduced a new profession -- Taoist. Taoist''s skills are alchemy and rune refining. For example, there are several kinds of runes with different states in the plot of Huangjin. However, the Taoist and their skill items in this game don''t change as much as in other games State, basically can put the Taoist into the list of life players. Huangfu Chaobo''s original estimate is right. The purpose of the game is to release all kinds of pills transferred to other posts through this way. For example, Huangfu Chaobo has accumulated more than 20 pills in his own hands after a few months, except for the jiuzhuan rebirth pill which was handed over to Zilong Hui to operate according to the agreement. Now as long as his warriors meet the conditions of transferring to generals, Huangfu Chaobo will take him away immediately We''re changing jobs.


    When there were enough people available, Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranged for Chen Jing to lead the remaining intermediate cavalry to Hulao pass with money, recruitment order and Kong''s money and food support certificate. These cavalry would have 1000 garrisons in Hulao pass, and the last 500 were sent to Sishui pass. At the same time, Zhao Cen was appointed commander of Changshui pass and commander of Sishui pass, leading 1000 intermediate sword shield soldiers, 1000 long spearmen and 1000 archers Five hundred cavalry guards Sishui pass, and the rest of the troops are led by Hua Xiong to Hulao pass. Hua Xiong is appointed as the general of Fenwu. He leads 3000 intermediate swords and shields, 2000 archers, 4000 long spearmen, and 1000 intermediate cavalry to guard Hulao pass. The retreat of Huangfu must be guarded by a large army. As for Hua Xiong, his loyalty has reached 90, and his family is still in changshe So Huangfu Chaobo was relieved that he would guard the tiger prison. Up to now, Huangfu Chaobo only has more than 16000 soldiers in Luoyang. These soldiers not only need to clean up the ruins of Luoyang City, but also need to guard Luoyang and open the channel between Luoyang and Hulao pass. Thinking of these, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that his head is ten big.Looking at Chen Jing going out, Huangfu Chaobo is about to go to Lou GUI to discuss the recruitment. Unexpectedly, Dian Wei comes in and says, "young master, Kong Cishi sends someone to invite him to Dongmen camp, saying that he has something important to discuss."


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo thought that since it was Kong''s search, it must have something to do with the withdrawal of the princes. So he quickly asked Dianwei to send someone to find Lou GUI in the city, and then sent someone out of the city with some ready gifts to come to Kong''s camp.


    As soon as he entered the camp, he sent his own military captain to lead Huangfu Chaobo and some of them into the inner tent. There were only Xu Jing''s confidants sitting in the tent. After everyone was seated, he said, "good nephew, you guys, I just got a message that something happened to Chen Liu."

 Chapter 337

    Hearing this, Huang Fu Chao Bo and Lou GUI couldn''t help looking at each other. Without waiting for everyone to ask questions, Kong said: "a few days ago, after Cao Cao withdrew from Luoyang, he didn''t return to me. Instead, he went directly to Chenliu. He was ready to join hands with Weizi, Zhang Mengzhuo''s subordinate, when Zhang Mengzhuo was not in Chenliu, to seize Chenliu as his foundation. Fortunately, ten days ago, rumors broke out that Cao mengde wanted to take Chen Liu, and Zhang Mengzhuo''s Chen liushou would be cautious and let people strengthen the control of the city. At first, Cao mengde led five hundred bodyguards to cheat the city. In order to see through the guards, they wanted to be inside the city. As a result, they were also defeated by the guards in the city. Only a few bodyguards escaped. Because the Wei family had a great influence on Chen Liu, the general didn''t dare to do anything about it. But now Chen Liu''s family is divided into two parts, and some of them support Weizi and then go out of the city to chase Weizi. There is no trace of Cao Cao and his subordinates. The deputy general did not dare to be expert, so he sent someone to tell Zhang Mengzhuo. Now Zhang Mengzhuo and his younger brother are in the big account of Yuan alliance leader. It is estimated that they will soon withdraw and return to Chen Liu. "


    When he heard that Cao Cao didn''t take Chen Liucheng, Huangfu Chaobo was greatly relieved. He thought that he didn''t have to live next to the tiger, but he didn''t know where Cao Cao''s children''s shoes would go?


    One hour later, Zhang Miao, Chen Liu''s chief minister, was discussing with his younger brother Zhang Chao how the allies should act. Suddenly, his personal guard came in and reported to him. The left behind deputy general sent someone to send an urgent report. Seeing this, Zhang Miao rushed the messenger into the big account. After receiving the urgent report, he opened it and saw that Zhang Miao was stunned. Zhang Chao called a few times to respond. When his younger brother asked what was the matter, Zhang Miao didn''t speak and handed the urgent item to Zhang Chao. When Zhang Chao saw it, he swore at Cao Cao and Wei Zi. After a long time, Zhang Miao said, "Meng De, actually I wanted Chen Liu to be in your position. Why do you want to do so?" When Zhang Chao listened to his brother''s words, he didn''t say anything for a long time. Seeing his brother''s expression, Zhang Miao explained patiently. It turned out that Zhang Miao admired Cao Cao and thought that he was a man who did great things. Their relationship had always been good. Zhang Miao was going to return to Chen Liu and give up the position of supreme guard to Cao Cao. When they attacked Hulao pass, Zhang Miao mentioned it to Cao Cao, but he didn''t expect that Cao Cao ran to take it himself without saying a word. People are like this. When they want to give something to others, they feel totally different from other people''s feeling of taking their own things without permission. Although they want to let the prefect, after all, they haven''t let them. Cao Cao is so good that he runs to take it without saying a word.


    Back six days ago, Cao Cao came back to Guandong with 500 soldiers and four generals of Cao Ren. He saw that he was in the territory of Chenliu. Just as Cao Cao was struggling about where to go, general Weizi of Chenliu and Zhang Miao rushed to catch up with his troops from Luoyang with 3000 troops. He said that Weizi would lead his troops to help himself Chen Liucheng is the foundation. Originally, Cao Cao didn''t want to do this, and Zhang Miao once said to himself that he wanted to give way to Chen Liu''s position, but now Zhang Miao is still in Luoyang, so he won''t lose his tongue. However, they couldn''t stand the repeated advice of Cao Ren and Wei Zi. In the end, Cao Cao had to keep his mouth shut. Cao renweizi knew that Cao Cao had acquiesced in this, so several people discussed it and decided to let Weizi bring a thousand troops into the city, if you can say that it would be the best. If it doesn''t work, we should cooperate with each other and seize the city.


    However, after receiving the task, Weizi went into the city with a thousand soldiers and horses in the name of escorting food and grass back to the city under the order of the prefect. Who knows that he was limited in the barracks by the left behind deputy general. In the middle of the night, the family quietly sent someone to ask why they wanted to give up Zhang Miao and vote for Cao Cao, but Weizi found that the city already knew that he wanted to help Cao Cao take the city. However, at the appointed time, he asked the servant to quietly rescue himself, and with a thousand soldiers, he was ready to take down the city in accordance with the agreement. Who knows that he was surrounded by the army before he left the barracks with his troops? Weizi had better break through the siege with dozens of disabled soldiers, but he found that Cao Cao''s 500 soldiers and his 2000 soldiers were nearly half damaged. It turned out that Cao Cao wanted to cheat the city. Who knows that Chen Liu city has been heavily defended. Cao Cao''s army was forced back by random arrows before it was too late to get close When he heard the sound of killing in the city, he attacked again, but because of the small number of troops, he lost nearly half of his troops, so Cao Cao had to order his troops to retreat. After the two sides met, they heard that the city was already on guard, but they had no choice but to lead the army to abandon Chen Liu and go east.


    Ten days later, a few Rangers arrived at the west gate of Chenliu city. They watched the people coming in and out of the gate and the soldiers on duty at the gate. The young man headed by them said: "you younger martial brothers, it''s hard for you to take over this task from your uncle this time. My uncle promised that if we can finish the task well, we will be killed It seems that there is no development for the one who is recommended to the prefect. So we can only rely on ourselves in the future. It depends on this time whether we eat meat and drink or continue to wander around the world. I hope everyone will do their best. " After hearing this, several young people around responded quickly: "don''t worry, elder martial brother. We understand." The leader saw that everyone had already made their stand, and he didn''t say any more. He just told everyone to go their own way. After that, several people went into the city one after another.


    In the next few days, there were rumors that Cao Cao wanted to take advantage of the emperor''s presence in Luoyang and cooperate with Wei Zili of the Wei family to capture Chen Liucheng. Then, the rumors spread more and more outrageous, and finally, it became that Cao Cao wanted to wash Chen Liucheng with blood. Finally, the rumor attracted the attention of Chen Liu''s deputy general. On the one hand, he asked people to appease the rumor. On the other hand, he asked the garrison to be ready. At the same time, he ordered that no foreign troops were allowed to enter Chen Liu city without the commander himself or his own warrant. Moreover, he privately gathered some of his cronies and asked them to guard the four gates and the barracks in the city, while he sent them to the army My confidants secretly watch every move of the Wei family.Unexpectedly, a few days later, Weizi first led the soldiers back to the city, and the deputy general first quietly asked him to lead them back to the barracks. However, as soon as he entered the barracks, he sent the general''s barracks to encircle him. As soon as Weizi''s troops changed, he was killed. Then, he immediately closed the gate of the city, imposed martial law on the city, and ordered a large army to climb the city to make preparations to prevent Cao Cao from attacking the city. The next thing is to wait for Weizi to attack and Cao Cao to attack the city.

 Chapter 338

    Sure enough, as soon as Cao Cao arrived outside Chenliu, he was ready to cheat the city. He was seen through by the deputy general. Then he was ready to attack by force, and he was forced back by bows and arrows. In the evening, a thousand soldiers led by Weizi into the city suddenly rebelled. Unfortunately, he was soon exterminated by the army, but Weizi escaped. In fact, Weizi was able to escape on purpose, because the Weis'' influence in Chenliu city was so great that even Zhang Miao did not dare to force them too much, so the deputy general let Weizi go secretly. Cao Cao, who was outside the city, saw that there was a change in the city, so he moved forward again. Unfortunately, he failed to attack the city wall after losing his troops. He had no choice but to retreat. Then he bypassed Chenliu city and headed east. These were seen by several Rangers in the city. They saw that the two sides had already met each other in battle, and Cao Cao had not been able to capture Chen Liucheng. They stayed in Chen Liucheng for a few days, and only after they found out the situation in the city, they left the city and went West.


    Let''s go back to the Marquis camp outside Luoyang. But Zhang Miao couldn''t sit still after confirming the Chen Liu incident. In addition, Zhang Chao had been persuading him to return to the army, so the two men took their own guards to Yuan Shao''s camp. After listening to Zhang Miao''s words, Yuan Shao is not easy to say that he is against it. Although his goal has been achieved, Yuan Shao''s reputation in the Han Dynasty can be said to be as good as the sun. If he stays, he will not have much effect. Therefore, the counselors have advised Yuan Shao to withdraw from the army for a long time, but Yuan Shao has not found a good excuse. Now Cao Cao and Zhang Miao can say that they have given him a very good excuse Even Cao Cao is peeping at the leader of others. All the princes will want to go back to their home. Therefore, Yuan Shao comforted Zhang Miao and said that the matter had to be agreed by all the princes. Zhang Miao didn''t say much, but said that even if other people didn''t agree, he would return to Chen Liu.


    Yuan Shao certainly won''t let Zhang Miao go so easily. He still wants to borrow Zhang Miao''s words to make everyone retreat. So while appeasing two Zhang, he sends people to invite the princes to discuss the military situation. By this time, other princes had already known that Cao Cao wanted to take Chen Liu, so as soon as Yuan Shao''s words were spread, everyone came to Yuan Shao''s account. Next, everyone naturally denounced Cao Cao and supported Zhang Miao''s return army Chen Liu to pacify the city. Then, we all said that Dong thief had been beaten to death by us, and fled to Chang''an in a mess. Luoyang was also recovered by us. Moreover, we have been out for more than half a year, and the soldiers are tired. Our early goal has been achieved. Now we can retreat first, and then rest for a period of time, and then come back to Luoyang City to get together and discuss Dong''s great cause.


    Of course, it was Yuan Yi, the supreme Minister of Shanyang, who proposed this idea. Of course, although Yuan Yi strongly opposed this idea, under the dissuasion of Yuan Yi''s leaders, Yuan Yi agreed to withdraw temporarily. At the same time, he agreed to make preparations as soon as possible and discuss Dong again. Of course, this wise decision was unanimously supported by all of us. We all said that when we go back, we must work hard and be ready to listen to the call of the Hou alliance leader at any time.


    Over the next few days, everyone was getting ready to pack and salute, go home and find their mothers. Huangfu Chaobo, on the other hand, under the leadership of kongfu, visited the princes one by one with his fine horses, wine and treasures. Finally, Tao Qian, Kong Rong and Qiao Mao were willing to join kongfu in cheering for the army of Huangfu Chaobo to attack the two counties. As for the other princes, Yuan Laoer ignored Huangfu Chaobo at all. Although they didn''t want to go back to the army with a few people, they only brought the food and grass they needed. All the other food and grass were given to Huangfu Chaobo to support the construction of Luoyang. Although it was not much, there were 400000 stones of grain and grass for more than ten soldiers, but the money was only more than 100000 yuan, but it was enough for Huangfu''s army to spend several months.


    Yuan Da''s leader originally wanted to go back to Hebei with Han Fu, but in recent days, rumors spread all over the camp that Yuan Da''s leader wanted to unite Gongsun Zan to divide Jizhou equally, which made Han Da''s governor tremble. He just sent someone to call him there, then hurried across the river from mengjindu, walked through Zhang Yang''s territory, and ran back to Jizhou. As for the leader of Yuan''s alliance, he smashed several wine pots in the big account and scolded the guards around him so that people could find out who leaked the news. As soon as he was ready to make a plan to take Jizhou, he let Han Fu know.


    As for the second child of the yuan family, he went back to Nanyang from Liang County via Luyang. Gongsun Zan, because of Han Fu''s business, hurried to Hulao pass Xingyang and quickly crossed the river. He did not dare to pass through Han Fu''s territory and went straight back to youpeiping on the plain. As for the other soldiers and horses, those who didn''t have much friendship with Huangfu Chaobo all set out to return to their own territory. Looking at these princes running away in a hurry, Huangfu Chaobo hides in Luoyang City and steals music. After using rumors to drive ah Mian Chenggong away from Chen Liu, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that he should muddle the water as much as possible. Only in this way can he make Luoyang develop at ease. After discussing with Lou GUI, he asked him to arrange personnel to spread rumors in the camp. Sure enough, it worked If it''s just now, it seems that Han Fu should have got the news. I hope he can hold on for a while longer. Don''t let his subordinates sell it as they did in history.


    Seeing that his goal had been achieved, Huangfu chaobolian sent people to call back all the cavalry who were scattered to inquire about the surrounding counties. After that, he discussed with Lou GUI and Huang Zhong about the arrangement of troops. However, the troops were not enough. As a last resort, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to build two bow barracks and two infantry battalions in the east of the inner city. From there, he recruited 1000 primary sword and shield soldiers, 1000 long spear soldiers, 1500 archers and 2000 intermediate archers, which cost him more than 80000 Guan. Really, Huangfu Chaobo really doesn''t want to recruit this junior cannon fodder, but there''s no way. It''s not cost-effective for the county guards to use intermediate soldiers and horses now. However, the junior soldiers and horses in his hands are only 2500, so he has to put about 3000 soldiers and horses in each county. In the end, he can only yield to reality. In this way, each county has 1000 sword shield soldiers, 2000 long spear soldiers, 1000 bow soldiers, and 2000 Xiliang cavalry soldiers. Lou GUI is the main one, while huyandu and Zhoucang are the auxiliary ones. Huang Zhong leads the other 6000 junior intermediate soldiers and 3000 Xiliang cavalry soldiers. Huangfu Chaobo and Dian Wei go to fight for soy sauce.In fact, Huangfu Chaobo still had thousands of soldiers in Guandong, which were the junior soldiers in the hands of Zhou Yi of Longcheng. However, on the one hand, Huangfu Chaobo wanted these soldiers to take over Xingyang at that time, and on the other hand, these 3000 junior soldiers could not be used to transfer to Luoyang, so he simply did not want to use these soldiers, just ordered them to escort Longcheng''s personnel and materials to Sishui Guan was handed over to Zhao Ling, and Zhou Yi came to Luoyang by himself. He still wanted to use it.

 Chapter 339

    After some preparation, a few days passed.


    In 190 ad, on August 10, the first year of the Han Dynasty, Huangfu Chaobo stood on the commanding platform of the camp outside Luoyang. Looking at the more than 10000 troops passing by, he said in his heart, "the battle of supporting and controlling Luoyang has begun!"


    Huangfu Chaobo, as the commander-in-chief, didn''t make himself the commander-in-chief of the expedition. Instead, all the soldiers were under the command of Huang Zhong. Huangfu Chaobo knew in his heart that it was better to give them to professionals when it comes to marching and fighting. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was not ready to come, but Lou GUI meant that he, as the commander-in-chief, asked others to help him, but he didn''t go with others It''s not right for the Marquis to say that, so Huangfu Chaobo only accompanied him throughout the whole journey, so even Dian Wei rushed to Huang Zhong to lead the troops. In the past, all the Marquis just cheered, and they would not really take part in the war. According to Lou GUI, this is "taking advantage of the situation"!


    Luoyang is less than 50 miles away from Yanshi, and then 50 miles to the East is Gong county. These two counties are on the way from Luoyang to Guandong. If they are not taken, Huangfu Chaobo will be blocked by the two cities if he wants to transport materials from Hulao pass to Luoyang City. Therefore, these two cities are the first to be taken by Huangfu Chaobo when he controls Luoyang. Huang Zhong''s actual available soldiers for this expedition are only the 6000 intermediate soldiers. However, according to the information that the cavalry have inquired back these days, the two cities should be occupied by the rebels, and the number should be 3000 to 4000. After the army set out, Huang Zhong didn''t rush. According to his normal speed, he should start in the morning and arrive outside Yanshi in the afternoon. First, he scattered all the 3000 Xiliang cavalry. Every move within 20 li of the surrounding area was quickly reflected in Huang Zhong''s hands. The army was led by intermediate soldiers, followed by 6000 junior soldiers, and then by tens of thousands of four route princes. As for the siege equipment, Huang Zhong only asked the craftsmen of Luoyang City to make hundreds of ordinary siege ladders. Yanshi and Gong county are small counties, and the city walls are less than two feet high. In addition, the city guards are only ordinary rebels. According to the news from the denouncer, there are only less than a thousand archers among the rebels, and they have to guard the four walls separately. Therefore, it is very light for Huang Zhong to fight these two cities alone Matsu can take it, but it will cause a lot of casualties. Now that there are tens of thousands of troops supporting the situation, it is impossible to say that we can still persuade them to surrender directly.


    The army arrived outside Yanshi at about three o''clock in the afternoon of the next day. Huang Zhong did not arrange to camp, but directly raised his troops to attack the city. According to his arrangement, two deputy generals each LED 3000 junior soldiers to attack the north and South gates. Among the 3000 cavalry soldiers, 2000 were stationed outside the east gate, and the other 1000 were cruising outside the whole battlefield. While outside the west gate, Dianwei led two shield soldiers to attack the city directly with the Siege ladder. He personally commanded 2000 archers to escort the formation. As for the long spearmen, he protected the 2000 archers in the main formation. Of course, this was just his habit Besides, there are tens of thousands of princes standing behind the siege army. It took nearly half an hour for all the soldiers and horses around to be in place. Huangfu Chaobo and Kong Yu were together, watching Huang Zhong arrange his troops. For marching and fighting, Huangfu Chaobo had no experience at all. It was better to watch professionals do it honestly.


    After all the soldiers and horses were in place, Huang Zhong gently mixed the reins of the horse. Huang fat horse walked to the place outside the gate of the city, stopped the reins of the horse, and said to the guard soldiers on the upper floor of the city, "who is the commander of the city? Come forward and answer quickly!"


    Then a young general came to the gate of the city and said, "I''m Li Jin, the chief General of the city. I don''t know why the general should invade my city."


    "Ha ha... Your city? You''re not afraid of the wind? Listen to all the people in the city. At the order of Huangfu Chaobo, the general of Henan Yin Luoyang, who wanted to steal, he led a hundred thousand troops to take over the city. If you wait for a pillar of incense to surrender, you can take it lightly. Otherwise, the army will attack the City and will not be spared. " After that, he said nothing more. He aimed his bow and arrow at the flag of the tower. The rebel generals on the tower only heard a buzzing sound in their ears, and then heard the flagpole behind them crack from the middle, and the flagpole several feet high fell down directly. The crowd turned pale, thinking that it was a good thing that the arrow was aimed at the flagpole. If it was aimed at them, they would not be able to survive. The rebels on the wall of the city were even more frightened, and their morale was even lower.


    "Will... general... You said A young general beside Li Jin shivered;


    after looking at the performance of the people in the city wall and the army of several miles outside the city, Li Jin sighed. He was originally a captain of the Xiliang army. When Dong Zhuo''s army entered the west, he intercepted the army of Guandong Marquis with General Xu Rong. He was going to wipe out Cao Cao''s pursuers, but he didn''t expect that General Xu Rong was suddenly killed by a cavalry The captured army was broken by the Kanto army because it lost its command. After breaking through the encirclement, they took their men and gathered up the defeated soldiers. In the end, there were more than 700 people. However, they lost their way in the mountains and inadvertently ran into a mountain stronghold. After breaking the stronghold, they occupied it. However, they did not want to stay in the mountains, so they had to bring all the strength of the stronghold into the army The old and the weak of the stronghold all came down the mountain. They didn''t expect that after they turned out, they went to the side of the city (actually, the system automatically refreshed, but NPC''s memory has all these antecedents and consequences). At that time, the city gate was opened. After they led the soldiers into the city, they found that the city had been empty for a long time, but they found food and grass in the barracks in the county So he took the lead to occupy the county. He also took the post of county magistrate, and all the people of Shanzhai were settled in the county.Although he has the advantage of the city, Li Jin knows that he only has 600 real soldiers under his command. The other 2000 soldiers are just bandits who have just transferred from the military camp. The other 5000 are old and young Confucians in the mountain stronghold. He wants to defend tens of thousands of Imperial troops outside the city with his 3000 disabled soldiers, which is just a fool''s dream. In addition, the general shoots down the flag with one arrow, It''s demoralizing. Thinking of this, Li Jin said, "come on, open the gate of the city, and all the generals will come down with me."


    Seeing Li Jin willing to surrender, the surrounding people were relieved. He quickly asked the soldiers to open the gate of the city, and followed Li Jin out of the city to surrender.


    "Boom


    Looking at the slowly opened gate, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. "That''s all right?" Pointing to the city gate that is being opened, Huangfu Chaobo road;


    Kong Yu and Tao Qian all looked at each other and laughed, saying: "otherwise, Chaobo thought it would be better. With the strength of tens of thousands of troops, could this small county still want to be a Mantis arm?"

 Chapter 340

    Huangfu Chaobo also thinks that the county has been emptied by Dong Zhuo. Even if the system is refreshed, it is estimated that there will not be many soldiers. Although there are only 10000 soldiers who can really attack the city, the people in the city don''t know. If you think about tens of thousands of troops outside, fools also know how to do it. Alas, Lou GUI, the military strategists, are thoughtful. It''s a pity to think about this Fu Chaobo got up again. It would be nice if these troops could help themselves to walk through these counties. It''s a pity, I can only think about it. Just thinking about it, Huang Zhong had arranged for the army to enter the city, but he brought the rebel general to his side. Soon they went to Huangfu Chaobo. The general went to Huangfu Chaobo, knelt down and said, "crime General Li Jin has seen general Huangfu. He''s willing to do something for him. Please forgive me."


    After hearing the news that a general had taken refuge in the system, Huangfu Chaobo was still surprised. At first, he thought he was an unknown general. However, when he opened it, he found that he was just a senior warrior, and there was nothing outstanding about him. Only compared with Chen Jing and others before he was transferred, he had a cavalry skill, and he should be a good cavalry general after he was transferred. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have too much enthusiasm for him. He just reassured him that he would expose his past and let him go down. As for the other generals in the city, since the main generals are only high-level fighters, other people can imagine. So Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care any more, just let Huang Zhong arrange. As for the soldiers and common people in the city, Huangfu Chaobo also asked Huang Zhong to leave those with better qualifications. Now, among the soldiers, the others with poor qualifications are transformed into common people. They are all escorted to Luoyang by a team of cavalry and handed over to Lou GUI for arrangement. After hearing this, Huang Zhong took the order and left.


    After Huang Zhong had arranged everything in the city, he sent someone to inform Huangfu Chaobo and other princes to enter the city. After they camped outside the east gate of Yanshi, they took hundreds of bodyguards to the city to have a rest. No matter how comfortable the city was, it was more comfortable than in the camp.


    After all the princes were settled, Huangfu Chaobo had time to arrange the affairs of Yanshi county. Now Yanshi county is poor. Although it has not been destroyed as Luoyang City, there are few people. There are only a few thousand people brought by Li Jin in the whole county. As for the surrounding villages and towns, they are all under the control of various NPC forces. Soon after Huang Zhong arranged the affairs in the barracks, he rushed to the county government and reported all the arrangements made by Li Jin to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After careful screening, Huang Zhong left his original 700 middle-level soldiers of the 3000 soldiers under Li Jin. The others were transferred from mountain bandits to taxi soldiers, leaving only 1500 soldiers, including 200 bowmen, 800 spearmen and 500 Dao Dun soldiers. The rest were demobilized to ordinary people. In addition to the original 600 surnames, there were 7000 soldiers in total Tomorrow, they will all be escorted to Luoyang City by these 15 junior soldiers, and those who Lou GUI arranged to be in the city will become the first residents of Luoyang City. As for restoring the normal operation of Yanshi County, I''m sorry, because Huangfu Chaobo has no civil servants now, so he is not going to appoint a county magistrate for the time being. He just arranges 3000 junior soldiers and horses in the city and appoints Zhou Shi as a county captain to garrison the county. In addition to the three thousand soldiers'' grain, grass and wages for three months, the rest of the money and grain will be transported to Luo tomorrow Yangqu, the county now has no energy to manage and develop, not only Yanshi City, but also Gongxian and Gucheng.


    The next day, the soldiers and the common people all acted according to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, while Huang Zhong reorganized his troops again. In addition to the 3000 soldiers who were arranged in Yanshi, he did his best to march towards Gongxian County, followed by the soldiers of all the princes.


    It was less than 50 Li from Yanshi to Gongxian. After another day and a half, the army had already arrived two Li outside the west city at noon the next day, but no camp was arranged. Huang Zhong just arranged for the army to have lunch at noon. After that, Huang Zhong arranged his troops as if they were besieging Yanshi. However, due to the lack of 3000 junior soldiers, Huang Zhong could only let the two deputy generals each lead 1500 junior soldiers as a feint attack. At the same time, in order to strengthen the momentum, he sent 1000 long spearmen to each of the two troops. Anyway, he didn''t want to arrange the Spearmen to attack the city, so he might as well put them on both sides. On the front side, 2000 intermediate sword and shield soldiers were used as the main force to attack the city, and 2000 intermediate bowmen were used to escort the array. Originally, Dian Wei wanted to attack the city as a pioneer, but Li Jin wanted to be the first to enter the city on the ground that he was a new comer and failed to make any contribution. Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, but he couldn''t say anything more, so he asked him to take 1000 Dao Dun as the first round siege force, and at the same time, he asked Dianwei to take the remaining 1000 Dao Dun to support at any time.


    Looking at Huang Zhong''s meticulous arrangement of siege troops and horses, Huangfu Chaobo thinks it''s a bit superfluous. His posture should be the same as that of yesterday, although the garrison of Gong county is Huang Jin army. However, Huangfu Chaobo did not interfere with Huang Zhong''s command. After all the troops were in place, Huang Zhong still tried to persuade the garrison to surrender as he did yesterday. What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect was that although Huang Zhong shot down the flag pole at the head of the city again with a divine shot, the garrison general gave a crisp answer: "if you want to fight, you can fight. Why do you need to say more?" Then, Huangfu Chaobo heard the sound of "heaven is dead, Huang Tian should stand up" on the wall. Then, you can see with naked eyes the morale of yellow scarf soldiers on the wall. After falling five points due to Huang Zhong''s divine shot, it rose three points. Now, the morale of Huangfu Chaobo army is only four points different.Huang Zhong saw that the yellow scarf army refused to surrender, but he didn''t say much, so he directly ordered to prepare to attack the city. In fact, Huang Zhong is ready for this county. According to the news from the cavalry, the number of Huangjin troops stationed in Gongxian County is no less than 5000 troops. In addition, there are more than 10000 Huangjin people in the city. Gongxian County has a population of nearly 20000. Originally, he was ready to surrender, but now the other party would not, so he had to attack by force.


    "Dong Dong" At his command, dozens of drums began to ring.


    The army of the three walls moved slowly towards the wall. Because Huang Zhong had already made preparations, he also asked Huangfu Chaobo to come forward and asked several princes to help make some siege equipment. For example, in Huangfu Chaobo''s army, there are no craftsmen who can make all kinds of siege equipment. In recent months, more than 100 junior craftsmen are still in Sishui pass.

 Chapter 341

    Tens of thousands of troops have not made much overnight, only 30 medium-sized wells and 200 medium-sized siege ladders. These things are done well first, and then Huang Zhong arranges the army to transport them directly. If it''s a siege of a large city, it''s usually done outside the city. But for this kind of small and medium-sized County, coupled with the short distance, Huang Zhong asks to transport them directly.


    On each side of the city wall, the soldiers arranged ten shafts. As for the attack ladder, the main attack team arranged one hundred, and the other two sides each 50. Jinglan, escorted by Li Jin and 500 shield soldiers, slowly approaches the city wall. After Jinglan''s position is within the range of the archers above, with the protection of the archers, the other shield soldiers who have already prepared the earth and stone bags will quickly fill the moat outside the county, so that the army can smoothly rush under the city wall.


    Gongxian is a middle county. Like Yanshi, Gongxian is only about one foot high. However, because Gongxian is located in the Central Plains and Luoshui is next to the south of the county, it has all kinds of moats. If it is put in Lianghe and Liangzhou, the most important thing is moats. There is no water at all. However, although there is a moat, there are only more than 5000 yellow scarf soldiers in the city. In addition, there are fewer archers and cavalry in the yellow scarf army, so there are less than 1000 archers in the 5000 yellow scarf army. In addition, the four walls have to be guarded, so there are less than 300 on each wall. For example, because the west city is close to Luoyang, the yellow scarf guard general has placed nearly 500 bows in the West Unfortunately, under the pressure of the archers on the well which is nearly two feet high, the 500 archers did not dare to attack the soldiers outside the city.


    Soon, the soldiers cut off the water from the moat and filled out 20 roads leading to the city wall. When Li Jin saw that the road to the moat had been filled, he immediately asked the sword and shield soldiers to assemble the siege ladder. He divided the siege soldiers into 20 teams, led by generals at all levels, and quickly rushed to the foot of the city wall under the cover of archers.


    Dian Wei''s 1000 sword shield soldiers covered Li Jin''s troops and filled the moat. When they attacked the city wall, they took over the task of guarding Jinglan. At the same time, they assembled their own siege ladder. Once the siege order was given, they could fight as the second echelon siege troops as soon as possible. Faced with the attack of the Imperial Army under the city, because of the suppression of Jinglan, the yellow scarf soldiers had no way to form an effective threat to the moat filling soldiers. Now the siege soldiers under the city are about to attack the city wall, and the archers above the well appendix can''t cover the city wall with unbridled bows and arrows. At this time, the General Huang Jin immediately gave an order: "the enemy ants are attacking the city, and the sword and shield soldiers are protecting the archers to back up and shoot down the city, ready to throw stones and challenge trees! Spearman, step forward, hold your Stomp


    It''s true that Li Jin led a group of soldiers and horses to the foot of the city wall. He wanted to be the first to climb the siege ladder, but he was preempted by an intermediate warrior under his command. All the soldiers bit their swords in their mouths, held their shields in one hand, and raised them above their heads. The whole person seemed to be huddled under the shield, and the other hand was holding the ladder, hands and feet He quickly climbed up the wall.


    As soon as he reached the middle of the city wall, he heard the voice of "throwing" from the wall. Seeing this, the warrior immediately threw the whole man on the ladder. One side of the shield was on the siege ladder, and the other side was at an angle with the ladder, so that the whole man was completely curled up under the shield. On the other side, he yelled at himself: "be careful of throwing stones and trees!" At the end of the speech, I heard a big wave of stones and rolling trees falling from the whole city wall. Then, many soldiers were directly hit down the ladder by these things. However, because the city wall was not high, many soldiers were not seriously injured. In addition, the soldiers below had already made solid shields around the ladder to protect those soldiers who stabilized the siege ladder. However, a lot of soldiers were hit in the right direction, and soon there was no sound.


    Li Jin was relieved when he saw that his warrior had escaped the attack of throwing stones. After grabbing a shield from the soldiers nearby, he bit his ring head knife tightly with his teeth, and quickly climbed up the wall like all the soldiers. As soon as he reached the halfway position, Li Jin heard several arrows inserted on his shield. Then he heard the people on his shield shout "be careful with the fire oil". Then he saw a big wave of boiling oil pouring down from the top. Then, several torches were thrown down from the wall. He saw a "coax" sound at his feet and burned. He only heard the sound from the bottom There were soldiers stuck by the burning oil, and soon they were burnt black. Li Jinqiang endured the discomfort brought by the smell of burning, and climbed to the wall faster.


    At this time, the intermediate warrior had already climbed to the stomp of the wall. He tilted his shield to a certain angle and used it to stab his spear at him. Then he quickly jumped up the wall and took advantage of the situation to roll on the spot. He grabbed the ring head sword in his hand, bent down to protect himself with his shield, and quickly approached several long spearmen and yellow scarves from the footwall After the Spearman was dodged by the enemy because of a stab in front of him, the orderly line had been deformed, and several soldiers were leaning forward because of the strong stab. At this time, they were trying to keep their body balance, and there was no time to stop the enemy jumping off the siege ladder. A few soldiers, caught off guard, were stabbed in the foot by the ring head knife and all fell down screaming. This time, the formation of the long Gunners behind was even more disturbed. After quickly cutting off several long guns around him, the warrior did not continue to attack. Instead, he stepped back and stood by the siege ladder, waiting for his companions to come up.Soon, a soldier who followed him jumped on the wall, and the two men stood by the ladder back to back.


    At this time, the yellow scarf general on the tower saw that the enemy had already attacked the city wall, and immediately sent for an order to let the long spearmen retreat a little, the sword shield soldiers move forward, and after protecting the long spears, he asked people to organize the long spearmen to gather and stab, so as to force the enemy who attacked the city wall down.


    I didn''t expect that the yellow scarf soldiers had just been adjusted. Li Jin had already jumped on the wall. Seeing that seven or eight of them had already attacked the city wall, Li Jin asked two soldiers to hold the ladder while he took the intermediate soldiers and several soldiers to attack the shield wall of the yellow scarf army.

 Chapter 342

    How can an ordinary yellow scarf soldier be an opponent of a high-level warrior? Li Jin uses an intermediate warrior to protect his right side, kicks his foot on the wall behind him, protects his shield in front of him, and bumps it against the shield wall in front of him. He only hears a loud bang. A yellow scarf soldier is knocked back a few steps before he is blocked by the Dao Dun soldier just behind him Yes, now the shield wall of the Garrison has been broken into a gap by Li Jin. Li Jin said that he split the ring head sword out of his hand, and inserted the shield obliquely into the middle of the shield wall of the yellow scarf soldiers along the gap. Soon the gap became more and more crowded. The intermediate warrior of the guard next to him saw this, and immediately squeezed his shield into the middle. The shield wall was immediately squeezed open by two warriors, and they waved their swords to kill him The yellow scarf army on both sides. With the siege soldiers that Li Jin joined, the position of the city head was quickly expanded. With more and more siege soldiers climbing the city wall, the sword and shield soldiers formed a small circle array under the organization of several leaders to help the two soldiers slowly expand the range of the city head.


    The General Huang Jin on the tower saw that Li Jin soon broke his own shield, and immediately arranged several soldiers to fight against him. Unfortunately, his soldiers were not Li Jin''s opponents, and they were soon killed by them. So he ordered the deputy general to take over the command of the soldiers, and he brought more than 20 personal guards to fight.


    "Let''s get out of the way. Give this tusk to our general." Soon the general of Huangjin came to the back of the soldiers who besieged Li Jin and roared;


    after hearing this, the soldiers of Huangjin quickly made way for the general of Huangjin and his more than 20 bodyguards to enter the battle circle. At this time, Li Jin has been surrounded by three yellow scarves, but although it can not be a threat to him, it also makes Li Jin unable to escape. After the Yellow turban general entered, he did not say much and roared: "officer dog, dare to kill a certain officer, wait for a certain family to take your life." Having said that, he mentioned Dadao and joined the regiment. Dadao slashed toward Li Jin. He saw that Dadao was about to hit himself, but he couldn''t avoid it. Li Jinxin said that it''s here today. Just at this time, the warrior who went to the city with Li Jin roared "be careful, general". He slashed at the yellow scarf soldiers in front of him, forced away the soldiers who besieged him, and quickly returned to the sword to block the yellow scarf general''s knife for Li Jin. It''s a pity that the middle-level warrior, who has been fighting for a long time and has no strength, can resist the vigorous General Huang Jin''s sword. Li Jin uses Yu Guang to see that his subordinate was split in two with his sword.


    "Ah In an instant, Li Jin''s anger was aroused. His eyes were red and his sword danced faster. He risked being stabbed by the yellow scarf general on his right side and killed him quickly. The yellow scarf general didn''t expect that Li Jin would attack himself with the risk of losing both sides. He was shocked by Li Jin''s momentum and didn''t have time to withdraw his long gun, This small mistake was immediately caught by Li Jin. He quickly grabbed the other side''s gun barrel and pulled it behind him. Seeing that the general leader staggered forward, Li Jin immediately lifted the ring head knife in his right hand upward. With a "puff" sound, the general was cut from the bottom up and fell to the ground with a "plop". The other two generals wanted to come to the rescue, but they didn''t have time. After killing the general, Li Jin gave up the ring head knife with a gap in his hand, grabbed the long gun in the hand of General Huang Jin, and turned back to stab the general on his left. The general who was caught off guard was killed by Li Jin. Then he pulled out his long gun and swept towards the only surviving general. When he saw that his two companions were solved by Li Jin in the blink of an eye, the general was so scared that he didn''t react. He was swept by the tip of Li Jin''s long gun and died.


    Seeing that his knife was blocked by a young general, and the other general killed three of his generals, he was so angry that he yelled and killed Li Jin. At this time, Li Jin also understood that if he didn''t solve the problem, his previous attack would be wasted, so he gave up other enemies to kill him.


    Originally, he was going to use the long gun to distance himself from the chief General of Huangjin. Unfortunately, the position at the head of the city was too small, and he was soon close to the chief General of Huangjin. When he saw the knife cleaved by the other side, Li Jin had no choice but to hold the long gun horizontally and hold the gun in both hands. He was ready to fight against the knife. However, he did not expect that the other side''s strength was so strong that Li Jin captured a level 30 refined iron long gun However, he was chopped by the chief General of Huangjin, and Yu Li forced Li Jin back several steps before he was blocked by the soldiers behind him. Just after a move, Li Jin knew that the other side was more than twice as strong as himself. It seems that he should be careful today. Thinking about it, he took a level 40 fine iron knife from a soldier and fought with you carefully. He knew that Huang Zhong outside the city would not watch his defeat. As long as he persisted for a period of time, Dian Wei would certainly attack the city wall with his follow-up troops. Unfortunately, the ideal is very full, the reality is too bony. In the face of absolute strength, let Li Jin how to fight, the strength difference between the two is too big, but ten moves, Li Jin added several injuries, and there is a knife almost cut his belly.


    Li Jin didn''t make a mistake. After seeing Li Jin and another warrior slowly stand at the head of the city, Huang Zhong immediately asked someone to pass on his life and let Dian Wei lead the troops to attack. Dian Wei, who had been attracted by the fierce battle at the head of the city for a long time, without saying a word, immediately took 500 shield soldiers and killed them at the head of the city. Without waiting for his soldiers to set up the siege ladder and give the siege soldiers to the deputy general, he took a group of soldiers and directly boarded Li Jin''s siege ladder. He had noticed the position of the chief General Huang Jin for a long time, so he went straight here. As for the archers on the Jinglan, now that the infantry have reached the city wall, the archers can''t attack with large-scale arrows. Only a few fighters are shooting accurately to support the infantry on the city wall.When Dianwei ascended the city wall, Li Jin had reached the most dangerous time. The soldiers who attacked the city wall in the early days and Li Jin now had only six people, and they had been suppressed to attack around the city ladder. It can be said that if Dianwei could not come up in time, Li Jin would have to retreat, because although there were a steady stream of soldiers climbing up the city wall, they were not yellow scarves The opponent of the general, at this time, Li Jin has been all over the body.


    "Well, that thief only bullies soldiers. How dare he fight with your grandfather?" As soon as Dian Wei jumped down the ladder, he said to the chief General of Huang Jin

 Chapter 343

    "General Dian!" The rest of the soldiers knew Dianwei. Seeing that he had already come to the city, they were so excited that they cried out, "general Dianwei is going to the city. Kill him!" Several people''s voices quickly spread across the city, and the morale of the soldiers who were still fighting in other places immediately rose.


    Seeing that Dianwei had been in the city, Li Jin knew that he had not insisted on it for so long. Looking at the injured Li Jin, Dian Wei said: "yes, it''s a man. After the war, Lao Dian will talk about it well with the young master. The next thing will be left to a certain family. You go down to heal your wounds first. Today''s World War I will give you the first credit."


    Seeing this, Li Jin did not insist on it any more, and let one of the injured taxi soldiers back to one side. With more than 20 soldiers coming up behind him, Dian Wei was relieved to see that the siege ladder had been completely protected and his soldiers had been climbing the city wall. He turned around and attacked the Yellow turban general with a halberd. With a sound of "Ding", he saw that the Yellow turban general had blocked Dian Wei''s attack. However, he was not easy and was shocked back by Dian Wei''s attack Nearly ten steps, finally stop, mouth a mouthful of blood straight out.


    Dian Wei saw that the other party was able to block his own attack, but he also had a heart of love for talent. He said: "well, you are still a man. You might as well surrender to my son. Some family can go to beg for him for you!"


    "Don''t talk too much, dog officer. If you have the ability, you will kill your grandfather." I didn''t expect that the yellow scarf general was so stubborn. He just gasped for breath and scolded.


    "Well, in that case, I''ll help you. Remember, don''t give a wrong name when you get to the Lord of hell. Chen liudianwei is the one who killed you." Dian Wei saw that the Yellow turban commander didn''t mean to surrender at all, and he didn''t want to persuade him any more.


    after that, he waved his halberd in both hands and killed the Yellow turban commander. Seeing this, the Yellow turban soldiers all around rushed over and yelled, "commander Qu, go Unfortunately, in front of the strength of the imperial rank generals, those yellow scarf soldiers were not vulnerable. Dian Wei waved his double halberds and killed the yellow scarf generals without any obstruction.


    Standing behind 200 steps and watching the battle with all the princes, Huangfu Chaobo only felt that for the first time he had been so involved in watching a siege battle. When he saw that Li attacked the city wall, and then, together with the warrior who went to the city first, gradually expanded the scope of the city, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. He thought that the battle strength of the Yellow army was really not good, and let his soldiers attack the city at one time. Just as he was about to go downstairs, the war situation on the city wall suddenly changed. First, he saw the commander of Huangjin go out in person, and then he saw him cut the warrior who went to the city with Li Jin in two. Then, he saw that Li Jin had been beaten by the commander of Huangjin. Although Huangfu Chaobo could not see the specific situation, he could see that the soldiers on his city wall were because of Li Jin There was no way to take care of it. He was slowly surrounded by yellow scarf soldiers and then fell to the ground. There were fewer and fewer soldiers on the wall and the occupied area was smaller and smaller.


    Looking at this situation, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but look at Huang Zhong''s main formation. He saw that there was an order coming out there. Soon, he heard Dianwei''s roar. Then, there were dozens of soldiers in the position where Dianwei was. In front of each team, several people carried the siege ladder to the wall and killed him, while Dianwei took dozens of people to the wall Li Jin''s position ran past. From time to time, Huangfu Chaobo went up to the wall and looked at the two places under the wall. From time to time, he kept saying "hurry up, hurry up again" to the people of Dianwei under the wall. Later, he kept saying to Li Jin on the wall, "hold on, hold on, the reinforcements will arrive." Finally, under the gaze of Huangfu Chaobo, Dian Wei leaps to the top of the city and blocks the knife from the yellow scarf general to Li Jin. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was finally relieved. Now that Dianwei had climbed the wall, there was no mystery in the battle. Sure enough, the next step is to see Dian Wei''s Halberd chop the Yellow turban leader back more than ten steps, and then wave his double halberd like a tiger into a sheep. He sees the flesh and blood flying everywhere he goes. The Yellow turban soldiers who come forward to block him can''t stop him. After counting the breath, he had already attacked the commander of the yellow scarf army. After a loud roar, Dian Wei jumped up and flew to the commander of the yellow scarf army. The two halberds seemed to be transformed into countless halberd tips, and stabbed countless holes in the commander of the yellow scarf army in an instant.


    After hearing the yelling of the chief General of the yellow scarf army, he fell to the ground.


    From Dian Wei''s killing on the city wall to his killing the chief General of the yellow scarf army, there was only a few tens of minutes. The generals of the yellow scarf army in other positions on the city wall had no time to react. Seeing that his commander Qu was killed by the man in front of him, all the yellow scarf soldiers around him were shocked. It was only when Dian Wei came to the body of the yellow scarf leader, cut off his head and grasped it in his hand that the yellow scarf soldiers around him reacted.


    "The general is dead, and those who come down will not be killed!" Dian Wei held his head up on the wall and yelled;


    when the yellow scarf army saw the head in his hand, their morale fell to the bottom of the valley, and the whole wall was in a mess. Some soldiers wanted to take revenge, but many soldiers were scared to retreat, and even worse, their weapons fell to the ground. On hearing Dianwei''s words, the soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo in the upper and lower parts of the city cried out: "the general is dead. Those who surrender will not be killed." Not long after that, the whole battlefield was filled with shouts of surrender.The next thing is simple. With more and more soldiers going to the city, Dian Wei asked several Dubo to organize soldiers to clean up the yellow scarf army along the city wall, while Dian Wei led people to attack the city tower, open the city gate and welcome the army into the city.


    With the roaring sound, two thousand cavalry took the lead to enter the city through the gate, which also means that another county was brought into the hands of Huangfu Chaobo. At this point, the connection between Luoyang City and hulaoguan was opened again, which also meant that the retreat of Huangfu''s Chaobo army was finally in his own hands.


    After waiting for Huang Zhong to control the whole city, Huangfu Chaobo entered the county with the princes. When Kong and others were settled, Huangfu Chaobo came to the county government. Soon see Huang Zhong and Dian Wei two people come in, see Huangfu Chaobo has been waiting here, two people immediately come to salute. Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "brother and villain have worked hard. How about Laodian today?"


    "Hey, hey Fortunately But it''s still not fun. " Dianwei said;


    "well, there will be plenty of time for you to enjoy yourself, so you can rest assured." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "how about today''s siege?"

 Chapter 344

    Huang Zhong nodded and told them what he had just gained in the county. There are more than 5000 soldiers and horses in Gongxian County, and 15000 people in Gongxian County, but there are not much money, food and weapons. The money is less than 20000 Guan, and the grain is less than 50000 stone. As for weapons, there are more than 3000 ordinary swords and guns of grade 20 and 30. However, five thousand soldiers were killed and wounded in the battle, and more than one thousand other four thousand people were all captured, and none of them escaped. On the other hand, Huangfu Chaobo''s own soldiers lost more than 400 yuan. Basically, they were sword and shield soldiers, mainly on the city wall, and then in the street battle after entering the city. Generally speaking, the loss was very small.


    However, because there are more than 300 Dao Dun soldiers among the rebels recruited in Yanshi, the number of troops is basically increased instead of decreasing. In addition, there are 4000 Huangjin soldiers today. Huang Zhong selected some of them with better qualifications and transferred them to Dao Dun soldiers. Therefore, after the two wars, the number of troops under Huangfu Chaobo did not decrease. On the contrary, there were 1000 more Dao Dun soldiers than at the beginning. As for the other soldiers and horses, in order to get together with Yanshi''s 1500 junior soldiers and horses, the next goal is to win the Gucheng between Hanguguan and Luoyang, open up the connection between the two places, and let the 3000 junior soldiers and horses stay in Gucheng.


    In this way, the only five cities and three passes negotiated with Lou GUI were Gucheng in the west of Luoyang and Xingyang in the east of Guandong. In other words, in the early Luoyang can not be self-sufficient situation, Huangfu Chaobo Henan Jun Ye Xia is these places. After these troops were arranged, other taxi soldiers were demobilized and became ordinary people. That is to say, there are now more than 23000 ordinary people in Luoyang and 7000 people sent back from Yanshi. However, there are only less than 5000 young and strong people, and the rest are only women and children. As for the old and weak, there are few rebels or yellow scarf soldiers.


    After the surrender soldiers and the people in the city were arranged, the county seat was also well arranged, just like Yanshi. As for the choice of county captain, Huangfu Chaobo looked among several generals around him and said, "Wu Bin, I have appointed you County captain of Gong county to lead 3000 junior soldiers to guard the city. Like Zhou Shi''s Yanshi, it is enough to guard the city and train the soldiers for his own officials. In terms of internal affairs, when Luoyang''s reconstruction is in order, he will arrange the county magistrate. " As soon as Wu Bin heard this, he was very happy. In the envious eyes of several other people, he stepped forward and said, "I will obey you." After making arrangements for Gongxian''s affairs, Huangfu Chaobo asked the people to withdraw. As for the other soldiers, after a night''s rest in Gongxian, they will escort the people and more money and food back to Luoyang tomorrow.


    There was nothing to say for a night. The next day, Huangfu Chaobo rushed to the princes'' camp early in the morning, ready to send some princes. Don''t think that Huangfu Chaobo sent so many things, but the princes'' army didn''t play any role. In fact, with the tiger skin of tens of thousands of princes'' army, the enemies of the two cities thought that there were tens of thousands of elite troops in the siege forces, while only 5000 more and 3000 less in their own cities, which had a great impact on the morale of the city guards.


    Morale is very important when the two armies fight. A group of data party once conducted experiments. The morale difference between the two armies of the same level and equipment is only five points. The difference between the two armies'' attacks is nearly 20%. If it reaches ten points, the difference is almost half. That''s why the rebels of Yanshi City directly surrender to the city.


    Huangfu Chaobo and several princes expressed their gratitude one by one. Tao Qian and others said that they would send the money and grain to Luoyang as soon as possible. They also said that Luoyang would be handed over to Huangfu Chaobo, and Huangfu Chaobo expressed his thanks one by one. When the army is ready to leave, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly receives a messenger sent by Huaxiong from hulaoguan. Zaozhi and other people from changshe have already arrived at hulaoguan. Because they don''t know what''s going on in Luoyang, they ask Huangfu Chaobo whether to send troops from hulaoguan or Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and ordered Huang Zhong to take the infantry to escort the people and money back to Luoyang. He took Dian Wei and 5000 cavalry to Hulao pass to meet Zao Zhihe''s civil servants and craftsmen.


    Only when these people arrive, the whole construction of Luoyang can really get on the right track. Because of this, Huangfu Chaobo has been waiting for Zaozhi and others. Now that I have arrived at hulaoguan, I''d better take 5000 cavalry to meet him. Although the road is clear, except for a few cities under control, other cities and almost all villages and towns are under the control of hostile forces. These talents are the foundation of Luoyang''s development, and Huangfu Chaobo is absolutely not allowed to make any mistakes It''s not. After the Ming Dynasty, Huang Fu Chao Bo did not stay any longer, and led his cavalry directly to Hulao pass. As for the warlords, it is estimated that it will take two days for them to march to hulaoguan, 50 miles away.


    When Huangfu Chaobo and his cavalry arrived at Hulao pass, it was only in the afternoon that Huangfu Chaobo met Zaozhi and his literary officials and craftsmen in a house in the pass. Looking at the time is still early, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent an order for sishuiguan''s Zhao Cen to arrive at hulaoguan. He felt that since he had arrived here, he had to talk to Huaxiong and Zhao Cen about the future development. Especially for Hua Xiong, what he is guarding is his own retreat. If there is any problem on his side, these people will be locked up in Heluo area, with no way to heaven and no way to land.


    Zhao Cen soon went to dihulaoguan and asked Hua Xiong to arrange the cavalry and changshe. After that, several people went to the general''s residence in hulaoguan. After several people arrived, Huangfu Chaobo explained what happened during this period one by one, and then explained the plan he had discussed with Lou GUI and Huang Zhong to several people.Zao has long admired Lou GUI''s ability, so he has no idea about the arrangement of several of them. Hua Xiong is more moved. For a new comer, Huangfu Chaobo is so relieved to give himself his own back. Therefore, after learning about Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, his loyalty has also increased a lot, indicating that he will keep the promise of Huangfu''s army As for Zhao Cen, he just came here to make soy sauce. If it wasn''t for Huangfu Chaobo, who thought he was also a history general, he didn''t bother to call him. As for Huaxiong, Huangfu Chaobo not only asked him to keep Hulao pass well, but also promised that the money and grain promised by the Guandong princes would be sent to Hulao pass. Therefore, Huaxiong was also responsible for transferring money, goods, grain and grass to Luoyang.

 Chapter 345

    With regard to the grain and grass transported from changshe this time, Huangfu Chaobo considered that there were enough food for more than 10000 troops and 20000 people in Luoyang for three months. It took at least five or six days for the grain and grass cart to travel 150 miles from Hulao pass to Luoyang. Thinking about this, he decided to leave two thousand cavalry to escort the nearly 200000 stone grain and grass with Huaxiong''s troops. Of course, two thousand crossbow soldiers He must have been transferred to Luoyang City, but he returned to Luoyang with the remaining 3000 cavalry and hundreds of literati and craftsmen from Luoshen town. For the present Huangfu Chaobo, it can be said that he has to fight against the clock. Naturally, he does not want so many talents to waste their time on the way of transporting food and grass.


    In the early morning of the next day, after Huangfu Chaobo had explained Huaxiong to him, he did not delay any longer, so he took 3000 cavalry and Zaozhi people to go all the way to Luoyang.


    On the way, Huangfu Chaobo met the army of Kong Yu and others who were returning to Kanto. He had to meet them one by one and thank them again and again. Of course, in the end, he had to mention the money and food of support in a roundabout way. Uncle Kong''s money and food has been sent to Chen Jing himself, but several other people are also straightforward. They say that they will arrange people to send them to Luoyang as soon as they get back to their own territory.


    Two days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally arrived in Luoyang before dark the next day.


    As soon as he returned to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care to have a rest. First, he ordered the cavalry to be arranged. Then he led Zaozhi''s group to the inner city Taishou mansion. As soon as he entered the gate, Lou GUI, who had already got the news, rushed back to the Taishou mansion. Seeing that the officials from the changshe side had arrived, he was relieved. These days, the whole affairs of Luoyang are on his shoulders, which makes him feel that he is not lazy. Now these officials arrive, although they can''t stand in their own way, they don''t need to be involved in everything. With the arrival of Zaozhi, an expert in internal affairs, Luoyang''s reorganization and reconstruction can finally be on the right track.


    After a moment''s discussion, the three men arranged for the urgently needed clerks in the prefect''s mansion. In addition, Lou GUI also built some civil facilities in the inner city these days. It''s just because there are not enough craftsmen and all kinds of talents, so many buildings have not been put into use. Now that the people in the community are in place, all kinds of talents have been arranged to settle in, and all the buildings have been put into use one after another.


    "Ding Dang, congratulations to the players, complete the first part of the task of rebuilding Luoyang, appoint the prefect of Luoyang, rebuild the civil facilities in the city, so that they can be used normally. If you get 5000 task points reward, please confirm whether you want to exchange the task reward: 1. Exchange now, 2. Cumulative exchange ".


    Er, is the first link finished? Just as Huangfu Chaobo was relieved and ready to discuss the arrangement with them, the system prompt sounded in his ear. Subconsciously, everyone thinks that the more points, the better the rewards that can be exchanged. So without thinking much about it, Huangfu Chaobo chose the option of cumulative exchange.


    After Huangfu Chaobo made his choice, the system prompt sounded again: "congratulations to players, start the second link of Luoyang reconstruction task: have complete county-level city buildings, including military buildings and special buildings.


    After the establishment of the prefect of Luoyang and the restoration of Luoyang''s administrative institutions, all the buildings in Luoyang City have not been put into use, which is very unfavorable to the development of the city. You need to equip Luoyang with more talents. Mission objective: to make all buildings in the first tier cities effective. "


    Huangfu Chaobo opens the list of territories and finds that all kinds of commercial buildings and urban administrative institutions in it have been activated, but others are still in a gray state. The requirement of this task is that all relevant buildings must be activated. In other words, there are still agricultural buildings, military buildings, cultural buildings and other special buildings in Luoyang city that have not been activated. It''s not very difficult to activate these, but the problem is that some agricultural types, such as farmland and logging fields, can only be opened in the outer city of Luoyang. For example, the best location of logging quarry is at the foot of Mangshan Mountain in the north. In addition, there was a wharf in Luoyang, which was burned to white by Dong Zhuo''s army, and the location is next to Luoshui outside the South Gate of Luoyang.


    In this way, according to the original idea of several people in Huangfu Chaobo, before the inner city is completely rebuilt, they should concentrate on the inner city. For example, all kinds of shops set up for players should be placed outside the four gates of the inner city as far as possible, so as not to disperse their own resources and manpower. But now they are forcing Huangfu Chaobo to disperse its manpower, material and financial resources, which makes it difficult for them I feel that Huangfu Chaobo, who is short of manpower, is helpless.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo thought that it was better to put the peripheral buildings in the last place, or try his best to restore all the buildings that can be activated in the inner city, and then arrange the construction in the outer city.


    According to the discussion with Lou GUI and Huang Zhong, the four areas of the inner city have been well planned. Because the Southern District was originally the original administrative area of Luoyang City, and the destruction of Dong Zhuo''s army was relatively not very serious, it was still used for administrative purposes. As for those buildings that can''t be used now, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to sort them out and use them as temporary places for the common people in Luoyang City. After the residential areas are completely rebuilt, they can be used for other purposes. The East and west areas of the inner city are residential areas, commercial areas and cultural building areas. In the East, they are planned to be residential areas for officials and skilled craftsmen, while in the west, they are residential areas for ordinary people. This is also to better protect all kinds of important talents.In the north of the inner city, there are various workshops, such as high-grade blacksmith shop, high-grade carpenter shop, bow and arrow workshop, weapon workshop and liquor making workshop of Luoshen town. Of course, there will be some ordinary workshops in the residential area, but they are all low-level. In the four corners of the inner city, Huangfu''s preparation for Chaobo was arranged as a military area. According to the level of Luoyang, there could be as many as 18 high-level barracks. Therefore, Huangfu''s preparation for Chaobo built four high-level barracks in the southeast corner of the inner city, which were cavalry barracks, Archer barracks, sword shield infantry barracks and long spear infantry barracks. A barracks was built near the four gates of the inner city, and then each barracks was garrisoned according to the four forces, with 1000 swords, guns, bowmen and 500 cavalry. The four barracks were ready to supplement the Barracks at any time. As for the arrangements for other barracks, they have not yet been fully settled. After all, the primary task now is to rebuild them. Even if the soldiers want to recruit them, they don''t have so much food and grass.

 Chapter 346

    However, all these things need to be done step by step. There are still some things that need to be arranged immediately. First of all, there is another county between Luoyang and Hanguguan that has not been taken down. Going out of the Xiyang gate of Luoyang and going fifty miles west along the valley water, this is the throat between Hanguguan and Luoyang. So Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranged Huang Zhong to take Zhou Cang and lead 7000 intermediate soldiers and 3000 junior soldiers to recover the valley city. Of course, he arranged the defense of the valley city by the way General, Huangfu Chaobo is the same as other counties. As for the candidate of county captain, Huangfu Chaobo left 3000 junior soldiers behind with Zhao Rui.


    The reason why Zhao Rui was chosen is that his superior arms include not only archers but also cavalry. For the west, it will be the key direction of Huangfu''s super Bo army''s defense. Gucheng will be the second line of defense in the west of Luoyang. In the later period, Gucheng will be equipped with a considerable number of cavalry. So far, three of the five generals Huangfu Chaobo has just transferred have been sent out. There are only one bow General Zhao Rui and one Navy General Zhou Yi. Fortunately, in the past few months, Zilong society has collected more than 100 pieces of raw materials for jiuzhuan rebirth pill, just because Lou GUI is not in Luoshen town and can''t make pills. However, this time Zhao Zilong and his party will use the raw materials All the materials have come to Luoyang, but Huangfu Chaobo hasn''t had time to build the Taoist temple in Luoyang.


    Moreover, among the craftsmen from changshe this time, Jia Jing specially sent two daotong to come here. However, both the daotong from changshe and those sent to Luoyang were of low level, so they did not arrange to refine jiuzhuandan. Relying on the strong network of Zilong society, Zhao Zilong really collected three alchemy furnaces for Huangfu Chaobo. In this way, both changshe and Luoyang have two alchemy furnaces available. Now these Taoist students only make chemical alchemy, and only when they reach the intermediate level can they make pulp washing alchemy.


    After arranging these, Huangfu Chaobo took Dian Wei Zao, Chen Jing and his troops, 3000 intermediate soldiers and 500 young men out of the north gate of Luoyang City. The purpose of this trip is to complete the second link of agricultural construction in Luoyang City. There are still several small towns around Luoyang City. Huangfu Chaobo is preparing to take down a small town at the foot of Mangshan Mountain in the north. Then he appointed Zaozhi as the Diannong Zhonglang general, and Zhao Rui as the Deputy general to assist him. He led 3000 troops to settle down in the fields. As for the 500 young men he took, he was mainly prepared for the logging field. It''s a pity that it''s late August, and it''s impossible to grow grain now, but the army can still make early preparations.


    Only ten miles away from the north gate, they saw a small town in front of them. After the system refresh, except for a few counties and cities occupied by Huangfu Chaobo, all other places are occupied by different NPC hostile forces, like the small town in front of Huangfu Chaobo. According to the information from previous cavalry reconnaissance, this should be a small town occupied by mobs, with a population of less than 1000. For such a small town, pawey was not interested at all. So Huangfu Chaobo let Zheng Feng take charge of the attack, and the soldiers only gave him 600 soldiers.


    Zheng Feng is very excited, leading 200 Xianbei cavalry to lead the battle. What I didn''t expect was that it was only a round of riding and shooting by Xianbei cavalry that killed more than a dozen guards in the town, so the town opened the door and surrendered. However, thousands of soldiers and horses surround a small town with thousands of people. If he dares to defend it, it''s almost the same unless the people in it are sick. The attack was over before it really started. After Chen Jing led the army into the town to control all the inside, Huangfu Chaobo took the people into the town. This is a player town called Luobei Town, but now it belongs to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After entering the administration hall, Huangfu Chaobo appointed Zheng Feng as the deputy mayor. Luobei town''s main role was to settle Zaozhi''s army and provide timber for Luoyang''s reconstruction. As for other things, it was not necessary to worry about. The prisoners in the town would be sent to Luoyang City and sent to be responsible for the reconstruction. Not only that, but also the three counties around Luoyang and Luobei town Every day, the new refugees have to arrange people to escort them to Luoyang and give them to special officials. Only when Luoyang is rebuilt to a certain extent, can they consider the construction of internal affairs.


    After explaining all these, leaving a group of Huben cavalry as Zaozhi''s own soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo took others and escorted them to Luoyang City, leaving Zheng Feng, the new deputy mayor, with a dull face. After a long time, he turned his head and said bitterly to Zao only: "Mr. Zao, you must help me. It''s OK for me to lead the soldiers to fight, but let me manage the town. I really don''t know how to do it?" Zao just said with a smile: "well, didn''t you say that? It''s just to let you do the things he has arranged, and you don''t have to worry about other things. "


    After that, he went out of town to arrange for the garrison. In fact, Luobei town still has a lot of fields. Although the Xiliang army burned a lot of fields when they moved the people, some of them were still preserved. The reason why Huangfu Chaobo hurriedly recruited Zaozhi was that he thought that he could rescue some fields with the garrison soldiers and arrived at the next stage A little is a little. In fact, it''s not only in Luobei Town, but also in Luoyang. But the problem is that there is no one in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, so it''s impossible for him to take care of him.


    After returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo had several hundred prisoners handed over to Lou GUI''s petty official who was in charge of arranging the prisoners, he took Dian Wei back to the palace. Who knows, as soon as he sat down, Lou GUI came in from the outside."Young master, are you free?" After Lou GUI came to the ceremony, he said,


    Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange. Lou GUI usually didn''t like this. If he had something to say, he must have said it directly. Today, he asked, is there anything else? Lian said hastily, "of course, sir. What can I do for you?"


    "Well, I see. Do you remember the last time Chen Liucheng happened?" After half a moment''s pause, Lou GUI seemed to have made up his mind and said,


    "by the way, if you don''t tell me, I really don''t remember what people you sent to do? Well done. By the way, if it''s convenient, I''ll see them and reward them if I can! " As soon as he mentioned Chen Liu, Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. He didn''t know who Lou GUI was looking for, so he asked him happily.


    Lou GUI said: "in fact, the people I''m looking for are a group of Rangers!"


    "Ranger?" What kind of profession is this? It seems that there is no such profession in the game? "Please help Chaobo out!"

 Chapter 347

    Lou Guijian had already opened up his words, so he didn''t have any reservation. He explained things in detail for Huangfu Chaobo. After a long time, the so-called Ranger is that Huangfu Chaobo saw those bewitchers in the movie. Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was very interested. He didn''t expect to have this career thousands of years ago? To put it bluntly, there are some idle people who insist on fighting against others. They are idle all day long and go to the country. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that Xu Shu was a Ranger in the beginning?


    After lougui''s detailed explanation, Huangfu Chaobo knows that there are still many heroes in the Three Kingdoms period! For example, Wang Yue, the former imperial master, and Shi a, his apprentice, are fighters among Rangers. The group Lou GUI is looking for this time is also a group of Rangers, and they have a different relationship with Lou GUI. They are Lou GUI''s family nephew. They were originally eating with his master. However, the more the master mixed, the more he went back. He had no choice but to leave the master and take some close brothers with him.


    Some time ago, he went to his uncle Lou GUI. Lou GUI wanted to find a chance to introduce him to Huangfu Chaobo, but he couldn''t grasp his attitude towards Rangers, so he put it off again and again. You should know that the world at that time didn''t think well of rangers who were angry and bloody. Just after arriving in Luoyang, when Huangfu Chaobo wanted to go to Chen Liucheng to spread rumors, Lou GUI handed it over to several of them. He didn''t expect the effect to be surprisingly good. However, Lou GUI wanted to temper them, so after they came back from Chen Liu, Lou GUI delayed talking to Huangfu Chaobo until this time. However, according to Lou GUI, these people are different from generals. They don''t know how to fight in battle, but they are good at sneaking around.


    After listening to Lou GUI''s words, Huangfu Chaobo became more interested in these Rangers. He quickly asked Lou GUI to call them over and said that if they were made of materials, they would use them. After hearing this, Lou GUI really put down his heart. After thanking him, he quit to ask for help.


    A moment later, Lou GUI came in again, followed by a young man in his twenties. Huangfu Chaobo looked up and saw the young man. He was slightly thin, not tall, about 1.7 meters. But there was one characteristic, that is, his arms were relatively long. Although his hands were not over his knees like Liu''s, they belonged to the very harmonious long man I know this person is very flexible.


    "Young master, this is my chivalrous nephew just now." Lou guidao;


    "Xiao Min, Lou Jing has seen a general begging for thieves!" When the young man saw this, he immediately went to the front line;


    "Mr. Lou said that thanks to the efforts of the heroes, he would appreciate it very much, but if he wants to get the reuse of the general, he has to have real strength. I don''t know how the heroes can show it to the general?"


    "It''s not our strong point to lead the troops to fight and attack, but it''s our ability to guard the general and inquire about the enemy city." Lou Jing didn''t think much about it, and then he showed his attributes to Huangfu Chaobo.


    I don''t know. I''m surprised at the sight. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t realize that this seemingly small young man''s force value is so high - he only has level 40, his force value has 53, and his growth value has reached 1.30. That''s not to say that when he reaches level 60, his force value will be 79. If you add the bonus of other weapons and equipment, it''s OK to be over 80, isn''t it It''s up to the level of a general in the sky! However, looking at other attributes, Huangfu Chaobo finally understood why he said that it was not his strong point to lead the troops in the battle. Except that the force was over 50, only his intelligence reached 30 +, while his command was only 16, and his internal affairs was only 12. If you look at his skills, there are a lot of them, but all of them are individual skills, such as fencing, flying mark, camouflage, concealment, assassination, etc... Warrinima, isn''t this a real special forces? Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help getting excited and said, "how many people are there in all of you? Is everyone as capable as you? What other skills do you have? "


    Lou Jing didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo asked three questions all at once, but he was stunned. However, he quickly responded and said, "if you go back to the general, there are a total of 12 martial brothers brought by the younger one this time, and their ability is a little lower than that of the younger one, but each one has his own unique skills, like the reason why Chen Liu''s trip is so smooth Li, it''s also because the younger martial brother has a rumor skill. However, the elder martial brother of the villain is ten times better than the younger one. According to the master, if the elder martial brother fights alone with Wang''s generals, there will be no falling peak in Baihe. "


    "Er On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo''s saliva was about to stay, and he immediately asked for the details.


    Seeing this, Lou Jing gave a detailed introduction to his group for Huangfu Chaobo.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo found that he seems to have found another treasure. This Lou Jing is the apprentice of Wang Yue, the great Xia, and the master brother he said is Shi a. It is said that great Xia Wang Yue is an official fan originally, but for this kind of knight errant, the aristocratic family is not cold at all. Great Xia Wang, who had been besieged by those aristocratic families for many times, came to Luoyang, the capital of the Han Dynasty. He finally found a job with the spirit emperor, who was responsible for teaching the two princes swordsmanship and protecting them secretly. However, the spirit emperor did not give him a practical official position. After Dong Zhuo moved the capital, Wang''s life became more and more difficult, and his disciples were gradually sent away by him to seek their own livelihood. It was in this case that Lou Jing and his party left Chang''an for Kanto. Not only that, Wang Yue also heard from Lou Jing that Shi a seemed to want to find another way out. However, he had not found a suitable family, so he was still eating with Wang Yue.Since the army arrived in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo has always had a headache because of the intelligence problems in the surrounding counties. Although the cavalry denounced the Marquis, they could get some information, but they were all very general information. Originally, they wanted to have a special intelligence system, but they didn''t expect that when they fell asleep, someone would give them pillows. The Rangers like Lou Jing couldn''t kill the enemy It was more than enough to inquire about the news. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Lou Jing, since you and others intend to work for Ben Jiang, Ben Jiang will now give you two tasks. If you can finish them well, Ben will reuse you and others. Would you like to? "

 Chapter 348

    "Please tell me, I will do my best! Never let the general down After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Lou Jing was stunned for a moment. He gritted his teeth and took them down, regardless of Lou GUI''s effort to lose his eyes.


    All these were seen by Huangfu Chaobo, and he said to Lou GUI with a smile: "don''t worry, sir. I won''t embarrass him. Ha ha ha... "


    Lou GUI was stunned, and his face was red. He said, "old age is afraid of their youth and misfortune."


    "Ha ha ha..." Huangfu Chaobo seldom sees Lou GUI like this. He can''t help laughing. After laughing, he said, "OK, OK, Chaobo is joking. Please don''t care." Then he saluted Lou GUI, turned to Lou Jing and said, "the first task is to hand over the detailed information of each county in Luoyang to our general in one month. Is there any problem?"


    When Lou GUI saw that Huangfu Chaobo was giving him a gift, he knew that Huangfu Chaobo was just joking with him, and he didn''t say anything. Now when he heard Huangfu Chaobo''s first task, he nodded his head and thought that although cavalry denounced Marquis, they could also inquire information, but they were not as good as Lou Jing''s Rangers. He knew that Huangfu Chaobo''s action was really a wise man''s good use.


    After hearing this, Lou Jing immediately said, "general Hui, it doesn''t take a month. These days, the younger martial brothers are idle and have nothing to do. They have been arranged to explore several surrounding counties. There are only several counties in Guandong in Luoyang. It takes a little longer. The younger martial brothers can give all the information to the general in 20 days."


    It''s good to hear that Huangfu is very knowledgeable. He also knows how to give full play to his strong points. It seems that it''s really worth cultivating. "Good, good. The second task, Ben will let you go back and invite Shi ah. He said that Ben will set up a pro army right school to protect Ben''s left and right sides together with Zhonglang general Dian Wei''s Pro army left school, and take charge of intelligence collection. This time, he will be appointed as commander Yingyang, and Ben will take charge of the right army. Is that ok? Of course, if this is done, you will be appointed as the commander and deputy to assist him in managing the right army. Of course, if master Wang was willing to come, he would have been treated as a general of Zhonglang. You two will remain in the same position and help master Wang as deputy! "


    "Er," old Lou GUI, who was relieved, stayed aside, shaking his head and gently wearing his long beard under his jaw. He was stunned when he heard what Huangfu Chaobo said. He turned his head and stared at Huangfu Chaobo, but he didn''t have time to stop his work. He pulled several whiskers off his chin. However, at this time, he did not have time to love those whiskers, and he really admired Huangfu''s superb mind. Since ancient times, chivalry has been a taboo in martial arts. No matter the aristocratic families or the common people, they always keep away from chivalry. Superficially, they are respectful, but in fact, they are despicable. No one has ever thought of using them in this way. For example, these chivalry are almost all independent chivalrous and do not know the art of war. Lou GUI was filled with admiration, but Lou Jing was stunned at this time. He didn''t expect that general Huangfu wanted to invite his master, general Ren Zhonglang, to be a captain, and he could be a captain himself. It took a long time for him to come back to his senses. He turned his head to look at Lou GUI. Seeing that Lou GUI nodded to him, he was sure that Huangfu Chaobo was not joking. He quickly knelt down and said, "general Meng thinks highly of it. I will bring my elder martial brother to Luoyang even if I fight to death, but Shifu..."


    Huangfu Chaobo also knows that master level figures like Wang Yue are not necessarily able to be recruited by himself. What''s more, they are still at the side of the little emperor. However, with the news of whether he wants to play first, Huangfu Chaobo asks Lou Jing to have a try. What if he really does?


    "All right, you go first, Master Wang doesn''t want to come, but Shi a must come for Ben."


    "Don''t worry, general. Shifu has already asked elder martial brother to find another place. If the general is so honest, elder martial brother will not refuse. I''ll go down to Chang''an and invite the elder martial brother to Chang''an as soon as I''ve arranged the intelligence investigation tasks of other martial brothers... "


    "Well, it''s hard..."


    "General, I''m leaving..."


    As soon as Lou Jing retreated, Lou GUI said with a smile, "Congratulations, you''ve got Shi A''s good help again."


    "Is that too early, sir?" Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    "don''t worry, sir. I expect that my nephew will get something from this trip. Master Wang may not be able to come, but Shia certainly has no problem." Lou guidao;


    "in this way, we can borrow Mr. Ji''s words. By the way, sir, how far has the inner city been cleaned up now?"


    Lou GUI shook his head and gave Huangfu Chaobo a detailed introduction of the arrangement these days. Although there are tens of thousands of troops and more than 10000 people in the city, even the southern part of the inner city with the least damage has not been sorted out, let alone the other three areas with serious damage, East, West and North. There''s no other reason. There''s not enough manpower. If you think about a city with a population of one million, the inner city alone has nearly 50 square miles. Even if you remove the part of the Imperial City, there''s also nearly 30 square miles. In addition, it''s a huge project to transport out of the city only those broken walls that can''t be used. Now there are only a few limited roads in the city, which is still for the convenience of transporting materials.


    It''s a pity that Huangfu Chaobo can''t change people. He has no choice but to take his time. Anyway, Rome can''t be built in a day. When there''s more food and grass coming from Kanto, he will send troops to sweep the city. At that time, some people will be captured. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that he still had a drawing of refugee camp bought at Luoyang auction last time. Although it would reduce public security, it could brush refugees. However, the drawing is still in the hands of Jia Jing of changshe. It seems that he can only wait for Jia Jing to come.Since there was no way to think about the arrangement work, the two people focused on the second part of the reconstruction task. Like the first part, the task of this part was not very difficult, just according to the conditions on the jade panel of the Taishou. After comparing the two people''s various buildings, we found that there were only two buildings, the panwu and the wharf, which were not arranged for construction. Huangfu Chaobo patted his head and said, "I always feel that there is something I haven''t done! It turned out that there was no arrangement between the two for the whole day. Oh, by the way, hee hee... I remember that there are still two navy generals who have not been recruited. " Then he turned his head and asked Dianwei to arrange for someone to call Zhou Yi.

 Chapter 349

    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo remembered that he had made a bet with Zhou Tai a few months ago. At that time, it was just a casual remark. He didn''t expect that he would realize it more than a year later. He was very excited to think that two Tianji generals would be recruited by himself soon. What''s more, it seems that Zhou Tai is still a king''s all-round man on land and water. It seems that in the east Wu Dynasty, after sun CE and Tai Shici, he would row Third place.


    Zhou Yi came in in a hurry very soon, and the other four of the generals who had been transferred at the same time had already been arranged. He was the only one who had not yet been arranged. Can you not let him worry? As soon as he heard that Dianwei had arranged for him to be called, he immediately ran to the prefect''s house. "General Zhou Yi has seen the general!"


    As Huangfu became more and more powerful, people around him were usually called generals or Taishou on formal occasions.


    "Zhou Yi, do you remember the two water thief leaders we met last time in yunmengze?" Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhou Yi to forgive him and then said,


    "water thief leader?" Zhou Yi thought that Huangfu Chaobo called himself to arrange military affairs, but he didn''t expect to ask about the water thief. Although he was disappointed, he answered Huangfu Chaobo''s question seriously. "General Hui, I remember that the general had an agreement with the leader of the water thief at that time Speaking of this, Zhou Yimeng thought of a question and said, "general, what do you mean?"


    "Yes, I''m going to order you to go to yunmengze to look for two heroes. After finding them, I''ll tell them that I''ve fulfilled my promise. Now I''m going to set up a water army in Luoyang, and I''ll appoint Zhou Tai as the captain of Hengjiang to lead the Luoyang Water Army, and Jiang Qin as the captain of louchuan to be the deputy commander of the water army. Of course, as long as you bring the two heroes to Luoyang, the general will appoint you as the captain of the Navy, subordinate to Zhou Tai. " Fearing that Zhou Yi Hui was born with Zhou Tai, Huangfu Chaobo specially explained: "Zhou Yi, you are better to treat the two heroes this trip. I tell you that they are both rare generals of the water army. You have to learn one or two percent of their skills. In the future, it is possible to lead a water army alone. Not only that, this will estimate that Zhou Tai is likely to be a king level general. "


    "Ah After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Dian Wei had a fight with Zhou Tai, but Lou GUI and Zhou Yi were too surprised to speak for a long time. After a long time, Zhou Yicai responded and said, "please don''t worry, general. I''ll invite the two heroes to Luoyang. If not, I''m willing to engage in military justice."


    "Well, you don''t have to care too much. Since Zhou Tai has an agreement with Ben Jiang, I believe they will keep it. And you can tell him that the water thieves who are with them and Ben Jiang who are willing to come with them will be arranged in the water army. If they are not willing to come, Ben Jiang will not force them to settle down in Luoyang. In case, this will mean in case, in case the other party doesn''t want to, you don''t have to ask, just make friends with them. " Huangfu Chaobo added;


    "the general will take orders, the general will leave." After hearing the order, Zhou Yi left. However, he secretly decided that he had left Louzi in Xiangyang last time. He must finish the task this time, or he will never give up. Before Zhou Yi led a group of people to yunmengze, Huangfu Chaobo told him to go to the lumen villa in Xiangyang to see if Pang Anmin and Ma Xuan had not come back. If they had already come back, he would invite them to Luoyang for a visit. The implication is not obvious.


    After Zhou Yi left, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t struggle in this aspect any more, but continued to rebuild with Lou GUI. They go through all the things that have not yet been completed. When they find that nothing else has been left out, Lou GUI is ready to say goodbye to Huangfu Chaobo. Just as they are ready to return to their residence, Lao Du and Zhao Zilong rush into the prefect''s residence.


    "Brother, Cao Cao has news!" Lao Du said in a loud voice as he ran;


    "eh!" After listening to Lao Du''s cry, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately said, "wait a moment, sir. Let''s listen to the news about Cao Cao from them." Lou GUI answered the promise and sat down again.


    "What''s the matter?" Looking at the two men panting, Huangfu Chaobo said,


    "there''s news from Cao Cao. Let brother Zilong tell you more about it!" Lao Du took a breath and said;


    Zhao Zilong was not polite either. After a little breath, he introduced to you what they would know about Zilong. It turned out that ten days ago, Cao Cao led two Cao, two Xiahou, five general Weihong and thousands of disabled soldiers back to Qiao County of Pei state. Later, for some unknown reason, Cao Cao called the Pei state general to meet the prime minister''s house. They chatted in the house for almost a day. Cao Cao even stayed in the prime minister''s house at night. No one cared about this situation, but the next day, the prime minister summoned officials from the prime minister''s government and local families, and announced in public that he would give up the position of prime minister to Cao Cao. Originally, Cao Cao was determined not to accept it. However, after repeated concessions from the prime minister and the unanimous invitation of Pei''s family, Cao Cao Cao and the prime minister finally reached an agreement, and Pei wrote a letter to the governor''s Department of Yuzhou The court divided Peixian County, Fengxian County and Zhuxian County into Pei state. The prime minister''s office was located in Peixian County, and Cao Ren was recommended as the national captain of Pei state. The other 18 counties of Pei state were divided into one county, named Qiao County. Cao Cao was recommended as the prefect of Pei state, and Xia Houyuan as the prefect of Pei state.


    Later, with the support of Shikun from the two counties, Cao Cao recruited 30000 soldiers in Xiang county. With the 20000 soldiers in the hands of the prime minister, Cao Cao made 50000 troops and swept through 21 counties in a thunderous manner. It took only five days to take control of 21 counties in the two counties. Of course, the help of Cao''s family and Xiahou''s family in peiguo was indispensable. By the time you found out, it was already dead Make a boat. Not only that, with the fame of Dong Zhong, it soon attracted all sides to vote. In a few days, Li Dian, a native of Shanyang, Le Jin, a native of Weiguo, Yangping, Lu Qian, man Pang, a native of Changyi, Shanyang, and Jia Kui, a native of Xiangling, Hedong, were all entrusted with important tasks by Cao Cao.Not only that, but also Xun Yu, one of the eight dragons of the Xun family in Yingchuan, came out from Yuan Shao to join Cao Cao. In addition, several generals of the Xiahou family of the Cao family gathered together. In terms of troops and horses, Cao Cao integrated all the prefectures and soldiers in 21 counties, and there were 110000 troops and horses. In addition to the 50000 troops that had been recruited before, there were 160000 troops in total. In addition to three to 5000 troops stationed in each county, Cao Cao now has 80000 Mobile troops and horses, and countless money and food.

 Chapter 350

    After listening to Zhao Zilong''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help swearing. Wo RI NIMA and Cao aman are also very abnormal. They thought they were overcast by themselves, but it would take a year and a half to get up. They didn''t expect that in just one month, they would have a county with a population of no less than one million, plus the player villages in 21 counties. How can they say that there would be several There are more than ten million people. In a few days, there will be about ten generals under his command. They are all generals above the sky level, as well as Xun Yu, who is Wang zuozhi''s talent. It is estimated that before long, the drama will come out of the mountain, and then Cheng Yu, who is from the East County. When he thinks of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help shivering. However, he secretly congratulated himself that he had driven him away. As for whether Chen Liu around him would become his territory for a while.


    Huangfu Chaobo was surprised that he had been in Yingchuan changshe for such a long time, let alone Yingchuan Academy. He had never heard of the Xun family, the Zhong family and the Chen family living anywhere. Now Xun Yu suddenly ran out and ran to Cao Cao. Cao Cao''s quick rise not only surprised Huangfu Chaobo, but also surprised Lou GUI. At the same time, he was puzzled that Huangfu Chaobo attached so much importance to Cao Cao. He was also admired by Huangfu Chaobo''s foresight. Unfortunately, he didn''t know that all ambitious players would guard against the big three.


    Looking at the two almost accepted the first news, Zhao Zilong just said the second news he got. Two days ago, Cao Cao, with Cao Hong as the main general, led 1000 cavalry troops and 5000 soldiers, escorted hundreds of thousands of stone grain and grass from Qiao County to the west through kuxian county. Under the banner of supporting Luoyang''s reconstruction, Cao Cao transported grain and grass to Luoyang. Zhao Zilong estimated that Cao Hong should have thought about Chen Jun entering Yingchuan, and then entering Henan via changshe city. According to their speed, it should be a month later, Cao Hong and his party will be able to go to the tiger pass.


    Ah...


    Hearing this news, the stunned Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI can''t help looking at each other. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo had given up the grain and grass promised by Cao Cao, but Cao Cao was so trustworthy. As soon as he stabilized, Cao Hong immediately sent the grain and grass promised by Cao Hong.


    Another is about the three Taozi brothers. The battle of hulaoguan and the battle of the three Taozi brothers became famous. After the three Taozi brothers returned to Youzhou, Liu Yu decided to reuse the three Taozi brothers. Originally, he was going to let Taoer and taosan lead the army in the city again, but they didn''t agree. Finally, Liu Yu thought that Daijun was basically away from Youzhou, so he appointed da''er as the leader Daijun prefect, let their three brothers take two thousand soldiers to take office.


    Huangfu Chaobo took a long time to respond. After thanking Zhao Zilong, he sent them out of the prefect''s residence, and then discussed with Lou GUI about Cao Cao. After half a day''s discussion, they found that things in Luoyang were too busy to take care of Cao Cao. In the end, they had no choice but to give up. For Liu da''er, Huangfu Chaobo is not worried. Although Daijun is a big county with 11 counties, it is basically a place where birds do not shit. It is estimated that the total population of Daijun is not as large as that of the two counties in the Central Plains. Moreover, Daijun is still in a mess. The three Taozi brothers have to spend a lot of time and energy to master it.


    The next day, early in the morning, Huangfu Chaobo took Dian Wei and his party to Luoshui in the south of the city. Luoshui may be just outside the South four gates of Luoyang. There are docks and several docks outside each gate. However, Dong Zhuo''s army was completely burned by the fire when he left. In fact, the best places for the Luoyang navy to settle down were Mengjin and xiaopingjin, which were also the two in the middle of the eight Luoyang passes set by Emperor Hanling at that time. However, Huangfu Chaobo can''t even care about Pingxian County on the north side of the Yellow River, let alone the two ferries, so now it''s better to focus on Luoyang City and the surrounding areas of the city wall. For example, the docks and docks outside the South City were built here just to complete the task, and then symbolically sent a team of soldiers to guard them. As for other things, we''d better wait for Zhou Yi to invite Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin back.


    With several senior carpenters and dozens of minzhuang, Huangfu Chaobo and his party built a wharf by the river outside the city. In fact, the wharf is easy to build. There was a wharf, but it was almost burned. But after finishing, the original outline can still be seen. Craftsmen just need to press the original position, first drive the wood into the riverbed, and then fix it, and then build a platform on it. Step by step, the platform is built about 20 steps away from the river bank, and the water level here is about 20 meters It''s about two feet deep, enough for ships to dock close. However, it''s easier said than done. It took a whole day to build a medium-sized wharf. As for the dock, it can only be arranged until tomorrow.


    Of course, Huangfu Chaobo will not be here all day. In the afternoon, Huangfu chaobodu and Zao only stayed in the Imperial City, because they suddenly remembered that Cao Cao''s food and grass were on the way, and the food and grass transported from changshe should be transported to Luoyang in these two days. But now the number of granaries in the imperial city is far from enough, so in the afternoon, they took Zao only and people to tidy up the ruins of the imperial city. Most of the buildings in the imperial city were burned down in the war. Except for the main body of the main hall, the other palaces were basically useless. So Huangfu Chaobo was not prepared to leave anything. He asked people to clean up all the bricks and stones outside the main hall. The ones that could be used were put aside, and the ones that could not be used were dragged out of the city by carriage.Although there are nearly 40000 or 50000 people in Luoyang, there are 20000 soldiers, including 5000 cavalry and more than 20000 civilians. However, there are less than a quarter of young men, and the rest are women and children, so they can''t do heavy work. In addition, there are so many people in need in the city. Every time Huangfu Chaobo thought of something, he had to go to Lou GUI to transfer people.


    By the next night, the dock outside Luoyang had been built. At the moment when the dock was built, Huangfu Chaobo heard the system prompt: "Ding Dong, congratulations on the completion of Luoyang reconstruction task. The second link: complete county-level city buildings, including military buildings and special buildings. If you get 10000 task points, please choose whether you want to exchange prizes or accumulate points. " Of course, we still choose cumulative points.

 Chapter 351

    When several people in Huangfu Chaobo were having a headache about the small population of Luoyang, there were also people outside the Great Wall who were also having a headache about the population. In the administrative Hall of Longhua Town, Huang Xu and Zhang an sat opposite each other, looking at the figures on the desk, Huang Xu said: "brother an, according to my uncle''s requirements, we are striving for the development of Longhua Town, but now our population has reached 15000. If we go on like this, we will be able to upgrade to a big town in a few months, but now Luoshen town is a big town No, I don''t know when it''s time to upgrade the town. If it goes on like this, when will Longhua town be upgraded? " In fact, they didn''t know that Luoshen town was upgraded to a small town at any time, but Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to.


    "Er" Zhang an looked at Huang Xu and said with a little shame: "Xiao Xu, how can you ask me about this kind of thing? At the beginning, it was agreed that I was only the captain in charge of the crossbow soldiers, and you were the commander of Longhua. Besides, in terms of internal affairs, even my father and mother were far behind you, let alone you. Oh, I remember. There are still things waiting for me in the barracks. I''ll go first. " Then he stood up and prepared to go out.


    Huang Xu''s two brothers and sisters spent more than a year with Zhang an in Huangfu Chaobo. Several of them studied and practiced martial arts together. They had already formed deep feelings. When there was no outsider, they were all brothers and sisters. Of course, this was what Huangfu Chaobo asked of them. After Huangfu Chaobo''s promotion, he did not forget that several people outside the great wall gave Huang Xu the post of commander in chief of the sixth grade. Zhang an was appointed as commander in chief of the sixth grade to assist Huang Xu. Even Xiao huyanda was appointed commander in chief of the sixth grade.


    "No, brother an, uncle wants you to help me. You can''t do that!" As soon as Huang Xu saw that Zhang an wanted to run again, he immediately jumped up and held on to the road.


    with Huang Xu''s skill, several Zhang an were not rivals either. After being held by Huang Xu, Zhang an had no choice but to sit down and ponder. Suddenly, Zhang an jumped up and said, "Xiao Xu, do you think it''s ok? Young master, when they were in changshe, didn''t they have a Xiaobai rule for foreigners to join the village? What''s more, brother Chen, they used the same method for these prisoners at the beginning... "


    "Ha..." How can Huang Xu say that he is a military general with intelligence and internal affairs over 70? When Zhang an said this, he immediately responded and jumped up and said, "brother an, you are so smart. I know that we can do the same for the refugees. We can recruit the young and the skilled into the town, and other ordinary people will place them at the foot of the river and mountain to the west of the town. They can be hired every day Help them to work in the town so that they don''t join the town and they don''t leave. For those prisoners, we can raise the standard, and if we can''t meet the requirements, we will unify the detention arrangement first. In this way, the vacancy of 5000 people is enough for Longhua to last for a year and a half. Ha ha ha Elder brother an, you also said that you don''t understand internal affairs. It seems that in the future, my younger brother will have to ask for your opinions more... "


    "Ah..." On hearing this, Zhang an''s relaxed face broke down again.


    "Brother, what are you laughing at? So happy! Are you bullying brother an again? " Just as Huang Xu was laughing happily, a girl''s voice rang out of the door. Then, the door was pushed open and two figures, one red and one purple, ran in from the outside. Yes, it is Huang Xu''s sister Huang Wudi and Zhao Yun''s sister Zhao Yu who come in.


    "Er..." Huang Xu''s laughter suddenly stopped and said, "dance butterfly, don''t talk nonsense. How can I bully brother an?" In addition to Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong, Huang Xu was most afraid of his younger sister. As soon as he heard Huang wudie''s words, however, Huang Xu had a way to deal with her and immediately said, "by the way, you guys, where have you been these two days? I haven''t seen anyone for a few days. What should I do if I have anything to do? I''ll talk to my uncle and ask him to call you back


    As soon as he heard that Huang Xu wanted to sue Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Wudi did not dare to be fierce in front of him and said, "we didn''t go to the wild. Xiao Hei said that there were no good horses in the two hundred Li area, so we ran a little far away to catch horses." Said, raised the petite chin, proud said: "do you know what we have gained these days?"


    "Chi..." Huang Xu said with disdain: "what''s the harvest? Is it hard to catch a few more BMWs? "


    "You think BMW grabs a lot at random, don''t you? But this time, we set up a real night shining jade lion." Huang wudie is overwhelmed by Huang Xu. "Forget it, I won''t tell you. Let Xiao Hei tell you when he comes! Hum


    "Sister wudie, you call me Xiaohei again! Young master, I have been appointed as captain. I am no longer a child! " Voice just fell, huyanda came in from outside.


    Huang wudie pouted and said, "I just want to call Xiao Hei, Xiao Hei, Xiao hei My uncle is partial. You are younger than me, but you don''t let me be an official. "


    Huang Xu a listen, helplessly shook his head, no longer pay attention to Huang dance butterfly, turned to huyanda way: "huyanda, what is it?"


    Huyanda see Huang Xu asked about business, also no longer say, to Huang Xu and Zhang an in detail about his party a few days.


    It has been several years since the original small valley outside the Great Wall was built into Zhongzhen town in Longhua town. In these years, huyanda and his several horse trainers have domesticated at least three or five thousand horses, not to mention eight thousand. With the increase of time, huyanda''s horse training skills have also increased a lot There are not many good wild horses in the 200 Li grassland. Only a few good horses will appear in the occasional new horses. As for BMW, it took a few years to meet the yellow brown horse. After domestication, people immediately took it to Huangfu Chaobo. Now it''s Huang Zhong''s horse.A few days ago, while chatting with Huang wudie, huyanda said that if you want to have a good horse, you can only go further to the grassland to find a new group of wild horses. Unexpectedly, two bold girls remembered it. A few days ago, when the party went out to catch horses again, the two little girls took them directly to the depth of the grassland. Huyanda couldn''t persuade them, There was no choice but to follow them to the depths of the grassland. However, he agreed with them that they must obey their own arrangement all the way.

 Chapter 352

    However, huyanda is not very worried about the safety of the party. For the safety of Huang wudie, not only Huangfu Chaobo has arranged 20 Huben cavalry, but also Huang Xu has selected 10 senior warriors from Longhua Town and 10 senior warriors sent by Zhao Feng from Zhaojia village to Zhao Yu. There are also dozens of ordinary Xianbei cavalry who catch horses. Of course, these cavalry are all masters of setting up horses. Except for the warriors, they are all good horses, and each of them has a good horse in reserve. In addition to the one stone crossbow, it can be said that, in addition to persuading more than 1000 foreign cavalry to seek their own death, the rest of them are good horses In their hands, the soldiers couldn''t win at all. Moreover, the two girls seemed to have the same force value as Huang Xu, so after a little consideration, huyanda gave in.


    So, a group of people, toward the depths of the grassland gallop away. After two days of running, they finally found a large herd of thousands of wild horses on the third day. This wild horse group is led by a pure night jade lion BMW, which makes everyone excited. Although the two girls love to play, they are not the masters of mischief. After seeing the situation of the horses, Huang Wudi horse gave his white dragon horse to huyanda, and then everyone listened to huyanda''s arrangement and prepared to set up a horse. Under the careful arrangement of huyanda, after three days of fighting, they finally separated the horse king and the three or four hundred horses around him from the whole herd. With great efforts, they finally caught the horse king. At the same time, they also set up nearly 80 good horses and good horses. As for the horses, after the horse king was arrested, they were divided into several small herds and scattered.


    After Ma Wang got it, they didn''t dare to stay on the grassland any more. After a night''s rest, the next morning, they galloped to Longhua. Huyanda wants to come back soon to tame the horse king. The two girls also know that they have been out for too long. If they don''t go back, Huang Xu won''t be at ease. However, on the way back, we found a Xianbei tribe with thousands of accounts, because it was located less than 400 miles northeast of Longhua town. Due to the vigilance of a warrior, huyanda immediately arranged two warriors to lead ten cavalry to inquire for information, while he came back to Huang Xuhui as soon as he had settled the horses I want to report this. The distance of 400 Li is a very big distance for the infantry, but for the cavalry, it''s only three or two days'' journey. Especially for the grassland people, once the other party finds Longhua Town, they will surely rush out. Only 2000 soldiers can face thousands of grassland cavalry in Zhongzhen. Even if they can hold it, it will make people lose their vitality.


    Huang Xu can''t help frowning after hearing this. If the Xianbei tribe with thousands of accounts has only three or two thousand accounts, it''s no pressure to hold them for a year and a half with the strength of Longhua, but if they have more than five thousand accounts, it''s enough. The most important thing is that after the tribe discovered Longhua, it attracted more Xianbei people. Even if it stayed outside the valley of Longhua, after a year and a half, Longhua town was basically abandoned. Thinking of this, Huang Xu said to huyanda, "in your opinion, how many people are there in this tribe?"


    Huyanda thought for a moment and said, "in terms of our Xianbei people''s habits, what we see should be about two thousand accounts. In this case, it should be two thousand to three thousand soldiers. Of course, it depends on the information we get back."


    "Well," Huang Xu nodded and said, "watch it. If the two warriors come back, they will come to the executive hall immediately." Then he turned to Zhang an and said, "how are your crossbow soldiers training now, Captain Zhang Once set to the business above, whether it is Huang Xu or Zhang an several people are restored to the superior subordinate relationship.


    "I''ll report to you that the last time I brought 400 crossbow soldiers from changshe, together with the Dahuang crossbow, which has been transported in succession recently. Now there are 450 crossbow soldiers in Longhua Town, and their proficiency has reached intermediate level or above. Each of them has two spare crossbow strings and 200 crossbow arrows. It''s just that the soldiers haven''t practiced their riding skills well, and only about 300 of them have reached intermediate level or above, The other 150 are still junior, and the crossbow soldiers of the intermediate cavalry can''t launch the crossbow on the horse


    "Well! Step up the training of crossbow soldiers. Once there is any situation, crossbow soldiers will be the key to our victory. " Huang Xudao;


    "I understand your humble position!" Zhang an was in charge of the crossbow soldiers all the time, so Huang Xu didn''t know much about them, but other soldiers were very familiar with them. Since Huangfu left Chaobo in Longhua Town, Huang Xu added 1000 soldiers, including 300 sword and shield soldiers, 300 spearmen and 400 archers. However, cavalry didn''t recruit deliberately, so he upgraded the town last time At that time, he recruited hundreds of horse thieves. Huang Xu selected more than 200 good archers to join the cavalry. In addition, the prisoners of Xianbei Wuhuan who had been left behind from the auction for the past two years, up to now, there are almost 1000 cavalry, including 400 sword cavalry, 600 bow cavalry, and 400 crossbow soldiers brought by Zhang an from changshe There are 2500 soldiers in gelonghua town. However, unlike the soldiers in the Central Plains, all the soldiers in this town know how to ride, whether they are sword shield soldiers or bow soldiers. However, they only know how to ride, not just sword shield cavalry or bow cavalry. Since Zhang Xuan was recruited back to the Central Plains by Huangfu Chaobo, the whole Longhua area has been managed by Huang Xu. According to Huang Xu''s idea, if he can, he absolutely doesn''t want to defend passively. Instead, he hopes to attack on his own initiative. But now that the enemy''s situation is not clear, how to act, he has to wait until he knows the other party''s intelligence.Two days later, the informants came back to Longhua town. As soon as they entered the town, they came directly to the direction of the administration.


    "I''ve seen you, Captain!" Two people are taken to Huang Xu''s front, hastily come forward to salute.


    "You two have worked hard. What''s the situation?" Huang Xu waves his hand and can''t wait to ask;


    the two warriors are no longer polite and tell Huang Xu all about their exploration. After they separated with the soldiers and huyanda, they went to Xianbei camp carefully. Without disturbing the camp, they spent two days to find out the situation. This is a small tribe under the Yuwen Department of Xianbei in the East. At present, there are less than 8000 people, including almost 2000 soldiers. However, there are nearly 2000 slaves in the tribe, and the other 4000 are old and weak women and children. This tribe should have just arrived here, and the whole tribe is setting up fences around it. It seems that it will not leave in a short time. Not only that, the two leaders checked the surrounding 200 Li area, and found no trace of other tribal activities.

 Chapter 353

    Less than 2000 people will not leave in the near future. After listening to the report of the warrior, Huang Xu has made up his mind that he must kill these Xianbei people as soon as possible. Thinking of this, Huang Xu quickly arranged for Zhang an, Hu Yan, Huang Wu die, Zhao Yu, several other village generals, Qu Chang and several assistants in charge of internal affairs to come and prepare for the battle.


    After a short time, everyone rushed to the administrative hall. Huang Xu told you about the two warriors'' return and said, "ladies and gentlemen, the other side has not yet found Longhua Town, and now it is not stable. I want to take the initiative to attack. Do you have any suggestions? "


    As soon as Huang Xu''s words came out, he immediately realized that it was wrong. He had someone to discuss. Sure enough, they all shook their heads. So he turned to the two warlords who inquired about the news and said, "tell us more about the situation around Xianbei camp!"


    "Yes, my Lord. Xianbei camp is about 300 miles northeast of Longhua. It''s a large grassland with a radius of several tens of miles. In the north of Xianbei camp, there is a river. They are campsites with the river on their back. There are flat lands on all sides of the camp, and there is nothing to hide. However, there is a river about 10 miles west of the camp There is nothing special about the high hills. "


    "Oh, how many soldiers and horses can be hidden behind the hill?" Huang Xu responded immediately and said, "the hills are not big, but there should be no problem hiding a thousand soldiers."


    After listening to the warrior''s reply, Huang Xu pondered for a moment, and an idea suddenly came out, so he said: "well, I don''t need it to hide a thousand soldiers, I can hide hundreds of crossbow soldiers. According to the orders of the generals, I led the cavalry to fight, Zhang an led the 400 crossbow soldiers to fight together on horseback, and the rest of them stayed in Longhua town. When the army came out, they closed the pass in the valley, and the infantry kept close to the pass and Longhua town. No one is allowed to go out of the pass until the army returns. "


    "We''re going together, too!" As soon as Huang Wu die sees that Huang Xu doesn''t take her two to fight, she immediately calls up.


    "Dance butterfly, this time is to fight, not to go out to play, so don''t follow me." Huang Xu said solemnly;


    "no way..." Huang wudie is preparing to continue to entangle.


    "That''s enough," Huang Xu roared, "if you make any more mischief, I''ll send someone to report it to my uncle, and I''ll arrange someone to escort you back to the changshe."


    Huang Wudi wanted to say something more, but he was held by Zhao Yu beside him. When other people saw this, they immediately agreed, and then withdrew from the administration in turn to prepare for the fight and defense. Seeing that all the people around went out, only his brother and sister and Zhao Yu were left. Huang Xu had to be patient and said to Huang wudie, "Xiaodie, how can you be so willful? Uncle will Longhua to brother, you should help brother to manage here well. You know, huyanda is too young to be in charge at all. Apart from his elder brother, there is only elder brother an. Now that we are both going out, there will be no one in our family to guard. What should we do if something happens to these prisoners? Alas, if Uncle Zhou and uncle Pei were not called back, I would not be so even if I left one of them


    After listening to Huang Xu''s words, Huang Wudi felt very embarrassed and stopped making noise. She blushed and said, "brother, I''m sorry. I shouldn''t make trouble out of nothing. I won''t go out with you. Sister Yu and I will guard our house. You can go to battle. There are two of us in Longhua. Those prisoners can''t turn over the sky."


    "Yes, yes, brother Huang Xu, don''t worry about me and Xiao die. Before you come back, we will guard the pass and Longhua town. It will be fine." Zhao Yu is also on the sideline;


    Huang Xu is relieved to see that both of them are no longer fighting with the army, so he tells them one by one of the things they need to pay attention to in the defense of the town after the army leaves, and they listen carefully. When they encounter something they don''t understand, they ask them one by one. After finishing the defense, Zhang an just leaves He came in and said, "report to Huang Xiaowei that one thousand cavalry and four hundred crossbow soldiers in Longhua town have been assembled, waiting for your order."


    "OK, let''s go!" Huang Xu looks at his sister and nods;


    several people come out of the administration hall. Sure enough, 1400 soldiers have assembled in the front of the administration hall. Because there are not many horses in Longhua Town, and the place where the army goes to battle is not very far away, there is no one with two horses. Looking at the soldiers ready to go, Huang Xu orders them to the people left behind Nodded, said: "everyone, please come home." After that, without waiting for any reply, he waved his hand to the army and headed for Xianbei camp under the leadership of two warriors.


    Two days later, in the evening, the army finally arrived at the hill mentioned by the two warriors. Huang Xu stood on the hill and looked to the East. He could see the smoke rising in the distance. After looking at the surrounding environment of the hill, Huang Xu nodded with satisfaction, which was almost the same as the terrain he imagined. It seems that his plan can be implemented smoothly. Thinking of this, Huang Xu ordered the army to rest behind the hill. After calling Zhang an and yiganqu generals over, Huang Xu told everyone about his plan, and everyone applauded. Huang Xu called Zhang an over again, explained it in such a way, and then arranged for the army to visit the sentry, and then brought several warriors to Xianbei camp under the cover of dusk. The distance of ten li is just a moment away. When several people get to the outside of the camp, it''s almost dark. The whole camp is full of campfires. There''s horse hissing and cattle chirping everywhere. There''s also human barking and dog barking. The whole camp is very busy. Huang Xu is not in a hurry. He dismounts with a few warriors, bends down in the grass and slowly approaches the edge of the camp. He only stops a mile after walking. If he goes further, he will be exposed to the fire at the edge of the camp. Huang Xu takes out dry food from his arms and chews it gently, looking at the situation of the camp silently.In Xianbei camp, near the North River, there is a large area surrounded by wooden bars, where Xianbei people hold slaves. When Huang Xu took people outside the camp to inquire about the situation, one of the more than 2000 slaves was talking to a young man beside him: "Gouwa, I still have a little food here, you eat him!"

 Chapter 354

    Although the boy was yellow and thin with hunger and green eyes, he swallowed his saliva, turned his head and didn''t receive the food from the young man. "No, sir. It''s your food. I can''t eat it."


    "No matter, I''ve had enough to eat. I didn''t expect that I would meet Xianbei people and be taken as slaves by Xianbei people during this trip." The young man shook his head and gave the food to the young man. He looked out of the fence and didn''t know what he was looking at.


    After three or two, he put the small piece of food into his mouth. The young man took a look at the sky along the young man''s eyes. He didn''t see anything for a long time and said, "Sir, it''s dark in the sky. There''s no moon. There''s nothing to see."


    "Ha ha... Nothing''s wrong. Go to sleep. " The young man gently shook his head and said that there was nothing in his mouth, but he always felt as if something would happen.


    In the tent of Xianbei camp, Yu Wensheng is sitting in the tent, with a Han girl in his arms on both sides. On the table in front of him are the freshly baked leg of lamb and the good wine bought from the Han. On both sides of the tent are several chieftains and centurions of Yu Wenbu. There are maids waiting on each side, and the tent is full of laughter. Yu Wensheng looks at these, in the heart not from of proud unceasingly. Yuwen department is just a tribe under Suli, the great king of Xianbei in the East. Several elders of Yuwen family are highly valued by Suli. This time, they won this opportunity after several times of fighting in front of Suli.


    The grassland outside the great wall of Youzhou was originally the territory of Wuhuan people, but these years the white horse general in youpeiping killed Wuhuan people wantonly, which made the Wuhuan people dare not stay beside the Great Wall, and moved to Liaodong or even further north. In this way, the beautiful grassland outside the Great Wall became uninhabited. This makes the ambitious King Suli very excited. With the repeated persuasion of several tribal leaders in Xianbei in the East, the king Suli is finally excited. He is ready to send people to test the reactions of all parties. On the one hand, it depends on the attitude of general Baima, because the original businessman said that the Central Plains has been in a mess, and now general Baima has put all his energy into it Second, the grassland outside the great wall of Youzhou just borders Xianbei in Central China. Suli is not sure whether his move will cause the opposition of Xianbei court. So after thinking about it, Suli is going to send only a small tribe to come here. With the help of several elders of Yuwen department, Yuwen department gets this opportunity. Once Yuwen department gets a foothold here, Suli''s army will continue to send out until it finally occupies the grassland outside the great wall and finally attacks inside the Great Wall.


    However, although it sent a small number of people, yuwenbu did enough. Yuwen Sheng is a rare warrior in Yuwen department, and he is the youngest son of the tribal head, so this task is given to him. As a result, yuwensheng, who was originally only the chieftain, was appointed as the chieftain. However, according to Suli''s request that he should not send too many people to avoid arousing others'' vigilance, he only sent two thousand people teams to him. However, although the number of people was small, it was the two thousand people teams in the top five of yuwenbu''s combat effectiveness. Not only that, yuwenbu''s Chieftain also sent 2000 strong slaves from the tribe together Together with yuwensheng''s family, there are more than 4000 people in this team of less than eight.


    After more than ten days'' journey, yuwensheng and his party finally arrived at a suitable grassland, which is only 500 miles away from the Great Wall, backed by a big river, and with a radius of tens of miles, yuwensheng''s grassland will be the place where yuwenbu will rise. Just after arriving here, yuwensheng was very cautious. He asked Xianbei cavalry to search the surrounding area of nearly 200 Li. The news in return was that no tribe was found, which made yuwensheng put down his heart. In his opinion, the area of 200 Li was enough for the development of his yuwenbu. As for the tribe of King Suli in his later period, it was not in him It''s within the scope of consideration. What he didn''t expect was that his cavalry would see a valley and a town if they went south for less than 100 miles. It was because of this negligence that he was doomed. Yuwensheng''s series of actions became what Huang Xu saw outside the camp. Xianbei people didn''t even have many cavalry for the night patrol. The only cavalry teams put their guard in the south, and there was no guard in other directions.


    Under the cover of the night, Huang Xu stayed outside the camp for nearly an hour. At the same time, he sent someone to check the situation in several other directions of the camp. When the Xianbei people in the camp basically fell asleep, he took them back to the mountains where the army was stationed. Along the way, Huang Xu had already figured out how to fight. When he got to the place, Huang Xu first called up several captains of Zhang an and told them all the information he had found. Then Huang Xu ordered: "Zhang an will listen to the order. The army will be divided into two divisions. First, take a rest for two hours. After two hours, you will lead one division to attack the camp in Xianbei camp. If there are few enemies coming out, it will be beneficial Destroy it with crossbow soldiers. If there are too many people, retreat immediately. It must be correct. After two hours of harassing, you will return here to have a rest, and the general will lead another team to harass. In this way, after a night of exhausted soldiers, the Xianbei people will surely be furious. Tomorrow, when our department returns, we will dig a pit and ditch here to ambush the crossbow soldiers here. Then you will lead the army to anger the Xianbei people and lead their army to destroy them. "


    Huang Xu''s arrangement made several people admire Zhang an. After everyone knew it, Huang Xu asked everyone to take a rest. Looking at everyone''s convincing eyes, Huang Xu felt very happy, but his heart was very nervous. After all, this was his first real leading battle. He took a deep breath and calmed his mood a little. Then he recalled all the plans in his heart. After confirming that there was nothing missing, he inspected the army''s patrol again. Huang Xu was very happy Xu just forced himself to sleep on the white dragon.Two hours later, Zhang an woke up from his sleep on time. As an old man who had followed Huangfu Chaobo for several years, he is now a transferred general. Although he has never led the army alone, he has also followed Huang Zhong to pacify the yellow scarf rebellion in Runan. In addition, he has participated in several major battles in Zongheng village, so relatively speaking, he has more experience in combat than Huang Xu, just transferred to military The difference between generals and historical generals can not be made up by several battles. When Zhang an wakes up, he pats all the cavalry around him one by one. After waking up, he leads his horse, holding a piece in his hand and wrapping his horse''s feet, and goes to the Xianbei camp.

 Chapter 355

    When Zhang an led the soldiers to Xianbei camp, he didn''t steal the camp directly. After all, there were 8000 Xianbei people, and only a few hundred of them were themselves. Even if they really entered the camp, they couldn''t do well. First, he led several excellent archers to spend nearly half an hour. First, Xianbei people arranged a group of cavalry patrols in the south of the camp to pull up. Then, he arranged 200 crossbow soldiers in four miles south of Xianbei camp, and asked them to dismount and line up in four lines on the grass. He was prepared to let the crossbow soldiers destroy them if the number of them was less If so, he would send someone to inform the crossbow soldiers to mount their horses and retreat. Not only that, for the safety of the crossbow soldiers, Zhang an also arranged 200 sword and shield cavalry on both sides to ensure the arrangement of the crossbow soldiers. As for why the crossbow troops were arranged in the south, it was also for the safety of Huang Xu people in the West.


    After all these arrangements were made, Zhang an led the remaining 300 bow cavalry to steal camp. After all the surrounding patrols were settled, Zhang an''s 300 bow cavalry arrived less than 100 steps away from the camp. Looking at the Xianbei soldiers guarding the night in front of him, Zhang an sneered and nodded to several soldiers around him. Several of them raised their bows and arrows, only to hear "whoosh..." After a sound, several soldiers near the gate fell to the ground almost at the same time. Seeing this, Zhang an immediately arranged for people to quietly come forward and open the camp gate. Looking at the slowly opened camp gate, everyone felt "Bang Bang..." Straight jump, just when Zhang an thought he could go to Xianbei people''s camp to burn and kill, did not expect that the abnormal situation at the gate was soon found by another team of patrol taxi soldiers.


    "Who? The enemy attacked... "


    Seeing that he had been exposed, Zhang an couldn''t care to hide any more. He yelled "kill..." He took the lead in rushing towards the camp. Soon the cavalry that followed were all killed. For a moment, there was a lot of killing in Xianbei camp. It''s a pity that Zhang an''s troops were too few, and he was soon surrounded by the Xianbei cavalry from three directions. Zhang an''s party had burned more than ten barracks near the camp, but the Xianbei soldiers only killed dozens of people. Looking at the Xianbei cavalry from three directions, Zhang an didn''t want to think about it any more. He immediately said, "the back team has become the front team, Withdraw


    Yu Wensheng, who is holding two women to sleep in the main tent, is suddenly awakened by a cry of killing. He has been on the horse since he was a teenager. As soon as he turns over, he doesn''t care to put on his armor. When he mentions the long sword beside him, he shouts: "come on, go and have a look. Where''s the cry of killing?"


    Soon, some soldiers reported that Qianmen had been attacked and hundreds of enemies had entered the camp. The former battalion commander was organizing soldiers to stop them. The commander sent a report to ask the camp to be prepared. Although Yu Wensheng was angry, he knew that it was not the time to lose his temper. He asked people to gather cavalry and help him put on his armor. When he was ready to fight, the former camp sent someone to send news that the other side had been forced out of the camp. Now the gate was under control, the attacker had fled to the south, and the chieftain had sent 200 cavalry to pursue him. Yu Wensheng was relieved when he heard the news, and immediately called the centurion who had been exploring the surrounding situation a few days ago to make sure Whether there are tribes around. Unfortunately, it''s dark outside, and you can''t see who''s coming to attack. At last, Yu Wensheng has no choice but to wait for the cavalry from the front camp to see what they get.


    What Yu Wensheng didn''t expect is that the 200 cavalry who went to pursue only escaped less than 50 people, and the others were left five miles south of the camp. Judging from the continuous bows and arrows of the other side, there were at least more than 1000 people on the other side. The news that cavalry brings back lets Yu Wen win suddenly hemp catch. Doesn''t it mean there''s no one around here? Why did thousands of people suddenly attack their camp? However, even if he wants to break his head, he can''t figure out how to come back. But Yu Wensheng has to ask the soldiers to rearrange the night duty until tomorrow morning.


    What the Xianbei people didn''t expect was that less than half an hour later, the Raiders came again. However, this time, because the patrol soldiers in the camp were more alert, they were found without touching the edge of the camp. Only a few soldiers were shot and killed, and then several barracks close to the fence were burned by rockets. However, after such a disturbance, the whole camp was destroyed People are afraid to take off their clothes and go to sleep again.


    When he was attacked for the second time, Xianbei learned well and didn''t send anyone out to pursue him. Seeing that the Xianbei people were no longer deceived, Zhang an didn''t care. He just approached the camp every half an hour according to Huang Xu''s plan. In this way, people in the whole Xianbei camp even had to sleep with one eye open.


    Two hours later, Zhang an finished his task with one of his cavalry and returned to the mountain where the army had settled. After he wakes up a troop of Huang Xu, Zhang an tells Huang Xu the result of his harassment and falls asleep. After hearing this, Huang Xu thought Zhang an''s method was very good, so he decided to use his method directly.


    In the middle of the night, Huang Xu almost burst into the camp. Thanks to Yu Wensheng''s quick response, he quickly sent troops to block Huang Xu''s attack. In a rage, Yu Wensheng sent another thousand cavalry to attack and was defeated by Huang Xu His crossbow soldiers ambushed and lost nearly 200 cavalry. The pursuing chieftain was afraid of another ambush and did not dare to pursue. After a long time, when it was getting dim, Huang Xu immediately took his soldiers around from the South and returned to the mountains to the west of the camp. By the time Huang Xu arrived, it was already daybreak, and Zhang an had arranged for soldiers to dig horse pits and trenches.Xianbei camp, after daybreak, saw that the harassed enemy was finally retreating. Yu Wensheng immediately asked people to count the losses, but he didn''t know what the enemy was and how many troops he had. Overnight, his two thousand soldiers were killed, 200 were injured and more than 500 were injured. The loss of the army was nearly 30%. He didn''t even know who the enemy was or how many troops he had The loss of camp is nearly 100. In a hurry, Yu Wensheng asks people to prepare breakfast. After dinner, he sends a thousand troops to search for the enemy. He knows that there must be a small number of them, no more than 2000 at most. Otherwise, they won''t just harass and don''t attack. At night, because they don''t have enough preparation, they let the enemy take advantage of it. In the daytime, Yu Wensheng believes that his 1000 Xianbei cavalry can be used To annihilate the other two thousand.

 Chapter 356

    When Yu Wensheng arranges for the army to go to war, Huang Xu is preparing for a big surprise to Xianbei army. In the rear camp of Xianbei camp, some people are also paying attention to the fighting situation on both sides. The slaves in the rear had already woken up when Zhang an harassed them for the first time. The next few harasses not only made Xianbei soldiers unable to sleep, but also made the slaves have no mood to sleep. They all stare at the south of the camp. Unfortunately, they can''t see anything. On the contrary, Xianbei soldiers who guarded the slaves found the changes of the slaves, The guards were immediately strengthened.


    "Sir, brother Hao Jian is here." While the young slave was listening to the voice of the front camp, the little slave beside him shook his hand and said;


    "Mr. Hao," the young slave responded and turned to a Wuhuan man beside him;


    the Wuhuan man was not half disrespectful when he faced the young man who was much thinner than himself. He went forward and saluted respectfully and said: "Mr. Tian, you are welcome He is a wise man of Han people and a friend of Wuhuan people. Who do you think is attacking Xianbei people''s camp? Are they our Wuhuan soldiers? "


    Many of the 2000 slaves in this camp came from different regions and nationalities, including Wuhuan people, Han people, Fuyu people, Gaogouli people, and even Xianbei people. Hao jianwuhuan is the leader of more than 500 Wuhuan people in this camp. It is said that he is the descendant of Hao Dan, the Lord of Wuhuan in western Liaoning Province, and also the Lord of their tribe. He is being killed in Baihe After General Ma annihilated several tribes, most of them moved out of western Liaoning to the east or North. After Hao Jian''s tribe went north and entered the eastern Xianbei area, it was destroyed by the Suli army. In the end, only the 500 people around Hao Jian were left. Other women and children became the property of Xianbei people.


    However, except for Hao Jian, whose 500 people are from one place, other people are basically in small groups. It''s impossible to hold them in a group. Originally, Yuwen Department joined hundreds of them in the westward migration team to use them as cannon fodder. As a result, Yuwen Sheng didn''t dare to use them now, instead, he sent more people Keep an eye on them. Seeing someone attacking Xianbei camp, Hao Jian couldn''t figure out who he was, so he asked this Han man, Mr. Tian. Because he has been living in western Liaoning, most of the Wuhuan people can live in peace with the Han people, and the Wuhuan people especially admire the scholars of the Han people. Therefore, since Mr. Tian was put into slavery by the Xianbei people, Hao Jian was soon impressed by Mr. Tian''s erudition and talent He often asks Mr. Tian for help when he has any problems. Of course, he arranges people to help Mr. Tian in his daily work.


    At this time, it was Zhang an''s third attack and harassment. Mr. Tian looked outside, shook his head and said, "certainly not. Did Mr. Hao hear that there are Wuhuan people near the Great Wall? Moreover, judging from the degree of attack of the other side, it should be the army of Han generals. " Mr. Tian still has a few words to say. Do you nomads still have such a way to harass the enemy?


    "Well, sir, that''s reasonable. Is that general Baima''s army?" When Hao Jian heard that, yes, he asked again;


    "I''m not sure, but Mr. Hao, you can make your people ready. In my opinion, the other party should not give up tonight. Yuwen department only has 2000 soldiers. After one night, I think it will lose 20% to 30%. With Yuwen''s winning temperament, he will surely send troops to look for the enemy tomorrow morning, which will be very helpful We may transfer people from us to guard the camp. In my opinion, yuwenbu should come here this time. This is an opportunity for us. Once yuwensheng''s troops lose too much, the other party will certainly take the opportunity to attack the camp. At that time, you can let your people cooperate with each other and win the camp at one stroke. " Mr. Tian thinks about it and whispers to Hao Jiandao;


    Hao Jian is excited and finally has a chance to escape from Xianbei dog. So he immediately summoned several of his warriors and told them so. After all this was arranged, the slave camp was quiet again. Sure enough, at daybreak, a centurion of Xianbei went to the slave camp to select 500 strong slaves, gave them simple weapons, and prepared to arrange them to patrol behind the camp fence. Two hundred of Hao Jian''s tribe, including Hao Jian, were selected, while another confidant of Hao Jian was left in the camp to obey Mr. Tian''s arrangement and command the remaining 300 people. Of course, the selected slaves were divided into a small group of five and led by 300 fully armed Xianbei cavalry. The other 300 wounded Xianbei cavalry were arranged to guard the slave camp and some important tents in the whole camp.


    Seeing that the soldiers around Xianbei were replaced by wounded soldiers, Mr. Tian knew that his guess was accurate. He immediately asked his bookboy to call over Hao Jian''s confidant and let him secretly contact the leaders of other trusted groups in the slave camp. You know, where there are people, there are rivers and lakes, and there can''t be only Wu Huan in the slave camp of 2000 people People, there will be other gangs, so that everyone is ready.


    After leaving the slave camp in the camp, let''s take a look at the thousand men team sent out by Yuwen Sheng. The leader of the thousand men team is also a thousand men commander of Yuwen department who has been fighting for a long time. After leaving the camp, he immediately sent the Marquis far away. However, when they arrived at the place where they set up their ambush last night, they could not see anything except the bodies of Xianbei warriors'' horses, Not even the arrow.After a tour of the battlefield, the army went south for nearly 20 miles. However, it was disappointing that the Marquis did not find any enemy. In desperation, the chieftain had to lead the army back, and spread the Shouhou to the East and West. Just when he was disappointed, Chihou, who was going to the west, found traces of the enemy about ten miles west of the camp, with less than a thousand riders. Of course, the price paid is that only one person came back from the ten man team, and they were all injured. After getting the news of Chihou, the chieftain didn''t say a word. He immediately turned his horse''s head and led the army to the direction of Chihou.


    At this time, Huang Xu had already dug a trench for the 400 crossbow soldiers, right behind the hill, and the horse pit in front of him had also been arranged. The whole oblique wave was almost full under the hill facing the Xianbei camp, and only the middle position left a width of less than three horses.

 Chapter 357

    After all these arrangements were completed, Huang xucai took 600 bow cavalry and 200 sword and shield cavalry out to the position of Xianbei people to lure the enemy, while the other 200 sword and shield cavalry stayed to protect Zhang an''s 400 crossbow soldiers. Less than two miles away from the hill, Huang Xu''s cavalry met Xianbei''s cavalry Chihou. Ten Chihou killed nine, and the only one was Huang Xu''s message. After that, the army continued to move forward until it met the cavalry of Xianbei people. Huang Xu saw the cavalry of Xianbei people and quickly drew his bow and arrow. Before the other side could react, he took advantage of the distance of his bow and arrow over the ordinary cavalry. After killing nearly ten cavalry, he quickly turned around and ran back with his cavalry.


    This action really angered the chieftain of Xianbei people. His 1000 troops had lost 20 people before they could fight with each other. In a rage, the chieftain directly chased them.


    As soon as the two groups of cavalry fled and chased, they soon came to the foot of the ambush hill. Huang Xu''s cavalry followed the reserved passage and quickly passed through the area of the horse pit. After running up the hill, they were about to disappear behind the hill. Seeing from a distance that the enemy was about to run away, Xianbei cavalry speeded up their horses and prepared to rush up the hillside. Xianbei cavalry did not notice that Huang Xu''s cavalry rushed up the hillside in three lines. In order to catch up with the enemy, Xianbei cavalry rushed forward. Who knew that when they were still dozens of steps away from the top of the hill, dozens of cavalry on both sides of the front row suddenly lost their horses without warning Hoof, from the galloping horse fell down, rushed in front of a centurion in his horse fell immediately reaction, while shouting: "no, there is a pit!" He quickly supported the horse''s back with his hand and used this power to jump off the horse''s back.


    It''s a pity that although he didn''t fall to the ground with some of his horses, before he could stand still, he was directly hit by the following cavalry. The whole man was knocked up and fell to the ground. Then, he was trampled into meat mud by the following cavalry. Although someone in front of the cavalry has found the pit, there are few people who can really escape. The cavalry in front of them all fall into pieces in an instant. Although the cavalry in the back has found the abnormality in front of them, it is impossible for the high-speed horses to stop immediately. Although the soldiers on the horses severely rein, the horses are all reined up Unfortunately, the cavalry behind didn''t know what was going on in front of them, and they were still rushing forward one after another.


    As a result, rows of horses were bumped together, and the whole hillside was filled with the wailing of horses and the loud crash of falling to the ground. When Xianbei cavalry was in a mess, the crossbow soldiers hiding in the ditch more than ten steps away, under Zhang an''s command, all picked up the big yellow crossbow, which had been prepared for a long time, and divided into three columns to face Xianbei cavalry. With Zhang an''s "launch" command, they had to "hum..." There was a sound, and the crossbow and arrow, like black locusts all over the sky, came straight at the Xianbei cavalry. The cavalry of Xianbei fell under the crossbow one by one.


    When he saw the cavalry in front of him collapsed, he had already aroused the vigilance of the chieftain. Then, the shrill cries of the cavalry immediately made the long-time chieftain know what was happening in front of him. In a hurry, he could not care about the galloping horses. He held his horses hard and yelled: "cavalry turn, cavalry turn!"


    Only lady Qian''s idea was good, but the cavalry behind him didn''t have his skill. In the end, there were less than 300 cavalry who managed to control the horses, and the others rushed to the front of the taxi. When the cavalry were about to turn, they found that the Han cavalry they were trying to chase didn''t know what You have come to the back of yourself, and you have been surrounded from the back three directions.


    The 400 crossbow soldiers on the hillside stopped after firing ten rounds of crossbows. At this time, only the less than 300 cavalry who had stopped their horses were left under the hillside. The other Xianbei cavalry had either been thrown off their horses, crushed on the ground, or killed by crossbows. The slaughter on the hillside stunned the Xianbei cavalry behind him. However, Zhang an did not stop. He ordered the crossbow soldiers to climb out of the ditch while loading their crossbows and arrows. Then they lined up to face the remaining hundreds of cavalry, which posed a threat to their own crossbow soldiers. On the one hand, their position was higher than that of the cavalry. In this way, the crossbow soldiers would shoot downward while the Xianbei cavalry would need to shoot from the back If the two phases cancel out, the range of the two is almost the same. In addition, the Xianbei cavalry is still in a daze. How can Zhang an not seize this opportunity. As for the cavalry, it is impossible for them to rush up the hillside. Now there are hundreds of horses and cavalry lying in front of them in Zhang''an. It is impossible for the cavalry under the hillside to rush up the hillside again.


    When Zhang an''s Crossbow soldiers fired their crossbows at the cavalry under the hillside, Huang Xu and hundreds of cavalry who had surrounded them had already raised their horse''s speed. Under Huang Xu''s leadership, they killed the Xianbei cavalry. When Huang Xu and his cavalry were only 150 paces away, the chieftain realized that he and his party had been surrounded by the Han people. He yelled to kill Huang Xu''s cavalry, and other Xianbei cavalry also followed him. Unfortunately, Huang Xu soon led his cavalry to a distance of 100 paces, which was long gone After locking the Xianbei chieftain, Huang Xu quickly bent his bow and set up an arrow. He only heard three "swish swish" sounds, and the three black iron arrows flew toward the chieftain like a string of meteors.When the chieftain who just turned his horse''s head suddenly found the arrow, the first arrow was only a few feet away from him. With his instinct, the chieftain slashed the sword in his hand towards the direction of the arrow. He only heard a loud sound of "Ding". The first arrow had been blocked. This was his last struggle. Huang Xu''s "three arrows in a row" had been won by Huang Zhong No matter the speed or the strength, no ordinary people can resist. After the chieftain blocked the first arrow, he could hardly hold the knife in his hand, so he could only watch the two arrows behind him shoot at his left chest. Just listen to "Puchi..." Two times later, the black iron arrow went deep into the chieftain''s body, straight to no feather. Then, the chieftain fell from the horse with a "plop".

 Chapter 358

    Seeing that he had shot and killed the enemy general, Huang Xu quickly hung the black iron bow on one side of the horse, then lifted the sword from the other side, waved it forward and killed it among the Xianbei cavalry. The bow cavalry behind Huang Xu followed him and shot their bows and arrows at the Xianbei cavalry. After hanging their bows and arrows to the side, they all grabbed their melee weapons and killed the Xianbei cavalry. On the one hand, Xianbei cavalry, who had just started and had lost its general, had already injured or even died after a round of arrow rain. On the other hand, Huang Xu''s cavalry, who had already picked up the horse''s speed, had all fallen down after a collision of sword and blood, while Huang Xu''s cavalry had been killed or seriously injured for less than three years Ten people, and another 40 or 50 were slightly injured.


    After ordering all the wounded soldiers to take hemostatic drugs, he captured all the cavalry of Xianbei who had not died in the war and gathered up the scattered horses. Huang Xu ordered the soldiers to take a rest and give all the prisoners to the guards of the wounded soldiers. Then he led the other soldiers to the camp of Xianbei. According to the prisoner''s confession, Huang Xu already knew the reality of Xianbei camp. There were 1300 soldiers on his side, but there were only less than 700 people in the camp, among which there were three or four hundred wounded soldiers. This was the weakest time of the camp.


    What Huang Xu didn''t expect was that just before he arrived at the camp to prepare for the attack, the Xianbei soldiers in the camp suddenly began to fight against each other. Among the dozens of Xianbei soldiers at the gate of the camp, those who didn''t ride a horse suddenly burst into trouble. They pulled down the horses and killed them, then opened the camp door and surrendered. Huang Xu was a little stunned, then led the cavalry into the camp, and then told Zhang an to lead the crossbow soldiers to guard the camp gate, but he was led by the soldiers to kill them in the direction of the camp tent.


    When Huang Xu is ready to kill, Yu Wensheng has already put on his equipment, picked up his weapon and is preparing to mount to Qianmen to resist the enemy. Unfortunately, as soon as he climbs on the horse, he is chopped by Huang Xu. This makes the Hao Jian people who follow Huang Xu dumbfounded and speechless for a long time. As the leader of the Yuwen department, yuwensheng not only relies on his identity, but also he is one of the best warriors in the Yuwen department. Even Hao Jian is not his number one general. Otherwise, the elders of the Yuwen department would not trust him to hand over Hao Jian and his party to yuwensheng In Huang Xu, there is only one move.


    The next thing is simple. Huang Xu arranges several village generals to take care of all the Xianbei people. Then Huang Xu takes a team of 100 crossbow soldiers to the slave camp. When Huang Xu and others arrive, dozens of Xianbei wounded soldiers who guard the slaves have been killed by Hao Jian''s subordinates and are preparing to lead the slaves to other camps In the camp of Xianbei people, the slaves of the whole slave camp were automatically divided into several small groups, the biggest of which was the Wuhuan people of Hao Jian. In addition, there were about 600 people who had helped Huang Xu''s cavalry in the camp. There were also 300 or 400 Han people. Basically, these people were all led by Mr. Tian, and the others were about 300 Xianbei people More than 200 Fuyu people, more than 200 Koreans and some other small tribes formed a loose group because no one was the leader.


    Huang Xu knew all these things clearly through Hao Jian''s people on his way here. Not only that, the Wuhuan man also told Huang Xu that there were several warriors of Xianbei and Fuyu people in the slave camp. It is said that Wu Yong and Hao Jian, the leader of Wuhuan, were on a par with each other and had a lot to do with the Wuhuan people and Han people. If he didn''t care about his shortage of manpower, he was afraid that he would suffer losses in the end Jiduhui laid hands on the slaves of Wuhuan people and Han people. After listening to Huang''s words from Wuhuan, Huang Xu knows what the other side thinks. However, Huang Xu also knows that he wants to control 2000 slaves and thousands of Xianbei captives. If he doesn''t kill a few people to build Wei, he will be trapped in huilonghua. If some of the slaves want to pick a fight, Huang Xu won''t mind taking a few people to build Wei Yes.


    Huang Xu''s guess was right. When he arrived at the gate of the slave camp with the crossbow soldiers, the slaves who divided into several groups were ready to set out. When he saw Huang Xu and his party coming, he stepped back and prepared for defense.


    When he was ten steps away from the gate of the slave camp, Huang Xu gently held Bai Long''s horse, stopped and said, "Huang Xu, the commander of the general of four grades, led by Huangfu Chaobo, the prefect of yin and Luoyang in Henan Province, was ordered to beg for thieves. The Xianbei people in the camp have not been eliminated. Please send representatives to meet each other. Others will go back to the camp first and wait!"


    Then a bearded Xianbei man came out and said, "well, little boy, it''s your business that the enemy has not been eliminated. What''s the matter with me? Get out of the way quickly. I''m leaving..." With that, he came to Huang Xu with the big knife he had just snatched from the guard''s Xianbei soldiers.


    Looking at the defiant look on Xianbei''s face, Huang Xu gently shook his head, jumped down from the horse, gave the rein to a cavalry beside him, and then met him with a knife. Seeing that Huang Xu gave up his horse and chose to fight with him, the Xianbei big man was overjoyed. He speeded up and ran in the direction of Huang Xu. When he saw that there were only ten steps left, the Xianbei big man quickly raised his sword and split at Huang Xu.


    "Be careful!" Seeing this situation, Hao Jian on the opposite side immediately reminded him that he was very clear about the strength of the Xianbei warrior. The Xianbei man''s all-out effort was that he had enough to fight for the next, not to mention that he was just a 20-year-old. Hao Jian''s voice just fell. He didn''t expect that the battle ahead would be over. Huang Xu stepped back a little, lifted his knife with his right hand, and dodged Xianbei''s inevitable attack. He also pushed his big knife away. Then he turned the knife, and the blade was facing down. All he heard was a "puff" sound. That Xianbei man was cut in half by Huang Xu, but Huang Xu''s body was not sticky."Quack noise..." Huang Xu gently wiped the knife on the clothes of the Xianbei corpse, then carried it to the slaves and said, "who else wants to come up and have a try?"


    "Hiss..." The slaves watched Huang Xu kill the xianbeiwu with a simple move. They were all stunned, and they didn''t react for a long time.

 Chapter 359

    The slaves who were swept by Huang Xu''s eyes all retreated one by one, fearing that they would be used by Huang Xu as the target of killing chickens and worshiping monkeys. Just as Huang Xu was about to speak again, two more people ran out of the Xianbei people, shouting: "boy, how dare you kill my brother and return my brother''s life..."


    Two Xianbei people, one with a knife and the other with a gun, attacked from both sides at the same time.


    Huang Xu looked at the two men, but instead of retreating, he took the knife and killed them directly. After approaching the two men, he first swung away each other''s long gun with a knife, and then kicked out the Xianbei who made the gun with one foot. The Xianbei man was flying out more than ten steps, spitting a mouthful of blood and then fell to the ground and died. After kicking the man away, Huang Xu didn''t even look at him. He swept back the knife and cut another Xianbei man into two pieces with a knife. After killing the two generals again, Huang Xu took a big knife to the ground and yelled, "who else is there?"


    "Hua Hua"


    They all stepped back to stop. However, this time, no one came forward. Seven or eight slaves were so scared that they ran away and yelled: "devil, everyone, run, the devil is coming..."


    Seeing that someone is ready to run away, the crossbow soldiers behind Huang Xu hold up the big yellow crossbow and are ready to shoot them. Huang Xu reaches out his hand to stop them. Then he turns back to the white dragon horse, turns over and jumps on the horse''s back. He takes the bow and arrow hanging on the horse''s side and slowly bends the bow to take the arrow. When the slaves run nearly a hundred paces away, they release their arrows and wait for the arrow After shooting out, he did not look any more. He quickly pulled out an arrow from the quiver, then shot it, and then shot it again. The crowd was dazzled. Huang Xu had already shot out eight arrows. Looking at the eight slaves who had escaped, each of them was killed by an arrow in the neck from the back. When there was no one running in front of him, Huang xucai put down his bow and said, "come on, take back the arrow of a family. It was specially made by my uncle for a family! Another way is to cut off the heads of these people, hang them on the flagpoles, show them to the public, and send orders to all the troops. There will be no amnesty for those who resist! "


    The cavalry around him immediately went to carry out Huang Xu''s order, and soon hung the heads of several slaves on the flagpole, then took back Huang Xu''s black iron arrow and gave it to him. Huang Xu carefully cleaned several arrows and put them back one by one. Then he raised his head and looked at the remaining slaves. Before he spoke, everyone retreated into the slave camp in horror. No one dared to say a word more. Seeing that the slaves had been controlled, Huang Xu was relieved. He turned his head and nodded to the crossbow soldiers around him, indicating that he would send them to look after the slave camp. Then he called Hao Jian''s clan and asked him to call Hao Jian and Mr. Tian to Xianbei tent. Huang Xu took the remaining soldiers back to Xianbei tent first There''s the bill.


    Soon Xianbei camp was under the control of Huang Xu''s troops. Zhang an also arranged the defense and came to the tent to recover his life. Huang Xu arranged several generals to count the harvest of Xianbei camp, but he left Zhang an. According to the people of Wuhuan, Mr. Tian in the slaves was a rare wise man, and he had a great reputation among the slaves. If it was true, Huang Xu also wanted to recruit this talent for Huangfu Chaobo.


    The two men were not in the big tent for a long time when they heard the soldiers report that Mr. Hetian, the head of Wuhuan clan, had arrived. Huang Xu immediately asked them to come in. A moment later, two people came in. Huang Xu was surprised. He thought that Mr. Nakata would be a middle-aged man in his 40s and 50s. Unexpectedly, a man in his twenties and a man in his 30s came in. He followed the young man and did not dare to cross half a step It further confirmed Huang Xu''s judgment.


    Just as Huang Xu was about to speak, the young scholar came forward and said, "Yuyang Tianyu has seen the captain begging for thieves. Thank you for your help!"


    "Hao Jian from Wuhuan met the captain of the school. Thank you for your help!" After the young scholar spoke, Wu Huan came forward to thank Huang Xu.


    "Don''t be polite, brother Tian. Don''t be polite, Mr. Hao. It''s just a coincidence that Mr. Huang rescued the two. It''s brother Tian. At the beginning, Wu Huan said that there was a Han man in the slave camp, Mr. Tian, who was a great talent. I said he was an old man. I didn''t expect that brother Tian was so young! Ha ha ha Huang Xu stood up, walked to Tian Yu and helped him up;


    "Huang Xiaowei is flattered. How dare Tian be called a talent? It''s Huang Xiaowei who is young and promising. He is already a captain begging for thieves when he is so young, which makes Tian admire him a lot!" Mr. Tian Yudao;


    "Mr. Tian is flattered..." Huang Xudao;


    "ah, ah... I said you two Seeing that they were there, Zhang an said, "we are all young people. Can we not be there? Mr. Zhang came to be the captain?"


    "Oh


    "Ha ha..."


    When they heard this, they laughed. Huang Xu said, "what elder brother an said is that I was born in the second year of Jianning in the name of Bo Xu. I see that brother Tian should be the same age as us. I don''t know what year brother Tian is?"


    "In xiatianyu, the word guorang, Yuyang yongnu people, Jianning four years old." Tian Yu didn''t adapt to Huang Xu''s coming. However, after a little hesitation, he decided to do what Huang Xu said. After all, for himself, Huang Xu is still a life-saving benefactor."Oh, I didn''t expect that guorang was even younger than me. Why don''t we all match it with words?" Now that he has made up his mind to recruit talents for Huangfu, Huang Xu has decided to lay a good foundation first, although he is not sure whether he is really talented.


    "In this way, Yu is not respectful, thanks to brother Boxu!" Tian Yu said;


    "Oh, don''t be polite. Come, guorang. This is my elder brother, elder brother Zhang an!" After Huang Xu introduced Zhang an to Tian Yu, he asked why he had this Xianbei people''s camp here, and how Tian Yu and his party became slaves of Xianbei people.


    After the detailed introduction of Tian Yu and Hao Jian, Huang Xu knew the whole story. After listening to the two of them, Huang Xu can''t help thinking deeply. He has realized that seeing Longhua town will soon be discovered by Xianbei people. Facing hundreds of thousands of Xianbei tribes, it is very difficult for Longhua Town, which has less than 20000 people, to overcome this difficulty

 Chapter 360

    Huang Xu is very clear about the situation of the Central Plains and the current situation of Youzhou. Huangfu Chaobo, who is far away from Luoyang, will send the information of the Central Plains and Youzhou to the contact point in the boundless city through the post system every once in a while, and then send it to Longhua by the people of the contact point. Now Luoyang has begun to rebuild. Huangfu Chaobo has no energy to manage Longhua, but Youzhou is not optimistic. In previous years, the reputation of general Baima could suppress the alien race hundreds of miles away from the Great Wall. However, according to the information from Luoyang, general Baima, who returned to youbeiping after the princes'' discussion of Dong, has already joined the newly appointed Youzhou Mu Liu Yu The contradiction is getting deeper and deeper. Sooner or later, there will be a war between them.


    According to the order from Huangfu Chaobo, let Huang Xu pay close attention to the situation of Youzhou. If there is any abnormality, contact Luoyang immediately. Thinking of this, Huang Xu can''t help feeling a headache. It seems that he must send this information to Luoyang as soon as possible to see if his uncle has a good plan. However, the most important thing now is to deal with the immediate affairs first. Thinking of this, Huang Xu looked up to Tian Yu and suddenly had an idea, saying: "this time the army went out, I thought it would be lucky to be able to drive these Xianbei people away. I didn''t expect that I was so lucky. With the help of guorang and Mr. Hao Jian, I won the complete Xianbei camp We can''t stay here for a long time. We must escort these prisoners and belongings to the base outside the Great Wall as soon as possible. The state will give the great talent a hand. I will let brother an lead a troop to help the state. As for Mr. Hao Jian, I don''t know what to do in the future? If I am willing to stay here, I will send a letter to the general by flying horse. I think the general will be rewarded for his success in breaking the camp and the Xianbei people''s going south. If I am not willing to stay here, I can make the decision for the general. I will give you five hundred horses, five hundred swords, three hundred bows, some arrows, and a hundred grains and stones to show my gratitude! "


    As soon as Hao Jian heard this, he immediately asked, "Hao Jian''s tribe has been broken by the Xianbei dog bandits. All the women and scholars in the clan have been captured by the Xianbei dog bandits. Now the Xianbei dog bandits want to go south. Hao Jian wants the warriors in the clan to serve as the general begging for thieves, but I don''t know if the general is willing to accept us."


    "Don''t worry, Mr. Hao. There are not only Han soldiers under the general''s command. For example, there are hundreds of soldiers I led this time. They are warriors of Wuhuan in Xianbei. Moreover, there is a captain in our army who is also from Xianbei. However, he is not here now. He is leading the army beside the general." Huang Xu knew what he was worried about, so he quickly said;


    "so, please say a few words in front of the general. Hao Jian is willing to raise his family to fight for the general!" After hearing Huang Xu''s words, Hao Jian didn''t hesitate much, so he quickly knelt down and said,


    Huang Xu happily stepped forward and helped him up, saying: "the general must be very happy that you have to lead five hundred warriors to vote, but Huang didn''t dare to make a good opinion about this reward. This matter must be reported to the general. Before the end of the general''s appointment, I''ll order you to be the dental guard and lead five hundred soldiers of your headquarters £¡ Be responsible for escorting the prisoners of Xianbei! "


    "Hao Jian takes orders!" With that, led by a warrior, he withdrew from the big account.


    "Well, elder brother an, you should check your belongings first. Have a rest here today and return to Longhua town tomorrow!" Then, without waiting for Tian Yu''s reaction, he went out to inspect the Xianbei camp with several armed men. The most important thing was to see how the horses got.


    Under the leadership of a warrior, Huang Xu and his party soon came to the stables on the northeast corner of Xianbei camp. In fact, the stables just surrounded the horses with wooden railings. However, when he came closer, Huang Xu was overjoyed. Looking at the posture, he could not help saying that there were 14000 horses. According to the general inventory of the warlords who controlled this place in advance, there are 20 horses of various colors, more than 2000 good horses of grade 40 or so, and about 6000 war horses of grade 35 to 40. Then the rest are riding horses and young horses of various grades. What makes Huang Xu happy is that there are about 40 stallions in the good horses and the good horses, and the stallions in the war horses are even better In recent years, huyanda has only caught more than a dozen horses, all of which are of war horse level. Now there are more than 100 breeding horses, which has improved the growth rate and quality of horses in Longhua town.


    Huang Xu was so happy that he couldn''t close his mouth for a long time. He didn''t stop smiling until it was getting late. Not long after sitting down, Zhang an came in with Tian Yu. They had counted all the harvest. Looking at the long list of items in his hand, Huang Xu is more sure that the young scholar who is younger than his age is really a talent with real talents, which makes him more determined. He must leave this person''s idea for Huangfu Chaobo. Among other things, just keeping him in Longhua is also a great help in the face of the coming Xianbei people, at least At that time, there will be another person to discuss. You know, in the current situation of Huangfu Chaobo, the reconstruction of Luoyang has begun, and a large number of talents are needed, let alone someone who can support Longhua. It will be a great debt if we do not transfer people from Longhua.


    Thinking of this, Huang Xu said: "it''s hard for brother an and guorang. Brother an, there''s nothing else for me. You can arrange for the taxi on duty tonight to have a rest early. Guorang will wait for a moment. We''ll see guorang as if we were friends at first sight. We''ll sleep tonight. There are still many things we want to ask guorang for advice." Then, regardless of whether Tian Yu agreed or not, he winked at Zhang an and pulled Tian Yu to sit down on the carpet in the tent. At the same time, he arranged for someone to prepare some food to bring in. As for Zhang an, through the contact with Tian Yu for most of the day, he has already reached Tian Yu''s talent. He has long wanted to find an opportunity to talk to Huang Xu. Now he sees Huang Xu''s eyes and looks at Huang Xu''s growth. He can''t help but understand the meaning of it. He quickly puts out a big account and arranges soldiers to be on duty. However, Tian Yu refuses. In the end, he can only accept Huang Xu''s kindness. They are chatting and waiting for the soldiers to bring dinner.What Huang Xu and Zhang an don''t know is that they have been discovered by players less than a day after they left Jianghua town. When Zhang an is arranging soldiers to be on duty and Huang Xu and Tian Yu are having a long talk all night, a few players are just two miles away from Xianbei camp to carefully observe the situation of the camp.

 Chapter 361

    As one of the two major player organizations in Youzhou, the boss of Youzhou cavalry, the Spurs feel very depressed. No, it should be subdued. Originally, as two major player organizations, Youzhou Tieqi and Yanyun shibaqi were equal in strength. They had a close fight in Jixian County, which can be said to be equal. But recently, Yanyun shibaqi did not know where to get a large amount of support, not only weapons and equipment, but also a large number of copper coins, which made them win over several small and medium-sized player organizations in Jixian City, and then He drove himself out of Jixian County at one stroke. After this battle, Youzhou cavalry had to withdraw from Jixian County. However, the skinny camel is bigger than the horse. As soon as the Spurs bite their teeth, they retreat to youpeiping with their players. After some operation, they finally stand in Xuwu city. After settling down, the Spurs will gradually equip the players directly under the regiment with horses, transfer to cavalry, and then gradually shift their focus to the outside of the Great Wall. The broad area outside the Great Wall has always been liked by players. However, it is mainly scattered players, and few large player organizations put their energy outside the pass.


    The players outside Xianbei camp are the cavalry players of Youzhou cavalry. In a few months, the range of activity of the players of Youzhou cavalry is only limited to about 100 miles outside the Great Wall, because the training points in these places have been enough for them to digest for a long time. Another reason is that the closer they are to the Great Wall, the more likely they are to appear alien cavalry and horse thieves The smaller it is, the higher the player''s safety will be. After all, baimayi is never a dry eater.


    As for why they appeared five or six hundred miles north of the Great Wall, it''s also from the dispute between Youzhou cavalry and Yanyun eighteen cavalry. The reason why the two players organized the war is that Youzhou cavalry inadvertently got a NPC Xianbei half a year ago, and this Xianbei man actually knew a skill -- set horse. However, although he can''t train horses, it''s not true It doesn''t affect the reappearance he caused among the players. Therefore, Yanyun shibaqi spared no effort to win over several small and medium player leagues at a high price to compete with Youzhou Tieqi for this NPC. Now all the players in the game know that there are only a few most profitable items in the game - blood medicine and horses. Now there are only two places in the game where horses are sold, namely, Ma TA Tian Xia in Bingzhou and Wenjing town in Youzhou.


    The reason why the Spurs are willing to move the headquarters of the alliance directly from prosperous Jixian county to Xuwu in youbeiping is also for the convenience of setting up horses in the Great Wall. It doesn''t matter that they can''t train horses. The horses can be sold to Wenjing town or exchanged with Wenjing town. This is also why the number of horses of Youzhou Tieqi has increased in less than half a year It''s about a hundred. Every once in a while, the Spurs will arrange several elders of the alliance to take several ten cavalry players to protect the NPC to set up horses outside the Great Wall. When they catch three or five horses, they will go back to Wenjing town to change horses. This time, several elders of Youzhou''s cavalry led people to set up horses outside the Great Wall. As a result, they found a good horse in a group of wild horses with more than 100 horses. So they chased it for five days. After nearly two or three hundred miles, they finally caught the good horse. They were satisfied and prepared to return to Xuwu. Who knows the way back On the way, I accidentally saw Huang Xu''s cavalry.


    The players are very sensitive to these. Although they can''t see which force they belong to, they have entered several gongsunzan''s barracks with the Spurs. The team leader always knows that they are not gongsunzan''s cavalry, but a large part of these people are wearing level 30 armor, and these cavalry are very smart Obviously is not the standard equipment of the court cavalry, he suddenly realized that there must be something unknown in it. Thinking of this, he ordered several players with outstanding riding skills and force values to follow the cavalry to see what they were doing, while others escorted NPC and several horses to Xu Wu.


    So in order not to be found by Huang Xu, they followed from a distance until the cavalry had completely occupied Xianbei camp. When it was getting dark, they quietly touched the camp from a distance. After a few days of observation, the players are basically sure that it should be a cavalry of a certain force. They can''t help but feel more and more strange. Not to mention in Youzhou, no player has heard of such a strong cavalry in the whole game. However, if it''s a cavalry of NPC force, it won''t appear so far away from the Great Wall. Several people discussed it for a long time They didn''t find any valuable clues, so they didn''t think about it any more. They decided to follow these cavalry to see where they were going, because from the way they did it, they should have come to this Xianbei camp.


    The next morning, the whole Xianbei camp became lively. As soon as it was light, the cavalry in Longhua Town, under the arrangement of Huang Xu and Zhang an, demolished the tent in the camp, put it on the carriage and prepared to leave. Meanwhile, the cavalry of Chihou also scattered far away. After loading the things in Xianbei camp, under the supervision of the slave camp, he escorted more than 4000 Xianbei prisoners, thousands of horses and nearly 10000 cattle and sheep to the south of Longhua town. As for the more than 1000 cavalry in Longhua Town and the 500 tribes under Hao Jian, one man and two horses guarded the whole team. As for the remaining things that could not be taken away, Huang Xu ordered a fire to burn them It''s too late. After a long night''s talk, Huang Xu and Tian Yu have a very good relationship. For one thing, they are about the same age. For another thing, Huang Xu is also a military general with intelligence and internal affairs in his 80s. He must have a lot in common with Tian Yu. However, both of them have a tacit understanding and have not mentioned Tian Yu''s defection.Because of a large number of captives and the burden of cattle and sheep, Huang Xu and his party spent almost ten days to rush back to Longhua town. Tian Yu and Hao Jian were surprised to find such a large town outside the Great Wall, even though Huang Xu had told them something about Longhua town. Of course, there are still some people who are even more surprised, that is, several players of Youzhou cavalry never thought that there was a level in front of them. According to the scale of these cavalry, there should be a city behind the level. However, neither players nor NPCs have heard of a town level gathering point outside the Great Wall! Several people who knew they had discovered a big secret were very rational. They pressed down the idea of going in to have a look. Instead, they observed outside the checkpoint in the valley for a few days and returned to Xu Wu. They knew the shocking news about the Spurs.

 Chapter 362

    The news that there are towns and passes outside the great wall caused a great shock inside the high-level of Youzhou Tieqi. After discussion, the high-level of the alliance decided to send people to quietly find out the situation behind the pass before making a decision. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Xu had no idea that their Longhua town had been discovered by the players. Now Huang Xu has been busy. First, they sent the news of the harvest and discovery of Tian Yu and the news of Xianbei people going south to Luoyang as soon as possible, then thousands of captives and thousands of horses, cattle and sheep to be resettled, and nearly 2000 from Xianbei The slaves saved by the humble people had to be arranged, and the government affairs accumulated in tianlonghua town had to be dealt with, so Huang Xu had no time to think about other things. Fortunately, Tian Yu was captured by him and shared a lot of work for him.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was also busy. Why? After the completion of the task of rebuilding Luoyang in the second ring, several days passed, and the system did not prompt the third ring to start the task at all. When Huangfu Chaobo was relieved, he came to report that nearly ten thousand water thieves had been found on the Luoshui river. They were said to have come from the river upstream. They could arrive at the dock at the north gate of Luoyang in about two days. Then, news came constantly. First, Zhao Rui, the county captain of Gucheng in the west of Luoyang, sent people to tell him that tens of thousands of mountain bandits had been found in the north of Gucheng and were coming towards Luoyang. Then Zhou Shi, the county commander of Yanshi, and Zheng Feng, the deputy mayor of Luobei Town, sent people to send news back that tens of thousands of mountain bandits and chaotic troops had been found coming in the direction of Luoyang.


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned when he heard these news. Just as he was about to send someone to invite Lou GUI and Zaozhi, the system prompted: "Ding Dong, congratulations to the players, open the third link of Luoyang reconstruction task - roving bandits counter attack: with the gradual improvement of various facilities, Luoyang City slowly recovers. After Luoyang was burned, the whole area of Henan became a paradise for bandits. Facing the recovering city of Luoyang, the bandits decided to unite and kill it in the cradle because they were afraid of a powerful force. "


    Hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help pointing his finger at the system God. I said, how come the second link has been completed for several days and there''s no news. It''s been a long time. It''s a big move here. Thinking of this, Huangfu chaobolian sent people to invite Huang Zhong, Lou GUI and Zaozhi in to discuss how to face the attack of tens of thousands of thieves. Soon all three of them went to the prefect''s mansion. After Huangfu Chaobo told them the situation, he watched several people stop talking. Several people looked at each other, and then everyone''s eyes fell on Lou GUI. Who let him be a military adviser.


    Lou GUI stood up, habitually wisped his beard, and then slowly said, "young master, the most important thing is to find out how many soldiers there are, how many soldiers there are, and what the composition of the troops is. Other things need to be decided after accurate information is sent back. However, there are several things to be arranged first. First of all, the army of Luobei town needs to be strengthened Now there are less than 20000 soldiers in Luoyang City, including 5000 cavalry soldiers. There are only more than 10000 people who can be used to guard the city. Moreover, it is meaningless to defend Luobei town. As for the soldiers and horses in Luoyang City, because of the limitation of food and grass, I would like to recruit four thousand soldiers and horses in the four barracks first, and then decide how many new soldiers and horses to recruit. In addition, from now on, we need to close the nine gates of Luoyang, and at the same time order the weapon workshops to speed up the production of weapons, especially bows and arrows. Second, he sent a messenger to the commander of Hangu pass, Pei yuanshao, to shut down Hangu. No soldiers could be sent out without a childe''s order. Third, send someone to inform Zhao Xiaowei and Zhou Xiaowei that the two cities are junior soldiers, and their combat power is only equal to that of the bandits. They can only guard the city, but not go out to fight. They can withdraw all the money, grain, soldiers and horses into the county government, and they still have to guard the county. If you really can''t keep the county seat, the army of Gucheng can retreat to Hangu pass. In any case, Hangu pass must not lose anything. As for the troops of Yanshi, if you have something to do, you can go back to Gongxian. "


    "Well," Huangfu Chaobo heard Lou GUI''s words, and thought it was very reasonable. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to transfer the troops of Gucheng and Yanshi back to Luoyang. After hearing Lou GUI''s words, it was the same. The county should not give up easily. It would take a lot of effort to fight. Now there is no more than 100000 troops to support him. Thinking of this, he turned to Zao Zhi and Huang Zhong and said, "brother and Ziping, do you have anything else to add?"


    "The outer city is too big, but our army has only 20000 soldiers. Can we defend it?" Zao just looked at Lou GUI, and then said;


    "it''s OK for Ziping to say it straight. Don''t you know who I am? Ha ha ha... " Lou GUI looked at the date and said with a smile, "Ziping''s idea is very right. According to my opinion, the outer city only needs to defeat the bandits, and there''s no need to stick to it. Does Han Sheng have anything to add? "


    "There is nothing else. There are too few barracks in the city now. Whether to add a few more barracks in the inner city? If things don''t wait, there are enough barracks to provide soldiers to recruit." Huang Zhong thought about it;


    a few people heard that although the current barracks are all high-level barracks, there are only 1000 soldiers to recruit every day. If the war situation is urgent and needs to replenish forces, four barracks are certainly not enough. Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment and said, "well, let''s build four more barracks in the Imperial City, next to the warehouses on both sides of the palace gate. In this way, in case the inner city can''t be defended, we can finally retreat to the imperial city."After thinking about it, they all nodded and agreed. Huang Fu Chao said, "well, now we are doing our own duties. My elder brother will arrange the defense of the existing soldiers in the outer city first. By the way, we will recruit and arrange all the 4000 soldiers in the barracks. Ziping is responsible for the construction of the barracks. My husband and I will go to the weapons workshop. We will discuss the specific strategy to resist the enemy after the detailed information of the bandits is sent back from the censor. "


    "Here it is


    After several people answered together, they all stepped down to do their own business.


    Now the equipment center in Luoyang City has a certain scale, but for more high-end things, such as rhubarb crossbow, it still can''t be produced. The main reason is that Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t think it''s completely under control here. For example, those craftsmen with advanced skills or special skills haven''t come here, and they still stay in Luoshen town. If it''s true one day Luoyang can''t hold on any longer. Huangfu Chaobo will be very distressed just for the loss of the craftsmen. However, the craftsmen of crossbows and arrows have been transferred to Luoyang. As for the worn-out rhubarb crossbows, they have to be transported from Luoshen town to supplement them.

 Chapter 363

    Huangfu Chaobo now they go to the equipment center, mainly to understand the production of arrows. Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have a fixed source of raw materials in Luoyang at present. It can only rely on some things traded by the active players around Luoyang. Fortunately, the purchased ore is not enough for armor, but it''s no problem to use it to produce arrows. As for other weapons and equipment, only those things that the princes didn''t take with them when they returned to their territory.


    After coming out of the equipment center, Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI went to the warehouse in the imperial city for inspection. After all, all the weapons, equipment and grain are stored there. The war is coming soon. It''s a little uneasy not to count them. After turning the two sides, I went to check the construction of the four barracks there. At this time, Zaozhi had built almost all the four barracks, and each barracks was being built with the most craftsmen and labor. Can''t it be quick? A few people were watching the craftsmen build it. In a short time, four barracks were completed. Now there are eight barracks in Luoyang City, including one in each corner of the inner city and four in the imperial city. The number of Recruitable soldiers in the barracks reaches 8000 every day. However, it will not be until after 12 pm that the number of Recruitable soldiers in the barracks will reach the full value. Just at this time, Huang Zhong sent someone to report that the Chihou had returned to the city. Huang Zhong was waiting in the prefect''s mansion with his people. Without saying a word, several people went to the prefect''s mansion.


    By the time Huangfu Chaobo and his party returned to the palace, Huang Zhong had made it clear. Not only a few of them, but also the three Dugu brothers and Zheng Feng, who had withdrawn from Luobei Town, had been recruited by Huangfu Chaobo. After all, it was a meeting arranged before the war. All the generals who could win would have to fight. Maybe Lou GUI would have an arrangement. After everyone had arrived, Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong to introduce the news from Chihou. The main enemies of this attack were the rebels in several counties around Luoyang, and the mountain bandits in the surrounding areas. After Huangfu Chaobo became the governor of Luoyang, they quickly occupied three counties around Luoyang in half a month, which scared the rebel leaders in other counties, so they were promoted by several rebel leaders The rebels and the mountain bandits formed a coalition to drive Huangfu Chaobo out of Luoyang.


    From the southwest, the rebels mainly came from the counties of Henan, Xincheng and Luhun. In addition, there were some mountain bandits and bandits in the surrounding areas, with a total of more than 50000 people. However, according to the observation of Chihou, they were mainly soldiers, with only about 100 horses in the middle. There were no cavalry at all. Then there were all kinds of weapons and equipment, and they were really well-equipped It should be about 30000 soldiers. The others are old and weak. The enemy forces from the north are even more unbearable. Although there are more than 50000 people, they are mainly mountain bandits around Beimang mountain. They are all with families. There are less than 20000 people inside, and their weapons and equipment are even more unbearable. They have all kinds of things. On the other hand, the chaotic army in the East is smaller than that in the West. It is only about 20000 people in size and has more than 10000 soldiers to fight.


    There are more than ten thousand water thieves along the Luoshui River, and there are not many warships. The most eye-catching one is the red horse boat, which is the main ship of the close combat of the water army in this era. When some forces do not have fighting ships and building ships, it is also used as the flagship of generals. It can carry 100 soldiers, and the hull is generally red, as fast as a galloping horse. It''s a high-speed combat module. Sun Quan''s name is "Ma Ge", which means galloping like a horse on the land. There are also five gondolas, which are also the main ship types of the Navy. The hull is narrow and long, and has strong mobility, which is convenient for the conflict between enemy ships. The ship "covered its back with raw cowhide, opened the lock holes in its two compartments, and had crossbow windows and spear holes in its left and right front and back, so that the enemy could not enter and the arrow could not be defeated.". Sun Quan attacked Huang Zu, and Huang Zu defended Xiakou by "crossing two Mengchong". Liu biaojian''s water army also built "chachong". As for the others, there are several walking boats, which are used to scout the enemy around the water army and protect the main ships. There are also dozens of fishing boats and cargo ships, which are used to transport water thieves and soldiers. As for siege equipment, several armies did not see any large siege equipment. Seeing the boats of these water thieves, Huangfu Chaobo only felt that his mouth was watering. Although he had sent Zhou Ping to yunmengze to recruit Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin, it still had no effect. Even if he recruited two generals, the water army would not make do with them. If there were no warships, it would be a good way to go. In Huangfu Chaobo''s impression, he didn''t seem to have them Now there are several warships in front of us. Although they are old, they are warships, aren''t they.


    After rubbing his hands, Huangfu Chaobo said to several humanitarians: "Sir, brother, do you think these warships can stay? Sooner or later, we are going to build a water army, but now there are no warships in sight! "


    Lou GUI hugged his beard and thought for a moment: "it''s not impossible to keep a few ships, but it''s impossible to keep all the main warships..."


    "The red horse boat must be won. How many other boats can be won? If Zou Ge and other boats can''t, give up!" After listening to Lou GUI''s words, Huangfu Chaobo thought for a long time, and then he was distressed. In his opinion, these ships are a dish in front of him. Now it''s all money for him to give up. For example, those freighters have to be worth dozens of gold. What''s more, there are 50 gold boats in front of him, which can''t be bought now. So in any case, the 500 gold red horse boat must be in hand. If it can take a few more boats to rush and go, it will be more perfect. Basically, the equipment of a small fleet has come out.Huang Zhong and Zao Zhi also expressed their support, but Huang Zhong said, "even so, now we don''t have any water army generals. Now the only water army general Zhou Yi is no longer in Luoyang, let alone a water army soldier."


    Lou GUI said: "well, let''s arrange the defense of Luoyang first, and then talk about this matter separately. Judging from the intelligence of Chihou, our battle is not very difficult. The main defense direction is the rebels in the West. As for the situation in the north and East, there is basically no pressure. In this way, according to our initial idea, it is no longer suitable to use the outer city to block and then return to the inner city. Now the whole enemy has less than 80000 soldiers, while we have 20000 infantry and 5000 cavalry. We can use the outer city walls to annihilate them. "

 Chapter 364

    After pausing for a moment, Lou GUI said, "general, General Huang and Mr. Zao, you see, the enemy should have assigned the direction of attack. That is to say, only the west side needs to face 30000 troops, and the north side has less than 10000 troops. As for the East and the South side, there are only more than 10000 troops attacking the city. According to the information of the denouncer, the enemy has no large-scale siege equipment Even if there are some, the number is very limited, so our defense focus is still on the West and North walls. Let''s ask General Huang to guard the west wall by himself. Lord Zao leads Dugu Ba to guard the north wall, Captain Dugu Xiong to guard the East, Captain Zheng Feng to guard the South, and general Dian Zhonglang and captain Huyan to lead cavalry in the east gate. When the eastern chaos army is finally stable, he will lead 5000 cavalry to march forward In a short time, the rebels in the East were dispersed, and then the cavalry were divided into two groups. General Dian Zhonglang and lieutenant Dugu Tiandu led half of the cavalry to drive some of the rout troops to the South Gate wharf. After the rout troops scattered the water thief formation, they killed the water thief. Of course, general Dian Zhonglang focused on the water thief leader and the red horse boat, while lieutenant huyandu led the other half of the cavalry to drive the rout troops to the north gate Like general Dian Lang, he used rout to attack the formation of the bandits in the north. Of course, if these rebels also have formation! " Then Lou GUI made a little joke.


    "Ha ha ha..." Everyone looked at each other and shook their heads and laughed. For all of you here, you have basically experienced hundreds of thousands or even millions of wars like the yellow scarf rebellion. For the tens of thousands of mountain bandits and water bandits that these three walls have to face, to be honest, we have not paid attention to them. Our main energy is still on the 30000 rebels in the West.


    Lou GUI continued to talk about his ideas after everyone laughed. According to his idea, Huang Zhong first LED 5000 to 6000 soldiers to block the rebel attack in the west, while Dianwei and Huyan first defeated the rebel in the East, and then the cavalry divided into two routes to drive out the enemy who attacked the south gate and the north gate. Of course, the defenders of the two walls must cooperate with the cavalry attack. After the three enemies are solved, they can rest assured to encircle By annihilating the rebels in the west, basically the whole war can be ended. Next, several people discussed the specific arrangements of the war in detail. It took less than half an hour to arrange everything. The next thing was to wait for the rebels to attack the city.


    Seeing that Lou GUI arranged the pre war arrangements one by one in an orderly way, and then arranged them when everyone was in accordance with the arrangements, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he really enjoyed it. The news of the rebel attack on Luoyang was soon released to the Internet by the players. In the face of Huangfu Chaobo, the first player, everyone''s attention is quite high. In less than half an hour, the post received nearly a million hits. When Huangfu Chaobo was discussing the war arrangements, zonghengtian and Zhao Zilong, as well as Zhou Wen, who was far away in Youzhou, sent letters to ask about Luoyang. Zonghengtian and Zhao Zilong also said that if necessary, they could send people to support them day and night. For the kindness of several people, Huangfu Chaobo declined one by one. Jokes, twenty or thirty thousand intermediate soldiers, two Imperial ranks Shiwu general is in the town, and the city wall is also in the protection. If we can''t get 700000 mountain bandits and rebels, Huangfu Chaobo might as well find a piece of tofu to kill him. Of course, if we can find tofu in the game now.


    However, to Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, Sizhou Fengyun, who once had a cooperation, also sent a communication. However, it was also rejected by Huangfu Chaobo. It is said that since the cooperation between Sizhou Fengyun and Huangfu Chaobo, the trend has been rising all the way. The income of a large number of intermediate equipment has made the overall strength of the alliance one of the best in Luoyang at that time. Not only that, the dozens of craftsmen at all levels also made the strength of the equipment center in Fengyun''s own town two steps higher. With a lot of money and equipment as the backing, on the one hand, Fengyun kept forging a good relationship with Wu Kuang. On the other hand, Fengyun also sent people to build a village in Youfeng Yi, far away from Luoyang. Under the full tilt of the alliance policy, Fengyun soon upgraded to the level of a small town. Later, before Dong Zhuo moved the capital, Fengyun had arranged to transfer all the non combatant members of the alliance to Youfeng Yi, and all those who stayed in Luoyang were fighters. Then, when Dong Zhuo''s army was used to empty Luoyang and its surrounding areas, he fished in troubled waters again and made a lot of money. At present, Sizhou Fengyun has gained a foothold in Chang''an city with the help of Wu Kuang, and has become a force in Feng Yi''s town. Although Huangfu Chaobo has rejected Fengyun''s offer, it doesn''t hinder his favor to Fengyun.


    Time passed quickly. Two days later, in the afternoon, the first rebel army arrived outside Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong stood on the wall of the west city of Luoyang and carefully observed the army slowly coming from the distance. Looking at the rebel troops approaching in the distance, most of them are tired and almost tottering after walking for a long time. However, we can still see that a few soldiers in the square array are not like most of them. The long march has not affected their appearance. They are still standing behind several generals with complete swords and armor. From this we can see that the rebels are in the middle There are still some elite soldiers, but fortunately, there are not many such taxis. Roughly speaking, they should be about 4000, and they are divided into several distinct parts. Looking at these, Huang Zhong said: "it seems that the intelligence of Chihou is correct. These rebels are a coalition of several different parties. These soldiers with complete swords and armor should be their own soldiers. General, you see, these soldiers are obviously divided into several squares. The largest two are about 1000 people each, and the others are about 500 people. It can be seen that these rebels should come from more than six forces. ""That''s right," Lou GUI said. "In this way, our arrangement will be more in our hands."


    "Sir, brother, do you think the rebels will attack the city immediately?" Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "there are still two hours between now and dark, and the other party should take action." Huang Zhong looked up at the sky color road;


    sure enough, the voice fell, and thousands of rebels came out. Huangfu Chaobo noticed that the four thousand soldiers with complete armour were all in it, and the other thousands were divided into two groups, which were arranged on both sides of the four thousand soldiers. Under the leadership of several generals, the thousands of soldiers continued to move towards Luoyang City, and the remaining forty thousand soldiers were left The rest of the rebels sent more than ten thousand people to the northwest woods. It seemed that they were preparing to cut down trees to build siege equipment, while the others quickly stopped where half of them were ready to camp and the other half were on guard. Huangfu Chaobo said, "are we going to let the cavalry attack while the enemy is tired?"

 Chapter 365

    In the face of Huangfu Chaobo''s proposal, Lou GUI said: "no need. Several generals of the other side seem to know soldiers. You see, they are actually ready for us to fight."


    "Well, by the way, where are the bandits from other directions?" Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to change the topic;


    "general Hui," said a warrior nearby: "Lord beimenzao sent someone to tell him that the bandits from the north are coming to Luobei town. It seems that they will spend the night in Luobei town. The captain of Dongmen Dugu Xiong said that the bandits on the east side should arrive outside the Dongmen at noon tomorrow. As for the water bandits on Luoshui, they can go to nanmenwai at noon tomorrow. That is to say, by noon tomorrow, the bandits can form a siege of Luoyang City. "


    "Well, what''s the situation in the city now?" Huangfu Chaobo turns his head to Dugu Tiandao;


    according to Lou GUI''s arrangement a few days ago, Dugu Tian is responsible for the safety of the city. Now all the players in Luoyang City, except the players of Luoshen society and Zilong society, have been sent out of Luoyang City. Although many players don''t want to, they can''t twist their arms and legs. If they want to stay in Luoyang, no one dares to do anything So offending Huangfu Chaobo, at least at this stage of the players is impossible. The remaining players are also organized by the two leagues and assigned to the four walls.


    Since there was nothing to do, Huangfu Chaobo took people down the city wall. As for the defense of Luoyang city wall, Huang Zhong must be in charge of it. Huangfu Chaobo just needs to look around.


    One night without words, the next morning, Huangfu Chaobo took Lou GUI to the wall near the west gate. As soon as he got to the city tower, Huangfu Chaobo found that Huang Zhong had already stood on the gate tower in neat clothes. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Fu coming up, he turned to salute them, and then turned to look at the rebel camp.


    "Brother, what about the rebels? Will we attack the city today? " Although Huangfu Chaobo had believed Lou GUI and others'' inference, he still felt that he had no bottom before the result came out and asked as soon as he came up;


    "young master, please see, the enemy has finished breakfast and is ready to attack." Huang Zhongdao said, pointing to the rebel camp, and said, "young master, Mr. Lou, you see, there should be a large number of craftsmen in the rebel camp. Yesterday we didn''t see that the rebels had large siege equipment, but just one night, the rebels now had two large wells and a large number of siege ladders."


    On hearing this, Huangfu quickly looked up at the rebel camp. Sure enough, at this time, the gate of the rebel camp had just been opened, and nearly 20000 soldiers came out in front. After these soldiers left the camp, they formed a square array of 1000 people in the open space between the camp and the Luoyang city wall, and each of the ten thousand soldiers in the first row was on their back With a big bag, Huangfu Chaobo knows that it must be filled with mud. It seems that the ten thousand men''s team is a cannon fodder soldier filling the moat. The equipment of the ten square arrays in the rear is much more complicated. Each square array has a strong row of soldiers carrying a long siege ladder. There are several rows of soldiers beside them, one with weapons in hand and one with a shield in hand, and there are many soldiers behind them Several platoons were archers. Behind the two ten thousand men''s teams are the four thousand elite soldiers who were seen yesterday. They were also divided into several square arrays. However, they were surrounded by two huge wells which were higher than the Luoyang city wall. Behind them, another ten thousand soldiers came out. These soldiers had the same equipment as the second ten thousand soldiers, but they didn''t have so many siege ladders.


    Seeing this, even Huangfu Chaobo knew that there were some soldiers in the other party''s generals. So Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and said to Huang Zhong in a low voice: "brother, are you a little too few troops?"


    It''s true that Huang Zhong now has less than 6000 soldiers, 2000 long spearmen and 2000 sword shield soldiers, 1000 archers and 1000 crossbow soldiers. Huang Fu Chao Bo is really afraid that Huang Zhong will not be able to resist more than 35000 enemy troops.


    Huang Zhong shook his head and said, "don''t worry, young master. You and Mr. Lou will act according to the original plan. With these 6000 people, Zhong dares to guarantee that there will be no problem with the city wall in three days."


    After hearing Huang Zhong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Since Huang Zhong had no problem, he certainly had no problem. If Huangfu Chaobo knew that Huang Zhong wanted to talk for 30 days, he didn''t know what he would think. In fact, Huang Zhong didn''t look down on these rebels, but it was true. Fifty thousand rebels didn''t even have much equipment to attack the city, and they wanted to attack the huge city guarded by six thousand elite soldiers. What''s more, there were a thousand crossbow soldiers in the six thousand soldiers. Those guys really didn''t know how to write the dead words.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to watch the rebels attack the city here. Unexpectedly, Dugu Xiong, the guard General of the east gate, sent someone to report that the thief in the East had already arrived ten miles to the east of Luoyang and would soon arrive at the foot of the city. Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI rushed to the east gate. You know, it''s ten miles from the west gate to the east gate. Half an hour later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party rushed to the east gate. At this time, the rebels outside the east gate were still three or four miles away from the city wall.


    A few talents took a break and saw a group of people coming slowly from the eastern horizon. After a pillar of incense time, the rebels slowly came to a place two miles away from the east gate and stopped. If the rebel siege outside the west gate is well behaved, the performance outside the east gate can only be described as unsatisfactory. According to the news from Chihou, the total number of rebels outside the east gate is less than 30000, and there are only less than 10000 people with complete weapons. The rest are all kinds of things. When the front soldiers have reached two miles outside the east gate, the rear soldiers are still two miles away. That is to say, the siege army has reached the enemy''s wall, but the 30000 army has been drawn into a team of more than two miles and nearly three miles long. Looking at the rebel''s performance, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but be very happy. He looked at Lou GUI beside him. Lou GUI seemed to feel something. He also turned his head to see Huangfu Chaobo''s questioning eyes, and then looked at the chaotic rebel troops outside the city, and nodded gently.Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent people to send orders to Dianwei and Huyan, asking them to attack and annihilate the rebels with cavalry according to the original plan.

 Chapter 366

    In an open space under the tower, Dianwei and Huyan are leading 5000 cavalry to rest here. All the soldiers and horses are ready to go. They can attack only when Huangfu Chaobo sends orders. Dian Wei, who had not been in battle for a long time, could not wait. He was restless there. Then he ran to the door to see if the herald had come, and then he ran to the horses to tidy up his weapons. Finally, when Dian Wei Ran to the door for the sixth time, he saw another soldier of Huangfu Chaobo. As the leader of the bodyguard around Huangfu Chaobo, the soldiers around Huangfu Chaobo were all his subordinates. He must have known them well. When he saw this soldier, Dian Wei was very happy and said, "did the general give the order?"


    The soldier took a breath and said, "the general has orders. The cavalry will attack!"


    Dian Wei was overjoyed and answered the promise loudly. Then he turned his head and yelled at the rest cavalry: "cavalry! Attack


    "Cavalry! Attack


    At a command, 5000 cavalry quickly climbed up their horses, and under the leadership of their respective captains, they formed five lines, followed Dianwei and huyandu, and headed for the gate. When they arrived at the gate of the city, the Dongyang gate had been opened slowly. Dian Wei took the reins of his horse and gave a "chide" to rush out of the gate. Behind him, huyandu and a group of cavalry also raced out of the gate. Then they crossed the moat and headed for the rebels. Looking from the tower, Huangfu Chaobo saw a torrent gushing out of the gate hole at his feet, heading for the rebels in the distance.


    "Boom The earthshaking sound suddenly sounded outside the east gate.


    The sound of 20000 horse hooves immediately alerted the rebels outside the east gate. Soon the rebel generals who had just stopped and had not yet had time to array found the cavalry who had left the city. All of a sudden, one after another of the shouts rang out among the rebels...


    "Enemy attack..."


    "Come on, come on... Line up, line up, enemy cavalry


    "Damn it, you son of a bitch, stand in line for me quickly. In the front row of Dao Dun military station, the spearmen are in the back, the tail of the spear is down, the head of the spear is out, quick, quick... If you don''t want to die, hurry up. "


    ¡£¡£¡£


    For a moment, the already chaotic rebel troops were in a mess. The soldiers with long guns in front of them walked to the back with long guns, while the soldiers with sword and shield in the back had to push forward. In addition, the roaring crowd also made a huge noise, so that the soldiers could not hear the orders of the general.


    The distance less than two Li is the best distance for the cavalry to reach the best speed. When Dianwei''s cavalry rushed to the front of the rebels, the rebel team finally formed a thin shield wall. However, the spearmen behind the sword shield soldiers had not been able to form a dense long spear anti horse formation, so they faced the galloping horses and the war horses Dian Wei''s fragile defense line was immediately removed by his halberd. The soldiers in front of him were suddenly lifted into the air by the great power of Dian Wei. After flying more than ten steps back, they fell into the crowd and overturned several people at once. As Dianwei entered the rebel army, Huyan immediately followed him into the crowd, followed by several cavalry captains. Standing on the upper floor of the city, Huangfu Chaobo could see clearly that the red torrent gushing from the gate of the city was like a red sharp knife, which was suddenly inserted into the solidified lard, and the surrounding oil pieces melted into pieces. Then, the gap quickly became larger and larger.


    Half a quarter of an hour later, Dian Wei, who was still fighting hard, suddenly found himself empty in front of him. When he looked up, he found that he had already killed the rebel army two Li thick. After gently pulling the reins of the horse, the horse continued to run forward for dozens of steps, and then slowly stopped. Dian Wei looked back and saw that huyandu and several Duwei, who were closely behind him, had killed the crowd one after another, and then there was a steady stream of cavalry. After the cavalry, there was a bloody road more than ten steps wide, covered with broken arms and limbs. Of course, in the middle of the road, there was even a small number There were also a few horses and cavalry in red armor, but most of them were gray. Seeing that all the cavalry had already rushed out of the rebel group, and then arranged in order again behind him, after a short rest, Dian Wei raised the halberd in his right hand and roared: "cavalry! Attack


    "Cavalry! Attack


    "Cavalry! Attack


    "Cavalry! Attack


    On the battlefield, the sound of hooves and shouts of killing suddenly rang out again.


    This time, he killed from behind to the front, which was more relaxed than the previous time. Dian Wei led the cavalry to kill again quickly and returned to the moat river outside the east gate. Along the way, as long as someone tries to gather soldiers, soon hundreds of cavalry will arrive, until the general who tries to gather soldiers is killed or captured. After being killed twice by cavalry, 30000 rebels almost lost more than 10000. The others were running around in groups, trying to find a safe place to escape the pursuit of cavalry. Unfortunately, there was no place for the rebels to hide for miles outside the east gate of Luoyang. Dian Wei sat on the horse, looking at the rebels and the scattered food, grass and weapons, turned to huyandu and said, "send a signal to the general. It''s time to carry out the original plan. Let captain Dugu send troops to clean the battlefield and take the prisoners. You lead three thousand men teams to drive the defeated soldiers to the north gate. I lead the other two thousand men teams to the south, and order the soldiers to save horsepower.""Yes, dianzhonglang." Huyandu and the five Duwei quickly took orders;


    seeing the signal sent by Dian Wei, Huangfu Chaobo was a little relieved. Now the first step has been completed perfectly, and the next step is to see the results of the north and South gates. Seeing that Dugu Hsiung left a thousand archers on the city tower in case of an accident, while he hurried out of the city to clean the battlefield with two thousand sword shield soldiers and spearmen, Dugu Hsiung led the soldiers out of the city gate and ordered the soldiers to close the city gate again. Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI look at each other and tell the archer Sima of the city wall. Then they lead Huben cavalry to the south gate to prepare for the next battle.


    But Dian Wei said that after arranging for huyandu to lead 3000 cavalry to fight, he left a team of 100 to help Dugu Xiong clean up the battlefield, while he led the remaining 1700 cavalry to continue to fight. This time, Dian Wei was not in a hurry to fight. Instead, he led his cavalry to take a big circle and brought in all the thousands of rebels scattered on the battlefield. Then, he led his cavalry to drive them towards the South Gate wharf. For those who were far away from the battlefield, Dian Wei did not care about them any more. He just drove the surrounded five or six thousand rebels according to Lou GUI''s arrangement The rout. At the same time, the 3000 cavalry led by huyandu captured 6000 or 7000 rout soldiers and drove them to the rebel positions near the north gate.

 Chapter 367

    As for the other rebel soldiers in Dongmen, nearly ten thousand people have been injured in the two cavalry attacks, and the soldiers who are quick to see have fled the battlefield, and the remaining four or five thousand people have been captured by Dugu Xiong''s soldiers who came down from the city tower. So far, thirty thousand rebel soldiers in Dongmen have gone out, which makes the players who are preparing to fight in the two players'' Alliance on the east city wall dumbfounded At the same time, he has a more intuitive understanding of the strength of Huangfu Chaobo.


    If the rebels outside the west gate attack the city in a proper way, and the performance outside the east gate can only be described as unsatisfactory, then the performance of the rebels outside the north and south walls can only be described as appalling.


    When Dian Wei just rushed out of the gate and was ready to fight among the rebels, the water thieves in Luoshui had already arrived at the South Gate wharf of Luoyang. At this time, Dugu BA was ready. The distance from Luoshui wharf to the South Gate of Luoyang is only a few hundred steps, so once the water thieves land, they can attack the city directly. However, Dugu Ba turns a blind eye to the landing of the water thieves, because now there are all kinds of boats on the water, but none of the warships has landed, so what Dugu Ba has to wait for is the water thieves to land all the soldiers in the fishing boats and cargo ships It''s not until the last few ships get to the shore.


    It''s a pity that the efficiency of the water thieves is too low. When Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the South Gate Tower, the water thieves on several fishing boats had not got off the ship. Moreover, there was another reason that the space outside the south gate was too small. Because they were afraid of the bow and arrow at the end of the city, the water thieves did not dare to get close to the city wall for 200 steps, so more than 10000 water thieves were close to each other It''s crowded here. Seeing this, Lou GUI immediately sent thousands of people from the inner city to build a structure similar to an urn at the gate of the south gate, and put all the hundreds of guards in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands around, because they all had a big yellow crossbow in their hands. It took half an hour to prepare them. Then Lou GUI let Dugu Ba fight, but asked him to do it In the first World War, all the water thieves were attracted ashore, which provided opportunities for the cavalry waiting for Dianwei to attack and control the warships.


    With the roaring sound, the gate of Kaiyang gate in Luoyang''s south city was opened. Dugu Ba led two thousand soldiers out of the gate and set up the formation at the gate. Then, without hesitation, he killed the water thieves who were preparing to attack the city. In the face of the attack of the soldiers in the city, there was a leader who responded quickly among the water thieves, and soon ordered them to kill them. Standing on the city tower and looking at the water thieves swarming down, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Half a day later, he reflected that, NIMA, is this fighting or bewitching? Dugu BA''s two thousand soldiers were surrounded by the water bandits in three directions in a moment. Although they barely resisted the attack, even Huangfu Chaobo could see that if they didn''t retreat, the two thousand soldiers would be made dumplings by the water bandits sooner or later. Originally, they wanted to feign defeat. They didn''t expect that the water bandits were so crazy. Lou GUI immediately asked people to call Ming Jin to remind Dugu Ba to retreat. Dugu Ba responded quickly, and immediately ordered the soldiers to stop and retreat step by step. Seeing that the officers and soldiers were killed by themselves as soon as they came out, the water thieves were very excited. They didn''t need the leaders'' orders at all, and they directly chased the officers and soldiers'' tails to kill them.


    The leader of the water bandits on the red horse boat also saw the battle on the wharf. When he first saw the officers and soldiers go out to battle, he was afraid that his water bandits could not resist the attack of the officers and soldiers. To his surprise, his mob even blocked the attack of the officers and soldiers. Not only that, but soon they were forced back. Seeing the officers and soldiers retreating towards the city gate, the leader of the water bandit suddenly realized that his chance had come. If his men followed the officers and soldiers into the city, didn''t Qi say that he had captured Luoyang so easily? At the thought of this, the leader could not help shaking with excitement. He finally calmed himself down. The more he thought about it, the more he felt that he could do it. So he immediately ordered all the warships to come ashore, and the elite water thieves on the warships were going ashore to attack the city.


    "Woo


    After listening to the horn sound of the red horse boat, several fishing boats who had not finished diving immediately leaned aside and gave up the position of the wharf to several warships behind them. Several warships are loaded with elite soldiers under the head of the water thief. Of course, they must be elite soldiers, and they must be the confidants of the head of the water thief. Otherwise, how can they be on the warship, while most of the water thieves stay on fishing boats or cargo ships. Soon, almost all the elite water thieves on the warships arrived at the dock, and several people were left on each ship. The water thieves did not expect that Huangfu Chaobo''s goal would be their own ship rather than people.


    Seeing that all the boats of the water thieves had landed, Huangfu Chaobo knew that his plan of seizing the boat had been half successful. Now he had to wait for Dianwei''s cavalry to quickly wipe out the elite soldiers of the water thieves. Then all the boats on the wharf came to Huangfu Chaobo bowl.


    By the time Dugu Ba entered the gate, the water thieves had already followed him. The fastest one had almost chased Dugu Ba, and the water thieves on the wharf were all running towards the gate under the command of big head. In this way, there was a gap about ten steps wide between the warships and the water thieves on the wharf. From the East Gate battlefield to the South Gate wharf, it was only about ten li away. At this time, Dian Wei had already driven the rebels to a place less than two li away from the wharf. The leader of the water Bandit on the wharf looks at the smoke and dust rising in the distance. He doesn''t know what''s going on there. Not only that, the dust raised by the desperate rout also covers up the figure of the cavalry. When the leader sees that the rout is closely followed by a large number of cavalry, he has no time to react.Looking at a large number of cavalry rushing in the distance, the big leader knew that he could not win the battle. In a hurry, he could not take care of the water thieves. He took dozens of Elite Water thieves around him and did not care about anything. He directly found the nearest boat to rush. Before the cavalry arrived, he took dozens of Elite Water thieves to the boat and untied the rope and was ready to turn around and run away . When the big leader got on the boat and looked back at the water thieves on the wharf, the East rout soldiers had already rushed into the water thieves'' group, and instantly overturned a large number of water thieves. However, those rout soldiers still ignored it and got up and continued to run forward.

 Chapter 368

    On the other hand, the cavalry of Dianwei didn''t directly kill the water thief, but rushed to the position of the warship at the dock. The leader of the water thief thought that the cavalry was coming for him. He was so scared that he quickly started the boat and knocked over the fishing boats in front of him. Then he rushed out of the dock and ran away. As for the water thief soldiers and the yard on the dock, he was very scared He can''t take care of so many boats on this side of the head. When the cavalry arrived, not only the leader of the water thieves found it, but also many of the water thieves on the dock and on the ship saw the cavalry of the officers and soldiers. Many of the water thieves on the dock fled to the West with the rout soldiers, and the water thieves on the ship were in a mess. The remaining water thieves were busy preparing to set up the boat to escape, but it was a pity that they did not wait for them to untie the ropes of the warship and start the ship The cavalry of the officers and men had rushed to the wharf.


    At the front of the line were several high-level warriors of Dian Wei and his cavalry. Before the horses stopped, they all jumped off the horses, and then jumped into several warships on the wharf. Then the rest of the cavalry separated out some of them who had been on the boat, got off the horse and rushed to the boat. There was no way to control the boat. In order to seize the boat, Huangfu Chaobo transferred all the warriors and soldiers in Luoyang who could stand on the boat to the cavalry of Dianwei. Fortunately, there are only a few water thieves on the boat now.


    When Dian Wei led the people to control the ship, the other cavalry attacked the water thief on the wharf. At this time, Lou GUI on the tower also ordered Dugu Ba to lead the city''s soldiers to launch a fierce attack on the water thief. Under the attack of the guard level soldiers, the water thief who barely reached the primary level soon broke into an army and was soon driven out of the city gate But at this time, when the water thieves came out, only half of them were left in the city by hundreds of crossbows. Huangfu Chaobo, standing in the city tower, saw that the big head of the water thief had run to a boat. Although it was a pity that he had lost another boat, he was relieved that all the big head of the water thief had run away. He believed that the left water thief should have no resistance. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo yelled on the city tower: "the big head of the water thief has run away, and those who fall will not die!"


    Seeing that his voice was too low, Shuang asked the soldiers around him to shout together. Seeing this, Dugu Ba, who had just led the soldiers out of the gate again, immediately asked the soldiers to shout: "the big head of the water thief has run away, and those who have fallen will not die!"


    After a while, the whole pier outside the South Gate sounded "those who descend will not die!" Sound. Soon, some of the water thieves found that they did not see the big head of the water thief. On the red horse boat, the big flag of the big head of the water thief had been lowered. One day, a dark man was standing in the bow with the heads of several soldiers of the water thief. Seeing this posture, the smarter water thieves already knew that their party had been surrounded by officers and soldiers, and even the battle ship had been captured by officers and soldiers. They had no way out. They didn''t know which water thief dropped his weapon first, and then they had to "jingle jingle". More and more water thieves put down their weapons, raised their hands and squatted down. In the end, except for the officers and soldiers, there was no water thief standing in the whole wharf. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo was completely relieved and asked Dugu Ba to arrange for the capture and clean up the battlefield, while he took Lou GUI and others to the wharf to see the harvest of Dian Wei and his party.


    By the time Huangfu Chaobo arrived on the red horse, Dian Wei had already sent people to control all the boats. After a scuffle, although dozens of boats had been wrecked due to the confusion of the water thieves, and dozens of boats had run away, Dian Wei and his party had gained a lot: one red horse boat, three rushong boats, five Zou Ge boats, and twelve medium-sized cargo ships, each of them There are nearly 20 fishing boats, that is to say, more than 100 boats of different sizes have been dispatched by the water thieves. Dianwei has left nearly 30% of them, but most of them are valuable. As for the captives and other gains from the battlefield, Huangfu Chaobo is no longer interested in managing them. Anyway, in the end, they will have to show them when they are finished.


    When the battle of Huangfu Chaobo and their South Gate wharf was about to end, the battle under the command of Zaozhi and Huyan in the north gate had just begun. Huyandu drove thousands of rebels to the north gate. When they arrived at the north gate, Zaozhi and Dugu Tian had already defeated the mountain bandits'' first attack. The mountain bandits in the north gate don''t have the concept of how to attack the city at all. It''s a sea of people. If there''s no way, more people is willful. After the loss of more than 2000 people, the mountain bandits finally filled the moat of the north gate with several channels to attack the city. Then the mountain bandits directly sent soldiers to attack the city with the attack ladder. Unfortunately, Lou GUI arranged 1000 crossbow soldiers and 1000 bows and arrows in the north gate. Facing the coverage attack of 2000 long-range attack soldiers, the mountain bandits retreated in confusion when they first attacked under the city wall The round attack cost the mountain bandits nearly 3000 soldiers. When the mountain bandits retreated, the East Gate rout had reached a place less than a mile away from the mountain bandit array.


    In this way, the East Gate rout soldiers who were chased by huyandu cavalry ran into the North Gate Mountain bandits who were retreating in a hurry. When the cavalry of huyandu was driving the rout troops to the north, Zao just knew it. After easily fighting back the mountain bandits'' first attack, he made Dugu Tian ready to attack. Sure enough, under the impact of the East Gate rout, the North Gate Mountain bandits retreated, and the soldiers retreated into a rout. The two groups of rout soldiers were like a group of lambs who were chased by wolves. They rushed into the sheep regardless, hoping to find a sense of security in the sheep. It was a pity that they were not calm sheep at all. They were rushed to stand unsteadily by the rout soldiers The leader can be regarded as someone who has seen the scene. Knowing that this is definitely not good, he let his leaders stabilize the defense line. It''s a pity that the cavalry of huyandu had reached a distance of less than 200 steps, and soon followed the rout soldiers and killed into a chaotic group of mountain bandits. In a moment, 3000 cavalry soldiers had already killed the mountain bandits, which made the mountain bandits more chaotic.However, these are not what Huyan can pay attention to. When the cavalry killed the mountain bandits, Dugu Tian had already taken the taxi soldiers to the outside of the city. There were only 1000 archers on the tower to guard the city. As for all the 1000 crossbow soldiers, he took them out.

 Chapter 370

    Ten thousand soldiers were divided into several parts immediately after passing the Jinglan. Among them, the archers stood in front of the Jinglan and arched over the city wall together in an attempt to suppress the archers at the head of the city. Some of the shield soldiers stood in front of the archers and erected shields to protect the archers. Tens of millions of shield soldiers and lance soldiers were divided into several teams and followed the soldiers carrying the siege ladder , speed up, cross the filled siege channel, and enter the city to attack. Seeing the rebel soldiers getting closer and closer, Huang Zhong didn''t give any new orders. He just ordered all the archers to shoot at the location of the well. The sword and shield soldiers should pay attention to protecting the archers. The long spearmen are still on standby in the back part of the city wall for the time being. As for the crossbow soldiers, they are still under the protection of the sword and shield soldiers and don''t participate in defense. Soon, the attacking rebels entered a distance of 80 steps. At this time, Huang Zhongcai ordered the crossbow soldiers to shoot. After hearing the order, a black cloud flew out of the whole city wall and rushed towards the attacking enemy. Then there was a continuous rain of arrows.


    Just listen to "buzz..." After a sound, the fast-moving rebel team seemed to be photographed from the sky by a huge slap. The team was directly disconnected from the middle. Such a strong attack effect made the players in the city take a breath. A few of the rebel generals who watched the battle from afar turned pale with fright, but the two rebel generals who were obviously more powerful performed differently. Although they were also very surprised, they quickly responded by ordering the messenger around them and ordering the attack soldiers to speed up, because they knew that it was no use even retreating now. The only thing they could do was to attack the city with ants In this way, the crossbow soldiers'' offensive advantage will be lost. However, in that case, their well appendix will also lose its function, but now they can''t care so much.


    Sure enough, after the rebels speeded up, one after another siege ladders were put up at the head of the city. Huang Zhong immediately ordered the archers and crossbows to retreat. At the same time, with the help of the soldiers, the prepared pitching stones and challenge wood smacked down the position of the siege ladder. For a moment, the rebels on the siege ladder fell down like dumplings. After several rounds of stone throwing, although many rebels had been smashed down, some soldiers still climbed up. Huang Zhong immediately ordered the Dao Dun soldiers to guard the position of the female wall where the siege ladder was located, while the lance soldiers were behind the Dao Dun soldiers and prepared to stab at any time. At this time, the rebel''s Jinglan and bowmen had stopped attacking for fear of injuring their own people, but the officers and soldiers at the head of the city had no scruples, The archers and crossbow soldiers all shot at the bottom of the city wall according to Huang Zhong''s instructions. Anyway, there were enemy troops under the city wall, so they had to meet several.


    Faced with the tight defense at the head of the city, no one of the rebels in the first round was able to stand on the head of the city. They were often stabbed down by spears from all directions as soon as they were exposed. After holding on for an hour, the rebel generals finally realized the difficulty of guarding the soldiers at the head of the city and had to give up their troops. At this time, only less than 5000 of the 10000 rebels went back, The other 5000 were left under the city.


    The next two rounds of rebel attacks were easily resolved by Huang Zhong. It was not until it was getting late that Huang Zhong ordered the troops to be withdrawn. At this time, the news that the other three sides of the rebels had all made up for the destruction of the officers and soldiers spread to the rebel camp, which made the already demoralized camp even worse. At this time, Huang Zhong had already known about the battle of the other three gates. After arranging the defense at the head of the city, he was ready to go to the prefect''s mansion. But before he got down to the tower, Huangfu Chaobo took Lou guizaozhi and Dian Wei to the top of the tower. After introducing several people into the gatehouse, Huang Zhong first told the four people about today''s battle, and then asked about the other three.


    "Sir, brother, do you think the battle in the west can end tomorrow? It''s mid October now, and we can still seize part of the farmland in the second half of the year." Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "if you operate properly, you can solve the battle tomorrow morning!" Huang Zhong thought about it and said,


    then Huang Zhong explained his ideas to you one by one. In fact, it''s very simple. There are no organized cavalry in the rebels. After a day''s fighting, the morale of the rebels has declined. In addition, the failure of the other three branches will certainly have an impact on them. Huang Zhong''s plan is to disturb the enemy, and then concentrate on it tomorrow The cavalry attacked the camp. This idea also got Lou GUI and Zao only two people''s approval, as for Dian Wei as long as can play. The next three people discussed the details, and then arranged according to the plan.


    In addition to the thousands of bandits who were besieged in Luobei Town, the other four thousand cavalry had enough to eat and drink early, and then went to sleep in the barracks. They are the main force of tomorrow''s battle. Tomorrow morning, the four thousand cavalry will attack the rebel camp under the leadership of Dianwei and Huang Zhong. Two thousand crossbows and two thousand sword and shield soldiers will be the force to harass the rebels tonight. Four thousand soldiers will be divided into four teams, each with five hundred sword and shield soldiers and five hundred crossbows. From the second half of the night, they will harass the rebel camp every other time. Because the rebels have no cavalry, there is nothing to worry about harassing the soldiers. As for the other soldiers, only 2000 soldiers were left on each of the other three walls to guard the city. All the other soldiers were transferred to the west wall to prepare for the attack of the cavalry into the camp tomorrow, and the soldiers would follow closely. The cavalry was responsible for breaking up the rebel army, and the soldiers came to finish.Sure enough, after a night of harassment, coupled with the failure of the siege on the first day, the heavy casualties, and the news of the failure of the other three gates, the morale of the soldiers in the rebel camp has dropped to a very low level. When it was almost dawn, Huang Zhong and Dian Wei''s cavalry had quietly arrived 200 steps outside the rebel camp. The darkness before dawn provided the best cover for the cavalry''s attack. The night''s harassment had exhausted the soldiers, and the soldiers on duty were sleepy on the pillars. Huang Zhong nodded to Dian Wei, and then they almost simultaneously rushed forward. First, Huang Zhong quickly used his bow and arrow to solve the problem of the taxi driver on the arrow tower on both sides of the camp, while Dian Wei quickly rushed to the front of the camp, sat on the horse, picked up the horse in front of the gate, and smashed it directly towards the camp gate. There was only a loud bang, made of huge logs The gate was smashed and shaken by him,

 Chapter 369

    When the cavalry was about to kill the mountain bandits, Dugu Tian''s soldiers had reached the distance of 100 steps in front of the mountain bandits. Seeing that the crossbow soldiers had reached the shooting distance, Dugu Tian did not hesitate. He ordered the sword and shield soldiers to go forward to protect the front and sides of the crossbow soldiers, while the long spearmen were ready to attack after ten rounds of continuous firing. At the command of the commander of the crossbow soldiers, one thousand crossbow soldiers were divided into three columns and attacked according to the usual training method of three-stage attack, while the sword and shield soldiers went out long ago to protect the three directions of the crossbow soldiers. Although the mountain bandits at this time had no ability to attack the soldiers coming out of Luoyang, Huang Zhonglian''s soldiers had asked the general and soldiers to strictly implement the battlefield regulations.


    With a single command, the formation was completed, and the soldiers kept a neat formation and moved towards the mountain bandits. The neat marching sound of thousands of soldiers finally startled the mountain bandits outside. The attack distance of Yishi Dahuang crossbow is 80 steps, but the enemy on the opposite side has no strong attack ability. In order to give full play to the attack ability of the crossbow soldiers, Dugu Tian only ordered the crossbow soldiers to attack when it was only 60 steps away. For a moment, the dense crossbows and arrows, like flying locusts, rushed towards the mountain bandits like a black cloud.


    "Buzz..."


    "Puchi, Puchi..."


    After ten rounds of crossbows and arrows in a row, the formation of mountain bandits facing the direction of Luoyang City was like being cut by a knife. 30000 crossbows and arrows took thousands of lives of mountain bandits. The fierce attack makes the mountain bandits behind a mess. No more mountain bandits listen to the command from the head. They all retreat back like ghosts. No matter whether there is someone behind them or not, or even worse, they turn their heads and cut at the mountain bandits in front of them. After killing the mountain bandits in front of them, they scream without turning back Rush.


    Seeing this, Dugu Tian immediately ordered the long spearmen to attack, while the sword and shield soldiers were still escorting the crossbow soldiers. They divided into two teams and prepared to encircle and annihilate the mountain bandits from both sides. At this time, Huyan had already led the cavalry to kill the mountain bandits, and gathered cavalry directly behind them. Seeing that Dugu Tian''s soldiers had gone to battle, Huyan divided the cavalry into two teams, surrounded all the mountain bandits in the north gate from both sides. According to the news from Chihou, after the mountain bandits in the north gate occupied Luobei Town, the only one who really went to fight was Huyan More than 20000 bandits, and more than 20000 others are old and weak women and Confucians. Now they are all settled in Luobei town.


    In this way, the biggest gap in Luoyang is the population. Now that the mountain bandits have sent tens of thousands of people, if they don''t want it, it will really make people angry. So Huangfu Chaobo ordered Zaozhi and Huyan to defeat these mountain bandits as much as possible and then drive them all to Luobei town. At that time, as long as one thousand cavalry were sent to surround Luobei Town, these people would be the captives of Huangfu Chaobo after the biggest rebel army in the West was solved. At that time, the population of Luoyang would increase by tens of thousands. As planned, more than 20000 mountain bandits attacked the city at the north gate, plus thousands of rebels driven from the east gate, with a total of nearly 30000 people. 5000 people were lost under the city wall, and more than 3000 people were destroyed by cavalry. Then more than 3000 people were destroyed by the crossbow soldiers of Dugu Tian who left the city. Finally, more than 15000 people were driven to Luobei town.


    After driving all these mountain bandits into Luobei Town, it was getting dark. Huyan ordered thousands of soldiers to surround the four gates of Luobei town. Then they lit a huge bonfire every other distance around the town, and arranged three thousand cavalry to patrol the night in turn. In this way, more than 30000 mountain bandits in Luobei town became mountain bandits Huangfu has gone over the dishes in the bowl. Both the east gate and the south gate have cleaned up the battlefield, so all the captured goods have been transported to the temporary designated place in the inner city for storage. As for the prisoners, they have all been put together. All these will be sorted out in detail after the war. Now there is still a big problem to be solved.


    When the other gates opened, Ximen''s rebel attack was also in an orderly way.


    From the beginning of filling the moat in the morning, the leader of the rebel army showed good military accomplishment. Well, according to Huang Zhong, he should be the general of the other side and also the person who knows the soldiers. It took the rebels nearly half a day to fill the moat with several siege channels under the protection of the cannon fodder and the shield soldiers. However, facing the defenders with the same attack strength, the price paid was only half of that of the north gate. After the siege passage was ready, the rebel generals did not immediately arrange soldiers to attack the city. Instead, the soldiers made a slight adjustment and divided into two parts. One part escorted two well aprons and several other siege equipment to slowly approach the city, while the other part ate on the spot. Looking at the actions of the rebels outside the city, Huang Zhong said with a smile: "it seems that the other side really knows the soldiers, but that''s it!" Then he ordered half of the bowmen to harass the rebels who were escorting Jinglan outside the city, while other soldiers and horses arranged to eat. By this time, it was almost noon, and the civilians in the city had already prepared lunch. Since the rebels were not in a hurry to attack, it was better to let the soldiers eat first.


    Sure enough, the rebel attack was not strong enough. When the Jinglan, who was escorted by 5000 soldiers, arrived at the attack area, he did not advance any more, but shot at the defenders on the city wall. Jinglan had a high advantage, while the city wall had a number advantage. No one on either side could do anything. Only after all the troops in the camp had finished their lunch did the rebels prepare for their first real attack. Huang Zhong on the wall of the city is ready for defense."Dong Dong"


    After hearing the sound of drums, about ten thousand rebel soldiers came out of the camp, made a formation at the gate of the camp, and then marched towards the wall. These players who helped to guard the city on the wall seemed to be in order. These rebels can be said to be elite soldiers. Huang Zhong didn''t know what these rebel generals were thinking and what they were relying on to attack Luoyang. Although Luoyang had less than 30000 troops, there were 5000 Xiliang iron cavalry here. Even if there were no matched Xiliang generals, there were no special arms Those who are better than the intermediate arms, plus the other 20000 soldiers who have gone through several battles, and Huang Zhong''s training in the past two months, are twice as strong as the junior soldiers of the rebels.

 Chapter 371

    Seeing a successful strike, Dian Wei immediately jumped up from the horse with the help of the impact of the horse, and directly hit the door which had been "creaking" and shaking. After hearing a loud bang, the whole door was crushed by Dian Wei. If any player saw this scene, he would be scared. Everyone knows that the emperor''s rank generals are powerful, but no one would think of it There will be such a strong, this time the pawey is simply a human tank. The gate had been opened, and the cavalry rushed into the rebel camp under the leadership of Huang Zhong, but the huge noise also awakened the rebels in the camp. Although they were exhausted by the officers and soldiers, there were still many rebel soldiers and generals who responded quickly. The whole camp was like a frying pan, and there were shouts everywhere.


    Dian Wei quickly got up after knocking the gate open, took the horse from a cavalry, turned over and got on the horse. Then he and Huang Zhong took two thousand cavalry with them and killed them in the camp. Their task was to make the camp chaotic, the more chaotic the better.


    When Huang Zhong and Huang Zhong attacked, eight thousand soldiers had already assembled. When the cavalry entered the camp, the soldiers would follow the others and attack the camp. This was all the soldiers that Huangfu Chaobo could use. Even the four thousand soldiers who harassed the camp overnight were sent to the city wall to guard, so that the energetic soldiers could take part in the attack of the rebel camp Go in.


    At daybreak, Huangfu Chaobo and his three men on the upper floor of the gate of Xiyang were rewarded by the soldiers. The fighting in the rebel camp was basically over. Thousands of 40000 rebels were killed and more than 20000 prisoners were captured. Only a few thousand of them escaped from the rear gate of the camp. General Dianwei had led two thousand cavalry to pursue them. General Huang counted the harvest in the camp. As for the officers and soldiers, only less damage was done Two thousand people, among them, less than 500 people were killed in the war. The rest were only injured. Specifically, we have to wait for the final result of General Huang.


    As soon as they heard the news, they were all relieved. It was decided by the first World War. Lou GUI suggests that Zaozhi should go to the rebel camp to take over Huang Zhong''s affairs, and Huang Zhong immediately leads 2000 cavalry to Luobei town to persuade the 30000 mountain bandits. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo remembers that there are still 30000 people surrounded in Luobei town. You know, the night didn''t stop there. Although Huangfu Chaobo transferred 1000 crossbow soldiers, he still transferred 1000 bowmen to replace them. He was afraid that the mountain bandits would break through the siege overnight. As expected, just in the second half of the night, the mountain bandits organized more than 10000 soldiers to break through. As a result, they were killed and injured under the command of Dugu Tian. In desperation, the mountain bandits had to retreat Back in town. However, from time to time, scattered mountain bandits tried to escape, but they were found by cavalry and killed directly. Thousands of mountain bandits were piled on the open space outside the town, which scared the mountain bandits in the town. Zao just didn''t say much. He took a group of soldiers with him to replace Huang Zhong. For him, that''s what he is good at. As for leading the troops, it''s a last resort. Now Huangfu Chaobo can only block the generals below. Er, if this is heard by other players, it''s estimated that Huangfu Chaobo will be directly sprayed to death. Well, for Huangfu Chaobo, it''s true, otherwise it won''t let Zaozhi, an internal affairs general, lead the troops and guard the city.


    After arranging these, Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI rushed back to the city. They had no choice but to increase the number of prisoners by 50000 or 60000. Now there are enough people in Luoyang, but these prisoners need a large camp to be locked up. Now that the war is over, it''s time to prepare for these things. For Huangfu Chaobo, the battle is far from over.


    When Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI are preparing to arrange the captives of Luoyang and count the fruits of victory, the forum is now very lively. Although Huangfu Chaobo has sent other players outside the two leagues out of the country before the war, there are tens of thousands of players around Luoyang, so it is impossible to hide the war in these days The news of thousands of crossbow soldiers for the first time in the whole game has aroused wide attention in the whole forum. You know, the news of thousands of crossbow soldiers in Huangfu Chaobo is unknown to the whole world, not to mention the players of Zilong club. The battle in Luoyang has already attracted the attention of the players. Now, with the end of the battle, in addition to the last battle, several other battles have been posted on the Internet. This is the first large-scale battle led by the players with more than 100000 people. It also gives the players a deeper understanding of the strength of Huangfu Chaobo.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo knew nothing about what happened in the forum. Only when Jia Jing sent a letter to him did he know that the players had shown great interest in the crossbow in Luoshen town. Hengzongtianxia and Zhao Zilong knew that Huangfu Chaobo had no time to deal with himself now. They went directly to Luoshen town to find Jia Jing and asked about the sale of Dahuang crossbow What''s the matter. However, Huangfu Chaobo did not have time to talk about this now. He just asked Jia Jing to tell them that if the crossbow could be sold in large quantities, it would be the two of them who bought it first, which calmed the two of them. After hanging up the communication, Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI went all the way to discuss the next construction arrangement of Luoyang. However, Huangfu Chaobo is surprised that the system has not yet prompted the end of the third ring task. Later, he thinks that the problem of Luobei town has not been solved.When they arrived at the prefect''s house, they were sitting down. The left behind general immediately handed a message from the post station. Huangfu Chaobo opened it and did not expect that it was Huang Xu''s letter from Longhua. Just after reading a few lines, Huangfu Chaobo jumped up again: "Damn, Tian Yu!" As for the other things Huang Xu said later, including the news that Xianbei people might go south, after he saw Tian Yu, he did not look down at all.


    "Tian Yu? Who is it? What''s special? " Lou GUI asked in surprise;


    "this man has great talent, and his talent should be as good as Xiao Xu." Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and remembered that in the Three Kingdoms game of the island country, Tian Yu was a general who was almost surrounded by 80. In history, Tian Yu later became the governor of Bingzhou, and his ability should be quite strong, so he said: after all, as a military strategist of Huangfu Chaobo, he knew all the generals under Huangfu Chaobo, and he knew Huang Xu very well Although Lou GUI has never met him, Huangfu Chaobo has already told Lou GUI about Huang Xu''s attributes.

 Chapter 372

    With these words, Huangfu Chaobo began to read Huang Xu''s letter again. It didn''t matter if he didn''t read it. When he looked down, he was startled. Xianbei people went south. That doesn''t mean that Longhua town will be discovered by Xianbei people at any time. After reading it, Huangfu Chaobo handed the letter to Lou GUI and said, "Sir, please see, we are in big trouble!"


    Lou GUI doesn''t know where he is. He takes the letter and looks at it carefully. After lougui finished reading it, Huangfu Chaobo asked eagerly, "Sir, what should I do?"


    "What do you think?" Lou GUI didn''t answer and asked;


    "Er," Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned and thought, "I have to recruit Tian Yu, even if I lose Longhua town because of this. Of course, if I can recruit Tian Yu and Longhua town can be saved, that''s the best. With Xiaoxu and Tian Yu in Longhua, I can trust them."


    "Please let me think about it carefully. Besides, we should call General Huang and Ziping back. Let''s sum them up again." Lou guidao;


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked people to ask Huang Zhong and Zaozhi Dianwei to hand over their affairs to others, especially Huang Zhong. Huangfu Chaobo asked people to tell Huang Zhong that if he could not persuade him to surrender, he would force him to surrender, even if he killed half of the people.


    Although Huang Zhong and others were asked to surrender as soon as possible, it took almost an hour for Huang Zhong to arrive at the prefecture. Huang Zhong was also the last one to arrive at the prefecture. After he came in, Huang Zhong first reported to Huangfu Chaobo about the surrender of Luobei town. To Huangfu Chaobo''s delight, Huang Zhong finally recruited those mountain bandits, but with his superb bow and arrow, he managed to surrender a few times After discussion, the leader of the mountain bandit finally agreed to surrender. After Huang Zhong introduced the situation of Luobei Town, Huangfu Chaobo finally heard the system prompt: "Ding Dong, congratulations to the player. After completing the third link of Luoyang reconstruction task, the player gets 20000 reward points. Please choose whether to exchange now!"


    Without thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo chose "accumulation". Immediately, the second system prompt came again: "congratulations to the player, start the fourth link of Luoyang reconstruction task: population reaches 50000, with more than 10 towns directly under the territory. After the infrastructure of Luoyang has been put into normal operation, the population of Luoyang needs to be greatly increased, so that the city will gradually become prosperous. The minimum target is to make the population of Luoyang reach 50000. "


    After hearing these two news, Huangfu Chaobo was finally relieved. According to his own way, he had to go to Longhua town. After all, there was a heavenly level general waiting there. He was afraid that there would be a demon in the system. It seems that he can go now.


    Huangfu Chaobo asked Huang Zhong to sit down and handed him Huang Xu''s letter. After he finished reading it, he told everyone the two system prompts he had just received. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s hint, Lou GUI and Zao only looked at each other, and they all saw it from each other''s eyes. Everyone was relieved. After everyone digested the news, Huang Fu Chao said: "my idea is that whether it''s because Xianbei people go south or solicit Tian Yu, I have to go to Longhua personally. It happens that the Fourth Ring task doesn''t require me to stay in Luoyang. Now everything in Luoyang is in order, and I just go to Longhua to deal with things there. I don''t know what you think? "


    Lou GUI stood up and said: "before general Hansheng came, I had an exchange of views with Ziping. Our idea is that the young master''s trip has two purposes. One is to recruit Tian Yu. According to the young master, if this man is as capable as Bo Xu, if they are stationed in Longhua, the current situation of Longhua will be enough to cope with the number of people for more than ten thousand months If we have about half a year to prepare for the attack, we can hold the attack of 20000 or 30000 people for half a year. However, from the intelligence of Boxu, it is estimated that the scale of the Xianbei people''s going south this time will not be small, but now general Baima''s energy is not on the grassland outside the Great Wall. Therefore, once the Xianbei people reach more than 20000 troops and horses to attack Longhua, if there is no external help, Longhua will not be able to defend for half a year, and even if they defend, they will suffer heavy losses. Therefore, the second purpose of your visit is to take advantage of the situation. You must have a good relationship with general Gongsun in youbeiping. You must obtain his approval. Longhua town can ask for help from general Gongsun in an emergency. "


    "Yes, if we want Longhua town to be safe, we have to get the support of general Gongsun, even if we pay more," Huang said? For generals, the number of horses in the army is not too small. We can also bring some treasures to make friends with general Gongsun. Isn''t the relationship between general Gongzi and the second and third generals very good? We can consider asking for help from some of them. There are also several other generals. Even if they are not willing to speak for us, they should at least ensure that they will not oppose general Gongsun''s sending troops to help us. "


    After Huang Zhong finished, Zao only added: "well, external forces are one of them. You can also send some weapons and equipment to Longhua, such as the Dahuang crossbow in Luoshen Town, even if it''s not a single stone, and the craftsmen of Dahuang crossbow and crossbow. You can also send one or two craftsmen, even those who are just beginning to make Dahuang crossbow It can also ensure that Longhua can produce and maintain the crossbow internally, and that Jianghua town has enough grain and other weapons and equipment to make them well prepared. "The words of several of them made Huangfu Chaobo feel more confident. Huangfu Chaobo nodded as he listened. When Zao finished speaking, Huangfu Chaobo asked again, "yes, these aspects must be done well in this trip. Is there anything else I didn''t think of?"


    "Er, I think..." Seeing that everyone didn''t speak any more, Dian Wei, on one side, was submissive for a long time before he said a few words. When he saw that everyone was staring at himself, he was surprised and drew back half of what he said.


    "Lao Dian, you can say whatever you think of!" When Huangfu Chaobo saw that Dianwei had something to say, he felt very strange, but encouraged him.


    looking at the kind eyes of several people, Dianwei finally expressed his thoughts like a shy child: "Sir, Mr. Lou, Mr. Zao, brother Hansheng, I don''t have any other ideas, but we won many boats yesterday £¿ I just thought, isn''t there a big river beside Longhua? I thought... "

 Chapter 373

    Dian Wei''s words immediately made Lou GUI stand up and cry out, "OK, OK, I''m still thinking about what to do in case things don''t slack off. Young master, it''s said in the book of War: if you don''t worry about winning, you should worry about losing. I just don''t know the terrain of Longhua, and I haven''t thought about it for a moment. I also want to remind you to think about it with Bo Xu when I get to Longhua. I didn''t expect that evil comes to remind me. Yes, since there is a big river next to Longhua, the third thing for you to do is to take a few warriors and soldiers who are familiar with the water war, as well as a few craftsmen waiting for shipbuilding. You must build a dock in the river next to Longhua. After you build a boat, you can find out where the river leads, whether you can get through the boat, how big the boat you can walk, and so on It''s Bo Xu who arranges for people to make clear the terrain around Longhua as soon as possible. Although there is only one way to enter Longhua, it also means that there is only one way out for us. If Xianbei people or other enemies seal the road to the valley, we will become turtles in a jar. "


    "But the problem is that Zhou Yi has already gone to Jingzhou, and we don''t have any warriors who are familiar with water warfare now?" Huangfu Chaobo was in a daze. The question raised by Lou GUI was something that several of his own people had never thought of.


    "Ah, young master, I''m smiling," said Zaozhi with a smile. "Yesterday we captured thousands of water thieves. Can''t we find some Wudu and shipbuilders who are familiar with water war?" Then he turned his head to Dianwei''s praise.


    Seeing that everyone agreed with his proposal, Dianwei just stood there laughing.


    Several people discussed some details of Longhua. Huang Zhong also suggested that the pass in Longhua town should be expanded into a medium-sized one if possible. In this way, the turning space of defense would be increased.


    After the discussion of Longhua, several people''s thoughts were put on the reconstruction of Luoyang City. Since Huangfu Chaobo wants to go out, things in Luoyang must be arranged first. Otherwise, if something happens, it will be troublesome to communicate with the players again. Moreover, there are many things Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want other players to know. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo finally decides to let Jia Jing come to Luoyang City, so that Huangfu Chaobo can know the city of Luoyang at any time As for the situation in Luoshen Town, there''s nothing to deal with now. Just deal with it step by step.


    There is also the problem of nearly 50000 or 60000 prisoners, and the harvest of the battle of the four gates has not been counted. After thinking about it, several people decided to select only the martial arts and craftsmen among all the prisoners. If the craftsmen were directly put into the equipment center of the equipment in the imperial city. If the martial arts were, they would first recruit and surrender those with better growth attributes to Huang Zhong for management. Of course, the most important thing is to select a few martial arts and soldiers who are familiar with water warfare and give them to Huang Fuchao When Bo took him to Longhua, there were one or two craftsmen who could build ordinary ships. As for the other ordinary prisoners, they are all locked up first and used as the civilian men for reconstruction. When the time is right, they can recruit the better ones to surrender. The original ordinary NPCs in the city are sent to Luoshen town and other towns to be occupied in the future. As farmers in the town, they can snatch as much grain from the fields as possible to solve the problem of grain in Luoyang as soon as possible. Even if they can''t solve it completely, they can at least solve one third to half of the problem.


    In the fourth part of the task, there are ten town level leaders. For this, Huangfu Chaobo has already thought about it. He is ready to let Huang Zhong occupy ten towns within 20 miles around Luoyang. As for the selection of the mayor, he should choose from his own generals. As for the personnel, he should send some young people from Luoyang City to work in the past. Anyway, he is not in a hurry to upgrade now, First of all, we should ensure that the population of Luoyang City can meet the requirements of the task. Because this task is the same as the previous tasks, there is no time limit, so Huangfu Chaobo specially told Huang Zhong not to beat down all ten towns so soon. As for the original players who want to recapture their own towns, you can do it yourself, as long as you don''t want to hit my county Town, otherwise, hehe


    After all the things were done, several people felt that there was nothing missing, so they were relieved. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t mean to let everyone leave. After everyone calmed down, Huangfu Chaobo said: "the first merit of the rebel siege is Huang Zhong, followed by Dian Wei. I just looked at their achievements, and decided to appoint Huang Zhong as general wupinpian to lead the troops around Luoyang, and Dian Wei as General Li to continue to lead the pro Guard troops."


    "General Xie!" As soon as they heard this, they immediately stood up and bowed to Huangfu Chao. As a general, what''s the reason for fighting to win meritorious service? It''s not to increase official rank. Now after the first World War, Huangfu Chaobo has promoted both of them to a higher level. Can you be unhappy? However, the other two, Lou GUI and Zao Zhi, had already reached the highest position of civil servants under Huangfu Chaobo, and they could not be promoted any more. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo only rewarded them with a large sum of money and agreed to recommend one clan to each of them. If Huangfu Chaobo was satisfied, they could be given the post of Duwei. This promise also made them very happy. As for the others, Huangfu Chaobo was very happy Because of the lack of time, let Lou GUI first sort out the reward list, and then the three of them will jointly send the reward. However, Huang Xu''s achievements in the battle of Xianbei have reached Zhonglang general, so he has also been promoted to replace Dian Wei and become Zhonglang general in the Dian army. Huang Fu Chaobo, Huang Xu''s official position as the captain of the beggars school, is prepared to stay for Tian Yu.Later, Huangfu Chaobo ordered that during his absence from Luoyang, Huang Zhong was in charge of military affairs, Zaozhi was in charge of internal affairs, and Lou GUI was in charge of the coordination of the two aspects. If there was any objection, it would be settled by three people through negotiation. If the three people still could not solve the problem through negotiation, it would be decided by Jia Jing and Huangfu Chaobo after Jia Jing arrived in Luoyang. After arranging all these, Huangfu Chaobo contacted Jia Jing and asked her craftsmen to take a senior craftsman who had just learned how to make rhubarb crossbows and a blood medicine craftsman to hulaoguan to wait for her. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo was going to take all the rhubarb crossbows produced in Luoshen town to Longhua town. Of course, it''s Zhang Xuan who is responsible for Luoshen town. If there''s something going on there, you can directly go to Zongheng world. Now Luoshen town has become a high-end industrial base of Huangfu Chaobo. Of course, it''s also about purchasing grain for Luoyang.

 Chapter 374

    After arranging their affairs, Huangfu Chaobo himself followed Huang zhongdianwei to the capture camp to select the warriors and craftsmen to take to Longhua town. After careful selection, he finally found two navy warriors and a few craftsmen who could build ships from the captured water thieves. Although the warriors were only junior craftsmen, the craftsmen were also intermediate craftsmen who could only build ordinary ships and walk boats, Huangfu Chaobo still took two warriors and a craftsman with him, and then selected 20 water soldiers from among the captured water thieves to take them to Longhua.


    However, in the face of those who had just surrendered and whose loyalty had just passed the warning line, Huangfu Chaobo first changed the martial arts men named Zhu Ping and sun Lang to intermediate martial arts men, and then he promised them that if they performed well in Longhua, they could be promoted to senior martial arts men or even rank generals. This big pie made two people happy The warrior''s loyalty quickly broke through 90 +, and he spent a lot of money on that craftsman and 20 soldiers to raise their loyalty to more than 80. In this way, after these people arrived in Longhua, Huangfu Chaobo would not run away.


    When Huangfu Chaobo saw the name of sun Lang for the first time, he was shocked. He thought it was the sun Lang of the sun family. Who knows, when he looked at his attributes, it was like a ball of frustration. The highest force value of the junior warrior at level 10 was no more than 10. As for the growth value, there was a pitiful 0.6 + in the play. However, Huangfu Chaobo soon got rid of the blow He has recovered from the war, and soon he may have two historical generals of the water army. He doesn''t pay attention to these little fish and shrimp at all. For the safety of Huang Xu and his party, Huangfu Chaobo decided to take all his 400 guards to Longhua town. After all, all the soldiers were equipped with a big yellow crossbow. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo bought hundreds of skill books for the introduction of riding skills at any cost, so that all the soldiers could learn riding skills. After Longhua, they would practice hard and believe these soldiers Although it is impossible to change the war situation in Longhua, there should be no problem in protecting Huang Xu and his party to evacuate safely. It took almost another day for Huangfu Chaobo to go through all the affairs of Luoyang before he took Dian Wei, ten high-level warriors and those who were going to Longhua to join Jia Jing at hutongguan. As for Zhou Cang, Huangfu Chaobo left Huang Zhong the only available general. However, there were hundreds of warriors at all levels.


    It took a few days for a group of hundreds of horses to get to hulaoguan. After a day''s rest, Jia Jing and others rushed to hulaoguan. Looking at Jia Jing''s tired face and dust, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but feel heartbroken. He didn''t care about the urgency of the time. He asked Dianwei to arrange for everyone to have a rest in Hulao pass, and then he took Jia Jing off the line. Considering that he has not been with Jia Jing since the beginning of Dong Zhuo''s plot, Huangfu Chaobo decides to go offline and spend a day with Jia Jing. However, in the end, the understanding Jia Jing just lets Huangfu Chaobo accompany him for half a day, and then he rushes Huangfu Chaobo online.


    The time for Huangfu Chaobo to go online again is two days after the game time. After going online, Huangfu Chaobo took all the people to the nearest city, prepared to go to Zhaojia town in Zhending through the post station system, confirmed whether there was Zhao Yun, and then rushed to Xu Wucheng''s house, where he rode to Longhua town outside the Great Wall.


    In order not to attract the attention of the players, a group of several hundred people, led by Dian Wei, set out from the post station of Xingyang county and went straight to Zhending county without stopping all the way. At this time, Xingyang County, as the logistics base of the Guandong Alliance Army, also had a large number of grain and grass transported from Jizhou, Yanzhou, Yuzhou and other places, because all the princes were in a hurry to go home, and no one was in charge of it Here, so it''s still under the management of Yuan Shu''s garrison. Although Huangfu Chaobo repeatedly sent people to take over here, they were all rejected by Yuan Shu''s generals because they didn''t receive orders. In fact, this was specially arranged by Yuan Shu, and the city guarding generals were general Qiao Rui and general Li Ling.


    A few days later, the group arrived at Zhending City, and then went directly to Zhaojia village at the foot of Changshan in the west of Zhending city. Because of the influence of the yellow scarf rebellion, Zhaojia village has accepted many refugees in Changshan in a few years. Huangfu Chaobo found that the population in the village was obviously larger than before. Zhao Feng also saw Huangfu Chaobo''s confusion and quickly told him about the village. There are nearly 20000 people in Zhaojia village now. According to the scale of the player village, it has reached the level of a big town. Now the size of the troops is a little more than the original, with a total of 4000 people. In addition to 500 cavalry, there are 1500 footmen who are the standing forces of the village. As for the other 2000 people, they are only militia. After all, there are 20000 people to support. Now the Zhaojia village is a village A large part of the village''s farmland is also planted several miles around the village. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo listened carefully to Zhao Feng''s introduction, just as his subordinates introduced the situation while they were walking. This phenomenon is not only that the two people didn''t feel wrong, but also that the villagers in Zhaojia village didn''t feel anything wrong. It''s not the first time that many of them, especially the original Zhao people in Zhaojia village, have seen Huangfu Chaobo, We all know the current identity of Huangfu Chaobo and the relationship with zhaojiacun.


    While Huangfu Chaobo was listening carefully to Zhao Feng''s introduction, a system message suddenly interrupted their conversation.


    "Ding Dong, in 190 ad, in December of the first year of the Han Dynasty, after several months of fierce fighting, Dong Zhuo, who controlled the imperial court of the Han Dynasty, was defeated by the Allied forces of the Guandong princes. Dong Zhuo sent people to move the imperial court and all the officials to Chang''an. After arriving at Chang''an, after half a year, Dong Zhuo''s forces finally stabilized Chang''an and the whole Xiliang. After stabilizing, Li Ru found that the princes had too many troops Yu Qiangli, in order to limit his forces, wrote to Dong Zhuo and decided to change the military system. The court issued an order to abolish the barracks and changed the recruitment system to the training system. Neither players nor NPC forces can directly recruit soldiers from the barracks. "This system message caused the whole game to explode. When the players didn''t respond, another system message sounded: "Ding Dong, because the game needs to be updated, and there are a lot of updates this time. The update time is 24 hours. Please go offline within 15 minutes. During the offline period, the system will continue to run, in order to avoid the players Unnecessary loss, please players offline on time, all update information will be published on the website, please go to the official website for detailed update settings. Have a good time

 Chapter 375

    Damn it, nite, it''s time for husky to change the military system. Now even Huangfu Chaobo is not calm. He quickly gets through Jia Jing''s communication and asks Huang Zhong to recruit all the soldiers from all the barracks in Luoyang City. Then he contacts Lao Du and asks several middle-level barracks in Luoshen town to recruit all the soldiers. Although the firepower has been fully opened, it only increases Huangfu Chaobo by one There are five thousand junior soldiers and nine thousand five hundred intermediate soldiers. As for other counties and Longhua Town, fifteen minutes is not enough time to send people to send orders. It''s not only Huangfu Chaobo. In the whole game, except that the NPC forces are basically in a state of negotiation, the Lord players are all flying. After all, there is not only Huangfu Chaobo but also a large part of the players. They try their best to recruit all the troops in their barracks, and they can''t care whether they have enough food.


    After arranging the recruitment of the two places, Huangfu Chaobo called Dian Wei over again and asked the leaders to take a rest in Zhaojia village for a few days before they could decide. Huangfu Chaobo and his party rushed to Zhaojia village and arranged everything. After that, Huangfu Chaobo went offline at Zhao Feng''s home in the countdown of the system.


    After getting off the line, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care to rest. He quickly opened the official website of the game. Huangfu Chaobo was also looking forward to such a big system update. What did the system do.


    As soon as you open the webpage, Huangfu Chaobo sees the huge system update link on the home page. After clicking on it, Huangfu Chaobo takes a look at it and takes a breath. Huangfu Chaobo takes a look at it, and there are more than ten items:


    system update:


    [1] about the setting of death penalty:


    player''s death is not as simple as before One level down, and after one level down, the circumference value returns to the data before this level. The experience of the current level returns to zero. 24 hours after death, the player is in a weak state, and the blood gas value is 20% of the normal state. He has died three times in a row. The player is limited to 24 hours online, that is, 4 days of game time, and can''t log in to the game. Compared with the Lord player, there are not many problems at level 1, but there is also a punishment: the popularity of the territory will be reduced by 1 to 5 points, and the loyalty will be reduced by 1 to 5 points. Any one of these two points is fatal to the Lord player and has a great impact on the territory. For the free player, the initial circumference will be reduced by 1 to 5 points and 1 to 2 points randomly Personal skills are reduced by one level at random, which is a decline in the overall strength of free players. If players hang up for several times and return to level 0, the circumference value is likely to be all returned to zero, which means that the game number has been abandoned and can only be deleted again. Not only that, all the wearing items, including weapons and equipment, are dropped, while the items in the storage bag are randomly dropped by 20% to 50%.


    The setting of death penalty is to prevent the territory from adopting sea of people tactics. In this way, players will no longer be undead.


    For example, many player territories and alliances have formed a pure player army. If the player''s death is only one level lower than that of the NPC troops on the opposite side, it is a real death. Then, in the later stage, when the player level is improved, the army formed by the players is an invincible division. Such a sea of people tactic is not in line with the original intention of the territory construction mode and is naturally not allowed.


    ¡¾2¡¿ Add the setting of NPC qualification:


    NPC qualification is divided into five levels: A, B, C, D and e. the higher the NPC qualification is, the greater its potential is, and the easier it is to break through the career bottleneck. Of course, historical figures are not in the scope of qualification assessment. At the same time, when the number of NPCs in the game reaches a certain number, it will no longer be an unlimited refresh, but a natural reproduction. Only after the death of NPCs, will there be new NPC refugees refresh out, and the number of NPCs in the whole game will be in a dynamic balance. Keep the new territory for a new game year, and only keep the growth mode after one year.


    According to the proportion given by Nu Wa, class a accounts for 0.5%, class B for 19.5%, class C for 20%, class D for 20%, and class E for 40%. The specific number of people, affected by the territorial characteristics, will fluctuate up and down a little. NPC with excellent level qualification is a strong candidate for senior military generals, master level skilled talents, senior arms and other senior talents, and also the most noble wealth of the territory. According to the proportion, only one NPC with grade a qualification will be selected from the 200 refugees. Territory conscription can only choose those with grade D or above. NPC with grade D qualification can be trained as ordinary skilled talents, but they can only reach intermediate level at most. In order to reach advanced level or above, they must be above grade C to have training value. Grade E can only exist as ordinary people, such as ordinary farmers, lumberjack, miners, fishermen, etc. The introduction of qualification setting is beneficial to the Lord. It can reduce the burden of the Lord and make it easier to select talents. Although qualification does not represent everything, it is at least a very intuitive reference.


    ¡¾3¡¿ Improve the quality setting of items in the game:


    all items, including raw materials and weapons and equipment, are divided into one to nine items in detail. The higher the quality of raw materials, the better the performance of weapons and equipment, and vice versa.


    ¡¾4¡¿ Improve the setting of the post station:


    the post station is not only to provide the service of the post horse, but also to increase the service for players to mail items (including letters but not living creatures). The post station will charge the postage according to the distance, size, weight, value and distance. At the same time, it is absolutely safe to mail goods in the system post station.¡¾5¡¿ About the setting of the Army:


    cancel the previous simple level setting, and change it to a more detailed level setting. The militiamen wear the ordinary ring head sword for the primary arms of level 5, and the ordinary taxi of level 10 is the intermediate arms. After that, every additional level of soldiers increases by one level, and the highest level is level 60, which is level 12. The second to fourth levels correspond to the former primary arms, which is the same Leather soldiers, five to six correspond to the intermediate soldiers before the adjustment, which are light armor (that is, leather armor plus iron) soldiers, seven to eight correspond to the senior soldiers before the adjustment, which are iron soldiers, nine to ten correspond to the guard soldiers before the adjustment, which are heavy armor soldiers. At the same time, increase the arms in the game. Except for the previous arms, players only need to meet the conditions, and they can form more arms Such as long halberd soldiers, short halberd soldiers, Hand Axe soldiers and so on. At the same time, the initial ranks of the forbidden guard, longbow, Huben cavalry and all special arms were adjusted to 45 and 50 respectively. At the same time, if the 11th level is set as level 55, the attack, defense and blood of soldiers are 20% better than Huben cavalry, and if the 12th level is set as level 60, the attack, defense and blood of soldiers are 50% better than Huben cavalry.

 Chapter 376

    According to the system settings, only soldiers with level C qualification can be upgraded to level 5-7, only soldiers with level B or above can be upgraded to level 8-10, and only soldiers with level a qualification can be upgraded to level 10 or above. At the same time, after soldiers reach level 10, they can have two development directions. One is to become elite soldiers, choose to continue to advance to elite soldiers, and increase the force. Another direction is to change to a military general. Those who choose to change to a junior military officer will have their ranks halved and their commanders increased. Each has its own merits.


    ¡¾6¡¿ As for the adjustment of the rank of military general and the number of unified soldiers:


    five people are one military officer, one military commander; two military officers are one Shi officer, one Shi officer; five Shi officers are one team, one jiupindubo officer, 50 leaders; two teams are one village, one bapintunjiang officer, 100 leaders; two villages are one song, one qipinya gatekeeper, Qidu, buqudu, 200 leaders; five songs are one department, 100 leaders There are liupin Duwei, Qidu Wei, Biebu Sima and junsima, with 1000 soldiers in charge; wubu is a school with 5000 soldiers in charge and 100 soldiers in charge; Wupin Zhonglang is a general with 10000 soldiers in charge of two schools and 200 soldiers in charge of his own; wupinbi is a general with 20000 soldiers in charge and 500 soldiers in charge; wupinpian is a general with 3 soldiers in charge There is no limit to the number of soldiers, nor to the number of Pro soldiers.


    Generals above grade five are allowed to have private soldiers. Private soldiers are not included in the general''s troops. They usually act together with the general, and a school''s troops have become a basic unit for fighting. As soon as the war starts, you can go out as many schools or as many troops as you like, instead of pulling thousands here and sending thousands out and gathering as many troops as you used to.


    ¡¾7¡¿ Return of famous generals:


    all the dead famous generals of the Three Kingdoms will have a "return of famous generals" copy task. After players can get the copy task card through various ways, they can start the copy task. After players complete the copy task, the system will revive the famous generals according to the completion of the task. If the completion rate is more than 95%, the player can obtain the loyalty of the general with complete attributes. If the completion rate is more than 80%, the player can obtain the general with 80% surrounding attributes. At the same time, the general skill will be reduced by one or two at random. If the completion rate is only 60%, the player will get only 60% attributes. If the completion rate is less than 50, the player will get three or four attributes at random. If the completion rate is less than 50, the task will fail and the player will not get the name Will, mission card disappears, all players have a chance to get the general''s mission card again, until the name will be recruited by players. Of course, after completing the task, the famous general will automatically return to his memory before he became an official, and his loyalty to the players will automatically be 90.


    ¡¾8¡¿ Open campaign copy:


    campaign copy refers to the battle in which the forces of both sides reach more than 100000 or more, or more than 10000 people are killed. For example, changshe attack and defense war, Nanyang attack and defense war, hulaoguan attack and defense war, and so on, belong to large-scale replica tasks, which are different from various kinds of task replicas in the field, and can accommodate a large number of players and their soldiers. Of course, Nu Wa will adjust the difficulty of the game according to the number of players and soldiers on both sides in order to maintain the balance of the game. In the campaign dungeon, players and soldiers can gain experience. Of course, the battle damage is the same as brush field, but the items obtained by the dungeon will be much better than ordinary brush field. The system will reward all kinds of items that ordinary brush field can''t get according to the players'' performance in the campaign. Not only that, the game also implanted a variety of copies of the battle in the ancient battlefield, such as the siege of Baideng, Wujiang defeat, etc., which players have to explore and discover. Moreover, the time of the campaign copy and the time of the big map are arranged according to the ratio of 10:1, and the game time of different copies will be different. For example, in the history of the attack and defense war of changshe, there are nearly a few months, but only a few days in the copy. In this way, players will not stay in the copy for too long. Not only that, Nuwa also showed directly in the update that with the advance of time and the progress of the game, the campaign copies of the late three kingdoms will be released one after another, and will not disappear because the game does not reach that historical node.


    ¡¾9¡¿ Adjust the number of Lord players in the game:


    due to the control of the number of NPCs and the limitation of large map area, the development of player villages and towns is subject to the dual restrictions of population and area. The system will greatly reduce the number of player territories from 500000 at the beginning of the game to 200000. Other villages and towns will become the possession of various NPCs. These NPCs are closely related to each other Player relationship can be subordinate, friendly, neutral, disgusting, hostile. Lord player quota: only when a player loses territory in battle, other players can create a new territory. Otherwise, even if the player has a new village construction drawing, he can''t build a village (the villages under the player''s influence are not within this limit). At the same time, in view of the special situation around Luoyang, Luoyang players are allowed to continue to attack and occupy villages until the number of players'' villages in Luoyang reaches 40% of the current number of villages.


    At the same time, the restrictions on the upgrade of subordinate territories at the main city level are lifted. All the territories that meet the upgrade requirements can be upgraded to the next level, and the Lord players can freely set the main city in the existing territories. Moreover, there will be a new key for the jade of the player''s territory - demotion. When the player''s territory is attacked, the "destroy" option will not appear directly, but the "demotion" option will appear. The forces attacking jade can get a certain amount of resources compensation. When the player''s territory reaches a certain condition, the leader size will be reduced by one level. For example, the leader building will be reduced by one level or the number of people in the territory will be reduced by 50%. When the territory level is reduced to a small village, the "demotion" option will become "destroy". Another purpose of this setting is to prevent the players from constantly inverting NPC population to upgrade their territory.¡¾10¡¿ Increase the setting of secret places:


    wilderness will refresh some secret places randomly from time to time, waiting for players to explore. Once the secret place is cleared, it will disappear forever.


    If you explore the secret place, you will have a chance to obtain the weapon or martial arts script. Everything is possible.


    In addition to the secluded area painted by the wilderness, there is also a prop called "secluded area map", which can directly activate a temporary secluded area and make it comfortable to break through without competition.


    This is another setting for adventure players, which means that adventure players begin to get more and more attention from Nu Wa, and are no longer stepsons. In the secret mirror, players can get all kinds of drawings, weapons, equipment, secret scripts and other items at random.

 Chapter 377

    ¡¾11¡¿ Add the setting of adventure task:


    players may trigger adventure task at any time and place of the game.


    When players create characters and choose places of birth, if they choose randomly, they may trigger the adventure system. Unfortunately, at that time, the players just entered the game and had no power to bind the chicken. Even if they were lucky enough to trigger an adventure, there was a great possibility that they would die miserably because of lack of strength. Now different, the player''s strength has made great progress, has the ability to complete the adventure task. After completing the adventure mission, players can also get all kinds of items like the secret mirror mission


    in a word, from now on, adventure players'' game career will become more colorful.


    ¡¾12¡¿ About the adjustment of player''s package:


    the adjustment of player''s package is fixed as 20 spaces for primary storage, 40 spaces for intermediate storage and 60 spaces for advanced storage. The number of items that can be stored in each space is adjusted. Items weighing more than 10 jin can be stored in each space. Items equal to or less than 10 jin can be stacked up to 10 in each space. At the same time, when the number of parcels is more than half of the number of spaces, the player''s action speed is halved; when the number is more than 34, the player''s action speed is only 14 of the usual speed, when all spaces have items, the player can only walk slowly.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    It took about half an hour for Huangfu Chaobo to review the whole update. It is found that the most influential change for the Lord players is the change of the military system, that is, the recruitment system is changed to the training system. In this way, the soldiers of different levels will be recruited directly from the barracks instead of ordinary NPC. That is to say, it is impossible for players or NPC princes to recruit middle and high-level arms from barracks. They have to upgrade from the militia. When the soldiers reach a certain level, they will be transferred to the relevant barracks and upgraded to the corresponding class of arms;


    for example, if you want to recruit a Huben cavalry, you must recruit a militia from your barracks, but When you recruit this militia, you will lose an ordinary NPC in your territory. Then, you will take this militia to upgrade in the future. When he is upgraded to level 10, he can go to the infantry battalion of the primary barracks to change into a short sword soldier or a sword shield soldier. When he is upgraded to level 15, he can be transformed into a long Spearman. Then, he will continue to upgrade and transform to level 50 continuously, and then he can go to level 15 again Take him to the senior military camp of Huben cavalry, and turn this soldier into the top class of the game you want - Huben cavalry.


    On the surface, it used to take 60 rounds to recruit a Huben cavalry, but now it only costs 200 copper to recruit a militia. Even with the cost of each transfer, then there are the standard equipment of HUBEN Cavalry - level 50 ordinary equipment, 1-level black gold sword, 2-level black gold spear, 2-level black gold iron bow and 200 copper, a total of 20 black gold armor piercing arrows, 20-level good horses and 5-level good horses The black gold armor of Guan is about 40 to 50 Guan in total, which is cheaper than 10 Guan. It seems that it is much cheaper. However, the time, energy, equipment and blood medicine spent in the whole process of upgrading an ordinary NPC from level 0 to level 50 should be much higher than those directly recruited from the barracks, and you should also ensure that the soldier will not be killed in the whole process. If the soldier is not careful in the middle, especially at level 40 or 50, it will be tens of times of money It''s all in the water. It''s heartbreaking. This is just a soldier. If there are thousands of soldiers, how much will it cost... Not only that, the equipment attached to soldiers should be eliminated. In other words, when a soldier reaches a certain level, you have to change his weapons and equipment, so that he can play the offensive and defensive effect of soldiers of the corresponding level.


    This update has the greatest impact on cavalry, because the categories of horses correspond to the ranks of cavalry. According to the update tips: riding horses at level 20-30 corresponds to cavalry at level 1-3, fighting horses at level 30-40 correspond to cavalry at level 4-6, and good horses at level 30-40 correspond to cavalry at level 7-9. According to this, Huangfu Chaobo can be sure that the cavalry in the game will be more precious in the future, and the horses will be more valuable The price of horse will go up all the way. It is estimated that it may reach the current official price, or even higher. This will be the most important income for Huangfu Chaobo, and it is likely to exceed the income of specialty liquor. Together with other weapons and equipment, the manufacturing industry in the whole game will meet the golden age of rapid development.


    The establishment of the army is equivalent to enriching the playing methods of the army and increasing more possibilities. For example, crossbow cavalry is not available in ordinary barracks, and there is no such special branch in historical generals, which means that all players can practice crossbow cavalry. Of course, the premise is that your soldiers must have a certain level of riding and crossbow, and you must also equip soldiers with yellow crossbows and horses.


    Another update that is very beneficial to Huangfu Chaobo is about the setting of the main city and the upgrading of its subordinate territory. All along, Huangfu Chaobo has a headache about the upgrading of Longhua city. Now it is no longer a problem. After reading this update, Huangfu Chaobo decided to go to the forum to see if it could find out one or two upgrading drawings of the city, and it happened to take them to Longhua this time I hope that Longhua town can be upgraded to county level in the shortest time. In this way, Huang Xu will have much more room to operate.After turning off the website, Huangfu Chaobo went to the forum to hang up an anonymous message about the purchase of city upgrade drawings, and then left the computer. Then I ran to the bathroom, took a shower, and drove to Jia Jing''s home. Now I have time to accompany my girlfriend for a day. Huangfu Chaobo''s parents are not used to staying in the city. Soon after they are engaged, they go back to their hometown. Their younger brothers and sisters also go to school. Jia Jing will occasionally help to clean up the family. Now Huangfu Chaobo''s family is left alone. When he came out of the house, shortly after dawn, when Huangfu Chaobo arrived at Jia''s house, his mother had already made breakfast and waited there. The whole family didn''t have breakfast together. Even Jia''s father went out late. Now he is in charge of his own company and his son-in-law''s company. He is very busy all day long. The reason why he is waiting for Huangfu Chaobo is that he wants to be a member of Huangfu Chaobo''s company Tell him something. It is said that Huangfu Chaobo is also using his father-in-law as a free long-term worker, but the old people are happy with it.


    After having breakfast, Jia Jing called Zhou Wen and made an appointment with them. Then they went out.

 Chapter 378

    The next day, two big men accompanied two girls to go shopping, and then they ate, watched movies and karaoke. At the end of the day, everyone had a good time. After sending Jia Jing home, Huangfu Chaobo returns to his home. After taking a bath, he sets the alarm clock and goes to bed. Jing waits for the game to be updated.


    When the players are offline to relax, the game update is also ongoing. However, the NPCs in the game have not stopped their activities. When Dian Wei got off the production line at Huangfu Chaobo, he took all the people into Zhaojia village under the leadership of Zhao Feng. With the presence of God level generals, Zhao Feng, based on the principle that it is unnecessary and wasteful, asked Dian Wei to help train his troops. At the same time, he asked all the warriors in Zhaojia village to be screened to see if there were any materials to be made.


    The other NPC forces are not idle, especially the 18 road princes who participated in the battle to discuss Dong. After a few months, they have returned to their own territory for some time. In the early stage, because they just returned to their territory, they have accumulated too much government affairs to deal with. Now, after a period of time, their territory has basically returned to the normal development path So we all have time to look at the situation of our neighbors and see if we have a chance to bite a piece of meat.


    Let''s talk about our great leader yuan. Since he returned to Nanpi, he finally took a long time to deal with the affairs of Bohai county. On this day, he recruited all the generals and officials to discuss the strategic direction of the next stage. In other words, the family aura of Yuan Da''s leader is still very attractive. Just looking at his family officials, we can see that there are Xu you, Xun Xun, Feng Ji, Guo Tu, Chen Lin, and Shen Pei in the civil service. There are as many as six of them in the military division level. If only one Xun Yu had gone to Cao a man some time ago, there would have been seven of them, any one of them would have been All the players and NPCs are salivating. In terms of generals, there are Gao Gan, Yan Liang, Wen Chou, Zhu Han, Jiang Yiqu, Chun Yuqiong, and others who are not very well-known. Therefore, as soon as the meeting was held, the leader of Yuan Da League was full of people.


    "Gentlemen, we have gained a lot from the alliance of the princes to discuss Dong." Mr. Yuan sat on the main seat, feeling his beard with pride,


    "yes," Feng Ji was always good at flattering Mr. Yuan, and immediately said, "after this discussion, no one in the world knows the name of Mr. Yuan."


    "Hum," said Xu you coldly. "It''s a pity that we got some false names, but we didn''t get any real benefits. At the beginning, although we got a lot of false names in this alliance, the rumors spread among the princes have attracted the attention of Jizhou Korean Festival. I''m afraid it will be difficult for us to take Jizhou again."


    "Ping," was already happy to hear Xu you''s words, suddenly angry, a fierce pat in front of his desk, said: "Ziyuan has found out who spread the rumors?"


    "Mo Zeng." Xu you shook his head and said, "check to check, and finally the clue is broken in Yuan Road Camp."


    "Hum, if you know who has done something bad to my father, you must strip his skin and lay down his flesh." "Lord, we can investigate this matter slowly. Now the most important thing is what we will do later!" Xun Chen took a look at the matchmaker, and saw that the matchmaker nodded to himself, so he stood up and said;


    seeing that the attention of Da Yuan Gong had been successfully transferred, the matchmaker also stood up and said: "yes, nine counties and ninety-nine counties in Jizhou, we only have eight counties and one county in Bohai, but we have to support nearly 200000 troops. Although Bohai is rich, it is not long-term The plan. It is reported from Youzhou that gongsunzan has withdrawn tens of thousands of yongnu''s troops to Tuyin. It is said that he has focused on Liaoxi county. You know, there are only four cities in youbeiping, but junmi outside the Great Wall is almost abandoned. So if there is no mistake, gongsunzan will send troops to Liaoxi County within six months at the latest. Now it seems that our idea of using Gongsun Zan is going to fail. In this way, we have to rely on ourselves to obtain Jizhou. "


    "It''s easy," said Xu you, who saw that someone had shifted the attention of Mr. Yuan and thought that he wanted to be the first counselor of Mr. Yuan. "Can''t you leave gongsunzan, a good family, to make Jizhou without the power of the yuan family? As long as we make a little trouble in Hejian taxi family, we are not in the reason to send troops? "


    "Well," as soon as he heard this, he was immediately moved. However, he felt that the means had lost his face, so he hesitated again.


    "Lord, I''ll leave this matter to you. Within a month, news will come from Hejian. You just need to arrange the dispatch." As soon as he saw Mr. Yuan''s face, Feng Ji, who always looked at his face, immediately said, "OK, OK, OK, I''ll leave it to Mr. Yuan Tu..." Duke yuan was so happy to see that Fengji was so successful that he changed his name to Fengji.


    Now that the direction has been set, the next step is to discuss the issue of sending troops. After some discussion, Duke yuan decided to take Yan Liang as the vanguard, Gao Gan as the main general, Xun Chen as the military adviser, and lead 50000 troops to the battle.


    Of course, for Jizhou hard knife to poke, soft knife can not be put down. Seeing that his idea was robbed of the limelight by Feng Ji, Xu you asked for the task of alienating Han Fu''s subordinates, which was fully affirmed by Da Yuan Gong. Happy to say "Ziyuan knows me, Ziyuan knows me!"After watching Mr. Yuan, we turn our attention to Mr. Ji Li, who is the second most popular among the princes.


    However, our Cao Jili children''s shoes are also proud now. Although Chen Liu was not able to get gunzhou Prefecture, he got another Pei state in Yuzhou, which was more prosperous than Chen Liu. Not only that, after the establishment of the pole, in addition to his own family talents, the civil servants and military generals from all over the country came to vote one after another. Especially after the arrival of xunzu, Cao Cao finally got rid of the embarrassing situation of no counselor. Well, although Xiaomian is a 90 + Intelligence player, he can''t do everything.


    In other words, the first thing that Xun Yu took refuge in was to tell Cao Cao that the matter of Chen Liu must be obstructed by someone. Then, after the two people sat together and talked about the whole story, and all the princes, Cao Cao suddenly found that he could not get Chen Liu. The most advantageous thing was that the three people, big and small Yuan Gong and Huangfu Chaobo, were the most suspect though there was no definite evidence.

 Chapter 379

    First of all, let''s look at Mr. Yuan. Although he has always looked down upon our Geely children''s shoes, there are many resourceful people under him. It''s normal for them to limit their development. As for Xiao Yuan Gong, he now dominates the best Nanyang County in the world. Not only that, but even Xingyang, the land where the princes used to cultivate grain, has not been willing to give it to Huangfu Chaobo, the prefect of Luoyang. No one believes that he has no idea about Chen Liu. The last one is Huangfu Chaobo. Luoyang is his territory. An average Zhang Mengzhuo must be much safer than an ambitious Cao Amei. Of course, Han Fu in Jizhou, Kong Gu in Yuzhou, and Liu Dai, the governor of gunzhou, are all suspected, but they are not as big as the first three. After listening to Xun Yu''s analysis one by one, Cao Cao, who was born with many congeals, became more entangled. However, it made Cao Cao make up his mind not to send the money and grain to Luoyang. As a result, Huangfu Chaobo''s grain transportation team, who was looking forward to the future, could not move any more after they arrived in kuxian county.


    And Cao Cao''s eyes also turned to the surrounding counties, but the two people repeatedly discussed and did not set a direction. At last, Xun Yu, who couldn''t think of a good idea, suddenly thought of a good talent, so he recommended his classmate friend Xi Zhicai to Cao Cao. Cao Cao decided to wait until the Xi Zhicai arrived before making a decision. Therefore, after a vigorous rise, Cao Cao''s army suddenly dormant for no reason, concentrating on internal skill training.


    Sun Jian, the Marquis of Wu Cheng, was also not well-known. After getting the jade seal, although the curse and oath did not eliminate the other princes'' feelings for him, he was finally subdued by Xiao Yuan Gong. On the way back to Jingzhou, Liu Biao, the governor of Jingzhou, sent Huang Zu to lead a heavy army to ambush Sun Jian''s army. Although Sun Jian and his party got away with it in the end, after they returned to Changsha, there were fewer than 800 soldiers. He was so angry that Sun Jian worked hard and was ready to take revenge.


    The next is our little Yuan Gong. Although he has occupied the most prosperous place of Nanyang in the whole Han Dynasty, he is uneasy. He has long focused on Runan, the place where the yuan family made their fortune, and Yangzhou further south. There is also Luoyang in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, Chen Liu in Zhang Chao''s hands and the whole Yuzhou in Kong Yu''s hands. It can be said that Xiao Yuan Gong is still ready to play a big game, but whether he can play it or not is unknown.


    After returning to Yuzhou, the governor of Yuzhou, Kong Bi, no, I should say, he didn''t get home yet. Suddenly, he had a place called Qiao County and a prefect named Cao Cao. Well, you have a large army and a wide background. I can''t beat you. If you want to be a prefect, you should be. Kong Yu''s depression is beyond words. You said that we were happy to follow you to fight Dong Zhuo, but we didn''t get any benefit. First of all, Huangfu Chaobo, who is the best player in our team, started a new business. Not to mention, it''s not home yet. There are 21 less in 98 counties. Do you think we can''t be depressed? Unfortunately, Kong didn''t know. Now someone was trying to make up his mind again. Not surprisingly, it would be an eye opener for him to have half of the 98 counties left in his hands before long.


    When returning to Dingtao, Liu Dai, the governor of gunzhou, had a bad relationship with Qiao Mao, the governor of Dongjun. He wanted to send troops to kill Qiao Mao. As a result, Qiao Mao got a warning from an alien and finally fled back to Puyang. So they had a little fight for a while.


    On the other hand, Zhang Miao, the governor of gunzhou, returned to Chen Liu and immediately prepared for the war. He was afraid that Cao Cao would attack. Even his brother Zhang Chao, the governor of Guangling, did not return to Guangling. Instead, he stayed in Chen Liu to support his brother. However, after several months, Cao Cao didn''t seem to have any reaction, so Zhang Miao let his brother go back to Guangling.


    As for the two good people Kong Beihai and Tao Xuzhou, they went back to their homes safely, and then arranged to send money and food to Luoyang to support the reconstruction of Huangfu Chaobo. However, considering the battle between Liu Dai and Qiao Mao, Kong Beihai decided to take the grain team to Xuzhou and Tao Qian''s grain team to Luoyang. As for the generals, Kong Beihai arranged for Wu''an to lead 5000 soldiers. However, before he set out, Kong Beihai said a word to Wu''an: "when general Wu''an arrived in Luoyang, on behalf of the prime minister, he would say hello to the emperor, and on the other hand, general Wu''an and 10000 soldiers would stay in Luoyang to help the emperor rebuild Luoyang. After Luoyang is rebuilt, he would lead the soldiers back to the north It''s not too late for the sea. " On hearing this, Wu''an didn''t know that he had been mercilessly abandoned by Kong Rong. As for the troops of Beihai, they have all been handed over to Zong Bao, the former deputy general of Wu''an state. Although he was disheartened, Wu Anguo decided to send his troops to Luoyang first and try his luck under Huangfu Chaobo. The man sent out by Xuzhou was Mi Fang, the second son of the MI family. He also led 5000 soldiers and 10000 men. Mi Fang is the main reason why Mi Zhu is fighting for it. It is a very safe task to escort grain and grass with 10000 troops. Secondly, MI Zhu wants Mi Fang to talk about the cooperation of Luoshen liquor with Huangfu Chaobo.


    Let''s go back to Jizhou again. Our Han Cishi has been in a panic ever since he received the news that Da Yuan Gong and Gong sun Zan wanted to unite to kill him, and then divide Jizhou equally. On the night he got the news, even when he came back to Jizhou in the evening and went back to Yecheng, he immediately recruited his subordinates to discuss countermeasures. However, the subordinates were divided into two groups, led by Tian Feng and Ju Shou. Geng Wu, min Chun and Zhang he all said they needed to guard against Yuan Shao''s change. Liu Hui, Zhao Fu, Cheng Huan, Li Li and Ju Yi said they didn''t need to meet Yuan Shao''s army now. In history, Han Fu was willing to give Jizhou to Yuan Shao, but in the game, because of the rumors of Huangfu Chaobo, Han Fu was scared to think that Yuan Shao wanted to kill himself quickly. So now he didn''t want to let Jizhou think, but he was thinking about how to resist Yuan Shao. So, at the insistence of Jushou and Zhanghe, Han Fu strengthened his confidence to resist Yuan Shao, and let Zhanghe train in Yecheng. Then, he ordered Liu Hui and Juyi to guard Qinghe, Zhao Fu and Cheng Huan to guard Anping, and min Chun and Li Li to guard Julu. In this way, several major counties around Weijun had already arranged their defense. He thought that Weijun should be safe. What Han Fu didn''t expect is that it was his arrangement that made Xu you find an opportunity to take advantage of.

 Chapter 380

    Let''s look at Youzhou. Since Liu Yu, the governor of Youzhou, took office, his attitude towards the Xianbei people of wuheng people is completely opposite to Gongsun Zan''s. Gongsun Zan''s toughness and Liu Yu''s tenderness make the contradiction between the two people deeper and deeper. Both sides are on guard against it secretly. However, Liu Yu is in the absolute advantage now, which is also the reason why Gongsun Zan is willing to join hands with Yuan Shao to take Jizhou. Unfortunately, Han Fu has not found out yet. In the end, Gongsun Zan has nothing to do with it. But Gongsun Zan knew that he had to strengthen his strength as soon as possible, otherwise one day when Liu Yu was in trouble, he would not be able to resist Liu Yu with his own county and three cities, and then he would be too late to repent. Therefore, after withdrawing his troops from Jizhou border, Gongsun Zan immediately turned his eyes to Liaoxi County, but it was still winter, and the army had just returned It''s still to be sorted out.


    There are also NPC forces such as Mahan in Xiliang, Zhanglu in Hanzhong, Liuyan in Yizhou, Liubiao in Jingzhou, etc. because they have not experienced any major wars, there is no obvious change in their governance.


    After 24 hours of real time and 4 days of game time, the system update was finally completed. As soon as the players entered the game, they suddenly found that the atmosphere in the game suddenly became tense. The Lords and players looked carefully at their neighbors and said that no one had any wrong ideas about their own territory, because after the update, the refugees in the territory had a new base This is already in a state of stagnation. Population is an extremely valuable asset for every Lord player. If a leader wants to develop, the population gap can only be obtained from other territories. For free players, their lives are suddenly precious, because the cost of death is too high.


    As a result, the sales of blood medicine equipment in the game are rising rapidly. These Huangfu Chaobo have no mind to think about it. His idea now is to take Dian Wei and his party to Longhua Town as soon as possible. Now the restriction on upgrading subordinate territory has been lifted, and Huangfu Chaobo has not been able to acquire the upgrading drawings of the city through various channels. Fortunately, in that year, he got a upgrading drawing of a small town in zhangrang''s house. Now, as long as other conditions of Longhua Town, especially the population conditions, are met, Longhua town can be upgraded to the county level, that is, the small town level With Huang Xu and Tian Yu and nearly a thousand crossbow soldiers, it is believed that they can withstand Xianbei people for more than half a year. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo must obtain Gongsun Zan''s support, even at some cost. With Gongsun Zan''s support, Longhua town can really let Huangfu Chaobo down.


    After going online, Huangfu Chaobo asked about the situation of Zhaojia village. When he knew the situation of the warriors in Zhaojia village from Dianwei, it was still very good. There were more than 5000 people in Zhaojia village, including nearly 600 warriors at all levels, accounting for more than 10% of the total number, which was far more than that of ordinary villages. In addition, among the more than 10000 refugees who have been recruited in recent years, there are nearly 300 warriors at all levels. If the two numbers add up, there are nearly 1000 warriors at all levels in Zhaojia village. However, on the whole, the quality of the martial arts in Zhaojia village is higher. For example, the martial arts in refugees are basically low-level martial arts, and their growth is not very good. After a few days of observation, only Zhao Fengda has reached the conditions for his transfer.


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say a word, so he took three jiuzhuan rebirth pills and asked Dianwei to arrange for him to transfer. Zhao Feng''s transfer is a big event for the whole Zhaojia village. You know, there is only one Zhao Yun in the whole Zhaojia village. Zhao Yun is a rank general. Although he is an abnormal God level general, Zhao Yun is not in Zhaojia village at all, It''s impossible to rely on Zhao Yun alone. Of course, there seems to be an underage Zhao Yu. For any force, the number of generals is a sign of strength. Now Zhao Feng''s transfer can improve the strength of zhaojiacun, so even the old clan leader and several clan elders who have retired behind the scenes have come out. A group of old guys are around Huangfu Chaobo to thank him.


    For NPCs, the nine turn rebirth pill is hard to find. Of course, it''s not only NPCs, but also players at this stage. The nine turn rebirth pill is worth hundreds of gold by zilonghui, but for Huangfu Chaobo, it''s calculated by the number of hits. So the old folks in zhaojiacun must be flattered by Huangfu Chaobo''s great efforts. If Huangfu Chaobo''s repeated courtship a few years ago only made these old guys have a little favor for Huangfu Chaobo, but today''s Sanli jiuzhuan rebirth Dan has made several old guys determined to take refuge. Of course, one of the reasons is the strength of Huangfu Chaobo Let them rest assured. But now Huangfu Chaobo hasn''t opened his mouth to solicit, so several old guys are embarrassed to lean on them. Huangfu Chaobo is just thinking about it now. If he knows, he will be too happy to find the north. The whole Zhaojia village has taken refuge in himself, and Zhao Yun has a good relationship with himself. Does he have to run? Well, now Huangfu Chaobo has no idea. After arranging for Dianwei to transfer to Zhao Feng, he takes Dianwei and his party straight to Youzhou youbeiping.


    More than ten days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived in xuwucheng, but now there was not much time to rest. They arranged for Longhua town to take horses to meet their party outside the Great Wall, but they took people to xuwucheng county government to meet Xu Wu''s general Gongsun Yue. There were four counties in youpeiping, but junmi city outside the Great Wall was abandoned by Youzhou governor''s department because it had been invaded by foreigners for many years. Inside, it has basically become a paradise for rebels and horse thieves. Gongsun Zan thinks junmi city is small and hanging alone outside the Great Wall. Instead of making great efforts to rebuild it, he should focus on other cities. Huangfu Chaobo is here The purpose is to persuade Gongsun Zan to re-enter junmi City, and form horns with Longhua outside the Great Wall.In the three cities of right Peking, except Gongsun praises himself for guarding the earth, Gongsun, his two brothers, keeps Xu Wu and Gongsun fan forever. Unfortunately, when Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the county government, the guard said that gongsunyue had been called back to Tuyin by gongsunzan. There was no way. Huangfu Chaobo had to hand in the prepared gift, and then left a message saying that he had arrived in youbeiping. When gongsunyue came back, he would send someone to the house in the city to inform him.

 Chapter 381

    Huangfu Chaobo and his party waited in xuwucheng for another two days. Gongsunyue still didn''t come back, but Longhua''s horses had already been waiting in a valley ten miles outside the Great Wall. Huangfu Chaobo decided to go to Longhua to deal with the affairs there before coming back to Gongsun Yue. So the party went straight out of Xu Wucheng to the direction of the Great Wall. When they went out of the Great Wall, the guards and the players were shocked. But as a general, Dianwei quickly passed the great wall. However, such a large-scale NPC access to the Great Wall soon attracted the attention of the players, especially the players of Youzhou iron cavalry. They immediately reported the situation to the Spurs. Unfortunately, by the time the Spurs arrived, Huangfu Chaobo and his party had disappeared.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo and his party had been riding northward for nearly half an hour. After receiving the message from Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Wudi and Zhao Yu volunteered to take over 100 cavalry with more than 500 horses to meet Huangfu Chaobo and his party. However, the horses were really good horses, and the two girls were still good horses. Huangfu Chaobo was going to have a good talk about the Yellow dance butterfly. He looked at the two little girls, but finally he was restrained. Along the way, both of them kept telling Huangfu Chaobo what they had done on the grassland in the past few years. As they were galloping in the mountains, Huangfu Chaobo felt very depressed during this period of time, and his mood gradually improved.


    After half a day''s sprint, the group finally arrived at Huangfu Chaobo before dark. They used to be in the valley outside the Great Wall. Now there are not many people in the valley. The reason why they haven''t given up here is because of Zhao Yun. In order to be afraid that Zhao Yun will find it when he comes back from the grassland, Huangfu Chaobo only arranged here A group of soldiers and horses are here. Most of them have met Zhao Yun. Second, it''s nearly 200 Li from Longhua to the Great Wall, and the valley is just in the middle of the two, which can serve as a foothold. Unfortunately, this place is still too small, otherwise Huangfu Chaobo would like to build a village here. After settling down, Huangfu Chaobo is going to talk to the two little girls. However, he finds that the two little girls have long known that they will definitely find them, and they have long been hiding. He is so happy that Huangfu Chaobo shakes his head, so he has no choice but to wait until Longhua.


    The next day, as soon as it was light, the group set out. However, before they set out, Huangfu Chaobo called the two little girls over and gave them a hard talk. Then, he told Dian Wei that from now on, they should keep up with themselves and not leave without their own permission. They both looked at Huangfu Chaobo and Dianwei in a pitiful way. It''s a pity that both of them turned a blind eye. At last, they had to ride with them unhappily. It was another day''s journey. Now Huangfu Chaobo didn''t drive his horse. So when he got to Longhua, it was already evening. When he arrived in front of tangtougou pass in Longhua Town, he saw the door open. There were two lines of people standing in front of the gate, Huang Xu and Zhang an. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally arrived, they seemed to be relieved. They stopped Huangfu Chaobo and stopped their horses. They immediately took people to kneel down and said, "I''m not going to greet the general!"


    "Welcome, general!"


    "All right, let''s get up!" Huangfu Chaobo sat on the horse and received a salute from them. It''s not that Huangfu Chaobo put on airs, but Lou GUI and Zao Zhi repeatedly told him when Huangfu Chaobo left Luoyang. As the prefect of a county, Huangfu Chaobo had to defend his authority in front of outsiders. Even Huang Zhong agreed that it was the following etiquette to meet Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo left for Longhua. Huang Zhong had already sent a letter through the post station when Huangfu Chaobo left. It must be faster than Huangfu Chaobo and his party. It''s estimated that Huang Zhong told Huang Xu about it in the letter, and this is the scene before the customs.


    After everyone stood up, Huang Xu quickly went over and took the reins of Huangfu Chaobo''s horse. Zhang an made an effort to help Huangfu Chaobo out of the horse. All day long, Huang Fu Chaobo and his party almost broke up. It was still that Huangfu Chaobo''s riding skills were almost advanced, and the guards and craftsmen who had just started riding were even more unbearable. With the help of Zhang''s arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo came down from the horse, and then all the people entered tangtougou pass under the leadership of Huang Xu. With a "boom" sound, the door closed tightly. Then all the talents went to Longhua town. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo was listening to the two people reporting the development of Longhua town after Huangfu Chaobo left.


    After listening to Huang Xu''s words, Huang Fu Chao said, "well, let''s come here first today. Xiao Xu, you''ve arranged everyone''s board and lodging. Where is Tian Yu that you said in the letter?"


    "Back to my uncle, guorang was arranged by my nephew to stay in the guest room of the executive hall. Shall I send someone to invite him?" Huang Xudao;


    "no, just take me directly. What should other people do?" Although Huangfu Chaobo was very tired, he thought about it. In order to show his sincerity, he decided to visit now.


    Seeing this, Huang Xu immediately brings Huangfu Chaobo Dianwei to Tianyu''s room. Along the way, he tells Huangfu Chaobo about his relationship with Tianyu one by one.In a twinkling of an eye, a few people came to Tian Yu''s door. Because Huang Xu and Tian Yu were more congenial, the room he arranged was also a better place. Not only that, he was provided with several servants. Huang Xu knocked at the door and said, "guorang, I''m Bo Xu. Have I gone to bed?"


    There was a young voice in the room. "I haven''t gone to bed yet. What''s the matter with brother Boxu looking for Yu?"


    "My uncle, Huangfu Chaobo, the general of Luoyang, has arrived in Longhua. He wants to visit guorang. Is it convenient?"


    Huangfu Chaobo only heard a "shudder" voice in the room. Then the door of the room was opened. A young man dressed as a scholar stood in the door and said, "Tian Yu has seen the grand master. I don''t know if he is coming. Please forgive me if he is not welcome."


    "No problem. I''m sorry to miss the night." Huangfu Chaobo reached out to help Tian Yu up and said,


    "Your Highness, this general, brother Boxu, please come inside!" Tian Yu got up and said;


    Huangfu Chaobo was not polite, so he went straight inside.

 Chapter 382

    As soon as he entered the room, Huangfu Chaobo saw some books and bamboo slips neatly placed on the desk. Although all kinds of books in the game have been made according to the habits of modern people, there are still all kinds of bamboo slips for NPC scholars to read and collect. After the four entered the room, Tian Yu led Huangfu Chaobo to the throne and sat down. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo has generally known Tian Yu''s idea through Huang Xu''s introduction. Now Tian Yu is just a young man who goes out to experience. What Huangfu Chaobo finds strange is that there is no record of Tian Yu being captured by Xianbei people in history or romance.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo can''t manage so much. Tian Yu hasn''t become an official yet. Before he came to Longhua, Huangfu Chaobo had a careful discussion with Lou GUI. In terms of Huangfu Chaobo''s current strength and position, it shouldn''t be difficult to attract Tian Yu. In addition, Tian Yu was rescued by Huang Xu. During this period of time, the relationship between them has been very good. Huang Xu''s frequent attempts to make Tian Yu become an official of Huangfu Chaobo made Tian Yu not agree, but also did not explicitly refuse. Moreover, he helped a lot in dealing with the political affairs of Longhua. With all this, Huangfu Chaobo was more confident about solicitation.


    After entering the door and sitting down, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the layout of the room a little. He saw that everything in the room was in good order, and the books on the desk were all put in order. A well-made black gold long gun was hanging on the wall. Beside it, there was a black gold iron bow and a pot of arrows. At a glance, he knew that these weapons were not ordinary.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes fell on the weapons on the wall, Tian Yu quickly stood up and said, "these weapons were specially prepared by my father for the journey of Yu. Unfortunately, when he was traveling in Liaodong, Yu was captured by Xianbei people. Then he tossed and turned, and after several times of manpower, he was rescued by brother Boxu a while ago. These weapons finally returned to Yu. Tian Yu saluted the governor My Lord, help Then he went to Huangfu Chaobo and made a solemn salute.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t accept Tian Yu''s thanks this time. After the ceremony, he quickly stepped forward to help him up and said, "what''s the matter with the state''s permission for me to visit you at night?"


    "I don''t know!"


    "That country let me know, I put down my government affairs and went all the way from Luoyang to Longhua. What''s the matter?" Huangfu Chaobo asked again;


    "is it for Xianbei to go south?" Tian Yu hesitated for a moment and replied;


    "Xianbei people are not worried about the disease of mustard moss. Based on the current situation of Longhua and the relationship between our officer and general Baima, even if we can''t defend Longhua Town, there is no problem about the safety of the people." At this point, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly stops and looks at Tian Yu.


    "This... I really don''t know Tian Yu murmured. Suddenly, an idea flashed through his mind. Tian Yu was so surprised that he raised his head and looked at Huangfu Chaobo with unthinkable eyes. "Isn''t it..."


    "Ha ha ha... It''s true that my official''s trip is for the sake of the country. After receiving the post letter from Bo Xu, I arranged the affairs of Luoyang as soon as I could, and then came directly to Longhua for the sake of the country''s great talent Huangfu Chaobo said, "please help me. I''ll give Longhua to you and Boxu. If you want to believe in the help of guorang, even if tens of thousands of Xianbei people come to attack, why are you afraid?"


    "This... This is Tian Yu, who was born in an ordinary family and had not yet made his debut, was so excited that his face turned red. He was just about to stand up and accept his head. He was a figure with 80 + intelligence. He suddenly woke up and said: "the ancients said: if it''s not my race, it''s different! Do you think it''s true? "


    Er, Huangfu was stunned. Is this a two-way choice? The king chooses the minister, the minister also chooses the king. Huangfu Chaobo remembers that in the history of Tian Yu, he first became an official of Gongsun Zan, and then became an official of Cao Cao after Gongsun Zan''s demise. He spent most of his life in the front line of anti Hu war and secluded the two states. It can be seen that although he was not a radical nationalist like Gongsun Zan, he was at least a Han nationalist. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "it''s not the benefit of China to unite the army and the emperor, but to separate them first, to make themselves enemies and attack each other. Those who want to be a great man will swallow it, and those who are not old-fashioned will perish it


    Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart, I''m not a good man like Liu Yu, I just know how to be gentle and tolerant; I''m not Gongsun Zan who killed me. In the way you used to do in history, you should first alienate and divide these alien races, and then directly assimilate those who identify with me. For those who are stubborn, you will be embarrassed and kill them directly.


    "If you want to be a great man, you will swallow it, and if you don''t like it, you will destroy it!" After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Tian Yu murmured to himself, "good, good... "Yu Yang Tian Yu is willing to help the general"


    with a look of excitement, he steps forward and bows to Huangfu Chaobo to the end, saying: "Yuyang Tian Yu has seen the Lord, and is willing to drive him away until he dies!"


    What he said has already been said. Although Huangfu Chaobo looks calm on the surface, in fact, he has 15 buckets of water in his heart. Looking at Tian Yu walking up and down there, his mouth was still murmuring to himself. Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes were moving back and forth with Tian Yu, for fear that Tian Yu would say no. It''s not easy to hear Tian Yu''s saying that "I''ve met the Lord" makes Huangfu chaobole almost unable to find the north. He stood up and walked to Tian Yu. He lifted him up with both hands and said, "ha ha ha... OK, OK... Today, I''ve got the national concession to invest. I''m just like a tiger adding wings"Lord, praise me Tian Yuqian gave way;


    "Congratulations, you''ve got another good general!"


    "Congratulations uncle, another good general!"


    Seeing this, two people nearby went forward to express their congratulations.


    "Ha ha ha... People are in a good mood at happy events. Bo Xu, let people arrange food and drink. Let''s have a good drink! " Huangfu Chaobo said, "by the way, let bo''an come to eat after he has arranged his defense."


    "No"


    By waiting for Huang Xu to arrange the banquet, Huang Fu Chao has time to look at Tian Yu''s attributes:


    Tian Yu was named guorang, Yuyang yongnu, 171, grade 40, unified 531.33, military 481.20, intelligent 531.33, political 521.30.


    Sure enough, the attributes of Tian Yu and Huang Xu are almost the same. Their command and internal affairs are basically the same, but their force and intelligence are just the same. Huang Xu prefers force to intelligence, and Tian Yu prefers intelligence. In time, both of them are talents of one side. In this way, Huangfu Chaobo in Longhua can be completely relieved.


    When the wine and food arranged by Huang Xu come up, and several of them are full, Huangfu Chaobo takes them out of Tian Yu''s room.

 Chapter 383

    After Huang Xu sent Huangfu Chaobo back to his room, he was about to leave. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly stopped him and said, "wait a minute, Xiaoxu. You''re going to watch the two little girls, dancing butterfly and Xiaoyu, these days. They are not allowed to leave Longhua without my consent. I''ll find them after I''ve finished their business. Remember, if you don''t watch them, you can do it by yourself! ¡±


    "yes, uncle, don''t worry, nephew will look after them." With that, he left Huangfu Chaobo''s room. After going out, he took a look at Zhang an. Then he was relieved and wiped the sweat off his head. Turning to Dianwei, he said: "nephew Huang Xu has met uncle Dian! Uncle Dian, have a good rest today. Today''s on duty nephew will arrange it. " It was not until this time that Huang Xu had time to give Dian Wei a formal gift.


    Dian Wei nodded, reached out and patted Huang Xu. Huang Xu just gave way to Dian Wei''s strength. "Yes, yes. Your father asked me to check if your skills were falling. Just now, Lao Dian used seven or eight points of strength, and you resolved it so easily. It seems that I haven''t relaxed in recent years. I''ll practice with you some other day. The duty will be arranged by you, but Lao Dian will live next door to you. "


    "In that case, please come to my uncle''s side." With that, Huang Xu came to the next room with Dian Wei. As for the guard at the gate, Zhang an has arranged for soldiers to watch the night. After only two steps, Huang Xu suddenly turned to Zhang an and said, "elder brother an, send someone to order the general of tangtougou pass. From now on, the pass will be closed. No one is allowed to go in or out of the pass without my uncle''s or my orders. Those who violate the orders will be dealt with by military law."


    There was nothing to say for a night. The next morning, after breakfast, Huangfu Chaobo summoned all the people. Even Huang Wudi and Zhao Yu were forcibly pulled over by Huangfu Chaobo, because they were both adults, but there was no elder to arrange a ceremony, so they were not military generals. Huangfu Chaobo was going to take the two little girls back this time.


    When they arrived, Huangfu Chaobo signaled Huang Xuxian to tell you about Longhua. Longhua town has been established for several years now. However, because it is outside the Great Wall, there are not as many refugees as there are in the Central Plains, and its main energy is still on horse training, so its development is not fast.


    However, despite this, the population has reached 15000, including more than 300 craftsmen. Among them, huyanda''s horse trainer is the most valuable, about 40 people. These are selected from the more than 10000 Wuhuan and Xianbei people captured by gongsunzan army over the years, which shows the rarity of this skill. In terms of soldiers, there are 1000 soldiers (including 300 sword and shield soldiers, 300 spearmen, 400 bowmen), 1000 cavalry (400 sword and cavalry, and about 600 bow and cavalry), plus 400 crossbow soldiers brought by Zhang an from changshe, and 400 third-order soldiers brought by Huangfu Chaobo (100 sword and shield guards, 100 long spear guards, 100 long bow soldiers, and 100 Huben cavalry) There are more than 2800 soldiers in Longhua town.


    According to a normal proportion, a village with 15000 people can maintain 1500 soldiers at most. If it is a cavalry, the number is only a few hundred. Fortunately, Longhua town has bought a lot of food from Xuwu city for a long time, otherwise it can''t maintain it.


    As for the internal affairs, Huang Xu is also in line with the rules. There are all kinds of buildings in the town. However, many shops are only for the reason that there are no players, and the benefits are basically not good. In addition, after attacking Xianbei camp some time ago, he rescued 2000 prisoners of various nationalities and captured more than 4000 Xianbei prisoners. Because of the population of the town, Huang Xu has not included them in the town for the time being.


    As for food and weapons and equipment, because of the geographical location of food, and the lack of land suitable for farming, it is impossible to maintain the needs of 20000 people just by planting food on their own. Therefore, according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Xu arranges people to buy food from Xuwu every month. Up to now, Longhua town has accumulated three million tons of food 100000 stones, plus tens of thousands of cattle and sheep raised by the herdsmen in the town, are enough food for 50000 people in a year.


    However, because there is no player''s activity, the accumulation of raw materials is far less than that of villages and towns in the Central Plains. As a result, the reserves of various weapons and equipment in the town are far from enough to support a long-term war. We should know that although cold weapons war does not require as much logistics as hot weapons, the number of damaged and replaced weapons and equipment is also low It''s amazing. This is what Huangfu Chaobo learned after several months of fighting against Dong Zhuo.


    At the beginning, there were hundreds of thousands of weapons and equipment in the Marquis''s barracks. They were only ready for replacement, and a steady stream of raw materials from the rear were directly processed in the barracks. In addition, weapons recovered from the battlefield were repaired.


    After Huang Xu introduced the situation, Huang Fu Chao said: "now we all know the situation of Longhua. For Xianbei people, they will go south one year later and several months faster. Yuwenbu, in particular, if you know that thousands of members of yuwenbu have not taken advantage of it, and the whole army has been destroyed, you will not be good at doing anything. Everyone will talk about how we should do to keep our place on the grassland? Let this deed stick firmly in Xianbei''s chest? "Tian Yu saw that Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes fell on him. He knew that as a new investor, he should show us some strength. So he stood up and said, "let''s throw a brick to attract jade."


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head slightly, Tian Yucai continued: "it''s winter now, Xianbei people are in the period of cat winter, and the army will not move lightly. So even if we get the news of the destruction of Yuwen department, the army will go south after March next year, and then it will take at least three or four months for the army to go out to reach the place where we attacked the camp last time, and then it will be a long time When they settle down and find Longhua, it is estimated that it will be autumn. If they attack Longhua again, it will only be winter in a few months, so we only need to hold on for three to four months, and Xianbei people will retreat. "


    After listening to this, everyone felt that what he said was reasonable. Knowing that there must be something else to say, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t intervene. Instead, he nodded gently to signal him to continue.

 Chapter 384

    After a pause, Tian Yu continued: "the location of Longhua is really good, but there is not only one way in and out here. I joined my lord Hao Jian, the head of a tribe of Wuhuan people in youbeiping. The boundaries inside and outside the great wall of youbeiping are very familiar, and Yu once knew about them. "Then Tian Yu took out a map from his arms and said," Lord, please see, this is Longhua. The River to the west of Longhua is actually one of the rivers in Liaoxi county As a tributary, this river is called Longshui. When Longshui flows down the river for about ten miles, it comes to Rushui. The width of Rushui is about ten feet, and the depth is about twenty feet. If possible, Longhua can develop a water army and communicate with the cities in western Liaoning by waterway. "


    "Well, we can rest assured in this country. On this trip, I have brought two navy generals and ten navy soldiers, as well as craftsmen who know how to build ships. They are just preparing to let them know the situation of the rivers up and down here."


    "My Lord is wise!" Tian Yu flattered Huangfu Chaobo quietly, and then said: "in fact, the grassland on the opposite side of Longshui can also communicate with the outside. If you walk along Longshui to the northwest, you can see a valley. If you continue to walk from that valley to the northwest, you will be on the grassland for more than 100 Li, but it''s just that This road is more difficult than tangtougou. The narrowest place is baihugou, so we can build a pass here, because if Xianbei people can''t attack tangtougou for a long time, they will find another way. "


    "Yes Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "in addition, no matter tangtougou pass or baihugou pass, these two passes are better intermediate pass, because if the small pass is used, the guard soldiers can not be used, and the location of the two places limits the possibility of building large pass."


    "Don''t worry about the drawings. I''m ready. Is there anything else? "


    "Another thing is that the scale of Longhua town is too small. If it can be upgraded to a small town before Xianbei people attack, that''s the best. At that time, both materials and soldiers could be more abundant! "


    "Ha ha If it was in the past, I would not dare to answer you, but now that the restrictions on subordinate territories have been opened, I have also prepared upgrading drawings for you. As long as you can gather enough population, even if Longhua is upgraded to the level of big city, I will try to bring you upgrading drawings. However, there are only upgrading drawings for big towns and small cities. " Well, although Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t know how to upgrade the small town to Zhongcheng, it doesn''t prevent him from painting the big pie here first.


    "My Lord, you are far sighted! I admire you


    "Well, you don''t have to flatter me. I know how much I weigh. These are all discussed by the military adviser and Mr. Ziping, brother Hansheng. You can come with anything else. "


    "Hey, hey..." Tian Yu saw that his careful thought was seen, touched his head, and then continued his thought with a smile: "however, the Lord knows that once the village is upgraded to the city level, it will open energy post stations with the surrounding cities. In this way, Longhua city will appear in the sight of other people, and Longhua will be isolated outside the country. Once it is upgraded to the city level, it will have to be improved Yes, it''s too far away from Luoyang. It''s impossible to be ruled by Luoyang. How is the Lord going to deal with this? "


    "Well? Anything else? I don''t know? How should we deal with this matter in the sense of national concession? " After listening to Huangfu Chaobo, since there is still such a saying, why haven''t you heard of it? On the other hand, I think that the players have not been upgraded to the city level at all. On the other hand, all the villages and towns within the thirteen prefectures of Dahan are under the jurisdiction of the system city, and there is no such problem at all. On the other hand, once Longhua is upgraded to a county, it will certainly become the way for players to go deep into the grassland Base, it''s a problem.


    "There''s no good way for Yu to deal with the problem of strange people. Instead, it''s about the city of Longhua. The Lord can discuss with general Gongsun to put Longhua under the rule of youbeiping. We can pay a certain amount of taxes every month." "Yes, this method is feasible. There are only three counties under youpeiping, and one junmi capital has been abandoned. Gongsun Zan never thought of bringing it under his rule. "


    "It''s feasible," Tian Yu said after listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words: "Lord, we can talk with general Gongsun about junmi city. General Gongsun is not willing to bring junmi city back under his rule. According to Yu''s estimation, it''s only because junmi city is alone outside the Great Wall. If he manages junmi city well, he has to give up in case of a large-scale attack from other nationalities There''s no other way. Now with Longhua standing in front of him, general Gongsun will be able to restore junmi city. "


    "Ha ha I knew that guorang would certainly have a way. In this way, general Gongsun''s army would certainly give full support to Longhua. If Longhua was lost, junmi would also be unstable. " On hearing this, Huang Xu went forward to challenge Tian Yu''s two boxing ways with a smile;


    "good, good..." Huangfu Chaobo nodded after hearing this. Before, he wanted to use his relationship with Gongsun Yue to impress Gongsun fan. But according to Tian Yu''s words, it means that both sides have interests. In this way, it''s better than that he owes them Gongsun''s family. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said, "well, did the state envoy return anything else?""That''s what you think of now." Tian Yu Dao;


    "in terms of population, only the mountain bandits and horse bandits around can find a way. In addition, the tribes within three or four hundred miles around can provide some population, and it is estimated that there are few other aspects. There is also the problem of the strength of Longhua. I am going to increase the strength. The existing 1000 cavalry is going to increase to 2000 cavalry, including 1000 archers and 1000 melee cavalry. In addition to the crossbow soldiers, the other three types of infantry are increased to 1000 people each. Then, if the crossbow soldiers are transferred from the bow soldiers, they will be transferred to the crossbow soldiers as many as there are crossbows, and the number of the bow soldiers will remain at 1000. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "but this can be decided by yourself." Then he turned his head and looked at the other people. When he saw that there were no other questions, he said, "the generals will listen to the orders!"


    "Yes


    "I''m very relieved that Huang Xu Zhang''an, the garrison general of Longhua, led the army and won the battle. Today, Huang Xu has been appointed as the commander of the Dian army, Zhang''an as the captain, and Tian Yu, a Yuyang yongnu man, has outstanding talent. He has been specially appointed as the captain of Pingluo school! Each of the others has his own reward. Huang Xu will report his achievements to the police and then reward him! "


    "General Xie!"


    "Thank you

 Chapter 385

    "Well, you all get up. I''ll leave the matter of Longhua to you in the future. Bo Xu is in charge of military affairs, Guo rang is in charge of civil affairs, and the rest of the people will do their best to help. When Longhua is upgraded to a county seat, I will tell Gongsun Zan to let guorang be the county magistrate, and Bo Xu and Bo Ming are both County captains. But guorang and bo''an will come forward to deal with the strange people, because most of the strange people know that Bo Xu and his son are my subordinates. In this way, no one will know that Longhua city is related to me. " Huangfu Chaobo thought for a while,


    "childe," Zhang an said, "it seems that it''s not appropriate for me to deal with the affairs of strange people, or would you let Hao Jian be the other county captain? I''d better be bossy''s deputy


    "My Lord, Zhang an is right. They are all old people who started their own business. There must be a lot of people who know him. It''s really not right to let him be a county captain again. As for another candidate for county captain, we don''t make any arrangements for the time being. It''s not too late to decide when we really upgrade the county." After thinking about it, Tian Yu stood up and said,


    "OK," Huang Fu Chao Bo also thought it was reasonable, so he nodded and agreed. "Let''s talk about it at that time. After we have arranged things in the town tomorrow, the state will ask you to accompany me to see Gongsun Zan. In the future, we will give you the contact on the right side of Beiping."


    "Yes, sir."


    The next step is to discuss the recruitment of soldiers in the town, because with 2000 rescued prisoners of various nationalities and Xianbei prisoners captured by Huang Xu last time, there are nearly 3000 strong people in the town, and they are basically above the intermediate level in riding skills. Even more than 1000 people in the town have reached the advanced level in riding and shooting. Finally, the bow cavalry has reached 1500 cavalry, but the sword cavalry and gun cavalry There are 500 soldiers in each group. Among the archers, there are more than 100 people who have learned the art of bowing and crossbow. In addition to the 400 archers brought by changshe, there are 500 people in total, and they are all equipped with horses. Then, with the 100 Huben cavalry brought by Huangfu Chaobo, the 3100 cavalry will clean up the hostile forces around Longhua under the leadership of Huang Xu, and kill all the people The captives brought back to Longhua to increase the population of Longhua and prepare for upgrading the county. The remaining 1500 soldiers, plus the 500 soldiers recruited from the captives, and the 300 Guard soldiers, a total of 2300 infantry, were led by Zhang an, who was responsible for the security of Longhua Town, tangtougouguan and baihugou pass, which were to be built soon.


    As for Tian Yu, he was responsible for the internal affairs of Longhua town. Huangfu Chaobo did not interfere in the specific arrangements of Longhua town. He handed over all the personnel and drawings to Huang Xutian and Yu, and asked them to make arrangements and let them have a look at them. Then he never took charge of them again.


    After Tian Yu took over the internal affairs of Longhua Town, the first thing he did was to increase the population of Longhua town to 20000 by recruiting and surrender prisoners, then upgrade the town to a middle Town, and then recruit and surrender all the prisoners into Longhua town. Now the population of Longhua town has reached more than 21000, but there are 5500 soldiers and soldiers in it, and the military civilian ratio is amazing But there is no way to do that. Fortunately, there is enough money and food in the town, so the morale of the soldiers is not low and the morale of the people in the town is not stable. Next, the construction of the town was basically stopped by Tian Yu. First of all, the baihugou pass to be built in baihugou, and the tangtougou pass was upgraded from a small pass to a medium-sized pass, and the dock and naval barracks above the long river. As for the construction of other aspects, Tian Yu has delayed it. It took Tian Yu almost a few days to arrange all the construction, while Huang Xu and Zhang an were busy training.


    When the young generals were too busy to touch the ground, our pig''s feet took Dianwei, two little girls and huyanda to the other side of Longshui. Under the leadership of Hao Jian, they went upstream along the Longshui River, and then reached the Baihu Valley mentioned by Tian Yu. After passing the Baihu Valley, they followed the valley all the way to the northwest. After two days of trekking, they finally left Out of the mountains, to the edge of the grassland. Huangfu Chaobo found that he was lucky enough to recruit a local snake like Hao Jian. Otherwise, he would have to fight the enemy to Longhua before he knew that this valley could lead directly to the grassland outside. Although it was not a big road, if he sorted it out a little bit, one or two thousand elite soldiers would be able to kill directly behind Longhua Town in three or four days, The consequences are unimaginable.


    If we don''t have enough time to requisition tens of thousands of people, we can open up a road for a large army in the valley. Huangfu Chaobo turned around at the valley entrance on the edge of the grassland, but didn''t stop much. After putting some camouflage on the valley entrance, they returned along the original road. When he returned to baihugou again, Zhang an had already led the construction of baihugou pass. At the same time, there was a medium-sized military array behind baihugou pass. According to Tian Yu, if the enemy really attacked baihugou pass, the military array could still garrison troops.


    After a brief look at the situation of the pass construction, Huangfu Chaobo did not stay in baihugou, but took a few people back to Longhua town. At this time, the dock and the naval camp on the edge of the long river had been built, but there were only two generals and ten soldiers. As for the warships, they had not been built. Looking at only a few days, the construction of Longhua has been carried out according to the plan, and Huangfu Chaobo is really relieved. After huyanda was transferred, he appointed Hao Jian as the Marquis of cavalry army. If he was thrown into Huang Xu''s army, he would not be in charge of him any more. If he had made any contribution in the future, Huang Xu would naturally report to him, and the two soldiers of the water army were also appointed as the generals of the water army. After telling them that they were at ease, they would not be in charge of him any more.After another day''s rest and letting Tian Yu choose 30 horses, Huangfu Chaobo brings Tian Yu Dianwei, two little girls and more than ten warriors to Xuwu county. In order not to reveal Tian Yu''s identity, Huangfu Chaobo specially asks two little girls to change Tian Yu''s make-up. So far, what Huangfu Chaobo should do in Longhua town has been over fulfilled. The next step is to sign an alliance with Gongsun Zan with junmi County as bait. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo was discussing with Tian Yu what might happen when they were negotiating a treaty with Gongsun Zan in youbeiping. After they had considered all the situations several times, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. A few days later, when Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived at Xu Wucheng''s house, the left behind soldiers reported to Huangfu Chaobo as soon as they met, saying that Gongsun Yue had returned to Xu Wucheng. They sent someone to send a letter saying that if Huangfu Chaobo came back, they could go to the county government to find him at any time.

 Chapter 386

    Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered a dinner at the best restaurant in xuwucheng, and then sent people to the county government to invite Gongsun Yue to the banquet.


    Seeing that it was almost dinner time, Huangfu Chaobo took Dian Wei and Tian Yu to the restaurant. Shortly after they sat down in the restaurant, they heard the voice of the junior two downstairs: "general two, general Yan, the guests in the private room have been waiting for you upstairs. Tell them that when the two generals come, they will lead them directly to the private room, next to the two generals The seats of the heroes are also arranged upstairs, and the second floor has been wrapped up. " Then I heard the sound of someone going up the stairs.


    After hearing this, Huangfu learned that it was not only Gongsun Yue, but also Yan Gang. It seems that Gongsun Zan now has too many generals and too few territory. Xu Wu even has two generals in a small city like this. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and waited at the door. Within a moment, he saw them coming to the door.


    "Two generals, general Yan," Huang Fu said with a smile, "long time no see! You can tell by your looks that you''ve had a good time recently! Ha ha ha... "


    "I''ve seen general Huangfu!"


    Gongsun Yue and Yan Gang saw that Huangfu Chaobo came out of the private room and said hello first. They quickly walked two steps to see him.


    "Ah! It''s out of sight, isn''t it? " Huangfu Chaobo walked into the private room with a smile and took them by the hand When Chaobo was a civilian, they didn''t have much to look at me, but now they are separated. Are you two friends who won''t recognize me when they are promoted? "


    "Er..." They were stunned by what Huangfu Chaobo said. They immediately responded and relaxed.


    "Ha ha ha..." Gongsun was more and more happy and said to Yan Gang, "what''s the matter, Lao Yan? I said that Huangfu brothers are not that kind of people. You don''t believe it. Now you have nothing to say?"


    "That is, that is..." Yan Gangdao;


    "well, let''s not talk about it. Come on, sit down. We''ll talk while eating. We haven''t been here for a long time. Let''s have a good chat." With that, Huangfu Chaobo led them to the table and arranged for them to sit down. Then he turned to the door and ordered them to serve. Then he went back to his seat and sat down. After sitting down, he first introduced Dian Wei and Tian Yu to two people, and then three people chatted. Soon the food and wine were served, and several people chatted while eating. When they were satisfied, Huangfu Chaobo asked Gongsun about the recent situation in Beiping. In front of Tian Yu with 80 + intelligence, Gongsun Yue and Yan Gang soon shook the situation of youpeiping to the sky. Huangfu Chaobo did not make a wrong guess. Gongsun Zan was really ready to send troops to western Liaoning, and the situation was just as they expected - more troops and less land. In addition, Liu Yu put more and more pressure on Gongsun Zan, so in order to resist Liu Yu, Jizhou, which was trying to plot Han Fu, failed again. It has to be said that Liaoxi county has been forced to send troops to Meijie. Some time ago, the reason why Huangfu Chaobo didn''t see Gongsun Yue was that he was called back to Tuyin to discuss military affairs by Gongsun Zan. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had brought the topic to this aspect, Tian Yu immediately pretended to be casual and asked, "second general, is there a junmi County in right Beiping, why doesn''t general Gongsun take over it?"


    "Hey, what''s good about that dilapidated County town? It''s not that big brother doesn''t want to hang outside the Great Wall. You know, if we spend money and effort to do a good job in the county town, if Xianbei people attack, do you think we should defend or not defend this dilapidated city? Otherwise, who will lose a good county? No Gongsun Yue replied immediately;


    "general Gongsun means that because junmi is hanging out alone, if foreign people attack, it''s not a good strategy to defend or abandon?" Tian Yu immediately asked.


    "Yes Yeah, you say, if I We have made great efforts to develop junmi county Well, at that time, you say to guard. It''s impossible to fill in tens of thousands of soldiers in youbeiping. You say If you don''t keep it, the things ahead are not in vain do it in vain. So before we and big brother To raise When I mentioned this matter, after thinking about it, my elder brother finally decided to leave junmi City alone. " Gongsun drank more and more, and now he had nothing to hide.


    Yan Gang had a sense of propriety and didn''t drink much. Seeing that Gongsun Yue had already drunk like this, he said to one side, "brother Chaobo, you may not know that the matter of junmi city is not that the general doesn''t want to do it, but that he really doesn''t want to use the income of the other three cities in youbeiping to fill this pit. You also know that youbeiping is not a big county, so..."


    "I see. It''s just a pity that such a county can recover its former prosperity after a little rectification. It''s a pity..." Tian Yu shook his head with regret. Then he bowed his head and thought hard. He didn''t speak for a long time. Huangfu Chaobo also cooperated and stopped talking. Gongsun Yue and Yan Gang were quiet for a while.


    "Pa!" After a long time, Tian Yu suddenly slapped the table and said, "I have it!"


    Several people were shocked by his action. Gongsun Yue looked at it and said, "what''s the matter? What''s brother Tian''s plan? "


    "Two generals, general Yan, you said that if our generals were allowed to build a city outside the Great Wall with heavy troops, then our two families would fight each other. In this way, general Gongsun would not have to spend much energy to defend junmi?" The two people of the Tian Yu Dynasty were humane;


    when they heard this, their eyes suddenly brightened, and they soon thought that if Huangfu Chaobo really built a city outside the Great Wall, it would be in the north of junmi City, so junmi city would be in the forefront of the alien army. And they all know that Huangfu Chaobo actually has a base for training horses outside the Great Wall. In time, Huangfu Chaobo will be heavily defensive in order to keep this place, while Gongsun family just need to hide behind and develop peacefully. But how can we persuade Huangfu Chaobo to build the base of the great wall into a City?Tian Yu saw that they seemed to have an idea, so he turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "general, now the horses can''t be brought directly from the cavalry recruited from the barracks. In the future, the horses need to be equipped by themselves. Yu thought that the horses will be more popular in the future. Should we upgrade the horse training base outside the Great Wall to a small city?"


    Huangfu Chaobo almost laughed when he heard Tian Yu''s words, but his face was still very tangled. He said: "there''s nothing wrong with guorang''s words, but building a city is not as simple as restoring junmi. Now we are just a small valley. If Xianbei people or Wuhuan people attack me, they can not go back to youbeiping. I can start from other places If we really build a city, we''ll have to stick to it. If we don''t slack off, we can''t keep it alone. No, no, No This matter needs to be considered in the long run

 Chapter 387

    Seeing the appearance of Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun Yue immediately jumped out and said, "Hey, Chaobo, don''t worry. If you really want to build a city outside the Great Wall, I will persuade elder brother to send troops to junmi. In this way, in case of anything, just send someone from Chaobo to tell us, and we will do our best to help!"


    "Yes, yes Chao Bo, don''t worry. I will go with the second general to persuade him. " Yan Gang immediately said,


    "if Chaobo is not at ease, I will personally lead 1000 white horses and 3000 soldiers to guard junmi. You know, there are only ten thousand Yicong under elder brother''s hands now. You should be relieved about Chaobo! If anything happens, we will let elder brother do his best to help the army. " In order to get Huangfu Chaobo''s approval, Gongsun Yue continued to say;


    seeing that Gongsun Yue and his wife had gone to the ditch, Huangfu Chaobo gave Tian Yu a look, and then continued to pretend to be a little excited, but hesitated: "this Brother Gongsun, are you serious? "


    "After so many years of friendship, doesn''t Chaobo believe in Gongsun Yue?" Gongsun Yue stood up, clapped his chest and said, "it''s not that I don''t believe in brother Gongsun, it''s just a matter of great importance. I need to think about it carefully and make a decision again. Please forgive me!" Huangfu Chaobo still refused, but his tone was a little relaxed.


    "Ah Gongsun Yue was ready to say it again, but he was held by Yan Gang. Yan Gang said, "it''s OK. Chaobo might as well think about it. Let''s drink first today..."


    Gongsun Yue was puzzled at first, and then saw that Yan Gang kept winking at himself. Although he didn''t know what the reason was, he consciously stopped saying it. Several people continued to drink and feast until late at night.


    Gongsun Yue, who came back to the county government, didn''t want to have a rest at all. Instead, he took Yan Gang to his room and asked his maid to bring him some wine. He couldn''t wait to ask, "brother Yan, why did you hold me just now?"


    Yan Gang, as several important generals under gongsunzan who started his family with him, both gongsunzan himself and gongsunyue''s two brothers respect them. This is why gongsunzan used Yan Gang to be gongsunyue''s deputy general.


    "Second general, although general Huangfu is excited now, there are still some worries. We can''t decide some things. After all, we still need the general to talk with him in person. So instead of talking to him all the time, we''d better first convince the general and let him talk with general Huangfu. I''m afraid that if we say more, it will arouse general Huangfu''s antipathy! " Yan Gangdao;


    "yes, yes, I''m too impatient. In this way, we''ll write a letter to my elder brother right away and send it to Tuyin to make a decision." Gongsun Yue immediately responded that he was not the master of the Gongsun family. No wonder huangfuchao hesitated.


    They said they would do it. They soon wrote down the detailed process of the whole thing, and then sent people to Tuyin city to Gongsun Zan.


    As soon as Gongsun Yue''s men left the city, Huangfu Chaobo knew about it. Huangfu Chaobo and Tian Yu, who got the news, looked at each other with a smile and knew that their strategy was half successful. Then they waited for Gongsun Zan to think.


    Gongsun Yue''s urgent letter arrived at the prefect''s residence in Tuyin city in the early morning. When he received his second brother''s urgent letter, Gongsun Zan was surprised. He thought that something had happened to the Great Wall defense line. He opened it and found out the beginning and end of the matter. After reading the letter back and forth, Gongsun Zan was also entangled. After thinking for a moment, Gongsun Zan asked people to gather all the generals in Tuyin city for reference. Soon Guan Jing, Dan Jing, Zou Dan and Wang men arrived at the prefect''s residence. As for Tian Kai and Gongsun fan who had been stationed in fan County, Gongsun Zan looked through the letters from Gongsun Yue and Yan Gang one by one. Then he said, "what do people think about what the second brother and Yan Gang said?"


    The three men are not good at internal affairs, but they know that one more city will give them more opportunities to be independent. Therefore, they agree with each other. Gongsun Zan also knows that these people may have limited suggestions, so he still puts his hope on Guan Jing. As the chief counselor of Gongsun Zan, although Guan Jing is not even second rate, Guan Jing actually gives Gongsun Zan a lot of ideas.


    After reading the letter, Guan Jing sat there thinking for a moment. After several generals had expressed their opinions, Guan Jing stood up and said, "Lord, Jing also thinks that the plan of the two generals and general Yan is feasible. Junmi was originally a county in the right Beiping. Because he was alone outside the great wall, although he was leaning against the Great Wall, there was no danger to defend it. After he was abandoned, our army never included it in the right Beiping Under the rule of peace, it is not impossible but unwilling. Now that general Huangfu intends to build a city outside the Great Wall, junmi city will not be the same as it used to be. It will take only one general and thousands of soldiers to defend the city. In time, it will be prosperous again. However, general Huangfu is still hesitating. He still needs to talk with him heart to heart and promise that the two armies of general Huangfu will be allies with each other. Once a foreign race comes to attack, the Lord will personally bring up a large army to help him. "


    Gongsun Zan thought it was true, but he was afraid that it would not move Huangfu Chaobo. He said: "the words of Shiqi are in my mind, but Huangfu Chaobo is no longer a nobody under the great wall outside Xuwu. I''m afraid that it would not move him.""My Lord is wise, so we should be prepared to give something. After all, we need to use people as spearheads. Besides, Huangfu Chaobo is now a senior member of the imperial court and the guard of a county. In addition, with the support of the Huangfu family in Beidi, there are also disciples of Zhu Jun, a famous scholar in the world. If we want to impress his Lord, we need to be prepared to give. However, according to the letter of the two generals, the eunuch of Huangfu should still be a person who attaches great importance to his old love, so he should not open his mouth Guan Jingdao;


    "what are the requirements of Huangfu super Expo? Or, what''s our bottom line? " Gongsun Zan nodded as he listened, and then said after a little consideration;


    "according to the second general, he has proposed that we can garrison 4000 soldiers in junmi, including 1000 Baima Yicong and 3000 soldiers. Jing thought that this number of soldiers would not satisfy general Huangfu. The 4000 soldiers can only maintain the guard of a county, but far from supporting others Therefore, the number of foot soldiers can remain the same, but the number of cavalry should be increased to 4000. The number of Baima Yicong and ordinary cavalry should be 2000 each. Only when the number of cavalry reaches several thousand can the rapid reinforcement be possible. In addition, we can tell general Huangfu that our army has thousands of troops stationed at the Great Wall pass, and we can reinforce them when the time comes. " Guan Jingdao;

 Chapter 388

    Guan Jing''s words got Gongsun Zan''s approval. He nodded and said, "well, these must be there, but these are certainly not enough."


    "Of course, these must be just reassuring. There must be something else to get him excited. We can increase the number of horses purchased. The original war horses are provided by the court. Since the Court changed the military system, we need to purchase them by ourselves. We can promise to buy 2000-3000 war horses from him every year, and some of them are good horses. And they can put their city under the name of youbeiping, but they don''t have to pay taxes to it. By the way, since they want to defend the city, they must need soldiers. Now their population is small, they need to build a city and train horses. In this way, the number of soldiers is certainly small. The Lord can let them recruit two to three thousand soldiers in Xuwu city. Baima Yicong is a powerful soldier in the world. Jing once remembered that the second and third generals had said that general Huangfu admired Baima Yicong very much. If you can, the Lord can make an exception and allow him to recruit a thousand white horses. Of course, the cost of recruiting a curtain must not be less After pondering for a moment, Guan Jing said to Gongsun Zan slowly;


    If Huangfu Chaobo heard Guan Jing, he would rush forward to give him a hug to express his thanks. It''s so intimate, even more intimate than his own people, and more thoughtful than Tian Yu thought.


    Gongsunzan and his party finally arrived in Xuwu county. Just after they settled down, gongsunzan busily recruited gongsunyue and Yangang to inquire about the details of their chat with Huangfu Chaobo What? It''s a pity that Huangfu Chaobo and Tian Yu''s acting talent is really great. In addition, at that time, when they were full of wine and food, they didn''t have the heart to observe some details of Huangfu Chaobo and others. Gongsun Zan couldn''t ask for anything, so he asked Gongsun to arrange a banquet for Huangfu Chaobo and his party.


    In the evening, Huangfu Chaobo takes Tian Yu Dianwei to the saloon where the banquet was held yesterday. Huangfu Chaobo finds that it''s the same private room as before, but the people who hosted the banquet and the people who attended the banquet today have been transferred, and the whole restaurant has been packed by Gongsun. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the street, he found that the whole restaurant was surrounded by Baima Yi. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the door of the restaurant, he saw Gongsun Yue waiting at the door. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly stepped forward and said, "second general, why bother you to wait for me at the door?"


    "Well, brother Huangfu, you''re welcome. Come upstairs with me. Elder brother is waiting for you up there!" Then he took Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and went upstairs.


    As soon as he went upstairs, he saw Gongsun Zan and a young scholar waiting at the door of the private room. Huangfu Chaobo quickly stepped forward, raised his hand and said, "Huangfu Chaobo has seen Jihou!"


    "Ha ha ha... General Huangfu, you''re welcome. Come on... Please Gongsun Zan was named general Fenwu and Marquis Jiwu after the battle for Dong. In fact, his rank was the same as that of Huangfu Chaobo, but there was one more marquis. Therefore, he didn''t call Huangfu Chaobo a general, but called Marquis Jihou, which made Gongsun Zan very happy. He hurried forward to return the ceremony, and then affectionately took Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and led everyone into the private room.


    After everyone had settled down, Gongsun Zan introduced the scholar around him to Huangfu Chaobo. Then Huangfu Chaobo knew that it was Guan Jing. For this man, Huangfu Chaobo only remembered that he should be the only one who could hold hands except Tian Yu. However, it seemed that he was far inferior to Tian Yu. After Gongsun Zan finished speaking, Huangfu Chaobo introduced Tian Yu to Gongsun Zan. As for Dianwei, he had already known him in the battle for Dong, but Gongsun Zan didn''t seem to like Tian Yu very much. He just nodded to Tian Yu. Then he turned to talk with Huangfu Chaobo. Of course, the content of the conversation was about the situation in the battle for Dong, and the situation after the princes returned to their respective territories. Both of them chatted and felt that the cry of "general" and "Lord Hou" seemed to be shengfen, so they finally decided to call each other. It wasn''t long before the banquet was ready. As they chatted, Gongsun Zan finally asked Huangfu Chaobo, "is it a critical time for Chaobo to rebuild Luoyang? I don''t know how to come to youbeiping this time. If you have anything to deal with, just ask if you need any help. As long as you support me as much as you can! "


    "I don''t dare to hide it from brother Bo Li. It''s because the construction of Luoyang has come to a critical moment. Now I can''t support two places in terms of time, energy and even property. When I come back to you Beiping, I just want to see if it''s necessary to continue the horse training field outside the Great Wall, because it''s not long to rely on thousands of people outside the great wall alone For a long time, if one day Xianbei people go south or Wuhuan people go west, then my thousands of people will not be protected. What''s more, the construction of Luoyang is in short supply. If these thousands of people return to Luoyang, it will be a great help for the reconstruction of Luoyang! " As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw Gongsun zanxian put forward this question, he immediately came out according to what he had discussed with Tian Yu last night.


    Sure enough, as soon as Huangfu Chaobo said this, Gongsun Yue was in a hurry and said, "brother Chaobo, didn''t you say yesterday that you would consider building a small city outside the Great Wall? Why do you want to transfer these people back to Luoyang today? ""General Huangfu, that''s not true!" Guan Jing is also on the side of the road;


    "Oh, what''s Shiqi''s opinion?" Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Guan Jing for advice.


    "I''m not worthy of advice, but Jing has some stupid ideas and wants to discuss with general Huangfu. The general should know that some time ago, the Court changed the military system? " Guan Jing stood up and said,


    "well, what does that have to do with the people and horses that my official withdrew from the Great Wall?" Huangfu Chaobo asked, pretending to be innocent;


    "of course, there is a relationship, not only a relationship, but also a relationship too big."


    "Please be clear, sir. I''m all ears!"


    "After the change of the military system in the court, the general should know that all soldiers need to start training from the militia. Take Baima Yi, a strong soldier in our Lord''s hand, as an example. He needs to recruit elite soldiers from the ordinary people, and then gradually upgrade them to ordinary soldiers, and then transfer to ordinary cavalry after reaching the level. Finally, he selects elite soldiers from the ordinary cavalry and equips them with white horses In Baima, Yicong was transferred from the barracks to a special service.

 Chapter 389

    Speaking of this, Guan Jing stopped for a moment, as if to make Huangfu and Chaobo digest what he had just said, and then said: "the weapons and horses that these soldiers are equipped with should be provided by our Lord, not by the court as before. It can be seen that in the future, the demand for what soldiers need, whether it is weapons and equipment or war horses, will soar. The general once said that rebuilding Luoyang would cost a lot of money. Now there is a place that can provide a lot of money for the general. Why give up? A few days ago, Jing advised the Lord to increase the number of war horses purchased from the general''s war horse base! " Guan Jing is also worthy of being a counselor of Gongsun Zan''s subordinates. He soon grasped a problem from Huangfu Chaobo''s words, and then said a lot.


    Gongsun Zan said in a timely way: "Chaobo, it''s true. The main purpose of my brother Xu Wu''s coming here is to discuss with you about the purchase of war horses. As long as you agree, I can purchase at least 2000 war horses from you every year. This is also an ordinary war horse, as well as a good horse equipped by my elite white horse Yicong. You can see outside These Baima Yicong are the most elite soldiers of our school. At present, there are only 1000 soldiers. Weixiong plans to expand them to 2000 in three years. Each of them has reached level 55. They can be the commander of the army or even the commander of any ordinary bow cavalry. Not only that, I will equip them with good horses. Unfortunately, the number of good white horses is far from enough, There are only about 500 pure white horses. "


    "This After listening to their words, Huangfu Chaobo seems a little moved. His face shows hesitation, but he gives Tian Yu a wink, which means, brother, hurry up. I don''t know what to say.


    "Lord, don''t mistake yourself Seeing the hint of Huangfu Chaobo, Tian Yu immediately stood up and said, "general Gongsun, Lord Guan, we have discussed what you said more than once. It''s not that we can''t see the power of it, but that we can''t allow it now. Two adults should know that our camp outside the Great Wall is only a small valley. It''s only a hundred miles away from the Great Wall. Although it''s not far away, the location is not good. Every time a horse trainer catches a horse, he has to go hundreds of miles deep into the grassland to find a better group of wild horses. It takes a lot of time and effort to come back and forth. Another reason is that the valley area is too small for us Now there are only a few thousand of us in it. If we train horses, we can store hundreds of war horses at most. "


    "It''s not easy. Just change the place? Go a little further to the edge of the grassland and find a place big enough to build a small city. Isn''t that enough? " Guan Jingdao;


    "Lord Guan has a point. He just wants to build a city, which costs a lot of money, manpower and time. Moreover, before the small city is built, what should we do in case of an attack by foreign troops? Even if a small town is built, how many troops are needed to defend it? What''s more, if Xianbei people go south in a large scale, how can the small town outside the country be defended? " Tian Yu saw that the other party had slowly entered the urn, so he threw out a lot of problems.


    Although Tian Yu has thrown out a series of problems, Guan Jing is well aware of them. In his opinion, these problems have been anticipated before and he has a good way to solve them.


    He raised the glass in front of him, drank all the wine in it, then stood up and said, "it''s really necessary to build a city. But did general Huangfu ever think that Luoyang is a place of four wars, with Dong Zhuo of Chang''an in the west, Yuan Shu of Nanyang in the south, Zhang Miao of Chen Liu in the East, and Zhang Yang of Hanoi in the north The undercurrent is surging below. There are still three caves in cunning. Doesn''t general Huangfu think he should have some cities that he didn''t show to others? Comparatively speaking, I believe that the general should be able to make a clear division of the cost of building a city. Compared with the reconstruction of Luoyang''s property, the construction of a small city needs only a fraction of the total. What''s more, the investment here is not a one-day success. Only the general of Luoyang takes out a small part every month. What''s more, once the city is built, the revenue to the general is far beyond the money invested. "


    "Well Huangfu Chaobo listened and nodded his head gently. There was nothing on the surface but huge waves in his heart. As expected, he could not underestimate the ancients. This 70 + Intelligence general had so skillfully shifted his goal. It was really powerful!


    "The general''s real concern is actually the lack of people. In fact, it''s Yier. Our army in right Beiping will send out troops every other time to eliminate those who have different intentions. Every time, there are a large number of prisoners. It''s just for various reasons that only young people are left to take back to right Beiping. If the general wants, all our prisoners can be handed over to him in the future. He only needs to pay a little money. If the general wants, he can replace them with war horses Yes. In this way, the population problem has been solved. "


    "Captivity is only part of the reason. The most important thing is defense. No matter how much captive labor is available, what''s the use if we can''t guard the city? " Tian Yu asked in reply;


    "how many soldiers and horses are there outside the Great Wall in Chaobo now?" Gongsun Zan asked;


    "there are more than a thousand soldiers and horses in the base outside the city. It''s enough just to protect the horse training base outside the city. Because I want to withdraw the people and horses outside the city, I brought my 400 forbidden guards from Luoyang this time." Huangfu Chaobo thought about it;After a little meditation, Gongsun praised: "if Chaobo wants to, brother, you can let Chaobo choose the soldiers of level 25 or level 6 from the troops of youbeiping, and At this point, Gongsun Zan raised his glass and drank it down. Then he finally made up his mind and said, "there''s another thing, brother Wei can give you a thousand white horses. Of course, these soldiers need Chaobo to pay us the recruitment fee. There''s another thing, brother Wei has one condition, that is, you must prepare a thousand white horses for us within six months, one year Two thousand white horses must be prepared, whether ordinary or good. "


    "White... "The white horse will follow?" After hearing the name, Huangfu Chaobo was so stunned that he couldn''t say anything for a long time. After reaction, he stammered and confirmed to Gongsun Zan

 Chapter 390

    As soon as Gongsun Zan''s words came out, not only Huangfu Chaobo, but also Gongsun Yue and Yan Gang were stunned, staring at Gongsun Zan.


    "Yes, Baima Yicong!" Gongsun praised: "in this way, with more than 1000 soldiers in Chaobo, there are nearly 5000 soldiers and horses. Chaobo is looking for a place that is easy to defend and difficult to attack. I believe that 5000 soldiers and horses are enough to repel tens of thousands of enemy attacks, but the attack of 30000 or 50000 foreign cavalry can at least guarantee the safety of your city for several months. In addition, my soldiers and horses in junmi city and the great wall are enough to ensure the safety of your city It''s too late. I believe that Chaobo will be able to see such a thing


    "Good!" Huangfu Chaobo was overjoyed, but he still pretended to be very tangled and said, "since brother Bo has said that, if I don''t agree with him again, I will be too bold. OK, I''ll build a city outside the Great Wall, but I have to make a few points clear first, and I''d like to ask brother Bo to agree! "


    "Speak! Gongsun praised it;


    "just as Mr. Shi Qi said, there are still three caves in cunning, which is really a great risk for me. On the contrary, it is an opportunity. So, I will find this place as soon as possible, and strive to build it to the level of a big town in three months. But once it is upgraded to a small town, I will ask for the opening of a post station. At that time, it will be known by the world. So at that time, I will appoint Tian Yu as the county magistrate, and youbeiping, who wants to return to brother Bofan, will rule the county, but youpingbei shall not interfere with any affairs of the city. "


    "This matter is easy, in order to let Chaobo rest assured, we can sign a covenant and write it into the covenant." Gongsun Zan nodded and said, "is there anything else?"


    "There is nothing else for the time being, but for the sake of safety, junmi city should be captured as soon as possible. Another thing is that we want to recruit taxi soldiers. It''s better to send them to junmi city first, and then Tian Yu will send people to take them away late at night. Another thing is that our prisoners should be imprisoned in junmi. In fact, as far as population is concerned, Mr. Shi Qi''s words remind me that when the troops are ready, I''m going to arrange for people to prepare to fight off the strongholds of horse bandits and mountain bandits from the outside of the Great Wall to the edge of the grassland, destroy the strongholds, and the prisoners can be added to my new town. "


    "It''s feasible. Well, you can take the three thousand soldiers away as soon as possible. The sooner we can do it, the better. When we have prisoners, I''ll arrange someone to send them to you in person." Gongsun Zan said;


    Huangfu Chaobo knew what Gongsun Zan meant. It was fake to send prisoners. It was true to see how well his place was built. However, Huangfu was not afraid of Chaobo either. When Gongsun Zan sent troops, it was estimated that it would be March and April next year. At that time, I would transfer some people to baihugouguan. I have already prepared for the end of the year, ready to spend three months to upgrade that place to the level of big town.


    Since both sides have talked about the general direction, the next details only need to be discussed by Guan Jing and Tian Yu. The two eldest brothers can eat and drink at ease. After one night''s negotiation, the two families finally reached an agreement. Gongsun Zan and Huangfu Chaobo both saw it and signed it. Then, the treaty came into force.


    Gongsun Zan is also very concerned about junmi County, because one more county will always bring more income. No matter how fast the military deployment in western Liaoning will come next year, after all, it is still the city of the Han Dynasty. If Gongsun Zan wants to send troops to occupy it, there must be a reasonable reason. But junmi city is different. Now it is just occupied by a group of thieves.


    Two days later, Gongsun Zan mobilized his troops. Under the leadership of Gongsun Yue, Yan Gang and Wang men, 20000 soldiers sent troops from the Great Wall pass to the north of Xuwu city. It took one day for the troops to arrive at junmi city. After one day''s attack, the three captured more than 20000 bandits and occupied junmi city. Gongsun Zan''s army killed and injured 2000 people, killed 5000 enemies and captured 16700 people. All these were used by Gongsun Yue as labor to repair junmi City, but he didn''t sell them to Huangfu Chaobo. After that, Gongsun Zan left 3000 soldiers, 2000 cavalry, and 1000 Baima Yi to guard junmi. Three thousand soldiers left junmi for Longhua by Tian Yu overnight, while the remaining 10000 soldiers returned to wangmen and led back to xuwucheng. Wangmen became xuwushou general. Of course, it was claimed that Gongsun Zan''s army had recovered junmi city occupied by 50000 bandits, killed more than 30000 people and killed 4500 people.


    For Gongsun Zan to recover junmi city suddenly, the players are only happy except surprised. The players in Youzhou are excited. All along, there is no system city for players to rely on outside the Great Wall. Now Gongsun Zan has recovered junmi City, which is a good opportunity for players. So in a few days, tens of thousands of players, like crucian carp across the river, flocked to junmi city from all over Youzhou. Not only scattered players, many player organizations also rushed to junmi, hoping to establish their own grassland forward base in junmi. In a few days, Gongsun Yue and Gongsun Yue laugh at the benefits brought by these players. After Gongsun Zan receives the news, junmi''s good news makes him step up his action against Liaoxi county.


    At the beginning of Gongsun Zan''s operation, Huangfu Chaobo had left youbeiping with two little girls, ten warriors and thirty horses to Zhending Zhaojia village. He had to send Zhao Yu back to Luoyang first. As for Gongsun Zan, they said that Tian Yu had been looking for a suitable place to build the city, but they didn''t start to build the village for various reasons. Now that they decided to build the city, they had to do it as soon as possible, so they were also urging Gongsun Zan to take 3000 soldiers back to Tian Yu as soon as possible and let them provide protection, Tian Yu took three thousand soldiers.As for the 1000 white horses, Huangfu Chaobo specially told Tian Yu to raise their strength to level 55 under the condition of ensuring their safety as far as possible, and asked huyanda to gather up 1000 white horses as soon as possible. At that time, the 1000 white horses would ride good horses in wartime and ordinary white horses in March. In Huangfu Chaobo''s mind, the 1000 Yicong was prepared for Zhao Yun. He secretly gave Huang Xu a set of letter of appointment of Yingyang captain, and told him that once Zhao Yun came, he would directly give the 1000 Yicong and the letter of appointment to Zhao Yun, and tie Zhao Yun first. What Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t know is that his unintentional action today almost saved Luoyang.

 Chapter 391

    After everything was arranged, Huangfu Chaobo was finally relieved, and he came to Zhaojia village with Dianwei and his party at ease. At this time, it was the end of December in the first year of Chuping. Because he was still worried about the situation in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo and his party didn''t stop all the way. A group of more than 30 horses finally arrived at Zhaojia village the day before the new year''s eve of the first year of Chuping, just in time to send Zhao Yu back for the new year.


    In Zhaojia village, on the first day of the new year in the second year of Chuping, Huangfu Chaobo, Dianwei and Huang Wudi attended Zhao Yu''s coming of age ceremony at Zhao Feng''s invitation. However, because neither Zhaojia village nor Zhao Yu took refuge under Huangfu Chaobo''s command, there was no way to know Zhao Yu''s attribute, but according to Huang Wudi, he was a heaven level general. However, what made Huangfu Chaobo happy was that although Zhao Yu did not become his own man, he did not want to stay in Zhaojia village after he was transferred. Instead, he wanted to go to Luoyang with Huang Wudi.


    Since there is another Tianji general willing to go to Luoyang with him, Huangfu Chaobo will not refuse. After leaving five horses for Zhao Feng, Huangfu Chaobo went directly to Luoyang.


    They were in a hurry and finally returned to Luoyang more than ten days later.


    "Xu..." Rein in the rein of the horse, all the people behind quickly stop the horses, a line of more than 30 horses instantly attract the eyes of the players who come and go outside Dongyang. Suddenly, there was an uproar among the players, "Wow, boss Chaobo, where did you get a batch of good horses? It seems that these horses are very good!"


    "It seems that these should be above the level of good horse at least! One horse costs tens of thousands of copper, and the thirty or forty will cost millions of copper... "


    "Wow, there are two female generals in it!" Suddenly a player discovers the new world and points to the direction of Huang Wudi and Zhao Yu and shouts.


    Huang Zhong is a subordinate of Huangfu Chaobo, as we all know, and Huang Xu is an adult. There is also news among the players that Huang Zhong has a daughter, but no one has seen that daughter yet. Now Huangfu Chaobo side suddenly appeared two female NPC generals, let the players is conjecture. A moment later, the distant photos of the two female generals soon appeared in the forum. Everyone was guessing who the two female generals were?


    Seeing the players pointing at him, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly regretted why he had to stop outside the city gate for a while. He had known that he would rush directly into the city. Think of here, Huangfu Chaobo no longer stay, in the players ready to come forward, a horse rope, with everyone quickly into the gate, directly to the inner city. It was not until he entered the inner city palace that Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Before I sat down, my communicator rang. When I opened it, it turned out to be Zhao Zilong. After connecting, Zhao Zilong said: "boss Chaobo, you brought back two female generals today. Is one of them Zhao Yun''s younger sister?"


    "Well." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and said, "how do you know I brought two female generals back?"


    "Shit, boss, isn''t it? You just went into the city with a good horse at the gate of Dongyang in Luoyang. Don''t you know that you have asked the players to take photos and send them to the forum? There is a picture of two female NPC generals. You don''t know? " Zhao Zilong touched his forehead and said,


    "no, boss, how long has it been? I just entered the city! Is it that fast? " Huangfu Chaobo was surprised to say that it was only a few miles from the gate of the city to the prefect''s residence, and his party was still riding, and it took less than half an hour. "Boss, talk about it. What do you say in the forum now?"


    "Well, boss, you are also 666. Let me tell you. After a lot of inference, we come to the conclusion that one of your two generals is Huang Zhong''s daughter, and the other is not sure, but you have basically targeted Zhao Yun''s sister. You should be honest, right or not?" Zhao Zilong said with an expression that I was defeated by you;


    "er..." Huangfu Chaobo was shocked by the shrewdness of the players all of a sudden. It took only a long time to guess who it was. "Well, I admire you for your powerful reasoning ability."


    "Well, boss, you''re giving me a letter, aren''t you?" In the face of Huangfu Chaobo''s evasion, Zhao Zilong was very worried and asked quickly;


    "didn''t you guess? What else can I answer? "


    "Don''t worry, boss. Can''t you satisfy my curiosity?" Zhao Zilong was so anxious that he almost jumped up.


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that Jia Jing had come in from the gate of the prefect''s mansion. Huang Wudi screamed and rushed to him: "ah! Auntie, Xiao die is missing you!... " Jia Jing is also very fond of this little girl. You know, Huang Wudi has been following her father and brother to seek medical treatment since she lost her mother when she was young. Only when she arrived at the changshe society did she settle down. During the two years Huang Zhong and Huangfu Chaobo traveled abroad, Jia Jing has been taking care of their brother and sister. Therefore, Huang Wudi and Jia Jing have a very good relationship.


    "Little girl, you are so sweet that you miss me so much. Why do I stay outside the Great Wall all the time and don''t come back to Chang she to see me?" Jia Jing gently hugged her and then put her hand on her forehead;


    "I want to come back, but my uncle asked me to help my brother in Longhua!" Huang wudie hides in Jia Jinghuai;"Er..." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. "When did I ask you to help Xiaoxu over there?"


    "Hum, you said that my brother told me when he led the army to fight against Xianbei people last time..."


    "Well, well, I said, I said..." Huangfu Chaobo made a surrender;


    looking at Huang wudie''s coquetry in front of Jia Jing and Huangfu Chaobo, Zhao Yu''s eyes were filled with envy. You should know that Zhao Yu''s parents died very early, and Zhao Yun and Zhao Yu were brought up by their elder brother Zhao Feng. However, several people of Huangfu Chaobo didn''t find Zhao Yu''s abnormality.


    "Come on, auntie, let me introduce you," she said. Taking Jia Jing by the hand, Huang Wudi went to Zhao Yu and said, "this is sister Zhao Yu..."


    "I know, little girl, I can know Xiaoyu before you." Jia Jing patted Huang wudie''s head again and said, "Xiaoyu, long time no see, Xiaoyu is already a military general!"


    "Zhao Yu has seen his wife!" Zhao Yu stepped forward;


    "ha ha Why is Xiaoyu so polite all of a sudden? At the beginning, she called me sister Jing. " Jia Jing said with a smile;


    "no way," Huang Wudi cried in Yidi, "I call you sister, and you call my aunt to be sister, isn''t that a mess? Or sister Yu, you can call her aunt, too! "

 Chapter 392

    Now Huangfu Chaobo is in a complete mess. If Zhao Yu asks his daughter-in-law to be his aunt, won''t Zhao Yun become his nephew? I''ll do it! But it''s better. Once Zhao Yu recognizes it, will Zhao Yun still have to run? Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "yes, yes, Xiaoyu and Xiaodie are good friends. They must be the same as Xiaodie." Said, but also directed at Jia Jing kept winking. It happened that Huang Wu die saw the scene and said, "what''s the matter with you, uncle? Are your eyes sick? "


    "Well There seems to be dust in my uncle''s eyes Well, there''s nothing more to do! " Huangfu Chaobo''s embarrassed way;


    "Puchi..." Jia Jing couldn''t help laughing. However, she had already seen the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo, but she didn''t directly say that Zhao Yu and Huang Wudi were called aunts. She took Zhao Yu by the hand and said, "Xiaoyu, don''t mind. Let''s go our separate ways. It doesn''t matter whether you call us sister or auntie. As long as you don''t treat us as outsiders, let''s go. You''ve just come back. I''ll take you to arrange your room, but I''m not sure Houhaosheng, after cleaning, will go to pick out gifts for you! "


    "Yes, yes..." As soon as Huang Wudi heard of the gift, she jumped up and took Jia Jing''s hand. She was about to go inside, because the Taishou mansion was also divided into the front and back yards. Huangfu Chaobo lived in the back yard of the Taishou mansion.


    "Xiaojing, wait a moment. When I go to the city, I''ll arrange for elder brother Hansheng and Mr. Lou to invite them. I''ll have a rest after Xiaodie meets his father!" As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw a few people, he was about to go back, and he stopped immediately.


    just as he was saying that, Huang Zhong and Lou Guizao came together. Seeing Huang Zhong come in, Huang Wudi, who was just lively and disorderly, suddenly became a mouse who saw a cat. She went forward and called "father" timidly. Then she rushed to hide behind Jia Jing.


    "Hum I''ll tell you later Huang Zhong snorted. Then he didn''t pay any attention to her. Instead, he and Lou Guizao came to Huangfu Chaobo and saluted together: "I''ve met the general!" "I have seen you, Lord!"


    "Please get up. It''s hard for you when I''m away." Huangfu Chaobo sat on the throne. After receiving several salutes, he said, "OK, everyone, sit down!"


    Seeing that everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo said to Huang Zhong, "brother, don''t blame Xiaodie. I asked her to help Xiaoxu in Longhua."


    Hearing what Huangfu Chaobo said, he knew that he was excusing Huang wudie, but it was hard to say anything more. He stood up and said "yes", then sat down and said no more.


    "Brother, I''m bringing Xiaodie back here to ask you to hold an adult ceremony for her. When do you think it will be arranged?"


    "The young master is their uncle, so is your arrangement."


    "That''s not good. You father can''t be lazy. We can just come to the ceremony!" Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "or we can arrange it for tomorrow. Have a good rest today!"


    Seeing that Huang Zhong had nodded his head, Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded at Jia Jing. Jia Jing understood and led the two little girls to the back yard. To say, Huang Fu Chao Bo had a lot of good things in his hands, which he got from Zhang rang''s and Zhao Zhong''s house. The last time Jia Jing came to Luoyang, Huang Fu Chao Bo asked her to bring a small part, and the rest was put in Luo In the secret library of Shenzhen.


    After Jia Jing and the two little girls quit, Lou GUI began to report to Huangfu Chaobo about the development of Luoyang in recent months. First of all, Huang Zhong is mainly military. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo before his departure, Huang Zhong has occupied eight towns around Luoyang, plus the original Luobei Town, and then there is a small town that has not been occupied by Luoshui in the east of Luoyang. There are ten towns in total, just within ten miles around Luoyang, and Luoyang is surrounded in the middle, which can be used as a satellite of Luoyang Town. In addition to Luobei Town, which is used for military garrison, Huang Zhong will recommend a clansman to be the mayor of the other nine towns. The garrison in the town will be sent by Luoyang.


    After the system was updated, Huang Zhong also did one thing, that is, he screened all the soldiers in Luoyang, the three surrounding counties and Hanguguan. In addition to the 15000 people from hulaoguan and sishuiguan and the 20000 high-level troops recruited by Chen Jing in Runan, there are 6000 troops in Longhua, and now there are nearly 40000 troops around Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo himself was surprised. He didn''t expect that he had more than 80000 or 90000 troops. It''s a pity that he didn''t count more than 1000 troops in Luoshen town Yes, these troops are too scattered.


    Huang Zhong screened all the 40000 troops in Luoyang and found that there were more than 10000 people with d-level and below, and the other 30000 people with C-level or above. There were more than 15000 people with C-level, which could be upgraded to level 7 according to the updated system. There were more than 10000 people with B-level and 2000 people with A-level. Such a high proportion surprised Huangfu Chaobo Now, this is not to say that these 5000 people can be upgraded to level 11 or above. According to the updated statement, these 2000 people will have two directions: one is the elite soldiers of hundred battles, and the other is those who are transferred to military positions.


    According to Huang Zhong''s idea, all the taxi drivers below C level will be transferred to the garrison of several towns, and the other taxi drivers with training value will be reorganized separately. Of course, due to the limitation of the current military strength and the situation of Luoyang, they will be adjusted slowly in the later stage. Huang Zhong''s practice reminds Huangfu Chaobo that although he has carefully read the updated relevant information, he really pays attention to the NPC qualification. Thinking of this, he immediately asks Dianwei to send an order to Huaxiong in Hulao pass, and collates the qualification of the taxi drivers in Hulao pass and Sishui pass. As for how to adjust in the later stage, Huang Zhong will first take several places around Luoyang Let''s see if Fang''s troops are straightened out.Chen Jing was also asked to sort them out first. However, Luoyang is mainly composed of intermediate soldiers. Now there are more than 5000 A-level soldiers. Huangfu Chaobo is looking forward to having A-level soldiers in Chen Jing''s 23 000 A-level soldiers. Since it is said that A-level soldiers can be promoted to elite soldiers or transferred to military positions, Huangfu Chaobo is very much looking forward to the strength of A-level elite soldiers. However, Huangfu Chaobo also knows that he picked up a big basket and asked Chen Jing to recruit twenty-three thousand soldiers. Later, it is estimated that the three level soldiers in the game, that is, the updated eight level and above soldiers, will be as precious as the giant panda. Huangfu Chaobo did not expect that his unintentional move made him take a big advantage. You know, how important it is for a soldier to upgrade to level 50 It''s hard.

 Chapter 393

    The report on military affairs is over, and the next step is to report on internal affairs.


    Luoyang''s internal affairs are basically related to reconstruction. There are also several towns newly occupied by the army, and Luobei Town, which is only used for farming. After Huang Zhong screened out the qualifications of his soldiers, he transferred 5000 soldiers from those below grade C to Luobei town for cultivation. As for the other towns, Huang Zhong is going to be equipped with 500, which has been arranged. As for the captured prisoners in the town, they were sent to Luoyang City, where they were reorganized and rebuilt under the supervision of soldiers.


    Among the original more than 20000 NPCs in Luoyang City, Zaozhi has already transferred all those with C-level or above qualifications. However, the number is very small. Among the 20000 ordinary people, less than 1000 people have reached the level of C or above. The others are D and E. Among the nearly 20000 ordinary people, 9000 of them were divided into nine parts and distributed to nine surrounding towns. Now 8000 people have been arranged. There are still several towns that have snatched part of the grain, but after the harvest, this year''s grain planting is over. The villagers in the town are stepping up to restore the facilities of each town, and at the same time, they are constantly reorganizing the fields to prepare for next year''s grain planting.


    Now outside Luoyang, plus ten towns in Luobei Town, Luoyang will provide some grain and timber. Now there are only 50000 prisoners and 20000 taxis in Luoyang. As for these prisoners, they have not yet arranged to surrender, because if a large number of prisoners are recruited at one time, it will have a great impact on the people of the territory. As for the arrangement of Luoyang City, after several months of arrangement by tens of thousands of people, the East and west sides of the inner city have been almost arranged. The next step is to arrange the reconstruction.


    As for the Imperial City, it has all been sorted out, and what you want to build in it will be built directly. Now there are only four barracks and a few warehouses in the palace. As for the palace city, we just arranged for a little arrangement, and then arranged for people to close all the palace doors.


    After Zaozhi came Lou GUI, who basically didn''t have many specific problems. His work was mainly coordination and arrangement. However, there is something about Lou GUI that makes Huangfu Chaobo very happy. That is, Lou Jing, who went to dig a corner in Chang''an, has already come back. As expected, he has brought Shi''a back. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard the news, he immediately asked Lou GUI to call Lou Jing and Shi a in.


    In less than a moment, I didn''t see Lou Jing leading a middle-aged man in. Well, the ancients were about to become a grandfather at the age of 30, so it''s not too much to call him middle-aged. I saw that this man was dressed in strong clothes and slim. By visual inspection, he was at least 1.8 meters tall. Walking behind Lou Jing, who was more than 1.7 meters tall, he looked a lot taller. If you think he is only tall, then you are wrong. He is steady and powerful at every step along the way. Although his hands are empty, you can see that his slender hands seem to be placed on his chest at random. But if you observe carefully, you will find that no matter which direction you attack him from, his hands can block your attack in the shortest distance. They quickly walked into the hall. Lou Jing stepped forward a few steps. Then he bowed to Huangfu Chao and said, "my subordinate, Lou Jing, has met the Lord!"


    After he saluted, Huangfu Chaobo said slowly, "please get up. It''s hard. This must be master Wang''s tall foot, Shia''s strong man?"


    "It''s not hard for me to return to my Lord. I''ve been able to fulfill my Lord''s request. Although I didn''t invite my master here, it''s a good thing that I invited my elder martial brother to Luoyang, but he said that he could decide whether to stay or not only after having a face-to-face discussion with my Lord. This is Shia, the elder martial brother. " With that, Lou Jing turned to introduce Huangfu Chaobo and said,


    "Shi a from Henan Province, Sili, has seen a general begging for thieves!" Shi a took the first two steps to collect the head and worship the way;


    "Shi Zhuang, please get up!" Huangfu Chaobo said, "I don''t know what the strong man wants to ask."


    "What Shia wants to ask the general is how the general is going to use us Rangers?" Shi a thought for a while, but he asked directly;


    "ha ha... But is Shi Zhuang afraid that he will be like Master Wang when he comes to the command of his own general, just teaching swordsmanship and guarding? "


    "This..." Shi a face is red, not good how to answer. In fact, Shi a hesitated to come to Luoyang this time. As we all know, Emperor Xian of Han Dynasty is in the hands of Dong Zhuo now. As long as Dong Zhuo does not die, then he basically has no future. Now even Wang Yue''s life is difficult to sustain, not to mention Shi a, the disciples with family and family. However, Wang Yue is unwilling to leave Xiandi for various reasons. As Wang Yue''s eldest disciple, Shi a is not easy to leave Shifu. Although many of his disciples leave Shifu to find their own way out, Shi a has never left Wang Yue.


    This time, when Lou Jing returned to Chang''an, he first met Shi a, and then Wang Yue, who Shi a took with him, was worried about Huang Fu Chao Bo''s solicitation. However, although Wang Yue explicitly refused the solicitation, he urged Shi a to come to Luoyang to see Huang Fu Chao Bo. According to Wang Yue''s meaning, Shi a can see Huang Fu Chao Bo first and then make a decision. If it is true, he can see Huang Fu Chao Bo first OK, then go back to Chang''an to pick up the family. If not, try your luck with other princes in Guandong. Shi handed over his family to Wang Yue to take care of him. He brought some younger martial brothers and Lou Jing to Luoyang. It''s a pity that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t come back when they came, so he waited in Luoyang for a while.Huangfu Chaobo looked at Shi a and said with a smile: "although Shi Zhuang Shi is not in the army, he must have heard that the troops and horses are not moving, and the grain and grass are in the first place. In fact, apart from food and grass, there is also a very important factor for the army, that is, to denounce the Marquis, especially for one force. Thanks to Chaobo, he was recommended by the Duke of Guandong. He was the shepherd of the court and the prefect of Henan county. Now that Dong''s bandits are not exterminated, some of the princes in Guandong want to be their allies. In order to pursue Dong''s great cause and for millions of people in Henan, Chaobo must always be on guard. However, you are good at asking for information, so I want to set up a unique one called Shadow guard, which specially recruits talented people from rangers to ask for information for me. If Mr. Shi is willing, Mr. Shi is the commander of this department. Of course, this department is not only to inquire about information, but also to protect me with general Bi''s Pro army. Would you like to? "

 Chapter 394

    "Ah Although Shi a has always been looking forward to meeting Huangfu Chaobo, when he was really willing to accept and reuse his Rangers, he still didn''t react. Lou Jing, who was next to him, immediately winked at Shi A. Shi a then responded and knelt down in the tunnel: "Shi a, have you met my Lord!"


    "Ding Dang, congratulations to the player''s historical general Shi''a


    "Ha ha ha... Please get up, please get up Huangfu Chaobo saw that he had finally recruited Shi a, and was very happy. He stepped forward and helped Shi a up. Then he appointed Shi a as the inspector''s captain, who was directly responsible for Huangfu Chaobo. At the same time, he asked him to select 500 people from tens of thousands of soldiers and people in Luoyang to set up the shadow guard. After a period of training by Shi loujing and other Rangers, he was ready to distribute them to several neighboring princes to inquire about intelligence. At the same time, in recognition of Lou Jing, Huangfu Chaobo appointed him as the deputy of Shi a to assist Shi a in selecting and training soldiers. After the training, Huangfu Chaobo prepared to send Lou Jing to lead 50 people to Longhua to assist Huang Xutian Yu to inquire about the surrounding intelligence.


    Next, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with Shi''a and Lou GUI about which forces should be paid more attention to, which forces can be arranged later, and which forces can be ignored for the time being, and then arranged when there are enough people.


    At the beginning, when Huangfu Chaobo gave Shi a hand to set up shadow guard, Lou GUI and Zao Zhi suddenly looked at each other. After all, the two names of shadow guard and procurator were too sensitive, but they were both very wise and didn''t speak. However, the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo made them feel a little more relaxed. As far as the current arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo is concerned, the two people''s opinions are concerned, Shi A''s main direction of the inspector is external rather than internal. However, they also know that when the time is ripe, this internal action will certainly be carried out. Huang Zhong is very calm, no matter Shi A''s procuratorial officer has no influence on him internally or externally.


    In the face of Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry, they soon entered the state of counselor. A few people quickly went through the surrounding princes, and then ranked the attention of various forces, such as Dong Zhuo, Yuan Shao, Cao Cao, and Yuan Shu, which must be focused on. However, Huangfu Chaobo also asked Shi a to include Han Fu''s forces in the focus. As for Yanzhou''s forces, few people did not pay attention to them, and Qingzhou''s Xu Youzhou, Youzhou and Liangzhou were all placed in the next level, followed by Yangzhou, Jingzhou and Yizhou Jiaozhou, which were all placed in the last level.


    Lou GUI is puzzled that Huangfu Chaobo has brought Han Fu into the focus of attention. In their opinion, Han Fu is not a person with great talent and can''t pose a post threat to Luoyang. However, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t explain much and just asks Shi a to do so. Several people said, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought, the sky is far away from the earth, how to deliver the news? I didn''t expect that Shi A''s reply surprised Huangfu Chaobo. These Rangers used carrier pigeons to deliver messages.


    "Carrier pigeon? Do you know how to use carrier pigeons? Is that fast? Is it safe? " Huangfu Chaobo asked several questions at a time. For players, after the system was updated, the real-time communication function between players during the war has been turned off. In particular, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want Longhua to appear in players'' sight, so it doesn''t want players to enter Longhua city. Moreover, for the power of Huangfu Chaobo, the use of players for information transmission also has an intelligence security problem. Now that Shi a can use the carrier pigeon, it is a good solution to the problem of Huangfu Chaobo.


    For Huangfu Chaobo''s question, Shi a seriously answered him. It turns out that among the rangers who came to Luoyang with Shi a this time, there are people who can raise carrier pigeons, and the connection between Shi a and Wang Yue is also realized through carrier pigeons. As for the security issues mentioned by Huangfu Chaobo, Shi''a''s solution is to use secret language, and then release more than a few at a time. When intelligence is important, they even release ten or even dozens of them. As for the speed mentioned by Huangfu Chaobo, according to the Ranger''s answer brought by Shi a, every hour is about three to four hundred Li. That is to say, if a message is sent from Longhua in the morning, it will take about six hours, that is, it will arrive in Luoyang in the evening. Comparatively speaking, if it is through the system post station, it will take at least three or five days.


    Shi A''s words made several people of Huangfu Chaobo very happy. Huangfu Chaobo immediately made a decision to let Shi a and Lou Jing select 100 people in the shortest time, and let Lou Jing take them to Longhua. At the same time, he handed over the whole Youzhou to Lou Jing, and the information to Lou Jing. Of course, the most important thing is to take a considerable number of carrier pigeons to Youzhou. Huangfu Chaobo''s words made loujing overjoyed. He accepted the order happily, and then retired with shi''a. Before leaving, Shi a took the initiative to Huangfu Chaobo, saying that he would write to Wang Yue of Chang''an, asking him to arrange other younger martial brothers who are willing to join Huangfu Chaobo to escort their families to Luoyang. Instead of going back to Chang''an, he stepped up his time to select and train people. He was very satisfied with Shi A''s going to Huangfu Chaobo. After nodding his head, he asked Dianwei to arrange someone to accompany Shi a When you go, choose people.


    When Shi''a and Lou Guiji went out, they came forward and congratulated him: "Congratulations, my Lord, you''ve got a good talent to help me again!"


    Huangfu Chaobo smiles and asks several people to return to their seats. Then he has time to see Shi A''s personal attributesShi a, born in Luoyang, Henan Province, is a knight errant, with command of 160.40, force of 611.52, intelligence of 431.08, internal affairs of 170.43 and charm of 52.


    It''s really a very powerful existence. Although the command value is very low, and the skills are all personal skills, the force value at level 40 is 61, which is only a little less than that of Dian Wei and Huang Zhong. It seems that they have found a good bodyguard. Since the update, all players have paid special attention to their own lives, and they are no longer as desperate as before, You know, the punishment is too heavy.


    Several people have reported, Huangfu Chao BOCAI said: "these months have been really hard for you. Thank you here. I''ll hold a banquet in Taifu this evening. I''ll give you a few more drinks at that time."


    "My Lord, this is what we should do. But you can drink more wine! " Lou GUI said with a smile;


    after hearing this, several people laughed, and Huangfu Chaobo remembered that the old man was attracted to changshe by wine.


    "Well, I''ll have more drinks with my husband later. Now let me talk about the situation of this trip to Longhua. Mr. and Ziping, as well as my elder brother, have a look at it for me to see if there are any other omissions! " Huangfu Chaobo road;

 Chapter 395

    As soon as everyone heard Huangfu Chaobo talking about his business, they all gathered their smiles and listened carefully. Huangfu Chaobo told several people about his business in youbeiping, Longhua. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Lou Guicai said, "it seems that I''m going to congratulate my Lord for his good help again! From the whole thing, Tian Yu is really good. He can deal with a lot of things in the whole process. If I were there, I would not say that I could do better than him. Another point is that he is still a native of Youzhou, so there is nothing wrong with the Lord''s arrangement. To let him be in charge of internal affairs and Huang Xu be in charge of military affairs in advance can give full play to their talents. Moreover, for a new investor, Huang Xu is also a supervisor of him. "


    "Yes, and according to the Lord''s idea, if you don''t want Huang Xu to appear in front of other people, in fact, when Longhua is upgraded to the county, the county magistrate will appoint Tian Yu, and the county captain can appoint two people. Huang Xu is one of the main leaders, and Lou Jing is another. In this way, if there is anything, Tian Yu and Lou Jing can do it On the other hand, the war is dominated by Huang Xu. In this way, we will have the best of both worlds. " Zao only said after Lou GUI''s words were over;


    Huang Zhong listened to them and saw Huangfu Chaobo look at him. He just shook his head and didn''t speak.


    "Well, since there are no other problems in Longhua for the time being, let''s talk about the reconstruction task of Luoyang again. Now there are nine of the ten towns directly under the jurisdiction of Luoyang, and the rest only need to be laid down tomorrow. Then there is only another problem. Now the population of Luoyang is only over 10000, except for the 9000 people who were resettled by Ziping People, the rest are more than 50000 prisoners. The next step is to recruit and settle these prisoners. The problem is that if all the prisoners are recruited at once, won''t it be a problem? "


    "It''s just thoughtless," Zaozhi said immediately;


    "Ziping doesn''t have to blame himself. Everyone is for the reconstruction of Luoyang. Besides, I don''t mean to blame you. I just put forward the matter and we''ll discuss how to solve it." When Huangfu Chaobo saw this, he said immediately;


    "it''s simple. Is the Lord going to do the task first or develop the surrounding towns first?" Lou GUI is on a side road;


    "what do you mean, sir?" Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked;


    "if we do the task first, then we will not be busy to allocate all the residents to several towns, only two or three hundred soldiers can be stationed in each town, and then when Luoyang has a large population, we will allocate the population to the surrounding towns; if we develop the surrounding towns first, then we will allocate the population to each town first Lay the foundation, and then recruit refugees on both sides at the same time. The first method is to make the population in Luoyang sufficient, and the reconstruction in the city can be carried out stably. The second method is to sacrifice the reconstruction speed of Luoyang and stabilize the surrounding towns first. " Lou guidao;


    "why don''t we just maintain the status quo?" Huang Zhong, watching Huangfu Chaobo struggling with the choice of two, said: "now that 9000 people have been settled, the residents in the city and the refugees around Luoyang in recent months have a population of almost 1450, plus nearly 60000 prisoners. For these people, we can take the craftsmen and all kinds of class C and above first I believe that there is not a big difference in the number of 50000, and then it should be OK to wait a little longer. "


    Several people are discussing. Jia Jing has arranged for the two little girls to return to the hall and heard that they are all struggling with the population problem. So he said, "Chao, don''t we have a drawing of the refugee camp? That should provide some population, right


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Well, how could he forget this thing.


    Other several people are also stunned, a face helplessly looking at Huangfu Chaobo, eyes full of speechless.


    Seeing this, Huang Zhong said to Lou GUI, "Mr. Lou, I think when we discuss government affairs in the future, we should let our younger brothers and sisters participate, or else..."


    Lou GUI and Jia Jing nodded and laughed. Huangfu Chaobo touched his head and said, "well, well, I really don''t remember. Can we talk about the next thing? "


    After Jia Jing returned to the backyard of the prefect''s residence, he took out the architectural drawings of the refugees and handed them to Huangfu Chaobo. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo handed them over to Zaozhi and said, "Ziping, this camp is built next to Luobei town. Put a team of 100 people to guard it. Some refugees will be sent to Luoyang. According to the above statement, there will be about 50 to 100 refugees going out every day Now, in addition to the original refugees, I think we should be able to add thousands of people every month! "


    After discussing all these matters, several people went to work on their own affairs. Huang Zhong is still busy dealing with the affairs in the military camp, and there is still the last town left to fight, while Zaozhi has to rush to Luobei town to arrange the affairs of the private camp. Lou GUI accompanied Huangfu Chaobo to inspect the situation in Luoyang. After all, he had not been in Luoyang for three months, so he had to go to every place to have a look. Moreover, the selection of talents from prisoners has been arranged. After telling Jia Jing that she would invite Lou GUI and several of them in the evening and letting Jia Jing arrange a banquet in the backyard, Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI Dianwei leave the palace.Because today''s time is only half a day, so Huangfu Chaobo is not ready to visit many places. The three people went directly to the direction of the imperial city. As the most important area, the buildings in the imperial city are weapons workshops in addition to warehouses. At present, there are not many high-level craftsmen in the weapon workshops in Luoyang. The first thing we need is the high-level craftsmen from Luoshen town. They haven''t been transferred, so now they are just making some ordinary weapons and equipment, such as level 30 armor, level 30 ring head knife, long spear and so on. To say the most advanced things, there are only a few bow and crossbow craftsmen, They mainly made crossbows and arrows. Of course, every once in a while, Lou GUI would give them some common materials to practice making rhubarb crossbows to improve their proficiency in making rhubarb crossbows. According to the updated version, the standard rhubarb crossbow must be made from materials of more than seven grades. If it is made from materials of less than seven grades, even the master rhubarb crossbow maker is not likely to make a standard one stone rhubarb crossbow. What''s more, these Huangfu Chaobo are willing to hand over to the novice rhubarb crossbow maker brought by Jia Jing from Luoshen town.

 Chapter 396

    The manager of the weapons workshop in Luoyang is a member of the clan of Wu Yi, a master blacksmith in Luoshen town. His name is Zhi Wuzheng. He is a senior blacksmith. Because he learned the whole process of making rhubarb crossbows and crossbows, he was brought to Luoyang by Jia Jing, and then arranged by Lou GUI to take charge of the workshop. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo and his party entered the weapons workshop, Wu Zheng immediately put down his work and rushed to the door to meet them.


    "Wu Zheng has met your majesty! I''ve met Lord Lou! I''ve seen general Dian On the way in, he met the people who had just entered the door. Wu Zheng hurried forward to salute.


    "Well, don''t be so polite. Since Mr. Lou has arranged for you to take charge of the workshop, then it''s up to you to take my officer around your site." Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand to let him stand up, and then said;


    in Huangfu Chaobo''s mouth, Wu Zheng thought that the Taishou was not satisfied with him, and he was so scared that he was sweating. Fortunately, Lou GUI saw the abnormality and said: "don''t worry, Taishou has just come back from other places, and he has not been in Luoyang for several months. This trip just wants to make a detailed analysis of the weapons workshop Understand Wu Zheng this just lightly relaxed tone, hurriedly lead Huang Fu Chao Bo several people a small workshop to participate in understanding.


    The whole weapon workshop is divided into two areas: the front area is used to manufacture ordinary weapons and equipment, while the back area is used to manufacture higher-level or relatively important weapons and equipment. The front area was divided into several small workshops. Wu Zheng led the way into a workshop for making knives. There were about 200 blacksmiths in this workshop, mainly intermediate blacksmiths, supplemented by junior blacksmiths and blacksmiths'' apprentices.


    After the system is updated, all weapons and equipment must be purchased or manufactured by themselves. In particular, the level 30 ring head sword, which has a large amount of equipment, is not only used by shield soldiers. Basically, all arms above level 4 to level 7 are equipped with this kind of sword. For example, the level 30 light cavalry of level 4 has its standard equipment They are level 30 ordinary horses, level 30 leather armor, level 30 ring head sword and level 30 one handed shield. Another example is the 45 level light armor bow cavalry, whose standard equipment is 40 level ordinary war horse, 40 level iron light armor, 30 level refined iron battle bow and 30 level ring head sword. It''s the eighth level guard who really uses the refined iron sword above level 40. The level 30 ring head Dao can actually be used by soldiers from level 30 to level 40. If the quantity of force refined iron (that is, iron ore with quality of seven to nine grades after updating) is insufficient, it can even be used to level 50. Because the material requirements of ring head Dao are not high, only iron ore with quality of more than four grades is needed.


    Looking at these hot blacksmiths, Huangfu Chaobo said: "how about the output?"


    "Lord Hui, the production here is usually made of rough iron ore by apprentices, and then it is given to junior blacksmiths for preliminary forming, and finally it is given to intermediate blacksmiths for final processing and cutting. If you work hard in one day, you can make about 500 ring head knives, but now there is not enough iron ore in Luoyang City, and only about 300 knives can be made every day About 50. From the beginning of taking over the weapons workshop two months ago to today, about 20000 ring head knives have been made. " Wu Zheng didn''t even think about it and replied;


    seeing that Wu Zheng had given the answer so quickly, Huangfu Chaobo was very satisfied and said: "yes, as a steward, the most basic thing is to do this. By the way, what is the shortage of iron ore you just mentioned? "


    "I''ll answer this question to you. It''s like this. Originally, there should be a lot of iron ore around Luoyang, but because our control area can''t reach the surrounding counties at all, now all the iron ore can only be purchased from strangers. In addition, after the change of the military system in the court, all the weapons and equipment of the army need a lot of ore, so the price of iron ore is rising continuously. According to the news from Zhao Zilong''s Zihui, the prices of raw materials are rising not only in Luoyang, but also in the whole territory of Dahan. " Lou GUI is in a side road;


    "eh? This is a problem. If it wasn''t for your reminding, I haven''t noticed it. How about the reserves of iron ore in Luoyang now? What about the reserves of various weapons and equipment? " Huangfu Chaobo was surprised and asked quickly;


    "in terms of materials, we have been doing it all the time. There are about 100000 Jin of high-grade ores in the warehouse now, and they are basically not used. There are a little more middle grade ores and low-grade ores, about 200000 Jin, but they consume tens of thousands of Jin every day, and now the amount purchased is basically equal to the consumption. As for the reserves of weapons and equipment, there are about 50000 pieces of huanshou Dao, 10000 pieces of armor of level 30, 20000 long guns of level 30, 5000 bows of level 30, 100000 arrows, and other weapons and equipment below level 30. More than 30000 pieces are now stored in the warehouse. These are all captured in previous battles and stored after being repaired by workshops I''ll use it later when we recruit. There is also the issue of war horses. Although there are nearly 4500 soldiers and soldiers in Xiliang, some horses have been damaged in previous battles. Now there are only 7000 level 40 war horses in use, nearly 2000 less than one man and two horses. "


    "The number of weapons and equipment reserves above level 30 is not enough, so Luoshen town and Chen Jing should be informed to speed up the acquisition of various ores. Let''s stock the weapons and equipment below level 30. The number of low rank soldiers will not increase in the near future. As for the war horse When it comes to war horses, Huangfu Chaobo also has a headache: "there are war horses in Longhua. There are nearly ten thousand war horses and good horses of level 30 to 40. There are more than two thousand good horses here, but we are too far away from Longhua. There are four or five forces in the middle. It''s not easy for a large number of war horses to get back! Well, let''s talk about these things later. Let''s see the situation of the weapons workshop first, and then Mr. Wang and I will tour the inner city and several towns outside the city together these days. Then we will discuss all the problems together! ""GUI, take orders!" Lou GUI thinks it is feasible, and then he goes back to Huangfu Chaobo and stops talking.


    "Well, Mr. Wu, let''s go on!" Huangfu Chaobo turned to Wu Zheng and said,


    Wu Zheng relaxed when he saw that Huangfu Chaobo called himself that way and knew that Huangfu Chaobo had recognized himself. Seeing this, I immediately took everyone to the next workshop.

 Chapter 397

    There is also an iron workshop next to the knife workshop. However, this one produces armor - grade 30 iron light armor. Unlike the knife workshop, the blacksmiths here are mainly intermediate blacksmiths, with only a few junior blacksmiths as their assistants. As for apprentices, there is no arrangement at all. If you go further, it''s also a armor workshop, but the leather armor produced here is mainly provided for players. Of course, if you have the best leather armor, you can keep it for your own use.


    Next to the armour workshop is the gun workshop, which is divided into three parts. One is the blacksmith who makes the head of the gun, the other is the carpenter who makes the barrel of the gun. The things produced by the two sides are finally gathered together and fixed by special people. Such a long gun is good. However, compared with other workshops, the long gun workshop should be the simplest way It''s Square.


    The next thing to look at is shield workshop. At present, there is no heavy shield infantry in the game that has always existed in history. However, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that this kind of infantry will certainly appear after the game is updated. Now the shields in the workshop are all one handed shields. Of course, there are several kinds, including wood shield, leather shield, iron shield and iron shield.


    The last workshop in the outer courtyard is the bow and arrow workshop, which is also the most complex one with the most types of craftsmen in the ordinary workshop. There are carpenters, blacksmiths and tanners in the whole workshop. The process of making a bow is also quite complicated. There are more than ten steps from the initial training to the final shaping. So relatively speaking, the craftsman level in this workshop is also higher than that in other workshops. Basically, they are intermediate craftsmen, supplemented by a small number of junior craftsmen. The last steps of bow making are completed by senior craftsmen.


    After seeing the ordinary workshop, Wu Zheng took Huangfu Chaobo to the backyard. If the front yard is a workshop producing some ordinary equipment, the back yard is a boutique workshop. For example, in the workshop of rhubarb crossbow, there are black gold and black iron equipment above level 40. For example, the equipment of Wujin level is the standard equipment above that of Huangfu Chaobo military general. Of course, if you have better equipment, it''s better. In addition, the black gold equipment and black iron equipment used by Huangfu Chaobo to reward meritorious soldiers were also processed and manufactured here. It''s just that the situation in Luoyang is not stable, so none of the master craftsmen have come to Luoyang, and they are still arranged in Luoshen town. So now there is only one workshop of rhubarb crossbow in the backyard. For example, Wu Zheng usually works here, and there are several senior craftsmen who produce rhubarb crossbow and crossbow. It seems that Huangfu Chaobo and his party came in, and several people stopped their work and came to the ceremony. Huangfu Chaobo picked up some of them one by one and went straight to the work table. He picked up a big yellow crossbow and looked at it. It was an ordinary big yellow crossbow instead of a standard stone crossbow. After looking at the attributes, Huangfu Chao said: "what''s the success rate of your ordinary rhubarb crossbow? How many can be made in one day? "


    "Lord Hui," Wu Zheng said, "all four of us learned how to make crossbows at the same time. After several months of practice, the success rate of ordinary crossbows has basically reached 60% to 70%, but the standard crossbow has not yet been tried. According to the standard of Luoshen Town, the success rate of ordinary crossbows must reach above 90% before making standard rhubarb crossbows. If four people try their best to make them, they can make about ten ordinary crossbows in one day. In addition, each crossbow has 100 crossbows and two spare crossbows. "


    "Yes, how many crossbow strings and arrows do we have in stock now?" Huangfu Chaobo nodded, then turned to Lou GUI and asked;


    "Lord Hui, there are about 400 rhubarb crossbows and 200 ordinary rhubarb crossbows in the warehouse now, and the supporting crossbow strings are about 10000. If there are crossbows and arrows, there are about 6000 crossbows in a pot of one hundred arrows. That is to say, except for the two crossbows on two thousand crossbow soldiers, each crossbow soldier has two crossbows There are three pots of spare crossbows


    "Well, however, the number of crossbows is still not enough. Wu Zheng, you should step up to improve your proficiency and success rate. The number of standard crossbows is far from our requirements. According to my opinion, the number of crossbow soldiers should reach about 10000, and there are 3000 to 5000 crossbow cavalry, so there is still a big gap in the number of crossbows."


    "Please rest assured that we will try our best to improve the success rate and strive to meet the production requirements of the standard crossbow as soon as possible." Wu Zheng immediately bowed his head and agreed;


    "well, let''s not talk about these. Do you have any problems or difficulties in your weapons workshop that I need to solve?" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    Wu Zheng looked at Huangfu Chaobo, then looked at Lou GUI, scratched his head and said: "there are several problems, mainly the fuel of the weapon workshop, because we don''t have much charcoal now, and some of the stoves use wood from outside the city. Because the quantity is relatively large, we have to transport a lot of wood every day. Now the production of the weapon workshop is very low The quantity has not been brought into full play. When the quantity is large in the future, the quantity needed is also huge. This problem is


    "You don''t have to be nervous about this matter, because we haven''t completely controlled the situation in Luoyang, so this workshop is temporarily arranged here. At that time, the ordinary workshop will definitely move out of Luoyang. Not only that, the weapons workshop will not be here, but will move to the inner city. The specific place has not been determined yet. Any other questions? " Huangfu Chaobo had considered this place at the beginning, so Wu Zheng was stopped by Huangfu Chaobo before he finished speaking. However, it can be seen from this that Wu Zheng is also in charge."And... And Wu Zheng hesitated for a moment, but decided to say, "and the craftsmen are asking questions about living, because they have been in Luoyang for three or four months, and they all live in the same courtyard. They have been asking me, when can the grand master let us build a house by ourselves?"


    "We''ve been thinking about this. In the next few days, I''ll patrol the whole Luoyang with Lord Lou and Lord Zao, and then I''ll think about this whole thing. You can tell us... Anyway, it''s getting dark now. You can gather all the craftsmen together. I''ll tell you in person. " Huangfu Chaobo originally wanted Wu Zheng and the craftsmen to say that he could explain it himself to save trouble.


    Wu Zheng listened to the order and went, Huangfu Chaobo several people also came to the front yard of a vacant lot.

 Chapter 398

    After receiving Wu Zheng''s notice, the craftsmen of the whole weapon workshop came to the open space one after another. When all the people arrive, first Wu Zheng will introduce our governor to you, and then you are welcome to get inflamed. Er, wrong, it should be a speech.


    Huangfu Chaobo stepped forward and stood on the steps. Hao guy, there are hundreds of people. There are only manufacturing craftsmen here, and there are other kinds of craftsmen distributed all over the inner city. It seems that Zaozhi''s saying that there are more than 1000 craftsmen in Luoyang is true.


    Huangfu Chaobo first coughed and moistened his throat. Then he said, "ladies and gentlemen, I am Huangfu Chaobo, the prefect of Luoyang. Some of you are from Luoshen Town, my territory. You should know me. Some of them were recently recruited from among the captives, while others were recently exiled to Luoyang and then recruited by us. No matter what you originally do, you are the leaders under my rule when you enter this weapon workshop, and I will treat you equally. Of course, the premise is that you can be a man and work steadfastly. Just now, manager Wu of the workshop asked me a question about housing for you. I think it''s very good. Now that you are in charge of the workshop, you should have the courage to speak for the craftsman. I''m very glad that steward Wu has done it. It proves that I''m not wrong. I''m asking him to bring you all together to explain this to you. "


    Huang Fu''s words caused a stir among the craftsmen. However, he soon calmed down.


    After everyone calmed down, Huangfu Chaobo continued: "as for the housing problem of everyone, in fact, the prefect''s office has been considering this problem in an all-round way. During the several months in Luoyang, we should all know that in fact, the Taishou mansion has been cleaning up the whole inner city. It was not until some time ago that the whole inner city was cleaned up. According to the plan of my official and the prefect''s residence, a special craftsman''s residence will be built in the north of the inner city. There will be various kinds of houses in this area. You will be assigned to the houses corresponding to your own level. Of course, these houses are built by the prefect''s residence. You only need to lead your family to live in them, such as people with special talents and masters There will be other extra rewards. These specific measures will be announced in a few days, and the prefect''s office will build all the houses as soon as possible, so that everyone can live in the new houses within a month. Of course, there are some other work-related measures and rewards that will be announced together. At that time, they will be posted in the workshop yard, and you can just look at them carefully. "


    "Good, good!"


    "Thank you very much


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words surprised the craftsmen present. The outer courtyard of the whole workshop was full of excitement. This time, Dianwei didn''t stop everyone from talking. The discussion among the craftsmen lasted nearly half a year. Finally, Huangfu Chaobo stopped and asked if there were any problems that need to be solved by the Taishou mansion or himself. After getting a negative answer, Wu Zheng announced that he would let everyone go to work and prepare to go back to his residence for dinner.


    After such a toss, it was evening, and Huangfu Chaobo saw that the sky was almost dark, so he was no longer ready to patrol other places, and directly took Lou guidianwei back to the palace.


    When several people came back to the backyard of the prefect''s mansion, Jia Jing was already arranging for a banquet. Seeing that Huang Zhong, Zhou Cang and Zao Zhi had not arrived, they were sitting and chatting while waiting. After chatting, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that he had not called Shi''a and Lou Jing, and quickly asked Dian Wei to arrange for them. But fortunately, everyone arranged a house next to the prefect''s house. If they went to call temporarily, it would be too late.


    Within a moment, several people arrived one after another. Huangfu Chaobo then informed Jia Jing to start the banquet. In a short time, more than 20 dishes were served on the table like running water. Since it was a banquet held by Huangfu Chaobo, it must have been like sitting around a table in reality, rather than the system of separate seats in ancient times. After several people salute Huangfu Chaobo one after another, they sit down at the table. Shi a and Lou Jing, in particular, did not expect that they would have a banquet just after they joined the club. They were so excited that they didn''t know how to put their hands and feet. It was Huangfu Chaobo''s banter that made them relax.


    After all the dishes are served, Huangfu Chaobo personally opens the Luoshen qiongniang and fills all the people here one by one. When Huangfu Chaobo personally fills the wine, even Lou GUI, the most calm person, does not dare to sit down and stands up to express that he will pour the wine. Lou Jing came over to take over the wine world in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo, but was pushed back to his seat by Huangfu Chaobo. Of course, this is because Lou Jing did not dare to be disrespectful to Huangfu Chaobo, otherwise he would not be able to hold Lou Jing with Huangfu Chaobo''s small body. They refused, but they had to let Huangfu Chaobo fill his glasses one by one, and then they all stood up to offer Huangfu Chaobo a toast. After we had a drink together, Huangfu Chaobo would not be filled with wine in the second cup, and Huangfu Chaobo would not be forced to drink any more. With a smile, people would put a jar of wine on everyone''s table and let them pour wine for themselves. All the people were relieved.


    Next, everyone was happy, but Huang Zhong, who was in charge of Luoyang''s defense, stopped drinking after only two drinks. His jar of wine was finally shunned by Lou GUI. All the others drank happily under Huangfu Chaobo''s persuasion. Even Dian Wei, who was in charge of Huangfu Chaobo''s security guard, was persuaded by Huangfu Chaobo to drink two jars of wine.In the end, except Huang Zhong and Shi a, all the others on the table got drunk and were arranged by Jia Jing to have a rest in the guest room in the backyard of the prefecture. The next day, after three strokes, Huangfu Chaobo woke up from his hangover. When he got up, it turned out that everyone was up and waiting for him in the hall. Jia Jing is still laughing at him. There is a little girl waiting for Huangfu Chaobo in front of him. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembers that he said yesterday that he wanted Huang Zhong to hold an adult ceremony for Huang Wudi today. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly fully wakes up. With the help of Jia Jing, he washes and goes to the front hall after breakfast. As soon as I got there, I found that everyone was there.

 Chapter 399

    Huang Zhong has prepared all the items for the ceremony. He just waits for Huangfu Chaobo to arrive. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo comes in a hurry and sits down on the throne, Huang Zhong nods to Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo also nods in response, indicating that the ceremony can begin. Compared with Huang Xu''s men''s adult rites, women''s adult rites are much simpler, such as Zhao Yu''s before and Huang wudie''s now. After a simple program, Huang Wudi has become a general. At this time, the personal system message of Huangfu Chaobo rings: "Ding Dong, congratulations to the players, Huang Wudi is an adult!" Then, there is no then...


    After hearing the news, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t rush to open Huang''s personal attributes to check, but turned to Jia Jing to get the gift he had already prepared for Huang: a set of 40 level black iron armor, a 40 level black iron bow, two pots of black iron arrows, and a 40 level black iron long knife. These things were specially made for her by master level blacksmiths after Huangfu Chaobo collected a large amount of black iron ore. Not only that, but also a set of level 50 and a set of level 60 black iron equipment for Jia Jing to receive there. When Huang wudie''s level is reached, the equipment will be sent to her. Of course, it''s not only Huang Wu die, but Huang Xu also has three sets of such equipment. It''s just that the first set of equipment on the adult ceremony was not specially made.


    After thanking Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing happily, Huang Wudi took the scarlet armor and immediately put it on her. Then she equipped herself with other weapons. When she saw the little girl in military uniform, everyone felt that she was in front of her. Huang Wudi was very happy in everyone''s praise. She couldn''t wait to go to Zhao Yu to share her happiness: "sister Xiaoyu, you see, this is an adult gift from my uncle and aunt. You see, it''s beautiful!"


    "Well, beautiful!" Zhao Yu nodded and looked at Huang''s equipment with envious eyes.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "Xiaoyu, come here for a while!"


    "Well? Me Zhao Yu is very strange about Huangfu Chaobo''s behavior. Although he doesn''t know what happened when Huangfu Chaobo asked him to come forward, he still came near according to his words.


    "Last time I was in zhaojiacun, there was really nothing good in your hand to give you. Today, I''ll make up your gift as well." With that, Huangfu Chaobo took out a set of level 40 purple black iron armor and handed it to Zhao Yu, saying, "come on, you put it on first!"


    "I... I have one, too? " Zhao Yu looks at Huangfu Chaobo with incredible eyes, and then looks at the purple armor on his hand.


    Huangfu Chaobo smiles and nods. Huang Wudi shouts and rushes over. He takes the armor from Huangfu Chaobo and puts it on Zhao Yu. Then he said, "Wow, sister Yu''s armor is so beautiful!"


    Jia Jing also walked forward with a smile and said, "it''s good. It fits well."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, and then took out a few weapons, a level 40 black iron spear, a level 40 black iron bow and two pots of black iron arrows. Then he handed them to Zhao Yu and said, "well, except for the horses, other weapons and equipment are basically complete. As for the horses, we have to wait for Longhua."


    Under the pressure of full of excitement, Zhao Yu took these weapons and equipment, stepped back two steps, solemnly saluted Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing, and said: "Xiaoyu thanks for the gift of Huangfu elder brother and sister Jing!"


    "Well, you go down first. Butterfly dance will go down first and have a rest for a few days. After a period of time, you will be ready to lead the troops. You can be ready!" Seeing that his goal had been achieved, Huangfu said nothing more. You know, since he became the magistrate of changshe County, Huangfu Chaobo began to collect high-quality black iron ore, in order to create various kinds of black iron equipment, which are used to reward his subordinates and deepen their relationship with historical generals. For example, Huang Zhong and Wei Huaxiong all have their own special equipment. They don''t pay much attention to this kind of black iron equipment, but they are like Huang Xu, Zhou Cang, Zhao Feng and Zhao Yu They don''t have their own special equipment, and this kind of black iron equipment is not as good as the special equipment for them, but it''s not easy for ordinary people to get.


    Since the Yellow turban rebellion and the master level blacksmith, Huangfu Chaobo has been making people pay attention to collecting high-quality black iron ore. over the years, he has successively built nearly 20 sets of various weapons and equipment. For example, Huang Xu''s brother and sister must be prepared, and Zhao Yun''s brother and sister, because Huangfu Chaobo knows that Zhao Yun has his own exclusive clothes Yes, but Zhao Feng and Zhao Yu certainly don''t have them, so they''ve been ready for them for a long time, but there''s no chance or reason to send them out. Now I just take this opportunity to send a set to Zhao Yu. It can be said that Huangfu Chaobo has spared no effort to win over Zhao Jiacun people. Of course, for every normal player, he will do so, and even not give up It''s going to be a little bit more.


    After the two female generals went down, Huangfu Chaobo also started today''s arrangement. Huang zhongzhoucang is still doing the integration work after the adjustment of the existing troops, while Lou GUI and Zaozhi need to accompany Huangfu Chaobo to understand the whole situation of Luoyang in the past few days, and then make the next step arrangement. As for Shi a and Lou Jing, they are busy selecting the right personnel from the whole range of Luoyang to enrich the internal affairs department''s staff, Huangfu Chaobo has already said hello to Huang Zhong. It must be Shi A''s favorite people. All the people under 1000 in the army must be released. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo also believes that Shi a and his two people will grasp this degree in personnel selection.I have seen the situation of the weapons workshop yesterday. Today, I will start from other places in the imperial city. First came several large warehouses. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, there are ten warehouses built in the Imperial City, including five granaries with 200000 stones, which can store up to one million stones of grain. It looks like a lot, but in fact, it''s not much. According to the level 5 soldiers, that is, the level 30 sword and shield soldiers, the monthly grain cost of 10000 soldiers is 15000 stones, so the one million stones is only enough for the consumption of 100000 soldiers for more than six months. As a city as big as Luoyang, 100000 soldiers will come sooner or later. There are also five warehouses, three for weapons and equipment, and two for raw materials. After a tour of several warehouses, Huangfu Chaobo was very worried about the inventory quantity of various materials. Although all the ten warehouses can be put into use now, they are really not enough.

 Chapter 400

    Especially in the aspect of grain, the stock in Luoyang is less than 500000 stones. Now Luoyang, together with several surrounding cities and passes, has 100000 people. Every moon consumes more than 100000 stones. These grains can only be used for three or four months. It seems that we need to speed up the purchase of grain. On the other hand, weapons and equipment are not in short supply. They can basically meet the losses of World War I or World War II. In addition, raw materials, especially high-quality materials with a quality of more than seven products, should also be purchased more vigorously. After watching a circle, Huangfu Chaobo''s face was no longer as happy as yesterday. As he went to Huangfu Chaobo, he said to Zaozhi, "Ziping, you can help me to remember any problems you see. After we have seen all of them, we will call a meeting to discuss all the problems and see how to solve them."


    While listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Zao just wrote down the problems that Huangfu Chaobo talked about - the housing of craftsmen, the storage of grain and the purchase of raw materials.


    After coming out of the warehouse area, the party came to the barracks area, where a total of four barracks and a school yard have been built. The barracks are used for recruiting and transferring soldiers, while the school yard is used for stationing and gathering soldiers in this game. The school yard here is a small school yard of 40000 people, but now only thousands of soldiers are stationed, mainly for guarding weapons workshops and warehouses It''s for the library. There was not much to inspect. After a quick look, he turned to the last place, the Taoist temple. This Taoist temple is mainly used by Lou GUI and some of his Taoist children for alchemy. Since the establishment of this Taoist temple, Lou GUI not only coordinates all kinds of things in Luoyang City, but also makes jiuzhuan rebirth pill in his spare time. As for the two Taoist children, after several months of training, they have now become junior Taoists. Now they mainly improve their Taoist skills and alchemy skills Yes, and now Lou GUI chose four people from the captives and the residents of Luoyang to be Taoist children.


    Now there are many Taoist temples in the game''s territory, and several low-level transfer pills have appeared in the player''s territory. Huangfu Chaobo believes that before long, the production of jiuzhuan rebirth pill will not be unique to his own family, so after seeing the situation of Taoist temples, Huangfu Chaobo decides to let Lou GUI speed up the cultivation of Taoist priests.


    After half a day''s inspection of all the places in the Imperial City, in the afternoon, under the leadership of several leaders, he took a look at the whole inner city area again. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo saw that after several months of sorting, all the ruins in the inner city area had been cleared, and the usable bricks, stones and timber had been put together separately, while others had been cleaned up The things that can''t be used have been transported out of the city by carriage and put at the foot of Mang Mountain in the north of Luobei town.


    After a circle, there were several more problems on Zaozhi''s records. Facing the empty inner city, Huangfu Chaobo thought that it was not only the problem of craftsman''s residence, but also the resettlement of the family members of the generals in the army, and that the officials in Luoyang had not yet arranged residence, and that the relevant facilities in various areas, including commercial buildings and cultural buildings, had to be re regulated Make arrangements. The inner city area alone covers an area of more than 30 square miles. It took a few people on horseback for half a day to see it almost once. This is still basically empty space. Because we have to consider what buildings should be arranged in each area, almost the whole inner city has been turned by several people.


    At the end of the day, Huangfu Chaobo was so tired that he had to lie down. At this time, he found that the original site was big, and it was tiring just to turn around. It''s a pity that it''s just inside the city. From tomorrow, Huangfu Chaobo will start to inspect several towns outside Luoyang and Hangu pass.


    Luobei town was the first town to be built by Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang. Its main purpose was to alleviate the food shortage in Luoyang. Now there are 5000 soldiers stationed in Luobei Town, all of whom are soldiers below C level. Now Huang Zhong takes Zhou Cang''s main energy to train those soldiers with better potential and above C level, so he has transferred 5000 soldiers to Zaozhi''s farm. Because it''s not the time to grow grain, the 5000 soldiers, in addition to preparing for next year''s fields, are training and eliminating all kinds of bandits around Mang Mountain in the north of Luobei town.


    It''s not only Luobei Town, but also the other eight towns that have been settled down by Huang Zhong. There are two towns at the foot of Mang Mountain beside Luobei town. According to Zaozhi''s arrangement, they are all used to cut wood and provide timber in Luoyang City. Timber is used to make things, and timber is used to burn. There are three small towns in the west, three in the East and one in the south of Luoyang. Today, Huang Zhong will attack them. In this way, the ten towns directly under the mission will be reached. The seven towns are mainly grain towns, and two towns will also take into account the fishing industry because they are beside Luoshui river. As for the original lords of these towns, before Dong Zhuo burned Luoyang, the territory around Luoyang was mainly NPC territory, so Huangfu Chaobo had no pressure to occupy these places.


    After the system is updated, the player''s territory in the whole game will be halved, so the hand is fast and the hand is slow. After the system is updated, the whole game is in flames, and every day the player Lord loses his territory. The battle around Luoyang is more fierce. Who says that all the areas around Luoyang are occupied by no one? Not only the original Lord himself is fighting, but also many player legions are taking the opportunity to fight and prepare to occupy a territory as a base. It''s a pity that many people have high vision, and they all focus on the territory above the town level. As a result, all of them come back with their heads smashed. But there are a few players who focus on the village level leader, and the results are basically successful.In fact, for the current players, the territory level is not the most important. The most important thing is whether there is a problem. You can imagine the number of half reduced Lords. For the former Lord players around Luoyang, when they built the village around Luoyang, they had an account in their heart. Therefore, before Dong Zhuo moved the capital, most of the Lord players had made a lot of preparations secretly, such as the skilled talents of the territory, and most of the funds and important materials had been transferred to other places, so now as long as they had one This is a territory. I believe everyone will develop as soon as possible.


    After a day, Huangfu Chaobo finally inspected all the ten towns, including a small town on the South Bank of Luoshui, which Huang Zhong had just defeated in the morning. Because Zaozhi had already arranged for it, a thousand villagers and officials in the town all moved together with Huang Zhong''s army. As soon as Huang Zhong was defeated, they directly occupied and settled in.

 Chapter 401

    The next time is three counties and Hangu pass. To be honest, Huangfu Chaobo hasn''t visited Hangu pass since he sent troops to it. This time, the most important pass in the west of Luoyang must be the key target of Huangfu Chaobo.


    After a night''s rest in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo continued his inspection tour. This time, the people he went with had changed. Because Hangu pass, as a military pass, had nothing to do with Zaozhi''s internal affairs. Huang Zhong, as the person in charge of Luoyang''s defense, would certainly accompany him. Early in the morning, Huangfu Chaobo set out. However, this time, Huangfu Chaobo also brought Huang Wudi and Zhao Yu. Both of them are military generals now. Huang Wudi will lead the army soon. If Zhao Yu can use it, Huangfu Chaobo will never waste it. Besides, in Huangfu Chaobo''s mind, Zhao Yu will be her own military generals sooner or later. Let her enter the state as soon as possible.


    It''s more than 100 li from Luoyang City to Hanguguan. They set out early in the morning, each with two horses. It took half a day to get to Hanguguan. Although Dong Zhuo''s forces and the princes of Kanto were in a hostile relationship, it was not wartime, so the business and travel between the two places did not break off. At this time, Hangu pass was the time for people to come and go. The guard General of Hangu pass is Pei yuanshao, the commander of Zhechong school. There are 3000 soldiers and 500 cavalry in the army. These soldiers have been selected and adjusted by loyalty. Therefore, the guards of Hangu pass are all qualified above level C.


    After being informed by the guards that Huangfu Chaobo and his party had arrived at the gate, Pei yuanshao rushed to the east gate.


    "General Pei yuanshao has met the general! See you generals


    "Well, Yuan Shao, we''ve been coming to you early in the morning, and now we''re so hungry that we have to do our best! Ha ha ha... " Huangfu Chaobo jumps off the horse and gives the reins to the nearby taxi driver;


    "the general is joking. At the end, the general will make arrangements immediately. First, ask the general and his party to guard the general''s house for a rest!" Pei yuanshao arranged his own soldiers to prepare the meal for the group. He took the reins of Huangfu Chaobo''s horse from the soldiers who led the horse and followed him.


    "OK, we''ll have dinner before we do anything else." Huangfu Chaobo nodded;


    after having a Chinese meal in the garrison general''s mansion, they did not take more rest and went directly to the wall and the barracks. Looking around, both Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI are very satisfied. Although Pei yuanshao''s ability is limited, his most important thing is his diligence. He has done well what Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong told him, but his intelligence is hard. At the thought of this problem, Huangfu Chaobo also felt that he had a big head. For places like Hangu pass, he had to have a competent general to guard the pass. But now there are few people in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands. Huang Zhong certainly can''t move, and Huang Xu and Tian Yu can''t move in Longhua. Then Hua Xiong is the only one who can barely stand in his own way, but Hua Xiong is the general of Xiliang It seems a little unkind to ask him to deal with the Xiliang army. Moreover, he promised him not to face the Xiliang army directly at that time. In the end, the rest of Dianwei Zhoucang were all guard generals, only Pei yuanshao, Liu PI and Zhao Cen. As for Huang wudie, she has just come of age. Although her attribute value is not low, her experience can''t be compared with PEI yuanshao and Liu PI. As for Lou GUI and Zao Zhi, who are at the military division level, they can''t move any more. In the final analysis, there are too few military generals in the civil service department. If there is one more military general with 80 + intelligence, and Zhou Cang is put here, it may be said that he will be as stable as a mountain in a few months in the face of 30000 to 50000 troops.


    If other players know what Huangfu Chaobo is thinking now, they will definitely die every minute. There are only thousands of generals who can leave their names for more than 100 years in the Three Kingdoms period. Now players can count those who have historical generals by two slaps, and there are more than ten people in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of bird. Now he is 21 years old. I don''t know if he is going to go out of the mountain or travel outside. No, he must send someone to Xiangyang to have a look.


    After looking at the whole pass, it was almost dark. When Huangfu Chaobo and his party returned to the general''s house, the East and West Gates had been closed, and the whole pass was quiet. After dinner, Huangfu Chaobo did not continue to lead the people to inspect the pass. Instead, he went back to the guest room of the general''s residence and was just about to have a rest when he heard Dianwei talking outside: "who''s coming?"


    "General Dian, it''s the last general Pei yuanshao. Please inform general Dian. It''s Pei yuanshao who asks to see you!"


    Then he heard Dian Wei say outside the door: "general, Pei yuanshao is asking for a meeting outside the courtyard!"


    "Come on, bring him in!" Huangfu Chaobo was surprised that he was quite satisfied with what he had done during the day. He praised him twice in the middle. What''s the matter with him in the evening?


    A moment later, Dian Wei leads Pei yuanshao in. They are old acquaintances. You know, it was Dian Wei who recruited Zhou Cang and Pei yuanshao to Huangfu Chaobo at first.


    "The last general Pei yuanshao has seen the general!" Pei yuanshao saluted to Huangfu Chaobo as soon as he came in;


    "well, there is no outsider here. You are also an old man under my command. Is there anything wrong with coming to see me this late at night?" Huangfu Chaobo said directly;"The end will At the end of the day The general thinks that Hangu gate is the gateway of Luoyang. It''s an important military area, and the general''s ability is limited. In order not to delay the general''s important affairs, he wants to ask the general to resign from the post of guard General of Hangu pass. Please arrange other generals to guard Hangu pass outside the military order! " Pei yuanshao bit his teeth, hesitated for a moment, went to Huangfu Chaobo and knelt down;


    "eh!" Huangfu Chaobo sat up straight after listening to Meng, and stared at Pei yuanshao for a long time without speaking. It''s not bad. The courage is very fat. If the tiger doesn''t get angry, you think it''s a sick cat. You dare to put it off openly! Although Huangfu Chaobo didn''t emphasize the relationship between the superior and the subordinate, it doesn''t mean that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have the power of the superior. You know, it has been six years since he was a county magistrate in 184 to 190 years now. As time goes by, his official prestige becomes heavier and heavier. In addition, there are two official seals on Huangfu Chaobo''s body, namely, general Sipin beggars for thieves and governor zhengwupin of Luoyang. These two official seals have a special function to increase the official prestige of the owner.


    Pei yuanshao was very worried at first. Now he saw that Huangfu Chaobo suddenly launched a threat. He was so scared that he knelt down and said: "I''m sorry, it''s not that yuanshao doesn''t want to be the guard of Hangu pass, but it''s true..."

 Chapter 402

    Seeing that Pei yuanshao''s expression didn''t seem to be fake, and even changed his name to childe, Huangfu Chaobo''s anger went down a little. He hummed coldly: "go on, you can''t hide half of it!"


    "Yes Pei yuanshao answered, just like pouring beans, he said all his thoughts.


    It turns out that Huangfu Chaobo really misunderstood Pei yuanshao. Pei yuanshao, as a veteran of the yellow scarf army, although he was generally capable of self-knowledge. He always knew that his ability was not as good as Zhou Cang. Therefore, whether he was in the yellow scarf army or in the mountain stronghold at the beginning, he was led by Zhou Cang and voluntarily attached himself to the tail. I didn''t expect that this time, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly appointed himself as the guard General of Hangu pass. Originally, he was very happy to take office, but later he found that he was in a hurry and trembling in the face of such complicated military affairs. The longer the time, the more Pei yuanshao found that he was not a leader.


    Especially when Luoyang was besieged by tens of thousands of bandits a few months ago, he didn''t know what to do when he found out this situation. Fortunately, the military order of Luoyang was sent to Hangu pass soon, and he was asked to close the gate and defend himself. He was not allowed to fight without an order, which made him relaxed. It took only a few days for the bandits to attack Luoyang and be destroyed by the army of Luoyang. When the news reached Hangu pass, Pei yuanshao wanted to talk to Huangfu Chaobo about it. But before Pei yuanshao sent a message to Luoyang, he heard that Huangfu Chaobo had set out for Youzhou. Pei yuanshao had no choice but to give up. However, he repeatedly talked about it with Zhou Cang, who was assisting Huang Zhong in Luoyang. Zhou Cang told him to go to lougui first.


    Therefore, Pei yuanshao sent a letter to Lou GUI in Luoyang. Who knows that Lou GUI said that this matter must be decided by Huangfu Chaobo himself. He also told Pei yuanshao that Huangfu Chaobo and Luoyang prefect''s office were very satisfied with what he did in Hangu pass. Let him not have other ideas and guard the pass carefully. Next is the system update. Then Huang Zhong adjusts the troops in the whole Luoyang area, and sees that all the taxi drivers below C level are transferred, and then all of them are all C or even B taxi taxis. The other garrison soldiers in the other counties are mainly C class below and a small number of C class soldiers are secondary. This change has brought Pei Yuanshao into the tangle, Huang Zhong''s arrangement, and the Pei Yuanshao''s arrangement. Let Pei yuanshao be more sure of the importance of Hangu pass, otherwise he would not have arranged his troops like this. Pei yuanshao thinks that Yali mountain is big when he thinks that he is in charge of such an important pass. This time, he just took advantage of Huangfu''s inspection of the territory. After dinner, Pei yuanshao walked around the front yard for a long time before he summoned up the courage to let Dianwei inform him. I didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo''s reaction would be so big when he mentioned this, which scared Pei yuanshao


    After listening to Pei yuanshao''s words, Huangfu Chaobo''s anger is a little less. It seems that he may have misunderstood him. However, he can''t listen to him alone. He is preparing to ask Dianwei to invite Lou GUI and Huang Zhong. Who knows, when he looks up, he finds that Dianwei is not in the room.


    "Come on, have Mr. Lou and General Huang come to my room!" Huangfu Chaobo shouts out of the door;


    unexpectedly, after a few minutes, he hears Dianwei reporting: "young master, Mr. Lou and General Huang are here."


    "Come in!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was surprised to see that they were arriving so soon. He looked up at Dianwei and immediately found his abnormality. It must be Dianwei who saw Pei yuanshao, so he invited them in advance. Huangfu Chaobo knew that Dianwei was worried about Pei yuanshao, so he didn''t say anything more after he gave him a vague stare. Dianwei also knew that he was making the decision without authorization. He felt his head, led Lou GUI and Huang Zhong into the room, and immediately backed out, and closed the door of the room.


    Along the way, Dianwei had already told them about Pei yuanshao''s resignation. Upon hearing this, Lou GUI said, "it''s all my fault. I was going to talk about it with you, but I thought that you would summon all the principal officials to discuss it in a few days, and then I wanted to talk about his affairs again. I didn''t expect Pei yuanshao to be so reckless, I went straight to the young master to talk about it. " With that, Huang Zhong was no longer a mushroom, so he rushed to Huangfu Chaobo. As soon as they entered the door, they saw Huangfu Chaobo standing there with an angry face. Pei yuanshao was kneeling in front of him.


    "You''re here. Pei yuanshao asked me to resign as the general of Hangu pass. What do you think?" Huangfu Chaobo didn''t make many detours and asked straightforwardly.


    Lou GUI immediately stepped forward two steps and said, "please forgive me, general. Some time ago, Pei Xiaowei sent a letter to the prefect of Luoyang, saying that his ability was limited, for fear that something might go wrong when he was stationed in Hangu pass, which would affect the completion of the reconstruction task of Luoyang. He asked the prefect to choose another general as the prefect of Hangu pass. He was willing to do so You can be an ordinary captain under General Huang. Just because the general said that he wanted to inspect the defense situation of Luoyang, GUI planned to discuss the matter at the meeting after the whole inspection. Unexpectedly, Pei Xiaowei was so anxious that he came to the general at night. Please forgive me! "


    After Lou GUI finished speaking, Huang Zhong went forward and said, "the last general also heard Zhou Cang mention Pei yuanshao''s intention to submit a letter to resign some time ago. In the opinion of the last general, Pei Xiaowei really knows that he has a great responsibility. He is afraid that there is a slight omission that will affect the general''s whole arrangement. It''s really unintentional. Please forgive him."Huang Zhong also said that Zhou Cang once told himself that Pei yuanshao wanted to return to the army and guard such an important pass. He also refused on the ground that he had to follow the orders of the prefect''s office.


    After they both confirmed that Pei yuanshao was really afraid that he would not be able to defend Hangu pass well, instead of taking advantage of himself in front of Huangfu Chaobo, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. He walked up to Pei yuanshao and said, "it seems that this general has wronged you. OK, you get up. What you mentioned will have been known and will be adjusted as soon as possible. You go down first, but there is no new general Before taking office, you still have to guard the west gate of Luoyang. If something goes wrong, you are the only one to ask. Do you understand? "


    "General Mo will understand that general Xie is not guilty. General Mo will leave first!" Hearing this, Pei yuanshao was relieved and quickly backed out.


    Seeing Pei yuanshao retreating, Huangfu Chaobo took his eyes back to the room for a long time. Looking at them, they relaxed and said, "I thought he was abetted or for some other reason. It seems that he really has no confidence in himself! But really, do you have any good ideas about the troops and garrison of Hangu pass? To be honest, I''m not sure about Pei yuanshao. I''m not sure about his ability. "

 Chapter 403

    "My son is wise. Pei yuanshao is really not a great general, but his success lies in his conscientiousness. At present, the military orders from Luoyang are basically well implemented. In addition, he attaches great importance to Hongnong''s intelligence. Basically, in five to ten days, he reports the situation of Hanguguan and Hongnong County to the prefect''s office." Lou GUI flatters Huangfu Chaobo quietly, then pauses a little and says: "as for the candidate of Hangu pass, since receiving Pei yuanshao''s application, GUI has been considering this matter, but at present, he has not figured out who is better to guard the pass. Hangu pass is the gateway to the west of Luoyang, which is no less important than Hulao pass. In fact, the best candidate is Huang Xu or Tian Yu, who are both wise and brave. Unfortunately, they can''t move lightly in Longhua... "


    Hearing Lou GUI''s suggestion, Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "yes, well, let''s all think about this matter first, and then put it forward for a good discussion during the discussion! Well, you go down first


    After they looked at each other, they both stepped back.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo talked to Pei yuanshao again, which meant that he should guard the pass without any ideological burden. When he was thinking about having a suitable candidate, he would come to replace him immediately, and then the whole party would set out for Gucheng.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo and his party successively inspected Gucheng, Yanshi and Gongxian. The three counties only arranged 3000 garrisons, but did not put the administrative functions of the county into operation. The main reason is that there are not so many generals to serve as county magistrate, and there is not so much energy to restore the operation of several counties Turn. As a county town, the small town has not built multiple walls like the big city. However, because the three counties are all military towns around Luoyang at present, Huangfu Chaobo has sent several architects and craftsmen to the three counties, so that the guards of the three counties can build an inner city wall about two li long and two Li wide around the county yamen, and prepare to build three villages in the inner city To five thousand troops for half a year. Once there is a war, the three counties can retreat to the inner city at the last moment.


    However, after seeing the three counties, Huangfu Chaobo was very satisfied. The inner city walls of the three counties were all under construction, and almost half of the fastest ones had been built. Now, in addition to 3000 soldiers in each county, there are more than 1000 refugees in each county. Looking at the number of refugees, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help sweating on his forehead. It has been half a year since he laid the foundation of the county in August last year. It has been nearly 200 days. The number of refugees in each county is almost five or six every day, which can''t even be compared with a small town at the beginning of the new year. However, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have much energy to manage these things now. After the inspection of each county, he tells the general to send all the refugees above level C to Luoyang City, and only those below level C will be left in the county. Rao is such a case. In the three counties, more than 3000 refugees were finally selected, less than 400 people, only one tenth of them, which is far lower than that in the system update The proportion of 40% mentioned above made Huangfu Chaobo depressed.


    It took nearly ten days for Huangfu Chaobo to inspect the surrounding areas of Luoyang. After returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo ordered his people to take a break. The main generals of all the city passes around Luoyang came to Luoyang Taifu to discuss business in five days. The reason why it was decided in five days was that Huaxiong and Zhao Cen from Hulao pass and Sishui pass were mainly considered. However, in these five days, Huangfu Chaobo was not idle either. Instead, he discussed with Lou GUI one by one all the problems he saw in these days, and made preliminary plans for the solutions to all the problems.


    Five days later, that is, on January 30 of the first year of Chuping, the prefect''s residence of Luoyang was filled with people in the early morning. By last night, Hua Xiong and Zhao Cen had arrived in Luoyang with 50 cavalry. As for the guards of several surrounding counties, they arrived in Luoyang as early as yesterday afternoon. Everyone in the restaurant in the inner city with early meal, are hidden one after another rushed to the prefect''s house. In the front hall of the prefect''s residence, the people who arrived first chatted together in groups, waiting for the beginning of the discussion. Pei yuanshao and Zhou Cang were sitting in a corner of the hall. Pei yuanshao worried and said to Zhou Cang, "sunspot, do you think you should transfer me back to Luoyang this time?"


    "Well, I really don''t know. All I know is that General Huang and they have been deliberating in the prefecture these days. Now I''m responsible for the training." Zhou Cang shook his head and said,


    "well, I said, did you ask Lao Dian for me? Sunspot, you know me. I''m just a reckless man. It''s OK for me to lead the army. But it''s such an important pass at Hangu pass. Lao Pei is worried and scared every day. He sleeps at night with one eye open for fear that Dong Zhuo''s Xiliang army will fight. My old Pei has a rotten life. It doesn''t matter if he loses his life. What I''m afraid of is that he can''t keep Hangu pass even if he loses his life. You can help me talk to General Huang and Lao Dian again and let him change me back quickly. Even if he changes you to be the chief general, I''ll give you a hand. " Pei yuanshao said anxiously;


    "don''t worry, old Pei. I heard General Huang say that you should be transferred from Hangu pass this time, but it''s not clear who will take over. I think I''ll say that when we go to business later. " Zhou Cang comforted him by saying that he could not understand his brother any more. He had been following him since he first joined the great virtuous division. He gave up the chance to lead the army alone several times. According to his own opinion, Lao Pei was not alone. If he could not eat that bowl of rice, he might as well live comfortably behind Lao Zhou. Only this time, because of the urgent military situation, I was stationed alone. I didn''t expect that the young master didn''t want to invite him back for half a year. This is really urgent.This past words, just let Pei yuanshao put down a snack. They were chatting. Suddenly, everyone in the hall was quiet. A few people came in at the door. They looked up and saw that they were Lou GUI and Zao Zhi. The people in the hall came forward to salute, and there were many greetings in the hall.


    "I''ve seen Lord Lou!"


    "Yes, sir!"


    Both of them responded to the crowd while giving them a gift. As soon as they got to their seats and sat down, they heard Dianwei''s voice outside: "Your Majesty is here!"


    As soon as they heard this, they all stood at their own places and quietly welcomed Huangfu Chaobo.

 Chapter 404

    A moment after Dianwei''s voice, a door on the left side of the front hall opened. In front of him was a group of Jiashi, followed by Huangfu Chaobo, followed by Huang Zhong, Dianwei and Shi a, followed by Jia Jing and Huang Wudi, Zhao Yu. As for Huang Zhong, we all know that Huangfu Chaobo has always let him live in the prefect''s mansion. We all know the first person in the military and the elder brother of the prefect. As for Dian Wei, he is the leader of the personal guard around the prefect, and we all know him. But for Shi a, who is next to Dian Wei, we don''t know anyone except a few people. We all feel strange, but only a few people It''s when people you know wink at each other and ask, only to find that they don''t know each other. As for the two female generals behind Jia Jing, we automatically ignored them.


    Today can be said to be the first large-scale discussion after Huangfu Chaobo became the prefect. Therefore, all these processes were arranged by Zaozhi to reflect the majesty of the prefect. After everyone came in, Huang Zhong quickly walked to his position, while Huangfu Chaobo took Dian Wei and Shi a to the throne. When Huangfu Chaobo sat down on the throne, Dian Wei and Shi a stood on both sides of the throne.


    "See you, my Lord


    Under the leadership of Lou GUI and Huang Zhong, everyone stood in the middle of the hall and lined up to salute Huangfu Chaobo.


    Looking at several rows of people standing in front of him and bowing to him, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly finds that the sense of achievement of the leader of one party is here. This is the sense of achievement given by power. No wonder everyone is pursuing power. This kind of feeling is really good. Although there are many subordinates when he was a magistrate of changshe County, he is not in the same place as the prefecture It''s a grade. Think about Zhou mu. He should be more powerful than this. What if he goes up again? It''s exciting to think about it. Even in the game, it''s still fascinating.


    After a while, Huangfu Chaobo came back to his senses and laughed to himself. The feeling in the game makes people feel intoxicated. No wonder people in reality After shaking his head and getting rid of this idea, Huangfu Chaobo straightened out his posture and said, "everyone, please get up! Please return to your seat


    "Thank you Then, all of you go back to your seats. Of course, only a few people have seats. For example, Lou GUI and Zao Zhi in the civil servants, the next two of them are the other subordinate officials in the Taishou mansion, and then behind them are the deputy mayor of nine towns outside the city. Among the military generals, Huang Zhong is the leader, and then Dian Wei is supposed to be the next, but he is the leader of the personal guard, so there is no seat. Next, there are Huaxiong Zhoucang people, who line up according to their official positions and look at the long line of military generals Looking at the other side, there were few civil servants. Huangfu Chaobo felt that there were too few civil servants.


    After everyone settled down, Huang Fu Chao said: "I will leave Luoyang for about three months. During this period, Luoyang has been running well, which is inseparable from the arrangement of Lou, Zao and Huang and the full cooperation of all of you here. Here, I would like to express my thanks to you." With that, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and saluted everyone.


    Just to their position, the people immediately stood up to thank them and said, "I dare not say thank you for your service."


    Huangfu Chaobo said no more, and said, "well, before the official start, I''ll announce a few appointments first."


    The people on the bottom immediately pricked up their ears.


    "I hereby appoint Chao Jing to be the chief clerk of Luoyang Prefecture, in charge of documents, money and grain."


    Jia Jing, standing next to him, didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo was the first one to talk about himself. She was stunned, but she quickly responded. She went to the middle of the room and took orders. Then she went to Zaozhi and sat down.


    "Shi ah, listen to the order!" Looking at Jia Jing''s serious appearance, Huangfu Chaobo forced himself to laugh and said in a loud voice,


    "the end is coming!" Shi a, standing on the right hand of Huangfu Chaobo, immediately stood up and saluted;


    "to introduce you, this is Shi a, the eldest disciple of Master Wang Yue, who will be your colleagues in the future! He now orders Shi a to be the captain of the procuratorial college, and selects personnel to form the internal guard. Together with the pro guard of General Li Dianwei, Shi a is directly under the Taishou mansion. At the same time, general Dianwei will select A-level soldiers from all the soldiers in the whole territory to reorganize the pro guard forces, and the generals of the garrison in all areas need to fully cooperate. " Huangfu Chaobo had this idea about reorganizing the pro Guard troops as early as after the system was updated. This time, he saw that there were 2000 A-class soldiers in Luoyang. This idea became more intense. So in the past few days, he discussed with Huang Zhong several times, and finally decided to transfer all A-class soldiers to reorganize the troops.


    Without waiting for everyone to respond, Huangfu Chaobo continued to announce his next decision: "in view of the general''s own wishes and the defense consideration of Luoyang, the following adjustments are made: Pei yuanshao, commander of Zhechong, is transferred back to Luoyang to assist Huang Zhong and Huyan in managing the troops in Luoyang City; Zhou Cang, commander of Xiaoqi, is transferred to be the commander of Hangu pass; Liu PI, commander of Zhongyi, commander of Luoshen, is transferred to be the deputy general to assist Zhou Cang defends Hangu pass, and the soldiers of Hangu pass will increase by 2000, with a total of 5500 soldiers. The commander of Luoshen town will make another arrangement. Do you all understand? "


    Several generals who were named came out quickly, stood in the middle of the hall and replied, "the last general will take orders!""Well," Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a wave of his hand, after he let the men who had just been out of the line return to their positions, "in military affairs, Huaxiong, the garrison general of Hulao pass, and Zhao Ling, the garrison general of Sishui pass. Some time ago, he had ordered the selection of the existing soldiers. How is it going now?"


    As soon as they heard this, they immediately came out. Hua Xiong first said, "report back to the general. After receiving the military order from Luoyang, we will screen the ten thousand soldiers and horses in Hulao pass. The final result is that there are four thousand five hundred soldiers and horses below grade C, three thousand at grade C, one thousand five hundred at grade B, and only five hundred at Grade A. the above is the situation of the soldiers and horses in Hulao pass."


    After Hua Xiong finished, Zhao Ling said, "general, Sishui pass has also been completed. There are 6500 soldiers in Sishui pass, including 3500 below grade C, 1500 at grade C, 1400 at grade B, and only over 100 at Grade A."


    After hearing their report, Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange. Why is the overall quality of more than 10000 soldiers and horses in hulaoguan lower than that in Luoyang? But I can''t manage so much now. I''ll arrange things first. I can ask Lou GUI about other things later.

 Chapter 405

    After a little thought, Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, Sishui pass, so all the soldiers above C level are transferred to Hulao pass, and the number of soldiers remains 3500. All the A-level soldiers in the two passes are transferred to Luoyang and handed over to Dianwei. The rest of the soldiers are still in charge of Huaxiong. Huaxiong should pay attention to focusing on the soldiers above C level."


    "The end will take orders!" Although Zhao Ling is not satisfied, she still takes the order with Hua Xiong and goes back to her position. Huangfu Chaobo also knows that Zhao Cen will definitely have an idea, but this has to wait until the discussion is over before communicating with Zhao Cen alone.


    "Well, in terms of military affairs, in addition to several county garrison generals who will speed up the construction of inner city walls and strive to complete the construction of inner city walls in these three counties within half a year, General Huang Zhong will speed up the training of selected troops from Luoyang. The next step is the internal affairs. First of all, I would like to ask Zao Gongcao to put forward all the questions recorded in the inspection in recent days


    After hearing this, Zao only stood up and saluted Huangfu Chao. Then he turned to the people in the hall and said, "my Lord, ladies and gentlemen, in the past ten days, my Lord and the chief officials of the prefecture have inspected the internal affairs and armaments in the whole area of Luoyang. Since my Lord took the post of the supreme Minister of Luoyang appointed by the court, our ministry has been stationed in Luoyang for half a year In terms of armament, from the beginning, 5000 soldiers took part in the battle for Dong to now, the total number of troops in Luoyang has reached more than 55000, not counting the 20000 elite soldiers who were still in changshe. Compared with the whole Luoyang surrounding one county, three counties and three passes, these soldiers and horses are more than enough to defend the city, but not enough to attack. According to the fact that the grain consumed by the 15 thousand rank soldiers in one month is 15 thousand stone, and the salary is 6 thousand Guan, the 80 thousand rank soldiers need 120 thousand stone grain and 48 hundred gold in one month. "


    After a little pause, he continued: "in addition to the 70000 or so civilians, craftsmen, prisoners and officials around Luoyang, the monthly expenditure reached 150000 stones and 8000 gold. There are also the purchase of various weapons and equipment materials and the reconstruction of Luoyang. The monthly purchase of materials is huge, but the income of Luoyang''s money is almost zero, which depends on the income of Luoshen town for several years As for grain and grass, it will not be harvested until next June. It can be seen that you, the incumbent, have a heavy task on your shoulders


    At the beginning, when we heard Zaozhi talk about the number of taxis and civilians, we all felt very happy, and everyone was very happy. In just half a year, the number of taxis and civilians has increased tenfold, and the number of civilians has also changed from zero to tens of thousands. But when you hear about the next month''s expenses, everyone''s face becomes heavy. Just like when Huangfu Chaobo heard Zao Zhi''s report, he didn''t hear much about eight thousand gold. When Huangfu Chaobo calculated, he was so scared that he didn''t speak for a long time. According to one gold is equal to 10 Guan, which is always 1000 copper coins. According to the exchange ratio of one yuan and one copper coin provided by Nu Wa, Luoyang now has a fixed monthly expenditure of 80 million soft coins.


    This is just a fixed expenditure, not including the cost of purchasing various raw materials. Seeing the figure he worked out, Huangfu Chaobo stayed for a long time. Then he immediately went to ask Jia Jing how much money he had in his hand. After knowing that he had tens of thousands of gold in his hand, Huangfu Chaobo''s careful and dirty plop plop plop plop plop flop was stable. It seems that the last vote he did in Luoyang was right. Otherwise, he has no place to cry now. It seems that we have to find a place to make a few tickets to find an opportunity. Well, after careful consideration, Huangfu Chaobo secretly made up his mind that now he has Shi a and his Ranger team, which can let them step on the idea. If Shi a knew that Huangfu Chaobo used them as Liang Shangjun, he would cry to death


    After pouring a lot of cold water on everyone, Zao just threw out the problems that he had seen during his inspection tour with Huangfu Chaobo these days. Although several people have held closed door meetings these days, they can''t straighten out the myriad things at once. Moreover, under Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, although there are only Lou GUI and Zaozhi in the Department of internal affairs, Huangfu Chaobo was in Changfu a few years ago In the past few years, although there has not been a domestic general who can stand alone, there are still a large number of grass-roots officials. Otherwise, with the ability of two people, it is impossible to manage such a large Luoyang city well. Now we have to throw out all the problems in order to cultivate the ability of these grassroots officials. I believe that if we have enough time, we can still cultivate several county magistrates.


    Then the time was handed over to the officials of the Department of internal affairs, and the affairs of the generals had been arranged. Huangfu Chaobo recruited Zhao Cen to the backyard alone, ready to appease the soy sauce party in the Three Kingdoms. Although there was only one sentence in the Three Kingdoms: Dong Zhuo''s Department, when the Allied forces of Guandong attacked Dong Zhuo, he rescued sishuiguan with Huaxiong, and after Dong Zhuo moved his capital, he surrendered to Sun Jian. However, no matter how to say, the generals with names and surnames appeared in the Three Kingdoms. No matter how to say, they were born in the Xiliang army. Now they join themselves, they can''t be cold hearted.


    "I have seen you, Lord!" As soon as he entered the door, Zhao Cen went up to the front door and said,


    "Bo Gao, please get up," Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile, reached out his hand and gave him a virtual hand: "is he a little angry?"


    "The end will not dare!" Zhao Cen said;


    "I dare not, but I still feel uncomfortable! Ha ha ha... " Huangfu Chaobo said, "well, I''m not kidding you. Knowing that your sishuiguan is a taxi with a qualification below C, it will be uncomfortable for anyone. But do you know why Ben will let you guard Sishui pass? ""The end will not know!"


    "You and Zizhuang abandoned Dong thief and threw them at me. Why did I put you in the pass instead of other places? What do you mean?"


    "The end will be dull, but also ask the Lord to dispel doubts!"


    "Both of you are generals of Xiliang. Now Luoyang has only three counties and three passes in our hands except Luoyang. If you or Huaxiong are allowed to guard Hangu pass, in case Dong Zhuo''s army comes to attack, how can we face our former colleagues?"


    "This..." When Zhao Cen heard this question, he was speechless.


    "Besides, when you two came to vote that day, you would have promised Zizhuang that you would not be allowed to fight against the Xiliang army on the battlefield, so it would be intolerable to put you two on the eastern front. At this time, there was no other place for our army except Hulao Sishui pass. In fact, these two passes were the rear road of our army. So I handed these two passes to you two, hoping you two could defend the retreat for me. As for the two passes, relatively speaking, Hulao is the main one, and Sishui is the auxiliary one. That''s why this adjustment will do so. Once Luoyang changes, the two passes will become extremely important. Although Sishui pass is a supplement, it is the only support of Hulao pass''s flank. If there is nothing wrong with Sishui pass, Hulao pass will be safe. If Hulao pass is safe, Luoyang''s retreat will be safe. Do you understand? " Huangfu Chaobo walked slowly to Zhao Cen''s side and explained his thoughts to him.

 Chapter 406

    Huang Fu Chao Bo''s words made Zhao Cen wake up. He knelt down and said, "I''m sorry I didn''t understand the Lord''s good intentions. I''m sorry I didn''t understand him!"


    "Well," Huangfu Chaobo said, pulling Zhao Cen up. "Get up, and be at ease to train your soldiers at sishuiguan, and help Zizhuang to defend our retreat. When everything in Luoyang is in order, and we can fully control Luoyang, you will at least be a county captain or a commander of thousands of elite soldiers!" With that, Huangfu Chaobo patted Zhao Cen on the shoulder.


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. We will step up our military training and help general Hua defend our retreat! Shut it up, people are there After hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s promise, Zhao Cen kneels down to salute;


    seeing that Zhao Cen has fully figured it out, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t say any more. He asks Dianwei to call Hua Xiong in again and tell them to step up the reorganization of troops after they return to Guandong. Then he orders them to send people to other towns in Guandong to buy grain and send it to Luoyang. After the Yellow turban rebellion, the price of grain rose slightly. Not long after entering the game, the grain price of 5 copper per kilogram has become history. Now the grain price in Central Plains of Guandong is generally maintained at 8 to 10 copper per kilogram, but it has reached 10 to 12 copper in Chang''an, and it is even higher in Xiliang District, almost to 15 copper.


    Chen Jing didn''t return to Luoyang immediately after he recruited 20000 troops. It was because Huangfu Chaobo asked him to buy grain in Yuzhou and take it to Luoyang together. However, the demand of Huangfu Chaobo was too large. Chen Jing was asked to buy 1 million stone grains. Now Chen Jing has bought less than 500000 stone grains and put them in Luoshen town. The reason why it is so difficult to buy grain is that, on the one hand, after the Yellow turban rebellion, the grain production in the whole game has decreased, so the grain reserves in the market are less; on the other hand, the Lords and players all know that the grain will be more and more difficult in the future, so most of the grain will be stored in their hands first, and no one will sell grain. Chen Jing''s 500000 stone grain was bought by Runan with the help of kongfu. Changshe city bought him 100000 stones. Chen Jing bought another 200000 stones in several surrounding counties. In addition, kongfu supported 200000 stones. Of course, there are more than 100000 stones in Luoshen Town, but they can''t be used.


    After Huangfu Chaobo told Huaxiong and Zhao Cen about their affairs, he let them go back to their residence as soon as possible instead of staying in Luoyang. Thinking that Chen Jing has hundreds of thousands of stone grain and the 20000 high-level soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that Chen Jing should arrange to transport part of the grain back to Luoyang first. So he immediately asked Lao Du, who was in Luoshen town of changshe, to send an order to Chen Jing. He asked him to go to changshe first to find zonghengxia to discuss renting a freight car, and first to transport the grain back to Luoyang. As for the soldiers and horses, he asked him to send all the A-level qualified soldiers back.


    In this way, just after these soldiers arrived in Luoyang, they could be trained as soon as possible. However, the 700000 stone grain transported from changshe was able to leave 400000 stone in Luoyang. Thanks to God, it''s more than 400 miles along the way, and it takes about half a month for the cart to travel. In addition, it also needs to return to changshe''s grain. Therefore, if Luoyang can''t achieve food self-sufficiency as soon as possible, the food problem alone can drag Huangfu Chaobo to death.


    After arranging these things, Huang Fu Chao Bo rang returned all the generals to his residence. The next step was to set up internal affairs. It was not meaningful for the generals to stay here. It was better to go back to their residence first and do their own things well. However, Huang Wu die and Zhao Yu are exceptions. Huang Fu Chao Bo now consciously trains Huang Wu die to get in touch with military affairs and government affairs, so that she can be on her own. As for Zhao Yu, because there is no place to go, she studies government affairs with Huang Wu die.


    After a day''s discussion, under the guidance of the wise and powerful Taishou, and with the efforts of Zaozhi and lougui, the planning of Luoyang''s inner city was finally made. There is no change in the four southern districts of inner city, or as the administrative region of the prefect of Luoyang county. In the East, it serves as the residential area for military generals, while in the west, it serves as the residential area for civil servants. Of course, the commercial area is mainly arranged in these two areas, with one east market and one west market built in the East and West gates of the inner city wall. As for the northern area, it was designated as the residence area of craftsmen by Huangfu Chaobo, and the weapons and equipment center of Luoyang would move to this area from the imperial city.


    As for the arrangement of residence, the closer the residence is to the Imperial City, the better it will be. The closer the residence is to the inner city wall, the worse it will be. Because of the particularity of Luoyang City, it is impossible for Huangfu Chaobo to live in the imperial city. After discussion, Lou GUI decided to arrange Huangfu Chaobo''s residence in the prefect''s mansion, enclosing several surrounding mansions and building a new mansion. Therefore, there is no other house except Huangfu Chaobo''s mansion in the South of inner city. Because the imperial palace of Huangfu Chaobo was in the south, the officials and generals were almost close to the south when they chose their houses. This was something that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think of at the beginning.


    After the regional planning is completed, the next step is to arrange the construction of houses. According to the decision after discussion, only senior officials, generals and craftsmen are allowed to live in big houses with four to six entrances, middle-class ones are allowed to live in houses with two entrances, and the junior ones are ordinary quadrangles, while the ordinary people are ordinary houses arranged, certainly not with yards. Of course, these houses are not for nothing. You have to spend money to buy them. You know, Huangfu Chaobo spends money to buy all kinds of building materials and then transport them to Luoyang City. No matter the craftsmen or ordinary people who are in charge of the construction, they have to pay wages every day. The money is the cost.After several people discussed, they finally set the price of the house. Basically, they didn''t make any money and sold it at the cost price. Of course, for ordinary people, you may not be able to afford a house, so you can rent it, or sign an installment contract with the prefect''s office, and then you can live in it first, and then pay back the money slowly. Of course, if you don''t want to, well, the prefect''s office still has a free house for you to live in, but there are several people in a room. Of course, there are also some special people, such as Lou Guiji, and some master level craftsmen in Luoshen town. The house arranged is definitely different from the ordinary four entered house. Not only does he not need to pay for it, Huangfu Chaobo also equipped several people with special horse carts to show their different status.

 Chapter 407

    Not only that, the free food in Luoyang City will be cancelled after the housing division. At that time, when you go to work, you are responsible for the food. When you go to work, you must go home to eat. If you don''t have a house, you can solve the problem of eating by yourself.


    After solving this housing problem, Huangfu was relieved when he surpassed Bolton. This is a big problem. Once this problem is solved, other things will be easier to do. The next day was to discuss some specific issues about the reconstruction of Luoyang. It took us a whole day to deal with the complicated lock issues, which made everything smooth.


    After dealing with these things, Huangfu Chaobo left Lou GUI. Huang Zhong had already taken two of his generals to the barracks to train. Zao only had to go to Luobei town to prepare for the garrison in February because it was early February. Now all the people except Lou GUI are very busy. Even the two little girls are arranged by Huangfu Chaobo to listen to Huang Zhong''s orders. Because now the third part of the task of rebuilding Luoyang has reached the final stage. All the ten town level territories required by the task have been put in place, and the rest only need to have a population of 50000.


    For these specific things, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t remember them very well. Therefore, Lou GUI or Zaozhi must be present in matters of internal affairs, while Huang Zhong is indispensable in matters of armaments. After Lou GUI''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo learned that there are more than 45000 permanent residents in Luoyang. After a series of adjustments, there are only people above grade C and their families. The rest of the population has been adjusted to nine towns. At present, the number of refugees in Luoyang is about 100 per day. In addition, the camp of refugees in Luobei town refreshes about 50 to 100 per day. Then there are three counties with about 50 refugees per day, and ten towns with 20 refugees per day. Now, the number of refugees in Luoyang is large within the control of Huangfu Chaobo According to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, only C-level talents and their families are allowed to settle in Luoyang. Every day, Luoyang can increase its population by more than 200 people. Therefore, in less than 20 days, the population of Luoyang will reach the 50000 required by the task.


    Hearing that the task of 50000 people would be completed by the end of this month, Huangfu Chaobo would not say anything. Seeing that there was nothing else, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to call Shi loujing and ask about the formation of shadow guard. Two people didn''t wait for long, two people went into the Empress Dowager''s house. After a quick salute to the two, Shi a reported to Huangfu Chaobo about the selection of shadow guards for a period of time. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, Shi a went to the barracks with Huang Zhong''s generals to select suitable personnel after he got permission. Unfortunately, although all the soldiers in the army are brave and good at fighting, they are not suitable for Shi A''s Rangers. There are only less than 100 soldiers selected from tens of thousands of soldiers in Luoyang, but there are 300 soldiers selected from the civilians. In addition, Shi A''s younger martial brothers brought by them from Chang''an now have 450 shadows People.


    Shi a is taking a group of younger martial brothers to train these newly joined Rangers these days. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, Shi a and his younger martial brothers have selected 100 of them, and they are going to take them from Lou Jing to Longhua and Youzhou after several days of intensive training. Huangfu Chaobo tells Lou Jing what should be paid attention to when he goes to Longhua and Youzhou. Then he gives Lou Jing an appointment letter and a letter to Huang Xu and Tian Yu. When he is ready, he goes directly to Longhua town. He doesn''t have to ask himself again.


    After everything was arranged, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. It seemed that he could have a good rest for a few days. For the happiness of their lower body and life, the two families have urged for several times, and now they finally have time to do something. Although they have completed the certificate some time ago, there are still too many things to prepare before marriage. Send someone to tell Lou GUI that if they have something to do, they will go to Xiaojiejie, the elder of Luoshen residence, and ask him to go offline to find himself. After that, Huangfu Chaobo runs to the residence of Luoshen society next to the west gate of inner city and asks Xiaojiejie to arrange several people to stay online in turn for 24 hours. After all the arrangements are made, they go offline with Jia Jing.


    After offline, Huangfu Chaobo first went to the bathroom to have a good bath, and then drove to Jia Jing''s house to pick her up. Two people first went to the studio to choose the wedding dress, arranged to take wedding photos the next day, and then went to several shopping malls to buy all kinds of wedding things. After a busy day, in the evening, Zhou Wen and his wife were invited out to listen to dinner. When Huangfu Chaobo was very busy, everything in the game was normal. The population of Luoyang increased by 200 people every day. According to the original requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, those above grade C were arranged in Luoyang City, and the others were put in several surrounding towns to increase the population of growing grain. The housing construction in the city is also going on step by step. After the relevant resettlement policies come out, all NPCs are very happy, especially the craftsmen.


    For the technical talents of this era, although they are very popular among the players, they still have no status in the eyes of the aristocratic families. Now Huangfu Chaobo, as a senior official from the fourth grade, so emphasizes the treatment of craftsmen, which makes all craftsmen excited. The result is the construction speed of the whole Luoyang City and the production of weapon workshops It''s more than 20% faster. Craftsmen are working hard to improve their skill level. You know, the higher the skill level is, the better the residence will be. Ordinary NPCs can stay in Luoyang City and have the qualification above level C. according to the propaganda of Taifu, these people will be the backup of craftsmen or soldiers. The treatment of craftsmen and soldiers is the envy of ordinary NPCs.As for armament, since Huang Zhong was in charge, Huangfu Chaobo has never worried about it at all. He has basically become a shopkeeper. There is also Shi a and Lou Jing. Because Shi a feels the importance of Longhua and thinks that Lou Jing''s ability is enough to stand in the way of others, so he selects 90 rangers with better qualifications in the shadow guard. In addition, he selects 12 of his younger martial brothers, a total of 102. After two days of intensive training and carrying a batch of carrier pigeons, Shi a is ready to go Lou Jing is arranged to lead the party to set out. Shi a believes that with the help of these 12 people, Lou Jing will soon be able to arrange the affairs of Youzhou.

 Chapter 408

    Everything in Luoyang is normal, but Longhua will soon welcome the first group of guests. This also starts when Huangfu Chaobo left youbeiping. Before Huangfu Chaobo left youbeiping, Gongsun Zan promised to give Huangfu Chaobo a batch of prisoners as soon as possible, so that Huangfu Chaobo could speed up the construction of the city. After Huangfu Chaobo agreed, Guan Jing suddenly said, "at that time, we will let the two generals deliver the prisoners as soon as possible." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He wanted to say no, saying that Huang Xu would take people to escort him. Before he spoke, Tian Yu stopped him. First, Tian Yu praised Gongsun, and then asked the second general to help deliver the prisoners as soon as possible. Huangfu Chaobo just reflected that it was time for the investor to make an on-the-spot investigation. Thinking of this, he hurriedly said, "yes... At that time, it will be more convenient for the two generals to send them in person. First, it will take a lot of energy to build the new city. Second, brother Bogui also needs to know the situation of the new city, so it will be more convenient for the cooperation between the two families. "


    After Gongsun Zan left, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with Tian Yu about Longhua. Originally, Longhua would have developed step by step, but he had already told Gongsun Zan and others that Longhua had not been built. When Gongsun Zan sent people to see it, Qi didn''t want to help. Fortunately, Longhua is still a medium-sized town. In addition, although Huang Xu is an all-round general, he is not good at internal affairs. The internal infrastructure construction of Longhua has not been upgraded to a senior level, and all of them are still in an intermediate level. The current situation is to wait until Gongsun Zan sent people to see the situation of Longhua before they can continue to develop Longhua.


    After a while of discussion, Huangfu Chaobo decided that since baihugou pass is nearly a hundred miles away from Longhua, the safety of a pass alone can not be fully guaranteed. In this way, it is better to build a new village in baihugou pass. It is not necessarily required to upgrade to a city like Longhua, because for one thing, the area of the pass is not large enough In fact, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have much energy to take care of the two cities. In this way, Longhua is easy to deal with.


    Some people may say that the number of villages to be built is limited? How can Huangfu Chaobo build it if he wants to? Is it because it''s pig''s feet? In fact, it''s not. The so-called restriction on the number of villages means that there are no restrictions on the construction of villages in places outside the Han Dynasty. For example, on the grassland outside Youbing Liangzhou, and on the island in the sea, all these can be built without restrictions. In fact, the real reason why these places restrict players to build villages is only because of the attack of different races. For example, when Longhua built the village, it was gongsunzan who swept Wuhuan people in youbeiping. The whole Wuhuan people inside and outside the great wall of youbeiping had basically moved eastward, so no one bothered Huangfu Chaobo at this time. Of course, in terms of his strength at that time, the average number of enemies was estimated They''re all here to deliver food. That is, strength decides everything. If anyone has thousands of soldiers and horses, and then there are one or two more valiant generals, choosing a place on the grassland that is easy to defend but difficult to attack, anyone can take root on the grassland. Of course, the premise is that you must survive the continuous attacks of different races.


    After Tian Yu returned to Longhua, he told Huang Xu about Huangfu''s decision, and then they immediately adjusted the construction of the town. First of all, the work of upgrading tangtougou pass from small scale to medium scale has been suspended. After all, at this stage, the small pass is enough to ensure the safety of Longhua, and the reason why it is upgraded to medium scale is just a precaution. Secondly, the population of Longhua will be gradually moved to baihugou pass. By the time Gongsun fan comes, the permanent population of Longhua town will eventually remain at about 6000, which is a big problem The number is the number of civilians outside the great wall that Huangfu Chaobo and others told Gongsun Zan at first. The last and most important one is the problem of military strength. According to the number told Gongsun Zan before, Huangfu Chaobo''s military strength outside the Great Wall should be 1000 to 1500. Therefore, in addition to 3000 taxi soldiers recruited from youbeiping, Longhua Town keeps the number of taxi soldiers It should be about 4500. The other 4000 soldiers will move to baihugouguan.


    As for the construction in Longhua Town, we only put up the shelves for the time being, making it look like we are working hard to build the baihugou pass into a medium-sized pass. In addition, baihugou village will be upgraded to the town level as soon as possible. As for the upgrading of Longhua Town, it can only be arranged after gongsunzan''s people have seen it. Otherwise, with Gongsun Zan''s character, he would surely have the purpose of ninghuangfu''s super erudition.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s territory is peaceful, but the whole game is full of enthusiasm. First, something happened in Jizhou under Han Fu''s rule. Knowing that he didn''t have enough control over Jizhou, he thought his arrangement was safe. What he didn''t expect was that under the planning of Xu you, Zhao Fu, commander-in-chief of Anping County, took refuge with Yuan Shao. Under the protection of thousands of disabled soldiers, Cheng Huan, commander-in-chief of Anping County, left Xindu city in a panic. The whole Anping County only guarded Jingxian and was broken There are two counties in Guangzong city.


    Then, Ju Yi, the general of Qinghe, was rebelled by Xu you. But Liu Hui, the governor of Qinghe, found that Ju Yi could not win the city. Finally, he led his 10000 first dead men to Nanpi to take refuge with Yuan Shao. Not to mention that, after the two counties'' accidents, the governor of Hejian announced that Han Fu, the governor of Hejian, was unable to capture and suppress the huangjinyu party, which was active in Changshan and Zhongshan. For the sake of the safety of the people in Hejian, the people in Hejian decided to welcome the army of Yuan Shao, the former general, to enter Hejian to protect the people in Hejian. As a result, in addition to Changshan, Zhongshan and the northern part of Zhao, which have long been out of control, Han Fu now controls only dozens of counties in the south of Qinghe Julu in Weijun county and the south of Zhao. There are nearly six million people in Jizhou, but less than two million are still in Han Fu''s hands. The other nearly one million people are in the hands of Zhang Yan''s Heishan army, and there are three million people It was included in Yuan Shao''s bag.More importantly, there were only a few generals in Han Fu''s hands. General Pan had been hanged in Hulao pass, and now Ju Yi had already taken refuge with Yuan Shao. In the end, Zhang he was the only general Han Fu could hold, and the rest were crooked melons. Yuan Shao''s set of combo fists was confusing when he hit Han CI Shi. He couldn''t distinguish the upper, lower, left and right sides. By the time he came back, most of Jizhou had changed its surname from Han to yuan.

 Chapter 409

    As for Yanzhou, Qiao Mao, the governor of Dongjun, was still unable to avoid Liu Dai''s calculation. The two families fought a war of tens of thousands of people in Lihu. At last, it ended with Liu Dai''s victory. Qiao Mao, the governor of Dongjun, was defeated and died in the chaos. Liu Dai, the governor of Yanzhou, named Zhao Shou as the governor of Dongjun.


    There is also Guangling too. Zhang Chao led 10000 soldiers back to Guangling. When he passed through Shanyang County, the army was trapped by Mount Tai yellow scarf thieves. Finally, Zhang Chao was seriously injured in the chaos army. Under the protection of his subordinates, only more than 2000 soldiers broke through successfully. After Zhang Miao''s army took over, he retreated to Chenliu. However, Zhang Chao was in a coma and could not return to Guangling in a short time . Soon afterwards, Tao Qian, the governor of Xuzhou, appointed Zhao Yu as the new governor of Guangling. As for why these yellow scarf thieves appeared in Shanyang and ambushed Zhang Chao''s army, there is no way to know. However, no matter Zhang Miao or Zhang Chao''s men, they all put this goal on Cao Cao. Who let this guy be plotting Chen Liu not long ago? Well, it''s a mystery who did it.


    There is youpeiping in Youzhou. Gongsun Zan, stimulated by Huangfu Chaobo, just arrived in February and could not wait to send out troops. However, it is not Liaoxi, but several tribes of Wuhuan outside Lulong fortress. But this is the first step to send troops to Liaoxi. According to Guan Jing''s plan, Gongsun Zan''s army will destroy several tribes when they go to Wuhuan this time. Then, they will find some letters in Wuhuan tribe. After digging deeply, general Baima finds a shocking plot. The western Liaoning prefect colludes with the Wuhuan people, preparing to lead Xianbei people to invade youbeiping. Then, the wise and powerful general Baima will go to the court and the governor''s Department of Youzhou, and decide to lead the army to attack the legendary governor of western Liaoning. Well, it''s a routine.


    As for other places, although there is no big fight, everyone is saving their energy. For example, sun Wentai, the prefect of Changsha, was in the hands of Huang Zu some time ago and suffered losses. When he finally returned to Changsha, he had no choice but to recruit again. He had to recruit 20000 soldiers at one go, and then he worked hard to train his internal skills and was ready to avenge himself for a while.


    Ma Teng of Liangzhou captured Wuwei and Zhangye, while Han Sui retreated to Longxi County of Jincheng. Because Dong Zhuo''s army returned to Chang''an, the whole Xiliang was quiet, and no one dared to make trouble at this time. You know, Dong Zhuo had hundreds of thousands of troops. If he made people angry, he could sweep Ma Teng and Han Sui into history In the dust. So Ma Teng immediately went up to Dong Zhuo and said that he was willing to submit. At the same time, he led Wuwei Prefecture, and let his son Ma Chao take the post of Zhangye Prefecture. Han Sui also took the post of Jincheng Prefecture, and took his son-in-law Yan Xing as Longxi Prefecture. When Dong Zhuo saw that Liangzhou''s two tigers were soft, he was too lazy to deal with them. He asked Li Ru to agree to their request. At the same time, he appointed Ma Teng as the general of Zhengxi, and Han Sui as the general of Zhenxi.


    It took Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing three days to purchase all the things they needed to prepare before their marriage. Then they just waited for the wedding photos to come out. In addition, after all the things were in place, they arranged the new house. Then they were ready to set a time to prepare for the big events. But the time in the game was really hard to arrange, and Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing were not good at all What should we do.


    After entering the game, it was already mid February in the game. The population of Luoyang was increasing continuously, reaching more than 49000 people. According to this speed, it only took four or five days to reach the goal. Huangfu Chaobo thought that there were only a few hundred people, so he decided not to wait any longer, and recruited another 1000 people from the captives. In this way, the city of Luoyang was very prosperous The number of captives in Luoyang has dropped from 60000 at the beginning to 20000 now. In a month, nearly 40000 of them have been freed from their captivity status and become glorious citizens of Luoyang. However, Luoyang''s public satisfaction has also reached the minimum of 50. If it is lower, there will be the loss of civilians. Of course, there will not be such a situation in Luoyang, because there are tens of thousands of troops stationed in Luoyang, and Huangfu Chaobo''s various policies against civilians, I believe that in less than a month, the popularity will rise to 70 +.


    Sure enough, when the number of residents in Luoyang reached 50000, Huangfu Chaobo heard a system prompt: "Ding Dong, congratulations to the player. After completing the fourth link of Luoyang reconstruction mission, he got 30000 mission points. Please choose whether to exchange the points now or continue to accumulate them!"


    "Keep accumulating!" He chose to accumulate decisively, and then Huangfu Chaobo waited for the system to continue to prompt the next link of the task to open. Who knows, after waiting for more than ten minutes, he didn''t see the system prompt.


    Then, then... Then there''s no more.


    After waiting for the system prompt for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo did not worry about this aspect any more. The next thing is to continue the construction of Luoyang. After the completion of the inner city clean-up, the reconstruction has just begun. It has been nearly ten days since the reconstruction was arranged. I don''t know how the house is being built. Since Dian Wei''s energy was put on the training of the guards, Huangfu Chaobo''s bodyguard work had to be handed over to others. Huang Zhong and Lou GUI discussed this with them, and then he transferred 10 high-level warriors from the army to bodyguard. Shi a then transferred 10 high-level Rangers from the shadow bodyguard to escort the shadowy place at any time. In addition, Ma Jin, the leader of the warrior, and Sun Ping, the leader of the Ranger, usually have 12 guards in the light, and 10 in the dark. They are all high-level thugs, so even if Dian Wei can''t protect them, there won''t be any problem. If it was an expedition or a long journey, Dianwei would certainly follow.Huangfu Chaobo came to the west of the city with a group of guards. Well, because the prefecture is in the south, and Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want to wear around in the palace all the time, even though it was only the former palace. So we have to walk along the outside of the palace wall. Along the way, there are construction sites everywhere. In the early stage of cleaning up the inner city, Huangfu Chaobo required that all kinds of reusable materials should be stacked in different areas. Not only the materials cleaned up should be placed in this way, but also the stone and wood transported from outside the city should be stacked in these places. Now this role is reflected Out, along the imperial city wall all the way to the north, every other distance there are a lot of building materials, all around the need to move here, you can see that order is in order, there is no disorder.

 Chapter 410

    The inner city of Luoyang, with 50000 residents, has been divided into nearly 1000 construction sites and started construction at the same time. It can be said that hundreds of houses are completed every day. As Huangfu Chaobo walked towards the nearest house, it could be seen that it was a big house with six entrances. According to the rules set at that time, it should be the residence of senior officials. Now that the main works of the house have been completed, we are just waiting for the distribution of owners, and then we can move in after purchasing all kinds of materials. After a turn in the mansion, Huangfu Chaobo came out. He thought as he walked along. He always felt as if he had missed something. After leaving the house, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t go north. Instead, he went west along the road in front of the house, toward the west gate of the inner city. The further he went west, Huangfu Chaobo found that there were fewer construction sites.


    "The more westward we go, the less construction sites there are." Huang Fu Chao Bo patted his head and said, "Damn, I finally know what I''m missing! Come on, get the officials in charge of this area. The sooner the better! " Huangfu Chaobo turned his head to enter the road.


    A warrior immediately took orders and left. In a short time, he came with an official in a hurry.


    "I''d like to see you. I don''t know if you have anything important to tell me?" After Huangfu Chaobo asked him to get up, he directly asked about the construction of the house these days. As soon as you ask, you know that''s true. None of you have considered Zhou Xiang. Now there are three or four hundred houses built in each city of Luoyang. That is to say, there are nearly a thousand houses built in the inner city, most of which are six in ones. But ordinary houses have not been built yet. But now there are less than 100 people in Luoyang who are qualified to live in this kind of houses. The other 90% are ordinary people, and only 10% are qualified to live in intermediate houses. But now all the houses built by themselves are high-grade houses. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but have a big head. Fortunately, this problem has been discovered now, and the reconstruction has only started in less than ten days. Now it''s still time to adjust.


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Ma Jin and said, "immediately send someone to inform Lord Lou and Lord Zao that the existing residential construction will be stopped immediately, and the walls between various areas will be suspended first. All the buildings in all areas will be built from ordinary houses. All the residents and builders will allocate 80% to build ordinary houses, another 10% to build intermediate houses, and another 10% We''ll build the relevant facilities in each area. "


    According to the original arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, the construction of Luoyang City was planned to follow the Fang Shi system of Tang Dynasty and divide the inner city into dozens of independent Fang districts. However, the Fang Shi system was not completely copied. Although two large markets were set up near the East and west city gates, there were still related living facilities in each Fang District, such as grain stores and miscellaneous facilities Goods stores, jewelry stores and so on, but relatively speaking, there will be more and more things in the two cities. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, the eastern and western cities are like big supermarkets, big and complete, while the shops in each district are like small supermarkets in the community, small and refined. Of course, every block will be enclosed with a wall, which is convenient for management and residents.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s order was soon conveyed. What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect was his unintentional move, which made Luoyang''s popular sentiment rise by 10 points and reached the 60 level. It turns out that ordinary people are very happy to see that Huangfu Chaobo is so concerned about his own housing situation that he has suspended the high-grade housing under construction and given priority to the construction of ordinary housing. People''s hearts will naturally rise. As for the sudden rise of 10 points, it is because the foundation in the early stage is too poor and has just reached the safety line. Subsequently, the construction of high-grade residential areas all stopped, and the construction of ordinary residential areas soon began. Compared with the six into mansion, ordinary residence can only live in a family of four to six people, so the area must be much smaller, and it will be built much faster. In addition, the public''s mood is high, and the work efficiency is obviously much higher than that of building high-grade houses. After a day''s inspection, Huangfu Chaobo found that hundreds of houses had been built by nightfall. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo basically had to accept the sincere kneeling of the people everywhere. Later, before the people of Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the house under construction, they would shout to the people: "don''t stop to salute, seize the time to work, and strive for everyone to live in the new house this month!"


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words made ordinary people feel very kind. Some bold people answered while they were doing things: "don''t worry, you are the governor. We will do things seriously. You are so kind to us. We all remember it in our hearts!"


    "Yes, sir, don''t worry!"


    "Yes


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "OK, everyone is at ease. When everyone has a new house to live in, I''ll see you again!"


    At the beginning, he said to Huangfu Chaobo, "my Lord, when I move into a new house, I will invite you to dinner!"


    "Ha ha..." Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think that there were brave people in ordinary NPCs. However, it seems that except when he was in Luoshen town at the beginning, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he hadn''t talked with these ordinary people for a long time. So he said, "OK, I''ll go there by then. By the way, what''s your name and where''s your surname?"The man stopped for a moment, hesitated for a while, and said: "please forgive me, I didn''t tell the truth to the officials who came to count at the beginning."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately responded: "it''s OK, you must have a hard time. If you don''t want to, you can not say it."


    "I dare not. My lord treats us like this. If I hide it from you, I don''t know what to do!" Then he told Huangfu Chaobo about his situation one by one.


    It turned out that the real name of the man was Hao Shi, a native of Taiyuan in Bingzhou. He lived in a small mountain village at the foot of Taihang Mountain in the east of Taiyuan. Hao Shi was originally a blacksmith. Because his village was ransacked by Heishan thieves, the whole village was completely destroyed. Finally, he had to take his wife and children to wander in Hanoi. After staying in Hanoi for some time, he couldn''t find a suitable place to settle down I heard that Jingzhou was rich, so I wanted to go south to Jingzhou via Luoyang. I didn''t expect that once I passed the Yellow River, I was wrapped up by mountain bandits and attacked Luoyang together. Finally, I was captured under the city of Luoyang.

 Chapter 411

    Like most of the prisoners, he did not know what to do with them. So when the officials came to count the craftsmen, Hao Shi concealed his information that he was an intermediate blacksmith. However, because the officials could see that his qualification was grade B, they left him in Luoyang City. These days, after the various resettlement methods of Huangfu Chaobo were reported to the captives and ordinary residents, all the people were very happy. According to Hao Shi''s idea, after a period of time, after all the houses were built, they told the officials that they were middle-class iron when they assigned the houses Craftsman''s, at that time can also be assigned to a slightly better house.


    After hearing the words of this middle-aged man named Hao Shi, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized that there must be some cases like him among the residents of Luoyang, because he is worried about the government and hides his actual skill level. It seems that this problem needs to be discussed with Lou GUI to see how to deal with it. However, it''s not the right time to take back his thoughts. Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo asked Hao Shi coldly, "by the way, what''s your name? How old is your son this year? "


    "Lord Hui, the dog''s name is Hao Zhao. He is 6 years old." Hao Shi replied;


    "Hao Zhao, a good name..." Huangfu said politely. Suddenly, he was shocked and said, "what? What''s his name? Hao Zhao? Are you sure it''s Hao Zhao? "


    "Er Hao Shi said with a confused face, "the adults are joking. How can the dog''s name be wrong?"


    "Hao Zhao, a native of Taiyuan, joined the army as a young man and made many achievements. He was gradually promoted to general zahao. Later, he was recommended by Sima Yi to guard Chencang and defend the Shu Han. The name is right. Taiyuan people are right. The place is right. I remember that the first time it appeared was around 220 A.D. if young people joined the army and made many achievements, then they would be able to fight in their thirties. Is it really that person? " Huangfu Chaobo didn''t hear Hao Shi''s words either, and he muttered to himself alone.


    after a quick reaction, Huangfu Chaobo asked Hao Shi, "what''s your son''s character?"


    "Er, my Lord, the dog is not yet an adult and has not yet taken the word. According to the rules of the family, the dog belongs to the Tao generation, and he is also the eldest son in the family. When he comes of age, his word is either Meng Dao or Bo Dao." Hao Shi said with an embarrassed face;


    "ha ha ha... It''s called Bodao. It''s settled. The character of Hao Zhao in your family is called Bodao. Where is he? Come here, I''ll have a good look! " When Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he found that he had no chance to run. It must be Hao Bodao, who refused to enter Chencang for decades with more than a thousand soldiers. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t wait for Hao Shi to call his son.


    "Ah, er, oh... OK, I''ll let him come right away! " All of a sudden, Hao Shi was confused. What''s the matter with the Taishou? How can he casually choose words for other people''s sons? However, it''s a rare honor for him to choose words for his own son as the head of the family. Hao Shi was pushed by the warrior around Huangfu Chaobo a few times before he woke up and immediately ran to bring his wife and son over. Because Hao Shi is building a house here, his family members are arranged to do what they can at the material point nearest to the house building point. For example, his wife and son are not far from here.


    Soon, the Hao Shi family came to Huangfu Chaobo. At a glance, Huangfu Chaobo fell in love with the little boy, especially the smart eyes, which people can''t forget. Huangfu Chaobo tried to ask him a few questions and found that he could answer them smoothly and clearly. Unlike a child of six or seven years old, he was more sure of Huangfu Chaobo''s idea.


    Standing up, Huangfu Chaobo said to Hao Shi, "brother Hao, I like Xiao Zhao very much. I want to take him with me. I think this jade will shine in the future if it is carefully carved."


    "Ah..." After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Hao Shi and his wife were all stunned. It was his wife who reacted quickly and quietly pinched Hao Shi to bring Hao Shi back to reality. "Adults love me so much that I should not refuse, but It''s just


    "It doesn''t matter what you have to say." As soon as Hao Shi gritted his teeth, he said, "it''s just the only child in my family. I want to rely on him to carry on my family in the future."


    "Ha ha ha It turns out that you are worried about this. Don''t worry. I only bring this child around to cultivate him. It doesn''t mean anything else. If I bring him around, Wen has Mr. Lou and Mr. Zao, Wu has general Huang and general Dian, so you don''t have to worry at all. If you want him, you can come directly to the prefecture to see him, or pick him up from time to time It''s OK in between


    When Hao and his wife heard this, they quickly took Hao Zhao and knelt down to thank them.


    "Well, get up!" Huangfu chaobolian quickly pulled up several people and said, "by the way, what skills does your wife have?"


    "People''s wife Hao Zhang has met adults. People''s wife is a junior cook." As soon as the woman heard this, she quickly stepped forward and said,


    well, another one didn''t report. Now Huangfu Chaobo can''t take care of so many things, and said, "Oh, Junior Chef, it''s better. You can just go to the prefect''s house to work directly. In this way, you can see your son every day. As for elder brother Hao, you''d better go to the equipment center, so that you can earn more money to buy one for your family A better house"Thank you, thank you, my Lord, thank you, my little ones."


    "well, you should arrange your own affairs first, and let Hao Zhang and Hao Zhao come to see me tomorrow."


    After Huangfu Chaobo had arranged Hao Zhao''s affairs, he didn''t stay here any longer and turned to other areas for inspection.


    After Huangfu Chaobo turned and left, Hao Shi was immediately surrounded by residents working together. One by one, everyone went forward to congratulate the Haoshi and his wife. You know, whose children are favored by the governor, and if they are invited to teach them in person, it''s a great honor. Hao Shi''s family is still in the shock of great surprise. They haven''t recovered for a long time. They just didn''t reply to the congratulations from the people around them. Thank you. After all the people came forward to express their congratulations, they mainly wanted to be familiar with each other. Now the Hao Shi family has entered the eyes of the archdeacon. It''s certain that they will be prosperous in the future. Maybe they can stick some light at that time.

 Chapter 412

    However, we didn''t stay here much, because everyone has a certain amount of work to do every day. If they can''t finish their own work, the official in charge of statistics will not pay the full amount of money on that day. Of course, if you feel that the payment is wrong, you can go to the prefect''s office to complain, so you are not afraid that the official in charge of the work will deliberately embarrass you.


    After everyone stepped back, Hao Shi went to the steward and asked for instructions to report in the weapons workshop. The steward would not stop him. After all, it was arranged by the governor himself. On the contrary, he recruited a guard taxi and asked him to take Hao Jian''s family to report in the weapons workshop directly. You know, if there is no one to lead him, it is normal People can''t enter the gate of the Imperial City, let alone the weapons workshop.


    After turning around for half a day, Huangfu saw that all the construction sites were speeding up the construction of houses. In the afternoon, he finished the inspection and went back to the palace of the prefect. As soon as he got back to the palace, he asked people to invite Lou GUI and Zao only. Huang Fu Chao Bo had a preliminary idea of how to solve the problem of people hiding their skills, but he had to discuss with several people. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo sends a message to Jia Jing and calls her over. After all, the plan involves money.


    As soon as Jia Jing came in, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t bear it and said to her, "Xiaojing, do you know what I found during my inspection there today?"


    "What?" Jia Jing was very cooperative with the same performance of Huangfu Chaobo and said, "what historical generals have you found? Or what treasure? Let me guess. If you find any generals, you will bring them back. I don''t see anyone you don''t know in this hall. Is it a treasure? "


    Huangfu Chaobo said triumphantly, "Hey, hey You guessed wrong! I found a famous general


    "Really? Who is it? Has he been sent to Huang Zhong? " Jia Jing said in surprise;


    "er..." On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo blushed and said, "it''s a minor, Hao Zhao! Hao Zhao, who led more than 1000 soldiers to guard chencangcheng for the state of Wei and prevented Zhuge Liang from returning several times in vain, is only six years old now


    "Pooh It''s only six years old. If you''re a grown-up, it''ll be ten years. Are you going to form a famous general again? "


    "Hey, hey Or my wife knows me, you see, isn''t the property of Huang Xu very effective? I just checked on the Internet. In most of the games, Hao Zhao''s attribute is only about 90, and the others are all below 80. You see, now civil servants and military generals have ready-made teachers. I think as long as we cultivate them carefully, we may be able to cultivate a Zhou Gongjin or Jiang boyue, who is all around 80, and two or three of them are more than 90. Just think about it People feel excited! These are all generals who can block one side alone. Don''t you expect that? "


    "That''s good, but it''s going to take more than ten years to see it. OK, you can work hard. Anyway, if you beat your children in rainy days, you will be idle. By the way, what''s the matter with you calling me here? Is it for Hao Zhao''s sake? "


    "No, no, there are other things. I''m still waiting for Mr. Lou and Ziping. It''s about craftsmen. When I visited today, I found that Hao Zhao''s parents were craftsmen, but they didn''t go to the prefect''s residence to register. I think there must be many craftsmen among the 50000 people in Luoyang who didn''t come out for some reasons, so I want to discuss with you how to deal with this matter. " As soon as Huangfu Chaobo mentioned business, he stopped fighting and said to Jia Jing with a straight face;


    "well, this is really a problem." Jia Jing also fell into silence. Although the qualification of NPCs in the territory can be seen after this system update, the specific attributes can''t be seen unless they have recognized the owner or the NPCs show them on their own initiative. Pay attention to the difference between the two. The people under the rule of the territory can be seen in the Lord''s Handbook. With the change of the degree of recognition of the Lord, the people''s will can fluctuate up and down. If the people''s will is high, the stability of the territory is high. If the people''s enthusiasm is high, the people''s enthusiasm is low. To a certain extent, they can even refuse to work or even lead the people''s flow Loss. For a master recognizing NPC, players can check his loyalty. This refers to personal loyalty.


    While they were chatting, Lou GUI and Zaozhi came to the assembly hall of Taifu. After Huangfu Chaobo asked people to serve tea, he told them what he found today. When they heard this, they both fell into deep thinking. A moment later, Zao only said, "I''ve only met this matter once in the past few days. It''s a junior carpenter who was captured by a mountain bandit. Originally, I wanted to find time to talk about it with you, but I didn''t expect that you had found this problem. For now, there is no good way. Please forgive me


    "My Lord," Lou GUI said, "there is no good way to do this. The main reason is that the popularity of Luoyang is too low and the people''s recognition of the territory is not high. When the popularity of the territory is high, it will come out naturally."


    "I can''t blame Ziping for this. No one can help it." After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo felt that Lou GUI''s words were reasonable, but he decided to speak out the idea in his heart. "Chaobo has an idea in his heart. I don''t know if it''s feasible. Let''s talk about it and see."As a result, the "reward scheme for skilled talents in territory" has come out in this case. In order to stimulate the enthusiasm of territory craftsmen, a reward is given to skilled talents. The reward standard is 1 gold for junior level, 10 gold for intermediate level, 100 gold for senior level, 1000 gold for master level and 10000 gold for master level. The original meaning of Huangfu Chaobo is that the craftsmen who have reached the level now will be awarded according to the existing level. In the future, the craftsmen will be rewarded according to the new level every time they are promoted. But Jia Jing pointed out that in this way, it''s unfair to craftsmen who have already reached the advanced level. Can those who have not yet reported to the higher level first report to the junior level, and then to the intermediate level and then to the senior level after a while? In this way, they can get the rewards of each level? A few people think that this is indeed the case. Now there are only six craftsmen of master level or above in the whole territory. They all have big heads. Do you care about the small number? Simply, the existing craftsmen are rewarded according to the current level. In this way, no matter the old or the new ones who come in, there will be no case of concealing their own level.

 Chapter 413

    In this way, take the top six master level craftsmen as an example, they can get a one-time reward of 1111 gold. On the surface, it seems that the territory pays a little more, but only master level blacksmiths have made more than tens of thousands of pieces of black iron weapons and equipment for Huangfu Chaobo in recent years, which does not include the benefits they usually make and the apprentices taught by Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, several people did not object to such a high reward. On the contrary, Lou GUI and Lou GUI appreciated Huangfu Chaobo''s eagerness and emphasis on talents. What is the most expensive in the Three Kingdoms? Talent, this talent includes not only civil servants and military generals, but also all kinds of skilled talents. After this scheme, several people believe that the skilled talents among the residents will be almost dug up. Even if there are people who miss the net, they are very few.


    After solving a problem, Huangfu Chaobo put forward the housing problem. In the view of Huangfu Chaobo, the speed of building houses is still slower now, and the problem of moving in after the houses are built also needs to be considered. Several people discussed with each other, and later decided to carry out the zoning responsibility system for the whole construction under Jia Jing''s proposal. The whole inner city was divided into several areas, and each area was assigned to an official. Each person was responsible for evaluating the speed, firmness and reasonable use of materials of the residential buildings in the area. The final result was his recent work experience This is reflected in the form of scoring. The official''s score determines his performance and future promotion.


    As for craftsmen and the public, officials also make statistics and score according to their daily work. For each batch of houses that come out, a group of people will be arranged to move in, and those who move in will be arranged according to the score from high to low. Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing will discuss and perfect these two things in a word. Lou GUI and Zaozhi are stunned to see that they have determined the plan. They can''t get in touch for a long time. Both of them were full of praise for these two amazing plans, which made Huangfu Chaobo blush.


    After a few things were decided, they were arranged immediately. Once several plans were announced, they caused a stir among NPC residents again. Huangfu Chaobo found that after one day''s inspection, the popularity of NPC residents had risen to 62 points, three points, and 65 points. It is believed that when all the people live in new houses, the popularity of NPC residents will rise a few points, There should be no problem if the popular will reaches 70.


    After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Then he told them that today he saw a child with good aptitude and was ready to take him with him to cultivate him. At that time, the cultivation of literature and affairs will be handed over to them. Lou GUI and his wife must have agreed. They are joking that they must come to see who the child is tomorrow. They make Huangfu Chaobo move his mind to cultivate him. Huangfu Chaobo says with a smile, "you two will have a look tomorrow morning."


    The next morning, as soon as Huangfu Chaobo got up, he heard a report from the guards outside the gate. One or two hundred residents outside the gate of the Taishou mansion asked that they had come to the Taishou mansion to register their skills. Huangfu Chaobo hurried to the gate. As soon as they got to the gate, they saw that Lou GUI and Zaozhi had arrived. They looked at more than 100 people standing in a long line outside the gate and laughed at each other. Although I know that there are some craftsmen in the ordinary residents, I didn''t expect that there are so many people. It seems that I have made the right arrangement.


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Zaozhi to arrange personnel to do a good job of registration, and then asked Jia Jing to take people to get the gold and silver for reward, and started the registration and distribution at the gate of the palace. As for the craftsmen who are already in the weapons workshop, Huangfu Chaobo directly arranges personnel to register and distribute in the weapons workshop, while the craftsmen in Luoshen town can only be registered and distributed by the officials in charge of Luoshen town. After these things were arranged, Huangfu Chaobo saw that Hao Zhang had already taken Hao Zhao to one side and waited. He quickly asked several people to go to the prefect''s residence. While walking, he took Hao Zhao''s hand and said, "Xiao Zhao, there will be two gentlemen to test you. Remember, just answer what you think, OK!"


    "I know, uncle Taishou!" Hao Zhao nodded his head wisely and replied;


    just at this time, Jia Jing came out with two female generals. As soon as he saw Hao Zhao''s tiger head, several people screamed and ran over: "Wow, how lovely!" Huang Wu die pinched Xiao Hao Zhao''s face and said, "uncle, who is he? Will you come with us in the future? "


    Jia Jing came forward and picked him up and said, "are you hao Zhao?"


    Xiao Hao Zhao replied, "yes, I am Hao Zhao. In order to take a word called Bodao, you can also call me Bodao, but who are you? Why is it in the prefect''s mansion? "


    "Wow, it''s so cute..." Zhao Yu took it from Jia Jing and said,


    "well, we have business to do. Xiaoyu, please put him down first. Xiaozhao, this is Auntie Jing, this is sister wudie, and this is sister Xiaoyu. They all live in the prefecture Huangfu Chaobo takes Hao Zhao from Zhao Yu, puts him on the ground and introduces him to several people one by one. Hao Zhao salutes them one by one like a little adult, and makes some girls cute.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo did not care so much and led him directly to the meeting hall. After everyone had settled down, Huangfu Chaobo said, "gentlemen, we have to wait a moment before we can start. Brother Hansheng and Lao Dian have not come yet." The voice just falls, see Huang Zhong and Dian Wei two people one front and one back came over.After they met Huangfu Chaobo, they sat down in their own place. Lou GUI was shocked by Huangfu Chaobo''s behavior. Originally, they thought that Huangfu Chaobo was just on the spur of the moment, but they didn''t expect that for the sake of this child, they were going to let all four of them come to teach him. They became more and more interested in children.


    "Well, we''re all here. Now we can start. Who will come first? " Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "I''ll come first," Lou GUI got up, walked up to Hao Zhao and said, "you should have entered elementary school, right? What did you learn? "


    "Mr. Hui, when he was four years old, he went to elementary school in the village. First he taught the Analects of Confucius and Mencius, and then he learned the great learning and the doctrine of the mean. When he was five years old, he learned Zhouli, one of the three rites in the book of songs and the book of rites. Last year, when the village was robbed by yellow scarves, he was learning Yili. Later, he fled south with his parents, so he had no time to study any more." Xiao Hao Zhao respectfully saluted Lou GUI and said,


    after a disciple''s ceremony

 Chapter 414

    "Well, you can recite University for me!" Lou guidao;


    "the way of university is to be moral, to be close to the people and to be perfect. After knowing, there is determination; after determination, there is calmness; after calmness, there is calmness; after calmness, there is worry; after worry, there is gain. Things have their roots and ends, and things have their ends. If you know the sequence of things, you will have a shortcut. " As soon as Lou GUI''s voice fell, Hao Zhao began to recite it.


    A pillar of incense less than time, has been "University" all recited down, the middle did not even a little stuck.


    "Good, good," said the golden mean. "Confucius said:" the south is strong, the north is strong, and the north is strong? Lenient to teach, do not report no way, the south is also strong, gentleman home. Ren Jin Ge, die but never tire of, the north is also strong, and the strong live in it. "


    Then he asked several explanations, and Hao Zhao answered them in an orderly way. He heard Lou GUI nodding and saw Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jingmu gaping.


    After asking a few questions, Lou Guicai went back to Huangfu Chaobo with satisfaction and said, "Lord, I admire you for your ability to know people. Congratulations, Lord. If you cultivate him carefully, you will help him in the future."


    "Hey, hey..." For Lou GUI''s praise, Huangfu Chaobo did not answer with a smile. Instead, he turned to Zaozhi and said, "Ziping, it''s your turn."


    Zao just stood up and said with a smile: "with Mr. Zibo, Zhuyu in front, I have nothing to ask. Next, I can give it to Hansheng and hellai to see how the martial affairs are."


    Dian Wei and Huang Zhong look at each other, and both signal each other to come forward first. They are not willing to go forward first. Finally, Huang Zhong says that Dian Wei''s force is higher than himself, and let Dian Wei come first.


    Dian wei walked forward and looked around Hao Zhao for a long time. Then he pinched it from head to foot again and said, "young master, this skeleton is suitable for practicing martial arts, but his skeleton is not suitable for old Dian''s rigid route. On the contrary, it''s brother Hansheng''s flexible route." Then he stepped back. Then Huang Zhong came forward and touched Hao Zhao from opposite foot to foot again and said, "yes, this son has long hands and feet. His bones are really not suitable for general Dian''s fierce martial arts, but he is very suitable for flexible weapons. However, the weapon he is most suitable to practice is not my long sword, but his long gun. Young master, there is one person whose martial arts are most suitable for him to practice! "


    "Oh, brother, do you mean Zilong? It''s a pity that Zilong still doesn''t know where he is? What''s more, I don''t know whether Zilong will be willing or not at that time. " Huangfu Chaobo was happy at first, and then he said dejectedly;


    "it''s all right. The child has already built a foundation, but it''s not complete, so I''ll spend half a year to a year to build a foundation for him. Besides, in the early stage, although I''m not proficient in gunshot, I still have no problem in basic introduction. In this way, in the early stage, it will take about three years, and then it will be a good time If Zilong has no news or can''t be taught for other reasons, I can teach him Huang''s cirrus Sabre technique. After all, I don''t want to be proficient in all kinds of martial arts, but at least I have to be proficient in basic gunnery and basic Sabre techniques. " Huang Zhongdao;


    "Er," Huang Fu Chaobo thought, so he had to, so he was ready to make arrangements.


    "Well That... " Zhao Yu watched for a long time and looked at Huangfu Chaobo''s tangled appearance. He hummed: "actually, actually..."


    "Oh, what does Xiaoyu want to say?" Huangfu Chaobo was surprised that Zhao Yu didn''t usually speak like this, so he quickly asked;


    "well, I just want to say that I can help teach Xiao Zhao''s shooting skills before the second brother came back. If, I mean if you agree! " Zhao Yu hesitated and said,


    "yes!" Huangfu Chaobo patted his thigh and said, "Zilong is not here. Isn''t there a light rain? If you are willing to teach Xiao Zhao, that''s great. I will certainly agree with you. "


    "Thank you, sister Xiaoyu!" Huang Wudi took Zhao Yu''s hand and said happily;


    "don''t thank me, Xiaodie. I''m afraid I can''t teach well." Zhao Yu said shyly;


    "no, no..." Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing listened and hurriedly went by the side road;


    seeing that Hao Zhao''s affairs had been successfully arranged, Huangfu Chaobo immediately relaxed and said, "well, Xiao Zhao, from tomorrow on, you will build a foundation with General Huang in the morning, study literature in the morning, and practice martial arts in the afternoon. I''ll let you know the exact arrangement then. " Speaking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that there was a child in Dianwei''s family, so he said: "by the way, Laodian, how old is your family Xiaoman now? You can certainly handle the martial arts training by yourself, but you are very hard to do. I think you can bring him here. At least you can have a companion with Xiaozhao when you are practicing."


    Dian Wei was very moved and immediately said, "yes, sir, I''ll let him come here every morning to practice with Hao Zhao."


    Just as he was about to finish, Shi a hurried in and walked up to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "general, general Hua of Hulao pass has sent a message from flying pigeons. The grain transportation team of changshe has arrived at Hulao pass, and the guards are 5500 soldiers. General Hua said that he has sent 3000 soldiers to join the guards. Considering the situation of Henan, he suggested that the general should come from Luoyang Send troops to meet them, just in case. ""Well, what do you mean, sir?" Huangfu Chaobo didn''t agree, but he asked Lou GUI.


    "It''s better for the general to send troops to meet him. Now Henan is not peaceful, and the amount of grain transported by the motorcade is too large, which will inevitably cause some people''s greed." Lou GUI thought for a moment;


    after hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was so surprised that he broke out in a cold sweat. He was too careless. After all, there were hundreds of thousands of stone grain, and Huaxiong''s soldiers were only eight thousand soldiers in charge of the guard. If people really moved their minds and couldn''t catch others'' fire, they would lose a lot. So he immediately stood up and saluted Lou GUI and said, "what you taught me is that it''s super wave." Then he turned to Dian Wei and said, "Lao Dian, you should take the soldiers to meet him. You should take your own guards to take over the 5500 taxi soldiers. They should be the A-level taxi soldiers that I asked Chen Jing to transfer from changshe to Luoyang. Besides, let Huyan take Xiliang cavalry with you. Dancing butterfly and Xiaoyu will stay in Luoyang. Anyway, they have nothing to do. Let''s go together. Shi a, send a letter to Hua Xiong and tell him that Luoyang will send a large army to meet him. The logistics team will wait until the army arrives. There is also Ziping. The number of warehouses in the imperial city needs to be increased. Let''s build eight more granaries. "


    Several people who were ordered by Huangfu Chaobo all stood up and said: "the last general will take orders!"


    "All right, let''s break up!" Seeing that there was nothing more to do, Huangfu Chaobo said;


    he said

 Chapter 415

    After all of them answered, they left the meeting hall one after another. Huangfu Chaobo took Hao Zhao to the direction of the weapons workshop, mainly to see how the craftsman registration was going. Huang Zhong must have gone back to the barracks to train, while Zao just arranged and inspected today''s construction. Only Lou GUI and Huangfu Chaobo had no specific affairs, so Huangfu Chaobo called him to go with Shi A. after a whole day''s inspection yesterday, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have time to listen to Shi A''s Report on the situation of shadow guards, and now he can walk while he goes Listen.


    Seeing this, Shi a followed Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI, talking about the formation of shadow guard. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, Shi a had all the soldiers, residents and even prisoners inside and outside Luoyang City, and selected 500 people. In addition to 100 of them who brought Lou Jing to Youzhou, the other 400 people had gradually settled down after nearly ten days of training The reason why the news of Hulao pass came so quickly this time was thanks to the carrier pigeon. The next time we are going to arrange the intelligence personnel of the surrounding forces. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, the focus of intelligence is not only Dong Zhuo''s power in Chang''an, but also Han Fu and Yuan Shao''s in Jizhou, Hebei, and Cao Cao''s in Yuzhou. As for other places, because the manpower is limited, we can''t take care of them for the time being.


    Two days later, more than 6000 pawns with horses arrived at hulaoguan, and immediately took over the logistics team from Huaxiong. At the same time, 5500 pawns were included in his own pro guard forces. After adding more than 5000 pawns, pawns did not start immediately, but spent a day reorganizing more than 8000 Pro guard forces. So after three days'' rest in hulaoguan, the logistics team set foot on the journey again. However, the team that started again has increased nearly ten thousand soldiers. Dianwei took four thousand Xiliang cavalry under the command of huyandu as the forerunner, and released the Chihou nearly 20 li away. The latter team was Zhao Yu, who led three thousand hulaoguan soldiers. Six thousand Pro Guard soldiers were distributed on both sides of the team. Two thousand Huben cavalry soldiers led by Huang wudie were stationed in the central army, ready for mobile support at any time.


    In the next few days, Dian Wei didn''t let the motorcade hurry up. Instead, he started at daybreak. After walking 50 miles every day, he stopped driving. Instead, he arranged to camp and set out on the road the next day. After passing Luoshui, I was even more cautious. I spent the night in two counties. In this way, it took almost five days to transport the hundreds of thousands of stone grain to Luoyang.


    What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know was that it was because of Dianwei''s caution that he saved this batch of grain. On the road 200 miles from Hulao pass to Luoyang, several waves of people were eyeing this batch of grain.


    In early February of the second year of Chuping, it was chilly in spring, and the Taihang Mountains were still covered by heavy snow in early spring. In Taihang Mountain between Hebei and Hebei, there is a huge mountain stronghold - Feiyan stronghold, which is the home of the black mountain army. The owner of this place is Zhang Yan, the chief General of the black mountain army. As the largest base of the black mountain army, there are as many as 100000 yellow scarf soldiers and civilians here. However, there are only 40000 Real World War I taxi soldiers, and more than 20000 of them are real yellow scarf elite. After the system was updated, the yellow scarf army''s taxi soldiers were reclassified. For example, the original 10000 yellow scarf warriors in Zhang Yan''s hands were designated as level 7 It is only one rank lower than the Imperial Guard of the eighth rank. There are also level 26 yellow scarf cavalry, level 85 yellow scarf long Spearman and level 24 elite yellow scarf Archer, especially these two thousand cavalry, which are unique in the whole yellow scarf army.


    In the mountains of Taihang Mountain, there are more than 100 mountain strongholds of different sizes. There are tens of thousands to hundreds of yellow scarf soldiers and civilians in them. That''s why people often say that there are more than one million black mountain soldiers. Although most of them are only Zhang Yan''s leaders, there are still nearly half of the yellow scarf leaders who are unwilling to go down, such as Yang Feng, Yu Du, Yu Wei Li Damu, Bai Rao, Qi Gu and others each have 30000 or 50000 men. They are not convinced by Zhang Yan. Now Zhang Yan does not completely control the whole Heishan army. However, after Zhang Yan took over all Zhang Niujiao''s territory and troops, there are now more than a dozen shanzhais, which are controlled by the yellow scarf leader who is loyal to Zhang Niujiao or Zhang Yan himself. In all, Zhang Yan can completely control more than 300000 troops. Therefore, although other black mountain armies are not convinced of him, they have to respect Zhang Yan as the leader because of his inferior strength.


    In the Juyi Hall of the main village of Feiyan village, although the wind is bitter outside, there are several huge braziers burning in the hall, which make it warm as spring. There are more than ten yellow turban leaders sitting around. The leader is Zhang Yan, who is known as Feiyan. The next leader is all the leaders and generals of Zhang Yan''s villages.


    Zhang Yan raised her glass and said, "come on, brothers, let''s drink this glass full!"


    "OK, Yan Shuai, please..."


    The heads of yellow scarves sitting at the bottom of the table, hearing the words, quickly raised their glasses in front of them and drank with Zhang Yan.


    After several times of drinking, Zhang Yancai said: "you are all the old people under the adoptive father, and also the closest and trusted people of Feiyan. This time I''m going to call you here. I want to discuss something with you and listen to your opinions. "


    "Yan Shuai, just say it. We are all rude people. What do you say and what do we do?" Zuo Xiao and Lei Gong, sitting at the bottom of the table, said immediately;Other people see this, also expressed one after another, listen to Zhang Yan''s arrangement.


    But Zhang Yan did not speak. After everyone stopped, she said what she thought. As a yellow scarf man with ideal and pursuit, Zhang Yan has been committed to integrating the yellow scarf army and people in Taihang Mountain since she took over the Heishan army from Zhang Niujiao. Of course, this is only his first small goal. The next small goal is to unify the whole yellow scarf army, so that he can realize the wish of general Tiangong.


    "Gentlemen, since general Tiangong was promoted to Tiantian, the living conditions of Huangjin have become more and more difficult, so now we can only live in this gully! Are you willing? " Zhang Yandao;


    "not reconciled!"


    "Yes, why should we stay in this ravine? Those gentry eat like fat heads and ears, and there are people to serve us when we go in and out!"


    Zhang Yan once said, successfully aroused everyone''s resentment. Seeing that all the people had been attracted by their own words, Zhang Yan was very satisfied, and then said: "everyone, we have been hiding in this valley all these years, just because there are too many officers and soldiers outside, but now there is an opportunity in front of us. I don''t know if you have the courage to go with Zhang Yan!"

 Chapter 416

    "Come on, Yan Shuai, where are you going to take us?" As soon as everyone heard this, he jumped up and said;


    "everyone, we''re going to fight here this time..." Zhang Yan stepped down from the theme, came to a simple map, and took a fierce photo of a place name;


    "Luoyang!"


    "Hiss..."


    Then, Zhang Yan gave the leaders of the Heishan army a detailed introduction to the current situation of Luoyang. When we all know the current situation of Luoyang, everyone is excited! According to Zhang Yan''s understanding, there are only less than 30000 troops in Luoyang, and the others are 35000 civilians. The most important thing is that Luoyang has what the black mountain army needs most, hundreds of thousands of stone grain! Yes, it''s food! The steep terrain of Taihang Mountains enables the Heishan army to stay in peace and not be afraid of the encirclement and suppression of the Chaoting army. However, one of them is fatal. The food in the mountain area can barely satisfy the current Heishan army. Once there is any natural disaster leading to the reduction of food production, the Heishan army will certainly starve to death, let alone develop.


    Of course, there is another factor for the Huangjin army to attack Luoyang: the current Luoyang prefect Huangfu Chaobo and Huangjin have a deep hatred. When he was in changshe, it was he who burned millions of Huangjin soldiers to death. What''s more, he was Zhu Jun''s student and Huangfu song''s nephew. Both of them were Huangjin''s enemies. One slaughtered hundreds of thousands of Huangjin soldiers in Nanyang, Another killed hundreds of thousands of yellow turban troops in Jizhou. Not only that, he also dug up the body of general Tiangong and whipped it. Every one of these things was enough for the Huang Jin army to tear the person to pieces. What''s more, these things were all related to Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, everyone thought that it was just a matter of God not to attack Luoyang.


    What''s more, Zhang Yan''s meaning is not only to attack Luoyang, but also to take advantage of this opportunity to make yellow scarves all over the world. After listening to Zhang Yan''s words, all the leaders of the black mountain army agreed that Zhang Yan organized the yellow scarf army to attack Luoyang. So Zhang Yan immediately sent people to send out heroic posts to the yellow scarf army and invited the leaders of the yellow scarf army to meet in Feiyan village ten days later to discuss major events.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was ready to arrange things in Luoyang and went offline, he didn''t know that a war against Luoyang was being prepared in a mountain stronghold in the north.


    After receiving Zhang Yan''s invitation, the world''s yellow scarf generals basically personally or sent people to attend the gathering. In addition to the black mountain army, there are Baibo army, Jingzhou yellow scarf and several yellow scarf leaders around Luoyang. However, Guan Hai of Qingzhou Huangjin and Cheng Yuanzhi of Youzhou Huangjin refused Zhang Yan''s invitation on the ground of long journey. However, Zhang Yan didn''t care much. The yellow scarf leaders who came here expressed their willingness to take part in the attack on Luoyang. They also agreed that the leader who first attacked Luoyang would be recommended as the leader of the yellow scarf in the world. Zhang Yan asked people to make statistics. If all the yellow scarf leaders who agreed to send troops this time were willing to send half of them, the number of troops attacking Luoyang this time would reach as many as 250000. In this way, it would be ten times as many as the forces guarding the city. Even if only half of them are elite, they can be more than 100000.


    A great war is about to start in Luoyang, which has experienced the burning of the city. The old capital of this great man will fall into the abyss of blood and fire again, and the temporary owner of Luoyang city does not know the coming war.


    Not only is the yellow scarf army ready to move, in fact, there are also people around Luoyang who are very interested in Luoyang''s soldiers and horses. Not long after Huangfu Chaobo took over Luoyang, the overlord players around Luoyang also launched attacks on their lost territory. However, because the defensive power of NPC was not small, less than 20% of them were able to successfully recapture their original territory, and many people were defeated. After the territory around Luoyang was renewed, all the city territory was occupied by different forces, such as bandits, bandits, yellow scarf army, and rebellion army. The number of various forces occupied the territory around Luoyang ranged from thousands to hundreds.


    For example, Xiake is one of the forces that successfully recaptured his own territory. After Dong Zhuo retired, Xiake stayed in his secret territory for several months, and let Gaolan train 4000 soldiers. In addition to the 500 guards in his hands, 4500 soldiers captured his own Luonan town in early June, and then dived again and planted half a year in silence It can be said that if Dong Zhuo wants to take the next county, it will not be a big problem. However, will the Huangfu super Expo in Luoyang agree?


    After much hesitation, the knight decided to wait. However, instead of being idle, he quietly accumulated strength. For example, he helped the lords who had made friends with him to take their territories, or even directly controlled the better territories around Luonan town with his best friends, and then integrated these territories into a lords player alliance. However, at this time, former comrades in arms came to the door. In the administrative Hall of Luonan Town, the swordsman saw the amorous sword, and stepped on the boundary of Luoyang again after more than half a year. The amorous sword certainly did not come to play, but to contact the swordsman for the power of Huangjin army, and the target was Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang City.


    The two sides hit it off, but although the Xiake wanted to give Huangfu Chaobo pan Zi, he would not be so stupid that he would directly send troops to participate in it. He only promised to provide information for the Huangjin army, and even to provide weapons, equipment and food for the Huangjin army if he could. Of course, he didn''t ask much, that is, after the Huangjin army captured Luoyang, he was allowed to occupy Luonan One or two of the county towns in Beijing will certainly agree to this request. After all, it''s just generosity from others, and it doesn''t affect you. However, you can get a steady stream of information and buy weapons and food. Therefore, without the knowledge of Huangfu Chaobo and others, Luoyang''s intelligence was continuously sent to Zhang Yan and others.When Dian Wei led the army to escort the grain team to Luoyang, nearly 300000 troops had quietly marched towards Henan.


    When Dianwei arrived in Luoyang with food and grass, Huangfu Chaobo and his party just came back from outside the city. Several people were walking inside from outside the prefect''s mansion. They saw that Dianwei was already waiting at the door. Huangfu Chaobo joked that Dianwei had become a general of logistics. Just as they were about to go to the meeting hall, they heard a rush of footsteps behind them. When Huangfu Chaobo looked back, he saw Shi''a coming towards the palace with sweat. Seeing that several people of Huangfu Chaobo were here, Shi a said: "great, Lord, several adults, everyone is here, emergency intelligence!..."

 Chapter 417

    Lou GUI immediately stopped Shi''a and said: "Shi Xiaowei, if you have something to say in the meeting hall, this is not a place to talk."


    Shi a Leng, wake up to come over immediately, way: "Lord, is subordinate rash! Please move to the meeting hall! The other is to ask the Lord to invite General Huang over. "


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately realized that something had happened. He turned his head and nodded to Ma Jin behind him. Ma Jin immediately arranged a personal guard to go to the military camp in the city to invite Huang Zhong.


    When they entered the meeting hall, Huangfu Chaobo motioned Ma Jin to close the door. At the same time, he ordered his guards to stay away from the hall for 20 steps. After confirming that they were safe, he said to Shi ashen, "tell me, what made the first great Xia''s disciples so scared!"


    "Lord, you have just received the news that both Pingxian and Pingyin have been occupied by yellow scarf thieves. Shadow guards sneak into the city risking their lives. It is finally confirmed that the number of yellow scarf thieves in the two counties is at least 50000!" Shi a swallowed a mouthful of saliva and stabilized his mind;


    "bang Dang"


    Huangfu Chaobo, who just picked up the tea on the table, was so surprised that all the cups fell to the ground.


    "Well?" Huangfu Chaobo was so scared that he didn''t respond for a long time. "What? Fifty thousand? Are you sure? "


    "My subordinates confirm that there will be more or less. They have sent shadow to cross the river to check the situation there and see if there are any yellow scarf thieves who have not crossed the river yet!" Shi a replied seriously;


    seeing this, Lou GUI stood up and asked, "Shi Xiaowei, did you say when it happened in the shadow report?" He is a wise man with intelligence of nearly 90 years. He asked the key of the problem as soon as he opened his mouth.


    "The counties between the two passes in Henan are all under the attention of the shadow, and nothing unusual has been found in the past ten days. Until this morning, the shadow in charge of the two cities suddenly found that these two counties are a little too quiet compared with usual. So he disguised himself as a refugee and sneaked into the city to inquire for information. Who knows that when he came to the city, the whole city was full of yellow scarf soldiers. After carefully understanding the situation, shadow took advantage of the time when it was almost dark to sneak out of the city. Then, he rushed back to report to me With that, Shi a reported the situation of shadow to him and told them in detail.


    After listening to this, we all feel that things are really serious. However, Lou GUI did not stop and continued to ask, "Shi Xiaowei, when will the shadow of Hebei come back? Is there any sign of the yellow scarf thief in other directions of Luoyang? "


    "Hebei will not have news until tomorrow morning at the earliest. After listening to shadow''s report, I have sent out all the shadows. Cities and towns around Luoyang will explore again, but the latest information will not be sent back until tomorrow. In addition, my subordinates hope that the Lord can send out cavalry to help shadow fight We''re not going to find out. "


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was ready to speak, Ma Jin''s voice came from the door: "general, General Huang is here!"


    "Please come in, brother!"


    As soon as Huang Zhong entered the door, he found that all the people present were dignified. He didn''t know why. After General Huang Zhong saluted Huangfu Chaobo, Huangfu Chaobo asked Shi a to tell Huang Zhong what he had just learned.


    After hearing Shi A''s words, Huang Zhong said, "Shi Xiaowei, what''s the situation around Luoyang?"


    "Brother, Shia has sent out all shadows. The latest information will not be sent back until tomorrow morning." Huangfu Chaobo was talking to Lou GUI and said, "what do you think we should do now


    "Now the intelligence is not perfect, so it is not easy to make arrangements for the time being. It''s just that from now on, soldiers and weaponry should be ready. " Lou GUI shook his head and said,


    "well, Shi''a, you go to the two counties tonight to explore the intelligence of the yellow scarf thieves. Huyan leads the Xiliang iron cavalry to assist the shadow guard to explore the intelligence within 50 Li around Luoyang. Dian Wei''s task is to finish the training of more than 8000 guards as soon as possible. Before the training, the pro guards will be the reserve force of Luoyang. Huang Zhong, Luoyang From now on, the soldiers in the city are ready for war and ready for war at any time. From now on, the weapons workshop will spare no effort to make two kinds of arrows. Other people will listen to orders at any time, and the news will be temporarily closed, so as not to cause panic among the residents! Well, if you don''t have anything else to do, just go and do yourself a favor Huangfu Chaobo saw that several people had reached a consensus, so he quickly gave the order.


    "Not to be ordered!"


    "I''ll take the order!"


    Several people who were ordered to stand up and go!


    After seeing everyone go out, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Sir, do you think the yellow scarf will attack on a large scale this time? If so, how many troops will there be? "


    "Childe," because it was no longer the time for discussion, only two people were discussing, and Lou GUI only used his usual name. "At present, the intelligence is not perfect, and it''s not easy to speculate. However, I estimate that the yellow scarf thieves will attack a lot of troops this time. We should be ready as soon as possible. "


    "According to the plan of my husband, will the 3000 soldiers and horses in Hulao pass stay? And the 20000 troops from changshe? Now if we let them go back to hulaoguan, I''m afraid it''s not very safe on the road? " Huangfu Chaobo frowned.Lou GUI gently shaved his beard, frowned, and said: "in the current situation, it''s better to leave them in Luoyang first. First, it''s not safe to return. Luoyang can''t send troops to escort them back to Hulao pass now. It''s not enough to rely on 3000 soldiers. Secondly, the estimated number of the yellow scarf bandits attacking Luoyang this time should be about 150000. Compared with the previous bandits, the yellow scarf army''s combat power is several percent stronger. Therefore, for the sake of safety, it''s better to leave the 20000 soldiers behind. In case something goes wrong, we still have the source of recruits, but the young master needs to explain it to Zongheng county magistrate. Besides, the three cities around Luoyang and the three passes must be strictly guarded. You can''t attack without orders! "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "yes, I''ll explain to him right away Then he rushed to the door and said, "come on!"


    Ma Jin and Sun Ping outside the door answered the call.


    "Sun Ping, give orders to the three generals of the three cities around Luoyang. From now on, do a good job of closing the city gate pass. No one can enter or leave the city gate pass without my orders. Ma Jin, you take people to hand over the 3000 soldiers sent by hulaoguan this time and the 20000 civilian men from changshe to General Huang, and tell him that these people will be deployed by him for the time being, but tell him that they can''t be recruited from civilian men if they are less than 10000. "

 Chapter 418

    After they answer the promise, they turn around and go out to make arrangements. Lou GUI sees that there is nothing left, so he gets up and leaves. After everyone left, Huangfu Chaobo was able to pull through the world''s communication devices. He explained all the things here to him. He said frankly that if necessary, he would let Huangfu Chaobo recruit directly from Minfu. He also asked if he needed the support from changshe. Huangfu Chaobo refused to help the soldiers. After all, it''s very good to have 1000 cavalry in a county. No one had 10000 soldiers like Huangfu Chaobo did when he was in changshe. There were two or three thousand cavalry among them. After all, the consumption of cavalry was too large. After taking over changshe from all over the world, he still insisted on recruiting 1000 cavalry. If the changshe sent reinforcements, it would take more than half a month for the soldiers to arrive in Luoyang, and the day lily would be cold.


    As far as a county is concerned, nearly half of the young and strong people are occupied by 20000 civilian men. This is still a big city like changshe. Therefore, Huangfu would not recruit soldiers from civilian men if he could not do more than ten thousand, but he should first say hello to Zongheng. After the system is updated, you can''t recruit without limit. The number of recruits is limited by the population of your own territory. This is more reasonable and makes many players regret it. In the past, there were soldiers who didn''t dare to recruit, but now they want to recruit no one, especially high-level arms, which makes players want to cry without tears.


    With the order of Huangfu Chaobo, the whole Luoyang prefect''s mansion entered a state of war readiness.


    The next day, early in the morning, all the people gathered in the prefecture, waiting for Shi a to send the latest information. As soon as they all sat down, Shi a walked into the assembly hall of the prefect''s house. Seeing that everyone was there, he quickly went forward and said, "Lord, you adults..."


    Huangfu Chaobo stopped Shi a and said, "don''t worry. Sit down and have breakfast first. Don''t worry about it."


    Finish saying, signal a person will have already made breakfast to everybody carry up.


    Everyone was so moved that they quickly got up to thank him. After that, they quietly finished their breakfast. After everyone had finished eating, Huangfu Chaobo motioned to the guards to guard outside the door. Then he said, "well, let''s talk about it. What''s the specific situation like?"


    Shi a had been tired all night at this time. When he was eating just now, he also passed the information he had explored and the information that the shadow guard had explored in his heart. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo asked him, and then he came all the information in an orderly way.


    Last night, Shi a took several shadow guards to sneak into Pingxian county and Pingyin County. After a whole night, he finally found out the intelligence of the two counties. The Heishan army headed by Zhang Yan occupied Pingxian county with a total force of about 30000, while the Baibo army dominated by Guo Da occupied Pingyin County with a total force of about 20000. Hebei''s shadow has come back with news, and the yellow scarf bandits have been found. The total number should be around 100000. According to Shi A''s information, the Heishan army and the Baibo bandits started crossing the river three days ago, and they used the night time to cross the river first. After 5000 elite soldiers came over, they occupied the two counties with lightning speed. Then they closed the gates during the day, and took the soldiers to cross the river at night, because there was no change in the counties around Luoyang all the time All the shadow guards are inexperienced and can''t see the difference at all, so Shi a didn''t get any information until yesterday when he was discovered by a senior Ranger.


    According to this situation, it should take about five days for all the 100000 yellow scarf thieves to cross the river. Another thing is that shadow and Xiliang cavalry sent out later yesterday found about 50000 yellow scarf bandits in the area between yique pass and Dagu pass in the south of Luoyang. However, this group of bandits is obviously not as elite as black mountain bandits and white wave bandits, and they don''t even have all kinds of weapons. Among the 50000 people, less than 30000 really have iron weapons, and the others are simple weapons Single tool. As for the East and west sides of Luoyang, there is no trace of the yellow scarf thief.


    After talking about the news from shadow, Lou GUI and Huang Zhong asked some detailed questions, and Shi a answered them one by one. Huangfu Chaobo saw that everyone had no other questions, so he opened his mouth and said to Sun Ping: "is there any news from the three cities around Luoyang?"


    After getting the three gates of the three cities have been closed, ready, there is no abnormal news.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was about to speak, Jia Jing stood up and said, "Shi Xiaowei, is there anything unusual about those alien territories around Luoyang?"


    "Lord huizhubo, I haven''t found anything unusual in the alien territory yet." Shia quickly got up and replied: joke, is that disrespectful? This is the mother!


    Having said that, I have to mention the current situation of the player lords in Luoyang. Since the system was updated, the original lords and the major players around Luoyang have returned one after another. Because of the limitation of the system, the number of villages has decreased sharply. At first, the players all hoped to fight a town level territory, but soon they were all hit with blood and their heads were broken. Later, they were all killed If you have a lower vision, no matter what level you are, you should occupy the quota first. When you are strong enough, you can play one or two towns as subordinate territory (that is to say, kaifencheng). So, in a few months, all the villages around Luoyang have been swept. Now there are only the small town level or above territories that players can''t chew. Although the number of players'' territories around Luoyang has not reached 20% of the original number, the number is almost the same. Fortunately, there are only ten villages and towns within the ten li area around Luoyang, and the rest are basically outside the twenty Li area."Well, everyone knows, now..." Huangfu Chaobo saw that everyone had no other questions to ask, so he said. Just at this time, the system prompt sounded: "Ding Dong, congratulations to the players for opening the fifth link of rebuilding Luoyang mission: yellow scarf invasion! The gradual recovery of Luoyang and the shortage of troops caused the peep of the rest of the yellow scarf party, so they secretly gathered to seize Luoyang as a base, and took out the slogan that those who entered Luoyang first were the leaders of the yellow scarf in the world. In ten days, 200000 yellow scarf troops will invade Luoyang. Please be ready


    "Ha ha," Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a wry smile, "you have confirmed it now. Just now, I also received a prompt. This is the fifth part of the task of rebuilding Luoyang. The yellow scarf thieves will attack Luoyang with 200000 troops. Although the system prompts that they will arrive at the outskirts of Luoyang City in ten days, we should think about how to do it! Ladies and gentlemen, this 200000 army is not as simple as the original bandit attack. Many of the yellow scarf soldiers are veteran soldiers who have experienced war for a long time, and many of the yellow scarf leaders are proficient in military affairs, such as Zhang Yan of the Heishan army, Yang Feng and Han Siam of the Baibo army. They are rare generals. "


    "200000..."

 Chapter 419

    When you heard that Huangfu Chaobo said that there were 200000 yellow scarf thieves, you were scared by this number. This is 200000. Now the total number of all the people in Luoyang is less than half. The army is less than 30000, and there are only more than 30000 young people among the ordinary people. The last time the bandits attacked Luoyang, there were only more than 100000 people, more than 80000 strong people, and only 50000 real taxi soldiers. Now Huang Jin has sent out 200000 troops at once. According to the information reported by the shadow guard, even if the yellow scarf army in the south is just a mob, there are 150000 Black Mountain army and white wave army alone. These are not ordinary bandits, but the yellow scarf army who has been fighting for a long time. You know, even if only half of the soldiers can fight, there are not a hundred thousand of them. There are only 30000 soldiers among 100000 people. It''s a headache to think about it. When Huangfu Chaobo''s words were over, everyone in the audience fell into silence.


    "Lord," Zaozhi came out first. "I have a problem."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that Zao only had some ideas, and immediately said happily, "Ziping, if you have any ideas, just say them."


    "Yes, I asked. Since it will take five days for the yellow scarf thieves to reach the outskirts of Luoyang, today is March 1, and the planting of grain in ten towns has begun, will the planting of grain in ten affiliated towns continue? What''s more, how to arrange the personnel and various materials in ten townships? " As an official in charge of the internal affairs, there is nothing wrong with Zaozhi''s problem.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo reached for his forehead and said, "we''ll discuss what Ziping said later. What do others think about the attack of the yellow scarf thieves? "


    "Lord, everyone, now it has been confirmed that the yellow scarf thieves are coming for Luoyang City. The next thing is how to defend. First of all, we need to determine which places we need to defend?" Lou GUI stood up and said;


    "the yellow scarf bandits are coming to Luoyang this time. Since they want to occupy Luoyang, they should not take into account the surrounding three counties and ten towns before they capture Luoyang, so it is basically certain that the subordinate territories of the ten towns will not be destroyed, and the three counties and Hangu pass will not be attacked At most, it''s just to send troops to monitor, because once Luoyang city is built, the surrounding cities and towns are all in the bag of the yellow scarf army, so it''s not necessary to defeat the general at the expense of the army. According to the lower official''s conjecture, the yellow scarf army should send 10000 to 20000 troops each to monitor the East and west sides of Luoyang, so as to prevent them from coming to support Luoyang City. " Lou GUI said slowly after everyone digested what he had said in front of him;


    "that''s right," jujube was only in a side road; "so we just need to recruit all the people from ten towns back to Luoyang City. As for the guards of the other counties and Hangu pass, they only need to keep close watch on the city to prevent the yellow scarf army from attacking Luoyang for a long time and then turn to attack the surrounding areas. In this way, apart from being used to monitor several Guancheng, the yellow scarf soldiers and horses we need to face should be around 16. "


    "Well, in that case, brother, you can tell us the situation of troops that can be mobilized in Luoyang City under this arrangement." Huangfu Chaobo saw that people at the two levels of military division all said that, and then contacted the system to prompt that the Huangjin army was preparing to take Luoyang City as a base. He also agreed with them.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Huang Zhong thought for a moment, stood up and said: "general, if you calculate according to Lord Lou''s conjecture, then in Luoyang City, besides the 8000 Pro Guard troops in the hands of general Dian Wei, we can mobilize more than 13000 soldiers below C level, 20000 soldiers above C level, including 3000 soldiers of Xiliang iron cavalry and 3000 soldiers of crossbow There are 2000 soldiers. "


    After listening to Huang Zhong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but secretly congratulated himself that he had transferred back 5000 troops from Chen Jing''s hands, which were first-class strong soldiers, as well as 3000 soldiers in Hulao pass. Otherwise, there were less than 30000 soldiers available in Luoyang City, and there were 200000 yellow scarf troops, so Luoyang guards didn''t have to guard, so they just gave up. It is conceivable that he would have to face the attack of 167000 enemy troops. Huangfu Chaobo always felt that he had no bottom in his heart. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said, "ladies and gentlemen, why don''t we just give up the three counties? How can we say that there will be more than six thousand soldiers if we transfer the troops of Gucheng to Hanguguan and the troops of the other two cities back to Luoyang? "


    "It''s impossible," Lou GUI immediately stood up and stopped. "Thousands of soldiers and horses transferred back to Luoyang is of no help to the overall situation. But if we transfer all the soldiers and horses in the county back to Luoyang, then the yellow scarf bandits will attack more recklessly. On the contrary, it''s better to guard the county and contain tens of thousands of bandits for Luoyang."


    "Er," Huang Fu Chao Bo immediately stopped insisting on it. He turned his eyes and said, "but it doesn''t seem enough to stop the Yellow army bandits just because they can''t reach 40000. Besides, the outer wall of Luoyang city wall is about 40 Li long. With 20000 or 30000 people on it, can they defend the attack of hundreds of thousands of yellow scarf bandits?"


    "Or..." Jia Jing in a side way: "otherwise, let''s launch strange people to guard the city?"


    "It''s possible, but can we guarantee that there are no yellow scarf thieves among strangers?" Lou GUI nodded, but immediately said;


    "only the players of Zilong society and Luoshen society can be trusted," Huangfu Chaobo thought for a while. "Now there are less than 1000 people in Luoshen society in Luoyang. As for Zilong society, I want to ask Zhao Zilong, but there are two things to be sure. One is that the number will not be very large. The total number is estimated to be only 5000 or 6000. The other is that they are ordinary The ability is not strong. It can only help, not be the main force. ""That''s right," Huang Zhong said, "this battle must be based on the soldiers in Luoyang. Although the strange people are not afraid of death, their strength is not strong."


    Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart, you don''t know that strange people are afraid of death now. Now that the punishment for alien death is so heavy, everyone is not like before. However, he said, "well, I''ll arrange this. You''ll be responsible for the defense of the city. Another point is, how do you deal with the arrangement of planting grain in the towns outside the city? "


    "Since the yellow scarf thieves will not damage the facilities of the town, I think we can continue to grow grain, but the grain and materials of the affiliated towns should be transported back to the city as soon as possible. When the yellow scarf thieves are ready to besiege the city, they will withdraw all the personnel to Luoyang City." Jia Jingdao;


    "secondment!"


    "Secondment!"

 Chapter 420

    Huangfu Chaobo saw that other people agreed with her, so he said no more and said to Huang Zhong, "OK, General Huang, please arrange your defense."


    Huang Zhong stood up, saluted Huangfu respectfully and said, "yes, general!" With that, he ordered people to hang up the map of Luoyang City and its surrounding areas and said, "general, your honor, this time the yellow scarf thieves attacked Luoyang, aiming to occupy Luoyang City and serve as the base of the yellow scarf thieves. You can see that Luoyang is close to beimangshan in the North and Luoshui in the south. This time, the total number of black mountain thieves and white wave thieves is about 150000, and Jingzhou yellow scarf in the south is more than 50000. I estimate that every side of the city is occupied by the thieves There are about 40000 troops and horses in the gate, but it''s not sure which side will be the focus of the thief army at present. So, for the sake of safety, I''ll put forward the preliminary idea of troops and horses arrangement first, and let''s discuss it together. "


    With that, Huang Zhong explained his ideas one by one. According to Huang Zhong''s arrangement, more than 13000 taxis below grade C will be evenly distributed on the four walls, with 3000 people each. The remaining 1000 people will be used for patrol and important facilities in the city. Meanwhile, the remaining 3000 Xiliang iron cavalry and 2500 Huben cavalry will be used as important assault forces. They will not be used in less than ten thousand cases. There is also the remaining in the hands of Dian Wei More than 5000 high-level troops will be used as the reserve force to guard the city wall in case of emergency. The other two thousand crossbow soldiers will be arranged on the two main walls of the yellow scarf army after the war. For the remaining 15000 soldiers, two thousand will be arranged on each side of the city walls, and the remaining 8000 will be arranged as replacement forces on the four walls.


    After listening to Huang Zhong''s arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo asks others if they have any objection.


    Lou GUI said: "this arrangement is a mature one, but how to arrange the generals on the four sides? There is also the suggestion that the two cavalry units should be used separately and each equipped with a general. "


    "Lord Lou''s idea coincides with mine. The generals of the four walls arrange it. I think the main force of the yellow scarf thieves will be concentrated in one or two walls. According to the current situation of sending troops, I prefer the north and East. If it is so arranged, I will personally guard one wall, and the other wall will be handed over to general Dian. As for the other two sides As for the cavalry, I''m going to be led by Huang Wudi and Zhao Yu, but the name is not regular and the words are not right. Please give them the corresponding official positions to command. "


    "Zhun, Xiaoyu, this time it''s a matter of urgent power. There are not enough generals in Luoyang. I don''t know if you want to play? Of course, after this war, you can resign if you don''t want to! " Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said to Zhao Yu, who was standing next to him;


    Zhao Yu also knew that there were not enough generals under Huangfu Chaobo, so he nodded and said, "OK!"


    "Well, Zhao Yu and Huang Wudi have been ordered to appoint Zhao Yu as the captain of Yangwu school and Huang Wudi as the captain of Yangwei school. They should follow the instructions of General Huang Zhong and make no mistake!"


    "Not to be ordered!" They came forward to answer the promise.


    "Ding, congratulations to the players. Wang Level General Zhao Yu is willing to join you temporarily! Players gain reputation 50 points! "


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had a chance to see Zhao Yu''s attributes. The command value has reached 85, and the force value has reached 89. In addition, the force + 2 of the customized weapon given by Huangfu Chaobo has reached the value of a king level general. According to Zhao Yu''s age, there is a great possibility that Zhao Yu will grow in the future. As for internal affairs and intelligence, they are a little bit lower than Huang Wudi, but for her, it is enough. After all, for female generals, Huangfu Chaobo generally does not arrange to lead alone. Moreover, for more than 70 talents, even leading alone is not afraid. As for Huang Wudi, with the bonus of weapons and equipment, the force value just reached 90.


    "Well, Zhao Yu, commander of Yangwu school, will lead the iron cavalry in Xiliang, vice commander of Huyan, commander of Yangwei school, vice commander of Huben cavalry, and vice commander of Dugu Tian, commander of Duwei school. Specific orders will be given to you at any time." Huang Zhong saw that Huangfu Chaobo had already arranged two official posts, and he did not say much about them any more. He directly arranged the two men''s leading tasks.


    "Well, everyone, the generals who have the task of unifying the army will go down first, arrange the soldiers to get ready, Huang Wudi and Zhao Yu, and go to the barracks as soon as possible to get familiar with their cavalry. Huang Zhong, Lou GUI, Zao Zhi, Shi a and Chao Jing are here! "


    "No! I''ll leave at the end of the day! " A moment later, Huangfu Chaobo and others were left in the assembly hall. The main purpose of leaving them was to discuss the details of the garrison, the preparation of the equipment and weapons for the garrison, and the reserves of food and grass in Luoyang. Several of them spent nearly half a day to discuss all the details. As soon as they finished the discussion, Zao just left in a hurry. He also had to arrange for the troops in tuntian and several other towns to grow grain. He had to plant all the grain before the yellow scarf thieves came. When the time came, he would fight back the attack of the yellow scarf thieves. In the first half of the year, he could still collect some grain. Luoyang''s grain consumption is too large, and the loss of grain transported from outside is too high. A few days ago, Chen Jing sent grain from changshe and borrowed 10000 wagons from changshe City, which brought a total of 250000 stone grain. However, civilian wagons and escorting taxis would consume 60000 stone grain in a month. If all the 700000 stones saved by changshe were sent to Luoyang If it is to be transported three times, it will consume nearly 200000 stone grains, so the last 700000 stone grains will be sent to Luoyang, leaving less than 500000 stone grains.As soon as he heard that there was so much less grain coming, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but feel sad. He always wondered what the result of Zhou Yi''s trip to Jingzhou would be. If Zhou Tai and Zhou Tai were recruited to use the water army to transport grain, the loss would be much smaller. Shi a needs to keep an eye on the yellow scarf army and keep an eye on its March. In the end, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to be safe and asked Chen Jing to transfer his 3000 Huben cavalry to Hulao pass. When he got to Hulao pass, he asked Chen Jing to take over the defense of Hulao pass for the time being, while Hua Xiong led the 3000 Huben cavalry to Luoyang for support. You know, for cavalry, it only takes eight or nine days from changshe to Luoyang. In this way, the 3000 Huben cavalry led by Hua Xiong will surely be able to take part in the war.


    After making arrangements, Huangfu Chaobo decides to go to the barracks in the inner city Nancheng area with Huang Zhong to have a look. It seems that Huangfu Chaobo has not been in the barracks for some time since Huang Zhong reorganized the troops in Luoyang.

 Chapter 421

    When he came to the camp in the south of the city, as soon as he entered the camp, Huangfu Chaobo found that the soldiers in the camp had been training together. However, Huangfu Chaobo took a look and found that there were only more than 20000 soldiers in training. He turned around and asked Huang Zhong what was the matter. It turned out that Huang Zhong had arranged 6000 junior soldiers on the outer city wall early this morning. These soldiers were the soldiers who had been arranged for defense in the early stage, and another 2000 soldiers were arranged on the inner city wall to patrol and guard the prisoners in the city. As for the rest of the main forces, because there are still a few days to go before the war, they are still in the process of training. What Huangfu Chaobo sees now is these soldiers. The training of the whole barracks was divided into several parts. Ordinary soldiers were trained by Pei yuanshao, while pro guards were trained by Dian Wei himself. Two cavalry soldiers were trained by their temporary generals.


    Along the way, it is obvious that the training intensity of the soldiers of different ranks is different, and the training is also different. Pei yuanshao''s training is more than twice as bad as that of Dian Wei. Looking at Dian Wei''s almost brutal training, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but mourn for those Pro Guard soldiers. On the other hand, only these elite soldiers can bear it So much training.


    On the training ground of the two cavalry, Huang Fu Chao Bo couldn''t help looking at the two girls. As the commander of an army, the most important thing is to convince his soldiers, especially the cavalry, no matter they are Xiliang iron cavalry or Huben cavalry, they are all arrogant and unruly. For example, it took nearly a month for Hulan, the former commander of Xiliang cavalry, to be recognized by these valiant soldiers. However, in the hands of two girls, it is not so complicated. In front of two king level generals, these soldiers are not good at it.


    So when they came to the barracks, they gathered two cavalry forces together. After huyandu announced the appointment of Huangfu Chaobo, they beat their own team of 50 soldiers one by one. After that, none of them dared to stab any more. It''s an unchangeable truth that the strong are respected in the army. With this, the two leaders can get familiar with each other much faster. In addition, Huang Zhong has fully considered the characteristics of the two generals when he appointed the chief General. For example, Zhao Yu''s weapon is a long gun, and the bonus for the army is three aspects: gun, riding and bow. For the Xiliang cavalry, it coincides with the characteristics of the armed forces. The weapon used by Huang wudie is long sword, and the bonus to the army is sword, riding and bow, which is in line with the military characteristics of Huben cavalry. At first, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay attention to this aspect. When he saw the two men training, he found out that the famous generals were the famous generals. We can see from these details.


    After reading these, Huang Zhong said: "general, the war will begin soon. Do you want to take this opportunity to gather all the soldiers together and talk with them to boost their morale?"


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it. Anyway, he has arrived here. After all, this war is no better than before. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head gently.


    When Huang Zhong saw this, he immediately arranged for people to beat drums and gather troops. I just heard "Dong Dong" in the whole barracks The soldiers stopped training immediately, and the roars of generals at all levels were heard everywhere in the barracks. When Huangfu Chaobo, under the leadership of Huang Zhong, stepped into the barracks to point the generals, the second drum was over. By this time, all the taxi drivers had stood in a neat line in the middle of the school yard. Standing on the general platform, he looked at the soldiers in front of him, who were already in square array. In front of them were the pro soldiers of Dianwei. On their right side were two thousand crossbow soldiers. On the left side were thirteen thousand ordinary soldiers trained by Pei yuanshao.


    Looking at the array of soldiers in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo regained his mind for a long time. After calming down, Huangfu Chaobo took two steps and yelled at the soldiers in front of him: "soldiers


    There are ten soldiers on each side of Huangfu Chaobo on the commanding platform. Their duty is to pass on Huangfu Chaobo''s words. Not only are there people on the commanding platform, but there are such soldiers beside each soldier''s Square. That''s why Huangfu Chaobo''s words can be heard by all the soldiers in such a large military camp.


    "Soldiers


    "I''m the prefect of Luoyang, general Huangfu Chaobo!"


    "Today, I''m standing here to tell you the news that there are nearly 200000 yellow scarf thieves gathering outside Luoyang!"


    As soon as he heard that Huangfu Chaobo had told the news to ordinary soldiers, Lou GUI and Huang Zhong, who were standing behind, were caught off guard, and their faces suddenly changed. But now that Huangfu Chaobo''s words had been spoken, there was no way to stop them. They had no choice but to listen patiently. However, Lou GUI is secretly trying to figure out how to help Huangfu Chaobo to make up for it.


    Sure enough, as soon as the soldiers on the scene heard that 200000 yellow scarf soldiers were gathering outside the city, many of them turned white. Fortunately, at least there were five rank or above soldiers in the camp. The strict military discipline did not cause chaos in the camp. However, it can be seen that the morale of the soldiers decreased significantly.


    Huangfu Chaobo, however, seemed not to have seen it at all. He continued: "I know that some cowards will shake their legs and hands when they hear about 200000 yellow scarf thieves. They can''t even hold weapons. But I know you won''t, because you are all warriors selected by me and General Huang! "Hearing this, the frightened people among the soldiers turned red in their hearts. They secretly glanced to both sides to see if anyone could see their timidity just now. At the same time, they secretly blamed themselves for their performance just now. It''s true that they are carefully selected warriors. How can they be scared by the yellow scarf thieves! As a result, just a little bit of decline in morale was Huangfu Chaobo words and pulled back. This makes Lou GUI and Huang Zhong feel relieved. They are both thinking, can they choose carefully? Among them, the worst taxi drivers are those with grade C qualification, and there are nearly 10000 taxi drivers with grade a qualification. In order to appease those soldiers who were not in the military camp with the qualification of below C, Huangfu Chaobo still did not forget to add a word.


    "Of course, it''s not only the people who are still training here, but also the people who are preparing for the war at the head of the city and the taxi soldiers in towns outside the city. Some of you have followed me to fight against yellow thieves. I believe you must know what yellow scarf thieves are like. " Speaking of this, Huangfu Chaobo stopped for a moment.

 Chapter 422

    "Of course, most of them just joined our Luoyang army recently, but after you finish your training, you can ask the soldiers who took part in the battle with the yellow scarf army, and you will know what happened to the yellow scarf army. What''s so terrible about the 200000 yellow scarf thieves? We have 50000 elite soldiers and the high and thick Luoyang city wall. Are we still afraid of the farmers who just left their hoes? Two hundred thousand yellow scarf thieves, five for each. If you don''t worry, I can tell you that there are 50000 soldiers waiting in hulaoguan, who can support Luoyang at any time, but I don''t think it''s necessary to transfer them to Luoyang. Not only that, the governor of Yuzhou, Mr. Kong Kui, and the magistrate of changshe county were all asking me whether to send reinforcements, but I also refused. Do you know why? "


    "You don''t know now, but you''ll know when I finish." With that, Huangfu Chaobo pointed his hand to the outside of the barracks and said, "you should know that in Luoyang City, just outside the barracks, houses are being built. There are tens of thousands of houses to be built. Do you know who these houses are built for? I tell you that not only officials, craftsmen and generals, but also you, all soldiers and ordinary people can own a house in Luoyang. But these houses won''t be given to you in vain. Others have to earn money by their own work, but you can get them through military exploits. Now there are 200000 military exploits sent to you outside the city. I''m here to tell you that the military achievements of an ordinary soldier of a yellow scarf thief can be worth five taels of silver. If you are lucky enough to kill a chieftain, I''m sorry. Two hundred taels are yours. You can calculate that 200000 yellow scarf thieves, millions of taels of silver, will soon be placed in front of you, waiting for you to take them. Of course, if one of you dies in battle, the family members of ordinary soldiers will get a house and a pension of 100 Liang silver for free. The higher the level, the higher the level of the house and the amount of the pension. One of your family members will be arranged to work in the workshop. Even if you are not here, they will promise that they will have nothing to worry about. Do you want me to send reinforcements from hulaoguan? "


    Huangfu''s words ignited the heat in the whole barracks. Tens of thousands of soldiers were not frightened by the 200000 yellow scarf thieves at the beginning, but attracted by the millions of taels of silver.


    "Tell me, millions of taels of silver, do you want it?"


    "Yes!"


    "Tell me in a loud voice, do you want it?"


    "Yes! Yes! Yes


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Then tell me again, will reinforcements be invited?" Huangfu Chaobo roared again;


    "no!"


    "No!"


    "No!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Yeah, 200000 yellow scarf thieves are bullshit. It''s a matter of killing four thieves for 50000 people! What else can we ask for reinforcements? If we don''t ask for reinforcements, we can get 20 taels of silver for each person. If there are another 50000 people, we can only get 10 taels of silver for each person! No, no!


    "Good! It is worthy of being the elite of our Luoyang army. I will not transfer reinforcements from hulaoguan. But one thing I want to make clear to you is that the living yellow scarf thieves are more valuable, and their military achievements are doubled. Don''t kill them all. You know, there are so many houses to build in Luoyang, but Ben will use these people to work. If you kill them all, where will Ben hire people to work? By then, your house will have to wait for a while! Besides, Ben has a big family and a big career. If we can save these wages, we can save a lot of money in a month! "


    "Ha ha ha..."


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words made the soldiers laugh.


    Huangfu Chaobo and other taxi drivers laughed enough, waved his hand and said, "well, before the yellow scarf thieves come, we should train at ease. Only after we have trained our skills can we get more military achievements. At that time, we will be behind you and watch you kill the enemy!"


    Seeing this, Huang Zhong quickly took the lead to kneel down and said in a loud voice, "I''m willing to die for the general and defend Luoyang to the death!"


    As soon as the other people on the general''s stage saw it, they immediately knelt down and cried out, "I''m willing to die for the general and defend Luoyang to the death!"


    Then, the soldiers in front of the general''s platform knelt down and yelled: "I''m willing to die for the general and defend Luoyang to the death!"


    Then, more and more soldiers knelt down in front of Huangfu Chaobo, and the whole barracks roared: "I''m willing to die for the general and defend Luoyang to the death!"


    "Be willing to die for the general and defend Luoyang to the death!"


    "Be willing to die for the general and defend Luoyang to the death!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The result of Huangfu Chaobo''s tour of the barracks was that the training of soldiers was like detonating, and they were training desperately.


    "Congratulations to the players. They have successfully aroused the soldiers'' enthusiasm for training. The morale of Luoyang army has increased by 10 points until the end of the Luoyang defense battle!"


    The system prompt made Huangfu Chaobo stunned for a while, but he didn''t expect that he had inspired the morale unintentionally.


    From the barracks, Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI came to the outer city wall together. Now there are 6000 soldiers and 10000 people on the wall. They are busy transporting all kinds of defense materials to the wall. A large number of stones are transported to the bottom of the wall. At that time, they can be transported to the wall with a single order. Another 10000 people were sent out by Zaozhi to transport the grain and various resources of the ten villages and towns outside the city back to Luoyang. As soon as the planting time of five days before the beginning of the month ended, the soldiers and people of the ten villages and towns outside the city would withdraw to Luoyang, leaving only ten empty towns for the yellow scarf thieves.So busy five days later, Shi A''s shadow came back news, yellow scarf thieves have all crossed the river.


    On the sixth day, instead of gathering troops to go to Luoyang, the yellow scarf thieves stayed in the two counties to have a rest. It seemed that they were making the best preparation for attacking Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo and others did not dare to lose heart. They sent out two cavalry troops to monitor the movement of the yellow scarf army in turn. If necessary, they could slow down the speed of the yellow scarf army and buy time for Luoyang. Although the preparations above the Luoyang city wall had been almost completed, there were still two days to grow grain outside the city.


    On the eighth day, that is, March 8, the second year of the Han Dynasty, the yellow scarf thieves in the two counties were almost wiped out, leaving less than 5000 people to guard the food and grass in each city. After being arrayed outside the city, 150000 bandit troops, after simple mobilization, came to Luoyang. Pingxian county was only 20 miles away from Luoyang City, but the Heishan army did not rush. Instead, it took only half a day to get to the foot of Shouyang mountain, which is less than 10 miles northeast of Luoyang, and then set up a camp for several miles on its back. Because of the need to send troops from Pingyin County, the Baibo bandits arrived outside Luoyang later than the Heishan army. They saved a lot of trouble. The leaders of the Baibo bandits directly entered Luobei Town, and the army camped between Luobei town and Luoyang.

 Chapter 423

    In the face of the yellow scarf bandits, thousands of cavalry in Luoyang did not rush up. They just looked at each other from a distance. When the army showed some flaws, they were ready to rush up and bite. Unfortunately, the leaders of the two bandits were not fickle. They were still not easily fooled in the face of Luoyang cavalry. Of course, the whole yellow scarf army was not fooled There are large-scale cavalry, only one thousand cavalry in Zhang Yan''s hands. Facing thousands of court cavalry, they also limit their idea of sending troops. Almost at the same time, Jingzhou Huangjin in the South marched towards Luoyang. However, after crossing Luoshui, Jingzhou Huangjin tied the camp to the west of Luoyang.


    In this way, on the afternoon of the 9th, the Huangjin army surrounded Luoyang City. The north and West were blocked by the Huangjin army, while the South was Luoshui, which was more than ten feet wide. As for the dozens of ships that Huangfu Chaobo harvested last time, they had already arranged personnel to sail to a place in the east of Gongxian County to hide a few days ago. Now Luoyang has been surrounded by the Huangjin army, and the battle of Luoyang is very difficult Open the curtain.


    As soon as the yellow scarf army was dispatched, the personnel of the surrounding ten towns immediately withdrew to Luoyang. Although there was still one or two days to grow grain, for the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo forced all the personnel to withdraw to Luoyang. The atmosphere of Luoyang suddenly became tense. It was impossible to say that it was not tense. After all, it was a total of 200000 troops. Even if the Huangjin army left 5000 soldiers and horses in each of the two counties, and the two camps had to leave 10000 to 20000 soldiers and horses to guard them. As a result, the number of troops involved in the attack on the city was about 40000 in the west gate and 40000 in the north gate, and 70000 in the east gate Left and right forces.


    After the yellow scarf army besieged the city on three sides took up the camp, they did not attack the city immediately. Instead, they arranged about 20000 soldiers to guard the three gates. The other soldiers were sent to prepare the equipment for the next day''s attack.


    In Luoyang City, Huang Zhong and others stood on the northwest corner of the outer city wall of Luoyang, looking at the Yellow Sea outside the city, combined with the news from the shadow, they quickly found out the key direction of the yellow scarf army''s attack. The east gate is the focus of the Huangjin army''s attack, followed by the Baibo army''s direction in the north gate. As for the 50000 Jingzhou Huangjin army in the west gate, if not considering the main force of the Huangjin army in other directions, Huangfu Chaobo is ordering the cavalry to solve the bandits in the West first.


    For the South Gate direction, because there was no water army in the yellow scarf army, and there was only a few miles of space outside the south gate, it was not enough for the army to launch, so the yellow scarf army did not arrange siege troops here. Now that we know the attack priority of the yellow scarf army, it''s easy to arrange the troops in Luoyang. Two thousand crossbow soldiers were assigned to the East and North walls. Dian Wei''s Pro Guard soldiers transferred 1500 people to Zaozhi, who was responsible for the coordination of the western and southern walls. Although there is no yellow scarf thief army outside the south gate, the people in the city are not careless. Who knows if the yellow scarf army has soldiers there?


    The next morning, the yellow scarf camp outside Luoyang sounded a long horn.


    "Woo


    "Woo


    "Woo


    The movement of Huangjin camp alerted the general who was on duty at the head of the city. At the same time, it ordered the taxi soldiers who had been waiting in the city to go up to the wall and enter the predetermined position. Soon it was quiet, and the head of the wall became lively. Teams of taxi soldiers went up to the head of the city, and the items were moved up from under the wall. At the same time, there are thousands of players going to the city together. After Huangfu Chaobo communicated with Zhao Zilong, Zilong Club quickly gathered more than 8000 players to participate in the city defense. In addition, more than 1000 players of Luoshen club participated in the city defense. These players were divided into four parts by Huang Zhong and assigned to the four walls. Of course, the players were not the main force of the city defense. But at the same time, the yellow scarf barracks in the north and West also heard the bugle. For a moment, the whole city of Luoyang became lively.


    When Huangfu Chaobo and others arrived at the east wall, the yellow scarf army had all left the camp and was advancing near the wall. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had gone up to the wall, the general on duty immediately saluted and said, "Lord, General Huang, Lord Lou!"


    "Well! Are the yellow scarf thieves ready to attack? " Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "Lord, look, the yellow scarf thieves should be ready to attack. There are 30000 soldiers in the east city, and there should be tens of thousands more making siege equipment." The general on duty takes a few people to the edge of the city wall and points to the yellow scarf military lines in the distance below the city;


    looking up, Huangfu Chaobo sees a Yellow Sea in the distance, which is different from the last time when the thieves attacked the city. It can be seen that the elite of the yellow scarf soldiers is far beyond the level of the thieves. Thirty thousand soldiers were divided into 30 thousand men''s squads of three times ten. In the front two rows were light soldiers. In the middle of the third row, each thousand men''s squadron was guarding some equipment. In the last row, there were ten soldiers in the squadron. Obviously, their weapons and equipment were better than those in the front two squadrons.


    "Brother, sir, it seems that the yellow scarf thief is really ready today." Speaking of this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Sun Ping, who was beside him, and said, "did the news come from the other city walls? What''s the attack of the yellow scarf thief? "


    "General Hui, there is no news from the other walls yet!" Sun Pingdao;


    "Lord, don''t worry," Huang Zhongdao said, "it''s not so fast. It will take a day or two for the yellow scarf thief to fill the moat, unless Zhang Yan tries to fill the moat at all costs. Only in this way, the loss in this aspect alone will cost 10000 people. I just don''t know if he can accept it."It took the yellow scarf army nearly an hour to push the army to less than two li away from the Luoyang city wall. After a little rest, the drum of the yellow scarf army''s attack sounded. Several thousand soldiers came out of the first line of soldiers. These soldiers were not armed, but with a shield in their right hand and a cloth bag on their back. These are the light soldiers who fill the moat. Their main function is to fill several passages in the moat of Luoyang City to provide a way for the siege troops and siege equipment behind.


    The archers on the city wall have been shooting for a long time, but for the crossbow soldiers, after the last siege by the bandits, Huangfu Chaobo has summed it up, but it''s a little tangled. If there are obstacles or heavy infantry in front of him in the field, it''s almost a very powerful firepower output, but it''s more tangled for siege and garrison, right The shooting distance at large elevation angle should not be too far, otherwise the landing point can not be found basically, and for downward firing, the crossbow will slide down from the crossbow machine when the angle is large. Of course, when large crossbows are used, they always shoot at a small elevation angle, because a huge crossbow has such great lethality.

 Chapter 424

    After returning to the city wall, Huangfu Chaobo and others watched the yellow scarf bandit''s soldiers carrying the earth bags buried in the moat running forward quickly. They saw that they were only 150 steps away from the city wall. The yellow scarf soldiers rushed forward faster and only 20 steps away from the moat. At this time, Huang Zhong ordered the crossbow soldiers to start shooting. I just heard "buzzing" on the wall At the sound of shooting, a thousand crossbow soldiers were divided into three groups and quickly shot out their crossbows and arrows. Looking up from the bottom of the city wall, you can see a black rain of arrows falling from the sky. It''s a pity that the number of crossbow soldiers is too small to take care of. Huang Zhong can only arrange 1000 crossbow soldiers at the gate of the city.


    However, several rounds of arrow rain still caused heavy losses to the yellow scarf soldiers. In front of the crossbow, the archers were not idle. Behind the crossbow, there were more archers. They were shooting from the back under the command of the general. They also caused great losses to the yellow scarf soldiers who were filling the river below the city wall.


    Seeing the clouds of arrows coming out of the city, the general''s face changed greatly. Green ox horn in a side way: "Yan Shuai, court dog officer''s bow and arrow is too much, according to this, our loss will be not small?"


    "Well, what''s the matter? We have 200000 troops, all experienced soldiers. With 30000 or 40000 troops in Luoyang, can we resist our attack?" Zhang Bai rode down the road;


    as several people were talking, the first group of soldiers who came forward had retreated. As soon as we saw, only 5000 soldiers had returned, and less than 4000 soldiers had returned, which only filled a few small points in the moat. Looking at such a loss, Huang Jinzhong will feel headache.


    "No harm," Zhang Yan said, "since it''s a siege, there must be damage. Let the second group of soldiers set out, and let zuojiao and Guo Daxian send big shield soldiers to guard!"


    Zhang Yan''s order was soon conveyed, and two large shield soldiers came out of the yellow scarf soldiers in the second row to protect the second batch of the soldiers to the direction of the city wall.


    Huang Zhong at the head of the city saw that Huang Jin had sent out a large shield soldier, and immediately ordered to transfer the six level elite archers who were still on standby under the city wall to the city wall, because the attack effect of the elite archers was much stronger than that of the ordinary archers.


    When the yellow scarf army of the east city began to attack, the attack of the North City and the West City started almost at the same time, and the attack and defense of Luoyang officially opened!


    After the replacement of the guards, the battle damage of the yellow scarf army has indeed declined. However, there are still hundreds of soldiers lost in each round of river reclamation. At the end of the day, the moat alone has cost the Heishan army 3000 or 4000 soldiers, not including thousands of injured soldiers. It can be said that the Heishan army has lost thousands of soldiers in a day''s River reclamation. This is just the loss of the black mountain army in the East. If we add a few other gates, the loss of the yellow scarf army will be over ten thousand. However, the effect is also obvious. Under Zhang Yan''s attack regardless of casualties, half of the six passages in the moat of the eastern wall have been filled.


    One day''s battle was just the home field of the long-range soldiers. The yellow scarf army had not enough troops like cavalry and bowmen, and the only few well laps did not dare to get close to the city wall. Therefore, it was impossible to threaten the bowmen at the head of the city. It just used the shield to cover the river. At first, it was big shield, but at the back, because the shield was badly damaged, Zhang Yangan Crisp people directly use the huge shield made of logs to cover, which makes the loss of the yellow scarf soldiers smaller. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say a word about the arrangement on the wall of the city. Huang Zhong was in charge of it. Originally, in his opinion, the enemy had no cavalry, so he could send cavalry out to rush for a while. In addition, for those shields, if Huangfu Chaobo was guarding the city himself, he would probably use a small catapult at the head of the city.


    In the evening, after the yellow scarf army retreated, Huangfu Chaobo told Huang Zhong what he thought. Huang Zhong knew that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t mean anything else. He just asked himself for advice. So I patiently explained to Huangfu Chaobo that cavalry and catapult are the last cards of Luoyang garrison. Now the battle has just begun. One is that the effect will not be very good. The other is that even if we attack the Huangjin army, we will lose only some light soldiers, which has little influence on its main force. So Huang Zhong was talking while Lou GUI was smiling. As soon as he spoke, he heard that Huangfu Chaobo was sweating. OK, that''s the difference between professional and non professional.


    Outside the city, the general of Huangjin army was also in the camp of Heishan. In order to show her justice, Zhang Yan did not sit on the throne, but broke through the encirclement of the throne. He led all the generals of the Heishan army to sit on the left side of the throne and gave a row of seats on the right side of the throne to the Baibo army and the Jingzhou Army. Zhang Yan is a rare brave and resourceful general in the yellow scarf army, which is why he was able to gain the recognition of the overwhelming majority of black mountain people after Zhang Niujiao''s death. Since he is ambitious, his goal is definitely not just to integrate the yellow scarf army in form, but to control it thoroughly, so he has done a very good job in these details. After all the Yellow scarves arrived, Zhang Yan didn''t immediately start the discussion. Instead, she asked people to present their food and let everyone have enough to eat and drink.


    However, from the very beginning, the nature of the bandits appeared. All the Yellow turban leaders complained about the lack of siege equipment and the fierce attack of the garrison on the wall. However, all of these were blocked by Zhang Yan''s saying that "those who enter Luoyang first are the leaders of yellow scarves in the world". All of us are in great spirits and say that we will overcome all difficulties tomorrow and strive to lay a foundation for yellow scarves in the world as soon as possible. For these small head performances, let alone Zhang Yan, even the leaders of the ordinary black mountain army don''t pay attention to them. What Zhang Yan really values is the white wave army, and of course, the yellow scarf of Qingzhou.It''s a pity that Guan Hai, the leader of Qingzhou Huangjin, said that it''s too far away for Qingzhou Huangjin to come to participate. However, he still said that he was willing to follow Zhang Yan''s agreement and agreed that those who entered Luoyang first would be the leader of Huangjin in the world. The reason why Zhang Yan showed the Baibo army again was not only that the Baibo army''s combat power was only lower than that of the Heishan army and the Qingzhou army, but also that the Baibo army had a good ally, qubei, Youxian king of the southern Xiongnu. Qubei is now leading thousands of his Xiongnu cavalry to wander in Hedong. They have close relationship with Guo Tai and others of Baibo army. Guo Tai and others have already contacted qubei and invited his 5000 cavalry to join in the war. They promised to give thanks after the war.

 Chapter 425

    "Leader Guo, I don''t know when your ally will arrive in Luoyang? You know, there are thousands of Xiliang cavalry in Luoyang, which can''t be stopped by Huangjin soldiers! " Zhang Yanchao is opposite Guo Taidao. What he doesn''t know is that a few days ago, thousands of senior soldiers were added in Luoyang City, including 2000 of the top cavalry in the game. If he knows these, he will be more anxious to urge the Hun cavalry to fight. Didn''t it mean that there were swordsmen who sent messages to the yellow scarf army? In fact, it''s not that chivalrous chivalrous chivalry didn''t see five thousand guards entering Luoyang, but that he also kept an eye in his heart and concealed the news of thousands of elite entering Luoyang. In his opinion, Zhang Yan''s hundreds of thousands of troops should be able to capture Luoyang. You know, Zhang Yan is a yellow scarf general who gives Yuan Shao and Cao Cao a headache. Moreover, there are many generals in the black mountain army. Although Zhang Yan is not as strong as Huang Zhong and Dian Wei in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo, he is also powerful. So these five thousand elites are the blade of Huangfu Chao to let the Huangjin army shed more blood. If the Huangjin army can capture Luoyang and lose its vitality, it would be the best.


    "Chief Zhang, don''t worry. You Xian Wang has arrived in Hebei and will soon be able to cross the river to fight." Guo Taidao;


    "yes, chief Zhang, don''t worry. When the Xiongnu cavalry arrives, the three or four thousand cavalry in Luoyang will not go out of the city. Once they go out of the city, they will have no return. Ha ha ha... " Mrs. Guo is the first middle-aged man. He is another famous general of Baibo, Yang Feng. He should have taken refuge with Dong Zhuo of Chang''an by now. However, because the battle against Dong was progressing too fast, Li Gui Guo Si, who was fighting against Baibo in Hedong, had no chance to surrender him. Therefore, Yang Feng is still a glorious thief of Baibo. However, it''s strange It seems that the elder General of Yang Feng''s subordinate is missing. For this reason, Huangfu Chaobo specially asked the shadow guard in charge of intelligence to sneak into the Baibo army camp for several times. He thought that this time he might be able to take another general, but he was disappointed.


    "That''s good," Zhang Yan said. "You Xian Wang will ask the two leaders to urge him. Our east gate should be able to fill in the siege Channel tomorrow, and the day after tomorrow we can attack the city with ants. I don''t know what happened to the other leaders?"


    Zhang Yan''s words made other yellow turban leaders feel that Yali mountain is big, and they all secretly decided to speed up the river reclamation tomorrow. Seeing the expressions of all the people present, Zhang Yan smiles a little. Knowing that her words have already played a role, she says, "well, I won''t chat with the leaders any more. Please pay attention to the defense of the camp after you return to the camp, and watch out for the night attack and stealing of the garrison in the city!"


    In addition to a few leaders of the Baibo army, they didn''t care. In everyone''s heart, it''s strange that 200000 soldiers besieged the city and 30000 or 40000 soldiers in the city dare to go out of the city. You can see last night that the army didn''t come out of the city to attack the camp yesterday, and even more so tonight. Seeing that other people didn''t pay attention to her proposal, Zhang Yan was worried, but she couldn''t help it. She just told the guards of her camp to double.


    Zhang Yan outside the city reminds everyone to pay attention to the camp stealing. Huang Zhong is also arranging the camp stealing this evening in the prefect''s mansion inside the city. This makes the two cavalry generals who have had a day''s rest very excited. Finally, they can go out and kill each other. Looking at the two little girls'' happiness, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but smack his tongue. He didn''t expect that the two little girls had something inside them It''s a combative gene.


    Huang Zhong said: "the most taboo way to defend the city is to guard the city. Last night, our army didn''t attack the camp. The thieves didn''t expect our army to attack the camp tonight, so the cavalry are ready to attack the camp tonight. During the day today, we found that the camps of the black mountain bandits near the east gate and the white wave bandits near the north gate are still in good order. They should be people who know the soldiers. However, the camp in the west city is in a mess, and it can be seen that it is divided into several camps. Therefore, the location of attacking the camp tonight is the West City bandit camp. The shadow guards are also needed to attack the camp tonight. Mr. Yin Shichu sneaks into the West City bandit camp and gets ready. The cavalry goes out of the city from the south gate at the beginning of Yin Shichu. They carry a piece of gold and wrap their feet with horses. Yin Shichu arrives at the outside of the camp at two minutes, then the shadow guards light a light in the camp at three minutes, and the cavalry attacks the camp. After a successful attack, he could not love fighting and quickly returned to the city. If the cavalry does not reach the designated position after the shadow guard is launched, the shadow will evacuate quickly. If the cavalry is launched on time, the shadow guard will intensify the disturbance and expand the battle results. " With that, Huang Zhong looked at Huangfu Chaobo, but found that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say anything, just nodded to the crowd.


    "Not to be ordered!" Zhao Yu, Huang Wudi and Shi a all stand up and answer the promise.


    Next, after arranging the matter of guarding the city at night, Huangfu Chaobo signaled that the generals could step down. After asking for a gift from Huangfu Chaobo, they successively withdrew from the conference hall to carry out their military orders. In addition to the generals on duty in the city, the two female generals led their Deputy generals to prepare for the night attack. The other generals returned to their garrison area to rest and prepare for tomorrow''s attack.


    After everyone retreated, Huangfu Chaobo said: "brother, when we attack the camp, don''t we consider the support of the northern Baibo army?"


    Huang Zhong shook his head and said, "do you know where the two camps are?"


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said, "the camp of Baibo army is about two Li to the south of Luobei Town, while the camp of Huangjin in Jingzhou is about seven Li to the west of the west gate of Luoyang.""It''s true that the two camps are more than ten miles apart, and the yellow scarf thieves have no cavalry. If the Baibo bandits need to support the Jingzhou yellow scarf thieves, it will take more than an hour to get to the Jingzhou yellow scarf thieves'' camp. It''s enough time for our cavalry to withdraw to Luoyang City."


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized!


    At three o''clock in the morning, Huangfu Chaobo arrived near the south gate. According to Huang Zhong''s arrangement, the cavalry would leave the city at the beginning of Yinshi, that is, at three o''clock. By the time Huangfu Chaobo arrived, the cavalry had lined up and was preparing to open the gate and leave the city. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo is coming, Huang Zhong immediately brings two generals to the ceremony. Huangfu Chaobo waves his hand and says, "don''t be so polite, brother, have you arranged the shadow guard?"


    "Lord Hui," said Huang Zhong, "Shi Xiaowei has personally led the team out of the city half an hour ago!"


    "Good," said Huang Fu Chao Bo, nodding his head. "As for cavalry, do you both know how to act?"


    "Don''t worry, uncle!"


    "Please rest assured that Zhao Yuding will live up to his mission!"


    "Well, I wish you all the best. Remember, if you don''t want to do something, please come back immediately. Don''t fall in love! It doesn''t matter how much you kill. Your safety is the most important! "

 Chapter 426

    They both nodded and then said to Huangfu Chaobo, "I''m not going to leave!" Then they turned over and rode out of the city.


    Seeing more than 5000 cavalry soldiers disappear into the black night sky, Huangfu Chaobo said, "brother, this is their first battle. Is it OK?"


    "Don''t worry, young master. Both of them are king level, not to mention the yellow scarf thieves. Even among the generals of the day, there are not many of them who are their opponents. Even if they can''t attack the camp, they will be safe and sound. Besides, although they are the first fighters, it''s no harm that the two deputy generals are veteran generals who participated in the first World War." Huang Zhong patiently said to Huangfu Chaobo;


    Huangfu Chaobo was relieved, so they took the guards to patrol all the way from the city wall to the west gate tower.


    Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo saw a soldier standing behind every few steps on the wall. Every quarter of an hour, a group of patrol soldiers passed by. As for other soldiers, some of them were sleeping on the wall, and some of them had retired to rest under the city. The whole city wall above in addition to the torch "crackle crackle" the sound of the torch burning, is the sound of their own party and patrol walking. Looking out of the city, I saw nothing but darkness outside. One day yesterday, the thieves just buried their heads in the moat. They didn''t attack the city at all, so there was no battle mark on the wall.


    It took them nearly half an hour to walk from the south gate to the west gate. By the time Huangfu Chaobo got to the west gate tower, it was almost a quarter of time. Huangjin camp is about seven or eight miles away from the west gate. Huangfu Chaobo stands on the city tower and looks to the West. He only sees a few lights looming under the starry sky at night.


    At this time, the two cavalry of Luoyang city had already circled behind the yellow scarf camp in Jingzhou. Zhao Yu led the Xiliang iron cavalry to guard near the west gate of the camp, while Huang wudie''s Huben cavalry arrived near the South Gate of the camp. The accompanying shadow guards had already sneaked outside the village wall of the yellow scarf camp. Only when the shadow guards inside the camp started, they attracted the attention of the night guards on the village wall After going there, the bandits on the wall of the stronghold will be eliminated immediately to clear the way for the cavalry to attack.


    Three minutes later, the yellow scarf camp in Jingzhou suddenly lit up a little bit of light, and then everywhere sounded the "enemy attack camp" cry. Don''t ask me why time is so stuck. I don''t know. Anyway, that''s what it is. The change in the camp really attracted the attention of the Sentinels on the wall. Just as the soldiers on the wall turned to see the situation inside the camp, they saw that the shadow guard, who had been lurking outside the wall, came out of the darkness as agreed, and sped in the direction of the wall, with a short blade or a crossbow in his hand ¡­¡± After a sound, the bandits around the gate were instantly solved by the shadow guard. Several shadows quickly turned over and climbed up the wall of the gate, ran to the gate, opened the gate and welcomed the cavalry outside the camp.


    The two gates of the village were opened one after another. Seeing this, the two cavalry commanders quickly led the cavalry to rush into the yellow scarf camp and began to fight heartily, hoping to kill the enemy as much as possible before the yellow scarf army reacted.


    "Kill..."


    "Kill..."


    For a moment, the whole yellow scarf camp, sounded a loud cry to kill.


    The two female generals killed all sides in the yellow scarf camp, and there was no one in front of them. The two cavalry ran rampant in the camp. Soon the two cavalry converged in the middle of the rear camp. They found that although there seemed to be only one camp in Huangjin camp, it was divided into several camps, and the two camps were separated by the village wall. It turned out that the leaders of Jingzhou yellow scarf did not trust each other very much. Although they camped together, they were still divided into several districts. The barracks were a group of yellow scarf thieves with more than 10000 people. At this time, the yellow scarf thieves in several other camps have reflected that it is unrealistic for them to continue to kill in other camps. As soon as they add up, they decide to solve only this yellow scarf thief.


    So they continued to lead the charge and killed the whole rear camp for two rounds. At this time, the yellow scarf bandits in other camps are ready to meet the enemy. According to the news from the shadow, the white wave bandits in the North Camp have already reorganized their troops, but they are still struggling whether to send troops or not. It''s not to mention how to transmit information in the chaos army at night. In fact, it''s very simple. Several signals have been agreed by the matter and the line, and the message can still be transmitted by fire light at that time. After getting the news, the two men killed once more in the camp and led the cavalry to show off their power outside the other camps. When they saw that the bandits in the camp were not moved, they went away, leaving behind the yellow scarf camp with wolf tracks and the yellow scarf soldiers who were killed and wounded everywhere. The whole Jingzhou yellow scarf army barracks suffered heavy losses and the remains of the bandits were everywhere.


    Shortly after the attack on the west gate bandit camp, the Baibo bandits in the north gate and the Heishan bandits in the East Gate got the news. In the Baibo bandit camp in the north, a group of leaders were awakened by the huge killing cry and the sky fire in the West camp. All the leaders were sleepless. They hurriedly dressed up and rushed to the Chinese army camp. Guo DA and Yang Feng had already arrived. After Han Xian and Li Le Hu CAI came in, they asked what the situation was. Yang Feng and Guo DA were speechless. I didn''t expect that in the evening, the meeting also said that we should prevent the imperial army from attacking the camp. Only a few hours later, things happened.


    Although a few of them were bandits, they also knew the soldiers, so the safety of the camp was very important. When they received the attack on the Western camp, they immediately assembled soldiers and were ready to resist the enemy. Soon, the other three soldiers were also assembled and ready to send troops at any time, but they were very confused. Although the soldiers had assembled, they were not sure whether to send troops to rescue I still can''t make up my mind. On the one hand, I don''t know how many troops and horses have been sent out to attack the camp. On the other hand, I don''t know what the situation of the West camp is. On the other hand, the most important thing is that the Baibo army has no cavalry. They are all soldiers. They have to walk from the North Camp to the West Camp for about an hour in the daytime. What''s more, at night, if the army in the city sets up an ambush somewhere, the reinforcements may not be guaranteed.After struggling for half a day, several people finally decided to wait and see the change before making a decision. In fact, it''s a good thing that the Baibo army didn''t send troops, because Huang Zhong sent out the bodyguards in Dianwei''s hands after several considerations, and laid an ambush on the necessary road between the North Camp and the West camp. As soon as the Baibo army came out, it would be blocked by Dianwei''s army. Fortunately, after about an hour, the attack of Xiying finally stopped, which made Guo DA and others feel relieved.

 Chapter 427

    Soon, sun Xia, the Nanyang yellow scarf leader of the West camp, sent people to report that the rear camp of the Jingzhou yellow scarf army was attacked, and the rear camp army died heavily. There were only less than 3000 soldiers left, including less than 2000 killed by the Chaoting army. The others were either killed by the enemy, trampled on in chaos, or fled. The remaining 3000 people were still leaders at all levels. When they saw the opportunity, they quickly fled to other camps to avoid death. After this war, this Jingzhou yellow scarf can be said to be completely disabled. In fact, if Jingzhou yellow scarf can be integrated, the situation will be much better tonight. Unfortunately, sun Xia''s prestige is too low to achieve this. Therefore, with the help of Bohua, Nanyang Huangjin has a close relationship with Duoqing sword, and has bought a lot of weapons and equipment from sanjianke town. Its strength is much stronger than that when it just escaped from Wancheng, but it is still unable to integrate the whole Jingzhou Huangjin.


    "Bang..." Although he knew that Jingzhou yellow scarf was a mob, he didn''t expect it to be so bad. Yang Feng was so angry that he patted the case in front of him and scolded: "what''s the matter with sun Xia? At the time of the discussion, leader Zhang also reminded us to pay attention to preventing the imperial army from attacking at night. Unexpectedly, this kind of thing happened!"


    The little leader of the yellow scarf who came to report said awkwardly: "actually In fact, we can''t blame sun qushuai for this. After returning from Dongying, sun Shuai asked everyone to strengthen their defense, but Qu Shuai, the leader of Houying, didn''t care. So Chen Shuai of Houying was killed by the enemy general in the chaos. "


    "Guo Shuai!" Han Siam said: "it seems that we need to urge Youxian king to rush out of Luoyang. The court dog officer is sure that we don''t have cavalry. When Youxian King''s 5000 elite riders arrive, we''ll see how rampant the dog officer''s cavalry is!"


    "That''s right," Guo Da nodded, and immediately asked people to cross the river to urge Youxian Wang''s cavalry to go.


    As for the other leaders, seeing that there was nothing left, they disbanded their soldiers and went to sleep.


    The variation of Ximen also caused the reappearance of the Dongmen Black Mountain army. However, that''s all. Zhang Yan only emphasized the defense of the camp again and didn''t manage it any more. No matter whether the troops of the imperial court are attacking the camp or not, all they need to do is strictly guard it. Besides, Zhang Yan also believes that the three or four thousand cavalry of the imperial court dare to attack the camp of one hundred thousand troops.


    When the two cavalry returned to the city, Huangfu Chaobo was already waiting in the gate of the south gate. Seeing that the cavalry had only damaged dozens of cavalry, the two girls were not injured though they were covered with blood, which made Huangfu Chaobo feel relieved. As for the result of the night attack, he didn''t care much. However, when they heard that the two men''s battle had caused 5000 or 6000 casualties, they could not help but be very happy. They turned their head and said, "brother, can we come here a few more times?"


    "Well. This time, we are the bandits. We are not on guard. Next time, we will not have such a good effect. Unfortunately, the yellow scarf bandits in Ximen are not a big camp. Otherwise, the effect will be better. " Huang Zhong was stunned and said with a bitter smile;


    "Er, OK," Huang Fu Chao Bo suddenly said, "anyway, there are no cavalry in the thief army, and our cavalry are idle. They can still attack the enemy camp at night as long as they don''t attack. If they have a chance, they can bite a few pieces of meat."


    "Well, this is OK." Huang Zhong said thoughtfully, "well, I''ll arrange this. The cavalry will go back to camp and have a rest. There''s nothing for you in the daytime." The following words are to two female generals Zhao Huang.


    Zhao and Huang should lead the cavalry back to the camp, while Huangfu and Chaobo went back to the east wall to prepare for the next day''s siege, er, the river reclamation.


    After daybreak, the camp of Jingzhou yellow scarf army slowly recovered to calm, and the camp suffered heavy losses, which made the whole Jingzhou yellow scarf sergeant''s morale plummet. After daybreak, yellow scarf soldiers returned to the camp one after another. Of course, some yellow scarf thieves ran to the Baibo army camp in Beiying, and even dozens of soldiers went directly outside the camp of Heishan army in the East, which affected the morale of the whole yellow scarf army. It was not until the last three strokes of the day that the black mountain army and the white wave army pacified the sergeants and soldiers of the battalion. The next step was to continue the task that was not completed yesterday.


    At the end of the day, Huangfu Chaobo was just watching, not to mention the players of Zilong society and Luoshen society. Those who can bow and arrow are OK. They can put cold arrows in the middle of the bowmen. Other close combat players are sad. They can''t do it just by looking at them. Zhao Zilong, for example, came from changshe in a hurry last night. As a result, he stayed in the city for a long time today and even felt Mao. This son is holding on to Huangfu Chaobo and chatting.


    "Well, I said super boss, where is the handsome boy Zilong now. Have you already gone to Gongsun Zan? Why hasn''t there been any news for several years? "


    Huangfu Chaobo replied: "I don''t know. This is the eighth time you asked me this question today. I still want him to come to me as soon as possible! Now there is no cavalry commander in hand! "


    "I''ll do it! Don''t you have Hua Xiong? He was originally the commander of Xiliang iron cavalry. It''s good of you to arrange for him to guard the pass! I''ve never seen you bury people like this! You know what? Waste is the original sin


    "Get out of the way. I don''t know that Huaxiong was originally a cavalry general. The problem is where the Xiliang cavalry can be put except in Luoyang. Once it''s put in Luoyang, it''s possible to compete with Dong Zhuo. But I promised Huaxiong that he would not fight against the Xiliang army.""That''s true. Oh, I''ll go. Why don''t these yellow scarf soldiers attack the city! Is that too slow? "


    "Ah!!! How do you talk? It seems that you, leader Zhao, think that the Luoyang city wall was captured by Zhang Yan! Ah? "


    "Hey, hey No, no, no, no, no, no, no, it''s not idle, slip of the tongue, slip of the tongue. Brother Chao''s Luoyang city is like an iron barrel, so it''s invulnerable. "


    They then talked about the business of their cooperation. Although there are some good things in Luoshen Town, such as Luoshen series wine, for example, generals transferred to Dan, and all kinds of blood medicine, Luoshen town has no own sales channels, so in addition to the inventory left by itself and the stock in various stores in the town, the rest are basically handed over to Zilong club Responsible for sales. Since the last time Huangfu Chaobo came back from Changsha, he was stimulated by birds and prompted by Lou GUI, and finally thought of looking for big merchants to cooperate, but the people sent to Xuzhou never brought back the reply from the MI family in Donghai. For these, Huangfu Chaobo felt it was necessary to talk to Zhao Zilong. Of course, the main aspect of cooperation with MI family was wine. In other aspects, NPC didn''t use much. Zhao Zilong also understood what Huangfu Chaobo said. After all, Zilong did not do much in wine sales. For players, the biggest use of wine is to have a relationship with NPC. Players usually drink wine when they eat in restaurants, but after all, the quantity is not large.

 Chapter 428

    The next day, the battle passed in a dull way. For the yellow scarf army, after losing thousands of soldiers in the East and north cities, they finally filled out more than ten siege channels on the moat. Because of the night attack last night, the yellow scarf army didn''t start the attack until the afternoon. At the end of the evening, they didn''t fill out the siege channels.


    Tomorrow will be the beginning of the real siege, but tonight, it will be the stage for the cavalry. After careful consideration, Huang Zhong agreed to Huangfu''s suggestion that Chaobo''s cavalry harass Huangjin camp at night. Nearly six thousand cavalry were divided into four teams by Huang Zhong. Zhao Yu, huyandu, Huang Wudi and Dugu Tian each led a team of more than one thousand cavalry. Starting from the third quarter of the first century, every half an hour, they were attacked by one team. The target was set at the Heishan Army, because the east city will be the key area of the battle tomorrow. For a moment, the black mountain military camp outside the east city was very busy all night. Several people led by cavalry kept harassing, which worried all the black mountain military generals and soldiers. On two occasions, Zhao Yu and Huang Wudi almost broke into the camp one by one. Fortunately, Zhang Yantong was much more strict than other yellow scarf generals. With the efforts of several black mountain military generals, he finally drove the cavalry out of the camp, However, that''s all. There were only 1000 cavalry in the black mountain army. They didn''t dare to go out to pursue at night.


    Later, Zhang Yan divided the general of the Heishan army into two groups to watch the night. At the same time, he used his 20000 elite soldiers to watch the night, and all the other soldiers slept. The reason for this arrangement is that Zhang Yan knows that it is impossible to attack the city in one day, not to mention Luoyang, a huge city. The soldiers who went to battle in the first few days were all ordinary soldiers in the black mountain army. Of course, there may be elite soldiers occasionally in the middle, but not too many. The real elite soldiers will be put into the battle at the right time. However, the harassment of Luoyang garrison overnight also made Zhang Yan angry. He urged Baibo army to ask when the Hun cavalry would arrive at Luoyang battlefield. The general in Huangjin thought that thousands of Hun cavalry could see the 3000 cavalry in Luoyang City to death. Up to now, the cavalry of Luoyang army only went out several times at night, so Huangjin army still didn''t know How many cavalry were there in Luoyang? They thought they were just the first 3000 Xiliang cavalry.


    Seeing that it was almost dawn, the cavalry of Luoyang army retreated into the city after the last harassment. Although the harassment did not cause much actual loss to the yellow scarf army, the black mountain army did not sleep well. It wasn''t until the last three strokes of the day that the black mountain army assembled its soldiers and prepared to attack the city. However, this time, the Montenegrin army sent out a total of 50000 troops. According to the information from the shadow, it is estimated that there are more than 20000 people left in the Montenegrin army camp. In addition to the 10000 troops in the county, the 10000 troops lost two days ago, and the 5000 troops behind the camp who are responsible for monitoring the direction of Gucheng, it can be said that the Montenegrin army is pouring out.


    Obviously, it can be seen that Zhang Yan has spent a lot of money this time. There are dozens of siege ladders pushed out by soldiers alone, as well as more than ten siege vehicles and Jinglan.


    Standing on the wall of the city, Huangfu Chaobo saw that Zhang Yan''s central army ran out and rode several times to the front row of the siege army, and then the sound of battle drums sounded in the whole battlefield.


    "Dong Dong..."


    After receiving the order, the yellow scarf army quickly divided into several soldiers in the square array, and the sword and shield soldiers escorted the siege ladder to the direction of the city wall. There were a thousand soldiers at the side of each equipment. In the first wave of attack, the yellow scarf army had a team of ten thousand people. In the sound of the war drums of the Chinese army, they slowly moved forward and gradually approached the city wall. Looking at the yellow scarf army approaching the city wall step by step, the people above the city wall were silent, staring at the enemy below the city wall. Seeing that the soldiers of the forward''s siege ladder had reached the attack distance of the bow and arrow, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help looking at Huang Zhong. Who knew that Huang Zhong didn''t mean to order the arrow.


    The soldiers in the army''s nest car of the yellow scarf army outside the city also saw that the forward soldiers had reached the bow and arrow attack range of the city guard, and immediately reported the situation to the Chinese army. Soon, as Zhang Yan''s drum changed, the soldiers who were attacking the city immediately raised their shields over their heads, and their speed changed from trot to fast running. For a moment, the siege team quickly rushed to the filled channel on the moat, and was ready to run quickly under the city wall. At this time, Huang Zhong''s order came down: "Herald! The crossbow soldiers fire three times at a distance of 100 steps. The archers are ready to fire at a distance of 80 steps after five rounds! "


    "Buzz..."


    "Whoosh..."


    Standing on the top of the tower, Huangfu Chaobo only heard the sound of the city wall. Then he saw the arrows flying out of the city wall in front of him, which were like locusts, rushing straight at the yellow scarf army under the city.


    Under the city, the yellow scarf army was like being slapped by a giant hand coming from the sky. The soldiers who rushed in front of the city were shot directly on the ground by the crossbow. Only a few lucky guys escaped. However, after a siege ladder taxi had lost more than half of its soldiers, the remaining soldiers could not move. Soon, the taxi driver behind him rushed up, lifted the body on the siege ladder, lifted the siege ladder and continued to rush towards the wall. Then, the next wave of crossbows and arrows fell down again, the yellow scarf army fell down again, and the taxi soldiers in the back took the ladder in front and continued to rush forward. After the rain of ten rounds of crossbows and arrows, the yellow scarf army who rushed to the city wall fell nearly a thousand people. There were bodies floating in the moat under the city wall, and the river water in the moat was soon dyed red. The yellow scarf soldiers who were shot dead by crossbows and arrows were OK. There were more unfortunate ghosts who were not shot dead by arrows, but they were shot in other places, such as eyes, hands and feet. There were all kinds of screams all over the city wall.However, the attack of the yellow scarf army did not stop. Under the urging of the general, the yellow scarf soldiers ran desperately towards the foot of the city wall. Soon some soldiers carried the siege ladder to the bottom of the city wall. However, the siege ladders of the yellow scarf thieves were ordinary ladders, not cloud ladders with bases and wheels. The yellow scarf soldiers who arrived at the bottom of the city wall quickly connected the ladder, and then, together with dozens of people, held the ladder toward the top of the city wall. The top of the ladder had hooks, which were used to fix the siege ladder on the horse surface at the head of the city. Seeing that the yellow scarf thief had reached the bottom of the city wall, Huang Zhong immediately ordered the crossbow soldiers to retreat, and the long spearmen and sword shield soldiers to come forward, ready to stop the enemy. At the same time, he ordered the people to carry up the prepared rolling stones and throw them down to the stomp of the siege ladder. We only heard the shouts under the city wall, and then we heard a few "thump" sounds. The yellow scarf soldiers who climbed to the middle of the road were directly smacked down the city.

 Chapter 429

    With the siege time getting longer and longer, more and more yellow scarf soldiers rushed under the city wall, and more and more siege ladders were mounted on the top of the city. Soon, a yellow scarf soldier climbed up to the city. He was dark and full of beard. He was wearing a piece of leather armor. One hand held a ring head knife, and the other hand held the siege ladder. After climbing to the city head, he didn''t jump up to the city wall immediately. Instead, he stretched out his ring head knife and swept around the city wall. Then he quickly jumped up to the city head. Instead of rushing to the top of the city and scuffling with the soldiers, the yellow scarf robber jumped to the top of the city. Instead, he stood at the foot of the siege ladder, waiting to meet the soldiers behind him. There were four or five yellow scarf soldiers who jumped to the top of the city. He divided all the soldiers into two sides, backed up to the top of the city, and slowly expanded the place he had occupied on the top of the city wall Qiang soon led several yellow scarf soldiers to guard their positions at the head of the city. The Luoyang garrison around him tried to drive them down the head of the city many times, but they all failed. More than ten garrisons died in his hands.


    The accident at the head of the city was soon discovered by a captain nearby. Seeing this, he immediately handed over the stamp he was holding to another general, but he came with two guards.


    "Get out of the way, all of you, and let me meet you!" After the Duwei arrived in a hurry, he rushed to the front of the besieged taxi path;


    the soldiers quickly made way for the Duwei to enter the battle circle. The Duwei who entered the circle didn''t say much. He directly attacked the black faced yellow scarf thief.


    Only heard a "Ding", originally thought that he must have a shot was stopped by the yellow scarf thief.


    "Eh," said the captain, pleased at the sight of the hunter, "that''s right. Wu, the thief, take another shot from the general!"


    With that, he turned back to the gun and stabbed the long gun sideways. Unexpectedly, he was dodged by the yellow scarf thief again. Du Wei was even more surprised. Put away the contempt in the heart, took out their real strength to fight. As soon as the Duwei is serious, the yellow scarf bandits will suffer. They are the wild way. With the three axes, they can''t compare with the regular generals. In less than ten rounds, he was shot by the captain and then picked down from the city wall. In addition to the yellow scarf army which attacked the city wall, the yellow scarf soldiers on the whole city wall were soon driven down by Luoyang soldiers.


    It''s just a stomp on the wall. Similar battles are going on all over the wall. Yellow scarf thieves attack the east wall of Luoyang from time to time, but they are soon driven down by Luoyang soldiers.


    At the same time, the Baibo army on the north wall also launched an attack on the Luoyang army on the wall, while the Huangjin army of Jingzhou on the west side returned the city to bury the moat and sort out the siege channel. It is estimated that it will not be possible to attack the city until tomorrow at the earliest.


    During the fierce battle at the head of the city, the siege equipment under the city slowly approached the city wall. When Jinglan got close to the range of the catapult, Huang Zhongcai ordered the catapult to attack. Unfortunately, the catapult made by Huangfu Chaobo''s Luoyang army is only a small catapult. On the one hand, the attack distance is limited; on the other hand, the siege equipment of Huangjin army is scattered too far away. Originally, the accuracy of the catapult is not high, so when the catapult goes down for several rounds, it will destroy a siege vehicle, Other stones only hurt hundreds of yellow scarves. Fortunately, although the attack effect of the catapult is average, it''s good for the yellow scarf sergeant''s attack. Look at the yellow scarf soldiers who were hit by the catapult, fortunately, they were directly smashed into meat mud. More hapless ghosts were hit by the catapult, and their arms and legs were broken, and their blood and flesh were blurred, which made the yellow scarf soldiers who passed by him tremble. After the stone rain of the catapult, the ten or so Jinglan of the Huangjin army finally reached the attack area, so the archers on the Jinglan began to fire arrows at the garrison at the head of the city. Huang Zhong had prepared for it, because the height of the well is a little higher than that of the city wall, but fortunately there are not many. So Huang Zhong specially arranged a group of dozens of crossbow soldiers to shoot with the yellow scarf Archer on the well appendix. Although the rain of dozens of crossbows and arrows could not completely suppress the bows and arrows on the well appendix, they could not rest assured and boldly suppress the garrison on the city wall.


    When Jinglan stopped to suppress the bowmen at the head of the city, more than a dozen siege vehicles did not stop moving. Driven by dozens of yellow scarf soldiers, they continued to move towards the city wall. Their goal was the city wall and gate. As early as the siege vehicle was about to approach the city wall, Huang Zhong ordered the wooden and throwing stones to keep falling. Unfortunately, the effect was not very good because of the influence of the archer on the well appendix.


    "The archer saves the fire, suppresses the enemy well appendix! Fire oil ready! "Down!" Seeing that the siege vehicle was about to reach the front of the city gate, Huang Zhong quickly ordered to lift up the rolling oil that had been prepared at the head of the city. At the command, several large pots of hot oil were poured on the siege vehicle at the gate of the city.


    "Archer, rocket ready, launch!"


    "Hoo Hoo"


    Dozens of rockets that had already been prepared were quickly launched by the archers. There are a few players unwilling to be lonely, directly from the city is still a few torches down.


    "Boom..." The siege vehicle under the city had already been poured with fire oil. As soon as the rocket and torch fell, it was lit in an instant. One by one, the siege vehicles turned into big fires. Because the taxis in them stuck with the fire oil leaking from the top, they lit up instantly. One by one, the firemen rushed out of the siege vehicles with screams. In a short time, they were burned to ashes.However, although most of the siege vehicles were destroyed, two of them escaped the attack of the catapult and the fire oil. They rushed into the entrance of the city gate and soon arrived at the foot of the city to attack the city wall and the city gate The sound of the noise reached the wall. The yellow scarf soldiers who arrived at the entrance were secretly happy. Just when they thought they had escaped, they didn''t find that several holes in the wall above their heads were suddenly opened, and then several pots of hot oil poured out of the hole. This time, the last two cars were poured cold, and then several torches were thrown down from the hole, so the only two were left The siege car set fire. The sudden fire burned the air in the city gate hole in an instant, and the taxi driver in the siege vehicle suffocated and died before he could run out. Soon, a big wave of water came down from the entrance of the city wall, and the fire was put out. Only at this time, the siege vehicle had been burned into a skeleton, and there was no one alive inside.

 Chapter 430

    The battle of the city wall lasted for almost an hour. Zhang Yan, who watched the battle under the city, saw that the soldiers could not stick to a pillar of incense at the head of the city. After seeing that all the siege vehicles at the gate of the city were burned, Zhang Yan knew that the attack had failed. However, he was not in a hurry. He knew the result in his mind for a long time. After seeing that the fire inside the city gate was extinguished, Zhang Yan nodded to the messenger and ordered to call off the soldiers. All the siege vehicles have been burnt down. The attack taxi soldiers in this round are not the elite of the black mountain army. Zhang Yan didn''t think that she could attack the city at one time, so she directly ordered to withdraw.


    "Ding..."


    After hearing the sound of Ming Jin, the soldiers in scuffle at the head of the city quickly broke away from the battle and slid down the city from the siege ladder. Then they took back the siege ladder they could use. Under the cover of the soldiers, they slowly retreated over the moat, and then they escorted the undamaged well and retreated slowly towards the position of the Chinese army. Of course, the Luoyang garrison at the head of the city also sent off all the way with arrows, until the sergeant Huang Jin completely withdrew from the attack area at the head of the city.


    Although the yellow scarf army retreated, the city did not immediately calm down, and the military orders came out of Huang Zhong''s mouth one after another. The garrison on the head of the city is carrying out the military order in an orderly way.


    "Send the people to the city and carry all the wounded down to the city. The light wounded will be bandaged and treated under the city, and the seriously injured will be carried back to the inner city hospital."


    "All the uninjured soldiers in the garrison first withdraw from the city wall to have a rest, and a thousand people team on standby under the city ascends to take over the defense."


    "The soldiers and men who ascended the city tidied up the head of the city, cleaned up the dirt on the wall, cleaned up the blood on the wall, and replenished the materials for guarding the city!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Huangfu Chaobo and Zhao Zilong, who are standing in the city tower, have been watching the battle at the head of the city and Huang Zhong''s control of the offensive and defensive situation. After the war, they arranged everything in an orderly way.


    "The luck of boss Chaobo... Alas, I really don''t have to say that with Huang Zhong as a great general, basically don''t worry about the war. " Zhao Zilong looked at Huang Zhong busy up and down there, while Huangfu Chaobo was standing here doing nothing. He couldn''t help feeling deeply.


    "Hey, hey... Character, character. " Huangfu Chaobo laughed, then quickly changed the topic and said, "by the way, did your people come on? How was the harvest? "


    "I don''t know yet. It''s being counted. What about your loss? Have you come out yet? " Zhao Zilong, as expected, fell into the trap and immediately focused on it.


    As they were saying this, Huang Zhong went up to the castle and said, "Lord, the statistics show that our army suffered 1500 casualties, including 367 dead, 156 seriously injured and 1048 slightly injured. It is estimated that the number of dead soldiers will be around 400 in the end."


    "Damn it, it''s only an hour, and 4000 soldiers will lose more than 1000 people. Isn''t there no soldiers to send in Luoyang tomorrow?" Huang Fu Chao Bo was shocked and said,


    Huang Zhong was stunned. Seeing that there was no one else on the tower except Zhao Zilong, he said: "Lord, you can''t calculate like this. First, the soldiers on the city wall are ordinary soldiers, and the elite soldiers have not yet come to the city, let alone the thousands of elite soldiers who are pro guards. Second, after treatment and rest, more than 1000 people with minor injuries can return to the battlefield in one or two days or seven or eight days. And then there''s the 200, 000 bandit army. I don''t know how much food and grass they spend every day. The bandit army will definitely want to fight quickly, but our army only needs to keep close watch on the city. "


    Huangfu Chaobo heard that it was like this. After a long time, those C-level or above taxi drivers had not been on the stage. Then he was relieved. "By the way, what about the casualties of the thieves?"


    "It is estimated that the casualties of the bandits are about 5000!"


    "Oh." After hearing this, Huangfu was relieved. Ten thousand people went to battle, and nearly half of them were injured. It seems that there is no problem in guarding Luoyang City.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo seemed to be completely relaxed, Huang Zhong added: "it''s just that, judging from today''s siege, the thieves didn''t try their best. Today''s siege soldiers are not the elite soldiers in the thief army, so we still can''t take them lightly! "


    , "Er," Huangfu Chao saw that his careful thought was broken by Huang Zhongkui, and his old face was red. "The row of troops is not my strong point. The next battle is still needed for the elder brother to continue to be responsible."


    "Do as you wish!" Huang Zhong stood up and said respectfully. Then he nodded to Lou GUI, who was next to him, and turned away from the tower to arrange defense on the wall.


    An hour later, the Montenegrin army began to attack again. Just like the last time, the Montenegrin army dispatched 10000 soldiers. As for the siege equipment, it can be seen that it will be slightly less than the first time. However, he was soon defeated by Huang Zhong.


    The fighting continued until it was getting dark before the black mountain army retreated to the camp. One day''s fighting brought the loss of Luoyang soldiers in the east city to nearly 3000 people. That is to say, at the end of the day, the loss of 3000 soldiers below C level was almost the same. Although there were only more than 1000 dead soldiers, hundreds of seriously injured soldiers could not be recovered in a month. The rest were more than 1000 lightly injured soldiers. Starting from tomorrow, the defensive taxi soldiers on the east wall will be the ones above grade C. As for the other walls, the strength of the Baibo bandits attacking on the northern wall is obviously not as strong as that of the Heishan army. Under the command of Dian Wei, there are only more than 2000 soldiers and horses lost in the north, while there is no battle in the West and south, so there is no way to talk about any war damage. However, compared with the loss of Luoyang garrison, the battle loss of Heishan army was even greater. At the end of a day, nearly ten thousand people were lost. Of course, only two or three thousand people died in the battle, and the others were injured in different degrees.The third day''s battle ended in this way. In the evening, in addition to the generals on duty above the city wall, all the other generals over 1000 were summoned by Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong to the palace to discuss business. Considering the large number of enemies in the east city, Huang Zhong transferred 1000 C-level or below and 1000 C-level or above taxis from the west city and the South City respectively, while the garrison in the North City remained unchanged.


    By the second half of the night, it was time for the cavalry to be active again. Unfortunately, the black mountain army in the East had been prepared for this. After two attacks by Zhao Yu, the effect was not very good, so they had to turn to Luobei town in the north of the city. In the face of the attack of Luoyang cavalry, although the Baibo army was prepared, it still suffered a lot of losses, which made Yang Feng and other Baibo generals more anxious to send people to urge the Xiongnu cavalry of Youxian king.


    The fourth day''s battle continued. After one day''s attack, the equipment and materials on the Luoyang city wall were consumed to a great extent. Moreover, after one day''s attack, Zhang Yan seemed to find the rhythm of the attack. The fourth day''s battle was more intense than the previous day.

 Chapter 431

    Not only that, the Jingzhou yellow scarf army in the West has also filled the siege channel and joined the ant siege team. In the afternoon, all the guards on the east wall were C-level or above, while on the north wall, Dianwei was C-level as early as this morning''s second attack. Of course, the two garrison generals didn''t send the last thousands of high-level soldiers to the city wall. They were not allowed to send high-level soldiers out to guard the city until the last moment. After fighting back today''s final attack, not only Huangfu Chaobo was relieved, but Zhao Zilong was so tired that he almost fell down. On the way to Huangfu Chaobo in the castle, Zhao Zilong said, "I''ll go. Today, Zhang Yan is crazy. He launched attacks one after another."


    "What about your losses?" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "it''s OK, but it''s much bigger than yesterday. There are about 600 people in the east city, 400 people in the North City and even less in the west city. It''s estimated that there are about 1200 people in the east city. what about you? How much did NPC soldiers lose? " Zhao Zilong looked at his message;


    "wait a moment, Huang Zhong is arranging cavalry to fight!" Huangfu''s way is more profound;


    "cavalry, go to war?" As soon as Zhao Zilong heard that the cavalry were going to fight, he immediately came to the front of the city tower and stood in the best position of the gate tower to watch the attack of the cavalry.


    After the end of the last round, Huangfu Chaobo thought that today''s battle would be over, but he did not expect that Huang Zhong would arrange Zhao Yu''s cavalry to fight. After Lou GUI''s explanation, Huangfu Chaobo knew the reason. During the siege in the past few days, every time the Huangjin army retreated, he didn''t see the cavalry of Luoyang army go out to fight. In addition, every night the cavalry would attack. Therefore, not to mention the ordinary soldiers of Huangjin army, even Zhang Yan and others thought that the cavalry didn''t dare to fight at all, so it was not as bad as yesterday when they retreated Chang carefully guarded the siege equipment and slowly retreated. Standing at the head of the city, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the yellow scarf soldiers who were retreating. Sure enough, the yellow scarf soldiers who had withdrawn from the bow and arrow attack area at the head of the city all relaxed and did not realize that the cavalry in the city would fight.


    All the taxi drivers in the city relaxed and were busy cleaning up the city. At this time, under the gate of the city, three thousand Xiliang cavalry were ready to go. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo meant to send out all the cavalry, but Huang Zhong still let Huben cavalry not send out. He only went out 3000 Xiliang cavalry and hid more than 2000 Huben cavalry. But four generals went out to fight. Up to now, the Huangjin army outside the city still thinks that there are only two or three thousand Xiliang cavalry in the city.


    "Boom


    After a sound, the east gate, which had been closed for a few days, was opened. The cavalry, who had been ready for a long time, quickly went through the gate. After leaving the city, they divided into two teams. Under the leadership of Zhao Yu and Huang wudie, they came straight to the retreating Huang Jin army.


    The movement of the city gate startled Zhang Yan''s attention. Seeing the city gate suddenly open, Zhang Yan suddenly had a bad consciousness. Sure enough, before he could react, he saw a torrent rushing out of the city gate and towards his retreating taxi. "No, the cavalry is on the attack! Come on! Come on! Command the soldiers to defend on the spot and keep the siege equipment. In addition, the four generals, Sili, Leigong, Fuyun and Baique, each LED 5000 soldiers to meet them. They must take back the siege equipment! " Looking at the messengers running away, although Zhang Yan knew that it might be too late to send troops to meet him, she still had a bit of illusion in her heart. You know, the equipment removed from the battlefield is all the siege equipment in Zhang Yan''s hand. If these equipment are destroyed by Luoyang army, the siege will be delayed for at least one to two days.


    Zhang Yan and Huang Jinjun''s reaction is not bad, but Zhao Yu''s cavalry is faster. The distance from the gate to the retreating Huangjin soldiers is only one Li, while the central army of Huangjin army is nearly one li away from the city wall. When the fourth general of Sili receives Zhang Yan''s order and quickly leads the army to attack, Zhao Yu and Huang wudie''s cavalry are close to the retreating Huangjin soldiers. The two cavalry are like a huge iron tongs, and they come towards the retreating Huangjin soldiers.


    In the face of thousands of cavalry, the yellow scarf soldiers who were retreating were all in a panic. The yellow scarf generals, who were the first to respond, all shook their arms and cried out: "hurry up, team up! Everyone move closer to their nearest instrument! "


    "Come on, line up! Spearman! Array


    "Those who don''t want to die come here


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The two generals in the middle of the retreating soldiers were Daji and Yaya. It was their turn to lead the siege. They looked at the approaching cavalry and the soldiers scurrying around like headless flies. They looked at each other with a bitter smile. Then they led their own soldiers to the direction of the two cavalry, hoping to rely on themselves You can stop cavalry generals for a moment and delay soldiers for a moment.


    It''s a pity that the two generals and their more than 100 soldiers didn''t even stop the two king generals. In the face of the king level general, they were not even able to stop them. They were killed in seconds. As for the more than 100 soldiers, they were trampled under the hooves by the cavalry, and became meat mud. The killing of the main general made the soldiers even more frightened, while the two cavalry troops kept on going to the Jinglan of the Huangjin army. They cut and killed all the way. Zhao Yu and Huang Wudi soon got to the Jinglan. After solving the problem of the Huangjin army beside the Jinglan, they continued to move towards the next goal, while the cavalry behind them took out the prepared kerosene and torch and lit the Jinglan Then he chased after the general.Looking at the retreating well appendix burned down by cavalry, Zhang Yan was so angry that she almost attacked her heart. She suddenly fainted, red eyes, and yelled: "the Chinese army is advancing, encircle and annihilate this group of cavalry! Kill With an order, Zhang Yan immediately realized that it was wrong, but the order had already been given and it could not be changed immediately. Moreover, if the army pressed forward, it might be able to save some of the equipment. So she ordered the army to move forward slowly and move towards the cavalry.


    As soon as the yellow scarf army moved, Huang Zhong on the wall found out that the siege equipment of the yellow scarf army had been almost burnt down, so he ordered to call in gold.

 Chapter 432

    After hearing the military order on the wall, Zhao Yu and Zhao Yu did not stay any longer. They led the army to fight against the yellow scarf soldiers who were already in a state of collapse. Before the yellow scarf soldiers gathered, they joined forces and left, living in the direction of the South Gate of Luoyang. By the time the yellow scarf army arrived, the siege equipment had already been burned. However, the cavalry in Luoyang had already been a mile away. Zhang Yan had no choice but to gather the soldiers and slowly return to the camp.


    Zhao Yu and his cavalry had just returned to the city. Less than a pillar of incense, Shi a came to the city to report to Huangfu Chaobo. A large number of Hun cavalry, ranging from 5000 to 6000, were found in the direction of Luobei town. This discovery made Huangfu Chaobo get a cold sweat. Fortunately, his cavalry retreated quickly. If he was entangled by the black mountain army, the Hun cavalry would arrive in a twinkling of an eye, and his 3000 cavalry would be in danger.


    After dark, as soon as Huangfu Chaobo returned to the palace, he called all the generals back. After everyone arrived and asked about the damage of today''s World War I, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel heartbroken. Today''s World War I was even more tragic than yesterday''s. As of today''s end, of the 13000 soldiers below grade C in Luoyang City, only 2000 soldiers in the south gate were in good condition, and the other 10000 soldiers were killed, seriously injured and slightly injured. Even after the war, all the lightly injured soldiers recovered, and nearly half of the 13000 soldiers were damaged, if the war was not favorable in the future These soldiers will certainly be the first to go up. In this way, it is estimated that these 10000 people will be completely lost in the end. Hearing the news, everyone present was silent. Although he didn''t want to, Huangfu Chaobo let Shi a tell you the news that the shadow guard found the Hun cavalry.


    "Six thousand Hun cavalry?"


    "Damn yellow scarf thief, how dare you collude with Huns!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Two bad news made everyone worried. Just when Huangfu Chaobo was ready to speak, one of Shi A''s subordinates hurriedly asked to see him outside the door. Hearing his voice, Huang Fu Chaobo immediately let him into the assembly hall. He walked into the assembly hall and saluted Huangfu Chaobo: "general, shadow guard has just received tiger prison According to the news from Guan, three thousand Huben cavalry sent by General Chen Jing have arrived at Hulao pass. General Hua Xiong asks the general for instructions. What should the cavalry do? "


    As soon as they heard the news, they all cheered up.


    "Great, three thousand Huben cavalry have arrived."


    "Good!"


    Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong Lou GUI looked at each other happily and said, "well, I already know. You go down first."


    "In this way, we can make good use of the three thousand Huben cavalry." Lou guidao;


    "yes, it''s just that the 6000 Hun cavalry is still a problem. We have to solve those alien cavalry first." There is only one side road;


    "there is also the problem of troops. If the speed goes on today, the troops in Luoyang may not be able to support the reinforcements of hulaoguan?" Huangfu Chaobo thought about it.


    "That''s what I''m going to tell the general," said Huang Zhong. "There are 50000 civilians and 20000 prisoners in Luoyang. Now that the reinforcements of hulaoguan are ready, we only need to recruit 10000 soldiers. As for the thousands of Pro Guard troops, it''s not appropriate to move lightly when they are not able to. In addition, there are 3000 Huben cavalry of hulaoguan, Let general Huaxiong lead the troops to Yanshi and wait for them. After signing a signal with him, he can attack the stronghold of Heishan army at one stroke. "


    Several people also agreed. Seeing that they all agreed, Huangfu Chaobo said, "well, brother, you should arrange to recruit 10000 soldiers from the captives. Remember to choose the C-level ones as far as possible. If it is not enough, you should recruit some of the residents to make up for 10000 soldiers. As for the arrangement of the troops, everything should be in accordance with your requirements."


    Huang Zhong said that all the newly recruited 10000 soldiers would be arranged in the East and North walls to assist the middle-class soldiers in guarding the city.


    After the recruitment was arranged, the people began to discuss the matter of Hun cavalry. For the six thousand Hun cavalry, several people were worried. They put forward several plans one after another, but they were all overthrown one by one. Finally, they had no choice but to make a decision after the situation of the yellow scarf army attacking the city and the Hun cavalry tomorrow. However, as for the arrangement of Huben cavalry in hulaoguan, several of them negotiated the contact signal, and then Huangfu Chaobo asked someone to send an order to Huaxiong in hulaoguan. After the discussion, Huangfu Chaobo let everyone go. Huang Zhong rushed to the camp to select soldiers, and then took them to the military camp for transfer. The others went to the area above the city wall where they were responsible for defense. As for the cavalry, the night attack has been cancelled by Huang Zhong, so they can only stay in the barracks and have a rest.


    During the discussion in Luoyang City, Zhang Yan was also gathering the leaders of the black mountain army to discuss the affairs. For today''s day, Zhang Yan could only lament that his luck was too bad. If the Hun cavalry could arrive in Luoyang an hour earlier, he might be able to take the opportunity to eat the cavalry in Luoyang City, but it''s a pity that he didn''t have if. After receiving the troops, Zhang Yan had recovered her composure. Without waiting for the Xiongnu cavalry to arrive in the East, she directly led the troops back to the camp. After arranging the defense of the camp, Zhang Yan couldn''t wait for dinner, so she immediately gathered people for discussion. After everyone arrived, Zhang Yancai, who was sitting in his seat with a gloomy face, said: "as you can see today, the enemy''s cavalry is too strong, our siege equipment is almost exhausted, and more than half of the siege soldiers are dead and wounded. What''s more, the two brothers Daji and Yaya can''t even support the Union in front of the two female generals. It can be seen from this The strength of the other side. "The leaders of the Montenegrin army present here have seen the situation on the battlefield. They know the strength of the two men very well. When they see this situation, they have feelings of sadness and happiness. Fortunately, Yang Feng, Yu Du, Bai Rao and others in the Heishan army who didn''t accept Zhang Yan. In the past two days, Zhang Yan''s Feiyan army has been attacking all the time. The forces of Yang Feng and several other leaders have not moved much. Taking this opportunity, Zhang Yan must let the other leaders'' soldiers take part in the siege battle. What she said just now is to prepare for the fierce generals behind her.


    "The attack of these two days made Feiyan''s soldiers tired. But Yang qushuai''s soldiers had a rest for two days. Is it time to go on the court?" The reaction of all the people in the field made Zhang Yan look at her, deliberately gloomy, and face Yang Feng in a poisonous way

 Chapter 433

    Yang Feng also knows that she can''t do too much. In the past two days, the Feiyan army has really tried her best. Although we all know that Zhang Yan''s more than ten thousand yellow scarf strongmen have not played yet, in a few days, there are nearly twenty thousand ordinary soldiers killed and injured. If she doesn''t play again, it will certainly cause the dissatisfaction of other leaders. So Yang Feng stood up and said, "Feiyan army will have a rest for two days. In the next two days, let our other leaders and soldiers take turns to attack the city. But let''s make it clear that if anyone is the first to attack Luoyang City, Feiyan''s initial promise should not be forgotten."


    "Well, Yang qushuai can rest assured that the flying swallow army will never forget its promise. In the two days of attack, except for the siege equipment made in the camp, other soldiers will be in charge of the formation for several canal commanders. Two days later, if you haven''t captured the city wall of Luoyang, the Feiyan army will do its best to attack the city! Please be prepared! " Zhang Yan stood up and said angrily;


    "OK, please wait and see! I''ll go back to camp first and get ready for the siege tomorrow. Goodbye With that, Yang Feng stood up, raised her hand to Zhang Yan, and then walked out of the camp without looking back. When Yu Du bairao and others saw that Yang Feng had left, they all got up and left one after another. Several of them wanted to go to Yang Feng''s camp to discuss the attack in the next two days of the Ming Dynasty.


    After Yang Feng had left, all the talents of the flying swallow army came up.


    "Marshal," said Zhang Bai, "will they really attack the city tomorrow?"


    "Yes, commander-in-chief, although our casualties are not small these two days, we can see that the materials for guarding the city are obviously less than yesterday. It''s estimated that tomorrow we can attack the city gate with more strength. Now we''ll give them a few. Isn''t Qi going to let them take advantage of it? " Black dragon also stepped forward;


    "hum," seeing that there was no outsider, Zhang Yan put down her gloomy face and said, "don''t worry, everyone. You see that the defense of the city is weaker than yesterday, but you know, we don''t even have the most elite huangjinlishi now. I''m sure the elite soldiers in Luoyang will never fight. Do you really think that tomorrow, Yang Will their attack be easy? You''ll see the play tomorrow! "


    After that, Zhang Yan turned her tone and said with a sad face: "besides, the casualties of the brothers in the past two days are too great, and our siege equipment has almost been lost. Just take this opportunity to let the soldiers have a good rest, and also let the camp build a batch of siege equipment. After two days, they will send out the yellow scarf strongmen to attack the city at one stroke!"


    Seeing that all his subordinates knew what he thought, Zhang Yancai said, "well, you''ve worked hard these days. Today, the war is over. Let''s have a good rest after dinner." With that, Zhang Yan asked her soldiers to arrange meals, and directly dined with the people in the camp.


    In the morning of the next day, Huang Zhong had arranged ten thousand soldiers to the East and North walls. Of course, for these low-level arms, Huang Zhong will certainly not be used as the main defensive force. The main defensive force is the fifth and sixth step soldiers, with newly recruited taxi soldiers around to help. So when Yang Feng''s yellow scarf army attacked the city as the first force to attack the city today, they basically only saw soldiers attacking the city wall continuously, but the city was like a bottomless hole, and they were never satisfied with filling it. This is specially arranged by Huang Zhong. Two thousand five rank and six rank soldiers blocked the front attack of the yellow scarf army, and the new recruits kept making use of the soldiers and firing cold guns, so the yellow scarf army who attacked the city was soon surrounded and annihilated by the Luoyang army.


    When Yang Feng found out something was wrong, his yellow scarf army had already filled in nearly 4000 soldiers, which was not like Zhang Yan''s subordinates. Some of them were injured and pulled down in the middle of the road. His soldiers were basically put on the wall and solved. When Yang Feng found out something was wrong, he immediately ordered Ming Jin to withdraw his troops. After the soldiers retired, Yang Feng vomited a few mouthfuls of old blood. This time, he only brought more than 10000 people to the expedition. In less than an hour, he had already lost more than 4000. General Yang fengma has already attacked the city wall, and a centurion who has safely withdrawn has called in. When he asked, he found out that there are five or six thousand soldiers on the top of the city. This news made all the yellow scarf generals very surprised. Zhang Yan''s reaction was quick enough, so he immediately asked about the details of the city wall.


    At last, after listening to the centurion''s story, Zhang Yancai relaxed: "you guys, I''m worried that there are not enough troops in Luoyang. I''m sure that the new soldiers who are going to the city wall today are their recruits." With that, Zhang Yan told everyone about the situation on the wall. After listening to Zhang Yan''s words, everyone was relieved. On the contrary, they saw that the city had already let the newly recruited taxi soldiers into the city. They all knew what it meant, so they almost had to rush to do the next attack. Zhang Yan didn''t care. She stood beside the performance with a calm face.


    At the same time, the battle of the North City has begun, and Dianwei is also operating with the same purpose of training. After a day''s fighting, the damage of 10000 newly recruited soldiers was not big, less than 1000 people. The others were injured to varying degrees. On the contrary, after a day''s fighting, the remaining soldiers were upgraded from the initial level 10 to level 14-5, and the highest level was upgraded to level 18. The whole yellow scarf Army soldiers paid almost 20000 people''s losses.


    During the whole day''s fighting, the Hun cavalry swam around the battlefield from time to time, which made the yellow scarf army''s attack more unbridled. Several times in the whole day, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he could let the cavalry go out to kill for a while, but he gave up because of the Hun cavalry around the battlefield. In the evening, everyone felt that it was necessary to get rid of the trouble of Xiongnu cavalry as soon as possible. After a day''s observation, we found that 6000 Hun cavalry camped in the West camp at night. It is estimated that considering the weakness of Jingzhou Huangjin army, after the day, 6000 Hun cavalry were divided into two parts, one was cruising in the East and north of the city, the other was cruising in the West of the city.Knowing that there are only 3000 cavalry in Luoyang, the yellow scarf army and the Hun cavalry are so bold that they can be divided into two groups. Once one cavalry meets the enemy, it only needs to entangle the enemy for a while, and the other cavalry only needs half an hour to arrive for support. After all, the Hun cavalry is equipped with one man, two horses or even one man, three horses. After half a day''s discussion, several people finally agreed on a plan that everyone was quite satisfied with. After discussion, in the evening, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for everyone to get ready. It took thousands of soldiers half a night to get ready.

 Chapter 434

    In the early morning, when the sun was rising, the gate of the yellow scarf camp was opened again, and the ranks of yellow scarf soldiers came out of the camp. The fourth day of the yellow scarf army''s attack on Luoyang City was about to begin. Today, the Heishan army is still attacking the city by the yellow scarf army other than the Feiyan army. After three attacks, the leaders of the yellow scarf army believe that Luoyang is at the end of the day. They believe that the flag of the yellow scarf army can be inserted at the head of Luoyang. Therefore, the leaders of today''s siege are full of confidence. Even Zhang Yan secretly orders his men to prepare for the attack If you have a chance, you will try your best to win the position of leader of Huangjin. However, Zhang Yan is also very concerned about the capture of Luoyang. After all, it''s a matter of her own efforts. Once Luoyang city is captured, Zhang Yan''s reputation in Huangjin army is very good no matter whether she can take the position of leader or not.


    The fire of war was ignited in the early morning. On the first day of the new year, Huang Jinzhong discovered that the strength of counterattack at the head of Luoyang City today seems to be lower than that of yesterday. This discovery shocked people''s hearts, and then made them happy. It seems that Luoyang city is a little weak after three days of fighting. Think of here, Huang Jinzhong will immediately increase the intensity of the attack. By noon, the yellow scarf soldiers had been able to hold a pillar of incense in the city. A group of leaders discussed, simply, not to retreat in the middle, directly follow-up soldiers continue to attack the city, it is best to attack the city gate in one go. However, for the request of Feiyan army, the rest of the people automatically ignored.


    Huang Zhong at the head of the city has been paying close attention to the siege situation of the yellow scarf army. As soon as the yellow scarf army works hard, Huang Zhong immediately finds out. However, he still adds the new force in his hand little by little, which makes the leader of the yellow scarf army feel that if they work harder, they will be able to capture the city. When the battle at the head of the city slowly entered a stalemate, Huang Zhong immediately sent an order to Huangfu Chaobo in the south of the city. The plan they made yesterday can start.


    After receiving Huang Zhong''s order, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered to act according to the original plan.


    With the order of Huangfu Chaobo, the South Gate of Luoyang City was opened, and four thousand cavalry quickly left the city from the gate, gathered outside the gate, and then marched toward the east of Luoyang under the leadership of a female general. If you take a closer look, you will find that although these cavalry soldiers look fierce, they seem to be very uneasy on the horse. Moreover, if you take a closer look, you can see that the horses under these cavalry soldiers are not very good.


    When the first cavalry out of the city, the news of Luoyang cavalry out of the city was quickly spread to the leaders of Zhang Yan and the Xiongnu Youxian five kings. As soon as the news of the cavalry out of the city was received, the leaders of the yellow scarf army and Youxian King were excited. Youxian king felt that his cavalry could finally kill all sides. Although the other side''s cavalry had more than 1000 cavalry, in the eyes of the Huns, the Han cavalry could not be called cavalry at all. Therefore, under the command of Youxian king, the cavalry in the west of the city quickly moved towards the city He led the cavalry to the south of the city, while he led the cavalry to the east of the city. He went all the way south and prepared two cavalry to move the cavalry in Luoyang. There are four thousand cavalry in Luoyang. As far as the capital of Huangjin army is concerned, it is more certain that Luoyang is at the end of the storm. Originally, there were only three thousand cavalry, but the attack in the east city forced the garrison in the city to throw a single pole. Knowing that there were six thousand cavalry outside the city, they gathered all the cavalry in the city and prepared to fight to destroy the city The siege equipment in the East. Unfortunately, what they didn''t know was that after the four thousand cavalry in Luoyang left the city, they didn''t rush to the battlefield in the east of the city. Instead, they marched slowly under the wall in the south of the city.


    The city wall of Luoyang is ten li long. It only takes more than a quarter of an hour for Xiongnu cavalry to get from the northeast to the southeast, while it takes faster for Xiongnu cavalry in the west to get to the south of the city. The commander of the three thousand Hun cavalry in the western city was general munata of Youxian king qubei. When he got the news that Luoyang cavalry was out of the city, munata quickly gathered his three thousand Hun cavalry, one man and two horses, and galloped towards the south of the city. When the leader of munata arrived, Luoyang cavalry was still in the south of Luoyang City, heading towards the East battlefield. As for why the Han cavalry had been in the south of the city for such a long time, these Frank Xiongnu generals did not think about it at all. In his opinion, it was because the speed of the great Xiongnu cavalry was so fast that the Han cavalry did not respond.


    The city wall in the south of Luoyang and Luoshui are not completely parallel, but a kind of terrain with wide in the West and narrow in the East. The narrowest position in the south is near the southeast corner of the city wall in the East. Here, the moat of Luoyang city is in the north, and the flowing Luoshui river is in the south, which is less than a mile away. After Huang Wudi led 4000 soldiers out of the city, she didn''t go to the east of the city quickly. It''s not that she didn''t want to, but that she couldn''t. among the 4000 soldiers, only 1000 were real Huben cavalry, while the other soldiers were infantry - 1000 guards, spearmen, 1000 guards, swords and shields, and 1000 crossbows drawn from the two city walls. That''s why the Huang Jin army felt that today''s city walls are covered by the walls The reason why our counterattack is much weaker than yesterday''s, and the horses of these 3000 soldiers are also 3000 ordinary horses temporarily drawn from Luoyang City.


    Huang Wudi''s four thousand soldiers were the bait to kill the Xiongnu cavalry. They tried to move all the Xiongnu cavalry. In this way, the Luoyang cavalry would have a chance to fight outside the city. When Huang Wudi''s leader arrived at the narrowest place, huge dust could be seen rising in the west, and the news came from the city that a Hun cavalry in the West was approaching the south gate, only three or four miles away from Huang Wudi''s department.Huang Wudi has led the army to the designated position. After receiving the alarm, Huang Wudi immediately ordered the soldiers to dismount. According to the prior arrangement, the spearmen were divided into two columns, forming a two-tier horse resistance array facing the west, followed by the sword shield soldiers, and then the crossbow soldiers. The cavalry soldiers were placed at the back of the formation, and the main purpose was to pay attention to another group of Hun cavalry in the East The army. In fact, the layout of Huangfu Chaobo is far more than that. Thousands of people have spent a night digging countless horse pits in this area. Now, in addition to their positions, there is a horse pit area with hundreds of steps on both sides of the East and the west, with only one width of two or three horses on both sides. As for this pit, it''s just a small pit big enough for the horse''s hooves. As soon as they were ready, the Xiongnu cavalry in the West had passed the position of the south gate and came straight here.

 Chapter 435

    Munata urged the cavalry to rush all the way, and finally caught up with them when they were near the southeast corner of Luoyang city wall. What makes munata feel strange is that after seeing the cavalry coming, the cavalry did not get on the horse quickly to escape, instead, they got off the horse to prepare for the battle. The practice of the Han cavalry made Mu Nata sneer. He wanted to rely on the soldiers to resist the great Xiongnu cavalry. I really don''t know what these Han people thought.


    "Warriors of the great Huns, run up with me and kill these Han dogs!" Seeing that he was getting closer to the Han Army, Mu Nata pulled out his machete, pointed forward and yelled, "kill..."


    "Oh ha..."


    "Whoa, whoa, whoa..."


    The Xiongnu cavalry took down the horn bows from their horses and took them to their left hands. While their right hands were holding the horses, they were ready to take out a bow and arrow to prepare for riding and shooting. Then they all rushed straight towards the Luoyang army. According to the practice of the Xiongnu cavalry, first three rounds of riding and shooting, then tearing the Han Army''s defense line with a machete, and then one-sided massacre.


    Unfortunately, this time, they were doomed to be disappointed. Before they got into the range of bow and arrow, the Hun cavalry who rushed to the front suddenly fell from the horse for no reason. The cavalry who followed them were caught off guard and directly hit the fallen horse and also fell to the ground. Although some cavalry with excellent riding skills jumped from the horse, But soon he was hit by the cavalry coming from behind. For a moment, the Huns in the front row fell on the way of attack. The centurions and centurions in the back found out the situation in front of them for the first time, but the whole road was only a mile wide, and only two or three horses could be accommodated in the middle. Fortunately, a few cavalry rushed to the front of Luoyang army. Just in time to shoot one or two arrows, they were dismounted by Luoyang army''s crossbow.


    Munata has found the abnormality in front of him, but now he is on the way. He can only let the soldiers drive the injured horses to explore the way in front of him. Even so, Hun cavalry still lost hundreds of soldiers and horses. Seeing that the cavalry finally arrived within the attack distance of the bow and arrow, munata was a little relieved, thinking that he could teach these damned Han dogs a lesson. Who knows, after firing two rounds of bows and arrows, although the cavalry caused some damage to the Luoyang army in the formation, soon the Hun cavalry who arrived within a hundred paces ushered in a rain of arrows like locusts, and soon several rows of Hun cavalry in front fell under the rain of crossbows.


    "Damn, Han dog, how can there be so many crossbow soldiers? Aren''t they all on the wall?" Looking at the Hun cavalry falling one by one in front of him, munata angrily opened his eyes and yelled at the chieftain beside him. With that, he waved his hand and asked the second thousand men team to take part in the attack. If it wasn''t because the place was too small, he would attack with 3000 cavalry. For cavalry, the bigger the area, the better the attack.


    After the second thousand soldiers took part in the attack, the pressure of Luoyang soldiers increased significantly. But the Huns didn''t find out. When the second thousand men team took part in the war, the South Gate of Luoyang city quietly opened again. From the city, there were four or five thousand cavalry. These were three thousand Xiliang cavalry led by Zhao Yu and the remaining fifteen hundred Huben cavalry in Luoyang City. After all the cavalry were out of the city, the city gate was closed again. Under the command of Zhao Yu, the cavalry outside the city lined up outside the moat. Xiliang iron cavalry was in the front, Huben cavalry was in the back, and they came towards the eastern cavalry battlefield.


    Two miles away, the cavalry arrived soon. When Zhao Yu''s cavalry was about to arrive at the battlefield, the two thousand men of Hun cavalry had already formed a regiment against the soldiers led by Huang Wudi. Although the Hun cavalry had not yet been able to break through the defense line, it also caused some damage to the long gun guard and the sword shield guard. The huge noise on the battlefield covered up the attack of Zhao Yubu''s cavalry. When he was less than a mile away from the Xiongnu cavalry, a Xiongnu cavalry inadvertently turned back and found the murderous cavalry behind him.


    "Enemy attack


    With a sharp cry, the people of munata, who are paying attention to the war in front of them, are shocked. They look back and their faces suddenly change.


    "Damn it, it''s a trap of Han dog! Herald, turn the horse''s head and prepare to meet the enemy Munata roared;


    "come on, come on, let the horses run!"


    "Come on, get ready to fight!"


    For a moment, the Hun cavalry were in a panic. He quickly turned his horse to meet the Han cavalry behind him. It''s a pity that the Hun cavalry at this time had no time to mention the horse''s speed, while the Zhao Yubu cavalry at this time had already raised the speed of the war horse to the fastest, and in a moment it had already reached a hundred paces away.


    "Xiliang cavalry, ready to shoot!"


    "Drink!"


    A hundred steps.


    "Quick, shoot the arrow, shoot all these Han dogs to death!" The Xiongnu generals saw that the Luoyang cavalry had reached the range of their bows and arrows, and immediately ordered them to shoot. Unfortunately, the number of Xiongnu cavalry who were really ready for the battle was too small. In addition, they were still shooting on horseback, while the Xiliang cavalry was moving fast. The bows and arrows did not cause much damage to the Xiliang cavalry.


    Eighty steps.


    Sixty steps.


    "Shoot! Cast


    "Kill...""Whoosh..."


    With the great momentum of the horses, three thousand rifles flew towards the Xiongnu cavalry.


    "Puff"


    "Ah


    For a time, the Hun cavalry was shot by the gun. Although the attack distance of throwing a gun is lower than that of bows and arrows, the degree of damage is far more than that of bows and arrows. Basically, those who are shot are either dead or injured. They will never be like bows and arrows, but they are still alive, even if you are wearing heavy armor. Moreover, the attack speed of throwing a gun is faster than that of bows and arrows. The distance of 60 steps is enough for Xiliang cavalry to throw a gun in three rounds. After three rounds, only half of the 1000 Hun cavalry can sit on the horse.


    "Xiliang Tieqi, kill..."


    "Great Hun warriors, kill..."


    Just at this time, the sound of Bangzi was heard at the head of Luoyang City. The Hun cavalry looked up at the head of the city. There were countless archers standing at the head of the city. They all took bows and arrows and aimed at the Hun cavalry at the bottom of the city. If it is normal, the Hun cavalry are not afraid of the archers on the wall, because the fast-moving Hun cavalry are not only archers, but also equestrian masters, and can avoid the attack of archers in the process of fast-moving. However, now there are only 2000 Hun cavalry still sitting on the horse, and they are still sitting here, which is the best target of archers.

 Chapter 436

    "Shoot the arrow!"


    The archers at the head of the city are the archers of more than 1000 guards in Huangfu Chaobo''s guards. Facing the Hun cavalry standing at the bottom of the city, the longbow soldiers can be said to be handy. With the leader of the city leading.


    "Buzz..."


    There was a buzzing sound, and the city was like a rain of arrows, coming straight at the Hun cavalry below.


    When the city bow and arrow wantonly attacked, the Xiliang cavalry, led by Zhao Yu, had already plunged into the middle of the Xiongnu cavalry. Facing the endless stream of cavalry guns in front, it seemed that the Xiongnu''s machete could never reach the enemy. At this time, Huben cavalry who followed Xiliang cavalry had also reached the attack position, but they didn''t follow Xiliang cavalry directly into the regiment, instead, they carried out bow and arrow support behind Xiliang cavalry.


    Facing the double attack of the head and the front, one thousand Hun cavalry quickly couldn''t resist and kept retreating.


    Just then, he heard a loud cry: "the enemy general is dead! Those who fall will not be killed! "


    The Huns looked up and saw that their leader had been killed by a female general, and even the body had been picked up with a long gun.


    These, the Hun cavalry even more panic, many people quickly turn horse head, panic road to the east of the battlefield.


    "The enemy general is dead, and those who fall will not be killed!"


    The Xiliang cavalry around Zhao Yu cheered loudly when they saw that their chief General had killed the enemy chief General.


    For a moment, the voice of "surrender does not kill" was heard everywhere on the battlefield.


    The movement behind startled the two captains who were attacking. When they looked back to see what was happening, their faces turned white. The archers at the head of the city attack not only on the back of the team, but also on the front of the team.


    The voice of "surrender but not kill" on the battlefield finally affected the attacking Xiongnu cavalry. For a moment, all the people stopped attacking. Instead, looking back, Zhao Yu''s corpse hanging on his spear told the Xiongnu that their vanguard, the most powerful general in Youxian King''s tent, had been killed.


    The Hun cavalry stopped, but Huang Wudi quickly seized the opportunity.


    "The crossbow soldiers fired five times! After that, all the soldiers give way. The Huben cavalry is ready. When the crossbow soldiers finish shooting, they will kill the general! "


    At the command of the army, the crossbow soldiers immediately took orders to act. They saw that the continuous crossbows and arrows in the array were like flying locusts, which were still standing in front of the Hun cavalry. After five successive shots, all the infantry were separated on both sides to make way for a passageway about ten feet wide. The prepared Huben cavalry behind the infantry, led by Huang wudie, quickly got up and passed. Then, the passageway was immediately closed, and the Hun cavalry continued to surround it.


    "Kill..."


    The distance of tens of steps can''t raise the speed of the horse to the highest level, but the speed is also terrible when facing the Xiongnu cavalry that has stopped completely. In addition, a king level general is in the front of the road, and a thousand Huben cavalry soldiers instantly kill the Xiongnu cavalry. Only a few minutes later, Huang wudie led Huben cavalry to the middle of Xiongnu cavalry. Seeing that it was only ten steps away from the two chieftains of Xiongnu, the two chieftains responded that they wanted to avoid killing the general towards them, but they couldn''t come any more. So they picked up the reins, patted their horses and wanted to besiege Huang wudie. Unfortunately, they don''t know what kind of generals they are going to face. Seeing that the enemy general did not retreat but advanced, Huang wudie became more excited. With his legs clamped on his horse''s belly, he accelerated to rush towards the Xiongnu general. At that time, Huang wudie killed two Hun chieftains one by one. After cutting off their heads, Huang wudie hung them on the long sword and raised them up high, shouting: "the enemy general is dead, and those who fall will not be killed!"


    Then, a few Huben cavalry who were close to her saw this and cried out: "the enemy general is dead, and those who fall will not be killed!"


    At this time, the Hun cavalry, who had been in shock for a long time, became more and more desperate. With the sound of war rising and falling, more and more Hun cavalry finally put down their swords and surrendered. Then, more and more Hun cavalry joined the ranks of surrender. Although some of them would rather die than surrender, they faced the Luoyang army, which had an absolute advantage Team, kill these Hun cavalry soon. So far, three thousand Hun cavalry have been completely eliminated.


    Just at this time, a warning came from the city. Three thousand Hun cavalry and one thousand Black Mountain cavalry from the east of the city were about to reach the southeast corner of the city wall. Seeing this, Zhao Yu and Huang die immediately clean the battlefield and guard the captives and tasks, and give them to Xiliang cavalry, while the two lead Huben cavalry and the remaining 2000 soldiers to turn back to resist the enemy. Under the arrangement of the two men, the infantry quickly adjusted their defense formation, and 2500 Huben cavalry were all ready to attack behind the infantry. The bowmen at the head of the city quickly adjusted to the southeast corner of the city wall, ready to support with bows and arrows from the head of the city.


    Youxian king qubei felt very angry. Mrs. Guo told him that there were less than 3000 cavalry in Luoyang City. He thought that if 6000 cavalry were divided into two teams, he would be able to cope with it. But he was only a quarter of an hour late, and only a quarter of an hour later, his 3000 cavalry had been completely annihilated by Luoyang army. Look at the posture. There are more than 6000 cavalry in Luoyang. Plus the ambush, I lost 3000 cavalry in vain. That''s half of my troops. Originally, qubei was ready to rush into the battle line to rescue the encircled cavalry, but before he got close to the Han Army, he was shot and killed dozens of cavalry by the overwhelming bow and arrow. In an instant, qubei woke up and immediately drank his troops. In this way, he watched the Han Army capture his own cavalry, and then escorted the uninjured horses to the south gate.After all the captives and horses retreated into Luoyang, Zhao Yu and Huang Wudi led more than 5000 cavalry to attack Xiongnu cavalry. Looking at the six thousand cavalry coming from the other side, Qu Bei turned his horse wisely, turned around and ran. Regardless of the entreaties of the general of the black mountain cavalry, even Zhang Yanguo did not see them. He led the cavalry directly to the side of the Yellow River. The Xiongnu cavalry with one man and three horses is far more than the Luoyang cavalry with single horse can catch up with now. By the time Zhao Yu and Zhao Yu reached the southeast corner of Luoyang city wall, the Xiongnu cavalry had already run a thousand paces away. Zhao Yu and his cavalry returned to the south gate and entered Luoyang City.

 Chapter 437

    Soon the results were counted out: 3000 Hun cavalry, nearly 7000 horses. More than 1200 of them were killed, 500 seriously injured and 600 slightly injured. In the end, less than 600 of them were unhurt. It is estimated that at the end of the day, 1000 of them could be recruited into the cavalry. The biggest harvest of this battle is horses, 7000 horses. Because the Hun cavalry are light cavalry, most of them are level 35-40 horses. There are less than 1000 good horses, and nearly 2000 are riding horses. In the end, there were 500 good horses captured, 2000 war horses and about 1000 riding horses. Because it was an ambush, neither the men nor the horses escaped. In the end, except for the dead and wounded, all the others were sent to Luoyang by Zhao Yu.


    However, the Hun cavalry was also very powerful. Although they were ambushing and calculating, the loss of Luoyang army was not small. The first was the loss of soldiers. When the Guard commander''s spearmen and guard''s shield soldiers blocked the Hun cavalry, they blocked the attack of 2000 cavalry for a quarter of an hour. The lance soldiers lost more than 400, the shield soldiers lost 200, and Xiliang The real melee was Xiliang cavalry. However, three thousand Xiliang cavalry lost two hundred cavalry against one thousand Hun cavalry, but Huben cavalry was basically not damaged. After the first World War, nearly a thousand people were killed and injured, and the biggest loss was still the soldiers.


    Although there are still some soldiers who can recover in the end, the loss of hundreds of soldiers after the first world war still makes Huangfu Chaobo heartbroken. In particular, there are nearly 400 top soldiers among them, which makes Huangfu Chaobo not recover for a long time. However, fortunately, the threat of the Xiongnu cavalry has been relieved. According to the news from the shadow guard, qubei led more than 2000 Xiongnu cavalry, but he didn''t go back to cross the Yellow River. He went back to the east of the river and didn''t say anything to Guo Tai and others.


    The news of the south of the city soon spread to the leaders of the yellow scarf army on the other three sides of the city wall. When they heard that there were six or seven thousand cavalry in Luoyang City, which wiped out three thousand Hun cavalry, all the leaders of the yellow scarf army were shocked. The people who responded quickly withdrew the soldiers who were attacking the city to the camp. At the same time, they all rushed to the East camp of the black mountain army for discussion.


    In the camp of the black mountain army, the yellow scarf generals gathered together again, but no one spoke for a long time. The news that there are six or seven thousand cavalry in Luoyang City instead of three thousand makes people very surprised. In particular, the six or seven thousand cavalry even annihilated more than three thousand Hun cavalry, which makes people even more worried.


    Looking at the silence, Zhang Yan said: "gentlemen, we can''t wait any longer. The Xiongnu cavalry is far away. The cavalry outside Luoyang is only one thousand elite cavalry of our Heishan army, but we can''t support the six thousand iron cavalry in Luoyang without a single pillar of incense. So, I think we must do our best, otherwise, we might as well return it as soon as possible, so as not to waste money and food here. "


    "Yan Shuai is easy to say. He has been attacking for four or five days, but the walls of Luoyang are still unable to attack. There is an inner city in Luoyang. How can he do his best?" White wave thief Han Siam said in a strange tone;


    Zhang Baiqi was very angry and said: "you..."


    Zhang Yan put out her hand to stop Zhang Baiqi, stood up and said: "you guys, no matter how you arrange it, the flying swallow army will use all the equipment made in these two days tomorrow. Ten thousand yellow scarf warriors will attack the city with all their strength tomorrow. As for how you arrange it, please do as you like. However, you guys, I just got the news that two days ago, hulaoguan received three thousand Huben cavalry reinforcements But I haven''t seen anyone come to support Luoyang all the time. I reckon that if we drag on any longer, hulaoguan will send troops sooner or later. So, think about it for yourself


    "Ah


    "Well, Yan Shuai, are you sure?"


    Zhang Yan''s news surprised everyone. If we add the 3000 Huben cavalry in Hulao pass, there will be 10000 cavalry in Luoyang, and they are all high-level cavalry, which is even worse for the Huangjin army. Zhang Yan''s news must be accurate. This is the news sent by Xiake from hulaoguan. You know, 3000 Huben cavalry is not a small matter, and any player will take it in mind. So the Xiake who realized the seriousness of the matter immediately sent someone to pass the news to Zhang Yan, but they didn''t find out. Huben cavalry is not in hulaoguan at all More stay, but the use of night cover secretly march toward Yanshi.


    After a long silence, Mrs. Guo stood up and said, "well, since Yan Shuai is willing to take out the yellow scarf strongmen, our Baibo army will not hide them. Tomorrow, the Baibo army will attack the city with all its strength, and all the 3000 yellow scarf strongmen in my hand will attack."


    "I have a thousand strongmen!" Seeing this, Yang Feng stood up and said,


    "I have 500!"


    "I have three hundred!"


    Seeing that the two managers are ready to be ruthless, others report the number of their top arms one after another. According to the last statistics, there are 20000 yellow scarf warriors, 1000 in the west gate, 6000 in the north gate, and 13000 in the east gate. Huangjinlishi is the top branch of the huangjinjun army. The system update has become a seven level branch. Although it is not as good as the eight level guard branch, it is more than ten percent stronger in attack and defense than the five or six level elite infantry. Seeing that there are 20000 yellow scarf strongmen, Zhang Yan and other yellow scarf leaders are overjoyed.So they discussed in detail the plan of attacking the city tomorrow. In order to strengthen the attack strength of the north gate, Zhang Yan specially asked Huang jinlishi of other black mountain generals to move to the north gate. In fact, Zhang Yan also means that it''s better to open those yellow scarf strongmen who are not under her control in the east gate. It''s enough for the east gate to leave ten thousand strongmen of her own. Moreover, if the attack intensity of the north gate increases, some of the defense forces of the East gate may also be removed. In addition, in order not to expose the movement of troops between the two camps, Zhang Yan also made an idea to let the generals go to the North Camp without armour, wearing the clothes of ordinary soldiers, while their armour was sent to the North Camp with black cloth covered in a baggage cart. At the same time, he asked the Baibo army to send another 3000 ordinary soldiers to load the baggage cart with fodder, cover it with black cloth and send it back to the East camp in Heishan.


    After everything was discussed, the yellow scarf army took action. As a result, a convoy of thousands of people came out of the camp of the black mountain army, carrying hundreds of vehicles of goods and materials to the camp of the white wave army. Then, hundreds of vehicles of goods and materials were transported back from the camp of the white wave army. Then, the camp of the yellow cloth army did not move except for the double number of patrol taxis.

 Chapter 438

    "What?" When he heard the news from the shadow guard, Huangfu Chaobo was also gathering people for discussion. After hearing this news, everyone felt very strange. They didn''t know what was being transported between the two camps of the yellow scarf army. After thinking about it for a long time, we were all at a loss and finally had to give up. However, Lou GUI''s attention was aroused by the news that the yellow scarf camp was on the alert. He said: "no matter what the goods were transported before the two camps, we can see that the yellow scarf army will attack the city with all its strength tomorrow from the yellow scarf camp! It seems that we have to be careful. "


    "Yes, and since the Xiongnu cavalry has been far away, the attack will be carried out tonight." Huang Zhong added;


    just at this moment, someone outside the door announced that Shi a was outside to see him. Huangfu Chaobo immediately let him in. As soon as he entered the conference hall, Shi a handed the news that Huaxiong had led the army to Yanshi to Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing that Huaxiong had already arrived in Yanshi, Huangfu Chaobo handed over the news to Huang Zhong and Lou GUI with a smile.


    After seeing the news that Hua Xiong''s cavalry had arrived, Lou GUI''s eyes lit up and said, "general, since the yellow scarf army is ready to finish its battle tomorrow, just as general Hua has arrived, we can also prepare to end the battle tomorrow." With that, Lou GUI said his idea to the public again. Huang Zhong and Zaozhi both thought it was feasible. So after several people discussed some details, the discussion ended.


    In the evening, the yellow scarf army did not attack the city any more. On the contrary, it constantly strengthened the defense of the camp. When it was dark, the defense of the camp was strengthened again. Not only that, the yellow scarf army was still dozens of steps outside the camp. At intervals, it lit up a huge fire to shine around the camp. This arrangement made Huangfu Chaobo people more confident that the yellow scarf army would attack the city with all its strength tomorrow, so they asked people to set up defense facilities on the wall overnight. The attack of cavalry didn''t have much effect. After several times, Zhao Yu and Zhao Yu wisely led the soldiers directly back to the city. Since the night attack didn''t have effect, it''s better to go back to the city and let the soldiers have a good rest and fight with all their strength.


    One night without words, the next day at dawn, yellow scarf camp is busy. After the camp gate was opened, a stream of yellow scarf soldiers came out of the camp and lined up at the gate. Because there was no news of reinforcements in Hulao pass, and there were only thousands of soldiers in several surrounding counties, it could not pose a threat to the yellow scarf army. All the yellow scarf camps left only thousands of old and weak guards, and all the other soldiers joined the siege sequence.


    With the sound of the drum, the battle of the day began again. Standing on the tower and looking at the Yellow Sea for miles outside the city, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel uneasy. After several days of fighting, the 200000 troops of the Huangjin army have lost tens of thousands of people. For example, the black mountain army in front of us has lost nearly 30000 or 40000 people from the original 100000 troops to the present 50000 or so. But today, Zhang Yan is almost out of the woods. It seems that today''s fighting will be very difficult.


    After a drumbeat, the army of yellow scarves went out. This time, although Zhang Yan said that he wanted the whole army to come out, as a veteran general, he didn''t send 10000 strong soldiers at the beginning. On the contrary, Zhang Yan controlled the fighting very well. Especially today, the soldiers of Dongcheng siege are all under his Feiyan army, so they are more in place. At the beginning of the attack, only a number of cannon fodder level soldiers, protecting a large number of siege equipment made by the Feiyan army in the past two days, under the protection of the sword and shield, slowly moved towards the position of the city wall. When the cannon fodder was almost consumed, the siege equipment had almost reached the designated position, and at this time, a large number of materials for guarding the city were consumed. At this time, Zhang Yancai added the middle rank soldiers in the yellow scarf army to the attack sequence. With the consumption of cannon fodder in the front, the latter soldiers could attack the city with less casualties. Then in the later siege process, we slowly increase the siege strength, and from time to time add a small number of yellow scarf strongmen to the middle rank soldiers. In this way, the pressure on the city continues to increase. Even Huangfu Chaobo can clearly feel that the pressure of the garrison at the head of the city is increasing. From time to time, the position of the garrison at the head of the city is occupied by the Huangjin army for a period of time before it is driven down from the city wall. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo can see that the garrison at the head of the city is staying longer and longer.


    Even Huangfu Chaobo could see the situation of the soldiers at the head of the city, not to mention Huang Zhong, a veteran of the battlefield, but Huang Zhong didn''t transfer the guards who were waiting under the wall to the wall.


    After driving the yellow scarf soldiers out of the city once again, Huangfu Chaobo came to Huang Zhong breathlessly and said, "brother, are we going to transfer the guards to the city? You see, the soldiers in the city have beaten back the yellow scarf army''s three attacks!"


    Huang Zhong shook his head and said, "it''s not time yet, general, you go to the city tower to have a rest first, and then you can have a rest It''s going to get stronger and stronger Then he turned his head to Zhao Zilong beside Huangfu Chaobo and said, "master Zhao, how many strange people can you transfer in Nancheng?"


    "Ah, there should be a thousand people in the south city. What''s General Huang''s order?" Zhao Zilong was stunned and responded immediately;


    "if you could, I would have hoped that all your people would be transferred to Dongcheng, except for 100 to help the soldiers of Nancheng guard the city and deliver information!"After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo and Zhao Zilong looked at each other and said, "brother, will the battle be so fierce today?"


    "General, you can see that today''s attack of the yellow scarf army in the east city is increasing the pressure a little bit, which shows that the leader has the talent of a famous general and can control the battle rhythm so accurately, which is beyond ordinary people''s ability. In today''s third attack, Zhong found the figure of Huang jinlishi, so for the sake of safety, he tried not to use the forbidden guards. Not only in the east city, but also in the North City, I sent people to summon him to prepare for the fierce battle. "


    There were eight thousand guards under Dian Wei in Luoyang, of which two thousand five hundred were Huben cavalry, which certainly could not be used to guard the city. There were five thousand five hundred soldiers. Yesterday, when they fought against Xiongnu cavalry, they lost more than four hundred soldiers, so the last five thousand soldiers they could use were divided into two parts by Huang Zhong, two thousand five hundred in the north wall and two thousand five hundred in the east wall This is the last force of the guards in Luoyang.

 Chapter 439

    After hearing Huang Zhong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo asked nervously, "do you want to recruit from Luoyang again?"


    "That''s not necessary. There''s no difference between conscription now and conscription later. If these soldiers can''t guard the outer city, the temporary conscription soldiers can only be used to guard the inner city." Huang Zhong shook his head.


    "Don''t worry, General Huang. I''ll go and transfer the men and horses from the South City as you asked." Zhao Zilong also knew that the matter was urgent, and immediately arranged for someone to send a letter. There are many ways. Although players can''t talk in the game, they can get on and off the line at any time in their own sphere of influence. Zhao Zilong arranges a player to get off the line, and then goes to the chat room in the network to issue a notice. Naturally, there are players in the south wall waiting in the chat room, and then he goes online to deliver messages. This is troublesome But it''s much faster than in-game delivery.


    The battle of the east wall is not warm, but the north wall is hot. Guo Taiming obviously didn''t have Zhang Yan''s ability. After two attacks, Guo Taiming arranged Huang jinlishi to join the siege sequence. In the third siege of Baibo army, four thousand huangjinli soldiers were put in at once. The effect was different as soon as the seventh level troops came out. The unprepared Dianwei lost five or six crenels at the head of the city. Although Dianwei immediately led the troops to fight back, but the rank of huangjinli soldiers was too high, and the fourth and fifth level troops at the head of the city were not the opponents of the seventh level soldiers at all At one time, thousands of strongmen came up, but Chengtou didn''t gain an advantage. When Dian Wei saw this, he immediately transferred 2500 guards to the city. After half an hour''s counterattack, he finally beat back the third attack of the yellow scarf army. Four thousand yellow scarf soldiers attacked the city, but only less than two thousand of them returned. The others were killed in the city. However, the loss of the city was not small. Two thousand five hundred guards injured five hundred people, not to mention other ranks of soldiers. When Huang Zhong''s order arrived at the North City, Dian Wei just beat back the attack of Huang Jin army.


    Looking at Huang Zhong''s military order, Dian Wei couldn''t help laughing bitterly. He underestimated the madness of the yellow scarf thieves. He didn''t expect that Guo Tai would send out 4000 yellow scarf warriors at a time, which is the most elite branch of the yellow scarf army. Dian Wei estimated that Guo Tai should only have thousands of yellow scarf warriors in her hand. I really don''t know how to say Guo Tai. Thinking of this, Dian Wei said to the messenger: "you immediately ride back to the east wall from the city wall and report back to General Huang and the Lord, saying that the white wave bandits have sent 4000 yellow scarf warriors to attack the city, which has been blocked by me, but the soldiers and horses in the north city are losing a lot. It is estimated that the white wave bandits will soon organize the next attack, and the north city must have reinforcements as soon as possible!" With that, Dian Wei told the heralds about the attack he had just fought back. Dian Wei knew that with Huang Zhong''s strictness, he would definitely inquire about the course of the war.


    After listening to Dian Wei''s words, the heralds knew that the military situation was urgent. They immediately galloped to the east of the city from above the city wall.


    "Dong Dong" It was less than a moment before the heralds left a pillar of incense, and the battle drums of attack sounded again in the Baibo camp.


    Dian Wei stood up, facing the approaching square array of yellow scarf soldiers on the city tower, and saw four neat square array of yellow scarf soldiers. He couldn''t help cursing in a low voice: "damn white wave thieves, where did they get so many yellow scarf soldiers? This is already a team of eight thousand people."


    Turning around, he called a warrior beside him and said, "go to the east city immediately and ask General Huang for support. At least you can give me a cavalry of Huben with a thousand men. You don''t have to go down the city wall. Come on, come on


    "No, general!" The warrior also knew that the situation was urgent, so he rushed down the city wall, flew on his horse and rode east of the city.


    Watching the warrior go away, Dian Wei collected his mind, went down the castle, came to the city wall, and yelled at the soldiers on the wall: "hurry up, hurry up, get ready. The yellow scarf bandits are going to attack the city again. The bow and crossbow soldiers are ready. When the bandits enter the attack area, they will shoot. Rolling stones, challenge wood and kerosene are all ready. As you can see, general Ben has sent for reinforcements. We only need to resist the yellow scarf thieves for an hour, and the Huben cavalry will arrive. At that time, these yellow scarf thieves will not be worried about. "


    "Drink! Ha


    The city taxi drivers were very busy and prepared to defend. The archers took off the worn bowstring, put a new bowstring on it, and then prepared the bows and arrows in the archery pot, pulled them out and put them within reach of their side. The crossbow soldiers put all their crossbows and arrows into the box, and checked the crossbow strings and other parts of the crossbow machine to see if there were any damaged parts. When they saw the damaged parts, they immediately replaced them. The other soldiers in the vicinity took the time to tidy up their armor and shields. Over and over again, the folk men were running around the city and at the head of the city, busy transporting all kinds of materials for guarding the city.


    Seeing that the yellow scarf army was close to 300 steps away, Dian Wei yelled: "the catapult is ready!"


    When the northern city was fighting again, the heralds had reached the eastern city and were telling Huang Zhong and others about the war in the northern city. Huang Zhong and Lou GUI frown after listening to the herald''s narration. After a moment''s meditation, Huang Zhong is about to give an order when a voice interrupts him.


    "Newspaper!"


    When they looked back, they saw a warrior galloping to the East Gate Tower, and then stopped his horse. Then, he got off the horse without stopping, and rushed directly to the tower."Inform general Huang, four thousand yellow scarf warriors of white wave bandits to attack the city. General Dianwei orders the general to come and ask for reinforcements. General Dianwei asks General Huang to send one thousand Huben cavalry to support, and it''s better to go directly to the North City from above the city wall."


    "Well, another four thousand? Isn''t Qi a total of eight thousand men


    On hearing this, Zhao Zilong yelled: "Damn it, eight thousand yellow scarf strongmen. Guo is not ready, is he? Besides, where does he come from so many high-level arms? "


    Huang Zhong and Lou GUI look at each other, and they soon realize that they are missing something. They had a flash of inspiration in their minds, and at the same time, they said in a loud voice: "baggage cart!"


    "Hide the truth from the world


    "Mend the plank road in the open, and cross the Chencang in the dark!"


    Huangfu Chaobo listened to them and said, "what kind of baggage cart? What is it to build a plank road in the open and go to Chencang in the dark? "


    for a long time, Huangpu Chao Bo and Zhao Zilong responded. The two people said yesterday afternoon, between the two big yellow camp troops, transporting goods with each other by a heavy truck, the goods transported on both sides were false, and secretly changing the soldiers was true.

 Chapter 440

    "Damn it! Oh, no Zhao Zilong jumped up to show off, but as soon as he spoke, he realized that his thirty-six stratagems seemed wrong, and immediately changed his words: "lead the snake out of the hole! Well, it''s not right! "


    On hearing this, Huangfu jumped up, hit Zhao Zilong on the head and said, "tune your sister! Lead your sister! I don''t know. Don''t be blind there. Stay where it''s cool! "


    "Well!" Lou GUI was going to say something. As soon as he heard Zhao Zilong''s words, he immediately stopped and looked at Huang Zhong. He didn''t know what Huang Zhong thought, and nodded to Lou GUI. Then he said in a loud voice, "come on, pass on the general."


    "Yes, general!" Immediately several heralds came out, saluted Huang Zhong, and waited for Huang Zhong''s orders.


    After a little consideration, Huang Zhong ordered Zaozhi to dispatch 1000 soldiers from the west city to support the North City, and 1000 soldiers from the south city to supplement the west city. Then he ordered Huang wudie to dispatch 500 cavalry from Huben cavalry to the West City under Zaozhi''s command, and another 500 Huben cavalry to the South City to help defend. As for the remaining 1500 Huben cavalry and more than 2000 Xiliang cavalry, they rode directly from the east wall to the north city to support Dianwei. However, Huang Zhong finally ordered Zhao Yu to return to the east gate from below the city wall with the iron cavalry of Xiliang and five hundred Huben cavalry after he arrived at the North City and helped Dianwei fight back the attack of Huangjin army. Huang Wudi led one thousand Huben cavalry to stay under Dianwei''s command. After arranging these things, Huang Zhong said to Lou GUI, "I don''t know if Lord Lou has anything to add to this arrangement?"


    "The general''s arrangement is safe." Lou GUI smoothed his beard and said with a smile;


    seeing that Lou GUI had no need to supplement, Huang Zhong ordered the messenger to go. For a moment, the whole city was busy with the movement of troops and horses. A moment later, all the cavalry left the city wall. Seeing that the cavalry had left, Huang Zhong ordered the guards to climb the city to prepare for the next round of attack.


    Zhang Yan, who is observing the enemy''s situation under the city, is shocked by the mobilization of the troops at the head of the city. Although he has been beaten back by the head of the city for three times, Zhang Yan doesn''t care at all. All this is under his control. However, Zhang Yan was surprised by the actions of the Baibo army in the north city. She did not expect that Mrs. Guo had mobilized 4000 yellow scarf warriors in the third round of attack, and it was said that she had almost captured the city. Looking at the cavalry directly from the city wall to the North City for support, Zhang Yan was very proud. It seems that the officers and soldiers in the city have fallen into their own trap. On the surface, Zhang Yan asked other leaders to lead their own huangjinlishi to the north city to support the attack of Baibo army, in order to support Guo Tai''s attack. In fact, another purpose was to let Guo Tai attract the attention of the east city garrison and reduce the resistance to attack.


    Sure enough, when Mrs. Guo added Huang jinlishi to the siege sequence, the north city could not support him. In addition, yesterday''s freight car was about to build a bridge to transport materials. Looking at the posture at the head of the city, the officers and soldiers had fallen into their own trap. They thought that Huang jinlishi had been transferred to the North City by Huang Jinjun, and their own tepid attack would make the generals of the east city even more angry Create the illusion that you want to drag them to the East. It is estimated that the general at the head of the city is secretly proud, thinking that he has seen through his own strategy, and has transferred thousands of cavalry to the north city at once, and then transferred all the senior guards under the city to the head of the city. Thinking of this, Zhang Yan can''t help but get excited. What Da Xian didn''t do when he was alive can finally be achieved in his own hands. Taking down the capital of Hanting, even the abandoned old capital, will enhance his reputation in Huangjin army to a level that no one can compare. At that time, he will be able to dominate Huangjin and overthrow the decadent Hanting.


    "Yan Shuai! Yan Shuai


    Just as he fell into the imagination of overthrowing the infinite scenery of the Han court, Zhang Baiqi''s voice came from the side.


    "Well!" Zhang Yan suddenly woke up and said, "what''s the matter?"


    "Yan Shuai, the dog officer has been deceived. Can we arrange for Rex to attack the city?" As Zhang Yan''s confidant, Zhang Baiqi must know Zhang Yan''s plan. Seeing that the officers and soldiers have fallen into Zhang Yan''s calculation step by step, he can''t help admiring him and stepping forward.


    "don''t worry, this time we''ll arrange two thousand men''s teams to join the siege sequence, let Bai Bo and left school lead each other, and try to find out the situation of the officers and soldiers first!" Zhang Yandao;


    "yes Zhang Baiqi went down to make arrangements.


    "Woo


    "Dong Dong Dong"


    The fourth attack of the Feiyan army began.


    Looking at the yellow scarf army advancing slowly under the city, people at the head of the city find two yellow scarf strongmen from the thousand men''s team. Huang Zhong and Lou GUI look at each other, and they both see such eyes in each other''s eyes.


    But Huangfu Chaobo and Zhao Zilong said in a side way: "I''m kidding. It''s also Huang Jin Lishi, Ni ma. How many senior arms are there in Huang Jin army?"


    After 2000 high-level arms joined in the siege, Huangfu Chaobo found that the pressure brought by the established high-level arms to the city was not comparable to that of the ordinary thieves. Soon after the battle, Huang Zhong had to move some of the guards to the front to resist the attack of Huang jinlishi. When the eastern city wall met, the battle between the Dianwei army and the Baibo army in the north city had fallen into a stalemate. Four thousand huangjinlishi lost hundreds of people under the city wall, but soon huangjinlishi attacked the city. When Dian Wei saw this, he immediately returned all the bowmen to the castle and used the height advantage of the castle to attack. The ordinary bowmen continued to keep pressure on the attacking Huangjin army under the city, while the Guard commander''s bowmen fired on the attacking Huangjin strongmen to support other soldiers at the head of the city. The other soldiers formed a formation at the head of the city to block the yellow scarf army which had already attacked the head of the city. However, although the yellow scarf army had already attacked the city, it was difficult to control the city, and the Dian Wei army had no power to drive the yellow scarf army from the city.The battle situation at the head of the city was seen by Mrs. Guo under the city. Seeing that the yellow scarf army at the head of the city could not control the head of the city, he was about to wave his hand to let the remaining 3000 yellow scarf soldiers under the city also send troops. Yang Feng, standing beside him, suddenly said, "Guo Shuai, wait a minute, the cavalry is coming."


    Following the direction of Yang Feng''s fingers, people saw a red torrent rushing directly from the northeast corner of the city wall to the glued gate.


    "Damned officers and soldiers, they even raised cavalry directly from the city wall to take part in the war. Hurry up, hurry up, call for the golden harvest!" Guo Tai was very angry and yelled. Although he was not reconciled, he had to send orders to stop the troops. The width of the head of the city is several feet, which can make the cavalry fight directly.

 Chapter 441

    In the fierce battle, Dian Wei was fighting with the general of the yellow scarf army while observing the whole battle at the head of the city. All of a sudden, Dianwei heard a cry of killing. He turned to the East and saw a large number of cavalry on the east wall. He was very glad that the cavalry had come at the right time.


    More than ten miles away, it only took a quarter of an hour for the cavalry. Seeing that the cavalry had reached the northeast corner of the city wall, Huang Wudi, the leading cavalry, turned to the north wall and immediately yelled at the Huben cavalry behind him: "Huben cavalry, speed up the fight!"


    "Kill..."


    The Huben cavalry behind him roared in unison;


    the roar of killing was startled. Seeing that the cavalry had slowly accelerated, Dianwei quickly roared: "reinforcements are coming, all departments should pay attention to retreat alternately, make way for the cavalry to get out of the battlefield, and the forbidden guards should guard the city tower and the climbing corridor."


    Hearing that the city guards of the generals, under the leadership of their respective generals, retreated back in turn, preparing to leave the place at the head of the city for the cavalry. In the face of the retreat of the officers and soldiers at the head of the city, the yellow scarf soldiers suddenly did not respond. Most of them were stunned. Just as they were preparing to go forward, the sound of Mingjin came from the bottom of the city, so the yellow scarf soldiers at the head of the city did not know how to act. It is this short stay that makes the yellow scarf army who has already attacked the city lose the chance of final withdrawal. Soon, Huben cavalry was killed, and the yellow scarf soldiers at the head of the city were all involved in the red waves. After thousands of cavalry were killed, there were no yellow scarf soldiers who could stand at the head of the city. But those who are still on the siege ladder or haven''t had time to attack the city, Huang jinlishi, after hearing the sound of gold from the rear, quickly covered the siege equipment and withdrew from the attack area of the city. At the end of the first World War, only a thousand of the 4000 huangjinlishi people withdrew from the battlefield. As a result, Huang jinlishi in the North City, together with the 1000 people who have not yet gone to war, only 4000 people are left in the two wars of 9000 people.


    After passing through the city, the cavalry quickly returned to the lower part of the city. Zhao Yu quickly led some cavalry to the lower part of Dongmen city for standby according to Huang Zhong''s order, while Huang Wudi led 1000 Huben cavalry to stay and listen to Dian Wei''s arrangement. After the cavalry, Dianwei immediately arranged for the soldiers to clean up the city and rearrange the defense above the city wall.


    At the end of the war in the north of the city, the fourth attack of the Feiyan army in the east of the city was repulsed by Huang Zhong again. This time, the city has paid almost all the casualties, which is almost the total number of the previous three times. Zhang Yan saw the battle situation of the city. After seeing the situation of the city, Zhang Yan was completely relieved. In his opinion, the reserve forces of the city had been transferred to the north of the city, so he decided to invest six thousand men in the next round of attack. Soon, the yellow scarf army made a good adjustment. This time, Zhang Yan attacked with all his strength. Six thousand yellow scarf soldiers and six thousand other auxiliary forces left in Zhang Yan''s hands. There were less than one thousand yellow scarf soldiers who had just retired from the city and two thousand soldiers who had not been used. A total of three thousand soldiers were left. And there are less than 30000 other arms at all levels. It''s not that Zhang Yan doesn''t want to send out more troops, but the number of siege equipment is not enough. At most, she can go out more than 10000 troops at a time. No matter how much, she can only watch it under the city.


    This time has arrived in the afternoon, for Zhang Yan, the Sieger, in the direction of facing the sun, but Zhang Yan can not care so much, success or failure depends on this. With Zhang Yan''s order, Huang jinlishi takes off his ordinary armor and reveals his original heavy armor. At this time, there is no need to make any more concealment. With the sound of the attack drums, more than ten thousand troops of the Feiyan army came slowly towards the city wall. Nearly half of the advanced arms brought heavy and killing atmosphere to the people at the head of the city.


    Looking at the fact that the yellow scarf army suddenly sent out six thousand men''s yellow scarf warriors to take part in the attack, and there were nearly 3000 yellow scarf warriors in the main battle, Huang Zhong knew that the yellow scarf army was ready to make a final attack on Luoyang City. Turning around, Huang Zhong said to Zhao Zilong, "president Zhao, when will the strange people of Zilong society be in place?"


    Zhao Zilong is ready to answer, suddenly see the next team of players has come, with a smile pointed to: "they have come."


    "OK, all the strange people will climb the city and be ready to join the battle at any time!"


    Zhao Zilong also knew that it was the last moment of the battle of Luoyang. He quickly went down to the city and explained to the players of Zilong club. Then he arranged for all the players to go up to the city wall and wait for Huang Zhong''s order.


    Soon, the yellow scarf army attacked the city wall. Although there was resistance at the head of the city, the losses were basically ordinary soldiers. Six thousand yellow scarf soldiers lost less than a few hundred people until they attacked the head of the city. In the face of the large-scale attack of the yellow scarf army, Huang Zhong methodically mobilized the troops at the head of the city. Then, with the extension of time, the shortage of troops in the city appeared quickly. After more and more taxis were damaged, the defense of the city became more and more cramped. Finally, after Huang Jin''s army attacked the upper part of the city, Huang Zhong transferred the players of the thousand dragon club into battle. However, by this time, Zhao Yu''s cavalry had already arrived under the city wall and was on standby.


    At this time, Zhang Yan saw the battle in the city. Although there were more and more yellow scarf soldiers being driven down from the city, as time went on, more and more yellow scarf soldiers attacked the city and expanded their occupation area in the city. Zhang Yanxin was very happy about the battle of Huangjin soldiers in the city. However, when he saw the battle of the city developing towards his expectation, suddenly a big wave of soldiers appeared in the city. Zhang Yan was surprised. But soon, he found that they were not officers and soldiers of Luoyang City, but a group of strange people. Although there were more than 1000 reinforcements, the front of the city only lasted for a moment And then continue to move back slowly.For a moment, Zhang Yan felt that Luoyang City was under her control. Now even the low combat power of the city has caught up with the city. It seems that Luoyang City has reached the end of the strong crossbow. Thinking of this, Zhang Yan ordered the 3000 yellow scarf soldiers of the Chinese army to fight, and not only that, the 30000 ordinary soldiers under the city all followed, slowly pushing towards the wall. He wants to use tens of thousands of troops to crush Luoyang garrison.


    "Woo


    With the sound of the low trumpet, the flying swallow army in the east city of Luoyang came to the wall of Luoyang.


    There are more and more huangjinlishi in the city, but Huang Zhong doesn''t transfer the thousands of soldiers who have gathered energy under the city wall to the city. Instead, more than 1000 players come forward to block the gap. In only ten minutes, nearly 200 players of Zilong club have turned into white light, but the effect is also very significant, almost saving more than 100 soldiers. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but be anxious. Just as he was about to ask Huang Zhong, the yellow scarf army under the city blew the bugle of general attack.

 Chapter 442

    Seeing the whole army of the yellow scarf army under the city going out, Huang Zhong was finally quietly relieved. The reason why he arranged this arrangement was to make the yellow scarf army attack the city with all his strength and create opportunities for the Huaxiong army who had already reached the back of the battlefield. In order to achieve this goal, he did not hesitate to push a thousand strange people of the Zilong society to the front of the battlefield. The purpose is to tell Zhang Yan that there are no soldiers to send in Luoyang. Now the whole army of the yellow scarf army is finally out, so the next war has completely returned to its own control.


    "Summon the city head to guard the existing defense line and not to retreat any more. Summon Zhao Yu Huben cavalry to go down to the city wall and join the regiment as a unit to help the soldiers in the city head to guard the front line, and Xiliang iron cavalry to prepare for the war."


    after the summoner went down to the city wall, the ordered Huben cavalry soon joined the battle at the city head, and the front line on the city wall slowly changed It was stable, and even some places pushed the soldiers back a certain distance. However, this did not cause Zhang Yan''s repeated statement. In his view, it was just the trapped beast of the garrison at the head of the city. As long as his own troops were pressed up, the resistance at the head of the city would naturally dissipate. As a result, the battle drums of the yellow scarf army''s attack under the city were more rapid, and the speed of the yellow scarf soldiers who heard the military orders was obviously accelerated.


    Finally, when the players of the Zilong club were almost exhausted, the 3000 yellow scarf soldiers under the city had reached the foot of the city wall, and the other 30000 ordinary yellow scarf soldiers had almost reached the position of the moat. Zhang Yan''s middle army had now stopped outside the attack range of the city''s catapult. At this time, Huang Zhongcai ordered the Xiliang cavalry under the city to fight in the city. At the same time, it made people ignite the prepared smoke. He ordered Huaxiong army, who had already arrived at the back of the battlefield, to attack the camp of Heishan army and act according to the original plan.


    When the war in the east of the city was stuck, the Baibo army in the north of the city once again put the remaining 4000 yellow scarf strongmen into the war. Originally, Mrs. Guo didn''t want to continue to put the yellow scarf strongmen into the battle. However, under the persuasion of Yang Feng and others, Mrs. Guo was ready to make another final battle. However, by this time, 1000 reinforcements had arrived in the west of the city, and Dianwei had already made a good fight at the head of the city We need to be prepared.


    In a forest ten miles to the east of Luoyang City, there are three thousand Huben cavalry led by Hua Xiong. As early as one day ago, Huaxiong had already led 3000 Huben cavalry to Yanshi City, but he did not disturb the yellow scarf army outside Luoyang City. After receiving the military order from Luoyang, Huaxiong led the army to sneak into this forest before dawn today. If it had been yesterday, Huaxiong would not have been able to hide here, because this forest was the site where the Huangjin army cut trees. Unfortunately, today the Huangjin army will make the final siege. In addition, there was no sign of reinforcements around Luoyang a few days ago Today, the yellow scarf army did not send anyone to explore this forest. 3000 Huben had been lurking in the woods before dawn, but he didn''t receive the order from Luoyang until noon. In the afternoon, Hua Xiong was already a little restless. He kept asking about the taxi drivers who were responsible for observing the signal in Luoyang. Finally, when Hua Xiong asked for the tenth time, the soldiers who had been climbing on the tree to observe the direction of Luoyang jumped down the tree and ran to Hua Xiong, saying: "general, the order from Luoyang is coming, three clouds of smoke!"


    "Three wolf smoke, OK, General Huang is the offensive force that let our army directly attack the yellow scarf army in Dongcheng." On hearing this, Hua Xiong took the helmet from the deputy general and said in a loud voice: "Herald, cavalry, follow the general to fight and kill the thief! It''s today that we can do our best to kill the enemy! "


    "No!"


    For a moment, the forest suddenly regained its vitality. There were Huben cavalry soldiers everywhere. They sat up one by one from the ground, dressed themselves and their horses, and then led their horses out of the forest.


    Looking at the 3000 Huben cavalry who were ready to fight in front of him, Hua Xiong nodded with satisfaction and gently lifted the horse rope. Hua Xiong went to the front of the battle line and said, "soldiers, you are all the most elite cavalry. Now, in front of you, tens of thousands of yellow scarf thieves are attacking Luoyang City. I''m here to tell you that general Huangfu has given a reward. An ordinary soldier of a yellow scarf thief can earn five taels of silver for his military exploits. He is ten taels long and twenty taels long. His captives are doubled. There are hundreds of thousands of taels of silver in front of him waiting to be collected. Now, follow this general and use your sword to collect military exploits! "


    "Kill


    "Kill


    "Kill


    Three thousand soldiers killed the enemy together. Looking at the high morale cavalry in front of him, Hua Xiong turned his horse and set out for Luoyang. Behind him, three thousand cavalry came, and the sound of "boom" horse''s hooves sounded like thunder, shaking the sky!


    Ten li is a short distance from the cavalry. By the time Hua Xiong led 3000 Huben cavalry to two Li outside the battlefield, the battle at the head of the city was very difficult to separate. At the foot of the city wall, there were also many taxis preparing to climb the city. Tens of thousands of people were crowded in the narrow area between the city wall and the moat, while Zhang Yan had only 1000 cavalry and thousands of injured taxis, All the other troops have been sent out. The huge voice at the head of the city covered up the voice of Huaxiong cavalry. When Huaxiong army arrived at the periphery of the battlefield, a general of the yellow scarf army found something unusual from the vibration of the ground. When he looked back, he saw thousands of cavalry behind him just like the same huge red torrent."Ride... Cavalry attack Zhang Yan''s generals were awakened by a shrill cry. When they looked back, they were all stunned. It took them a long time to react.


    "Damn, where do these cavalry come from?" Zhang Yan yelled angrily. Unfortunately, no one can answer his question.


    "Come on, Yan Shuai, come on, let''s call it a day!" Sili, who was beside Zhang Yan, was not able to take part in the siege because he was injured. He quickly responded and said, "you can''t retreat. Order the cavalry to rush up and block them. Just block a pillar of incense from them, and we can take down the gate of the city!" Seeing that he was about to succeed, in the face of this situation, his reason was as crazy as Zhang Yan, and he was determined not to let the wounded soldiers withdraw. Instead, he ordered the wounded soldiers around to make a good defensive formation. One thousand cavalry launched a decisive attack on three thousand Huben cavalry, trying to drag the Huben cavalry. It''s a pity that even in a considerable number of cases, one thousand Huben cavalry can''t be stopped by Zhang Yan''s cavalry, let alone three times as many. After three thousand Huben cavalry galloped, none of the one thousand yellow scarf cavalry could sit on the horse, while only a few dozen of the three thousand Huben cavalry fell from the horse.

 Chapter 443

    Seeing that his cavalry was swept away by the enemy like the autumn wind sweeping leaves, Sili no longer ignored Zhang Yan''s order. He ordered to call back the troops while forcibly ordered the Chinese soldiers to set up a crazy Zhang Yan. Under the protection of other generals, he ran towards the north of the Baibo army, and even the Northeast camp did not return. In the face of the present situation, Sili is very clear that his party has been defeated, and has been defeated to the ground. Now there are ten thousand cavalry in the imperial court, while the only one thousand cavalry in Huangjin has disappeared. It is estimated that no more than ten thousand soldiers can return to Heishan. However, he can''t care so much now. Now he can only save his life. As for the others, let''s settle down.


    When Sili escorted Zhang Yan to flee, Zhang Baiqi and other generals at the head of the city were in a fierce battle. Seeing that the resistance at the head of the city did not weaken at all, Zhang Baiqi also found something unusual. Huang Long, who was preparing to attack the head of the city in another direction, approached school Zuo to discuss how to do it. When the central army behind him heard the sound of gold. When Zhang Baiqi looked back, he saw 3000 cavalry soldiers inserted into the frozen lard like a red sharp knife. The frozen lard melted quickly, and the sharp knife inserted into the end without any resistance. Thousands of injured soldiers in Huangjin couldn''t even let Huben cavalry stop for a while. Three thousand cavalry went straight through the soldiers, and then came towards 30000 yellow scarves under the city. At this time, Zhang Yan and his party had already run a distance of one or two miles.


    "No, retreat!" Zhang Bai realized the danger on his horse and yelled at dozens of guards around him. He turned around and left without stopping. He ran to the crenels of the city wall. Regardless of the soldiers climbing up the siege ladder, he jumped up the ladder, kicked the yellow scarf soldiers down with one foot, and then quickly slipped down the ladder. A group of his soldiers also followed him to withdraw from the city, and then followed Zhang Baiqi all the way north along the moat. At the head of the city, there were several generals of the yellow scarf army who took part in the battle. Most of them responded and quickly led their own guards to withdraw from the city. Then they all fled to the north. However, some generals were either killed or captured because they could not withdraw from the battle for a while.


    When Huaxiong army appeared on the outskirts of the battlefield, the people in the city were filled with dust in the distance. When the golden sound of the yellow scarf army sounded, Huang Zhong knew that the battle was coming to an end. At the moment when the yellow scarf army was in a daze at the head of the city, Huang Zhong took out his long sword and yelled at the top of the city wall: "soldiers, the reinforcements have arrived, the enemy general has fled, follow someone to kill the enemy!"


    "Drink ha..."


    "Kill..."


    "Reinforcements are here. Kill them."


    On the contrary, the morale of the officers and men at the head of the city was suddenly high. The battle that was just stuck quickly became the garrison of Luoyang and occupied the peak. Under the pressure of the Luoyang army, the yellow scarf army retreated step by step. With the escape of several yellow turban generals, more and more yellow turban soldiers joined the escape team. Unfortunately, the siege ladder was full of yellow turban soldiers who were climbing up. While they wanted to retreat, they were moving forward, and both sides were blocked. As time went on, the yellow scarf soldiers at the head of the city were gradually divided and surrounded by the Luoyang army. Seeing that they had no way out, soon some of them threw away their weapons and surrendered.


    Seeing that the city had been completely controlled by himself, Huang Zhong immediately ordered: "go on, the enemy chieftain has fled, and those who have been demoted will not die!"


    "The general has orders. The enemy chieftain has fled. Those who have been demoted will not die!"


    "The general has orders. Those who surrender will not die!"


    "Those who fall will not die!"


    Soon, all over the city wall, there was a cry of "those who fall will not die.". More and more yellow scarf soldiers on the wall chose to surrender, but many yellow scarf soldiers on the wall fled. Seeing this, Huang Zhong immediately ordered: "the soldiers will take in the prisoners, open the city gate, and the cavalry will go out of the city to annihilate the enemy!"


    "Boom"


    a moment later, with the opening of the city gate, Zhao Yu led his cavalry out of the city to encircle and annihilate the Huangjin army. At the same time, Huang Zhong ignited the signal of the whole army''s counterattack.


    Thirty thousand soldiers under the city have been rushed by the rout soldiers driven by three thousand Huben cavalry. No one even paid attention to the opening of the east gate wall, but the more than 3000 cavalry from the city made the yellow scarf rout more chaotic, and people were constantly squeezed into the moat from the channel filled out by the moat. Fortunately, the Yellow scarves outside the moat had to face the 3000 Huben cavalry. Soon, some of the Yellow scarves who had no way left their weapons and surrendered. After someone took the lead, more and more yellow scarves joined the ranks of surrender. However, many of the Yellow scarves broke out when the cavalry were not surrounded, and then ran away.


    Seeing that all the prisoners at the head of the city had been put in custody, Huang Zhong sent thousands of soldiers out of the city to help the cavalry to collect the prisoners, while the cavalry continued to drive the rout troops towards the direction of the Baibo army in the North City after handing them over to the soldiers who came to meet them.


    Looking at the yellow scarf soldiers on and off the city wall have been captured, the rest are running north, and I don''t know who shouts the first sentence: "we have won!"


    Then, more and more taxi drivers joined in the cheering.


    On the wall of the city, Huangfu Chaobo sat on the crenels, covered with blood. He also threw his sword at the head of the city. Zhao Zilong also sat opposite him. They looked at each other and laughed.Looking at the group of prisoners up and down the city wall, Huangfu Chaobo finally breathed a sigh of relief. At the most dangerous time today, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he might not be able to defend. Fortunately, he finally succeeded. However, the thousand reinforcements of the Zilong society and the people who were originally on the city wall were less than 200, and all of them were left with only a layer of blood. This is just the situation above the east wall, but there is nothing to do in the south, but the loss of Zilong society in the north and West is not small. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo gave Zhao Zilong a fist and said: "brother Zilong, thank you very much!"


    "Ha ha ha... It''s cool. I''ve finally done a good job. I want to thank you. If it wasn''t for you, we couldn''t have participated in this kind of war. " Zhao Zilong said with a smile;


    "well, if you don''t say what you have or don''t have, when this side is settled down, you can choose a county in Luoyang, and then you can give it to you." Huangfu Chaobo knows that he is comforting himself. As a player alliance, Zhao Zilong must need something genuine to appease his players at such a high price. After thinking about it for a while, Huangfu Chaobo says it directly.

 Chapter 444

    "No, for what county... county town? Are you sure it''s the county? Are you sure you want to give us a county? " Zhao Zilong said carelessly, but he quickly responded, jumped down from his mouth and pulled Huangfu Chaobo down, saying,


    "Damn it, do you have to? I''m scared to death. Damn it, if this TM falls from such a high wall, he''ll be scared to death! " Huangfu Chaobo was suddenly pulled down from the crenel by Zhao Zilong. He was scared for a long time. NIMA, the city wall is nearly five or six stories high. If he fell down, it would be more exciting than bungee jumping.


    "Hey, hey, next time, next time. By the way, boss, is it true what you just said about the county? Shall we choose? " Zhao Zilong said with a smile;


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "if it''s unnecessary, I won''t say it. I really want to thank you this time, so if you want a county seat, you can have a look first, and then I''ll discuss it with Huang Zhong. No matter what, you''ll get a county seat for Zilong."


    "OK, OK, we don''t care, it doesn''t matter, any one can... Whatever After Zhao Zilong confirmed it again and again, he was a little bit incoherent. Although he said it was free to help, there was no such thing as passive hatred or passive love in the world. Zilong would spend so much effort to invest in Huangfu Chaobo''s forces. He certainly wanted to have a return, but he didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would be so generous and directly want to give them a county. No No matter which county it is, it is a qualitative leap for Zilong society.


    Now there are many players in the whole game who have the county seat, and there is only one player alliance that has the county seat, namely Xiliang Tieqi in Wuwei, Liangzhou. It''s just a small county with a population of less than 50000, but it allows Xiliang Tieqi to sit firmly in the position of the Northwest first league. No matter which aspect of the county in the Central Plains area is not comparable to Liangzhou county. With this county, the development of Zilong society will be extremely huge. After Zhao Zilong recovered, he immediately went offline and announced the news in the league''s channel. Soon all the players of the Zilong Club knew the news, and the roar from Luoyang city sounded again.


    "Super boss is powerful!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Driven by six or seven thousand cavalry, the rout troops in the east city directly scattered the yellow scarf army in the north city. Guo Tai and others had no choice but to withdraw from empress Cang. However, the cavalry always followed the rout troops like Ju Fu Gu. In the end, the Baibo army could not even enter the camp. It directly bypassed the camp and Luobei Town, headed for Pingxian County, and retreated into Pingxian county.


    Looking at the Yellow turban soldiers retreating into Pingxian County, Huaxiong and Zhao Yu led the cavalry to stop the pursuit. Huaxiong left 1000 cavalry to watch the county, and then scattered the other 2000 cavalry into a group of cavalry, scattered around the whole Luoyang to pursue the soldiers. Zhao Yu leads Xiliang cavalry to the west of Luoyang City, preparing to solve the last yellow scarf bandit army outside Luoyang City. When Zhao Yu led his cavalry to the west of the city, Jingzhou Huangjin didn''t know that the Huangjin army in the East and north of the city had been defeated, so he couldn''t prevent it. He was directly attacked by Xiliang cavalry.


    At this time, Huang wudie, who had already led Huben cavalry to the west of the city as arranged, opened the west gate of Luoyang and led Huben cavalry to attack from the city. Under the two attacks, Jingzhou Huangjin army, which was not very powerful, was defeated, and tens of thousands of Huangjin soldiers were defeated. They immediately divided their forces to pursue and suppress. Zaozhi immediately sent out to help the cavalry clean the battlefield and receive the prisoners. They were busy until it was dark, and then they escorted the prisoners back to Luoyang. As for the three yellow scarf army barracks, because time was too tight, Huangfu Chaobo simply did not have time to send people to demolish them. He directly sent thousands of soldiers to guard the three barracks, preparing to make plans after dawn tomorrow. Of course, as for the two counties occupied by the Yellow turban army, we can only wait for this side to deal with them before launching an attack. However, Huangfu Chaobo believes that Zhang Yan and others will never wait to attack by themselves. It is estimated that they will withdraw to Hebei overnight this evening.


    In Luoyang City, the assembly hall of the prefect''s residence was full of laughter and laughter. After nearly ten days of fighting, they finally beat back 200000 yellow scarf thieves. For Huangfu Chaobo forces, they finally succeeded in holding the victory fruit of Luoyang.


    Looking at all the people under his command smiling, Huangfu Chaobo asked with a smile, "you guys, we have finally defeated the yellow scarf thieves. Now it''s time to count our harvest. What''s the matter? Has the preliminary result come out?" In the last sentence, Huangfu Chaobo said it to Jia Jing, because she was in charge of it.


    Jia Jing said with a smile: "it''s not so fast. Now we can only know the approximate number of prisoners. As for the harvest in the three yellow scarf camps and the specific number of weapons and equipment collected outside the city, we can''t count them out in a few days."


    "How many prisoners are there?"


    "There are more than 60000 prisoners Jia Jing said with a smile;


    "are there any big fish?" After hearing that there were more than 60000 prisoners, Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked,


    "hee hee, guess what?"


    "Well, I was thinking about how to catch some big fish in more than 60000? However, there seems to be nothing noteworthy in the yellow scarf army, except Zhang Yan and Yang Feng. By the way, isn''t Xu Huang supposed to be under Yang Feng''s hands? Did you find him? " Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and felt that even if there were big fish, he was not a good general. All of a sudden, he lost his spirit. Suddenly seeing Jia Jing looking at himself with a smile, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly felt a move in his heart and said, "you won''t really catch Xu Huang, will you?"Jia Jing shook his head.


    "Well, I knew it was impossible."


    "We didn''t find Xu Huang in the army of Yang Feng, and I also asked him. He said that there was no one named Xu Huang under his command." Jia Jing said with a smile;


    "did you ask Yang Feng? No, we caught Yang Feng? "


    Jia Jing nodded and said: "fortunately, not only Yang Feng but also Han Xian have been captured by Zhao Yu, while Zhang Yan has captured three historical generals - Zuo Xiao, Guo Daxian and Yu digen. And there are about 2000 of the 60000 prisoners, all of whom are in solitary confinement. As for the other details of the prisoners, we haven''t had time to understand them clearly. "


    "Ha ha ha... Yang Feng and Han Xian are really brothers in need! These two generals are not very good, but they should be much better than the three of them. More than nothing Huangfu Chaobo sneered at himself;


    "come on, the typical one is good when he gets cheap!"

 Chapter 445

    Luoyang city is full of laughter, but Pingxian County in the north of Luoyang is full of sighs. In the county yamen, Huang Jin''s generals, who fled back in confusion, sat there one by one with their heads drooping. Zhang Yan looked at all the people present and said, "ladies and gentlemen, we have failed. Now the most important thing to decide is to continue to gather the soldiers and guard the county, and then dispatch troops from Hebei to attack Luoyang again or withdraw to Hebei?"


    "Ah, still fighting?" Zhang Yan''s words caused great opposition among the people. Today''s defeat made everyone lose their confidence in fighting with the troops of the imperial court. Now they have managed to escape. All they want is how to safely withdraw to Hebei.


    Seeing that everyone is unwilling to fight again, Zhang Yan knows that the only thing she can do now is how to withdraw Hebei. Thinking of this, Zhang Yan quickly asked about the casualties of the people, and the final result made them completely lose the confidence to fight again.


    In addition to the 5000 soldiers who stayed in Pingxian County, less than 5000 people were able to withdraw, and all other soldiers and materials were lost. As for the generals, Heishan, Li Damu, Yaya, Baique and Yang Feng were killed in the battle, while Huanglong, Baibo, zuojiao, Guo Daxian, Leigong, Fuyun and Yu digen were missing. Their lives and deaths were unknown, and Sili, Zhang Baiqi and others were injured. It can be said that after this battle, Heishan army suffered heavy losses. As for the Baibo army, Hu Cai died in the battle, Yang Feng and Han Xian were missing, 50000 Baibo army, Guo Tai only brought back 2000 people in the end, plus 3000 garrison in Heyin County, there was no one in the end. There is also the Xiongnu Youxian king to humble 6000 cavalry, and finally only more than 2000 less than 3000 people fled. As for the Huangjin army in Jingzhou, it is estimated that it is even worse than the Heishan and Baibo armies.


    Zhang Yan didn''t expect that he would gather 200000 yellow scarf soldiers to attack Luoyang. In the end, it turned out to be such a result that he lost all his troops at the expense of his troops. What made Zhang Yan most sad was that his 1000 cavalry troops were destroyed in the end, and 10000 yellow scarf Warriors won less than 2000 people in the evening. Originally, I wanted to take this opportunity to unify the Heishan army, but after this war, although I got rid of Heishan and Li Damu, I also suffered a heavy loss. It is estimated that after that, the other Heishan army members would have made even greater efforts to disobey their yin and Yang. Thinking of this, Zhang Yan said to Mrs. Guo: "Marshal Guo, it seems that everyone has no confidence to fight with the Luoyang army again. Since we want to retreat, we will withdraw to Hebei overnight. Now that the Luoyang army has no energy to take care of us, otherwise the longer the time, the greater the chance of Luoyang army attacking."


    After hearing this, Mrs. Guo thought it was reasonable and said, "well, I''ll send someone to Heyin city and let them retreat overnight. We''ll cross the river directly from Pingxian county."


    "Good!" On hearing this, everyone agreed.


    Now that we have decided to withdraw, we all stop dallying and go down one after another to prepare to withdraw. For a moment, the city of Pingxian County became lively.


    The situation in Pingxian county was soon reported to Huangfu Chaobo. After discussing with Lou GUI, Huangfu Chaobo decided that since the yellow scarf thieves were ready to retreat, they should be allowed to leave. They were not prepared to send people to pursue them. However, although they did not send people to pursue them, they still sent two generals with thousands of soldiers to the surrounding areas of the two counties overnight. After the yellow scarf thieves abandoned the cities, Luoyang army would take over the two counties.


    Early the next morning, Huangfu Chaobo was prompted to occupy the two counties. However, Huangfu Chaobo had no time to take charge of the two counties now. He just ordered the generals to close the city gate, keep the city well, and wait for the further orders from the prefect''s office of Luoyang.


    In the next few days, Luoyang was busy both inside and outside. After a few days, the three camps outside the city had been demolished by Huangfu Chaobo. They were all removed and transported to Luoyang. Of course, all kinds of materials and captured personnel were also transported. The battlefield outside the city wall was cleaned as early as the day of the end of the battle. In Zhao Zilong''s words, the staff arranged by Chao Bo''s boss did not even have a broken gun tip on the ground. Huaxiong returned to hulaoguan on the second day after the battle. Of course, three thousand Huben cavalry were sure to stay. Zhao Yu and Huang Wudi divided the nearly ten thousand cavalry into dozens of teams and searched for routs in the vast area from Hangu pass in the west, Yanshi County in the East, the Yellow River in the north and Luoshui in the south.


    After a few days, Jia Jing finally brought people to sort out the results of the battle. When she handed over a long list to Huangfu Chaobo, Huangfu Chaobo was startled:


    captives: more than 65000 people.


    Weapons and equipment: more than 154000.


    Craftsman: more than 2000 people.


    Generals: five


    warriors at all levels: 1856


    grain: more than 120000 stones


    coins: more than 16000 gold, more than 132000 silver, 150000 copper coins


    horses: 500 good horses, 2000 war horses, about 1000 riding horses


    .


    ...


    There are all kinds of materials


    "it''s really a gold belt for killing and setting fire!" After reading the list, Huangfu Chaobo handed it to Lou GUI and said,


    "by the way, how about our loss?" Huangfu Chaobo asks Huang Zhong again;


    Huang Zhong listens and tells the public the losses he has made these days. In this war, Luoyang, together with the 3000 Huben cavalry transferred from hulaoguan and the 10000 recruits recruited in the middle, had a total of 55000 soldiers, not counting the 10000 players of Zilong society and Luoshen society. By the end of the war, there were less than 29000 soldiers left, with almost half of the war losses. The most important loss was the loss of the intermediate arms, which was 20000. In the end, 11000 people were left. In the end, there were only more than 4000 soldiers under Grade C who were regarded as cannon fodder by Huangfu Chaobo. In addition, the newly recruited 10000 soldiers also lost 6000 soldiers. However, the ultimate loss of the advanced arms was only over 1000 people, only 10%. However, it also made Huangfu Chaobo feel sad for a long time. You know, the arms above level 7 are precious to anyone now.And then there was the postwar reward for killing the enemy and capturing the prisoners. In the final calculation, it cost Huangfu nearly 200000 yuan. However, compared with the income, Huangfu Chaobo did not lose money, because the rewards were spent by the soldiers and their families in Luoyang. You know, now the houses in Luoyang have not been allocated. Although they are allocated, they are not totally free. People still have to spend part of the money, but compared with buying land to build The house is much cheaper, and it''s necessary for daily life, which costs money.

 Chapter 446

    191 ad, March 22, the second year of the early Han Dynasty.


    After a "boom" sound, the gate of the outer city of Luoyang was opened again after 14 days of closing, and Luoyang City was restored to its pre war reconstruction state.


    "Ding Dong, congratulations to the player. He successfully repels the invasion of the yellow scarf army, guards Luoyang City, completes the fifth link of the reconstruction of Luoyang task, and gains 40000 task points. Please choose whether to accumulate or not. "


    After hearing the system prompt, Huangfu Chaobo was really relieved. He chose to accumulate points and put his energy on the reconstruction and the recovery of Luoyang army. After two Luoyang defense wars, everyone agreed that Luoyang reconstruction can no longer work hard. Not only the reconstruction work can not be stopped, but also other things must be prepared, such as the military situation in Luoyang, such as the relationship between neighboring forces, and the construction of towns around Luoyang.


    The first is the problem of Luoyang''s military strength. After the war, Luoyang''s military strength, together with the three passes and five cities, had fewer than 55000 soldiers. However, these soldiers had to guard nine city passes. So, each place had only 6000 soldiers, far from meeting the requirements of defense, not counting the surrounding ten towns. In addition, there are 16000 soldiers below the C level, all of whom will be transferred to ordinary people in the later period. Therefore, it is imperative to increase the strength of Luoyang. After discussing with the public, Huangfu Chaobo decided to recruit soldiers.


    According to the plan discussed by several people, there must be more than 3000 soldiers in jiasishuiguan of five counties, 8000 to 10000 soldiers in hulaoguan and Hanguguan, and no less than 30000 to 40000 soldiers in Luoyang City. In this way, at least 20000 soldiers should be recruited. However, considering other emergencies, Huangfu Chaobo thought that Luoyang City needed more soldiers We need to reach 800 to 100 thousand, but the current situation is far from reaching this goal.


    Now that the target has been set, the next step is to select soldiers. There are 80000 prisoners in Luoyang, 45000 people and 20000 people in changshe city. In the following time, Huangfu Chaobo is leading the people to select the A and B levels of qualifications from these 100000 people.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was busy selecting soldiers, Zhao Zilong and the people of Zilong society were also busy. After getting a definite reply from Huangfu Chaobo, Zhao Zilong and several senior officials of the Zilong Association prepared to inspect the 20 counties in Luoyang first. After about ten days, several people finally walked around Luoyang. Then more than a dozen people spent a whole day together to discuss which county they wanted. At the beginning, some people said that which county was good was what they wanted. However, Zhao Zilong knows that he can''t win the longwangshu. Huangfu Chaobo said that he can choose the counties within Luoyang, but there is another sentence that he will discuss with Huang Zhong and others.


    Luoyang''s 20 counties are very comprehensive. There are plain cities such as Zhongmou in Yanshi, mountain cities such as Goushi in Xincheng, and counties such as Pingyin, Pingxian and Gongxian which are close to mountains and water. Each type of city has its own characteristics, advantages and disadvantages. Not only that, Zhao Zilong also has to consider the location of the county. He can''t be too far away from Luoyang or too close to it. If it''s too far away, it''s not convenient to do anything in Luoyang. If it''s too close, he may cause some unnecessary troubles by considering the defense of Luoyang.


    In the end, people finally set their goal on Pingyin County. Pingyin County is located on the northeast side of the Yellow River in Luoyang. It''s probably just a little downstream of Xiaolangdi of the Yellow River today. It''s a county close to mountains and rivers. The county is not big, it can only be regarded as a small county. According to the regulations, the county with more than 10000 households is a big county, the county magistrate is granted, the county with less than 10000 households is a small county, and the county magistrate is the county head. Pingyin city had 8000 households. According to five to six people in each household, there were about 45000 to 50000 people. Compared with the small county with 20000 people in Xiliang, the population alone is more than double. However, after Dong Zhuo moved the capital, Pingyin County also suffered a lot. The population of Pingyin County was basically two out of ten. The county with 40000 or 50000 people had less than 10000 people in the end.


    After Dong Zhuo left, Pingyin County, like other counties around Luoyang in Henan Province, was occupied by the rebel forces. Some time ago, it was occupied by the Baibo army. Now the Baibo army has retreated, but the population in the county has decreased again. After Huangfu Chaobo sent troops to settle in, there are only more than 5000 people left in the county. Of course, now we have to add the 2000 people sent by Huangfu Chaobo A soldier in Luoyang. This county town is close to the mountain and water, which is very beneficial for players. If it is close to the mountain, there are all kinds of strange things on the mountain, as well as wood, stone, medicinal materials and minerals, which are necessary for players. Besides, the county town is close to the Yellow River, and the Zilong association can also develop water transportation. A large alliance like the Zilong Association, a large part of its income depends on doing business, and doing business requires a lot of money Commodity exchange. In order to be bigger and stronger, there must be a perfect business road, and waterway transportation is the most efficient and convenient in the game.


    Of course, in addition to Pingyin County, zilonghui also saw several alternate counties, such as Xincheng and Gongxian. However, either the location is too good, Huangfu Chaobo may not agree, or the location is a little poor, and he is not very satisfied.


    In fact, it is not only the Zilong association that is considering the county, but also Huangfu Chaobo that has been considering this issue. Which county can be handed over to the Zilong association. For this matter, Huangfu Chaobo also discussed with Jia Jing, Lou GUI and others for a long time. At last, we reached a consensus that the cities on the line from Hangu pass to Hulao pass through Luoyang City can not be handed over to outsiders, because it is related to the safety of Luoyang. If there is a Pingxian County, Mengjin port belongs to Pingxian County, which is the future site of Luoyang Navy It should also be excluded.In addition, in the more than ten counties outside Hulao pass, Xingyang is controlled by Yuan Shu. In addition, Yangcheng and Yangzhai of Mi County in Jing County have all taken refuge in Yuan Shu, and other cities are under the control of Yuan Shao and other surrounding forces. Therefore, these counties are not likely to be taken down for the time being, let alone handed over to Zilong society. In this way, only Pingyin County, Xincheng County, Liang county and Goushi county can be selected by Zilong Association, and one of the four counties can be selected. Now that the general direction has been set, we can only wait for Zilong to come and make a final decision. However, for this Huangfu Chaobo is not urgent, now the main energy is in Luoyang City.

 Chapter 447

    Now that the war in Luoyang city is over, the people of nine towns outside the city can arrange to return. Besides, the garrison of each town should be arranged. Three hundred soldiers should be arranged in each of the nine towns. Besides, six thousand garrison soldiers should be arranged in Luobei town. It''s already the middle of the month.


    Although after ten days of war, because the yellow scarf Army wanted to occupy Luoyang, there was basically no damage to the farmland around Luoyang. Of course, it could not be intact, but the degree of damage was less than 30%, which could be said to be very good. A large part of this was because the horses of the Hun cavalry were eaten.


    Since we need to recruit soldiers, we must start from the most important point. In the first day, Huangfu Chaobo leaders selected all the AB level qualifications from the prisoners and Luoyang people. Among them, there were more than 1500 A-level talents and 30000 B-level talents. According to the proportion of system updating, class a accounted for 0.5% and class B accounted for 19.5% Fu Chaobo found that the number of people he picked out from the 120000 plus seemed to be much higher than this ratio. Later, after a detailed understanding, he found out that there were two or three thousand of them who were originally Huang jinlishi. Huangfu Chaobo realized that it was not his luck that made the ratio higher, but that there were many high-level arms in the captives, so the number was higher.


    Without saying a word, he directly gave all the 1000 high-value soldiers to Dian Wei, and asked him to incorporate them into the pro guard camp. As for the remaining 500, they were all given to Zaozhi, and all of them were arranged in the workshops, and all of them were trained as craftsmen. There are nearly a thousand craftsmen in Luoyang. In addition to the more than 100 craftsmen captured from the three camps during the war, there are more than 500 apprentices. There are also 500 or 600 craftsmen in Luoshen town. It can be said that the number of craftsmen in Huangfu Chaobo has reached nearly 3000. In the face of so many craftsmen, it is also a big problem for Huangfu Chaobo to arrange the personnel of various industries. These days, Huangfu Chaobo also requires Zao to consider planning. However, these are not the most important things at present.


    After being supplemented, the number of Pro Guard troops in Dianwei has reached 8000, but another problem is related to their equipment. It turns out that all the troops are recruited directly from the barracks, so all the equipment is standard. For example, Huben cavalry use Huben suits, including helmets, armor, wristbands, knee pads, boots and so on. They all have a full set of equipment, but there is one characteristic, that is, the attributes are very general, there is nothing particularly good, there is no particularly bad, very balanced. And although Huben cavalry is the strongest cavalry in the game at present, it can only be regarded as between light cavalry and heavy cavalry, because neither armor nor vest is really heavy armor. Now that the game has opened the training system, Huangfu Chaobo estimates that real heavy cavalry will appear in the future.


    Not only the Huben cavalry, but all the other soldiers and horses are the same, such as the crossbow soldiers. Now the crossbow soldiers are formed by the original elite archers equipped with rhubarb crossbows. However, the original defense of the archers is not strong, but the attack distance is longer than that of the crossbow soldiers. Although the attack strength of the crossbow soldiers has increased, the distance has become smaller, so it is necessary to increase the defense ability of the crossbow soldiers Strong. There is also the same situation with the guard infantry. The guard is only between the heavy infantry and the light infantry, not the real heavy infantry. Compared with the heavy infantry, the guard''s attack is stronger, but the defense is weaker. Now that the training system is open, all kinds of arms will emerge as the times require. With regard to weapons and equipment, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to recruit generals to discuss this issue, and then go to do related work. Now the most important thing is to recruit soldiers. As for the weapons and equipment for recruiting taxi soldiers, the yellow scarf army sent tens of thousands of pieces this time. Plus the original inventory in Luoyang City, it should be no problem to select tens of thousands of sets from them.


    Class a qualification has been arranged, and then class B qualification, a total of 32000 people, finally selected 27000 people from them, plus the remaining 13000 soldiers, finally gathered a total of 40000 soldiers, plus 2000 Xiliang cavalry and 3000 Huben cavalry, a total of 45000 troops. With the 8000 Pro guards in Dianwei''s hands, there will be a total of 53000 troops. In this way, Luoyang will be under great pressure. In this way, we have basically selected all the AB and ab qualifications in Luoyang City. If we need to increase our troops, we have to lower our requirements.


    The soldiers have been recruited, and then there are those who are armed. Huangfu Chaobo has thrown all those who have higher command and force to Huang Zhong for disposal. Other people with higher internal affairs and intelligence have been handed over to Zaozhi, and the generals of the internal affairs department also need to be supplemented. As for Yang Feng''s several generals, Huangfu Chaobo appointed them all as school captains after they were all recruited, and then they were all handed over to Huang Zhong for him to be placed in the army.


    After all this is done, it''s five days later. On this day, Huangfu Chaobo spent a lot of time in the city to accompany Jia Jing. He was just about to go outside when he received a letter from Zhao Zilong, saying that he would come to the prefect''s residence to discuss the county affairs. There was no choice but to wait for Zhao Zilong and his party in the prefecture. At the same time, they sent someone to invite Lou GUI to the prefecture to meet Zilong.


    Half an hour later, Zhao Zilong and his party came to the palace. As soon as he entered the gate, Zhao Zilong said, "boss, your inner city is not open to players yet?""Inner city?" Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately responded: "the inner city will never be open to ordinary players. Except for a few high-level players in your league and a few high-level players in our Luoshen club, other players are not allowed to come in. Players'' activities can only be in the outer city."


    "Well, well, we''re not here to discuss this today. That''s the county town Seeing this, Zhao Zilong immediately changed the topic.


    "Well, tell me which county you like, and tell me in advance, if! I mean, if the county you choose conflicts with the whole planning of Luoyang, you can only choose another one. In addition, we need to sign a system protection agreement. I hope you can understand it. Of course, this agreement is not an unequal treaty. It''s just some problems that we have to make clear to prevent What''s the difference after that? " With that, Huangfu Chaobo handed Zhao Zilong and his party what they had prepared.

 Chapter 448

    Huangfu Chaobo has already discussed with Lou GUI and others about the county seat of zilonghui. Now we just wait for Zhao Zilong and them to come to discuss and confirm. Of course, in order to prevent a bomb being planted around us, Huangfu Chaobo has made an agreement. Of course, it only stipulates some rights and obligations of both parties, which is similar to the lease agreement in reality. Some people say that loyalty is just because the chips of betrayal are not high enough. Therefore, in order to prevent this situation, Huangfu Chaobo decided to stop the betrayal of the Zilong society in its infancy.


    In this agreement, the military strength of their county, the tax to be paid, and the support to be provided by Luoyang in the face of foreign invasion were clearly marked one by one. After seeing these things, Zhao Zilong and his party did not express any objection. After all, the two sides have cooperated for such a long time, and they have a good understanding of the character of both sides. It''s just an agreement for these things. Zhao Zilong never thought about doing anything, so he didn''t tangle on this for long. After reading it, Zhao Zilong said, "there are no problems with all these. If it''s just the county seat, we discussed it. If we can, we want Pingyin County seat. Do you have any problems?"


    "Pingyin?" Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He had thought that Zilong would choose a better County, but he didn''t expect to choose Pingyin.


    "Is there a problem? If it doesn''t work, the new town will do as well. " Zhao Zilong was so nervous that he immediately said,


    "ah Huangfu Chaobo was even more stunned. He immediately said, "no, no, I just think you can choose a slightly better county. For example, Goushi and Liangxian are better than Pingyin, and Xincheng is even worse."


    "Woo..." Zhao Zilong and his party finally breathed a sigh of relief and said: "if there is no problem, we will think that Pingyin is on the side of the Yellow River, which will be more convenient for transportation. In other cities, it''s a little worse. "


    "Well, since you choose Pingyin, I don''t have any opinions. I can appoint you as the magistrate of Pingyin County right away. If other people choose you, you can go back to the county and appoint them directly. If you send someone to take over the county, I will withdraw the soldiers. "


    "Ah, withdraw? Boss, how dare you give us a naked city without defense? " Zhao Zilong said,


    "who said that? How could it be a naked city? There are five thousand people in it? "


    "Five thousand?"


    "Well, you can''t blame me for that. There were more than 10000 people originally, but they were occupied by Baibo thieves once and took thousands of people away, so Huangfu Chaobo is a little embarrassed. There are only 5000 people in a county, which is not even comparable to a small town. But he immediately said, "don''t worry, in order to compensate your Zilong club, I have prepared 10000 weapons and 5000 sets of soldiers'' weapons and equipment for you. These are free gifts. You can recruit soldiers in the county."


    "Don''t mention it, boss. I''m just a few people. You still want me to recruit soldiers. At least you can give me thousands of soldiers. Otherwise, I can''t defend the county town if you give me it!" Zhao Zilong immediately said, "five thousand, five thousand is OK?"


    As soon as he saw that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t like it, he immediately changed his words and said, "if five thousand is not enough, it''s three thousand. There are one thousand sword and shield soldiers, one thousand spearmen and one thousand archers. At least I have soldiers to guard the city, don''t you think?"


    Huangfu Chaobo thinks that there are only 5000 people in the county. It seems that you can''t let them recruit again. If you wait to refresh the refugees, who knows you have to wait until the age of monkey. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, I''ll give you 3000 soldiers, but you have to give me money. The price of different qualifications is different. It depends on whether you want d-level or C-level. As for those above B-level, you don''t have to consider them first. I''m not enough."


    "Wait..." Zhao Zilong looked like a circle and said, "wait a minute. What do you mean by grade D, grade C and grade B?"


    "Well. No, you''re about to become a magistrate. Didn''t you go to see something about the Lord player in the system update? " Huangfu Chaobo said helplessly;


    "Hey, I only read about ordinary players, but the Lord''s players just passed a little, and didn''t look carefully. I''d like to ask the boss to help me introduce it in detail, help others to the end, and send the Buddha to the West. " Zhao Zilong touched his head and said carefully;


    Huangfu looked at Zhao Zilong and other members of the Zilong Club speechless, and saw that other people were confused, so he knew that other people didn''t know. There is no way, had to spend more than half an hour, to these lords Xiaobai general level about the Lord player some basic knowledge, as well as some changes after the system update.


    After listening to the introduction of Huangfu Chaobo, Zhao Zilong was more determined to recruit soldiers. After asking about the prices of soldiers with various qualifications, several people discussed for half a day and decided to have 3000 C and 1000 B, a total of 4000 intermediate arms. Originally, he wanted to have A-class soldiers, but Huangfu Chaobo refused, so he had to give up. In the end, however, there were 400 high-level arms from Huangfu Chaobo, including 100 guards, 100 shield soldiers, 100 long spearmen, 100 long bow soldiers and 100 Huben cavalry soldiers. Although they were also B-level, they had reached the highest level. In Zhao Zilong''s words, they were used to dress up.It took half a day to get things done in the county seat of Zilong club. Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. Of course, the weapons and equipment that had been promised had already been ready, and Zilong club could send someone to take them away at any time.


    Huangfu Chaobo comes to the jade management of the prefect''s office, opens the management interface, finds the name of Pingyin County, and then fills in the blank of the county magistrate with Zhao Zilong''s name.


    "Ding Dong, congratulations on Zhao Zilong''s being appointed magistrate of Pingyin County by Huangfu Chaobo, the prefect of Luoyang!"


    "Ding Dong, congratulations to the players'' League Zilong club for getting the county seat. As the second player League to get the county seat, it will get the system reward..."


    So three times, Zilong will and Zhao Zilong a time in the game out of a big limelight.


    Hearing the news of the two systems, the players of the Zilong club, who had been waiting outside the inner city gate of Luoyang for a long time, immediately roared.


    Zhao Zilong and his party went out of the prefect''s mansion, and immediately sent people to the barracks to find Huang Zhong''s soldiers. After receiving the soldiers, they immediately took the soldiers to the warehouse next to the barracks to get back the weapons and equipment promised by Huangfu Chaobo. Then, the players of Zilong club at the gate of Huihe City, with more than 10000 players and more than 4000 soldiers, headed for Pingyin County.

 Chapter 449

    After Zhao Zilong left, Huangfu Chaobo said with a bitter smile to Lou GUI that he didn''t expect that he had only 40000 soldiers. That''s good. Zhao Zilong took another 4000 soldiers away, and Pingxian county also needed 3000 soldiers. After that, there were 33000 soldiers left in Luoyang. Of course, there were 5000 cavalry and 8000 guards. It seems that Chen Jing should be taken as soon as possible More than ten thousand high-level soldiers and horses were transferred back to Luoyang.


    After discussing with Lou GUI, Huangfu Chaobo decided to transfer three thousand senior soldiers in Chen Jing''s hands back to Luoyang. Then Chen Jing now has five hundred long bows, one thousand sword shields and one thousand long guns. In addition, there are two thousand ordinary soldiers of 567 rank. There are four thousand five hundred soldiers in Luoshen town. The combat power of a big town is comparable to that of a county town There is a way. After all, Luoshen town is the home of Huangfu Chaobo, where only high-level craftsmen are enough to compare with an ordinary county.


    After arranging these, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to go out. Unexpectedly, Jia Jing suddenly receives a call from reality. There is no way. Huangfu Chaobo has to stay in the game waiting for Jia Jing to go back online. A few minutes later, Jia Jing went online anxiously. As soon as she went online, she said to Huangfu Chaobo, "Chao, you should think quickly. Xiaowen''s town is being attacked."


    "Well? What''s going on? " Huangfu Chaobo comforted: "don''t worry, tell me slowly, what''s the matter?"


    Under the comfort of Huangfu Chaobo, Jia Jing finally calms down and tells Huangfu Chaobo what happened. The reason is very simple. Everyone is innocent when he sees money. Wenjing Town, as an early village and town, is a female mayor, but because of the support of Huangfu Chaobo, there are many profitable industries, such as pharmaceuticals, bows and arrows, and horses, the most important of which are pharmaceuticals and horses, which have attracted the attention of many people. The most important thing is that Wenjing town''s military strength is not very good.


    As a town that has just been upgraded to the middle town level for a few months, its population is less than 7000, and the number of soldiers is only 500. Of course, there are 100 cavalry soldiers, but this number of soldiers is really nothing for those real old Lords. Now there are dozens to hundreds of big towns in each county in the whole game There are more than ten counties. For a big town with 10000 or 20000 people, the number of troops is at least 1000, and even 2000. Therefore, a middle town with 500 soldiers is really nothing in front of those big towns with strong forces. More importantly, there are several ways to make money in this middle Town, so it''s strange not to cause other people''s envy.


    This attack on Wenjing town is Tieqi Town, which is known as the first town in youbeiping. For this attack, Tieqi town not only recruited 1000 soldiers, but also sent out 2000 veterans and 1000 recruits to guard the town. It also mobilized several surrounding villages and towns, and sent out 3000 troops. Not only that, for the sake of safety, Tieqi town also hired Youzhou branch of Zilong society and youbei branch Pingxin rising player alliance Youzhou Tieqi, two players alliance went out 3000 players to help fight, plus the Tieqi village''s own player Legion went out 4000 players, so calculated, a total of 10000 players, 3000 NPC soldiers.


    After getting the news, Zhou Wen side emergency conscription 1000, at the same time immediately gather players Legion. Because of the declaration of war, Zhou Wen''s communication can no longer be used, so he can only arrange his younger brother Zhou Qiang to contact Jia Jing offline.


    After knowing what happened, Huangfu Chaobo comforted him: "don''t worry, it''s two days'' journey from Tieqi town to Wenjing town. Now Wenjing town has 1000 soldiers and 2000 players'' legions. It''s no problem to keep it for three or five days. Although Wenjing village doesn''t have a lot of troops, the warriors should be in youbeiping, with 15 warriors plus 100 The cavalry has enough for Tieqi town. I''ll contact Zhao Zilong to confirm the situation. You can call Xiaowen off the line and let them guard the town. We''ll deal with other things. "


    Jia Jing is also a listen, immediately offline to call back to Zhou Qiang.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo advised Jia Jing not to worry, he connected Zhao Zilong immediately. After receiving the communication from Huangfu Chaobo, Zhao Zilong said that he would contact Youzhou branch immediately to understand the specific situation and then reply.


    In less than five minutes, Zhao Zilong''s communication was connected. Jia Jing is back online.


    "Boss, it''s true, because the large-scale tasks of each branch just need to be reported to the Federation, so we didn''t care much at that time, because it''s very common for the players'' League to take over the Lord''s tasks in the game, and we really don''t know that Wenjing town is Xiaojing''s friend''s Town, so... You can rest assured that I have let Youzhou branch quit. If we need to make peace, I can also arrange it, but if we need to help guard the city, this... Because of the business I just received, I immediately... You know that Zhao Zilong was a little embarrassed and said;


    "you don''t need to guard the city, but are you familiar with the Youzhou cavalry League? If you can, please help us to make peace. After the event is completed, in addition to the military expenses promised by Tieqi Town, each of your two leagues will make up for 20 horses. " Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said, "this is no problem. It''s up to me. But in addition to our two families, there are 4000 players and 3000 soldiers in Tieqi town. Are you sure there is no problem? ""Don''t worry. As long as you two quit, I''ll deal with Tieqi town." After that, Huangfu Chaobo added, "it''s better not to mention me."


    "Don''t worry, boss. It''s too humiliating if we can''t make a decision on such a small matter just because of the face of our Zilong society. By the way, if we make up for it, let''s forget it. " Zhao Zilong felt that he didn''t help much, so he finally said,


    "don''t worry, one yard goes to one yard." Huangfu Chaobo didn''t agree. After rejecting Zhao Zilong, he hung up the communication. For Huangfu Chaobo, hundreds of gold and 40 horses were nothing.


    Then, someone immediately invited Shi a to inquire about Lou Jing''s progress in Youzhou. A few days ago, Lou Jing sent a letter back. They have already arrived in youbeiping. In the next period of time, they will arrange various contact points between youbeiping and Longhua town. But I don''t know what the specific situation is. Huangfu Chaobo is still unclear. If these specific matters are very important, Shi a will report to Huangfu Chaobo immediately, and other matters need to be asked by Huangfu Chaobo.

 Chapter 450

    Shi a soon came in, listened to Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry, and immediately reported Lou Jing''s situation in youbeiping to Huangfu Chaobo one by one. After hearing that Lou Jing has arranged the personnel in all kinds of cities in youbeiping, but basically all the personnel are arranged. Next, we need to recruit people from Longhua town for training before we can continue to arrange for other cities in Youzhou.


    Hearing that youbeiping had been fully arranged, Huangfu Chaobo was also relieved. He immediately asked Shi a to send an order to youbeiping, and asked the person in charge of Tuyin city to go to youbeiping prefecture to find the general left behind by Gongsun Zan, and asked them to send someone to mediate the war in Wenjing town. After Huangfu Chaobo left youbeiping, the auction house in Xuwu city had moved to Tuyin City, the capital of youbeiping, so all the people in charge of communication on both sides also went to Tuyin city. The stronghold of shadow guard arranged by Lou Jing was in a small courtyard not far from the auction house. Both of them could take care of each other, but they would not be discovered by Gongsun Zan and others.


    Gongsun Zan''s army had already left the Great Wall from the Lulong fortress in western Liaoning more than a month ago. At this time, the snow on the grassland had just stopped. A large part of the reason why they were so anxious to get out of the Great Wall was that Huangfu Chaobo sent him the news that the Xianbei people would go south. Before the Xianbei people went south, he had to clear all the foreigners within two or three hundred miles of the Great Wall Wipe them out, or these foreign cavalry will become the help of the humble.


    Two thousand white horse soldiers and three thousand seven rank cavalry soldiers were deployed, while gongsunzan''s second younger brother gongsunyue and his confidant Guan Jing were left behind. When Gongsun heard that the village of a friend of Huangfu Chaobo was attacked by Tieqi Town, which is known as the first town in youpeiping, Gongsun didn''t even think about it. He immediately led Baima Yicong to mediate. For Gongsun Yue''s decision, Guan Jingwei frowned imperceptibly, but he didn''t say much.


    Tieqi Tianxia feels very depressed. Originally, as the first town in youbeiping, it has developed quite well. However, in addition to some basic weapons and equipment to maintain the income of the town, it has never had a relatively stable business income. This is quite dangerous for a force. A year ago, the whole right Beiping knew that Wenjing town had blood medicine for sale. Not only that, but every so often, we also found that Wenjing town had several middle and low-end horses for sale. However, at that time, all players focused on the upcoming second system plot, and no one had any idea about Wenjing town. Tieqi town was the same.


    After the battle of asking for Dong, all the players in youbeiping thought that Gongsun Zan and Yuan Shao would start the Jizhou campaign together as they did in history. Who knows, something surprising happened. First, Cao Cao didn''t get Chen Liucheng. Instead, he went to peiguo to fight. Then, Han Fu, who was supposed to kneel down to Yuan Shao, suddenly became a tough guy and decided to say no to yuan. Then Jizhou was divided into several parts. Since Yuan Shao did not get Jizhou, Gongsun Zan could not send troops to Jizhou. But then Gongsun Zan''s move made many players even more stunned. First, he sent troops to occupy junmi County, which has been abandoned for many years outside the Great Wall. Then, since he went out to fight against other nationalities outside the Great Wall, he made youbeiping players, the leader of Tieqi world, depressed.


    After a long period of observation, Tieqi world finds that Wenjing town has no strong backstage and strong strength, but there is a way to make money that makes all players excited - pharmaceutical. As for horses, Tieqi world feels that it can''t get even after eating Wenjing town She went to her sales channel, so she didn''t focus on it at all.


    After several days of discussion, Tieqi Tianxia finally decided to attack Wenjing town and capture their pharmaceutical craftsmen. Now that the decision has been made, the cavalry world will start to take action immediately. First, 1000 soldiers have been recruited to specially guard the town. As for the other 2000 veterans, they are ready to go out of the army. In addition, they have brought in their own younger brothers. There are a total of 3000 soldiers. Then, Tieqi Tianxia contacted two powerful players'' alliances, Zilong society and Youzhou Tieqi, to hire 3000 players from each family to fight. At the same time, it also recruited 4000 players in its own town, with a total of 13000 people. It is ready to build Wenjing town with only 1000 soldiers and 4500 players.


    What I didn''t expect was that when I saw that more than 10000 troops were about to see the wall of Wenjing Town, the eldest brother of zilonghui and Youzhou Tieqi came to me at the same time. They said that the two families had cancelled the employment for various reasons. They not only returned the Commission, but also paid the engagement money together. Even Tieqi Tianxia said that they would double the Commission, and they were not willing to accept the employment again I''m a servant, but I don''t want to tell you why. This situation made the Tieqi world confused. They repeatedly asked the two families why they didn''t want to say.


    However, after the two retreats, the Spurs of the Youzhou cavalry quietly sent their confidants to tell the cavalry world that there is a very mysterious force behind Wenjing Town, and they also told the cavalry world about the conditions they got. When he learned that the other side was willing to pay three times of their own troop costs and 20 horses to make the two leagues withdraw, the world knew that he had kicked the iron plate this time.


    When six thousand players retreated like a tide, Tieqi world found itself embarrassed, and led three thousand soldiers and four thousand players of its own town to stand outside the wall of Wenjing Town, neither fighting nor retreating. Fight, I don''t know who I''ve offended this time. Back off, more than 10000 people are running out of Wenjing Town, leaving without farting. This makes me face the first town of Peiping. In desperation, the cavalry world is ready to let the soldiers settle down first, make preparations for the siege, and then discuss with several players and NPC confidants before making a decision.I didn''t expect that someone came to help him out when the world of iron riding was in constant trouble. Baima Yicong arrived outside Wenjing town shortly after the army stopped in Tieqi town. Baima Yicong came to Tieqi Tianxia and said that he came to mediate the two wars on the order of youbeiping Prefecture. All the players in Tieqi town were sure that they had really kicked the iron plate this time, and Tieqi Tianxia was happy. They immediately agreed to withdraw, and then they went back to war The crisp leader returned to Tieqi town.


    A right Beiping players think that the war between the players was so inexplicably ended, both sides did not even fight. However, this time also let those to Wenjing town envious unceasingly, the player Lord finally began to face up to the strength of Wenjing town.

 Chapter 451

    When the war in Wenjing town had not started and stopped, Huangfu Chaobo, who was far away in Luoyang, received a prompt from the system again: "Ding Dong, congratulations on opening the sixth ring of Luoyang reconstruction task: after long-term efforts. Luoyang has finally upgraded to the scale of an intermediate city. Although it is far away from the former King City, it is no less than any county. Luoyang has a bright future, but the vast majority of cities in Henan county are occupied by other forces, so the redevelopers must make persistent efforts to enhance the influence of Luoyang in Sili area.


    Task requirements: within half a year, obtain the leadership of more than 30% of the county-level city territory in Henan County, restore the normal operation of other cities, and make them accept the jurisdiction of Luoyang, with a population of more than 100000. "


    At this time, it was almost the end of March in the second year of Chuping. Although influenced by the yellow scarf army, Luoyang still planted a lot of fields. In addition, the attack of the yellow scarf army made Huangfu Chaobo aware of the lack of defense in Luoyang, so all the people under his command were busy with their own affairs. After receiving the rest of the sixth ring task, Huangfu Chaobo started again Gather all the people who are in charge of civil and military affairs. After several key personnel arrived, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the people sitting on both sides. He thought to himself that he would go this far in the game. He had a county under his command, and there were more than ten historical generals, including two imperial generals. This is not only among the players, even many of the NPCs do not have their own level.


    However, even now, we can''t be careless. First of all, there are only a few cities in this county in our hands, that is, the cities that we have controlled are ruins, even the ordinary players'' towns and territories are inferior. Not only that, Luoyang seems to be in conflict with swordsmen. Since Dong Zhuo came here, there have been constant wars, like taking over by ourselves After that, there will be two world wars, the surrounding situation and the future development arrangement of Luoyang, and so on.


    After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo said: "with the concerted efforts of all of you, the yellow scarf thieves have finally been defeated, and the yellow scarf thieves in Luoyang and the surrounding areas have finally been cleaned up. Chaobo is here to thank you." With that, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and saluted the crowd.


    As soon as they saw it, they all stood up and said, "I dare not."


    "My Lord''s praise depends on my Lord''s wisdom, and my officers and men''s life."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Ha ha ha... Well, please don''t be polite. Come and have a seat. I''m going to call you all here today to discuss with you the reconstruction of Luoyang and where we should go. Moreover, the reconstruction task of the fifth ring has been successfully completed, and the task of the sixth ring has been started. " With that, Huangfu Chaobo talked about the sixth ring task and some of his thoughts in recent days. "Ladies and gentlemen, let''s all think about what Chaobo said just now, and let''s talk about what we have in mind."


    When they heard this, they all calmed down and seriously considered the problems mentioned by Huangfu Chaobo.


    Just as everyone was thinking about the problem, Ma Jin, the leader of the guard outside the door, came in and said, "general, Zhou Yi, the captain of the water army, has come back. He asked to see him outside the door. There is also a big man with him. According to Zhou Duwei, his name is Zhou Tai."


    On hearing this, Huangfu stood up and said in surprise, "is Zhou Yi back? He brought Zhou Tai back? Ha ha ha... Great. Everybody, come with me to meet our water army general


    Then he walked directly towards the gate of the prefect''s mansion. As soon as they saw it, they immediately followed and came out.


    In Luoyang City, outside the gate of the prefect''s residence, there are a group of people, led by two big men. One of them is excited, the other is nervous. Yes, this is Zhou Yi and Zhou Tai from Jingzhou. Since Zhou Yi left Luoyang a few months ago, he left Luoyang for Xiangyang, and soon found Zhou Tai''s stronghold in Xiangyang.


    However, the place was found, but the people couldn''t find it. The people guarding the stronghold said that during this period of time, Zhou Tai''s Dongting water thieves were preparing to fight with the Panyang lake water thieves, and the winner would monopolize the river and waterway. In desperation, Zhou Yi had to wait in Xiangyang. As a result, after waiting for more than a month, he finally heard the news of the war between the two sides. However, there was no difference between the two sides. In a hurry, Zhou Yi climbed the boat that the Taishui thieves went to Xiangyang last week to purchase materials and went to the battle of Panyang lake.


    By the time Zhou Yi arrived, the war was almost over, and both sides were defeated. Although Zhou Tai had two historical generals, the Panyang lake water bandits were fighting at home. They had a large number of people and were familiar with the geography. Finally, Zhou Tai had to lead the retreat after losing his troops. Only a thousand of the 2000 water bandits had successfully withdrawn to yunmengze, and half of them were Injury. Although Zhou Yi was worried, he could only help Zhou Tai patiently. After they had settled the injured water thief, they told the public about Huangfu Chaobo''s solicitation.


    On the first day of junior high school, when they heard Zhou Yi''s words, Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin were also shocked. They did not expect that they would casually say a few years ago, and they would really come to solicit their business a few years later. On the one hand, they feel very proud, on the other hand, they feel unthinkable. So after discussing, the two men, while stabilizing Zhou Yi, sent people to Xiangyang to inquire about the news, to see if the governor of Luoyang is really Huangfu Chaobo. In this way, a month has passed.After Zhou Tai and Zhou Tai confirmed again and again, they finally agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s solicitation. However, there are only a few hundred uninjured water thieves under Zhou Tai. There are also hundreds of injured water thieves and thousands of family members. There are dozens of boats. However, it is basically impossible to get these boats to Luoyang, plus other things to deal with. So in the end, Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin discussed and decided that Zhou Tai would take dozens of people to Luoyang first. While Jiang Qin was dealing with these goods and waiting for the injured water thieves to recover, he would lead more than 1000 water thieves to escort thousands of families to Luoyang.


    As soon as two weeks led dozens of water thieves to Xiangyang, Zhou Yi heard that 200000 yellow scarf thieves had besieged Luoyang, so they had to rush to changshe. When they arrived at Luoshen town of changshe City, they got the news that Luoyang had defeated the yellow scarf thieves, and that 200000 yellow scarf thieves had finally captured 60000 or 70000 people At the same time, Zhou Tai was even more curious about his future Lord. Forty or fifty thousand people guarded a city, and attacked 200000 bandits. In the end, he defeated the bandits and captured tens of thousands of people.

 Chapter 452

    After a day''s rest in Luoshen Town, they slowly came to Luoyang. As soon as he entered the inner city of Luoyang, Zhou Tai and his gang of water thieves were stunned. No one in the world knew the news about Dong Zhuo''s burning Luoyang, and everyone knew the situation in Luoyang. I didn''t expect that in less than half a year after my lord entered Luoyang City, he not only held two robber attacks, but also organized the inner city so well. This made all the water thieves secretly happy. They thought that they would not even be as good as the water thief''s nest at the beginning when they arrived in Luoyang. They didn''t expect that the reconstruction in Luoyang was so fast. It seems that there are many capable people under this Lord. Thinking of this, Zhou Tai couldn''t help worrying about gains and losses.


    Just thinking about it, the middle gate of the palace suddenly opened wide, and the party thought that there was something important to come, and they were preparing to avoid the two sides of the gate. Zhou Yi, who was standing in front of him, didn''t expect that the people who came out were the prefect. Seeing this, Zhou Yi hurried forward to prepare for the ceremony. He saw Huangfu take a few quick steps to Zhou Yi and said, "Zhou Duwei has worked hard, but all the way is smooth?"


    "Ah, ah, ah..." It took Zhou Yi a long time to respond. General Ganqing and his party came to meet them! He immediately said, "it''s not hard to report back to the general. General, the general finally fulfilled his mission. Zhou Tongling and Jiang Tongling, who were invited by the general, have already come to Luoyang with the general, and Jiang Tongling still has something to do. I''ll report to the general later."


    Then he led Zhou Tai to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "General Zhou Tai has met the Lord!" Zhou Tai was not Xiaobai either, and he also reflected that Huangfu Chaobo opened the middle gate to welcome his party. He did not hesitate and went to the front to make a bow to the audience.


    "ha ha ha..." Huangfu Chaobo laughs and pulls Zhou Tai up, saying: "you don''t have to be polite. I have to be a fish in water. Come on, let''s go in and slow down. " Then, regardless of Zhou Tai''s expression, he took Zhou Tai''s hand and went to the assembly hall of the prefect''s house. While walking, he also asked the people to go first.


    After entering the hall, Huangfu Chaobo introduced the participants to Zhou Tai one by one, and then arranged for them to sit down. Huangfu''s action moved Zhou Tai, and the final result was that the king level general of Shuibu riding all-round hitter at the level of Water God quickly returned to his heart, and his loyalty was from 75 to 85.


    "Ding Dong, congratulations to the player for taking refuge with Zhou Tai, the king level historical general!"


    "Ding Dong, congratulations to the player for getting the heaven level historical general Jiang Qin to take refuge!"


    Two system messages make Huangfu Chaobo very happy. After secretly checking their properties, Huangfu Chaobo still draws his mind back to the discussion. After entering the meeting hall, Zhou Yi reported his itinerary to Huangfu Chaobo one by one. After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo encouraged him and said that he would be arranged to assist Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin to form a water army in the future, and then let him step down and have a rest.


    In the middle of the conversation, everyone was seated, because Zhou Tai had been appointed Hengjiang captain by Huangfu Chaobo, and Jiang Qin was appointed louchuan captain. Both of them were qualified to participate in the discussion. Now Jiang Qin has not come, but Zhou Tai still wants to participate.


    "Youping came back just in time. After the Huangjin siege, our army managed to beat back the attack of the Huangjin army. Now it''s time to invite you to discuss the follow-up development plan of Luoyang. You''re the captain of Hengjiang school and the commander of the water army. You can also tell us your ideas about the water army later for everyone to see." Huangfu Chaobo said, motioning Shi a to introduce the current situation of Luoyang and the contents of this discussion to Zhou Tai;


    "Zhou Tai takes orders!" Zhou Tai quickly stood up and took orders. By this time, Zhou Tai''s heart was calm. He did not expect that he would have the opportunity to participate in such an important discussion. It seems that his decision was correct.


    "Well, how are you thinking? If you have any questions, please ask them all and see them together. "


    "Lord," jujube just stood up and said, "let me talk about it first. It''s like casting a brick to attract jade."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, indicating that he could start.


    Zao just cleared his voice, stood up, walked slowly to the middle of the hall, and said with both hands: "Lord, everyone. Luoyang is a place of four wars. Less than a year after our army took over Luoyang, there were two wars successively. Although they were successfully repulsed each time, the reconstruction of Luoyang and its surrounding areas was stopped every time. Moreover, every time there was a war, we didn''t know it until the enemy was about to arrive in Luoyang. So the officer felt that it was not only Shi Xiaowei''s shadow guards who had to step up their training to master the intelligence around Luoyang as soon as possible. Once there was any disturbance, they had to report it to the prefect''s office as soon as possible. There was also the most important aspect that we never repeated. There were no allies around Luoyang. For example, during the attack of yellow scarf thieves, 150000 yellow scarf thieves came from Jizhou and Hanoi He Dong came across the river. Didn''t anyone find him in Jizhou and Hanoi? "


    Zao''s words made everyone here silent. Yes, it''s impossible that no one could have found the hundred thousand yellow scarf army, but no one came to warn. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly found that he didn''t have an ally around him except kongzu in Yuzhou, but Yuzhou seemed far away from Luoyang. The relationship between Chen liuzhang Miao, Hanoi Zhangyang, Jizhou Hanfu is normal. If Nanyang Yuanshu doesn''t stab in the back, you can thank God. And there is Hongnong''s Dong Zhuojun. Now he doesn''t take Luoyang as his own business. If he really does it, Luoyang will be unbearable. After jujube said so, many people felt cold all over. After a long time, they were among the wolves. If they were not careful, they would be dead."Yes, you have a point." Lou GUI stood up and said, "Lord, we can''t just work hard any more. For the surrounding princes, who can be their allies and who needs to be on guard at any time, we also ask the Lord to make a plan. Once it is determined, we need to arrange an envoy. "


    Huangfu Chaobo heard that it was true, so several people analyzed the forces around him one by one.


    First of all, Yuzhou Kongyu, who must be his iron ally, doesn''t need to do anything more here, just need to continue according to the current situation.


    The next is Chen Liu and Zhang Miao. At that time, because of the fear that Cao Cao would occupy Chen Liu, Huangfu Chaobo and Lou GUI overcame each other. Now they have basically turned against each other. Although Zhang Miao is Chen Liu''s prefect, he is basically not aggressive. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo can now make an alliance with him, and now the county east of hulaoguan is in danger It''s still under the control of others. Once Huangfu Chaobo and Zhang Miao make an alliance, these ten counties are basically surrounded by Huangfu Chaobo and its allies, and Huangfu Chaobo can slowly control them. Second, Zhang Miao was quite capable. Chen Liu had enough money and food under his care in recent years. For Luoyang at this time, he could get enough food.

 Chapter 453

    Further north is Hanfu in Jizhou. Huangfu Chaobo finds that he really ignores this place. Hebei is the granary of the world. The princes beg for Dong, millions of Guandong allied forces, and nearly 80% of the grain and grass transported from Jizhou for more than half a year. The rest is provided by Nanyang Chenliu and Yuzhou. You can imagine how much money and food Jizhou has. You know, the main reason why yuan Shaozhi developed so rapidly in history was that he got the money and grain from Jizhou.


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly found that his lack of food in Luoyang was nothing. He could buy food from Jizhou and transport it back to Luoyang by water. In this way, the loss was much smaller than that of land transportation. Another aspect is that Han Fu can block Yuan Shao in the East for himself. As long as Han Fu is not defeated, Yuan Shao''s development will be limited. Otherwise, once Yuan Shao gets the whole Jizhou, the situation in Luoyang, even if Luoyang is restored to the situation before Dong Zhuo moved the capital, will not stop Yuan Shao''s attack.


    Then there are Zhang Yang and Jiang Pei, the governor of Hanoi. One is soy sauce brother, and the other is unknown. So Huangfu didn''t pay attention to Chaobo at all. However, one of Zhang Yang''s subordinates, Huangfu Chaobo, is more interested in him. That is Dong Zhao, who is an internal affairs general at the military division level. When he has a chance, he must get it.


    Further west is Dong Zhuo of Chang''an. For this, Huangfu Chaobo must play a 120000 spirit. Although Luoyang''s dilapidated Xiliang army has not been paid attention to now, if Dong Zhuo sends someone to Luoyang to fight the autumn wind at any time, Luoyang''s reconstruction task will be far away. Therefore, no matter when Luoyang City was besieged, Huangfu Chaobo never thought of using the forces of Hangu pass. On the contrary, he increased the forces of Hangu pass several times. Not only that, if he could, Huangfu Chaobo also wanted to send a king level general to Hangu pass as a garrison general.


    The last one is Xiao Yuan Gong. As for this guy who must be rewarded, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to have a good relationship with him at all. He and he have fallen out. Besides, several counties of Luoyang in Kanto are still in this guy''s hands. Although Huangfu Chaobo sent people to take over several times, he refused every time for various reasons.


    After all the forces around him were tied up, Huangfu Chaobo decided to arrange Zaozhi to be escorted by Zhou Tai to Jizhou and Chenliu. On the surface, Zaozhi was sent to buy food in two places. In fact, he wanted to form an alliance with these two forces. As for why Zaozhi was not Lou GUI, the main reason was that Lou''s charisma was too low, only 15, while Zaozhi''s reached 81. As for the other forces, except for Dong Zhuo in the West who arranged the shadow guards to pay close attention, they all came to the back, which means that they should be released for the time being when they are short of manpower. Huangfu Chaobo thought that it was all the vassals of Guandong who secretly used xiaobanzi behind their backs. He should not dare to do anything else.


    After dealing with the relationship between the surrounding forces, the people focused on the army of Luoyang. After the system was updated, the number of officers and soldiers in the army and generals changed a lot. After the siege of Huangjin, Huang Zhong and other generals felt that there were many inconveniences in the current former generals, and raised this problem to Huangfu Chaobo several times.


    After several times of consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to take this out for discussion, and then reorganize his troops and horses once and for all. But this raises another question: is it a pure team or a flower team? The so-called pure team means that all the soldiers and horses in a school use the same kind of soldiers. The archers are all archers, the sword shield soldiers are all sword shield soldiers, the spearmen are all long spearmen, and the cavalry are all cavalry. On the contrary, there are several kinds of soldiers in each school, including archers, swords, shields, spearmen. If the flower team is used, is it the unity of each film or song? After several discussions, Huangfu Chaobo decided that the ordinary infantry should be arranged according to the song, that is, each five song army should be arranged according to one bow and arrow soldier, two blade shield soldiers and two long spearmen. Generally speaking, they can be taken out to fight alone. In case of large-scale operations, the soldiers and horses of Yiqu can either fight alone or jointly with other soldiers and horses, and even the soldiers and horses of other schools can also fight jointly.


    In this way, it''s very convenient for soldiers and horses to gather and disperse quickly. Of course, these are only ordinary steps. If they are cavalry, they are generally used on a large scale. Of course, they can also draw out a step soldier from a school horse and then add a cavalry into it, so that they can cope with different battles. For cavalry, there are more than just ordinary soldiers. The cavalry recruited in the game are only equipped with one horse. However, in reality, only one person with two horses or even one person with three horses can give full play to the attack advantage of cavalry. Therefore, in addition to soldiers, cavalry also needs to be equipped with a large number of auxiliary soldiers to help cavalry fight. Not only cavalry, but also special arms like heavy infantry need to be equipped with auxiliary soldiers. If it is a heavy cavalry with higher requirements, no auxiliary soldier is enough. Of course, heavy infantry or heavy cavalry, there is no organic system in the game.


    It''s not just the establishment that needs to be changed, it''s also the requirement to recruit soldiers. According to the requirements in the game, only NPC with C or above qualifications are trained to be more than level 5 soldiers. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo is prepared to recruit soldiers only with level C or above. As for level D soldiers, they are no longer recruited, because they have no training value at all. In other words, these soldiers will basically be the guards of the city pass, while the real soldiers will try their best to use the class B soldiers, while the class a soldiers will be regarded as the training objects of the top arms. According to the updated data of the system, 20% of them are above grade C, even if only half of them are suitable to be recruited as soldiers, while 80% of them are below grade C and grade C, so the idea of Huangfu Chaobo can be realized.Next, Huang Zhong has something to do. There are more than 70000 soldiers around Luoyang alone. It will take some time to reorganize these soldiers. Huangfu Chaobo is ready to let Huang Zhong reorganize and then lead the troops to fight. It is not a problem to complete the control of 30% of the counties, that is, nine counties, in half a year. In order to resume normal operation, it is not only enough to occupy them, but also to appoint officials, send craftsmen and skilled personnel The problem is that there are not so many civil servants in these counties to use. At the thought of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but grow up.

 Chapter 454

    It seems that we have to find a way to transfer a group of civil servants. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Lou Guizao and said, "Mr. Lou, Mr. Zao, first select a group of outstanding civil servants among the officials of the Taishou government and our other military personnel, and arrange the transfer as soon as possible. If possible, reserve as many as possible. It''s not all that this task needs so many people, in Luoyang There are still more than a dozen counties that will come into our hands sooner or later.


    "I''ll take orders!" They quickly stood up and took orders.


    "Well, that''s the first question. Next, another question is about the army. As you all know, the system has changed a lot since it was updated. Since the rank of soldiers and our military system have changed, does the equipment also need to be changed? For example, today''s fifth step soldiers are equipped with the same armored spearmen and sword shield soldiers, and the data of all aspects of this kind of armor is very balanced. On the other hand, it has no characteristics. Is it necessary for us to design suitable weapons and equipment for each branch of arms? "


    "Lord, this is a good move. It''s not only the infantry, but also the cavalry. We used to recruit the soldiers from the barracks in a proper way. We can say that they have no characteristics. For example, the eighth level guards are the strongest soldiers at present, because they are very balanced in all aspects. If the enemy invests 5000 real heavy infantry on the battlefield, it will be very difficult It''s enough to resist the attack of ten thousand guards. " After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Huang Zhong stood up and said,


    "yes," Dian Wei also stood up and said, "if General Huang doesn''t mention it this time, the general is going to mention it. Some of the 8000 Pro guards can be trained as heavy infantry, but their weapons and equipment must be specially built."


    "Well," Huang Fu Chao Bo said after listening to it and pondering for a moment, "well, after that, General Huang and general Dian discussed with the generals in the army again, sorted out the requirements for the weapons and equipment to be replaced, and then handed them in. They would have told several masters in the equipment center of Luoshen town to develop them."


    "The end will take orders!" Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded, indicating that they would step down and get ready for further discussion. At this time, the soldiers outside the door handed a note to Shi a, who was sitting on one side. After Shi a read it, he walked up to Huang Fu Chao Bo and said: "Chen Jing, general of Fenwei Zhongying, sent a message from Luoshen town that the money and grain delivery teams of Kong Beihai and Tao Xuzhou have been completed After arriving at Luoshen Town, accompanied by Cao Taishou''s motorcade, the three families had 600000 yuan of grain and 800000 yuan of gold. But Cao Taishou''s motorcade returned to Qiaojun after giving him the money and food. General wu''anguo of kongbeihai and general Mi Fang of Xuzhou wanted to see the Lord and prepare to ride to Luoyang. As for the motorcade, General Chen asked the Lord how to act. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said, "it''s probably because of wine that MI Fang wants to see Ben Jiang, but what''s the matter with Wu''an state?" Then he looked at Lou GUI, who had seen the news from Chen Jing''s flying pigeons, and saw that Lou GUI also shook his head, so he no longer bothered about it, and said: "no matter him, let Chen Jing transport the money and grain to Hulao pass first, and the two generals let them come to Luoyang first. By the way, tell Chen Jing about the reorganization of Shunli soldiers and soldiers, and ask him to follow this, and then reorganize Luoshen town Be a soldier. If you don''t have enough soldiers, let him recruit by himself. "


    "Yes, Lord!" Shia withdrew from the conference hall after receiving the order.


    "Well, everybody, if you have anything else to discuss, please come up with it and let''s discuss it together." Huangfu Chaobo said. After that, he turned his head and looked at the people sitting in the hall, only to see Zhou Tai sitting there, eager to talk and stop, and said with a smile: "Captain Zhou! What can I do for you? "


    "I want to ask you something about the water army." Zhou Tai stood up and said;


    "I was going to talk to you about the water army. Now that you have put it forward, let everyone know." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "according to what you said, there were nearly a thousand of your old subordinates. I would like you to select some of them, and then recruit some soldiers to train one army. But another thing is that although there was a water army in Luoyang before, when Dong Zhuo moved the capital, all the personnel and ships had already moved to Chang''an, so now the whole Luoyang area It can be said that they are destitute. Whether it''s a naval camp or a shipyard, you and Jiang Xiaowei need to arrange it. As for ships, we only have one Chima ship, three chachong ships, five zoge ships, twelve medium-sized cargo ships, and nearly 20 fishing boats. As for personnel, there are only some people who were captured from the water bandits. Now you can choose all the people in Luoyang, including the 8000 Pro guards in general Dian''s hands, as long as they are the water soldiers Any of them can be transferred, and no one can stop them. As for craftsmen, only a few junior craftsmen recruited from the water thieves are now arranged in Gongxian with the boats. Later, Zhou Yi can take you to take over. However, you can only stay in Luoyang for five to six days. After the zaogong Cao has arranged things, you have to work hard to lead people to escort him to Jizhou as an envoy, while others step up their training of soldiers and soldiers. When they are familiar with the ships, they go to Jizhou to transport grain. So you only have about five days to arrange some things about the Navy. Do you understand? "


    "The end will understand, please don''t worry!" When Zhou Tai heard this, he handed over all the affairs of the navy to his two men. For a moment, the idea of the scholar dying for his confidant came out from the bottom of his heart. He stood up excitedly and said, "if the Lord doesn''t have any other orders, I''d like to let Zhou Duwei take over the ship craftsman now."On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was still impatient. He waved his hand and said, "go ahead and remember to rush back to Luoyang tonight. We will take care of you! Ha ha ha


    "I''ll leave at the end of the day!" With that, he quickly led Zhou Yi out of the prefect''s house and led his party to Gongxian.


    Looking at Zhou Tai and his party who left in a hurry, Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile: "ha ha ha... It''s another acute. "


    The crowd burst into laughter.


    "Well, there''s nothing else. You can all go down and do your own business. Mr. Lou will stay for a while. Let''s go and do our own work! Oh, brother, let''s arrange for people to escort 20000 people from changshe city back. There is still a large amount of grain to be transported to Luoyang. By the way, this evening, remember to go to Luoshen restaurant on time to attend the dinner party, to clean up the dust for our navy general, and also to celebrate our success in fighting back the yellow scarf thieves! Double happiness! Ha ha ha ha


    They all stood up, saluted Huangfu Chaobo, and then withdrew from the meeting hall in turn.

 Chapter 455

    After everyone left, Huangfu Chaobo said to Lou GUI, "in Mr. Liu''s opinion, what do they want to do when they come to Luoyang to see me


    Lou GUI hugged his mustache and said, "I can''t understand this matter. I have to wait for general Wu''an to arrive. You know, general Wu''an can''t lead soldiers to fight now. Is there anything that Kong Beihai can''t discuss with you? It''s general MI. I think it''s for the sake of Luoshen wine. As for the cooperation with the MI family in the East China Sea, do you have any idea in your mind? "


    Huangfu Chaobo stood up and walked in the hall for a few times before he said: "Mi family is the richest man in the world, and there is no shortage of money and food. The only thing missing is the formula of Luoshen liquor. You know, its shops are all over several states in Jiangbei, Henan Province. For this cooperation, Chaobo thinks that we can only buy shares with formula, and the bottom limit of Chaobo is 30% to 40% But one thing, I hope to speed up the development of shadow guard with the help of Mi''s shops. "


    "Well, it''s good. The idea of the young master is very good." Lou GUI nodded;


    "by the way, I don''t know what level master Qian''s apprentices have reached. Once they cooperate with MI family, the demand for high-end liquor will increase sharply."


    "Ha ha... You don''t have to worry about this young master. There must be a winemaker Mi family, and the level will not be too low. At that time, if the two families really cooperate, we can ask Mi family to send some of them to Luoshen town to study for a period of time. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, too, so he said: "yes, when Mi Fang comes, I''ll see him. I''m sure he will handle the follow-up cooperation and negotiation."


    "GUI, take orders!"


    "Well, my husband is tired too. Let''s have a rest first. If you have anything, please come back to Chaobo."


    "Gui''s leaving!" With that, Lou GUI also withdrew from the meeting hall.


    Seeing that there was no one else, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly relaxed and yelled: "I''m so tired, wife. Where can we go offline to play? There should be nothing to do now! "


    "Hate, who is your wife," Jia Jing said angrily. "However, Chao, isn''t there anything very important in the past six months?"


    "Well, according to the nature of the system, there shouldn''t be any big battles in this round of tasks. For example, Huang Zhong should be able to attack the county. I should basically ignore anything. What''s the matter? " Huangfu Chaobo asked with a strange look;


    "Oh, there''s nothing wrong. You can come back to my home later. Dad has something to do with you." Jia Jing replied with evasive eyes;


    "no, there must be something wrong!" Huangfu Chaobo exclaimed: "if you don''t say it, I''ll tickle you." Said, pose to come forward to scratch Jia Jing''s itch. Who knows, Jia Jing laughs and goes offline.


    This made Huangfu Chaobo even more strange. He said hello to Ma jinsunping and asked them to talk to Lou GUI. If something happened, he sent someone to the duty station of Luoshen club to inform him. Then he went off the line in a hurry.


    As soon as I got off the line, I drove to Jia Jing''s home. As soon as I entered the door, I found that Jia''s parents and Jia Jing were waiting for me in the living room.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo came in, his wife quickly asked him to sit down and went to prepare tea.


    "Uncle, what can I do for you?" Huangfu Chaobo said cautiously;


    "well, I''ve told Xiaojing several times about your wedding date, but she always said that you are busy in the game, so she didn''t mention it to you again. This time, Xiaojing said that you should have more free time for about a month, right?" Father Jia took a cup of tea, drank it, and then said;


    "Er," Huang Fu woke up and said, "well, it''s just like this, because I''ve just finished a task and now I''m doing this link. If I follow the system''s arrangement, there should be no very important things. I can spare some time to arrange other things. The time is about 30 days "It''s time for you." Huangfu Chaobo stopped for a moment and said, "if not, I''ll call my parents later and ask them to come to the provincial capital. Then we''ll discuss with each other and arrange the banquet at some time. But the banquet can only be arranged by a special company, because although I don''t have to stay in the game every day, I can''t do it from morning to night "Things." Then he looked at Jia Fu''s face, and then asked, "uncle, do you think this is OK?"


    "There''s no problem with that. Well, you call your parents. When they come, we''ll have a good discussion. The four of us will discuss with Xiaojing about the specific things, but some things need to be decided by you in the end." After hearing this, Jia Fu was obviously relieved and said,


    "OK, ok..." Huangfu Chaobo was also relieved. It''s really time to arrange things.


    "Well, you can go up and discuss it. I have nothing else to do." With that, Jia Fu picked up the tea table and looked up, "by the way, you have dinner at home today. You haven''t eaten at home for a long time."


    After Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing agreed, they went upstairs to Jia Jing''s room and discussed the banquet. Huangfu Chaobo also called home and told his parents that they were happy to come to the provincial capital early in the morning to discuss.After hearing that, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing went out to visit each other again. They didn''t return to their respective homes until the evening.


    The next morning, his parents rushed to the provincial capital from the countryside. After having lunch in the hotel, they went back to Jia''s house to discuss their marriage. The next time, Huangfu Chaobo was in a busy state. After setting the time, you need to contact the wedding company, then contact the hotel, decorate the new room, send wedding cards to relatives and friends, and go online to deal with some things from time to time. Fortunately, no matter Luoyang or Longhua, there is nothing that Huangfu Chaobo can deal with.


    When Huangfu Chaobo is busy, the game doesn''t stop.


    After attending the reception banquet held by Huangfu Chaobo for himself, Zhou Tai took Zhou Yi to take over the water army. First, he inspected several original bases of Luoyang water army. Finally, he decided to arrange the water army stronghold on the edge of the Yellow River in the north of Pingxian County, which was the largest port in Henan Province. It was originally the base of Luoyang water army.

 Chapter 456

    The garrison was selected, but in the selection of the Luoyang Navy, it was really disappointing. Zhou Tai only selected more than 1000 people in the whole Luoyang Huangfu Chaobo area of influence. If his old troops are added, it is estimated that they are two troops and three troops away from one school. Fortunately, the number of warships in Luoyang is far from enough, plus the number of shipbuilding The level and quantity of craftsmen are obviously not enough. Therefore, there is a long way to go for the construction of the water army. After Zhou Tai had selected the troops and the water army, he immediately came to Huangfu Chaobo and said that he would return to Jingzhou after escorting Zaozhi. He said that he wanted to go to yunmengze to recruit some water thieves and select the water soldiers from among them.


    Huangfu Chaobo readily agreed, and asked him to take two thousand gold with him to recruit surrender. The people he recruited were not limited to naval officers and soldiers, but also all kinds of shipbuilding craftsmen. Not only that, he also asked Shi a to arrange people to take over Zhou Tai. Their original foothold in Xiangyang was as a garrison of shadow guard in Xiangyang. If Zhou Tai didn''t have enough money, You can let the shadow send back the message, and Huangfu Chaobo will arrange someone to send it. For Huangfu Chaobo spare no effort to support, let Zhou Tai very useful, determined to train the Navy as soon as possible.


    At the beginning of April, after busy with his own affairs, Zao was escorted by Zhou Tai and dozens of soldiers, carrying a large number of belongings to Jizhou Zhicheng. On the surface, the purpose of his trip seems to be to go to Jizhou to buy grain, but in fact, it is to form an alliance with Han Fu. Lou GUI is responsible for the reconstruction and coordination of Luoyang, while Huang Zhong is leading the generals to train their troops.


    The reconstruction of Luoyang is going on smoothly. But something happened in youbeiping that Huangfu Chaobo did not expect.


    In mid April, gongsunzan''s army, which sent troops to the grassland from Lulong fortress, won and returned. In two months, gongsunzan led the army to sweep several alien tribes within 300 miles of the Great Wall. To the surprise of the players, this time, Gongsun Zan didn''t kill a bloody man. Instead, he took more than 10000 foreign captives back to the Great Wall from Lulong fortress. Then, the captives were sent to junmi County, which was under the new rule, and handed over to Gongsun Yue. After that, he led the army back to Tuyin City, which is the governance center of youbeiping.


    What the players didn''t find is that five thousand of these ten thousand captives were escorted by two thousand cavalry led by Gongsun Yue one night and went north again into the edge of the grassland. Gongsunyue''s destination is of course Longhua city outside the Great Wall, which is part of the agreement with Huangfu Chaobo. In fact, his purpose of this trip is not only to send prisoners, but also to observe the development of Longhua Town as required by gongsunzan. However, this time Gongsun Zan also learned to be proficient. Of the 12000 prisoners, only 5000 were sent by Gongsun Yue. Among them, only 1000 were strong and strong. The rest were old and weak women and scholars. Because there was not much population in junmi County, the remaining prisoners were used in the construction of junmi county.


    Gongsun Yue had already sent someone to contact Tian Yu and others in Longhua town before he set out. After receiving the news from the shadow, Tian Yu immediately adjusted the population and forces in the town. In addition to 1000 Baima Yicong and 1000 ordinary cavalry, only 3000 soldiers and 8000 ordinary people were left in Longhua Town, and all other soldiers and nearly 10000 people had been transferred to Baihu In the vicinity of gouguan, efforts will be made to build baihugouguan and baihugou town. Then Tian Yu led two thousand cavalry to junmi to meet Gongsun Yue and his party.


    Three days later, Gongsun Yuecai and Tian Yu arrived at Longhua town with 5000 prisoners. Looking at the pass under construction in the valley and the town full of stone and wood in the pass, Gongsun was more and more surprised, and said: "Tian Xiaowei, it''s only a few months. Your speed is still very fast. You''ve upgraded the village to a small town."


    "Second general, I''m flattered," Tian Yu said with a smile. "After I got general Gongsun''s permission, my lord ordered me to speed up the construction day and night. However, second general, what you see now is an empty shelf. Now in Longhua Town, there are less than 8000 people and prisoners besides 4000 or 5000 soldiers. If you want to upgrade to the county, you have to rely on the second general''s help We provide the population


    "I''m not sending you prisoners," Gongsun Yue said, patting Tian Yu on the shoulder. "With these 5000 prisoners, you can catch some on the grassland. Won''t you be able to gather 20000 people soon?"


    "Yes, yes, that''s right. But after upgrading to a county seat, it''s basically very difficult. You know, the grassland is already vast and sparsely populated. It''s basically impossible to gather 50000 people in ten or eight years, but it doesn''t matter. Anyway, the Lord just wants to find a stable place to raise and train horses There''s basically no difference. " Tian Yu said as if nothing had happened;


    Gongsun heard this, his eyes flashed by, and quickly said: "it doesn''t matter, the size of the city doesn''t matter, when we need to, we can send you prisoners again, but the number of troops can''t be less. You see, this time I specially selected more than 1000 elite soldiers for you, which are good soldiers Source


    "Yes, yes, our two cities will be nailed to the outside of the great wall like nails!" Tian Yu said: "the two cities help each other. When they are upgraded to the county seat, the Lord means that the city will stop at this level. At that time, except for some necessary personnel, most of Longhua will be recruited as soldiers. As for farmland and grazing, they will be handed over to women and children. However, at that time, a large amount of food in the city will need to be purchased from youbeiping I need more help from the second general. ""Don''t worry, with my relationship with your master, these are all small problems. You should speed up your time to upgrade the city, and then concentrate on training horses!" Gongsun patted his chest and said;


    "that''s for sure. At that time, you must get some good horses for some generals."


    Gongsun Yue only stayed in Longhua town for half a day. He saw that there was basically only one empty shell in the whole town, and the population was obviously insufficient, which was basically equal to the number of soldiers. However, he did a good job in defense. Longhua town was well selected. If there was a pass in the middle of the valley, as long as there was enough money and food, it was basically surrounded by tens of thousands of troops In some cases, it can last for a year and a half. Gongsunyue all the way, there are all kinds of workshops in Longhua Town, but they are basically built there. For example, there is a blacksmith''s workshop. Although there is an intermediate blacksmith in it, there are not many iron ore raw materials, but there are some damaged weapons and equipment in repair. As for other workshops, the situation is similar. I believe that with such a city outside the Great Wall, even if Xianbei people went south, they would not dare to invade junmi without solving the problem first. It can be said that junmi city was safe before Longhua was captured.

 Chapter 457

    After a cursory tour of Longhua, Gongsun Yue said goodbye to Tian Yu and said: "Tian Xiaowei, there are many common things in junmi City, so I won''t stay any longer. As for the situation of Longhua, I already know what you need. Let someone come to junmi to find me. I''ll help you talk to my elder brother. Then when all the buildings are complete, what do you need to upgrade to the county They all told me once and for all that I went to talk to my elder brother about upgrading Longhua to the county seat as soon as possible. "


    "Thank you, general two. I''ll visit you and general Gongsun after I''ve arranged things here for a while." Tian Yuzuo said with tears in his eyes. He handed Gongsun Yue a pocket and said, "it''s a small gift. It''s not a respect."


    "Well, what are you doing? No need to Gongsun Yue refused, but his hand was not slow at all. He quickly picked it up, got on his horse, and led two thousand cavalry to live in junmi''s direction.


    Looking at the back of Gongsun Yue''s cavalry, Huang Xu was relieved and said, "it''s OK, I fooled him."


    "Hey, brother Boxu, don''t worry. Gongsun Zan''s subordinates, except Guan Jing, the chief official, don''t worry about anyone else. Gongsun Yue''s idea is to see if we are a threat to them. After this time, Gongsun Zan should be much less wary of us. Then we have something to do. Brother Boxu, your recent task is to lead the army to wipe out all the mountain bandits, horse bandits and alien tribes within 200 Li around Longhua, and bring back all the prisoners. In addition, scouts have to strengthen patrol. It''s better to send people to check the Xianbei camp that we destroyed last time every two or three days. I think the place where they arrived first is there. Brother bo''an''s task is to speed up the construction of baihugouguan and baihugou town. Huyanda needs to speed up horse training. As for the construction of Longhua, I will first complete all the defense facilities, and then make arrangements to purchase grain and various resources from youbeiping, so as to prepare for the accumulation of materials. " Tian Yu said, "Zhu Ping and Sun Ying, have you made any progress over there?"


    "General Hui, we have basically made a clear investigation and are preparing to report to the general. We will go down the Longshui River to the southwest for about 50 or 60 miles to Rushui. We will go down the Rushui River to the west of Liaoning Province through the Lulong fortress, and then go all the way south to the seaside. The whole journey is about 400 or less than 500 miles." Zhu Ping, standing on one side, hurried forward and said,


    "eh?" As soon as Tian Yu heard this, he immediately realized the importance of the river beside Longhua and said, "do you mean that the big river we pass every time we go to junmi city and return to youbeiping is moishui?"


    "Yes Zhu Pingdao said, "the arch bridge formed by the huge stone in the mountains is just above the water. If it flows down from Longhua, it will be less than 100 li."


    From junmi to Longhua, there is a big river. There is only one way to cross the river. That is, less than a hundred miles south of Longhua, Rushui passes between the two mountains. Between the two mountains, there is a huge abnormal stone across the river between the two mountains. The stone is about ten feet wide, several feet thick and several feet high from the river. Except here, if you want to cross the river, you have to find a flat place to cross the river by boat.


    "That''s great. You should find out the depth of water from Longhua to the seaside as soon as possible, see how many ships can be carried in it, and report it to the Lord as soon as possible. If it''s feasible, you may be able to go to Luoyang by water in the future. If it''s really feasible, you''ll be a great success. " Tian Yu quickly thought of a problem. If it is really feasible, there will be no restriction from Longhua to Luoyang in the future.


    When they heard this, they all suddenly realized, especially the two navy generals. They were so excited that they turned red. They immediately took orders to turn around and go back to make preparations. They wanted to carry out a detailed survey of the whole waterway as soon as possible.


    Seeing that they left happily, Tian Yu turned to Lou Jing and said, "Captain Lou, please report today''s affairs to Luoyang as soon as possible to see if the Lord has any other instructions."


    Lou Jing raised his hand and said, "the news will be sent back to Luoyang immediately."


    "All right, everybody, let''s go next!"


    "The end will take orders!" Two days later, Gongsun Yue led his troops back to junmi city and gave them to Yan Gang. Then he led two hundred white horses to Tuyin city.


    In Tuyin City, Gongsun Zan, the prefect of right Beiping, summoned his generals for the first time after his return. In addition to Yan Gang of junmi City, other generals were called up because Gongsun Zan wanted to plan a big event - to seek Liaoxi county.


    In order to achieve this goal, gongsunzan''s subordinates have been preparing for several months, including this time to sweep the grassland is also part of the plan, mainly to catch the heavy weight of the alien leaders and prepare for the next action. This time, gongsunzan army destroyed three or four small tribes of Wuhuan and Xianbei people, captured several tribal leaders, and obtained their seals and keepsakes. The purpose is to forge letters between the western Liaoning prefect and several tribal leaders. In the letters, both sides expressed indignation at gongsunzan''s iron and blood means. After discussion, the two sides decided to contact the eastern Xianbei Suli and let him lead the army to the south of the Great Wall. When the western Liaoning prefect pretended that he had accidentally lost the Lulong fortress, and let the Xianbei army enter youbeiping to destroy gongsunzan army.Of course, this can''t be done at once. It takes time just to prepare these letters and mobilize the troops. Therefore, as soon as Gongsun Zan returns to youbeiping for a rest, he hastens to gather the generals for discussion. After spending the whole night, they finally got everything right one by one, deliberated all the links carefully, and found no omissions, which made Gongsun Zan feel relieved.


    After the official business, Gongsun Zan had time to ask about the results of his trip. Gongsun fan told us what he saw in Longhua City, and then said: "brother, I don''t think that general Huangfu''s Longhua city can pose any threat to us. Although the location of Longhua is good, there is no one around. Even if he is upgraded to the small city level, if he wants to upgrade further, the tens of thousands of people are enough, and the edge of the grassland There are not many fields to develop. Even if he has so many people, what''s the matter? We still have to buy grain from youbeiping. When we restrict the sale of grain, tens of thousands of people in Longhua city will not be able to starve to death. "


    "Well, not bad!" Gongsun Zan, after listening to Gongsun Yue''s words, felt reasonable and nodded his head;


    "Lord! There will be something to say

 Chapter 458

    Gongsun Zan looked up and saw that it was Guan Jing, his chief counselor. He said, "what''s wrong with Shiqi?"


    "Lord Hui, what the three generals said is reasonable, but as far as the last general knows, the relationship between Wenjing Town, 20 miles south of Tuyin City, and general Huangfu is extraordinary. The two generals also know about it. Please pay more attention to it. You can''t do harm to others, and you can''t do nothing to prevent them!" Guan Jing stood up and said to Gongsun Zan,


    "eh?" Gongsun Zan looked up at Gongsun.


    "Yes, some time ago, there was a dispute between Tieqi town and Wenjing town. General Huangfu sent me to mediate." The more Gongsun saw Gongsun Zan looking at him, he quickly stood up and replied;


    "Lord," seeing Gongsun Zan seemed a little tangled, Guan Jing stood up again and said, "Longhua city is far away from the edge of the grassland outside the Great Wall, but Wenjing town is close to my heart in right Peiping. Lord, with the support of general Huangfu and the population of right Peiping is far away Far more than the Great Wall, Wenjing town will be upgraded to a county town sooner or later. If something happens, it will be dangerous to raise a tiger! Lord, let others sleep soundly when lying on the side of collapse


    "Yes," Gongsun Zan was shocked by Guan Jing''s words and said, "second brother, if Wenjing town has any tasks in the future, try to suppress them. As long as we are still the allies of general Huangfu, we can''t let Wenjing town develop."


    "Er, the end will take orders!" Although Gongsun Yue looks confused, he still takes orders seriously when he sees his elder brother''s serious expression.


    When Gongsun Zan was gathering people to discuss business, Han Fu was secretly recruiting a man, the envoy of Huangfu Chaobo, the prefect of Luoyang.


    "Mr. Zhou mu, my lord knows that Yuan Jiazi is ambitious and wants to swallow his ambition in Jizhou. Zhang Yang in Hanoi is recommended by Yuan Shao. At that time, when yuan Shaozhen shouts, Zhang Yang will raise his troops accordingly. At that time, they will attack each other back and forth. I don''t know if he can resist the enemy from both sides with less than four counties?"


    Han Fu was afraid and said, "in this case, what should I do?"


    Zao only said, "how about you compare Yuan Shao to Yuan Shao in terms of generosity and benevolence, accommodating all kinds of people, and making people belong to the world?"


    Han Fu said, "I''m not as good as him."


    Zao only asked: "in the face of crisis, to win by surprise, wisdom and courage is far beyond ordinary people, how do you compare with Yuan Shao?"


    Han Fu said, "I''m not as good as him."


    Zao only asked again: "to benefit every family from generation to generation, how do you compare with Yuan Shao?"


    Han Fu replied, "I''m not as good as him."


    Zaozhi said: "although Yuan Shao was originally only a county in Bohai, it was actually equivalent to a state. Now, general, you are not as good as Yuan Shao in three aspects, but you have been above Yuan Shao for a long time. Yuan Shao is a hero of the present age and will not be below you. Zhang Yang is a corporal and a fierce soldier in Bingzhou. Jizhou is an important city in the world. If the two armies join forces to attack and join forces under the city, Jizhou''s danger will come immediately. Yuan Shao was the old friend of the general and an ally. At present, it''s better to give the whole Jizhou to Yuan Shao. Yuan Shao must be very grateful to you. In this way, the general has the reputation of giving up his talent. At least Yuan Shao can keep a whole body of you for the time being. However, a general who has lost his army territory is like a child who has no strength to bind a chicken. At that time, one of Yuan Shao''s city gate petty officials can take your life. I''m afraid Yuan Shao will blame him on the surface, but reward him on the back. "


    Han Fu Su Lai was timid. He was scared out of his mind by Zao Zhi''s words. He said, "in the words of Mr. Chen, what should I do?"


    On one side, Han Fu''s leaders Shi Gengwu, BIE Jia Min Chun, and Qi Du Wei told him to dissuade Han Fu, saying: "although Jizhou is small, there are millions of people who can fight in armor, and the food is enough for ten years. As an outsider and a poor army, Yuan Shao looked up at me like a baby on the palm of an adult''s thigh. If he didn''t feed him, he could starve to death immediately. What is your fear? "


    Han Fu said, "in your opinion, what should we do?"


    "Although half of the land in Jizhou belongs to Yuan Shao, the general still takes possession of the four prefectures, with hundreds of thousands of armour and enough food for tens of thousands of troops for ten years. The general doesn''t want to fight up, but he is like a yellow mouthed child. Does it make people laugh?" Tian Feng, who is next to him, is upright. Seeing Han Fu''s performance, he can''t help but say angrily.


    Tian Feng''s words made Han Fu blush for a long time. Not only Han Fu, but also all the people in Jizhou were embarrassed. Zao was stunned at first, and then pretended not to hear one. His eyes closed slightly, but he laughed to himself. He was still worried about how to complete another task assigned by the young master. He wanted to take Tian Feng to Luoyang. He didn''t expect Tian Feng to give him the chance. It seems that Tian Feng''s words were right.


    "Well, hum," he said when he saw the embarrassing situation, "it''s really reasonable that Yuanhao said that Jizhou has enough money and food, with hundreds of thousands of armour. Besides, Mr. Zao is a great talent, who is the right arm of general Huangfu. Since he knows the truth of Yuan Shao, he must have a good plan. Why don''t you give me some advice?"


    "Don''t dare to be praised by Mr. Ju. Although he is not as talented as Mr. Ju, he has a plan to relieve his worries for Mr. Zhou Mu! No other - the alliance Jujube just stood up to give a gift to Jushou and others, and then the way;"Ho! Who are you in league with? Luoyang, a dilapidated city, is short of food and soldiers. It''s like the yuan family. It''s a picture of Qianliang in Jizhou. Besides, isn''t Yuan Shao''s alliance with my family''s Zhou Mu successful? " Geng Wu sneered at him and said, "don''t drive me here, Geng. My Lord has been ordered to rebuild Luoyang. All the money and food are needed for the reconstruction. Otherwise, how can I buy food everywhere? Besides, Luoyang is the Luoyang of the Han Dynasty, not our Lord''s. all the princes in the world have promised to support the reconstruction. But so far, our Lord has only received the materials promised by Cao Cao, Kong Beihai, Tao Xuzhou and Kong Yuzhou. Jizhou is full of money and grain. Have you ever seen grains of rice transported into Luoyang? What''s more, my Lord wants to buy grain and grass in Jizhou. He is really looking for gold and silver, not the yuan family. How can you say that? " All the people in Jizhou turned red and no longer spoke. After a moment''s silence, Han Fu said: "Sir, calm down. This is not what we want from Jizhou. Since Luoyang returned to Jizhou, people have been trying their best to consider how to deal with Yuan Shao''s attack. They really missed Luoyang''s aid materials. This time, when Mr. Liu came to Yecheng, he sent the aid materials from Jizhou back to Luoyang. Jizhou is willing to support the emperor Fu with 500000 grains and 300000 gold Please forgive me With that, Han Fu saluted the date.

 Chapter 459

    Jujube only see this, quickly sidestep avoid, way: "the next officer dare not accept the state herdsman big gift." With that, he saluted all of you and said, "please forgive me. I''ve just been impolite."


    "No harm."


    "I dare not!"


    The crowd rose to respond.


    "As you can see, the hardships of our reconstruction, alas, are beyond words. The millions of money and food we spent were all raised by our Lord. Even so, some demons and monsters in the Guandong princes did not support us, but played tricks behind our backs. Let''s take the ant bandits'' attack on the city. Fifty thousand of Jingzhou''s yellow scarves and 150000 of Heishan''s army passed through the county. No one really knew. I didn''t know until the army of ant bandits came down to the city. I can think of the reasons. 150000 troops. Are all the subordinates of those people blind? Fortunately, the leader of our Lord finally beat back the ant thieves, so that the old capital of the Great Han would not fall into the hands of the thieves. However, after this war, the Luoyang army also suffered a heavy loss. "


    On hearing this, people in Jizhou got up one after another and said, "we are ashamed!"


    "You don''t have to be like this. My lord knows that all of you in Jizhou don''t know about it and don''t blame you. However, after this incident, my lord felt that it was necessary to come to discuss the two alliances with hanjizhou. Otherwise, it will be Luoyang''s turn after Jizhou''s failure. Although Luoyang doesn''t have much money and food, there are tens of thousands of excellent soldiers and strong generals. You know, Luoyang has only six cities and three passes under my rule, and the people are only 60000, but the troops are 80000. If it''s not like this, how can it resist the attack of 100000 people twice. So this time I came to Jizhou, one for the alliance of the two countries, the other for purchasing a batch of grain for Luoyang. Even if you don''t want to make an alliance with me in Luoyang, please see that Luoyang is allowed to buy grain and grass for the sake of serving as a great man to maintain the reconstruction. " With that, he stood up and saluted all the people in Jizhou one by one. This time, all the people stood up and saluted one by one. Seeing people''s actions, Zao was secretly happy. It seems that this trip will be successful in nine cases out of ten.


    "Mr. jujube," Professor Ju stood up and said, "I beg your pardon. I don''t know what interest Jizhou has in forming an alliance with you."


    "Han Jizhou, Ju Changshi, ladies and gentlemen, although Luoyang is short of money and food, it is true that there are many excellent soldiers and strong generals. Far away from Nanyang, Huang Zhong and Yingchuan Dianwei, two world famous generals, it is our newly recruited marine general, Jiujiang zhoutai, who escorts Zao only to Jizhou. Although they are not as good as General Huang and general Dian, they can take the enemy''s head among the armies It''s a rare world-famous general. Our Lord Zeng Yun said that general Zhou and general Zhang of Jizhou should be on the same level and have their own strong points. "


    All the people in Jizhou were stunned when they heard that Zhang Ya was the chief General of the Jizhou army. Although he was not as good as Huang Zhong and Dian Wei, he was also the first one in Han Fu''s army. He did not expect that Huangfu Chaobo''s new recruit of a general of the water army was as good as Zhang Ya. After hearing this, they all looked at Zhang Yan and Zhou Tai. Zhang Yan came forward and stretched out his hand. Zhou Tai knew that the other side was going to test himself. With a light smile, he reached for Zhang Yan to hold it. I saw two people at the same time force, a moment will be red, comparable. A cup of tea time passed, and the two talents finished the competition. Zhang Yan came to Han Fu and said, "Lord, forgive me. I''m not as good as general Zhou."


    "Ah..."


    This time, Jizhou people really regained the Luoyang Power of Huangfu.


    "Mr. jujube, how do you want the two families to form an alliance?" Han Fu looked at his subordinates and saw that they were all loose about the alliance, so he said,


    "in reply to General Han, our Lord''s intention is that the two families will make an alliance and watch each other. Luoyang will rebuild the Luoyang water army and garrison Mengjin heavily. Once Hanoi has any action against Jizhou, our army will send troops to Wenxian, so as to force them not to dare to make mistakes. I believe that without the threat of the back, Jizhou''s troops are sufficient to clear the grain. There are powerful officials such as Lord Ju, Lord Zhao, Lord min and Lord Cheng inside, and famous generals such as general Zhang, general Geng, General Li and general pan outside. In the face of Yuan Shao''s army, even if it can''t retreat, it''s no problem to defend it for a period of time. It only takes a few days for Luoyang''s army to support Jizhou through the river, At that time, Yuan Shao''s army would have to return without success. "


    After hearing this, everyone could not help nodding and agreeing. You know, they all knew the situation in Jizhou well. Although Jizhou had enough soldiers and food, there were not many generals who could fight Yuan Shao. Only Zhang Yan was one. Now, with the support of Luoyang, even a few generals could reverse the unfavorable situation against Yuan Shao.


    "That''s all?" Geng Chun asked tentatively;


    "no," said Zao only with a smile and a slight shake of his head: "you know, in recent years, general Gongsun of youbeiping has expanded a large number of white horses, where are the horses coming from?"


    "Well!" On hearing this, he immediately stood up and said, "is there any way for general Huangfu to buy a good horse?" Although Zhang Ya is a general, he is no less eager for cavalry than a general of Jizhou army. Unfortunately, since general Baima expanded his cavalry, Liu Yu, a nomad of Youzhou, was afraid that Gongsun Zan would be bad for him. Therefore, there were few horses flowing out of Youzhou. However, in the Bingzhou war, there were few horses flowing out, which resulted in a large amount of money and food for Jizhou air force horse."Yes, our Lord has a large-scale horse training farm outside the Great Wall, which provides general Baima with 8000 to 10000 war horses every year, nearly half of which are good horses." Zao Zhidao;


    "great..." Then he turned to Han Fu and said, "my Lord, we need to buy at least 20000 war horses in Jizhou, and the best one is more than 10000 good horses. Only in this way can our army have better room to reply to Yuan Shao''s army."


    "General Zhang is right." "Don''t be in a hurry. If you have to pay, you must ask for something. Mr. Zao might as well tell us what your master wants, or let our master consider it." Jushou stopped the other generals and turned to Zaozhi;


    "yes, our Lord has something to ask for. The most important thing is to buy a lot of grain from Jizhou. The more the better."


    "There''s no problem with that." Han Fu said, "is there anything else?"


    "What''s more, Jizhou''s naval forces are invincible in Hebei. I want to purchase a batch of ships from Jizhou. It doesn''t need too many ships, and we can only equip the troops of two academies. If you can, the water army stronghold in Luoyang has been burned clean by Dong thief. I want to ask Han Jizhou to support a group of craftsmen to rebuild the water army stronghold, and at the same time let the water army have craftsmen to maintain the warships. "

 Chapter 460

    After thinking for a moment, Han Fu replied, "we need to discuss this with you. Please go back to the post office first and have a rest. Tomorrow we will give you a reply."


    "In this way, the foreign minister will leave first, and Hou Jiayin will be quiet." Zao only knows that these things can''t be settled in three or five sentences. Since he has put forward his request, he can only wait for Jizhou people to discuss it before making a decision.


    As soon as he entered the post house, Zhou Tai asked impatiently, "Sir, does the Lord really say that he wants to purchase the warships of the navy of the two schools?"


    "Ha ha ha No wonder the LORD says that general Zhou is an acute man. Wait for a moment, and wait for a family to have a drink before answering the general''s question. " Zaozhi laughs;


    Zhou Tai smiles and doesn''t speak any more, but his face is more eager. Seeing this, Zao no longer joked. He took a cup of tea and drank it down. Then he sat down and said, "don''t worry, general. We''ll certainly have two schools of naval forces. However, it''s not likely now. If the general knows the soldiers, he can know how much warships a school of naval forces needs."


    Zhou Tai was stunned, and immediately said, "there are more than 5000 soldiers in a school, which is only soldiers. If we add the sailors and boatmen, we should have at least 10000 people. We need 200 to 400 warships. If the light warship needs about 200000 to 400000 gold. That''s not even the cost of training and warship maintenance. "


    "That''s right," said Zao. "It''s too expensive for the Lord to complete it at one time. Han Fu certainly doesn''t have so many warships in his hand. Even if the dock keeps going day and night, it can''t be completed in a short time. Second, the number of officers and soldiers that our army can recruit is seriously insufficient. Third, there was a serious shortage of craftsmen for the maintenance of warships. Therefore, although I asked Jizhou to buy two warships enough for the navy of two schools, it was just for the sake of easy operation when I had a light judgment with them. " At this point, jujube suddenly very seriously said: "general Zhou!"


    "The end will be here!" Zhou Tai was stunned and immediately responded;


    "originally, the Lord asked you to escort me to two missions, but I don''t think it''s meaningful for Zhou Jun to go with Chen Liu, so I have a decision. Tomorrow, tomorrow, you''ll go to Jingzhou to recruit craftsmen for our Luoyang Navy. The sooner, the better. Time doesn''t wait."


    "Ah! But the safety of Sir Although Zhou Tai wanted to start at once, he hesitated for the sake of Zaozhi''s safety.


    "No matter, since Jizhou is willing to sign an alliance with Luoyang, it will certainly guarantee my safety. Besides, there are dozens of warriors and pro guards around me. As for Chenliu, it is also very safe for us or our allies to be around. If we need people, I can let the Lord send Huaxiong general to do the same. As for the transportation of grain and grass here, I''ll ask the Lord to arrange captain Zhou Yidu to lead the water army to Jizhou to take over. So it''s not meaningful for you to stay here. You might as well rush to Jingzhou as soon as possible. "


    "Well, I''ll go to Jingzhou as soon as the treaty is signed tomorrow, and the safety of Mr. Zhang will be given to shadow and pro guard." On hearing this, Zhou Tai nodded and agreed.


    When Zaozhi and Jizhou were talking, Huangfu Chaobo also negotiated with them in Luoyang City. Mi Fang and Wu Anguo went to Luoyang City. The communication with MI Fang was very simple. It was really for the sake of Luoshen wine cooperation. However, the MI family was very generous. As soon as they met, MI Fang gave Huangfu Chaobo a certificate of 500000 gold, saying that they could directly collect 500000 gold in the MI family shop in Chenliu city. Besides, the money and grain sent by Xu Zhou had already been sent to changshe, not only money and grain, but also the soldiers and civil servants carrying grain and grass together They were all given to Huangfu Chaobo. As for the generosity of the MI family, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help beating his tongue. He was really generous. No wonder he said that the MI family was rich and could rival the country. As for cooperation, Huangfu Chaobo had already agreed with Lou GUI, so he sent Mi Fang to Lou GUI to talk about it. After MI Fang left, wu''anguo also handed over all the money, grain, soldiers, horses and Minfu to Huangfu Chaobo according to Kong Rong''s request. Then, he asked if general Luoyang needed any help? One sentence confused Huangfu Chaobo, but he didn''t respond for a long time. On the contrary, Shi a, who was next to him, heard something. So he whispered in Huangfu Chaobo''s ear: "general Wu''an is probably unwilling or unable to go back to Beihai, so..."


    Huangfu Chaobo then responded and asked about Beihai, but wu''anguo said it happily. After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo realized that Kong Beihai wanted to throw off his burden.


    So he said: "welcome. Since general Wu''an is willing to help Luoyang rebuild, Huangfu Chaobo, on behalf of Luoyang, welcomes the general to join us." In line with the principle that more people can''t spend more money, Huangfu Chaobo happily accepted wu''anguo''s offer. Since you don''t want Beihai children''s shoes, I''ll take it. No matter what, I''m also a brave general who used to pick dozens of moves with Lv Bu.


    "Ding Dong, congratulations to the player for taking refuge in wu''anguo."


    Then, when he opened his attributes, Huangfu Chaobo found that his force value was only half of the original value, and he was disabled. The first time he saw the general in such a state, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but feel very strange and asked, "can the general''s present state be restored?"


    Wu Anguo''s face darkened when he heard this, and said: "when a family was young, they heard that there was a kind of pill that could regenerate a severed limb, but they haven''t seen it for decades. They just heard that it once appeared in Luoyang, so...""What kind of pill is that?"


    "This pill is called jiuzhuan rebirth pill!" Wu Anguo said lonely;


    "er..."


    "Ah..."


    "Well, general Wu''an, are you sure jiuzhuan reborn pill works for you?" Huangfu Chaobo asked cautiously;


    "ah, I''ve heard about this family, but I''m not sure. Besides, this pill is worth a lot of money. Even one family can''t afford it, let alone try it."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly took out a pill of jiuzhuan rebirth pill and handed it to Wu''an National Highway: "general Wu''an, do you think it''s this pill?"


    Wu Anguo took the jiuzhuan rebirth pill with an ignorant face and said: "end Mo Jiang doesn''t know if this is the pill I heard about My lord Lord... "


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said: "yes, if you are sure that it is the kind of pill you are looking for, this pill will belong to you, but you must be sure that it is the kind of pill. After taking it, at least it will do you no harm."


    Wu Anguo looked constipated and said, "Lord, I really don''t know..."


    "Shia!" Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said immediately,


    "the end will be here!"


    "Send someone to invite Huang Zhong, Dian Wei and Lou GUI, and some of the best doctors in Luoyang. Hurry up!"

 Chapter 461

    After listening to his master''s order, Shi a immediately went out and arranged for people to look for people everywhere. Huangfu Chaobo and wu''anguo are waiting in the assembly hall, while they are waiting. Huangfu Chaobo and wu''anguo are talking about the situation of Beihai. In the face of Huangfu Chaobo''s questions, it is obvious that wu''anguo, whose mind is not here, is not answering Huangfu Chaobo''s questions. Although many times they are confused, Huangfu Chaobo knows almost from his words. Sure enough, as Shi a said, because one of Wu''an''s limbs has been abandoned and his force has decreased significantly, Kong Beihai has no longer used him. He has appointed Deputy General Zongyu, who just needs to send money and food to Luoyang, so he sent Wu''an out and hinted that if he can, he will stay in Luoyang to help rebuild Luoyang. In this way, just to send this subordinate, and do not let himself fall infamous, at one stroke.


    While they were talking, Huang Zhong arrived at the meeting hall one after another. After Shi a arranged for several doctors to come, Huangfu Chaobo told the public about wu''anguo and jiuzhuan rebirth pill. Everyone said that although they had heard about it, they had not seen it personally, and they did not know whether the rumor was true. However, for Huangfu Chaobo''s question, whether jiuzhuan reborn pill has side effects on Wu''an, both doctors and Lou GUI said that it has no bad effect. Huangfu Chaobo made up his mind to let Wu''an take jiuzhuan reborn pill.


    Give the pills to wu''anguo, and Huangfu Chaobo asks him to go back to his residence to have a rest before taking the pills. When he''s recovered, he''ll find himself, and then arrange to work in the army.


    One day later, when wu''anguo came back to Huangfu Chaobo, he was surprised. Wu''anguo''s broken hand grew out of his wrist. This surprised Huangfu Chaobo. NIMA, what kind of game is this? It''s like a fantasy. A broken hand can grow out. Another look at the attributes of Wu''an state. The force value has been restored to 55 of level 40. Well, since the dead can still be resurrected, it''s not impossible for the broken hand to grow up again. Anyway, I didn''t suffer a loss, and I got a historical heaven level general in vain.


    At the time of the restoration of Wu''an state in Luoyang, the negotiation between Jizhou, Yecheng, Zaozhi and Jizhou people had come to an end. After a day of negotiation, the terms of the covenant between Luoyang and Jizhou were basically discussed. After Han Fu signed it, Zaozhi took it back to Luoyang and gave it to Huangfu Chaobo for signature.


    The two sides agreed that Luoyang and Jizhou would form a fraternal alliance to advance and retreat together. One side would take part in the war, and the other side would send troops to support them. In addition, Luoyang purchased 1 million tons of grain from Jizhou. After that, it needed to purchase 1 million tons of grain every year. In addition, Han Fu promised to support Luoyang with 500000 tons of grain and 300000 gold. Zaozhi is going to pay another 200000 yuan to Jizhou, a total of 500000 yuan, all of which will be used to purchase grain. Therefore, this time, together with Jizhou''s support to Luoyang, a total of 1.5 million yuan of grain can be transported back from Jizhou, plus nearly 1 million yuan of stone from Luoyang and changshe, which is enough for hundreds of thousands of Huangfu''s Chaobo forces in one year.


    Of course, Luoyang still needs to purchase naval vessels in Jizhou. However, the number of naval vessels has changed from the two initially proposed naval vessels to ships equipped with one school of soldiers and horses, and can only be delivered in one year. Moreover, in order to make up for Luoyang, Jizhou decided to support a senior and ten intermediate boatman to Luoyang for ship maintenance. At the same time, it also agreed to purchase five ships from Luoyang Ten big boats are used to transport all kinds of goods and materials between the two places. For this transport ship, you only need Luoyang to send someone to Jizhou to receive it directly. There is no need to wait. Jizhou also needs to buy war horses from Huangfu Chaobo. In order to offset Luoyang''s purchase of ships, Huangfu Chaobo needs to provide Jizhou with 20000 horses in three years, of which 70% are ordinary war horses and 30% are good ones


    There is also the exchange of information between the two countries, and then there are more than ten more.


    Looking at Han Fu all agreed to the terms of the covenant, Zao was really relieved. Although he had been saying with Zhou Tai that the alliance was secure yesterday, it didn''t fall on the paper. It''s always not reassuring to have a covenant. Next, we just need to send the treaty back to Luoyang and give it to Huangfu Chaobo for signature. Now zhoutai may go to Jingzhou at ease, while Zaozhi only stays in Yecheng, waiting for Huangfu Chaobo to send someone to send the treaty, and then hand it to Hanfu for signature. The treaty will take effect formally. On the one hand, we need to make good relations with Jizhou people, and the most important thing is to prepare for the future Han Fu takes away a man, Tian Feng.


    In the past two days, Zao just kept visiting the important officials of Han Fu. In the past few days, because the two families had not yet made an alliance, Zao just didn''t go anywhere except to stay in the post house in order to get rid of the suspicion. Now the two treaties have been made, so Zao only don''t have to worry about so much. In two days, Zao only visited several important ministers of Yecheng. Today, Huangfu Chaobo sent back the signed treaty from Luoyang. Zao only went to zhoumu prefecture to send the treaty to Han Fu for signature. The treaty will take effect only after Han Fu signed it.


    Looking at Han Fu finally signing his name on the treaty, Zao only took the Luoyang one, then saluted Han Fu and said, "congratulations to Han Jizhou. From now on, you can have no worries on your back. In this way, you can concentrate on dealing with yuan Benchu."


    "Ha ha ha..." Han Fu was very happy now, and said, "Mr. Zao is also happy. I''m sure you''ll put more emphasis on your husband to complete such an important treaty. "


    Zao only said: "this also thanks to the foresight and foresight of Han Jizhou. Otherwise, how can we choose our Lord as our ally?""Ha ha ha..." On hearing this, Han Fu was so happy that he couldn''t close his mouth and said, "Sir, I''m flattered... Sir, I''m flattered


    "Well, you don''t have to be modest. My lord highly praised you when he talked with Zaozhi. As we always say, hanjizhou is a great talent of the time. If it wasn''t for today''s Dong thief''s rebellion, hanjizhou''s talent would be one of the three princes in the court. Jujube just feel strange, quickly asked my lord why so respected adults, adults guess my Lord how to answer Jujube only see Han Fu slowly on the road, so began to take him to the ditch.


    "Oh, how do you reply?" As expected, Han Fu was on the road, and quickly bent forward to ask;


    "I say that Jizhou was destroyed by the yellow scarf thieves in the first place. You can see that after a few years of Han Jizhou''s tenure, Jizhou was rich in people and goods. Just for the princes to beg Dong, Jizhou provided more than half of the food and grass for hundreds of thousands of troops, which can be seen from this!" Jujube just continued to flatter up.

 Chapter 462

    As soon as he mentioned that Jizhou was rich in money and food, Han Fu really straightened up and said, "yes, Jizhou has accumulated millions of stone grain in a few years. Now Jizhou can support 500000 troops in a year just by storing grain. Ha ha ha Han Fu said triumphantly;


    "yes, yes, my Lord said, it''s a pity that he doesn''t have the talent of adults. Even half of the talent of adults is enough for him to rebuild Luoyang City in a few years. My Lord also said that if the task of Luoyang reconstruction is changed to Han Ji Zhou, it is estimated that the prosperity of the east capital will reappear in three or five years, but his words are estimated that it can not be done well in ten or eight years. "


    "Ah, you have done a good job in the first half of this year," Han Fu said with a wisp of his beard;


    "Oh, I''m flattered. My Lord is very busy now. If it had not been for the financial support of several princes, I don''t know if I could go on. Fortunately, now with the support of adults, the reconstruction of Luoyang can start again. " Zao only shook his head and said, but when it came to this, Zao only changed his words and said, "you are brilliant, and you can know and use people well. These two days when I was in contact with you adults, I found that your subordinates are all smart and capable. You can be resourceful and decisive. General Zhang Yan can fight. Other adult generals all have their own characteristics. This is your unique insight! ¡±


    "hahaha..." Han Fu couldn''t close her mouth any more. "Sir, I''m flattered..."


    "However," jujube just slightly frowned and stopped saying;


    "eh?" Han Fu Meng was surprised and said: "Sir, if you have something to say, please say it clearly. You and I are brothers. We don''t have to worry about anything. Just say it frankly!"


    Jujube only seemed to make a great determination, just way: "so, that under the arrogation. You are admired by other people, but you don''t agree with Tian Feng. It''s really, really... Well


    "Er," Han Fu''s face turned red and said, "in fact, Mr. Yuan Hao misunderstood that he was a famous scholar in Hebei Province. It''s hard to avoid being arrogant."


    "My Lord, that''s not true!" Zao zhengse said: "although Mr. Tian is a famous person in Hebei, I don''t see how talented he is. No matter whether he is proud of his talent or just has his exterior and interior, no matter what the reason is, he should not be so indifferent. In the long run, how can adults establish their authority before their subordinates? "


    "Well, Mr. Yuan is not always like this." Han Fu said weakly; in fact, for this subordinate, Han Fu was afraid of being too respectful, but he had nothing to do with it.


    "In Jizhou, under the rule of adults, people can''t see whether Mr. Yuanhao has great talent or not. They just see that he has no master." Zao only said, "I have a proposal. Since Mr. Yuanhao is not outstanding in Jizhou, it''s better to let him try another place."


    This proposal greatly moved Han Fu''s heart and said, "let him try another place?"


    "Yes, don''t you say it''s brilliant? Hebei celebrities, but now you can see where your talents are outstanding, it will give you a chance to prove it to the public. If you are really talented, are you afraid of the challenge? For example, let him be a county magistrate and give him three years to see how far he can go. If you can really do it well, it will prove that it is worthy of the name, and then you can be transferred to the county as an official. If you can''t do it well, do you still dare to have no master? " Zao just continued to seek guidance;


    "it''s a good saying, but Yuanhao didn''t make a big mistake, and suddenly changed him to the county magistrate, is it..." Han Fu hesitated;


    "well," Zao was worried, but he still had to go on, pretending to be bitter and bitter, and said: "my Lord, this is reasonable..." With that, he thought hard and didn''t speak for a long time, which made Han Fu almost jump.


    Just as Han Fu was about to give up, he suddenly said, "I have


    "What''s your plan, sir?" Han Fu asked quickly;


    "just... It''s just I just want to talk and stop.


    "Sir, please make it clear that I will not blame you." Han Fu said immediately;


    "I''m not afraid of being blamed by adults, but I''m afraid of being blamed by my lord when I return to Luoyang!" Zao only said;


    "Sir, speak up first, and I will not embarrass you."


    "Well, in that case, I''ll talk about it first, but I''m not sure if I can make it."


    "Yes, sir."


    "My Lord, it''s like this. Since Jizhou is already the same county, and secondly, you can''t put Mr. Tian in a dangerous place. Why don''t you send Mr. Tian to Luoyang? Now our Lord Luoyang governs many counties full of waste. You can send Mr. Tian to Luoyang in the name of supporting allies for several years. At that time, our Lord can make arrangements at will Isn''t it OK to give him an official position? In this way, we can not only send Mr. Tian out, but also give some warning to those who have no idea of what to do, and let everyone have nothing to say. It can be said that we can kill many birds with one stone. " Zao just said with a tangled face;


    "hahaha... Mr. Wang is a great talent. He is really high Han Fu laughs;"It''s just... It''s just... Only in this way, it''s not easy to stay with my master bus in Luoyang next time. " Zao just said helplessly with the expression of lifting a stone and smacking his feet;


    "no harm, no harm. I personally wrote to general Huangfu, informing him that this was a request of my own outside the covenant. Moreover, in order to make up for Luoyang, I can transfer another senior boatman to Luoyang, and give him 200000 stone grain. In this way, I believe that Huangfu will give you more The army should have nothing to say. " Han Fu, who is in a good mood, is glad to have a big hand. Hundreds of thousands of stone grain and a craftsman who is in short supply of Huangfu Chaobo are sent out in this way. The most important thing is to send out a military commander and general of Wang rank.


    Zao just pretends not to, and finally seems to be forced to accept Han Fu''s suggestion, while leaving the prefecture with a sigh.


    When Han Fu is so happy that he can''t express it, Zao just feels happy and finally pulls away the big ox. although it''s only a few years of support, it''s a matter of two whether he can come back at that time.


    The next day, Han Fu proposed to ask Tian Feng to go to Luoyang to support the reconstruction of Huangfu Chaobo. As for the time, he did not say dead. He just said that if it goes well, it will take three or five years. He also mentioned that Jizhou will be more secure if the Allies develop well.

 Chapter 463

    All the people in Jizhou are challenged by Han Fu''s decision, but the decision has already been made and there is no way back. All of you here are very clever. I don''t know that Han Fu took the opportunity to drive Tian Feng out of Jizhou, but his decision is too weak to reply. A few days later, Tian Feng went to Luoyang with the ship carrying grain from Luoyang to Jizhou, and Zaozhi also bid farewell to Jizhou people and went to Yanzhou to stay.


    In mid April, the Luoyang Navy finally brought back the first batch of 500000 stone grain from Jizhou, accompanied by Tian Feng and his servants. When the fleet arrived at the Luoshui wharf outside the South Gate of Luoyang, Tian Feng found that the wharf was full of people. Tian Feng thought it was a farmer carrying grain. Who knows that as soon as the ship landed, the leading captain of the fleet came directly to him and said, "Mr. Tian, Luoyang has arrived. The Lord has led you to wait for Mr. Hou at the wharf. Please get off the ship first."


    Tian Feng looked up. Sure enough, there were several people standing on the dock. The leader was wearing the official uniform of the prefect. Surprised, let feel lost Tian Feng heart suddenly rose a strange. You know, a bull like Tian Feng must know that it was because Han Fu didn''t like to see him that he sent himself out of Jizhou in this name. Tian Feng didn''t speak all the way. A famous man like Tian Feng doesn''t allow himself to carry the Lord. So even if he doesn''t want to, Tian Feng still follows Han Fu''s instructions and leaves for Luoyang, but he is very disappointed with Han Fu. What I didn''t expect was that the prefect of Luoyang led his subordinate Wu to pick him up at the dock, which made Tian Feng''s lost heart recover a little.


    After tidying up his clothes, Tian Feng steadily stepped down from the bow of the boat and came to the dock, heading for the direction of the prefect of Luoyang. When he came to the crowd, Tian Feng bowed down meticulously and said, "Jizhou Tian Feng has met the governor. He came to support Luoyang''s reconstruction under the command of Hanzhou mu."


    Huangfu Chaobo stood there. After receiving Tian Feng''s worship, he quickly stepped forward to help Tian Feng and said, "please get up, sir. I''ve heard from Chaobo for a long time. On that day, Ziping said that Han Jizhou would send his husband to Luoyang to help Chaobo rebuild Luoyang. After that, Chaobo stayed up all night. Today, I learned that my husband was about to arrive in Luoyang. I specially led Luoyang civil and military officials to welcome him. " Then he took Tian Feng''s hand and said, "come here, sir, please. Chaobo will introduce Luoyang civil and military officials to you. Later, you will be officials in Luoyang together. Please take care of yourself."


    "This is Luo Yang Jun Cheng, a famous scholar in Guanxi, Mr. Lou Zibo."


    "This is Huang Zhong, the prefect and partial General of the county. He is also Chao Bo''s brother of a different surname."


    "This one is Chen liudianwei, a general of benefit. He has the courage to defeat ten thousand men. He once captured Huaxiong, a famous general in the west of guanxi under Sishui pass."


    "This is Beihai Wu''an state, a captain of Fenwei school. Under the order of Kong Beihai, he came to Luoyang to help Chaobo rebuild Luoyang."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Huangfu Chaobo took Tian Feng to introduce all the people on the wharf one by one, and then said, "there are still some civil and military officials. Because they are in other places, they can''t come to meet you. Then they will introduce you again."


    After a circle, Tian Feng found that the main officials and generals of Luoyang had all come to greet him. He was moved, but his face didn''t show anything. Think of Jizhou Hanfu''s disdain, and here Huangfu Chaobo''s performance is so different, let Tian Feng heart can''t help feeling, this let Tian Feng heart anger less.


    After the introduction of Huangfu Chaobo, Tian Feng made the first ceremony and said, "when Feng first came to Luoyang, I will ask you to give me more advice!"


    They all hastened to reply and said in unison that they did not dare.


    After everyone''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo led Tian Feng and all the people back to the assembly hall of the prefecture. As soon as he sat down, Huangfu Chaobo took Tian Feng as the prefect''s post inspector, which surprised Tian Feng. He thought it would be a casual job for him to come here, but he didn''t expect to be a post inspector. Tian Feng refused, but he couldn''t accept Huangfu Chaobo''s repeated requests. Finally, he had to say that he would take the post of inspector for the time being, and when Luoyang had a suitable candidate, he would abdicate. Seeing that Tian Feng had accepted his official post, Huangfu Chaobo was very happy. He asked all the officials of the prefect''s mansion to come here. After meeting Tian Feng, he asked them to step down, leaving only Lou GUI, Huang Zhong and Dian Wei.


    The next few people introduced the internal affairs and military affairs of Luoyang to Tian Feng in detail. They also explained the details of Luoshen town and Longhua town to Tian Feng in detail. They didn''t treat Tian Feng as an outsider at all, which made Tian Feng laugh and cry. In the end, the more frightened he was. Even he didn''t think that this Huangfu Chaobo had done so many things quietly Love, and then compare that don''t wait to see his Jizhou master, Tian Feng heart is a different taste. It took a long time for Luoyang people to let Tian Feng have a detailed understanding of Luoyang. Just when Huangfu Chaobo was ready to let everyone go, Jia Jing went online.


    During this period of time, Jia Jing is basically busy getting married. Generally, she is not online. She only goes online when something can''t be handled. She calls Huangfu Chaobo to go offline. However, as soon as they went online today, Jia Jing said, "Chao, Xiaowen has encountered a thorny problem. They don''t know what''s going on, because they are afraid that the communication will not be clear, so they come to me at home." With that, he told the situation of Wenjing town in detail.It turns out that since Tieqi town was demobilized by officers and soldiers, all the players in youbeiping knew that there was a mysterious background in Wenjing town. Basically, no player or village in youbeiping dared to fight Wenjing town again. However, since Gongsun Zan''s army returned to Tuyin city at the beginning of this month, Zhou Wen suddenly found that Wenjing town could not get a mission in Tuyin government. Once or twice, Zhou Wen didn''t notice anything, but after three or four times, not only Zhou Wen, but also the players in the town found that the players in Wenjing town couldn''t get the task in the county.


    At this time, Zhou Wen knew that something must have happened, but she did not know what had happened. Zhou Wen had no choice but to come back to Jia Jing, and then let Jia Jing come to the game to ask Huangfu Chaobo. We all know that Huangfu Chaobo has a military division whose intelligence is almost 90, but we didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo now has another 90 + military division. Although it''s not recruited by herself, it can still give advice, can''t it?


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo felt puzzled and had to turn his head to look at the two military advisers.

 Chapter 464

    Although Lou GUI seems to have grasped some key points, he didn''t know for a moment, so he frowned and didn''t speak. Huangfu Chaobo had to look at Tian Feng again. Tian Feng pondered for a moment and said, "does Gongsun Zan know the relationship between Wenjing town and Luoyang?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded. He didn''t know what that meant. Lou GUI''s eyes flashed, and he immediately realized what was wrong. When Huang Fu Chao Bo looked at him, he just laughed and didn''t speak. Tian Feng saw Lou GUI''s action and said slowly to Huangfu: "Gongsun Zan is starting to guard against adults."


    "Ah? But Wenjing town is not mine. What''s the relationship between Wenjing town and me? " Huangfu Chaobo said in a puzzled way;


    "can you let others sleep on the side of the collapse? My Lord, if Yuan Shao or Cao Cao has a very good relationship with a village next to Luoyang, will you rest assured to let him develop? " Tian Feng asked;


    now all of you wake up. Lou GUI stands up and salutes Tian Feng and says, "Mr. Yuan Hao is really smart, and Lou GUI admires him!"


    Huang Zhong also stood up and said: "Mr. talent, I sincerely believe it!"


    For the performance of the public, Tian Feng saluted one by one to show humility.


    "Ha, I knew that Mr. Yuanhao had the ability to handle the world. Would you please tell me what to do?" Huangfu Chaobo laughs. Fortunately, he did it early. Later, maybe Tian Feng will be taken by Yuan Shao. Although Tian Feng is not his own Minister now, after three or five years, he will certainly be able to let him return to his heart.


    "I''m flattered. In my opinion, Wenjing town has not developed much. Instead of sticking to it, I''d better start a new stove. Maybe Gongsun Zan will feel that he owes his parents a debt, and then try Wenjing town from other places." Tian Feng got up to thank him, and then he said,


    "in my opinion, where should Wenjing town move to?" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "my Lord said earlier that Gongsun Zan wanted to take western Liaoning, how sure is this?" First, Gongsun Zan had this idea at the beginning of the year. Second, youbeiping sent back the news that Gongsun Zan did not return his troops to each county after his return. On the contrary, he gathered thousands of soldiers in Xuwu and Tuyin. If he wanted to go out of the Great Wall again, he would not gather soldiers, but would transfer cavalry again. Not only that, now all parts of youbeiping are mobilizing grain and grass. " Huangfu Chaobo thought for a while and said, "Shi Xiaowei, Longhua had sent a letter back to Luoyang, saying that Longhua could enter the Rushui River along the Longshui River and go south to the sea. Do you have any detailed hydrological data to send back?" Tian Feng went to Shi''a again;


    Shi''a looked at Huangfu Chaobo and nodded his head, so he said: "Lord Hui, the news from Longhua shadow guard says that it''s not a big problem to sail on water. From Longshui to Rushui, the water surface is about ten feet wide and the depth is five feet wide, so he is able to sail a class of cargo ships and small and medium-sized warships below Doujian."


    Tian Feng nodded, then asked Huangfu Chaobo if he was coming to Youzhou map. After looking at the location of Liaoxi County for a moment, he stopped at the location of Rushui estuary and said, "here is the location of Wenjing town. This is the location of Rushui estuary. The terrain is flat. Facing the sea, one side is close to Rushui. Only the north and east sides need to defend If it''s close to the sea, you can rest assured to develop the water army. In time, the goods and war horses between Longhua and Luoyang can communicate by water. Besides, it''s far away from Gongsun Zan''s county. The nearest county is Haiyang in the west of Liaoning Province. It''s a hundred miles away. If you want to believe Gongsun Zan, you will agree. "


    While listening, people kept nodding. After Tian Feng finished, Huangfu Chaobo asked, "how can we mention this to Gongsun Zan?"


    "This matter is easy to hear. The general can make Wenjing town ready. As soon as Gongsun Zan starts to fight, he will try his best to help Gongsun Zan''s army. Along the way, he will fully cooperate with Gongsun Zan''s army and win Gongsun Zan''s trust while training."


    "Ah?" When they heard that they were going to make the most of the army in the town, they were all shocked.


    "If someone wants to do harm to the town during the war, it''s not..." Jia Jing asked weakly;


    "it''s OK, do you think it''s not safe for a quiet town to have a large army to go out? How many troops should we keep if we want to ensure safety? Five hundred or one thousand? If we stay too much, we will not be able to make our next plan better. If we stay too little, do you think it will be useful? It''s better to make a big army than to be embarrassed. Besides, our army is fighting in the front line. Will Tuyin city let others do harm to Wenjing town? If so, where is Gongsun Zan''s face? "


    "High, really high, sir, there is a gap in his heart! I''ll wait for you Huangfu Chaobo stood up and gave a deep salute to Tian Feng. After that, he turned to Jia Jing and said, "Xiaojing, you should talk to Xiaowen right away and let her do what her husband says."


    "Well!" Jia Jing agreed excitedly. This time, she really saw the ability of a king level counselor. She turned her hands into clouds and covered them with rain. Then he went to Tian Feng to collect the first salute and said, "thank you, Mr. Tian!"


    Tian Feng nodded his head slightly and stopped talking.


    Tian Feng''s action made Huangfu Chaobo look at it. On the surface, there was nothing, but in his heart, he was secretly happy. It seemed that although the talent was upright, he was not pedantic, which made someone who wanted to dig a corner more confident."My Lord, there are two things that need to be paid attention to. One is that after the whole army has been established, we must go all out in the war, and we must not be perfunctory. The other is that we should do enough to observe the local opera in the spare time of the early war. The other is that we should seize the opportunity to move to Gongsun Zan. If we do these two things well, we will be able to cope with Gongsun Zan and his subordinates. We can''t say that Wenjing town will benefit a lot in the end. " Seeing Jia Jing about to leave, Tian Feng added;


    "don''t worry, sir, you will let them pay attention to these things." Jia Jing replied, and then quit the game.


    Seeing that Jia Jing had already left, Huangfu Chaobo said, "well, it''s hard for you. Let''s go down and do your own work. Mr. Tian, Chaobo has arranged a house for you next to the prefect''s mansion. Although it can''t compare with the big house in Yecheng, there is no shortage of pavilions, waterside pavilions, small bridges and flowing water. All the servants inside are ready. Mr. boat is very tired. As soon as you get off the boat, we are in a hurry to let you know the situation of Luoyang. I''ll ask someone to lead you back to the mansion to settle down. After a day''s rest, today In the evening, I''ll hold a banquet for my husband at the prefect''s residence, and then I''ll send someone to invite him to the banquet. "


    After the ceremony, Tian Feng went down to have a rest with the people arranged by Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing this, the others went down to do their own business.

 Chapter 465

    Time flies. At the end of April, the reconstruction of Luoyang will be smoother after Tian Feng''s joining. You know, some people describe Tian Feng as a person with "good and even talent". In terms of overall control and details, Lou GUI and Zao can''t compare. When he first came here, he was unwilling to do so. However, after Huangfu Chaobo came to Luoyang, he was very respectful. As long as Huangfu Chaobo was in Luoyang, he would ask Tian Feng for advice on all matters. Even when Huangfu Chaobo was not in Luoyang, his subordinates would discuss with Tian Feng about any indecisive matters. This kind of respect is very different from Tian Feng''s depression in Jizhou .


    What''s more, as long as Tian Feng''s proposal and Huangfu Chaobo think it''s feasible, they will arrange people to resolutely carry it out. From the performance point of view, Tian Feng is just a supervisor, but in fact, he is the first person under the real Taishou. Day long month long, let Tian Feng very enjoy this kind of ability to play life. Zaozhi, who went to Chenliu to sign the treaty, has also returned to Luoyang and brought back 500000 stone grains from Chenliu.


    After a month''s adjustment, Huang Zhong has finished adjusting the number of soldiers in Luoyang army. Seeing that Luoyang''s grain has increased by more than two million stones, and that there is still two million gold in hand, Huangfu Chaobo simply asked Huang Zhong to make a thorough adjustment to the whole group of soldiers. He was ready to demobilize all the soldiers below grade C, and all the soldiers were only above grade C. what''s more, grade C soldiers were designated as guards by Huangfu Chaobo During the war, the soldiers were mainly stationed in the counties and unimportant passes, while the soldiers of grade B were classified as soldiers, and all the soldiers of Grade A were mainly trained to attack the legendary elite soldiers of hundred battles, even the iron blooded soldiers.


    However, after such a large-scale adjustment, Huangfu Chaobo was shocked when he saw the number of soldiers and horses Huang Zhong sent and the amount of money and food consumed each month. In addition to Luoshen town and Longhua Town, there are 109 troops and 22 schools under the command of Huangfu Chaobo, with a total of more than 120000 troops and horses. The monthly consumption of grain and grass is as high as 200000 stone and 20000 gold.


    "Brother, you... Are you mistaken, 120000 soldiers, how can there be so many soldiers? Besides, 200000 stones of grain will be consumed every month. Are you sure? " Huangfu Chaobo stammered;


    "young master, I will guarantee with my head. This number is already the most conservative force." Huang Zhong opened the map of Luoyang and explained it to Huangfu Chaobo, Tian Feng, Lou GUI and Zaozhi one by one. "Look, there are five counties around Luoyang under the rule of Luoyang, four of which are self garrisoned by our army. Plus sishuiguan, there are five city passes. I only have 3000 garrisons, a total of 15000 people, including two soldiers from Hangu pass If hulaoguan is equipped with the same forces, there will be a total of 22000. After the reorganization of Luoyang City, there will be 7000 personal guards of general Dian, 15000 senior soldiers, 30000 ordinary soldiers, 5000 soldiers of the first naval school, and 15000 guards for the next few counties. In addition, Luoshen town is also included Five thousand people, five thousand cavalry and five thousand soldiers, a total of fifteen thousand. The total number is 124000. So


    Huangfu Chaobo touched his forehead and said, "brother, do you mean that the troops are far from enough?"


    "Yes, according to the normal situation, our troops are far from enough. For example, Luoyang City has only 52000 troops, far from being able to cope with the invasion of foreign enemies. There is also the county seat, three thousand soldiers are not enough even to guard the city taxi soldiers, just because the county seat has not been restored, so at present, barely enough. Then there is Longhua town. Now it has begun to build Baihu town. The two towns and two passes have only 10000 troops, which is far from enough. If we really want to have enough troops, Luoyang and the surrounding counties alone must add another 20000 guards and 30000 soldiers. What''s more, there are still four counties in Henan, Goushi, Xincheng and Liangxian that need to be attacked, and there will certainly be soldiers and soldiers lost, so tens of thousands of auxiliary soldiers and civilian men need to be recruited. "


    After listening to Huang Zhong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo turns to Tian Feng and Lou GUI, and they nod to agree. Tian Feng said: "according to the minimum number of garrisons in the county seat, there should be at least 5000 garrisons in the county town, and there should be at least 20000 garrisons in the county town. Other troops should be counted as mobile troops. For example, there are 30000 guards in Yecheng, nearly 100000 troops in the camp outside the city, and about 50000 taxi soldiers in other counties and cities. At present, although there are less than four states in hanjizhou, there are nearly 400000 to 500000 soldiers. "


    "Well, we can''t keep food and grass for long. Now the annual grain income is less than 500000 stone and the money is less than 100 gold. How can we maintain so many taxi drivers?"


    "Lord, don''t worry, the low grain income is mainly due to the fact that the area under our control is basically restored this year. In addition, there are only five cities in the whole 21 cities of Luoyang in our hands. When the grain is harvested in the second half of this year, the grain income of Luoyang will definitely exceed 1.5 million stone. Even if we can''t maintain the military expenditure, we don''t need too much subsidy from the prefectural government. Tax is the same, not to mention the surrounding counties, even Luoyang''s tax is pitiful. In fact, if Luoyang wants to change this predicament, it will be enough to keep hundreds of thousands of soldiers rich for a year if it takes back the thirteen cities of Guandong. " Zao Zhidao;


    "we can''t be in a hurry. We haven''t fully developed several counties around Luoyang, let alone expect Yuan Shao and Yuan Shu to return those counties to us." Huangfu Chaobo shook his head;Tian Feng listened to a few people''s words, said: "in fact, adults can change the tax system!"


    "Well?"


    "Change the tax system?"


    "What do you mean, sir? How to change the tax system? " Huangfu Chaobo was puzzled;


    "when Feng was in Jizhou, he heard that in order to maintain the hundreds of thousands of troops in Bohai, Yuan Shao ordered to change the grain tax system. Instead of paying grain according to the number of fields in villages and towns, he paid grain according to the number of population, with an average of 5 jin of grain per person per month. In this way, it is impossible for villages and towns under each county to underreport or conceal the situation." As a hostile force, Tian fengna was very concerned about Yuan Shao''s situation, so when Huangfu Chaobo asked, he could answer it.


    "What about business tax? How should business tax be changed? " Huangfu Chaobo then asked;


    "I haven''t heard of any change in business tax." Tian Fengdao;


    "well, then order Luoyang to change the grain tax from farmland tax to capitation tax. It''s the end of April, and there are still two months to go before the grain harvest in the first half of the year. Let''s start in July! " Huangfu Chaobo Road, now also had to be like this.


    "I''ll take orders!" Jujube only a listen, immediately happy forward to receive orders.

 Chapter 466

    Seeing that the problem of Bingma was almost solved, Huangfu Chaobo turned to all kinds of humanitarianism. "Well, everyone, that''s all for Bingma. So far, there''s no other way to think about it. Now what we need to do is to train our troops and improve our internal skills. Elder brother, the troops have been transferred. Next, you should urge the following generals to step up their training. We can''t start to fight before the soldiers have finished their training. For this round of task, we only need to conquer the other four counties within hulaoguan. The time is relatively easy, so we don''t have to worry too much. "


    "The end will take orders!" Huang Zhongdao;


    "next, let''s talk about the internal affairs. Let''s talk about the construction in Luoyang first."


    "The ordinary houses and medium-sized houses on the East, West and north sides of Luoyang have been basically completed. According to the Lord''s requirements, they are all built in separate blocks. The blocks are separated by walls, and the basic shop areas in the blocks have been built. But there are so many shops, and the prefect''s office doesn''t have so many people to arrange them." Zaozhi replied;


    when Huangfu Chaobo was arranging the reconstruction, he suddenly had an idea one day. After telling Zaozhi about the Fangli system of the Tang Dynasty, Zaozhi thought it was very good, so he directly re zoned the inner city area. Of course, the inner city was basically divided into several floors. From the outside to the inside, the residential level became higher and higher, and then according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo When building, ordinary residential, middle end residential and high-end residential are built according to the ratio of 631, that is to say, for every six blocks of ordinary residential, only three middle end residential blocks are under construction, while only one high-end residential block is under construction.


    After several months of construction, the houses in the inner city have been able to accommodate nearly 100000 people. However, according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, a number of shops have been built in each square along several main streets. Now Zao only raised this problem, saying that the Taishou mansion does not have so many people to arrange for shops to maintain the normal operation of all shops.


    "Well, I didn''t make it clear." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately responded. Damn, I''m not trying to develop a state-owned economy. Facts have proved that the private economy still has great development potential. So he immediately said to Zaozhi, "I''m sorry, I didn''t make it clear. In this way, all kinds of shops in each district will not be operated by the prefect''s office, but will be leased to the people in each district to operate by themselves. The prefect''s office is only responsible for maintaining public order and collecting taxes. Every market in the inner city is the same. The prefect''s house is only prepared to run a few important shops, and the others are rented out. Whether it''s a stranger or the people in Luoyang, you can rent shops to do business as long as you want. Tomorrow we''ll find time to discuss the price of these rents and other related things. Then you''ll arrange for people to post notices in each square, and then make an appointment for a unified rental. "


    "My Lord, what a wonderful move!" Tian Feng listened, clapped his hands and exclaimed in a loud voice;


    "I''m flattered, sir. I can only point out one direction. I need your help to improve the specific things." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "duty!" Tian Fengdao;


    "OK, the next step is to arrange personnel to check the work points of all the people, and then distribute all the houses according to our original plan. After the houses are allocated, within one month, all the supporting shops in each workshop should be available for rent. If there are some vacancies, all your families and clansmen can rent, but they must be with each other all their lives. If they are not hired out in the end, the prefect''s office will first arrange personnel for management. "


    "I understand!" Zao Zhiying said;


    "there are other constructions that can''t be stopped. After all the houses are almost built, a separate workshop will be set up in the north area of inner city to build a large-scale equipment workshop. When the time comes, all the ordinary weapons and equipment will be moved here. The equipment workshop in the imperial city will only be left for special equipment and master level craftsmen." After all that he could think of, Huangfu Chaobo almost collapsed. He took a slow breath and said, "ladies and gentlemen, this is what I think of. Is there anything else I need to add?"


    "Young master," Huang Zhong said, "when will the personnel arrangement of the internal affairs system in each county be in place?"


    Huangfu Chaobo patted his forehead and said, "well, I''ve forgotten this. Mr. Lou, when will the selection of county magistrate, relevant officials and various supporting craftsmen be in place? "


    "Lord Hui, it will take about two months at least." Lou GUI stood up and said;


    "well, this task only takes six months. I''ll give my husband another three months. By the end of July, all the staff must be in place, and then we have only two months to arrange all the things in the county."


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. I will finish it."


    "Well, I believe you can do it. Elder brother, now that the strength of each county is insufficient, how about the construction of the inner city walls of each county? "


    "Because Gucheng, Yanshi and Gongxian started early, it is estimated that they will be completed in three or two months. Pingxian will start this month, at least until the end of the year." Huang Zhongdao;


    "well, from now on, except for class a talents and some special talents who must be arranged to come to Luoyang, other vagrant officials don''t require them to come to Luoyang. They will be resettled by the counties on the spot. The main work is the construction of the inner city wall, and the second is the consolidation and reconstruction of the counties. Now we have to start.""The end will take orders."


    "Mr. Tian, from next month, please inspect all counties under Luoyang first. If you find any problems, I can authorize you to solve them on the spot. If you can''t solve them on the spot, you can report them to me immediately. General Huang Zhong, Captain Shi a, the military and shadow guards have arranged personnel to guard the patrol of Mr. Tian. " Huangfu Chaobo thinks that there are not many things in Luoyang now, and there are not many things for Tian Feng to stay here. Since you are already the postmaster of the prefecture, I''d like to trouble you to fulfill your duties.


    "I''ll take orders!"


    "The end will take orders!"


    The three men quickly came forward to receive orders and said,


    "well, gentlemen, it''s going to be hard for you. I''m going to leave for a few days. If there''s anything in Luoyang that can be negotiated, I''ll negotiate with you. If it''s not very urgent, I''ll wait for you to come back for a few days to solve it. If there''s anything urgent that needs to contact me, I''d better go to Luoshen club or duzilong club and let you stay They can find me. All right, all of you step down! "


    "I''ll leave at the end of the day!"


    "I''m leaving!"

 Chapter 467

    Seeing that everyone was gone, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved at last. As the territory gets bigger and bigger, there are more and more things to consider. Every time he discusses a meeting, Huangfu Chaobo feels that he has to rack his brains. He doesn''t know how many brain cells he needs to die before he can arrange the whole thing properly. Now that everything is in place, Huangfu Chaobo should go offline to arrange his own life.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was busy with his life, Luoyang reconstruction was proceeding step by step. Contrary to the tranquility of Luoyang, there was no tranquility in the territory of Dahan. Let''s first take a look at the most eye-catching yuan Sangong. After controlling the three counties of Anping Hejian and Bohai, and most of Zhongshan, Yuan Shaojun''s territory expanded to 45 counties, with a population of 5 million. In addition, the population of villages and towns under each county reached nearly 10 million.


    The bad consequence of the rapid expansion of the territory is that all the elite soldiers in Yuan Shao''s hands have been sent out. For the sake of safety, the soldiers in the newly occupied territory must be reorganized, coupled with the adjustment of the county officials, so Yuan Shao wisely stopped the external expansion and stopped to digest the existing territory. This made Han Fu feel relieved. After signing the alliance with Luoyang army, he quickly adjusted his forces and defense with the help of Zhang Ya and others, and was ready to fight against Yuan Shao.


    The yellow scarf army ran into a bloody head under the city of Luoyang and ran away from the city of Luoyang at the expense of its troops. After returning to its old nest, it was found that there was no one in ten. This made Zhang Yan''s reputation plummet. After the battle, the black mountain army became even clearer. During the war between Yuan Shao and Han Fu outside the mountain, several black mountain troops launched attacks on the county towns of Changshan state of Zhongshan state, and successfully won several county towns. However, Zhang Yan''s Feiyan army stayed in the mountain honestly.


    To the north is Youzhou. After almost a year, the three brothers of Taozi in Daijun finally took control of Daijun. However, Daijun is too poor. Liu Daren only dares to garrison 3000 soldiers in more than ten counties, and there are only less than 40000 troops in the county. In this way, there are less than 80000 troops, which almost turns Daijun upside down If Liu Shushu didn''t give a little support from time to time, the three Taozi brothers couldn''t even support the 80000 troops.


    Fortunately, uncle Liu is very popular among the players. In one year, more than 200000 players successively went to Daijun, which also brought some increase to the tax revenue of Daijun. Unfortunately, the food supply has not improved. On the contrary, the large number of players have become inferior to each other, because most of the players come to Daijun are scattered, and they are different from their families I have to eat next time.


    Liu Yu, a nomad in Youzhou, after throwing the hot potato of Daijun to Liu Bei, he finally put his energy on the rebellious Gongsun Zan. Over the years, Gongsun Zan''s behavior has become more domineering. He has sent troops out of the Great Wall one after another. Although he has beaten the alien race to flee, Liu Yu is afraid that he will beat away the small one and come to the big one, which will make him numb. In fact, what Liu Yu doesn''t know is that his worries have come true. The army of Xianbei in the East will soon go south. Unfortunately, Liu Yu doesn''t know it now, and what he doesn''t know is that Gongsun Zan has raised his butcher''s knife and is preparing to cut it to Liaoxi county.


    After a month of preparation, Gongsun Zan''s army was finally ready. At the end of April, Gongsun Zan''s army was divided into two routes, one from xuwucheng to Lulong fortress, the other from Tuyin to Lingzhi in western Liaoning. The reason for gongsunzan''s fighting was that the western Liaoning prefect colluded with other nationalities and was ready to open the Lulong fortress and put the eastern Xianbei army into the Great Wall. Gongsunzan decided to hang the people to commit crimes and handed over the western Liaoning prefect to the court for disposal.


    At the same time, Gongsun Zan also launched a camp mission in youbeiping, gathering more than 50000 players and soldiers. At the same time, a group of cavalry of Tuyin city went west with the letters from the Wuhuan people, Xianbei people and the governor of western Liaoning, as well as the keepsake and the heads of several tribal leaders. What attracts the attention of the players in youbeiping is that Wenjing Town, which was attacked by Tieqi town some time ago, went out with two thousand soldiers and went to Tuyin to follow gongsunzan.


    To the south of the river, Zhang Miao, the city of Chen Liucheng, has paid attention to Cao Cao of Pei state since he made an alliance with Luoyang. Some time ago, on the way back to Guangling, his brother Zhang Chao led the 10000 troops to sneak attack in the territory of the state of Liang, and finally ran away alone. There were no 10000 troops left, and he was seriously injured.


    Although it has been confirmed that it is Qingzhou Huangjin, Zhang Miao knows that Cao Cao is responsible for all this. In the end, Cao Cao marched into the state of Liang on the pretext of pursuing the Huangjin army, and then he never left there. However, Mu Konggu in Yuzhou had no way to deal with him. Now Chen Liu has joined Cao Cao''s territory, so Zhang Miao agreed to form an alliance without thinking about Luoyang''s olive branch. His main energy now is to deal with this "hero in troubled times".


    Kongzhou found that since he took part in the discussion of Dong, life has not been smooth. Before he returned to Yuzhou, he was occupied by Cao Cao to Pei state, and then he was divided into Qiao County. OK, I can''t beat you. Forget it. I''ll give it to you. As a result, it has not been half a year since the end of the campaign, and it has started again. If you play Zhang Chao, you can play Zhang Chao. Why do you occupy our country. Kong found that it seems that his home is safe. So he moved the Yuzhou administrative office from Anyang to Yingyang, and appointed Xu Jing as the prefect of Runan. What he didn''t expect was that his unintentional action saved his life. Of course, it''s later. Let''s talk about it later.Further south, Chen Wen, the governor of Yangzhou, was also upset recently in Shouchun. He always felt that something would happen.


    Mu Liubiao in Jingzhou had a good life in the end. After almost a year, he finally took Nanjun and Jiangxia, two big counties in Jingzhou, into his own hands. Not only that, Nanyang also had half of the South under his own control. However, in addition to Sun Jian''s occupation of Changsha, Wuling, Lingling and Guiyang are also in a state of listening to propaganda and not listening to tune. Moreover, I also heard that Sun Jian now wants to go north to Jiangxia to avenge Huang Zu.


    In the north of Jingzhou, Nanyang County is under the management of Yuan Shu, a later general. In Wancheng general''s mansion, Xiao Yuan Gong is gathering all the generals for discussion. After the Imperial Court changed the military system, general Ji Ling under Yuan Shu said that he could train heavy infantry, and he was a real heavy armor infantry, not like the imperial court guard. He was definitely the top infantry of the whole big Han.

 Chapter 468

    Xiao Yuan Gong thought, well, anyhow, now there are some important people in Nanyang. They want money and money. They beat their children in rainy days, and they are idle. Then you can practice 50000 first. If it''s easy to use, we can practice 180000 later. It''s true that Nanyang is the most prosperous place in the whole Han Dynasty. It''s better than Luoyang, the eastern capital at that time. Moreover, Nanyang''s prosperity is completely driven by commerce, unlike Luoyang. It''s just because it''s the capital of the Han Dynasty that it can quickly recover its prosperity after the yellow scarf army''s disaster for several times.


    "Lord, I don''t know what he realized, or whether it was a coincidence. Ten days ago, he moved the Yuzhou government to Yingyang of Yingchuan County, appointed Xu Jing as the prefect of Runan, and also moved Runan government to Pingyu. Not only that, Yingchuan and Runan have increased their forces, and the captains of the two counties have been ordered to strengthen their training. " Yang Hongdao, the chief counselor under Yuan Shu;


    "eh?" On hearing this, Yuan Shu immediately turned to his younger brother Yuan Yin and said, "can you do this? Why didn''t you report to this Council? "


    "General Hui, Yingwei has received a report that Kong Gu has changed his hospital and contracted his forces. However, it seems to be a coincidence that there is no trace of Yuzhou soldiers and horses mobilizing to Nanyang border. Therefore, Yingwei is still collecting further information, so it has not reported to the general." Yuan Yin immediately went to Qianhui to report, and after that, he took a look in the direction of Yang Hong.


    Yuan Shu has an intelligence agency in his hands, just like Huangfu Chaobo''s shadow guard. At present, it is under the control of his younger brother Yuan Yin. Yang Hong, a long history of this, has always felt aggrieved. He thinks that he is the first person under Yuan Shu''s hands. Such an important agency should be in his own hands, so he just takes this opportunity to give Yuan Yin some eyedrops.


    "Well, Yingwei has the latest news and will report it to us immediately." When Yuan Shu heard that he had not sent more troops to the Nanyang border, he did not pursue the responsibility of Yuan Yin Yuan yinlian said, "general Ji, how long will it take to train the heavy infantry?" Yuan Shu turned to look at Ji Lingdao beside him;


    "report back to the general that all the 50000 soldiers have been selected, but the required armour is not in place. At the current speed, it will take at least three to five months to become an army." Ji Ling came forward and said;


    "OK, step up the training. I''m looking forward to the general''s heavy infantry."


    "The end will take orders!"


    "Lord," said Yan Xiang, "no matter whether Kong is on guard or not, we should not only focus on Yuzhou. Now, nearly half of Yuzhou has been taken away by Cao Cao, and the land of Runan has been occupied by huangjinsi for a long time, which is no longer prosperous. However, Yangzhou has not been destroyed by the yellow scarf thieves. During the yellow scarf rebellion, the two counties in Jiangbei alone accepted hundreds of thousands of people, and the four counties in Jiangdong. As long as we manage carefully, we can build a foundation. Moreover, Chen Wensheng, the governor of Yangzhou, is a coward. The generals Take Yangzhou as if they are searching for something


    "Oh, so Yangzhou is better than Yuzhou? But Nanyang should not be lightly abandoned. What should we do? " Yuan Shu was depressed because his brother was about to get Jizhou, but he was still trapped in Nanyang, a big place. Now he heard Yan Xiang''s words, and immediately came to the spirit, and quickly asked;


    "it''s OK, Nanyang can''t be lightly abandoned, and it doesn''t need to be abandoned. After taking down Yangzhou, Yuzhou will have Yangzhou in the South and Nanyang in the West. Sooner or later, it will be in the general''s pocket. "


    "Ha ha ha... Master Yan became a statesman. Yes, yes, that''s a good thing. Yuan Yin recently asked Yingwei to collect information from Yangzhou and prepare for the expedition. " Excited, Yuan Shu immediately ordered yuan yindao;


    "I''ll take the order!" Seeing this, Yuan Yin immediately went out to take orders and said,


    "well, you all step down and go your own way." Yuan Shu was in a good mood. With a wave of his hand, he made everyone step down.


    Further west, it''s within the scope of Chang''an DongZhuo. Since the move, Dong Zhuo''s life has become more and more comfortable. After a year, Chang''an city is no less prosperous than Luoyang City, and no one dares to make a different voice from himself. Most of the huge property collected from Luoyang was transported by Dong Zhuo to build a fortress on the Weishui River in the west of Chang''an, called Meiwu. A huge amount of materials were accumulated in it, including enough grain for 100000 troops for ten years, as well as a large amount of jewelry, money and arrows. Then Dong Zhuo put all his family in it, and sent his confidant generals to lead the 10000 flying bear army and 10000 Xiliang cavalry to guard here. As for the affairs of Chang''an court, the political affairs were handed over to Li Ru, and the military affairs were handed over to Lu Bu, Li Xi, Guo Si and others. Dong Zhuo himself usually lives in Meiwu, but he only goes to Chang''an to deal with the political affairs from time to time. In fact, the so-called handling of political affairs is just because the grand master Dong Zhuo is tired of staying in Meiwu, so he runs back to Chang''an to stay for a while.


    In Chang''an City, the Imperial Palace, Jinluan palace, the super tonnage Dong Taishi is sitting on the Dragon chair with the little emperor. Looking at all the princes in the main hall, Da Cheng was so excited that he could not stop yelling at Fang Qiu. He suddenly regretted that he had nothing to do with lying down in the palace. If you look at that posture, these people will never stop.


    It''s not easy to wait until these guys stop, Dong Zhuo thought, finally can go to sleep. He did not expect that his son-in-law, Ying Zhong, would ask Li Ru to come forward and say, "I would like to report to your majesty, I would like to report to the grand master. Since the court moved westward, most of the population of Hongnong county has moved westward with the court to Chang''an, and Hongnong has never been managed. However, with the gradual recovery of Luoyang City, Hongnong is the eastern barrier of Chang''an, which can not be ignored all the time. Therefore, the officer recommended Zhang Ji as the commander-in-chief of Hongnong, the general of Zhongying. He led ten thousand iron cavalry of Xiliang and forty thousand soldiers to guard Hongnong. As for the counties of Hongnong, except for a few large counties where Zhang Taishou appointed or removed personnel on his own, one or two of the different people who had made great contributions to the court in previous wars can be appointed to accept the hearts of different people. "When Dong Zhuo thought about it, he didn''t expect that the boy of Huangfu Chaobo was quite capable. In less than a year, Luoyang had developed to more than 100000 people and tens of thousands of troops. It seems that he had to defend. So he nodded his head and said, "sure, if you have any suitable candidates, you can recommend them."


    As an official, it is the wish of all people to be able to be on their own. The generals of Dong Zhuo are also like this. We didn''t expect that Zhang Ji fawned on Li Ru in silence and found such a good opportunity to become a prefect all at once. Li Xi and Guo Si were both envious of this, not to mention Lu Bu and Li Su, who later joined the power of Dong Zhuo. Seeing that since we can''t win the position of the prefect, it doesn''t prevent us from joining others.

 Chapter 469

    As soon as Li Ru''s words came to an end, Li Zhen came out and said, "yes, Taishi, I will recommend the rest of Beipiao town as the magistrate of Yiyang County. Although Beipiao town is not an old town in Chang''an, it has made great contributions to the suppression of the chaotic army around Chang''an for more than a year."


    In fact, Beipiao is not an old town in Chang''an, but it is also developing very well. Especially after Dong Zhuo''s plot task was started, the leftover is the king. After Xu Huang, a subordinate of Yang Feng, who is very knowledgeable and never forgets, Beipiao town rose rapidly and had five excellent generals The strength of Beipiao town soared in an instant. Within a few months, it almost swept the surrounding villages, and then quickly upgraded its territory to a big town. Not only that, brush cottage harvest a lot of material captives, which is not very useful for the players of all kinds of treasures are left for the king to make friends with Li, so there is this recommendation.


    As the chief General of his subordinates, although his force value is not high, he is one of the few generals in the Xiliang army who can fight alone. Dong Zhuo is not at ease, so he didn''t let him go. Although the people he recommended didn''t have much credit, Dong Zhuo agreed after thinking about it.


    "Taishi, the lower officer recommended the hegemony of Heluo alliance as the magistrate of Lushi County, and sishuiguan fought. If it was not for the warning of the hegemony of Heluo alliance, more than ten thousand soldiers of sishuiguan army would be able to retreat." It is true that Li Su has contributed a lot to the hero he recommended.


    "Yes."


    "Grand master," Li Su Jun recommended a candidate, and Li Ru also came out and said, "the next officer recommended that the Fengyun of Sizhou Fengyun be the magistrate of Luhun county. Sizhou Fengyun participated in the war many times and made great achievements."


    "Yes Dong Zhuo said: "Hongnong has nine cities, and it''s enough to arrange three counties for different people. No matter how many counties there are, they are afraid of chaos. If other people have suitable candidates, they can hand them over to Li Ru first, and next time they have the chance to arrange according to their merits."


    "I''ll take orders!" Li Rudao;


    "well, if there is nothing else, just retreat!" With that, Dong Zhuo no longer looked at the officials in the hall, and left the golden hall directly.


    After retiring from the court, excited Zhang Ji returns to his house and immediately recruits his nephew Zhang Xiu and his military adviser Jia Xu. As soon as they entered the gate, Zhang Ji was very happy and said, "military strategist, our plan has come true. The grand master has promised to appoint me as Zhonglang general Hongnong''s prefect. He will lead Xiliang''s ten thousand cavalry and forty thousand soldiers to guard Hongnong. The imperial edict will come down in the palace


    Sure enough, less than an hour after Zhang Ji returned to the palace, a eunuch in the palace announced that he would go to the imperial palace to get the military amulet in five days, and then go to a camp in the city to lead the troops, horses, food and grass, and take office in ten days. After receiving the order, Zhang Ji discussed with Jia Xu. A moment later, he took some treasures and rushed to the Taishi mansion to thank him. Of course, the most important thing was to show his loyalty. Then he took the military talisman of 50000 troops from Dong Zhuo, and took Zhang Xiu and other generals to the Lantian camp to collect troops and food. After a few busy days, we finally got the 50000 troops and three months'' supplies ready. Then he bid farewell to Dong Zhuo and other Xiliang generals and began his journey as a vassal.


    After entering the territory of Hongnong, Zhang Ji first stationed in Hongnong county city, and then ordered his nephew Zhang Xiu to lead 20000 Xiliang iron cavalry troops of 5000, bringing Hu County, Shan county, Jinchi and Xin''an under his control. Then each county arranged its own confidant generals to garrison, and each city recruited 5000 garrisons, while all the 50000 elites he brought from Chang''an were under his control Hongnong City, in charge of itself. As for Tongguan and Huayin County, because they are the gateway of Chang''an, Li Ru simply asked Dong Zhuo to directly bring the pass and Huayin City under the rule of Chang''an, and Chang''an directly sent troops to garrison them.


    As for Zhang Ji''s appointment, Lu Bu was the most frustrated in Chang''an city. Today, just after Dong Zhuo arrived in Chang''an, this world-famous general had already been appointed to Zhonglang general and became the Marquis of tinghou, the capital. Soon afterwards, he was appointed Marquis of Wenhou by Dong Zhuo. But LV Wenhou found that he had nothing to do except to protect Dong Zhuo every day. This time, even generals like Zhang Ji were appointed as prefects by Dong Zhuo, and he could only be a guard leader every day, which made Lv Bu even more depressed. After escorting Dong Zhuo home every day, Lv Bu would go out of the city and come to his camp of Bingzhou wolf riding. He would try his best to practice martial arts to vent his dissatisfaction.


    On this day, Lv Bu still came to the camp outside the city, ready to find Zhang Liao and others to practice martial arts. He didn''t expect that Zhang Liao was training. When he saw Lv Bu coming, Zhang Liao said happily: "Marquis Wen, at the end of today, he will find a young general. He is good at training. He is a Dubo."


    "Oh, if Wen Yuan thinks it''s feasible, he will be promoted to the rank of commander of the cavalry. If he is really a general, he will find a chance to promote his official position at some time." Lu Bu''s way is dispensable;


    "however, Wen Hou, the young general is a soldier, not a cavalry." Zhang Liao was stunned and immediately added;


    "footman," Lv Bu stopped for a moment and shook his head and said, "footman, forget it. Wenyuan thinks that we have no chance to send troops for 30000 wolf riders. Are you going to let him attack or defend the city to train footman?"


    "But..." Zhang Liao wanted to say something else, but he was immediately interrupted by Lv Bu and said, "well, Wen Yuan, the most important thing for us now is to step up the training of our 30000 Bingzhou sons. Otherwise, if we really want to send troops, the grand Division will not necessarily let us send troops."Interrupted by Zhang Liao, Lu Bu was in a worse mood. He simply stopped practicing martial arts. He turned over and rode back to the city with his own soldiers. As soon as I entered the gate, I heard someone shouting behind me: "is Wen Hou in front of me?"


    When Lv Bu stopped at the horse, it turned out that it was situ Wang Yun. Although he thought it was strange, Lv Bu stopped the horse and other Wang Yun''s carriage. Wang Yun''s carriage stopped in front of Lu Bu''s horse. Wang Yun got off his horse and said, "as soon as I entered the city, I saw that there seemed to be Marquis Wen in front of me. I don''t know where Marquis Wen is going? Go to the imperial master''s residence to guard? "


    Lu Bu said: "the grand master is resting in the mansion. He doesn''t need a guard. What''s the matter with Wang situ? If there is nothing wrong, some family will go back to drink. "


    As soon as Wang Yun heard this, he turned his eyes and said, "it happens that I have nothing to do after I leave the court. I''m going to go back to my house to have a drink. It''s better to meet you by chance. I still have several pots of pure wine of Luoshen bought from Guandong. There''s nothing to do about Wenhou. How about going to my house to have a drink?"


    "Pure wine of Luoshen? In this way, Bu is not respectful. "


    "Wenhou, please..."


    "Wang situ, please..."


    After that, they went to Wang Yun''s house.

 Chapter 470

    Wang Yun thought that the perfect encounter had already been seen by countless players. Within half a day, almost all the players in the game knew about it, and Wang Yun''s serial plan began to start.


    At this time, just in Luoyang online, Huangfu Chaobo heard the news, after a smile, never pay attention to him. In his opinion, Dong Zhuo''s death is only good for him, but not bad for him, so just pay attention to it. Anyway, there are 11000 garrisons in Hangu pass, plus 45000 troops in Luoyang, even Zhang Ji of Hongnong is not afraid of him when he attacks. Huangfu Chaobo only thought that he would not influence the plot, but what he didn''t think was that many people inside and outside Chang''an City were paying close attention to the development of the plot. Some wanted to maintain the development of the original plot, while others wanted to change the plot.


    For example, the three players who have just been appointed by Dong Zhuo as county magistrate are those who want to change Dong Zhuo''s fate. But they all know that although Wang Yun has met Lv Bu, they have no evidence that Lv Bu is going to rebel against Dong Zhuo, and no evidence that Wang Yun is going to plot against Lv Bu. So what we need to do now is to pay close attention to the whereabouts of the two people, hoping to catch clues from them, and then remind our close NPC to remind Dong Zhuo.


    Unfortunately, Wang Yun, an old fox, did not invite Lv Bu to his house for nearly a month after he first invited him to drink. Seeing this situation, players speculate that Wang Yun should not have sacrificed the magic weapon now, so Lv Bu and Wang Yun are basically nodding friends now.


    At the end of may in the second year of Chuping, after more than a month''s silence, Wang Yun finally took advantage of an opportunity of the lower court to invite Lv Bu to his home for a drink. After having his first experience, Lv Bu didn''t think much about it. He promised to escort Dong Zhuo back to the palace and then went to the palace for a banquet.


    In the following period of time, Wang Yun invited Lv Bu to his home every other time.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was busy with his own wedding in reality. Although the parents of the two families made a lot of preparations for their wedding, they had to deal with many trivial matters by themselves. Fortunately, everything goes well in the game, so Huangfu Chaobo can take time to do these things. After more than ten days of preparation, the wedding time was finally determined, the banquet was also ordered, and all the wedding stickers were sent out, just waiting for the wedding in a week.


    Her family and friends are basically in the same city, while Huangfu Chaobo''s family and friends are basically in their hometown, but now Huangfu Chaobo is no longer the poor boy. Through the wedding company, Huangfu Chaobo rented several luxury buses and went back to his hometown two days in advance to pick up his family and friends in the provincial capital. The main reason was that he had no time to go back to his hometown to hold a banquet.


    Finally, on the day of his wedding, what Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect was that apart from one person staying in changshe City, the other four people flew to C city to attend their wedding. There is another group of people that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect. Zhao Zilong and others of Zilong society only left a game to stay behind, and others flew to the wedding. However, everyone just came that day, and then after drinking the wine, they kept on flying back to catch the plane of that day, because now in the game, the chain game has been started, Lv Bu and Diao Chan have met. It is estimated that Wang Yun will start the second step of the plan soon.


    Huangfu Chaobo entered the game again the day after the wedding. Now the game inside a scare, especially around Chang''an players, has been very excited about Chang''an changes. After the Taishou mansion and Huangfu Chaobo went online in Luoyang City, they all gathered for the first time. Because they didn''t go online often for nearly a month, he had to call all the main characters to get a detailed understanding of the current situation in Luoyang.


    Now it''s July of the second year of Chuping. It''s four months since the sixth ring of Luoyang was rebuilt. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Zhong should start to arrange the generals to attack the remaining three counties. Sure enough, five days ago, Huang Zhong had already led 30000 ordinary infantry troops and 2000 Xiliang cavalry to the battle. His fellow generals included three generals of Shesheng, huyandu, Dugu Xiong, Yangwei, Huangwu diejing, and five generals of Huangjin army. Together with Huang Zhong''s troops, there were three thousand garrisons, three civil and military officials, and all kinds of military affairs Intermediate craftsman of building start. In Luoyang City, general Dianwei stayed behind, with the help of wuanguo, the captain of Fenwei; Lou GUI, Zaozhi and Tian Feng were in charge of internal affairs, while Shi a was busy with the layout of his shadow guard.


    The left behind people soon arrived at the assembly hall of the prefect''s residence, and they reported the recent issues to Huangfu Chaobo one by one. What makes Huangfu Chaobo feel strange is that the little girl Zhao Yu, the captain of Yangwu school, has gone back to Zhending. It is said that there are more and more yellow scarf thieves around Zhending. Because she is not at ease with Zhaojia village, she returns to Zhaojia village to have a look. However, what makes Huangfu Chaobo happy is that the little girl has not relieved her official position. Not only that, the little girl also asked Shi a for ten shadow guards and returned to Zhaojia village with several ten carrier pigeons. It seems that if the situation is a little more stable, we will soon return to Luoyang. However, what surprised Huangfu Chaobo was that Zhao Yunzhen, who had traveled to the grassland, never heard from him. According to history and unofficial history, Zhao Yun should have led his people to gongsunzan in 191, but now it''s half over, and there''s still no news about Zhao Yun.The first report is about the situation in Luoyang City. In more than three months, the housing reconstruction in Luoyang City has been basically completed. That is to say, after one year, the reconstruction of Luoyang inner city has been basically completed. This speed surprised Huangfu Chaobo and made Lou Guitian Feng and others very happy. It will take three or five years for Luoyang to go on at this speed When he thought about it, even Tian Feng, the most talked about one, was very excited. After more than three months, the old man basically regarded himself as a Luoyang man, and all the officials in Luoyang respected his ability, but everyone agreed that he was not a subordinate of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Now the construction of Luoyang inner city has gradually come to an end, and the basic construction has been completed. After several months, tens of thousands of prisoners in Luoyang have been transformed into ordinary people. Now there are nearly 130000 ordinary people in Luoyang, and their houses have been arranged according to different regions.

 Chapter 471

    The new equipment center in the north of Luoyang City has also been built. According to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, the equipment center can accommodate 4000-5000 craftsmen to work at the same time. However, the equipment center is only an intermediate equipment center in Luoyang City. Other primary equipment centers will be gradually transferred to surrounding counties, while the advanced equipment center will be arranged in Huangfu Chaobo In the equipment center in the city, this will be the highest level of security in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo. The craftsmen working in it are all masters and masters, or special craftsmen above senior level, such as crossbow craftsmen, Jinglan craftsmen and other special equipment craftsmen.


    In addition, all the shops in the city have been rented out smoothly. Most of them are rented by the people in the city. Some of them are rented by their own families, others by several families. The rest are rented by the families and clansmen of the officials and generals in Luoyang. It''s not only the shops in the inner city, but also the shops in several major markets in the inner city. Except for those that Huangfu Chaobo specially asked to stay, the others have been rented out for 30%. The rest can only be rented out by new merchants after Luoyang develops better. It''s not urgent for Huangfu Chaobo. When it comes to time, there will be people renting it. For example, in this market, Zilong will rent it Sizhou Fengyun and Zongheng town sent people to rent some, and Mi family rented several market shops in Luoyang City. The rent of these shops alone is enough to increase the income of Luoyang.


    As for the equipment of various armies and horses, for example, the pro guard equipment has been designed by several masters in Luoshen Town, and the samples have been sent. Now the production is arranged in the equipment center in the Imperial City, but the proficiency is not up to the standard, so the output is still pitifully low.


    Luoyang City, the next is outside the city, the ten towns outside the city, in addition to Luobei town for military garrison, the other several towns are mainly planting grain, now has reached 2000 farmers, each town, because several wars in Luoyang City, captured a lot of horses for Luoyang, some other injured horses recovered, can no longer be used as war horses, or even riding horses, so it is difficult to use them Yidu was arranged by Zaozhi to be used as a horse for farming in villages and towns, and some were sent to the logistics camp to be used as a pack horse. Every village and town can provide tens of thousands of stone grain for Luoyang every month, which can be said to reduce a lot of burden.


    Further down, there are the surrounding counties. Because of the need to resume the normal work of the counties, Tian Feng and his three men screened the Wudu of the internal affairs department of Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang city again and again. Finally, they selected more than 30 military personnel with high internal affairs value and growth value. After three months of training, they finally transferred to eight military personnel and divided them into three groups Eight counties will be allocated to resume normal operation, namely, Gucheng County Magistrate Shen Wuji, Henan county magistrate Zhou Wei, Yanshi county magistrate Chen Xiang, Ping county magistrate Zhao Dian, Gong county magistrate Yao yuan, Goushi county magistrate ban Yu, Xincheng County Magistrate Qin Zhao and Liang county magistrate Lu Yan. As for the arrangement of county Wei, Gucheng County Wei Zhao Rui, Henan county Wei dongfangyi, Yanshi County Wei Zhoushi, Pingxian County Wei Zhengfeng, Gongxian County Wei wubin, Goushi County Wei XiaHouYuan, Xincheng County Wei dianyi and Liangxian County Wei Jishen.


    In this way, except that Pingyin County was handed over to Zilong Society for its own work, the main officials of the other eight counties, the civil and military officials, had already been arranged, and the other officials were selected from the rest. In the first three counties, the inner city walls were built according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo. In recent months, there was no requirement to send the refugees to Luoyang, and the population of several counties increased a lot. Therefore, after three months, they were almost completed.


    Hearing that the inner walls of the three cities have been built, Huangfu Chaobo said: "since the inner walls have been built, Ziping should make arrangements here. The next focus of the three cities is the consolidation and restoration of the whole county. Each city will transport 5000 soldiers and 10000 people from Luoyang for half a year''s money and grain reserves. There is also a reserve of weapons and equipment to ensure the needs of 5000 soldiers in a war." Huangfu Chaobo has been frightened by several wars. The three counties were first brought under the rule of Luoyang. After one year''s governance, they have recovered a lot, so if possible, Huangfu Chaobo still wants to make some preparations.


    After the public report of Luoyang was completed, Shi a reported the situation of Longhua town. After gongsunyue sent 5000 captives to Longhua City, gongsunzan no longer had the support of the captives. However, Huang Xu''s cavalry began to sweep away the brigands, mountain bandits and alien camps within 200 Li around Longhua. All the camps of the hostile forces were destroyed, and then the people were taken back to Longhua town for resettlement. After three or four months of fighting, Longhua town has already reached the upper limit of 20000 people. Even baihugou village has been upgraded to the level of small town. The population of Longhua and baihugou towns has reached the scale of 25000 people. As for soldiers, it has reached the scale of 10000, with one cavalry school and one Infantry School. There are three thousand soldiers in Longhua Town and tangtougou pass, and two thousand soldiers in baihugou town and baihugou pass.


    However, although the population and other conditions have reached the conditions for upgrading the small city, Tian Yu has not upgraded Longhua to a city. First, after upgrading the city, the post system will be opened. In this way, Longhua will be found to have a relationship with Huangfu Chaobo by the players. Another thing is that if we upgrade the small city now, Gongsun will praise it Cause suspicion. What''s more, the biggest difference between a small town and a big town is the wall. Although the wall of a small town is not much bigger than that of a big town, the difference in thickness and height is almost double. It takes three or five months to build it. You know, it took nearly a year to build the inner walls of the three counties in Luoyang.Now there are medium-sized barriers on both sides of Longhua, and the wall has become relatively less important. There is also the result of the exploration of the relationship between Longshui and Rushui. The two generals Zhu Ping and sun Lang of the water forces in Longhua led the soldiers to explore the whole river in detail. The final result is that from the wharf of Longhua town to the entrance to the sea, it is completely possible to drive medium-sized transport ships and warships of the Chima boat level, but no bigger fighting ship can enter. In this way, it is feasible to transport horses in Rushui. Of course, the premise is that Wenjing town must be controlled in the new town of Rushui estuary. As a transit place, the transport ships just for walking in Rushui are not able to sail on the sea at all, so they can only be transferred to large ships, and then transported to Qingzhou Yellow River Estuary, and then sent to Luoyang.

 Chapter 472

    Since we mentioned Longhua, we have to talk about the situation after Gongsun Zan''s army. Since Gongsun Zan sent troops to western Liaoning, except for Lulong fortress, almost all the other cities have been attacked by war. Lulong fortress is used to the right Beiping army going in and out of the fortress. Although it''s a little strange to see a group of soldiers walking in and out of the fortress this time, I didn''t expect that the right Beiping army was attacking the Guo by false means. After entering the fortress, the right Beiping army didn''t leave immediately. Instead, it burst into trouble, quickly controlled the gate of the fortress, and then quickly controlled the whole Lulong fortress in less than an hour He captured ten thousand troops in the fortress.


    Finally, after Gongsun Yue showed the so-called evidence that the prefect of western Liaoning wanted to collude with other nationalities, all the 10000 troops of western Liaoning surrendered to the youbeiping army. In the subsequent capture of other cities, the reaction of the western Liaoning Taishou resistance, want to hold on to the Youzhou nomad Liu Yu intervention, but unfortunately prepared to fight unintentionally, finally wait for Liu Yu to get the news, gongsunzan army has swept the whole western Liaoning, it took less than a month.


    However, it also paid a lot of costs. After 50000, the youbeiping army suffered more than 20000 casualties, and the youbeiping player army sent nearly 50000 troops. In the end, less than half of the soldiers returned. You know, gongsunzan had to pay for all of these. So gongsunzan attacked YangLe, the governor of Liaoxi, and directly killed his family, and then took his family property To reward the meritorious soldiers.


    Wenjing town has gained a lot in this month. First of all, there are 2000 soldiers. In the end, there are only more than 1000 people left. However, these soldiers have basically reached level 40, which is equivalent to the existence of a high level among players. Of course, this can''t be compared with Huangfu Chaobo''s soldiers. His soldiers start at level 30, and level 40 can barely be regarded as the main soldiers.


    Another point is that Wenjing town has made great achievements in this battle, including Linyu city. It is precisely because of these that Zhou Wen finally proposed to Gongsun Zan that Wenjing town is willing to move to Liaoxi to help the officers and soldiers stabilize Liaoxi. In addition, the selected position is far away from the cities in Liaoxi and is located at the seaside, so Gongsun Zan slightly thought about it In the end, Gongsun Zan rewarded Wenjing town with a set of upgrading drawings and added 200 cavalry to Wenjing town.


    Later, after the war, Zhou Wen immediately returned to Wenjing Town, took all the personnel and materials in the town to the entrance of Rushui to the sea, and built a new village called leting. After two months of development, leting village has been upgraded to the level of a small town, which is the result of deliberate control for fear of attracting Gongsun Zan''s attention. Otherwise, one and a half months will be enough to upgrade the village to the level of a small town town.


    However, the upgrading of leting has temporarily entered a stagnant stage because of the lack of population. In fact, there is a population in Longhua Town, but if leting develops too fast, I''m afraid it will arouse Gongsun Zan''s vigilance again. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s suggestion, leting now focuses on the wall and the shipbuilding workshop near the sea.


    At the end of July and the beginning of August, the players in Chang''an city finally found that Lv Bu and Wang Yun had too many banquets. As we all know, Wang Yun''s mace has been used. Otherwise, Lv Bu, a martial arts man, could not have such a good relationship with Wang Yun, a great Confucian. As a result, the eight immortals crossed the sea and showed their own magic power. Everyone revealed the news to their well connected NPC. At the beginning, they didn''t believe it, but three people became tigers. Slowly, Li Ru and Li Su began to find out that Lv Bu was wrong. So Li Ru took advantage of his right to use the intelligence agency in Dong Zhuo''s hands, and finally found out that things were really like what other people said. Wang Yunde kept wooing Lv Bu with his maid.


    However, this doesn''t mean much. Li Ru later discovered that in order to please Lv Bu, Wang Yun took the maid as his adopted daughter and said that he would marry her to Lv Bu. Then, one day, Wang Yun invited Dong Zhuo to his palace for a banquet. Then, when Dong Zhuo left the palace, he took away a dancer named Diao Chan from Wang Yun''s palace. It doesn''t matter, but Li Ru hears a frightening news that Wang Yunyu''s adopted daughter, who is betrothed to Lv Bu, is the same person as the dancer Dong Zhuo took away from Wang Yun''s home.


    When he heard the news, Li Ru was like a thunderbolt. It turned out that the news from the strange man named Fengyun was true. Wang yunpifu really wanted to use Lvbu to do harm to the grand master. When Li Ru got the news, he immediately rushed to the Taishi mansion, trying to dissuade Dong Zhuo. Unfortunately, Dong Zhuo had already embraced Mei to sleep, and the bodyguard didn''t let Li Ru in at all. In desperation, Li Ru had to go to Dong Zhuo the next morning. If Dong Zhuo was completely fascinated by the woman named Diao Chan, he would ignore Li Ru''s advice.


    After Li Ru''s persuasion failed several times, Dong Zhuo felt that Li Ru was too upset, so he simply took Diao Chan back to Meiwu, and Li Ru dealt with the affairs in Chang''an city.


    After learning that Diao Chan was taken away by Dong Zhuo, Lv Bu once went to find her several times. Later, Dong Zhuo finally found her. Dong Zhuo was so angry that he grabbed his halberd and threw it at Lv Bu. Finally, Lv Bu escaped. Lu Bu, who fled back to Chang''an, finally decided to betray Dong Zhuo under the guidance of Wang Yun. Then several people discussed the plan of setting out to stab Dong Zhuo.


    When Lv Bu discussed with Wang Yun, Li Ru, Li Su and Dong Zhuo gathered together. The actions of Lv Bu and Wang Yun, not to mention Li Ru and Li Su, were all found abnormal. In addition, there were strange people around. After Dong Zhuo left Chang''an, they finally got together to discuss. Because Dong Zhuo didn''t believe that Wang Yun and Lv Bu wanted to kill himself, Li Ru knew that it was impossible for Dong Zhuo to deal with it by himself. In this way, he had to rely on himself.In history, Li Su was originally the help of Lu Bu''s rebellion, but in the game, because Li Su knew that Li Ru and others had already known about Wang Yun and Lu Bu, he did not hesitate to stand by Li Ru. After discussion, several people speculated that Lu Bu and others could only use Dong Zhuo''s short distance to go to court, so they made arrangements for this. First of all, Li Qian secretly sent people to the military camp to closely monitor the movements of Zhang Liao and other people under Lu Bu and the wolf riding in Bingzhou. Li Ru kept an eye on the palace. Once he found out that Lu Bu had any changes in the guards of the palace, Li Ru would have to use the flying bear army in his hand to control the guards in the palace.

 Chapter 473

    Time to the middle of August, the whole game inside the player''s eyes are focused on the city of Chang''an. However, Huangfu Chaobo of Luoyang didn''t pay much attention to Chang''an''s changes. He always felt that Chang''an had little influence on his own Luoyang no matter what. Now Luoyang City, the sixth ring reconstruction task has been completed, Huangfu Chaobo once again won 50000 task points. However, after the completion of the task, Huangfu Chaobo did not get the news of the seventh ring task, which made Huangfu Chaobo very nervous again.


    In the city of Chang''an, after August, suddenly a song of Tongyao came out: "qianlicao, he Qingqing, ten days divination, can''t return it." This Tongyao let Li Ru and others immediately nervous, a few people happened to launch a strange person to Wang Yun Lv Bu surveillance. As expected, at the end of August, Li Ru found that Wang Yun and Lv Bu began to contact frequently, and Bingzhou wolf riders all suddenly stayed in the military camp, and there were no more soldiers to rest.


    Before long, news came out from the palace that Wang Yun suddenly went into the palace many times late at night to meet the emperor. Li Ru knew that the actions of Wang Yun and others should be in these days. Sure enough, one day, Wang Yun suddenly sent Huang Wan to Meiwu to meet Dong Zhuo. Li Ru and others immediately quietly strengthened their surveillance of the military camp and the palace. Sure enough, on the night Dong Zhuo returned to Beijing, all the imperial guards were replaced by Lu Bu for Bingzhou wolf riding. As for the arrangement of Lv Bu, Li Ru kept quiet. When Lv Bu Wang Yun and others thought that they were safe and all met Dong Zhuo at the gate of the palace, Li Ru quickly caught all Lv Bu''s confidants in the palace, and then quietly waited for Lv Bu Wang Yun to be arrested.


    When Dong Zhuo heard Huang Wan say that the emperor wanted to give way to him, he was happy to go back to Chang''an with Huang Wan. However, before he came back to Chang''an with the motorcade, he was strengthened by a flying bear army sent by Li Ru. Although Dong Zhuo was puzzled, he still trusted his trusted flying bear army and thought that Li Ru had received the news to send heavy troops Come and protect yourself.


    Dong Zhuo is surrounded by the heavily guarded flying bear army. In the middle, Dong Zhuo looks forward to Shenghui and is dreaming of the boundless scenery of ascending the throne. Just at this time, a young general of the flying bear army approached the car quietly, and then said, "I''ve met the grand master!" As soon as Dong Zhuo heard the voice, he was shocked. He turned his head and saw that it was Li Su. Just as he was about to speak, Li Su said, "please don''t make any noise. Just listen to the report from the last general. There must be people with different intentions around to watch the action of the grand master."


    Dong Zhuo, a smart man, knew that something he didn''t know had happened, so he nodded and stopped talking.


    "At the end of Li Zhongying''s order, he will inform the Grand Master With that, Li Su quickly narrated the whole story to Dong Zhuo. Finally, he didn''t give Dong Zhuo a letter from Li Ru. Although Dong Zhuo''s heart is like a storm, his face has not changed much. After looking down at Li Ru''s letter, Dong Zhuo finally confirms that what Li Su said is true. Seeing that Dong Zhuo had finished reading the letter, Li Su said: "because of the urgency of the situation, we didn''t have the evidence of several people, so we didn''t dare to disturb the grand master. But please rest assured that all places, including Li Zhongying in the palace, have been arranged properly. The grand master will act as if he didn''t know it. He will go according to Huang Wan''s request. From now on, he will never leave the grand master with the dead in the army Please rest assured. "


    Dong Zhuo looked up around his car. Sure enough, the flying bear army around him was a small school with outstanding force among the troops. In addition, Dong Zhuo had a high value of force, so he had no objection to this situation. He nodded gently and then put down the curtain on the car.


    Li Su was relieved to see that Dong Zhuo had finally done what he and his party had discussed. You know, he was just stared at by Dong Zhuo, which made his back wet with sweat.


    Dong Zhuo''s car was still moving towards the palace at its normal speed. Although Huang Wan saw a flying bear Army school close to Dong Zhuo''s car, he only saw what they said in a low voice. Then the car''s movement was not affected. Besides, seeing Dong Zhuo''s look as usual, it was just a normal report from the army.


    Dong Zhuo finally arrived at the gate of the palace after an hour''s driving. Huang Wan quickly walked to Dong Zhuo''s car and waited for Dong Zhuo to get off. I didn''t expect that Dong Zhuo would pull Huang Wan''s hand as soon as he got out of the car and said, "Mr. Huang has worked hard all the way. Come here and accompany some family to the palace."


    Huang Wan is greatly surprised, in the heart secretly cries bitterly actually does not dare to display. At first, he thought that Dong Zhuo knew his plan, but he immediately reflected that Dong Zhuo''s character would kill him directly. Later, he thought that it was Dong Zhuo who wanted to win people''s hearts. Huang Wan, who thinks he has figured out one of the joints, is relieved. As long as he can get rid of the traitors, even if he can catch up with him, it doesn''t matter. However, what Huang Wan didn''t find is that although the number of Dong Zhuo''s guards entering the palace was almost the same as usual, they were all replaced by primary and secondary schools in the military, and the quality was several times better. Not only that, not long after Dong Zhuo entered the palace gate, the gate of the palace was immediately taken over by the flying bear army. All the palace gates were closed, and the soldiers were ready. Wang Yun, Lv Bu and others didn''t know about the changes at the entrance and inside of the palace. They led the civil and military officials outside the main hall of the palace, waiting for Dong Zhuo to step into the trap carefully arranged by all of them.


    When Dong Zhuo and his party came to the waiting area in front of the main hall, Wang Yun and Lv Bu were already waiting there. See Dong Zhuo side suddenly more flying bear army guards, Wang Yun thought it was defeated, so he looked at Huang Wan around Dong Zhuo, but got all the normal look in the other side. So Wang Yun was relieved to signal to Lu Bu that he was ready to start, because among them, only Lu Bu had a weapon in his hand.After getting the hint, Lv Bu prepares to get close to Dong Zhuo, but repeatedly fails. The flying bear army around Dong Zhuo always intentionally or unintentionally separates Lv Bu from several steps, and Lv Bu has only a long halberd beside him. After several times of approaching, but without success, with the intuition of the general, Lv Bu found something strange and saw that he was about to approach the main hall of the imperial palace. For the safety of the emperor, Lv Bu decided to change the secret attack to the open attack. So he raised his halberd and stabbed at the flying bear army in front of him. At the same time, he drank: "kill the national thief Dong Zhuo according to the order!" This is the signal he agreed with the soldiers in the palace. Since he can''t break through the flying bear army around Dong Zhuo alone, he will call the soldiers in the palace to help him kill the thief.


    "Kill..."


    As soon as the words fell, the cry of killing rang out in the whole palace.

 Chapter 474

    The taxi soldiers outside the main hall immediately gathered around Lv Bu. Although Wang Yun saw Huang Wan and Dong Zhuo, he saw that Lv Bu had started a war, so he immediately backed away with a group of civil servants. Then the gate of the palace was opened, and the soldiers ran out of it. They set up defenses at the main hall. Then the gate of the palace was closed again. However, to Wang Yun''s surprise, the soldiers in the main hall immediately joined the battle group of Lv Bu and Feixiong army, but the soldiers who came out of the palace just stayed outside the palace and did not go further. Although dozens of Bingzhou wolf riders joined the battle group to attack with all their strength, they were still unable to break the defensive circle of the flying bear army.


    As Lv Bu struggled with the flying bear army in front of him, he looked up at the situation around him. It didn''t matter. He was startled to see that the taxi driver out of the palace was not his Bingzhou wolf rider, but the flying bear army, and there was a man behind them, Li Ru. Not only that, there was a "Deng Deng" around the square As soon as I heard the sound of footsteps, I knew that many soldiers were coming here. Lu Bu looked up and looked around. Sure enough, a large number of flying bear soldiers appeared outside the square. Seeing so many flying bear soldiers enter the Imperial Palace, Lv Bu''s affairs are revealed.


    Seeing this, Lv Bu quickly retreated to Wang Yun and said, "master situ, Dong thief has found out about us. There are only a few dozen of our soldiers left in the palace. The others should have been killed by the Feixiong soldiers arranged by Li Ru. Now, we have to leave as soon as we are surrounded by the Feixiong soldiers."


    "Ah, ah..." Wang Yun and his party have long been stunned by the changes in front of them. They can''t say a word for a long time.


    "Ha ha ha Seeing that the scene has gradually entered his own control, Dong Zhuo no longer hides in the flying bear army, hands Huang Wan over to Li Su, and then stands up and laughs: "Fengxian my son, why betray my adoptive father? And Wang Yun, the dog thief. I think I''ve been waiting for you so much. Why did I assassinate you? "


    "Dog thief, if you mess with the court, everyone will be punished. When all the officers and men listen to the order, the emperor has an order to reward the one who killed Dong Zhuo with thousands of gold and give it to the Marquis of ten thousand families! " Wang Yun immediately yelled in response;


    it''s a pity that now, except for the dozens of binger Langqi under Lu Bu, all around are flying bear soldiers under Dong Zhuo. Seeing that Wang Yun didn''t mean to leave at all, Lv Bu knew that the old man couldn''t persuade him any more. He rushed to his Bingzhou wolf cavalry and said in a loud voice: "Bingzhou wolf cavalry, withdraw!"


    Dozens of surviving Bingzhou wolves abandoned their opponents on horseback and quickly returned to Lv Bu. They were divided into two teams. One was the guard to block the flying bear army, and the other was the guard to protect Lv Bu towards the palace gate.


    "It''s too late to leave now, Lubu dog thief, take your life!" Seeing that Lv Bu wanted to run, Dong Zhuo said angrily, "if you take Lv Bu''s head, you''ll be rewarded with a hundred gold medals, and you''ll be awarded Zhongying general!"


    As soon as they heard this, they were as excited as if they had beaten chicken blood, and Lu Bu killed them one after another. When lubujia looked back, he saw that the 20 or so soldiers who were responsible for blocking the enemy could not stop them for a moment, and they were drowned by the soldiers of flying bear. Seeing this, a small school nearby Lv Bu quickly stopped more than a dozen people, turned to defend, ran and yelled: "general, go quickly. As long as you get out of the palace, general Zhang Liao will meet you right away." Then he led more than a dozen soldiers to kill soldier Feixiong without looking back.


    What Lu Bu knew was that it was not the time to stop hesitating. He took out the momentum of killing a group of people in ten steps on the grassland, flying like a huge killing machine, and killed them all the way towards the palace gate. By the time Lu Bu reached the palace gate, he was all bloody. He didn''t know how many people he had killed just now, but the soldiers around him were dead There were less than ten people, but the soldier behind him was twenty steps away. Lu Bu knew that if he could not open the Palace door, he would be here today.


    Listening to the more and more shouting after death, Lu Bu pointed to the painting halberd in his hand and roared: "Bingzhou Lu Bu is here, who will lead the dead!"


    Lu Bu in man, red rabbit in horse.


    Lu Bu''s roar shocked the soldiers who were guarding the gate. However, even so, no one retreated. On the contrary, they all stepped forward and yelled: "kill."


    Lu Bu knows that today we have to fight to the death. I don''t want to talk about it any more. I''ll fight straight into the bear army. More than ten Bingzhou wolf riders immediately joined the regiment. We all know how we can''t get out of the palace at one stroke. Even if our party is finished, we don''t even care about our pursuers.


    Just at this time, there was a loud cry of killing outside the palace gate. It turned out that Zhang Liao and his party from the barracks outside the city found the change of the Xiliang army camp. They immediately assembled all the Bingzhou wolf riding troops, and rushed out when the Xiliang army had not completely surrounded the Bingzhou wolf Riding Camp. Knowing the plans of Lu Bu and Wang Yun and others, and seeing the changes of the Xiliang army, Zhang Liao knew that Lu Bu and others might have been defeated, so he immediately led 30000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry into the city from the South Gate of Chang''an, ready to take Lu Bu out of the city.


    Whether it was Lu Bu''s army or Li Ru''s army, only a few high-level generals knew about it, so Zhang Liao''s army successfully took over the defense of the South Gate of Chang''an. Then Zhang Liao arranged Wei Xu, Hao Meng and Cheng Meng to lead 10000 soldiers to guard the south gate, and sent Hou Cheng and Song Xian to lead 5000 troops to meet Xu Si, the family members and military strategist of all the people in Bingzhou Wang Kai and their families led other generals to the palace to meet Lu Bu. The reason for this arrangement is that Zhang Liao felt that since the plot between Lv Bu and Wang Yun had happened, there must be no place for the Bingzhou army in Chang''an city.When Zhang Liao led the army to the palace gate, he was listening to Lv Bu''s roar, so he immediately commanded the soldiers to attack. The fierce tiger in the palace gate is behind, and the strong enemy outside the palace gate is in front. The simultaneous attack of both sides makes the Feixiong army unable to defend the palace gate. In less than a quarter of an hour, Lv Bu went to the palace gate, quickly opened the palace gate and roared to retreat. Unfortunately, at this time, there were only five Bingzhou wolf riders behind him, and they were all injured. Seeing that Lv Bu had opened the palace gate, he quickly retreated to the palace gate.


    The flying bear Army school on the palace wall didn''t expect that Lv Bu would go to the gate so quickly to open it. Seeing that Lv Bu was about to break out of the gate, they asked the soldiers to lower the gate. All they heard was "boom There was a sound, and the gate fell quickly. Unfortunately, several soldiers were still a few steps away, and they were about to be shut inside.

 Chapter 475

    At this critical moment, Lu Bu quickly rushed back to the gate of the palace city and roared "up". Then, holding the falling gate in his hands, he stopped the gate in mid air.


    When Zhang Liao saw this, he yelled for archers to cover the city. Then he flew down to the gate and helped Lv Bu lift the gate. Several other generals also dismounted to help. Finally, several soldiers rushed out of the gate. Then Lv Bu quickly rolled out of the gate with a bang The son fell on the ground and blocked the gate of the palace. Instead, it became an obstacle to the pursuit of soldiers.


    Seeing that the people had been safely evacuated, Lu Bu did not stop. With a whistle, he called in the red rabbit horse. Then he turned over and got on the horse and led the Bingzhou general to the South Gate of Chang''an, leaving only the soldiers on the palace wall gaping. When Dong Zhuo led Li Ru, Li Su and a group of flying bear soldiers to arrive, he only saw the corpses on the ground and the smoke of Bingzhou wolf riding away.


    "The order is that the iron cavalry of Xiliang will close the nine gates of Chang''an, and the whole city will be destroyed!" Dong Zhuo''s face was livid, and then he walked quickly towards the palace without saying a word.


    Li Ru takes a look at Dong Zhuo and doesn''t say anything. He knows that Dong Zhuo needs a place to vent. He nods to Li Su around him, and then runs after Dong Zhuo. Li Su knew that he would not be able to catch Lu Bu and others now, but he turned around and went down to the city to send orders.


    It is true that when Lv Bu led Zhang Liao and his army to the south gate, Wei Xu and others had already fought against the Xiliang army who came to try to recapture the gate. There were thousands of troops in the main street inside the gate, and more than 10000 Xiliang troops in the camp outside the gate. Lu Bu led the army to the gate, and the Xiliang army in the city would be wiped out in an instant.


    After the confluence of the two armies, Lu Bu was ready to lead the army to leave Chang''an, but Hou Cheng and his family had not returned. Finally, Zhang Liao dissuaded them to wait for Hou Cheng at the gate of the city, while Zhang Liao led 5000 troops to meet them. Finally, after a pillar of incense, Zhang Liao and Hou Cheng''s two armies returned, but the 10000 troops had been damaged by 5000. However, their families were all well, which made them feel relieved. After gathering all the troops, Lu Bu led 10000 troops in front, Wei Xu led more than 3000 soldiers to protect the family members in the middle, and Zhang Liao led 10000 troops in the back, and the troops killed outside the city.


    Along the way, God blocks and kills God, Buddha blocks and wipes Buddha. Lu Bu''s fierce force, together with his unique cavalry bonus, coupled with the top special arms in the game - Bingzhou wolf riding, let everyone see what it means to be a man in Lu Bu, what it means to be a cavalry charge. The 20000 Dong Zhuo troops who arrived outside the city were defeated in less than half a quarter of an hour under the charge of Lvbu Jiacheng''s 10000 Bingzhou wolf riders. After this war, the cavalry is more popular among the players, especially the special cavalry.


    After breaking through Dong Zhuo''s army, Lu Bu''s army did not stop and went straight to Tongguan. At this time, Li Su and Li Guosi had already led 20000 Xiliang cavalry to follow. Unfortunately, after the war, they found that they did not take advantage of Zhang Liao''s army. Instead, they no longer fought with it. They just followed him from a distance, reporting to Dong Zhuo in Chang''an City, while waiting for other troops to follow.


    After leaving Chang''an, Lu Bu''s army kept heading eastward and made a rapid journey all the way to Zheng county. Because of the obstruction of Lu Bu''s army, Zheng county''s garrison did not know about Lu Bu''s rebellion at all. After Lu Bu and his party were welcomed into the city, the city defense, barracks and warehouses of Zheng county were controlled by Lu bu''an''s platoon, while Zhang Liao was arranged outside the city to block Chang''an, Tongguan and other cities News from Hongnong. After a short rest in Zheng county, Lu Bu ordered Zhang Liao to lead the army to stop Dong Zhuo''s army because he was afraid of the news from the garrison at Tongguan. Lu Bu led other cavalry to escort his family members to Tongguan in the dark. Of course, in addition to the 5000 troops in Zheng county, tens of thousands of stone grain and thousands of Guan''s money in Zheng county''s warehouse were arranged by Xu Si and Wang Kai I moved.


    At dawn the next day, when Zheng county magistrate and Xian Wei sent people to Chang''an to report the Chang''an army, Li Su and others knew that they had been fooled by Lv Bu. Lv Bu''s army had left Zheng county for Huayin Tongguan last night. Li Shi wanted to chase the cavalry quickly, but under Li Su''s persuasion, he waited until the 30000 soldiers and 50000 cavalry troops sent by Chang''an to move towards Huayin.


    One day later, when Dong Zhuo''s army arrived at Huayin County, Huayin county was empty again, and soldiers'' grain, grass and money were all swept away, and then they continued to move eastward. It seems that Lv Bu''s army is determined to leave Tongguan. This time, Li Su didn''t lead the army any more, but the army settled in Huayin county. On the one hand, he guarded the county and sent cavalry to Tongguan to explore. On the other hand, he sent a horse to Chang''an and asked Dong Zhuo what to do.


    Let''s look at Lv Bu''s army. After entering Tongguan, Lv Bu was relieved. Now he is not in the ambush of Dong Zhuo''s army. Although Hongnong is Zhang Ji''s army, there are only 50000 troops, which is different from the 100000 troops near Chang''an. In the face of more than 100000 troops near Dong Zhuo and Chang''an, Lu Bu still knows that he is abnormal. But now, in the face of 50000 troops, Lu Bu straightens up.


    After passing through Huayin and Tongguan in Zheng county, Lvbu''s army has now changed from 25000 cavalry soldiers who escaped from Chang''an to 45000 soldiers. The two counties and one pass have provided 20000 soldiers for Lvbu, including 5000 cavalry soldiers and 15000 soldiers. However, there are not many grains and coins, and there are only 50000 soldiers There is more money for each month, which is enough to cope with 50000 troops for half a year. But now tens of thousands of troops are lost, which makes Lv Bu and his subordinates frustrated.In Tongguan, the general''s residence and Lv Bu are gathering the generals to discuss the matter. However, there are endless arguments about where the army should go. Zhang Liao, Xu Si, Wang Kai and several other generals led the army directly back to Bingzhou. Now Bingzhou has been under no management since Dingyuan. If the counties are occupied by Hu people, black mountain bandits, and families, they will be in charge of their own affairs. Therefore, if they march into Bingzhou with the division of tiger and Wolf of 50000 pace cavalry, the whole Bingzhou will be under Lv Bu''s command in time.

 Chapter 476

    Besides, the most important reason is that there are 25000 Bingzhou wolf riders under Lv Bu''s hand. These are all authentic Bingzhou sons. They could be pacified in Chang''an of Luoyang before, but now they are not easy to consider if they run away in a hurry. Lu Bu had been persuaded by Zhang Liao, but Wei Xucheng and Lian immediately jumped out against it. People who had lived in the prosperous area of Central Plains for several years were not very willing to let them go back to Bingzhou.


    Of course, Wei Xu would not say that he didn''t want to go back to Bingzhou just because it was too hard there. Instead, he said that the conditions in Bingzhou were not good, and there were black mountain bandits in the East, Dong Zhuo army in the west, and foreign nationalities in the north. Moreover, the land and population in Bingzhou were poor, which was not conducive to development. Anyway, the reasons were a lot.


    In fact, from the heart, Lu Bu didn''t want to go back there. The main reason is that his former adoptive father and former governor of Bingzhou had a good reputation in Bingzhou. Lu Bu was afraid that he would not be recognized by the people of Bingzhou after he returned to Bingzhou.


    As a result, both sides held one word and argued endlessly, but Lv Bu was not the kind of person who made a decision. In the end, Lv Bu had to let the people step down first and guard Tongguan tightly. Then he sent the Marquis to monitor Chang''an and Hongnong''s every move closely.


    When Lv Bu is entangled, the players in the game are also surprised to lose their glasses. Wang Yun''s serial plan has failed, Dong Zhuo has not died, Lv Bu has led the army to flee, and the Chang''an chaos that people are expecting has not happened. All of us are stunned by this series of changes. In particular, after Huangfu Chaobo completed the task of rebuilding Luoyang in the sixth ring, all the cities in Hulao pass and Hangu pass were owned by himself, which seriously stimulated Huangfu Chaobo''s confidence. Just when Huangfu Chaobo was ready to roll up his sleeves for a big fight, the news that Lv Bu led the soldiers to flee from Hongnong made Huangfu Chaobo nervous.


    Although we know that Hongnong has tens of thousands of Zhang Ji''s troops, they are likely to have a fight in Hongnong. The problem is that Zhang Ji can''t do Lv Bu. After Lv Bu gets Hongnong, his next goal must be Luoyang. Facing Zhang Ji''s 50000 troops, Huangfu Chaobo can''t be ignored, but facing Lv Bu''s tens of thousands of troops, Huangfu Chaobo will have a snack There''s no bottom in it.


    The shadow of trees, the name of people, Lu butai TM is abnormal. He thought that at the beginning, 3000 cavalry would dare to fight against tens of thousands of princes under Hulao pass. What''s more, there are tens of thousands of troops now, and Zhang liaogao Shun, a famous general, is in it. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately invited Lou GUI, Zaozhi, Tian Feng and Huang Zhong to discuss the impact of this emergency on Luoyang.


    During the time when Huangfu Chaobo held his head and thought hard, everyone rushed to the assembly hall of the prefect''s residence one by one. Seeing that everyone was here, Huangfu Chaobo told the people what happened in Chang''an one by one, and then introduced the situation of LV Bujun that he had guessed one by one. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Tian Feng was the first to speak. After nearly half a year, this old gentleman has recognized Huangfu Chaobo very much, so he basically deals with everything in Luoyang with his own attitude. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo finished talking about Chang''an, the old man immediately responded and said, "the strength of Hangu pass is not enough. Moreover, the general of Hangu pass is not enough to deal with Lvbu''s army. Please quickly increase the troops of Hangu pass."


    Zao only said: "Sir''s intention is that Lu Bu will attack Luoyang after Zhang Ji?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was also puzzled and nodded his approval.


    "No," Tian Feng shook his head. "Why is Ziping so sure that there will be a war between Lu Bu and Zhang Ji?"


    "Er," said Zao, "Lv Bu rebelled against Dong Zhuo. If he wanted to kill him, Zhang Ji was the important general of Xiliang. Shouldn''t he fight against Lv Bu?"


    "Mr. Yuan Kuo has a point. Although Dong Zhuo is a fierce man, Li Ru is a wise man in the world. If I were Li Ru, I would persuade Dong Zhuo to put Lv Bu in Guandong and let him disturb Guandong. In this way, I can kill two birds with one stone." Lou GUI responded with a wisp of beard and said,


    "that''s right," Tian Feng said, "Li Ru has great wisdom, and this man is Dong Zhuo''s son-in-law, who is deeply trusted by Dong Zhuo. Once he says something, Dong Zhuo will probably adopt it."


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help scolding him. NIMA, is there any time for people to stop? How long has it been? He has just defeated the wolves, and now there is another tiger. In spite of this, he asked Tian Feng, "how many more troops should be sent to Hangu pass, and who should be the main general?"


    "What does General Huang mean?" Tian Feng didn''t speak immediately, but turned to Huang Zhong and asked;


    "I only have two generals Zhou Cang and Liu PI in Hangu pass, and the Garrison has only ten thousand soldiers. I have to face more than ten generals and fifty thousand soldiers in Lvbu army. I don''t want to wait for Kenli, and I have to send more generals and soldiers to Meijie. But according to the young master, there are several generals in Lvbu army who stand alone Our army only sends generals to guard against the threat of force. For the sake of safety, we need to send a military division to guard them Huang Zhong thought for a moment,


    "General Huang''s words are very agreeable to me. To a certain extent, general Zhou Cang is the main general in Hangu pass, and Zao only joined the army. He ordered captain Fenwei wu''anguo to lead the first school of guards and soldiers to reinforce Hangu pass and join up with 11000 troops and horses in Hangu pass, with a total of 16000 soldiers. He dispatched two generals, Han Xian and Zuo, to help fight in Hangu pass, and ordered Zhou Cang to keep the letter We can''t go out of the valley to fight at the valley pass, but LV Bujun can''t. In this way, Lu Bu retreated, and there was no other way Tian Fung Road;"Good," said Huangfu Chaobo. It was true, so he agreed to Tian Feng''s arrangement and immediately adjusted it according to Tian Feng''s arrangement.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was recruiting his men to discuss the Lvbu army in Luoyang, Dong Zhuo, who was far away in Chang''an City, was also angry for Lvbu army. In Dong Zhuo''s opinion, it was disgraceful for him to let Lvbu army escape from Chang''an. Now, Li Bi and Li Su have a lot of troops, and they dare not fight Lvbu, which makes Dong Zhuo even more angry. After hearing the news from Li He, Dong Zhuo nearly destroyed the utensils in the emperor''s palace and killed several eunuchs who angered him. Just as Dong Zhuo was about to order Li Yu to be added and let them attack Tongguan with all their strength, Li Ru entered the palace. Seeing the situation in the palace, he immediately ordered other people around him to step down, took a glass of wine to Dong Zhuo in person, and then looked at Dong Zhuo silently.

 Chapter 477

    Dong Zhuo took the wine bottle from Li Ru, drank the wine and said, "my son-in-law, I regret that I didn''t listen to you at the beginning. I''m more wary of Lu Bu, the white eyed wolf. I didn''t expect that he would seize Tongguan now. What should he do if he opened Tongguan and put Guandong princes in it?"


    For Dong Zhuo''s refusal to admit that he was reluctant to give up a woman, which led to his antagonism with Lv Bu, Li Ru kept silent. For a wise man like Li Ru, he will never regret the past. He will only seriously think about how to better deal with the present. Moreover, Li Ru also knows his father-in-law very well. It''s good to be able to tell him that he regretted not being on guard against Lv Bu. After Dong Zhuo calmed down a little, Li Ru went forward and said, "Taishi, in fact, LV Budong''s escape from our army is not only harmless, but also beneficial."


    "Well, what do you say about my son-in-law?" Although Dong Zhuo was quick witted, he had limited intelligence. He didn''t respond to Li Ru''s words for a long time, so he asked quickly.


    "Taishi, think about it. Lv Bu betrayed Ding Yuan first, and then Taishi. In the eyes of the scholars in Guandong, he was just a villain who didn''t believe his words. Therefore, this time Lu Bu fled to the East, he must have had several fierce battles with the vassals of Guandong. The grand master thought that for our army, was it profit or loss? " Li Rudao;


    "ha ha ha... The wise son-in-law''s words are reasonable, so let LV Buer and all the thieves in Guandong bite the dog. " Dong Zhuo laughs, and finally no longer decides to pursue Lu Bu.


    "Yes, it''s driving away tigers and fighting against Wolves. Therefore, not only can we not pursue Lu Bu now, but we should also order Zhang Ji to let go of the two counties of Mianchi and Xin''an in Hongnong, and surrender the two cities to Lu Bujun to watch the battle between Lu Bu and Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang. If Lu Bu wins, let him take Luoyang. When Luoyang is broken, it will not satisfy Lu Bu''s taste. After a period of rest, Lu Bujun will send troops to Guandong, which will turn Guandong upside down . If Huangfu surpasses Bo Sheng, he will be killed and injured severely. In time, we will encourage Nanyang Yuanshu or Hanoi Zhangyang to send troops to Luoyang and beat Luoyang to pieces. No matter who takes over Luoyang, we can''t let him develop Luoyang, otherwise it will become a threat to Chang''an. " Li Rudao;


    "yes, my son-in-law has a wonderful plan!" Therefore, Dong Zhuo asked Li Ru to send an order. On the one hand, he asked Li Bi and Li Su to guard Huayin tightly to prevent Lu Bu''s army from fleeing westward. On the other hand, he asked people to go eastward along the Wei River to the Yellow River and reach Hongnong. He sent an order to Zhang Ji to shrink his defense, withdraw the troops of Xin''an and Yanchi, and give the two cities to Lu Bu''s army to lead them eastward into Hangu.


    Of course, Zhang Ji will not directly let the city, but let Zhang Ji privately send people to contact Lv Bu. He said that he was originally a Xiliang family, and knew that Lv Bu would not stay in Hongnong for too long, so he did not want to fight with Lv Bu army. At that time, he had no alternative but to lose both sides. Therefore, Zhang Ji was willing to give way to two cities of Jinchi new city, and let Lv Bu army stay temporarily until Lv Bu army attacked Luo After Yang, return it to Zhang Ji.


    When Dong Zhuo and Li Ru make the decision to drive the tigers and fight the wolves, Lu Bu meets a man in Tongguan, a man entangled with him in his fate -- Chen Gong. Although great changes have been made in the game, I don''t know what Nu Wa thought. She sent Chen Gong to him when Lv Bu was defeated and fled. Then, two fateful men who lived and died together finally met at Tongguan.


    After half an hour''s conversation, Lu Bu, who never understood the color of the literati, actually worshipped the Chen palace as his military adviser, so his actions were no longer arbitrary. After being worshipped as a military adviser by Lu Bu, Chen Gong finally negotiated with Lu Bu and his generals all night. Lu Bu''s army now has nearly 50000 troops. After the discussion between Chen Gong and Lu Bu, they all felt that Hongnong was not a place to stay for a long time, so on the one hand, they arranged several generals to lead 5000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry soldiers to guard Tongguan, and then other soldiers and horses quickly occupied Hu County, plus 5000 garrison of Hu County.


    Lu Bu''s army reached 50000. In addition to 10000 troops in Tongguan, Hu County left 3000 troops and their families. Then the other 32000 troops went straight to Hongnong city. If they could capture Hongnong, it would be better. If they could not, they only needed to lead 20000 cavalry troops to monitor Hongnong city''s troops. The other armies captured Shanxian, Jinchi and Xin''an to the east of Hongnong, and there were several counties With the support of the city, Lu Bu''s army estimated that there should be no problem in three or five months'' grain supply.


    Then, he made tens of thousands of troops and went straight to Hangu pass. It''s well known that Luoyang''s defense is empty now. Chen Gong believes that with the courage of Lu Bu, Zhang Liao and tens of thousands of troops as support, he can completely break into Hangu in one or two months. When it comes time, he can capture Luoyang completely. Once in Luoyang, Lu Bu''s army can recuperate for several months. After its strength is restored, tens of thousands of troops will leave the tiger prison. Chen Gong believes that with Lu Bu''s courage, military strength and his own wisdom, Guandong''s rich land can be easily obtained. In order to be on the safe side, Chen Gong also found two helpers and several helpers for Lv Bu.


    Chen Gong was the same as in history. After Zhongmou helped Cao Cao escape, he saw that Cao Cao killed LV Bohe''s family. Later, although he knew it was a mistake, he said that "I''d rather bear the burden of the people in the world than the people in the world". Although he finally helped Cao Cao to fight, he didn''t go out with Cao Cao, but stayed in Chen Liucheng. Without thinking about the aftermath of Lu Bo''s extravagance, Cao Cao''s desire to seize Chen Liucheng again disappointed Chen Gong. First he stayed in Chen Liu for a while, and then he went all the way west, ready to go to Chang''an.Later, when passing through Luoyang, Chen Gong stayed in Luoyang for a while, but he didn''t let Huangfu Chaobo find out. After the Luoyang army beat back the attack of the yellow scarf thieves, Chen Gong went through several counties around Luoyang. After Luoyang sent troops to control several counties, he headed west to Chang''an again. He didn''t expect that soon after he left Tongguan, before he arrived at Chang''an, he got Lu Bu''s intention to kill Dong Zhuo. He fled to the East. After a little thought, Chen Gong resolutely turned East and went to Tong''an Guantou Lvbu.


    Along the way, Chen Gong thought about LV Bujun''s Dilemma and the way out, and finally found that there were only two ways out for LV Bujun: one was to go to Luoyang, get out of the tiger prison, and herd horses to pass east; the other was that once Hangu pass could not be attacked, he had to use Zhang Yangjun''s help to cross the Yellow River into Bingzhou. In both cases, Chen Gong carefully considered the overall plan, which is why Lu Bu had to worship him as a military adviser within half an hour of talking with him.

 Chapter 478

    In order to attack Luoyang, Chen Gong also prepared to contact Zhang Yang and Yuan Shu for Lu Bujun. Zhang Yang made friends with Lu Bu''s fellow countrymen. He would certainly send troops to help Lu Bu''s request. As far as Yuan Shu and Yuan Gaolu were concerned, although he was the third Duke of the fourth generation, he was extravagant and paid more attention to interests than justice. Chen Gong missed that he only needed to pay more attention to interests. He said that Lu Bu''s army had no way to go. He wanted to take Luoyang as a meeting gift to join him. He asked Yuan Shu to send troops to help him. I believe that Yuan Shu would send troops .


    In addition, during his stay in Luoyang, Chen Gong has learned that Luoyang has formed an alliance with Yuzhou Kongyu, Jizhou Hanfu and Chen liuzhang Miao. Therefore, in order to deal with the possibility that these allies may send troops to help, Chen Gong also plans to ask Zhang Yang and Yuan Shu to cooperate with Yuan Shao and Cao Cao respectively. He will ask these two troops to garrison the border and make a troop deployment. I believe Luoyang''s allies I dare not send troops to help. In this way, Luoyang can almost be said to be captured by hand. This is the reason why Lv Bu and his generals did not hesitate to agree with Chen Gong''s plan, because in their view, Chen Gong''s plan was perfect, and even Zhang Liao admired it.


    Now that it has been agreed, the Lvbu army will act in accordance with the prior arrangement immediately after the discussion. Wei Xu, the general of Zhongying, was the general of Tongguan. Hou Cheng, the vice general, and Xu Si joined the army. They led 10000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry to guard Tongguan. The other soldiers led by Lu Bu were the vanguard of Bingzhou Langqi, and Zhang Liao, the general of Zhongying, led the guard of 5000 soldiers. Then they went straight to Hu County. Because they were blocked by Tongguan, Hongnong didn''t know the news of Lu Bu''s rebellion. So all the way, Lu Bu''s army entered the city pass smoothly, and then controlled the officials and generals with lightning speed After that, they occupied the city. The same is true of Hu County. After Lu Bu''s army conquered Hu County, a general led two thousand soldiers to guard the county and the families, while other generals led the army to Hongnong city.


    Unfortunately, Hongnong Zhang Ji, out of caution, did not let Lv Bu''s army into the city. Instead, he refused to let Lv Bu''s army into the city on the ground that he had not received an order from Chang''an. Although Lu Bu was angry, he had no choice but to prepare for the second plan of Chen palace. Twenty thousand Bingzhou wolves were cruising outside Hongnong City, while Zhang Liao led eight thousand soldiers and five thousand cavalry continued to march towards Shanxian County. The next day, when Zhang Ji received the news from Chang''an by water, he found out that Lv Bu had betrayed the grand master and led the army to flee. However, he was puzzled by Dong Zhuo''s order that Zhang Ji abandon the three cities of Shanxian County. Finally, Zhang Ji understood Li Ru''s strategy of driving wolves and swallowing tigers under Jia Xu''s explanation.


    It''s a pity that now Lvbu has 20000 wolf riders cruising outside the city. It''s too late for Zhang Ji to withdraw the taxi soldiers from the three counties, because there are only 10000 cavalry in Hongnong City, but the Lvbu army outside the city has 20000 wolf riders. Coupled with Lvbu''s prestige in the Xiliang Army, Jia Xu is also a skillful woman. It''s hard to make a meal without rice.


    In the name of the imperial division''s military order to reinforce Hongnong, Zhang Liao''s army made no effort to pass Shanxian County, Jianchi County, qinhanguguan county and Xin''an County, resulting in a total of 20000 troops and more than 100000 grains. Zhang Liao placed his troops and horses in Hanguguan and Xin''an of Qin Dynasty, and handed over all the affairs to Chen Gong for management. He went to Hongnong, took ten thousand Bingzhou wolf riders from Lv Bu, and went to Tongguan to meet Wei Xu''s soldiers and horses and the families of Hu County. Therefore, all the soldiers and horses retreated to Xin''an County, because Lv Bu didn''t want to occupy Hongnong, so there was no need to guard each county .


    In addition, the only elite in Lv Bu''s hands is the 25000 wolf cavalry in Bingzhou. As for the soldiers and horses gathered from each city pass behind, they are only junior soldiers. Therefore, instead of occupying those counties and always being wary of Chang''an and Hongnong''s soldiers and horses, it''s better to concentrate all the soldiers and horses in qinhangu pass and Xin''an County town. When they are ready, they will attack the Han Dynasty under the control of Luoyang Hangu pass.


    One month later, Lv Bu''s army finally concentrated in Hangu pass of Qin Dynasty and Xin''an County. After these two months of fighting, Lv Bu''s army lost 5000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry in Chang''an, and eight city passes to the east of Chang''an added 45000 troops, including 10000 ordinary cavalry and 35000 infantry. Although all of them were junior soldiers, they greatly strengthened Lv Bu''s strength. In addition, Lv Bu had 70000 troops, which made Chen Gong and Lv Bu''s army full of confidence in attacking Luoyang.


    After the concentration of Lu Bu''s army, he did not attack Han Hangu pass in Luoyang immediately. On the contrary, he reorganized his troops at the suggestion of Chen Gong. Of course, Lv Bu led the 25000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry. Zhang Liao was appointed as the chief General of the 14000 cavalry. Wei Xu took the post of Zhongying general to command 15000 soldiers, while the captains Hou Cheng, Song Xian, Hao Yin and Cheng Lian took charge of 5000 soldiers respectively. Lv Bu ordered the troops to reorganize for one month, and the army attacked hanhangu at the end of September and the beginning of October Off.


    As for why the time was arranged one month later, the 35000 soldiers in Lu Bu''s army were all junior arms. So the troops, let alone attacking the medium-sized pass like Hangu pass, were unable to attack the ordinary County town. Therefore, Lu Bu had to arrange to reorganize one month later and attack again. Although Hongnong was short of food and grass, the food and grass of 70000 troops for two or three months was more than enough. The most important reason is that Chen Gong''s envoys have not yet set out to find an ally for Lu Bu, let alone prepared for it.


    After everything was arranged, Chen Gong and Lv Bu negotiated to send Xu Si as an envoy to Yuan Shu, while Zhang Yang was sent by Chen Gong himself. On the one hand, Chen Gong wanted to send troops. On the other hand, Chen Gong wanted to buy some food from Zhang Yang. You know, LV Bu''s army only had enough food for two months, and Hongnong is now recovering, It''s almost impossible to get more food from here. After Chen Gong and Xu Si left, Lv Bu led the generals to act according to the established plan, waiting for the two princes to reply.Since Lv Bu entered Hongnong, Huangfu Chaobo was shocked three times in a day. He thought there would be a big war between Zhang Ji and Lv Bu. He didn''t expect that Zhang Ji''s army would stay in Hongnong city like a turtle, and let Lv Bu''s army sweep several counties of Hongnong. Then, after Lv Bu gathered the army of several counties in Hongnong, he stayed in several counties of Xin''an Strider pool There was no movement inside. For this move, even Tian Feng was not able to guess what Lu Bu''s move meant.

 Chapter 479

    However, as we all know, there are two ways for Lv Bu''s army to go, eastward and northward. But the problem is that Lv Bu''s actions are a little puzzling now, so Huangfu Chaobo can only watch the changes. As a matter of fact, as early as he received Lu Bu''s army leaving Tongguan and entering Hongnong, Huangfu Chaobo felt that his next task must be with Lu Bu''s army. But as soon as Lu Bu stopped, Huangfu Chaobo hesitated again. Most importantly, now there is a big change in the game - Xianbei invasion. This is a local plot, which has never appeared in the history of the Three Kingdoms and unofficial history.


    On the second day after receiving Lu Bu''s army''s entry into Hongnong, Huangfu Chaobo received the news from Longhua. About three or four hundred miles northeast of Longhua, he found the whereabouts of Xianbei''s army. The number of troops is about 300000. A few days later, a system prompt came from the game. The local plot task of Youzhou was started. 300000 Xianbei troops invaded Youzhou. The troops were divided into two routes. One route was 100000 troops crossing the river along the direction of Xianbei camp where Huang Xuwei was originally nesting, and they were heading for Longhua. On the other side, more than 200 miles to the East, 200000 troops came along the ancient Lulong road to the direction of Lulong fortress.


    According to the speed, the Xianbei army on the west road can reach around Longhua in about ten days. The mysterious disappearance of the original ten thousand Xianbei people made the adults of Xianbei in the East furious. Originally, the army only wanted to get through the Lulong fortress, but in the end, they sent a group of deviant troops to move along the direction of the original disappeared army to find out about the disappearance of the ten thousand people It''s a matter of fact. The news of the opening of Youzhou regional plot makes players in Youzhou cheer. Unexpectedly, less than a year, two local plot missions have been launched, which makes the number of players in youbeiping and Liaoxi counties increasing, accounting for almost half of the total number of players in Youzhou. Moreover, a steady stream of players come from Jizhou and Qingzhou across the sea.


    Compared with the joy of Youzhou players, Huangfu Chaobo has been bubbling since he received the news from Longhua. All day long, he went to Tian Feng and Lou GUI to discuss the countermeasures. Not only that, because there was no movement in Lv Bu''s army, he specially transferred Zaozhi back from Hangu pass. In addition, there were seven people including Huang Zhong, Dian Wei and Huang Wu die. After a whole day''s discussion, they didn''t come up with a good solution.


    Lu Bu''s army''s unusual behavior puzzled the two major military commanders of Huangfu Chaobo. If they wanted to attack the city, they should attack Hangu pass directly with Lu Bu''s personality. But now they are training in several counties. After discussion, they decide that they can only wait and see the change. This decision made Huangfu Chaobo very depressed. Although he was ready to give up Longhua when it was too late, it was a pity that he gave up when the real thing came to an end. But the problem is that now Huangfu Chaobo has nothing to do with the current situation of Longhua.


    If everything is normal in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo may transfer some troops or several generals from Luoyang to support him. Now there is a tiger nearby, which makes Huangfu Chaobo dare not use one of the soldiers in Luoyang, and even prepare to recruit soldiers at any time. It''s a pity to abandon Longhua now. Now Longhua is not comparable to a year ago. After nearly a year''s development, Tian Yu and Huang Xu have upgraded Longhua to a big town, and tangtougouguan to a medium-sized pass.


    Moreover, baihugou village in the Northwest has been upgraded to the level of a small town, and a small pass has been built in baihugou pass. The leaders of the two townships have gathered nearly 25000 people and 10000 troops. In fact, Longhua town has already met the requirements of upgrading to a city a long time ago. However, considering that the upgrading to a city has changed a lot in terms of fence defense, other aspects have obvious benefits for Longhua. On the contrary, because upgrading to a city level, it is necessary to open a post station, In this way, Longhua will appear in the eyes of the players, which is inconsistent with Huangfu Chaobo''s own style, who insists on making a lot of money with dull voice, so it has been pressing against upgrading. But this time, Longhua will inevitably appear in everyone''s eyes.


    If the attack of Xianbei people is successfully defeated this time, after the war, Huangfu super Expo will upgrade Longhua to the city as soon as possible. However, the question is, can Longhua persist to the end in the face of the attack of 100000 foreign cavalry? The original idea was to pull Gongsun Zan into the water together, but this time, the city of Lulong fortress needs to face up to 200000 Xianbei cavalry attack. Gongsun Zan''s focus will certainly be on that side, and Longhua''s side, at most, is Gongsun''s thousands of cavalry in junmi. Moreover, maybe, Gongsun Zan thinks that if he doesn''t have a good grasp of Lulong fortress, he may be able to go back The Xianbei people who abandoned junmi and retreated across the Great Wall to deal with Lulong fortress are not necessarily.


    After discussing with the public, Huangfu Chaobo decided to let Longhua make preparations. Now that tangtougou pass has been upgraded to a medium-sized pass, the key to the battle of Longhua is still to be defended. As long as gongsunzan''s army guarding Lulong fortress wins, then the crisis of Longhua will be solved. In this case, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to let Tian Yu recruit another 5000 soldiers to strengthen the defense of Longhua town. With these 5000 soldiers, baihugou can release one to 2000 new soldiers. The remaining 5000 intermediate soldiers and 3000 new soldiers will be used to defend Longhua Town and tangtougouguan.


    As for the 5000 horsemen in the first cavalry school, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Duwei huyanda to lead Baima Yi to secretly transfer from horse training skills such as horse trainer and horseman to the valley where Huangfu Chaobo used to train horses outside the Great Wall, while the other four cavalry troops were stationed in Longhua town. In this way, Longhua Town and tangtougouguan have a total of 12000 soldiers and horses. Tian Feng and others believe that under the attack of Xianbei people, there should be no problem for these 10000 soldiers and horses to guard for a year and a half. Of course, Longhua has been accumulating food and grass. Now the food and grass in the two towns alone can meet the needs of more than 30000 people and horses for a year.Of course, in the face of the attack of 100000 troops, we must be well prepared. If Longhua can''t hold on, Huangfu Chaobo should also make a plan. The first thing to consider is a group of generals such as Tian Yu, Huang Xu, Zhang an, etc., and then huyanda''s skilled horse trainers, other craftsmen, and a thousand white horse Yicong. These are the most important. These people should be safe in any case. As for other personnel, as much as they can be rescued.

 Chapter 480

    Since qianbaima Yicong and huyanda have been transferred to the secret valley, there is no problem with their safety. If Longhua town can''t defend them, then Baima Yicong will escort them to the great wall and decide how to arrange them after the war. If Longhua town can''t defend them, the qianbaima Yicong can''t be used as a wonder . As for the other people, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Tian Yu to arrange the craftsmen of Longhua to speed up the production of various fishing boats and rafts. If they really can''t keep watch at that time, Tian Yu and his party will withdraw from the waterway and go to leting town of Zhou Wen in the west of Liaoning Province, and then decide whether to stop these people according to the war situation between Gongsun Zan and Xianbei people.


    Several people sorted out all the things again, and felt that there was no omission. Huangfu Chao''s erudition asked Shi a to send these suggestions to Longhua as soon as possible. The suggestions have been given. Except for Baima Yicong and huyanda''s horse training talents, Tian Yu and Huang Xu discussed and dealt with other things by themselves. There is no way. The war situation is changing, and no one can Enough remote control command, can only rely on two young generals.


    Looking at Shi A''s withdrawal from the chamber, Huangfu Chaobo was a little relieved. He was ready for everything. Now he had to rely on two young generals. I believe that Yi Longhua''s special position, plus the ability of more than 10000 soldiers and two young generals, should be no problem. In fact, what Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t know is that his crisis is not Longhua, but Luoyang in front of him. Soon Luoyang will become the storm center of the whole game again. Unfortunately, neither Huangfu Chaobo nor his subordinates are aware of this.


    Our eyes turn to Youzhou''s youpeiping. Now gongsunzan and Lulong fortress have become the storm center of the whole Han Dynasty. Gongsunzan was surprised and pleased by the news of the invasion of 300000 Xianbei troops. Fortunately, the news confirmed the rumor that the western Liaoning Taishou colluded with the alien invasion, which also enabled gongsunzan to control western Liaoning in good faith. Surprisingly, the Xianbei people seemed to be serious this time. It could be said that the 300000 troops were sent out at one time, and there were nearly one million old and young women and Confucians The crowd.


    It is often said that there are more than ten thousand people and there is no limit. Although there are ten thousand partial divisions in the direction of junmi in Longhua, there are only two hundred thousand troops and auxiliary troops there, and there are nearly eight hundred thousand people on the side of Lulong fortress. Although gongsunzan has two prefectures, it is new in the west of Liaoning Province. Although the invasion of Xianbei made gongsunzan well win the hearts of the people, there are only nine cities in the two prefectures. In addition, the eastern part of Youzhou is a sparsely populated area. Gongsunzan has maintained less than 100000 troops. Except for several cities, only 60000 soldiers can be used, including cavalry There are 20000 soldiers and 40000 soldiers. There are still two places to be guarded. If we calculate, there are only 20000 soldiers in the garrison of Lulong fortress, but we have to face 200000 Xianbei troops.


    In desperation, Gongsun Zan had to recruit 30000 soldiers, leaving only 3000 new soldiers in each county town to guard the city, and two counties plus 5000 intermediate soldiers and 2000 ordinary cavalry. For the rest of the troops and horses, there were 20000 troops in junmi city and the Great Wall pass behind it, including 2000 white horse soldiers, 4000 ordinary cavalry soldiers and 14000 foot soldiers; while there were 50000 troops in Lulong fortress, including 4000 white horse soldiers, 6000 ordinary cavalry soldiers and 40000 foot soldiers. After all these troops were in place, Gongsun Zan was a little relieved. He ordered Gongsun fan to guard youpeiping, Tiankai to guard Liaoxi, Gongsun Yue and Yan Gang to guard junmi, and led guanjingdan to guard Lulong fortress.


    After arriving at Lulong fortress, Gongsun Zan kept on making people strengthen the defense of the fortress. At the same time, he issued a large number of alien missions. At the same time, he also sent a letter to Jixian County asking for help from the governor''s Department of Youzhou. Soldiers, horses, money and food could do anything. Liu Yu, who received Gongsun Zan''s rescue letter, was disgusted as if he had swallowed a fly. Although he was reluctant, he sent someone to deliver 100000 stone grain. As for the support of soldiers and horses, he found an excuse to refuse.


    On the contrary, Liu Bei of Daijun sent his second younger brother Guan Yu to lead 1000 cavalry troops to the Lulong fortress for support. For Liu da''er, this is a rare opportunity to brush his reputation, which will not be missed. What''s more, even if he fails, 1000 cavalry troops will not lose much, but he can gain a lot of fame. But once he succeeds, the harvest will be great, So no matter what, it won''t suffer much.


    Apart from the arrangement of Gongsun Zan, let''s take a look at the situation of Longhua town. Since he got the news from Chihou, Tian Yu asked people to strengthen the surveillance of Chihou. On the other hand, he immediately sent people to Luoyang to send back the news. At the same time, he warned Gongsun of junmi city. While waiting for Luoyang to reply, Tian Yu and Huang Xu were not idle. They kept arranging for the people and soldiers to prepare and deliver the materials for the garrison. The whole Longhua city was busy. The craftsmen kept building and manufacturing the equipment and weapons for the garrison, while the ordinary people were helping to prepare all kinds of materials.


    The next day, Luoyang''s reply reached Longhua through the carrier pigeon of shadow guard. At the first moment, Tian Yu gathered all the people to discuss the matter. After reading Huangfu Chaobo''s suggestion to everyone, Tian Yu said, "according to the Lord''s suggestion, you see, General Huang, you are the commander in the army. The next thing is up to you."


    Huang Xu nodded and said, "this time, everyone, is the biggest challenge that Longhua has faced since the establishment of the village. As we all know, the situation of the main city of Luoyang, because Lv Bu''s army is watching, Luoyang can''t give us any support for this Xianbei invasion. Everything depends on us. In the next period of time, I hope we can work together to tide over the difficulties. "As soon as they heard this, they immediately stood up and said, "I respect the command of the general!"


    "Well, Luoyang has agreed to increase the 5000 troops in Longhua, and asked Tian Xiaowei to arrange for soldiers to be recruited as soon as possible, so as to deal with the attack of Xianbei people." Then Huang Xu looked at Tian Yu.


    Seeing this, Tian Yu immediately stood up and agreed.


    Huang Xu nodded, then said: "the LORD said in the letter about the skilled personnel of Baima Yicong and huyanda. In my opinion, it seems that the number of a thousand white horses is not enough. Of the 5000 cavalry, crossbow cavalry and bow cavalry can dismount to take part in the city defense, but it seems to be too much of a talent for the sword cavalry and lance cavalry to dismount to take part in the defense. Instead of this, it is better to arrange it together with baimayi in our original valley. In this way, 3000 cavalry is a great force at the critical time of battle. If we add the cavalry of junmi City, maybe we can gather 10000 cavalry. For 100000 Xianbei cavalry, it''s a force that can''t be underestimated. It should be able to contain Xianbei people. "

 Chapter 481

    After sitting for a moment, Tian Yu said, "well, it''s true that three thousand cavalry can''t do much in Longhua. Instead of doing so, it''s better to let them swim around the battlefield, saying that these cavalry can also play an unexpected role. But the question is, who is more suitable for the cavalry commander to arrange


    "Neither you nor I can leave Longhua easily. Although Zhang an is the right person, someone must be responsible for the direction of baihugou. Huyanda is good at training horses, but not good at fighting Huang Xu immediately realized that the selection of the chief general is indeed a problem.


    "I have a man here to consider. Hao Jian, a Wuhuan man who also voted for my Lord, used to be the leader of the first Wuhuan department in western Liaoning. When he had the largest number of troops, there were three or five thousand. If he was used to lead a cavalry, it would be no problem. In this way, huyanda would be taken as the commander of other departments, baimayi would be taken as the leader, and Hao Jian would be the commander of Du Wei and a cavalry as the deputy general, If you appoint another captain to lead another cavalry, you should be able to rest assured. It''s just that another person is not a good choice. " Tian Yudao;


    "no one was recommended by the general. His name was Meng Yuan, a member of changshe county. He was a cavalry general in changshe county at first. Later, he came to Longhua with his son, and now he works as a general in the cavalry." when they were entangled, Zhang an said: "this man is capable enough to serve as a cavalry captain."


    As soon as Huang Xu saw the attribute of this general, he had a characteristic of riding and shooting. He turned to Tian Yu and said, "yes, let''s recommend it by our two names."


    Tian Yu nodded to agree, so they wrote down the arrangement of Longhua and sent it to Lou Jing to Luoyang to report to Huangfu Chaobo. After arranging these, everyone went away to do their own business. Huang Xu takes Zhang an to the barracks to recruit 5000 soldiers. According to the plan, Zhang an will take 2000 new soldiers to baihugou town and baihugou pass, and then exchange the existing 2000 intermediate soldiers back to Longhua town.


    Tian Yu went to the weapons workshop and shipyard to inspect the manufacture of various weapons and equipment as well as the manufacture of ships in the shipyard. Huyanda leads Hao Jian and Meng Yuan to choose horses in the stable. According to Huang Xu''s arrangement, huyanda and Meng Yuan will take 7000 of the best horses in Longhua town. In this way, one or three thousand cavalry can have two horses. Even in the worst case, they can ensure that the three thousand cavalry and seven thousand horses can enter youbeiping in the Great Wall.


    You know, whether these 3000 cavalry or these 7000 horses are scarce in the whole game. The white horse of the three thousand cavalry had no other name except Gongsun Zan''s family. The other two thousand cavalry were recruited from alien captives outside the great wall and Longhua city. Over the past year, with Huang Xu fighting everywhere, they have basically reached the level of 478, which is only one or two levels away from the highest level Huben cavalry. You should know that among all the arms, cavalry is the most difficult to train, especially this kind of close combat cavalry. The higher the level, the more difficult it is The bigger it is.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s reply was quick and simple, just a word "can!". After receiving Huangfu Chaobo''s order, Huang Xu immediately sent huyanda''s three moves to the town administrative center, showed Huangfu Chaobo''s reply to the three people, and immediately ordered them to set out immediately.


    Considering that the next 3000 cavalry might take part in the war, they have ordered the personnel left behind in Tuyin city to purchase a batch of grain, grass and weapons and equipment, and told huyanda that as soon as they settled down in the valley, they immediately sent Mengyuan to Tuyin city to transport all the grain, grass and weapons and equipment back to the valley. Huyanda three people promised, led 3000 cavalry and 7000 horses to the south, all the way huyanda did not turn back to drive the horse forward, he did not know whether he had a chance to return to the town, he was afraid that he would cry when he looked back, so he could not bear to look back.


    After 3000 cavalry left Longhua, the gate of tangtougou pass was closed in the roaring sound. From now on, the gate will only open a small crack when the outside Chihou returns. No one else can go in and out of the pass. Longhua town has entered the final preparation period before the war. A big fight is imminent!


    Two days later, the Xianbei people''s army arrived at the Xianbei camp destroyed by Huang Xu last year. The vanguard who crossed the river first was not in a hurry to lead the troops to the south. Instead, he sent six thousand man teams to explore the surrounding area within one or two hundred miles, while the remaining four thousand man teams sorted out the abandoned camp and took over the follow-up cavalry to cross the river.


    After two days, the 200000 partial division troops finally crossed the river. After a short rest, the Xianbei army continued to move south. The vanguard was cavalry of three ten thousand men, the Chinese army was cavalry of four ten thousand men, and the last three ten thousand men were escorting 100000 auxiliary soldiers and herdsmen, as well as the cattle and sheep they drove. After a few days, the vanguard''s 30000 troops have explored the surrounding area for hundreds of miles. Naturally, tangtougouguan was discovered by the Xianbei army. Three days later, 30000 Xianbei cavalry and 100000 war horses arrived outside the valley of tangtougouguan. 100000 war horses came all over the mountains like a huge torrent.


    If Huangfu Chaobo was standing on the wall of tangtougou pass, he would swear, NIMA, and the system was really special. Originally, tangtougou pass was located in the middle of the valley. It was about a mile from the mouth of the valley to the pass. Now there are 30000 troops of Xianbei people. As soon as 100000 horses arrive, the valley outside tangtougou pass will slowly disappear, and tangtougou pass will become a new place There is a pass at the entrance of the valley, and there is a huge meadow more than ten miles long and wide outside the pass.Huang Xu and Tian Yu, standing on the wall of the pass, have no heart to think about this. 30000 troops and 100000 horses are spreading the sky like a torrent in front of the pass. Even the two men who had been in war for a long time felt that they were thirsty and worried. However, as the chief general, Huang Xu quickly responded. Moreover, when he was in changshe City, Huang Xu had seen millions of yellow scarves attacking the city, so Huang Xu became the first person to respond to the wall.


    Huang Xu, who was the first to react, turned to look at both sides and found that even Tian Yu was frightened by the cavalry momentum outside the pass, not to mention the generals and soldiers on the other walls. Seeing this, Huang Xu laughed: "ha ha ha ha... Some time ago, my uncle wrote to me that Luoyang was short of horses. I wanted to ask the boy huyanda to step up his efforts to set up horses in the grassland. I didn''t expect that Xianbei dog would send me hundreds of thousands of horses. It seems that Suli is really generous. Last year, he sent us more than 10000 horses. It''s true that we need so many horses now It''s generous. "

 Chapter 482

    Everyone was surprised, Tian Yu immediately reaction, sober up Tian Yu for his performance just now feel very embarrassed. Looking up at Huang Xu, Tian Yu immediately saw Huang Xu''s idea and said with a laugh: "yes, there are tens of thousands of people and hundreds of thousands of horses, but what''s the use of more? Can they still attack the wall on horseback?"


    "Ha ha ha When they heard this, they all responded, yes, what''s the use of more cavalry? In front of the moat several feet wide and the barrier more than two feet high, the cavalry of Xianbei had no choice but to dismount, so the city roared with laughter;


    "yes, Xianbei dog, hurry up and rush to the city..."


    "Yeah, come on, come on..."


    There were soldiers standing directly on the wall, unfastening their belts and hissing down. On the wall, the leader of Xianbei cavalry outside the pass turned blue with anger. The pioneer of pianshi is the general of the Yuwen department, which is under the charge of Xianbei Suli in the East. That is to say, he went to see the father of yuwensheng, the leader of the Xianbei department that Huang Xu destroyed. As the head of the Yuwen department, he didn''t expect that his journey to dujin had turned into a road to death. This makes Yuwen Cheng very angry. This time the Xianbei army went south, Yuwen Cheng endured the pain of his son''s death and tried his best to win the position of pioneer from King Suli.


    After crossing the river, Yu Wencheng, led by the people sent back by Yu Wensheng, quickly finds the camp where Yu Wensheng had an accident. After careful search, Yu Wencheng finds the remains of Han weapons in the camp, which makes Yu Wencheng sure that it was Han who killed his son. I didn''t expect to find a pass of such a scale hundreds of miles away from my son''s camp. Yu Wencheng can almost conclude that the killer of his son must be the people in the city behind the pass. Originally, yuwencheng still wanted to discuss the attack after the follow-up army arrived. Unexpectedly, the pain of losing his son and the provocation from the city head aroused yuwencheng''s anger again.


    Although yuwenbu is the most important part of Xianbei in the East, there are only 30000 soldiers. Last year, all the 5000 people yuwensheng took away were destroyed by the Han people. This time, Lord Suli gathered troops. Yuwenbu sent out 20000 troops at one time, with 10000 men and horses acting as the vanguard of partial division under the leadership of yuwencheng. On the other hand, yuwensheng and Lord Suli attacked Lulong fortress together under the leadership of another senior member of the clan Thousands of soldiers were left behind in the old camp.


    Because yuwenbu is a major part of Xianbei, the tribal soldiers are elite soldiers, not ordinary small tribes, as long as they are adult men. For example, the other two ten thousand men''s teams that went out with Yu Wencheng this time were mainly composed of a vanguard sent by Suli, a coalition led by thousands of elite soldiers directly under Suli, and a coalition composed of several small tribe soldiers. Therefore, even if yu Wencheng had only ten thousand soldiers around him, the other two vanguards in the vanguard were basically the only ones.


    Because of this, in the face of Yu Wencheng''s attack order, 30000 forward troops immediately prepared for the attack. With the help of two vanguards, 30000 vanguards sent more than 10000 soldiers to the woods to cut down trees and prepare to make ladders for siege. It''s a pity that the nomads don''t know how to attack the city, and there are no craftsmen to build siege equipment in the army. Although yuwencheng sent nearly ten thousand soldiers to cut wood, most of the ladders used to attack the city are only more than 100 in a day, and half of them can barely reach the wall of tangtougou pass. Of course, this can only be finished when the siege begins I''ll know.


    Seeing that so many ladders had been made, Yu Wencheng felt that he didn''t have to wait any longer and directly ordered the soldiers to attack the city. As the head of the clan, Yu Wencheng, after all, had seen the Han people''s attack on the city. Instead of sending people to rush to the moat on horseback, he ordered the two vanguards to send the old and weak soldiers of two thousand tribes to fill the moat with the collected sheepskin bags and cloth bags and throw the bags into the moat to fill the moat. Tangtougouguan was only a hundred paces wide, and two thousand old and weak soldiers with simple leather shields marched toward the trench.


    Standing on the upper floor of the city, looking at the soldiers of Xianbei people in front of the pass, Huang Xu showed a relaxed smile. Among other things, the simple defense equipment in their hands and the bow and arrow projected by the archer on the wall are enough for Xianbei people to drink, not to mention Huang Xu''s mace. After receiving the letter from Longhua, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent the production drawings of several well railings and catapults in his hand to junmi city through the post system, and then quickly sent them to Longhua and handed them to the senior craftsmen Association in the town. These two days, he has been arranging craftsmen to make them.


    Just because the proficiency is not enough, now a total of three well hurdles, so Huang Xu has not yet arranged to install them on the wall. Not only that, Huang Xu also found a platform on both sides of tangtougouguan mountain. These two days, he is arranging people to open up a path up the mountain. When the time comes, he will install a few well fences and a stone throwing machine on it. If you think about installing a well fence of one or two feet high on the top of a mountain more than ten feet high, and attacking the enemy in front of shanxiaguan, you will feel terrible just thinking about it. There is also a catapult. Think about what it would be like when more than ten catapults are installed on the top of the mountain, and stones or even fireballs are thrown into the area in front of the wall. It makes me shudder to think about it.


    Unfortunately, these are just one idea now, because no matter Huang Xu or Huangfu Chaobo, they had never thought of doing anything on the high mountain cliffs on both sides of the valley pass before. Now five catapults have been built, but Huang Xu is not ready to place them on the wall. On the one hand, the space on the wall is really limited. On the other hand, if there are not many catapults, it is not very useful to put them on the wall. Instead, it is better to gather ten or twenty catapults, and then build a high platform after the wall to arrange all the catapults together At the right time, it is believed that it will give Xianbei people a big surprise to carry out the covering and throwing stone attack in front of the pass. As for now, Huang Xu believes that it is very good for Xianbei people to fill the trench and send the siege ladder to the pass.As Huang Xu expected, although tangtougou pass had been moved forward to the mouth of the valley, it was still in a U-shaped shape, and the direct contact area before the pass was not very large, so the Xianbei people could not use the skill of foreign cavalry flying or running to support in the process of burying the trench

 Chapter 483

    Due to the limitation of the terrain, all the soldiers who support Xianbei need to stop or directly dismount to shoot. Otherwise, the horses will not only help the soldiers, but become resistance, because the goal of stopping and shooting is too big for the closed archer. In addition, the soldiers of Xianbei shoot from the back while the bowmen on the wall shoot from the bottom. Compared with the two, the people of Xianbei suffer more. While the Xianbei people were filling the trench, Huang Xu simply transferred all the recruits who could already learn archery. He asked them to specifically target the Xianbei soldiers who were close to the trench with earth bags on their backs, while the shield soldiers were the archers with higher level. As for the 1000 crossbow soldiers, Huang Xu didn''t want to use them at all.


    If yu Wencheng knew that Guan Shoujiang was practicing bow and arrow with his taxi, he would be angry that one Buddha was born and two Buddhas ascended to heaven. After the distribution of the archer attack gradient, Huang Xu is at ease waiting for the Xianbei people to approach the ditch.


    "150 steps..."


    "120 steps..."


    "A hundred steps..."


    "General, Xianbei dog has reached 100 steps. Don''t you shoot yet?" The deputy general next to him saw that the enemy had reached 100 steps, but Huang Xu didn''t order to attack, so he whispered to him;


    "don''t worry, the soldiers who have entered 100 steps are still those who have no ability to attack, and other people''s bowmen are still beyond 100 steps. Besides, they have entered 100 steps, and only a few cavalry can pose a threat to the city wall, we don''t know If you move, you will have to leave half of the six thousand Xianbei people. Hum Huang Xudao;


    "that''s right," said Tian Yu on the other side, "attack by surprise. The first round of attack is the best time to do something and cause great damage to the enemy. If you want to do so in the future, it''s difficult."


    "Eighty steps..."


    "Attention, Archer! Eighty steps, three shots ready! " Seeing that the taxi driver in front has crossed the distance of 80 steps, and the archers behind are about to enter their attack distance, Huang Xu immediately ordered;


    after hearing the order, the archers with a range of 80 steps immediately get ready, only to hear the sound of bowstring pulling on the whole wall, and the attack distance of Xianbei cavalry is 80 steps, which is mainly used by the soldiers The speed bonus of the war horse, but now when they dismount and attack, the distance is about 70 steps. When they enter 80 steps, they are ready to attack, so this time is the best distance for the city to attack.


    "Put..."


    "Buzz..."


    "Buzz..."


    With a single order, the whole 2000 middle and senior archers fired their arrows, and then pulled out another arrow, wound it up, fired it, and then fired the third arrow. After three arrows, the attack ended. Three shots in a row, which is Huang Xu''s best combo training state. If it is Huang Zhong, the best combo training state is five. In an instant, the arrow at the end of the city is like a locust, covering the position of 80 steps in front of the pass. Because there are 2000 medium and high-level archers standing at the end of the city, the archers on the whole city wall are required to stand in three columns, and each archer diffuses towards the position of 80 steps in front of him.


    As a result, the area covered by bows and arrows under the city covers an area between 75 and 80 steps. At this time, 2000 archers of Xianbei army just arrived at this area, so the 2000 archers were tragic. In the narrow area, there was almost no open space for 6000 archers. Before 2000 archers launched an arrow, they fell 70%, only 30% The lucky one of them lies down for a while, then turns around in a hurry and runs away.


    As a result, although the front 4000 Xianbei people saw the situation of the archers behind them, they did not order to retreat, so they had to bite their teeth. Without the cover of the archers, they could only yell and march towards the original goal.


    Seeing that Xianbei people didn''t retreat but advance, Huang Xu''s mouth slightly rose and said, "Xianbei dog, do you think a family only has some in front for you? Hum, wait, there are more wonderful ones waiting for you With that, Huang Xu waved to his bodyguard and said, "order all archers to be in position!"


    "Yes, general!" The guard bows and turns to leave the herald.


    Soon, the taxi soldiers at the head of the city formed an array according to Huang Xu''s arrangement. In the front was a row of sword and shield soldiers to cover the archers behind them. Behind them were all the low-level archers, and then there were three rows of archers above the middle level. In this way, thousands of archers were arranged into four columns, and their target area covered the whole area of 50 to 80 steps. When the bowmen were in place, the messenger''s voice immediately sounded on the top of the city.


    "All bowmen, take the bow!"


    "Crunch..." A sound of sour teeth was heard all over the wall.


    "Ready, target positions, launch!" As soon as the order to launch is given.


    "Hum hum"


    "Whoosh, whoosh..."


    Thousands of arrows roared toward their predetermined positions.


    "Poop poop"


    "Bang, bang, Bang..."


    In the face of thousands of arrows coming down from the sky, the four thousand Xianbei people could not hide. They held up their shields in their hands and danced wildly on their heads with machetes in their hands, trying to open their arrows. However, everything was in vain. The shield in the hands of the foreign cavalry is only a very simple leather shield or wooden shield, which can''t resist the shooting of bow and arrow. This round of attack on the wall brought down nearly a thousand Xianbei people, which made Yu Wencheng, who was watching the battle behind, gape. Before he got to the trench of Guancheng, the Xianbei warriors had lost nearly three thousand people, almost 10% of the number of soldiers they led. Not only Yuwen Cheng was stunned, but also the two vancomrades nearby looked silly. After a long time, they reacted and said: "Lord Yuwen, we can''t let the warriors come forward any more. We must make better preparation, otherwise the warriors will all sacrifice on the trench. We must withdraw immediately, otherwise it''s hard for Lord sully to explain. ""Yes, Lord Yuwen, we''d better wait for most of the people to arrive and make more preparations before attacking."


    Although Yu Wencheng is unwilling, he also knows that it is not the time for indecision, and immediately orders Mingjin to withdraw his troops.


    "Ding Ding"


    The Xianbei soldiers in front of Tangtou pass were like hearing the sound of nature, and they could not care about their bags. They threw them on the ground and then turned back to escape.

 Chapter 484

    Unfortunately, at this time, Xianbei people remembered that it was too late to retreat, and the archer''s second round of arrows had been launched. Hearing the sound of gold, Huang Xu no longer asked the soldiers to launch a volley. Instead, he ordered all the archers to scatter towards their predetermined area and shoot their arrows as fast as possible. As a result, the arrow rain all over the sky fell one after another, splashing a burst of blood before the pass. A quarter of an hour later, less than one thousand of the six thousand Xianbei soldiers who attacked ran out of the range of the bow and arrow on the wall, and the other five thousand lay in front of tangtougou pass.


    In front of tangtougou pass, there were many sorrows. Nearly 2000 of the more than 4000 Xianbei soldiers died on the spot, and more than 2000 people were injured to varying degrees. The injured soldiers lay on the ground, crying for heaven and earth, and could not advance or retreat. Huang Xu saw that most of Xianbei had withdrawn from the range of bow and arrow attack. He did not say much. He gathered all the senior archers. When he saw that some of the wounded soldiers in front of the pass wanted to get up and run away, he immediately sent people to shoot them. But those who were injured and lying on the ground could not move, instead, he ignored them and let them shout.


    Huang Xu''s action makes Yu Wencheng gnash his teeth. Originally, he wanted people to get the injured soldiers back, but as soon as he saw this situation, he knew that his willingness had failed. However, if the wounded soldiers are allowed to shout until they die, they will not say a word about the morale of the Xianbei army, which is also Huang Xu''s original purpose.


    Yuwencheng several times prepared to send troops to meet the wounded soldiers, but before he got close, he was forced back by the bow and arrow on the wall. Instead of rescuing the wounded soldiers, he left dozens of soldiers behind. Several times down, the two ten thousand elders feel that the gain is not worth the loss, and the day is getting late, Yu Wencheng has no choice but to order the troops to retreat two miles to camp, and make plans when the army arrives tomorrow.


    Seeing that the Xianbei people had paid thousands of deaths and injuries, they could not even get close to the moat, so they had to retreat. The taxi soldiers on the wall of the pass suddenly gave out a loud cry. Seeing this, Huang Tian and Huang Tian were relieved. After the war, Longhua''s soldiers'' fear of Xianbei people was finally eliminated, but the war will be more fierce as soon as the Xianbei army arrives tomorrow. Huang Xu of the Tian Yu Dynasty said, "I''ll give it to Bo Xu when I close the wall. I''ll go back to town and urge the craftsmen to speed up the production of well rails and catapults."


    "Well, the trouble is over." Huang Xu responded;


    Tian Yu bowed his hand and said no more. He left tangtougouguan with his guards and went to Longhua town. Looking at Tian Yu''s back, Huang Xu takes his mind back to the Xianbei army in front of the pass, ponders for a moment, and then says: "come on, immediately arrange for people to fall down from the city and go to clean up the battlefield. For the dead Xianbei dogs, they need to mend their swords once. Those who can''t move don''t care about them. Let them cry there, kill those who can move, and then count at the 80 step position Build a bonfire to prevent the night attack of Xianbei dog thieves. Two soldiers were left on the wall to watch the night in turn. All the other soldiers were evacuated to the wall to rest and prepare for the attack of Xianbei dog tomorrow. "


    "Here, general!" The Deputy standing by will make arrangements immediately.


    After Tian Yu returned to the administrative office of Longhua Town, he first wrote down today''s war situation, and then asked someone to give it to Huang Xu of tangtougouguan. After he saw it correctly, he handed it to Lou Jing and immediately sent it to Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang. Then, after dealing with today''s government affairs, we went to the direction of weapons workshop. Tian Yu knows that today''s Xianbei people just don''t know their strength and suffer a dark loss. But after tomorrow, they won''t be so relaxed. If they want to strengthen their defense, they have to speed up the production of equipment. So Tian Yu is ready to let the weapons workshop rush all night and try to make more railings and catapults. With these things, the defense of closing will be much easier.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was worried about the war in Longhua, he didn''t know that someone was trying to find out about him in Chang''an, the capital of the Han Dynasty in the West. In the palace, Dong Zhuo is meeting Li Ru alone. He is only for the tiger. After listening to Li Ru''s words, Dong Zhuo went back to the mountain and prepared to drive away the tigers and fight against the wolves. But what he didn''t expect was that when the tiger arrived at the gate of the wolf''s den, he stopped and didn''t go any further. Instead, he was training in the small towns of Hongnong.


    Dong Zhuo was surprised when Lu Bu would train quietly. So Dong Zhuo immediately called Li Ru and asked Lu Bu why he didn''t attack Hangu pass. Li Ru, who was short of intelligence support, couldn''t understand Lv Bu''s intention. After thinking about it, Li Ru said: "my father-in-law, since Lv Bu''s little thief doesn''t want to attack, we don''t have to guess what he is because. Let''s add another fire and just start the internal strife among the Guandong princes."


    "Oh, what''s your plan?" When Dong Zhuo heard this, he immediately became interested, sat up straight and asked;


    "Yuan Shao, the leader of Guandong''s vassal alliance, and Cao Cao, the deputy leader of Guandong''s alliance, were both powerful men in the world. Although they both had several counties, they were only called Taishou. Another is Yuan Shu, the second son of the yuan family and later general. He is also ambitious, but only in Nanyang. Although Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang has only half of the counties in Luoyang, he has a lot of capable officials and good generals. Otherwise, it is impossible to control half of the counties in less than a year. In this case, the court might as well divide the seven prefectures of Sili into two. The four prefectures of Hanoi, Hedong, Hongnong and Luoyang were combined into one state, and the state of Sili was set up. Jingzhaoyin, zuofengxu and youfufeng were combined into one state, and the state of Yongzhou was set up. Only the west of Tongguan is under our control in the seven prefectures of silibu. Rather than this, we should not have the other four nominal prefectures. After the division of Sili into two, he appointed Huangfu Chaobo as the general of Pingdong from Sanpin, and led the State animal husbandry. At the same time, he appointed Huangfu song as the governor of Hongnong. In this way, he not only drove Huangfu''s family out of Beidi, but also turned Hedong and Hanoi into his enemies. At the same time, in order to weaken the strength of Huangfu Chaobo, his father-in-law can order general Zhang Su to gather Hongnong population and move to Jingzhao temporarily to enrich Chang''an population. General Zhang Su '' See you. With his father-in-law''s prestige among the Qiang people, even if he could not incite the Qiang people to destroy Ma Teng Han Sui, he could at least use the Qiang people to stabilize them. In this way, our army can support the seven prefectures in Guanzhong, advance to attack and retreat to defend. We only need to wait for the chaos in Guandong, and then do our best to sweep Guandong. " Li Ru Dao;


    Li Ru Dao

 Chapter 485

    It took Li Ru nearly half an hour to explain his plan to Dong Zhuo. After a little pause, Li Ru continued: "another advantage of appointing Huangfu Chaobo as the governor of the state is to arouse the dissatisfaction of the Guandong princes, especially the second son of the yuan family. Yuan Shu, a bureaucrat with a noble name, was arrogant and respected himself. He must be dissatisfied with the court''s appointment of Huangfu Chaobo as the governor of the state. If Huangfu Chaobo has nothing to do, Yuan Shu will not wait for change if someone wants to take Luoyang. Moreover, although Huangfu Chaobo is the prefect of Luoyang, several counties outside Hulao pass are either controlled by Yuan Shu or secretly take refuge with Yuan Shao, the leader of the Guandong alliance. If Huangfu Chaobo wants to take several counties, he will have a quarrel with the two yuan. In time, he will turn against each other. "


    After hearing this, Dong Zhuo immediately agreed to Li Ru''s arrangement.


    After Li Ru left the palace, he immediately asked people to arrange the drafting of the imperial edict, and then gave it to Dong Zhuo for seal. An hour later, the two envoys set out North and East respectively. While the emperor''s envoys set out, Dong Zhuo joined the army, and Li Su took Dong Zhuo''s letter to Hongnong city. Dong Zhuo''s order to Zhang Su was to gather up the population of Hongnong''s cities and move them all to Chang''an, and then 50000 troops were stationed in Shang county and Wuguan. At the same time, he also hinted that Dong Zhuo would show Zhang Su as the commander-in-chief of Nanyang and lead the army to Nanyang when Nanyang changed. In order to avoid Zhang Su''s resentment, Li Ru also wrote a letter to Li Su to hand it over. He told Zhang Su about the beginning and the end of the matter, and told Zhang Su that he could give up Hongnong city to Lv Bu army at the right time.


    A few days later, a group of emperor''s envoys passed by Hongnong. By this time, the people in Hongnong city had begun to move towards Tongguan under the escort of the army. Three days later, after the emperor''s envoys arrived at the Strider pool, Lv Bu knew that the court had appointed Huangfu Chaobo as the governor of the state. He was so angry that Lv Bu would detain the emperor''s envoys on the spot, and then immediately set out to attack Hangu pass. But in the end, he was persuaded by Zhang Liao, Wei Xu and others. Then he escorted the emperor''s envoys all the way to Hangu pass, where Huangfu Chaobo''s army was stationed. At the same time, he asked people to speed up the attack The news went to Chen Gong, who was in Zhang Yang''s office, and Xu Si, who was in Yuan Shu''s office.


    Zaozhi, who was in Hangu pass, was surprised by the sudden arrival of the emperor''s envoys. He quickly sent people to Luoyang to prepare for the angel, and led a thousand cavalry to escort the angel to Luoyang.


    All the way, Zao zhidu kept trying to find out what kind of edict Chang''an Dong Zhuo had sent to Huangfu Chaobo. However, both the chief and Deputy envoys laughed and said nothing, just that it was a good thing. Jujube only to see nothing out of the test, but see this situation, the heart also some down to, no longer ask.


    A few days later, Zao only escorted the emperor''s envoys of Chang''an to Luoyang.


    In Luoyang City, at the gate of the prefect''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo is leading a group of civil and military subordinates waiting for the messenger of Chang''an. After receiving the news from Hangu pass, Huangfu Chaobo immediately called Tian Feng and Lou GUI together. After a long discussion, they didn''t come up with a reason. Although the news from the back of Zaozhi is not bad, several people know that there is no pie in the sky. Dong Zhuo has nothing to do with sending an emissary to Luoyang. He certainly doesn''t want to visit the mountains and waters. He is either a traitor or a thief if he doesn''t have anything to pay attention to. Therefore, both Huangfu Chaobo and Tian Feng lougui have a spirit of 120000 to deal with the emissary from Chang''an .


    After the Chang''an emissary entered the city, Zao Zhi led him directly to the prefect''s mansion, and then Huangfu Chaobo personally led the party into the hall, which was already ready to receive the order. The emissary took out the imperial edict and stood on the throne. Huangfu Chaobo took the lead. Everyone stood in the hall. Except Huangfu Chaobo, everyone else knelt there and prepared to receive the edict respectfully. For the players'' questions about receiving the edict in the game and saluting when they met with other NPCs, Nu Wa also made corresponding adjustments. The players only need to stand and salute You don''t need to kneel down like NPCs, and NPCs won''t be surprised. After all, players come to the game to play, not to be grandchildren. It is precisely because the behavior habits of the players are different from those of the NPCs that the NPCs call the players alien.


    After listening to the imperial edict, Huangfu Chaobo almost fell asleep. In most of the previous process, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t understand a word, but he understood the last sentence: "Huangfu Chaobo was appointed as the general of sanpinpingdong to lead the State animal husbandry, which governs Henan, Hanoi, Hedong and Hongnong counties. Thank you very much


    Er, what about shrimps?


    Is the mayor promoted to a senior official before he can sit down? Or with the commander of the provincial military region.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was still in a daze, the angel coughed twice, and Tian Feng threw the sanitary ball on one side. Huangfu Chaobo responded and immediately gave thanks. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had accepted the order, the angel relaxed, changed his face, and said, "Congratulations, Lord Huangfu. You have to pay attention to the court and keep the shepherd''s side!"


    "Congratulations, Lord!"


    "Congratulations, my Lord!"


    All the people nearby were overjoyed when they heard the edict. They came up to express their congratulations.


    "Happy together, happy together!" Huangfu Chaobo said to everyone one by one;


    for a moment, the whole hall of the eunuch''s residence was filled with endless congratulations. After a circle, Huangfu Chaobo had a chance to say to the angel, "how do you call me"Report back to general Pingdong, and I''ll give you the yellow gate to wait for Zhang Zan. However, after this announcement for the general, I''ve already resigned and returned to my hometown. This is my colleague Zhang Yi. This time, he and I declared a decree for the general, and then they went back to their hometown in Beihai. "


    "But Kang Chenggong''s disciple, Beihai Gaomi Zhangyi?" Before Huangfu Chaobo said anything, Tian Feng said:


    the official named Zhang Yi immediately stood up and said, "it''s Zhang Yi from Beihai. May I have your name?"


    "Old man, Julu Tianfeng, Jizhou!" Tian Feng hugged his beard and said,


    "ah." On hearing Tian Feng''s name, both of them were too surprised to close their chin.


    "Zhang Yi met Mr. Yuan Hao!"


    "Zhang Zan met Tian Gong!"


    The two quickly came forward to give Tian Feng a gift. To Huangfu''s surprise, Tian Feng was so generous that he let them get up. Then he asked, "why did you two resign and go back to Guandong?"


    "Huitian Gong, because of the great power of Dong thief in the court, all of them are Dong thief''s party members in the court, and the emperor''s power is weak, we can''t use anything in the court. Therefore, we heard that we need to send someone to Luoyang to make a proclamation, and other Dong thief''s party members didn''t want to come, so we asked for orders and resigned to Dong thief." Zhang Yi came forward and replied respectfully;


    "well, you''ve come a long way. Go down and have a rest first. I have something to discuss with the general. I''ll come back to you after the discussion." Tian Feng thought about it;


    he thought about it

 Chapter 486

    "Yes." After that, they first saluted Tian Feng, then they saluted Huangfu Chaobo and all the people present one by one. Then, accompanied by Huangfu Chaobo''s personal guards, they went to the restaurant in Luoyang, which specializes in entertaining guests. The style of painting changed so fast that Huang Fu Chao Bo didn''t know what was going on until two Zhang left. Lou GUI looked at them and nodded thoughtfully, but didn''t speak. Seeing that Zhang Zan and Zhang Yi had left, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t wait to ask, "Mr. Yuan Hao, what''s going on? Aren''t they angels? Why do I salute you as a disciple? And who is Kang Chenggong? Is it famous? "


    Lou GUI and Tian Feng looked at each other and said nothing to each other. Finally, Lou GUI stood up and explained to Huangfu Chaobo: "Kangcheng Gong is Zheng Xuan of Gaomi in Beihai. Zheng Kangcheng is a famous Confucian master and master of Confucian classics in the Han Dynasty. He once studied with Ma Rong, a great Confucian scholar, once cultivated Donglai, and later invited Kong Beihai back to Gaomi to give lectures. There are thousands of his disciples There are Qinghe Cui Yan, Le''an Guoyuan, Beihai Zhang Yi, Beihai sun Qian, Nanyang Xu Ci and so on. As for the reason why he was a disciple of Mr. Yuan Zhen, we have to ask Mr. Yuan Hao. "


    "Kang Cheng Gong and I both studied from Ma Ji Chang Gong, and then talked with him many times, so most of his disciples held the ceremony of disciples in front of me." Tian Feng said, "general, Zhang Yi, a disciple of Kang Chenggong, is as famous as Cui Yan and Guoyuan. It can be seen that his talent is extraordinary. Although I know little about Zhang Zan, I can make Zhang Yigan his deputy. It can be seen that generally, both of them have resigned from Dong Zhuo''s court and returned home. Shouldn''t the general do something?" With that, Tian Feng embraces his beard and smiles at Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Tian Feng and Zheng Xuan were classmates. Why didn''t anyone mention them in history books or unofficial history? However, no matter what, since Tian Feng put forward it, he must want to help himself to keep these two talents. Other people don''t say that Zhang Yi alone is as famous as Guoyuan, sun Qian and others. He is definitely at least a civil servant in the rank of heaven or even King. He must win. Think of here, Huangfu Chaobo immediately let Jia Jing offline to check the situation of two people. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Tian Feng: "these two people still need to trouble Mr. Yuan Zhen to find out the tone for Chaobo. If they can, Chaobo will go to solicit himself." With that, Huangfu Chaobo stands up and gives Tian Feng a deep impression.


    Tian Feng quickly stood up and said, "do you dare not obey my orders?"


    "Well, let''s put this matter aside. Let''s talk about Dong Zhuo''s sudden establishment of Si Zhou and his appointment of me as Si Zhou mu. What''s your opinion on this matter?" Huangfu Chaobo was very happy to see that Tian Feng agreed so readily, but he didn''t think deeply. He just thought about Dong Zhuo''s appointment as general Cong Sanpin Pingdong and Si zhoumu.


    "If you don''t pay attention to anything, you will either cheat or steal. Although some family can''t figure out the reason for Dong Zhuo''s move, they also know that Dong Zhuo must not have a good heart. " Huang Zhongyi said,


    "yes, Dong zhuonas is not a good thing." We''ll get in there.


    As for their opinions, Huangfu Chaobo basically listened to them. What they could think of was that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to listen to the opinions of three civil servants, especially Tian Feng.


    Tian Feng and Lou GUI looked at each other, but they did not speak. After a moment''s meditation, Tian Feng said: "Dong Zhuo established four prefectures in his new state. Luoyang was broken and occupied by our army. Although Hongnong was owned by Zhang Ji, when Dong Zhuo moved his capital, most of Hongnong''s Dingkou moved to Chang''an. Therefore, Hanoi was broken and occupied by Zhang Yang. It is said that Hanoi was still an ally of our army He was recommended by Yuan Shao, the leader of the Guandong alliance, so he was very close to Yuan Shao. The prefect of Hedong county was Jiang Pei. Although he was not very talented, there were Xiongnu people and Baibo thieves in Hedong, and they were all in tatters. Therefore, even if these four counties are not divided into one state, Dong Zhuo can''t do it. Instead of doing so, it''s better to divide them separately. In this way, there are two advantages. First, on the surface, Dong Zhuo seems to be courting the general. In fact, it''s provoking the relationship between the vassals in Guandong. For example, Zhang Yang, Jiang Pei, and Lu Bu are thieves. They have been sent to Hangu pass by Chen Bing. They will not be angry that the general has been appointed as the pastor of a state. If they fight with our army, Chang''an will benefit no matter what the result is. Second, even if the relationship between the Guandong princes is well handled by Luoyang, our army will lose most of its energy in controlling the four counties. In this way, it is impossible to pose a threat to Chang''an for a long time. On the contrary, we need to constantly guard against the eastward invasion of the Xiliang army in Chang''an. The final result is that the soldiers will be destroyed and the generals will be dismantled. If the Xiliang army attacks the Sizhou at this time, it is still a question whether we can hold the Sizhou. "


    "Ah Huangfu Chaobo was able to think that Dong Zhuo certainly didn''t have an''s kindness, but he didn''t expect so much content in it. "What shall we do? Why don''t we take over this department? "


    Lou GUI shook his head and said: "since Dong thief has already made a move, he has already thought that we can''t refuse to take it. Moreover, for us, this is a challenge and a good opportunity. "


    "Yes, Dong Zhuo must think that whether we take it or not, we are already in trouble. However, this plan is not a dead end. We just need to step by step and make steady progress. We may not be able to open up a broad road. Now it depends on whether the general has such great courage! " Tian Feng took over, said, momentum changed, looked at the throne of Huangfu Chaobo.Excited by Tian Feng, Huangfu Chaobo quickly made up his mind, slapped the table in front of him, and stood up and said: "it''s a lot of fun to fight with heaven; it''s a lot of fun to fight with earth; it''s a lot of fun to fight with people. With the help of heroes among you, let''s have a good fight with Dong Zhuo. It''s a big deal to start all over again! "


    "Good Tian Feng clapped his case and exclaimed, "Feng is willing to die for the general!"


    "To die for the Lord!" Other civil and military people were also agitated, went to Huangfu Chaobo and cheered in unison;


    "OK," Huangfu Chaobo roared. After that, Huangfu Chaobo''s momentum weakened again, and said: "in your opinion, what''s the most urgent thing, how should we do?"


    "Wait and see what happens!" Tian Feng and Lou GUI speak in the same voice. As soon as they speak, they look at each other and laugh.

 Chapter 487

    After a little humility, Lou GUI stepped forward and said, "my Lord, what we need to do is to wait and see what''s going on. First, we should deal with the army of Lu Bu before we make other plans."


    "Well, then we''ll act according to the original plan. Ziping will return to Hanguguan to be responsible for monitoring the movement of Lv Bu''s army, and report any situation to Luoyang as soon as possible. Mr. Yuan Zhen, please go to the inn to inquire about Zhang Yi and Zhang Zan''s intention. Everyone else will go down and do their own business first. " Huangfu Chaobo ordered,


    "no!" After they agreed, they all withdrew from the meeting hall.


    After all the people left, Lou GUI went to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Congratulations, you''ve got another good help."


    "What do you mean, sir?" Huangfu Chaobo asked with a puzzled look on his face, "Sir, I mean..."


    "Mr. Yuanhao!" Lou GUI said with a smile;


    "ah! But Mr. Tian didn''t recognize me as the master? " Huang Fu Chao Bo was very happy, and immediately responded that he had not received any news from Tian Feng''s system, and said quickly;


    "don''t worry, young master, it''s a matter of time. Mr. Yuanhao is still under the command of hanjizhou. Although hanjizhou doesn''t like Mr. Yuanhao, hanjizhou doesn''t do anything angry. Since ancient times, loyal officials don''t take charge of two things. How can Mr. Yuanhao be so easy at this time "I''m going to vote for you instead of Han Fu?"


    "How can you be sure that Tian Feng has returned?" After hearing this, Huangfu said dejectedly,


    "did you ever notice how Mr. Yuan Hao called me Luoyang? Can''t you see that Mr. Yuan Hao is a Luoyang man? Moreover, there is one more thing. Mr. Yuan Hao proposes to recruit two pieces for you. If you don''t care for you, will you do so? " Lou guidao;


    when Huangfu Chaobo thinks about it carefully, it''s really like this. Although Tian Feng is very attentive to political affairs, he never takes the initiative to participate in matters beyond his responsibilities. Unless Huangfu Chaobo asks or arranges for them in person, he does so today, which seems to be exactly what Lou guidao said. Huangfu Chaobo also understood that celebrities like Tian Feng would not easily change to others unless they were forced to. In history, Tian Feng changed to Yuan Shao because Han Fu himself took refuge in Yuan Shao. Think of this, Huangfu Chaobo basically put down his heart, Tian Feng is already under his command, once the power of Han Fu perishes, Tian Feng will certainly take refuge in himself, of course, Huangfu Chaobo will not wait for Han Fu to perish, but will think of other ways, after all, one day does not recognize the Lord, one day can not completely put down his heart.


    When Huangfu Chaobo gathered all the people to discuss the edict, the whole game was boiling again. There was nothing else. The content of the edict was broadcast again by Nu Wa, and the game was broadcast three times in a hurry. Players in the game already know that Huangfu Chaobo has become the leader of a state. According to our understanding, he has really become a vassal. Although at that time, when Huangfu Chaobo became the governor of Luoyang, everyone envied him very much, but only envied him. As we all know, Luoyang is not so easy to be rebuilt, but the subsequent development has left everyone stunned, Huangfu Chaobo used the broken Luoyang and tens of thousands of soldiers to resist the attack of hundreds of thousands of rebels and 200000 yellow scarves.


    If we say that more than 100000 rebels are not surprised, but the 200000 yellow scarf bandits make everyone look at each other. You know, although the yellow scarf army can''t compare with the Imperial Army, it''s far from the ordinary bandits. It''s far from the yellow scarf army a few years ago. After so many years, the general of the yellow scarf army has already matured, and the soldiers are not the original mud legs. But in the first battle of Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo killed tens of thousands of people and captured tens of thousands of people. Unexpectedly, less than half a year after Luoyang defeated the Huangjin army, it was appointed as general Pingdong of Sizhou Mu and from Sanpin. In this way, once Huangfu Chaobo forces completely control Sizhou, they can be compared with the first-class princes.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was still immersed in the great surprise of the king level counselors, and did not know that he had become the focus. The players are all talking about Huangfu Chaobo, a new SZU mu, and not only the players, NPC are paying attention to the general SZU Mu from Sanpin Pingdong.


    In Hanoi, huaixian County, Zhang Yang is receiving Chen Gong, a subordinate of Lv Bu. In the face of Chen Gong''s suggestion, although Zhang Yang was very moved, he still couldn''t make up his mind. At this time, Chen Gong received the news that Dong Zhuo set up a new Sizhou and appointed Huangfu Chaobo as Sizhou mu. Seeing the news, Chen Gong was overjoyed and immediately went to Taifu to see Zhang Yang. The news finally prompted Zhang Yang to make up his mind to attack Luoyang and support Lv Bu. Although Hanoi belongs to the Department of military officers, the power of Dong Zhuo, who is far away from Chang''an, has no control over Hanoi. However, Huangfu Chaobo, who is close at hand, is different. It can threaten the safety of Hanoi at any time. However, for the sake of Hanoi''s safety, Zhang Yang''s condition was that Chen Gong helped Yuan Shao to send troops to contain Han Fu. As long as Yuan Shao and Chen Bing were on the border of Han Fu, Zhang Yang''s army could cross the Yellow River and enter Luoyang. Chen Gong had no choice but to go to Yuan Shao''s place in Bohai Sea with Zhang Yang''s forces.


    At the same time, in the left general''s mansion of Wancheng, Xu Si''s trip was much easier than Chen Gong''s, because Xiao Yuan''s ambition far exceeded Chen Gong''s. The day after Xu Si arrived in Wan County, Yuan Shu had already got the news that Dong Zhuo wanted to show Huangfu Chaobo that he was the governor of the state through the secret line of Chang''an. Yuan Shu, who was already ready to move, immediately recruited civil and military officials to discuss the issue of sending troops. Unfortunately for Xu Si, Yuan Shu only wanted to send out 60000 troops, but there were 20000 heavy infantry inside. And originally, the arrogant Xiao Yuan Sangong was not willing to use Chen Gong''s stratagem, and asked Cao Cao to go out to contain Chen Liu and Yuzhou''s soldiers. Finally, under the persuasion of all the counsellors, he was willing to send people to Qiao County with Xu Si to persuade Cao Cao.After Xu Si and Yuan Shu''s envoys set out together, Yuan Shu made people begin to prepare for the expedition. In his view, whether Cao Cao was willing to cooperate or not, his 60000 troops were enough to capture Luoyang. However, in order to be on the safe side, at last, under the persuasion of many counsellors, Yuan Shu recruited 40000 soldiers from strange villages and towns in Nanyang. Of course, these soldiers were recruited for the purpose of exterminating the remaining evils of yellow scarves in Jingshan and Funiu Mountains.


    It''s a pity that Yuan Shu only wants to send out 60000 soldiers. In fact, he doesn''t know that this is the largest number of soldiers Yuan Shu can send out.

 Chapter 488

    Nanyang is a county with 37 cities. In addition to Deng county and Caiyang County in the South under the control of Liu Biao, there are 35 counties under the influence of Yuan Shu, with a total population of 2.43 million. With a population of more than 2 million, Yuan Shu has raised 300000 soldiers, basically more than one in ten, which is actually quite high. One hundred thousand of the three hundred thousand troops are garrisons of each county, which can not be used easily; another is that the West Wuguan is occupied by Dong Zhuo''s army, so in order to defend Dong Zhuo''s army, Danshui County, Southeast of Wuguan, has stationed 20000 troops to occupy Dong Zhuo''s army; the South Xinye County, in order to defend Liubiao''s army in the south, Yuan Shu has also arranged 20000 troops to garrison; plus the East Ye County and Wuyin each had ten thousand armies to defend the Yuzhou army.


    Therefore, only 150000 yuan Shu troops could be mobilized. A month ago, after Yuan Shu''s general Ji Ling trained 50000 heavy infantry, Yuan Shu could not wait to secretly send his troops to Shouchun to seek Yangzhou. To this end, Yuan Shu took Le Jiu as the main general, Qiao Rui and Li Feng as the Deputy generals, led 20000 heavy infantry and 40000 other soldiers, secretly sneaked into Yangzhou, preparing to take Shouchun in Yangzhou. After another 60000 troops, Yuan Shu had only 30000 troops left in Nanyang, including 10000 heavy infantry.


    Huangfu Chaobo knew nothing about the movements of his two neighbors. Now he was completely attracted by the tiger in Hongnong. Lv Bu''s tens of thousands of troops sharpened their swords in front of him every day. It was really puzzling. Although he knew that Lv Bu wanted to attack Hangu pass, it was hard for him to move Ann.


    It was not only Lu Bu''s army in front of Hangu pass, but also Xianbei''s army in front of tangtougou pass outside Longhua town outside the Great Wall, which made Huangfu even more upset. It was a hundred thousand army. Although the foreign cavalry were not good at attacking cities, Longhua had only ten thousand troops, and Tian Yu had transferred three thousand cavalry and two thousand soldiers. At present, there are only less than 10000 taxis in tangtougou pass, and there are 100000 troops in front of tangtougou pass, which is ten times the number of troops in the pass.


    Look back to tangtougou pass again. After yuwencheng''s first attack was blocked, he had to withdraw and wait for the follow-up troops. The next day, the Xianbei army arrived in front of tangtougou pass. The people standing at the pass turned pale. You know, 30000 people and 100000 people are not the same concept at all. However, the fear of the soldiers was soon adjusted by Huang Xu and Tian Yu.


    "The 100000 army is just like this. When millions of yellow scarf thieves attacked changshe County, they could only go out tens of thousands at a time!" Huang Xu laughs,


    "Oh, why is that?" Tian Yu asked on purpose;


    "ha ha ha... The city wall of the county is so long, so many yellow scarf thieves can only stand behind and wait to die. " Huang Xu said in a loud voice on purpose;


    when the soldiers next to them heard this, their eyes lit up. Yes, the wall is so wide. What''s the use of more people? There are only two or three thousand people at a time. As a result, all the soldiers in the army heard these words. The morale of the soldiers increased significantly, and the soldiers spoke with confidence.


    Seeing that the morale of the soldiers has finally been restored, Huang Xu and Tian Yu are secretly relieved. If it is this kind of morale, they really don''t have the strength to defend Xianbei''s attack. After the Xianbei army arrived, it was not in a hurry to attack. Instead, the army went down to camp. All the generals went to check the situation of the pass. Yesterday, yuwencheng''s attack had been passed back to the commander of the army. The partial commander of the Xianbei army was Su Li''s trusted general Fu mengcha, who was known as the famous intelligent general of Xianbei in the East. He was not only brave but also resourceful Of course, these are what Xianbei people think. As for the real situation, they try to find out.


    However, where there are people, there are rivers and lakes. In this army, Suli''s arrangement is quite interesting. The leader is Suli''s own confidant, with 40000 troops. There are also some troops headed by Yuwen department, with 30000 soldiers. There are also some enemies of Yuwen department, the first warrior of Murong Department, Hu yangu, who is close to Murong department. As for Yu Wencheng''s mistake, the Xianbei people have lost thousands of soldiers before they get close to him. Hu yangu keeps sneering at him as soon as he has the chance.


    Yuwen Cheng, who is worthy of being a tribal leader, calms down after the first world war yesterday, turns a blind eye to Huyan Gu''s sarcasm, and takes words to block Huyan Gu from time to time. Finally, he forces Huyan Gu to attack the city in a few words. When Huyan Gu reacts, it''s too late to change his mind.


    For the fight between the two departments, fmoncha did not stop, but looked on coldly, which was already expected by Suli. Fmoncha only needed to control the degree between the two. Moreover, fmoncha did not personally see the siege yesterday. Fmoncha wanted to see for himself what the garrison was like in the pass, so he agreed to the battle of huyangu. Because no matter who attacks, someone has to go, otherwise, the 100000 troops will not be stuck here by this unknown pass and miss sully''s important task. As a result, fumengcha ordered huyangu to lead the attack, and led 10000 soldiers to the array. The other 20000 cavalry were arranged to cut down trees together with yuwencheng''s more than 20000 vanguards to make siege ladders. Another 10000 troops were arranged to explore the situation in the other three directions.After receiving the order, Hu yangu immediately recruited the other two ten thousand and thirty thousand captains he belonged to. However, after discussion, Hu yangu found that he was also a rat pulling a tortoise at this pass, and he had no way to start. He had no other way than yesterday''s yuwencheng''s method of employing people. There is no way, huyangu had to draw two thousand teams from each of the three ten thousand teams, and sent six thousand teams to fill the trench to attack the city.


    Huang Xu and Tian Yu on the wall were surprised to see that the attack style of Xianbei cavalry was the same as yesterday. For the sake of safety, Huang Xu decided not to install the well fence at the head of the city first. Since the enemy was ready to continue to attack the city without equipment, no matter what the purpose was, he could not easily show his strength. With an order, the city''s taxi soldiers were arranged according to yesterday''s arrangement, and then quietly waiting for the enemy to enter the attack.


    Or the original formula, or familiar taste.

 Chapter 489

    Out of the idea of Keng Yiba Murong department, Yu Wencheng didn''t tell the details of yesterday and Hu yangu clearly, but happily prepared to see his joke. Fu mengcha, on the other hand, reported that he wanted others to test the situation of the garrison, and he didn''t say much about Hu yangu''s sending troops. Seeing the soldiers lose more than a thousand people, Hu yangu, who is hard to ride a tiger, looks at Yu Wencheng''s sarcastic smile. Instead of ordering him to withdraw, he once again joins the three thousand people team.


    As a result, Murong''s attack was even worse than that of yesterday''s Yuwen''s, with a total loss of more than 6000 people. Nearly ten thousand troops were sent out before and after, but they only filled the moat and didn''t even touch the wall. In the end, less than 3000 people came back. Huyangu was furious and wanted to attack the city with the remaining 24000 troops, but he was stopped by Fu mengcha. Fu mengcha just wanted to find out the situation of the garrison in the pass, but he didn''t want to fill it with human life so recklessly. Finally, even if he attacked the pass, it was unknown how many troops could be left.


    "Order, return to the camp, and call for generals above the chieftain!" Fu mengcha said;


    "your honor, my Lord!" Although he was helpless, Hu yangu wisely ordered his troops to withdraw, because if he disobeyed orders on the battlefield, he could directly carry out military law. Even the clan leader of Murong could not save himself. As for the wounded soldiers on the battlefield, the fool knew that he would not be able to save them.


    Once again, the Xianbei army had no choice but to retreat, which made the morale of the soldiers on the wall reach the peak instantly. With two victories as the basis, Huang and Xu believed that the battle in the future would be much smoother. The next step is to clean the battlefield and replenish the materials for guarding the city. Everything is going on in an orderly way. Seeing the Xianbei army retreating, Tian Yu went back to the city to speed up the construction of well hurdles and other equipment.


    After the Xianbei army returned to the camp, fmencha immediately gathered all the generals above the Chieftain to discuss the matter. Just now, the chieftains of Yuwen department and Murong department were at odds with each other because of the siege in the past two days. They were almost ready to fight. Murong Department blamed Yuwen department for not telling you the details of closing the garrison. Yuwen Department said that Murong department was not good at attacking and wanted to shirk its responsibility. In the end, the more people on both sides quarreled, the more fierce it was. Otherwise, the two sides absolutely fought. After stopping the quarrel between the two sides, fmoncha said, "do you have any opinions on the garrison on the wall during the siege today?"


    After hearing this, there was a moment of silence. Fu mengcha turned to Yuwen Cheng and said, "Lord Yuwen, what''s the difference between yesterday''s battle and today''s?"


    Yu Wen Cheng carefully recalled the process of the two wars and said, "there''s no difference between the two wars. What do you mean


    Fu mengcha nodded and said: "if this is the case, the defense of the other side is the same in the face of 30000 people''s attack and 100000 people''s attack. It can only be said that the other side has only these defensive forces. Even if we increase to 100000 people, their troops are limited."


    Next, he asked the people how to attack him. It''s a pity that the foreign cavalry can be said to be self-taught in cavalry operations, but there are eight or nine out of ten people who don''t know how to attack the city pass, and those who know only know something. Finally, we had to cut down trees to make a big shield. The guard approached the wall and then used a ladder to attack it. As long as we opened the door, the pass would fall into the hands of Xianbei warriors. In addition to this method, fmontsa is going to send people to search North and south from tomorrow, but is there another valley that can lead to the back of the pass.


    When fumengcha was deliberating in the big account, Suli''s army was less than a day away from the Lulong fort. Hundreds of thousands of troops, plus auxiliary soldiers and millions of horses, cattle and sheep, stopped here. Suli ordered the army to camp here. After half a day''s rest, Suli prepared to leave 50000 troops to guard the camp tomorrow, and the other 150000 troops to attack the Lulong fort.


    At this time, gongsunzan''s 50000 troops had already been in place. Not only that, youbeiping and Liaoxi counties made up nearly 100000 troops. In addition to 30000 or 40000 soldiers staying in junmi, the other 60000 soldiers had already arrived at the back of Lulong fortress, waiting for gongsunzan to mobilize troops. Of course, there are also hundreds of thousands of players in two preset battlefields ready.


    The players of junmi city are surprised that all the Xianbei people in Lulong fortress have arrived at the pass. It is estimated that the battle of Lulong fortress will start tomorrow, but junmi has no idea where to go. Just as everyone was guessing whether pianshi really existed, Gongsun Yue''s 6000 cavalry came out of the nest and went directly to the north, which made everyone puzzled.


    There are dozens of players gathered on the second floor of a restaurant in junmi city. There are several main players'' villages and leaders of the players'' Alliance in youpeiping, as well as the leaders of relatively large players from other places in Youzhou, such as the Spurs of Youzhou Tieqi, the recently rising players'' Alliance in youpeiping, and the Tieqi world in Tieqi, the first town in youpeiping. The plot task of Xianbei invasion made everyone put their prejudices together, but the Xianbei army of Lulong fortress has arrived, but the alien cavalry of junmi city has not been found, which makes the players who come to brush merit have nothing to do, waiting for news in the pub all day long.


    The news of Gongsun Yue''s cavalry going out soon spread to all the people in the tavern. They thought it was very strange, but they didn''t think about it in other ways. After all, it was the army of 100000 cavalry that came here. Gongsun Yue''s 6000 cavalry could not fight. They would only stay in junmi City, making use of the advantages of the city wall and Xianbei cavalry. People are ready to return to the state of chatting and farting, a Spurs younger brother suddenly jumped up and said: "I know, Xianbei people come! Boss, I knowSpurs scared a shiver, almost the hands of the glass dropped on the ground, slapped in the past, angry: "roll, don''t disgrace here."


    The younger brother covered his head and said wrongly, "boss, I really know. Do you remember that once Xiaobin and some of them found a checkpoint in the valley on the edge of the grassland in the north?"


    "Well?" The Spurs stopped and said thoughtfully, "what do you mean is that Xianbei people have already arrived there, Gongsun got the news and took 6000 cavalry to support?"


    "Yes, boss, you see, there''s no defense in junmi city. There''s no sign of a big fight coming. Now Gongsun went out suddenly with his cavalry. He definitely received a letter for help from there. "

 Chapter 490

    Listen to the Spurs younger brother''s words, the presence of you boss also react.


    "That''s right," someone immediately said, "I said, how come gongsunyue TMD didn''t recruit folk men and players to guard the city. Spurs boss, do you know any news and don''t tell us? It''s not very kind of you


    "Yes, I can''t see it if you don''t say it."


    It seems that there is something the players don''t know.


    "Dear boss," spurs stood up and said in a loud voice, "anyone who has cavalry should be sent out quickly. Let them set out quickly to catch up with Gongsun Yue''s cavalry and confirm the situation. Maybe our battlefield will change places. I''ll explain the specific things to you later." Then he turned to the downstairs and yelled, "Dingzi, inform binzi immediately, and order all the cavalry to send out. Follow Gongsun Zan''s cavalry. If you have any news, send it back immediately!"


    "Yes, boss." Downstairs immediately out of a player, ran out of the restaurant, toward the city Youzhou cavalry station.


    Other players upstairs saw that Youzhou iron cavalry sent all the cavalry out, and immediately turned around and told their younger brothers to quickly lead the cavalry to catch up with Gongsun Yue''s cavalry. After everyone sent out the cavalry, the Spurs told you all about the things they found out a few months ago. In a few months, although the Youzhou cavalry didn''t find any people in that checkpoint, you can be sure that the people in that checkpoint transported all kinds of food and materials from junmi city and Xu Wucheng in youpeiping from time to time.


    After listening to the introduction of the Spurs, combined with the situation of junmi city these days, you can almost be sure that Gongsun Zan has built one or even several strongholds hundreds of miles away from the Great Wall, and has kept all the players away. After getting this information, all the players feel that they should integrate their forces, otherwise they will lose a lot in the next battle. In this case, the youpeiping players'' League came into being. A group of players even integrated nearly 20000 soldiers. Then they took Tieqi Town, the first town of youpeiping, as the leader, the Spurs of Youzhou Tieqi and orange bear of the Beiping branch of Zilong society as the deputy leader, and ten town governors and the leader of players'' League as the elders, forming a 13 member alliance Presbyterian Council, The alliance''s 20000 troops were divided into 20 thousand man teams, which were handed over to 20 players.


    After all this, we all divided our troops into several routes. On one side, several alliance leaders and Deputy alliance leaders went to the county government to see Yan Gang, who was left behind, hoping to get support and intelligence from him. Others were busy gathering 20000 troops to prepare to send troops as soon as they had news.


    Sure enough, a day later, the player''s cavalry came back with the news that Xianbei cavalry had already arrived. Now they had been fighting with the unknown pass for two days, and the three men of tieqitianxia also got the exact news from Yan Gang. In two days, 100000 Xianbei cavalry had lost nearly 10000 troops under the pass of zhongtangtougou pass. Now gongsunyue''s cavalry has died Arrive at the periphery of the battlefield and prepare to attack Xianbei cavalry with the garrison in the pass at the right time. So the cavalry world immediately asks Yan Gang for an army of players to go to tangtougouguan to assist Gongsun Yue''s army, and also asks junmi whether to join the army.


    Yan Gang thought about it for a moment, then decided to follow the original plan and stick to the city. After all, there are only 14000 soldiers in junmi county and the Great Wall pass, but he agreed to the request of the players'' army. In NPC''s opinion, although the alien army can''t be the main force, he helped Gongsun Yue''s cavalry to contain Xianbei''s troops and reduce the pressure Strength is also good. After several times of consideration, Yan Gang appointed the three men as Sima of xingbie department, temporarily commanding 20000 soldiers and going to Gongsun Yue to listen to orders. At the same time, he said that if they were approved by Gongsun Yue, they would report their appointment to Gongsun Zan after the war and formally appoint the three men. For Yan Gang''s appointment, let three people surprise, for players, official position is a very important thing.


    This unexpected surprise made the three people really happy. After they got out of the county government, they immediately went to the gathering place of 20000 players and gathered all the players to discuss sending troops. At the same time, according to Yan Gang''s requirements, they also reported the list of the chief generals of each department to junmi county government, so that the county government could count everyone''s military achievements. The news that the three men of the iron riding world brought back made everyone very happy. Although only three people could get the official posts of Sima in other departments, they were still assigned the positions of 20 captains. After all this was done, they sent someone to send the list to Yan Gang. After receiving the military order from Yan Gang, 20000 soldiers and tens of thousands of players set out in the direction of tangtougou pass.


    Tens of thousands of players set out, tangtougouguan has ushered in the third day of fighting.


    Different from the previous two days'' attack, this time, the cavalry of Xianbei did not bury themselves in the attack. After yesterday afternoon''s preparation, tens of thousands of soldiers and auxiliary soldiers made thousands of huge wooden shields and hundreds of long ladders. Although they were only very crude equipment, they were also a great pressure on the people guarding the city.


    With the sound of a loud horn of Xianbei central army, the first group of 1000 Xianbei soldiers carried hundreds of huge shields with a height of more than one person to cover two thousand auxiliary soldiers with mud on their back to the direction of the trench, and behind them were thousands of Xianbei bowmen with the same shield. Facing the attack of thousands of Xianbei people, Huang Xu turns around and looks at Tian Yu. Both of them see the dignity in each other''s faces. However, soon, Huang Xu adjusted his mood, aiming at the attack of Xianbei people, and adjusted the defense of Chengtou, so he could better deal with the attack of Xianbei people.Soon, the shield wall of Xianbei people entered the attack range of bow and arrow at the head of the city, but Huang Xu resisted and did not order the bow and arrow soldiers to attack. When the shield wall was 70 steps away, Huang xucai ordered some archers to attack. Unfortunately, facing the huge shield made of giant wood, the archers on the wall obviously could not attack very well. After a few rounds of arrows, less than 200 people were injured. Most of the arrows were blocked by the giant shield, and did no harm to the Xianbei people behind the shield. Seeing that the shield had worked, the Xianbei people who watched the battle behind cheered loudly. On the contrary, the soldiers on the top of the city were quiet, far less excited than the previous two days.

 Chapter 491

    Soon, Xianbei people''s bowmen enter the attack area. Under the cover of giant shield, Xianbei bowmen can finally threaten the city. For a time, the arrows were flying in front of tangtougou pass, and people on both sides of the enemy and us were constantly hit by the arrows. Screams and shouts came one after another on the battlefield. An hour later, the Xianbei people finally filled up the trench before the pass, and the price they paid was 1000 casualties. Compared with the previous two days, the casualties were almost negligible, while tangtougouguan paid nearly 300 casualties, which made the Xianbei people more happy.


    Although most of the casualties were low-level soldiers, the number of casualties still made Huang Xu and Huang Xu dignified. You know, there were only less than 6000 or 7000 middle-level soldiers in Longhua, and the next battle would be more cruel. Even according to this ratio, Longhua would not last for a few days, and the reinforcements of junmi city would only come to thousands of cavalry at most, which is such a situation Come on, Longhua is in danger.


    See Xianbei people temporarily retreat, Huang Xu immediately discuss with Tian Yu, two people a total, feel that the well fence must be installed, to join the city. So, before the next attack of Xianbei people started, Tian Yu immediately arranged for craftsmen to move all the ten well fences to the wall and install them. Huang Xu also selected the archers with higher level. Each well fence was assigned 50 archers, and then equipped with 50 sword and shield soldiers to protect their well. Then it was asked to lift the 20 medium-sized catapults that had already been made to the head of the city.


    It took half an hour for tangtougou to close the equipment. Huang Xu arranged the personnel for each equipment. After that, Tian Yu immediately went back to Longhua town. The battle at the head of the city made him feel a sense of urgency. He immediately led the craftsmen back to the town to speed up the production of several kinds of equipment. In addition, it seems that it is necessary to build the platform and place the catapult as soon as possible. What makes Huang Xu feel strange is that Xianbei did not immediately arrange the attack when the city was busy with the layout, which makes Huang Xu feel that the next battle will not be easy.


    When Huang Xu was at the head of the city, the reason why Xianbei people didn''t attack immediately was that Fu mengcha and others discovered the advantages of log giant shield. The moat had been completely filled up in one round of attack, so the next attack could be adjusted.


    After discussion, fmoncha decided to adjust the army into several units. The wounded soldiers were stationed in the camp, and the other soldiers were divided into two parts. One part cut down trees together with the auxiliary soldiers to continue to make shields and ladders. The other part was divided into several groups, with 8000 to 10000 people in each group, forming an offensive team, carrying a considerable number of giant shields to guard 1000 people, carrying the ladders to take part in the attack, and the other thousands of people took part in the attack The giant shield guards close to the wall, threatening the garrison above the wall and reducing the pressure of the siege soldiers.


    Xianbei people have seen the movement at the head of the city, but they only looked at the layout of the well appendix and did not see the crossbow machine, so they didn''t care. Since the giant shield can block the bow and arrow, what''s the use of climbing higher?


    I don''t know whether Huangfu Chaobo''s luck is too good or Xianbei''s luck is too bad. Originally, the city''s head hasn''t been set up with a siege crossbow. As a result, Xianbei''s 20 big killers have already been installed, waiting for Xianbei''s head to be broken.


    The bugle of attack sounded again, and nearly ten thousand Xianbei troops swarmed in from a distance. In their view, the trench in front of the pass had been filled, and nothing could stop the brave Xianbei warriors. Maybe, the pass could be attacked in one fell swoop in this attack, but they didn''t know what the city behind the pass was like, but it must be better than the city The tribes on the grassland are much richer.


    The attack range of the small bed crossbow was 150-200 steps, but Huang Xu did not let the soldiers launch the crossbow at 200 steps, but waited for the Xianbei people to order the attack at 140 steps. Because the weight of the equipment made of logs was too heavy, even the Xianbei soldiers could not walk fast. After 140 steps, the head of the city gave an order, and all he heard was "BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM, BAM


    After a sound, twenty crossbow guns flew down the city. The crossbow guns, which were about Zhang long, plowed their way through the dense crowd of Xianbei people. Twelve of the twenty crossbows failed to hit the target, and the other eight all hit the Xianbei people''s huge shield, which was smashed in an instant. The huge momentum almost exploded the logs from the middle, and the fragments of the wood scattered everywhere, sweeping away all the Xianbei soldiers around.


    After breaking through the first shield, a crossbow gun didn''t stop immediately. It broke three or even four shields before it stopped. After passing through the body of a Xianbei soldier, it nailed him to the ground. However, the soldier didn''t die for a long time. He groaned bitterly and stretched out his hand to pull out the long gun inserted into his body. It''s a pity It was only when the hand reached the barrel of the gun that it hung down powerlessly. The eight crossbow guns ploughed out eight blood routes before the pass. Although the loss to Xianbei people was not great, the impact on the soldiers was unpredicted.


    Seeing that the effect of the first round of crossbow was not ideal, Huang Xu immediately ordered to prepare for the second round of shooting. Because of the delay of the soldiers, and the heavy shields and long ladders made of logs, the attack speed of Xianbei soldiers was even slower. When the second round of attack came, the Xianbei team reached the position of 100 steps.


    With the reference of the first round, the accuracy of the second round was much higher. Twenty guns, five out of fifteen, once again ferociously ploughed out fifteen blood routes among the Xianbei people. This time, the Xianbei people were obviously frightened, and the front ones stopped there, and they didn''t know whether they should continue to advance. At this time, the Chinese Army sounded the clarion call to continue to attack, and the Xianbei people who were attacking had no choice but to go on.As a matter of fact, as early as the first round of crossbow attack, fmoncha had noticed the abnormality of Xianbei soldiers, but he did not expect that the second round of attack on the wall was so fast and prepared, which led to the delay of the attack. In fact, both he and Yu Wen Cheng knew that such a crossbow machine was not terrible. On the one hand, the accuracy of the attack was too low. On the other hand, they could only attack from a distance, but not in close combat. Once they approached within 80 steps, the crossbow machine basically lost its function. However, ordinary soldiers didn''t know what to do. Therefore, without patience, Fu mengcha had to give a dead order from the Chinese army to carry out a strong attack.


    Fortunately, Suli was very powerful in the eyes of Xianbei people in the East, so the soldiers still insisted on carrying out the orders of the central army. If they had less control, they could riot on the spot.

 Chapter 492

    After several rounds of crossbow attack, although it did not cause too much damage to Xianbei soldiers, it still destroyed a lot of shields. The soldiers who lost their shields either rushed forward directly or ran under other shields beside them. In this way, the people in each shield were full. In the face of this situation, Huang Xu of the city would not miss the opportunity and immediately ordered the archers to attack. Under the baptism of the rain of arrows, the casualties of the soldiers who lost their shields increased rapidly, and the number of casualties increased rapidly The archers on the well appendix mainly attack the archers in Xianbei soldiers.


    After the attack team of Xianbei soldiers entered the range of 80 steps, the bed crossbow at the head of the city had to stop attacking, because it had exceeded its attack distance. Without the attack of bed crossbow, the morale of Xianbei people seemed to rise a little bit, and the attack speed was accelerated by one point. Although many shields have been destroyed, most of the Xianbei archers are protected by shields, and the archers on both sides begin to shoot at each other.


    With the protection of their own archers, the soldiers of Xianbei soon attacked the city. At one time, dozens of long ladders reached the top of the city wall. Unfortunately, because there were no craftsmen, half of the long ladders could not reach the height of the city wall. Nevertheless, more than 30 long ladders reached the top of the city. Soon, some soldiers attacked the city wall one after another, After two days, Xianbei soldiers attacked the wall of tangtougou pass for the first time.


    Huang Xu had already estimated that he was ready. The archer had retreated to the back part of the wall. The soldiers in front of him were sword shield soldiers and long spearmen, and the archers did not stop attacking. Instead, the archers at the head of the city were shooting at the bottom of the city. On the contrary, the senior archers at the top of the well still aimed at Xianbei archer. On the contrary, because the soldiers had already attacked the head of the city, the archers at the bottom of the city Only a few elite archers are shooting.


    After half an hour''s attack, the soldiers of Xianbei who attacked the head of the city were finally weak. They watched the soldiers attack the head of the city continuously, but the position of the head of the city did not expand at all. Fu mengcha of the Chinese Army knew that this round of attack had failed, but he had to order to retreat. Soon, the retreat horn of Xianbei people sounded on the battlefield. Within a moment, the Xianbei people at the head of the city and under the city retreated completely. Even the wounded on the battlefield were mostly taken away by the retreating soldiers.


    Seeing that the Xianbei people had finally retreated, Huang Xu immediately made arrangements to clean the battlefield at the head of the city, count the casualties, and rescue the wounded soldiers. Now he can''t care about the wounded soldiers of Xianbei soldiers in the city. This round of attack caused nearly 600 casualties to tangtougouguan, while Xianbei people left 3000 bodies. Huang Xugang had the injured soldiers transported down the wall, and Xianbei''s second round of attack began. At this time, it was getting late, and it would be dark in less than two hours. Huang Xu knew that Xianbei would be more fully prepared for this round of attack.


    Sure enough, after fighting back this round of attack, Huang Xu found that although he tried his best to avoid greater losses, the final result was that the casualties reached more than 700, and the Xianbei people also left 4000 under the city. If we calculate in this way, there will be basically no loss in the first two days in Longhua, but 1700 casualties in the third day.


    At present, there are 12000 soldiers in Longhua Town and baihugou pass, and there are 2000 new soldiers in baihugou town and baihugou pass. In one day, the loss has reached nearly 20%. Although half of them can recover after recuperation and treatment, it will be ten days and eight days later. That is to say, there will be only 8000 soldiers in tangtougou pass tomorrow There''s no one left. After discussing with Tian Yu, Huang Xu decided to recruit another 3000 soldiers in Longhua. However, after two conscriptions, only 15000 people were left in the two towns of Longhua, where the population of ordinary people had already reached 23000. Among them, there were less than 5000 young and strong people, and the rest were old, weak and Confucian.


    One thousand of the newly recruited 3000 soldiers were sent to baihugou town to replace the original 2000 soldiers to Longhua, while the remaining 2000 were arranged to operate bed crossbows and catapults. As a result, the number of taxi drivers in tangtougou has reached 12000, which is 2000 more than the previous 10000, but in terms of quality, alas, it''s all tears.


    After recruiting soldiers, they arranged to install all kinds of equipment in place overnight. After a few days, there were 40 catapults, two more Jinglan, and five more bed crossbows. After installing all these, it was late in the night. After Huang Xu went to the city wall for another tour, he had a rest in the tower above the city wall for two hours Chen.


    When the battle of tangtougouguan was in full swing, the battle of Lulong fortress also began.


    As an adult of Xianbei in the East, Suli had some ability. When the army arrived at Lulong fortress, Suli immediately arranged for people to cut wood to make various siege equipment. After half a day''s preparation, Suli began to attack Lulong fortress. Compared with the partial division of fumengcha, Suli''s attack was like a storm. As soon as the war started, Party A became white hot.


    Facing the Gongsun Zan army of Lulong fortress, Suli put 30000 soldiers into the attack at one time, and the unexpected Gongsun Zan almost made the Xianbei Army stand on the fortress. Fortunately, general Baima, who had been fighting for a long time, responded quickly. He quickly transferred the soldiers in the pass to the city. He personally led the number of soldiers of the single king to fight against the enemy, and finally drove the Xianbei people out of the city. Then Guan Jing immediately directed the rotation of the soldiers to take over the city quickly to prevent the Xianbei people from carrying out the second round attack immediately.Sure enough, the Xianbei army retreated less than a pillar of incense time, and the second round of attack was as promised. Seeing that the Xianbei people attacked like crazy, Guan Jing immediately suggested Gongsun Zan to transfer the strange people and their soldiers to the city to help guard the pass, while Gongsun Zan''s own soldiers could make more room for rotation. Gongsun Zan immediately agreed to divide all the players and the players'' soldiers into several parts, and then transferred them to the city in turn to participate in the city defense. He also divided his own soldiers into several parts, led by several generals, and also took turns to defend the city wall.


    In this way, after several rounds of offensive and defensive battles, the Lulong fortress is still as solid as a rock, and is properly controlled by Gongsun Zan. However, a day of fierce fighting caused heavy casualties on both sides. Gongsun Zan''s army lost more than 4000 people because of the first round of attack. In addition to the next battle, at the end of the day, the army lost more than 8000 people, while Xianbei''s army lost more.

 Chapter 493

    Seeing that the loss in one day has reached nearly 20%, Gongsun Zan feels that he must be prepared for greater losses. After discussing with Guan Jing, he ordered Gongsun fan and Tian Kai, who were left in the two counties, to recruit 20000 more soldiers in each county. Meanwhile, he concentrated the elite soldiers in the two counties, and the newly recruited soldiers were used to guard the county, so as to deal with the various situations that the two counties might face.


    Both wars had begun, and Gongsun Yue''s army had reached 150 miles south of tangtougouguan. On the one hand, six thousand cavalry are not worth mentioning in front of one hundred thousand cavalry; on the other hand, after the three men of the iron cavalry handed over 20000 soldiers and tens of thousands of players to a group of player generals, they rode fast and caught up with Gongsun Yue with strict military orders. Seeing that there were tens of thousands of troops behind them, Gongsun Yue set up camp on the spot, waiting for the army behind him, while waiting Let people explore the situation of tangtougouguan.


    Originally, Longhua''s role was to delay and kill the Xianbei army. If Longhua and Xianbei army were defeated, Gongsun Zan''s forces would be most happy to see that. If Longhua could take the lead, Gongsun Yue''s 6000 cavalry would surely become the last straw to crush the camel. However, once Longhua was difficult to support, Gongsun Yue would quickly lead the Liubei army Thousands of cavalry returned to junmi, even to the Great Wall checkpoint.


    Gongsun Zan''s idea is known not only by his generals, but also by Huangfu Chaobo people. Therefore, it is gratifying that Huangfu Chaobo was able to keep the order of Huang Xu in Longhua. If he can''t keep it, he should withdraw the important generals and craftsmen to youbeiping as far as possible. There is no need to fill in all his efforts for gongsunzan.


    The next day, the battle in front of the two passes came as promised. Before tangtougou pass, some of the people in fumengcha felt that after three days of fighting, they had basically understood the situation of tangtougou pass, so they were ready to attack with all their strength today, so as to win here as soon as possible, and then continue to March South and approach youbeiping, so as to achieve the goal of containing Gongsun Zan''s troops.


    Unfortunately, a few people did not expect that there are still several maces in the pass that have not been used up to now.


    In today''s stalemate in the first round of attack, fmonca, who thinks he is in the grip of victory, did not order to retreat. Instead, he ordered the second wave of attack troops to attack the city. Huang Xu on the head of the city saw that Xianbei wanted to go down at one stroke, and immediately ordered the catapult to be ready for projection.


    After loading the catapult last night, Tian Yu had secretly ordered the craftsmen and soldiers to test the catapult, and then made adjustments according to the test results. Only when Huang xuchengtou ordered it, the catapult would be ready to throw stones. The attack distance of the small catapult ranged from 120 to 150 steps. Because the catapult was located behind tangtougou pass, Tian Yu set the attack distance of the catapult to the farthest 150 steps, and each catapult was calibrated. In this way, 30 catapults almost covered the whole area about 120 steps before the pass.


    Seeing that reinforcements had been sent out behind him, the morale of Xianbei soldiers in the attack was greatly boosted, while the morale of the city''s garrison was slightly damaged. The defense line retreated a little bit. Huang Xu saw this, and quickly transferred two thousand men to the city from the bottom of the city. However, although the defense line was stabilized, there was no order to drive the Xianbei soldiers above the city wall down. Now that the second wave had been sent out, So Huang Xu wants to take this opportunity to hit Xianbei people again. After all, everything is under his control now.


    Soon, inspired by the backward movement of the defense line at the head of the city, the second wave of siege soldiers under the city speeded up their march, and soon reached a distance of 120 steps. Huang Xu sees that Xianbei soldiers have arrived at the reserved area. After a few breaths, he orders the catapult to attack.


    "Hoo..."


    "Hoo..."


    "Hoo..."


    "Hum..."


    "Hum..."


    "Hum..."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    For a moment, thirty stones of the size of a millstone flew over the whole pass, whistling toward the place more than 100 steps before the pass. The whistling sound caused by the flying stone attracted everyone''s attention. Several Xianbei generals closed the door and screamed: "throw the stone!"


    Unfortunately, it was too late for the taxi drivers to hear their voices. Thirty dark shadows came down from the sky with a roar.


    "Bang..."


    "Bang..."


    "Bang..."


    Huge clouds of dust rose from the battlefield, and from time to time there were bursts of shrill screams. Thirty huge catapults didn''t stop immediately after they fell into the middle of Xianbei soldiers. Instead, they continued to roll forward with great momentum. All the way, those who blocked them put on their banners, pressing out blood routes more terrifying than crossbows.


    "Ah, the catapult Behind the battlefield, all the other Xianbei generals in the middle of Xianbei army, who were watching the battle, exclaimed. Fu mengcha and Yu Wencheng looked at each other and saw the fear from each other''s eyes. They didn''t expect that there were so many catapults in each other''s eyes. Damn it, Fu mengcha wanted to recall the second Bosi soldier who had been sent out, but Yu Wencheng stopped him. This kind of situation was so serious In this case, it''s very difficult to save these two waves of taxi soldiers. Instead of doing so, it''s better to fight to the death. Maybe it will work wonders.Thus, the Xianbei army sounded the bugle of attack again.


    Hearing the bugle from the enemy, Huang Xu knew that the other side was ready to use more than 10000 soldiers. So he immediately ordered the catapult to replace the stones. At the same time, he also called up 1000 crossbow soldiers who had not been involved in guarding the city. Not only that, he also called up 1000 shield soldiers to the city to prepare for the crazy attack of Xianbei people.


    After hearing the attack horn from the Chinese army, two waves of more than 10000 Xianbei soldiers suddenly went crazy and tried their best to attack the city. It''s a pity that the catapult has already been replaced with crushed stones, and the overwhelming rain of stones is falling from the sky. Although Xianbei soldiers try to quickly pass through the dangerous area covered by the catapult, it''s a pity that only a few lucky people in the front have entered the safe area because they escaped the attack of the first wave of catapults. It''s the taxi soldiers in the back who are interested in it It''s like rushing to death, rushing towards the stone rain one after another.


    From time to time, the blood mist splashed in the crowd of Xianbei soldiers, which gave off a strange red in the sun. In the end, more than 60% of Xianbei soldiers rushed through the attack range of the catapult, but this did not mean that they were safe. On the contrary, there were more cruel crossbows waiting for them. Under Huang Xu''s order, 25 bed crossbows were fired within the range of Baibu.

 Chapter 494

    After the crossbow, it was the archer''s attack area. After two rounds of weapon attack, the shield in the hands of Xianbei soldiers had been basically lost. The soldiers who had no defense ability could only speed up and rush forward again. In their opinion, they only need to rush to the city to save their lives.


    It''s a pity that they don''t know that the Xianbei warriors at the head of the city don''t have a good life either. At the head of the city where the garrison is added, Huang Xu has ordered the soldiers to gradually reduce the scope of Xianbei people at the head of the city. Now the Xianbei people at the head of the city are slowly retreating, while the Xianbei soldiers at the bottom of the city are constantly climbing up the long ladder. As a result, the soldiers on the ladder are tragic and want to go up If you don''t go, you can''t get down.


    Seeing that the second Boshi had entered the range of 80 steps, Huang xucai ordered the soldiers to fight back. Soon, with the efforts of all the soldiers at the head of the city, Xianbei soldiers were driven down from the head of the city, and then all the long ladders were either pushed down or ignited by the fire oil falling down from the head of the city. Some soldiers beside the long ladders were on fire together with the ladders.


    Looking at the fact that both bosh soldiers were trapped at the foot of the city wall and couldn''t advance or retreat, Fu mengcha found that he had been cheated by the city guards. He felt that everything was for him to put all the 12000 soldiers in. Seeing this situation, Fu mengcha had to order the soldiers to withdraw and let the soldiers escape as much as they could. At this time, Huang Xu, who found that the Xianbei people wanted to escape, immediately ordered the crossbow soldiers in front and the archer soldiers in the back to attack the Xianbei soldiers who were fleeing with their heads in a dilemma. Not only the crossbow soldiers, but also the Jinglan, the bed crossbow and the catapult were attacking heartily.


    After a pillar of incense, less than 2000 of the 12000 Xianbei soldiers retreated to the Xianbei camp, most of them with injuries. More than 10000 other soldiers were left behind in tangtougou pass, including a Wanfu commander who was personally beheaded by Huang Xu and seven Qianfu commanders who were damaged in the chaos. Seeing this situation, fmoncha only felt that his throat was sweet, then his eyes were black, and he was unconscious. Yuwen becomes convinced, and immediately orders the withdrawal of troops back to the camp, and then quickly let people carry Fu mengcha to the camp to find the witch doctor for treatment.


    Seeing that the Xianbei people had withdrawn from the attack area, Huang Xu did not arrange for soldiers to go to the city to clean the battlefield. It was not that he was unwilling, but that he lost a lot of money. Although there were nearly 12000 soldiers, just now the Xianbei people went crazy and finally fought back the attack, the defenders also lost 3000 people, less than 9000 people were left, and 2000 of them were recruits Zi, he can only operate the catapult and bed crossbow, and there are only 7000 soldiers. Because of the long time archery, the crossbow soldiers in these thousands of soldiers have lost their strength. Now in the head of the city, the whole team is the last garrison of two thousand soldiers, and almost all the other soldiers and horses are resting.


    The situation of Xianbei people is not much better. Up to now, the four-day attack has made Xianbei people lose nearly 40000 soldiers, of which 30000 are dead, and more than 10000 are injured. One commander of ten thousand and twenty-six commander of thousand have been lost. It can be said that the Xianbei army has been broken to the bone along the way. That''s why he fainted on the battlefield reason.


    The Xianbei army, which had lost its general, was in a mess. Now there were only nine of the ten ten ten thousand captains left. Yuwen, the three who became the first, asked to continue the attack, while huyangu, the three, suggested that five to ten thousand people should be left to watch the pass. The other armies went directly south. The three ten thousand captains of sumenza thought that they should report the situation to adult Suli Waiting for fmontsa to wake up. In the end, none of the three parties could persuade anyone, so the war in front of tangtougou pass was confined to a strange calm.


    What we didn''t expect was that it took three days for him to be in a coma. When the battle in tangtougouguan stopped, the battle of Lulong fortress was really going on. In a few days, Suli organized an army to launch more than ten attacks. In the end, he didn''t win the fortress, but lost tens of thousands of soldiers. However, he also succeeded in letting Gongsun Zan More than ten thousand soldiers were lost, while players and soldiers lost more.


    Gongsun Yue, on the other hand, successfully waited for 20000 soldiers and tens of thousands of soldiers. After gathering tens of thousands of soldiers, Gongsun Yue finally got bold and pushed the army forward to Longhua for tens of miles. He found a place less than 100 miles away from Longhua that was more conducive to defense. On the one hand, he arranged soldiers to organize defense on the spot, and on the other hand, he sent cavalry Go and explore the situation of tangtougouguan carefully. Gongsun Yue won''t confront Xianbei people with his cavalry under the condition that he can''t do anything.


    The eyes of the whole Youzhou are attracted by the battle of general Baima, and in the Central Plains, Huangfu Chaobo, known as the first player, once again attracts people''s eyes. With the help of Chen Gong, a counselor of Lu Bu, several princes around Luoyang finally formed an alliance against Huangfu.


    A few days ago, Yuan Shao took his nephew Gao Gan as the main general, Yan Liang as the vanguard, led 50000 soldiers, Jizhou demoted general Ju Yi led 10000 first boarders to follow, and gathered troops in Xindu city. In addition to the original army of Anping state, Xindu city gathered 100000 troops. Yuan Shao''s action made Han Fu very nervous, so he quickly sent Zhang Yan to lead 50000 troops to Guang Zong, to prevent Yuan Shao army westward.


    Just when we were all puzzled that Yuan Shao''s army suddenly stopped at Xindu and no longer moved westward. On the other hand, the princes suddenly sent out troops, and Cao Cao of Qiao County suddenly sent 50000 troops to Liang state, which made Kong Bi and Chen Liu Zhang Miao of Yuzhou very frightened. They thought that Cao Cao wanted to send troops to attack himself and sent troops to the county where Cao Cao met. After getting the news, Huangfu Chaobo still wondered why these two guys suddenly had an action?Just when Huangfu Chaobo attracted two military advisers to discuss business because of Yuan Shao''s and Cao Cao''s actions, Lu Bu received two secret letters in a day from his temporary residence in Xin''an city. After seeing these two secret letters, Lv Bu Dayue immediately ordered to gather the generals for discussion. This is a secret letter sent back by Chen Gong and Xu Si. According to the agreement between Chen Gong and Lv Bu at that time, the purpose of the secret letter is to inform Lv Bu that he can send troops to attack Hangu pass, because the princes are not fools, and no one is willing to come out to attract Huangfu Chaobo''s attention, so the first shot should be fired by Lv Bu''s army.


    Only when Lv Bu and Huangfu Chaobo took over the battle, Zhang Yang and Yuan Shu would send out troops. At the same time, it also provided cover for the two princes to send out troops. That night, Lu Bu ordered Wei Xu to leave ten thousand soldiers from his headquarters and ten thousand cavalry from his own Bingzhou wolf cavalry to defend the three cities of Shanxian, Jianchi and Xin''an. All the other soldiers and horses marched into Hangu pass.

 Chapter 495

    In the second year of the Han Dynasty, August 25, 191, Han Fenwei general and Wenhou Lvbu led 50000 troops and 30000 civilians, known as 100000 troops, to attack Hangu pass and attack sizhoumu Huangfu Chaobo, who was appointed by Dong thief. They wanted to recapture Luoyang, the eastern capital of the Han Dynasty, and prepare for the return of the emperor.


    For a moment, the world was in an uproar! Yuan Shao, the leader of the alliance, and Cao Cao, the deputy leader, kept silent.


    Many players lost their glasses on the ground. When did NIMA, the straight hearted LV Wenhou learn to play this set of twists and turns?


    The next day, that is, August 26, Hanoi prefect Zhang Yang responded by gathering 50000 troops to cross the Yellow River southward and advance to Luoyang.


    The next night, although it was dark, Huangfu Chaobo was not half sleepy at all. Yesterday''s Lv Bu''s sudden attack made Huangfu Chaobo feel relieved. Considering that Lv Bu had 50000 troops in his hands, plus the world''s number one military general like Lv Bu and several famous generals at all levels such as Zhang Liao, Huangfu Chaobo always felt that although there were enough troops at Hangu pass, he always felt that the generals were good There are indeed some deficiencies.


    After discussing with Tian Feng and Lou GUI, Huangfu Chaobo decides to send Dian Wei to Hangu pass. There are two thousand guards who go to Hangu pass together. Dian Wei''s purpose is to fight against Lv Bu. Although it is not enough for him to resist Lv Bu alone, Wu''an kingdom is still there. Together, they should be able to barely support him. Of course, although the rank of Dian Wei was higher than that of Zhou Cang, the commander of Hangu pass, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t mean to change the commander. On the one hand, it was taboo for military strategists to change the commander. On the other hand, Zhou Cang had been the commander of Hangu pass for a long time, and he knew nothing about the situation of Hangu pass.


    But what Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect was that Dian Wei and two thousand troops had just been sent out, and less than a day later, Hanoi Zhang Yang suddenly declared war. So Huangfu Chaobo immediately summoned two military strategists and Huang Zhong and Huang wudie to discuss business in the prefecture. In addition, Jia Jing and Shi a, together with nearly ten people in the party, did not discuss a specific plan until the evening. It was not that there was no plan, but that they did not know or were not sure whether Zhang Yang was the only one who responded to Lu Bu.


    In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to order the only hundreds of water troops in Luoyang to drive all the ships to a simple water stronghold near hulaoguan overnight, because although Zhang Yang''s water army is not strong, it is still invincible in front of the Luoyang water army which has not started yet. So in the next few days, what Luoyang army can do is wait quietly, waiting for all ghosts and ghosts to jump out. What we can do now is to order all the cities in Luoyang to be well prepared. What we didn''t expect is that when Huangfu Chaobo just asked Shi a to send the order, the shadow guard outside sent the message from Luoshen town.


    The mayor of wolf Town in Luyang killed the wrong wolf and went to Luoshen town in person to tell Chen Jing that Yuan Shu of Nanyang didn''t send troops for the so-called suppression of the yellow scarf thieves in woliu mountain, but Luoyang.


    The time goes back to two days ago. Since ten days ago in Nanyang, the general''s office issued a military order, requiring all villages and towns in Nanyang to gather a certain number of troops to eliminate the yellow scarf thieves together with the court troops in Nanyang. Therefore, all villages and towns in Nanyang took the lead to gather at the designated places as soon as possible. However, after the assembly of the army, the general Ji Ling did not send troops immediately. Instead, he took the army to a valley in the northwest of Luyang county to hide.


    It was not until yesterday that 5000 troops were left behind in Luyang that they sent troops all the way to the northwest under the night. Different from NPC soldiers, the players are all thoughtful people, especially the Lords of the villages and towns. Soon more than one player found this exception, and kill wolf was one of them. After discussing with his friends, combined with the news that Lu Bu sent troops to Hangu pass yesterday, he found that Yuan Shu wanted to attack Luoyang.


    After discussing with a group of close friends all night, he decided to go to changshe to report to the people left behind by Huangfu Chaobo. First, the development and rise of wolf Town is inseparable from Huangfu Chaobo''s care. Second, Huangfu Chaobo is a player, while Yuan Shu is a NPC, and is about to die. According to historical development, Nanyang will soon be harmed by Yuan Shu, and then little yuan Sangong will be killed again To change to Shouchun to harm those people in Yangzhou, so kill the wrong wolf will have such an idea.


    After a discussion, he handed over the dozens of soldiers to the leaders of several close friends to continue to pay attention to the situation of Yuan Shu''s army, while he immediately committed suicide and returned to the town. Then he rushed to Luoshen town and told the news to Chen Jing, the commander of Luoshen town. Chen Jing knew that he had killed the wrong wolf. When he got the news, he was so surprised that he immediately arranged the shadow guard to send the news back to Luoyang overnight. That''s why Huangfu Chaobo was able to get the news that Yuan Shu had joined Luoyang so quickly.


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Shi a to order all the soldiers and people in the newly occupied counties around Luoyang to move to the surrounding counties. All the materials that can be taken away will be taken away, and all those that cannot be taken away will be burned. As for Pingyin, Huangfu Chaobo believes that Zilong will be able to defend it. In addition, there are more than 6000 soldiers and horses in each of these counties. In the four cities except Henan, the other three cities have inner cities and enough food and grass for more than ten thousand soldiers and horses for three months. As for Pingyin, Huangfu Chaobo believes that Zilong will be able to defend it Hou should not have the heart to attack such a remote county.


    Shi adeling immediately stepped down to give orders to several counties. However, people were not sure whether the thousands of soldiers and people in the southernmost Liang County could withdraw smoothly. At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo also ordered that the people and soldiers of Luoyang and its surrounding towns and villages should be withdrawn to Luoyang again.Sure enough, on the evening of the order of Huangfu Chaobo, general Ji Ling of Yuan Shu''s army, who was in Luyang and claimed to be exterminating the remaining evils of Huangjin, suddenly led his troops to the north and entered Liang county. The next morning, Yuan Shu announced in Wancheng that he would respond to Lu Bu and attack Luoyang.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo received the war report from the shadow guard. When the county magistrate Lu Yan and county Wei Jishe received the order from Luoyang, Liang county was surrounded by 20000 vanguard troops led by Chen Lan of Nanyang army. After Chen Lan failed to persuade him to surrender, he ordered the army to attack the city overnight. After a fierce night''s battle, Nanyang army captured Liang county at the cost of losing 3000 soldiers. Liang county magistrate Lu Yan, Xian Wei Jishe and 3000 garrison all fought to death, and burned all the materials in Liang County at the last moment. One of Chen Lan''s generals, seeing the 3000 new soldiers in Liang County, let his vanguard army lose more than 3000. When he became angry, he ordered the city to be slaughtered. More than 1000 craftsmen and people in Liang county were killed.

 Chapter 496

    "Bang..." When hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo just called in two military advisers to discuss how to deal with the three-way princes attacking Luoyang. When he heard that Yuan Shujun dared to slaughter the city, he was very angry. He rubbed his body together and kicked out the case in front of him. He said angrily, "yuan shudog thief, you dare to slaughter the city even if you occupy our city and kill our officials I''ll pay you back


    "Lord, calm down!" Seeing this, Lou GUI rushed forward and said, "Lord, don''t be angry and start fighting. Yuan Shu didn''t mean to enrage the Lord. Please be careful!"


    "Yes, general. Now that the three princes are attacking Luoyang, our army can''t go out of the city easily." Tian Feng was also on the side of the road;


    "yes," in fact, Huangfu Chaobo was just angry that Yuan Shu was so shameless to take advantage of the fire, but he didn''t rush out of the city to fight against 200000 princes. "We just need to stick to the city. When the reinforcements of the Guandong princes arrive, the three princes will retreat. Besides, we can also send a letter to the chief and Deputy alliance leaders and let them uphold justice for Luoyang."


    "Lord," Lou GUI really didn''t want to break the dream of Huangfu Chaobo, but his duty forced him to remind him: "please forget our chief and Deputy allies. In fact, they are already helping us, but it''s not helpful to use your strange words."


    "Ah Huangfu Chaobo was stunned.


    "My Lord," said Tian Feng, "did you know that yuan and Cao''s armies have been on their respective borders for many days?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, still at a loss.


    "Don''t you see what it is? The purpose of the two men''s sending troops is to contain the troops of our Luoyang allies and make them dare not send troops to support them! " Then Huangfu Chaobo reacted and looked at the map in the conference hall. Sure enough, Chen bingxindu, the army of Yuan Shao, has attracted Han Fu''s general Zhang Ying and tens of thousands of troops. He does not dare to have any idea of leading troops to Hanoi. However, Cao Cao''s army had already attracted Chen Liu''s troops and Yuzhou''s troops to the state of Liang, so it was impossible to have the energy and strength to take care of Huangfu''s super rich Luoyang.


    "Pa" Huangfu snapped the map on the wall and said, "Damn it, when did Lu Bu have such a powerful counselor? This is a plan for Luoyang. It''s so perfect..." Just as Huangfu Chaobo was preparing to discuss with the two military strategists how to deal with the three-way attack, the system prompt sound sounded in Huangfu Chaobo''s ear:


    "congratulations to the players, start the seventh ring of Luoyang reconstruction task: princes counter attack. After Dong Zhuo moved his capital to Chang''an, situ Wangyun and Marquis Wen Lvbu wanted to get rid of Dong Zhuo, but they were defeated by the players. Wang Yun was killed and Lu Bu fled.


    After Dong Zhuo calmed the rebellion of Lu Bu Wang Yun, he thought that the troops were tight now, so he listened to Li Ru''s suggestion and decided to shrink the defense area. Dong Zhuo decided to re-establish Si Zhou and Yong Zhou. Dong Zhuo ordered Hongnong and Hangu troops to be withdrawn to Tongguan, and divided Sili Xiaowei Department into two. Zuo fengxu, you Fufeng and Jing Zhaoyin, which are still under the control of Dong Zhuo, are set as Yongzhou, while Henan, Hanoi, Hedong and Hongnong, which are not under the control of Dong Zhuo, are set as Sizhou.


    In order to make friends with you who are on the rise in Luoyang, and also to alienate the princes of Guandong, you are appointed as general Cong Sanpin Pingdong and Si zhoumu. At the same time, huangfusong is appointed as the grand prefect of Hongnong. As a result, the princes of Guandong were greatly dissatisfied with this move, so Nanyang governor Yuan Shu joined forces with Hanoi governor Zhang Yang and Lu Bu, who escaped from Chang''an and was still in Hongnong, to attack Luoyang, while Yuan Shao, the leader of the alliance, and Cao Cao, the deputy leader of the alliance, also kept silent. "


    "I''m Theo, and NIMA congratulates me. I''ll do it!" Hearing the system prompt, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help yelling. The sixth link has been completed for a long time, and the next link hasn''t been opened. Huangfu Chaobo knows that the next link is not easy. Who knows, it''s not easy to start and stop. It''s killing. Nima, the alliance leader and the Deputy alliance leader kept silent. What they said was true. Looking at the current situation, if they kept silent, they almost put the knife on themselves. You can accept Dong Zhuo''s appointment. I can''t do it. It''s really a special pit.


    Several people on the scene looked at Huangfu Chaobo in surprise, because it was a personal hint, so no one else could hear it. Huangfu Chaobo walked to the master''s seat with a helpless face, and then told several people the system prompt just now.


    After a moment''s meditation, Tian Feng said, "it seems that we can only rely on our own strength to defend Luoyang without reinforcements."


    "Yes," Huang Zhong said, "but the three princes have at least 200000 troops, and we can only use less than 20000 soldiers in Hangu pass, and there are only 45000 soldiers in Luoyang City. Fortunately, these 45000 soldiers are above the middle level, and 15000 of them are high-level elite soldiers. But if these soldiers and horses are guarding Luoyang, they are more than enough to guard the city, but they are not enough to solve the crisis of Luoyang this time. "


    "Yes," Lou GUI''s standard action was to cuddle his beard, and he said: "General Huang''s statement is reasonable. Moreover, there are only less than 20000 troops in Hangu pass. It''s OK to face Lv Bu''s nearly 100000 troops, but once Yuan Shu''s army sends a partial division to attack Hangu pass, it will be dangerous. Once Hangu pass is lost, Luoyang will be surrounded by three groups, which will not last long. ""Ah, what shall we do? Why don''t we enlist another 30000 or 50000 soldiers, and we''re afraid we won''t be able to wipe out their 100000 strong army? " Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "my Lord, you think too simply. For one thing, in terms of all kinds of material reserves in Luoyang, you can recruit 20000 to 25000 soldiers at most. Secondly, our new recruits are all at the level of ten, and they can''t compete with the army of the three route princes. Therefore, even if we recruit more taxis, it is impossible to defeat the three route princes in a short time, but the situation in Luoyang does not allow us to defend for a long time, not more than half a year at most. If we can''t repel the three route princes in half a year, Luoyang will be able to defend us in vain even if we pay for our early work. At that time, whoever sends 30000 or 50000 troops will be able to defeat us Drive out of Luoyang. " Lou GUI shakes his head and says;


    after Lou GUI''s words, everyone calms down. For a moment, the meeting hall is so quiet that you can only hear people''s breathing.


    For a long time, Huangfu Chaobo said: "no matter how many soldiers there are, the water will come and the soil will be flooded. Two gentlemen, let''s talk about the current situation first. How many troops will Hangu pass need if it wants to hold

 Chapter 497

    Lou GUI and Tian Feng looked at each other at three points, and Tian Feng came forward and said, "my Lord, after discussing, the two of them think that the key to keep Hangu pass is not how many troops there are, but that Hangu pass is only a place where there is no room for maneuver. Therefore, we think that if we want to keep Hangu pass, the valley city must not lose. If Gucheng wants to survive, it needs at least 10000 to 15000 troops, and then a great general who can defend himself. "


    After listening to Tian Feng''s words, Huangfu Chaobo thought to himself that 10000 to 15000 soldiers and horses are simple. According to the arrangement, the soldiers and people in the new town have been evacuated to Gucheng. Now that Gucheng has 6000 soldiers and horses, just transfer another 5000 soldiers and horses in. It''s a question of who should be sent to fight alone. You know, it was because there was no one to fight alone that Zaozhi was sent to Hanguguan to join the army. Now there is another general.


    There are more than ten historical generals in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, but Huang Zhong and Hua Xiong are the only ones who can stand in their own way, but neither of them can move now. Luoyang must be guarded by Huang Zhong, and Hulao pass is the only way for Luoyang army to retreat. Except Hua Xiong, there is no other general to guard. In fact, there are still generals, such as Jiang Qin and Zhou Tai, who can stand in their own way. But the problem is that they are both in Jingzhou now, and when they will return to Luoyang is still unknown.


    Apart from these two generals, there are only a few guards in Luoyang City. Huang Zhong can''t move. Pei yuanshao can be a general, but it''s more difficult to defend one side alone. His intelligence is not as good as Zhou Cang''s. then there are shooting commander huyandu, digging commander duguxiong, and prosecuting Commander Shi A. These are not the same materials, then Yang Feng and Guo Da Xian and Yu digen, all these three people can say is that they have average abilities in all aspects. Yang Feng is a little better, but it''s only a few months since he surrendered. Although his loyalty has barely passed 80, Huang Fu Chao Bo is really worried about handing over more than 10000 people to him. There are two other people, Huang Xu and Tian Yu, who can stand alone. Unfortunately, they are far away...


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was struggling with the selection of Gucheng general, a tender voice sounded in the hall.


    "The general is not willing to lead the troops to guard the valley city and help each other with Hangu pass."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked up and didn''t think it was Huang wudie. Huangfu Chaobo was moved in his heart. Yes, this young general has strong abilities in all aspects. Unfortunately, he has little experience. If Zhao Yu is also there, they will be safe in guarding Gucheng.


    Xu Shi saw Huangfu''s hesitation, and Huang Wudi walked forward a few steps: "if you don''t want to lead the army to guard the valley city for the general, please let him promise!"


    Huangfu Chaobo hesitated and looked at the two military strategists and Huang Zhong. You should know that the soldiers guarding Gucheng were all junior soldiers. Although it was a small city, it was still very dangerous. But Huangfu Chaobo looked at it one by one, and several of them nodded with a smile. It was obvious that they all agreed to Huang wudie''s guarding the valley city. To tell you the truth, Huangfu Chaobo really didn''t want a little girl to do such a dangerous task. However, on second thoughts, no one in Luoyang is more suitable for her. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo gritted his teeth and said, "Captain Yang Wei, Huang wudie, listen to the order!"


    "Not in the future!" Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo agreed, Huang wudie knelt down happily and said in a loud voice;


    "I want you to be the commander of Gucheng. I want you to lead the first middle-level Infantry School and the two Xiliang cavalry units to enter Gucheng. In addition, Shi a, the procurator''s captain, sent an order to the county seat of Henan. He ordered the county magistrate and the county captain of Henan to abandon the county seat of Henan, and all the soldiers and horses of the people to withdraw into Gucheng and join the soldiers and horses of Gucheng and Xincheng They will guard the valley city together, and the three county captains will assist Huang wudie to guard the valley city and coordinate the troops of Hangu pass. "


    "Not to be ordered!" Huang Wudi quickly took orders, Shi a also stood up to take orders, and then quickly arranged for personnel to pass orders to Henan county.


    Huang Zhong, Lou GUI and Tian Feng were surprised by Huangfu''s decision. Each of the three counties had 3000 guards. In addition to the 7000 medium and high-level arms Huang wudie brought, the number of soldiers in the small valley city reached 16000. Although they were not as many as 18000 soldiers in Hangu pass, they were not a soft persimmon Yuan Shu wanted to pinch. On the contrary, they were not small Hard bones. I believe that Yuan Shu''s army did not dare to attack Gucheng without 30000 or 50000 troops.


    The reaction of several people immediately for Huangfu Chaobo''s determination and convinced. Huang Zhong knows that Huangfu Chaobo specially transferred two thousand Xiliang cavalry to Huang Wudi because he cared about her safety, while Tian Feng and Lou GUI were admired by Huangfu Chaobo for their decisiveness. You know, if you give up Henan County, you realize that Yuan Shu''s army has the best camp around Luoyang. Once the war is tangled, it will be very difficult for Luoyang army to threaten Yuan Shu army.


    "Lord, just a moment!" Lou GUI''s eyes suddenly moved, and he seemed to think of something. After a little meditation, he stood up and said,


    after hearing the words, Huangfu looked at Lou GUI and said, "what else can I do for you, sir?"


    "If you have something to say, I''d like to ask Dugu Xiaowei." Lou GUI stands up and says,


    Huangfu Chaobo nods and looks at Dugu Xiong.


    Seeing this, Dugu Xiong quickly stood up and said, "I don''t know if Mr. Lou has any questions for me?"


    "How is general Dugu''s army going?" Lou GUI said with a smile;"Huh?" Tian Feng and Huang Zhong immediately realized something. Huangfu Chaobo also quickly reflected that Lou GUI wanted to make good use of the small town of Henan. By the way, after the completion of the sixth ring task, Luoyang City has finally become a county city recognized by the system, that is to say, it has reached the scale of Zhongcheng, and the three brothers of Dugu Xiong have already completed the transfer of generals. Now they are all rank generals. In addition, the barracks in Luoyang City have reached the advanced level, so the requirements for training a special branch of arms, the digging army, have all been met That''s it.


    Shortly after finishing the task, Dugu Xiong came to Huangfu Chaobo and asked for the formation of the digging army. Huangfu Chaobo immediately agreed. Now several months have passed, and Huangfu Chaobo has never had time to ask about the formation of Dugu Xiong. As soon as Lou GUI mentioned it, everyone''s eyes brighten and they all turn to look at Dugu Xiong.


    "Report back to the general, Mr. Hui Lou. After a few months, the tungzi army has been formed. Now it has reached the full strength of 4000 people, but the level is too low and the speed can''t be too fast." Dugu xiongdao;

 Chapter 498

    After hearing Dugu Xiong''s answer, Lou GUI nodded and asked, "well, I want to ask general Dugu, how long will it take to dig a five mile tunnel from the barracks in Henan county?"


    Dugu Xiong thought about it and said, "ten days! If you can give me 10000 people, you can shorten the time to three days. "


    "Good..." Lou GUI clapped his hand and said, "the army of Yuan Shu only occupied Liang County today. According to their speed, it should be five days before they arrived in Henan county. Lord, this plan is feasible!"


    Everyone nearby was also very happy. Huangfu stood up and said, "OK, Dugu Xiong, I''ll leave it to your digging army. Huang Wudi orders you to send nine thousand troops from Gucheng to cooperate with the people."


    "Not to be ordered!" The two of them answered in unison;


    "OK, you two should arrange it first." With that, Huangfu Chaobo waved them back.


    Seeing that both of them had gone out, Huangfu Chaobo said to Tian Fengji, "besides this, do we have anything else to prepare?"


    They both shook their heads, but Huang Zhong said, "young master, how many soldiers are we going to recruit?"


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said, "since we can recruit up to 25000 people, let''s recruit all of them. We don''t have to rush to recruit again. Now we have at least a few days to train. Well, since we don''t have any other ideas, let''s break up. "


    After giving a salute to Huangfu Chaobo, they left the meeting hall one after another. When Shi a came to the gate, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly stopped him and said, "Shi a, send an order to Longhua and tell them the situation of Luoyang. Now Luoyang has no energy to help them. Let them grasp it well. If they can''t keep it, arrange for them to retreat as soon as possible and tell them: save land, lose people, lose land; save people, lose land, save people!"


    "Save the land, lose the people, lose the people, lose the land; save the people, lose the land, save the people, lose the land!"


    "Master, great talent!"


    "Well... Good


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words brightened everyone''s eyes, especially the two military strategists who praised him. The praise of several people made Huangfu Chaobo blush and sweat. He just kept laughing and said in his heart, this is not what I said, it''s what emperor Taizu said.


    After everyone retreated, Tian Feng and Lou GUI looked at each other, then turned back to the meeting hall.


    "What else can I do for you gentlemen?" Huangfu Chaobo looked at it and felt very strange and asked;


    "is the Lord going to give up Luoyang?" Lou guidao;


    "why did you say that


    "Save the land, lose the people, lose the people, lose the land; save the people, lose the land, save the people, lose the land!"


    "Er," Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned. He didn''t expect that his words would make the two military strategists see their inner thoughts. He immediately said, "yes, two gentlemen, when it''s too late, I''ll give up Luoyang and return to Kanto. However, this is only the practice under the most pressing circumstances. "


    They both nodded. For the attack of more than 200000 troops from the three route princes, not to mention Huangfu Chaobo, Tian Feng had little confidence in their hearts. Although Luoyang now has 100000 troops, only 20000 people in Hangu pass and 40000 people in Luoyang City can really compete with the princes. The other soldiers are all low-level soldiers, and they are stationed in several places.


    Not only that, but also the world''s famous general Lv Bu. You know, Lv Bu was a strong general who had 3000 cavalry in Hulao pass and had the courage to fight against the 60000 troops of the princes. There were 20000 heavy infantry in Yuan Shu''s army, which was the only heavy infantry in the whole game. It was said that the attack and defense level of Lv Bu was better than that of Huangfu Chaobo''s guards The number has also reached an astonishing 20000, which is enough to show the wealth of Yuan Shu. If Huangfu Chaobo and Tian Feng knew that Yuan Shu had 50000 heavy armor infantry in his hands, they didn''t know what kind of expression they would have.


    "My Lord, if you want to retreat, you should be ready now." Tian Feng pondered for a moment and said slowly;


    "in the view of Mr. Wang, how do we prepare?" Huangfu Chaobo knows that they must have thought of something to avoid other people and come to find themselves alone. Indeed, if all the people below know that your boss is afraid before you fight, they will be even more at a loss.


    "If our army wants to withdraw from Luoyang, there are only two roads, water and dry. In terms of waterway, Zhang Yang''s water army is the biggest threat to our army. If we want to withdraw from the waterway smoothly, we must move Jizhou''s water army. Although yuan Benchu''s army has entered Xindu, he has not been able to compete with Han Ji Zhou''s water army. Just let Han Ji Zhou send general Pan Feng to lead half of Jizhou''s water army to annihilate Zhang Yang''s water army completely, even if not completely In this way, our army can retreat smoothly. "


    After a pause, he continued: "and there is another point. Although our army has dozens of big boats and cargo ships, it can only transport thousands of people at most at one time. Of course, we can also ask Han Ji Zhou to send big boats and cargo ships to help transport troops and people. But even so, the number of people that can be transported each time is more than 10000, so soldiers and ordinary people still need to go through the drought We can imagine the hardships along the way. Moreover, the princes of the third route will not sit by and watch us take the people back to Kanto. There will be several wars along the way. ""If Luoyang wants to go to hulaoguan smoothly, Yanshi and Gongxian must not be lost. But now we have no ability to increase the strength of the two cities, and we have no energy to take care of the two cities. Therefore, there is no other way for the two counties to let the two county captains stick to it. In addition, it is necessary to make hulaoguan pay full attention to the trend of several counties in the east of Shaanxi Province. In case of any change, general Hua Xiong should not only stick to hulaoguan, but also be ready to take over the withdrawal of Luoyang army. " Tian Feng said everything in one breath, and then quietly waited for Huangfu Chaobo''s decision.


    After pondering for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo said, "OK, now send someone to send orders to Huaxiong of hulaoguan and Zhou Yi of hulaoguan water stronghold, so that they are ready to meet each other. But Luoyang City and Han Fu will not move first, and it''s not too late to make arrangements at that time."


    "Yes After they agreed, they left the hall one after another.


    During the discussion of Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang City, half of Zhang Yang''s troops had just crossed the river and had already entered Pingxian County, which was given by Luoyang army. However, the troops who had crossed the river did not go to Luoyang City. On the one hand, they stuck to Pingxian County, on the other hand, they continued to cross the Yellow River, and at the same time, they also brought the food and grass for half a month of 50000 troops.

 Chapter 499

    Of course, Huangfu Chaobo was not idle either. After the discussion, Huangfu Chaobo handed over all the 5000 Huben cavalry in Luoyang to huyandu, and ordered him to go to the surrounding area of Pingxian county to delay the movement of Zhang Yang''s army and buy time for Dugu Xiong''s army. It was also at this time that the battle of the third day of Hangu pass had begun.


    On the first day, in spite of the repeated exhortations of Zhang Liao and others, the high spirited Marquis LV Wenhou gave up the proposal of steady fighting and steady fighting that Chen Gong had agreed with the generals at that time, and launched a thunderbolt attack on Hangu pass. Unfortunately, Hangu pass had already made a good response. In the face of Lu Bu army''s stormy attack, jujube only methodically resolved one by one. At the end of the day, Lu Bu''s army lost 2000 soldiers and 3000 civilians, and the result was that they filled the moat in front of Hangu pass. As for the wall of Hangu pass, they didn''t even touch it.


    The next day, the angry army of Lu Bu attacked again, but after several rounds of attack and defense, they did not take advantage of it. Especially after the reinforcements of Dian Wei and two thousand high arms arrived, Lv Bu personally led an attack on Guancheng. As a result, LV Wenhou, who was the best in horse battle, was entangled by Dian Wei at the head of the city, while the soldiers around him were constantly killed by the soldiers guarding the city. Zhang Liao, who was in charge of the siege under the city, saw that the situation was not good and immediately made people cry for money. In his anger, Lv Bu could not do anything to Dian Wei, so he had to withdraw with hatred Back.


    In the end, the battle damage was counted, which surprised everyone. Today, 4000 soldiers and 2000 civilians were killed, which was more than yesterday. Lu Bu''s army was only 35000 soldiers in total. In two days, it lost 6000 soldiers, nearly 20%. The huge casualties made Lv Bu wake up in an instant, which reminds him of the strategy of steady fighting and steady fighting agreed by Chen Gong before he left. However, the arrogant LV Wenhou would not bow his head. Finally, under the persuasion of the generals, Lv Bu decided that Zhang Liao would be responsible for the Siege tomorrow, and he led 20000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry to sweep several strange counties in Hongnong.


    After Zhang Liao took over, he immediately adjusted his strategy. On the one hand, he evacuated all the injured soldiers to Xin''an County. On the other hand, he recruited all the remaining 24000 civilians as soldiers and incorporated them into the original soldiers. At one time, the number of soldiers attacking the city reached 45000.


    On the fifth day, instead of rushing to attack Hangu pass, Zhang Liao reorganized his troops and divided 45000 troops and horses into nine schools, and each school took turns to attack Hangu pass. At the end of the day, 45000 soldiers took part in a round of siege, but they did not pose any obvious threat to Hangu pass. On the contrary, the soldiers of the nine schools lost different numbers of people. However, the newly recruited soldiers have basically adapted to the battlefield atmosphere, which is very beneficial for the later battles.


    As for the change of Lu Bujun, although Zaozhi felt strange, he was still calm. Although there are nearly 100000 troops in Lvbu''s army, there are 20000 troops in Hangu pass. In addition, although Hangu pass is a medium-sized pass, it has been constantly strengthening the wall since Huangfu Chaobo forces took over. Although it has not been able to upgrade to a large pass, it is not far away. In addition, after Zaozhi arrived at Hangu pass, he brought a large number of city guarding equipment and dozens of weapons from Luoyang City He is a craftsman, so although Hangu pass is a medium-sized pass, its defense ability is no less than a large pass.


    Now Zao only has soldiers and generals in his hand, and he has enough money, food and equipment, so he is not afraid of Lvbu''s army. In the past few days, although Hanguguan lost more than 2000 soldiers, most of them were minor injuries. Doctors had already been arranged to treat them. They only needed to recuperate for a few days to resume the war. It''s Lu Bu''s army. Although the wounded soldiers have been withdrawn to Xin''an County, they are short of doctors and medicinal materials. Over time, it''s very good that the soldiers can recover half of the time. In addition, the back of Hangu pass, with 17000 soldiers led by Huang wudie, is located in the valley city. The distance between the valley city and Hangu pass is only more than 50 Li, and the soldiers can arrive in one day, so the people of Hangu pass are more at ease. In contrast, both Zaozhi and Hangu Guanzhong would sit firmly in Diaoyutai in the face of Lu Bu''s attack.


    When the Luoyang war was about to start, there was a chase in the grassland thousands of miles away. On the vast prairie, there are several Knights running away. There are less than ten of them, and there are more than twenty horses. However, there are two huge golden eagles flying on their heads, and one of them seems to have been injured. Just a hundred miles behind them, there was a larger group of people, as many as 2000. These cavalry were all one man and two horses, and even some people were one man and three horses. There were several big eagles flying on the top of these heads. Under the guidance of the big eagles, the cavalry chased towards the front one.


    "Whew, whew..."


    All of a sudden, the golden eagle on the head of the knight in front made a shriek.


    Among them, a middle-aged Xianbei man ran wildly on horseback and yelled: "brother Zhao, the pursuit of Wangting has come to us. It''s less than 100 li away from us. There are at least 2000 to 3000 people!"


    It is strange that among these Xianbei people, the one who runs in the front is actually a young Han man. White horse, silver gun, thick eyebrows and big eyes, broad face, dignified appearance, good, this is Zhao Yun, Changshan Zhao Zilong, whom Huangfu Chaobo and Zhao Zilong never forget. But now his robe is covered with dust and his face is tired, which is far from the player''s image. Hearing the words of the middle-aged Xianbei man, Zhao Yun turned his head and said, "brother he Ruo, how far are we from Xianbei''s sphere of influence in the east?"The Xianbei man named he Ruo stood up on his horse, looked around and said, "from here to the south, it''s three days'' journey to Tanhan mountain. Then Zhongtan Hanshan went all the way East, about seven or eight days'' journey to the eastern Xianbei Suli area. "


    After hearing this, Zhao Yun calculated in his heart. According to the Xianbei people''s algorithm, a day''s journey is a day''s journey for ordinary war horses, which is 200 Li. It''s about 700 Li from here to Bingzhou. Then it''s about 1500 Li to the east from tanhanshan mountain to the outside of the Great Wall to the north of youbeiping.


    Zhao Yun estimated in his mind that it was about 1800 Li from here to the base outside the Great Wall with Huangfu Chaobo people. In other words, it took at least eight to ten days. Now the pursuit is only half a day away from his party. If his party is all adults, it''s OK. But there are two women and two children in it If it goes on like this, if we don''t find a way, sooner or later we will be overtaken by the pursuers.

 Chapter 500

    No, it seems that we have to think about a way. If we go directly south, we will lead Xianbei cavalry to Bingzhou. But according to Zhao Yun''s memory, when he left the Han Dynasty a few years ago, Bingzhou had already started to be in chaos, and the Great Wall defense line of Bingzhou was not stable.


    If there is a place outside the great wall where foreign people dare not attack easily, it is only youpeiping of general Baima. Moreover, it belongs to the territory of Xianbei in the East. The cavalry of Xianbei royal court generally dare not enter there easily for fear of causing disputes between the two departments. You know, although the eastern Xianbei Lord Suli was a minister in front of the Xianbei royal court, it was only superficial. If the Royal cavalry really entered the territory of Suli, it was estimated that they would go straight to work. Therefore, if Zhao Yun and his party want to get rid of the pursuit of the cavalry of Xianbei royal court, they have to enter the boundary of Xianbei in the east outside the great wall of youpeiping.


    As for why Zhao Yun appeared here and why he didn''t bring a few Xianbei people with him, it starts from a few years ago:


    since Zhao Yun entered the grassland alone a few years ago, he has been training himself in the grassland. For a few years, he went north to Beihai, east to Fuyu and west to the western regions. All the way, he lived in the open air, constantly polished his physique and martial arts, and finally came back to Beijing A year ago, Zhao Yun felt that his martial arts had broken through the peak, and he created a set of shooting techniques called "seven probe plate dragon spear". He consciously completed his master''s order, so he went east from the western regions and prepared to return to the Great Han from the Great Wall pass in youbeiping.


    Unexpectedly, when Zhao Yun was chasing a group of horse thieves, he accidentally broke into the Xianbei royal court, and then accidentally met a group of Xianbei people. Zhao Yun, who was not prepared to intervene, suddenly found that the dominant Xianbei people didn''t mean to stay alive at all. He was ready to kill all the weak women and Confucians of Xianbei people. So in an emergency, Zhao Yun helped to rescue dozens of Xianbei people, and then led the Xianbei court to chase them all the way.


    In more than a month, he led several ten Xianbei people to flee, and now there are less than ten left. Among them, there are two women and two children. There are only five adult men left. In addition to Zhao Yun''s words, there are only ten people in this group. Moreover, the most important thing is that most of the horses they run away with are just ordinary war horses. Moreover, the two children are too young, and their riding skills are basically compared with those of the pursuers. Therefore, as time goes on, they are slowly driven out by the pursuers Yes.


    As for the Xianbei people who fled with Zhao Yun, they were a tribe of Xianbei royal court called jindiao tribe, and the leader was he ruolong. It is said that he was the best sculptor in jindiao tribe. There were more than ten sculptors in Xianbei royal court, but only he could cultivate several jindiao at a time. Finally, he ruolong aroused the jealousy of others, so some people were alone Forward greedy words, say he ruolong''s bad words. In the end, it really caused Shan Yu''s dissatisfaction, so Xianbei Shan Yu prepared to send someone to arrest him and kill him. At the last moment, he ruolong''s golden carving saved his life.


    After the first World War, he ruolong, with the help of Zhao Yun, broke out with more than 30 people, his wife, son and his brother, he ruodun and his family. However, after more than a month''s escape, only nine of the nearly 40 ethnic groups were left. This was the result of the help of Jin Diao and Zhao Yun. If it wasn''t for Zhao Yun, he ruolong knew that he and his party would have become the food of vultures and wolves on the grassland.


    There were only three horses in Zhao Yun''s hand, five good horses in he ruolong''s, and ten ordinary war horses. After several months of escape, they could not reach the speed of war horses at all. And the pursuers are all three horses for one person, and they are very good horses. Compared with Zhao Yun and his party, they are obviously more dominant.


    After careful consideration, Zhao Yun said: "elder brother horuo, we must speed up, or the cavalry of Xianbei court will catch up with us before we get to the East Xianbei. I think so. One of my two horses will be given to you, and the other one will be given to brother he ruobi. Each of you will bring a child, and the others will ride on good horses. As for war horses, the vacant war horses should be able to catch up with our speed. "


    He ruolong and his younger brother looked at each other, and both of them felt reasonable, so they soon changed their horses according to Zhao Yun''s statement, and then led them to gallop toward the southeast according to Zhao Yun''s request.


    Less than 100 Li behind them, two thousand men Xianbei cavalry were chasing them. The first two chieftains, while galloping, kept swearing: "Damn it, how can they escape again? It seems that they want to escape to Lord Suli. If Chanyu knows, we can''t explain to each other."


    "Come on, come on... Son of a bitch, speed up and don''t let the traitors run away. Catch them and destroy them. I''ll ask for your help in front of Shan Yu! "


    "Oh


    "Chih..."


    For a time, the speed of the whole team was increased by 10% by hard students. However, this kind of speed can not be maintained. Soon, the speed of the whole cavalry team will return to its original speed. After all, everyone has been chasing for nearly a month.


    Just at this time, a soldier rushed to the two chieftains and said, "my Lord, the Golden Eagle came back to report that the other side has speeded up!"


    "Damn it," one of the chieftains scolded. Then, he turned to the other chieftain beside him and said, "it won''t work. We have to find a way. Ed, how many horses do you have there?"The chieftain, who was called illed, obviously didn''t realize what his companion''s question meant, but still replied, "more than 80, what''s the matter?"


    "You have more than 80, I have more than 110, a total of 200. In this way, we can choose 100 warriors, give them one person and two horses, and send them to drag down the enemy first. As soon as the brigade arrives, we can wipe them out." The chieftain thought about it;


    illed thought about it and said, "well, I''ll lead the team, and you can lead the team to follow."


    After a discussion, the two men selected 100 Xianbei soldiers from the two thousand men''s teams. They were all brave warriors who could fight against ten with one. Then they were led by yilede, with an air preview plane, and one man and two horses ran towards Zhao Yun. Although they all knew that there was a Han man WuFan among the people they were chasing, But they both felt that even if they could not kill them, they could at least hold them down. Once the cavalry of the two thousand troopers surrounded them, could the Han man really defeat them with one?

 Chapter 501

    As soon as Xianbei cavalry was divided, he ruolong''s golden carving discovered them. Several people felt that they had to find a place to solve these pursuers. Judging from the division of Xianbei cavalry, the number of these people is not large, but their speed is much faster than that of Xianbei cavalry group. For this situation, several people immediately concluded that these cavalry should be sent by the cavalry group to entangle them. Although the number of these people is not large, they should be more than 100, but they should be the elite of Xianbei cavalry, and their horses It should be a good horse, otherwise it can''t be faster than the cavalry. So Zhao Yun asked he ruolong and his brothers to run faster and find out if there was a suitable place to ambush the pursuers.


    By the afternoon of the next day, the vanguard cavalry of Xianbei cavalry was only 20 miles away from Zhao Yun, and the cavalry brigade was still 80 miles away. At this time, he ruobi finally found a forest more than 10 miles away in the southeast. Hearing this news, Zhao Yun was relieved. They ran towards the trees at once. A quarter of an hour later, they finally arrived around the trees he ruobi said. Zhao Yun took a look, the trees are not very big, but there is no problem hiding a few people. So after discussing with he ruolong, they arranged it immediately.


    First of all, he Ruo brothers'' wife and children should be hidden deep in the trees. Then, Zhao Yun and he Ruo brothers also rode horses to hide in the trees. As for the other 20 horses and the remaining three Xianbei people, they continued to move towards the southeast. When Xianbei cavalry''s forward pursues them, Xianbei cavalry will never think of Zhao Yun and them People will ambush themselves here, because although the Golden Eagle can give early warning, it can''t accurately judge the number. Therefore, the more than 20 horses that continue to move forward will give the Xianbei cavalry the illusion that they are still running for their lives. In this way, even if they reach the position of the tree, they will not pay much attention, but will directly chase ahead.


    After they all passed, Zhao Yun and his party raided Xianbei cavalry from behind. With Zhao Yun''s terror strength, the most powerful one was the chieftain yilede. When it comes to time, they just need to kill yilede quickly, and other people won''t be worried.


    Sure enough, a quarter of an hour later, the Xianbei cavalry led by illed arrived at the side of the forest, but did not stop much. They just stopped to feed their horses a little, and then they changed their horses and continued to chase. As Zhao Yun expected, there were not many cavalry in this wave. Although they were all elite cavalry, they were just like ants in Zhao Yun''s eyes. Not long after the Xianbei cavalry passed, Zhao Yun and his three men took out their horses, which had been in good condition. Then they flew onto their horses and chased after the cavalry of yilede.


    Soon, the three men caught up with yilede and his party. When they were 200 paces away, Zhao Yun asked he ruolong''s cavalry brigade to send them to chase yilede, shouting, "general yilede, wait a minute, but there''s an order coming..." On one side, three men, ready for the assault, rushed towards the hundred riders of illed.


    As expected, yilede and his party really thought it was Chanyu messenger sent by Xianbei royal court when they heard the shouting from behind, so they all stopped their horses to wait for the messenger. To Zhao Yun''s delight, yilede, who was already in the front, ran back to the back of the team to meet the Messenger, which made Zhao Yun find a chance to kill.


    The three quickly ran to the place about 100 steps away from the Xianbei cavalry. At this time, some Xianbei cavalry found out something was wrong and was preparing to open their mouth to warn. Suddenly, they saw that the three people behind all raised their bows and arrows and shot at them.


    "Cloud piercing arrow!"


    Just listen to Zhao Yun shout, and then the arrow in his hand is like running clouds and flowing water, one after another straight towards the direction of illed.


    "Whew. Whew. Whew... "


    "Be careful, general!" As he watched several beads flying straight towards him, the Xianbei cavalry beside him roared;


    in fact, he was already on the alert when Zhao Yun mentioned the bow and arrow. Unfortunately, Zhao Yun, a military general of the imperial rank, was able to dodge the arrow, only to hear "poof". Poof. Poof A few times later, illed, like a drunkard, fell off the horse, and there was no more movement. Zhao Yun didn''t give up. His bows and arrows kept flying towards the Xianbei cavalry standing on the horse. One by one, when three people rushed to the Xianbei cavalry, more than ten cavalry had fallen under Zhao Yun''s arrow. In addition, he ruo''s two brothers, 20 cavalry had fallen beside the horses before one hundred cavalry had fought It includes the chieftain, Allard. The sudden change made Xianbei cavalry numb. However, the reaction of Xianbei cavalry immediately killed Zhao Yun. Unfortunately, they didn''t know who they were going to face.


    Seeing that Xianbei cavalry didn''t retreat but advance, Zhao Yun was very happy. After all, if nearly 100 Xianbei cavalry were pursued, they could not do it alone. He had to kill the enemy as much as possible when Xianbei cavalry didn''t react. As Zhao Yun drove forward, he hung his bow beside the saddle, then took down his long gun from the other side and ran towards the Xianbei cavalry.


    A few Xianbei cavalry surrounded Zhao Yun in a semicircle. Zhao Yun, with his long gun in his hand, killed several Xianbei cavalry like a god of war. His simple shooting skill was in his hand, but it was like thunder. With the grim smile of death, he rushed to several Xianbei cavalry. The unresponsive Xianbei cavalry fell down in fear. Zhao Yun didn''t stop for this and continued to kill among the Xianbei cavalry. It was not the first time that he Ruo brothers fought with Zhao Yun. They consciously guarded Zhao Yun from both sides and continued to kill. Like a sharp sword, they directly penetrated into the middle of the Xianbei cavalry.The terrible fighting power finally made Xianbei cavalry react. All the cavalry who lost their leader were not sure whether they should go forward to meet the enemy or escape to both sides. Just at this time, there was a cry of killing behind Xianbei cavalry. Some people looked back and saw another group of cavalry killing in the distance. The first three were the targets of their pursuit, behind them Following dozens of horses, there was dust all over the sky behind them. It was hard to see how many people came. Suddenly, I don''t know who yelled: "Lord yilede was killed by the Han people. The enemy''s reinforcements have arrived. Run away!"

 Chapter 502

    "Run away!" With the first one, there will be a second one. All of a sudden, the remaining dozens of Xianbei cavalry ran more than 20 people, which made the morale of the sharp decline due to the killing of yilede even more depressed. In addition to the more than 20 people who fled one after another, all the others of Xianbei cavalry were killed by Zhao Yun.


    A quarter of an hour later, the battle ended, and Zhao Yun and his six men defeated the Xianbei cavalry by a score of 0-72. Finally, after he ruolong''s count, a hundred pursuers, in addition to the 28 who had fled, killed 63 people, most of whom were Zhao Yun''s masterpieces, and nine Xianbei cavalry were captured. The harvest of horses is even more gratifying. In the end, the number of horses collected by everyone reached 50. Although more than 100 horses scattered and fled, the 50 horses made Zhao Yun very happy.


    You know, before the war, Zhao Yun and his party had only three steeds in total, but they didn''t expect that after the first World War, the captured nine people didn''t say, only the steeds gathered 50, which made Zhao Yun more confident that he and his party would get rid of the pursuit.


    After he ruobi took their wives and children out of the tree, the two women couldn''t believe it for a long time.


    After a short rest, Zhao Yun asked everyone to change horses and get ready to go. Now there are 19 talents in the captivity group, but there are 53 steeds, each of which has one or two replacement. So although it is getting dark, Zhao Yun still decides to drive all night in order to widen the distance between him and his pursuers. He ruolong led several people in front, and several prisoners were all tied up and rode close behind. Zhao Yun walked behind, and once he found that the prisoners were abnormal, he directly shot them. In fact, there was no need for everyone to worry about this. Zhao Yun''s toughness had left a deep impression on these prisoners. Otherwise, the cavalry directly under Xianbei royal court could not take the initiative to lay down their arms It''s a surrender.


    They went nearly thirty miles to the East. Then they stopped by a small river. After crossing the river, they found a place with abundant water and grass to camp for the night. In the middle of the night, several prisoners of Xianbei finally broke away from the bound rope and were ready to steal the horse. However, before they could climb on the horse, they were shot by Zhao Yun. Two other prisoners were ready to seize the child as a threat. As a result, they were nailed to the ground by Zhao Yun as soon as they ran two steps towards the child.


    After this, Zhao Yuncai found that it was unwise to take the prisoners with him in this situation, and he was ready to solve all the remaining prisoners. All the remaining four prisoners were terrified, so he knelt down on the ground and vowed not to have other ideas. In addition, he ruolong helped to speak. At last, Zhao Yuncai didn''t kill them, but at that moment, Zhao Yun''s murderous spirit made the four Xianbei cavalry dare not close their eyes all night.


    The next night without words, the next morning, after breakfast, the group set foot on the road of escape again. With dozens of horses, Zhao Yun decided to abandon all the other horses. A group of people, one person and three horses, all headed for the direction of right Peiping. Three days later, they arrived in the Northeast less than 200 miles away from Longhua. At this time, the pursuers of Xianbei royal court had been left behind by them, but there was a new situation in front of them. The news came from he ruolong''s Golden Eagle.


    Less than 200 miles to the southeast, a big war is taking place, and there are at least 100000 troops assembled. Fortunately, Zhao Yun had lived here for more than half a year, and he was still familiar with the surrounding terrain, so he had to lead a group of people around for more than 200 miles, and it took another day to come to the valley where he and Huangfu Chaobo had set up horses outside the Great Wall.


    The more he went to the valley, Zhao Yun found that there seemed to be many traces of activity in the valley. When he finally reached the outside of the valley, Zhao Yun found that there seemed to be a large number of officers and soldiers stationed in the valley. However, from the outside, it seemed that the inside of the valley was the same as before, and there was no big change. For the sake of safety, Zhao Yun decided to go to the valley alone to see the situation. If there is no abnormality, he ruolong and his party will come back again.


    After he ruolong and his party were placed in a tree, Zhao Yun went to the valley alone. Before he reached the mouth of the valley, Zhao Yun saw a group of people at the original gate of the mouth of the valley. From a distance, several figures seemed to be familiar with each other. When he looked at them, it turned out that huyanda and several generals were leading a group of soldiers, and they seemed to be waiting for someone.


    "Little huyanda!" After walking a few steps closer, Zhao Yun was more sure who he saw, and quickly cried out;


    Yes, it is huyanda who leads Meng Yuan, Hao Jian and several soldiers at the gate of the valley entrance. The main reason why the main generals of the valley are here is that today is the third day of armistice after the failure of Xianbei people''s attack on tangtouguan. As far as the current situation is concerned, the situation of tangtougouguan and Longhua town should be very optimistic. What makes Longhua people anxious is actually the situation of Luoyang.


    Last night, Longhua, Gugu and Tuyin all received the news that Luoyang had been besieged by two or three hundred thousand troops of the three route princes. The situation in Luoyang worried everyone very much. But now, before tangtougou''s enemies were defeated, everyone could only stare at it. Therefore, both Huang Xu and Lou Jing and Hu Yanda know that the key to tangtougouguan''s defeat lies in gongsunyue''s more than 20000 reinforcements, or to be exact, his 6000 cavalry. If gongsunyue can attack tangtougouguan suddenly from the back when Xianbei cavalry attack tangtougouguan, the tangtougouguan crisis may be solved. Unfortunately, gongsunyue''s attack will not be successful The more you don''t put thousands of cavalry in your hands into this desperate battle.Therefore, huyanda sent people to gongsunyue camp early in the morning to check the troops. Unfortunately, now there is no return from the scouts. Huyanda, restless, decided to wait at the gate in person, so the two lieutenants had to be accompanied. I didn''t expect that shortly after arriving at the gate, I saw a general with white robes and white horses enter the valley and come towards the secret base in the valley. Just as huyanda was preparing to send someone to drive them away, although he heard a familiar voice and looked at it, huyanda suddenly felt that he was dazzled. He just thought that if elder brother Zilong was there, it would be good Brother Zilong is a general similar to Uncle Huang. In this case, there must be a way. I didn''t expect that I saw a man who looked like brother Zilong in the twinkling of an eye.

 Chapter 503

    Huyanda rubbed his eyes. When he looked ahead, he found that he was not dazzled. That man really left here and entered the grassland for more than seven years.


    "Brother Zilong! It''s really you, brother Zilong. " Huyanda yelled happily, then ran towards Zhao Yun. It didn''t look like the general of the first army at all. It was just like a teenager who saw his relatives whom he hadn''t seen for many years. In fact, Huang Xu and Tian Yu had to make huyanda the chief General of the first army.


    You know, although huyanda is a master, he has never been a leader, let alone a commander of the first army. But this time, there is no one. Second, if the number of cavalry is in the hands of his own people, it will be reassuring. Meng Yuan, standing next to huyanda, saw that huyanda rushed to the person in front like a child. He inadvertently showed a smile on his face. Then, after finishing his armor and confirming it, he followed huyanda seriously and walked towards the person.


    As the first group of warriors to follow huangfuchao out of the great wall and create the valley base, Meng Yuan knew how invincible the man was, which also made him feel relieved about the war behind. Hao Jian was very puzzled to see the change of the two people. Although he didn''t know what was the reason, they were obviously in a better mood, as if they were not worried about the war at all. Is it because of this young man in white? According to Naixia''s confusion, Hao Jian followed Meng Yuan''s steps and walked forward. Several soldiers looked at each other and raised their heels. The whole Party came towards Zhao Yun.


    Zhao Yun looked at the young man who had come here. He was obviously much taller and more mature than seven years ago. But in Zhao Yun''s mind, he was a little brother. He put his long gun to the ground, and then tied the rein of the horse to the handle of the gun. Zhao Yun opened his arms with a smile and hugged the boy.


    "Ha ha! Our little huyanda has grown up and become a man! " Zhao Yun laughed and hugged Hu Yanda, then slapped him heavily on the back and said, "brother Zilong, I miss you so much. Where have you been in recent years? Why did it take so long to come back? Great. I don''t have to worry about war when you''re here? I''m so worried these days. That''s great. " Huyanda cried in Zhao quhuai''s arms;


    after listening to huyanda''s incoherent crying, Zhao Yun felt very strange and was about to ask him what happened. At this time, Meng Yuan came forward, gave a disciple''s big gift to Zhao Yun, and said, "Meng Yuan has seen master!"


    Zhao Yun said: "Meng Yuan, you are here too. I said that I just taught you two moves, not your master. So you don''t have to give me this big gift. We can make friends with each other as equals."


    "Although you don''t recognize us, we can''t help but regard you as a master." Meng Yuan said with a smile and shaking his head;


    "well, let''s not worry about these problems. What''s the war that huyanda said? What''s the situation? How can you have so many troops stationed here?" Zhao Yun decided to deal with this problem later, and first asked what happened to huyanda.


    "Master, you''d better go back to the station with us first. What we have to say is not clear for a while. By the way, Shifu, xiaohuyanda is now the commander of our 3000 cavalry troops. I am also the commander of our 1000 cavalry troops. This is Hao Jian, another commander of our 1000 cavalry troops. Brother Hao, this is Zhao Yun, a good friend of the Lord Meng Yuan said to Zhao Yun with a smile;


    "Hao Jian met Mr. Zhao!" Hao jianyiting, a good friend of the Lord and the master of Meng Yuan, hastened to meet him.


    "Yun has met Hao Duwei. Well, Meng Yuan, I have some friends outside in the trees. You wait here. I''ll get them first." Then he patted huyanda on the shoulder and turned to walk towards the trees outside the valley. A moment later, Zhao Yun led he ruolong and his party into the valley. When huyanda saw that Zhao Yun and his party were driving ten horses, they were stunned and speechless for a long time.


    Meng Yuan, who was the first to respond, immediately sent someone to take all the horses of Zhao Yun and his party, and then rushed to the stable inside the camp. Then he arranged for the staff to arrange the accommodation for he ruolong and his party. He led Zhao Yun and he ruolong to the assembly hall.


    It took a few people more than an hour to finish talking about their experiences in recent years. After listening to Hu Yanda''s words, Zhao Yun was very surprised. He did not expect that seven years ago, the young man, who was as ugly as his neighbor''s partner, had reached the level of general Pingdong and governor Sizhou. However, he is not in a very good situation. Luoyang is besieged on three sides, and the base outside the Great Wall is under the pressure of Xianbei army. No wonder huyanda feels too much pressure. He is a big boy who just trains horses and never cares about the war. It is really difficult for him to command 3000 cavalry at once.


    Looking at Zhao Yun suddenly fell into silence, huyanda suddenly said to him mysteriously: "brother Zilong, do you know what the master has prepared for you?"


    "Well, what did Chaobo prepare for me?" Zhao Yun was asked by Hu Yanda, thought about it, and then shook his head."Hee hee... I knew you couldn''t guess. Come on, I''ll show you. " Then he led Zhao Yun to Daping in the middle of the station. To a high platform, and then people sounded the drum.


    "Dong..."


    Then, only to see from a wooden house rushed out, one by one armed with armor soldiers, one by one rushed to the stable, skillfully led their own horses, and then, turned on the horse, quickly toward the front of the high platform.


    "Dong Dong Dong"


    After two rounds of drumming, Zhao Yun was faced with three orderly squadrons. Although it seemed that the three squadron soldiers were all experienced soldiers, Zhao Yun''s eyes mostly stayed in the middle group, the cavalry with white horses and silver guns. This group of cavalry are all white robes and armour, holding silver lance in hand, riding bow and arrow bag hanging on one side of the saddle of the horse. These soldiers are all elite soldiers, which are all visible to the eye. But it is not these that Zhao Yun is surprised, but after seeing these soldiers for the first time, Zhao Yun suddenly has a kind of unspeakable intimacy, he has a kind of feeling This should be Gongsun Zan''s Baima Yicong, but what makes him feel strange is that he has never seen Baima Yicong, but he has a sense of life and death with them.

 Chapter 504

    Seeing Zhao Yun''s reaction, Hu Yanda and Meng Yuan look at each other and smile. They are all excited about their master''s helpless plan. It seems that Zhao Yun will join his master sooner or later.


    "How''s it going? Brother Zhao, at that time, when the young master recruited the 1000 white horses from youbeiping, he said that these white horses were prepared for you. Moreover, he said that if you want, we have a steady stream of white horses. As long as you can select the right soldiers, we will soon form a white horse army that is not inferior to the white horse general. " Huyanda smiles and says to Zhao Yun;


    Zhao Yun is stunned. He hears that it''s Huangfu Chaobo who is soliciting himself through huyanda. Zhao Yun hesitates and Baima Yicong makes him excited, but he doesn''t know what''s going on at home, and he has to go to see the master when he comes back from experience...


    Seeing that Zhao Yun was silent, Hu Yanda knew that it was hard for him to make a decision at once, so he said, "if it''s hard for brother Zilong to make a decision at once, it doesn''t matter. Let''s wait for brother Zilong to make a decision. By the way, sister Xiaoyu has been here for a long time, and now she is also the captain of Yangwei School under the command of the young master. " With that, huyanda told Zhao Yun about Zhao Yu in Luoyang one by one.


    "Ah Zhao Yun was stunned. He didn''t think that his sister had not yet taken refuge in Huangfu Chaobo, but he didn''t refuse his official position. He should be waiting for his decision. Thinking of this, Zhao Yun couldn''t help shaking his head and laughing bitterly.


    Huyanda knew that it was difficult for Zhao Yun to make a decision at once, so he said, "brother Zilong, if you feel very difficult, it doesn''t matter. However, this time, we need to trouble you to help us solve the crisis of tangtougou pass, because we must gather troops to help Luoyang as soon as possible. If we get one point earlier, Luoyang will be safe as soon as possible."


    Zhao Yun thought about it, nodded, but immediately shook his head and said: "huyanda, with the relationship between yuebo and me, I should help you, but now I''m nameless, how can I help you?"


    "It''s very simple. The young master has prepared the appointment for you since baimayi came back. Look!" After listening to Zhao Yun''s words, Hu Yanda takes out a letter of appointment from behind and hands it to Zhao Yun.


    Zhao Yun opened it and found that it was Huangfu Chaobo''s letter of appointment to appoint himself as captain Yingyang. Seeing this, Zhao Yuncai finds that he seems to have been cheated by some people. When he looks up at huyanda, he sees a sly smile in his eyes. Zhao Yun said with a smile, "good boy, you are ready to pit your brother Zilong."


    "Hey, hey... How can I, just this time, if you don''t come back, I really don''t know what to do. Besides, you can also be like sister Xiaoyu. If you don''t want to, just don''t go to the childe! I don''t think you will be embarrassed, but I really need your help this time Huyanda laughs awkwardly and says,


    "well, I won''t embarrass you. I''ll get the order first, but if I really want to join Chaobo, I''ll talk to Chaobo in person and talk about it later." Zhao Yun was also able to afford and let go, and took over the appointment.


    "Yes, that''s great. Thank you, brother Zilong! Well, brother Zilong, you are now the chief General of our 3000 cavalry. You will be given the commanding platform Said, huyanda will be a master token to Zhao Yun, he retreated to one side.


    Looking at the token in his hand, Zhao Yun took a deep breath, walked to the middle of the high platform and said in a loud voice: "white horse Yicong!"


    A thousand righteousness under the stage immediately responded loudly: "where righteousness comes, life and death go hand in hand! Heaven can learn, and the white horse is the proof! "


    Sure enough, listening to the response of one thousand white horses, Zhao Yun knew that he could not do without these white robed and white armored soldiers. After stabilizing his mind, Zhao Yun raised the token in his hand and said in a loud voice: "all the officers and men, some of them are Zhao Yun, commander Yingyang. Under the command of general Pingdong, some family will take over the army from now on. As you all know, our zepao is fighting against the invasion of Xianbei army more than 100 miles away in the north. Please rest assured that in two or three days at the latest, some family will lead you to kill the damned Xianbei dogs and drive them out of our home. "


    With that, Zhao Yun suddenly turned around, took his bow and arrow from Meng Yuan, and turned to the target a hundred paces away. In a moment, all the ten feather arrows shot at the center of the target, and then all shot at the red center of the target. This phenomenon shocked everyone present.


    When everyone was surprised, Zhao Yun suddenly raised his bow and roared: "kill! Kill!! Kill


    Everyone responded and yelled "kill! Kill!! Kill


    Since he has decided to help Huangfu Chaobo overcome this difficulty, Zhao Yun decided to let go of the first battle, and the ten consecutive shots are only a small step in his plan. Zhao Yun did this just to build up his power. Sure enough, with the ten shots, the soldiers on the scene looked at Zhao Yun differently. Seeing that he has achieved the desired effect, Zhao Yun disbands the generals, and then several generals such as huyanda gather. Next, Zhao Yun needs to know more about Longhua and Xianbei people. There is a cloud in the book of war, and only when he knows that can he win a hundred battles. This is Zhao Yun''s second step.After the party returned to the discussion cabin, Zhao Yun spent nearly an hour to get a clear understanding of all the situations of Huangfu Chaobo. This is what Huangfu Chaobo asked huyanda and Huang Xu. For Zhao Yun, Huang Xu and others knew everything and said everything. The more he knew, the more curious Zhao Yun was about Huangfu Chaobo. In just a few years Time, so that others can not reach the height of a lifetime, which also makes Zhao Yun to join Huangfu Chaobo heart less rejection.


    When he took over the appointment, Zhao Yun actually recognized Huangfu Chaobo''s solicitation. However, Zhao Yun was dissatisfied with Huangfu Chaobo''s appointment without first asking for his own opinions. However, with the more understanding of Huangfu Chaobo''s power, his dissatisfaction became less and less. He was even a little glad that Huangfu Chaobo helped him make a decision It''s settled. Later, Zhao Yun had a detailed understanding of the fighting in tangtougouguan in recent days, as well as the situation of Xianbei cavalry, including the current situation of Gongsun''s Yue army. After that, Zhao Yun no longer spoke to the map, but fell into meditation there.

 Chapter 505

    After a long time, Zhao Yuncai said to huyanda, "what''s the meaning of Longhua? How are they going to arrange it? What''s more, if we send 3000 cavalry, will Gongsun Yue''s cavalry attack? You know, if we only rely on our 3000 cavalry to fight against the 60000 cavalry of Xianbei people, even if it''s a sneak attack, it''s dead. If we can persuade Gongsun Yue''s six thousand cavalry to attack together, when Xianbei people attack tangtougou pass with all their strength, if we have nearly ten thousand cavalry attacking from behind, there is still a certain chance that we can defeat Xianbei people. "


    Huyanda shook his head and said, "there is no news from Longhua."


    "Well, huyanda, tell Longhua what I think and see if they have anything else to change and add." Said, Zhao Yun and huyanda a few people will be their own ideas in detail said again, some down, several people look at his eyes are obviously different. After listening to Zhao Yun''s speech, huyanda immediately recruited the people of shadow guard and sent the written suggestions directly to Longhua. It''s estimated that if it''s fast, after Huang Xu and Huang Xu have discussed, there will be letters coming back soon.


    An hour later, in the general''s residence of tangtougouguan in Longhua Town, Huang Xu read the news from the horse training base and immediately sent someone to call Tian Yu. While waiting for Tian Yu, Huang Xu read the news from huyanda carefully again. Originally, this news should have been shown to Tian Yu in Longhua Town, but the shadow guard didn''t find Tian Yu, so it was sent directly to tangtougouguan for Huang Xu. It was not until Tian Yu''s footsteps came from the hall of the general''s mansion that Huang Xu collected his thoughts from Zhao Yun''s plan.


    "Brother Boxu, what can I do for you in a hurry?" Tian Yu didn''t see Huang Xu''s anxious look on his face, so he put down a snack a little, but he asked Huang Xu directly.


    "brother guorang, don''t worry first. Look at this first. The dead situation of Longhua should be solved." Huang Xu said with a slight smile, and handed the news from huyanda to Tian Yu.


    The puzzled Tian Yu took the note and looked at it. He was quickly attracted by the plan inside. After reading it in one breath, Tian Yu clapped his hands and cried, "good idea. Why didn''t I think of it? By the way, brother Boxu, who is Zhao Yun? Is it reliable? "


    "Guorang shouldn''t underestimate Zhao Yun. Although he is the same age as me, seven years ago, surrounded by hundreds of Xianbei cavalry, he saved my uncle and huyanda together with my father. Then, he went to the grassland alone for training. Only yesterday did he return to our horse training base. I''ve heard from my uncle that this man should be a military general of divine rank, and his force is still higher than that of Uncle Dianwei, which is far higher than that of my father. The most important thing is that he is a civil and military man. My uncle once said that in time, he and my father will be able to fight alone. " Huang Xu said, will Zhao Yun all the situation and Tian Yu are detailed once again, a past words listen to Tian Yu dumbfounded, half a day to react. "By the way, does guorang think Zhao Yun''s plan is feasible?"


    "Brother Boxu, I think this plan is feasible. But there are two keys to this plan. One is how to persuade Gongsun Yue''s cavalry to act with us. The other is that Tang duigouguan must firmly attract the attention of Xianbei people, so that nearly ten thousand cavalry can get close to each other and achieve the purpose of surprise attack. The most important thing is Gongsun Yue. " After a moment''s meditation, Tian Yu said slowly;


    Huang Xu nodded. Indeed, it is almost impossible for Zhao Yun''s 3000 cavalry to attack tens of thousands of Xianbei cavalry, even if he is the God of war. But if you add Gongsun Yue''s 6000 cavalry, it will be different. Even if you can''t win a big victory, at least you can make Xianbei people lose their vitality. With Zhao Yun''s strength, there should be no problem. What''s more, there is tangtougouguan''s containment of Xianbei soldiers and horses. But the problem now is that Gongsun Yue''s troops are not willing to put into the battle easily, and they always linger outside the alert range of Xianbei people. How can Gongsun Yue''s cavalry be drawn into the battle with Xianbei people? Both men were lost in thought. For a long time, Tian Yu said: "it seems that this is the only way."


    "How, how did guorang think about it?" Huang Xu said immediately;


    Tian Yu went to Huang Xu. After he said something like this, Huang Xu''s eyes lit up and nodded his head again and again. The two made some supplements to Zhao Yun''s plan, and then they agreed to send the shadow guard to Lou Jing in Tuyin city and Zhao Yun huyanda in horse training base.


    It was evening when Lou Jing of Tuyin city and Zhao Yun and huyanda of horse training base received the news from Longhua. Everyone who received the news made preparations. At daybreak the next day, Lou Jing took the prepared gold and silver jewelry to junmi city outside the Great Wall. First, he had to do the work of Yan Gang, and then he sent someone to inform the people of huyanda in the horse training base, while Zhao Yun began to get familiar with the troops and soldiers and prepare for the expedition.


    At this time, when tangtougou pass is closed, Huang Xu and Huang Xu, who are trying to attract Xianbei people to attack, suddenly hear the bugle of gathering troops from Xianbei camp. When they see this, they are very happy. It seems that after three days'' rest, Xianbei people will finally attack tangtougou pass again. As a matter of fact, as early as yesterday, Suli''s order had already come. He ordered the West army to return fumengcha to the old camp of Xianbei in the East. The West army was handed over to yuwencheng to continue to attack tangtougouguan. It must attack the Chengguan pass within ten days, and then lead the army south to threaten youbeiping and contain gongsunzan''s troops in Lulong fortress.Of course, in order to support Yuwen''s attack, Suli also sent several of his few craftsmen to Yuwen''s army. After receiving the military order, Yu Wencheng immediately convenes the general to discuss the matter. With Suli''s military order, some people are dissatisfied but still obediently obey the order. Yuwencheng didn''t send troops immediately. Instead, he ordered all departments to take a break and ordered craftsmen to speed up the construction of all kinds of siege equipment.


    With sufficient materials and manpower, the craftsmen sent by Suli are all high-level craftsmen. Although the quantity is not large, the quality is reliable. In addition, the auxiliary soldiers spare no effort to prepare all kinds of materials, so more than ten well rims and catapults are added to the Xianbei army in one day. With these things, Yu Wencheng feels that he has a lot of confidence, so he will be back at dawn Arrange the attack. This time, Yu Wencheng didn''t have all the soldiers piled up. Instead, he divided the six ten thousand men''s team into 16 departments, each with 5000 soldiers. He attacked in order. At the same time, there was another 5000 soldiers who specially protected the siege equipment.

 Chapter 506

    For Xianbei people''s attack, Huang Xu and Huang Xu have been ready for a long time, because now they don''t know Gongsun Yue''s reaction, so Huang Xu''s defense against Xianbei people''s attack also has spare strength, not exhausted. The battle of attack and defense between the two sides is like a joke to a veteran like Huang Zhong. However, this is the best way for Longhua. New recruits still need training, so it''s a good opportunity to train them. Learning war in war is what everyone is doing. It''s true for Xianbei people, Huang Xutian Yu, soldiers and players.


    At the end of the day, although the Xianbei people failed in several attacks, in the view of Yu Wencheng and his party, their soldiers spent more and more time on the wall, and their losses were getting smaller and smaller, which proved that the defensive ability of the garrison was gradually declining. They were very happy with this discovery. What they didn''t know was that they were in the control of Huang Xu and his soldiers Inside.


    After leaving Tuyin City, Lou Jing raced to junmi city. After entering the city, he went straight to the county government. When he arrived at the gate of the county government, Lou Jing handed his name to him and was soon invited in by Yan Gang, who was in the county government. As the head of Youzhou Department of shadow guard, Lou Jingyi immediately took over the work of intelligence collection and contact with gongsunzan forces according to the order of Huangfu Chaobo after he arrived in youbeiping. Therefore, all the generals under gongsunzan were familiar with him. As soon as he entered the county government, Yan Gang said to Lou Jing, "Captain Lou, what''s the matter with you in such a hurry to see me? Longhua has too many casualties to support? Or


    Lou Jing went to the first part of the previous series and said, "Lou Jing met general Yan!" Lou Jing knew that the reason why he was so polite to one of his captains was because his lord Huangfu was super rich. So he didn''t dare to be a little vague about the etiquette. After the ceremony, he answered Yan Gang''s question respectfully.


    "General Yan, I really came here because of Longhua. In the past few days, xianbeigou attacked tangtougou pass for several days. Although we beat them back, Longhua also suffered a heavy loss. The general knows that Longhua has only ten thousand troops. Besides four thousand cavalry, there are only six thousand soldiers. After a few days of fighting, more than half of them lost. It''s OK For some reason, xianbeigou didn''t launch an attack these days, so Longhua town took a breath. General Huang and General Huang have recruited 4000 soldiers urgently, but they are all new soldiers. They don''t know how long they can last. So please send troops to support them. Otherwise, tangtougou pass can''t support for several days. Once tangtougou pass is lost, Longhua will guard There''s nothing to keep


    "Ah Yan Gang had known from the news that Gongsun Yue had come back that the attack of Xianbei people was still very fierce, but he did not expect that the situation of tangtougouguan was so severe. Although he also wanted to send troops to support him, he also knew that Gongsun Yue would not agree if he was not sure. For a moment, Yan Gang did not know how to answer.


    Seeing this, Lou Jing quickly took out a gift list from Huai Shi, handed it up and said, "if the general feels embarrassed, then forget it. These are some small gifts that my Lord asked me to give to the general. Please accept them. "


    Yan Gang said: "general Huangfu is still so polite. He is not paid for his meritorious service. Du Wei Lou should take these things back with him. Just tell your master that Yan Gang is powerless." Yan Gang''s mouth refused, but his eyes aimed at the gift list. He saw a large string of gold and silver on it, which added up to thousands of taels of silver. He couldn''t help salivating in his heart.


    Lou Jing didn''t know what Yan Gang was thinking. The gift list in his hand was firmly put on the table in front of Yan Gang and said, "general, you don''t have to. How can I take back the things my Lord asked me to hand over? In recent years, we have trained and raised horses inside and outside the Great Wall, and we have received a lot of care from the general. We should thank the general for these things. "


    "Then Yan won''t be respectful." Yan Gang grabbed the gift list, put it into his arms, and said: "however, for the dispatch of troops, Yan is really helpless, but he can send a letter to the second general to help persuade him."


    "Well, thank you very much, general. But don''t care too much. My Lord''s opinion is that if Longhua can''t be defended, that''s OK. Anyway, before the war, we had already transferred 3000 elite cavalry and some important craftsmen to other places. If Longhua was really unguarded, General Huang and others had to give up tangtougou pass at an appropriate time, and then left Longhua by taking a small path to return to the pass. After the Party met, they would all withdraw to Luoyang. Now Luoyang is being watched by some people I don''t know Lou Jingdao;


    "what?."?... Give up tangtougouguan, give up Longhua and return to the Great Wall. Why don''t you tell us in advance? " Yan Gang stood up and said in a loud voice,


    "calm down, general. I''m here to inform you!" Lou Jing rushed forward;


    "this, this, this..." After listening to Lou Jing''s words, Yan Gang didn''t mention it in a breath and almost recited it.


    "General, in fact, you have to be considerate of my Lord. Now Luoyang is under the attack of the three princes, but the battle of Longhua has not progressed. If it goes on like this, Longhua will be lost sooner or later. Instead of this, it''s better for the two generals to withdraw their troops to junmi, and our troops to Luoyang. In this way, at least they can preserve their own roots Ah Lou Jingdao;"This Yan Gang didn''t expect that all of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo took the last step they wanted to take. As soon as the war started, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to give up. Fortunately, Yan Gang responded quickly and said: "in fact, it''s not that the second general doesn''t want to send troops, but that there are only 6000 cavalry in the hands of the second general. The other tens of thousands of soldiers are infantry soldiers, and Xianbei people now have at least 60000 or 70000 cavalry soldiers. It''s really a big gap! Well, if you insist on it for a few days, I''ll contact several other counties and try to add several thousand more cavalry to the second general. When the old soldiers of Xianbei are tired, we''ll send troops immediately. What do you think? "


    "General Yan," Lou Jing said with a helpless face, "it''s not the question that I don''t agree with, but the question of how long tangtougou pass can last. General Huang Zhongying has written to my Lord. Longhua town can hold on for three to four days at most. If the two generals can''t send troops to respond after this time, he will give up tangtougou pass and Longhua and lead the army The remaining 3000 cavalry came back to Luoyang in the starry night. "

 Chapter 507

    "Three thousand cavalry?" Yan Gang responded and said, "do you mean your 3000 cavalry are not in Longhua town? But somewhere outside the pass? "


    Lou Jing nodded and thought, brother, I have just told you that our 3000 cavalry have left Longhua, OK?


    "What is the combat power of 3000 cavalry? Who is in charge? " Yan Gang immediately said,


    "a thousand white horses and two thousand cavalry are also elite. The general of unifying the army has the courage to defeat the enemy. "


    "The courage of ten thousand men?" Yan Gang was stunned, and suddenly remembered that there was a man named Dian Wei under Huangfu Chaobo. Was he? "Is it Dianwei?"


    "No," Lou Jing shook his head and said, "it''s better than general Dian. Besides, this general is a riding general, and general Dian is a walking general."


    "Ah After listening to Lou Jing''s words, Yan Gang didn''t want to believe it, but he soon thought of a problem. If Huangfu Chaobo agreed to join the 3000 cavalry and the 6000 cavalry in Gongsun Yue''s hands, plus this brave cavalry general, if it was a surprise attack on Xianbei cavalry, there might still be some opportunities. In this case, it would be better than Huangfu Chaobo It''s better to leave directly. No matter what, it can cause great losses to the cavalry of Xianbei. Of course, this is set when Gongsun Yue agrees to do so. Thinking of this, Yan Gang said: "Captain Lou, I would have asked you, if, I mean, if the second general needs 3000 cavalry to fight together, will your Lord''s Guild agree?"


    When Lou Jing heard this, he was very happy and said, "I''ve been around for a long time, but I''m just trying to let you drill here. NIMA, I''m so tired. However, his face didn''t show up. He pretended to be embarrassed and said, "this, I''m not sure."


    "In this way, you should get in touch with Huang Xu of Longhua and tell him that Ben would have decided to go and persuade the second general to send troops to support tangtougouguan in person, but 3000 cavalry must join our army''s 6000 cavalry in the war. In addition, contact the chief General of 3000 cavalry immediately, and ask him to rush to the second general''s garrison as soon as possible to join you. Now you and Ben will rush to the second general''s camp together. If you want to keep your master''s hard work, you can cooperate with me well! " Yan Gangdao;


    after that, without waiting for Lou Jing''s consent, he ordered his own guards to get ready to start, and then asked them to put on their armor and weapons and go outside. Lou Jing is happy in his heart, but he doesn''t stay at his feet. He quickly follows Yan Gang and goes out. When he gets out of the county government, he immediately arranges for people to send messages to two places.


    Yan Gang and his several hundred bodyguards and Lou Jing arrived at gongsunyue camp in the evening. At this time, Zhao Yun, who had received the news from Lou Jing, had already led 3000 cavalry and huyanda, Mengyuan and Hao Jian to the outside of the camp. Because they were waiting for Lou Jing, they were not in a hurry to enter the camp It wasn''t a long-distance attack, so Zhao Yun didn''t use the 3000 good horses. All the cavalry were two horses for one man.


    As for huyanda, if it''s not because Zhao Yun and others are not familiar with Lou Jing, they need to get in touch with him. Otherwise, Zhao Yun doesn''t want huyanda to come out. Of course, even if they arrive together, Zhao Yun won''t let huyanda go out with the army. In time, there will be a team of cavalry to protect huyanda far away from the battlefield. After meeting Lou Jing, Hu Yanda introduces Zhao Yun and Meng Yuan to Lou Jing and Yan Gang.


    Yan Gang also tried Zhao Yun''s strength quietly when he met Zhao Yun. He didn''t expect that Zhao Yun was easily solved by the other party. Yan Gang estimated that this person was at least a general above the sky level, which made Yan Gang more confident in the cavalry general of Huangfu Chaobo. If Yan Gang knew that Zhao Yun was the second general in the world, he didn''t know What to think.


    Along the way, Yan Gang had made it very clear that if his 6000 cavalry troops and 3000 cavalry barracks of Longhua went to battle together, he would still be able to fight against Xianbei cavalry. Moreover, by then, with tangtougou pass to attract the attention of some troops, and now there are 20000 soldiers and tens of thousands of strange people. If we use these tens of thousands of troops as bait, we should also be able to attract some Xianbei cavalry. In this way, more than 60000 cavalry will be divided into three parts: one is to attack tangtougou pass, the other is to face strangers and their soldiers, and the last is the Chinese army.


    It is estimated that by then, the Chinese army will be more than 10000 people, and there will be 9000 cavalry on its own side, and there will be 3000 white horses. Moreover, there will be a general who is at least above the rank of heaven. If possible, it''s better to let him lead the troops and win the battle. If he loses, at least he and Gongsun have nothing to do. How to say, he can give it to Xianbei people It''s a big blow. There are no soldiers to recruit. At the thought of this, Yan Gang felt that he was really too clever to suffer any loss. So he immediately led the people into the camp to discuss business with Gongsun Yue.


    As soon as he entered the big account, Lou Jing secretly handed the prepared gift list to Gongsun Yue''s personal commander, and then told Gongsun Yue what he had told Yan Gang one by one. At the beginning, Gongsun was also anxious. When he was about to speak, he suddenly saw Yan Gang winking at him. Gongsun Yue immediately reflected that Yan Gang had something to say to himself. So he found an excuse to leave the tent with Yan Gang and went to the tent behind the tent. Yan Gang immediately told Gongsun Yue what he thought.Gongsun immediately fell into a tangle when he heard this. He agreed. He didn''t have the confidence to fight nine thousand cavalry against tens of thousands of Xianbei cavalry. If Huangfu Chaobo''s army really retreated and let Longhua out, Xianbei people would be more like tigers if they had Longhua town. It''s estimated that they would not be able to keep their own junmi city. In the future, youbeiping will be able to survive Restless, ready to guard against Xianbei southward.


    Just as Gongsun was getting more and more tangled, his personal captain came in, quietly handed him a gift list, and then relayed Lou Jing''s words to him. This makes Gongsun Yue basically sure that Huangfu Chaobo wants to withdraw his troops. Otherwise, he would not have given himself ten thousand taels of gifts, which makes Gongsun Yue''s heart inclined to send troops. Seeing that Gongsun Yue had been shaken, Yan Gang said in a side way: "second general, what are you struggling with? Can you tell me more about it? "

 Chapter 508

    "Brother Yan," Gongsun Yue said, "I''ll tell you the truth. If I lose the 6000 troops, how can I tell you?"


    "Ha ha..." As for Gongsun Yue''s concerns, Yan Gang was ready and said with a smile: "the second general is more concerned. Compared with the Xianbei army, the general is more concerned that we can defeat the Xianbei army and eliminate the danger of youpeiping. As for soldiers, we can recruit them without them. "


    "But Gongsun yuedao;


    "however, we only have 9000 cavalry, how can we defeat tens of thousands of Xianbei troops? Right? " Yan Gang said with a smile;


    Gongsun nodded, wondering why Yan Gang was laughing. After a pause, Yan said, "the second general must know how many soldiers are left after the attack of 100000 Xianbei troops these days?"


    "About 60000 or 70000 troops."


    "Yes, now there are only 60000 or 70000 Xianbei troops. It is said that this morning they have begun to attack tangtougouguan again. At least 20000 Xianbei troops should be contained here."


    Gongsun nodded and stopped talking. The problem in his eyes was that even if 20000 troops were removed, there were still 40000 or 50000 soldiers in Xianbei.


    "Did the second general forget that we still have tens of thousands of soldiers in our hands? If we promise heavy profits, and then gather other people to lead the infantry to reinforce tangtougouguan, do you think we can attract another 10000 or 20000 troops of Xianbei people? In this way, the Chinese army of Xianbei people has no more than 20000 troops and no more than 30000 troops. Ten thousand vs. twenty thousand. Is there a great chance for us? Moreover, I can tell the second general that the leader of Huangfu Chaobo this time is said to be one point better than that of Dianwei. With such a great general leading the army, we have half the chance with Xianbei people. Second general, can you think that if you win this battle, will the general care about the loss of cavalry? If they don''t win, with the strength of the nine thousand cavalry, the Xianbei people will not die. In this way, the Xianbei people dare not attack junmi in a short time. But if we let the troops of Longhua withdraw directly, junmi city will not be able to defend at that time. At that time, even if we can save the troops, the general will not be satisfied. " With these words, Yan Gang stopped talking. What he had to say had already been said. Gongsun Yue was the final master.


    After listening to Yan Gang''s words, Gongsun Yue fell into meditation again. After a long time, he finally made a decision and said, "OK, let''s bet." Having said that, they discussed the details again, and then returned to the big account of the discussion. Then Gongsun Yue told Lou Jing and other humanists that he agreed that the two families should join forces. Moreover, the cavalry could be handed over to Zhao Yun, who would lead the infantry to cooperate with the cavalry. However, Zhao Yun had to show his real ability to convince himself.


    After a little hesitation, Lou Jing and others finally reluctantly accepted Gongsun Yue''s request after Yan Gang''s repeated requests. The reason for this is to take the initiative in their own hands and ask Gongsun Zan for anything in the future.


    The next thing is much simpler. Zhao Yun fought alone in the camp and won the battle easily. This not only made Gongsun Yue and his cavalry feel relieved, but also made Gongsun Yue''s cavalry worry about it. Later, Zhao Yun demonstrated riding and shooting, which was even more convincing. The next step is to collude with Longhua, and then how to arrange infantry to attract Xianbei troops, so as to provide cover for cavalry raids. After discussion, they finally decided the plan after confirming the feasibility of the plan again and again in the middle of the night.


    The next morning, Gongsun Yue called together all the players to discuss the matter, and then told them the plan to join the army. This decision attracted all the players'' full support. After staying in this place more than 100 miles away from the battlefield for several days, those who were not up or down were tired of staying. When he heard that Gongsun Yue was willing to join the army, he almost agreed with his feet.


    In fact, Gongsun Yue and Zhao Yun and other people have already discussed it. These strange people and their soldiers are all cannon fodder. The player generals have no chance to speak at all. At the beginning of the discussion, Gongsun Yue arranged the March sequence. Twenty thousand infantry soldiers naturally became his middle army, forty thousand players were divided into two armies, three thousand Yicong was hidden by Zhao Yun, and the remaining four thousand cavalry battalion and two thousand ordinary cavalry of Longhua were divided into two armies of three thousand each to protect both sides of the army.


    According to Gongsun Yue''s agreement with the players, 20000 players in the forward will be used as bait to attract Xianbei cavalry to attack. In the face of 20000 soldiers, Xianbei people will not send too many cavalry. If there are no more than 5000 cavalry, then at that time, Zhongjun soldiers will defend on the spot, the cavalry on both sides will move forward quickly and encircle from both sides, while Zhao Yun''s Baima Yi will follow from behind quickly By blocking the retreat of Xianbei cavalry and preparing to move the cavalry, more cavalry can be lured to come, so as to further weaken the forces of Xianbei people''s central army and provide conditions for Zhao Yun to lead the army to attack the Chinese Army directly.


    As a result, tens of thousands of troops, while slowly moving forward, prepared for on-the-spot defense, kept cutting down trees and making all kinds of defense equipment all the way. Therefore, it took two days to move the camp to less than 30 li away from tangtougou pass. This is an hour''s attack distance for cavalry. This is the closest distance Gongsun can get to Xianbei people. At this position, Gongsun has more than 20 good horses ready at any time. Once there is adverse situation, he and Yan Gang will be the first Withdraw junmi for a while and prepare for the final defense.As expected, on the next day, the Chihou of Xianbei cavalry had already found the players'' army. When the news reached Yuwen Cheng, the Chinese army, tangtougou was in the middle of a battle. He didn''t pay much attention to the news that tens of thousands of soldiers had been found. After he sent a cavalry of five people, he didn''t pay attention to it any more. Not only Yuwen Cheng, but also several other Wanfu elders felt that it was Yuwen who was safe for 5000 cavalry to stop tens of thousands of soldiers.


    Five thousand cavalry galloped all the way and soon arrived in front of Gongsun Yue army. Although there are tens of thousands of reinforcements, all of them are soldiers. The general of Xianbei didn''t even think of leading the battle directly. Sure enough, the 20000 troops in front of him scattered as soon as they rushed. It''s a pity that although they scattered the enemy, they didn''t kill a lot of them, and the losses of Xianbei cavalry were very small, but the speed of Xianbei cavalry was reduced.

 Chapter 509

    When Xianbei cavalry reached the position of the central army, they found that they were faced with 20000 soldiers. At this time, the horse speed of Xianbei cavalry had basically stopped. The leader of Xianbei cavalry was a chieftain under Suli. Seeing this, he was ready to lead his troops around the front of Gongsun Yue army. Unfortunately, when he pulled his horse''s head, he found that there were thousands of cavalry running to his left and right sides. On one side, there were still cavalry, and on the other side, there were galloping cavalry. The huge gap between the two sides can be imagined.


    In desperation, the commander ordered the cavalry to prepare for riding and shooting, and turned the horse''s head to withdraw from the encirclement. However, the ruthless reality once again broke his dream. At this time, Zhao Yun''s three thousand white horses have surrounded him from behind, and behind them, there are tens of thousands of players who have gradually surrounded him.


    After Zhao Yun killed four chieftains in succession, the last chieftain was seriously injured and captured, the last 3000 of 5000 were killed, and more than 1000 were injured and captured. Only a few hundred of them surrendered, but there was no one left get away. Gongsun Yue''s army also lost a lot, including more than 9000 cavalry soldiers and nearly 1000 soldiers. The player army lost a lot, and the 20000 former army had less than 8000 soldiers.


    However, the harvest is not small. The most important harvest is the war horses. Five thousand cavalry were finally collected by Gongsun Yue. Among them, one thousand good horses were directly collected by Gongsun Yue. The remaining two thousand and five hundred horses are war horses. In addition to the five hundred horses that Zhao Yun took to replace cavalry, the other two thousand war horses were awarded to the players by Gongsun Yue according to their military merits. The same is true More than 10000 pieces of weapons and equipment were taken out at that time. The result of this practice is that in the later battles, the fighting passion of the players rises rapidly and almost reaches the crazy level. Of course, this is later.


    After cleaning up the battlefield, Gongsun became more and more confident in the future war, so that Zhao Yun suggested that the army should leave overnight. Gongsun agreed even more. It was not until the morning of the third day that the camp of Xianbei Chinese Army remembered that there were still 5000 soldiers who had not returned to the camp. It was then that they knew that they had underestimated the reinforcements. So he sent scouts again to inquire about the news of reinforcements. At this time, Gongsun Yue''s army had already arrived at its destination in the middle of last night, in a big valley thirty miles southeast of tangtougou pass. At this time, after the busy work in the middle of the night, a solid camp rose up. Although it was not as good as tangtougou pass, it was enough for Gongsun Yue to guard for ten or eight days.


    At this time, the 8000 cavalry led by Zhao Yun had already bypassed the camp of Xianbei army and hid in a forest more than ten miles behind the position of Xianbei middle army. Yu Wencheng was surprised to hear that the reinforcements had set up a camp in the valley 30 miles away. After thinking for a moment, he immediately decided to send 15000 cavalry to attack the reinforcement camp. It was not that he did not want to send more troops, but that after a few days of war, there were less than 50000 troops in Xianbei camp. In addition, he lost 5000 cavalry yesterday, so it was only a few days at most To be able to send 15000 cavalry troops to attack the pass, at least 20000 soldiers were prepared. At the end of the day, there were only 10000 troops and thousands of wounded soldiers in the Chinese camp.


    However, Yu Wencheng doesn''t think his Chinese army will be in any danger. He just can''t dream that someone will come directly to his Chinese army.


    September 1, 191, the second year of the Han Dynasty, is just the beginning of a new month for the players in the game. However, for Huangfu Chaobo, it was a sad existence. The fighting in two battlefields started at the same time. Of course, he did not know the situation of Longhua, because few people had time to report the news of Zhao Yun''s return to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Let''s take a look at the situation in Longhua first. When the sun just rose, the third day battle of tangtougouguan officially began, because 15000 cavalry were sent to block gongsunyue''s reinforcements. Yuwencheng''s Chinese army only left 10000 troops, and the other 20000 troops were sent to take part in the siege.


    The siege battle started as scheduled. Huang Xu and Lou Jing gradually strengthened their defense forces as required. Then, after a round of attack, they reduced their defense forces, so that the guards even gave up part of their positions at the head of the city. Then they suddenly broke out and beat back the second round of attack of Xianbei people. Soon, this phenomenon was discovered by Yu Wencheng. In his view, it was a manifestation of tangtougou pass''s lack of succeeding. Excited, Yu Wencheng transferred 5000 soldiers from the Chinese army, and all at once sent 25000 soldiers to the front of the pass to take part in the attack and prepare to finish the battle.


    Huang Xu, who saw the change of Xianbei Chinese Army on the wall, immediately made people ready to send a signal. When the Chengguan war was burning, he told Zhao Yun''s 8000 cavalry to defeat Xianbei Chinese army in one fell swoop. Then, all the defense forces in the pass launched a counterattack. In this way, the 100000 Xianbei troops would have to take off a layer of skin if they did not die. At that time, how many Xianbei soldiers would there be It''s up to providence that the cavalry can escape.


    Sure enough, after the beginning of the third attack, Xianbei people''s attack strength increased significantly. After more than ten days of practice, Huang Xu has been adept at defense, and he has been able to control the troops. In the face of Xianbei people''s attack, Huang Xu first ordered the soldiers to resist firmly. After supporting for a period of time, he retreated a little, let a part of the city out, and then tried his best to stop Xianbei people.After supporting for a while, step back a little bit, and then block with all your strength, so again and again. The Xianbei middle army under the city, seeing such a situation, was deceived and immediately ordered the whole army to detain them. After receiving orders, more than 20000 Xianbei soldiers attacked the city with all their strength. However, due to the full resistance of the city, almost 20000 Xianbei soldiers were blocked under the city wall. At this time, Huang xucai ordered the soldiers to send a signal to Zhao Yun, who was already ready outside the city.


    Outside tangtougou pass, in a valley less than ten miles away from Xianbei middle army, Zhao Yun, who had already made preparations, had the army ready to wait for the signal of tangtougou pass. Xianbei people never thought that there would be thousands of Han cavalry ambush in the valley behind them. By noon, the smoke of tangtougou pass was finally lit.


    "General, three wolf smoke! General, light three wolf smoke in the direction of tangtougouguan. It''s a sign of attack Tangtougou pass of Langyan together, was immediately arranged by Zhao Yun sentry taxi to see, and then quickly back to report.

 Chapter 510

    The cavalry in the woods all came in one after another. They rushed to the valley at night just to give Xianbei a fatal blow when the war was burning. Hearing the signal, everyone got up one after another, went to their horses, sorted out the horses and their weapons, and then quietly waited for the order to attack.


    Zhao Yun stood up and looked in the direction of tangtougouguan in the West. As expected, he saw three clouds of smoke rushing into the sky.


    Zhao Yun took his helmet from his own soldiers. First, he said to several school captains around him: "order, the bow cavalry is in the front, after three rounds of riding and shooting, turn to the guerrillas on both sides, and the white horse is in the middle. When the bow cavalry gives way, he will fight with the general, followed by the lance cavalry and the sword cavalry. All of you, make contributions, fight for it. Mount the horse and kill the enemy with the general. "


    "Respect the general''s orders! Kill All the generals responded in unison;


    then there was the neighing of the horses in the valley, and teams of cavalry came out from the source of the valley, and then formed an offensive formation at the mouth of the valley. After all the soldiers and horses were in place, Zhao Yun pointed forward his silver spear and ordered 8000 cavalry to move toward the Xianbei Central Army several miles to the West Go.


    When the three clouds rise behind the pass, Yu Wencheng thinks that tangtougou pass is asking for help from the soldiers ten miles away. With a sneer, Yu Wencheng orders the soldiers to speed up the attack. What he didn''t expect was that reinforcements really came, not to the south, but to the East, and they were cavalry.


    For the cavalry, the distance of a few miles is a pillar of incense. Soon, Zhao Yun''s cavalry came behind the middle army of Xianbei army. At this time, Xianbei people reflected that the whole Chinese army now has only 5000 cavalry and thousands of wounded soldiers. Seeing the thousands of Chinese cavalry suddenly appeared behind him, Yu Wencheng was in a mess. Why did the Chinese cavalry appear behind him?


    However, there is no time to think about this problem any more. In his opinion, thousands of Chinese cavalry are no match for Xianbei warriors, let alone 5000 cavalry and thousands of wounded soldiers. It''s a pity that Zhao Yun''s cavalry, who arrived behind the Xianbei people, had already raised their speed to the highest level. When the Xianbei cavalry just got on their horses and was ready to speed up, the first round of arrows had already been shot at the Xianbei people by the bow and arrow in the front.


    Later, the next two rounds of arrows arrived as promised. Although the three rounds of arrows did not cause much damage to the Xianbei people, they seriously interfered with their speed. Many Xianbei cavalry had to pull their horses to turn in order to avoid bows and arrows. When they were ready to speed up again, they were already faced with three thousand white horses led by Zhao Yun. When Zhao Yun was still a hundred paces away, his bows and arrows flew like meteors into the cavalry of Xianbei. Every arrow fell in one of the cavalry, followed by 3000 Yicong, who were ready to shoot. As soon as he entered the range of the bows and arrows, he heard Zhao Yun shouting: "white horse Yicong! Run and shoot


    "Whoosh, whoosh..."


    After hearing the sound of a bow, three thousand arrows, like locusts, flew directly in the direction of Xianbei cavalry.


    As a special army, Baima Yicong''s bows and arrows are not comparable to those of ordinary bows and cavalry. After three rounds of shooting, 5000 Xianbei cavalry were as if they had been cut by a knife, and nearly a thousand people in front of them had fallen under the bows and arrows.


    Seeing that he had entered the distance of 30 steps, Zhao Yun hung his bow and arrow on one side of the horse, took the bright silver gun, raised it up obliquely, and yelled again: "white horse Yicong! Break in


    "Drink!" Hearing the order, 3000 Yi neatly hung his bow on the side of the horse, and then took the lance on the other side. He held the reins in his left hand and the middle of the lance in his right hand. He clamped the tail of the lance under his armpit and raised the lance head forward to prepare for the battle. It took less than two breaths from hanging the bow to taking out the gun, and the whole process was uniform, without half block, and the preparation was completed in an instant.


    Seeing that the soldiers were ready for the battle, Zhao Yun once again yelled, "white horse, Yicong!"


    Three thousand Yicong cheered in unison: "where righteousness comes, life and death go hand in hand! Heaven can learn, and the white horse is the proof! "


    "Kill! Kill!! Kill


    The whole battlefield resounded the shouts of Baima Yicong, which completely covered the shouts of Xianbei people.


    "Damn it, Baima Yicong, how could it be Baima Yicong!" Baima Yicong''s cry to kill stunned yuwencheng, or next to the pro guard will wake him up, reaction of yuwencheng has been Baima Yicong these four words to scare, panic he issued a let Xianbei rout order - Mingjin stop!


    As a result, the soldiers of Xianbei, who were attacking the city, burst their nest, wheezed and ran back. Huang Xu, who was at the head of the city, took the opportunity to order the soldiers to fight back. Not only the soldiers, but also the dozens of catapults and the well rims that had been closed behind the pass. In a flash, the arrows and stones were all over the ground, and they came straight at the soldiers who were preparing to retreat The wonderful Xianbei soldier was stunned.


    The situation at the head of the city is seen by Yu Wencheng. At this time, he finds out how mentally retarded he has given an order, but now he can''t care so much. Now Yu Wencheng only wants to escape from Baima Yi. Seeing that the siege soldiers are already in chaos, Yu Wen Cheng simply doesn''t care about them any more. He gathers hundreds of bodyguards around him and is ready to run away. It''s a pity that Baima Yicong, who was originally a special branch of the armed forces, had the divine General Zhao Yun '' Between.Yu Wencheng''s own battle was already in Zhao Yun''s attention. Seeing that Yu Wencheng seemed to be running away, Zhao Yun yelled and turned his horse''s head to kill him. Along the way, God blocked and killed the God, Buddha blocked and swabbed the Buddha. A bright silver spear picked out and stabbed the enemy. Shengsheng killed a thoroughfare from Xianbei cavalry and went straight to Yu Wencheng.


    Seeing that Baima Yicong is so fierce, Yu Wencheng is so scared that he almost can''t climb on his own horse. After stepping on the air several times, he still climbs on his own horse with the help of his own soldiers. As soon as he gets on the horse, he doesn''t care about anything else and runs away.

 Chapter 511

    At this time, Zhao Yun was only dozens of steps away from him. Seeing that he had no time to catch up with the enemy chieftain, Zhao Yun handed the silver gun to his left hand, pulled out a sword from his waist with his right hand, and yelled, "stop the dog thief!" Then he throws his sword directly at Yu Wen Cheng. Yu Wen Cheng, who can''t dodge, is nailed to his horse by Zhao Yun.


    Seeing that yuwencheng was dead, Zhao Yun immediately yelled: "the thief is dead! Those who fall will not die


    As soon as Xianbei cavalry saw it, sure enough, yuwencheng, who was in the position of the middle army, had been nailed to his horse. For a moment, Xianbei people were more confused.


    At this time, the Xianbei people at tangtougou pass had been driven out of the city, so Huang Xu asked Tian Yu to lead the soldiers to guard the city, and he led two thousand bow cavalry and crossbow cavalry to open the door and chase the retreating Xianbei soldiers. The Xianbei people who are running wildly find that the stones and arrows on their heads are falling continuously, and there are cavalry after them, which makes the scene more chaotic. At this time, the news of yuwencheng''s death was roared out by Baima Yi, which made the whole battlefield heard. Huang Xu immediately led the cavalry to shout together.


    After Zhao Yun killed Yu Wencheng, there were basically no Xianbei cavalry around him to stop him, so he quickly ran to Yu Wencheng''s body, pulled out his sword, cut off his head, and gave it to the soldiers beside him, who followed him with a lance. At this time, 3000 Baima Yicong and 5000 ordinary cavalry had almost wiped out the Xianbei cavalry of the Chinese army. Because Zhao Yun opened the way in front of them, the cavalry did not lose much, only lost 1000 cavalry.


    So Zhao Yun immediately turned his horse''s head and led 7000 cavalry to the retreating soldiers of Xianbei. Soon, the cavalry into the rout of Xianbei soldiers, after a few rounds of fighting, plus the influence of yuwencheng''s head, finally some soldiers threw down their weapons to surrender. With one, there will soon be a second and a third. In less than a pillar of incense time, there are no Xianbei soldiers standing on the whole battlefield.


    When Zhao Yun saw the soldiers coming out of the pass, he immediately gave Hao Jian the task of capturing the prisoners, and then led Meng Yuan to Huang Xu.


    After seeing each other, they didn''t say much. Instead, they quickly discussed the arrangements for the war. Zhao Yun gave Tian Yu the prisoner in front of the pass. Then, together with Huang Xu, they immediately led Jincheng''s cavalry to the direction of Gongsun''s camp. Of course, Yu Wencheng''s head went together, and Tian Yu immediately escorted the prisoner to the pass for detention. At the same time, tens of thousands of horses and tens of thousands of weapons in the hands of the prisoners were transported back to the pass.


    Tangtougou pass three smoke rise, the pass south of Gongsun Yue camp also ushered in the attack of Xianbei army. An army of 20000 soldiers and 40000 players, like a hedgehog, huddled in a camp of several miles. According to the negotiation between Zhao Yun and Gongsun Yue, Gongsun Yue commanded the army to build the camp like an iron wall. He not only built the village wall, but also dug several trenches in front of the camp. No matter how provocative the Xianbei army was, Gongsun Yue gave an order. If he didn''t give an order, he would not be good at fighting, and those who disobeyed it would be killed.


    This Xianbei man was very depressed. He thought he had made a good profit, but he didn''t expect to attack the city. Although he was not as good as tangtougou pass, the problem was that he had no equipment and could only rely on bows and arrows. However, there were several trenches in front of the Han camp, so his cavalry couldn''t get close to the camp and could only surround it Archery in the camp. As a result, after several rounds, the bow and arrow cost a lot, but the Han people did not lose much.


    While commander Wan was struggling, dozens of cavalry came from the direction of tangtougouguan. All of them were not fully dressed and lost. The news shocked everyone. Since tens of thousands of troops were defeated by Han cavalry, they were not only defeated, but almost annihilated. Even the chief General Yu Wencheng was also defeated by Han general Xiaoshou. Less than 100 cavalry escaped, including one of them Some fled to the direction of the camp.


    For a time, more than ten chieftains quarreled with each other. Some wanted to help the Chinese army, others thought that they should go back to the barracks immediately, and others simply suggested that they should retreat and join Lord sully. Just as everyone was quarreling, the sound of horse''s hooves came from the north. When we looked up, we could see that the leader was a Chinese flag. Before the meeting, dozens of rout cavalry did not wait to discuss the result, but ran to the east of Suli army.


    The sudden change made Xianbei people dumbfounded. The chieftains of Xianbei cavalry had even more disagreements. Three chieftains saw that persuasion was useless, and led their cavalry directly towards the direction of Han cavalry. In their view, Xianbei cavalry was the real cavalry. Han people would only hide in the city pass, and the so-called Han cavalry was not vulnerable at all The Han people on the opposite side saw that there were less than ten thousand cavalry, but the brave Xianbei warriors only needed 3000 people to beat them to pieces.


    Unfortunately, the ideal is full, but the reality is too bony. This time, Zhao Yun did not arrange other cavalry in front, but directly led the white horse from the battle. After a round of battle, more than 2000 of the 3000 Xianbei cavalry fell under the horse, the remaining 1000 were completely annihilated by the following thousands of Han ordinary cavalry, while nearly 2000 of the 3000 Baima Yicong still sat on the horse. Zhao Yun, who killed three thousand Xianbei cavalry directly, didn''t stop there much. Instead, he directed his troops to the tens of thousands of Xianbei cavalry who were on the outside of the camp."White horse, just follow, kill!" Zhao Yun tilted his silver gun and raised his head to heaven, shouting, "where righteousness comes, life and death go hand in hand! Heaven can learn, white horse as proof! Kill! Kill!! Kill The remaining two thousand Yi roared in unison, and then, without hesitation, raised their weapons to follow Zhao Yun''s death.


    The movement outside the camp soon alarmed the people inside. In addition to a few gates and arrow towers, other positions of Gongsun Yue camp are basically given to the players to guard. The battle between the reinforcements outside the city and the Xianbei cavalry was watched by the players. When the cavalry outside the city and the Xianbei cavalry fought each other, everyone felt a sweat in their hearts. When the result came out, the whole front camp of Gongsun Yueda camp, no matter the NPC soldiers or the players, gave a great cheer.

 Chapter 512

    The next thing surprised the players to see that Baima Yicong continued to rush towards him, and some Xianbei cavalry escaped, because not only the fighting power of Baima Yicong, who was far stronger than Xianbei cavalry, but also the head of Yu Wencheng, who was hanging on the tip of the spear.


    One of them had two. Seeing that several thousand commanders could not stop them, the ten thousand commander had no choice but to order the retreat. However, he ordered the cavalry to retreat to the camp, because there were tens of thousands of auxiliary soldiers, hundreds of thousands of horses, cattle and sheep. You know, it''s September now, and winter will come on the grassland in more than a month. To keep these cattle and sheep can be Xianbei people Keep more energy. In his view, although tens of thousands of auxiliary soldiers are not as powerful as soldiers, there is no problem to block less than ten thousand Han cavalry.


    Xianbei people come and go quickly. Before baimayi arrives two li from the camp, more than ten thousand Xianbei cavalry have left in the northeast direction. Seeing this, Zhao Yun immediately sends a man to explain the situation to Gongsun Yue, and immediately takes thousands of cavalry with Huang Xu to chase Xianbei camp.


    Soon, some players in the camp responded. More and more players went to the gate and asked to open the gate for pursuit. Unfortunately, the guard didn''t give Gongsun''s order, so the two sides almost confronted each other. Fortunately, Gongsun heard that the cavalry had returned, so the leader rushed to the front camp.


    Just as Zhao Yun''s men arrived at the gate of the camp and put him into the camp. After careful inquiry, Gongsun Yuecai really wanted to believe that Zhao Yun''s cavalry had defeated Xianbei''s cavalry. Now he was chasing the disabled soldiers. In a good mood, Gongsun Yue immediately asked people to open the camp and let the players participate in the pursuit. For a time, tens of thousands of players went one after another to pursue the cavalry of Xianbei, especially the players who won the war horse award in the previous battle, and came to chase Zhao Yun''s cavalry. However, now we all don''t know that Zhao Yun is the leader of the white horse team.


    Twenty thousand cavalry fled and chased, and finally arrived at Xianbei camp in the afternoon. To the astonishment of Wan Fu, Xianbei camp has become a mess. Previously, several Xianbei cavalry who escaped from tangtougouguan have destroyed the whole army, and the news of yuwencheng''s head has spread. There were less than 8000 soldiers who fled back to the camp with him. The others fled everywhere. It was impossible for the 8000 soldiers to control the chaotic tens of thousands of auxiliary soldiers. In the end, the commander had to lead the 8000 soldiers, gather less than half of the auxiliary soldiers, and flee towards the Suli army.


    Less than half an hour after the cavalry fled, Zhao Yun led the cavalry to the camp of Xianbei people and saw the chaotic camp. Zhao Yun gave all the ordinary cavalry to Huang Xu and asked him to guerrilla on all sides and intercept the fleeing Xianbei people. Of course, the formed Xianbei cavalry of Dabo must be released. You know, the trapped animals are especially fierce, and the rabbits bite when they are in a hurry. Zhao Yun himself led two thousand white horses into the camp to quell the riot. Zhao Yun believed that with his own force and the fighting power of white horses, there should be no problem in quelling the riot of tens of thousands of auxiliary soldiers.


    At present, except for a few people who found Zhao Yun''s cavalry coming, no one else found it. The whole camp was noisy and there was no warning at all. After Zhao Yun led Bai Ma Yi into the camp, he went into a state of no man. He killed all the way, killing people everywhere. After killing two people back and forth in the whole camp, he finally calmed down the chaotic Xianbei people. At this time, the two thousand white horse lost less than 100 people like a miracle.


    On the outside, Huang Xu saw that the camp gradually quieted down, and then slowly gathered the surrounding troops, leaving 3000 crossbow cavalry cruising outside the perimeter to guard. He put the remaining thousands of cavalry into the camp and drove the scattered Xianbei people together. The whole camp slowly quieted down, except for a team of white horses, who walked through the camp and roared from time to time: "the army has been defeated, those who get off their horses and kneel down to surrender will not die!"


    When the players arrived at Xianbei camp, the whole camp had been completely controlled by Zhao Yun''s cavalry. The whole camp had been closed. Several players tried to enter the camp and were refused. Two players didn''t give up and tried to pretend to be gongsunyue''s cavalry. As a result, they were shot to death by a taxi on the doorstep and directly fell into the mud , the players are dead hearted, and then focus on the area around the camp.


    Although Huang Xu led the cavalry around, it was a camp with 200000 people. There must be a lot of fish in the open net. Players saw that since they couldn''t get into the camp to catch oil and water, they focused on the Xianbei people who escaped from the camp and their horses. The more than 1000 players who rushed to the camp at the first time were all on horseback, so there was no big difference for Xianbei people In addition, the people who escaped from Xianbei are at a loss, so usually when a few ten players act together, they can always catch one or two fish in the open net.


    At this time, Zhao Yun and Huang Xutian Yu are discussing how to deal with these prisoners and booty. After they control the camp, Zhao Yun and Huang Xutian Yu immediately send someone to invite Tian Yu. The three of them hide in the tent to discuss how to distribute them. Obviously, there are nearly 30000 Xianbei people in the camp, as well as nearly 50000 horses, hundreds of thousands of cattle and sheep, as well as tens of thousands of weapons and tens of thousands of gold. In the face of such a huge amount of booty, they will definitely have to share it with Gongsun Yue. However, how to divide it remains to be discussed.You know, although Zhao Yun led the army to win the battle, Gongsun Yue sent out 6000 cavalry, including 2000 white horse soldiers. Up to now, there are less than 2000 ordinary cavalry, and white horse soldiers have lost more than 600, which can be said to be a loss of nearly half, and the 3000 Longhua cavalry led by Zhao Yun has also lost nearly 40%. Fortunately, the harvest of tangtougouguan was not small. More than 15000 Xianbei soldiers were captured and nearly 30000 horses were harvested. Moreover, because all the horses that the soldiers rode were better horses, the number of good horses among the 30000 horses reached nearly 10000, and the other 20000 were ordinary war horses. Although there were 50000 horses in the camp, the number of war horses plus good horses was less than 20000, and the other 30000 were ordinary pack horses and riding horses.


    On the other hand, the prisoners in tangtougouguan are all Xianbei cavalry, while the prisoners in the camp are basically ordinary Xianbei people, which can not be compared. These are the gains of this war, and the next few people counted the losses of tianlonghua. Among other things, within 10 days alone, the number of taxi casualties has reached nearly 10000. These are the most direct losses, as well as various indirect losses.

 Chapter 513

    After ten days of fighting, Longhua alone consumed tens of thousands of weapons and equipment, as well as the loss of various equipment and medicines, which are difficult to count at a time. In addition, more than ten days before the start of the war, Longhua began to stop normal production and construction, and made preparations for all kinds of war. Then there is the biggest expenditure, nearly 10000 casualties. The compensation for the dead soldiers and the treatment and follow-up arrangements for the injured soldiers are a huge number. In addition, there are 8000 soldiers recruited twice, and the total number of soldiers in Longhua is 23000. In the end, there are more than 13000 people left. Such a reward for more than 10000 soldiers is also a huge amount Big costs.


    Let''s look at the loss of Gongsun Yue. Six thousand cavalry troops have gone to war, and there are still three thousand soldiers. That is to say, the loss is only three thousand soldiers. Of course, these are cavalry troops, not the soldiers of Longhua. But the three men have selectively ignored this problem. Finally, let''s take a look at the loss of Xianbei people, including 100000 troops, 100000 auxiliary soldiers, 300000 horses and hundreds of thousands of cattle and sheep. Finally, Zhao Yun killed two of the three generals. Only Fu mengcha escaped because he was sent back to his old camp for medical treatment. Ten ten ten thousand captains and 100 thousand captains. Finally, only two ten thousand captains and 15 thousand captains escaped. Others were either killed or captured.


    More than 10000 soldiers fled back, and more than 15000 were captured. The others were either killed or scattered. Less than 40000 soldiers and herdsmen returned, less than 100000 horses returned, and nearly 100000 horses were captured by Longhua. The others either died in the battlefield or fled. As for the cattle and sheep, Suli probably saw this knot The fruit can vomit blood three to rise but die.


    After making clear the situation of the three parties, the three people also had the bottom to discuss with Gongsun Yue about the distribution of spoils. After several discussions, they decided that the bottom line was that all the harvests in tangtougou pass must belong to their own side. As for the harvest in Xianbei camp, 10000 horses above the level of war horses and half of the captives, cattle and sheep.


    In the end, Zhao Yun suddenly pointed out that if Longhua wants to help Luoyang, he can finally recruit 3000 white horses in youbeiping, and then equip them with 2000 ordinary cavalry, and then 5000 cavalry with 20000 horses. All the way, if the horses stay on the road, day and night, he can arrive at Hanfu''s territory in Hebei Province in about two to three days. With the help of Hanfu''s army, he can take another day We can cross the river in two days. Huang Xu and Tian Yu were overjoyed when they heard that they were going to recruit 3000 white horses in youbeiping immediately. As a condition, they joined Gongsun Yue''s negotiation.


    After the negotiation, the three men kept busy. Zhao Yun was busy selecting Baima Yi from the whole Longhua army and the captives of tangtougouguan and Xianbei barracks. After Gongsun Yue agreed, he could take him to the special barracks in Tuyin city and transfer to Baima Yicong. If Gongsun Yue disagreed, he could only take these soldiers with him Go to Luoyang, and wait for Huangfu Chaobo to build a special barracks in Luoyang. Huang Xu is busy commanding the cavalry of Longhua. Before Gongsun Yue comes, he quickly selects his horses and immediately changes his horses. Tian Yu, on the other hand, first arranged for people to quietly select talents with various skills from the captives. Of course, some of the special items and some of the money in all kinds of spoils must be hidden first.


    In the evening, Gongsun Yue and Yan Gang led their personal guards to the Xianbei camp occupied by Zhao Yun under the leadership of Bai Ma Yicong. Regardless of what he felt, he rushed to the big account to check the harvest after the war.


    When he rushed to the tent, Gongsun Yue saw Zhao Yun, Huang Xu and Tian Yu. Seeing Gongsun Yue and Yan Gang coming in, they stopped what they were doing and came forward to salute: "I''ve seen two generals, I''ve seen general Yan!"


    "How are you going after your hard work?" Gongsun Yue was also impolite. As soon as he came in, he went to the throne and sat down. Then he asked, "how did we get from this battle?"


    Three people looked at each other, Tian Yu came out and said: "second general, please see, this is the harvest of our capture of Xianbei camp, but now only the approximate number, the specific is still in further counting." Said, handed a piece of paper, written on a few people have already discussed a few approximate figures.


    "More than 50000 horses!"


    "Hundreds of thousands of cattle and sheep!"


    "More than eight thousand gold!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    As for the tens of thousands of captives and more than 100000 pieces of weapons, Gongsun Yue thought that the barbarian had any good weapons, and they both ignored them.


    "Well! Well Gongsun, who finally calmed down, turned his eyes to Tian Yu and said, "well, Longhua has lost a lot in this battle. All the supplies and prisoners in the camp have been divided equally between our two families."


    "Ah?" The three were stunned, and soon responded. Huang Xu said: "second general, after more than ten days'' war in Longhua, the casualties of soldiers alone have reached ten thousand people. It''s hard for my uncle to tell me if they share equally in this way."


    "Yes After Huang Xu finished complaining, the next thing was handed over to Tian Yu, and he immediately said, "general two, we also know that if general two and general Yan had not led the army to help us in this war, we would not have defeated the Xianbei army so soon. However, the loss of Longhua was too great. The loss of soldiers alone amounted to ten thousand people, and the post-war pension and the placement of wounded soldiers increased the consumption "I''ve gotThen they had a fierce argument about the distribution of the spoils. Unfortunately, even Guan Jing, the counselor beside Gongsun Zan, was not Tian Yu''s opponent, let alone Gongsun Yue and Yan Gang. After much discussion in the middle of the night, the two families finally reached a consensus on the distribution of booty. The prisoners and materials in the camp are divided into four or six parts. Gongsun Yue is the fourth and Longhua is the sixth. However, Gongsun Yue helps Longhua transfer to 3000 Baima Yicong. Of course, as a supplement, Longhua has to pay Gongsun Zan 20000 gold for recruitment. Moreover, Tian Yu agrees that Longhua will privately give Gongsun Yue, Gongsun fan and Yan Gang 200 gold for each.


    Of course, although Gongsun Yue was greedy for money, he did not delay his work. He asked the troops in Longhua city to send 5000 cavalry after a few days'' rest. One of Huang Xu''s three men led Gongsun Yue to the Lulong fortress to support Gongsun Zan''s army. As for the harvest of tangtougouguan, Tian Yu told gongsunyue that there were only thousands of captives and thousands of war horses. Gongsunyue didn''t think much about it and ignored it.

 Chapter 514

    For both sides, this is a happy result. Gongsun Yue also knows that he didn''t make much effort and only lost two or three thousand cavalry in the end. However, it''s very good to get such a result. I believe his elder brother won''t say anything more. Besides, there are still many opportunities for the cooperation between the two families. There''s no need to be unhappy about these little things. Now that the distribution plan has been determined, then everyone will be busy next.


    It''s not only Longhua that has to recruit troops, but Gongsun Yue is also ready to increase troops, because now there are horses, and there are more than 20000 horses in pingbai. Although there are only more than 8000 horses used as war horses, it is already a big income for Gongsun Zan''s forces. According to the configuration of one man and two horses, Gongsun Yue can increase more than 4000 cavalry, plus there are 3000 originally If there are more than 5000 cavalry, there will be more than 12000 cavalry. I believe it will have a great effect on the Suli army.


    As for the soldiers, it''s easier to deal with them. There are 20000 soldiers of alien lords, but they don''t take part in the war. Just choose the right soldiers from them. Then we can make up for the alien Lords. And the distribution of the spoils is given to Yan Gang, who organized a different person to escort back to junmi city.


    Gongsun Yue''s affairs are easy to handle, while Longhua''s are troublesome. After the discussion with Gongsun Yue, Tian Yu reported the results of the war and the post-war situation to Luoyang one by one, and then the three were busy dealing with Longhua. Originally, Zhao Yun''s plan was to lead 3000 white horses to Luoyang, but now Gongsun Yue asked Longhua to send cavalry to take part in the rescue of Lulong fortress, and to have 5000 cavalry.


    In this way, in addition, Longhua must have cavalry garrison, so on the basis of the current 3000 cavalry, we must recruit 7000 cavalry to meet the needs. You know, after more than ten days of war, there are basically not many young soldiers in Longhua who can meet the requirements of conscription. Most of the 10000 soldiers are junior soldiers, so they can''t be transferred to cavalry. Finally, helpless, the three had to focus on the 40000 Xianbei prisoners. Considering the emergency situation in Luoyang, it took them a day and a night to select the 7000 cavalry. Fortunately, the 15000 captured Xianbei cavalry had better qualities in all aspects. For example, Zhao Yun''s 3000 white horse Yi selected 2000 of the 2400 from the captured Xianbei cavalry, excluding 600 veteran soldiers.


    In fact, it''s relieved to think about it. Xianbei cavalry is also a special branch in the game, and baimayi is also a bow and spear cavalry, so it''s normal to be able to select so many from it. After selecting all the generals above the centurion, the three selected 6000 soldiers from Xianbei cavalry to join Longhua cavalry, and then took another day to reorganize 10000 cavalry with 3000 soldiers as the skeleton.


    After further discussion, the three men decided that Zhao Yun would lead 3000 white horses, 1000 ordinary cavalry and 2000 auxiliary soldiers to return to Luoyang. In order to speed up the speed, he would equip these 6000 people with one man, three horses and 2000 spare war horses, a total of 20000 horses. Of the 6000 cavalry in Longhua, 5000 followed Huang Xu to the battle of Lulong fortress. In the end, only 1000 cavalry were left in Longhua. After all, there is no large group of Xianbei cavalry around Longhua, leaving 1000 cavalry to deal with emergencies. In addition, there are tens of thousands of horses in Longhua. Once there is an emergency, Tian Yu can recruit more cavalry.


    Originally, they wanted to wait for a reply from Luoyang, but somehow, Luoyang, which usually has a reply in two days, didn''t prepare to send a reply. So in order to facilitate the Luoyang herald to arrange the war, they made a plan for Zhao Yun''s itinerary. After dawn tomorrow, Zhao Yun will lead 6000 horses and 20000 horses to Tuyin city with the leader of Gongsun Yue''s own soldiers. Then he will stay there for a day for the transfer of Baima Yicong.


    Later, Zhao Yun will lead the troops all the way, and always go to Zhaojia village. It is estimated that after Zhao Yun arrives at Zhaojia village, Luoyang''s order has passed. Also tomorrow morning, Huang Xu will lead 5000 cavalry and 8000 cavalry of Gongsun Yue to the southeast and head for Suli army camp outside Lulong fortress. At that time, only Tian Yu was left in charge of Longhua. During this period, Longhua''s main task was to sort out the battlefield outside tangtougou pass, and then to reorganize the post-war army, as well as the related war follow-up pension, the placement of wounded soldiers and the reward of soldiers. It was estimated that Tian Yu would take ten days and a half months to straighten out the problems.


    On September 1, 191, in the second year of Chuping, Zhao Yun launched a fatal attack on Xianbei cavalry outside tangtougou pass. Outside Luoyang City, Ji Ling, a general under Yuan Shu, led the official attack on Luoyang. At the same time, Zhang Yang, the Hanoi Garrison who had crossed the Yellow River and settled in Pingxian county a few days ago, also led 40000 soldiers to attack Luoyang City after leaving 10000 soldiers to guard Pingxian county Attack, Huangfu Chaobo under the control of Luoyang City, ushered in his third defense, Luoyang, once again became the focus of the whole Han Dynasty. The first two Luoyang defense wars ended with the victory of Huangfu Chaobo, the guard of Luoyang. Then, in the face of the attack of the three route princes and 200000 troops this time, can Huangfu Chaobo continue to write a legend?


    As early as last night, with the help of 20000 soldiers in Gucheng, the Dugu brothers led their troops to dig a tunnel from outside the city to the inside of Henan county. Then, the four thousand soldiers of the Dugu brothers and 20000 soldiers of Gucheng retreated at night, leaving only an empty city for yuan Shujun.In the early morning of September 1, Ji Ling commanded the army to cross the river and settle in Henan county. Later, Ji Ling didn''t stay in Henan county. Instead, Chen Lan led 20000 soldiers to stay in the county and Luoyang army, which was responsible for monitoring the direction of Gucheng. At the same time, Ji Ling was also responsible for building a floating bridge on Luoshui River to prepare the grain and grass from Nanyang. Then, Ji Ling and Lei Bo led 80000 troops to Luoyang It''s coming. After arriving at Wuli in the west of Luoyang City, Ji Ling ordered the army to camp on the spot, and led Lei Bozhong to inspect the terrain around the west city. As early as a few days ago, after the Nanyang army occupied Liang County, Ji Ling ordered the craftsmen to make all kinds of siege equipment. Along the way, dozens of parts of all kinds of siege equipment have been made, which can be used immediately just by assembling them under the city.

 Chapter 515

    After walking around the western wall of Luoyang, Ji Ling had some ideas about the coming battle, so he led the horse back to the camp. When he returned to the camp, the camp was safe, and Ji Ling immediately gathered in his tent to discuss business. After two rounds of drumming, all the generals above the rank of school captain came to the big account of Jiling middle army for discussion. When all the people arrived, Ji Ling came to the front tent from the back of the central army''s tent. At this time, Ji Ling had already put his armor down and put on a military robe again. This is the general''s usual dress. Generally, he wore it when he was not wearing armor.


    Ji Ling, sitting on the throne of the Lord, calmly accepted the salute of the generals. Then Ji Ling began to speak: "gentlemen, this time Ji is entrusted by the Lord to come to Luoyang with you. I don''t know if the generals have a good plan for how to attack Luoyang?" All the generals in the account, you look at me and I look at you, then they all shake their heads and say nothing. The joke is that Ji Ling is the number one general of Yuan Shu. He is the general of Yuan Shu''s hidden residence. He is loyal to Yuan Shu. He has been fighting for Yuan Shu for several years, but he seldom loses. Who dares to show off in front of him is not looking for death. Seeing the appearance of the generals, Ji Ling shook his head helplessly, turned to a alchemist beside him and said, "Mr. Zhongying is a member of the main public security platoon. Let''s talk about it first."


    A scholar next to him nodded and stood up. It was Shu Shao Shu Zhongying, an outstanding scholar under Yuan Shu, who was arranged by Yuan Shu to join Ji Ling''s army. So Yuan Shu arranged him to join Ji Ling''s army and let him advise Ji Ling all the way. Hearing that Ji Ling ordered his general, he stood up with a smile and said, "well, since general Ji asked me to talk about it, I''ll talk about it for you."


    "Huangfu Chaobo is an alien Lord of Yingchuan changshe. In the Yellow turban rebellion, he was recognized as a member of the family by Huangfu Songcheng, the head of Huangfu family in the north. Later, he was accepted as a disciple by Zhongying General Zhu Jun, and was appointed as the magistrate of changshe because of his outstanding military achievements. In the following time, Huangfu Chaobo was not outstanding. However, since the reign of Dong Zhuo, the great powers of Guandong started to fight for Dong, and Huangfu Chaobo and the governor of Yuzhou Kong Gu sent out troops together. "


    After a pause, he continued: "during the period of discussing Dong, he once urged sishuiguan army to make great contributions again. After Dong Zhuo burned Luoyang, all the princes returned to their respective areas for various reasons. Before withdrawing, Cao Cao, the deputy leader of the princes, recommended Huangfu Chaobo as the governor of Luoyang, responsible for rebuilding Luoyang. At the same time, all the princes said that they would support money, food and materials. However, Luoyang was attacked twice. The first time was nearly 100000 bandits and the second time was 200000 yellow scarf bandits. They were all defeated by Huangfu Chaobo. In the two world wars, Huangfu Chaobo won a great victory over the enemy. He not only saved Luoyang, but also gained a large population from it. Now Luoyang has more than 100000 people and more than 100000 troops. "


    "It''s a pity that Huangfu Chaobo was young and frivolous. After winning several big victories, he forgot himself and won the title. A month ago, he accepted the appointment of Dong thief as the new governor, trying to control the four prefectures for Dong thief. Think about our Lord Yuan Shu. He was a general of the Han Dynasty, but he could only live in Nanyang. This time, it happened that Lv Bu, the Marquis of Wen, turned his back on the traitor Dong Zhuo and wanted to take the land of Henan for our Lord. The Lord didn''t want the four counties of Henan to fall into the hands of Dong thief again, so he contacted several princes to wipe out Henan at one stroke and return a sunny day to the people of Henan. "


    "In this war, Nanyang, Zhang Yang, the governor of Hanoi, and Lv Bu, the Marquis of Wen, sent out a total of 250000 troops. In addition, yuan Benchu, the leader of the alliance of the related Eastern princes, has sent troops to contain Han Fu, the ally of Luoyang, and Cao mengde, the deputy leader of the alliance, has sent troops to contain Chen Liu, Zhang Miao, the ally of Luoyang, and Kong Luo, the ally of Yuzhou. Although there are more than 100000 troops in Luoyang, they are scattered in several cities Marquis Wen has contained nearly 40000 troops. Now there are only 50000 to 60000 troops in Luoyang, and we have at least 150000 troops to attack Luoyang. Therefore, it is now our time to make contributions. My Lord sent me here to record your contributions in detail. " Sure enough, he deserves to be a learned man. After a few words, he has already won the official title of his party and belittled Luoyang, where Huangfu is very rich. His words alone have already made all the generals in the account very enthusiastic.


    Seeing the appearance of the generals in the tent, Shu Shao suddenly whispered and said mysteriously: "you generals, I still have a secret matter to tell you. After more than a year, Huangfu Chaobo has rebuilt the inner city of Luoyang, which is full of new mansions. Before leaving Luoyang, the Lord once revealed that he wanted to use all the mansions in Luoyang as rewards The idea of meritorious soldiers. "


    "Wow..."


    "Really?"


    "Great


    All the generals in the tent were attracted by Shu Shao''s words. A big house in Luoyang was something that everyone on the scene had never thought of before. Now it has been placed in front of you. You only need to capture Luoyang to get it. Where can the generals in the tent hold it? They all scream and want to capture Luoyang immediately That''s good.


    "Well, everyone, what should be said and shouldn''t be said, Shu has already told you, but please keep it a secret, otherwise the Lord will blame, but Shu won''t recognize it. Next, how to attack the city? Please ask general Ji to arrange for you Shu Shao saw that he had successfully aroused the morale of the generals in the army, so he said no more. He clapped his hands and said to everyone. Then he went to one side to drink tea leisurely.After Ji Ling gives Shu Shao a look of gratitude, he knows that Shu Shao is helping him to boost his morale, but he doesn''t want to steal the limelight of his chief General. No wonder a counselor like him who knows how to advance and retreat can advance and retreat freely under Yuan Shu. Although Ji Ling doesn''t need and can''t lose Yuan Shu''s trust, he still appreciates Shu Shao very much, so Or with eyes to Shu Shao thanks.


    In fact, only a few of Yuan Shu''s subordinates, such as Ji Ling and Yuan Yin, were so deeply trusted by Yuan Shu. After looking at Shu Shao Chong and nodding his head in response, Ji Ling no longer talks, but quietly looks at a group of generals talking there. After a period of time, the voice in the big tent was much lower. Looking at everyone''s discussion, Ji Ling sat on the throne and gave a heavy hum. Everyone soon calmed down and waited for Ji Ling to arrange the siege.


    "Well, you guys, Mr. Shu said all these things in his heart. Now what we need to do is to attack Luoyang City. Only if we attack Luoyang can we have all these things. Otherwise, if we can''t attack Luoyang, everything will be in vain. Well, the generals will listen to the orders! "

 Chapter 516

    Hearing Ji Ling''s words, all the generals on the scene were calm, and Wei Jin was sitting down. All of them agreed: "here


    "General Lei Bo, listen to the order!"


    "The end will be here!" Although Leibo knew that he must be the first one to be called, he was still excited when the military order was just issued.


    "I order you to lead 20000 soldiers and assist 10000 soldiers to set up another camp in the north of Luoyang to take charge of the attack on the northern wall. You must launch more than one attack on the wall this afternoon to test the strength of the garrison on the city!" Ji Ling said with no expression;


    "the last general will take orders!" "Xun Zheng, general of Zhongying, will listen to the order!" he said


    "The end will be here!" Xun Zheng, another deputy general of Ji Ling, quickly stood up and said,


    "he ordered you to lead five thousand soldiers to the south city of Luoyang to feint and be responsible for controlling the soldiers in the south city of Luoyang."


    "ah!" Xun Zheng stood up with a happy face. He thought he would lead the army to attack the city, just like Lei Bo. He didn''t expect Ji Ling to make a feint attack. He was so frustrated that he didn''t react for a long time.


    "Well!" Ji Ling''s eyes stare, and he is ready to speak.


    Xunzheng responded to this, and quickly answered the promise aloud. Then he retreated, and when he saw that he had been ordered, Ji lingcai let him go.


    "Well, the other generals will attack the city with the Chinese army, and Huang Ben will take charge of the first round of attack. Order the soldiers to eat at the beginning of the day and attack the city at the third minute of the day


    "The end will take orders!" The generals responded with a bang, then withdrew from the big account one by one and went to arrange for the soldiers to eat and prepare for the siege in the afternoon.


    For a moment, Nanyang army camp was busy. Lei Bo led 20000 troops and WAN Minfu to leave the camp and went to the north of Luoyang to set up camp again. The remaining generals were busy arranging lunch for soldiers to prepare for the siege in the afternoon.


    When Nanyang army camp was busy coming in, Luoyang garrison also began to prepare before the war. At the beginning of Ji Ling''s inspection, he was already seen by the guards on the western wall, and immediately sent someone to report to Huangfu Chaobo. When Huangfu Chaobo arrived, he saw tens of thousands of troops leaving the camp and heading north. Huang Zhong ordered: "order all the walls to prepare for the battle, and Nanyang army will launch an attack in the afternoon."


    Sure enough, an hour later, the gate of Nanyang army camp opened, tens of thousands of troops left the camp and came towards the Luoyang city wall. At the same time, we also saw thousands of troops leaving the camp and heading south.


    After the bugle of attack sounded, the two ten thousand armies of square array covered thousands of auxiliary soldiers and marched towards the city wall with firm steps. As you expected, the first round of soldiers were just ordinary soldiers. The situation of Nanyang army had been killed by mistake for a long time. All the wolves told Huangfu Chaobo. We all knew that there were twenty thousand heavy armour infantry in Nanyang army, but most of them were soldiers Ji Ling is too old to send his mace at the beginning.


    However, although they were only ordinary soldiers, they also shocked the people who were guarding the city. Although Luoyang City has experienced two world wars, they are only mobs. This time, the regular princes and soldiers are just ordinary soldiers. We all feel the difference between well-trained soldiers and mobs.


    The army stopped less than 300 steps away from the city wall. Then a soldier rushed out and stopped a hundred steps away from the city wall. He yelled at the top of the city wall: "listen, Huangfu Chaobo betrayed the court and took refuge with Dong thief. Our Lord Yuan Shu attacked the thief in heaven and ordered general Ji Ling, marquis Wen Lvbu and Hanoi prefect Zhang Yang to lead an army of 300000 to beg for the thief. If the soldiers in the city abandon the secret and open the gate, they will not correct the past. Otherwise, they will break the city and leave no dogs or chickens!"


    The people on the wall looked at each other and laughed. Huangfu Chaobo said to Huang Zhong, "brother, I''ll give you a little lesson."


    "No!" Huang Zhong agreed. Then he took down his painted sparrow bow and a black iron arrow. He pulled the bow and set up the arrow. All he heard was a "whoosh". The messenger''s horse whined and fell to the ground with a plop, pressing the unprepared messenger down. The embattled messenger managed to pull out the pressed leg from the horse, limping and running back without looking back. Huang Zhong yelled at the messenger under the city: "go back and tell your master that he wants to fight, so come to fight!"


    "The general''s arrow!"


    The soldiers at the head of the city cheered loudly when they saw that Huang Zhong shot the messenger''s horse a hundred paces away.


    The Nanyang army, who was watching the battle in the city, turned blue with anger. The generals next to Ji Ling all yelled to attack the city. Although Ji Ling knew that it was impossible to persuade Luoyang army to surrender so easily, he wanted to attack the morale of Luoyang garrison. Who knew that the other side was like this archer. If he could steal chicken, he would not lose rice Shout: "attack!"


    After hearing the order, Nanyang army yelled in unison: "kill


    After that, the soldiers who were ready to attack the city were divided into two groups. One group held shields to protect the auxiliary soldiers and buried the moat to pave the way for the siege. Faced with the auxiliary soldiers of well-trained taxi guards, the loss of Luoyang garrison in the city is limited.In less than an hour, the moat of Luoyang was filled out by Nanyang army. Luoyang has gone through two world wars only one year since Huangfu Chaobo took over. The moat has been filled in and dug out, filled in and dug out again, and now it has been filled in again for the third time. Every time after the war, although Huangfu Chaobo made arrangements to dredge the city, he did not have much time and energy to dredge it thoroughly. In addition, the regular army of the vassals who attacked the city this time soon filled out the siege channel again.


    After the moat was filled, the battle drums of Nanyang army beat again, and the auxiliary soldiers who had filled the moat quickly stepped back. Then the soldiers behind them quickly raised the siege ladder and ran to the city wall. At the same time, the central army of Nanyang army sent out two square array soldiers to escort all kinds of siege equipment forward. It seemed that they wanted to attack the city wall at one stroke.


    Seeing this, Huang Zhong immediately realized that the Nanyang army had given up the exploratory attack and said in a dignified voice: "Pei yuanshao!"


    "The end will be here!" Pei yuanshao, who was observing the enemy''s situation at the head of the city, ran to the city immediately.


    "order immediately. The middle-level soldiers under the city will transfer the first school soldiers to the city to take over the head of the city. The new soldiers will step back and be responsible for helping!" Huang Zhongdao;


    "the end will take orders!" Pei yuanshao was stunned and immediately responded. Then he turned and went to the city to dispatch troops.

 Chapter 517

    Huang Zhong turned back and said, "Shi ah!"


    "The end will be here!" Shi a, who was standing next to Huangfu Chaobo, immediately came out and said,


    "do the other three have the latest enemy information?"


    "Report back to General Huang. The earliest information came back half an hour ago. The north gate is ready to fill the moat, and the Hanoi army in the east gate is ready to attack the city. There are only 5000 soldiers in the south gate, and there is no sign of attacking the city. " Shi a replied immediately;


    "OK, let me know any news as soon as possible. In addition, immediately order the generals of the other three gates to transfer the intermediate soldiers under the city to the head of the city, replace the new soldiers on duty at the head of the city, and order the generals of the gates to prepare for the war! " Huang Zhong nodded his head and ordered immediately;


    "the last general will take orders!" Shi a retired after receiving the order and ordered people to send orders to his three generals.


    Seeing this, Huangfu chaobolian came forward and said: "brother, are you going to change troops so soon? Don''t we plan to have junior soldiers as the main group and intermediate soldiers as the auxiliary group for the first two to three days? "


    According to the result of the discussion among the people in Luoyang City, Huang Zhong was the main general of the Luoyang war. According to the plan, 5000 recruits and 5000 intermediate soldiers were arranged to guard the city on each side of the city wall. The other soldiers didn''t know the main attack direction of the enemy, so they didn''t make any arrangements for the time being.


    Because there are only 25000 middle-level soldiers in Luoyang. If the four walls are allocated, only 5000 middle-level soldiers will be left as the reserve. Therefore, after discussion, we decided to attack the city in the first few days. Generally, the enemy would not attack the city with all his strength. The Luoyang army just used these days to send the new soldiers to the city to practice for a few days, so as to better adapt to the next fierce battle. Unexpectedly, at the beginning of the siege, Huang Zhong had to transfer the intermediate soldiers to the city and replace the new soldiers who were already in the city. This was different from the original plan, so Huangfu Chaobo asked.


    "Lord, as soon as the battle started, Nanyang army sent out all the siege equipment, so it certainly won''t be a tentative attack." Huang Zhongyi pointed to the Nanyang army''s siege equipment that was slowly approaching outside the city,


    looking in the direction of Huangfu Chaobo, he saw only a few dozen large wells, as well as about a dozen large catapults, several siege vehicles and some equipment that Huangfu Chaobo could not name. Then the confused Chao Huang Zhong said: "this adds up to dozens of siege equipment. How can we say that all of them have gone out?"


    Huang Zhong patiently explained: "my Lord should know that Nanyang army was stationed in Henan county early this morning. But after entering the county, Ji Ling did not stop to lead the troops to the West. Then he set up camp, arranged the war, and immediately arranged the siege in the afternoon."


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately woke up and said, "that''s right. In other words, Ji Ling had no time to arrange auxiliary soldiers and craftsmen to make siege equipment. They made all these equipment while marching all the way?"


    Huang Zhong nodded and stopped talking. People at the head of the city didn''t expect that Ji Ling broke the rules and attacked with all his strength at the beginning. In this way, Luoyang''s plan was completely disrupted. You know, although there are more than 60000 soldiers in Luoyang, 25000 of them are new soldiers of no more than grade 20.


    With Ji Ling''s help, the Luoyang army will lose 25000 soldiers, which means that Luoyang now has to use more than 30000 soldiers to resist the two routes of princes outside the city, with a total of 150000 troops. Moreover, these troops are all intermediate soldiers, and there are even 20000 high-level special arms in them. It can be said that Ji Ling''s step suddenly hit the soft threat of Luoyang, which is why Huang Zhong immediately ordered the guards to adjust quickly.


    "Lord, two military divisions, the enemy is about to attack the city, because Nanyang army has a catapult. For the sake of safety, please go down to the city first. If you have any news, you will send someone to report it immediately." Huang Zhong immediately turned to Huangfu Chaobo and Tianfeng lougui after he had made preparations for the city head;


    Huangfu Chaobo wanted to stay, but considering that if he stayed, the two military strategists would not leave, so he thought that he and Tianfeng lougui would go down the city wall together and then go to the inner city.


    Just a few people were less than a hundred steps away when they heard Huang Zhong''s roar from the wall: "throw stones, avoid!"


    Soon afterwards, more than a dozen "boom" sounds were heard. When Huangfu Chaobo looked back, he saw several huge stones falling on the top of the city, stirring up flying stones and dust all over the sky. Another huge stone flew directly over the city wall and landed on a broken house more than ten steps behind the city wall, directly smashing the house. Only a "bang" was heard, and then the whole house collapsed in a "Hua La" sound, and the splashed debris flew dozens of steps away. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo secretly hit his tongue, he thought it would be even worse on the wall. Fortunately, he had left the wall.


    In fact, Luoyang army also has catapults, but they are only small and medium-sized. Even if they have the advantage of the city wall, they can''t compete with Nanyang army''s large catapults. So after seeing Nanyang army''s equipment, Huang Zhong didn''t think about using these equipment now. He is ready to save it to give Nanyang army a blow at a critical time.


    After a few rounds of throwing stones, Huang Zhong heard a loud order: "the archers are ready to attack, 80 steps in front of the target, and five steps back after the five rounds of volley. Throwing stones, fire oil preparationHuangfu Chaobo and his party were farther and farther away from the city wall. Slowly, they could not hear the noise of the city wall.


    As soon as he got back to the palace, he sat down and asked, "how can I deal with the adjustment of Ji Ling?"


    When they heard Huangfu Chaobo''s question, they both sat down, took the cup in one hand and drank it slowly. But they did not speak, but fell into meditation. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t urge him. He just sat quietly, thinking desperately about how to get through this.


    Facing more than 200000 princes, Huangfu Chaobo knew that it would be difficult for him to pass this pass, and he might even give up his previous achievements. According to the truth, the best way to solve the attack of several princes is to ask for reinforcements. However, this time, Nu Wa obviously cut off her way to ask for foreign assistance. Yuan Shao''s tens of thousands of troops, Chen Bing Anping, have scared Han Fu enough. They quickly mobilize the troops to Zhang Ya to prevent Yuan Shao''s army from changing.


    In this way, Han Fu''s family could not move except ten thousand soldiers, let alone support Luoyang. Cao Cao''s army stationed in the state of Chen scared the other two allies of Luoyang.

 Chapter 518

    Although Chen Liu and Zhang Miao wanted to save him, he didn''t have many soldiers. In addition, he didn''t have any generals who could handle him, so he was dwarfed by Cao Jun. In Yuzhou, Kongyu is even more afraid to move now.


    Not to mention that there is a Cao Cao in the west, the news came from the south. Two days ago, Yuan Shu took Le Jiu as the main general, Li Feng as the deputy general, Yuan Yin as the army, led 20000 heavy infantry, and 40000 ordinary soldiers. A total of 60000 troops suddenly appeared in Shouchun. With the help of local aristocrats, they took control of the whole Jiujiang county at one stroke. The next day, Lu Jiang prefect Liu Xun announced to join Yuan Shu. Later, Yuan Yin led the Jiujiang prefect and ordered le to reorganize his troops. Together with Liu Xun, he gathered 40000 soldiers and Chen soldiers in Yangquan, Lujiang, to fight in Runan.


    This time, Yuzhou Kongzhou even more dare not move, ordered Runan prefect Xu Jing to gather troops to prepare to fight Yuan Shu army northward. In this way, the three allies are all self-care, let alone support Luoyang. For this reason, Kong didn''t specially send someone to Luoshen town to inform Chen Jing. At the same time, he hinted that if Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t stay in Luoyang, he would try his best to preserve his strength and withdraw to Guandong, and then he could go to Luoyang again. Unfortunately, in the beginning, although Huangfu Chaobo arranged the back road, he didn''t pay attention to it completely. But now, to this extent, this idea is floating in Huangfu Chaobo''s mind again.


    You know, although we can hold on for a short time now, without foreign aid, even if we can hold on for a short time, we will still fail in the end. Yes, since it''s a task, and it''s a link in the middle of a series of tasks, then the task should not have no solution, but how to solve it? All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo fell into deep thinking. For a moment, the three people in the assembly hall of the prefect''s mansion fell into deep thinking. The assembly hall was as quiet as no one.


    While several people in Huangfu Chaobo were pondering, the fighters on the outer wall of Luoyang were in full swing. Outside the east gate, Zhang Yang''s army has begun the first round of attack. Facing the Luoyang army on the city wall, Zhang Yang brought all the other 40000 troops except 10000 troops who stayed in Ping county and camped outside the east gate. After arranging 10000 troops to guard the camp, Zhang Yang led 30000 troops directly to attack the east wall of Luoyang.


    Because they arrived outside Luoyang a few days earlier than Nanyang army, Hanoi army''s siege equipment was well prepared. After getting the news that Nanyang army had launched an attack, Zhang Yang also ordered to launch an attack on the east gate of Luoyang. Fortunately, Huang Zhong quickly adjusted his defense plan, so that Dongmen did not fall in the first round of attack. However, Dongmen lost more than 1500 intermediate soldiers at one time. Of course, Hanoi army lost more than 3000. The north gate also launched an attack shortly after the war between the east gate and the west gate. However, Leibo did not attack the city on a large scale. He only launched a tentative attack and then harassed it.


    It''s not that he didn''t want to. It''s true that he only led 20000 troops. First, the camp has not yet been set up. Second, the siege equipment has not been prepared, so he can only contain harassment. The battle of Ximen is the most fierce place in Luoyang. From the beginning of the attack in the afternoon to the end of the day when Ji Ling ordered the troops to withdraw, Nanyang army launched two rounds of attacks. Although Huang Zhong finally repulsed them, they achieved this on the premise of losing 3000 soldiers. Of course, Nanyang army lost a lot, more than 7000 soldiers.


    In the evening, after Huang Zhong had arranged the defense at the head of the city, he rushed to the prefect''s residence to report the day''s war situation to Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing that there were more than 3000 casualties in one day, Huangfu Chaobo was very surprised. In fact, it took less than half a day to fight, and there were already 3000 casualties. You know, except for 25000 new soldiers, there were actually less than 40000 troops in Luoyang City, and thousands of them were the personal guards of Huangfu Chaobo, and nearly 10% of them were lost in half a day. In this way, Luoyang would be without soldiers in a few days.


    Although the enemy troops also lost 7000 people, the Nanyang army and Hanoi army have a total of 150000 troops, which is less than half of the loss. The advantage of military forces made Luoyang fall into an extremely unfavorable situation. In the face of the loss reported by Huang Zhong, Huangfu and Chaobo fell into silence again.


    Just at this time, Shi a came in and said, "Lord, shadow has received the news from Longhua and today''s battle report from Hangu pass." With that, Shi a handed the two pieces of news to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo took it over, thinking that Luoyang is already in a mess now, and the other two places are probably in a mess, alas... However, with this in mind, I opened the above message first. It was the battle report of Hangu pass. Zao only said in the war report that Lv Bu''s army had learned that Nanyang army and Hanoi army had begun to attack Luoyang City, so they also increased their attack on Hangu pass. Today, the casualties in Hangu pass have doubled compared with yesterday. At present, the strength of Hangu pass has been reduced by 5000 or 6000 people. Zao only requests to transfer troops from Gucheng to support Hangu pass.


    Sure enough, seeing Zao Zhi''s war report, Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart, I knew that the situation of Hangu pass was not much better, and he was asking for reinforcements again. After handing the news to Tian Feng, who is closest to him, Huangfu Chaobo opens the news from Longhua, thinking that there must be nothing good.


    Who knows? As soon as he saw the news above, Huangfu Chaobo jumped up and yelled: "ha ha ha..."


    The rest of them were shocked. They thought that Longhua had not been able to keep it, which made Huangfu Chaobo feel stimulated. Just as he was about to ask, Huangfu Chaobo said, "good news, brother, Zilong is back... Ha ha ha... Zilong is back"Well!" Huang Zhong immediately stood up and said, "really? Where is he now? "


    Huangfu Chaobo happily raised the news in his hand and said: "Xiaoxu, the news they sent back said that Zilong arrived at our original horse training base yesterday morning. Xiaohuyanda has told Zilong about our situation, and has given Zilong my letter of appointment. Although Zilong is not happy, he has accepted our situation for the time being. Several of them decided to discuss with Gongsun Yue and prepare to attack Xianbei Army today. If Gongsun disagrees, they will arrange Zilong to lead 3000 cavalry to Luoyang. "


    Huangfu Chaobo read the news of Longhua and handed it to Huang Zhong. While Huang Zhong was watching, Huangfu Chaobo introduced Zhao Yun to several other people. When people heard that Zhao Yun was not inferior to Huang Zhong, they were very happy.

 Chapter 519

    Whether it''s Tian Feng, Lou GUI or Huang Zhong, we all know that even if Zhao Yun and 3000 cavalry are involved in Luoyang, the situation will be completely different. You can imagine what it will be like when Zhang Yang''s Hanoi army is attacking the city with all its strength, and a god rank general leads 3000 cavalry to suddenly fight behind them. Even if all the 3000 cavalry Zhao Yun brought were lost in the battle with Hanoi army, as long as Zhao Yun could break into the city, the war in Luoyang would be very different.


    You know, there are still 5000 top cavalry in Luoyang, but now there is no suitable general to command, otherwise, the battle in Luoyang will not be so passive. However, this situation is based on the fact that Luoyang City can survive until Zhao Yun and 3000 cavalry come back. If Tian Yu can''t persuade Gongsun Yue to solve the crisis of Longhua, Zhao Yun and 3000 cavalry will go to Luoyang immediately. But even if they are one man and two horses, it will take four to five days to get to the edge of the Yellow River. Then Han Fujun''s water army was asked to send them to Gongxian secretly. After arriving in Gongxian, it was estimated that these cavalry would have to rest in Gongxian for one or two days before they could take part in the war.


    If Gongsun is more willing to join forces to solve the Longhua crisis, then Zhao Yun and his cavalry will have a longer time to come back. Therefore, Luoyang city should be prepared to stick to it for ten days to half a month. However, the current war situation has already lost 3000 soldiers in half a day. According to this situation, the current strength of Luoyang can not support Zhao Yun and his cavalry to come back.


    The appearance of Zhao Yun and Longhua''s reinforcements gave a glimmer of hope to the two military strategists who didn''t expect to relieve the Luoyang crisis in the afternoon. They looked at each other and saw the joy of "the end of the mountain, the end of the river, the end of the river and the end of the village". After they confirmed Zhao Yun''s ability to Huangfu Chaobo again, they ignored Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong, and ignored the dinner that Huangfu Chaobo had just arranged. They gathered in front of the map to discuss the defense arrangement of Luoyang City in the next few days.


    Soon the two men had a dispute over the deployment of troops in one place, but they soon reached an agreement. After about one incense stick, they stopped discussing, then went to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Lord, we have discussed the countermeasures. Lord, General Huang, please see


    Huangfu Chaobo stopped Lou GUI from going on, saying: "heaven and earth are great, and eating is the biggest. Come on, don''t worry, don''t worry. We''ll talk while eating." With that, he pulls Lou GUI and Tian Feng to the table a few days ago.


    They couldn''t resist Huangfu Chaobo''s tug, and after sitting in the Council hall for half a day, they were really hungry now. What''s more, things finally took a turn, so they also sat down with Huangfu Chaobo to prepare for dinner. Who knows that as soon as they sat down, Jia Jing brought a jar of wine, filled a glass of wine for each of them, and then they quickly stood up to thank them . After everyone has eaten some food, Lou GUI puts down his chopsticks and talks about the plan he discussed with Tian Feng.


    According to their discussion, if Luoyang wants to support Zhao Yun and the cavalry, it must change its defense plan. First of all, the soldiers in the city can''t be only intermediate. Except for the 3000 soldiers in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, all the other soldiers must fight. The troops on the four walls were mainly intermediate soldiers, supplemented by new soldiers and supplemented by senior soldiers.


    To this extent, we must try our best to preserve the strength of middle and senior soldiers. Only in this way can we maintain them for a longer time. To achieve this goal, the casualties of new soldiers will increase sharply. Therefore, Luoyang must recruit soldiers again. As for the three thousand Huben cavalry in Luoyang City and the two thousand Huben cavalry in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, a total of five thousand cavalry, they must also gather together and attack once or twice at a certain time to strike a thunderbolt at the two armies.


    If we can annihilate a few or even a school of soldiers, it would be ideal. In this way, we can contain more enemy forces. After listening to Lou GUI''s arrangement, Huang Zhong also nodded his head and agreed. For the arrangement of cavalry, Huang Zhong thought that it was best when Nanyang army would stop fighting tomorrow afternoon. If Nanyang army only had 5000 soldiers in Nanmen Huanzhong, the cavalry would attack when Nanyang army was ready to stop fighting. You know, the whole time of Nanmen is two days There was no movement. The Nanyang army would not expect that the cavalry would attack them when they were about to withdraw. At that time, Huang Zhong was ready to rush to Nancheng from Ximen to directly lead the attack.


    This is the arrangement of troops and horses in Luoyang City. As for the arrangement of troops and horses in Hanguguan and Gucheng, they think that they can appropriately reduce the number of troops and horses in Gucheng and transfer them to Hanguguan to fight. As for the troops, considering that after the war in Luoyang begins, LV Bujun in Hanguguan will certainly increase the strength of attack in Hanguguan. Gucheng is a small city, and the inner city has been built. If we don''t do that, we should pay more attention to it If it''s OK, you can retreat to the inner city in the end, so you can deploy 4000 to 5000 troops. In this way, there are nearly 10000 troops in Gucheng, which can also protect the back of Hangu pass. At the same time, Zhao Yu''s two thousand Xiliang cavalry had to go out of the city and wait for the opportunity to attack the siege army of the two princes.


    As for the arrangement between Zhao Yun and cavalry, we have to wait for Longhua to send news to see how the negotiation with Gongsun Yue is going. If the crisis in Longhua can be successfully solved, Zhao Yun should be able to bring back more soldiers and horses. If only 3000 cavalry can be brought back, we can only go to Gongxian by water from Jizhou. If more soldiers and horses can be brought back, maybe we can get back from Gongsun Yue Jizhou borrowed troops to attack Zhang Yang''s hometown.But if the worst result of the Longhua war comes out, Zhao Yun may be the only one who comes back. After a few discussions, they finally decided to give Longhua a message immediately. As for the arrangement of Zhao Yun and the cavalry, they would make a decision after the result of the battle in Longhua. At the same time, for the sake of safety, they suggested that if Zhao Yun did not receive instructions from Luoyang before he set out, he could set the middle point of his journey at Zhaojia village in Changshan, which should be safe.


    At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo quickly spread the news of Zhao Yun''s return to zhaojiacun. At the same time, he told Zhao Feng and Zhao Yu that although the situation in Luoyang was critical, the soldiers in zhaojiacun would not send a single soldier to Luoyang without Zhao Yun''s arrangement. The most important thing was that they were afraid that Zhao Yu''s little girl would come to Luoyang alone, and that would be a big deal.

 Chapter 520

    After all the things were discussed, Huangfu chaobozhong was a little relieved. After all the orders were sent out, they let everyone go. After everyone was gone, Huangfu Chaobo approached and relaxed a little on the chair. Jia Jing quietly went to his back, picked up Huangfu Chaobo''s head, put it on his chest, pressed it gently, and said, "Chao, don''t think too much, don''t you also say it? It''s a big deal. Go back to Chang she and start all over again! "


    Huangfu Chaobo leaned on Jia Jing, closed his eyes and enjoyed the rare silence. He said: "don''t worry, it''s nothing. Since it''s a serial task, there must be a way to complete it. Besides, as you said, there is a Chang she. I don''t believe Wan Yi. I really go back to Chang she, and Kong Chen won''t give me a Taishou Dangdang. Hee hee


    "You are beautiful!" Jia Jing opened Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and said angrily;


    "OK," Huangfu Chaobo sat up and said, "thank you for your encouragement. You really remind me." With that, Huangfu Chaobo said to the outside, "come on


    "General, what''s your order?" A bodyguard outside the door came in;


    "send someone to call Dugu Xiong right away!"


    "Here it is The bodyguard turned and left.


    A moment later, Dugu Xiong came to the prefect''s residence, saluted Huangfu Chaobo and said, "young master, are you looking for me?"


    "Yes," Huangfu Chaobo asked Dugu Xiong to get up, pulled him to the map and said, "look, can you dig a tunnel out of the city from the weapons workshop in the imperial city? Well, how long does it take from here to the dock outside the south gate? "


    Dugu Xiong looked at the two positions carefully, then thought about it again: "Mr. Hui, there is no problem with the tunnel, but the exit can''t be placed here. This place is too close to the wharf. If you don''t pay attention to it, there may be water seepage and the tunnel will collapse. It''s better for the exit to be a mile away from the wharf. Young master, please see, there is a warehouse at this location, and the distance from Luoshui is enough. If the exit is set here, it should be more suitable. "


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was not on the wharf in the south, but on the northwest corner of the wharf. He nodded and said, "OK, just do as you say. From tomorrow on, you won''t have to go to the city. Only your 4000 soldiers will dig the tunnel, but you must dig the tunnel within ten days. The tunnel should be able to walk two or three times at the same time People. "


    "Don''t worry, young master. It will take ten days for the certificate to complete the task." Dugu Xiong patted his chest and assured him. After that, he turned around and asked carefully, "young master, can''t you really keep it?"


    Huangfu Chaobo patted Dugu Xiong''s head: "what do you think, boy? Just in case, let''s leave a way out for ourselves. Let me tell you, Zilong has come back and will soon lead the troops back to Luoyang."


    "Ah?! Really? Great. Don''t worry, young master. The real things will be done well for you. Just watch it! " With that, he ran out.


    There was nothing to say for a night. The next morning, after a night''s rest, the siege troops and horses everywhere recovered, and soon the day''s battle was coming. However, Luoyang army has adjusted its forces according to Huangfu Chaobo''s order. The number of troops in Hanguguan has increased by 5000 again. Huang Wudi in Gucheng has also prepared his cavalry for battle, and the defense in Gucheng has been handed over to the county magistrates and county captains of Henan and Xincheng.


    The troops and horses in Luoyang City have also been adjusted in place. On the west gate wall, behind each intermediate soldier, there is a new soldier to assist in defense, while one thousand senior soldiers are scattered on the whole wall as a unit, ready to deal with various emergencies at any time. In the small courtyard of the weapons workshop in the Imperial City, Dugu Xiong has led the tungzi army to enter and begin to dig the tunnel secretly. In the inner city military camp, Huyan is also gathering 5000 Huben cavalry to prepare for the battle.


    The battle between Luoyang and Hanguguan began as scheduled, and a new round of fighting has begun.


    When the battle in Luoyang began, the Luoshen restaurant in changshe town began to open for business. Shortly after opening the door, two young people came out of the nearby inn. After entering the restaurant, they went straight to the second floor, found a private room, ordered a large table of dishes, and did not wait for the sophomore to bring them up. First, they asked the sophomore to serve four jars of the best pure wine of Luoshen.


    As soon as he opened the envelope, the strong aroma of wine immediately filled the whole room. The younger man closed his eyes and immersed himself in the aroma of wine. After a while, he sucked his nose with satisfaction. Then he opened his small eyes and said, "ah, it''s really good wine. The aroma of wine is strong and lasts for a long time. No wonder I''m not tired of drinking it. This time I want to drink enough in Luoshen town. Ha ha ha


    Looking at him, the older youth shook his head with a wry smile and said, "ah Tong, I''m really cheated by you this time. What do you say about traveling? As a result, once you arrive at changshe, you won''t move. The Luoshen restaurant in changshe is not enough. Now you come to Luoshen town to drink. Isn''t general Huangfu sending you dozens of jars every month? Isn''t it enough for you to drink? "


    "Brother Shan, it''s ok if you don''t say these things. I''m angry when you say these things. It''s not that those old people don''t have enough wine. They even drink all my wine. There are only two jars left in my ten jars of wine every month. Do you think that''s enough?" The young man glared at his small eyes and said discontentedly. With that, the young man picked up the wine jar and poured wine into the bowl in front of both of them. Then, he took his own bowl of wine, smelled it deeply, and drank it all at once.The old young man shook his head and took a small sip of it. Then he closed his eyes and tasted it slowly. Then he swallowed it and said, "it''s really good wine..."


    After they had been drinking for a while, the waiter of the restaurant delivered the ordered food. As he walked, he muttered: "it''s strange. Are these two sick? They came to drink early in the morning. Can these two guys be some kind of spy? They were drunk last night and came here early this morning


    The more he thought about it, the more suspicious he felt about the two people in the private room. After he sent the food in, the second boy returned. However, after he stomped downstairs, he told the shopkeeper what he thought. As soon as the shopkeeper heard this, he thought it was reasonable, so he signaled the second child to secretly go upstairs to eavesdrop on it to see if he had any harvest.

 Chapter 521

    Luoshen town is the last base of Huangfu Chaobo. All the people here are very loyal to Luoshen town and Huangfu Chaobo. Especially in these places, such as restaurants and inns, the staff are all the original old people in Luoshen town. Some of them are even placed in Zongheng village after the battle of destroying the village. Later, after rebuilding the village, they come back specially, like the shopkeeper of Luoshen restaurant It''s the old man.


    After listening to his report, he immediately arranged for him to go upstairs to monitor. At the same time, he sent someone to inform Chen Jing, the principal of Luoshen Town, and told him in detail about both of them. For Luoshen Town, this is an extraordinary period, and it is very sensitive to any changes. Chen Jing after getting the restaurant shopkeeper''s notice, also immediately personally bring people to the direction of the restaurant.


    But he said that after he went upstairs secretly, he stood quietly in a private room next to him. After listening for a long time through the wooden wall, he only heard two people in the room eating, drinking and talking about things from all over the world. Just when the sophomore felt that he was doubting whether he was wrong, the content of his speech gave him a boost.


    The older young man said, "a tong, what do you think will happen when the three Yuan Shu families attack Luoyang this time?"


    "What else?" While drinking, a tong said, "either Yuan Shu wins and Huangfu Chaobo goes back to his hometown, or Huangfu Chaobo wins and loses three times. Don''t worry. No, it should be four changes. However, I think Yuan Shu is more likely to win! Brother Shan, drink well. Why do you say this? Besides, you''re not a subordinate of Huangfu Chaobo. What are you doing with your leisure? "


    Shan shook his head and said, "ah Tong, you can''t say that. Not to mention that general Huangfu delivers wine to you every month, you should try to help Luoyang just because of this intention. Besides, although Yuan Shu was born after four generations and three princes, he was extravagant and lustful. He rode horses and chariots in order to annoy high-ranking people. And this time he sent troops to Luoyang, people all know Yuan Shu''s heart. I''m very despicable! "


    "Ha ha ha ha... Brother Shan is really chivalrous. How about I recommend him to general Huangfu for you? "


    Er, after listening to these old words, the shop boy was confused. Is it not the spy of the enemy, but the general''s acquaintance? No, since you are familiar with the general, why don''t you go to the administrative center instead of going to a shop? Just then, the voice inside rang out again.


    "A tong, listen to you, Luoyang crisis is not without solutions?"


    "Well, of course, you don''t see who it is? Can such a trifle still embarrass me? "


    "Oh, Shan is all ears!"


    "Brother Shan, come here with your ears." Just as Xiao ER was listening, the two inside whispered. The waiter next door was so anxious that he jumped straight. At this moment, he heard "Dong Dong Dong..." from downstairs It seems that a group of people walked into the restaurant, and then heard the shopkeeper saying "upstairs".


    Then, I heard that group of people came upstairs. After hearing the sound, the shopkeeper hurried out of the room to meet the people downstairs. As soon as I went out, I saw Chen Jing and others who were going upstairs. Seeing this, I went to see them. Chen Jing nodded and asked, "are those two still there? What did they say? "


    The shopkeeper replied, "yes, yes, yes, it''s just... It''s just


    "Just how?" Chen Jing immediately asked nervously;


    "it''s just that they seem to know the general, and the general sends people to deliver them wine every month!" With that, Xiao Er retells what he overheard one by one to Chen Jing and his party.


    "Ah Everyone was in a daze.


    After hearing this, Chen Jing immediately went through the people who need to deliver wine every month in Luoshen Town, and then combined with the description of the shopkeeper and the shopkeeper, she immediately thought of a person. At the thought of this, Chen Jing was overjoyed and immediately recruited a warrior who was in charge of delivering wine, and asked him to meet the two drinkers with him. Because Chen Jing knows that if there is no mistake, this man should be a wise man highly praised by his young master. Now Luoyang is in an extraordinary period. It would be great if these two young masters could really solve the crisis in Luoyang.


    The party soon arrived at the two young people''s private room. Chen Jing stood outside the door for a while, arranged his armor, cleared his throat, and then knocked on the door of the private room.


    Chen Jing and his party don''t know. After they enter the restaurant, the two people who are eating and drinking in the private room look at each other and smile. They continue to pretend that they know nothing about the situation outside and continue to drink their wine.


    "What''s the matter?" There was a sound in the door.


    "Chen Jing, head of Luoshen Town, asked to see the two gentlemen!" Chen Jing said respectfully outside the door,


    "please..."


    "Squeak


    After opening the door, Chen Jing brought only one warrior into the private room. Sure enough, as soon as he entered the room, the warrior went to the young man at the table, saluted respectfully and said, "I''ve met Mr. Pang!"


    Chen Jing was overjoyed that he was Pang Tong of Pang''s family in Xiangyang, whom the young master highly praised. He immediately followed him and said, "Chen Jing has seen Mr. Pang, and he has seen this gentleman. I don''t know that when he comes to Luoshen Town, please forgive me!""No harm, no harm, I just travel through the long club, greedy, so I came to Luoshen town to relieve greedy!" Pang Tongdao;


    "the restaurant is crowded and noisy. Please move your husband to the administrative center. The environment there is much better. As for the banquet, Chen Jing has ordered someone to arrange it. It''s rare for the two gentlemen to come to Luoshen town. Please stay in Luoshen town for a few more days. Otherwise, if the prince knows that Chen Jing has neglected his husband, he will be scolded to death. By the way, I haven''t asked how to address this gentleman yet? " Chen Jing said respectfully;


    "this is my elder martial brother, surnamed Shan Ming Fu." Pang Tong said, "we can eat here. Don''t bother General Chen!"


    "Don''t be polite, sir. If the young master knows that Mr. Pang still lives in an inn and restaurant in Luoshen Town, Chen Jing will die a hundred times!" Chen Jing saluted again;


    Pang Tong hesitated again and again, and finally couldn''t help Chen Jing''s invitation and agreed to move to the administrative center for a few days. Looking at Pang Tong''s appearance, Shan Fu didn''t know what he thought in his heart. Although he had a smile on his face, he was smiling in his heart.


    Seeing that Pang Tong finally agreed to go to the administrative center, Chen Jing was relieved. The next step is to find a way to solve the Luoyang crisis from these two gentlemen. You know, as a veteran who started his career with Huangfu Chaobo, Chen Jing was under great pressure. If he didn''t want to defend the last retreat for Huangfu Chaobo, he would have been flying to Luoyang for a long time. Now he can only watch the Luoyang war, but he can''t do anything. This feeling makes Chen Jing almost crazy.

 Chapter 522

    When he is in constant panic every day, now he finally hears the news that it is possible to solve the Luoyang crisis. How can Chen Jing not do his best to fight for it.


    Chen Jing didn''t dare to do anything else in the next time. She arranged for her deputy to do everything. She devoted herself to accompany Mr. Pang Tong and Mr. Shan Fu. After three rounds and five flavors, Chen Jing finally couldn''t help asking Pang Tong, "Mr. Pang once told Mr. Shan in a restaurant that Luoyang crisis is not without solution, and Chen Jing has nothing to say. Please let him know!" Said, stood up, toward Pang Tong a series in the end.


    "Oh, well, just drink. Why do you say that. Come on, come on, get up, get up... " Pang Tong pretended to be displeased;


    Chen Jing didn''t get up, but still kept a saluting posture and said, "please help me for my son''s sake!"


    "Er," Pang Tong hesitated a little and said, "well, if you want to solve the Luoyang crisis, you only need to remember eight words - internal defense, external attack, internal memory and external activity!"


    "Er... Internal defense and external attack, internal memory and external activity! What do you mean by that? " After listening for a long time, Chen Jing didn''t come up with a reason. However, he wanted to ask in detail, but after repeated questioning, Pang Tong didn''t say any more. In desperation, Chen Jing had to pass on the news that Pang Tong and Shan Fu had arrived in Luoshen Town, as well as the eight words Pang Tong said, to Luoyang through the carrier pigeon. As for the huangfuchao Expo, Chen Jing could not decide.


    As it was getting dark, the Nanyang army failed to attack the city for the last time today. With the lament of the general of Nanyang army, Ji Ling gave the order to withdraw. At the same time, the Nanyang army, which was responsible for controlling the garrison near the south gate, also got the order to withdraw.


    For a day and a half, they were here to monitor the movement of the garrison at the South Gate of Luoyang City. However, in this day and a half, no matter how provocative they were, the garrison did not move to the end. Xun Zheng felt that he had wasted another day today. Looking back at the wall in the twilight, Xun Zheng suddenly felt an impulse to attack the city. But this idea just flashed through his mind and disappeared completely.


    As Ji Ling''s deputy general for many years, Xun Zheng knows Ji Ling''s temperament very well. His military orders are like mountains. Otherwise, he would not be able to train such special arms as heavy infantry. If he disobeys his orders, if he can capture Luoyang City, it''s OK. Maybe his merits and demerits can be offset. If he can''t, Xun Zheng can''t help shivering. Xunzheng quickly shook his head, this unrealistic idea from his mind far away, save himself an impulse, really led the siege.


    Xunzheng didn''t know that he had saved his life just because of his mistake. At this time, Huang Zhong had already arrived at the South Gate of Luoyang and joined the 5000 cavalry of huyandu. He was preparing to open the gate and give Xunzheng''s 5000 soldiers a fatal blow. If he wanted to attack the city, he would be at the front of the team at the beginning. A quarter of an hour later, Xun Zheng was at the front of the battle with Huang Zhong. With the armor of his general, it is estimated that the battle will be solved by Huang Zhong''s arrow before it starts.


    At this time, the Nanyang army had completely lost its due vigilance on the battlefield. It did not even have a line of troops. It was just like a group of ducks going home. There were two or three groups, talking and laughing. When some soldiers found the cavalry behind them, the cavalry led by Huang Zhong was less than two li away from them. The dark cavalry and Nanyang soldiers behind them were in a panic. The already disordered troops were even more disordered. If the soldiers did not see the general, they would not see the soldiers.


    The distance of two Li was only a pillar of incense for the cavalry. Soon, Huang Zhong''s 5000 cavalry soldiers were among the soldiers in Nanyang. At this time, Xun Zheng, who was at the forefront of the army, found that he was unable to return to heaven, so he ordered the soldiers to disperse and escape. What he did not expect was that it was his order that saved many soldiers'' lives. Finally, Huang Zhong found that 5000 soldiers had escaped and approached 1000 people, and the other 4000 people were hanged by cavalry, while only a dozen of them lost their horses The hoof fell off the horse and was injured. No one died.


    Huang Zhong led the cavalry to drive out the rout of Nanyang army. He didn''t stop until he was near the camp of Nanyang army. Then he led the cavalry around the camp of Nanyang army. He swaggered for a long time before he went to Luoyang City. He went directly to the west gate of Luoyang City. As soon as he entered the city, Huang Zhong handed over the cavalry to the commander of huyandu, and then went directly to the city wall to check the defense of the city wall .


    A few hours later, it''s getting late. In the palace of the prefect of Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo is gathering to finish the day''s battle. The people will know about today''s war.


    "Lord, two military strategists, generals." The conference hall was quiet, and everyone was listening to Shi a talking about the war today. Because the war report of Hanguguan was sent back to Luoyang through the shadow guard, Huangfu Chaobo assigned Shi a to count the war report. Of course, he sent two internal affairs talents to count the number of war reports. In fact, Shi a only needed to tell Huangfu Chaobo and others the final result That''s it. "The results of today''s war have come out, because our army has made adjustments, so today''s losses Shi a swallowed a mouthful of saliva, then said: "today''s loss of taxi soldiers, war deaths and war injuries, plus Hangu pass, a total of more than 8200 people, of which Hangu pass lost more than 1200 people, Luoyang each door lost more than 7000 people.""Hiss..."


    "Ah


    There was a breath in the room. Although we were a little prepared for the large number of casualties today, we didn''t expect the loss of nearly ten thousand people in one day. You should know that the total strength of Luoyang is less than 100000 people, and nearly 10% of them are lost in one day. If it goes on like this, Luoyang will have no soldiers in ten days.


    Huangfu Chaobo stood up with a dignified face and said: "you guys, it will take five to eight days for Longhua''s cavalry to come back. So in these five to eight days, how to save the strength of Luoyang''s garrison while consuming the enemy has become our top priority. If we can''t do this, Luoyang won''t be able to defend Longhua''s reinforcements at all. Think about it. In this city, we have invested nearly a year, how much money and energy to have this city rebuilt from the ruins. But now, if we don''t do our best, this city that we have invested countless time and energy to rebuild will be taken away by others

 Chapter 523

    Huangfu Chaobo''s words made everyone present blush and shortness of breath. For a long time, Huang zhongceng stood up, went to the middle of the hall, knelt down and said, "please rest assured, if you don''t guard Luoyang to the death, you will never let Yuan Shu''s dog thief succeed!"


    As soon as the generals saw it, they immediately went to the hall, knelt down and said in unison, "please don''t worry, my Lord. I will not wait for you to defend Luoyang to the death!"


    "Defend Luoyang to the death!"


    "Defend Luoyang to the death!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Huangfu Chaobo was very pleased to see the surging morale of his subordinates. However, he was still not confused by the appearance. After everyone calmed down a little, he said, "OK, everyone, you have a strong sense of war. However, courage alone is not enough to fight. We need wisdom. How can we fight to the maximum extent while destroying the enemy Save yourself. That''s the most important thing. Let''s think about how to get Luoyang garrison to the arrival of Longhua reinforcements. "


    Seeing this, they all stood up, then went back to their own positions, bowed their heads to meditate one by one, and kept silent. Huangfu Chaobo also knew that it was unreliable to place his trust on these generals. After glancing in the hall, he still fixed his eyes on the two military commanders.


    Just at this time, Shi a saw that the shadow guard at the door seemed to have news coming in. He quickly stepped forward to receive the news. After a few questions, he went to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Lord, General Chen Jing of the changshe has news."


    "Well, bring it here..." Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. What happened to changshe? Otherwise, Chen Jing will not easily disturb himself.


    After receiving the news, Huangfu Chaobo looked at it at a glance. When he saw the names of the two people in the middle, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but be very excited. He patted the table and said in a loud voice: "ha, great! Pang Tong and Shan Fu have arrived in Luoshen Town, ha ha ha... Heaven will not perish, I am Luoyang


    Then, excitedly, he quickly handed the news to Tian Feng and said, "two gentlemen, there are two wise men in Luoshen town. He gave us an idea. Have a look..."


    As soon as Tian Feng heard the news, he immediately took the news and looked at it seriously. After sweeping Chen Jing''s report in front of him, Tian Feng focused on the last eight words - "internal defense, external attack, internal memory and external activity!" However, he fell into meditation and did not speak for a long time.


    Lou GUI also comes to see Tian Feng. He doesn''t care about Huangfu''s actions. Although he came to work earlier than Tian Feng, now everyone in Luoyang doesn''t agree with Tian Feng, so does Lou GUI. Like Tian Feng, Lou GUI''s eyes finally stopped on the eight words.


    As for the situation of Luoyang, we all know that it is good for Luoyang to be trapped in a lonely city for ten and a half days. If Huangfu Chaobo is more ruthless and recruits all the men in the 100000 people in Luoyang, he will stay there for ten days and eight days at most. To solve the crisis of Luoyang, we have to rely on external forces, but now the problem is that Luoyang has its own external forces Help has been limited, it is impossible to help Luoyang.


    Simple eight words, internal defense and external attack, internal memory and external activity. It''s easy to understand how to live in and out of memory. If you are trapped in a lonely city, even if you win, you will win miserably. At that time, not to mention other princes, even the player lords at the level of big towns can easily kill the remaining soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, Luoyang will only survive the battle if it only depends on its own strength. To keep Luoyang''s efforts, it still depends on external forces. It''s easy to understand that internal defense and external attack are to let the Luoyang army defend Luoyang City and then use external forces to crack the attack of the three route princes. You can all think of that.


    But the question is where the "outside" in the "outside attack" really comes from. Tian Feng and Lou GUI have no idea.


    The next generals looked at Huangfu Chaobo, and the two military strategists were staring at the news from changshe. They thought very hard. Each of them was like twenty-five mice in their hearts, with a hundred claws scratching their hearts. They couldn''t bear to ask about the situation, but they didn''t dare to go forward. After looking at each other, Huang Zhong finally went forward and said, "son, I''m writing from Boyang."


    Wang Chao looked up at the faces of the generals and couldn''t help laughing. He said: "Boyang''s letter from changshe tells us that there is a way to solve the Luoyang crisis, but there are some details that need to be considered. So you need to wait and do your best to fight these days. I believe there will be arrangements soon. You go down first and give it to the two military strategists and me. Tomorrow''s fighting will be more fierce, but I believe that the fighting will take a turn soon. "


    After hearing this, all the generals went forward to salute one by one, and then withdrew from the meeting hall. When Huang Zhong was ready to quit, Huangfu Chaobo asked him to stay. After he sat down again, Huangfu Chaobo handed him the news about Chen Jing.


    After Huang Zhong took it, he looked at it carefully, and then said, "young master, is this young master Pang mentioned by Boyang the nephew of Pang Degong who is famous in Jingxiang?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded. Tian Feng and Tian Feng had doubts about these eight words, but they stopped talking when they heard Pound''s three words. Since he is Pang Degong''s nephew who is famous for Jingxiang, he has heard of not only Jingxiang but also Tian Feng. After all, these are the top talents in the whole big man. They have some connections.Huang Zhong said, "well, who is Mr. Shan Fu?"


    After a little thought, Huangfu Chaobo said, "Shan Fu, whose real name is Xu Shu, has a straight character. He is a member of Yingchuan changshe, and is a good swordsman. At the end of Zhongping period, he tried to avenge others. He was sent away with his face protruding. In order to get what he got, he asked his surname and kept silent. The officials stood on the column of the chariot and beat the drum to order them to go to the market. Those who didn''t dare to recognize them could get rid of them. So grateful, abandon its sword halberd, more sparse towel single clothes, compromise learning. At the beginning, he was a thief and refused to stop with him. Fu is humble bow, get up early, often sweep alone, move first intention, listen to the classics, righteousness and reason. He is a wise man who can compare with Pang Tong. "


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words seem exaggerated, but they are not. You know, Xu Shu is the only one who can see through Pang Tong''s serial plot in the Cao camp in the battle of Chibi. In order to avoid the war, Xu Shu specially asked Cao Cao to supervise the northwest. This is the only time Xu Shu asked for a fight on his own after he entered the Cao camp. Therefore, Xu Shu''s wisdom should be at least as good as one dragon and one phoenix However, because of Xu''s mother, Xu Shu didn''t offer a plan all his life after he entered caoying, which led to a serious underestimation of Xu Shu''s ability.

 Chapter 524

    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was so sure of their abilities, Tian Feng went forward and said, "since you are so sure of their abilities, then Feng wants to ask you whether you believe them?"


    "Ah?" Huangfu Chaobo felt a little tricky about Tian Feng''s problem and hesitated for a while before he was not sure: "well, Chaobo is not sure whether the two gentlemen will do their best to help, but at least they will not harm me, because they are both modest gentlemen, especially Mr. Xu."


    Tian Feng hugged his beard and nodded: "in this way, Feng has an idea. I don''t know if adults dare to use it! "


    "Please be clear, sir!" Huangfu Chaobo stood up and wrote to Tian Feng to the end;


    "since the two gentlemen are not difficult to understand the siege of Luoyang, the young master determined that both of them are modest gentlemen, and it is necessary to tie the bell to solve the problem. Why don''t you entrust the war to the two gentlemen and ask general Chen to tell them all about Luoyang, and then the war will be decided by them." With that, Tian Feng looked directly at Huangfu Chaobo to see how he made his decision.


    "Ah As soon as Tian Feng said this, not only Huangfu Chaobo, but Lou GUI and Huang Zhong Shi''a and others were stunned, looking at Tian Feng with an unthinkable face.


    "The Lord can''t," Shi a said in a loud voice: "Shi a Shangzhi, the soldier, the important affairs of the country, the place of life and death, the way of survival and death, can''t be ignored. How can such an important thing be handed over to an outsider? But Mr. Tian didn''t know? "


    "Shia, step back!" Although Huangfu Chaobo felt unthinkable about this proposal, he didn''t feel Tian Feng was harming himself. So although he didn''t think about it for a moment, he still asked Shi a to step down. "You and I know the importance of military affairs. Don''t you think Mr. Yuanhao can''t think of it?"


    Shi a thinks, also feel oneself groundless worry, then no longer say what, retreated.


    "Good, good. I admire you for your talent Just as the others couldn''t figure out how to solve the problem, Lou GUI suddenly clapped his case and exclaimed, "first, he saluted Tian Feng, then turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said," it''s feasible, young master. "


    "Ah Huang Zhong and Shi a stopped talking, and both of them agreed to do so, which made them confused.


    "Two gentlemen, please make it clear!" Huang Fu Chaobo said;


    Lou GUI took a look at Tian Feng and saw that he bowed his forehead, so he began to explain Tian Feng''s idea to the public. As the top wise men, Pang Tong and Xu Shu must have approved Huangfu Chaobo and Luoyang forces, so they would give advice to Huangfu Chaobo. However, they are not subordinates of Huangfu Chaobo now. Secondly, Huangfu Chaobo is not clear about Huangfu Chaobo''s temperament, so it is impossible to rashly plan this matter for Huangfu Chaobo forces, so they will do so.


    One is to understand Huangfu Chaobo''s mind. The other is to test Huangfu Chaobo''s mind. If Huangfu Chaobo can''t see their plan, there will be no next step. If Huangfu Chaobo and others can see their plan, they need to test Huangfu Chaobo''s mind.


    What''s more, even if Huangfu Chaobo really handed over the military power to the two men, they could only control the soldiers and horses of changshe. The soldiers and horses of other places were not really controlled by them. If their plan could really solve the siege of Luoyang, the other soldiers and horses of Luoyang would certainly obey the dispatch, but if their plan could not solve the siege of Luoyang, it would be better Will Huang Zhong and others really do what they want? So the problem that Shia is worried about can''t be called a problem at all. Another reason is that Tian Feng and his wife couldn''t figure out where the reinforcements were? Now that you have joined us, I will join you.


    Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo finally understood what was going on, so he immediately ordered Chen Jing to worship pangtong as the left military commander and Xu Shu as the right military commander. The whole Huangfu Chaobo was under his command. Huangfu Chaobo was under the command of the two men and had full command of the Luoyang war. At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo repeatedly explained to Chen Jing that we must try every means to get the two agree, even if it is only temporary. Because whether the battle of Luoyang can be won or not depends on these two people. And repeatedly told Chen Jing to explain all the situation of Huangfu Chaobo power to them in detail, so that they can get familiar with the situation as soon as possible.


    A few hours later, Chen Jing, who received the order, led a group of officials and generals of Luoshen town to their residence, regardless of pangtong''s sleeping. When they got there, they didn''t ask anyone to wake them up. They led the crowd to wait outside the door all night.


    The next morning, when Pang Tong and Xu Shu opened the door and saw the officials and generals of Luoshen town standing in the courtyard, they were stunned and did not speak for a long time. When Xu Shu saw that he was about to speak, Chen Jing immediately led a group of people to worship and said, "Chen Jing led a group of civil and military officials. Please help us, Mr. Pang and Mr. Xu, to solve the siege of Luoyang! Thank you so much


    "I''m very grateful to you for your help." All of them said in a loud voice;


    Xu Shu came forward to help Chen Jing up, but Xu Shu, who was a Ranger, couldn''t get up to help Chen Jing as a military general. He didn''t succeed after helping him a few. Xu Shu looked at Pang Tong helplessly. This time, it''s Pang Tong''s turn to be silly. Pang Tong just wanted to take the opportunity to drink more free Luoshen qiongniang for a few days, but he didn''t expect to dig a hole to bury himself.Pang Tong came forward and said, "General Chen and you, please rise. How can Tong be so polite to you! Please get up, please get up


    "The young master said that if he wanted to solve the siege of Luoyang, he could only ask two gentlemen to help him. So Chen Jing decided that if he didn''t agree with him for a day, Chen Jing couldn''t get up on his knees here." Chen Jing went out, biting her teeth;


    "ah..."


    Pang Tong really suffered and said, "well, General Chen, you know, it''s not that I don''t want to help your son, but I''m in changshe and I don''t know much about the situation ahead, so


    "You mean you are willing to help us, but you don''t know the situation of Luoyang, so you can''t understand the war situation of Luoyang every day?"


    "Yes," Pang Tong nodded immediately. "You know, if you can''t understand the war situation every day, how can you give us some advice?"


    "Don''t worry, sir. Our army has carrier pigeons to deliver news. The young master said that we can deliver the war situation in Luoyang every half a day, and the carrier pigeons from Luoyang to changshe can arrive in more than an hour."


    "Ah Pang Tong didn''t expect that Luoyang army had already used carrier pigeons to transmit information. He was stunned. One side of Xu Shu said nothing, just silently looking at Pang Tong said.

 Chapter 525

    "That, but," Pang Tong immediately thought of an excuse and said, "but I''m not under the command of general Huangfu. No one will be convinced if I command the general!"


    "Don''t worry, sir. The young master has ordered you to be a military commander. The seal will be sent to Luoshen town soon. Please don''t refuse any more." With that, Chen Jing handed Pang Tong the letter of appointment of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Pang Tong was even more stupid. He didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would do such a move. Xu Shu laughed and said, "how about it? Ah Tong, this time you really dug a hole and buried yourself. It seems that there are experts in Luoyang! Ha ha ha


    "Laugh! Laugh!! Laugh!!! Do you think you can escape? Let''s see for yourself. You''re in it, too! " When Pang Tong finished reading it, he handed Xu Shudao the letter of appointment in Luoyang Xu Shu was stunned. He didn''t think that he was worshipped as a right military adviser. "Hey, a tong, tell me clearly. What''s the matter with me?"


    "How can I know? You can see it clearly. It was clearly written that Xu Shu and Xu Yuanzhi were worshipped as the right military adviser." With that, Pang Tong said, "don''t try to escape."


    "Well, I knew that this time I was cheated by you. The teacher said that I had better not become an official now. You Xu Shu shook his head at Pang Tong helplessly, then suddenly realized in a low voice and said to Pang Tong: "you boy, I know, I want to help, but because I''m not old enough to be an official, I''m forced to pull me out and use me as a shield, right?"


    "Hey, hey..." Pang Tong''s face suddenly froze and said, "where is there..."... Nothing, nothing


    "You don''t admit it, do you? I''ll go back to Xiangyang today?" As Xu Shu was about to leave, Pang Tong quickly grabbed him. Xu Shu said with a smile, "it seems that you know Huangfu Chaobo very well. He thought of everything. However, although I have some ideas, the specific arrangements still need to be considered by Haosheng. "


    Pang Tong put down his smiling face, straightened his clothes and said, "yes, I''ve been thinking about how to break the situation all the way, but I''m not sure because of the lack of intelligence."


    At this point, Pang Tong turned to Chen Jing and said, "general Huangfu is very lucky to have the help of the general." With that, Pang Tong saluted Chen Jing and others and said, "please get up. My elder martial brother and I have been entrusted by general Huangfu for the time being. However, please give us a detailed explanation of Luoyang and give us some advice."


    When Chen Jing heard this, he immediately said happily, "do you agree? Great, thank you. Thank you. Oh, no, two military strategists. This way, please. Please go to the administrative center. We''ll immediately recruit relevant personnel to introduce our situation to the two military strategists. Well, well, the two military strategists have agreed. You''ve come to meet the two military strategists, and then everyone else will do their own work. You''ll be told what happens then. "


    After Chen Jing''s death, everyone stood up happily, went to Pang Tong and solemnly saluted them, then turned and left.


    After everyone left, Chen Jing led Pang Tong back to the administrative center of the town. After arranging their morning food, Chen Jing ordered someone to call the person in charge of shadow guard and wait for their inquiry.


    After spending nearly an hour, Pang Tong and his wife finally found out the family background of Huangfu Chaobo. After knowing the truth, they were stunned and did not recover for a long time. Then they asked people to set up the map around Luoyang and study it on the map. As they watched, they talked and asked Chen Jing questions from time to time. Although Pang Tong said that there was a solution for the battle of Luoyang, there was only a preliminary solution. Whether this solution could be implemented or not, we still need to know how many resources were available in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands.


    As a matter of fact, the key to the Luoyang crisis lies in foreign reinforcements. For reinforcements, according to Huangfu Chaobo and Tian Feng, there are no reinforcements, but Pang Tong doesn''t think so. For Huangfu Chaobo''s question, Pang Tong answered it in four words! On the surface, no matter which ally''s soldiers had been trapped by the princes next to them, they could not transfer troops, but Pang Tong easily solved this problem.


    There are dozens of counties in both Jizhou and Yuzhou. It is impossible to dispatch troops from any city, but what if three or five hundred soldiers are dispatched from each county? Ten counties are three to five thousand, and twenty counties are eight to ten thousand soldiers. In this way, the defense of each county will not have any problems, but the reinforcements needed by Luoyang have been solved. Jizhou army against Zhang Yang army, Yuzhou army against Yuan Shu army, but Lu Bu army, do they let them go? But if not, what should we do?


    Looking at the place of Lu Bu army outside Hangu pass, Pang Tong and Xu Shu meditated. Although Lu Bu army''s attack in Hangu pass has been delayed, Hangu pass has experienced more than ten days of war. No one can be sure whether it can last so long. Therefore, Luoyang must have measures for Lu Bu army. But...


    While looking at the map, Pang Tong was thinking about how to do it? After LV Bujun is Dong Zhuo''s army. This battle is obviously Dong Zhuo''s plan to drive the tigers and the wolves. It''s impossible for Dong Zhuo''s army to contain LV Bujun. Looking back, Pang Tong''s vision suddenly falls to a place, Beidi."General Chen!" Pang Tong said in a loud voice,


    "what''s the command of the military commander if he''s not going to be here?" Chen Jing, who was waiting for him, immediately stepped forward and said,


    "is there any news about the old general Huangfu in our army?" Pang Tongdao;


    "send a message to Luoyang immediately to ask if the general has any information about the old general. If so, find out the current situation of the old general. If not, let Luoyang find out as soon as possible." Pang Tong Tao;


    looking at Pang Tong''s eyes on the north, Xu Shu nodded slightly.


    Now that there are reinforcements, the next step is to take action against every warlord. In Hanoi, according to the information provided by Luoyang, a general will arrive in Jizhou in a few days. If this will not be inferior to General Huang Zhong, then Pang tong can rest assured. Next is the reinforcement of Yuzhou. There is no general in Yuzhou. If you really need to fight Yuan Shu, Luoyang army needs to send a general to unite the army. Thinking of this, Pang Tong went through all the generals of Huangfu Chaobo in his heart. Suddenly, two names did not appear on the Luoyang battlefield.


    "General Chen, where are the two generals Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin?"

 Chapter 526

    As soon as Chen Jing heard this, he immediately looked at the person in charge of the shadow guard beside him, who didn''t say much. He immediately stood up and said, "report back to the military division. Five days ago, two generals led two thousand soldiers and thousands of family members to the shadow stronghold outside Xiangyang City. When they learned that Luoyang was besieged by heavy troops, they immediately led some people to set out day and night, and the rest of the family members had been arranged to several merchants The team is coming to changshe. It is not clear whether the two generals will return to Luoyang directly or come to changshe first. "


    In the following time, they kept asking about the situation of the generals in Huangfu Chaobo army, and then they turned to look at the map from time to time. They also talked about something from time to time, and from time to time they had to send a message to Luoyang to ask various questions. Until noon, Pang Tong sat down and asked Chen Jing to prepare a drink while thinking about something Relax yourself.


    Chen Jing, who had been ready for a long time, immediately asked Pang Tong to hand over the wine pot. Pang Tong took a sip of it, closed his eyes and said, "brother Yuanzhi, it''s almost done now, but it''s not easy to arrange in Yuzhou."


    "Well," Xu Shu took the wine cup from Chen Jing, drank it, nodded and said, "yes, if not, I will go with General Chen at that time. You can stay in Luoshen town."


    "Well," Pang Tong nodded and agreed, although he was sorry. Chen Jing looked at them at the same side and didn''t know what they were talking about. Just as he was about to ask, he suddenly heard that there was a group of soldiers outside the town. They said that there was a group of nearly a thousand people outside the town. The first two of them were called Hengjiang captain Zhou Tai and louchuan captain Jiang Qin. The guards were not sure that they were our own people, so they closed the town door and wanted Chen Jing to go out to confirm...


    "Pa" The bowl in Pang Tong''s hand fell to the ground. Then, he clapped it on the table and yelled, "yes, ha ha ha ha ha... God helps me. Brother Yuanzhi, do you hear me? God helps me. Come on, General Chen, let''s go and see if it''s captain Zhou and captain Jiang. " Chen Jing, who doesn''t know where he is, is rushed to the town gate by Pang tongla.


    Looking at their backs, Xu Shu said silently, a tong, Congratulations, you are about to succeed. No, you should be Shiyuan in the future. After the Luoyang war, the whole big Han will spread your name. In the year of dancing spoon, with one''s own strength, you can turn the tide around and help the building collapse. This war will make two people''s names, one is Huang Fu Chaobo, the other is Pang Tong. When the young Phoenix crows, the world is shocked! However, Shiyuan, I also want to thank you. Since you have chosen him, elder martial brother will guard him with you in the future. Although the teacher said that I still need experience, being an official is also a kind of experience. After thinking about this, Xu Shu suddenly felt relaxed, and the taxi driver in Luoshen town next to him suddenly felt that the military strategist around him suddenly burst out with a kind of indescribable temperament, which seemed completely different from just now.


    When Xu Shu was breaking through himself, Pang Tong and Chen Jing came to the tower at the gate of the town. Chen Jing looked out of the town. Sure enough, there were more than a thousand big men standing outside the town. They were the best defenders. The first two big men were Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin, whom Pang Tong was still asking about just now.


    Seeing Chen Jing appear on the gatehouse, Zhou Tai hurried forward and said, "General Chen, I''m Zhou Tai from Jiujiang. We met two months ago."


    "General Zhou, general Jiang, it''s really you. That''s great. I''ll let someone open the door right away!" Chen Jing said, immediately let people open the door, Zhou Tai two people into the town.


    After they met each other, Zhou Tai quickly asked, "General Chen, what''s your situation in Luoyang? When we were in Xiangyang, we heard that there were three princes attacking Luoyang, so we didn''t take any more family members with us. We led more than a thousand strong men to rush back to Luoyang


    Chen Jing shook his head and said, "the situation is not so good now. Nanyang army and Hanoi army are attacking Luoyang with all their strength, and Lv Bu army is also attacking Hangu pass."


    "Ah, well, we don''t have to go into the town. You should arrange for us to eat, and then let people prepare horses. We''ll hurry back to Luoyang. These elite soldiers are all the elite soldiers I specially recruited for the Lord from all over Jingxiang. Since Luoyang is in a critical situation, we''d better hurry back to fight." As soon as Zhou Tai heard this, he was in a hurry and nodded to Chen Jingdao;


    next to Jiang Qin.


    As soon as Chen Jing saw it, he immediately comforted him and said, "don''t be in a hurry. Let me introduce to you. This is the left Army division newly appointed by the general, and there is another right army division in the administrative center. Now the two army divisions are in charge of the whole Luoyang war. Even the general will listen to their arrangement. Your arrangement will be discussed by the two army divisions next time. ¡±


    as soon as they heard this, they immediately went to the military camp to have a rest. Although they felt that the military division was a little young, they still rationally did not ask. Instead, they listened to Chen Jing''s arrangement and asked people to arrange more than a thousand soldiers to take a rest in the military camp, while they went to the administrative center. They all know that Chen Jing is an old man who started with Huangfu Chaobo. Since he said so, it must be true.


    After the party returned to the administrative center, Chen Jing found Xu Shu''s change, but he didn''t pay attention to it. Instead, Pang Tong gave Xu Shu a happy look. After they were seated, Pang Tong first asked Zhou Tai about their harvest in Jingxiang, and then told them his plan. At the same time, he ordered the shadow guard to record it and send it to Luoyang quickly to Huangfu Chaobo. At the same time, Pang Tong also explained some of the support he needed and what Luoyang needed to do. Then he arranged for Chen Jing to send someone to contact the magistrate of changshe county to ask him to go to Luoshen town as soon as possible for business. Then he asked people to contact the wolf village to kill the wrong wolf and let him arrive at Luoshen town as soon as possible.As for Zhou Tai''s arrangement, Pang Tong planned to use Zhou Tai to lead the army of Yuzhou, while Jiang Qin would lead the recruited soldiers to hulaoguan as soon as possible to join the Luoyang water army, which was stopping at hulaoguan. Jiang Qin would take over the water army, and then wait for Pang Tong''s order. In Pang Tong''s plan, the water army was a very important part, originally when Zhou and Jiang had no news Pang Tong was ready to rely on the Jizhou water army, but now his own water army generals have come back. If he can use his own people in many places, he will certainly use his own people.

 Chapter 527

    After all this, Chen Jing immediately asked people to arrange lunch. To Chen Jing''s surprise, the two military commanders didn''t drink too much, but stopped drinking after a little. After having a meal, Jiang Qin immediately went back to the barracks and led the soldiers to hulaoguan. Pang Tong and others who returned to the administrative hall were also busy. They had already arrived at the administrative center of Luoshen town. When they met him, Pang Tong was not polite and said directly, "Zongheng County order, we need to borrow troops!"


    Even though I haven''t seen Pang Tong and Xu Shu in the world, I thought it was Huangfu Chaobo who came back, but I didn''t think it was a child. Although I was stunned for a moment, I immediately said, "yes, there are 7000 soldiers in changshe city now. I can give you 5000. If it''s not enough, I''ll give you all 7000. I''ll recruit and guard the city again."


    Even though he knew that he had a close relationship with Huangfu Chaobo, no one thought that he had reached such a stage. Pang Tong responded quickly and said, "five thousand soldiers are enough. There is no need to recruit extra soldiers."


    "OK, five thousand soldiers can go to Luoshen town this afternoon. You are ready to settle soldiers in the barracks. What else do you need me to do?" There is nothing else for the time being, but there seems to be a slight shortage of 2000 soldiers in changshe city. It is suggested that Zongheng county magistrate should recruit more than 4000 soldiers, because Luoshen town also needs the help of taxi drivers from changshe county to look after one or two of them at that time Pang Tong thought about it;


    he nodded his head and agreed. Just as he was about to say something, the soldiers outside the door reported: "report to Zuo Junshi, the strange people of Zilong society are asking for a meeting outside."


    "Please..."


    As soon as the players of the Zilong Club entered, they recognized that it was Qingbao, the president of the Yuzhou branch. After they nodded, Qingbao stepped forward and said, "Zhao Qingbao of the Zilong Club met Zuo''s military adviser and Chen''s general. Qingbao was ordered to come and take charge of the message transmission. If other cooperation of the Zilong club is needed, Qingbao''s person in charge will also arrange it."


    "Thank you. I don''t know what''s going on in the north. Do you have any news from old general Huangfu?" Pang Tong nodded and said;


    "after receiving the news from Luoyang, the Zilong society immediately contacted the members from all over the country. Despite the information provided by the members and friends from the north, the old general Huangfu left the north after he received the imperial court''s order a month ago and spent only a few days sorting out the affairs of the clan. When the old general left, there were 3000 cavalry, 5000 soldiers, 20000 people, 30000 people, 7000 horses and 2000 cars. He set out all the way south. Because we didn''t care, we can''t be sure where the old general''s motorcade has gone. However, the north side has sent dozens of cavalry to inspect the news of the old general, I believe there will be news soon. We''ll let the division know as soon as we have news. "


    Pang Tong nodded. Although he was a little sorry, he said thanks to Zhao Qingbao: "thank you. Please let me know if you have any news as soon as possible. It''s so hard for Zhao Yishi. "


    Zhao Qingbao nodded, his goal has been achieved, also do not stop, to Pang Tong and others, and then turned away. After seeing this, he left and said that when he returned to changshe City, he would arrange troops to come to Luoshen town and ask Chen Jing to prepare his camp. They left the administrative center together. As soon as they went out, they saw a player rushing behind a warrior, coming towards the administrative center. Looking across the world, he said, "Oh, didn''t you kill the wrong wolf brother? I''m in a hurry. What can I do for you


    "Zongzong boss," the wrong wolf looked up and said: "zongzong boss, it''s not good. Chaobo boss asked Chen Jing to send a message and asked me to come here. There''s something wrong. Just a moment. I''ll come back to you after I''m busy..." Finish saying, toward two people arched arched hand, followed martial person head also don''t return of go in.


    Seeing this, he said: "brother Bao, it seems that Luoyang has a big move this time. If we''re not busy, let''s sit in the restaurant and kill the wrong wolf. Let''s see what Chaobo wants him to do?"


    "OK, then we''ll go to Luoshen restaurant and wait for him!" Then he went to Luoshen restaurant. All over the world, he quickly pulled a familiar warrior at the door and told him to let shacuo wolf come out and go to the restaurant to find himself. Then he arranged for one of his own generals to come back to changshe with his token and send 5000 soldiers. He followed green wolf to the restaurant.


    But he said that after he entered the administrative center, he came directly to the meeting hall under the leadership of Wu Zhe. As soon as he went in, he found Chen Jing standing beside two young NPCs and saying something. Killing the wrong wolf, he quickly came forward and said, "General Chen, I don''t know if you want me to come here. What can I do for you?"


    "Kill the wrong wolf mayor, Hello, let me introduce you. This is our army''s left military division, and this is our army''s right military division. This time I''m looking for you, our military division is looking for you. He will explain to you later."


    "I''ve seen two military strategists!" Killing the wrong wolf immediately saluted the two young people;


    "no need to be polite. Thanks to the information provided by the mayor of killing the wrong wolf, Luoyang was ready." The younger left military division stood up and saluted to kill the wrong wolf;


    "dare not, do me a favor. Besides, boss Chaobo has helped me a lot.""Well, there''s not much time. Let''s get to the point. I don''t know how many soldiers the mayor of Erlang can send now?"


    "Report back to the military strategist, my town is only a small town with less than 8000 residents. Now there are less than 600 soldiers in total. This time, Nanyang transferred 200 soldiers, and there are only 400 soldiers left in the town."


    "Six hundred people, that''s about it. Well, if my general wants to give Luyang county to mayor Lang, I wonder if the mayor wants it? "


    "Ah Killing the wrong wolf, hearing this question, all of a sudden confused, for a long time did not respond.


    "Doesn''t mayor wolf want it? Or are there other questions? " Left Army division asked;


    "ah, yes, yes... But Luyang is under the rule of Nanyang and belongs to the territory of Yuanshu. How can boss Chaobo give it to me? " Kill the wrong wolf and ask with a confused face;


    "the mayor of wolf doesn''t need to worry, not now, but in time, just need the mayor of wolf to cooperate with our army. You know, our generals always say the same thing about our friends. The mayor of wolf will know by looking at Zongheng county magistrate and Zhao Zilong county magistrate. " Left army teacher way: "if wolf mayor has no problem, first go to the Inn and wait for our notice."

 Chapter 528

    Until he came out, he heard the words of the warrior at the door, and went to the second floor of Luoshen restaurant. After seeing Zongheng and Qingbao, he was still in a state of confusion.


    Seeing the appearance of killing the wrong wolf, he pulled him to sit down, poured a glass of wine and joked: "why, brother wolf, have you seen a female tiger in the administrative center? Ha ha ha... What''s Chen Jing doing for you? "


    Killing the wrong wolf, he took the wine cup and touched them. Then he poured it into his mouth. He found that it was wine. He choked for half a day and then said to them: "cough... Boss Chaobo, boss Chaobo wants to give me Luyang County! Cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough cough


    "Poof..."


    "Poof..."


    The two people who were tasting the good wine spurted out all the wine in their mouth.


    "You... You... What are you talking about? " He pointed to the wrong way to kill wolves;


    "you think I''m kidding, boss Zongheng? Left Army division told me personally. Seriously, I still can''t believe it. " After killing the wrong wolf and pouring a big bowl of wine, he really woke up and told the two people with a bitter smile;


    "no," he shook his head and said, "yesterday I asked Chen Jing about the war in Luoyang. He looked bitter and resentful, but today he called you to give you Luyang county. No, there must be something I don''t know."


    "Bang..." Suddenly, he thought of something. He patted the table and said, "shit, I know. It must be those two military strategists. It must be. No way. You eat first. I''ll go out and ask..." Then, without waiting for their answers, they ran out of the restaurant and headed for the administrative center.


    In the administrative center, Pang Tong watched the killing of the wrong wolf and then told Xu Shu and Chen Jing, "brother Yuanzhi, General Chen, now there are only soldiers left in Yuzhou. It''s up to you two."


    "Don''t worry, the military strategist will go to Yangzhai with the right military strategist immediately to borrow troops from the governor." Chen Jing immediately stepped forward;


    "well, after you borrow troops, you will quietly lead the troops to gather in father''s city, and I will also arrange for general Zhou to lead the troops to join us. You take a team of shadow guards to the front. If you have any information, please contact us at any time. We only have three days. After three days, no matter how many troops there are, we have to send out troops. So, please two of you With these words, Pang Tong stood up and made a salute to them Chen Jing and Xu Shu quickly return a gift, finish saying, two people turn to leave.


    As soon as they went out, they ran into zonghengtianxia, who was in a hurry. Seeing Chen Jing and his right military adviser together, zonghengtianxia pulled Chen Jing aside and whispered, "Boyang, tell me honestly, who are you and the one sitting inside? Don''t worry, I''ll never tell anyone. Even Nightingale won''t tell her. Don''t say Chaobo won''t let her. I''ve basically guessed it. I just want to confirm it. "


    Chen Jing looked at Zongheng Tianxia and Li Shu in embarrassment. He also knew the relationship between Zongheng Tianxia and his son. Then he said in embarrassment, "master Zongheng, do you really want to say it?"


    "You son, don''t talk nonsense. If you don''t say it, I can ask from Chaobo in other ways. Why do you make me work so hard?" As soon as Chen Jing thought about it, he simply said, "Zongheng county magistrate, don''t tell others, otherwise he will be scolded to death."


    He swore: "don''t worry, absolutely not."


    "I''m surrounded by Xu Mingshu and Pang Mingtong. The young master of this war has been arranged by two military strategists."


    After listening for a moment, he murmured, "I knew it must be niuren. I didn''t expect it to be them. It''s no wonder that the chick''s first cry surprised the whole world! Ha ha ha... Luoyang has no worries. "


    Although the murmur across the world was small, it was heard by Xu Shu beside him. Xu Shu''s eyes flashed by and immediately returned to normal.


    Quickly, he came to Xu Shu and said in a low voice: "thank you for your help!" After that, without waiting for Xu Shu''s reaction, he patted Chen Jing on the shoulder and said in a loud voice, "OK, Boyang, please be busy first. I''ll go first. By the way, I must go with you this time! Ha ha ha


    Back to the restaurant, I only left one sentence for them: "get ready, this time it will be very high, Sao Nian, ha ha ha..." Then, leaving the two stunned, he went back to changshe city by himself. He had to arrange the affairs of changshe before sending out troops. Fengxiao''s first battle would not be missed.


    At this time in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo had received the plan from Pang Tong. After reading it, Huangfu Chaobo finally let go. After handing the plan to Tian Feng beside him, Huangfu Chaobo hides in his chair and closes his eyes. Soon, the two military strategists read the plan at a glance. After reading it, they clapped their hands and praised it. Tian Feng said, "it''s really a step-by-step plan. It''s worthy of Mr. Shuijing''s praise. Now I can''t wait to see what Mr. Shuijing calls" the crown of Nanzhou scholars. ""Do you have anything to add to this plan?" When Huangfu Chaobo saw that both of them had finished, he sat up straight and asked them.


    Tian Feng and Lou GUI both shook their heads to say no. So Huangfu Chaobo said, "well, let''s do it. Shi ah


    "Not in the future!" As soon as Shi a heard this, he stood up and said;


    "the shadow guards went out with all their strength to find out the strength of Hanoi''s cities as soon as possible, and then sorted it out and handed it over to the left military division." With that, Huangfu Chaobo took out the official seal from general Sanpin Pingdong from his personal package and handed it to Shi a, saying, "after arranging these things, you will get a shadow and set out immediately. You will send the seal to Luoshen town and give it to the left military division. Then you will stay with the left military division and be responsible for sorting out the information sent back by the shadow and protecting his safety, leading to the whole war end. As for the shadow guard in Luoyang, give it to Sun Ping for the time being. When you come back after the war, you can take over. "


    "Not to be ordered!" Shi a immediately left the assembly hall and went to the courtyard of shadow guard in the prefect''s mansion to arrange the things that Huangfu Chaobo told him.

 Chapter 529

    After Shia quit, Huangfu Chaobo said: "gentlemen, we need to discuss the defense now. According to Shiyuan''s idea, Luoyang city should shrink its defense, but how and when do you think we should shrink? There is also the matter of going north to contact the wrong soldiers with Jizhou. Who do you think is the best person to send? "


    Tian Feng said with a wisp of beard: "I have a suitable candidate for people going to Jizhou, but I don''t know if they want to."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and said, "don''t we use outsiders instead of our own?"


    "Don''t you want to attract those two people?" Tian Feng points to the south of the palace;


    Huangfu Chaobo remembers that there are still two people in the post station. Because of Tian Feng, they are not in a hurry to leave Luoyang. As a result, when they want to leave, because of the Luoyang war, the army outside the city is on the side. For the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo takes the opportunity to let them stay. However, because of the war, Huangfu Chaobo had no time to think about other things. Over time, he forgot that there were two others left in Luoyang. Fortunately, Tian Feng and Lou GUI accompanied him from time to time. After a period of time, they were close to Huangfu Chaobo. By this time, the battle in Luoyang had been won. Tian Feng felt that it was time for Huangfu Chaobo to recruit them.


    "Sir''s intention Huang Fu Chao Bo was delighted and asked in a loud voice;


    Tian Feng nodded with a smile.


    "That''s very good. I''ll invite two gentlemen now." With that, Huangfu Chaobo stood up, saluted Tian Feng and said, "thank you for your help


    Tian Feng slightly side body, avoid Huangfu Chaobo after a gift, and then hand out a lead, signal Huangfu Chaobo now can go, way: "I go with adults, just we discuss the strategy of guarding the city."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and led them to the post station. While they were talking, they came to the post station not far from the south of the prefect''s mansion. They heard that Huangfu Chaobo had come in person. They seemed to be aware of something. They hurried out of the room and came to the courtyard to meet them. Huangfu Chaobo picked them up, took them by the hand and went into the house. They directly recruited them without making a circle. They were not surprised. They looked at each other, stood up and bowed down again, saying, "please, Zhang Yi and Zhang Zan have met the Lord!"


    "Ha ha ha Huangfu Chaobo said with a laugh: "with the help of two gentlemen, Chaobo is as powerful as a tiger! Come on, gentlemen, please sit down At this time, Huangfu Chaobo took a look at the attributes of the two men. It was not bad. Although they played the role of soy sauce in history, they were both military generals of the internal affairs department with intelligence and politics over 70. For Huangfu Chaobo at this stage, it is absolutely rare. For the arrangement of the two men, one must be the county magistrate of Longhua, and the other, although there is no specific place for the time being, is still in short supply It''s Huangfu Chaobo who is in urgent need of talents in internal affairs. It will definitely not be wasted.


    Then he lifted them up again. After they sat down, Huangfu Chaobo explained the war situation in Luoyang to them one by one, and then mentioned that he hoped that one of them would go to Jizhou to borrow troops from Han Fu. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, they both stood up and said they were willing to go to Jizhou to borrow troops. Finally, Tian Feng suggested that Zhang Yi should go there. So Huangfu Chaobo agreed to take advantage of the situation and appeased Zhang Zan. After that, all the people began to discuss the defense. Tian Feng said: "according to Pang''s plan, the focus of Luoyang is to defend, and it needs at least ten days. As long as Luoyang city is not less than one day, the attention of the three road princes will not leave Luoyang one day. In this way, it will also provide convenience for other armies. However, if you want to keep ten days, you should give up the outer city and guard the inner city with all your strength. However, before retreating to the inner city, our Quartermaster tried every means to destroy the enemy''s siege equipment, especially the catapult and well collar. "


    Lou GUI nodded his head and said: "although our army has taken over Luoyang for more than a year, its focus is basically on the inner city. On the contrary, the outer city, which is most seriously damaged, does not spend much time and energy to organize. Therefore, except for a few main roads, other places in the outer city are basically difficult to March. Unlike outside Luoyang, it is flat, which is very conducive to the attack of the siege army . If the two armies were led into the outer city area, and their siege equipment was destroyed, it is estimated that the war could be extended for at least two or three days. As far as our army is concerned, the loss of the outer city has no effect at all. On the contrary, it is more conducive to the use of troops. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought, yes, the outer city is dilapidated. If we can destroy the enemy''s siege equipment, even if the enemy does it temporarily, it will take time. What Luoyang army has to do is to delay. Thinking of this, Huangfu stood up and said, "let''s go to the outer city now and discuss with brother Hansheng how to send troops."


    The party soon came to the city tower of Ximen. It was just when Huang Zhong beat back Nanyang army and another round of attack. He saw the three men on the city tower. After Huang Zhong handed over the city affairs to Pei yuanshao, he immediately followed them into the city tower. After seeing the three, Huang Zhong said, "general, two military strategists, how did you come up?"


    "How is the war, brother?" Huangfu Chaobo didn''t answer Huang Zhong''s question. Instead, he looked at the soldiers who were cleaning up the top of the city and asked;


    "he was preparing to report to the general that there were a lot of casualties in the top of the city. If things go on like this, Luoyang might not last ten days. We have to think about something else. " Huang Zhong stepped forward;Huangfu Chaobo pulled Huang Zhong forward and said, "come on, let''s go in and talk. This time we went to the city mainly for this problem."


    After they entered the tower, they found a place to sit down. Xicheng has been engaged in more than two days of offensive and defensive war. As the most fierce place in the war, the city building of Ximen must be the last place to pay attention to. It has been visited several times by throwing stones. So although the city building has not collapsed, it''s really difficult to find a place to discuss business. So Wang Yue casually found a place. After all four people sat down, Huangfu Chaobo gave a detailed plan for Chang she''s return Xi explained it to Huang Zhong, and Huang Zhong was also full of praise. He was also satisfied with the arrangement in Luoyang.


    So Lou GUI and Huang wudie''s three thousand cavalry together destroyed the enemy''s siege equipment, especially the equipment outside the west gate. This does not mean that the north gate and the east gate will be ignored, but the west gate is the most dangerous. The total number of equipment in the east gate and the north gate is less than half of that in the west gate. In addition, there has been a surprise attack, and it will take repeated planning to succeed. Therefore, it is impossible to take into account all three walls.

 Chapter 530

    As for the south gate, after the last World War I, Ji Ling did not dare to take it lightly, so he arranged 5000 soldiers and 5000 auxiliary soldiers, and then he sent 3000 soldiers from Hanoi army, a total of more than 10000 people. He also launched an attack on the wall from time to time, and always firmly controlled the soldiers on the wall of the south gate. The four of them finally decided the plan after discussing the time of nearly two incense sticks. Then they sent someone to send a message to Huang Wudi in Gucheng. After the decision was made, the bugle of attacking the city just sounded outside the city. Huang Zhong quickly dressed himself up and went back to the city wall to command the battle. Of course, before the battle, he couldn''t forget to send someone to send Huangfu Chaobo down the city wall.


    When the battle of the west city begins again, the gate of the east city suddenly opens. While Hanoi army is preparing to launch an attack, it rushes out from Luoyang City to count the cavalry. Before Hanoi army can react, it is Shi a who leads several shadow guards to escort Zhang Yi out of the city. After passing Luoshui, he divides his troops into two routes, several escorts Zhang Yi to Jizhou, while Shi a goes to Jizhou The destination is changshe Luoshen town.


    An hour later, Luoyang received a message from Gucheng, saying that the Yellow dance butterfly department would arrive behind the Nanyang army at the appointed time. Only after the cavalry in Luoyang attacked the Nanyang army, they would act according to the plan. After receiving the news from Gucheng, Huangfu Chaobo was so calm that he immediately ordered the 5000 cavalry of huyandu to get ready. This time, he still attacked from the south gate. However, the goal has changed.


    It''s going to be late, Ji Ling helplessly looks at the firm figure at the head of the city, and knows that another round of offensive has failed again today, so he has to order to withdraw troops and return to the camp. With the lesson of the previous time, the Nanyang army has been cautious even if it withdraws. It is afraid that the cavalry in the city will attack again and suffer a big loss. However, the whole Nanyang army did not expect that the Luoyang army would dare to attack again.


    When the Nanyang army in the South Gate received the order to withdraw, the troops and horses all retreated cautiously. Just as the army was about two li away, the warning horn suddenly sounded. Sure enough, the cavalry of Luoyang city went out again. "Damn it After Ji Ling''s deputy general Xun Zheng scolded him secretly, he immediately ordered his soldiers to form an array to defend the cavalry, and at the same time asked his own guards to go to Ji Ling''s army for help. You know, Luoyang cavalry has 5000 top cavalry, and it must be impossible to resist them alone.


    A quarter of an hour later, five thousand cavalry soldiers appeared in the view of Nanyang army in the roaring sound of horse hooves. Seeing that the Nanyang army was ready, the chief General of Luoyang cavalry seemed a little hesitant. The cavalry stopped 200 paces away from the Nanyang army and did not move forward. Seeing this situation, Xun Zheng was relieved that his army was almost destroyed last time. If Ji Ling hadn''t cut him down for many years, Xun Zheng, the leader of the army again, was now seeking no fault but no meritorious service. Since Luoyang cavalry didn''t attack, Xun Zheng was not in a hurry. He was waiting for Ji Ling''s reinforcements at this time. Anyway, the Chinese army was only a few miles away from here Distance.


    In less than half an hour after the confrontation between the two armies, Ji Ling''s reinforcements had already arrived. What made Xun Zheng very happy was that the Chinese reinforcements were actually 5000 chongbu and 5000 ordinary soldiers. After the confluence of 20000 troops, Luoyang cavalry saw that they had no choice but to leave. However, they did not all leave and did not return to Luoyang. Instead, they left 1000 cavalry to follow Xunzheng''s army so that they could not move forward quickly. The other 4000 cavalry were heading for the direction of the Chinese army. It was estimated that they wanted to go there to see if they had a chance .


    In recent days, Yuan Shu sent some reinforcements to Nanyang one after another, including 20000 newly recruited soldiers and 20000 soldiers from alien Lords. Ji Ling has already distributed the 40000 troops among the troops. Twenty thousand new soldiers, ten thousand of them were used to guard Henan County, and ten thousand were used to escort food and grass. Twenty thousand soldiers under the alien Lord were added to Ji Ling''s own siege army. As for the Lord, Yuan Shu had done it in other ways. Well, being rich means being willful. As a standard rich N-generation, Xiao Yuan Gong doesn''t have the character of using money to smash. In addition, Nanyang and the yuan family are too rich. Otherwise, heavy infantry who are five times the cost of ordinary soldiers will try to recruit 50000 first.


    It seems that Luoyang cavalry had no choice but to move to the central army of Nanyang army. In fact, Huang Zhong and others negotiated the strategy, the purpose of which was to disperse the forces of Nanyang army, especially to weaken the forces of the central army. After the adjustment, Nanyang army still has nearly 100000 troops. Besides the 20000 troops left at the camp, there are 80000 troops involved in the attack, including 20000 at the north gate, 10000 at the south gate and 50000 at the Chinese army. Now 10000 troops have been transferred to take over the Nanmen army, and the Chinese army has only more than 30000 troops, including 15000 heavy infantry and more than 20000 ordinary infantry. At this time, Ji Ling''s army had left the Luoyang City Wall nearly three miles away. After receiving Xun Zheng''s help, Ji Ling immediately sent 10000 troops to meet him.


    In his opinion, twenty thousand troops could be safely withdrawn in the face of five thousand cavalry, but what Ji Ling didn''t expect was that Luoyang army didn''t come for its own soldiers at all. After the reinforcements were sent out, Ji Ling ordered the troops to stop withdrawing and defend on the spot, waiting for the South Gate army. In the face of a defensive formation composed of tens of thousands of troops, especially 15000 heavy infantry, Luoyang cavalry seems reluctant to attack. On the contrary, they divided the cavalry into two teams and cruised around Nanyang army for provocation. It seems that they are looking for opportunities.


    Ji Ling turned a blind eye to the actions of the Luoyang army and held fast to the defense, waiting for his army to return to meet. Half an hour later, the Nanmen army still disappeared, which made Ji Ling a little alert. Just as Ji Ling was thinking about what the Luoyang cavalry wanted to do, suddenly his bodyguard called out: "general, there''s something moving in the direction of the camp!"Ji Ling looked up at the direction of the Western camp, and saw a few columns of smoke rising in the direction of the camp. Ji Ling was worried. Was it because the camp was attacked and the Luoyang army was trying to contain its own army? However, the army of Luoyang was besieged in Hangu pass and Luoyang City. Where did the army attack the camp? Just at this time, someone called out: "look, someone is coming over there!"


    They all looked up and saw that there were several riders running from the camp. It seemed that there was an urgent military situation. At this time, it seems that the Luoyang cavalry on both sides also found these cavalry. Dozens of them rushed out of the cavalry and headed for the Western cavalry. It seems that they wanted to intercept them. To Ji Ling''s delight, he rode several Nanyang cavalry to break through the siege. Finally, a cavalry finally broke out of the siege of Luoyang cavalry and rushed into the attack area of Nanyang army. Seeing the cavalry finally safe, he ran and yelled, "I''m sent by the camp. I want to see general Ji!"

 Chapter 531

    Ji Ling saw the cavalry covered with blood. He waved his right hand, which was always confident in his force. He immediately opened a channel for the heavy infantry formation to let the cavalry into the central army of Nanyang army. The cavalry ran to the cavalry beside Ji Ling and saw Ji Ling sitting on his horse. He immediately rolled his horse down and said, "general, Luoyang army is attacking the camp. General Chen Xin ordered us to come for help." With that, the cavalry took out a token from his arms and handed it to the soldiers beside Ji Ling.


    Ji Ling took a look and confirmed that it was the token of the general of the camp. He nodded and said, "well, how many Luoyang troops are attacking the camp? How about our casualties?"


    The herald cavalry said, "three thousand Xiliang iron cavalry are attacking the camp. Although the number is small, they are proficient in bow and horse, and the attack is very urgent. Not only that, there is a lot of smoke and dust behind the cavalry. General Chen said that there should be no less than 20000 soldiers in the future. General Chen said that there are new soldiers in the camp. In order to protect the camp, please return to the army as soon as possible, otherwise


    Ji Ling knew why the Nanmen army didn''t return. It was clearly the intention of the Luoyang cavalry. No wonder Ji Ling found that there were less than 5000 cavalry around him. His original purpose was to hold down the army, and then he took the opportunity to attack the camp. When he thought about this, Ji Ling couldn''t help but feel anxious, because there were not only 100000 troops'' food and equipment in the camp for a few days, but also the most important thing The important thing is that there are a lot of craftsmen in it. Once the camp is lost, the siege equipment, let alone the production, is difficult to maintain. Although Ji Ling can''t figure out where Luoyang army sent more than 20000 troops to attack the camp, he can''t think of so many now.


    When he thought of it, Ji Ling immediately sent a message. The army formed a circle and advanced to the camp. Although the speed was not fast, it was better to wait here. Seeing that the Nanyang army suddenly gave up its original defense and turned to prepare for the battle, the Luoyang cavalry on both sides were in a hurry. They quickly increased the intensity of harassment and slowed down the speed of the Nanyang army as much as possible. The move of Luoyang cavalry made Ji Ling more sure that the purpose of Luoyang army was camp rather than his own army. Seeing that the Nanyang army was basically stagnant under the harassment of Luoyang cavalry, Ji Ling immediately ordered that 10000 heavy steps should be taken to open the way ahead, and other soldiers and horses should follow. Seeing that Nanyang army seems determined to rush back to the camp for support, Luoyang cavalry once again increased the intensity of harassment. It seems that they are determined to leave tens of thousands of Nanyang army behind.


    Seeing this, Ji Ling once again ordered to speed up. As a result, the already perfect square array was different in speed and direction because of different arms. Soon, Nanyang army was getting longer and longer, and there was a faint sign of formation disintegration. Ji Ling hesitated a little, and was immediately found by Luoyang cavalry outside. Huang Zhong immediately sent troops to make an attack.


    Seeing this, Ji Ling was more and more sure that the Luoyang army intended to hold down its main force, so he gritted his teeth and ordered that 10000 soldiers should be left to defend on the spot and protect the siege equipment. After meeting with the South Gate army, he would slowly return to the camp, and he would lead 15000 chongbu and 10000 Putong soldiers to return to the camp. From Ji Ling''s point of view, since the Luoyang army tried its best to prevent its return, the siege equipment behind was safe. Sure enough, after seeing the Nanyang army''s division, the Luoyang cavalry did not attack the left behind soldiers, but tried its best to intercept Ji Ling''s main force.


    Seeing that his strategy was successful, Ji Ling immediately ordered the heavy infantry to move forward with all their strength in an attacking state, followed by the ordinary soldiers as the rear army. Sure enough, the speed of the army was obviously accelerated, but the soldiers'' physical strength was also very heavy. When they moved forward for about a mile, Ji Ling had to order the army to rest for a quarter of an hour, and then change the order to move on.


    Just as Ji Ling was very happy about his strategy, suddenly there was a cry of killing. Ji Ling looked back and saw that the army guarding the siege equipment was being attacked by thousands of cavalry. The scene in front of him made him cold all over the body, and a cold air went straight to the top of his head along the tail vertebra. Ji Ling immediately realized that he was caught in the trap. The Luoyang army was always aiming at his siege equipment. What delayed the Nanmen army, let Xunzheng send troops for help, what camp was attacked, and even let a cavalry for help report to himself were all designed by Luoyang army. The purpose was to disperse his army, so as to separate the siege equipment from the army .


    Now the goal of Luoyang army has been realized. The siege equipment is only ten thousand army guards, but it seems that all eight thousand cavalry of Luoyang army have been sent out. The two armies are nearly two miles away from the equipment, and the cavalry can arrive in a moment. But the soldiers are tired, and there is no time to rescue. Ji Ling believes that he is very tired The siege cavalry will immediately abandon their troops and attack the siege equipment. Thinking of this, Ji Ling suddenly woke up. Since the equipment was no longer defensible, he simply didn''t want it. So Ji Ling ordered the army to regroup and move forward slowly. At the same time, he asked people to order the army to give up the equipment and make full use of the array to defend and wait for the army''s rescue.


    Sure enough, after seeing Huang wudie''s Xiliang cavalry attack Nanyang army''s siege equipment defense army, Huang Zhong quickly took out three loud arrows from behind him, then opened his bow, took up his arrows, and shot in mid air.


    Three shrieks sounded in the air. The cavalry who heard the sound immediately turned their horse''s head and headed for the siege equipment of Nanyang army. At the same time, a thousand Huben cavalry who were several miles away also gave up the 20000 troops that attacked Xun Zheng and turned to join Huang Zhong.


    At the same time, Jiling''s army sent out a signal that the 10000 troops who had heard the military order soon made adjustments. They gave up the equipment to start heavy military protection, and the soldiers gradually gathered together to form a tight defensive formation, waiting for the rescue of the army. Unfortunately, Ji Ling''s reaction was fast enough, and so did the general of the infantry. However, the reaction speed of the infantry was far slower than that of the Luoyang cavalry. After gathering the soldiers, we found that only 5000 of the 10000 troops were finally gathered together. At this time, all the 8000 cavalry had arrived around, but Ji Ling''s army was still a mile away. Seeing that his 5000 soldiers would be destroyed again, Ji Ling had to order the army to speed up again.By the time Ji Ling''s army arrived again, there were more than 3000 soldiers left in the 10000 army, and dozens of siege equipment were burned to ashes. As you can see, Ji Ling was so angry that one Buddha was born and two Buddhas ascended to heaven. But now Luoyang cavalry has already gone away, leaving only dust all over the sky. Looking at the dust in the distance, and looking at the mess in front of him, Ji Ling reluctantly ordered the army to rest on the spot, rescue the wounded, and wait for the South Gate army to return to the camp.

 Chapter 532

    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo is leading Tian Feng to stand on the west gate, waiting for the news of Huang Zhong. At the moment when the sun is about to set, he finally sees the return of Huang Zhong''s army. Huangfu Chaobo is relieved. However, seeing the situation of Huang Zhong''s army, he confirmed that Huangfu Chaobo was deeply distressed. Five thousand Huben cavalry attacked and only four thousand came back. According to Huang Zhong, Huang Wudi''s 3000 Xiliang cavalry also lost nearly 1000, that is to say, 8000 cavalry lost 2000 people in the first World War, Huben cavalry''s loss was mainly caused by intercepting heavy infantry, while Xiliang cavalry''s loss was mainly caused by attacking equipment guards.


    However, it caused the Nanyang army at least nearly ten thousand losses, and burned all the siege equipment carried by the Nanyang army. It can be said that it also achieved its goal very well. After this battle, Huangfu Chaobo had a deeper understanding of the combat power of the princes and soldiers. Two thousand top cavalry soldiers lost ten thousand of the princes'' soldiers, of which nearly two thousand were top heavy infantry. It can be seen that the combat power of the princes'' soldiers is far beyond the yellow scarf Army.


    When Huang Zhong of Luoyang returned to the city, a group of people came to the gate of Yushou governor''s residence in Yangzhai, Yingchuan. They were Chen Jing, Xu Shu and others who ran all the way from Luoshen town. After arriving at the gate of the assassin''s mansion, Chen Jing didn''t immediately ask to see Kong, but first went to the side door to see Kong''s nephew and personal commander Kong Xin.


    Without waiting long outside the door, Kong Xin came out in a hurry. Seeing kongxin coming out, Chen Jing quickly went forward and saluted: "Jing has seen Mr. Xin!"


    "Well, Boyang, don''t be so polite. At this time, Chaobo sent you here, but for the sake of reinforcements?" Seeing this, Kong Xin helped Chen Jing up and asked directly. Although Huangfu Chaobo had already left Yuzhou, he had never broken off his contact with Kong.


    Every month, Chen Jing is required to deliver various gifts in person. Of course, one copy of kongxin is indispensable every time. In addition, the relationship between them is better. Especially after Runan helped kongxin earn tens of thousands of yuan, they have already become brothers for a long time. Every time Chen Jing comes to see kongxin, he doesn''t call him his position, but calls him a childe. After Luoyang was besieged by three princes this time, although Kong Yu wanted to send troops, Yuan Shu was in the South and Cao Cao was in the East, so he didn''t dare move at all. So when he saw Chen Jing''s leader come forward to ask for help, Kong Xin''s first reaction was that Huangfu Chaobo sent him for help.


    Chen Jing nodded, ready to speak, but kongxin stretched out his hand and said, "listen to me first. After Yuanshu sent troops to Luoyang, my uncle was ready to send troops to help him. But Yuanshu and Caocao were heavy soldiers outside, and they were looking at each other. In addition, there was no good general in Yuzhou, so they were not strong enough. If you come here to ask for help this time, it''s not likely that your uncle will agree. According to his uncle''s opinion, even if Chaobo can''t keep Luoyang, at least he will keep Yuzhou. At that time, Chaobo has at least a way to go back. "


    Kongxin thought that they would be disappointed when they came out, but they didn''t expect that they didn''t change their face. When kongxin finished speaking, Chen Jing stepped forward and said, "Mr. Xin, this is Mr. Shan, our military adviser. This time we really came to ask for help, but the specific situation is not what he thought. Let Mr. Shan explain how to proceed. ¡±


    Xu Shu saluted and then told Kong Xin about Pang Tong''s and his two men''s plan. Kong Xin immediately responded and agreed with the strategist''s plan. He also said that Mr. Shan would explain the specific situation to the censor, and he would certainly find a way to help him. With Kong Xin''s assurance, Chen Jing knows that there is no problem with the purpose of her business.


    Sure enough, they went to Kong''s study under the guidance of Kong Xin. Chen Jing explained to him the purpose of this visit. Kong also frankly explained the situation of Yuzhou to them. Then he said: "I also want to send troops to help. Unfortunately, alas..."


    Seeing this situation, Xu Shu went forward and said, "in fact, our purpose of borrowing troops this time is not to ask the old man to transfer 20000 troops directly from the city, but to ask the old man to transfer 300 or 500 soldiers from each of the 20 counties of Yingchuan. We also know that Yuzhou is not well-off now. After the recruitment of the governor''s office, there are only 3000 or 5000 soldiers in each county What we mean is that if you want to invite senior citizens to transfer 300 or 500 people from each county, you can not only not affect the defense of each county, but also gather enough troops Then Xu Shu moved the three armies together and told Kong Xu about the arrangement of blocking the three princes around Luoyang one by one. After listening to Kong''s nodding, and with Kong Xin''s help, Kong soon agreed to Luoyang''s plan of borrowing troops.


    Soon, dozens of cavalry envoys were sent to Yingchuan County, asking each county to send 300 to 500 soldiers to meet in his father''s city within two days to listen to the dispatch of Houzhou government. At the same time, the number of troops in each county was specially indicated. Of course, Xu Shu put forward these, mainly for better defense. Kong Bi knew that there were 3000 senior soldiers and horses in Luoshen town. Now that he had decided to send troops, he simply transferred 1000 sword shield soldiers and 1000 long bow soldiers from his 10000 senior Pro Guard soldiers and horses to the army and horses in Luoshen town to make up for a school of soldiers and horses.


    At the same time, thousands of soldiers and horses were drawn from ordinary soldiers. Together with the soldiers and horses drawn from various counties, and the 5000 people from changshe City, the total number of troops and horses was 25000. Plus the 5000 senior soldiers and soldiers from Luoshen Town, the number of troops sent reached 30000. Now that he had sent troops, Kong Chu had prepared a month''s money, grain and bow weapons for the 30000 troops. They were all transported to the warehouse of his father''s city overnight, and then they were gathered up. They were only to be taken away when the troops were sent out. That night, the whole county of Yingchuan county was frightened by the order of the governor''s office.However, Yingchuan is the place where Kong started. Almost all the county magistrates and county captains are Kong''s own people. Although they feel puzzled about the investigation of the governor''s office, they still choose soldiers and horses all night long and plan to send them to their father''s city after daybreak. Even if they are a little far away, they have already sent troops and set out in the night.


    After the soldiers arrived, Xu Shu and Chen Jing did not stay in Yangzhai. After they came out of the assassin''s mansion, they led their troops directly from the barracks to their father''s city. At the same time, they sent the shadow guard to Pang Tong in Luoshen town to inform him that things in Yangzhai had been successfully completed and that the follow-up plan could be started. The two soldiers marched through the night and finally arrived outside the city of Fucheng County before dawn

 Chapter 533

    However, Xu Shu did not arrange for his troops to enter the city. Instead, he sent someone to contact the magistrate of his father''s city and led his 500 soldiers and some money, grain and ordnance to a valley ten miles west of his father''s city. This is a place that the two men had discussed for a long time. This valley is ten miles west of his father''s city, and less than a hundred miles west is Luyang County, which is the purpose of the army''s trip .


    In the next two days, Xu Shu arranged for the soldiers who had already arrived in the city to reorganize, while waiting for the soldiers from other counties to arrive. In these two days, from time to time, the soldiers from each county came to the father city. After entering the city for a long time, they were led by Xu Shu''s envoys who stayed in the city and rushed to the ten mile Valley camp outside the city. Therefore, in two days, the players were confused by the situation of the father city I''m so confused. Every day I see soldiers and horses coming in and out of my father''s city, but we don''t know what''s going on.


    Two days later, that is, on the afternoon of September 6, the whole army of Yingchuan had arrived. Even the 8000 troops under Zhou Tai''s command had reached Xushu''s camp. They were accompanied by zonghengtianxia and shacuolang, as well as the military order printed with the seal of general Pingdong. That was the official seal that Shia had spent one day and one night in Luoshen town to hand over to pangtong Zhou Tai was promoted to be the general of Hengjiang Zhongying, which is convenient for commanding troops. At the same time, Jiang Qin, the general of building ships Zhongying, was promoted. After he handed over all the troops to Zhou Tai, Xu Shu gave up the task of unifying the troops and tried his best to do his duty as a military adviser.


    After taking over, Zhou Tai began to arrange troops, but found a problem. The generals of the thousand people''s department were well arranged, but there were no generals of the first school, and he was not able to appoint them. Fortunately, of the three, he and Chen Jing were generals of Zhongying, while Xu Shu was a right military division. All three could command 10000 troops, and there were 30000 troops, and each of them could command one Wan, it''s still feasible not to appoint a captain for the time being. All the troops and horses were in place, and the food and equipment had been sent to the camp in two days. After knowing everything, Zhou Tai immediately gathered all the generals to discuss the matter. In addition to 30 thousand generals, there were only three generals, Xu Shu and Chen Jing, as well as two outsiders, who ran across the world and killed the wrong wolf.


    After Zhou Tai showed Kong''s order and Huangfu Chaobo''s order, the generals knew that they had become the subordinates of general Pingdong''s Department of zhoumu. They had no objection to this. They were surprised that this gathering of troops was actually a sneak attack on Luyang, breaking yuan Shujun''s retreat. Then, Zhou Tai explained the operational plans of the two military divisions to the general one by one, and then arranged the combat sequence of each department. Before the army set out, according to the arrangement, Zhou Tai arranged a senior soldier of a thousand people team led by shacuo wolf, pretending to be a soldier of langzhen, to sneak into the city in the name of helping to guard the city. When the siege army arrived, he waited for the opportunity to cooperate inside and outside.


    After listening to Zhou Tai''s arrangement, all the people who were worried about attacking Luyang were relieved. In particular, they have been worried about killing the wrong wolf these two days. Only then can they understand what Chen Jing meant.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, if our army can capture Luyang and hold it, it will cut off the retreat of Nanyang army. In only ten days, Nanyang army will be defeated without attack. In time, general Pingdong will surely give you a generous reward. Fame and wealth, wealth and luxury are waiting for you. In this war, we will advance and retreat together with you." Zhou Taili said,


    "willing to advance and retreat with the general!" When Xu Shu and Chen Jing saw this, they looked at each other and quickly stood up and said in a loud voice;


    the members of the Council said in unison: "we are willing to advance and retreat with the general!"


    "Good!" Zhou Tai said: "kill the wrong wolf mayor, army Secretary Ma dongfangting!"


    Hearing Zhou Tai''s voice, a young man stood up and said, "the end will be here!" As soon as they saw his posture, they knew that he was the general of Huben army. However, I didn''t see the wrong wolf come out. Looking around the world, the boy was still in a daze. He patted him on the shoulder and said in a low voice, "what do you think, boy? Now the Military Council is calling you!"


    Surprised to kill the wrong wolf, he quickly stood up and said, "yes


    Zhou Tai glared at him and then said, "after the military discussion, I will order you to set out immediately. You must enter Luyang County tomorrow morning. The army will arrive in Luyang in the afternoon. Luyang city is small. When the army arrives, it will immediately arrange to attack the city. Wait for the opportunity to open the gate and lead the army into the city. There must be no mistake. The specific arrangement will be explained in detail by the military division later."


    Seeing Zhou Tai staring at himself, he saw the wrong wolf tremble and said in his heart: "NIMA, this look makes people fear. I really don''t know how to recover Zhou Tai." Although the heart is murmuring, the ears are really sharp, for fear that something has not been heard, although the players are not afraid of death, but it is about their county magistrate''s position, so who dares not to be serious.


    "The end will take orders!" Dongfangting was ordered to retreat, and so was killing the wrong wolf.


    "The rest of the generals, the headquarters and the military division headquarters, are the former army. They will cook at the fourth shift tomorrow and set out at the fifth. General Chen''s headquarters will be the rear army of the army. They will protect the army''s food, grass and equipment, and then follow up."


    "The end will take orders!" As soon as they heard this, they quickly came out and said in unison;


    "well, the military discussion is over. Let''s get rid of them and get familiar with our troops as soon as possible!"


    "I''ll leave at the end of the day!"


    For a moment, except killing the wrong wolf and dongfangting, all the other generals withdrew from the Chinese army. After Xu Shu called them aside, he explained to them in detail how to act tomorrow. Chen Jing, together with Zong Hengtian and Zhou Tai, discussed the march route. After Xu Shu made it clear, they withdrew from the big account and led a thousand soldiers to wolf Town.All the way, a thousand soldiers finally arrived at wolf Town after dark to kill the wrong wolf. Langzhen is in the southeast of Luyang, so according to Xu Shu''s arrangement, these 1000 soldiers will change into langzhen''s soldiers when they arrive in langzhen, while others will change into langzhen''s young soldiers. As soon as the army appears in Luyang, they will send someone to report to Luyang, and then take their own soldiers and young soldiers into the city to help guard the city, because there are only a few soldiers in Luyang county To 5000 soldiers, but it is Nanyang and Luoyang tens of thousands of troops in grain, grass and ordnance transfer point, so the city guard will certainly agree to the surrounding players village soldiers into the city to help guard the city. As early as before the soldiers set out, killing the wrong wolf sent a message to the left behind brothers. So at night, the players in wolf Town were cleared. A thousand soldiers sneaked into the camp of wolf Town and stayed here. After a night''s rest, they would change into ordinary armor tomorrow, and then everything would go according to plan.

 Chapter 534

    One night without words, the next day before the light, the army began to march to Luyang as planned.


    Near noon, shortly after entering Luyang, the army was discovered by Luyang players. Soon, the general of Nanyang knew that tens of thousands of Yuzhou troops were marching towards Luyang. The general who got the news immediately sent messengers to Nanyang for help. Then, he immediately closed the city gate and ordered the soldiers to climb the city to meet the enemy.


    At this time, the alien Lord of a town outside the city said that he saw the Yuzhou army attacking Luyang, so he led the remaining soldiers of his territory to the county to help guard the city. After the confirmation of the county magistrate and the county captain, the city guard put the master''s soldiers and young men into the city. However, for the sake of safety, he did not transfer the master''s soldiers to the city wall at the first time, but placed them in the city barracks.


    The general of Luyang didn''t expect that his unintentional action accelerated his own defeat. After he killed the wrong wolf and led more than 1000 people into the city, in order to prevent the garrison from coagulating, the soldiers'' weapons and equipment were the most common equipment at level 30 of the territory, and more than half of them didn''t have any weapons. As a result, the general placed them in the barracks. There were only 500 soldiers in the barracks Next to the camp is the warehouse in the county.


    So, in the afternoon, after the Zhou Tai army arrived at Luyang, they immediately assembled the completed siege ladder, and then attacked the city immediately. After the dongfangting in the city got the news that the city had started war, they immediately had the situation that there were 500 soldiers captured in the barracks. Then, after leaving dozens of guards to detain the prisoners, the army kept on attacking the city warehouse. After all the soldiers changed their weapons and equipment, in the name of supporting the city head, they quickly killed the city head and the city gate hole, opened the city gate, and received the Zhou Tai army into the city.


    When the general found that something was wrong, Zhou Taixing''s army had already occupied a gate. The army rushed into the county like a floodgate. Then it quickly controlled all parts of the county. The whole fighter took less than an hour. At the end of the day, Zhou Taixing''s army had completely controlled Luyang County. Among the five thousand garrisons of Nanyang army, more than one thousand were killed and injured, including the general. More than two thousand were captured, and the other one thousand fled when the situation was bad. However, the Zhou Tai army suffered only five hundred casualties.


    After occupying the county seat, Zhou Tai was busy arranging the defense, while Xu Shu, escorted by a senior soldier, went to take over the county government. At the same time, after entering the county government, Xu Shu handed over Kong''s appointment letter to Sha CuO Lang, who was appointed as the head of Luyang County. After receiving the letter, Sha CuO Lang felt that he was in a dream for half a day. Finally, he was reminded to fight Kaixian yamen manages the jade interface, and then fills in the county magistrate''s name.


    Immediately, the players in Luyang have received a message, surprising news, the county magistrate actually changed, changed to kill the wrong wolf. Only a few people know the news of the attack on the county. The system will not issue an announcement, but the county magistrate change must make an announcement of the whole county. When the players are stunned, the county magistrate suddenly changes to the player.


    However, what we don''t know is that Luyang is still Luyang, but now it belongs to Yingchuan County of Yuzhou, and has no relationship with Nanyang County of Jingzhou. The other players are different. The players in wolf Town are all in high spirits. Their mayor becomes the county magistrate without a pit. After cheering, the players in wolf Town rush to Luyang county. As we all know, since the Yuzhou army has already defeated the county, and let their own mayor be the county magistrate, Luyang will surely welcome the attack of Nanyang army. Now that the Yuzhou army has defeated the county, Luyang will surely welcome the attack of Nanyang army Everyone rushed to Luyang to take part in the coming battle of defending the city.


    After taking over the post of county magistrate, the first thing to do is to appoint one of his soldiers as county captain, and then take several soldiers in his town to the barracks to recruit prisoners. Very smooth, after a busy hour, kill the wrong wolf, and finally will be two thousand captives surrender. The reason why it was so easy was that these soldiers were basically local people in Luyang, so they were quickly recruited and surrendered, including dozens of soldiers at all levels.


    Killing the wrong wolf immediately reorganized the 2000 soldiers and incorporated them into the Luyang army for the maintenance of public security in the city. As for the defense of the city, it''s better to give it to the Yuzhou army of Zhou Tai. Who knows if these new soldiers can be relied on. After busy with these things, killing the wrong wolf and Xu Shu put into the inventory of materials in Luyang city. After the inventory was completed, killing the wrong wolf was surprised for a long time. It was worthy of being a material transfer station. In Luyang City, there were enough food and grass for 30000 troops for half a year, and there were all kinds of weapons and equipment, enough to equip 100000 soldiers.


    After handling the affairs in the city, he went to the head of the city to help Zhou Tai prepare for the attack of Nanyang army.


    Wancheng, Nanyang''s governing place, is in the post general''s mansion. The people in the mansion are very careful when they pass the study, for fear that they will make a little noise and annoy the people in the house. However, even so, you can still hear the roar and the smashing sound of objects outside the door.


    "Old man, how dare you cheat someone like that! Come on, call all the people here for discussion. If you are too slow, I will skin you! "


    "Bang... "Pop..."


    "Old man, since you''re looking for death, you''ll do as you wish!"


    In a short time, Yuan Shujun, who was left behind in Wancheng, rushed to the rear general''s house one after another. All the way, they all realized that something big had happened. After asking the soldiers, they learned that the general had received two waves of messenger messages in less than half a day, and then Yuan Shu''s mood was out of control in the study. Although they didn''t know what happened, when they arrived at Yuan Shu''s study, they all stood there silently, watching yuan''s servants clean the debris on the ground, and then waiting for others to come. Soon, the left behind people have arrived. Yuan Shucai said in a low voice: "Duke, Luyang has been occupied by Yuzhou army, and the retreat of my army attacking Luoyang has been blocked."When they heard this, they were shocked. Yang Hong and Yan Xiang looked at each other, and they both saw the worry in each other''s eyes. As a son of the yuan family, Yuan Huan had no worries about other questions that Yuan Shu''s subordinates did not dare to ask. He stepped forward and said, "Lord, what happened? Why is old Kong Yu so bold all of a sudden? "


    Yuan Shu shook his head and said: "the specific situation is not known. Two hours ago, Lu Yang sent an envoy to ask for help. The general thought that although Lu Yang had no army, there were 5000 soldiers stationed there. It should be no problem to stay for three or five days. Unexpectedly, the city was broken in less than half a day. According to the escaped taxi soldiers, nearly 30000 troops were sent out of Yuzhou this time, and there was a general no less than Ji Ling. "

 Chapter 535

    As soon as the audience heard this, they felt like a hornet that had blown up its nest. The study sounded "buzzing..." The sound of the sound.


    "Lord," Yang Hong said, "whatever the reason, we must take back Luyang as soon as possible. Otherwise, after a long time, general Jiling''s army will collapse without fighting."


    "It''s true, but Wancheng has only 30000 troops. If you want to recapture Luyang, you need at least 50000 to 80000 troops. In this way, you have to transfer troops from the county towns. In addition, you have to order the cities to recruit more troops. This time, you should not move lightly. It takes time for the troops to gather in each city. Please give an order immediately." Yan Xiang went to the front road;


    "the last general is willing to lead the army and take back Luyang for the Lord!" When Zhang Xun saw this, he quickly stepped forward;


    the other generals saw that Zhang Xun had already taken the lead. Although they were helpless, they still stood up to fight.


    As soon as Yuan Shu saw it, he said happily: "well, all the generals will march forward bravely, and they are afraid that little Lu Yang will not be able to go down. If the order goes on, all the cities in Nanyang will reserve 1000 elite soldiers to guard the city. Within two days, all the other soldiers will be transferred to pheasant county to meet. All the cities can recruit new soldiers to make up 5000 soldiers. After gathering 60000 troops, he ordered Zhang Xun as the main general and Chen Ji as the deputy to lead the troops to Luyang, and recaptured Luyang county within five days. The rest of the soldiers were used to supplement the troops of Wan county. "


    "The end will take orders!" Zhang Xun and Chen Ji listen, happy to come forward to receive orders.


    The other generals looked at them with envy. In everyone''s opinion, the 60000 army''s attack on a small county town is just around the corner. Not only the generals, but also Yuan Shu thought that Zhang Xun was captured by hand. However, the fall of Luyang reminded Yuan Shu that there were only 30000 soldiers in Wancheng, which seemed not very safe, so he took the opportunity to transfer all the elite soldiers from the county below. Under the rule of Nanyang, there were 37 cities. In addition to the southernmost counties controlled by mu Liubiao of Jingzhou, 28 other counties were under the control of Yuan Shu. Although Yuan Shu had drawn two armies in front of them, there were still four to five thousand armies in each city.


    In this way, Yuan Shu can dispatch 60000 to 80000 troops from each city. Besides the 60000 troops taken away by Zhang Xun, 20000 troops can be added to Wancheng. In this way, the number of garrison in Wancheng can reach 50000. As long as there is no accident, it will be enough to defend for half a year under the attack of 100000 troops. However, tens of thousands of soldiers and horses distributed in more than 20 cities needed to gather in a day. It was not until Yuan Shu set a deadline that Zhang Xun gathered 50000 troops. But Yuan Shu could not wait. So he ordered Zhang Xun to lead the army first, and the other 30000 troops to Wan City first. If the siege was not good, he would send troops again.


    Let''s look back at the war in Luoyang. Since Luoyang cavalry sent troops to destroy the siege equipment of Nanyang army, Ji Ling stopped the siege for a day because of the lack of equipment and the exhaustion of soldiers after the siege for many days. The army was resting, but the craftsman camp was stepping up the manufacture of siege equipment. However, because the difficulty of making the catapult is much higher than that of the siege ladder and Jinglan, Ji Ling simply stopped making the catapult. What he didn''t expect was that this was exactly what the Luoyang garrison wanted.


    That night, Huangfu Chaobo received the results of the battle in Longhua town. The battle in Longhua made everyone very happy. He did not expect that the battle in Longhua was so smooth. After learning that Zhao Yun had taken 6000 horses and 20000 horses to help him in the starry night, everyone was relieved. In this way, Pang Tong''s second strategy was perfect. A few days later, Zhang Yang''s tens of thousands of troops could no longer be a threat to Luoyang. Immediately, Huangfu Chaobo sent Pang Tong''s plan on Luoyang war to Longhua and zhaojiacun, along with the appointment of Zhao Yun as Yingyang Zhongying general. At the same time, that night, Huangfu Chaobo ordered huyandu to lead 4000 Huben cavalry out of the city quietly from the south gate, and then put the cavalry in Gongxian County, waiting to join Zhao Yun''s army.


    The next day, because Nanyang army didn''t attack the city, Hanoi army also took a rest day, the whole Luoyang city fell into a strange quiet.


    On the third day, after a day''s rest, the two princes attacked the Luoyang City Wall again, only to find that the whole outer city wall was empty. At first, the main general who attacked the city walls thought it was the trick of Luoyang garrison, but after repeated confirmation, he found that Luoyang army had retreated from the inner city. Combined with the Luoyang army''s desperate action to destroy the siege equipment of Nanyang army the day before, Ji Ling came to the conclusion that the garrison couldn''t last long. Later, Ji Ling spread the news to the army, and the morale of the two princes'' soldiers rose nearly ten points.


    In the afternoon, the four walls of the outer city of Luoyang fell into the hands of the two princes, and then the army drove into Luoyang, ready to organize troops to attack the inner city. However, as soon as he entered the city, Ji Ling found that it was not as simple as he thought. The whole outer city was still in ruins. Even the main road of the outer city was destroyed by the Luoyang army, and he could not march at all, let alone deliver siege equipment to the city. As a result, several armies entered the city, while sorting out the roads, slowly pushed towards the inner city. As a result, it took two days for Zhou Tai to lead the army to attack Luyang.


    High morale after two days to sort out the road, back to the state of Luoyang. It took two days for the two armies to attack the inner city. But when they were ready to fight in the morning, the four gate generals found that there were dozens of wells on both sides of the four gate towers overnight. There were nearly 20 wells on each side with a distance of 50 steps between the two wells. So, it''s not surprising that the four walls were covered with wells There are more than 100 wells. This change makes everyone dumbfounded, although helpless, but Ji Ling still issued an attack order. After the sound of a low trumpet, the battle drums of the four walls began to ring one after another. Knowing that the attack behind would not be easy, the two armies of princes launched an attack on the inner city wall without hesitation.Sure enough, in less than half an hour, although the moat in the inner city was not as wide as that in the outer city, the Nanyang army in the western city lost nearly a thousand soldiers just by filling out five siege routes. This shows how fierce the defense at the head of the city is. Even so, after the siege channel was filled out, Ji Ling soon ordered the siege soldiers to attack the city with ants. With a single order, the siege ladder attacked the city under the protection of the sword and shield soldiers. At the same time, the siege vehicles and well rims that were transported into the city these two days also began to drive into the city wall under the protection of the soldiers.

 Chapter 536

    After a few days of adaptation, Nanyang soldiers became more and more proficient in the mutual cooperation of siege. Soon, under the protection of archers and sword shield soldiers, the siege ladder quickly approached the city wall, and then quickly assembled. After it was fixed on the head of the city, Nanyang soldiers, who had been ready for a long time, bit their ring head sword with their mouths, held up their shield in one hand, and tilted them on their heads to do their best He hid himself under the shield, and with the other hand he quickly climbed up the ladder. Before we reached the middle of the climb, we heard the sound coming down from the wall.


    "Roll the stone and challenge the wood, prepare, throw!"


    The siege soldiers stopped immediately, put their body close to the ladder, made an angle between the shield and the ladder, and hid their body under the shield as much as possible. As soon as they got better, they felt a huge force hitting their shield. Fortunately, because the shield had a small angle with the ladder, the boulders at the head of the city rolled down the slope of the shield In this way, the Nanyang army still felt the Qi and blood in his chest turned up. However, I can''t take care of so much now. I press the blood rolling in my chest, climb up with hands and feet, and quickly climb towards the city.


    As more and more soldiers attack the city on the ladder, more and more Nanyang soldiers attack the city along the ladder. The fierce battle in the city begins between the two armies. After half an hour of fierce fighting, Ji Ling sees that his soldiers can''t get a firm foothold in the city, so he orders Ming Jin. Later, he hears the order that the soldiers retreat like the tide.


    At the end of the day, several rounds of attacks were repulsed by Luoyang garrison. Until the evening, Nanyang army failed to surpass the city for a quarter of an hour. Then, with the sound of gold, the princes of the two middle schools ended the day''s battle. However, all the troops did not withdraw from the city. Instead, they built a temporary camp at the gate of the outer city, neitengye Take control of the outer city wall and wait for the next day''s battle.


    In the following time, Nanyang army and Hanoi army were all out to attack the city. Unfortunately, in the face of Luoyang garrison, the two armies could not take advantage of it at all. On the contrary, they could not advance or retreat at the expense of their troops. Two days later, Ji Ling of Luoyang finally got the news of the loss of Luyang. After discussing with Shu Zhao, Ji Ling decided to block the news and fight hard. Unfortunately, the Nanyang army, which sent all its heavy infantry on the battlefield, finally came back with no success. Even the heavy infantry were damaged by more than 3000 yuan. In desperation, Ji Ling had to give orders on the pretext that his soldiers were tired and could not fight again The soldiers took a rest day.


    At that time, although the army of Lu Bu attacked Hangu pass with all their strength, the Hangu pass with Zaozhi and Dianwei still remained as stable as Mount Tai. In addition, the news of Lu Yang''s fall had spread to the army of Lu Bu yesterday. Lu Bu was so surprised that he quickly called all the generals to discuss the matter. At this time, there were only generals in Lv Bu''s army. Chen Gong was still in Hanoi to borrow food and did not return. When he suddenly learned that Luyang had been lost and the rear road of Nanyang army had been blocked, all generals asked Lv Bu to stop fighting for a few days on the ground of soldiers'' fatigue. They would make a decision when the battle in Luyang or Luoyang was finally known.


    In fact, it''s not that the generals in the army shirked their responsibilities. It has been more than ten days since Lv Bu''s army attacked Hangu pass. Lv Bu''s army has lost 35000 soldiers. Originally, Lv Bu''s army had only 80000 soldiers. In the middle of the day, Zhang Liao recruited 10000 soldiers again in several counties, but now it has only 55000 soldiers. There are 35000 cavalry among them, so only 20000 soldiers are left. This is also the reason why the generals strongly opposed Lu Bu''s continued attack on Hangu pass.


    You know, at the most time, Wei Xu had 15000 soldiers under him, but now there are only 5000 soldiers left, let alone other generals. Everyone thinks that the more soldiers he has, the better. At last, under the persuasion of Zhang Liao''s generals, Lv Bu had to order a truce for a few days. What''s strange is that Hangu pass even ended the war before Luoyang City. In this way, Luoyang battlefield has fallen into a rare calm, but the battle of Luyang county will start.


    We went back a few days to September 5 and looked back at the Longhua cavalry led by Zhao Yun. After he sent troops from Longhua two days ago, Zhao Yun led the army to stay in Tuyin city and transfer Baima Yicong to another post. At other times, the cavalry of Longhua were on the road of running. Along the way, six thousand knights and twenty thousand horses left right Peking, passed Yuyang and Guangyang, entered Jizhou from Zhuo County, then entered Changshan state through Zhongshan state, and finally entered Zhaojia village at night two days later.


    Although he had been informed by Luoyang for a long time, people in Zhaojia village were shocked by 20000 horses. As soon as he entered the village, Zhao Yun ordered his cavalry to rest. At the same time, he asked the cavalry in Zhaojia village to feed 20000 horses and prepare for the next day''s March. Soldiers and horses can rest, but Zhao Yun can''t. After a few words with his brother and sister, Zhao Yun picks up the battle report and arrangement of Luoyang handed by Zhao Feng and looks at the map carefully. Brother and sister know that it''s urgent and don''t disturb them any more. Instead, they are quietly watching Zhao Yun.


    Looking at the map and the war report, Zhao Yun also asked Zhao Yu about Luoyang from time to time, because Zhao Yu had stayed in Luoyang for such a long time after all, and he was still fighting in the last defense war. He must know something about Luoyang. When Zhao Yu didn''t know anything about it, Zhao Yun simply asked someone to call the person in charge of Zhaojia village of shadow guard. At this time, Zhang Yi has successfully arrived in Yecheng, and discussed with Han Fu that Jizhou will dispatch 20000 soldiers from each county. In order not to arouse the vigilance of Zhang Yang and Yuan Shao forces, the soldiers went to liyang to gather and listen to orders, and prepared to cooperate with Zhao Yun''s army by the baimagang water army of Liyang.Even if the hostile forces find out the news, they will think that Jizhou army sent soldiers to Luoyang to support. Now the army has gathered to Liyang, waiting for Zhao Yun to lead the army to join. In the past few days, the shadow guards have adjusted the situation of Hanoi clearly. What makes Huangfu Chaobo feel strange is that the cities in Hanoi are obviously divided into two parts. In addition to the 20000 soldiers in dangyin City, only huaixian county has 20000 soldiers, and other cities have only 2000 soldiers. In Wenxian, Pinggao, Zhouxian and other cities to the west of Hanoi, there were 5000 to 10000 taxi soldiers.


    Although it''s not clear what the reason is, this situation is exactly what Huangfu Chaobo wants. After all, if there are more troops along the way from Jizhou to the west, the general plan is not good. Now only after dangyin, Zhao Yun''s army can directly break into huaixian.

 Chapter 537

    It took Zhao Yun a whole night to figure out the situation in Luoyang. After spending a night in Zhaojia village, before dawn the next day, Zhao Yun led the army to Liyang port in Jizhou to join Zhang Yi who was in Liyang. Then the whole army began to make the next plan. Of course, Zhao Yu, the commander of Yangwu School of Luoyang army, accompanied him.


    That night, Zhao Yun''s army arrived at Baima harbor in Liyang City. At this time, tens of thousands of troops had gathered in Baima harbor. In addition to Jizhou''s water army, Luoyang''s water army also arrived in the afternoon under the leadership of Jiang Qin. In addition, there were 20000 reinforcements from Jizhou. Now, with Zhao Yun''s 6000 horses and 20000 horses, Liyang harbor has almost reached no place to stand Fortunately, the army will start early tomorrow morning.


    After the arrival of the army, Zhao Yun did not care to rest. After meeting Jiang Qin and Zhang Yi, he went to Panfeng''s central army to discuss the military situation. In fact, it''s very simple to talk about it. Pang Tong probably put forward the plan. A few people just discussed how to arrange the march route. According to the original idea, if the Jizhou army could provide 10000 reinforcements, Zhao Yun''s headquarters and Jizhou reinforcements would be transported to the vicinity of huaixian County by the two water forces, waiting for the opportunity to destroy the Hanoi water army, and then the army would cross the river and annihilate Zhang Yang''s army in Hanoi.


    After several discussions, Zhao Yun felt that with 20000 Jizhou troops as support, he should be able to annihilate the whole Hanoi water army and win huaixian County, Hanoi County, at the same time. Jiang Qin, Zhang Yi and others are all new investors. They all want to show themselves in front of Huangfu Chaobo, but they are not reckless. After repeated deduction, they all think Zhao Yun''s plan is feasible.


    So, the three men United Xuming and asked Luoyang to fight in the night. However, after the letter was sent out, the army was ready to fight all night. However, when he set out, he found that it was not feasible for the army to go all the way by water, because it was impossible for 20000 horses to be transported at one time. After several discussions, they decided to divide the army into two routes, and all the soldiers went all the way by water. Zhao Yun led the cavalry up the river, just clearing the Hanoi army sentry along the Bank of the Yellow River to cover the army''s whereabouts.


    Early the next morning, when the army was about to leave, the Luoyang military order arrived. Huangfu Chaobo had only one word: "may", and then there was a small line below, "the army was dominated by Zhao Yun, the Yingyang Zhongying general, and supplemented by Jiang Qin and Zhang Yi. They should deal with affairs, and all three of them could decide." After the army was ready, fifteen thousand Jizhou and three thousand Luoyang soldiers escorted twenty thousand Jizhou soldiers all the way west along the river. At the same time, Zhao Yun''s cavalry also marched westward with the water army, taking care of each other by water and land, marching towards Hanoi port.


    Along the way, Zhao Yun scattered Baima Yi for more than ten li. Once he saw the soldiers and soldiers in Hanoi, they were all shot and killed. He was never soft handed. Although it will kill many players by mistake, it can''t care so much now. The purpose of the army''s action is to carry out a surprise attack, so the two armies move westward and quickly. When the army arrived in huaixian, it was already in the afternoon, less than 20 li away from huaixian and less than 15 li away from Hanoi port. Not far from the mouth of the Qinshui River, the water army found a small fishing village to unload the soldiers before moving on.


    At this time, Pan Feng began to arrange dozens of boats of Jizhou water army as outposts to clear the patrol boats of Hanoi water army on the river. Seeing that Jizhou water army had taken action, several boats of Luoyang water army were sent out, and Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin were the leaders. At the beginning, they were subordinates of yunmengze. With a whistle, several boats of Luoyang water army rushed forward like fish entering the water, and soon left behind most of the fleet of water army and the boats of Jizhou water army.


    Although the number of Luoyang water forces is far less than that of his own, the soldiers are far more familiar with the ship than his own. General pan can''t help but feel ashamed and can''t bear to look directly at him. Since he was rescued from Lu Bu by a stranger in hulaoguan, general pan has understood that there is heaven and there are people outside. Now he is far from the original high profile. He sees a general on his flagship All of them jumped up and down. General Pan''s face sank and said, "what''s your name, what''s your name? If you can''t run, you can''t run. Don''t you dare admit that you are inferior to others?"


    He made the generals blush and stop talking. Because Pan Feng''s ship is a fighting ship, which is the largest ship of the two naval forces, Zhang Yi and Jiang Qin are both on his ship. They look at each other and smile at each other. Then Zhang Yi gives Jiang Qin a stop look. Jiang Qin nods and says to Pan Feng, "general pan, forgive me for bringing these bastards with me They are all old hands who were on the river at that time, but they are too presumptuous. I''d like to ask you general Hai han to pass. "


    Then he saluted the generals of Jizhou on the ship, and made a gesture to his personal guard. Seeing this, the personal guard quickly took out a whistle from his pocket and put it in his mouth. He heard a sharp whistling. Then several Luoyang Navy troops quickly slowed down and returned to the outpost of Jizhou Navy. With the performance of several boats, Jizhou navy has a much better attitude towards Luoyang Navy. After all, Jizhou army thinks that they are here to save Luoyang, so they are all arrogant and can''t compete with each other. However, the world is a strong one. Since Luoyang Navy shows much higher skills than Jizhou Navy, Jizhou Navy''s officers and men are far from Luoyang Navy The original arrogance.In fact, all the people under Jiang Qin don''t like the Jizhou water army. In Jiang Qin''s words, we are the ancestors of the player ship. The Hebei people of this ship don''t know anything about the water army.


    The battle between the water forces was just a small episode in the march of the army, which soon flashed by. The army moved on. In the evening, the army finally arrived around Hanoi port, and the land army was in place. According to the prior arrangement, Zhao Yun arranged 5000 infantry and 500 cavalry between Hanoi port and huaixian county to stop huaixian reinforcements. The other 3500 cavalry and 15000 cavalry were several miles behind the 5000 Army, ready to ambush huaixian reinforcements. After everything was ready, Zhao Yun sent a message to the army.


    At night, a large number of lights suddenly lit up on the river outside Hanoi port. In the fire, we can see that there are many ships on the river. As soon as the watchman on duty responded, he rang the bell to warn him. For a moment, Hanoi port was like a hornet''s nest on fire.

 Chapter 538

    The general of Hanoi port is Yang Chou under Zhang Yang. As Zhang Yang''s confidant, although Yang Chou has no talent, he is loyal. He has always been a great help to Zhang Yang. Hearing the warning from the Watergate sentry, Yang Chou orders the water army to gather and leads his guards to the water army to check the enemy''s situation. Unfortunately, when Yang Chou arrived at Watergate, it was too late, and the enemy was approaching Watergate under the cover of night.


    At a glance, the river was full of ships. A general of the water army nearby said to Yang Chou: "general, it seems that the whole army of Hebei water army is out. Look at this posture, there are at least 15000 to 20000 water army on the river." As soon as Yang Chou heard about it, he knew that there would be a fierce battle today. As you know, there were only ten thousand water troops and two thousand soldiers in Hanoi port, while the enemy''s only water troops had twenty thousand. In a hurry, Yang Chou ordered his soldiers to guard the Watergate.


    Just at this time, suddenly from behind the port came another loud cry of killing. Yang Chou was shocked in his heart and said, "Oh, damn it. Didn''t Huai County say that Jizhou army hasn''t moved?"? Why did the army come to the back of the port? After arranging the defense of Watergate and giving it to the deputy general, Yang Chou leads the guards to the back of the port in a hurry.


    Just after arriving at the rear camp gate, a general rushed up and said, "general, it''s the Jizhou army. We have been surrounded. At the end, only one of the two scouts sent by the general came back. However, we have basically made clear the situation of the Jizhou army, with 5000 to 6000 soldiers and about 500 cavalry." After hearing this, Yang Chou felt a thump in his heart. It seems that if there is any carelessness today, I don''t know whether Hanoi port can be preserved. Thinking of this, Yang Chou turned back and said, "Yang Ping!"


    "The end will be here!" A small school road beside Yang Chou;


    "immediately lead the pro guard cavalry to break through the encirclement, ask for help from Huai County, and tell Mr. Dong that our army can stick to two hours at most, please send troops as soon as possible!"


    "But general, the cavalry has gone. What do you do next to you?" The young general named Yang Ping was Yang Chou''s Personal Guard commander. When he heard that Yang Chou had asked him to lead his troops to huaixian County for rescue, he hesitated. You know, the Hanoi army, like the Jizhou army, was short of horses, so the cavalry battalion was only the personal guard of several major generals. Only a senior general like Yang Chou had 100 cavalry personal guards.


    "If I can''t keep Hanoi harbor, what else can I look like to see my lord?" Yang Chou Tao;


    Yang Ping had no choice but to take orders. He immediately gathered his own cavalry and made people open the camp door. He immediately rushed to Yang Chou and said, "please take care of yourself, general. You will go and return soon. General must pay attention to your safety!" With that, he took the reins of his horse, turned the horse around, led a hundred cavalry, and rushed into the vast night.


    A quarter of an hour later, Yang Ping''s cavalry was besieged by the Jizhou army. After trying his best to get out of the siege, Yang Ping found that there were less than 60 cavalry around him, and the others were all on the way to break through. Although he felt sad, Yang Ping knew that it was far from the end of the incident. He cleaned up his mood and led the rest of the soldiers to move on to huaixian Go for it. Sure enough, less than a mile later, Yang Ping and his party were besieged again, but this time they were 500 cavalry.


    After struggling to break through the encirclement, Yang Ping finally got out of the encirclement. Unfortunately, there were only himself and two soldiers left in the 100 cavalry. When did Jizhou cavalry become so strong? Suddenly, he felt strange, but Yang Ping had no time to think about it. He led the remaining two soldiers to run towards huaixian county more than ten miles away.


    By the time Yang Ping arrived in Huai County, Huai county was ready for battle. Dong Zhao, Zhang Yang''s military adviser who stayed behind, had led people to the upper floor of the South Gate of Huai county. More than ten miles away, the Hanoi port was ablaze with fire, which had already alarmed the garrison of huaixian county. Dong Zhao, who got the news, immediately ordered the left behind generals to gather troops to deal with the situation at any time.


    Sure enough, less than half an hour after the 20000 troops in Huai County gathered, the messenger from Hanoi port had arrived. Yang Ping is Yang Chou''s Personal Guard commander, so most of the military academies know him. After the general on duty on the tower confirms that it is him, he immediately asks someone to open the gate to put the three people into the city, and then quickly leads him to meet Dong Zhao in the tower.


    After Yang Ping handed Yang Chou''s letter for help to Dong Zhao, Dong Zhao did not open it first. Instead, he asked Yang Ping about the situation of breaking through the encirclement all the way, and then asked about the situation of Hanoi port. After repeated confirmation, Dong Zhao opened Yang Chou''s letter. After reading it, Dong Zhao thought for a moment. After confirming again that there was no omission, he ordered the remaining generals to lead 15000 soldiers Reinforce Hanoi port.


    In Dong Zhao''s opinion, since Mu Shun of dangyin city sent a message yesterday saying that there was no change in Jizhou army, that is to say, the main purpose of Jizhou army''s dispatch this time was the water army, and the main purpose was to cut off the connection between Hanoi and Luoyang Zhang Yang army. Therefore, even if Jizhou army dispatched soldiers, it was estimated that 5000-10000 people were the largest force, which was also related to Yang It''s the same as when we broke through the siege.


    The already prepared Hanoi army quickly dispatched troops, and the remaining 5000 soldiers quickly closed the gate of the city. The whole city immediately imposed a curfew, and then waited for the war at Hanoi port to end. In Dong Zhao''s view, with the support of 15000 soldiers, the Jizhou navy would soon return in vain.


    When the army of huaixian county came out, Hanoi port was already in the middle of war. The battle between Watergate and the back door of camp started at the same time. Blood and fire were intertwined. Huai County army all the way fast, toward the direction of Hanoi fast forward.


    An hour later, the army finally reached a valley five miles north of Hanoi. When the army passed through the valley, they could see the situation of Hanoi port. Yang Ping was overjoyed to hear the cry of killing in the direction of Hanoi port. The cry of killing proved that the Jizhou army had not entered the port, so he repeatedly urged the leader to speed up. Just as the army was about to speed up again, suddenly a bang was heard, and then a shower of arrows came from both sides of the valley."Enemy attack The leader knew that his army was in ambush, and immediately reminded the soldiers to defend. The sound of the horse''s hooves was heard behind the army. The roaring sound of the horse''s hooves frightened the taxi driver to look behind him, and he was shocked by the situation behind him.


    Thousands of torches were burning in the north of the army. The Hanoi general grabbed Yang Ping and roared, "Damn, is that what you mean? Only 500 cavalry?" Then he pushed the stunned Yang Ping away, pulled out the sword on his waist and said in a loud voice: "cavalry raid! Rear line! Array


    While shouting, he kicked the messenger beside him and said: "Damn, what are you doing! Do you want us all here today? " After being kicked to the ground, the herald finally woke up, turned over and climbed on the horse, and immediately led the people to the rear army to send a herald.

 Chapter 539

    It''s a pity that it''s too late. Zhao Yun''s cavalry has rushed to the place where the rear army is less than 200 steps away. In order to make a quick decision, Zhao Yun specially took 500 horses from the horses he brought back to fight in the battle. People blindfolded five hundred horses, driven by the cavalry camp, directly rushed into the Hanoi army, which was not ready for defense, to break through the Hanoi army, and Zhao Yun led three thousand white horses to follow.


    Zhang Yang''s Hanoi army was actually organized and trained with Bingzhou army as the backbone, so the generals in the army knew the advantages and disadvantages of riding battles, so they all called for soldiers to form an array for defense. But unfortunately, they seem to forget that most of their soldiers are from Hanoi. They have been deeply affected by the southern Hun cavalry in exile in Hanoi. They are afraid of the cavalry from the bottom of their hearts. Therefore, in the face of the impact of hundreds of horses, the Hanoi army was soon defeated, followed by Baima Yicong, who was under the leadership of Zhao Yun.


    At this time, the Jizhou army, which had already surrounded the Hanoi army, lit torches and slowly gathered around to encircle the Hanoi army. With Zhao Yun''s one shot and a half into the chaos army, the Hanoi army''s main general was killed, and the chaos army could no longer form an organized resistance force. Seeing that the time was ripe, Zhao Yun ordered the surrender not to be killed. Soon after, 15000 Hanoi troops were killed, 7000 of them were killed, and all the other 8000 soldiers were captured, and none of them escaped.


    Zhao Yun ordered ten thousand soldiers from Jizhou to clean up the battlefield and guard the prisoners, while he led cavalry and five thousand soldiers to Hanoi port for support. Of course, in the past, there were the general''s flag and head of Hanoi army. There were only 2000 soldiers at the north gate of Hanoi port, but they were in danger under the attack of 5000 Jizhou troops. Less than a quarter of an hour after Zhao Yun''s troops arrived, the north gate of Hanoi port was captured.


    Under the leadership of Zhao Yun, ten thousand Jizhou soldiers quickly killed near shuimen. When they saw that their rear had been lost, Hanoi''s soldiers were in a panic. When Yang Chou saw this, he immediately ordered a thousand soldiers to drive out the soldiers who had already entered the port. Unfortunately, he was shot by Zhao Yun and stunned. Then he was captured by the soldiers beside Zhao Yun. The enemy had already attacked the harbor, and there were no reinforcements outside. In addition, the general was captured. So most of the soldiers soon stopped resisting and surrendered to Zhao Yun''s headquarters.


    Of course, some of Zhang Yang''s loyalists fled the port and scattered. Zhao Yun had long arranged for baimayi to cruise around the port and hunt for the fish who had missed the net. After arranging the soldiers to control the soldiers in Hanoi, Zhao Yun immediately arranged the production personnel to open the water gate of Hanoi port and introduce the two naval ships into the port.


    According to the previous plan, while seizing Hanoi port, try to attract the garrison of Huai County, so as to weaken the guard force of Huai county. At first, people thought that there would be a lot of three or five thousand reinforcements, but what they didn''t expect was that the task had been over fulfilled. Now there are only five thousand soldiers in huaixian garrison, while Luoyang army and Jizhou army have captured Hanoi port and captured all the Hanoi water army and nearly ten thousand soldiers.


    After discussing with Zhang Yi and Jiang Qin, Zhao Yun decided that Jiang Qin would stay in Hanoi port to take over the Hanoi water army, select the soldiers and reorganize them with Luoyang water army. In this way, Luoyang water army can be divided into two schools, which is second only to Hanfu water army in the whole Yellow River. As for the water army of gunzhou and Yuan Shao, they can''t be compared with the two. Zhao Yun and Zhang Yi led 10000 Jizhou troops and 1000 Hanoi soldiers to capture huaixian county.


    Under Zhang Yi''s arrangement, Zhao Yun brought Hanoi General Yang Chou with him. He wanted to persuade him to surrender. Unfortunately, Yang Chou was Zhang Yang''s loyal friend. No matter how many Luoyang generals persuaded him, he would not surrender. However, under the guidance of the prisoners, Zhao Yun finds Yang Ping, Yang Chou''s personal commander. Under the threat of Yang Chou''s life, Yang Ping is finally willing to cooperate with the Luoyang army to cheat the city.


    Zhao Yun selected several generals from the captives, arranged to cooperate with Yang Ping in the family army, and then led 10000 soldiers and 3000 white horses to huaixian. After the completion of the reorganization of the Navy, Jiang Qin had to arrange soldiers to send the horses on board. Once huaixian county was occupied, Zhao Yun''s cavalry would immediately go south to Gongxian County to join the 4000 Huben cavalry in huyandu.


    As expected, with the cooperation of Yang Ping and Hanoi army generals and soldiers, Zhao Yun''s army cheated the gate of huaixian county without much effort. With the cooperation of the soldiers, Hanoi garrison collapsed rapidly, and only a few Zhang Yang''s diehards tried to resist. However, under the strong pressure of Zhao Yun, huaixian city was quickly controlled, and no one in huaixian City escaped from Dong Zhao.


    Zhao Yun handed over the soldiers to commander Zhao Yu, and then transferred 1000 ordinary cavalry from Longhua to her to guard huaixian County, while the internal affairs of huaixian county were temporarily handed over to Zhang Yi, and then led 3000 white horses back to Hanoi port.


    After several days of rushing and fighting for several times, I couldn''t find half of my fatigue from Baima Yi, let alone Zhao Yun, the chief General of the army. Half an hour later, under the leadership of Zhao Yun, 3000 Yi returned to Hanoi harbor. As soon as he stopped his horses, Zhao Yun turned over and dismounted and said to Jiang Qin, "general Jiang, have the horses and 2000 auxiliary soldiers been arranged to board?"


    "Report back to the general. According to the general''s command, he left two thousand war horses to General Zhao Yu. All the other war horses and two thousand cavalry have been arranged to board the ship. Only baimayi, under the general''s command, has never boarded the ship. General, baimayi has been fighting for several times. Do you want to rest for a day before setting out?" Seeing this, Jiang Qin rushed forward to respond;At this time, the sky was dim. Zhao Yun looked up at the sky, shook his head with a heavy face, and said: "no need, order Baima Yi to board the ship, and rest on the ship. Besides, after the horses get off the ship, they may not be able to fight immediately. I''m afraid Luoyang won''t last long. You know, Nanyang army is fighting hard now. If Hanoi army receives the warning from the loss of Hanoi port and huaixian county I''m afraid that Luoyang will work very hard even if I don''t know the news


    "Not to be ordered!" Jiang Qin, with a look of awe inspiring, said in a loud voice. Then he waved his hand to the deputy general behind him and said, "come on, let''s arrange for Baima Yi to board the ship from his brothers, and order all the ships to prepare for the morning food. All the people will eat on board."


    Looking at Baima Yi''s orderly boarding, Zhao Yun turned to Pan Feng and said, "after all the soldiers and horses have boarded the crew, please send them to Gongxian. Then, please send ten thousand Navy troops to the next destination with our navy."


    "Do as you wish!" Pan Feng holds his fist to Zhao Yun;


    he holds his fist to Zhao Yun

 Chapter 540

    According to the military order from Luoyang, after assisting Zhao Yun''s army to capture Hanoi port and huaixian County, the water army would escort Zhao Yun''s cavalry to Gongxian County. Then the water army would continue to move westward along the river to a port near Xiayang in youfengxu county to meet Huang Fusong and his party.


    As early as two days ago, after several days of searching and searching by zilonghui, we finally found tens of thousands of huangfusong''s horses near dingyang. Later, the establishment of Huangfu Chaobo was passed on to Huangfu song through the Zilong club, and Huangfu decided to act according to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo after a little thought.


    Thirty thousand people immediately turned to march towards the river. After arriving at the river, they went down the river, waiting for the water army arranged by Huangfu Chaobo. At that time, thousands of troops of Huang Fu Song and his party will go ashore directly in Hongnong, threatening the rear of Lu Bu''s army. This is the last group of troops in Pang Tong''s layout, and also the relatively unimportant one among all the troops.


    Because, according to Pang Tong''s plan, only to win the two armies in Nanyang and Hanoi, the Lvbu army would be insufficient. The reason why huangfusong''s thousands of northern troops were included in the plan was also due to the prudence of the counselors.


    Three thousand righteousness from soon all arrange to board a boat, afterward three people each board a boat. Because Luoyang Navy already had a school Navy, which was not equipped with as many high-grade ships as Jizhou Navy, but there were more than ten fighting ships, so Zhao Yun boarded Jiang Qin''s main ship instead of Pan Feng''s.


    When the fleet left the port, it was the rising sun. Zhao Yun didn''t stay in the warehouse like other soldiers. Instead, he stood in the bow of the ship with his negative hand and looked to the east to see the rising sun. His heart was filled with emotion. Although it was only a few days, Zhao Yun knew that he had already enjoyed the life of this powerful battlefield.


    In particular, when Zhao Yun changed the Luoyang plan and reported it to Luoyang, the word "can" that Huangfu Chaobo replied made Zhao Yun feel extremely moved. After tens of thousands of troops were handed over to him, he would no longer interfere. Anyone could feel the trust in it.


    Thinking of this, Zhao Yun''s dissatisfaction with Huangfu Chaobo at the beginning has already disappeared. Zhao Yun said in his heart, "if you want to do something, all three of you can decide it! You treat me as a statesman, and I will repay you as a statesman! " No one can see the change of Zhao Yun, but the performance of these days has conquered Jiang Qin, the great general of the Navy.


    After arranging the affairs of the Navy, Jiang Qin came to the deck, stood behind Zhao Yun and looked for a moment. Then he went forward and said, "general, why don''t you go back to the warehouse to have a rest? It will take more than two hours for the fleet to reach Gongxian. At that time, someone will be sent to inform the general."


    After hearing this, Zhao Yun turned back and said with a smile, "Gongyi doesn''t have to be like this. You and I are the same year, and we will work together under the general''s command in the future. When there is no one, how can we match our words?"


    "Er Jiang Qin was stunned. He heard about this man when he was in Luoshen town. He was a friend of his master long Qianshi, and it is said that he was invincible in Luoyang army, even Huang and Dian were inferior.


    In addition, he has seen his leader in the army these days. He thought he was a man of talent and arrogance, but he didn''t expect to talk to himself like this now. However, Jiang Qin is no longer a young man. He immediately responded and said, "of course, as long as Zilong doesn''t dislike us, the water thieves, who are rude. Ha ha ha


    "Gongyi comes from Cao mang. Is Zhao Yun a great family?" Zhao Yun said with a smile;


    "ha ha ha... Let''s not talk about this. Chen Jing said that Zilong had gone to the deep grassland alone for several years, but recently returned to the Central Plains. Why don''t Zilong and I talk about things on the grassland? "


    "Well, it''s said that Gongyi has been making a living on the water. It happens that Zilong also wants to hear Gongyi talk about things on the water. We''re here today. How about having people eat and chat?" Zhao Yun is also interested, Suidao;


    "OK... Zi long, wait a moment. I''ll arrange it right away. It''s a pity that the war is not over now. Otherwise, I''ll have to get drunk with Zi long. "


    "Don''t worry, there will be plenty of time in the future."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    When Zhao Yun''s water army set out, Huangfu Chaobo, in the assembly hall of the prefect''s residence in Luoyang City, gathered everyone early in the morning. When everyone arrived, Huangfu Chaobo took the news he had just received from Hanoi in his hand and said to everyone, "guess what


    When you see Huangfu Chaobo''s rare good mood, you know where the good news must have come from. They all scrambled to guess.


    "Has the Luyang war come to an end?"


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head.


    "Has Lu Bu retired?"


    "Ji Ling knew that he had no way back, so he decided to surrender to the general?"


    "Ha ha ha When they heard that, although they knew that the general was joking, they couldn''t stop laughing.


    A child nearby said in a voice: "it doesn''t matter whether Ji Ling throws or doesn''t surrender. The boy thinks that his over 10000 infantry must stay. Nanyang is really rich. It''s said that Yuan Shu has 50000 such heavy infantry."


    Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and saw that it was Hao Zhao. He nodded his head and agreed.At the mention of the heavy infantry of the Nanyang army, the generals felt a lingering fear. In a battle a few days ago, the attack of the raw infantry of the Nanyang army made a deep impression on everyone. Fierce attack, terrorist defense, these are just, even can ascend the city to fight. If Huang Zhong hadn''t reacted quickly and transferred Huben, the bodyguard of Huangfu Chaobo, to the city, he might have been defeated by Nanyang army.


    Seeing that everyone could not guess, Huangfu Chaobo no longer concealed it, and said, "you guys, this morning, I would have received a message from the shadow from Hanoi. What I can tell you is that this message was sent from Huai county."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo stopped for a while, adjusted everyone''s taste, and then said: "last night, Yingyang Zhonglang General Zhao Yun, louchuanzhonglang general Jiang Qin and Zhang Yi led the army to attack Hanoi port and huaixian County successively."


    "Coax"


    "Ha..."


    "That''s great, thief Zhang Yang. We''ve taken out all the nests. You can still jump for a few days."


    Before Huangfu finished his Chaobo talk, all the generals in the army cried out happily. Since the war, they have been beaten by several princes, and they have been suffocated.


    The first time I heard the news that Luyang had been conquered, it made everyone happy for a long time. But this time, it was different. This time, the princes were taken out by their own soldiers and even their hometown. Can you not be happy?

 Chapter 541

    Huangfu Chaobo did not speak, but looked at the crowd with a smile. When they were all talking about it, he reached out and motioned to everyone to be quiet. He said: "in one night, our army fought for several times, and even conquered Hanoi port and huaixian county. Ten thousand soldiers and ships of Hanoi water army belonged to me. None of the soldiers and families of Zhang Yang army in huaixian county and Luoyang escaped the net. Zhao Yun''s army was behind the two cities of Lianke He had already set out at night, and 5000 cavalry and 20000 horses were already on the boat to Gongxian. "


    Speaking of this, Huangfu stood up fiercely and said in a loud voice: "everyone, the heralds are ready. The counter attack is just around the corner. Let the enemy shudder under our swords and guns!"


    As soon as the generals heard this, they all stood up and cried out, "may you die for the Lord! Kill! Kill! Kill


    Different from the exultation in Luoyang, Zhang Yang was also gathering generals to discuss affairs in the camp of Zhang Yang''s army outside Luoyang. However, the generals in Hanoi were lost one by one. In front of them, several officers and soldiers of Hanoi army were kneeling down, crying and crying.


    However, the officers and men of the water army who escaped from Hanoi harbor last night finally fled to Zhang Yang''s army after a night of panic. After a while, Zhang Yang said slowly in a low voice, "everybody, tell me, where should our army go?"


    There are three generals under Zhang Yang''s command. Yang Chou, a marine general, has been captured in Hanoi port. Mu Shun leads 20000 troops to defend dangyin city and Jizhou army. However, it''s not sure whether dangyin has been conquered. The last one, Sui Gu, goes out with him, while military adviser Dong Zhao stays in huaixian county to be responsible for the logistics of the army.


    Seeing Zhang Yang asking questions, Sui Gu stood up and said, "my Lord, the problem now is that the water army is completely lost. Our retreat is blocked. There is only one way in front of us, that is, to attack Luoyang with Nanyang army. At that time, the Luoyang water army will retreat without fighting."


    Zhang Yang nodded, then shook his head again and said, "white rabbit, why did Nanyang army attack inner city two days ago and still fail?"


    Sui Gu nodded.


    "The white rabbit knows why Ji Ling suddenly used his mace to attack Luoyang?" Zhang Yang asked;


    Sui Gu shook his head blankly, indicating that he didn''t know.


    Zhang Yang stood up and said slowly, "up to now, I will tell you. Just a few days ago, Luyang city under the rule of Nanyang was captured by Yuzhou army. Now Nanyang army, like us, has been blocked. That''s why general Ji Ling left alone. It''s a pity that his achievements were defeated."


    "Ah


    "That''s not..."


    Sui Gu said anxiously, "didn''t the envoys of marquis Wen say that Jizhou and Yuzhou can''t have reinforcements? Why does this happen? What''s more, the leader of Yuan League and the deputy leader of Cao League did force the two states. Why did they still fight? And there is no news of our army? "


    Facing several problems of Sui Gu, Zhang Yang was silent and said for a long time: "this is also the place that general Ben and general Ji feel strange."


    "Well, everyone, come back to our topic. Now what will our army do next? What good strategies do you have?" Zhang Yang asked again;


    but this time, no one could answer his question. In the end, the military discussion came to an end. In desperation, Zhang Yang had to send several soldiers back to Hanoi to investigate the situation in Hanoi, especially the current situation in huaixian County, and then make a decision.


    Not long after Zhang Yang was asked to wait, the water Sergeant brought back the news of Huai County in the afternoon. Huai county was lost, and only a few people were able to escape. All the generals and their families were captured by the Luoyang army.


    All the generals in Hanoi who heard the news came down like eggplants beaten by frost. The whole army tent was as quiet as night, without any sound.


    After a while, Zhang Yang said, "ladies and gentlemen


    "Newspaper" Just at this time, there was a report from the soldiers outside the tent. Then, a small school rushed into the tent and said, "general, it''s not good. There are a lot of cavalry in the east of the camp. It''s preliminary that there are tens of thousands of cavalry!"


    "Wow..." The crowd will be in an uproar.


    "What''s the matter?" Zhang Yang yelled: "come on, give Ben a armor. Follow ben to the watchtower at the gate of the camp."


    "No!"


    For a moment, only the sound of armor in the tent was heard. After a while, the troops in Hanoi in uniform armor would appear in the watchtower at the gate of the camp. As soon as they went up to the watchtower, they all looked to the East. Sure enough, they saw a large area of cavalry. There were ten thousand cavalry, and they were all one man and two horses. They were walking slowly towards the Hanoi army camp.


    The cavalry is obviously divided into three parts, one is the Luoyang Huben cavalry that Hanoi army has seen for a long time, and the other is the ordinary cavalry equipment. The most eye-catching is the 3000 cavalry in the middle of the two parts, white robes and white armour, holding silver and white lance, stepping down the cavalry with white horses.


    They were all stunned by the cavalry in front of them and did not speak for a long time. Finally, Sui Gu, who was next to Zhang Yang, pointed to the cavalry in the middle and yelled, "Bai... White Horse... Baima Yicong... How did Baima Yicong appear in Luoyang? "The generals of Hanoi army who took part in the battle for Dong changed their faces. Baima Yicong''s fighting power was equal to that of Bingzhou wolf riding under the leadership of Lv Bu. It can be seen from this that they were not so good.


    Zhang Yang''s face was as deep as water, and he didn''t speak for a long time. He also felt strange. Didn''t he say that Gongsun Zan''s youbeiping was at war with an alien race? Why did it appear in Luoyang?


    Now Baima Yicong appears outside Luoyang. Even if it is not Baima Yicong, it is an ordinary cavalry. With such a large number of cavalry, the Hanoi army now has only 30000 soldiers. Facing so many cavalry, 30000 troops can be said to be vulnerable, let alone 4000 Huben cavalry besides 3000 Yicong.


    Now the only way is to stick to it, but huaixian County...


    When Zhang Yang was thinking about the countermeasures, the cavalry on the opposite side stopped 300 steps away, and rushed out of it to the camp with a white flag. At the time of more than one hundred steps, the cavalry stopped and yelled at the camp, "is general Zhang Yang, the prefect of Hanoi here?"


    Zhang Yang nodded to the general beside him. The general stepped forward and said, "what''s the matter?"


    "Our generals and generals are allies. Why should generals help tyranny and attack former allies? Is the general not afraid that the whole world will be spurned? " The emissary asked;


    "don''t talk nonsense. It is clear that Huangfu Chaobo is the one who disobeys the alliance. He is connected with Dong thief and takes the official post privately. My Lord is just begging for the thief for heaven." Zhang Yang belongs to the lower Tao

 Chapter 542

    "I believe the world will judge who is right and who is wrong. The main purpose of my trip is to tell General Zhang, your generals and all the officers and men of Hanoi army one thing." The emissary turned to the soldiers in the camp and said, "my general is the general Pingdong appointed by the court and the general sizhoumu. The officers and soldiers of the Hanoi army and the soldiers left behind in the cities have all been subordinated to my general. From today on, there will be no more soldiers and a grain of grain and grass in Hanoi. My general is benevolent and righteous. He doesn''t want to kill any more, so please ask the officers and soldiers of Hanoi army Don''t mistake yourself. Within an hour, open the camp gate and lay down your arms. General Huangfu promised that he would not pursue and correct the soldiers'' previous behavior, otherwise, it would bring harm to his family. "


    "Wow..." There was an uproar in the Hanoi army camp.


    The soldiers in the camp all looked up at Zhang Yang''s position, hoping to get Zhang Yang''s confirmation. However, to their disappointment, no one came out to deny that the generals on the upper floor. Now the whole camp is in trouble.


    "When the two armies are at war, the disaster is not as good as the family. What have you done to the general''s family?" The general next to Zhang Yang said harshly;


    "don''t worry, your families are very good. Now they are all settled in huaixian City, but it''s up to you next. My general said that there is only one hour to go out of time, to break yinglei, to keep chickens and dogs!" After leaving a word, the Luoyang military envoy left without looking back, leaving behind a noisy group of Hanoi troops who were still quarreling there.


    After the Luoyang military envoy left, Zhang Yang had been standing in the watchtower, staring at the distance. His subordinates were quarreling with each other, and Zhang Yang turned a deaf ear.


    Ever since he received the news of the loss of Hanoi port, Zhang Yang knew that he had lost, and that he had lost to the ground, and even had no chance to turn over.


    Ji Ling, a strong Nanyang army, was unable to invade the inner city of Luoyang, and his own Hanoi army was even more impossible. What''s more, even huaixian county had been lost, and now it was lost, and the soldiers had no morale.


    It''s better to give up than to fight. At least you can''t bring disaster to your family. Thinking of this, Zhang Yang said, "shut up


    As soon as Zhang Yang opens his mouth, all the generals stop quarreling, and then stare at Zhang Yang one by one, nervously waiting for Zhang Yang''s decision.


    Seeing that everyone stopped, Zhang Yang sighed and said, "white rabbit, send someone. No, you go to the opposite cloud in person. When you meet general Huangfu, you say that Zhang Yang is willing to surrender and send troops to attack Luoyang. Zhang Yang insists on it, and asks general Huangfu not to vent his anger on other soldiers."


    With these words, Zhang Yang also used Yu Guang to see the reaction of the generals around him, and found that except for a few people who were not angry, most of them were secretly relieved. Seeing this situation, Zhang Yang could not help but secretly congratulated himself that he had made a correct decision, otherwise it might trigger a mutiny.


    "Lord Sui Gu was ready to talk about it again, but Zhang Yang glared at him and immediately withered, saying: "no, general!" Then he turned and went down to the watchtower. He ordered to open the gate of the camp and go in the direction of the cavalry.


    Soon after, I saw 1000 Huben cavalry leave the brigade and go straight to Luoyang City.


    Two quarters of an hour later, the gate of Hanoi army camp was opened, and twenty thousand unarmed soldiers went out one by one and lined up outside the camp, waiting for Luoyang cavalry to take over the camp.


    Soon after that, 3000 Huben cavalry soldiers entered the camp and quickly controlled the key points, followed by 3000 Baima Yicong, a young general with white horse and silver spear, Zhang Yang and other generals. They walked out of the camp and looked at the young general in a daze, saying: "Zhang Yang has seen the general in Hanoi, but I don''t know who the general is..."


    "General Zhang is polite. Zhao Zilong is in Changshan. General Pingdong''s Yingyang is a general in Yingzhong. The general needs to wait a moment to see general Pingdong. Someone has sent someone to the city to invite general Pingdong." Zhao Yun immediately compiled the first rites;


    just as he said that a group of cavalry came out of Luoyang city again. It seems that they had just entered the city. Huben cavalry came towards the camp of Hanoi army. Zhao Yun''s cavalry will remind Zhao Yun who is talking with Zhang Yang: "General Zhao, the general is out!"


    As soon as Zhao Yun''s face was straightened, he turned over and dismounted, straightened out his armor, and then took a few steps forward. In the meantime, Huben cavalry had already arrived, and the leader was Huangfu Chaobo.


    Before the horses stopped, Huangfu Chaobo turned over and walked towards Zhao Yun with a big laugh. Seeing this, Zhao Yun quickly stepped forward to Huangfu Chaobo, lifted his robe, knelt down on one knee and said: "I didn''t see Zhao Yun!"


    "Ding Dong, congratulations to the players, historical general Zhao Yun wants to worship the players!"


    Huangfu Chaobo rushed forward, held Zhao Yun and said, "ha ha... Super win the help of Zilong, add wings like a tiger! Zilong, get up, you and I don''t have to be like this! It''s been a long time, but Zilong is OK! "


    "Thank you for your concern. It''s just that the ceremony should not be abolished!" With that, Zhao Yun stood up after bowing again, then raised his right hand and made a gesture.


    Three thousand white horses behind him jumped down from the horses and knelt down on one knee to say, "I''ve seen the general!" The whole process is orderly, just like the same person.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked back and said with a smile, "this is the three thousand Yicong compiled and practiced by Zilong... Sure enough, he is the master of tiger and wolf. I knew Zilong would never defeat me. Ha ha ha... Let''s go. Let''s go into the cityZhao Yun was stunned and said, "Lord, general Zhang Yang


    Huangfu Chaobo just reflected what he was doing when he came out.


    So he turned and walked towards Zhang Yang and his party. Seeing this, Zhao Yun followed him closely, and the guard was beside Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Crime General Zhang Yang has seen general Pingdong, the governor of the state!" Zhang Yang and others quickly bowed down.


    "General sin has met general Pingdong, the governor of the state!" The generals of the Hanoi army also bowed down.


    "Well, what general Zhang, you generals, General Zhao said is what General Zhao said. Now, more than 1000 generals will go back to the city with general Zhang to stay for a while. After the war in Luoyang is over, they will send someone to bring you and your family to Luoyang for reunion. Other ordinary soldiers will stay in the camp first, and the city will soon send people to take over the camp. Do you have any questions? " Huangfu Chaobo told Zhang Yang and other humanitarian officials;


    "to general Pingdong, there are still 10000 soldiers in the Hanoi army in Pingxian county. The general has written a letter and handed it to Sui Gu. When the general sends troops to take charge of Pingxian County, it''s better to let Sui Gu take my letter with him, so that there will be less misunderstanding. There is also Zhang Yang''s self-knowledge of his guilt. He brought the whole Hanoi into the war because of his own private affairs. He has no face to serve as Hanoi''s prefect any more, and he has also chosen another virtuous person to serve as governor of the prefecture. " Now that he has decided to quit, it''s time to do something. So Zhang Yang is ready for everything. Now Huangfu Chaobo has put it forward, and even the official seal of Hanoi prefecture has been handed in.

 Chapter 543

    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly became very interested in Zhang Yang. He really looked down on the ancients. He is worthy of being one of the 18 princes. I can think of such details.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, then waved to the generals around him. Immediately someone came forward, took Zhang Yang''s official seal and gave it to Huangfu Chaobo. Then Zhang Yang and his generals were escorted to Luoyang City. Of course, Sui Gu was left behind and brought to one side.


    When Huangfu Chaobo took over the seal of Hanoi prefect, a systematic notice sounded: "in the second year of the early Han Dynasty, on September 9, 191, the army of Sizhou Mu raided Hanoi, connecting the two cities of Hanoi port and huaixian County, and the army of Sizhou Mu controlled the two cities. The next day, Zhang Yang, the Hanoi prefect after hearing the news, handed over the seal of Hanoi prefect to Sizhou Mu and resigned as Hanoi prefect. Zhang Yang''s power of the 18 princes of the anti Dong alliance is declared to be destroyed


    Next, the announcement was replayed twice, and Huangfu Chaobo caused a huge reaction among the players again. A few days ago, I heard that the warlords attacked the outer city of Luoyang, but I didn''t expect that in less than two days, the plot was reversed, and Zhang Yang''s power was directly destroyed by Huangfu Chaobo.


    For a time, the game forum was noisy. In the process of Zhang Yang''s surrender, duzilong will soon follow the players around Huangfu Chaobo and release them to the forum in the form of video.


    However, this is no longer the focus of players'' attention. We all see a young general with a silver spear of white horse standing behind Huangfu Chaobo with 3000 white horses. It is only then that we find that Huangfu Chaobo does not know when he even brought Zhao Yun under his command.


    In fact, when Zhao Yun joined the war in Longhua, he had already attracted many people''s attention. However, considering that Zhao Yun was originally an official in Gongsun Zan''s army, and that although all the players took part in the war, they did not fight with the cavalry, let alone observe Baima Yicong from a close range, no one thought that it was Zhao Yun.


    This time, the contact players of Zilong Club specially shot the video closer, so the forum quickly confirmed that this was Zhao Yun. After Zhao Yun joined, there are already two divine level generals under Dianwei Huangfu Chaobo. If you add Huang Zhong and Huaxiong, the general of hulaoguan, and the powerful unknown general that players found in the Luyang war.


    We suddenly found that Huangfu Chaobo had five generals with a force value of 90 +. The strength of Huangfu Chaobo was general, so the purpose of the forum discussion immediately shifted from the collapse of Zhang Yang to the number of historical generals in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands.


    So some Huangfu Chaobo don''t know. Now Luoyang is in the war, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have time to see the news in the forum. After dealing with the affairs of Zhang Yang''s forces, Huangfu Chaobo said to Zhao Yun, "what''s Zilong''s opinion about the next war?"


    "Lord Hui, the most urgent task is to take control of Hanoi army in Pingxian County, and then use Nanyang army to raid Nanyang army in the north gate before we get the news of our cavalry''s arrival. If we can annihilate these 20000 soldiers, it''s best. If we can''t, at least we should do a heavy damage and prepare for the later war." Zhao Yun thought about the cableway;


    "OK," Huang Fu Chao Bo said, patting Zhao Yun on the shoulder, seeing that he already had a plan. He said, "you should act according to your plan first. After Nanyang army in the north city is broken, you should attack and come to meet with brother Hansheng and the two military strategists, and then discuss the arrangements for the follow-up war."


    "No!"


    After Huangfu Chaobo inquired about the situation of the battle in Longhua and the subsequent arrangements, Zhao Yun answered them one by one. When Pei yuanshao in the city led 10000 soldiers to the camp and took over the defense of the camp, Zhao Yun led the cavalry to the north city.


    When Pei yuanshao arranged the defense of the camp, he told the deputy general to close the camp and guard the camp tightly. Then he led 3000 soldiers and Sui Gu to take over the defense of Ping county.


    And Huangfu Chaobo went directly back to the city. He had to discuss the next war arrangement with Tian Feng and others.


    In fact, as soon as the army arrived in Yanshi, Zhao Yun took a big risk to lead the cavalry to Luoyang after only one day''s rest, because the cavalry brought from the grassland could not take a boat at all, and almost all of them were staggering after they got off the boat.


    However, Zhao Yun felt that the cavalry would not fight immediately, because the battle situation in Hanoi should have been sent to Zhang Yangjun''s camp for a long time. The Hanoi army must have been willing to retreat. If nearly ten thousand cavalry suddenly appeared behind them, they would probably fall without fighting.


    Even if the Hanoi army could not be forced to surrender, with the speed of cavalry, the Hanoi army could not pose a threat to its nearly ten thousand cavalry. As expected, the Hanoi army surrendered after the appearance of nearly ten thousand cavalry. And his cavalry after two people''s rest has been fully recovered.


    An hour later, when it was late, Nanyang army camp in the north of Luoyang was suddenly attacked by more than ten thousand cavalry camps. Lei Bo, who was caught off guard, did not expect that such a large number of cavalry would attack his camp. After resisting for less than half an hour, Nanyang army was defeated and soldiers fled.


    Reluctantly, Lei Bo had to take in some of the soldiers and give up the camp to flee to the outer city of Luoyang, because the outer city of Luoyang is now under the control of Nanyang army. Lei Bo also arranged 2000 soldiers to guard the north gate. After meeting the soldiers in the north gate, Lei Bo did not stay any longer and directly took in these soldiers to join the Jiling army in the East Gate area.During the battle, Zhao Yun''s army defeated 20000 troops of Nanyang army, killed and killed 5000 people, captured 6000 people, and escaped about 4500 people. At last, he retired with Lei Bo into the Jiling army with less than 4000 soldiers.


    At this time, Ji Ling knew that nearly ten thousand cavalry had appeared in Luoyang battlefield, while tens of thousands of Zhang Yang''s troops had surrendered, and his own troops had been blocked. Now that there were no friendly forces, Lu Bu''s troops who wanted to rely on Hangu pass could not be relied on.


    Thinking of this, Ji Ling immediately sent someone to invite Shu Zhao to discuss how the army would follow up. However, after a long discussion, they decided to withdraw to the Western camp first, and then wait for the opportunity to withdraw to the county seat of Henan Province, waiting for the outcome of the battle between Hanguguan and Luyang, and then decide whether to withdraw or fight.


    Originally, according to Leibo''s opinion, he would retreat overnight, because he had been frightened by the cavalry. Ji Ling could think about it again and again. If he retreated overnight, if the cavalry attacked, he could not say that the tens of thousands of troops would be herding sheep.


    When Ji Ling summoned the generals of Nanyang army for discussion, Huangfu Chaobo was also summoning people for discussion. After the North Gate war, Zhao Yun led the cavalry to escort the prisoners into the inner city to rest. After the soldiers were placed in the barracks, Zhao Yun also went to the prefect''s residence to participate in the discussion.

 Chapter 544

    After meeting with Zhao Yun, Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun were both very happy. After a few words, they didn''t go on because other people arrived one after another and the discussion was about to begin.


    In fact, there is not much to discuss. Now we have basically won. The next thing we need to do is how to keep the army under Ji Ling as much as possible with the least loss. Finally, everyone decided to pay close attention to the movement of Ji Ling army before making arrangements.


    There was nothing to say for a night. The next morning, before dawn, Huangfu Chaobo received an urgent report from the shadow that it was Ji Ling''s army in the outer city.


    As expected, Ji Ling knew that there was nothing to do and was ready to retreat. However, it was not up to him to decide where he would retreat.


    After Huangfu Chaobo received the urgent report from the shadow, he immediately ordered Huang Zhong to lead 20000 troops from the inner city to slow down Ji Ling''s retreat. Then Zhao Yun led his cavalry out of the city from the north gate to the east gate to prepare to encircle Ji Ling''s troops. Although it is not necessary to annihilate many soldiers of Ji Ling army, at least Nanyang army should know that Luoyang is not the place where they want to come and go. The most important purpose is to kill the morale of Nanyang army.


    After a replenishment, the Jiling army had a total of 140000 troops, but after more than ten days of war, there were less than 80000 people. Among them, 20000 people were left in Henan county to guard the city. You should know that there were grain and grass of 100000 troops for ten days, 10000 people were in the camp ten miles west of Luoyang, and the rest were less than 50000 people in Luoyang.


    However, under the surveillance of Huang Zhong''s 20000 soldiers and Zhao Yun''s nearly 10000 cavalry, it took a day for the 50000 troops to travel ten miles away, and nearly 2000 soldiers were lost. Rao is so. When he entered the camp, Ji Ling and other generals were deeply relieved, let alone ordinary soldiers.


    The whole day was full of trembling, which made the morale of Nanyang army seriously frustrated. Although we can''t say that the soldiers have no heart to fight, they can''t stand the hard fight.


    After entering the camp, the soldiers were placed. Ji Ling''s face was as deep as water. The morale of the soldiers in the camp was low, which made the Veteran General anxious. However, there is nothing to show on the surface.


    After returning to the account of the commander of the Chinese army, Ji Ling immediately ordered the assembly of people for discussion. Unfortunately, when the generals arrived, Ji Ling saw that all the generals were in low spirits. It seemed that they were tired of being harassed by Luoyang army for a day.


    Seeing this, Ji Ling couldn''t say anything more. He ordered the general of the camp to arrange defense at night, and then told the general to go back to rest. As soon as they heard this, they all dispersed. Only Shu Zhao stayed. He knew that at this time, Ji Ling could only discuss with himself.


    Sure enough, after all the generals dispersed, Ji Ling drove out all the guards around him. When they were left in the tent, Ji Ling was just like pulling away all his strength and sitting on the couch. Seeing this, Shu Zhao stepped forward and said, "general, general..."


    "You don''t have to be flustered. Ji Ling has nothing to do, but he is really tired. He is not an outsider, so Ji Ling is presumptuous." Ji Ling opened his eyes and said,


    "the general scared Shu to death. Now, how does the army act? Does the general have a plan in his heart?" Shu Zhaosong breathed a sigh of relief;


    Ji Ling shook his head and said, "Sir, you can see that there are thousands more cavalry in Luoyang army, and there are 3000 white horses who are well-known all over the world. So now it''s quite unfavorable for Nanyang army. Even if our army wants to retreat, I''m afraid that Luoyang army won''t let us easily achieve our wish... I wonder if you have a good idea? "


    Shu Zhao shook his head and said, "there''s nothing Shu can do! Alas, if our army didn''t attack Luoyang first, but joined forces with Lv Bu army to attack Hangu pass, and led Lv Bu army to Luoyang, who would have today''s event? Alas, my lord Speaking of this, Shu ZHAOMENG was surprised. He was the confidant of the Lord. Thinking of this, Shu Zhao suddenly felt a cold sweat on his back and looked up at Ji Ling.


    Ji Ling is still like that. It seems that he didn''t hear it. However, Shu Zhao is shocked by what he said: "Sir, be careful. Today''s words come into my ears, and Ji should not have heard them. However, the Lord also has his own difficulties."


    "That is, that is. Even if Shu knew that the general was not a gossip, he would dare to say something in front of him. What the general said was true, but... Well Shu Zhao said here and sighed deeply again.


    "In this way, the army can only retreat to Henan county seat and wait for Hanguguan or Luyang Lord''s army." Ji Lingmeng sat up and said;


    "even so," Shu Zhao said, "the general also needs to be prepared."


    Ji Ling knew what Shu Zhao meant. If he was ready to do something, he would abandon the army and break through. The army would be lost. It would not be a big deal with Yuan Shu''s personality. But if Ji Ling was captured, Yuan Shu would jump. However, if Ji Ling really wanted to abandon the army and flee alone, it would be against his will. Although Ji Ling had thought about it, he could not make up his mind.


    When Ji Ling discussed with him how to deal with the Luoyang army, Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhao Yun to leave two thousand cavalry to harass Nanyang army camp. After that, the other armies withdrew to Luoyang City. Huangfu Chaobo''s mission to the two cavalry generals is to harass the Nanyang army from now on, preferably for a moment.As a result, the sad night of Nanyang army came. Every half an hour, Luoyang cavalry harassed the camp. They took turns in the four directions of southeast, northwest and northwest. From time to time, they rushed forward, shot and killed several night patrolling soldiers, burned several tents, and let Nanyang army sleep but dare not sleep. They could not catch up with them and had no peace all night.


    Finally, when the sky was about to light up, the whole Nanyang army camp was awakened by the red sky in the southwest. This time, even Ji Ling can''t calm down. That direction is exactly the direction of Henan county. It''s more than 30 miles away from Nanyang military camp. But now you can see the fire all over the place from the camp. You can see how big the fire is.


    Looking at the red sky, Ji Ling knew that he was unable to return to the sky. He just felt a bloody smell coming from his throat into his mouth, and then he felt dizzy and unconscious.


    "General, general..." The nearby Pro guard found that Ji Ling was abnormal, immediately helped him and carried him into the big tent. After hearing the news, all the people immediately gathered in the tent. Soon the military doctors also arrived at the tent. After careful examination, they said to the generals, "it''s OK to be around the general. It''s just because of the fire. You can wake up after a short rest." Say, take out a few Dan medicine to Ji Ling after taking, then quit big account.

 Chapter 545

    After hearing the news that Ji Ling was all right, all the people were relieved. Shu Zhao stood up and said, "general Lei, general Lei will stay first. The rest of the generals will step down and calm down. Remember that before general Ji wakes up, no one is allowed to go out to fight without military orders. All the departments need to guard the camp and make no mistakes."


    "No!" After they agreed, they withdrew from the big account one after another and went to appease the soldiers and arrange defense according to Shu Zhao''s arrangement.


    After all the generals withdrew, Shu Zhao said to general Leibo: "you generals should have seen that the garrison and food in Henan city have been reduced to ashes. That is to say, our army''s food and grass is only left in the camp. To tell you the truth, it''s only enough for 50000 troops in two days. In two days'' time, where will our army go? What good strategies do you generals have


    Lei Bozhong looked at each other, but he didn''t say a word for a long time. In fact, we all know that, fight, but, run, run, then there is only one way left. But everyone''s family members are in Nanyang. Once this sentence is said, if the master of his family knows it, it is estimated that there will be a disaster of destroying the family.


    Shu Zhao looked at a few people and sighed. With a wave of his right hand, he said, "all the generals, please step down. Pay attention to pacify the soldiers under you."


    As soon as Leibo heard this, he retreated quickly as if he had escaped.


    Two hours later, Chen Lan, the general of Henan Province, led less than 5000 rout soldiers and fled into the Nanyang army camp. After that, Ji Ling, who had just woken up, immediately called him into the big tent and asked him about the fighting in Henan county early this morning.


    Although Chen Lan has no talent, he wins in steadiness, otherwise Ji Ling can''t let him defend Henan and let Lei Bo attack Luoyang with him. After receiving the news from Ji Ling that Luyang was occupied and the rear road of the army was blocked, Chen Lan immediately ordered the four gates of Henan county to be closed. Then the army was divided into several units to guard the city day and night, while he led thousands of soldiers to guard the granary in the city.


    Who knows, Luoyang army has already dug a tunnel in Henan city. Around midnight yesterday, Henan county was suddenly surrounded by the cavalry of Luoyang army. Soon after that, Ximen was attacked by Luoyang army. Considering that the city was full of new soldiers, Chen Lan led 2000 soldiers to the west wall after inspecting the city.


    Who knows that within a quarter of an hour of his arrival in the West City, there was a loud cry of killing at the granary in the city. Soon after that, several granaries were on fire one after another. Seeing this, Chen Lan immediately led the troops to reinforce them. As a result, before he reached the granary area, the west gate was lost. Then, in desperation, Chen Lan had to lead the troops to break through, while the cavalry of Luoyang army pursued all the way, waiting for the army to flee to the camp After that, Chen Lan was left with less than 5000 soldiers.


    After listening to Chen Lan''s words, everyone is silent. It turns out that every move is under the control of Luoyang. It''s ridiculous that they all wanted to capture Luoyang at the beginning. In the end, it''s just a joke.


    Looking at the reaction of the generals in the account, Ji Ling and Shu Zhao looked at each other speechless. After a long time, Ji Ling said, "General Chen, get up. This battle is not your crime. Someone will tell you in front of the Lord."


    "General Xie!" Chen Lan was relieved to hear that. After quickly thanking him, he stood up with the help of Lei Bo, and then stood aside. After a night''s battle and two hours'' escape from the general, he had almost exhausted his last strength. After being helped by Lei Bo, he was a little unsteady.


    Ji Ling looked at him, and then at the rest of the generals who had been busy all night, so he said, "come on, move the seats for Chen Lan. All of you have been busy all night, and sit down!"


    "General Xie!" After all the generals gave thanks, they sat on both sides.


    After everyone sat down, Ji Ling said: "you all know the situation of our army. What should we do next? Let''s talk about it!"


    There was silence in the tent...


    After a long time, Chen Lan, who came back, said, "general, I don''t know how the main army of Luyang is progressing?"


    Ji Ling looked at Shu Zhao and said, "except for the news one day ago, there was no news from Luyang. Now the Luoyang army has added nearly ten thousand cavalry. It is estimated that the news of Luyang has been intercepted by them."


    All the generals were dumb.


    Shu Zhao continued: "it''s more than 300 Li from Luyang to Luoyang. It takes a day and a night for a fast horse. It takes nearly ten days for an army to capture Luyang and arrive in Luoyang. But the amount of grain and grass in our camp is only enough for two or three days. If the soldiers control the amount of grain, they can support six to eight days. So


    "Two days ago, the army was arranged to raise food and grass around Luoyang. What''s the news?" Ji Ling suddenly asked, "send a letter to the Xiake in Luonan Town, and ask him to raise food for the army for another ten days. As long as the army can make it through, he will ask for credit in front of the Lord."


    "Report back to the general!" Lei Bo got up and said, "our army has obtained almost all the food and grass in the alien territory around Luoyang, but they have all been sent to the county town of Henan Province. The Xiake in Luonan town also said that he can''t provide any food and grass, so


    On hearing this, Chen Lan quickly stood up and said, "general, I have not committed a capital crime!"


    "Well, well," Ji Ling weakly waved his hand and said: "this matter has been exposed!"


    Ji Ling thought about it for a long time, and then said, "well, the generals should step down first. From now on, the camp is closed. No one is allowed to step out of the camp without the general''s orders. The general has his own arrangements! Everyone else, except Mr. Shu, step down! "They stood up quickly, saluted one by one and withdrew from the big account.


    After everyone quits, Ji Ling and Shu Zhao become big eyes again. For a long time, Ji lingcai sighed heavily and said, "the wall fell down and everyone pushed. When the army entered Luoyang, all the alien lords scrambled to raise the wrong food for the army. Now they can''t avoid it. Mr. Shu, is there really only one way to go? "


    Shuzhao was dejected and speechless. He nodded and said, "there is no other way."


    "What if the Lord''s army of Luyang war can capture Luyang quickly and March to Luoyang with all its strength?" Ji Ling is not dead in heart;


    "but general, our army has no food and grass to support until the Lord''s army arrives. Moreover, even if the Lord''s army can break through Luyang quickly, don''t forget that Luoyang army has more than 10000 cavalry now. Do you think the Lord''s army can support our army quickly under the supervision of Luoyang cavalry?" Shu Zhao''s question, like the tip of a needle, suddenly pierced Ji Ling''s fantasy.


    "What about the Wenhou army in Hangu pass?" Ji Ling asked again reluctantly

 Chapter 546

    Shu Zhao shook his head and said: "I understand the general''s mind. However, marquis Wen''s army has been attacking Hangu pass for more than ten days, and still can''t conquer Hangu pass. Now Luoyang army has controlled the war situation, and the army can support Hangu pass at any time. Does the general think Marquis Wen still has hope? Again, if the Lord agreed to our plan to break the Hangu pass first and introduce the army of marquis Wen to Luoyang, even if Luoyang army occupied Luyang, no one would know how it turned out! "


    "Well, let''s wait another two days. If we hear from Luyang within two days, we''ll make a decision. If..." Ji Ling hesitated for a long time, and then said, "Er," Shu Zhao looked at Ji Ling in a daze, and said helplessly, "I''ll take orders, and I''ll send orders to all the troops to cut down the food supply. The general wants to have a rest, and I''ll leave!" With that, Shu Zhao withdrew from the big account.


    After there were no outsiders in the account, Ji Ling''s Personal Guard commander was also Ji Ling''s younger brother, and he said, "general, Mr. Shu''s words are reasonable. Why can you tell me..."


    Ji Ling said helplessly: "Ji Li, do you think I don''t know Mr. Shu''s words are reasonable? However, if I leave my soldiers to flee alone, I am quite sure that I can escape the Lord''s punishment. However, after this incident, how can I lead the army in the future? Will the soldiers still serve me? "


    Ji Li is speechless, retreats to one side, no longer speaks. At this time, the Luoyang army outside the camp was fighting again. Unfortunately, the Nanyang army had already been ordered by Ji Ling not to go out of the camp to fight, so they had to hide in the camp and stop talking. After the incident, the morale of the Nanyang army was even lower.


    Seeing that Nanyang army was like a turtle with a shrunken head, Luoyang army didn''t respond to all kinds of scolding and didn''t yell any more, but nearly ten thousand cavalry kept harassing.


    In the afternoon, ten thousand soldiers were sent to the west of Luoyang. Ji Ling and other generals knew that this was the reinforcements sent by Luoyang to Hangu pass, but there were ten thousand cavalry outside. The Nanyang army in the camp did not dare to stop it, so they had to watch the Luoyang army go west.


    In the evening, Luoyang cavalry''s harassment became more frequent, which made Nanyang army''s morale even lower. What''s more, Lei Bo, who was on patrol, found that some soldiers had quietly escaped from the camp, but he caught them before he escaped from the camp and sent them to Ji Ling''s tent overnight.


    Looking at several taxi soldiers tied up in front of him, Ji Lingtou didn''t turn back and asked people to drag them out and behead them, which made the taxi soldiers in the whole camp feel comfortable. However, Ji Ling knew that this time it was only a temporary cure, not a permanent cure. He just temporarily suppressed the soldiers in the camp. If there was no news from Nanyang reinforcements, he would not be able to suppress them sooner or later.


    After dealing with the desertion, Ji Ling summoned Shu Zhao to discuss the matter again. This time, after nearly an hour, Ji Ling decided to fight against the Luoyang army tomorrow. Later, Ji Ling summoned the general to announce his decision. Later, he sent a letter to the Luoyang army. After making the decision, Ji Ling felt relaxed.


    The next morning, Nanyang army had breakfast very early. Then Ji Ling led 50000 troops out of the camp to Luoyang. Only 5000 soldiers and 20000 auxiliary craftsmen were left in the camp.


    Within two miles of the army''s leaving the camp, he saw that the Luoyang army was already in a tight line. Ji Ling immediately ordered the army to set up its formation and then prepared to order an attack. Who knows, shortly after the Nanyang army had set up its formation, an emissary of Luoyang army came out and ran to Ji Ling''s army. General Yan Pingdong sympathized with the soldiers and didn''t want any more innocent people to bleed for Yuan Shu''s ambition, so he proposed to fight the generals. If Nanyang army is defeated, it will demote general Pingdong. If Nanyang army wins, it will let Nanyang army leave. General Pingdong will never stop it.


    Once upon a time, Ji Ling wanted to fight with the help of 15000 heavy armour infantry. If he was lucky enough to capture the general of Luoyang army, he could take the opportunity to blackmail Huangfu Chaobo. Maybe Nanyang army would have a chance to leave. If he was defeated, Ji Ling was ready to repay yuan Shu with his death.


    did not expect that the Luoyang army did not want to fight against themselves at all. They just took the opportunity to transfer their troops from the camp. They knew that at the beginning of the battle, they began to fight directly without listening to their envoys. Now, all the words have been heard by the Nanyang sergeants. If they force their way to war, they are expected to run away without fighting. Thinking of this, Ji Ling had to agree to the invitation of Luoyang army.


    After the drums were heard, a young general came out of Luoyang army. He was a handsome young man with thick eyebrows and big eyes. He was wearing white robes and armour. He was riding a white horse with a silver spear in his hand. He ran to the center of the two armies and pointed his spear at Nanyang army General Ying and Zhao Zilong of Changshan are the same. Who will take part in the first World War? "


    "Ah!!! Look, Zhao Zilong is on the stage


    "Wife, look, it''s really Zhao Yun..."


    "Zilong Zilong, I love you just like a mouse loves rice. BAM BAM BAM


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Since Huangfu Chaobo confirmed that Zhao Yun had taken refuge in himself, he did not ask the players of Zilong club to block the news of Zhao Yun in Luoyang.


    So in the past two days, yunfen and Yunfan in the game rushed to Luoyang from all directions, especially the players of Zilong club. After discussing with the others, Zhao Zilong simply left a player on duty and 5000 soldiers to guard the city in Pingyin County. All the others came to Luoyang.Today, after getting the news of the decision of the two wars, Zhao Zilong simply gave all the players a holiday. He called himself the liaison officer, so the Chinese army who was in Huangfu Chaobo did not leave. As for the other players, except for the cheeky high-level members of the Zilong Association who stayed with Zhao Zilong in the Chinese army, the other players came out early in the morning.


    Not only the players of the Zilong club, but also the players around Luoyang have all come to watch the battle, so there are more than 100000 players watching the battle in the battlefield with less than 100000 people, and there is an increasing trend to watch the battle.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo knew that Zhao Yun was full of charm, he didn''t expect that he would end up in an empty lane. When he was ready to take measures, it was too late. Later, he simply didn''t care about Zhao Yun. If you want to see it, you can see it.


    As soon as Zhao Yun appeared, he immediately caused a sensation among the players around him. Countless fanatics screamed and almost covered Zhao Yun''s invitation to fight. Fortunately, the general of Shenjie rank was full of spirit. Zhao Yun immediately focused his attention, pointed his long gun at Nanyang army, raised his head to the sky, and finally covered the noise around him.

 Chapter 547

    Ji Ling saw this situation and knew that today''s situation would not be very good, but the arrow was on the way, so he nodded to Lei Bo beside him. Lei Bo nodded in response and was ready to clap his horse.


    Who knows next to Chen Lan already can''t bear, one carrying his saber, the other hand a fierce shake the reins of the horse, patted the horse out, loud voice: "Nanyang General Chen Lan here, yellow mouth children rest place rampant!"


    Hundreds of steps away, the horse is coming. Chen Lan is about to kill Zhao Yun, but Zhao Yun doesn''t seem to respond. Seeing some situations, Chen Lan is pleasantly surprised. Does he encounter a silver wax spear head, which doesn''t work?


    Thinking about it in my heart, I didn''t stop in my hand and set up a saber to Zhao Yun. Seeing that the blade of Chen Lan''s sword has reached Zhao Yun, Zhao Yun gently pulls out his horse''s head. Zhao Ye jade lion seems to have a soul in his heart. He leans aside a little bit. Then Zhao Yun raises his right hand and lifts it forward, blocking Chen Lan''s inevitable strike. Then, with his backhand, Chen Lan''s saber flies out. Next, the long gun turns around and stares at his eyes Chen Lan''s back swept away.


    "Watch your back!"


    "Chen Lan, be careful!"


    For a moment, the Nanyang army rang out one after another. Chen Lan immediately reacted to the sound and was ready to hide. But Zhao Yun was faster than Chen Lan. Before Chen Lan could react, Zhao Yun had already shot him under the horse. Then, several soldiers ran out of Huangfu Chaobo''s army and quickly bound Chen Lan, who was swept off the horse by Zhao Yun, to the position of the central army Set.


    The soldiers in Luoyang cheered loudly when they saw the situation, and the shouting was enough to shake the sky. But the Nanyang army just wanted to fight back. The army was silent. No one expected that Chen Lan could not even support the other party. Seeing this, Lei Bo rushed out of the horse and cried out: "the enemy will not be rampant. Lei Bo in Nanyang is here!"


    Zhao Zilong, who is in Huangfu''s Chaobo army, was there at the beginning. When he saw Chen Lan on the stage, he immediately said, "well, here comes a soy sauce brother. I can''t bear to look him in the eye. OK, here are ten seconds. I''ll lie down with my brother Zilong. 10¡¢ Nine, eight... 3¡¢ Two, one, down! Ha ha ha... I said it


    After Chen Lan was arrested, Lei Bo came out, and Zhao Zilong began to talk again: "I said, Ji Ling, you are so stupid. Chen Lan can''t even take a round. Lei Bo has wool to use... Well, we haven''t started counting yet. Xiao Lei lay down too. "


    Although the other members of Zilong club are also yunfen, they are not so middle class as Zhao Zilong. One by one, they caress their foreheads and quietly move away a few steps to distance themselves from Zhao Zilong.


    "Damn, shut up," the nearby Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t bear it any more. He growled in a low voice, "no matter how blind you are, I will punish you for making a noise before the battle. Let Huang Zhong put your boy in the dungeon directly."


    Zhao Zilong was so scared that he quickly covered his mouth and dared to talk again. However, at this time, Lei Bo was captured by Zhao Yun and was fighting against Nanyang army.


    "Is there no general in Nanyang army? If the generals dare to invade our city and kill our soldiers, Zhao Yun will take over the three battles. If you come up together, you can save a lot of time. " With that, Zhao Yun pointed his long gun at Nanyang military center and arrived at several generals.


    So, under Zhao Yun''s anger, Eight Generals ran out of Nanyang army and killed Zhao Yun. It''s a pity that Zhao Yun didn''t even have time to use his unique skills, so he photographed the Eight Generals one by one.


    Seeing this, the morale of Nanyang army was suddenly frustrated, and all the soldiers bowed their heads. Ji Ling saw this, immediately hit the field, said: "the enemy will stop rampant, Nanyang army Ji Ling here."


    Then he patted the horse to kill Zhao Yun, clamped the horse with both feet, and attacked Zhao Yun with both hands clenched with three sharp blades. There was only a loud sound of "Ding". The weapons of the two men met, and the huge sound made people on both sides feel that their ears were "buzzing".


    We haven''t reacted yet. The two men have turned their horses around and soon fight together again. Originally, Ji Ling thought that he was sure to win such a little-known general. You should know that although Chen lanleibo is a great general in Nanyang army, he is not a bit different from Ji Ling.


    I didn''t expect that as soon as I was in the battle, I was killed by the other party. Then, after dozens of moves, Ji Ling quickly realized that he belittled the heroes in the world. Thinking of this, Ji Ling decided to force the enemy general to retreat, and then withdraw from the general. However, he didn''t expect that the other side had fought against him, but he didn''t use all his strength, and his successive killing moves were easily resolved by the other side.


    After 50 moves, Ji Ling knew that he had lost the battle, because he felt that he was exhausted. Zhao Yun also seems to see that Ji Ling is already strong. After pushing Ji Ling back, he said: "you are still very good, but I''m a little short of winning. Surrender. Luyang has been captured by our Luoyang army, and we have no way to retreat. Besides, the Hanoi prefect has surrendered, and the Hanoi army has returned to the command of general Pingdong. As long as you surrender, some one will plead with the general for you! "


    "If you want to fight, fight. Don''t make noise!" Ji Ling was very angry;"Stubborn! Wait till someone catches you! " Zhao Yun no longer said more and said, "take it! Hundred... Birds... Towards... Phoenix


    With a loud roar, all the spectators on both sides only saw that Zhao Yun and Ji Ling were surrounded by a golden light, and the long gun in their hands instantly pulled out countless colorful firecrackers.


    "A hundred birds make the best of the Phoenix!" Zhao Zilong couldn''t hold it any longer. He pointed to the two men in the middle of the battlefield and yelled;


    Huangfu Chaobo took a look at Huang Zhong, and they looked at each other with a smile and said: "after a few years, I see Zilong''s shooting skills again!"


    The people watching the battle on both sides saw the gorgeous fighting skills, but Ji Ling in the middle of the battlefield was miserable. It turned out that this young general was not what he could fight against. He and he had at least two grades. It was ridiculous that he wanted to capture him. Ji lingpin tried his best to block Zhao Yun''s several guns, and found that the tip of the gun was attacking him.


    Then, I only felt that my weapon had been attacked countless times, "Ding Ding Ding." After a series of attacks, Ji Ling finally found that his internal organs seemed to have been impacted countless times, and he had been shocked to pieces. Then his hands had no strength to hold his weapon, and his mouth had been shocked to blood.

 Chapter 548

    Finally, after Zhao Yun''s martial arts, Ji Ling felt as if he had been drained of his last strength. He could not hold the weapon any more. With a bang, the three pointed two edged sword fell to the ground. Then Ji Ling also slipped from the horse.


    "General..."


    "General..."


    "Help the general."


    The soldiers of Nanyang army were in a mess, and they were ready to rush forward to take back Ji Ling.


    "Stop!" Seeing this, Zhao Yun roared, then clapped his horse forward, caught Ji Ling, and said, "all stop. If you don''t want your general to die, you will give up your arms and surrender!"


    As soon as he saw Zhao Yun using his martial arts, Huang Zhong knew that the war was almost over, so he secretly ordered Baima Yicong to get ready. Sure enough, Ji Ling was captured by Zhao Yun, and Nanyang''s soldiers immediately changed.


    With a wave of Huang Zhong''s hand, the three thousand white horses, who had already been ready, rushed up quickly, surrounded Zhao Yun and Ji Ling in the middle and separated Nanyang army from them.


    Seeing this, the soldiers of Nanyang army were very helpless. They were all soldiers, and could not compare with the cavalry of the enemy. Just when everyone hesitated, the rest of the cavalry of Luoyang army surrounded Nanyang army from both sides, and the soldiers of the Chinese Army slowly approached. At the same time, Huangfu said in a broad voice: "the enemy general has been captured, and those who surrender will not be killed!"


    Soon, all the soldiers around Luoyang said in unison: "the enemy general has been captured, and those who surrender will not be killed!"


    "The enemy general has been captured, and those who surrender will not be killed!"


    "The enemy general has been captured, and those who surrender will not be killed!"


    "Have a drink..."


    "Ping Ping Ping"


    More and more Luoyang soldiers joined in the roar. In the whole battlefield, only the sound of Luoyang soldiers slapping their own weapons was left except the sound of surrender.


    "Kuangdang"


    the morale of Nanyang army has been frustrated, but now the generals have been captured again and again, even the main general is still in the dark. At this time, the morale is even lower, and the morale that has been raised slightly with Ji Ling''s capture falls again.


    In the voice of "surrender without killing" of Luoyang army, I don''t know which soldiers could not bear the pressure first and dropped their weapons. Then more and more Nanyang soldiers put down their weapons. Although some soldiers were unwilling to put down their weapons and tried to stop others, they were soon killed or captured by other soldiers.


    "Kuangdang"


    "Kuangdang"


    "Kuangdang"


    soon, there will be no more Nanyang soldiers with weapons in the whole battlefield. Seeing this, the general of Luoyang army is overjoyed.


    Huangfu Chaobo nods to Huang Zhong. Huang Zhong immediately orders Luoyang soldiers to gather all the ordinary soldiers of Nanyang army, and then escorts them to Luoyang for detention. The cavalry leads all the generals and schools of Nanyang army to the camp to recruit and surrender the soldiers and take over the camp.


    The development of the war stunned many players. They thought there would be a big war, but they didn''t expect it to be so fast. Nanyang army was cleaned up by Huangfu Chaobo. For the players in Luoyang area, they are more entangled. They don''t want Yuan Shu to win, and they are afraid that Huangfu Chaobo''s real control of Luoyang will be detrimental to their own development.


    However, now Huangfu Chaobo has no mind to think about anything else. Now his eyes are completely fixed on the 15000 heavy infantry of Nanyang army. Ji Ling has trained 50000 heavy infantry. Besides 20000 of Yangzhou army, there are 10000 left behind in Wancheng, and he leads 20000 people around him.


    In the past ten days of fighting, he was not willing to use it. He only took the initiative to attack the city one day and lost thousands of people, but the parts were worn away by Huben cavalry. Now all of them are in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo.


    After selecting the generals above the village generals, there were still more than 15000 people left. All of them were ordered to be resettled separately by Huangfu Chaobo. After the war, thousands of soldiers were selected from the Luoyang army, and another 20000 were gathered.


    However, it should not be difficult to recruit these people, but if you want to improve their loyalty as soon as possible, you still need to ask Yuan Shu for the family members of these soldiers. Otherwise, even if you have trained 20000 heavy infantry, Huangfu Chaobo will not dare to use them easily. Otherwise, he may not be able to tell you when to escape. That would be silly.


    In fact, it''s not only Ji Ling who can train heavy infantry, but many generals can train heavy soldiers, just like Dian Wei. But Huangfu Chaobo is not as rich as Xiao Yuan Sangong, so he can also look forward and sigh.


    For example, for a heavy infantry, the first requirement is that the soldier level should reach level 50. The second is that the soldier''s qualification should be above level B, preferably level a. the other requirement is that the soldier''s strength, endurance, explosive power and other aspects have requirements. The other point is weapons and equipment. The heavy infantry''s armor is made of the highest level black gold in the standard equipment that the soldier can use. For example, the black iron equipment can only be used As a general''s equipment, rather than mass production, the black gold level of the equipment used by soldiers is the highest in the standard equipment.


    The armor required by the heavy infantry is grade 50 black gold armor. The cost is 20000 copper, that is, two gold. Ten thousand soldiers are 20000 gold. Then there are shields, weapons and so on. If this is calculated, a heavy infantry can consume ten gold. Plus the loss of wages, money and food, only Xiaoyuan Sangong can recruit 50000 troops at a time.However, these Huangfu Chaobo have no time to deal with them for the time being. Now there is still a long way to go, and the Luoyang crisis is not over. So the most important thing now is how to get Lv Bu to withdraw. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo calls Huang Wudi to stay in Luoyang, to be responsible for the security of Luoyang and the resettlement of all prisoners, as well as the takeover of Nanyang army camp.


    Huangfu Chaobo himself led Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun, Tian Feng and Lou GUI to Hanguguan with Baima Yicong and Huben cavalry.


    Along the way, a few people have made great efforts to resettle Lu Bu''s army. If Lu Bu''s army is allowed to enter Kanto, it is estimated that Kanto will be upset. But if they are not allowed to leave, Hongnong is now Huangfu Chaobo''s own territory. With such a white eyed wolf at his side, we should always be on guard. Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want to do that either.


    Moreover, the only barrier to the west of Luoyang is Hangu pass. If Hongnong can be controlled, Luoyang''s defense depth will be much greater. It won''t be like these times. Every time a war starts, Luoyang will be attacked. Even if Hongnong county can''t be fully occupied, even if several cities to the east of Hongnong city are controlled, Luoyang''s safety factor will be greatly improved.


    So along the way, several people were discussing how to arrange Lv Bu''s army. After several discussions, Huangfu Chaobo finally decided to let Lv Bu''s army return to Bingzhou.

 Chapter 549

    There are several main reasons why Lv Bu''s army was allowed to return to Bingzhou. First, most of the soldiers of wolf cavalry in Bingzhou were from Bingzhou. If they were allowed to return to Bingzhou, these soldiers would not have any resistance. If Huangfu Chaobo proposed it, the soldiers of wolf cavalry in Bingzhou might have a good impression on Luoyang.


    Second, since Ding Yuan left Bingzhou, there were basically no powerful figures in charge, and the Lv Bu army was relatively easy to enter. The most important point is that Bingzhou is poor in land and few people, and there are often alien invasions. There must be a strong and exclusive vassal there to block the alien invasion for Luoyang.


    With the constraints of these aspects, even if Lv Bu''s power had so many exhibitions, it would not pose a big threat to Luoyang, where Huangfu was super rich.


    After Lv Bu was stationed in Bingzhou, if he needed to expand his army, he would increase the demand for food. However, Bingzhou was poor in land and grain production was not high, so it was bound to intersect with Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo could also exchange his horses for food through Lv Bu. In this way, he could control the development of Lv Bu.


    Seven thousand cavalry escorted several people all the way, and finally arrived at Hangu pass before dark. Zao Zhi, who had already got the news, was leading the generals of Hangu pass to wait for Huangfu Chaobo and his party. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo, he quickly came forward and saluted: "Zao only met the Lord!"


    "I haven''t seen you, Lord!"


    "Ziping and the generals don''t have to be polite. Please get up quickly. It''s been a hard time." Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly turned over and dismounted, quickly stepped forward and helped Zaozhi up one by one.


    Zaozhi straightened up and said, "it''s not hard, but it''s hard for general Dian, general Zhou, and other generals and soldiers." Then he saluted all the people behind him and said, "I''ve met Mr. Tian, Mr. Lou and General Huang. This should be general Zhao! Courtesy, courtesy


    All the people immediately saluted back one by one. Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and saw no one from Dian Wei. He said, "what''s the matter? There''s another movement in the West. Is evil still on the wall? "


    "Lord Hui, there has been no change in the army of Lu Bu in recent days. However, a certain family discussed with several generals and divided them into several waves to guard the city. Now the general is on duty on the wall." Zao just quickly replied;


    "well, Zhou Heizi, when you arrive at your site, arrange for people to place the cavalry. OK, let''s go to the Xiguan city wall to have a look and talk as we walk." Huangfu Chaobo nodded and turned to zhoucangdao With a smile, Zhou Cang confessed to his own personal Guard commander, who nodded and saluted Huangfu Chaobo. Then he led a group of cavalry to the barracks to have a rest, while he led Huangfu Chaobo and others to the west wall of Hangu pass.


    Soon, a group of people came to the top of the Xiguan city wall, to the foot of the city wall, get the news of Dianwei has met down. Seeing Dian Wei with blood stains on his armor and looking at the armor of the other generals with the same blood stains, Huang Fu Chao Bo could imagine how fierce the battle at Hangu pass was. He picked up Dianwei and punched them on their armor


    "Hey, it''s not hard, it''s not hard. Young master, I''ve had a great time in the past few days! " Dian Wei didn''t care about the way;


    Zao only said in a side way: "Lord, you don''t know. Fortunately, you sent General Dian to attack this time. Marquis Wen himself took part in several sieges. Fortunately, general Dian was able to hold Marquis Wen down, otherwise Hangu pass would be in danger."


    "Yes, once general Dian was injured a lot and recovered several days later. Fortunately, Lv Bu seemed to be injured too and didn''t attack the city himself for several days." Zhou Cang was in a side road;


    while he was talking, everyone had reached the wall. Huangfu Chaobo looked at the bloody wall and the soldiers on the wall. He couldn''t help but be moved and said in a loud voice: "soldiers, it is because of your hard work that our Luoyang army can fight back the enemy''s attacks again and again, so as to keep Luoyang and our hard work Good home, after this war, this will certainly be rewarded on merit, not sycophantic reward! Here, I declare that the reward for this war will be doubled! "


    "Coax" Hearing the news, the taxi drivers on the wall were all in a big stir.


    Seeing this, the generals immediately knelt down and said, "thank you for your reward. May you die for me!"


    Then, all the soldiers on the wall knelt down and said in a loud voice, "thank you for your reward. May you die for me!"


    The news that Huangfu Chaobo announced the double reward spread further and further over the city wall. Not long after, all the soldiers on the city wall heard the news and knelt down to thank them.


    For a moment, the whole city wall above the sound of the sky shaking cry. Different from the pleasure of the soldiers on the wall, Lou GUI said in a low voice: "Lord, as soon as you open your mouth, do you know how much money we have to take out to be enough for the reward of the soldiers?"


    "Er Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and said in a low voice, "how much is our army''s killing enemy and its own loss?"


    "The exact amount has not been known, but the lower officer made a little statistics. The total number of our army plus Longhua''s killing enemies is about 150000, and the loss of our army should be more than 50000. According to the regulations of Luoyang in the past, the reward for killing enemies is five Liang. Now the Lord''s reward is doubled. That is to say, the reward for killing ordinary soldiers is one or two, which requires 150000. What''s more The Lord can calculate the compensation for the dead and wounded soldiers a little. "Lou GUI whispers to Huangfu Chaobo to calculate a sum of money. Then, after the calculation, Huangfu Chaobo only feels that he is sweating. Even if he wins the war, he will have to spend tens or even millions of money. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately changed the topic and said to Dianwei, "well, I''ll talk about that later. Lao Dian, is there any change in the army of Lu Bu? "


    Although their words were not loud, all the generals around heard them clearly. They all bowed their heads, laughed and said nothing. They did not expose Huangfu Chaobo.


    When Dianwei saw Huangfu Chaobo and asked himself, he said, "I don''t know what''s wrong with you, young master Hui. There''s nothing happened to Lv Bu''s army these days!"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, turned to Zhoucang and said, "general Zhou, it''s necessary for us to put up our general''s flag and tell the opposite Lv Bu army that our general has come. That''s all for today. The generals will have a good rest. Tomorrow, they will go out to meet the enemy


    "Respect the order of the general!" After hearing this, they quickly turned around and agreed in unison.


    Huangfu Chaobo was on the wall of Xiguan in Hangu pass. When the officers and soldiers were in great welfare, Lv Bu also happened to gather the generals in the camp.

 Chapter 550

    Sure enough, the movement of Hangu pass has already surprised the officers and soldiers in Lvbu camp. Now the general flag of "Pingdong general Huangfu" has been raised on the pass wall. Besides, two general flags of "partial General Huang" and "Yingyang Zhongying General Zhao" have been added.


    This made Lv Bu''s generals understand that the war in Luoyang was over, otherwise Huangfu Chaobo''s general flag and Huang Zhong''s general flag could not appear at Hangu pass at the same time.


    Although we don''t know who Zhao, the commander of Zhongying, is, can appear at Hangu pass with Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong''s commander, which proves that he is really extraordinary.


    Moreover, according to the news from Chihou, after Huangfu Chaobo arrived at Hangu pass, the morale of Hangu pass rose greatly, while Lv Bu''s army was tired of fighting because of the long war. Fortunately, after a few days of truce, the morale rose slightly. In the face of this situation, the generals of Lv Bu''s army had no good way. But Lv Bu finally remembered that he still had a military adviser, so he asked Zhang Liao and Wei to continue: "is there any news from the military adviser?"


    The two men looked at each other, shook their heads and said: "since half a month ago, the military division sent 20000 stone grain and grass back from the various gentry in Hanoi, the guards said that the military division had set out to Hedong to raise grain and grass for the army, but now half a month has passed, and no military division has turned back. However, with the grain and grass sent back by the military division, our army''s grain and grass will not be changed for the time being It''s enough for a month. "


    "I don''t know when the military division will be able to return to Hongnong..." After hearing this, Lu Bu murmured and said, suddenly, as if he had figured out something, he patted himself in front of the case and said: "no matter what happens in Luoyang, our army only needs to attack Hangu pass and send orders to the soldiers. After a night''s rest, we will attack the City tomorrow. Tomorrow, Wenyuan, you will be responsible for deploying troops and horses. You will lead the attack yourself! Wei Xu, immediately send people across the river to find the whereabouts of the military division. All the other troops are ready to attack! "


    "Not to be ordered!" As soon as the generals heard this, they immediately stood up and answered the promise loudly.


    One night there was nothing to say. The next morning, it was just dawn, and both sides were getting ready for the battle. The senior guards and soldiers of Luoyang army had arrived in Hangu pass last night. After a night''s rest, they had recovered.


    So far, all the high-level arms in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands were concentrated in Hangu pass, including 4000 Huben cavalry, 3000 Baima Yicong, 10000 forbidden guards and longbow, and 2000 ordinary cavalry with 8000 ordinary soldiers. Now there are more than 30000 soldiers and horses in Hangu pass, while the Lvbu army is no more than 50000 at this time.


    As for the generals, Zhao, Dian and Huang, together with Zhou Cangwu and Anguo, can be seen from the comparison that Lv Bu''s army has no hope of conquering Hangu pass. However, Lu Bu did not know what was going on inside the pass. After breakfast, Lu Bu''s army ordered more than 30000 troops to knock at Hangu pass.


    As soon as he arrived at the pass, Lu Bu saw several generals standing on the wall. The leader was general Pingdong, and the governor of zhoumu, Huangfu Chaobo. Lu Bu was about to order an attack when he found that a crack had been opened in the city gate. Then a messenger came out and went straight to the front of Lu Bu''s army.


    Seeing this, Zhang Liao immediately ordered the army to stop advancing, and asked the messenger to lead him to lvbuma. Lu Bu sat on the horse and raised his head and asked, "what happened when Huangfu Chaobo ordered you to come here? Did you come to beg for mercy when you saw the Marquis personally enlisting? "


    "Ha ha ha The general of Lv Bu''s army laughed.


    "I''ve seen Marquis Wen, but my general has said that I haven''t seen him for several years. I asked Marquis Lu to make a statement before the battle. I don''t know whether Marquis Wen will lead the army or ride several horses to the appointment?" The Luoyang army messenger said calmly,


    "bold!"


    "To die!"


    "Ha... Even if I go alone, can Huangfu Chaobo still leave me Lu Bu was very angry and soon said haughtily,


    "well, my general will lead 3000 cavalry to tell Marquis Wen before the battle. As for how many people Marquis Wen will come, please do as you like!" After the messenger finished speaking, he turned around and left.


    "Tell Huangfu Chaobo that the marquis will bring 3000 Bingzhou sons to the appointment. As for how many soldiers and horses he will bring, please do as you like." Lu Bu yelled at the emissary;


    Zhang Liao was relieved to see that Lu Bu didn''t have a single cavalry to attend the appointment. You know, Lu Bu is the leader of the army and can''t be defeated.


    After the emissary left, Lu Bu said: "Zhang Liao, Wei Xu and Hou Cheng went to the appointment with three thousand wolves, and the others waited on the spot." Then he turned back and waved Fang Tian''s Halberd to the three thousand guards around him, and went to Hangu pass. Seeing this, Zhang Liao and others rushed to catch up.


    A moment later, a group of soldiers and horses stopped a mile in front of Hangu pass and waited for them to leave for the appointment. After a while, he saw that the west gate of Hangu was opened, and a troop came out. Lu Bu saw that he was also 3000 cavalry, and he was an old acquaintance, 3000 white horse Yi Cong, who had met under the tiger prison.


    Both cavalry moved slowly forward and stopped within a stone''s throw of each other. Huangfu Chaobo was just about to fight his horse out, but he heard Lu Bu on the other side say: "Huangfu, look at the arrow!"


    "Whoosh..."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked up and saw that Lv Bu quickly drew an arrow from the quiver and then shot it with a bow. With such a high speed, Huangfu Chaobo only felt that there was a murderous attack coming, which caught people off guard."Be careful, Lord!"


    "Be careful, young man!"


    After a while, Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun on both sides of Huangfu''s Chaobo suddenly drank. Then he quickly drew out an arrow, bent his bow and set up an arrow. The two arrows, one left and one right, galloped towards the arrow shot by Lu Bu.


    "Whoosh..."


    "Whoosh..."


    "Ding..."


    "Bang..."


    The three arrows collided in the middle of the battlefield, making a sharp impact sound.


    After blocking Lu Bu''s arrow, Huang Zhong yelled and said, "it''s not polite to come but not to go. Marquis Wen looks at the arrow." With that, three arrows came flying in the direction of Lu Bu.


    "Good!" Lu Bu let out a loud drink, and then he quickly pulled out three arrows from the quiver and shot at the arrows that came at him.


    "Ding Ding Ding"


    six arrows collided in the middle of the battlefield, and all of them fell to the ground. After successfully stopping Huang Zhong''s three successive arrows, Lu Bu suddenly put away his bow and arrow, raised Fang Tian''s painting halberd with his right hand, shook the reins of the red rabbit horse with his left hand, and walked slowly to the middle, saying: "Lu Fengxian is here, who dares to fight?"


    Huang Zhongzheng was ready to fight the horse, but Zhao Yun said: "brother Hansheng has let Lv Bu see the bow and arrow. Let someone try it first in melee."


    Huang Zhong also knew that his military strength was not as good as Lv Bu''s, and he did not demand it. He said, "well, I and evil come to rob the array for Zi Long!"

 Chapter 551

    Zhao Yun nodded, directed at Huangfu, then gently lifted the reins, white horse walked slowly to the center of the battlefield, and said: "Changshan Zhao Zilong is here to learn from Wen Hou''s skill!"


    Looking at the young general in front of him, Lu Bu shook his head and said, "are you Zhao Zilong who captured Ji Ling? You can''t do it, you''d better change it! "


    "I don''t know until I try!" As he said this, Zhao Yun gently clamped his legs on the horse''s belly and said in a low voice: "Chih..." Zhao Yun stepped off the steed and ran quickly towards Lv Bu.


    Although Zhao Yun''s horse is difficult to compare with the red rabbit under Lu Bu''s step, it is also a rare horse. When he left Longhua, Huang Xu wanted to give his white dragon horse to Zhao Yun, but he refused.


    Seeing that Zhao Yun had gone to war, Lu Bu said no more. He gently clipped the red rabbit horse with his legs and killed Zhao Yun with a halberd.


    "Bang... Squeak... "


    The two men''s weapons collided with each other fiercely and made a deafening sound. People with lower force value, such as Huangfu Chaobo, heard a buzzing sound in their ears and recovered after a long time.


    One hit not, let Lv Bu put down to Zhao Yun''s contempt, so two people you to me to fight. After a hundred years of fighting, the two have yet to win. However, Zhao Yun was a little bit hard, but Lv Bu was more and more frightened in the Vietnam War. He didn''t expect that there were such generals in the Luoyang army who could compete with him. He could not help but feel secretly frightened, and his painting halberd moves were faster and faster.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Dianwei, "Dianwei, you go out to help Zhao Yun!"


    "No!" When Dian Wei heard this, he stood up happily to answer the promise. Then he took his own double halberds, added his tongue and strode toward the middle of the battlefield. As he ran, he yelled: "Zilong, I''ll help you!" Dian Wei was originally a general, so he just went to fight Lu Bu.


    Lv Bu, who had already been on the top with Zhao Yun, had to work harder with Dianwei. Seeing this situation, although he knew that Lv Bu was most reluctant to be interfered in the war against others, Zhang Liao still yelled: "with two enemies and one, what kind of hero is it? Yanmen Zhang Wenyuan is here!" Then, rush to the three men in the fight.


    Seeing Zhang Liao''s fight, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Huang Zhong. Huang Zhong drank: "Zhang Liao, your opponent is here! Huang Hansheng of Nanyang is here! " Said, patted the horse to welcome up.


    Wei continued to see, also ran out a way: "and state Wei continued here, who dare a war!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He thought Gao Shun would be the next one, but he didn''t expect that Wei Xu also ran out to join in the fun. He turned his head and looked at the generals around him. Zhou Cang was the main general, but he didn''t come out at Hangu pass. Now there are only Wu''an and Han Siam, so he said: "general Wu''an, Wei Xu will give it to you. Just fight back, and don''t hurt people''s lives! "


    "Not to be ordered!" Wu Anguo answered the promise with both hands, and then went out to fight with his own double hammers.


    For a moment, the three groups of generals in the whole battlefield started to tear up and kill.


    Sure enough, as Huangfu Chaobo thought, the first result was the battle between Wu''an state and Wei Xu. After 30 moves, a big hammer of Wu''an state smashed Wei Xu. Wei Xu was not a powerful general, and his strength was nearly ten points different from that of Wu''an state.


    After barely making 30 moves, facing Wu''an''s sledgehammer, Wei Xu reluctantly raised his long gun to block it. Unfortunately, he was not able to block it. Instead, he was shocked so that the long gun was disconnected from the middle, and Wei Xu vomited blood. Fortunately, Wu''an didn''t attack immediately after he knocked down Wei Xu''s weapons. Wei Xu quickly turned around and fled back to Bingzhou army.


    Wu''anguo did not return to the army after repelling Wei Xu. Anyway, he came to watch the battle behind Huang Zhong. Zhang Liao, who had been fighting against Huang Zhong, knew that he was not as strong as Huang Zhong. The main reason why he had been fighting with Huang Zhong was that he wanted to delay Huang Zhong and buy time for Lv Bu. However, he did not expect that Wei Xu could only make 30 moves under Wu''an state. As for the general of Wu''an state, all the generals of Lv Bu''s army knew him. He was able to make more than ten moves under Lv Bu''s hands in those years, which proved that he was not weak.


    After Wei Xu was defeated and fled, wu''anguo had been eyeing Zhang Liao after Huang Zhong, which made Zhang Liao''s Yali mountain big. After 50 moves, Zhang Liao, who had scruples in his heart, was also defeated by Huang Zhong. He tried his best to force Huang Zhong back. Then he turned around to beat his horse and left. When he left, he didn''t forget to tell Lv Bu: "Marquis Wen, please leave soon!"


    Seeing that Zhang and Liao were defeated one after another, Lu Bu knew that he couldn''t hold on any longer. He clamped his horse''s belly with both legs, raised his halberd with both hands, and suddenly drank "overlord halberd method!" Fang Tianhua''s Halberd is like a dragon with a flaming mouth. He pours at Zhao Yun. Seeing this, Zhao Yun shouts, "a hundred birds make a phoenix!" The bright silver gun danced up.


    As they spoke, their weapons collided and made a series of sounds.


    "Ding Ding Ding"


    After a series of sounds, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved to see Zhao Yun still sitting on the horse. At this time, Zhao Yun''s steed suddenly fell to the ground with a cry of sadness. Seeing this, Zhao Yun propped up on the horse''s back with one hand, jumped up quickly from the horse''s back, and then quickly retreated to the ground behind the horse with the help of the forward force.


    It turned out that although Zhao Yun blocked Lu Bu''s thunder strike, his horses were not good enough and could not bear Lu Bu''s pressure, so his front legs were broken. At this time, Lu Bu, who had a successful attack, did not seem to give up. Fang Tianhua attacked Zhao Yun in the direction of halberd."Zilong, be careful..." Everyone on the battlefield exclaimed in unison.


    Dian Wei, who is nearest to Zhao Yun, gives a loud shout. He flies two halberds between Lu Bu and Zhao Yun, ready to block Lu Bu''s attack. Huang Zhong, who is dozens of steps away, has bent his bow and set up his arrow. When something happens, he will attack Lu Bu''s upper, middle and lower routes.


    Just as everyone was worried, Lu Bu made a false move and pulled out of the horse for more than ten steps. Then, he reined in his horse with his left hand and raised his halberd with his right hand, and said to Zhao Yun haughtily, "you are very good. Besides this big black man, you are the second one who can make it through a hundred moves in a certain family. If you don''t have a good fight today, you should be able to make another 100 moves. However, that''s all. Within 200 moves, a certain family will kill you at the foot of the horse! "


    At this time, Zhao Yun had already got up and was ready to take Lu Bu''s hard strike. He did not expect that Lu Bu would suddenly withdraw from the regiment. So he raised his hand and said, "it''s true that he is a red rabbit in a horse and a Lu Bu in a man. Zhao Yun admires him!"


    "The demeanor of marquis Wen is exactly the same as that of that year. Under the joint efforts of some two generals, he can take his time. He deserves to be Lu Bu among the people! Well, the war has also been fought. Next, will Marquis Wen have time to talk about the past with someone? " Seeing that Zhao Yun had successfully broken away from the battle, Huang Fu Chao Bo was relieved and said with a laugh in front of him

 Chapter 552

    At this time, Zhang Liao also came behind Lv Bu and said in a low voice: "Marquis Wen, at the end of the day, the general will see that all the generals under general Pingdong are not weak. If our army continues to be tough and tough, it''s really unwise. At the end of the day, he doesn''t want to fight with our army any more. It''s better to listen to what he has to say, and then make plans."


    Lu Bu nodded. Although he was only a martial arts man, it didn''t mean that he was stupid. Zhao Yun and Dian Wei, the subordinates of Huangfu Chaobo, were just slightly weaker than himself. Huang Zhong and Wu''an Guo, as well as Zhou Cang, the commander of Hangu pass, were also superior generals.


    Comparatively speaking, only Zhang Liao and Zhang Liao in our army are worthy of a battle. In addition, he has defeated two of the three armies of feudal lords in Luoyang. It can be said that the chance for the army to capture Luoyang is very slim. Thinking of this, Lu Bu put down his arrogant face and said, "I don''t know what general Pingdong has to say!"


    "I don''t dare to be taught. As far as I know, marquis Wen only came out of Chang''an because he was dissatisfied with the atrocity of the Dong thief. Chaobo is also a member of the anti Dong Zhuo alliance. I just don''t know why the Marquis Wen''s army clashed with our guards? So I''d like to make an appointment with Marquis Wen to understand the cause of the matter. "


    According to the agreement in advance, Huangfu Chaobo did not question why Lu Bu led the invasion, but defined the incident as a conflict. In this way, even if Lu Bu did not admit it, he would not deliberately deny it.


    Of course, to achieve this goal, the premise is that the Luoyang army has the strength to make Lv Bu soft, so Huangfu Chaobo is also fully responsive to Lv Bu''s challenge.


    As expected, Lu Bu''s face froze and he didn''t know how to reply. Instead, Zhang Liao immediately responded and said, "let general Pingdong know that our army didn''t mean to have a conflict with general Pingdong. It''s just that after our army left Chang''an, marquis Wen wanted to lead Bingzhou Erlang to find a place to settle down. Unexpectedly, he had a dispute with your army under the pass, so it was not pleasant


    Well, we are all civilized people. What we need now is just a statement that can be said by everyone, even if we retreat.


    After listening to Zhang Liao''s words, Huangfu Chaobo immediately said: "in this way, everyone really misunderstood, so he wanted to invite Wen houhaosheng to discuss, so as not to hurt everyone''s peace. If our two families are both defeated, we should let Dong thief take advantage of him. Qi is not in Dong thief''s heart!"


    "In general Pingdong''s opinion, what should we do?" Lu Bu frowned and said;


    "this matter is easy. Since Wen Hou wants to lead Bingzhou Erlang back to Bingzhou, Chaobo is willing to do his best. However, it will take Wenhou a few days to wait for our 20000 Luoyang navy to return to Luoyang from the north. Wen Houying knew that his uncle Huangfu song had been appointed as the Grand Marshal of Hongnong by the court, so Chaobo had sent the water army of Luoyang to the north, and brought tens of thousands of his troops and their families to Luoyang. When they arrived, they could arrange for Wen Houjun to cross the river. " Huangfu Chaobo said with a slight smile;


    the words of the past made LV Bujun''s generals'' faces changed greatly, and everyone recognized the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo''s words. His tens of thousands of troops had become turtles in the urn. The former was blocked by the army of Hangu pass, and the latter by the army of Xiliang at Tongguan pass. Now there are tens of thousands of troops in Luoyang on the river, who can attack Hongnong at any time.


    After hearing this, Lv Bu opened his eyes, drew his halberd and pointed at it, and said angrily, "does general Pingdong really think that with tens of thousands of troops, you can trap a family here? With a painting halberd in one''s hand and a red rabbit horse under one''s feet, where can''t the world go? "


    Seeing Lu Bu''s action, Huang Zhong and his three men immediately raised their weapons to protect Huangfu Chaobo behind them in case of Lu Bu''s outburst.


    "Hum!" Huangfu Chaobo also knew that he should never show weakness at this time, otherwise the tiger would not give up and said, "does Marquis Wen really think that he can defeat thousands of arrows? Besides, even if our Luoyang army really can''t stop Marquis Wen, how many of these tens of thousands of Bingzhou sons can suddenly go away? "


    "You..." Lu Bu is angry and ready to refute. Huangfu Chaobo immediately turned around and said, "Marquis Wen thinks that if he had wanted to leave you in Henan, he would have spent so much time talking with Marquis Wen here? Now we have captured all the troops around Luoyang except duwenhou. Now we have tens of thousands of troops guarding Hangu pass and 20000 water troops cruising on the river. It only takes ten days for Wenhou to break up without fighting. Moreover, in a few days'' time, our 30000 northern army will be able to take Hongnong city directly. In this way, Wen Hou felt that tens of thousands of Bingzhou children under Hangu pass could go to where? "


    The words of Huangfu Chaobo left Lv Bu speechless. Just as he was about to speak, Huangfu Chaobo said, "Wen Hou, if you listen to a certain word, you and I both want to cut off Dong thief and inspire the Han Dynasty. How can we do this thing? If Marquis Wen believes in something, and wait a few days, when our navy returns to Luoyang, he will send tens of thousands of marquis Wen''s troops to the North Bank of the river. To show his sincerity, Chaobo is willing to support Marquis Wen''s 150000 stone grain and grass from Luoyang''s few grain reserves. "


    One hundred and fifty thousand stone grain and grass is not much, which is only enough for two months. However, it is still a big temptation for the current Lu Bu army, which has no foundation. You know, with the grain in the camp now, it''s enough for Lv Bu''s army to rush back to Bingzhou.


    As long as you enter Bingzhou, with Lv Bu''s prestige in Bingzhou and the influence of 30000 wolf riders in Bingzhou, these grains are enough for Lv Bu to attack several cities in the shortest time. Once the army has a foothold in several cities, it will be easy to do the following things. Of course, it would be better to buy a batch of grain and grass from Luoyang.Huangfu Chaobo''s words made Lv Bu''s people quite moved. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Lv Bu was loose and immediately said, "if Marquis Wen doesn''t believe it, he can arrange soldiers to send 50000 stone grain and grass today. The rest of the grain and grass need to be transported directly from Hanoi to the army after the army crosses the river."


    After a little hesitation, Lv Bu said: "general Pingdong''s good intentions are known to bu Ji. It''s just a matter of great importance. Bu needs to discuss with the generals in the army before he can reply. Please wait a moment. There will be a reply tomorrow."


    Huangfu Chaobo also knew that the matter could not be urged too quickly. He nodded his head and agreed. After that, the two families went back on strike. Before leaving, Huangfu Chaobo told Lv Bu that the two families could form an alliance. If Lu Bu needs to buy grain, grass, military equipment when he arrives in Bingzhou, Luoyang can do its best to provide them.


    The words of Huangfu Chaobo made Lv Bu and several people in the army more moved, but no one said anything. Only Lu Bu gave a salute to Huangfu Chaobo with both hands clasping his fist. Then he asked people to help Wei Xu and lead the soldiers back to the camp.

 Chapter 553

    Looking at Lv Bu''s back, Huangfu Chaobo''s mouth showed a smile. When Lv Bu''s army went away, he led them back to Hangu pass.


    As soon as he returned to Guannei, Huangfu Chaobo kept gathering people for discussion. Not only Huangfu Chaobo, but also Wu''an has already seen that Lv Bu is ready to retreat, but he hasn''t turned the corner yet. I believe that after a day''s consideration, he should be able to figure it out.


    What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo is not afraid of Lu Bu now, not to mention that all the 18 road princes were upset by Lu Bu, but now the Luoyang army is not afraid. Among other things, now we have the Hangu pass and tens of thousands of elite troops.


    As for the generals, Huangfu Chaobo is not afraid of him. Although Lv Bu is strong, there is only one person. Even with Zhang Liao, there are only two strong generals. However, he is only slightly inferior to Lv Bu, Zhao Yun, and Huang Zhong, Zhou Cang and Wu Anguo. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo is sure to win in any way.


    Now that the external danger has been basically removed, people''s energy should be put on the restoration and construction of Luoyang.


    In other words, is Luoyang really a bit wrong recently? It''s only a few years since he Jin was the first minister, and he has been plagued by war for many times. I don''t know if this is the last time.


    However, this idea was only a flash in Huangfu Chaobo''s mind. Now there are too many things he must consider. First of all, there are no hostile forces around Luoyang, so the surrounding towns should begin to prepare for the resumption of production. For example, the soldiers and people who originally concentrated in Gucheng and Yanshi Gongxian counties need to gradually return to the original city. In addition, the soldiers and officials of Liang county have all disappeared after the first World War, so we must consider recapturing the county and arranging for the soldiers and officials to settle in.


    You know Ji Ling also arranged 3000 soldiers to stay here. Not only in Liang County, but also in Xincheng and Goushi, there are more than 1000 troops stationed in these cities. These cities need to send people to surrender and accept treason, and then they can be rebuilt.


    Besides, after the first World War, the soldiers and horses under Huangfu Chaobo''s rule also suffered a lot of losses. The number of soldiers and horses killed in Luoyang alone reached 30000. The losses of Hangu pass, huaixian county and Nanyang Luyang were not included. Moreover, these soldiers and horses were still killed in the war, and the number of injured taxis was not included. If all of them were counted, the estimated number would reach 80000 to 100000 It has to be dealt with.


    There must be a pension for those who died in the war, and the wounded must be treated. All these must cost a lot of time, energy and money. There is also a big head, the prisoners. After the first World War, the Luo army had more than 100000 prisoners alone. Huangfu Chaobo certainly would not be released. The Hanoi army is OK. Just move their families back to the surrounding areas of Luoyang.


    It''s the captives of Nanyang army. Huangfu Chaobo thought that he had to find a way to get them from brother Lu. He believed that with the character of Xiao Yuan Sangong, he would not care about these captives, let alone their families. They have dozens of generals above the rank of captain, including Ji Ling, in their hands. Ji Ling, in particular, is Yuan Shu''s confidant general. Even with Yuan Shu''s poor character, they dare not ignore them. They will certainly find a way to get them back.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he had to sum up with Lou Guitian Feng.


    After everyone sat down and Huangfu Chaobo said what he thought, everyone thought it was feasible, but it was not urgent to negotiate with Yuan Shu. We can wait until Lv Bu''s army completely withdrew to Hanoi, and Luoyang''s cities in Guannei were brought under the rule again.


    After Huangfu Chaobo finished, Lou GUI stood up and said, "my Lord, although the battle in Luoyang has come to an end, the battle in Luyang is still in full swing. According to the news from the shadow, our army in Luyang has lost nearly half of its troops, and now there are only more than 15000 people. If Yuan Shu continues to attack the city, it is estimated that Luyang will not last long. Please send troops to support us as soon as possible."


    Huangfu Chaobo also knew that the Luyang war was not over, but he didn''t think so about Lou GUI''s saying that the Luyang city would not last long. You know, there were some niuren like Pang Tong and Zhou Tai in Luyang city. Although the early damage was not small, you should know that the loss of Nanyang army was far greater than yourself, and I believe that Yuan Shu would not last long.


    Of course, it''s better to send someone to support Nanyang army as soon as possible to let them know that the Luoyang war is over. However, now that Lv Bu has not withdrawn, it is not appropriate for important generals to move lightly. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the generals in front of him one by one and said, "Pei yuanshao, listen to the order!"


    Pei yuanshao stood up and said: "the end will be here!"


    "Make you immediately return to Luoyang, tomorrow will lead ten thousand soldiers to help Luyang, help Zhou Tai and Chen Jing defend Luyang."


    "The end will take orders!" Pei yuanshao didn''t stop when he received the order. Knowing that the matter was urgent, he took the order from Huangfu Chaobo and immediately left Hangu pass to Luoyang under the escort of 100 soldiers.


    However, Luoyang is hundreds of miles away from Luyang. It is estimated that it will take seven or eight days for the army to arrive. We don''t know whether it will be able to arrive before the end of the war. It''s just a matter of human resources. So Huangfu Chaobo ordered Pei yuanshao to let his army guard Liang county if Luyang can''t keep it.


    In fact, it might be faster to send cavalry. However, the road from Liang county to Luyang is rugged, so it is impossible for a large number of cavalry to walk. Second, Lu Bu''s army is on the side, but he has more than 30000 cavalry. The Luoyang army is less than 20000 cavalry, so it is impossible to transfer cavalry.After Pei yuanshao left, Huangfu Chaobo also asked the rest of the people to have a rest. After nearly a month''s war, all of them could be said to be haggard. Now, except for Lu Bu army outside Hangu pass, only Yuan Shu army in Luyang is left. But even if Luyang can''t defend, does Nanyang army really have the strength to fight to Luoyang again?


    So now Luoyang''s problem is to count the losses and gains, and then sit down and lick the wound. As for these, Huangfu Chaobo is really not in a hurry, so while there is no war around Luoyang, let his civil and military generals have a rest. We''ll talk about other things in a few days.


    Luoyang army can have a good rest, but LV Bujun outside Hangu pass can''t. After the army retreated to Xin''an, Lv Bu immediately gathered all the generals to discuss affairs. Even Wei Xu, who had been injured, was carried to the meeting hall.


    In the face of the current situation and the exciting conditions put forward by the Luoyang army, Lu Bu really retreated. It was not that he was brave enough, but that he could no longer leave the mud altar of Sili through blood. Who would not want to? You know, the current LV Bujun can have a wolf in front and a tiger behind, which can be said to have become a turtle in a jar.

 Chapter 554

    In addition to the fact that his army has become a turtle in a jar, there is another point that if he withdraws now, Lu Bu will not lose much. Although he had lost tens of thousands of soldiers now, those soldiers were all recruited in Hongnong, and LV Bujun''s Bingzhou wolf riding had little loss.


    Not only Lu Bu wanted to withdraw, but also all the generals of Bingzhou Army wanted to withdraw. But the problem is that their own military strategists don''t know where they are. If they withdraw by themselves, the Luoyang army will become a prey for others as soon as they get on board.


    After a night''s discussion with the generals, Lv Bu finally decided to agree to Huangfu Chaobo''s terms and withdraw from the war. But before that, Lv Bu needed to meet with Huangfu Chaobo to discuss some things. After all, his good friend was still in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands. Anyway, the war was triggered by himself, but his good friend was defeated and captured, so he did not care He also wants publicity back.


    After the decision was made, Lu Bu immediately sent someone to Hangu pass and asked Huangfu Chaobo to discuss the armistice.


    Seeing that Lv Bu had finally decided, everyone was relieved. Now we just wait to ask the Luoyang army to go back and publicize their ministry and family members. When we find Chen palace, we can cross the river and return to Bingzhou.


    Early the next morning, Huangfu Chaobo led Huang Zhong to go out again to meet Lu Bu under the escort of 3000 white horses. Before Hangu pass, they met again. As soon as they met, Lv Bu said, "is general Pingdong really willing to send tens of thousands of our soldiers to Hebei? Will we give 150000 stone grain for our army to return to Bingzhou? "


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately said: "a gentleman''s word, a whip! There is no intention of cheating Marquis Wen. However, our navy ships have all gone north along the river to meet my uncle''s tens of thousands of troops in the north, so it will take a few days for the Wenhou army to cross the river. " Then he added: "if Marquis Wen doesn''t believe it, Chaobo can order to mobilize 50000 stone grains from Gucheng to send them to Marquis Wen''s army to show his sincerity."


    "In that case," Lu Bu said, "Bu wants to ask general Huangfu for some people, and he also asks the general to agree."


    Huangfu''s heart turned suddenly, and he thought that Lv Bu wanted to ask who he wanted, but he still pretended to be confused and said, "tell me, marquis Wen!"


    "I heard that brother Zhiran and his subordinates were captured by the general. Bu wanted to ask the general to return them and their families to me." Lu Budao;


    "this..." Huangfu Chaobo thought in his heart whether to exchange something with Zhang Yang and their generals for Lu Bu, so he didn''t immediately say yes.


    After pondering for a moment, he said: "Marquis Wen also knows that Hanoi is under the rule of our prefecture. As a subordinate, Zhang Zhiran not only does not respect the orders, but also leads the attack on the opposite side, killing more than ten thousand soldiers in Luoyang. This is a crime. If I


    "Ten thousand soldiers, plus ten thousand gold, in exchange for the lives of Zhiran and his generals and family members!" Lu Bu said calmly,


    "this..." Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. When did Lu Bu become so talkative?


    "Twenty thousand gold!"


    "Er


    "Since Luoyang lost ten thousand soldiers because of brother Zhiran, I will compensate you with ten thousand soldiers, and the twenty thousand money will be regarded as an indemnity." Lu Bu said calmly. For him, the soldiers were all gathered in Hongnong, and it didn''t matter if they gave away. As for money, although he didn''t take much with him when he escaped from Chang''an, he collected a lot along the way after he came out of Chang''an.


    However, these are incomparable with Zhang Yang. They are both from Bingzhou and have good personal relations all the time. It''s because Lv Bu took refuge with Dong Zhuo that they became estranged. This time, Lv Bu asked him to send troops, but Zhang Yang responded quickly. Therefore, no matter how, Lv Bu wanted to redeem Zhang Yang and his family.


    Huangfu Chaobo wanted to add a little bit more. Later, he thought that his goal was to drive the tiger away, or not to cause any more trouble. So he nodded his head and said, "well, I will bring Zhang Yang and the generals who are willing to follow him when they deliver food this afternoon. As for their families, I will wait until you cross the river and transfer them directly, which will save the trouble. As for soldiers and horses


    "When brother Zhiran arrives in the afternoon, he will hand it over to the general." Lu Bu said, "when the grain arrives in the afternoon, our army will return to Xin''an County. Hongnong county and Xin''an County will be returned to the general when our army crosses the river."


    The two sides agreed to return to their own camp after handing over personnel and materials in front of Hangu pass at 3:15 PM.


    When he returned to Hangu pass, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Gucheng to deliver 50000 stone grains to Hangu pass. At the same time, he asked people to send a message to Huang Wudi in Luoyang City, asking him to escort Zhang Yang and his subordinates who were unwilling to surrender to Hangu pass, and prepare to hand them over to Lu Bujun in the afternoon.


    At noon, Luoyang sent one hundred Xiliang cavalry generals Zhang Yang and Sui Gu and dozens of their subordinates to send the school guards to Hangu pass.


    By the time of application, the 50000 stone grain in Hangu pass was ready. Huangfu Chaobo sent the two men and 50000 stone grain to Zhao Yun and Baima Yicong to send them out of the pass. Meanwhile, he sent the 10000 soldiers and 20000 gold back to Hangu pass.


    It was Dong Zhao. After he was captured in huaixian County, Huangfu Chaobo immediately made him easy to take care of. This time, Lv Bu deliberately excluded him. In Huangfu Chaobo''s view, Sui Gu was not short of these generals, but he would never let go of Dong Zhao''s internal affairs talents.Huangfu Chaobo was ready to go to huaixian county to persuade Dong Zhao to surrender after the war.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t plan to go out by himself. He felt that the communication with Lv Bu didn''t seem to be very smooth. But at last, under Tian Feng''s persuasion, he went to Lv Bu''s camp with the army.


    Outside the Lvbu camp, seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had arrived as promised, all the Lvbu soldiers were relieved. It seems that the Luoyang army really doesn''t want to fight any more.


    Outside the camp, Zhang Liao looks at the 10000 soldiers rolling towards Luoyang army. He doesn''t know what to say. It''s wrong to say that Lu Bu exchanged 10000 soldiers for Zhang Yang. Several people and their families are wrong, but the 10000 soldiers are also soldiers who have been carefully trained by himself, and one of them is a training talent he attaches great importance to. It''s a pity.. .


    After returning to the camp yesterday, Lu Bu ordered that 10000 elite soldiers be selected from 20000 soldiers, and all the remaining 10000 soldiers be handed over to Luoyang army in exchange for publicity generals. Wei Xuzhong will certainly leave his close generals and soldiers behind. As a result, Zhang Liao''s subordinate soldiers were abandoned by the public, so the school also decided to go to Luoyang army with his own soldiers. Zhang Liao''s several persuasions did not shake his determination, and finally had to give up.

 Chapter 555

    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know that he would have a big surprise among the 10000 disabled soldiers of Lvbu army he took over. Looking at these disheartened Lu Bu soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo just looked at them calmly. After all the personnel and materials were handed over, the two sides politely said a few more words and then led their own troops back to the camp.


    The Luoyang army retreated to Hangu pass, while the Lubu army was ready to withdraw from the camp and took all the supplies back to Xin''an County.


    Back at Hangu pass, Huangfu Chaobo and his party didn''t stay much longer. They just ordered Zhou Cangji to repair the wall. After paying close attention to the situation of Lv Bu''s army, they led the people and cavalry back to Luoyang. There are a lot of things to deal with in Luoyang.


    Two days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party returned to Luoyang City. At this time, the normal activities began to resume in Luoyang City. Although the main officials of each department were not in Luoyang, under the command of the left behind General Huang Wudi, the officials of each department had already started their own work, and the construction of the inner city began in an orderly way.


    At the end of the Luoyang war, the war in western Liaoning has come to an end.


    Back in the second year of Chuping, on September 1, 191, the battle of Lulong fortress in western Liaoning ended. After the rout soldiers of tangtougouguan Xianbei arrived at Suli''s tent, they explained the course of the battle to Suli one by one.


    The news of the collapse of the partial army made all the tribal leaders under Suli very surprised. Considering that Lulong fortress had not been attacked for a long time, the veterans of the great army were tired, and winter was coming soon, many tribal generals were reluctant. Finally, under Suli''s pressure, Xianbei people decided to attack the city for three more days. Of course, Duhou had been sent far away by Suli.


    After the three-day war, the Xianbei army still failed to take down the Lulong fortress. The main reason is that there was a red faced general in the pass recently, and the Xianbei warriors had no enemy.


    The fortress has not been attacked for a long time, and the Marquis has been reprimanded. In the west, there are more than ten thousand cavalry approaching urgently, and they will arrive at the camp in two days. Suli knew that he had no chance to capture the Lulong fortress, so he had no choice but to arrange the retreat of the army.


    After getting the news that Gongsun Yue and Huang Xu led 10000 cavalry to support, Gongsun Zan had been ready for a long time. He knew that the war would basically be over after he had to resist the crazy attack of Xianbei people in the last few days.


    For this reason, in addition to the thousands of cavalry, he has been saving his energy. He transferred almost all the soldiers to the fortress in turn, in order to fight back at the last moment.


    Seeing that the Xianbei cavalry outside the pass was ready to retreat, Gongsun Zan knew that it was time for him to fight back. He immediately ordered Guan Jing and Dan Jing to guard the pass. He led 4000 white horses, and Zou Dan, the king, led 6000 ordinary cavalry. In addition, Guan Yu''s 1000 cavalry closely followed the Xianbei army.


    At first, the leaders of Xianbei tribe saw that the cavalry of Han Army dared to give up the advantage of the city and ran to the grassland to catch up with them, so they sent 10000 cavalry to intercept gongsunzan''s cavalry, but they were shocked by the result.


    Gongsun Zan''s white horse cavalry was able to carry twice the attack of the already fangxianbei warriors without defeat, while thousands of other cavalry, led by a red faced general, quickly entered the dilemma of Xianbei cavalry. For a time, ten thousand Xianbei cavalry lost thousands, and finally fled in confusion.


    In fact, this kind of situation is normal. First, Baima Yicong is a special branch of the armed forces. What''s more, Gongsun Zan''s Baima Yicong is the elite, reaching the level of a tenth rank soldier. Although Xianbei cavalry is also a special cavalry, it can only be equal to ordinary white horse.


    The second is the most important thing. In the last three days of the war, almost all the Xianbei cavalry took part in one or two sieges. However, Baima Yicong had a three-day rest. Therefore, on one hand, he was able to keep up his strength, and on the other hand, although he was not a tired soldier, he was far from being a lively one.


    Therefore, in the battle between the two, baimayi blocked the attack of Xianbei cavalry, while Guan Yu and wangmen Zou Dan led 7000 ordinary cavalry into Xianbei cavalry from both sides. It''s strange that Guan Yu''s force didn''t make Xianbei cavalry tremble. Therefore, ten thousand Xianbei cavalry didn''t last long and fled back to Xianbei army.


    As a result, Baima Yicong lost 500, ordinary cavalry lost 2000, and Xianbei cavalry lost more than 3000 people and more than 4000 horses.


    The chivalry of Baima Yicong scared Xianbei cavalry. They thought that all the 4000 Baima Yicong subordinated to Gongsun Zan were ten level arms. In fact, they didn''t know that Baima Yicong of ten level had only one thousand cavalry, and hundreds of them lost in the battle just now.


    As a matter of fact, there are not no cavalry in Xianbei that can fight against Baima Yicong of the tenth level. Suli, the adult of Xianbei in the East, has a palace net cavalry of 20000 people, but Suli knows that these 20000 people are his biggest dependence. If he loses too much against Baima Yicong again, he may not be able to suppress those ambitious men, so he has to fight again After three years of consideration, Sully still gave up the idea of the palace tent cavalry to fight. In his mind, he only needed hundreds of thousands of troops to protect the 200000 tribes, cattle, sheep and horses.Two days later, he found himself wrong and underestimated Gongsun Zan''s determination and madness. When Gongsun Yue and Huang Xu led nearly ten thousand cavalry to join Gongsun Zan, there were 18000 cavalry in the two armies, including more than 6000 white horses and 12000 ordinary cavalry. In addition, Huang Xu also brought he ruolong and his gold carvings.


    In fact, Zhao Yun intended to bring the two Xianbei and their golden eagles back to Luoyang together at the beginning. However, first, the war in the Central Plains is mainly defensive, and the war on the grassland needs the golden eagles to inquire for information. Second, although he Ruo brothers have two golden eagles and both of them can tame them, his younger brother he ruobi and his training eagles are not completely tamed.


    So after thinking about it again and again, Zhao Yun left his brother to Longhua, especially Huang Xu, who immediately needed to lead the troops, so he needed more intelligence support.


    After meeting nearly ten thousand cavalry of Gongsun Yue and Huang Xu, Gongsun Zan decided to fight a fierce battle for Xianbei people, because the attack these days has already brought out his real fire. He felt that if he did not take advantage of the fear of the Xianbei army, his two counties would be restless. Instead of guarding against thieves every day, he might as well fight these Xianbei people once and for all, They didn''t dare to attack again for years.

 Chapter 556

    The reason why Gongsun was determined to fight hard for Xianbei people was that he wanted to scare Xianbei people. In fact, another reason was that Gongsun was more and more attracted to Xianbei people and their horses.


    These Xianbei cavalry are good materials for elite cavalry. He believes that as long as he gives himself six months to a year of training, he can train thousands or even more Baima Yicong, and these Xianbei people are also the most needed population in his two counties.


    Under the influence of Huangfu Chaobo for several years, Gongsun Zan''s thinking also changed a little. Instead of killing all these alien races, he had better turn them into slaves or rule the people himself. This is much more useful than killing them. At worst, he can sell these people and make a lot of money.


    After all the people were recruited, Gongsun Zan told several people what he thought. Huang Xu and Guan Yu both hesitated. Gongsun Zan saw what they thought, but he didn''t say much. He just said that he would double the loss of the war. With his promise, they both readily agreed to Gongsun Zan''s request.


    After discussion, several people decided that the army should be divided into three parts. Gongsunzan was in charge of more than 6000 white horses, Huang xuze was in charge of the 5000 cavalry in Longhua, and Guan Yu''s cavalry and gongsunzan''s ordinary cavalry were combined.


    Although the Xianbei people still have more than 100000 cavalry, they have 200000 or 300000 tribes and hundreds of thousands of cattle, sheep and horses to guard. In addition, they are old and tired, so the number of cavalry they can use is not very large.


    The three cavalry surrounded most of Xianbei and harassed them day and night, making them restless all day long. The fighting of the three cavalry has its own characteristics. Huang Xu''s cavalry has hundreds of crossbow soldiers, and there is air warning in the sky, so they are basically effective, and it is difficult to be surrounded by Xianbei people.


    Gongsun Zan, on the other hand, was very powerful with nearly a thousand righteous followers, and Xianbei was afraid of the prestige of general Baima, so the war damage was not very great. The biggest loss is Guan Yu''s ordinary cavalry. They mainly rely on Guan Yu''s strong fighting power.


    However, although they were besieged several times, they all broke through under the impact of Guan Yu, but the war damage was also very big, and they lost 2000 cavalry in only two days. On another occasion, when Guan Yu''s headquarters were surrounded by more than ten thousand Xianbei cavalry, they were discovered by the golden carvings of Huang Xu''s headquarters.


    So he contacted Gongsun Zan urgently, and by taking advantage of Guan Yu''s encirclement, two cavalry suddenly attacked Xianbei cavalry from behind. After a bloody battle, only a few hundred of the ten thousand Xianbei cavalry escaped in a panic, and the rest of them died or were captured.


    Two days later, Sully suddenly found that his troops had lost nearly 20000 people, while the number of Chinese cavalry he had destroyed was only a few thousand, and this number has yet to be confirmed.


    So the angry adult of Xianbei in the East ordered his personal guard, commander Wan Fu, to take ten thousand palace tent cavalry elite and twenty thousand ordinary tribe cavalry to destroy those hateful Han dog cavalry. But thirty thousand cavalry went out for two days and then returned empty handed, because they could not find Han dog cavalry at all. They seemed to have disappeared.


    For Gongsun Zan and his cavalry, hundreds of miles inside and outside of the Great Wall in youbeiping and Liaoxi are like their own homes. If they hide in one place, Xianbei people can''t find them.


    Then sully found that his 30000 cavalry had gone out, but most of the tribes seemed to be more harassed.


    When thirty thousand cavalry came back, Sully immediately summoned the leaders of all the departments to discuss the matter. They discussed it and found that there was no way to deal with the annoying flies around. Not only that, but now there is a very serious problem. Winter on the grassland is coming soon. If our army can''t return to wodong''s Grassland before winter comes, our troops will have a hard time this winter.


    After a heated discussion, Sully finally made a painful decision to abandon some of the slow-moving old, weak, disabled and some cattle, sheep and horses, to survive by breaking their tails, leading strong and sufficient livestock for the winter and leaving quickly.


    In this way, most of the parts were preserved, but sully''s reputation dropped to the bottom, leading hundreds of thousands of troops to the south, but finally returned with only half of the elite. Stealing chicken is not the only way to eat rice.


    Looking at the tens of thousands of Xianbei people and the cattle, sheep and horses all over the mountains, the cavalry officers and soldiers of the Han army all gave a great cheer, and Gongsun Zan all breathed a sigh of relief.


    You know, after more than ten days of pursuit and fighting, they are about to be unable to hold on. If Suli persists for a while, Gongsun Zan may have to order to retreat. After all, they have reached more than 300 miles north of the Great Wall.


    Fortunately, Xianbei people can''t support it. The war is over. Now it''s time to distribute the fruits of victory. After more than ten days of fighting, the cavalry lost a lot. Like Gongsun Zan''s Baima Yicong, the number of seven thousand cavalry is less than four thousand now, while the number of thousands of cavalry of Guan Yu and wangmen is less than three thousand.


    And Huang Xu''s 5000 cavalry also lost nearly half, because of the Golden Eagle of air warning, otherwise the loss would be even greater. However, the number of captured Xianbei cavalry and horses was not much, which was not enough to supplement the losses of each family. In the end, Suli broke his tail to survive, which made everyone gain a lot. But these were only the old, the weak, the disabled, the ordinary horses, and the cattle and sheep all over the mountains.Of course, there are other gains, such as Gongsun Zan''s 4000 white horses and Yicong, which are more than 3000 and have reached the level of ten level elite. They only need to be equipped with better horses. Huang Xu''s cavalry also has more than 1000 cavalry, which have reached the level of ten level Huben cavalry, but Guan Yu''s 1000 cavalry only has less than 300, but all of them have reached the level of ten.


    After several people deliberated for a while, Gongsun Zan decided to give Huang Xu two thousand prisoners of Xianbei soldiers, and then give him five thousand old, weak and disabled, three thousand horses, ten thousand cattle and sheep; for Guan Yu, Gongsun Zan added five hundred cavalry for him, and then gave him five hundred Xianbei prisoners, two thousand horses, as for other old, weak, cattle and sheep, Guan Yu changed them into one thousand horses All the horses.


    After that, Huang Xu led the cavalry to escort the captives, cattle, sheep and horses to the southwest to Longhua and eryun, while Gongsun Zan led them back to western Liaoning.


    A few days later, Huang Xu and his party finally returned to Longhua. At this time, after Tian Yu''s busyness, Longhua had cleaned up the battlefield outside tangtougou pass, and the construction of Longhua town had begun again. Now we just wait for Huang Xu to lead the soldiers back, then transform them into prisoners and reorganize the soldiers. After all the conditions have been met, Longhua will be upgraded to a small city.

 Chapter 557

    After returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo ordered everyone to get busy. After the war, there were too many things to do. In the recent month''s war, tens of thousands of soldiers were killed and injured. The dead soldiers needed to be buried, and their families'' pensions needed to be arranged.


    Injured taxis need treatment and disabled taxis need rehousing. All the soldiers need to be rewarded according to the military merit recorded. Not only the soldiers, but all the generals need to be rewarded according to the military merit. Finally, the remaining troops need to be reorganized, especially the tens of thousands of Hanoi army and the ten thousand Hongnong army that took over from Lu Bu this time. These soldiers need to be carefully selected, the less qualified ones should be eliminated, and the qualified ones should be reorganized.


    Especially now the counties in Luoyang need to be taken over again, and Hanoi and Hongnong also need to be taken over, so it takes a lot of time and energy.


    Two days later, Tian Feng, Lou GUI and Zao only three people will be casualties and the situation of the capture and surrender statistics. At the beginning of the battle, the number of Luoyang troops was 63000.


    After that, another 20000 soldiers were recruited, together with the 6000 cavalry brought by Zhao Yun from Longhua, and the total number of soldiers killed was 90000. In the end, there were less than 50000 soldiers and horses left, including the number of taxis recovered after minor injuries, so the death toll reached an astonishing 40000, which could be said to be a loss of nearly half.


    In addition, Hangu pass successively put in 23000 troops, leaving less than 9000 in the end, resulting in a loss of 13000. It can be said that in one month''s war, more than 50000 soldiers were lost around Luoyang alone. Seeing this data, everyone on the scene took a deep breath and was shocked.


    If we add the losses of Luyang and Longhua, it is estimated that the loss of Huangfu Chaobo''s taxi will reach 800 to 100000. Of course, there are still some disabled soldiers who can only be resettled.


    This is only in terms of casualties. In addition, the war in the past month has consumed nearly 200000 pieces of weapons and equipment, which has consumed more than half of the weapons and equipment that Huangfu Chaobo kept in Luoyang. There are less than 50000 pieces that can be repaired, and the others can only be recycled.


    There is also the medicine for tens of thousands of soldiers, which almost consumed the hundreds of thousands of blood medicines in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo. It can be said that this war almost used up all the inventory of Huangfu Chaobo. Compared with the previous two wars, the consumption of personnel and materials was almost several times of the total of the previous two wars.


    It can also be seen from this aspect that there is a gap between the strength of the warlords and the yellow scarf army, as well as the bandit soldiers that the players usually contact most.


    After counting the army and horse materials that have been lost, the next step is to count the harvest. First of all, the biggest harvest was the surrender of the Hanoi army. In addition to the surrender of the water army in Hanoi port, Jiang Qin reorganized it into Luoyang water army together with the water army of hulaoguan water stronghold. In addition, he bought all kinds of warships from Han Fu in Jizhou. The two schools and two units, that is, 12000 water army.


    Of course, the 12000 only refers to the officers and soldiers in the water, not the sailors and auxiliary soldiers on the ships. If you add these people and the auxiliary soldiers in the water stronghold, there are more than 24000. As for the arrangement of these water forces, Huangfu Chaobo decided to wait for a while before he could gather all the people for discussion.


    In addition to the gains of the water army, there are tens of thousands of soldiers in Hanoi, including 12000 soldiers in Huai County, 1000 cavalry soldiers, 10000 soldiers in Hanoi port, 20000 soldiers in dangyin County, and 30000 soldiers in Hanoi recruited outside Luoyang. The number of soldiers increased by more than 70000 at a time.


    In addition, there were 10000 Hongnong soldiers who took over from LV Bujun, 60000 Nanyang soldiers and 20000 civilians who were captured. This does not include the three counties occupied by Nanyang army, Goushi, Xincheng and Liangxian, each with 2000 soldiers.


    If calculated in this way, the number of taxis increased by about 130000 in this war. Of course, it is not possible to reorganize the soldiers and civil servants of Nanyang army for the time being, because their families are still in Nanyang.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo is sure to ask Yuan Shu for help. In this way, not only tens of thousands of soldiers will be added, but their families alone will add nearly 200000 people to Luoyang. Among them, 15000 heavy infantry are all soldiers with B-level or above qualification, and Huangfu Chaobo will not give up.


    As for whether Yuan Shu would agree or not, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t worry at all. You know, several generals under Yuan Shu were killed by the Luoyang army, and none of them escaped. Because of Yuan Shu''s urine, he didn''t care about the soldiers, but the generals would certainly not give up.


    However, that''s what will happen in the future. Anyway, the initiative is in my own hands now. After Luoyang is busy, I''ll go to Nanyang and have a good chat with our little yuan Sangong. Now, if these prisoners are honest, tens of thousands of them can speed up the reconstruction of Luoyang.


    Now Huangfu Chaobo is thinking about the military system in Luoyang. Through the World War I, Huangfu Chaobo found many problems. It was inconvenient to reorganize according to his qualifications. Sometimes, there is a big difference between the ranks of the same qualified soldiers, but if they are forcibly reorganized together, it will also have a great impact on the combat effectiveness of the whole soldiers.Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately recruited Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun, together with Tian Feng, Lou GUI and Zaozhi, to discuss the issue of military reform.


    When all the six gathered together, Huangfu Chaobo talked about what he had in mind, and everyone was confined to meditation. Huang Zhong, in particular, had the deepest understanding of this. As the direct commander of the whole war, he was also aware of this problem.


    After pondering for a moment, Huang Zhong said: "in the view of loyalty, soldiers can be divided into combat soldiers and garrison soldiers according to their ranks. Garrison soldiers are used for guarding city passes, while combat soldiers are used for mobile operations, such as large-scale operations, which are led by generals."


    Zhao Yun also said: "yes, the garrison usually lives in a certain city, and when it comes to wartime, it is used to defend the city, while the soldiers can attack and defend, and their combat power is a bit stronger. Once the soldiers are damaged, they will be transferred from the garrison to a certain rank and added to the soldiers, so as to ensure the combat effectiveness of the soldiers. The garrison with a vacancy will recruit new soldiers on the spot and gradually train and upgrade their ranks, because they are mainly used for defense. Even if the combat effectiveness decreases slightly, it will not affect the overall situation. "


    "That''s right," Lou GUI nodded with a light beard. "However, we need to carefully consider how many troops should be arranged in each city pass, and how many soldiers are there."

 Chapter 558

    Huangfu Chaobo a listen, this is not some similar to the Tang Dynasty''s military system? There are local garrisons at the local level, and central warfighters at the central level. Garrisons are local defense forces, and warfighters are mobile forces. Once there is a war, the garrison will keep close watch on the city, and then send soldiers to support it. This method is feasible, and there is no need to deploy soldiers here and there every time there is a war.


    But what Lou GUI said is really a question. We must consider how many troops should be stationed in each place. It''s no use if there are fewer soldiers and there are wars. If there are more soldiers, there is no money and food to support. Moreover, it''s not a matter to recruit so many soldiers to stay idle all day long.


    After hearing this, they all nodded. It is true that the number of troops stationed in cities of different sizes and locations is certainly different, and the situation of troops needed in County, county and state cities is also different.


    Take Henan Province as an example, Luoyang and the surrounding counties need the same forces, otherwise they are defending. Now that the train of thought has been settled, then the people will discuss the situation of the required troops for each city pass.


    The number of garrisons, the number of infantry and the number of cavalry should be discussed one by one.


    After a whole day''s discussion, the general system and the arrangement of troops were determined.


    First of all, the soldiers were divided into auxiliary soldiers, guard soldiers and combat soldiers. The main purpose of recruitment in wartime is to assist in the transportation of grain and grass materials and to assist the garrison to carry the materials for the garrison. The garrison and the warfighter are real soldiers.


    After discussion, several people decided that the garrison level should be limited below level 35, that is, the intermediate arms below level 7. War soldiers are limited to high-level and guard level arms above level 7. The composition of infantry is the same as before, with a basic composition of 1000 units. Each unit consists of 400 soldiers of sword and shield, 400 soldiers of spear, and 200 soldiers of bow and arrow or crossbow.


    However, cavalry and special arms form a separate army and are not included in ordinary infantry.


    The number of garrisons placed in each city pass is 3000 to 5000 in the county level, and the counties with special positions are counted separately, equipped with one village or one song of ordinary cavalry; the number of garrisons at county level is 10000 to 20000, equipped with one to three ordinary cavalry, and the number of garrisons at special positions is counted separately; the number of garrisons at state level is 20000 to 40000, equipped with three ordinary cavalry to one school.


    In addition to the county, there are also various passes and water army camps. Now Luoyang army has more than 10000 water army, and there are three big ports and one water stronghold in the water army camp. The three big ports are Mengjin port, xiaopingjin port and Hanoi port, and the water stronghold is hulaoguan water stronghold.


    Huangfu Chaobo then found out why Luoyang is known as a place of four places. NIMA has to be guarded everywhere. He managed to gather up more than 10000 water forces and had four bases to defend.


    Hanoi port is the only big port in Hanoi, and it is also the barrier for the eastern princes to enter the waters of Luoyang. Therefore, it is necessary to station heavy troops. The water army should at least have one school of troops, and the garrison of the water stronghold should at least have one school of troops. Mengjin and xiaopingjin are close to each other, and Mengjin is the most important port in Luoyang. Therefore, Mengjin is the most important port in the two places, so Mengjin also needs one school The Garrison should also reach one school.


    As for the other two places, the main one can not have so many troops. One for each of xiaopingjin and hulaoguan water stronghold, and one for the garrison is enough.


    In addition to these places, there are also garrisons at several passes, Hulao pass, Sishui pass, Han Hangu pass and Qin Hangu pass. Oh, by the way, the Ji pass in Hanoi will be added in the future. It seems that in addition to Qin Hangu pass, other passes will become the passes in the territory.


    However, now Hulao pass and Han Hangu pass have to garrison more than ten thousand soldiers, and the number of cavalry in them can not be less than two thousand. As for the rest, we will talk about it at that time.


    In this way, if we only calculate the minimum requirement in Luoyang, we need to have a total of 74000 soldiers and 6000 to 7000 cavalry.


    In this way alone, the monthly grain and grass consumption of the garrison reached nearly 160000 stones, and the required salary was 57000 Guan. Next is the number of soldiers. It is also a difficult problem to maintain the number of soldiers.


    Several people discussed for a long time, but they didn''t decide. They simply didn''t want to think about it. Instead, they calculated how many soldiers and horses were left in Luoyang, and then determined the number of soldiers and horses according to the total number of soldiers and horses.


    After nearly a month''s war, there were more than 80000 soldiers (plus 20000 newly recruited soldiers) in Luoyang. At last, there were 47000 soldiers left. Among them, four thousand soldiers under Dugu Xiong didn''t take part in the war, so there was no loss.


    In terms of cavalry, Huben cavalry had 5000 cavalry units. After several battles in a month, they lost 1000 cavalry units and were left with 4000 cavalry units. He had twenty-three thousand soldiers and two thousand cavalry. In addition, the 15000 soldiers and 1000 cavalry under Huaxiong''s command of Hulao pass were held down by Huangfu Chaobo, 3000 in Sishui pass, 6000 in Yanshi and Gongxian, and 9000 in Gucheng.


    There are also the remaining 30000 troops of Zhang Yang''s Hanoi army, and 10000 people who took over from Lu Bu. Finally, in addition to the 3000 Baima Yicong and 2000 ordinary cavalry brought by Zhao Yun and the 2000 Xiliang iron cavalry led by Huang Wudi, except the 10000 infantry soldiers taken away by Pei yuanshao yesterday, the total strength in Luoyang now is more than 130000 infantry soldiers, as well as the 4000 tungzi troops, the 4000 Huben cavalry troops, the 3000 Baima Yicong, the 2000 Xiliang iron cavalry troops and the 5000 ordinary cavalry troops.If you subtract the 74000 guards, there will be 56000 left. Of course, if you need to, there will be 60000 Nanyang army captives available. In the end, 15000 heavy infantry can be used, and the remaining 45000 ordinary soldiers will be more than 20000.


    Therefore, in addition to these special arms, there are more than 100000 troops to choose from. If it''s possible, Huangfu Chaobo really wants to keep all these soldiers. If you add them up in this way, there will be more than 200000 troops. Taking Luoyang as an example, if you want to support 200000 troops, it''s just a fool''s dream. This is not counting the tens of thousands of soldiers in the water army. If you add the water army, there may be 300000 troops.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo finally decided to set up two battalions of soldiers and horses for the infantry, namely the Longlu camp and Huben camp, in addition to the addition of several special arms to one school and the ordinary cavalry to two schools. Each battalion had four schools, one for the heavy infantry, one for the guard infantry, and the other two for the ordinary infantry.

 Chapter 559

    Huangfu Chaobo recruited 20000 guards from Yuzhou at the beginning. In addition to 5000 Huben cavalry, only 1000 cavalry were lost. After a month of continuous fighting, there were only 11000 soldiers left. So Huangfu Chaobo simply divided them into two schools and arranged them into two battalions.


    The two battalions were stationed outside Luoyang at ordinary times. Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun were temporarily in charge of the training of the soldiers and horses, and the general was appointed when they went out.


    As for Huangfu Chaobo''s bodyguard, he decided not to set it up for the time being. In his mind, his bodyguard has already focused on the elite of the 11th level. If not, he can use Huben cavalry as his bodyguard first.


    At this point, the Luoyang military system, which took six people nearly two days and a lot of effort and energy, was finally established. Several people believe that this plan should be enough to last for a long time.


    In the future, the recruitment of soldiers will be customized, which will also make the political and military operations under the rule more smoothly. There will certainly be no major changes in the garrison. In the case of war, the number of soldiers can be increased according to the expansion of the territory under the rule.


    Now that the decision has been made, we are ready to arrange the execution. Just when Huangfu Chaobo is ready to order the execution, he receives the news from Lu Yang that Yuan Shu has retired. When he hears the news, everyone is relieved.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered Pei yuanshao''s 10000 troops to implement the military order to recover the new town of Liang county. Now that all the major armies have retreated, it''s a good time to gather all the generals to Luoyang to discuss the matter and convey the reform of the general system to the public.


    With the order of Huangfu Chaobo, Zhou Tai immediately handed over the Luyang war to Chen Jing, led his own soldiers to escort Pang Tong and Xu Shu to Luoyang, and Huaxiong of Hulao pass also led 10000 soldiers back to Luoyang to participate in the discussion.


    Three days later, all the important generals and soldiers who asked to return to Luoyang had arrived. Huangfu Chaobo gathered people to discuss business in the prefect''s mansion. By the way, the most important thing was to reward others for their merits. The rewards for the soldiers are already in progress, but the rewards for the generals have not yet been implemented. Huangfu Chaobo is going to send them all at once here.


    You know, for the reward of his civil and military subordinates, Huangfu Chaobo had a headache for several nights. The meritorious personnel wanted a big reward, but generals like Hua Xiong also needed a reward. Although they didn''t directly participate in the war, they were also meritorious generals who guarded the rear of the army. It was not that Hua Xiong didn''t want to participate in the war, but that he was held down by Huangfu Chaobo in the early stage The ten thousand soldiers can''t catch up.


    In the inner room behind the assembly hall, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the two military strategists in front of him. He couldn''t help feeling a lot, especially birdie. This time, if he had not skillfully used the tactic of "gathering sand to form a tower" from the two allies and transferred hundreds of soldiers from each county, how could he have obtained tens of thousands of reinforcements.


    When he heard that Zhou Tai was escorting them to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo immediately led the people inside Luoyang to meet them outside the city.


    Looking at the dusty three, Huangfu Chaobo led them to salute solemnly and said: "Chaobo led Luoyang people to thank Shiyuan and Yuanzhi for their help. General Zhou also worked hard. If it wasn''t for a few, Luoyang might not be able to keep it." In the face of Huangfu Chaobo''s repeated demonstration, several people felt flattered and humiliated. Especially Zhou Tai, Lian Shengdao, this is what he should do as a subordinate.


    Huangfu Chaobo no longer said much, but led a few people into the inner city of Taishou house, good life hospitality. After a moment''s conversation in the hall, Zhou Tai and other generals all told Huangfu Chaobo that they had left. Only a group of Wen Chen and Pang Tong Xu Shu were left in the room.


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong are quite familiar with each other. After decades of communication during his trip to Changsha, Huangfu Chaobo has been in contact with him all the time. While sending people to Xiangyang to deliver wine every month, Huangfu Chaobo also wrote to Pang Tong about the development of changshe every three or five times. However, Pang Tong never wrote back to Huangfu Chaobo, but he always did Pay close attention to the development of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Otherwise, how could there be such a coincidence? When the Luoyang war came to the time of falling into the Jedi, the two of them just arrived at changshe. People say that there is no unexplained hate, there is no unexplained love.


    If Pang Tong had not paid attention to Huangfu Chaobo all the time and recognized what Huangfu Chaobo had been doing, where would he have helped? He even sent his elder martial brother who was going to leave the mountain to help.


    Huangfu Chaobo was inexplicably grateful for their help. In those days, he had estimated the worst plan for the defeat and retreating to Hulao pass. Who knows, it was Pang Tong''s plan to turn Luoyang from crisis to victory.


    So after a short rest, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said to the two people: "Chaobo has been trembling since he was ordered to rebuild Luoyang, for fear that there might be some mistakes. Although Mr. Tian, Mr. Lou and Mr. Zao have helped each other, they have to lament that when they were all powerful and poor, Chaobo and some of them, though they were struggling and sleepless all night, were still dead To be able to come up with a solution almost destroyed more than a year''s efforts to rebuild Luoyang. Fortunately, the two gentlemen helped each other. Chaobo would like to ask the two gentlemen to come out of the mountain to help and remind Chaobo from time to time. "When they saw this, they quickly got up. Pang Tong said that he was too young to be an official, but his eyes always glanced at Xu Shu. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t understand his meaning, so he quickly saluted Xu Shu again. Xu Shu was originally a knight errant. After the war, he really recognized Huangfu''s behavior.


    Now that he had made a decision, he didn''t refuse any more. He agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s invitation and agreed to become an official in Huangfu Chaobo as a military adviser. Originally, he only wanted to work in the shogunate of Zhengdong general, but finally he took over the position of Bing Cao, one of the prefectural and pastoral officials.


    Seeing that he finally invited a top counselor, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. He asked them to return to their seats, and all the people around him went forward to congratulate Huangfu Chaobo. At the same time, they met Xu Shu with the courtesy of their colleagues.


    Taking advantage of the mutual salute, Huangfu Chaobo secretly looks at Xu Shu''s attributes:


    Xu Shu, born in 168, has 40 levels of intelligence 561.40, Wu 431.07, Zhi 631.58, Nei 531.33, charm 81


    when I go, my full level has reached 95 intelligence, obediently Dong... Throughout the Three Kingdoms period, it seems that there are no more than ten people with intelligence above 95.


    What surprised Huangfu Chaobo even more was that Xu Shu was proficient in all kinds of arms except the water army, and the Gunners were proficient, so he found a treasure.

 Chapter 560

    Huangfu Chaobo now has no military strategists, but none of them are good at military strategy. Although Tian Feng is also a top military strategist, he is good at internal affairs, especially Lou GUI and Zao. Therefore, Xu Shu''s participation helps Huangfu Chaobo ease the situation of no military strategists.


    In fact, if Pang Tong could join in, it would be the best. But they also said that Huangfu Chaobo had to give up because he was too young and his family wouldn''t let him become an official. However, from this point of view, as long as Huangfu Chaobo didn''t kill himself, in a few years, the bird would be the dish in his bowl.


    After another exchange of greetings, Shi a from the front hall came in. All the generals in front of him had arrived to ask if Huangfu Chaobo could start business. Then they were quiet and came to the front hall behind Huangfu Chaobo.


    Sitting on the throne of the prefect''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo looks at the generals under his command. Although there are still several generals who have not arrived, they are full of talents. Huangfu Chaobo calculated for himself and found that there were more than 20 people under him who had names in the history or annals of the Three Kingdoms.


    Huangfu Chaobo found that he had already reached the strength of most of the Guandong princes before he knew it.


    After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo signaled that Shi a could start. With Shi A''s "Silence", everyone in the hall calmed down and waited for Huangfu Chaobo to speak.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, a month ago, Lu Bu wanted to assassinate Dong Zhuo, but he failed. Then he fled Chang''an in a hurry. Lu Bu, who had no place to go, united with Nanyang Yuanshu and made it known in Hanoi that he wanted to attack Luoyang and seize my foundation. It all depended on the advice of all the gentlemen and the life of all the officers and men. Finally, he defeated the three armies of the princes and saved Luoyang, which we had invested a year and worked hard to rebuild. Here, thank you very much for your help With that, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and saluted everyone in the hall.


    Everyone was so surprised that he quickly stood up to reply to Huangfu Chaobo and said in unison, "I''d like to die for the general!"


    Seeing that all the people stood up, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "well, all of you can afford this ceremony. Please take a seat. At present, only Lu Bu''s army of the three routes is still stationed in Hongnong, but it has destroyed the idea of seizing Luoyang. People say that you will be rewarded for your meritorious service, so you deserve the rest. However, before that, I would like to introduce you to two talents. "


    Then Huangfu Chaobo walked up to Pang Tong and said, "this is Pang Shiyuan, Pang Tong of Xiangyang. He is called" fengxiao ". This time, the three princes came to attack Luoyang and almost killed us. It was Pang who turned the tide around, gathered reinforcements for Luoyang and gave us some wonderful strategies, and then broke the three Marquis army."


    Seeing this, Pang Tong quickly got up and saluted all the people present.


    Huangfu Chaobo went up to Xu Shu again and said, "this is a person from Yingchuan, Mr. Xu Shu and Mr. Xu Yuanzhi. This time, he and Mr. Pang will give advice together. General Zhou Tai and all the generals under his command should be obvious to all. Moreover, this time Mr. Xu should be invited by Chaobo to take up the post of military adviser of shogunate for our state soldier Cao. "


    Xu Shu got up and said, "I am valued by my Lord. I will be your colleagues after me. Please don''t give me such advice in the future."


    When they heard this, they immediately got up to return the salute.


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo walked up to Zhao Yun and said, "this is Zhao Yun and Zhao Zilong, a good friend of Chaobo in the past. This time, if Zilong hadn''t led thousands of miles to return to Luoyang, Luoyang would have been so successful. Besides, Zilong had also led hundreds of thousands of Xianbei cavalry in Longhua before returning to Luoyang, which can be said to be a great achievement."


    "My Lord, I''m flattered! It''s in the cloud''s share! " Zhao Yun stood up and said modestly;


    Huangfu Chaobo patted Zhao Yun''s hand and said, "Zilong''s skill is beyond his knowledge." Then he went up to Huang Zhong and said, "the first merit of this battle should be my elder brother. Since my elder brother has followed Chaobo, he has always been instructing and worrying about everything. Only by doing so can we have today''s Huangfu Chaobo."


    Huang Zhong got up and hugged his fist and said, "only when you are a talented man can you achieve what you have achieved today. Zhong just follows the trend."


    "And all of you sitting here, Mr. Yuan Zhen, Mr. Zibo and Mr. Ziping, all of you have been sleeping all night for the sake of war. General Dianwei fought with Lu Bu, the best in the world, to keep Hangu pass. General Zhou Tai and general Jiang Qin heard that Luoyang was besieged and traveled day and night from Jingzhou to Luoyang to fight.


    General Zhao Cen, a general of Huaxiong, has made great efforts to guard the two passes of Hulao and Sishui, so as to save the army from worries. Although he did not take part in the war, he has also made great achievements. General Zhou Cang defended Hangu and fought against Lv Bu''s tens of thousands of troops. Huang Wudi resolutely asked for orders to lead the defense of Gu County, and then led the cavalry to cooperate with Luoyang cavalry to burn the siege equipment of Nanyang army.


    There is also Shi A''s captain, who first escorts Zhang Yi to break through the encirclement among the armies, and then rushes to changshe day and night to assist the military division. And Huang Xutian and Yu, two generals of Longhua Town, under the siege of 200000 troops of Xianbei, made great efforts to protect Longhua. There are also generals Yang Feng and Pei yuanshao, who have been fighting bloody battles in the past month.


    There are thousands of soldiers, without them, Luoyang would not be today. Therefore, today you are all meritorious officials of Luoyang and Sizhou. So... As I said just now, you deserve this gift. Thank you very much With that, Huangfu Chaobo bowed his hand again and saluted the people around him.After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, all the people present, whether they were named or not, felt excited. If their Lord was able to affirm his subordinates'' achievements, anyone would have a feeling that a scholar would die as a confidant.


    So when Huangfu Chaobo bowed to all the people again, all the people stood up, went to Huangfu Chaobo, knelt down on one knee, and yelled in unison: "I''m waiting to die for the Lord!"


    The roar from the sky made the whole hall of the prefect''s mansion feel shocked. The guards outside the hall couldn''t help looking inside. Although they couldn''t see anything, they still felt excited.


    Seeing this, Jia Jing, who was standing on one side, suddenly felt that the man beside her was very tall.


    "Ding Dong, because of the recognition of the players, the family members of the players all have a feeling that they are friends and die. The loyalty of the family members of the players is increased by 5 points. Congratulations to the players!"


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo himself was immersed in it, a system prompt suddenly woke him up. Seeing everyone in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly felt that with these people''s help, even if he really lost Luoyang, he would soon be able to rise in Dongshan.


    "Ha ha ha... OK, OK... Everybody up! It''s a great honor to have the help of all the kings. " Huangfu Chaobo raised his head and laughed;


    "Lord Xie!" They all agreed, got up and went back to their seats.

 Chapter 561

    Seeing that all the people had returned to their seats, Huangfu Chaobo said no more. Shugong was over, and the main purpose of today''s discussion was reward!


    From his arms, Huangfu Chaobo takes out the list of rewards that he has already prepared, and gives it to the Gongcao, the subordinate officer of the State animal husbandry, who works for Lou GUI. The list of rewards is determined by Huangfu Chaobo after careful consideration, and then after repeated discussions with Tian Feng, Lou GUI, Zaozhi and Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun.


    Among the civil servants, Tian Feng was awarded the title of "BIE Jia" and became the first civil servant under the command of Huangfu Chaobo. Lou GUI was awarded the title of "Gong Cao", "Zao Zhibo Cao" and "Xu Shubing Cao".


    As for the generals, Huang Zhong, who was in charge of the whole war, was the first one to succeed Huangfu Chaobo as a general of the fourth class.


    Zhao Yun, who was able to turn the tide and save the two places in the war, was shown as a secondary merit. He was promoted several levels from the commander of Yingchang to the general of zhengwupin Yingyang. At the same time, he was promoted to the general of zhengwupin zahao, including the general of Zhechong, Dianwei, the general of Hengjiang, Zhou Tai and the general of louchuan, Jiang Qin.


    Next, four others were appointed as general Cong Wupin zahao, including General Huang Xu of Dangkou, general Tian Yu of Pinglu, general Zhou Cang of Xiaoqi, and General Chen Jing of Fenwei; and general Hua Xiong of Hulao pass was also appointed as general Cong Wupin Pian by Huangfu Chaobo.


    Next, two female generals, Huang Wudi and Zhao Yu, were appointed general Cong wupinbei.


    Among them, Zao Zhi, Zhang an, Pei yuanshao, Liu Bi, Zhao Cen, huyandu, Du guxiong, Shi a, Wu Anguo, Yang Feng, Han Siam, Zuo Xiao and Jian Guo Daxian, the general of Yi Zhongying, and Yu digen, the general of Yi Zhongying.


    There are also five grade school officers: Zhou Yi of Hengjiang school, Hu Yanda of Fenwei school, Dugu Ba of Fenwu school, Dugu Tian of Xinyi school, and Lou Jing of Jianshi school; other generals have been promoted. After a lap, almost everyone was rewarded, which made everyone overjoyed.


    After the award, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered the discussion to move on to the next important issue, the reform of the military system.


    Then, Huangfu Chaobo gave the plan that he had already prepared to another person next to him. Cao, a military strategist of Zhengdong general''s mansion and an officer and soldier of Sizhou animal husbandry, was engaged in Xu Shu. Xu Shu announced the reform plan to the generals.


    As early as Xu Shu and Pang Tong had just entered the prefect''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo had already handed over the plan to them when they talked about the current situation of Luoyang. As people who knew the soldiers, they were very surprised when they saw the plan. So they quickly read the plan through, corrected the imperfections in it, and then handed it back to the emperor Fu Chaobo, so Xu Shu knows this plan very well.


    It took Rao more than an hour to explain Xu Shucai''s military system to the generals, and finally determined the military system under Huangfu Chaobo.


    After this agenda, the next agenda was handed over to Gong Cao, Lou GUI, and Bo Cao, Zaozhi. That is about the sale of houses in Luoyang City.


    After several months of reconstruction, all the houses in the inner city of Luoyang have been basically completed. However, due to the fact that the sale plan has not been discussed, and the sudden attack of the third route princes, there is no sale for the time being. However, the plan had been carefully discussed by Lou GUI and Jia Jing. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing came up with several ideas from time to time. In fact, they had already discussed the plan a few days before the war.


    Now it''s time to give a big reward to the army and the people, so it''s time to take this opportunity to publish the sales and distribution plan. At the same time, the prefecture government also took this opportunity to recover some funds from the army and the people. You know, in the past year or so, Huangfu Chaobo has invested more than one million yuan into Luoyang, but he has not recovered a cent.


    As for the sales and distribution scheme, it is also very simple. The first person who can have a residence in the inner city of Luoyang must be someone who works in the army, government or workshop under the command of Huangfu Chaobo. Secondly, the type of residence each person can buy is related to his position and the number of personal contribution points.


    The third point is that each person''s contribution points can offset part of the purchase amount, and the remaining money needs to be paid to the prefect''s house of Luoyang. Of course, if your savings are not enough to pay for the purchase of residence, you can borrow from the prefect''s house, and then deduct part of the loan from your salary every month, until you finally pay off your loan, and these borrowings are not enough The interest on your money is very low. Hearing this news, everyone asked about the relevant issues of housing purchase, but Zao had no choice but to explain it to everyone one by one.


    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized that he had missed a problem, that is, before the plan was announced, he had to train a considerable number of officials of the Taishou mansion, let them understand the plan in detail, and then let them explain it to the army and the people in his jurisdiction in detail, otherwise it would cause great trouble here.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu chaobolian busily explained his ideas to Zaozhi. As soon as they heard it, they immediately responded. They said that after today''s discussion, they would immediately recruit some officials to study and understand these plans, and strive for the time when all plans will be posted tomorrow morning. A small official will be assigned at each point to explain the plans to others.This is the last topic of today''s discussion. After jujube announced this, Huangfu Chaobo announced the end of today''s discussion.


    However, because Lu Bu''s army has not yet withdrawn from Hongnong, the war is not really over. Huangfu Chaobo promised that after Lu Bu''s army withdrew from Hongnong, he would hold a banquet in the prefect''s palace to entertain civil and military officials. At that time, Luoshen wine can be drunk freely, which makes the civil and military people present happy.


    After leaving the prefecture, everyone was busy with their own affairs. As for civil servants, the war around Luoyang has ended, so it''s the middle of October to recover and take over several counties around Luoyang. Now there are still some fields in each city that have not been damaged, so we can still snatch some food.


    However, the adjustment of officers and soldiers has not yet been completed, and what they can do is to make preparations in advance. Then comes the reconstruction of Luoyang. It can be said that despite several wars, the inner city under reconstruction has not been damaged again, so the reconstruction work only needs to be carried out step by step.


    The most important thing is to adjust the ranks of officers and soldiers. Now the heads of all departments are busy reorganizing their troops.

 Chapter 562

    According to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, the reorganization of troops and horses was carried out in the order from special arms to ordinary soldiers and then to garrison.


    So the most selected troops are Zhao Yun''s Baima Yicong, Huaxiong''s Xiliang iron cavalry, Huben cavalry, guard infantry and ordinary soldiers. After all these are selected, they are ordinary cavalry and digging troops. In the end, except for the elimination of grade D qualification, all the rest are reorganized into guards. As for the Tujia soldiers in huyandu, Huangfu Chaobo is going to let him go to Longhua Line selection.


    It took Zhao Yun and Hua Xiong a few days to select all the troops around Luoyang, but they didn''t have enough to recruit their own cavalry. On the contrary, Huben cavalry, guard infantry and ordinary soldiers have all been recruited. After all, by this time, Huangfu Chaobo''s two troops have been formally reorganized, with 20000 soldiers in each of the four schools of Longxiang camp and Huben camp Forty thousand troops.


    As for the generals of the two armies, they are Zhao Yun, commander of Longxiang battalion. In Huangfu Chaobo''s plan, Zhao Yun is good at using cavalry and is suitable for active attack. Huang Zhong, commander of Huben battalion, is the most suitable general for defense. Therefore, although Huben camp ranks after Longxiang camp, Huben camp will become an army before Longxiang camp.


    If you add in 20000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry in Luoyang, there are also 5000 white horse soldiers, 5000 Tuzi cavalry and 5000 chuzi troops. The total number of Luoyang troops is 80000, which is enough to cope with the attack of 200000 troops.


    Moreover, now that the water army of Luoyang has been basically completed, it can support Luoyang by water at any time. It can be said that Luoyang has just completed its defense. We not only completed the reorganization of the two armies, but also produced more soldiers from the two schools during the reception process. Considering that Hongnong and Hanoi will be reorganizing soon.


    Therefore, after reporting to Huangfu Chaobo, Xu Shu kept the two generals and temporarily transferred them to Hangu pass and Hulao pass. They were handed over to Zhoucang and Huaxiong, each with a school of soldiers and horses. He practiced hard first. When the time was ripe, he took this school of soldiers as the skeleton to set up Hanoi and Hongnong prefectures.


    After the war troops are reorganized, the next step is to arrange the garrison. There are more than 200000 soldiers around Luoyang, if 60000 Nanyang soldiers are captured. After nearly 100000 soldiers are selected, there are still more than 100000 soldiers left. However, there are only 700000 defenders around Luoyang.


    However, after much consideration, Xu Shu left behind many soldiers except the unqualified taxi soldiers. The main reason was that Hongnong was seriously short of population after several forced migrations. However, he was ready to send these guards to Hongnong.


    After the completion of the garrison reorganization, the county leaders and generals who had already been prepared could not wait to lead the troops back to their own places. At this time, Pingxian county and Henan county had already been recovered. Goushi County, after receiving the news of the annihilation of Jiling army, immediately fell without fighting, while Xincheng County and Liangxian county were recovered by Pei yuanshao army.


    Therefore, all the cities around Luoyang have been recovered. If Lu Bu''s army had not stayed in Hongnong, it would have been peaceful around Luoyang.


    When the army and people in Luoyang were cheering, there was a roar of rage in the rear general''s house in Wancheng, Nanyang, with the sound of various utensils being smashed to the ground.


    After Zhang Xun got the news that Ji Ling had been defeated and captured, Zhang Yang had surrendered, and Lu Bu had a truce with Luoyang, he immediately stopped attacking Luyang and retreated to pheasant county.


    However, Zhang Xun did not immediately retreat to Wancheng. Instead, he stopped in pheasant county and sent someone to report to Wan county. The news of Zhang Yang''s surrender, Ji Ling''s capture and the armistice between Lu Bu''s army and Luoyang''s army were reported to Yuan Shu in detail. There was not a word between the lines about his retreat, but every word and every sentence told that his retreat was helpless.


    Zhang Xun''s report made Yuan Shu one Buddha ascend to heaven and two Buddhas jump over the wall. He smashed all the things he could smash around him and scolded Zhang Yang for being stupid like a pig. He couldn''t even see his old nest and let people copy it.


    He accused LV buwufu of conceit and bravery, but tens of thousands of troops could not even attack the broken Hangu pass. He scolded Ji Ling and led hundreds of thousands of troops. He could not even break through a major general who was short of soldiers and the dilapidated city of Luoyang. In the end, he was defeated and captured.


    He scolded Zhang xunkong for having tens of thousands of troops, but he couldn''t even attack a county, thus wasting the time for reinforcements to enter Luoyang. He scolded Huangfu Chaobo for being ungrateful and dared to fight against him again and again. Scold old Kong Fu for daring to attack Luyang and do harm to his own affairs...


    For more than an hour, Yuan Shu scolded all the people he could think of several times, but he didn''t think that if he didn''t insist on going his own way, and didn''t let Ji Ling and Lu Bu attack the valley of letters, but directly attacked Luoyang, where would he end up like this.


    After he was tired of scolding, Yuan Shu ordered a group of subordinates to discuss how to end the matter.


    Yuan Yin, Jin Shang and others, who had been waiting in the general''s residence for a long time, soon came to the meeting hall. They did not dare to persuade Yuan Shu, even his cousin, who was in a rage, let alone Jin Shang and other counsellors and generals.


    Under Yuan Shu''s repeated questioning, Yuan Yin had to harden his head and suggest that he could consider sending someone to Luoyang to negotiate and redeem Ji Ling and other soldiers. But at the end of his words, he was sprayed with blood by Yuan Shu. Now, the rest of us dare not speak out.However, for the safety of Wancheng, Yuan Shu ordered the remaining generals to recruit 100000 soldiers again in Nanyang. At the same time, he ordered Zhang Xun to retain 10000 soldiers to guard pheasant County, and other soldiers to return to Wancheng.


    Everyone under Yuan Shu''s command promised to step down. As we all know, his master is in a rage now, and we need to wait for his anger to dissipate before persuading him. But in any case, Ji Ling''s tens of thousands of troops and military academies in Luoyang can''t be ignored. They must be redeemed.


    On October 20, 191, when all the officials and officers under the command of the prefectural herdsmen in Luoyang were busy, the Chen palace finally came back in Hongnong city. At this time, Lv Bu''s army commander had already lost his original spirit, and sat in front of Lv Bu''s generals with a depressed face.


    He didn''t expect that his plan, which he had spent more than a month painstakingly thinking about, had been seen through. Although Chen Gong felt depressed, he was not decadent. For the counselors, no one was sure that his plan would succeed.


    However, he was very curious. He had seen several counsellors in Huangfu Chaobo''s army. One of them was Tian Feng. He turned out to be an official under the command of Han Fu, a mu in Jizhou. Although he had great talent, he was only good at internal affairs and short of planning. There are two people, one is Lou GUI, the other is Zao Zhi. They are worse than Tian Feng. Who is that?

 Chapter 563

    Chen Gong was originally in Hebei. After contacting Zhang Yang and Yuan Shao, he did not return to Hongnong immediately. He knew that Lu Bu''s army was short of food, so he wanted to raise some food for Lu Bu from the Hanoi family on his own. He didn''t expect to bring back tens of thousands of stone food, but he heard that Zhang Yang''s army was defeated.


    First, Hanoi port and huaixian county were taken away. At this time, Chen Gong knew that things were going to be bad. He thought that if yuan Shujun could join forces to open Hangu pass and put his army into Luoyang, it would be OK for the overall situation.


    Who knows, only two days later, first Zhang Yang was arrested, and then he heard the news that Nanyang army had been destroyed. Therefore, regardless of the danger of the Luoyang and Jizhou water forces patrolling the river and cutting off the connection with Henan, they rushed back to Hongnong, fearing that Lu Bu would fight with Huangfu Chao and lose both. Fortunately, although Lu Bu was reckless, he was not completely brainless and stopped fighting with Huangfu Chaobo.


    Looking at the generals on the scene, Chen Gong said: "the general''s action is very wise. Since Huangfu Chaobo is willing to reconcile, he is also afraid that our army will fight to death and lose both sides. Gong just hated yuan Jiazi. He was short-sighted. If his army attacked Hangu first and took our army into Luoyang, even if he could not capture Luoyang, he would not be destroyed! At least the two armies can safely withdraw from Luoyang. Hateful, hateful


    At this time, Lu Bu also suffered from the lack of counselors. He was afraid that Chen Gong would blame him for the armistice with Luoyang. Seeing that Chen Gong did not blame him, he praised him and said, "Sir, do you blame BU for the armistice with Huangfu Chaobo?"


    "Yes," Wei Xu said in a side way, "these days we are all thinking, if Huangfu Chaobo repents, then I Bingzhou Junqi is not really a turtle in the urn?"


    Chen Gong shook his head and said, "it''s OK. The palace has considered this matter clearly. People say that the trapped beast is still fighting. What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo is a fierce tiger. Besides, our army has become immortal with Dong thief. Huangfu Chaobo is the one who faces Dong thief directly. From this point of view, Huangfu Chaobo will not do any harm."


    Hearing what he said, general Lu Buzhong was also relieved to know that all the generals were sleeping hard these days. In particular, the actions of Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang city came one after another, and the troops of Hangu pass were constantly changing, which made everyone sleep with one eye open.


    "However," Chen Gong''s words made everyone worried again. He continued, "even so, we should be cautious at any time before entering Bingzhou."


    "In the eyes of the army, when can we cross the river?" Hou Cheng, the captain of the school, was on the other side of the road.


    as soon as they heard this, they all looked eagerly at Chen Gong. Seeing this, Chen Gong stood up and said, "my Lord, the palace is willing to go to Luoyang army to inquire about it. By the way, we can see who saw through the palace''s tactics."


    Lu Bu was also worried, so he nodded his head and agreed to Chen Gong''s request, and specially ordered Zhang Liao to lead a hundred cavalry guards. They soon left Hongnong county and came to the East.


    Two days later, they arrived at Hangu pass. Of course, they entered Hangu pass on the ground that Lv Bu''s envoy went to Luoyang to discuss with Huangfu Chaobo about the withdrawal of troops. By this time, the troops and horses in Luoyang had been basically adjusted. At present, there are 10000 guards, 5000 soldiers and 1000 cavalry in Hangu pass, with a total of 16000 troops and horses. The wall of the pass has also been repaired, and the materials in the pass have also been replenished.


    Chen Gong and Zhang Liao were shocked by the battle of Hangu pass and Luoyang army. They did not expect Luoyang to adjust so quickly. In just a few days, all the troops and supplies in Hangu pass had been adjusted. All the way from Hanguguan to the East, Chen Gong found that not only Hanguguan, but also all the counties along the way have been restored. Both the counties and the surrounding towns have been restored.


    After Chen Gong and his party entered Hangu pass, the general of Hangu pass ordered people to report to Luoyang, and sent 500 cavalry to escort them to Luoyang. The 500 cavalry said that they were escorting, but they also meant to watch. We all know what''s inside.


    Two days later, the party arrived in the west of Luoyang City. As soon as they got to the gate, Zhang Liao found that someone was already greeting them. It turned out that they were under the command of Huangfu Chaobo, who was in charge of zizao. After the Party met at the gate, zizao led them into Luoyang City.


    Along the way, Chen Gong found that Luoyang was not affected by the war, and the reconstruction of the inner city was quite different from what Chen Gong saw a few months ago. Compared with a few months ago, there were piles of building materials and busy people everywhere, now there are only lots of square areas and houses. Pedestrians on the road are in a hurry to do their own things, the streets on both sides have been sorted out, and many shops on the side have begun to open. Although it is not as prosperous as other cities, it is far from the prosperity of ordinary cities. Chen Gong looks at it and is secretly frightened. In time, Luoyang will return to its former prosperity.


    At the same time, they also secretly congratulated Lu Bu for accepting Huangfu Chaobo''s good intentions in time, saying that he would not stop fighting with Luoyang army. It seems that they should try their best to have a good relationship with Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army this time, so as to prepare for the follow-up of Bingzhou Army. If possible, it is better to make an alliance with them. In this way, Bingzhou army needs less food We can solve a large part of it from the State Department.


    In the inner city of Luoyang, at the gate of the prefect''s residence, Huangfu Chaobo led Tian Feng and Xu Shu to wait for LV Bujun''s emissary at the gate. As early as two days ago, when Zhou Cang sent Kuai Ma to report that Lv Bu''s military envoys had arrived at Hangu pass, Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange that Chen Gong had gone to the army without saying a word. However, since Chen Gong had taken refuge in Lv Bu, it makes sense why Lv Bu would join Yuan Shu to attack Luoyang.After meeting each other for a while, Huangfu Chaobo invited Zhang Liao of Chen palace into the palace. Of course, all the people would not mention the war a while ago. They just said that they were all against Dong Zhuo, and they should work together to fight against Dong Zhuo.


    Then Chen Gong talked about that after LV Bujun''s return to Bingzhou, the two sides should strengthen cooperation. Bingzhou has the advantages of horse and iron, while Sizhou has the advantages of rice and grain. The two sides can certainly cooperate more. They can even become allies, guardians and helpers. As for the cooperation between the two sides, Huangfu Chaobo agreed very much. Apart from other things, there are too few Tieshi around Luoyang, and Bingzhou has a lot more. However, for the alliance, Huangfu Chaobo is noncommittal.


    Seeing this, Chen Gong mentioned that his army needed to cross the river and return to the north as soon as possible, and to be stationed in Bingzhou before it snowed this year. He asked when Huangfu Chaobo''s army would arrange to cross the river. Huangfu Chaobo was very happy about this problem. He only said that the army of Huangfu song could arrive at Hongnong in a few days. After they arrived at Hongnong, LV Bujun could arrange to cross the river.

 Chapter 564

    After making an agreement with Huangfu Chaobo about the two families, Chen Gong also mentioned very implicitly who had seen through his own strategy. With a smile, Huangfu Chaobo pointed to Pang Tongdao beside him and said that a good friend of his had just come to changshe for a visit, and inadvertently found a solution. When Chen Gong first heard of the speech, he thought that Huangfu Chaobo was teasing him. He tried to get angry, but he held back.


    However, after a few words of friendship with Pang Tong, he was impressed by the young man in his weak age. Only when he finally asked did he know that the young man was from the Pang family in Xiangyang. However, he was shocked by Huangfu''s strength again. He didn''t expect that Xiangyang aristocratic family was secretly helping him. He secretly decided to make an alliance with Sizhou after returning to Bingzhou for a little bit of stability.


    In the end, Chen Gong and Huangfu Chaobo said that they wanted to buy a lot of grain and grass and baggage carts from Sizhou. The army needed to bring a lot of grain and grass back to Bingzhou. After thinking about this, Huangfu Chaobo agreed that the grain and grass he bought from Jizhou could be said to be bought at a low price, but sold to LV Bujun at a high price. He could still make a lot of money in the middle.


    After a day''s rest in Luoyang, Chen Gong decided to return to Hongnong to prepare the army for the return. I didn''t expect that as soon as they left Luoyang City, Huangfu Chaobo got a report from Kuaima. The water army had already arrived not far from the entrance of Weihe River, and it would arrive at Hongnong in a few days.


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered Zhao Yun to lead Baima Yicong to Hongnong with him and Chen Gong to meet Huangfu song and his party in person, and arranged Bingzhou to cross the river northward.


    A group of soldiers and horses rushed for days, and finally arrived outside Hongnong City three days later. At this time, we can see that on the river outside Hongnong City, the Luoyang water army and Jizhou water army are stopping on the river, ready to send the army to the river bank at any time.


    With Chen Gong''s treatment, the water army soon began to arrange soldiers to land on the bank. After the army had set up a camp on the Bank of the river, a general of Huangfu song got off the ship. Huangfu Chaobo rushed forward to see him.


    At this time, Huangfu song was 60 years old, which was not the spirit of the leader who broke the yellow scarf ten years ago.


    He always paid attention to the news of Huangfu Chaobo. After he learned that he had been appointed as the prefect of Hongnong, and Huangfu Chaobo had been appointed as the governor of Sizhou, his first order was to move the clan and bring all the people in the clan, the soldiers and their families who were willing to follow him to Hongnong. Therefore, he had a troop of nearly ten thousand soldiers and tens of thousands of people.


    Looking at Huang Fu Song and his family behind him, Huang Fu Chao Bo didn''t understand the old man''s meaning. He wanted to help him with all his strength.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes turned red. He went forward and said, "Chaobo has met my uncle..." I don''t know what to say next.


    Looking at his nephew in front of him, Huang Fu Song nodded with satisfaction, stepped forward to help him and said, "yes, I haven''t seen you for several years. I''ve matured a lot. You are now the commander of the army, the leader of millions of people in the state. How can you be so proud. Ha ha


    Then he laughed, pulled up Huangfu Chaobo and said, "come on... Look who I brought to you


    Huangfu Chaobo looked up, but he didn''t expect that it was his mentor Zhu Jun. he quickly came forward and said, "Chaobo has met his mentor! How can you be in uncle''s army? "


    Looking at his only disciple, Zhu Jun is also very satisfied. Who would believe that a young boy of that year would have such achievements as today.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo came forward to salute, Zhu Jun stood up and accepted his salute and said, "it''s not because of your son. You set up an army with the princes of Guandong. As a result, Dong thief is just my official. I have no place to go, so I went to Beidi with your uncle for a while. I heard that you are already the prefectural pastor of the imperial court, so I went back to the Central Plains with your uncle. By the way, I can go with your uncle Be a companion. "


    Huang Fu was overjoyed when he heard that. Now that Zhang Yang, the governor of Hanoi, was taken by himself, he was worried that there was no safe person to take charge of Hanoi. Now, Hongnong has Huang Fu Song, a veteran general, to take charge of Hanoi. He just needs to arrange a general to lead the troops.


    Hanoi just asked Zhu Jun, a veteran general, to sit in the town, and then provided them with all their subordinates. In this way, before Luoyang is completely stable, I can rest assured that the two counties are unstable.


    Thinking of this, Lian hurriedly said: "Chaobo is very happy that my teacher can come here. Now Hanoi has decided that it needs an old general like my teacher to guard them. So Chaobo wants to ask my teacher to come out of the mountain and help him, and ask him to agree."


    Huang Fu Song laughed and said to Zhu Jun, "well, Gong Wei, I told you that he won''t let you be idle. As soon as he got off the ship, he was going to arrange for you to guard Hanoi. Ha ha ha..."


    After hearing this, Zhu Jun also laughs. His face looks helpless, but there is a trace of talent in his eyes. A veteran general like him, who is gentle and powerful, really makes him feel free. So he can''t help Huangfu song''s persuasion to return home. He still comes to Hongnong to have a look. He didn''t expect that he was asked to stay in Hanoi by Huangfu Chaobo as soon as he got off the boat.


    So he said, "well, Hongnong is new. If you have your uncle in town, you can have no worries. Hanoi also needs someone to guard it. I''ll take care of it for you. However, in this way, our two old friends won''t have much time to get together.""It''s all right, uncle and mentor just need to sit down and do things for the next staff. Uncle and mentor just need to help Chaobo keep an eye on these people and prevent them from having an accident." After hearing this, Huangfu Chaochao immediately said, "the super Expo has ordered the navy to arrange a unit to stand by at any time. You only need to give an order and Hongnong can come in one or two days."


    "Well, I promise. There''s no need to specially arrange the water army for me. However, you need to quickly recruit talents in internal affairs. We two old guys can''t guard you for long." Zhu Jun laughs, and then says with a serious face;


    "how can my uncle and mentor say that they can help Chaobo for another 20 or 30 years. Hee hee Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    Huang Fu Song was also amused by him, patted his head and said: "well, now he is also the leader of the party. How can he talk like this. We two old guys go to the camp to have a rest. You go to meet your two elder brothers, and then you also meet other generals in the army. You will be their Lord in the future. You have to be impartial and colleagues all your life. "


    "Don''t worry, uncle. Chaobo will not favor one over the other. To my uncle and to my teacher. " After the two old men were sent to the camp for a rest, Huangfu Chaobo had time to see Huangfu Li, Huangfu Jianshou, their families and their children, as well as Huangfu people and generals.

 Chapter 565

    After meeting the two brothers, they introduced his wife and children to him.


    Huang Fu Jianshou is his eldest son. He is nearly 40 years old. His wife is the daughter of Anding Ma Shi. She has two sons and one daughter. They are the eldest son, Huang Fugong, Bo Gong, the second son, Huang fugian, Shu Xian, and the eldest daughter, Fu Hong. She is married. Her husband''s family is the Zheng family of the famous family in the north.


    In fact, Huangfu Li is Huangfu song''s nephew, but he has been growing up around Huangfu song all the time and is regarded as a child. Now she is in her thirties. Her wife is the daughter of Anding Meng. She has a son and a daughter. They are the eldest son, huangfuzheng, and the second daughter, Fushuang. Later, the two generals recruited more than 1000 generals and introduced them to Huangfu Chaobo one by one.


    Both Huangfu song and Huangfu Jianshou have put their positions in the right position when they are appointed as the Grand Marshal of Hongnong this time. They are subordinates of Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, both Huangfu Jianshou and generals have great respect for Huangfu Chaobo.


    After meeting the generals in the army, Huangfu Chaobo helped them up one by one to comfort them. Then he ordered the soldiers to enter the camp. The family members of Huangfu, the generals in the army and their families would arrange to send them directly to Luoyang, where Zaozhi would arrange for them to be resettled.


    This time Huangfu song brought 3000 cavalry and 5000 soldiers from the north. If Zhao Yun''s Baima Yicong was added, there were 13000 soldiers in Hongnong. Therefore, he was not afraid that Lv Bu''s army would do harm to him. In addition, with Chen Gong''s stratagem and Zhang Liao''s wisdom, Lv Bu would not turn against Huangfu Chaobo again.


    After the troops were stationed by the river, Huangfu Chaobo sent people into Hongnong city to inform Lv Bu that his troops could start to prepare and that they could gradually cross the river tomorrow.


    Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo told them to think of a good marching route. There were two ways to go from Sizhou to Bingzhou. One was to cross the river from Hongnong to Hedong County, and then cross Zhongtiao mountains to Anyi, the city of Hedong county. Then they went northward to Wenxi and Jiangyi, and then to Baibo Valley, Xiangling and Yang county. Finally, they left Hedong County in Yong''an County, and entered the boundary of Taiyuan County of Bingzhou .


    Another road is to enter Hanoi from Hanoi port, directly north of Taihang Mountains and into Gaodu County boundary of Shangdang County in Bingzhou. Although this road is much closer on land, it has a long waterway.


    Therefore, after receiving the news from Huangfu Chaobo that the army could be ready to cross the river, there was a big dispute among LV Bujun about the marching route. Although the first route had few waterways, it had to go through the dangerous Baibo valley. Moreover, LV Bujun was ready to buy a lot of food from Huangfu Chaobo, and the marching would be slow at that time. But if you go to Hanoi, Wei Xu and others are afraid of what Huangfu Chaobo''s navy will do on the way.


    After much discussion, Lu Bu finally agreed to enter Bingzhou from Hanoi, because on the one hand, Lu Bu was prepared to follow Chen Gong''s advice and buy a large amount of grain and grass from Huangfu Chaobo to enter Bingzhou. On the other hand, only by taking this road could Lu Bu''s army enter Bingzhou before winter.


    According to Chen Gong''s policy, the army must have a place to recuperate before winter, and only after a few months of recuperation in the spring of next year can the army be able to fight and control all the counties in Bingzhou.


    There are 9 counties and 91 counties in the History Department of Bingzhou in the Han Dynasty, but with the passage of time, the Han Dynasty gradually lost its control over Bianjun. Up to now, only Shangdang and Taiyuan complete counties, several cities to the east of Xihe River and several cities to the south of Yanmen Great Wall can be controlled by the History Department of Bingzhou. The total number of counties is less than 40, almost half of them.


    As for the other Shangjun, Yunzhong, Dingxiang, Wuyuan and Shuofang counties, they are now under the control of different nationalities, especially in the Hetao Plain, where there are more miscellaneous Hu. Therefore, Chen Gong''s strategy is to control Shangdang and Taiyuan counties as soon as possible, and then slowly to other counties.


    After confirming the march route, Lu Bu sent Zhang Liao to the Sizhou army camp outside the city, and informed Huangfu Chaobo of the prepared March route, so that the Sizhou army could also prepare the grain they bought. When the army crossed the river, they would take it back to Bingzhou together. However, Huangfu Chaobo no longer cares about these details. He can''t wait to go back to Luoyang.


    The reason why he can''t wait to go back to Luoyang is that when Zhang Liao left, he told him something. In Zhang Liao''s opinion, it was just an ordinary thing. In Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion, it never occurred to him that there would be a big surprise.


    Among the ten thousand Hongnong soldiers that Lv Bu used to exchange for publicity, there was a famous general, and he was also a peerless general, a famous general that all players coveted -- Gao Shun. At the beginning of hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo was so surprised that he didn''t speak for a long time. It took a long time for him to react. He forced Nanai''s ecstasy and pretended not to care about Zhang Liao''s story.


    It turned out that Gao Shun was not in the exchange of taxis, but because Lv Bu wanted to exchange 10000 soldiers for publicizing generals, the Bingzhou army, which had only 20000 soldiers, had to reduce its establishment. Wei Xu''s generals all left their familiar soldiers behind, while the unique taxis of Gao Shun''s subordinates were abandoned by the generals.


    Originally, Zhang Liao was going to transfer Gao Shun to his own command, but Gao Shun did not give up training his own soldiers for more than a month. In addition, Lu Bu attached importance to cavalry but ignored soldiers, so he resolutely joined the exchange team with his own soldiers. Zhang Liao could not persuade him, so he finally gave up.After several exchanges between Zhang Liao and Huangfu Chaobo, he felt that he was also a master who knew people well and was good at using them. In order not to let the general he found be covered with dust, Zhang Liao decided to recommend him to Huangfu Chaobo after much thought.


    After bidding farewell to Huangfu song and Zhu Jun, Huangfu Chaobo left Zhao Yun and his cavalry behind. He did not want to stay for a moment and asked Jiang Qin to arrange a warship to send him to Luoyang.


    From Hongnong to Luoyang, the waterway was more than 300 Li. At the request of Huangfu Chaobo, it was originally downstream, so it took one day to arrive at Mengjin port in the north of Luoyang. After getting off the ship, it did not stop, and led the escort baimayi back to Luoyang city overnight.


    After rushing all the way to the prefect''s house, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care to rest, so he immediately called Huang Zhong in. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo summoning Huang Zhong in such a hurry, Huang Zhong thought something had happened to Hongnong. Who knows that after he came here, Huangfu Chaobo asked himself about Hongnong''s army. He was relieved.

 Chapter 566

    After a little recovery, Huang Zhong said, "I''m preparing to report to you. Although he is a primary school in the Hongnong army, his dozens of soldiers are well trained. I''m preparing to recommend him when you come back. I didn''t expect you to ask."


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked nervously, "who is this person''s name? Who is it? "


    "His name is Gao Shun, a member of Bingzhou. Although he has only dozens of soldiers, he has the potential to be a strong soldier." Huang zhonglue thinks about the cableway;


    "ha ha... Great, brother. Send someone to send this Gao Shun. Ha ha... This man is not "quite outstanding" in military training. If my elder brother is good at training strong soldiers, then Gao Shun is good at training excellent soldiers, and he is also one of the best soldiers in the whole big man. " After Huangfu Chaobo finally confirmed that it was Gao Shun, he couldn''t help laughing and then excitedly told Huang Zhongdao;


    after hearing this, Huang Zhong was so surprised that he didn''t speak for a long time. He looked at Huangfu Chaobo again and again and made sure that he wasn''t joking. After that, he immediately sent someone to the military camp outside the city to recruit Gao Shun. While waiting for Gao Shun, Huang Zhong asked about Gao Shun''s specific situation. Unfortunately, Huangfu Chaobo''s understanding of Gao Shun was limited to the Three Kingdoms annals and all kinds of Three Kingdoms games, but he didn''t know anything else.


    After they talked about the reorganization of the Luoyang army, they suddenly heard the news from the guards outside the door. Tian Feng and Xu Shu all asked to see each other outside the door. Huangfu Chaobo was surprised and asked people to come in. He thought that everyone had something to ask for a meeting all night. Who knows that as soon as everyone came in, he asked why Huangfu Chaobo hurried back to see Huang Zhong all night. Is Hongnong''s military situation urgent?


    Only then did Huangfu Chaobo realize that his behavior had frightened everyone. He quickly got up and apologized to everyone. Then he explained to everyone that he had rushed back in a hurry and called Huang Zhong to see him at night, which made everyone feel relieved. However, people are also interested in what Huangfu Chaobo said. They are all waiting in the prefect''s residence to see if the school is really what his master said.


    More than half an hour later, the bodyguard reported that Gao Shun had been waiting outside the mansion to see him. Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered him to be led into the prefect''s mansion. A moment later, the crowd heard heavy footsteps outside the gate, and then saw a young general in his thirties enter the hall.


    At first glance, this person is not special, but when you look carefully, you will find that he has a clean face, neat clothes and strict steps. It seems that every step has been carefully measured. He is not far away, and his voice is loud and powerful. He went to the hall, saluted Huangfu Chaobo and said, "the Hongnong army is meeting the general gaoshun!"


    "Are you Gao Shun?" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "back to the general, yes!" The answer is short.


    "General Huang said that there are more than ten thousand soldiers in Hongnong. Only a few dozen of your subordinates are strict. The rest of the troops are mobs, so I would like to meet you. In your opinion, how to train troops, what is strong and what is elite? " Huang Fu Chao Bo asked;


    "the way to train troops is not to train your heart first. If people are united, millions of people are one person. The generals know the soldiers, and the soldiers know the generals. They are like the guardians of their children, their fathers and brothers, and the leaders of their brothers and brothers. I am the one who always wins. " Gao Shun replied meticulously;


    "according to you, General Huang, military adviser Xu and others are masters of the art of war. What''s the difference with your training?"


    "If the general believes in someone and lets them train, Shun is willing to set up a military order. In March, he will train a brigade of elite soldiers for the general. The soldiers he trains are called trapped camp. They are no more than a thousand soldiers. But in the face of the guards, the same forces will be able to easily defeat them. Two times of the forces will be able to equal the strength of the enemy, and three times of the forces will remain invincible for an hour. If it is a Huben cavalry of the same strength, it will remain invincible for two hours. " Gao Shun was not humble and arrogant, but replied;


    everyone was in an uproar when they heard that they were able to compete with two times the number of guards, three times the number of soldiers could last for one hour, and even more, they could carry the same number of Huben cavalry for two hours. If they attacked the enemy in the stalemate of the war, it would ultimately determine the success or failure of the war.


    "Wu that man, also not afraid of the wind big flash tongue!" Just then, there was a loud voice outside the gate. Don''t listen to it. It was Dianwei who rushed to the gate. He was originally the bodyguard of Huangfu Chaobo. But this time, Huang Zhong didn''t go to Hongnong together because he needed his help in reorganizing the troops and horses. At this time, he was patrolling in the barracks outside the city. When he heard the news of Huangfu Chaobo''s return, he rushed back immediately. He happened to hear Gao Zhong outside the gate Shun''s words, then can''t help but open mouth to drink a way.


    Gao Shun is still as calm as water, neither humble nor overbearing, saying: "if the general and you don''t believe it, Shun is willing to set up a military order. If not, he is willing to deal with it by military law."


    Dian Wei was ready to say something more, but he was stopped by Huangfu Chaobo and said, "how do you need ben to support you?"


    Hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Gao Shun''s eyes flashed a little excited, but soon flashed by. Then he explained his requirements to Huangfu Chaobo one by one. Every time he said one, he would make everyone''s mouth open. After listening to what he said, people would know why he said that he had trained less than a thousand soldiers.


    Gao Shun''s first requirement was to be seven feet and five inches long. According to the recruitment standard of the Han Dynasty, it was six feet and two inches, which was equivalent to the current one meter and five inches. However, Gao Shun''s requirement was raised to one meter and seven eight. Then there is weight, arm length, leg length, which are the most basic. There is also the requirement to be able to load how much, how much distance to travel, and be able to take part in the battle after reaching the destination. There are also requirements for weapons. In order to determine what kind of weapons he needs, Huangfu Chaobo ordered him to choose all kinds of weapons and equipment available in Luoyang.As a result, Gao Shun chose the iron armor of the heavy armor infantry, the spear of the Guard commander, the waist knife and shield of the guard guard, and then picked out a two stone crossbow that had just been made from Luoshen town. After selecting these, Gao Shuncai said that these equipment are barely enough. If you want to maximize the combat power of the trapped camp, you''d better customize the equipment separately.


    Take the heavy armor of heavy infantry for example. According to him, this set of heavy armor is enough for defense, but the weight is a little heavy. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo said that the heavy armor must be heavy, but the defense is good enough.


    But he was blocked by Gao Shun''s words. Gao Shun said that if the weight of heavy armor could be reduced by 20% to 30%, he would be sure to be trapped in the camp and support one more hour under the attack of three times the number of guards. All of a sudden, this sentence made everyone shut up. There are also long guns and shields. Attack and defense are enough, but if we can do better...

 Chapter 567

    Gao Shun''s words are that everyone can understand them. Generally speaking, they know what they say. In a word, it''s good to fall into the camp, but if the equipment can be customized, it will be better...


    In the end, Huangfu Chaobo said: "if your trapped camp is really so strong, you will recruit four master craftsmen from Luoshen town to Luoyang to make a batch of equipment for the trapped camp, and do it from head to foot according to your requirements."


    Gao Shun was overjoyed and said, "don''t worry, general. Shun won''t let him down."


    "Well, Gao Shun, I''ll appoint you as the commander of the army. From tomorrow on, you''ll hold this general''s order and select soldiers in Luoyang, Hanoi and Hongnong. If you look at the sergeants and soldiers, the generals below the head of the village can''t stop them. They can be transferred into the trapped camp. After the selection, for three months, Ben will watch your soldiers perform with all the officers and generals. If the trap camp is really as strong as you say, Ben will not only agree to customize your weapons and equipment, but also reward you a lot! "


    When they heard this, they were all envious. The village chief chose at random. This supported even Shi A''s establishment of shadow guard.


    Gao Shun was overjoyed and strode forward to take orders. Later, after receiving the military order from Huangfu Chaobo, he withdrew from the conference hall.


    After dealing with Gao Shun''s affairs, Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was too late, so he didn''t say anything to the people any more. He just ordered the meeting to be held tomorrow morning, and then asked them to withdraw.


    In the early morning of the next day, Tian Feng, Xu Shu and Huang Zhongzhu arrived at the prefect''s residence. There was nothing else. After the war, there were too many things in Luoyang. Although all the civil and martial arts were excellent, there were thousands of people in the family, and there was only one person in charge. Many things still needed to be decided by Huangfu Chaobo.


    The most important thing is the training of soldiers and horses. According to the arrangement of the military system reform, the training of soldiers and horses needed by Luoyang has been completed, but then there are the soldiers and horses of Hongnong and Hanoi counties. However, there is a problem that the number of Hongnong soldiers is insufficient. Hongnong had been forced to move two times by Dong Zhuo''s army, and the number of people had been greatly reduced. After Lu Bu occupied Hongnong, he forced several troops, which led to a sharp decrease in the population.


    Now that Lv Bu is about to leave, Hongnong''s mess is transferred to Huangfu Chaobo. However, the problem of population cannot be overcome. The shortage of population means that there are not enough troops. If there are not enough troops, we may not be able to keep them. In addition, there is another serious problem of insufficient population, namely, the food problem. Originally Luoyang was a big burden, but now Hongnong has to be added, which makes it more difficult for Huangfu to surpass Bo.


    But now you have to do it. As soon as Lv Bu''s army withdraws, Huangfu Chaobo must keep up with his troops. At least he must control the cities along the line.


    After several people deliberated, they decided to first use Luoyang troops to equip the garrison of Hongnong''s cities. As for the soldiers, they can only come step by step. Therefore, Huang Zhong immediately sent 15000 guards to Hangu pass, together with 16000 soldiers from Hangu pass, and sent 5000 guards and 5000 soldiers into Hongnong.


    In the next few days, Zhoucang army took over every county town that Lvbu army gave up, and then arranged three thousand garrison troops in the county town to stabilize the county town. As for the restoration of the county''s administrative system, it is estimated that it will take a while, because Huangfu Chaobo has no talent in internal affairs.


    Five days later, Lu Bu''s army boarded at the ferry outside Hongnong county. Then, they went down the river to the East, prepared to land at Hanoi port, passed huaixian County, and went up from Shanyang County to Shangdang along danbei river. The main reason why Lu Bu finally decided to join the Shangdang party from Hanoi was to publicize the families of the generals and the grain purchased from Huangfu Chaobo.


    After Zhang Yang surrendered, he was already disheartened. He thought that Huangfu Chaobo would not kill himself now, but he would not tolerate himself when Hanoi became stable. He did not expect that in a few days, his friends would exchange him for 10000 soldiers, and his subordinates and family members would also exchange them.


    When the army arrived at Hanoi port again, it was full of emotion. A few days ago, it was still the master of Hanoi port, but now things are different.


    When the soldiers of Hanoi water village were waiting for them, Lu Bu''s army went ashore and headed for Huai County under the leadership of a general of the water army. There, Zhang Yang''s family members and Lu Bu''s grain preparation. After they got back these things, Lu Bu''s army didn''t stay much longer, but continued to go north towards Shangdang County of Bingzhou.


    When Lv Bu''s army withdrew from Hanoi, Huangfu Chaobo received a system prompt that the seventh ring reconstruction task had been completed, and Huangfu Chaobo again won 80000 task points. Then, the eighth task of the system was released, and the task was relatively simple.


    "The eighth part of the task of rebuilding Luoyang: reorganizing Luoyang''s eight passes. The counter attack of the princes made you realize that the early warning around Luoyang was not perfect, so you decided to reorganize the eight passes of Luoyang, reset the eight pass captains, and guard the safety of Luoyang. At the same time, Luoyang has a population of more than 200000. "


    In the Eastern Han Dynasty, in the first year of Zhongping (184 AD), Emperor Ling took Yin Hejin of Henan Province (Luoyang) as the general, led the left and right feather troops and the five school Weiying tunduting, and set up Hangu pass, eight passes of yique, Guangcheng, Dagu, yuan, Xuanmen, Mengjin, and xiaopingjin around Luoyang, and set up eight pass captains to manage the military and political affairs of eight passes, guard the safety of Kyoto, and manage the capital At Hangu pass.Ten days later, Huangfu Chaobo got the news from the shadow. Relying on the prestige of Lv Bu and Zhang Yang in Bingzhou, the army of Lvbu went all the way down Gaodu County, successfully won the whole territory of Shangdang, and finally settled down before the first heavy snow in the second year of Chuping.


    All these had little to do with Huangfu Chaobo, who was far away in Luoyang. Since Lv Bu''s army left Hongnong, Huangfu Chaobo and his subordinates once again devoted themselves to the complicated military and political affairs.


    In Hongnong County, several counties to the east of Tongguan and Qin Hangu pass were successfully under control. Zhou Cang led 5000 soldiers and 5000 guards to Qin Hangu pass. In Huxian county to the west of Hangu pass, because he faced Dong Zhuo''s Tongguan directly, Huangfu Songli arranged his son Huangfu Jianshou to be the guard general and led 5000 guards and 2000 cavalry to guard. This city had one pass It''s the Defense Center in the west of the whole state. If Hongnong is safe, Luoyang will be safe.

 Chapter 568

    As for the counties under Hongnong''s administration, Huangfu Chaobo now only takes over the counties with several people along the river, and has no idea of vigorously developing them. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to deal with the three player counties that Dong Zhuo awarded. However, he still sent the agreement signed with Zhao Zilong on county territory management to the three county magistrates. At the same time, he asked the three counties to pay taxes to hongnonglai on time, but there were no specific measures.


    Except for one of their old acquaintances, Lu Hun county magistrate Feng Yun, who sent people to the three counties, the other two turned a deaf ear to Huangfu Chaobo and ignored him at all. But Huangfu Chaobo didn''t change their mind now, so the incident was put on hold for no reason.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo announced that he would invite people of culture and military to come to Luoyang for discussion. There was no other reason. News came from Longhua that he needed Huangfu Chaobo to go to Longhua in person and upgrade to the county seat, so he had to leave Luoyang again and go to Longhua. However, before that, he had to arrange the affairs of the prefecture properly.


    A few days later, that is, on November 1, Huang Fusong and Zhu Jun also arranged for a warship to arrive in Luoyang by water.


    In the prefecture of Luoyang, the chief civil and military officials of sizhoumu will gather together again.


    After the two veterans were seated, Huangfu Chaobo began today''s discussion. Among the civil servants are Huang Fusong, Zhu Jun, Tian Feng, Lou GUI and Zaozhi; among the newly joined generals in Hanoi are Dong Zhao; among the generals are Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun, Dian Wei, Zhou Cang and Hua Xiong; among the generals are Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin; among them are Xu Shu, Shi a and Hu Yandu.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo had to call Gao Shun to discuss affairs with him, but now he has selected all the soldiers around Luoyang and Hongnong. Two days ago, he went to Hanoi to select soldiers. It is said that more than 1500 people have been selected. According to his arrangement, half of them will be eliminated, so he is going to Hanoi again to see how many people can be selected.


    In the past ten days, Gao Shun has made the army full of complaints. Most of the generals went to Huang Zhong''s office to complain that Gao Shun had selected all the good young men in his army. Finally, Huang Zhong scolded him.


    Of course, in addition to these people, Huang Wudi and other people were watching. Even the bird was watched by Huangfu Chaobo. At the beginning of the discussion, Huangfu Chaobo introduced his subordinates Wenwu to Huangfu song and Zhu Jun, and then announced the appointment of the two veterans: Huangfu song as the governor of Hongnong and Zhu Jun as the governor of Hanoi. Other civil and military personnel also have some changes, which are the result of the negotiation between Huangfu Chaobo, two veteran generals and Xu Shutian Feng.


    The subsequent series of appointments made everyone very happy. First of all, Dong Zhao was appointed as the Prime Minister of Hongnong County, Zhou Cang as the Duwei, and Yang Feng as the deputy general, who were responsible for assisting Huang Fusong in handling Hongnong''s military affairs. Next, Diaozao was only the chief of Hanoi County, wuanguo was the Duwei of Hanoi County, and Pei yuanshao was the Deputy Duwei. Several people helped Zhu Jun manage and guard Hanoi county. Because Luoyang and Hongnong''s affairs were not handled well, Hanoi county will not make any major moves in the near future, just stabilize the existing city.


    Of course, it only needs to arrange the garrison in Hanoi. Unlike Luoyang, though there are many gentry in Hanoi, there are many places where the garrison can be arranged after years of yellow scarf and white wave bandits.


    However, the prefect of Luoyang was still Huangfu Chaobo himself, and then Lou GUI was appointed the prefect of Luoyang, Huang Wudi was appointed the prefect of Luoyang, Zhao Yu was appointed the prefect of BAGUAN, and his office was still located in Hanguguan. As for Zhang Yi, who is now in charge of affairs in huaixian County, he should first learn more about government affairs from Zhu Jun''s subordinates.


    Another person in Luoyang, Yuyang Zhang Zan and Huangfu Chaobo, after discussing with several people, are going to let him go to leting town of Xiaowen to help them upgrade to the level of small town as soon as possible, so as to prevent anyone from attacking them. In addition to Zhang Zan, Han Xian is also going there. Both of them are historical generals, but they are not well-known among the players, but they are enough to deal with the internal conflicts of one city and one place Politics and military.


    After the personnel arrangement is completed, the next step is the political arrangement of each county. In the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, the next focus of Sizhou was Luoyang, because if Luoyang was not fully controlled, it would be difficult for the other counties to take over and develop. The main reason was that he was afraid that he would go too far and pull the eggs. After Luoyang is managed as a stable base, we will consider the overall takeover of the other three counties.


    The first thing to take control of Luoyang is weeding. Many times Luoyang has been attacked, there are players in Luoyang behind to push, especially three swordsman town and Luonan town. Three swordsman town is far away from Huangfu Chaobo in Jingzhou, which may be out of reach. But now Huangfu Chaobo in Luonan town has freed his hand, so he is ready to clean him up.


    So Huangfu Chaobo ordered Huang Zhong to dispose of Luonan town when he took control of Luoyang eight passes in the following war.


    After dealing with the affairs of Luoyang BAGUAN, the next step is to control the ten counties outside Hulao pass.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was prepared to deal with these problems by himself, but now he had to go to Longhua, so he had to be arranged by Tian Feng, Xu Shu and Huang Zhong.


    According to Tian Feng''s opinion, the army went out of Hulao pass in the East, and then gave orders to the county officials to rush to Luoyang to meet the officials within a time limit. If they are stubborn and dare to resist, they will attack, arrest and behead them directly. For these wars, Huangfu Chaobo means that he is ready to hand them over to Huaxiong, and Huang Zhong can help them.As for Huaxiong, Huangfu Chaobo also intends to be promoted, but he has not been able to participate in all previous wars, so his military contribution is not enough, which leads to that he can not be promoted too much. Otherwise, it is easy to arouse the opinions of other generals in the army. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to use this opportunity to add his military contribution.


    According to Huangfu Chaobo''s plan, the battalions should be increased by at least one or two battalions. Hua Xiong will be the commander of any battalions, and his ability is enough to be the commander of any battalions. For this reason, Huangfu Chaobo specially recruited Hua Xiong and encouraged him in private. Hua Xiong was moved by this move and immediately said that he would do his best not to let the Lord down.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion on the generals of Guandong cities is that if they are transferred to other places, such as Luoyang or Hongnong, they will be reused if they are really capable and loyal.


    Another thing is that tens of thousands of generals and soldiers captured by Nanyang army have been promised by Huangfu Chaobo that their families can move to Luoyang and settle down. After that, most of them have been selected to join the army. In addition, due to the influence of the former meritorious soldiers of Luoyang army, many of them already have houses in Luoyang City, so the former Nanyang soldiers who joined the army are not unusual.

 Chapter 569

    After the surrender, many of the soldiers in Nanyang have sent letters to their families in Nanyang through various channels, asking their families to move to Luoyang. According to the return of shadow, many people in Nanyang are migrating to Luoyang. Although Yuan Shu knew these things, he was helpless. For one thing, he didn''t care much about these ordinary soldiers. For another thing, his generals and hundreds of generals at all levels were still in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo, which made him dare not move lightly.


    As for how to redeem these generals, Yuan Shu himself has not made up his mind, so he has not sent anyone to Luoyang to meet him. Huangfu Chaobo is more eager. You are not in a hurry, and I am not in a hurry. These people stay in Luoyang and work every day. Even Ji Ling and others are no exception. However, their generals will help them do some things Already.


    After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo let everyone go their own way. However, before leaving, Zhao Yun told Huangfu Chaobo one thing, that is, he brought his family back from the grassland and now they are all settled in Longhua town. The family has a special skill, that is, domesticating golden eagles. This news makes Huangfu win a lot of competitions and makes him look forward to his trip to Longhua.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was about to take a day off and then set out for Longhua, he received a letter from Zhao Zilong saying that the swordsman had asked him to be a lobbyist and wanted to see Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo thought about it. Huang Zhong''s army should be ready to go to battle these two days. Huang Zhong''s soldiers can''t be used to attack several passes, but Huang Zhong means to pull the army out and run in.


    After the completion of the eight pass mission, we are ready to arrange the battle that Hulao pass will control the counties in the east of the pass. It seems that Xiake sniffs out danger from the movement of Luoyang army, so he just goes to find Zhao Zilong and wants to find himself through him. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that it''s OK to let Luonan town leave Luoyang without using force. Of course, it depends on what price Xiake is willing to pay.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo replied to Zhao Zilong and arranged a time for him to lead the people to the prefect''s residence in the inner city to meet him. Then he went to inspect the inner city of Luoyang.


    Huangfu Chaobo guessed right. In fact, the Xiake had realized that the rise of Huangfu Chaobo was unstoppable as long as he got the news of Zhang Yang''s defeat, and his territory was within his sphere of influence, and he was the enemy several times. Although he didn''t directly conflict with him, he would certainly know what he was doing behind him.


    So, from that time on, the knight errant and his two subordinates, as well as a group of close friends in the players, all recruited to discuss the way out of the territory. After a few people think about it again and again, they find that there are only two ways to go, one is to stay, the other is to go.


    If you want to stay, you''ll stay here to be the younger brother of Huangfu Chaobo. However, as far as the current conditions of Xiake are concerned, you''re not willing to. To be honest, with the conditions of Luonan Town, Xiake has two historical generals, Yiwen and Yiwu. Among the current player Lords, it can be said that he should be ranked in the top ten, but his luck is too bad. He thought that Dong Zhuo''s plot is the best After that, I should have a lot of space to play in Luoyang.


    However, I didn''t expect that a Huangfu Chaobo would be parachuted here, which made the Xiake feel depressed. Therefore, Xiake town had been involved in several battles against Luoyang, hoping to drive Huangfu Chaobo out of Luoyang, and even to the east of hulaoguan.


    What I didn''t expect was that Huangfu Chaobo became stronger and stronger in the Vietnam War, and now he has reached the height of a medium strength NPC vassal. Since we can''t stay, Fu Xun said after a moment of meditation: "Lord, since we can''t stay, we have to leave Luoyang. With the strength of Luonan Town, we can capture a small county, and then gradually expand our territory based on this county."


    Fu Xun''s idea brightened the eyes of the Xiake, but where to go? Several people didn''t have a goal for a while, because they did have the strength to attack the county, but which county in Dahan could attack them.


    Just then, the news came that LV Bujun and Huangfu Chaobo''s army were armistice and ready to go north to Bingzhou. Fu Xun immediately asked people to open the map of Bingzhou and look at it carefully. After a long time, Fu Xun stopped and said to the knight, "do you know where Lu Bu is from?"


    Chivalrous one Leng, don''t know why Fu Xun suddenly mentioned Lu Bu''s native place, but still reply: "Lu Bu should be Bingzhou Wuyuan."


    "Yes," Fu Xun nodded and said, "Lv Bu is from Wuyuan, but does the Lord know about Wuyuan? There is also a saying, the Yellow River nine, only rich set? "


    Gao Lan moved in his heart and said, "Sir, is it our intention to go north to Shuofang?"


    "What General Gao said is true. When Xun was young, he traveled to the border and went to Shuofang. But Shuofang was no longer the land of our great man. All ethnic groups lived together here, and the folk customs were fierce."


    Then Fu Xun introduced the situation of Shuofang county to them. Shuofang county was originally established in the second year of Yuanshuo by Emperor Wu of Han Dynasty, belonging to Bingzhou. There are ten subordinate counties, with 34338 households and 136628 households. Shuofang county is the Yellow River alluvial zone, which is fertile soil for irrigation and reclamation.


    However, with the passage of time, in the fifth year of Yonghe (AD 140), Wusi, the king of the left sentence dragon of the southern Xiongnu, and cheniu defected and killed Shuofang Changshi. Later, the southern Huns led the merchants of Wumei and qianghu, so Shuofang county was forced to move from LINRONG to Wuyuan County.Since then, Shuofang county and its counties have been reduced to ruins, and only Yu County, Dacheng county and Sanfeng county are recorded in the Han court. Now Shuofang is inhabited by Hu and Han people, and there is another situation, that is, the six counties of Shuofang, LINRONG, Woye, Guangmu and Shuofang are all built according to the river.


    Xiake and Gaolan listen to Fu Xun''s introduction, and the more they listen to the light in their eyes, the more prosperous they are. After that, Fu Xun explained to the public what he knew about the folk customs and the distribution of settlements in Shuofang. Of course, what he knew was news from a long time ago, and the specific situation must be understood by someone before making a decision.


    After listening to Fu Xun''s suggestion, Xiake and Fu Xun Gaolan are very excited. So in the next few days, Xiake and Fu Xun Gaolan discuss and perfect the strategy, and send their best friend players to Shuofang to inquire about the intelligence. They only need to know the situation there, and then they can take action.

 Chapter 570

    A few days later, news came from Shuofang that the situation was really as Fu Xun said, and it was even more chaotic. All the cities in Shuofang had already been abandoned. However, the main structure of the county was still very complete, and it only needed to invest personnel and materials to rectify it. Not only that, there are many small tribes and village fortresses of Han people in the territory. From time to time, large and small wars break out between them.


    In addition, Shuofang is sparsely populated, and there are no powerful players or NPC princes around. As for LV Bujun, to be honest, let''s wait until he controls the existing counties.


    Therefore, if we do something hidden, we can invest thousands to thousands of people at a time. It only takes one to two months to renovate a county. In this way, we can complete our base in Shuofang. Then we can rely on the county to expand our strength slowly and gradually recover everything. In time, we will be able to achieve something.


    After careful discussion, Xiake contacted Zhao Zilong and hoped to meet Huangfu Chaobo through him. He had to get the support of Huangfu Chaobo and buy a lot of things from him before he could finish his plan.


    Early the next morning, Zhao Zilong led him to Luoyang City. Huangfu Chaobo, who heard the news, smiles a little. It seems that the swordsman is also in a hurry, but he is not in a hurry. He asked the people who came slowly to have breakfast before they were led in. Only lougui and Huangzhong Dianwei sat in the front hall with Huangfu Chaobo, while Xushu and pangtong sat in the compartment beside the front hall to listen. As for the others, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t call at all.


    A moment later, Huangfu Chaobo saw several people enter the hall of the palace. However, to his surprise, there were three people coming in, including Zhao Zilong and Xiake, as well as a man dressed as a scholar. While wondering who the man was, the three of them had already come to the hall. The knight stepped forward and said, "I''ve seen the boss of Chaobo. I''ve heard about him for a long time. It''s a pity that I have to meet him today."


    "You''re welcome. Please have a seat." Huangfu Chaobo replied with a smile;


    just at this moment, the scholar behind the knight came forward and said, "Fu Xun, Luonan Town, meet general Pingdong!"


    "Mr. Fu, please get up and have a seat." For NPC, Huangfu Chaobo has always been a more peaceful attitude, especially in this kind of literati dress.


    After a few thanks, he sat down.


    After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Xiake boss, I don''t know what''s the matter when I come to the door all of a sudden?"


    Seeing this, the Xiake quickly got up and said, "we are all players, so I don''t want to beat around the bush. Today, I came to Chaobo to have an open talk."


    Huangfu Chaobo was noncommittal. Then he reached out and motioned him to continue.


    "The boss of Chaobo must know that Huang Jin and Yuan Shu attacked Luoyang, and Luonan town made a little effort behind them. But personally, the Xiake himself admired the fortune and ability of the boss of Chaobo. However, the Xiake is also a lord, and there are so many brothers under him. So he has to do something for the reason Boss xinchaobo should be able to understand. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was surprised by what the swordsman said. He thought to himself that no one who can achieve this level is vegetarian. He put himself in a very high position, which made Huangfu Chaobo feel embarrassed to blame him for helping NPC attack Luoyang twice. However, although I thought so, I didn''t have a task expression on my face. I just looked at the knight without saying a word.


    The Xiake didn''t see Huangfu Chaobo much, but just went on: "I also know that it''s impossible for the boss of Chaobo to give up, and I''m not a person willing to see other people''s eyes, so one of us must give in.


    I know that with the strength of Chaobo boss, there must be no player in the game who can carry it now, so I don''t want eggs to touch stones. After many discussions with my brothers and subordinates, I decided to leave Luoyang and give up Luonan Town, but I hope to get the help of boss Chaobo. "


    The Xiake''s words made everyone surprised. Dian Wei responded and roared: "well, that shameless alien Lord, as a subordinate territory of Luoyang, colluded with outsiders to seek our city. Now he has the face to ask the general for help. Believe it or not, I''ll take the army and destroy your territory. "


    Huangfu Chaobo also responded, reached out to stop Dianwei''s roar, pondered for a moment, and then asked, "how do I go? What can I do for you? What can I get? "


    When Huangfu Chaobo is silent, his heart is also very nervous. Although Huangfu Chaobo can''t force himself to stay, he is also afraid that Huangfu Chaobo will refuse his request. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t refuse, the Xiake breathed a sigh of relief and said, "let Fu Xun explain the specific things to the boss of Chaobo."


    Then he nodded to Fu Xun beside him.


    Fu Xun stood up, saluted the people again, and then talked about his ideas which he had discussed these days.


    As for Fu Xun''s plan, Huangfu Chaobo is more and more impressed by it, and his eyes are more and more different from Fu Xun''s. it seems that he is also a historical general, and his strength is not weak. No wonder the swordsman is not willing to admit defeat easily, and he will not give up easily if he changes.After listening to him, Huangfu Chaobo said, "I''ve made your meaning clear, but what can I get in the end? You know, you help my enemies, so


    The Xiake heard this and said, "if boss Chaobo agrees, I''d like to hand over an iron ore in Luonan town and give it to an intermediate craftsman who can find and mine. In addition, I will purchase a batch of various materials in Luoyang. If we can, we hope to hire the fleet of Chaobo boss to transport personnel and materials. "


    When he heard that there was an iron mine in the hands of the swordsman, Huangfu Chaobo was also a little excited, especially when he heard that there was a special talent who could find and open mines. However, he didn''t show it on his face. He just said softly, "I can agree in principle, but please have a rest. We need to discuss it."


    With that, he nodded to Lou GUI. Then he got up and walked towards the back of the hall. Seeing this, Lou GUI also got up and followed him.


    When Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the back hall, Xu Shu and Pang Tong had already arrived. Seeing this, Shi a quickly sent someone to take out the map of Bingzhou and put it on the table in front of everyone. Several people quickly gathered around and looked at Fu Xun''s map of Shuofang. After a long time, Xu Shu said, "it''s really a way to die and live later."

 Chapter 571

    But Pang Tong shook his head and said, "not necessarily. Shuofang and Wuyuan counties should not have any powerful forces. Therefore, as long as they are well prepared, their chances of success are still very high."


    After a little thought, Xu Shu responded and said, "it''s true. That''s why they came to ask for help, because they like a sharp weapon in our state army."


    As soon as they heard this, they all reflected that their goal was here. They wanted to buy crossbows from Huangfu Chaobo. With the support of hundreds of one stone rhubarb crossbows, they could have a better foothold in Shuofang.


    "However, our state is not at a loss, eliminating a hidden danger, but also got a special talent." Lou GUI was on a side road;


    seeing that several people didn''t mean to object, Huangfu Chaobo said: "in your opinion, I should agree to this matter."


    Everyone nodded.


    Just then, Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes suddenly stopped at a place above Shuofang County, where there was a name he was familiar with - Wuliang suhai.


    Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo thought of something. He had been there a few years ago, but he got nothing in the end for an inexplicable map. Thinking of this, Huangfu chaobolian said to Shi a beside him: "Shi a, immediately find Xiaojing and ask her to bring the map of the Great Wall army."


    On hearing this, Huang Zhong thought of it and said, "did you think of that?"


    Hearing this, all the people nearby looked at them with an inquiring face. Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "yes, I don''t think that thing is fake, but I''ve forgotten about it all these years. Now it''s time for you to have a look and confirm it."


    It wasn''t long before she saw Jia Jing come in a hurry. At this time, she was checking and sorting out all kinds of gains from the Luoyang war. It can be said that the gains from this war were not small.


    It''s a big project to classify and sort out all the items, and then store them according to the wear and tear. As the chief officer in this field, she spent almost all this time in this field. Now I heard that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to find the drawing, and then I rushed back to the prefect''s house immediately. I found the drawing and sent it to him.


    Looking at her in a hurry, Huangfu talked about her painfully, but Jia Jing seemed to enjoy it. In this regard, Huangfu Chaobo is also very helpless. Looking at her appearance, Huangfu Chaobo decides to postpone going to Longhua for a few days and take her off the line for a day''s rest.


    After taking over the drawings, Huangfu Chaobo carefully compared the map of Bingzhou and confirmed that he and his party did not find the wrong place, but why did they not find it? With a confused mood, Huangfu Chaobo handed the drawings to Xu Shu, hoping to let them have a look.


    "Oh


    As soon as they got the drawing, Pang Tong and Xu Shu both exclaimed. Huang Fu Chao Bo and Huang Zhong were surprised and asked, "what''s wrong with this map?"


    When they looked at each other, Pang Tong said with a smile, "elder martial brother is proficient in this way. Let''s talk about it." Then he handed the drawing to Xu Shu.


    After Xu Shu took it over, he gently put it on the table, pointed to several places in the drawing and said: "Lord, General Huang, you see, there are several places here, here, here,"


    then he pointed out several places in succession and said: "if these places are connected, there will be a formation in them. If you are not proficient in formation and don''t look carefully, you can''t see it. Just as it happens, if you don''t read it correctly, it should be a special terrain with eight gates golden lock array hidden. This can explain why the Lord and General Huang didn''t find an entrance in those years. "


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said happily: "that is to say, is the story of the Great Wall army mentioned in the letter true? That''s great. When I come back from Longhua, I''ll go to Wuyuan and make sure I get this puzzle out. "


    All of a sudden, people''s faces all stepped down. It''s a pity that my Lord, who hasn''t set out to come back, wants to arrange where to go next time.


    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo also knew where the problem was, so he quickly handed over the drawing to Xu Shu and said, "it''s up to Yuanzhi to crack the camp. Yuanzhi will find someone to solve the problem himself. I''ll go out and deal with the swordsman first. " Then he took Jia Jing''s hand and hurried back to the hall. As soon as they saw it, they had to follow behind and return to their position just now.


    On returning to the hall, Huangfu Chaobo regained his composure, walked slowly to his position, sat down and said nothing. After a while, when all the people returned to their positions, Huangfu Chaobo said to the swordsman, "I agree with the proposal proposed by brother swordsman in principle, but the specific issues need to be discussed. Well, you can first say a general plan, we''ll consider it first, and then you can consult with Mr. Lou about the specific plan."


    Xiake and Fu Xun look at each other and see surprise from each other''s eyes. Then the knight stepped forward and said, "thank you, boss Chaobo. Let''s forget the past. Well, we mainly want to buy a batch of rhubarb crossbows from the boss of Chaobo. If the quantity is 500, it''s the best. Of course, if it''s not enough, 300 should be the minimum. If it''s too small, it''s hard to resist the complete restoration of the county.And then there are horses. Because Shuofang, Han and Hu live together, there are too few cavalry, so I want to expand the cavalry to about 1000. As for time, I''d like to ask boss Chaobo to give us another one or two months. We are ready to start immediately after the new year. These two months will be used to train our troops and prepare other materials. For specific things, I will arrange for Fu Xun to communicate with Mr. Lou. Do you think it''s possible? "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Lou GUI, then looked back at the Xiake and said, "there should be at least a few craftsmen in your family who have the skills of mining?"


    The knight was about to speak, but he was stopped by Huangfu Chaobo with a wave of his hand. He said: "don''t tell me that you don''t have it. We all know it. Let''s do it! I don''t want you to increase the number of skilled talents, but before you leave Luoyang, those of you should help me explore some mines. Isn''t that a high requirement? By the way, the senior guy helped me bring out a few more people. If there is no problem, there is basically no problem on my side. "

 Chapter 572

    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the Xiake knew that he couldn''t escape, so he nodded and agreed. Huangfu Chaobo no longer said anything, but turned to Lou GUI and said, "the next thing is to work hard, Mr. Zibo!"


    "I''ll take orders," Lou GUI quickly stood up and replied. With that, he turned to the two heroes and said, "please follow me." With that, he led the two Xiake away from the prefecture to his own Yamen.


    Watching a few people leave, Huangfu Chaobo said, "come on, you guy, how much profit have you made?"


    "What''s the advantage of that..." As soon as Zhao Zilong heard this, he immediately picked up qu. just as he was preparing to continue the performance, he found that Huangfu Chaobo looked at him with a smile, and suddenly felt guilty, saying, "OK, OK, can''t I confess? Five thousand level 35 weapons and 1000 sets of level 30 armor are sold to us at half the market price. As you know, there is a shortage of intermediate weapons in the market, so


    "Stop," Huangfu Chaobo heard him start talking again. He stopped him in time and said, "I don''t want you to go. Don''t you tell me if you are short of equipment? Well, later you go to Xiaojing and ask her to approve 10000 weapons and 2000 sets of armor for you, and the price will be 3% of the market price, OK? "


    "That''s great. Our craftsman level is not good, and we can''t build intermediate equipment, so there is a shortage of intermediate equipment now. By the way, boss, there''s another thing. We want to buy some freighters. Can we help buy some from Han Fu?"


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said, "I can buy it for you, but do you have so many skilled sailors to sail?" Looking at Zhao Zilong''s preparation for Wukou, he immediately said, "don''t give me any idea. I don''t have enough sailors and soldiers in the Navy now. You can only find them by yourself."


    On hearing this, Zhao Zilong let out his anger.


    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo said: "it''s not that you can''t help it. First you buy some smaller boats from my dock. First you recruit some, then you practice, and then you want to become a fat man with one bite."


    When Zhao Zilong heard this, he nodded and agreed. Then they talked about some other things, and then they separated. Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing got off the line and spent a good day in the real world. Then they went online and got busy with the middle of the game.


    After returning to the game, Huang Zhong''s army has set out, Lou GUI''s negotiation with Xiake is almost finished, and three craftsmen of Xiake town have also arrived in Luoyang City. Tian Feng immediately sent a group of soldiers and several craftsmen and officials to accompany them to search for various minerals in the mountains around Luoyang.


    Luonan town has also bought 500 rhubarb crossbows, 1000 crossbows, 1000 war horses, 200 good horses and 10 fine horses from Luoyang City to go back and train soldiers and horses while preparing for the expedition in the next year. Luonan town of Xiake is so rich, which makes Huangfu Chaobo feel very strange. After thinking about it, it is estimated that it was robbed in Luoyang and surrounding villages and towns in the later stage of the campaign, so it is not surprising.


    It''s October now, and Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t dare to delay any longer. Taking advantage of the fact that Xianbei army is repulsed by Gongsun Zan and it''s winter, we can gain several months'' development time for Longhua town. At least the upgraded defense facilities can be quite complete. After gathering all the people and confirming some affairs, Huangfu Chaobo left for Longhua.


    This time, apart from Dianwei, the bodyguard general, there are only ten Wudu and ten Rangers around him, plus Zhang Zan and Han Siam, who are going to help Xiaowen in their leting town. They will stay in leting for one to two years, until leting is upgraded to a small town or above.


    In the future, leting will be the most important part of the transportation line between Huangfu Chaobo Luoyang and Longhua, so this place must be firmly in the hands of its own people. Of course, Jia Jing is also the one who travels. Riding ordinary horses, they crossed the river to huaixian county first, and then went all the way to the northeast of Jizhou.


    Of course, when passing dangyin city on the road, Huangfu Chaobo still had to go to the city. As for mu Shun, the guard General of dangyin, he had to go to see him and make some peace. Another point is that there are 20000 soldiers in Mu Shun''s hand, which is an unstable factor for Huangfu Chaobo.


    Fortunately, Mu Shun is also an interesting person. He respectfully welcomed Huangfu Chaobo and his party into the city. Before Huangfu Chaobo mentioned the military affairs, he said that his ability was limited and he could not be competent as the commander of 20000 troops. He asked Huangfu Chaobo to transfer him back to Luoyang and send another general to play in the shade.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much. He just told him the adjustment plan released in Luoyang some time ago, and then ordered him to be appointed as the general in the war. He said that this was very good in the whole Sizhou army. You should know that he was just a new investor. If it wasn''t for the sake of appeasing the demoted generals and local officials in Hanoi, and he also led 20000 troops, Huangfu Chao would be a good leader Bo is really reluctant to give him such a big official.


    At the same time, considering his dangyin needs to support Han Fu''s Jizhou, he decided to keep ten thousand troops in dangyin, including one school for soldiers, one school for guards, and all the other troops were transferred back to Huai county.


    Mu Shun was also very satisfied with Huangfu''s decision. On the one hand, he knew that he was capable of commanding 20000 soldiers. On the other hand, he knew that it was impossible for him to resist the power of a county with his own strength, not to mention that he was still between the two states.Therefore, with the help of Dianwei and Han Siam, he completed the selection of soldiers, and then sent all the remaining 10000 soldiers back to the counties.


    After staying in dangyin for a few days, Huangfu Chaobo went to Yecheng nonstop. For Han Fu, the more powerful Huangfu Chaobo is, the more reassuring he is. At least now Huangfu Chaobo has not shown a trend of external expansion, and Yuan Shao of Bohai Sea has become a mortal enemy with himself.


    In particular, the dilapidated Luoyang was besieged by 200000 princes. In the end, it turned into a victory and captured countless prisoners, which made all the officials in Jizhou have a better understanding of the strength of Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, Han Fu welcomed Huangfu Chaobo''s visit.


    However, because Huangfu Chaobo and his party came to visit quietly, he didn''t make a lot of noise, but after Zhang Zan told him, he sent someone to invite them into the prefecture of Yecheng quietly, and then invited several of his confidants to accompany them.

 Chapter 573

    After staying in Yecheng for one day, the main purpose was to communicate with Han Fu and others to deepen their feelings. After the purpose was achieved, Huangfu Chaobo set out again.


    This time, he didn''t go to zhaojiacun any more. He still hasn''t thought about how to arrange the affairs of zhaojiacun. Now Zhao Yun and Zhao Yu have been in the army. For Zhaojia village, Huangfu Chaobo means that the whole village will be moved to Luoyang, and then all of them will be placed in a county, so as not to let his subordinates follow the old road of Xu Shu in history.


    However, it''s just an idea. How to operate it needs to discuss with Zhao Yun and his three brothers and sisters. So this time, he didn''t go to Zhaojia village at all. He crossed the prefecture directly. A few days later, the group finally arrived at Tuyin city in youpeiping.


    By this time, Gongsun Zan had already returned to Tuyin city. After more than half a month''s war, Gongsun Zan''s strength had been greatly damaged. Although he was captured and gained a lot in the end, the loss of elite soldiers could not be made up by those prisoners.


    After returning to Tuyin City, Gongsun Zan hurriedly dispatched troops from the two counties and cities, and then tried his best to recover his troops as soon as possible. Although Liu Yu has no tendency to do it himself, Gongsun Zan has never been the kind of person waiting to die.


    After hearing the news that Huangfu Chaobo had arrived at Tuyin, gongsunzan was overjoyed. Although he won this time, gongsunzan''s army was really hurt. Among other things, the loss of weapons and equipment of those soldiers and horses was enough for him to have a headache for a long time.


    Although tens of thousands of captives and tens of thousands of horses were captured in this war, most of them were ordinary horses, far below the level of war horses. Moreover, the weapons and equipment in the hands of the Hu people could not be compared with those produced by the Han people.


    He personally went out to welcome Huangfu Chaobo into the general''s mansion. Soon after the two sides settled down, Gongsun Zan asked about the purpose of Huangfu Chaobo''s trip. Huangfu Chaobo also admitted that his trip was just for the upgrading of Longhua, and he would not stay in Youzhou for too long. After all, Luoyang war had just passed, and although he won by chance, he also lost a lot.


    Moreover, if the state is not decided, the head of the state can not be absent for a long time. So it''s very likely that he will return to Luoyang after upgrading Longhua. In the end, Huangfu Chaobo implicitly said that if he had time, he might go to leting in western Liaoning.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Gongsun Zan seldom turned red, but he soon recovered. He still did something wrong with leting. Now Huangfu Chaobo''s light description makes him more embarrassed. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo did not mention these things any more.


    Several people soon turned the topic to the war of Xianbei invasion. Afterwards, Gongsun Zan kept complaining to Huangfu Chaobo. After the war, soldiers, horses, weapons and equipment suffered serious losses. Although he has already handed in troops to supplement, there is still a big gap in the war horses and weapons and equipment. So he hopes that Longhua can sell a batch of war horses at all levels to him as soon as possible, and for weapons and equipment, if Huangfu Chaobo can help to purchase a batch, it will be better.


    After listening to his words, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he still had hundreds of thousands of weapons and equipment in Luoyang?


    Basically, the equipment is worn out to varying degrees. If the equipment is given to soldiers, it''s not easy to use. If it''s rebuilt, it''s too wasteful. Moreover, now that I have a huge manufacturing base, I can soon take over a large iron mine. In addition, three miners are searching for the mine.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "there are some weapons that brother Bogui said can be sold in Luoyang, but Luoyang is too far away from youbeiping. If you send them from Luoyang, the cost will be relatively high, and these weapons and equipment will be hidden from many people." At this point, Huangfu Chaobo shakes his head with regret.


    Gongsun Zan was very pleased. Then he realized that it would be very difficult for tens of thousands of weapons and equipment to pass through Guangyang and Yuyang counties to youbeiping, because Liu Yu would not easily let so many weapons flow into youbeiping.


    Zhang Zan, who is close to Huangfu Chaobo, is also a human spirit. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s words come out, he thinks about leting, because he and Han Siam have already known the position of leting in their master''s mind. Seeing the expressions of Gongsun Zan and others, Zhang Zan pretended to be very tangled and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "Lord, in fact, it''s not impossible to transport weapons and equipment from Luoyang to youbeiping."


    As soon as they heard this, they were all in spirits. Gongsun Zan immediately said, "in my opinion, what should I do?" Huangfu Chaobo also looked at Zhang Zan with a searching eye.


    Zhang Zan stopped for a moment and seemed to be organizing the language. After a while, he said slowly: "in fact, there is no way. We can consider shipping to Youzhou by water, so that we can avoid the attention of other forces. It''s just that there is no port to call at, whether it''s right Beiping or west Liaoning, and the port must be in our own hands, so as to ensure that the information will not be leaked out. "


    If Gongsun Zan''s mood can be said to be like riding a roller coaster, up and down, now although Zhang Zan has put forward a feasible plan, the problem is that Gongsun Zan really does not have a port, not only a port, but also a city near the seaside.Just when he was disappointed again, Guan Jing suddenly said: "general Huangfu, Jing seems to remember that leting is not far from the sea, right? I wonder if they have a port? "


    Huangfu Chaobo was very happy in his heart, but he didn''t show half a point on his face. He just said blankly: "I don''t know about this matter. Well, I''ll ask you right away." Now all NPCs know that there is a special way to connect different people, but they can''t use it in wartime, so it''s no surprise.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo praised Gongsun: "however, brother Bogui should know that even if there is a suitable place to build a port in leting, it needs to reach the level of a small city or above. In this case, it will take months. Moreover, our state navy has not gone through the sea, and it still needs time to explore the sea channel. However, as far as one knows, some people in Qingzhou went to Liaodong by sea. I believe it is not very difficult to open the channel between Luoyang and youbeiping. "

 Chapter 574

    A moment later, Huangfu Chaobo pretended to have a look at the correspondence, and then praised Gongsun with a happy face: "Congratulations, brother Bogui, my friend said that leting now has a small dock, which can dock boats under 20 stone, specially for fishermen in her town to go fishing. But if Chaobo''s water army comes, it is impossible for a boat with dozens of stones to enter the sea. At least hundreds of stones are needed to enter the sea. On the one hand, the transportation capacity is strong, and on the other hand, accidents are not easy. So, if we use a boat to transfer the goods, it will be too time-consuming. "


    Gongsun Zan hesitated for a moment and said, "Chaobo, please wait a moment. How about I discuss with everyone for a moment and then make a decision?"


    Huangfu Chaobo said with an indifferent face: "it''s OK, brother Bogui, please help yourself!"


    When Gongsun Zan and his subordinates entered the back room to discuss business, Huangfu Chaobo and his party sat in the front hall and waited in silence. On the surface, they were all calm, but in fact, they were all full of waves.


    As early as in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with a group of subordinates about the upgrading of leting to a small city and the establishment of a port. He was mainly afraid that Gongsun Zan would not allow it. After all, no matter who it is, no matter who it is, they do not want to have an unstable factor in their collar.


    Just like Luonan town where Huangfu Chaobo treats Xiake, no one will consciously suppress, restrict or even directly exterminate this place. If the port of this city has nothing to do with Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun Zan may not be so wary. The problem is that this city is almost Huangfu Chaobo. No wonder Gongsun Zan is so hesitant.


    If Gongsun Zan hesitates in the end, Huangfu Chaobo can only sacrifice the last magic weapon, and the port will be jointly managed by two families. If this can not eliminate Gongsun Zan''s vigilance, then Huangfu Chaobo can only give up this idea, and leting is likely to need to give up.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, there was a lot of noise in the assembly hall in the backyard of the general''s mansion. When Gongsun Zan put it forward, the first one who strongly opposed it was Guan Jing, his number one counselor. Although his ability was limited, this counselor looked far ahead of others.


    Guan Jing said: "my Lord, this is absolutely not the case. At that time, the next officer thought that the relationship between leting Town, Wenjing town in front of him, and general Pingdong was too unusual, so he proposed to suppress their development. Now, Jing still insists on this argument. Although general Pingdong is an ally with our army, he has strong strength Hou''s 200000 troops have failed to defeat him. Once he has a different intention to our army, but we can''t control him at any time, it will be a great trouble for our army. "


    Gongsun Yue, who is discussing military affairs in Tuyin City, has always been friendly with Huangfu Chao, but he strongly agrees with this matter and says: "brother, I agree with this matter. Once the port is built, we will no longer be afraid of the restrictions of the old thief Liu Yu. Through the port, we can get in touch with the Central Plains at any time, and all kinds of materials we need can be purchased from here.


    With this port, we need weapons and equipment, food supplies, can be continuously transported. Moreover, even if we don''t do it, as far as my younger brother knows, some of the alien villages in youbeiping and Liaoxi counties have begun to build large and small docks to facilitate their leaders to go fishing in the sea. In time, there will certainly be some territory with city ports among them. Don''t we let them build them? "


    Each of them had his own reason, and the other generals had their own opinions. For a moment, there was a lot of noise in the assembly hall, and no one could persuade anyone.


    Just as the two sides were at loggerheads, and no one could persuade anyone, Liu Weitai, gongsunzan''s righteous brother fortune teller, said, "Oh, don''t fight, big guy. Let''s let leting town give the port to the general''s office, and then give it to him from other places? Is it not clear to us whether general Pingdong will bring in or take away any personnel and materials? "


    When they heard that, yes, they all went into a dead end. If the port was managed by the general''s office, all the problems would be solved.


    At this time, Gongsun Yue said, "what if leting town or general Pingdong doesn''t want to?"


    Influenced by Liu Weitai, Guan Jing suddenly broadened his mind and said, "let''s take a step back and let the general''s office and leting jointly manage the port. In other words, the port must be under the supervision of the general''s office. That is to say, the general''s office must know all the goods and personnel entering and leaving the port. In addition, if the goods in and out of the port can be taxed. "


    After hearing this, Gongsun Zan caressed his palm and said with great joy: "the scholars are the great talents. Ha ha, the scholars are the great talents! Well, we''ll discuss with general Pingdong according to this. If it doesn''t work, the two families will jointly manage it, and the taxes and fees will be shared equally by the two families. "


    Then he led them back to the front hall. When they were all seated, Gongsun Zancai told Huangfu Chaobo his plan with a smile. When Huangfu Chaobo heard that the port had to be managed by the general''s office, he could not help but frown. He had worked hard to build a commercial wharf, but he had to be managed by you. It must not work.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "brother Bogui is joking. Even if I agree to such terms now, they won''t agree. Even if brother Bogui gives them certain subsidies, it won''t work. ""I want to ask general Pingdong a question." Guan Jing got up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo;


    "please speak, sir!" Huangfu Chaobo nodded.


    "I''d like to ask general Pingdong, if there is a place like the port of leting city in Luoyang, how will general Pingdong deal with it?"


    As soon as Guan Jing''s words came out, Huangfu Chaobo knew what he meant. After a moment''s meditation, he looked up and praised Gongsun: "brother Bogui''s worries are deeply felt in my heart. Well, I''ll provide you with a plan for your reference. If you both think it''s OK, then do it. If it''s not OK, we''ll think of another way."


    Gongsun Zan nodded and said, "general Pingdong, please speak!"


    "As we all know, the establishment of a port is related to the overall development of the territory, such as the level of town, shipyard, shipbuilding craftsman and so on. If leting needs to build such a port, it will cost a lot of time, money and energy. Therefore, brother Bogui''s proposal that the port should be under the jurisdiction of the general''s office is definitely not agreed with the territory No one wants to give away what they have painstakingly built. But brother Bogui''s worry is that people who want to make use of the port will do harm to Liaoxi and youbeiping. This is also normal. Therefore, my opinion is that the port should be built not far from the city. After the port is built, it will be jointly managed by the general''s office and the territory. All goods and personnel entering and leaving the port need to be known and agreed by both sides. Is this plan feasible? "


    After seeing Gongsun Zan''s sign, Huangfu Chaobo said slowly;

 Chapter 575

    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Gongsun Zan felt that it was feasible. This not only took care of the interests of the territory, but also ensured that the general''s house could control the port at any time.


    Gongsun Zan and his subordinates looked at each other and saw that no one objected to this. Just as he was about to speak, Huangfu Chaobo said, "brother Bogui, please slow down. This plan also involves another aspect, that is, business tax. The two sides are in charge together. How to distribute business tax? This issue needs to be determined."


    Seeing this, Guan Jing said, "can general Pingdong take charge of the town for the mayor of leting?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, shook his head and said, "how can it be? I''m just an ordinary friend with the mayor of leting. As for the final confirmation, they still need to confirm it by themselves."


    As a matter of fact, as early as Huangfu Chaobo decided to send someone to leting to help, he had already communicated with Zhou Wen. Huangfu Chaobo was able to take pictures of leting. However, in order to make Gongsun Zanyi''s family feel at ease, Huangfu Chaobo could not make decisions face to face.


    Guan Jinglian hurriedly said, "in this case, it''s better to invite the mayor of leting to Tuyin, and discuss with him face to face to confirm the enlightenment."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Just as he was about to speak, Gongsun Zan said, "yes, since Chaobo thinks that the mayor of leting needs to agree, it''s better to invite him. Let''s have a clear discussion."


    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo had to agree to invite Zhou Wen to Tuyin city to discuss with Gongsun Zan about the construction of the city and the port. In front of Gongsun Zan, Huangfu Chaobo sends a message to Zhou Wen, and then sends a reply to Gongsun Zan. Yanleting mayor will come to Tuyin immediately and arrive tomorrow. After the agreement to discuss it tomorrow evening, Huangfu Chaobo leads the people to leave the general''s residence.


    At noon the next day, Zhou Wen and Li Qiang rushed to Tuyin city. They couldn''t take a rest, so they found Huangfu Chaobo and asked why Gongsun Zan wanted to bring them to Tuyin for negotiation.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo, he exchanged his ideas with them. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, Gongsun Zan''s ultimate reason was his instinct of prevention. Therefore, in the next negotiation, the relationship between Huangfu Chaobo and Zhou Wen should not be too good. We must keep a certain distance, otherwise Gongsun Zan will be more rebounded.


    After a few people discussed for a while, Zhou Wen simply asked that Huangfu Chaobo, the port, also participate in the discussion. However, the proportion of Huangfu Chaobo should not be too large. In this way, it will give people a gesture of tripartite cooperation, and it can also ease Gongsun Zan''s sense of prevention.


    In the evening, the three parties got together. After Guan Jing mentioned the port again, Zhou Wen proposed that she could not support the construction and management of a small city and a port in all aspects of human, material and financial resources. It would be better to take the port out and let the three parties jointly build and manage it. In this way, leting and gongsunzan would each account for 40% and Huangfu would be super rich 20%.


    Although Gongsun Zan and others were surprised by this way, they finally agreed to this plan after careful discussion with Guan Jing because of the influence of the port revenue described by Huangfu Chaobo.


    At the same time, in terms of construction, Gongsun Zan provides a small town upgrading drawing, while Huangfu Chaobo provides a port construction drawing. If it needs to be upgraded later, it also needs to provide upgrading drawings. In order to speed up the construction, Gongsun Zan will also provide 5000 foreign slaves for leting. After that, several sides discussed the arrangements for taxation and garrison, and handed them over to Gongsun Zan and leting on land for garrison. As for the water army, only Huangfu Chaobo had a water army, so it was handed over to him for garrison.


    Later, Guan Jing asked Huangfu Chaobo to hand over the sale of the horses in Youzhou to Gongsun Zan''s general''s house, and no one else could interfere. The weapons, grain and other materials that Huangfu Chaobo brought from the Central Plains could be handed over to leting for sale, but Gongsun Zan''s general reserves had the priority to buy them. After much discussion and discussion in the middle of the night, the several sides finally finalized the "Covenant on the construction and development of leting port by the tripartite cooperation of general Fenwu''s residence, leting town and general Pingdong''s residence". When all three signed, the treaty came into force.


    After the treaty came into effect, Gongsun Zan immediately hosted a banquet for all the people. After he had enough to eat and drink, Gongsun Zan gave Zhou Wen the upgrading plan of the small town, urging them to return to leting as soon as possible to prepare for the upgrading of the small town and the construction of the port. He himself would also send 5000 foreign slaves to leting as soon as possible, and urged Huangfu Chaobo to send the navy to explore Qingzhou as soon as possible Leting''s navigable route, strive to transport the weapons and equipment they need as soon as possible.


    When Huangfu Chaobo and Zhou Wen left Gongsun Zan''s general''s mansion, it was already a little bright, and they didn''t stay much. After the Tuyin gate was opened, Huangfu Chaobo led people directly to the north. He wanted to go to Longhua as soon as possible.


    Zhou Wen leads Zhang Zan and Han Xian back to leting. From now on, they are the guest generals of Zhou Wen. Huangfu Chaobo has already promised them that they can return to Sizhou at least one year and the longest three years. Both of them will be of great use.


    This made both of them overjoyed. Zhang Zan, in particular, turned to Huangfu Chaobo with great enthusiasm. Who knew that he had been sent abroad to become a guest general within a few months. Huangfu Chaobo''s promise made him feel relieved.After leaving Tuyin City, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop any longer. He just led the crowd to Longhua outside the Great Wall. In the middle, he just passed junmi city and had a rest in the city for one night. The next morning he left, and it was tangtougou pass that he entered when it was getting late.


    Rao is so, the whereabouts of Huangfu Chaobo and his party are still found, but these players only find that someone has entered the mysterious pass outside the Great Wall, but no one can see who has entered the pass.


    After entering Longhua Town, Huang Fu Chao Bo called Huang Xu to the administrative office to inquire about the situation in the town.


    Now, since the attack of Xianbei people was defeated in Longhua Town, Huang Xu led 5000 cavalry troops to the battle. Then Tian Yu accelerated the construction of Longhua, and constantly recruited from the captured Xianbei people to increase the number of people in the territory.


    After more than ten days, the population of Longhua town finally reached 20000. However, when Tian Yu was preparing to upgrade in the administrative hall, he found that he did not have enough authority, so he had to ask Lou Jing to send a message to Luoyang, telling his master to invite him to upgrade the city in Longhua.

 Chapter 576

    During the waiting time for Huangfu''s Chaobo, Tian Yu kept adjusting the location of various facilities in the town and preparing various materials. After Longhua was upgraded to a small town, the city wall must be built. Now Longhua is still the common stone wall with four Li in length and four Li in width in the period of Zhongzhen. After upgrading to the county, the intermediate stone wall of the county can be built.


    However, due to the limitation of terrain, it is the limit for Longhua to upgrade to the county level, and the city wall can only reach the intermediate stone wall. If Huangfu Chaobo strengthened the control outside the Great Wall, he would only be able to build cities in other places. In fact, there are many places suitable for building cities in the mountains between the great wall and the grassland. For example, Chengde City, Chengde County, Luanping county and Pingquan County are located in relatively large valleys. These places can be built into cities in later generations, which proves that these places are better At least the water is safe.


    However, Gongsun Zan tolerated him to build Longhua City, but he would not be allowed to build another city. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo would not consider building another city for the time being. In his plan, Longhua was only used for horse training. However, for the sake of safety, he only considered upgrading to a city.


    After several world wars in Longhua, although soldiers lost a lot, the number of prisoners also increased dramatically. In the tangtouguan war alone, there were 25000 prisoners. This is still the number after the selection and replenishment of troops.


    Now when Huang Xu returned, he also brought back 2000 prisoners of Xianbei soldiers and 5000 old and weak women and children. After returning to Longhua, they discussed with each other. Considering that the number of cavalry had dropped to less than 4000, and that of the nearly 3000 cavalry Huang Xu brought back, 2000 cavalry had reached the level of Huben cavalry, so they selected some people from the captives and leaders to increase the number of ordinary cavalry to 5000, and the 2000 elite cavalry would be brought back to Luoyang by Huangfu Chaobo Turn into Huben cavalry.


    Apart from these, all the other prisoners were converted into ordinary leaders by Tian Yu. These leaders were divided into several parts by Tian Yu, and some of them were assigned to grazing. Now there are tens of thousands of horses, cattle and sheep at all levels in Longhua, while most of the refugees from the territory were assigned to farming, while other leaders were assigned to all aspects.


    Before Longhua, there was no complete internal affairs system, because the main energy was to train horses. But now when upgrading to the county, all the related facilities must be started and improved, because after upgrading to the county, the post station function will be opened, and there will be a big wave of players in Longhua.


    After more than ten days of adjustment and arrangement by Tian Yu, all the shops and supporting facilities in the planned outer city and other counties are ready. Moreover, even the location of the city wall has been prepared. After upgrading, the construction of various projects can be arranged.


    Up to now, the prisoners of Longhua have basically become the leaders. Apart from being settled in Longhua, some of them have been sent to baihugou village, while the vast majority of them have been left in Longhua. They will join the county after the county is upgraded.


    According to Tian Yu''s plan, the existing stone wall of Zhongzhen in Longhua town will be used as the inner city wall of the county, while the newly built city wall of the county will be used as the outer city wall. However, in Tian Yu''s plan, the outer wall of the city wall will be slightly larger. By then, the north and south sides of the outer wall will be only two li away from the foot of the mountain on both sides. To the East, a few Li to the East will be tangtougouguan. To the West, less than two Li to the West will be Longshui, just next to the wharf.


    In this way, Longhua city will almost become a huge pass, generally standing in the valley. However, there is a more troublesome situation in Longhua now, that is, there are too many horses, cattle and sheep, but the area in the valley is too small. If we do not sell or transport some of them away as soon as possible, the food and grass in Longhua will not be maintained.


    According to the estimation of huyanda''s domestication department, the valley of Longhua, together with the valley on the other side of the river, can maintain 30000 to 40000 livestock at most. If there are more, they can''t afford to raise them. Therefore, this time Huangfu Chaobo still needs to deal with tens of thousands of horses, cattle and sheep in Longhua.


    It took nearly half an hour for Huangfu Chaobo to understand all the things in Longhua. Looking at these things, Huangfu Chaobo could not help sighing to himself. Fortunately, he had a special internal affairs talent to take care of his internal affairs since he took charge of the county. Otherwise, if he let himself handle these things, he would not be tired to death.


    After putting down what he had in hand, Huangfu Chaobo told Huang: "this battle in Longhua has been a tough one for several people. If only some of you stayed in Longhua, our base would have to give up.


    Therefore, in order to recognize the merits of several of you, I will now announce the reward of Pingdong general''s office for your military exploits. Huang Xu was appointed as the general of wupindangkou and the chief General of Longhua city. He was under the jurisdiction of a military camp, a Infantry School and a cavalry school. Tian Yu was appointed as general Cong Wupin Pinglu and took the post of county magistrate of Longhua city. Longhua city has jurisdiction over Longhua City, tangtougouguan, hutougou village and hutougouguan.


    Zhang an was appointed general of Zhechong Zhongying and led the county captain of Longhua city. There were two garrison schools in Longhua City, including 5000 garrison troops in Longhua City, 2000 garrison troops in tangtougou pass and 3000 garrison troops in hutougou pass. The two garrison generals were garrison commander Hao Jian of tangtougou pass and garrison commander Meng yuan of hutougou pass. At the same time, both of them led the county deputy captain.As for other meritorious personnel, they will be handled by Huang Xu and Tian Yu. "


    Everyone in the hall was overjoyed and led by them to thank Huangfu Chaobo.


    After arranging the reward, they discussed the defense and military affairs. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t interfere much in this matter. After all, it was the business of several generals, and they were far more clear about the surrounding situation than Huangfu Chaobo.


    Now Longhua has 10000 soldiers and 7000 cavalry soldiers, of which 2000 are going to be brought back to Luoyang by Huangfu Chaobo, so we need to recruit another 5000 soldiers. At this time, the total population of Longhua is less than 50000.


    It can be said that the proportion of soldiers and civilians has been quite frightening. Fortunately, this is not an ordinary territory. All the food and grass are basically purchased from outside. Otherwise, it would have turned upside down here. Not only that, Huangfu Chaobo also planned to let huyandu recruit 5000 Tujia soldiers in Longhua. According to this situation, this goal can not be achieved in at least half a year to one year.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to let huyandu stay in Longhua and wait for him to return to Luoyang. Therefore, the main energy of Longhua is to increase the number of the leading people, and this can only be targeted at the alien tribes scattered outside the Great Wall.

 Chapter 577

    After confirming that everything had been arranged properly, Huangfu Chaobo led the general to the administrative Museum, opened his operation interface and found that an upgrade button on it was green and available. Taking a deep breath, Huangfu Chaobo reached for the green button.


    "Ding Dong, players apply for territory upgrade, are you sure?"


    "Confirm!"


    "The system prompts that the player''s territory is upgraded to town level territory and upgraded to city level territory. According to the system requirements, it is checking whether it meets the upgrade requirements."


    "The population has reached 20000, meeting the requirements of the system!"


    "Territory building inspection: living buildings include dwellings, canteens, warehouses, logging yards, quarries... A total of 30 kinds of buildings, more than 20 kinds of living buildings required for city upgrading. "


    "Military buildings include infantry camp, Archer camp, cavalry camp, school yard, military camp, equipment center... A total of eight, to upgrade requirements


    "there are private schools, brothels, ancestral halls, Town God''s Temple and academies. A total of six, to upgrade requirements


    "The territory''s military strength has reached the upgrading requirements, and the people''s will has reached the requirements..."


    "The title of Lord has reached the requirement of promotion."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "The system has detected that the territory meets the requirements of upgrading to a city. Are you sure you want to upgrade?"


    "Confirm!" Huangfu Chaobo secretly scolds him for upgrading a small town. Is it so troublesome? In his opinion, this city is nothing great. He doesn''t think about what level his city has reached. If ordinary players want to upgrade their territory to the level of small city, how much time and energy will it take.


    "The territory is a cross level upgrade, and the corresponding upgrade tasks need to be completed:


    first, the Lord needs to obtain the consent of the county level or above government where the territory is located, and appoint the head of the territory as the county head. The system automatically searches the territory around Youzhou youpeiping, so it is automatically allocated to youpeiping county. Please apply for the position of county magistrate for the right Beiping prefect mansion. The post station between the neighboring county and the territory will be opened automatically after being appointed. If the task cannot be completed, the post station will be invalid.


    Second, the territory needs to defeat the attack of 5000 soldiers from the enemy forces within one month.


    Third, to upgrade a territory to a city, you need to have a reasonable income. Within one month, the Lord can achieve the task of 100 per day income for ten consecutive days.


    Fourth, if the territory is upgraded to a city, how can it have no subordinate territory? Please let the city have more than five villages and towns within one month. "


    A series of task requests were sent out, and Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Who knows, he hasn''t responded yet, and the system prompt is coming again.


    "Congratulations to the players, because the territory is the first one to apply for upgrading to the city level, so the task is twice as difficult, with 10000 offensive soldiers and 200 daily city revenue."


    The system prompts that Huangfu Chaobo almost burst out with a mouthful of old blood. Is this still worth congratulating? Oh, I''ll go. However, it seems that this task is not so difficult after it is doubled.


    He doesn''t think about it. Who is as abnormal as him? The difficulty set by the system is very difficult for ordinary players. The attack of ten thousand soldiers is five times the conventional force of a town with only twenty thousand people. If you want to block it, it''s not very difficult.


    The daily income of 200 Guan, or 200000 copper, for ten consecutive days is not a problem for Longhua. You know, after Longhua only needs to open a post station, as a city on the edge of the grassland, it will certainly attract a large number of players. Now Longhua has horses, blood medicine, and equipment at all levels for sale, so the daily income of 200000 copper is basically zero The problem is very serious.


    Sure enough, after Huangfu Chaobo told several people of Tian Yu about the task, they were all relieved.


    After filling the names of Tian Yu in the list of relevant officials in Longhua, Huangfu Chaobo chose to submit them. Within a quarter of an hour, he heard the system prompt that the appointment of Tian Yu had been approved by the youbeiping Prefecture. Then, there are several system prompts:


    "Congratulations, the post station between Longhua city and junmi city has been opened. Please set the location of the post station! "


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo shows a virtual map of ten li around Longhua. Without thinking much, Huangfu Chaobo puts the post station one Li outside Tangtou pass.


    This is the system post station, and no one is afraid of robbing it. The most important thing is that Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want to put it next to Longhua city. If someone has the idea of Longhua and can send troops from the post station suddenly, it will pose a threat to Longhua.


    But I don''t think there is such a thing. There are many moats in the game like Imperial hegemony. In case someone comes here when Longhua is not on guard, it will be depressing.


    After the post station of Longhua city is installed properly, a system prompt sounds in the game: "congratulations to player * * for upgrading his territory to city level. As the first player to upgrade his territory to city level, the system will reward player * *"Such a system prompt, once again in the game caused a sound wave, all the territory in the game are stuck in the town level. Now suddenly, a territory has been upgraded to the city level. You know, you don''t even know where the upgrading drawings come from. Moreover, there is a big problem. The territory is not populated enough.


    Just as everyone was wondering whose territory was upgraded to the city level, another message shocked the player level of youbeiping: "Longhua County, the county seat, was added under the rule of peace in youbeiping. Longhua city was officially opened to players, and the post station between junmi county and Longhua County seat was opened. Players can go through the post station or by themselves."


    It''s just that the system prompt doesn''t say that it''s still a trial period for Longhua to upgrade to a small town. However, for players, this is no longer important. Although only the players in youbeiping know the news, it is soon known in the whole game that the territory newly upgraded to city level is in youbeiping, and it is still outside the Great Wall.


    A new County means a new site, because the old county has the first players. Although they don''t occupy the county openly, they secretly divide the city into different forces, so it''s difficult for new players or teams to get in and have a foothold.


    Now there is a new County, and the county is still in the forefront of the battle with the alien race. It can be said that it is the best supply point before players go deep into the grassland. Therefore, the prosperity of Longhua is just around the corner.

 Chapter 578

    It is said that since Zhao Yun''s video screen appeared on the grassland was circulated on the forum, and then through different official channels of publicity and speculation, the situation on the grassland is more complicated.


    Youzhou youbeiping and Liaoxi''s great wall are good both inside and outside. There is a strong NPC force gongsunzan. There are almost no large-scale alien tribes, and small tribes are destroyed or far away under the attack of gongsunzan and Longhua. Therefore, the area outside youbeiping and Liaoxi''s great wall is still the best living environment for players in Northern Xinjiang, even if they still can''t build territory Place.


    In other parts of Youzhou and in the northern border of Bingzhou, there are many different tribes, big and small. They fight with each other endlessly. In addition, the players often stir up the wind and rain, and there are endless horse thieves all over the grassland, so they are basically in a mess. That''s why the Xiake thinks that he has a good chance to seize a piece of land in Shuofang The reason for this.


    Sure enough, as Huangfu Chaobo expected, the news that the system prompted you to add a county under the rule of youbeiping caused an uproar in the game. On the day of the opening of the post station, thousands of players appeared outside tangtougou pass through the post station, including many players from the Zilong club.


    After getting the news of the arrival of a large number of players, Tian Yu discussed with Huangfu Chaobo and decided to build a village a few miles away from tangtougou pass, just as the county task also required several villages and towns to be governed.


    As a result, hundreds of Minfu and craftsmen were quickly selected, and then, escorted by hundreds of soldiers, they carried a large number of materials out of tangtougou pass.


    A few miles southeast of guanwai, a small village called tangtougou village was built. Then, the village built all kinds of places for players, and upgraded the village to Zhongcun. Considering that there were 10000 enemy troops attacking the city in the upgrade mission, tangtougou village did not continue to upgrade for the time being. Zhongcun is now completely upgraded To meet the current requirements, this village is used as the outpost base of Longhua City, which is convenient for players to stay and purchase materials and equipment.


    As more and more players arrive, they find that they can''t enter the city. Not only can they not enter the city, they can''t even enter the gates outside the city. They can only stay and replenish materials in a village outside the city. Although they are dissatisfied, they dare not say anything. You know, the people who can upgrade their territory outside the great wall are certainly not ordinary people.


    Moreover, the notice in the village also says that the village will be upgraded to the town level as soon as possible. At that time, with the protection of stone walls, players will not be afraid of the threat of alien cavalry.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo also underestimated the power of the players. As time went on, in less than a day, the forum basically determined the owner of the territory to him. In less than one day, Huangfu Chaobo received no less than ten messages, asking about the conditions for upgrading the town and the difficulty of the task.


    Fortunately, after hearing the announcement of the whole game system, Huangfu Chaobo had a certain mental preparation. He knew that Longhua might not be kept secret for long, so he generously admitted it in the face of everyone''s inquiry. Not only that, he also promised to publish the upgrade process on the forum at that time, which calmed down everyone''s curiosity.


    After finishing Longhua''s work, Huangfu Chaobo made a decisive landing on the game forum. As he said at the beginning, he explained the conditions and tasks of Longhua''s upgrade in detail on the forum. In this way, it was a good voice among the players. However, for the most critical point of the upgrade, Huangfu Chaobo, the source of the upgrade drawings of the small town, is powerless. We can only tell you that the drawings still depend on everyone''s luck.


    In the end, Huangfu Chaobo also explained that the county is not open to ordinary players at present, just like Luoyang inner city is not open to players. Huangfu Chaobo''s excuse is that Longhua''s facilities are not complete, so it is not open to players for the time being. As for all the materials you need, you can supplement them in the villages outside the pass. Of course, if you have any storage facilities For those who want to make trouble, he doesn''t mind using some means.


    In fact, one of the purposes of Huangfu Chaobo''s post is to warn some people not to have any idea about Longhua. It''s not that he doesn''t want to open Longhua, but that there are some things in it that he really doesn''t want too many people to know.


    For example, both Gongsun Zan and the players know that there are horses in Longhua. After all, the players have picked out the Lou battle in Longhua, but they don''t know the specific number and level. Another point is that there are water forces in Longhua, especially the water forces have been exposed to the players. If the water forces can be exposed to the public later, Longhua''s preparation will be better We should make it more perfect.


    The upgrade task has been started, and Huangfu Chaobo will not be in charge of the following things. It''s enough for Tian Yu to handle these things, and he has his own business.


    The first one is the two families Zhao Yun brought back. The surname of he Ruo, Huangfu Chaobo also learned a lot of information from huyandu. If he guessed correctly, they should belong to the jindiao tribe of Xianbei Wangting. Like their tribe of huyandu, they are all loyal to Wangting. The tribe of Huyan family is tame horses, while the tribe of he Ruo family is He is good at taming golden eagles.


    You know, Huangfu Chaobo had a deep resentment for the golden carving. At the beginning, he almost left several of his warriors on the grassland because of this.So after returning to Longhua and dealing with important matters, Huangfu Chaobo thought of these people. After all, they have arrived in their own territory and will not run. It doesn''t matter if they are late or early.


    Before long, he Ruo and his brothers took their wives and children to see Huangfu Chaobo. As soon as they entered the gate, they led the crowd to prostrate themselves: "the people of the border have seen the general. Thank him for taking him in!"


    After listening to their words, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Well, everyone you see is a general. After looking at a few people in front of him and looking at Huyan beside him, he said, "OK, everyone, please get up. When you get to Longhua, you''ll settle down. By the way, brother he Ruo, right? Look up at me. Do you know him? "


    "General Xie!"


    After hearing this, he ruolong looked up at Huangfu Chaobo and the generals around him. There was a general around him. Although he was wearing the armor of a Han general, he had a face of Xianbei, and he seemed to be familiar with his face.


    He ruolong''s mind suddenly changed, and an idea suddenly flashed in his mind

 Chapter 579

    He ruolong thinks that he has been in Longhua for such a long time. Although he seldom deals with people, he also hears that there are two highly valued Xianbei generals under the general. They are two brothers. The elder brother''s leader usually follows the general, while the younger brother is one of the master level personnel in the general, who is good at training horses.


    Looking at the general in front of him, he ruolong suddenly remembered what happened in Xianbei royal court a few years ago. Because he was bewitched by others, he killed the horse taming tribe for a horse. Although it is said in the royal court that this small tribe has been exterminated, he ruolong knows that several of them have escaped.


    Because they are all small tribes directly under wangtingchanyu, although they are not very familiar with each other, they have met each other and heard each other''s names. Thinking of this, he ruolong can''t guess who is in front of him.


    "But the brother of the Huyan family in Guri He ruolong said cautiously;


    at this time, Huyan also determined that he ruolong, who had met several times, was the person in front of him. They were both very happy and went forward to meet each other with Xianbei etiquette.


    Seeing this, he ruolung''s younger brother, he ruobi, also responded and said with a laugh: "it turns out that you are really brothers of Huyan family. Don''t you mean you have been chased by the army of Shan Yu? What''s the matter? "


    "Ha ha ha..." He ruolong and Huyan both looked at each other with a smile, then turned their heads, Huyan both said to Huangfu Chaobo: "childe, it''s really the he Ruo brother that they all started to tell you about. He Ruo brother is a gold carving trainer in the royal court. Congratulations on your talent again!"


    After listening to huyandu''s words, he ruolong quickly pulled his younger brother and family members to bow down again and said: "he ruolong (he ruobi) meet the Lord!"


    Huangfu Chaobo laughed and said, "well, get up. We will be a family in the future."


    After he ruolong and his family got up, Huangfu Chaobo asked about jindiao carefully, and he explained it in detail. It turns out that although the Golden Eagle can give early warning, it is far from what Huangfu Chaobo thought. It is as deep as the real airborne early warning aircraft. After the golden eagle flies up into the sky, through his sharp eyes, you can see the scenery dozens of miles away.


    After the trainer''s training, the Golden Eagle will see the number of people from the horse and other approximate number through different movements to the trainer on the ground, and then the trainer will combine the movements of the golden eagle to inform the general of the information, so as to achieve the purpose of early warning. Although the number and distance given are not completely accurate, it is a very terrible situation for the current war. You know, in ancient times, when fighting, the two armies were often separated by miles without knowing it.


    In the past, players could also send messages through the communicator, but since the system was adjusted, this function between players has been greatly limited.


    The most direct manifestation of this is why Gongsun Zan and Guan Yu''s army suffered heavy losses in the war a while ago, while Huang Xu''s army was much better. It was because he ruolong led his golden eagle to help.


    Both he ruolong and his brother can domesticate golden eagles. However, he ruolong is a little higher than his brother he ruobi, so he will be more prepared to control the number of golden eagles and explore them. However, with Zhao Yun''s tips, he ruolong has been specially cultivating his brother''s skills. After this period of training, he ruobi''s skill level has made great progress. According to Zhao Yun''s tips, he ruolong has been cultivating his brother''s skills According to he ruolong, he can independently explore battlefield information of less than 50000 people.


    According to their domestication experience, they can be divided into 10000, 50000, 100000, 200000 and above 500000. After listening to his words, Huang Fu Chao pondered deeply and looked at the skill levels of he ruolong and his brothers. He knew that they were corresponding to the entry level, primary level, intermediate level, advanced level and master level. As for the higher level, according to their opinion, no one has reached it yet. If it is a large-scale war, the royal court will definitely send several trainers and sculptors to take charge of different directions, and then report the information to the royal court after sorting out. For example, he ruolong has reached the level of controlling the two golden eagles.


    After some consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to let he ruobi stay in Longhua, and he ruolong returned to Luoyang with him. You should know that he spent a large part of his time and energy in Luoyang, and Longhua will not change much.


    Not only that, Huangfu Chaobo also hoped that they could cultivate more trainers for the use of the army. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, it would be better for each battalion to be equipped with one or two golden eagles, so that the army could better understand the war situation.


    It''s a pity that after understanding, Huangfu Chaobo knew that his wish would not be achieved in a short time, because it was very rare to train the sculptor. You know, there were only ten people in the whole Xianbei court, and two of them even went to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Well, since it''s rare, aren''t there 20000 or 30000 Xianbei prisoners joining Longhua now? Then you can always choose one or two talents from them. What, this is a reserved program of your tribe? I have a MMP in my heart. I don''t know whether to speak or not. Huangfu Chaobo said in silence.


    After thinking about it, he asked, don''t the two brothers have sons? Can they do it? Oh, barely. Well, you should cultivate it first. Besides, don''t you have several clansmen?Each of you married two women among the leaders who were transformed from Xianbei captives, and your brothers are the same. Hurry to train our general.


    After making arrangements for the two brothers, Huangfu Chaobo was in a good mood. Because the task will take another month to complete, so after some consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to go to leting. After explaining everyone''s affairs, Huangfu Chaobo leads Jia Jing, Dian Wei and a group of guards to the leting.


    However, before he set out, Huangfu Chaobo asked the two navy officers in Longhua to come. After carefully inquiring about the situation of the Longhua Navy, he decided to let Sun Lang go to leting with him. Since he was going to set up a port in leting, his Navy officers had to go to find out the situation first.


    A few days later, they finally arrived at leting, Zhou Wen''s territory. In fact, leting has been inhabited by people since ancient times. However, because it is too close to the sea, coupled with the bitter cold of western Liaoning since ancient times, and the constant harassment of foreign cavalry, people gradually concentrated in Haiyang and gradually became a county under the rule of Liaoxi County, while leting near the sea was gradually abandoned.

 Chapter 580

    At that time, when Zhou Wen''s leaders pretended that they didn''t want to find it, there was only one abandoned fishing village, so they got Gongsun Zan''s permission to build a village here.


    After several months of development, leting village has now reached the scale of Zhongzhen. Especially after Zhang Zan and Han Siam arrived, Zhou Wen immediately handed over the internal affairs and military affairs to them. In addition to the 5000 Xianbei slaves sent by Gongsun Zan, leting town has now taken off.


    When we arrived at leting Town, before we entered the town, we were received by the people who had been waiting outside the town for a long time.


    Zhang Zan and Han Siam must have come to pick up their master, while Zhou Wen took her best friend whom she hadn''t seen for a long time to chat with each other, ignoring Huangfu Chaobo.


    It can be said that the girl is very comfortable recently. Since Zhang Zan and Zhang Zan came, she has become the boss. Zhang Zan is in charge of political affairs, and her husband is helping, so he doesn''t care at all.


    The military was handed over to Han Siam. Don''t think that Han Siam was a soy sauce elder brother in history, but he was also a military general at the top of the human rank. With the additional attribute equipment provided by Huangfu Chaobo and the guidance of Huang Zhong and other generals, Han Siam is now a proper military general at the local level. Facing the military affairs of a town level territory, it''s not a matter of hand to hand to capture With the help of Zhou Wen''s younger brother Zhou Qiang, Zhou Wen was completely liberated.


    Now that her best friend came, she took her to the town to talk in secret. Where could she take care of Huangfu Chaobo.


    After the two subordinates of Huangfu Chaobo came forward to greet them, Li Qiang and Zhou Bin went forward to greet them, and then they went to the town together. As he walked towards the town, Huangfu Chaobo carefully observed the situation in leting town.


    The location of leting town is very good. It''s located in the southeast of Haiyang county. It faces the sea in the South and moishui in the West. Only the East and North are connected with other parts of western Liaoning by land. It can be said that the location is very good.


    However, if the relationship between leting and Huangfu Chaobo is not good, it''s better to say, but the relationship is too good, so generally there is no chance to develop and grow. This time, Gongsun Zan got the opportunity to upgrade to Chengchi when he needed to buy all kinds of materials from the Central Plains, but the development of leting basically ended here.


    Now, in order to reassure Gongsun Zan, even the interests of the port have to be let out 30%, and the defense is jointly managed by the two families. Fortunately, neither Huangfu Chaobo nor Zhou Wen had any idea of Gongsun Zan.


    By the time the party arrived at the executive hall, Zhang Zan had already reported the government affairs he had taken over to Huangfu Chaobo. Now, there are nearly 10000 people in leting. Only after other facilities are built, can they be upgraded. However, even with the five thousand prisoners sent by Gongsun Zan, there are only fifteen thousand, which is five thousand less than the maximum population limit of a small town.


    Therefore, for leting, there is still an arduous task and a population gap of 5000. It is not very likely that Gongsun Zan will fill in the estimate. Then the next thing is Han Siam''s business. In the next time, he must train his troops and eliminate all kinds of hostile forces, and then add their population to leting.


    Fortunately, although Gongsun Zan''s army is full now, his low-level equipment is still barely enough. These low-level soldiers need several months of training and fighting. In this way, both the port of leting and the weapons and equipment of Huangfu Chaobo can be completed in time.


    As early as after the tripartite agreement, Huangfu Chaobo asked Luoyang to send people to Jiangdong to buy sea going ships. It took more than a month to return to Luoyang. Zhou Tai had already arranged for his fleet to set out, preparing to come to Youzhou along the coastline first to explore the route. Although the warships and freighters from Jizhou and Luoyang could not sail far away from the coastline, they still had no problem sailing along the coastline.


    After entering the administration hall, Huangfu Chaobo also knew about the situation of leting Town, so he called out sun Lang and said: "come on, Zhongyu, General Han, this time we will bring you a general of the water army, sun Lang, these two will be your Shangguan. You three need to work together to understand the situation of the waters around leting before Youping''s water army arrives Find out. "


    After hearing this, the three of them immediately got up together to answer the promise.


    Seeing that there was nothing else to do, Huangfu Chaobo asked them all to step back. After each of them got up and saluted, they stepped back. You know, we all have a lot of things to do, but now time is tight and the task is heavy.


    After everyone retreated, several people finally relaxed. Because of repeated wars, everyone has little time to go offline, let alone eat and go shopping together. Now they finally get together in the game.


    After chatting all over the place for a while, Zhou Wen felt that everyone hadn''t got together for a long time. Now that everyone is not busy, it''s better to take a day off offline. His proposal was unanimously agreed by several people, and everyone looked at Huangfu Chaobo.


    After thinking about it, I really don''t have anything to do now, so I don''t agree. After several people explained to Zhang Zan, they went off the production line at ease.


    When I went online again, it was already a few days after the game. Everything in the game is going on smoothly. The task of Longhua has reached the last moment, and the daily income has reached the upgrading requirements;However, ten thousand troops have reached more than 100 Li northeast of Longhua, and will soon attack tangtougouguan. They don''t care about Huangfu Chaobo.


    Now I''m just waiting to finish the task and lead the two thousand cavalry and thousands of horses back to Luoyang.


    The situation in Luoyang is even more reassuring. After Huang Zhong led the army of Huben camp around Luoyang, the rebels all came down. Now the army has returned to Luoyang to recuperate, and Zhao Yu has taken over the eight pass defense. Luoyang defense has gradually improved.


    Zhao Yun''s Huben camp has finished the whole army. It only needs a few more months of training to arrange for the battle. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, he wants his troops to go to the east of hulaoguan to complete the control of Luoyang. Now he just has to wait for Huangfu Chaobo to return to Luoyang to finish this task.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, a few days later, he received news from Longhua that the war was over in one day. Two thousand of the ten thousand invading troops were killed and more than three thousand were captured. The other four thousand were scattered and fled, and Longhua gained thousands of horses.

 Chapter 581

    After the end of the battle in Longhua, Huangfu Chaobo received the news that Longhua''s upgrading task had been completed. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo sent a letter to Tian Yu, asking him to arrange for the two thousand cavalry to take five horses and ten days'' grain and grass to join him in Tuyin, and then from Tuyin to Zhaojia town of Changshan state in Jizhou.


    By the time Huangfu Chaobo arrived in Hanoi with more than 2000 cavalry horses, it was December 25, 191. Nearly two months had passed, and the weather was getting colder and colder. After entering December, there were two heavy snowfalls in succession in Sizhou. Fortunately, the river had not frozen yet.


    After a short rest in huaixian County, Hanoi, the party returned to Luoyang under the transportation of the Navy.


    As soon as he entered Pingdong general''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo received a message from the system: "congratulations to the players, rebuilding the eighth link of Luoyang mission: reorganizing Luoyang''s eight passes. The task has been completed, and the player gains 10000 points. "


    I haven''t spoken yet, and then another system message comes one after another. "Congratulations to the players, start the ninth link of Luoyang reconstruction mission: control all the counties in Henan within three months, and make the name of Luoyang prefect worthy of the name. After the completion of the ring task, the reconstruction of Luoyang chain task is completed, and the player officially becomes the prince power recognized by all the princes of the Han Dynasty. "


    After hearing the news of the system, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned at first, and then he was delighted. After more than a year, the reconstruction task was finally completed.


    Although Luoyang is much worse than Dong Zhuo before burning the city, it is no worse than ordinary County cities. For Luoyang now, the difference is only the population, but it is a tough injury for all players. Therefore, if Luoyang wants to develop better, it must increase the population.


    However, the number of refugees is not as much as at the beginning of the game. In cities like Luoyang, the number of refugees is only a few hundred a day, and only tens of thousands a year. If you want to increase to nearly one million people, it will take a long time to refresh the refugees.


    After entering the hall, as soon as he sat down, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care to have a rest, so he asked all the people left behind in Luoyang to come here. Now that the serial task has finally seen the head, he must finish the task first. As for the things that he said at the beginning about going to Wuyuan, those will be left behind.


    But there is another problem. Now it''s the end of the year. If we need to send troops, it will be around January 10 next year at the earliest. Whether we can finish the task in three months or not, Huangfu Chaobo still doesn''t have much confidence, so we must call everyone to have a good discussion.


    In less than a quarter of an hour, a group of men and women came in a hurry. To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, Gao Shun was also among them. Although he was a little strange, he didn''t say much. After nodding and saying hello one by one, they reported to Huangfu Chaobo about the past two months in order.


    The first thing to report is don''t drive Tian Feng. In fact, at present, there are no big things to report in terms of internal affairs, because they are basically dealing with all kinds of trivial matters, but this is the most complicated, and only Tian Feng can deal with it easily. The next is Lou GUI. Because Lou GUI is also a humble county magistrate in Luoyang, his affairs are no less than Tian Feng''s.


    After the internal affairs, it came to the military affairs of the generals. Xu Shu, who was engaged in the military affairs, gave a brief report on all the major events, including the situation of Hongnong and Hanoi counties, and then the generals described their affairs separately.


    The first one must be Huang Zhong. As the first person in the army, now with the increasing number of generals, his burden is not as heavy as before, and things are not so complicated.


    tiger camp is the first military camp that the army of the State Army initially built. Although it did not say that it was the first war barracks, it was the first to build a war camp. All the soldiers were transferred from the army, so their fighting power was fully deserve.


    After more than two months of training and consolidation, Huang Zhong''s combat power has now reached the highest level. Especially in the past more than a month, after the recovery of the pass around Luoyang, although there were not many wars, the combat power of Huben camp got the best running in.


    After Huang Zhong, it was Zhao Yun. As the commander of Longxiang camp, Zhao Yun''s combat power of Longxiang camp was slightly inferior to that of Huben camp, because the troops were selected after Huben camp became an army, so Zhao Yun has been training and integrating soldiers for several months. However, after nearly two months of training, now the training of Longxiang camp has been completed. Now it only needs a few battles to polish.


    As a captain of Luoyang, Huang Wudi''s task is not as small as his father and Zhao Yunzhong. First of all, Luoyang, as a state city, has 20000 guards, which is only the lowest level of the state city.


    Later, when Xu Shu adjusted the forces of various places, he reorganized the surplus troops into 15000 garrison troops. However, these troops were not directly classified as Luoyang garrison troops. Instead, they were prepared as garrison troops of various counties in the east of Shaanxi, and were only temporarily handed over to Luoyang Duwei for training.


    According to Xu Shu''s plan, these garrisons will be mixed up with the soldiers and horses of the cities in the east of Shaanxi to form a new Garrison Army, and then they will exchange garrisons with the garrisons of the cities in the east of Shaanxi. As for those whose other attributes meet the selection conditions of soldiers and other special soldiers and horses, they will be selected first.The next report is Zhao Yu, the commander of BAGUAN. At present, she has taken over the defense of BAGUAN in Luoyang. As the last defense chain outside Luoyang, the main role of BAGUAN is to warn and contain.


    In addition to the five thousand troops stationed at Hangu pass, only Mengjin and xiaopingjin have three thousand troops stationed at each port, and the other five passes have only one thousand troops. So, her subordinates also have fifteen thousand garrison soldiers and fifteen hundred cavalry soldiers.


    At the end of the day, Huangfu Chaobo asked Gao Shun about his fall into the camp after everyone had finished reporting.


    On hearing this, Gao Shun immediately got up to salute, and then reported his situation to Huangfu Chaobo for more than two months. With the permission of Huangfu Chaobo, Gao Shun immediately began to select suitable taxi drivers in Sizhou.


    However, after a month''s selection, Gao Shun only selected more than 1600 soldiers out of the hundreds of thousands of troops under the rule of Sizhou. Most of the more than 1000 soldiers were above grade 40. Of course, a few of them were not high, but Gao Shun was optimistic about them. This result surprised Huang Zhong.


    However, what makes people even more surprised is that after the first gathering of soldiers, Gao Shun said that half of the selected soldiers would be eliminated, and his soldiers would not exceed 1000 at most.

 Chapter 582

    After the soldiers were selected, Gao Shun first equipped them with ordinary equipment, and then trained them, and at the same time, he led the army to suppress bandits everywhere from time to time.


    After more than ten days, when all the soldiers reached level 40 or above, Gao Shun took them back to Luoyang and gave them all the weapons and equipment he had chosen. So the miserable life of these soldiers began.


    In the early morning, all the taxi soldiers were fully armed and assembled in the school yard after they had finished the morning meal. Then they would take a quick walk around Luoyang City. After returning to the school yard, they would carry out all kinds of equipment training. In the afternoon, they would train in all kinds of formations. In the evening, they would have to gather in a hurry.


    Not only that, he also led the army out of the city to suppress the bandits every three or five times. Later, he simply invited the rest of the army to fight. The number of soldiers gradually increased from the original 2000 to 4000 or 5000. From time to time, there were more than 1000 cavalry. The intensity of training is that Huang Zhong and others secretly smack their tongue when they see it. No wonder Gao Shun is confident that his soldiers can withstand several times the enemy''s attack.


    After only one month of training, 1600 of them have been eliminated by Gao Shun. To everyone''s surprise, there are more than a dozen of them who have reached the level 55, that is, the level 11 elite soldiers, but they are still eliminated by Gao Shun.


    Seeing that these soldiers were eliminated from the camp by Gao Shun, General Huang Zhong and Zhao Yunzhu didn''t understand, but they didn''t say much. After discussion, several generals felt that it would be a pity if these soldiers were returned to the original department. It happened that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have a regular guard around him. If he didn''t reorganize all these elite soldiers into a pro guard camp and give them to Dian Wei, they would be in charge After discussion, they selected all those who had reached level 55 or were about to reach level 55 from the eliminated pawns in the camp, and only made arrangements after Huangfu Chaobo and Dian Wei returned.


    Huangfu Chaobo was immediately interested in it. However, he knew that Gao Shun was strong in training, but he didn''t expect to be so strong. In just one month, more than ten people reached the 11th level, which was eliminated by him. It is estimated that he didn''t eliminate some of the taxi drivers.


    Thinking of this, I immediately asked people to bring up all the taxi drivers who had already broken the level 55. I also wanted to see how strong their attributes were.


    A moment later, fourteen strong taxi soldiers were led into the Council hall. Huang Fu Chao Bo looked up and saw that they were really strong. Looking at their attributes, their attack and defense attributes were even 10% better than those of Huben cavalry. Moreover, after Gao Shun''s training, all kinds of weapon skills had reached a relatively high value. If riding skills were also trained, it would be a great challenge Although the ability of the whole battle array can not be compared with that of the trapped camp, it has far exceeded that of other ordinary arms.


    In this way, not to mention Huangfu Chaobo, even Dian Wei was very excited when he saw it. After a while, Dian Wei suddenly said, "young master, give them to me. Now these soldiers can be used far and near. If you add some family''s halberd, you can attack from 100 steps to close. With these soldiers, the defense around you is not good It can be said that water doesn''t enter, but it can also be said that there is an iron wall. "


    It''s true that these soldiers use crossbows for long-range attack and have a sword and shield close to them. If we add Dian Wei''s halberd, we can say that if we want to get close to Huangfu Chaobo, we have to pay the price of bleeding every step. If we equip the soldiers with horses, even if they are trapped in the army, hundreds of soldiers will be safe Bring it out. If it comes, people can rest assured of the safety of Huangfu Chaobo.


    So all the people immediately expressed their support. Finally, Huangfu Chaobo made a decision and asked Dianwei to build a pro guard force based on these elite soldiers. This force was called "Tiebi camp", and together with the trapped camp, it became the most powerful Pro guard force around Huangfu Chaobo.


    To solve the problem of protecting his master''s soldiers, everyone felt a lot more relaxed. All along, everyone was worried about the defense forces around Huangfu Chaobo, because as Huangfu Chaobo''s position became higher and higher, the security problem became more and more important.


    In addition, Huangfu Chaobo had a bad habit of running around, so he had to have a small number of powerful guards around him. In the past, he had always been a guard, but the advantages and disadvantages of several kinds of soldiers were obvious. Now with the trapped camp and Tiebi camp, these problems can be solved.


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly found that some people were not there, not only his two water generals were not there, but also Pang birdie was not seen. So he turned to Xu Shu and asked about them.


    Xu Shu said with a smile: "Mr. Pang sent a letter to ask Shiyuan to return to Xiangyang for the Spring Festival, so Shiyuan left for Jingzhou a few days ago. As for the two navy generals, they are busy training the sea going ships they bought from Jiangdong. " Huangfu Chaobo then remembered that it was Zhou Yi, the captain of Hengjiang school, who sent him across the river this time, not Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin.


    After solving this problem, Huangfu Chaobo told the public the two system prompts he received, and then asked for their opinions.


    As for the problems that Huangfu Chaobo considered, several people felt that they were not worried. First of all, as the prefect of Luoyang, he was the real head of the state. Huangfu Chaobo could send orders to the counties of Guandong to visit the officials in Luoyang and send the taxes of the past two years to Luoyang.At the same time, it also ordered the garrison in each county to adjust their forces according to the military reform plan of Pingdong general''s office. If the counties in Kanto can act according to the orders, it''s just enough. If they dare to resist orders and don''t respect them, it''s not surprising that they are unprepared.


    Now Luoyang has a strong army, with Huang Zhong''s Huben camp and Luoyang garrison of 20000, plus the garrison of the surrounding counties, Luoyang is as stable as Mount Tai. With Zhao Yun''s army of 25, 000 Long Xiang, plus 15, 000 garrison troops and the army of HUSHUI pass in Hulao, it is enough to clean up the counties in the east of Shaanxi Province in a few months.


    After listening to what they said, Huangfu Chaobo felt justified, so he asked Tian Feng to write a letter to the counties of Guandong in the name of Sizhou mu, asking them to leave for Luoyang before the 10th of the first month of the next year, and to arrive in Luoyang before the 15th of the first month of the next year. Those who fail to do so will be punished for their disrespect.


    In the middle of his speech, Tian Feng wrote down Si zhoumu''s writing, and then handed it to Huangfu Chaobo. After checking it out, he sealed the seal of his superior zhoumu. Then the zhoumu government arranged for soldiers to be sent to each county in Guandong quickly. As for how they would react after they got the writing, it was no longer a question for everyone to consider.

 Chapter 583

    Now that Luoyang is settled, Huangfu Chaobo has the time and energy to deal with the affairs of Guandong counties.


    After all this, Huangfu Chaobo found that he really had time to rest assured. Now in Luoyang, the reconstruction of the inner city has been completed, and the cleaning and reconstruction of the outer city has been started as early as a month ago.


    More than half of the 100000 Nanyang Army prisoners have been selected to join the various units of Luoyang army, and their family members know about their relatives through various channels, and then they move from Nanyang to Luoyang one after another. These alone add more than 200000 people to Luoyang. When all the families of these Nanyang soldiers come to Luoyang, they can add 40 or 50 people to Luoyang Ten thousand.


    In terms of military strength, the soldiers of the two battalions have been trained, and the guards of the city passes between Hulao pass and Hangu pass have been arranged properly. It can be said that Luoyang has basically stabilized from the inside.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but feel a lot of emotion. It has been nearly a year and a half since he took over the task of reconstruction.


    From the beginning, I was so worried that I couldn''t even sleep at night. I was afraid that when I woke up, someone would have been fighting outside Luoyang. Luoyang, which had spent countless time, energy and money, fell into war again, and finally had to flee back to Luoshen town. Fortunately, now that all this has passed, Luoyang has finally come under its own control.


    As for the counties to the east of hulaoguan, Tian Feng and others are right. Now Luoyang is stable and strong, and tens of thousands of troops can move eastward at any time. In addition, the surrounding cities of Guandong are all allies of Huangfu Chaobo, so it''s only a matter of time before those counties are brought into control.


    "Well, since there is nothing to do and the Chinese New Year is coming soon, I would like to thank you for having a banquet in the general''s residence. Mr. Yuan Kun, Mr. Yuan Zhi and elder brother, you can arrange it. Last year''s Chinese new year was not good, but this year''s Chinese New Year is different. In December this year, the salary of all personnel will double, so that everyone can have a good new year. Except for the necessary personnel on duty, all the other soldiers, craftsmen and officials have a ten day holiday, and the personnel on duty are paid three times as much as usual. In addition, every soldier and civilian in Luoyang City has 20 jin of rice and noodles, 5 jin of meat and a piece of common linen, which are distributed by the prefect''s office of Luoyang according to the square area. It can also be regarded as having fun with the people. "


    "The general is merciful!" Tian Feng went forward and said, "however, under the rule of Pingdong general''s house, the general should not favor one over the other. Only the people of Luoyang have this annual ceremony, and the leaders of other cities don''t have it?"


    "Er," Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned. No wonder they all said that you Tian Feng was honest and upright. He immediately said, "Sir, it''s Chao Bo''s negligence. Shi ah, he sent orders to the city guards. All the cities under the jurisdiction of our Pingdong army were executed according to this. At the same time, he told everyone that they should not hide their greed. Those who dare to reach out will be severely punished. Mr. Tian and shadow guard arranged personnel for supervision and verification, and found that each one was dealt with, and no matter who they were, they were severely punished. "


    "The general is wise!" As soon as they heard this, they all stood up and said in unison;


    "well, let''s go down and get busy. We''ll make use of these days to arrange things for the new year. At noon on December 30, we will have a banquet in the general''s Mansion to entertain you, and then we''ll have a good drink!" Huangfu Chaobo said with a loud laugh;


    after all the people agreed, they retreated one after another. It''s only four or five days from now to December 30. It''s not long, but everything has to be arranged, so everyone''s affairs are quite a lot.


    But Huangfu Chaobo, after arranging things, was idle again. So he had time to examine the situation of the cities under his rule.


    According to the system arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo is now a vassal with four counties. However, the water content of the four counties is quite large.


    Take Henan county as an example. Before Dong Zhuo moved his capital, Yin was one of the top counties in the Han Dynasty. There were 200000 households in Luoyang alone, and there were more than one million people in each of the 21 cities under his rule. If each city had a population of 500 to 100000, this County alone had a population of more than 2 million.


    Only after Dong Zhuo moved the capital, all the people in the cities west of hulaoguan were moved. Now there are only ten counties in Guandong with a total population of more than 500000. Most of the remaining 1.5 million people have been moved to Chang''an and settled in Sanfu area. After more than a year''s efforts, the total population of Luoyang and its surrounding cities is less than 500000.


    Let''s look at Hongnong county. Hongnong County turned out to be a poor county in the Sili Xiaowei department. It had a small city and a small population. In addition, Dong Zhuo ordered Zhang Ji to move the population twice. After Lv Bu arrived, he recruited two times. Basically, Hongnong''s Dingkou had been searched out.


    Now the total population of the five cities under the control of Huangfu Chaobo is less than 30000. When we got this number, everyone was shocked.


    And now Hongnong has three counties appointed to the players by Dong Zhuo, and Huangfu Chaobo has no time and energy to take them back. Therefore, Hongnong is also a pit, and it is a huge pit. Fortunately, with Hongnong in hand, the defense depth in the west of Luoyang is much larger, and indirectly, it also increases the safety factor of Luoyang.The third county under Si Zhou is Hanoi County, which should be a good place. Because Huangfu Chaobo has solved the problem of Zhang Yang, the former governor of Hanoi, and the governor of Hanoi has also arranged for old man Zhu Jun to take over, there should be no problem.


    In fact, it''s not the case. Although Zhu Jun is already the prefect of Hanoi, only huaixian and dangyin are actually controlled. The rest of the counties are still in the hands of the big families headed by Sima family in Wenxian county. This has been the case since Wang Kuang was the prefect of Hanoi. Zhang Yang has not been able to change anything.


    As for the last Hedong County, since Huangfu Chaobo was appointed as the governor of the prefecture, there has been no response at all.


    Looking around, Huangfu Chaobo was dismayed to find that his boundless scenery, Sizhou mu, seemed to be able to take charge of only Luoyang, a dozen counties and hundreds of thousands of soldiers. Well, the food should be eaten one by one, and the road should be taken step by step. If the step is too big, it''s easy to pull the eggs.


    After reading these, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that he didn''t know how the swordsman in Luonan town was preparing? So he turned to Shi a beside him and asked about Luonan town.


    Seeing this, Shi a quickly explained to Huangfu Chaobo the details of the recent transaction between Luonan town and Luoyang and what he had heard from the shadow guard there.

 Chapter 584

    After listening to Shi A''s words, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help sighing in his heart. As expected, the players who can go to the forefront are not good friends. Although Luonan town''s achievements today are inseparable from the help of his two NPCs, it can''t be denied that the ability of Xiake is not weak.


    Since reaching an agreement with Huangfu Chaobo, Xiake has devoted all his energy to the upcoming expedition. This time, he really died.


    Although several of them have repeatedly deliberated and confirmed all the steps in the plan, the final correction of the plan is still the plan, because there is another saying that the plan can''t keep up with the change. So what Xiake is doing now is to make preparations as full as possible.


    After negotiating cooperation with Huangfu Chaobo, the Xiake kept buying all kinds of materials he needed from Luoyang. First of all, he bought 1000 one stone crossbows, of which 500 were given to the 500 guards he recruited.


    If you want to talk about these soldiers, the knight errant feels elated. He didn''t expect to catch up with the last recruitment. You know, in addition to Huangfu Chaobo, there are only a few people in the game with hundreds of guard level soldiers, and he is one of them.


    These five hundred soldiers will be his last card, so when one thousand rhubarb crossbows arrive, they are given priority. Then five hundred archers are selected from the territory. A total of one thousand archers are handed over to Luoyang, and Huang Zhong is asked to train them as crossbow soldiers.


    Not only that, he also bought 1000 good horses, 2000 war horses and 1000 riding horses from Luoyang to equip his soldiers. In order to reassure Huangfu Chaobo, in addition to spending a lot of money, the Xiake also directly handed over the iron ore he was mining to Luoyang to show that he did not intend to stay in Luoyang.


    In addition to these 1000 soldiers are stepping up training, Gaolan in Luonan town is not idle. Luonan Town, with its subordinate territory, had a population of nearly 20000. When Dong Zhuo moved his capital, the Xiake also led the army to fish in troubled waters and captured more than 10000 people, so his territory now has a population of more than 30000.


    After one thousand elite soldiers were sent to Luoyang for training, Gao Lan was ordered to recruit a large number of soldiers in the territory. Together with the original soldiers, he formed a 4000 person infantry, and then kept training in the territory and surrounding areas.


    In this way, the number of Xiake''s soldiers reached one school, and with the 3000 people recruited from the public, the number of soldiers he could dispatch reached 8000.


    Now the whole Luonan town is desperately preparing. After the soldiers have been trained, they can go to Shuofang in two directions as soon as spring begins next year.


    According to the decision made by several people, the Xiake divided the army into two parts. The main force was 4000 horses. They entered Bingzhou from Hedong, then went north to Wuyuan, and then went west to Shuofang. The other 1000 soldiers went up against the current and arrived at Shuofang with the civilian men in the ships of Luoyang water army.


    As for where to attack the first city, Xiake has not yet determined, but he has sent dozens of players to Shuofang to collect the intelligence of each city. Once the confirmed intelligence is received, it can be determined quickly.


    Just after learning about the Xiake, Huangfu Chaobo is about to leave. At this time, his communicator rings. When he opens it, it turns out that it''s Lao Jie and Xiao Du Du. They have just learned that Huangfu Chaobo has returned to Luoyang. They just complain that it''s hard to see him now.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly had an idea. It seems that he has not seen the players who have been fighting with him for a long time.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo tells them that they will hold a banquet at noon on New Year''s Eve to entertain all of them. It''s better to call Zhao Zilong and several people from all over the world to get together. As soon as they heard this, they immediately said that they would call several people, and then they hung up the communication in a hurry to call someone.


    In less than ten minutes, they sent Huangfu Chaobo a message one after another. Zilong Hui and zonghengtian all said that they would come. After giving Jia Jing the banquet preparation, Huangfu Chaobo led several escorts to the imperial city. There was nothing else. Taking advantage of a few days ago, he planned to inspect Luoyang carefully. The most important thing must be the equipment workshop in the imperial city.


    When he walked out of the gate of the general''s mansion, he heard the sound of "general, Marquis of ten thousand generations" all over the inner city Long live the general The cry of the voice. Not only that, since he was in the general''s house, everyone he met was grateful and solemnly saluted him.


    Looking at the happy smile on everyone''s face, Huangfu Chaobo knew that it was the chief officials of all departments who had already released the arrangements of the general''s residence for the new year, and everyone would be so happy. For ordinary people, each person has 20 jin of rice and noodles, 5 jin of meat, and a piece of ordinary linen, which adds up to almost 1000 copper. They can have a good year.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly received a system prompt: "congratulations to the player, because of your benevolence, the people are very grateful to you. The popularity of Luoyang people has increased by five points to 81 points, reaching the excellent level."


    I didn''t expect that my unintentional move would raise the popular sentiment to 81, which made Huangfu Chaobo have more confidence in the follow-up of Luoyang. However, there are still many things to deal with. To calm down a little, Huangfu Chaobo continues to move towards the imperial city.Long before leaving for Longhua to complete the upgrading task, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for several master level craftsmen from Luoshen town and most of them to be escorted to Luoyang. After they arrived in Luoyang, Lou GUI made a major adjustment to the workshops in Luoyang according to Huangfu Chaobo''s requirements.


    Among all the equipment and equipment, except for the workshops for equipment manufacturing above level 40 and special equipment manufacturing can be arranged in the equipment workshop in the Imperial City, other ordinary workshops and weapons and equipment workshops below level 40 are all moved to the north of inner city to build a special workshop area.


    In this way, the ordinary workshops have been completely independent. First, the workshops in the inner city are more classified and have more advantages in expanding production. Second, the high-end and special workshops will be more secure in the Imperial City, especially the craftsmen who are low are all above the senior level. They basically have the skills of making special equipment, and they are also the treasure of Huangfu Chaobo.


    The six master level craftsmen, except for winemaker Qian Feng, still stayed in Luoshen town. The other five craftsmen have been escorted to Luoyang City, and now they are all placed in the equipment workshop in the imperial city by Lou GUI.

 Chapter 585

    Among the masters of Huangfu Chaobo, pharmaceutical master Zhou Hua and his craftsmen have a separate workshop, which is under the management of Zhang Xuan, an old man of Huangfu Chaobo.


    The other masters are all in a big workshop. Of course, each master has his own independent operation room, but the four of them also have a huge joint operation room. If they encounter equipment that needs to be jointly developed by several craftsmen, they will get together and usually work in their own operation room.


    The residences of several masters are also in the workshop area in the north of the inner city, which is closest to the south. The residences in this area are one of the best in Luoyang City. Not only that, Lou GUI also, according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, equipped each master with a carriage and 10 guards to protect their safety.


    According to the results of the discussion between Huangfu Chaobo and Tian Feng Xushu, the number of civil servants above the county magistrate level under the rule of Sizhou is ten, while the generals can only be equipped with ten personal guards according to the regulations of the military. So these master level craftsmen are all above the county magistrate level, or even higher. After all, those county magistrates can''t see Huangfu Chaobo at any time, and these masters, as long as Huangfu Chaobo is in Luoyang, they can go in and out of Pingdong general''s house at any time if they have something to do.


    After the five masters left in the operation room, Huangfu Chaobo went to several special workshops to have a look. At present, the most important one is Dahuang crossbow workshop. The person in charge of the workshop is Wu Zheng, the former person in charge of Huangcheng equipment workshop. After the workshop in Luoyang was adjusted, Lou GUI appointed him as the person in charge of Dahuang crossbow workshop. After the army was reorganized, the number of crossbow soldiers was obviously insufficient, so Huangfu Chaobo emphasized the production of Dahuang crossbow.


    At present, there is no shortage of other weapons and equipment in the Sizhou army. Because several major wars have been won, there are countless seizures. The intact weapons and equipment here are enough for more than 200000 Sizhou troops in two major wars.


    In recent months, the big equipment workshops in the inner city have been repairing these damaged items day and night, so there is no time to build new products. Especially after Huangfu Chaobo''s return this time, it has brought Gongsun Zan''s orders for hundreds of thousands of weapons and equipment, so that they can sell those weapons and equipment with unsatisfactory repair degree.


    From the Dahuang crossbow workshop, Huangfu Chaobo entered the siege equipment workshop again. This workshop was set up during the campaign against Dong Zhuo. The person in charge was Zhao fan, a senior carpenter from Luoshen town. Now the siege equipment workshop is also as a special workshop in the Imperial City, and as a separate workshop placement.


    However, unlike other equipment, the use of equipment is not so much, so the upgrading of equipment craftsmen is also the slowest. In order to improve the skills of these craftsmen, Huangfu Chaobo specially collected many large and medium-sized equipment manufacturing drawings for Zhao fan to learn.


    After leaving the siege equipment workshop, Huangfu Chaobo went to all the important warehouses in the imperial city again. In the Imperial City, Huangfu Chaobo arranged ten large granaries. One large granary can hold 50000 stone grain, and the imperial city can store 500000 stone grain, which can only meet the needs of 100000 troops for three months. This is the last life-saving grain in Luoyang .


    Seeing this granary, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he needed to accumulate more grain. He remembers where he once saw a granary with special grade. It seems that he still needs to increase the number of granaries or raise the level of granary to special grade. Thinking of this, he turned to a warrior beside him and said, "remember to remind me that the level and quantity of granary are not enough."


    After that, he gave himself a fierce meal. It seems that he really needs a note around him. Tian Feng has already mentioned this matter, but he refused it. He always thinks that there are several big players in the room. Basically, he only needs to control the whole situation. Now it seems that NPC and players have different perspectives and ideas, and everyone always has something that they can''t pay attention to.


    In addition to the ten granaries, there are also 20 other warehouses in the Imperial City, all of which are high-grade warehouses, including two warehouses for knives, spears, bows and arrows, armor and siege equipment, one warehouse for shields and crossbows, two warehouses for ordinary iron ore, wood and other raw materials, one warehouse for high-quality materials and other special items. Each warehouse can store 100000 items , but it''s far from full now. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo still felt that the number of warehouses was not enough. For example, for raw materials and finished products of drugs, he prepared to build a special warehouse to store them separately.


    A circle down, the sky has been slowly fast dark up, the party finished the imperial city around the inspection, back to the inner city of the general''s house.


    When they returned to the general''s mansion, they found that Tian Feng and Huang Zhong were already waiting for them in the mansion. They used to be in charge of the civil and military affairs under Huangfu Chaobo. In the daytime, because of the tight time, they only reported some important things, but there were some relatively less urgent things to report to Huangfu Chaobo, so they finished the work in the daytime After the incident, they all came to the general''s house to report.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that neither of them had a meal yet, so he asked them to arrange a meal. The three of them finished their meal in the study and then dealt with the government affairs.


    Tian Feng came to Huangfu Chaobo to report the government affairs. The most important thing is to come and complain. To be exact, it''s important. As the Secretary of state, he didn''t drive, but basically all the government affairs were on his head. It can be said that old man Tian was in pain and happy. Now he had already given up the idea of returning to Jizhou and devoted himself to Huangfu Chaobo.But the problem is that there are too few civil servants under Huangfu Chaobo. In the past, there were only Luoyang and the following counties, and the three melons and two dates were barely able to cope with it. But now there are two more counties. Although Hanoi officials are generally complete, they are not their own people. In the early stage, they can be used fairly well. In the end, not to mention all of them, at least they have to arrange their own people for the main positions.


    Hongnong was even more miserable. There were almost no people. From county to county, all the staff needed to be sent from Luoyang.


    Now the surrounding area of Luoyang has been basically stable, so the old man immediately came to ask him for help when Huangfu Chaobo came back.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s face turned bitter when he heard that. There was no one there.


    When old man Tian heard this, he was very anxious. If you don''t find someone for me, I will give up.

 Chapter 586

    Jia Jing looked at their appearance and couldn''t help laughing. After a long time, she said to Huangfu Chaobo, "Chaobo, in fact, you can still find people, but you don''t have any cash."


    As soon as they heard this, they all looked at Jia Jing. Jia Jing said: "uncle, there must be some people who come from the north. And the teacher is a famous person in the world. How can there be no one to recommend? And then there are the two people we saw on board when we were going to Changsha from Xiangyang. Don''t you remember? "


    After hearing this, old man Tian brightened his eyes and said, "yes, the general can ask two old generals for help. I believe many talents can recommend it. However, these problems can only be solved for a short time. With the more powerful the general is, the wider the area under our army''s jurisdiction is. Talent training has been forced in Meijie. Feng Zeng Wen heard that the general once set up private schools to train talents when he was in changshe. Why did he neglect it when he arrived in Luoyang? "


    Huangfu Chaobo was shocked. Yes, when he was in the county, he thought of building private schools to reserve talents for his forces. However, after he arrived in Luoyang, all kinds of wars happened one after another, so he had no time or energy to think about it. It seems that he was really careless.


    He knew what Tian Feng meant. If he was just a lord of a small town, a small private school would be enough to cultivate the talents he needed. But now, as the head of a state and a county, if his eyes were still on that, the state would become someone else''s bag sooner or later.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo stood up, walked up to Tian Feng, gave a big salute, and said: "Sir, the lesson is that Chaobo is careless. It''s a blessing that Mr. Chao Boneng has been helped. If there is anything wrong in the future, please don''t give me such advice! "


    Looking at the performance of Huangfu Chaobo in front of him, Tian Feng was most appreciative of it. He could accept the remonstrance and nodded his head. Tian Feng said to Huangfu Chaobo: "in the sense of abundance, Sizhou is a big state with four prefectures and dozens of cities. Luoyang was once the imperial capital. It is certainly not enough to build several private schools. If possible, it is better to have an academy, just like Yingchuan college and lumen villa The world famous Academy. However, the academy is easy to build, but the mountain leader is hard to find! "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said, "Sir, it''s not the same as Kangcheng. Can you ask Kangcheng to be the mountain leader?"


    Tian Feng was stunned and said, "general, general..."


    Looking at Tian Feng''s performance, Huangfu Chaobo also knows that he is too whimsical. You know, he later went out of his way to check Zheng Xuan''s deeds on the Internet. Only then did he know how big the old man was. Even Huang Jinjun didn''t disturb him when he passed by. This shows how famous the old man is.


    However, in the light of the reason why he didn''t lose the battle, he was still there and said, "Sir, if you don''t try, how can you know that Kang Chenggong doesn''t want to come? Sir, can you make it clear that I was going to find a beautiful place in Mang Mountain and build the largest Academy of my great Han Dynasty. How about inviting him to come and take up the post of head of the mountain


    Looking at Huangfu Chaobo''s expectant eyes, Tian Feng couldn''t bear to refuse, so he had to harden his head and promise: "I''ll give up my old face and try my best, but the general can''t give me much hope. However, in fact, the general still has one person to invite. "


    On hearing this, Huangfu immediately regained his spirits and said, "who is it, sir?"


    "Zhuozhou Luzhi, luzigan!"


    On hearing this, Huangfu clapped his hand fiercely and said, "yes, how can I forget him?"


    Lu Zhike was also a famous master of Confucian classics in the late Han Dynasty, and he had a deep friendship with his two elders. It is said that Lu Zhi was resolute and learned from Taiwei Chen Qiu and great Confucian Ma Rong. He was the elder martial brother of Zheng Xuan, Guan Ning and Hua Xin. He once served as the prefect of Jiujiang and Lujiang successively to pacify the barbarian rebellion. Later, together with Ma RIYUAN and Cai Yong, he collated Confucian classics in Dongguan and continued to write Hanji.


    Huang Jin was a general of beizhonglang in the uprising. He led his army to fight with Zhang Jiao and was later falsely accused of going to prison. After Huang Fu Song calmed Huang Jin, he tried his best to save Lu Zhi, so he became the minister again. Later, Dong Zhuo was removed from office because of his remonstrance. Now he should be living in seclusion in Shanggu Jundu mountain. However, old man Lu seems to have died a little early, and his impression seems to be that he died in recent years.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo remembers another thing. It seems that the two old men Huangfu song and Zhu Jun have been dead in recent years. It seems that he has to find a miracle doctor to give some people a good look. Otherwise, the old men may not know when to die.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Shi''a and said, "Shi''a, order the shadow guard to search for the traces of Hua Tuo and Zhang Ji and their disciples. After finding them, he will invite them to Luoyang anyway. Also, send a letter to the MI family and ask them to help find it. By the way, send an order to Lou Jing and ask him to send someone to the Jundu mountain in Shanggu to find out the whereabouts of the Lu Division and wait for the news from Luoyang. "


    "If you don''t take orders, you''ll go down and make arrangements right away." As soon as Shi a listens, he immediately takes orders;


    watching Shi a go out in a hurry, Tian Feng nods his head with satisfaction, which is the second advantage of Huangfu Chaobo that he is very satisfied with, that is, he will do what he says, he will do what he does, and he will not delay.


    After Tian Feng reported some other affairs, he didn''t say much. When he was ready to retreat, he was stopped by Huangfu Chaobo. Next came Huang Zhong''s military affairs. Huangfu Chaobo asked Tian Feng to refer to it.Compared with Tian Feng''s case, Huang Zhong''s case is simpler. The main problem is the complete military system. Although the reform of the military system has been basically completed in the early stage, it is still not perfect. In Huang Zhong''s view, there is still the possibility of a more perfect arrangement of forces and arms among various departments.


    For example, he himself and Zhao Yun, he is a infantry general, good at archers and crossbows, while Zhao Yun is a cavalry general, good at archers and Lancers.


    In the whole Sizhou army, Zhao Yun and Hua Xiong were the only real cavalry generals, while Zhao Yu, huyandu and Zhao Cen were the only others, barely half of them. In this way, the military composition of Huben army and Longxiang army should not be the same.


    Huang Zhong''s words made Huang Fu Chaobo suddenly realize that he really ignored this aspect. It seems that he still needs to invite the general to discuss the arrangement of the distribution of troops carefully.


    As for Huang Zhong''s second goal, that is to reorganize the troops in the cities east of hulaoguan, because considering the military arrangement of Hanoi and Hongnong counties, it is necessary to increase the number of soldiers. He must discuss the specific arrangement with Huangfu Chaobo in advance.

 Chapter 587

    At present, there are only two battalions and three schools in Sizhou, namely Huben camp and Longxiang camp, and one school in Zhoucang, Huaxiong and mushun''s hands. However, such forces can not meet the needs of Sizhou, so Huang Zhongcai came to Huangfu Chaobo to discuss the establishment of combat troops.


    After listening to Huang Zhong''s words, both Huangfu Chaobo and Tian Feng fell into deep meditation. A moment later, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "since the three of us can''t make up our minds, we''d better invite Zilong and Yuanzhi, and we''ll discuss this matter together and finally settle it down." With that, they were invited to discuss business.


    Before long, Xu Shu, Zhao Yun and Lou GUI arrived at the general''s residence one after another. After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo told the reason why they were invited.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Xu Shu pondered a little and said, "recently, I''m also thinking about the layout of the whole department. Now I have some immature ideas. I just want to discuss with the Lord and you."


    With that, Xu Shu explained his idea to the public in detail. In Xu Shu''s opinion, although the whole Sizhou was said to be more than 80 cities in four counties, only half of the cities in Henan county (Luoyang county), Hongnong county and Hanoi county were in the hands of Pingdong general''s house.


    So in terms of the layout of troops and horses, Xu Shu''s idea is to focus on Luoyang, stabilize Luoyang first, and then take into account the other two counties. The specific way is to arrange two battalions in Luoyang and Xingyang, respectively, to frighten the cities of Henan County on the East and west sides of Hulao pass. Hanoi County arranged a battalion of soldiers to frighten the cities in Hanoi, and cooperated with Hanoi prefecture to gradually control the cities to the east of Huai county.


    As for Hongnong City, there are few people in Hongnong City, and there are not many people in the county. It takes a long time to recover. Therefore, it only needs to garrison two or three school soldiers, stick to the Guandong passage, and prevent the Xiliang army from entering the East.


    Xu Shu also had some preliminary ideas about the layout of troops in Hanoi. As a county, Hanoi used to have 10000 to 20000 garrisons under the command of the prefect. If there are 20000 to 25000 soldiers, now there are 5000 soldiers under the command of Mu Shun stationed in dangyin. Then Huai county needs three schools of soldiers and one school of cavalry.


    As for the general of this battalion, Xu Shu skilfully avoided this question and turned to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After listening to Xu Shu''s idea, everyone felt that it was feasible. In this way, there were plenty of troops everywhere, but there were no overstaffed troops. Huangfu Chaobo looked at the crowd and saw that everyone thought it was feasible. Just as he was about to mention the candidate of Hanoi general, he heard a voice outside the door.


    "Elder martial brother, this is feasible, but it is unnecessary to divide the two battalions of Henan County into two places."


    As soon as they heard it, they couldn''t hear Pang Tong''s voice. They looked up outside the door and saw Pang Tong walking towards the hall. Huangfu was overjoyed and said, "didn''t Shiyuan go back to Jingzhou? Why did you return to Luoyang so soon? "


    "General Tong Zhi has returned to Luoyang, and he will have a feast for all the officers and generals under his command, so he hurried to Luoyang. Fortunately, he was in time, otherwise all the good wine would be drunk up." Pang Tong said with a smile;


    when they heard this, they all burst into laughter.


    "Shiyuan is joking," said Huangfu Chaobo with a laugh. For Pang Tong, except that he has not yet recognized his master, people basically don''t regard him as an outsider. In particular, Huangfu Chaobo has ordered that Pang tong can travel freely in all parts of the prefecture, even in Pingdong general''s residence. That''s why Pang Tong entered the assembly hall of the general''s residence at the end of the notice.


    When everyone was almost laughing, Huangfu Chao said, "what is the truth of what Shiyuan just said?"


    "General, everybody, please look," Pang Tong went to the front of the case table, pointed to the map of Sizhou on it and said, "where are all the cities in Henan to the east of hulaoguan? Hanoi in the north, Chenliu in the East and Yingchuan in the south. What''s the use of a battalion of soldiers in Hanoi? If Dong Zhuo''s army invades Hongnong by land and water, then Luoyang''s soldiers must go west to support Hongnong. Then Luoyang will defend the emptiness. If other troops take advantage of the emptiness, what should we do? "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said in a low voice, "once Huben camp is transferred away, I can transfer Longxiang camp to Luoyang as soon as possible, and Luoyang defense will be free."


    Pang Tong shook his head and said, "it will take three or two days for the army of longxiangying to go from Xingyang to Luoyang. The battlefield will change in a flash. No one can tell how the war situation will change in three or two days."


    With that, Pang Tong left the table, walked slowly in the hall, and said in a soft voice: "when he returned to Xiangyang this time, my uncle, Mr. Shuijing and Mr. Huang all inquired about the Luoyang war in detail, and then explained it to Tong carefully. Tong suddenly found out how lucky we were to win this Luoyang war."


    Later, Pang Tong told the public what he had discussed with Pang Degong and his party when he returned to Xiangyang.


    After returning to Xiangyang, Pang Tong was very proud that he was able to solve the siege of Luoyang. He showed off several times in front of his uncle, just like a child who did something terrible and kept showing off in front of adults, hoping to get everyone''s praise. Pang Degong did praise Pang Tong, but his subsequent questions calmed him down.They didn''t ask him anything else. They just asked him if Yuan Shu''s army didn''t attack Luoyang directly after entering the boundary of Luoyang, but returned to attack Hangu pass, how many days could Huangfu Chaobo''s army hold on?


    Once Hangu pass is not defended, tens of thousands of Lu Bu''s army and hundreds of thousands of Yuan Shu''s army together with tens of thousands of Zhang Yang''s army attack Luoyang, can Huangfu Chaobo really defend Luoyang?


    A question down, let Pang Tong sweat dripping, suddenly wake up. It turned out that he was able to win not entirely because of his profound strategy, but because LV Bujun found a pig teammate. It is undeniable that Pang Tong did a good job in "gathering sand to form a tower, guarding the inside and working outside", but Yuan Shu''s arrogance and contempt was the reason why the whole war was doomed to fail.


    If Yuan Shu is not so proud, even if he has a trace of sincere cooperation instead of using the thoughts of Lu Bu, Zhang Yang and the two armies, he will attack Hangu first instead of Luoyang.


    In this way, hundreds of thousands of troops gathered in Luoyang, and Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to retreat to the inner city at the beginning. Moreover, even if they retreated to the inner city, if there were no reinforcements, they would be able to stay for ten days and a half months. Therefore, the reinforcements arranged by Pang Tong were very necessary.

 Chapter 588

    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, and carefully recalling the previous war, all of them were in a cold sweat. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo realized that Pang Tong had been called back by Pang Degong.


    After everyone had digested what he had said, Pang Tong continued: "after returning to Xiangyang this time, Tong had been thinking about the military arrangement of Sizhou. Unexpectedly, elder martial brother Yuanzhi was also thinking about it with the general. When he arrived at the gate, he heard elder martial brother Yuanzhi''s arrangement, so he said so."


    "It''s all right. Shi Yuan has something to say. One person counts the short, and two count the long." Xu Shu said freely;


    "judging from the situation of Hulao Guandong cities, as long as we firmly grasp Hulao Guandong in the hands of our army, we will not be afraid of any abnormality in other cities. Therefore, the place of Kanto only needs one general and one school soldier. As for the garrison in the city, it can be reorganized and exchanged with the garrison around Luoyang and Hongnong in Hanoi. In other places, elder martial brother Yuanzhi''s arrangement is relatively safe at present. " Pang Tong was also impolite and told his thoughts.


    After Pang Tong finished, he expressed his ideas one by one and perfected the plan.


    As for the choice of the third battalion commander, Huangfu Chaobo told everyone that his favorite was Huaxiong. However, Hua Xiong is more than brave, but his strategy is slightly insufficient. If he is going to fight, he needs to be assisted by a military adviser. Xu Shu also agrees with him.


    Seeing that it was late, Huangfu Chaobo asked everyone to leave. Today''s meeting was just to discuss a general plan, and the specific arrangements needed to be carefully discussed between Xu Shu and Huang Zhong.


    The next day, Huangfu Chaobo continued his inspection work. However, there was a pang Tong among the inspectors today. Today''s inspection, Huangfu Chaobo is going to start from the equipment workshop in the inner city.


    Since the previous attack of several princes, Huangfu Chaobo ordered that the equipment workshops in the imperial city be moved to the new workshops in the inner city. After a few months, we have basically moved all the common instruments into this workshop.


    The new weapons workshop in Luoyang city is located in the north of the inner city of Luoyang. Near the north gate of the inner city, the whole workshop is divided into dozens of different small departments. Each department is an independent workshop, which is responsible for the production of a certain kind of equipment. Most of the craftsmen are below the senior level. Their responsibility is to improve their skill level by producing various kinds of equipment.


    After all, these are medium and low-grade equipment, which is not worth paying much attention to.


    The next few days were basically spent in inspection. After Huangfu Chaobo had made a tour of the inner city of Luoyang, it was December 30, the second year of Chuping. Shortly after daybreak, the general''s house began to be busy. Under the arrangement of Jia Jing, the general''s house has been preparing for today''s lunch these days.


    As early as yesterday, Huangfu song and Zhu Jun were sent to Luoyang by Huangfu Chaobo, and they were arranged to rest in the general''s house.


    Last night, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with the two old men about inviting old man Lu Zhi to come to Luoyang to be the head of the academy and asking Zhu Jun to send someone to call his two sons for help. Both old men agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s request, and then they both wrote letters to Lu Zhi on the spot.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay much, so he immediately asked Shi a to send someone to Youzhou to bring letters to invite Lu Zhi. As for Lu Zhi, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t think he won''t come. After all, there are letters from Huangfu song and Zhu Jun, and Huangfu song can save his life. And the letters from Zhu Jun''s two sons were sent by Huangfu Chaobo as soon as possible.


    After dealing with these two important things, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. As for the arrangement of the Academy, Huangfu Chaobo had already prepared the drawings and selected several places. Now we just wait for Lu Zhi to come and make the decision himself.


    As for the arrangement of the two old men, Huangfu Chaobo also told them that he would arrange personnel to replace them as soon as possible, so they only need comfortable personnel to replace them, so the three of them can come to Luoyang to stay together and train talents for the prefecture.


    In addition to the Academy, Huangfu Chaobo also plans to build a martial arts performance hall next to the Academy, mainly for the cultivation of military generals. Now Shi A''s shadow guard and Zhao Zilong''s Zilong society are trying their best to find some miracle doctors of the Three Kingdoms. If possible, Huangfu Chaobo also wants to build a miracle doctor hall, which is specially used to train doctors. Of course, these are only planned things. Now the most important thing is to build the Academy first.


    With the passage of time, more and more local generals and officials arrived in Luoyang. At noon, except for Zhou Cang, the general who stayed in Hangu pass of Qin Dynasty, Huangfu Jianshou, the general who stayed in Huxian County, and other officials who were far away in Youzhou, all the other officials under the command of general Pingdong came to the banquet.


    At noon, the general''s house was full of light and bustling. The banquet prepared by Huangfu Chaobo officially began. The front yard of the general''s house was full of wine tables, and officials at all levels would sit in several courtyards according to their positions.With Jia Jing''s order, the drinks and food that had already been prepared were put on the table like flowing water.


    After all the drinks and food were served, Huangfu Chaobo first filled himself with a glass of Luoshen qiongniang. Then he raised his glass and ordered a banquet after a few words. For a moment, the whole general''s house became lively.


    Luoshen qiongniang is popular among people, but it''s hard to drink freely at ordinary times. So at this banquet, Huangfu Chaobo ordered to prepare a lot of wine and allowed everyone to drink freely. The news made people, especially the generals, very happy.


    When everyone was drinking happily, Huangfu Chaobo did not sit down. Together with Jia Jing, he toasted his subordinates one by one. In a large circle, although Huangfu Chaobo was not drunk, he also drank a lot of wine.


    The banquet didn''t end until the beginning of Shenshi in the afternoon. Basically, half of the generals were drunk.


    Today is Chinese New Year''s Eve. At the dinner party, Huangfu Chaobo is not going to entertain you any more. He just invited Huang Zhong''s family and Zhao Yun''s brother and sister to dinner. Of course, his uncle and teacher must stay in the general''s mansion. As for the others, they should go home to accompany their families.

 Chapter 589

    When the new year''s bell rings, Huangfu Chaobo is leading the people to stand on the tower of the Imperial City, looking at the brilliant lights and bustling in Luoyang. Everyone is filled with emotion, especially the two old men. They are even more excited and full of tears. When Dong Zhuo moved the emperor, the royal ministers and the people to Chang''an, and then spread the news of burning Luoyang to the north, Both old men used to cry all night.


    Both sides are very excited about how Luoyang can recover to its original image in just over a year''s time in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Not only the two old men, but also Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Zhong and others were in a bad mood for a long time.


    Two people look at each other, from each other''s eyes to see infinite joy, Huangfu Chaobo to the public humanity: "Luoyang tomorrow will be better, we wait and see!"


    At this time, firecrackers were heard everywhere in the city, and Luoyang was in a state of excitement. Luoyang has finally passed the second year of Chuping in peace and ushered in a new year.


    Just as Luoyang had been in constant wars in the past year, there was no peace in the territory of Dahan in the second year of Chuping.


    First of all, let''s look at Yizhou. With the help of the players, the war in Yizhou is complicated. Huang Jin, Yizhou Mu Liu Yan, and the player forces are fighting in many ways.


    After more than a year of fighting, he finally calmed down. Of course, this calm down is not a certain force to pacify Yizhou, but Huang Jin and Liu Yan can not help each other, so the two sides have to stop fighting.


    At this point, Liu Yan occupied more than 40 cities in the most prosperous counties of Yizhou, such as Hanzhong County, Bajun County, Guanghan County, Guanghan Prefecture, Shujun County, and so on. Although the Huangjin army was defeated, it still firmly held 11 cities in the two counties of Jianwei county and Jianwei Prefecture.


    But in Shu county and Yueyu County, the two cities are in confrontation with each other.


    Among the players, Xiaobai, who is Xiaobai in Xiaobai Town, has made a lot of profits in this big scuffle. The biggest gain is that he was appointed by Liu Yan as Hanjia county magistrate of Shu county. Moreover, Liu Yan also promised Xiaobai that as long as he can lead the army to capture the whole Shu County, Liu Yan would recommend him to the imperial court as Minister of Shu county. Now Xiaobai is fighting like chicken blood He ordered Han Jia to be stable. When he was fully prepared, he attacked Tu County, Yan Dao and Yao Niu in the other three cities and brought them into his pocket.


    At the same time, the southern barbarians in southern Yizhou also began to be ready to move, and rapidly expanded their influence in the three counties of Yaoyao County, Yizhou county and Yongchang County. It is estimated that Meng Huo, the king of Southern barbarians, will appear soon.


    At the same time, it was in the second year of Chuping that the fierce tiger of Jiangdong died. Since he met Liu biaoyin when he retreated from Luoyang last year, sun tiger vowed to revenge. After nearly a year in Changsha, Sun Jian launched a northern expedition against Liu Biao. Liu Biao sent Huang Zu to fight against him. Sun Jian defeated Huang Zu and surrounded Liu Biao in Xiangyang (now Xiangfan, Hubei).


    Liu Biao ordered Huang Zucheng to go out of the city at night to call for help. When Huang Zucheng returned to Xiangyang, he was intercepted by Sun Jian and fled to Xianshan. Sun Jian took advantage of the victory and was shot to death by Huang zubing at the age of 37.


    Later, Sun Jian took the risk to go to Xiangyang to see Liu Biao and retrieve Sun Jian''s body. Sun Ben (Sun Jian''s nephew) removed the siege on Xiangyang and led his troops to Yuan Shu. Yuan Shu recommended sun Ben as the governor of Yuzhou. Sun Ben and sun CE, the little tiger, helped Sun Jian''s coffin to qua.


    As for the players, after returning to the territory, Xuzhou yelaixiang inadvertently received a military commander, and then yelaixiang town entered the fast lane of development.


    In July of the second year of Chuping, Mount Tai yellow scarf bandits invaded Linyi County of langye Kingdom, which was exactly where yelaixiang town was. Under the command of newly recruited military strategists, yelaixiang General Yue Xi led 2000 soldiers and defeated 20000 bandits. He became famous in the first World War, and was praised by Xuzhou Mu Tao Qian. Later, together with the Xuzhou army, they recovered the two cities of Dong''an and Dongguan, which were occupied by the Taishan bandits, and drove the invading bandits out of langye.


    After that, Tao Qian appointed yelaixiang as the county magistrate of Dongguan to defend against the Taishan bandits and the Huangjin army of Qingzhou in the north. After that, with the efforts of the players, they finally figured out the origin of the new division. As a result, the players were surprised that the counselor was Cao Cao''s early schemer.


    And Huangfu Chaobo''s old rival, the sentimental sword, also developed rapidly, mainly thanks to Huangfu Chaobo. Instead of besieging Luoyang, the Yellow turban army lost its general at the expense of its troops, adding tens of thousands of people to Luoyang.


    Nanyang Huangjin army lost all its elite in this battle. At last, the defeated soldiers and their families joined the three swordsman town under the persuasion of Bohua, which made the three swordsman town reach the full population level of a big town and three affiliated towns. However, because there was no information about the plan of the small Town, the three swordsman town was not upgraded to the small town level territory.


    Not only that, among the tens of thousands of people that Duoqing sword has gained, it has also attracted a more powerful general than Bohua, that is, Yan Ming, one of the several Cao generals who were killed by Zhao Yun in the battle of Changbanpo in history.


    In the second year of Chuping, several other players also became bright stars among the players. Among them, two are the representatives of the players'' moat, the imperial family of Qingzhou and the battleship of Jiaozhou.


    Especially the domineering royal family, after the end of the war, he went to Linpeng City, recruited 3000 guards, bought 100000 stone grain and grass, and transported them back to the territory.Soon, it came out that he had recruited Tarshis. Just when everyone thought that he was going to kill all sides, he found that the domineering royal family''s silent hair unfolded. Half a year later, another explosive news spread among the players.


    The domineering royal family took taishici as the main general and sent troops to Lelang. Half a month later, taishici''s army captured Haiming county. For a time, one of the players stirred up a thousand waves, and more and more players rushed to Huangxian county. Then, they ran to Lelang, a sparsely populated place, through the cargo ships of the imperial town.


    Under the command of Ling Cao, the soldiers of Nanhai fleet Town, a battleship far away in Jiaozhou, attacked Hepu City, which was occupied by the barbarians. They were appointed as Hepu county magistrate by the governor of Jiaozhou, and started his road of great navy.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    In the second year of Chuping, the Great Han spent another year in wars and disputes, and the third year of Chuping arrived as scheduled.


    One day on the first day of the lunar new year, apart from going back to the backyard to pay homage to the two elders, Huangfu song and Zhu Jun, Huangfu Chaobo stayed in the general''s residence to meet wave after wave of civil and military officials who came to pay homage to the new year. This will be his most leisurely day. Starting from tomorrow, he will start a new round of inspection as a prefectural herdsman.

 Chapter 590

    In the early morning of the second day of the lunar new year, as soon as it was light, Huangfu Chaobo set out for the West. In addition to Dian Wei and his 18 elite soldiers, there were also a group of shadow guards led by Shi A. Pang Tong felt bored to stay in Luoyang, so he went all the way.


    The first stop of the trip was qinhanguguan and Huxian County, more than 500 miles away. A group of people, one person and three horses, arrived at qinhanguguan in two days, except for a short rest in the middle of the town.


    As the most critical pass in the west of Sizhou, the importance of Qin Hangu pass is beyond doubt. As a veteran of Huangfu Chaobo, Zhou Cang''s ability has been affirmed by the public after the battle with LV Bujun. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo handed over such an important pass to him to defend.


    However, judging from the closing situation, Zhou Cang did not disappoint Huangfu Chaobo. When they arrived at Hangu pass, it was already late. But from miles away, we could see that the fire was bright. There was a soldier on duty every dozens of steps, and a patrol taxi passed by every other period of time. We could see that the defense was strict. We should know that this was the wall facing our own territory in the East.


    When more than 100 horses approached the pass, the distant sound of horse''s hooves had already alerted the taxi drivers. For a moment, the sound of crowing sounded. Soon, a large group of soldiers rushed to the pass wall. Then, a lot of bonfires were ignited on the pass Wall every dozens of steps.


    A general''s voice sounded on the wall: "who''s coming, please stop riding and stop walking. According to the general''s order, the door has been closed at night. You can''t get close to the wall without permission. There will be no amnesty for those who violate it!"


    Huangfu Chaobo and his party stopped two or three hundred paces away. Looking at the reaction of closing the door, Huangfu Chaobo and Dian Wei pangtong nodded secretly.


    After he was stationed in the horse, Huangfu Chaobo nodded at Dianwei. Seeing this, the latter turned over and dismounted. He took a torch from a soldier, held it high and walked dozens of steps away from the wall. He said: "this general is Dianwei, the general of Zhechong. He escorts the general to the labor force in the pass. Who is in the city? Send someone to report to general Zhoucang, the cavalry general, and go out to meet him at once!"


    As soon as the officers and soldiers heard this, they immediately became a sensation. They did not expect that their generals would rush to work hundreds of miles away, regardless of the fact that it was the Spring Festival.


    The general of Guan Shuan was also surprised. He raised his eyes and looked down the city. Sure enough, the man holding the torch under the city was general Dian Wei. As the first strong general in the army, general Pingdong''s bodyguard Pro general, who in the army does not know, who does not know. The general saw this and said in a loud voice: "general Dian, please wait a moment. There is no general Zhou''s order at night. The general will not be able to open and close the door. The general will send someone to invite general Zhou right away." With that, he immediately ordered one of his soldiers to go to the guard general''s house to invite Zhou Cang.


    Dian Wei saw that he didn''t open the door first, but invited Zhou Cang first. He almost jumped up and scolded him. However, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong behind him nodded and agreed with Zhou Cang''s caution.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that Zhou Cang was worthy of being the guard of Guan Er ye in history. As expected, he was very cautious and strict in running the army. There was nothing wrong with writing to Guan Gu to entrust him.


    Two people lead the pro guard to ride slowly to walk toward, to the bow and arrow range outside stopped again, waiting for the Guannei Zhou Cang to open the door.


    A quarter of an hour later, Zhou Cang went to the wall of the pass. He saw Dianwei outside the pass with his own eyes. Then he ordered the soldiers to open the door. He led his personal guards to the outside of the pass and walked towards Dianwei.


    In front of Huangfu Chaobo, Zhou Cang immediately bowed down and said: "at the end, general Zhou Cang has met the Lord! My Lord, why didn''t you send someone to inform me in advance, so that the general could prepare for it. "


    "Well," Huang Fu Chao Bo raised his hand and said, "get up. After running on the horse for two days, our Mr. Pang is almost exhausted. Let''s get into the pass quickly and have a rest. "


    Zhou Cang''s people were shocked. They were moved and said, "my Lord, did you rush all the way to Hangu pass? Lord, it''s hard work


    "Well, compared with the soldiers guarding the city in the cold wind during the Spring Festival, this hard work is nothing. Let''s go. First, I''ll accompany ben to the wall to see the taxi soldiers on duty. Then I''ll have a rest and comfort the army tomorrow. "


    The news that our general came from Luoyang on the third day of the first month to comfort the army quickly spread to the soldiers on duty in the Hangu pass of Qin Dynasty, which made the morale of the soldiers rise a lot. Despite riding for two days, Huangfu Chaobo made a tour of the taxis on both sides of the wall, and then returned to the general''s residence to have a rest.


    On the third day, that is, the fourth day of the first month, Huangfu Chaobo reviewed the army in the school yard of qinhangu pass, ordered to reward the three armies, and then spent lunch with the soldiers in the army. After lunch, he led the people to leave qinhangu pass and go to the West Lake County.


    In the afternoon of that day, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived in Hu County. For the safety of Huangfu Chaobo, Zhou Cang specially sent 1000 cavalry to accompany them.


    Huxian county is a county facing Tongguan of Xiliang army. After Zhang Ji''s two migrations, it has become empty. Now Huangfu Chaobo only dares to station troops in Huxian County, but does not dare to arrange for people to come to work.


    At present, there are 5000 garrison troops and 2000 cavalry troops in Huxian County, and all kinds of defense materials and food and grass are only enough for more than 10000 troops in March. For Hu County, Huangfu Chaobo''s attitude was just to regard it as an outpost.However, the north gate of Huxian county is close to the river. In case something happens, you can use a boat to evacuate the soldiers from the river. So Huangfu Chaobo told his elder brother that Hu County could abide by the rules, but could not retreat to Hongnong by waterway. He gave him the right to make decisions.


    After a night''s rest in Huxian County, Huangfu Chaobo began to return to the East.


    After passing through Hangu pass of Qin Dynasty and handing over 1000 cavalry to Zhoucang, Huangfu Chaobo directly crossed Hangu pass and headed for Hongnong city. In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo led Dianwei pangtong to the East, constantly inspecting and comforting the garrison at each city pass. From the westernmost Hu county to the easternmost hulaoguan sishuiguan, then cross the river from hulaoguan Shuizhai to huaixian county.


    After going out on the second day of the first lunar month, Huangfu Chaobo spent more than ten days walking through all the city passes he controlled. It was not until the afternoon of the fourteenth of the first lunar month that the party was able to return to Luoyang.


    Looking back at Huangfu Chaobo, who was so tired that she didn''t want to move on the bed, Jia Jing was very distressed. However, she didn''t say anything. She just arranged for someone to prepare dinner for him, and then prepared a wash for him.

 Chapter 591

    On the 15th day of the first lunar month, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t receive any subordinates. Instead, he asked them to stay with their families, because Huangfu Chaobo knew that once the festival was over, he still had many things to deal with, and his subordinates, Wen and Wu, probably didn''t have much time and energy to accompany his family.


    Even Xu Shu''s old mother, Huangfu Chaobo, arranged for someone to come to Luoyang from Yingchuan a few years ago, specially arranged a yard, and invited several servants to take care of the old lady.


    After a comfortable day''s rest, Luoyang became lively again after dinner.


    Shangyuan Lantern Festival is about to start. Pingdong general''s office did not make more arrangements for the Lantern Festival. Instead, it was handed over to the city officials themselves. As the sky gradually darkened, all kinds of lanterns were lit everywhere in Luoyang. Every household, every square, every Yamen and every workshop put out their own elaborate lanterns, and the whole inner city of Luoyang became a sea of lanterns.


    Even the general''s mansion was suggested by Lou GUI. Jia Jing led the people to make dozens of colorful lanterns and put them on the front square of the general''s mansion. With the lanterns from various departments, the whole square was decorated like a sea of lanterns.


    Looking at the lively scene outside, Huangfu Chaobo, who had a day''s rest, was also very excited. He decided to accompany Jia Jing, Huang wudie and Zhao Yu to go shopping and enjoy the lanterns. After hearing this, they immediately changed into a suit of casual clothes. Accompanied by Zhao Yun and several guards, they went shopping around the city to enjoy the lights.


    Along the way, what Huangfu Chaobo saw was the happy faces of the people in Luoyang. Looking at the hearts of the people in Luoyang now, they have steadily broken through the 90 mark, which is enough to defeat the territory established by most players themselves.


    Looking at the popularity figure, Huangfu Chaobo was very proud of his work in the past ten days. Although tens of thousands of gold were given out in the past ten days, he was still tired to become a dog. At least it was worth it that the popularity of the people had been increased by about ten points.


    The party had been playing all night before they came back to the general''s house.


    The next day, on the 16th of the first month of the third year of the early Han Dynasty, as the bell and Drum Tower, the tallest building in the center of the city, sounded, the quiet city seemed to wake up suddenly, and all kinds of sounds began to ring in every square. Then, people came out of their houses and gathered in front of all the Yamen and workshops in the city.


    In Pingdong general''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo got up early in the morning, had a little exercise in the courtyard, had breakfast in the backyard, and then went to the meeting hall of the front courtyard. Today is the first day after the Spring Festival holiday. All the Yamen and workshops have officially started to work. There must be a lot of things to deal with.


    As far as Huangfu Chaobo is concerned, the main content of today''s discussion is to discuss the issue of sending troops to the counties in Guandong. It was planned a year ago, but the specific issues have not been properly arranged.


    When Huangfu Chaobo entered the hall, he found that all the officials and generals had arrived. After meeting Huangfu Chaobo, everyone sat down with his sign.


    "You guys, after more than a year of hard work, we finally have a firm foothold in Luoyang, and the capital of the old Han Dynasty has been slowly restored to its former grandeur. Thank you for all of this. Thank you for your concerted efforts. Thank you very much for Chaobo!" After that, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and saluted all the people present.


    As soon as they saw it, they all got up and saluted back, saying, "may you die for the Lord!"


    "Well, please take a seat. Although Luoyang is under the control of our army, our strength is not strong enough. We still have a lot of work to do to keep Luoyang, which has been rebuilt with countless efforts. The first thing is to bring the whole of Henan under our control. "With that, Huangfu Chaobo stood up, went to the map of Sili hanging in the hall, and patted the location of Xingyang cities to the east of hulaoguan with heavy hands.


    After listening to Huangfu mu Chaobo''s words, everyone was excited. Indeed, it''s time to put all the cities east of Hulao pass under the rule of Nafang, especially a group of generals. War means military merit. If a warrior wants to get a promotion, he can only rely on war.


    According to the plan a few years ago, the army going out this time is Zhao Yun''s Long Xiang army and Hua Xiong''s school soldiers, plus the 15000 garrison soldiers already trained in Luoyang. Zhao Yun is the main general and Hua Xiong is the forward.


    There are several main purposes for this deployment. As early as before, Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun made it clear. One is to control more than ten counties in Guandong. The other is to cultivate Zhao Yun '' We can only guard the tiger prison pass and defend the retreat for Huangfu Chaobo army.


    For Huangfu Chaobo, the contribution is huge, but for Huaxiong himself, the military contribution is so little that Huangfu Chaobo wants to be promoted to an official because of the lack of military contribution. Therefore, Huaxiong will be the main force in this battle, and accumulate military contributions for him to take charge of the first battalion of soldiers.


    They also discussed the marching route of the army, the supplement of food, grass and equipment, and the arrangements for the counties to take over after the war. Because there were too few internal affairs talents in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, if all the civil servants in the counties of Guandong were disposed of, there would not be so many people to take over.Finally, Tian Feng thought of a way, that is to let the county magistrate and county captain of the counties around Luoyang and the county magistrate and county captain of the cities outside Luoyang swap with each other. In this way, he was not afraid that those people would make a mess of each other.


    It took half an hour to arrange the dispatch of troops. Huangfu Chaobo saw that it took so much energy to recover the ten or so counties just by sending troops to hulaoguan. He couldn''t help beating his tongue.


    In the past, I used to defend myself, so I didn''t think there were many things at all. Now when I suddenly play, I suddenly feel that there are many things. After that, if I need to go out for a long distance, isn''t it more troublesome?


    Think of here, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but secretly proud, fortunately his subordinates take more, arrange such things don''t need to be all-round, things have been arranged.


    Seeing that the battle was arranged, Huangfu Chaobo finally got up with a sigh of relief and said, "OK, the issue of sending troops is properly discussed. However, there is one more thing to be arranged before sending troops. It''s just a warm-up before sending troops."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo looked at one of the generals with a smile. When they heard this, they all looked forward to it and looked in the direction of Huangfu Chaobo.

 Chapter 592

    It''s true that this man is Gao Shun, the new general. It''s been three months since Gao Shun started training. However, as the whole Sizhou army is on holiday, it''s not until today that Huangfu Chaobo has time to arrange the performance of Gao Shun''s soldiers.


    In the face of people''s eyes, either expectant or solemn, Gao Shun stood up and said to Huangfu Chaobo in a deep voice: "the trapped camp has been compiled and practiced. Please review it with the army!"


    "Good..." Huangfu Chaobo was also very curious about how strong the camp, which had less than a thousand people in history and was known as the strongest soldier in the Three Kingdoms, was when he was about to ask everyone to go to the school yard. Suddenly, a pro guard came in in and reported: "tell the general, there is a man outside, called Yuan Yin under the post general, asking for a meeting outside."


    On hearing this, Huangfu looked at Xu Shu and others with a smile and said, "Oh, Yuan highway is finally willing to send someone here? Yes, please


    In fact, Yuan Yin had already arrived in Luoyang a few days ago, and Shi A''s shadow had already informed Huangfu mu Chaobo of his whereabouts. However, because he had been out all the time and had the idea of hanging him for a few days, neither Huangfu Chaobo nor Tian fengxu Shu paid any attention to him.


    As for why Yuan Yin appeared in Luoyang, there was no other, just for the capture of Nanyang army. In fact, with Yuan Shu''s personality, it''s impossible to bow to Huangfu Chaobo to redeem people. On the contrary, he is holding his breath and training his troops to find trouble in Luoyang again.


    A few months later, Yuan Shu found that Ji Ling, who was the best at training, was not there. Although there were more than 100000 soldiers in Nanyang army, it was only a few months before Ji Ling reached level 30, which could not be compared with Ji Ling''s training speed. It was impossible to reach the level of 45 guard for a year or two, and these generals could not train heavy infantry, Ji Ling is the only one under him to practice.


    In addition, he can ignore tens of thousands of Army prisoners, but there are hundreds to thousands of generals at all levels, not to mention thousands of them. If these people are not redeemed, they will have a great impact on the morale of the army.


    Under the advice of Yuan Yin, Yuan Shu had to agree to send people to Luoyang to discuss the redemption of generals at all levels. That''s why Yuan Yin went to Luoyang in the middle of the first month. Who knows that Huangfu Chaobo went to visit all parts of Luoyang on the second day of the lunar new year, and all the officials in the prefecture were in the process of rest. Yuan Yin didn''t see the person in charge at all. In desperation, Yuan Yin had to live in a restaurant and wait for the official of the state to begin to meet Mao.


    However, these days he did not idle, these days has been around Luoyang City, in addition to some important places, many places have seen once, Luoyang''s rapid recovery rate let Yuan Yin unexpected.


    Not only that, he also heard many people with Nanyang accent from many workshops in Luoyang. From their mouth, he recognized Luoyang hepingdong general much better than Nanyang and later general.


    A moment later, Yuan Yin went into the meeting hall of Pingdong general''s mansion. He was calm and respectful, and combined with his extraordinary appearance, which made people really impeccable. Huangfu Chaobo praised him secretly. The old yuan family was really a handsome man, but Yuan Shao and Yuan Shu were still very good looking.


    Walking steadily into the hall, Yuan Yin made a bow and said, "after joining the army under Yuan Shu, Yuan Yin paid a visit to general Pingdong!"


    "Sir, please get up!" Huangfu said in a deep voice;


    "general Xie!" Yuan Yin got up and stood in the middle of the hall.


    "Sir, what do you mean when you come to Luoyang? Declare war? " Huang Fu said, "this time Yin came here, he brought the sincerity of general Hou." Yuan Yin said slowly,


    "Sir, the so-called sincerity is to fight undeclared, kill my soldiers and seize my city? If our officers and soldiers in Luoyang didn''t use their lives and all the princes did their best to help them, I''m afraid that the one sitting on the throne today is your Lord yuan Gaolu, right As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo looked contemptuous and said, "it''s true that Yuangong Road, the fourth generation and the third generation, didn''t do anything to harm their allies, but there are many things to do. The matter of sun Changsha is not far away. Now he comes to Luoyang to plot against us. It''s really worthy of the name of" fierce ghost on the road! "


    Huangfu Chaobo knew that there was no possibility of harmony between himself and Yuan Shu. Moreover, he was not afraid of Yuan Road at all. Moreover, he intended to enrage Yuan Yin to prepare for the future negotiations.


    Sure enough, the Lord insulted his minister to death. After hearing this, Yuan Yin got angry and stood up. He was about to speak, but he was interrupted by Huangfu Chaobo with a wave of his hand. Huangfu Chaobo said: "Sir, you don''t have to say any more. Ben will have more important things to do now. I''ll talk about what you have after Ben will deal with it."


    Then he turned to Gao Shun and said, "General Gao, since the camp is ready, let''s review it today. It''s just the right time for Mr. Yuan to see what a hundred battle elite is and what a trapped soldier is. Let him go back and talk to that fierce ghost. Oh, by the way, if you are interested, Mr. Yuan can go to the school with ben to watch the battle. Dian Wei, send someone to invite general Ji Ling to watch, so that he can see the gap between the elite of our army and the heavy soldiers he trained. "


    Gao Shun and Dian Wei immediately set out to answer the promise.Huangfu Chaobo laughed and said in a loud voice, "let''s go to the school yard together. Let''s see how strong the first strong man is!"


    After listening to this, everyone was shocked. I didn''t expect that my Lord''s evaluation of this camp was so high. It seems that today''s review will be a wonderful fight. Yuan Yin, on the other hand, turned his lips in his heart. He was not afraid of the wind.


    At this time, Gao Shun, who just came to the door, also heard Huangfu Chaobo''s words, and his heart was shocked. He did not expect that the soldiers he trained should be so highly appraised in the eyes of general Pingdong. He could not help but have the idea that a scholar would die as a confidant.


    A quarter of an hour later, the party arrived at a school yard in the south of the city. After everyone sat down, Yuan Yin saw Ji Ling and others rushed to the school yard under the leadership of several soldiers. After looking at each other, Yuan Yin motioned with his forehead and stopped talking.


    Ji Ling already knew the purpose of his trip to the school field. Although he was disdainful, he didn''t show it on his face. He just sat down quietly beside Yuan Yin and watched the field, waiting for the start of the battle.


    With Huangfu Chaobo''s order, people heard a sound of orderly steps from outside the school yard, and then they saw a soldier walking into the school yard.

 Chapter 593

    They all looked up and saw that there were less than a thousand soldiers, but each of them was tall. They were dressed in the heavy armour of Nanyang army and wore a red sweat towel around their necks. They entered the arena in several rows. In front of them, they held a heavy shield in their left hand and a fine iron ring head knife in their right hand. We can see that this knife is bigger and bigger than that of the shield soldiers in the army Excellent, but also equipped with a waist size and military universal ring head knife.


    Behind them were several rows of soldiers, dressed in heavy armour like them, but they were armed with refined iron spears. However, they also had a ring head knife of ordinary size on their waist.


    Then there were several rows of soldiers, which were different from those in the front rows. Although these soldiers were also wearing heavy armor, they had an arm shield on their left arm and a crossbow on their right hand, which only appeared in large numbers in Sizhou army. The generals who were familiar with Dahuang crossbows found that these crossbows were obviously larger than those used in their own army, and the crossbows were on their waist There is also a ring head knife.


    Hundreds of soldiers walked slowly into the school yard. Although the number of them was small, there was a sense of desperation, and the pressure was just like the thousands of troops in front of them. You should know that these soldiers are basically veterans of the rest of the hundred battles. They have a strong sense of killing. Coupled with Gao Shun''s hellish training for several months, they have a stronger sense of killing.


    Looking at the taxi drivers in front of them, they all nodded involuntarily. At this time, they realized why their master respected them so much. It seemed that they really had something extraordinary.


    After hundreds of soldiers came to the center of the school yard, they stood in awe. Then Gao Shun went out to the front of the general of the school yard and said in a loud voice: "report to the general, 836 soldiers in the camp have been assembled, please review."


    "General Gao, please come back. I''ll be waiting with you to see what happens in the camp!" With that, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Huang Zhong.


    They both nodded and agreed. Then Gao Shun went back to the front of the soldiers in the trap camp, and immediately someone sent them to drill the weapons used by the soldiers and horses. After everyone changed them, with Gao Shun''s command, nearly a thousand soldiers and soldiers quickly formed an ordinary square array, waiting for the other soldiers and horses to enter the school yard.


    The first to enter the battle with the trapped camp was a thousand soldiers, one of the two selected from Nanyang. As soon as these soldiers entered the battle, Ji Ling''s face changed. Ji Ling couldn''t recognize the soldiers trained by himself, but these soldiers were not under his command at the beginning. They seemed to be more energetic than before. Looking at the soldiers in front of him, Ji Ling had mixed feelings. He hoped that the heavy armour soldiers would win. After all, those soldiers were trained by himself, and he was afraid that the heavy armour soldiers would lose.


    I always thought that the heavy armour soldiers I trained should be the strongest soldiers of the Great Han Dynasty. However, as soon as the heavy armour soldiers came out, Ji Ling found that they had surpassed the level of their training. Moreover, according to Huangfu Chaobo, the nearly thousand soldiers trained by the general named Gao Shun in the field seemed to be far better than these newly emerged heavy armour soldiers.


    With Huang Zhong''s command, the heavily armored infantry formed the most commonly used square array, which was also the most commonly used square array of heavily armored infantry. They attacked in the direction of trapped array. To everyone''s surprise, the trapped camp has changed. Facing a considerable number of heavy armor infantry, the trapped camp has formed a conical array.


    Ji Ling was stunned by this change. You know, the most important feature of heavy armor soldiers is high defense and high attack. What trapped Camp wants to break through the defense of heavy armor soldiers with the same troops.


    All the people on the scene watched the battle between the two soldiers. When everyone thought it was difficult to open the heavy armour defense in the trapped camp, a surprising scene appeared. Under the hard attack of the long spearmen in the trapped camp, the heavy armour defense only lasted less than a quarter of an hour, and was broken by the trapped camp.


    The commander of the heavy armour army was also a veteran general. He adjusted his formation immediately. However, although he did a lot of damage to the camp, he still could not save the outcome of his army''s retreat. Half an hour later, the war ended, and the final result was that nearly half of the soldiers were killed and wounded in the camp, while all the heavily armored soldiers were destroyed.


    In the second round, Huang Zhong arranged two well-equipped guard rank soldiers. As in the first round, facing both offensive and defensive, the trapped camp of the guard army still faced the enemy with a cone array. The final result was still the same as the previous one. Half an hour later, the two guards were completely destroyed and the trapped camp was more than half damaged.


    This result left everyone numb and speechless for a while. Huang Zhong, who was the first to react, was ready to start the next round of fighting. According to the arrangement, the next round would be against the cavalry, but he was rejected by Huangfu Chaobo.


    In fact, he is very clear about the fighting power of the trapped camp, but if he suddenly gives Gao Shun and the trapped camp a higher position in a team, it will inevitably cause other people''s dissatisfaction, so they must use their own strength to convince others. Now the performance of the camp has given us some shock, but it is not enough, there must be further performance.


    Originally, the next arrangement was for the cavalry to fight, but Huangfu Chaobo considered that the cavalry would be injured if they were not careful, so Huangfu Chaobo quickly stopped Huang Zhong, stopped the cavalry from fighting, and went straight to the next round. In this round, there were 5000 guards and 1000 archers harassing them.Originally, Zhao Yun also said whether to let the trapped camp rest for a while, but Huangfu Chaobo refused. Now it''s only one hour. According to Gao Shun, the trapped camp can support high-intensity events for at least three or four hours. Now it''s time to go there and signal Huang Zhong to order the performance to begin.


    With Huang Zhong''s order, the bugle sounded again, and soon a school guard entered the school yard, but the leader was Zhonglang general Pei yuanshao. Gao Shun takes a look at the position of the guard and knows that his real test has come. Just as he is about to speak, he finds that after the soldiers, there are puffs of smoke and dust, and there are cavalry. For a moment, the air in the whole school seems to have solidified.


    Gaoshunlue a Shen Ning, and then quickly ordered: "trap camp, knot round array!"


    "Drink!"


    After hearing this, nearly a thousand soldiers roared in unison, and then quickly formed a circle, with sword and shield soldiers in the front, spear soldiers in the back, and crossbow soldiers in the innermost part. The speed of it is astonishing. Seeing that the cavalry was about to come closer and closer, the guard soldiers came straight towards the trapped camp.


    Gao Shun in the array yelled: "the ambition to trap the array is to die but not to live!"


    On hearing this, all the officers and men of the trapped camp immediately responded in unison: "kill

 Chapter 594

    With the shouts of the officers and soldiers, the round array shrank rapidly, the huge shields in the front row drew close quickly, forming a thick shield wall, and the long spearmen in the back lined up in several rows. The tail of the long spear was on the ground, and the tip of the spear was toward the outside of the shield wall. The innermost crossbow soldiers also quickly prepared, loaded the crossbows and arrows, and rushed towards the direction of the cavalry outside the array.


    "Boom


    With the sound of the horse''s hooves getting closer and closer, the atmosphere of the whole school field became more and more tense, and everyone watched the trapped camp nervously. Seeing that the cavalry was about to rush to the front of the battle, the cavalry general found that the trapped camp was ready, and immediately ordered the cavalry to be divided into two parts and pass around the battle. However, their arrows were like raindrops flying towards the trapped camp. These cavalry were all good at riding and shooting from Zhao Yun''s Baima Yi, so such a battle was easy for them.


    "Crossbow, shoot!" Seeing the cavalry enter the range, Gao Shun shouts out loud orders;


    with his orders, the crossbow soldiers are already ready to shoot at the cavalry outside the formation, and the only sound is "buzzing". The rain like crossbow arrows are flying towards the cavalry. Although the cavalry suddenly turn, there are still dozens of cavalry who have been hit by the arrow. The white mark of the arrow means that these cavalry have been hit by the arrow, or Dead or injured, you have to get out of the field.


    Looking at the scene in front of him, the cavalry Sima was greatly surprised that dozens of soldiers had already withdrawn, but the loss to the other side was negligible. The cavalry''s arrows did not pose much threat to the trapped camp in heavy armor. Only a few of them were announced to withdraw because of the crucial arrow, and most of them were hardly affected.


    The cavalry did not leave the school yard in the first round of the battle, but cruised around, hoping to find a chance to deal heavy damage to the trapped camp. Unfortunately, Zhao Yun did not allow them to rush into the battle. However, seeing the situation of being trapped in the camp, the cavalry Sima gave up the idea of rushing into the battle. Even if Zhao Yun allowed him to rush into the battle, he would think twice.


    During the time when the cavalry was fighting with the trapped camp, Pei yuanshao had led the guard soldiers to approach the trapped camp. As soon as the cavalry left, the bow and arrow of the Guard commander came to his face. Only heard the "Ding Ding" sound in the trapped camp array. Facing the coverage and shooting of a thousand guards'' bowmen, the trapped camp had to gather up the formation again and refuse to defend in place. However, even so, there were still soldiers withdrawing from the battle.


    After ten rounds of arrow rain, the shield soldiers and long spearmen of the guard had been forced to the front of the camp. At this time, the arrow of the long bowmen had stopped. The trapped camp had a chance to attack the soldiers outside the array. With Gao Shun''s order, the prepared crossbow soldiers divided into several waves to launch continuous arrows outside the array.


    Although the number is far less than that of the longbow soldiers, the victory is continuous. Moreover, the shield of the sword shield soldiers of the forbidden guards is obviously not as good as that of the trapped soldiers. Therefore, after several rounds, hundreds of soldiers of the forbidden guards were lost.


    However, the attack of the trapped camp has come to an end, because at this time, the two armies have begun close combat. With the loud shouts of the soldiers on both sides, we could only hear the sound of the blade hitting inside the school yard.


    As time goes on, the four thousand guards, shield soldiers and long spearmen have surrounded the trapped camp with less than a thousand people, while the long bowmen are constantly throwing arrows into the array from the outside. In addition, the 1000 cavalry from the outside also rush forward from time to time to shoot into the array, causing more and more casualties in the trapped camp.


    Everyone thought that the trap was going to be unsustainable, but with the passage of time, although more and more soldiers were judged to be injured or killed, the camp trapped in the camp was never broken, but the camp was shrinking.


    An hour later, only half of the soldiers in the camp were left, but the formation was still complete. At this time, the loss of the guards in the attack had exceeded 1000.


    This result is astonishing. You know, the trapped camp has gone through two wars before, and the fighting time has exceeded two hours. At this time, the bows and arrows of the cavalry of the longbow soldiers outside the array were almost exhausted, which could only occasionally provide harassment for the army, but could not provide effective suppression. However, the crossbow soldiers trapped in the camp could launch one or two rounds of crossbows and arrows from time to time, which would give a fatal blow to the attacking soldiers outside the array.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that the fall of the camp had given enough shock to everyone, so he said to Huang Zhong, "brother, you can order the end. I believe everyone has seen the strength of the fall of the camp."


    Huang Zhong nodded and turned to look around. Everyone was very happy for the fierce fighting power of the trapped camp. Of course, there are still a few people who are secretly frightened, that is, Yuan Yin and Ji Ling and others who are specially invited by Huangfu Chaobo to watch the war. I have to say that some of them are already worried.


    "Ding..."


    With Huang Zhong''s order, the two sides in the school field finally stopped.


    Hearing the sound of the commanding platform, Pei yuanshao finally breathed a sigh of relief: "hoo, it''s over at last. I didn''t expect that the defense of the trapped camp is so strong. No wonder the Lord once said that the trapped camp is the strongest army in the Han Dynasty, so it is."


    After the departure of the two Fangshi, they all stood in array in the school field. Gao Shun and Pei yuanshao both came to the commanding station to reply to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "I''ll see you, my Lord. I''m ashamed of you. I can''t break the army of the trapped camp. Please punish me!" Pei yuanshaodao;"Hahaha, well, general Pei is working hard. Please get up!" Huangfu Chaobo laughs and asks Pei yuanshao to get up. It''s strange if you can break the formation of the trapped camp. With that, he turns to look at Gao Shun.


    Gao Shun took the first two steps and said, "I''ll see the general at the end. The trapped camp will live up to the general''s expectation. Please instruct him!"


    "Good, very good, very good. I believe that after this war, all the generals in the army have realized the strong fighting power of the trapped camp." After that, Huangfu looked very well and said, "Gao Shun, commander of the army, is good at training troops. His soldiers are worthy of the name of trapped array. Today, Gao Shun is promoted to be the captain of Wupin Huwei. He is in charge of the trapped camp and the army. He is under the command of Zhechong general Dianwei and the wartime guard is on the left and right. In today''s drill, all soldiers will be rewarded. In order to overcome the two battles, they will be rewarded with five taels of silver and five stones of grain for each soldier. Other soldiers will be rewarded with two taels of silver and two stones of grain. "


    "The last general takes orders, and the last general thanks the Lord for his reward!" Gao Shun is as calm as ever, but you can hear a little excitement in his tone.


    When Huangfu Chaobo heard that, Gao Shun called himself the Lord, and finally took this peerless general under his command. He couldn''t help laughing. He stepped forward to help Gao Shun up and said, "OK, with the help of the general, Chaobo is like a tiger."


    When they heard this, they all went forward and congratulated Huangfu Chao: "congratulations to the Lord for getting a good general!"

 Chapter 595

    At this time, the officers and soldiers in the field also heard the reward of Huangfu Chaobo. They did not expect that they would get so many rewards in today''s drill. For a moment, there were neat shouts in the school field: "thank you for your reward!"


    In the roar of the sergeants in the school yard, Huangfu Chaobo led them to leave the school yard and return to the general''s house. Ji Ling and his party were sent back to the detention center by the soldiers. Before leaving, Ji Ling said to Yuan Yin with a dignified face: "please, sir, please don''t try to fight against Luoyang again. It''s not for us to fight with such strong soldiers in Sizhou."


    Although Yuan Yin was only a literati who didn''t know how to fight, he could see that he was strong enough to be trapped in the camp. He nodded his head and agreed. At the same time, he was more determined to redeem Ji Ling and other people in Nanyang as soon as possible.


    When he returned to the general''s residence, as soon as he sat down, Yuan Yin stepped out again. When he was ready to speak, Huangfu Chaobo interrupted him again and said, "if Mr. Yuan''s affairs are not urgent, please wait a moment. He will have to finish some things first."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Gao Shun and said, "General Gao, I have promised you that if you can train your troops in three months, all the equipment of the trapped camp can be specially customized for you. So after the discussion, you can go to the equipment center and ask them to customize the required weapons and equipment for your trapped camp. However, it will take you half a year It will be of great use to expand the trapped camp to 10000 people. Moreover, the trapped camp needs not only to train defense, but also to train siege, because the general wants him not only to be the general''s safest shield, but also to be the general''s sharpest spear. Do you understand? " Said, but also directed at high Shun cast a look.


    Gao Shun was stunned when he heard that he had made it clear to his Lord that he was trapped in a camp with no more than a thousand people. Now why did he suddenly say that he wanted to train ten thousand people by himself.


    Gao Shun, though honest, is not a rigid man. Seeing the eyes of Huangfu, he thought that there was an outsider Yuan Yin in the hall. He immediately responded and said, "I will take the order!" As for the fate of the leader, only Sizhou army knew, while Yuan Yin believed that Gao Shun had promised to increase the number of trapped camp to 10000 within half a year.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded with satisfaction and turned to Zhao Yun and said, "General Zhao, the issue of going to war has been discussed properly. You can step down first and go to the school yard to prepare in advance. The army will set out tomorrow morning and catch up with general Huaxiong in hulaoguan first. You will come later. But the specific war affairs of the cities to the east of Hulao pass will be decided by you two through consultation, and you will never interfere. "


    On hearing this, Zhao Yun immediately went out and said, "the last general will take orders!" After that, he saluted Huangfu Chaobo, then turned and left the meeting hall.


    Yuan Yin was caught off guard by the changes in the assembly hall. He didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo was preparing to control the war in Luoyang. You should know that Yuan Shu still occupied several counties to the east of hulaoguan. Thinking of this, Yuan Yin said anxiously, "is general Pingdong going to send troops to hulaoguan?"


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "why, this general was appointed by the imperial court as the prefect of Luoyang, and the counties to the east of Hulao pass didn''t respect the government''s orders, so I have to ask you to go to the rear general''s office to fight for it?" With that, Ping slapped the table and stood up to glare at Yuan Yin.


    Yuan Yin was so surprised that he said: "the general misunderstood me. How dare you interfere in the affairs of Pingdong general''s office. It''s just that there are several counties in Guandong, which were temporarily managed by the general''s office after Yuan''s alliance leader. Because of the busy political affairs, our Lord has not yet had time to return these counties to general Pingdong. This time, Yin came to Luoyang for this matter. "


    Yuan Yin, who finally got the chance to talk, didn''t dare to say anything else. You know, in the cities east of hulaoguan, Yuan Shujun still has several generals and more than ten thousand troops there. If he doesn''t negotiate as soon as possible, he can''t say that he will come to redeem them again in a while.


    Originally, the cities in Guandong should have been handed over to Huangfu Chaobo. However, because Yuan Shu had been unwilling to bow down, they were still in the hands of Yuan Shujun. Before this time, Yuan Yin had obtained Yuan Shu''s consent to return these counties to Huangfu Chaobo as chips to redeem Ji Ling''s generals. But now, how dare Yuan Yin take these counties as chips They are ready to send troops to attack directly.


    In the face of the strength of Huangfu Chaobo and the fierce fighting power of Sizhou army, as well as Yuan Yin''s desire to redeem Ji Ling''s generals as soon as possible, there was not much dispute at all. Yuan Yin showed his intention that Huangfu Chaobo was also rude. Finally, after a lot of wrangling, fighting, threats and abuse, the two sides finally agreed on the redemption conditions of Ji Ling and other generals: Yuan Shu paid Huangfu Chaobo 200000 yuan and 300000 yuan of grain and grass, and redeemed the captured generals below Ji Ling and above Qu Chang, as well as his personal guards, totaling 2365.


    As for the other captured taxi soldiers, Minfu and so on, Yuan Yin just mentioned it a little and was spat on his face by Huangfu Chaobo. There was no way. The situation was better than others. Yuan Yin had to give up these people. Fortunately, his Lord didn''t want to redeem them. On the contrary, Huangfu Chaobo also asked Nanyang to send all the family members of these soldiers to Luoyang. He also did not comment on Yuan Yin. After all, tens of thousands of people have left Nanyang in recent months and left for Luoyang with their families.After the negotiation, Yuan Yin rushed back to Nanyang, because his agreement with Huangfu Chaobo was that these things must be transported to Luoyang within one month, and Ji Lingzhu generals could be released and returned to Nanyang.


    Another point is that Sizhou army has begun to send troops to hulaoguan, so he must rush back to Nanyang as soon as possible and ask Yuan Shu to give orders to Xingyang garrison generals to evacuate and return to Nanyang as soon as possible.


    After Yuan Yin left, Huangfu Chaobo announced the end of the discussion, and everyone left the general''s house to get busy. And Huangfu Chaobo and Gao shundianwei went to the workshops in the imperial city together.


    Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo kept asking about Gao Shun''s camp. Of course, the most important thing was the weapons and equipment used by the camp. Gao Shun also knows everything and says everything. In Gao Shun''s words, if the trapped camp is equipped with some weapons, its combat power will go up to a higher level.


    Several of them discussed the situation of falling into the camp and soon came to the workshops in the imperial city. After entering the workshop, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered several craftsmen to be recruited and asked Gao Shun to explain in detail the equipment requirements of the trapped camp.

 Chapter 596

    According to Gao Shun''s request, although the heavy armor of the heavy armor soldiers is good, it is still too heavy for the trapped camp, and the soldiers'' activity is not good after the heavy armor, which is not conducive to the soldiers'' defensive counterattack.


    Then Gao Shun pointed out the parts of the heavy armor that needed to be improved one by one, while several master craftsmen kept recording. When they finished, Huangfu Chaobo looked up and was surprised. I''ll go. You''ve changed the heavy armor you used before.


    As for the materials for the equipment of the trapped camp, Huangfu Chaobo''s original idea was to consider the use of Xuan iron ore. however, he found that although he is now fully purchasing Xuan iron ore, the equipment needed by thousands of people is still far from enough. Therefore, in the near future, it is mainly refined iron equipment. However, after several improvements of gaoshun, the weight is still much lighter.


    After the armor is confirmed, it''s about the weapons they use. It may not be enough for making armor, but it''s enough for making weapons. So after discussing their weapons, several people decided to make long spearmen''s body with fine iron, but the tip with black iron.


    Their knives and the main parts of the two stone crossbow are made of black iron. In this way, it almost consumed all the black iron ore that Huangfu Chaobo had accumulated over the years.


    After dealing with the weapons and equipment of the trapped camp, Huangfu Chaobo was added to the general''s mansion. The only way to go to Huangfu Chaobo tomorrow is to arrange Zhao Yun to lead the troops to hulaoguan, while Huangfu Chaobo will not rush to hulaoguan to join the army until he has settled the backlog of government affairs in Luoyang.


    On the 16th of the first month of the third year of the early Han Dynasty, before dawn, the school yard in the east of Luoyang City was full of people. The military camp of Longxiang camp was arranged here. At this time, the cooks in the army had prepared the meal and 20000 soldiers were eating.


    A quarter of an hour later, the soldiers finished their meal. With the sound of the drum of the Chinese army, all the soldiers went towards the middle of the school yard. Without stopping the two drums, the army had assembled.


    Looking at the 20000 soldiers in the school yard and the 5000 white horse soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo nodded with satisfaction. After several months of training, he really had the strength of the army.


    Of course, it''s not that Huang Fu Chao Bo was not satisfied with Huang Zhong''s military training. It''s just that everyone''s energy was limited. At that time, Huang Zhong was in charge of hundreds of thousands of troops in Luoyang. Although he was assisted by other generals, the effect of Huang Zhong''s military training was far from that of Zhao Yun''s.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo was secretly happy, Zhao Yun had finished the whole army, and led the deputy commander Zuo Xiao and the leaders of longxiangying to the commanding platform.


    "Lord, all the departments of Longxiang camp are ready. Please give me an order!" General Zhao Yunzhu saluted at Huangfu Chaobo.


    "well, general Hua Xiong and I can decide whether to go or not. We don''t have to repay general Hua Xiong for everything. I wish him a great victory and a great return. At that time, we will have a feast for the three armies in Luoyang City!" Huangfu Chaobo said to Zhao Yun''s generals;


    "thank you, Lord, you must live up to your trust!" General Zhao Yunzhu replied loudly,


    "OK, let''s go!" Huangfu Chaobo nodded and waved his right hand;


    General Zhao Yunzhu bowed again, then got up and went down from the platform, took the reins from the guard, and all the people turned over to mount the horse and rode to the army. Zhao Yun pointed his sword to the sky and cried out: "general, you have orders, the army is going!"


    "Wansheng, Wansheng, Wansheng!"


    After that, baimayi took 5000 cavalry as the vanguard, followed by 20000 longxiangying troops, and finally 15000 guards. A total of 40000 troops marched toward the East with neat steps.


    Three days later, at the beginning of Youshi, the army arrived at Hulao pass. At this time, Huaxiong, the general of Hulao pass, had been waiting outside the pass for a long time. He was overjoyed to see a steady stream of troops coming. After shaking the reins, he ran to Zhao Yun, turned over and dismounted, quickly walked to Zhao Yun, saluted with his fist and said, "Hu Lao Guan guard Hua Xiong has seen general Yingyang!"


    "General Hua, pardon me!" Zhao Yun got off his horse and helped Hua Xiong up;


    "General Zhao, the hulaoguan army is ready and the food and grass are ready. Will the army start today?" After Hua Xiong got up, he couldn''t wait to say. You know, he''s been suffocated in the past two years. Every time there''s a war in Luoyang, he has to defend the retreat of hulaoguan for the army and can''t take part in the war. Therefore, I''ve heard that he can''t wait to fight this time.


    Zhao Yun said with a smile, "don''t worry. Soldiers march for days and need to rest for a day. Moreover, how to arrange the army''s March should be carefully discussed with the general. Another is to ask general Hua to send someone to invite General Zhao to sishuiguan, and the three of us will have a good discussion. "


    On hearing this, Hua Xiong also knew that he was not in a hurry. He felt his head embarrassed and said, "excuse me, general. Hua is too impatient. Please let the general and the generals enter the pass first. If they don''t, they will send someone to invite General Zhao Cen."


    Having said that, he led the generals to the general''s house inside the pass. As for the army, a camp had been built a mile outside the pass. At present, hulaoguan has a military camp, a garrison camp, and a Xiliang cavalry School under Hua Xiong''s command, with a total of 15000 troops.


    If Zhao Yun''s 40000 troops entered the pass, the barracks in the pass would be full. Now it''s not wartime, so there is no need for a large army to enter the pass.Zhao Cen came quickly. When they were just ready for dinner, Zhao Yun and his two hundred bodyguards rushed to Hulao pass. Hua Xiong laughs whether he has not enough food in the pass, so he goes here to eat. Zhao Cen doesn''t care. After giving Zhao Yun a gift, he laughs and finds a place. Every one of Zhao Yun got up to salute, and then everyone sat down to eat.


    After dinner, Hua Xiong brings the generals to the meeting hall. This is the place where Hua Xiong convenes the generals in the pass. There is a detailed map of the prefecture.


    After the map was prepared, Hua Xiong introduced the counties of Luoyang east of hulaoguan to Zhao Yun. The ten counties in Guandong were basically occupied by Yuan Shao or Yuan Shu. Because of the support of yuan family, they didn''t pay attention to Luoyang''s decrees.


    For example, the county seat of Xingyang is composed of two generals, Qiao Rui and Li Ling, who are the confidants of Yuan Shu. There are 10000 soldiers stationed in the county seat. Because the princes used to be the food and grass station of the Allied forces of the princes when they discussed Dong Zhuo, there are nearly a million stones and hundreds of thousands of weapons and equipment in the county seat. Because Nanyang had enough money and food, and Yuan Shu had always thought about Luoyang, he did not transport the materials here to Nanyang.

 Chapter 597

    The materials in Xingyang city are not only accumulated when the princes discussed Dong Zhuo, but also the grain and grass of several cities around Xingyang have been transported to Xingyang for more than a year. Therefore, the present Xingyang city can be said to be enough for people to guard the city for several years. For this county, Huaxiong is also very confused about whether to attack.


    Zhao Yun nodded. When the situation of Xingyang was in Luoyang, the shadow guard had already told everyone about it.


    However, now Nanyang and Sizhou have reached a consensus that the generals in Xingyang city will still cooperate if they know what they are interested in. Of course, it does not rule out that Xingyang and other city guards are stubborn, so Zhao Yun does not mind killing several county officials. Thinking of this, Zhao Yun motioned Hua Xiong to continue.


    Seeing this, Hua Xiong continued: "it''s still easy to say that the rest of the cities have about 6000 to 8000 taxi soldiers, and they are all new recruits more than a year ago. In addition, they don''t practice frequently, so their ranks are not very high."


    As soon as Zhao Yun heard this, he knew the situation of Zhucheng very well. This is basically consistent with the news that shadowguard sent back years ago. It seems that these people are really fearless.


    After Hua Xiong introduced the situation of the cities in Guandong, the generals deliberated and decided to send troops to Xingyang tomorrow. If the garrison of Xingyang would hand over the city, it would be all right. If Nanyang army didn''t cooperate, it would encircle Xingyang instead of attack, and attack the cities south of Xingyang first. At that time, the captured generals will be escorted to Xingyang City, beheaded and displayed to the public, killing chickens and respecting monkeys.


    as for the troops and horses, Zhao Yun''s intention is that the war barracks of the tiger''s prison are dispatched by Zhao Cen and the Xialong cavalry of Hua Xiong. Zhao Yun''s fifteen thousand soldiers from Luoyang bring together a school soldier to guard the customs with the tiger guards.


    After everything is arranged, all the generals will take orders. After a night''s rest in hulaoguan, the army set out to Xingyang county the next day.


    Sure enough, as Zhao Yun expected, Xingyang garrison generals Qiao Rui and Zhang Ling refused to hand over the city on the ground that they had not received an order from the general after Nanyang. Zhao Yun was not angry, but ordered the army to camp. He led Baima Yicong and shiwanlong Xiangying army to stay outside Xingyang City, while the rest of the troops were led by Huaxiong to the south of Beijing County.


    As for the ten thousand garrison in Xingyang, Zhao Yun had five thousand white horses and ten thousand dragon troops. He was not afraid of the big army in the city going out to fight. If Qiao Rui and others lead the army to fight, it will also hit Zhao Yun''s heart.


    Sure enough, Sizhou army did not attack Xingyang, but sent Huaxiong to lead tens of thousands of troops to the south. Qiao Rui''s face changed greatly. At first, they thought that the Sizhou army would attack Xingyang in anger, and they would teach them a lesson. But they did not expect that the other party had left 15000 soldiers outside the city, but sent the army to attack other counties.


    In other words, the reason why general Qiao Ruiji didn''t want to hand over the city was due to Yuan Shu''s small temperament. For more than a year, they could be said to be the local emperors of Xingyang city. They were very comfortable in Xingyang city. Now they suddenly received a general''s order that Xingyang City would be handed over to the management of Sizhou people. So they were not happy and just worried It''s just trying to put it off for a few days.


    I didn''t expect Zhao Yun to put them in such an awkward position. If they were allowed to fight, they didn''t have the courage at all. The war in Luoyang had already come. Ji Ling was defeated and captured in Sizhou army. They thought they were far inferior to Ji Ling, so they didn''t have the courage to fight at all.


    Besides, there are five thousand white horses out there. They are five thousand cavalry. There are only ten thousand soldiers in the city, and all of them are soldiers. They dare not go out.


    When Zhao Yun led the army to camp under the city, Huaxiong led tens of thousands of troops to Jingxian County in the south of Xingyang. Since they joined Huangfu Chaobo, they haven''t experienced any war. This time, they didn''t take advantage of Huangfu Chaobo''s chance to be the governor of Pingdong general. They really don''t have any chance of promotion. This time, the Lord obviously took care of them. He only needed two men to fight a few battles and capture a few county towns, and then he could make a lot of military contributions.


    All the way, the army rushed to the capital town at noon the next day. After the army had had Chinese food, Huaxiong sent people to persuade them to surrender. Unexpectedly, the magistrate and the captain of the capital County ignored them. They saw that they came from the yuan family, who was the fourth and third Duke behind them. Huangfu Chaobo did not dare to do anything to himself.


    What? You said that Xiao Yuan Gonggang and Huangfu Chaobo had a big fight in Luoyang. It was a good fight, but you didn''t see that Huangfu Chaobo was lucky enough to capture general Ji of Yuan Gong, but he didn''t dare to kill him. Is he just locked up in Luoyang now? What does this mean? It means that Huangfu didn''t dare to offend Yuan Gong. What''s more, although Yuan Gong has ordered several cities in Guandong to be returned to Sizhou this time, doesn''t it imply that we can''t have a good time?


    Hua Xiong and Zhao Cen were overjoyed by the attitude of the officials and generals in Jing County. There was no mistake. They were overjoyed. They looked at each other and laughed. Finally they could fight.


    There were 15000 soldiers in the three schools. Huaxiong Zhao Cen and longxiangying''s deputy general Zuo school led one school''s army and each was responsible for the attack of one wall. From their point of view, they have tens of thousands of excellent soldiers, and there are only 5000 soldiers in the city. If there is a shortage of one in three, just start working.


    With Hua Xiong''s order, the battle drum of the Chinese army in the forward was sounded. Under the leadership of three generals, the soldiers of the barracks, who had already prepared the siege equipment, launched an attack on Jing County.Although the county magistrate and the county captain fought to the death, in the face of the Sizhou army, which was three times as many as their own and more than twice as powerful, the battle in Jingxian county was over in less than an hour. Huaxiong array killed the county captain, and then the county soldiers were defeated. In the cry of "surrender will not kill", Jingxian County announced the change of ownership.


    After that, the army moved into the county. On the one hand, Hua Xiong sent people to take over the city temporarily, on the other hand, he sent people to Xingyang city to report the victory to Zhao Yun. The next step is to count the losses and the gains in the city. Although Hua Xiong can''t bear to do these things, he is the head of the forward. He can only do these things with patience.


    After a night''s rest in Jingxian County, Huaxiong sent 1000 Xiliang cavalry to escort all the nearly 4000 soldiers captured in Jingxian county to Zhaoyun camp outside Xingyang City, and sent 3000 soldiers to defend Jingxian county.


    Hua Xiong himself led the army to the South and headed for Mi County. Of course, along with the army, there were the heads of the generals of Jingxian County, while the county magistrate and the prisoners were sent to Zhao Yun''s army.

 Chapter 598

    Two days later, the army arrived outside the city of Mi County.


    When Huaxiong led the army in the land of Guandong, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t leave Luoyang. Nothing else, Huangfu Chaobo''s teacher, Zhu Jun''s two sons and his two cheap senior brothers, arrived.


    Shadow guard''s speed is still very fast. Old man Zhu Jun''s letters were sent to his two sons before the new year. At this time, the eldest son Zhu was not the governor of Yuzhang, but a county magistrate under Yuzhang, and the youngest son Zhu Fu was just a county official.


    At this time, I received a letter from Laozi, saying that his disciples were now in the position of general Pingdong and governor of Sizhou, calling them to work in Sizhou. How dare they delay.


    After the new year, after discussing with their mother, they decided to rush to Sizhou to meet their father as soon as possible. So, the family spent more than ten days, and finally arrived in Luoyang.


    After hearing the news of the arrival of his mother and two brothers, Huang Fu Chao Bo did not dare to delay. He immediately arranged all his family members in a big house in the inner city. Then he sent someone to send a big boat to accompany the old lady, two brothers and their children to Huai county to meet Zhu Jun.


    Huangfu Chaobo knew that his two elder martial brothers were both the prefects of the same county, so he was going to let them get familiar with the government affairs in Hanoi and Hongnong for a period of time, and then he was going to take over the position of the two prefects, just to take over the two old men. But old man Zhu was furious and refused. He said that when they first arrived, an Neng was in a high position. By the way, Huang Fu Chao Bo also scolded a bloody man, saying that he was cronyist and not a famous master.


    Facing the furious old man Zhu, Huangfu Chaobo stood at the bottom like a frightened quail. Finally, with the old lady''s persuasion, old man Zhu put out his anger and directly asked Huangfu Chaobo to arrange for them to be county magistrates, and they could not be promoted without reason within three years. After Huangfu Chaobo nodded and agreed, it was over.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo thought that he was attacking the county town of Guandong right now. Just in time, he asked the two elder martial brothers to choose one from each county town of Guandong.


    After returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo just received the battle report sent back by Zhao Yun. Jing County has captured more than 3000 County soldiers. At the same time, Luoyang needs to send the reorganized guards to take over the counties. Huangfu Chaobo immediately recruited Xu Shu. After an urgent discussion, they considered that the situation around Luoyang was relatively stable, so they dispatched 15000 guards from Luoyang and surrounding counties to Zhao Yun''s army.


    As for Zhao Yun''s garrisons, they were assigned to reorganize them on the spot. All the soldiers who met the conditions of war were temporarily in Zhao Yun''s army. After all the cities were recovered, they were reorganized together with the soldiers of Long Xiang army and Huaxiong''s headquarters. All the garrisons were sent back to Luoyang for further training.


    After dealing with these things, Huangfu Chaobo, who had just breathed a sigh of relief, was about to ask Dian Wei to arrange for him to go to Zhao Yun''s army. He didn''t expect that someone would find him again.


    It turned out that after several months of preparation, the Xiake negotiated with his two subordinates and felt that all kinds of preparations had been made, so he could consider sending troops. So the Xiake came to Luoyang to find Huangfu Chaobo and asked him to arrange the water army to transport his troops.


    At the same time, there is also news from leting that the ships arranged by the navy to explore the waterway have successfully arrived in leting. Luoyang can consider arranging the first batch of navy to transport some weapons and equipment to western Liaoning.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that his plan to go to Zhao Yunjun could not be carried out, so he simply gave up the idea of going to Hulao Guandong to watch the war.


    In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin to come to Luoyang in an emergency, and then Xu Shu was invited to discuss the water army. Unfortunately, both of them are not in Luoyang. Even if they come day and night, they still need to arrive tomorrow.


    In desperation, the Xiake had to return to his territory first and come to Luoyang tomorrow to discuss. Seeing the Xiake come and go in a hurry, Huangfu Chaobo feels that life is really wonderful. A few months ago, both sides secretly tried to get rid of each other, but now they have become partners again.


    The next morning, Xiake led two of his subordinates to Luoyang City. Looking at him, he was really in a hurry. Now the players in the game have developed very fast, and the integration and alliance between lord players are getting faster and faster. If he doesn''t speed up, he is likely to disappear from the top 20. Another thing is his The decision itself is a bit of a gamble.


    Less than half an hour after the Xiake arrived in Luoyang, Zhou Tai and Zhou Tai also rushed to the South Gate wharf of Luoyang. After getting off the boat, they quickly rode to the general''s house.


    After seeing Huangfu Chaobo, everyone sat down. Huangfu Chaobo then explained the purpose of the two men''s recruitment, and then asked the two water forces how to arrange to escort them all the way up the river.


    After a moment''s meditation, Zhou Tai said, "I''ll tell my Lord that since I didn''t receive his general''s order last year, I didn''t send someone to explore the river and waterway along Hebei. Now I''ve basically explored it clearly."


    With that, Zhou Tai came to the map of Sizhou and explained to the public the situation he arranged for the water army to explore. According to the water army''s investigation, the river channel can be used for large ships and large warships. When you get to PI''s town in Hanoi County, you can no longer go up the river. It is because the river course, which is more than 100 Li north of the river from Hejin of Pishi, is basically unable to sail. It is necessary to reach caisangjin near Hukou mountain before the river course can be resumed.Hearing the word hukou, both Huangfu Chaobo and Xiake were surprised. They looked at each other and thought of Hukou waterfall on the Yellow River.


    After everyone digested his words, Zhou Taicai continued: "when the army of Luonan town arrived in Hejin, they all got off the ship, and then divided into two groups. The cavalry went from baibogu to Taiyuan County of Bingzhou, then from Zishi to northeast to Xihe County, and then turned north at Lishi, and went all the way north to Dingxiang, then westward along the river, through Yunzhong to Wuyuan, and then westward Directly to Guangmu county. The rest of the people traveled more than 100 miles north along the river, took a boat again in caisangjin, and then took a boat all the way north to Guangmu.


    The two men''s journey is more than 2500 Li. The cavalry can arrive at Guangmu in about a month, while the people need to arrive about 10 days later. According to the present time, they can arrive at Guangmu safely before the land is cultivated in March, which will not delay the food cultivation in the first half of this year.


    Of course, another important factor is that the taxi soldiers in Luonan town can resist the attack of zahu before the people arrive at Guangmu. They used to live in Guangmu county

 Chapter 599

    After listening to Zhou Tai''s words, Huangfu Chaobo also hit his tongue secretly, thinking that this is a long march.


    Xiake didn''t think so much about it. He had discussed with his two subordinates for many times. They all agreed with Zhou Tai''s suggestion, but one problem was that the water army of Sizhou couldn''t reach the upper reaches of Hukou, so what should be done about the arrangement of ships in the upper reaches?


    Zhou Tai has also considered the problem of Xiake. The taxi driver who is responsible for exploring the waterway has contacted a merchant in caisangjin. He is specialized in running north of the shuihukou of the river. Because he often goes back and forth between Wuyuan and hukou to sell fur and all kinds of materials needed by the grassland, he is willing to take over the business and send the people of Luonan town to shapang.


    However, the river above Hukou is not as wide as the river below Hejin, so the size of ships varies too much.


    All the merchants in caisangjin could use less than 20 boats, and only 5000 or 6000 people could be transported at a time. Therefore, Zhou Tai suggested that the population of Luonan town should be divided into several departures. In the early stage, they could only go to the soldiers and the strong people, and then slowly send the remaining people to Guangmu city after they were under control.


    As for Zhou Tai''s suggestion, Xiake said that several of them need to discuss before making a decision. Huangfu Chaobo motioned to several of them to discuss it first. After that, he called Zhou Tai and Zhou Tai to the side room and told them that leting could arrange a ship to transport goods in the past. He asked them to make arrangements for the water army in the near future. When leting''s ship came back, they would consider it We started sending ships to transport goods between the two places.


    By the time Huangfu Chaobo came out of the hall, the Xiake had already discussed with Gao Lan. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo coming out, the Xiake told him what he thought.


    For the first time, Luonan town sent out 5000 soldiers, 3000 men and 5000 strong people. Considering the need of defense, the Xiake gave Huangfu Chaobo the list of materials he needed to buy from Luoyang.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at it for a moment, and saw that there were 500 rhubarb crossbows on it, plus spare crossbow strings and arrows, as well as another 1000 war horses, and then other materials. For these things, Huangfu Chaobo did not object to selling them to him, but told him that these things would be delivered together when they got on the ship. He did not object to this Xiake and others.


    Next, there is only one last thing, that is, the problem of the people in Luonan town. Since they can''t send it at one time, they can only send it in batches. Therefore, these people still need to stay in Luonan town for about half a year. This matter needs to be approved by Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care about this problem. Although he is short of people, he can''t make ends meet. Since these people are willing to go to Shuofang with Xiake, why should he be such a villain.


    After the two sides have discussed the departure time, the Xiake leads Gao Lan and leaves.


    When Xiake and others left, it was almost noon. Huangfu Chaobo ordered the government to prepare meals and let Zhou Taizhu leave after lunch. As for how to arrange the arrangement of several water forces, he would leave these matters to two water army generals.


    In the afternoon, Huangfu Chaobo invited Tian Feng, Lou GUI and Huang Zhong to discuss the arrangement of the civilian and military generals in the counties of Guandong. Now that he has two sons of Zhu Jun, and Huangfu Chaobo promised Lao du that he would let them run a county respectively, it''s time to fulfill this promise. However, how to arrange these counties still needs to be discussed with people.


    After some deliberation, they decided that Xingyang city must be in their own hands, so Zhu Zhen was appointed magistrate of Xingyang County, and Zhao Cen was transferred to captain of Xingyang county.


    The garrison in Xingyang has also become a special presence in the county. There are 11000 soldiers in total, including one school guard, one school war soldier, and one cavalry unit. As a force to frighten the cities in the east of Shaanxi, it also echoes the two passes of Hulao and Sishui. Zhu Fu was appointed county magistrate of dangyin, and he was stationed in dangyin with Mu Shun, ready to support Han Fu at any time.


    Lao Du and his two men are prepared to be stationed in Zhongmou and Kaifeng counties. Their troops can also arrange 3000 guards and 2000 soldiers so that they can support another Ally Zhang Miao at any time.


    Another general of Huangfu family, Huangfu Li, led a group of soldiers to guard Hongnong city with Yang Feng, ready to support the war in Hu County and Hangu pass of Qin Dynasty. In this way, the military arrangement of Henan and Hongnong prefectures had been perfected. When all the troops were in place, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to start fighting against the counties in Hanoi. However, it was at least half a year later.


    In the next few days, Luoyang received Zhao Yun''s war report almost every day. After Huaxiong attacked Jing County, he captured Xinzheng County in the third day, killed Xinzheng County captain on the spot, and the county magistrate was sent to Zhaoyun camp with other prisoners.


    The two magistrates were taken to the outside of Xingyang city to be killed, together with the general officials who were defeated by the stubborn resistance of the two cities. For a time, Xingyang city outside the head rolling, blood. He scared all the people in the city into two battles and turned pale.


    But no one has been able to accuse Huangfu of killing innocent people indiscriminately, because no one among the princes wants to rule the city without respecting the government''s orders. After several days of persistence, Xingyang city could not hold on any longer. On the fifth day after Huaxiong captured Xinzheng, Qiao Rui and Zhang Lingxian surrendered.Unfortunately, Zhao Yun didn''t admit that he had promised to let them return to Nanyang. Instead, he picked out all the ten thousand soldiers who met the requirements of the soldiers. Then he escorted the remaining soldiers and Qiao Rui to Luoyang and gave them to the general''s residence. After Yuan Shu delivered all the promised money and things, he sent them back to Nanyang with Ji Lingzhu.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was very busy, thousands of cavalry were going to Guangmu County, Shuofang County, more than two thousand miles away. If Huangfu Chaobo saw this cavalry, he would be surprised. Yes, this cavalry was a group of Xiake.


    When the Xiake and his party set out, there were only 5000 soldiers, but the cavalry had obviously exceeded 5000 or 6000, and the 2000 cavalry in front of them were obviously skilled Hun cavalry.


    At this time, the army was only ten miles away from Guangmu county. With the Xiake''s order, thousands of troops and nearly ten thousand horses slowly stopped.


    All the soldiers dismounted to rest, fed their horses with water and checked their weapons and equipment. While quietly waiting for the return of the sentry horse sent out.

 Chapter 600

    In less than a quarter of an hour''s rest, I saw several horsemen running from the west of the army. Soon, several Hun cavalry came to us, turned over and dismounted, came forward to salute and said, "Lord, you generals, there are only a few hundred people in Guangwu City, and the small tribes are staying there for the time being. They have no idea about the arrival of our army."


    After hearing this, the knight looked at the two generals around him and said happily, "OK, order the army to rest for another quarter of an hour. Before dark, we must occupy Guangwu, and then prepare for the possible attack tomorrow!"


    With that, the knight turned to a Hun general beside him and said, "general qubei, when the war begins, your cavalry will be divided into two groups. You can lead a cavalry to encircle the north gate of Guangmu City, and you can''t be separated from one person. Another cavalry was cruising around the city to prevent people from leaving. General Gao Lan led the rest of the troops into the city from the south gate, and quickly attacked the city to clean up the enemy. "


    If other players see this situation, they will be shocked and their glasses will be broken. When did you Xianwang of Xiongnu go to Beibei and be accepted by Xiake? Looking at the posture, he led at least 2000 Hun cavalry to take refuge.


    In fact, the reason why Xiake can accept the inferiority is largely due to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Six months ago, there were 6000 Hun warriors in Youxian King''s hand, which can be said to be the invincible hand of Zongheng Hedong. However, because of a moment''s greed, he was invited by Baibo to attack Luoyang City in Henan Province. As a result, he lost a handful of rice instead of stealing chicken. Only 3000 of his 6000 cavalry could not escape, and his number one general was also damaged in Luoyang City.


    The disheartened Youxian king didn''t even say hello. He led the rest of the cavalry back to Hedong. After plundering several villages and towns in Hedong, the Xiongnu cavalry finally recovered.


    Seeing that winter was coming soon, qubei led the rest of his cavalry to plunder a large amount of grain and grass and hid in a valley of Baibo valley. He was ready to spend the winter here and make plans for the spring next year.


    At the beginning of February, chivalrous men led more than 15000 soldiers to get off the boat from Hejin ferry near Pi''s family. As Zhou Tai said, the soldiers were divided into two routes. Fu Xun led 1000 soldiers to guard the soldiers and the people, carrying food and other materials, all the way up the river, ready to arrive at sangjin ferry and then take the boat to the north.


    Xiake and Gaolan led nearly 4000 soldiers to the north along Fenshui Road, ready to enter Bingzhou. Who knows, after passing Linfen, it suddenly snowed heavily. In desperation, Gaolan had to make people look for a valley to escape from the wind and snow, and prepare to wait for the snow to stop before the army moved on.


    After searching, Chiu Hou found that there seemed to be a large number of people gathering in a valley. Then he immediately sent the news back to the Chinese army. Chivalry and Gao Lan were surprised and thought that someone was going to do harm to them. So they led people to inquire in person. At first sight, they were surprised that there were thousands of Hun cavalry and nearly ten thousand horses inside.


    Under the heavy snow, the vigilant Xiongnu people did not find anyone outside the valley peeping at their camp. In fact, it can not be blamed for the carelessness of the Xiongnu people. Instead, they had no one to fight in Hedong, so they had no vigilance on the grassland. After seeing the horses all over the valley, the Xiake couldn''t move his feet any more, and then he saw the loose and unprepared appearance of the Huns. After thinking for a moment, the Xiake discussed with Gao Lan whether he could make a vote.


    After a moment''s discussion, Gao Lan felt that he was calculating by heart but not by heart. In addition, there was only one exit in the valley, which meant that the Huns had put themselves in their pockets. Gao Lan''s greatest confidence is that he has a thousand crossbow soldiers. He only needs to set up obstacles in the valley, and then with the help of the crossbow soldiers, he can eliminate the thousands of Huns, and even recruit some cavalry.


    After the decision was made, they took advantage of the cover of the heavy snow and arranged all night. The next morning, when the snow stopped and the Hun cavalry sentry was ready to go out of the valley, they suddenly found that they were surrounded in the valley.


    Qubei, who got the news, was terrified and immediately organized cavalry to break through the encirclement. However, under the command of Gaolan, the Luonan Town army, which had already arranged the defense, used the obstacles and the big yellow crossbow in his hand to give the Xiongnu cavalry a fatal blow. After several rounds of arrow rain, the Xiongnu cavalry suffered heavy casualties. In the face of the powerful crossbow attack, after more than 1000 cavalry were killed and wounded, the soldiers of Xiongnu cavalry were low.


    Finally, he had no choice but to surrender. In the end, the knight managed to force down 2000 Hun cavalry without any damage, and collected nearly 8000 horses. With more than 4000 horses in his own hands, the number of horses in his hands reached 13000, and the number of troops in his hands exceeded 6000. Among them, 2000 were skilled Hun cavalry.


    After accepting the two thousand Xiongnu cavalry of qubeihe, the Xiake ordered to rest in the valley for a day, and then the army set out. Of course, another reason is that qubeigang surrendered. His loyalty is too low, so the Xiake is going to use the time of day and night to show his loyalty.


    On the third day, the Xiake, who had exhausted himself, finally raised his loyalty to qubei to more than 70. He was barely able to take him out to wander. He had planned to stay for a few more days, but the time was too tight, so he had to start the whole army.


    With qubei, a leading Party who has been wandering in Bingzhou for several years, the army of Xiake soon arrived more than ten miles to the east of Guangmu city. Seeing that they were about to reach their destination, Xiake ordered the army to stop for a rest and immediately sent Hun cavalry to Guangmu city to investigate the enemy''s situation.Half a quarter of an hour later, with the Xiake''s order, all the soldiers turned over and mounted their horses. With two thousand Hun cavalry as the forerunner, six thousand troops headed for Guangmu county.


    Guangmu city is a county subordinate to Shuofang county. It is located on the North Bank of the Yellow River. There are only two gates in the north and south. It is a county. In fact, it can''t be compared with the county in the Central Plains. It is similar to Luonan town in Luoyang where Xiake lives. The city wall is about five li long and more than one Zhang high. It can live up to 34000 people in the city.


    The surprise attack of a large group of cavalry caught the zahu tribe off guard in the city. Soon after the warning of the yousentry outside, the Hun cavalry was near the county seat.


    All the soldiers and horses quickly took their positions according to the pre arranged arrangement, and soon surrounded all the hundreds of zahu tribes in the county. After dozens of people were killed, the whole tribe was captured by Gaolan, and the whole battle lasted less than two quarters of an hour.


    After getting the news that Gaolan had eliminated the enemy in the city, the Xiake ordered other soldiers to enter the county, leaving only dozens of Hun cavalry cruising around the county.

 Chapter 601

    After entering the county, the Xiake ordered Gao Lan to arrange soldiers to quickly arrange defense and prepare for the enemy, while he led dozens of Pro guards to the county government in the center of the county.


    After entering the dilapidated county government, the Xiake finds the cornerstone of the county government, opens the management interface, and fills in his name in the above county magistrate position.


    Then, a system prompt sounded in his ear: "Ding Dong, the system has detected that Guangmu county magistrate is your name. The system is checking whether you meet the requirements of county magistrate. Please wait a moment."


    "The system prompts, congratulations to the player. The system detects that your military merit has reached the requirement of serving as a county magistrate. Congratulations to the player for becoming a county magistrate of Guangmu County in Shuofang county. The player has the right to appoint subordinate officials of Guangmu county."


    "Congratulations to the player. As the first player to recover his hometown, the system specially rewards the player."


    "Congratulations to the player for regaining Guangmu County, the hometown of the Great Han Dynasty, because the player''s action has aroused the vigilance of zahu tribe in Shuofang. The tribal leaders have decided to eliminate your power as soon as possible, so as not to pose a threat to their tribe. Within 10 days, the tribes in Shuofang will organize a coalition to attack Guangmu county. Please prepare for the defense."


    Sure enough, a series of system hints have given the Xiake a boost. It seems that as expected, the system will not make it so easy for them to recover a county town. It seems that they must be ready for defense immediately. It''s just that they don''t know when Fu Xun''s fleet will arrive at Guangmu. If they can, Guangmu''s defense will be much easier It''s too late.


    Just as the knight errant is stepping out of the county government, the system prompt of the whole game rings in the game.


    "Ding Dong, the system prompts, congratulations to the player, Xiake, for recovering the Great Han. So in Guangmu County, the Great Han court appointed Xiake as the magistrate of Guangmu county. As the first player to recover the Great Han''s hometown, the system specially rewards Xiake..."


    System prompt played three times in a row, and set off an uproar in the game.


    The players were immediately excited. It turned out that there was a way to recover the hometown of the great man. For a moment, countless people turned their eyes to the north of Bingzhou and the Hetao area. Many people were ready to move, thinking about whether they had a chance to get something there.


    In general Pingdong''s mansion in Sizhou, Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo happened to be dealing with government affairs when the system prompt was released. He was stunned when he heard the system prompt. However, he immediately threw himself into his own affairs.


    On February 20, the third year of Zhongping, the war lasted for more than a month finally ended, and all the cities in Henan county were under the rule of Pingdong general''s house. The soldiers, horses, officials and generals of each city also arrived one after another to prepare for farming next month.


    After a month of fighting, Zhao Yun has gathered all the soldiers in the counties to Xingyang for unified reorganization.


    According to the arrangement of Pingdong general''s mansion, except for the heavy infantry and the guard infantry, the ordinary soldiers of the other two schools, together with Hua Xiong''s original school soldiers, selected suitable soldiers from the ten cities of Guandong on the basis of the three schools and reorganized into the new six schools.


    Among the six battalions, two of them continued to be assigned to the Longxiang battalion, and the other two were handed over to Huaxiong to form a new battalion, named baotao battalion. There were three battalions in total, including Huaxiong''s chief General and mushun''s deputy general, and the Xiliang cavalry under Huaxiong''s command, stationed in Hanoi.


    At the same time, the Pingdong general''s office also promoted Hua Xiong from a partisan General of five grades to a general of five grades. The other two schools were under the command of Zhao Cen, commander of Xingyang County, and huangfuli, commander of Hongnong.


    It took more than a month for Huangfu Chaobo to arrange all these things. In the next three or five months at least, Sizhou will not make any big moves, because it is necessary to prepare for the first season of this year, and the main energy of the whole Sizhou will be on the cultivation of grain.


    Secondly, from the end of last year to the beginning of this year, dozens of counties in the two counties were newly taken over, but now they are not fully under control. The next priority is to fully control and digest the existing sites.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was sitting in general Pingdong''s mansion. After dealing with some political affairs, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to stand up and have a rest. Just at this time, Shi a came in and said, "general, General Zhao sent a letter from Xingyang." Then he handed a note up.


    Huangfu Chaobo took it over and opened it. It turned out that Zhao Yun had reported that the personnel and troops in the cities of Guandong had been arranged. He would lead the Dragon troops back to Luoyang in the near future. Seeing this news, Huangfu Chaobo was finally relieved. Just as he was getting ready to get up, suddenly a system message sounded in his ear.


    "Congratulations to the player, the ninth link of rebuilding Luoyang mission is completed, and the player brings all the city passes in Luoyang under his control. Players get 5000 mission points. "


    Then there are several system prompts.


    "Congratulations to the player, the epic mission reconstruction has been completed, and the player has accumulated 250000 mission points. Players can open the personal attribute list within 24 hours and exchange points from the task reward exchange. "


    "Congratulations to the player. As the first player to own a county, he has become the first real player vassal, opening the era of vassal hegemony!"Then a system prompt that all players can hear in the whole game rings.


    "Ding Dong, system prompt, congratulations to player Huangfu Chaobo for completing the epic serial task of rebuilding Luoyang. Congratulations to the player Huangfu Chaobo for being recognized by all the princes of the Great Han Dynasty. He has really become one of the princes and opened the era of princes competing for hegemony. As the first player to become a vassal, the system rewards the player Huangfu Chaobo with a special branch of arms, five points for each of the four dimensions of the player, two kinds of formation, two kinds of general skills, and two pieces of special architectural drawings! "


    At this time, players know that the name of the game is warlords, and players will be recognized by NPC princes only after they have a county. The next series of rewards make the players in the game dumbfounded and shocked.


    In particular, the first reward, a special branch of arms, has attracted countless players. After playing the game for such a long time, players know the rarity of a special branch of arms. There are only a few thousand famous generals in the middle of the game, who can really own a special branch of arms. I didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo could get a special branch of arms reward.


    A long list of rewards surprised Huangfu Chaobo. He spent nearly two years, spent countless money and energy, and finally completed this series of tasks. The reward after two years of hard work is worth it.

 Chapter 602

    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly opened the reward treasure box that appeared in front of him. The first thing to open is the treasure chest of special arms. What makes Huangfu Chaobo strange is that there is a roulette in it.


    If you look at it carefully, it says that all the special arms appeared in the whole Three Kingdoms period, from Cao Cao''s tiger and leopard riding to Dong Zhuo''s flying bear army, from Zhang Yan''s Halberd to Zhuge Liang''s Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, as well as Qingzhou soldiers and Bai Er soldiers.


    Looking at these arms, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help salivating. He wanted every one. Unfortunately, he could only choose one. If he could choose more than one and equip each of his several generals with one, it would be...


    Well, while Huangfu Chaobo was still in YY, Jia Jing, who heard the system news, had already come in.


    Huang Fu Chao Bo was suddenly awakened by Jia Jing. He looked at the arms on the roulette and sighed. He pulled the pointer on the roulette with his finger. Then the pointer turned rapidly. After dozens of turns, it slowed down. Finally, it stopped.


    Huangfu Chaobo raised his eyes and looked there. Seeing the position of the pointer, he rubbed his eyes in disbelief. Then he jumped up, picked up Jia Jing and kept turning, shouting: "ha ha ha, Xiao Jing, you are really my lucky star. When you come, I''ll shake out the type of soldiers I want."


    Jia Jing was held by Huangfu Chaobo and turned her head to dizziness. She was so scared that she beat Huangfu Chaobo incessantly. She finally put herself down and looked at the wheel. She was also surprised. It turned out that what Huangfu Chaobo shook was Yuanrong crossbow soldiers.


    As a matter of fact, when he saw the roulette, Huangfu Chaobo was thinking about what kind of special arms he wanted. Now there are two cavalry forces, namely Baima Yicong and Xiliang Tieqi. The infantry also have a trapped camp.


    In addition, although Huang Zhong has no special arms, he can train crossbow soldiers and heavy infantry. If he really wants a special arms, the crossbow soldiers of Yuanrong are the most wanted by Huangfu Chaobo, and he also wants to be the first to die. He didn''t expect that he really wanted to succeed.


    A few seconds later, the roulette in the treasure chest disappeared. Instead, there was a token and two drawings. Huang Fu Chao took it out and saw that on the dark black iron token, there were two words "Yuanrong" on one side and "Bing" on the other. He pressed his finger on "Yuanrong" and a prompt immediately appeared on the token: "player special arms token" , can only be used by designated players, can not be used for NPC generals, can not be donated. Do you want to use it now? "


    Er, it can''t be used for NPC, and it can''t be transferred. It''s too bad. It seems that my YY''s idea of adding a special branch of arms to each general can''t be realized.


    Huangfu Chaobo clicks on "yes" to confirm the use of the token. The token disappears. Then Huangfu Chaobo hears a system prompt: "congratulations on the player''s acquisition of Yuanrong crossbow of special arms!"


    Then Huangfu Chaobo opened his personal attributes and saw Yuanrong crossbow soldiers appeared in his attributes. However, a small line was added after the arms: "Yuanrong crossbow soldiers: 01500".


    Seeing this small line of words made Huangfu Chaobo stunned. Then he suddenly thought, is 1500 people corresponding to his official rank?


    By the way, it must be like this. Now I''m a general Pingdong of the third grade, and I''m still five grades away from the first grade of the highest grade. If I calculate this, I''ll add 100 people to each grade, which is exactly 2000 people. From nine grades to three grades, there are exactly thirteen grades. That is to say, the number of special arms that players have corresponds to their official positions.


    It must be like this, that is to say, if the player is only in the lowest level of official position, he can only have 300 soldiers of special arms. No wonder in the past, when the village attribute was used, he always saw that there were special barracks in the buildable buildings. It seems that it was set up for the player to have special arms. But so far, it seems that he has not heard of any player himself It has special arms.


    On the issue of special arms, Huangfu Chaobo has been paying close attention to it. For example, under the influence of NPC, if they have special arms, the number is tens of thousands. For example, Gongsun Zan''s Baima Yicong and Dong Zhuo''s Xiliang iron cavalry and flying bear army.


    According to Hua Xiong, the number of Dong Zhuo''s two special arms is between tens of thousands. However, once these NPC generals with special arms are under the command of the players, the number of them will be significantly less.


    For example, Zhao Yun''s Baima Yicong is not that Huangfu Chaobo is unwilling to increase it to 10000, but Zhao Yun says that the maximum number he can recruit now is 5000, and Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry is the same. It seems that the system is deliberately limiting the number of players in special arms.


    In addition to this special arms token, there are two other drawings in the box. Huangfu Chaobo takes them up to have a look. One is the construction drawing of Yuanrong crossbow barracks, and the other is the production drawing of Zhuge crossbow.


    However, it was indicated in the drawing that the crossbow was specially used by Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, and the production requirements must be blacksmith, carpenter, Tanner and tailor above the master level. There was one more person than the ordinary Dahuang crossbow. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo had all four kinds of craftsmen, but his idea of equipping a large number of soldiers was shattered.


    After thinking about the problem of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo put his eyes on several other boxes.Pick up the skills of the iron treasure box, open, inside are two skills books: "insight" and "benevolence".


    "Insight: there is a certain chance to see the attributes of the NPC in opposition, and to find the talents hidden in the ordinary people."


    "Benevolent government: it is not easy for the loyalty of the generals and the popular will to decline."


    Huangfu Chaobo had a look. Ha ha, they are just two skills needed by the Lord. If you don''t say them, you can learn them directly.


    Next is the treasure chest of special buildings. When you open it, two drawings appear: "star watching platform" and "talent recruiting hall".


    "Star watching platform: talents with Taoist skills can observe the stars on the star watching platform and have a certain chance to discover natural disasters in the territory."


    "Talent recruitment Hall: increase the opportunities of NPC talent recruitment."


    The most important thing is the treasure chest of two formations. After opening it, two drawings of formation appear in front of us: "round formation and crane wing formation". Not bad, thought Huangfu Chaobo, a defensive formation and an attack formation.


    After reading the treasure chest of these awards, Huangfu Chaobo chaocai looked at his own attributes, and there was another item in it - princes. When he continued to look at the power of the princes, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help staring at him... "To strengthen the soil inside, to cut down the officials outside, to develop the soil and to set up prefectures and counties."

 Chapter 603

    Looking at the series of explanations behind the princes'' rights, Huangfu Chaobo was shocked for a long time before he responded. Oh, I''m going to quit. But I''m quite tough. Does Qi not mean that as long as I find an excuse, I''ll beat whoever I want? And grab his territory, directly set up a new county can. This only needs reasonable reasons, and the court will not take care of it?


    Of course, for players, the system God will not control. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo could not help looking around him. It seemed that no one could beat him except Xiao Yuan Sangong. Because Dong Zhuo in the West seems to have lost a lot if he sent troops to attack Tongguan.


    For Nanyang, now that Luyang county is in the hands of killing the wrong wolf, Yingchuan is able to send troops, and there is no danger around. Forget it, now that your own territory has not been settled, you''d better settle your own affairs first. Well, of course, if Xiao Yuan Sangong is not honest, he will cut a few pieces of meat from Nanyang.


    With his heart ready to move, Huangfu Chaobo set his eyes on the hundreds of thousands of task points he had accumulated over the past year. Thinking of this, he opened the task points exchange list.


    Huangfu Chaobo was dazzled by a long list of exchange items, from the most basic weapons and equipment to all kinds of drawings and raw materials. Huangfu Chaobo was not interested in these common items in front of him, and turned the page directly to the exchange interface of more than 10000 points. Sure enough, as soon as he got inside, Huangfu Chaobo found something good.


    "Small town upgrade drawing: exchange 20000 points."


    "Zhongcheng upgrade drawing: exchange 100000 points."


    "Big city upgrade drawing: exchange 500000 points."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Looking at the exchange scores of these drawings, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned for a long time. The 250000 points he had saved in more than a year were only enough to exchange two or three drawings.


    However, it seems that the drawings inside are much cheaper than those you buy outside. Huangfu Chaobo remembers that he once bought a drawing of a primary pass for 20000 taels of silver, but the price in the system store is 100000 taels.


    Now it''s only 20000 points to exchange a small town upgrade drawing. The ability to exchange battle points in the two battles of the yellow scarf rebellion and the princes'' discussion of Dong Zhuo is much stronger.


    After thinking about it for half a day, Huangfu Chaobo exchanged five plans for upgrading the small city and one for upgrading the middle city, mainly considering the situation of Longhua. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was noncommittal about the development of Longhua. After all, no matter how he developed, he would be under the jurisdiction of Gongsun Zan. However, one of the advantages of becoming a vassal was that he could "open up strong territory and set up counties and prefectures."


    So, when Huangfu can take care of it, it''s not too bad to build a county outside the Great Wall with Longhua as the base. In this way, six drawings cost 200000 points, and now there are only 50000 points left.


    Huangfu Chaobo continued to look through the exchange form. Suddenly, he saw another drawing he wanted - the port building drawing.


    Now players also have port architectural drawings in their hands, but they are generally concentrated in the south of the Yangtze River, and they are basically small-scale port drawings, while medium-sized and large-scale drawings have not been seen yet. Looking at the number of points required for exchange, it is not very much. A set of small, medium-sized and large-scale port drawings only need 10000 points. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo has exchanged two sets at a time.


    If it is stable in leting, Huangfu Chaobo will consider upgrading it to a large port. From leting to Luoyang, it is thousands of miles away. If it is possible, Huangfu Chaobo still hopes to have a transfer station, but the location is not very easy to find, but he will prepare this set of drawings first.


    Looking down again, Huangfu Chaobo saw another good thing - "three story building ship manufacturing drawings", which cost him 10000 points. The two building ships owned by the current Sizhou navy are still purchased from Yizhou. If you want to continue to buy them, it is estimated that it will take several years at the speed of Jizhou. Think about it, you still have a good grasp of this.


    Pick up the building ship manufacturing drawings to see, this also needs "giant dock", Huangfu Chaobo a look, immediately found in the exchange list. Fortunately, the architectural drawings of the dock only need 10000 points.


    With the last 10000 points left, Huangfu Chaobo found another good thing - "level 50 Shanwen Suozi armour". The exact amount of points exchanged was 10000 points.


    Shanwensuozi beetle is also a kind of Suozi beetle. However, it does not form a ring like other locks. Shanwensuozi beetle''s lock is a triangle with a knot at each of the three corners. The clasp is connected with the clasp to form a piece of Suozi beetle.


    Shanwen Suozi nail probably appeared in Sui and Tang Dynasties. As the name suggests, it is the character "Shan" whose nail piece is shaped like a Chinese character. The writing method is very unique, which is called "wrong writing method". That is to say, through the mutual branches of nail pieces and nail pieces, they bite each other to form a nail. It is said that if the nail pieces are made skillfully and uniformly, it doesn''t even need a nail or a thread to make the whole nail.


    Since the introduction of shanwenjia into China in Tang Dynasty, it has been widely used and become a common Jia style in song and Ming Dynasties. Therefore, to a certain extent, it can be regarded as a model of Chinese armor. The Westerners call it "the star of China" and the Japanese call it "Tang Dynasty armor".


    Although this kind of armor is made of numerous locks, its defense ability is very good. Compared with other kinds of armor, the Shanwen lock armor is much lighter, and its mobility is also very good. If it is made of black iron, although it can not be made in large quantities, it is very suitable for the general and the dozens of 11 level guards around Huangfu Chaobo.For a long time, the armor that Huangfu Chaobo provided to the generals who did not have exclusive equipment was ordinary black iron armor. Although the defense was good enough, the excessive flexibility was not good.


    In fact, the heavy armor used by Ji Ling''s heavy armor infantry is similar to the armor used by generals, but they are a little less sophisticated and defensive. You know, ordinary soldiers are much worse than generals. Now with this Shanwen Suozi armour, Huangfu Chaobo is sure that his generals will have a much greater chance of survival than other generals.


    After Huangfu Chaobo had dealt with these problems, he got the news in Luoyang City, and all his subordinates and generals rushed to the general''s mansion. Seeing everyone''s happy face, Huangfu Chaobo was also very happy.


    After everyone had arrived, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said to all the people in the hall, "everyone, I believe you have got the news. Yes, what I want to tell you now is that our task of rebuilding Luoyang is completed! From now on, our Pingdong general''s house is really on the Han''s land as a power of princes. Our efforts and efforts of more than one year have not been in vain! Thank you for your help. Thank you


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo gave a deep gift to all the people in the field.


    All the people present were also very happy. Seeing this, they quickly got up and saluted back.


    "Congratulations, my Lord. My subordinates are willing to die for me!"


    End of Volume 6

 Chapter 604

    February 20, 1923, is an unsettled day for the whole game. First of all, the Xiake of Luonan Town, who ranked in the top 20 in the game, suddenly broke out after a long silence and went on the radio.


    Originally located in the hinterland of the Han Dynasty and next to the capital city, the Xiake suddenly ran to Shuofang, the northernmost part of Bingzhou, thousands of miles away, to recover Guangmu County, the hometown of the Han Dynasty. For a moment, the news made the players boiling. Since Xiake can recover a county, it means that other lords can recover a county as well.


    For a time, the eyes of countless players have been put into the territory of the frontier, and countless people are quietly planning where they should start.


    Just as we are all excited about the border city, another system message surprised us.


    Huangfu Chaobo, known as the first player, was on the radio again more than a year later.


    "Become a vassal", "special arms", "player four dimensions each add five points", "special architectural drawings". "...


    Players are shocked again by the system news repeated three times. These rich rewards make everyone envious. Any reward is so shocking.


    For a moment, the game is boiling up again. Kuang Kuang world and Zhao Zilong, who are familiar with Huangfu Chaobo, keep in touch with him through player communication, hoping to understand the conditions of becoming a vassal and see what special arms Huangfu Chaobo gets...


    Unfortunately, Huangfu Chaobo was busy opening his treasure box, so he had no time to pay attention to the communication. The people who had contact with Huangfu Chaobo but were not very familiar with them also sent messages to express congratulations. Of course, they also asked about the conditions of becoming a vassal and the situation of special arms. As for other things, everyone wanted to know about the four dimensions and drawings, but they didn''t want to know the most.


    Of course, everyone knows that Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have time to reply to his message at all, and he doesn''t want to get a reply right now. For example, yelaixiang leaves a message on the communication directly: can the boss of Chaobo return a message when it''s convenient.


    At this time, the Xiake who was far away from Guangmu was also surprised when he heard the system prompt. He didn''t expect that he had just conquered the county town and had not had half a day before Huangfu Chaobo really became a vassal. Among other things, the special arms were enough to envy other players.


    Thinking of this, the Xiake could not help saying to himself in his heart, come on, now there is a county, just need to stand firm here, now he has thousands of Hun cavalry, soon the whole Shuofang will be under his control. Later, the Xiake turned his eyes to Gaolan and a group of soldiers in Luonan Town, who were busy cleaning up Guangmu county and strengthening the defense of the county.


    After conquering the county, because the war ended, the player''s communication function was restored, and the Xiake contacted Fu Xun''s fleet for the first time.


    In order to get in touch with each other better, Xiake specially asked several close friends to take action with Fu Xun''s fleet, so both sides have a more detailed understanding of each other''s itinerary. It will take three days for the fleet to arrive at Guangmu, so the Xiake is looking forward to the fact that zahu''s attack on the county can be delayed. It''s better that all the people arrive and are settled.


    Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang City reported the good news to the public. Apart from Tian Feng, Huang Zhong, Lou GUI and Xu Shu, all the others went to do their own business. Of course, Pang Niao, a non staff member, stayed here.


    He took out all the drawings he got and showed them to the public. Then he said, "all of you have a look. I''ll take away those drawings that can be used now and those that can''t be used for the time being. But you all know that I still have some drawings in my hand so that I won''t forget them and miss things."


    Everyone agreed, and then picked up the drawings in front of them one by one. After everyone finished reading it, Tian Feng said, "general, at present, the only drawing that can be used in our state is this mountain script lock armour drawing, and no other drawing can be used for the time being."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. After a long time, he still couldn''t use it?


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s doubts, Tian Feng explained: "at present, only Longhua can use the city upgrading drawings. However, it''s not long since Longhua was upgraded to the county seat. First, the population facilities are not up to the requirements. Second, the number of territories under the rule is not enough. Third, we can''t over stimulate gongsunzan now, so this Zhongcheng upgrading drawing can''t be used for the time being."


    Then he took a rest and said, "the port drawings are not available for the time being, but they will be available when leting is upgraded. As for the drawings of the docks and the building ships, the craftsmen of our state army are only one senior seaman supported by Jizhou and two senior seamen brought by general Zhou Tai from Jingzhou. "


    When talking about Jizhou, Huangfu Chaobo could clearly hear Tian Feng''s words. After a pause, he continued: "the three have not yet reached the master level, while the giant docks and three story building ships need master level craftsmen to use them, so


    After a little pondering, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Mr. Tian, please make an arrangement. From now on, the shipyard in Sizhou will go all out to start production and speed up the production of all kinds of ships. Don''t be afraid of waste. Does Zilong want to buy ships? Even if it''s sold to them, they can sell all the boats except those under the red horse boat of the Navy, that is, those under 100 soldiers. ""And tell the three craftsmen, who is the best among them to upgrade to the master level, that he will be rewarded with a thousand gold. At the same time, he will be appointed as the chief shipbuilder of the largest shipyard in Sizhou, and the drawing of this building ship will also be studied by him."


    "Only Tian Feng said, "as for other drawings, they should be kept in the general''s residence first, and then used when necessary." As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo collected the other drawings and took another one out of his body. When people saw it, they found the mysterious map of looking for the Great Wall army a few months ago.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, everything in Sizhou is almost normal now. Judging from the current situation, it''s not suitable for the whole Pingdong general''s office to make any new moves within half a year to a year, so I want to take advantage of the present time to deal with this matter."


    Then he turned to look at Xu Shu and Pang Tong and said, "Yuanzhi and Shiyuan have a discussion about what preparation they need to make for this trip to the north." Then he looked at Huang Zhong: "my elder brother has selected 1500 crossbow soldiers for me. I''m going to set up a Yuanrong crossbow army as my personal guard." Then he handed two drawings of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers to Huang Zhong.

 Chapter 605

    Huang Zhong reached out to take over the two drawings. After reading them, his eyes lit up and he said with a laugh: "don''t worry, young master. Zhong will choose the soldiers as soon as possible. With such a strong soldier to guard him, Zhong will be more relieved."


    The rest of the people listen to, also curious to come together, after a look, also greatly happy.


    But the range of the crossbow machine of ten continuous shots is also up to the distance of the two stone rhubarb crossbow, 1500 soldiers, that is 15000 crossbows. Such a number of arrows can be shot within a few breath, which is enough to make any attacking enemy collapse.


    Xu Shu also nodded and agreed: "yes, with these 1500 yuan crossbow soldiers and more than 800 trapped camps of General Gao Shun, now we only need general Huyan''s cavalry to come back. The guard beside the Lord has made us feel relieved."


    Then he looked at Pang Tong and said, "Lord, in the opinion of Shu and Shi Yuan, if you can, you''d better take both the crossbow soldiers and the trapped camp, and both of them should be equipped with horses. However, the production of Zhuge crossbow seems not simple. Can several masters make 1500 crossbows in a short time? And which generals are the Lord going to order to go north this time? "


    "Yes, it''s better to go with cavalry this time. If you can, it''s better for Zilong to go with cavalry. If you can''t, you need huyandu to send cavalry to go with you," Huang Zhong added. "Also, who should be the Deputy General of Yuanrong crossbow soldier?"


    The main general of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers must be Huangfu Chaobo, but a deputy general must be appointed to deal with daily affairs. As for the deputy general, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think about it well, so he asked a few people instead.


    Huang Zhongdao said: "in the aspect of crossbow soldiers, I don''t think Huang wudie should still be competent


    Huang Fuchao denied that he would run around before he finished his words. It''s not suitable for a girl to run around with the army. Although Huang Wudi is really the most suitable general for crossbow soldiers, he said: "Wudi is the captain of Luoyang, so it''s not suitable to move lightly. Elder brother, can you tell me whether there is a candidate?"


    After pondering for a moment, Huang Zhong said, "Zhao Cen, a powerful general of Zhongying, is adept at bowing his horse. He can be an assistant general."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that Zhao Cen was really adept at bowing horses. It was a bit wasteful to put him in Xingyang, so he said, "Zhao CEN is OK. Who should be responsible for Xingyang''s guarding?"


    "Guo Daxian, the general of Jianyi Zhongying, can take on this task." Huang Zhongdao said that although Xu Shu was engaged in military affairs by Cao, he was far less familiar with generals in the army than Huang Zhong. Moreover, his main energy was also in military counsellors, and he did not interfere much in personnel affairs.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo nodded and agreed, Huang Zhong said, "since it will take some time to prepare for going north, it''s better for Chuanling to ask huyandu to send a thousand troopers back to Luoyang to go with him."


    "Yes," Xu Shu also said, "except for the generals of Dian Wei and Gao Shun, since he is going to the grassland, he ruo''s family can take the gold carving with him. As for other people, please arrange it."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that when he got to the grassland, he would inevitably face the cavalry of various tribes. If there was a golden eagle warning, the safety factor would be much higher, so he nodded and agreed.


    After pondering for a long time, Huang Fu Chao Bo Cai said slowly: "this time I''m going north, I just want to lead my direct relatives to go there. I can just fall into the camp, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and a thousand Tujia soldiers. As for the generals, Dian Wei, Gao Shun, Zhao CEN and Tujia generals, by the way, Shiyuan Fanzheng has nothing to do with staying in Luoyang. It''s better to accompany me for a while. There are more than ten shadows of Shi a leader Follow


    "As for the rest, I''ll stay in Luoyang. I''ll ask a few of you to take charge of the affairs of Sizhou. If something happens, it''s up to Tian Biejia, Lou Gongcao, Xu bingcao, General Huang and General Zhao Yun. If it''s not decided, you can ask Hongnong and Hanoi for advice. If it''s still not decided, you can send a message to me."


    In addition to Zhao yunshang in Xingyang, the other four people came forward to receive orders.


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo asked them to step down. After receiving their orders, each of them left the general''s house and opened their own business.


    Huang Zhong went to the barracks in a hurry to select qualified soldiers. Fortunately, most of the crossbow soldiers in the army were in Huben army. Huang Zhong selected the best skilled group as the backbone of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, while the other soldiers needed to select suitable soldiers from bow and arrow hands.


    After selection, all the soldiers will be transferred to crossbow soldiers first, and then equipped with a rhubarb crossbow, they will step up the training of their Crossbow Skills. According to the requirements, the proficiency of crossbow must reach a high level before they can be transferred to Yuanrong crossbow soldiers.


    As for the Yuanrong crossbow barracks, Huang Zhong was not in a hurry to build them up, because now there are no soldiers and no Zhuge crossbows, so he is not in a hurry.


    Shi a immediately sent an order to Longhua, asking Huang Xu to arrange a cavalry to rush back to Luoyang. It''s more than two thousand miles from Longhua to Luoyang. If the cavalry has two horses or even three horses, they can arrive in more than ten days. After a few days'' rest, they can start together.


    Tian Feng and Lou GUI are busy dealing with the level of boatman and dock. With the huge reward of Pingdong general''s mansion, and the temptation of chief shipbuilder and three story building ship, the three senior shipbuilders burst out great enthusiasm and rapidly impacted the skills of the marshal level.After everyone went out, Huangfu Chaobo took the drawings of Zhuge crossbow and Shanwen lock armour and went to the craftsman workshop in the imperial city. Now he had to let the masters of the workshop make Zhuge crossbow for him as quickly as possible. As he walked along, Huangfu Chaobo was still thinking about how to return information.


    Zhao Zilong several people are OK, directly told them to come to Luoyang as soon as possible, meet and talk. But the words of the night incense, the speechless and the imperial overlord were not well answered.


    Tell them a few people. They don''t feel like they know everything. Don''t say it. It''s not a very mysterious thing. When another player can control a county, everyone will know it soon. So we have to grasp what we should say and what we should not say.


    After pondering for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo decided that he would become a vassal and they would enter. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s knowledge, now yelaixiang and imperial overlord have become county magistrate, and now Wuyue has put his eyes on Jiuquan county further west of Zhangye. These people and Xiake in Shuofang should be the most likely candidates to become the second vassal.


    As for the special arms, he just told a few people that the special arms can only be used as the personal guard of the player''s own leader, not for his subordinates.

 Chapter 606

    Huangfu Chaobo only talked about some simple things about the answers from the people of yelaixiang. He also said that he was still in the process of further exploration.


    Instead, he became a vassal. The words marked at the end told several people exactly. As for how they understood it, it was their own business.


    After returning the message, Huangfu Chaobo has entered the craftsmen ''workshop in the imperial city. Regardless of the others, Huangfu Chaobo immediately gathered all the four masters, and then handed over the drawings of Zhuge crossbow to several people.


    A few people were surprised by the unique design of the crossbow. For Zhuge crossbow, there are many different opinions about it in history. Some people say that it is one shot with ten arrows at a time, while others say that it is one shot with ten arrows in a box.


    The setting in the game is one arrow at a time and ten arrows in succession.


    Compared with the ordinary rhubarb crossbow, there are two main changes in the operation of Zhuge crossbow. One is to add an upright arrow warehouse on the crossbow body, and the other is to replace the trigger with a lever trigger to save time and effort.


    As for other aspects, it is basically the same as the rhubarb crossbow. Even the crossbow and arrow can be used with the Ershi rhubarb crossbow. In this way, many things of Huangfu Chaobo were saved.


    After studying the drawings for a moment, several masters said to Huangfu Chaobo, "general, this crossbow is much more complicated than the Dahuang crossbow. We need to study it carefully, and we need to trial produce it. It is estimated that it will take a day or two to make the sample. Please forgive me."


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "it''s OK, several masters can study it with ease. Now everything else will stop first. Once it''s made, you need to inform Ben Jiang as soon as possible!"


    With that, he left the workshop.


    What surprised Huangfu Chaobo was that the next morning, zonghengtianxia and Zhao Zilong arrived in Luoyang, and Luyang''s slaying the wrong wolf came with zonghengtianxia. What makes Huangfu Chaobo feel strange is that old Du and Xiao Jie, who have just been in the county for a few days, have also come here.


    Everyone was very happy when they met. When Nightingale and Jia Jing meet, they can''t finish talking. They quickly go to one side to chat, regardless of several men''s affairs.


    As a living treasure, Xiao Jie complains whenever he meets. He sits in the county government all day and looks at all kinds of reports. He is just tired. The first thing he said was to ask Huangfu Chaobo for someone, and he wanted him to send an expert in internal affairs to be the county magistrate for himself, but where could Huangfu Chaobo get someone to give him.


    This is the difference between ordinary players and Lord players. Lord players have been training all kinds of talents from the village. When he really reaches the city level, his domestic talents or military talents can basically support the operation of a city.


    But ordinary players don''t have such good subordinates. In fact, the two of them are good. With Huangfu Chaobo''s help to several of their generals, at least they don''t have to worry about military affairs. It''s only because there has been no territory management that they have no talent in internal affairs.


    After thinking about it for a while, Huangfu Chaobo said that he could borrow a few people to support them and give them a year. In this year, whether they cultivate themselves or go out to recruit, they have to solve the problem of people themselves, because they don''t have enough people. When they heard this, they nodded their heads like a chicken pecking rice.


    After solving their problem, Huangfu Chaobo said to the wrong wolf, "how about it? How does it feel to be a county magistrate? You must be much better than both of them? "


    "Thank you, boss Chaobo. I may be better than Lao Du. After all, those people in the original territory can barely survive. Plus my best friends, I always feel insecure. After all, Yuan Shu is too powerful."


    "And I don''t have any strong soldiers in my hand, so now I have maintained 8000 troops in a small town like Luyang. Now I open my eyes every morning and think about where to get food and money for thousands of people." Killing the wrong wolf replied with a wry smile;


    after hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo frowned. It''s true that Luyang was originally a small city. It''s not easy to maintain 5000 soldiers, but now it''s hard to maintain 8000 soldiers. If the city doesn''t have a good income, it''s really difficult. Moreover, it can be said that the killing of the wrong wolf was put forward by himself. There is no inside information and accumulation of Xiake and yelaixiang. It seems that this little brother also took the opportunity to ask for help.


    "In the previous war, Luyang should still harvest a lot of weapons and equipment. Didn''t you consider selling some of them? What''s more, you should have recruited some talents in the army and the city of Luyang. Don''t they have any good way? "


    "Some people were recruited, but they were only ordinary high-level warriors. Thanks to these warriors, they could survive. As for the equipment, it is basically about level 30 equipment, and all of them are damaged to varying degrees. Now they have been basically repaired, but there is also the largest quantity of level 30 equipment in the market, and ordinary equipment is generally not very marketable. " The wrong wolf replied;"By the way, Luyang is mountainous. Isn''t there any good iron ore or other ore?" It suddenly occurred to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "There should be, but the problem is that I don''t have a prospector in my hand. All the existing mines belong to the owner, so it''s impossible to rob them." Killing the wrong wolf shook his head and said;


    after meditating for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, you can keep enough weapons and equipment for 10000 people in World War I, and sell the rest to me, but I can only pay 50% of the market price, because I want to make money if I change hands. In the future, if you have any spare equipment, you can also sell it to me. The price is also 50%. I''ll make it clear to you first and see if you can accept it. "


    "No problem, no problem." Then I''ll make a deal with you. I''ll arrange a sales agreement with you later. The second thing is that I have two methods in my hand. You pay my people to look for the ore, because it takes a lot of time to look for the ore. It may take a month or two to find the ore, or it may take ten and a half days to find the ore, and it takes time to determine the composition and reserves of the ore


    "The second way is that I will send someone to help you find ore, but I will take up 20% of the ore found, and you will take up 80% of the mining. Think about it for yourself, and I''ll arrange it as soon as possible if I can. "

 Chapter 607

    The reason why Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t explore for shacuolang for free is that he is considering a problem. With more and more cooperation between allies in the future, if you can find for him for free, you can also find for others.


    Besides, people are all profit animals. As the saying goes, Sheng mien, Dou Mi Chou and Huangfu Chaobo do not want this situation. Only allies with the same interests can last.


    After hearing this, he thought for a moment and said, "take up the shares. The boss will arrange people to go to Luyang as soon as possible. But Lu Yang''s defense is still a problem. "


    "That''s the next suggestion I''m going to give you. One of the neighboring counties in Luyang and Nanyang is pheasant County in the southwest. However, the county is nearly 200 miles away, and there is a long valley to pass through. I suggest you build a pass in the south of Luyang, where you found the village building order at that time. It only needs to arrange 2000 to 3000 The soldiers can hold the attack of 10000 or 20000 people for a year and a half. "


    "The other county is Jue County in the southeast. After the pass is built, you only need to pay attention to this county. However, this place is also facing the enemy on both sides, so he is afraid to send troops. Besides, if you keep the southwest direction, you don''t have to be afraid of Yuan Shu attacking on both sides. It only takes a few days for Yuzhou''s troops to arrive. In this way, your defensive pressure will not be so great


    A few people listen to, also in front of a bright. In particular, he admired the killing of the wrong wolf. He ran to Huangfu Chaobo to solve the problem for a long time. At this time, he could not help but be glad that he had come to the right place.


    Seeing that Luyang''s problem has been solved, Xiaojiejie, the living treasure, began to complain: "boss, you have solved Luyang''s problem. Do you want to help me in that small town?"


    After listening to this, Huang Fu said, "you boy, you can farm there and give you such a good place. Can you compare with the wolf there? Now the food in the game is hard currency, empty guard Baoshan and don''t know


    When Lao Du and Xiao Jie heard this, they were right. The surrounding area of their county was fertile land, which was not comparable to that of Luyang County on the edge of the mountain. When they thought about it, they would not complain any more.


    Looking at Huangfu''s more and more tactful way of dealing with affairs, Jia Jing couldn''t help laughing.


    Finally, the problems of several people have been solved. The next is another purpose of this trip. How can I become a vassal and what are the benefits of being a vassal.


    A few people, like curious babies, suddenly burst out 100000 whys, and then 100000 whys turned into 100000 flies, which made the whole hall buzzing.


    "Stop..." Huangfu Chaobo yelled, then wiped the cold sweat on his forehead and said, "if there are problems, come one by one, I''ll go. When facing Ji Ling''s 100000 troops, I''m not as nervous as I am now..."


    After listening to his words, Jia Jing and the Nightingale both chuckled. In other words, zonghengtianxia and Nightingale have also been married. Less than half a year after Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing got married, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing made a special trip to the magic capital, not only him, but also Zhao Zilong. So the relationship between the three people will become better and better, which is why Huangfu Chaobo called several people to Luoyang, because he wanted to talk about these carefully with the two people.


    After several people finished fighting, Huangfu Chaobo explained the whole process he knew and the rewards he could get, including his special arms, to several people one by one.


    In Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion, among the people around him, the most likely one is to become a vassal. There is nothing else, because he has historical generals in his hands. However, there are only military generals but no civil servants. It is very difficult to manage a county.


    If we say what is the deepest feeling of Huangfu Chaobo with the continuous increase of his territory, he will definitely say that it is the government affairs that can never be dealt with completely. This is still the case of a large number of civil servants under him.


    Other players think that there are so many famous historical generals under Huangfu Chaobo, and they don''t know how relaxed he is all day long. In fact, he is just like a person drinking water, and knows how warm and cold he is.


    Therefore, he felt that it would be better to have a historical military general with internal affairs and intelligence of more than 70. Otherwise, it would be very difficult.


    Huangfu Chaobo told several people what he thought. Unexpectedly, he said, "in fact, I''m trying to recruit a civil servant named Hengjie. If there''s no accident, I should be able to recruit him."


    After hearing this, Zhao Zilong yelled: "Heng Jie, isn''t Heng Jie the guy who asked Liu Biao for Sun Jian''s body? Shouldn''t he be in sun CE''s army? How did you hook up with him? "


    "Bah, bah, bah..." After hearing this, he booed at Zhao Zilong for a long time and said, "what do you mean to hook up? My daughter-in-law is sitting next to her. The dog can''t spit out ivory. What''s the matter with Sun Jian''s subordinates? They won''t let me solicit them. Brother is able to recruit, how to drop? "


    Looking at their bickering, they all find it very interesting to kill the wrong wolf and old Du Xiaojie. At the same time, they cast envious and envious eyes on wankuang. Just now, everyone was saying that there was a lack of civil servants, but they didn''t expect that wankuang was recruiting a civil servant.It turns out that Hengjie is indeed Sun Jian''s subordinate, from Changsha, who is filial to sun Jianju. But after Sun Jian''s death, he volunteered to go to Liu Biao''s army to ask for Sun Jian''s body back. But then, he asked sun CE to resign, and then went to Yuzhou to travel. When he settled down in changshe City, he was accidentally found by people from all over the world, so he was entangled by people from all over the world.


    After a few months, Hengjie finally released the celebrity task to him, and now the task is almost complete.


    Originally, I was going to talk to the public after I really solicited them, but I didn''t expect that I would say it in advance.


    Listening to the three people''s discussion, the wolf who didn''t speak for a long time suddenly said: "three eldest brothers, I have an idea. I don''t know if it''s feasible?"


    "Huh?" The three turned their heads together and looked at him.


    Seeing the three men''s eyes, he suddenly got a little nervous about killing the wrong wolf and whispered: "well, isn''t boss Chaobo saying that he has the right to set up counties? Does old Kong have this right? If we can persuade him to send troops to Nanyang, or agree that we should send troops to Nanyang, occupy several counties, and then set up a separate County, isn''t it possible to make the commander-in-chief become the prefect of a county? "

 Chapter 608

    After listening to the words of killing the wrong wolf, the other three people''s eyes lit up. This method seems to be feasible. However, there is another point. Now the official position is still from six grades. It''s still a little short of being the prefect.


    Huangfu Chaobo found that the new boy seemed to have some ability. At least his vision was not bad. There''s another purpose in his idea of killing the wolf. The counties adjacent to Nanyang and Yingchuan are those. Once he occupies those counties, his Luyang will be basically safe. This little idea is easily seen through by Huangfu Chaobo.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t point it out. It''s understandable that he didn''t mean to make full use of himself. He patted him on the shoulder and said, "it''s not bad, little wolf. He can think of this."


    Then he turned to the world and said: "wolf''s idea is very good, but first, brother, your official position is not up to the standard. Second, I can''t send troops for at least half a year. It''s just that we all make good preparations during this period of time. When the time is ripe, let''s play with the Taishou."


    The reason why Huangfu Chaobo is so enthusiastic and wants to make Zongheng a vassal is that on the one hand, he wants his allies to be stronger, and on the other hand, he wants to return the favor of Luyang war. You know, at that time, changshe city went out to attack Luyang, and only a thousand people came back at last. Although Huangfu Chaobo also made up for him in the end, the friendship was not as simple as making up for the soldiers and horses.


    Looking at the emperor''s position in front of him, Zhao Zilong suddenly felt a little hot eyed and said, "brothers, do you think I''m going to move?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and said, "how do you move?"


    Zhao Zilong said: "don''t you see that Xiake has built a county in Shuofang, brother? I think he should gradually unify the whole Shuofang in one or two years. Isn''t Qi a vassal then? I mean, there are still several counties in Bingzhou that haven''t been taken back. Shall I try it, too? "


    When they heard this, they knew that Zhao Zilong couldn''t sit still. Huangfu Chaobo said: "brother Zilong, I sincerely advise you not to move your mind. The reason why the Xiake dares to attack Shuofang is that he has two generals, one military and one military. Moreover, I tell you that he recruited the Xiongnu Youxian king who attacked Luoyang a few days ago, and the two thousand Xiongnu cavalry soldiers who went to the base became his dish."


    "With the strength of your zilonghui, even if you win a county, you may not be able to hold it. You know, it''s basically useless without powerful cavalry in that place. Besides, there are also strong generals and valiant soldiers. Do you know how long they trained before they left? From the time you brought him to me to the time before you sent out. "


    Zhao Zilong is one of those people who can''t get nine cows back once they decide. The more Huangfu and Chaobo persuade him, the more he wants to try.


    After thinking for half a day, he said, "Chaobo, I''ll give those soldiers in the county to Huang Zhonglian for a few months. What do you say? As for the civil and military generals, I can''t recruit them slowly when I get down to the county. I''ll be a county magistrate. I think it''s not a problem for my warriors to run a county? "


    Huangfu Chaobo and zonghengtian looked at each other, nodded helplessly and said, "OK, are you sure you really want to go?"


    "Sure, sure, sure! You have to help me with the problem of soldiers and horses. " Zhao Zilong said;


    "well, it''s impossible to buy soldiers from me, but I can ask people to bring back 1000 Xianbei slaves from Longhua. These are all captured Xianbei cavalry. If you turn them into cavalry again, it will save a lot of things, but I''m afraid that your warriors will not be able to control these alien cavalry."


    "I''ll let people bring back some Xianbei generals. You always do it, don''t you? Oh, what evil have I done? you''re asking for it. By the way, brother, it''s clear that the slaves all want to pay for it. "


    Zhao Zilong was very happy and said, "really, thank you so much. I''m going to let people prepare to go. By the way, what else should I prepare? Chaobo, since you have prepared for the swordsman, it must be clear. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded. Now that he was ready to help him, he would have to think about it all. Fortunately, his fleet had already opened the route to leting. This time he sent weapons and equipment to western Liaoning, it happened that a group of horses and slaves came back.


    As for the other things that should be prepared, they were already familiar with them. So several people discussed the details and told Zhao Zilong what to prepare. They explained to him one by one. The rest of them also gave Zhao Zilong some advice from time to time.


    Looking at all the people in the hall, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought something and said, "ladies and gentlemen, I suddenly have an idea!"


    Several people were stunned and looked up at Huangfu Chaobo. They didn''t know what he thought. Huangfu Chaobo said: "why don''t we set up an alliance, boss Zongheng? Didn''t you set up a player alliance in changshe at that time? We have also set up an alliance. It is convenient for allies to communicate with each other, and it is also convenient for them to communicate with each other on the alliance channel. "


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t like to deal with other players, but as his territory becomes larger and larger, he will inevitably have to deal with all kinds of people. If there is such an alliance, many things can be done by allies instead of everything by himself.After a little consideration, several people agreed with Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion. Therefore, several people discussed the name of the alliance, the relationship between the members of the alliance, and the responsibilities and obligations of each member. In particular, for new members to join the alliance, first of all, the territory must be at or above the county level, and must reach the consent of more than half of the members before joining.


    As a result, the player alliance named "Star Alliance" was established in Luoyang City. Huangfu Chaobo must be the leader of the alliance, while the deputy leader is Zong hengxia and Zhao Zilong. For the time being, the members will only kill the wrong wolf, Lao Du, Xiao jiejie, and Wenwen as far away as leting.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, and then proposed to invite one person to join, that is, Xiake. After several months of familiarity, Huangfu Chaobo felt that Xiake had vision, ability and courage, but his character was also trustworthy.


    Although Lou Ci was against Huangfu Chaobo and used the means from behind, it was beyond reproach. The reason why Huangfu Chaobo thought his character was good was from his behavior and attitude towards his subordinates and the local people.

 Chapter 609

    Zhao Zilong also dealt with Xiake several times. After hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s proposal, he thought it over and agreed with it. The others also agreed. Well, the alliance has just been established, and now no one has formed their own ideas. When Huangfu Chaobo made a proposal, no one opposed it.


    Seeing that everyone had no opinion, Huangfu Chaobo also immediately sent a personal message to Xiake.


    At this time, the Xiake is still busy with Gaolan qubei, leading the soldiers to improve the defense of Guangmu city. It has been two days since they occupied the county, but the outpost outside has not found any trace of the enemy.


    I didn''t expect to receive the news that Huangfu Chaobo invited me to join the league. I looked at the members of the league, mainly Huangfu Chaobo, Zhao Zilong and zongwang. After a little meditation, the Xiake agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s invitation.


    After a few months of contact, Xiake still recognizes Huangfu Chaobo as a person. Zhao Zilong himself has dealt with him several times. He has a good reputation among the players, and now he has no conflict of interest with them.


    In addition to the personal communication and chat function between players, there are also alliance channels and the whole game channel. However, the chat of game channel is too expensive. It takes one gold to speak once. No one is willing to waste the money, so basically there are only system prompts.


    The League channel needs to be opened, and it can be used all the time. Of course, the cost of setting up the league is not low. Players like zonghengxia usually open only the League channel of a county area. Zhao Zilong''s Zilong will open only a few branch channels. The cost of Huangfu Chaobo to open the national channel is much higher than before A few noodles. One thing, however, is that all channels were closed during the war and reopened after the war.


    After getting the Xiake''s consent, Huangfu Chaobo quickly applied for the league, and then opened the League channel, pulling everyone into the League channel.


    For a moment, the League channel was full of excitement.


    Seeing that everyone came in, Huangfu Chaobo interrupted everyone''s laughter and said, "well, let me just say a little bit. We set up this alliance to provide a platform for free communication. In addition to Xiake and Wenwen, we should be familiar with other things. Xiake and we don''t know each other. Now Shuofang development, Wenwen''s words, In the development of western Liaoning, I believe you will soon be able to hear her broadcast


    "Xiake, I want to tell you one thing. Zilong may come to Wuyuan for development in a while, and then you two can support each other. As for me, if you need any support, please open your mouth. Those who can help will give you full support. "


    The Xiake was stunned at first, and then quickly figured out the joints. In a short period of time, he focused on Shuofang at most. As for other places, he certainly didn''t care about it. After such a fuss, other player forces would certainly turn their eyes to the edge. It''s better to have a friendly force than to give it to others.


    Then the knight immediately said with a smile: "brother Zilong wants to come to Wuyuan. That''s great. I''m thinking that it''s hard to support alone. Now with brother Zilong, it''s the best."


    "You''re welcome, brother Xiake. Don''t blame your brother for robbing your territory." Zhao Zilong replied immediately;


    "no, now I can''t even take care of Shuofang, where can I take care of Wuyuan? It''s best to have brother Zilong on the side, but brother is telling the truth."


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo emphasized some matters needing attention and others in the alliance again. Then he thought that everyone in the alliance is the Lord, and it is impossible to pay attention to the information in the alliance at any time. So he proposed to let Jia Jing and Nightingale come to the alliance. They are relatively free, and if there is something, at least some people will know, and others will know All agreed.


    Huangfu Chaobo also inquired about the defense of Xiake county. When he learned that no enemy had been found yet, and Fu Xun''s fleet would arrive the day after tomorrow, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. It seems that Xiake should be able to stand firm in Shuofang. Then they chatted about other things, and then they got out of the chat.


    After leaving the alliance chat room, Zhao Zilong left Luoyang and went back to his territory to do his own business. With Huangfu Chaobo''s promise, Zhao Zilong and zonghengtianxia are actively preparing. They bought 1000 big yellow crossbows from Huangfu Chaobo to train crossbow soldiers. Zhao Zilong''s bowmen were directly sent to Luoyang for Huang Zhong''s training. Zonghengtianxia needs Huang Zhong to go to changshe to train them for him.


    While the others were busy, Lao Du and Xiao Jie led several military personnel from Luoyang to Zhongmou and Kaifeng to prepare for the cultivation at the beginning of next month. In the meantime, shacuolang borrowed a drawing of a small pass from Huangfu Chaobo and planned to build a pass in changxigou, which was in the southwest of Luyang.


    It''s only 50 or 60 li away from Luyang, and it only takes one day for the soldiers to March. However, it''s more than 100 li away from Zhixian, which takes two or three days. For Luyang, it''s a very good place for defense. This pass is named changxigou pass. As the most important pass in the southwest of Luyang, it can be as stable as Mount Tai with 2000 soldiers as Huangfu Chaobo said.The Allies left one after another, and Huangfu Chaobo also began to be busy with his own affairs. In order to go north for the mission, all the troops Huangfu Chaobo brought this time had to learn riding skills. Therefore, both the trapped camp and the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers are starting to practice riding skills from now on, and there are only 15 elite soldiers in Dianwei''s hands. Up to now, they are also stepping up their training skill.


    Two days later, several masters in the imperial city sent people to report that the Zhuge crossbow had been trial produced. They asked Huangfu Chaobo to test the crossbow in the workshop.


    Leading Shi a few people hurried to the workshop in the imperial city. When they entered the workshop, they saw several masters standing in the courtyard with a happy face, holding a crossbow just like the one on the drawing.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo came in, several people came forward to salute and said, "I''ve lived up to the general''s high expectations. I''ve finally made Zhuge crossbow, so I''d like to invite the general to test it." Then master Wu, the blacksmith, gave the crossbow to Huangfu Chaobo.


    One hand took the crossbow, Huangfu Chaobo side carefully looking at the properties of the crossbow, while non-stop praise: "good, good.",. I''ve worked hard for a few masters, and I''ve worked hard for a few masters. I''ll order them to reward each with 100 taels of silver. "


    "Thank you, general!" On hearing this, they were overjoyed and quickly went forward to thank them.

 Chapter 610

    "ZHUGE crossbow: it is said that it was made by Zhuge Marquis Wu. One crossbow with ten arrows can be fired in a flash. Its speed is almost equal to that of the most elite archers, and its attack is powerful. Its range is 100 steps. It is a special equipment for Yuanrong crossbow soldiers."


    Sure enough, it''s Zhuge crossbow. After seeing the properties of the crossbow, Huangfu Chaobo can''t wait to lead the crowd to the workshop''s test ground. Someone has already set up the target. From fifty steps to 150 steps, all kinds of targets have been set.


    As soon as he entered the entrance, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t wait to start the test firing. After ten crossbows were installed, Huangfu Chaobo pulled the trigger towards the 100 step target. Only a "buzz" was heard, and an arrow flew straight to the target. "Bang" hit the target. Although it didn''t hit the target, it was also nailed to the target steadily.


    Then it''s winding up and firing. Ten arrows in a row were faster than his usual archery. When he looked at the opposite side, all the ten arrows were firmly nailed to the target.


    Huang Zhong was also very pleased with the result. After taking the crossbow from Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Zhong would start to shoot from 50 steps to 150 steps, all of which would be tested again. With Huang Zhong''s master level archery, he could hit the bull''s-eye in 130 steps, but after 130 steps, he would only hit 5 in 10, even more in 140 It''s short. 150 steps has basically lost accuracy.


    Then he tested his attack power. The distance of 50 steps is enough to break heavy armor or double light armor. The distance of 100 steps is basically no problem. Seeing this result, everyone was stunned and surprised.


    After the test firing, Huang Zhong said happily: "young master, if the Yuanrong crossbow is equipped with this crossbow, if it is divided into three sections, it can be said that it can be launched continuously. Within a distance of 100 to 50 steps, it can be said that it is an insurmountable death zone for the enemy. Of course, this Yuanrong crossbow is not invincible. One is the same kind of crossbow, the other is the more powerful bed crossbow or catapult. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head and said, "there''s another branch that hasn''t appeared yet. The heavily armored cavalry, under the condition of bearing certain casualties, approaches the attack. You know, the crossbow soldiers of Yuanrong are not very strong in defense." However, Huangfu Chaobo did not say that.


    Turning to the masters, he said: "from now on, masters, we will spare no effort to make this kind of crossbow. Not only you, but also all the craftsmen in the crossbow workshop will take part in it. The one stone rhubarb crossbow and the two stone rhubarb crossbow will stop first. Don''t be afraid to waste materials. In half a month, we will see at least one thousand. "


    When they heard this, they were stunned at first, and then said with embarrassment: "report back to the general, it will be more difficult to reach 1000 in half a month."


    "At least how much will be provided to Ben?"


    After some discussion, several people said: "if only the crossbow workshop participated, it could reach 500 at most. If the craftsmen of other workshops were transferred to refine various materials, it should still reach more than 800."


    "OK, order, so the craftsmen of the workshop are all dispatched by you. If they reach 1000 in half a month, they will be rewarded heavily!" Huangfu Chaobo gritted his teeth and said, "it''s not that he''s too anxious, but how to do his own task. He has no bottom in his heart. Now Luoyang is stable. It''s the most appropriate time to go out and do this task.". With the success of Xiake in Guangmu, the development of players will certainly be more rapid, which gives Huangfu Chaobo a wake-up call. You know, he doesn''t even have complete control of Sizhou, so he must speed up.


    When they heard this, they all bowed to accept the order.


    On February 25, Xiake sent a message in the alliance chat room, saying that his fleet had arrived in Guangmu, and all the personnel and materials had arrived smoothly. Meanwhile, the Rangers outside had found that there were more than 20000 miscellaneous Hu cavalry troops coming towards Guangmu. It was estimated that the battle would start in two days. However, now the defense in Guangmu city has been basically restored, and there are more than 15000 soldiers in the city. What we need to consider is what we will get from this battle.


    On the 27th, the United forces of zahu cavalry launched an attack on Guangmu, because they got the news that Guangmu was occupied by Han troops with about 5000 horsemen, so each department recruited 20000 soldiers. However, because the cavalry of qubei shielded the situation of Guangmu very well, the zahu allied forces did not know that there were six thousand soldiers and nearly ten thousand civilian men in Guangmu.


    As soon as the battle was fought, the Allied forces were defeated by the crossbows coming from the city, killing and injuring more than a thousand people. Then Gao Lan seized the opportunity and ordered the despicable cavalry to follow him. He didn''t stop until more than a hundred steps in front of the Allied forces, causing more than a thousand losses to the Allied forces.


    Later, unwilling coalition forces launched several rounds of attacks, which were easily repulsed by Gaolan. Seeing that it was getting late, the Allied forces had to withdraw and prepare to mobilize reinforcements from the tribes tomorrow. Because they had not fought with the Han army for many years, the zahu departments did not think that the Han Army dared to go out to fight at night, so the defense of the night camp was not very tight.


    Who knows that in the evening, Gao Lan, who got the situation of the coalition camp, made a decisive attack. With the crossbow and arrow of the guard, two thousand Hun cavalry followed him, three thousand cavalry died in the end, quickly attacked the coalition camp, and killed the zahu coalition, which was defeated and defeated. The war ended in one day. After the war, less than a thousand people were lost, but twenty percent of the Hu allied forces were defeated. Among them, nearly five thousand were killed and killed, more than four thousand soldiers were captured, nearly ten thousand horses were captured, and the rest were scattered. This result surprised Huangfu Chaobo and others, and made Zhao Zilong more confident in his plan.On the morning of the 30th, Zhao Yun led the Long Xiang army and Hua Xiong led the Bao Tao army back to Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo led Luoyang officials out of the city to welcome them. Then at noon, a banquet was held in Pingdong general''s mansion to celebrate the achievements of the generals. In the afternoon of that day, Huaxiong led the baotao army to Hanoi by water and took charge of huaixian county. After huaixian County became stable, Pingdong general''s office would begin to take charge of Hanoi.


    On March 1, the third year of Zhongping, the whole big man calmed down. There was nothing else. The first round of farming started this year. Now all the Lords in the game, including the NPC princes, understand the importance of their own power in grain production. Therefore, they are not willing to fight in the period of grain production unless they have to.


    Especially for the people around Luoyang, they haven''t been able to grow grain well for two years. Now Luoyang has been stable, so after the end of this year, some people begin to prepare for planting grain in March.

 Chapter 611

    Not only Luoyang, but also Hongnong and Hanoi under the control of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Especially in Hanoi, although Zaozhi is now the county magistrate, he is still the Diannong Zhongying general appointed by Huangfu Chaobo. So after the new year, he began to lead Hanoi garrison to prepare the fields, waiting for Huaxiong''s 15000 baotao troops and 5000 Xiliang cavalry to arrive in huaixian.


    Zao just handed over the defense of Huai county to baotao army, and led 15000 garrison troops to open up the field.


    Until March 10, the end of the first season of this year''s grain growing period, the whole game is peaceful. People who don''t know think the world is peaceful. As a result, as soon as the planting of grain on the 10th ended, the game started again that night.


    The first one to go to war was Xiaobai in Yizhou. After occupying Hanjia, Xiaobai had been dormant for nearly half a year. Who knows, as soon as he finished planting grain, he started.


    Now we all know that Li Yan is the number one general under him. Although his reputation is not very good in the later period, his ability is too strong. It can be said that he is a real brick, and he can move where he needs.


    Li Yan led five thousand troops to Tu County on the evening of the 10th, and arrived outside Tu County in the early morning of the 11th. Then, when the yellow scarf army opened the gate in the morning, he suddenly sent troops to seize the gate, and then the army entered the city. The unexpected yellow scarf army was defeated in an instant, and Li Yan captured Tu County in only half a day.


    Later, Li Yan did not continue to attack. Instead, he closed the gate of the city and prepared for the counterattack of the yellow scarf army.


    On the morning of the 11th, huangjintianxia suddenly launched an attack on puwu County, which was controlled by the Heishan army. After the defeat in Luoyang last year, the strength of the Heishan army was greatly damaged. Because of the fear of Jizhou army''s attack, the main force retreated, leaving only part of the troops to guard the occupied counties of Changshan and Zhongshan.


    However, Liu Shi, the general of the yellow scarf world, was not the one who went to battle this time, but another general, whose posture was better than that of Liu Shi. Later, the players learned that this general was actually Li Tong, a general under Cao Cao in history.


    Maybe they have an agreement. Xintianyou also attacks xiangwangdu.


    Not only the players, but also the warlords. Mount Tai bandits attack Xuzhou again. This time, their target is still Langya, and the night incense forces again.


    Lu Bu sent troops to Taiyuan County, while Yuan Shao also turned his eyes to Qingzhou, and Cao Cao turned his eyes to Shanyang County beside him, while Gongsun Yue of Liaodong turned his troops and horses to drive the imperial hegemony back to Qingzhou. Yuan Shu also ordered Yuan Yi to prepare to control the war in Yangzhou.


    For a moment, the whole Great Han war broke out, and when the intelligence came from all directions, he was stunned to see Huangfu Chaobo.


    At this time, a thousand Tui cavalry soldiers far away in Longhua have arrived in Luoyang. The leader is Hao Jian, the adult of wuheng nationality who joined Tian Yu. At this time, he is the cavalry captain of Tui cavalry in Huyan. At the same time, 3000 horses came back, including 1000 good horses and 2000 war horses.


    After more than ten days of hard work, the craftsman''s workshop has been working day and night, and has finally driven out 1500 crossbows. However, half of them are only qualified, the other half are good, and only a hundred of them reach the excellent level.


    Huang Zhong has also trained their Crossbow Skills and riding skills to an intermediate level, and under his guidance, Zhao Cen, the Deputy General of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, has been able to skillfully command the soldiers to carry out three stage attacks. As for Gao Shun''s camp, they have already trained their riding skills to intermediate level.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo decided to set out after three days'' rest.


    The reason for the three-day rest is that, at Jia Jing''s invitation, Nightingale also decided to play with them on the grassland, which made Zhou Wen in western Liaoning envious. Unfortunately, the construction of leting has come to the end. Now, only some buildings have not been fully upgraded, and the population is still a little short. It is estimated that it will take ten days and a half months at most The upgrade requirements can be met.


    Three days later, on March 14, when everything was ready, Huangfu Chaobo handed over all the affairs of Sizhou to the people left behind, and led the traveling generals and horses to board the navy ships outside the South Gate of Luoyang.


    This time, there were 15 soldiers of tiebiying, commander gaoshun (863), Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, commander Zhao cen (1500) and Tujia soldiers, commander Hao Jian (1000), Shi a and ten shadow guards, and he ruolong and his golden carving. There were more than 35000 people in total, plus a good horse and a war horse, a total of more than 7000 Horse.


    Of course, there are Jia Jing and Pang Tong.


    Starting from Luoyang, follow the Luoshui River to the northeast to enter the river, then turn to the west to enter along the river to the west, and then turn to the north after arriving at the entrance of Weishui river. It''s the same route that the knight errant led the cavalry to take a month ago. However, Huangfu Chaobo and his party are much easier to go than Xiake. After all, it''s spring now and farming is over.


    However, even so, it took more than ten days to get to Guangmu city. Today''s Guangmu city has changed a long time ago. You can see fields more than ten miles outside the city.


    Although it can''t be compared with the original territory of Luoyang Xiake, these are fertile lands. It only takes one to two years to meet the requirements of Liangtian. At that time, Guangmu city will basically be able to achieve food self-sufficiency. Of course, if Xiake wants to seize the time to expand his territory, he still needs to buy a lot of food in the past three to five years.After giving three thousand soldiers to General Zhao cenji to set up camp outside the city, Huangfu Chaobo led Dian Wei, Jia Jing and the soldiers of Tiebi camp into Guangmu city under the guidance of Xiake.


    Guangmu city is a fortress. If we want to say the difference between Guangmu city and the Central Plains city, it is that the buildings in the city are mostly civil structures, rather than the common brick and stone structures in the Central Plains city.


    Along the way, the city has been well organized. It can be seen that Fu Xun, a knight errant subordinate, is very capable. The county seat is not big, which is the size of the small town in Central China. It is estimated that it can accommodate up to 30000 or 50000 people. The border city is not like the Central Plains, and the expansion of the city is not easy.


    Along the way, the Xiake introduced Guangmu to Huangfu Chaobo. Although the first World War defeated the zahu allied forces, it was not easy for the Xiake to survive. First, there was no danger around Guangmu, and the zahu cavalry should be prevented from invading at any time. Second, the Han people were different from the Hu people. The Hu people could walk if they couldn''t fight, but the Han people couldn''t.


    For this, Xiake and others can only buy grain from the Central Plains on the one hand, and on the other hand, speed up the construction of Tunpu around Guangmu. Once something happens, the people who farm outside can hide in the temporary wall of Tunpu and wait for the rescue of the soldiers in the city.

 Chapter 612

    In fact, the location of Guangmu city is very good. It is located in the Hetao Plain and Wulat grassland, which is called the south of the Great Wall. It is adjacent to the Yellow River in the south, Wujia River in the north, Wuliangsuhai in the East and tushenze in the West. It''s really a good place with lots of rivers and fertile land.


    Of course, the premise is to be able to control it all. So that''s why Xiake still welcomes Zhao Zilong to Wuyuan. He urgently needs an ally to share the pressure.


    Huangfu''s Chaobo army only took a rest in Guangmu for one day, and the next day led the troops back to Wuliang suhai. The reason why we come to Guangmu is to see the development of our allies, and also to supplement food and grass. Fortunately, it is spring now, and there is enough grass on the grassland. Horses only need to supplement refined food.


    As early as after the establishment of the alliance, the Xiake purchased a large amount of grain from Huangfu Chaobo''s allies, and the transportation was handed over to the chamber of Commerce of the Zilong society. Huangfu Chaobo also paid them to transport some grain, which was enough for his 3000 troops for half a year. However, it would take some time for these grains to arrive, so he came to Guangmu to borrow some grain first.


    On March 30, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived at Wuliang suhai. After several years, they came to the lake again. Huangfu Chaobo did not find any changes in the lake. However, compared with the last time, Huangfu Chaobo was full of confidence.


    Arrange Hao Jian''s cavalry to be on guard, and then Huangfu Chaobo and his party follow Pang Tong to check by the lake. At this time, Pang Tong had already lost his usual smile, holding the map given to him by Huangfu Chaobo in his hand, constantly comparing the surrounding scenery and map.


    Finally, after more than an hour of continuous search, Pang Tong stopped at a place by the lake. It''s not close to the lake, but there is a large forest on the bank. There are about a thousand steps along the lake, and it seems that there are hundreds of steps from the outside of the forest to the lake. Standing here and comparing carefully for a moment, Pang Tong said solemnly: "general. The eye of this array is here. "


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the forest for miles and said, "Shiyuan, are you sure? What''s the way here except for the woods? "


    Pang Tong shook his head and said, "no mistake. This forest looks like an ordinary forest. In fact, it''s an ancient formation. It''s called the eight gate golden lock formation. However, the arrangers made a cover up. After they got the drawing, Tong and Yuanzhi studied it carefully for several days, so they couldn''t be wrong."


    "If it''s all right, there''s another cave behind this forest. If the general doesn''t believe it, he ruolong''s golden carving can be sent to have a look. "


    After all, as a modern man, he has never seen any array before. So he nodded to he ruolong. Seeing this, he reached out and patted the golden eagle on his shoulder. He didn''t know what he said to the bird. Then he saw the Golden Eagle scream and soar into the sky.


    Half a quarter of an hour later, the Golden Eagle flew back, and then he ruolong said to Huangfu Chaobo, "general, the Golden Eagle only saw a big cloud of smoke in the middle of the lake, and there was no other discovery."


    He ruolong''s words brightened pangtong''s eyes, and he said with a laugh, "sure enough


    "What did Shi Yuan find?"


    "General, if Tong is right, the smoky place in the lake should be an island, and the array here is to cover up the exit of the island." Pang Tong''s words moved Huangfu Chaobo''s heart.


    Wuliangsuhai Lake is a very large lake in reality. It is about ten li wide from east to west and nearly 100 li long from north to south. If it is slightly enlarged in the game, it will not be difficult to hide one or several islands that are several Li in size.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought, "Shiyuan means that the back of the Great Wall Legion is on the island, and this forest is their access to the outside world."


    Pang Tong nodded and said, "don''t you just go in and have a look?"


    Then he was ready to go into the woods. Just as he was about to start, suddenly he stopped and said, "it''s OK for the commander, general Dian and his personal guards to go in. The other generals are waiting here. If there are too many people, they will not be able to carry out their duties."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and ordered Gao Shun to wait here. Then he led Dianwei and others to follow Pang Tong and prepare to enter the array to have a look.


    Seeing that the party was ready, Pang Tong said: "please keep up with me, general and all of you. Don''t make mistakes, or you will worry about your life."


    Looking at Pang Tong''s serious face, everyone felt nervous and nodded seriously. So Pang Tong was in the front, Dian Wei was in the back, followed by several iron guards, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing were in the middle, followed by several iron guards, and finally Shi a and some shadow guards. A group of people carefully followed Pang Tong behind, slowly toward the depths of the forest.


    Pang Tong walked cautiously into the woods from among the trees. After entering, he took several steps forward and turned to the right. After ten steps forward, Pang Tong turned again, and then moved dozens of steps forward and turned again. After dozens of turns, they suddenly felt that their eyes were bright. They looked forward. They had gone through the woods and came to the lake.However, although he had arrived at the lake, he could see that there was still a place by the lake that seemed to be surrounded by smoke and could not be sent away. It seemed that there was some secret in it. When Huangfu Chaobo was about to ask, suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo heard the system prompt in his ear: "Congratulations, players, you found the relic territory of the Great Wall army of the Qin Dynasty."


    "Ha. Sure enough, we have found Shiyuan. " As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s words came to an end, the fog gradually became thin, and then people''s vision gradually became clear. Slowly, a plank road appeared in front of people. This small plank road stretched to the center of the lake. Looking to the extreme, the end of the plank road seemed to be an island.


    "Sure enough Pang Tong murmured to himself,


    "go..." Just when Huangfu Chaobo was ready to step on the plank road, Shi a came forward to hold it, and then several shadow guards quickly walked on the plank road and went towards the end of the plank road. After several hundred steps on the plank road, they decided there was no problem and sent one person back. The others continued to walk towards the center of the lake.


    Half an hour later, another shadow guard turned around again and reported to Huangfu Chaobo: "general Qi, after several miles to the west along the plank road, his subordinates finally arrived on a big island. However, the people on the island dressed strangely, but they were not obviously hostile to us even though they were on guard."

 Chapter 613

    After hearing this, Huangfu was overjoyed. If so, he could not find the territory of the Great Wall Legion. Despite Shi A''s obstruction, he led Jia Jing to the plank road. Seeing this, Shi a quickly led a group of shadow guards to the front of several people and took the lead to the plank road and headed for the island.


    After walking for several miles, he saw an island in front of him. Huangfu Chaobo said in secret: "no matter how good the weather is, you can''t see the situation in the middle of the lake at such a long distance. No wonder even if the weather is very good, you can''t see the situation in the middle of the lake when you stand by the lake. Moreover, before the formation is cracked, it seems that the island is covered by a layer of fog from the outside, which makes it more beautiful It increases its concealment.


    Moreover, it is located on the edge of the lake. Basically, it is dominated by Hu people. They are not good at fishing, so there are no fishing boats in the lake. But Huangfu Chaobo felt that there was no shortage of salt and iron medicine on the island for hundreds of years from the end of Qin Dynasty to the end of Han Dynasty?


    With these doubts, Huangfu Chaobo and his party set foot on this island, which has not been set foot by outsiders for hundreds of years.


    When he set foot on the island, Huangfu Chaobo saw that several shadow guards who arrived first were confronting a group of people. However, both sides didn''t mean to fight each other. They just stared at each other.


    When Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived, a group of people came behind the other party. Huangfu Chaobo looked up and saw that the leader was an old man with gray hair. Beside him stood an old man who was slightly younger than him. Behind them stood several middle-aged men. Looking back at them, there were dozens of young men. Although their weapons were not pulled out, they all put their hands on the handle of the knife.


    Another look at these people''s clothes, but they are all the clothes of the Qin Dynasty before the Han Dynasty. In this way, Huangfu Chaobo is more sure that he has found the descendants of the Great Wall Corps.


    The old man with white hair also saw Huangfu Chaobo and his party who had just been on the island. He saw that Huangfu Chaobo was all dressed in military uniform. He knew that he was the person in charge, so he said, "where do you come from?"


    Huangfu Chaobo saluted and said, "I''m from the Central Plains. I''ve been asked to look for the descendants of the two generals of the Mongolian king in the pre Qin period. I don''t know the old man..." With that, Huangfu Chaobo handed over the map in Pang Tong''s hand to a middle-aged man in front of the old man.


    The old man took the map from Huangfu Chaobo, opened it, and immediately exclaimed, "how can you have the handwriting relics of our ancestors?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. It was clearly a map. How did it turn into calligraphy? When he looked up at the old man, his eyes suddenly widened. The map in front of him disappeared, but it became a letter.


    The general meaning of the letter is that now the Qin Dynasty has perished, so the two families and the descendants of the Great Wall Corps don''t need to hide. They can let the people and the people holding the letter return to the Central Plains to settle down, instead of staying in this frontier fortress.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, he quickly realized that he had just saved a man from a mountain bandit in Bingzhou a few years ago. He handed the handwritten script to himself before he died. Then, because he didn''t know the array at all, he didn''t find the solution to the array until today, and then found the island in the lake.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the old man quickly said that he and others were indeed the descendants of the two generals of the king of Mongolia and the Great Wall army. The old man was Meng Ping, the current patriarch. Next to him was Wang Ding, a younger descendant of the king''s family. Behind them were the Guard commander and his subordinates.


    Meng Ping handed the handwriting to several people around him and passed it around. Then he said to Huangfu Chaobo, "Dear guest, come far and bring the handwriting of our ancestors. I''m not afraid. It''s just the birth of the baby. Please go to the mansion with me and have a detailed talk with you."


    Then he turned around and led them to the residence in the middle of the island.


    Along the way, old man Meng Ping didn''t mean to hide anything from Huangfu Chaobo. He had questions and answers about Huangfu Chaobo.


    As expected by Huangfu Chaobo, the reality of Wuliangsuhai Lake has been expanded. The whole lake is about 100 li long from north to South and 40 Li wide from east to west. There are several islands about 10 Li Long and 10 Li wide in the middle of the lake.


    As early as after Qin Wei''s Great Wall army went south, the left behind army got the news of the destruction of the Great Wall army, then led the remaining personnel to retreat to these islands, and then used the array already arranged by the ancestors to hide the islands.


    In the following hundreds of years from the end of Qin Dynasty to the end of Han Dynasty, the descendants of the Great Wall Legion multiplied generation after generation on this island. However, because they were far away from the Central Plains, they were short of medicine. Several hundred years later, several major disasters and epidemics left only 30000 or less than 40000 Qin descendants.


    Even so, they still trained thousands of soldiers, including more than a thousand cavalry. Several islands with tens of square kilometers maintained more than a thousand elite cavalry. Among the other thousands of soldiers, there were more than a thousand Da Qin Ruishi, who were the elite soldiers of the great Qin Empire sweeping the world.


    The descendants of the Qin and Wang nationalities are nearly a thousand Qin sharp soldiers trained by the Da Qin''s military training method. As for the soldiers of other nationalities, there are hundreds of crossbow soldiers and long halberd soldiers.


    The group soon arrived at the residence in the middle of the island. They could see that it was like a castle, but it was only the size of a big town. Seeing the surprise of Huangfu Chaobo, Meng said, "there are several islands in the lake. There is a town on each island, and there are thousands to thousands of people living in it."Looking at several people who knew everything about themselves, Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange. When his charm was so great, could he let them join him as long as he found them?


    It''s a pity that now, whether it''s tens of thousands of people or these soldiers, it''s just a dispensable egg for themselves. Well, if we had found them when we first came here, maybe it would have been another scene.


    After entering one of the biggest houses in the town and everyone sat down, old man Meng Ping said, "let your guests know that our ancestors have passed down the precepts. If the descendants of the Great Wall army want to join the world, they need to obtain a keepsake from their ancestors."


    I''ll go. Where can I get your ancestors'' keepsake. I said, how can it be such a simple thing? The pit is here. So he said, "Mr. Meng, how can the boy get this keepsake?"


    Meng Ping and Wang an looked at each other, took an object out of their respective arms, and then handed it to Huangfu Chaobo, saying: "Zuxun has said that if these two objects are handed over to someone who has a destiny, he will have a way to get the keepsake."

 Chapter 614

    Huangfu Chaobo took the object in their hands, but when he saw it, a token was divided into two parts. When he took it, the two objects were combined. The golden light flashed in front of him, and the two half tokens were perfectly combined. Meng Ping and Wang an were both very excited and said, "you are really predestined friends. Some people in our ancestors tried to match these two things, but they didn''t succeed."


    When Huangfu Chaobo looked at his hand again, it turned out to be a "duplicate token" with "battle of Julu" written on the back. Well, seeing these, Huang Po Chao feels that he has no way to make complaints about it.


    That''s what I know. Do I have to do the copy task for these 30000 or 40000 people and thousands of troops? I don''t know if I can recruit some generals. Otherwise, I really don''t know if it''s worth it.


    Well, if it''s not that seeing the copy task doesn''t consume the time of the main line of the game, and it doesn''t really damage the main line of the game, Huangfu Chaobo really has to measure whether he wants to do this task.


    Looking at the copy token, Huangfu Chaobo was lost in thought. He didn''t know what was going on in the copy, whether he could bring soldiers and horses into the copy, if he could, how many soldiers and horses he could bring, and how far the copy had progressed when he went in?


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo gently clicks a button on the token, and immediately there is a system prompt: "congratulations to the player, triggering the Great Wall regiment''s WTO entry task. To complete this task, you need to enter the copy task - Battle of Julu. The player needs to obtain the keepsake of Wang Li, the chief General of Great Wall regiment, in the copy task of battle of Julu. The player can carry no more than 5000 soldiers Ma enters the replica. Do you want to enter the Replica now? If you want to enter the copy now, please select the soldiers you are carrying, and then click OK to enter the copy. "


    Seeing this, Huang Fu Chao was relieved. He wanted to get a keepsake in it. Fortunately, he could bring thousands of soldiers into it. However, in the war of hundreds of thousands of people, thousands of people did not know if it would be useful.


    Click on Bingma, and Huangfu Chaobo finds that the only Bingma he brings to Bingzhou is the one he chooses. If he doesn''t want to, Huangfu Chaobo will choose all the Bingma, and then click "confirm".


    In a flash, more than 3000 people and more than 7000 horses appeared outside a county. Huangfu Chaobo looked up at the gate and finally confirmed that they were in Jiuyuan City, the headquarters of the Great Wall Corps.


    According to the tip, they entered the copy at the beginning of the battle of Julu, that is, in November of the third year of Qin II. It is recorded that at this time, the Qin army should have arrived around Julu to encircle Julu. Xiang Yu should have begun to prepare to kill Song Yi, and then led the troops to the north to solve the encirclement of Julu.


    As for the battle of Julu, Huangfu Chaobo specially checked the information of the Great Wall Corps on the Internet for half a day. Finally, the more he looked at it, the more confused he became. Some people said that the battle of Julu was because Zhang Han deliberately ignored the Great Wall corps, while others said that it was because Zhang Han was defeated by Xiang Yu''s army, so he failed to keep the corridor, resulting in Wang Li''s army''s defeat due to lack of food.


    In either case, the final result was the defeat of Wang Li and the destruction of the Great Wall Corps.


    It''s November now, but he''s still in Jiuyuan. It seems that he must speed up his way to Julu. Huangfu Chaobo remembers that Xiang Yu should have defeated the Great Wall Corps in December, and then killed Qin general Su Jiao. Qin general shejian set himself on fire. As for Wang Li''s capture or kill, there are different opinions, and there is no final conclusion.


    Therefore, if Huangfu Chaobo wants to get the keepsake from Wang Li, he must be rescued before Xiang Yu''s army defeats the Great Wall Corps in December.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered he ruolong''s golden eagle as a warning for the army, and Hao Jian led the Turpan cavalry as a forward to Jingxing pass.


    Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo colluded with Pang Tong about what he learned about the battle of Julu. After much discussion, they both felt that it was unrealistic for their 3000 troops to save Wang Li. Now they can only save Wang Li by using the strength of other two armies before the other besieged armies of the Great Wall Corps were defeated.


    Ten days later, that is, on November 15, the third year of Qin II, Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally arrived at the east of Neiqiu, north of Julu, where it was less than 200 Li to Julu.


    After arriving here, even Pang Tong was cautious. You know, Julu in the South was a battle of hundreds of thousands of people. If you are not careful, you will find that the three thousand soldiers and horses will sink in and there will be no water left without a few splashes, so you can''t help being careless.


    The army was hidden in a forest to the east of Neiqiu. Then Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered Hao Jian''s cavalry to go to Julu to inquire about the military situation. At the same time, he ruolong''s Golden Eagle immediately flew to the vicinity of Julu to inquire about the surrounding city.


    After a day and night''s rest, he ruolong''s flying eagle and Hao Jian''s cavalry returned one after another, bringing back the detailed military information of the battle.


    With the narration of he ruolong and Hao Jian, the whole situation of the war gradually unfolded in front of the public.


    Now on the battle field of Julu, Zhao army was surrounded by 200000 Great Wall legions in Julu city. At that time, Julu city was located in Jize County of later generations, and to the north of the city was the huge and vast Julu river. According to history, Julu River, also known as continental river, was a huge water river with a length of more than 100 li from north to South and tens of Li from east to west.Julu City, also known as Julu City, is located in the south of Julu city. Because it is adjacent to Julu city in the north, the siege of the Great Wall army is mainly in the southeast and West. Wang Li led 100000 troops to attack the south of Julu City, while Su Jiao and shejian led 50000 troops to attack the East and west walls respectively.


    Less than 50 miles to the southeast of Julu, there are tens of thousands of Zhao troops led by General Chen Yu of the state of Zhao. With them, there are also 250000 troops of other princes stationed within dozens of miles around Julu, which is nearly half more than 200000 princes in history. Their troops have surrounded Wang Li''s Great Wall army in the middle.


    Less than 30 miles southwest of Wang Li''s army were the 100000 troops of Zhang Han and the channel used to transport grain to Wang Li''s army.


    However, according to the news from jindiao, some of the Chu troops on the other side of zhangshui River have crossed the river and are now marching towards Yongdao, which is said to have damaged several corridors of the Qin army.


    Zhang Han''s army was poor to deal with the harassment of Chu army every day, but it still couldn''t stop the attack of Chu army. It seems that Wang Li''s army was short of food.

 Chapter 615

    In this case, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong felt very strange. It was clear that there were 100000 troops in Zhanghan. Why didn''t they take advantage of the grain and grass that the Chu army had accumulated for a period of time before crossing the river, and then the army rushed up and quickly destroyed Julu city.


    Well, they finally look at each other helplessly. It seems that there are some unknown secrets here, but these have nothing to do with themselves and others. All he had to do was to find Wang Li before the Great Wall army was defeated by Xiang Yu, but now this situation made Huangfu Chaobo dare not act rashly.


    You know, although the princes'' hundreds of thousands of troops did not attack Wang Li, they were all ready. If Huangfu Chaobo and more than 3000 cavalry rushed in at this time, it is estimated that there will be no return. Only God knows how much they can come out.


    Just when everyone thought that the military intelligence report had been completed, Hao Jian suddenly said: "general, when the general returns, he returns from the side of Xindu city. He finds that the number of Zhao troops in Xindu city seems to be small. Moreover, it may be because the princes have surrounded the Great Wall army, and the defense of Xindu city seems not very tight."


    On hearing this, Pang Tong said, "are you sure?"


    Hao jianlue hesitated and said, "I''m afraid I can''t confirm it because I''m in a hurry to get back to my life. However, according to the observation of the general at the end of the day, I think I''ll never leave."


    Pang Tong immediately went to the map and looked at it carefully. After a long time, he said, "general, send someone to investigate the situation of Xindu. If you don''t guess wrong, the breakthrough in this battle is in this city."


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered he ruolong and Hao Jian to find out the military situation in Xindu city as soon as possible, and they immediately went.


    It is said that Xindu was originally an important town of Zhao state, which was still the case after Qin unified the six states. However, when the six States rebelled, Xindu had been reoccupied by Zhao state. When Wang Li led the Great Wall army to the south, he captured Xindu again, and arranged thousands of Qin soldiers to garrison it. Unfortunately, when the Great Wall army besieged Julu, Xindu was once again occupied by the state of Zhao, which can be said to have changed hands several times.


    After entering the copy, Huangfu Chaobo also got a military position of Qin army, as a captain. Of course, the troops he led were the 3000 soldiers under his command. All the soldiers'' armor was changed into the color of Qin army, and his name was the reinforcements sent by the Great Wall army to Wang Li''s army.


    Now, if Huangfu Chaobo wants to get the keepsake from Wang Li, the best way is to save Wang Li and the Great Wall army. But the question is, will the generals such as the Great Wall army and Wang Li retreat? Would they be willing to retreat without seeing the strong fighting power of the Chu army under Xiang Yu''s command?


    Only when they found that Zhang Han''s army was unable to support themselves, the Great Wall army had no chance to withdraw.


    In the afternoon of that day, the situation of Xindu city had been explored. Sure enough, Xindu, which has changed hands several times, is now under the control of the Zhao army. In addition to Julu and several cities around Xindu, other cities of the Zhao army are still in the hands of the Qin army, so there are a lot of grain and grass stored in Xindu. However, because the Qin army had been surrounded by the princes, the defense of Xindu city was very lax.


    With the information of Xindu City, Pang Tong walked slowly to the map. After thinking for a long time, he slowly said to Huangfu Chaobo, "general, the breakthrough in this battle is Xindu city. General, although the Zhao army occupied Xindu, there were only less than 3000 soldiers defending it, and most of the other soldiers were led by General Chen Yu to rescue Julu. According to the information obtained at present, the princes'' army has surrounded General Wang Li, with Zhao Yan army in the East, Qi Chu Army in the South and Wei Han Army in the West. "


    With that, Pang Tong stopped for a moment, and then said, "although the Wei and Han armies and the Xindu garrison behind them are all allies, they are far from being close to each other. According to historical records, except for Xiang Yu and Song Yi, who were in charge of hundreds of thousands of elite soldiers in Chu''s army, the rest of the troops were mobs. Otherwise, they would not be able to fight against Wang Li''s general without hundreds of thousands of troops


    "Although there are only more than 3000 soldiers in our department, its combat power is far better than that of Zhao Jun. it''s not difficult to capture the letter if you have a mental calculation but no intention. After we have the Xindu, we can advance to attack, retreat to defend and remain invincible. "


    Then, he explained his next plan to Huangfu Chaobo and all the generals present one by one. After listening to Pang Tong''s plan, everyone was in a daze.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo was arranged according to pangtong''s plan.


    First of all, Gao Shun led the 200 trapped soldiers to dress up as a caravan and approach Xindu city when the gate is about to close. If everything goes well, Gao Shun''s headquarters will enter Xindu successfully. Then they steal the city at night, and open the gate to welcome the army into the city. If not, they will fight against the gate, and the army will be ready to support at any time.


    As Pang Tong expected, the Zhao army of Xindu city had really relaxed, and Gao Shun led the 200 trapped soldiers into the city smoothly.


    At night, Gao led 200 trapped soldiers to capture the north gate of Xindu city. Then he took the army into the city. It took half a night for Huangfu Chaobo''s army to take control of Xindu city. To Huangfu''s surprise, there were 5000 Qin prisoners in Xindu. With these 5000 Qin Army prisoners, Pang Tong''s plan was more sure to be carried out.Huangfu Chaobo quickly reorganized the prisoners of the Qin army in the city by taking advantage of his position as a captain of the Qin army. He selected 1000 soldiers as the vanguards and prepared to use them to fight in the battle. The remaining 4000 soldiers were used to guard the capital of Xindu in the early stage and had to rely on them when the army broke through. At the same time, they arranged people to pay close attention to the battle of Julu, and at the same time, they also made final preparations for the war.


    In the afternoon, Hao Jian and he ruolong brought back the latest progress of the war. Only one day, the war worsened so quickly that Huangfu Chaobo was unprepared.


    After arranging Pu Jun and yingbu to lead 20000 Chu troops across the river and cut off the corridor of Qin army, Xiang Yu also led 30000 Chu troops across the river, so the famous "burn the pot and sink the boat" in history happened as scheduled.


    After crossing the river, Xiang Yu joined the army who crossed the river first and launched a crazy attack on Zhang Han''s army. In only one day, Xiang Yu led the Chu army to launch nine attacks on Zhang Han''s Department of Qin army. Zhang Han was defeated in nine battles and had to lead the army to retreat. It was only until Jiyuan, which was tens of miles away from Julu, that he stopped the collapse. However, the army could no longer afford Yu Yong to advance to Julu It''s too late.

 Chapter 616

    Last night, Xiang Yu defeated the Zhanghan army, and set up a camp ten miles south of the army in the south of Julu. Then he summoned all the princes to discuss business. At this time, the news that Xiang Yu led the Chu army to fight more with less has spread to the princes, and all the princes'' generals have arrived at the Chu army camp to listen to the arrangement of Hou Xiang Yu.


    Therefore, this morning, under the arrangement of Xiang Yu, the 300000 princes launched an attack on Wang Li''s Great Wall army, which had been out of food for a day. In the face of the attack of the warlords, the two units of Sujiao and shejian were OK, and they were basically able to hold their positions. However, because of the lack of food, it was only a matter of time before they were defeated.


    Wang Li''s headquarters faced Xiang Yu''s Chu army. Facing the fierce attack, Wang Li, like Zhang Han, had lost the position of the outer camp in only half a day. Nearly 20% of the 100000 troops could not retreat to the inner camp. At this speed, it is estimated that Wang Li''s army will not survive today.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong were all surprised. Xiang Yu''s army was so terrible.


    Pang Tong immediately said, "what''s the trend of the Wei and Zhao armies in the west?"


    Hao jianlue pondered and said, "both the Wei and Han armies are attacking general Sujiao''s headquarters now. However, we can see that the fighting power of both armies is not strong. Although general Sujiao''s headquarters are defeated, they can still hold on."


    Pang Tong looked at the map, then at Huangfu Chaobo, and said, "general, we must send troops immediately, otherwise Wang will not be able to support the army for long."


    "Well," Huang Fu Chao Bo thought for a moment, "Dian Wei, Gao Shun and Zhao Cen lead the headquarters and go to war with the general. Shi a and Hao Jian stay and listen to the military plan."


    "The end will take orders!" As soon as they heard this, they immediately got up and agreed in unison.


    "Shiyuan, I''ll give you the letter. If there''s no accident, we should break through overnight. I''ll contact you with carrier pigeon at the specific time." After Huangfu Chaobo arranged the affairs of the generals, he turned to Pang Tongdao again.


    in this battle, apart from entering the encirclement of the princes, he also needed to break out under the support of Pang Tongdao. Of course, it would be better if he could lead Wang Li''s soldiers to break through. Although Huangfu Chaobo knew that he was only in the copy, he didn''t have the habit of abandoning his soldiers.


    After they had discussed, Huangfu Chaobo gave all the letters to Pang Tong. He led the prepared soldiers and horses out of the city and headed for Julu. As for Jia Jing''s two daughters, in order not to be too tired for them, Huangfu Chaobo let them stay in Xindu.


    For this war, Huangfu Chaobo specially collected 3000 mules and horses from Xindu City, each with two stones of grain on its back. At the same time, he also transferred 1000 ordinary soldiers from the Qin army, each with three heads, to follow closely behind the army. This food should be enough for the rest of the army, and then they will break through overnight.


    Because of the news of the Tujia, the Han and Wei armies still don''t know that Xindu has changed its owner, so they don''t have to guard against their own back.


    When Huangfu Chaobo led nearly 2000 troops to the west of Julu battlefield, it was already three or four o''clock in the afternoon. Han and Zhao armies, who were attacking Su Jiao with all their strength, did not know that a Qin army suddenly appeared behind them.


    At this time, after a day of fierce fighting, the soldiers of the two armies were exhausted. Although the number of the 100000 troops attacking the 50000 Qin troops was twice that of the Soviet Union, the combat power was far different. So even if it was twice that of the Soviet Union, the Han and Zhao armies still did not take advantage of it. After a day''s war, the number of soldiers injured in the war had almost reached 30000, while the Qin army had no advantage The army lost more than 50000 yuan.


    At this time, considering that the sky is already dark, the sound of the Wei Zhao allied forces is ringing on the battlefield, and the army slowly retreats. At this time, the Qin army did not fight back. It was not that they did not want to fight back, but that they could not. After a day''s fighting, the soldiers had no strength to fight back, and the battlefield suddenly quieted down.


    The generals of the Wei and Han armies, looking at the situation of the Qin army on the other side, were also very happy in their hearts. You know, in the past, they wanted to run when they saw the tiger and wolf division of the Qin army. They didn''t expect that their army could match the Qin army all day. Looking at the appearance of the Qin army on the other side, they should be able to wipe out the biggest force of violent Qin in Julu tomorrow.


    Just as a few people were full of ambition and high spirited, suddenly a huge noise came from the left rear of the Chinese army. Then, several bloody denouncers rushed to the front of the general and told him loudly: "report!!! A large number of Qin soldiers were found in the left rear of the army. It seems that there are at least ten thousand troops. Because the other side has elite cavalry, there is almost no escape for us to denounce the marquis. Several of our subordinates have to fight to break through the encirclement


    When they turned to the left rear of their army, they saw a large amount of smoke and dust coming from that side. There were at least ten thousand soldiers in that posture.


    "Damn, where did the Qin army come from? Why is there no news of the arrival of the Qin army? " The general of Zhao army roared loudly; the other generals were pale, too.


    It''s hard for a few people not to be afraid of the current situation. You know, in the daytime attack, the 100000 troops on their side took turns to fight. The current situation is that 50000 Qin troops are trapped there, but the soldiers on their side are exhausted.Besides, it''s still the time to retreat. Except for the thousands of Chinese soldiers who still have the strength of the first World War, all the other soldiers and horses can''t bear the first World War. However, nearly ten thousand Qin troops suddenly appeared behind them at this checkpoint. If these Qin troops are just like their own soldiers and horses, they won''t believe it.


    Because it''s so good to have the opportunity for the Qin army to appear. No one will believe that the Qin army came here in a hurry.


    They were not wrong. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo had already arrived outside the battlefield a little earlier. In order to save the soldiers'' physical strength, all the soldiers came on horseback. When they got off the horse two miles away from the battle, they took a rest for an hour. When they saw that the Wei and Zhao armies were closing down, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to attack.


    Sure enough, the Qin army from the sky made the soldiers and soldiers of the Wei and Zhao armies startled.


    First, the Chinese Army ordered the Chinese guards to quickly assemble for defense, and then ordered the rest of the soldiers to assemble, ready to block the attack of the Qin army, but the retreating soldiers could not rest. When they came back, they would assemble one team, and when they came back, they would assemble one team. For a moment, the position of the United forces was called Masi, which was very busy.

 Chapter 617

    Unfortunately, although the generals of the Wei and Zhao armies responded, the soldiers of the two armies were not elite soldiers. In a panic, how could they assemble so quickly.


    When Huangfu Chaobo led the attack to the periphery of the Allied forces, only less than ten thousand soldiers had assembled, and they were preparing to meet the enemy under the attack of generals at all levels.


    Looking at the mob in front of him, he didn''t even look down on Huangfu Chaobo. With his command, the trapped camp quickly formed an offensive formation, and under the command of Gao Shun, they made a rapid attack in the direction of the coalition. Behind them were 1000 yuan crossbow soldiers who were divided into two groups to guard the horses.


    With Gao Shun''s command, the soldiers in the trap camp are 80 steps away, and the soldiers are preparing to defend.


    "Crossbow, fire!"


    "Hum hum"


    With a burst of crossbows shot out one after another, the United soldiers who had not formed a good camp suddenly fell in front of the flying Qin army.


    "Qin crossbow"!!! Who can tell me why there are so many crossbow soldiers of Qin army here? Why is the range of the crossbow machine of Qin army so terrible? " The general of the Han army was shocked to see this;


    it is well known that the Qin Dynasty was equipped with a large number of crossbow soldiers, but these crossbow soldiers have been basically eliminated by the princes. Even if there are some organized crossbow soldiers, they do not have such a terrible range.


    In the public''s image, the range of the Qin army''s hand crossbow is about 50 or 60 steps, but now the range of the crossbow soldiers has reached a terrifying 80 steps.


    "Quick, quick, the armies on both sides encircle and annihilate the Qin army. There are not many of them." The general of the Wei army didn''t manage so much. He only saw a large number of crossbow soldiers in front of the Qin army, so he ordered the soldiers to prepare to encircle and annihilate the Qin army from both wings. However, soon he saw something even more terrifying. The attack of the Qin army''s Crossbow soldiers on both sides was even more terrifying. Not only was the attack no weaker than that of the Qin soldiers in front of him, but he could launch one after another. He clearly saw that the crossbow planes in the hands of the Qin soldiers on both sides fired ten arrows one after another.


    Several of the soldiers were soon defeated by the terrible crossbow of the Qin army, and they wandered a hundred paces away. No matter how the general urged them, they did not dare to step forward.


    In fact, there were a large number of bows and crossbows in the Wei Han allied forces, but they were all ordinary bows and Qin crossbows. Their range and speed of fire could not be compared with those of the two stone Dahuang crossbows and Yuanrong crossbows. In addition, after a day''s war, the soldiers were very tired. Besides the Chu army, the other soldiers were basically new recruits Before long, the taxi soldiers had never fought a hard battle. Therefore, in the face of the rain like arrows, it can not support for long.


    With the pressure of the trapped camp, at last, Huangfu Chaobo led the army to break through the block of the Wei and Han allied forces, and smoothly joined the Qin army in Sujiao.


    Looking at the army that broke through the encirclement of the Allied forces and joined with their own side, and the thousands of mules and horses escorted by them, with a large amount of food on them, the Qin army in the corner of the Soviet Union immediately roared.


    When Huangfu''s Chaobo army was at war with the Allied forces, Su jiaozhu had already found out. But on the one hand, he was afraid that it was a trap for the Allied forces; on the other hand, the soldiers were really unable to fight any more, so he could watch the change quietly. Fortunately, both Huangfu Chaobo army and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers were strong soldiers in the sinking camp. In the situation of opening the way in the sinking camp and being escorted by both sides of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, the mule and horse army finally converged with the Soviet Union without danger.


    When Huangfu Chaobo led Dianwei to the gate of Sujiao camp, he found that a large number of Qin generals were waiting for him. When the player enters the game copy, the information of the player will be embedded in the consciousness of the relevant NPC, and the player will get the relevant prompt.


    Seeing several generals at the gate of the camp, Huangfu Chaobo knew that he was headed by Su Jiao, one of Wang Li''s deputy generals. Seeing this, Huangfu chaobolian came forward to salute and said: "at the end, Huangfu Chaobo will visit general Su! At the end of the trip, he brought 6000 stone grains and asked the general to send someone to receive them. "


    "General Huangfu Chaobo, please rise. The army has run out of food. The general is really the timely rain of the army." With that, Su Jiao stepped forward, lifted Huangfu Chaobo up and said excitedly,


    "it''s the duty of the last general. I can''t praise him like that. However, general, there are still important military intelligence reports for the general! " As soon as Su Jiao heard this, he ordered his subordinates to send someone to receive the grain, but he led Huangfu Chaobo to his big account. As soon as he entered the account, Su Jiao drove all the guards out of the account. Then he said, "is general Huangfu clear about the situation of Shaofu Zhang?"


    "The last general just wanted to report the situation of the army of Shaofu to the general," Huangfu Chaobo replied immediately. "According to the information that the last general sent, the army of Shaofu Zhang had already fought with Xiang Yu of Chu army yesterday. The army of Shaofu had been defeated in nine battles. Now the army has been defeated and retreated to Jiyuan. Our army''s food supply has been cut off."


    "Moreover, as far as the general knows, Xiang Yu has become the actual commander of the princes'' armies. The general can also see that the Allied forces of the princes who were unable to give way to our great Qin Dynasty in the past were attacking regardless of casualties. All these are aimed at Xiang Yu''s power."


    "In your opinion, what should our army do?" Su Jiao pondered a little and told Huangfu Chaobo;"According to the general''s opinion, our army should withdraw from Julu, replenish food and grass, and make plans after recuperation. Otherwise, the 200000 troops of the Great Wall army will lose all in Julu."


    "Well Su Jiao said nothing.


    Huangfu Chaobo knew that if he didn''t persuade Su Jiao, it would be hard to say that he would move Wang Li. Then he added a fire: "the general has conquered Xindu, and there are more than 200000 troops in Xindu. Our army only needs to withdraw Xindu. At that time, whether we defend or attack, we have a chance to win. In addition, the general arranged 1000 cavalry and 4000 soldiers in Xindu. With their support, they should be able to easily break through the encirclement of the Wei and Han allied forces. "


    Su Jiao patted the table in front of him fiercely, then he got up and said, "well, you and I will go to see the general together in the future, and let the general decide."


    With that, he led his own bodyguard and Huangfu Chaobo to Wang Lizhong''s camp in the south of the city.


    In other words, although the Allied forces attacked for one day, they could not completely cut off the connection between the three camps of the Qin army, so Su Jiao and Huangfu Chaobo entered the Nanmian Wangli camp smoothly. Under the leadership of Su Jiao, the party soon arrived outside Wang Li''s tent. After they were informed, they left a cadre of relatives outside the tent. Su Jiao and Huangfu Chaobo entered Wang Li''s tent.

 Chapter 618

    When Huangfu Chaobo and Su Jiao enter Wang Li''s account, Wang Li is also thinking hard about how to break the enemy. After hearing the report from the guards, they ask for a meeting. Although Wang Li wonders why Huangfu Chaobo in Jiuyuan appears in Julu, he immediately asks them to enter the account.


    "The last general Su Jiao calls on the general!"


    "The last general, Huangfu Chaobo, calls on the general!"


    As soon as they entered the account, they quickly stepped forward to meet.


    Seeing this, Wang Li quickly stepped forward to lift them up one by one and said, "two generals, please get up. General Huangfu Chaobo stayed in Jiuyuan. Why did he suddenly appear in Julu and come with general Su? Did Jiuyuan appear? " Because in the copy setting, the player who triggers the task is set as a guard General of Jiuyuan Great Wall legion, so Wang Li will have such a question.


    "At Jiuyuan, the last general got the news from the central government that someone wanted to do harm to the Shaofu. He thought that the Shaofu had always been at odds with our great wall army. He was afraid that someone might do harm to the general and all the soldiers, so he rushed to reinforce them in the starry night. Unfortunately, the last general was still a little late."


    Huangfu Chaobo first answered Wang Li''s questions according to the system prompts, and then reported to Wang Li the information about his capture of Xindu and the Zhang Han army.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Wang Li was speechless for a long time. Since he led the Great Wall army to come back, Shaofu Zhang has been making trouble everywhere. However, he did not care about the safety of the Qin Dynasty.


    In the battle of Julu, Zhang Han let his 200000 troops attack Julu, but he only sent food and grass to the army every day. If not, where would his 200000 troops be defeated by those mobs.


    Now more than 100000 Zhang Han troops were defeated nine times a day by Xiang Yu''s 50000 Chu troops, and finally they had to retreat to Jiyuan. It can be said that the food supply of the Great Wall army has been completely cut off now. If it wasn''t for the thousands of stone grain sent by Huangfu Chaobo today, the soldiers of tomorrow would not even drink rice porridge. In this way, tomorrow would be the death time of their own great wall army.


    Think of here, Wang Li long body and rise, "choking" a pull out his waist with sword, a roar, split to his body in front of the table. He just heard "bang Dang" and cut the case into two pieces.


    The huge noise startled the soldiers outside the tent. They thought there was an assassin in the tent, so they drew their swords and rushed into the tent one after another. But they saw Wang Li with an angry face and standing up with a sword. Su Jiao and Huangfu Chaobo dropped their hands to one side and said nothing. The case between them was divided into two parts, and the East and west above fell to the ground.


    Wang Li''s Pro General Wang Yan stepped forward and said, "general


    "It''s nothing wrong with the general. Let''s all leave. Wang Yan, send someone to Dongying immediately to ask the general concerned to come to discuss the matter. In addition, send people to the West camp to get some food for the soldiers. By the way, they sent people to Dongying to send some grain to tell the general not to worry about grain and grass, so that the soldiers could have a good meal. " Wang Li shakes his hand and says;


    Wang Yan listens and immediately goes away. While waiting for the Marquis to get involved, Wang Li asks people to cook the food brought by Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo takes out some meat and other food from his package and gives them to Wang Li''s personal guards to prepare for eating together. Wang Li keeps asking about the current army of the marquis The situation with Zhang Hanbu, by the way, is also waiting to be discussed.


    In less than half an hour, the soldiers outside the account informed him that he had asked for an interview outside the account. When Wang Li heard this, he immediately asked people to put him in the account. When Huangfu Chaobo saw this, he immediately stood up. For all the generals in the late Qin Dynasty, except Su Jiao, the most suitable one for Huangfu Chaobo was shejian. It is said that this man was a fierce general. After he was defeated, he saw no hope of breaking through, so he set himself on fire with his relatives.


    Now I hear where shejian can''t get up to meet him. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo''s military position in the copy is lower than shejian''s, so he also needs to get up to meet him.


    Soon after the account was issued, the door of the account was opened again, and a big man with a full beard came in. At first glance, he knew that he was a typical big man of the three Qin Dynasty, about 40 Xu. After entering the account, Shezhang took two steps forward, saluted Wang Li and said, "at the end of the day, shejian has met the Marquis of Wucheng!"


    Wang Li stepped forward and lifted him up with a smile and said, "general, please get up."


    "Thank you, marquis Wu!" Then she nodded to Su Jiao and Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Well, please take a seat, several generals. Come and bring up the food."


    "Thank you, general!" several people said together;


    "ha ha... You don''t have to thank me. In fact, all three of us should thank general Huangfu. If the general hadn''t sent us a large amount of food in time, we would not have eaten this meal. " Wang Li said with a smile;


    "this is the duty of the last general. I dare not be praised by the Marquis!" Huangfu chaobolian quickly got up and responded, but he sighed in his heart that he hadn''t been so humble for a long time. Sure enough, he was used to playing grandson again.


    Fortunately, these generals were all admired by Huangfu Chaobo, and none of them was difficult to deal with.


    The four were all soldiers, so they all ate fast. After eating fast, Wang Li ordered people to remove the plate. Then he asked about the situation of the sergeants of Su she''s two armies. After a general understanding, he ordered Huangfu Chaobo to explain the situation of the Allied armies of the princes and Zhang Han''s army to shejian again.After Huangfu Chaobo finished, Wang Li said: "our great wall army went south to suppress the thieves. Although they wanted to kill them, they were forced to do so. Now the food supply has been cut off, and hundreds of thousands of Great Wall athletes will be buried here. Let''s talk to the generals. Where are we going? "


    Huangfu Chaobo and Su Jiao looked at each other, then stood up and said: "general, the last general''s intention is to retreat as soon as possible. Shaofu''s army has retreated to Jiyuan, so it is no longer able to go north. What''s more, the last general has only brought 5000 or 6000 stone grain, which is only enough for 100000 troops in one day. Besides, Xindu city is now under the control of Daqin again. There is enough food and grass in the city, so our army retreats In the city of Xindu, you can advance and retreat freely without worrying about food and grass. It is impossible for hundreds of thousands of princes to gather in Julu for a long time. When our army is finished recuperating, once the princes'' army is dispersed, our army will be able to defeat each other. "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Wang Li was silent, but turned his eyes to Su Jiao. Among them, Su Jiao is good at planning and fighting, while Wang Li himself is good at arranging troops. So Huangfu Chaobo guessed right. Su Jiao''s idea largely decided Wang Li''s strategy.


    Seeing Wang Li Chao himself, Su Jiao also grew up and said, "according to the end general, general Huangfu''s idea is reasonable."

 Chapter 619

    Ever since Huangfu Chaobo entered his camp and told himself about the situation of the princes'' army and Zhanghan''s army, Su Jiao has been thinking about the fate of the Great Wall army. After such a long time of thinking, Su Jiao also felt that the army''s breakthrough was the only way to solve the current predicament, but how to break through, and when and where to break through still needed to be carefully considered.


    After listening to Su Jiao''s opinion, Wang Li once again turns his eyes to the next shejian.


    However, the general felt that the grain supply had been cut off, and it seemed inappropriate for our army to guard here


    Seeing that the three generals of his subordinates all suggested to retreat, Wang Li was inclined to retreat. One thing was that the food supply had been cut off, and even if he took the initiative to retreat, there was nothing to say. The other thing was that although he followed Zhang Han''s arrangement for the sake of the overall situation, he would not just leave hundreds of thousands of athletes'' lives here in vain. It was just how to arrange the retreat...


    After a little hesitation, Wang Li told everyone what he thought. Seeing that Wang Li was finally willing to withdraw, Huangfu Chaobo was also relieved and said, "since we have decided to withdraw, the sooner the better." Then he arranged his troops in the letter and reported his plans to Wang Li one by one.


    After listening to this, they all felt that Huangfu Chaobo''s plan was feasible, and then they discussed the details. Wang Li was also a decisive man. Since he decided to break through the encirclement, he immediately prepared the soldiers of each battalion.


    Now that the Wei and Han allied forces had known that the Soviet Union had received a large amount of food, other vassals must have known about it, so they just let the soldiers have a good meal, and then let some of them reinforce the barracks, giving the vassals the illusion of waiting for help.


    At the same time, let the other soldiers quietly prepare to retreat. Since they are preparing to break through the siege, many of the seriously injured soldiers of the Great Wall army are unable to take them away. They have no choice but to leave them in the camp and take them away. In fact, the seriously injured soldiers also know their own results.


    When the Qin army camp was in full swing, Xiang Yu also gathered all the generals in his own central army tent.


    Xiang Yu knew what happened to the Wei and Han allied forces in the evening. He was furious about it. After gathering all the generals of the Wei and Han allied forces, the generals of the Wei and Han allied forces scolded him in public. In Xiang Yu''s plan, the Great Wall army had run out of food. Then after today''s war, he could annihilate them all under Julu city tomorrow.


    Who knows that because of the negligence of the two armies, the Qin army successfully broke through the encirclement, and also brought thousands of stones of grain, which made the war appear a lot of variables. This is what all the Chu generals, especially Xiang Yu and fan Zeng, do not want to see, but it has come to this, and they can only wait and see the change.


    Later, after the news of the reinforcement of the Qin army''s camp came back, fan Zeng could almost be sure that Wang Li was about to cover up. However, because the sky was clear, he could not finally confirm the movement of the Qin army. Moreover, because it was too late, the Allied forces could not detect whether there were other Qin reinforcements around Julu. All of these completely changed fan Zeng''s plan It''s a mess.


    After pondering for a long time, fan Zeng had to advise Xiang Yu that all the princes should stick to the camp and watch the changes.


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t approve of Wang Li''s reinforcement of the camp, because he knew that Xiang Yu had an old demon around him. For Wang Li''s attempt to cover up, the old demon of Heishan must have been able to think of it. But later on, though the old demon could completely control the Chu army through Xiang Yu, it was estimated that he could really control the other princes There are several people who take his words to heart.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo didn''t persuade Wang Li to reinforce the camp, he urged him not to play with the twists and turns, to break through from the west, and not to give fan Zeng and Xiang Yu time to react. After all, it''s still the time when Xiang Yu listens to fan Zeng most. With the habits of these old demons, everything needs to be done in his head Three laps, then I''ll do the opposite. I''ll take you by surprise.


    After the busy work in the middle of the night, the Qin army was finally ready to retreat, and all the soldiers on duty were gradually replaced by grass men in armor.


    Of course, the patrol soldiers are real. Until the last moment, the departments will not replace them. However, the interval of night patrol was gradually lengthened. According to several people''s agreement, the interval should be gradually lengthened to two quarters of an hour, that is, half an hour, when the retreat was in the second half of the night. By the time the Allied forces of the vassals found out, they had at least won nearly half an hour for the army.


    Sure enough, in the second half of the night, the Chu army arranged for soldiers to carry out a night attack, but they were already well prepared for the Qin army to repel.


    At yinshizhong, Zhao Jun in the East finally finds something wrong with the camp. Chen Yu immediately sends troops to attack tentatively. Who knows, he suddenly rushes into the camp, only to find that the camp is empty except for some wounded soldiers.


    Chen Yu, who was so angry that he sent people to report to the Chu army camp, and sent people to march along the Qin army camp to Wangli camp. But before he left the shejian camp, the army was suddenly killed by the crossbow soldiers of the Qin army. When he tried his best to break through the Qin army, he found that only a few thousand wounded soldiers were blocking his army They all hid behind various bureaus and moats to block with bows and crossbows, resulting in great losses to the Zhao army.When the shejian camp began to fight, the Qin army of Sujiao camp in the West also suddenly launched an attack on the Wei camp. Under the cover of Huangfu Chaobo''s 1000 yuan army crossbow soldiers, Sujiao Department launched a fierce attack on the Wei camp.


    There is a saying in the art of War: don''t stop when you return to your division. At this time, the Qin army was just like a fierce tiger down the mountain. The Wei army was caught off guard, and the front camp was defeated by the Qin army in less than a quarter of an hour. On the one hand, the general of the Wei army dispatched troops from the Chinese army to prepare for support, on the other hand, he sent people to the Korean army camp for help. Who knew that the Chinese reinforcements had not started yet, and the shouts of "Heaven shaking" came from the rear camp. Then, the fire burst into the sky at the rear camp.


    All of a sudden, the generals of the Wei army were confused. The front camp and the rear camp were all asking for help, but they had less than 40000 soldiers. But now there are less than 10000 Qin soldiers in the barracks, and the front camp doesn''t know how many. So, all of a sudden, it became difficult to decide which side to send reinforcements to, or to keep close watch on the Chinese army and wait for the Korean army''s reinforcements?

 Chapter 620

    The battle was fleeting. By the time the Wei generals made up their mind, the former battalion had completely collapsed. At this time, news came from the Han Army that a large number of cavalry troops were found outside the Han Army''s camp. The number was unknown, and the Han Army did not dare to send troops to help easily. In desperation, the Wei army had to keep close watch on the camp of the Chinese army. Fortunately, the Chinese army still had nearly 20000 soldiers. Although the attack was insufficient, the defense was still more than enough. Now he could only pray that the Chu and Qi armies in the South would come to help quickly.


    At the same time, the East and the West broke out a huge cry of killing, which immediately awakened the soldiers in the camp of Chu and Qi armies in the south. However, because there was no definite news, Xiang Yu''s army was not easy to act rashly, so they had to send people to the two places while ordering them to prepare for the war. Just as Xiang Yu was fidgeting, old man fan Zeng rushed to the army tent in his clothes.


    "Yafu, I have sent people to two places to inquire about the situation, but shall we wait here?" Seeing this, Xiang Yu quickly stepped forward to hold him and said as he walked in;


    fan Zeng nodded and shook his head again, saying: "yu''er, you''ve done a good job, but we can''t wait. Yu''er, you can order general yingbu to send 5000 soldiers to Wang Li''s camp to test his defense. With the strength of general yingbu''s subordinates, if Wang Li''s subordinates have the intention to retreat, they should be able to attack the Qin camp at one stroke. If the resistance of the Qin army is as strong as that in the daytime, let general yingbu retreat for the time being, and then make plans. "


    A quarter of an hour later, yingbu led his soldiers back to the camp. As soon as he returned, he immediately reported to Xiang Yu and fan Zeng that the defense force of the Qin army was still as strong as in the daytime, and even slightly stronger. Yingbu led the army to lean on 80 steps and was attacked by the Qin army. Yingbu could even see a large number of arrows in the bows and arrows, which seemed to be the Qin army that broke through the defense line of the Wei and Han allied forces in the evening The crossbow soldiers were also in Wang Li''s army.


    Five thousand British troops lost hundreds in a moment. Fortunately, he quickly led the retreat, which avoided more losses.


    A quarter of an hour later, Xiang Yu''s sentry horse sent to the East meets Chen Yu''s sentry horse. Fan Zeng hears that the East camp has become an empty camp. If he listens carefully, the cry of killing in the West seems even louder.


    Fan Zeng immediately realized that he and others had been cheated. He stood up and said, "no, we have been cheated. Wang Li, the thief has retreated to the West. Feather son, immediately lead the troops to attack Wang Li''s camp, contain Wang Li''s rear army. They were ordered to go to the west to support the Wei and Han armies. Tell them to raise the torch and move forward quickly, and don''t worry about the Qin army. "


    As soon as Xiang Yu heard this, he immediately sent people to send orders to the camp of Qi army. Then he personally led most of Chu army to attack Wang Li''s camp. But when he attacked Wang Li''s camp again, he got into the camp without any resistance.


    See some situation, Xiang Yu angry, constantly lead the Chu soldiers rushed through a camp, toward the west after the past. However, when he rushed through several camps, he found that many Chu soldiers behind him were trapped in a sea of fire and could not advance or retreat. Moreover, he found that the fire broke out all over the camp of Wang Li''s army. This was because the seriously injured soldiers of Qin army set themselves on fire one after another after seeing the camp attacked by Chu army, so as to stop the attack of Chu army and buy time for their retreat.


    Looking at the light of the fire in the camp behind him, the retreating Qin army didn''t know what was going on. They all bowed their heads. Seeing this situation, Wang Li didn''t know what was going on. Seeing that his morale was so low, Wang Li yelled: "look carefully, those zepaos behind him have set themselves on fire in order to fight for more time to break through the encirclement, so we should cherish such an opportunity. After we stand out of the encirclement, we should conserve our energy, and kill more bandits in Kanto next time to repay the dead zepao Revenge


    Wang Li''s words aroused the spirits of all the soldiers around him. Immediately several generals roared and said, "break out, kill the thieves and take revenge!"


    "Kill the thief!"


    "Revenge


    For a moment, the crowd was surging, and the low morale was suddenly raised because of his self Immolation. Huangfu Chaobo looked at it and couldn''t help admiring Wang Li. He was worthy of being the commander of the first army. In a few words, he raised his already low morale.


    I don''t know where to start, the soldiers of the Qin army suddenly began to sing.


    "No clothes? I''m in the same robe as my son. Wang Yu set up his teacher and repaired my spear. Have a grudge with my son!


    No clothes? With the son. Wang Yu set up a teacher and built my spear and halberd. Make it with your son!


    No clothes? He was dressed with his son. Wang Yu set up a division and trained our soldiers. Go with your son


    Later, more and more Qin soldiers joined the ranks. In a moment, all the soldiers and generals of the whole Qin army sang in unison, and the whole Julu West sounded "Qinfeng ¡¤ no clothes".


    The chorus of tens of thousands of people made the Allied forces of the princes in the war stagnate. Hearing this song, which once made all the countries in Kanto fear, made the Allied forces of the princes think of the situation that Qin destroyed the six countries.


    You know, among Wang Li''s Great Wall army, they were all real old Qin people. Unlike Zhang Han''s prisoners from all over the world, they didn''t have much sympathy for Daqin.


    Tens of thousands of old Qin people roared. Even Xiang Yu and others who were chasing after Wang Li were one of them. However, Xiang Yu immediately responded and laughed: "ha ha ha... Do you think this will scare the warriors of Chu? Think about how little Qin dogs I killed when I went all the way north? Since you want to go with me, I will let you go with those dead Qin dogs. "With that, Xiang Yu pointed his halberd upward and yelled: "warriors of the Chu Kingdom, let''s harvest Qin dog''s head with our general."


    With these words, wuzhuima, with his legs clamped down, took the lead all the way towards the direction of the Qin army singing in front of him. The British generals behind Xiang Yu were also inspired and roared: "follow the general, kill Qin dog!" Finish saying, also a tight rein, follow Xiang Yu and go.


    A group of Chu soldiers also roared and ran to the front quickly, one by one yelled: "follow the general, kill Qin dog!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Listening to the shouts of killing, Wang Li knew that the biggest test of today was coming. If he didn''t guess wrong, it must be Xiang Yu''s Chu army who came after him. If he couldn''t stop the Chu army''s attack, today''s breakthrough would be in vain.


    However, in the face of Xiang Yu''s terrible fighting power, Wang Li''s heart is constantly beating drums. Can these people stop them? Thinking of this, Wang Li looked at the people around him one by one.

 Chapter 621

    Seeing Wang Li Chao and others, they didn''t know what was going on. He stepped forward and said, "Marquis of Wucheng, Xiang Yu will be handed over to someone. Please let Marquis of Wucheng lead the troops to retreat first."


    The rest of the generals came forward one after another and said, "please retreat first, and I''ll give it to the last general."


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "general, we only need to resist the Chu army for about a quarter of an hour. When our crossbow soldiers arrive, we will be able to force the Chu army back."


    As for Xiang Yu, after discussing with Pang Tong for many times, Huangfu Chaobo felt that the only way to crack him was the crossbow. They both believed that even the immortals could not resist the continuous crossbow, let alone Xiang Yu.


    As for Huangfu Chaobo''s intention before the crossbow soldiers arrived, he sent Dianwei first. Although it won''t take long to resist, if we add a few generals such as shejian, we should be able to delay a lot of time. If the generals can''t wait for the crossbow soldiers to arrive, they can only use the trapped camp.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, everyone was a little relieved that no one wanted to die. Wang Li quickly agreed to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, and immediately ordered: "everyone, whether our great wall army can break through the encirclement smoothly or not, it''s the first battle here. OK, all departments will retreat into the camp of Sujiao department and be ready to meet the Chu army."


    "The end will take orders!" As soon as they heard this, they all agreed, and immediately led their subordinates to retreat into the Su Jiao camp, making preparations in an orderly way.


    According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, Wang Li arranged Dianwei several generals in front of them. Behind them was Gao Shun''s camp. Then on both sides of the camp and behind them were the pro guard camp left behind by the generals. They were all busy immediately after receiving orders. As we all know, the Chu Army could not give themselves too much time.


    Sure enough, in less than half a quarter of an hour, a huge fire dragon appeared in front of the crowd, and then a sound of horse hissing came.


    Maybe the general''s sense of crisis suddenly broke out. When Xiang Yu arrived 150 steps before the Sujiao camp, he stopped suddenly and continued to boost the morale of the Chu army. Xiang Yu is also ready to go on clapping his horse when he passes by and rushes to the Qin army camp opposite him. Just at this time, the opposite position came up with "buzz..." It''s coming from me.


    Then, bursts of arrow rain out of the dark, rushed to the Chu army which was moving rapidly, only to hear one after another scream from the Chu army.


    Rao was a veteran of the Chu army, but he was also caught off guard in the face of such a sudden attack. In a short time, the Chu army fell nearly 300 people, because there are only a few hundred soldiers trapped in the battle. Otherwise, the casualties of the Chu army are far more than these.


    "Damn it, Qin dog''s Crossbow soldiers, quick, quick, shield cover!" Xiang Yu broke out in a cold sweat, but he was also secretly glad. Fortunately, he stopped for a moment. It seemed that he only needed to move forward 30 steps, and he was also in the arrow rain. Although he should be able to escape, wuzhuima must be doomed.


    Thinking of this, Xiang Yu could not help but get angry. He turned over and dismounted. He took a shield from a Chu army beside him, pointed his halberd forward, and yelled: "all the soldiers, kill Qin dog with someone!" With that, he stood forward, with shield in one hand and halberd in the other hand, pulling the crossbow and arrow in his own direction.


    "Kill..."


    In the Chu army, the valiant soldiers were like him, one armed with shield, one armed with knife or long gun, facing the arrow rain to kill the Qin army camp in front of him.


    With the attack of Chu army regardless of casualties, after losing nearly a thousand soldiers, Xiang Yu finally led the Chu army to attack in front of Sujiao camp, and a large number of archers of Chu army also entered the attack range. With the protection of bows and arrows, the attack of Chu army became more fierce. In addition, the defense between the two camps of the Qin army was not as tight as the direction of the enemy in front of the camp, so the Chu army soon attacked the camp.


    With Xiang Yu''s loud drink, people suddenly find that with his own strength, he broke the barracks gate with a halberd. His strength is so terrible that the soldiers of Qin and Chu on the battlefield are beating their tongues. All the soldiers of Chu were crying for help, while the soldiers of Qin were seeing ghosts and gods.


    Seeing this, Wang Li immediately ordered the generals of Dian Wei to meet the enemy. Hearing Wang Li''s military order, Dian Wei waved his double halberds excitedly and met Xiang Yu. As a top warrior, it''s a great honor to be able to fight against the strong, not to mention the most powerful warrior in history.


    "Pull out the mountain with great strength, and you will be the best in the world!" As the world recognized overlord of Western Chu, Xiang Yu has always been the strongest among the martial arts after Qin Dynasty, so it is the same with Dian Wei. Even though he has fought with LV Fengxian, who is known as "Lu Bu in the people" for many times, Dian Wei is still full of expectations for the fight with Xiang Yu.


    With the roar of Dian Wei, he galloped to Xiang Yu with his double halberds. When he was about to fight with Xiang Yu, he suddenly jumped up in the air, and then the double halberds came towards Xiang Yu with fierce wind.


    As early as when Dian Wei appeared in the battlefield, he attracted Xiang Yu''s attention. With his fierce murderous spirit, Rao Shi, with Xiang Yu''s bravery, also put down his contempt for the heroes in the world, and looked light and cool. But that''s all. Seeing that Dianwei''s two halberds had been killed, Xiang Yu said in a loud voice, "good come!" Then he smashed his shield to the front of the Qin army, held his own Bawang halberd in both hands, and yelled: "Bawang Jue!"Then, they saw that Xiang Yu''s Halberd was so alive that he gave a long long dragon chant. Then they rushed forward with Xiang Yu''s hands. Then, a loud "Ding" sound sounded in the night sky, and the surrounding taxi drivers could see a dazzling white light when their weapons collided.


    "Ha..." After hearing Dian Wei''s loud drink, the two halberds were blocked by Xiang Yu''s long halberd, and they quickly approached Xiang Yu and attacked him again with their halberds.


    Their weapons are halberds, but they are good at each other. Dian Wei''s is a pair of short halberds with one hand, which is more suitable for close attack, while Xiang Yu''s is a long halberd, which is more suitable for medium distance attack. It is similar to Lu Bu''s Halberd painted by Fang Tian, but the halberd technique is more domineering.


    Seeing two people you come and I go, they are fighting each other fiercely, but the two soldiers around don''t stop.

 Chapter 622

    Because of the strong attack power of the Nu soldiers, Wang Li sent his own pro guard camp to engage in close combat with the Chu army, while Gao Shun''s trapped camp was still throwing crossbows and arrows at the Chu army in the rear.


    After 50 moves, Huangfu Chaobo could see that Dianwei was slowly at the bottom. Huangfu Chaobo knew about Dianwei''s terror. Judging from the situation, Xiang Yu''s strength was 10% stronger than him, and Xiang Yu was still a heavy weapon with both hands, so he had an advantage in weapons.


    After 80 moves, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly heard Xiang Yu roar: "Bawang Jue - sweep thousands of troops!"


    Then he saw that Xiang Yu''s head of the overlord halberd was like a red fire dragon, sweeping in the direction of Dian Wei.


    "No!" Huangfu said in a broad voice: "general involved!"


    Wang Li and shejian also reflected that shejian had been paying close attention to the fighting in the field for a long time. Seeing this situation, he drank loudly, raised his long gun and rushed up.


    At this time, Dian Wei, who was in the war, also found Xiang Yu''s aggressive move, but he had already used the old move and was just in the attack range of Xiang Yu''s halberd. If he was swept by Xiang Yu''s halberd, Dian Wei would be seriously injured if he didn''t die. Although shejian had already made a move, he was still separated by a certain distance. At this time, he didn''t know whether he could catch up.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was in a state of anxiety, he found that Dian Wei twisted his body, holding the halberd in his left hand to block the overlord''s halberd, while the halberd in his right hand stabbed Xiang Yu''s chest.


    If it is really what Dian Wei wanted, his left halberd can block part of the power of Bawang halberd, but his chest will still be hit hard, and his right halberd will be directly stabbed into Xiang Yu''s body. In this way, both sides will lose.


    Seeing this, Xiang Yu didn''t know what Dianwei was thinking, but as a great general, he didn''t want to lose with an unknown Qin general. Therefore, Xiang Yu''s body slightly tilted to avoid Dianwei''s attack. Because of this, the attack power of bawangji was greatly reduced.


    Therefore, although Xiang Yu successfully avoided Dian Wei''s attack, the move of Bawang halberd failed to give Dian Wei a fatal blow, only to beat him back a few steps. However, it still made Dian Wei''s mouth bleed a lot, which shows the power of the halberd.


    Just as Xiang Yu was about to step forward and hit Dian Wei again, shejian had already attacked him with a gun. Several Qin generals behind him also came forward to besiege Xiang Yu.


    Seeing that Dian Wei finally dodged the blow, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. At the same time, he also knew that with the help of shejian and several Qin generals, Xiang Yu could not be stopped for long, but now Zhao Cen''s Yuanrong crossbow soldiers could not come to support him. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo decided to send the trapped camp to play and use the power of the formation to block Xiang Yu, while Wang Lizhong''s personal guards tried their best to block the soldiers of Chu.


    Gao Shun, who got the general''s order, immediately ordered the camp to assemble. With his order, the camp soon formed a fish scale array and killed Xiang Yu.


    It''s only a few minutes since Huangfu Chaobo ordered Xiang Yu to fall into the camp, but three Qin generals have died under Xiang Yu''s halberd, which shows Xiang Yu''s terrible fighting power.


    At this time, Dian Wei had quickly adjusted. Seeing that shejian and all the generals were under Xiang Yu''s attack, they were as dangerous as Huansheng, so he gave a loud shout and stood up to attack Xiang Yu.


    Hearing Dianwei''s voice, Xiang Yu resolutely gives up shejian and others, turns to attack Dianwei''s direction. In his opinion, only this black big one is worth fighting.


    When the Qin generals such as shejian saw this, they knew the gap between them and Xiang Yu and Dianwei. Seeing that Xiang Yu had shifted his target, they were disappointed. At the same time, they secretly congratulated themselves, and immediately turned their attention to other Chu troops.


    After nearly 100 rounds of fighting, Dian Wei also knows Xiang Yu''s strength, which is tens of percent better than Lv Bu''s. He will not lose in 200 rounds of fighting with Lv Bu, but Xiang Yu''s hand will be seriously injured if it lasts only 100 rounds.


    So when facing Xiang Yu again, Dian Wei obviously attacked more than defended, only occasionally attacked once or twice. Finally, when Gao Shun''s camp came up, Dian Wei also retreated decisively.


    For Xiang Yu to be blocked by the trapped camp, it will certainly bring a lot of losses to the trapped camp. This Huangfu Chaobo has been prepared for a long time, but it is heartbreaking to see that with only a few breath, the trapped camp will suffer more than ten casualties.


    You should know that these soldiers were selected from more than 200000 ordinary soldiers. It can be said that it is not too much to select them from thousands of miles. Now they have lost more than a dozen in a few minutes. How can they not make people sad.


    However, there is no other way now, and we can only hope that the trapped camp can hold on for a while. When Zhao Cen''s Yuanrong crossbow soldiers come, with more than a thousand crossbow soldiers, they should be able to push the Chu army back.


    Huangfu Chaobo watched the soldiers in front of him fall down. Although he was anxious, he could only look back at Su Jiaobu camp from time to time.


    According to the original plan, after Yuanrong crossbow soldiers helped Sujiao to attack the Western camp of the United forces, Zhao Cen led them to help the troops to stop the Chu army.


    But who knows, the Chu army came so fast that they had to fight hand in hand. Otherwise, with the barrier of the camp and nearly 2000 crossbow soldiers, the Chu army could drink a pot. I believe that after a large number of troops lost, Xiang Yu would have to weigh the consequences of continuing to pursue. Without the Chu army, other vassal allied forces would be a group of soft persimmons.Finally, after losing nearly a hundred people in the camp, Huangfu Chaobo finally saw a thousand cavalry soldiers running breathlessly in the camp. The leader was Zhao Cen, the Deputy General of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers. He led the crossbow soldiers to Huangfu Chaobo, turned over and dismounted, quickly walked up to him and said, "general, at last, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers will arrive!"


    Seeing that Zhao Cen and other soldiers and the horses were panting, Huangfu Chaobo did not care to let them rest. He immediately arranged: "OK, let''s arrange it now. Yuanrong crossbow soldiers are divided into two columns. They shoot the Chu army 20 steps behind the enemy in turn, and cut it off from the rear army. Remember, the two columns of crossbow soldiers shoot in turn, and don''t have too long time between them Pause. "


    As soon as Zhao Cen heard this, he immediately ordered Yuanrong crossbow soldiers to get ready as required. A moment later, all the 1000 crossbow soldiers were ready. With Zhao Cen''s order, the crossbow soldiers in the front row quickly shot 20 steps behind Xiang Yu. Because of the continuity of shooting, the firing interval between the crossbow soldiers'' ten crossbows was relatively longer than usual, which was almost the same as the archer''s usual shooting frequency. Rao was so. Five thousand crossbows were shot out in a few seconds, and they were struggling forward The Chu army of the Ming and Qing Dynasties suddenly stagnated.

 Chapter 623

    The resistance of the Qin army made Xiang Yu feel deeply trapped in the mud altar. Although he was facing only the elite soldiers of the Qin army, which was far different from his former Qin generals, his fierce and fearless manner made him helpless.


    Yes, this kind of feeling is helpless. One after another, it seems that they are not going to die but to a banquet. He can''t remember how many Qin soldiers he killed, but there is always a feeling that he can''t kill them all. Although he wanted to leave several times, the soldiers always killed them, so Xiang Yu had to fall into the tangled battle with them again.


    All of a sudden, Xiang Yufa felt a shower of arrows flying over his head. Then he heard the cries and groans of the arrows coming from the soldiers behind him. Moreover, the roar of the arrow rain seemed to be continuous and never meant to end.


    After another forced retreat to kill several of his soldiers, Xiang Yu took time to look back. He saw that hundreds of soldiers had fallen between 20 and 30 steps behind him, and he was still shooting. All of a sudden, Xiang Yu woke up with a start, and there were crossbow soldiers in the Qin army. Damn it, and the number was very large, otherwise it would not have been so fierce.


    Just at this time, Pu Jun killed Xiang Yu and said in a loud voice, "general, Qin Gou''s Crossbow reinforcements have arrived. Shall we retreat temporarily? Otherwise, our army will suffer heavy casualties!"


    Just as Xiang Yu hesitated, yingbu rushed over and said, "general, withdraw first. There are too many crossbow soldiers in Qingou. It''s only a few minutes, and the army has lost nearly a thousand people."


    At this time, Xiang Yu was not the arrogant overlord of Western Chu, and he accepted the persuasion of his two generals very quickly. Biting his teeth, he said in a loud voice: "order, retreat, withdraw from the 200 step range, and then make plans!"


    With Xiang Yu''s consent, yingbu and Pu Jun are greatly relieved. Today''s Qin army is so evil that they suddenly don''t know where to run out so many crossbow soldiers. Then, the sound of Mingjin rang out in the Chu army. Within a moment, the Chu army outside the Sujiao camp retreated completely. However, the soldiers of Qin did not pursue any more, but slowly retreated to the camp.


    Watching the Qin army slowly retreat into the camp, Xiang Yu knows that his idea of encircling and annihilating the Qin army under Julu city has failed. Although he is unwilling, he has nothing to do. God knows why a large number of crossbow soldiers have come to support the Qin army. Otherwise, the 200000 Qin army will escape from him.


    Sure enough, the Qin army who returned to the camp did not idle down. Instead, they constantly strengthened the defense in the camp, and then kept piling up something behind the camp gate.


    Xiang Yu, who was unwilling, sent people to attack him several times. However, as soon as he reached a hundred paces away from the camp, the crossbows and arrows in the camp were like pouring rain. Every time, the Chu army left dozens of soldiers behind and had no choice but to retreat.


    But if we bypass the camp, we need to go further. So several times, the two sides were deadlocked here.


    As a matter of fact, there are only 1000 yuan army crossbow soldiers and the remaining 700 soldiers in the present Sujiao camp. The rest of the Qin army has retreated one after another.


    However, before they left, they had reinforced the internal defense of the camp again. Moreover, not far behind the camp wall, a large number of inflammables such as grain, grass, wood and so on were placed. Moreover, they left enough war horses for them to use dozens of steps behind these soldiers.


    Only after the soldiers left long enough, the crossbow soldiers and the soldiers of the trapped camp could light the camp and then retreat on horseback. In this way, the Chu army could not catch up with them.


    At the beginning of Maoshi, which is about five o''clock in the morning in real time, the sky is already a little bit bright, and it has been more than half an hour since Wang Li''s army left. After Zhao Cen and Gao Shun look at each other, they give a deep salute to the seriously wounded soldiers of Qin army who voluntarily left behind, and then they run away with more than 1000 soldiers under their command, He chased in the direction of the retreat of the army.


    The movement of the Qin army camp shocked the Chu army outside the camp. After hearing this, Xiang Yu knew that the Qin army had retreated. However, with the idea of having a try, he sent 1000 Chu soldiers to attack the camp.


    Sure enough, they stormed into the camp smoothly, but before long, there was a fire everywhere in the camp. Soon they saw that the soldiers of Chu retreated in confusion, and a thousand people went in. Less than 400 people retreated, and the others were trapped in the camp by the fire.


    Seeing this, Xiang Yu was furious, but he had nothing to do. Finally, he had to go back to his camp and discuss with fan Zeng about the next step.


    When Gao Shun and Zhao Cen led the way to catch up with Huangfu Chaobo, it was already bright. By this time, the army had already stood out from the encirclement of the princes, and it was only 20 li away from Xindu.


    Outstanding encirclement of the Great Wall corps soldiers, high morale, all the way down, finally arrived in the capital before noon. All the soldiers who came back to the city were relieved. They were able to have a good meal and have a good sleep.


    After entering the capital of Xin, Wang Li ordered the army to rest. At the same time, he quickly ordered the city to be under martial law. He ordered the scouts to closely monitor the movements of the princes'' army. If they found any changes, they would report them immediately. At the same time, it counted the war losses, counted the number of soldiers that could be fought, and reorganized the soldiers that could be fought. The call was busy until the evening.After that, Wang Li called the generals in the county yamen of Xindu city to discuss the affairs, and Huangfu Chaobo also called them.


    After everyone arrived, Wang Li informed everyone about the damage of the army in the battle of Julu. During the successive days'' War, 200000 troops of the Great Wall army were damaged in half, and 80000 were killed and injured. Most of them were damaged after Xiang Yu''s Chu army took part in the war. After hearing Wang Li''s announcement, all the generals on the scene were prepared, but they were all startled.


    After the public''s discussion subsided a little, Wang Li continued to talk about other things. Of course, Wang Li and other generals are very grateful for Huangfu Chaobo''s full rescue.


    Then, Wang Li told everyone about the situation of the surrounding princes and Zhang Han army. Then Wang Li ordered the generals to do their own things.


    After the Qin generals got up to salute, they turned and left. Huangfu Chaobo also got up to leave with the generals. However, he wanted to discuss with Pang Tong. He had rescued Wang Li and the Great Wall army, but when could his task be completed? It''s rare to find Wang Liyao himself, or to wait for the Great Wall army and Xiang Yu to fight again. What else?

 Chapter 624

    When Huangfu Chaobo was about to quit, he suddenly heard that Wang Li was handing him over. When he looked back, he found that there were only Wang Li, shejian and Su Jiao in the room. It seems that they are waiting for themselves.


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately returned to his room and said to Wang Li, "general, what''s your order


    Wang Li and his two deputy generals looked at each other and said, "general Huangfu, please sit down. I have something to say to the general."


    Although Huangfu Chaobo felt strange, he still sat down on his seat just now, and then said to the three humanitarians, "three generals, please speak!"


    "What does Chaobo think of the rebellion of the mobs in Shandong, or does Chaobo think there is still hope for Daqin?" After half a day''s deliberation, Wang Li said,


    Huangfu was stunned and said, can I tell you that there is nothing wrong with Daqin.


    Looking at Huangfu''s expression, they didn''t understand what they meant. In fact, none of them who could be in a high position was stupid. What''s more, Wang Li, who had worked for the Qin Dynasty for three generations, had countless relationships in the imperial court. If there was any disturbance in the Imperial court, they would soon get the news.


    The reason for such a question, however, is due to the habit of China. Seeing the reaction of Huangfu Chaobo, the three people looked at each other and sighed.


    After a long time, Wang Li got up and said, "Chaobo doesn''t need to say any more. We already know the answer, but we are still a little reluctant to admit it in our heart. Well, if we receive the favor of the emperor, we will surely serve our country with death. However, Chaobo is different. Chaobo should lead the troops back to Jiuyuan as soon as possible and bring a keepsake for someone to tell them that if something can''t be done, they should lead the rest of the Great Wall army to go back to seclusion until someone comes to guide them into the world. "


    Then Wang Li took out a jade pendant from his arms and handed it to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He still wanted to talk to Wang Li, but he didn''t expect to get it so easily. Thinking of this, he hurriedly went forward to take over the jade pendant in Wang Li''s hand, and saw that it was engraved with the word "Wang" of an ancient servant. In addition, no other obvious signs could be seen.


    Seeing Wang Li staring at him all the time, Huangfu chaobolian said in a hurry: "don''t worry, general. Chaobo will hand over this keepsake to the remaining generals."


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had agreed to his request, Wang Li was also relieved and sighed: "Chaobo will take the lead tomorrow morning. Our army needs to rest here for a few days, and then fight with the Allied forces of the princes. By the way, I think that the soldiers in the camp are all rare elites. It''s not easy to select and train soldiers, is it


    Huang Fu Chao pondered deeply and said, "I dare not deceive the general. These soldiers are at least one in a hundred or even one in a thousand. In the end, they are less than one thousand soldiers."


    "In this war, I lost nearly 20% of my camp, but no one retreated. I knew it was not easy to train. I didn''t think it was even more difficult to train tieyingrui than I did in the Qin Dynasty. Well, let your general go to the Great Wall army and choose some. If you have any suitable soldiers, take them all away."


    "In addition, there are 2500 iron eagles in my army. You should take 500 with you. You should leave some kindling for the old Qin people. As for the iron eagles, you need to supplement them slowly." Wang Li looked at the night outside the window and said slowly, "in order to thank Chao Bo for his help, I have some small gifts here."


    With that, Wang Li took out some drawings from his arms and handed them to Huangfu Chaobo.


    When Huangfu Chaobo took over, he saw a special branch of arms, the talisman and barracks drawing of the Iron Eagle of the great Qin Dynasty, as well as the architectural drawing of the city of the big, medium and small cities. Seeing that Wang Li''s hand was so heavy, he could not help but solemnly thank Wang Li.


    Just as he was about to speak, Su Jiao and shejian both came up and handed him a card. Su Jiao said with a smile, "I don''t think they are as rich as the Marquis of Wucheng. They are just small gifts to show their gratitude. I hope the general won''t refuse!"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked up and saw that what they handed over were actually two famous general cards, which seemed to be their own famous general cards. Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but be surprised. Although he doesn''t know how to use these two famous general cards, they should not be ordinary items.


    However, this is not the time to study cards. We can only wait for ourselves to step down and study them slowly. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo stepped back a few steps, solemnly saluted the three men and said, "Chaobo, thank you for your generous gifts. I hope that the three generals will win the battle and settle the rebellion in Guandong as soon as possible, and return the great Qin Dynasty to the world."


    "Well, take advantage of Chao Bo Ji''s words. You can step down. I''ve ordered the general to lead your family to the army to select soldiers. After the selection, you can go back to Jiuyuan as soon as possible. We three old guys still need to discuss the military situation, so we won''t leave you." Wang Li laughs and says to Huangfu Chaobo;


    the other two also smile and nod to him. Huangfu Chaobo salutes the three one by one and exits the County Hall. Sure enough, as soon as he came out, Wang Li''s relatives were waiting outside the door. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo came out, they hurried forward to lead him to the camp. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo also sent someone to call Gao Shun. It''s better to let the general go in person to select soldiers.The party soon came to the barracks. At this time, the 500 Iron Eagle sharp soldiers for Huangfu Chaobo had assembled. They were five village leaders, each leading a group of soldiers. In order for Huangfu Chaobo to take charge of these soldiers better, Wang Li didn''t even have a Qu leader.


    Gao Shun slowly selects the soldiers who are trapped in the camp. The battalions are not averse to the selection of soldiers by Huangfu Chaobo and Gao Shun. We all know that their leaders have saved their own army, so the generals have no objection to their selection of soldiers.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t interfere with the reception of the soldiers in the trapped camp. However, he quietly told Gao Shun to choose the soldiers below the team leader as much as possible. Then he led the 500 Iron Eagle soldiers back to his camp. What he wants now is to go back and study these two famous general cards and talismans.


    After returning to his camp and handing over 500 iron eagles to Zhao Cen for resettlement, Huangfu Chaobo went back to his house next to the camp, which was the temporary residence of the generals arranged by Wang Li. As soon as he sat down, he took out the items that the three generals gave him in the county government, and prepared to study them carefully.

 Chapter 625

    The first thing Huangfu Chaobo opened was three city upgrading drawings. Although there were drawings of the big city, that is, the state city, it was something that Huangfu Chaobo could not use until a long time ago, so he took a glance and put it away.


    The second one I picked up was two famous general cards. Although I happened to see this kind of thing on the official website, there was only one sentence on the official website, that is, the specific purpose and use method. The players studied it by themselves. Up to now, the players have never heard of anyone who has exploded this kind of famous general card, so there is no exact information on the forum.


    So at present, for players, the so-called general card is just a legendary item, no one has seen it, let alone how to use it.


    "Famous general card": players who kill a famous historical general in the interface will have a certain chance to get the famous general card of the general; or when they are in the copy task, they will have a certain chance to get the famous general card of the historical general after they kill the famous historical general or have a certain relationship with the famous historical general. The card can be used for the transfer of non historical generals. "


    Then, there is no other hint. Look at the back of the famous general card and write the basic situation of the historical generals of this famous general card.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but feel a pain in the face. He said in his heart: I have a comment. I don''t know whether to say it or not. How to use this card? What are the requirements of the generals and what should we pay attention to? What is the success rate of job transfer? If it doesn''t succeed, are the famous general card and his own generals still there? And both of them went up in smoke?


    However, Huangfu Chaobo took two famous general cards and looked at them for nearly a quarter of an hour before he finally found out that he had not seen any information about how to use the famous general cards except the things he had seen before.


    Finally, in desperation, Huangfu Chaobo can only give up and prepare to go back to the big map at that time, so that the players of Zilong club and Luoshen club can pay more attention to this information.


    Just at this time, the door of the room was pushed open, and a lazy voice came in, saying: "I heard that the general called Wang Li back again. I don''t know how much good he got?"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked up and saw that Pang Tong was coming. He was very happy. He stood up and took Pang Tong and said, "Shiyuan is coming, come..."


    "Ah... Wait a minute Pang Tong grabbed Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and said, "no matter what you do, you have to cheat or steal. What''s the matter? If you don''t make it clear, you won''t go in. " Then he made a gesture and walked out.


    Today''s Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong are not master-slave relationship, but one is a bohemian, the other is a player, so their relationship has become a good friend. So Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care about Pang Tong''s words. He said with a smile, "well, I''m thinking that there are only a few jars of wine now. I''m worried that it won''t be enough. If you don''t drink it, I''ll keep it for a few more days."


    As soon as Pang Tong heard this, he stopped and walked slowly to the hair room. He beat his legs and said, "Oh, my feet are sore after running all day. I have to sit and have a good rest."


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say anything about it. He just ordered people to prepare dinner. However, it was for two people. Jia Jing and Huang Fu''s performance made them laugh. However, they quickly arranged to bring up the food they had already prepared.


    They were drinking wine and eating food leisurely in the room. To be honest, not only Wang Li and the Great Wall army hadn''t had a good meal for a long time, but also Huangfu Chaobo and his subordinates hadn''t sat down to eat leisurely for several months.


    After he had enough to eat and drink, Huangfu Chaobo gave pangtong a rough account of his experience in Wangli, and handed over some famous general cards to pangtong.


    Pang Tong took a look and said happily, "general, this is a good thing."


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he immediately responded. It seems that Pang Tong should be more clear about this. He immediately said, "Oh, it seems that Shiyuan knows this very well?"


    "I know very well, but when Tong was in Xiangyang, he once heard Mr. Huang talk about it." Pang Tong shook his head, nodded again and said,


    then he explained in detail to Huangfu Chaobo the name of general Kalai.


    According to Pang Tong, the famous general card is actually a patch for the bug that the number of famous generals in the game is too small and the number of players is too large.


    As we all know, in the span of more than 100 years of the Three Kingdoms, only a few thousand people with names and surnames actually appeared, and the span is too long. Even after the system has been adjusted, there is still a situation where the supply exceeds the demand. Some people may say, isn''t there an inn general? This can make up for this defect.


    In fact, we all know that for various reasons, there is a big gap between the Inn and the famous historical generals. So in order to make up the gap in the middle, the system adds the concept of famous general card when the patch is implanted.


    The so-called famous generals in the famous generals card refers to the famous generals that have appeared in history, and then the players get their famous generals cards from the famous generals through various copy tasks.After getting the famous general card, the player can transfer his own Inn general to another post, implant the attributes of the famous general into his own Inn general, and then integrate all or part of the attributes of the famous general in the famous general card.


    In this way, the attributes of the hotel generals will be greatly increased. Of course, in order not to make a lot of famous generals in other historical spaces enter the game, there are still many restrictions on the use of famous generals cards.


    First of all, in terms of the four-dimensional numerical value of famous generals, the card of famous generals is different from the actual situation in history. For example, Huangfu Chaobo got Su Jiao''s and shejian''s famous general cards this time. Su Jiao belongs to Chen Deng''s kind of general who has a lower level of martial arts and a higher level of intelligence and internal affairs, while shejian is a bit similar to Hua Xiong''s kind of general who has a higher level of martial arts and a lower level of intelligence and internal affairs.


    However, the four-dimensional value of the current famous general card is about 10% lower than that of his historical general. Of course, all kinds of skill arrays he has will be preserved, but the proficiency of those skill arrays will be reduced in different proportions.


    Another point is that the attributes between the famous general card and the transferred generals can not be completely similar, but they can not be completely different. For example, if a player has an inn General of the internal affairs department in his hand, but you really want to give him a famous general card of Xiang Yu, then congratulations. It is estimated that the transfer will fail in all probability.

 Chapter 626

    Once you fail to transfer a famous general card to a military general, although the final result is that the famous general card will disappear, and the inn will be injured and need to rest for a period of time, you can basically recover, but you are wasting a famous general card. You know, famous general cards are not the same as foreign trade clothes that can be bought all over the street.


    It can be said that Huangfu Chaobo''s luck is still very good, Su Jiao and the famous card just coincide with his two henchmen Chen Jing and Zhang an.


    Of course, there are some other restrictions and conditions for the use of the famous general card, such as the level of the inn will reach at least level 50, the attributes of the hotel general will be noted after the military general uses the famous general card to transfer, and all the hotels will only be able to use one famous general card to transfer, and so on. However, compared with the previous, those Are twigs not node, basically can be ignored.


    It took Pang Tong nearly a cup of tea to tell Huangfu chaobiao what he knew about the famous general card. After listening to Pang Tong''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help feeling. It seems that the system is really sparing no effort in balancing the strength between players. It can be imagined that as time goes on, there will be more and more military generals like Pei yuanshao in the game, so the strength gap between players will be smaller and smaller.


    However, for Huangfu Chaobo, this is not a big threat. You know, the top ten generals in the armed forces of the Three Kingdoms account for three places, so he doesn''t repeat that for ordinary generals in the sky terrace. Of course, it doesn''t mean that he is too few.


    After putting down the two famous general cards, Pang Tong picked up the talisman again. After a little look, he told Huangfu Chaobo. During the Warring States period, among all the soldiers in the world, the soldiers of Wei state were the most elite, which was called "Wei Wu soldiers". Chizhan is called elite by Zhao''s "Hu Dao Knight" and Qi''s "attack Knight". After Shang Yang''s political reform, the new army of Qin state was born in the war of recovering Hexi, and was called "Ruishi" by the whole world.


    The elite of Qin state can fight ten Wei soldiers with one enemy. Xunzi once highly praised the military strength of Qin State: "Qi''s attack can''t meet Wei''s soldiers, Wei''s soldiers can''t meet Qin''s elite.".


    Tieyingruishi is the most elite army of Qin state, founded by the general simacuo. Iron eagles are not only excellent swordsmen, but also proficient in horse fighting, walking and fighting.


    Iron Eagle sharp selection is extremely harsh: the first is the physique. Sima Cuo, a famous general of the state of Wei Wu Qi, trained Wei Wu soldiers to "carry a spear, 20 long arrows on his back, and an iron tire hard bow, and carry three days of military provisions at the same time. He can sprint for 100 miles continuously and fight immediately". On the basis of that, he added full armor, a broad body short sword, a fine iron dagger, and a cow hide shield, with a total load of more than 80 Jin.


    After passing the first pass, you can enter all kinds of martial passes, such as foot fight, riding fight, and all kinds of battle passes where all kinds of formations are formed to fight. It is said that "one hundred thousand Qin soldiers produced three thousand sharp soldiers". Among the two hundred thousand new troops of Qin state, there were only 1600 "Iron Eagle sharp soldiers".


    Pang Tong was not surprised that Wang Li''s Great Wall army should have 2500 iron eagles. He knew that the Great Wall army was one of the three great armies of the Qin Dynasty, and the quality of its soldiers was far beyond the ordinary soldiers. However, what surprised Pang Tong was that Wang Li generously gave 500 Ruishi to Huangfu Chaobo, and also gave the talisman and barracks drawings together.


    Next, there are several upgrading drawings of the city. Pang Tong is the same as Huangfu Chaobo, but he just skims them at a glance. In his opinion, the upgrading of the city is far from what Huangfu Chaobo should pay attention to now.


    At last, it was the jade Pei. As a mission object, Pang Tong only took a glance at it, and then gave it back to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Pang Tong means to leave as soon as Gao Shun''s fallen soldiers have been selected. In the early stage, he and others were caught off guard by the Allied forces of the princes. Therefore, the war damaged soldiers basically have no loss except for the fallen soldiers. Now the fallen soldiers can make up for it, so it can be said that there is no loss, but they earn money Many hundreds of elite.


    But it''s not the same in the future. There must be a lot of wars in the later period. When the time comes, the losses will be gone. So it''s reasonable to withdraw now.


    So they decided that after the selection of the trapped camp, the army would run away quickly. When they got the time, the vassal army would encircle Xindu, and then they would not be able to run.


    In the afternoon of the next day, Gao Shun went to Huangfu Chaobo to report that all the trapped taxi drivers had been selected, and now there are 999 trapped taxi drivers.


    After listening to Gao Shun''s report, Huangfu Chaobo wondered why there were less than 1000 people and made a strange number of 999? However, Gao Shun doesn''t know what''s going on. He just knows when his chosen soldiers will join. When the number is up, he can''t increase it any more.


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly turned his mind and thought of the introduction of the trapped camp in history. There was a sentence "less than a thousand people in the camp". He thought that the stem was here. Thinking of this, he quickly opened his power attribute and found the trapped camp in it. Sure enough, the number of soldiers was 999, and then there were several red words behind the number¡ª¡ª "Full".


    I didn''t expect that it was really this reason. Originally, I wanted Gao Shun to select more soldiers. It seems that I can only give up.Seeing that the trapped camp had been selected, Huang Fu Chao Bo ordered all the officers and men to rest for one night and return tomorrow. After that, he went to the county government to bid farewell to Wang Li. The three generals did not say anything to Huangfu Chaobo, but said that in order not to affect the morale of the soldiers, they would not lead people to see him off. They also asked Huangfu Chaobo to go out of the city from the south gate, go south for a distance, and then turn north.


    In this regard, Huangfu Chaobo also understood that, after all, there was going to be a war soon. Although the generals all knew that Huangfu Chaobo did not belong to the Great Wall army, the soldiers did not know. If they saw a large number of soldiers leaving for the north at this time, it would inevitably have a certain impact on their morale and morale.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo led the rest of the night''s 4000 soldiers and more than 7000 horses out of the South Gate of Xindu city and headed southwest. The army came to a stop after nearly 20 miles. Huangfu Chaobo turned back and looked in the direction of Xindu. At this time, he could not see the shadow of Xindu. However, Huangfu Chaobo still felt that the hundreds of thousands of Qin soldiers were still looking in this direction.

 Chapter 627

    For a long time, Huangfu Chaobo took out Yupei from the package and gently stroked him for a moment. When he was ready to turn the army and March in the direction of Jiuyuan, suddenly a system prompt came: "congratulations to the player. You have completed the copy task of Julu battle and obtained the keepsake of Wang Li, the commander of the Great Wall army. Do you want to leave the copy?"


    Huangfu Chaobo is stunned. Can he leave directly? Don''t you have to run for more than ten days to return to Jiuyuan city? Thinking of this, he no longer hesitated and chose to leave. There was a sudden change in the surrounding scenery, and then everyone returned to the main line of the game. All the soldiers and horses returned to the outside of Wuliang suhai, while Huangfu Chaobo and his party returned to the square inside the castle on the island.


    Several people have not yet stood firm, they heard the cheers of someone nearby: "back, they are back, quickly, send someone to inform Taigong they, they said they have come back."


    They raised their eyes to look around, but there were several people standing by. It seems that Meng Ping and others specially arranged to wait here after they left. Now when I saw the crowd suddenly appear, I was shocked. Then I immediately sent someone to inform Meng Ping and others.


    Looking at the crowd around, Jia Jing said with a smile: "this game is like crossing drama. It''s back to the Qin Dynasty, and it''s back to the Han Dynasty."


    A few people can''t help laughing. Just as they are about to say something more, the system news suddenly interrupts their topic.


    "Ding Dang, congratulations to the player who is the first to complete the copy task - Battle of Julu. Is it all served or not?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was shocked when he heard that. He immediately chose not to report it. He was very envied, so he didn''t have to do this kind of thing. After the selection is completed, the system message will ring in the whole game.


    "Congratulations to the player for opening and completing the copy task - Battle of Julu. The copy of battle of Julu is trying to be opened. Location: Julu, Jizhou. Opening time: October 30 every year. Task time: one month. Requirements for participating in the task:"


    Tightly pull, the system will copy the task of various requirements are released to the system forum, for all players to know.


    All of a sudden, a stone stirred up a thousand waves. The game has been going on for so long, and finally some players triggered and started the first large-scale replica task. Although this task is only started once a year, it can be seen from the introduction of the replica task that this replica task is still very successful. There are not only all kinds of drawings that players need, but also what''s more important The famous general card, however, will largely ease the embarrassment of players who have no good general in their hands. For this, players all have great expectations for this replica task.


    Just at this time, Huangfu Chaobo saw a group of people coming from afar, headed by Meng Ping and Wang Ding. Behind them, there was a large crowd, including several generals dressed up. The party hurried up to Huangfu Chaobo, but could not care more. Meng Ping came forward and said, "the distinguished guest has come back. I wonder if he has taken the ancestral keepsake?"


    With a smile, Huangfu Chaobo took out Yupei, handed it to him and said, "Mr. Meng, please have a look. Is it this?"


    Meng Ping and Wang Ding are both very excited. With Meng Ping''s signal, Wang Ding steps forward and takes over Yu Pei from Huangfu Chaobo with both hands. He looks at Yu Pei carefully for a moment, and then gives it to Meng Ping for careful observation. After a long time, they looked at each other, and both looked excited and happy from each other''s eyes.


    Later, they went to Huangfu Chaobo, solemnly handed Yupei to him with both hands, and said, "this is indeed a keepsake handed down by our ancestors. Please keep it. Meng Ping (Wang Ding), a villain, paid a visit to the Lord and respected the wishes of his ancestors. We are willing to vote for him with our family. Please accept him! "


    "OK, OK, Mr. two, please stand up. If you can vote for your family, you will be welcome. In the future, you will be a family." Huangfu Chaobo happily went forward to help the two old men up and said,


    to be honest, with the status and strength of Huangfu Chaobo now, he didn''t care much. If he got the help of tens of thousands of people when he just lost his territory, he would be overjoyed. Now... You can only ha ha Da... However, we still have to do our best to keep face.


    Of course, in Huangfu Chaobo''s view, this replica mission has gained a lot. The special arms and the two famous general cards alone are great gains. What''s more, there are three city upgrading drawings, which can be said to be a big profit. These people are just an addition. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo was not able to examine the qualifications of tens of thousands of people carefully. If he did, he would be too happy to find the north.


    Among the nearly 40000 people, there are about 10000 strong men, and more than half of them have C-level or higher qualifications. There are a large number of A-level talents, and the proportion of children with high qualifications is even higher. It can be said that this is a treasure house of talents.


    The two old men stood up and said thank you. Then Meng Ping said, "general, there are 38589 people in our army, including 9842 strong men, 12253 strong women, 11489 children and 5014 old people. I don''t know where the general is going to put us? In addition, tens of thousands of people need to be prepared for the migration, soHuangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said: "you don''t have to worry about the relocation and resettlement. You will have four counties in the Central Plains. It''s still no problem to arrange tens of thousands of people. The specific resettlement is to wait until the time to discuss. According to the meaning of this general, you can be directly resettled in a county. As for the timing of the migration, the two elders can prepare slowly, and there is no need to be in a hurry. "


    Just as he was about to talk about it again, the messenger kept flashing. Huangfu Chaobo saw that someone was talking in the alliance channel, so he said, "Er Lao can first recruit the people to make arrangements. Another thing is to send someone to take thousands of soldiers off the island to rest for a few days. Another thing is to arrange a few rooms for us. I have a little thing to do here."


    On hearing this, Meng Ping hurriedly led Huangfu Chaobo to a courtyard and said, "general, wait here for a rest. Little old man will send someone to lead the soldiers outside the island."


    After entering the courtyard, Jia Jing said: "Chao, you should go to the alliance channel as soon as possible. It seems that Xiake and Zilong are looking for you. In addition, we have been in the copy for nearly a month. It seems that a lot of things have happened in Luoyang. They will talk to you in the channel later. "

 Chapter 628

    It turns out that as soon as they return to the game, they immediately turn on the League channel, so everyone knows that they have come back.


    After listening to Jia Jing''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and said, "ah, we have been in the copy for a month, won''t the copy affect the time of the main line? I''ll go. How many things will be delayed? " With that, I''ll enter the alliance channel immediately. After staying in the yard for a while, the two women felt very bored, so they let Meng Ping''s people lead them around the island.


    As soon as I came into the League channel, I heard the swordsman talking: "boss, you finally showed up. Come and help


    "What''s the situation?" Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and said, "your county was very good some time ago. Can''t it be lost now? No, there is no such powerful force around Shuofang to capture your county?"


    "Ah, Pooh." On hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the knight leaped and said, "boss, can you say a few good words? Are you looking forward to losing my county?"


    "Stop!" Looking at his style and the tendency to continue to talk, Huangfu Chaobo roared. He didn''t feel familiar with it before, but since he became familiar with it, Huangfu Chaobo found that Xiake was a talkative and a little bit middle two, but he had a better brain than Xiaojie. That''s why he was able to get out of the class among the Lord players The reason for excellence.


    "If I don''t help the wall, I will help you, won''t I? Big brother, have something to say Huangfu Chaobo caresses his forehead and says helplessly;


    after a lot of chattering, Huangfu Chaobo finally gets the whole story clear. Since the end of grain planting in March, the Xiake asked the generals Gaolan and qubei to take the lead in raiding the surrounding areas. In the first few days, the generals really wiped out many small tribes and brought back a lot of people.


    However, as time goes on, there are basically no small tribes in the surrounding areas for tens of miles, so the Xiake turns to resettle people in the abandoned villages around. Although the farming period has passed, he must be prepared for the future.


    At first, it was very good. Starting from the villages near the county seat, it slowly expanded to the East, West and North. For the sake of safety, Fu Xun only arranged dozens of villagers in each village. What they did in the early stage was to sort out the abandoned villages, and then initially set up the defense. For the sake of safety, he also arranged a team of soldiers in each small village And the cavalry.


    In their opinion, with these soldiers and the people in the village, there are more than 100 people in total. If they find a small group of people invading, they can basically handle it by themselves. If we meet a little more soldiers and horses, more than 100 people will be able to defend for a day and a half. If the cavalry asks for help, they will arrive in one or two hours. In the next nearly a month, they have begun to settle in and reorganize nearly ten villages.


    However, in the middle of April, suddenly one night, a village about 20 miles west of Guangmu was attacked. All the people and soldiers in the village were slaughtered, and the village was burned again.


    The next day, the Xiake sent his troops to search the surrounding area for dozens of miles, but nothing was found. Just when people thought that this was the work of horse thieves, two more villages were burned and killed that night.


    On the third day, in a few days, the Xiake lost nearly 200 people and more than 100 soldiers. You know, the Xiake brought only 20000 or 30000 ordinary people from Luoyang, and only 5000 or 6000 soldiers. In these two days, he lost hundreds of people, which made the Xiake sad for a long time.


    Seeing this situation, Fu Xun immediately responded that this should be done by the surrounding grassland tribes, and he also immediately responded. His original intention was to let all the people and soldiers sent out give up the villages that were too small and had poor defense ability, go back to the county first, control the county and the surrounding 20 Li area, and then expand the area.


    However, he could not resist the insistence of the Xiake, and finally concentrated the remaining people of nearly ten villages in a larger Town Fort, named Xiangyang fort, 40 miles north of Guangmu county.


    Xiangyangbao is a town about the size of a small town. It''s a relatively large town around Guangmu. When the area is most prosperous, it''s better to have two or three thousand people. It''s already a very large town in the north.


    The reason why he chose this place is that it is large enough, and the four walls of Xiangyang fort are basically intact. After a little sorting out, one or two thousand people and soldiers are enough to withstand the attack of thousands of enemies for several days. Fu Xun believes that after the first World War and several days of inspection, there are no more than thousands of troops around Guangmu.


    But more than 40 Li distance, own several thousand cavalry only need an hour to arrive, therefore completely has the ability to defend.


    Just when the Xiake thought that this time had been arranged properly, he had been quiet for two days. Two days later, one night, Guangmu city received an urgent call for help from Xiangyang fort. It was said that thousands of Huqi were attacking Xiangyang fort, and the other side was in a hurry to attack. Please help them.


    Sending troops late at night was a big taboo for military strategists, but the Xiake was reluctant to give up the more than 1000 people and nearly a thousand soldiers in Xiangyang castle, so he had to order Gao Lan and his cavalry to help. However, he repeatedly told Gao Lan to be cautious, and so far he gave all his 500 guards to Gao Lan to fight together.Gao Lan was a cautious man, so after leading the troops, he did not underestimate the enemy''s rash advance, but ordered the army to March cautiously. Sure enough, less than 20 miles away from Guangmu City, the reinforcements were ambushed by thousands of Hu Qi.


    However, due to Gao Lan''s early preparation, Hu Qi retreated in confusion after leaving hundreds of casualties in the face of hundreds of crossbow soldiers of Guangmu army. However, the speed of the reinforcements slowed down even more. Gao Lan didn''t order the army to March quickly until it was light. When the reinforcements arrived at Xiangyang fort, the besieged Huqi had already retreated.


    At this time, hundreds of Hu people and war horses were left outside the fort. Weapons and arrows were scattered all over the wall. In several places, the wall had collapsed, and nearly 100 soldiers were lost inside the fort. After Gao Lan''s leader arrived, he immediately sent someone back to Guangmu to report the situation here to his Lord, and then waited for the general''s order.


    This time, the knight who was slapped in the face by the Hu people didn''t insist any more. After getting Gao Lan''s reply, he immediately ordered Gao Lan to escort all the personnel and materials back to Guangmu.

 Chapter 629

    Since then, the ordinary people of Guangmu have never left the area of 15 Li around the county seat. Basically, within ten li, the cavalry was scattered for dozens of Li, and then the people went out of the city to greet the cultivated land. Before dark, the cavalry escorted them back to the city. It''s not that Xiake doesn''t want to drive away these flies, but that he is really not there.


    Although there are 3000 cavalry on hand, they are still too few compared with Hu''s. It''s ok if they defend the city. If they use these 3000 cavalry to fight with Hu''s, there will be no residue left in the end.


    At this time, Xiake realized how naive it was to get Shuofang in a few years. As a result, he kept calling Huangfu Chaobo on the alliance channel, only to find that it has been nearly a month since Huangfu Chaobo entered the replica.


    Now the swordsman can''t wait for Zhao Zilong to come to Bingzhou as soon as possible to share some pressure for himself. Moreover, if they can concentrate 5000 or 6000 cavalry, they won''t be afraid of fighting nearly 10000 Hu cavalry. It''s a pity that Zhao Zilong''s 1000 cavalry have not been trained well. It''s estimated that it will take a month or two for him to send troops to Jiuyuan.


    After listening to the swordsman''s words, Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to comfort the swordsman. It was also good for him to do so. He laid a solid foundation and managed the county with peace of mind. After Zhao Zilong entered Jiuyuan, the two families joined hands and then considered expanding the site.


    After he retired from the alliance channel, Shi a sorted out all the information that came to Luoyang recently and put it on the table for Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong to read.


    Before opening it, Huangfu Chaobo asked, "Shi ah, is there anything important in Luoyang? Show me first. "


    Seeing this, Shi a quickly took out the middle piece of news and handed it to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu chaoboxian didn''t care, but at a glance, he stood up in a panic. Great events did happen in the Central Plains. Although it was not Luoyang, it had a lot to do with Huangfu Chaobo.


    At the beginning of April, Liu Xun, the prefect of Lujiang, and Yuan Yin, the prefect of Jiujiang, gathered 40000 troops to march into Runan in the name of eliminating the remaining evils of Huangjin. Yuan Shujun was supposed to be stronger than Yuzhou army. In addition, Liu Xun and other generals led the army, and Runan was originally the old place of yuan family. Many aristocratic families had been close to yuan family, so Yuzhou army was defeated one after another.


    Within ten days, Yuan Shu''s army occupied Anyang, Xinxi, geyang, Qisi, Yuanlu and fuboshi counties in the south of Runan, and the army approached Baoxin, Shenyang and Ancheng. Runan prefect Xu Jing was shocked three times a day and sent rescue messengers one after another to Yingchuan for help.


    On the one hand, Kong Chu sent he man to lead 30000 troops to Runan to support him. On the other hand, he ordered the magistrate of changshe county to send He Yi to lead the troops. On the other hand, he sent people to Luoyang to rescue Huangfu Chaobo. But at this time Huangfu Chaobo has entered the copy, Luoyang can not contact him.


    After an urgent discussion, Xu Shutian, Feng and Lou GUI decided to send troops for support. After much consideration, they decided to take Zhao Yun as the main general, Xu Shu as the military commander, and lead Baima Yi from 5000 ordinary cavalry to 5000, with a total of 10000 cavalry going to Runan to support, while Longxiang camp was led by deputy general Zuo Xiao to continue training in Luoyang, and was killed by Huang Zhong together with Huben camp.


    Runan is not short of troops, but no strong general. If there is no strong general, there will be no strong soldiers, and the cavalry is even more so. Therefore, in the face of Yuan Shu''s troops, they can only lose again and again.


    In the middle of April, Zhao Yun led the army to Yangzhai, the Yuzhou government office, and Xu Shu went to visit Kong. As far as Xu Shu is concerned, Kong has already seen Xu Shu''s strategy as early as the Luoyang crisis. Although Zhao Yun met him for the first time, he heard that he was the commander of Huangfu Chaobo''s army no less than Huang Zhong''s, so Kong was relieved to send him to the tent of Xu Jing in Runan.


    On April 20, Zhao Yun led the army to Pingyu, the Runan Prefecture. He joined the 30000 troops led by Xu Jing, the governor of Runan, and he man, the governor of Yuzhou. In addition, there were nearly 100000 troops outside Pingyu. Later, Xu Jing ordered the army to go south to fight Yuan Shu''s army.


    According to the calculation of time, we should have started fighting with Yuan Shujun by now.


    Looking at the information from Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile to Pang Tong: "it seems that our little yuan Sangong is still dishonest. It seems that when we return to Luoyang, we have to beat him up again."


    Pang Tong also said with a smile: "yes, Nanyang is good. Looking at Yuan Road, it''s only a long time since Ji Ling trained 30000 heavy armour infantry soldiers for him. If you add the 10000 left behind in Nanyang and 20000 left behind in Runan, now there are 60000 heavy armour infantry soldiers in Yuan Shu army, 10000 more than before the battle of Luoyang." Said, and Yang Yang Yang in his hands about Nanyang intelligence.


    "Well, after we return to Luoyang, we will discuss with Yuanzhi and go to Nanyang to meet our rear general." Huangfu Chaobo made up his mind;


    originally, he thought that the army should not move lightly now, but now it seems that Yuan Shu''s loss is not enough to make him have a long memory, so he is going to return to Luoyang this time, and he must persuade Kong Luo to send troops to Nanyang and dig another piece of meat from Yuan Shu''s hands.


    It seems that the proposal of killing the wrong wolf last time to make zonghengtianxia a vassal is also good. If we capture several counties from Nanyang and Yingchuan several cities, we can make zonghengtianxia a county guard and defend the West for Yingchuan. Kong should still agree.Pang Tong was noncommittal about Huangfu Chaobo''s words. He shrugged his shoulders and stopped talking.


    Huangfu Chaobo turned to Shi''a and said, "is there anything else important?"


    "There is also news from Longhua that the foreign cavalry on the grassland has become more active recently. I don''t know if it is because a large number of foreign people have entered the grassland. However, it does not have much impact on Longhua. Tian Yu and others just reported this situation. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and stopped talking. But Pang Tong suddenly said, "general Shi, are you sure that the foreign cavalry has become active in Longhua recently?"


    Shi a was stunned and said: "this is what the information from Longhua said. It should have happened in the middle and late March. Is there anything wrong with that? Mr. Pang


    "What did you find?" Huangfu Chaobo was also shocked. He sat up straight and asked Pang Tong;


    Pang Tong sat there, tapping his fingers on the table beside him. He said thoughtfully, "I''m not sure for the moment, but if I don''t guess wrong, it should be eight or nine. Did the general notice that the active time of the foreign cavalry in Bingzhou was almost the same as that in Youzhou? "

 Chapter 630

    Pang Tong said to Shi''a and Huangfu Chaobo, "general Shi, immediately send the personnel of shadow guard to send back the recent situation of foreign troops and horses everywhere. It''s better for the general to let the strange people of Zilong society and Luoshen society know about the situation of foreign troops and horses everywhere in the Han Dynasty."


    "Shiyuan means that there are likely to be changes in the whole foreign race around the Han Dynasty?" Huang Fu Chao Bo moved in his heart and said,


    Pang Tong nodded his head, stopped talking and turned his eyes to the information in his hand. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Shi a and motioned him to go down to arrange. He quickly entered the alliance channel again and asked Zhao Zilong and Lao Du for confirmation. After hearing this, several people immediately said that they would find out the matter as soon as possible.


    Two hours later, several people reported that, just as Pang Tong had expected, not only Bingzhou and Youzhou, but also Liangzhou and Jiaozhou, Yangzhou and other foreign soldiers and horses had obviously increased the intensity of harassment and attack on the border cities.


    Although I don''t know if it''s the front of the alien attack, it does make the defenders and lords of various places tired, and the loss of many players is not small. Hearing the news, the knight was more anxious and urged Zhao Zilong to come to Jiuyuan.


    However, Zhao Zilong was a little scared. With two chivalrous generals and three thousand cavalry, he only dared to guard the city. It was a question whether he could keep it.


    Seeing that Zhao Zilong had retreated a little, the Xiake became more anxious. After half a day''s discussion, they finally decided on Huangfu Chaobo. If you want Huangfu Chaobo to occupy a county in Bingzhou, you can arrange thousands of cavalry to garrison, so that you can take care of each other.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo was hesitant about this proposal, because things in Sizhou had not been handled properly. Originally, Longhua had already let him have some difficulties. Now if a county in Bingzhou was added, it would be more troublesome. However, as their own allies, especially Zhao Zilong, if they can make him gain a firm foothold in Jiuyuan, it will be very helpful for Huangfu to plot LV Bujun after Chaobo.


    The hesitant Huangfu Chaobo finally told them that he needed to think about it carefully before he could reply them. Then, each of them withdrew from the alliance channel one after another and went to their own business.


    After quitting the alliance channel, Huangfu Chaobo talked to Pang Tong about his allies'' requests. Pang Tong was also silent. After a long time, he said, "this matter has advantages and disadvantages. The balance of advantages and disadvantages depends on how the general looks at it."


    While they were thinking about it, they heard a report from someone outside the door. Meng Ping and Huang Fu Chao Bolian asked them to come in. As soon as they entered the gate, they reported to Huangfu Chaobo anxiously. After they recruited the clan elders, some of them hoped to stay in the north, but did not want to return to the Central Plains. They did not dare to agree, so they rushed to report to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong were impressed by their words. They both looked at each other and saw the solution from each other''s eyes. Since they could not transfer people from Luoyang to Jiuyuan, they would leave more than 10000 people among the nearly 40000 people and find a foothold in Jiuyuan. In this way, they could kill two birds with one stone.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Mr. Meng, do you have any statistics about how many people do not want to go back to the Central Plains, and what are the reasons for them?"


    Meng Ping didn''t know the character of Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing that he asked these words so calmly, he thought that Huangfu Chaobo was angry and didn''t know what to do with the people who didn''t want to return to the Central Plains. They knelt down in panic and said, "please calm down, general. There are about thousands of people. They said that they have adapted to the life in the north, so they are very worried about returning I didn''t want to, but the general can rest assured that the younger generation will persuade them and won''t delay the general''s work. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Then he reacted and said with a smile: "the elder two are worried too much. Ben was just discussing with the military adviser whether to occupy a county in Jiuyuan. It''s just because of the personnel problem, so he hasn''t decided yet. Since some people want to stay, Ben will have to ensure the safety of these people, so I want to ask the elder two to make statistics It will be better to make arrangements for those who are willing to stay. "


    "We should all be able to understand the benefits of returning to the Central Plains. Originally, we will build an academy in Luoyang recently, which is for the children of the people under our command. These two elders all need to make it clear to the public that those who voluntarily stay here will not be allowed to leave them alone, but they will certainly not be as considerate as the Central Plains. "


    After listening to them, they let down their heart and expressed their gratitude, saying that they would convey the words to the right place and deal with the affairs as soon as possible. After that, they left the yard happily and went to find the people to count the relocation and stay.


    However, for the islands and existing buildings in the center of Wuliangsuhai, the original intention of Huangfu Chaobo was to stay. However, the two old men said that once they left, everyone had to leave here, and then the islands where they lived would sink into the bottom of the sea and disappear completely in front of the world, which also meant that these people would completely break away from the past and completely integrate into the new environment. After listening to this answer, Huangfu Chao couldn''t help but make complaints about the location. The middle of the lake is definitely a good place to develop fishing. It''s a waste of money to sink into the lake in vain. However, this is also helpless. What''s more, do you have any mechanism, nuclear bomb under this island? It''s possible to sink a few islands of this size directly to the bottom.After the two old men left, Huangfu Chaobo and pangtong continued to look at the information accumulated in Luoyang for more than a month.


    After half a day, I finally saw the good news. Old man Lu Zhi finally arrived in Luoyang. In fact, as early as a year ago, the old man received a letter from Huangfu and song. After a little consideration, the old man decided to agree to the invitation of two old friends to Luoyang.


    I thought I would go to Luoyang after Chinese New Year. Who knows, after Chinese new year, the old man fell ill. He had to take care of himself first. It wasn''t until March that the old man got better, and the weather was better, so he left for Luoyang. Along the way, in order not to be tired of him, the journey arranged by shadow guard was very slow, so it was not until the middle of April that they arrived in Sizhou, and then they lived in huaixian for a few days.


    Originally, old man Lu Zhi wanted to stay in huaixian County for a few days and then go to Luoyang. As a result, Huangfu song and Zhu Jun still need more rest because of his long illness. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo is not in Luoyang now, so the old man simply lives in huaixian county first.

 Chapter 631

    Seeing the news of Lu Zhi''s illness, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that he had arranged for Shi A''s shadow guard to look for Hua Tuo and other famous doctors. It seems that the three old men all died in nineteen ninety, and he asked Shi a how things were going?


    After getting the news that Shi A''s reply was still in search, Huang Fu Chao Bo couldn''t help frowning. It seemed that he had to step up his search for Hua Tuo. Otherwise, the old men didn''t know they would be able to survive for several years.


    Time soon arrived in the evening, two girls turned for half a day, finally returned to the courtyard. According to their statistics, about 10000 people are willing to stay in Jiuyuan, most of them are young and strong men and women, and a small number of old people and children who are not suitable to leave their parents now. Other people have moved to Luoyang for resettlement. After all, the northern part of the Great Wall is bitter and cold. They have been rumored that the central plains are prosperous for generations, and most of them are willing to return to the Central Plains Yes.


    Among the 10000 people left behind, more than 2000 can be recruited as soldiers. Fortunately, all the people here are proficient in riding, but it''s not enough to have only cavalry. After discussing with Pang Tong, Huangfu Chaobo decided to transfer some more soldiers from the Central Plains. At least there are about 4000 soldiers left in the city to deal with the situation. The number of 2000 soldiers is too small Point, of course, the central plains are mainly transferred to the infantry, used for city defense.


    As for the city, Huangfu Chaobo was originally very interested in the area between Wuliangsuhai and the Yellow River. There is a river connecting Wuliangsuhai and the Yellow River. The length of the river is not long, only more than 20 Li and less than 30 Li long, but it is a good place for farming. However, there are only a few small villages in the area, and there is no danger around. He wants to build his own city here It''s not going to be possible for a while, so we''ll take the second place and set our goal at Xi''an Yangcheng, which is more than 50 miles east of here. As for the reason, it is the area between Wuliangsuhai and the Yellow River.


    After the negotiation, Huangfu Chaobo informed everyone in the League to go to the League channel for a meeting. However, as soon as they went in, Lao Du and Xiao Jie proposed that they wanted to go to Jiuyuan for development. Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that Xiake and Zhao Zilong would persuade them to go to Jiuyuan together. However, with the strength of the three of them now, it''s OK just to defend a county. If they want to develop, it''s probably enough, because they don''t have enough generals and cavalry. You know, in the past, when the number of cavalry in Longhua was the largest, it accounted for half of the total force. Now the situation is different, so the number of cavalry has been reduced.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said, "come on, what support do you want?"


    Lao Du said: "in fact, there is nothing else. We want to take 5000 soldiers from the county, including one to two thousand cavalry soldiers and their families. If we can, we also want to take them to Jiuyuan." Then he felt a little embarrassed.


    You know, if a soldier''s family number is about four to five, five thousand soldiers means a population of 25000 to 30000. The city population in Central China is slightly larger, that is, fifty or sixty thousand. That is to say, he and Xiao jiejie want to pull away the population of one county from the two counties under Huangfu Chaobo.


    Now, in addition to Luoyang City, which has hundreds of thousands of people, only the ten counties to the east of hulaoguan have a slightly larger population. In other cities under the rule of Luoyang, each county has a population of more than ten thousand, and the cities in Hongnong even have less than ten thousand people. Rao is so, Huangfu Chaobo did not want to transfer population from Guandong to supplement Guannei, but now they want to empty a county.


    However, even so, they decided to leave Huangfu Chaobo''s wings and go out alone. Although they felt very embarrassed, Lao Du said what he thought and said: "boss, Xiao Jie and I have been working with your help these years. Although we are very relaxed, we have not been able to help you much, This time, we have this opportunity. Lao Zhao and Xiake are both in Bingzhou. If we go there again, all four of us will take care of us. When the time comes, we''ll have a foothold in Bingzhou. Maybe we can help you. "


    "Yes, yes, boss. Let''s have a try." Xiao jiejie also joined in;


    after listening to them, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that every man has a dream to fight in the world. It seems that my strategy has to be adjusted again. Originally, I wanted them to stay in the East. In case Chen Liu has something to do, I can support one or two. It seems that I need to make adjustments. Forget it. I''ll discuss with the counselor later.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said, "well, don''t you have two thousand soldiers in your county? Let them all learn how to ride quickly. When the time comes, we will provide you with 2000 cavalry in Jiuyuan with a horse and 500 crossbows. If there are more, you will need to pay for them. As for their families, I suggest that you wait until the county is occupied before moving away. "


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo stopped again and said, "well, I have tens of thousands of people in Bingzhou, and some of them are left in Jiuyuan. But let''s be clear, I want to occupy a county, and there are only about four or five thousand soldiers among them, and the others are old, weak, women and scholars.""Shit, boss, when are you in Bingzhou? There are tens of thousands of people there?" Several people were shocked when they heard that there were tens of thousands of people in Jiuyuan.


    "No, no," Xiao Jie yelled, "wait, wait, boss, when did you have tens of thousands of people in Jiuyuan?"


    Zhao Zilong and Lao Du are also stunned at Huangfu Chaobo, but the Xiake nodded thoughtfully, as if thinking of something.


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "what should Xiake think of?" Then he said with a smile, and then said, "well, no more riddles. I''m working on a copy task recently. It''s about the Great Wall army of Qinwei. After the task is finished, I got about 40000 people who are known as their descendants to join in. Originally, I was going to send them all back to Luoyang. "


    "Now, depending on your situation, it''s estimated that it''s OK to have a foothold here, but it will be a little difficult to develop. Anyway, it takes time for tens of thousands of people to return to Luoyang. It''s better to find a county to settle down first, and then move back slowly. However, it was explained in advance that only more than 10000 people stayed in Jiuyuan, and the number of soldiers and horses was about 4000 or 5000. Of course, for cavalry, it should be able to keep about 2000. "

 Chapter 632

    A few people listen to, is a joy, Zhao Zilong reaction is not slow, said: "I go, the Great Wall army of the Qin Dynasty, brother, you are not the person who opened the copy of the battle of the deer task?"


    The rest of them also reacted and quickly looked at Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t hide it, and said: "yes, I opened the copy of the battle of Julu. If you don''t ask me, I''ll tell you. Except for the swordsmen who have historical generals, the other three only have hotel generals. It''s not enough to rely on the hotel. Although some of them have good potential, they can reach a limited degree in the end. Now one thing has been added to the game. " With that, Huangfu Chaobo took out his famous card and let them have a look.


    Although it is through the camera, but a few people still see Huangfu Chaobo in the hands of things.


    "Famous general card? What is this Several people asked thoughtfully;


    "yes, the card of famous generals is the attribute card of famous historical generals. Through this, you can transfer your Inns to generals who are not inferior to the general generals of the Three Kingdoms. Although they can''t compare with the strong generals of the Three Kingdoms, they are still better than the general generals." Huangfu Chaobo knows that these things will soon spread among players, so it is necessary to let his allies get the first hand as soon as possible.


    After several people digested what they said, they said: "the general of the inn can''t compare with him any more, so we should pay more attention to this kind of large-scale replica task. If we open up wasteland, the harvest is not small."


    "Come on, come on, boss, what else have you got?" After listening to his words, Lao Du became energetic and said immediately;


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t hide his secrets, and showed his harvest in the copy to several people one by one. When everyone heard that he had got another special branch of arms, they were very hot eyed. Xiao Jie was exaggerating and yelled: "it''s really unreasonable. For Mao, you can get rewards from special arms one after another. I can''t even accept a general?"


    "Hey, hey, character, character. By the way, Xiake was the first to recover his hometown last time. He should have gained a lot too? " Looking at this posture, Huangfu Chaobo immediately changed the topic;


    sure enough, several people''s goals immediately shifted to the swordsman.


    "Hehe, not much. Compared with boss Chaobo, it''s drizzle. There are only one upgrading drawing for big town, one for small town and one for middle Town, and two upgrading drawings for super class buildings. There are no designated buildings. There are two pieces of jiuzhuan rebirth pill and a 40 level Ming armor of Tang Dynasty. " Seeing that everyone was staring at him, the Xiake didn''t hide his secrets and shook out his harvest.


    After listening to the swordsman, even Huangfu Chaobo is a little envious. No wonder the swordsman is so angry. At that time, we all forgot to ask about the harvest of Xiake. We didn''t expect that it would be so rich. Zhao Zilong three people are not Lord players, so there is not much response to these things said by Xiake.


    Huangfu Chaobo is very clear about the benefits of these things. Among other things, the two upgrading drawings of super buildings without designated buildings are comparable to the upgrading drawings of small cities. Think about it. All buildings can be used. Ordinary buildings may not be very useful, but if they are used on docks, restaurants or weapons workshops, they will play a big role.


    There is also the level 40 bright light armor drawing, which is also a very good item. It can be said that it can make the swordsman earn countless gold. Although Huangfu Chaobo also got a drawing of level 50 lock armor, the first is that the level is too high, and the market for level 50 armor is not big. The second is that it is too difficult to make lock armor. It is impossible to equip a large number of equipment in the Chinese army, except for generals and a small number of special arms.


    However, the Ming Guang armor of level 40 is different. If the level is lower than level 10, there will be more usable parts. Moreover, the difficulty of making Ming Guang armor is much less than that of making lock armor. Although the weight and flexibility are not as good as lock armor, the defense is high. If it is used in heavy infantry, it is much better than Yuan Shu''s heavy armor. It''s just that if you want to mass produce advanced equipment like this, it''s not very difficult. At least Xiake doesn''t have a year and a half. Basically, don''t mention mass production.


    If you really want to say it, the level 40 bright armor in Xiake''s hand is more useful for players than the lock armor in Huangfu Chaobo''s hand.


    "Not bad," said Huangfu Chaobo, looking at the swordsman, "you are not authentic. If we don''t ask, are you not going to tell us?"


    "Hey, hey, where is it? Didn''t you tell us all?" The swordsman said with a thump on his face;


    "OK, is the production difficult? When can mass production remember to say, I order 10000 sets first Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "it''s OK. It''s not very difficult. Three senior blacksmiths, one senior Tanner and one senior tailor can develop it. It''s estimated that mass production will be at least half a year later. After a year, it can be sold in small quantities, and we will give priority to supply brothers at that time. "


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, it was not very difficult to make it. Compared with his own Suozi armour, it was easy to get. In addition, Xiake had a senior prospector himself. Therefore, it was undoubtedly the pillar industry of Xiake in the future.The three people next to him reflected that the swordsman''s harvest was so great that they could not help feeling envious.


    Looking at the three people''s reaction, Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, don''t be envious. Let''s get down to business first. In the case of the county, I think it''s Xi''an Yangba. It''s close to my people. You can discuss how to arrange it yourself."


    The three nodded together. As they were getting ready to go offline, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly muttered: "I knew it was so good to recover the county. I should have come to play in the county for a long time. Forget it, if I didn''t get the first prize, I''ll take the second, third and fourth."


    "I''ll go, boss. If you don''t bring anything like this, you''ll take it all, and we''ll fart..." Zhao Zilong almost fell to the ground, and immediately yelled: "boss, you''ve done a lot of good. You''d better leave some for us."


    Lao Du and Xiao Jie are crying like wolves. They ask Huangfu Chaobo not to be too cruel. They have to leave some soup for them anyway. Huangfu Chaobo, with a smile, said, "then hurry up and train your troops."

 Chapter 633

    After withdrawing from the alliance channel, Huangfu Chaobo told Pang Tong that Lao Du and Du wanted to come to Jiuyuan. He mainly wanted to ask him about the arrangement of troops in the east line. Pang honglue said thoughtfully: "since they don''t want to defend the east line, they will transfer a school soldier from Xingyang city to Kaifeng. At the same time, they will send someone to tell Zhang Miao that we have a school soldier stationed in Kaifeng, if anything happens You can directly contact Guo Daxian, the commander of the military academy, and then let him report to Luoyang, so that more time can be saved. "


    Huangfu Chaobo also heard that although Guo Daxian was of average ability, he had the same function as Mu Shun in guarding dangyin, which was to better coordinate with his allies.


    As for the Xi''an Yang war, they did not pay much attention to it. What they are considering now is the selection of county magistrate and county captain. They discussed for a long time, but they didn''t come to a conclusion. So they decided to occupy the county first, and move the people here to be settled for the time being. Besides, there were not many confidants who could be entrusted with important tasks under the rule of Sizhou, and now they need to be arranged in this bitter and cold place outside the Great Wall, which is even more difficult. So they are ready to occupy the county first, and then make arrangements, but these things have to be done after Meng Ping and others are ready to move.


    After three or four days in Wuliang suhai, Meng Ping and Wang Ding came to Huangfu Chaobo to report their progress. This time, the two old men brought the data of all the personnel and materials they had counted. Not only that, but also six young generals followed them.


    As for the data from mengpingjiao, Huangfu Chaobo just took a general look and didn''t pay much attention. Instead, he said to Meng Ping, "you can tell me about these things, and they are..."


    Hearing what Huangfu Chaobo said, Meng Ping explained the general situation, then pointed to the generals behind him and said, "these people are some of the better young people in the clan. They are all brought to the general to see. If there is anything, they can be arranged to do it."


    Then he pointed out several people behind him one by one. "These two are Meng gang and Meng Yi, the sons of the Meng family. They are Wang Ran and Wang Yong, the sons of the Wang family. This man is Su Zhi, the descendant of general Su Jiao, and this son is the descendant of general shejian. These six people are among the best in our family. At present, the affairs of the family are basically handled by them. We two old men seldom come forward. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was very interested. He sat up straight and looked at several people. Seeing this, the six quickly stepped forward two steps, clasped their fists and saluted in unison, saying, "I''ll wait to see the Lord!"


    "Rise up, everyone!" After that, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the attributes of the six people with great interest and found that, just like their ancestors, the Meng brothers basically had no weaknesses, while the Wang brothers were slightly better at commanding than others. Su Zhi was slightly better at unifying wisdom, and the others were relatively weak. He was only a brave and powerful general, and his force value reached 80 plus, But intelligence and politics are pitifully low.


    Sure enough, they all have their own characteristics. They are all generals who have just reached the heaven level. Although they are not very powerful, they are far better than the inn generals trained by Huangfu Chaobo himself.


    After seeing the attributes of several people, Huangfu Chaobo immediately thought of the arrangement of the left behind personnel in Bingzhou. After telling pangtong all the attributes of several people, pangtong nodded thoughtfully. It seems that they both want to go together.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help laughing. He didn''t expect that there was a hidden welfare in this copy task. Six Tianji generals, who could almost equal Huang Xutian Yu, made a lot of money this time. He also had two famous generals cards, which could be transferred to two generals. It''s estimated that they are similar to the six generals.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Mr. Meng, Mr. Wang, everyone is here. I have something to tell you. The former Mongolian Duke once said that some people were unwilling to return to the Central Plains. In recent years, Japan will consider again and again and decide to occupy a county in Jiuyuan to accommodate these people. So this county needs to have people left behind. Do you have any suggestions on the candidates? What''s more, how many of them have any suggestions on staying in the army? "


    When the two old men heard this, they were overjoyed and said, "thank you, general The six people around him were all happy, but they didn''t answer the question immediately. Instead, they fell into meditation.


    For a long time, Meng Pingcai said, "as for the left behind candidates, we all follow the arrangement of the general. As for the arrangement of troops and horses, we can listen to the younger generation''s ideas." Then he turned to the six and said, "you can tell the general what you think." The two old men are very mature. They don''t know how many people Huangfu Chaobo wants to test. For fear that their answers will make Huangfu Chaobo dissatisfied, they make preparations before they speak.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded slightly, but did not speak.


    Several people look at each other, and at last they all stop at Meng Gang, the oldest. Meng Gang pondered for a moment, then walked forward and said, "general, according to the scale of the northern city of the great Qin Dynasty, the big city can only accommodate 35000 soldiers and civilians, the small city only has 120000 people, and the small town castle is thousands of people."


    "According to the scale of a big city, there should be at least 3000 to 4000 soldiers. Because it is located in the north, the proportion of cavalry should be higher than that in the hinterland of the Central Plains. If there are 4000 soldiers, it is better to have half infantry and half cavalry. Of course, these will be determined according to the situation in the border area of the great Qin Dynasty. As for the situation in the north, I still don''t know, so I can''t provide the general with the correct strategy. Please forgive me. "Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong listen to Meng Gang''s talk there, but they still have something to say, but they have not experienced war, and they don''t know whether they are on paper. They thought he would have a detailed proposal, but they finally said that they don''t know the situation in the north, so they can''t provide an accurate plan. They looked at each other and said in their hearts that this man was not a boaster.


    As Meng Gang spoke, he carefully planned the faces of Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong. However, to his disappointment, they did not change much, and they were still indifferent. This made him feel like 15 buckets of water, worried that his words would not satisfy Huangfu Chaobo. Not only him, but also others looked at Huangfu Chaobo nervously, waiting for him to speak.

 Chapter 634

    For a long time, Huangfu said: "yes, a general needs to know what he is, so that he can win a hundred battles. Your words prove that you are not like Zhao Kuo. However, this is not enough. Today is the fifth day of April. You will be given three days to prepare. Three days later, you will be the main general to lead the attack of Xi''an Yang county under the rule of Jiuyuan. All personnel and troops can be mobilized from below. If you need intelligence support, you can ask shi ASO. "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Meng Gang first got a boost in spirit, and then felt a heavy pressure on his shoulders. You should know what position he, tens of thousands of people, can achieve in Huangfu Chaobo''s heart. It''s here to have a profound understanding. It was not only him, but also Meng Ping, Meng Yi and other five people felt the pressure immediately. Without much thought, Meng Ping stepped forward and bowed to Huangfu Chao: "the general will not be disappointed if he takes the order. However, the general wants to borrow the general hall. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Meng Gang wanted to prepare for the war under his own eyes, so he nodded to him and said, "this general has already said that from this general down, all personnel and materials are at your disposal."


    With the permission of Huangfu Chaobo, Meng Gang immediately asked Shi a for a map of Jiuyuan and its surrounding areas. Then he gathered around the map with the people and listened to Shi A''s explanation of the tribes in Xi''an Yang and the surrounding cities. Later, he learned about the situation of the troops and horses that Huangfu Chaobo led this time, and then asked people to coordinate and arrange the relocation of the clansmen as soon as possible, as well as the assembly of the clan troops and the preparations before the war.


    Seeing that he arranged everything in an orderly way, everything seemed so orderly, and the rest of the people also carried out his military orders meticulously, Huangfu Chaobo could see that if he did not lead them into the WTO, he would be the next patriarch.


    After arranging everything, Meng Gang asked Shi a to pay close attention to the situation in Yang City of Xi''an. It was not only that Hao Jian''s 1000 troopers were all spilled out by him and used as a reprimand. He explored and reported the situation of the surrounding tribes one by one.


    Then Meng Gang came to report to him, but he was blocked by a word from Huangfu Chaobo. You go to do your own work. If it''s really wrong, we will stop you, but then your command power will be taken back. With that, Huangfu Chaobo went to one side and became a melon eating crowd with Pang Tong, while Meng Ping went back to the front of the map and deliberated on the war strategy.


    Three days later, with the order of Huangfu Chaobo, everyone cooperated with Meng Gang''s arrangement. As for the descendants of the Qin people, they made great efforts. In three days, all the personnel and materials were ready. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t do anything. His second special branch, Iron Eagle soldiers, has been fully replenished. Like Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, it has now reached a full number of 1500. As for the deputy general, Huangfu Chaobo is going to leave him to Chen Jing after his transfer.


    In consideration of the safety of tens of thousands of people on the island, after asking Huangfu to Chaobo, Meng gang decided to leave 1500 iron Eagles for defense. In fact, they only need to guard the entrance. As for the remaining generals, they chose Meng Yi, who is partial to the internal affairs. All the rest of the troops are out. With more than 7000 horses of Huangfu Chaobo and more than 2000 war horses on the island, nearly 10000 horses carrying nearly 6000 soldiers, led by Shia''s shadow guard, came straight to Yangcheng, Xi''an, ten miles away.


    After Guangmu county was reoccupied by the Han Army, the scattered tribes in the north had been on guard. However, in the face of the sudden emergence of 6000 troops, the zahu tribe, who occupied Xi''an Yang, had not responded and was blocked in the city by the army led by menggang.


    After nearly half an hour of fierce fighting, in the face of the arrow rain attack of more than 2000 crossbow soldiers, the zahu cavalry was defeated quickly, and the tribal leader was killed. Then, more than 5000 remnant soldiers and tribal people were captured. After the army occupied the county, Meng Gang ordered more than 4000 soldiers to quickly control all parts of the city, and at the same time ordered two cavalry troops to go out more than 20 miles to guard in the East and west directions. The difference between Xi''an Yang and Guangmu is that Xi''an Yang is between the Wula mountains and the river. It is adjacent to the Wula mountains in the north and the Yellow River in the south. There is no need to consider these two directions, so we only need to pay attention to the East and West.


    Menggang has learned about the war in Guangmu city from Shia, so he knows that there will be a zahu tribe''s counterattack in Yangcheng of Xi''an in the near future. So after occupying the county, Meng Gang immediately led the soldiers to drive the prisoners to repair the defense of the county. At the same time, after the county was completely controlled, Meng Gang immediately sent someone to invite Huangfu Chaobo into the county.


    Under the protection of a group of bodyguards, Huangfu Chaobo quickly entered the county yamen of Xi''an Yang county and found the management jade of the county. After opening it, he filled in Jia Jing''s name on the county magistrate''s name. Soon, a system message sounded in the game: "congratulations to Xiaojing, who has occupied Xi''an Yang City in Jiuyuan County of Bingzhou, becoming the second one to recover the hometown of the Han Dynasty Players, special reward players ^ "


    and this system news is just like Xiake occupying Guangmu County, which is also broadcast three times in the whole game.


    He didn''t care about these Huangfu Chaobo, but just stared at Jia Jing and said, "how about it? Xiaojing? What are the rewards? Have a quick look? "


    As soon as Jia Jing heard this, she immediately took out her reward and handed it to Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo took a look at the upgrading drawings of Zhongzhen, Dazhen and Xiaocheng, one upgrading drawing of super grade building (unspecified building), one jiuzhuan rebirth pill and one production drawing of 40 grade Tang Dynasty Hengdao. The harvest is good. Although he has a lot of territory upgrade drawings, he doesn''t know where to use them. There are also a lot of jiuzhuan rebirth pills. But the upgrading drawings of super grade buildings and the making drawings of grade 40 Tang Dao are very good things. Compared with swordsman''s armor, the market for knives is actually bigger."Tang Dynasty horizontal knife production drawings:


    production requirements: Senior blacksmith, senior weapons workshop, refined iron.


    Attribute: attack + 5, durability 500. "


    The length of the horizontal Dao is about 70-80 cm, the blade length is between 50-60 cm, the thickness is about 6-8 mm, and the width is smaller than that of the actual Han Dao, which is generally between 3 cm and 4 cm. The horizontal Dao about 1 meter is called big horizontal Dao or Tang Da Dao. The handle of Tang Hengdao is wide at both ends and slightly thin in the middle, which is easy to hold by one hand. It has a simple style, generally smaller than the ring head of Han Dao. Most of the ring heads have complex hollow patterns and various kinds of costumes. As we know, there are few ring head styles, which are no longer decorated by Han Dao. The details are deeply influenced by the style of Caucasus in Western Asia. Compared with Han Dao, Tang Heng Dao''s hand guards are more practical. They are mostly made of iron and have oval and papaya shapes.

 Chapter 635

    Looking at the drawing, Huangfu Chaobo, Pang Tong and others all nodded gently. Very good weapons do not require high iron materials, but their properties have reached the level of Wujin equipment, and their durability is nearly 30% higher than that of ordinary equipment.


    You know, for a level 40 ordinary refined iron knife, the attack is only increased by 4, and the durability is only 400. It can be said that with the same iron material, the attributes of the equipment produced have increased by more than 20%. This may not be seen in peacetime, but it is the decisive factor in war. It can be said that this is a very good individual equipment. If it is made of other better materials, it should be able to produce better equipment.


    You can imagine what would happen when the weapons of the other side are suddenly damaged, but the weapons of the other side can still be used.


    Looking at the two drawings in front of him, although Huangfu Chaobo was happy, it was obvious that he could still use them now, so he had to put them away first.


    The next step is to arrange the county magistrate and county captain of the county. For these two candidates, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with the two old men of the Mongolian king for a moment, and decided to appoint Meng Yi, the second elder of the Mongolian family, as the county magistrate, while Shegan was appointed as the county magistrate. As for the other three generals, Huangfu Chaobo will take them back to Luoyang and appoint them separately.


    Of course, it''s far from the end of the war, so it''s up to Meng Gang to arrange everything. Meng Yi and she Gan began to prepare to move all the personnel to the county town. Taking advantage of the abundant personnel, they sorted out all the parts of the county town, especially the defense problems of the county town. Taking advantage of the tens of thousands of people, they just dealt with all the parts of the city wall that need to be strengthened and rebuilt one by one.


    In the next few days, everyone was busy. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo was an exception. After a few days of observation, they have confirmed that Meng Gang really has the talent of a general. The affairs of these thousands of people can''t defeat him, so they are idle again.


    Meng gang was busy preparing for Hu Qi''s counterattack, while Meng Yi and she Gan were busy relocating the people and arranging the construction of the county. The rest of them were busy under the command of the three.


    Of course, in the past few days, Huangfu Chaobo did not do anything. Under the escort of Shi a and his party, they came to Wuliangsuhai and the two sides of the Yellow River again for field investigation.


    Finally, a relatively better village was selected from several abandoned villages on both sides of the river. After the stability of xi''anyang County, the village was upgraded to a large town level territory, and the place was named Wujiahe town. The reason for the name is that Huangfu Chaobo finally made it clear that the river passed through Wulat in later generations The Wujia River in the banner.


    There are several reasons for building a town level territory here. First, it is located between Guangmu county and Xi''an Yang county. The distance between the two cities is less than 100 Li, which can be used as a transit between the two cities.


    The second is that this is a passage between Wula mountain range and Wuliangsuhai in the north. From here, the army can enter the grassland. It does not need to cross Wula mountain range to enter the grassland like other places in Jiuyuan. It can be said that this is a passage for the army to enter the grassland. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo did not allow this passage to be controlled by others.


    On April 12, Huangfu Chaobo, who had just returned to Yangcheng in Xi''an, received a report from Meng gang that the United forces of zahu had appeared. This time, it was similar to the counterattack of Guangmu city. There were nearly 30000 troops of zahu united forces outside Yangcheng, including 20000 cavalry and 10000 ordinary herdsmen.


    What they don''t know is that there are nearly 20000 people in this county, including 5000 or 6000 soldiers. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t intervene in the counter attack of the zahu cavalry. He just told Meng Gang to reduce the casualties as much as possible, and to catch more people and horses.


    You know, although there are more than 40000 people in Xi''an, 30000 of them will move back to Luoyang. Only more than 10000 of them will really stay here, far from meeting his requirements.


    Under the heavy rain of nearly 3000 crossbow soldiers, 20000 miscellaneous Hu cavalry did not hold on to one round of attack. They lost thousands of soldiers in the Yangcheng area of Xi''an, and they were defeated. After that, Dian Wei, who had no worries about his future, led 1500 iron hawks out of the city and caught the retreating allied forces by surprise. The zahu cavalry did not expect that the Han Army in the city would come out of the city, and they were also a god level general and more than 1000 elite soldiers.


    You know, tieyingrui is an omnipotent trooper, and belongs to the offensive type. Under the leadership of Shashen Dianwei, 1500 sharp soldiers followed the retreating Hu cavalry and killed the Hu cavalry.


    Just as the general of the United forces focused on the army of Dian Wei killed in the city, 2500 cavalry soldiers, led by he Gan and Hao Jian, suddenly came out from behind Hu Qi, killing the rear army of Hu Qi''s united forces. For a moment, the whole Huqi team was in a mess. Seeing this, Meng Gang, who was in charge of the command in the city, immediately sent Yuanrong crossbow soldiers out of the city, leaving only more than 1000 soldiers of the trapped camp and the Great Wall army to guard the city.


    The crossbow soldiers of Yuanrong became the last straw to cross the camel. When they saw that thousands of cavalry appeared again in the city, the zahu united army, which had long been the left clumsy and right branch, suddenly collapsed, and there were scattered Hu cavalry everywhere. Seeing this, Meng Gang immediately ordered to encircle and kill the recalcitrant Hu Qi and collect the prisoners and horses.For a moment, the voice of "surrender not to kill" sounded everywhere on the battlefield. The war ended in less than an hour, but thousands of cavalry had been busy for a long time before they gathered all the captives and horses, and then gathered all kinds of materials left over from the battlefield. I knew that it was very difficult to transport materials from Luoyang.


    In the evening, Meng Gang finally handed over the statistical results of the war. When Huang Fu Chao Bo saw it, he couldn''t help laughing. Although he had been observing the war in the city all the time, he knew that the loss of the war was not small, and the harvest should be not small. But when I saw the statistical results, I was surprised.


    In this war, only dozens of people have been lost, and there are few other deaths, mainly due to the death of Dian Wei''s army in the last battle, but the harvest is very rich.


    First of all, the number of captives, including more than 3000 cavalry soldiers and soldiers, and 5000 other ordinary herdsmen. Plus the number of captives who attacked the county in the early days, the number of captives alone now reaches nearly 12000.


    Then there are horses. At that time, when we attacked the county, we harvested 8000 horses and nearly 10000 cattle and sheep. Now this battle has gathered nearly 20000 horses and 30000 cattle and sheep.

 Chapter 636

    If calculated in this way, Huangfu Chaobo has more than 32000 horses, including more than 800 fine horses, more than 3000 good horses, more than 8000 war horses, and nearly 20000 other ordinary riding horses and horses, especially more than 1000 breeding horses.


    These horses are urgently needed by Huangfu Chaobo. With more than 7000 horses brought by Huangfu Chaobo himself from Luoyang and 4000 horses brought by the Great Wall army from the island, the number of horses that Huangfu Chaobo can use to equip soldiers in Xi''an has reached more than 23000.


    Even if we bring back ten thousand horses from Luoyang and give them to Lao Du and Lao Du two thousand horses each, there will be nearly ten thousand horses above the level of war horses left in Xi''an Yang. According to one man and three horses, we can build three thousand cavalry. In addition, each of the other four has two or three thousand cavalry. In this way, there are more than 12000 cavalry in Shuofang County, which is a very powerful guarantee for them to control the two counties.


    In the next few days, even Huangfu Chaobo was busy. First of all, the number of left behind soldiers was arranged. After several people deliberated, they decided to arrange 6000 soldiers in Xi''an, including 3000 soldiers and 3000 cavalry soldiers.


    In the case of infantry, there are 1000 soldiers each, including sword shield soldiers, long spear soldiers and crossbow soldiers. Based on the original soldiers of the Great Wall army, some of them are recruited from ordinary people and prisoners. On the other hand, the cavalry expanded the 1000 cavalry of the Great Wall regiment to 2000 people, which were ordinary light cavalry, plus the 1000 Tu cavalry under Hao Jian''s command, a total of 3000 cavalry.


    The generals are busy recruiting soldiers for training, while Meng Yi leads the officials selected from the clansmen to recruit prisoners and arrange the construction of all parts of the county. In addition, all the 20000 clansmen who have not yet moved out will be moved out, temporarily placed in the county, and then moved to Luoyang step by step.


    After all the people moved out, Meng Ping pressed a mechanism which had already been set up, and then the islands slowly sank to the bottom of the lake in the sound of "rumbling" under the people''s eyes.


    The city''s taxi drivers were busy reorganizing, but the thousands of Pro guard camps of Huangfu Chaobo, under the command of the generals, kept on eliminating the banditry from the surrounding area of the county to Wujiahe town.


    After being so busy for several days, Huangfu Chaobo finally arranged the affairs of Xi''an Yang. The situation of the left behind personnel and the soldiers and horses had been arranged properly. The defense and restoration of the county town had been completed almost every day, and the clean-up of the city was carried out step by step.


    Huangfu Chaobo felt helpless when he talked about the clean-up of the city. He found that he had been doing the demolition and reconstruction since he took over Luoyang. This is true of Luoyang, Hongnong, and now he has come to Bingzhou. Seeing that things in Bingzhou have been basically arranged, Huangfu Chaobo has begun to plan to return to Luoyang. After all, he has been out for several months.


    However, just when Huangfu Chaobo was ready to return, Zhao Zilong sent a message again. He had decided not to wait any longer, because after Huangfu Chaobo occupied Xi''an Yang, the enthusiasm of the players for recovering the big Han''s frontier city became higher, and more and more Lord players and Alliance players were rubbing their shoulders and hands, focusing on the cities everywhere .


    As far as Zhao Zilong knows, in the past one or two months, there will be wars in several counties. The front two counties are easily controlled by the players, which greatly encourages the players'' confidence. It seems that it is not difficult to capture a border city.


    As Zhao Zilong knows, Liangzhou''s speechless is just connecting with Ma Teng. He is ready to give up his present county seat and turn his eyes to Jiuquan county to the west of Zhangye. The news made Zhao Zilong and zilonghui all very anxious, so after discussion, they decided to transfer 4000 soldiers from Pingxian garrison, plus the newly recruited 1000 wuheng cavalry, a total of 5000 troops, plus 2000 Minfu and 5000 players, to Jiuyuan. However, their goal is not to place Chengyi beside Xi''an Yang, but Linwo County, the easternmost county north of the Yellow River in Wuyuan County.


    Hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo was very surprised. He had already occupied Xi''an Yang, but Zhao Zilong wanted to be far away. Instead of attacking Cheng Yi, he went to the easternmost Linwo. What''s the reason?


    Pang Tong nodded thoughtfully after hearing this, and then said, "general, Zhao Zilong''s plan is very good."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and asked, "why did Shiyuan say that?"


    "General, please look," Pang Tong stood in front of Wuyuan map, holding a wine pot in one hand and pointing to the map in the other hand, and said, "according to the general''s opinion, the best place for Zhao Zilong to attack is Chengyi County, which is nearest to Xi''an Yang. But according to the agreement between the general and them, there will be two people coming to Wuyuan, Laodu county magistrate and Xiaojiejie county magistrate. Then their county will be the last It''s also close to the two cities and continues to live in the East, isn''t it? "


    Huangfu Chaobo listened and nodded. His original idea was really like this. Only in this way can we really take care of each other step by step.


    "But if you look again, isn''t Zhao Zilong County in the middle of your county?" Pang Tong said with a smile: "in this way, if he controls other counties in the future, will his territory be divided into several places?"


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned again. He followed Pang Tong''s eyes. Yes, it seems that Zhao Zilong also saw this, and then he thought that he would put the attacked County in Linwo instead of Chengyi. Fortunately, his original plan was to control Wuyuan County by Zhao Zilong instead of Lao Du and the two of them. After all, Zhao Zilong had more inside information. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved and said, "OK, I''ll reply to Zhao Zilong and let him do it according to his own idea. Let Shegan and Hao Jian be ready to lead the cavalry to support them. Besides, they need 1000 horses and 1000 good horses. Let Shegan take them with them. " Later, Huangfu Chaobo spoke to Meng Yi, Cheng of Yang County in Xi''an, who was next to him. After Huangfu and Chaobo leave, Meng Yi will become the highest official of Xi''an Yang, and everything will be based on him. Of course, Shi A''s shadow guard will also leave a few people here, so that they can keep in touch with Luoyang.On April 18, Huangfu Chaobo finally set out and began to return to Luoyang. The only way to return with them is to fall camp and tieyingruishi. These two thousand people will return by land, three to four horses each, to pidinggang in Hedong, and then return to Luoyang under the escort of the Navy. Zhao Cen, on the other hand, will lead the yuan army crossbow soldiers to escort more than 20000 adherents of the Great Wall army. He will go south from Xi''an to Luoyang by boat and return to Luoyang by water.

 Chapter 637

    It''s nearly two thousand miles from Xi''an to Luoyang. It took about ten days for Huangfu Chaobo and his party to arrive in Luoyang. On the second day of May, Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally returned to Luoyang.


    After returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have much time to rest. He immediately devoted himself to government affairs. Although Tian Feng and others had already dealt with daily government affairs well, there were still many things that had to be dealt with by Huangfu Chaobo himself.


    After dealing with some government affairs, Shi a submitted his intelligence for nearly a month. The first thing he saw was the war in Runan. In the middle of April, after Xu Jing led the army to Runan, he did not fight Yuan Shu''s army immediately. Instead, he arranged all the troops first, and then led the army southward. Zhao Yun''s 10000 cavalry troops were hidden among the soldiers.


    On April 20, Yuzhou army arrived at Baoxin city. Under Xu Shu''s counselor, Xu Jing ordered Yuzhou army to attack Yuan Shu army. There was a big battle with Yuan Shu''s army who was attacking Baoxin. When the two sides were in a stalemate, Zhao Yun led 10000 cavalry troops to attack Yuan Shu''s army with Baima Yicong as the former army.


    Although Liu Xun''s generals had taken precautions against the Yuzhou army, they didn''t expect that it was zhemayicong, a special branch of the army, who attacked the Yuzhou army. Although he tried his best to resist, he still couldn''t save the failure of Yuan Shu''s army. Finally, the Yuzhou army finally defeated yuan Shu''s army and solved the siege of commendation.


    Liu Xun and Yuan Yin led the army to retreat to Anyang and Xinxi. Then, under Xu Shu''s staff, Xu Jing personally led the army stationed in Xinxi city and ordered Zhao Yun as the main general and He Yi as the deputy general to lead the 20000 elite troops to rush to Yuanlu and Fubo with lightning speed.


    The garrison of the two cities did not expect that the Yuzhou army would suddenly appear under the city. Unexpectedly, the two counties were recovered by Zhao Yun.


    On the first day of May, Zhao Yun recovered the former two cities of lufubo, arranged the defense of the two cities, and returned to the Yuzhou army camp in Xinxi city. After a day''s rest, Yuzhou army began to attack Xinxi county.


    Unfortunately, although Zhao Yun was a strong general, the Yuzhou soldiers were not strong. On the contrary, the strength of Yuan Shu army was not weak. In addition, Yuan Shu army was backed by huaishui River and had constant support, so the army''s attack in recent days was defeated.


    Although Xu Jing intended to let Zhao Yun lead the attack, Baima Yicong was only a cavalry and was not good at attacking cities. In the end, Zhao Yun could only lead his own guards to help attack cities, which had little influence on the war situation.


    After several days of continuous attack, nearly ten thousand Yuzhou soldiers were killed and wounded, so Xu Jing and others retreated. In addition, it has been more than a month since the beginning of the war, Yuzhou soldiers were also killed and wounded, and soldiers were tired. In desperation, the generals sent a letter to Kong, hoping to retreat. As for the four counties occupied by Yuan Shujun, they will take back the four counties after the rest of the army.


    Two days later, Kong''s order came that Xu Jing arranged an army to defend Baoxin on the North Bank of huaishui River, shenyangyuan and lufubo, and the other armies returned separately. When Yuan Yin and Liu Xun saw that the army of Yuzhou gathered and sent troops to guard the two cities of Anyang Xinxi, the two armies withdrew to their respective territories, and the war between the two cities ended.


    At the same time, another piece of news attracted the attention of Huangfu Chaobo. In April of the third year of Chuping (192), more than a million people of Qingzhou yellow scarf army attacked Yanzhou, captured Rencheng (now Jining, Shandong Province) and killed Rencheng Prime Minister Zheng Sui. Then, in the vicinity of Dongping (now Dongping, Shandong Province), the government and army who came to suppress it were defeated and Liu Dai, the governor of Yanzhou, was killed.


    Then, the yellow scarf army moved to Shouzhang (now the southwest of Dongping, Shandong Province). The smooth development of Qingzhou yellow scarf in Yanzhou made the officials and scholars in Yanzhou extremely panic. In addition, the assassin Liu Dai was killed, and there was no one in charge of Yanzhou, so Yanzhou was in a panic.


    At this time, Cheng Yu, the subordinate of Cao Cao, the prefect of Qiao County, advised Yanzhou to govern China and not to drive to welcome Cao Cao into Yanzhou, and Bao Xin, the Jinan prime minister who was friendly with Cao Cao, also strongly recommended Cao Cao. So Wanqian and Bao Xin went to Dongjun to welcome Cao Cao as the herdsman of Yanzhou.


    At the end of April, after Cao Cao entered Yanzhou, he immediately joined forces with Bao Xin to block up Qingzhou Huangjin in the eastern suburb of Shouzhang (now the southwest of Dongping in Shandong Province). The two armies fought fiercely. The Huangjin army had been fighting for a long time, and the soldiers were all valiant. They killed Bao Xin. Cao Cao Cao led the pioneers and inspired the soldiers. After fierce fighting day and night, he finally drove Qingzhou Huangjin out of Fengzhang.


    Later, Cao Cao did not take advantage of the victory, but led the army to Changyi, Yanzhou Prefecture. On the one hand, he took over the government affairs of the governor''s Department of Yanzhou, on the other hand, he reorganized the armaments and recuperated the soldiers. On the other hand, he sent people to mobilize most of the troops from peiguo to see that he was preparing for the first World War to level Yanzhou Huangjin.


    Hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help sighing. It seems that Wei Wu''s rise is unstoppable. Now we must consider how to face the attack of one of the three giants.


    Not only Cao Cao, but also Yuan Shao, who lives in Hebei Province, seems to have made some moves. According to the information from the shadow, Yuan Shao has completely controlled the counties under his rule. At present, he is adjusting the layout of his troops, which seems to be the trace of sending troops. However, it remains to be further determined where he will send troops.


    However, according to Huangfu Chaobo''s estimation, Yuan Shao is most likely to send troops to Zhongshan and Changshan. After all, persimmons are soft. As for the movements of other vassals, it seems that they are basically quiet.


    After spending a few days to deal with the administrative affairs left over from these months, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to start again. This time, instead of going far away, he went to Huai county. Old man Lu Zhi had already arrived in Huai county. Because Huangfu Chaobo was not in Luoyang, he stayed in Huai county at Zhu Jun''s invitation. Now Huangfu Chaobo has come back, so he must go to huaixian county to bring Lu Zhi to Luoyang to show his respect.Sitting on the boat to huaixian County, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Shi a and said, "general Shi, is there still no news about the search for some miracle doctors and their apprentices?"


    After hearing this, Shi a went forward and said: "general Hui, according to the news from Zilong society and Luoshen society, the Chinese miracle doctor should be in Xuzhou, and the Zhang miracle doctor should be in Jingnan. The last general has sent people to look for them, but there is no news yet."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, but said softly, "tell the people below to speed up and find someone as soon as possible. Please come back to Luoyang.". Then, standing in the bow of the boat, he was lost in thought.


    With the return of all the troops, the main defense forces beside Huangfu Chaobo were Dian Wei and more than a dozen soldiers of Tiebi camp, including Gao Shun''s trapped camp, Zhao Cen''s Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, and tieyingruishi and huyandu '' I''ll go with you. For example, this time, when he followed Huangfu Chaobo to huaixian County, only Gao Shunling camp was with him, and several other battalions were in Luoyang to rest.

 Chapter 638

    Since Lu Zhi had arrived in Hanoi, Huangfu Chaobo repeatedly urged shadow to find Hua Tuo and Zhang Zhongjing or their apprentices. During this period, he went offline to look up the three old men''s life. It seems that they have lived in recent years. Therefore, it is necessary to find out the whereabouts of these people as soon as possible and ask them to come to Luoyang to recuperate the three old men and see if they can prolong their life.


    Less than a day after sailing along the river, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived in huaixian county. As the head of a state, he had just informed old man Zhu Jun of huaixian County of his itinerary. So when he arrived in huaixian County, Zhu Jun was leading Zaozhi Huaxiong and officials from Hanoi to wait outside the gate of the city. Even Mu Shun, who was far away from dangyin, had rushed to huaixian county with a team of Pro guards. Huangfu Chaobo immediately accepted the audience of his subordinates. He immediately dismounted and helped Zhu Jun into the carriage. Then he and his party went to the prefect''s residence in the city.


    Everyone knows the purpose of Huangfu Chaobo. However, since he has arrived in huaixian County, it is impossible to meet the officers and generals of the county. So when he returns to the prefecture, Huangfu Chaobo first goes to the back hall to meet Lu Zhi, and then immediately returns to the hall to receive a formal visit from his subordinates.


    "See you, general!" Under the leadership of Zhu Jun, all the people in huaixian saluted Huangfu Chaobo respectfully.


    "Rise up, everyone!" Huang Fu Chao bo''an sat on the throne and accepted everyone''s salute. He said, "since you were going to take over Hanoi, because of Luoyang, you seldom have time to take into account Hanoi, so you are always allowed to do your own business. Thank you very much." With that, Huangfu Chaobo got up and saluted all the people present.


    Seeing this, everyone quickly got up and said, "I''m not sure I''ll thank you for your service to the general."


    "Well, please go back to your seats. I''ll take all the credit from you." Then he turned to Zhu Jun and said, "teacher, please explain to Chaobo the situation in Hanoi."


    Zhu Jun chuckled and said, "political affairs include Mr. jujube, military affairs include general Hua and general Wu''an. I''m just talking. So let''s let some of you explain these situations to the general in person."


    Zhu Jun, as the teacher of Huangfu Chaobo, didn''t need these performances. However, the rest of them, as subordinates, have been in Hanoi for half a year. How can they not explain their achievements to their families? So people look at Zhu Jun more respectfully.


    Jun Chengzao was the first civil servant to follow Huangfu Chaobo. Although his status has declined in recent years, it can not be said that it has declined. With the increasing number of talents under Huangfu Chaobo, what he has done is more inclined to his own strengths.


    Zao just got up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo and Zhu Jun, then slowly reported Hanoi''s internal affairs to Huangfu Chaobo.


    There are 18 cities in Hanoi county. At present, there are Huai County, Wude County, huojiaguo County, Xiuwu County, Ji County, Chaoge County, dangyin County, Linwu county and Gongxian County. The rest of them are Heyang County, Fuxian County, Bo County, Qinshui County, yewang County, Wen County, Zhouxian County, PingGao county and shanyangyi county. They have been the prefectures since they were the last prefect Wang Zhe It is controlled by the family headed by Sima family in Wenxian county.


    For example, when Zhang Yang led the attack on Luoyang, all the troops were drawn from these cities, so when Huangfu Chaobo took over, there were only two or three thousand soldiers in the other seven cities except huaixian and dangyin.


    Although there were not many soldiers and horses in the other cities, because of the numerous affairs in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo never ordered to take over and rectify the internal affairs of the soldiers and horses in the seven cities. All things were just going on slowly.


    According to Zaozhi''s opinion, after more than half a year, huaixian and dangyin have been in full control, the guards of the two cities have been trained and reorganized, and Huaxiong''s baotao camp has been established for several months. Now it''s time to bring these counties under control.


    In addition to these, Zao only reported the matter of garrison. According to his current level and the current power situation of Huangfu Chaobo, Zao can only command 15000 soldiers to garrison. Therefore, this is the reason why an ordinary county in Huai county needs to maintain 20000 garrisons. Luoyang has only 20000 garrisons.


    Now it''s early May, and by the end of next month, the first season of grain will be harvested. By the end of June, the army will be able to collect 4.5 million tons of grain, which can be said to alleviate the shortage of grain in Sizhou. Moreover, now that the waterway between Longhua grassland and Luoyang has been opened up, more and more cattle and horses are transported back to Luoyang by waterway. When the time comes, with the help of cattle and horses, the cultivated area will increase a lot.


    Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but be very happy. Now Sizhou is an empty shelf. It really can''t make ends meet. It can only be maintained by constantly buying grain from Jizhou and Chenliu. Fortunately, more than a dozen counties to the east of hulaoguan have been brought under the rule of the people''s Republic of China. In addition, Huai county''s land reclamation can reduce the burden of grain.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but move. It seems that it''s time for the cities east of Huai county to start farming. Now it''s two months before the next season. If the speed is fast enough, it can catch up with the next round of farming.As a result, Huangfu Chaobo turned his eyes to Huaxiong and wu''anguo, two military generals, and said, "two generals, I don''t know how well the soldiers and horses in the war camp and the garrison camp have been trained? If the army of huaixian had reorganized the troops and horses of the seven counties to the east of huaixian within two months, would it be possible to do so? "


    As soon as they heard this, they immediately went out and said, "please don''t worry, general. The seven cities'' troops will be reorganized in two months, which will not affect the cultivation in the next season."


    After hearing this, Huang Fu stood up and said, "well, since you are all confident, I will allow the Hanoi prefecture to reorganize the troops and horses in the cities east of Huai county. My mentor will be responsible for the coordination and arrangement of the specific matters. With the assistance of Zaozhi, Huaxiong and wu''anguo, the reorganization must be completed before the end of June, and the next season''s grain cultivation must not be affected in early July ¡£¡±


    On hearing this, everyone got up and replied in unison: "the lower Officer (the last general) will live up to the general''s orders."


    Looking at the fierce feelings of the generals below, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help feeling very much. He suddenly felt an impulse to kill the dead horse family. Fortunately, this impulse was suppressed by him.

 Chapter 639

    Huangfu Chaobo knew that these cities were all controlled by the family headed by Sima family. It had been like this since Wang Zhe was the governor of Hanoi. It was so easy to get back Qi. In the east of huaixian County, because of the yellow scarf army''s several invasions, the power of the aristocratic family is not as strong as xihanoi. In addition, Wang Zhe and Zhang Yang relied on these counties to support the Taishou mansion in their office, so these cities are relatively easy to control.


    It''s the tenet of Huangfu Chaobo to eat every mouthful of food.


    After discussing with others, Huangfu Chaobo went back to the backyard to discuss with Lu Zhi about the Academy. As for the affairs of several counties, Zhu Jun and Hua Xiong''s generals have discussed and arranged them properly. You should know that these people are people who have been in the battlefield for half of their lives. How can they get Huang Fu to point out three or four things? Besides, Pang Tong is here to give advice. As for the placement of troops and horses, the whole Pingdong general''s office has its own set of procedures, and there is no need to make further arrangements.


    For Lu Zhi, Huangfu Chaobo is very much looking forward to it. You should know that this old man is not only a man of extraordinary military ability, but also a famous scholar all over the world. Although he is compared with Zheng Xuan and Cai Yi, his victory lies in the omnipotence of culture and martial arts. Since he is willing to come to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo must communicate with him about the Academy in detail.


    After entering the backyard, he saluted Lu Zhi again and said, "I''ve been waiting for you for a long time


    Lu Zhi said with a smile: "it''s OK, Lu is just an idle man, but the general is Chaoting Pingdong general. Qihui is as idle as an old man?"


    "I don''t dare to be a general in front of my husband. Please address me directly." When Lu Zhi called him general, Huangfu Chaobo said to him hastily,


    "well, I don''t have any affectation, just as they call you Chaobo. I heard that Chaobo wants to build an academy in Luoyang. I don''t know what Chaobo is going to do? " Lu Zhi thought about it and said,


    after listening to it, Huangfu explained his ideas to Lu Zhi one by one. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, the academy is not a special Confucian Academy in his mind. In his plan, besides Confucianism, there will be military medicine and even hundred workers. In other words, in addition to the internal affairs system, the Academy will also cultivate talents from the military system, medical categories, craftsmen and so on.


    In addition to discussing the types of courses, they also discussed the scale of the Academy, and so on. There was no big deal between them. One old and one young, they discussed until late at night. Originally, Lu Zhi had to continue to discuss. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo always remembered that Lu Zhi''s health was not very good, so he rationally ended today''s discussion.


    The next morning, before Huangfu Chaobo went to find Lu Zhi again, Zhu Jun led his subordinates, the civil and military people, in order to give Huangfu Chaobo instructions on the battle plan they made yesterday.


    As for Huangfu Chaobo, he just went through it a little and then stamped the seal of his own general Pingdong and Si zhoumu. He believed that in front of Zhu Jun, a veteran general, and with Hua Xiong and Pang Tong helping as counsellors, there would be no problem with this plan.


    After seeing off Zhu Jun and his party, Huangfu Chaobo decides to take Lu Zhi back to Luoyang City. As for the unfinished negotiation, they can negotiate on the ship all the way back.


    When they returned to Luoyang, Meng Ping and others had already arrived in Luoyang. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered that more than 20000 people be placed in Gucheng and Henan county respectively. In fact, as early as after returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo had discussed with Tian Feng and others about the resettlement of the adherents of the Great Wall army.


    What Huangfu Chaobo meant was that he was going to place all these people in one county. However, Tian Feng''s people unanimously opposed it. They all felt that since they had already voted for the family, they should not be placed in one county for the convenience of the government. After discussion, several people decided to settle in Gucheng and Henan counties. After all, the two counties are not far apart, and the impact is not too big for them.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo did not have time to deal with the resettlement. After returning to Luoyang, he first recruited Tian Feng and other military officials to discuss the matter and introduced Lu Zhi to everyone. After a night''s rest, Lu Zhi went outside Luoyang to find a place to build the Academy.


    Lu Zhi was once an important official of the imperial court. Naturally, he knew which places outside Luoyang were the best places to build academies. After they left the city, they went directly to Mang Mountain in the north. At the foot of Mang Mountain, they chose several places. Finally, they chose a place at the foot of Mang Mountain near the mountain and by the water. It was only 20 miles away from the north gate of Luoyang. The nearest town was Luobei town. At first, it was the military base of Luoyang. Later, Zaozhi was sent to Hanoi, which became a new town It''s an ordinary market town.


    After finding the location, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay much longer. Just after opening the drawing, you can see a archway suddenly appear in front of the public. Then, an interface appears in front of Huangfu Chaobo: "congratulations to the players, build an academy, please name the Academy."


    Then, a blank dialog box appeared in front of him. Without thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo filled in the four words "Luoyang academy".


    Then, people can see the four powerful characters "Luoyang academy" on the archway.Then, there was no movement. Huangfu Chaobo thought that there would be a lot of buildings behind the archway. As a result, after waiting for a long time, there was no movement. Then he found that he thought too much.


    Then, he said to Lu Zhi and Tian Fengzhong around him, "I''m going to trouble you for the following things."


    As soon as they heard this, they all responded: "don''t worry, general. I''ll try my best to build the academy as soon as possible."


    "Well, when the academy is completed, I will come back to celebrate with you." With that, Huangfu Chaobo saluted everyone and then turned to leave. Naturally, Lou GUI led the Luoyang prefect to make arrangements.


    "To the general!" Lou GUI and other subordinates responded in unison;


    when Huangfu Chaobo and his party left, Lu Zhi couldn''t wait to say to Lou GUI, "Lou Juncheng, the next thing is going to trouble you to arrange as soon as possible."


    Lou GUI quickly bowed to him and said, "please rest assured that the lower officials will arrange the craftsmen to come as soon as possible, and strive to build the academy as soon as possible."


    After hearing this, Lu Zhi waved his hand and said, "I''m not a minister any more. Lord Lou still doesn''t want to call me a minister."


    Lou GUI said: "that officer also calls you sir just like a general."


    "Yes Lu Zhi nodded.


    "Mr. Lu, it''s getting late. We''d better go back to Luoyang first. Tomorrow we''ll bring the craftsmen and their party to discuss the planning of the Academy." Lou guidao;

 Chapter 640

    Lu Zhi looked up at the sky and said, "Lord Lou can go back to Luoyang first, but I won''t go back to Luoyang. I''ll check around here first, and I''ll make do with it in the evening."


    "Mr. Lu, the general once said that if you are recovering from a serious illness, you''d better not sleep out. It''s less than an hour to return to Luoyang. It won''t take much time to come back tomorrow. It''s still important for your health." When Lou GUI heard this, he immediately stepped forward and stopped;


    Lu Zhi also knew that everyone was thinking about their own health, and he no longer insisted on sleeping here. However, it was still early, so he decided to look around again. He had a preliminary idea in his heart, so he promised Lou GUI that he would only turn around again, but he would return to Luoyang to have a rest Luoyang.


    however, for Lu''s safety and convenience, Lou GUI still arranged a clerk to Luzhi to follow him, and let Huang dance a tune of cavalry to protect him from the guards.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo, who returned to Pingdong general''s residence, sat down, he heard Shi a reporting outside the door, and Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin asking for a meeting outside the door. After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized that he had not had a good talk with the two navy generals for a long time. He didn''t know how the current situation of the navy was, so he immediately ordered them to come in.


    A moment later, they came to the lobby and saw Huangfu Chaobo sitting on the main seat. They quickly took a few steps and said, "I''ll see you at the end of the day!"


    "Well, two generals, please get up." Huangfu Chaobo looked at them with a smile and said,


    "Lord Xie!" Zhou Taier is humane;


    "what can I do for you Huangfu Chaobo said;


    they looked at each other, and Zhou Tai got up and said, "my Lord, it''s for the Navy that they asked to see each other today."


    "I haven''t asked about the water army for a long time because I had a lot of affairs a while ago. It''s just the right time for you to come here today. I''ll explain the situation of the water army in detail."


    "The end will take orders!" Zhou Tai got up and replied respectfully;


    Luoyang water army, oh, it should be called Sizhou water army now. At present, only Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin lead one school water army each, plus Zhou Yi''s two water armies.


    According to the establishment of Sizhou water army, the establishment of one school water army is 5000 soldiers and 5000 sailors, including one building ship, five fighting ships, 10 Chima ships, 20 Maotu ships, 30 gachong ships and 40 zoge ships; while the establishment of one school water army is 1000 soldiers and 1000 sailors, including two fighting ships, six Maotu ships, 10 gachong ships and 10 zoge ships.


    In addition, he has 50 DAHAO vessels, 20 large freighters and 10 sea going vessels purchased from Jiangdong. These are all the belongings in the hands of the state water army. As for those small fishing boats and all kinds of small freighters, they have all been sold to the people or the Zilong society.


    However, these 12000 water forces need to defend Mengjin port, xiaopingjin port and Hanoi port. In addition, Maojin port in Shanxian County of Hongnong County, wushejin port in Gongxian County, hulaoguan water village and leting port in leting town now have three big ports, four small ports and seven ports to garrison, and waterway transportation between leting and Luoyang also need to be escorted by water forces. After such a calculation, the more than 10000 water troops are far from meeting the needs of the prefecture.


    Listen to two people count, Huangfu Chaobo this just found that his water army is really a little too small. You know, the Yellow River in Sizhou passes through the territory. If the navy is not enough to guard the major ports, then the defense of Sizhou is full of loopholes.


    After pondering for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo said: "in the view of the two generals, how much should the Sizhou Navy be expanded to be enough?"


    Looking at each other, Zhou Tai said: "as far as the general knows, there are about 50000 Jingzhou water forces in Xiangyang, 30000 in Jiangxia, and 30000 in Yangzhou."


    Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately called for a stop and said, "stop, stop... Jingzhou and Yangzhou are different from our state. There are many waterways in the south of the Yangtze River, so the proportion of water army will certainly be much higher. Our army has only one waterway, and it is impossible to set up water army according to their situation. "


    When Zhou Tai saw that his careful thinking had been seen through by Huangfu Chaobo, he didn''t care. He just laughed and said, "don''t worry, my Lord. I didn''t want to expand the army according to the water army of Jingyang and Yangzhou. I just want to explain the situation of the water army of each state to my Lord."


    "In terms of Jizhou''s situation, according to general Pan Feng, Jizhou''s troops are mainly in baimajin of Liyang and cangtingjin of Yangping. According to general Pan Feng, because baimajin is close to Yecheng, there are about 20000 water troops and 10000 soldiers, while cangtingjin has only 10000 water troops and 5000 soldiers. "


    "The waterway of Shuijun in our company is much longer than that of Jizhou army. It starts from suanzao in the East, ends at Fenglingdu in the west, and ends at Hejin in the north. It''s such a long distance, but now there are only more than ten thousand Shuijun. My Lord, this water army is not to be repeated by you, is it


    Looking at Zhou Tai''s eyes as if she were a bitter lady, Huang Fu Chao Bo couldn''t help getting goose bumps all over. He even said, "OK, OK, don''t look at Ben with this kind of eyes. You know, although there are four counties in our state, only two and a half of them are controlled by us. Two of them are still full of waste, and the water army is a big spender. The two generals will rest assured that this general also knows that the Navy needs to increase its strength. "After that, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and walked around the house for a few times. Then he said, "well, the two generals will make a plan first, and the Japanese people will be invited to have a discussion. What do the two generals think?"


    "Well, well... Lord, the last general has calculated carefully. Our army now has three big water strongholds, three small water strongholds, plus leting and the water army escorting all the way. We need about 60000 water army in total. Now our state is not a garrison. There are nearly four battalions and 80000 troops. Our navy only needs to maintain three battalions and less than 60000 troops. " With that, Zhou Tai handed out the plan for the expansion of the Navy that had already been prepared.


    "Poof..." Huangfu Chaobo, who was holding up his tea cup and drinking tea, immediately spurted out a mouthful of tea, all of which was sprayed on Zhou Tai''s face, which was flattering and smiling. A few pieces of tea were still hanging on him.


    "Cough..." Huangfu Chaobo immediately got up and apologized and said, "I''m sorry, you Ping. I didn''t mean to do it. It''s really


    "No harm, no harm, my Lord. As long as my lord agrees with the plan for the expansion of the Navy, let alone tea, my lord orders that my subordinates be dragged out and beaten, my subordinates are willing to." However, Zhou Tai didn''t care at all. After wiping off the tea on his face, the thief said with a smile;

 Chapter 641

    Huangfu Chaobo immediately changed the topic and said, "come on, get a kerchief for general Zhou. That, Youping, you should dry the water stains on your face first. I''ll have a good look at the plan for the expansion of the water army first, and then discuss it with everyone, and then determine the final result. OK?"


    Huangfu Chaobo handed the towel to Zhou Tai, and then took over his plan to expand the army. He said: "tomorrow, Japan will gather people to discuss the plan to expand the army of the Navy. Then, you and Gongyi will come to the discussion. That''s all for today. You two go back to your residence first, and are ready to think about how to deal with your remarks tomorrow. Is that ok


    On hearing this, Zhou Tai and his wife knew that they had failed to find out the water army establishment from Huangfu Chaobo''s mouth while Tian Feng and others were away. Fortunately, although it was impossible to achieve their expected goal, at least the expansion of the water army was imperative, so they didn''t entangle with each other any more. After they went forward to salute Huangfu Chaobo, they left Pingdong general''s house.


    However, after leaving, they did not go back to their respective homes. Instead, they went directly to Zhou Tai''s home. They knew that tomorrow''s plan would definitely be in response to the public''s questions. They had to think about how to deal with it. Otherwise, even if the navy was expanded, there would not be a lot of them. Especially with Tian Feng''s character, they heard that the establishment of several battalions was decided after a long discussion with Tian Feng and others.


    Early the next morning, Zhou Tai and his wife arrived at the general''s mansion. Looking at their hurry, Huangfu Chaobo felt helpless and funny. He didn''t expect that they were so anxious. He had carefully looked at Zhou Tai''s plan for the expansion of the Navy several times last night and had a general plan in mind. However, he still had to listen to these things The idea of the government.


    "Two generals, I''m afraid we haven''t had breakfast yet?" Huang Fu Chao Bo said to them with a smile;


    when they heard this, their faces turned red, and Zhou Tai said: "Lord, the plan of military expansion..."


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "well, don''t worry about this. Since we have promised to expand the army, we will certainly expand the number. Let''s have breakfast first, and then we will discuss it slowly after breakfast." Finish saying, also don''t let two people speak again, order to let a person deliver breakfast to come in.


    When they heard this, they could not say anything more, so they had to sit down and eat quietly. Huangfu Chaobo ate his breakfast. When he had almost finished his breakfast, he heard that a guard was reporting at the door, and that the members of the shogunate were asking to see him outside. On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered everyone to come in and finished his breakfast.


    Seeing this, Zhou Tai looked at each other and knew that their carefulness had been seen through by their master. It seemed that they could only fight with the shogunate honestly.


    A moment later, I heard the sound of footsteps outside the door, and then I saw the crowd rushing in, headed by the civil and military personnel headed by Tian Feng and Huang Zhong. As early as last night, everyone received a rumor from Huangfu Chaobo that they were going to discuss the expansion of the navy in the general''s mansion today, so everyone rushed to the general''s mansion after breakfast.


    As soon as you enter the door, you will see the second general of Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin sitting in the hall. You don''t know what the second general is thinking, and they all smile at each other.


    After everyone went to the middle of the hall, they all saluted to Huangfu chaoboji: "the lower Officer (the last general) meets the general (the Lord)!"


    "Gentlemen, please come in and sit down!" Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said,


    after everyone thanks again, they come to their seats and sit down.


    After everyone was seated, Huangfu Chaobo ordered that tea be served. Then he said slowly, "you all know that the purpose of inviting you here today is to discuss the expansion of our state water army. Here is the plan for the expansion of the Navy handed over to our general by the two generals Zhou and Jiang. Let''s have a look at it, and then we''ll discuss it carefully. "


    With a wave of his hand, Huang Fu''s soldiers, who had already been ready, handed over several military expansion plans copied out overnight to each of them. Each of them took them and looked at Zhou Tai with a smile. Then he lowered his head and looked at the plan carefully.


    Zhou Tai and others nervously scanned the shogunate, hoping to see some clues from their faces. Unfortunately, Huang Zhong and other generals had nothing to do with his plan, and the main resistance came from the civil service. However, there was no change in the faces of Tian Feng and Lou GUI, who were very mature, which made Zhou Tai and others as if they had hidden 25 mice Scratch your heart.


    After a while, everyone stopped. Not surprisingly, Tian Feng was the first to speak.


    He stepped forward two steps and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "general, the lower officials don''t agree with general Zhou''s plan for the expansion of the water army. Our state water army now has 12000 water army. If we follow general Zhou''s plan, the water army needs to increase to 60000, which is equivalent to an increase of nearly 50000 water army. According to the establishment of the water army, 50000 water army, which needs about 50000 water army ships, is equivalent to an increase of 100000 Every month, the cost of soldiers and civil servants is ten thousand dollars. "


    "It''s just about personnel and ships. According to the establishment of our state Navy, the ships needed by one school navy are 15000 gold, and the ships needed by eight schools navy are 120000 gold. It''s just the cost of buying the ship, and the cost of maintenance every month. Our state is now full of waste, and it needs a lot of capital investment everywhere. It has already spent a huge amount of money to set up three combat troops, but now we still need three water forces. How can we support them? "On hearing this, Zhou Tai got up quickly and said, "Lord Tian, the rivers and waterways in our state are about thousands of miles long. How can our 12000 Navy troops protect them? In addition, we still need Navy troops to escort the trade routes between Youzhou and Luoyang, which makes the Navy even more powerful."


    Tian Feng said slowly: "as the general said, rivers and waterways are about thousands of miles long. However, there are Jizhou water army in the east of our state, and there are tens of thousands of Jizhou water army. Who else can break through their defense line and enter our state boundary. In the west, we only need to go to the territory of Hongnong. Besides, there are not many water troops in Dong''s army, and our army can keep them. In this way, even if we add the escort water army, in my opinion, the three school water army is enough to protect all parts of our state. "


    When Zhou Tai heard this, he was worried. He wanted to add thirty or fifty thousand soldiers. But he didn''t expect to go to old man Tian Feng''s place and wipe a zero directly. He became thirty or five thousand.

 Chapter 642

    Tian Feng''s words not only made Zhou Qin anxious, but also made Jiang Qin unable to sit down beside him. He stood up and said with a salute: "my Lord, my lords, the plan for the expansion of the army made by the two generals is that our state army completely controls the four prefectures of our state and has the troops needed to protect the waterway between leting and Luoyang. However, the generals also know the recent situation of our state, so this plan is just the most ideal situation for our navy Of course, if the water forces need to control the whole river, they are not enough. "


    "Oh," Lou GUI said with a smile, "according to the two generals, how large-scale navy can adapt to the current situation of our state?"


    After meditating, Jiang qinlue said, "it is estimated that at least 40000 troops will be needed."


    As soon as Jiang Qin''s voice fell, Tian Feng immediately rose up against him. In this stubborn old man''s opinion, there was no strong enemy of the water army around SZU. The only strong enemy of the water army was the Jizhou army. According to his many years of experience in Jizhou, Han Fu was far from being a capricious villain, although he was not a Ming Lord. Moreover, he and Yuan Shao had become deadly enemies, so he couldn''t do it at all Because of the severance of diplomatic relations with Sizhou, the waterway of Sizhou was extremely safe and there was no need to expand so many water forces.


    But Zhou Tai''s idea is not like this. No one should place his safety on others, so the best way is to be strong. What Zhou Tai and Zhou Tai said is not without reason. The four prefectures of Sizhou are divided into two parts by the river. Although several big ports are controlled by the water army, there are still some small places that can cross the river. The water army must patrol these places frequently to prevent anything out of control.


    Another point is that the commercial road from leting to Luoyang has a certain distance to pass through the area of Yuan Shao and Cao Cao. The water army must increase its strength to protect the water army. We should know that although there is no strong water army between the two families, we can still make trouble with some ships.


    So general Zhou jianger and Tian Lou argued with each other. They were just like the shopping malls that Huangfu Chaobo had seen before. I''d like to add some, but you''d like to reduce some. They came and went all the time, and they were so fierce that Huangfu Chaobo was stunned.


    After a long time, Tian Feng stuck the water army establishment at 20000, and he would never give up. Let Zhou Tai and Zhou Tai jump like thunder, or ask each other in soft language. The old man just said, "no money!"


    After half a day''s hard work, both of them were defeated one after another. Finally, they had to look at their master with the help of their eyes. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo looks at Xu Shu and Huang Zhong.


    Huang Zhong got up and said, "the general of the navy is not familiar with it. However, there may be a small number of 20000 Navy. What''s Xu''s opinion?"


    Xu Shu grew up and said: "Lord, according to the opinion of the lower officials, 20000 water troops are really small, but it is not realistic to reach 50000 or 60000 water troops according to the current situation of our state. Therefore, in my opinion, 30000 water troops are enough to maintain the current needs of our state."


    Next, Xu Shu explained his idea in detail to the public. According to his idea, Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin, two naval generals, led by two academies, were stationed in Pingjin port and Hanoi port respectively. The other one was used to guard the commercial road, and Wang''s army was like a soldier.


    There are also five water forces, just like the city garrisons, stationed in leting and small water villages in Sizhou. The water troops guarding the commercial road can be sent out in turn by the five schools, so that the water troops of each school can be sent out in turn.


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo''s ideal water army establishment is about 30000, because there are no other big water army and water thieves except Jizhou water army in Sizhou or along the river. Jizhou water army and itself are allies, so it should not pose a threat to Sizhou at present. In addition to the convoy of a school of water army, the 24500 water army can fully guarantee the water safety of Sizhou.


    Seeing that both Tian Feng and Zhou Tai seemed to have to get up and talk again, Huangfu chaobolian said in a hurry: "OK, let''s both sit down. Commander Xu''s suggestion coincides with the general''s idea. 30000 water troops are the maximum that our state can bear at present. Moreover, the expansion of water troops can''t be promoted. How are you going to arrange for general Zhou, warships and soldiers? "


    Zhou Tai said: "since the formation of the water army, the end will have been training soldiers. At present, there is already a school of soldiers who can get on the ship. If the Lord agrees to expand the army, the end will be ready to send people back to Jingzhou and Yangzhou to recruit and surrender some of the water pirates. If there is no problem, one school of soldiers can be recruited, and others need to be recruited within the territory of the state. As for ships, they can only be purchased from all parts of our state and Jizhou. "


    After hearing this, Lou GUI got up and asked, "can''t we increase the output of our shipyards?"


    Jiang Qin replied: "there is no good water surface along the river to build large docks. For example, the building ships of Jizhou water army were built in huangze Lake beside Neihuang, and then they were transported to Liyang water village by Baigou water. Even so, although the dock of huangze lake is also a large dock, the speed of building ships is also very slow, and our state does not even have the water surface of huangze lake, so


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately responded and thought, "yes, there are really no conditions for building large and medium-sized shipyards on both sides of the Yellow River. No wonder in history, Cao Cao wanted to dig a Xuanwu pool in Yecheng for shipbuilding. That''s why people in Jiangdong laughed for decades.That''s not to say that the drawings of the large-scale port and the huge dock in his hands are all in vain! I''ll go. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help scolding Keng dad. He immediately told the public that he had a large port and a huge dock in his hands. When Zhou Tai heard this, they were very happy first, and then they were like a ball of frustration. There was no suitable water surface. No matter how many of these drawings there were, they were useless.


    After hearing this, Tian Feng asked again, "general Zhou, how long will it take to complete the expansion of the 30000 Navy?"


    Zhou Tai Lue said thoughtfully, "it will take about a year for the ships to be expanded and the training time for Navy sergeants to be added."


    After listening to him, Tian Feng was relieved. Looking at Tian Fengru''s appearance of bearing a heavy load, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but smile at each other.


    "Well, then the expansion of the Navy will be settled. General Zhou and Tian Biejia can discuss the specific situation. There is also the arrangement of the principal generals of each school. The two generals will determine the personnel as soon as possible, and then submit them to our general. Well, it''s hard work in the early morning. Let''s get busy. " Seeing that the matter had been settled, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered him to leave

 Chapter 643

    As soon as they heard this, they all got up and left, and went to their own business. Zhou Tai and his followers followed Tian Feng to the government.


    Looking at the crowd retreating, Huangfu Chaobo was about to breathe a sigh of relief when he found that Shi a came in again and said, "Lord, according to the plan, we still need to go to the two cities of Gucheng and Henan today to see the resettlement situation of Meng Laowang and their clansmen. Are we going to leave now and this trip?"


    Huangfu Chaobo looks at Shi a with a sad face. Besides being the head of his shadow guard, he is also a part-time bodyguard and secretary. Originally, he wanted to have a rest, but it seemed that he was going to be ruined again. Huang Fu Chao Bo let out a cry. Finally, he got up and said, "Lao Dian, let''s go and try to see the resettlement situation of the two counties today."


    "Yes, sir. I will arrange it right away." A quarter of an hour later, they led the iron wall guard and shadow guard, and 1500 iron eagles, escorting Huangfu Chaobo out of Luoyang City to the two counties of Gucheng in Henan Province to the West.


    Luoyang City to Henan county is only dozens of miles away. In one morning, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived outside Henan county. At this time, the county magistrate of Henan was Yangwu county magistrate when Zhao Yun conquered the county east of hulaoguan. When he asked the prefect''s office of Luoyang to adjust the county officials, he was transferred to Henan county as county magistrate. Huangfu Chaobo really didn''t have much impression of this guy named Zhong Ze. After getting the news that Huangfu Chaobo came to inspect the resettlement, he immediately led Huangfu Chaobo to the resettlement area in the east of the city.


    Resettlement in Henan county is the nearly ten thousand immigrants led by the Mongolian family. After getting the decree of the prefecture, the county magistrate of the two counties began to plan and arrange the resettlement area. Fortunately, the population of the cities around Luoyang is far from full, so the resettlement area was soon arranged. After the arrival of more than 20000 immigrants from Bingzhou, they were soon divided into two parts and settled in two counties.


    According to the negotiation between Huangfu Chaobo and Tian Feng, it is only the first step to resettle the immigrants separately. The second step is to gradually migrate the part with excellent qualifications to Luoyang City, which is equivalent to separating these immigrants again. Of course, immigrants to Luoyang will be allocated to suitable places according to their situation.


    Under the leadership of Henan county magistrate, Huangfu Chaobo soon came to mengping''s home. As a former patriarch, mengping''s courtyard is also the best among the immigrants, with dozens of rooms in the courtyard.


    However, there are not many people living in it, because Meng gang and Meng Yi''s two brothers, wife and children did not live with them. Meng Gang, as the Deputy General of tieyingruishi, now their wives and children are placed in Luoyang City, while Meng Yi''s wife stays with him in Xi''an city.


    After learning that Huangfu Chaobo was here, Meng Ping quickly led his family to the door to greet him. After taking all the people to hospital, Huangfu Chaobo carefully inquired about the resettlement situation of the immigrants. Although Meng Ping and others knew that Huangfu Chaobo meant to resettle tens of thousands of people separately, they didn''t object to it. No matter who was concerned, tens of thousands of people on one side would be on guard. Therefore, this arrangement actually made Meng Ping and others feel relieved.


    Meng Ping and others were quite satisfied with the arrangement of the clansmen, and they all answered the questions of Huangfu Chaobo one by one. After a detailed understanding of the resettlement situation in Henan County, Huangfu Chaobo did not stay longer, but led the troops to the next station, Gucheng.


    The leader of Gucheng settlement is Wang Ding. Under his leadership, Huangfu Chaobo made a tour of Gucheng settlement and led his troops back to Luoyang overnight. Of course, before leaving, Huangfu Chaobo and the two old men revealed a little bit of information, that is, in the later stage, they will recruit the talents with higher qualifications to Luoyang and assign them to suitable positions.


    The implication is to tell the two old men that their people will be further dispersed, and the two old men clearly support the decision of the general''s office.


    Huangfu Chaobo has his own considerations about the two counties where he has specially arranged for. They do have many generals and soldiers. Now they are all under his command. He should appease them for their feelings and reasons.


    The purpose of coming out in person is to let them really return to their heart, and there will be no problems in this. You know, Huangfu Chaobo has found a lot of talents with excellent qualifications from the resettlement rosters submitted by the two counties, and they almost include all kinds of talents needed by a force. This alone is worth Huangfu Chaobo''s great efforts to appease.


    So another purpose of this trip is to tell the two old men that they hope these talents can enter their suitable position as soon as possible. Fortunately, although they are in a hurry, they still achieve their own goal.


    After returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with Pang Tong about a matter he had planned to do in Bingzhou, which was to send troops to Nanyang.


    Of course, the purpose of sending troops to Nanyang is not to occupy the number of cities, but for the safety of the south of Sizhou. As far as the current situation of Huangfu Chaobo is concerned, there is really no need to blindly expand. The existing sites of the four prefectures in Sizhou have not been controlled in place. If we expand the sites again, in the words of the time people, we are too big at our pace.However, Yuan Shu of Nanyang is too aggressive. He can''t tell when he''s going to make a monkey. Moreover, according to the historical plot, Yuan Shu can''t stay in Nanyang for long. You know, Zhang Ji has been in Wuguan for a long time.


    Although Yuan Shu came to Nanyang because of Cao Cao''s attack in history, now he has control of several counties in Yangzhou. Maybe if this guy goes crazy and loses Nanyang as he did in history and goes to Yangzhou directly, Nanyang will be in Zhang Ji''s hands by then.


    At that time, Zhang Ji was backed by Dong Zhuo and had soldiers and generals in his hands. In addition, Nanyang''s wealth was a big threat to his state.


    Here I have to say that one of Dong Zhuo''s generals is Xu Rong, who was once captured by Huangfu Chaobo. Although he was persuaded to surrender for half a year, Xu Rong was still unmoved. In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to quietly let him go and send him out of Sizhou.


    But according to the news from Chang''an, after Xu Rong returned to Chang''an, he was snowed by Dong Zhuo. As for the reason, Huangfu Chaobo knows a little bit.


    Everyone says that where there are people, there are rivers and lakes. As a non Xiliang general, Xu Rong has won the trust of Dong Zhuo. He has been envied by Xiliang for a long time. Therefore, if he comes back after being captured for more than half a year, it will certainly have an impact.

 Chapter 644

    After becoming a vassal, Huangfu Chaobo was inspired by the idea of "dismissing prefectures and counties", and he already had the idea of letting the world conquer several cities in Nanyang, and then moving Kong to set up a new county.


    Because Huangfu Chaobo has tried in its own management interface, it only needs to select five cities above the county level to set up a new county. If there is a county in the south of Si Zhou, it will be a barrier to the south of Si Zhou. For this reason, Huangfu Chaobo has gathered his subordinates to discuss for many times, but he has never made up his mind, because he really does not know how to persuade Kong.


    But this time, Yuan Shu gave himself the best excuse. He suddenly sent troops to Runan and occupied several counties. He believed that even with Kong''s good temper, he would be dissatisfied.


    One of the reasons why I choose zonghengtianxia as a barrier to the south of my state is the degree of trust. Zonghengtianxia and I have known each other for several years, and they often contact each other both in the game and in reality. It can be said that they know the root and the bottom, and there are many cooperative relationships in the game.


    The second is that players are not the same as NPCs. Players will be more flexible and not as rigid as NPCs in dealing with things. Another aspect is the ability to act as a southern barrier for Sizhou, rather than Kong. Although there is a state, it has no fighting power in the face of wolves. And regardless of the world is always before the top ten players, and now the strength has not been underestimated.


    Especially in recent months, the world has been in the red. In a few months, he has received two generals, one man and one man. The civil servant was the constant rank under Sun Jian at the beginning. It can be said that he was the talent of a county.


    Even Huangfu Chaobo was envious of the general. He turned out to be the pro guard General of Liu Bei and the chief General of the white yak army Chen Dao in history. Moreover, according to the world, Chen Dao in the game was much higher than that in other games before. He was a strong general whose force value had reached the king level, while the commander had reached the heaven level.


    What makes everyone in the alliance envious is that Chen Dao also has a special branch in his attribute - White Yak soldiers. This is the heavy armour infantry whose level reaches 45 and whose strength is slightly inferior to that of Gao shunshen camp. It is more than one level better than the heavy armour infantry trained by Ji Ling.


    It was only after many discussions with Pang Tong and others that they finally decided to help Zongheng to become the prefect of a county. As for Kong Yu''s words, they thought it was not a big problem.


    Of course, Pang Tong and his wife have also put forward their own ideas, that is, in case Kong Yu disagrees, it depends on how much territory they can control under the current situation. However, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care about it. In his opinion, there should be no problem with Kong Yu.


    On May 16, after dealing with the government affairs in Luoyang for several days, Huangfu Chaobo finally finished the backlog of government affairs, and all his pro guard departments had been recuperated for more than ten days, and the fatigue of the soldiers had completely recovered. Not only that, the Tiebi camp of Dianwei had added more than ten soldiers, up to 30.


    After entrusting the government affairs of Luoyang to Tian Feng, Huang Zhong and others, Huangfu Chaobo set out again. This time, he was ready to go back to Yingchuan, his birthplace.


    On this trip, apart from tiebiying of Dianwei and shadow guard of Shia, only Meng gang and tieyingruishi were on the same trip. Of course, Pang Tong wanted to go with him. More than 1500 people, one with two horses, headed for changshe city.


    Because it was basically within his own sphere of influence, Huangfu Chaobo walked slowly all the way. Basically, every time he passed a city, he would go in and have a look. When he arrived at Xingyang City, Lao Du and Xiao Jie, who got the news, left behind the soldiers they were training, and ran to Xingyang to join him. So all the way, though only a few hundred miles away But Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived five days later.


    On May 20, the party finally arrived at Luoshen town outside changshe city. After walking around the town, Huangfu Chaobo could not help sighing. The bustling town was very quiet. Now almost all the middle and senior craftsmen have gone to the workshops in Luoyang. Now Luoshen town is only a quarter of the original people.


    Looking at the situation in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but tell Lao Du: "the basic leading games all have the property of moving cities. I don''t know why this game doesn''t have it. I don''t know how much energy we spent to build this territory. Now, it''s deserted."


    A few people listen to, also is sigh unceasingly. After tieyingruishi was arranged to rest in the town, Huangfu Chaobo led Dianwei and dozens of guards to changshe city. At this time, the people who had already got the news were waiting outside the west gate of changshe city.


    When they met, they were very busy. Apart from the four people of Huangfu Chaobo, all five people from all over the world came together, and even the wrong wolf came to changshe from Luyang. After chatting outside the gate, they entered the county seat and came to the county government at the invitation of the whole world.


    After entering the county government, everyone sat down and chatted about the harvest of Huangfu Chaobo. Although he has seen his gains in the League channel, everyone is still interested in the famous general card. So Huangfu Chaobo has to take out the famous general card again and give it to everyone for careful observation. Unfortunately, everyone can''t see anything from it.Later, I talked about Zhao Zilong and Lao Du. Now Zhao Zilong has set out, but because he is different from the Xiake, the Xiake has more cavalry and horses, so the speed is much faster. Zhao Zilong''s troops are basically soldiers, and it is estimated that it will take ten or twenty days to get to Bingzhou. However, Lao Du and Zhao Zilong are not well trained, so they are the best At least it will take another month or two to start.


    As we all know, the purpose of Huangfu Chaobo''s trip is to make him the prefect of a county. After a chat, everyone''s topic finally turns to him.


    "How''s it going? "Boss "How are you getting ready?" asked Du


    "Hey, hey, what else? I don''t have much to prepare. Now ten thousand troops are ready, and all the money and food have been collected. Like Chao Bo, I have prepared five thousand soldiers and five thousand guards. The soldiers are now commander Chen Dao, and the guards are handed over to He Yi. ¡°

 Chapter 645

    "Fortunately, there are Huan Jie in charge of the internal affairs. I''m much more relaxed now." However, there is another problem. Can''t Chen Dao recruit white soldiers. Fortunately, changshe was a county, but during the Yellow turban rebellion, huangfusong had upgraded the city to the level of Zhongcheng, so my special arms could recruit 2000 soldiers. But now I asked him to recruit in changshe, and as a result, less than 300 people have been selected so far. "


    Apart from Huangfu Chaobo, all the others paid him back for his obvious display.


    As Huangfu Chaobo was about to speak, he saw Pang Tong step forward and say, "general, if Kong Yuzhou doesn''t want to send troops as we were afraid of, the magistrate of Zongheng county can ask for some help. I believe Kong Yuzhou is not easy to refuse. In general''s opinion, if Bai Yuzhou wants to make up a full army, the best chance is at present."


    As Pang Tong and his wife repeatedly said that Kong Yu might not send troops, although Huangfu Chaobo felt strange, he also moved in his heart. Is Kong Yu really unwilling to send troops to Nanyang as they expected? Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he should really consider this issue.


    So he said to Zongheng: "we really need to take into account what Shiyuan said. If it''s really like what Shiyuan said, Zongheng boss should consider other plans. Shiyuan''s idea is also a good way. If Kong did not want to send troops directly, he would try to find a way to see if he could gather 2000 troops from the Yuzhou army. You know, these soldiers are the top elite. "


    Pang Tong said: "it''s true that even though Kongyu Prefecture is not willing to send troops to Nanyang, in order to make up for and appease Zongheng county magistrate, it should be agreed to select soldiers among the state soldiers. After all, there are only less than 2000 soldiers, which is just a drop in the bucket for hundreds of thousands of Prefecture troops. Moreover, in a certain sense, even if Kongyu Prefecture does not send troops, it will not oppose sending troops, so Zongheng county magistrate can rest assured. "


    In fact, at the beginning, he only mentioned that he had killed the wrong wolf. After careful consideration, he put forward his idea to Huangfu Chaobo. As far as his changshe city is concerned, it is in the middle of Yingchuan, Xinzheng in Sizhou in the north and Chenliu in the East, so there is little chance to expand. After much consideration, Zongheng decides to move, so he looks at Nanyang next to Yingchuan.


    In addition, some time ago, after taking Hengji income under their command, they finally decided that if they want to stop, they have to jump out of changshe City, just like swordsmen going to Shuofang. Although there are risks, there are more opportunities. In addition, Yuan Shu had been fighting against Runan some time ago. That''s why he had this trip to Yuzhou.


    Pang Tong''s suggestion is reasonable even in the world. For this time, it''s best to persuade Kong to send troops. If not, at least let Kong agree to attack Nanyang alone. I believe that with Chen Dao, He Yi and Huan Jie, together with Huangfu Chaobo and killing the wrong wolf, it''s no problem to attack one or two counties in Nanyang.


    After further discussion, they went to Yangzhai, the capital of Kongyu.


    A group of people quickly, in the afternoon has arrived in front of the prefecture. After passing the post in, the group waited at the door for a while. Then they heard a rush of footsteps inside the door. When the door was opened, they saw Kong Chu leading several officials to come out in a hurry. Huangfu Chaobo thought that Kong Yu and others had something else to do, but looking at the posture, they were coming in the direction of their own. When he was hesitating, he heard Pang Tong behind him say in a low voice: "general, hurry up and salute! Meet me as a nephew. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately woke up, stepped forward and saluted Kong Shen, saying, "my nephew has seen my uncle!"


    Kong Yu was stunned at first, and immediately responded. His face was full of joy. He stepped forward two steps to hold Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Chaobo doesn''t need to be polite. Go in. We haven''t seen each other for a long time. Go in and have a good talk with my uncle."


    Then he took Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and went to the mansion. Huangfu Chaobo left behind him and let Kong Chen pull him in. However, they nodded one by one with Kong''s subordinates.


    At present, Huangfu Chaobo and Kong Bi are civil servants, and their positions are the same. They are both state herdsmen of one state. But there is another problem, that is, Huangfu Chaobo or general Pingdong. According to the requirements, gunzhou and Qingzhou Xuzhou to the east of hulaoguan are under his jurisdiction, so this problem is more embarrassing.


    At least, when Huangfu Chaobo comes to visit, Kong must go out in person to meet him. At least, he must meet him at the same level. However, Huangfu Chaobo always comes to see Kong in the way of a younger generation.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo''s visit really made Kong Yu tangled. Fortunately, Pang Tong''s reminder and the courtesy of his younger generation resolved Kong Yu''s embarrassment very well. Can we not make Kong Yu happy?


    After the party entered the prefecture and sat down, zonghengtianxia had the opportunity to salute him as a subordinate. They also valued him very much. The changshe army had a good performance in several wars.After a few words of praise for Zongheng, Kong turned his eyes to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Chaobo has a lot of state affairs. What can I do for you? Why did you come to Yangzhai in person this time? Is there anything important you can''t do?"


    After Huangfu''s profound insight, he slowly explained the reason: "the later general Yuan Shu, regardless of the court discipline, was good at fighting. First of all, he colluded with Zhang Yang and Lu Bu and wanted to take charge of our state. Relying on today''s holy power, the officers and soldiers of the three armed forces used their lives. Our state army finally won, and Yuan Shu''s army finally came to an end. However, he didn''t want to repent, and only a few months later he attacked Runan again. Chaobo wants to unite with his uncle''s Yuzhou army and go to Wancheng to ask Yuan Shu for justice. What''s his uncle''s idea? "


    "If the governor of Zhou Mu agrees to send troops, he will lead the changshe army to Nanyang and teach Yuan Shu a lesson." Even though the whole world stood up at the right time,


    killing the wrong wolf also stood up and said: "I''m willing to go!"


    On hearing this, Kong did not understand the thoughts of several people. However, he did not answer them immediately. Instead, he got up and walked slowly to the window of the hall, staring out of the window for a long time.

 Chapter 646

    After a long time, Kong juocai sighed, then turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "I''m very angry about this. However, if we want to send troops from Yuzhou to Nanyang, it''s not my wish."


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was about to get up and speak, Kong Chen put out his hand to stop him and said, "I know the meaning of Chaobo very well. I''ll listen to him first."


    Then he walked slowly to his position and continued: "there are two reasons for this. First, the war and the war together, and the life painting carbon is not my wish. Second, the yuan family can do this act of no king and no father, but I can''t ignore the court system. So


    "My uncle''s intention is that Yuan Shu committed such heinous crimes in our two states of Henan. Can we just let him act wantonly? If you don''t give him a little punishment, he really thinks that there is no one in our state. Next time when he comes to rest, he will send troops to attack again. " Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, but he didn''t expect that Pang Tong had predicted that the matter was going to the worst, so he got up and advised him;


    Kong was also surprised by Huangfu Chaobo''s words. Yes, he thought about the court system and didn''t want to be good at fighting. But with the temperament of their yuan family, would Qihui be so good at it? On the theme, Kong Chu''s face was uncertain. He was obviously in the middle of extreme hesitation. After a long time, he slowly shook his head.


    When Kong was about to open his mouth, Pang Tong, who was behind Huangfu Chaobo, stood up and walked two steps ahead, saying, "see you in Xiangyang!"


    "Oh, Mr. Xiao is Pang Shiyuan of Xiangyang, who helped Chaobo break through the three sieges and was called" fengxiao " Kong bi was not happy to see someone interrupt him, but when he heard Pang Tong''s name, he immediately looked at Pang Tong Dao with great interest.


    other Yuzhou officials in the field also looked at Pang Tong with great interest. His name had already been heard like thunder. Since he broke through the three ways of attacking Sizhou''s troops, he was young Cry the world surprised, all the princes have known the name of the chicken.


    "I don''t dare to hide it from you, old man. It''s just me." Pang Tong replied respectfully;


    "that''s great," Kong Yu was overjoyed. He immediately gave Pang Tong a deep salute and said, "please teach me how to act, I''ll ask Mr. pang to teach me!"


    Seeing this, Pang Tong avoided Kong''s salute and said, "don''t dare to be called an old man. If the old man doesn''t mind, he can call a boy Shuo Zi Shi Yuan."


    Seeing that Pang Tong knew so much about books and etiquette, all the people in the room nodded their approval. He was worthy of being the master of Shuijing in lumen mountain villa. His etiquette was impeccable.


    "Well, I''m not pedantic either. Just as Shi Yuan said, I just ask him to teach me how to deal with it?" Kong Fuxu said with a smile;


    "Tong knows what the boss thinks, but Yuan Shu must not be allowed to act recklessly. Otherwise, his ambition and yuan family''s influence in Runan, Nanyang, will eventually lead to disaster." With that, Pang Tong looked up at Kong, and saw that his body trembled slightly. However, although the amplitude was very small, he also saw him at the bottom of his eyes.


    "So in Tong''s view, what general Pingdong and county magistrate zongzong said is imperative, but it needs to be controlled. According to Tong''s view, a large army can enter Wan County, but it can''t capture Wan county. After Yuan Shu sees our army''s fighting power, he can withdraw from Nanyang."


    "After all, in terms of my family''s situation, it''s not realistic to occupy Nanyang, and the princes of Guandong will not allow it, but the county in the east of Nanyang, especially Ye County, must be controlled by Yuzhou. In this way, the passage between Nanyang and Yuzhou will be completely controlled by me, and Yuan Shu will not be afraid to attack Yingchuan from Nanyang. As for other cities, we should not occupy too many, otherwise it will cause the dissatisfaction of other princes. "


    Then Pang Tong talked a lot about the situation of the two armies, how to March, which cities need to be occupied, and which cities only need to be bypassed.


    As for the issue of sending troops, Pang Tong also suggested that the army of Yuzhou need not be sent out, but only to build up a large army, while the real ones only need the two cities of changshe and Luyang, plus tens of thousands of troops of Yuzhou. After all, after the Luoyang war, Nanyang army lost all its elite. Now, although the troops are replenished, its combat power is not so easy to recover.


    After some analysis, all the people in Yuzhou nodded and heard that everyone was eager to try. In a word, we don''t need to go to the troop dispatch, but we have to share in the final profit.


    If Kong''s army doesn''t move, he can explain to the vassals. If he doesn''t, he can just hand over a few of them. In this way, he can stop the people.


    After several deliberation, Kong finally agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s sending troops. Not only that, he also hinted that if the whole world could capture several cities in Nanyang, only half of the profits would need to be handed over, but all the cities could be handed over to him. Of course, the position of magistrate of changshe must be handed over.


    After hearing this, he took the opportunity to propose that he wanted to set up a special army of 2000 soldiers, but he didn''t select enough suitable soldiers in changshe. After hearing this, Kong Yu immediately asked him to lead the people to the State Army camp to select soldiers and make up 2000 troops.


    Not only that, Kong was very generous to say that whether it was the taxi soldiers in changshe city or the state soldiers, their families could be moved from all over the world.In this way, everyone is happy and the guests are happy.


    After the political discussion, it was time for him to have a private dinner in the prefecture.


    Early the next morning, Huangfu Chaobo led the crowd away from Zhai Yang and returned to Luoyang by way of Luyang. Although the trip did not achieve the best result, it did not come back empty handed.


    Now that it has been decided that the two of them will fight against each other and kill the wrong wolf, they only need to be ready. However, when they are ready, it will take at least a month.


    As for the troops of Sizhou, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to send Huang Zhong''s Huben camp and his own pro guard camp to fight this time, while Zhao Yun''s Dragon troops stay in Luoyang.


    After leaving Luyang, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t rush to return to Luoyang. Instead, he walked all the way along the official road. He had to make a rough inspection of every county pass. I walked and stopped all the way and didn''t return to Luoyang until the end of May.


    On May 28, Zhao Zilong told everyone on the alliance channel that his army had arrived in Wuyuan County, only three or four miles away from Jiuyuan city. When he joined the cavalry of Huangfu Chaobo tomorrow, he would launch an attack on Jiuyuan city.

 Chapter 647

    On the 29th, the army launched an attack on Jiuyuan city. Although some counties were recovered in a row and the tribes were alert, they were attacked by more than 7000 soldiers and 5000 players. In addition, the Hu people were not good at guarding the city, so Jiuyuan city was captured after only half a day.


    Among the nearly ten thousand people of zahu tribe, nearly six thousand people were captured, except for more than two thousand who were killed and more than two thousand who fled. Later, Zhao Zilong occupied Jiuyuan.


    However, as we all know, it''s not over yet. Later, Zhao Zilong ordered all the players and 1000 light cavalry to disperse to the area around Jiuyuan for early warning. The rest of the soldiers and horses, together with the civilians and prisoners, repaired the city wall and prepared for the battle.


    Four days later, 30000 zahu troops appeared in the wilderness on the north-east side of Jiuyuan city. In the afternoon of that day, the Allied forces began to attack the city. At this time, Zhao Zilong''s weakness without strong generals as support was reflected. Jiuyuan''s defense war was obviously not as good as the swordsman''s Guangmu defense war, let alone Huangfu Chaobo''s Xi''an Yang war.


    It wasn''t until noon on the third day that Zhao Zilong defeated the zahu cavalry who came to attack. Nearly ten thousand soldiers were captured by thirty thousand allied forces, and more than five thousand others fled. After the war, Zhao Zilong gathered less than five thousand horses, and nearly ten thousand cattle and sheep.


    However, his loss was not small. First of all, his 5000 NPC soldiers, except 1000 crossbow soldiers and 1000 cavalry soldiers, lost nearly half of the other 3000 soldiers. Fortunately, he finally held Jiuyuan city. But in order to recover, it is estimated that it will not work without a year and a half. Moreover, before there are no powerful generals, Zhao Zilong needs to be careful to continue to expand.


    For the third player to recover the city, Zhao Zilong''s harvest is also much worse than that of the previous two players: one upgrading drawing for each town, one upgrading drawing for a super restaurant, one nine turn rebirth pill and one making drawing for a level 40 horn bow.


    Only the drawings of super restaurants are of great use to Zhao Zilong, because the higher the level of restaurants, the more attractive they are to NPC, which gives Zhao Zilong a glimmer of hope.


    As for other things, territory upgrade drawings and town level ones are not popular among current players, but city level ones are rarely found. Zhao Zilong has several of the nine turn rebirth pills in his own hands. The horn bow is relatively suitable for cavalry, but its use is limited for Zhao Zilong.


    Zhao Zilong led the people to arrange for Jiuyuan City, Wuwei City, more than 1000 miles southwest of Jiuyuan. On the top of the tower stood several young generals, led by a young general in white robes and armour. He had a jade like face, a meteor like eye, a tiger like body, an ape like arm, and a wolf''s waist.


    It''s true that these people are Ma Chao who will be famous in Xiliang. Ma Chao is 16 years old, but he has been fighting with his father Ma Teng for several years. Ma Dai, the eldest nephew of Ma Chao, is over 15 years old and has joined Ma Teng''s army this year as a school captain. Next to them are Ma Teng''s second son, Ma Xiu, and his third son, Ma tie. Both of them are not yet adults, but they fight in the army with their two elder brothers every day.


    Several people stand on the tower, but their eyes are looking at a group of people who are going to the East under the city. They are the speechless people who come to Wuwei to see Ma Teng and want to return their ancestors to Jiuquan.


    After careful consideration, Ma Teng agreed to wordless''s request. Of course, this is conditional. After wordless obtained Jiuquan, Ma Teng must take the lead and pay a certain amount of money and grain every year.


    Ma Dai said to Ma Chao in front of him: "brother, why do you agree to this strange man''s request? Jiuquan is located to the west of Zhangye. Although it''s not comparable to Zhangye, it''s also a county. Is it better to control it in your own hands?"


    Ma Chao chuckled: "although Jiuquan is good, it''s not what we can take care of now. Jinwuwei, yinzhangye, we have the best two counties in Xiliang. How many people are envious? There are Dong Zhuo in the East, Han Sui in the south, and Qiang Hu in the north. In the west, let them fight for a while. At least we don''t have to pay too much attention to the West. When we free up our hands, it''s just a little bit of Jiuquan


    Ma Chao''s words made his younger brothers see stars shining. Ma Dai said, "brother, you know so much."


    When Ma Chao saw the appearance of his younger brothers, he said in his heart, "in fact, I don''t know about this. It''s just that yesterday when he asked brother ming to give advice to his father, I just heard it." Of course, he will not say these words.


    Just at this time, a general with thick eyebrows, big eyes and full beard came up from the lower part of the tower. It was pound Lingming, the senior general of Ma Teng''s army. He was able to get Ma Teng''s consent for silence this time. Pound said a lot. Of course, Pound''s starting point was really for the Ma family, not for silence.


    The main reason is that in addition to what Ma Chao said, Zuli county is the throat of Wuwei East. Such an important place should not be controlled by outsiders.


    "Step on After a sound, pound ran up to the city building, saluted Ma Chao and said, "at the end of the day, I''ve met with general Shao, general Dai and your sons."


    "Brother Ming is so polite. Please get up." Ma Chao happily stepped forward to lift pound up and said, "I''m happy;"Thank you, young master," pound said, "how to arrange Zuli County, young master? Is there a candidate in the young master''s mind? "


    "How did brother Pang discuss with his father just now?" Ma Chao asked back;


    pound shook his head and said: "there are no good candidates for the final general."


    Ma Chao pondered for a long time, and suddenly said: "Ma Xiaotiao, since Bozhan strongly recommends you in front of someone, this time, it depends on Bozhan''s face. I recommend you to my father as Zuli county magistrate. Later, I will choose 500 cavalry soldiers and 2000 soldiers from the county soldiers. After my father''s approval, you can go to take office. I hope you can defend Zuli for my Ma family."


    After several people, one of them stepped out and said, "the end general will take orders. Please rest assured that the end general will defend Zuli for the general of the western expedition. The city lies in the people!"


    If there is a player here, it will be a surprise that the general is also a player, and the position is not low. At least, he should be above the sixth rank. Otherwise, he can''t be the head of a county.


    It''s true that this is another player who takes advantage of his name like Huangfu Chaobo. His name is Ma Xiaotiao. But he was born in Danyang, Yangzhou. In order to have a relationship with Ma family in Xiliang, he rushed to Xiliang as soon as he entered the game. After arriving at Liangzhou, he always had no chance to contact with Ma family, so he just settled down in Wuwei Come on.

 Chapter 648

    After several years in Xiliang, Ma Xiaotiao has not been able to get in touch with the Ma family. After all, Ma Teng, as the leader of a power, is not accessible to ordinary people. Although Ma Chao has been an official for several years, he is even more arrogant. Few people in Liangzhou can reach him.


    It wasn''t until a few months ago that Ma Xiaotiao seized the opportunity to get to know Ma Dai, who had just become an official. Then, the next thing was to keep the clouds open and see the sunrise, and the serfs turned over to be masters. With the help of Ma Dai, Ma Xiaotiao was quickly incorporated into the periphery of the Ma family. Although there is still a long way to go from the core, it is not comparable to ordinary players.


    In a few months, with the player''s advantage, Ma Xiaotiao gave several ideas to Ma Dai and others, which all achieved good results, so soon he became the commander of Ma Teng''s army and the commander of Ma Dai''s army.


    This time, he was recommended by Ma Chao and became the magistrate of Zuli county. Right away, it''s a step up. You know, there are only more than 1000 counties in the whole game, and less than 50 counties above the county magistrate level.


    As Ma Xiaotiao had expected, Ma Teng agreed to the appointment of his county magistrate on the same day. Of course, at present, he only agreed. He still needs to wait until a silent leader takes over a county in Jiuquan. However, this time is limited. In two months, if he can''t make a foothold in Jiuquan, he will lose his position as Zuli county magistrate. But all this had nothing to do with Ma Xiaotiao. He was just waiting for two months, and then he led 2500 soldiers to Zuli to take over the county.


    Different from Ma Xiaotiao''s complacency and Gu pan Shenghui, there is a man in a Huangjin mountain stronghold in Xuzhou, which is thousands of miles away. But there is a man who sighs and howls.


    It''s amazing that this person is also a player. As an ordinary player, he entered the game with a playful mind at the beginning, so he casually named Zhang Wang. I didn''t expect that as the first person to name Zhang, he would have welfare.


    At that time, Zhang Wang thought that he had come into operation. In the Three Kingdoms period, generals surnamed Zhang could be said to be famous generals. The three brothers Zhang Jiao and Zhang Fei, the bull, and Zhang Liao and Zhang Ying were also first-class generals. Even if Zhang Yan and Zhang Miao were not so good, they were all princes of one side, or there would be two generals of Jiangdong.


    But Zhang Wang found that his luck was so bad that he didn''t even meet the role of Zhang Nan and Zhang Ying in soy sauce. Instead, he was the first to know Zhang Kai, the worst one among the generals of the Three Kingdoms.


    What? You don''t know who Zhang Kai is. He is the one who killed Cao Cao''s father and robbed him. Then Cao Cao sent troops to Xuzhou and killed him.


    After several years in the game, the only thing that Zhang Wang felt a little successful about was that he finally became a brother with Zhang Kai, and then used more than a year to train 5000 elite soldiers for Zhang Kai. Although they were not guards or cavalry soldiers, they all reached level 35 or above, and the highest level even exceeded level 40.


    Now Zhang Wang''s headache is that according to the historical process, Tao Qian should soon send someone to recruit Zhang Kai. However, Zhang Wang feels very tangled. Whether he wants to stop Zhang Kai or not depends on Tao Qian.


    According to the historical process, Tao Qian recruited Zhang Kai as a captain, and then Zhang Kai took refuge with Tao Qian. Then he ate, drank and had fun in the city for a few years. Then he waited to kill Cao Cao''s father and ran to Huainan to take refuge with Yuan Shu. Finally, he didn''t even know how he died. If you don''t accept recruitment, can you continue to be a mountain bandit? If you don''t wash white, where should you go?


    Just at the time of constant entanglement, a young general came to his back and said respectfully, "second uncle, father, please!"


    Zhang Wang doesn''t have to look back to know that this is Zhang Lang, Zhang Kai''s son. Compared with Zhang Kai''s full head of coal, his son is much better. Now he is only 18 years old, but he has reached the level of 78. Moreover, his intelligence and internal affairs are not like his father''s. He is just a poor single digit. Although he is not high, he has reached the level of 30 or 40. What''s more, the boy had a good relationship with Zhang Wang. After Zhang Wang and Zhang Kai became brothers, he was more respectful to Zhang Wang. Looking at this general who had never appeared in history, Zhang Wang was very satisfied.


    "Alan, what can I do for you Zhang Wangdao;


    "just as the second uncle expected, Tao Laoer sent someone to surrender his father. His father asked the second uncle to go to the conference hall to discuss and decide whether to accept the recruitment." Zhang langdao;


    it seems that it''s time to make a decision and look to the heart. For a moment, look at the heart to make a decision. Even if he insists on Zhang Kai''s not surrendering to Tao Qian, he will not let him go. You know, he is the key figure in the plot of Cao Cao''s troops in Xuzhou. So instead of escaping, we should go ahead according to the plot and try our best to save the lives of Zhang Jia and his son.


    However, it is impossible for the state to stay, not only can not stay, but also how far to hide. It''s just that in Langxie country, Guangling is Chen Dengjia''s private plot. Now, although it''s Taishou arranged by Tao Qian, it''s estimated that it won''t be long.Pengcheng is in a position of four battles. I can''t stay any longer. Donghai is where the city is. I don''t want to stay here at all, so the only place I can go is xiapi, but xiapi is not a good place.


    It seems that Xuzhou has no place to live. It seems that we can only go one step at a time.


    Thinking of this, he patted Zhang Lang on the shoulder and said, "let''s go back to the meeting hall. By the way, Alan, who did Tao Qian send? "


    Zhang Lang, with a strange look on his face, looked around and said, "it''s not the people that uncle Er guessed before. It''s said that he is a subordinate of Mr. Tao er. It seems that he is still a stranger."


    "Tao Ying''s subordinate or a stranger?" Zhang Wang was stunned. It seems that he is a lucky guy again. I don''t know how he is developing now. However, it seems that Tao erlengzi is not an ideal backstage. It is estimated that this guy wants to turn Tao erlengzi upside down.


    Zhang Wang didn''t guess wrong. He was the first player with the same surname as a general in history. His name was Tao Jiji. It''s not easy to get a good impression on Mr. Tao Er, but he can''t help him on the wall, even ah Dou.


    So this time, Tao should try his best to win Zhang Kai''s surrender from Tao Qian. Originally, he wanted to take this yellow scarf power under his command. It seems that he is doomed to let him down.

 Chapter 649

    Sitting in the gathering Hall of the mountain stronghold, Tao Jiji was still thinking about the harvest of his trip. Since he entered the mountain stronghold, he had noticed the situation of the yellow scarf mountain stronghold. It can be seen that the condition of the taxi soldiers in this mountain stronghold is very good. Along the way, elite soldiers can be seen everywhere.


    From those soldiers, we can clearly see that they have different temperament from ordinary mountain bandits. It''s just that I don''t know who trained these soldiers. If they were all soldiers trained by Zhang Kai himself, it seems that this soy sauce brother has some skills. With his look and the progress of history, there should be no problem in his trip. Now that he has Tao Ying as a cover, there should be no problem in wooing him.


    Just as Tao Jiji was thinking about it, there was a sound of footstep outside the hall. Then he saw Zhang Lang, Zhang Kai''s son, leading a man into the hall. But when Tao Jiji''s eyes looked at the man, it was a sharp shock. The player turned out to be a player.


    When he saw this man, Tao Jiji knew that even if he could complete the task, that was all. It was impossible to recover Zhang Kai.


    "Second younger brother, come on, come on, this is the special envoy of Tao Cishi. This is my second younger brother." Seeing Zhang Wang come in, Zhang Kai is overjoyed. He admires his sworn brother very much, so when he gets the news that Tao Qian''s messenger has arrived, he immediately asks his son to invite him.


    Seeing this, Tao Jiji already knew that if he wanted to complete the task, the first thing he had to do was to persuade the player in front of him.


    So Tao Jiji said straightforwardly: "brother Zhang, I believe you already know the purpose of my coming, don''t know what brother Zhang means?"


    Zhang Wang nodded and said, "what are you going to do for us, brother Tao?"


    "The actual number of soldiers led by the prefecture is 10000. You can arrange the positions below the commander of the prefecture. The prefecture will not interfere. how? That''s a good position, isn''t it? " Tao Jidao;


    "it''s good for others, but it''s not so good for my elder brother. I think brother Tao doesn''t know. What''s more, we now have 5000 elite soldiers, 5000 miscellaneous soldiers, and more than 20000 family members, which are not comparable to the hundreds of miscellaneous soldiers. " Zhang Wang shook his head and said;


    after listening, Tao Jiji stayed for a long time, but NIMA was better than me. After a long time, he nodded and said, "we will definitely find a way."


    "We don''t have to think about it at that time. We can come up with it now. My elder brother doesn''t want any Duwei. Just give us a real county magistrate far away from the city. We don''t want anything else. By the way, it''s better to be on the south side of the county. The more south, the better. " Zhang Wang asked directly;


    Tao Jiji shook his head and said, "brother Zhang is too demanding. Tao Ying is the real county magistrate Qi. Let''s talk about something else. "


    "Qian 30000 Guan, Liang 50000 Shi, and a thousand sets of advanced sword and shield soldiers." Looking around, he said faintly;


    Tao Jiji shook his head again and said: "really..."


    "Money 50000 Guan, grain 80000 stone, high-level sword and shield soldiers, 2000 sets of complete equipment" Zhang Wangdao;


    "this..."


    "The money is 100000, the grain is 150000, and the advanced sword and shield troops are equipped with 3000 sets. This is our final limit."


    Listening to Zhang Wang''s offer getting higher and higher, Tao Jiji swallowed hard. It seems that his situation has been seen by him. It''s true that Tao Jiji seems to have boundless scenery. In fact, after he made friends with Tao Ying, he hardly got any benefits.


    The main reason is that the two brothers of the Tao family have little outstanding ability. They just eat, drink and play every day. Tao Qian doesn''t want to hand over the foundation to his son, so Tao Jiji doesn''t get any benefits.


    This time, Tao Jiji asked Tao to work hard from his Laozi''s hands. He just wanted to take this opportunity to hold a troop in his own hands. Now he can''t count on it. So Tao Jiji has to think about it himself. Then money and food are what he needs.


    Through Tao Ying''s relationship, Tao Jiji has got a set of drawings from building a village to upgrading to a big town, and some skilled talents, but now money and food are big problems.


    Tao Jiji hesitated for a moment, bit his teeth, and said: "well, brother Zhang said so. That little brother did his best, but he wanted to pay half in advance, and the rest half in half a year. I have to take the money now, and you can deliver the other things to the designated place. Of course, I will let you arrange the delivery only when I am sure there is no problem. If it''s not done, I won''t take these things. "


    "Deal!" Looking around, he patted his hands and looked up and said, "by the way, if brother Tao can get two county magistrates, the price will double."


    Tao Jiji, who was just preparing, was so scared that he faltered at his feet. He wiped the cold sweat on his forehead and said, "brother, you are my brother. You think the county town grows out of the ground. You can have it if you want. I want some more. This time, it''s not because I want to recruit you big thieves. I''m not even sure. "


    "Well, that''s for nothing," he said with a shrug. "Brother, arrange for someone to pay him 50000 Guan."At this time, Zhang kaicai responded and said, "second brother, are you sure we will spend so much money on a small county magistrate Dangdang?"


    Zhang Wangyi patted his forehead. He was a good elder brother, but he was too reluctant to give up money. No wonder even Cao''s family dared to rob him in history. He turned to Zhang Lang and said, "Alan, you can arrange it. I''ll have a good talk with your father."


    Zhang Lang is to see clearly some, toward oneself old father and cheap uncle a hug fist, lead Tao Jiji to walk toward the door.


    Looking at their backs, Zhang Kai said: "second brother, it''s really good!"


    Zhang Wang didn''t have a good way: "can''t it be true, elder brother? Don''t you see that I give him so much money and food, which is actually only the money and food of ten thousand senior soldiers for one year. When we have a county, are we afraid we can''t earn these things back? Besides, if you don''t take this opportunity to clean up, do you really want to never be a thief all your life? Don''t you think about yourself, don''t you think about Alan? "


    After hearing this, Zhang Kai stopped talking, and he was right. Taking this opportunity, he could just get rid of the stain of being a thief. He could not care about it, and his descendants could not care about it.


    Tao Jiji had a lot of money and food support, and he was really working hard. In addition, Tao Qian also wanted to recruit Zhang Kai, a group of yellow scarf thieves. He soon agreed to their plan, appointing Zhang Kai as the magistrate of huailing County, and letting him arrange the personnel of the county magistrate and the county captain.


    Tao Jiji was also rewarded by Tao Qian for his surrender to the largest group of bandits in Xuzhou. He was appointed as a school captain, commanding 5000 soldiers in the city. Of course, these are the afterwords.

 Chapter 650

    The time soon came in June. After a month''s rest, Cao Cao sent out his troops again. Then he broke through the yellow scarf army. Then he led the army to pursue and defeat all the yellow scarf army in Qingzhou in the area of Northern Jinan.


    Most of the Yellow scarves surrendered, and Cao Cao captured more than 200000 soldiers, more than 500000 men and women, and nearly half of the rest fled into Mount Tai. Cao Cao then selected the elite of Qingzhou yellow scarf to form an army, known as "Qingzhou soldiers". From then on, Cao Cao''s strength was greatly enhanced.


    Among Cao Cao''s smashing of the yellow scarf this time, there was a fearsome army. There were only more than a thousand soldiers, but they were all very tough. The leader was a strong man, eight feet long, ten girdles, with a strong face and great courage. It can be said that in the several battles with the yellow scarf army, this army broke into the yellow scarf army several times, and the yellow scarf army who was fighting with it was scattered and fled.


    Then, the players picked out the details of this army, and it turned out to be another army of the players. The name of the player was Cao Charlie, and he was also the first player to use Cao''s surname in the game. The big man led by this army turned out to be Xu Xi, one of Cao Cao''s guards in history, and this army was the special "tiger guard" that Xu Xi had trained.


    After having a relationship with Cao Hong, Cao Charlie didn''t show his mountain and water until Cao Cao was promoted to Qu Chang after the battle for Dong. Later, he was promoted gradually in a series of wars. A year ago, he even recruited Xu Zhen. Later, he made use of Cao Hong''s relationship to select suitable soldiers from Cao Hong''s army and made them into tiger guards.


    With Xu Yi and the tiger guards, Cao Charlie''s military achievements soared. In a year, he was promoted from Qu Chang to Xiaowei. This time, with the battle of yellow scarf, he is more likely to be promoted to Zhonglang general. It can be said that he has already taken off.


    At the same time, the court heard that Liu Dai had died in the war, and changed to attack Jing Zhaoyin Jinshang as the governor of Yanzhou. Cao Cao met Jin Shang on the way, and Jin Shang fled to Yuan Shu. So Cao Cao led Yanzhou and controlled all the counties except Chen Liu.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who received the news from Cao Cao Jun, was obviously stunned. He did not expect that there were so many player forces or players rising in this period of time, and they all had the same surname as historical generals.


    In fact, it''s easy to understand that although other people share the same surname as Huangfu Chaobo and historical generals, they also enjoy the conditions for deepening their relationship, but they also need to develop step by step, so until the middle of the game, these people really start to work. Another is that these people are different from Huangfu Chaobo.


    First of all, Huangfu''s real position in the game is very high, which is unmatched by other famous players. Secondly, Huangfu Chaobo had already accepted Huang Zhong in the early stage. Huang Zhong''s role in Huangfu Chaobo is undoubtedly huge. If we only rely on the identity of Huangfu family, it is estimated that the development of Huangfu Chaobo is similar to that of Ma Xiaotiao and Cao Charlie.


    Just like the rise of Charles Cao, if it wasn''t for Xu Xi and the tiger guards, Charles Cao might have been a little better than the others in kunma.


    Now, Cao Charlie is very proud of himself. After he was appreciated by Cao Cao, Cao Charlie asked Cao Cao to agree that he would lead Xu Zhen to choose suitable soldiers from the army to expand the tiger guards.


    According to his current official position as Zhonglang general and Xu Xi as Xiaowei, the maximum number of tiger guards can be expanded to 5000, plus the 5000 ordinary soldiers assigned by Cao Cao to his command, there are 10000 troops under his command, which can be said to be strong.


    On June 25th, Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang City received the message that he was going all over the world and killed the wrong wolf. Their armies were ready and planned to march into Nanyang in early July.


    After receiving the news, Huangfu Chaobo first arranged for Chen Jing to use Su Jiao''s famous general card to transfer to another post, and then arranged him to be the chief General of tieyingruishi, while Meng Ping was transferred to be the Deputy General of his own pro guard regiment as the deputy of Dian Wei. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, Meng Ping''s strength is enough to take charge of any battalion general, but the current conditions do not allow the addition of new battalions It can be used as Deputy General of Dianwei.


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Tian Feng to draft an address, saying that general Yuan Shu ignored the court rules and was good at initiating military affairs and attacking Luoyang. What makes people even more angry is that after the Nanyang army attacked Liang County, it slaughtered the whole county. General Pingdong and general Sizhou Mu Huangfu Chaobo decided to send 50000 troops to Nanyang, claiming that 100000 troops would march into Nanyang. They were determined to ask the general for an explanation for their death.


    After the proclamation was issued, the whole Prefecture would run at a high speed like a machine. Although Huangfu Chaobo discussed with the people that the number of troops to be sent out was not much, it was only thousands of people in the pro guard camp, plus 25000 troops in Huben camp, and 20000 soldiers in the garrison. The total number of troops was less than 50000, but a total of 100000 troops were deployed.


    Although tens of thousands of garrison soldiers in Luoyang are garrison soldiers, after several adjustments, the number has reached 40000. Nearly half of them are qualified at level B or above, and now they are all reserve soldiers. The qualification and level of garrison soldiers in other cities are slightly higher.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo had two purposes: one was to coordinate the attack against Nanyang, the other was for himself. Because Yuan Shujun killed all the soldiers and horses in Liang county at the beginning, this behavior really aroused the indignation of people in Sizhou.


    Lu Yan, the county magistrate of Liang County, and Jishe, the county Wei, were both killed by Yuan Shujun at that time. Both of them were talents cultivated by Huangfu Chaobo himself. Together with them, there were dozens of people who are now the principal officials of the cities under the rule of Sizhou. For the death of the two, other people are angry, so in order to appease these people, Huangfu Chaobo also really need to go to Nanyang to ask Yuan Shu for some explanation.In fact, it is not only them, but also a group of middle-level officers in Huangfu Chaobo''s army. They are also a group of talents trained by themselves. There are also countless connections between them. Therefore, this expedition to Nanyang is not so much for the sake of dominating the world, but also for the sake of calming the internal emotions. Therefore, no matter Pang Tong, Xu Shu and other military personnel, or Tian Feng and other people in the Civil Affairs Department, they all support the dispatch.


    No matter what the result is, no matter how much benefit we can get from Nanyang, we must at least show the attitude of the general''s office to the people below.


    After the proclamation was issued, the magistrate of changshe county and the magistrate of Luyang County immediately expressed their support for the killing of the wrong wolf, but Yuzhou Prefecture was silent about it. The rest of Jizhou Mu Hanfu and Chen Liu Taishou Zhang Miao expressed concern about this, saying that the general''s move is indeed improper, and someone should be responsible for it.


    At this time, the general''s house in Nanyang was full of flying chickens and dogs. When Yuan Shu got the news of the address, he was so angry that he smacked many things.


    Later, Yuan Shu ordered the civil and military people under his command to discuss how to deal with the attack of Sizhou army.

 Chapter 651

    In jingzhaoyin, Shangxian county and the county government, Zhendong General Zhang Jizheng gathered his own military adviser Jia Xu, nephew Zhang Xiu and General Hu cheer to discuss the matter. After everyone sat down, Zhang Ji handed the message to Jia Xu and said, "please see, this is Yuan''s message from general Pingdong. In the opinion of military strategists, what should we do?"


    Jia Xu took over the address and said with a smile: "general, this is a good opportunity. He also asked the general to write to the grand master immediately, saying that our army could take this opportunity to send troops to Wuguan, to attack several cities of Nanyang as bridgeheads for the master, and to be the forerunner of the army in Kanto. "


    On hearing this, Zhang Ji was very happy. He said with a smile, "in this way, I will write to Taishi, Xiuer and huche''er immediately. All the generals will gather their troops and get ready. As soon as the imperial edict of Taishi arrives, we can go to Wuguan. Quickly and directly to the bottom of Wancheng. "


    "No, general," Jia Xu quickly stopped;


    "why?" After hearing this, Zhang Ji asked quickly;


    "the army can be ready to send troops. First, wait for general Pingdong''s army to enter Nanyang, and then send troops to attack Wuguan with lightning speed, and then attack Danshui, Nanxiang and Xixian, and then garrison three cities to wait for the development of Nanyang. Before things come to an end, it is not appropriate for our troops to intervene too much in the Nanyang war. " Jia Xu said slowly, "however, the young general can lead thousands of elite to Wuguan first. As soon as the general''s order arrives, he will take Wuguan as soon as possible."


    Zhang Ji was not an ordinary general. He immediately realized Jia Xu''s intention and said to Zhang Xiu, "OK, Xiuer will do as the military adviser says. Hu cheerzhu will continue to gather troops and prepare to fight. The water in Nanyang is too deep for us to step in now. Maybe we can occupy a bridgehead first. When they are almost done, it depends on the situation. "


    "The end will take orders!" All of them agreed in unison;


    in Nanyang Wudang, the South Bank of mianshui, and the town of three swordsmen, Duoqing sword also held an address in his hand. After reading it, Duoqing sword turned its eyes to the NPC in front of him and said, "in my opinion, how should we act when general Pingdong goes to Nanyang this time?"


    The scholar sitting in front of him is Yiji, a famous Jingxiang scholar recently recruited by duoqingjian. Not only Yiji, but also a general was recruited by duoqingjian a few months ago. Yan Ming, a fierce general under Cao Cao in history, was the last general who was picked out by Zhao Yun in Changbanpo. In fact, from the data above, Yan Ming''s strength is still very strong, the force value has reached 85, but other aspects of the data let people see a little anxious.


    However, fortunately, this kind of general is used to fight for the battle. In terms of unifying the army, Bohua has been able to fully meet the requirements of amorous sword.


    In the face of his master''s inquiry, Yi Jisi pondered and said: "the latter general''s move to Nanyang was against the system. As far as I know, Liu Jingzhou has been dissatisfied, but the latter general''s strength is strong. Although Liu Jingzhou wants to take back Nanyang, he is powerless. After the first time, the generals invaded Luoyang, but the whole army was destroyed. Only Ji Ling''s generals were spared. "


    "Later, the general transferred the elite soldiers from each city back to Wancheng. Now, almost all the soldiers and horses in the counties under the rule of Nanyang are new recruits, and their combat power can be imagined. This time, the Pingdong general entered Nanyang. In my opinion, the general might send his troops back to fangwancheng again. "


    "Therefore, it is my intention that our army can wait for an opportunity to take down this place, and then send someone to Xiangyang to ask for the tail of Liu Jingzhou. At the same time, for the sake of safety, after taking down Wudang, the army can take down this place."


    With that, Yi Ji points his finger to Wudu Township in the southeast of Wudang. It''s a large town territory, but it''s a fortress between Wudang and Zhuyang. Seeing this, Duoqing sword immediately understands Yi Ji''s meaning. It''s because he''s afraid that Liu Biao of Xiangyang won''t agree, so it''s a barrier for Wudang to control here.


    After several years of development, sanjianke town has become the territory of a big town, three middle towns, and nearly ten villages and towns. After the accumulation of the yellow scarf rebellion and several times of taking in Nanyang yellow scarf, the current population has reached nearly 50000.


    Besides the garrison in each village and town, the number of taxis that can be dispatched is about 4000. Among them, there are 3000 elite trained by Bohua and Yan Ming. If you add the player''s troops, the number of troops that can be sent out at one time should be about 10000.


    At this time, Wudang county had less than 4000 soldiers and horses, including about 1000 elite soldiers and horses. The rest of them were not as good as the ordinary soldiers and horses in sanjianke town. It can be said that the defense force was very weak. This time, Huangfu Chaobo sent troops to Nanyang. With Yuan Shu''s urine, it is estimated that he will transfer troops from various counties again, so this is what Yi Ji said.


    After listening to Yi Ji''s words, duoqingjian quickly agreed to his plan. However, for the sake of safety, duoqingjian once again ordered to recruit 2000 soldiers to defend the territory and increase the number of troops to 5000. When everything is ready, we will wait for the Nanyang war to break out.


    At the same time, Liu Biao also gathered people to discuss affairs in Xiangyang City and Jingzhou Prefecture. For Jingzhou, one of the most prosperous counties, no one would not be moved. However, at the beginning, Liu Biao was busy in rectifying and taking charge of the Jiangxia areas in Nanjun. He had no time and energy to take charge of Nanyang. When he settled down, he found that Yuan Shu had taken root there.Now that someone is ready to beat Yuan Shu, Liu Biao can''t see the chance. Under the planning of the Kuai brothers and the CAI brothers, Liu Biao finally decided to send troops to Nanyang at an appropriate time to occupy at least the first line of Xinye County, and let the northern defense line of Xiangyang move northward. In this way, the safety of Xiangyang is more guaranteed.


    Another point is that there are more than ten counties from Xinye to Xiangyang. If these counties can be controlled by zhoumu government, Liu Biao''s strength will be enhanced.


    If Yuan Shu, the rear General of Wan County, knew that all the princes around him were interested in Nanyang, he would vomit blood. But at this time after the general did not know this, is a single-minded response to the upcoming Department of State Army.


    As Jia Xu expected, Yuan Shu sent troops back to defend Wancheng from the surrounding counties again. Originally, he watched his subordinates gather tens of thousands of troops again. Yuan Shu was also ready to defend the enemy outside the country and resist Huangfu''s super Bosi State Army between Luyang and chixian. However, all his generals were still worried about the strength of the State Army, even his number one general Ji In the end, Yuan Shu had to abandon his plan to fight in the city.

 Chapter 652

    The final result of a group of Counsellors'' negotiation was to defend the city. Finally, Yuan Shu decided to concentrate the most elite taxi soldiers in Wancheng and defend the county city with all his strength, while other soldiers and horses guard the counties around Wancheng, such as pheasant County, Bowang County, nieyang county and Jiyang County. At least those who recruit taxi soldiers will defend their own counties.


    As a result, Wan county has 10000 heavy infantry, 20000 of which have not yet been trained, and 50000 of the other elite soldiers and horses. Among them, only the 10000 heavy infantry have reached the level of level 8 or above, and the others have not reached the level of level 8. The soldiers and horses in the cities of pheasant county are about level 6, and the rest of the counties are less than level 4.


    On July 1, the third year of the early Han Dynasty, Huangfu Chaobo, the general of muzhou mupingdong, worshiped the heaven in Luoyang. Later, he led 50000 cavalry troops, plus more than 20% of the auxiliary soldiers, known as 100000 troops to Nanyang.


    Five days later, the army arrived in Luyang county. Joining up the 12000 troops of changshe city who had arrived first, plus the 5000 troops of Luyang, the total number has reached more than 100000.


    After that, the army was divided into two parts. Huangfu Chaobo led the pro guard camp and a school of soldiers, and with the changshe army, they went south to Yili County, where they conquered Yili county first, then ye county and duyang county. On the other hand, Huang Zhong led the remaining soldiers and horses to pass through changxigou pass of Luyang with Luyang army, and then went straight to chixian County along changxigou pass. At last, the two armies converged in Bowang and captured the two counties of Western Hubei, then went directly to Wan county.


    Two days later, the army of Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the foot of Jue county. Facing 20000 elite troops, the city wall of Jue county was captured in less than a day. The main sieges were the battalions and expendable soldiers. The nearly 10000 troops of Huangfu Chaobo were basically just watching the battle. Of course, another reason for this success is that Yuan Shu transferred all the slightly elite soldiers, leaving only 3000 newly recruited ordinary soldiers to guard the city.


    After the capture of pheasant County, the army stayed in pheasant County for one day, and let the top five bars be appointed as the county magistrate, leaving one thousand soldiers to guard the city, and integrating the captured soldiers of pheasant county. Then the army set out again and marched on Yexian County. A day later, the army easily captured Yexian. This time, he took the post of county magistrate, and then he left BOCAI with 3000 soldiers to defend Ye County, so as to control Ye County as quickly as possible. According to the original plan, this battle is to prepare for the occupation of Yi county and Ye County.


    Originally, he wanted to capture duyang, but Pang Tong and Huan Jie both opposed, so they had to give up. The main reason is that duyang is too close to Wancheng. It''s only more than 100 li. The soldiers and horses of Wancheng can be stationed in the city in two days, and duyang is about the same distance from Yexian. If Yexian doesn''t respond quickly enough, it''s not impossible to attack duyang in one or two days with Yuan Shu''s strength.


    So in the end, Zongheng had to give up. However, he would not easily put it in duyang. After the capture of duyang, the city would be swept away. At that time, all the personnel and materials in it would be moved to Yexian and Jue County for resettlement. Only Yuanshu was an empty city. If ye county is protected in this way, Yi county is safe.


    Two days later, the army of Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the foot of duyang city. At this time, Huang Zhong had already captured pheasant county and was marching to Bowang. After occupying pheasant County, Huang Zhong''s headquarters also resolutely implemented the empty city policy.


    Because most of the chongbu barracks in Huben camp are Nanyang people, and their families have settled down in Luoyang. With their own experience, the relocation of the people in pheasant county is very smooth. Of course, a part of the population and property was distributed to kill the wrong wolf and was placed in Luyang.


    Now Luyang is very safe, because he is backed by Luoyang and Yingchuan, and the south is now occupied by the whole world. The only road connecting with the cities of Nanyang is changxigou. He has long followed Huangfu Chaobo''s advice and built a small pass near the valley where he started, named changxigou pass, which blocked the army of Nanyang The passage to the north.


    This time, we followed the troops, mainly for the population and property of Nanyang. Killing the wrong wolf has a lot of self-knowledge, and it''s impossible to control a county town. It''s better to develop Luyang well than to be greedy. When the time comes and you have the ability to control a county, you will have a chance.


    On July 10, the army launched an attack on duyang. This time, it was not as easy as the previous two cities. Although the elite had been recruited back to Wancheng, Yuan Shu also arranged 6000 troops in duyang, which was the total number of the previous two cities.


    However, although the number of troops increased, their combat power was still not strong. It took them a day to finally capture the city. Then they arranged for two thousand soldiers to garrison the city. After the retreat, they led the remaining troops to Bowang and prepared to join Huang Zhong''s troops to attack Bowang.


    However, when the two leaders arrived at Bowang, Huang Zhong had already captured Bowang and was waiting for their troops to arrive. It was not only captured, but also the war damage was even smaller than that of Huangfu Chaobo and duyang. We should know that the garrison of Bowang was better than duyang in both strength and elite.


    As a result, the world envies Chen Dao, who is also a famous historical general, but there is still a big gap between Chen Dao and Huang Zhong. However, he was soon relieved that although Chen Dao had a certain gap with Huang Zhong, he was still at the top of the Three Kingdoms, and he still had a special branch that Huang Zhong didn''t have.


    After a day''s rest in Bowang, the army left 3000 soldiers to defend the city. The other soldiers moved westward, crossed the river and went straight to the county seat of xi''e.Like Bowang, Xie county was defended by 6000 troops, but faced with Huang Zhong and tens of thousands of troops, it soon supported and was captured in less than a day. In this way, Nanyang has no barrier in front of the army.


    After the capture of Western Hubei, the army took another day off to prepare for the final battle in Wan county. To be honest, Huangfu Chaobo did not expect to take anything back from Yuan Shu. Because it''s impossible to occupy Nanyang now. You know, Dong Zhuo Jun in the west of Nanyang and Liu Biao Jun in the South will not allow it, so what he can do is to steal something from Yuan Shu.


    To everyone''s surprise, as soon as the army was settled down, all kinds of news came.


    First came the news that Wudang county was captured by Duoqing sword. Then, Duoqing sword sent people to Xiangyang to show their obedience to Liu Biao. Liu Biao was also very generous to accept the amorous sword, and also appointed him as Wudang county magistrate and school captain.


    Not long after the news of Wudang came, Zhang Jijun suddenly sent troops to Wuguan and attacked Wuguan within one day. Then came the news that tens of thousands of troops were directly attacking Danshui county.

 Chapter 653

    Then, Liu Biao''s Jingzhou army sent troops from Xiangyang. The army and the army were divided into two groups. They went up against the water along the Fushui River and mianshui River, and launched attacks to the West and north respectively. Looking at that pattern, it is estimated that they want to bring half of Nanyang under their rule at least.


    The news that followed stunned everyone. After listening to it, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t speak for a long time. He didn''t expect that he had been busy for a long time and was picked peaches by others. You should know that you will eventually withdraw from Nanyang, and Zhang Ji and Liu Biao have actually occupied all these cities. It seems that there is still chaos behind Nanyang, and now three or four forces are targeting here. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help thinking of Yuan Shu in Wan county. He didn''t know what the situation was like now.


    Wanxian city, after the general''s house, Yuan Shu has been in a state of extreme explosion. First of all, the cities in the northwest of Nanyang were attacked one after another by the United forces of Sizhou and Yuzhou. Although Yuan Shu expected this, his speed was unexpected. When he wanted to come from Luyang to binglinwan County, it would take him a month or two, but he didn''t expect that the other party was so overwhelming that it took him only ten days to be in the city.


    Although he didn''t send troops, the governor of Yuzhou had already sent troops to the two counties under his rule. So naturally, Yuan Shu put the account on him. You know, the longer the delay, the better for Yuan Shu. After all, it takes time to train soldiers and horses. Who knows that his side has just closed the soldiers less than a month, but the enemy''s army has been under the city.


    While Yuan Shu was gathering people for discussion, the bad news came back one by one. First of all, Wudang county was attacked. The forces attacking the county turned out to be an alien force. For this county, Yuan Shu didn''t care at all. It was remote and there was no oil and water. But what Yuan Shu can''t stand is that he was beaten in the face. The legitimate son of the yuan family, who is the third Duke of the fourth generation, has become a small alien Lord who can fight as much as he wants.


    Originally, when the Sizhou army of Huangfu Chaobo came to attack, he comforted himself that Huangfu Chaobo was not a pure alien force, but a northern Huangfu family. Now I find that even a strange mayor dares to cuddle his tiger beard. Just as the anger was hard to stop, another bad news came back.


    On the day Huang Zhong''s army began to attack Bowang County, Wuguan was suddenly captured by Zhang Ji''s army, and then tens of thousands of troops from Shang county came out to attack Nanyang. When the news came back to Wancheng, Zhang Jijun had captured Danshui. Then tens of thousands of troops split into two and marched towards Nanxiang and Xixian. It is estimated that within two days, the news of the capture of two counties will come back.


    Not to mention that, soon the news came back that Liu Biao sent troops from Xiangyang and divided into two groups to invade Nanyang.


    One after another, all the civil and military officials of Yuan Shu were stunned by the news. When did the second son of the yuan family, the third Duke of the fourth generation, and the later general of the great man, become a man''s husband... Cough... Wrong, everyone should be able to bite on the fat.


    This time, Yuan Shu as lit a powder keg, completely broke out.


    "Bang..."


    "Bang


    "Whoa, whoa, whoa."


    One after another, things were smashed to the floor in the middle of the hall by Yuan Shu. While smashing wildly, he drank red and roared: "damn Zhang Ji Pifu, damn Liu Biao, old Pifu, villain, Pifu, do you really think that Naigong is a person who can be kneaded? Ji Ling, give you 50000 troops, destroy the army of old Liu Biao! Liang Gang and Chen Ji led 50000 troops to Shunyang to block Zhang Ji''s army. There was no need to defeat them. They just needed to block Zhang Ji''s army under Shunyang city. Only when Ji Ling''s army annihilated Liu Biao, then the two departments surrounded and annihilated Zhang Ji. "


    Now Yuan Shu has been dazed by his anger, and now he has completely transferred his anger to Zhang Ji and Liu Biao. In his opinion, he and Huangfu Chaobo are just like each other, while these two guys are just sneaky villains.


    When they heard this, they were so surprised that their chin fell down. Ji Ling stepped forward and said, "Lord, don''t do anything. As soon as the 100000 troops leave, there will be only 50000 troops left in Wancheng, and the Yuzhou army of Sizhou has already been stationed in the city. How can the 50000 weak brigades resist the 100000 elite of the other side? "


    After Ji Ling''s words, Yuan Huan came out and said, "Lord, what general Ji said is true. At present, the most important thing for me is how to make Huangfu Chaobo withdraw. As for Liu Biao and Zhang Ji, we can make arrangements after the withdrawal of Sizhou army. "


    After listening to their advice, Yuan Shu calmed down a little.


    "Yes," Yan Xiang said after seeing that Yuan Shu had calmed down. "As expected by the following officials, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to fight with me when he attacked Nanyang this time."


    "Oh, sir, how did you say that?" Yuan Shu asked;


    "first, as far as I know, Huangfu Chaobo has not been fully controlled by Sizhou, so it is impossible to expand its territory. Second, the two most powerful battalions under Huangfu Chaobo''s command did not send out all their troops, but only used Huben battalion under Huang Zhong''s command, while Longxiang battalion under another general Zhao Yun still kept close watch on Luoyang. Moreover, after entering Nanyang, Sizhou army did not increase its troops again. So the next official estimated that Huangfu Chaobo''s trip was just to make a mistake, and then find an excuse to withdraw. " Yan Xiang said slowly;Seeing this, Yang Hong went forward and said: "Lord, according to the detailed report, Huangfu Chaobo sent out troops. Another reason is that our army invaded the boundary of Luoyang last time. The whole city of Liang county was full of harmonic butchers. The chief officials of culture and military of Liang county were old people who were familiar with Huangfu Chaobo at that time. Now they are all middle-level officials and generals in the prefecture. Several people in Liang county were killed, and all of them are loyal to me There is resentment in Yang heart, so


    After hearing this, all the people in the hall look at Chen Lan in the hall. You should know that it was a general under each command who slaughtered Liang county last time. When Chen Lan knew, it was too late. So far, Chen Lan has specially punished this man, but this man is also Chen Lan''s confidant general. Chen Lan''s practice is also to save his life. Sure enough, after Ji Ling''s army arrived, seeing this situation, he did not give the general any further treatment.


    However, it was because of the punishment that the general was not able to go with the army, and he stayed in Liang county. On the contrary, he escaped a disaster. At that time, after the defeat of Yuan Shu''s army, Huangfu Chaobo once asked people to make a careful investigation in the army, but only to know that the general could not be captured, and finally had to give up.

 Chapter 654

    Now, the army of Sizhou is in the city. Seeing that all the people are looking at themselves, Chen Lan knows that this time she is covering up for her subordinates, but she will not hesitate to do so if she can give up an unimportant general and save herself. However, considering his reputation, he may not do it himself. At that time, he will be the only one to be a villain. Instead of doing so, it''s better to seek some benefits for his family. In this way, he not only solved the problem for his master, but also finally got some benefits for his subordinate.


    Thinking of this, Chen Lan stepped forward and said, "please make atonement, my Lord. This general is called Chen Li. This matter is not strict with his subordinates. It''s all up to him to act rashly, and only in this way can there be today''s disaster. My subordinates will certainly persuade him to bear the responsibility himself, so as not to embarrass my Lord. However, this general has been following the last general for many years. Together with the last general, he has gone through life and death for the Lord. Please don''t give up his family


    On hearing this, Yuan Shu was very happy to see Chen Lan''s success. He said, "General Chen, don''t worry. Since he has been following our general for many years and cherished his loyalty, he will not embarrass his family. Not only that, but also he will caress his family. General Chen, you can tell Chen Li that in order to show his loyalty, he would have been allowed to choose one of his sons and nephews. After his duty, all his subordinates would be under his command. At the same time, he would be rewarded with 100 pieces of gold for his family, a house in Wancheng, 100 mu of fertile land and 100 pieces of brocade and silk. "


    Chen Lan, relieved, knelt down to thank him and said, "thank you for Chen Li!"


    Yuan Shu waves Chen Lan to get up, and then asks the crowd who can go to Huangfu Chaobo camp to discuss the truce. After half a day''s deliberation, a group of staff decided the general plan, and the person for the trip, that is Yang Hong. In his view, this is a good opportunity for him to make contributions. With his eloquence, he is sure to persuade Huangfu Chaobo and his party to stop fighting.


    On July 15, Huangfu Chaobo led the army to ten miles outside the north gate of Wancheng. There is a NPC town called xiyangju. Later, Huang Zhong arranged for auxiliary soldiers to camp, but each LED tens of thousands of soldiers to slowly approach the two Li array outside the north gate of Wancheng.


    "Dangdang" For a moment, warning bells and gongs sounded on the wall of Wan county. Then, the whole city poured such a basin of water into the boiling oil pan, and there were shouts everywhere.


    "Lord! Lord Early in the morning, Yuan Shu, who had just got up, was startled by the sound of the alarm outside the house.


    Then, a pro general rushed up to the rear general''s house in a hurry, rushed all the way from the outer hall to the gate of the backyard, and then yelled there.


    Yuan Shu, who was in a hurry to put on his clothes, walked out of the backyard and went straight to the meeting hall. As he walked, he asked the pro general, "what''s the matter? Has the army of Huangfu Chaobo arrived yet? "


    The general said: "yes, my Lord, the Sizhou army has arrived at the foot of the city. According to the reprimand, an hour ago, the Sizhou army had arrived at the sunset gathering ten miles away from the north gate of Wancheng. The army camped there. Then, Huangfu Chaobo led tens of thousands of troops directly to Wancheng, and now the enemy troops have lined up two miles away from the north gate. General Ji has already led the generals to the city, so he will report to the Lord in the future. "


    After arriving at the meeting hall, Yuan Shu saw that all the officials of Yang Hong had arrived, and he said with a gloomy face, "gentlemen, please follow me to visit the city and see the army of Huangfu Chaobo."


    Said, head also don''t return of toward north gate direction but go.


    A moment later, the party rushed to the North Gate Tower. At this time, Ji Ling had already come to the city wall for defense. Seeing that Yuan Shu and others ascended the city, he quickly welcomed them and said, "Lord!"


    "General Ji, what''s the situation?" Yuan Shu did not say much, but asked directly;


    "the enemy has no sign of attacking the city yet, Lord, please see," he said, leading Yuan Shu to the tower and looking towards the Sizhou army outside the city. "Outside the city, there are major forces, including the pro guard camp under general Pingdong and the Huben camp under General Huang Zhong, as well as the changshe army and Luyang army of Yuzhou army."


    Looking in the direction of Ji Ling''s fingers, Yuan Shu could see tens of thousands of troops waiting outside the city.


    The troops outside the city have been arrayed. In the middle is the pro guard camp of Huangfu Chaobo. It can be seen that although the pro guard camp is divided into small arrays with only a thousand soldiers in each array, they are all elite soldiers. On both sides of the pro guard camp are the guards and heavy infantry of Huangzhong Huben camp. On the other side are the ordinary soldiers of the two schools. On the edge, you can see that there are two Yuzhou armies which are obviously different from the Sizhou army. The banners should be changshe army and Luyang army. On both sides of the marching array, there were thousands of Huben cavalry.


    Ji Ling and Chen Lan were most impressed by the soldiers under the command of Huangfu Chaobo, but they knew nothing about the other soldiers.


    Pointing to Gao Shun''s position in the camp, Ji Ling said: "Lord, the infantry with about a thousand people is the infantry that the last general saw when he was waiting in Luoyang. Judging from their equipment, it seems that they are better than before. It seems that their combat power is definitely better."


    Yuan Shu looked around and saw that the soldiers were really different from those around him. Although they were also wearing black armor, they were different from the heavy armor of the heavy armor infantry soldiers he had seen. From the upper story of the city, we can see that the heavy armour infantry of Huangfu Chaobo''s school should focus on the heavy armour of his Nanyang army, but this infantry should focus on different armour.Seeing this, Yuan Shu said, "is this soldier really as powerful as the general said?"


    "I don''t dare to deceive my Lord. I can see the combat power of this soldier with my own eyes. However, there were only eight or nine hundred soldiers at that time. Now, half a year later, he has only increased to about one thousand. It can be seen from this that the selection of these soldiers is very strict. Otherwise, there should be no problem for general Pingdong to increase his army from hundreds of thousands to one school. It''s because of this that the last general decided that this military strength school was stronger before. " Ji Ling immediately answered carefully;


    Yuan Shu nodded, turned to the other soldiers and horses, and said, "where are the soldiers and horses of more than 1000 people around?"


    Ji Ling looked at it, shook his head and said, "the situation of these three troops is not very clear. I don''t know if there''s any news coming back from Lord yuan''s detailed work?" Then Ji Ling turned to Yuan Huandao, who was in charge of the detailed work.


    after hearing this, Yuan en went forward two steps and said, "report back to my Lord. According to the detailed work, the one with the banner of" Yuanrong "should be a new crossbow Army set up by general Pingdong this year. It is said that its crossbow can last forever, while the other" Iron Eagle sharp "is not very clear. It should have been just set up Soldiers and horses. As for the "wasted soldiers" nearby, there was no news

 Chapter 655

    "Iron Eagle sharp man?" After hearing this, Yuan Shu frowned and said, "it seems that someone once saw this in his father''s book, but it should be an elite army of the former Qin Dynasty. Why is there such a army in Huangfu super Expo?"


    When a group of people on the city tower were pointing at the soldiers and horses under the city, they saw a cavalry rushing out of the opposite army. They did not stop until a hundred steps away from the city wall. They said to the city wall in a loud voice: "listen, people in the city, I am under the command of general mupingdong of the state. Today our state army came to Nanyang to ask the general why they helped him, Offend me in Luoyang, kill my officials and people, and do this matter of mutual indignation. This time the army came here to ask you for an explanation. My general has said that we should wait for one day and hand over the murderer of the city by the end of tomorrow to compensate our officials and people for their losses. Otherwise, our army will surely break the city and leave no dogs or chickens! "


    After that, without waiting for the reaction of the people on the wall, he pulled his horse and went back.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have the confidence to let Yuan Shu bow down, but when he heard that Zhang Jijun and Liu Biao Jun had taken advantage of the fire and sent troops to Nanyang, he knew that his opportunity had come. Three princes besieged Nanyang. You know, Nanyang didn''t have the terrain of Luoyang. Even if Yuan Shu wanted to carry three, his subordinates would not agree. So after discussing with Pang Tong, we made the move just now.


    Sure enough, Yuan Shu in the castle was so angry that one Buddha was born and two Buddhas ascended to heaven. After his own son of the yuan family, four generations and three gongs, he was questioned like this by an unknown young general. In the future, didn''t Qi become a laughing stock among the princes?


    The people on the wall were also shocked by these words, but they didn''t react as much as Yuan Shu. Seeing that Yuan Shu was about to explode, Ji Ling stepped forward and said, "my Lord, I''ve been in crisis all around Nanyang. It''s not suitable to offend general Pingdong completely!"


    The rest of the people also comforted one after another, saying: "yes, my Lord, calm down. Now that we have discussed, my lord doesn''t need to pay attention to these uproar words."


    Under the persuasion of all the people, Yuan Shu finally suppressed his anger after half a day of wheezing. There is no mistake. Now Nanyang has been besieged by the three road princes. Although Wancheng has gathered hundreds of thousands of troops, Yuan Shu knows that these troops can no longer compare with the original hundreds of thousands of elite soldiers. If you give yourself another year and a half, I believe that with Nanyang''s financial resources and Ji Ling''s ability, you will be able to train the same elite as before, but now you can''t.


    Thinking of this, Yuan Shu stares at Yang Hong, then turns around and rushes down the city wall to return to the mansion.


    Yang Hong couldn''t understand Yuan Shu''s meaning, but he had a bitter smile in his heart. It was day now. How could he go to Pingdong general camp to discuss peace and armistice so blatantly. Otherwise, the whole world will know that Yuan Shujun and Sizhou army are at loggerheads. With the good face of his own master, he is sure that he has no good face. Thinking of this, Yang Hong nodded to Ji Ling and said, "general Ji, I''ll trouble you on the wall."


    For Yuan Shu''s chief general, even a counselor like Yang Hong is not easy to get along with him. Fortunately, Ji Ling, though brave, is not arrogant. He has a good relationship with Yuan Shu''s people, whether they are civil servants or military generals. Seeing that Yang Hong said so, Lian said, "don''t worry, Mr. Yang. I''ll give it to a certain family on the wall. The Lord and general Pingdong still need a lot of efforts from the general."


    Speaking of this, Ji Ling suddenly moved in his heart and said: "Sir, if you can, can you discuss with general Pingdong and let his army play a play with our Nanyang army?" Said, in Yang Hong''s ear said so, and then looked at Yang Hong with expectant eyes.


    After hearing this, Yang Hong clapped his hands and laughed, and said, "the general is really worthy of the name of the chief General under the Lord''s command, for he has such a clear plan to repair the plank road and surmount Chen Cang secretly." After that, the whole body said: "don''t worry, general. Even if Yang gave up this old face, he will reach this policy with general Pingdong."


    "Thank you so much, sir!" Ji Ling arched his hand and gave a salute;


    Yang Hong gave another salute, then turned and walked down the city wall towards Yuan Shu''s mansion. In order to succeed, Ji Ling''s strategy must be approved by his master. However, Yang Hong believes that with his master''s temperament, he will certainly agree. Sure enough, after returning to the mansion, Yuan Shu finally calmed down. After hearing Yang Hong''s plan, he readily agreed to Yang Hong''s request. He even said that as long as Yang Hong could get the consent of Huangfu Chaobo, he could relax the terms of peace negotiation slightly.


    Yang Hong, who got Yuan Shu''s approval, went out of general Hou''s mansion with satisfaction. He had to go back to his mansion and think about it carefully, so as to finish persuading general Pingdong better.


    After half a day''s thinking, Yang Hong made sure that there was no omission in the whole incident. After lunch, he had a good rest in his home for a whole afternoon. He was ready to go out of the city to discuss peace with general Pingdong at night.


    One day without words, at night, Yang Hong led several family members to the north gate of Wancheng, which Ji Ling personally defended. Under Ji Ling''s personal arrangement, a team of soldiers sent out of the north gate to gather at the sunset in the north.


    Half an hour later, Yang Hong smoothly entered Huangfu Chaobo''s Chinese army, which was placed in the administrative Hall of the town. After receiving the news that Yang Hong, the counselor of Yuan Shu, was visiting, Huang Fu Chao Bo and Pang Tong looked at each other and laughed. It seems that Yuan Shu is really ready to make peace with himself, just as many of them expected.After Yang Hong was brought in, Yang Hong was surprised that Huangfu Chaobo was so young, but there was no disrespect in his expression. After entering the door, Yang Hong quickly walked two steps to the middle of the hall, arched his hand and said, "I''ve seen general Pingdong before


    "Yang Changshi, please get up," Huangfu Chaobo said, "I don''t know when general Hou will hand over the murderer who slaughtered the city in Liang county? What''s more, when will the compensation for the soldiers and people who died in vain be delivered? "


    After hearing this, Yang Hong was stunned. He didn''t expect that as Huangfu Chaobo, he should ask for compensation so plainly. For a moment, Yang Hong didn''t know how to answer. However, Huangfu Chaobo was very angry. He stood up and said to Yang Hong: "how can it be that the later general is not willing to admit that he can''t be a rat? If so, even if it is a sea of blood, the general will surely ask for a statement for the officials and the people who died in vain! "

 Chapter 656

    After several years in a high position, Huangfu Chaobo has developed a kind of superior momentum. With the words pressing towards Yang Hong, he has a sense of chaos in an instant. As if afraid of provoking Huangfu Chaobo again, Yang Hong said in a voice: "why did general Pingdong say this? When did my lord say this?"


    As soon as he said this, Yang Hong knew that he had said something wrong. He didn''t expect that he was pecked by the wild goose all day long. Thinking of this, Yang Hong couldn''t help laughing bitterly.


    Sure enough, after listening to Yang Hong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo''s mouth showed a faint smile. Then he said, "well, since the general does not deny what Nanyang army has done, I would like to ask when the general is going to send the murderer." After a pause, Huangfu Chaobo said calmly: "Oh, by the way, in terms of pension and compensation, Ben will not need too much. According to 100 gold per person, there are more than 4000 soldiers in Liang County, a total of 400000 gold. The rest will be paid by Ben himself."


    Then, without looking at Yang Hong''s face, he continued: "by the way, even if the money is enough, we should use materials to offset it. After all, our state is full of waste, and there are not many materials. For 400000 gold, we should use 50000 sets of heavy armour, 200000 stone grain, and other materials to offset it."


    Looking at the figures of Huangfu Chaobo popping out of his mouth, Yang Hong''s face was almost pale at the end of the day.


    Such a large amount of materials, even if Yang Hong agreed, he would be swallowed by his master. You know, at the beginning of the battle of Luoyang, Nanyang had already lost all 20000 heavy armour soldiers in Luoyang, but none of them could be taken back. On the contrary, in order to redeem Ji Ling''s generals, Nanyang spent tens of thousands of money and food.


    Now Huangfu Chaobo has a lion to open his mouth. It''s another 400000 gold. No matter how rich Nanyang is, it can''t stand such hardship.


    Thinking of this, Yang Hong shook his head and said: "so that general Pingdong knew that after the murderer of the Liang County incident, general Pingdong had promised to handle it. However, the general''s demand for materials was far beyond our Nanyang ability. With our current ability in Nanyang, we can compensate general Pingdong for 10000 sets of heavy armour and 50000 tons of grain at most. No matter how much, even if someone agrees, the master will not agree. "


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head noncommittally, then turned his head and looked at Pang Tong beside him. Pang Tong, knowing his mind, took the first two steps to argue with Yang Hong.


    The next time, two people you come and I go, lips gun tongue arrow, say very much. Unfortunately, although Yang Hong is also a good counselor, he is still far from birdie. After several negotiations, they had to lose the battle. In the end, they set the amount of compensation at 100000 gold, including 20000 sets of heavy armour, 200000 grains and 40000 other materials.


    However, Yang Hong also had one condition, that is, he asked Sizhou army to cooperate with Nanyang military performance, so that the two armies seemed to fight fiercely in Wancheng every day. However, Ji Ling led 50000 troops to attack Liu Biao army in the south, while Liang Gang and Chen Ji led 10000 troops to Shunyang and Liguo counties, dragged Zhang Ji army, and then went to two cities and Zhang Jijun after Ji Ling defeated Liu Biao army Fight.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was right in his heart. You know, he was already arranging for the occupied counties to withdraw all the materials and people to Luoyang. It just took time. As for the army of Zhang Ji and Liu Biao, he was eager for Yuan Shu to fight with them. It''s better to lose both sides. When you free your hand, you can''t say that you can easily win Nanyang.


    The next thing is just waiting for Nanyang army to send all the materials, and Huangfu Chaobo is ready to arrange the withdrawal. However, seeing that there was nothing wrong with the army, he took a chance to lead his 7000 soldiers to Wuyang City, swept away all the materials and people in Wuyang City, and sent them back to Yexian city.


    Later, he led Chen Dao and thousands of troops to occupy duyang, while Huan Jie and He Yi guarded Ye County and prepared to support duyang.


    The Luyang army who killed the wrong wolf also returned to Luyang with the delivery of materials and personnel, because he was not like Huangfu Chaobo and his subordinates, who had a famous historical general, could help take care of the internal affairs. Now Luyang suddenly increased the population of tens of thousands of people and countless materials, so he had to rush back to the county as soon as possible to make arrangements.


    Now under Wancheng, only tens of thousands of troops in Sizhou and Nanyang were left to fight against each other.


    On July 20, Ji Ling suddenly led 50000 Nanyang elite troops to appear in Zao county. Liu Biao''s army, who was attacking the city, was caught off guard by the Nanyang army who suddenly appeared behind him.


    Forty thousand Liu''s soldiers were killed and wounded, and twenty thousand were captured. In the end, only Jingzhou general Wen pin led ten thousand troops to break through. With the support of the Jingzhou water army, the wenpin army retreated to Xinye. Ji Ling followed and attacked twice. After seeing the other side''s tight defense, Ji Ling led the army to turn around and go straight to Shunyang county.


    Unfortunately, by the time Ji Ling''s army arrived in Shunyang, Zhang Jijun had been informed that he would withdraw directly and defend Danshui County, Nanxiang county and Xixian county with all his strength.


    Ji Ling saw that Zhang Ji''s army was tight, and his tens of thousands of troops could not be found. He knew that there was no chance. So after arranging the defense of Shunyang and Li, he led the troops back to Wancheng. After all, Sizhou''s army was still outside Wancheng.On July 25, the Jiling army returned to Wancheng, and the Sizhou army had also got the materials and personnel they wanted. Tens of thousands of troops slowly retreated towards Luyang. The Nanyang war, which lasted less than a month, ended in such a strange way.


    When we finally counted the gains and losses of each person, we found that Huangfu Chaobo had gained the most. Huangfu Chaobo only lost less than 2000 soldiers, and finally emptied the three counties of Nanyang. These people alone added no less than 100000 people to Luoyang, and there were countless supplies.


    And across the world is to occupy three counties, empty a county, but also earn basin full body full. Although the harvest of killing the wrong wolf was not as good as that of two people, it also increased Luyang''s population by 20000 and countless materials. More importantly, now his Luyang only needs to defend a pass, and other directions are safe.


    Then there are two guys who fish in troubled waters. There is Jia Xu, an old fox in Zhangji. At the beginning, he came with the purpose of occupying only a few counties, so he didn''t suffer any losses at all. He won three counties in vain and opened the door of Nanyang at the same time. As long as he wanted, he could bite a few pieces of meat from Yuan Shu at any time.

 Chapter 657

    Liu Biao did not suffer much. Although he lost 30000 troops, he finally occupied six or seven counties including Xinye, which was also a big profit.


    In the end, only Yuan Shu lost more than a dozen counties, and four counties were moved to the sky. He also lost 100000 yuan of materials from Huangfu Chaobo. Among other things, the 20000 sets of heavy armour alone made Yuan Shu empty half of Nanyang''s arsenal. You know, Yuan Shu reorganized 30000 heavy armour infantry soldiers, and these infantry soldiers needed 60000 sets of heavy armour. Now Yuan Shu didn''t even have the heavy armour they needed, so he sent away 20000 sets at once. Now Nanyang''s heavy armour is only enough for 30000 heavy armour soldiers, and there is no spare one.


    But Huangfu Chaobo, together with more than 10000 sets of heavy armor gained in the previous Luoyang war, now has more than 35000 sets of heavy armor, which is enough to form nearly 20000 heavy armor soldiers. However, considering the pressure of troops and horses, Luoyang now has only 10000 heavy infantry.


    On August 10, tens of thousands of troops of Huangfu Chaobo finally returned to Luoyang. Back in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo had no time to rest, because after arranging the rest of the soldiers, he devoted himself to the mountain of government affairs. As for the military merit rewards, Huang Zhong and Bing Cao Xushu made statistical verification, and then they were distributed according to the standard of Pingdong general''s office.


    After several busy days, he finally finished all the backlog of government affairs. After a mid autumn festival, Huangfu Chaobo received Tian Feng''s request again. The next day, he needed to go to the Academy at the foot of Mangshan Mountain to preside over the ribbon cutting ceremony of "Luoyang academy". Because the academy has been built, now we are just waiting for his state pastor to cut the ribbon and officially open it.


    In order to prepare for the ribbon cutting ceremony of the Academy, after receiving the news of the return of the army, Tian Feng specially ordered people to go to Hongnong and Hanoi to pick up huangfusong and Zhu Jun. after careful discussion, several people finally decided to set the time for August 16.


    On August 16, at the foot of Mang Mountain in the north of Luoyang City, Luoyang Academy had already been surrounded by Luoyang City Guard soldiers. Of course, they could only be responsible for the security of the periphery. The places close to the academy and within the Academy were handed over to Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro guard camp.


    In Luoyang academy, there was even more excitement. Tian Feng, who had been ready for a long time, led everyone into the hall of the front yard of the Academy. There were sculptures of Confucius and Mencius. This is what any college or scholar in the Han Dynasty must do today, to pay homage to the saints.


    When you enter the hall, the already prepared college teachers pass the prepared candles to the public. Then, under the direction of Tian Feng, who personally presides over the sacrificial ceremony, everyone worships step by step according to the sacrificial process.


    At the end of the worship, Huangfu Chaobo inserted the incense candle which had been lit in his hand into the censer of the table. Just then, a system message sounded in his ear: "Congratulations, Luoyang academy is officially launched. For specific functions, please refer to the Academy attributes by yourself. "


    However, Huangfu Chaobo did not have time to see the attributes of the Academy, because after Lu Zhi''s worship, he inserted the incense candle and came out of it. Next, Huangfu Chaobo needs to watch the whole academy together with several people. To be honest, Huangfu Chaobo also wanted to have a good look at the Academy, which cost tens of thousands of money and took hundreds of people more than a month to build.


    Walking from the gate of the academy to the inside, Huangfu Chaobo found that it was divided into several different areas. Each area had a courtyard. From the plaque at the gate of the Academy, you can see the names of "Jing College", "Li College" and so on. Each yard is set up independently. There is a distance between different yards. The middle distance is full of pavilions and waterside pavilions. It should be a place for students to rest in their spare time.


    In the center of the Academy, Huangfu Chaobo also saw a four story building with the words "library" hanging on it. When you go in and have a look, Huangfu Chaobo can see that the whole library is full of all kinds of books. According to several old men, these books are all their own collections, and the number is not very large, so Huangfu Chaobo has to constantly search and add them.


    After coming out of the library and continuing to walk back, Huangfu Chaobo found that in addition to the courtyard where the students stayed, there were two large fields, including a racecourse and an archery field. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo understood why an academy spent so much money on it for a long time. It really took into account all the six arts of the gentleman.


    After a circle, Lu Zhi said to Huangfu Chaobo, "general, the academy has been built. The next step is to recruit students."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "I''ll take charge of the enrollment. I will never interfere. However, if I can, the generals of the civil service series under the rule of Sizhou will be sent to study for a period of time. I don''t know if it''s useful?"


    Lu Zhi smile with a wisp of beard, said: "the general look at the properties of the book can know."


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had time to examine the attributes of the Academy. Open the property to see, let Huangfu Chaobo startled, it seems that it is really worth it.


    "Academies: educate the residents, improve the potential development speed of the territory residents, and improve the breakthrough probability of the territory residents. The cultural index of the territory increased by 20 points, and the satisfaction of the territory people was + 5. At the same time, academies can double the research degree of science and technology in the territory. At the same time, the civil service series of generals in the academy can increase the probability of success by 20%. For the first time, non historical military generals and civil servants have entered the academy to study for two days, which can improve their internal affairs and intelligence by 2 to 5 points. Only the first time you enter will you be promoted, and many times you enter will be invalid"Luoyang Academy: it is owned by Lu Zhi, a great scholar, and the effect is doubled."


    Looking at the attributes of the Academy, Huang Fu couldn''t help but smack his tongue. He didn''t expect that the effect of the Academy was so great. He had known... Well, it''s hard to buy. I knew it.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered something and said to Lu Zhi, "Master Lu, I don''t know if there are other things in Luoyang Academy... Other After thinking about it for a long time, Huang Fu Chao Bo didn''t know how to express it. He simply said, "for example, I would like to add several other academies in Luoyang Academy for other aspects of teaching and research, such as Gewu academy and medical college. Is it feasible?"


    When Lu Zhi and others heard this, they were all in front of their eyes. All the people present were or used to be in charge of politics. They were not pedantic and sour scholars, so they quickly understood the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo.

 Chapter 658

    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Lu Zhi thought about it and said, "there are many open spaces in the Academy, so there should be no problem."


    "Well, Mr. Tian, when we get back, we''ll arrange for some masters of the weapons workshop to come and discuss with Mr. Lu to see where the court will be located." After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately arranges with Tian Feng;


    Tian Feng comes forward to take orders, turns around and asks the officials around him to arrange. They sat in a rest place for a while and discussed the various arrangements of the Academy. After that, Huangfu Chaobo left the academy and led the people back to Luoyang. However, before leaving, he ordered Huang Wudi to arrange a troop to be stationed around the academy to protect the safety of the Academy.


    Back in Luoyang, shortly after Huangfu Chaobo entered the general''s residence, Shi A''s shadow guard sent some news. One of the news was that Huangfu Chaobo was overjoyed and sent to Xuzhou, Yangzhou and other places to look for the shadow of Huatuo and others. They didn''t find Huatuo, but they found fan a, who was known as Huatuo''s disciple. After several persuasions, fan a was so respected Huangfu song, the third general, agreed to come to Luoyang.


    Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned, and immediately remembered that fan a, who was known as Guan Yu''s doctor, had lived for more than 100 years. That''s great. In this case, how can he be a master? In this way, how can he stay? It''s better to arrange for him.


    Another news is that the player surnamed Liu, who has never appeared before, has finally appeared. His name is Liu Dan. Hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo is stunned, "grenade"? Not only Liu Dan, another player named Guan Shan also surfaced.


    According to the information from the shadow, Liu Biao, after Guan Yu''s return, made use of the thousands of horses and elite cavalry he brought back, together with the prisoners and the soldiers of Daijun, to form a team of 3000 elite cavalry, and other 1000 Huben cavalry. At the same time, the harvest of Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan outside the great wall also made Liu Bei greedy. After discussing with Guan Yu and Jian Yong, he decided to send Guan Yu to lead the cavalry out of the Great Wall from time to time, hoping to alleviate the plight of Daijun.


    Liu Bei is also very sad now, because with the intervention of the players, Liu Bei has not been able to make a great reputation among the vassals. If there is any, he can only fight Lu Bu in hulaoguan. Therefore, he did not become a county magistrate in Pingyuan. If Liu Yu had not considered balancing Gongsun Zan''s power, and there was too little oil and water in Daijun, he would have promoted Liu Bei to the position of prefect.


    Instead of plain, a prosperous county, many players have left Liu Bei.


    In addition, it is so far away from Beihai now that there seems to be no connection between Liu Bei and Kong Rong when they are discussing Dong. It is estimated that Liu Bei''s leading troops to support Beihai will be in vain, and then Xuzhou will be gone. Many players see this, so more and more players leave Daijun and go to other places for development. In the past few months, the number of players under Liu Bei has been reduced by nearly half.


    Although the number of players under the rule has decreased, Liu Bei''s recent days are much better than when he first arrived in Daijun. Recently, he won two generals in a row. After many inquiries, the shadow learns that these two people are called Yufan and Zhanzhao respectively. This Yufan is also worshipped by Liu Bei as a military adviser.


    Hearing this, Huangfu chaobolian hurriedly called for a halt, but he kept swearing in his heart. I''ll go, Yufan. Aren''t you a son of Jiangdong family? How could he go to Daijun and become Liu Bei''s military adviser again? It''s so unscientific. Originally thought Liu Bei suddenly ran to the corner of the GADA, there should be nothing to play. I didn''t expect to make such a show.


    Now Liu Bei has a military adviser. What else can he do? He seems to be a famous cavalry general. In this way, Liu Bei can be said to be a tiger.


    When it comes to Liu Bei, I have to talk about his neighbor, LV Bujun of Bingzhou. Lu Bujun, who entered Bingzhou from Sizhou, had been dormant in Shangtang for a winter at the suggestion of Chen Gong after he quickly occupied Shangdang county. This year, after Lv Bu appointed Zhang Yang as the governor of the Shangdang, he handed over all the internal affairs of the Shangdang to Zhang Yang. Later, he personally led the army, with Zhang Liao as the vanguard and Wei Xu in charge of the rear logistics of the army, and sent troops to Taiyuan county.


    Under the planning and arrangement of Chen Gong, LV Bujun swept through Taiyuan County in a few months, bringing the two largest counties of Bingzhou under his rule. Originally, Lu Bu was ready to lead the army to attack Yanmen. At last, under the persuasion of Chen Gong and Zhang Liao, he decided to digest one or two existing counties first, and then go north after next year''s troops and horses are ready.


    Time flies, soon to September of 192, when another thing that shocked the whole northern Han Dynasty happened. Seeing that the autumn harvest season is coming, the yellow scarf army, who was rushed to Taishan County by Cao Cao, appears again in everyone''s sight.


    On September 11, the remaining evils of Huangjin in Qingzhou united with the rest of the Huangjin army, which was driven out of Yanzhou by Cao Cao. Under the leadership of Guan Hai, commander of Huangjin Daqu, they gathered millions of people to attack Qingzhou. After conquering Linqu County of Qi State, Huangjin army did not march to Linzhou, but turned to Beihai, the richest state in Qingzhou.


    Within a few days, the company of Huang Jin army went down to zhuxu, Yingling and Pingshou, and approached the county of Beihai guozhisuo from three directions. While guarding the county, Kong Rong sent people to Linpeng for help. Unfortunately, after getting the news of the attack of Huangjin, the governor of Qingzhou Jiaohe immediately closed the gate of Linpeng city and refused to send a single soldier out of the city.After getting the news, Kong Rong, the Prime Minister of Beihai, sent envoys to taoqian of Xuzhou, Kongzhou of Yuzhou, gongsunzan of youbeiping and sizhoumu Huangfu Chaobo for help. It is half a month since Kong Rong''s messenger arrived in Luoyang. Xu, Kong Rong''s Messenger, was instructed. On one hand, he led the letter to Huangfu Chaobo for help. On the other hand, he sent someone to Hanoi to ask Wu''an for help. He hoped that he could help persuade general Pingdong to send troops to the North sea line.


    On September 28, in general Pingdong''s residence in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo recruited civil and military officials in Luoyang to discuss the matter. The content of the discussion was only one: whether to send troops to Beihai.


    In the middle of the discussion, however, the guard outside the gate reported that Hanoi Duwei Wu Anguo asked to see him. After hearing this, Huang Fu looked at Tian Feng and Xu Shu, and knew what Wu An Guo wanted to see. However, there is no objection to the dispatch, but there are still many details that have not been considered clearly, so they are still under discussion.

 Chapter 659

    Wu Anguo entered the assembly hall, quickly walked towards Huangfu Chaobo, who was in the middle of the throne, and gave a salute, saying, "I''ll see you at the end of the day!"


    "General Wu''an, please get up!" Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head and said, "my Lord, I want to ask my Lord to send troops to Beihai to rescue Kong Xiang." However, Wu Anguo did not get up, but paid homage to Huangfu Chaobo again.


    "the general already knew what he meant. Please sit down first, general. The matter of sending troops has been basically determined, but some details still need to be carefully discussed. It happens that the general comes from Beihai. He knows the situation and will attend the discussion together. " Huangfu Chaobo nodded;


    when Wu Anguo heard that his master had decided to send troops, he sat down happily, so that people could ask about the situation of Beihai. Moreover, in order to let everyone have a better understanding of the situation in Beihai, Huangfu Chaobo specially sent a messenger to ask for help from Beihai and asked him to give a detailed introduction to the situation in Beihai.


    According to the messenger, Ju county in Beihai has been besieged by the Yellow turban army for many days. Fortunately, the city is strong. In addition, Zongyu, the new national guard, is not a mediocre general, although he is not as strong as Wu''an. He has trained tens of thousands of soldiers in counties and counties in a decent way. However, it''s OK for the tens of thousands of soldiers to defend the city within the high walls. If they need to go out of the city to defeat the yellow scarf army, they will be out of control.


    After the messenger was sent out, Huangfu Chaobo and other people began to talk about how many troops should be sent out, how to reach Beihai and so on.


    As for the issue of sending troops, it was decided quickly because of several considerations. One of them was that Kong Rong was really a good man. He not only gave Luoyang hundreds of thousands of money and food, but also thousands of soldiers and civil servants. More importantly, he gave himself a general. Just for Wu''an, Huangfu Chaobo should lend his hand to support him.


    Second, there is a lack of a reliable transit station for Huangfu Chaobo''s business road from leting to Luoyang. If it is possible, Tian Feng and others mean that they can borrow a port in Qingzhou after the rescue. Of course, the security of this port must be guaranteed. Another one is that Huangfu Chaobo was envious of the population of the yellow scarf army. You know, Cao Cao took hundreds of thousands of Dingkou from the yellow scarf army a few months ago.


    With these yellow scarves alone, Cao Cao organized tens of thousands of Qingzhou soldiers. Now Luoyang and Hongnong are sparsely populated. If the population of one million can be reduced by three or five hundred thousand, the population of nearly ten counties can be filled.


    After half a day''s discussion, we finally decided on the candidates and soldiers to fight. This time, because of the port in the later period and the relationship with Kong Rong, Huangfu Chaobo decided to fight in person. Wu''an must be with him. Zhao Yun and zuojiao were the leaders, and Xu Shu was the commander. The army is Huangfu Chaobo''s personal battalion. Zhao Yun''s Baima Yicong and zuojiao command a school of ordinary soldiers, with a total of 13000 troops. As for the other troops of Longxiang battalion, they are left in Luoyang under the command of another deputy general Wang Yong.


    Considering that Zhang Zan and Zhang Yi are both from Qingzhou, Zhang Zan has been arranged to leting in western Liaoning Province to go to Qingzhou. In order to discuss the next layout with the public, Huangfu Chaobo decides to go to Qingzhou with Zhang Yi.


    Jiang Qin led a water army to Liao City of Le''an, and then cavalry marched directly into Ju county from Le''an. The Navy marched along the coast toward the North Sea. Of course, the left school and 5000 horses went to the North Sea with the ship. For the cavalry, considering that the horses stay on the ship for a long time, it will take some time for them to recover. In case they need to take part in the war as soon as they get ashore in the North Sea, the cavalry will have to rest their food.


    With the messengers of Wu''an and Kong Rong leading the way, the two armies don''t need to worry about getting lost. Now that the decision has been made, with the order of Huangfu Chaobo, the soldiers and horses are ready to go out.


    However, before setting out, Huangfu Chaobo got another good news. After nearly half a year of development, leting town was finally upgraded to a small city, that is, a county level city. If the city is upgraded, the affiliated buildings can be upgraded. So when Zhou Wen was promoted to the county seat, he immediately upgraded the port and the naval barracks to intermediate level.


    On September 30, after telling Tian Feng and Huang Zhong about the affairs of Sizhou, Huangfu Chaobo led the troops to Pingjin port, where the army would board the ship and then go down the river to Qingzhou.


    Ten days later, the fleet arrived in Liaocheng County of Le''an state in Qingzhou, where it unloaded more than 8000 cavalry and their horses. The place where the fleet landed was a small port that Kong Rong had already sent people to contact. After all the cavalry got off the ship, the fleet headed south along the coastline, preparing to transport the 5000 soldiers on board to Beihai state. Then the 5000 soldiers would get off the ship at the border of Duchang, and under the leadership of the soldiers of Beihai Prefecture, they would go to the surrounding area of Ju County to meet with most of the cavalry.


    It''s only two hundred miles from Liao county to Ju county. If the cavalry is fast, they can arrive in one day. But after getting off the boat, Zhao Yun doesn''t agree to let the cavalry rush to Ju county quickly. Instead, he asks the soldiers and horses to rest for half a day. After recovering, he slowly moves towards Ju county. Although Wu Anguo was anxious, he knew that he was not quick enough, so he could only watch it quietly.


    Two days later, eight thousand cavalry troops arrived at the northeast of the county and hid in a dense forest. On the one hand, he sent people to contact the soldiers of the left school department, and on the other hand, he prepared to understand the situation of the drama County, and then decided how to act.Wu''anguo first entered the drama county and contacted the people of kongfong in the city. After wu''anguo got in touch with the city, he was ready to give a fatal blow from behind when the Yellow turban army attacked the city.


    What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect was that wu''anguo didn''t wait, but first came two acquaintances -- yelaixiang and imperial overlord. For players, it''s easy to know the position of Huangfu Chaobo''s army, so Huangfu Chaobo soon invited two people here. The purpose of the two people here is just one - population. They both like the population of nearly one million people in Huangjin army.


    The powerful Royal Army has captured Suicheng and zhanchan, two counties of gongsundu in xuantu County, Eastern Liaoning Province. Unfortunately, due to the small number of troops and the lack of cavalry, they dare not go too far inland. At present, there is a large population in Huangjin of Qingzhou. We hope to cooperate with Huangfu Chaobo to win a part of the population, even tens of thousands of people, and we can increase the number of thousands to tens of thousands of people. In this way, the rest of the population was sent to Liaodong to believe that taishici and sun Qian could have a foothold in xuantu.


    Therefore, although taishici was far away in Liaodong, the domineering royal family came to join Huangfu Chaobo with sun Qian and 2000 soldiers from the 3000 troops in their city.

 Chapter 660

    You know, the domineering royal family recruited less than 10000 soldiers, of which taishici took 7000, leaving only 3000 soldiers in his own city. As for why there were only 10000 soldiers in the imperial family, it was mainly because the population and food conditions limited the scale of soldiers.


    Although Lelang county has a population of nearly 300000, there are 100000 people in the county city of Korea city, and there are only more than 10000 people in each of the other ten cities. Therefore, even if he occupied two counties, he could not recruit many soldiers.


    Because of the merits of Dong''s plot and his defeat of the invasion of Mount Tai some time ago, yelaixiang has been appointed magistrate of Dongguan by Tao Qian, Xuzhou mu. After receiving the news that Tao Qian wanted to send troops to support the plain, he took the initiative to ask for orders and lead the army with him under the persuasion of the military division.


    There are two purposes for sending troops to Beihai. One is to make contributions to the war, and the other is for the sake of population. It''s even more exaggerated. Not only general Yue Xi personally led 5000 soldiers, but also military strategist Xi Zhicai came with him.


    With the continuous adjustment and update of the game, population has become a bottleneck for all lords. Without population, there will be no source of troops, which means that the territory has no stamina for development. Huangfu Chaobo also welcomed their arrival. Although there were more than 13000 troops in Huangfu Chaobo, they didn''t expect that they could sweep millions of yellow scarves with their own more than 10000 troops. Therefore, after entering Qingzhou, there were more and more lords to join, but Huangfu Chaobo would not refuse to come.


    Zhao Yun, Xu Shu, and sun Qian, after a night of discussion, finally came up with a plan.


    On October 15, Huangfu Chaobo not only waited for the army of zuojiaobu, but also with the help of the domineering royal family and yelaixiang, gathered nearly 100000 soldiers from the Chaoting camp in Qingzhou. These troops were divided into 20 schools under the reorganization of several people.


    It has been nearly a month since the city was besieged by millions of yellow scarves. If it had not been for the lack of food and the low morale of soldiers, the county would have been attacked.


    Standing on the watchtower of the Chinese army camp, Guan Hai looked at the city a few miles away. He could not help feeling powerless. Although he had the reputation of a million troops, in fact, there were only more than 300000 people who could stand the first World War, and the other nearly 700000 were family members.


    Originally, Qingzhou yellow scarf was hungry and full. As a result, last month, a million yellow scarf troops attacked gunzhou. They wanted to get a hand there. Who knows, stealing chicken is not the only way to lose a handful of rice. When millions of troops go out, only half of them come back. This is still good. Before that, Huang Jinjun occupied many counties in Yanzhou. As a result, these counties were lost after the war.


    In desperation, the hundreds of thousands of yellow scarf troops who fled back had to move closer to the Guanhai Department of Mount Tai. Originally, the hundreds of thousands of people in Guanhai were already short of food. In addition, the hundreds of thousands of people who fled back made food more difficult. So after supporting for a period of time, Guan Hai finally decided to lead the army out of the mountain and attack Qingzhou.


    In his opinion, Qingzhou has no strong soldiers, not like Yanzhou. He should be able to attack. Not only that, Guan Hai chose Beihai, the most famous one. What Guan Hai didn''t expect was that he seemed to have kicked the iron plate again. It has been almost a month since we besieged the county. We have sent people to attack the county more than ten times, but we have not been able to capture the city.


    As a last resort, Guan Hai had to divide up some troops to attack other counties, or snatch some grain to alleviate the difficulties of his headquarters.


    "It''s mid October now. If we can''t attack the city these days, then we will disperse those family members of our subordinates and snatch the food. In this way, we should be able to support it this year. Of course, it''s best to capture Ju county in this way. It''s said that there are nearly a million stones in grain and countless money, silk and materials. With such a big city, we can support the million people. In this way, I can convince the heads of the departments. " Thinking of this, Guan Hai, who had already retreated, once again decided to attack the city.


    "Come and order the generals above the commander wan to come to the big account to discuss business!" Looking back, Guan Hai yelled a message to his own guards, and soon someone was ordered to go to the battalions. Nowadays, the yellow scarf in Qingzhou is not only composed of Guan Hai, but is divided into several parts. Only Guan Hai''s department is the largest, with about 300000 or 400000 people. That''s why he was elected as the chief.


    That night, in the camp of the Huangjin army, Guan Hai convinced the leaders of all the departments, and they agreed to launch another attack on Ju county from tomorrow. If they could capture the best, if they could not, they would send their families out to collect food according to Guan Hai''s idea, and then they would grab a few more counties, and then they would return to Mount Tai and make plans next year.


    On October 16, 192, the morning sun was just shining on the earth, and fireworks were everywhere in the camp of the yellow scarf army. Since Guan Hai and other leaders of the yellow scarf Army decided to attack the city with all their strength, they all decided to let their soldiers have a good meal, and then attack the city with all their strength. At least now, everyone still has some hope for the source of food.


    Sure enough, after the meal, the morale of the yellow scarf army rose by several percent. As soon as the battle was fought, the soldiers of Beihai County in the city clearly felt the fighting power of the yellow scarf soldiers. Fortunately, two days ago, Wu Anguo led dozens of Pro guards into the city and sent the news to Kong Rong that Huangfu Chaobo''s reinforcements had arrived.


    Later, Kong Rong immediately released the news in the city, and the morale of the people in the city increased a lot. In addition, Wu''an state, an old Duwei in the Beihai army, was in the city, and there was plenty of food and grass in the city, so the soldiers of the prefecture still resisted the attack of the Huangjin army.However, to the surprise of Wu''an state and Zongyu, the yellow scarf army did not retreat after one round of attack as it did a few days ago. On the contrary, it soon reorganized the army and put into the second round of attack. In the face of the Yellow turban army, which is attacking like a tide, the county garrison also finds it a little tricky. And wu''anguo didn''t know when his Lord''s army would attack the yellow scarf army. He just felt that his Lord''s army seemed too few this time.


    Looking at the long day''s attack, it seemed that there was no progress, but Guan Hai didn''t care at all. For such a big city, he was ready to exchange 100000 soldiers. In his opinion, it would be worthwhile for him to replace a big city with a hundred thousand soldiers. After the second round came down, the time had already arrived. In the afternoon, Guan Hai didn''t even blink his eyes. With a wave of his hand, the third round attack, which was already ready, began again. Although Huang Jinjun had already fed the soldiers, he did not eat three meals a day as he did when playing with his family members and court soldiers, so there was no saying that he would go back for lunch.

 Chapter 661

    As the heavy bugle of the yellow scarf army camp sounded again, the third attack, which was already ready, began.


    Standing on the wall, Zong Yu panted to the Wu''an National Road beside him: "Duwei, did the yellow scarf thief take the wrong medicine today? This is the third round of attack. Duwei, when will general Pingdong''s army arrive? Some estimate that the county soldiers in the drama county will not last long. " As his old boss, Zong Yu still respected Wu''an state, so he called Wu''an state the name he used when he was a subordinate of Wu''an state.


    Wu''anguo stood on the tower, looking at the yellow scarf army slowly approaching under the city, and said: "don''t worry, commander Zong, the army of a certain master has already arrived in the drama County, but it''s not time for the army to attack."


    Wu Anguo is right. Huangfu Chaobo has indeed led the army around the county, but it''s not time to attack.


    Under the careful arrangement of Xu Shu and Sun Zhen, more than 100000 players are arranged around the camp of the yellow scarf army. Their role is to attack the camp of the yellow scarf army with all their strength after getting the order, so as to disrupt the attack rhythm of the main force of the yellow scarf army. Once the main force of the yellow scarf army is in chaos, General Zhao Yun will lead the army to directly attack the main force of the yellow scarf army in order to achieve the goal of World War I.


    When the third round of attack reached a deadlock, Xu Shu thought that the time had come, and then the order of attack spread to the army of 100000 players behind.


    Within a short time, smoke and dust rose everywhere in the yellow scarf camp several miles away, which frightened the soldiers who were attacking the city. You know, the camp behind was full of their families. Not only the soldiers were in shock, but also the generals of Guanhai in the Chinese army were in shock.


    Seeing the changes behind, Guan Hai and the leaders tried their best to appease the soldiers. On the other hand, they immediately sent people back to the camp to see what happened.


    Who knows that the people sent out soon returned, and brought the news that Guan Hai and others were about to crack their eyes. The camp was attacked by the Imperial Army, with hundreds of thousands of soldiers left behind. Now it has been attacked into the camp. Hearing the news, countless people couldn''t stay.


    So soon someone led their own guards to retreat and prepare to return to the camp. Soon, the unknown retreat affected the yellow scarf soldiers who were attacking the city, and then more and more unknown soldiers joined in the retreat.


    At this time, the south of the army, suddenly sounded the roar of the sky. Zhao Yun and Dian Wei led more than ten thousand cavalry to appear in front of the yellow scarf army. The sound of tens of thousands of iron hooves pounding on the ground made the soldiers panic. With the cavalry under the leadership of several generals, they fought into the soldiers without any hindrance. The overwhelming situation made the soldiers dare not stop them. Even the generals at all levels did not yell.


    On October 16, the third year of Pingdong in the early Han Dynasty, Huangfu Chaobo, the general of Pingdong, led 150000 troops to rush across the night to rescue Ju county. When Guan Hai''s army attacked the city, he raided the middle army of Huangjin army, captured Guan Hai alive and forced him to surrender. Besides the 200000 troops sent to attack the surrounding cities of Ju county, the 800000 troops besieged Ju county killed and injured more than 100000, escaped nearly 100000, and the rest 600000 were captured.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo was invited into the city by Kong, and his army cooperated with the soldiers and players of Beihai prefecture to pacify the yellow scarf army in Beihai. In the end, tens of thousands of troops were captured.


    So far, all the millions of yellow scarves that besieged the North Sea were destroyed. According to the prior agreement, the captured population of Huangfu Chaobo was nearly 400000, the emperor''s overlord and yelaixiang were 100000 each, and the other nearly 100000 people were divided up by the warlords in Qingzhou. So far, the chaos of Huangjin in Qingzhou was basically calm.


    Considering that hundreds of thousands of people need to be transported back to Luoyang, it is definitely impossible to travel by land, so after discussing with Kong Rong, Huangfu Chaobo simply bought a small NPC town called Shuanghe town at the entrance of Mihe River and Bailanghe River in his private name to temporarily house the 400000 yellow scarf soldiers and their families. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo''s move is not an idea, but has been discussed for a long time. This will be a point of Huangfu Chaobo''s deployment in Qingzhou. Not only that, it will also be the midpoint of water transportation between Luoyang and Longhua.


    After getting Shuanghe Town, Huangfu Chaobo quickly upgraded Shuanghe town to the level of small city within a few days, and then appointed Zhang Yi as the deputy city leader to be responsible for the internal affairs of the city.


    At the same time, he will be responsible for the communication with Kong Rong in the future, and Jiang Qin''s water army will also arrange a unit to stay in the city and give it to Jiang Pei, Jiang Qin''s younger brother. Meng gang will be appointed as the captain, and Guan Hai, the newly recruited deputy general, will be appointed to be responsible for all the troops of Shuanghe together with Meng gang.


    At the same time, in order to strengthen the defense, Huangfu Chaobo recruited 5000 soldiers from the yellow scarf captives, and mixed with the soldiers of the left school, leaving a school soldier in Shuanghe city. Of course, in addition to one school of soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo also organized two guards. In this way, Shuanghe city has one school of soldiers, two guards, and one water army, with nearly ten thousand troops.


    Kong Rong didn''t know about Huangfu Chaobo''s action, but he turned a blind eye to it. In his opinion, the million yellow scarf siege has left him with a lingering fear. To have a strong ally by his side can make him feel more secure.After learning that Shuanghe town was upgraded to a small town, Kong Rong not only didn''t oppose it, but also sent a letter of appointment to appoint Zhang Yi as Shuanghe county magistrate, and put dozens of villages and towns around Shuanghe city under the rule of Shuanghe. At the same time, he exempted the county level taxes of Shuanghe city. After seeing the appointment, Huangfu Chaobo immediately took dozens of bottles of Luoshen wine and other gifts with Zhang Yi to the opera county to thank Kong Rong.


    After making arrangements for Shuanghe City, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay much longer in Qingzhou. Instead, Jiang Qin''s water army went directly back to Luoyang. As for Shuanghe, Zhang Zan and others took charge of the matter, and Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin''s water army transported 400000 people.


    By the time Huangfu Chaobo returned to Luoyang, it was already in the middle of November.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who returned to Luoyang, immediately put himself into the resettlement. Although it has been nearly a year and a half since he took over Luoyang, Luoyang and the surrounding counties are basically in the process of constantly resettling refugees, this time is totally different from the previous several times.


    You know, it''s 400000 people coming, not 40000 or 100000. Although Luoyang City can accommodate so many people, but you should know that several cities around Luoyang are basically in a semi vacant state.

 Chapter 662

    As for the resettlement of hundreds of thousands of yellow scarves, after discussing with Tian Feng and others, Huangfu Chaobo decided to carry out the resettlement according to the previous arrangement, that is, only qualified personnel of a and B levels and their families will be resettled in Luoyang, and other people will be equally distributed to several counties around Luoyang.


    Don''t think that the proportion of these two levels of talents is only 15%, the number is not much, and the proportion of talents is not high, but everyone has three or five families. If you calculate this, about 150000 of the 400000 will be placed in Luoyang City. The remaining 100000 will be resettled in Hongnong county to supplement the population there, and the remaining 100000 will be allocated to the counties under the rule of Luoyang.


    With a steady stream of people being sent to Luoyang, the whole Prefecture is in the busy process of resettling people. However, on this day, Huangfu Chaobo received a request to see him. At a glance, Huangfu Chaobo was also slightly stunned. This man turned out to be an old acquaintance, the boss of Sizhou Fengyun.


    For this old acquaintance, Huangfu Chaobo is not very grateful. You know, if he hadn''t swept Zhang''s house, he didn''t know when his Luoyang would have been rebuilt. Although he can do it himself without Sizhou Fengyun, it will not be so smooth, and the harvest can not be so much. It''s just that they didn''t get in touch. He didn''t know until he was appointed Luhun magistrate by Dong Zhuojun.


    However, at that time, I was busy with the task of reconstruction and had no time to take Hongnong''s affairs into consideration. Although Hongnong became his own sphere of influence, Luoyang didn''t do a good job. How could he be in the mood to manage Hongnong''s affairs. You know, there are basically no ordinary people in Hongnong county now, except for arranging their own taxi drivers. It was also this time that he gathered hundreds of thousands of people in Qingzhou, and then he wanted to resettle some people in Hongnong.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately invited Fengyun Tianxia to the general''s residence.


    A moment later, Fengyun Tianxia entered the general''s mansion, saluted Huangfu Chaobo and said, "boss Chaobo!"


    In other words, as the players enter the game for a long time, they become more and more accustomed to these ancient rituals. Therefore, when acquaintances meet, they bow their hands instead of shaking hands.


    Huangfu Chaobo also got up and said, "brother Fengyun, long time no see. Please sit down."


    We are all players, so Fengyun world didn''t refuse much and sat down on one side. After they talked about the broken locks, Fengyun said, "boss Chaobo, my younger brother, I''m going to visit the three treasures hall for nothing."


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "we are old acquaintances, too. Brother Fengyun, if you have something to say, it''s OK."


    A little meditation, seems to be in the organization of language, and then the world said: "one is the younger brother want to ask, super Bo boss how to deal with me and Luhun County things."


    "Since brother Fengyun came to see me, he must have a plan. How about having a discussion between us?" Huangfu Chaobo didn''t answer directly, instead, he asked;


    in the stormy world, seeing that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t advance but retreated, although he was very helpless, he was also a man under the eaves and had to bow his head and say: "it can be said that my brother''s contribution to today''s achievements is inseparable from brother Chaobo''s contribution. If we didn''t get those weapons and materials through Luoyang, we didn''t have much capital to make friends with Li Ru, then we wouldn''t have the position of Luhun county magistrate. "


    "Oh, brother Fengyun has already made friends with Li Ru. How far has he gone now?" Huangfu super Bo a listen, also interested in the inquiry.


    Fengyun Tianxia shook his head with a wry smile and said: "boss Chaobo knows that Li Ru is a direct relative of Dong Zhuo, and he has excellent intelligence, so his relationship is not so easy to get along with. If we didn''t get closer to Li Ru by means of a series of stratagems, our relationship with him would still be at the level of good intentions. Only by means of a series of stratagems can we reach the level of trust. It''s just that Dong Zhuo will not die for a day, and we have no chance to recover him. We can even say that as long as there are successors of Dong Zhuo''s power, we have little chance. "


    Then he seemed to figure something out and said, "but on the other hand, Li Ru has gained a lot. Let''s not say anything else. We have gained a lot just from a magistrate of Luhun county. "


    As if he had noticed something again, Fengyun had a little pause, then made a decision, and said: "however, to tell you the truth, I thought that Lu Hun should hold the snail with five fingers, so our alliance basically put all the money into the county. But I didn''t expect... So this time I''m here, I just want to hear the letter from boss Chaobo. "


    Huangfu Chaobo listened, nodded, then raised his hand and motioned him to continue.


    Now that we have talked about it, let''s just talk about it. "What we mean is that if the boss of Chaobo agrees, we can sign a system agreement with the boss of Chaobo, just like the Zilong club, and if our investment is not wasted," he said. Of course, if we feel embarrassed, we can move out as a whole just like a knight errant. Of course, we are going to take away the people we send off. "


    After one breath, Fengyun world felt as if he had put down some burden. With a long sigh of relief, his plan had been put forward. As for how to decide, it was up to Huangfu Chaobo.With Zhao Zilong and Xiake as two examples, and Fengyun world doesn''t feel like it can become a person who is surprised by Fengyun, so both options are good.


    After listening to the words of Fengyun world, Huangfu Chaobo fell into deep meditation. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo had thought about the three counties of Luhun, but he never thought about how to deal with them. Like Fengyun, it''s OK for Luoyang to ask Huangfu Chaobo to take the lead in several wars, but they were all rejected by Huangfu Chaobo, because the one or two thousand people in his hands were just a drop in the bucket for his hundreds of thousands of wars, but the other two cities didn''t respond from beginning to end.


    Now Luoyang is basically stable, and the counties to the east of Huai County in Hanoi are taking over in an orderly way. It seems that it''s time to deal with Hongnong''s affairs well.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo handed out a blank agreement to Fengyun Tianxia and said, "brother Fengyun, take a look first. If there is no problem, sign it. Then Lu Hun will be handed over to Fengyun."

 Chapter 663

    What Huangfu Chaobo has come up with is a system agreement that has been prepared for a long time. It is similar to the Pingyin County agreement that Zhao Zilong signed with Huangfu Chaobo at the beginning, but it is only one or two points stricter in some details.


    After taking the agreement, Fengyun Tianxia looked at it carefully, looked at all the agreements and restrictions in it, and then signed his name on it. He handed the agreement to the guards of Huangfu Chaobo beside him. Looking at the soldiers in front of him, the envious eyes flashed in the eyes of Fengyun world, and said: "the soldiers of Chaobo are not ordinary elite soldiers, are they the rumored special arms?"


    Huangfu chuckled and did not answer.


    Fengyun world also knew that some things were not suitable to ask deeply, and then said: "boss Chaobo, I still have something to tell you, but we just overheard the news, and the specific authenticity still needs to be confirmed."


    Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the world with inquiring eyes.


    Fengyun Tianxia said: "this is what the brothers in the alliance have overheard. In recent months, the overlord and the remnant are privately transferring something. According to our conjecture, it should be craftsmen and other important properties. So we think that they should be ready to run away."


    On hearing this, Huang Fu stood up and said, "are they transferring people and materials? Why didn''t I get any news from Hongnong? "


    "Boss Chaobo, you may not know that from Lu county to the west along Luoshui, there is a path to Luonan in Chang''an, and then from Luonan to the south, you can get to Shangluo County of Zhang Jijun. This is what I specially sent dozens of brothers to spy on for a long time. It''s basically impossible to take this road with a large army, but it''s not a problem if you take a few people and some valuables. " Fengyun Tianxia replied quickly;


    after hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to a man beside him with a cold face and said, "Shi, send someone to check it immediately. It seems that some people really don''t know how much weight they have. Dian Wei ordered Chen Jing''s Iron Eagle sharp and Zhao Cen''s yuan army crossbow soldiers to make preparations. If so, I don''t mind giving some people a little hardship. "


    Shi a Dian Wei two people listen to, immediately forward to accept orders, then, Shi a but kneel down on the ground, to Huangfu Chaobo plead guilty, way: "the end will be derelict, please Lord for punishment."


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "we''ll talk about this later. We''ll deal with the matter in front of us first. However, it''s time for you to have a good look inside you. Such important information needs to be provided by others. Hum


    Shi a listens, the cold sweat on the head Cen but descend, after receiving the order, exit the hall, go to arrange own affair to go.


    Fengyun world is staring at him in a daze. When the smiling man is angry, he has such power. Shi A''s performance was in his eyes. You know, he was the chief disciple of the first knight errant in the history of the Three Kingdoms. He was cold sweating when he was told by Huangfu Chaobo. What''s more, Huangfu Chao said that although he had never heard of the iron eagles, Yuanrong crossbow is a famous special branch of the Three Kingdoms. Now it''s even compared with Yuanrong crossbow. It''s estimated that it will be a special branch of the army.


    In addition to these two teams, Huangfu Chaobo also has a large number of famous generals. Thinking of this, Fengyun world can''t help but secretly congratulates itself that it has made a correct choice. It seems that the first player really deserves his name.


    Fengyun world was thinking about it. Suddenly, Huangfu''s voice came from his ears: "brother Fengyun, this is the news. Brother Chengqing."


    "Boss Chaobo, do you want me to send some brothers to help you? They are all the core players in the league. This time they went to inquire about the news..."


    At the end of the speech, Huangfu Chaobo held out his hand and said, "no, if they can''t do it, naturally there are people who can do it."


    After listening to Huangfu''s cold voice, Fengyun world also felt cold, so he found an excuse to leave the general''s house. After he came out, he immediately led his subordinates to leave Luoyang.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo was really angry. If the shadow guard had just been set up when Huangjin came to attack, it would be excusable. Yuan Shujun''s sudden attack on Luoyang is really a good cover up for yuan Shujun''s purpose, including killing the wrong wolf. These players only speculated when they finally entered the boundary of Liang county.


    This time, however, it was totally different. Although Yiyang, Lushi and Luhun were not under the control of Hongnong, they were the counties under the control of Hongnong. Although those Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say they wanted to dispose of them as soon as possible, they also reminded Shi''a that the shadow guards should pay more attention to them. Now, they asked them to send away the talents under their own eyes.


    A moment later, Shi''a turned around and saw that the atmosphere in the hall was not right. As soon as he entered the room, he saw Dian Wei winking at him. He knew that he had not done a good job, but he still insisted on reporting: "Lord Hui, the general has ordered the person in charge of Hongnong''s shadow to rush to Lushi personally to see if the information is true, but they can get to Lushi from Hongnong as soon as possible It will take two days. "


    "General, in a certain sense, whether the troops of General Chen and General Zhao will start ahead of time now," Dian Wei saw that Huangfu Chaobo was silent all the time. He walked forward two steps: "because it''s nearly 400 miles from Luoyang to Lushi, and our army has to March secretly, so we can''t go by horse at all. So the end general felt that the two generals should go to Hongnong county first In this way, when the news of Lu came, the army could go directly from Hongnong. "Huangfu Chaobo nodded. It''s true that it''s nearly 400 miles from Luoyang to Lushi. On the one hand, the road is not good. On the other hand, in order to catch them off guard, it''s impossible to go there on horseback. However, if you only go on foot, even if you are a special group of soldiers, such as Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and Iron Eagle sharp soldiers, you can travel a hundred miles a day with light clothes at most. In this way, it will take six to eight days for the other party to start after receiving the news. With this time, it will be enough for the other party to do a lot of things.


    Not only that, it seems that Fengyun world also said that Xu Huang was the king of the rest. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Dianwei and said, "evil come, you are the commander of the army this time. Chen Jing and Zhao Cen are the Deputy generals. They go to Hongnong first to wait for the news of the shadow guard. Once they are confirmed, they immediately lead the army to capture the two cities. They really think that no one knows about the secret transportation of food and grass with LV Bujun at the beginning. The old accounts have been settled, but now they have added new accounts. Well, we should have done a good job together with them. "

 Chapter 664

    Dianwei came forward to accept the order. Shi a saw this and went forward two steps: "Lord, general Mo is willing to go with general Dian. Please allow him to go to the front of the battle to make atonement."


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "go. By the way, there is a good general under Yiyang County Magistrate. You should be careful. If you can capture him back, you will be the last. If you can''t, you can kill him! "


    "The end will take orders!" After they agreed, they turned and left.


    Three days later, the news came back to Lushi. Because of heavy snow in Sizhou, it took shadow more than two days to get to Lushi. Later, after inquiring about the news, it was found that, as Fengyun world said, both Lushi and Yiyang counties were transferring their craftsmen and some valuable materials.


    Because both of them have a territory in Dong Zhuo''s territory, and there are good generals in Dong Zhuo''s army. In addition, they had nothing to do with Huangfu Chaobo, and when Lv Bu''s army was in Hongnong, they also made a lot of efforts in food and grass, so when they saw that Huangfu Chaobo''s position in Sizhou was becoming more and more stable, they had a different idea.


    After discussion, they decided to make preparations. First, they transferred all the important craftsmen and some of their money to Dong Zhuojun, so the two families began to transfer a month ago. In the past more than a month, the important craftsmen in the two counties were all transferred to other places in various names. With them, their families and some elite taxi soldiers left.


    Because of the heavy snow these days, in order not to arouse the disgust of the craftsmen and soldiers, the two families temporarily stopped the transfer work. In addition, after more than a month''s transfer, both of them have transferred nearly half of the important personnel and materials in the county to the territory of Dong Zhuojun, and the total number of personnel transferred by the two families has reached 5000 or 6000.


    Less than a day after receiving the news from Lu, Huangfu Chaobo received the news from Shi a that the army had arrived at Lu.


    It turned out that after they arrived at Hongnong, they decided to lead the army first because of the heavy snow and Shi A''s personal shadow guard. What they mean is that if the news is true, they can attack the two cities quickly. If the news is wrong, it should be regarded as a training for the two soldiers.


    Three days later, when Shi a led the army to the north of Lushi, less than 20 Li, he finally received a message from the shadow guard, confirming that Lushi was indeed transferring personnel and materials. It''s not only Lu Shi, but also Yiyang County where people often send things in the past month.


    The army has now arrived, but because it is light and fast, it does not carry siege equipment. After discussing with the generals, Dian Wei decided not to attack by force, but to attack a small town more than ten miles around Lu''s family. Later, he took more than ten carts in the town and dressed up as a firewood transportation business. Dozens of Iron Eagle guards fought for the gate.


    Fortunately, the defense of Lushi County was not tight. In addition, Chen Jing''s Iron Eagle soldiers occupied the city gate smoothly. When the flag of general Pingdong appeared outside the city, the city was in an uproar.


    This is also Dian Wei''s cleverness. When they went out to battle, they brought a flag of general Pingdong from Luoyang. Sure enough, as soon as this flag appeared, the city''s taxi drivers were stunned. After all, Lu county is now under the rule of general Pingdong, whether from strangers or occasional business travelers.


    Taking advantage of the time when the soldiers at the gate of the city are in a daze, Chen Jing leads the Iron Eagle guards to control the gate of the city, and at the same time, he shouts out: "the magistrate of Lushi is plotting a rebellion, and the general of Pingdong orders the army to enter the city to catch the anti thief!"


    This time, the soldiers at the city gate were even more afraid to move. Instead, the captain of the city gate responded, shouting that these people were bandits, and ordering his own soldiers to attack tieyingrui.


    Unfortunately, in the past more than a month, xiongba has transferred some elite soldiers, and some of them are controlled by himself. Now the soldiers at the gate of the city are not ordinary soldiers, and these soldiers are not the opponents of tieyingruishi at all.


    Seeing dozens of people killed and injured, they were still unable to repel the enemy at the city gate. The captain of the city gate couldn''t help but worry. At this time, the garrison in the city had already responded, and there were soldiers gathering from various barracks to support them outside the city gate.


    Unfortunately, Chen Jing and others just occupied the gate and defended it with all their strength. The army in the city could not attack the gate.


    A quarter of an hour later, Dianwei led the army to the gate. Under the command of Dianwei''s generals, 2500 special arms quickly controlled the situation at the gate. Then, the army moved into the city.


    At the beginning of the battle at the gate of the city, within the county government, xiongba was chatting with the remnant Wei Wang. A few days ago, the remnant Wei Wang arrived at Lushi with a group of personnel and materials.


    Unfortunately, after arriving at Lushi, it suddenly snowed heavily. If they were elite soldiers, they would still be able to continue to March. But this time, except for some of the escorted soldiers, they were all ordinary craftsmen and their families. So they had to stop for the time being We''ll set out after we''re done.


    This is the fourth time that the two men have delivered personnel and materials in more than a month. As early as more than a month ago, they were discussing their own way out. After they got the news that Huangfu Chaobo had sent troops to Qingzhou, they knew that Huangfu Chaobo''s control in Sizhou was getting stronger and stronger. Otherwise, he would not have sent a large army to support Kong Rong for hundreds of miles.After much discussion, they decided to make preparations. On the surface, they were still silent. You Huangfu Chaobo didn''t come to us, and we didn''t go to you.


    But secretly, because both of them still have territory near Chang''an, and their relationship with Dong Zhuo''s army is also there, through Dong Zhuo''s military relationship, they use the road they found to Shangluo County controlled by Zhang Jijun to transfer the important craftsmen and their families of Lushi and Yiyang to their own territory.


    In the past month, the two have successfully transferred the main craftsmen, their families and the elite soldiers who escorted them to their respective territories. Just when they thought that this time they were just as unconscious, suddenly there were soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo outside the city, and they knew that Huangfu Chaobo had discovered his action.


    When they first got the news, they still wanted to fight. But when they heard that the chief general was Dianwei, they didn''t want to fight any more. Fortunately, the important craftsmen, personnel and materials in the two counties had been transferred, and now they had to lead the troops straight away.

 Chapter 665

    The war in the city is still going on. Although it is not fierce, when Dian Wei''s soldiers attacked the county government, they found that it was empty. At this time, Shi a also received the news from the shadow that a large number of soldiers and horses broke through the south gate, and then went to the West.


    At this time, the two people knew that the overlord had already left with his troops. Later, when Shi a was checking and interrogating the prisoners, he got the news that Yiyang County Magistrate Wei Wang was also in Lu county. In addition, there were a large number of craftsmen in the prisoners, so they knew that they had just stopped a wave of people who were moving.


    Later, the two men sent messages to Luoyang to report the situation of the war in Lu County, and arranged troops to Yiyang to take over the city temporarily.


    Five days later, Yiyang was brought under control. At the same time, Luoyang sent to take over Yiyang officials soldiers have arrived in Yiyang.


    The news that Huangfu Chaobo suddenly sent troops to destroy the two players'' county magistrates was very noisy in the forum. The overlord and the rest were the king. They invited a big wave of water troops to build up momentum in the forum, hoping to cause pressure on public opinion to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to pay any attention to them, but the water army scolded them so badly that he said a word on the Forum: "you are only allowed to be a villain behind, but I''m not allowed to beat you? What kind of bullshit theory are you? I will destroy you. If you have seed, you can send troops to fight directly. If you have no seed, don''t talk about it there. "


    For a moment, the water army on the forum suddenly flamed out.


    For Huangfu Chaobo, these are just a few episodes, and he didn''t pay much attention to them.


    Time into December, the game has been a snow-white everywhere, especially in the area north of the Yangtze River. It''s a rare time for the game to be quiet. Now it''s time for everyone to have a rest.


    On December 10, Huangfu Chaobo received the news from leting. After more than a year''s recovery, Gongsun Zan finally took his breath and trained 40000 cavalry in two counties.


    You know, youbeiping and Liaoxi counties add up to less than a million people. Now Gongsun Zan has trained 40000 cavalry soldiers alone, and there are nearly 80000 soldiers in the two counties. Gongsun Zan actually supported more than 100000 troops by millions of people in nine cities, and there were nearly 40000 cavalry among them. Hearing this figure, he could not help but let Huangfu Chaobo secretly smack his tongue.


    The invasion of Xianbei more than a year ago ended with Gongsun Zan and Xianbei people being both defeated. Although Gongsun Zan succeeded in keeping Xianbei people out of the Great Wall, Gongsun Zan''s army also lost nearly 30000 soldiers. These were all elite soldiers under Gongsun Zan''s command. Fortunately, the loss was mainly caused by infantry, and the loss of Baima Yicong and ordinary cavalry did not exceed 30% Gongsun Zan was relieved.


    During the retreat period of Xianbei people, Gongsun Zan and Guan Yu united with Gongsun Yue and Huang Xu, and nearly 20000 cavalry of the three families tore a piece of meat from Xianbei people. At last, Suli had to leave some old and weak people and tens of thousands of cattle, sheep and horses before retreating to the Eastern Xianbei court.


    Gongsun Zan selected thousands of these captives and incorporated them into the cavalry. Then he selected nearly ten thousand horses from the captured ones, increased Baima Yi from ten thousand to ten thousand, and then recruited more than thirty thousand ordinary cavalry. In this way, he recruited forty thousand cavalry, and the infantry recruited eighty thousand soldiers.


    Later, Gongsun Zan practiced his internal skills hard. He spent a year training 40000 cavalry and accumulating grain, grass and military equipment. Half of them were bought from Luoyang, where Huangfu Chaobo lived.


    Now the whole Han Dynasty knows that the relationship between Gongsun Zan and Huangfu Chaobo is extraordinary, otherwise Gongsun Zan''s special arms, baimayi, will never suddenly appear in Hanoi, which will lead to a dramatic reversal of the plot of the three route princes attacking Luoyang. In addition, although the relationship between the two families has been known to all, Gongsun Zan still sticks to his original promise and does not regard Longhua as the emperor The enclave city of Fu Chaobo was announced.


    Therefore, in terms of both the security of Longhua city and the relationship between the two families, Gongsun Zan invited Luoyang to send troops this time, and only Zhao Yun and Baima Yicong were selected to send troops. However, this time Huangfu Chaobo was preparing to go together again, mainly to arrange the affairs in Longhua.


    In February 193, two generals, Huangfu Chaobo and Dianwei Zhaoyun, led the three thousand five thousand Pro guard camp and five thousand baimayi troops out of Luoyang and went to youbeiping to take part in gongsunzan''s Grassland hunting.


    However, this time, Huangfu Chaobo did not arrange for the soldiers to ride. Instead, he arranged for all the soldiers to abandon their horses and go directly from Luoyang to Shuanghe city in Beihai, Qingzhou, and then from Shuanghe to leting town in Zhouwen, western Liaoning. There, Huangfu Chaobo had arranged for Longhua to send 4000 horses and 5000 white horses.


    In other people''s eyes, this is Huangfu Chaobo sent Baima Yicong to Youzhou to sponsor the battle for Gongsun. The nearly ten thousand horses are Gongsun''s praise to Huangfu Chaobo. No one knows that this is actually Huangfu Chaobo''s own horses.


    On February 15, the army of Huangfu Chaobo arrived at leting port. Gongsun Zan, who got the news, had sent his second younger brother Gongsun Yue to meet Huangfu Chaobo and his party in leting. After meeting and chatting with Zhou Wen and Zhang Zan, Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Yue went to Lulong fortress together.


    As early as the beginning of February, Gongsun Zan began to mobilize troops, not only his own cavalry, but also the cavalry of youbeiping and Liaoxi counties. For a time, the troops were concentrating towards the Lulong fortress.Along the way, the army didn''t go fast, so it was two days later that they arrived at Lulong fortress. After giving the troops to Zhao Yun for arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo leads Dian Wei and the one hundred iron guards to go directly to the general''s residence with Gongsun.


    As soon as he arrived at the front terrace of the general''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo found that the gate of the general''s mansion was booming open, and then a wave of people came out in a hurry, headed by Gongsun Zan. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know Gongsun Zan was coming out to meet him.


    After Kong''s meeting, Huangfu Chaobo already knew that his meeting with the original princes might be a little embarrassing. After all, his official promotion was a little fast.


    For example, at present, Gongsun Zan has a general relationship with him. He is the general of Pingdong and the prefect of zhoumu, while Gongsun Zan is only general Fenwu and the prefect of youbeiping. He is one level higher than him in both civilian and military positions. In principle, Gongsun Zan should come to visit him. However, if so, Gongsun Zan will not say anything on the surface, but the relationship between the two families will certainly be affected.

 Chapter 666

    This time, Pang Tong didn''t have to remind him. Huang Fu Chao Bo laughed, quickened his pace, walked towards Gongsun Zan, and said with a smile: "brother Bogui, as soon as I heard the news that the troops were going to be sent out, I''m going to rush here. I don''t think it''s delaying the army''s movement, is it?"


    Gongsun Zan was slightly stunned, and immediately responded: "brother Chaobo is polite. My army didn''t come, but some family didn''t dare to send troops. Ha ha ha


    After Gongsun Zan''s death, all the people heard their conversation with a knowing smile. Then they followed him and saluted Huangfu Chaobo. The eldest brother of his family can be brothers with Huangfu Chaobo, the herdsman of Yizhou, but they still have to know the superiority and inferiority, otherwise they will be a joke.


    "Finally, I will see general Pingdong!" All the people came forward and bowed to salute;


    "general, please stand up. We are all acquaintances, so we don''t have to be born like this." Huangfu Chaobo looks at the generals with a smile and says,


    it seems that Gongsun Zan is also determined to send troops this time. In addition to his two brothers, Gongsun fan and Guan Jing are guarding the right Beiping and Yangang is guarding the west of Liaoning. Wangmen was originally the garrison general of Lulong fortress, and the other generals Tian Kai, Dan Jing and Zou Dan are following him. It seems that they are ready to lead the army.


    It''s said that Gongsun Zan has several brothers who have made up their friendship. It seems that they are the people dressed up by the literati behind Gongsun Zan.


    Sure enough, while guessing, Gongsun praised, "come on, brother Chaobo, I''d like to introduce you. These two are the brothers of a certain family, Liu Weitai, Li Yizi and Le he Dang."


    Huangfu Chaobo came forward and said: "Huangfu Chaobo has met several gentlemen!"


    The three also came forward to see each other. However, compared with several generals of Gongsun Zan, they were obviously a little perfunctory. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care. He thought to himself that Gongsun Zan had been obedient to his three sworn brothers in history, and these three were also arrogant. Is Gongsun Zan now inclined to listen and believe?


    However, this idea just flashed in my heart, and did not go deep into it. After all, it was someone else''s business. What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo really hopes Gongsun Zan can make it a little bit better. If he doesn''t make it, he won''t die. Once Gongsun Zan is up, Gongsun Yue and Tian Kaizhu will be more likely to vote for themselves. Well, it''s better to kill even Gongsun Zan''s sons all the time.


    After seeing the ceremony, Gongsun Zan said to the people, "let''s go, brother Chaobo. Let''s talk inside."


    Then he led Huangfu Chaobo to the general''s house, and the rest of the people followed him. After entering the hall, the two sides sat down as guests of honor, and they talked about the latest situation of their respective forces. Then Gongsun Zan looks at Dianwei behind Huangfu Chaobo and sighs with emotion. He says that Huangfu Chaobo is envious of Zhao Yun, Huang Zhong and Dianwei.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo gave a faint smile and said that all the people under Gongsun Zan''s command are dragons and phoenixes among the people. How can they envy others.


    They flattered each other again. In the end, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he couldn''t listen any more, so he turned to him and said, "brother Bogui, how are you going to send troops this time, and how are you going to arrange the movement of the army?"


    As soon as Gongsun Zan heard the business, he quickly made a gesture to his second younger brother, waiting for him to open the map outside the great wall of Liaoxi in right Beiping. Then he said, "I''m going to explain it to Chao Bo."


    With that, he pointed to the Lulong fortress and told the story one by one for Huangfu Chaobo.


    Since the attack of Xianbei army last year, Gongsun Zan has been preparing for revenge. So during this year, Gongsun Zan trained his troops and arranged for cavalry and soldiers to frequently go in and out of the Great Wall to explore the distribution of Xianbei tribes.


    It can be said that this year''s exploration has made Gongsun Zan almost understand the situation outside the Great Wall. At least the area five or six hundred miles north of Lulong fortress has been basically explored.


    From Lulong fortress all the way north, about a hundred miles to the edge of the grassland, is a place called Pingquan, which used to be a gathering point of a tribe of Wuhuan people, but because Gongsun Zan has entered the grassland from here in recent years, no one dares to stay in this place for a long time.


    From Pingquan to Laoha River Basin, you can see that the range of grassland is becoming wider and wider. When you reach the location of Xigou and Wulan gully, there are two paths to choose from.


    One of the ways is to continue along the Laoha River to the northeast. About a hundred miles ahead, you will arrive at Ningcheng. Then, you can turn north and reach Yuanbaoshan. You can also walk directly along weichanggou, through Hushan, and then all the way to the north and slightly to the East. You can also reach Yuanbaoshan after walking nearly 200 Li.


    Out of Yuanbaoshan is really to reach the grassland, this time gongsunzan''s destination is a Xianbei camp in the north of Yuanbaoshan. The population of Wuhuan people and Xianbei people here is Wulanhada. According to Gongsun Zan''s several explorations, it is found that there are at least 100000 Xianbei people gathered here.


    Looking at the location Gongsun Zan pointed out on the map, Huangfu Chaobo roughly estimated that it should be the location of Chifeng City in reality. No wonder Xianbei can gather 100000 people. According to the population of 100000 and the situation of nomads, there are about 40000 to 60000 soldiers and 30000 elite troops. No wonder Gongsun Zan would try his best to invite Huangfu Chaobo to join him.Seeing Huangfu Chaobo staring at the map, Gongsun Zan waited for a moment and then said, "I don''t know how many troops are going to be sent out this time?"


    Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment and said, "in addition to 5000 white horses, there are about 8000 people in my army. Today, only 8500 cavalry have arrived at Lulong fortress, and 5000 cavalry are Turks. After the troops move out, they will rush to meet outside the fortress. "


    Gongsun thought a little, then said: "this time our army is white horse righteousness from 5000, ordinary elite cavalry 20000, so our two families add up to nearly 40000 cavalry, plus two counties alien cavalry about 20000, so the army has a total of nearly 60000 people, so it is enough to deal with the 100000 Xianbei tribe."


    "It''s very good, but brother Bogui has a plan for how to distribute the captured personnel and materials?" Huangfu Chaobo nodded, and then said;


    Gongsun Zan looked up to Gongsun Yue, who was beside him. Seeing this, the latter quickly stepped out and said, "so that the Chaobo brothers know that, as a result of our discussion, our right Beiping army accounts for 50000, the Chaobo brothers account for 30%, and the other two achievements are distributed by different people. It''s just that this strategy has not yet been reported and agreed with my elder brother. I just want to listen to what the Chaobo brothers mean. "


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t speak, but he was lost in thought. As for the departure, he had a discussion with the public as early as Luoyang, which was mainly related to the development of Longhua.

 Chapter 667

    Since the Xiake discovered the changes of different nationalities in the grassland, there have been some changes in Longhua. The first point is that the attack strength and frequency of different nationalities against the Han Dynasty camp have increased. Moreover, some people have found that the attack of different nationalities cavalry seems to have increased.


    The impact of this change on Huangfu Chaobo is mainly reflected in Longhua. The most important thing is that the training of horses has been seriously affected.


    In the past, huyanda dares to lead people into the grassland for five or six hundred miles and search for wild horses for several decades. But now Xianbei tribe appears less than 200 miles north of Longhua. Although it is only a medium-sized tribe of 10000 or 20000 people, with the end of the previous war, the sequelae appeared, and Xianbei people''s vigilance has been very high.


    Therefore, all the people in Sizhou are supportive of this battle. Moreover, they also hope that Gongsun Zan can stand firm on the grassland, at least on the edge of the grassland, so that he can better share the pressure of Longhua.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Pang Tong beside him. Pang Tong came forward and said, "second general, my Lord also has some ideas about this trip. He just exchanged ideas with general Fenwu and other generals."


    "Sir is..." Gongsun Chao looked at the young man in front of him and asked suspiciously;


    "Oh," Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "it''s Chaobo''s negligence. Let me introduce you to brother Bogui. This is Pang Shiyuan, a close friend of Chaobo, the nephew and disciple of Pang Degong, a great Confucian in Jingzhou


    "You are Pang Tong Pang Shiyuan, who is called Mr. Feng Xiao?" Gongsun Zan was surprised and said;


    as for Pang Tong''s name, he became famous in the first World War. Especially as an ally of Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun Zan had a detailed understanding of the Luoyang war at that time. So when I heard Pang Tong''s name, I didn''t dare to despise this strange looking young man.


    After getting Pang Tong''s affirmative answer, Gongsun Zan quickly got up to salute and asked people to move a chair for Pang Tong to sit down. In fact, Gongsun Zan still respected scholars, just because of his family background, and his character was a little tough.


    After Pang Tong sat down, Gongsun Zancai respectfully asked, "I don''t know if Mr. fengcha can teach someone! Please don''t give me such advice


    Pang Tong got up and saluted back. Then he said, "I don''t deserve to be taught. I just want to exchange some ideas with the general."


    With that, Pang Tong got up and walked to the map in the hall, pointing to several places on the map. As a result of the discussion in Luoyang, after the defeat of the previous Suli army''s attack on Youzhou, they did not completely return their troops to the imperial court of Xianbei in the East.


    On the other hand, a number of tribes, large and small, have been arranged in suitable pastures around the grassland, which is why the recent Xianbei cavalry have made more attacks and rallies than before.


    For these Xianbei people, people think that the best way to deal with them is to push the front to the grassland, while the area between the grassland and Youzhou is occupied and digested. In this way, step by step, step by step, the security of Youzhou and even Longhua will be guaranteed.


    Of course, for any force, if it wants to occupy such a wide area, the cost will be amazing. The cost of building a city alone is an amazing number.


    But don''t forget that there are also a surprising number of players in this game. If Gongsun Zan can occupy some key positions, and then hand over some suitable positions around it to one or more player forces at a certain cost, these areas will be completely controlled in time. Of course, we need to work hard on the selection of these forces.


    As Pang Tong spoke, he pointed out one by one in Pingquan, Ningcheng, Luanping, Shuangluan and other places. Gongsun Zan listened and nodded.


    When Pang Tong finished, Gongsun Zan came forward and saluted respectfully, then said: "Sir''s words, zhendeaf Falun, are really the words of old people to seek a country. In this way, we only need to control a few key cities, but we can use alien towns to block the threat of foreign cavalry to Youzhou. It''s really brilliant!"


    As for Gongsun Zan''s salute, Pang Tong accepted it, and then said, "therefore, in my general''s opinion, we don''t have to give so many benefits to strangers."


    After Gongsun Zan''s reaction, Pang Tong continued to talk. It''s clear that Gongsun Zan doesn''t need to give too many benefits to other people this time, but he can also get a lot of benefits from them.


    According to the negotiation with Huangfu Chaobo, after Gongsun Zan captured the large Xianbei camp, he immediately used the prisoners to build a city there and guard it as a solid city stronghold. Then, several suitable sites around the city will be marked, and exotic people who have achieved certain merit value will be collected and auctioned. At the same time, Gongsun zanjun will protect these places before they reach the level of big town.


    Then Pang Tong explained in detail to Gongsun Zan how to auction, how to operate in the dark, how to select the strange people and so on. Gongsun Zan and others were stunned. Gongsun Yue and others have seen Huangfu Chaobo''s slave auction for many times. They are not surprised at this. However, after listening to Pang Tong''s words this time, they found that there were so many contents in it.Speaking of the most important thing, Pang Tong also mentioned a little bit, because the distance between Longhua and junmi is too far, so Huangfu Chaobo is going to build another small city between Longhua and junmi.


    Gongsun Zan doesn''t care about Huangfu Chaobo''s idea of building a city. In his opinion, the land beyond the Great Wall is not his. You don''t need to agree where you want to build a city. He thinks that the reason why Huangfu Chaobo tells him that he wants to build a city is to respect his allies. What he is thinking about now is whether these problems mentioned by Pang Tong are feasible or not. He always thinks that strange people will really snatch the right to build cities in those places from their own hands?


    He wanted to ask several times, but when he saw Pang Tong''s determined face, he was embarrassed to ask again.


    Pang Tong saw Gongsun Zan''s appearance and said with a smile, "general Fenwu, I think it''s a little incredible?"


    Gongsun hesitated and nodded.


    Pang Tong said with a smile: "well, the general can discuss with the second general and other generals about which main positions must be held in his own hands and which positions can be handed over to other people, and then consider which other people''s forces can be relied on. Before going to the battle, all the leaders of different people''s forces will be called up and announced, and then we will know. If it is successful, it will be of great benefit to the general. If it is not successful, the general will have no loss. "

 Chapter 668

    Pang Tong''s words brightened Gongsun Zan''s eyes. Yes, it must be good for him if he becomes successful. If he doesn''t, he won''t lose anything. It''s just a waste of his brain. So, happily, he saluted Pang Tong again and said, "Mr. words, let Zan maosai suddenly open up!"


    Then, regardless of the presence of outsiders such as Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun Yue quickly gathered his subordinates to discuss Pang Tong''s methods. During this period, Gongsun Yue also came to ask Pang Tong and Huangfu Chaobo some questions from time to time.


    After more than an hour''s deliberation, Gongsun Zan finally decided to try according to Pang Tong''s plan. As for what they wanted to control, it must be the route from Lulong fortress to Pingquan to Chifeng.


    According to their discussion, Chifeng (after Huangfu Chaobo''s suggestion, the destination Xianbei camp was named Chifeng.) A central city will be built, with 10000 to 20000 soldiers for defense. All the way south to Lulong fortress, several large and medium-sized towns will be built between Pingcheng and Chifeng to maintain the contact between Chifeng and Lulong fortress.


    As for the other cities suitable for construction, such as Lingyuan, Jianping, Ningcheng and the location of Yuanbaoshan District in Chifeng City, they were all built by alien forces. Then, Gongsun Zan would take these cities as support and continuously infiltrate into the grassland. Now Gongsun Zan has been moved by the beautiful scenery described by Pang Tong.


    In the next few days, there were many players coming with their cavalry. By the 25th, the cavalry of youbeiping and Liaoxi counties had arrived.


    Gongsun Zan then recruited a group of player leaders to discuss the matter. All the players felt puzzled about Gongsun Zan''s move. You should know that Gongsun Zan''s attitude towards players was to issue tasks directly. He never had the habit of recruiting players to discuss the matter before the war.


    However, the next thing let the players have some unexpected, Gongsun Zan didn''t want to get a sum from the grassland, but is ready to build a city on the grassland, and he is willing to give some suitable places on the grassland to the players to build a city.


    This news instantly ignited the enthusiasm of the players. You know, the players in Youzhou have been eyeing the grassland all the time, but they have no good supply points. Now Gongsun Zan is willing to hand over some places suitable for city construction to the players, which is undoubtedly a great news for the players.


    Gongsun Yue, who announced his decision, was immediately surrounded by the player''s questions. Seeing the reaction of the stranger, Gongsun Zan was also very excited. He didn''t expect that Pang Tong''s method really succeeded.


    Later, Gongsun announced to the players the plan he had already prepared. No one objected to Gongsun Zan''s plan. On the contrary, he agreed with Gongsun Zan''s plan. No one thought Gongsun Zan would give these places to the players for free. It would be right to bid for them.


    After listening to Gongsun Yue''s plan, a group of players said that they asked the army to stay for a few days, and they should still be able to gather some cavalry in their own territory. In order to get enough merits in the later battles, the players all took out their family wealth. In the next few days, more than 5000 cavalry arrived in Lulong Sainei, take part in the war.


    On March 1, 193, general gongsunzan of Baima sent 6000 Baima Yicong (Elite Qianqi as gongsunzan''s personal guard), 20000 ordinary cavalry, several generals, 14000 cavalry of Pingdong general huangfuchao and 20000 strange cavalry of youbeiping and Liaoxi counties, totaling nearly 60000 cavalry to fight in Eastern Xianbei.


    Two days later, the army crossed the mountain and entered the Pingquan boundary. Gongsun Zan left a cavalry to wait for the city building soldiers and craftsmen sent from Lulong fortress. After that, he led the army to continue to move northward towards the established goal.


    Although Pingquan is nearly 200 li away from Lulong fortress, there are basically no alien tribes stationed here, but this is the only way for the cavalry of the alien tribes to go south. Therefore, gongsunzan must guard this back road.


    The army continued to move northward, and then more than a hundred miles to the north, where another tributary of the Laoha River converged with the main stream. At the confluence of the two rivers, a region with abundant water and grass was formed, which was called Xiaoheyan.


    Here, the Laoha river goes to the northeast, and nearly a hundred miles along the river leads to Ningcheng county. It is also a place with rich water and grass, which is much better than the Xiaohe river. Therefore, a Xianbei tribe of nearly ten thousand people is gathered here.


    And along the river to the north, from the west side of Yuanbao around the past, and then all the way north, large and small tribal gathering point is more and more. However, along the way, the army of Huangfu Chaobo didn''t do much.


    Zhao Yun''s Baima Yicong and huyandu''s Tujia soldiers were sent far away to intercept Xianbei cavalry who escaped from the battlefield, while Huangfu Chaobo followed Gongsun Zan with more than 3000 personal guards. As for the main soldiers and horses on the battlefield, they are basically 20000 soldiers and horses of the players. Even Gongsun Zan''s 20000 ordinary cavalry also assists them in fighting.


    With the help of tens of thousands of officers and cavalry, and the players are holding their breath, they want to get enough merit in the battlefield, so it is very hard to attack these small tribes.Huangfu Chaobo also enjoyed his leisure. After all, he only came to help his fist this time, not to work hard. There was no need to work hard. Moreover, he also knows that these wars are just a small dish before the big meal. The real war will not begin until it reaches the gathering point of the medium-sized tribes near Chifeng.


    In this way, tens of thousands of troops swept all the way from the south, gradually approaching the destination. Because the army has always blocked all the gathering points of Xianbei on the battlefield, it was only five days later when the army arrived 50 miles south of Chifeng that Xianbei found the trace of the army.


    On March 10, the army finally arrived ten miles outside Xianbei camp. At this time, the camp of Xianbei was in chaos, and the bugles were heard everywhere. The sudden appearance of tens of thousands of Han people made Xianbei flustered.


    This is the largest tribal camp left by Suli in the north of Youzhou. Its purpose is to control this fertile grassland and prepare for the southward movement this autumn.


    But what they didn''t expect was that their army was not ready, and the Han cavalry had already come.

 Chapter 669

    You know, this season is the weakest time for nomads. Winter has just passed, and both war horses and cattle and sheep have lost their fat seriously after a winter. Now it''s just spring, and it''s time for war horses, cattle and sheep to get fat. I didn''t expect that at this time, the Chinese cavalry came to the grassland.


    Unlike the horses on the grassland, in winter, the horses of the Han cavalry were basically kept indoors. In addition, Gongsun Zan had already made preparations. Although there was no fresh forage for the horses in winter, black beans and other refined grains were abundant. Therefore, compared with the horses on the grassland, the horses of the Han Army showed more vigor and vitality at this time.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo readily handed over the command to Gongsun Zan. Although both Zhao Yun and Dian Wei have gone through several wars, for such tens of thousands of cavalry operations, it can be said that few of them can be compared with Gongsun Zan in the current territory of the Han Dynasty, except for Lu Bu and Ma Teng.


    With the bleak bugle coming from Gongsun Zan''s central army, Gongsun Zan took a deep breath in front of Xianbei camp, which stretches for more than ten miles. Then, a series of orders blurted out from his voice. Then, one by one, the messenger rushed out and went in the direction of his corresponding commander.


    Soon, the soldiers and horses of every square array who received the military order moved quickly towards their positions. This time, Gongsun Zan was ready to use his most powerful white horse Yicong as a surprise, followed by 20000 ordinary cavalry, and finally the cavalry of the alien. Gongsun Zan believed that ten thousand white horses, Yi Cong and the two had five thousand Pro Guard troops, which were enough to break through the Xianbei people''s defense.


    By the time Gongsun Zan arranged for the army to be ready, nearly 30000 soldiers from Xianbei camp had already arrived outside the camp to form an array. These should be the elite cavalry of this tribe. Behind them, there are still a steady stream of soldiers and horses gathering in the camp, which should be the auxiliary soldiers and ordinary herdsmen of the tribe.


    Looking at the Xianbei soldiers and horses constantly gathering in front of him, Gongsun Zan''s face flashed a trace of ferocity. Then, he slowly raised his right hand to the side of the horse''s lance, and the tip of the lance tilted toward the sky in front of him. Then, with a fierce shout, he rushed to the sky: "white horse Yicong!"


    "Where righteousness lies, life and death follow each other, kill!"


    "The Han army is powerful!"


    "All the officers and men, let''s kill them!"


    Soon, there were only tens of thousands of Han Army shouting "Han army is powerful, kill!" The sound of music. With the roar of horses'' hooves and shouts of killing, tens of thousands of cavalry came straight towards the Xianbei army.


    Facing tens of thousands of Chinese cavalry, the general of Xianbei cavalry felt a little nervous, but he had to order the assembled army to rush towards the Han army. He had to lead these elite cavalry to stop the Han Army and buy time for the common cavalry to gather.


    As the cavalry of both sides rushed closer and closer, they finally inevitably bumped into each other. At this time, Zhao Yun and Gongsun Yue had already led their subordinate Baima Yi to catch up with them.


    "Boom..."


    "Kill..."


    With a loud noise, the cavalry of the two sides finally collided with each other. Then, people fell from the horses and were trampled into meat mud by the horses.


    Because of several generals, plus the two Pro Guard troops and Baima Yicong''s strong fighting power, the Han cavalry quickly entered the Xianbei cavalry.


    As time goes by, 30000 Xianbei cavalry have been divided into several parts, which can''t be formed at all.


    Then, general Gongsun zanzhu, who followed Baima Yi, led 20000 ordinary cavalry to fight. He followed Baima Yi to fight among Xianbei cavalry. After that, there are more than 20000 cavalry of the players. The players like the most when it comes to beating the dogs.


    Seeing Gongsun Zan leading Baima Yi to break up the Xianbei cavalry, the players immediately lead their own cavalry to the Xianbei cavalry, even though the Xianbei cavalry they are fighting with is not the ordinary cavalry they met before.


    However, it''s no wonder that they were so relieved. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan, who were the first to fight with Xianbei cavalry, had already killed out of the Xianbei people''s army and stopped more than 100 steps behind them. Then, the army turned around and under Gongsun Zan''s command, the army formed a formation again and rushed to the Xianbei army.


    Later, the front and back two cavalry towards Xianbei cavalry, finally let the 30000 Xianbei cavalry some unable to support. When baimayi passed through the Xianbei cavalry again, Gongsun Zan found the change of Xianbei cavalry, so he immediately ordered the troops who were preparing for the third battle to disperse to both sides, and drove the scattered Xianbei cavalry to Xianbei camp with crane wing formation.


    Tens of thousands of Han army drove the rout soldiers of Xianbei and swept towards the camp. At this time, nearly 20000 ordinary Xianbei cavalry had accumulated in front of the camp, but they were far less elite than the previous cavalry. Facing the retreating cavalry and the pursuers behind them, these cavalry were almost at a loss.Fortunately, some people responded and yelled at the front rout soldiers to run to both sides of the camp. However, even though some cavalry tried to run to both sides, Gongsun Zan had expected this situation for a long time. As soon as he saw Xianbei rout soldiers running to both sides, Baima Yi on the flank rushed them to the middle.


    Soon, most of the defeated Xianbei cavalry rushed into their own army, when the cavalry line was not very strict. Just as general Jie of Xianbei tried his best to restore the line, the following cavalry of Han Army rushed into Xianbei cavalry again.


    With several famous generals, the cavalry of the Han Army successfully entered the Xianbei army, followed by the cavalry. For a moment, the queue, which was not very neat, was even worse than the situation of the first group of Xianbei cavalry.


    This time, Gongsun Zan didn''t order Baima Yi to fight again. Instead, he handed over the chaotic cavalry to tens of thousands of ordinary cavalry. His generals led the guards and Baima Yi of the two families directly to the camp of Xianbei people.


    With baimayi entering Xianbei camp from the army, the war, which had been prepared for several months, was basically over in a few hours, which gave the players a more intuitive understanding of the strong fighting power of the combination of famous generals and special arms.

 Chapter 670

    You know, they always lead the cavalry to fight behind. In the first round of the battle with Xianbei elite, although the cavalry of many players are ordinary cavalry, they have almost reached the battle loss of 2:1 in the battle with Xianbei cavalry which is already in a state of collapse.


    It can be imagined that under normal conditions, the elite of Xianbei cavalry can fight with the ordinary cavalry in the hands of players, and basically reach the state of one enemy four or even five enemies. However, Baima Yi was different. Whether he was under the command of Gongsun Zan or Zhao Yun, he was almost the elite cavalry of Xianbei people. This was the power of a famous general.


    After General Zhao Yun led his cavalry troops to the camp of Xianbei people, they killed all sides like a tiger into a sheep. After entering the camp of Xianbei people, the army was divided into several parts and killed in the direction of the place where the Xianbei people gathered.


    Tens of thousands of troops in addition to leaving 10000 or 20000 cavalry to encircle the Xianbei cavalry who tried to escape, other soldiers and horses all followed closely into the camp.


    For a moment, there were shouts of killing everywhere in the camp of Xianbei people, including the sound of fighting with weapons in the middle, the neighing of war horses, the scream of Xianbei people, and the sound of "surrender to the ground without killing" from the cavalry of Han army.


    Half an hour later, the whole battlefield finally no longer standing Xianbei people, suddenly, the Han cavalry cheered everywhere.


    Seeing that the whole battlefield has been completed and controlled by his own side, Gongsun Zan and Huangfu Chaobo look at each other and see a relief from each other''s eyes. The next step is to count the casualties and the gains of the war.


    Soon, the casualties of the two sides were counted out, which made both of them feel relieved. Although it was a war of more than 100000 cavalry, the losses of the two sides were not great. The main reason is that Zhao Yunzhu broke through the Xianbei people''s army in the front, plus more than ten thousand Baima Yicong and the two generals'' Pro Guard troops, the battle can be said to be very easy to win.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo sent out 5000 white horse Yicong and 5000 Turkistan cavalry, plus more than 3000 Pro guards around him. After the war, Baima Yicong suffered the greatest losses, with 40% of the casualties. Among them, more than 1000 cavalry died in the war, more than 500 were seriously injured, and more than 300 were slightly injured. It can be seen that the cavalry lost a lot in the war. Once they took over the war, they died more than they could recover from minor injuries.


    However, the 5000 Tu cavalry under huyandu were basically on the periphery, so they lost less than 1000 cavalry. Among them, the number near the pass was slightly injured. After a period of rest, they could recover. As for the more than 3000 Pro guards, because they were basically escorted by Huangfu Chaobo, the loss was less than 20%.


    Generally speaking, the loss of Huangfu Chaobo in this battle is about 30%. This is because his soldiers are all elite soldiers above the eighth level.


    Gongsun Zan''s army lost a lot. In this battle, Gongsun Zan went out from 1000 elite white horses, 5000 ordinary white horses and 20000 ordinary cavalry. But in the end, after counting, Baima Yi lost nearly half, and the ordinary cavalry lost more than half. Of the 26000 cavalry, the loss amounted to more than 13000, of which less than 2000 can be recovered.


    And the cavalry loss of players is even greater, 20000 players participate in the final less than 6000, many players only have their own bare rod commander in the end. Most of them were lost in the initial battle with Xianbei elite cavalry. At first, everyone rushed up with the idea of taking advantage. Who knows, the skinny camel is bigger than the horse, which made the players suffer a big loss.


    The losses have come out. The next step is to look at the harvest this time. By night, the whole harvest had been counted. This Xianbei camp is a large camp of 100000 people, including more than 40000 young men and more than 50000 old and weak women and children.


    Nearly ten thousand of the twenty thousand elite soldiers and horses who initially fought outside the camp were killed, and more than ten thousand others were captured. Although there are more than 30000 ordinary cavalry outside the camp, the old people who are fighting on the outside are mostly old people. Behind them are ordinary young people, while the women and children are protected inside the camp.


    This is also a common practice of nomads. When it comes to the time of life and death of the tribe, the first to fight is the most elite troops, and then the old and weak. They must fight for time for the continuation of the tribe with their own death.


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan took a big advantage. Except for the elite and the young, the remaining 20000 people lost were mainly the old and the weak, and the rest of the women and children were basically captured.


    With a population of 50000 or 60000, plus the people who have been captured all the way, it is estimated that they will be able to gather 100000 or so, enough for Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan to build a city respectively. As for the population of players building cities, who cares.


    In addition to the population, the next biggest gains are horses, cattle and sheep. According to rough statistics, the number of horses harvested in this camp alone has reached 200000, which does not include those who fled in disorder and were taken away by players fishing in troubled waters.


    Among them, there are 120000 ordinary horses, and about 80000 can be used as war horses. The vast majority of these horses will be divided up by two people. It is estimated that thousands of war horses and more than 10000 ordinary horses will be awarded to players.There is also the cattle and sheep and the gold and silver harvest is not abundant, in addition to less than 10000 from the inside to reward players, the other is also divided by the two.


    After a day''s rest in Xianbei camp, Huangfu Chaobo did not stay any longer. With his prisoners, horses, cattle and sheep, he set out on his way back.


    As for Gongsun Zan and his soldiers, they still need to stay here, waiting for the craftsmen from western Liaoning, while arranging their own soldiers and players to clean up the surrounding large and small Xianbei camps. Gongsun Zan''s army will stay here until the city is built before returning to western Liaoning. As for the future, Gongsun Zan is going to give it to his brother Gongsun Yue.


    A few days later, that is, on March 25, Huangfu Chaobo''s team arrived at Pingquan. After 20 days, it was already a small town level territory. Of course, it was Gongsun Zan''s own. According to his plan, Pingquan would become the first defense point of Gongsun Zan''s army outside Lulong fortress.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay more in Pingquan. Instead, he went on after a little rest. However, after passing Pingquan, the army did not continue to go south to Lulong fortress, but turned to the West.

 Chapter 671

    After another five days, the army finally arrived at Chengde, the destination of the trip. Of course, it was not Chengde City, but Chengde County. This trip to Youzhou, in addition to Gongsun Zan together to attack the Great Wall, there is also a purpose is to improve the defense system of Longhua.


    According to the result of discussion with the public, the city of Longhua has reached a certain scale, but it is still an enclave outside the Great Wall. Moreover, it has become a place that Huangfu Chaobo can''t easily give up.


    Therefore, what we can do now is to constantly strengthen his defense and make it a perfect defense system, instead of thinking of relying on others to help each time something happens. Another reason is to prevent Gongsun Zan from thinking about Longhua. Therefore, Pang Tong and others came up with this idea after they saw that Huangfu Chaobo had the advantage of "opening up territory and setting up counties" after he became a vassal.


    After discussing with Gongsun Zan this time, Gongsun Zan agreed to build several more towns around Longhua. Although he was not willing to do so from the bottom of his heart, he finally nodded and agreed, but asked Huangfu not to go east.


    On April 1, Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally arrived at their destination. At this time, Longhua people who received the notice from Huangfu Chaobo had arranged for Zhang an to lead hundreds of craftsmen and 2000 people to arrive at the destination ahead of time under the escort of 2000 soldiers, waiting for the arrival of the army.


    By this time, Zhang an had already led people to build a camp for tens of thousands of people, waiting for the army of Huangfu Chaobo to come. After settling in the army, prisoners, horses, cattle and sheep, Huangfu Chaobo settled down in the account arranged by Zhang an. After dinner, Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhang an about Longhua.


    Now, Longhua city has basically entered a stable period. The main reason is that the refugees of the territory that has stopped in the game now refresh, and the natural population growth of the territory itself.


    In addition, the alien tribes and hostile forces in the surrounding areas have been basically eliminated, so there is no way to increase the population. As for further distance, for various reasons, Huang Xu and Tian Yu did not arrange soldiers to carry out the suppression.


    After more than one year''s development, Longhua city still maintains the scale of a small town. Hutougou village and tangtougou village have both developed into small towns. However, due to various conditions, the scale of these two places to small towns is already the limit.


    One city, two towns and two passes, less than 50000 people, but there are 20000 troops, including 5000 cavalry. This is also the reason why Huangfu Chaobo wanted to get more people around Longhua and build a few more territories.


    As for the new territory, after discussion, several people decided to temporarily add two new territories. One is the location of Chengde County, which is named Xiaban this time, and the other is located in Chengde City, which is named Chengde.


    These two places are just above the main road between Longhua and junmi. If you want to make the land road between Longhua and junmi unblocked, you''d better control these two places in your own hands.


    Before they did not decide to control these two places, although some players had been building territories in these two places, they were destroyed by horse bandits and mountain bandits. Because of this, Huang Xu and Huang Xu did not want to wipe out the bandits in these areas at all.


    Early the next morning, Huangfu Chaobo opened the already prepared village construction drawings near Luanhe River near the camp. Later, he named the village Xiaban village and appointed Meng Yuan as the deputy village head.


    Later, he left a thousand soldiers, a thousand people and hundreds of craftsmen to Mengyuan, and then selected the well qualified from the captives to make up for the loss of cavalry. Among the remaining prisoners, more than 8000 people were left. These people will be the population of Xiaban village upgraded to town level territory. In the future, Meng Yuan will have to figure out his own way.


    Then, the army continued to move northward along the Luanhe River, toward Longhua. Along the Luanhe River to the northwest more than 50 miles, is the intersection of Luanhe River and Wulie River, here is also the real world position of Chengde city. This is also a city building site prepared by Huangfu Chaobo.


    At the confluence of the two rivers, Huangfu Chaobo chose a better location and built a territory here. As for the name, Huangfu Chaobo stole another lazy one and named it Chengde directly. Fortunately, in the game, the place names outside the great wall do not belong to the scope of Dahan, so taking this name will not conflict with the system place names.


    Zhang an was appointed as the person in charge of Chengde. In the future, it will be a territory with the same status as Longhua, and it may even be a new county.


    After all those brought by Longhua were left here, 10000 prisoners were also left here as the population reserve of Chengde. As for the remaining 10000 prisoners, they will continue to be sent to Longhua. At that time, a part of the population will be moved from Longhua to Chengde, so that Chengde can be upgraded to a small city level smoothly.


    After arranging these, the army continued to move northward. After arranging the construction of Chengde, Zhang an didn''t stay here. Instead, he went to Longhua with Huangfu Chaobo, mainly because Huangfu Chaobo wanted to transfer his position for Zhang an in Longhua with a famous general card. Chen Jing has already used Su Jiao''s famous general card, while the famous general card of shejian is specially left for Zhang an.The army arrived at tangtougou town in the east of Longhua two days later. Although this place is only a small town level, it has become the largest gathering point for players in this direction on the edge of the grassland.


    Of course, this is just the current situation. In a few months, after those players get the right to build cities from Gongsun Zan, the number of players in tangtougou town will decrease a lot. However, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care about this. For him, there are too many unstable players, so he doesn''t want too many players to come out in his own territory.


    After sending all the captured and harvested horse materials to Tangtou pass, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to return to Longhua city with all the people. However, just at this time, someone came in and announced that there were several strange people outside the pass.


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Originally, he didn''t want to deal with the players, but he didn''t expect their reaction to be so fast. After thinking about it, he decided to meet them.


    A moment later, Huangfu Chaobo met several players in the general''s mansion at tangtougouguan. The leader was Qingbao, the leader of Youzhou branch of Zilong society, but the other players didn''t know each other.

 Chapter 672

    As soon as a few people came in, they came forward to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "boss Chaobo!"


    "How are you?" Huang Fu Chao Bo responded. Then he said, "brother leopard, I don''t know the others are..."


    On hearing this, Qingbao quickly introduced several people to Huangfu Chaobo. One of them is the Spurs of the Youzhou iron cavalry alliance, and several others are also the leaders of the larger territory and alliance in right Peking. After introducing each other, people chatted all over the world.


    For all the visitors, Huangfu Chaobo basically guessed what it was for. Most likely, it was to build territory around Longhua. However, since they didn''t say it, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t ask who could not hold it first.


    Sure enough, after chatting for a while, several players kept winking, Huangfu Chaobo also pretended not to see. Soon, green leopard stood up with a helpless face and told Huangfu Chao what she wanted.


    Today''s several people are all better territories and alliances under the rule of youbeiping, but they are not the best ones. They have already got the quota to build a city north of Lulong fortress from Gongsun Zan. However, the people who came here today were not able to get them. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo had a few days to build two territories in succession. After discussion, these people decided to look for them and try to explain that he allowed players to build territories around here.


    It is more difficult to build a territory in this area than in Dahan. In addition, in this mountainous area, there are only a few places where territory can be built, so people can''t wait to find Huangfu Chaobo.


    However, before Huangfu Chaobo eliminated the mountain bandits and horse bandits in these mountainous areas, it was very difficult for ordinary players to survive here.


    After listening to Qingbao''s words, Huangfu Chaobo pondered for a while. In fact, he also knew that players could not hold back the task of building territory here. What he could do was to delay the time and seize the key position as much as possible.


    Now, several key locations of the land route from Longhua to Youzhou are basically under their own control, and then there is a key point of water route, which is the location of Shuangluan town in reality. This is the intersection of the Yixun River and the Luanhe River. If the water transportation in Longhua is to be smooth, this place must also be in our own hands.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo slowly expressed his idea that all the mountain bandits and horse bandits in these areas south of Longhua will be eliminated, but he must wait for his new territories to reach the level of big towns.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s words were finished, everyone was stunned. They thought it was a very difficult thing, but they didn''t expect it to be done so easily.


    In fact, it''s not that the players themselves can''t kill the horse thieves, but the cost is too high. For example, a 100 person horse thief, in terms of the current player''s strength, needs to pay at least 1000 level 40 players, not including weapons and horses.


    And now the cost of player''s death is far from as simple as before the Yellow turban rebellion. Any player has to weigh the cost.


    After getting the positive reply from Huangfu Chaobo, a group of players left contentedly. Before leaving, Qingbao suddenly said to Huangfu Chaobo: "by the way, boss Chaobo, recently Jizhou brothers said that Yuan Shao seems to have made a big move recently, but now it''s not sure where he is going. Because I''m not sure, the boss hasn''t told you yet. "


    After listening to Qingbao''s words, Huangfu was stunned and then expressed his thanks to him with a smile.


    After seeing off all the players, Huangfu Chaobo returned to the courtyard in Longhua city. After dinner, they all gathered together, and then they came to the high-level martial arts school in the city. Will be involved between the card to Zhang an, in the eyes of the envy of many martial arts, Zhang an a face of joy to open the card.


    With Zhao Yun''s guidance and protection, Zhang an''s job transfer was very successful. After more than half an hour, Zhang an''s attributes changed and his strength rose a lot. His military force and command have exceeded 80 +, which is on a par with Huang Xu and Tian Yu. However, domestic affairs and intelligence are only 30 or 40.


    In this way, although Zhang an is no longer inferior to the general historical generals in the game, he is just a fierce general. Fortunately, happily, he became a bow rider from a bow rider. This can also be said to be a surprise.


    Looking at all levels of martial arts around him, Huangfu Chaobo said that he would collect all kinds of famous general cards. Everyone would have a chance when they reached certain conditions. Everyone who heard the news was very happy.


    After Zhang an''s job transfer, Huangfu Chaobo went back to his house and gathered all the generals. He wanted to discuss with them about the change of Yuan Shaojun.


    In addition to the three generals of Longhua, Pang Tong, Zhao Yun and Dian Wei Shi''a attended the meeting. After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo told everyone what Qingbao said. Shi a also told you all the information yuan Shaojun collected recently.


    With the map of Jizhou laid out by Huang Xu, Shi a tells all about yuan Shaojun''s recent situation. In fact, Shi a has discovered the change of Yuan Shaojun and has reported it to Huangfu Chaobo a little, but the information is limited. This time, combined with the information from Qingbao, Huangfu Chaobo has basically confirmed that Yuan Shaojun will be ready to fight recently.After hearing Shi A''s introduction, all of them fell into meditation for the time being. The intelligence on hand was really limited. It was too difficult to get Yuan Shao''s attack direction from it.


    A moment later, Pang Tong pondered, and was ready to speak.


    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo immediately put out his hand to stop him and said, "Shiyuan lives together. Let them think about it carefully, and then tell us about their conjecture. We have to cultivate them. You can talk about it at last!"


    Pang Tong was stunned, and then sat down again with a smile. After spending such a long time with Huangfu Chaobo, he didn''t know what he thought.


    Huangfu Chaobo pointed to Huang Xu and said, "you come first!"


    Huang Xu saw it, looked at the map, bowed his head and pondered for a moment, then said: "Yuan Shaojun and Han Fujun almost occupied most of Jizhou. After occupying several counties in Anping, Yuan Shao was busy pacifying the aristocratic families for more than a year. Now he should have stabilized the counties, so he turned his eyes to the surrounding areas."


    "In the view of the last general, Yuan Shao placed Ju Yi''s first death soldier and Jiang Qi''s ten thousand troops in the front line of Qinghe Xindu, while Yan Liang''s and Wen Chou''s two armies were also getting ready. Yuan Shao should want to send troops to Han Zhou mu."

 Chapter 673

    Huangfu Chaobo nodded noncommittally, then turned his eyes to Zhao Yun and Tian Yu.


    Zhao Yun thought deeply and said: "Lord, in the view of the last general, Yuan Shaojun''s target was the Heishan army, not the Han state herdsman. As for the reason, it''s not clear. It just feels like that. "


    After that, Tian Yu got up and gave a salute to Huangfu Chao. Then he said, "what the two generals said is true. However, the last general also thinks that the possibility of Yuan Shaojun attacking Wei county is not very great."


    With that, he pointed to the map of Jizhou and came slowly. At present, although Yuan Shao occupies most of Jizhou, there are three prefectures in the Bohai Sea, Anping and Hejian, and several cities in Zhongshan. Therefore, around Yuan Shao''s forces, there were Liuyu in Youzhou in the north, Jiaohe in Qingzhou in the south, Heishan army occupying Zhongshan and Changshan in the northwest, and Mu Hanfu in Jizhou in the southwest.


    In Tian Yu''s opinion, the most powerful Han Fu was not the one Yuan Shao started with, but one of Zhang Yan and Jiao he. However, limited by the current situation, we are not sure who his goal is.


    After listening to Tian Yu''s words, Huangfu Chaobo also nodded. He was worthy of being a talented person who was able to serve as the governor of Bingzhou. His eyes were much better than Zhao Yun and Huang Xu.


    Then, his eyes turned to Zhang an and Dian Wei, who were standing on one side. When they saw Huang Fu''s eyes, they all shook their heads.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that he could not count on them. So he looked at Pang Tong.


    After a slight cough, Pang Tong stood up and walked slowly to the front of the map. Following the words of several people in front, I carefully analyzed the situation of Yuan Shaojun.


    In the end, he said firmly: "the target of Yuan Shaojun''s battle must be Zhongshan and Changshan. Only when these two countries are in full control will he consider the plain to the north of the river and finally Han Fu."


    Then he analyzed to the public why Yuan Shao made such an arrangement.


    If we say that the weakest of these three places is the plain, but it won''t make much difference to fight early and late. However, the Heishan army was different. After the previous battle in Luoyang, the Heishan army was greatly weakened. If it wasn''t for Yuan Shao''s self-care, he would have led the army to occupy the two countries at that time. But now the internal situation is stable, but the Montenegrin army has not been able to recover, so it is time to send troops.


    After occupying Zhongshan and Changshan, Yuan Shao only needed to make people closely guard the exits of Taihang Mountain, and then he could trap the Heishan army in the mountains. He did not need to defend all the places like now. With dozens of counties in these two countries, Yuan Shao''s military strength can be greatly increased in only one to two years.


    At that time, if we send troops to the plain, we only need to guard the ports of the river, and not all the troops of Qingzhou will cross the river to fight. It will take another year and a half for Yuan Shao and Han Fu to have very different strengths. When the time came, Yuan Shao would not be able to surpass the Bosi State Army.


    Moreover, Yuan Shao was well-known in the Han Dynasty. Once he was ready to deal with Han Fu, there would be some measures to contain Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army.


    Pang Tong''s analysis made all the generals on the scene suddenly realize. Huangfu Chaobo also sighed in his heart that he was indeed a top-level counselor. Although it was not the first time to hear him analyze intelligence, every time he felt like he was standing on a high mountain. Unfortunately, fengxiao died too early in history, otherwise Shuhan would not be trapped in Shu and never set foot in the Central Plains It''s too late.


    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered one thing. Changshan is sure that there are more than ten thousand people in Zhaojia town.


    So he turned to Zhao Yun and said, "Zilong, it seems that you have to persuade your people to move to Luoyang this time."


    Zhao Yun also gently nodded, said: "the end will understand, after the return of the army, they will return to the true will move people to Luoyang."


    "In fact, this time our army returned to Luoyang, we didn''t have to go by water. It happened that a large number of horses were harvested this time. Our state and Hanji state agreed to trade our horses for food. This time, we just had one person and more horses. We could directly bypass Zhending and escort our families back." Pang Tong said on one side;


    after hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes lit up. Yes, more than 10000 troops are going to return to Luoyang this time. If one person has three horses, he can send ten or twenty thousand horses to Han Fu. At the moment, Huang Xu immediately made a decision to prepare the horses for his return journey.


    After Jizhou''s affairs were arranged, Huangfu Chaobo mentioned the new territories and unified arrangements.


    After several discussions, Huangfu Chaobo decided to transfer some people, soldiers and some prisoners from Longhua to build the territory at the junction of the Yixun River and the Luanhe River.


    Of course, since it is built at the same time, the personnel arrangement of several territories needs to be considered comprehensively. After many discussions, they decided that Huang Xu would stay in Longhua, Chengde would be handed over to Tian Yu, Zhang an would go to SHANGBAN, and Mengyuan would be in Shuangluan.


    Among the several territories, Chengde is the most important. This place should be upgraded to the level of small town as soon as possible, while SHANGBAN and Shuangluan can reach the level of big town in a short time.


    If the territory expands, then the troops will increase again. Huangfu Chaobo has been struggling with this problem. Originally, there were enough troops in Longhua, with a total population of only tens of thousands. However, there were 10000 soldiers and 10000 guards in the army, including one cavalry school.Now that several more territories have been added, the number of troops is bound to increase. After much deliberation, it was decided to increase the garrison by 2000 and the cavalry by 3000 for the time being. Even so, the number of troops around Longhua reached as much as 15000, including 8000 cavalry.


    Fortunately, this time there are 30000 captives and hundreds of thousands of cattle and sheep. However, food and grass are still not making ends meet. Therefore, it is estimated that Longhua can only try to stabilize the situation in the past year or two. Fortunately, the real defense focus of each territory now is still in the north of Longhua, rather than a territory hanging on the edge of the grassland.


    After spending a lot of time and dealing with some government affairs, Huangfu Chaobo asked the people to step down.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked down at the documents for a while, but when he looked up, he found that Huang Xu was still standing in the room. He didn''t know what happened, but he didn''t speak and was standing there all the time.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo looked up, Huang Xu stepped forward and said, "nephew, I want to ask my uncle for help!"


    Looking at Huang Xu''s appearance, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but be interested and said, "Oh, what''s the matter? You didn''t mention it just now. It seems that it''s not a business. Now only our uncle and nephew are here. It''s OK to say anything. "

 Chapter 674

    Huang Xu nodded, and then looked at Huangfu Chaobo, ready to say nothing. After being submissive for a long time, he said, "nephew, nephew, I want to ask my uncle to tell my father, and then go to the Zhao family to propose to my younger sister for my nephew!"


    "Well! Huh? Mm-hmm Huangfu Chaobo was stunned when he heard that, and then he reacted and said, "do you mean little girl Zhao Yu?"


    Huang Xu blushed and nodded, but he didn''t speak. He just looked at Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Tell me what''s going on between you two, and then I''ll think about how to tell your father what''s going on now."


    Huang Xu nodded and told Huangfu Chaobo what happened between them one by one. What happened between the two people also started from Zhao Yu and Huang wudie''s coming to the grassland. In the past few months, they still have some opportunities to get to know each other. Later, Zhao Yu returned to Luoyang, and there were occasional letters between them.


    In the past year, with the stability of Luoyang, the situation in Longhua is getting better and better, and the relationship between them is also further improved. It''s just that in this era, what we pay attention to is the fate of our parents, the words of the media. This time, Huang Xu took advantage of Huangfu Chaobo''s opportunity to come to Longhua and decided to ask Huangfu Chaobo again and again.


    Listening to Huang Xu''s slow narration of recent years in Longhua and his correspondence with Zhao Yu, Huangfu Chaobo''s thoughts seem to return to the time when Luoshen village was destroyed. In a flash, it has been ten years in the game.


    Think of here, Huangfu super Bo Meng a surprise, ten years. Then, looking at the young general in front of him, he found that he was not the sick little boy of that year, but a brave and powerful Han general.


    Since he became an adult, he has been left in this bitter and cold place by himself. For ten years, he has developed a small village territory to today''s situation, but he has not considered his personal problems at all. Thinking of this, the guilt in Huangfu Chaobo''s heart suddenly surged up.


    He stood up, went to Huang Xu, put his hands on his shoulder and said, "I''m sorry, Bo Xu. It''s my uncle''s fault. I''ve been busy with your father''s military affairs all these years, and I didn''t think about you and Xiao die at all."


    Seeing this, Huang Xu said hurriedly: "nephew understands that it''s not against my uncle. In fact, in recent years, my father has asked me about getting married several times, but my nephew didn''t agree with me. In addition, I''m far away from my father, so it''s not over."


    Yes, when he first came to Longhua, Huang Xu was a teenager, but now he is in his twenties. Although I returned to Luoyang several times to meet Huang Zhong''s father and daughter, I was also in a hurry, so I didn''t get together with my two relatives.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "after my uncle''s return this time, I will arrange your marriage with Xiaoyu''s elder brother and your father as soon as possible. There should be no problem in Longhua in the near future, and there should be no problem in handing it over to guorang. You are ready to return now. After we have arranged, you will return to Luoyang and get married. "


    It''s not that Huangfu is boasting that if he takes his present position to propose marriage for his nephew, unless he is the daughter of his arch enemy, there should be no big problem. What''s more, Zhao Yun''s family has become their subordinates, and their relationship is very close. Zhao village is preparing to move all of them to Luoyang. In addition, Zhao Yu and Huang Xu are in love again, so he dares to say that Huang Xu is ready to get married.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Huang Xu was also very happy. Although he knew that there should be no problem, the matter was not finally determined, and he was always a little worried.


    After Huang Xu was sent away, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent someone to invite Zhao Yun to tell him about Huang Xu and Zhao Yu. Zhao Yun was also very happy about this. They only have this sister, but now they have more than 20 years old, but they still have no intention of getting married, which makes the two elder brothers very anxious.


    Huang Xu''s ability is also very good, so Zhao Yun agrees with it. However, he did not immediately agree. Instead, he said to Huangfu Chaobo, "my Lord, you must agree with this matter. It''s just that the elder brother is like a father. This matter should be approved by the elder brother."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his understanding. Anyway, this time he went to Zhaojia village to arrange the relocation, just two things were done together.


    In the next few days, everyone in Longhua was busy with their own affairs step by step, while Zhao Yun and Huyan were busy adding soldiers. Huangfu Chaobo was not idle. He led Dianwei and gaoshun troops to baihugou town for inspection.


    By the time Huangfu Chaobo returned to Longhua, it was the middle of May, and all the departments in the city were ready. At the command of Huangfu Chaobo, more than 14000 troops and 50000 horses left Longhua, headed south and headed for Jizhou Zhending.


    On May 20, they finally arrived at Zhaojia village in Zhending city. Along the way, it was not that he didn''t want to fight him, but there was a golden eagle warning on his head, so several times when he found that there were condensable troops in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo decisively ordered the army to turn around, which also made those who had ideas feel a little unfathomable.In fact, they didn''t want to make Huangfu super rich, but they were greedy for tens of thousands of horses. You know, an ordinary war horse is tens of thousands of copper in Jizhou, and it would be more expensive to go south. We want to muddy the water, they can muddle the fish, get a few horses on the value.


    After entering Zhaojia village, Huangfu Chaobo found that the people in the whole fortress seemed to be in a hurry. It seemed that they were busy sorting things out. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo was overjoyed. Although he had already decided that zhaojiacun would move to Luoyang in all probability, he was not sure. He was still a little nervous along the way.


    In fact, after the negotiation, Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhao Yun to pass on the result of the negotiation to Zhao Feng. He asked him to discuss with the people first, but he didn''t expect to make a decision so soon.


    Not long after entering the village, Zhao Feng led people to come.


    "Zhao Feng, I''d like to see you


    "Meet the governor of the state!"


    Huangfu Chaobo got off the horse and took two steps to help Zhao Feng up: "brother Feng, please get up!"


    Then he said to him and all the people behind him, "please get up!"


    Then he said to Zhao Feng, "I don''t know how the affairs of the clan are arranged?"

 Chapter 675

    Zhao Feng had already put his position in order. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry, he immediately replied, "general Hui, after years of gathering refugees, there are 12000 205 people in Zhaojia village, including 3500 soldiers, 3000 soldiers and 500 cavalry."


    "After receiving the news from the adults and the second younger brother, Feng discussed with the clansmen. In the end, most of the clansmen agreed to move to Luoyang, but there were still more than 2000 people who hesitated to move away."


    On hearing this, Huangfu frowned and said, "who are they? Do you have men, women, old and young? "


    Zhao Feng nodded and said: "there are men, women, old and young, some of them are in the family, most of them are refugees who have been collected in recent years. I don''t know if the general can help them. If there is no protection from the family soldiers, Feng is worried about their safety. "


    "Didn''t you tell them clearly that Yuan Shao''s army will attack soon? At that time, there must be constant fighting between the black mountain bandits and Yuan Shaojun. " Zhao Yun asked on one side;


    "said, it''s hard to leave home..." Zhao Feng shook his head and looked around the castle with his eyes full of sadness.


    Several people are talking, a shadow came to Shi''a, whispered a few words and retreated. Then he saw Shi a few steps forward and said in a low voice, "Lord, the strange people of the Zilong society outside the town are asking for help. They say that there is something very important."


    Shi A''s words let Huang Fu Chao Bo in front of a bright, even busy way: "quickly invite people in." Then he opened his address book and dialed Zhao Zilong''s correspondence.


    "Oh, how can busy people have time to think about us?" As soon as the image of Zhao Zilong appeared, I heard the strange voice inside.


    "I heard that some people are living a good life now, so I came to ask Hou about it." Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    in recent months, the situation of several people in Bingzhou has also been improving, with Lao Du and Xiao jiejie successively conquering Chengyi and Yiliang. Moreover, after successfully occupying Linwo, Zhao Zilong''s character has been greatly improved recently. Last month, he successfully recruited a historical general called Qianzhao.


    For this reason, Huangfu Chaobo also specially checked that he was a little worse than Tian Yu, which made everyone in the League envious.


    Zhaozhao was originally a cavalry general, especially a special kind of general of wuheng cavalry. Now Zhao Zilong has finally got rid of the embarrassing situation that there is no general available. Today Zhao Zilong is in high spirits. According to his own show, he is now planning to attack Jiuyuan city.


    After four successive counties in Wuyuan County were occupied by the Han Army, the influence of Hu people in Wuyuan County was much smaller. Many small and medium-sized tribes either perished or fled, and only Jiuyuan and Wuyuan counties were occupied by several tribes. Of course, the area on the South Bank of the Yellow River is an exception, because the influence of the Han Army has not been touched for a while, so it has not been affected.


    Zhao Zilong said that he was preparing to attack Jiuyuan. In fact, he had to unite the four cities to send troops, because the Hu people in the two counties were already very alert. Once one county was attacked, the other city would send troops to support him. It''s just that old Du''s Cheng Yi and Xiao Jie''s Yi Yang have just been occupied for only a few months, and they have no ability to send troops again, so it seems that Zhao Zilong''s plan needs to be postponed indefinitely.


    This time, the reason why Huangfu Chaobo suddenly contacted Zhao Zilong was that he thought of a way to resettle the 2000 villagers in Zhaojia village, that is, Zilong society.


    As a large player league with three or four branches, Zilong club has many players in Zhending. It''s just that the main and high-level energy of the Zilong club is focused on Luoyang and Wuyuan, so the Zhending branch has never had a suitable base. Now it''s time for Zhaojia village to give up and hand it over to Zilong society. You know, although Zhaojia village is a town, its actual scale is as big as a small county.


    Of course, in other words, Huangfu Chaobo asked about the real situation of Zilong Hui, then pretended that he would move all the population of Zhaojia village to Luoyang, and said that the town would be destroyed.


    Hearing the news, Zhao Zilong suddenly became anxious and scolded Huangfu Chaobo that he didn''t care about selling yetian. As soon as he spoke, he realized that his words were wrong, so he turned to say, such a good territory, he can''t transfer it to Zilong society.


    After another quarrel, Huangfu Chaobo gave in again, and daozhao village gave Zilong meeting. Considering that Zilong will really have no population, we should give them more than 2000 people. However, these people must be returned to us in Wuyuan. In addition, considering a county level territory, we will return 5000 people at that time.


    As soon as Zhao Zilong listened, he immediately agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s terms, and then hurriedly ended the call. He is going to call on the top of the alliance to discuss how to arrange the territory of Zhaojia village.


    Soon after they finished chatting, the people from Zilong club came in. They were also old acquaintances, orange bear. As soon as he entered the door, he said hello to Huangfu Chaobo. Looking at his posture, he should have received the news that he was ready to receive zhaojiacun.


    "Boss Chaobo, originally my younger brother was going to deliver news. It''s really a good person who has a good reward. I didn''t expect to receive such good news before I came in."After the two said hello to each other, he ran to say hello to Zhao Yun and his two brothers, and then explained his intention.


    It turns out that since the Huangjin army failed in attacking Luoyang, Zhang Yan''s Heishan army has shrunk its control in Changshan and Zhending, but it has not relaxed its attention to the surrounding areas. The Zilong association is an old force in this area, so some players have entered the black mountain army. Although their positions are not high, they have received some news.


    Originally, the Heishan army didn''t care much about zhaojiacun, but after the news of Zhaoyun''s return spread last time, Zhang Yan finally noticed zhaojiacun. This time, tens of thousands of troops of Huangfu Chaobo entered Zhaojia village blatantly, so as soon as they came in, the black mountain army sentry around Zhaojia village got the news. At this time, the news should have been on the way back to the general stronghold of black mountain army.


    Since the tens of thousands of cavalry of Huangfu Chaobo were able to enter the village blatantly, the relationship between them was also known to the public. Therefore, it is estimated that this time, the Heishan army may have to fight against zhaojiacun.


    The orange bear who got the news immediately came to deliver the message. It was out of the consideration of his allies, but he didn''t expect that Zhaojia village would move. This town, which is known as the town, is actually the territory of a small city, will be under his own control. It really makes him feel like he is in a dream.

 Chapter 676

    After hearing the news from orange bear, Pang Tong immediately realized that his return might not be peaceful. He stood up and said, "general, it''s better for the horse to send someone to Ye County, and ask general Zhang Ya of Han Zhou Mu school to lead 20000 soldiers to meet him. He said that the general sent 20000 horses to Jizhou, but they have attracted the attention of yuan family and Heishan army, and the general has received the news."


    You know, it''s hundreds of miles from zhaojiacun to hanfujun, and the whole family of zhaojiacun will not be able to move fast. In this way, the danger on the road will be much higher.


    As soon as Pang Tong''s words came out, everyone on the scene realized the seriousness of the matter. If he was still tens of thousands of cavalry, he would not be afraid of the black mountain army, even if he was attacked by 100000 troops.


    However, it''s different now. There are 10000 people in the same trade. Except for thousands of strong people, the rest are old and weak.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately said to Shi''a: "Shi''a, send someone to Xindu immediately to meet Han zhoumu. According to Shi Yuan, let Han zhoumu send general Zhang to lead two to thirty thousand troops to meet him."


    Shi a immediately left the arrangement after hearing the order. After he left, Huangfu Chaobo said to Zhao Feng and Zhao Yun: "brother Feng, Zilong, you go to arrange it. We need to start as soon as possible. At the same time, let''s try our best to give up those heavy things and tell you that when we get to Luoyang, our officials will be ready for them. "


    "No!" Two people listen, also know that the matter is urgent, quickly turned out to arrange.


    After several people left, Huangfu Chaobo said to orange bear, "big bear, when can your branch take over the town?"


    Orange Bear looked at the sky outside the house. It was already three or four o''clock in the afternoon, so he said: "just now, the boss has informed the League channel that all Jizhou branch members will rush here as soon as possible, but by this evening, there should be more than 2000 people arriving, and by tomorrow morning, the number will probably reach more than 5000."


    After a pause, he added: "the main force of our Jizhou branch is only 5000 people in total, and there are only about 20000 people in other peripheral areas. If all of them arrive, it will take two or three days."


    After pondering for a moment, Pang Tong said: "among the more than 2000 people left behind, there are still many young people. They can be recruited as soldiers, and there are still a lot of people in Zilong society. In this way, there should be no problem. Moreover, the purpose of the black mountain army is our army. If the whereabouts of our army escorting the people to the south are found, they will definitely want to stop, not attack Zhaojia village. "


    Orange bear a listen, a face of doubt said: "most of you have gone, the black mountain army should not stare at this town?"


    Pang Tong shook his head and said: "although the black mountain bandits know that many people in the village have moved to the south, they don''t know whether all of them have moved away, so they will send someone to test them anyway."


    Then he stopped for a moment and said, "there are two ways to choose. One is that the general leaves some soldiers in the town to repel the black mountain bandits. The other is that you can make the black mountain bandits believe that Zhaojia village has no original people and is now your Alien territory."


    Orange bear stare big eyes, tangled for a long time, the way is to have two. However, although some players of the Zilong Association have joined the black mountain army, they are not in an important position and have little influence on the black mountain army.


    However, if it''s a battle with the Heishan army, the counties of Shangai in Jingxing are all under the control of the Heishan army, less than 100 li away from Zhaojia village. If both sides are angry in this battle, then Zhaojia village will have no peace of mind to live.


    After struggling for half a day, Ai Ai said: "boss Chaobo, can we leave a thousand or eight hundred taxis in Zhaojia village first? Of course, if possible, we still want to pass on the words from our brothers in the black mountain army. If we can live together peacefully, it must be the best."


    "But," Pang Tong said, "even if we need to negotiate peace with the Montenegrin army, we still need to let the other side see your strength. If we fight down their anger in the first round of their attack, we should have no problem."


    Seeing that Pang Tong supported his decision, orange bear felt more confident, so he watched Huangfu Chaobo anxiously, waiting for his decision.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment, then looked at Pang Tong again. Pang Tong knew what he meant. There are 14000 troops in our party. If we add the original 3000 soldiers and 500 cavalry in Zhaojia village, there will be more than 18000. But the question of who is left behind needs to be carefully considered.


    Just then, after the two brothers arranged for the villagers and soldiers, they had already returned to the house. Huangfu Chaobo even busily told the two people what he was thinking about, and let them all think about it together.


    After people put the map of Jizhou on the table, several people gathered around the map and thought about it carefully. Pang Tong looked at it and pointed on the map with his hand. He also measured the distance with his hand from time to time.


    Not long later, Pang Tong said, "from Zhaojia village to the state of neizhao under the control of hanzhoumu, it''s about 200 Li. If it''s just our cavalry army, it only takes one day, but if it''s carrying nearly ten thousand people, it''s estimated that it''s only 50 Li a day, so it takes four days.""Why does it take so long?" On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was in a hurry and said: "I have already ordered you not to carry those heavy things?"


    "Lord, I don''t know. Although there are many horses in our army, there are many people who can''t ride horses among the people. Besides, there are thousands of old and weak people who can''t stand the bumps of war horses, so the team can only use chariots and horses, so it won''t be very fast." Zhao Yun also understood the truth and went to the front road;


    when Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he immediately realized that he had been negligent. It''s nice to say that riding is fast, but it''s very bumpy. Only those who really know how to ride can reach the speed of 100 Li or even 200 Li a day. If you don''t know how to ride a horse, you can walk 50 or 60 miles every day. In addition, there are indeed 1000 or 2000 old and weak people among these people, and they can''t afford such bumps.


    According to the distance of 50 Li per day, no matter how fast it is, it will take three or four days to get to the state of Zhao. Of course, it is not necessary to enter the territory of Zhao. For example, the house magistrate of Changshan is biased towards Han Fu. But it takes three days for zhaojiacun to get to the house.

 Chapter 677

    There is also a headache for everyone, that is, how many soldiers the black mountain bandits will go out to attack Zhaojia village.


    Normally, the best ratio of soldiers to civilians in a city in the game is 1:10, so the city can basically maintain balance. Once this ratio is exceeded, there will be a fiscal deficit. If there is no continuous input of money and food from outside, it will probably be able to sustain for several months and lead to collapse.


    The reason why there are more than 10000 people in Zhaojia village, but they can have 3000 soldiers and 500 cavalry, can be said to be a bug of the system for the original fortress. The 3000 soldiers in this system are not real system soldiers, but belong to the category of clan soldiers. They farm in peacetime, participate in training in leisure time, and become soldiers in wartime, which is a bit similar to the village of Zaozhi The function of farmland.


    Of course, if this fortress becomes a player force, the garrison function of this clan soldier will automatically disappear, and then the soldier will be transferred to the corresponding rank of soldier in the military camp according to their arms level.


    For example, the real strength of zhaojiacun was actually only the 500 cavalry soldiers and the 3000 soldiers. When Zhao Feng decided to take his family to Huangfu Chaobo, he had already transferred to the military camp and became a five level long Spearman, sword shield soldier and long bow soldier.


    Then Pang Tong carefully examined the situation of the forces around Zhaojia village. Zhaojia village is located in the west of Zhending, in the middle of Jingxing, Zhending and Shiyi. Jingxing and Shiyi are now under the control of the Heishan army, while Zhending county is still under the control of the imperial court, but it is more inclined to Yuan Shao.


    After pondering for a moment, Pang Tong pointed to the location of Zhaojia village and said: "according to the information from shadow and other people, there are less than thousands of black mountain soldiers in Jingxing and Shiyi. So it is estimated that if the black mountain Army knows that our army escorts nearly ten thousand people to the south, a large number of soldiers will be transferred to the south to intercept, and the number of troops that can be sent to attack should be about five thousand, so I''m afraid that''s the reason The army can stay in Zhaojia village for a thousand people. "


    After a pause, he said: "in a certain sense, General Zhao''s 500 yuan army crossbow soldiers plus 500 Zhao village cavalry are enough in Zhao village. One thousand soldiers, one man and three horses, can be back in one day after Zhao village is safe. Of course, these cavalry can''t go directly south, but use the time in the evening to go East first, and then turn south, so as to avoid the eyes and ears of the black mountain army. "


    Then Pang Tong explained to the public that the reason why he left the 500 cavalry in Zhaojia village was that they were really local people, familiar with the terrain, and were able to avoid the black mountain army and return to the state of Zhao.


    As for how to get in touch with the Montenegrin army and how to persuade the Montenegrin army, that''s orange bear''s own business. You know, Huangfu Chaobo and Zhang Yan are blood feuds.


    Several people discussed for a moment, then they left and got busy.


    Orange bear and Zhao Feng came to the administrative hall together. They are going to hand over. After entering the administration hall, Zhao Feng opened the management interface and handed over the list of all the people who moved to the south to Huangfu Chaobo. Then, these people will be placed in Yanshi, while the remaining 2146 villagers will continue to stay in Zhaojia village.


    Later, Zhao Feng crossed out his name and filled in the name of orange bear. After doing all this, he took a deep breath, and then looked around again. After all, this is his hometown. In the future, maybe he won''t have a chance to see it again...


    A moment later, Zhao Fengcai pointed his finger to the confirmation and pressed it heavily.


    Then, orange bear''s ear sounded the system''s prompt voice: "congratulations to player orange bear, Zhao Fengfeng, the village head of Zhaojia village, you transfer the management authority, do you accept it?"


    Do you want to ask "yes"? According to the excitement in bear''s heart, orange bear cursed in his heart;


    "congratulations on becoming the manager of zhaojiacun. Do you want to change the name of the territory? "


    "No" must not. Some people in the League suggest that Zhao Yun''s residence should be made into a scenic spot for publicity.


    "Congratulations to the players. According to the system detection, the territory has reached the level of big town. The name of the territory is Zhaojia town."


    Yes, I picked up a welfare for nothing.


    "Congratulations to the player. According to the system test, the territory population is 2147, which has not reached the basic population of 10000. Please make up the population within one month. If the requirement is not met, the territory population will be determined according to the maturity time. Countdown starts: 29 days, 23:59:59


    "Poof..." After listening to this congratulations, the orange bear almost spat out a mouthful of old blood. It''s still seven or eight thousand people short of the town level population. Congratulations. Fortunately, there are still tens of thousands of people in the alliance, and there are several villages around, so it''s very easy to gather ten thousand people.


    After all this, Zhao Feng left the executive hall with all the people, leaving only orange bear alone. First, the main force of Jizhou branch of the league is drawn into the territory, and then the peripheral personnel are drawn into the territory according to the contribution of the league. In this way, the territory has a population of nearly 9000.


    Although there is still a gap of more than 1000 people, orange bear is not in a hurry. For player territory, it is very easy to reach 10000 people. It''s just that if there are too many players and too few indigenous people, it''s not good for the development of the territory. After all, a lot of things still need to be done by the indigenous people, such as farming, logging, and military resources. The most important thing is to rely on these NPCs.After that, orange bear selected 300 young men from the more than 2000 people left behind, all of whom were transferred to soldiers in the military camp. This is the only force in zhaojiazhen at present. It''s better for them to train as much as they can while the famous generals of Huangfu Chaobo are still there.


    By this time, the sky has begun to slowly turn dark, and the players of Zilong club in Zhending have been informed that some people have come outside Zhaojia town. Because they were already the registered residence of Zhao Jia town, the duty taxi drivers quickly put them in the town.


    At this time, in the city of Ye, Zhou Mu Fu got the news that Huangfu Chaobo had led tens of thousands of horses to the south. Han Fu immediately sent someone to gather Ju Su, Zhang Ya and others. After some urgent discussion, Zhang Ya gathered all the horses in the city, and finally gathered more than 20000 horses. Then he led more than 20000 soldiers and horses all the way to the north.


    Behind them, there were 20000 soldiers, led by another general, who also went in the direction of the state of Zhao.

 Chapter 678

    In Changshan state, a large mountain village in the middle of Jingxing Road, Zhang Yan is having dinner with a group of subordinates. As they eat, they talk about the harvest of each village this year. As the leader of the black mountain army, Zhang Yan didn''t build a main stronghold in a county or city occupied by the black mountain army. Instead, he built a main stronghold in the mountain and kept himself in the main stronghold, and gave all the surrounding cities to him.


    It is also for this reason that the people of the black mountain army admire Zhang Yansheng and obey his words.


    Just at this time, a hasty step sounded outside the door, and then one of Zhang Yan''s bodyguards rushed in, walked quickly to Zhang Yan''s body and said: "big leader, the brother outside the mountain has come back with the news. What Zhaojia village that the big leader let the brothers pay attention to is really a problem. This afternoon, a cavalry under the banner of general Pingdong entered the village. It is said that there are tens of thousands of cavalry. "


    With that, the man handed the news back to Zhang Yan. Zhang Yan and the leaders who saw the news immediately showed their eyes.


    Heishan army and Huangfu Chaobo can be said to be immortal enemies. Now I have heard that Zhaojia village in my own territory is closely related to Huangfu Chaobo. How can Heishan army not be angry. Qingniujiao and Zhang Baiqi jumped up and said, "Marshal Yan, call on all of us to send troops and destroy the bird Zhaojia village first."


    "Yes, yes..." Their words were immediately agreed by Lei Gong and Huang long. Several of them also stood up and asked Zhang Yan to send troops. The rest of them were in a fierce mood.


    Some of them said, "brothers, the other side has tens of thousands of cavalry. It''s not too late for us to find out the situation. Besides, the town can''t run."


    After a while, Zhang Yan got up and said, "brothers, no matter what, we still have to be prepared. In this way, we will send orders to let the brothers have a good meal tonight. Then we will set out all night and go to jingxingkou to meet. We will make arrangements then."


    As soon as they heard this, they said no more and left one after another, ready to go back and gather their own troops.


    The next morning, as soon as it was light, Zhaojia town began to be busy, making a fire and cooking. The already packed items began to be loaded. After nearly half an hour, the motorcade finally set out.


    The first to start is the Tujia of huyandu. They will be divided into several units and cruise around the motorcade. Zhao Yun''s Baima Yicong was escorted by other soldiers and horses of Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro guard camp.


    Because of the large population, there are many old and weak people in the middle who are not suitable for fast moving. So even though Huangfu Chaobo repeatedly stressed to abandon those heavy objects, there are still nearly 400 ox carts and carriages in the end. Of course, in addition to the old and weak women, these cars also have the money and food they need along the way.


    Around Zhaojia village, the players were stunned. One by one, carriages drove out of the village, and then, escorted by 3000 soldiers and more than 10000 cavalry, they headed southeast. Then, we can see that the gate of Zhaojia village is slowly closed, and soldiers and players appear on the wall.


    The players around all feel strange, when zhaojiacun can let players go to zhaojiacun, just when someone is going to go to the village to have a look, they find that the players of Zilong club are coming to zhaojiacun. After they arrived at the entrance of the village, they entered the village without any obstruction, and then combined with the players on the village wall. At this time, we realized that zhaojiacun had changed its owner quietly.


    While everyone was surprised at zhaojiacun''s replacement, a few people in the crowd saw the motorcade winding towards the southeast. Several of them looked at each other, then two of them quietly withdrew from the crowd and headed for a territory in the west, while the others were heading for the direction of the motorcade.


    At this time, less than 50 miles west of Zhaojia village, there was a place called Luquan town. This is the only place to enter Jingxing Road, and it is also the place where the Heishan army guards the door. After a night''s rush, Zhang Yan has led her 20000 troops to Luquan town. At this time, the soldiers have been resting in the barracks in the town, while Zhang Yan is waiting for the news from outside in a prepared house.


    After the battle of Luoyang, the strength of the Heishan army was greatly damaged. It took several years for Zhang Yan to retrain more than 100000 troops. Except for some subordinates who were assigned to be in charge of various cities, he had only 60000 taxis. These are the most elite troops in the Heishan army. Although they can''t compare with the yellow scarf strongmen, they have reached the seventh level To the eighth level.


    This time, Zhang Yan did not go out like last time, but led 20000 soldiers. After arriving here, Zhang Yan was waiting for the news to come back, while waiting for the soldiers and horses of the other general of the black mountain army to meet. Because he heard that there were tens of thousands of cavalry on the other side, Zhang Yan did not dare to act rashly until he got the exact information.


    One morning, the soldiers and horses kept entering Luquan town. The first two people who arrived were Huanglong and Baibo who were stationed in Jingxing county. They led 5000 soldiers and horses to come. Among them, there were only about 1000 elite soldiers and horses of seven ranks, and the remaining 4000 were ordinary soldiers and soldiers of yellow scarf.


    After the system was updated, the arms of the Huangjin camp also changed, basically the same as that of the Chaoting camp, but in comparison, there are more two special arms of Huangjin Taoist and Huangjin Lishi.By noon, the number of soldiers and horses in Luquan had reached 60000, and some soldiers and horses were coming here. And the news of zhaojiacun also spread. What excited everyone was that zhaojiacun had become an alien territory, and all the people of zhaojiacun left Zhending under the escort of cavalry.


    According to the news, the number of people leaving zhaojiacun is about ten thousand. According to the previous information, the population of zhaojiacun is about ten thousand. It seems that the people of zhaojiacun have something to say, so they decided to leave.


    "But do you really think it''s that easy to escape?" However, it is said that there are 20000 cavalry, which is a very difficult problem. At the beginning, I lost to the cavalry when I and others broke the sand and sank the halberd in Luoyang. This time, it was cavalry again, and there were tens of thousands more. However, if the people of zhaojiacun are allowed to leave this time, it is estimated that in the future, they will have little chance to find Huangfu Chaobo.


    After careful consideration, Zhang Yan was still reluctant to waste such an opportunity, so he once again called together all the leaders of the black mountain army to discuss how to intercept the relocation team of Zhaojia village.

 Chapter 679

    After careful discussion with the leaders of the black mountain army, Zhang Yan decided to divide the troops into two groups. Although Zhaojia village has been owned by an alien, the people of Zhaojia village moved south this time and didn''t bring much goods, so Zhang Yan decided to send someone to capture Zhaojia village and seize the goods inside. As for the troops sent, Zhang Yan thought about it and asked Zhang Baiqi to lead 5000 troops to attack. Although Zhang Baiqi was reluctant, as Zhang Yan''s confidant, he did not dare to go against Zhang Yan''s meaning.


    As for the interception of the brigade, Zhang Yan also knows that she can''t be tough, she can only think of a way to win by cleverness.


    Today''s Changshan state, Zhongshan state and Zhao state can be said to be complicated. Han Fu, Yuan Shao and Heishan thieves all have cities under their control. Although several counties in the north of Zhao state are controlled by the Heishan army, their control is limited to the counties, and the surrounding areas are more complicated.


    In fact, it''s very simple to know the route of Zhaojia village''s southward migration. Now the northern part of Julu is under the control of Yuan Shaojun, so they can''t be too close to Julu. In this way, you can only cross the river between the house and Gaoyi, then go all the way south to Zhongqiu, and finally reach Xiangguo.


    Today, Xiangguo is completely under the control of Han Fu''s army. Han Tong, a general of Han Fu, is stationed here. Zhao Jiacun and his party must arrive to the west of the mainland to be safe. So if Zhang Yan wants to do it, she must do it in the distance before they reach Zhongqiu.


    After arranging the affairs of all the troops, with Zhang Yan''s command, the army set out towards the set goal. Zhang Baiqi led 5000 troops to attack zhaojiacun, while Zhang Yan led the other 50000 troops to follow the direction of zhaojiacun''s southward migration.


    Of course, while catching up, Zhang Yan also sent someone to inform the city controlled by the party along the way, so that they could delay the journey of the team as much as possible. I thought it would be no problem for him to send people to delay the journey of the motorcade, but when he arrived at Shiyi county and saw that the guard general sent the city to harass the taxi soldiers, he knew that he had underestimated the power of the cavalry.


    After receiving Zhang Yan''s order, Shiyi''s general ordered two thousand men to leave the city and prepare to harass the motorcade. However, as soon as he left the city, he was watched by the other party''s cavalry. Less than ten miles away from the city, he was defeated by the other party''s cavalry. Only a few generals escaped because of their horses. After that, they did not dare to send troops out of the city any more.


    By the time Zhang Yan''s army arrived, the motorcade had already arrived 20 miles east of Shiyi and set up a camp. Seeing this, Zhang Yan sent several waves of people to inquire about the situation of the camp, but one by one, they were like beating dogs with meat buns - they had no choice but to give up in the end.


    By the time Zhang Yan''s army arrived at Shiyi, Zhang Bai''s 5000 troops had also arrived at Zhaojia village, which should now be called two Li to the west of Zhaojia town.


    Looking at the town in front of him, Zhang Baiqi didn''t pay attention to it. A town with more than ten thousand people has moved most of it. How many people can there be in it, let alone soldiers and horses. Seeing that it was going to be dark, Zhang Baiqi thought that he might be able to attack the town at one stroke and catch up with Yan Shuai''s army in the South tomorrow.


    At the thought of this, Zhang Baiqi was also enthusiastic. With his command, a chieftain led a thousand men''s team to attack the town. After so many years, the black mountain army is no longer the yellow scarf army of that year. Although it can''t compare with the soldiers and horses in the court, it also has the appearance of an army.


    Knowing that he was going to attack the town, Zhang Baiqi''s army carried simple siege equipment. With Zhang Baiqi''s order, the ready equipment was handed over to the attacking taxi soldiers, and then the army slowly approached the town wall.


    Above the town wall, Zhao Cen looked at the black mountain bandits under the wall and said with a sneer: "although the mob is better than the yellow scarf bandits, it''s just that."


    Zhao CEN is an old man in Dong Zhuo''s army. He participated in the expedition of the yellow scarf army together in those years, so he also knows the strength of the yellow scarf army. Looking at these bandit soldiers in front of us, although they are much better than they were in those years, they are not as good as the guards under our Lord''s command, let alone facing the 500 yuan crossbow soldiers in our hands.


    I think of what I said to myself before the Army division left that we should subdue the bandits once more, and then let the strange people subdue them again. Only in this way can we succeed. Although he didn''t fully understand the reason, he also understood that the military always respected the strong. I think that''s what the military adviser said. Just like his master said, if you don''t accept, you will be beaten until you are convinced.


    With this purpose, Zhao CEN is ready to attack the black mountain bandits after 90 steps. The attack distance of Yuanrong crossbow is 100 steps, plus the bonus of town level wall, which is even more terrifying 110 steps. So this 20 step distance is enough to bring all the 1 000 black mountain troops into the coverage of the arrows.


    "The crossbow man is ready. Put the enemy in 80 steps before attacking!" Zhao Cen said to the messenger beside him;


    "the general has orders, put the enemy into 80 steps before attacking!"


    "The general has orders


    As the messenger passed on the order, the guards everywhere lowered the prepared crossbow again, waiting for the enemy to enter the attack area.The quiet situation on the wall makes Zhang Baiqi outside the town confused about what happened. However, he sees his taxi soldiers approaching the wall, but there is still no movement on the wall. He thought that he really met a soft persimmon, and he was still secretly proud. After he quickly captured the town, he could start to catch up with Marshal Yan''s army early tomorrow morning.


    Just as Zhang Baiqi was thinking about Zhang Yan and the generals of the Heishan army, he saw his expression when he suddenly appeared, the wall suddenly rose.


    Just heard a loud shout: "crossbow hand, ten shots, launch!"


    Immediately after that, Zhang Bai''s riders saw that black clouds suddenly came out of the wall and rushed towards the attacking soldiers outside the wall. Then, one after another screams rang out in the crowd.


    "No, it''s a crossbow!" Soon some generals in the army saw it and cried out;


    it''s a pity that it''s too late at this time. After a round of crossbows, the second round came quickly, and then the third round, the fourth round, the fifth round...


    After waiting for ten rounds of arrows, Zhang Baiqi and others found that none of the 1000 soldiers in front of them were still standing there, and now they were all lying on the ground.


    At this time, they are at least 60 or 70 steps away from the wall.

 Chapter 680

    On the wall, the orange bear was very excited to see the five shots of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers. He saw that the crossbow was like a machine gun bullet "swishing" towards the outside of the wall. He saw the stars in his eyes. He thought that if he could have a thousand or eight hundred people with this, he would have to walk horizontally in the game.


    When he looked outside the wall, he saw that there was no one in the whole thousand people team who could stand, and his heart was cold.


    "It''s over. It''s really over now. A thousand people team is gone in the blink of an eye. It''s strange that people are willing to give up." The orange Bear looked at the situation outside the fence with a dull face and murmured;


    "yes, yes, it is a good thing indeed!" Although it''s not the first time to see this result, Zhao Cen feels very satisfied every time. Unfortunately, the number of crossbow soldiers is too small, and the crossbow machine can''t be used in other people''s hands, otherwise...


    Zhao Cen shook his head with a little regret, then turned to the orange bear beside him and said, "Mayor Xiong, our work is finished, and it''s up to you next."


    The orange bear said with a dead face: "it''s a fart. A thousand people team will not work in the blink of an eye. People will agree to our reconciliation. That''s the hell." Said, shook his head, ready to go down to recruit players.


    Zhao Cen grabbed him and said to him mysteriously: "before the military division leaves, give it to the general of Heishan army. If the mayor gives it to the general of Heishan army and tells them that you can get it for them, the peace negotiation will be successful. Would mayor Xiong like to listen to it?"


    "Really?" Orange bear a listen, immediately eyes shine, and then flustered nodded.


    Seeing this, Zhao Cen takes out something from his arms and hands it to orange bear. Orange bear stares at the past and finds that it is a big yellow crossbow.


    "This, this, this crossbow can be sold in large quantities?"


    "Lord, there should be three or five hundred for sale every month." Zhao Cen also felt puzzled that such a national weapon could easily be granted to others, but he had to do what his master told him in the end.


    In fact, the rhubarb crossbow in orange bear''s hand is only a kind of non-standard rhubarb crossbow produced by Luoyang weapons workshop.


    The reason why the orange bear is sold is for two purposes. One is that since Yuan Shao is going to send troops to Zhongshan and Changshan soon, he should soon face up to the black mountain army. Huangfu Chaobo is very willing to do something that can block Yuan Shao.


    Second, there are a lot of crossbow makers in Luoyang now, but although the output of qualified one stone rhubarb crossbows has increased, these craftsmen have produced a large number of non-standard one stone rhubarb crossbows in the process of upgrading. Apart from digesting a part of their own league, the overstocked inventory is piled up in the warehouse and moldy. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo considered whether to sell it to the Heishan army. He could not only digest his own inventory, but also make money. At that time, he could add obstacles to yuan shaotian and kill three birds with one stone.


    This is also the reason why Pang Tong must ask Zhao Cen to give the Heishan army the most solid power. I believe that the collapse of this team will bring deep shock to Zhang Yan. The stronger the shock, the better their business will be.


    Sure enough, everything didn''t come out of Pang Tong''s expectation. Although Zhang Baiqi was furious, when orange bear took out the big yellow crossbow and said that he had channels to get a large number of such weapons, he immediately hid his banner. Immediately ordered the army to camp on the spot, and then led dozens of Pro guards with orange bear to chase Zhang Yan''s position.


    As Zhang Yan''s confidant, Zhang Baiqi is very clear about the function of the object in front of him. You should know that at the beginning of Luoyang, the black mountain army suffered from the loss of the crossbow. Just now, one of his thousand men team didn''t last a pillar of incense. If the Montenegrin army had such weapons, it would shrink in the Taihang Mountains.


    Sure enough, after seeing the rhubarb crossbow, Zhang Yan agreed to orange bear''s request for trade between Zhaojia town and the black mountain army. Of course, the black mountain army must ensure the safety of Zhaojia town.


    As for why Zhao Jiazhen was in his hands, orange bear''s reason was that he was going to give up on this side, and someone of his own was familiar with one of general Pingdong''s subordinates, so he spent a lot of money to buy this territory from general Pingdong. As for the price of the crossbow, orange offered a price of five taels of silver. You know, Huangfu Chaobo only priced more than three taels of these pieces.


    The reason why orange bear is so keen to sell the rhubarb crossbow is that Huangfu Chaobo gives him a commission, and each rhubarb crossbow gives zilonghui 10%. This is not a small income for a new mayor.


    Soon, Zhang Yan and orange bear reached a business of 1000 rhubarb crossbows. Originally, Zhang Yan wanted at least 2000 crossbows, and it would be best if there were 5000 crossbows. But Huangfu Chaobo considered all aspects of the problem, so the number of the first business was set at 1000.


    In the end, when orange bear was about to leave Shiyi, he left a message for Zhang Yan, saying: "chief, someone asked me to bring you a few words."


    Zhang Yan a Leng, and then quickly reaction, way: "please speak!""The man asked the chief to pay attention. Someone has already targeted Zhongshan and Changshan. He also asked the chief to prepare early! The man said, "if you can''t fight, go." Said, orange bear''s hand toward the East pointed to, and then, without looking back, left.


    Looking at the back of the orange bear, Zhang Yan''s face is changing. He has guessed who the person in the mouth of the orange bear is. No wonder he can''t wait to move all the population of Zhaojia village to the south. Zhang Yan also recognized the meaning of the other party''s words, but even if you know, so what? Yuan Shao wanted to move troops to the two counties in the northwest of Jizhou, and the biggest loss must be his own Black Mountain army.


    However, now that I have known this in advance, it seems that I have to accept his love no matter what.


    Thinking of this, Zhang Yan, with a whole face, yelled: "come here, order all the leaders to come to discuss business."


    Soon after, the leaders of Shiyi County, County Yamen and Heishan army gathered together, and they were all talking about how to arrange the war tomorrow.


    Just at this time, outside the hall a big drink: "Yan Shuai to!"


    Everyone in the hall immediately calmed down. Although there were still some people in the black mountain army who didn''t agree with Zhang Yan, he was still the commander of the black mountain army, so everyone would not tear his face with him. All the people looked out of the door, and then everyone looked at Zhang Yan with a blue face and came in from the outside.

 Chapter 681

    Zhang Yan''s face made all the cheery leaders as silent as a duck who had been strangled.


    Zhang Yan quickly stepped up to the throne, sat down, and then slowly scanned the audience. Then she said to them, "everyone, Yuan Shao is going to attack Zhongshan and Changshan."


    Zhang Yan''s words, like a bolt from the blue, shocked all the people present for a long time without opening their mouths. They all looked at Zhang Yan with their mouths wide open.


    After a long time, Zhang Baiqi, who was the first to respond, jumped up and yelled: "Yuan Shao, the four generations and three gongs of Yuan Shao, what... Ha


    Seeing that Zhang Baiqi was there for a long time, he didn''t say anything. Qingniujiao pulled him away and said, "Yan Shuai, are you sure about the news?"


    Zhang Yan nodded and said: "there should be no mistake. Otherwise, why do you think Huangfu Chaobo, despite the danger of exposure, brought tens of thousands of cavalry to pick up these people? Is it better for him to go straight through Zhending and return to Yecheng and enter Hanoi? "


    After listening to Zhang Yan''s words, several more intelligent generals in the black mountain army also responded. Only when Zhang Baiqi was still there, qingniujiao came forward and patted him twice on the forehead, he became quiet.


    You know, Yuan Shao is very famous in the whole Han Dynasty, especially after the princes discussed Dong. It can be seen from the fact that he took Hejian and Anguo counties into his pocket, and then easily persuaded several generals to surrender Jizhou Mu Hanfu.


    If Yuan Shao really wants to send troops to Zhongshan and Changshan, it will be the black mountain army that will suffer the most. Zhongshan is OK. Changshan now has several counties that are the sphere of influence of the black mountain army. If we really want Yuan Shao to invade Changshan, the living space of the Heishan army will be smaller.


    For a moment, there was a big bang in the conference hall. Everyone was talking about something, but Zhang Yan didn''t hear clearly.


    "Bang!" The steel knife in Zhang Yan''s hand is directly patted on the table in front of her body, which makes everyone calm down instantly. Looking at the silence of the crowd, Zhang Yancai said, "if you have any questions, just say them one by one. Don''t talk like chickens and ducks in a cage."


    Qingniujiao said: "Yan Shuai, we need to make preparations early, otherwise my hundreds of thousands of black mountain army can only retreat into the mountain to accompany tiger and wolf."


    "Not bad!" The rest responded immediately;


    at this time, Yu Du, Bai Rao, Qi Gu and Wu Lu, who usually didn''t deal with Zhang Yan, didn''t say anything against it, but nodded in response. They also knew that if they didn''t do it well, the black mountain Army would be finished.


    After the Luoyang war, everyone''s strength was greatly damaged. For example, Yudu and bairao now have less than 40000 people, of which only more than 10000 are real taxi soldiers. They now occupy the county seat of Fangfang, while Qigu and Wulu only have more than 30000 people, with less than 10000 real taxi soldiers. Now they own Zhongqiu county seat.


    Zhang Yan led her subordinates to occupy the four counties of Shangai, Jingxing, Shiyi and Yuanshi, plus ten stockaded villages in Taihang Mountain. The total population is between 600000 and 700000, while the number of soldiers is about 120000, of which 60000 are elite in Zhang Yan''s own hands, and the remaining 50000 or 60000 are scattered in the hands of the rest, with thousands of people in each hand. Of course, these people are Zhang Yan''s real subordinates.


    In fact, the original black mountain army was much larger than that. However, the battle of Luoyang made him lose his vitality. Later, he had to give up many places. In addition, many people fled from the control area of the black mountain army, so he became what he is today. This is the reason why the Heishan army hates Huangfu Chaobo so much. However, the situation is better than others. After thinking about it again and again, Zhang Yan had to consider the idea of intercepting Huangfu Chaobo.


    After pondering for a moment, Si Li said, "Yan Shuai, since that''s the case, do we still want to find the bad luck of Huangfu Chaobo?"


    Daji is called Daji because he has a good brain. He is also a well-known military strategist in the Heishan army. After listening to Si Li''s words, he stood up, shook his head and said: "no, Yan Shuai, according to my subordinates'' estimation, this news should have been passed on to us by Huangfu Chaobo, so it''s also an indirect way to show our kindness. Moreover, compared with Huangfu Chaobo in Luoyang, the enemy in front of us is Yuan Shao. "


    "Yes," Zhang Yan nodded, and finally there were several people who understood. "Therefore, we should give up attacking Huangfu Chaobo and take all the cities that Changshan can take."


    With that, he snapped the map on the wall and said, "then, move these people and materials around our current territory. At that time, even if Yuan Shao takes these places again, there will be no population and materials, but they will become his burden."


    Everyone''s eyes shine when they listen to it. Yes, don''t you want territory? I''ll take up the space first, and then, like Dong Zhuo, I''ll empty it to see how much money Yuan Shao has. Zhang Yan also thought about this idea for a long time. Although orange bear has given him some hints, Zhang Yan thought about Dong Zhuo''s move to the capital for more than half an hour. When he thought about Huangfu Chaobo''s move to Luoyang, he didn''t know what was going on.Seeing that most of the people agreed with her, Zhang Yan got up and said, "Yu Du, Bai Rao, two leaders!"


    After hearing this, they rose up and said, "what''s Zhang Shuai''s command?"


    "If the two leaders occupy the county seat, they should be able to make up tens of thousands of people?" Zhang Yandao;


    seeing the two men nodding their heads, he then said, "please take the two leaders to attack Gaoyi city immediately, and then move all the population and materials in the city back to the house, leaving only thousands of troops to defend Gaoyi."


    Then, Zhang Yan arranged for the troops of Qi Gu and Wu Lu to attack Bairen County, and then dealt with it like Gaoyi. Zhang Yan led tens of thousands of troops to attack Zhending County, which is the county city of Changshan state. The rest were divided into several units to attack Luancheng, Jiumen and Pingji. After the capture of the three counties, part of the population moved to Zhending, the other part returned to Jingxing, and some were arranged in Huolu town and Zanhuang Town, and the two towns were upgraded to county size in the shortest time.


    According to Zhang Yan''s plan, the cities of Shangai, Jingxing, Huolu, Zanhuang, Shiyi, and Yuanshi will be the core areas of the Heishan army, and we must guard against those who defend them. The four cities of Zhending, Gaoyi, Luancheng and Bairen are the second tier areas, where there are heavy troops to defend, and many people live here. As for the two counties of Jiumen and Pingji, they are the most peripheral defense. There are no ordinary people except soldiers.

 Chapter 682

    This time, Zhang Yan will personally lead 20000 troops to defend Zhending. Even if he loses the two most peripheral cities, he will also use the four cities in the second tier area to sharpen yuan Shaojun''s spirit. So as to ensure the safety of the six innermost cities of the black mountain army. If all the six cities are lost, the black mountain army can only drill into the mountains and become mountain bandits.


    After listening to Zhang Yan''s arrangement, all the leaders were convinced, and soon they all took orders and were ready for war.


    Two days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally joined the 20000 Jizhou army led by Zhang Ya in Xiangguo county. Then the army had a good rest in Xiangguo. In Xiangcheng, after Zhao Jiacun helped to defend 1000 cavalry, Huangfu Chaobo gave Zhang Ya 20000 horses. Then the motorcade continued to go south. They would arrive at Liyang port. Then he took the ship of Sizhou water army to return to Luoyang.


    Five days later, the motorcade finally arrived in Liyang. At this time, Zhou Tai had already led the water army to wait here. It took a day for all the troops to board the boat, and then they headed for Luoyang.


    At the end of May, the people of Zhaojia village and more than 10000 troops of Huangfu Chaobo finally rushed back to Luoyang.


    At this time, in Jizhou, the war broke out in Changshan, and the black mountain army, which had been silent for many years, suddenly attacked the cities of Changshan. For a time, several cities close to Yuan Shao were attacked by the black mountain army. Within ten days, the whole Changshan state was occupied by the black mountain army.


    Subsequently, the black mountain army stepped up to repair the city walls and train troops. At the same time, a large number of people and materials were sent to counties closer to the Taihang Mountains.


    Almost at the same time, huangjintianxia, which had occupied Lingshou county and puwu County, suddenly attacked nanxingtang County, and Xintianyou, who occupied upper Quyang County and Wangdu County, also sent troops to Tang county.


    Several families sent troops at the same time as if they had agreed, which made Yuan Shao, who was far away in Nanpi, confused. Although Yuan Shao was also preparing to send troops to the two countries, he began to prepare for the mobilization of troops and horses, and the supplies of troops and horses were not in place. But within ten days, the northern part of Changshan and Zhongshan had become a treasure of others.


    The news made Yuan Shao furious. At the command of Yuan Shao, the troops and supplies of the three counties under his rule quickly gathered and sent to Anping country and the northern part of Julu. It''s just that after all his troops and supplies are in place, it''s estimated that it will be half a month later. At that time, the cauliflower will be cold.


    Seeing that the fire in Jizhou had been ignited by himself, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t look there any more. I believe that with her own reminder, Zhang Yan should be able to fight with Yuan Shao for a longer time. You know, in history, Yuan Shao didn''t get rid of Zhang Yan until he died.


    After conquering most of the counties in Changshan, Zhang Yan found orange bear again and bought another 2000 rhubarb crossbows from Huangfu Chaobo at twice the price. I believe it will give Yuan Shao a big surprise at that time.


    However, at this time, Huangfu Chaobo really has no time to talk to them. After returning to Luoyang, there were piles of government affairs to deal with. It took a few days to deal with them. Another thing was put on the agenda, that is, Huang Xu and Zhao Yu.


    Because they have got the news from Zhao Yun in advance, they have agreed with their sister and Huang Xu. So after seeing Liang Chengji in lougui, old man Lu Zhi is the matchmaker to go to Zhao Feng''s house on behalf of Huang Zhong. Then, of course, Zhao Feng agreed.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Huang Xu to rush back to Luoyang from Longhua to get married. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo just started the wedding, and lougui and Luzhi were responsible for the rest. However, because Huang Zhong''s family has always lived in the general''s house, in order to get married this time, they specially awarded Huang Zhong a house next to the general''s house. Of course, the residence in the general''s mansion is still reserved for a few people, mainly because Huangfu Chaobo thinks that it''s boring for Huang Zhong and Huang wudie to live together, so they always live in the general''s mansion.


    A few days later, Huang Xu rushed back to Luoyang from Longhua. Later, he was busy preparing for the wedding. Half a month later, on June 18, Huangfu Chaobo held a wedding for Huang Xu and Zhao Yu in Luoyang.


    Huang Xu''s wedding did not disturb outsiders, but Huangfu Chaobo''s own subordinates came to attend. After all, he was only the son of Huangfu Chaobo''s elder brother. However, it is Zhao Zilong, all the players in the League came to Luoyang to attend the wedding. In particular, a group of high-level members of the Zilong Association took this opportunity to have a close contact with Zhao Yun.


    After the boisterous wedding, Huangfu Chaobo gathered all his allies and gathered them together. This time, they gathered in a royal garden in Luoyang palace city. Because there was no great loss in the palace city, and Huangfu Chaobo also sorted it out after he took over Luoyang, and people had been arranged to maintain it all the time, so all kinds of buildings in it were well preserved.


    This time, it happened that Zhao Zilong and others wanted to have a look inside, so Huangfu Chaobo also agreed with them. For the palace, in real life, we have not visited it, but we have not seen it in the game. It''s just a long experience for everyone.


    On the second day after the wedding, Huangfu Chaobo invited all his allies. Then they entered the Imperial City in the name of inspecting weapons workshops. After having a look in the Imperial City, Huangfu Chaobo led them into the palace city.As a matter of fact, because there is no one to live in the palace city of ruling, there is nothing to see. Just like the Forbidden City of later generations, it just satisfies the curiosity of the public.


    After a turn in the palace city, they stopped in a small pavilion. We each found a seat to sit down, and then chatted all over the world. A moment later, when he saw that everyone was talking, Huangfu Chaobo indicated that it was time for everyone to get to the point.


    First of all, everyone should talk about their own development.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say anything. He just mentioned the situation in Longhua. According to their plan, Longhua will develop into a county. Of course, these are just long-term plans.


    The next step is to go all over the world. Since we attacked Yuan Shu together with Huangfu Chaobo army, we have made a lot of money, occupied three counties, and emptied one. Now we can say that our loyalty is flourishing. After retiring from the army, zonghengxia appointed Huan Jie as the magistrate of Ye County, and He Yi as the county captain, fully managing Ye County. He led the county magistrate of duyang, and Chen became the county captain. He led 5000 soldiers, 2000 white soldiers, 3000 guards, and thousands of strong auxiliary soldiers. There were more than 20000 players guarding duyang to defend against the possible attack of Nanyang Wen.

 Chapter 683

    When he arrived at duiyang, he was ready every day. On the one hand, he ordered Chen Zhi to train his troops. On the other hand, he constantly mobilized players and auxiliary soldiers to repair the city wall and reserve weapons. On the other hand, he ordered Chihou and players to inquire about Nanyang from time to time. For fear that Yuan Shu suddenly sent troops to fight. But after a few months, Nanyang had no other trend except to step up its military training.


    But in April, the upheaval broke out. Yuan Shu suddenly led the 150000 Nanyang army and took hundreds of thousands of family members to the south. Before they could react, he went all the way to Yangzhou along the huaishui River in Fuyang county. Ten days later, Yuan Shu arrived in Shouchun.


    Jia Xu, the old poison, was the first to react. At his suggestion, Zhang Ji immediately arranged for his nephew Zhang Xiu to lead 20000 Xiliang cavalry to Wancheng to control the county city. Although Wancheng is not as good as before, it is still a big city with hundreds of thousands of people.


    After controlling Wancheng, Zhang Xiu sent several surrounding cities to recruit and surrender one by one. A few days later, when Zhang Ji led 30000 soldiers to Wancheng, the counties of pheasant, Bowang, Jiyang and Yuyang around Wancheng had been occupied by Zhang Xiu. At this time, Xiangyang''s Liu Biao also responded and sent Jingzhou general Wen pin to lead the army to the north along the river, pushing his own defense line to Xinye.


    At the beginning, the people who got the news also wanted to fish in troubled waters and sent people to occupy Wuyin County, but they were unanimously opposed by Huan Jie and Chen Dao. For one thing, the three counties have been occupied for less than a year, and they are not completely under control. If they occupy Wuyin again, they will inevitably be greedy.


    Second, Wuyin has actually been emptied from all over the world, and it has not recovered after less than a year, so it is useless to occupy the place. On the contrary, Nanyang has now become the territory of the Xiliang army. Although its strength is not as strong as Yuan Shu''s, Zhang Ji''s Xiliang army has more cavalry, which is much more troublesome than Yuan Shu''s. If Zhang Ji''s cavalry harasses Wuyin, do you want to save it or not?


    After thinking about it again and again, even though the world is still not greedy for this cheap, it is to take advantage of this chaotic period, and once again close to 20000 people, it is not nothing.


    At that time, Huangfu chaoboyuan was in Youzhou. When he got the news, he was stunned and didn''t respond for a long time. In history, Yuan Shu was scared by Cao Cao and ran to Shouchun. He didn''t expect to run away in the game because he was beaten by others. However, for Huangfu Chaobo, these were just talks after dinner. They were too far apart to be operational.


    After listening to the words from all over the world, Huangfu Chaobo found that since Dong Zhuo moved the capital, more and more people have learned his move. If they can''t occupy the territory, they basically empty the city. He is like this, so is Zhang Yan, and so is the world. Well, it''s not a good habit.


    Killing the wrong wolf in Luyang is no change, or honest farming.


    And then there are those people who are far away from Bingzhou.


    The first one to speak is Xiake. After the construction of Wujiahe town in Huangfu Chaobo, the east of Guangmu city will be much safer. Then, at Fu Xun''s suggestion, the Xiake and Meng Yi of Xi''an Yang sent out nearly 4000 cavalry to sweep the area between Guangmu city and Wujiahe town several times in a few months, destroying all the small tribes.


    Later, Xiake sent people to settle in an abandoned town called xixiaozhao between Guangmu and Wujia river. It took several months to run the town. Now, xixiaozhao town is barely up to the scale of a small town in the Central Plains, and it is basically self-sufficient.


    With the successful development of this town, Xiake is very relieved. Next, his goal has already focused on another place, which is the location of Wuyuan County in reality. At this time, in the game, it is not a county, but an abandoned town named Longchang town.


    The rest of Shuofang County, except Shuofang County in the south of the river, are in the north of the river, but Woye, LINRONG and Sanfeng are in the west of Shuofang, which is more than 200 miles away from Guangmu. For the current Xiake, it is beyond his ability and can only continue to accumulate strength. Fortunately, after the previous incident, the knight errant has already realized this problem, so he is not in a hurry.


    As for Zhao Zilong, they have not made much progress. They can only slowly accumulate strength and wait for the opportunity.


    At the end of the list is Zhou Wen, who is far away from Youzhou. However, in addition to the rest of the people, her leting city is the fastest growing, mainly because of the existence of the leting port, which makes her strength grow with each passing day.


    In the evening of that day, Huangfu Chaobo hosted a party from all over the world in Luoshen restaurant. Then, they arranged to rest in the inn next to the restaurant, and then they went back to the general''s house.


    But what he didn''t know was that they didn''t have a rest. Instead, they were invited by Huangfu song, who had rushed to Luoyang for the banquet but had not returned to his own place.


    When several people from all over the world rushed to Huangfu song''s yard again, they were frightened by the battle there. It turns out that in addition to Huangfu song, they met Zhu Junlu, Zhitian Fenglou GUI, Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun. It can be said that almost all the important civil and military officials under Huangfu Chaobo have arrived.After meeting the people one by one, Huangfu song asked them to sit down. Later, several old men talked with the people about things from all over the world. Then, Huangfu song considered the words and invited them out.


    After listening to Huang Fu Song''s words, several people all over the world were dumbfounded, big eyes staring small eyes, and could not speak for a long time.


    It turned out that they invited all the people from all over the world for the sake of Huangfu Chaobo''s marriage. There''s no mistake. It''s just for the marriage of Huangfu Chaobo. Of course, the most important reason is that Huangfu Chaobo was a vassal, a general of Pingdong in the Han Dynasty, and a governor of Sizhou. But up to now, he has no successor, which is a fatal defect for a force.


    In fact, we all know that Xiaojing is Huangfu Chaobo''s wife, but Xiaojing has no children. In fact, she doesn''t have no children. In real life, Jia Jing, who has been married for more than a year, is pregnant, but the problem is that the child can''t appear in the game after it is born.


    It doesn''t matter if Huangfu Chaobo is just an ordinary player, but he is the leader of one side. If there are no descendants, then the civil and military officials of this force and the gentry and common people will have no sense of security.

 Chapter 684

    This time, just when Huang Xu got married, both the important officials of Huangfu Chaobo and his own close friends arrived in Luoyang. So, after discussion, several old men decided to ask them to persuade Huangfu Chaobo to take a concubine, or take a flat wife, so as to breed children!


    A group of players were shocked by the words of these NPCs. They didn''t come back for a long time. In particular, a few women, such as Zhou Wen, Nightingale and Zhao Zilong''s wife, are even more expressive.


    As players, they enter the game for the purpose of playing, so it is impossible to pay attention to this problem. Although after the princes discussed Dong Zhuo, the news that someone got married with the NPC in the game came out one after another in the game, but everyone wanted to watch it. I didn''t expect that today, this problem is really in front of the public.


    Seeing the expressions of people all over the world, they didn''t know that they didn''t react at all. They thought they didn''t want to persuade Huangfu Chaobo together. So they tried to persuade them with a lot of reasons.


    Facing the fierce pursuit of a group of University researchers, several people also realize that it seems inevitable for Huangfu Chaobo to get married and have children in the game, unless he really ignores the request of his subordinates, but in that case, it will be a fatal injury to his power. Finally, one by one, they can''t resist the attack. They nodded and agreed to Huangfu song''s request and joined them Persuade Huangfu Chaobo to get married and have children.


    Of course, they did not propose that they could adopt a child from Huangfu''s family, but they were strongly opposed by Huangfu song. Because he has already seen that there are no talents among his grandchildren who can inherit the foundation of Huangfu Chaobo. They are all of ordinary talents, and they are even equal to their parents. It is estimated that it is difficult for them to achieve their own status, let alone inherit the foundation of Huangfu Chaobo.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo is joking with his wife in the general''s mansion. He doesn''t know that his bad friends are pushing him into the pit.


    Shortly after the night, Huangfu Chaobo, after dinner with a group of allies, helped Xiaojing back to the general''s residence. In fact, since she became pregnant, Xiaojing has often been offline. However, this time, it was because of Huang Xu''s wedding and the gathering of her allies that she stayed online for a few days.


    After they returned to the general''s house, they sat down and had a rest together, and then they talked for a while. Just as he was about to have a rest, Dian Wei suddenly reported that you adults were asking for a meeting outside the mansion. Huang Fu Chao Bo heard that there was something else to do so late, so he arranged for someone to serve Xiao Jing to bed, but he went to the meeting hall.


    As soon as he entered the meeting hall, he was also a big surprise to everyone. There was a large group of people. It can be said that all the important officials who are still in Luoyang have come, and even their allies appeared in the hall together. Such a big battle made him confused. What was so important that all the senior leaders under his command had arrived.


    Is Dong Zhuo ready to send troops to Luoyang? However, seeing that the faces of all the people were calm and did not seem to be worried, Huangfu Chaobo thought it was not. Looking back at Shia, he didn''t look like he received emergency information.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo did not think of the reason. After that, Huang Fu Chao Bo motioned for everyone to sit down. At the same time, he asked people to serve tea.


    After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo said: "uncle, teacher, Lu Shi, and you all, I don''t know what''s the matter with you


    They all looked at each other, got up and went to the middle of the hall. The civil servants, headed by Tian Feng, and the military general, headed by Huang Zhong, lined up in two columns. They all bowed to Huangfu Chao and said, "I''m willing to invite my Lord to accept my wife and concubine, to multiply my children, and to govern the hearts of my subjects and soldiers."


    Once upon a time, Huang Fu was shocked and stunned. He never thought that his civil and military ministers, who asked to see him late at night, actually let him get married and have children. Then he looked at the allies, only to find that a group of bad friends were gloating at the situation in the field. He didn''t know that these guys also wanted to get involved.


    Just as he was about to speak, he saw old man Tian Feng come out and say, "Mencius said," there are three ways to be unfilial, and no one is too big. Shun does not sue but marries, for has no empress also. A gentleman thinks it''s better to sue. " Now the general is the leader of a state, the leader of all the people, and the leader of tens of thousands of soldiers. Does Qi have no children? "


    "Yes," Huang Fu Song said, "although the general has been married, he has nothing to offer for many years. In order to protect the hearts of his subjects and soldiers, I would like to ask the general to choose another virtuous person, whether he wants to marry a flat wife or a concubine, so that he can reproduce his children and become a successor."


    Later, old man Lu Zhi also stood up, quoted the scripture stronghold, and made a long speech. He said that Huangfu Chaobo had no successor, which almost became a heinous crime. Moreover, there was a faint implication in his words that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t do this because he thought the elder woman was jealous.


    Next, the rest of the people came out one after another, listing all kinds of reasons for Huangfu Chaobo to consider taking a few or even a dozen concubines and giving birth to a lot of sons.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo almost felt that he would not give birth to his ten or eight sons. It seemed that he was sorry for all the people present. Just as he was about to speak, he suddenly thought that it seemed like a game. In that case, didn''t you ancients like to adopt? Then I''ll come over from huangfuli and their two brothers'' home, won''t I?Who knows, as soon as the words came out, Huangfu song resolutely resisted them. The reason is very simple. First, Huangfu Chaobo is still young, and he can live on his own. Second, his grandchildren are not good enough to be successors. After that, Huangfu Chaobo was defeated again.


    Just as he was about to speak again, a group of bad friends came forward to persuade him under the threat of some old men''s eyes. However, their words are more direct.


    After more than half an hour of siege, Huangfu Chaobo, who was weak and weak, was defeated in the end. Finally, he had to sacrifice the last magic code to several bad friends for fear of affecting his family happiness. A few people laugh in succession, a few women have gone to persuade Xiaojing, just let him wait.


    Huangfu Chaobo then found out that several people''s wives, girlfriends and Zhou Wen were not in the hall. They should have gone to the backyard to persuade Xiaojing to go.

 Chapter 685

    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t guess wrong. When he was educated by Lu Zhi, a great scholar, in the assembly hall, Zhou Wen had already been in Xiaojing''s bedroom. After chatting with Xiaojing, a few women suddenly fell into a strange embarrassment. Small static also reaction come over, understand a few people definitely is what matter.


    So he said: "Xiaowen, you must have something to do today? By the way, Xiaoying, they come all over the world. Where have they gone? " Soon she responded, "they went to the chamber, too? Come on, Xiaowen, what''s going on today? "


    After a moment''s silence, Xiao Jing said, "there must be something, but their men are hard to say, so I asked you girls to talk to me, right?"


    A few look at each other, finally Xiaowen said their intention, Xiaojing listen to a face of Er ran, and then a trace of displeasure floating on the cheek.


    Xiaowen saw this, even said: "Xiaojing, don''t care too much. After all, it''s just a game. You know, the ancients are like this, and your baby can''t enter the game, so Wang Chao''s family business is so big. In their NPC''s opinion, someone must inherit it."


    Nightingale also began to persuade, saying: "yes, Xiaojing, it''s just a game. It doesn''t matter. Don''t think too much. "


    Seeing that several people would continue to persuade, Xiao Jing said, "stop talking, let me be quiet."


    For a long time, Xiao Jing stood up, her eyes full of firmness, and Zhou Wen said, "Jing..."


    Shaking his hand, Xiaojing said: "Xiaowen, don''t say it. I understand that Chao has invested so much in the game. I can''t embarrass him because of some ethereal things. They should be in the conference hall now. Let''s go. Let''s go, too. " Then, with firm steps, he walked towards the door.


    When they came to the back of the hall, they just heard that Huangfu Chaobo was talking about Ji, and then they heard Huangfu song''s retort. After listening for a while, Xiaojing asked people to open the side door of the hall until Huangfu Chaobo stopped talking, and then led the women into the hall.


    Seeing the side door open, everyone in the hall went in that direction. Huangfu Chaobo turns his head and sees that Jia Jing''s daughters have come out slowly. Huangfu Chaobo hurriedly steps forward and carefully holds Jia Jing, saying, "Xiaojing, how did you come out?"


    Zonghengtianxia is also looking at the women who come in. There is no expression on Xiaojing''s face, so he gives his wife a glance. After getting the reply from the other party, zonghengtianxia is relieved. In fact, at this time, their allies have recognized the views of Huang Fu Song and others.


    As modern people may not value these, but this is in the game. It is the end of the Han Dynasty in the second century AD. people''s thoughts in this era are completely different from them. So he''s really afraid that Xiaojing will have a problem. It''s really hard to deal with it. When I think of this, I suddenly think of myself. Now there are three counties. If I arrive one day, I will have to be like Huangfu Chaobo. That''s my wife.


    Think of here, he subconsciously toward his wife''s direction to see a look, the other party seems to have a feeling also toward himself to see over. Then, he lowered his head and sighed in his heart. Alas, every step counts.


    Xiaojing and Huangfu Chaobo go back to the hall together. Then, sitting down beside Huangfu Chaobo, she says to Huangfu song, "uncle, Xiaojing already knows what happened today. I wonder if my uncle and some gentlemen have suitable candidates?"


    Huang Fu Song was stunned at first, and then reacted quickly. He said happily, "Madam Hui, we have discussed with each other. At present, Mr. Tian once said that although Han Jizhou has no son, she has a daughter. She is a good match for Han Jizhou. She has a heart of orchid and knows how to write and how to be polite."


    Huang Zhong came forward and said, "old general, Han Ji Prefecture is like a patriarch. How can his only daughter agree to marry him as a second wife?"


    Lou GUI came forward and said, "Han Sheng''s words are not as good as chicken. Though Han Jizhou is also a state''s animal husbandry, how can it be compared with our Lord?"


    Zao also said: "yes, although Han Jizhou is called Jizhou mu, it has only two counties, with only a few generals and 100000 soldiers. It is only with the foundation of Jizhou in the past few years and our support that we can support under the heavy pressure of Yuan Shao. However, our company has a large number of soldiers and a wide range of generals. A year ago, we could resist the attack of several princes alone, which is comparable to his Jizhou."


    Xu Shu also said: "it''s true that the talents of Han and Ji Zhou have more strength to persuade Nongsang and accumulate grain. If they talk about military affairs and fight against Xiaoxiong, it''s not satisfactory."


    Several people came out to talk one after another. When they heard that, it was the same. If Han Fu had no support from his family, he would be Yuan Shao''s prisoner sooner or later. Now that he can have a better relationship with Sizhou, he should be more happy.


    Xiaojing listened silently. After everyone had finished speaking, she said slowly: "so, who can go to Yecheng on behalf of Jizhou?"


    The next person in the hall came out and said, "Madam Hui, I''m willing to go."


    When they turned their heads, they saw that it was Dong Zhao, Cheng of Hongnong County, and Huang Fu Song, who also nodded and said, "if it''s Gong Ren, it shouldn''t be difficult.""Well, please, Mr. Dong." Xiao Jing nodded. After a little meditation, he said, "since we are going to have children, we should marry more people. The little lady once heard that MI Zhu, the owner of the MI family in the East China Sea, had a younger sister, and Zhen MI, the daughter of the Wu Ji Zhen family in Zhongshan. These two daughters are all graceful, courteous, graceful, orchid hearted, knowledgeable and polite. Once a prime minister said that these two daughters are both priceless. If possible, would you please arrange for your uncle and gentlemen to make an agreement and marry them back together? "


    This time, not only Huangfu Chaobo, but everyone in the hall was shocked. In fact, after hearing Zhou Wen''s words, Jia Jing knew that this matter was not to ask for her own opinions, but a problem that she had to face in the game. Her husband had invested too much in the game. If she wanted to continue, it would be inevitable.


    But as a modern woman, I can''t accept it all of a sudden. After a period of meditation, Jia Jing calms herself down. After thinking through these things, she tries her best to arrange for her husband.


    Along the way, she still wondered which historical celebrity these NPCs would arrange for Huangfu Chaobo. After such a long game, she also learned a lot about the women who appeared in the Three Kingdoms period. But what I didn''t expect was that it was Han Fu''s daughter, which had never been heard of in history.

 Chapter 686

    Jia Jing thought that he had to add more people to him anyway, so she could just add a few more at a time to avoid any more trouble. I believe that with her own initiative, no matter Huangfu Chaobo or these subordinates, she would be embarrassed to make any more mistakes in this matter.


    Huang Fu Song and Tian Feng were the first to react, and they were very happy and said, "I respect you


    Then they discussed who should arrange these women''s affairs. Mi Fang''s family is OK. It seems that MI Fang is still in Luoyang now, so he can go directly to discuss with him. It''s Wu Ji Zhen''s family in Zhongshan, who has to send someone to Wu Ji, but now Changshan is in the war between Yuan Shao and Heishan army, and Yuan Shao army is also sending troops to Zhongshan.


    Fortunately, this matter can''t be decided in a short time and a half. Now it''s mainly decided that my father-in-law is willing to accept Ping''s wife.


    After a moment''s deliberation, they made a decision that Zaozhi would lead people to Zhongshan to propose marriage. And Mi Fang was here by Huang Fu Song and Zhu Jun in person.


    Then, everyone was ready to retreat, but Xiao Jing said, "brother, stay here. If you have nothing else to do, you can retire first."


    Everyone was stunned. After responding, they saluted Huangfu Chaobo and then withdrew from the general''s residence.


    A moment later, only Huang Zhong and Huangfu Chaobo were left in the hall. Huang Zhong said, "what''s the matter with my sister-in-law?"


    Xiaojing said: "Xiaoxu''s marriage has been finished. Next, it''s time to consider Xiaodie. Do you have any suitable person?"


    Huang Zhong shook and did not speak.


    "I''m thinking about it this day. I''m going to discuss it with Chaobo and my elder brother. There''s a suitable candidate here. Yuanzhi is twenty-six this year, but he never got married. His character, talent and ability are impeccable. What do you think of him?" Xiao Jing said;


    Huang Zhong heard that, and his eyes lit up. He nodded and said, "Yuanzhi is a suitable person, but I don''t know how to think about it in Yuanzhi''s heart."


    "No matter, Yuanzhi is filial. After the old lady arrived in Luoyang, the younger sister talked with the old lady several times. If the elder brother agreed, the younger sister would go to discuss with the old lady tomorrow. After the old lady agreed, she would discuss with Yuanzhi again. If the old lady and Yuanzhi have no objection, they should do it before Chaobo."


    "That''s all for my sister-in-law!" Huang Zhong said solemnly,


    "you''re welcome, brother. After all, we''ve delayed our two children." Xiaojing returns a salute.


    After that, Huang Zhong withdrew from the general''s residence and returned to his residence.


    After all the people left, Huangfu Chaobo came back to himself. He had never seen his wife like this. However, he also understood the discomfort in her heart. He walked up to her and held her hand and said, "I''m sorry, Jing..."


    Jia Jing''s hand was stiff, but soon relaxed, four hands clenched, said: "it doesn''t matter, super, I just didn''t adapt, how to say, it''s just a game." At this point, Xing Mu congealed and said in a cold voice: "but if you are really outside... Hum


    "Absolutely not. How could I be that kind of person, I swear Huang Fu Chao Bo cried out in a hurry;


    with that, he quietly lived in Jia Jing and said in a soft voice, "Jing, it''s enough to have you in this life!"


    Two people in the hall, quietly against a sound, silent.


    But after Huangfu song left the general''s house, he did not care about the darkness. He took Zhu Jun and Lu Zhi to the post house where Mi Fang was resting. This time, MI Su also heard that Huangfu Chaobo''s nephew was getting married. At the order of his elder brother Mi Zhu, he specially came from Xuzhou. The two companies have cooperated for several years, and the sales of Luoshen liquor are also increasing. This time, in addition to attending the wedding, MI Fang was ordered by her elder brother to discuss with Huangfu Chaobo to expand the Jingzhou market, so although the wedding was over, she was not in a hurry to leave Luoyang.


    What he didn''t expect was that a bigger surprise was waiting for him. At this time, MI Fang just fell asleep, but she heard the door of the post house suddenly open, and then she heard the post Cheng leading several subordinates saying something respectfully to someone. Then, I heard footsteps coming towards my yard.


    Later, I heard that Yi Cheng was talking to his guard: "please inform the second young master that old general Huangfu, old General Zhu and long Lu are visiting."


    Mi Fang listens and gets up. They are all the most respected people in today''s Great Han Dynasty. They visit together and Qi Neng ignores them.


    Quickly dressed, MI Fang quickly came to the door of the hospital, just at this time, the three people have arrived outside the hospital. Seeing this, MI Fang quickly bowed to the editor and said, "I''m late in school. Mi Fang has met three elders! I don''t know what''s the matter with the late night visit? "


    "Mr. MI, please get up!" Huangfu Song said;


    "three gentlemen, please come inside. In fact, if you send someone to greet you, Fang will come to visit you. How dare you work for them?" Mi Fang said politely as she led the three people to the hospital;


    after leading them into the living room and sitting down, MI Fang asked them to serve tea and snacks, and then sat there quietly waiting for them to speak.


    The three old men took the tea from the servant and took a deep drink. Then they put the tea on the table. Huangfu song first asked Hou a few words, then talked about Luoshen wine. After a while, he asked tentatively: "I heard that there is a young lady in MI family, who is Rong Yi, Gong Mei, Hui Zhi, Lan Xin, and knows books and manners. I don''t know which young lady is lucky enough to marry home?"Listen to Huang Fu Song''s words, MI Fang is also a Leng, how suddenly mention oneself younger sister body up. However, he replied honestly: "Mr. Fang has a little sister who is 28 years old, but she is not betrothed. I don''t know


    "I don''t know what Mr. Mi thinks of my disciple?" Zhu Jun is in a side road;


    Mi Fang said: "general Pingdong is the dragon and Phoenix among the people. Since the Yellow turban rebellion, he has risen in less than ten years. Now he has made a huge foundation, which is a model of our generation." Speaking of this, where can Mi Fang not understand the meaning of several old men, staring at several old men, want to get a reply from them.


    Huangfu song looked at Mi Fang and saw that he was looking at some of his own people. He seemed to have understood what he meant, so he nodded and said: "although Chaobo has been married, he has nothing to offer for several years, so we all hope that he can marry a few more wives and concubines to breed children. I''ve heard that your daughter is not married yet, so I''m here to see you tonight. What do you think of Mr. MI and your elder brother? "


    "Ah Mi Fang''s mind is just blank now. Although she has always known that her sister is talented and beautiful, they have been merchants for generations. It was only in this generation that their elder brother was chosen by Tao Xuzhou as a driving career. However, they are still not valued by the scholars in Xuzhou.

 Chapter 687

    Now, three great Confucians and great virtues of Huangfu song come to speak for general Pingdong in person, and the opportunity for a family to really integrate into the aristocratic family is in front of us. Although he is not the wife of general Pingdong, MI Fang hears another saying that he has nothing to offer. As long as his sister gives birth to a son for general Pingdong, he is the successor of general Pingdong. So the mother depends on her son, even if she is not a good wife.


    "Mr. Mi?" Lu Zhidao;


    "ah, Duke Lu, I''m so impolite. What can I do for you?" Mi Fang suddenly woke up and said in a shy way;


    "it''s OK, I want to ask Mr. MI, what do you think of this?" Lu Zhi asked with a smile;


    "the boy should agree, but the elder brother is the father. Finally, the elder brother is still in charge of this matter. The three gentlemen can rest assured that the boy will send a message to the elder brother immediately to inform him of this matter, and the boy will rush back to Xuzhou overnight to persuade the elder brother and younger sister to agree to the marriage." Mi Fang quickly replied;


    the three looked at each other and said with a smile, "OK, OK, I''ll wait for good news here!"


    "Fang will live up to the three gentlemen." Mi Fang stood up and solemnly saluted;


    the three of them were very happy to see Mi Fang talking like this, and they knew that things had a good start. As for whether Miss MI was really so good, they didn''t worry. Since Xiao Jing said so, and Huangfu Chaobo and their close friends didn''t object, it proved that there should be no problem.


    So they got up and left the post station and went back to their respective houses. It was too late now. At the age of three old men, although they had the care of Hua Tuo''s disciples, they were very tired after the tossing and turning in the middle of the night.


    In fact, fan a, a disciple of Huatuo, had already arrived in Luoyang a month ago and started to adjust his body for the three old people. Huangfu Chaobo had seen him twice. However, because it took several months for the three old people to recuperate, Huangfu Chaobo was not in a hurry to talk to him about the establishment of a medical college.


    After seeing the three off, MI Fang immediately wrote a letter to her elder brother about the matter, and then told them to get ready immediately. She wanted to leave overnight and return to Xuzhou. And he rushed to Lou GUI''s house all night, because if he wanted to go out of the city, he needed Lou GUI to give a certificate, otherwise he would not be able to go out of the city at night.


    Today, the banditry in Sizhou has been basically cleared up, and Mi Fang has nearly 100 elite servants to follow him, so he is not afraid of driving all night.


    An hour later, the east gate of Luoyang was opened, and a group of knights with torches galloped out of the city to the East.


    The next day, Dong Zhao also went to Yecheng under the escort of a team of guards. Of course, for the sake of safety, he specially asked Tian Feng to write a letter to Jushu. In the letter, he carefully stated the benefits of the marriage between the two families, and told him that although he was not the right wife, if he could give birth to the eldest son, he would be relegated to the eldest son.


    At the same time, Zao was also escorted by a team of soldiers and horses. After dressing up, he went to Zhongshan. His journey was much more dangerous than the other two. However, even Huangfu Chaobo was not optimistic about Zaozhi''s trip. However, his subordinate, for the sake of his father-in-law''s son, was also willing to go to Zhongshan in spite of Huangfu Chaobo''s advice.


    It was also on this day that Xiao Jing met Xu Shu''s mother, Mrs. Xu. After chatting with the old man for a while, she asked the old lady for her advice. For Xiaojing''s suggestion, the old lady was stunned at first, and then readily agreed, saying that as long as her son agreed, she had no opinion. Huang Wudi, the girl, has seen her several times. Although she is also the leader of the army, she also knows how to reply.


    After getting the consent of old lady Xu, Xiaojing tells Huangfu Chaobo the result, and then Huangfu Chaobo asks Xu Shu for his opinion. Xu Shu was very straightforward. Because he was originally a Ranger, he readily agreed to the marriage when he learned that his mother had agreed. Pang Tong laughed for a long time and said that his elder martial brother would call himself uncle in the future.


    Then the two families discussed their marriage. Of course, Xu Laofu and Xiaojing were mainly responsible.


    Half a month later, Dong Zhao came back from Jizhou and brought back Han Fu''s reply. After Ju Su and Zhang Yan''s persuasion, Han Fu finally agreed to the marriage. Although it''s a little pity that his daughter has not been able to sit on the right wife''s seat, Han Fu also understands that, indeed, as Lou GUI said, he is now a phoenix on the ground, not as good as a chicken. Now Yuan Shao has torn his face and is eyeing the whole Jizhou. If he can''t strengthen the relationship with Sizhou, he may not know when Yuan Shaojun will attack the city. At that time, whether the reinforcements of Sizhou can come or not is a second question.


    The news from Jizhou made huangfusong very happy and immediately made people begin to make arrangements. As for the specific time, we need to wait for the news from Xuzhou and Zhongshan before making a decision.


    At this time, thousands of miles away in Xuzhou Qu county, MI house, two young people are discussing things.


    "Brother, does this matter need to be reconsidered? Although you are highly valued in Tao Xuzhou, we are still out of place with the Chens and CAOS. No matter how good the MI family is, it''s still just a merchant''s home in their eyes. They don''t care to associate with us at all. " Mi Fang saw that her elder brother was still hesitant and quickly advised her;"But if we take refuge in general Pingdong, we need to move our family to Luoyang. By that time, the MI family''s decades old foundation in the East China Sea will have to be abandoned. Besides, Lord Tao is very kind to me. If so, I''m afraid that Mi Zhu said, "that''s different. My younger brother has been dealing with general Pingdong for several years. You can see that there are not many aristocratic people in general Pingdong, and he doesn''t value his family background. He only values his talent. With his elder brother''s talent, he will certainly be more important than that of General Tao Xuzhou." Mi Fang said anxiously,


    seeing his elder brother''s silence, MI Fang said: "if we can realize the long cherished wish of our grandfather and father, what''s the harm if we can give up some of Qu county''s basic business? Besides, with the help of my younger sister, my mi family will certainly become a real family. "


    As they were talking, there was a sound outside the door. Then the door opened and a girl of 28 entered. A fragrant wind floated into the room with her figure.


    The girl who entered the room bowed to Ying Ying and said, "huan''er has seen two elder brothers!"


    Mi Zhu looked at her sister fondly and said, "what''s the matter with huan''er? What can I do for you


    "Huan''er has nothing to do with it. I just heard that the two elder brothers are discussing business," he said. A blush flashed on his cheek, and he said softly, "huan''er is just passing by, so I''ll come in and have a look."

 Chapter 688

    The two brothers look at each other, but they don''t understand their sister''s thoughts. They have cooperated with general Pingdong for several years, and they know more about general Pingdong''s affairs. However, they are also devoted to these young people who have made great achievements from scratch. After the news that they want to get married again from Luoyang, they are even more excited.


    She said that she was passing by. In fact, where she was passing by, she must have come in because she saw her elder brother hesitating.


    Seeing this, MI Zhu finally made up his mind and said, "let''s make preparations. Tomorrow, my younger sister will go to Luoyang with us."


    After hearing this, MI Huan''s cheeks were flushed and nodded. Ying Ying bowed and left the room.


    The next day, MI Zhu led hundreds of servants and maids to Luoyang after asking Tao Qian for leave.


    On July 10, MI Zhu and his party arrived in Luoyang. After entering Luoyang, they arranged their little sister''s house in Luoyang. Mi Zhu took gifts and went to see Huangfu song. After discussing with Huangfu song for nearly an hour, he went back to his house with satisfaction.


    Later, MI Zhu went to Lou GUI''s house again. Since he decided to take refuge with his family, the existing houses in Luoyang would be a little cramped. So he had to buy some houses in Lou GUI''s house, and then connect these houses together. Otherwise, he would not be able to settle the servants of the people who moved from Qu county.


    After meeting with Huangfu Chaobo, MI Zhu decides to present tens of thousands of servants and wives of her family, leaving only hundreds of servants and their families who are directly in the family. As for how other people are settled, that''s Lou GUI''s business.


    Huangfu Chaobo was also very happy about Mi''s family''s investment. He immediately decided to appoint Mi Zhu as Bo Cao. Although it was quite different from that of Bie Jia in Xuzhou, Huangfu Chaobo let him take charge of the business affairs of the general''s mansion in hepingdong. His power was the same as that of Xuzhou. The most important thing is that he didn''t do everything in Xuzhou Someone made elbows.


    Mi Zhu alone and Mi Fang are very important. For his future second brother-in-law, Huangfu Chaobo knows that his ability is limited. Just after Zhao Yu and Huang Xu get married, Huangfu Chaobo plans to let them both go to Longhua. In this way, the position of eight Guan Duwei was vacant, and Mi Fang was just in time to fill the vacancy.


    This arrangement moved both the MI brothers.


    A few days later, Zao, who went to Zhongshan, rushed back to Luoyang. As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, the Zhen family declined the marriage and chose the second son of the yuan family. However, people in Luoyang don''t care. Now they''ve confirmed them, so it doesn''t matter whether they succeed or not.


    In the following time, the whole Pingdong general''s residence was busy with the marriage of Huangfu Chaobo. According to the result of the negotiation with Huangfu Chaobo, although Han Xue and Mi Huan can not be given the right wife''s name, the process of Yiying''s wedding is to get married, but they are married on the same day.


    After Lou GUI''s careful calculation, he finally set the time for August 20.


    In the following time, Huangfu Chaobo is either busy with political affairs or taking time to accompany Xiaojing. To be honest, Huangfu Chaobo only takes a playful attitude towards the marriage in the game. If it wasn''t for the stability of his own power, he would not have thought about it.


    Fortunately, a group of subordinates dealt with such complicated problems. Huangfu Chaobo basically didn''t take care of them, especially the three old men. Because Hongnong and Hanoi are basically stable, and now they are taking care of their bodies, they are basically in Luoyang. The wedding was also taken by the three people. Fortunately, the three of them only need to take charge of the overall situation, and a large group of people are doing specific things.


    The news that Huangfu Chaobo was going to marry soon spread throughout the territory of Dahan. Although it was not a big marriage, for the whole Prefecture, especially for the people in Luoyang and Hongnong counties, they were greatly favored by Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, after they got the news that Huangfu Chaobo was going to marry the two wives, the people in the whole two counties were busy spontaneously. Especially in Luoyang City, the people of every street and square are spontaneously arranging.


    In addition to the response of the people and officials, the other Dukes of the Han Dynasty had different responses.


    After getting the news, all the princes who had a good relationship with Sizhou sent people to Luoyang to attend the wedding of Huangfu Chaobo. For example, Gongsun Zan in Youzhou, Kong Rong in Qingzhou, Tao Qian in Xuzhou, Lu Bu in Bingzhou, Kong Luo in Yuzhou, and Chen liuzhang Miao have made it clear that they will send people to attend the wedding. For example, some people who are far away have even sent people to set out.


    Under the rule of Huangfu Chao, many parts of the Han Dynasty were not stable.


    One of the most striking is the Changshan kingdom in Jizhou. In history, Zhang Yan didn''t really surrender until Cao Cao took control of Jizhou. Therefore, it can be seen that Zhang Yan is also a fierce man.


    Now in the game, with the help of Huangfu Chaobo, Yuan Shao is not ready to attack Zhang Yan. On the contrary, with Huangfu Chaobo''s reminding and secret help, Zhang Yan was much more prepared than in history.


    As soon as the two families fight, it''s as fierce as a comet hitting the earth. After more than ten days of fierce fighting, Yuan Shao finally occupied Jiumen and Pingji, two counties outside the Heishan army. But after he captured them, he found that he had lost tens of thousands of troops and got two empty cities, not to mention the population and materials inside. Even the wood and stone of the houses were removed by the Heishan army to defend the city.Seeing the situation in the city, yuan shaonu could not be stopped. Regardless of the opposition, he ordered Yan Liang Wenchou to lead a hundred thousand troops to attack Zhending City, where Zhang Yan was personally stationed. It''s a pity that Yuan Shaojun, a veteran army, could not get any benefit in the face of the army of Heishan.


    At the beginning, Yan Liang''s army was killed by thousands of crossbow soldiers who suddenly appeared in the black mountain army. In the next few days, although they led the attack on the city several times, they were all repulsed by the black mountain army. When Yuan Shao led the army, he could only look at the city and sigh.


    After several days of attack, the army still failed to capture the city. Under the persuasion of a group of counsellors, Yuan Shao had to order to withdraw his troops and send two generals to guard the two cities of Jiumen and Pingji. After defending the black mountain army, the army returned to the Bohai State. There was a stalemate between the two sides.


    Yuan Shao, who returned to Nanpi, later learned that his hasty dispatch was due to Huangfu Chaobo''s bad influence in the middle. He was even more furious and said that he would show Huangfu Chaobo sooner or later. It''s a pity that the two families don''t meet each other now, so they can only jump and scold for the time being.

 Chapter 689

    The war in Jizhou only lasted for more than a month, and then returned to calm.


    At this time, Wudu town in Nanyang County Wudang, after almost a year of development, with the full development of Yi nationality, Wudu town finally reached the level of upgrading to a small city.


    As for the other princes, after Yuan Shu arrived in Shouchun, he met sun CE, who had already buried his father. Later, another local plot was opened: Sun CE borrowed 20000 troops from Yuan Shu with jade seals as collateral.


    It is estimated that the next step is to cross the river and sweep the east of the river. Now Liu Yao has no taishici. I don''t know how long she can hold back the little overlord''s troops.


    Yanzhou, which is close to Huangfu Chaobo, has just got Yanzhou. Now it is in a dormant period, but there is no action for the time being.


    The time soon came to August 15. Although it was the Mid Autumn Festival, there was no official celebration in Luoyang, and the people just spent it as an ordinary Festival. Everyone focused on the wedding five days later. Now the whole city of Luoyang has become a sea of flowers. Every street and square is decorated with colorful lanterns and flowers. The city is full of joy.


    As early as yesterday, the wedding escort team had already set out in Yecheng. The team would get on the boat in Liyang, and then come to Luoyang under the escort of Jizhou water army and Sizhou water army. According to the schedule, Han Xue''s wedding team will arrive in Luoyang two days before the wedding. At that time, Han Xue and her family will be resettled in Tian Feng''s home first.


    Because Tian Fengdu is still from Jizhou so far, it''s no problem to place Han Xue and his party in Tian Feng''s home.


    As for the MI family, as early as a few days ago, the Sizhou water army had rushed to Qu county to receive tens of thousands of MI family servants and their families from Sizhou, and Lou GUI arranged for them to be resettled in the county below. The immediate family members of the MI family and their family members were arranged by Mi Zhu to be resettled in the house of Luoyang City.


    Time flies. It''s August 20. As soon as it was dawn, Huangfu Chaobo was aroused by the servants arranged by the three old men. Then he was busy putting on his wedding dress and preparing to marry a new man. Although Huangfu Chaobo said that he wanted to give them a formal wedding, it was impossible to give them real wedding treatment.


    Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo will only meet the two brides at the gate of the general''s mansion today, instead of actually going to greet them from their residence to the general''s mansion in person. Moreover, neither of them can enter the general''s mansion through the gate, they can only go through the two side doors beside the gate.


    Early this morning, the two brides will start from their respective residences, follow the planned route, make a circle in the inner city, and finally arrive at the square in front of the general''s mansion at the same time at the specified time, and then enter the general''s mansion.


    With the arrival of the auspicious time, the sound of trumpet and drum instruments was heard throughout Luoyang. The two wedding teams set out from the general''s residence and went to the two women''s residence respectively.


    Along the way, Luogu noisy days, very lively, on both sides of the road are surrounded by Luoyang residents, a tight. When the bride''s float passed by them, everyone was very devout and saluted the float, wishing their Lord a prosperous future.


    All the way to pick up the bride''s motorcade is also constantly throwing copper coins and candy at the people on both sides of the road, causing people''s looting from time to time.


    In the afternoon, the motorcade arrived in the square in front of the general''s residence. At this time, it was already a sea of people. Subsequently, the two teams were welcomed into the general''s house.


    With the emcee "auspicious time has come, welcome new people!" The two brides were led to the center of the hall by the maid, and then handed the red satin to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Finally, the two women were sent back to their new rooms by their respective maids. After the banquet, Huangfu Chaobo came to their bridal chamber.


    After returning the two brides to the bridal chamber, the banquet in the general''s mansion officially began. At this time, the sky is gradually getting dark, and all the lanterns in Luoyang are lit up. The whole city is full of lights, and the residents in the city will start to revel all night.


    The next morning, when Huangfu Chaobo woke up, he was in MI Fang''s room. After yesterday''s banquet, Huangfu Chaobo decided to go to Han Xue''s room first. After all, today''s Han Fu is still the most important ally of SZU, and he still wants to have the opportunity to recover the group of literati and military generals under Han Fu''s command.


    You know, in addition to Tian Feng, who is already around him, there are jusu and Zhangyan, as well as other civil and military generals. They are all famous generals in history. No matter what, they are no worse than the generals they have trained.


    However, after being gentle with Han Xue, Huangfu Chaobo also agreed with her that since he came to her first, he would spend the night in MI Huan.


    The experience of one night surprised Huangfu Chaobo. He didn''t expect that Nu Wa was so advanced. No wonder he dared to boast about her 100% real experience.


    After the marriage, Huangfu Chaobo did not fall into the gentle village. From the next day, he kept meeting with representatives of various forces who came to attend his wedding, because they came to attend Huangfu Chaobo''s wedding with other missions.For example, Gongsun Zan''s emissary is his younger brother Gongsun Yue. This time, he came here hoping that Huangfu Chaobo could increase the transportation volume of weapons and equipment. Because gongsunzan has got some rumors, youzhoumu in Jixian county is very dissatisfied with him for building a city outside the great wall and protecting other people. It seems that someone is persuading Liu Yu to do something to gongsunzan, so gongsunzan is also actively preparing.


    In addition, Chen Gong, Lv Bu''s emissary, found Huangfu Chaobo with the purpose of purchasing a batch of grain from Sizhou. Bingzhou was originally a place with few land and few people. After entering Bingzhou, Lu Bu''s army first used the grain from Sizhou to support the whole winter. With Zhang Yang''s participation, LV Bujun can be said to ease the embarrassment of not having an official in the interior. Although Zhang Yang''s military ability is average, he is still very good in the interior. Otherwise, he would not be able to gain a firm foothold in Hanoi, a place where families gather.


    After a winter''s rest, the tiger showed his sharp tusks again. After Zhang Yang was appointed as the supreme commander of the party and Wei was appointed as the captain of the capital, Lv Bu launched an attack on Taiyuan County, the hinterland of Bingzhou, under the arrangement of Chen palace. This time, with Chen Gong''s plan, Lu Bu made steady progress with his strong force and army''s strong fighting power. It took him a year to control the whole Taiyuan county.

 Chapter 690

    Later, Chen Gong did not let Lv Bu continue to go north. Instead, he persuaded him to manage the two counties he had conquered before making plans.


    It is strange that Lu Bu agreed to his proposal. After hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo was also surprised and couldn''t understand it. Later, he had to attribute the reason to Zhang Yang''s help and persuasion. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo''s guess is reasonable.


    Zhang Yang and Lu Bu were good friends. Although Lu Bu was arrogant, he was able to accept the opinions of his friends. In addition, Chen Gong''s talent made him appreciate them. They pacified the fierce tiger.


    In fact, Lu Bu has his own ideas. Bingzhou wolf cavalry has been with him for several years. If they are not allowed to rest for a period of time, it is estimated that something will really go wrong.


    After talking with Huangfu Chaobo about the need to buy a large amount of grain from Sizhou, Chen Gong raised another question: the ownership of Shuofang and Wuyuan counties.


    In Chen''s view, Shuofang and Wuyuan have always belonged to Bingzhou. Although Lvbu is not a herdsman of Bingzhou, Chen''s mind has put these sites in his own bowl. However, Huangfu Chaobo and his allies have occupied many cities in these two counties. Looking at the posture, it seems that the two counties must be able to eat and then spit out.


    Therefore, the reason why Chen Gong came here in person this time was not only to buy grain and other materials from Sizhou, but also to clarify Huangfu Chaobo''s attitude towards Bingzhou. If not, Huangfu Chaobo will attack Bingzhou from north to south. It''s unknown whether Lv Bu can support it.


    After several explorations, Chen Gong finally let go. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think of trapping LV Bujun in Bingzhou at least for the time being. In fact, up to now, Huangfu Chaobo has no 13 points in his mind about the positioning of Bingzhou two counties. But in the end, he gave Chen Gong a reminder that Bingzhou was not peaceful. In addition to the alien race in the north and west of Bingzhou, there is a tiger lurking in the East. That is the three brothers of the Liu family who defeated Lv Bu in Hulao pass.


    To be honest, Chen Gong''s understanding of the situation around Bingzhou is not as detailed as Huangfu Chaobo''s. when he learned that Daijun of Youzhou, which is adjacent to Yanmen in Bingzhou, was Liu''s three brothers who fought with Lv Bu in Hulao pass, Chen Gong also realized the crisis. It seems that after returning to Bingzhou, we must speed up the pace of action.


    Time passed in such a hurry, and soon it was the eighth day of September. This was the wedding day of Xu Shu and Huang Wudi, and there was a lot of excitement in Luoyang City. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was going to let Huang Xu and Huang Xu go back to Longhua after they got married. But later, considering Huang wudie''s wedding, he simply asked them to go back to Longhua after the wedding.


    On September 15, Huangfu Chaobo recruited the chief civil and military officers and generals of Sizhou, and decided to discuss business in general Pingdong''s mansion in Luoyang on September 20. The purpose of this discussion is mainly to discuss a constitution for the internal and foreign affairs of the whole Prefecture, as well as the future policy direction. Of course, it is about how to deal with the problem of Hedong county.


    In fact, since returning to Luoyang from Youzhou this time, Huangfu Chaobo has been thinking about the problem of Hedong. Louci also discussed with Pang Tong and Xu Shu, but no final plan has been made. Therefore, after dealing with these family affairs, Huangfu Chaobo simply recruited the main officials and generals to have a big discussion, and finally determined the next step of Sizhou.


    According to Pang Tong''s suggestion, Huangfu Chaobo also sent a messenger to Hedong to invite the governor Jiang Pei to Luoyang for discussion.


    As the date approached, everyone rushed to Luoyang one after another. To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, he was very disappointed that although Jiang Pei respectfully replied a letter to Luoyang, he pleaded that he was in slight illness recently, and the doctor said that he was not suitable to travel far away, so he could not come to Luoyang to attend the meeting.


    On the 20th, people under the command of Huangfu Chaobo gathered in Luoyang, Pingdong general''s residence. Because it''s a formal meeting, everyone''s seats have been arranged. On the left is a civil official headed by Tian Feng, and on the right is a general headed by Xu Shu and Pang Tong. Although Pang Tong did not officially become the commander of Huangfu Chaobo, he and Xu Shu were both military generals, but they came back from hope.


    In the civil service, Tian Feng was the leader, but under him, there were three people, Huangfu song. Although Lu Zhi did not join Huangfu Chaobo, because his qualifications were similar to those of Huangfu song and Zhu Jun, he also took part in the discussion as a guest minister. Further down are Lou GUI, Zaozhi, MI Zhu and Dong Zhao.


    Compared with the civil service, the military generals are a little less talented. Apart from Pang Tong and Xu Shu, only three military camp generals are really involved in the discussion. As for Huang Xu, Huang wudie and Zhao Yu, they are only qualified to sit in. There are also two generals, Tian Yu and Meng Gang, who are going to focus on training. Because they are too far away, they have not been recruited back.


    At the beginning of the discussion, Huangfu Chaobo ordered to hang up the map of Sizhou, the map around Longhua, the map of Beihai and the map of Wuyuan Shuofang. Then he said, "today, we are gathering all the officials for discussion because Chaobo has been thinking about where we will go after Pingdong general''s residence. However, after a long time of hard thinking, we can''t understand it. So we invite you all here and have a big discussion Let''s talk it over. "


    Then he nodded to Tian Feng and stopped talking.Seeing this, Tian Feng got up. First he went to the center of the hall and saluted Huangfu Chaobo and all the people present. Then he turned and walked to the front of the map. Then he picked up a wooden pole and introduced to the public the territory under general Qiping''s house and the situation of the surrounding forces.


    "General, my Lord, you generals, you generals are valued by the general, and they are handed over to the lower officer to take charge of all the territories and people under the rule of Pingdong general''s mansion. Here, the lower officer will introduce the current situation of the territories under the rule of Pingdong general''s mansion." "So far, the territory under general Pingdong is 21 cities in Luoyang County, 8 cities in Hongnong County, 18 cities in Hanoi County, and the other four cities and towns scattered everywhere. In the past two years, our army has increased the population of the territory in various ways. So far, the total population of the whole territory has reached 2.2 million. "


    At this point, Tian Feng can''t help but look around at the crowd. You know, these are all due to Tian Feng''s contribution.

 Chapter 691

    "Especially the population of Luoyang and Hongnong. Before the Dong Dynasty moved the capital, the population of Yin in Henan Province was 1.01 million, but when the general took over the governor of Luoyang, there were only a few cities in Guandong with less than 400000 people. Today, however, the population of Luoyang alone has reached 500000, which is more than when Luoyang was the most prosperous


    Tian Feng''s words surprised everyone here. Even Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that the total population of Henan county today was more than half of that of Dong Zhuo when he was in Luoyang. You know, when Dong Zhuo entered Luoyang, the total population of Luoyang was just over one million, but that was because of the accumulation of the capital of the Eastern Han Dynasty for two hundred years. Now when I took over Luoyang, it was still a piece of white land, but now it has reached 500000, which can be said to be a miracle.


    After everyone digested his own words, Tian Feng continued: "there is Hongnong county. When I took over Pingdong general''s house, the whole county had less than 30000 people after two strong migrations by the Xiliang army. Now, the total population of eight cities under Hongnong''s rule has reached 200000, which is equivalent to the original number."


    Then Tian Feng told everyone about the number of acres of land reclaimed and the grain income of each season. Then there will be the income from commodity trade.


    When this long string of figures came out of Tian Fengkou, people were shocked to find that their own patriarch''s power was so huge. How long did it take? Within a few years, they had gone from a big county magistrate to a vassal who now governs more than two million people.


    Thinking of this, all the people in the audience looked at the young man above the throne with awe. As time goes on, it seems that the power of staying in the top position for a long time is growing day by day, and now it has come to the point where people can look up to it.


    At this time, however, Huangfu Chaobo was lost in meditation, unaware of the changes of his subordinates. After Tian Feng finished introducing the situation of internal affairs, he woke up with a start. Then he turned his head and looked at Bing Cao and engaged in Xu Shu.


    Because they had already said hello to everyone in advance, both Tian Feng, who was in charge of civil affairs, and Xu Shu, who was in charge of military affairs, were ready.


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes, Xu Shu stood up and saluted the first collection of Huangfu Chaobo. Then he saluted all the people in charge of the meeting and said, "my Lord, you have just heard Tian Biejia''s words. I believe they are all like some people. They must be very excited and hard to control themselves."


    All the people present nodded their approval.


    Seeing this, Xu Shu said with a smile to all the people, "then someone will come to lower the temperature. Tian Biejia once said that the number of people under the rule of our Pingdong general''s house has reached more than 2.2 million, even more than the population of the three counties before the Dong thief''s rebellion. "


    "But what do you know about the number of troops under general Pingdong?"


    After hearing this, they were stunned and shook their heads.


    Later, Xu Shu said word by word: "there are three hundred and fifteen thousand soldiers."


    Everyone was in an uproar. With a population of 2.2 million, it is surprising that 320000 soldiers are supported, which is such a high proportion.


    After the discussion, Xu Shu continued: "this is just the number of soldiers, including 100000 soldiers, 200000 guards and 15000 sailors. This does not include the sailors on the ships and the maintenance personnel of the ships. Moreover, of the more than 300000 troops and horses, there are 45000 cavalry, and 150000 horses. "


    If we say that the number of soldiers and horses in front of us is just a surprise, then the number Xu Shu said behind us is a shock to us all. So many horses consumed as much food as soldiers, that is to say, nearly 600000 troops and horses were consumed under the whole Pingdong general.


    "Fortunately, the general has always attached great importance to commercial affairs. In addition, we have won a lot of wars in Suzhou, so we have accumulated some wealth. Otherwise, Tian Biejia would not be so easy to tell you about Suzhou." With that, Xu Shu made a joke on Tian Feng. Tian Feng also showed a rare smile. Although it was just a flash, it can be seen that he was in a good mood.


    The rest of them also laughed at Xu Shu''s words.


    After everyone laughed, Xu Shu continued: "however, these things are temporary, and now our Pingdong general''s house is still full of difficulties."


    "Luoyang is a place of four wars, and there is not much land that can be used for farming. Now it has become saturated, especially in Hongnong. The population of 200000 has basically reached saturation. Although half of Hanoi is controlled by the general''s office, it is not impeccable. The other half of Hanoi is still controlled by the aristocratic family."


    "The only way to do this is to control Hedong as soon as possible. Hedong was once the rich land of the Han Dynasty and was known as" the mountains and rivers inside and outside ". In recent years, although it was disturbed by the southern Huns and the Baibo bandits, now the southern Huns are accepted by the Xiake. The Baibo bandits, General Yang and General Han, have abandoned the secret and turned to the light. It is believed that there are two generals coming out, so they should be able to accept the Baibo army easily." Xu Shu finally said;


    Huangfu Chaobo is noncommittal about Xu Shu''s idea. For Hedong, it''s best not to send troops, but judging from the current situation, it''s unlikely.With a nod, Huangfu Chaobo turns his eyes to Shi a again. As the general in charge of intelligence under his command, Shi a has gradually entered the role of intelligence leader. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes looked at him, Shi a quickly got up to salute, and then saluted all the people in the hall. Then he came to the map of the hall.


    "Lord, ladies and gentlemen, next, I will introduce the situation of Sizhou and the surrounding forces to you." With that, Shi''a picked up a stick and explained it to the map one by one.


    It is needless to say that the situation in Luoyang, in the words of the time people, is that the government is in harmony with the people. Next is Hongnong. Since last year, Hongnong removed the two counties that did not accept discipline, the situation has been gradually improving. It can be said that these two counties are the most tightly controlled by the state.


    However, the development potential of the two counties is limited. Luoyang is a little bit better. There are still a lot of grain income in the ten counties in the east of Shaanxi, while Hongnong has little.


    Hanoi is relatively stable at present. Several counties to the east of Huai county have been under the control of the prefect''s office, so after more than a year of steady transition, they have been basically under control. Of course, it can only be said that it is basically controlled, which is far from Luoyang Hongnong. As for the cities to the west of Huai County, they are basically under the control of the aristocratic family. Although there is no clear refuge, but also did not tear his face, every so often there are still some money and grain turned over to the prefect''s house.

 Chapter 692

    According to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, the shadow guard also takes these aristocratic families as the focus of monitoring. However, according to the information, these aristocratic families are still the same, and there is no response at all. It seems that the replacement of Hanoi prefect has nothing to do with them. But the more they are like this, the more uneasy Huangfu Chaobo is. It''s just that the shadow really can''t get hold of them. At present, it can only be like this.


    As for Hedong, shadow has penetrated into it for more than a year, and the situation of Hedong is basically clear.


    The northern part of Hedong is the territory of Guoda leader of Baibo army. At present, it controls Puzi and Beiqu and the surrounding areas. It is said that there are tens of thousands of troops now. In the East was the territory of Yang Feng Han Siam, Li le and Hu CAI of the Baibo army. However, when Yang Feng Han Siam was captured and Hu CAI was killed in the last attack on Luoyang, Li le was the only one left, occupying the area from the Duan family of fuze to the surrounding area of Ji City. It is said that the military strength was several times that of Guo da.


    As for the other counties, only Anyi, Wenxi, Yishi, Puban, fenyin, Jiangyi, Linfen and Pingyang are really under the control of Jiang Pei. The other cities are controlled by complicated forces. For example, Donghuan County, Dayang county and Hebei County are all controlled by the local big families. Although they are respectful to Jiang Pei, they actually become a country of their own.


    As far as we know, Jiang Pei''s troops should be about 100000. If we add all the troops in Hedong County, there should be 200000.


    After hearing Shi A''s introduction, everyone in the hall frowned. Although there were only 200000 troops, the largest one was only about 100000, once the Sizhou army sent troops, it was inevitable that the cities in Hedong would join forces to resist.


    Fortunately, though there are many troops in Hedong, there are not as many as 100000 elite soldiers in the Sizhou army. It is estimated that the real elite among them is 30000 or 50000. The rest of the troops should be similar to or even worse than the soldiers in Sizhou. All the people present were quite sure of the elite level of their troops. After all, the Sizhou army had been fighting for several years. And it''s all war, not like the army in Hedong, just fighting bandits and thieves.


    Everyone''s reaction falls in Shi''a''s eyes, but he is only responsible for explaining intelligence, and the following things are beyond his control.


    So after a little rest, Shi a continued: "next, I''ll explain to you the situation of the forces around our state and other princes in the world."


    First of all, the recent war between Yuan Shao and the Heishan army, which is very eye-catching, has now returned to calm. One side of the two sides has gained territory, and the other side has gained population and materials. It is hard to say who will win or lose. This is the best result that Huangfu Chaobo would like to see.


    Cao Cao in the East has been in a dormant state, and he doesn''t know what big move he has in his heart. In the west, Dong Zhuo and Diao Chan spend a lot of time in Meiwu every day, leaving all political affairs to Li Ru. After Yuan Shu arrived in Shouchun with a lot of money, grain, property and soldiers, he also settled down temporarily, and it is estimated that he is also reorganizing his troops. Sun CE, on the other hand, took his father''s jade seal in exchange for his life and went to Yuan Shu to borrow 30000 troops. Now he is staying with Hao Jiyou in Shuxian county to train his troops and prepare to fight in Jiangjiang.


    Liu Biao Liu Yan Zhang Lu Ma Teng Han Sui these guys are still very quiet now. It is Lu Bu. Since Chen Gong returned to Bingzhou, he seems to have been inspired by Huangfu Chaobo to train his troops. It seems that he is ready to send troops to Yanmen county. Liu Bei also honestly stayed in Daijun, in addition to training soldiers, he went to Liu Yu to ask for all kinds of materials.


    It was the last news that attracted the attention of Huangfu Chaobo. Liu Yu seemed to be more and more dissatisfied with Gongsun Zan. Moreover, it is said that the news came from outside the Great Wall after Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan came out. It is also rumored that Liu Yu once complained to people that Huangfu overtook bonai, general Pingdong. When did the court give him the right to send troops to northern Xinjiang?


    Does Liu Yuzhen want to praise Gongsun as he did in history? Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Shi a to closely observe the situation of Youzhou, and report any changes at any time.


    Although Shia didn''t understand, he was ordered to leave.


    Seeing Shi A''s retreat, he returned to his position and sat down. Huangfu Chaobo stood up, looked around and said, "you guys, how to arrange the Hedong affair? Let''s talk freely."


    For a moment, everyone in the Hall fell into the middle of meditation, which was a little lively, and the Council hall suddenly quieted down.


    At the same time, a middle-aged man was talking to his two sons in a mansion in the east of Wenxian County, north of the river. It was the former Luoyang official at home that made Jing Zhaoyin, Sima Fang, his eldest son, Sima Lang, and his second son, Sima Yi.


    "Father, this time general Pingdong summoned four prefectures to discuss business. What''s the matter?" It was his eldest son, Sima Lang, who spoke. Sima Fang is now nearly half a century old, but his eldest son is only in his early twenties. Because the current situation is unknown, he is not allowed to become an official. As for the matter of general Pingdong''s recruiting four prefectures to discuss affairs, where can the taxi family in Sizhou not know.


    Sima Fang looked up at his eldest son. In his heart, he said that although the eldest son was smart, his talent was far better than that of his second son. The eldest son stayed at home and the second son went out to explore. Thinking of this, he turned to his second son and saw a smile on his face.So he said, "Zhongda, if you think of something, explain it to your brother."


    Sima Yi, a minor, bowed to his father and said, "when I return to my father, my son feels that it is only general Pingdong who wants to fight against Hedong. Whether Jiang Pei comes or not, he will fall into the hub of general Pingdong. If he came, he was afraid that general Pingdong would give him a promotion and stay in Luoyang. If he doesn''t come, he will give general Pingdong a real excuse for disobedience. "


    Sima Fang stroked his beard, nodded and said, "in your opinion, how will this matter develop?"


    "Jiang Pei will fight back!" Sima Yi answered with a firm face.


    "What are we going to do?" Sima Fang asked again;


    "father, bring in the leaders of Hanoi! The Li family of Pinggao, the Chen family of yewang, the Song family of Heyang, and the Zhao family of Qinshui, it''s time to tell that gang of waitoucao that this time is our only chance. Otherwise, once general Pingdong calms Hedong, we will become the fish on the chopping board and be slaughtered. "


    "That''s right," Sima Fang looked at his second son with a look of approval and said, "Boda, go and arrange it. Please go to our Sima family''s other courtyard in Yicheng three days later, and remember, don''t let the Luoyang spies find anything wrong."

 Chapter 693

    After Sima Lang responded, he turned and left to arrange. But Sima Fang sat down again to discuss with his second son. If he wanted to deal with Huangfu Chaobo, it was not enough to rely on their families or Jiang Pei in Hedong alone. They had to unite to be sure. Even if you can''t beat him, you can at least hurt him and win a few years for your family. When the situation is clear, it''s easy to make a decision.


    Just when Sima Fang and his son discussed Jiang Pei, Jiang Pei was also discussing things with others.


    In Anyi city of Hedong County, the prefect''s residence. At this time, in the study of the prefect''s residence, Jiang Pei was gathering several confidants to discuss the matter. There was a player among them, and the attitude of all the people on the scene towards this player was also respectful, second only to the attitude towards the Taishou.


    It was Jiang Pei who was the leader. He sat down on the chair and murmured, "it seems that the little thief of Huangfu is really going to fight me."


    The next player frowned slightly, then stood up and said: "Uncle Wu you, in my nephew''s opinion, this matter is not at the end of the mountain."


    "Shaner, what''s your idea? You know, general Pingdong can resist the attack of the three princes with his own strength. " As soon as Jiang Pei heard this, he immediately came to the spirit, stood up and asked;


    the name of the player named Shan''er is Jiang Shan, and he is also a lucky player like Huangfu Chaobo. Moreover, his birthplace is Hedong. After several twists and turns, he finally got to know Jiang Pei, and then his relationship deepened all the way. Finally, Jiang Pei, who has no children, thinks that he is his nephew and is ready to become a teacher Be a successor.


    Unfortunately, when Jiang Shan really understood his cheap uncle''s strength, he was greatly disappointed. Although Jiang Pei was the prefect of a county, he was able to be mediocre. It was only because he took the path of Dong Zhuo''s nephew Dong Wen that he made up for his position as the prefect of Hedong. However, Hedong at this time is far from that of Dong Zhuo. It has been combed back and forth by Xiongnu and Baibo thieves for several times. Even he is only in charge of several counties. There are only five cities in his hands.


    What makes Jiangshan feel strange is that Jiang Pei even turned over with Dong Wen when he was the governor of Hedong, which is why Dong Zhuo easily delimited the scope of Sizhou. What''s more pitiful is that Jiangshan didn''t find a famous historical general under Jiang Pei after several times of searching. Whether he is a civil servant or a military general, he is basically the player''s own training level.


    Now Jiang Pei and Huangfu Chaobo have turned their faces again. What makes Jiang Shan feel strange is that his cheap uncle has rice fields in his head? What are you going to do if you offend all the forces around you? Thinking of this, I can''t help but have a big head. But now that I have reached this level, it''s impossible to turn back.


    Think of here, can not help but think of a few days to find their own two players, turned out to be the overlord and the rest of the king. Jiangshan knows a little about these two people. They used to be the county magistrate of a county in Hongnong, but Hongnong became the site of Huangfu Chaobo. They didn''t want to bow to Huangfu Chaobo and were ready to transfer all the personnel and materials in the county. As a result, only half of them were found by Huangfu Chaobo and directly driven away.


    Now they come to find themselves, it seems that it is also because of Huangfu Chaobo.


    For the first player with unlimited scenery, many people in the game are envious, especially those who are driven away by him. So many people are very concerned about Huangfu''s actions. There are many smart players among the players. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s move came out, everyone guessed that he was going to fight against Hedong county.


    When they heard that Jiang Pei had not rushed to Luoyang to attend the meeting, they came to Anyi. The purpose is very clear. Unite and fight against Huangfu Chaobo. Don''t try to beat him completely, but at least let him suffer a lot.


    Of course, the alliance is not without conditions. They did not propose to occupy a county in Hedong, and then they jointly discussed how to deal with Huangfu Chaobo. Not only that, they also proposed that they could help Jiang Pei and the NPCs behind him. In this way, if they could get the support of the Xiliang army, Huangfu Chaobo would have a big comer this time.


    After Jiang Shan left the prefect''s residence, he thought again and again, and thought that if it was really as they said, there would be great prospects for this matter. If only Huangfu Chaobo could stay for a year or two, completely control the five or six counties in Jiang Pei''s hands, and then unite with the powerful people to compete with Huangfu Chaobo in Hedong.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Shan could not care that he had just left the prefect''s residence. He immediately returned to the prefect''s residence, found his cheap uncle, and explained everything to him in detail. After listening to Jiang Shan''s words, Jiang Pei is like a drowning man who catches a life-saving straw. There''s no reason why he doesn''t agree. After their discussion, Jiang Pei immediately appointed Jiang Shan to the post of governor and captain of Hedong County, and let him take full charge of the liaison with xiongba.


    After half a day''s discussion with xiongba, the matter was finally settled. The main reason is that the two counties are from the imperial court. If they want to occupy the two counties, they must get the consent of the Hedong prefect of Anyi, or they will be rebellious.After they got the two counties, they had to be responsible for contacting Dong Zhuojun. After they got the appointment of their respective counties, they didn''t refuse either. They soon contacted their backstage Li Yi and Li Su. Under their promotion, Jiang Pei will send another person to Chang''an to bow to Dong Zhuo. Of course, it is necessary to send a large amount of money.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was discussing with the people about sending troops, but he didn''t expect that he was a man and a man was also a man.


    Now it''s September 20, and there''s still a month left for the second round of grain harvest. But everyone agreed that we should not wait for the second round of grain storage, and it is better to send troops before the harvest.


    If the speed is fast enough, the army can enter Hedong by mid October. But in this way, it is a little hasty to send troops. Another point is that the attitude of the aristocratic families in Western Hanoi is still unknown. If they were afraid that Huangfu Chaobo would have the humility to attack Guo, they would not let go of the road easily.


    In response, Pang Tong said: "well, since they have no objection, the general can order them to send 2000 elite soldiers from each county to attack Hedong. And they must be led by the elite children of all families and nationalities, and then they can be incorporated into the army. "

 Chapter 694

    Xu Shu nodded in agreement with Pang Tong''s opinion and said, "yes, if the Hanoi family can send their children into the army, it will prove that they are not against their will. In this way, the soldiers can also reorganize them and give them all to a general, and the boundary time is also a great help to attack the city."


    The others nodded in agreement. Huangfu Song said: "even so, we still need to guard against the rebellion of Hanoi cities, and we need to be cautious in everything."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "my nephew has remembered my uncle''s words." Then he turned to the others and said, "do you have anything to add? If not, how should the troops and horses be arranged for this expedition? "


    Pang Tong took a look at Xu Shu. The latter got up and handed over a piece of paper full of handwriting. It seems that he should have been ready for a long time.


    Huangfu Chaobo took a look at it, but there was no arrangement for himself and the pro guard camp. Then he said to Xu Shu, "now that Yuanzhi has a plan, let''s be frank. However, this battle will be led by our general as the central army. Of course, the immediate command will be handed over to Yuanzhi or the leading generals. "


    Xu Shu looked at Pang Tong helplessly, bowed his hand, and then slowly said: "General Huang is good at guarding. Huben camp is the most elite army under general Pingdong. Therefore, this time, General Huang and Huben camp are still needed to guard Luoyang to control the night."


    Then he looked at Zhao Yun and said, "although general Zhao''s Dragon inlaid camp suffered losses last time, it has been replenished. In this battle, General Zhao''s long Xiangying can be the former army and directly attack Jiguan. It''s better to attack Jiguan before Hedong''s army reacts. If not, wait for the follow-up army to arrive. "


    "As for the other soldiers and horses, I don''t need ten thousand people from the pro guard camp of my Lord to fight. Since my lord insists on fighting, I can lead the pro guard camp to fight with the Chinese army. The battalion then dispatched a school of troops from the baotao camp in Hanoi, led by its deputy general Su Zhi. As a result, there were 40000 troops in the battalions, including 10000 cavalry and 30000 soldiers. "


    After a little pause, Xu Shu said: "in terms of garrison, Luoyang garrison is 10000, cities under Luoyang garrison is 1000, a total of 20000, plus Hongnong garrison is 5000, huaixian garrison is 10000, and cities in Hanoi garrison is 1000, a total of 10000. So there were fifty-five thousand guards, about one hundred thousand troops. "


    "In addition, if the counties in the western part of Hanoi can have 15000 troops, then if we add our 95000 troops, there will be 120000 troops."


    "As for the generals, the lower officials thought that Zhao Yun, the chief general, was a scholar yuan. The rest of the generals were Su Zhi, Yang Feng, Wang Yong, zuojiao, plus the generals of the Lord''s Pro guard camp."


    The reason why he didn''t choose his father-in-law was that Xu Shu knew that only his father-in-law was the oldest among the generals under Huangfu Chaobo''s command, because his father-in-law was the best in Luoyang if he had to go to battle.


    Among the generals present, those who are called must be happy and smiling, while those who are not are dejected. Because we all know that if there are no special circumstances for the candidates selected by the military division, their own masters will generally agree.


    After an hour''s discussion, Huangfu Chaobo finally took a picture and carried on according to Xu Shu''s arrangement. However, they also came to the conclusion that no matter how fast it is, it is difficult to capture Hedong before next month''s grain harvest. That is to say, it is very likely that Hedong will stick to the city just after it receives this season''s grain into the city. In this way, the Sizhou army may not be suitable to attack the city in winter and return without success.


    Hearing this inference, Huangfu Chaobo sighed with a sigh that he was not sure of the time. However, I can''t wait any longer. Other vassal forces are stepping up their actions, and now I haven''t even settled Hedong.


    On September 21, Sizhou Mu Huangfu Chaobo ordered the four prefectures of Sizhou to raise different amounts of grain and grass, and demanded that they be transported to Luoyang before October 1.


    Two days later, the order spread to Hedong. Although Jiang Pei took the order, he did not reply to the messenger. Instead, he kept silent.


    That night, Hanoi, more than ten miles southeast of Bo County, a small town called Yicheng. Inside the largest manor in the town, there is a small courtyard with bright lights, but you can''t see the situation outside the town. Moreover, there are no people outside the town now, but there are soldiers guarding the main roads in the town.


    It''s true that the people gathered here are the masters of the families who control the western cities of Hanoi. The reason why they gathered here was that they were recruited by the Sima family.


    In the courtyard, Sima Fang was sitting on the throne. Sima Lang, an adult, was busy in front of the house and received the owners. But Sima Yi stood behind him honestly and looked up at the owners and their families from time to time.


    After a long time, the noisy hall was quiet, and everyone sat down in turn.


    Sima Fang coughed softly and said slowly, "master, please come here this time. I believe you already know what''s going on."


    "Brother Jiangong, have you really reached such a stage?" Li Ping, the head of the Li family in Pinggao, said;


    Sima Fang nodded his head gently and said: "you must have heard that general Pingdong ordered two days ago that all the four counties need to raise food and grass to send to Luoyang, in order to force against the governor Jiang Pei of Hedong. Once Hedong rebelled, general Pingdong would surely send troops to fight the rebellion. Hedong must be as good as general Pingdong, and then you are here. "All of you are excellent people, but you are not willing to admit it. As soon as Sima Fang reminded them, they all nodded in agreement. Indeed, the reason why these people can control half a county in Hanoi is not that the whole prefecture or the whole Sili is not monolithic.


    However, once Huangfu Chaobo calmed Hedong, the cities in xihanoi would become turtles in a jar. All of them became the fish on the chopping board of Huangfu Chaobo and were slaughtered by him.


    Chen Chu, the head of the Chen family of the wild king, stood up and said, "since Jiang Pei will fight back and Huangfu Chaobo will fight back, how can we do that?"


    "Hey, how can we do that? Before Huangfu Chaobo''s army is ready, we will lead Jiang Pei''s army into Hanoi, take huaixian county together, and drive Huangfu Chaobo out of Hanoi." This time it was Zhao Yi, the head of the Zhao family in Qinshui.


    "No," Song Shen, the leader of the Song family in Heyang, said, "this is a move to lead wolves into the house."


    "How dare Jiang Pei and others call themselves wolves?" Zhao Yi snorted;


    Song Shen was about to speak, but Sima Fang coughed again, and then said, "I have a plan here for your reference."

 Chapter 695

    On hearing this, the family leaders immediately said, "brother Jiangong, please tell me!"


    "On the contrary, we wanted to unite with Jiang Pei, but we didn''t bring Jiang Pei into Hanoi. Instead, we sent Huangfu''s Chaobo army to Hedong, and then closed the door and beat the dogs!" With that, Sima Fang made a gesture. "In this way, the battle will be in Hedong, not in Hanoi."


    Hearing this, song Shen, who was quick to respond, immediately said: "brother Jiangong''s plan is very good. Let Jiang Pei and Huangfu Chaobo fight to death. Let''s sit on the mountain and watch the tiger fight."


    "Yes," Li Ping responded, "at that time, all the troops of Huangfu Chaobo will be annihilated in Hedong. In this way, even if Huangfu Chaobo can return to Luoyang, he will not be able to take care of our Hanoi. I can''t say that for the sake of Luoyang''s safety, the troops of Hanoi will return to Luoyang, and the whole Hanoi will be ours. Ha ha ha


    All of them also looked like flying, and all of a sudden their minds became active, thinking about how much profit their family could make in it.


    Sima Yi glanced at the scene and kept silent. If anyone could see his eyes, it could be seen that there was only infinite contempt inside.


    Do a group of short-sighted people really think that Huangfu Chaobo is so easy to deal with? He also wanted to destroy the army of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Sima Yi''s strategy of closing the door and beating the dog is exactly what Sima Yi came up with. He knew that Huangfu Chaobo was not so good at playing tricks, so they still had to pay some price if they wanted to successfully lead Huangfu Chaobo''s army into Hedong. So he discussed with his father and brother to drag all the families in Hanoi into the water and share the loss of Sima family. In time, if it goes well, the Sima family will become the actual controller of Hanoi.


    Even in a few years, Hedong can be easily included in the bag. In Sima Yi''s eyes, Jiang Pei is just a clown. Thinking of this, Sima Yi''s eyes flashed a trace of brilliance.


    In Sima Yi''s plan, if we want to successfully lead Huangfu Chaobo army into Hedong, we should be prepared to invest a lot of money. Of course, the cost may be money, food and materials, or even personnel and soldiers. Therefore, in the face of the uproar of all the people present, he just looked on coldly. Sima Fang''s words are to arouse people''s desire. Only by arousing people''s interest can they implement the plan behind them.


    Sure enough, after a long time of noisy discussion, someone finally responded. After stopping the noise, Li Ping said, "brother Jiangong, how can we lure Huangfu Chaobo into the hub?"


    "Gentlemen, I also have some considerations about this matter. I just want to discuss with you on specific matters this time." With these words, Sima Fang told the public what he had discussed with his two sons.


    In fact, there is nothing else. The aristocratic families in Xihe are not really hostile to Huangfu Chaobo. They have always been at peace, and they have not shown any hostility. Therefore, this time Huangfu Chaobo will not attack the public easily.


    According to his father and son, once Jiang Pei rebelled, Huangfu Chaobo would surely send troops. At that time, the Sima family and other aristocratic families must be brought into the water. According to Sima Yi''s inference, it is estimated that in addition to the support of money and food, Huangfu Chaobo will certainly ask all the aristocratic families to send troops to the army.


    So Sima Yi''s arrangement was nothing else. The most important thing was to get in touch with Jiang PEI as soon as possible, and the two sides agreed that they would first lead the army of Huangfu Chaobo to Hedong. Then at the right time, the Hanoi family would cut off the retreat of the army of Huangfu Chaobo, and then lead the army back to the east to attack Hanoi. In Hedong, however, the army of Huangfu Chaobo besieged him for a period of time. When he was tired, the army of the two counties worked together to destroy him.


    Of course, in order to attract Huangfu''s Chaobo army into the hub, the Hanoi aristocratic families would certainly send some soldiers. For these soldiers, Sima Yi meant not only to send them, but also not to be the old and weak. He could take the opportunity to transfer all the soldiers controlled by the aristocratic families with different intentions. Then the elite of each family would be ready. When the Sizhou army was trapped, the coalition would be ready The army attacked huaixian county.


    After Sima Fang explained the detailed plan to the owners, they all agreed to the plan. For each family, it is clear which is more important than which.


    After all the negotiations were completed, everyone left separately and returned home to make preparations. First of all, the order of raising grain came from Luoyang. After complaining to the officials in the county and city for half a day, all the families raised part of the grain one after another. However, they basically did not meet the requirements of Luoyang, but were in short supply.


    This is also Sima Yi''s idea. Every family should act as if they are unwilling. Only in this way can they conform to the current relationship between the aristocratic family and Huangfu Chaobo. If you give it too simply, it will arouse Luoyang''s vigilance. Sure enough, after the news came to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo just gave a slight smile and ignored it. In his opinion, these aristocratic families should be like this. But he didn''t expect that someone had taken his reaction into account.


    On the second day of the meeting, Sima Fang sent his cronies to Hedong to meet Jiang Pei. As Sima Yi expected, Jiang Pei was more determined to fight against Huangfu Chaobo after getting the promises from various families in Hanoi. After repeated communication with Chang''an and Hanoi, Jiang Pei began to make preparations.On September 25, Jiang Pei appointed the overlord of Heluo alliance as Linfen county magistrate, and the Fengyun of Sizhou Fengyun as Jiangyi county magistrate. After they got Jiang Pei''s appointment, they quickly controlled their respective counties. Then, immediately get the troops ready.


    On September 28th, Luoyang''s grain urging envoy appeared again in Hedong Prefecture. This time, the envoy''s tone was much harsher than that of the last time. He explicitly asked Hedong to send the corresponding amount of grain to Luoyang before October 5th. Otherwise, he would be severely punished.


    On October 5, the prefect of Hedong summoned the county magistrates to discuss the matter. After counting all kinds of atrocities and mistakes of Huangfu Chaobo, Jiang Pei announced that he would fight against the tyranny of Huangfu Chaobo, and Hedong county would return to Chang''an.


    On October 6, when the news reached Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo was furious. He announced that Jiang Pei, the prefect of Hedong, had set up a rebellion and that he would personally lead the army to fight against the rebellion in Hedong. At the same time, he ordered all counties in Hanoi to mobilize 2000 soldiers to fight with the army.


    On October 8, the general of Pingdong, Zhou Mu Huangfu, took an oath in the eastern suburb of Luoyang. He gathered 120000 troops, 40000 auxiliary soldiers and craftsmen, with a total of more than 50000 people. He said that 200000 troops had sent troops to Hedong to pacify Jiang Pei''s rebellion.


    At the end of the oath, the army boarded the ship at Luoyang wharf and went down the Luoshui River to Hanoi port.

 Chapter 696

    On October 10, the Sizhou army arrived in Hanoi. After landing, the army didn''t stop there much. General Zhao Yun led the camp with 30000 soldiers as the vanguard. All the way, he rushed to Jiguan. Pingdong general Huangfu Chaobo led 70000 troops as the central army, followed by him. Unfortunately, the governor of Hedong, Jiang Pei, is ready. Jiguan has been closed, and 30000 troops of Hedong are guarding it.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun was not in a hurry to fight. He asked people to pay back quickly and watch the movements of Jiguan while waiting for the army to arrive. Huaixian county was about 200 li away from Jiguan. After receiving Zhao Yunfei''s report, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Jiguan was not easy to get down, so he didn''t drive the army. Four days later, the army arrived outside the city.


    By this time, the cities of Hanoi had gathered 16000 troops, led by Sima Lang, to join the Chinese army of Huangfu Chaobo. The army was accompanied by nearly ten thousand stones of grain and grass. Huangfu Chaobo was also very happy to see the Hanoi family so knowledgeable. In particular, the Sima family is led by the adult Sima lang. it can be seen that although the Sima family has not yet become an official, it is also an indirect sign of bowing down.


    After discussing with Zhao Yun and pangtong, Huangfu Chaobo was very generous to hand over the 16000 troops of his family to Sima Lang.


    Panguan, also known as Jiguan and Qiguan, is a famous pass on panguanxing, one of the eight Xings of Taihang in ancient China. Where we are now, we have lost the examination in ancient times. According to the records of Jiyuan County in the Qing Dynasty, there is a doubt about today''s Dadian. That is, today''s Jiyuan City Wangwushan Township Wangwushan peak east side of the Dadian River Dadian village. It is only 1.5 km east of Fuguan (fengmenkou Village). According to the records of Fang Yu''s summary of history reading in the Qing Dynasty, "the Guan pass is seen in Yuanqu County, Shanxi Province.". According to some people who study historical geography and local chronicles of Jiyuan City today, luoguan is near Xiaodian village on the East Bank of Dadian River, about 2 kilometers northwest of it.


    However, in the game, Nu Wa placed Jiguan at the entrance of Wangwu mountain, a hundred miles northwest of Chi county. From Jiguan to panguanxing, it is Hedong boundary, and 150 miles west, it is Dongyuan County of Hedong county.


    At this time, there were already 5000 troops in Hedong on top of Jiguan, and nearly 30000 troops in the camp after the pass. Although it was far inferior to Huangfu''s Chaobo army, Hedong army had the advantage of terrain. So when Zhao Yun arrived at guanxia, he immediately led the army to retreat five li and go down to camp, waiting for the army to arrive.


    After the troops were settled down, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the assembly of generals for discussion.


    When the crowd arrived, Huangfu Chaobo did not say much. He said directly, "General Zhao, explain the situation of Jiguan to the generals in detail."


    "Will not take orders." Zhao Yun went out and saluted Huangfu Chao. Then he said, "according to my observation, the terrain of Jiguan is dangerous, and the mountains on both sides are steep. Although it''s only a medium-sized pass, the wall is three feet high. It''s all made of huge stones and is extremely strong. There are about 5000 troops stationed in the pass, but a few days ago, the governor of Hedong, Jiang Pei, sent his general Jiang Jian to lead 25000 troops to defend. "


    After listening to Zhao Yun''s words, everyone is quiet. Although everyone has considered the strong attack, at this time, everyone doesn''t want to face it.


    "It seems that there is no other way but to attack by force?" Huangfu Chaobo looks at Zhao Yun, takes another look at Pang Tong, and then sighs with a sigh;


    Zhao Yun nods his head. Just as he is about to speak, he sees Sima Lang come out and say, "general, Hanoi army is willing to fight for him!"


    Huang Fu was just about to open his mouth when he saw Pang Tong saying, "it''s so good. I''ve heard of the elite soldiers of Hanoi family. It''s just time for us to see them."


    "Well, that''s right. Since Boda has a heart, the first round of attack will be carried out by the Hanoi armies. I would like to wish Boda a a successful start here!"


    "General Xie!" Sima Lang bowed to accept the order, and then returned to his position.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with the generals about the preparation of equipment. Because he was still in Hanoi, and had received the news that Zhao Yun''s Jiguan had increased troops, Huangfu Chaobo still carried some equipment from Huai County, plus hundreds of craftsmen with him. It''s still afternoon now, so auxiliary soldiers and craftsmen can still make some equipment.


    After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the generals to go down and prepare for each other.


    When Sima Lang returned to his camp, he immediately gathered the leaders of all the families for discussion. According to his younger brother''s arrangement, the troops were basically important figures of all families, and their purpose was to confuse Huangfu Chaobo. As for the two thousand soldiers dispatched, except for the two or three hundred elite soldiers around each person who were used to protect each other, the remaining 1780 were ordinary county soldiers who were used for consumption.


    This is true not only for the soldiers of Hanoi aristocratic family, but also for those in Jiguan. Nearly half of the soldiers sent by Jiang Pei are prepared to be consumed here. One of them is to consume the troops of those counties that don''t deal with Jiang Pei. The other is to kill the morale of Huangfu''s Chaobo army.


    On October 15, when the first ray of sunshine came to the Taihang Mountains in the morning, a bleak bugle sounded in the Sizhou army camp in front of Jiguan.


    Then, in the morning light, a series of taxi soldiers came out of the camp and formed a formation outside the camp. These were more than 14000 Hanoi aristocratic soldiers under Sima Lang''s command. After them, there was a high-level Jinglan, on which were Yuanrong crossbow soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo''s own guards. They would provide cover for the infantry attack. Then there are dozens of high-grade catapults, which are large-scale equipment transported from huaixian county.As the catapult reached the attack distance, the order of attack came from the Chinese army.


    With the Chinese Army''s orders coming, there were bursts of "buzzing" sound from the catapult position, followed by a piece of stone bombs flying to Jiguan, and then a roar sounded. Close the door, scream one after another, dust everywhere.


    Under the cover of the catapult, Hanoi army, which had been ready for a long time, rushed towards the wall. Of course, it is not Sima Lang who leads the attack, but the general in the ordinary army.


    Seeing that the siege soldiers are approaching a hundred steps, the catapult can only stop at this time, because soon the siege soldiers are forced under the wall. In order to avoid accidental injury, the catapult can only stop. Fortunately, Jinglan has slowly entered the attack distance.


    At this time, the archers at the head of the city also began to attack the city. The sky full of arrows flew down the city. At this time, the casualties of the siege soldiers also appeared.


    As the soldiers get closer to the wall, the archers on the well appendix can only stop shooting. Only a few soldiers with excellent archery skills can shoot accurately on the wall.

 Chapter 697

    With the soldiers close to the wall, the city wall battle of the most fierce ant attack began. The guard, who had been preparing for several days, threw a piece of prepared rolling stone toward the taxi under the city. He was attacking the city along the siege ladder. The taxi was smacked down from the ladder and fell directly under the city with a long scream.


    At the same time, the long-range attack of Sizhou army has stopped completely, but the archers at the head of the city can shoot at the bottom of the city without fear. Although it is only scattering, it has a great impact on the taxi drivers below the city. On the one hand, we need to be on guard against the arrows from the city at any time, on the other hand, we need to attack the city desperately.


    Apart from Pang Tong, there are two other people around Huangfu Chaobo. One is Dian man, the eldest son of Dian Wei. The boy is already 13 years old, but his figure can be regarded as a boy of 16 or 17 years old. The other is Hao Zhao of Bingzhou, a great general valued by Huangfu Chaobo. Although he is only ten years old now, he has been growing up in the general''s mansion for many years, but he is already twelve or thirteen years old.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo thought that he would bring the two children a long insight.


    In fact, Dian man has been able to enter the army for training, but he has been pressed by Huangfu Chaobo. In addition to practicing martial arts every day, he also studies the art of war with Hao Zhao, just as Huangfu Chaobo trained Huang Xu and his brother and sister. Huangfu Chaobo also hopes that Dian man can get rid of his father''s reputation and become a brave and resourceful general.


    Standing on the vanguard car, looking at the fierce battle ahead, Pang Tong explained to them all kinds of knowledge about siege and defense. For them, this is a very rare opportunity.


    Time passed quickly. By noon, though Hanoi army was fighting to the death, there was still little progress. In the morning, it had not been able to attack the city. However, by this time, more than 14000 soldiers had attacked in turn, with 3000 casualties.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Pang Tong. Pang Tong also nodded and said, "Lord, let''s call for the Golden Army. The situation of the closed garrison is probably clear. The army will rest and attack again in the afternoon! "


    Huangfu Chaobo also nodded and ordered Mingjin to withdraw his troops.


    With the sound of a whistling, the Hanoi army, which was attacking, retreated like a tide. Of course, the returned taxis did not forget to add the siege equipment together with the injured ones. At this time, Jinglan and the catapult attacked the wall again to cover the retreat of the nurses.


    A moment later, the Hanoi army returned safely. After Sima Lang placed the army behind Zhong''an, he quickly led a group of aristocratic children to the Chinese army. As soon as they saw Huangfu Chaobo, they all fell to their knees and said in unison, "we are incompetent. If we fail to attack the fortress, please punish us."


    "It''s all right. As you can see from the performance of the army just now, it''s not that you don''t work hard, but that the garrison is really strong and it''s not the crime of war. General, please get up and lead the soldiers back to the camp to rest. "


    "Thank you for your kindness After lunch and a short rest in the afternoon, the army continued to attack Jiguan. However, in the afternoon, the attack was replaced by the garrison of Luoyang. According to Pang Tong and Zhao Yun''s arrangement, it is impossible to attack such a strong pass. In the early stage, the garrison can only keep constant pressure on the garrison in the pass. In the appropriate period, the elite horses can be used to attack the pass city.


    Su Zhi was in charge of the war this time. Compared with the soldiers of Hanoi family in the morning, it is obvious that he had a much more accurate grasp of the war. The attack in the afternoon lasted only for more than an hour, and then the troops withdrew. The main reason was that the army was attacking from east to west. At 3:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m., the sun had a great influence on the soldiers, so at Pang Tong''s suggestion, the attack ended.


    The attack in the afternoon made the army lose more than 1000 people again. However, it made the soldiers attack the Wall twice. Although they didn''t hold on for long enough to let the Hedong army drive down the wall, compared with the war in the morning, they have made great progress.


    At the same time, Pang Tong called the Xie family''s children in chixian county and inquired about the surrounding situation carefully. Then he sent people to look for ordinary people who were familiar with Jiguan, hoping to find a path around to the back of Jiguan and echo with the attack in front of it.


    In the evening, Zhao Yun arranged for soldiers to harass him all night, but Pang Tong insisted.


    The next two days were still the same. With the experience of the previous day, Pang Tong discussed with Zhao Yun that the Garrison should be divided into several units and attacked by several generals in turn. The purpose was not only to train troops, but also to train generals.


    In such a three-day period, the 70000 defenders basically took turns. At this time, the defenders in the pass had already suffered a lot. In addition, the harassment every night made the morale of the defenders drop a lot.


    On the morning of the 18th, Pang Tong suggested that Zhao Yun could consider breaking the barrier. Moreover, now it''s time to harvest grain. If he can''t enter Hedong boundary as soon as possible, once the grain is harvested, Jiang Pei will have more capital to defend the city.


    With the sound of the horn, the army was ready to go again. Today''s battle is under Zhao Yun''s command of Longxiang camp. Although Zhao Yun did not lead the battle in person, this battle was fought by Su Zhi, in addition to Wang Yong, the Deputy General of Longxiang camp, and Zuo Xiao. Yang Feng and Dian Wei will also fight.What Pang Tong means is that with the attacks of the previous few days, we should be able to beat the drum today. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted the pro guard camp to attack, but Zhao Yun stopped him. Yuanrong crossbow soldiers are more suitable for guarding and assisting the city, and the trapped camp is more suitable for defense. Although the Iron Eagle sharps are suitable for attacking the city, there are still more important things to do, that is to pursue.


    Because after Jiguan, there is a mountain road as long as one or two hundred Li. In the target army, the Iron Eagle sharps are more suitable for pursuing. After thinking about it, Huangfu thought it was reasonable, so he agreed to Zhao Yun''s arrangement.


    On the wall, Jiang Jian looks at the Sizhou army several miles away from the wall. Although he is not a famous general, he can also feel that the soldiers who are fighting this time are not ordinary soldiers. Standing on the wall, she can clearly feel the killing atmosphere from far away.


    In his opinion, today''s war should be the last one on the top of Jiguan.


    "Jiang Jian!" Without looking back, Jiang Jian said in a loud voice,


    "general, what can I do for you?" A young player next to him stepped forward and said,


    "how are you getting ready?" In other people''s ears, there may be some inexplicable words, but they know it.

 Chapter 698

    "General Hui, according to the command of the young general, every time after the war, he selected the elite soldiers and organized them separately." After a pause, he continued: "there are about 8000 soldiers now, of which about 1000 have reached the Ninth level, about 2000 have reached the eighth level, and about 5000 have reached the seventh level. General, is today


    "Be prepared. If the general had expected it to be right, today''s Sizhou army would have attacked with all its strength." Jiang Jian said gently,


    "I didn''t take orders." That young general, slightly a Leng, very quick reaction come over, embrace boxing a gift, then turn round to walk to pass.


    "The generals will listen to the orders and send orders to the army to be ready. The enemy will soon attack. We are invincible in today''s battle!" Seeing that Jiang Jian had gone down to prepare, Jiang Jian turned around and yelled at the generals around her;


    "kill..." Everyone responded together.


    There were 30000 troops in Jiguan, which had been damaged by the war in the past few days. These days, Jiang Jiandu kept sending all the injured soldiers to the camp behind the pass. At the same time, some soldiers were sent to the barracks to protect them. This kind of thing is very normal in the eyes of others. The other generals who didn''t deal with Jiang Pei didn''t find anything unusual.


    What they don''t know is that after entering the barracks, some of the wounded soldiers who have reached level 7 or above are placed separately and treated as much as possible, while others are treated as ordinary wounded soldiers.


    Moreover, most of Jiang Jian''s taxi soldiers who were transferred from the pass were those whose rank reached seven or more after the war.


    Jiang Jian is an outstanding talent among the jiangpei people. This year, he is less than 40. He is one of several generals under jiangpei. He has a close relationship with Jiangshan. This time, he was ordered by Jiangshan to gather an elite soldier for him. So in the first three or four days, Huangfu Chaobo was training soldiers, and Jiang Jian was also training soldiers.


    In the past few days, although 30000 soldiers in Jiguan have lost nearly 10000, less than 4000 people have died. Among the remaining 6000 injured soldiers, those who have reached level 7 or above have been arranged by him to be placed alone, and then treated with various kinds of medicine from Jiangshan. Not only the wounded soldiers, but also the soldiers above the seventh rank among the soldiers in the pass were selected by him for various reasons.


    At present, there are more than 16000 soldiers who can fight in the pass. Now what Jiang Jian has to do is try her best to use these soldiers to delay time and let Jiang Jian bring these eight thousand elites to Jiangshan.


    You know, although Jiang Pei was the governor of Hedong, he didn''t have many elite soldiers on hand. That''s why Jiangshan came up with such an idea. He can kill two birds with one stone by taking advantage of Jiguan. Since he can kill other people''s strength, he can also accumulate elite for himself. As expected, Jiang Jian had gathered nearly 8000 high-ranking soldiers in a few days.


    In fact, it is not the war in recent days that has brought so many taxi soldiers to a high level. It is the fact that there are many high-level soldiers among the 30000 soldiers, and Jiang Jian and Jiang Jian have closed them up for various reasons. Of course, through the war in recent days, there are still some taxi soldiers, especially some archers, who have risen the fastest.


    Soon after Jiang Jian''s arrangement, the attack of Sizhou army on the other side had begun.


    With the war drums of the central army of Sizhou army, the stones were thrown into the wall like clouds, and the number of them was far away from the attack of the previous few days. Seeing this, all the generals on the wall were awe struck. Jiang Jian was right. It seems that the Sizhou army wants to finish the battle today.


    As Jiang Jian expected, as soon as the war began, the war became white hot. The Sizhou army that attacked today was obviously better than the soldiers of the previous few days. At the beginning of the battle, although we had already taken precautions, we almost let the Sizhou Army stand on the wall.


    Fortunately, with Jiang Jian''s warning, the general on the wall had some preparation in mind. Seeing that the posture was not right, he immediately sent his own guards to stabilize the defense line.


    However, it''s just stable. As a last resort, Jiang Jian ordered another troop from the city. At this time, Zhao Yun also saw the situation at the head of the city where Huangfu Chaobo was in the middle army. With his order, another school was already ready, and the soldiers quickly attacked the wall.


    This time, the leader was Dianwei, who was unique in the Sizhou army, and the guards beside him were 100 soldiers of Tiebi battalion. Each of these soldiers had the strength of more than 100 leaders in the ordinary army.


    With the joining of Dianwei, the Sizhou army soon occupied a position at the head of the city, followed by the soldiers of the Tiebi camp also quickly climbed up the head of the city, several siege ladders protecting the head of the city, while others were guarding Dianwei side, expanding the scope to both sides.


    Seeing this, Ma Shang, the commander of Hedong Military Academy who was in charge of the city, personally led people to attack Dian Wei. Who knows, without two moves, he was split into two parts by Dian Wei Sheng''s life, and his whole viscera were scattered all over the city.


    After he killed the enemy general with one knife, Dian Wei was more like a demon possessed with flesh and blood on his face. He stood at the head of the city holding up his two halberds and yelled: "Chen Liu, Dian Wei is here, who will die!"At the same time, Dianwei''s violent drinking also attracted the attention of the alchemists. When everyone heard Dianwei''s voice, they immediately closed the door and there was a cry everywhere: "general Dianwei has climbed the city, kill him!"


    "Kill..."


    "Kill..."


    For a moment, the whole battlefield rang out one after another.


    At this time of the central army, Huangfu Chaobo also saw the situation at the head of the city. Seeing this, Zhao Yun immediately ordered the army to follow up quickly.


    Soon, the Central Military Department sounded the drum.


    Su Zhi and Yang Feng, who received the military order, also quickly led the soldiers of Longxiang camp to attack the city.


    The accident at the head of the city soon attracted Jiang Jian''s attention. Seeing this, he immediately sent several other school captains to stop him. Unfortunately, they were no longer faced with ordinary military academies, but with Dianwei and Tiebi camp. When several leading school captains were killed by dianshen like chopping melons and vegetables, no one in the city dared to kill Dianwei.


    Seeing this, Jiang Jian didn''t know that she was unable to return to heaven. So he ordered the soldiers to retreat carefully. But he forgot one thing. His morale could not be relieved. What''s more, he was facing such a powerful general as Dianwei.

 Chapter 699

    Although Dian Wei was a strong general, he was not a reckless general. He followed Huangfu Chaobo for several years and experienced ten battles. He was very sensitive to changes in the battlefield. When Jiang Pei ordered the soldiers to retreat, Dian Wei had noticed the reaction of the soldiers.


    Seeing this, Dian Wei immediately led the soldiers of Tiebi camp to fight into the soldiers of Hedong. As a result, the soldiers who had already given up soon became more timid. In the face of the bloodbath caused by the leader of Dianwei, Hedong sergeant who was responsible for stopping Dianwei was defeated in less than a quarter of an hour.


    Then, soon, in Dian Wei''s relentless pursuit, the defeat of the Hedong army became a rout. With more and more officers and soldiers in the city, the defense line of Hedong army has become more and more fragile. Then, with Jiang Jian''s retreat order, the resistance on the whole wall collapsed.


    At this time, the follow-up army of Sizhou army had approached the wall, and soon a steady stream of soldiers boarded the wall and killed them in Hedong under the leadership of the general.


    It wasn''t long before the soldiers of Hedong at the head of the city were basically eliminated. Then, the east gate of Jiguan was opened. Zhao Yun, who had been ready for a long time, led Baima Yi to quickly enter the pass and controlled all parts of the pass.


    And Chen Jing''s Iron Eagle sharp also followed, into the pass. However, they did not ride a horse, and they passed through the pass directly, following the rout of the Hedong army. In addition to Chen Jing, Su Zhi and Yang Feng led 10000 soldiers and soldiers respectively. Their purpose was to prevent tieyingrui soldiers from going deep alone, and their way was cut off by Hedong army. Secondly, it is also to take over the city pass occupied by tieyingruishi along the way.


    As Pang Tong had expected, the generals in Hedong never thought that Sizhou army would pursue him. Jiang Jian was also experienced in war, but Naihe''s spirit had been lost. Although he and other generals tried hard to stabilize, they were also unable to return to heaven. In addition, Jiang Jian has led the early retreat of the barracks, which makes Jiang Jian''s department even less military minded.


    Fortunately, although Jiang Jian was defeated, it also blocked Huangfu''s Chaobo army for nearly half a day. So when Jiang Jian led 5000 or 6000 defeated soldiers to flee, the 8000 elite led by Jiang Jian had already left for half a day.


    Chiguan path is one of the eight Taihang paths. Although it is not a flying fox path, the well path is also tortuous and difficult. Fortunately, the iron Eagles under Chen Jing''s command were light soldiers. Five thousand soldiers, with five days of dry food, pursued the Jiangdong army. Along the way, it was often just when the Hedong army arrived at a village and town and was preparing to have a rest, the Iron Eagle Ruishi had already appeared in the line of sight.


    As a last resort, the soldiers of Hedong started to run again. Then Chen Jing left hundreds of people to defend the territory he had just captured, and continued to lead the army in pursuit. After the follow-up soldiers and horses took over, these defensive soldiers immediately went forward to catch up with the troops and horses in front. At the next place, Chen Jing left hundreds of other people behind. After this, tieyingruishi got a rest.


    All the way to catch up, Chen Jing led the army to follow Hedong army to capture shaoting, Puzhang, Gucheng, Wangmao, Changzhi and Huqiu. Two days later, the army had followed Hedong army to Dongyuan County. At this time, in addition to the 8000 soldiers under Jiang Jian''s command, the rest of the 30000 troops in Hedong army were left with less than 1000 soldiers.


    At this time, in addition to more than a dozen soldiers who fell down because of chasing too fast, all the other soldiers were safe, and Su Zhi Yang Feng''s 20000 troops also arrived at Dongyuan city half a day behind.


    Seeing that the Hedong army had retreated into the fortified city, Chen Jing did not immediately attack the city, but set up a camp five miles outside the city and waited for the army to arrive. However, Chen Jing''s army did not just wait. On the one hand, he arranged for soldiers to camp, and on the other hand, he made a detailed inquiry about the situation around the city. At the same time, he sent some soldiers to try to bypass the city and prepare to go around the back of the city to encircle all Hanoi''s troops in Dongyuan.


    There were five thousand soldiers in Dongyuan City, and there were about ten thousand soldiers in Hedong who retreated back to the city. Now there are fifteen thousand soldiers in total. However, more than a thousand soldiers who finally withdrew from the city had been frightened by the Sizhou army, so it had a great impact on the morale of the garrison in the city.


    In addition, Jiang Jian and other generals did not have much confidence in guarding the city, so after gathering the generals for discussion, Jiang Jian decided to lead the army to retreat at night. Anyway, all of her people were local people in Hedong, especially the garrison in Dongyuan city were basically local soldiers who knew the terrain well. I believe the Sizhou army could not easily pursue them at night.


    As Jiang Jian expected, after the night, the army retreated smoothly, and the Sizhou army did not pursue. In fact, it''s not that Chen Jing didn''t notice the move of the Hedong army. It''s because after all, the Hakka army, coupled with several days of fierce pursuit, exhausted Chen Jing''s troops. Therefore, after repeated deliberation, several generals decided to wait until dawn before marching.


    Early the next morning, Yang Feng sent three thousand soldiers to take over Dongyuan County. After he was ready to take over the army, the other soldiers took Chen Jingbu as the vanguard and went along the chijing path towards Hedong.


    A few days later, that is, on October 20, a total of 20000 troops of Chen Jing and Su Zhi Yang Feng finally passed through chijing and arrived at a place called LENGKOU town at the west exit of chijing. After the army arrived, they quickly attacked LENGKOU, guarded the passage of the army into Hedong, and then sent people to inquire about the information of cities in Hedong to prepare for the army''s arrival in Hedong.It was not until the 25th that the Sizhou army successfully arrived at LENGKOU. LENGKOU town was a middle town under Wen Xi''s rule. It was just located at the west entrance of chijing, a few miles northwest of which was Wushui. Wenxi County is located just over 50 miles down the river. However, the county is located on the North Bank of the river. Wenxi then went southeast along the Sushui River, and within 50 miles was Anyi, the county city of Hedong.


    Three days later, all the troops of Huangfu Chaobo passed through the chijing and reached LENGKOU. After the army arrived, it did not send troops immediately, but took a rest here for two days. After all, at this time, the harvest of autumn crops had been basically finished. After nearly a month''s March, although there was no war, the soldiers needed to rest.


    On November 1, the army set out again. Along the way from Jiguan to LENGKOU, soldiers were needed to be stationed in every pass city. Therefore, at this time, the number of troops really set out was only 110000.

 Chapter 700

    Of course, there were more than ten thousand soldiers and horses who came all the way to capture. These soldiers had been selected and sent back to huaixian County for detention, except those with better qualifications and higher ranks.


    After the arrival of the army, although the soldiers were resting, the craftsmen and auxiliary soldiers did not stop. They were sent around to cut down trees and make all kinds of siege equipment.


    Two days later, the army finally arrived at the destination of the battle, under Anyi city in Hedong.


    When the army arrived at Anyi City, they did not rush to attack the city. Instead, they set up a camp on the South Bank of Sushui, ten miles north of Anyi city. After all the camps were arranged properly, Huangfu Chaobo and his party went to Anyi city to investigate the situation of the city under the protection of Baima Yicong and Tutu cavalry.


    Anyi was originally the name of the ancient capital of China, which is now Xiaxian County in Shanxi Province. In the early Warring States period, the territory of Wei state was mainly in Hedong, and its capital was Anyi. As the state of Wei continued to expand its territory in the East, the main territory of the state of Wei became Henan. In addition, Anyi was located in the east corner of the river, which was not conducive to controlling the eastern princes and stabilizing its hegemony. In 364 BC, the state of Wei moved its capital to Daliang (now Kaifeng, Henan Province). In the Qin and Han Dynasties, Anyi became the administrative center of Hedong county and Anyi county.


    In the south of Anyi city is Zhongtiao Mountain. Qinglong River, Tianyan River, Baisha River and Yaoxian canal flow through the southeast. Mingtiaogang sleeps in the northwest. The terrain is high in the north and low in the south. The city is divided into four parts: big city, middle city, small city and Yuwang temple. The small city is in the center of the big city, the Yuwang temple is in the southeast corner of the small city, and the middle city is in the southwest of the big city.


    The shape of the big city is like a trapezoid. The walls on all sides are made of slabs and rammed. Except for the north wall, the other walls are not straight. The east wall is three li long, and the west wall is about nine Li long. It twists and turns with the ups and downs of the terrain. It is the most curved of the four walls. The south wall is seven Li long, the north wall is five li long, and there are moats outside. The outer wall of Dacheng is about two feet high, which is the largest city in Hedong county.


    Stationed about a mile north of Anyi City, Huangfu Chaobo and his party carefully observed the situation of Anyi city. Pang Tong talked about Anyi city in detail.


    From the outside of the city, we can see that the city wall is heavily fortified. After several months of preparation, Jiang Pei has managed the city tightly.


    After looking at the north for a moment, the group turned to look at the East and west sides, and then turned back to the camp. What they don''t know is that when they look at the city, there are a group of people watching them on the tower of the city wall.


    On the north wall of Anyi, Jiang Peizheng leads a group of people to watch the army of Huangfu Chaobo outside the city. Although a mile away, but also can clearly see the distance of the two murderous cavalry, and they surrounded by a few people. Besides Jiang Pei and some of his subordinates, there are Jiang Shan and a masked general, as well as representatives of several other forces in Hedong. Behind them were their own personal guards.


    "General Xu, what do you think of the troops outside the city?" Jiang Pei is careful to lead the way to the general around him.


    except for a few people such as Jiang Pei and Jiang Shan, no one knows the identity of the general. I only know that this is a guest general Jiang Pei specially invited from other places. Although in the first few days, the generals in Hedong were slightly dissatisfied, in the last few days, the General Xu''s talent had already convinced them. The military affairs arranged by him can be well arranged and implemented.


    After nearly half a month''s preparation, although Anyi city''s defense is not leak proof, it can be said that it is far ahead. This time, after hearing the news that Sizhou army had arrived, Jiang Pei led the people to the north tower to check the movement. Today''s Hedong army has completely withdrawn to each county, and there is no detailed control over the movement outside the city.


    "In Xu''s opinion, the cavalry of these two schools are elite, especially the white horse Yicong of that school. They are all elite cavalry who have been fighting for a long time, especially when they fought with general white horse for more than a month. However, the governor can rest assured that no matter how elite they are, there are only two schools of cavalry. Hum The General Xu snorted coldly;


    "in this way, I will be relieved," Jiang Pei said after listening to the General Xu''s words, "the war in the future will trouble the general."


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. Everything has been arranged for him to enter the army." With that, the general surnamed Xu turned to Jiangshan and said, "general Jiang, are all the troops ready?"


    "Please don''t worry, general," Jiang Shan replied, "all the troops have been put in place according to the arrangement of the military division. Only when the general orders, they can act according to the plan."


    "Well, let this general and general Pingdong meet under Anyi city?" After hearing this, General Xu''s fighting spirit suddenly gushed out.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo people had returned to the camp. Huangfu Chaobo, who returned to the camp, immediately ordered the assembly of generals for discussion. What he didn''t know was that there seemed to be more complete preparations in Anyi City, and those preparations seemed to be far beyond their expectations.


    There was no good plan for Huangfu Chaobo''s discussion. According to the information in advance, there seemed to be 30000 to 40000 troops in Anyi city. Because there were no elite cavalry in Hedong, it seemed that Jiang Pei was determined to defend the city. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo had thought of this possibility before going out, so he didn''t care about it.According to the news from the cavalry reconnaissance in recent days, the rest of the cities in Hedong are also sticking to the city. The soldiers and horses of all the cities in Hedong have no sign of going out to support. Therefore, the only thing they can do now is to attack the city. Fortunately, the army and horses in Hedong are not strong all the time, and Huangfu Chaobo is sure of the siege.


    Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo had ordered all the captured ordinary soldiers to be taken to Anyi city for the purpose of attacking the city. There is a moat outside Anyi city. If you want to attack the city, you must first fill the moat. It is impossible for Huangfu Chaobo to do such a thing with his own troops.


    On the 5th, the battle in Anyi city officially began. According to the prior arrangement, the attack on Anyi was a siege of three and a shortage of one. Zhao Yun is still a general. Yang Feng and zuojiao are responsible for the attack of the northern wall. Su Zhi is responsible for the attack of the eastern wall, and Wang Yong is responsible for the attack of the western wall.


    As the bugle of the siege sounded, the prepared Jinglan was approaching the city wall, and the bowmen on it were all ready. When they were within range, they could shoot at the head of the city to cover the soldiers. Behind the well is the catapult, also slowly approaching the wall.

 Chapter 701

    After the siege equipment entered the attack area, it began to attack the city. At this time, the prisoners of Hedong army, who had been ready to fill the river, carried the prepared bags and rushed to the moat of Anyi city. Although they were captured to fill the river, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think of them as cannon fodder. The shield man who guarded them had been ready for a long time. With an order, he raised his shield to protect the prisoners below.


    At the same time, all kinds of equipment at the head of the city also began to shoot against the attacking equipment at the bottom of the city. On both sides, you come and go, arrows and boulders flying in the air, and all kinds of shouts and screams also sounded up and down the city wall.


    Ten thousand captured soldiers were divided into ten waves and assigned to three sides to fill the river in turn. It took one day and nearly 3000 people were lost. Finally, more than ten siege channels were filled in each moat of the three walls. After this day''s war, the Sizhou army also lost more than 1000 people. There were no 300 people in the war, and more than 200 people were seriously injured. The remaining 500 people were slightly injured to varying degrees.


    The next day, the really fierce ant siege war began. After the ant attack began, the prisoners could no longer use them in the siege, so Zhao Yun sent them to cut down trees to assist the auxiliary soldiers and craftsmen of the rear camp in making all kinds of equipment.


    With the help of a lot of equipment, the loss of siege was slightly reduced, but after three days of fighting, there were still nearly ten thousand casualties, which was not the most depressing. What made Huangfu Chaobo most depressed and puzzled was that every time the soldiers attacked the city wall, they could not hold the city for a long time. As a result, in the past three days, they attacked the city several times and were driven down by the Hedong army.


    In Zhao Yun''s later understanding, they found that there seemed to be a strong group of soldiers in Hedong city. Although there were not many, they were always able to stabilize the situation of the city at the critical moment, and the soldiers who attacked the city were driven down.


    Huangfu Chaobo meant to send soldiers from the barracks or the pro guard camp to attack for a try, but Zhao Yun and Pang Tong refused. Because now the soldiers in the city have not lost their spirit, they will send their own strongest soldiers, which will not help the war situation. Maybe they will lose their elite in the city.


    After discussing with the public, Pang Tong proposed the strategy of dividing forces. Since Anyi city could not be captured in a short time, some soldiers and horses would be left to monitor Anyi city''s soldiers and horses, and some soldiers and horses would be separated from the camp to capture all the cities around Anyi first. At that time, a lonely city would be left, so it would not be able to defend Anyi city for a long time.


    Pang Tong''s proposal was approved by Zhao Yun''s generals. After a night''s rest, the army was divided into three groups. Zhao Yun led Baima Yicong and a school''s soldiers, and Yang Feng led 15000 guards. A total of 25000 troops crossed the river and attacked Wenxi northward. Su Zhi and zuojiao led 10000 soldiers and 15000 guards, bypassing Anyi city and attacking Yi County westward. In order to attack the necessary equipment, the two departments also took 5000 auxiliary soldiers and prisoners.


    The rest were under the command of Huangfu Chaobo and besieged Anyi city. Although there were only 50000 troops left in the camp, there were 10000 soldiers from Huangfu Chaobo, 35000 soldiers from one school, and tens of thousands of wounded and auxiliary soldiers in the camp. After a few days of war, the soldiers and horses in Anyi city were not much damaged, but there were only less than 40000 troops. In addition, there were no cavalry, so all the people in Sizhou were not afraid of the actions of the army in the city.


    On the contrary, we all thought that it would be better if the Hedong army could go out of the city to attack their own camp. However, for the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo still ordered he ruolong''s golden sculptures to go up to heaven from time to time to inspect the situation around Anyi. Fortunately, two days after the division, there was no sign of the activities of most soldiers and horses in Hedong.


    On the third day after the division, Zhao Yun sent someone back to report that the army had arrived at the foot of Wenxi city and began to fill the river for the attack tomorrow. But Su Zhibu didn''t arrive at the foot of Yi''s city until the evening of the third day, preparing to fill the river tomorrow. It is estimated that he can attack the city the day after tomorrow.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care about it. Since jindiao didn''t find any abnormality, it should be implemented according to the established plan. However, when Huangfu Chaobo gave Pang Tong the information returned by the two generals, he watched the two pieces of information fall into meditation.


    Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange and asked, "what''s wrong with Shiyuan?"


    Pang Tong shook his head and said, "there''s nothing wrong."


    "What about Shiyuan?"


    "It''s nothing wrong that makes Tong feel strange. Lord, is Jiang Pei so unpopular in Hedong? No matter it is the county town or the county town under the rule, there is no one to help when our army attacks it! "


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and said, "but no exception has been found, no matter it''s Chihou or jindiao."


    "No abnormality is the biggest abnormality!" Pang Tong murmured to himself. After a long time, he got up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo. He said with a straight face: "Lord, from tomorrow on, please order that the range of warning against Marquis be extended to 50 Li, and at the same time, he ruolong''s golden carving be extended to 200 Li. They also ordered the remaining generals to strengthen the defense of the camp. At the same time, they dispatched a group of soldiers to reinforce the floating bridge where General Zhao crossed the river a few days ago and protect it closely. Someone always feels as if something has been left out. "


    "Oh, is that necessary?"


    "Be careful not to make a big mistake..."After listening to Pang Tong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, but he also accepted his suggestion and arranged what he said seriously.


    The next morning, the left behind officers will act according to his arrangement. Huyandu divided five thousand cavalry into two thousand groups, with 100 people as a team, and 20 teams of Tujue cavalry warned back and forth within 50 Li around the camp.


    The left school led a school guard to the north of the camp and came to the floating bridge where Zhao yunbu crossed the river a few days ago. He escorted 2000 auxiliary soldiers and prisoners to reinforce the floating bridge. Then he built a camp at each end of the floating bridge and arranged 5000 soldiers in two camps to protect the safety of the floating bridge.


    The generals in the camp reinforced the camp and ordered the soldiers to strengthen their guard.


    In the next two days, although Huangfu Chaobo was said to be suspicious by Pang Tong, fortunately, nothing happened. Neither the Tujia soldiers of huyandu nor the gold carving of he ruolong found anything abnormal, which made Huangfu Chaobo very relieved, but Pang Tong''s look was more and more suspicious.


    However, it was Zhao Yun and Su Zhi who made progress. It must be Zhao yunbu who has made rapid progress. Although he has 5000 cavalry, Su Zhi is much better at Zhao Yun''s ability and experience. Therefore, when attacking the county, the difference between the two was reflected.

 Chapter 702

    After one day''s reclamation and two days'' attack, Zhao yunbu has basically attacked the city wall. Only one last blow is needed. Zhao Yun is going to attack Wenxi tomorrow morning.


    But Su Zhibu was different. Although he attacked for only one day, the loss of soldiers was almost the same as Zhao yunbu. In just one day, the war damage has reached nearly a thousand people, which does not include the loss of the previous day''s arrangement to fill the moat.


    For such a result, although Huangfu Chaobo felt very distressed, he had no way. Only a few people in his own hands were able to lead independently. The others were either limited in ability or inexperienced, and had to be tempered slowly by war.


    At night, the camp of Sizhou army was as quiet as usual. The number of patrolling taxis doubled. Under the influence of Pang Tong, the people of Huangfu Chaobo were more cautious, so the safety of the camp was more emphasized.


    In Anyi city to the south of the camp, the lights are still bright in the prefect''s residence. Jiang Pei and his subordinates are sitting in the assembly hall, together with the general surnamed Xu and several of his subordinates.


    "General Xu, is the time yet to come?" Jiang Pei looked at the general surnamed Xu and said cautiously;


    "Your Highness, have you reported the information from all over?" General Xu led the way;


    JIANG Pei took a look at his nephew, Jiang Shan nodded, stood up and said: "back to general Wen Xi, the news has come back from there, and it can last until tomorrow at most. If Zhao Yun attacks tomorrow, it is estimated that Wenxi County will be broken before noon tomorrow. Yi Shi''s words, the situation is much better. The leader''s name is Su Zhi, but tomorrow is the next day. It''s estimated that he will intensify his attack. "


    General Xu nodded, pondered a little, and said: "the defense of Sizhou army camp has been obviously strengthened in recent days. Our layout should be ready to start." Speaking of this, the general surnamed Xu stood up and said, "Your Highness, you can send someone to give orders."


    "He ordered general Wen Xi to hold on until noon tomorrow. After noon, he would have allowed his troops to withdraw from Wen Xi. At the end of tomorrow, the ambush in Anyi city will arrive at the rear of Sizhou army and launch an attack on it. They will order the army in the city to prepare for internal cooperation and external cooperation and annihilate the 30000 people of Huangfu Chaobo under the city. "


    "At the same time, please give orders to Linfen and Jiangyi county magistrates to send out troops to capture LENGKOU town before noon tomorrow, and nail ben to death there. In addition, we can inform Hanoi, and they can also do it. "


    A series of orders came from Xu''s collar. If Huangfu Chaobo could hear them, he would know that he had become a turtle in a jar. Unfortunately, the current Huangfu Chaobo people know nothing about their situation. Although Pang Tong was aware of it, he didn''t expect that Hedong had prepared such a big trap for Huangfu Chaobo, and the trap was so powerful.


    On November 16, the siege of Anyi was the eleventh day. Although there was no siege in the next few days, Anyi had been closed for more than ten days. No one has been able to leave the city these days. Although there were only tens of thousands of people besieging the city, Anyi had no elite cavalry. Although several cavalry wanted to break through the siege, they were surrounded and annihilated outside the city by huyandu cavalry.


    Under the news of the city, Zhao Yun looks at the city in front of him calmly. After several days of fighting, he also finds some abnormalities. One is that it has been more than ten days since the army entered the boundary of Hedong. It can be said that there have been several wars, but no reinforcements have been seen in Anyi or Wenxi.


    Second, Zhao Yun found a group of elite soldiers like Anyi in Wenxi. The number of people is not large, which is estimated to be about one thousand. However, when the war is critical, the crisis in Chengtou can be relieved.


    As a general who has experienced the sound of sand for a long time, Zhao Yun has smelled a bit of crisis from it, so today he is ready to attack the city with all his strength and end the war of Wenxi as soon as possible. However, he only talked with Yang Feng a little about these speculations, and the other generals in the army didn''t reveal anything.


    At his command, five thousand white horses were divided into five units, cruising around the battlefield, paying close attention to the surrounding situation, so as to prevent reinforcements from suddenly appearing when they attacked the city.


    And he himself led a school soldier, and Yang Feng and another school captain led a school guard, 15000 troops to attack the city. The camp left behind more than 3000 soldiers and more than 1000 wounded soldiers who attacked the city these days.


    With the sound of the bugle of attack, the soldiers and horses of the three schools who had been prepared were marching towards the city wall in the morning mist. Then, the roar of the earthquake sounded again over the city.


    This time, Zhao Yun did not spare any effort to lead the army in person. In the first round of attack, he took the lead in attacking the city wall. Then, within a quarter of an hour, Yang Feng and Yang Feng of the other two walls also attacked the city wall one after another.


    To Zhao Yun''s surprise, after his army attacked the city wall, the garrison in the city did not retreat. On the contrary, under the command of the general, he launched a counterattack against the army at the top of the city.


    After defusing the three counterattacks of the Hedong army, Zhao Yun finally fought with a team of more than 1000 elite soldiers. Although under the leadership of Zhao Yun, there are hundreds of soldiers attacking the city, but in the face of thousands of elite soldiers fighting back, Zhao Yun still spent a lot of energy to block their counterattack.After nearly an hour of fierce fighting, he finally annihilated the Hedong army at the head of the city. Later, Zhao Yun led people to open the gate of the city, and the two thousand white horses who had already been ready quickly entered the city to wipe out the fleeing soldiers of the Hedong army in the city.


    At this time, Zhao Yun was free to inspect the situation of the elite soldiers who had just fought with him. These soldiers are obviously bigger and more powerful. After carefully searching several generals, Zhao Yun finally confirmed what he thought.


    These soldiers are really not simple. They are Dong Zhuo''s Xiliang army. Fortunately, although their own Longxiang camp lost nearly a thousand, they also annihilated all these Xiliang troops in Wenxi city. As for a small number of soldiers who escaped from the city, they were all captured by Baima Yi, who was cruising outside the city.


    In this battle, Zhao Yun''s troops were nearly 30000, the soldiers of Longxiang camp lost 1000, and the ordinary guards lost 4000. Five thousand soldiers from the East and one thousand soldiers from the West were killed and killed, about three thousand of them were captured.

 Chapter 703

    However, Zhao Yun can''t care about these now. Since there are soldiers in Xiliang in Wenxi City, there must be soldiers in Anyi city and other cities in Hedong. Moreover, it should not be just infantry. Dong Zhuo Jun is famous for his cavalry. Since he has already sent troops, it is impossible to send only infantry to fight.


    Thinking of this, Zhao Yun immediately ordered Yang Feng to take over Wenxi, put all the auxiliary craftsmen and other non combatant materials in the city, and then led the remaining 10000 soldiers to guard Wenxi city and the camp outside the city, ready to take over the army at any time. At the same time, for the sake of safety, Zhao Yun left him a thousand white horses.


    Zhao Yun himself led four thousand white horses and four thousand soldiers back to Anyi camp. He had to report this to his master as soon as possible.


    Just when Zhao Yun began to attack Wenxi, Su Zhi launched another attack on the city under Yi''s city. Zhao Yun''s progress in Wenxi is very smooth. The war report Huangfu Chaobo has sent someone to Su Zhi''s generals to see it, which makes Su Zhi and zuojiao prepare to intensify their attack.


    In the army, the strong are respected, and it''s hard to get the chance to lead the army alone. Su Zhi and Su Zhi certainly hope that they can have a good performance.


    Unfortunately, what they didn''t know was that when they launched another attack on the city wall, five thousand Xiliang cavalry and five thousand Xiliang soldiers on a school yard inside the city were ready. As soon as the order from the head of the city arrived, they launched a thunderbolt attack on Sizhou army outside the city.


    At the same time, in LENGKOU town at the west entrance of chijing, a school captain was defending the town, commanding 3000 garrison troops to guard the grain road of the army.


    This morning, as usual, the Xiaowei got up and led his own soldiers to inspect the town wall, and then returned to the town to use Chaoshi. But when he went to the north wall of the town, he found that a troop was slowly approaching in the distance. Out of caution, he immediately ordered the guards to ring the alarm, because he did not receive the general''s order from the camp, saying that there were soldiers and horses coming to LENGKOU, and even if there were soldiers and horses coming, they could not arrive at LENGKOU Town, the army''s transit station, early in the morning.


    With the sound of the alarm, the small town, which has been quiet for less than half a month, is once again in a state of tension. A group of taxi soldiers quickly ran out of the barracks, dressed in armour, took their weapons, and entered their respective positions according to the prior arrangement.


    Seeing that his whereabouts had been found, the army never covered up his whereabouts. From a distance, I heard a burst of shouts, and then several battle flags stood up. There are several big words "Jiang" and "Dong" on it.


    Seeing this, the captain doesn''t know what''s going on. There are more than ten thousand soldiers in this unit, but there are only three thousand of them guarding the town. It seems that today''s army is hard to die. When he thought about this, the captain called his own general, wrote all the information about the soldiers and horses outside the town, and gave it to the general. He asked him to divide one hundred guards into ten teams, break through the encirclement from different directions, and quickly rushed to the camp to warn the general.


    The Xiaowei knew that the other party was so prepared. He did not know whether he could send the warning to the camp or not. However, I did my best to listen to fate.


    As he expected, he saw that there were already cavalry going out, and more than a thousand cavalry rushed out of the other side''s army immediately, chasing each other in the direction of breaking through cavalry.


    But now he can''t care so much. He can only order the soldiers to wait for help.


    Half an hour later, more than 10000 troops of Hedong army and Dong Zhuo army finally approached a mile outside LENGKOU town. After that, the army stopped for a while. Not long after that, a general with a big axe and whiskers came out in line. Start to line up and get ready to attack.


    Almost at the same time, in the east of a hundred miles away, at the east entrance of chidao Road, before Jiguan, a group of freight convoys were waiting for the door to open. This is a grain transport convoy organized by Hanoi''s families. It is said that because they heard that the general''s army was relying on the commander-in-chief of Hedong under Anyi city in Hedong, they decided to gather enough grain to support the general''s army in Hedong.


    The guard captain was very happy to hear the news. They already knew the news of Hedong, but there was nothing they could do about it. Now I''m not happy to hear that Hanoi aristocratic families have organized their own personnel to deliver grain and grass to Hedong. At the same time, someone was sent to clean up the passageway inside the pass, so that the motorcade could pass as soon as possible and send the grain and grass to Hedong as soon as possible.


    What they don''t know is that they have led the wolf into the house.


    When more than half of the grain trucks entered the pass, the civilian men carrying grain suddenly got into trouble and killed all the taxis at the gate of the pass. Then, the civilian men in the pass suddenly took out their weapons from the grain trucks and killed the officers and soldiers in the pass.


    Half an hour later, two thousand guards were slaughtered by the soldiers of the Hanoi family, and the whole Jiguan was controlled by the Hanoi family.


    Then, nearly five thousand soldiers entered the pass and closed the gate again. At this point, the retreat of the Sizhou army of Huangfu Chaobo was broken.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo knew nothing about it. He was in the account with Pang Tong, waiting for Zhao Yun to send back the good news.


    Just here, there was a sudden sound of footsteps outside the account. Huangfu Chaobo was moved. Did Zhao Yun capture Wenxi County?When he looked up at the curtain, the curtain had been lifted, and Huyan rushed over, regardless of etiquette. Gasping for breath, he said in a loud voice: "Lord, it''s not good. Half a quarter of an hour ago, the west gate of Anyi city suddenly opened, from which more than 15000 cavalry rushed out, captured and killed all the sudden cavalry who were arranged near the west gate, and then turned to the direction of Yishi County


    "Bang


    "Ah


    "Where did the cavalry come from?"


    All the people in the account didn''t react, and Huangfu Chaobo threw his tea cup to the ground.


    As soon as Pang Tong''s face changed, he quickly asked, "general Huyan, does anyone recognize who these cavalry are?"


    "In the Huijun division, according to the soldiers'' report, the cavalry held a big flag with the word" Dong "and two flags, one with the word" Xiliang "and the other with a bear with wings embroidered on it." Huyan took a little breath.


    "Damn, why are Dong Zhuo''s Xiliang cavalry and flying bear army here?" Pang Tong''s face was as deep as water, and his way was smooth.


    the faces of all the people in the tent changed greatly. For a moment, the tent was silent.


    Just at this time, another person came, but Chen Jing, who is responsible for monitoring the movement of Anyi city today.

 Chapter 704

    As soon as Chen Jinggang entered the camp, he said to Huangfu Chaobo, "my Lord, something bad happened in Anyi city. Suddenly, a large number of soldiers from Xiliang appeared, with two banners of" Dong "and" Xu ". Finally, it is estimated that Xu Rong of Dong Zhuo''s army arrived in Hedong."


    Before Huangfu Chaobo could react, Shi a rushed in, his face was gloomy and said, "Lord, Luoyang urgent report."


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have time to respond. Instead, Pang Tong responded quickly and said to Shi a, "general Shi, what does Luoyang urgent report say?"


    "Lord Hui, Army division Hui. Last night, Luoyang received news from the palace. A month ago, Dong thief sent 5000 Feixiong troops, 15000 Xiliang cavalry and 30000 Xiliang soldiers. A total of 50000 troops crossed the Weishui River and went north. At first, everyone thought it was Dong Zhuo''s army going north to pacify the rebellion of Qiang people there."


    "Only yesterday, when Dong thief was showing off to the emperor in the palace, did he know that his 50000 troops were the Sizhou troops who went to Hedong to help fight against the Lord at the request of Jiang Pei, the governor of Hedong. At that time, the master was right beside the emperor. After hearing the news, he used Feilu to warn Luoyang at night. I hope we can be on guard against Dong''s army of thieves. This time, General Xu Rong, commander of Feixiong military academy Dong Yue, and general fan Hou, commander of Xiliang Tieqi Military Academy were the leaders of Dong thief. "


    "It''s too late Huangfu Chaobo murmured;


    "it''s late!" Shi Aoran, it''s not clear what happened.


    Pang Tong said, "the army of Dong bandits has sent 15000 cavalry to attack the headquarters of general su." Then he walked slowly to the map and said, "if someone didn''t guess the town wrong, Dong thief''s 20000 cavalry and 5000 cavalry are hidden in Yi''s county. They are waiting to cooperate with the cavalry of Anyi and attack each other. General Su''s 30000 troops are in danger


    All of a sudden, there was a loud noise in the camp. Then, Zhao Yun''s voice sounded outside: "where is the Lord?"


    Then, I heard footsteps coming towards the big tent. After a while of footwork, Zhao Yun lifted his tent and entered. As soon as he entered the door, he quickly stepped forward and said, "Lord, the last general has captured Wenxi, but he did not find the Xiliang soldiers of Dong''s bandit army in Wenxi''s garrison."


    After reporting to Zhao Yun, he found that all the people in the account were not different. He immediately responded and knew that everyone had already known the news of the Xiliang army. Just as he was about to ask questions, he heard Huangfu Chaobo say: "Shiyuan, tell General Zhao about the matter, and then everyone will think about where our army will go next."


    Pang Tong listened and did not say much. He directly and briefly told Zhao Yun about the intelligence of all parties. Later, he said to Huangfu Chaobo, "my Lord, the current plan is to find a way to take general Su''s headquarters back, and the second is to confirm whether Zhijing is safe, and then we can determine whether our army will stop."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo responded and said, "OK, Zhao Yun and Huyan all listen to the order. Order the second general to lead the cavalry to Yi''s as soon as possible and try his best to meet general Su''s headquarters. If


    Speaking of this, Huangfu overtook Bolton for a moment. In fact, he already had Su Zhi''s preparation for the destruction of more than 20000 troops in his heart. You know, they had to face the double attack of 20000 cavalry. There might be no one who could escape.


    "If you don''t slack off, try to save the cavalry and return to the camp for planning."


    "Will not take orders." After they received the order, they immediately turned around and left. There were 8000 horses and 16000 horses in the cavalry of Qi''s headquarters. Without looking back, they galloped to the direction of Yi''s County in the West.


    Less than a quarter of an hour after they left, there was another urgent report from outside the tent.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong immediately looked at each other. They both thought that there was no news from LENGKOU now. If what they expected was not bad, it would be LENGKOU''s news this time. In Li Ru''s old way, it is impossible to miss such an important place as chijing.


    Sure enough, it was lengkouzhen''s captain''s personal guard who was brought into the account. Lengkouzhen was attacked by more than ten thousand Dong Zhuo allied forces in Hedong, and the danger was in the past. We asked Huangfu Chaobo''s army to rush for help.


    Huangfu Chaobo sighed. If his ten thousand cavalry were still there, LENGKOU would be saved. But now the cavalry is no longer there. It''s basically a dream for the infantry to save a town attacked by more than ten thousand troops nearly a hundred miles away. It seems that the rear of the army has been cut off.


    Now that the news has been confirmed, they have calmed down. Pang Tong is staring at the map attentively. After a long time, he got up and said, "general, it''s impossible for the army to retreat. There are two ways for the general to choose. "


    "First, if we can confirm that Jiguan is still in the hands of our army, then we should try our best to attack LENGKOU, then enter chijing from LENGKOU and return to Hanoi."


    "The second is to cross the northeast of the river, cross the Fenshui River, and return to Luoyang by water from Hejin."


    Huangfu Chaobo quickly walked up to the map and observed it carefully. After a long time, he said: "since it was Li Ru who made the move, it is estimated that chijing is already in his consideration. According to the general''s intention, Hejin is the way for the army to retreat. However, Hedong geography


    "Well, General Yang Feng was born in Hedong? The general can call it in and make a careful inquiry before making a decision. " Pang Tong Dao;"Yes, I''ll send someone to Wenxi and invite General Yang Feng to come to discuss the matter. General Wang Yong was ordered to take charge of the defense in Wenxi. "


    When Dianwei heard this, he immediately sent someone to send a message.


    Pang Tong then thought of another thing and asked Huangfu Chaobo to arrange for he ruolong to send jindiao to Yishi county to see the situation of Su Zhibu. Huangfu Chaobo did as he said.


    The next step is to strengthen the defense of the camp while waiting for the news from Zhao Yun and Huyan.


    At this time, Su Zhizheng led the army to attack Yishi county. Because today is the second day of the formal Ant Attack, they attacked and sent the 10000 soldiers of Longxiang camp, but ordinary soldiers. Su Zhi didn''t expect that his action eventually saved his own life.


    Although it was the first time that Su Zhi led the army alone, he did not know nothing about it. He was also a family of famous generals. In addition, Wang mengsu''s family supported each other. In the past hundreds of years, every generation had to cultivate some disciples carefully. Su Zhi was one of the best disciples of his generation. Therefore, although the war is not as old as Zhao Yun and Huang Zhong, it is also stable and unsophisticated. In addition, with the help of the veteran of left school, it is also decent.


    That''s why Huangfu Chaobo was willing to send him to lead the army alone, just for experience.

 Chapter 705

    At this time, Su Zhizheng and zuojiao stayed in the central army, commanding soldiers to attack Yishi county. Next to them were 10000 soldiers from Longxiang camp, 5000 ordinary guards, 5000 ordinary guards and thousands of auxiliary soldiers. They were all captured in the camp.


    Su Zuo and his two men were both generals of Zhongying. According to the regulations of Huangfu''s Chaobo Pingdong general''s mansion, each of them had two hundred guards. Except one hundred of the four hundred cavalry were used as heralds, the other three hundred cavalry were all spilled out by Su Zhi. Of course, this action was only due to his habit. Su Zhi didn''t really think that there were reinforcements in Hedong army.


    Three minutes later, the third wave of attacking soldiers finally set foot on the top of the city. Suddenly, the soldiers under the city made a deafening cry. Su Zhi also looked at each other and laughed. This was the first time in two days that a soldier had attacked the city. Now that we have the first time, it proves that there are some omissions in the defense of the defenders in the city. No matter what the reasons are, at least for our own family, it is beneficial and harmless.


    Although the soldiers at the head of the city only lasted less than a quarter of an hour, they were quickly driven down by the Hedong army at the head of the city, but Su Zhi really didn''t care about it. With a wave of his right hand, the next wave of soldiers rushed to the city wall.


    Just here, suddenly his own pro guard reported: "general, look, they''re back. But aren''t they twenty? Why? "


    Su Zhi also looked behind him. Their middle Army stood between Yi''s family and Anyi. Anyi was behind Su Zhi''s various departments. At first, when Su Zhi arranged cavalry to denounce Marquis, he arranged a group of people in Anyi''s direction. The leader was the leader of his own army and twenty cavalry, but now they only came back. Moreover, they were in a mess It''s a little bit hard.


    In the middle of the conversation, several people, surnamed Xie, rushed to the position of the Chinese army. They were all in a mess, and there were still some arrows on them. Turning over and dismounting, Xie Dubo quickly rushed to Su Zhi and said in a loud voice: "general, a large number of cavalry suddenly appeared in Anyi direction. There are more than ten thousand positions. Brothers have been killed in order to protect us and report back. Please prepare as soon as possible."


    Su Zuo''s face changed when they heard that. Most of the cavalry, where are they from? Isn''t it true that there are not many elite cavalry in Hedong? It is by no means ordinary cavalry that can leave more than half of his own dozens of bodyguards.


    "What''s the origin of the other party? How far is it from here?" Su Zhi asked immediately;


    "general Hui, according to what he saw, they should be dong thief''s Xiliang iron cavalry and flying bear army. The flags in the army are big flag with fan character and big flag with Dong character. General Wei met them five miles to the east of the camp. At the time of returning, Zhao Xiaowei, who had already given warning to the camp, was not warned. Now the camp has been closed and ready for defense. Now the cavalry should be almost at the camp


    When Su Zhi heard that the camp was ready for defense, he was a little relieved that the other side was only cavalry and believed that they would not attack the camp. However, the 20000 soldiers and horses around him are already in difficulty. Now about 3000 soldiers are attacking the city. There are 10000 soldiers and thousands of ordinary guards and wounded soldiers around him, but the camp is nearly two miles away from here.


    It would take only a quarter of an hour or two if it''s OK on weekdays, but it''s not right now. More than ten thousand Dong thieves and cavalry will arrive in a flash, and once they retreat, the army in the city will surely follow. At that time, it is still unknown how many of our 20000 plus troops will be able to escape under the double attack.


    However, we can''t care so much now. Looking at the city, Su Zhi said, "order, withdraw!"


    Then, in the battle, the sound of gold rang out, and the soldiers who were attacking the city listened to it. Although they were just stunned, they quickly responded, covered alternately, and retreated towards their own Chinese army. Seeing this situation, the Hedong army at the head of the city immediately rang out cheers one after another. Ordinary soldiers didn''t know why Sizhou army retreated. They only knew that the enemy retreated and they escaped another disaster.


    Looking at the siege of the soldiers slowly back to the array, Su Zhi ordered the army to form a round array, slowly toward the direction of the camp to withdraw.


    However, as he expected, when he saw the retreat of the siege army, the city''s general responded immediately. Then, after several days of closing, the city gate opened and several soldiers and horses ran out of it. In front of them were 5000 Xiliang iron cavalry. Looking at the "Dong" flag played by the cavalry, not only the general of the army, but also the ordinary soldiers knew that Dong''s bandit army had entered Hedong.


    Next to the cavalry are five thousand Dong Zhuo soldiers, and then there are five thousand soldiers in Hedong. If you add the soldiers on the city wall, there are nearly twenty thousand soldiers in the small Yishi county.


    Seeing this, Su Zhi was even more worried about his future. However, it didn''t show on the surface. A series of military orders came out of his mouth. The army was quickly formed into a circle array, and all the siege equipment was destroyed. Then the army moved slowly towards the camp.


    Unfortunately, after only half a mile''s walk, the city''s 5000 cavalry had already caught up with them. Facing the cavalry coming behind, many soldiers in the army were pale. There was no way. In front of the cavalry, ordinary soldiers could not be calm.


    Su Zhi took a look at the situation in the array, and was relieved. Fortunately, only the ordinary soldiers were demoralized, while the 10000 soldiers of Longxiang camp were still standing in the array.In a moment, the cavalry had already reached 200 steps away. Seeing this, Su Zhi immediately ordered the army to stop advancing and form an array to prevent the cavalry from rushing into the array.


    At the command of the Chinese army, the whole army stopped. The atmosphere in the air immediately became tense, and then with the roaring sound of horses'' hooves, the five thousand Xiliang cavalry came towards the army like a black cloud.


    To the relief of the soldiers, the cavalry turned around and left after reaching a hundred paces. Of course, they also took advantage of Tian Ma''s momentum to throw a batch of short guns into the SZU army. However, because of the distance, they did not cause much damage to the soldiers. Five thousand Xiliang cavalry stopped 300 steps away from the military formation. They quietly looked at the formation and did not rush directly. However, the archers in the formation did not relax for fear that the cavalry would suddenly rush up.


    Different from the reaction of the soldiers in the formation, Su Zuo''s face was even more ugly, because they had already seen each other''s purpose, which was to delay the movement of their own army, waiting for the infantry and cavalry from Anyi to arrive. At that time, there will be nearly 20000 cavalry and nearly 10000 soldiers, and their 20000 troops will be more or less in danger.

 Chapter 706

    Seeing this, Su Zhi took a look at the left school, then nodded his head fiercely, and gave a loud order: "the army line up to slow down, soldiers, we just need to go back to the camp and wait for help. General Pingdong will send the army to rescue us. There is still a way to live when we get back to the camp, and we will die if we stay in the field!"


    As soon as Su Zhi''s military order was issued, he immediately responded: "kill..."


    As soon as the sergeants and soldiers of Sizhou heard this, they were sure to die if they stayed in the wild. But if they could go back to the camp and stay there for help, the general would surely lead the army to save them. As a result, the morale of the whole army was high, and the cry of killing was heard all the time.


    Then, the army moved slowly towards the camp again in the sound of military orders. This time, the soldiers'' pace was much firmer than before.


    All the generals, such as left school, asked for orders to leave the central army and lead the troops everywhere. Fortunately, at the beginning of preparing for the retreat, Su Zhi had already considered the layout, so he arranged the soldiers of the two schools in the front and back directions, while the ordinary soldiers were arranged on both sides, and the rest of the wounded and auxiliary soldiers were in the middle. Now, if you form an array, the front and back directions with the greatest pressure will be resisted by the soldiers. If you form an array and march slowly, there is no problem.


    Seeing that the army continued to advance, general Dong Zhuo immediately ordered the cavalry to rush to the front. Then, 5000 cavalry once again instigated the horses to rush towards the army, so Su Zhi had to order the soldiers to stop again to prevent the cavalry from really rushing into the army.


    Unfortunately, once again, the cavalry turned around from a hundred paces away, just like the previous time, but the army did stay for more than a quarter of an hour.


    After the cavalry left again, Su Zhi had no choice but to order the army to move forward again. However, this time someone came up with an idea to leave those useless things behind the army. Although these things can''t do any harm to the soldiers, they can cause some trouble to the cavalry.


    However, after two times of fighting and playing by cavalry, the ten thousand soldiers in Yi''s city had already arrived two miles away, and now they were coming here.


    At this time, the army was two miles away from the camp, but on the other side of the camp, you could see the rising dust, which meant that another cavalry of the enemy was close at hand.


    Seeing this, the soldiers in the army seemed to be in turmoil again.


    The general in the army finally calmed down the commotion of soldiers and soldiers, and the army moved forward again.


    Then, Dong Zhuo''s cavalry prepared to march again, but Su Zhi had to order the army to stop again and be ready. Everyone knew what the result would be if the cavalry broke into the marching formation, so no matter Su Zuo or other generals in the army, they did not dare to take it easy.


    As a result, the army lost more than half an hour.


    At this time, both the pursuers behind and most of the cavalry in front of the army had basically reached a place not far from the surrounding area.


    At this time, Su Zhi knew that the most critical time had come. If our 20000 troops can survive this barrier, some soldiers will be able to withdraw to the camp smoothly. If it doesn''t work, 20000 cavalry will be on the side, and their 20000 soldiers will basically be the result of no escape.


    Seeing that most of the cavalry were about to enter the distance of the formation, Su Zhi did not hesitate and quickly asked the soldiers to tighten the formation. This time, Su Zhi''s circular array is far more dense than the previous array. At this time, not only he, but also the ordinary soldiers understood that the war had come to the critical moment. Therefore, all the soldiers quickly adjusted the distance between themselves and their surroundings.


    The sword and shield soldiers are arranged in three rows in front of them. They plunge the shield deep into the ground, and then hold the shield tightly with their bodies. Behind them were three long lines of spearmen. The tail of the spear was tied to the ground. The spear head stretched out from the gap between the sword and shield soldiers. The shining spear head was shining in the sunshine.


    Behind them are archers, who take out their arrows and insert them one by one, so that they can pull out their arrows when they are in war.


    At their side and behind, a group of generals are trying to roar, commanding the unprepared taxi soldiers to get ready as soon as possible.


    The soldiers in the army are busy making the final preparations, and the cavalry outside the army have adjusted their formation. Su Zhi wanted to block the cavalry''s most fatal blow, while general Dong Zhuo wanted to rush away the infantry''s defense.


    In order to achieve this goal, fan Hou ranked Dong Yue''s 5000 flying bear troops at the top of the cavalry. The flying bear army is a heavy Armored Cavalry. Although it can''t be compared with the heavy infantry trained by Ji Ling and the heavy armored infantry of the trapped camp, its defense ability is higher than that of the Xiliang cavalry.


    With the distance between most of the cavalry and the army getting closer and closer, the whole battlefield suddenly fell into a strange atmosphere. There seemed to be no other sound in the whole world except the roar of the cavalry rushing into the array, and even the cry of the army stopped.


    "Boom


    With the distance between the cavalry and the army getting closer and closer, Su Zhi stood on the nest cart, holding the guardrail tightly with both hands, as if to crush the guardrail. In addition to the roar of the horses, what he could hear was more and more heavy breathing."Archer ready, 150 steps..."


    Then, I heard the sound of the archer pulling the bowstring.


    "120 steps..."


    "Ninetieth step, Archer, triple shot, shot..."


    "Buzz..."


    Only a dizzying sound of bowstring was heard, and then thousands of arrows flew out towards the distance of 80 steps before the battle. Because it''s against the cavalry, although the archer''s archery distance is 80 steps, generally speaking, when the opposing cavalry reaches the distance of 90 to 100 steps, he starts archery. In this way, when the arrow flies to the front of the battle, it almost falls on the galloping cavalry.


    "Dingdingdangdang" sounds on the body of the flying bear army. Because they are heavy cavalry, the cavalry soldiers are basically OK, but the horses are not the same. As far as the ancient war history of our country is concerned, the real heavy Armored Cavalry appeared in the northern and Southern Dynasties. Tiefutu is the real heavy Armored Cavalry, not only people, but also horses.


    Today''s heavy cavalry is not worthy of its name. Although the cavalry soldiers are covered with armor, the horses only have some important parts. However, compared with the light cavalry, this is a very strong defense.

 Chapter 707

    There are 4000 archers in Suzhi''s 20000 troops under the military system of Sizhou army. Although after two days of fighting, the archers have not suffered any losses, so they are still full now.


    Because he knew that the attack direction of cavalry was mainly concentrated on the front and back sides, and the front cavalry was far more than the back, so Su Zhi transferred 1000 archers to the front at the last moment, while only 1000 archers were on both sides, and 2000 archers were concentrated in the front.


    Two thousand archers had several rounds of arrows, and nearly ten thousand arrows came straight at the flying bear army. Faced with such a dense array of arrows, and the cavalry charge was originally a dense formation, some soldiers and horses still fell in the arrow because of the strong defense of the flying bear army. Although the number of these losses is only less than 100 cavalry, but the fall of the bear army brought much more than ordinary cavalry.


    Because the cavalry of the flying bear army who rushed into the battle at a high speed saw that zepao in front of them fell to the ground, they had no choice but to continue to bump into it. In this way, the loss of the follow-up troops and horses was more serious than that of the soldiers who fell to the ground after being hit by the arrow. There were more than 300 cavalry.


    Not only that, hundreds of cavalry fell to the ground, which had a great impact on the other soldiers. Seeing the obstacles in front, the cavalry behind subconsciously controlled the speed of the horse a little bit. As a result, the impact on the cavalry was reduced by more than several percent.


    After three rounds of volley, the bear army has already reached the distance of the first forty or fifty steps. Next, it''s time to decide life and death.


    The roar of the horse''s hooves is getting closer and closer, and Yan Laowu in the army can''t help getting more and more nervous. As a heavy infantry, Yan Laowu was originally from Nanyang. Because of his good qualifications, he was selected by Ji Ling as one of the heavy infantry. Then, after half a year of training, the army went to Luoyang.


    Originally, I thought that it was easy for our 100000 troops to attack Luoyang. But who knows, they were defeated and captured. Even general Ji made up for them. Soon afterwards, the general sent people to redeem all the captured generals, but all the soldiers of Nanyang army were mercilessly abandoned in Luoyang.


    Fortunately, Yan Laowu, who was able to enter the heavy infantry of Nanyang army, had very good qualifications. General Pingdong was once again selected when he was selecting soldiers. Although he was no longer a heavy infantry this time, he was also in the combat camp and became a guard sword shield soldier. Moreover, he was promoted to what length, and his family in his hometown of Nanyang was also asked by general Pingdong from the rear general Come on.


    All the family members who came to Luoyang were arranged in a courtyard in the inner city of Luoyang. In the following time, this courtyard was bought by Yan Laowu with his military service and salary, and became his own house. His family also found suitable things in the city. In this way, his family would settle down in Luoyang.


    This time, general Pingdong said that the governor Jiang Pei of Hedong and Dong Zhuo of Chang''an were preparing to attack Hanoi. In addition, Zhang Ji''s army, which had occupied Nanyang, was preparing to attack Luoyang from the west, the north and the south. Now the whole Han Dynasty has heard about the cruelty of Dong Zhuo''s Xiliang army. So general Pingdong led the army to pacify the governor Jiang Pei of Hedong.


    Seeing the cavalry of the Xiliang army getting closer and closer in front of him, Yan Laowu yelled at him. Sure enough, Jiang Pei''s dog thieves colluded with the Xiliang thieves. He thought that if Dong''s army invaded Luoyang again, his family in Luoyang would not be spared.


    At the thought of this, Yan Lao Wu gnashed his teeth and saw Dong thief''s cavalry getting closer and closer. Yan Lao Wu suddenly gave a loud drink and said, "brothers, think about what Dong thief''s Xiliang army did in Luoyang! Think about our own family in Luoyang! If these scoundrels succeed, our family will be driven to Chang''an like a dog, just like the people of Luoyang in those days, and live a life of today and tomorrow! "


    "Tell me, brother, will you?"


    Yan Laowu''s angry cry stunned all the soldiers in longxiangying camp around him. Like Yan Laowu, they all settled down in Luoyang. Now the life of the family is much better than when they were in their hometown. In fact, at the beginning, some soldiers didn''t quite understand why they would attack Hedong.


    But Yan Lao Wu''s words made everyone wake up. Yes, if we really let Dong thief''s army attack Luoyang again, our family Qi would not be like those ordinary people in Luoyang in those years, and they would be rushed to Chang''an from Luoyang like a dog family.


    Nowadays, the taxi drivers and the people in Luoyang are mainly composed of several aspects: on the one hand, the refugees scattered around Luoyang, on the other hand, the ordinary people who moved from Nanyang, on the other hand, the refugees from Qingzhou Huangjin and other places.


    Everyone is very satisfied with today''s life, otherwise the popularity of Luoyang people will not be so high. If someone really wants them to go back to their previous life, or even worse, they will not be willing to.


    So when Yan Lao Wu said what he thought, everyone suddenly woke up. Yes, for the sake of his family in Luoyang, he had to fight with these Dong thief cavalry.


    For a time, Yan Laowu around the roar: "do not want to, do not want to!"


    After hearing this, Yan Laowu said in a loud voice: "yes, I don''t want to either, so for the sake of Luoyang''s wife, children and family, we will kill all these Xiliang dog thieves!""For the sake of family and Luoyang, kill all the dog thieves in Xiliang!"


    "For the sake of family and Luoyang, kill all the dog thieves in Xiliang!"


    For a moment, the soldiers of Longxiang camp shouted in unison,


    as Yan Laowu was surrounded by more and more taxi soldiers, the people''s shouts became louder and louder, and then more and more taxi soldiers joined the army. At the end of the day, all the people in the whole army were shouting together.


    The cry of the whole battlefield almost outweighed the sound of Dong Zhuojun''s horse''s hooves.


    Su Zhi sees Yan Laowu''s situation in his eyes. You know, at this time, except for the heavy breathing of everyone, almost no one is talking. Suddenly someone is shouting, which doesn''t attract the attention of the generals. At first, Su Zhi thought Yan Laowu was ready to incite the soldiers to escape, and was preparing to send people to suppress them. But when he was preparing to send people, he was not able to get the attention of the generals There came the cry of "kill all the dogs in Xiliang".


    Then the morale of the soldiers in the whole army was stirred up by a few words. Su Zhi was all excited. After shouting, Su Zhi thought that he was a talent. If he and he could survive the war, he would be promoted and reused.

 Chapter 708

    When the demoralized soldiers were agitated, the number of soldiers in the army suddenly increased. It turned out that many of them were timid, their eyes were firm, and the line between them was even more strict.


    Only at this time, the cavalry of the flying bear army had reached more than ten steps ago.


    With a burst of roar, followed by a huge crash, one after another burst out.


    Then, standing on the cart, Su Zhi saw the heavy cavalry like an iron tower, and directly ran into his own army.


    "Boom..."


    In the line of sight, the soldiers of sword and shield around the array, like flying zither with broken lines, flew directly. The long gun stretched out of the shield wall was bent into a bow because of the huge impact. Then, the barrel of the gun jumped straight, and the armed soldiers were shot out. However, the hindered cavalry, though sluggish, ran into the second row of shields.


    "Bang..."


    The second row of shields in the collision of Juli, although the soldiers did not fly, but also spit blood and died. At this time, the surrounding Gunners also responded, stabbing with guns together, trying to kill the horses and knights.


    At this time, the horses and the knights on the horse were dizzy because of the impact of two generals in succession, and there was no time to avoid the spears.


    "Puchi..."


    There was a sound of spear piercing into the body, followed by the roar of horses and the cry of knights. And then there was a crash.


    The same situation continued to appear on both sides of the array. Of course, each soldier''s combat power was different. In the defense line of the array, in some places, the cavalry was forced to stop only when one layer of shield wall was broken, but in some places, the attack of the cavalry was stopped only after three layers of shield wall were torn.


    What made Su Zhi feel relieved was that Dong Zhuo''s cavalry''s attack was finally blocked, but the cost was also heavy. According to his estimation, before the formation of 20000 soldiers, there were less than 7000 shield soldiers. Only one round of attack by Dong Zhuo''s cavalry cost him 2000. In addition, the loss of long spearmen also reached more than one thousand.


    Looking at the loss of the other side, it is estimated that the loss of the flying bear army will be only three or five hundred, while the loss of the Xiliang cavalry may be a little more. The combined loss of the two is less than a thousand people. Fortunately, it was blocked in the end. If it wasn''t blocked, all the 20000 troops would be here today.


    However, the first round was blocked, but what happened next? The first round can be blocked, which has consumed most of the soldiers'' energy and spirit. In addition, it''s almost noon now, and the sword and shield soldiers have suffered serious losses. Will their own army be able to block the next round of attack?


    Fan Chou, who was on the periphery of the military formation, was surprised to see that his all-out attack failed. He did not stop at all. He immediately ordered the cavalry to leave quickly, and then returned to the place more than 300 steps away from the military formation to continue to line up. After a little rest, he rushed to the formation.


    Seeing this situation, Su Zhi immediately ordered the injured soldiers to be moved back to the formation, and then arranged the uninjured Dao Dun soldiers on the periphery, while the rest of the injured Dao Dun soldiers were arranged on the second or third floor. At the same time, the formation was folded up to make it closer. At the same time, he ordered the soldiers to eat immediately and have a rest, waiting for the second round of the battle.


    When Su Zhi ordered the soldiers to rest, hundreds of steps away, Dong Zhuo''s cavalry were also doing the rest. The reason was that after leaving Anyi, the cavalry ran for tens of miles, and then tried to defeat the 30000 troops at one stroke when the Sizhou army was not on guard.


    Unfortunately, although Su Zhi''s army had no cavalry, it used hundreds of Pro guards as a reprimand, which frustrated fan Hou''s desire to sneak attack. So we had to use the flying bear army to fight.


    Originally, it was easy to break through the infantry with the strength of the Feixiong army. However, to our surprise, the enemy''s army blocked the Feixiong army''s attack, and our cavalry also lost nearly 1000 cavalry.


    As a last resort, fan Hou ordered the army to take a rest and wait for the horses to regain some power before attacking. He believed that the State Army would not be able to support it if it only needed to attack again.


    The soldiers who heard the order of rest all jumped down from their horses. Then they took off the kettle from their waist and pulled out the plug. Then they took two sips of the water in the kettle. Then they put the kettle in their horses'' mouths and poured most of the water into their horses. Then he took out a handful of bean grain from his cloth bag and held it to the mouth of the horse. While feeding the horses, he carefully combed their manes with his other hand and wiped the sweat off the horses.


    A quarter of an hour later, with fan Hou''s order, the cavalry soldiers quickly sorted out the equipment of the horses, tied the ropes of the saddle tightly, and then hung their weapons beside the saddle, so that they could take them out at any time. Then, he turned over and got on the horse, gently lifted the reins and walked slowly towards the designated position.


    After the formation, in the sound of a long horn, with Feixiong army as the forerunner and Xiliang iron cavalry as the rear army, Dong Zhuo''s cavalry once again formed an array and headed straight for the army of Suzhou army.


    This time, the cavalry did not attack from two sides, but from three sides. They encircled each other from the southeast and the West. On the north side, they were just facing the suzhibu camp, but they did not arrange the cavalry to attack. This is also a typical strategy of encircling three and lacking one, which just can break down the determination of Sizhou army to fight to death. It''s a pity that the state sergeant''s death has already aroused the heart of death. How could they be so easily disintegrated.Facing the tide of Dong Zhuo''s cavalry, Su Zhi didn''t know how long he would be able to stay strong, but he knew he had to stick to it. After the first world war just now, more than 10% of the casualties did not lower the morale of the soldiers. On the contrary, they shared more hatred with the enemy because of the death and injury of Ze Pao.


    With an order, the rest of the soldiers stood up one after another, ready to meet the second round of Dong Zhuo''s cavalry. A lot of strong long spearmen will go to the front several rows of sword and shield soldiers behind, replace those slightly injured sword and shield soldiers, and support themselves behind the erected shield.


    In this way, it is impossible to exchange the soldiers among different arms in the fight. But this kind of array defense is different. It only needs to bear the impact of the cavalry.


    And the wounded soldiers who retreated did not return to the formation. Instead, they took the long guns of the long spearmen. Like other spearmen, they inserted the tail of the gun into the ground, and the tip of the gun extended obliquely towards the outside of the formation. Then they held the gun barrel tightly with both hands, waiting for the impact of the cavalry.

 Chapter 709

    The archers who suffered the least casualties also recovered a little. Although they had no casualties, they were shooting at Dong Zhuo''s cavalry all the time during the war. Almost everyone shot a pot of arrows, that is, 20 arrows. The archers in the barracks are good, and their physical strength is much better than that of ordinary archers. A pot of arrows has little effect on them.


    However, the archers of the ordinary garrison are much worse in all aspects, no matter in rank or physical strength. After a battle, they have already reached a bad state. After half a day to a day''s rest, they can still recover, but in less than two quarters of an hour, they can''t get back to their best state at all.


    However, they just quietly prepared to adjust the bow in their hands. Then they pulled out the arrows one by one and inserted them into the ground where they could reach. They slowly adjusted their breathing state and waited for the arrival of the military order.


    The actions of the soldiers in the array are in Su Zhi''s eyes, which makes Su Zhi feel extremely moved. At the same time, it also makes him feel extremely strong impulse. He must take these soldiers out as much as possible. After this war, these soldiers, whether they were soldiers of the Dragon setting camp or soldiers of the garrison, were basically worthy of the name of elite.


    In a moment, Dong Zhuo''s cavalry was close at hand, and nearly ten thousand cavalry''s fighting spirit came to his face, which was better than the previous battle. Seeing this, Rao is Su Zhiye''s fierce Yilin. This time, it seems to be more troublesome than the last time.


    As Su Zhi thought, Dong Zhuojun''s attack was more fully prepared than the last one. Although the cavalry only had a quarter of an hour''s rest, this time, both the formation and the cavalry were carefully arranged by fan Hou. Although there were only Feixiong army and Xiliang cavalry of the first school in the front, the other two schools also really participated in the attack from the South and the West.


    By the time the cavalry was approaching, Su Zhi had already discovered the difference, but it was too late to adjust. Fortunately, among the 20000 troops in the battle at this time, in addition to the two generals from suzuo, there are also four captains in charge of the army. They are all veteran generals in Sizhou army who have experienced war for a long time, and they also have rich experience in the war.


    Seeing that the cavalry''s momentum seemed more fierce than that of the last time, several captains immediately arranged the rest of the soldiers to the array to increase the defensive thickness of the array. Seeing this, Su Zhicai breathed a sigh of relief. Now that I have made the preparations, I have to leave it to fate.


    "One hundred and twenty steps, archers ready!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "A hundred steps!"


    "Eighty steps, after five rounds of salvo, free to save!"


    "Dao Dunshou, be ready for collision!"


    "Spearman, prepare for the stab!"


    Seeing the cavalry getting closer and closer, the orders went on like flowing water.


    "Boom..."


    "Bang..."


    When the cavalry bumped into the tight array again, the crashing sound of one after another roared again, which was intermingled with the wailing of horses and the howling of soldiers. All kinds of sounds filled the whole battlefield.


    At this time, Su Zhi didn''t hear these voices at all. He just looked at the situation where the flying bear army rushed in front of him.


    The first layer of shield wall is just like being destroyed and decayed. It is broken and scattered in an instant. Countless shields were knocked open, soldiers were hit and flew into the air, and then fell to the ground, it became silent.


    The second shield wall was still unable to stop the bear army. Although it was not hit like the first shield wall, the shield and soldiers were also directly crossed in an instant.


    In the face of the flying bear army, the front two shield walls could hardly block them half a point, let alone those spearmen. Seeing this, the soldiers on the third layer of the shield quickly squatted down and tilted their whole bodies behind the shield, while some of the soldiers in the array rushed behind the shield and joined them.


    "Bang..."


    "Poof..."


    With the huge impact, the third layer of shield wall reluctantly carried down the cavalry''s impact. The price was that almost all the soldiers behind the shield wall were bleeding, and it was estimated that nearly half of them had lost their internal organs. Even if there was no death on the spot on the battlefield, it would not last long after the war.


    Seeing that Dong Zhuojun''s impact was finally blocked by the shield wall, Su Zhi was relieved. This round was blocked, but on second thought, this round was blocked, but the next round was. Although I said that general Pingdong would come to rescue, in fact, all the generals in the army knew that it was almost impossible.


    In this expedition, the only real cavalry was General Zhao''s white horse, and the Tujue cavalry of general hepingdong''s Pro guard camp, so there were only 20000 horses. If you add in the personal soldiers of the general in the army, it''s estimated that there were less than 12000 cavalry, but Dong Zhuo''s army had 20000 cavalry. It is almost impossible to save nearly 30000 troops from these 20000 cavalry.


    It''s a question of how to get rid of the whole Sizhou army, not to mention saving their own army. Although Su Zhi''s actual combat experience is not enough, it doesn''t mean that he can''t think of these problems. Since Dong Zhuo''s army has already appeared in Hedong, they will certainly have a comprehensive strategy. They must have a comprehensive arrangement to try every means to keep all Sizhou''s troops in Hedong.Although the heart read a hundred turns, but there is no expression on the face. Seeing that the front of the army was basically stable, Su Zhi ordered the Gunners to attack and the archers behind to kill the enemy. He didn''t want to kill the enemy much, but at least he could harass the cavalry who had lost their horse speed.


    After seeing the positive situation, Su Zhi turned his eyes to the side and behind him. He was quite relieved about the situation behind. After all, the soldiers in charge of defense in the back were also soldiers of the Dragon inlaid camp. What worried him most was the situation in the South besides the front defense.


    The defense on both sides was handed over to the soldiers in the garrison. Compared with the battalions like Longxiang camp, the garrison was much worse.


    At first glance, fortunately, although it was much worse than the battle in the back, it still held the defense line. The two shield walls had been basically broken, and only the third shield wall had intercepted the cavalry with the help of the long Gunners in the back.


    Now the three sides of the battle array are in a scuffle. Su Zhi takes the opportunity to order the long gunners and archers to kill the enemy cavalry as much as possible, while the soldiers in the battle array are busy preparing for the war.

 Chapter 710

    Just here, a large amount of smoke and dust suddenly rose in the West. It seemed that most of the troops were approaching quickly. Seeing this, Su Zhimeng was surprised. No, is there any cavalry on the other side? Looking at the speed of the smoke, this is obviously the result of the cavalry''s rapid march.


    Not only did Su Zhi see the smoke and dust in the west, but fan Hou also saw it. Unlike Su Zhi, he knew how many troops he had. Seeing this, he immediately sank in his heart and realized that it was the big wave cavalry of Sizhou army who arrived.


    Although it is known that the Sizhou army has only 10000 cavalry, its 20000 cavalry has lost nearly 2000, and is still distributed in three sides of the army. There were less than ten thousand cavalry in front of Sizhou army, and they were still tired soldiers after two wars.


    Thinking of this, he immediately ordered the cavalry to retreat, get rid of the entanglement with the soldiers of Sizhou, and regroup according to the situation. However, some of the current cavalry have been entangled with the State Army. It''s so easy to retreat.


    The sound of Dong Zhuo''s retreat made Su Zhi realize that the cavalry coming to the West was probably his own cavalry. Su Zhi immediately ordered the soldiers around him to say, "come on, let''s shout together with our general. General Zhao''s cavalry has come to save us!"


    The soldiers were stunned, but they didn''t respond. Su Zhi slapped the soldiers around him and said, "come on, let''s shout together."


    The soldiers immediately roared: "General Zhao''s cavalry has come to save us!"


    "General Zhao''s cavalry has come to save us!"


    "General Zhao''s cavalry has come to save us!"


    The generals in the army were all human beings. When they looked up to the west, they saw a large amount of smoke and immediately roared. When the soldiers in the army heard this, they all roared one by one. For a moment, all the soldiers in the army roared together.


    The roar from the sky made Dong Zhuo''s cavalry outside the array stunned. It was at this moment that long spears and arrows came towards Dong Zhuo''s cavalry, causing them to lose hundreds of people.


    The sound of his retreat and the enemy''s counterattack almost happened at the same time, which made the cavalry of Dong Zhuo''s army have no reaction at all. Especially the counterattack made the cavalry trapped in the scuffle a little confused.


    However, the elite is always the elite. Both the flying bear army and the Xiliang cavalry are the elite of Dong Zhuo''s army. After a short period of chaos, the cavalry generals quickly responded, quickly gathered the soldiers around them and covered each other to get out of contact with the Sizhou army.


    However, at this time, although the army was out of contact, it was still impossible for it to form a formation to fight against the enemy cavalry. Seeing some situation, fan Hou ordered the deputy general to continue to gather the rear horses, and then he led 3000 assembled Xiliang cavalry to intercept the cavalry of Sizhou army, but one of his deputy generals took the lead.


    Seeing that the deputy general''s leader was gone, fan Hou, though moved, knew that it was not the time to delay. He immediately ordered the cavalry returning one after another to gather. At the same time, he ordered the cavalry of the two schools in the South and the east to gather quickly and be ready to take over the deputy general. However, he knew that his 3000 cavalry would suffer a lot.


    As fan Hou expected, Zhao Yun''s four thousand white horse soldiers fought against three thousand Xiliang cavalry, and the two wings of the white horse soldiers were two thousand Turks. In the face of 8000 elite cavalry, 3000 Xiliang iron cavalry lost nearly half in the first round of engagement. After leaving, more than 1000 other cavalry quickly bypassed Sizhou cavalry and headed south.


    However, although they have lost more than 1000 cavalry, they have also intercepted the cavalry of Sizhou army. After a round of fierce battle, Baima Yicong has lost his horse speed, and now more than 5000 cavalry have gathered around fan Hou. Behind them, more cavalry are gathering.


    At this time, Zhao Yun''s Bai Ma Yi also lost nearly a thousand people. Seeing some situation, Zhao Yun ordered the troopers to continue to guard baimayi from both wings and meet Su Zhi''s army.


    As Dong Zhuo''s cavalry retreated, Su Zhi finally breathed a long sigh of relief. At least the army is safe for the time being. As for how to arrange it later, he believes that general Pingdong will make arrangements.


    Both sides are far away, quietly licking their wounds, and then ready for the next round of killing.


    Zhao Yun arranged the cavalry around to guard, and led his own guards into the army. Along the way, the ground was covered with broken limbs and arms, and the blood was all over the ground. While cleaning up the bodies of the soldiers, the soldiers looked at the young general in reverence. Looking at the situation in front of him, Rao Shiyi and Zhao Yun were not only surprised by Su Zhi''s composure and good defense. He fought 20000 cavalry soldiers with 20000 soldiers. Nearly half of the soldiers lost, and the army did not break down. He was really a great general.


    "Yes, general!" At this time, Su Zhi had stepped out of the car and quickly came to Zhao Yun.


    "General Su doesn''t have to be polite. Dong Zhuo''s army retreats a little. The army retreats to the camp as soon as possible and makes plans again!"


    "Not to be ordered!" Su Zhi also knows that Dong Zhuojun won''t give himself too much time. So he immediately ordered the soldiers to count the wounded and quickly headed for the camp two miles away.


    Zhao Yun, on the other hand, led more than 7000 cavalry behind the army. In the battle just now, fan Hou lost more than 1500 Xiliang cavalry, but Zhao Yun''s white horse Yi also lost nearly 1000 people. After ordering the replacement of the horses, Zhao Yun led the cavalry to the rear of the army to guard and monitor Dong Zhuo''s cavalry.Fortunately, fan Hou also understood the strength of Sizhou''s army after several battles just now. Moreover, he still had nearly 20000 cavalry in his hand, plus more than 10000 infantry. The other side had more infantry than cavalry, so he was not afraid of the other side''s escape. So he also led the cavalry to retreat and join with the ten thousand soldiers from Yi''s city, and then he would consider the follow-up problems.


    With Zhao Yun''s cavalry, Su Zhibu quickly retreated back to the camp. The garrison captain has been reminded, so he has done a good job of tight defense in the camp. At this time, after the army retreated into the camp, both generals and soldiers were deeply relieved.


    After handing over the arrangement of the nurse soldiers to the general of the camp, Su Zhi immediately leads the people into his own main account in the camp.


    After entering the tent, Zhao Yun was invited to the main seat, and the generals sat down according to their duties. Su Zhi said, "general, is there a military order over there?"


    Zhao Yun didn''t refuse either. After sitting down, he told the public about the situation faced by Sizhou army. However, what Zhao Yun didn''t know was that the situation was more serious than what he began to know. His retreat had been blocked by others.

 Chapter 711

    After listening to Zhao Yun''s introduction, although Su Zhi had some preparation in mind, he also took several breaths of cool air. Then he said, "the idea of the Lord and the military adviser


    Zhao Yun shook his head, and his master and military adviser were also thinking about how to arrange the movement of the army. Judging from the current situation, Dong Zhuojun and Jiang Peijun may have other options, but they don''t know about them yet.


    Thinking of this, Zhao Yun said: "the Lord and the military division have not reached a final conclusion yet, but the first thing is to safely withdraw your 30000 troops to the camp, and make arrangements after the troops gather. But


    Then, several people shook their heads. They were all commanders of the army. Under the protection of less than 10000 cavalry, it was not so easy to retreat a hundred miles away from the sight of 20000 cavalry and tens of thousands of soldiers.


    Just at this time, the general in charge of the camp came in and reported the situation to Su Zhi.


    Seeing the casualties, Su Zhi''s face was as black as the bottom of a pot, and then respectfully handed the statistical results to Zhao Yun.


    After three days of fighting, we can say that the 30000 troops have suffered huge losses, and they have reached the point of breaking their bones and muscles.


    More than 3000 soldiers were killed and more than 1000 seriously injured. The rest were only 2000 archers in good condition. There were 2000 lightly injured soldiers. Basically, the dead and wounded were the Dao Dun soldiers. Less than 500 of the 4000 Dao Dun soldiers were killed in the end, and about 1500 of the long spearmen were not injured.


    Of the 15000 soldiers guarding the barracks, more than 3000 died and more than 2000 were seriously injured. Only 3000 archers were basically without any loss. Other soldiers also had more than 4000 minor injuries. As for the five thousand people in the logistics camp, only a thousand people lost, and the rest were OK.


    That is to say, up to now, nearly 7000 troops have been killed, more than 3000 seriously injured and more than 6000 lightly injured. There are only nine thousand people who have not been injured. There are also five thousand soldiers and prisoners. Three thousand soldiers have basically no loss. More than one thousand prisoners have died, and there are still thousands more.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun also fell into deep meditation. Of the 30000 soldiers, there are fewer than 10000 who can fight now. Although the whole army was not destroyed as expected by my Lord and his military strategists, there was little combat power, and it was still unknown how many people these people could bring back to the camp.


    After a long silence, Zhao Yun said: "general Huyan, send people back to the camp immediately, report the situation here to the Lord, and then ask how to do it."


    Huyan listened and immediately went out to arrange. Although he is the pro guard General of Huangfu Chaobo, he is now playing with Zhao Yun, so he must obey the arrangement of the general.


    And then, whether Huangfu Chaobo camp or Su Zhijun camp, they are constantly strengthening the camp defense, and then waiting for the final decision of Huangfu Chaobo.


    To the north of Anyi, in the camp of Sizhou army, Huangfu Chaobo, Pang Tong and Yang Feng are carefully discussing the arrangement of how to withdraw the army.


    Now it is clear that there are only two ways for the army to retreat. One is to attack LENGKOU Town, open up chijing and turn around Hanoi. The second is that the Yellow River can only be withdrawn from Hedong by taking the Yellow River waterway. There are several ferries in Hedong, from Fengling in the south to pubanjin, and then to Hejin in the north.


    If you go to the southeast, LENGKOU should have a large army now. If you can''t capture it as soon as possible, then Dong Zhuo''s army and Hedong''s army will rush to LENGKOU. By that time, tens of thousands of troops will be trapped in LENGKOU. Moreover, according to the news from the denouncer, the general of LENGKOU Town, whose surname is Xu, is a general with a big axe. Huang Fu Chao Bo Lue knows who it is when he thinks about it, Xu Huang.


    If LENGKOU Jiancheng, together with 10000 or 20000 troops, and then Xu Huang is the chief general, Huangfu Chaobo is not sure that he can get through the red path as soon as possible.


    However, if you take the waterway, Fenglingdu must not think about each other. In the case of pubanjin, the county town of Puban, which is under the control of jiangpei, will certainly have a large army garrison, and it should be excluded. So in the end, only Hejin is left. But it''s not easy to get from Anyi to Hejin.


    Once the Army decided to go north, it had to cross Sushui, then Hedong basin, then Fenshui, capture Pishi County, and then board a boat from Hejin port to return to Luoyang.


    It''s just that there is no problem with this route, but the problem is how the army can safely reach Pishi under the gaze of 20000 Dong Zhuo cavalry. We should know that there are not only two rivers in the middle, but also the Hedong basin, which is more than 100 Li wide. If we are not careful, we don''t know how much more the 100000 troops can bring back when they arrive.


    Therefore, in the face of how to make decisions on the two routes, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong could not decide in a moment. Another reason why it is difficult to decide is that they are not sure whether their army can successfully return to Hanoi through the red path.


    If, in case, Huangfu Chaobo thought that in case of the death of the horse family, the "Eagle looking wolf looking" dead horse would come in and take part. With the old fox Li Ru and the little fox of the death horse family, Pang Tong and Xu Shu could not make it.


    I know that Li Ru has been able to prop up the whole power of Dong Zhuo. Although his evaluation in history is not very good, his ability is really impeccable. Just as Xu Rong was seriously weakened in history, so was Li Ru.At the thought of this, Huangfu Chaobo felt even more uneasy. After discussing with Pang Tong, he decided to wait for the news from Hanoi before making the final plan.


    Although Pang Tong was surprised, he did not object. After all, the situation of the 30000 troops of the Su Zhi Department is still unclear, and it will take a day or two to wait for their situation.


    However, waiting doesn''t mean waiting here. First of all, Wen Xi has captured so many troops. He must be guarding the only city in Hedong. Besides, the defense of the camp must be strengthened, and the floating bridge on the water and the camps on both sides must be well guarded. Moreover, the situation at LENGKOU needs to be explored again. Now two routes have been determined, but in the end, no matter which route to take, the clearer the intelligence, the better.


    After telling Huangfu what he thought one by one, Pang Tong calmed down to think about how to break the situation.


    Huangfu Chaobo is also sitting there quietly, thinking about what.


    Yang Feng sat down on one side and asked for his own orders: "Lord, why don''t you rush to Fenshui to explore the situation there?"


    When Huangfu Chaobo thought about it, he asked Yang Feng to lead more than ten soldiers of Tiebi camp to the Fenhe River to explore and determine the route of the army. Although Yang Feng came from Hedong, he had been away from Hedong for one or two years. In the past, they mainly lived in the northern mountainous areas.

 Chapter 712

    In the evening, the news from Zhao Yun and the news from Luoyang and Hanoi arrived almost at the same time.


    Things have come to the worst level that Huangfu Chaobo expected. Just as Huangfu Chaobo thought, Hanoi aristocratic families headed by Sima family are all involved. After getting the news of Hedong, the aristocratic families started to fight against Huangfu Chaobo, quickly occupied Jiguan, and completely blocked the channel of Sizhou army''s return to Hanoi.


    Moreover, after occupying Jiguan, the well prepared family army quickly returned to attack huaixian. Unfortunately, they had bad luck. When they were attacking Jiguan, a group of shadows arrived secretly, preparing to enter Hedong from Jiguan through chijing. Who knew that they happened to meet Sima''s family to attack Jiguan.


    They did not die together with the garrison, but when they saw that something could not be done, they quickly evacuated, and at the same time sent out a warning to Luoyang and huaixian.


    The shadow guards, who had evacuated from Jiguan, quickly entered Dongyuan County through chijing. Along the way, they withdrew all the guards along the way to Dongyuan, not only to the east of Dongyuan, but also to the east of LENGKOU. After they got the news of LENGKOU''s loss, they suggested that Dongyuan''s guards should withdraw all the soldiers and horses between Dongyuan and LENGKOU, and concentrate in Dongyuan city.


    Because Dongyuan is close to the Haoqing River, a tributary of the Yellow River. Although the river is not big, there is no problem to support some food and grass in Dongyuan city through here. Therefore, after receiving the news of Dongyuan, Xu Shu immediately ordered Dongyuan''s garrison to defend the city to cut off the connection between Hedong and Hanoi.


    After receiving the shadow warning, Hanoi prefect Zhu Jun saw the opportunity and quickly transferred the troops from the barracks outside huaixian County into the city. He closed the gate of huaixian county and ordered Hanoi port to strengthen its defense.


    Within a few days, only Chaoge, dangyin and Hanoi port to the east of huaixian county were still under the control of Huangfu Chaobo, while other cities to the west of huaixian county were still under the control of Huangfu Chaobo. Moreover, the garrison of the cities east of huaixian county is empty. Once the aristocratic army moves eastward, the counties can go down almost overnight.


    The news of Hanoi broke the last illusion of Huangfu Chaobo. Now, there is only one way to go, that is, to cross Fenshui River northward and return to Luoyang by boat from Hejin. However, there is still more than 100 Li Road in the middle, which will be paved with blood.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t dare to imagine that when he returned to Luoyang, there would be 150000 people in the 120000 troops, and he didn''t know how much more was left. 100000? Eighty thousand? Fifty or sixty thousand? Even less?


    After receiving the news of the rebellion of the Hanoi family, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent someone to recruit Sima Lang and other aristocratic family members. However, they went to the tent empty, and all the aristocratic family members had disappeared without a trace. Along with them, about 5000 members of the Hanoi army disappeared. It seems that they got the news long ago, and then found a reason to leave the camp.


    At the same time, Xu Shu and others who stayed in Luoyang also sent suggestions, which coincided with Pang Tong''s idea. The army went north to Hejin and returned to Luoyang from the river. To this end, Xu Shu''s general Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin''s two water forces have been transferred to Hongnong. At the same time, he also asked Pan Feng, the general of Yizhou, to send another water force to support him. A total of 15000 water forces have been sent to Hongnong for standby. As long as Huangfu Chaobo confirms, they can go north to Hejin to meet the army.


    "Since it has been determined that there is only one way to go, then go on firmly, no matter what the result is."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at Pang Tong and said calmly;


    Pang Tong was awed by this and said, "don''t worry, general, we will get back this debt."


    After nodding, Huangfu Chaobo no longer spoke, but looked at the west, where he had 30000 soldiers, but...


    Pang Tong said: "general, since you have decided to withdraw, you can send someone to tell General Zhao that they should make arrangements early. He was told that the final destination of the army was Pishi. If he could, General Zhao''s two cavalry troops didn''t have nearly 20000 horses, but they took some soldiers back to the camp and then retreated together with the army. Even some other soldiers were asked to evacuate to Pishi directly. Of course, this destination could only be known to officers above the head of the village, and they led some soldiers The soldiers were dispersed and withdrew to PI''s family. As for those seriously injured soldiers


    At this point, Pang Tong also stopped and did not go on, but everyone present knew what he meant.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said to Dianwei, "give orders to General Zhao, just according to the meaning of the military adviser, and then ask general Zhao to tell those seriously injured soldiers that... Let''s say Ben will be ashamed of their trust, but please rest assured that Ben will take revenge for them. Ben will also take good care of their wives, children and children


    "The end will take orders!" Dianwei listened to this, made a solemn ceremony, and then prepared to go out to arrange.


    "Wait a minute," Huang Fu Chao Bo said suddenly, "Lao Dian, take all the horses in the camp and ask general Zhao to bring as many people back as possible."


    Dian Wei was stunned and immediately responded. He nodded and went away.


    Looking at Dianwei''s back, Huangfu Chaobo pondered a little and said, "Shiyuan, prepare to retreat!"


    Pang Tong nodded and went to the map of Hedong on the table. Explaining his plan to Huangfu Chaobo, how many troops can be kept in this retreat depends on how long he can hide from Xu Rong.


    Therefore, Pang Tong''s plan, starting tomorrow, after su Zhi''s army broke through the siege, Zhao Yun led the army back, and immediately sent troops up the river to explore the situation of LENGKOU. At the same time, he sent people to collect food and grass from the surrounding areas to make it look like raising food and grass for the army to attack LENGKOU. In fact, there are enough food and grass for half a month in the camp Hold on to the army and move to PIs.In addition, the soldiers scattered in the Su Zhi army had to make the appearance of meeting Wen. What''s more, the garrison of Wen county also had to take action, that is, to build a floating bridge by the Sushui River to make the garrison want to cross the river and join the army. At the same time, he kept accumulating food and grass from Wenxi, and made the appearance of constantly strengthening the defense of Wenxi County.


    In addition, a floating bridge will be built on the Wushui river near the southeast gate of Wenxi, and a more solid camp will be built on the other side of the Wushui River, which gives Xu Rong the illusion that the Sizhou army wants to attack LENGKOU town and try to get through the chijing road and return to Hanoi based on the camp in Wenxi County and on the river bank.


    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo asked: "can you cheat Xu Rong like this?"


    Pang Tong shook his head and said, "maybe, maybe, maybe not. Of course, even if he is cheated, he can be delayed for three or five days at most, and what we have to do is to strive for these time, so that the army can successfully withdraw to Pishi. Do your best and listen to the fate of heaven

 Chapter 713

    Huangfu Chaobo also knows that it is difficult for a skillful woman to make a meal without rice. Now, the space that can be operated is...


    "What''s the arrangement for Dongyuan city?"


    "We can''t retreat. Yuanzhi''s arrangement is right. At least Dongyuan can cut off the connection between Hedong and Hanoi."


    After the plan was made, there was no need for two people to arrange the next thing. After Huangfu Chaobo arranged the next thing, he did not sit in the tent waiting for the news from Su Zhibu. Instead, he toured the whole camp under the escort of Dian Wei. It can be seen that not only the generals but also the lower level soldiers found something unusual, and a kind of uneasiness began to spread among the soldiers.


    After a round of inspection, Huangfu Chaobo had found out the problem. He went back to the main account and immediately ordered the leading generals of the army''s 1000 personnel department, that is, the captains and Sima level and above, to gather for discussion. Half an hour later, the generals of the 50000 soldiers and horses left behind in the camp arrived in the tent.


    Looking at the generals full of accounts, especially the 50 or 60 captains, Sima, these are all the most important generals in the army. If their mood is unstable, the lower generals and ordinary soldiers will be even more frightened.


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s income, everyone bowed down and said, "I''ve seen my Lord!"


    He went to the throne and sat down. He glanced at the tent and said, "general, please rise!"


    "Thank you After they agreed, they got up, went to their seats and sat down.


    After everyone sat down, Huang Fu Chao said: "when I was inspecting the camp, I found that not only our ordinary soldiers, but also many of our generals were in a bit of panic, so I decided to call you up. Now things are basically clear, so I think it is necessary to let you know the situation of our army."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo explained all the changes of the day to the generals in the account one by one. In particular, Su Zhibu''s performance in the face of Dong Zhuo''s 20000 iron cavalry, especially the words of the military commander, told the generals in detail.


    Yan Laowu was very lucky. Although he was the first row of shield walls, he was not directly hit by the cavalry. He was only hit on the shield by the cavalry weapon, and suffered a slight injury. Then, in the second round of attack, he was replaced by a strong Spearman. After the war, Su Zhi soon recruited him and encouraged him. Later, he was informed of the situation Zhao Yun of good life encouraged some.


    Later, when one of huyandu''s soldiers was ordered to return to the camp to report the war situation to Huangfu Chaobo, he told it to Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong carefully, which made Huangfu Chaobo even more moved.


    Now, Huangfu Chaobo tells these stories to the generals in the account, hoping to inspire their morale.


    As expected, Yan Laowu''s words were very vulgar, but his words were not rude. It was the words from the heart of the low-level soldiers that he spoke. There are a lot of officers and soldiers like him in the State Army. That''s why his words are so effective.


    After listening to these words, the morale of the generals, who were depressed because of the blocking of the back road, suddenly rose up, and all the players in the field all screamed.


    After they calmed down a little, Huang Fu Chao said: "you know the situation of the army now. Now, only by fighting hard and putting death to posterity can we have a chance to break through the encirclement. So please make it clear to the sergeants and soldiers. At this time, we can''t tolerate any slackness. Otherwise, we will have no place to die! "


    "To die, to be born later!"


    "Kill all the dog thieves in Xiliang and return to Luoyang!"


    "Kill


    For a moment, there were some roars in the tent. Then, these sounds spread to the outside of the tent, causing the response of the soldiers of the pro guard camp outside the tent. Then, slowly, the cry spread throughout the whole camp, whether they were preparing to rest or strengthening the camp in turn, they all joined in the cry.


    The roar of the sky seemed to lift the curtain of night.


    Looking at the situation in front of him and listening to the orderly shouts in the outer camp, Huangfu Chaobo knew that there was no problem with the morale of his soldiers. The next step was to fight to the death!


    A few miles away in Anyi City, on the tower, Jiang Peizheng and Xu Rong and other officials are discussing the war tomorrow. All of a sudden, Xu Rong seemed to feel something. He looked at the camp of Sizhou army. Before long, he told the Marquis that there was a roar in Sizhou army camp, and they could be heard a few miles away.


    Hearing this, Xu Rongming was stunned, and then said to the people, "everyone, get ready. The next few days will be the most difficult time for the war."


    At this time, in Su Zhibu''s camp, Dian Wei led five hundred yuan army crossbow soldiers with four horses. He brought all the two thousand horses in the camp here, and then conveyed the order of Huangfu Chaobo to Zhao Yun and Su Zhisan.


    After listening to Dian Wei''s words, all three of them fell into silence. Later, Zhao Yun said, "general Su, gather more than a thousand generals to discuss business, and convey the Lord''s military order to them. As for the seriously wounded, let''s talk about the general''s military order. As the chief General of this expedition, this responsibility should be borne by me."


    "No, general. It''s the last thing for the general to take responsibility. How can the Lord and the general be responsible for As soon as Su Zhi heard this, he was in a hurry;As they were about to fight again, Dian Wei said, "two generals, the Lord has something to say. You should convey it according to the facts


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words moved them. Zhao Yun''s eyes were red, as if he saw what happened outside the Great Wall. Although huyanda later heard about Chen Jingzhu''s defending the mountains, Dangjin still moved Zhao Yun.


    After Zheng Erzhong accepted the order, Su Zhi immediately ordered thousands of soldiers to bring the above generals to the tent for discussion. A moment later, thousands of soldiers who were still able to move in the camp brought the above generals to Su Zhi''s tent.


    After everyone arrived, Su Zhi didn''t say much. He directly conveyed Huangfu Chaobo''s orders to everyone, and told the generals of Huangfu Chaobo''s guilt and commitment for those seriously injured soldiers. After that, the generals were sighed again.


    Later, after discussing with the generals, Su Zhi confirmed that in addition to more than 16000 horses brought by Zhao Yun''s troops, the horses in his own army and more than 2000 brought by Dian Wei, as well as the horses that the Xiliang army did not have time to take away when they retreated, there were 20000 horses in total.


    In addition to Zhao Yun''s two cavalry troops of more than 7000, and Dian Wei''s more than 500 yuan army crossbow troops, nearly 8000 people served as the main force to break through the defense line of Dong Zhuo''s army. The other 12000 horses, besides 7000 lightly injured soldiers, are 3000 craftsmen of the people and Zhuang, plus 2000 archers of the Dragon inlaid battalion commander.

 Chapter 714

    The 1000 prisoners will be dealt with by the 7000 troops who are going to break through the encirclement. As for what they are going to do, let''s talk about it. Even if they break through the encirclement, the best of them can''t survive for ten days and a half months. The worst estimate is that they can''t survive these two days. After learning their general''s promise, they all stay in the camp to contain the enemy.


    And what they want to contain the enemy is to use this camp to kill all the enemy troops who have invaded it. In this regard, in addition to their silence, they also resented Dong Zhuojun and Jiang Peijun and were furious.


    Now that we have decided on the personnel to break through, it''s OK to say that the cavalry can break through, but the 8000 soldiers are a big problem. Su Zhi held discussions with Zhao Yun for more than half an hour, and then all the craftsmen from the general were gathered. Finally, he decided that the 7000 soldiers and 1000 prisoners would cross the Sushui River, and then go up Hebei to Wenxi to join the army.


    The reason for this arrangement is that according to various intelligence, there is no large number of cavalry on the North Bank of the Sushui River, and it should be safe after 7000 soldiers crossed the river.


    As for the 20000 Dong Zhuo cavalry on the south bank, when they see 20000 cavalry breaking out of the camp, they will definitely focus on this cavalry. Where can they spare time and energy to take care of the thousands of disabled soldiers breaking out to the other side of the river.


    However, there is no bridge on the river, and there are no ferries and boats on both sides. How to cross the river is another problem. In fact, there are several bridges above the water, one of which is in Wenxi, and the other is in Jiexian county. But Wen Xi''s bridge has been destroyed by Jiang Pei''s people. The purpose is to prevent Sizhou''s army from crossing the river. But the bridge in Jiexian county can''t be expected at all, because these 7000 soldiers have no chance to cross the river from there.


    Since there is no bridge, we can only build our own floating bridge, but building a floating bridge is not a simple thing. The surface of Sushui river near the camp is about thirty feet wide, and the deepest is about two feet. Fortunately, it''s winter now, and the river is much smoother. But it''s also very difficult to build a floating bridge in this season.


    After several discussions, a craftsman suddenly said that they had built a simple pontoon bridge, that is, three to five long iron ropes were used to cross the river, and then wooden boards were laid on the iron ropes. However, this kind of pontoon bridge can only bear people crossing the river at most, and it is basically impossible if the freight car wants to cross the river. Moreover, only the iron rope is certainly not enough. After a certain distance, the river still needs to be supported by ferries.


    But there is another problem, how to fix the board on the cable? If the fixation is not good, the boards will either be squeezed together or slide into the river, which will not allow people to pass through.


    Then another craftsman came up with an idea, that is, to cut a few holes in the board, and then make several large wooden deeds. After the board is paved, the wooden deed is driven into the board from the hole, and the other end of the wooden deed is stuck into the iron ring of the iron rope. Such a board only needs to be nailed with wooden deeds on each iron rope, and the iron rope can be tightened at both ends, so thousands of people can cross from above It''s not big.


    Now that the plan has been determined, Su Zhi also arranges for minzhuang and the craftsmen to prepare. For a moment, the lights in the camp are bright all night. In addition to the soldiers who will be on the assault mission tomorrow, other soldiers will automatically come to help prepare all kinds of materials.


    While the craftsmen in the camp are busy preparing the materials for the river crossing pontoon, several water-based taxi soldiers selected by Su Zhi have left the camp with their hastily prepared rafts and headed for the river under the cover of the night. Their purpose is to find the best place to set up the pontoon. After the iron rope is made, they will pull several iron ropes across the river When they were ready to retreat, they quickly tightened the iron rope and helped the army to quickly build the pontoon.


    Su Zhi''s barracks were soon denounced and reported to the general fan Chou, but they didn''t care much. In the general''s opinion, it would be really strange if the military barracks in Sizhou were quiet. After daybreak tomorrow, the soldiers of Xiliang army and Hedong army will attack the camp. Their cavalry just need to watch and not let them escape.


    However, neither fan Hou nor Dong Yue thought that SZU army would be stupid enough to give up the camp and run away. In order to attack the camp tomorrow, fan Hou specially asked Jiang Peijun''s generals to send 5000 soldiers from Jiexian county to support him. In this way, nearly 20000 soldiers would be enough to attack the camp of Sizhou army.


    Su Zhijun''s camp is just next to Wushui. It''s less than 200 steps away from the river. After a busy night, craftsmen have made four 40 foot iron ropes. For these iron ropes, all the iron materials available in the camp have been used up. In addition, several wooden piles were set up in the camp, which were buried several feet deep underground. One end of the four iron ropes was fixed on the wooden piles, and then the other end was quietly pulled to the other side of the river.


    However, in order not to attract Dong Zhuojun''s and Jiang Peijun''s attention, these iron ropes were not pulled up, but tied up with ropes and sank under the water.


    When the first ray of sunshine shines on the earth in the morning, all the soldiers in Su Zhibu''s camp have been prepared. Baima Yicong, Tujia and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers all stay quietly beside their horses. They are the main force of today''s breakout. They not only need to cover the rest of the cavalry to break out, but also have to attract Dong Zhuo''s cavalry away in order to make a breakthrough To relieve stress.So what they have to do is not only to break through the encirclement, but also to enrage Dong Zhuo''s army, and then go to pursue their own cavalry.


    While other taxi drivers, who can ride horses, are ready to mount horses. The craftsmen of Min Zhuang, who can''t ride horses, have been tied to horses. When the army sets out, they will be trapped in the cavalry and break through quickly.


    Now all we have to do is wait. Just wait for the generals of the Chinese army to come down, and then we can start.


    At the north gate of the camp, a thousand prisoners, under the guard of a thousand soldiers, were ready. When the enemy cavalry left, they would signal to the people on the other side of the river. When the iron rope was tightened, they would open the camp gate and quickly set up the pontoon.


    Two quarters of an hour later, the Allied forces of Dong Zhuo''s army and Jiang Pei''s army finally appeared in the public''s sight. Less than a mile away from the camp, about 10000 of Dong Zhuo''s cavalry separated from most of the troops and rushed to the south of the camp. It is estimated that these cavalry are monitoring the movement of the camp in the South and east of the camp. Once the army in the camp is ready to break through, these cavalry will surely rush forward without hesitation.

 Chapter 715

    As Zhao Yun expected, ten thousand Xiliang cavalry left five thousand cavalry more than a mile outside the south gate, while the other five thousand cavalry continued to march towards the east gate of the camp, and did not stop until more than a mile outside the east gate.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun ordered nearly 8000 cavalry to turn over and mount. Then, under the command of the three generals, they rushed out of the camp and galloped toward the 5000 Xiliang cavalry.


    Seeing that Sizhou army had sent out the cavalry, the commander of Xiliang iron cavalry laughed, and then he was about to order his cavalry to go out and drag the cavalry. Although the deputy general beside him yelled: "general, cavalry, there are more than ten thousand cavalry behind."


    The captain looked at the Sizhou camp and his face changed greatly. He could see that in addition to the 8000 cavalry coming out in front of him, there were more than 10000 cavalry coming out of the Sizhou camp.


    Seeing this, he did not dare to fight with the cavalry of Sizhou army. On the one hand, he ordered his cavalry to join the cavalry in the south, and on the other hand, he sent people to ask for help from general fan Hou.


    However, Zhao Yun was not willing to let go of this cavalry so easily. With a single order, 8000 cavalry followed closely, chasing after the iron cavalry of Xiliang.


    When the Xiliang cavalry found out that it was not right and was ready to turn and run away, Zhao Yun had already led 8000 cavalry to leave the camp gate for nearly 100 steps, only 200 steps away from the Xiliang cavalry. At this time, Zhao Yun''s cavalry had raised the horse''s speed, but Xiliang''s cavalry had just started.


    Therefore, in a twinkling of an eye, Zhao yunbu had already caught up with the distance of a hundred paces behind the Xiliang cavalry. With Zhao Yun''s command, the arrows of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and Tujia soldiers rushed to Xiliang iron cavalry like a storm. In a moment, hundreds of Xiliang iron cavalry had fallen.


    Zhao Yun, however, was not so powerful as to encircle and annihilate this film. Fortunately, the Xiliang cavalry in the south soon found out the situation in the East, and immediately made 5000 cavalry to come here.


    However, by the time they arrived, the cavalry had already been baptized by the arrow rain, and the loss had reached 30%. Fortunately, after the confluence of the two cavalry rivers, Zhao yunbu did not continue to pursue. Instead, he stopped a hundred paces away. Then, without looking back, he pulled his horse and left.


    After the confluence of the two cavalry has only 8000 people, and the opposite Si Zhou army more than two cavalry, also dare not act rashly, waiting for fan Hou''s orders.


    At this time, fan Hou was furious. Just as he was about to order the Hedong army to attack the camp, the eastern cavalry, who was responsible for monitoring the camp, sent someone to report that 20000 Sizhou cavalry had rushed out of the camp. He was fighting with the Xiliang cavalry at his east gate, and asked fan hou to send troops to support him immediately.


    The furious fan Hou kicked the taxi driver to the ground, then turned over and got off the horse, picked him up, and yelled: "20000 cavalry, where are the 20000 cavalry from Sizhou army? Tell me, did you fall out of the world? "


    "Will... General, my subordinates dare not deceive the general. It''s true... It''s true that there are 20000 cavalry. The leader is the white horse general and white horse Yicong yesterday. " Fan Chou was about to give him some more big ears, but Dong Yue held him back and said, "general fan, please wait a moment!"


    "Does Zijin believe that there are 20000 cavalry in Sizhou army?" Fan Chou looks at Dong Yue discontentedly, but he can''t help giving Dong Yue face. He must be a relative of Dong Zhuo and have no lack of ability, otherwise he can''t lead the 5000 flying bear army. "You know, we lost 3000 cavalry yesterday, and now we have only 17000 cavalry."


    "General, do you remember how many soldiers and horses Zhao Yun led yesterday to support us?" Dong yuedao;


    "less than ten thousand horses? How about it? " Fan Chou was stunned and replied. Immediately, he also responded and said, "ziyue means that Zhao Zilong is a real cavalry, except for the 7000 cavalry, the other 10000 cavalry soldiers are soldiers. Sizhou army wants to break through!"


    "Damn, I didn''t expect that Zhao Yun would ignore the remaining 10000 soldiers and lead them to break through. Come on, come on, herald Fan Hou immediately ordered: "order all the cavalry to go out and chase the superior state army. We are one man and two horses. They only have one man and one horse. They can''t run far."


    Then he led the general of Hedong Army: "general Jiang, when the soldiers and horses of Jiexian County arrive, you will attack the camp immediately. You will destroy the cavalry first and then come back to support you."


    Then, without waiting for the general surnamed Jiang to react, he led more than 7000 cavalry around him and chased Dong Yue to the east of the camp.


    When fan Hou''s leader chased after him, Su Zhi had already led 12000 horsemen running towards his camp to the north of Anyi. As we all know, although they have left the camp, they only have one man and two horses. Fortunately, it is less than 100 li from here to the camp, and the time is just two hours.


    By the time fan Hou and his cavalry arrived, Zhao yunbu had been away for more than a quarter of an hour, and it had been more than half an hour since they left the camp, that is to say, the 20000 cavalry had arrived nearly 20 miles away.


    Seeing this, fan Hou was furious again and ordered his cavalry to pursue him. Nearly 20000 Dong Zhuo''s cavalry rolled up a large group of smoke and dust and chased towards Anyi.At this time, in Su Zhibu''s camp, Wei Dao was two school captains, and the chief general was long Xiangying. Seeing that Dong Zhuo''s cavalry had finally left, and the enemy''s more than 10000 soldiers were still two miles away, there was no sign of attacking the camp.


    So he immediately ordered to send a signal to the taxi drivers on the other side of the river. At his command, the three arrows soared into the sky with a sharp roar. Then, I saw the iron rope on the ground at the north gate creeping slowly towards the opposite side of the river.


    In less than a quarter of an hour, four iron ropes had been twisted, and the black iron ropes were like black lines across the water. Then, with his command, the north gate of the camp was opened, and a thousand prisoners, under the arrangement of the soldiers, laid wooden boards on the iron rope. A soldier immediately after him picked up a wooden deed and smashed it into the board with a hammer. After the wooden deed with thick eggs passed through the board, it was stuck in the iron ring under the board.


    There are three rows of twelve wooden deeds nailed on one board, which is enough to fix the board on the iron rope. After one board was fixed, another board was laid in front of it by prisoners, and then someone smashed the wooden deed into the board and fixed it on the iron rope.


    In this way, when entering the river for ten feet, a raft was placed on the iron rope, and this time the wooden board directly fixed the iron rope and the wooden board on the raft.

 Chapter 716

    At first, they didn''t find any problems. However, with the four iron ropes suddenly rising in the middle of the river, and then a large wave of people carrying wooden boards came out of the camp, they quickly realized that the Sizhou army was going to build a floating bridge to escape.


    As a result, he did not care about the arrival of soldiers and horses in Jiexian county. Besides more than 10000 soldiers, he had only dozens of cavalry guards. Immediately order the army to attack the camp.


    As the long horn sounded, Hedong army began to attack the suzhibu camp. As for the news that more than 10000 soldiers and horses have fled, the general surnamed Jiang also knows that in his opinion, those who fled should be the elite of Sizhou army, and most of the remaining soldiers and horses should be the old, the weak, the disabled and so on. If he lets some soldiers and horses escape, then he really doesn''t know how to explain to the governor.


    Thinking that the camp should be defeated by the disabled soldiers, I didn''t think about any military strategy any more. I just waved my troops to attack. Who knows, I suddenly kicked on the iron plate.


    You know, in the camp, in addition to the two thousand longxiangying bowmen who have left, there are three thousand elite archers. Seeing that Jiang Peijun was reckless and directly attacked the west gate of yingzhai, how could the garrison captain not seize the opportunity. He immediately sent people to arrange all the 3000 archers on the western wall of the stronghold. After Jiang Peijun''s attack range, all the archers fired at once. In a moment, Jiang Peijun would leave thousands of archers in front of the stronghold, and then he retreated in embarrassment.


    After returning, he reorganized his troops, and then the reluctant Jiang Peijun launched another attack on the barracks, but this time he still let the Sizhou army repel him. However, the number of taxis lost this time was much less than that of the first time. Only five or six hundred people were damaged under the barracks wall. However, even so, he did not dare to attack the camp again.


    Fortunately, it wasn''t long before the 6000 troops of Xie County arrived. At this time, if you add Dong Zhuo''s 5000 soldiers, there will be nearly 20000 soldiers here.


    So he went to the commander of Dong Zhuo''s army and communicated with him. After a moment''s discussion, they arranged to send troops. This time, Dong Zhuojun also sent 2000 soldiers to take part in the attack.


    As soon as Dong Zhuo Jun joined the attack team, he immediately put pressure on the guards. Fortunately, there were thousands of elite Longxiang camp in the camp. With the cooperation of these elite, the third attack had been repulsed. This time, the guards suffered casualties, but fortunately, there were not many. The three attacks made the Sizhou army lose nearly a thousand soldiers.


    At this time, the pontoon had been set up almost. Seeing that the attack had been repulsed, the general arranged the soldiers to retreat. It will be a quarter of an hour before general Jiang Peijun discovers this situation.


    They immediately sent people back to attack the camp. This time, the army soon entered the camp. Unfortunately, nearly 2000 soldiers who entered the camp suddenly fell into a sea of fire.


    It turned out that all the areas were seriously injured by sergeants in Szechuan who placed various inflammable materials. Only after Dong Zhuojun and Jiang Pei entered, the seriously injured soldiers set themselves on fire and thought that they would delay their time.


    Seeing this, the two soldiers no longer dare to enter the camp. Seeing the fire in the camp, the two generals immediately sent troops from the northwest corner of the river towards the north gate. However, when they arrived near the north gate, they were blocked by the fire.


    In desperation, the army had to stop and wait for the fire to get smaller.


    Within an hour, the fire finally went out, but at this time, the Sizhou army had safely withdrawn to the other side of the river, and at this time, the camp was all reduced to ashes. The floating bridge across the river was also burned by the seriously injured soldiers in the camp, and the iron rope also fell into Hanoi.


    So far, 7000 soldiers and 1000 prisoners arrived safely on the other side of the Sushui River, about 6000 soldiers and 1000 prisoners.


    When 7000 people and horses began to cross the river, the 20000 people and horses who left first had reached the last moment. After nearly two hours of your escape I chase, now most people have passed Anyi city. Seeing the 20000 cavalry swarming under the city, all the people in the city looked at each other. Jiang Pei said, "where are the 20000 cavalry from the Sizhou army?"


    All the people in the city looked at each other and shook their heads. Xu Rong, the old Taoist priest, soon found out the problem and said, "it''s not 20000 cavalry soldiers. It''s the soldiers who withdrew from Yi''s city. There are at least more than 10000 soldiers in them."


    Unfortunately, even if you see it, you can only stare. There are no cavalry in the city. There were not many cavalry in Hedong. Since Dong Zhuo changed the military system, there was no source of horses, so the cavalry couldn''t afford it any more. In addition, after Jiang Pei arrived in Hedong, he fought with the actual controllers of the cities, the Baibo bandits in Hedong, and the Xiongnu cavalry in qubei for many times, and consumed almost all the few cavalry. At present, there are only two thousand cavalry that can hold hands. At this time, they dare not send out these two thousand cavalry.


    Just as Xu Rong sighed, smoke and dust rose from the West. Seeing this, he could not help but feel refreshed. He knew that his cavalry had arrived. Although he was angry that fan Hou had let so many soldiers escape from his eyes, he also knew that it was not the time to worry about this.


    So he immediately said to Jiang Pei, "Your Highness, send out the two thousand cavalry immediately. It will only take a quarter of an hour for the general''s cavalry to arrive."Seeing that Jiang Pei was still a little reluctant, Xu Rong said: "after this war, I will plead with the Prime Minister for your help and ask you to buy ten thousand war horses. Moreover, after I defeated Huangfu Chaobo, I will not have any of these horses. All of them will go to Hedong. If the governor didn''t want to take this risk, he would have nothing to say. When the cavalry arrived, he would immediately lead the troops back to Chang''an. "


    Xu Rong''s coax and scare finally let Jiang Pei agree, immediately ordered to send out his two thousand cavalry, rushed to most of the Knights outside the city.


    At this time, the State Army, 20000 Knights have been drawn into a team of several miles, many of them are not skilled in riding and soldiers, after a long time of running, have inevitably fallen behind. Although the cavalry of Zhao Yun''s various departments were worried, they had to guard at the back and on both sides. In this way, thousands of cavalry were very scattered.


    When the north gate of Anyi suddenly opened and 2000 cavalry rushed out, Zhao Yun and Huyan had no time to gather cavalry to intercept. Hundreds of tired Baima Yicong and Tui cavalry could not stop the 2000 cavalry of Hedong army.

 Chapter 717

    In a moment, nearly 4000 knights had been cut off by 2000 cavalry who came to see Hedong suddenly, and the cavalry around them had basically lost their energy.


    Zhao Yun, who was in a bad situation, immediately ordered to gather his troops and prepare for the rescue. But when he gathered 3000 cavalry to go to the rescue, 2000 Hedong cavalry had already killed all sides among the state knights in the back team.


    Su Zhi led the more than 12000 people to break out of the encirclement. Except for the 2000 Longxiang battalion commander''s archers who had received strict riding training, about half of the remaining 10000 people could not even ride horses. Therefore, after two hours of riding, they had become lambs to be slaughtered.


    At this time, Xu Rong and others at the head of the city were very happy. Although they couldn''t intercept most of them, it was a great blow to the morale of the Sizhou army to see that they could keep these three or four thousand people. Jiang Pei and Jiangshan people were even more excited. It was estimated that their two thousand cavalry would become four or five thousand after today. Moreover, after such a war, it was very important for the growth of cavalry It''s very beneficial.


    You know, in the past, the cavalry of Hedong army was only beaten in front of Xiongnu cavalry, so they were not good at riding or fighting. Now, after this big victory, the fighting power and morale of these cavalry are rising a lot.


    When the two cavalry were fighting, Dong Zhuojun''s cavalry of fan Hou arrived in a fierce manner. After seeing the situation of his cavalry''s horses, Zhao Yun had to break his tail to survive, and ordered the cavalry to protect the cavalry who had not been intercepted by Hedong cavalry to run towards the camp.


    Soon, fan Hou''s cavalry arrived at the foot of the city. Seeing the scene of scuffle, he didn''t say much. With an order, more than ten thousand iron cavalry of Xiliang rushed into the Knights of Sizhou, while he and Dong Yue entered Anyi city and took the blame to the chief General Xu Rong.


    After a burst of rapid footsteps, fan Hou and Dong Yue led their own soldiers to the northern tower of Anyi. When they saw Xu Rong, they quickly stepped forward and made a military salute: "finally, I''ll see you general! The last general is incompetent. Let the elite of Sizhou army escape. Please punish him! "


    Xu Rong gazed at fan Hou for a moment, then said, "come on, what happened?"


    Seeing this, fan Hou told Xu Rong the story carefully. After listening, Xu Rong sighed: "there are great talents under general Pingdong." Then he said, "what happened to the rest of the army that attacked Yi?"


    "The general has ordered the soldiers to watch their camp carefully, and ordered them to attack Sizhou barracks only after the soldiers and horses from Jiexian County arrived. After the end of the war here, the general will lead the soldiers back to Yishi, and will annihilate all the remaining soldiers and horses." Fan Hou replied immediately;


    "you don''t have to go there in person. At most, there are more than ten thousand soldiers left in the Yi''s camp of Sizhou army. You just need to send the Hedong cavalry of Jiang Taishou to Anyi. All the cavalry of our army will stay in Anyi. Next, there will be a big war. You can''t help your cavalry." Xu Rong flatly refused;


    with that, Xu Rong looked at Jiang Pei and said, "my Lord, you still need cavalry to escort the Yi''s side of the formation, and to annihilate the scattered soldiers of Sizhou army, you will give them to your Lord''s Hedong cavalry."


    On hearing this, Jiang Pei quickly replied, "don''t worry, general. I''ll give these to Hedong Erlang."


    As he spoke, the cavalry scuffle outside the city was over, and all the four thousand state cavalry were captured and killed. However, the desperate resistance of state cavalry also led to the loss of hundreds of horsemen in Hedong.


    However, Jiang Pei''s Hedong army still took a big advantage. The harvest of war horses alone reached 3000. The other 1000 horses were disabled and could no longer be used as war horses. In this way, with more than 2000 horses of his own, the cavalry of Hedong could make up for one school. Although it can not reach the configuration of one man and two horses, it is the largest cavalry in Hedong.


    So in the face of Xu Rong''s arrangement, Jiang Pei did not oppose it, but gladly accepted it. After all, he got such a big bargain.


    Unfortunately, an hour later, when the battlefield outside the city was cleaned up, Jiang Jian was ordered to make up all the cavalry of the first school. When he was ready to leave, he received a flying report from Yi''s fast horse. The Sizhou army ran away, and Yi''s camp was completely burned by the fire.


    Hearing this news, the crowd was dumb again. After Xu Rong quickly asked the whole story, he sighed in the middle, and then said for a long time: "order the soldiers and horses of all the schools under Yi''s city to come to Anyi to join the army before tomorrow evening, and the healing time is not yet in the capital''s military law disposal."


    Then he turned to the generals at the head of the city and said, "the generals will prepare their troops today and attack the Sizhou army camp tomorrow. If there are any slackers, they will engage in military justice." At this point, Xu Rong looks cold, a pair of sharp eyes toward the city''s generals one by one scan in the past, let everyone feel a heart, quickly bow to accept orders.


    In the camp of Sizhou army, Huangfu Chaobo has asked people to bring all Su Zhibu''s soldiers who fled back to the camp into the camp, and then go back to the tent to gather the generals for discussion.


    He would like to know more about Su Zhi''s Department, and then decide with Pang Tong what to do next.


    Looking at Su Zhi and other generals kneeling in the tent, although Huangfu Chaobo felt sad that less than ten thousand of them had returned, he also knew that it was not their fault. So he quickly stepped forward, helped them up one by one and said, "you don''t have to be like this. It''s not your fault. It''s all because I underestimated the heroes in the world. Fortunately, there are still more than ten thousand soldiers who have been able to escape. Today''s plan is to consider how to leave Hedong and make plans for other matters later. "With that, Huangfu Chaobo ordered huyandu to take two thousand Tui cavalry and two thousand Baima Yicong. After an hour''s rest, he went down the river to meet the taxi soldiers.


    It''s not that Huangfu Chaobo is not in a hurry, but that people can hold on, but the horses can''t. In two hours, he ran to nearly a hundred horses at all costs of horsepower, which has reached the limit of war horses. If we don''t have a rest, all these horses will be useless. But this time, don''t worry as much as in the morning.


    Huyan is ordered to turn around and leave. He has to choose horses and get ready to cross the river.


    But the people who stayed in the account began to discuss business again. Because Zhao Yun, Su Zhi and several generals of zuojiao all came back, they were not clear about the latest situation, so Pang Tong introduced the current situation of the army and the later plan to the people in detail. After several people had a clear understanding, Huangfu Chaobo said: "you can speak freely if you have any ideas."


    Although Pang Tong has determined the general plan, Huangfu Chaobo still wants to confirm some details with the public.

 Chapter 718

    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, all the people who had just rushed back to the camp fell into deep meditation. A moment later, Zhao Yun said, "Lord, since all the troops have withdrawn from the camp, according to the opinion of the last general, Xu Rong will attack our camp tomorrow. Now, offensive and defensive exchange, we should make preparations as soon as possible


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded. There was no way. With the support of Dong Zhuo''s 50000 troops, especially 20000 cavalry troops, and the 100000 troops in Hedong, the enemy''s troops had greatly increased. Now that I have less than 100000 troops, plus that the back roads are blocked, the grain roads are cut off, and the offensive and defensive forces are out of place, that''s for sure.


    "Zilong, don''t worry. We are already preparing. In addition, we will send all the seriously injured taxis in the camp to Wenxi, so that they can''t be transferred in time." Huangfu Chaobo nodded and replied. Then he suddenly thought of the wounded, so he arranged again.


    "Yes, these must be prepared early," Pang Tong nodded aside. "However, the general needs to pay attention to one more thing. Since Dong Zhuo''s cavalry has returned to Anyi, we have to stop collecting food and grass around Anyi. Once Dong Zhuo''s cavalry finds out the soldiers, there will be no return."


    Su Zhi also said: "it''s not feasible to raise food and grass around Anyi, but there is no problem with the territory next to Wenxi. Moreover, these will surely spread to Xu Rong''s ears. At that time, it is estimated that he will be in a dilemma whether to send troops to cross the river or not."


    A few people listen to, also all in front of a bright, yes, entice Xu Rong division.


    Today, SZU army has two camps in Hedong, one is the camp on Anyi side, the other is Wenxi County, which Zhao Yun captured a few days ago. These two floating bridges connect the two sides of Wushui River, and these two bridges are in control. However, if the Hedong army and Dong Zhuo army want to cross the river, it is not as convenient as the Sizhou army.


    It can be imagined that if there is a rumor that the Sizhou army is wantonly collecting food and grass around Wenxi, whether Xu Rong''s cavalry is in charge of it or not. If not, when the Sizhou army has collected enough food and grass to support the arrival of Luoyang reinforcements next year, this plan will be empty.


    However, if you manage it, it will be difficult to arrange 20000 cavalry. Divide the troops, I''m afraid each of them will be defeated. If you don''t divide the troops, you can manage this side but not that side.


    However, the life of Sizhou army is not easy now. Except for the 5000 family soldiers who were taken away by Sima Lang and others, the 120000 army has lost nearly 10000 people in the battle from Jiguan to Hedong. In addition, there are about 10000 soldiers guarding the platoon from Jiguan to LENGKOU. Except for 5000 people in Dongyuan, there are no other people, and the 5000 army in Dongyuan is no longer there I can''t count on it.


    In addition, Zhao Yun also lost 2000 yuan in Wenxi City, plus the 30000 people of Su Zhibu. If he is lucky, it would be good to be able to come back half of them. If this is calculated, there are only about 80000 people left in the 120000 army. In addition, there are still more than 40000 craftsmen in minzhuang, and there are only 5000 prisoners along the way.


    If the heavy and heavy wounded were sent to Wenxi, there would be only 65000 soldiers in the camp, including 8000 cavalry and 57000 foot soldiers.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Su: "general Su, today you will go to Wenxi with 15000 seriously wounded soldiers, and replace all the guards of Wenxi with the camp. Here you will choose 20000 soldiers from the army of Yibing, minzhuang and the prisoners, and take them all to Wenxi, and change them into soldiers. Train these 35000 soldiers into seven schools, and serve the army by the way Raise the wrong food and grass. "


    As soon as Su Zhi heard this, he immediately got up and took orders. Just as he was about to leave, he heard Huangfu Chaobo say again: "however, general Su should pay attention to that raising the wrong food and grass is not to rob, but to buy it from various territories. In any case, Hedong is still under our state. We can''t control it this time. Sooner or later, we will have to punish Jiang Pei, so the people of Hedong are not satisfied Can lose


    Now that the general plan has been arranged, the next thing is to go your own way.


    Su Zhi''s wounded soldiers and the selected prisoners rushed to Wenxi. He had to integrate and train the 35000 troops in the shortest time, so that when the soldiers retreated, at least they could not be defeated at once.


    The remaining generals are also busy preparing for the war that will begin tomorrow.


    Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong are still discussing the details of the retreat, and the contact with Luoyang is also ongoing. As the head of a state, Huangfu Chaobo now understands how unreliable it is for him to lead the army in person.


    As everyone expected, the next day, Xu Rong did his best to attack Sizhou army camp. In addition to the 30000 soldiers of Dong Zhuo''s army, there were also nearly 80000 soldiers of Hedong''s army. As for the 20000 odd cavalry, their role was to cruise around the battlefield to prevent the cavalry of Sizhou''s army from leaving the camp and harassing the troops attacking the barracks.


    With the sound of bugles and drums, the sound of killing in Anyi, which had been quiet for several days, was heard again. However, this time, it was not under Anyi City, but at the headquarters of Sizhou army.


    After several days of reinforcement, although the Sizhou army was not as firm and stable as a rock, it was not so easy to attack.Of course, neither Xu Rong nor Jiang Pei had any idea of taking over Sizhou military camp in two or three days. There is no other skill for tackling difficult problems, only human life can be used. What''s more, under the persuasion of Jiang Shan, Jiang Pei also had the idea of using Sizhou army camp to train a few elite troops for himself.


    Just like at the beginning, Jiangshan ordered Jiangjian and Jiangjian to train thousands of elite. Now Jiang Jian has been arranged to lead the cavalry of the first school, and the training is handed back to Jiang Jian, the number one general under Jiang Pei.


    Under the command of Xu Rong, more than 100000 troops launched a fierce attack on the camp. However, the attack was swift and orderly, and the cooperation between the various departments was very good, which made Pang Tong''s generals in the camp marvel. If they had not known that Xu Rong was a foreign general, they could not have imagined that the command of Hedong army was so smooth, and Pang Tong was more than one This is the first time we use the word "finger like an arm".


    Looking at this situation, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help regretting that he shouldn''t have let Xu Rong go. Now he has finally tasted the bitter fruit. At the same time, he also secretly decided that he must cable the talent of this general under his command, even if it is like Zhuge Liang''s seven escapes and seven escapes.

 Chapter 719

    However, although Xu Rong is strong, Zhao Yun is not bad either. They are rivals and will meet good talents. Often, when Xu Ronggang found a defensive flaw and sent out his soldiers, Zhao Yun had already made up for his successors and strengthened his defense in this position.


    In this respect, Zhao Yun is still a little less experienced than Xu Rong because of his lack of war experience. However, Huangfu Chaobo was full of confidence in Zhao Yun. He believed that with Zhao Yun''s ability, only in time, he would be a more powerful general than Xu Rong. After all, Xu Rong still has a short board on the force, but Zhao Yun''s force value is the top three of the whole Great Han.


    Just this time, let Xu Ronglai honed his life. Zhao Yun and Huangfu Chaobo believe that with Pang Tong on the side, there must be no problem.


    After the one-day war, although it was quite fierce, there was no danger. Several times the Hedong army attacked the village wall, which was easily resolved by Zhao Yun.


    However, the loss of the army was not small. There were thousands of soldiers and 2000 injured. The Hedong army didn''t get any good either. There were as many as 5000 corpses left under the wall of the stronghold, and thousands of wounded soldiers who had returned to Anyi.


    Xu Rong and Jiang Pei didn''t see such casualties at all. After discussing and arranging the next day''s war, they ordered the army to rest. Of course, Xu Rong arranged to harass soldiers and horses in Sizhou army camp at night. As for how useful they could be, Xu Rong didn''t care much.


    For Huangfu Chaobo, apart from the loss of troops and horses, there are two good news. One is that Su Zhibu''s soldiers who broke through the encirclement have been successfully taken back, with a total of 6000 soldiers and 1000 prisoners, which greatly relieved the general of Si Zhou.


    Another good news is that in the afternoon, Yang Feng finally came back with good news. That is to say, he has found a suitable place to cross the river. Geng Township, a small town on the South Bank of the Fenhe River, is chosen here mainly because the water potential of Fenshui here is relatively slow, and the water surface is several feet narrower than that of other places around 20 Li. If it is to cross the river from this floating bridge, it should be the best.


    Besides, this is also a small town level territory called Donghuang town. More than 20 miles west of Fenshui, Donghuang town is Pishi county. If you want to evacuate from the river, you must occupy Pishi and Hejin port. Therefore, after crossing Fenhe River, we must occupy Pishi and Hejin as soon as possible, so that Sizhou water army can come to meet them.


    After discussing with Pang Tong, Huangfu Chaobo decided to send a group of soldiers from longxiangying and a thousand craftsmen from minzhuang to occupy Geng Village. Then he was ready to cross the river. When the army arrived, he could set up a floating bridge to cross the river.


    After the discussion, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Yang Feng to get ready all night and start early tomorrow. In order to get there as soon as possible, Huangfu Chaobo also decided to send 1000 cavalry to send them to Geng township. After occupying Geng Township, the cavalry would bring the horses to the camp. After all, there are too few horses in the army.


    The war continued the next day without a word. However, at noon, Jiang Pei suddenly received a news that Sizhou army was forcibly purchasing a large amount of grain and grass around Wenxi. At the same time, he was doing his best to strengthen Wenxi''s defense, and seemed to be ready to defend himself.


    Not only that, Wenxi garrison also prepared to build a bridge on the Sushui river. A lot of materials have been piled up by the river, and many people are building floating bridges from the river to the middle of the river with rafts.


    Seeing two pieces of information, Jiang Pei was stunned and asked Xu Rong how to act. After looking at it, Xu Rong said with a light smile, "general Pingdong is making preparations. He is raising food and grass while preparing to attack LENGKOU."


    "What shall we do?"


    "Don''t worry about him, continue to attack the camp, attack the camp at all costs." With a wave of his hand, Xu Rong said,


    "but, when Wen Xi was around, did the soldiers of Sizhou not care about him?"


    "How to manage, send cavalry?" Xu Rong sneered: "our army only has more than 20000 cavalry, but the Sizhou army has 10000 cavalry. If we send more cavalry, the Sizhou cavalry in the camp will rush out of the barracks to harass our siege army. If we send less cavalry, when we get to Wenxi, does it mean that the sheep will enter the tiger''s mouth? "


    All the generals nodded their heads. The attack in the afternoon is more intense, but in the face of Xu Rong''s attack, Zhao Yun''s response is more and more skilled. However, even so, at the end of the day, the casualties of soldiers continue to increase.


    At night, when we counted the casualties, we found that the casualties today were almost twice as high as yesterday, but the casualties of the Hedong army were even greater.


    During the military discussion, it was suddenly mentioned that the cavalry of the Xiliang army did not have any signs of division. On the contrary, it increased the strength of the attack on the camp. It seems that Xu Rong is determined to break the camp.


    Pang Tong was reminded by his old words. He quickly got up and said, "general, since Xu Rong does not want to send troops to hear the news, we should take advantage of this. General Yang should have occupied Geng township. In this case, we can use the surplus horses in the camp to send some injured soldiers to Geng Township overnight, so that we can retreat more quickly without worrying about the injured soldiers It will drag down the army''s journey. "The biggest headache for Huangfu Chaobo all the time was the speed of the troops when they retreated. By then, there must be a large number of wounded soldiers and craftsmen. The speed of these people must not catch up with the ordinary soldiers. If these people are caught up by Jiang Peijun and Dong Zhuo Jun, they will be captured except killed.


    It''s more than a hundred Li from Wenxi to Geng Township beside Fenshui. The fastest way for the soldiers to march is one day and one night. If we add the wounded soldiers, we may not be able to reach Geng Township in two or three days. Once it is found that the main army has retreated, Xu Rong''s cavalry can catch up with the main army in more than two hours. At that time, fighting with most of the cavalry in the field will be like looking for death.


    Now that Xu Rong doesn''t want to take Wenxi''s side into consideration, as Pang Tong said, he just takes this opportunity to transfer the wounded soldiers and craftsmen to Geng township. When the time comes, he will have enough time to get to Geng Township, even if he has 20000 cavalry How can I get there?


    "It''s true that Shiyuan''s strategy is feasible. Chen Jing sent the 7000 wounded soldiers to Wenxi overnight. Then he discussed with Su Zhi. In the past few days, he sent away the 15000 wounded soldiers and more than 20000 people in Wenxi City, leaving only one school to guard the city. The rest of the soldiers were sent to the camp. It seems that the camp needs a few more days."

 Chapter 720

    Originally, we discussed with Pang Tong that we should use the camp to support for two or three days, and then the army would withdraw. Now it seems that if there is a chance to send these wounded soldiers away ahead of time, it is better than tens of thousands of troops hiding on the road in fear. If they are really blocked by Dong Zhuo''s cavalry, it is not a loss for thousands of people. It is estimated that these 100000 people will have to herd sheep.


    On hearing this, Chen Jing immediately got up and took orders.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, then turned to Zhao Yun and said, "Zilong, it''s up to you next. It''s bound to be more difficult these days. There are 20000 new recruits transferred from Wenxi. You also need to pay attention to them."


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly had a meal. Did he let Zhao Yun tie his hands and feet by doing so?


    "Zhao Yun, listen to the order!"


    "The end will be here!"


    "From now on, you will be fully responsible for the defense of the barracks. You will not be involved in the task, but you must give me five days. After five days, the army will be ready to retreat!"


    "The end will take orders!" After hearing this, Zhao Yun also aroused some fighting spirit. He also knew that the more he went to the back, the more fierce the war would be. Moreover, Dong Zhuo''s soldiers had not yet joined the war. It was estimated that Xu Rong would send them out tomorrow and the day after tomorrow at the latest. For his part, he would add 20000 new recruits, so the pressure would be even greater.


    In the middle of the night, the cavalry who went to Geng Township had returned. A thousand soldiers of dragon setting camp and a thousand Tui cavalry captured the town in less than a quarter of an hour. Then, Yang Feng led a thousand soldiers of dragon setting camp and a thousand people into the town, and began to actively prepare materials for erecting the floating bridge.


    In the evening, Yang Feng sent the 1000 Tui cavalry and 3000 horses back to Wenxi.


    The next morning, when it was light, Chen Jing and Su Zhi arranged for five thousand soldiers and five thousand people to leave Wenxi and go to Geng Township under the escort of three thousand cavalry.


    Soon after daybreak, as Zhao Yun expected, Xu Rong launched an attack on the camp again, and the attack was more fierce than the previous two days. In the afternoon, Dong Zhuo''s soldiers, who had not participated in the attack since the war, also joined the attack.


    With the addition of Dong Zhuojun, the pressure of the garrison is obviously much greater. Fortunately, Zhao Yun has been prepared for Xu Rong''s attack in an orderly way. However, at the end of the day, the number of soldiers in the camp increased compared with the previous two days. The number of dead taxis alone reached 3000, and the number of injured taxis reached more than 6000.


    However, in the evening, after a rest, another 10000 soldiers and minzhuang were escorted to Geng township.


    In this way, on the sixth day, facing the five-day attack of tens of thousands of troops, he was still unable to enter the Sizhou army camp. Not only Jiang Pei''s Hedong army could not support him, but also Dong Zhuo''s soldiers were tired. Xu Rong had to order the army to rest for one day and fight again tomorrow.


    In his opinion, Sizhou should also be close to the limit. After a day''s rest, the army will give them another thunderbolt, at least be able to capture their camp. If we could capture the pontoon before the Sizhou army destroyed it, we might be able to follow the rout troops to attack Wenxi city.


    At this time, in the camp of Sizhou army, Huangfu Chaobo people were also counting the losses of these days. After five days of fierce fighting, the number of soldiers killed by 100000 Sizhou army alone reached 14000, and the number of injured soldiers reached 25000. In the end, nearly ten thousand seriously injured soldiers will die one after another. That is to say, in the past five days, the loss has reached as much as five thousand every day.


    Fortunately, over the past few days, 30000 people have been sent to Geng township. In addition to the 2000 people who started with Yang Feng, 32000 people have arrived in Geng township. At present, there are less than 50000 troops and 25000 wounded soldiers in the camp and Wenxi City, including nearly 8000 cavalry troops.


    That is to say, in a few days, there are only more than 40000 soldiers who can fight. Among them, there are nearly 10000 newly recruited soldiers. In a few days, more than half of the 20000 newly recruited soldiers have been killed and wounded. There is no way. This kind of fierce war is the grave of the recruits, but it is still in the battle of defending the city, otherwise there will be more casualties.


    At present, there are only half of the 178000 troops left, and nearly half of them are wounded. It can be said that this war has really hurt Huangfu Chaobo.


    In the tent, everyone had been silent for a long time. Then Zhao Yun said, "Lord, it''s time for the army to retreat. Otherwise, if we drag on, the loss will be greater. The general will propose to withdraw this evening. "


    Huangfu Chaobo also knew that he could not hesitate any more, but it was basically impossible for nearly ten thousand seriously injured soldiers to evacuate safely. Thinking of this, I couldn''t help sighing: "prepare, arrange for the soldiers to withdraw to the north of Sushui this evening. At the same time, order the cavalry to send away some of the injured soldiers first, and the rest of the soldiers to retreat on foot overnight. The cavalry will send the wounded to Geng Township, and then return to meet the follow-up soldiers."


    "As for the seriously injured soldiers For a long time, Huangfu Chaobo said, "I will go to talk to them in person."


    Say, head also don''t return of toward wounded soldier camp walk.


    Seeing this, Pang Tong quickly followed, while the other generals were ready to retreat under the arrangement of Zhao Yun. First of all, the wounded must retreat to the other side of the river. It''s OK, because every day after the war, some wounded soldiers will be evacuated to Wenxi, which has been clearly heard by detective Xu Rong.Therefore, for this time in the daytime to evacuate the wounded, Xu Rongzhu will have no accident. It''s just that cavalry is constantly cruising outside the camp to prevent the army from suddenly withdrawing or doing something else.


    At this time, neither Xu Rong nor Jiang Pei thought that Sizhou army would retreat from Hejin, because Pang Tong''s camouflage and Huangfu Chaobo''s ants moved too well.


    These days, people and horses leave and return every day, basically before daybreak in the morning and after nightfall in the evening. In addition, during the day, there are basically cavalry cruising between the camp''s floating bridge and Wenxi, so as to cut off Jiang Pei''s information exploration around Jianxi.


    In a few days, ten or twenty thousand soldiers of Sizhou army had quietly moved to Geng Township, but Jiang Pei knew nothing about it. In addition, under Pang Tong''s arrangement, both Wen Xi and Da Ying moved constantly, so there was no trace of the army''s retreat.


    When Huangfu Chaobo left the wounded camp, his face was as deep as water. Although it was not the first time for him to lead the battle, he had never given up so many wounded soldiers. This did not include the thousands of seriously injured soldiers who had been given up in Su Zhi camp. This was the second time for him to let the wounded go.

 Chapter 721

    The root cause of all this was that Huangfu had underestimated his enemies, so the war could be said to have killed nearly 100000 soldiers. Every time he thought about it, Huangfu Chaobo felt regretful. If he thought more carefully, the consequences might not be like this.


    Soon after Huangfu Chaobo left the wounded camp, some soldiers came to the camp. They had to help these seriously injured soldiers and arrange them everywhere, such as on the wall of the stronghold dressed as soldiers on duty. Some soldiers would be placed everywhere in the camp. They would use all kinds of materials in the camp to stop the enemy as much as possible, so as to buy time for the retreating zepao.


    After all this was arranged, it was evening. At this time, there were no other soldiers and horses in the camp except the seriously injured taxis. Even the horses left in the camp were injured.


    Huangfu Chaobo stood on the pontoon and looked back at the camp. He swore that he would be ashamed when he came back next time.


    At this time, the same arrangement was estimated in Wenxi city. All the soldiers and horses who were ready to leave had assembled more than ten miles north of Sushui, and nearly 20000 horses were ready. Besides leaving 1000 white horses for Yicong and Tutu cavalry to protect the central army, all their horses were used to transport personnel.


    First, more than 10000 people were sent to Geng Township, while the rest of the people went to Geng Township on foot. After the horses sent the people to Geng Township, they sent people to drive them back all night. The two sides met on the way, and then the horses sent more than 10000 people. So again and again, until everyone arrived at Geng township.


    Of course, the premise is that Xu Rong did not catch up before everyone arrived at Geng township.


    When the army started to set out, Yang Feng in the north and Zhou Tai in the South also received news at the same time. At night, Yang Feng began to arrange for soldiers to cross the river quietly. There were only a few hundred of them, but they needed to occupy Donghuang on the other side of the river overnight, and then set up a floating bridge to meet the army.


    The next morning, the players in Pishi suddenly found that a bridge had been built on the Fenshui River overnight. Then Donghuang town by the river was controlled by the army and no one was allowed to go in and out. For a moment, the army didn''t know what had happened. However, the news was soon found out by the officials in Pishi city. Then Pishi County closed the city gate, and teams of soldiers boarded the city wall to be ready.


    Time went back to the night of the retreat. After joining the army, Huangfu Chaobo ordered to leave overnight. The more than 10000 soldiers who left first were slightly more seriously injured, and the others with minor injuries who could move themselves would go with most of them first.


    Of course, it''s not to let them rush along with the brigade, because there are still a lot of wagons in the army, which are pulled by horses. They are usually used to transport food and materials, but now they are just used to transport soldiers. Put a few bags of grain on each car, and then let soldiers ride on it, killing two birds with one stone.


    After leaving Sushui river for nearly 20 years, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to light a torch and advance at full speed. For a time, in the night, like tengma, a huge fire dragon, stretching for several miles, all the way north.


    The next morning, the two armies of Anyi went to attack the camp as usual, and the first round of attack was by 5000 soldiers of Xiliang army. People feel very happy that, as Xu Rong expected, the first round of attack into the camp. But this time seems to be too easy, Xu Rong heart suddenly Teng up a bad feeling.


    Sure enough, it didn''t take long for the fire to soar up in the camp.


    "Damn it, Si Zhou army has already run away!" Xu Rong stood up and yelled angrily;


    soon, dozens of soldiers ran out of the camp, came to Xu Rong''s generals and said, "general, there are only some wounded soldiers in the Sizhou army camp, and the rest of the soldiers have disappeared. Moreover, the camp is full of igniters, and many soldiers have been surrounded by the fire."


    "Quick, fan Hou, the cavalry will go around the camp and go to the pontoon to see the situation." Xu rongqiang pressed the anger in his heart and said: "the governor of Jiang immediately ordered the soldiers to set up the floating bridge. At no cost, the fastest speed is to set up the floating bridge. The cavalry is ready. Once the bridge is ready, they will start immediately. The army of Sizhou has many wounded soldiers and can''t run fast."


    With his series of military orders issued, the officers and men of the two armies were all busy. Squadrons of cavalry roared out of the army, led by the general, bypassed the burning Sizhou army camp, and headed for the pontoon at the duguankou behind them.


    In the city of Zhong''an, a large number of craftsmen from the people and Zhuang nationality came out, dragging a large amount of wood and other materials with carriages, and running towards the South Bank of Wushui river. They wanted to build a floating bridge.


    As a matter of fact, Xu Rong has been making preparations for crossing the river. However, for one thing, because he really wants to capture Sizhou camp as soon as possible, and the resistance of the camp is really fierce, he doesn''t care much about crossing the river, either Xu Rong or Jiang Pei. For another thing, the cavalry of Sizhou army on the other side of the river is patrolling the river day and night, and Xu Rong just wants to build a bridge There are not many opportunities, if the bridge is far away, for Xu Rong, the significance is not very great.


    However, even so, Xu Rong asked Jiang Pei to order the craftsmen to prepare all kinds of materials so that the floating bridge could be quickly erected at the right time.Originally, Xu Rong thought that the bridge had to be built after the camp was broken, but he didn''t expect it to be so fast.


    When fan Hou led the cavalry to the pontoon behind the Sizhou army camp, he was relieved to see that the pontoon was still there. Although he didn''t know why the Sizhou army was so careless, fan Hou cautiously sent hundreds of people to dismount and prepare to seize the pontoon, because everyone could see that Sizhou had set up a defense on the other side of the river, and there were still some others The soldiers were there.


    When Xu Rong and Jiang Pei arrived at the pontoon under the protection of their own guards, they just saw that more than 100 soldiers of fan Chou had already reached the center of the pontoon, and they could cross the river only a few dozen steps away.


    Just at this time, the Sizhou army on the opposite side suddenly fired dozens of rockets. As soon as the smoky arrows fell on the bridge deck, they immediately ignited the deck of the floating bridge. In a moment, the fire quickly surrounded more than 100 soldiers on the bridge, and the whole floating bridge fell into a sea of fire.


    Looking at the sea of fire in front of him and listening to the cry of his taxi drivers, Xu Rong felt that his blood was surging up. However, he soon calmed down and said to the generals around him, "go ahead and order the craftsmen to build the floating bridge in half a day. All the cavalry will be on standby. After the bridge is finished, general fan will lead the cavalry to cross the river to pursue."

 Chapter 722

    Calm down, Xu Rong has recovered his old shrewdness. After thinking about it carefully, he turns to the next soldier and says, "come on! Send someone up the river to check the situation of Wenxi County on the other side, and send someone to LENGKOU to ask if there is any change in Sizhou army? The rest of the army are well prepared to cross the river and pursue! "


    After listening, the soldiers nearby took orders and left.


    Just then, the soldiers of Sizhou on the other side of the river yelled in unison: "listen to the old thief Jiang Pei, my general said that he will come back to ask for your dog''s head for 100000 soldiers. The general said that your dog''s head will be deposited with you first, so that you can wait."


    After so many times, the officers and soldiers of the State Army yelled five times, then they turned over and ran away.


    Then they turned to Jiang Pei and saw that he was pale and trembling all over. He saw that he was about to fall from the horse. Seeing this, he immediately held him. Then he said to Xu Rong, "General Xu, when he saw the quantity, my uncle suddenly felt sick. I''ll send my uncle back to the city first, and then I''ll give it to the general."


    Then, without waiting for Xu Rong to answer, Jiangshan turned to a group of Hedong army generals nearby and said, "Jiang Jian and Jiang Jian are two generals. The troops of Hedong army will be handed over to the two generals. They will obey General Xu''s orders." Said, eyes also toward two people blinked.


    After Jiang Jian and Jiang Jian understood their promise, they led the soldiers of the guard camp to escort Jiang Pei back to Anyi city.


    At this time, Xu Rong had no idea about Jiang Pei''s life or death. He just felt that he had tried his best. He didn''t expect that in the end, he let Huangfu Chaobo play a golden cicada and run away.


    However, Xu Rong thinks that he still has hope. He has not considered the escape of Huangfu Chaobo. There are only several directions. One of them is chidao, which has been blocked by his own arrangement.


    The second is to go north to Bingzhou, but it''s too far to go there, and Huangfu Chaobo knows that he has 20000 cavalry, so this road should be ruled out.


    The other two roads do not work, so there is only the third way, that is to return to Luoyang from the river.


    However, although Xu Rong has seen it, he has no good way to solve this problem. Because Dong Zhuo''s army did not have a strong water army, in the face of tens of thousands of water army in Sizhou and Jizhou, Dong Zhuo''s army could only play in the Wei River, and did not dare to run to the river.


    Once the water army is caught in the river by sizhouzhong, it is estimated that there will be no more than one in ten. At that time, the cities along the banks of Chang''an and Weishui will be within the attack range of sizhouzhong. Therefore, Dong Zhuo''s water army only dared to stick to Tongguan ferry beside Tongguan, and together with Tongguan, they became a barrier to enter Guanzhong.


    Of course, he also had a way to control all the ferries in Hedong. However, in Hedong, only Shanjin, Yingjin, Fenglingdu, pubanjin and Hejin are suitable for most of the troops to cross. The other places are good, but Hejin is the only place where Jiang Peili has no time.


    Therefore, after seeing the situation of the camp and the floating bridge, Xu Rong decided that although the Sizhou army had left for one night, Xu Rong thought that they had tens of thousands of wounded soldiers, and the speed was certainly not fast, so he only needed his own cavalry to entangle them, and the Sizhou Army was doomed.


    Xu Rong believes that the loss of nearly 200000 troops and horses is enough to make Huangfu Chaobo feel frustrated for a few years. It would be better if he could kill several of his generals.


    Thinking of this, he couldn''t care to see the burning floating bridges and soldiers again. He pulled his horse and turned around and went to the place where the military workers in Hedong built the floating bridge.


    The generals of Dong Zhuo''s army must have followed closely. Jiang Jian and Jiang Jian looked at each other and followed.


    However, Jiang Jian was a little slow, pulled a confidant to explain a few words, this just followed up.


    When the party arrived at the place where the pontoon was to be built, the craftsmen were already preparing various materials. Several ferries, with their already prepared iron ropes, rowed across the river. But when they were about to reach the other side of the river, suddenly two hundred state troopers rushed out of the trees on the bank, bent their bows and arrows, and shot at the boat in the river. When the people on the boat didn''t react, they were shot into hedgehogs.


    Seeing this, all the people by the river changed their faces, but Xu Rong didn''t respond. He had expected that Sizhou army would be prepared. At the command, some other ready boats and soldiers boarded the ferry again and rowed across the river.


    After spending half a day, killing and injuring hundreds of soldiers and losing more than a dozen boats, Hedong army finally boarded the opposite bank of Wushui, and then with the escort of hundreds of soldiers, it was finally able to build the bridge at ease.


    After spending an hour, a floating bridge was finally built on the surface of the river. The well prepared iron cavalry of Xiliang ran to the other side of the river under fan Hou''s command.


    The cavalry of Sizhou army on the other side had already pulled out their horses when there was nothing to do.


    After arriving at the other side of the river, fan Chou didn''t stop any longer. He led his own Xiliang iron cavalry and five thousand cavalry of Hedong army to chase the direction where Sizhou army left.


    Their idea is similar to that of Xu Rong, that is, there are tens of thousands of wounded soldiers in Sizhou army. Even if they run through the night, they are only walking dozens of miles now. It only takes a few hours for their own cavalry to catch up with them. When the time comes, they must kill all sides and give vent to their anger.As for Sizhou army, it''s strong to find thousands of cavalry, but can you still protect tens of thousands of soldiers?


    But as time went by, fan Chou''s heart began to beat. Now it has been three hours. It will be dark in another hour, but he still didn''t see the shadow of Sizhou''s army. Can''t they really fly? You know, they can include tens of thousands of wounded soldiers.


    Fan Hou doesn''t think it''s strange to say that the elite soldiers can travel hundreds of miles in one day and one night. However, it''s incredible for anyone to take tens of thousands of wounded soldiers and go nearly a hundred miles.


    However, there is absolutely nothing wrong with the direction, because it is the old Chihou who has been in the army for several years. In addition, the superior state army has no trace of hiding. Moreover, the Hedong army has confirmed to all the territories along the way that there is indeed a troop passing through here. But their speed is really amazing.


    Fan Hou called Jiang Jian over again. After repeated confirmation, he knew that they were less than 20 miles away from Fenshui, and his heart became even more suspicious. Just as he was about to stop, suddenly smoke and dust rose in front of him, and dozens of cavalry soldiers came at a gallop.

 Chapter 723

    Soon, the commander of the Xiliang army arrived at fan Hou. He quickly stepped forward and said, "general, we have found the enemy in front of us."


    On hearing this, fan Chou was in high spirits and asked, "where is it, how far is it, and how many enemy troops?"


    "Report back to the general. Five miles ahead, the enemy is in a tight line. The last general observed that there are at least 40000 or 50000 troops, basically infantry, and no cavalry." The captain replied;


    "OK," fan Chou patted his thigh and said, "Damn, I''ve got these mice. Order the army to speed up and rest in front of Sizhou army. Some people want to see how tight the State Army can set up. This time, he can''t stop Ding Xiliang''s cavalry. "


    With the command of the Chinese army, 20000 cavalry accelerated again, just like a rolling torrent towards them.


    Time goes back an hour ago.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the taxi soldiers around him with a tired face. He couldn''t help but worry. Seeing this, it would be difficult to get to Geng Township today. According to the news that the last few hundred cavalry came back, Xiliang cavalry should be only 20 or 30 miles away from his army.


    According to the speed of the cavalry, the distance of 20 or 30 Li is less than an hour. However, it is still more than 10 li away from Geng Township, and its own soldiers still need to be close to an hour. We still have to fight the cavalry, but now we are on the flat ground, so we have no advantage in defense.


    Just at this time, he ruolong came over in a hurry and said, "general, jindiao found that there are a large number of cavalry following us, about 30000 to 40000 cavalry, less than 40 miles away from us."


    "Well, thirty or forty thousand riders?" Huangfu Chaobo heard, "how can there be so many?"


    "It shouldn''t be wrong," Zhao Yun said, "Dong Zhuo''s army has 20000 cavalry. According to one man and two horses, there are 40000 horses. The Golden Eagle can only see the approximate number. At last, it is estimated that Xu Rong should first send cavalry to entangle our army, so it should be one man and two horses."


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Zhao Yun''s conjecture should be accurate, but even the 20000 cavalry troops could not be withstood by his 40000 soldiers. Fortunately, all the wounded soldiers and craftsmen of the Ming and Zhuang dynasties have been sent back to Geng Township through horses. Now, more than 40000 soldiers and horses are combat troops, but they are very tired after one night and one day''s March.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo asked, "is there any terrain around here that can resist cavalry?"


    One of the captains who had escorted the wounded soldiers twice said: "report back to the general, you have to go through a mountain pass less than five miles north from here. Only seven or eight miles past the mountain pass can you get to Geng township. This pass should be the best place to defend. The width of the pass is about two Li, and on both sides are mountain ridges several Zhang high. "


    As soon as people listen, they can only do so now. Huangfu Chaobo said: "he ruolong, let jindiao expand the search scope and find out the follow-up situation of Dong Zhuo''s army and Hedong''s army. Zhao Yun, you are still responsible for the next war."


    "Yes They agreed in unison;


    when Zhao Yun got up, he ordered: "the cavalry camp will rest for a quarter of an hour, and then go five miles ahead to intercept the enemy cavalry. The soldiers will speed up and rush to the pass to set up defense and prepare for the battle. We are tired, and the enemy is also tired. After the battle, we can return to Luoyang. "


    As soon as this remark was made, the morale of the army immediately rose. Yes, after this battle, we can go back to Luoyang. Next time, we will come back to avenge our zepao.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of a word: "return to the teacher, do not hide, do not pursue the poor!"


    For a moment, more than 40000 soldiers quickened their pace towards their destination. Half an hour later, the army finally arrived at the mountain pass that the cavalry commander said. Zhao Yun saw that the terrain here was rugged. On both sides of the mountain ridge, there were many strange rocks, which were not suitable for cavalry. In the middle of the two mountain ridges, there was a mountain path about two Li wide, and the army was in the middle This fortification is indeed an ideal place.


    With Zhao Yun''s order, the army quickly set up. According to Zhao Yun''s arrangement, the army was divided into two parts: one was to quickly arrange defense, the other was to seize the time to rest and eat. After half an hour, if the pursuers had not arrived, the two parts of the army would be exchanged.


    Fortunately, most of the soldiers and horses have not abandoned the wagons that carry food. Now they can be used. With these wagons in front of the line is enough to build several rows of horse wall. In addition, Zhao Yun made people put some debris and stones in the middle of the road to make obstacles, so in less than half an hour, the defense was basically ready.


    At this time, he ruolong reported that most of the cavalry were less than ten miles away. Seeing that the defense was ready, Zhao Yun immediately ordered the cavalry to retreat and let the front out to Dong Zhuo''s cavalry. At this time, most of Dong Zhuojun''s and Jiang Pei''s infantry troops were nearly 50 li away from here. When they arrived here, it was estimated that it would be tomorrow.


    A quarter of an hour later, Huyan led less than 8000 cavalry back to the front of the formation, and smoothly withdrew into the formation along the reserved channel. Then, not long after, we heard the sound of the hoof of the horse.


    They looked up and saw a huge cloud of smoke rising several miles away. Soon they saw the cavalry coming towards the square array."Boom" the sound of horse''s hooves stopped two miles away. Among the cavalry, fan Chou looked at the big formation with constipation on his face. What kind of people did the Sizhou army change? It took tens of thousands of wounded soldiers to walk hundreds of miles a day and night, and it could form such a tight defensive formation.


    However, now that he has reached such a stage, fan Hou is ready to rush even if it is a sea of fire. Otherwise, he really doesn''t know how to explain to Xu Rong.


    After the army had a little rest, fan Hou and Jiang Jian said, "general Jiang, the next thing is up to you Hedong cavalry. Don''t worry. As long as you rush away from the vehicles of Sizhou army, the rest will be left to us Xiliang cavalry."


    Jiang Jian was just about to speak, but he was blocked by fan Hou''s words: "general Jiang, we are here to help you. We can''t help you. It''s just us guests. Your host''s house is watching. And then again


    After a little pause, fan Chou pointed to Jiang Jianshen and said with disdain, "if you don''t give these cavalry behind you, can''t you let me ride Xiliang iron?" In the words, fan Hou also specially emphasized the word "cavalry", the scorn in the tone can be heard by anyone.

 Chapter 724

    After hearing this, Jiang Jian didn''t understand fan Hou''s meaning. He looked back at the cavalry behind him. Except for the two thousand veterans who had been trained for a long time, the rest of them were newly recruited cavalry. After several hours of running, there were still cavalry. One by one, they leaned against their horses and complained incessantly. Then he looked at the Xiliang iron cavalry beside them All the families took care of their horses as if nothing had happened.


    What''s more, fan Hou''s words are really unreasonable. It''s impossible for them to die because of their own affairs. It''s just that the war horse is rare. Thinking of this, he looked at the horses again, and then looked at fan Chou. He was just about to open his mouth. Fan Chou understood what he meant and said: "isn''t it just a few horses? These horses are still from Sizhou army. They are not your own. Just take this opportunity to train your cavalry. The general said that he would buy them for you


    Having said that, Jiang Jian couldn''t say anything more. He ordered his cavalry to prepare for the battle and promised that the first one who rushed into the battle would be rewarded 10 silver. All of a sudden, the enthusiasm of his cavalry was mobilized.


    It took only half a quarter of an hour for the cavalry of Hedong army to complete the formation and prepare to rush to the Sizhou military vehicle formation.


    With the roar of horse''s hooves, Hedong cavalry climbed up the horse again and began to fight. With the roar of horse''s hooves, Hedong cavalry began to scream. Standing in the array, looking at the galloping horses and the roaring cavalry on them, Huyan said with a smile: "a group of rookies are the materials for Dong thief''s cavalry."


    With the passage of time, some words in Huangfu Chaobo''s mouth were gradually accepted by huyandu, their close generals. Words like "rookie" and "cannon fodder" were all learned from him. As the saying goes, if there is something good in the top, the bottom must follow it.


    However, Huyan is right. When the real elite cavalry rush into the battle, how can they roar like them? Are you not afraid of a breath of wind pouring into your mouth and choking you to death?


    In his words, the cavalry of the charge array was only a hundred steps away from the vehicle array. With Zhao Yun''s voice, the long Gunners in the vehicle array were ready to prevent collision. At the same time, the archers at the back of the array are also ready to shoot.


    Seeing the cavalry getting closer and closer, with "the archer ready to shoot!" All the archers in the array pulled away their bows and arrows, pointed at the sky, aimed at the distance of the first 60 steps of the array, and drew their bows.


    "Launch!"


    "Hum hum"


    There was a sharp whistling of arrows, which flew towards the cavalry before the battle. Then there was the scream of the cavalry and the neighing of the horses. Then there was the cry of the soldiers who had been hit by the arrow and the roar of the horses falling to the ground.


    It''s just that the horses are too fast, the archers only have three rounds to shoot, and then the cavalry collides with the car. With a huge crash.


    "Bang..."


    "Bang bang"


    As more and more horses collided with the array of vehicles, the array of vehicles was soon smashed away, and the following cavalry rushed into the array along the gap. However, after passing the first layer of vehicle formation, the cavalry who entered the formation had lost their horse speed and had to lean forward to fight with the long gunners.


    Although the number of wagons arranged by Zhao Yun was limited, there were also two layers, and then the shield wall composed of sword shield soldiers was behind. However, looking at the situation in front of him, Zhao Yun did not think that these Hedong cavalry could break through their own two-tier vehicle formation.


    Sure enough, when the speed of the cavalry decreased, the cavalry who rushed into the formation were surrounded and killed by the long spearmen, which made the cavalry behind dare not follow them. The hesitation in front of the battle increased the losses of the cavalry in Hedong.


    Seeing the loss of cavalry getting bigger and bigger, Jiang Pei finally ordered Mingjin to call the cavalry back after seeing fan Chou. When he counted the cavalry, he was so angry that his nose was crooked. In such a short time, 5000 cavalry lost thousands of people in front of Sizhou army, and the loss of 1000 cavalry brought less than 20 soldiers to the first level of Sizhou army There is a gap.


    Seeing this, fan Hou also knew that it was impossible to rely on these recruits to break through the enemy''s defense. Looking up at the sky, I saw that it would be dark for more than half an hour. I had only one last chance. Once it was dark, I would never have another chance.


    "General Jiang, gather up your troops and prepare for the second attack. This time, we will send 3000 cavalry to fight with your army. This is our last chance. As soon as it gets dark, Sizhou army will surely run away."


    Jiang JianZheng is ready to open his mouth to refute, but he is unable to say anything. The most important thing is to go back and collect the troops and horses who have been withdrawn, and remove the wounded cavalry. The most important thing is to gather up 3000 cavalry. It''s not that they don''t want to send out more cavalry, but the pass in front can only expand so many troops, no matter how much it is useless.


    This time, soon the two cavalry units were ready. With fan Hou''s order, the two 6000 cavalry units galloped to Sizhou army again.


    Looking at the cavalry in front of him, Zhao Yun knows that fan Hou is preparing for the last strike. His army only needs to block his attack, and it will be dark. Even if fan Hou is not willing, he can only lead his troops to retreat.Thinking of this, Zhao Yun ordered all the archers to be transferred behind the shield wall, and then the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and the trapped crossbow soldiers to be transferred behind the archers. At the same time, he ordered the cavalry in hoyandu to get ready. He knew that if they did not fight with Dong Zhuojun''s cavalry, they would not be defeated.


    Soon the taxis were ready. Soon the cavalry was a hundred paces away, and soon they were within the range of the bow and arrow. From the inside of the formation, we can clearly see the difference between the two cavalry. Although most of the Hedong cavalry are equipped with riding shields, they are still rushing forward on horseback, while the Xiliang iron cavalry are all careful. They curl up on horseback, protect themselves carefully with the riding shields in their hands, and follow the Hedong cavalry to rush towards the direction of Sizhou army formation.


    At this time, fan Hou, who was watching from a distance, also found that the number of arrows was obviously more than that of the first attack. But now there is no way to do it. He can only hope that his cavalry can rush into the array.


    However, as the cavalry came closer and closer, more and more arrows were fired from the opposite side.

 Chapter 725

    Then the general fan Chou was relieved. With the sound of a crash, Hedong cavalry rushed into the first layer of the formation smoothly. After that, the Xiliang cavalry rushed into the formation through the gap of the formation, and their riding skills were much better than those of Hedong cavalry. After rushing into the formation through the gap, the horse speed was not affected much, and the subsequent second formation was also impacted by the cavalry.


    After paying a lot of cavalry losses, Xiliang iron cavalry finally broke through the two-tier formation. Seeing this, fan Hou was relieved.


    So, with his command, the rest of the ten thousand cavalry mounted their horses and rushed straight to the front of the State Army.


    Seeing the cavalry rushing in front, after breaking through the two layers of vehicle array, all the iron cavalry in Xiliang felt that the thin two layers of shield wall behind could no longer block their own cavalry. In an instant, there was a deafening cry among the cavalry. With fan Hou''s order, the excited iron cavalry of Xiliang quickly turned over and got on the horse one by one. Under the leadership of the leader, they rushed towards the broken Sizhou army.


    I thought that when they rushed in front of them, they just had to follow the forward cavalry, rush into the soldiers of Sizhou, kill everywhere like a tiger into a sheep, and then defeat the enemy.


    However, when they rushed to within 100 paces, they suddenly found that the forward cavalry had not broken through the enemy''s shield wall, but was blocked by the shield wall and seemed to be unable to move.


    It''s true that the cavalry has broken through the first shield wall, but they have broken their heads on the second shield wall. This is because the shield wall is composed of the sinking camp. This time, Gao Shun''s sinking camp did not form a circular array or a square array, but formed a row of shield walls. Behind the shield wall are the Iron Eagle sharp soldiers, and then the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and all the archers.


    In the face of the shield wall made up of heavy shields, Xiliang iron cavalry had already lost its speed. When it hit the shield wall again, it was already unable to break through. At this time, the cavalry on the horse had become the live target of the crossbow soldiers and the archers behind.


    With the continuous rain of arrows, more and more cavalry shot down from the horse, and then the cavalry behind were blocked by their own cavalry, unable to advance or retreat, and then more and more cavalry were blocked in the array.


    In the face of the arrow rain falling from the sky, the Ze robe in front can''t step forward, and the Xiliang cavalry in the back can only stand there as an arrow target. When the front of the Xiliang cavalry fell two or three hundred, the back of the Hedong cavalry finally someone can''t help, after a wild cry, pull the horse ready to run back.


    Just at this time, Gao Shun, who was trapped in the camp, saw that the rest of the Xiliang cavalry seemed to have a faint sense of fear on their faces. He knew that the time had come for his army to fight back. With his "change" command, all the soldiers in the camp also gave out the cry of killing. Then, the shield wall slowly turned into a round array in the shouting, and then, in the order of Gao Shun, the round array slowly pushed towards the cavalry who had been in a dilemma.


    At the same time, Chen Jing''s iron Eagles also formed a small formation, protecting both sides of the camp and killing them in front. The archers and crossbowmen in the back continued to throw arrows at the cavalry in front.


    As the iron armour formation of the trapped camp slowly approached, and the Hedong cavalry took the lead in fleeing, the rest of the Xiliang cavalry couldn''t support it. They pulled their horses and turned around like ghosts.


    At this time, the cavalry behind didn''t know what was going on in front of them, so in a moment, the attacking cavalry fell into chaos.


    Seeing this situation, Zhao Yun immediately ordered: "archers, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, make way after ten rounds of shooting, cavalry ready to move!"


    For a moment, the arrow rain poured down more intensively on the heads of Xiliang iron cavalry and Hedong cavalry, and another big wave of cavalry was shot down on their horses by the arrow rain. These became the last straw that killed the camel. No one thought that Sizhou army had such a dense arrow rain.


    "Cavalry, attack!"


    "Kill..."


    With the cry of killing from the sky, more than 3000 white horses were the vanguard, and more than 4000 empty cavalry were on its two wings. Under the command of huyandu, they killed the disorderly allied cavalry.


    Sizhou cavalry was a hundred paces away from the front defensive position. Under Zhao Yun''s voice, he rushed to the front of the Allied cavalry in a moment. Xiliang iron cavalry was worse than Baima Yicong. Now one is in chaos, while the other is coming in an array. In an instant, Baima Yicong killed them.


    At this time, many of the cavalry of the Allied forces had turned their horses. When they saw Baima Yicong again, they were even more frightened. Groups of cavalry, like frightened sheep, beat their horses to flee.


    Later, more and more cavalry joined the fleeing ranks, while the cavalry of SZU army followed them closely and drove them towards their own cavalry brigade. The soldiers of Sizhou army pushed back to their original positions, escorted all the wounded soldiers to the battle line, led all the horses left by the alliance to the battle line, and then restored all the scattered wagons to their original positions, restored the defenses, and quietly waited for the pursuing cavalry to return.When general fan Chou saw that his cavalry broke through the two lines of defense, he immediately cheerfully ordered all the cavalry to take part in the attack. However, when they rushed within a hundred paces, they found that their cavalry was blocked by the shield wall in the formation. Then when they reached 60 steps, their cavalry was retreated step by step by the other party''s soldiers. Finally, they collapsed.


    When they reached the distance of 50 steps, the remaining nearly 3000 cavalry rushed towards their own army. Fan Hou was so angry that he yelled at the runaway cavalry not to attack the formation. However, he forgot to look around. The pass was only two Li wide, and the whole pass had been blocked by more than ten thousand cavalry. Where would these runaway cavalry go if they didn''t rush to them.


    As soon as they spoke, the rout soldiers had already rushed to most of the cavalry, and then two of their own soldiers and horses rushed to turn over their horses, and the eight thousand state cavalry soldiers who were closely behind them followed them. First, Baima Yi raised the speed of the horse after nearly 200 steps. On the contrary, the more than 10000 cavalry led by fan Hou, because they first saw that the forward''s attack was blocked, and then they saw that the rout soldiers were rushing towards their own direction, all subconsciously lowered their horses.

 Chapter 726

    In this way, Baima Yicong has taken a lot of advantage. The cavalry had been sparing the battle, so Baima Yicong almost went straight through fan Hou, which made the cavalry who had been in a bit of chaos lose more seriously.


    After Bai Ma Yi''s passing, the Tujia soldiers also followed him. They crossed again from most of the cavalry who had not yet had time to close up, and the bows and arrows took many cavalry''s lives along the way.


    After the two cavalry went out, they didn''t turn around and continue to fight. Instead, baimayi took hundreds of steps from afar to stare at the cavalry of fan houbu, but the cavalry of Tu rushed to the front from time to time to harass the enemy with bows and arrows, but the iron cavalry of Xiliang had nothing to do with it.


    At this time, it was getting dark. Although fan Hou was unwilling, he had no choice. He couldn''t figure out how to solve it. Finally, he had to order the army to return and prepare to join Xu Rong''s soldiers. He would make plans tomorrow. Although he said so, fan Hou felt that his army could not catch up with Sizhou army tomorrow.


    The sergeants and soldiers of Sizhou in the big formation, seeing the far away allied cavalry, couldn''t help cheering.


    The two allied cavalry units were so harsh to hear.


    Wuyandu led more than 7000 cavalry to follow fan Chou''s cavalry for more than 20 Li. Then he pulled his horse back in the roar.


    By the time they got back to the pass, Zhao Yun had ordered the soldiers to clean up the battlefield. In this battle, more than 3000 horsemen from Hedong and Xiliang were annihilated. Among them, about 1000 soldiers were injured and more than 2000 horses were captured. In terms of casualties, about 1000 soldiers were killed and 500 cavalry were injured.


    On the whole, the harvest is not small. The most important thing is that we finally got rid of the enemy. Because at this time, Geng township has begun to arrange soldiers to cross the river. Now Huangfu Chaobo has led the injured soldiers to go there, while Zhao Yun has led cavalry and about 20000 soldiers to camp here to guard against the attack of Xu Rong''s army.


    At the same time, the army can also rest here. When the troops of Geng Township basically cross the river, they will send someone to order Zhao yunbu to retreat.


    At the beginning of Yinshi, Zhao Yun received the military order from Huangfu Chaobo. Most of Geng''s troops and horses had crossed the river safely, and Zhao Yun''s troops could retreat safely.


    After receiving the military order, Zhao Yun first ordered the soldiers to go quietly and then retreat. He led the cavalry for another hour before leaving the mountain pass. Then he ordered the cavalry to light a torch and quickly head for the pontoon in the north of Geng Township after about two miles away.


    When he got there, Zhao Yuncai found that only Huangfu Chaobo had led thousands of people in the camp and Yuanrong crossbow troops by the pontoon, and other troops had made a smooth transition. Seeing that Zhao Yun led the cavalry to arrive smoothly, Huangfu Chao was relieved. He didn''t wait for Zhao Yun to speak. He said directly: "Zilong led the cavalry to retreat first!"


    Zhao Yun was stunned by the irresistible tone in his voice. As he was about to persuade him again, Huangfu Chaobo said, "this is a military order. It must have been the last one to leave."


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun said no more. He dismounted and gave the fighting horse to his own guards, indicating that they were leading the cavalry to cross the river. He stood beside Huangfu Chaobo with a silver spear and said, "the last general is the commander of the army. He should be the last one to cross the river."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at him, reached out and patted him on the shoulder. He said nothing. Then he watched the soldiers step on the pontoon one by one and walk across the river.


    In fact, Zhao Yun just didn''t find that when he left the pass, more than 200 steps away, a cavalry was quietly watching him lead the cavalry to retreat in the dark. It was Xu Rong who came in a hurry. At this time, he also knew that he was unable to return, so he just led hundreds of personal guards to watch the retreat of Sizhou army.


    When the first ray of sunshine from the horizon came to the ground of Hedong, the Sizhou army of Huangfu Chaobo had already crossed Fenshui and reached the boundary of Pishi.


    At this time, whether soldiers or generals, they were relieved, and they were safe at last. However, Huangfu Chaobo still has no rest. He is still waiting for the final result to be reported.


    After daybreak, Zhao Yuncai led the generals in with a tired face.


    Seeing the generals coming in, Huangfu Chaobo''s face was full of expectation and said, "how about the casualties of our army?"


    Zhao Yun looked at all the people in the room, but his face was very bad. Huangfu Chaobo looked at it and knew that it must be amazing. He said in a deep voice, "well, I''ve already made preparations in my heart."


    Zhao Yun said slightly, "this time our army sent out 120000 troops and 50000 auxiliary soldiers and craftsmen. Except for the 5000 soldiers in Dongyuan, there are only less than 70000 soldiers, and there are 25000 auxiliary craftsmen and prisoners. "


    At this point, Zhao Yun stopped and took a deep breath: "that is to say, our army lost about 70000 war dead soldiers this time..."


    After listening to Zhao Yun''s words, everyone in the hall was speechless. After a long time, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "at present, the army in our state is about 320000, that is to say, this battle will lose more than 20% of our state army."


    Zhao Yun nodded and stopped talking.After a long silence, Huangfu Chaobo asked again, "what''s the loss of each department of the army?"


    "Forty two people were lost in the trapped camp, 85 in the tieyingrui camp, 16 in the Yuanrong crossbow, 536 in the Tujia camp, 1464 in the baimayi camp, 11683 in the Longxiang camp and baotao camp, 56747 in the ordinary garrison battalions, and 3100 in the auxiliary soldiers Forty eight. The total death toll is 73741


    The loss of the battalions and special arms alone is more than three schools'' soldiers and horses. Hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo is heartbroken. You know, he has less than 100000 elite soldiers and horses in total, but the loss of three schools is more than 15000 in this battle. Can he not be heartbroken?


    Thinking of this, I couldn''t help being angry. I stood up and said to Dian Wei, "Dian Wei, send someone to PI''s county to tell their county magistrate, county captain and leader that they can only open the city before noon today. If it''s half a minute late, they will be slaughtered after entering the city."


    Then he turned to the other generals and said, "today, after a night''s rest, the army will be reorganized tomorrow. When Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin''s two naval forces arrive in Hejin, they will arrange to withdraw. Except Shiyuan and Zilong, the rest of us should step down! "

 Chapter 727

    "The end will take orders!" Seeing this, they immediately took orders to step back and went out to prepare their own troops. Dian Wei himself led a shitiebi guard to PI family under the escort of a white horse. Although he didn''t lead the soldiers these days, he was also very clear about the loss of the soldiers. With the permission of Huangfu Chaobo, he went to PI family in person.


    Fortunately, the officials and generals of Pi''s family still knew that they were tens of thousands of soldiers who were in charge of Zhou mu. After only a quarter of an hour''s deliberation, they opened the city gate and welcomed Dian Wei and a thousand white horses into the city.


    In fact, as early as yesterday, the city had already learned that there was a large army crossing the river, but it has not been confirmed. After getting the army of Sizhou, the county magistrate and the county captain kept on gathering the rich families in the city to discuss affairs, and finally decided to open the door and surrender.


    PI''s county has always been controlled by the four families of Que, Xue, Yao and Dong. Because it controls Hejin, the northernmost ferry in the middle and lower reaches of the river, it is also the main route from water to land to Bingzhou. For example, Zhou Tai''s water army traveled between Hejin and Luoyang many times, so the situation of Sizhou army was relatively clear.


    PI''s business is well developed, so his troops are abundant. There are many counties in Hedong, with tens of thousands of people. In addition, he has a navy, so he doesn''t listen to Jiang Pei''s orders all the time. This time Anyi dispatched troops to resist Huangfu Chaobo, and PI''s was one of the few counties that did not send troops except the counties controlled by Huangjin army. In fact, the idea is to do whatever you want, and I just don''t want to get involved.


    Who knows, the matter is beyond everyone''s expectation, Sizhou army has suffered a big loss in Anyi city. Originally, I didn''t have anything to do with myself, but I didn''t expect that in less than two days, the Sizhou army would appear under the city of Pishi.


    The four aristocratic families who got the news were scared out of their wits. As the saying goes, a thin camel is bigger than a horse. Although the Sizhou army suffered losses under Anyi City, it was not the small Pishi county that could resist. So without a long discussion, the four families and the county magistrate and the county captain decided to open the gate and surrender. At least for this reason, general Pingdong would not deal with the people.


    Moreover, if general Pingdong is defeated this time, he will certainly attack Hedong again. All of them have made contributions to the city. Besides, general Pingdong will send troops to garrison Pishi, thinking that there should be no problem in the future. So after thinking about these, the four families did not hesitate to open the city together with the county magistrate and county captain.


    When he saw the gate open, Dian Wei was stunned. However, he quickly responded. With an order, Bai Ma Yi entered the city immediately, first controlled the east gate of Pishi County, and then led the county magistrate and his party to the army station to welcome Huangfu Chaobo into Pishi.


    When he saw Pi''s people, Huangfu Chaobo calmed him down. Then he waved his army into the city and took control of all the four gates of the county. At the same time, he sent a school to control Hejin port. After this arrangement was made, he was relieved.


    Then he ordered Shi a to send a letter to all the people in Luoyang, telling the army to stop. And let them contact the water army as soon as possible, and come to Hejin as soon as possible.


    After that, the Sizhou army settled down in Pishi and began to reorganize the army according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo. The first thing to be added is the soldiers of the pro guard camp of Huangfu Chaobo. After more than a month of continuous fighting, many soldiers have been promoted, so it is very easy to add these soldiers from more than 50000 soldiers and more than 10000 troops of PI family.


    On the contrary, it was not easy for Baima Yicong and Tujue cavalry to replenish in the Central Plains. Because of the need of war, Huangfu Chaobo sent hundreds of soldiers from Tujue cavalry to replenish Baima Yicong, so both cavalry had 4000 cavalry.


    The next step is to supplement the battalions, which is a big problem. You know, during this period of time, more than 11000 soldiers were lost. Although after the war, a large number of soldiers have met the requirements of the battalions, but in the end, only more than 8000 soldiers were added, making up for four schools.


    After discussing with Pang Tong and Zhao Yun, Huangfu Chaobo decided to leave ten thousand guards and five thousand soldiers in Pi''s family, plus four thousand Tujia soldiers in huyandu. Su Zhi was the commander and Yang Feng was the deputy commander. They would guard Pi''s family only for the next time.


    As for the remaining 30000 soldiers, Luoyang, Hongjia and Hanoi have 10000 each. These are veterans after several wars. Only a few more wars are needed to meet the requirements of soldiers.


    But in this way, Huangfu Chaobo felt that the generals on hand were a little nervous, but he couldn''t make up his mind about what to do. He had to wait until he returned to Luoyang to discuss with Xu Shu and Pang Tong before making adjustments.


    After only three days'' rest in Pishi, Zhou Tai led the navy of the three schools to Hejin. Before the Navy had a rest, Huangfu Chaobo could not wait to arrange for the army to board the ship and return to Luoyang.


    Sitting in the water army barracks, watching 50000 soldiers and more than 20000 craftsmen board the ship in an orderly way, Huangfu Chaobo was really relieved. Just as he sat down, he saw Xu Shu rushing to the ship. As soon as he met him, Xu Shu could not get up on his knees in front of him and pleaded with Huangfu Chaobo, saying: "I''m derelict in my duty. I almost put my Lord to death. I can''t redeem my guilt if I die. Please punish me!"Seeing Xu Shu''s haggard look, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know how much responsibility he had on his shoulders recently. You know, although he and Pang Tong agreed on this war, Pang Tong was a guest. He was the military adviser in the name of Huangfu Chaobo, and he was also his niece''s son-in-law.


    When the army was resting, Huangfu Chaobo was sober and calm. He thought about all the things he knew. He found that he was missing one person, and it was this person who made him almost the whole army. That man is Sima Yi, who is known as "less intelligent and more general". Huangfu Chaobo still remembers that he once saw the emperor on the Internet and once said: "Sima Yi is a great man. He has always said that he is bad. I think some of his skills are better than Cao Cao."


    Huangfu Chaobo found that he had forgotten him. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo slapped him in the face. Although Sima Yi is not an adult, isn''t Pang Tong a minor? Pang Tong and Xu Shu did not know, but Huangfu Chaobo himself should not be forgotten, so if there is a responsibility for this matter, in fact, the biggest responsibility lies in Huangfu Chaobo himself.

 Chapter 728

    Now seeing Xu Shu''s appearance, Huangfu Chaobo was even more ashamed, so he helped Xu Shu up and said, "well, Yuan Zhi got up first. This matter, Ben also made mistakes and punished him. I''ll talk about it later. First, I''ll tell Ben the whole story in detail."


    Although Xu Shu insisted on it again and again, but Huangfu Chaobo refused. In desperation, he had to get up and tell Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong all he had learned recently.


    After hearing Xu Shu''s words, he learned that it was the Sima family who had been provoking and pushing this matter all the time. When he was angry, Huangfu Chaobo finally broke out. He stood up and pulled out a long sword from his waist. With a "buzz" and a "crash", he saw the long case break into two pieces from the middle and fall to the ground.


    Then, the crowd saw that Huangfu Chaobo was livid and yelled, "Shi, go to Huai County immediately, tell Hua Xiong, let him lead the troops to conquer Wen County in five days, and kill Sima''s family. If not, let him go home and nurse the baby himself." Then he handed his sword to Shi a.


    It is said that the sword in Huangfu Chaobo''s hand is a mysterious iron sword made for him by Wu Yi, a blacksmith master under his command. Although it is not the exclusive weapon of historical generals, it is not a common product. In particular, there is the word "Huangfu" on it, and there is a faint green dragon on the sword. Now it is the exclusive weapon of Huangfu Chaobo. It''s easy to hold this sword Like Huangfu Chaobo himself, it has the meaning of ancient emperor''s sword.


    "No" Shi a is stunned, but he quickly reacts that Gong takes the sword and says,


    with that, he turns around and goes out. He wants to find Zhou Tai to arrange a speedboat and get to huaixian as soon as possible.


    "Lord, wait a minute!" All the people in the room immediately responded, and Xu Shu stepped forward two steps to Huangfu Chaobo;


    Zhao Yun, who was standing at the door, also responded and stopped Shi A. although Shi a was a master among the knight errant masters, he was still a little worse in front of Zhao Yun, a god rank general. What''s more, Shi A''s command was due to his mission, but in his heart he knew the Great Han family of the Sima family in Hanoi So he did not resist Zhao Yun, but stopped and waited for Xu Shu''s persuasion.


    "Why, do you still have to resist?" Huangfu said coldly,


    "does the Lord want to be the enemy of the whole aristocratic family?" Xu Shu said hastily,


    "please think twice!" Zhao Yun also came forward to dissuade.


    "Lord, don''t be angry and start a division. Don''t be angry and start a war!" At this time, Pang Tong also quickly stepped forward to stop. Originally, the war was carefully arranged by himself and his elder martial brother. He didn''t expect that there was such a big omission. He almost lost the game, which made Pang Tong very discouraged.


    However, he was so excited that he blurted out his thoughts and put them directly under the command of Huangfu Chaobo. The purpose was to prevent Huangfu Chaobo from making such a big mistake. Because he knows that if the person who has set this strategy can treat Huangfu Chaobo in this way, he will certainly not take refuge in Huangfu Chaobo, and he will be an eternal enemy in the future.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Pang Tong and said, "what did Shiyuan say that he was going to be


    At this time, all the people in the room looked at Pang Tong. They saw that he had a solemn face. After finishing his clothes, they went forward two steps and said respectfully, "Lord, Pang Shiyuan of Pang Tong in Xiangyang looks up to the master''s talent and learning. He wants to help the Ming Gong to plan a great cause. If the Ming Gong doesn''t give up, Pang Tong is willing to give priority to the Ming Gong and never give up all his life."


    "Ha ha..." Huangfu Chaobo was very happy when he heard that. He quickly stepped forward, lifted Pang Tong up and said, "with the help of Shiyuan, you will be as powerful as a tiger!"


    Pang Tong and Huangfu Chaobo have been friends for several years. Although Pang Tong has always been around to offer advice, neither side has mentioned the matter of soliciting for help. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo is also secretly worried. It''s like two people have been in love for many years, but they never mention marriage, which makes Huangfu Chaobo always worried about gain and loss.


    I didn''t expect that although Pang Tong proposed to take part in the war today, he couldn''t make Huangfu Chaobo happy. At this time, he didn''t care about the dead horse and the living horse. When he pulled Pang Tong up and was about to speak, Pang Tong said seriously: "please take back your life. Don''t let the Chinese general do this thing. Unless the Lord really wants to be the enemy of the whole world. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Yes, in this era, killing civilians, even if it''s bloody, is just a murderer in the eyes of scholars. It''s a big deal to stay away from you. If you really don''t agree, you''ll kill a whole family, especially a big family like Sima family in Hanoi, even the whole world of scholars will be against you.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have a good way: "Shi, go to tell Hua Xiong to calm down the Hanoi rebellion in a month, and let him control Jiguan in his hands. Also, let him tell Sima Fang Lao Er, let him honestly go to Luoyang to become an official for Lao Tzu. By the way, there is his son who has become a year old. Otherwise, don''t blame the general''s ruthlessness, and tell him to annoy him Zi really dares to kill his Sima. I don''t believe it. After killing all his Sima family, can anyone dare to destroy Ben Jiang? "As soon as Shi a listens, immediately receives the order to prepare to go out.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo said: "slow down!"


    As soon as Shi ah heard this, he immediately stopped and stood in awe. Only Huangfu Chaobo said, "tell Hua Xiong to move all Sima''s family to Luoyang, and all other aristocratic families to Luoyang. Tell him that if someone dares not to cooperate, let him kill the chicken and respect the monkey. If anything happens, he will carry it for him. If he can''t finish it, he will go home and nurse the baby for me."


    "Wait a minute, general Shi!" Shi a Zheng was about to leave. Pang Tong said: "Lord, there are so many capable people on the other side. I''m afraid general Hua''s subordinates can''t cope with it. Let them go together. In addition, the troops in huaixian County seem to be a little weak. When we return to the original 50000 troops this time, we should send 20000 troops to huaixian county to guard against unexpected events. "


    Next to Xu Shu also nodded.


    On hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said, "it''s OK. I''ll trouble Shiyuan. Let Shi a escort Shi Yuan. There is also an army of 5000 soldiers and 10000 guards, which will then be sent to huaixian county to ask Shiyuan to tell his mentor. "


    "Yes! I''m leaving After hearing this, they went away.

 Chapter 729

    Looking at the two left, Huangfu Chaobo said to Xu Shu, "there must be other things. Let''s talk about them all together. We will be able to bear them."


    In a daze, Xu Shu immediately told Huangfu Chaobo all the information he had collected recently.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, after the news spread that the army was trapped in Hedong, the game became turbulent everywhere.


    In fact, as early as when Huangfu Chaobo sent troops to Hedong, Yuan Shao''s army suddenly sent troops to the plain and included all the places in Qingzhou north of the river. After Huangfu Chaobo was besieged in Hedong, Yuan Shao suddenly set out to attack Han Fu. At present, the army has arrived in Guangchuan city of Qinghe state. Before Han Fu''s army has responded, there are tens of thousands of troops in Guangchuan city.


    Xu Shu estimates that Han Fu will send someone to ask for help in recent days. At that time, it will be a more tangled problem whether to save or not. Huangfu Chaobo a listen, this tangled. Save it, now they are all defeated and come back, the priority must be how to stabilize the rule. If you don''t, it''s not only an ally, but also your own cheap father-in-law.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo simply asked Xu Shu to go on. He believed that there must be more than one trouble.


    Sure enough, the second thing is also a very difficult one - Liu Yu is ready to fight Gongsun Zan. Jixian shadow back news, Liu Yu and Gongsun Zan recently more and more intense contradictions, has come to the brink of outbreak. If the two families really start to work, what should Longhua do?


    The third thing is that Cao Cao sent troops, but the target was Xuzhou, because his father was killed in Xuzhou, and the person who killed him was a Duwei under Tao Qian. In fact, Tao Qian sent him to escort him, but he sent him to hell. But the Duwei sent by Tao Qian was killed again. He abandoned his body in the wilderness, and the property carried by old man Cao was swept away.


    Fourth, little tiger sun CE launched an attack on Liu Yao in qu''a, and Jiangdong fell into the flames of war.


    After listening to this, Huangfu couldn''t help being the first two. Apart from the little tiger, the other things have something to do with him. Is there going to be a multi line operation again? You know, this big defeat can be said to be a bone fracture.


    What Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t know is that in today''s games, countless people are having a headache.


    From the perspective of Youzhou, Liu da''er is now tugging at his ears, hoping to come up with an idea. Liu Shushu and his elder martial brother are in conflict. Who should he help?


    Liu Dan and Guan Shan, who are also under Liu Bei''s command, are also discussing. Now they don''t know what to do. You know, there is no such thing in history. In history, when Liu Yu and Gongsun Zan were in conflict, Liu Bei had already gone far away, so he didn''t have to do this multiple-choice question at all. But now it is impossible. It is estimated that Liu Yu will send someone to recruit Liu Bei. Now they are high-level members of Liu Bei''s army, and Liu Bei will certainly recruit them to ask questions.


    The Sima family and other aristocratic families in Hanoi were also in a state of panic. Originally, they wanted to take advantage of Huangfu Chaobo in jiangpeikeng of Hedong, but they didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo was allowed to lead them away. Although it also made him lose his troops, it is said that his main elite did not lose much. Then, Hanoi people will be ready to accept the thunder and anger of general Pingdong.


    In Wenxian Sima''s mansion, as soon as the news came that Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army had fled, Sima''s father and son got together to discuss countermeasures. They had no choice but to be slaughtered by fate. They had never thought about how Huangfu Chaobo would take Sima''s family. You know, Sima''s family is a great inheritance For hundreds of years, as long as Huangfu Chaobo was not a magic barrier, he would not have done so.


    However, after the negotiation, Sima Yi said to his father and brother, "father, brother, I''m 15 years old now. The ancients said that it''s better to travel thousands of miles than to read thousands of books. I want to go out for a tour."


    Sima Fang and Sima Lang were stunned, and they soon realized that they had both become officials, which must have been known to the world, but Sima Yi was different. If Huangfu Chaobo knew about this, he would arrange for him to become an official, but Sima Yi despised Huangfu Chaobo. In this way, if the other party was angry, it would be inevitable Something unexpected happened.


    After thinking about it, Sima Fang said, "well, it''s best for you to go out for a tour. Get ready tonight and start early tomorrow."


    With that, Sima Fang picked up a volume of book without raising his head and looked through it. Seeing this, the two brothers immediately arched out of the room.


    In Hedong County, Jiang Pei was even more scared, and Jiangshan and the remaining King were all at a loss. Originally, I wanted to add the Xiliang army and the Hanoi family''s army. There were nearly 300000 troops in total, and the 100000 troops besieged Huangfu Chaobo. How can I say that it was a matter of closing the door and beating the dog, and it was a matter of absolute certainty. If we could catch some of his generals, it would make him even worse.


    Who knows, the door is not closed, let the dog to run. It''s amazing. The dog will go crazy when it runs away. Once it becomes mad, then everyone will have no good fruit to eat.Han Fu is also having a hard time now. Originally, he wanted to find a good backing. Who knew that his son-in-law was so unreliable that he almost got a round when he went out to fight. As a result, now the old enemy took this opportunity to come to us.


    Tao Qian in Xuzhou was also very depressed. Who knew that he had a good heart to do bad things. He wanted to make friends with Cao Cao, so he specially sent 300 soldiers to escort him. Who knows that Zhao Kai, the capital captain, killed Cao Cao''s father. If you kill yourself, you will be killed by others, and the property of the old Cao family has been taken away by others. I don''t know who did it. Now, Cao Cao has a reason to kill him.


    It''s not only Tao Qian who is depressed in Xuzhou, but also Tao Jiji and Zhang Wang. In fact, Zhang Wang is more happy than depressed, and Tao Jiji is the most depressed. Now that he has finally become a captain, he just wants to keep Xuzhou stable for another two years, accumulate some military achievements, and then find a county to seal off. As a result, without Zhang Kai, now another Zhao Kai comes out, and he still cracks old man Cao.


    At that time, he learned from Tao Ying that Cao Cao''s father was going to Yanzhou from Xuzhou. When Tao Qian specially sent a Duwei named Zhao Kai to lead the escort, he was scared to death. He immediately asked Tao Ying when the Duwei named Zhao Kai started and which direction he was going. After that, he immediately went back to his residence.

 Chapter 730

    Zhang Wang is a school captain in the Xuzhou army. If he needs to use systematic troops, he needs Tao Qian''s orders. Therefore, he can only mobilize his own 100 soldiers without going through the above, but these troops are not enough. So he sent people to huailing to look for Zhang Wang, hoping that he would get help immediately.


    It was because of the soldiers and horses waiting for Zhang Wang that they arrived two days late, waiting for them to catch up with Zhao Kai. That guy has already cracked old man Cao and is preparing to lead people to escape with their belongings. Without saying anything, Tao Jiji and his troops killed all of Zhao Kai''s troops, and they divided up the property.


    They both know that Cao Cao''s attack on Xuzhou is inevitable. God knows how many people will be killed this time. You know, in the current game, population is expensive. If tens of millions of people were really attacked by Cao Cao, everyone would be deeply distressed.


    Not only Tao Jiji and Zhang Wang, the players in Xuzhou are watching every move of Cao Cao''s army, especially the territory players in the west of Xuzhou.


    When Cao Cao''s army swept through the western part of Xuzhou like a storm, people were relieved. Fortunately, the bloody purge of Xuzhou in history did not happen after all. Although Cao Jun killed many people along the way, the three lights policy in history is obviously inconsistent.


    On December 1, Huangfu Chaobo''s expedition to the west finally returned to the South Gate wharf of Luoyang. As soon as they got off the ship, Han Fu and Tao Qian''s messengers for help had arrived in Luoyang. Before they had time to rest, Huangfu Chaobo immediately gathered the civil and military people to discuss how to deal with it.


    When they arrived at the general''s house, they could not help sorting out their own army, and asked about the situation of Jizhou army.


    It was min Chun who came to Jizhou for help. After being asked by Huangfu Chaobo, he explained in detail the current situation of Han Fujun. Now Han Fu has been confused by Yuan Shao''s combined fist. Moreover, his military ability is really limited, and he is very resourceful. Therefore, today''s Julu reluctantly blocks Yuan Shao''s army because of Zhang Ying''s proper arrangement, but Qinghe state can''t bear it.


    According to min Chun, it is estimated that Qinghe is now half hairy. Although Zhang Ying is strong, he is isolated and has no spare power to support Julu in the south. Therefore, many people in Jizhou are looking at their allies.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo comforted Minchun and asked him to send him to the post station, saying that he would send troops. However, the specific arrangement still needs to be discussed before a decision can be made.


    Although min Chun was reluctant, he felt helpless. After all, he had just come back from a big defeat, so he had to discuss carefully before he could make a decision, so he left with the bodyguard. However, instead of returning to the post station, he turned to neifu. He wanted to meet Han Xue and ask her to help persuade people in Sizhou.


    The news that Min Chun went to see Han Xue after leaving soon spread to Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo just chuckled and didn''t care. This is what he expected. Is Han Xue really able to change his mind? Min Chun thought it was too simple.


    As for the question of whether to send troops, people are not opposed to sending troops, but the question is how many troops are there in the end, who will take charge of the troops, and what effect do you want to achieve. This is the question repeatedly discussed by people in Sizhou.


    Nearly half of the troops have been lost in Hedong, and nearly 20000 troops have been left in Pishi garrison, which makes the troops who have already caught the elbow more tight. Another point is that it''s not only Han Fujun who asks for help, but also Tao Qianjun''s messenger who has passed Hulao pass.


    After half a day''s discussion, the people did not come up with a satisfactory result. The main reason is that the battle of Hanoi Huaxiong army has not yet come to an end, so the people dare not jump to a conclusion on how to arrange the army.


    It''s just too late. However, Huangfu Chaobo had to order a temporary end, and let everyone go back and think about it carefully, and discuss it tomorrow.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo returned to the backyard of the general''s residence. Jia Jing has led several people to wait behind. To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, Han Xue and Mi Huan are both pregnant, which makes Huangfu Chaobo feel dumb. Is there such a powerful game?


    However, this is also good. Since these NPCs value heirs so much, one of them can always have a son. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help expecting what it''s like to have two children in the game.


    It''s also a pleasure to sit with the family. Well, it''s just the feeling of Huangfu Chaobo. Jia Jing certainly doesn''t think so. However, even so, there is no way to do it. Fortunately, this is a game.


    Han Xue should have seen min Chun, knew the situation of Jizhou, and told Jia Jing. Now her eyes are full of tears. Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo sighed and said to Han Xue, "don''t think too much about the things in Jizhou. Sizhou soldiers and horses will set out soon. If you don''t say anything else, at least they can show you the qualification certificate. Zhou Mu is all right."


    As for Han Fu''s father-in-law, how can Huangfu Chaobo not say that he still has his wife sitting next to him? So it''s better to call him hanzhoumu.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Han Xue put down her heart and stood up to salute Huangfu Chaobo Yingying. Then she sat down again. Jia Jing listened to Huangfu Chaobo''s words and was very satisfied to see him call him that.After hearing that, Huangfu Chaobo sent the three people back to their own hospital, and accompanied Jia Jing to say a word. Then they left the backyard and went back to their study.


    Soon after sitting down, I heard Xu Shu and Shi a asking for a meeting.


    After recruiting them, Huangfu Chaobo looks at Shi a and knows what news he should have received before he comes in to ask for a meeting.


    Sure enough, Shi a reported that Hua Xiong sent a report from Wen County. He had captured Pinggao two days ago. Pinggao''s family of 156 had been killed by him because of the leader''s resistance. After conquering Pinggao, he led the troops to Wenxian county. Xu Pinggao''s blood frightened Sima''s family. As soon as the army arrived, Sima''s family came out of the city.


    Today, the army has entered Wenxian County, and Pang Tong has arrived in the army. However, Sima Zhongda, the second son of the Sima family, has been out for a few days, so the Sima family will start moving to Luoyang tomorrow.


    Moreover, Sima Fang said that he was willing to go with the army to persuade the rest of the cities. Hua Xiong estimated that by December 10, all the cities to the west of Huai County in Hanoi would be under the rule. He had sent a letter to Huai county to ask the prefect''s office to send someone to take over the cities, and all the soldiers and horses in the cities would be in place.

 Chapter 731

    After reading Huaxiong''s letter, Huangfu Chaobo breathed a breath. The Sima family''s reaction was not unexpected, but unexpected.


    What is expected is that Sima''s family will not die. Unexpectedly, Sima Yi will leave for this reason. However, if he really came to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo would have to struggle about how to settle this anti bony boy.


    Now that he''s going to harm others, Huangfu Chaobo can''t get it. He just doesn''t know where the tiger will go? Is it the old Cao family? In today''s game, Lao Cao''s two military advisers, Xi Zhicai, have already gone to yelaixiang, but Guo langzi has not heard from him yet. It is estimated that Sima Yi will go to him and fill in the blanks of this top military adviser.


    After getting the news from Hanoi, both Huangfu Chaobo and Xu Shu were relieved that Huaxiong''s baotao camp could finally be vacated. In this way, it would be easy to arrange the troops in Hebei.


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the rest of the people to invite investment overnight. After midnight''s deliberation, a decision was finally made that Huang Zhong, the reinforcements of Jizhou, led the Huben cavalry to provide emergency support. In fact, Jizhou was not short of troops, just the generals who could fight yuan Shaojun.


    Zhang Ying is the only general in Han Fu''s army, but he will definitely catch up with Yuan Shao''s army. So Huang Zhong has Wang Ran and Wang Yong in addition to cavalry. Although they can''t compare with Huang Zhong''s generals, they are similar to Tian Yu''s and Huang Xu''s, and Zhang Ying is just a little more than that, so they should be able to ease up Han Fu has no generals.


    In the later stage, once Huaxiong''s troops and horses are integrated into Hanoi''s troops and horses, Huaxiong''s Xiliang iron cavalry will be transferred to Yecheng, which should be enough to cope with Yuan Shao''s troops and horses.


    Of course, the people''s idea of Yuan Shao''s attack was to block it. As for the recovery of the city, the SZU army is not strong enough. The result of Xu Shu''s discussion with the people was to assist Han Fujun to establish the line of defense in Xiangguo, Renxian, Jingxian, Guangzong, Ganling and Lingxian.


    In this way, if Zhang Ying was to take charge of Guangzong, he could basically take care of both the East and the West. If he can train those 20000 cavalry, the problem will be even simpler. You know, Yuan Shaojun''s cavalry is not so good now.


    After discussing Han Fu''s affairs, Huangfu Chaobo brings up Xuzhou''s affairs again.


    This is another headache. Xuzhou is too far away. After thinking about it, there is only one way to deploy troops from Hekou city. Of course, in addition to the barracks in Hekou, it is best for Kong Rong to send two or three more troops. Of course, there was also a strategy of encircling Wei and rescuing Zhao, sending troops from Luoyang to the East County and Jiyin, and forcing Cao Cao to return to the army.


    In fact, for everyone, there is another idea that has not been mentioned, that is, the weather. Now it is December. This year''s weather is really strange. By this time, it has entered December. Except for Youzhou, Bingzhou and Liangzhou, it has begun to snow, and there is no heavy snow falling everywhere in Dahan.


    According to Lou GUI, who is proficient in divination and Taoism, there will be several heavy snows in December. If there is no accident, the earliest snow will fall in the next two days. However, he said that even if there were several snowfalls in December, it would not be enough to alleviate the drought in the Central Plains of Dahan next year. Therefore, next year, grain production reduction in several Central Plains States has basically become a foregone conclusion.


    After listening to Lou GUI''s words, people in Sizhou are nervous again. Now the grain reserves in Sizhou are only enough for the army for one year. If there is another war next year, it is estimated that there will be a shortage of grain. However, now the whole Hanoi has been brought under the rule. According to Hua Xiong, his harvest is not small, and he should be able to fill some vacancies.


    At the end of the discussion, Huang Zhong led Huben cavalry to embark from the South Gate wharf of Luoyang overnight and arrived at Hanoi port along the waterway. Then, one man and three horses went directly to Yecheng. After communicating with Han Fu, they went to various battlefields. Min Chun, of course, returned to Jizhou with the army. Seeing how grateful he was, Huangfu Chaobo could not help feeling that no matter how incompetent Ren Hanfu was, he had loyal subordinates, which was also the blessing of Jizhou.


    At noon the next day, Xuzhou''s messenger had already arrived in Luoyang. As everyone expected, he hoped to send reinforcements with Kong Rong, and to force Cao Cao back from behind.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t refuse either. In front of the messenger, he ordered Zhao Yun and Xu Shu to lead Bai Ma Yi to join Guo Daxian''s camp in Kaifeng and send troops to Chen Liu. Then he joined Zhang Miao''s army and decided the direction of attack.


    At the same time, he also sent an order to menggang of Hekou City, asking him to lead Hekou battalion and kongfong army to Xuzhou. Not only that, he also suggested that after Meng had just arrived in Langya County, he would join the army of yelaixiang and then advance to Tan county.


    In this way, all the armies are arranged, waiting for the final result.


    As Lou GUI expected, the night Huang Zhong led Huben cavalry to Yecheng, it began to snow in Jizhou. After Huang Zhong led Wang Ran and Wang Yong to meet Han Fu, Huang Zhong didn''t stay much. He led 4000 Huben cavalry to Ganling City, the capital of Qinghe state, while Wang Ran and Wang Yong led 500 Huben cavalry to Jingxian county and Guangzong County to help the local guards The Army defends the city.


    In this way, there were enough generals in all directions to balance Yuan Shao''s army.With this heavy snow, Yuan Shaojun''s offensive obviously slowed down a lot. After several generals arrived, they strengthened the city and waited for the next battle.


    In Xuzhou battlefield, although Cao Cao''s army was in full swing, Tao Qian had already led the army to retreat to Tan county and stayed in the city waiting for reinforcements. After several attacks, Cao Cao''s army failed to attack the city. At this time, it began to snow in Xuzhou. However, Cao Cao had to first order to gather the generals to discuss the termination of the army.


    A few days later, the 20000 troops led by Meng gang and Zong Yuling and the 10000 troops led by yelaixiang arrived in the northwest of Tan county. With the arrangement of the local leader, the 30000 army led the way and finally arrived at the seat of Tan county, the administrative center of Donghai as soon as possible.


    After the army was settled, Meng gang and Zongyu ordered the deputy general to stay at the camp, while they went into the city with yelaixiang to meet Tao Qian.


    Tao Qian, who got the news, was happy to meet two generals and several people of yelaixiang. Because the 30000 troops were running fast, they didn''t bring much food at all. When he heard the news, Tao Qian waved his hand and gave them 100000 stones of food.

 Chapter 732

    Meng Gang handed the letter from Huangfu Chaobo to Tao Qian, and then said, "my Lord, please rest assured that although our army is the only one coming, tens of thousands of other armies will advance into the territory of Cao thief together with the army of Chen liuzhang, and the two strategies will go hand in hand to force Cao thief''s army to retreat."


    Tao Qian and all the people in Xuzhou were very happy. General Huangfu''s plan was feasible. After discussing the military situation, Meng Gang left the city and returned to his camp.


    Before he left, Tao Qian stopped it and encouraged Haosheng. At the same time, he also revealed that he wanted to recommend it to the imperial court. This news made him very happy and proud. There was a top counselor who could consider everything for himself.


    This time, the night incense originally wanted to lead three or five thousand soldiers to the scene, but Xi Zhicai strongly opposed it. After carefully analyzing the gains and losses of the night incense, he convinced the night incense to do its best and almost suppressed it. Sure enough, when Tao Qian saw his situation, he began to draw the cake.


    However, night incense also knows that it''s not so easy to eat this cake. It depends on your next performance.


    On December 8, the first snow in the Central Plains stopped. As the snow stopped, the war started again. Under the Tan county seat, Cao Cao decided to retreat in the near future after consulting with the generals. However, even if he withdrew, Cao Cao decided to eat the 30000 reinforcements under the city.


    With the sound of the bugle in Cao''s camp, the whole world suddenly boils up. As the camp door opens, a group of soldiers come out of the camp and slowly approach the city wall.


    The movement of Cao''s camp outside the city shocked the garrison in the city and the reinforcement camp in the north of the city. A moment later, Tao Qian, who got the news, led the people of Xuzhou to the wall. When he saw the governor, the general Cao Bao quickly welcomed him and said, "I''ve seen you, my Lord!"


    "General Cao is free. Is Cao Cao ready to attack the city?" Tao Qian waved his hand;


    although Cao Bao was jokingly called "Cao Bao" in history, since he is a son of an aristocratic family and a captain of Xuzhou, Qi Shizhen has nothing to do with talent and learning, but has a certain gap with those famous historical generals.


    He had seen the movement of Cao Ying for a long time. Seeing Tao Qian''s inquiry, he quickly bowed down and said, "Lord Hui, the bandits of Cao are going to attack the city, but there are 30000 reinforcements outside the city, so it seems that we have spare strength in this attack."


    With that, Cao Bao pointed to Cao Cao''s army outside the city, and everyone looked in the direction of his fingers. Sure enough, although Cao Cao''s army was preparing to attack the city, it set aside nearly 30000 troops to defend the north of the city, and only 50000 troops were used for frontal attack.


    Tao Qian also fought all his life, but he was too old to dance, and he still had some vision. It''s a pity that although Xuzhou is rich in soldiers, there is no general who dares to fight. Otherwise, there is no room for Cao''s bandits to run wild. It seems that this strange man of night incense really should be reused.


    Seeing that the war was about to start, they quickly asked Tao Qian to go down to the city wall to prevent injuries caused by bows and arrows.


    Less than a quarter of an hour after Tao Qian left the city wall, the cry of killing sounded again at the head of Tan county, which had been quiet for two days. This time, not only Cao Bao''s generals, but also Xuzhou''s soldiers and soldiers were much braver than before. Everyone knows that there are 30000 elite reinforcements outside the city to support themselves, so the war was very exciting at the beginning.


    At the beginning of the battle at the head of the city, three miles northwest of the city wall, the armies outside the city began to confront each other. The leader of Cao Cao''s army was Xia Houdun, with lejin and LV Qian as deputy generals. The siege generals are Cao Ren and Jia Kui. Cao Cao''s idea is to use the siege to draw 30000 reinforcements out, and then say that there is a chance to destroy them in the wild.


    Sure enough, as Cao Ying''s generals expected, at the beginning of the war on the city wall, reinforcements from outside the city were forced to the direction of XiahouDun''s army. Unfortunately, only 20000 troops came out of 30000 troops, and 10000 troops were still defending the camp. However, the generals were not worried. Their 30000 troops were against each other''s 20000 troops, not to mention Kong Rong''s Northern Navy. They were not worried about Xia Houdun''s army.


    The 30000 troops in the north of the city went out to fight against the first school of menggang after the war and the first school of the Northern Navy, plus the elite of the two schools of yelaixiang, while the soldiers of the other two schools of the Northern Navy stayed at the camp.


    As early as before leaving the camp, yelaixiang seconded Guan hai to menggang and gave him a troop. As early as before sending troops, yelaixiang told Yuexi and Guanhai. After the Second World War, he didn''t have to worry about the casualties, so he could kill the generals directly. This kind of play is the most popular among the two generals, and they are very happy.


    There are two reasons for this. One is to train troops. After the war in Beihai, yelaixiang has seen that although its troops are elite, they are still far behind the elite of Huangfu Chaobo and imperial overlord. Therefore, yelaixiang wants to train thousands of elite soldiers from these 10000 soldiers, who have really gone through the war.


    The second is to show Tao Qian that even if there are three or five thousand soldiers left in the end of the ten thousand soldiers, if he can change the position of prefect, yelaixiang will not lose. Even if Tao Qian does not appoint him as prefect at that time, these soldiers will make up for him. Xi Zhicai is very determined to tell yelaixiang, so he dares to gamble with his ten thousand talents.At the beginning of the war outside the city, just like the city wall, it became white hot in an instant. As a matter of fact, the ten thousand soldiers and horses of yelaixiang are not weak. Although they don''t reach the level of forbidden guard above level nine, they are much better than the ordinary high-level arms of level seven. They have basically reached level 40.


    Yuexi and Guanhai were both strong generals. With the permission of yelaixiang, they led a group of soldiers and horses and directly entered the army of lejin and LV Qian. Although both of them led 10000 troops, they were both commanding generals. Facing the fierce attack of the two strong generals, they were in a dilemma although they barely blocked it.


    XiahouDun, who was in charge of the ten thousand troops behind him, soon saw the clue, but when he was ready to support, the ten thousand troops of menggang and Zongyu, who were pressing down on both sides, immediately attacked. A school of soldiers at the level of guard and a school of high-level soldiers and horses crushed the ten thousand ordinary soldiers of XiahouDun to death.


    The situation of XiahouDun''s 30000 troops was soon discovered by Cao Cao. To his great surprise, Cao Cao ordered Cao Charlie''s 5000 tiger guards and Cao Xiu''s 10000 Qingzhou soldiers to support.


    He managed to save XiahouDun''s army. Cao Cao was very angry when he counted it. In less than an hour, XiahouDun''s 30000 army lost nearly 10000 people, while the 20000 army on the other side lost only 10000 people.

 Chapter 733

    Thirty thousand to twenty thousand, they were beaten so hard that they couldn''t fight back. In his fury, Cao Cao ordered that XiahouDun be beheaded outside the tent. Of course, zhangwenwu pleaded for him first. In the end, Cao Cao ordered that XiahouDun be beaten 50 times and punished for half a year.


    The main reason for this result is that Cao Cao underestimated the 30000 reinforcements. Although Meng gang was a general of Huangfu Chaobo, who didn''t know what he was like. The Northern Navy of Kong Rong''s Department was a typical soft persimmon. As for the exotic soldiers and horses of night fragrance, there was no problem with their habit of cherishing soldiers and horses.


    However, the problem is that it appears in this strange person. No one can imagine that the night incense is so crazy. Ten thousand armies attack their own twenty thousand armies without death. In addition, with the commander of a strong general, the two generals of lejin are stunned.


    Cao Cao''s camp was in an uproar, but the reinforcement camp in the north of the city was cheering again. Not to mention that his 20000 troops had crushed the enemy''s 30000 troops. Although he had lost nearly 10000 people, he was proud. You know, this was Cao Cao''s army sweeping Xuzhou.


    The loss of 10000 soldiers and horses was mainly the soldiers and horses of the night incense. In the end, the 10000 troops were less than 4000. However, the night came to see that there was not much dissatisfaction. According to his observation, nearly 2000 soldiers and soldiers reached the Ninth level or the edge of the ninth level. All the other soldiers had reached the level of 423, which fully achieved one of his goals.


    What''s more, a bigger surprise is still to come. When Tao Qian in the city learned that his subordinate had worked so hard, he immediately asked people to supplement his troops. At the same time, he also gave him 1000 Danyang soldiers, as well as supporting special arms tokens and barracks drawings.


    This huge surprise almost stuns the incense. Now, even if Tao Qian has no reward, the harvest of the incense is enough to make up for his loss.


    However, before Tao Qian''s emissary left, he told yelaixiang that the postwar Ambassador would reward him. Yelaixiang was even more happy to hear the news.


    As for the losses of menggang and Zongyu, they were not small either. Menggang''s battalions lost more than a thousand, and Zongyu''s school lost nearly half of its troops. These were mainly caused by the joining of Cao Charlie''s tiger guards and Cao Xiu''s Qingzhou army. Meng Gang immediately ordered the army to stop attacking and retreat slowly, which avoided more casualties. Cao Cao''s army also wanted to save Xia Houdun''s Department, so the two armies stopped fighting without more entanglement.


    That night, Cao Cao once again gathered the generals for discussion. Just at the time of discussion, news came that Luoyang and Chen Liu''s troops had changed. Moreover, Cheng Yu also said that snow was coming in the Central Plains. Although Cao Cao was unwilling, he could only order the army to withdraw to Yanzhou and make plans next year.


    However, when Cao Cao''s army left, it swept away the population of several cities to the west of Tan county and forced them to move into Yanzhou. When the army of Xuzhou took over the city, all the cities were empty.


    Cao Cao''s army finally left, which made everyone in Xuzhou of Tan county feel relieved. As for several counties were empty, OK, what''s the matter with me?


    After the army, it''s time to pay for what you have done.


    Tao Qian held a banquet in Xuzhou animal husbandry house to entertain the reinforcements and the people of Xuzhou. When he was drunk, Tao Qian led the people in Xuzhou to thank Meng gang and Zongyu again and again. As for the gift of thanks, it must be indispensable.


    Later, with a stroke of his pen, Tao Qian combined Dongguan County, Zhuxian County, Dongwu County, langye county and Gumu County, together with Gaixian County, Taishan County, which was previously occupied by yelaixiang, into one county, namely langye county. Yelaixiang was the leader of langye Prefecture from general Sipin Guangwu. Xizhi was the prefect and Yuexi was the captain. There are about 32080 households in six cities of langye County, with a population of 357096.


    For a time, the whole game was in an uproar. Once the No.1 village in the world, it once rose again and became the second vassal force among the players.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that yelaixiang would become a prefect at this time. However, after hearing the announcement of the game, Huangfu Chaobo soon sent out congratulations in the whole game channel, and soon received a thank-you response from yelaixiang.


    Soon, the emperor and other players have also been in the game channel to nocturnal congratulations.


    At this time, yelaixiang was already in pain and happiness. In the six counties, however, he had only one civil and one military officer in his hand, and the rest were just ordinary generals who were transferred to military posts, so it was difficult for him to take on great responsibilities. After much consideration, yelaixiang sent a private letter to Huangfu Chaobo, asking about the famous general card in the copy task.


    In addition, there is no other way for yelaixiang to improve the strength of his subordinates. After a little meditation on this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t hide more and told him about his guess. Huangfu Chaobo knows that he can''t hide what he wants. Instead, he should tell yelaixiang.


    The rise of players is impossible for Huangfu Chaobo to stop, so in addition to constantly strengthen their own strength, we must also do a good job with the major forces, at least they do not have the strength to sweep the world at present. At present, he is one of the few people who want to make a good relationship.


    At the time of Xuzhou war, there was also a war taking place in Ganling, Hebei Province. After the first snow stopped, Yuan Shao, like Cao Cao, wanted to step back, but he was unwilling, so he ordered the army to attack again.Although Huang Zhong''s four thousand cavalry entered the city, they concealed yuan Jun''s rebuke. At the end of the war, Huang Zhong''s four thousand cavalry suddenly rushed out of the city, and Yuan Jun, who was half attacking, fled in a panic.


    When Yuan Shao saw this, he immediately sent Jiang Qi''s 10000 cavalry to meet him. However, Huang Zhong''s Huben cavalry defeated him and brought him back. Nearly 30% of the 10000 cavalry were lost, which made Yuan Shao, who was originally short of cavalry, suffer heavy losses. Fortunately, the battle of Huben cavalry was blocked by an elite long Spearman, which made yuan Shaojun avoid the risk of defeat.


    This is also the general idea of Yuan Shao. He divided the army into three parts. Yan Liang and Wen Chou led a troop to attack from Julu and Anping respectively. The main purpose was to contain Zhang Ying and his 20000 cavalry troops. But he had only his sons, nephews, Ju Yi and Jiang Qizhu around him. As a result, no one could stop Huang Zhong. That''s why such a tragedy happened.


    So, another player lucky appeared in the player''s eyes, and his generals and soldiers were also known.


    The player''s name is yuan Dushi. At first glance, it''s yuan Fen. At present, he is a confidant of Mr. Yuan Shao. As for his famous general, Yu Jin is another famous general of Cao Cao. This let the players suddenly realized, no wonder Bao Xin died, Yu Jin disappeared, it was quietly poached by him.

 Chapter 734

    After the first World War, Yuan Shao discovered that the reinforcements of Huangfu Chaobo had already appeared in Jizhou. Sure enough, the other two armies also heard that the resistance of Han Fujun was obviously stronger than that of the previous few days. Moreover, it is reported from Hanoi that Huaxiong army has taken control of the western cities of Hanoi and is now reorganizing the army. It is estimated that it will soon be able to dispatch troops to support Jizhou.


    At this time, Yuan Shao''s military adviser Xu you also reported that the next heavy snow was coming, but Yuan Shao had to order the withdrawal. However, this time, Yuan Shao won more than ten cities, and also gave him a deep understanding of Han Fu''s military strength.


    As for Han Fu''s troops, Yuan Shao believes that next time, as long as he is well prepared and finds the right opportunity, Jizhou will be even.


    On December 15, it snowed heavily again in the Central Plains. Cao Yuan and his two armies withdrew and returned. The complicated war in the Central Plains finally ended, and the world finally returned to peace.


    At the end of 193, there was another thing that happened in the game, that is, the copy task of "battle of Julu" was launched for the first time. Unfortunately, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to participate because he was in the war. Other players have no experience at all, let alone any preparation, because they participate in this kind of replica task for the first time, so nearly 100 players who enter into the replica almost become soy sauce in the replica.


    From October 30 into the copy, November 30 out, the reward is a lot, but no one can get the card, let everyone disappointed, but they are looking forward to the copy of the next year''s task.


    Zhao Zilong several people have participated in this vice mission, but also very little harvest. Afterwards, according to the explanation and analysis of the public, Huangfu Chaobo concluded that there are several restrictions in order to get the copy of the famous general card in the copy, one of which is to achieve the military merit value. If the military merit value is not reached, everything is in vain.


    The second is to get familiar with the owner of the famous general card you want. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s estimation, you have to be more than kind-hearted, that is to say, trust, closeness, apprenticeship and brotherhood.


    Because Huangfu Chaobo remembers that in the original copy, his relationship with Su Jiao and she just reached trust, while his relationship with Wang Li was good. At that time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care. Now in retrospect, Huangfu Chaobo finds out this problem.


    During the deputy''s visit, according to people''s understanding, it seems that no one and several generals have reached the level of trust, which explains why no one has got the card. You know, there are many historical generals in the battle of Julu, and dozens of generals have reached the level of general.


    Think about these, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but think of another question, is the better the relationship, the better the attributes of the card? Thinking about this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help thinking that he had a chance to have a good try in the copy.


    In the vast expanse of white and snowy weather between heaven and earth, the new year of the fifth year of Chuping is coming again.


    At noon on December 30, in the hall of general Pingdong''s residence in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo is holding a banquet to entertain the civil and military officials in Luoyang. Of course, the three veteran generals must also be there. Since the completion of the Academy, Huangfu song and Zhu Jun have come to Luoyang almost every once in a while to get together with Lu Zhi. At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for them to take care of their bodies.


    In the hall, there are dozens of tables and dozens of stoves that have been burned for a long time. With the order of Huangfu Chaobo, all kinds of dishes that had already been prepared were put on the wine table like flowing water.


    The main reason why Huangfu Chaobo held the banquet was the war of Sizhou army in the fourth year of the early Ping Dynasty, which had a great influence on the whole Sizhou army and people. Although there were two small battles in the back, both of which won big victories, they could not cover up the loss of tens of thousands of troops.


    After all the food and wine were served, Huangfu Chaobo filled the glass in front of him and stood up. Everyone was quiet when they saw him. "Everyone, this year has been a painful one for our State Army


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, everyone on the scene suddenly became silent. Yes, for Sizhou army, there was no such big loss in the several wars in Luoyang City a few years ago. It was unbearable for any force to lose tens of thousands of troops.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo raised his voice and said, "but the dead are gone, and the living are like this! The spirit of tens of thousands of soldiers is not far away. General Huaxiong has sent news from Hanoi that all the cities in Hanoi have been in my hands. I, Huangfu Chaobo, swear that in the future, I will kill the old thief Jiang Pei to comfort the spirits of tens of thousands of soldiers in heaven. "


    "My Lord is wise!" On hearing this, all of them said in unison, "I''ll take Jiang Pei''s hand and comfort the spirit."


    "Today, this first glass of wine, let''s respect tens of thousands of soldiers not far away from Yingling!" Huangfu said in a broad voice;


    "drink to win!" Everyone responded together.


    "Well, this second glass of wine, I would like to pay tribute to all of you here, thank you for your hard work for our company, and thank you for your trust and support! Drink


    "Drink to win!"


    "Well, next time, we don''t have to worry about eating and drinking. Next year, let''s work hard to calm Hedong!""Encourage the troops to wipe the horses and calm Hedong!"


    All of a sudden, the hall became lively again. After a few mouthfuls, Huangfu Chaobo walked through every table again, and then sat down at the first table.


    After the banquet at noon, the general''s residence in Pingdong officially began to take a rest. Officials will not be on duty until after the 15th of January next year. Of course, during the Chinese new year, there are still officials on duty in turn everywhere, and the soldiers are also on duty.


    In the evening, Huangfu Chaobo set up a family banquet in the mansion. Except for his wife and children, there was no outsider. Even huangfusong went back to his mansion in Luoyang City to have new year''s Eve dinner with his children and grandchildren.


    Two years later, on the fifteenth day of the first month, Huangfu Chaobo gathered people for discussion. The main problem was the grain harvest this year. During the Spring Festival, Huangfu Chaobo also observed carefully and found that, as Lou GUI said, there was too little snow this year.


    From last winter, there were only two heavy snowfalls in December, and only one in half a month after the new year, which means that this year is likely to be another dry year. If so, it will be the third consecutive dry year.

 Chapter 735

    In the past few years, apart from purchasing grain from Han Fu and Zhang Miao''s two allies, Sizhou also increased its grain cultivation year by year under its own rule, so the annual grain is barely enough. If there is another drought this year, then Sizhou''s grain may be tight.


    Although as early as the end of last year, the State animal husbandry government of Sizhou had already made a plan for this year, but in the troubled times, we had to let everyone keep an eye on it. That''s why, just after the end of the new year, Huangfu Chaobo quickly gathered people to discuss the matter. If this happens again next year, the game will be more lively.


    The discussion lasted for more than an hour, but there was no other way except to increase the land reclamation, increase the area of cultivated land, dredge the canals, and build dams to store water. Of course, it''s also a way to increase the purchase of grain from Jingyang Prefecture, but it needs a lot of money. Fortunately, Huaxiong took a lot of money from the families in Hanoi last year, which made Huangfu Chaobo less short of money.


    Now that it has been agreed, with a decree issued by the prefectural and pastoral government, the officials of the three prefectures of Sizhou began to arrange the preparations before spring ploughing this year. Counties began to organize people to dredge canals and build dams to store water. The money and food in his hands flowed out like flowing water. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo was not stingy with these infrastructure projects.


    Although it costs a lot of money and food, the effect is also very good. People all know that these things are closely related to their own food, so they are also working very hard to do things. Although it is cold in spring, the enthusiasm of the people is very high.


    The construction of infrastructure projects was busy from the end of the year until the end of February. Because spring ploughing will begin in early March, the projects everywhere have stopped one after another, and then the people put their energy into the coming spring ploughing.


    In addition to the cultivation of grain, most of his energy was devoted to the reorganization of troops and horses, and the impact of the defeat in the first World War in Hedong became apparent at this time. The loss of tens of thousands of troops made Huangfu Chaobo feel that his troops were a little stretched, so after the new year, he had to adjust his troops again and reorganize his troops.


    As Lou GUI expected, there were only two rains in the whole Sizhou after the Spring Festival. Fortunately, more than one month''s preparation made rivers and ditches in Sizhou accumulate a lot of water. In addition, the snow melted and deep wells were dug everywhere, which greatly increased people''s confidence in this year''s grain harvest.


    On March 26, 194, Huangfu Chaobo was still sitting in the general''s office as usual to deal with government affairs. At this time, the door came the sound of footsteps in a hurry, and then, Shi A''s voice sounded outside: "Lord, emergency information from Chang''an!"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked up and saw Shi a rushing in with a piece of paper. He didn''t care to salute. He handed it up and said, "master, I''ve got news from Chang''an that Dong Zhuo is dead!"


    "Ah Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and said, "are you sure? When did it happen? "


    "Shifu said that yesterday, when Dong thief insulted a maiden in the palace, his mouth suddenly tilted, his speech was harsh, his face was white, his breath was short and his mouth was salivating. Shifu estimated that he would be crazy immediately. Although he was soon sent back to the house by his bodyguard, he soon became unconscious, and the news of his death came out that night. Now the city of Chang''an is in chaos. Dong Zhuo suddenly died. None of the generals in Xiliang can convince the public. Now they have gathered in the court to argue


    "What about Li ru? Can''t Li Ru turn a blind eye? "


    "Li Ru was seriously ill at the beginning of this year and has not been a director for a long time, so Xiliang Zhu will be more unscrupulous."


    Well, Dong Feifei''s figure is several hundred jin. He must be three high. In addition, he has been emperor for several years. He is so excited that he is crazy.


    "What''s the situation in Chang''an and Tongguan now?"


    "Although there is no chaos in Chang''an City for the time being, the master said that Li Xi and Guo Si had started to send people to control the gates of Chang''an, and there is no news from Tongguan at present."


    After a pause, Shi a said cautiously: "the letter from Shifu also said, I hope... I hope the Lord can send troops to welcome back to the world. "


    "Huh?" Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, and immediately thought of "welcome back to the emperor, take the emperor to order the princes?"


    Do you really want to be like Cao Cao, the target of the world''s princes? However, with the emperor in hand, it seems to be a big temptation indeed!


    Huangfu Chaobo''s mind was full of twists and turns, but he didn''t stop. He immediately ordered the assembly of people for discussion.


    Xu Shu and Pang Tong, who were soon summoned, came one after another. Along the way, everyone had learned the reason why Huangfu Chaobo had invited everyone. They were all shocked. However, they were secretly thinking about whether or not to welcome the emperor back.


    While waiting for the gap, Huangfu Chaobo is also carefully considering the advantages and disadvantages of this matter for himself. After much consideration, he decided to give up the exciting idea. Because he was very clear that he was not Cao Cao, and he did not have such skillful political skills. Moreover, the civil and military people under him were not like Cao Cao, and they took their relatives as the backbone.


    Once I really take the emperor to Luoyang, my years of hard work will be wasted. You know, Cao Cao''s treachery is often embarrassed by the loyal officials of those great men.However, since we don''t go to meet the emperor, we have to find a good excuse. Otherwise, we will be criticized.


    Soon everyone rushed to the general''s house. After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo asked Shi a to tell them what happened in Chang''an. Then he asked, "do you think this is feasible?"


    "No," said Pang Tong. What he meant was that the new army was defeated, and it should have been safe to accumulate strength. Now to welcome the world back to the East is tantamount to getting angry. The arrival of the emperor in Luoyang is bound to attract the attention of the princes of Guandong. When housi state is surrounded by wolves, where can it develop at ease?


    "However, Dong Zhuo''s army has started civil strife now, which is a good thing for our state. Just as our army once again invades Hedong, it will surely pacify the rebellion in Hedong."


    His words were immediately refuted by Huangfu song and his three friends. For the reaction of the three old men, Huangfu Chaobo had already been prepared. They were all loyal ministers of the Han Dynasty. Now they have the chance to save the emperor and return to Luoyang in the East. There is no objection. Even Zhu Jun, who is upright and upright, has the meaning of "no king and no father.".

 Chapter 736

    Both Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong had been prepared for Zhu Jun''s reaction, so Pang Tong didn''t pay attention to his words.


    Instead, he turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Lord, in Tong''s opinion, Chang''an may be a little chaotic, but our army can''t intervene now. As far as our army is concerned, it is time to enter Hedong again. "


    Zhu Jun said: "now that the emperor is covered with dust, we don''t want to rescue, but we don''t want to rescue. Is Qi the way to be a minister?"


    Pang Tong was not all right. He went forward respectfully and said, "the student asked Zhu Gong, how many troops would our army need to break into the pass in the danger of Tongguan? Even if our army successfully invades Guanzhong, but after tens of thousands of soldiers and horses are killed and wounded, can we recapture the emperor from the Xiliang army? "


    "Even if I take back the emperor and escort him to Luoyang in the East, how many soldiers will be left in the end? If the princes of Guandong had another attack on Junxiong, would Zhu Gong think that our state army could keep the emperor


    Zhu Jun was stunned and immediately retorted: "all the people in Guandong are blessed by the world. Will Qihui stop the rebellion?"


    "Does Duke Zhu think that today''s Guandong yuan brothers and Cao Cao are law-abiding people?"


    Pang Tong''s words made Zhu Jun three speechless. Indeed, as Pang Tong said, how many princes in the world are really loyal to the Han Dynasty? Far from it, the two brothers of the yuan family and Cao Cao are both men without discipline. Xu Zijiang said that Cao Cao was "the hero in troubled times".


    As Pang Tong said, after a big war last year, the Sizhou army has been greatly weakened and has not recovered at all. Today, although Chang''an is in chaos, there is no news of Tongguan chaos. Of course, there is no sign of chaos in the Weihe River Water Village opposite Fenglingdu.


    If the Sizhou army really wants to enter Chang''an, it can only enter from Tongguan or waterway, but now there are no signs of chaos in the two places. If they want to enter Guanzhong, there is bound to be a big war. Even if the Sizhou army can enter Guanzhong smoothly, it will certainly suffer heavy losses.


    This is one of them, and the other is, once the Sizhou army enters Guanzhong, will the Xiliang army watch you save the emperor? If they keep the city and the strength of Chang''an City, how much blood will the State Army shed in Chang''an City?


    If everything goes well, God bless the Great Han, and the Sizhou army successfully rescues the whole world from Chang''an, and then escorts him back to the East, how many soldiers will be left in Sizhou?


    At that time, in case any of the princes in Guandong would join the alliance again to fight for the emperor, would the Sizhou army really be able to protect the emperor? At that time, the Sizhou army would not even be as good as Dong Zhuo at the beginning. They would be defeated on all sides. In the end, they would not be able to keep Luoyang city except their personal wealth.


    In this way, it''s better to send a troop to Chang''an to protect the safety of the emperor, and then bring Hedong into the rule as soon as possible, accumulate strength, and when the Xiliang army is almost ready, then move westward to save the emperor from Chang''an. At that time, whether it is to welcome the emperor to return to the east or to stay in Chang''an, it will be arranged by the emperor.


    Pang Tong''s words made everyone calm down. As he said, no one was willing to gamble. But now is really the best time to welcome the emperor to return to the East, so that Zhu Jun and the three of them give up, and they are unwilling.


    After discussion, they decided that the army would arrange elite troops to go to Tongguan in the name of entering Korea. If they could take Tongguan lightly, they would send troops to occupy Tongguan, and then they would send troops to continue to the west, waiting for an opportunity to enter Chang''an and rescue the emperor. If Tongguan can''t be taken lightly, according to Pang Tong, we should take Hedong first and wait for the right time.


    But for the leader, Huangfu Chaobo was very tangled. It''s not for any other reason, because the leader is far away from the territory and goes to the enemy camp. First of all, the loyalty of the general must be guaranteed. Moreover, it also involves a problem that can not be ignored, that is, the emperor.


    Today, although the Han emperor has become a puppet, it has little effect on the princes and their confidants, but for the ordinary NPC or ordinary historical generals, it is still untouchable. If you are not careful, the people you send will become the loyal subordinates of the Han Emperor.


    Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want to do this kind of beating dog with steamed stuffed buns. Although he didn''t think well about what these 500 people could do, it was 500 elite soldiers after all. In the hands of other ordinary players, it was almost the power to reverse the war.


    So the problem is that we should not only ensure loyalty, but also have good ability. Besides, we should also eliminate the historical generals, generals that others can''t ask for. Huangfu Chaobo can''t waste it on this. So Huangfu Chaobo finally focused on the generals he had trained.


    First of all, they were all trained by themselves from ordinary martial arts. They spent a lot of time and energy. Some generals even spent several pills of jiuzhuan rebirth pill to become transferred generals. Therefore, they can rely on their loyalty to themselves and their attitude towards Emperor Han.


    Another point is that their plasticity is not high, which limits their rising space. For example, among the first group of generals transferred by Huangfu Chaobo, Zhou Yi, the commander of the Navy, was the highest ranking, but this was the peak he could reach.


    If he is forced to be promoted to the rank of general of China and asked to command tens of thousands or even more troops, it will hurt him as well as his subordinates.Zhao Rui, Zheng Feng and others have also been at the rank of county captain for many years. If we go further, it is unlikely. These are the bottlenecks for ordinary warriors to transfer to generals. The only thing that they can break through is the famous general card that just appeared recently. But now, except for the two cards used by Huangfu Chaobo, it seems that they have never heard of any more.


    In the game, there was a rumor that the general''s going out for training might trigger an adventure and change his attributes. But this has always been a rumor, and no one has confirmed it.


    So after thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo decided to choose one of the transferred generals to lead the army to Chang''an and do it for himself. Of course, in addition to leading soldiers to protect the emperor, there are several things Huangfu Chaobo wants to arrange for them to do. One is that Lu Zhi and his three people have been saying that there are too few books in Luoyang academy, but there are too few books in the game.


    However, they all said that there was a family in Chang''an who had a large number of books. If they could invite him to Luoyang academy, they would not have to worry about the books. That person is Cai Yong, Cai Bozhe, a famous scholar in today''s Great Han Dynasty.


    Before Dong Zhuo died, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t dare to come up with the idea of old Mr. Cai. But now that Dong Zhuo is dead, Guo and Li will never pay as much attention to the old man as Dong Zhuo. Therefore, the opportunity of Huangfu Chaobo comes.

 Chapter 737

    Another reason is that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to meet Cai Wenji, the most talented woman in the Three Kingdoms, so he could bring her back to Luoyang by the way. Of course, if possible, Diao Chan, the first beauty in the Three Kingdoms and one of the four beauties in ancient China, can also look for it. Dong Zhuo is dead. This beautiful woman can also consider bringing it back. Of course, it''s just by the way.


    Another thing, which is also a very important thing arranged by Huangfu Chaobo, is that Xu Xing, a famous general of the Three Kingdoms, who has always been remembered by Huangfu Chaobo, did not want to surrender because Dong Zhuo was still there when he captured him. Now Dong Zhuo is dead. He is not a general of Xiliang, and he can get a heavy reward after losing Dong Zhuo as bole Does it work? It''s going to be a big question mark.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo now has two top generals, Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun, as well as first-class generals such as Tian Yu, Huang Xu, Hua Xiong and Meng Yi, there are absolutely not too many generals like Xu Rong who can defeat Cao Cao and Sun Jian.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo finally decided that Zhao Rui, the county captain of Gu County, was the best one in terms of attributes except Chen Jing, Zhang an and Zhou Yi. In addition to Zhao Rui, there are two Pro guard generals Ma Jin and Sun Ping. As Zhao Rui''s deputy generals, one is responsible for assisting in unifying the army, and the other is responsible for external liaison.


    As for the officers, there were 50 shadow guards besides 500 guards. If you add the dozens of shadow guards that originally existed in Chang''an City, there are nearly 600 people.


    When the three people are invited to the general''s residence, Huangfu Chaobo first asks for their opinions. After confirming their opinions, Huangfu Chaobo tells them the mission of this trip in detail.


    After the three men had fully understood their purpose, Huangfu Chaobo ordered them to choose the soldiers and horses. As for soldiers'' weapons and equipment, Huangfu Chaobo, after consulting the three men, decided not to use the general equipment of the forbidden guards, but to use the best equipment that Si Zhou could bring out.


    The whole set of weapons and equipment of the trapped camp is the best equipment that the taxi soldiers in Sizhou can use at present. Because of the nature of the trapped camp, Huangfu Chaobo has been ordering the weapon workshop to continuously build the trapped camp equipment. At present, nearly 3000 sets of equipment have been accumulated, so it is easy to extract 600 sets from them.


    Of course, in addition to the equipment trapped in the camp, ordinary equipment is still equipped with one or two sets of equipment, which can only be used as an assassin''s mace. In fact, it''s not that Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have better equipment. For example, the level 50 Shanwen lock armour has already been made. Although it''s good, it''s troublesome to make it, so the quantity is really not small. At present, only the ministry level is allocated to the Sizhou military. It''s basically impossible for ordinary soldiers to use it.


    There is also the bright armor in the hands of Xiake. Although it is suitable for soldiers, the quantity of Xiake''s own army is not enough, let alone his allies.


    One day later, all the equipment, materials they needed to carry and the tribute they were going to offer to the emperor were ready. All the 500 soldiers were selected from the soldiers when they first entered Luoyang. They had already established their families and businesses in Luoyang, and there were homes in the inner city. Their families also worked in various workshops in Luoyang or had their own homes in the city It''s our own industry.


    These people were the most staunch supporters of Huangfu Chaobo, so they were selected. The five hundred soldiers were divided into five villages. There were two teams in each village. Each team had 20 soldiers with swords and shields, 20 soldiers with long guns, and 10 archers.


    Although there were no cavalry, none of the 500 people had reached the advanced level of horsemanship. Chang''an was not short of horses. At that time, it only needed to get enough horses to become cavalry. Of course, all the officers above the team leader are equipped with horses.


    More than 500 of them went to Chang''an on the ground of offering, so the tribute must be indispensable. For these things, Huangfu Chaobo also made great efforts. First of all, horses. Huangfu Chaobo prepared ten horses, fifty good horses, five hundred altars of Luoshen qiongniang, one hundred Donghai pearls, two hundred Shu brocade, and other gold and silver jewelry worth tens of thousands of gold.


    Of course, the real practical things are only horses, and other things are all flashy. But is it really useful for the emperor who lives in the deep palace to take these horses? This Huangfu super Bo is unknown.


    On March 29, just two days after receiving the urgent report from Chang''an, the team sent by Sizhou to Chang''an left the xiyangmen gate to the west of Luoyang and headed for Hangu pass.


    and the people in Luoyang immediately began to prepare after the tribute team left. After arriving in Huxian County, Zhao Rui and his party will go to Tongguan under the escort of Huxian garrison, and then show the situation. If they can capture Tongguan, then Hongjia''s troops will fight as the vanguard of the army into Guanzhong. If they can''t, Huyang''s garrison will send the motorcade to Tongguan and retreat back to Huyang.


    It is more than 400 Li from Luoyang to Tongguan, and nearly 400 Li from Tongguan to Chang''an. Zhao Rui and his party have more than 500 troops, dozens of carriages, and nearly 100 people.


    It took nearly ten days to arrive at Tongguan. At this time, it was Dong Zhuo''s Hu Feng who guarded Tongguan. He was originally Li''s nephew. At this time, he already knew that his uncle in Chang''an city was confronting Guo ADO.In order to prevent the princes of Guandong from making trouble, Hu Feng ordered the garrison to strengthen its guard.


    On this day, as usual, Hu Feng inspected the wall of Tongguan. At this time, he suddenly found a team coming slowly towards the city. Just as Hu Feng was about to send someone to check, he ran out of the team and galloped towards the direction of Guancheng.


    Soon several cavalry arrived at the gate, and the taxi soldiers at the gate were ready. Several cavalry stopped. One of them came forward and said, "we are sent by general Pingdong to Chang''an to meet the emperor. We are here to inform your army so as not to cause misunderstanding. Please let me know! "


    With that, the cavalry turned over and dismounted, handed over his horse to the other cavalry, and came quickly to the direction of the garrison in the pass. When he saw that he was alone, the garrison did not dare to be careless. He drank from him dozens of steps away and said, "do you have a certificate?"


    The cavalry took out a disc and handed it out.


    The guard general points to a soldier beside him and asks him to take back the disc. He opens it and has a look. It''s really the disc issued by Si zhoumu, stating how many soldiers escorted how many vehicles to Chang''an to meet the emperor.

 Chapter 738

    The guard General of the city gate of the Xiliang army looked at the disk in his hand carefully, then looked up at the approaching motorcade in the distance. After a little meditation, the guard general said, "the motorcade stops two miles away. You wait here. I''ll make a decision after I report to the general."


    Hu Feng also heard the words of the cavalry. Did Luoyang get the news of the prime minister''s death? But if he got the news, what was his plan to send people to the pilgrimage? If he didn''t get the news, why did he suddenly send people to Beijing at this time?


    Just thinking about it, the city gate guard went up to the city building with a Wendie, handed it to Hu Feng and said, "general, it''s really the Shizhou muwendie."


    Hu Feng opened it for a look, and then looked up at the motorcade in the distance. Although he could not see the specific number, it was definitely more than the hundreds of people mentioned on the Wendie. So he said, "ask them, how many people are there in the motorcade?"


    The general stretched out his head and yelled a few words at the bottom of the city, only to hear the sergeant of the lower division of the city reply: "back to the general, there are only a few hundred people in the convoy, and there are only 1000 soldiers and horses to escort us. When we arrive here, we will return to Hongnong."


    Hu Feng nodded and said, "let their escorts return. You can take two thousand soldiers and horses to meet them. After careful inspection, you can let them enter the one mile before the pass. If there is any change, kill them."


    After the general took the order, he went down to the city and ordered his troops to the direction of the motorcade outside the pass.


    Looking at the guard general leaving, Hu Feng said to the deputy general beside him: "order the army to be well prepared. If there is no abnormality in the motorcade, make them pass as soon as possible. Before the motorcade leaves, all soldiers and horses must not slack off. Those who violate the order will be killed!"


    The deputy general was ordered to turn around and leave. Then, a horn sounded inside Tongguan. Ten thousand garrison troops inside Tongguan and ten thousand garrison troops in the camp behind Tongguan quickly entered a state of alert.


    Two miles away, Zhao Rui and the commander of Huxian County stopped their horses and stopped. Looking at the majestic pass in front of them, they were thinking about what was going on in the pass. Suddenly, they heard the continuous sound of bugles at the end of Tongguan.


    He was surprised. Just as he was about to give an order for warning, he opened the closed door again. From inside, about 2000 soldiers and horses came towards him.


    Seeing this, Zhao Rui, with a wry smile on his face, said to the general around him: "General Chen, it seems that it''s really as the military commander expected. It''s really not good to fish in troubled waters. Please report to Luoyang as soon as possible after the general returns to Hu County. "


    "Don''t worry, General Zhao. Since there''s no chance, it''s up to General Zhao and your brothers." Then he arched his hand and said to the soldiers beside him, "order, we are ready to return!"


    After that, the soldiers immediately ordered the troops to gather, and then slowly evacuated to the back of the motorcade. As for the safety of the motorcade, it was up to them.


    However, we are not very worried. We went to Chang''an to meet the emperor. No matter how serious the Xiliang army was, we did not dare to make such a blatant decision. Especially when Guo and Li confronted each other, their current attitude towards the governors of Guandong could only be to win over rather than offend them.


    Sure enough, when the two armies were separated by a hundred paces, a soldier from the Xiliang army cried out, asking the Sizhou army to escort the troops out of 200 paces, and the convoy was taken over by them. After careful inspection, escort to Chang''an.


    Zhao Rui nodded with the captain of Huxian Guard Academy, and the 1000 soldiers left the convoy and slowly retreated to 200 steps away.


    Seeing that the Sizhou army had retreated, the Xiliang army came forward and surrounded the motorcade. Then the captain of Chengmen said, "under the order of General Hu, I''ll lead the troops to meet the motorcade. Please accept the inspection."


    "Zhao Rui, a loyal Zhongying general under general Pingdong''s command of zhoumu, has not yet consulted the general''s name."


    "If Hu Jian, the commander of Tongguan school, is not sent to Tongguan, please ask the general to order the soldiers to cooperate with the inspection."


    "Please also ask General Hu to make the soldiers be careful. The car is full of articles dedicated to the emperor." With that, Zhao Rui took a purse from Ma Jin and handed it to Hu Jian, which contained about ten Guan copper coins.


    Hu Jian took the money bag and put it in her pocket. She said, "don''t worry, general. They won''t be indifferent."


    With that, he yelled to the taxi driver who was walking towards the car: "you bastards, be careful. If you break something, I will peel your skin."


    Hearing their shouts, the taxi driver, who was preparing to attack, was afraid to move. He carefully opened the boxes on the upper two floors of each car, checked them, and then came to report that there were indeed some tribute items on the car.


    Hu Jian nodded with satisfaction and said to Zhao Rui, "please let the general enter the pass with the army. General Hu has ordered the convoy not to stay in the pass. After going out of the pass, the general will issue a document to the convoy. At that time, the convoy will be escorted into Chang''an by two thousand soldiers and horses."


    Zhao Rui knows that this is Xiliang army''s army. It''s called escort. It''s actually surveillance. Fortunately, the motorcade now has no idea of winning the pass, and is not afraid of monitoring by the Xiliang army.


    After hearing this, Zhao Rui nodded and waved to the motorcade. The motorcade began to move slowly towards Tongguan. Then, he turned to Hu Jian and said, "if there is such a general Lao Hu, you will be greatly appreciated when you arrive in Chang''an."Once upon a time, Hu Jian laughed and happily led the motorcade towards Tongguan.


    As soon as he arrived at the gate of the pass, Zhao Rui saw a group of generals coming down from the wall for a man in his thirties. Seeing this, Hu Jian said in a low voice: "General Zhao, this is general Fengyi of Tongguan. General Hu Feng is the nephew of general Che Qi."


    After he finished speaking, Zhao Rui quickly stepped forward to see Hu Feng. Then he asked people to take 30 jars of wine, 20 pieces of cloth and silk, and some other gold and silver things from the car to present to Hu Feng. Later, another three horses were sent to Hu Feng and two vice generals.


    Zhao Rui''s understanding made Hu Feng and the two deputy generals very happy. Everything else was ok, but 30 jars of wine and three good horses were their favorite things. Although Hu Feng was Li''s nephew, Li''s relatives were too many, and he didn''t get many good things.


    The other two deputy generals were even more unbearable, so the three were very satisfied with Zhao Rui and his party. They didn''t make any more trouble for the team, but after a little inspection, they quickly passed through the pass.


    After leaving Tongguan, the motorcade took a rest all night. Then, escorted by Hu Jian''s two thousand Xiliang troops, the motorcade continued to move westward.

 Chapter 739

    Once out of Tongguan, the people of Sizhou army found the difference with Guanzhong and Sizhou. It''s early April now, and there are busy people everywhere in Sizhou. Because this year''s plan is to build palaces first and then besiege the city wall. There are restrictions on buildings inside, and water on the west side outside. The Weihe River in the Qin and Han Dynasties was much souther than it is now. It was close to the city of Chang''an in the Han Dynasty, and the construction of the city wall was also restricted on the north side. Therefore, the city wall of Chang''an in the Han Dynasty was flat in addition to the East Except straight, the other three sides are convex concave zigzag.


    The area of palaces in the city is less than half of that of Chang''an City, and there are quite a large number of dwellings. During the reign of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, the northern palace built by Emperor Gaozu was added to the north of Weiyang palace, and a group of new palaces such as Guigong and Mingguang palace were built, which occupied most of the space in the city, leaving only a small part of the living area for ordinary residents.


    Because the city wall was built after the completion of Changle palace and Weiyang palace, in order to accommodate the location of the second palace and the flow direction of the Weihe River in the north of the city, the city wall was built into an irregular square, lacking the northwest corner, and the south of the west wall and the west of the south wall folded outward. In the past, Chang''an city was called "the South Dou shape, the North Dou shape", or "Dou City".


    The main buildings in the city are Changle palace, Weiyang palace, Beigong palace, Guigong palace, Arsenal, etc. Weiyang palace is composed of more than 40 palaces, such as the front hall and Jiaofang hall.


    The street layout of Chang''an City in Han Dynasty, the ancients have "eight streets and nine strangers" saying, the general residential area is divided into 160 Li,. On the East and west sides of Hengmen in the north of Chang''an City, there are nine markets for trading; on the other hand, there are also markets outside Fuang gate, and in the south of the city, there is Huaishi, which specializes in trading books.


    Zhao Rui and his party had just arrived outside Chang''an City when they saw that someone had already met outside Qingming city. It turned out that after the motorcade entered Tongguan, Hu Feng sent someone to report to Li Xi, his uncle in Chang''an city. So when the motorcade arrived at baling County, Li Xi knew that they were about to arrive in Chang''an, so he arranged for someone to wait outside Qingming gate.


    Now, although the fight between him and Guo Si has stopped for a while, it is only temporary. Because the strength of the two men is almost equal, no one can do anything about it. Therefore, they stopped temporarily at the suggestion of the Minister of the central government.


    Now that general Pingdong''s audience team has arrived in Chang''an, Li Ying knows that he can seize the opportunity to win a helping hand for himself. That''s why he sent someone to meet him outside Qingming gate.


    Out of the city to meet Zhao Rui and his party is Li Ying, Li''s younger brother. Through his mouth, Zhao Rui knows that the fight in Chang''an has ended.


    A few days ago, the world decreed that Li Yi should be appointed as general of motorcycles, Kaifu, commander-in-chief of Sili school, Feijie and Marquis of Chiyang, Guo Si as rear general and Marquis of meiyang, and fan Hou as right general and Marquis of Wannian. Zhang Ji was appointed general of Zhendong and Marquis of Pingyang, and was stationed in Hongnong.


    After Dong Zhuo''s death, the Xiliang army was divided into several divisions: Niu Fu, Dong Zhuo''s son-in-law, Li Ru, and Dong Huang, Dong Zhuo''s nephew, who were mainly supported by other divisions. They were based in Anding, Wudu, Hanyang, and Beidi counties of Liangzhou.


    Because many of the generals in Xiliang are not satisfied with Dong Huang, the second ancestor of the second generation, Niu Fu and he have already supported Dong Huang, but they spend more energy on pacifying the generals and the four prefectures. After Li Ru was picked up from Chang''an City, his illness once worsened and he could not be a director at all. Although Niu Fu was Dong Zhuo''s son-in-law, his ability was limited, so he had no time to take care of Guo and Li who were fighting in Chang''an city.


    In the end, Yongzhou was divided equally by Li Yi and Guo Si, who led the army to Zuo Fengyi and Jing Zhaoyin, while Guo Si occupied youfufeng and Jing Zhaoyin, and even Chang''an city was half occupied by them. Zhang Jibu, who is already in Nanyang, is obviously neutral in the face of the struggle between Guo and Li.


    In this way, Dong Zhuo''s army, the most powerful feudal power in the world in the past, was divided into four divisions. If the Lv Bu division, which had already left, was added, it could be said that it had been divided into four divisions.

 Chapter 740

    As early as Zhao Rui got the news from Hongnong, Huangfu Chaobo people knew that Zhu Jun''s idea was impossible. So people in Sizhou began to prepare for the second expedition to Hedong.


    It''s not a matter of leaving. It takes time to gather troops and prepare food and grass. Therefore, it takes at least a month to prepare for an official expedition.


    After entering Chang''an City, Zhao Rui and his party were arranged in a large courtyard near Jingzhao house of Li Xi. As for meeting the emperor, it''s not easy to see him. Zhao Rui and his party had to report to the court first, and then wait for the emperor''s invitation.


    After setting up the troops and horses, Zhao Ruixian personally sent the things dedicated to the emperor to the palace, and then began to send people to Chang''an city to learn all kinds of information. Although shadow has always set up a site in Chang''an, all the information sent back to Luoyang by carrier pigeons is only a general thing, and the specific information still needs to be understood in detail.


    Sun Ping is busy getting in touch with his master Wang Yue. He and Shi a were originally brothers. Later, after he came to Luoyang with Shi a, he stayed with Huangfu Chaobo all the time. Therefore, when he returned to Chang''an this time, Huangfu Chaobo appointed him to take over the shadow of Chang''an.


    On the afternoon of the same day, after returning to his residence, Zhao Rui went to Guo''s house for a dinner. For the trip to Chang''an, Pang Tong had already told Zhao Rui that no matter which force wanted to make friends with him, they should not refuse, but they could not make any promises.


    To push everything to Luoyang, his own task is to escort tribute to the emperor, and then try to stay beside the emperor of Chang''an to protect him. As for other things, he is not in charge.


    Zhao Rui took good gifts to Li''s house for dinner and didn''t return until late at night.


    The next morning, he received an invitation from Guosi''s mansion, and went to Guosi''s mansion for a banquet that evening.


    Until the fourth day, Sizhou people received the emperor''s will. So Zhao Rui led Ma Jin and Sun Ping to the palace to meet the emperor.


    On April 20, Zhao Rui and Liu Xie, Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty, met in the front hall of Weiyang palace.


    The emperor first praised Huangfu''s loyalty to Chaobo, and then said that he had heard that the Sizhou army had defeated Lv Bu''s army. He had seen the strength of Lv Bu''s army. He was very interested in the soldiers who had defeated Lv Bu''s army. He wanted to see the soldiers of general Pingdong outside Weiyang palace.


    Guo and Li didn''t care about it and agreed to the request of the little emperor. In their opinion, it was just the curiosity of teenagers.


    There is no mistake, little boy. Although Emperor Xian of Han Dynasty has been on the throne for several years, he is still only 13 years old. So in front of these Xiliang great men like Li Xi and Guo Si, they are still children who have no hair.


    What they didn''t know was that these were all the ways that Pang Tong had negotiated to arrange for 500 soldiers to enter the palace.


    The emperor was even more happy after he met with the soldiers from five hundred prefectures outside the Weiyang palace. Although the soldiers'' armor was ordinary, they looked very powerful.


    So the little emperor, who was very amused, directly ordered that these 500 soldiers should be taken as palace guards and made into Yulin camp. Following the example of Yulin camp of Hanwu emperor, Zhao Rui, a Zhongyi Zhongying general, was appointed to lead Yulin camp and perform martial arts for the emperor in the palace.


    Yes, even in martial arts, Guo and Li didn''t stop the little emperor from having fun. In their opinion, although these 500 soldiers look elite, they all have 200000 troops. Let alone 500, what about 5000 troops around the little emperor? Can you really get rid of your control?


    So with a wave of their hands, they agreed to the emperor''s request to send the 500 troops of Zhao Rui''s Department into the palace and set up the Yulin camp.


    On the third day, Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty negotiated with Guo Li to reward general Huangfu Chaobo of Pingdong, and decided that Jin Huangfu Chaobo would be general Sanpin Anton and Marquis Fengting.


    As for the title of Marquis of the pavilion, Li Xi and Guo Si played a small trick and made Huangfu Chaobo Marquis of the pavilion. Where is cangting? Under the rule of Cao Cao, the governor of Yanzhou, it was a pavilion with hundreds of households in the southeast of Dongwuyang county.


    A few days later, the emperor sent someone to Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that his random action would get such a big benefit, which was promotion and marquis. He seems to have become the first player marquis.


    At the same time as huangfuchao''s imperial edict, another imperial edict was issued. The little emperor decided to change the year to Zhongping, that is to say, this year is the fifth year of Chuping, also known as the first year of Zhongping. Next year, the year of Chuping will officially enter the garbage heap. It can only be called the second year of Chuping.


    This is one year later than that in real history.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo can''t care about these now. The pieces have been laid down. He doesn''t know how to use them in the future. He is thinking about sending troops to Hedong.


    On May 5, 194, Huangfu Chaobo gathered the civil and military people under his command in Luoyang to discuss affairs. After arranging Luoyang''s government affairs, on the morning of May 6, Huangfu Chaobo again gathered 100000 troops and sent troops to Hedong.


    This time, the army of Sizhou was divided into two routes, one was from Jiguan to Hedong, the other was from waterway to Pishi, and then crossed Fenshui to attack the cities south of Fenshui. After the capture of Anyi, they went north along Fenshui to Yong''an, bringing all the cities in Hedong under their control.Wang Yong, Zhao Yun''s deputy general, led 20000 troops to the north of Hanoi to join the 20000 troops of Su Zhibu in Hanoi to enter Jiguan, and then entered Hedong on the last chijing road. Zhao Yun, together with Huangfu Chaobo, led the 60000 troops escorted by Zhou Tai and the Navy into Pi''s family. The two armies set out at the same time on May 6.


    Ten days later, Wang Yong entered the city of Dongyuan. After a short rest in the city, he continued to lead his troops along the chijing road towards Hedong. By this time, Zhao Yun''s army had already arrived at Pishi. After a little rest, the army began to cross Fenshui and attack fenyin County on the South Bank of Fenshui.


    As Pang Tong expected, the Hedong army, which had lost the support of the Xiliang army, was far less powerful than the first Hedong war. Under the attack of the 60000 troops of Zhao Yun''s Department, the 8000 garrison in fenyin county only lasted for one day, and less than 1000 people were killed or injured when they opened the city and surrendered. Huangfu Chaobo ordered Yang Feng to leave 1000 soldiers and 1000 guards to defend the city, and was responsible for reorganizing the captured army.


    After that, Zhao Yun''s army continued to go south to Puban city. Five days later, Puban port, the largest port in Hedong, was captured. The next day, Puban city was successfully captured by Zhao Yun''s troops. At this time, Wang Yong''s army had entered Hedong basin and crossed the river first to capture Wenxi County.

 Chapter 741

    Three days later, when the army arrived in Jiexian County, Xiancheng, the magistrate of Jiexian County, surrendered, and the army went to the next city. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo understood why the battle of the army was so smooth. It turned out that since the last Sizhou army broke through, the cities in Hedong began to seek their own way out.


    Knowing that he could not escape, the prefect Jiang Pei collected almost all the elite soldiers and horses, as well as a large number of money, food, materials and craftsmen under his control, and concentrated them in Anyi city to better defend against the invasion of the Sizhou army. As for the final situation of these personnel and materials, no one can clearly know.


    In this way, although the rest of the cities later recruited soldiers and horses, their fighting power was far less than before. So this time, Huangfu Chaobo army attacked again, and it took only one day for the most powerful Puban city to be captured, let alone other cities.


    On May 28, the army of Zhao Yun easily captured Yishi county again.


    At noon on the 30th, the 100000 troops of Sizhou arrived at Anyi city again. Different from the last time, there is only Anyi on both sides of Wushui River, which is still in the hands of Jiang Pei. The rest of the cities have been controlled by Sizhou army.


    Under Anyi City, Huangfu Chaobo led Zhao Yun to observe the enemy situation. It can be seen from the lower part of the city that the garrison in Anyi city seems to be quiet and depressing. It can be seen that although Jiang Pei has concentrated the elite of the city under his rule in Anyi City, the morale of the garrison in Anyi city is obviously lower than that of the last battle.


    Like last year, the city is still full of banners. In the midday sun of early summer, it is like the withered leaves on the roadside, hanging on the flagpole of the city. The garrison in the city also found Huangfu Chaobo and his party outside the city. For a moment, they were like facing a big enemy. Suddenly, there were more taxis at the head of the city.


    Looking at the situation of the city, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly pulled out his long sword and pointed to the city head. He yelled: "you guys, revenge. Today, tens of thousands of soldiers are watching us in the sky."


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun and Su Zhi both drew out their weapons and roared up to the sky: "break through the city and capture Jiang Pei alive! Kill


    More than ten thousand cavalry of the surrounding guards immediately took out their own weapons. While beating them, they cried out: "break through the city and capture Jiang Pei alive! Kill


    "Kill..."


    Soon, the roar of the sky aroused the attention of the troops who were encamped several miles away, so the soldiers of the camp also looked up towards Anyi. Then, they all stood up, took out their weapons, and ate and drank together.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo''s soldiers and soldiers were mainly those of last year. The defeat of last year made the soldiers and soldiers very angry. So when they arrived at Anyi city again, the morale of the army was very high. Originally, the generals meant to attack the city immediately, but Huangfu Chaobo stopped them and ordered the army to set up a camp and rest for a day before starting tomorrow It''s a formal siege.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo was very satisfied. He took back his sword, nodded at Zhao Yunzhu, and said, "Zilong, let''s go back. Everyone, today''s army will rest and attack tomorrow!"


    "The end will take orders!" All the generals agreed and replied;


    the shouts of killing outside the city made the garrison in the city even more frightened. The news that Huangfu Chaobo got was that there were at least 60000 troops, hundreds of thousands of stone food supplies and nearly 1000 craftsmen in Anyi. But if he didn''t know, there were no more than 40000 soldiers in the city, and they were all ordinary soldiers.


    As for the more than 20000 soldiers who can really be called elite, as early as after the new year, they have quietly moved away from Hedong in batches. Only a few generals close to Jiang Pei know the specific situation. As for the other soldiers, they are not clear at all. The news they get is that 20000 elite soldiers have been hidden somewhere outside the city, waiting for the State Army to attack When the city is exhausted, give it a fatal blow.


    In 194 ad, on the first day of June in the fifth year of the Han Dynasty, when the sun rose from the East, the army of shiwansi Prefecture once again arrayed under Anyi City, Hedong County, and began to prepare to attack this big city.


    Children''s day, well, today is a good day.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that he would capture the city as a gift for his son''s children''s day. Well, it''s Jia Jing''s son in reality. A few days ago, Jia Jing successfully gave birth to a son for Huangfu Chaobo in the hospital.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo drew out his long sword and said, "Yingyang General Zhao Yun, listen to the order!"


    Standing in front of the generals, Zhao Yun turned over and dismounted, quickly stepped forward, knelt down on one knee, and said, "the generals are not here!"


    "Let''s go, all the officers and men, all the generals from the bottom of the general!" Huangfu Chaobo handed the sword to Zhao Yun and said in a deep voice,


    "I didn''t take orders!"


    Zhao Yun raised his hands and took the sword. Then he stood up and said, "all generals will listen to the order!"


    "No!"


    "Attack the city according to the established plan!"


    "Don''t take orders, kill..."


    With that, the whole army of a purge of gas soared, and then a military order issued from the mouth of Zhao Yun, already ready for the army in an orderly manner toward the city two miles away slowly approaching.After the military order was issued, Zhao Yun turned around and invited Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong to the nest car. This is the place where the main general used to observe the war, which is several feet high. Standing on it can better observe the war.


    The main role of the first round of soldiers and horses is to fill the moat outside the city and prepare for the subsequent attack. Because there were no prisoners or dead soldiers this time, the soldiers were valiant men drawn from the cities in Hedong. Of course, Zhao Yun also ordered the army to prepare for their cover.


    Nearly a hundred Jinglan and catapults have already arrived at the attack position. At Zhao Yun''s command, the sky full of arrow rain and catapults, like dark clouds blocking the sun, fly towards the city and suppress the city''s soldiers as much as possible, so that the river reclamation soldiers can fill the moat of Anyi City as soon as possible.


    In addition to the siege equipment, Zhao Yun also prepared a large number of shield hands for the soldiers. A large number of huge shields covered the soldiers to run quickly, throwing bags of prepared earth bags into the moat, and then quickly ran back to carry them to fill the river.


    At this time, the equipment inside the city also began to fight back against the taxi soldiers outside the city. As early as last year, Jiang Pei started to prepare for the second battle of Hedong after he let Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army escape. He knew that he and Huangfu Chaobo were already in an endless situation.

 Chapter 742

    In fact, Jiang Pei is already preparing for the second attack of Huangfu Chaobo, but what he didn''t expect is that Chang''an will have such great changes, and Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army will come so soon. After getting the news from Chang''an, Jiang Pei changed his indecision and made arrangements quickly.


    All the officers and men in the city thought that Jiang Shan, his successor, had led more than 20000 elite soldiers out of the city. In fact, his real destination was that Jiang Shan had led 25000 elite soldiers, thousands of craftsmen and their families out of Hedong to Shangjun of Bingzhou.


    Not only has Jiangshan already run away, but the rest of Jiangyi is king and the hegemony of Linfen has also once again moved the county into empty space. Because we all know that Hedong, without Dong Zhuo Jun as the backing, could not stop Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army. In fact, as early as last year, after Huangfu Chaobo''s safe evacuation, Jiangshan people expressed concern about the future of Hedong. As early as then, they had begun to transfer their property and craftsmen, and the real decision to run was after they got the news from Chang''an.


    Only a few of Jiang Pei''s true confidants know these things, and the rest of them don''t. At this time, there were only 40000 ordinary soldiers in Anyi City, but there were still a lot of food, grass and property. Jiang Pei knew that he could not be spared, so he gathered a lot of money and grain in Anyi with the heart of Sizhou army who tried to kill Huangfu Chaobo.


    In his opinion, forty thousand soldiers plus enough money and food for the army for one year could wipe out fifty or sixty thousand soldiers from the Sizhou army. In this way, the Sizhou army of Huangfu Chaobo lost nearly one hundred thousand soldiers in Hedong alone. As long as his strength is seriously damaged, someone will jump out and attack him.


    It''s just that he imagines war too simply. Soon he will find that war is not one plus one equals two. This is the disadvantage of the literati in leading the army. They always regard the war as a simple affair, just like the government affairs they deal with.


    Although there are no tens of thousands of elite in Anyi City, there are still plenty of defense materials. When he found out that Sizhou army began to attack the city, Jiang Pei also ordered Anyi army to fight back. But let him feel helpless words, although he defends the city equipment to compare with the Department State Army and many, but, counterattack actually appears so powerless.


    The moat outside the city is still being filled by Sizhou army, even if the equipment at the head of the city has caused great losses to the taxi drivers.


    The progress of the river reclamation in one morning was very satisfactory to several people of Huangfu Chaobo. Although nearly 2000 soldiers were lost, the army of river reclamation had already filled out 20 channels to attack the city. This was just outside the north wall of Anyi. If the East and west walls were added, then 50 channels were buried by soldiers.


    The reclamation in the morning was just the beginning of the war. The real war started in the afternoon.


    After lunch, with the command of the Chinese army, the soldiers who had already gathered their energy began to approach the city wall. For a moment, the arrows and flying stones interweaved into sky curtains over the battlefield, and then made a direct attack on the opposite side. Soon, all over the battlefield, soldiers were injured.


    In the first round of attack, Su Zhi led the soldiers of the first school and the guards of the third school. Most of them were survivors of the previous Hedong war. Like Su Zhi, they all held their breath, hoping to shed their shame on the battlefield and avenge zepao who died last year.


    So at the beginning of the war, it became white hot. Soon, under the protection of the shield soldiers, the soldiers carrying the siege ladder quickly arrived at the foot of the city. Along the way, many soldiers fell by the arrow. Immediately, someone came forward to replace the injured soldiers and continued to attack with the ladder.


    With the siege of a ladder on the top of the city, the most ferocious ant siege began. The garrison at the head of the city had already prepared the materials for the garrison, which were also dumped under the city without money. Rolling stone, wood, hot oil, under the command of the general school at the head of the city, the soldiers of Anyi fought back to the Sizhou army who was attacking under the city.


    At this time, the attack equipment outside the city has basically stopped attacking, only some elite bowmen on the Jinglan car are still shooting at the city, but it is difficult to cause too much threat to the defenders at the city.


    The siege equipment has basically stopped attacking, but the defense equipment has not stopped, which has caused great losses to the attacking taxi soldiers under the city. However, in the war against the city, it was during this period that the most casualties occurred.


    However, this situation did not last long. To the surprise of the general, the first round attack of the State Army had already attacked the city. As the first soldier attacked the city, the shouts of the Sizhou army outside the city rang out. Although the soldiers who attacked the city were soon surrounded and killed by the garrison, they attacked the city in the first battle, which greatly boosted the morale of the soldiers.


    In one afternoon, Su Zhibu launched two rounds of attacks on Chengtou. However, in the end, they only attacked Chengtou, but failed to defend it. In the end, they had no choice but to call a golden end.


    That night, in the camp of Sizhou army and in the account of Huangfu Chaobo, the general of Sizhou army was surprised by the strange appearance of Anyi city. According to the information obtained in advance, there should be tens of thousands of elite in Anyi city. Although it can''t be compared with the elite of Sizhou army, it''s not even inferior to the ordinary garrison ability of Sizhou army.


    You know, this afternoon''s two rounds of attacks were just ordinary guards of the Su Zhi Department, and the elite soldiers had already attacked the city twice before they went out. It''s so strange for everyone to think that the Hedong army, as it did last year, left its elite behind and waited for the Sizhou army to divide its forces?But it''s not right. It''s been more than half a month since Si Zhou army invaded Hedong. They have captured all the cities around Anyi, and there is no support from Anyi''s troops.


    Otherwise, the 20000 soldiers and horses were hidden somewhere outside the city. When the veterans of Sizhou military division were tired, they suddenly appeared and dealt a fatal blow to Sizhou army.


    The generals of Sizhou discussed for a long time, but they didn''t come up with one. However, when Huangfu Chaobo was about to finish the discussion, Pang Tong suddenly said, "maybe we all guessed wrong. Tens of thousands of elites in Hedong didn''t exist here at all, but directly escaped from Hedong..."


    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly had a flash of inspiration in his mind. Yes, it''s really impossible for NPC, but the players are not the same. Take xiongba and the leftover as the king. Isn''t it Hedong who came from Hongnong at the beginning? Now it is clear that Hedong can''t resist the attack of Sizhou army after losing the support of Chang''an. How can they stay on this broken ship.

 Chapter 743

    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "order Huyan to lead the troops to search the area within 30 Li around Anyi. All the areas that can hide more than 1000 people should not be missed. Shi ah, send shadow to sneak into the city all night to see if they can get any information, and ask the surrounding territories of Anyi carefully to see if they can get anything. "


    "If this will not guess wrong, Shiyuan is likely to become a prophecy, Jiangshan is likely to lead the so-called elite of Anyi city has run away."


    "General Zhao, when we attack the city tomorrow, we will see how many backers Jiang Pei has left behind, except for the left behind soldiers and the central army


    After hearing this, all the generals in the tent got up and took orders in unison.


    That night, the shadow came back from Anyi city. In recent months, the soldiers and horses in Anyi city were transferred very frequently. Moreover, according to the information from the territory outside the city, sometimes the soldiers and horses were transferred in the middle of the night. Another piece of news is that Jiang Shan and several other trusted generals, who are always close to Jiang Pei, have not been seen for more than half a month.


    Looking at the information in front of him, Pang Tong said with a smile: "general, it seems that there is nothing wrong. Tens of thousands of elite soldiers in Jiangshan and Anyi have quietly left Hedong. As for where they have gone, it is not known."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and stopped talking. Instead, he was staring at Anyi city in the south. Tomorrow, tomorrow, he could capture this big city in Hedong. In this way, the four prefectures of Sizhou finally belonged to him. However, this battle, which took nearly two months, has consumed a lot of food and grass, which conflicts with the recuperation set by myself last year. In the next time, I will have a headache about food and grass.


    Early the next morning, apart from 10000 soldiers left in the camp and 10000 soldiers escorted by the Chinese army, all the other 80000 troops went out and stood in array under the three walls of Anyi city.


    This time, Zhao Yun did not use the guards to make a trial attack, but at the beginning he arranged the most elite soldiers of the three schools to attack the city, and all the generals in the army were also arranged to attack together. Then Dianwei had left the Chinese army and personally led the attack on the northern wall.


    At the beginning of the time, just after 9 a.m., in the face of the attack of the elite soldiers of Sizhou army, the defenders in Anyi city had begun to catch the elbow.


    Three minutes later, the northern wall broke through first. Under the leadership of the team, a group of soldiers from the Dragon encampment finally climbed the wall at the stomp near the city tower, and then held this area at the stomp.


    Dian Wei, who was under the command of the city, immediately led a group of soldiers around him to the city. With the sound of a burst of drink, Dian Wei climbing up the siege ladder quickly.


    "General Dian has ascended the city!"


    "Drink!"


    With the addition of Dianwei, the city''s taxi soldiers quickly stabilized their defense. Then, with Dianwei as a strong general, the city''s Sizhou army occupied more and more places. With more and more Sizhou soldiers climbing on the top of the city, Anyi soldiers were slowly forced to retreat by Sizhou army. Although Anyi generals tried their best to recapture the city, Anyi army began to retreat in the face of Dianwei and more and more Sizhou soldiers.


    Zhao Yun of the central army under the city soon found out the situation at the head of the city. Seeing that Dianwei had already established himself at the head of the city, he immediately ordered the soldiers of another school, longxiangying, who had already been prepared, to quickly follow up and support the Dianwei department at the head of the city.


    In less than half an hour, the tower was captured by the leader of Dian Wei. Then, while arranging for people to put down the suspension bridge, he led the soldiers to attack the city wall and attack towards the gate. Just open the gate, which means Anyi city has come down. Without the protection of the city wall, Anyi garrison was not the opponent of Sizhou army.


    After the fall of the north gate, the East and west walls were captured by Sizhou army in less than half an hour, and Anyi city was completely under the control of Sizhou army.


    Seeing that the gate of the city was slowly pushed open, the military headquarters of Sizhou, which had already been ready, quickly poured into the city. Huangfu Chaobo finally breathed a sigh of relief. After several years, he finally grasped the four prefectures of Sizhou. Anyi City, it means that Hedong has been basically calmed down, the rest of the cities are not enough to worry about, of course, it will take time to really settle down.


    At least it will take a month or two to control the whole city of Hedong. Besides, he also needs to consider another problem, that is, the arrangement of officials and soldiers in Hedong.


    At noon, Dian Wei sent people out of the city to invite Huangfu Chaobo into the city. The city was completely under control, and all the soldiers in Hedong had been captured and imprisoned in several barracks in the city. All the treasuries in the city have been completely mastered. The only regret is that Jiang Pei vowed not to surrender, and finally died in the palace with hundreds of Pro guards.


    Dian Wei and a general of Gan Qin Wei were busy reorganizing the captured troops in Hedong, while Zhao Yun divided the Sizhou army into several units, led by Su Zhi, Wang Yong and himself respectively, to wipe out the cities under the rule of Hedong.


    Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong led a group of officials to count the harvest after conquering the city. As expected, Jiangshan had already run away. They not only took away more than 20000 of Jiang Pei''s most elite troops, but also the craftsmen and their families that Jiang Pei collected from the cities under his rule.There is also a large amount of money under Jiang Pei''s control. As for food and grass, it is too difficult to transport. Therefore, there are hundreds of thousands of stone grain left in the Treasury of Anyi City, which is enough to maintain Hedong''s needs for a year. This gives Huangfu Chaobo a long sigh of relief. Similarly, if it is necessary to mobilize food and grass from other places after taking Hedong, Huangfu Chaobo will also complain It''s too late.


    After careful inquiry, Huangfu Chaobo finally determined that Jiangshan and the three of them had already left Hedong a month ago and went to Shangjun of Bingzhou. Today, Wang Wei, the remaining king of Beipiao Town, has occupied Dingliang County, and the hegemony of Heluo alliance has captured Diaoyin, the upper County of Bingzhou.


    as for Jiangshan, the nephew of Hedong Prefecture governor Jiang Pei, he leads Jiang Jian and Jiang Jian, the former subordinates of Jiang Pei, to occupy Fushi and gaonu, the upper County of Bingzhou.


    Although Jiangshan did not have a famous general in history, after the previous battle of Hedong, they had gathered a lot of elite soldiers and horses, especially through Dong Zhuo''s way, they got a lot of horses and formed thousands of cavalry. So the three soon got a foothold in the upper county. This made Huangfu Chaobo very angry but helpless.


    Today''s Huangfu Chaobo has no intention to look outside, continuous war, Sizhou army has been exhausted, soldiers tired, food shortage, in urgent need of time to rest.

 Chapter 744

    Anyi city has been conquered by Sizhou army, but the follow-up events have tied Huangfu Chaobo firmly to Hedong. Throughout June, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong were leading people to pacify and stabilize the situation in Hedong county.


    Fortunately, Zhao Yun''s three major armies all reported success. Within a month, they successively captured the rest of the cities in Hedong county. Yang Feng, unwilling to be lonely, volunteered to ask Huangfu Chaobo for his orders and went to Puzi and Huzhao in the north to persuade Baibo thieves to surrender.


    At the end of June, Yang Feng finally did what he had asked him to do. He successfully persuaded Guo DA and Li Le, the remaining troops of the Baibo army, to surrender. They led more than 50000 bandits to Anyi to ask for surrender. Huangfu Chaobo was very generous and appointed them to the post of school captain. As for the troops, they left their elite behind, and the remaining troops were all placed in Hedong.


    At this point, Hedong county has finally been pacified.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had the time and energy to pay attention to the situation of the princes in the world.


    That is to say, in the middle of May this year, Liu Yu, a nomad in Youzhou, sent troops to fight against gongsunzan. In June, the two armies fought near Wuwei in youbeiping. As a result, Liu Youzhou''s 100000 troops were defeated by gongsunzan''s 20000 white horse Yicong, who was killed by white horse Yicong, and Liu Yu''s troops were defeated.


    Liu Yu led tens of thousands of disabled soldiers to flee in confusion, even lost Yuyang and Guangyang counties, directly retreated to Juyong Pass, trapped in Shanggu County, and even lost Zhuo County in the south to Gongsun Zan.


    For a moment, the whole world was shocked. Gongsun Zan was just like Yuan Shao. Although he got the five counties of Youzhou, he was full of names.


    While in the war between the two families, uncle Liu sat in Daijun and didn''t know who to help. As a result, it turned out to be thankless at both ends.


    Almost at the same time, stimulated by the night incense, the domineering royal family who had been preparing for several months ordered taishici to send troops from zhanchan and Suicheng. This time, he was not ready to make a small fight, because with the support of the 100000 people of the yellow scarf army, he had already produced nearly 20000 troops, including 5000 cavalry troops who had bought the horses from Huangfu Chaobo.


    With the support of these 20000 troops, this time he launched a direct attack on the Korean city of Lelang county. After nearly half a month, he occupied the largest city in Lelang county. Just like this, he finally attracted Gongsun Du, the governor of Liaodong.


    At the beginning of June, gongsundu took gongsunkang, his eldest son, as the general, and led 30000 troops into Lelang County, which was close to Suicheng, the domineering imperial family. The two armies fell into war again.


    There are also many places in the world of the Great Han Dynasty that are burning again. As the time gets closer and closer to the middle of the year, the drought situation is getting more and more serious everywhere. All the princes and lords have realized that this year''s grain production reduction has become a final conclusion, so the grain prices are rising all the way again.


    Fortunately, Sizhou has purchased a large amount of grain through various channels in the first half of the year. At least this year, if there is no war, there will be no problem with grain and there will be a slight surplus.


    However, the rest of the people are different. The same is true of Wudang''s amorous sword in Jingzhou. Although the amorous sword won a county seat and upgraded a big town to the city level by the Nanyang war of Huangfu Chaobo, the demand for money and food is increasing rapidly with the expansion of the territory.


    Jingxiang is originally a place for grain production, but both Wudang county and Wudu City, which is upgraded later, have more mountains than fields, which leads to the problem of grain.


    At this time, the ruthless sword, who is in charge of intelligence in the territory, rushed to the county government and reported a news to duoqingjian. It seems that Zhang Lujun of Shangyong in Hanzhong has a change. Not only Zhang Lujun, but also the barbarians in Shangyong seem to be preparing something.


    After getting the news, Yi Ji, the counselor of the sentimental sword, quickly came up with a plan. He asked Xiangyang for help in the case of the above mediocrity. By the way, he asked Liu Biao for the order to send troops to Hanzhong.


    As expected by Yi Ji, Liu Biao immediately sent someone to confirm the news of the change of the superior. After confirmation, he sent someone to send 100000 stone grain to Duoqing sword and the military order to prevent Zhang Lu''s army from marching eastward. At the same time, Liu Biao also said that Duoqing sword could consider counterattacking at an appropriate time if it could, but there was one thing: there were no troops in Xiangyang Line support.


    I''m so overjoyed to get the sentimental sword of Shangfang sword that I finally have a reason to send troops to Hanzhong. You know, when he went to Hanzhong in the west, the strategy Yi Ji set for him at the beginning, even if he could not control Hanzhong Basin, even if he was sitting in Fangling, Shangyong and Xicheng, he could make Duoqing sword one of the princes.


    In June, when Huangfu''s Chaobo army moved into Hedong again, Cao Cao''s army suddenly set out to attack Chen Liu''s Taishou Zhang Miao, in order to take back Yan County and Baima City, which were captured by Zhang Miao last year. Zhang Miao, who got the news, immediately asked Luoyang for help. After discussion, Xu Shu and Huang Zhong, who were left in Luoyang, decided to send Guo Daxian''s battalions to support him. Huang Zhong then led the 20000 troops of Huben''s battalions to support him.


    Unfortunately, by the time the army arrived, the two cities had already been captured by Cao Cao''s army, and Zhang Miao''s army had no support for two days. In desperation, Huang Zhong had to lead the army back to Sizhou.


    In early July 194, Huangfu Chaobo pacified Hedong County, and the army returned to Luoyang. As for the arrangement of officials and soldiers in Hedong, Huangfu Chaobo had to discuss with Luoyang people carefully before he could make a decision. Now Hedong is basically under military control.On July 26, MI Huan gave birth to a son for Huangfu Chaobo, the eldest son of Huangfu Chaobo. After discussing with three old men, Zhu Jun and Lu Zhi, Huangfu song named him Huangfu Zhao.


    According to a few old men, this is from the song of Chu, a great move, which reads: "thanks to your youth, you can only show yourself in the daytime.". It means that when spring comes, everything revives. Although it''s the end of summer now, I hope the chaos in the world will come to an end as soon as possible and return to the meaning of spring in the world as soon as possible. Moreover, the word "Zhao" originally has the meaning of "bright, remarkable, bright and beautiful".


    After listening to the explanations of Huangfu song''s old men, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. There were so many meanings in one word. It seems that the name of his son (Jia Jing''s son in reality) really needs to be carefully considered. You know, it''s almost two months since his son was born. Huangfu Chaobo has been calling him by the nickname "Maomao".


    At last, Sizhou was fully mastered, and Huangfu Chaobo''s eldest son was born, which made the civil and military officials, soldiers and common people in the territory very happy. For Sizhou, it was a double happiness indeed.


    On the 10th of August, Han Xue gave birth to a daughter for Huangfu Chaobo, who named her Huangfu Jue.

 Chapter 745

    Although the territory of Sizhou was peaceful, it was not peaceful, because years of war, especially last year''s great war, had damaged the strength and bones of Sizhou army, and it has not yet recovered. Therefore, although there was no war in Sizhou, the four counties had been reorganizing their troops, especially Hedong County, which had just been under control, and they were reorganizing their troops in all the cities.


    After discussing with his subordinates, Huangfu Chaobo made great adjustments to the officials and soldiers under the State Administration. First of all, in terms of fighting forces, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly added several battalions, namely Yingyang camp, hekong camp, Hengjiang camp and Nutao camp.


    Secondly, in terms of personnel arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo decided to appoint Lou GUI as the prefect of Hedong, Zhu Hao as the county magistrate, Huangfu Jianshou as the Duwei, and the county city as Anyi city. Huangfu Chaobo also leveled Lu general Tian Yu and set up Yingyang camp in Hedong. Tian Yu was the main general, Yang Feng was the deputy general, and his troops were cavalry of one school and three soldiers of one school.


    Meng Yi was appointed magistrate of Longhua County, and Zhao Yu was appointed County captain. They were in charge of Longhua and all the surrounding towns. Huang Xu, the general of Dangkou, was the main general, Zhang an was the deputy general, and for the time being, he was the cavalry and infantry.


    Zhu Fu was appointed as the county magistrate of Xi''an Yang, who actually managed all the affairs of Xi''an Yang.


    At the same time, the navy was expanded to 25000 people, including four departments of two schools of Hengjiang battalion, with general Zhou Qin personally leading the two schools. In addition, Zhou Yi, Zhou ran, Jiang Pei and Zhu Ping, the captains of Hengjiang battalion, each led a navy. Hengjiang battalion was mainly responsible for the water safety in the prefecture.


    The main general of Nu Tao camp is Jiang Qin, who leads the two schools'' water army and one department to take charge of the safety of the caravan between Luoyang and Shuanghe city and leting city. The camp is located in Shuanghe city of Beihai state, and the garrison is sun Lang, who leads a water army to Shuanghe city.


    After Lou GUI was transferred, the position of Luoyang''s County governor became vacant. Huangfu Chaobo appointed Mi Zhu as Luoyang''s County governor. Mi Zhu was Tao Qian''s other driver when he was in Xuzhou, so it was no problem to be a county governor.


    As for other aspects, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t think much for the time being. What he wants now is to practice hard and wait for the time to come. He doesn''t know when the time will come.


    Now another problem is that Huang Fu Song and Zhu Jun''s bodies can no longer adapt to the pressure of government affairs. Huang Fu Chao Bo thinks that he must find someone to replace them and let them all go to the Academy. By the way, he can also let a few veteran statesmen give advice and make up for Xu Shu and pangtong''s lack of experience.


    Only in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo, only Dong Zhao and Mi Zhu had enough talent and qualifications. Because of their short time, Huangfu Chaobo was not good enough to suddenly raise them to the position of prefect. As for other people, they were even less qualified.


    That is to say, the civil servants in Sizhou have failed to take over. When Huangfu Chaobo was distressed, he invited Pang Tong to ask about his elder brother and the elder Ma family. Since he met them in Jingzhou a few years ago, Huangfu Chaobo has always wanted to recruit them. It''s a pity that I didn''t see anyone when I sent people to Xiangyang several times.


    Two years ago, when they were traveling, they passed the changshe and then went to Luoyang. Unfortunately, Huangfu Chaobo was not able to see them, so they had to miss each other.


    This time, Pang Tong brought him good news. In a letter from Xiangyang last month, they said that they were traveling in Sichuan, and they should be able to return to Xiangyang before winter this year. Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked someone to send a shadow message to Xiangyang. Once they were found, they would send a message to Luoyang immediately.


    Originally prepared to recuperate this year, I didn''t expect that the sudden death of Dong Feifei disrupted his plan. Fortunately, now I''ve finally calmed Hedong. Now it''s the second half of the year. I hope to be able to spend half a year safely, so that Sizhou can really breathe.


    Originally, he thought that he would have a chance to enter the Julu replica again this year to see if he could get some more famous general cards back. However, what caught Huangfu Chaobo off guard was that less than two months later, the war suddenly happened again. This time, not in the west, but in the East.


    On October 2, Cao Cao, a herdsman in Yanzhou, suddenly attacked Chen Liu. Cao Ren, the governor of Jiyin, led the whole army to attack Jiyang County in a few days. The other army was led by Xia Houdun, the prefect of Puyang, who set out from Baima and went straight to Chenliu Changyuan.


    Zhang Miao, Chen Liu''s prefect, arranges his younger brother to defend Cao Ren''s army in donghun County, and arranges people to ask Luoyang for help.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s plan to recuperate was interrupted again. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo understood that war will never happen when you are ready.


    In general Anton''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo, who received Zhang Miao''s letter for help, immediately gathered people to discuss the matter. After urgent discussion, he decided to send Guo Daxian''s troops to Pingqiu to help the garrison defend the Xiahou Dun''s troops.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s order to Guo Daxian was that if Changyuan had not been lost, the army would enter Changyuan; if Changyuan had been lost, it would enter Pingqiu. Huang Zhong led the 20000 troops of Huben camp to Chenliu as soon as possible. When the army arrived in Chenliu, it would arrange troops according to the development of the war.


    Pang Tong and Xu Shu both felt very strange about Cao Cao''s sudden attack on Chen Liu. According to reason, Cao Cao only attacked Xuzhou last year, so there was no reason for Xuzhou to send troops to Chen Liu this year. So for Cao Cao''s attack on Chen Liu, both of them felt the strong taste of conspiracy, but they didn''t infer which aspect was the problem for a while.To everyone''s surprise, Guo Daxian''s 5000 troops were ambushed by Cao Chunhe''s 20000 troops in Pucheng, a place southwest of Changyuan. Among them, there were 10000 Qingzhou soldiers. Guo Daxian''s troops were destroyed, and Guo Daxian was killed on the spot.


    The news that Guo Daxian was defeated by the whole army made the general of Sizhou very sad and indignant, especially the generals of Zhou Cang and Yang Feng. You know, Guo Daxian is the highest ranking general who was killed by Huangfu Chaobo.


    At present, Sizhou army is also divided into several factions, the largest of which is Huangfu Chaobo family and some of the generals who followed him at the beginning. The generals represented by Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun, Huangfu family, Zhu family and Mi family are known as Yuan subordinates.


    Another part is the yellow scarf system headed by Zhou Cang, Yang Feng and Guan Hai.


    Last but not least, some of the generals who came back to join Huangfu Chaobo successively, including Huaxiong and Meng family, Wang family and Su family. Because they all came from Guanzhong, they are called Guanzhong.


    Of course, such Pro guards as Dian Wei did not fall into any category at all.

 Chapter 746

    This time Guo Daxian was killed, which aroused a strong reaction from Zhou Cang and Yang Feng. Several people wrote to Huangfu Chaobo asking him to lead his troops to Cao''s army to avenge Guo Daxian.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo did not allow others to fight. Not only Pang Tong but also Huangfu Chaobo saw the taste of conspiracy from Cao Cao''s actions.


    After Huang Zhong led the army to Chen Liu, he sent a group of soldiers from Huben camp to donghun to help Zhang Chao defend the city. However, he himself led the army to Pingqiu to help defend XiahouDun.


    On the 8th, news suddenly came from Hebei that Yuan Shaojun had a change. A year later, Yuan Shao returned to the army. Yan Liang, Wen Chou, and Gao Gan''s army all rushed to Han Fu''s army. It seemed that Jizhou would be under control in the first World War. Han Fu immediately sent for help.


    Fortunately, the defense line that Huangfu Chaobo and others negotiated for Han Fu last year was approved by Han Fu and Zhang Ying. Zhang Ying led several generals to defend the six cities. Now they are still able to block yuan Shaojun''s attack, just because Zhang Ying is the only one in the war, and the others are still barely strong in defense, let alone repelling yuan Shaojun''s attack.


    So after getting Zhang Ying''s report, Han Fu immediately sent people to Luoyang for help.


    After receiving Han Fu''s call for help, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly fell into a coma. Cao Cao hasn''t finished it yet. Yuan Shao jumps out again. After discussion, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Huaxiong, the commander of baotao battalion, to lead two deputy generals Li le and Mu Shun and 20000 soldiers to Jizhou to support after the war, leaving a school soldier to be handed over to Wu Anguo, the commander of Hanoi to defend Hanoi.


    In the face of more and more complicated and severe situation, Huangfu Chaobo and a group of counsellors found it very difficult, because so far, the purpose of Cao Cao''s sending troops has not been revealed.


    In desperation, the three had to come to Luoyang academy together to consult the three veteran generals of Huangfu song.


    After seeing the information collected by shadow, the three veteran generals were silent for a long time. They all saw that Cao Cao was wrong in provoking Chen Liu''s battle. Even if he pulled Yuan Shao into the water, it gave people the feeling that the two families united, dispersed the troops of the prefecture, and then occupied the territory of their own state.


    For a long time, Huangfu song suddenly asked, "where is Cao Cao? And where are the other generals under his command? "


    Shi ah immediately went forward and replied: "three days ago, Cao Cao once appeared in the army of Xia Houdun, and his flag has always been in his army. As for the other chief generals of Cao army, Xia Houyuan was in Jibei five days ago, Cao Ren was in Rencheng three days ago, and Cao Hong has been in Qiaojun in recent days. The rest of the generals, because of their limited manpower, only focused on the generals of the Cao family according to the Lord''s orders. "


    "What about Cao Chun''s Qingzhou soldiers?" Lu Zhi suddenly interjected and asked;


    "after Cao Chun''s Qingzhou soldiers ambushed General Guo''s army, they had been in the army of Xia Houdun and didn''t fight again."


    For a long time, the three people suddenly fell their eyes to one place, and then said in a different voice: "strike the West with the East!"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the place where the three veterans were looking. It turned out that it was Xuzhou, and they suddenly realized.


    It turned out that Cao Cao''s purpose was still here. Huang Fu was so surprised that he immediately asked Shi a to give an order to Meng Yi of Shuanghe city. He asked him to send someone to warn Wu laixiang of Langya and Tao Qian of Xuzhou, and at the same time he quickly led 5000 soldiers to Xuzhou again to rescue Tao Qian.


    There is no mistake. Cao Cao''s aim is still Xuzhou. On the one hand, he made such a big stir in order to disperse the troops of Sizhou, and on the other hand, he tried to confuse Tao Qian.


    This is Sima Yi''s first strategy after he became an official of Cao Cao. Sima Yi put forward the great strategy, and then Cheng Yu, a fox and a good man Xun Yu, improved it, and finally decided to implement it.


    A few months ago, after leaving Hanoi, Sima Yi came under the rule of Yuan Shao and Cao Cao, because both of them are one of the most powerful princes in the Han Dynasty. Moreover, there is a gap between the two families and Sizhou Mu Huangfu Chaobo, so they are bound to face each other in the future. However, after much comparison, he decided to take refuge in Cao Cao.


    After a few months under the command of Cao Cao, Sima Yi stood out because of her outstanding talents, and soon won the recognition of Cao Cao. As early as this year, when Huangfu Chaobo went to Hedong for the second time, Sima Yi began to plan this plan.


    In fact, Cao Cao''s life is not easy, the territory is not small, but the money and food is also hard to find. For example, Huangfu Chaobo has several allies to buy, but Cao Cao seems to have few close friends. Kongzhou, Xuzhou taoqian and Chen liuzhang Miao are all enemies. Only Yuan Shao in Hebei has a close relationship with them. However, Yuan Shao has not occupied the whole of Jizhou, and his life is not so good.


    In addition, although Cao Cao has such a large territory and a lot of troops, Yanzhou is surrounded by enemies and there are many places to defend. Therefore, Cao Cao''s troops are really limited.


    Therefore, as soon as Sima Yi''s strategy came out, it was immediately affirmed by Cao Cao, because Cao Cao needed the least troops for his strategy, which was really a big temptation for Cao Cao, who also had little food.


    After that, his strategy was approved by Cao Cao and perfected with other military strategists, Cao Cao began to implement it.


    The main strategy is to unite Yuan Shao to send troops to the two allies of Szechuan. As for whether the two allies can win their respective territory, they will have their own destiny. Of course, Cao Cao promised to send troops first.In fact, Sima Yi''s ultimate goal is Xuzhou. When everyone put their purpose into the war between Yanzhou and Jizhou, Cao Cao quietly gathered tens of thousands of elite troops and quickly sneaked into the East China Sea to take Tancheng and control Xuzhou.


    After much deliberation, several people decided to send troops to attack Cao Cao, so as to relieve the pressure on Xuzhou. However, the place where the troops are to be sent to attack needs careful deliberation.


    After much consideration, Pang Tong finally set his goal at Puyang. To attack Puyang, he had to attack Baima port first.


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo decided to lead 10000 guards and 10000 Luoyang guards to attack Baima with the help of Zhou Tai''s water army.


    Of course, in addition to these troops, Huang Zhong''s Huben camp also needs to send two schools to attack together, strive to attack Baima in the shortest time, and then quickly mobilize troops to encircle Puyang.


    When Huang Zhong got the news, he arranged a group of soldiers from Huben battalion of a school to help Zhang miaojun defend Pingqiu. However, he led Huben cavalry and the other two schools to leave Pingqiu quietly and rode a detour to Baima county.


    At the same time, Zhao Yun''s Longxiang camp left a school to assist Huang Wudi to guard Luoyang, and other schools moved to hulaoguan. Since a war can not be avoided, Huangfu Chaobo''s idea is to prepare for a war.

 Chapter 747

    In Jizhou, however, people mean to be defensive. There''s nothing else. Yuan Shao''s fighting power is better than Cao Cao''s today. Even if the Sizhou army''s firepower is fully opened, Yuan Shao may not be able to win many benefits. Therefore, we have to sacrifice Han Fu.


    Han Fujun tries his best to keep the existing territory. In case something happens, he retreats to Wei county. Only by preserving Han Fu, the richest County, can Han Fujun stay under Yuan Shao for a longer time.


    On October 10, ten thousand water troops of Zhou Tai Department of Sizhou army escorted ten thousand garrison of Luoyang and arrived outside Baima port. At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo and his 10000 Pro Guard troops also arrived on horseback. At the same time, they arrived together with the 15000 troops of Huangzhong Huben camp.


    In Baima port, a school captain of Cao Cao''s army was in charge of defense, leading 3000 troops stationed at the port. For Cao Cao Jun, there was no real water army, so there were not many ships in the port, let alone in the water stronghold.


    One thousand of the three thousand Cao troops were stationed in Shuizhai, and the other two thousand were stationed in the harbor and camp.


    Facing the water stronghold defended by a thousand soldiers, Zhou Tai didn''t make much preparation, so he directly pressed the whole army. About 200 warships immediately shot arrows all over the sky. After several rounds of arrows, the garrison of the water stronghold was dead and wounded.


    With Zhou Tai''s order, several Zou Ge boats rushed to the gate of the water stronghold, then jumped down dozens of water soldiers, quickly climbed up the wall of the water stronghold, opened the water gate, and the baimagang water stronghold was officially occupied by the Sizhou water army.


    Then a large number of ships entered the water village, and thousands of water troops landed to wipe out Cao Cao''s remnant enemy in the water village. At this time, it was less than half an hour before the water army began to attack the water stronghold.


    At this time, Cao Cao''s army in the harbor camp on the shore was also attacked by Sizhou''s army. After Huang Zhong''s army arrived, he also sent troops to attack the harbor camp after the battle in Shuizhai began.


    Only Cao Cao''s ordinary soldiers defended the port camp. Under the cover of the crossbow soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro guard camp, 5000 soldiers of Huben camp attacked Cao Cao''s camp.


    However, half an hour later, baimagang camp was captured by Huben camp. At this time, several miles to the south of Baima City, thousands of troops were sent out of the city to reinforce the port.


    When the port was first attacked by the water army, the 20000 State Army on the land did not appear. After the soldiers in the port asked for help, Huben camp began to attack the port camp. Therefore, the guards in Baima city did not know that there were tens of thousands of State Army between themselves and Baima port.


    As a result, the three thousand Cao Cao troops sent to the city were tragic.


    Less than five miles out of the city, three thousand soldiers were suddenly surrounded by ten thousand cavalry regiments. After struggling to break through the siege and killing and injuring more than a thousand people, the remaining soldiers had to lay down their arms and throw them away.


    Then, after joining 5000 garrison troops, 30000 troops began to attack Baima county. At this time, there were only 2000 soldiers and horses in the county.


    Looking at the tens of thousands of Sizhou troops under the city, the general of Baima city was dead hearted, especially the three thousand prisoners who filled the moat. A few hours ago, they were still chatting and joking with themselves. Now if they want to survive, they have to kill them, which makes the two thousand soldiers in the city feel sad.


    In fact, there are not many defenders in Baima city and Baima port. There are 5000 soldiers in the city and 3000 soldiers in the port, a total of 8000 soldiers. Now if the defense is effective, the two places can support each other, and they can wait until Puyang sends troops to support them.


    Unfortunately, they underestimated Huangfu''s State Army. The first is the water army. Because there are no special water army generals, they don''t know much about the water army and the water stronghold. In their opinion, the defense of the water stronghold is very good, but it is simply vulnerable to professionals like Zhou Tai.


    What''s more, they didn''t expect that the 20000 troops of Huangfu Chaobo Pro guard camp and Huben camp would ride directly to the hinterland of Dongjun. In addition, Cao Cao''s army had not many cavalry, and the battlefield information was completely shielded by the state. Therefore, in the case of completely unequal intelligence, there are only two thousand soldiers left before eight thousand soldiers have made any progress.


    The remaining six thousand soldiers, nearly three thousand dead and wounded, were all captured by the Sizhou army.


    Now that he has more than 3000 prisoners, Huang Zhong will surely use them as cannon fodder to attack the city. In fact, they were used as cannon fodder, but Huang Zhong still ordered the shield soldiers and bowmen to cover the prisoners.


    With the order of the Chinese army, 3000 prisoners under the city began to rush to the moat under the city wall. They had been promised that they would only need to fill the moat three times to get the three Guan copper coins. Of course, this must be calculated by putting the earth bags into the moat. If anyone dares to cheat or cheat, or if he is afraid of the former, he will be killed on the spot.


    The promised prisoners, escorted by the shield hand, ran desperately towards the moat. While running, there were many soldiers shouting to the zepao which was once at the head of the city.


    One after another, the shouts rang out under the city. After the shouts were heard by the city guards, the counterattack under the city was even weaker by two points. There are also winners. Some of the captives directly persuade the garrison at the head of the city to surrender. People with clear eyes can see that there is basically no chance of winning when two thousand garrisons face 30000 elite troops.


    This made the morale of the city even lower, and soon dozens of siege channels were filled out of the moat outside the city.Although Baima city is only a middle County, its wall is more than three feet high. It is a strong city in the East County. You know, in the war of Guandu in history, Liu saliva, the governor of the East County, defended Baima with two or three thousand people and resisted Yan Liang''s 20000 troops for several months.


    Only now, there are only 2000 demoralized taxi soldiers in Baima City, but they have to face the attack of the 30000 elite troops of Huangfu Chaobo. In addition, the captured taxi soldiers kept helping to lower their morale.


    After the moat was filled, Huang Zhong did not arrange for the soldiers to rest. Instead, he immediately organized a large army to attack the city. Because this time there were soldiers and horses transported by the water army, all kinds of siege equipment came with the ship, and there was no need to make them temporarily.


    As soon as the City Army received the battle, it attacked the city wall in the first round of attack. At this time, the soldiers had no intention of fighting and could not resist the attack of Sizhou army. Although the general was determined to resist, he found that he could not return to heaven.


    So he decisively led his 100 bodyguards to break through from the east gate. After fighting to the death, he finally broke out of the siege of Sizhou cavalry and ran towards Puyang City, the county city in the East. At this time, there were only five bodyguards left beside him, and they were all covered with scars.


    Huyan, who was in charge of interception, was annoyed to see that someone finally broke out. He asked Huangfu Chaobo to lead the pursuit, but Huangfu Chaobo stopped him.


    It''s lucky to be able to capture both Baima harbor and Baima city in one day, and lose less than 1000 people.

 Chapter 748

    Now that someone has escaped, Puyang will be ready. According to the information from the shadow, Puyang is the residence of Xia Houdun, the governor of the East County. Generally, there are about 20000 troops stationed in Puyang.


    This time, he has led the army, but there should be at least ten thousand soldiers left behind, and his army is only forty thousand now. Therefore, it is too risky to attack the city with ten thousand soldiers. Instead of doing so, it is better to transfer the army to make plans.


    After discussing with Pang Tong and Huang Zhong, they decided to take a two-day rest in Baima and attack Puyang after Chen Liu''s reinforcements arrived.


    According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, after the departure of the army, there will be another 20000 follow-up soldiers and horses to join. At the same time, Chen Liu''s Taishou Zhang Miao will also send a team of soldiers and horses to join him. Probably the troops should also be 20000. By this time, the army should have almost reached Pingqiu.


    After arranging for the troops to enter the city, Huangfu Chaobo began to arrange. The Sizhou army in the first World War of Baima city had almost no war damage, but it increased nearly 2000 prisoners for the army. With the first 3000 prisoners, now the number of prisoners of Sizhou army has reached 5000, which must be used well.


    Two thousand of them will be transferred back to Baima port to strengthen the defense of the port, and the remaining three thousand will be used to dredge the moat of Baima city and strengthen the city. Now that they have occupied the port and the county, Huangfu Chaobo is not ready to let them out. The Sizhou army is fully capable of guarding the port city near the river.


    Five thousand cavalry of huyandu were sent out to be used as marquis. The area around Baima, from Puyang in the East, Yan County in the west, and Changyuan in the south, was within his exploration scope. Huang Zhong''s Huben cavalry was sent back to meet the 40000 troops.


    As early as yesterday morning, he had received the news that Huang Zhong''s army had left Pingqiu. Soon afterwards, news came from Yan county that tens of thousands of cavalry had passed through Yan County and headed east.


    XiahouDun immediately realized that Huangfu Chaobo was going to attack Baima, so he immediately ordered the army to withdraw to Changyuan. Sure enough, in the evening of that day, Chihou came back with news that there had been no news from Baima for a day.


    XiahouDun, who had been in war for a long time, knew that the white horse had been captured by Sizhou army nine times out of ten. Even if it had not been captured, it was estimated that it would not last long. What he worried about was Puyang, the county city. Now there are only 10000 soldiers in Puyang, and other elite soldiers have been brought to attack Chen Liu.


    In consideration of this, Xia Houdun immediately summoned the generals to discuss the matter. After discussion, Xia Houdun decided to lead the troops back to defend Puyang, leaving ten thousand soldiers to lejin to guard Changyuan and contain Chen Liujun. Xia Houdun led 5000 Qingzhou soldiers and Cao Charlie''s 5000 tiger guards back to Puyang as soon as possible.


    As Xia Houdun had expected, when he arrived at Lihu with ten thousand troops, he received an urgent report from Puyang. Baima city had been lost. Puyang garrison general asked him to rush back to take charge of military affairs as soon as possible.


    War is on the verge of breaking out. For this war, many people are waiting to see, not only all the princes, almost all the players are watching, the first player''s strength has reached what degree, and the first collision with Cao Cao, the first overlord of the Three Kingdoms, although it is still in the growth period.


    As for the previous Luoyang defense battles, everyone knows that defending the city is much easier than attacking the city, and the two times of sending troops to Hedong, who is Jiang Pei? Few players have heard of it, so no one cares.


    Three days later, that is, on October 13, 80000 troops under Puyang were ready, while on the city wall, XiahouDun''s troops were all ready.


    "General, it has been confirmed that Xia Houdun had led 10000 troops back to Puyang last night. That is to say, there are 20000 Cao Cao troops in Puyang today." Shi a goes forward to Huangfu Chaobo;


    at this time, Huangfu Chaobo is leading the generals to inspect the situation of the city one mile away from the city. Puyang is the governor of Dongjun County, and Yanzhou has several big cities. Puyang, as the name suggests, is located in the city of pushui. Puyang City is about four feet high. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo used a lot of siege equipment brought by the water army from Luoyang, and during the rest of the army, he arranged a number of craftsmen to make them.


    Today, under Puyang City, Huangfu Chaobo has gathered 80000 troops, including 10000 of his own guards, 150000 of Huang Zhong''s Huben camp, 30000 of Henan Prefecture guards, 20000 of Zhang Miao''s soldiers, and about 10000 of captured folk craftsmen.


    As for Baima harbor and Baima City, they were all defended by Zhou Tai''s navy.


    After careful observation in Puyang City, Huangfu Chaobo handed over the command of the army to Huang Zhong.


    After some discussion, Huang Zhong divided the army into three groups, with 10000 garrison soldiers staying in the camp. Huang Zhong led 10000 HUBEN Battalion soldiers and 15000 garrison soldiers to attack the west gate of Puyang City, and 20000 Chenliu troops to attack the north gate of Puyang City. The leader was Dong Xiang, Dong Zhao''s younger brother. Wang Ran, deputy general of Huben battalion, led 5000 HUBEN Battalion soldiers and 15000 garrison soldiers to attack from the east gate of Puyang City.


    As for the South Gate of Puyang, because the south gate is less than two miles away from pushui, it is impossible to send a large army to attack the city, so it is simply reserved for the Puyang army as a way out. You know, Huang Zhong has 5000 Huben cavalry and 5000 Tui cavalry.


    With the order of the Chinese army, the three armies set out to attack the city.Of course, before the siege, the first thing was to fill the river. Huang Zhong divided the five thousand prisoners into three groups, two thousand in the west gate, one thousand in the east gate and one thousand five hundred in the north gate.


    Huangfu Chaobo had already explained to them that as long as they performed well in the Puyang war, Huangfu Chaobo would cancel their captivity status and promise to include them in the Sizhou army. Of course, there must be no good end for those who cheat and cheat.


    At the beginning of the operation was Huang Zhongbu outside the west gate. Under the cover of nearly a hundred Jinglan cars and catapults, thousands of shield soldiers escorted the prisoners, carrying bags that had already been loaded with earth, and came towards the moat.


    Puyang City is close to pushui, so in addition to using pushui directly as the moat in the south, the other three sides are excavated, and then directly introduce live water from pushui. Therefore, the flow of the moat is much faster than that of Baima City, and the difficulty of river reclamation is much greater.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo invested more troops and other siege equipment than when he attacked Baima city.


    When Huang Zhongbu began to fill the river, the two divisions of the north gate and the east gate were also rapidly moving towards their goals. At this time, the pro guard camp of Huangfu Chaobo and the cavalry of huyandu had spread to more than ten miles around Puyang City, providing a guard for the army to attack the city.

 Chapter 749

    Huang Zhongbu''s Huben cavalry guards thousands of civilians. Their task is to build camps for the two armies in the north gate and the east gate. After today''s attack, the two armies do not need to return to the camp to rest, but just stay outside the city.


    The war of the first day passed in the process of preparing to siege the city. At the end of the day, dozens of siege channels have been filled in the moats outside the three walls.


    At this time, Meng Yi from Shuanghe city also came back the news of Xuzhou: Cao Cao''s army captured Tancheng, and the unprepared Xuzhou army was defeated by Cao Cao''s army after only two days.


    Tao Qian was also injured by liuya when he was guarding the city. Finally, under the protection of general Cao Bao and Danyang soldiers, Tao Qian and Xuzhou civil and military officials were able to escape from Tan county. Among the 50000 guards of Tancheng, there were 10000 Cao Bao soldiers and 10000 Danyang soldiers. The rest of the troops were either captured or killed. Of course, some of the soldiers fled.


    The Xuzhou officials who escaped from the South Gate of Tan county, escorted by the army, retreated to xiapi state in a hurry. As soon as he entered xiapi City, Tao Qian only had time to give a few orders to strictly guard the city, and then he was unconscious.


    It''s true that the state can''t be without a monarch for a day. But, people in Xuzhou had to support Tao Qian''s eldest son, Tao, to be a temporary state shepherd. After discussing with the public, Mr. Tao ordered the soldiers of xiapi and Guangling to close the city and not go out to fight. On the other hand, he asked the surrounding princes for help again. As for Langya county and Langya state in the north, he had no time to take care of them.


    At this time, yelaixiang, the Langya prefect, had already led his troops to Jiqiu County of Langya state, but he got the news that Tancheng had been lost and that the life and death of Zhou Mu was unknown.


    At the suggestion of military strategist Xi Zhicai, yelaixiang''s army moved into Jiqiu, and then sent Chihou to Tan county to inquire about the news. While waiting for the news from Tancheng, yelaixiang began to control Langya.


    Today''s Langya country is full of people''s panic. Most of Xuzhou''s warlike soldiers are in Tan county. Now Tan county has been captured, and the state herdsmen don''t know whether they are alive or dead. If Cao Cao moves his troops northward, Langya basically has no fighting power. At this time, yelaixiang leads the army to help, which makes the whole Langya country feel at ease.


    In addition, in recent years, it has won a great reputation in Xuzhou, and its army is strong. It is in this case that the process of making it control Langya is very smooth.


    A day later, Chihou finally brought back the news of Tan county. Tan county had been lost. Tao Qian, the state herdsman, was seriously injured and retreated to xiapi. Langya''s contact with the state herdsman''s government was completely interrupted. Cao Cao''s army might go north to attack Langya at any time.


    Chihou''s return not only brought back the news of Tao Qian, but also brought back thousands of Xuzhou rout soldiers and several officials. Among them, two were Xu Xi and Mao Hui, who were subordinates of Liu Dai, a herdsman in Yanzhou. Yelaixiang was overjoyed and immediately came forward to receive them personally, and then made a speech to solicit them.


    They came to Xuzhou after Liu Dai''s death. Although they worked in Tao Qian''s Prefecture, they could not be reused. This time, after breaking through the encirclement, they did not go south with the army. After several difficulties, seeing that the army under the command of the incense was strong, they agreed to the invitation of the incense very soon.


    At the suggestion of Xi Zhicai, yelaixiang decided to recommend Xu Xi as the Prime Minister of Langya and Mao Hui as the prefect of Langya county. In this way, the night incense finally let himself out of the heavy government affairs, concentrate on rectifying the armaments of the two counties with xizhicai and Yuexi.


    What makes yelaixiang even more happy is that he found a famous general among the soldiers of Langya state. In the future, there will be a young Xu Sheng, the "tiger Minister of Jiangbiao".


    With the participation of these people, the Nightingale finally has enough officials and generals to support the two counties.


    Although Cao Cao was very happy to capture Tan county, he had a feeling that he had not done his best. The main reason is that although he conquered Tan county, Tao Qian successfully broke through the encirclement and retreated to xiapi under the protection of 20000 Xuzhou elite guards, and Langya state in the north of Donghai state was also well prepared by the 20000 troops of the Langya prefect yelaixiang.


    In this way, although the two prefectures of Xuzhou were achieved, they failed to achieve all their goals. Tao Qian is still alive, and the rest of Xuzhou''s three counties seem to have to give up for the time being. Moreover, the Sizhou army would attack Yanzhou at any time, so Cao Cao had no time to stay in Xuzhou.


    On October 12, Cao Cao, a general of Fenwei in Yanzhou, appointed Cao Ren, his younger brother, as the governor of Donghai, and LV Qian as the Prime Minister of Pengcheng. Each of them led a school of elite Qingzhou soldiers to guard the two counties, while Cao Cao led the army back to Yanzhou as soon as possible to prepare for the possible attack of Sizhou army.


    In fact, Cao Cao had no choice but to leave the Qingzhou army to LV Qian, because LV Qian''s command of the Qingzhou army could not give full play to the maximum combat power of the Qingzhou army. However, he had only Qingzhou soldiers in Xuzhou. In order to let LV Qian control Pengcheng smoothly, he had to do so. When the time came, he would send a large army to replace Qingzhou soldiers.


    What Cao Cao didn''t expect was that when he was ready to lead the troops back, the Sizhou army of Huangfu Chaobo had begun to attack Puyang City.


    At this time, in Puyang City, XiahouDun had only one school of elite soldiers, one school of Qingzhou soldiers and two schools of ordinary soldiers, totaling 20000 troops.


    On the 14th, the fierce ant siege war finally started between the armies of Siyan and Changzhou.


    In yesterday''s war, the equipment of the Sizhou army attacked the Puyang City Wall continuously, causing great losses to the city wall. Fortunately, Xia Houdun responded quickly and quickly adjusted the layout of the city head, which made the loss of the garrison very small.Today is different. With the war drums and bugles of the Chinese Army attacking the city, the soldiers began to attack the city wall.


    Under the command of thousands of soldiers and generals, they divided into dozens of siege teams and ran towards the city wall with attack ladders and other equipment. Behind them, the siege equipment of Sizhou army attacked the city once again.


    As a result, Puyang City once again shrouded in the flames of war. Arrows and catapults fly in the air, and then pounce on their respective enemies. From time to time, there are spatters of blood and mist, as well as the screams and shouts of soldiers.


    Standing on the top of the city, XiahouDun looked coldly at the sergeant soldiers who were shouting to attack under the city. Beside him, all the other generals in Puyang City, except the other three generals, stood beside him.


    Cao Charlie said: "general Xiahou, have you heard from the main army?"


    Instead of following Cao Cao''s army to Xuzhou, Cao Charlie''s tiger guards were arranged under Xia Houdun to attack Chen Liu and defend against the attack of Sizhou''s army.


    After returning to Puyang, the tiger guards were arranged to the east wall. Xu Chu and Xu Ding were responsible for the defense of the east wall. The north wall was handed over to Puyang deputy, while Xia Houdun was personally responsible for the west wall.

 Chapter 750

    Although Cao Charlie''s status in Cao camp is not as good as Cao Ren brothers and Xiahou brothers, he belongs to the family of generals, slightly higher than Li dianlejin and other generals.


    In addition, Xu Chu''s tiger guards were powerful, so they were highly expected by Cao Cao. Moreover, Cao Charlie himself was not poor in ability, otherwise Xu Chu would not have been able to join him.


    After handing over the battle in the east gate to the brothers of the Xu family, Cao Charlie led 200 bodyguards to the west gate to participate in the discussion.


    XiahouDun looked at the generals nearby and saw that they were all a little far away, so he said in a low voice: "there is no news yet. A certain Guansi state army is really different. "


    Cao Charlie said: "yes, there have been many wars in Sizhou of Huangfu Chaobo for several years, so the combat power of Sizhou army is also very important. As far as I know, the Sizhou army is divided into combat troops and garrison troops. The combat power of combat troops is far stronger than that of garrison troops. Depending on the situation, the army that is dispatched all day should be garrison troops, and the elite of the central army should be their combat troops. "


    As a player, Cao Charlie must know more about Sizhou army than Xia Houdun''s NPCs. In addition, he belongs to Cao camp''s senior generals, so he also knows a lot of information about Cao Cao''s army.


    After hearing what he said, Xia Houdun nodded and said, "I can see that. Moreover, his guards seem to be better than our soldiers. It seems that the battle in Puyang is not as simple as we began to imagine."


    Charlie Cao also nodded, and then said: "fortunately, our army is guarding the city, and there are two special arms as the backing. We are not afraid of Huangfu Chaobo''s army. Besides, the Lord''s army should return soon. If we want to come to Huangfu Chaobo, we will be able to guard Baima at most."


    "I just don''t know what the result of my Lord''s battle in Xuzhou will be. If we can take all of Xuzhou, the situation of our army will be completely different."


    Xia Houdun raised his head to the sky and said with a long smile, "Huangfu Chaobo thinks that with these tens of thousands of miscellaneous soldiers, he can capture the strong city that I defend heavily. It''s too much to look down upon my Yanzhou sergeant."


    "Ha ha ha When he looked at XiahouDun in a daze, he found that the hair side was winking at him, and he looked around again. He found that although the generals around didn''t say anything, they all raised their ears to listen to them.


    He responded immediately and said, "what the general said is true. Let''s weigh up this Pingdong general who once broke the three routes of princes'' company. Oh, wrong. It should be Anton''s weight! It''s time for the world to see the bravery of my Sergeant Cao! "


    The words of the two generals made the people nearby feel very calm. Yes, although the other side is famous, Cao Jun is not a vegetarian either. It depends on the battle of a million yellow scarves. Besides his own master, who else can do it.


    Huangfu Chaobo also calmed down hundreds of thousands of yellow scarves in Qingzhou, but only those who fled from Yanzhou''s million yellow scarves were scattered. The elite yellow scarves had already been defeated by Yanzhou''s soldiers.


    With this in mind, everyone was in high spirits. For a moment, the morale of the city also rose a lot.


    "Catapults!"


    As they were talking, the taxi driver who was in charge of the observation suddenly cried out on the tower.


    Then, stone bombs roared from all over the sky, hitting heavily on the wall, making a deafening sound. From time to time, stones were smashed down on and around the city wall, and puffs of smoke and dust rose. The officers and men at the head of the city who were watching the enemy''s situation were scattered and dodged as early as the warning came out.


    However, there are still some people who can''t escape and are killed and injured. For a moment, the cry, the pain, the cry for help, all around the city.


    "Don''t make a mess. Except for the observation post, the rest of the soldiers go down to the city and hide in the cave of Tibetan soldiers. The catapult is ready to fight back!" "Don''t worry, general!" cried XiahouDun


    Then, a huge force threw him to the ground. Before he could react, he heard a huge roar around him. Then he only heard a sound of "Hua la la", and countless stones splashed on him. Fortunately, he is now under the protection of several personal guards, and the stones have little effect on him.


    "General..."


    "Come on, come on, get the general out of here..."


    There was even more commotion at the head of the city, and immediately after that, XiahouDun was turned out of the pile of broken wood in the tower. When they saw that XiahouDun was safe and sound, they settled down.


    XiahouDun was the relative general of his master. If something happened here, everyone present would not be able to escape.


    Seeing the disordered appearance of the generals, XiahouDun burst into a rage and said in a fierce voice, "what''s the matter? The generals are not dead yet!"


    Just then, the taxi guard of the observation post yelled, "the enemy is approaching 200 steps!"


    After hearing his words, XiahouDun''s face was straightened, and he snapped: "the generals return! Order the soldiers to prepare to ascend the city, the Bowman to prepare, 80 step coverage shooting! The swordsmen and spearmen are ready to wait for the enemy equipment to approach the city. You should be ready for the hot oil and the golden juice under the city. "


    "No"With the sound of his command coming out, the soldiers at the head of the city all settled down and were nervously preparing for the battle.


    "One hundred and fifty steps!"


    "Soldiers come to the city!"


    "The general has orders, the soldiers will go to the city!"


    Then, the city to avoid the stone throwing team of soldiers, a team of soldiers ran out of the cave, rushed to the head of the city, toward their pre arranged position ran past. At this time, the catapult outside the city is still raging. From time to time, dozens of Jin of stones fell from the sky, hitting the city or inside and outside the city wall, stirring up large areas of dust and gravel.


    "A hundred steps!"


    Seeing the siege soldiers begin to enter the hundred step range, the stone throwing vehicle of Sizhou army begins to stop the stone throwing attack slowly. Seeing this, the city guard immediately ordered: "prepare for the catapult, go to 300 steps, enemy catapult position, launch!"


    With the city''s command spread, dozens of huge stones flew up to the city and flew to the position of Sizhou army''s catapult. Among the catapults of the prefectural army in the lower city, two catapults were soon hit by stones and smashed into a pile of broken wood. The nearby taxi drivers were hit by flying sawdust and stones. The scream and cry for help suddenly rang out.


    Seeing this, the general in charge of the equipment saw that the catapults in the city were behind the city wall. He immediately ordered all the catapults to move forward ten steps and fired two rounds at the city.


    After a round of volley, although the stone throwing vehicles of Sizhou army lost more than ten, the positions of stone throwing vehicles in the city were also smashed into a mess. At this time, the stone throwing vehicles of Sizhou army had to withdraw from the siege area. Because the soldiers of the main siege city had entered the distance of 80 steps, the stone throwing vehicles would not throw stones to the soldiers.

 Chapter 751

    At this time, the city has sounded the order of archers to launch. Nearly a thousand archers, bending their bows and taking arrows, launched several rounds of volleys towards the next 80 steps of the city.


    Hearing the sound of the city, the generals who were in charge of leading the siege all cried out: "pay attention to the arrows of the city!"


    For a moment, the sword and shield soldiers raised their shields one after another to cover themselves and the body of Ze Pao around them with shields.


    "Bang bang"


    Like a blast and a shower, the arrows came down from the sky. They seemed to go through all kinds of places. In an instant, they covered the attacking taxis in the sky.


    One after another, hundreds of soldiers were injured by the arrows at the head of the city. Seeing this, Huang Zhong of the Chinese Army immediately ordered the Chinese army to beat the drum and order the soldiers to speed up their advance.


    For the army of ants attacking the city, these casualties are inevitable for the soldiers. The only thing we can do is to capture the city as soon as possible, otherwise, the longer the time, the greater the casualties of the army.


    "Fast, fast, speed up, advance, attack Puyang..."


    "Kill..."


    With the roar of the soldiers, the siege soldiers quickened their pace, ran along the filled siege channel towards the wall, and the army quickly approached the wall.


    At this time, the following Jinglan car also began to shoot arrows at the head of the city to cover the attack of the soldiers. With the protection of the archers above Jinglan, the soldiers at the head of the city could not shoot arrows at the bottom of the city without fear.


    Following the siege soldiers are several large siege vehicles. Hundreds of soldiers hide under the vehicles and push the huge siege vehicles slowly towards the city gate. The siege vehicle is composed of a huge impact wood and a roof like a house. Under the promotion of the soldiers, the huge impact wood bumps into the city gate and knocks the city gate open. This is the simplest way to attack the city .


    It''s impossible for the city guards to watch the siege car run into the gate hole and hit the gate, so all kinds of siege methods need to be coordinated.


    Soon, the soldiers arrived at the bottom of the city wall, quickly set up a siege ladder, then put it on the crenel of the city wall, and fixed the ladder firmly on the crenel with the iron hook at the tip of the ladder. Then the soldiers under the city were biting the ring head knife, holding the shield in one hand, holding the ladder in the other hand, and climbing towards the city with their hands and feet.


    At the same time, the city''s taxi soldiers also changed their camp. The archers had retreated from the crenels to the back of the wall, and raised their bows to scatter towards the city''s taxi soldiers. As for whether they can shoot people, it depends on their luck.


    For those battlements where the siege ladder had not been fixed, several or even dozens of soldiers carried huge long forks and forked the siege ladder. Then they tried their best to push away from the position of the battlements and the city wall, and then directly overthrew them.


    For those already fixed siege ladders, the sword and shield soldiers are immediately in front of them to encircle the position of the crenels, while the lance soldiers are behind the sword and shield soldiers to stretch out their long guns from the gap between the shields. Only when the soldiers are above the city, they can control the crenels after several rounds of firing.


    At the same time, under the command of the generals of each section of the city wall, the rolling stone and challenge wood, which had been prepared for a long time, was smashed down towards the Sizhou army under the city wall. There were bursts of screams under the city wall, and the unfortunate soldiers were smashed directly on the siege ladder and fell directly under the city from the air several feet high.


    Even so, there are still many state sergeants on the top of the city, and then, the city guards began to appear casualties.


    Under the command of the general, the garrison at the head of the city surrounded and killed the soldiers of Sizhou who boarded the head of the city. The two soldiers fought to the death at the head of Puyang City.


    At the same time, the war on the East and North walls also drew a curtain on development.


    Two quarters of an hour later, a siege vehicle finally burst into the city gate cave, and all the soldiers of Sizhou army immediately gave out a loud cheering. However, not long after, a large amount of fire oil was suddenly poured on the city. Then, several torches fell from the sky, and the taxi soldiers in the siege vehicle were burned in flames before they could react.


    The shrill scream came from inside, and soon several soldiers burned into a huge fire. They rushed out of the siege vehicle, shouting and rolling back and forth on the ground, hoping to put out the fire. It''s a pity that it''s not so easy to put out the burning oil. Soon, those people stopped moving.


    The other two siege vehicles behind them didn''t light up, but they had to stop because the siege vehicles in front of them had blocked up the city gate.


    Soon, there was no sound in the burning siege vehicle, and then a large amount of water suddenly fell from the top of the city gate cave, watering out the burning siege vehicle in the city gate cave. It''s not that the defenders don''t want to, but if the fire burns too far out of the gate, it will cause great damage to the city wall.


    So the use of kerosene is only to burn the siege vehicle, not to burn a huge bonfire in the gate hole.


    Hundreds of steps away, in the position of the Chinese army, Huangfu Chaobo watched the soldiers of Sizhou fall from the city like dumplings, and he could not help frowning. All along, he is not willing to fight this kind of siege with human life. The loss is too great. If he can capture it, it''s OK. If he can''t, the loss will be even greater.Unfortunately, the war was not based on his will. For example, in the two wars in Hedong, tens of thousands of people were lost. This time, it is estimated that Puyang City will lose tens of thousands.


    More than an hour later, the battle at the head of the city was still in a state of anxiety. There were many soldiers from Sizhou who came to the head of the city, but soon they were killed and scattered by Cao, and then they were driven down from the head of the city. Seeing this, Huang Zhong looked up at the sky again and ordered Mingjin to withdraw.


    With the sound of the Chinese army, the relieved soldiers of Sizhou quickly withdrew from the city wall, carrying the siege equipment and supporting the walking zepao under the cover of the shield soldiers. Fortunately, with the cover of Jinglan vehicle, the soldiers in Sizhou were able to successfully evacuate most of the injured soldiers and intact siege equipment.


    It was already noon. Seeing that the war was not going well, Huang Zhong ordered the soldiers to withdraw. However, Huang Zhong also saw some clues of the garrison. Although it seems that the garrison will soon drive the attacking soldiers down the city wall, Huang Zhong can see from the cooperation between the garrisons that now the garrisons in the city are only ordinary county soldiers, not even the garrisons of the Sizhou army.


    Otherwise, there will not be dozens of soldiers climbing the wall in the first round of attack. However, these were not important. XiahouDun was also a veteran. At the beginning, he would not send out elite troops.

 Chapter 752

    After lunch, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to rest for another half an hour. Then the army attacked Chengfa again. This time, the soldiers were still on guard.


    After two hours of fierce fighting between the two armies, the sky began to darken. Huang Zhong did not hesitate to order the withdrawal of the army. Under the cover of siege equipment such as Jinglan and catapult, the siege army withdrew in an orderly way, and then returned to the camp to rest, leaving only a mess on the whole battlefield.


    At present, Huang Zhong is the only real veteran in Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army. Since Huangfu Chaobo took part in the Huangjin rebellion, Huang Zhong is basically in charge of the army in his hands. However, after Zhao Yun came, Huang Zhong basically stayed at home, and the affairs of going out to fight were basically handed over to Zhao Yun.


    In fact, to some extent, they are both modest generals in attack and defense. But in fact, Huang Zhong is better at using infantry, while Zhao Yun is good at riding.


    The battle of Yanzhou, for several reasons, Huangfu Chaobo will lead Huang Zhong out, and Zhao Yun stay.


    One is that Huang Zhong''s Huben camp stayed in Luoyang most of the time since it became an army, and had little chance to fight. Both generals and soldiers complained. The two Hedong wars were dominated by the Longxiang camp. Although the army suffered a lot, there were many rewards for the soldiers after the war.


    The Huben camp has been left behind, so it is safe, but the soldiers and generals are short of the opportunities for promotion and the rewards of property, which has been bad for morale for a long time. After several wars in Longxiang camp, they really need to rest, so this time Huangfu Chaobo will arrange Huben camp to fight.


    The second is that Huang Fu Chao Bo thought twice about Cao Cao Jun, an army full of great generals, and decided that Huang Zhong, a veteran general, would be better. Moreover, Huang Zhong''s experience in war is better than Zhao Yun''s.


    After the war of that day, Huang Zhong ordered the general to be summoned for discussion.


    Half an hour later, all the generals of Huangfu Chaobo had come to discuss the matter. In the account, Huangfu Chaobo and Zhang Miao sat on the throne side by side, and Huang Zhong was Huang Zhong and all the generals of Sizhou Chenliu.


    The two men above the theme did not say much, but watched Huang Zhong carefully inquire about the war situation of the two armies in the East and the north, and then carefully ponder the war situation in combination with the war situation in the West.


    All the generals under him also recounted the gains from the one-day war and analyzed the gains and losses of the siege. This is also a great tradition of the Sizhou army. Since the beginning of the yellow scarf rebellion, although Huang Zhong was the pillar, Huangfu Chaobo also knew the truth of one hero and three gangs.


    Moreover, the whole army could not rely on Huang Zhong alone, so every time after the war, the generals of general Huangfu chaobodu who reached a certain level gathered together to carefully summarize and analyze the gains and losses in the war. In this way, the generals grew up well.


    After several years of fighting between the princes and Luoyang, the grassroots generals in Huangfu''s Chaobo army have been well trained. Although there are not many independent generals, they are all very stable middle and low-level generals.


    You know, the last time Guo Daxian''s 5000 troops failed in the first World War, not many people were captured. Basically, they died in the war, and only a few were captured because of injuries.


    After nearly an hour''s deliberation, Huang Zhong made arrangements for tomorrow''s war. Then he ordered everyone to return to his army and prepare for tomorrow''s war.


    After all the generals retired, Huangfu Chaobo continued to discuss the war with Pang Tong and Huang zhongsan.


    "In the view of Shi Yuan, how long can Cao Cao''s army return to Yanzhou?" Huangfu Chaobo looked at them anxiously and asked;


    after pondering for a moment, Pang Tong said: "according to the news from general Meng, Cao Cao should have captured Tan county on the 10th. If Cao Cao moves fast, he also needs one or two days to arrange the administrative affairs of several counties in Xuzhou, so he can lead the army to return as soon as yesterday. It''s nearly 800 Li from Tan county to Puyang. It will take about six days for us to travel at the speed of Cao Cao''s army with light clothes. That is to say, we still have five days. "


    "We don''t have five days," Huang said. "We have to set aside one or two more days to control the city, strengthen the city defense, and prepare for Cao Cao''s counterattack. So it''s only three days at most. "


    "Is it possible for Cao Cao to send troops from other cities for support?" It''s possible, but our siege forces are all elite. Cao Cao usually doesn''t send the garrison of each city. Too few troops are useless. Too many troops will lead to empty garrison of each city. We need to know that not only ten thousand cavalry, but also two battalions of Huben battalion are confronting Cao Cao''s army. Once we find that Cao Cao''s city is empty, these two battalions can go straight into the hinterland of Yanzhou and stir Yanzhou upside down. Cao Cao does not dare to take this risk. " Pang Tong shook his head and said,


    Huang Zhong nodded in agreement.


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that both of them thought so, so he stopped saying anything and said, "well, brother, I''ll give you another three days to capture Puyang. The 80000 troops, including the pro guard camp, are up to you."


    Huang Zhong gets up and takes orders.


    Huangfu Chaobo also ordered he ruolong to let jindiao closely monitor the hundred Li area around Puyang from tomorrow. He must find the whereabouts of the army and report immediately. He also ordered the five thousand Turkistan cavalry of huyandu to spread out to guard around Puyang for 20 Li.At this time, in Puyang City, Xia Houdun was also gathering people to discuss business. They had already received 800 Li expeditions sent back from Xuzhou. The war in Xuzhou was over. Although they didn''t take all Xuzhou, they took Tan county at one stroke and won the richest East China Sea State and Pengcheng state in Xuzhou, which made caoying people very happy.


    Nearly half of the wealth of Xuzhou''s counties is concentrated in Donghai state. Today, although Cao Gong conquered Donghai state, he occupied half of Xuzhou. In addition to Pengcheng state, most of Xuzhou has already been in his hands. Today, there are only three counties in Xuzhou that are not connected with the north and the south.


    As long as the soldiers return to Yanzhou, the land of Xuzhou can be collected at any time. At that time, Cao Gong would become the largest vassal in the world. Since the death of Dong Zhuo, there has been no feudal lords in the world who can occupy the two states. Although their strength is far inferior to that of Yuan Shao in Hebei and Yuan Shu in Huainan, they are actually the two states.


    The news of Xuzhou''s victory greatly boosted the morale of Puyang''s garrison. Xuzhou''s victory also means that his master can help Puyang with his victory division. Therefore, Puyang only needs to stick to the city for ten days, and the army of Puyang can retreat without fighting.

 Chapter 753

    The next day, at the beginning of dawn, the soldiers of Sizhou army began to be busy in the camp. They ate quickly. After a short rest, they left the camp and marched towards Puyang City several miles away. At the same time, the eastern and Northern armies began to prepare for the siege.


    At the beginning of the battle, XiahouDun found that the fighting was much more fierce than yesterday. It can be seen that some of the soldiers who joined the battle today were obviously more elite than yesterday. XiahouDun immediately transferred a part of Qingzhou soldiers to the city wall to help them cross the city. At the same time, he sent someone to order Cao Charlie, who was stationed in the east wall, to send a tiger guard camp to the north to help guard the city.


    With the response of XiahouDun, the war on the city wall gradually improved. However, after one day''s war, when Xia Houdun counted the casualties of soldiers, he found that the casualties of soldiers in Yanzhou Prefecture today were almost three times that of yesterday, mainly caused by the elite of Sizhou army in the first round of siege.


    The war is still going on according to Huang Zhong''s arrangement.


    On the 16th, after three bloody days, Sizhou army finally attacked Puyang City. At this time, Cao Cao''s Xuzhou army was less than 50 li away from Puyang City, because they were marching in their own sphere of influence, so their whereabouts were well hidden.


    After leaving Tan county, Cao Cao ordered all the cities along the way to prepare meals for the army, while he led the 20000 army to march with light clothes. After entering a city, they would eat quickly and let the soldiers rest. After half an hour''s rest, the army set out again and went back and forth in this way.


    It took only four days for the 20000 Qingzhou troops to arrive nearly 800 miles from Tan county to Hu County. When the army entered Lihu, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t get the news of Cao Cao''s return.


    On the 17th, the Sizhou army launched another attack on Puyang. Cao Cao''s army had no news for several days, but Huangfu Chaobo''s uneasiness became more and more intense. So he decided to take Puyang today, otherwise this time, it would be futile.


    So he sent out all the troops except his own 5000 Pro guards and 2000 ordinary archers. Besides, he also sent out all the 5000 tuitun cavalry to explore the trace of Cao Cao''s army.


    In addition, Huangfu Chaobo ordered he ruolong''s golden sculptures to patrol around Puyang for tens of miles, so as to find the trace of Cao Cao''s army in the first time.


    With Huang Zhong and Dian Wei each leading a Huben camp soldiers to attack the city, the war at the head of the city became extremely fierce.


    At the beginning of the battle, Xia Houdun found that there was something unusual. Unlike the previous few days, the first round of siege soldiers of the State Army today seemed to be equipped with the same equipment as yesterday, but they were much more elite. As soon as they took on the battle, they quickly attacked the City and forced the garrison to retreat step by step.


    Fortunately, Xia Houdun had already made preparations. On the west wall, in addition to two thousand soldiers, there were five thousand soldiers from Qingzhou. As for Cao Charlie''s five thousand tiger guards, they were divided into two divisions, two thousand from the north gate and three thousand from the east gate, which were responsible for assisting the soldiers on both sides of the wall.


    When he saw that the State Army''s offensive had been stabilized by himself, XiahouDun was a little relieved. Who knows, less than two quarters of an hour, a large number of soldiers of Sizhou suddenly appeared on the western wall. The leader was Dianwei, who captured Huaxiong, a fierce general of Xiliang in Hulao pass.


    Seeing this, XiahouDun knew that today''s Sizhou army was ready to attack Puyang City at one stroke. For the layout of Sizhou army outside the city, XiahouDun already knew that in addition to the central army of Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Zhong, the chief General of Huangfu Chaobo, was also in Ximen.


    Now that Dian Wei has already ascended the city, it is very likely that Huang Zhong will also ascend the city in person. Both of them are valiant generals, and none of them can resist alone. On the west gate, there is only one of them. If they ascend the city at the same time, West Gate is likely to lose.


    Without much thought, Xia Houdun ordered two guards to go to the east gate and transferred Xu Zhu to the west gate. He led hundreds of guards to stop quwei.


    As expected, as soon as he met Dianwei, he found that he was definitely not his opponent, and his opponent had great strength. Seeing this situation, XiahouDun immediately adjusted his strategy, not to bear with Dianwei, but to fight with him with the help of his own guards, so that Dianwei could be held back.


    After Dian Wei was dragged down by XiahouDun, the attack of Sizhou army stopped immediately, and the battle at the head of the city soon fell into a stalemate again. Huang Zhong under the city also immediately responded. Now the Chinese army under the city has only Huangfu Chaobo Pro guard camp and Huang Zhong''s school Huben camp.


    Seeing that the attack at the head of the city was blocked again, Huang Zhong immediately led the soldiers of Huben camp to attack. With the "Ping Ping" of the Chinese Army''s war drum, Huang Zhong soon led the soldiers of Huben camp to attack the city.


    In the middle of the fierce battle, Xia Houdun saw that Huang Zhong, as he had expected, personally led his troops to the battle. He could not help but feel anxious. While leading his own soldiers to continue to fight with Dian Wei, he looked back to the east from time to time.


    At this moment, the corner of his eyes suddenly saw dozens of fast horses galloping in the distant street. The head of the horse was a burly general. Was that Xu Zhu or who was Cao Charlie''s tiger guard general?


    Seeing that Xu Zhu had finally arrived, Xia Houdun could not help breathing out a long breath, and gave an order to the pro guards around him, trying his best to stop Dian Wei and Si Zhou around him.A moment later, with a roar above the city wall, Cao Cao''s army had the name of "Huchi". Xu Zhu ran up from below the city wall. With a huge roar, he waved his long knife and killed Dianwei.


    With an order, XiahouDun led his own bodyguard to withdraw from the regiment fighting with Dianwei, and turned to kill him on the other side of the castle.


    At this time, Huang Zhong had already led one of his school''s HUBEN Battalion soldiers to the city wall from the other side of the tower, and was killing everywhere. Although Cao Cao''s soldiers on the city wall were brave and fearless to death, they fought to stop them. However, Huang Zhong was originally a God general, and his personal guards were the soldiers of Tiebi battalion specially sent by Huangfu Chaobo.


    Cao''s elite Qingzhou soldiers had no one in front of them. Now they were being killed by Huang Zhong and were retreating step by step. It can be said that Xu Zhu came at the right time. If he came a quarter of an hour late, the west tower would be occupied by Sizhou.


    Soon XiahouDun led his own guards to fight with Huang Zhong. Although Cao Cao Jun was still dominant over the whole city wall for the time being, Cao Cao Jun was inevitably forced to retreat step by step as more and more soldiers rushed to the city.

 Chapter 754

    Looking at the situation at the end of the city, XiahouDun could not help but worry, but he also knew that the Sizhou army must have found something, otherwise Huangfu Chaobo would not be so desperate to attack the city regardless of the casualties.


    Thinking of this, Xia Houdun roared: "soldiers, Cao Yanzhou has come back from the war in Xuzhou. At this time, he is on his way. We just need to fight to the death to drive the Sizhou thief out of the city. Cao Yanzhou will certainly give him a generous reward."


    Seeing that the morale of Cao''s army, which had declined a little, was suddenly inspired by Xia Houdun. Just at this time, there were bursts of footsteps in the city. Xia Houdun looked back and saw that it was the Jun Cheng who led two thousand recruits who had just been recruited to Ximen for support. It seems that the officials in the city also knew that the war in Ximen was tense, and they didn''t care about the poor combat power of the recruits. After they were recruited, they went straight to Ximen He brought Simon.


    Seeing the arrival of these two thousand new soldiers, the morale of sergeant CaO on the wall was greatly boosted. He killed the sergeant Sizhou who was slowly killing.


    Just at this time, outside the city, outside the central army of Sizhou army, a loud arrow suddenly shot up into the sky. Then, dozens of trumpets were blowing at the same time. The powerful and profound sound of the trumpet suddenly soared into the sky, and could be heard clearly several miles away.


    Xia Houdun was stunned. What is Huangfu Chaobo doing? Basically, all his troops have been sent out, and there are only thousands of soldiers in his hands guarding the central army. At this time, the bugle sounds. Do you want to send all his troops?


    You know, although Meng De''s army hasn''t been reported for several days, if it was led by his elder brother, it''s very likely that reinforcements would be close at hand. Isn''t Huangfu Chaobo afraid that someone will attack his central army?


    No, suddenly a strong uneasiness came to him, but he wondered for a moment what was wrong.


    What he guessed was right. Huangfu Chaobo really had a back move.


    As early as a few days ago, when Huangfu Chaobo discussed military affairs with the generals, he agreed to exchange 1500 Iron Eagle sharp soldiers in his own pro guard camp with the guard soldiers under the command of Wang Ran, and then quickly recruited Wang Yong, Wang Ran''s brother.


    If the western wall can be captured before Xu Zhu arrives, then the iron Eagles under the command of Wang Yong will try to hold Xu Zhu.


    If Xu Zhu arrived in the West City ahead of time, Huang Dian and Chen Jing would hold them down. At this time, there would be no strong general in the tiger guards. At this time, Wang Yong and Chen Jing would lead tieyingruishi to attack the east city.


    In this way, no matter what kind of possibility, there was great hope for the Sizhou army to capture the city wall.


    At this time, Xu Zhu had arrived in the West City ahead of time, so the tiger guards in the east city must be led by ordinary generals, and it was the time for tieyingruishi to attack. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo did not hesitate to blow the bugle of attack.


    While XiahouDun was puzzled, there was a loud cry from the east wall.


    "Damn it, the East strikes the West." Xia Houdun immediately reflected that he was very clear about the situation of the army in the city. At present, except himself and Xu Zhu, only Xu Ding, Xu Zhu''s elder brother, could fight in the city. Although other generals had no problem in unifying the army, their combat power was very ordinary.


    The Sizhou army must have lured Xu Zhu, and then sent a strong general to attack the east city, trying to enter the city from the east city. But now both of them have been detained by the general of Sizhou army, and they will not come back to the east city in a short time. The only thing they can do now is to hope that more than 2000 Huwei soldiers on the east city can block the attack of Sizhou army.


    Seeing that the battle at the head of the city was slowly under his control, Huangfu Chaobo was finally relieved. Now he and Cao Cao are fighting for time. It depends on who can fight for it.


    If he can capture Puyang before Cao Cao''s army comes, then the important town beside the Yellow River will become his own bag. If, when Cao Cao arrived, his army had not been able to capture Puyang, the Sizhou army would have to retreat secretly.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo was lost in thought, he ruolong came to Huangfu Chaobo in a hurry and whispered: "general, jindiao returns. More than ten miles to the south of Puyang, he suddenly found tens of thousands of troops running towards Puyang. There should be 20000 troops, and he could reach the position of the Chinese army in half an hour at most."


    "Well?" Huang Fu Chao Bo and Pang Tong Zhang Miao were all shocked. From the 12th to today, Cao Cao''s army had arrived in less than five days, nearly two days earlier than they had predicted.


    At this time, in addition to his own 5000 bodyguards, only one thousand bodyguards of Zhang Miao were around him. Although they were not special arms, they were also elite soldiers of all battles that Zhang Miao had accumulated from the time when the princes were begging for Dong. There were also 2000 ordinary archers and 2000 craftsmen, less than 8000 soldiers in total, guarding the central army.


    At this time, the fierce battle at the head of the city is in full swing. Depending on the situation, it will take at least one or two hours to enter the city. In this case, the position of the Chinese army must not be moved at will, otherwise it will affect the morale and even cause the soldiers to break up.


    Therefore, the Chinese army of Huangfu Chaobo must support for at least two hours under the attack of 20000 troops. Only by dragging down the 20000 reinforcements can the siege army enter the city smoothly.


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t need to be supported for two hours. The five thousand Tui cavalry of huyandu and the five thousand Huben cavalry of Huangzhong are now scattered within tens of miles around Puyang. When they get the news that the Chinese army has been attacked, they will certainly gather cavalry to come to the rescue as soon as possible, so the Chinese army with the most Huangfu Chaobo only needs to be supported for one hour.After making arrangements for the two counties in Xuzhou, Cao Cao kept leading 20000 Qingzhou soldiers back, because he had been informed that the Sizhou army had captured Baima port and Baima City, so the next step might be Puyang City.


    The so-called wise men''s thoughtfulness is bound to lead to mistakes. Today''s Cao Cao has no water Army Talents at all, so they have no good understanding of the tactics and combat power of the water army. They never thought that Baima harbor, which is well defended in their own eyes, is full of loopholes in the eyes of Zhou Tai, a water army general. That''s why Baima harbor will be captured by Sizhou army in one day.


    Within ten days, Cao Cao''s army ran for hundreds of miles, and then captured Tan county. After less than a day''s rest, Cao Cao led 20000 elite Qingzhou soldiers back to Lihu County, and finally arrived yesterday. After getting the latest situation of Puyang, Cao Cao ordered the army to rest, and then took advantage of the night cover, rushed to the south of Puyang twenty miles to hide, in order to give the Sizhou army a fatal blow at the most critical time.

 Chapter 755

    After only a moment''s thinking, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the Chinese army to hold fast. He also saw that now the city is at the most critical moment. He only needs his own Chinese army to hold on, or he can capture Puyang.


    As a result, with the order of Huangfu Chaobo, the eight thousand troops quickly changed their formation and formed a round array. At the same time, special trumpets came from the central army.


    At this time, both sides are struggling for time. Huang Zhong and Dian Wei, who are fighting fiercely on the top of the city, also find a strange situation in the middle army under the city. Although there is no new military order from the middle army, the position of the Chinese army has changed from the ordinary square array to the round array for defense.


    Huang Zhong, who has been through the war for a long time, saw the problem and immediately realized that something had happened. But now the war at the head of the city has become white hot, and he can''t afford to slack off any more. Now his plan is to drive Cao Cao''s army down the head of the city as soon as possible. Only by occupying the city wall and opening the city gate can the war develop in the direction of his own advantage.


    And XiahouDun in Puyang City also saw the strange situation of the army in Sizhou. Seeing the sudden change of the army in Sizhou, XiahouDun was stunned at first, and then reacted immediately, knowing that the reinforcements had arrived. Now most of the troops in Sizhou have been fighting with their own army in the city. It is the time when the Chinese army is empty. If Meng de can lead the army to raid Sizhou at this time If you are a member of the armed forces, you are sure to win.


    Maybe it can also hurt Sizhou army, and then the army will march eastward to capture Chen Liu, so that mengde''s position as governor of Yanzhou is worthy of the name. With the roar of XiahouDun, Cao Cao army''s resistance at the head of the city will be intensified.


    The contact way of Tujia in huyandu is very similar to that of the northern nomads. They all carry a small horn, which can be used to communicate between different teams. Therefore, after the Chinese Army''s call for gathering, the Tujia cruising all over the place will sound the horn.


    For a moment, bugles sounded everywhere for tens of miles around Puyang, but the thousands of cavalry were too far apart to gather for a moment and a half.


    Five thousand Huben cavalry were distributed in the East and north of Puyang. If they wanted to get back, the time would be longer.


    Half an hour later, the smoke and dust finally rose in the south of Puyang. At this time, the two soldiers on the battlefield had found this anomaly. Sergeant Cao Cao found the roar of the sky, but the attack of sergeant Sizhou was obviously delayed.


    At this time, the trumpet and drum sound from the central army of Sizhou army was the order of the Chinese army to attack. At once, the officers and soldiers of Sizhou army understood that only by destroying the enemy on the wall as soon as possible and occupying the city, could they return to rescue the central army.


    At this time, the officers and soldiers of the 500 Tiebi battalion, as the last barrier of Huangfu Chaobo, surrounded the central military headquarters as the first defensive circle. In addition to the members of the Chinese army, there are also hundreds of craftsmen and other non combatants with the army.


    Outside them were 1500 yuan army crossbow soldiers and 2000 ordinary archers. They formed a second defensive circle with dozens of well aprons and catapults. The most outdoors of


    is the one thousand camps and the one thousand and five hundred guard guards exchanged from the Wang Ran department and the one thousand guardian of Zhang Zhang. They form third defensive circles.


    Outside the outermost defensive circle, Huangfu Chaobo also ordered some damaged siege equipment carried by the Chinese army to be surrounded outside the soldiers. Although these things could not resist the attack of the enemy troops and horses, they could disturb their formation.


    As the most powerful camp in the war, Bei Huangfu Chaobo was facing the direction of Cao CaoJun, while 2500 guards announced other directions.


    A quarter of an hour later, 20000 Qingzhou soldiers arrived at the position about 400 steps away from Huangfu Chaobo middle army. With Cao Cao''s order, the army stopped. After sorting out the formation a little, 2000 soldiers were left to protect the middle army, and the remaining 18000 soldiers rushed towards Huangfu Chaobo middle army.


    It''s not that Cao Cao didn''t want the whole army to take over, but at this time, huyandu''s cavalry had begun to appear in the periphery of the battlefield. Although there were only dozens of cavalry, it was well known that Huangfu''s super rich cavalry was strong. Cao Cao didn''t want to be trapped in his own way.


    Of course, there is another reason that Cao Cao once again underestimated the fighting power of Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro army. After all, although Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro army is famous, it is only among the players, and no one among the princes has ever seen it. Therefore, in Cao Cao''s view, although his army was a little tired from afar, with two enemies and one, no one would feel that there would be a problem.


    The 18000 Qingzhou soldiers were divided into three groups and attacked in three directions: East, South and West.


    Standing on the watchtower car of the Chinese army, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the Qingzhou soldiers approaching from three directions. Although he had not personally directed the war, he had experienced ten battles, so he was not unfamiliar with the command of the war.


    The effective attack distance of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers was 100 steps, but Qingzhou soldiers were famous, so Huangfu Chaobo decided to set the attack distance at about 80 steps. However, the catapult began to fire stones after Cao Cao Jun entered the attack area.


    Cao Cao''s army, within 300 steps, at the command of the general, speeded up to kill Huangfu Chaobo. At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo''s catapult began to launch.Dozens of catapults roared to Cao Cao''s army, but in the face of the attack of the taxi soldiers, dozens of catapults can play a limited role. After several rounds of throwing stones, only more than 100 people were killed. At this time, Cao Cao''s army had left the attack range of the catapult and entered 150 steps.


    Huangfu Chaobo ordered the catapult to stop throwing stones, and the 2000 archers and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers in the well began to prepare for the attack.


    The weapons used by the Sizhou army this time were all high-level equipment. The attack of high-level Jinglan only had a 30 step bonus, while the taxi soldiers on Jinglan basically had a distance of 70 to 80 steps. When the two were added up, the total attack distance was only about 100 steps, which was basically the same as that of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers.


    After thinking about it for a while, Huangfu Chaobo decided that the archers and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers would attack at the same time.


    Soon, Qingzhou soldiers entered a hundred steps, and then quickly attacked the Sizhou army.


    "Eighty steps!"


    "Bowman! Launch


    With the order of Huangfu Chaobo, Cao Cao''s army was attacked like a locust. The crossbow soldiers used flat fire to shoot directly at the front of the Qingzhou soldiers, while the archers attacked from top to bottom, and their arrows were aimed at the head of the soldiers behind.


    In this way, the whole Qingzhou soldiers between 80 and 100 steps were shrouded by thousands of arrows. For a time, countless Cao Cao soldiers fell into the arrow rain.

 Chapter 756

    Cao Xiu, the Deputy General of the Qingzhou army, was responsible for the frontal attack of Cao Cao''s army. He saw his subordinates fall down one after another in the rain of arrows. In a few minutes, hundreds of Qingzhou soldiers fell down in Cao Cao''s army. This situation shows that Cao Xiu''s eyes are about to crack, waving a long gun to pull out the arrow to himself, and shouting loudly to command the soldiers to rush to the front of the army.


    At this time, Cao Cao, who was in the middle army, was even more bloodthirsty. Before he took the fight, he let his most elite Qingzhou soldiers die and suffer a lot. If it was necessary to wipe out Huangfu Chaobo''s middle army, the Qingzhou army would probably die and suffer nearly half of the casualties.


    Although he was distressed by the casualties of Qingzhou soldiers, Cao Cao did not dare to order a reprieve, because the number of cavalry in the periphery was gradually increasing. Cao Cao estimated that as long as they reached more than 1000 cavalry, they would attack their own central army.


    So although he was paying close attention to the war in front of him, Cao Cao was also slowly moving his Chinese Army towards a small hill in the northeast, where the terrain was slightly higher, just suitable for his Gunners'' defense.


    The deputy general personally led the battle, which immediately boosted the morale of the soldiers in Qingzhou. For a moment, the soldiers in Qingzhou were killed. Cao Xiu, who was fearless of death, escorted Cao Xiu to the position of the army in the Sizhou army.


    Facing the soldiers of Qingzhou, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t panic. Instead, he directed the archers to shoot arrows at the soldiers. The short distance of 20 steps, like an insurmountable natural moat in general, blocked the advance of the Qingzhou army.


    However, there is a shortage of manpower. The Qingzhou army was originally organized by the yellow scarf bandits who were not afraid of death. Under the encouragement of Cao Xiu, it was even more desperate to move forward. Although the zepao in front of it was badly injured, it was still struggling to move forward.


    After nearly a thousand people were killed and injured, Cao Xiu finally led the Qingzhou soldiers to the front of the trapped camp, and the Qingzhou soldiers of the two Hebei provinces have also begun to break through the area of arrow rain and approach the defense circle of Sizhou soldiers.


    With the cry of the earthquake, the two armies finally collided.


    However, Cao Cao was stunned by the result. Thousands of Qingzhou soldiers rushed to the defense circle of Sizhou army like angry waves, but the other side was as motionless as a huge stone. On the contrary, the last hundred hundred Qingzhou soldiers died like a bubble pat on a boulder.


    "Damn it, what''s the matter? Why can''t Qingzhou soldiers break the defense of the other side? What kind of soldiers are those At this time, Cao Cao was like a furious lion, drinking at the people around him.


    Next to Cao Cao is Cheng Yu. At this time, Cheng Yu is no longer as graceful as usual. His face has been withered and thin after half a month''s battle. However, he is still in a burning spirit. He takes a look at Sima Yi beside him. Seeing this, Sima Yi says: "tell me, this army should be one of Huangfu''s super rich Pro guards. It''s called the trapped camp and is known as the Great Han Dynasty A strong soldier. "


    After a pause, he added: "when someone was in Hanoi, he heard that when the army was just established, it once resisted the attack of Ji Ling''s heavy infantry in training, and it was unbeaten for an hour. However, it never formally went to battle, so no one knows its real combat power."


    Everyone was horrified when they heard this. The power of heavy infantry is well known in the world. At present, many generals in the world can practice heavy infantry. For example, Xia Houdun and Cao Ren, two of Cao Cao''s subordinates, can practice heavy infantry. The heavy infantry is even more powerful than the sword and shield soldiers.


    At present, only Cao Ren in Cao Cao''s army has 500 heavy infantry. The reason why the number is so small is that the heavy infantry need too much money and food. With Cao Cao''s strength at this time, he is not allowed to spend too much on it.


    At this time, the trapped camp in front of the crowd was able to support for an hour under the attack of heavy infantry, which shows its fighting power.


    "How to break it?" Cao Cao Dao;


    "it''s too difficult to break through the front, but our army doesn''t need to break the camp. It just needs general Cao Xiu to stay in the camp, and the other two armies attack Huangfu Chaobo middle army from both sides, and the victory is in hand." Cheng Yu said with a smile;


    when people listen to it, they all see a light in front of their eyes. How can you defend thousands of Chinese soldiers with only a thousand soldiers?


    Thinking of this, Cao Cao ordered the two wings of Qingzhou soldiers to speed up the attack. At this time, Cao Cao was not worried. Only a quarter of an hour later, the cavalry of Huangfu Chaobo had gathered more than 200 cavalry, so he had to speed up the siege.


    With Cao Cao''s command, more than ten thousand soldiers of Qingzhou on both sides also accelerated their advance, and soon fought with the Sizhou army of Hebei and Hebei as a regiment. It can be seen that the Sizhou army on the two wings is obviously weaker than the trapped camp in the middle. Under the attack of Qingzhou soldiers, they are slowly retreating.


    Cao Ying''s people are very happy with the current situation of the war. It seems that victory is near. It is a pity that the soldiers on the two wings, after retreating more than ten steps, slowly stabilized the front line because of their more compact forces.


    The war once again fell into a stalemate.


    At this time, on the top of Puyang City, there was a river of blood, and the two Fangshi were fighting to death. Above the west gate, Huang Zhong and Xia Houdun, Dian Wei and Xu Zhuzheng fought fiercely, and their personal guards also formed a regiment. However, because the Sizhou army has a large number of troops, although the chief generals of the two armies have no flaw in commanding the army, the Sizhou army is slowly controlling the war situation.Although XiahouDun had found out this problem, he could do nothing about it. He could only hope that Cao Cao could defeat Huangfu Chaobo''s central army as soon as possible, so that he could turn defeat into victory, otherwise...


    On the east wall, Wang Yong and Chen Jing led hundreds of iron eagles to capture the wall. At this time, although there were nearly 2000 tiger guards on the east wall, the main general had been transferred to the west wall by XiahouDun, and Vice General Xu Ding also led the rest of the tiger guards to guard the north wall.


    So at this time, Cao Charlie was in charge of the tiger guards on the east wall. However, although he was the Lord of the tiger guards, Cao Charlie''s ability of commanding troops was far from that of Huangfu Chaobo. After all, Huangfu Chaobo experienced the most wars among the players. In addition, Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun and other generals taught him by words and deeds, so Huangfu Chaobo''s command ability was no less than that of PU General of the sky rank.


    At this time, although Cao Charlie had nearly 2000 tiger guards in his hands, he retreated under the attack of 1500 iron Eagles led by Wang Yong and Chen Jing. At this time, the western wall was in danger.


    On the north side of the city wall, Xu Ding, Xu Zhu''s elder brother, led two thousand tiger guards to help defend the city. Although he lost hundreds of tiger guards, he still blocked more than 20000 old soldiers under the city wall.

 Chapter 757

    Half an hour later, the Chinese army of Huangfu Chaobo was dead and wounded. Nearly half of the soldiers in the thousand sinking camp had been lost. There were less than 700 soldiers in the 1500 forbidden guards, and there were only more than 200 soldiers in Zhang Miao''s 1000 guards. Although the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers attacked fiercely, their defense was very low. During the close combat, they were almost unable to fight back against the Qingzhou soldiers.


    at this time, the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers More than 500 people have been killed and injured, and less than 600 of the 2000 archers are left. There are only 500 iron wall battalions, because almost everyone has reached the strength of intermediate martial arts. So far, there are more than 400 people closely guarding the central army of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Meanwhile, Cao Cao''s Qingzhou soldiers were also exhausted and suffered heavy casualties. Among the 20000 Qingzhou soldiers, except for the 2000 elite soldiers around Cao Cao, more than half of the 18000 soldiers were killed and wounded.


    You know, this is Cao Cao''s elite of hundred battles selected from hundreds of thousands of yellow scarf captives, a total of only 30000 people, of which 5000 were left to Cao Ren to guard Xuzhou, and 5000 were left to Xia Houdun of Puyang to confuse Huangfu Chaobo.


    I didn''t expect that 30% of the soldiers died in the first World War. Seeing this, Cao Cao''s heart was bleeding. Among them, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers played an important role. The powerful crossbow soldiers killed and injured thousands of Qingzhou soldiers before they came near. During the battle, more than 2000 Qingzhou soldiers who Cao Cao was full of confidence were killed and injured in the hands of the trapped camp. However, only 500 people were killed and injured in the trapped camp. It can be said that one against four. This war made the trapped camp famous and became the only one in the game The most powerful soldier in the world.


    But at this time, Cao Cao could not bear to think more. Nearly 2000 cavalry of Sizhou army had already arrived more than ten miles away. If we drag on any longer, none of the more than 10000 Qingzhou soldiers could run away. Just go like this, also means Puyang also gave up, Cao Cao heart is actually very unwilling.


    At this time, Cao Cao didn''t feel ashamed to fight against Xiaoxiong. After thinking about it for a few minutes, he gave the order to retreat. The Qingzhou army, which was attacking Sizhou army, quickly broke away from contact, then took turns to cover, withdrew to the battlefield, and then, after a little reorganization, headed south.


    At the same time, Cao Cao also ordered people to send orders to the Dunbu, the Xiahou in the city, to give up Puyang City, retreat from the south gate, and then cross the river to retreat to defend the country and dunqiu.


    Although Xia Houdun was not willing to accept Cao Cao''s order, he had to obey Cao Cao''s order. After ordering the materials in the city to be burned, Xia Houdun ordered his troops to cover alternately and withdraw from Puyang.


    But he forgot that the Sizhou army was not the Huangfu Chaobo army outside the city. They had enough strength to hold Cao Cao''s army to death and then slowly eat it.


    Xia Houdun was worthy of being a general under Cao Cao. He soon found that it was almost impossible for his troops to evacuate safely, so he decisively arranged that after the severance of thousands of troops, regardless of other troops and supplies not burned in the city, he led the remaining 3000 Qingzhou soldiers and Cao Jili''s more than 2000 tiger guards, as well as 2000 elite soldiers in the city, to evacuate quickly from the south gate Cross the river and turn to the northeast.


    On October 24, Huangfu Chaobo led nearly 80000 Sizhou troops and Chen Liujun troops. After nearly half a month, with the loss of nearly 30000 troops, they finally captured Cao Cao''s three cities of Puyang, Baima and Yan County.


    Cao Cao''s army also lost about 30000 people, including about 10000 people in Baima and Yancheng, 10000 people in Puyang City, and Cao Cao''s army in the lower part of the city also had a head and blood collision with Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro guard camp, so no one can say whether they took advantage or suffered a loss.


    After the end of the Puyang war, Huangfu Chaobo had the time and energy to take care of the war in Hebei. Just as people expected at the beginning, when the yuan family''s three great generals were fully fired, the situation in Hebei was still not optimistic even after his own baotao camp.


    Fortunately, the war situation in Yanzhou has been decided, so Huangfu Chaobo was able to dispatch troops to Jizhou, hoping to stabilize the situation of Han Fujun.


    Fortunately, from the beginning of the war, Han Fu''s army was ready to build a second defense line in Qing''an, ping''en, chizhang and Quliang. This is the final bottom line of Han Fu''s army, that is to guard Wei Jun.


    However, this is tantamount to losing a Zhao state to Yuan Shao. Even if Han Fujun moved most of the people and materials in these cities to Wei County, Yuan Shaojun''s strength could be increased a lot. Because time is too tight, at most half of the personnel and materials could be moved to Wei county. This does not include that there are many people who support yuan family but do not like Han Fu My family.


    Two days later, ten thousand soldiers of Huben camp crossed the river from Baima port and entered Jizhou to support Han Fu''s army.


    At the same time, a total of 15000 troops of Zhou Tai and Pan Feng went down the river and invaded Gaotang port of Yuan Shaojun. GAOTANG port is originally a port in Pingyuan County, which is divided into North and South ports. The port in Henan is close to Gaotang county.


    Since Yuan Shao occupied several cities of Pingyuan County in Hebei, the Hebei Port of Gaotang port was controlled by Yuan Shaojun.


    Unfortunately, before Huang Zhong''s army arrived in Qinghe state, it was reported that Ganling was lost. Qinghe prefect Zhao Fu was defeated by Yuan Shao''s army. Ganling city was lost under the attack of Wuzai Juyi''s Xiandeng dead man. Zhao Fu led the army to retreat. Fortunately, Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry quickly went south to take over Zhao Fu''s troops, and then the army retreated to Qingyuan.In the next two days, Guangzong and Jingxian were also lost. In desperation, Han Fu had to order the army to retreat to Qingyuan line. Fortunately, after Huang Zhong and Jingxian joined, and the front was shortened, Han Fu''s defense was not so hard.


    On October 29, after getting the news that the war in Yanzhou was over and Huangfu Chaobo continued to send troops to support Han Fu, Yuan Shao gathered people to discuss the matter. In addition, Gong sunzan had basically settled down in Xinde county and Xinde County of Youzhou, which seemed to have the intention of going south to Jizhou. Finally, Yuan Shao decided to retreat to Bohai Sea and appoint Gao Gan as the governor of Qinghe, leaving three soldiers including Ju Yi''s first death Wan Da Jun defends Han Fu Da Jun.


    After getting the news that Yuan Shaojun had finally retreated, Huben camp and baotao camp, which Huangfu Chaobo supported Han Fu''s army, also returned to their respective bases.


    So far, it lasted nearly a month, and the war involving six vassals in three states of Kanto finally ended. At the end of the day, the families counted the gains and losses, and people suddenly found out that the most profitable thing in the war was night incense. In Baide County, there were several cities, and three famous historical generals.


    At the same time, in order to appease him, Mr. Tao agreed to his recommendation, and appointed him as the former general of zhengsipin army to supervise the military affairs of Langya county and Langya state.

 Chapter 758

    As a promoter of the war, Cao Cao Jun gained a lot, but he didn''t achieve his original goal. He just won the Donghai and Pengcheng prefectures of Xuzhou. But it lost Puyang, the East County City, and two cities and one port to the West. The loss of troops reached nearly 40000 troops, including more than 10000 special arms Qingzhou soldiers.


    However, after this war, Cao Cao''s strength increased greatly. First of all, he was supported by Donghai, the richest country in Xuzhou. After a big war with Sizhou army, Cao Cao decided that XiahouDun and Cao Ren would train 10000 infantry respectively, while Cao Cao himself began to train another world-famous strong soldier, hubaoqi.


    At the same time, in order to recognize Cao Charlie''s achievements, Cao Cao ordered Cao Charlie to be appointed as the chief General of zhengsipin to lead Taishan. At the same time, he agreed to select suitable soldiers from the army and replenish the tiger guards who had lost more than half of their troops.


    But today''s Taishan county is still under the control of Zang ba. Cao Charlie needs to lead his own troops to capture it. Therefore, Cao Cao specially sent Liu Ye, a new military adviser under his command, to help him capture Taishan county.


    Let''s take a look at Yuan Shaojun. Although he had a big army to attack and wanted to occupy all of Jizhou, he didn''t expect Han Fujun to fight to death and only got more than ten counties. However, the harvest was small, but it was still good.


    As for the Sizhou army of Huangfu Chaobo, it lost 30000 or 40000 troops in two wars a year, and thousands of them were the most elite special arms.


    And the biggest loss is that in terms of grain and grass, the granary of Sizhou was almost emptied by two wars in a year. Originally, I wanted to conserve energy, accumulate grain and grass, and train soldiers, but in the end, I found that my year was almost in vain.


    In fact, he didn''t really work for nothing. At least he got a county city, two counties and a port. Although Puyang is only a county city, it is the fourth largest city in Yanzhou''s 80 cities, next only to Changyi, Chenliu and Dingtao, and also the top five cities under Cao Cao''s rule.


    There are more than 600000 people in each city of Dongjun. There are more than 100000 people in Puyang City. There are more than 35000 people in the other 14 cities, and only about 20000 people are less.


    Cao Cao didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army would attack Puyang so hard. What''s more, he didn''t expect that the 5000 bodyguards around Huangfu Chaobo could support himself for a long time under the attack of 20000 Qingzhou. In this way, he lost such a big city. If he didn''t get Donghai and Pengcheng, Cao Cao would feel that he was really at a loss.


    What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know was that he didn''t fight in vain in this war, and there was a big colored egg waiting for him.


    As for Han Fu, the one who lost the most in the whole war, if he had heard the saying that "when people sit at home, misfortune comes from heaven", he would agree that a fire at the gate of the city will bring disaster to the fish in the pond. Before I could react, suddenly a dozen or so counties became other people''s homes.


    The real false alarm was Zhang Miao. When Cao Cao''s army suddenly attacked, Zhang Miao was so scared that he almost immediately asked for help from Sizhou. A month later, Chen Liu''s several cities, which were initially attacked by Cao Cao''s army, were taken back by Zhao Yun and his brother Zhang Chao.


    On the fifth day of November, the first heavy snow in the fifth year of Chuping had already arrived. In a few days, from the north to the south of Youzhou to the south of Huainan, the whole area north of Dajiang River in Dahan was covered with snow. The heavy snow all over the sky gave many people a long sigh of relief, including Huangfu Chaobo. Because of the empty granary, he could no longer rise to the idea of sending troops.


    After the defense of Puyang was arranged, Huangfu Chaobo returned to Luoyang. Although the war was over, he was still busy. The internal affairs kept him busy.


    Fortunately, when they returned to Luoyang, a piece of good news came that Pang Shanmin and Ma Xuan had already returned to Xiangyang. After reading Pang Tong''s letter, they had arrived in Luoyang at the invitation of Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo arranged for them to be familiar with government affairs with MI Zhu, and after a period of time, they arranged for them to take up their posts.


    As for Puyang City, Huang Fu Chao Bo now arranges Huang Zhong''s Deputy General Wang ran to lead two schools'' HUBEN Battalion soldiers and two schools'' guards, with a total of 20000 troops. Moreover, a 5000 army of Zhou Tai is also stationed in Baima port, and a school''s guards defending Baima port and Baima city are also stationed.


    On November 25, Huangfu Chaobo was dealing with the government affairs. Suddenly, he heard the news. Chen Liu''s Taishou Zhang Miao and his Duwei Zhang Chao asked to see each other. Huangfu Chaobo saw this and went out to meet them in person.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had changed back to his Lord''s usual clothes, not his military uniform. When he walked out of the general''s house, er, wrong, it should be "cangting Marquis''s house", Zhang Miao and Zhang Chao were waiting at the gate.


    In more than a month after Huangfu Chaobo''s expedition, the people who stayed in Luoyang had renovated his former Pingdong general Chu and changed his name to "cangting Houfu". Old man Lu Zhi volunteered to write these names to him. By the time Huangfu Chaobo returned, the Houfu had already been completed.


    In this regard, Huangfu Chaobo also complained a little. You know, when he took over Luoyang a few years ago, the general''s house was renovated, which cost him a lot of money. Now it''s only a few years, and it costs a lot of money to renovate. It''s estimated that it cost a lot of money, which makes Huangfu Chaobo heartache.However, after listening to this, some old men talked about Huangfu Chaobo again. The implication is that Huangfu Chaobo is now the Marquis of the court. Although he is still the Marquis of the pavilion, you can''t stop using Doubao as food. The Marquis''s office is not only about your own business, but also about the court''s dignity, and so on...


    Including Huangfu Chaobo''s clothes, he was also told by several old men that he had to wear military uniform except for going to war. Once he returned to Luoyang to deal with government affairs, he had to wear official uniform. When we meet with foreign ministers, we should wear the uniform.


    Now Huangfu Chaobo is too busy to be opened and closed, and he has a lot of ideas waiting for him to sort them out. This year, the two battles of Sizhou army ended in victory. Huangfu Chaobo himself was promoted to Marquis. So it''s the end of the year, and all his subordinates are looking at the marquis. Now his every move has been carefully watched.


    It has always been true that the promotion of officials and generals will be decided years ago, which is what Huangfu Chaobo must do. Otherwise, who is willing to fight for you.


    The second is the reward for the soldiers and the disability and death pension, which must be finally determined years ago.

 Chapter 759

    For the Sizhou army of Huangfu Chaobo, there is another most important thing, that is, after years of war, the loss of soldiers has reached nearly 100000, and the reorganization of the army has come to an urgent matter. Taking advantage of the heavy snow and winter, it is a good time to recuperate. Once next spring comes, I don''t know what kind of war is waiting for me.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo likes to be a shake off shopkeeper, there are two things he never does. One is the promotion of officials and generals, and the other is the reward and pension of soldiers. That is to say, personnel power and military power are in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo at any time.


    Fortunately, for the players, this complete set of clothes can be replaced by one key. Therefore, as long as there is no outsider, Huangfu Chaobo''s clothes are worn at will. After hearing Zhang Miao''s request, he immediately changed into Hou Fu''s clothes, and then sent for Pang Tong and Xu Shu.


    However, he walked quickly to the gate of the Marquis''s mansion. As an important ally of his own, Huangfu Chaobo could not overstate it. It''s just that he really can''t figure out what the two brothers came to Luoyang for in this cold time.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was about to reach the gate, Pang Tong and Xu Shu just arrived. For their questioning eyes, Huangfu Chaobo also shook his head helplessly, saying that he didn''t know. They had to follow Huangfu Chaobo and walk towards the gate.


    Coming to the gate, Huangfu Chaobo said: "open the middle gate to meet you!"


    The guard at the gate heard the order and quickly opened the middle gate.


    "Boom..."


    With the heavy door opened, Huangfu Chaobo led pangtong and Zhang Miao out quickly.


    At this time, the two brothers, Zhang Miao, were standing in front of the gate. They were silent, waiting for Huangfu Chaobo to send someone to meet them.


    Who knows, not long after the guards went in, they heard the sound of footsteps coming from the gate. Then they saw that the gate was slowly opened. Then, Hou Huangfu Chaobo in cangting, dressed in Hou''s uniform, led Pang Tong and Xu Shu out of the gate.


    When they were surprised, they thought that Huangfu Chaobo had come out to meet some important people, but they found that the three people were walking towards them.


    In a hurry, Huang Fu Chao Bo made a salute to them and said, "Zhang Chen Liu! General Zhang!"


    "I''d like to meet the Marquis of cangting!" When they saw this, they immediately compiled a ceremony;


    seeing that they were so polite, Huangfu Chaobo was even more surprised. He quickly stepped forward to lift them up, and then led them into the Marquis''s residence and walked towards his own guest hall.


    After a few people sat down, someone immediately gave them tea. After a round of tea, Huangfu Chaobo said slowly, "Chen Liu has just experienced a big war in several cities. Meng Zhuo Gong deserves to be a man of mature and prudent, and should be a model for our generation."


    After hearing this, Zhang Miao quickly got up and said, "I dare not praise the marquis. I have something to do with it. Thanks to the Marquis''s army to help, otherwise I will follow Tao gongzu''s footsteps."


    Huangfu was afraid to say that since the two families agreed to rely on each other, they would do their best to help each other and refuse foreign enemies.


    After a little meditation, Zhang Miao and Zhang Chao looked at each other. Then they both stood up, took out a small box from their baggage, went to the middle of the hall, knelt down, and said to Huangfu Chao: "I''m a humble officer. If I was in the prime of the times, I could still be a shepherd for the emperor. But after Dong Zhuo''s rebellion, the princes retreated, surrounded by tigers and wolves, and I was always trembling I''m afraid I can''t protect the peace of the people. "


    "If the army of Cao bandits had not come to help Chen Liu this time, he would have fallen into the hands of the bandits. After this incident, I woke up. Now that tigers and wolves are rampant in the world, my talent is not enough to protect the peace of the people. After thinking about it, I decided to hand Chen Liu over to the Marquis, and asked the Marquis to send powerful officers to Chen Liu to protect the peace of the people." Presumptuous request for


    , "the registered residence and Duwei Yin letter, and the household register of the mountains and rivers, are presented here today and Hou Ye. He also asked Hou ye to see the hundreds of thousands of people who had left the people and granted Zhang''s invitation."


    Having said that, they raised the objects in their hands and knocked them to the ground.


    suddenly be taken by surprise Terra beau three people unprepared, stunned Huang Fu Chao half genius reaction, hurriedly stepped forward to Zhang Zhang two brothers up, how two people have decided that the idea of insisting that Huangpu Chao Bo to receive the Registered Residence Album terrified.


    Huangfu Chaobo resolutely refused to let people lift them up and put them in their seats. After that, he asked the reason carefully.


    After asking, Huangfu Chaobo finds out that his biggest egg of the year is coming. Zhang Miao and his brothers really decide to join Huangfu Chaobo and hand over Chen Liu to Sizhou management. Zhang Miao also asks Chen Liu to resign and ask Huangfu Chaobo to send someone else to take the post.


    The main reason is that after he became a neighbor with Cao Cao, he was worried and scared every day, and had few days to live in peace.


    This time, he was also surprised by the fighting power of Huangfu''s super broad army. Five thousand troops resisted the attack of Cao Cao''s twenty thousand troops, and he was unbeaten for an hour. He also exchanged two thousand casualties for nearly ten thousand casualties of Cao Cao''s army.


    After the end of the war, Zhang Miao and his brother discussed several times. They thought it was OK for them to run a county, but they couldn''t lead the expedition for one of the princes. After much consideration, they finally decided to join Huangfu Chaobo.He asked Sizhou to arrange for others to stay and resist Cao Cao''s army''s westward advance. As for them, Zhang Miao said that they were going to teach in Luoyang Academy.


    After listening to Zhang Miao''s words, Huangfu Chaobo did not immediately agree, but repeatedly dissuaded them and temporarily placed them in the post station. Then, Huangfu Chaobo quickly gathered Tianfeng, MI Zhu, pangshanmin and Ma Xuan from Luoyang City to discuss the matter.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, they all felt that it was not Zhang Miao''s trial, but they really wanted to give Chen Liu to Huangfu Chaobo for management.


    But after much deliberation, Huangfu Chaobo still felt that it was not reliable, so he led the crowd to Luoyang Academy. At this time, Huangfu song and Zhu Jun should still be with Lu Zhi. Huangfu Chaobo wanted to discuss with three veterans Haosheng to confirm.


    There is also the problem of how to settle the Zhang Miao brothers, because if this matter is not handled properly, it will have a bad impact on the reputation of Huangfu Chaobo.


    What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect was that when they arrived at Lu Zhi''s house, not only Huangfu song and Zhu Jun were there, but also Zhang Miao and his brothers.

 Chapter 760

    It turned out that when Zhang Miao saw that Huangfu Chaobo was not willing to take over Chen Liu, he spent less than half a quarter of an hour in the post station. He led his younger brother to Luoyang academy and was ready to ask him to persuade Huangfu Chaobo. Unexpectedly, Huangfu song and Zhu Jun were also there. So Zhang Miao repeatedly asked them to persuade Huangfu Chaobo.


    The three veterans had doubts about this matter, but they finally confirmed that Zhang Miao really wanted to leave, so they agreed to Zhang Miao''s request. Just as they were preparing to leave for the city, Huangfu Chaobo led people to come.


    After three persuading, Huangfu Chaobo finally agreed to take over Chen Liu, so they just discussed the arrangement of the county staff in Lu Zhi''s study.


    After an hour''s discussion and Zhang Miao''s consent, Huangfu Chaobo decided the personnel arrangement.


    First of all, Zhang Miao did not want to serve as Chen Liu''s prefect. After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to appoint Zaozhi as Chen Liu''s prefect, and transferred Zhoucang as Chen Liu''s Duwei, leading 20000 guards to guard Chen Liu.


    At the same time, in order to strengthen Chen Liu''s defense, Huangfu Chaobo merged three cities and one port of Puyang into Chen Liu County, and dispatched Zhao Yun''s Long Xiang army to guard Chen Liu. Zhao Yun led the two school soldiers and Baima Yi to guard Puyang, and Deputy General Wang Yong led the two school soldiers to guard Chen Liu, assisting Zhou Cang to guard Chen Liu.


    Wei Zi, the former subordinate of Chen Liu and Zhang Miao, was appointed Puyang order to assist Zhao Yun''s department in defending Cao Cao. Liu Yi, another subordinate of Zhang Miao, was appointed Deputy Du Wei of Chen Liu to assist Zhou Cang.


    In addition to these, Zhou Tai''s water army also made adjustments. First, one school was stationed at Baima port, and the other school was stationed at Fenglingdu in Hedong, guarding both ends of the river in Sizhou. As for the other ports, a water army was stationed respectively.


    As for the personnel arrangement of other counties, Dong Zhao was appointed as Hongnong prefect, Zhu Fu as Hongnong prefect, and Zhang Chao as Hongnong Duwei; a new combat camp was set up in Hongnong, with Huangfu Li, the elder brother of Huangfu Chaobo, as the main general, Guan Hai and Pei yuanshao as the Deputy general. There were four schools of soldiers, including three infantry schools and one cavalry school.


    Huangfuli and Guan Hai led three schools of soldiers and two schools of guards to the Hangu pass of Qin Dynasty to defend the Western warlords. Pei yuanshao, another deputy general of xiongqu army, led the garrison of the first military school and Zhang Chao, the commander of Hongnong, stationed in Hongnong city for backup.


    Zhang Miao is the prefect of Hanoi, Zhang Yi is the prefect of Hanoi, Wu Anguo is still the commander of Hanoi, and Dong Xun is the deputy commander to assist Wu Anguo. The rest of the staff and troops will remain unchanged for the time being.


    Hedong is a new land, and its personnel and troops have already been properly arranged, so there is no need to change.


    Pang Shanmin, instead of Zhang Yi, became the magistrate of Shuanghe City, while Ma Xuan, instead of Zhu Fu, became the magistrate of Xi''an Anyang County and the actual ruler of Xi''an Yang.


    As for Huangfu song and Zhu Jun, they have retired from the second tier, which makes Huangfu Chaobo feel relieved.


    As for another talent under Zhang Miao, Chen Rong was arranged by Huangfu Chaobo to help Tian Feng deal with the daily affairs of the five counties under the rule of Sizhou.


    All of a sudden, the egg from the sky made Huangfu Chaobo feel painful and happy. The painful thing was that he had to increase his troops again. The happy thing was that Chen Liu had accumulated a large amount of money and grain. The grain alone was enough to meet the needs of 150000 troops in a year, and now he was allowed to use it. With these grains, people in Sizhou were relieved.


    As for the adjustment of military strength, the first principle is to be close to the garrison first, and then fight the barracks. When these two elite units are full, we can consider the arrangement of garrison.


    In addition to the new xiongqu camp, Huangfu Chaobo decided to add a school combat camp in Shuanghe city for the sake of the safety of Shuanghe city and Beihai state, considering that Xuzhou had basically become the meat in Cao Cao''s bowl and Qingzhou was the next target.


    Because He''nan county is now among the rest of the counties, so Huangfu Chaobo decided to reduce the number of guards at the city passes in He''nan. However, there are too many passes in Henan. There are 20 counties, eight passes in Luoyang, water villages on the South Bank of the river, and 20000 to 40000 guards in Luoyang.


    After that, there are more than 60000 garrison in Henan county.


    In addition to the forces of other cities and territories, Huangfu Chaobo finally found that he had 150000 soldiers, nearly 400000 guards, and nearly 30000 sailors and their related personnel. At last, Huangfu Chaobo found that he had 600000 troops, including nearly 50000 cavalry.


    At this time, the number of people under the rule of Huangfu Chaobo was less than 6 million, and the military civilian ratio had exceeded 10:1.


    With such a huge army, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t know how to maintain it. No wonder old man Tian Feng looks thinner and thinner day by day.


    Chen Liu and Zhang Miao lost a large part of his glasses in the game. The players were surprised by the strength of Huangfu Chaobo. When the ordinary players were still fighting for a county, he had reached the point where he could let the princes come down all the way.


    Not only the players were surprised, but all the princes were dumb. It doesn''t matter if you are far away, but the forces close to you are more afraid of Huangfu''s super power.Yecheng, Jizhou Mufu, after receiving the news that Chen liuzhang Miao dedicated the whole Chen Liu to Huangfu Chaobo, Han Fu locked himself in his room for a day without coming out. He thought his son-in-law was going to attack his ally now, and he was even more worried, for fear that the Sizhou army might suddenly appear in Yecheng and force him to surrender. He was wondering whether he would surrender or not Why not?


    Who knows, the next day, the news that Zhang Miao was appointed as Hanoi prefect spread to Jizhou. At the same time, Zhang Chao was also appointed as Duwei, and all the people under Zhang Miao''s command were properly appointed. This news makes Han Fu and his subordinates feel relieved. It seems that Zhang Miao was not forced to surrender to Sizhou.


    In this way, Han Fu and his subordinates also have the idea of surrender. The main reason is that Han Fu''s internal affairs ability may be much better than Zhang Miao''s, but his military ability is estimated to be less than half of Zhang Miao''s. moreover, Han Fu has a very bad disadvantage, that is, his ears are soft, so all his subordinates feel helpless.


    However, at present, people in Jizhou only have a flash of thought in their hearts, and no one really has many strong ideas.


    Different from Han Fu''s idea, the other princes were more afraid. Such as Yuan Shao, Guo Li in Guanzhong, Zhang Ji in Nanyang and Cao Cao in Yanzhou.


    At this time, Cao Cao was not only afraid, but also deeply discouraged. He lost three cities and got two counties, while others took tens of thousands of soldiers for more than 20 cities.

 Chapter 761

    After returning to Changyi, Cao Cao began to train his own elite troops. With the support of Donghai County, Cao Cao had a lot of money. At least his goal of 20000 heavy infantry and 10000 tigers and leopards can be achieved.


    In fact, Cao Cao was not well-off before he captured Xuzhou. You know, Yanzhou was swept twice by the yellow scarf army. Then, Yanzhou''s princes fought several times, which made Yanzhou almost rich. When Cao Cao took over, he picked up a rotten stall.


    However, he was not as lucky as Huangfu Chaobo. First, he got millions of gold from Zhang rang and Zhao Zhong''s house in Luoyang. Then he sold horses and weapons, and Yuan Shu sent him so much money and heavy armour. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo has several good allies who can get support from them.


    This is also the reason why Cao Cao went to Xuzhou several times. It''s really because he is too poor. Xuzhou is a little boy with a golden egg in his arms. Who do you think he will beat if he doesn''t fight Xuzhou?


    It can be said that his strategy is very correct. After he won the richest County in Xuzhou in the World War I, he really relaxed a lot.


    Therefore, Cao Cao is now just like the state of Huangfu Chaobo, concentrating on his internal skills.


    It''s not only him, but also many people in the world. For example, helixiang in Xuzhou is now training for war.


    After Cao Cao''s appointment, Cao Charlie first selected and supplemented the tiger guards among the troops of Dongping state, and then quietly settled in sheqiu County of Jibei state.


    Cao Charlie led Xu Zhu, Liu Ye and others to practice in sheqiu county. On the one hand, he kept sending people to collect information about the Tibetan overlord in Taishan county. When the time was ripe, he sent troops to attack Taishan county. At least he occupied one or two cities in Taishan county to give his army a foothold.


    The heavy snow that came earlier this year also made Huangfu Chaobo feel relieved. Some time ago, old man Lou GUI made up his mind and said that if the heavy snow could come earlier this year than usual, the drought would be alleviated a lot next year. It seems that the old man was right again.


    The heavy snow in winter can also help Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army to make peace with the whole army without worrying about who will lead the attack.


    Chang''an, Cai Fu and Cai Yong have been removed from their posts, and they are still at home. Since the death of Dong Zhuo, Guo and Li have taken control of the court. They are not like Dong Zhuo. They tolerate people like Cai Yong. Because of his uprightness, he offended many Xiliang generals when Dong Zhuo was in power. When Dong Zhuo was there, no one dared to do anything to him. Now that Dong Zhuo is dead, Guo and Li have no scruples. Although they dare not kill him, they directly remove him from the court.


    On this day, Cai Yong was still compiling the history of the Han Dynasty in his study. Suddenly, his family reported to him outside the door: "master, sun Xiaowei has come to make a report."


    This is the fifth visit of Sun Ping in several months. In these months, he has been firmly carrying out the task arranged by Huangfu Chaobo. Every so often, he came to persuade Cai Yong to move his family to Luoyang.


    Originally, Cai Yong didn''t want to see their generals, but after Cai Yong was removed from his post, there were a lot of inconveniences in his life in Chang''an, especially many green ruffians often came to make trouble. After Sun Ping discovered this situation, he couldn''t punish it. Then he sent many shadows around Cai''s house to guard the safety of CAI''s house. Cai Yong was able to compile his Han history quietly.


    So every time he came to visit, Cai Yong had to meet him in person. Every time, Sun Ping persuaded his family to go to Luoyang Academy. At the beginning, Cai Yong didn''t want to, but with the increase of times, Cai Yong''s inner thoughts also wavered a little.


    This time, Sun Ping met with Cai Yong. After a little greeting, he said, "how are you thinking about CAI? With the help of Mr. Lu, Mr. Huangfu and Mr. Zhu, it would be better for Mr. Cai to write books


    In fact, Cai Yong''s heart has been shaken. Sun Ping''s last words finally moved him. It''s true that the three generals of Lu Zhu Huangfu are famous generals of the Han Dynasty, and they are all great Confucians, especially Lu Zhi. With their help, Cai Yong will certainly be greatly helped in compiling the history of the Han Dynasty.


    It''s just that it''s so easy to go from Chang''an to Luoyang?


    After a little hesitation, Cai Yongcai said slowly, "it''s OK for me to go to Luoyang. It''s just that all the thousands of volumes of books in my family must be transported to Luoyang. Can the captain have a way?"


    Sun Ping was overjoyed, and even said: "please rest assured, everyone of CAI. Sun must have transported many of these books to Luoyang, and everyone of CAI just went there with ease."


    "No, I have to look at these books. There are still many copies in them. If I didn''t look at them myself, what would I do if I was lost by you?" Before Sun Ping finished, he was interrupted by Cai Yong.


    Sun Ping was stunned. Originally, they wanted to send old man Cai Yong back to Luoyang first, and these books were transported back by water. You know, although the MI family had taken refuge with their family, the MI family''s caravan was still in the Han States, and there were caravans from Chang''an. At that time, it would not be difficult to transport them back to Luoyang through the caravan.But if old man Cai wants to be with the fleet, if he is found by the Yongzhou Navy in Chang''an, it''s not good. Of course, it''s not impossible, but Cai Yong needs to dress up as an ordinary old man to hide from the Yongzhou Navy.


    Sun Ping tried to tell Cai Yong what he thought, but he agreed with him happily. In Cai Yong''s opinion, as long as he can be with his books, what does it matter to dress up as an ordinary old man.


    After discussing some details, Sun Ping leaves Cai''s house and returns to shadow''s stronghold in Chang''an. He has to report this to Luoyang and wait for Luoyang to arrange a boat to meet him in Chang''an.


    Luoyang soon recovered, and within ten days it arranged a caravan to meet Chang''an.


    In the next few days, Sun Ping arranged for Cai Fu to sort out all the books, and then quietly sent them to the warehouse outside Weishui wharf outside Chang''an city. It took three or four days to transport all the books out of the city. Now just wait for the ships of the caravan to come to Chang''an.


    A few days later, sure enough, a fleet from Jizhou arrived in Chang''an. They rushed all the goods down to the wharf. After only one day in Chang''an, they left Chang''an full of goods and headed east along the Wei River.


    No one noticed that in one of these ships, except for the cargo of a small boat, all the others were all kinds of books, accompanied by an old man with several young men and women servants. This is Cai Yong and his daughter servant who left Chang''an for Luoyang.

 Chapter 762

    Watching Cai Yong''s boat finally leave Chang''an wharf, Sun Ping finally breathes a long sigh of relief. It has been almost half a year since I came to Chang''an, and I have finally finished what my Lord told me.


    The next step is to recruit Xu Rong. For this handsome man, Huangfu Chaobo spared no effort. So three days after Cai Yong saw him off, Sun Ping set out again for Chencang City, hundreds of miles away, regardless of the heavy snow just stopped and the road was difficult.


    At this time in Chencang City, Xu Rong is also in deep meditation. The weather is getting colder and colder these days. He has asked the soldiers to stop their daily training, but the normal inspection is still carried out as usual. However, the winter was coming, but the soldiers'' winter clothes were still a problem. He led 20000 troops to guard Chencang and Sanguan, but the food and grass were safe for the time being. Other supplies had lost the supply of Chang''an.


    Just like the winter clothes most urgently needed by the soldiers, they have been handed out in previous years, but this year there is no news. He has sent his own personal guard general and his younger brother Xu GUI to Chang''an to ask for them, but the reply is to let them wait, saying that the troops in Chang''an are not ready, let alone the foreign troops.


    Moreover, as the year is approaching, the year-end salaries and rewards of the officers and soldiers are gone. If things go on like this, it won''t take a year for his soldiers and horses to run away.


    Xu GUI watched his elder brother walking around in the room, but there was no solution for a long time. As Xu Rong''s younger brother and general, Xu Rong basically knew everything. He also knew that Huangfu Chaobo had always valued him and had sent people to solicit him.


    "Elder brother, Marquis cangting thinks highly of elder brother so much, why elder brother..." Xu GUI said cautiously;


    Xu Rong stopped, looked at his younger brother, sighed and said: "I don''t know the meaning of cangting Hou for you? Only Chencang and Luoyang are thousands of miles away. There are hundreds of thousands of Xiliang troops in Qinchuan alone. How do you let my tens of thousands of brothers and family members pass through? Can''t you and I go to Luoyang and leave the others in Chencang? "


    Xu GUI was dumb when he heard that. Xu Rong''s 10000 soldiers were soldiers who had followed him for several years. Although the 10000 soldiers were only the original guards of Chencang and Sanguan, Xu Rong had won over the past six months. These troops and their families have nearly 100000 people. How to get to Luoyang is really a problem.


    If Xu Rong went alone, these soldiers and their families would be implicated. In all probability, these soldiers would become dead soldiers in the army of Guo Li.


    At the thought of this, Xu GUI also kept silent.


    Just at this time, the guard outside the door said, "general, someone is asking for a meeting outside the mansion."


    With that, he handed up a salutation card.


    Xu GUI took a look, but it was Sun Ping, the right captain of Yulin, who had visited for several times. Xu GUI was very happy and said, "brother, sun Xiaowei is here again. You can discuss with him to see if they have any idea?"


    With a bitter smile, Xu Rong said, "well, dead horses should be treated as living horses. Go to the door in person and welcome sun Xiaowei in. "


    Xu GUI goes out of the door. A moment later, at the gate of Xu Chen''s county yamen, Xu GUI leads Sun Ping into the county yamen. They walk and chat together. When they get to the door of Xu Rong''s study, Xu GUI whispers to Sun Ping: "it''s freezing recently. My elder brother has been worrying about the brothers'' winter clothes and pay."


    Sun Ping a listen, eyes a bright, tacit nodded, and then under the leadership of Xu GUI into the room.


    After entering the room, Sun Ping went up to the front two steps and said, "I haven''t seen General Xu before."


    "Captain sun, please get up!" Xu Rong stepped forward to lift Sun Ping up, and then asked him to sit down.


    After sitting opposite each other and chatting for a while, Xu Rongcai said, "I don''t know what happened when sun Xiaowei came here this time."


    Because of Xu GUI''s warning, Sun Ping also had a bottom in his heart and said, "it''s freezing. My lord estimated that General Xu might need some materials and funds, so he ordered me to send some things."


    With that, Sun Ping handed Xu GUI a list of materials. Xu GUI quickly reached for it, but there were 20000 sets of soldiers'' winter clothes, 20000 pieces of various weapons and equipment, 50000 pieces of money, and some other materials. Xu GUI looked at the list and couldn''t speak for a long time.


    Xu Rong was surprised to see that his younger brother hadn''t handed over the list for a long time. He reached out and took the list from Xu GUI''s hand. Rao Shiyi, Xu Rong''s calmness, also jumped. Such a large amount of materials, money and silk are just what his 20000 troops need urgently.


    Xu Rong handed the list to Sun Ping and said, "Sun Xiaowei, please take it back. People often say that they have no merit and will not receive salary. Xu deserves such valuable property."


    "Is general Xu ashamed of what he received, and then let tens of thousands of soldiers under his command not even wear winter clothes in this cold season?" Sun Ping said in a soft voice;


    Xu Rong listened and was speechless for a long time.


    Sun Ping did not speak, quietly waiting for Xu Rong''s answer.


    After a long time, Xu Rongcai replied: "mengcangting Marquis''s wrong love, Xu Rong''s gratitude is inexplicable, but there are 20000 brothers and their tens of thousands of family members under his command. He really can''t bear to leave them alone.""Don''t worry, General Xu. My Lord has said that there is no need for the general to leave Yongzhou now. He also said that since Guo and Li have arranged for the general to stay in Chencang, the general will be able to stay in Chencang. When the time comes, there will be a way to solve the general''s confusion." Sun Ping said with a smile;


    Xu Rongxin read a move, said: "the meaning of Hou Ye is Xu..."


    "Yes, the Lord''s meaning is that the general and 20000 troops will be stationed in Chencang and Sanguan for the time being. In three years or not, the Marquis''s army will move westward. At that time, the general''s 20000 troops will be able to give Guo and Li a fatal blow from behind."


    After hearing Sun Ping''s words, Xu Rong breathed a long sigh of relief and was deeply moved. He was defeated and captured a few years ago. Huangfu Chaobo had been recruiting him. Last year, he defeated Sizhou army in Hedong. He didn''t expect that he would recruit himself the next year.


    Seeing Xu Rong''s expression, Sun Ping also breathes a sigh of relief, and mentions to Xu Rong the conditions for Huangfu Chaobo to surrender. Huangfu Chaobo made him a general of the fourth grade, only below Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun in Sizhou army. Qianniu battalion was set up for two battalions, one school of cavalry and one school of infantry. The cavalry was Xiliang cavalry. As for the remaining 10000 people, the guards were organized into two barracks, which were responsible for the defense of the county and Sanguan. The money, food and equipment of the 20000 soldiers were sent from Luoyang.


    Xu Rong arranged the first general of 20000 troops and horses, and Luoyang would never interfere.

 Chapter 763

    After getting the promise of Huangfu Chaobo, Xu Rong happily accepted the solicitation. Then Xu Rong immediately asked Sun Ping to send his request to Luoyang, asking Luoyang to send someone to take over Chencang county magistrate. At the same time, in the name of military expansion and reorganization, he asked Luoyang to send generals at all levels, so as to ease Huangfu''s heart.


    At the same time, they sent people to Chang''an to receive materials, especially the soldiers'' winter clothes.


    One day later, the carrier pigeon brought Huangfu Chaobo''s reply, which only had two words: "no one!" The implication is that all personnel arrangements are arranged by Xu Rong and Luoyang will not interfere. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s reply, Xu Rong was more moved and had a deeper understanding of his new hero. No wonder he became the leader of the party in a few years, and the heroes of the world continued to vote for him.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo agreed to Xu Rong''s other request to arrange a team of shadows in Chencang to facilitate his contact with Luoyang.


    Two days later, Sun Ping finally left Chencang with satisfaction. Two of the three tasks assigned to them by Huangfu Chaobo have been successfully completed, and only the last and the most difficult one is to protect the emperor.


    For this task, even Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know what task the 500 soldiers were supposed to accomplish, let alone Sun Ping. However, this is not nothing. At least, the emperor is surrounded by the most trusted person of Huangfu Chaobo, who is also a close Minister of the emperor. This is a great help for Huangfu Chaobo to better grasp the recent situation of the court.


    Bingzhou, Hexi County, without the knowledge of Huangfu Chaobo, Jiang Pei recruited a military strategist. Under his planning, Jiang Pei quickly controlled the cities of Fushi and Gaul, and also captured the county town of Huanyin in Xihe County, and then the city of Qiuci.


    At the same time, the military division also designed Liu Bao, the southern Xiongnu Zuoxian king, who would come to attack Qiuci city. After he recruited Liu Bao, Jiang Pei successfully recovered tens of thousands of people from the whole Zuoxian King''s Department, including 8000 cavalry.


    As a result, Jiang Pei''s strength has increased by more than 10% in a few months.


    Meanwhile, as far away as Liangzhou, Wuyu captured biaoshi and lesu successively in a few months, and the army came close to Lufu City, Jiuquan county. It also recruited several historical generals, such as Zhangye and Luan, Jiuquan Huanghua, etc. Although they were not as good as Ma play, they were much better than ordinary transferred generals, which also increased the strength of Wuyu.


    Xiaobai, who belongs to Shu County in Yizhou, also sent troops in succession in this year. He successively captured the other two cities of Shu County, Yandao and Maoniu, and became one of the players. Although he was not the prefect of a county, he got Yan Baihu''s name as the fourth grade Pingyue general.


    This year alone, there have been three princes, namely, yelaixiang, I am Xiaobai and Yanhan. Oh, and there is also a lucky man, Cao Charlie, the Taishan prefect.


    However, everyone is still cautious about this man. Although he has Xu Zhu''s two brothers, tiger guards and Liu Ye''s help, Zang Ba is not a fool in history. Although he has successively become the subordinates of Tao Qian, Lv Bu and Cao Cao, his strength is beyond doubt.


    You know, although Zang Ba changed his master in three ways, he always led his troops in Kaiyang and became the master himself. Later, he occupied Juxian County. First, he led the army to resist Lu Bu. After making peace with Lu Bu, he led the army several times to resist Cao Cao''s army together with Lu Bu, and fought against lejin and other armies.


    This shows the strength of Zang ba. As for Cao Charlie, Liu Ye is a counselor who is good at internal affairs and military equipment, but he is deficient in military affairs. As for Xu brothers, they are good at fighting. Therefore, Cao Charlie lacks generals who are good at commanding.


    However, the following things have made everyone''s face.


    In 195, on the 15th of the first month of the second year of Hanzhong, when everyone was still immersed in the joy of the new year, Cao Charlie, the Taishan prefect under Cao Cao, suddenly sent troops to Taishan county.


    To everyone''s surprise, in Taishan County, which was originally thought to be a big war, Cao Charlie recruited two generals of Zang Ba, changchen and Wudun, and occupied Chi County, juping county and Bo county without any blood. The army almost reached zhifenggao town of Taishan County, Zang BA''s hometown, in ten days.


    When everyone thought that Charlie Cao would take advantage of the victory to attack fenggao, he suddenly stopped and reorganized the troops of the three cities, which seemed to mean hiding his banner.


    At the beginning of February, Zang Ba led 20000 troops to fight back and attack Boxian County, but in the end he was defeated and had to retreat to fenggao. After that, they both practiced their internal skills hard, preparing for the first collision.


    At the beginning of March, the whole world is almost quiet, because March 1-10 is a grain growing day, so everyone is busy growing grain. After the grain growing day at the beginning of the month, the game began to be full of flames. However, although it was very busy outside, Huangfu Chaobo''s territory was quiet and concentrated on accumulating strength.


    At the beginning of the day, many small and medium-sized players were fighting. In April, the characters will be different.

 Chapter 764

    At the beginning of April, Xia Houyuan, under Cao Cao''s command, led 10000 troops to Qingzhou to suppress thieves, taking Jia Da as the vanguard and man Pang as the army''s division, on the ground of committing crimes against the Yellow scarves in Qingzhou.


    Cao Cao''s initiative to send troops to Qingzhou surprised the players. You know, in history, Cao Cao only invaded Qingzhou five years after the battle of Guandu. Today, Cao Cao is eager to send troops to Qingzhou. It can be seen that the game has long deviated from the original track because of the intervention of players.


    In less than a month, Cao Cao''s army successively occupied the city of Jinan and Pingyuan county to the south of the river. The army approached Linpeng city of Qi where Le''an and Qingzhou animal husbandry administration were located. Qingzhou animal husbandry Jiao and Jizhao Pingyuan xiangkong Rong and Donglai Taishou Cai Yuan sent troops to help each other.


    Kong Rong immediately sent his vice captain Prince FA to lead 10000 troops to Linluo, and the governor of Donglai personally sent 20000 troops to the rescue. However, although Kong Rong sent 10000 reinforcements, he also kept an eye on it. He ordered the National Guard Zongbao to stay at 20000 prefectures and soldiers to strictly defend the county. At the same time, he secretly ordered the officials of dong''anping to pay attention to the movement of Cao Cao''s army at any time.


    Not only that, he also sent people to warn Pang Shanmin and Meng gang in Shuanghe city to remind them to pay attention to the movement of Cao Cao''s army. In fact, where can Kong Rong''s warning be used? As early as the beginning of Xia Houyuan''s troops, Pang Tong and Xu Shu had noticed the war in Qingzhou.


    At the suggestion of the two men, Huangfu Chaobo had already ordered the Sizhou army to be transferred from Hanoi to the shuanghecheng battle camp and the Shoubing camp, each with one school of troops and horses, under the command of Meng gang.


    After receiving Kong Rong''s reminder, Pang Shanmin immediately went to the drama county to see Kong Rong. He had already been instructed by Luoyang. Once Kong Rong was rescued, he had to go to the drama county to find Kong Rong. This is the next step of Huangfu Chaobo''s layout in Qingzhou.


    A day later, Pang Shanmin and Kong Rong were talking in the prime minister''s residence of Beihai in drama county. At the beginning of taking office, Pang Shanmin and Zhang Zan came to visit Kong Rong. Kong Rong was no stranger to Pang Shanmin, so he was invited into the mansion soon after he got the news of Pang Shanmin''s visit.


    After a few casual conversations, Kong Rong said, "the mountain people are here, but they have brought the news of general Anton?"


    Pang Shanmin looked at the bodyguard beside him. Kong Rong understood and ordered everyone to step down, leaving only his own bodyguard. Then he said, "now there is no outsider, so the mountain people can tell the truth."


    Pang Shanmin pondered a little: "my general ordered his subordinates to come here just to help the soldiers. This time, Cao Cao sent troops to Qingzhou. Although the general wanted to kill the thief, he could not return to heaven. "


    "The prime minister should know that our state has been in constant war in recent years, and the loss of soldiers is so great that it is unable to send a large army to support Then Pang Shanmin stopped on purpose.


    After hearing this, Kong Rong was shocked. "Ah" quickly got up and said, "what should we do now?"


    As Kong Rong''s Pro general, he knew the gap between the SZU army and the Northern Navy. At the beginning, Beihai had nothing to do with hundreds of thousands of yellow scarves. Now it''s Cao Cao who can defeat millions of yellow scarves. If Sizhou army can''t come to support, Qingzhou will be in Cao Cao''s hands.


    You know, Cao Cao is not a good bird in the eyes of scholars like Kong Rong. He was called "the son of castration". If Cao Cao controls Qingzhou, there will be no good fruit for Kong Rong.


    Seeing Kong Rong''s fierce reaction, Pang Anmin said quietly, "my general didn''t respond to Cao Cao''s attack at all. As early as a few days ago, when Cao Cao''s army attacked Qingzhou, our state water army transported 10000 troops from Sizhou, but it''s unrealistic for these 10000 troops to drive Cao Cao out of Qingzhou."


    "You should know that Cao Cao''s army only entered Qingzhou with a total of 40000 or 50000 soldiers. In addition, these days, he recruited a lot of soldiers from Qingzhou Prefecture, so now there are nearly 50000 soldiers attacking Linpeng city."


    After listening to Pang Anmin''s words, Kong Rong''s face was a little better, and he said: "in general Anton''s opinion, what should we do? The mountain people only come through the channel. "


    "It''s my general''s intention that if general Meng''s army and the prime minister''s army can save the assassin, it will be better. If not, they can only lead the troops to defend in dong''anping and resist Cao Cao''s army to the north of Zishui. At that time, if the governor failed to retreat to the south of Zishui, my general would like to recommend the prime minister to the court as the governor of Qingzhou, and unify the cities of Qingzhou south of Zishui to resist the Cao army. "


    After hearing this, Kong Rong shook his hand and said, "how can that be. General Anton can only keep up with Cao Cao''s army. How can Wen Ju resist Cao Cao''s army? "


    "There is no need for the prime minister to panic. The general of our army has said that if the prime minister can serve as the governor of Qingzhou, he can make the Mongolian general select soldiers from the soldiers of Qingzhou Prefecture and train tens of thousands of elite soldiers. At the time of the border, Sizhou will provide help for the army, and the army will certainly be able to resist Cao Cao''s army relying on Zishui."


    For this reason, Kong Rong didn''t understand Pang Shanmin''s meaning. Sizhou''s army was strong and strong. Although Sizhou couldn''t send too many soldiers to Qingzhou, if Meng Gang selected soldiers from Qingzhou''s army and made them into a elite army, he could really stop Cao Cao''s army.


    In this way, the soldiers in Qingzhou were not named Kong, but Huangfu.


    For this, Kong Rong was silent. Pang Shanmin saw the hesitation in Kong Rong''s heart and said, "do you know how my general evaluates you, Prime Minister?""What did general Anton say?"


    "My general once said that Wen Jugong was a great talent in the world, but his talent was to govern the people rather than the army. In the prosperous age, Wen Jugong is not the shepherd, even the Taichang Temple minister or the big Si Nong, who is the nine ministers. However, in this troubled age, Wen Jugong is not lazy. " With that, Pang Shan looked at Kong Rong and said nothing more.


    The words have been said. As for how to choose, it depends on whether you can see clearly. If you still don''t like it, I''m sorry. The State Army can only find another way. Although he wanted to give up Shuanghe City, Cao Cao''s army didn''t have a water army. The river was still in the hands of Sizhou''s army, but he was not afraid of him.


    Moreover, Shuanghe city is not so easy to capture. With 20000 troops, backed by the sea, Cao Cao had to take at least 50000 to 60000 troops to fill it. Therefore, no matter how Kong Rong chooses Pang Shanmin, he is not afraid.


    After listening to Pang Shanmin''s words, Kong Rong was stunned. Wen Ju''s aim was to govern the people, not the army. This sentence is like a drum in the evening and a bell in the morning, which awakens Kong Rong.


    Indeed, since he became the Prime Minister of Beihai, he has built cities, established schools, promoted talents, and expressed Confucianism. Apart from building cities, all he has done are civil affairs. However, in terms of military management, although the Beihai group of soldiers are complete, they seem to be able to keep up with both the yellow scarf bandits and the Cao Cao army.

 Chapter 765

    Kong Rong also knows that it''s not that the quality of Qingzhou soldiers is not good. You know, after hundreds of thousands of Qingzhou yellow scarves were put under Cao Cao''s rule, they were indeed trained to be the world-famous elite soldiers - Qingzhou soldiers. From this, we can see that Qingzhou is not without elite soldiers, but is really not good at military affairs, as general Anton said.


    In retrospect, at the end of last year, Zhang Miao, Chen Liu''s prefect, took the county as an example, and both of them and their generals were put in high position.


    Thinking of this, Kong Rong rose to face the West and bowed to Pang Shanmin for a long time before he got up and said to Pang Shanmin, "general Anton''s words awakened the dreamer. Wenju voluntarily followed general Anton''s tail, reported to the court, and went down to Anshu."


    Seeing this, Pang Shanmin laughed and said, "wenjugong is really a great talent in the world. The general said that wenjugong would understand what he meant, and that''s true."


    "According to general Anton, what should we do now?" Now that Kong Rong has agreed to join Huangfu Chaobo, he immediately asks Pang Shanmin.


    Seeing this, Pang Shanmin explained the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo to him one by one, and they gathered all the officials and staff under Kong Rong to discuss all the details carefully. It can be said that although Kong Rong is not good at military affairs, he has a good personality. Many of his subordinates are not against voting for Huangfu Chaobo. On the contrary, many people are relieved.


    According to Huangfu Chaobo''s plan, Beihai only needs to guard the city, and the war in Qingzhou will be given to Meng Gang''s army. After the discussion, Pang Shanmin then returned to Shuanghe City, and Meng Gang immediately led the soldiers of the two schools to set out quietly.


    A few days later, Meng Gang''s two school soldiers arrived in dong''anping city. While strengthening the city''s defense, they were ready to meet the prince''s army in Linpeng city.


    As expected, on the 10th of May, the army of XiaHouYuan attacked Linpeng. Only a few days later, XiaHouYuan''s army invaded Linpeng City, and mujiaohe of Qingzhou and Cai Yuan of Donglai both died in the chaos.


    Because of Kong Rong''s warning in advance, Prince Fu, the Deputy captain of Beihai state, led nearly 5000 disabled soldiers of Beihai state to retreat in a hurry. He crossed the Zishui River under the support of the menggang army in donganping city and entered the dieshoucheng pool in donganping city.


    After Cao Cao''s army invaded Linpeng City, because of the desperate resistance of Jiao he and Cai Yuan''s army, the loss was not small. So XiaHouYuan is busy stabilizing the situation in Linpeng city and the site to the north of Zishui.


    Because of the great loss of troops, the stability of the existing territory, and the fact that Qingzhou''s troops were as weak as ever, Xia Houyuan''s deputy general Jia Da led Yanzhou''s 5000 troops and Qingzhou''s 10000 Longjun attacked dong''anping.


    On the 16th, Jia Da led his troops across Zishui to attack donganping. When Jia Da''s army was crossing the river, it was attacked by the menggang army. Five thousand Yanzhou army lost two thousand, and nearly half of ten thousand Qingzhou soldiers surrendered. Jada led the troops back to Linpeng in confusion.


    After being defeated by menggang''s leader, Xia Houyuan found that Huangfu''s Chaobo army had intervened. Seeing this, man Pang suggested that Xia Houyuan should not go south any more, but stabilize the territory north of Zishui. At present, half of the cities in Qingzhou have been brought into the hands of Cao Cao.


    As man Pang expected, three days after Jia Da''s army was repulsed, Xia Houyuan received the news that the warships of Sizhou water army appeared in Zishui and Judian lake. If the army crossed Zishui, it would be gone forever.


    Hearing this news, Xia Houyuan could not help but secretly congratulated himself that he had stopped quickly. If the army crossed Zishui, it would be beating dogs with meat buns.


    After the defeat of Cao Cao''s army, Meng Gang arranged to strengthen the defense of dong''anping County while sending people to gather the rout troops of Qi, Beihai and Donglai. At the same time, in the name of general Anton''s mansion, Shouguang, Yiguo, Guangxian and Linqu were taken over.


    After that, Meng Gang selected 10000 soldiers from nearly 10000 soldiers in Qingzhou and counties, and reorganized them into four schools. He was appointed as Canglang camp by Huangfu Chaobo. Meng gang was the commander of Canglang camp and Han Xian was the deputy general. Canglang camp had five schools under its jurisdiction, with 20000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry. As for the cavalry, it was the cavalry mobilized from the cities of Si Zhou.


    At the same time, after receiving the news of Cao Cao''s attack on Linpeng, Huangfu Chaobo wrote a letter to the court, denouncing the governor of Yanzhou. Cao Cao ignored the court decree and sent troops to attack Qingzhou, killing mujiaohe of Qingzhou. At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo made a statement, recommending Beihai prime Minister Kong Rong as the governor of Qingzhou.


    With Wang Yue''s help, and Guo Li in Chang''an City, they were happy to see that the warlords of Guandong were fighting endlessly. They immediately agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s recommendation. A few days later, the court officially issued a decree to reprimand Cao Cao, and at the same time, the court issued a decree to agree that Kong Rong was the governor of Qingzhou.


    In June, Kong Rong became the governor of Qingzhou. As soon as he took office, he appointed Lou GUI as the Prime Minister of Beihai, Wu''an as the captain of Beihai, Wang Xiu as the governor of Donglai, and Zongbao as the captain of Donglai.


    For a moment, the whole world was in an uproar. As we all know, Lou GUI was a confidant of Huangfu Chaobo, and he had taken refuge with him when Huangfu Chaobo was the magistrate of changshe county. He played an irreplaceable role in the rise of Huangfu Chaobo. It can be said that if Huang Zhong is the first one among the generals of Huangfu Chaobo, Lou GUI is the first one among his counsellors.


    Although in recent years, Lou GUI has not always been around Huangfu Chaobo as he did at the beginning, but he always appears where Huangfu Chaobo badly needs.After Ping''an Hedong, Lou GUI was the first governor of Hedong appointed by Huangfu Chaobo, but now he is appointed as Beihai prime minister by Kong Rong. Qi doesn''t mean that after Chen Liu''s governor Zhang Miao, one of the 18 princes who once ranked among the 18 princes who discussed Dong took refuge in Huangfu Chaobo.


    If we add the Hanoi publicity army which was destroyed by Huangfu Chaobo, now there are three princes who were annexed by Huangfu Chaobo.


    In June, the sun is scorching in Yanzhou, but it''s cold in Yanzhou governor''s house. In his study, Cao Cao, a general of Fenwei, has smashed many things and killed two maids who broke into the study without looking.


    Not only that, half an hour has passed, the study also from time to time came bursts of hissing. The reason is that Cao Cao has already received the news from the court of Chang''an. General Anton Huangfu Chaobo showed that he killed an important official of the court by recklessly using his sword. The emperor actually ordered to reprimand him and appointed Kong Rong as the new governor of Qingzhou.


    Now it is well known that Kong Rong of Beihai, Han Fu of Jizhou and Chen Liu Zhang Miao, who have taken refuge in the county, are all under the command of Huangfu Chaobo. Now Kong Rong is appointed as the governor of Qingzhou, which is the same as Huangfu Chaobo''s direct control of Qingzhou.


    He worked hard to get half of Qingzhou, while Huangfu Chaobo just talked and got half of Qingzhou.

 Chapter 766

    Cao Cao thought of last year''s war again, and he humbled Yuan Shao. Then he worked hard for several months, led the army for more than a month, and finally got two counties in Xuzhou. However, Huangfu Chaobo easily got Chen Liu. This time, Huangfu Chaobo got a big advantage.


    That''s not to say. Now, the princes of the world don''t want to fight, and they don''t see what the world says. For example, Gongsun Zan directly drove his superior, the governor of Youzhou, to a place where birds don''t shit, and your Emperor didn''t say a word. You know, Liu Yu is still your emperor''s uncle.


    Yuan Shao took up half of Pingyuan County in Qingzhou last year without saying a word, and beat his boss Jizhou Mu so that now there is only one county left. Today, he still lives on his allies. He has not been swallowed by Yuan Shao, and he has not seen your emperor say anything.


    Yuan Shu, a later general, first occupied Nanyang, then sent troops to occupy Yangzhou, and later sent troops to attack Runan. He tossed about everywhere. Did you say another word?


    I managed to capture the two counties of Qingzhou. Before I was relieved, your emperor''s censure was coming. Don''t you look down on people? It''s the contempt of hongguoguo...


    In general, Cao Cao''s temperament is not so bad. But this time, Cao Cao became angry and could not be restrained. He smashed a lot of things in his study and killed two maids who went in to give him tea and clean up his study.


    So no one dares to step into the study door any more. Fortunately, Cao ang, Cao Cao''s eldest son, and Cao Anmin, his nephew, immediately sent for Xia Houdun and Cao Ren. Now they just return to report their work and are in Changyi city.


    Half an hour later, they came together. Behind them were Cao ang and Cao Anmin. Seeing that they had arrived, the guards finally breathed a sigh of relief.


    Cao Ren waved the bodyguard away from the study and let his two nephews guard at the door. Then he and Xia Houdun stepped into the study.


    As soon as they entered the study, they were stunned to see the mess everywhere, especially when the two maids were still lying in a pool of blood. Cao Ren frowned slightly, turned back to the door and said, "Zi Fu, send someone to clean up the room!"


    "Yes, uncle, nephew, send someone to clean it up immediately."


    With that, Cao ang led several bodyguards to carry out the maid''s body in the study, and asked people to put away the books and official documents everywhere. Then he led the bodyguards out of the study with a wave of his hand, and closed the door gently.


    "Why is Mende so impolite?" Cao Ren said in a soft voice;


    "filial piety, Yuan rang," Cao Cao gasped, calmed down a little in front of his family, sat down slowly, and said, "Why are you here?"


    "Zi Fu came to us and said that Meng de was in the study. He was so angry that he executed two servants one after another. What''s the matter?"


    "Zixiao, yuanrang, you''ve come just in time. Someone just wants to invite you to discuss it." Then Cao Cao handed the emperor''s reprimand to them.


    When they took the imperial edict, they were both very angry, and finally understood why Cao Cao was so angry. Compared with the fury of Xia Houdun, Cao Ren had to be a little more rational. After a moment''s meditation, he said, "in Meng De''s opinion, what should we do?"


    After talking with them, Cao Cao finally calmed down. However, they were also very dissatisfied with the emperor''s practice. After discussing for a while, they decided to unite with a group of princes again to curb the development of Huangfu''s Chaobo power.


    So after the three men discussed, they ordered the bodyguard to invite Cheng Yu, Xun Yu and Sima Yi. They were ready to discuss carefully how to persuade the vassals to join forces again.


    A moment later, the three rushed to the prefecture.


    Cao Cao told the story to the three men again, and then said: "I want to unite with the princes to send troops to SZU again. First, I want to curb the development momentum of Huangfu Chaobo, and second, I want to get rid of this evil spirit in my heart. So I''ll invite all the three gentlemen here and we''ll have a careful discussion on how to arrange it. "


    Although Cao Cao''s words were spoken to three people, his eyes were on Sima Yi, the youngest. Xun Yu was good at internal affairs, and Cao Ying was well deserved as the first person in internal affairs. Cheng Yuming was ruthless in military tactics. Historically, it was his idea to use dried human flesh as military food in Xuzhou. Sima Yi, on the other hand, was clever and good at planning. Cao Cao''s strategy was put forward by him several times, and then carefully planned and implemented by others.


    Today''s caoying people don''t despise young Sima Yi at all. In addition to the last time he sent troops to Xuzhou, this time he sent troops to Qingzhou was also his idea. Although he has not achieved the goal of taking Qingzhou completely, he has also obtained half of the territory of Qingzhou. It can be said that in less than a year since Sima Yi took refuge, Cao Cao Jun has added four new prefectures.


    It is because of such credit that his position in the Cao camp quickly ranked behind Xun Cheng and ranked third. Another reason for Cao Cao''s people to look at Sima Yi is that the Hanoi aristocratic family headed by Sima''s family was basically swept away by Huangfu Chaobo. Although almost all the family members were there, most of their savings for hundreds of years fell into the hands of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Moreover, every family can only stay in Luoyang with some wealth to be a rich man, which makes Sima Yi hate Huangfu Chaobo very much. As long as it''s about dealing with Huangfu Chaobo, Sima Yi will never shrink back.Sure enough, seeing Cao Cao looking at himself, Xun Cheng turned his head and looked at him. Sima Yi didn''t say much. He got up and arched his hand and said, "Lord, some generals and some adults, I have been thinking about this since the last Xuzhou war. Over the past few months, there has been a general outline. This time, the court gave us an excuse. Here, I''d like to invite you to fill in the gaps. "


    With that, Sima Yi shared her thoughts with the public.


    After listening to Sima Yi''s words, everyone applauded. In Sima Yi''s plan, all the princes around Sima Zhou were included in the alliance.


    Yuan Shao in Jizhou, Lu Bu in Bingzhou, Guo Li in Yongzhou, and Yuan Shu in Yangzhou all took action. According to Sima Yi''s idea, even if he could not bring Huangfu to a level in the battle of Chaobo this time, he would return to the situation of only a dozen cities around Luoyang.


    At that time, Yuan Shao occupied Hanoi, Lu Bu occupied Hedong, Guo Li occupied Hongnong, Yuan Shu sent troops to Yuzhou, but Cao Cao didn''t want him to occupy too many places in Yuzhou. As for Cao Cao himself, he first set his target in the east of hulaoguan, and after it became stable, he then mapped out the remaining cities of Qingzhou and Xuzhou.

 Chapter 767

    According to Sima Yi''s strategy, Huangfu Chaobo really only has more than ten cities around Luoyang. As for several allies of Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun Zan and Liu Yu have already carried them. It is impossible for the army to go south to threaten Yuan Shao. Even if there are a small number of troops, Yuan Shao''s strength is not enough to worry about.


    As for Han Fu, in people''s eyes, he is already a dying man.


    Another is Kongzhou in Yuzhou. I believe that with the control of Yuan Shu, it is impossible to have the energy to take care of Sizhou.


    After nearly a day''s discussion, they finally worked out a plan. Cheng Yu was sent to Hebei, Sima Yi to Bingzhou, Xun Yu to Yangzhou, and Chen Qun was sent to Chang''an to urge the princes to form a joint Crusade army again. If all goes well, the army will send troops to attack Sizhou in early September.


    Originally, Cao Cao''s suggestion also asked Sima Yi to return to Hanoi secretly to contact those aristocratic families. However, Sima Yi''s words made Cao Cao give up this idea. The Hanoi aristocratic family had almost been uprooted by Huangfu Chaobo the year before last. Unless Huangfu Chaobo''s power was destroyed, he would not be able to return to heaven.


    A few days later, in Jizhou, nanpicheng, Bohai County, and the general''s house, Cheng Yu was sent to Hebei for the second time. Last year, he United Yuan Shao to send troops together. It was Cheng Yu who sent troops to Hebei that urged Yuan Shao''s army to send troops, which enabled Cao Cao to capture two counties in Xuzhou.


    Yuan Shao and his staff and generals were not satisfied with last year''s war. Yuan Shao''s army sent nearly 100000 troops and only got about ten empty cities, while Cao Cao got two counties in Xuzhou.


    Moreover, this year, Cao Cao suddenly sent troops to Qingzhou, taking up half of Qingzhou where Yuan Shao was regarded as the backyard, while the other half was cheaper than Huangfu Chaobo.


    So this time, Cheng Yu went to Jizhou again to unite with Yuan Shao to send troops, which was opposed by many people under Yuan Shao''s command. Cheng Yu, who arrived in Hebei province again, did not immediately try to persuade Yuan Shao. Instead, he quietly sent someone to bribe Yuan Shao''s counselors Xu you and Guo Tu, together with the counselors Xun Chen and Shen Pei, who were originally in favor of sending troops. More than half of Yuan Shao''s eight counselors had already been occupied. In addition, Chen Lin, who was neutral, was only Fengji, Xinping and Xinpi who opposed sending troops.


    In this way, the probability of Cheng Yu persuading Yuan Shao to send troops will increase greatly.


    As for the generals, Cheng Yu is not worried. These generals only care about whether they have the chance to send troops, and they don''t care who they are sending troops to.


    However, for the sake of safety, Cheng Yu quietly visited yuan Shang, the third son of Yuan Shao. Nowadays, it is well known that yuan Cheqi preferred Shang, the third son of Cao Cao, only because he was handsome, much like Yuan Shao when he was young. Therefore, it is a careful thought of Cao Cao to choose the relationship between Yuan Shang and Yuan Tan, the eldest son.


    With these actions, Cheng Yu formally proposed to Yuan Shao the joint dispatch of troops to the prefecture. As expected, Cao Ying people were afraid.


    Cheng Yu and Yuan Shao''s staff fought each other, and finally urged Yuan Shao to send troops to Wei county. However, the condition for Yuan Shao to send troops was that Cao Cao sent troops to attack Sizhou first, and Yuan Shao''s army would send troops to attack Wei county.


    Now Gongsun Zan and Liu Yu seem to have started a war again in the north. After Gongsun Zan really calms down Youzhou, there will be no worries. At that time, Yuan Shao''s Jizhou will be in danger of being attacked on both sides.


    In fact, in recent years, Yuan Shao has been a strong military general. After several years of development, Yuan Shao has recruited eight military strategists, plus more than 20 historical generals, which can be said to be the number one vassal in the world. At present, Yuan Shao''s territory is not the largest, but when it comes to counselors, generals, soldiers, horses, money and food, it is worthy of the first place.


    However, yuan shaoduo was not very important and was very resourceful. In addition, several of his military advisers were divided into several groups and criticized each other. In addition, Huangfu had given several rescues, which led to the failure of Han Fu.


    However, this time, Cheng Yu has done so much work, I believe that Huangfu Chaobo is unable to return.


    In Bingzhou, Jinyang and Wenhou''s mansion, young Sima Yi is also trying to persuade Lv Bu to go south to attack Huangfu Chaobo. To his suggestion, LV Bujun''s military adviser Chen Gong and chief General Zhang Liao are all opposed. First, the relationship between Si Zhou and Bingzhou has always been very good. Nearly half of the grain and weapons needed by Bingzhou are purchased from Si Zhou.


    Second, there are only two roads for Bingzhou to go south to attack Sizhou. One is from Shangdang to Hanoi via tianjingguan, and the other is from Taiyuan to Hedong via bird and mouse valley. No matter which road you take, it is not so easy.


    Another point is that most of Bingzhou''s troops are now in Yanmen and Dingxiang counties in the north. If they want to go south to attack Sizhou, they must transfer their troops to the south. No matter where they attack, they must mobilize a large number of soldiers and spend a lot of money and food.


    What''s more, the Sizhou army has a tight defense in tianjingguan, and all the families in Hanoi have been swept away by Huangfu Chaobo. If there is no inside man, it will be a great loss if we only rely on Bingzhou soldiers to attack. So the last route is to go south to Hedong, but Hedong has been fighting for two years, and now there are not many benefits to be gained.


    These are the reasons for their opposition. However, Lv Bu has been moved by the benefits of Sima Yi. In addition, Wei Xu''s general yearned for the prosperity of the Central Plains and spared no effort to encourage Lv Bu to send troops to Sizhou, so they finally agreed to send troops.In fact, as early as before going north to Bingzhou, Cao Ying had already planned the route for Lu Bu to go south to Hedong. For Hanoi, it is too difficult for Bingzhou to send troops to Hanoi, so the best direction is Hedong.


    Now that they had agreed to send troops, the people of Chen palace began to make full preparations for sending troops. Under the planning and arrangement of all the people in the Chen palace, Bingzhou army began to gather troops secretly, mobilize food and grass, and prepare to go south to attack Hedong.


    In Huainan, Shouchun City, after the general''s residence, Xun Yu arrived. With the disposition of the second son of the yuan family, he didn''t need Xun Yu to do more provocation at all. Yuan Shu hurriedly agreed that as long as Cao Cao''s news of sending troops was accurate, his Yangzhou army would move northward and point directly at Runan.


    However, after Xun Yu left, Yuan Shu recruited his advisers to discuss affairs. After the general''s house, Yuan Shu and his subordinates arrived, Yuan Shu informed them of Cao Cao''s suggestion, and was ready to order the army to go to war.


    When he was about to give an order, he was opposed by Yan Xiang.


    Yan Xiang''s opinion is that since Cao Cao has been unable to go south, persimmon must be soft first. Now Xuzhou is the weakest place. If the army suddenly sends troops to Xuzhou, xiapi and Guangling can go down in one drum. At that time, you can kill two birds with one stone by sending troops to Runan.


    If Cao Cao''s troops are free after this war, they will surely send troops to xiapi. In time, Xuzhou will become Cao Cao''s treasure.

 Chapter 768

    Yan Xiang''s words brightened Yuan Shu''s eyes, and immediately let everyone discuss the possibility of this matter carefully. After much deliberation, all the counsellors felt that Yan Xiang''s proposal could be done.


    So Yuan Shu changed his mind again. On the advice of Yan Xiang, Shu Shao and Yang Hong, Yuan Shu decided to divide the army into two groups.


    The first route was led by general Ji Ling, and the second generals were Chen Lan and Lei Bo. The three of them led 50000 troops and sent them directly to the state of PI. After they captured xiapi, they turned East and captured Guangling county. After conquering the two counties, the Jiling army stationed on the spot to assist the officials to control the two counties.


    The other army was led by Le Jiu, with Li Feng and Liang Gang as deputy generals. They also led 50000 troops directly across the huaishui River to attack Runan. However, the troops of this army were sent out after Ji Ling''s army invaded xiapi.


    In this way, it can also better attract Kong''s attention. The other generals stayed in Luzhou and Jiujiang.


    With Yuan Shu''s order, the general''s family began to prepare for the war.


    If Cao Cao knew Yuan Shu''s idea, he would jump and scold him. He would have racked his brains and been used by others. Maybe, it''s called "I count people, and people count me.".


    Compared with the success of the other three messengers, Chen Qun, who was sent to Chang''an, should be the most tortuous one.


    After arriving in Chang''an, Li Xi and Guo Si had met Chen Qun for many times, but both of them didn''t mention that they had sent troops to attack Hongnong.


    Finally, Chen Qun bribed Guo Si''s favorite witch, and finally persuaded him to send troops to Hongnong, but the premise was that Cao Cao''s army would go to battle first and Chang''an''s troops would go to Hangu pass.


    In order to send troops this time, Guo Si brought in Li Fu and Hu Fu. Of course, they are going to pick up bargains. They will only send troops when others start to fight and attract most of the troops in Sizhou, while Hongnong and Luoyang have fewer troops.


    However, it is precisely because of Chen Qun''s wanton activities in Chang''an that he finally attracted shadow''s attention. A few days later, Sun Ping finally got the news from Guo Li''s subordinates that Cao Cao would unite with several princes to attack Sizhou.


    After Sun Ping got the news, he sent people to continue to inquire about the details and sent the news back to Luoyang.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was still secretly glad that there was no war in the first half of this year, and the grain in the first quarter had been harvested and put into storage. With the support of millions of stone grain left last year and the storage of grain in the first quarter of this year, the empty Luoyang official warehouse has been enriched.


    Originally, he thought that he would need to plant another year or two of the fields. But suddenly, the news that Cao Cao urged the princes to jointly attack Sizhou came from Luo Chang''an, which made Huangfu Chaobo''s heart heavy.


    In those days, I rose from the battle of the princes for Dong Zhuo. In those days, Dong Zhuo''s strength has not been able to support under the attack of hundreds of thousands of princes. Now, can I really do it?


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo was silent. With Cao Cao''s mind, he had the experience of the last Xuzhou war. If he was really ready to join forces, it would not be only Chang''an '' It''s really being attacked on all sides.


    It seems that another test of life and death has appeared. This time, it is far more dangerous than Yuan Shu''s several princes attacking Luoyang.


    Standing in front of the map and looking at the map of the Great Han hanging on the wall, Sizhou was in a position of four wars. Now, the two allies of Jizhou and Yuzhou are certainly unreliable. Yuzhou is OK, with a large depth. If Kong can keep Yingchuan and chenguo, it will be very good. Runan will certainly not be able to keep them.


    In Jizhou, it is estimated that Han Fu''s territory will not be preserved. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo took a deep breath, then stood up and cried out, "come on, gather all the people to discuss business. Except Huang Xu of Youzhou, he ordered the prefects and the camp leaders to come to Luoyang to discuss business. Everyone must arrive within five days."


    "The end will take orders!" Dianwei took the order and immediately sent someone to send an order.


    "Shi ah, order the shadow to collect information from the surrounding vassals. Within five days, the general must know the situation of the major generals and armies under the vassals of Bingzhou, Jizhou, Yanzhou and Yongzhou!" Seeing Dianwei turning to leave, Huangfu Chaobo orders Shi''a again;


    after they both leave, Huangfu Chaobo asks Pang Tong and Xu Shu to come. Then, standing in front of the map of the Great Han Dynasty, I fell into meditation again.


    A moment later, Pang and Xu came together and saw Huangfu Chaobo meditating in front of the map. They came forward and said with a smile: "Lord, who are you going to fight with again?"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked back and said with a dignified face: "it''s not who I want to fight, but someone wants to destroy our state."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo returned to his position, picked up the news from Chang''an and said, "Shiyuan, Yuanzhi, you can see for yourself."


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s expression, they realized the seriousness of the matter. They solemnly took over the information and looked at it carefully. A moment later, Pang Tong went to the map and asked, "Lord, is the information reliable?""Nine times out of ten, in recent days, Shi''a has heard about the mobilization of the surrounding princes. At first, I didn''t care about it. Now I contact Chang''an again. It seems that nine times out of ten it is true. Moreover, I estimate that the princes who sent troops this time should include all the princes around us, that is to say, we have been attacked on all sides. "


    After that, Huang Fu Chao Bo gave all the news about the changes of the surrounding princes'' troops to several people, and then he told them his own arrangement and said: "it will take several days for other people to come to Luoyang. Let''s take advantage of these days to analyze the ideas of the princes."


    After listening, they both nodded and picked up several pieces of information to look at them carefully.


    In the evening, when Jia Jing sent someone to the front yard to invite Huangfu Chaobo, they found that it was already late. Huangfu Chaobo did not return to the backyard. Instead, he asked people to prepare their meals and send them to the Council room. The three, together with Dian Wei and Shi a, were eating and talking in the Council room.


    Late at night, Shi''a came in with a large number of information sent back by carrier pigeons. This is the information sorted out by various places in one day after receiving the order from Luoyang today. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo found that the shadow guard, who had tightened the belt of his pants to spread it, finally realized his power.

 Chapter 769

    After receiving the order from Huangfu Chaobo, the shadow guard sent back all the information about the generals of several neighboring states in recent days. Although it has not yet been able to get the detailed information, after sorting out all kinds of clues, it can basically see a lot of problems from the movements of the generals and soldiers.


    Huangfu Chaobo believes that given shadow a few more days, with the concentration of more intelligence, everything should be basically clear.


    In the next five days, officials and generals kept returning to Luoyang, and Huangfu Chaobo sent people to invite Huangfu song, the three veteran generals, to the marquis. With the continuous increase of personnel and detailed information, the situation of various vassals has been gradually outlined.


    On July 20, apart from Huang Xu, who was far away from Longhua, all the people in Sizhou, together with several people in Qingzhou, all the officials above Taishou and Duwei under Huangfu Chaobo, as well as the personnel above the level of general of the barracks, arrived.


    In the hall, all the people gathered. Huangfu chaobo''an sat on the main seat. On the left side of the hall, there were several tables. There were Kong Rong, Huangfu song, Zhu Jun and Lu Zhi. Other people, such as the civil servants as the Taishou, were also arranged on the left side. They were seated below the four people. There were general Anton''s mansion Biejia Tianfeng, Luoyang Taishou Sima Fang, Luoyang Juncheng mizhu, Hongnong Taishou Dong Zhao and he Zhang Miao, the prefect of Inner Mongolia, Zhang Chao, the prefect of Hedong, Zaozhi, the prefect of Chenliu, Lou GUI, the Prime Minister of Beihai, and Wang Xiu, the prefect of Donglai.


    On the right is the military general, headed by general Anton''s army Cao Zhun Xu Shu, followed by general Huben''s General Huang Zhong, general Longxiang''s general Yingyang''s General Zhao Yun, general baotao''s general Huaxiong, general Yingyang''s general Pinglu''s general Tian Yu, general xiongqu''s general Fenwu''s general huangfuli, general Canglang''s general zhenshuo''s general Meng Gang, general Hengjiang''s general Zhou Tai, and general louchuan General Jiang Qin, Luoyang Du Wei Huang Wu die, BAGUAN Du Wei Mi Fang, Hongnong Du Wei Pei Yuan Shao, Hedong Du Wei Huang Fu Jian Shou, Hanoi Du Wei she Gan, Chen Liu Du Wei Zhou Cang, Beihai Guo Wei Wu An Guo, Donglai Du Wei Zong Bao.


    In addition, Pang Tong, the military adviser beside Huangfu Chaobo, and Dian Wei, the pro Guard commander of Zhechong general, were sitting in the hall.


    After everyone had settled down, Xu Shu got up and took a pile of papers from the nearby Huangfu Chaobo''s personal guards. This is the information about the princes around Sizhou that they sorted out these days.


    "Everyone, I believe you all know what happened to you this time. According to the news from the shadow, we have come to the conclusion after days of analysis that Cao Cao is contacting other vassals to do harm to our state. " Xu Shu showed humanity to the public;


    with that, Xu Shu went to the front of the map and explained the news he got from the shadow in recent days. According to their comprehensive information, Cao Cao at least contacted Yuan Shao, Lu Bu, Yuan Shu and Li Guosi of Jizhou to prepare to attack Sizhou.


    According to the analysis of various aspects of intelligence, Pang Tong and others concluded that this time, Cao Cao sent at least 50000 to 80000 troops to attack from Puyang and Chenliu, while Yuan Shao''s army must have exceeded 100000. If Lv Bu''s army is mobilized at present, it should be 30000 to 50000.


    In Yongzhou, if Guo and Li can reach a consensus, they should be able to send out 50000 to 80000 troops. In terms of Yuan Shu, even if only 30000 or 50000 people were sent out, it is estimated that Yuzhou would not be able to stop it.


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "this time, you guys, it''s the time of our State Army''s life and death. What should we do? Please speak freely!"


    As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo took a look at Sima Fang and his son on the left. They both looked at the heart with nose and eyes, and said nothing. According to the information from the shadow, Cao Cao''s two wars were both proposed by a young counselor. Now it is basically certain that this young counselor should be Sima Yi.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much about it. In this era, it''s not unusual for father and son to serve several princes separately, just as in reality, a family works in several companies.


    Rao Shi, all the people present were experienced in war. When they heard that the princes would send 20 to 300 thousand troops to besiege Sizhou, they were all shocked. Although Sizhou has an army of 5.6 million, there are more than 100 cities to defend alone. In addition, there are many passes and ports. If you count them, only 100000 troops can be sent out. Therefore, Sizhou has plenty of troops.


    However, the good thing is that this battle is just to defend the city, not to attack. However, the two allies, Han Fu and Kong Yu, are absolutely indifferent, and they can only ask for more blessings. It''s not totally ignored. Han Fu can still take care of it a little bit, but the final result is that Han Fu''s army is completely driven out of Jizhou.


    As for Kong Yu''s side, it''s really up to fate. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo still hopes to at least keep Yingchuan as a barrier to the south of Sizhou.


    Now that we have roughly figured out the situation of soldiers and horses of various vassals attacking Sizhou, the next step is to arrange defense against these attacks.


    After a day of careful discussion, they found that the best defense is Hongnong. Although Hongnong has relatively few soldiers and horses, there are few places to defend. Qin Hangu pass, the westernmost, will be the focus of Hongnong''s defense. Just as Hongnong is able to resist the Yongzhou army to the west of Hangu pass, Hongnong is basically safe.Of course, if Hangu pass should be lost, only troops and horses can be arranged to defend it all the way from Hangu pass to the East. Only God knows what kind of war can be fought at that time. However, Huangfu Chaobo had a demand that even if Hongnong was lost, the army of Yongzhou could not be allowed to invade Hangu pass, that is to say, He''nan County could not lose the foundation of Sizhou in any case.


    The second is Bingzhou. After the first battle of Hedong, the cities in Hanoi were basically in control. Bingzhou and Hanoi are connected by Taihang and Baijing of the eight Taihang routes. As early as after Lv Bu''s army came to power in Bingzhou, Huangfu Chaobo had already controlled these two important routes.


    The tianjingguan pass in Taihang trail and the mengmengmengguan pass in Baijing trail were defended by nearly 3000 soldiers and horses, which is the current grain production place of Hanoi Zhongsi Prefecture. Therefore, Hanoi Prefecture must be preserved in any case. After much deliberation, Huangfu Chaobo decided to send another combat battalion to strengthen the defense of the two passes. Among them, tianjingguan was the most convenient road, so 3000 soldiers were arranged, while mengmengmengguan was more dangerous, so 2000 soldiers were arranged.

 Chapter 770

    In this way, tianjingguan has three thousand guards and three thousand War soldiers, while mengmengmengguan has three thousand guards and two thousand War soldiers. We only need to guard the pass tightly, and the danger of two passes is enough to withstand Lu Bu''s 30000 to 50000 troops for half a year. Huangfu Chaobo believes that it is impossible for several princes to attack Sizhou in half a year. Three months is the limit of each family.


    Lu Bujun''s road from Shangdang to the South should be basically blocked, so they can only attack Hedong from the bird and mouse valley.


    But now Hedong has been decided. So far, there are still many cities that have only been taken over temporarily, such as Yong''an, Yang county and Xiangling in the upper reaches of Fenshui River. Now, since Zhang Chao took over Hedong from Lou GUI, most of his energy has been put on these cities in Yuncheng Basin. As for other cities, it is too late to completely control them. But Pishi county and Hejin port have been firmly under control.


    Taiyuan is an important town in Bingzhou. No matter who controls Bingzhou, Taiyuan county is the top priority of management. After Lv Bu came to power in Bingzhou, Chen Gong put most of his internal energy into Taiyuan county. Not only let Lv Bu arrange the prefecture of Bingzhou animal husbandry in Jinyang, but also make great efforts to arrange farming in Jinyang.


    Taiyuan Duwei is Lu Bu''s brother-in-law Wei Xu, but the news from the shadow says that he has not appeared in Jinyang for several days. Now it is rumored that Wei Xu has gone to all counties to inspect tuntian, but according to Pang Tong and Xu Shu''s conjecture, he should have led the elite to go south to control the channel of bird and mouse valley.


    Unfortunately, the Hedong army at the southern end of the bird and mouse Valley has no heavy defense. The main reason is that there are not enough elite troops in Hedong. Although Tian Yu''s Yingyang camp has been established for some time, there are only three schools of infantry and one school of cavalry, which is far from the level of elite troops.


    For Hedong, the lowest goal of Huangfu Chaobo was to keep faith in the city south of Pishi and Fenshui. As for other cities, if they can''t keep faith, they have to give up and let LV Bujun control them for the time being.


    In fact, the crux of the war was still in the presence of Cao Cao and Yuan Shao.


    Yuan Shao is the most powerful of all the princes in the world at present. Jizhou has nearly one million households with a population of nearly six million, of which nearly seven Chengdu are in Yuan Shao''s hands. In addition, Jizhou''s aristocratic families basically support Yuan Shao. Therefore, it is the most critical place to block Yuan Shao.


    In order to resist Yuan Shao, Huangfu Chaobo decided to let Huang Zhong lead Huben cavalry to Hebei, commanding Huben cavalry to defend Yuan Shao with Huaxiong''s baotao camp. There was no shortage of soldiers in Han Fu''s army, just the lack of elite cavalry and strong generals.


    Because Huaxiong''s baotao camp needed to defend the whole Hanoi, one school of soldiers was used for the two passes, and huaixian county had to arrange two schools. Therefore, the only forces Huaxiong could use to support Han Fu were one school of soldiers and one school of cavalry.


    Another is Cao Cao. After the Xuzhou war last year, Cao Cao''s strength has increased greatly. Especially since last year, he has set up 20000 heavy infantry and 10000 tiger and leopard cavalry. In addition to the original 30000 Qingzhou soldiers, Cao Cao has become almost the same strength as Huangfu''s super rich Prefecture in terms of elite troops.


    Although the newly occupied counties of Qingzhou this year will have to disperse Cao Cao''s energy and strength, in Qingzhou, Huangfu Chaobo''s strength is not enough to counterattack Cao Cao, so the two families can only stand in a stalemate there.


    Cao Cao''s side of the defense can only be left to Zhao Yun and Dong Zhao. However, considering that Cao Cao''s advisers are numerous and can not be underestimated, so Huangfu Chaobo sent Xu Shu to Chenliu to help Zhao Yun resist Cao Cao. As for Hanoi, Han Fu''s subordinates also have a Juzhi. Huangfu Chaobo believes that with him, together with Huang Zhong, Zhang Ying and Hua Xiong generals, they should be able to cope.


    In Huang Zhong''s Huben camp, except for Huben cavalry, the other four schools'' soldiers were transferred to hanhangu pass in the west of Gucheng, the other one was transferred to Hulao pass, and the other two schools were left in Luoyang under the command of Wang Ran, deputy general of Huben camp.


    As for Yuzhou, Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to remind kongfu and others to strengthen their defense.


    Of course, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have the ability to fight back. For example, Gongsun Zan''s army was behind Yuan Shao. Although he couldn''t be encouraged to attack Jizhou with all his strength, it was still possible to send cavalry to harass and contain Jizhou''s troops. As long as Gongsun praises 10000 cavalry, plus nearly 10000 cavalry of Huangfu Chaobo in Longhua, 20000 cavalry can do a lot if they flow into Jizhou plain.


    There is also the direction of Yongzhou. Huangfu Chaobo still has a dark game. If things come to a critical moment, Huangfu Chaobo still has 20000 troops to use. At that time, if 20000 troops attack Chang''an, I believe Guo and Li will have some scruples. It''s a pity that this dark chess is used now. Once it is used, Huangfu Chaobo must consider using the water army to open the Wei river channel, and then take them out.


    It took another day for the people to confirm the details again and again. After that, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to get ready. When the war broke out, they would act according to the agreed plan. As for what will happen after the outbreak of war, no one is sure.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo sent people to report the information he got to Han Fu, Kong Yu, Zong hengxia and other allies to remind them to deal with it well. As for the response of his State Army, Huangfu Chaobo simply mentioned it.When Huangfu Chaobo spread the news, all his allies were in an uproar. Zonghengtianxia immediately summoned his subordinates to discuss the matter. The news of Huangfu Chaobo did not mention Nanyang Zhangji, but zonghengtianxia had to guard against Nanyang''s sudden dispatch. Because there is an old poison of the Three Kingdoms in Nanyang city. As one of the top military strategists in Hanwei, he will never fail to see this opportunity.


    In Yingchuan, the Yushou governor''s office, after he received the news from Luoyang, he was so scared that he immediately summoned people to discuss the matter. Unfortunately, among the civil and military officials in Yuzhou, all of them are civil servants except he man. Facing the coming army of Yuan Shu, all of them are at a loss.


    After a long discussion, they didn''t come up with a reason. However, in the end, it was Kong Xin''s suggestion that Kong Ying decided to quietly transfer most of the money, grain and property of the elite troops and the southern cities of Runan to Yingchuan for various reasons, just like Han Fu did to yuan Shaojun.


    Later, Kong Bi ordered the Runan prefect to mobilize heavy troops to guard the front line of Pingyu, at least to block Yuan Shu''s army to the south of Pingyu, so as to ensure the safety of Yingchuan. As for the state of Chen, the same is true. Chen county is heavily defended.

 Chapter 771

    Yecheng, in Jizhou Prefecture, after receiving the news from Sizhou, Han Fu immediately gathered people for discussion. After hearing that Yuan Shao''s army would attack again, Jizhou had different reactions.


    Many Jizhou officials are deeply dissatisfied with the fact that they are still unable to resist yuan after the alliance with Sizhou, especially the Taoguan and the local family of Weixian headed by Li Li. Originally, they wanted to resist Yuan Shao after the alliance with Sizhou. Who knows, the two armies were defeated and retreated in front of Yuan Shao''s army again and again, and Han Fu''s territory was reduced in the war again and again.


    However, all the people in Jizhou still supported the practice of Sizhou army. Jizhou lacked a general, even if Pan Feng was added, there was only one and a half. Zhang Ying is one, Pan Feng is only half. The rest, Geng Wu, Zhao Fu, Cheng Huan and min Chun, were not even generals, but only literati leaders.


    Therefore, in the face of Yuan Shao''s army, there was no way to defeat one after another.


    As for the Sizhou army, although there were many soldiers and generals, every time Yuan Shao came to attack, someone always helped him to hold most of the troops of Sizhou army.


    According to the news from Sizhou, two generals Huang zhonghuaxiong and ten thousand troops Qibu will be sent to help this time. However, as Sizhou infers, Yuan Shao''s attack is likely to be based on the idea of accomplishing his contribution to the first battle, so Ju''s opinion is that he must make final preparations.


    Jushou means to be prepared to retreat to the front line of Yecheng as suggested by Sizhou. If you can, you will keep yuan Shaojun out of Weijun. If you can''t, you will have to keep the surrounding cities of Yecheng and make plans after the end of Sizhou war.


    However, Li Li did not agree. Instead, he might as well surrender directly to yuan Shaode to avoid being so worried all day long. The two sides argued endlessly, and no one could persuade them. Han Fu''s head is as big as a bucket, and he doesn''t know what to do.


    Just at this time, a letter from Han Xue''s family arrived. After seeing Han Xue''s letter, Han Fu sighed, and then told Ju Shi and other people: "my Lord, my little daughter persuaded me to give up Jizhou Mu to my son-in-law directly, and let me go to Luoyang academy to spend my life with old general Huangfu."


    On hearing this, all of them stopped quarreling and stared at Han Fu in a daze. For a long time, he was speechless. His master was really too weak. If he was born in a prosperous age, he was really a capable official. If he was born in a troubled age, he would...


    Ju gave the fastest reaction and said, "my Lord, is this letter written by general Anton and Miss Jean?"


    Han Fu shook his head and said, "no, it''s Xiaoxue who wants to write. Cang tinghou doesn''t know. Xiaoxue also said in the letter that Marquis cangting has always admired all the great talents, but because of the marriage between the two families, it is not easy to ask you to go to Sizhou. She has said many times that if you are willing to go to Sizhou, you should meet each other instead. "


    Ju Shu believes Han Fu''s words very much, because he and Tian Feng are good friends. After Tian Feng went to Sizhou to work in recent years, they often wrote to each other, and Tian Feng talked about it several times.


    Thinking of this, he said: "the Lord''s will


    Han Fu sighed: "little girl, I understand that I can''t do what I can in such a chaotic world. I''d better do what I can with ease and not delay the development of all the masters. So I decided to give the position of Jizhou''s shepherd to general Anton. As for the princes, if they are willing to follow me, they will recommend one or two to general Anton. If they are not willing, I will also present Cheng Yi. "


    Jushou and others were also moved. They came forward and said, "we are willing to follow you."


    "OK, OK, Gongyu, you can send someone to Luoyang and ask general Anton to send someone to take over the military and political affairs of Wei county." Han Fu, with great comfort, hastened to teach Ju the way;


    "I''ll take the order."


    As for the others, there were people who wanted to continue to persuade Han Fu, but Han Fu didn''t want to listen any more, and hurried back to the backyard.


    Two days later, Huang Fu Chao Bo, who got the news, rushed to Yecheng with Huang Zhong''s Huben cavalry, accepted Han Fu''s seal of Jizhou animal husbandry, and accepted the post of Jizhou animal husbandry, but at this time, only Wei county was left in Jizhou animal husbandry.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for Han Fu to be escorted to Luoyang.


    After Han Fu left, Huangfu Chaobo recruited Ju Shi and other former Han Fu''s subordinates to discuss business. On the spot, Huangfu Chaobo appointed Jushou as the right military commander, and the general Anton''s office was engaged in the meritorious work. He moved Zhang Ying to be the general who was captured from Sipin, and ordered him to set up the Shenwu camp, which was the full camp of five schools with four steps and one ride. The rest of them also had their own promotions.


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo explained in detail the general plan that he had discussed with all the people to Juzhi Zhang Ying, and handed over the war affairs of Wei county to Juzhi for coordination and command. Juzhi had the full power to arrange the general officials of the army, such as Huang Zhong, Zhang Ying and Huaxiong.


    Ju Shu, who is trusted by Huangfu Chaobo, is very excited. He has always asked himself that he is as talented as Tian Feng, but he has not been appreciated by the master of Ming Dynasty. In recent years, he has always admired his old friend''s ability to show his strong points. Now he has to work together with his old master to get this important position. How can he not devote himself to death.


    With the consent of Huangfu Chaobo, Ju Shi began to arrange the military and political affairs of Wei county. The first is the arrangement of soldiers and horses. Although Zhang Ying knew that the time was tight, he decided to select the soldiers and horses of Shenwu camp first and arrange them all in Yecheng for training. Because almost the whole Han Fu army was recruited by Zhang Ying, the selection and training process was very fast and smooth.Within ten days, 25000 carefully selected soldiers and horses entered Yecheng. Later, Zhang Ying began to train soldiers and horses with ease. As for the defense arrangements of other cities in Wei County, Jushou gave them to other people. Huang Zhong''s soldiers and horses were arranged by Jushou to inquire about yuan Shaojun''s movements.


    In addition to the deployment of troops and horses, defense and exclusion, the government also arranged for local governments to transfer population, money, grain and materials to Yecheng and Hanoi cities behind.


    To everyone''s surprise, although Li Li didn''t want to join Huangfu Chaobo, he didn''t strongly oppose it. After joining the others, he took the initiative to go to Taoguan to defend the city against Yuan Shao''s westward invasion.


    Han Fu, a herdsman of Jizhou, suddenly gave the position of Zhou Mu to Huangfu Chaobo, which once again stunned the players in the game. In less than a year, all the three princes took refuge in Huangfu Chaobo.


    Different from the surprise of the players, Yuan Shao was as furious as Cao Cao. He did not get the position of Jizhou shepherd, but Han Fu raised his hand to Huangfu Chaobo. This made Yuan Shao hate Huangfu Chaobo even more, and he was more determined to attack Weijun or even enter Sizhou.


    It''s a pity that Yuan Shao''s troop transfer has not been completed, so he can only watch Wei Jun''s various movements.

 Chapter 772

    Yuan Shao also wanted to send cavalry to destroy Wei county when the troops were mobilized and reorganized. However, after Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry arrived in Wei County, Han Fu''s original cavalry was selected by Zhang Ying, but there were more than 15000.


    Huang Zhong''s and Huaxiong''s cavalry, plus these cavalry, add up to 25000 cavalry. Yuan Shao''s 20000 cavalry can''t take advantage of them at all, especially there are 5000 Xiliang iron cavalry and Huaxiong''s cavalry generals.


    On the Hebei Plain, you come and you go, killing each other, but in the cavalry war, Yuan Shaojun still won less and lost more.


    Time soon to September, the dark clouds of War slowly shrouded in the division of state over.


    On the 6th of September, Cao Cao, general mufenwei of Yanzhou, issued an address, saying that general Anton''s Department, Huangfu of zhoumu, had wronged the court decree and had placed Hanfu and zhangmiao, the prefect of Chenliu, under house arrest. Cao Cao called on the world''s heroes to fight against the enemy, to obey heaven''s order and to settle down the common people.


    After that, Qingzhou Mu Xia Hou yuan, Jizhou Mu Che general Qi Xiang Hou Yuan Shao, Yangzhou Mu Zuo general Yuan Shu, Bingzhou Mu Wen Hou Lu Bu, Zhendong general Nanyang Taishou Zhang Ji successively launched troops to express their response.


    On the 8th of September, Cao Cao launched an army of 80000, known as 150000, to attack Huangfu Chaobo in two ways.


    One of them was Cao Hong, the prefect of Qiaojun County, who led 30000 troops to attack chenliuxiang from the state of Liang. On the other hand, Cao Cao personally led the way, and Xia Houdun, the governor of the East County, was the vanguard, leading 50000 troops, known as 90000 troops, to attack Puyang.


    Two days later, Yuan Shao, a general of motorcycles, set up an army of 100000, known as 200000, to attack Wei County in three ways.


    On the same day, Lv Bu, marquis Wen, set up 50000 troops, known as 80000 troops, and sent troops from Taiyuan to Hedong.


    After general Yuan Shu sent 30000 troops, known as 80000 troops, from Shouchun to Runan.


    Zhang Ji, a Zhendong general in Nanyang, set up an army of 30000, known as 50000, to block the city.


    For a time, there was a dense cloud of war around Sizhou, and the war was imminent.


    On the contrary, Guo and Li of Yongzhou had not moved for a few days after the troops in Guandong, as if they had forgotten their agreement with Cao Cao.


    On the day of Cao Cao''s address, Huangfu Chaobo led his 10000 guards to Chenliu to help longxiangying and Chenliu''s garrison defend Chenliu.


    On September 12, Cao Cao''s army arrived at the foot of Puyang City and encamped at Wuli in the east of the city. Cao Cao''s army has a total of 50000 troops, including 10000 tiger and leopard riders, 10000 Qingzhou soldiers, 5000 heavy infantry, and the rest 25000 ordinary soldiers. Of course, there are more than 20000 people in the 50000 army, auxiliary soldiers, civilian men and craftsmen.


    After arriving at Puyang City and setting up camp, Cao Cao did not arrange for the army to attack the city immediately. Instead, he ordered the army to rest and prepare for tomorrow''s attack, while he gathered people in the tent for discussion.


    After making arrangements for the siege tomorrow, Cao Cao dismissed the generals, but he left XiahouDun.


    "Yuan rang, how are things going?" Cao Cao asked;


    Xia Houdun arched his hand and replied: "the other party has promised that it will open the gate for us at the right time, but Zhao Yun is a great general valued by Huangfu Chaobo. He is cautious and is expected to wait patiently."


    Cao Cao nodded, he also knew that such things can not be urgent, Puyang such a big city, not three or five days time to attack down.


    The next day, just after dawn, Cao''s camp outside Puyang City began to be lively. The army began to eat, and then prepared to attack the city.


    For this city, it can be said that it was a thorn in the heart of XiahouDun. Twenty thousand troops defended such an important town, but they were captured by the State Army. So this time, for him, it was a must.


    With the roar of war drums, Cao Cao''s army began to attack Puyang City. This time, Cao Cao''s army only attacked the eastern and Northern walls.


    Because in the west of Puyang was Baima city and Baima port controlled by Sizhou army, and in the South was pushui, Cao Cao simply let go of the two walls and set his attack on the East and North walls.


    It was Xia Houdun who was in charge of the attack on the north wall, while on the east side were Cao Cao''s two other generals, Cao ang, Cao Cao''s eldest son, and Cao Anmin, Cao Cao''s nephew.


    They are very satisfied with Cao Cao, Cao Ren brothers and Xiahou brothers. They are the best of their generation in terms of combat power and military command ability. In time, when they grow up, it will be a great help to Cao Cao''s power, especially Cao ang, Cao Cao''s eldest son.


    Xu was Cao Cao. In order to bring other forces into the war as soon as possible, the war was extremely fierce at the beginning. Because he was holding his breath, XiahouDun attacked fiercely. A group of soldiers were driven to the city wall and attacked the successors at the head of the city.


    On Cao Cao''s side, because he had the idea of training two young generals, Cao Cao did not intervene in their use of troops. They led the soldiers to attack the city.


    In this way, the two armies fought to death in Puyang City for two days, and each army had its own casualties. Two thousand people died in Cao Cao''s army, and hundreds died in Sizhou.


    On the 14th, with the sound of Cao Cao''s army outside the city, the day''s war ended again. After arranging for the replacement of a taxi at the head of the city, Zhao Yun returned to the city building for dinner. After dinner, he had to lead his soldiers to inspect the defense above the city wall before he could go back to the tower to rest.In two days, Cao Cao Jun''s desperate attack exhausted Zhao Yun. However, the cautious nature of him has been staying in the tower, has not left the city wall for two days.


    After inspecting the city wall, Zhao Yun was ready to rest in the tower. Just then, outside the tower came the voice of Pro guard: "general, the magistrate of Wei county is coming."


    As soon as Zhao Yun was inspired, he thought why the magistrate came to the city wall so late. Although he was puzzled, he was not slow. After quickly equipping himself with weapons, he walked to the city tower and happened to see Puyang County Magistrate Weizi leading dozens of Pro guards to the city tower.


    "What''s the matter with magistrate Wei going to the city building late at night?"


    "General Zhao, I have nothing else to do with you," weiz said with a salute. "I just saw that Cao thief''s army attacked the city for two days, but the general didn''t go down the city wall all the time. So I went up to the city to see what I can do on the city wall."


    "Lord Wei has a heart. Everything is good in the city, but the people in the city still need to be appeased by him. There are 25000 people in our army, and only 50000 or 60000 people in Cao''s army. It''s not so easy to invade the city. But Zhao Yun suddenly said;


    "but how?"


    "The army of Cao bandits is out of the ordinary. They attack the city with all their strength as soon as the war starts. Some people suspect that there must be a reason for this. Please be careful of the changes in the city. "

 Chapter 773

    What Zhao Yun didn''t find out is that Weizi in the dark, after hearing his words, eyebrows slightly and imperceptibly provoked him, but he soon covered it up.


    Weiz replied: "General Zhao, don''t worry. In addition to the sergeants, the lower officials also arranged the county government officers to step up the patrol. Once there is a change, someone will report it to the lower officials immediately."


    Zhao Yun nodded and agreed with weiz''s words. However, when he was ready to speak again, weiz said: "General Zhao, the war was tense during the day, and the Cao bandit army didn''t attack the city at night these two days. It''s better to have the lower officer on duty for the general tonight. The lower officer estimated that the Cao bandit''s attack in the next few days would be more intense, and the general would be better prepared to deal with the war tomorrow."


    Zhao Yun shook his head, but did not agree with Weizi''s suggestion. Weizi saw this and did not insist on it. After they said a few words, Weizi led the family to guard the city wall.


    After leaving the Dongmen city wall, Weizi did not immediately return to the county government, but led people to inspect the other three walls.


    Defending the north gate is left school, deputy general of Longxiang camp. After chatting with him, Weizi inspected the west gate and the south gate before returning to his county government.


    In the dead of night, a night pedestrian came outside Cao Cao''s camp. After talking with a general outside the camp, the night pedestrian was led into Cao Cao''s tent.


    The third day''s fighting was as fierce as the previous two days. Ten thousand garrisons in Puyang City had lost nearly a thousand. Today, Zhao Yun also began to arrange the soldiers of Longxiang camp to defend the city.


    After three days of fierce fighting, the garrison in the city was a little tired. Considering the fighting tomorrow, Zhao Yun ordered that the Garrison should be on duty in the first half of the night, and the Garrison should be on duty in the second half of the night. In order to let the soldiers in the garrison have a better rest to deal with the war.


    In the night, no one found that there were more than 500 heavy infantry of Cao Cao''s army and soldiers of Qingzhou in a mansion not far from the south of the county government. This is in these days after the night, Cao Cao arranged from a very hidden tunnel outside the city into the city.


    Cao Cao Jun controlled Puyang for several years and knew the situation inside the city like the palm of his hand. This residence in the city was originally the residence of a wealthy businessman in Puyang, which had existed long before the yellow scarf army occupied Puyang. However, the secret road was originally dug by the rich businessmen themselves, so they could not walk too many people, so Cao Cao needed to spend a few days gathering soldiers in the city.


    At the beginning of sending troops, Cao Cao contacted Weizi through his subordinate Weihong and his younger brother Weizi, and finally persuaded Weizi to help Cao Cao capture Puyang.


    In fact, the reason why weiz betrayed Huangfu Chaobo was influenced by the events in Hanoi and Hedong.


    Huangfu Chaobo swept away the Hanoi aristocratic family, and even one family was exterminated by him, which has aroused the dissatisfaction of some aristocratic families. In addition, after he took charge of Hedong, he brought the salt pond in Hedong into the control of the general''s house, which also seriously damaged the interests of Hedong aristocratic families headed by Hedong Wei family.


    The hedongwei family and the Chen Liuwei family are of the same family, so this time, they are going to give some color to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Therefore, Weizi chose to join Cao Cao in this situation.


    As for the families of Chen Liu and Hedong, they think that the Wei family is a family of Great Han people who have lived together for 400 years. Huangfu Chaobo has no courage to move the Wei family. It''s not only the Wei family, but also many big families. Otherwise, in Hanoi last year, Huangfu Chaobo would not have dared to take a small family and move the Sima family and other big families to Luoyang.


    The night is deep, and the moonlight is as cold as water. Because of the thin clouds in the sky, it appears and disappears from time to time.


    Puyang City is very quiet. With the continuous war and the curfew ordered by the government, the residents are allowed to return home after dark. It''s a quarter past three in the evening, and it''s almost half an hour before the city guards change their posts. Just at this time, the quiet city suddenly sounded some footsteps, the door of the county government suddenly opened, Puyang County Magistrate Weizi led his nearly 100 Pro guards out of the county government, and soon entered a mansion not far from the county government.


    A moment later, the magistrate of Wei County led the people out again. This time, however, it was not nearly a hundred Pro guards. Behind them, there were five hundred soldiers with dragon inlaid camp. They were all armed with weapons. Under the leadership of Wei county magistrate, he went to the South Gate of Puyang.


    Along the way, from time to time, I met patrol soldiers, but I saw that it was the county magistrate who led the soldiers. After a salute, the patrol soldiers went on with their work.


    Weizi has been the magistrate of Puyang County for nearly a year. He has been conscientious all the time. He has won the support of the people in terms of appeasing the people and dealing with other government affairs. After Cao Cao''s army besieged the city, he helped Zhao Yun to guard the city, to protect the people''s surnames in the city, and went to the city every day to patrol the city, which made the soldiers not surprised by his appearance.


    In this way, hundreds of soldiers followed Da Fangfang to the south wall.


    Responsible for guarding the south gate is a Puyang guard song long, led by his dissatisfied with a song of more than 100 soldiers defend the gate.


    Seeing that he was about to come to the battle camp to hand over, Qu Chang was relieved. After three days of fierce fighting, he lost nearly 60 soldiers, including more than 30 dead and seriously injured, and the remaining 30 were slightly injured.Because of this, his song was transferred to the South Gate vigil, but he knew that with the fierce war, he would be transferred to the east city or the north city again after a few days'' rest.


    Just then, suddenly a sound of footsteps came from the city. With a tight heart, Qu Chang quickly looked at the street behind him, and vaguely saw that a team of soldiers and horses were walking slowly towards the gate under the dim moonlight.


    "Come on, go and have a look. Who''s coming?" It''s not time to change Posts yet. Why do large groups of people appear in the city? Thinking of this, Qu Chang immediately ordered the soldiers to cheer up. At the same time, he sent people down to the city wall to ask which army they were.


    A moment later, he went down to the city to check the taxi driver. He returned to the city and reported to him: "chief Qu is the county magistrate and five hundred brothers of longxiangying."


    After hearing this, Qu Chang was relieved. Although he didn''t know why the county magistrate and the five hundred soldiers of longxiangying came to the city wall together, he quickly arranged his armor and stood at the head of the city to welcome the county magistrate and his party.


    Soon, Weizi led his troops to the top of the city, and the song leader gave a salute: "I haven''t seen you before."

 Chapter 774

    "Hard work, the county is going to visit the city, just met the soldiers of longxiangying ready to come, so they came together. The county just came to have a look. As for the handover of defense, it''s your two business. " Weiz smiles and waves his hand at Qu Chang;


    Qu Chang is stunned: "isn''t it time yet?"


    "General Xu Shizhao thinks that the soldiers are working too hard these days, so let the brothers of zhanbingying take over ahead of time."


    With that, weiz did not stop, but walked straight into the tower. Seeing this, Qu Chang quickly followed up. When he stepped into the tower with weiz, he didn''t find that there were two or three soldiers standing around him.


    After entering the city tower, Qu Changzheng is about to ask for a token from the general of the Dragon inlaid camp, but he is suddenly covered by someone. Then he feels cold behind him and a long knife comes out through his chest. At this time, he doesn''t understand what''s going on, but he can''t go back to heaven.


    At the same time that Qu Chang was killed, the same situation happened at the head of the city. In a moment, more than 100 on duty taxi soldiers were all killed.


    Seeing that all the soldiers in the city have been eliminated, weiz leads the way to the general of Longxiang camp who follows him: "general Cao, send a message to the army outside the city immediately. In half an hour, the soldiers of Longxiang camp will go to the city to take over the defense."


    The general Cao nodded and waved his hand. A soldier carrying a lantern came to the end of the city and swayed to the dark place outside the south gate. Soon, a little light was lit up in the night outside the city, and it died out again.


    If anyone recognized general Cao, he would be surprised to find that he was Cao ang, Cao Cao''s eldest son.


    At this time, outside the city, there are 5000 Cao troops ambushing there. After receiving the signal from the city, they will quickly fight into the city. The 5000 soldiers outside the city are Cao Anmin, another young general of Cao camp.


    Originally, Weizi was going to open the gate in two days, but Zhao Yun transferred the soldiers of Longxiang camp to watch the night, so Weizi had to start the plan ahead of time. As a last resort, Weizi immediately sent someone out of the city to inform Cao Jun that he did not open the gate of the city at 1:00 this evening to take the army into the city.


    When he went to the mansion to meet Cao''s five hundred soldiers, he suddenly found that the leader was Cao Cao''s eldest son. However, at this point, he had to lead Cao ang and five hundred soldiers to the castle to seize the gate. Fortunately, everything went well, and soon Cao''s army quietly took control of the gate.


    Weiz knew that if it was a war camp, it would not be so smooth, because the war camp would not pay attention to the local officials, they would only follow the orders of the general''s office and the leader.


    Now that the gate and tower are under control, we just wait for the army to arrive and open the gate to welcome the army into the city.


    It''s just that both weiz and Cao ang have forgotten another thing. Although they have achieved silence in the process of controlling the tower, more than 100 people died, and the smell of blood can''t be easily covered up.


    There were two other soldiers on both sides of the tower. Although they had controlled the tower, in less than a quarter of an hour, the guards on both sides of the tower smelled the blood in the air.


    The two song directors who had been fighting for a long time found something unusual almost at the same time. If they can command 200 song directors in the army, they must be veterans of all wars. Almost at the same time, they sent people to the city tower to inquire about the situation. With vigilance, the taxi driver soon found something unusual.


    Although Sergeant Cao wanted to solve the problem quietly and came to inquire about the situation, there were still several alert soldiers who found something unusual. As a last resort, he had to kill them.


    With several screams at the head of the city, soon other soldiers at the head of the city found the abnormality at the tower, so the alarm bell rang at the head of the city and spread all over the southern wall in an instant.


    Soon more and more taxi soldiers were gathered and killed in the direction of the tower under the leadership of the general. The war on both sides of the tower finally began.


    Seeing that the Sizhou army had found out, Cao ang was no longer hiding. With his command, more than 600 soldiers were divided into several divisions, with two hundred soldiers on each side, to intercept the Sizhou soldiers attacked by the city walls on both sides. The other 200 people quickly opened the city gate while intercepting the Sizhou soldiers who were about to rob the city gate.


    Cao Anmin outside the city also found the abnormality at the head of the city. He could not hide it any more. He immediately led the army to rush towards the gate. Considering the terrain outside the south gate, they didn''t go out too many cavalry. There were only less than 500 cavalry. They only needed these 500 cavalry to kill inside the gate, and the situation was settled.


    The warning of the South Gate soon alerted the taxi soldiers in the city. Soon, the guard of Longxiang camp near the South Gate led the two thousand soldiers to the south gate. At the same time, the guards of other gates also strengthened their guard.


    At this time, Zhao Yun just lay down on the South Gate Tower. When he heard the warning bell, he immediately sat up from the collapsed building and asked aloud what was going on.


    Soon the guard came in and reported that it was the South Gate warning. He had sent someone to check what happened.


    Just here, the guard taxi at the head of the city suddenly gave a loud warning. The enemy attacked the city, and then there was a quick warning at the head of the city. In a short time, a warning bell sounded on the North Tower.Zhao Yun ordered the soldiers to prepare for the battle, while sending the white horse around him from the other three schools.


    Before long, the intelligence of various places was reported by the guards.


    "General, the news from the south gate is that the magistrate of Wei county has surrendered to the enemy and led five hundred Cao troops to control the south gate. At present, Chen Duwei has led two thousand soldiers of Longxiang camp to attack the city tower and prepare to take back the city tower."


    "General, the general on the left of the north gate sent someone to report that the XiahouDun army outside the city suddenly attacked the city overnight."


    "General, outside the east gate, Cao''s army has approached the city wall. It seems that they are going to attack the city overnight."


    Zhao Yun stood on the tower and looked out of the city. Sure enough, under the cold moonlight, most of the black Cao army was attacking towards the city wall, and hundreds of torches were burning.


    Zhao Yun understood Cao Cao''s plan at once. The two armies of the Northeast attacked the city with all their strength. It didn''t take long. It only took half an hour for the troops of the south gate to stabilize the situation of the south gate. At that time, his troops were surrounded and annihilated in the city.


    As Zhao Yun expected, a quarter of an hour later, news came from the south gate again that the south gate could not be recaptured, and as many as thousands of Cao Cao''s heavy infantry and Qingzhou soldiers had firmly occupied the city gate.

 Chapter 775

    Soon, the captain of Nanmen sent for Zhao Yun''s instructions.


    At this time, although Zhao Yun was angry and Weizi surrendered to the enemy, his heart was not flustered. Between lightning and flint, he made up his mind that since the city could not be preserved, he had to save as many troops as possible for Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Come on, send orders to the generals of all the sects. Some soldiers are left to stop Cao''s army. Other departments retreat to Ximen. All the wounded soldiers who can retreat by themselves retreat to Ximen. We retreat to Baima city. Other people with mobility difficulties hide themselves in the city, waiting for the army to fight back. "


    With Zhao Yun''s order, all departments of Sizhou army began to withdraw to Ximen in an orderly manner, while Zhao Yun led thousands of white horse soldiers from Helong Xiangying to block Cao''s army.


    With the withdrawal of most of Zhao Yun''s troops, Cao Cao''s army soon controlled the two gates of Northeast China. However, the vanguard of Cao Cao''s army who entered the city was soon ambushed by Zhao Yun, and less than 100 of the 2000 troops escaped. After getting the news, Cao''s troops slowed down their attack and gradually controlled all parts of the city.


    Zhao Yun, on the other hand, took advantage of this time to gather the troops who had retreated to the west gate, then opened the west gate and took advantage of the cover of night to withdraw to Baima City, which was ten miles away.


    Cao ang and Cao Anmin were very excited when they entered the city. After meeting with Cao Cao, they heard that Zhao Yun had led the disabled soldiers to evacuate from Ximen. They asked Cao Cao for orders and wanted to lead the soldiers to pursue them, but Cao Cao refused.


    Zhao Yun is a former general under Huangfu Chaobo. His status is only under Huang Zhong, and he is not prepared for the opening ceremony. If two people chase rashly, they may fall into his ambush.


    You know, when he entered the city, 2000 soldiers and horses were almost destroyed by him in the first World War. How could Cao Cao make such a mistake. This time, if it wasn''t for Weizi, it would be so easy for Puyang Chengqi to attack.


    When the sky is dim, Zhao Yun has led the army back to Baima city.


    On the 15th, Wei Zikai, Puyang County Magistrate, turned to Cao. The Puyang City captured by the Sizhou army at the cost of more than 20000 dead and wounded, changed its ownership again. In desperation, Zhao Yun led Baima Yi to retreat to Baima city with 6000 Garrison and 10000 guards.


    Of the 35000 troops in Puyang City, only more than 20000 safely withdrew from Baima.


    After leaving the soldiers in the city, Zhao Yun arranges the left school to reinforce the city defense and reorganize the troops, while sending someone to report the detailed battle situation of Puyang to Huangfu Chaobo in Chenliu.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who stayed behind Chen Liu, got the news that Weizi opened the gate of the city and surrendered to Cao Cao. Regardless of the opposition of Chen Liu''s Taishou Dong Zhao, he took all of Chen Liu''s relatives in custody.


    After learning the details, Huangfu Chaobo ordered more than 40 of Weizi''s immediate family members to be beheaded and displayed to the public. At the same time, he ordered the governor of Hedong to detain all the more than 400 members of Hedong''s family. Huangfu Chaobo was going to escort them to Hedong Salt Pond to bask in salt. By this means, Chen Liu''s officers and soldiers were awe inspiring.


    At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo left Yuanrong crossbow soldiers in Chenliu to assist Zaozhi people to guard the city. He personally led other pro guard battalion troops to Baima and helped Zhao Yun defend Baima city and Baima port.


    On the day Cao Cao captured Puyang City, Yuan Shao''s army arrived at Ganling city. At this time, Ganling city was defended by Min Chun with 20000 troops, and the war in Jizhou was finally ignited.


    Min Chun''s 20000 troops were attacked by Yuan Shao''s 50000 troops, and they only lasted two days. Min Chun led 10000 rout troops to escape from Ganling City, and then they were pursued by Yuan Shao''s cavalry. Fortunately, Huang Zhong led Huben cavalry to meet him quickly. In the end, only more than 6000 of the 20000 troops retreated into Qingyuan City.


    Almost at the same time, Zhao Guoxiang County, Ren county of Julu and Guangzong were also attacked by Yuan Shaojun. The three cities all lasted for a few days and were successively captured by Yuan Shaojun.


    Huang Zhong, Hua Xiong and Zhang Ying, each with 10000 cavalry, ran between the cities like a fire brigade to meet the rout. In only ten days, Jizhou army retreated to Handan and Chiqiu.


    The two cities of Qingyuan and Taoguan on the south line are even more on the lookout. After withdrawing from the Taoguan, Huang Zhong''s cavalry still has 8000 soldiers, but min Chun''s soldiers have already reached 15000.


    After the two leaders retreated to Wei County, Huang Zhong negotiated with min chun to reorganize the 10000 garrison of Wei county and the 15000 troops min Chun brought back.


    Because of Huang Zhong''s 5000 Huben cavalry''s shock and awe, there was not much change even though they were reorganized. Two days later, Yuan Shao''s 60000 troops appeared in front of the crowd again.


    After conquering several cities of Ganling Pottery Museum, Yuan Shao reorganized the soldiers who surrendered and captured, and then marched with the army to drive Han Fu''s army out of Jizhou.


    It was because of the reorganization of these troops, together with Li Li and other local families of Taoguan that Yuan Shao slowed down the pace of attack. What he didn''t expect was that he just gave Huang Zhong and min Chun time to reorganize the army of Wei county.


    A few days later, Zhang Ying led the troops into Handan, and Huaxiong and Zhao Fu led the troops into Chiqiu county. By this time, the war in Jizhou finally entered the area of full defense that Huangfu Chaobo discussed with all the counsellors.


    According to what Huangfu Chaobo had discussed with Pang Tong, Tian Feng and Ju Shu in advance, nearly 20 cities in the periphery could not be defended under the full attack of Yuan Shaojun. Therefore, everyone agreed to trade space for time and use the 20 cities for time. In the three cities of Handan, Chiqiu and Weixian, we stepped up preparations for the war, but no one expected that Li Li would suddenly unite with his family to surrender.Fortunately, Yuan Shao was very successful. When he saw the decline of Jizhou aristocratic family, he couldn''t help but be overjoyed. Despite the opposition, he stopped attacking to appease the aristocratic family, which gave Huang Zhong and min Chun time.


    If these three cities can''t defend, Huangfu Chaobo may consider giving up Jizhou and returning to Hanoi.


    Facing the fierce attack of Yuan Shaojun, Huangfu Chaobo found that he underestimated yuan Shaojun''s fighting power. Fortunately, Pang Tong suggested that Huang Xu lead the cavalry of the control crane camp in Longhua to Jixian, and asked Gongsun Zan to send troops to support him. Of course, he didn''t expect Gongsun Zan to send troops to attack Jizhou directly. He just wanted to ask him to send cavalry from one or two schools to enter the hinterland of Jizhou with Huang Xu to harass Jizhou army, which could also hold some Yuan Shao''s attention.


    Now more than ten days have passed, Huangfu Chaobo estimates that Huang Xu has entered the hinterland of Jizhou. According to the news from the shadow, Gongsun Zan is still loyal enough. After meeting Huang Xu, he immediately agrees to his request and sends his younger brother Gongsun Yue to lead 5000 white horses to fight with Huang Xu.


    Ten thousand cavalry and twenty thousand horses are nothing if they are involved in the war on both sides of the Yellow River, but if they are in the hinterland of Jizhou, they can do a lot of things.

 Chapter 776

    In addition to asking Gongsun Zan to send troops to harass Yuan Shao''s hinterland, Huangfu Chaobo also sent people to Changshan on Pang Tong''s suggestion, hoping that Zhang Yan would send troops to help.


    Pang Tong believed that with Zhang Yan''s ability, he would not be unaware of the truth that his lips were dead and his teeth were cold. Moreover, in order for Zhang Yan to fight, Huangfu Chaobo promised to sell him another 3000 rhubarb crossbows. Of course, it''s just for sale, not for free. It''s just that the price is a little cheaper than usual.


    Nowadays, in the army of Huangfu Chaobo, there are 10% to 20% crossbow soldiers in almost every battalions. In the army of Huben and the army of Longxiang, the big yellow crossbow is still two stone big yellow crossbow, which makes the combat effectiveness of crossbow soldiers more than 10%.


    As Pang Tong expected, Zhang Yan agreed to send troops without hesitation after meeting the envoy of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Also on the 15th, after entering the territory of Runan, the 50000 troops of Yuan Shu''s army suddenly turned to the East and pointed to xiapi. For a moment, the world was in an uproar. Just as Cao Cao was about to send someone to censure Yuan Shu, another army of Yuan Shu began to invade the territory of Runan. Yuan Shu''s move made Cao Cao feel as if he had swallowed a fly.


    At the same time, Nanyang Zhang Ji sent his nephew Zhang Xiu to lead 20000 soldiers and 10000 cavalry troops, with a total of 30000 troops to block up Nanyang. He had already got the news and led Chen to be ready.


    On the 16th, the army of Marquis Wenhou Lvbu went out of the bird and mouse Valley and arrived at Yong''an City. But it was an empty city waiting for Lvbu. A few days ago, the garrison and most of the people in the city went down from Fenshui to Pishi county. As for the people who did not want to leave, the officials, according to the requirements of the prefecture, distributed some money and grain to them, and then did not care about them any more.


    Therefore, when Lv Bu''s army entered Yong''an, they found that there was no grain of rice in the government''s warehouse and no copper coin in the county government. However, the people who had not left the county had a lot of money and food in their hands, but after entering Bingzhou, Lu Bu had strictly enforced military discipline according to the requirements of the Chen palace, and soldiers were not allowed to plunder the people under his rule.


    Now Lu Bu sent troops to Hedong with the purpose of occupying Hedong, so he would not allow soldiers to plunder the people of Hedong.


    I didn''t expect to face such a situation when I entered Hedong, which put Lv Bu in a dilemma. In desperation, on the one hand, he sent people from Taiyuan to transport the food and grass needed by the army, on the other hand, he led the army to continue to go south. I hope I can gain something in other cities.


    Unfortunately, when the army arrived in Yang County, the situation was still the same as that in Yong''an. Oh, it was a little different. There were a little more people here than in Yong''an. This is true of Pingyang and Xiangling.


    At this time, Lu Bu''s army had entered Hedong for 200 Li, but tens of thousands of troops were indeed like travelling. There was no war, let alone harvest. But next, if there is no harvest, the Lvbu army will be miserable.


    Therefore, at the suggestion of Qin Yi and Xue LAN, Lu Bu ordered the army to enter Xiangling, and then sent people to urge Chen Gong to transport grain from Taiyuan, while sending people to continue to explore the situation of other cities in Hedong.


    A few days later, Taiyuan''s grain and grass finally arrived. At the same time, Chihou, who went south to inquire for information, also brought information from Linfen and Jiangyi. Let everyone breathe a sigh of relief, the two cities have a large army defense. According to the information provided by the people in the surrounding areas, there are at least 10000 garrisons in Linfen City, and more than 10000 garrisons in Jiangyi city.


    According to the original arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, it was originally intended to defend only the cities south of Pishi, Fenshui and its tributary Huishui. However, after the discussion of all the people in Hedong, combined with the situation of the army in the county, they decided to include Linfen and Jiangyi into the defense area.


    Jiangyi is a key city that enters the southern plain from the north of Hedong. If Jiangyi is not guarded, Lu Bu''s army can directly enter the most prosperous area of Hedong. After careful discussion with the officials and generals in Hedong, Zhang Chao decided that Huang Fu Jianshou, the county commander, would lead the troops to guard Pi''s family, Yang Feng, the Deputy General of Yingyang battalion, would lead Yingyang battalion''s first military school, Linfen, an ordinary military school, and Tian Yu, the commander of Yingyang battalion, would lead Yingyang battalion''s infantry and cavalry schools, plus two military schools to guard Jiangyi. As for Anyi City, Zhang Chao and Zhu Hao are responsible for the defense.


    After the discussion, Zhang Chao immediately reported the results of the discussion to Huangfu Chaobo. After receiving Zhang Chao''s request, Huangfu Chaobo immediately recruited Pang Tong to discuss Zhang Chao''s plan carefully. Finally, several people thought Zhang Chao''s plan was feasible, so Huangfu Chaobo replied and agreed to Hedong''s arrangement.


    With the consent of Huangfu Chaobo, the generals of Hedong can make arrangements. Within a few days, the troops were in place.


    On September 22, when the army was replenished with food and grass, they continued to go south in two directions. First, Wei xuhou Cheng and Qin Yi led 20000 troops to attack Linfen along the southwest of Fenshui. On the other hand, Lu Bu led Cao Xing and Xue LAN to attack Jiangyi from Xiangling.


    As for general Zhang Liao under Lv Bu, he is still fighting in Yanmen to help Wang Kai, the governor of Yanmen, stabilize the situation in Yanmen. The reason why Zhang Liao and Chen Gong didn''t go out with the army, and they had a good time with Lv Bu in recent years, and their tails were up in the sky. However, only Chen Gong and Zhang Liao in the army poured cold water on him from time to time. In addition, they were strongly opposed to sending troops to Hedong, so Lv Bu didn''t let them go with the army.


    The idea in Lu Bu''s heart is that without you two, my Lord can sweep the world.However, I didn''t expect that after the invasion of Hedong, there would be no harvest at all. Instead, I needed to transport grain and grass from Taiyuan to support the army. Although Lu Bu didn''t say anything, he felt that he had no face.


    On the 24th, the two armies of Lu Bujun arrived at their destination almost at the same time.


    After a day''s rest, the next day, the two armies launched an attack on their target city at the same time.


    Facing the attack of Lu Bu''s army, both Jiangyi and Linfen were well prepared. Although Lu Bu was strong, it was only in his personal combat power and the command of cavalry. There was still a lot of inadequacy in the command of infantry, especially in attacking cities and pulling out villages.


    Although Cao''s character is good, there is still a little gap compared with Tian Yu. In addition, there are 20000 troops in Jiangyi city. Facing Lu Bu''s 30000 troops, Tian Yu didn''t feel much pressure.


    Yang Feng in Linfen is also like this. Although he has only 10000 troops, he has been fighting in the north and South under the command of Huangfu Chaobo in recent years. In addition to the influence of Huang Zhong and pangtong, he is no longer the yellow scarf thief in the past. Ten thousand troops can defend twenty thousand enemies and attack the city with ease.


    Therefore, although Lu Bu''s army went south to Hedong in a fierce manner, it did not get any benefit from Hedong.

 Chapter 777

    On September 25, Yongzhou''s troops finally moved. Seeing that the juncture of Guandong''s princes and Sizhou had already moved, Guo Li of Chang''an was finally moved. So after discussion, they decided to join forces to attack Qin Hangu pass controlled by Sizhou''s troops in Hongnong.


    After dividing up the three counties of Yongzhou, Guo and Li found that they had nothing to do with each other, so they had to give up temporarily. In addition to the three or five thousand garrisons in the cities below, most of their troops were concentrated in Chang''an and several surrounding cities, with 60000 troops each. Among them, there are about ten thousand iron cavalry and thirty thousand infantry in Xiliang. In addition, there are twenty thousand troops of fan Hou in Chang''an city. After each of them sent out twenty-five thousand troops, there are ten thousand infantry and five thousand cavalry in the city.


    For the safety of Chang''an City, they urged fan hou to send 10000 troops, a total of 60000 troops to Hongnong.


    A few days later, 60000 troops finally arrived at Tongguan. After half a day''s rest, they moved eastward again and arrived at the foot of Qin Hangu pass.


    After a day''s rest, on September 30, the three men''s coalition began to attack Hangu pass, and the war in the west of Sizhou was finally ignited.


    As early as when Chang''an''s troops were dispatched, Huangfu Chaobo received the news from Chang''an. When he saw Guo and Li, he finally couldn''t help it. Huangfu Chaobo knew that his troops in Yongzhou had to be dispatched. However, how Xu Rong''s troops and horses can safely pass through the heavily defended Guanzhong Plain is a headache.


    You know, Guo Si had three or five thousand troops in all the cities of youfufeng, while Xu Rong had only twenty thousand troops, but nearly fifty thousand family members went out with the army. Huangfu Chaobo''s purpose was to take advantage of this opportunity to take all the family members of Xu Rong''s troops out of Guanzhong and set them up in another place.


    If Xu Rong leads the troops to Chang''an, it is difficult to guarantee that the cities will send troops to harass the rear of the army. As for Xu Rong''s 20000 troops, it is very likely that they will ignore their heads.


    However, at this point, we can no longer look forward and backward. Once Guo, Li and fan attack Hongnong with all their strength, the pressure of Sizhou will be doubled. If Hongnong is really lost, Henan county will be unstable. So Huangfu Chaobo just thought a little and ordered Xu Rong to prepare for sending troops. Once the time is ripe, he will send troops to Chang''an and attract Guo Lifan''s 60000 troops back to Chang''an.


    With the command of Huangfu Chaobo, Xu Rong of Chencang immediately made the army ready to send troops. At the same time, the headquarters of Hengjiang camp of zhoutai in Fenglingdu were also ready. When the time was ripe, Hengjiang camp broke through Tongguan water stronghold, and then led the army into Weishui, making a gesture of marching westward along Weishui to attack Chang''an.


    After a day''s attack on Hangu pass, the Xiliang army found that they had suffered a heavy loss. After being reminded, Guo and Li suddenly remembered that they had forgotten the best candidate for cannon fodder, so they quickly gave Xu Rong''s Department of Chencang a whip, asking him to leave 5000 troops to guard SHANGUAN and Chencang, and lead 15000 troops to support Hangu pass.


    In their view, Xu Rong and Huangfu Chaobo''s grudge, received the order of Xu Rong will certainly come to Hangu pass as soon as possible to participate in the war. What they didn''t expect was that it was their orders that made Xu Rong find a grand reason. He went through the tightly guarded hinterland of Guanzhong and arrived at the foot of Chang''an city.


    After the order was issued, Guo and Li ordered the army to stop attacking and quietly waited for Xu Rong''s army to arrive.


    What I didn''t expect was that a few days later, they were waiting for news that Xu Rong was fighting against Chang''an city with tens of thousands of troops. According to the news from Chang''an, Xu Rong''s army seems to have 50000 or 60000 people, far more than 20000 people they know.


    Although there are three people with a total of 40000 troops in Chang''an today, there are no generals who can compete with Xu Rong. In addition, they are not in the city. The two people who get the news are no longer willing to attack Hangu pass, so they quickly set up camp to rescue Chang''an.


    Before the army arrived at Tongguan, they received an urgent report from the water army of Tongguan. The water army of Sizhou army suddenly attacked Tongguan water stronghold, as if they were going to enter the Wei River.


    In this way, they didn''t know that Xu Rong had taken refuge with Huangfu Chaobo. Although they couldn''t think of their elder sister, they were scared to death by the news. After ordering the trusted general to lead the soldiers back to Chang''an, they led their 10000 cavalry back to Chang''an for rescue.


    A few days later, when Guo and Li led their cavalry to Chang''an, Xu Rongbu had stopped attacking the city, and 20000 troops had retreated to Wei bridge. At the other end of Wei bridge, beside a town called du you by the Weishui River, a battalion of tens of thousands of people had already been set up. At this time, the fleet of Sizhou water army had also broken through Tongguan water stronghold and was heading for Chang''an.


    According to the situation that the Tongguan guard saw from the pass, the Sizhou Navy escorted ten big boats all the way to the west this time. According to the fact that one big boat could carry more than a thousand soldiers, the Sizhou army was as many as 50000 or 60000.


    Although they had already returned to Chang''an, they were scared to hide in the city by the news from the Tongguan garrison. On the one hand, they tried their best to reinforce the city defense, and on the other hand, they kept urging more than 50000 soldiers still in Huayin to come back as soon as possible.


    They couldn''t figure out where Xu Rong''s army of 50000 or 60000 came from, and the Sizhou army had been attacked on all sides. Where did they gather their army of 50000? Huangfu Chaobo really wanted to take down Chang''an, and then retired from Chang''an just like the grand master?At the thought of this possibility, Guo and Li dare not go out of the city.


    Three days later, when 50000 soldiers arrived in Chang''an, their courage was enough, because their troops, together with fan Hou''s 20000 troops, were 80000 or 90000 troops in Chang''an. Even Xu Rongjia''s superior state water army brought in only 100000 troops. It''s just a dream to attack Chang''an City defended by nearly 100000 troops.


    Then they led tens of thousands of cavalry out of Chang''an, but when they arrived at Weiqiao, they found that Xu Rong''s tens of thousands of troops and Sizhou water army disappeared overnight.


    Angry two people this just discover, oneself was cheated by Xu Rong. They sent thousands of cavalry down the Weishui River, and finally caught up with the Sizhou fleet in the Weishui river of Zheng county.


    However, even so, the two also rest the idea of sending troops to Hongnong again. Anyway, they have also fulfilled Cao Cao''s promise and sent troops to attack Hangu pass.


    After this, they found that it was not difficult for Huangfu Chaobo to attack himself, so they had better not provoke him. Later, on the one hand, they sent troops to help Tongguan garrison recapture Tongguan water village, on the other hand, they sent troops to take over the defense of Sanguan and Chencang.

 Chapter 778

    The whereabouts of Chang''an soldiers and horses have always been the concern of Huangfu Chaobo. After receiving the news that Guo and Li did not send any more troops to Hongnong, everyone in Luoyang was relieved. Now at least the west side is safe.


    Is this the first time that Huangfu Chaobo has tasted the taste of being besieged. Although every time he was lucky, only he knew what it was like. On several occasions, he used to laugh with Pang Tong. Maybe this is what people often say.


    Zhou Tai''s fleet escorted Xu Rong and his group of dozens of ships to Liyang port, then handed over the fleet to Pan Feng, who sent 10000 water troops to escort Xu Rong to continue to go east. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s request, Xu Rong''s 20000 troops will disembark at Baima port and join the Yanzhou battlefield to deal with Cao Cao''s troops, but tens of thousands of family members will continue to go east and will be placed in Donglai, Qingzhou.


    After the end of the war, Xu Rong''s Qianniu camp will be arranged in Qingzhou, guarding Qingzhou together with Meng Gang''s Canglang camp, threatening Cao Cao''s East. Huangfu Chaobo believed that Xu Rong''s ability, in time, would be enough to drive Cao Cao''s army out of Qingzhou.


    At present, only Huang Zhong can be compared with Xu Rong in the ability of commanding troops under Huangfu Chaobo''s command. Even Zhao Yun is far behind. Xu Rong grew up one by one under Dong Zhuo''s command. When the princes were fighting for Dong, he was able to command tens of thousands of troops to fight against Cao Cao. Zhao Yun only started to lead the troops in recent years.


    On October 5, Xu Rong''s 20000 troops landed at Baima port. With more than 10000 soldiers of Zhao Yunlong''s camp in Baima city and 20000 garrisons in Baima city and Baima port, the strength of Sizhou army concentrated in Baima has reached 50000, which is basically equal to Cao Cao''s troops.


    After receiving the news of the increase of Sizhou army, Cao Cao, who was besieging Baima City, immediately led the troops to get out of the siege. The army retreated 20 Li and set up camp again, waiting for a decisive battle between the two sides. At that time, Cao Cao''s army had only 40000 troops, including less than 10000 heavy infantry and Qingzhou soldiers, and 10000 tiger and leopard riders. After several days of siege, the ordinary infantry had lost nearly 10000 soldiers and retained more than 10000 soldiers.


    After setting up camp again, Cao Cao ordered 10000 ordinary soldiers from Puyang to increase the number of troops to 50000 again.


    In order to repel Cao Cao''s army, Huangfu Chaobo led nearly ten thousand troops to Baima to join Xu Rong and Zhao Yun.


    As a result, the number of soldiers and horses in Sizhou army, in addition to Huangfu Chaobo''s 10000 Pro guard camp, Zhao Yunlong''s 8000 soldiers in Xiangying camp and 5000 soldiers in Baima Yicong camp, Xu Rong''s 10000 soldiers in niuying camp and 10000 garrisons, and then a school of garrisons was drawn from Baima City and Baima port. The total number of soldiers and horses was 50000, and the two armies were basically equal.


    After discussion, they decided to fight Cao Cao Jun in the field.


    On October 10, Huangfu Chaobo 50000 Sizhou army and Cao Cao 50000 Yanzhou army refused each other in a place called Baidaokou between Baima and Puyang, and the war between the two sides was imminent.


    In this war, Huangfu Chaobo handed over the command to Xu Rong. In order to appease Zhao Yun, Huangfu Chaobo specially recruited him and prepared to appease him. To his delight, Zhao Yun did not have any dissatisfaction. Instead, he said that he had long admired Xu Rong''s talents. This war is a good opportunity for him to learn.


    Huangfu Chaobo was relieved, but it was a rare learning opportunity for Zhao Yun. Even Huangfu Chaobo himself had only seen the field battle of more than 100000 cavalry troops, let alone Zhao Yun, twice. It was still the battle when the princes were fighting for Dong, so this was just an opportunity for Zhao Yun.


    For the coming war, Huangfu Chaobo is also very looking forward to it. Xu rongnai is a handsome man. Although he knows it in his heart, the generals of Anton''s mansion don''t know it very well. Therefore, the generals in the army are dissatisfied with Huangfu Chaobo''s emphasis on a demoted general. So this war is also a test for Xu Rong.


    Cao CaoJun has attacked Sizhou several times, so both Huangfu Chaobo and the generals hate Cao CaoJun very much. Therefore, when Huangfu Chaobo handed over the command to Xu Rong, he just said: "give me a hard fight. Only when you hurt him, you will remember things. Otherwise, this guy wants to provoke us in three days."


    After a detailed understanding of the combat effectiveness of both sides, Xu Rong quickly made detailed arrangements for the war.


    Although the number of soldiers and horses on both sides was equal, the strength of Sizhou army was slightly stronger than Cao Cao''s Yanzhou army. So after thinking about it, Xu Rong decided to defeat Cao Cao''s army with a grand array.


    In terms of the arrangement of troops, Xu Rong ranked Zhao Yun''s two regiments of Longxiang camp and his own regiment of Qianniu camp in the front of the formation. Their three regiments, with a total of nearly 15000 troops, will be the front of the formation, facing Cao Cao''s army.


    Behind the soldiers of the three schools are Zhao cenyuan''s Crossbow soldiers, with Gao shunshen camp and Chen JINGTIE Yingrui soldiers on both sides. Although the number of trapped camp and Iron Eagle sharp soldiers is not much, it is the sharp blade for Xu Rong to break through Cao Cao''s army, while Yuanrong crossbow soldiers provide cover for the two forces to break through.


    After the three school soldiers of the current Army stabilized the front, the trapped camp and the Iron Eagle soldiers began to break through the Cao formation under the cover of the yuan army crossbow soldiers. The barracks entered immediately after the two units.


    The reason why Xu Rong dares to make such an arrangement is also his own. Whether it''s the Longxiang camp or the Qianniu camp, the soldiers are veteran soldiers for many years, but Cao CaoJun is not. Although heavy infantry and tiger and leopard riding are strong, they have only been trained for more than half a year, and the speed and flexibility are relatively limited.Qingzhou soldiers are strong in attack, but their defense is mediocre. Once they break through the formation, they have a lot to do. This is the experience of general Si Zhouzhong when Qingzhou soldiers besieged Huangfu Chaobo''s Chinese army last time.


    Cao Cao''s tiger and leopard cavalry is one of the few quasi heavy cavalry in the game. If you encounter a footman without cavalry, his 10000 cavalry can sweep tens of thousands or even hundreds of thousands of footmen, but now there are 10000 light cavalry and 5000 quasi heavy cavalry in Sizhou army, you can only ha ha.


    Behind them were 15000 soldiers guarding the barracks. Their role was to follow the barracks and fight into the enemy''s line.


    There are less than 35000 soldiers in total. In addition to the 500 Tiebi battalions guarding the central army of Huangfu Chaobo, there are 2500 ordinary soldiers and nurses in the central army. However, their armor is dressed up as the central camp of Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro guard camp and the Iron Eagle sharp soldiers. Their troops are arranged in the battle array.


    The fifteen thousand cavalry, Baima Yicong and Xiliang iron cavalry, were arranged by Xu Rong on both sides of the infantry to protect the two wings of the army, while the five thousand Turkmen cavalry of the pro guard camp and the iron wall camp guarded the central army. When the time is ripe, the five thousand Turkmen cavalry will be the last straw to kill the camel.

 Chapter 779

    At the beginning, when Xu Rong proposed the arrangement of troops and horses, this proposal was unanimously opposed by the generals in the army. At last, it was decided by Huangfu Chaobo. He knew that if he wanted to defeat Cao Cao with equal strength, he had to take risks. So today''s Huangfu Chaobo central army, except for 500 soldiers of Tiebi camp, are all like goods.


    Of course, at the beginning of the war, there will still be 5000 Turkistan cavalry in the central army.


    As for Cao Cao Jun''s reaction, as Xu Rong analyzed, although Cao Cao Jun fought with Sizhou army several times, he lost more than he won, and almost didn''t have the advantage of half a point in the face-to-face battle. Therefore, after hearing the news of the gathering of Sizhou army, although Cao Cao withdrew, he did not return to Puyang City. Instead, he placed an array between the two cities, obviously hoping to fight with Sizhou army to stabilize his position in Yanzhou.


    At about ten o''clock in the morning, 100000 armies of both sides set out on the field. As Xu Rong expected, Cao Cao''s formation was composed of heavy infantry and Qingzhou soldiers, with a shield and a long gun. After that, there were ordinary soldiers in the square array. The tiger and leopard cavalry were divided into two parts and arranged on both sides of the array. In Cao Cao''s middle position, he was just like Huangfu Chaobo, leaving only a small number of soldiers and horses.


    With the sound of the war drum of the Chinese Army''s attack, the Sizhou army began to slowly force the enemy''s battle line. Almost at the same time, Cao Cao''s army also sounded the drum of attack.


    The battle drums of both sides were getting closer and closer. When the distance was 150 paces, the drums from the Chinese troops on both sides were suddenly quickened. Then the soldiers in the two sides were shouting to kill. Then they sped up and rushed to the front of the enemy army.


    As the distance between the two sides gets closer and closer, the archers of the two sides begin to fire towards each other''s military array. The sky full of arrow rain rises in the air, converges in the air above the open space of the two sides'' military array, and then pounces on the opposite military array.


    For a moment, I heard a dense buzzing sound from the two sides'' military formations, and then a cloud of arrows enveloped the two sides'' battle formations. Then, there was a sound of Jingling and the cry of wounded soldiers.


    For cavalry, the distance of a hundred paces is only three rounds of arrow time, but for infantry, it also takes a few seconds.


    After several rounds of arrow rain, the losses of both sides were small. Cao Cao''s army won in the heavy infantry defense, but the number of their archers was no more than Sizhou''s army. Although the defense of Sizhou army was a little poor, it was relatively fast. In addition to the archers in the army, there were thousands of crossbowmen. The arrow attack of rhubarb crossbow and crossbow was stronger than that of ordinary archers. In addition, the arrows of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers were as dense as locusts, which made Cao Cao Cao''s army under great pressure.


    After the baptism of arrows, the two soldiers and horses finally collided with each other irresistibly, and tens of thousands of elite shouts finally mixed together. For a moment, the whole world was filled with blood fog, and countless soldiers rushed together.


    Two hundred paces away, Cao Cao and Sima Yi were standing on the watchtower in the middle of Yanzhou army. Looking at the soldiers who were killed in front of them like raging waves, Cao Cao was also very nervous.


    Although he had several wars with Sizhou army, he never had such a large-scale head-on battle. Even though Cao Cao had confidence in his army, he was still nervous when the war came.


    When he saw that the soldiers of both sides were killed together, Cao Cao felt that his heart had been raised in midair. Fortunately, the final result made him feel relieved. Although the Sizhou army seemed to be a bit more powerful, the two sides were still deadlocked in the end.


    Then, you come and I go, no one can do anything about it. The front row of the taxi soldiers keep falling down, the back of the taxi soldiers keep adding up, the front row of the taxi soldiers keep disappearing, and constantly adding, the back of the archers are throwing arrows at the opposite enemy from time to time, so the stalemate for nearly an hour.


    Standing in the watchtower, Cao Cao could see that his heavy infantry soldiers were tired, and their movements became slow, and so were the soldiers of Sizhou army.


    Just when Cao Cao thought that today''s war was finally like this, both sides retreated and could not understand.


    All of a sudden, the sound of bugles came from the central army of Sizhou army. Cao Cao''s heart jumped and looked up at Sizhou army.


    Suddenly, a few roars broke out in the Sizhou army. Then, we saw that two soldiers quickly formed a small conical array, which protruded from the two small openings opened by the former army of Sizhou army, and quickly killed the enemy.


    Then, in caoying''s daze, the two soldiers, under the leadership of their respective generals, just like the red chromite inserted into the frozen lard, pushed to the end. In Caocao''s eyes, the seemingly strong defense line was like paper paste, which was broken at a poke.


    Then, with the two soldiers behind, countless elite soldiers of Sizhou army swarmed into Yanzhou army, and quickly formed a small formation, killing all sides in it.


    "Damn, which army is this? Why is it so strong! The war has been going on for nearly an hour, but it still has such strength! " Cao''s general exclaimed in a startled voice;Cao Cao and Sima Yi looked at each other, and both of them saw inexplicable fear from each other''s eyes. They all thought which army they were, but they always thought that the thousands of soldiers in Huangfu Chaobo''s central military position were trapped camp and Iron Eagle sharp soldiers, but no one thought that Huangfu Chaobo would be confused.


    Looking at more and more soldiers of Sizhou army, with the elite of two battalions of Sizhou army fighting into the army, Sima Yi said in a hurry: "Lord, we still have a chance to attack the two wings of Sizhou army. If the cavalry of Sizhou army blocks it, the tiger and leopard cavalry can annihilate it. If they dare to let go, the two wings of the enemy infantry will not be protected."


    Cao Cao was stunned. He wanted to use the tiger and leopard that he had worked hard to make up to exchange for the light cavalry of the other side. But if not, his own soldiers would be finished.


    After a little hesitation, Cao Cao immediately ordered the tigers and leopards to attack the two wings of Sizhou army.


    Cao Cao Jun''s tiger and leopard riding a move, Xu Rong''s response measures came. Now Cao Cao''s troops and horses have all been used, but Xu Rong still has 5000 Tu cavalry in his hands, so when the tiger and leopard ride, Xu Rong''s military order is issued.


    The first action was to protect Baima Yicong and Xiliang cavalry on the two wings of Sizhou army. The cavalry of the two schools immediately accelerated to meet the direction of tiger and leopard. Then the 5000 Turkistan cavalry was divided into two divisions to support the cavalry of the two schools. In this way, it became 15000 cavalry against 10000 cavalry of Cao army.

 Chapter 780

    On the surface, Cao Cao''s 10000 cavalry is not much different, but in fact, baimayi is never an ordinary light cavalry, and Xiliang iron cavalry is slightly inferior to hubaoqi''s Quasi heavy cavalry. Moreover, the cavalry of the two academies were formed much earlier than that of hubaoqi, which was established only half a year ago. Therefore, the combat power of the two academies is basically the same as that of 10000 hubaoqi, plus 5000 Turkistan cavalry In the surrounding disturbance fighting, so, tiger and leopard riding out, it is doomed to be defeated in his first battle.


    Sure enough, baimayi began to shoot arrows at hubaoqi from 80 paces away. Although the arrows could not cause too much damage to hubaoqi, several rounds of arrow rain still caused dozens of losses to hubaoqi.


    After a few rounds of arrows, with Zhao Yun''s order, Baima Yicong throws away his bow and arrow and kills the opposite tiger and leopard. Under the leadership of Zhao Yun, the cavalry of the two sides soon fought together.


    Almost at the same time, the Xiliang cavalry and the tiger and leopard cavalry on the other side also fought together.


    At this time, huyandu''s cavalry had arrived. Five thousand Turkistan cavalry were divided into two divisions to support the cavalry on both sides. With their harassment from the side to the back, the attack of tiger and leopard riding was even more restrained.


    When the cavalry of the two armies fought, Sima Yi found that he was wrong. He was too wrong. Tiger and leopard riding was a very strong army. When Cao Cao compiled and practiced tiger and leopard riding, they were all elite soldiers and horses selected from the army. However, the cavalry didn''t just choose elite soldiers and soldiers.


    If ten thousand tigers and leopards could barely survive the siege of fifteen thousand cavalry, Cao Cao''s soldiers would be more and more difficult to support under the attack of two elite departments of Sizhou army.


    With the passage of time, a large number of Sizhou soldiers followed by the elite soldiers who broke into the Cao army.


    "Lord, we must withdraw immediately, otherwise, not only the soldiers will not be protected, but also the tigers and leopards will not be protected." However, Cao Cao still accepted Cheng Yu''s advice. At this time, the army was not entangled with Sizhou army, so it was still possible to retreat. If the war with Sizhou army continued, it would be impossible even to retreat.


    Thinking of this, Cao Cao immediately ordered the troops to stop.


    With the sound of Cao Cao''s army, Cao Cao''s troops began to change. However, even with the elite of heavy infantry and Qingzhou soldiers, nearly 40% of the troops in the middle of the front line could not get rid of the attack of Sizhou army.


    Seeing that Cao Cao''s army began to withdraw, Xu Rong was unreasonable at this time. With his order, the Chinese Army''s orders were passed on one after another.


    The first reaction was made by the cavalry. After hearing the order of the Chinese army, the three cavalry immediately got rid of the tangled battle with hubaoqi, and turned into the two cavalry schools of Baima Yicong and Xiliang Tieqi. The cavalry continued to tangle with hubaoqi, while the Tujia immediately killed Cao Cao who was gathering to retreat.


    At this time, the soldiers of Sizhou started to attack Cao Cao''s soldiers, and the defense line that they had barely maintained was even more precarious.


    Cao Cao, the middle army of Cao Cao''s army, saw such a situation on the watchtower, and immediately ordered the rear army to form a new formation for defense, and slowly pushed towards the front Sizhou army. The soldiers who had been scattered in front of him bypassed the already large formation and directly returned to the back to form a new formation.


    In this way, Cao Cao''s army would be able to resist at all levels and retreat alternately.


    However, Cao Cao had just adjusted, and a new military order came out of Xu Rong''s side. As the order came out, he suddenly assembled on his horse and killed Cao Cao''s troops in the rear.


    Cao Cao immediately responded and quickly transferred several troops to the periphery to try to stop the attack of the troopers. At the same time, Cao Cao of the Central Military Department also mobilized and arranged the troops and horses of the whole battlefield from time to time


    they were just like two people playing chess on a chessboard. You came here and I went there and sent troops to kill each other.


    Half an hour later, Cao Cao was still a poor chess player. Although he was clumsy on the left and on the right, he tried his best to support him, but in the end, nearly 20000 soldiers were surrounded by Xu Rong''s Sizhou regiment. And the soldiers and horses who successfully broke through to his central army, plus the thousands of tigers and leopards who have successfully broken through, only have a total of more than 20000 troops.


    Seeing this, Cao Cao, though unwilling, had to order the army to withdraw from Puyang.


    Seeing this, Xu Rong was not greedy. He just ordered Baima Yicong and Tutu cavalry to follow Cao Cao''s army closely, so that they could not withdraw to Puyang safely and prepare for the subsequent attack of Puyang. The rest of the army concentrated on destroying the remaining soldiers on the battlefield.


    Two hours later, as the last Sergeant Cao laid down his arms and surrendered, the war of 100000 people finally came to an end.


    In the first World War, Cao Cao was defeated, more than 50000 troops were killed, nearly 20000 were injured and captured, and the rest less than 20000 troops fled back to Puyang. There were more than 15000 soldiers in Sizhou.


    For Xu Rong''s performance, Huangfu Chaobo can be said to be very satisfied. Standing on the watchtower of the Chinese army all the time, Huangfu Chaobo watched Xu Rong''s platoon and deployment, just like flowing water. Although it can''t be said that it''s as smooth as a finger, Xu Rong''s mastery of the fighter plane is astonishing to Zhao Yun and other state army generals.After this war, Xu Rong can be said to have established his own position in the Sizhou army.


    After the war, Huangfu Chaobo ordered to clean the battlefield, count the casualties and prisoners of the army, and gathered the generals to discuss the next war arrangement.


    After deliberation, the people unanimously decided that the army would continue to March eastward to Puyang, and take a rest under the city while continuing to mobilize troops from Sizhou to attack Puyang again.


    On the 12th, Sizhou army arrived at the foot of Puyang City again and set up camp in the west of the city. After that, the army took a rest and sent cavalry around Puyang to block the support of other cities. In today''s Puyang City, there are only less than 5000 guards, except for 15000 troops who fled back in a panic.


    On the 15th, Sizhou military reinforcements arrived. Because the west side was safe, Huangfu Chaobo sent 20000 reinforcements from Luoyang this time, not including the 5000 soldiers who had never appeared before.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo handed over the war to Xu Rong, and Sizhou army began to attack Puyang.


    With the victory against Cao Cao''s army a few days ago, Xu Rong''s ability has been completely defeated by Zhao Yun and other state army generals, so he led the army''s attack on Puyang, and the public had no opinion, and Huangfu Chaobo was also happy.

 Chapter 781

    In a few days under Puyang City, Xu Rong had reorganized the troops and horses. All the wounded soldiers were arranged by him to return to Baima city. With them, there were also the wounded among the 20000 Cao Cao Army prisoners. As for the other Cao Cao Army prisoners, Xu Rong would use them to fill the River and open the siege channel.


    As for the guards of Baima city and Baima port, they were also transferred to Puyang City camp, and the soldiers of the two defense departments were handed over to nearly ten thousand wounded soldiers.


    In addition to the 20000 troops transferred from the superior Prefecture and the 10000 garrison transferred from the white horse, Xu Rong added all his suitable soldiers to several schools, and all other soldiers were reorganized into several units.


    On the 15th, Xu Rong began to arrange for Cao Cao''s captives to fill the river and open the siege channel to Puyang City.


    At the same time, the five thousand digging soldiers of the Dugu brothers began to work. They began to dig tunnels from a forest five miles north of Puyang City. The five thousand digging soldiers were divided into ten teams by the Dugu brothers. Each team was equipped with five hundred prisoners to transport the excavated soil. At the same time, they dug ten passages into Puyang City.


    According to the result of Dugu Xiong''s three brothers'' negotiation, it takes four to five days to dig all the five tunnels from Wuli outside the city. The most difficult position is the distance between the moat and the city wall. Therefore, Xu Rong is going to take Puyang in five to six days.


    Although there is a tunnel in preparation, Xu Rong''s attack is still pressing step by step, so that Cao Jun in the city has no time to consider other things.


    In the first day, Xu Rong ordered the prisoners of war to reclaim the river regardless of casualties and open the siege channel. In less than one day, Xu Rong filled the moat of Puyang City again at the cost of killing and injuring 2000 prisoners, and prepared nearly 30 siege channels. This is the third time that the moat of Puyang City has been filled in less than a year.


    After a night''s silence, the next day''s attack officially began. Although Xu Rong''s attack always seemed so tepid, he was quite prepared for the rhythm of the attack. It was often that the soldiers of the previous round were still on the way to retreat, but the soldiers of the next round had already started.


    In the past, several rounds of attacks ended at the end of the day. Although the number of soldiers killed by Cao Cao was limited, the pressure on the city remained.


    Not only that, every round of attack does not use ordinary soldiers, but in a certain round of attack, there are dozens of soldiers in the barracks. In this way, Cao Cao''s soldiers at the head of the city are miserable. At the end of the day, they dare not relax.


    Xu Rong''s command once again surprised everyone. At night, in Huangfu''s Chaobo camp, the generals were full of confidence in the capture of Puyang.


    In Puyang City, however, Cao Cao''s army lamented again. Although Cao Cao didn''t want to admit it, he knew in his heart that he had been defeated by Xu Rong twice in a row, and if there was no accident, there would be a third.


    Cao Cao thought about the morale of the army and his own face, but Xia Houdun didn''t think so much about it. Cao Cao couldn''t do some things, but he had to do them.


    In Puyang City, in the county government, Cao Cao was also gathering the generals for discussion. When Cao Cao finished speaking, Xia Houdun got up and said, "general, in my opinion, we must consider withdrawing our troops. Our army was defeated and demoralized. Less than 20000 of the 50000 troops fled back to the city, and there were only more than 20000 of the 5000 garrisons in the city. The sergeant of Sizhou outside the city came to attack with the threat of victory. Judging from today''s war, Xu Rong is not an easy man to fight with. Instead of fighting with Sizhou army in Puyang City, he might as well lead these 20000 elite soldiers to break through, preserve their strength, and get there Then we will fight with the SZU army. "


    "Yes, Lord, this is the elite after the real war. With them, we can successfully train more powerful soldiers." Yue Jin said on one side;


    "Puyang City is solid, and the Sizhou army has begun to attack the city. How can we give up so easily? We are not as good as Sizhou army in field combat. Can''t we defend according to the city?" Cao ang retorted immediately;


    Cao Anmin also stood up: "yes, even if we want to retreat, we have to tear a few pieces of meat from Huangfu Chaobo, otherwise we will come back in vain."


    Several veteran generals are quite cautious, especially Xia Houdun. Together with Cao Cao, he suffered losses in Xu Rong''s hands several times. A few years ago, Cao Cao almost fell into his hands, and Huangfu Chaobo rescued him. Now, a few years later, he did not expect that Xu Rong would become a subordinate of Huangfu Chaobo.


    When he saw Xu Rongzhi outside the white horse city, Xia Houdun still had the idea of revenge. But a few days ago, a big war once again brought him back to reality, and Xu Rongyi hit him so hard that he could hardly fight back.


    In today''s war, Xia Houdun obviously felt that Xu Rong didn''t do his best, but he still let his army have some left and right branches. So when it came to the discussion in the evening, he didn''t hesitate to break through.


    In his view, there were only 15000 elite soldiers left in the 50000 army, and the remaining nearly 10000 soldiers served as a cover for the army to break through the encirclement. With these 15, 000 elites for the rest of the world war, it will only take a few months to replenish them.


    But the two young generals are still unconvinced. Although their army has failed in the field battle, can''t they defend the city?According to Cao Cao''s heart, in fact, he also wanted to lead the troops to retreat immediately. But facing his eldest son and nephew, Cao Cao didn''t want to admit defeat so easily. You know, this is their first battle. If the army breaks through the encirclement before it is defeated, it will be very disadvantageous for their future leadership.


    Thinking of this, Cao Cao looked at the two military advisers beside him. Sima Yi was too young. Seeing that Cao Cao looked at him, he immediately proposed that he should not give up easily.


    Cheng Yu, however, stroked Hu and said nothing. Seeing Cao Cao Chao, he didn''t answer immediately. Instead, he stood in front of the map and said nothing.


    After a long time, Cheng Yu asked Cao Cao, "has the Lord ever heard from Cao Hong?"


    Cao Cao was stunned and said, "Zi Lian sent someone to send news the day before yesterday that he has captured yongqiu. According to his itinerary, he should arrive at the foot of Chen Liucheng today. Zhong De''s intention is that


    "Yes, since we have to leave sooner or later, we just need to ensure the combat power of the most elite soldiers. The longer we delay, the longer we can fight for general Zilian."


    "That''s right," said Xia Houdun, clapping his hands. "It''s Mr. Cheng. Since we can''t keep Puyang, we''d better fight for more time for Zilian."

 Chapter 782

    Cheng Yu nodded: "just to ensure 15000 elite combat power, less than 10000 garrison can''t stop the attack of Sizhou army." With that, he turned to Weizi and said, "Mr. Wei, you have been in Puyang for such a long time. You should know the situation in the city. How many soldiers can Puyang recruit?"


    At this time, he already knew that his family had been killed by Huangfu Chaobo, and the whole population had been assigned to Hedong Salt farm as slaves. Hearing Cheng Yu''s question, he immediately gritted his teeth and said, "Huijun division, there are more than 58000 people in Puyang City. If you want to be strong in the city, you can be the Lord There are 12000 recruits. "


    At this point, Cao Cao can''t understand Cheng Yu''s meaning. Since Puyang can''t keep it, he can''t take advantage of it. Huangfu Chaobo recruited all the elite soldiers in the city to resist the attack of Sizhou army. Who cares about him in the future.


    It''s Cheng Yu. Even if the Sizhou army controls Puyang, it will be a big burden. The city with tens of thousands of people has been recruited. After a war with Sizhou army, it is estimated that half of them will die on the top of the city. At that time, the people in the city will not blame Cao Cao, because he has already run away, and there will be endless troubles after the State Army becomes the new ruler here.


    "Well, Mr. Wei, it''s up to you to recruit soldiers in the city. From tomorrow on, the original ten thousand Garrison and the ten thousand newly recruited soldiers will guard the city. Our fifteen thousand elite will be responsible for assisting. When the time is ripe, we will break through and leave..." As soon as Cao Cao made a decision, he ordered;


    "how many elite of these 20000 soldiers can be left in the end, we will take them with us at that time. As for the city," Cao Cao sighed, "still don''t..."


    "The end will take orders!" Xu Rong soon found out that when the Sizhou army attacked the city wall, it would soon be able to attack the city wall, but the soldiers who attacked the city wall would soon be driven down from the city, and so on.


    Xu Rong saw all these in his eyes. At a glance, he saw that the main forces guarding the city were some newly recruited soldiers, but behind them there were a large number of elite soldiers waiting for them. Once he found out where the soldiers were not enough, there would be elite soldiers to make up for them. Cao Cao was training.


    However, even if Xu Rong knew it, what happened? Cao Cao is training, but Xu Rong is also training. Although these 30000 soldiers are veterans, there is still a big gap from the elite of the barracks. Now that the garrison of Puyang City is far from enough to let himself down, Xu Rongzheng is good at training in rotation.


    In the next few days, Xu Rong still arranged the war as before. During this period, he was attacked by elite soldiers and horses from time to time. Although he let Cao Cao Jun guard the city wall every time, Cao Cao Jun also lost a lot of elite soldiers and horses.


    Just as Cao''s generals were secretly proud of their success, in the early morning of October 20, Sizhou''s army opened several tunnels to Puyang City, and then attacked Puyang City again.


    Fortunately, Cao Cao had always been suspicious, and he soon responded. Later, he finally led more than 10000 disabled soldiers out of the encirclement and went straight to juancheng.


    In the face of Cao Cao''s breakthrough, Xu Rong did not order the army to pursue. Although the Sizhou army won, the soldiers were tired after a month''s war. In addition, although Cao Cao was defeated, Xu Rong ordered the army to stop pursuing rationally.


    Another point is that Cheng Yu''s strategy is very successful. There are 12000 newly recruited soldiers in Puyang City, and nearly 8000 people died and wounded in the battle. Before entering the city, Xu Rong told Huangfu Chaobo about his speculation. After the capture of the city, Huangfu Chaobo ordered to screen out the nearly ten thousand captured soldiers. After careful inquiry, he finally confirmed Xu Rong''s conjecture.


    Finally, in desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to order that the families of the soldiers who died in the battle be compensated according to the standard of the soldiers who died in the army of Sizhou. Only in this way can Puyang''s people be slightly pacified.


    However, this also made Huangfu Chaobo more afraid to catch up with Cao Cao''s army. Later, after leaving Zhao yunbu in Puyang, Huangfu Chaobo and Xu Rong led the army to Chenliu. Now Chenliu''s war is not over, and Cao Hong''s 50000 troops are attacking Chenliu.


    Because Chen Liu had only 30000 troops, Zao only negotiated with Chen Rong, Zhou Cang and Wang Ran and decided to stick to Chen Liu. As for the other counties, if they can keep the rules, they can only give up.


    So Cao Hong''s army conquered kaocheng, Jiwu, Xiangyi, waihuang and yongqiu in a month, and arrived outside Chenliu on October 12. Cao Ren left only a thousand soldiers to defend the cities he had captured. The rest of his troops, plus the troops he had collected from several cities, totaled 60000 troops. They arrived directly at Chen Liu city. He was ready to take Chen Liu down at one stroke.


    With Puyang''s lesson, Huangfu Chaobo had ordered Shi A''s shadow guard to keep a close watch on Chen Liu. Sure enough, some people with bad intentions were dug out from the city, and then they were all directly executed by Zaozhi. For a time, Chen Liu had already killed his head before the war started.


    After Cao Hong''s army arrived at Chen Liu, they just took a day off and began to attack the city. Unfortunately, Chen Liu''s well-equipped troops and solid city are far from the counties that Cao Hong attacked before.The two sides fought in the city for five days. Cao Hong lost thousands of troops, but he was unable to attack the city wall. However, although Cao Hong did not have tiger and leopard cavalry in his hands, he still had 2000 ordinary cavalry. When he attacked Chen Liu, Cao Hong did not forget to release his cavalry to explore the movements of the surrounding armies, especially the movements of the Sizhou army in Puyang.


    Because of his caution, he saved tens of thousands of troops under his command.


    When tens of thousands of troops of Huangfu Chaobo arrived in Xiaohuang county to the north of Chenliu, Cao Hong already got the news of the arrival of reinforcements. Seeing the sudden arrival of the troops of Huangfu Chaobo, Cao Hong had guessed that the battle in Puyang was over, so he led the troops to retreat overnight.


    On the third day, Huangfu Chaobo, who arrived at Chenliu City, knew that Cao Hong''s army had left. Immediately, he sent Tujia, Xiliang iron cavalry and Chenliu''s ten thousand soldiers to pursue. He did not want to wipe out the enemy, but he had to recover all the cities under Chenliu''s rule.


    On November 2, Cao Hong''s army retreated to Ningling, Wang Ran''s army recovered all the lost cities under Chen Liu''s rule, and the war in Yanzhou ended.


    At this time, the war in Jizhou ended on October 22, the third day when Cao Cao lost Puyang City again. Yuan Shao left several generals to defend the cities of Taoguan and Quliang, and the army returned to the Bohai Sea.

 Chapter 783

    It''s not that Yuan Shao didn''t want to control the whole territory of Jizhou, but with the three cities of Handan, Chiqiu and Weixian defended by Huang Zhong. After more than ten days of his 200000 troops attacking, tens of thousands of people were killed and injured, and the three cities were still as stable as rocks. However, if they did not attack the three cities and directly attacked Yecheng, the three cavalry under Huang Zhong''s three men would pose a threat to Yuan Shao''s grain supply.


    Just when Yuan Shao was in trouble again, news came from Bohai and Puyang. The news from the Bohai Sea made Yuan Shao furious. There were 20000 cavalry in the Bohai Sea. They came and went like the wind. Although they had not captured any county yet, they had captured dozens of fortresses in the Bohai Sea. All the materials in the fortress that could be removed were removed, and all those that could not be removed were burned.


    There were not many cavalry under Yuan Shao. This time, all of them were taken away by Yuan Shao. The commander in chief of Bohai Sea could only watch these cavalry rampage outside the city and was helpless. The only thing he could do now was to ask Yuan Shao for help.


    The 20000 cavalry in Jizhou were Huang Xu''s 5000 cavalry and Gongsun Yue''s 10000 cavalry. After they joined forces, they went directly into the Bohai Sea from Guangyang. Huang Xu knew that Bohai, as the place where Yuan Shao started, must be the most important. Nowadays, the vast majority of Jizhou cavalry are transferred to the west to fight against Sizhou army. The Bohai Sea must be empty, so it can make a world shaking in it.


    As early as the beginning of the assembly of the two armies, Huang Xu said to Gongsun Yue that this time he sent out troops, he should harvest and let Gongsun Yue use them. As long as it is his Gongsun, the more he likes it, the Sizhou army will not get involved.


    With Huang Xu''s promise, Gongsun is so happy that he can''t see his teeth. Jizhou is rich and well-off. In recent years, it has almost caught up with Wei county. Although it can''t capture the city of Bohai this time, there are countless fortresses of aristocratic families outside the city. There is no oil and water in them, and he won''t believe it if he is killed.


    Sure enough, after the two men led the army into the Bohai Sea, Zhangwu, the northernmost County in the Bohai Sea, was still more than 100 li away. Gongsun Yue''s Chihou found a big fortress. The wall of the fortress was nearly two Zhang high, and its circumference was about several Li. On it was written "xiejiabao".


    They were overjoyed. With a command, 20000 cavalry rushed to the fortress more than ten miles away.


    The army stopped a mile away from the fortress, and they slowly approached the fortress with dozens of guards. At this time, the fortress was in a mess, and tens of thousands of cavalry suddenly appeared outside the fortress, and everyone knew that the other side was not good.


    The Xie family was originally Zhang Wu''s big family. When Yuan Shao came to Bohai Sea a few years ago, the Ju family took refuge with Yuan Shao, so Zhang Wu''s power was even stronger. In order to consolidate his rule, Yuan Shao also wantonly wooed the local aristocratic family. Over the years, several children of the Xie family came to work in Yuan Shao''s cavalry general''s house.


    With his family''s children working in the general''s mansion, the Xie family must know the situation and trend of Jizhou soldiers and horses. There are not many cavalry in Jizhou. This time, most of them have gone to Sizhou with Yuan Che. Now, tens of thousands of cavalry outside the fortress must be enemies rather than friends.


    Zhangwu''s xiejiabao is the largest fortress outside the city and the largest manor of the xiejiabao. There are hundreds of xiejiabao''s tenants and nearly a thousand servants living in it. There are about 5000 people in Dingkou.


    The tens of thousands of acres of fertile land around the fortress are the property of the Xie family. The leader is Xie Cheng, a steward of the Xie family.


    Xie Cheng once served in the army, but at that time, the Xie family was not as powerful as it is now, so after he was injured in the army, Xie Cheng retired from the position of village commander. Because he was familiar with military affairs, his family gave him the largest and most remote fortress.


    Most of the family have lived in Zhangwu City, and the important members have settled down in Nanpi city.


    Because he was born in a family, and had been in the army, Xie Cheng was very capable. After taking over the management of the fortress, he managed it in good order for a few years, which won the praise of the family elders. The clan trusted him more and let him manage the fortress.


    Over the years, Xie Cheng has been very comfortable in the castle. He is the local emperor of the castle. He just needs to send enough money and food to the family according to the family regulations every year, and no one will take care of him.


    After the troops were sent out, Xie Cheng, based on his many years of experience in the army, sent out several cavalry guards in the castle to inquire about gongsunzan in Youzhou in the north. He knew that gongsunzan had a very good relationship with Huangfu Chaobo, so he sent the guards to patrol in the north out of caution.


    Who knows that he really guessed it. Yesterday afternoon, only two of the escorts sent out came back. The news was that a group of cavalry with the size of 20000 appeared in the north, and they could arrive here tomorrow at the latest.


    This news scared Xie Cheng to the ground. He had 20000 cavalry. As far as he knew, there were only 20000 elite cavalry under the general''s command, and the rest were only dozens of nearly 100 Pro guard cavalry under the general''s command. This time, Gongsun praised and sent 20000 cavalry to fight. How many soldiers were there behind them?


    Is Gongsun Zan invading Jizhou? No, he didn''t receive a family letter saying Gongsun Zan had invaded on a large scale. At the thought of this, Xie Cheng soon calmed down. No matter how many cavalry came, he would not attack the city. Although his fortress was a fortress, it was almost a small county. Believe that the other side should not attack their own here, however, the corresponding preparation is still necessary.After he calmed down, Xie Cheng ordered all the tenants and slaves outside the castle to return to the castle. He also ordered the castle guards to prepare for the battle. At the same time, he sent several people to warn the county quickly. He also ordered that all the young men in the fort be organized into a group to help guard the fort.


    After a day and a night of preparation, the cavalry of Youzhou finally arrived under the fortress.


    Looking at the cavalry coming out of the castle like a tide and covering the sky, the guards and people on the castle wall were pale with fright. In the two battles, some people even dropped their weapons on the castle wall.


    "Bang."


    All of us were startled by the sudden sound on the quiet castle wall. Xie Cheng turned his head and saw a servant collapsed on the castle wall with pale face. The ring head knife in his hand fell on his side, and he muttered to himself: "I don''t want to die, I don''t want to die..."


    Xie Cheng was very angry. He stepped forward quickly and lifted the servant up. He said angrily, "you coward, stand up quickly."

 Chapter 784

    After lifting the servant, Xie Cheng pulled him to the outside of the castle wall, pointed to the cavalry outside the castle, and said in a loud voice, "those Youzhou thieves outside are just going to break our fortress, kill us all, take away our property and capture all the women. Resistance may die, but if we don''t fight for it, we will die! "


    "I have sent people to Zhangwu and Nanpi for help. As long as we block them for a few days, the reinforcements will arrive, and then we will be saved. As long as we block the attack of Youzhou thieves, I will give you a reward of ten Guan for one person, and two Guan for killing one thief."


    Thanks finally make the people on the castle wall look better. Under the heavy reward, there must be brave men. One person who guards the castle will get ten rewards, and one person who kills a thief will get two rewards. These huge rewards inspired everyone. For a moment, on the wall of the fort, everyone yelled "kill the thief".


    Seeing the reaction on the wall, Huang Xu shook his head helplessly and said to Gongsun Yue, "second general, it seems that we don''t have to persuade him to surrender."


    Gongsun Yue nodded and said, "well, all along the way, I saw some small fortresses. I couldn''t be interested. It seems that there are still many things in this place. Let the children attack directly."


    With that, he waved his hand to the pro Guard commander behind him, and immediately someone was ready to lead the troops.


    Huang Xu said: "second general, of course, these are only aimed at the fortresses outside the city where the NPC forces are. The player''s territory must be excluded by Huangfu Chaobo''s request. He doesn''t want to be the target of public criticism. In fact, Zhang Wu''s players have picked up a lot of bargains under his misfortune. Many people have not gone to the county, but they have been abducted by the surrounding player''s territory I went to my own territory.


    After staying around Zhang Wu for a few days, Huang Xu and his army continued to go south. After a few days of land scraping, Gongsun Yue had gained a lot of property. Of course, although he was allowed to use it, he still consciously sent nearly 40% of the property to Huang Xu.


    In the following half a month, 15000 cavalry like locusts swept the land of Jizhou. In Fuyang, Gaocheng and Xinyang, a large number of messengers rush to Nanpi every day to ask the general''s house to send troops to annihilate this group of cavalry. In the view of Bohai families, if they support Yuan Shao, they must ensure the safety of their family''s property outside the city.


    At this time, the general''s house of motorcycles and the remaining Bohai prefect had been in a mess by the mountain like letters asking for help from all over the country. As one of Yuan Shao''s counsellors, he also knew that the demands of these aristocratic families were too much, but he could not allow Gongsun Zan and Huangfu Chaobo''s nearly 20000 cavalry to plunder, otherwise, the whole Bohai Sea would be filled with smoke and smoke before long.


    In desperation, the judge had to send a letter to Yuan Shao, who was on the front line of Wei County, asking him to send troops back to the Bohai Sea to drive these cavalry out of Jizhou.


    After leaving the Bohai Sea, they led the army to the West and entered Hejian state. After attacking dozens of fortresses in Hejian, Huang Xu found that a large number of cavalry appeared. They thought that Yuan Shao''s army had returned, so they led the army to the north and prepared to enter Youzhou from Hejian.


    What they didn''t know was that Yuan Shao''s main force didn''t come back, but only sent generals Jiang Qi and Guo Yuan to help Nanpi with 5000 cavalry. In Nanpi City, Yuan Shao bought nearly 20000 war horses from various families, and then trained more than 10000 cavalry. Although these cavalry could not fight against Huang Xu and Gongsun Yue''s cavalry, tens of thousands of cavalry, together with the soldiers in each city, put great pressure on them.


    In addition, their cavalry had been out for more than a month, and they were all exhausted, so they decided to retreat to Youzhou temporarily. Of course, Jiang Qi''s cavalry did not dare to chase him too closely. They just followed Huang Xu and others out of Jizhou after a day''s journey, and his task was completed.


    Who knows that when the two men led the army to retreat through Dongping Shu County, the county did not expect that the cavalry had reached their own boundaries. In order not to affect the normal life of the people in the city, the county magistrate ordered that the south gate be opened for the residents in the city.

 Chapter 785

    The situation of dongshuping was immediately told to Huang Xu and Huang Xu by the Shouhou camp in front of them. Together, they thought that there was still a chance to capture the county. So they selected 200 elite soldiers from the army, filled dozens of carts with property and went to dongshuping as caravans.


    At this time, it will be dark for more than an hour. Half an hour after the departure of the motorcade, a large number of soldiers and horses slowly sneak behind them. Within more than ten miles around most of the soldiers and horses, there are a large number of reprimands around the county. If you find any personnel going to the direction of the county, all of them will be killed, so as to prevent the information from being revealed.


    When the motorcade arrived at the south of dongshuping County, it was almost dark. Seeing that the gate was about to close, the soldiers urged the motorcade to enter the city.


    When the motorcade arrived at the gate hole, 200 soldiers suddenly burst into trouble, quickly occupied the gate, and then blocked all vehicles in the gate hole to prevent the gate from closing. At this time, most of the cavalry had arrived a few miles to the south of the county. After hearing the bugle at the gate of the city, the army quickly killed and finally entered the city before the garrison reacted.


    To be able to seize a county seat is a surprise for both of them.


    However, they did not stay in the city. After searching the city, they only had a night''s rest in the city. Then they quickly led the army all the way to Yuyang county.


    It was a day after Jiang Qi received the news.


    Jiang Qi, who got the news, did not care about anything else any more. He quickly led the army to the north. While receiving Shucheng in Dongping, he sent people to report to Nanpi and Weijun.


    When Yuan Shao''s army returned, Lv Bu''s army in Bingzhou had already returned to Jinyang. It was ridiculous to say that Lv Bu had launched tens of thousands of troops and decided to attack Hedong in the south in order to prove himself to Chen Gong and Zhang Liao.


    First of all, they successively obtained several empty cities, such as Yong''an and Yang county. Originally, they thought that the army could obtain food and grass supply in Hedong. Who knew that they could only send people to transport food and grass from Taiyuan in the end.


    Next, the soldiers attacked Linfen and Jiangyi in two ways, but after nearly ten days, they failed to capture the two cities. In the end, Lu Bu had no choice but to order his soldiers to surround the two cities. He led his cavalry to the east of the river, and then returned to Bingzhou.


    Of course, Huangfu Chaobo gave Lv Bu a lot of steps when he withdrew from the army. Zhang Chao sent people to Lv Bu''s army to make an early alliance between the two families. Then he promised that as long as Lv Bu withdrew from Hedong, Sizhou would give Bingzhou a certain amount of food, grass and military equipment.


    Lu Bu was not stupid either. At this time, Zhang Liao sent someone to report that the Yanmen banditry had been almost eliminated, and the army had already moved into Gu county to recuperate. Only when the time is ripe can we send troops to replace the county. So Lu Bu immediately took advantage of the donkey to go downhill, and soon agreed to Zhang Chao''s proposal. After two days of rest in Yong''an, the army led the army back to Bingzhou.


    But Nanyang''s Zhang Su simply after conquers blocks the Yang, then no longer advances half step. The reason for this is that the location of duyang is so good, because it is more than 100 miles away from Wancheng, the cavalry can arrive at the foot of the city in one day to control duyang, blocking the road of Yuzhou army''s westward March.


    After retreating to Ye County, Huan Jie and He Yi took charge of Ye County. Chen Dao led two thousand white soldiers and five thousand soldiers to Runan to help Xu Jing defend Yuan Shu army.


    After nearly a month''s hard struggle, Yuzhou army finally blocked Yuan Shu army to the south of Fuyang, Gushi and Song state. Runan was finally divided into two. Yuan Shu''s strength was greatly increased because of his new acquisition of xiapi and Guangling counties, as well as more than a dozen cities in Runan. However, there were so many new cities that Yuan Shu could not afford to go north to attack Yuzhou. Instead, he was honest and stable.


    The battle in Yuzhou had stopped two days before Cao Cao''s army withdrew from Puyang, and Kongzhou praised him for helping Xu Jing defend Yuan Shu''s army.


    In the end, Kunyang and Fucheng were managed by zonghengtianxia. In addition to Ye County, Kunyang and Yi County, there were five counties in total. They were divided into one county by Kong, which was called Yingxi county. Zonghengtianxia was appointed as Taishou. So far, the fifth player princes finally appeared.


    As for the two protagonists in this year''s war, they are now at home licking their wounds.


    First of all, let''s talk about Cao Cao. He planned to pull people to give Huangfu Chaobo a fatal blow. In the end, he lost tens of thousands of troops, but it seemed that he had nothing else to gain.


    Yuan Shao''s brothers, who were the least able to afford, made a lot of money. Every time he attacked Huangfu Chaobo, Yuan Shao had to seize 10 or 20 cities. This time, he was no exception. Although he did not take Jizhou completely, he also suppressed the power of Huangfu Chaobo in about 10 cities in the southwest corner of Jizhou.


    Yuan Shu gained a lot. He took two counties of Xuzhou and nearly 20 cities of Yuzhou lightly and became the biggest beneficiary of the war.


    When Yuan Shu captured xiapi, Xuzhou Mu Tao Qian directly hung up, and two Taos'' sons were in chaos with him. Cao Bao was quick to see the opportunity. First, he escaped to Guangling under the escort of thousands of elite soldiers, and then, together with Guangling prefect Zhao Yu, he led less than 2000 soldiers to Langya county and took refuge in Guangwu general yelaixiang.


    As for the army and horse officials under Tao Qian, they scattered like birds and beasts, and each chose a new leader.For Huangfu Chaobo, the biggest harvest was Han Fu''s refuge, which enabled him to obtain the refuge of Zhang Ying and other civil and military officials. In addition, he won more than ten cities and tens of thousands of troops in Wei County, as well as nearly one million people and a large amount of money, food and property who moved from the cities of Wei county to the rule.


    It can be said that Cao Cao looked around after the war and found that he could not steal chicken but lost a handful of rice, as if everyone else had made money except himself. Of course, there are a few more sad guys than him. Han Fu went directly to Luoyang to be his Laotai mountain. Kong Yu lost half of his Runan, while Tao Qian lost his life.


    Judging from the situation of several of them, it seems that the allies of Huangfu Chaobo have no good end.


    On November 10, Huangfu Chaobo finally returned to Luoyang with the army of the pro guard camp. A big war was fought from September to November, and finally had a result. For Huangfu Chaobo, although he worked hard, the final result was that the advantages outweighed the disadvantages.


    And in general, the harvest of Huangfu Chaobo is not small after one year. The most important point is that Huangfu Chaobo has finally won the support of all the people in Jizhou, that Xu Rong and his tens of thousands of troops and family members have been successfully transferred out, and that Qingzhou finally has two counties in its hands.

 Chapter 786

    However, with the increase of construction sites, there will be more and more things to come. Personnel arrangement, personnel allocation, and all aspects of things will follow.


    In order to arrange these things, Huangfu Chaobo specially called all the people back to Luoyang for discussion. This time, there were only a few military advisers, such as the prefect and Pang Tong, plus Huangfu song.


    As for the leading generals, except for Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun, only Xu Rong, who had not yet led the troops to Qingzhou, did not recruit the rest of the generals back to Luoyang.


    On the 15th, all the people who were ordered to come to Luoyang for discussion had arrived. As for the internal adjustment, Huangfu Chaobo had a preliminary plan in mind, but the specific situation still had to be discussed before it could be finally determined.


    After everyone arrived, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to serve tea, then waved away the others, gently took a sip of tea cup, and then said with a smile to all the people: "all of you have worked hard. This year''s war, although we were all very busy at the beginning of the war, we finally resisted the attack of all the princes. Here, I would like to thank you for your help We are very supportive. "


    As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo got up and saluted the crowd. When they saw what he had said, they all immediately got up and saluted back.


    "Lord, I''m flattered. These are all our responsibilities!"


    With a smile and a wave of his hand, Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, the war is over, but there are more things behind. Let us know what happened after this war."


    With these words, Huangfu Chaobo nods to Hao Zhao, who is now eleven years old. After years of careful training, he and Dianwei''s son dianman have become two little bodyguards of both literature and martial arts around Huangfu Chaobo.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo took both of them with him and asked them to participate in the discussion. In addition to the two of them, there are Huang Fu Ren and Huang Fu Yi, the sons of Huang Fu Jianshou, and Huang Fu Li, the son of Huang Fu Li. All three of them are under age. Although they are about the same age as Hao Zhaonian, Huangfu Chaobo has to admit that there are no outstanding talents in their generation for the time being. It can be said that the three brothers are of average ability.


    However, for the sake of his son Huangfu Zhao, Huangfu Chaobo had to do his best to cultivate these children, who will also be the help of Huangfu Zhao in the future.


    This time, Hao Zhao introduced the situation of Sizhou to the public. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo looked at himself, Hao Zhao picked up a volume from the table beside him, went to Huangfu Chaobo, bowed himself, and then turned around to salute all the people in the voice. Then he said in a loud voice: "see you general, see you adults. Next, let''s introduce the situation of general Anton''s mansion to the general and the adults."


    All the people were quiet. For a moment, only Hao Zhao''s childish voice echoed in the hall. Thanks to the training of Huangfu Chaobo for several years, Hao Zhao had seen a lot of big scenes and had no stage fright in the face of all the people.


    However, even so, it took him more than half an hour to give a detailed description of the situation in various places under the rule of general Anton''s house.


    Today''s Anton general''s house has eight counties under its jurisdiction. If you add the other side of Yanghe and Longhua in Xi''an, there are more than 130 cities above the county level. The total population is 8.5 million.


    However, the vast territory and large number of people mean that there are a large number of troops, and the total number of troops under the rule is nearly one million. Among them, Huangfu Chaobo had ten thousand soldiers in the pro guard camp, nine battalions and three water battalions. According to an average of twenty thousand soldiers in each battalion, the number of soldiers alone reached two hundred and fifty thousand.


    In terms of garrison, the 130 counties, with an average of only 3000 garrisons per city, need 390000 troops. In addition, dozens of passes and water villages under general Anton''s residence also need military defense, and there are at least 60000 garrisons here.


    Then there is the strength of the eight counties and cities. According to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, the counties and cities need at least 20000 guards, while the States and cities need 30000 to 50000 guards. In this way, even if the garrison in Luoyang city is calculated as an ordinary county city, it needs another 160000 garrison.


    In the end, the total strength of Si Zhou is 250000 soldiers and 600000 guards. The total strength is 860000. This is only the number of soldiers. You know, the proportion of cavalry in general Anton''s house is very high in the whole world. There are nearly 100000 cavalry in total. According to one person and two horses, there are 200000 war horses alone.


    The amount of money and food consumed by the cavalry is four times that of the soldiers of the same rank, which is enough to scare everyone.


    After the introduction of the number of soldiers and horses, Hao Zhao introduced to the public the amount of farmland under his rule and the income and expenditure of money and grain. Fortunately, although there were so many soldiers and horses, the income and expenditure of money and grain were basically the same. In addition, the large amount of money and grain that Jizhou collected from the cities of Wei county was enough to support a war of 200000 people for half a year.


    However, that''s all. Therefore, the actual shortage of money and grain, especially grain, is still very large. For example, the war just ended this year, the actual number of troops and horses transferred by the superior prefecture has reached nearly 300000. The war lasting for two months has consumed more than half of the money, grain and ordnance reserves of the prefecture. If the war lasts for another one or two months, it is estimated that the warehouses everywhere will be bottomed out again.After Hao Zhao had finished speaking, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "this time I''ll invite you all to discuss the military and political strategy of Anton''s mansion for next year. The rest of the time, we''ll all speak up. "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, everyone nodded with a smile, but no one immediately got up to speak. Instead, they all fell into meditation. The situation of general Anton''s house is still very good, but although the territory is large, it faces the enemy on all sides, and the number of soldiers and horses needed is amazing, so the consumption of soldiers and horses is also very large.


    For a moment, there was only a light tea drinking in the hall, occasionally mixed with a few low voices.


    Huangfu Chaobo was not in a hurry. He called in all the young generals and said softly, "you should also consider carefully how we will do next year. Later, you will listen carefully to the strategies of the adults and compare them with what you think."


    Several people also nodded to agree, and then one by one all buried in the bitter thought.


    A moment later, Xu Shu and Pang Tong looked at each other. Then Xu Shu stood up, bowed his hand and said, "my Lord, I have some ideas about the army and horses. Let me get in touch with you first."

 Chapter 787

    Xu Shu went to the map hanging in the middle of the hall and said, "as you all know, although general Anton''s house prepared in advance for this war, the number of troops mobilized in the end was nearly 300000. Several sides fought at the same time, and the information transmission was not so convenient."


    After listening, everyone nodded their heads.


    "Fortunately, this time, although all the vassals are fierce, they all have their own thoughts. That''s why we are able to break each other, otherwise the state will be in danger. "


    "After the war, Shi Yuan and I have been considering some loopholes in the arrangement of the army."


    With that, Xu Shu''s hand went to several battlefields one by one. In this war, there were five battlefields around Sizhou alone. If two battlefields in Yuzhou and one in Xuzhou were added, there would be as many as eight battlefields around general Anton''s mansion.


    When he arrived, all the people understood him. There were too many wars, and they all came together. Fortunately, all the princes had their own thoughts. The war did not break out at one time. Otherwise, Anton''s army, yes, was Anton''s army.


    Just now, Xu Shu has said that it''s not appropriate to use the name of Sizhou army in terms of his own situation. Besides Sizhou, there is a county in Jizhou and two counties in Qingzhou. If you add the territory north of the Great Wall in Bingzhou and Youzhou, it''s really appropriate to use the name of Sizhou army. Xu Shu''s suggestion is to use the name of Anton army both externally and internally, The military and political orders issued were also issued in the name of general Anton''s office.


    The proposal was unanimously accepted on the spot.


    Let''s get back to the point. If there is a little tacit understanding between the vassals, and if there is less independence, the Anton army will catch up, even be clumsy on the left and right, and be in a hurry. The worst result is the loss of army and land.


    At this point, all of you understand what Xu Shu said. The territory is too big and there are too many troops. Although there are enough troops, the sky is long and the earth is far away. If anything happens, how can you react?


    Another point is that Xu Shu also said that today''s war can''t be handled by one battalion alone. There are several battalions in several battlefields. Instead of temporarily assigning generals to be in charge, it''s better to continue to reorganize the troops, at least divide the nine battalions into several armies, appoint generals to be in charge, and allow generals to have a certain degree of autonomy in wartime Right.


    In other words, the battalions can no longer adapt to the situation of Anton''s army. There must be a higher level of establishment in order to better adapt to the future war.


    Xu Shu had discussed these things with Pang Tong and Huangfu Chaobo several times. The decision of the three men was to set up an army on each battalion, but it was not enough just to set up an army. Each army must be equipped with a military adviser, so that they could play a better role in wartime.


    The reason why this is discussed is that there is a military division arrangement here, so some officials at the Taishou level will be transferred from civil affairs to the military, and there is a transfer of officials here.


    In addition, the coordination of county officials must be arranged comprehensively and systematically, which is why Xu Shu''s explanation came into being.


    Then Xu Shu explained the preliminary plans discussed by the three people one by one. After some explanation, an hour passed.


    Seeing Xu Shu sitting down, someone immediately stood up to speak. Huangfu Chaobo saw this and said, "don''t worry. It''s noon. Let''s have dinner first and have a rest before we discuss it."


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to arrange a lunch. Because there was still business to discuss in the afternoon, there was no wine to be arranged at the banquet. After eating, they just took a short rest for less than a quarter of an hour and went on with the discussion in the morning.


    With the rest after the lunch, everyone had thought a lot about it, so they spent the whole afternoon in negotiation and discussion. When it was time for dinner, the plan for the reorganization of Anton''s army was finally sorted out.


    The first change is the pro guard camp of Huangfu Chaobo. After several wars in the past two years, many of the soldiers in Anton''s army have reached the elite level. In addition, once several armies and horses are reorganized, there will be tens of thousands or even nearly 100000 legions. Therefore, the pro guard camp must be supplemented, so it will not be top heavy.


    In fact, the reorganization of the pro guard camp didn''t change much. A close guard army was set up with Dian Wei as the main general. If there were military advisers, there was no need to provide additional equipment, because the pro guard camp usually followed Huangfu Chaobo, and Pang Tong always followed Huangfu Chaobo.


    Under the control of Qinwei camp, there were 2000 Tiebi camp, 1000 trapped camp, 5000 Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, 5000 tieyingrui soldiers and 5000 Tujia soldiers, a total of 18000. Among them, the cavalry is one man and two horses, one of which is a good horse and the other is a war horse. The rest of the battalions are equipped with a class 40 fighting horse for fast march in peacetime.


    Under the pro guard camp, there are three armies: Huben army, Longxiang army and Qianniu army.


    Among them, Huben army, Huang Zhong was the main general, and Xu Shu was the commander of the army. Because he was in Luoyang in peacetime, he only went out with the army in wartime. Huben army had three battalions: Huben camp of Huang Zhong, Shenwu camp of Zhang Ying and xiongqu camp of huangfuli. Among them, Huben battalion has 25000 soldiers, including one cavalry school and four infantry schools. They usually garrison in Luoyang, defend the headquarters of Anton''s army and provide support in all directions.There are 20000 soldiers in Shenwu camp, including one cavalry school and three infantry schools. They are usually stationed in Chenliu and Puyang. Their main defense direction is Cao Cao army in the East and their allies who are ready to support Yuzhou at any time.


    There were 20000 soldiers in xiongqu camp, with the same establishment as Shenwu camp. They were usually stationed in Hanguguan and Hongnong County of Qin Dynasty. Their main energy was to defend the Xiliang army in the West.


    Secondly, the Longxiang army was set up, with Zhao Yun as the main general and Ju as the military division. It had three battalions under its jurisdiction: Zhao Yun''s Longxiang camp, Huaxiong''s baotao camp and Tianyu''s Yingyang camp. Like Huben camp, Longxiang camp was a four step, one riding, five school troop stationed in Yecheng on weekdays. His main energy was to defend yuan Shaojun in the East.


    The baotao camp, like the Longxiang camp, was stationed in Hanoi on weekdays. Their main defense directions were the Shangdang in Bingzhou and the Longxiang camp ready to support Zhao Yun.


    Yingyang camp is a three-step and one riding organization. It is usually stationed in Anyi, Hedong. Its main defense direction is Bingzhou, Taiyuan and the enemy west of Dahe.


    The third army set up the Qianniu army in Qingzhou, with Xu Rong as the main general and Lou GUI as the military division. It had jurisdiction over Xu Rong''s Qianniu camp and Meng Gang''s Canglang camp. Xu Rong''s Qianniu camp was increased to a full-scale state of four steps and one ride. He was stationed in Beihai opera County on weekdays and was responsible for defending the XiaHouYuan Department of Cao Cao army in the north of Qingzhou.

 Chapter 788

    Meng Gang''s Canglang camp is a three-step organization. It is stationed in Donglai on weekdays. Its main function is to guard against the nocturnal incense of Langya and support Xu Rong''s Qianniu camp.


    As for the crane control camp of Huang Xu in Longhua, it is planned to increase to a two-step and one riding establishment. Its main function is to protect the cities of Longhua and Chengde.


    In addition to the change of the infantry, the Navy also made further arrangements. The three generals led the army''s three schools. Among them, zhoutai''s Hengjiang camp will be stationed in Baima harbor and Fenglingdu harbor. The Hengjiang camp is mainly responsible for the water safety within the prefecture.


    Pan Feng''s Fubo camp is stationed in Liyang port, mainly responsible for controlling the river water area to the east of Liyang port.


    Jiang Qin''s Nu Tao battalion will be stationed in Shuanghe city of Beihai state, mainly responsible for the water safety of the two armies in Qingzhou and the safety of the caravan from Qingzhou to leting.


    As for the other water army generals, they were arranged among the water army strongholds.


    In peacetime, the battalions were directly under the general''s office, and in wartime they were transferred to the respective armies. That is to say, Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun and Xu Rong are higher than the other generals in military positions.


    With the reorganization of the army in place, the next step is the transfer of officials.


    After the Jizhou officials joined with Han Fu, Huangfu Chaobo temporarily arranged for all the people in Wei County, but that was only a temporary arrangement. Now that the war is over, all the personnel must make adjustments.


    First of all, Lou GUI had been transferred from civil affairs to Qianniu army, so Beihai prime minister was vacant again. After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to transfer Cheng Huan to Beihai prime minister and Chen Rong to Changshi.


    Min Chun took over the post of Wei prefect, Zhu Hao was the prefect, and Zhao Fu was the prefect of Chen Liu. As a result, the new investors in Jizhou have basically been satisfied with the arrangement.


    After making arrangements for the officials, the next step is to discuss the arrangements for the local civil affairs. It''s not necessary for Huangfu Chaobo to make more arrangements for these matters. Basically, the local officials will handle them by themselves.


    One of the things Huangfu Chaobo discussed with the public was the issue of grain under the rule of the people next year. Now the grain stored by Anton army has reached a very low level. It sounds like a lot that 200000 people need for half a year, but actually it''s not much. Think about the war in the second half of this year, Anton''s army will use 300000 troops. If the war is delayed, Anton''s army will be defeated when it comes to the end.


    Now there is only Wei County in Jizhou, and the grain is basically unreliable. Xuzhou Tao Qian also hung up, leaving only Langya''s nocturnal incense. It''s basically impossible to buy a lot of grain. For players, the strategic level of food supplies are relatively tight.


    Yuzhou is the only neighboring place where food can be bought. So next year and beyond, the Anton army has an important task to keep this ally. You know, Yuzhou is also a big granary.


    In addition, they had to go south to Jingzhou and Jiangdong to buy grain. These two places were not adjacent to Anton''s territory. It would take a lot of effort to buy grain.


    So next year, another important thing for Jiang Qin''s Nu Tao camp is to get through the business road from Qingzhou to Jiangdong. Transport the horses from Youzhou to Jiangdong in exchange for a large amount of grain.


    Fortunately, after several years of transporting horses back to Luoyang from Youzhou, the caravan has been able to ensure the survival rate of the horses. Moreover, if the horses are all over the east of the river, they are also very valuable materials. Therefore, if Jiang Qin only needs to get through the business road, he should be able to transport a large number of grain back from the south.


    In fact, there are only two ways to deal with internal affairs such as money and food: to open up resources and to cut expenditure. In today''s world of strife, the conditions do not allow for savings, so we have to open up.


    Fortunately, after several years of development, the territory of Sizhou, especially Henan County, has almost recovered, and the grain tax has begun to increase year by year. In addition, the new Hedong Salt Pond also gives general Anton an additional income channel.


    In addition, after years of careful training and strong support, ordnance production has been completed and entered the normal stage. In addition to Gongsun Zan of Youzhou, now the Bingzhou army and the Heishan army have also begun to buy all kinds of weapons and armor in Sizhou.


    Unfortunately, although the sales of weapons and equipment are doing well, the output of iron ore in Sizhou is not abundant, so next year we must send people to step up the exploration of the mineral resources around Qingzhou and Longhua.


    Another point is that Bingzhou must also step up its action. You know, not far from the north of Daqingshan is Baotou in reality, which is now the largest steel production base in the country.


    In general, for the Anton army, it is better not to fight next year. If it is a last resort, it is better to control the scale of the war at 500 to 100000 people and last for about half a year. Otherwise, in the case of Anton army, it will be delayed by the war sooner or later.


    It''s a few days after we''ve arranged everything. At this time, the whole Central Plains was basically covered by snow. Huangfu Chaobo issued all the orders of appointment and adjustment of troops, and all the territorial officials and generals under the command of Anton army began to be busy.


    Fortunately, today''s Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t need to do it personally. All the regulations of Anton''s army have been perfected. They just need to follow the rules.


    It is the same with the reorganization of the army and horse. The first thing to be supplemented is Huangfu Chaobo''s guard camp, then the war barracks, and finally the garrison. If the number of garrison is insufficient, they continue to recruit new soldiers from the territory.On this day, Huangfu Chaobo was finishing his official affairs in the Marquis''s residence and was about to return to the backyard to have a rest. Suddenly, he heard a report from the bodyguard saying that Zhao Feng was asking for a meeting outside the residence. Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange. Since Zhao Feng led the zhaojiacun people to move to Luoyang, he seldom came to see himself.


    Since the Zhao people moved to Luoyang, they have made proper arrangements. Huangfu Bochao assigned all the warriors to the army, and those with special skills to the weapons workshop. As for other ordinary people, they were also arranged in a town outside Luoyang. Those who were willing to farm continued to do so, while those who were unwilling to do so arranged other things.


    Zhao Feng himself was appointed as a captain in Huang Wudi''s Luoyang garrison. This honest man would not appear in front of Huangfu Chaobo at this time, but this time...


    Without much thought, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered him to enter the study.


    A moment later, Zhao Feng, dressed in regular clothes, came in. As soon as he came in, he fell to the ground and said, "Zhao Feng, see you!"


    Nowadays, in Anton''s army, generals and soldiers generally call Huangfu Chaobo a general, while officials and people call him marquis. Zhao Feng, because of his regular service, did not meet each other in military ceremony, but knelt down and called him marquis.


    "Brother Zhao, please get up. I haven''t had much time to see brother Zhao since I''ve been in Luoyang for so long. I don''t know how everything is going!" Huangfu chaobolian quickly stepped forward, lifted him up and said with a smile,


    "Marquis Lao remembers that everything is OK."


    "That''s good. Brother Zhao, please have a seat."

 Chapter 789

    Looking at Zhao Feng carefully sitting down, Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said with a smile: "brother Zhao doesn''t have to be polite, we don''t have to be so constrained. I don''t know what elder brother Zhao has to do this time. "


    As soon as Zhao Feng heard this, he immediately stood up again, arched his hand and said, "this time I''m here, I''m asking for something. Please do everything."


    As for the two brothers of Zhao family, Huangfu Chaobo knows very well that they are not the kind of people who are willing to trouble others easily. Since Zhao Feng has come forward to ask each other this time, it seems that there is something very important. So, he immediately nodded and said, "if you have something to say, as long as I can help you, I will help you."


    Zhao Feng slightly pondered, then slowly said: "Zhao Feng came here this time for Zilong''s marriage."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and regained his mind for a long time. There is no clear record of Zhao Yun''s wife in history, but there are many different opinions in unofficial history.


    Some people say that Zhao Yun''s wife is the fan family, that is, Zhao fan''s widowed sister-in-law in Guiyang, but the romance of the three kingdoms also says: "the governor of Guiyang is the same person as Zhao Yun in Changshan. After the battle of Chibi, he surrendered to Zhao Yun, who came to attack Guiyang, and became a righteous brother with him. Later, he wanted to marry his widowed sister-in-law fan to Zhao Yun, but Zhao Yun was very angry. Zhao fan was so frightened that he wanted to harm Zhao Yun, but he was captured by Zhao Yun. "


    It can be seen from this that fan did not become his wife.


    Others say it''s Ma Yunlu, Ma Teng''s daughter, but that''s what happened after Zhao Yun and Liu Bei entered Sichuan. You know, Zhao Yun''s first appearance in the romance was in 191, leading his people to go to Gongsun Zan. At that time, he was at least 20 years old. Liu Bei will enter Sichuan in 213, when he is already in his 40s.


    And that Ma Yunlu, let alone the official history, has never appeared in the romance, so it''s not very reliable.


    According to the age in the game, Zhao Yun is now a 26-7-year-old young man, so when he heard that Zhao Feng was coming for Zhao Yun''s marriage, Huangfu Chaobo was also confused. He didn''t know which woman was arranged by Nvwa and Zhao dashai?


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhao Feng with great interest and motioned him to continue.


    Zhao Feng''s words surprised Huangfu Chaobo. What Zhao Yun saw was Cai Yan, Cai Zhaoji, Cai Wenji, a talented woman of Ming Dynasty in the Three Kingdoms period.


    For a moment, the fire of gossip in Huangfu Chaobo''s heart was burning. He was anxious to find out how Zhao Yun and Zhao Ji got together. Er, the word "do" seems a little... After thinking about it for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo changed another word. Why did they look at each other in the right way?


    The story that has to be told between the first talented woman of the Three Kingdoms and the recognized handsome man of the Three Kingdoms, well, it should be very interesting.


    It took less than half an hour for Huangfu Chaobo to find out. It turned out that since old man Cai Yong fled from Chang''an to Luoyang, he was placed in Luoyang academy by Huangfu Chaobo. However, a mansion was also arranged in Luoyang City.


    Cai Yong usually stayed in Luoyang Academy during the day. He began to write his history of Han Dynasty while doing well in the lectures arranged by the Academy. Cai Yan, on the other hand, was basically idle. He usually stayed in the mansion. Occasionally, he was invited by Jia Jing and Mi Huan to the Marquis''s mansion. When he had time, he accompanied Cai Yong to the academy to help organize his books.


    In Luoyang academy, not only a few great Confucians are teaching their children, but also the grassroots generals in the army arranged by Huangfu Chaobo are learning all kinds of knowledge there. From time to time, Zhao Yun, Huang Zhong and other great generals will go to the academy to teach all kinds of art of war.


    Then, once in the Academy, Zhao Yun met Cai Yan, who was helping his father organize books in the Academy. Then the two wangba and mung bean became more and more agreeable. In the next few months, they met several times in the Academy. After the war, Zhao Yun finally talked about it with his elder brother. It was then that Zhao Feng came to the Marquis''s house to ask Huangfu Chaobo to come forward and ask for his family.


    When Huangfu Chaobo heard this, his three wives immediately invited him over. Then when he talked about Zhao Yun and Cai Yan, Jia Jing was stunned. Having been in the game for such a long time, she has learned a lot about many people and events in the Three Kingdoms. After hearing about Zhao Yun, she also found it very interesting.


    After listening to the words of Huangfu Chaobo and Zhao Feng, Jia Jing understood what they meant and immediately asked Cai Yan to come over to visit. They first need to ask Cai Yan what she means and make sure that she really likes Zhao Yun. Then Huangfu Chaobo tells Cai Yong.


    An hour later, Jia Jing sent someone to deliver the letter. From their side attacks, it can be seen that Cai Yan does have a good feeling for Zhao Yun, but she is worried. After all, she is a widower, and Zhao Yun is the love of Huangfu Chaobo, and has not married yet.


    After getting the message from Jia Jing, Huangfu Chaobo immediately led Zhao Feng to Luoyang academy, and the work of enlightening Cai Yan was handed over to Jia Jing.


    The group soon came to Luoyang Academy. It can be said that Huangfu Chaobo, the founder of the Academy, was very unqualified. He appeared here a few years after the Academy was founded. However, under the care of three veteran generals, the Academy provided many middle and lower level officials and generals for Anton army every year.After arriving at the Academy, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t immediately go to find Cai Yong, because old CAI was usually in the library of the Academy except for teaching. But first I went to see Huang Fu Song and talked with them about the recent situation of the Academy.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s intention, the three of them were also stunned. However, they were very mature. Soon they all understood what Huangfu Chaobo meant, so they went to Cai Yong''s library together.


    Although Cai Yan remarried, Cai Yong was a famous scholar in the world. It can be said that the emperor''s daughter didn''t worry about getting married. If Cai Yan wanted to find another husband, it would be easy to find a talented scholar. However, Zhao Yun is a martial arts man. Even though he can be said to be both civil and martial arts, he still can''t change the fact that he is a martial arts man. It is an unchangeable fact since ancient times that civil and martial arts are inferior to each other. Even a great Confucian like Cai Yong may be so.


    If Huangfu Chaobo leads Zhao Feng to ask for a marriage, he will be driven out by old man CAI with a big broom. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo decides to move the three old men out and give full play to their surplus heat.


    Based on the relationship between Huangfu song and Zhu Jun and Huangfu Chaobo, they will certainly agree to help, but Lu Zhi estimates that nine times out of ten they will not object, so it is the best thing for them to come forward first.

 Chapter 790

    As Huangfu Chaobo expected, not long after Huangfu song and his three men entered Cai Yong''s study, Huangfu Chaobo heard Cai Yong''s roar in the study, followed by three old men''s persuasion.


    Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo had already made preparations and ordered the Tiebi camp to empty the whole library. Except that he and Zhao Feng and Dian Wei were standing outside the door, all of them were no man''s land.


    Standing outside the door, listening to old man Cai''s roar coming from the study, Zhao Feng was as scared as a quail, and almost shrank behind Dian Wei. He was very glad that he invited his master to propose marriage, otherwise...


    Two quarters of an hour later, the door of the study opened. Huangfu song came out of the room, nodded to Huangfu Chaobo, and then motioned to them to come in. Huangfu Chaobo and Zhao Feng let out a long sigh of relief. Then they wiped a cold sweat and walked into the study behind Huangfu song.


    "Chaobo has met Cai Weng!" As soon as Huangfu Chaobo saw Cai Yong''s face was blue and his anger was not exhausted, he quickly walked forward with a courtesy;


    there was no way, who let Zhao Yun be his own general, and who let Zhao Yun and Cai Yan meet each other? In addition, Cai Yong and Huangfu Chaobo were not subordinate at all, just as Cai Yong refused, Huangfu Chaobo really had no way.


    Of course, there is another way to let Cai Yan and Zhao Yun elope directly, but at that time, Huangfu Chaobo was even more miserable.


    "Hum..." Cai Yong glared at Huangfu Chaobo and turned to look at Zhao Feng, but his face had softened a lot.


    Huangfu Chaobo was dumb and said, "I''ll go. It''s not that I''m going to marry your daughter. What''s more, if I didn''t save you from Chang''an, your old man would have become a bunch of data. Er, it seems that now is a bunch of data.


    Moreover, Cai Yan was taken captive by the Huns, as in history, and was redeemed only after he had two children.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that Cai Yan couldn''t go to the grassland, so would there be 18 shots of huqie?


    Forget it, I still don''t want to do so much. At least I have solved Zhao Yun''s single problem.


    At this time, Cai Yong had already told Zhao Feng: "general Zilong, I''ve seen him twice. I''m really handsome. I don''t have much opinion on this matter, but Zhaoji has had a marriage. I need to ask Zhaoji''s own opinion before I can agree to this matter."


    "Don''t worry, I''ve asked Xiaojing and Xiaohuan about Zhaoji. Zhaoji doesn''t object!" Huang Fu Chao Bo interjected;


    who knows, just as the voice fell, Cai Yong''s eyes glared again, which made Huang Fu Chao Bo shiver and quickly shut up.


    But Zhao Feng respectfully made a big salute and said, "thank you, Mr. Cai. Zhao Fengjing is waiting for good news from Mr. Cai."


    Huangfu Chaobo turned his lips with disdain. If he didn''t see that after you settled in Luoyang, the cultural index of Luoyang rose by ten points and the popular sentiment rose by two points, Laozi had a thousand ways for Zilong to marry Cai Yan.


    "Don''t worry, Mr. Zhao. There will be a reply tomorrow." Then he snorted to Huangfu Chaobo: "if you don''t want to go first, I still need the whole manuscript." With that, he buried himself in his own business.


    Huangfu Chaobo is in a daze. I''ll go. This is my territory. OK, old man Cai... Well, the prime minister has a boat in his belly. I don''t care about your little old man. Thinking of this, he turned around and left.


    The rest of them looked at each other with a smile and left the library after saying goodbye to Cai Yong.


    The matter between Zhao Yun and Cai Yan was soon settled. The next day, Cai Yong told Zhao Feng through huangfusong that he agreed to their marriage, so that their family could ask someone to come to their home to propose marriage.


    After discussing with Huangfu Chaobo, Zhao Feng decided to ask three old men of Huangfu song to be matchmakers. After getting things ready, he proposed to the Cai family.


    Then the two families began to prepare for their marriage. At this time, Zhao Yun had already led the army to Wei County, and most of the things were arranged by his elder brother Zhao Feng. However, since ancient times, there has been a saying that the eldest brother is like his father and the eldest sister-in-law is like his mother. Therefore, Zhao Feng''s announcement of his marriage is completely in line with the etiquette and law.


    In fact, Zhao Feng got married several years ago. His wife is a common family child in a town not far from Zhaojia village, named fan. When Zhaojia village moved to Luoyang, she had a son, a daughter and two children. The boy named Zhao Ji is now four years old, and the girl named Zhao Lin is only two years old this year.


    Zhao Yun and Cai Yan''s marriage progressed very quickly, and the two families soon agreed on the wedding arrangements. The wedding time was set on December 21, the year before.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo meant to arrange the time for the new year, and then he would be fully prepared. However, he was unanimously opposed by Cai Yong, his father and daughter, and Zhao Yun, and finally had to give up. In the game, Brother Yun gets married. Huangfu Chaobo believes that there is no need for him to copy it. It will be a big scene, but there are two parties on both sides.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo still told the news to a group of bad friends, such as Zongheng world. All the people who got the news said they would come to Luoyang to attend Zhao Yun''s wedding.


    Time flies, and soon on December 18, a group of players and allies of Huangfu Chaobo have arrived in Luoyang. It can be said that this is their most complete gathering in the game since the establishment of the alliance.At the beginning of the war in the second half of the year, all the Allies proposed to send troops to help, but they were all rejected by Huangfu Chaobo. They were no longer in the same weight group as themselves, and even were separated by more than one level.


    In addition to the fact that zonghengtianxia can barely participate in the war, it is useless for other people to enter. However, zonghengtianxia also needs to face Nanyang army. Fortunately, Huan Jie and Chen Zhi are just guarding the city, even if they face Nanyang army, they will not be defeated.


    The final result did not come out of Huangfu''s expectation. After the Nanyang army attacked duyang, it did not move further eastward. Of course, one of the reasons is that Zhang Ji was not willing to fight hard. Another reason is that the loss of attacking duiyang is too great. If we attack Ye County again, it is estimated that there will be more casualties.


    Even though the world is still like this, the rest of the people fight each other with one city, one county or even one state. Basically speaking, it''s an egg against a stone, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t let them send troops at all.


    A group of allies saw that they had nothing to do with themselves, so on the one hand, they buried themselves in the development of their strength. Then in October, they organized a group to participate in a battle of the deer.


    With last year''s experience, now most players who meet the conditions have entered the replica.

 Chapter 791

    Compared with previous copies, many players in this year''s copy have gained a lot. As Huangfu Chaobo knows, among his allies, little jiejie got the famous general card of yingbu, and Zhou Wen got the famous general card of Zhang Er, the Prime Minister of Zhao Jun.


    After they left the copy, they immediately transferred the warrior they had been looking forward to. They both got a general with better attributes, and they got rid of the state of no generals.


    As for Xiake and Zhao Zilong, they are not so lucky. Although they still have some gains, they still haven''t been able to get the most important reward of the famous general card. Just at the beginning, people''s guess is general. Their relationship with NPC in the copy hasn''t reached the requirement of obtaining the famous general card.


    After meeting each other and talking about other things in the game, they turned the topic to the situation of territory. To the north of Bingzhou, Huangfu Chaobo really did not have much time and energy to take care of it. However, for the arrangement of Bingzhou, he still insisted on his original idea to find the iron ore around the big green hills as soon as possible, and then control it in his own hands, so as to mine more iron ore.


    However, at present, both Zhao Zilong and Xiake can''t talk about the expansion speed of their territory. There is only one reason, that is, the lack of population limits their development.


    However, after one or two years, they have made great progress. At present, Xiake has controlled the area of 50 Li around Guangmu. Within this area, several Tunbao are self-defense and self-sufficient, which has relieved Xiake a lot of pressure. At present, Fu Xun has started to plan the strategy of entering Woye county.


    As for Zhao Zilong, with the support of Zhaojia Town, he is now preparing to attack Wuyuan city. I believe that after the two won the second County, the speed of development will be much faster.


    The development of Xiake and Zhao Zilong is so unsatisfactory, let alone Lao Du and Xiao Jie.


    As for the situation of leting, it is relatively better, but in Gongsun Zan''s territory, it is difficult for leting to have a good development.


    In addition to Huangfu Chaobo, one of the best developed counties in the alliance is to dominate the world. Now he is also a vassal. Although there are only five cities, the prosperity of each county is much better than that of others.


    However, he is far from Huangfu Chaobo and yelaixiang. Moreover, he has one shortcoming, that is, there are only three generals. Today, there are six or seven historical generals under yelaixiang.


    Even after the nine turn rebirth Dan was transferred, the ability of the self-trained warrior was limited, barely able to support the development of a small town, but the ability of the famous general card increased sharply, enough to support a county.


    As for killing the wrong wolf, he belongs to the kind of master who is not rich enough, so he lived a happy life in Luyang city. However, this year''s war also scared him a lot. Seeing that Nanyang army was attacking all over the world, he immediately increased the strength of Luyang''s pass to 5000, leaving only 3000 people in Luyang county to defend.


    As for you, it is basically impossible for him to support the whole world.


    Through these years of development, not only Huangfu Chaobo, many players have seen the gap. In terms of the ability of generals in the game, Nu Wa has made it very clear that the generals trained by ordinary generals are enough to cope with the development of players to the level of small cities. The transfer of generals from famous generals to generals is used for the development of forces at the level of one county. As for sites with more than two counties or even larger, they still have to use historical generals for management.


    In this way, the historical generals of the three kingdoms are still the foundation of the development of a force. However, it can also be seen that in the future games, famous players will enter the hands of players from more and more ways to make up for the vacancy of players in this aspect.


    In the future, there will be three levels of generals. The bottom level is a large number of ordinary generals at all levels cultivated by the players themselves, the middle level is a certain number of excellent transferred generals and famous general card transferred generals, and the top level is a small number of historical generals of the Three Kingdoms and their relatives.


    This pyramid structure is also the skeleton to maintain the smooth operation of the whole game, but so far, players have only seen one way of the battle of the deer, which only starts in October every year.


    The way to enter the campaign is also very simple. Players who meet the entry conditions can directly click to enter from the management interface of their territory.


    As for the ordinary individual player, sorry, this is the copy task of the Lord player. If you want to participate, you can find the Lord player to join his power. Otherwise, you''d better play with your own copy.


    At present, the condition to participate in the battle of Julu is that the players who have reached the official position of above six grades or the Lords whose territory has reached the county level or above can participate.


    After discussing business, they all wandered around Luoyang. They haven''t come to Luoyang for several years, and the city has changed a lot. Today, the outer city of Luoyang has all recovered. In addition to many ordinary people, there are many casual players and small and medium-sized players who settle down here.


    but they are basically game player, and they must get the registered residence in Luoyang. Another point is that ordinary players are not allowed to enter the inner city area.The time soon came to December 21. Although Zhao Yun''s wedding was not as lively as Huang Xu Shu and Huang Xu Shu, it was just like a popular saying today that low-key luxury had something in it. It was the scholarly family of the Cai family. The money for Zhao Yun''s wedding was basically ordered by Huangfu Chaobo. On the surface, it was not beautiful, but on the inside, it was very grand, which was in line with old man CAI My heart.


    Zhao Yun married a few days after the new year, now the world has entered a temporary calm, it seems that all of a sudden the world is peaceful.


    After the new year, all localities began to prepare for the new year''s grain cultivation, and soldiers and horses returned to normal training and preparation for war.


    To our surprise, a few years ago, Huangfu Chaobo talked with several people all over the world about the copy task. It never occurred to us that a new copy would be opened soon after the Chinese New Year.


    The "battle of Muye", which is known as the first of the ten major battles in ancient China, started on the 9th of the first month of each year, and lasted for one month. No one knows who opened the copy.


    It wasn''t until half a year later that it came out in the game that the player who opened the copy of Muye battle turned out to be a lord player named Jianling,

 Chapter 792

    Originally, Jianling was just an ordinary Lord player in Yidao County, South County of Jingzhou. At present, his territory is only at the level of big town. He inadvertently got the start process of the Muye battle a few years ago. Then, during the Spring Festival, he secretly led the player to the vicinity of Youji County in Hanoi, successfully opened the copy, and successfully got three famous general cards.


    Jianling''s good luck makes countless players in the game envious, which makes everyone see the benefits of copy reclamation. For a famous general card that is hard to get all year round, one copy reclamation actually gets three.


    After three famous general cards were obtained, Jianling''s Nantian town was upgraded to Nantian city in less than two months, and then quickly became the fifth territory of Yidao county.


    The reason why Jianling was discovered by players is that the sudden rise of Nantian city made some people in several territories of Yidao County envious, so the surrounding territories wanted to sneak attack while his territory was just upgraded.


    As a result, the three towns jointly sent 3000 troops to attack Nantian city. Instead of defending the city, Jianling sent 1500 soldiers to fight against it.


    The final result surprised all the players. Three thousand allied forces were beaten to pieces by the 1500 troops in Nantian city. They fled in confusion. In the end, less than a thousand people escaped. Three thousand allied troops were killed and wounded, and more than one thousand other soldiers were captured by Nantian city on the spot.


    Later, the southern army also directly attacked a big town, one of the three families that came to attack him, and firmly controlled it. This battle made Jianling become the fifth Lord of Yidao from an unknown Lord player.


    At this time, we found that there were two generals in Nantian City, and someone had seen a civil servant in the city.


    Then, under the blazing fire of players'' gossip, the matter finally came to light. Jianling was the person who opened the copy of Muye battle half a year ago, and got three famous general cards from the copy at one time.


    That''s why there are three generals in Nantian City, including two warriors and one man, so that the sword spirit can dig up quickly in a few months. Of course, we all believe that the sword spirit will harvest other good things, such as territory upgrade drawings, when it is time to open up wasteland.


    One day in March 196, Huangfu Chaobo handled the affairs well, but he received a request from Jiang Qin from Qingzhou. He was ready to lead the fleet south to the east of the river, so he asked Huangfu Chaobo to arrange the fleet to load horse goods.


    After a few months of quiet administration, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly finds that he has not had a rest for a long time. Today, under the rule of Anton army, Yijin has been on the right track.


    The spring ploughing of the territory under the rule has all ended, the reorganization of the army has been completed long ago, and the troops of all the army departments have entered the normal training. Moreover, after last year''s transfer, the three major armies and the corresponding military divisions have all been in place, and the small and medium-sized wars are no longer needed. Everything has been arranged by Huangfu Chaobo. Besides, Xu Shutian and Feng are all in Luoyang.


    In addition, according to the information obtained by the shadow from all over the world, Yuan Shao''s army had been fighting for several years in succession. In addition, after Huang Xu led the army to harm a large circle in Le''an of Bohai Sea last year, Yuan Shao was in a bit of a mess. The main reason was that the family of Bohai Sea had been damaged so much that Yuan Shao turned his eyes to the north.


    Another reason was that he had been fighting with Huangfu Chaobo for several years. Every time he peeled off only one layer of skin like an onion, which made Yuan Shao feel disgusted. Therefore, he was ready to be at ease, first North and then south.


    As for Cao Cao, he sent troops to Yin people twice, but the result was worse and worse. Cao Cao did not want to move out any more, so he was ready to cultivate his internal skills. Since the two princes did not plan to send troops, other places, such as the Lu Bu army and the Xiliang army, did not want any more.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decides to take Jia Jing out on a boat to have a good time. Since the reconstruction of Luoyang has been on the right track, Huangfu Chaobo has little time to go offline to accompany Jia Jing and her family. Taking advantage of the stable situation in the game and no need to go offline, he can accompany her well.


    As soon as the decision was made, Huangfu Chaobo immediately recruited Xu Shu, Pang Tong, Tian Feng and Huang Zhong. After talking about their ideas, they were stunned. After careful consideration, they also felt that the problem was not big, so they finally agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo still wanted to take Mi Huan and Han Xue''s two wives and two children, but later he thought that Huangfu Zhao''s brother and sister were too young, and he also wanted to take Jia Jing out to play, so he finally gave up the idea of taking the four people south to Jiangdong, just prepared to take them to Qingzhou and let them have a tour in Qingzhou.


    On March 15, after several days of preparation, Huangfu Chaobo handed over the political affairs of the Anton army to Huang Zhong, Xu Shu and Tian Feng. Together with Jia Jing, he led Dian Wei, Shi''a, tiebiying and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers of the guards to leave Luoyang for Mengjin port in the north, where they will board a building ship and go to Shuanghe city in Qingzhou.


    Anton Navy''s shipbuilding technology is not high, so it can''t build building ships at all. At present, Anton''s building ships are all built by Jizhou. Among the shipbuilders in Jizhou, only one master can build the most basic three story building ships, and one or two can be built in a year.


    After Han Fu presented Jizhou, Jizhou water army, ships and craftsmen all became Anton''s army. The two naval forces, together with the building ships manufactured in recent years, have only 20 in total, and they are the most basic three story building ships. When the army was reorganized last year, they were evenly distributed among several armies.Each of the three naval forces has six building ships, and two of them are arranged in Mengjin port to serve as the flagship of Huangfu Chaobo.


    On the afternoon of the 20th, Huangfu Chaobo''s fleet arrived in Shuanghe city of Qingzhou under the escort of the Fubo camp of Pan Feng.


    At this time, Shuanghe city has become a very important city under the rule of Anton army, because Anton army''s super large shipyard has been built here.


    At the end of last year, among the nearly 20 senior shipbuilders in several shipyards under the command of Anton army, a master level shipbuilder was finally produced. With two master level shipbuilders, the large shipyard in Weijun could not meet Anton army''s needs, and it just increased Pan Feng''s 20000 Navy troops. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo simply ordered to build a huge shipyard in Shuanghe city And arranged Jiang Qin''s Nu Tao camp in Shuanghe city.


    Over the years, Huangfu Chaobo has been sending people to collect and purchase all kinds of shipbuilding materials from Youzhou, and then continuously transport them to Shuanghe city for storage, just for the giant dock.


    This time, it happened that Huangfu Chaobo arrived at Shuanghe city. How could he not carefully inspect the construction arrangement of the giant dock.

 Chapter 793

    Shuanghecheng wharf, Huangfu Chaobo''s fleet is slowly approaching under the protection of Pan Feng''s army. As a new investor, Pan Feng made an unusual restatement of Huangfu Chaobo''s trip. In addition to one school''s Navy staying at Liyang port, he personally led the two schools'' Navy to escort Huangfu Chaobo and his party to Qingzhou.


    At this time, the Shuanghe City wharf was already full of people. The news that general Anton would come to Qingzhou had already spread to the officials of the two counties in Qingzhou. Therefore, in these two days, Kong Rong, the important officials of the two counties and several generals of the Qianniu army of Xu Rong arrived in Shuanghe city to welcome him.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo got off the ship, they all went forward to pay homage.


    "I''ll see you, sir!"


    "No, general!"


    All the people on the dock, headed by Kong Rong, the civil servant, and Xu Rong, the military general, stood in two lines and saluted to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo took the first two steps to help Kong Rong up and said, "Mr. Wen Jugong, please get up!"


    With that, he returned a military salute to Xu Rong and said, "General Xu is suffering."


    "All of you, please hurry up!"


    "Thank you


    "General Xie!"


    "Ladies and gentlemen, it''s windy by the sea. Let''s go into the city first." Then he nodded to Jiang Qin.


    Jiang Qin understood and said, "general, the general has already prepared his residence in the city. Please come with him."


    Under the protection of the guards, Huangfu Chaobo and his party soon arrived at a house near the county government in Shuanghe city. Today, in addition to the water army and their families, there are also shipyard craftsmen and their families. As for other ordinary people, they have moved away.


    After entering the courtyard, Jia Jing and his family went to the backyard under the guidance of the servants arranged by Jiang Qin, while Huangfu Chaobo and Wenwu people came to the hall of the front yard. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo was chatting with Kong Rong about his family. For Kong Rong, Huangfu Chaobo was very grateful. From the beginning when he took over Luoyang, he supported himself very much.


    It can be said that in the early stage of Luoyang''s reconstruction, without the support of money and food from Kong Shi, Kong Rong and Tao Qian, Huangfu Chaobo could not have completed the reconstruction task so quickly.


    It was also because of the mutual help and support in the reconstruction of Luoyang in those years that Kong Rong was able to smoothly put into the command of Huangfu Chaobo when Cao Cao''s army invaded Qingzhou, making Anton''s army successfully control dozens of cities in Qingzhou.


    Since the two counties of Qingzhou were included in Anton''s jurisdiction, Huangfu Chaobo made some arrangements. Besides the construction of shuanghecheng shipyard, another important task was to find large iron mines in the two counties of Qingzhou.


    Now half a year has passed, and I don''t know how the prospecting situation is. Huangfu Chaobo once went offline to check the distribution of mineral resources in reality. Shandong is rich in coal and iron resources.


    So as soon as he sat down, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t wait to ask Kong Rong, "Mr. Kong, I don''t know what happened to the iron ore?"


    On hearing this, Kong Rong immediately stood up and replied, "I''m preparing to report to the marquis. A few days ago, Cheng Taishou got the reward from the prospecting team. They have discovered two large ore veins in the south of Duchang and Xiami. According to their estimation, the output of these two mines should reach more than one million jin."


    "A million pounds!" Huangfu Chaobo listened and stood up fiercely. You know, there are a lot of iron ores to be mined around the player''s territory, but generally the iron ores up to ten thousand jin are very large. I didn''t expect that the prospecting team would find two large mines in Qingzhou in half a year.


    Moreover, the iron ore around the player''s territory is not a vein, but the game is artificially arranged there for the development of the territory, so the production is generally not high. However, the explorers under Huangfu Chaobo and Xiake find the real vein, so once they find it, the stock is generally large.


    Seeing the reaction of Huangfu Chaobo, Kong Rong said: "but."


    "But what?" Huangfu was stunned.


    "However, there are already alien territories mining in these two mines, and the big mines in Xiami are mining in partnership with several territories. However, the amount of mining is not large. According to the information secretly learned by the shadow people, they have not realized that the reserves of these two mines are so large. "


    After listening to Kong Rong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned at first, and then relieved. It''s really strange that the game has started for such a long time and no player has found it. It seems that we have to find a way to control these two iron mines.


    But how can we successfully control these two iron mines? If it''s still within Kong Rong''s sphere of influence, then if you don''t say a word, you can directly send troops to control it. Now Beihai is your own territory, so once you directly send troops to control it, it may be used by people who want to use it, and then cause public indignation among the players.


    But if it doesn''t, I''ll go to them myself. It''s estimated that these guys will start from the ground. When the time comes...


    It seems that such things need to be considered carefully. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said to himself.


    "Nowhere else?"


    Kong Rong shook his head and said, "there are no good discoveries in other places. The prospecting team started to explore from Guishan on the South Bank of Zishui. However, they once found several small veins near Guishan, but they had no mining value. However, they once inferred that there might be large veins on the North Bank of Zishui. ""But now the area north of Zishui is under the control of Cao Cao. Even if there are mines, we can''t exploit them, so the next official ordered them to explore Beihai and Donglai first."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and approved Kong Rong''s arrangement. First, he would finish his exploration.


    Next, Huangfu Chaobo asked about the situation of spring cultivation and the reorganization of troops and horses in the two counties. Cheng Huan and Wang Xiu reported their situation to Huangfu Chaobo one by one.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo asked Xu Rong about the reorganization and training of the Qianniu army, as well as about the Xia Houyuan Department of the Leping state.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo found that it was late, so he immediately ordered Jiang Qin to arrange a dinner party for all the people in Qingzhou.


    After a banquet, both the guests and the host were happy.


    The next morning, after breakfast, Huangfu Chaobo asked all the people to return to their respective places. However, he would not set out to inspect the two counties of Qingzhou until he inspected the docks in Shuanghe city.


    The dock is located outside Shuanghe City, not far from the north of the dock by the sea. It is several miles away from the county. It covers an area of tens of acres. The whole dock is surrounded by walls. It is called Shuanghe dock. The wall of the dock is two feet high and more than one foot wide. On the wall, there is an arrow tower several feet high every ten steps. It can be said that his defense ability is far stronger than that of Shuanghe city several miles away.

 Chapter 794

    The north side of Shuanghe dock is next to Jiang Qin''s Nu Tao camp water village. There is a garrison of 2000 people in the dock to defend. Around the dock wall, Jiang Qin also made people dig a moat about 34 Zhang wide. The moat leads directly to the sea and draws sea water into the moat.


    As soon as he entered the dock, the captain in charge of Dock Defense and the craftsman leader in charge of the dock immediately met him.


    There is a school guard in Shuanghe City, of which 3000 guard the county seat and 2000 guard the dock, not including the guard of jiangqin water village.


    The craftsman leader in charge of the shipyard was one of the two master shipbuilders, named Xie Laoer. He was the first senior shipmaker in Sizhou. After upgrading to master level, Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked him to learn how to make three story building ships, and then appointed him as the leader of Shuanghe shipyard.


    After entering the dock, Xie Laoer leads the people to the dock. While walking, he also introduced the details of the dock to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Shuanghe dock covers an area of tens of mu, which is divided into several areas. The dock has two gates, the north and the south. Next to the first gate, there is a barracks with a thousand soldiers. Entering from the barracks is a huge square with lots of various kinds of wood on it.


    These timbers are usually newly arrived. First, they are sorted out on the square, and then their uses are determined according to their size and shape. After they are determined, they are placed in different warehouses according to their types to make them naturally dry in the shade. After reaching a certain degree, they are taken out for use.


    Ever since he was reminded by several master craftsmen in changshe, Huangfu Chaobo has been collecting all kinds of high-quality wood. In addition, after occupying Longhua, he collected a lot of wood. So at present, there are a large number of timber that have met the requirements in Anton army''s warehouse. Only craftsmen need to select according to their own requirements.


    Even so, Huangfu Chaobo ordered all localities to continue to collect all kinds of high-quality timber, and then sent them to Shuanghe shipyard for storage, so there was a mountain of timber piled up on the square that Huangfu Chaobo and his party saw.


    Around the square are rows of warehouses, which are used to place all kinds of wood, and other materials.


    The square and warehouse occupied almost half of the whole dock area. Through the middle of the warehouse, all the way to the East Sea, there is a workshop, which is the shipbuilding workshop.


    At present, the docks in the whole game are basically dry docks. At present, Shuanghe shipyard has five building ship docks and 20 medium-sized docks for Doujian and Chima. Besides these docks, there are a large number of idle workshops. Once there are sufficient personnel, the number of docks for large and small ships can be more than doubled.


    As for the production of other small ships, Huangfu Chaobo has been assigned to other large and medium-sized docks under the rule of Anton army. Many ships are even purchased directly from the player''s territory. Shuanghe dock is only used to make large and medium-sized ships of the Navy.


    In today''s game, many players near the water have developed shipbuilding industry, especially along the Yangtze River. For example, when the imperial army was able to cross the sea to attack Liaodong, he sent people to purchase a large number of ships from Jiangdong and send thousands of soldiers to Liaodong at one time.


    For example, Huangfu Chaobo purchased small and medium-sized ships and civilian merchant ships from players'' territory, which also promoted the economy under the rule of Anton army.


    Walking into a building ship dock, Huangfu Chaobo saw that a building ship was being built on the berth. The huge keel has been put up, the skeleton of the bottom of the ship has been installed, and a large number of ship plates are neatly stacked there, ready to be installed one by one.


    Now in the dock, Xie Laoer and Lao Qitou, the master boatman from Jizhou, each lead a team of craftsmen to produce building ships. They each lead nearly 30 boatmans at all levels and hundreds of helpers.


    Xie Laoer is not as experienced as Lao Qitou because he has just upgraded, so his speed is far from that of Lao Qitou. He can make more than one building ship in a year. Lao Qitou is an old shipmaker in Jizhou, so he can make more than two in a year.


    However, because Xie Laoer was an old man under Huangfu Chaobo, and he was more tactful, he took the post of director of Shuanghe shipyard.


    From Xie Laoer''s dock, Huangfu Chaobo comes to the dock that Lao Qitou is in charge of. Here, a building ship has entered the final production stage. It is estimated that it will be launched in a few months.


    Huangfu Chao Bo Haosheng encouraged and pacified laoqitou. He asked him to work hard and take more apprentices with him. He had already prepared a big house for him in Chang''an. At the same time, he promised that he would build a second shipyard under the rule of Anton Jun when the time was ripe. At that time, he was asked to manage the new shipyard, and the honest old craftsman Haosheng was grateful Fu Chaobo led them out of the dock.


    After they had a look around the dock, Huangfu Chaobo left the dock and returned to Shuanghe city.


    After a two-day rest in Shuanghe City, Huangfu Chaobo handed over the preparations for going south to Jiang Qin for arrangement, while he led the troops of Jinwei camp to inspect the situation of Qingzhou.


    It can be said that after taking Beihai and Donglai counties under his rule, Huangfu Chaobo set foot on Qingzhou for the first time. Although he had been to Qingzhou twice before, he entered Qingzhou as a guest.After leaving Shuanghe City, Huangfu Chaobo was escorted by the guards all the way west to Ju county. After two days in Ju county and meeting with officials of Beihai state, he set out for the north again and came to dong''anping City, where Xu Rong was guarding.


    Dong''anping is located to the south of Zishui, and to the north is Linpeng City guarded by Xia Houyuan. Although Anton''s army is unable to cross the river to recover the whole Qingzhou, it must also stick to the line of Zishui to prevent Cao Cao''s army from going south, so Xu Rong will arrange most of his troops in the line of dong''anping.


    Not only that, Xu Rong and Lou GUI also personally took charge of dong''anping to prevent Xia Houyuan from leading the south.


    Outside Pingcheng in Dong''an and on the South Bank of Zishui River, inside the Qianniu army''s barracks, Xu Rong is explaining to Huangfu Chaobo the layout of troops of two battalions and nine schools of Qianniu army in Qingzhou and two counties.


    In less than three months since he came to Qingzhou, Xu Rong has completed the reorganization of Qianniu army. He mixed up the 15000 soldiers he brought with Meng Yi''s, and then selected suitable soldiers from Donglai County of Beihai to supplement all the seven school soldiers of Qianniu army.


    Later, Xu Rong arranged the infantry and Xiliang cavalry of qianniuying in the front line of dong''anping, focusing on defending Cao Cao''s army on the north bank. The soldiers of qianniuying of the other two schools were arranged by him in Ju county and Chang''an city.

 Chapter 795

    The purpose of the layout of xurong''s Qianniu camp is self-evident. Ju county is the county city and the state city. The battalions are used to strengthen the defense, while the battalions in Chang''an are used to defend the Langya army in the South with Chang''an garrison.


    In Meng Yi''s Canglang camp, in addition to cavalry and a cadet who had stayed in Huang County, the other two cadets were placed in Luxiang county and qiancuo county respectively.


    The soldiers and horses of Lu Township were used to prepare for supporting Beihai state and Shuanghe City, while the soldiers and horses of Qiandao and those of Chang''an served as horns for each other to defend the soldiers and horses of nocturnal incense.


    In addition to the fact that the Qianniu army''s riding troops have been arranged properly, Xu Rong specially negotiated with Jiang Qin to dispatch dozens of small and medium-sized warships from the Nu Tao army to patrol back and forth in Zishui to prevent the change of Xia Hou yuan''s army.


    Although Xu Rong and Lou GUI have explained these arrangements to Huangfu Chaobo in the military newspaper, it is the first time that they have explained them in such detail.


    After listening to Xu Rong''s explanation, Huangfu Chaobo was secretly happy, and his efforts were not in vain. No wonder Xu Rong, as a person from Youzhou, was able to make a splash in Dong Zhuo''s Xiliang army and win Dong Zhuo''s trust.


    From his arrangement, we can see that Xu Rong is a rare talent.


    After staying in Xu Rong''s army for a few days, Huangfu Chaobo, accompanied by Xu Rong, inspected the defense of the whole Zishui front line, and then turned south with ease.


    Next, he has to go to Duchang and Xiami to deal with the two iron mines. These days, he has already considered clearly, that is, to cooperate with those players'' territories to mine the two iron mines together.


    Before departure, Huangfu Chaobo had sent someone to contact the territory that led the mining of the two mines and asked them to go to Duchang to discuss the development of the mine.


    Two days later, Huangfu Chaobo arrived in Duchang. At this time, both the Lord of Duchang vein, dutinghou, and the Lord of Xiami vein, Wahaha, had arrived in Duchang. To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, they didn''t say much about the cooperation in mining. They agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s request directly.


    For this attitude of Qingzhou players, Huangfu Chaobo is more happy than unexpected. After all, Huangfu Chaobo is now the actual controller of the southern two counties of Qingzhou, and no one wants to cause more trouble.


    Just like the players in Sizhou, now the players in Sizhou have basically recognized Huangfu Chaobo. In the past few years, there were players'' territories or alliances to make trouble, but all of them were put out by Huangfu Chaobo''s subordinates.


    The territory was destroyed directly, and the ordinary players were pulled black. They were not allowed to enter Huangfu Chaobo''s sphere of influence. Only in this way can the players'' ready heart be pacified.


    After dealing with the iron ore problem, Huangfu Chaobo went to Huangxian again. After appeasing the officials of Donglai County, he returned to Shuanghe city.


    At this time, Jiang Qin had already prepared the goods and fleet needed to go south to Jiangdong, waiting for Huangfu Chaobo to set sail.


    On March 30, the fleet started to set out. It was the second time for Jiang Qin to go to Jiangdong by sea, so he knew more about the journey. There were nearly 100 ships of various types.


    This time, Jiang Qin brought all the six building ships of Nu Tao camp, a total of eight building ships, followed by a whole school of Navy troops and horses, escorted nearly 30 large boats and sea going ships, transported nearly 500 good horses and a large number of northern specialties, and went south to Jiangdong.


    Huangfu Chaobo only led 1000 iron battalions and 1000 yuan army crossbow soldiers. He mainly considered that if he was on the ship, once the battle was fought, he would basically use bow and arrow. Pang Tong, Dian Wei and Shi''a were the only people accompanying them. If the three wives said so, they only took Jia Jing with them. The other two and the children were all protected by the remaining guards and stayed in Qingzhou. They would play in Qingzhou for a while and then return to Luoyang together after Huangfu Chaobo returned from the south.


    Jia Jing was very happy to go out to sea for the first time. In reality, since they met again, except for a few mountain climbs outside the city, they basically had no time to go far. Although now is in the game, but still let Jia Jing feel very happy.


    From Shuanghe city to the sea, we first go all the way to the East, then follow the coastline of Donglai County, make a big circle around Shandong Peninsula, and then turn south along the coastline.


    Because they were not on a sea boat, they didn''t dare to go too far into the sea. They just walked along the coastline.


    A few days later, the excitement of going to sea for the first time almost disappeared, and everyone began to feel tired. On this day, when their fleet reached the southernmost end of Donglai County, Jiang Qin said to Huangfu Chaobo, "please have a look, my Lord."


    Jiang Qin pointed to a bay on the shore and said, "there is a bay over there. The east side of the bay is not its boundary, and the west side is Qiandai boundary. After Qiandai, it is out of Qingzhou and belongs to Xuzhou."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at a huge Bay several miles away. To the east of the bay were mountains. Looking at these places, there is always a very familiar feeling in my heart. Suddenly he asked, "what''s the name of that mountain?"


    Jiang Qin also stayed in Qingzhou for nearly half a year. He was very familiar with the waters within the scope of Qingzhou. He looked along Huangfu Chaobo''s hand and immediately replied, "this mountain is called Laoshan. It is said that there is an ancient temple in the mountain."


    "Pa!"Huangfu hit with both hands and said in a loud voice, "how can I be so familiar with Qingdao and Jiaozhou Bay?"


    Jiaozhou Bay can be said to be the gate to the south of Qingzhou. It and qianzou County guarantee the security of Qingzhou from both land and water. All along, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t look to the south, so he didn''t expect to build a naval base here in Qingdao. Now he suddenly woke up here.


    thought of this, and Huang Po Chao suddenly turned to Jiang Qindao. "General Chiang, you will send someone back to the Shuanghe immediately, and deploy a school of water troops from the angry camp, and build a naval camp here, and hold it here, so that we can withstand the attack from the South Sea."


    Jiang Qin also woke up and immediately nodded his promise. This is indeed a very good naval base. It will be built and will serve as mutual horns with qianzou. It will be of great help to the security of Qingzhou.


    Looking at him, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent a boat back to Shuanghe, and then said, "as far as I know, the hydrological conditions of this bay should be very good. After our naval base is built, if conditions permit, we can build a dock here."


    At this time, Pang Tong just came out of the cabin, heard the dialogue between Huangfu Chaobo and Jiang Qin, and agreed: "yes, my Lord, it''s very good. Moreover, in my opinion, the Lord is not only in control of this place, but also in the waterway from here to the south. It''s better to have an island or port controlled by our Anton Navy. "

 Chapter 796

    Pang Tong''s words brightened Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes. He suddenly remembered what Mi Zhen had said on the ship when she first arrived in Qingzhou. When she was a child, she had been out of the sea with Mi''s fleet. In the sea to the east of Qu county, there was a big island called yuzhoushan Island, which is said to have been occupied by a group of pirates.


    Referring to yuzhoushan Island, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of another name: Tianheng island. That is the location of Lianyungang in reality.


    Yuzhou is an ancient name in China. It is said that Tian Heng lived here in the late Qin Dynasty, so it is also known as Tian Heng island. In today''s Lianyungang City, Jiangsu Province, East Yuntai mountain area. In ancient times, in the sea, "Zhou Hui Bai Li" (Annals of States and counties in the book of the Southern Qi Dynasty). In the Qing Dynasty, because of coastal expansion, it began to connect with the mainland. At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Bing yuan entered the sea and lived in Yuzhou mountain.


    It''s true that Qingdao is more than 400 miles away from yuzhoushan island. It happens to occupy this island, making it a turning point for the navy to go south to Jiangdong.


    From Yuzhou mountain to the south, you need to walk more than 800 Li. It seems that you need to find another island near the huaishui estuary.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly asked Jiang Qin to send people to go south first to explore the situation on yuzhoushan island. If there are still pirates, they will take it and occupy the island this time.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, three days later, the fleet met the ship that had been sent out earlier on the sea 60 miles to the north of yuzhoushan island. The red horse boat of the Nu Tao army pulled in from a place in the northeast corner of yuzhoushan Island, and then sent several elite sailors to explore the whole island carefully.


    Yuzhoushan island is to the east of Qu county in Xuzhou, about ten miles away from the coast. The island is irregular and long, about 20 Li long from northeast to southwest, and less than 10 Li wide from northwest to Southeast. The mountains on the island are undulating, and there are several mountains about hundreds of feet high. The mountains are densely wooded, high in the northeast and low in the southwest.


    Chihou boarded the island from the foot of a cliff in the northeast, and then crossed the mountains to the south of the island. In the south of the island, the terrain is relatively high in the west, and the trees are luxuriant. In the East, there is a large flat land several miles around.


    After observing the mountains for half a day and one night, the Marquis Chih has basically figured out the situation on the island.


    On the southeast plain, there is indeed a group of pirates. It seems that there are at least thousands of them. Their ships are parked in a small harbor in the southeast of the island. There are about 20 ships, and there are several ships in it.


    The reason why Chihou was sure that it was a sea going ship was that they had never heard of it or seen it in the army. Compared with the ships of Anton water army, those ships were wider and shallower. There was not much pulp on both sides, but there were several sails on them.


    After listening to the report of Chihou, Huangfu Chaobo was basically sure that the ships found by Chihou were what people often call sand ships. This is one of the four famous ships in ancient China, and also the longest existing sea ships, mainly used for offshore navigation and inland navigation.


    However, it is said that sand boats first appeared in the Tang Dynasty, but I don''t know why they appeared in the game of the Three Kingdoms. It''s just that Huangfu Chaobo was surprised but very happy about the appearance of sand boats.


    The sand boat has a square head and a square tail, commonly known as the "square boat"; the armor plate is spacious, small in shape depth, and low in freeboard; the girder arch is used to make the deck discharge waves quickly; the "out of the boat" is convenient for installing the elevator, and the "empty boat" is convenient for operating the awning. The ship is equipped with multiple masts and sails, with fast speed, large rudder area and ability to lift. When going to sea, some rudders fall below the bottom of the ship, which can increase the rudder effect and reduce cross drift. When meeting shallow water, the rudder can be raised.


    The structure of the sand boat is unique, with square head, square tip, flat bottom and shallow draft. It is wide, large, flat and shallow. The bottom is flat, and it can sit on the beach. It is not afraid of stranding and shallow draft. It is less affected by the tide. The sand boat has many masts and sails, high mast and high sail. With shallow draft and low resistance, it can sail at high speed on the sea and has good seaworthiness; The carrying capacity is large. It is generally recorded that the carrying capacity of sand ships ranges from 4000 to 6000 stones.


    You know, Huangfu Chaobo''s Dagao has a maximum carrying capacity of 3000 stones, and it has sunk in the sea several times. Another reason is that sand boats are very suitable for sailing in the northern waters, because their ability to resist wind and waves is still a little lacking. They are not suitable for the strong wind and waves in the southern sea, but they are just the ships that Huangfu Chaobo needs.


    At the thought that there would be a big ship that could adapt to the sea and inland rivers, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but look forward to it. He did not know whether there were any ship builders who knew how to build sea ships among the pirates. It would be best if we could bring in a few craftsmen to build ships. If not, at least we should capture these sand boats.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo called Jiang Qin to take charge of the war.


    After receiving orders, Jiang Qin left the warship of Huangfu Chaobo and returned to his own warship to arrange the war. Although Anton''s navy was only an inland water army, it was not afraid of such offshore operations.


    Half an hour later, after Jiang Qin left two building ships to guard Huangfu Chaobo and his transport ships, he led the majority of the navy to yuzhoushan island.


    After Jiang Qin''s army left, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t stay any longer. He hadn''t seen the naval battle yet, but the building ships could catch up quickly, but the speed of the building ships full of horses and goods couldn''t be improved.After a little consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to leave three building ships to guard the merchant ships, and led one of them to see the naval battle from a distance.


    After Pang Tong''s persuasion failed, he had no choice but to agree. However, the personnel and materials on the ship had to be adjusted. Dian Wei arranged 400 soldiers of Tiebi camp and 600 soldiers of Yuanrong crossbow on the ship of Huangfu Chaobo. The remaining 400 crossbow soldiers were assigned to the other three ships to guard the caravan.


    Some other unimportant materials were moved from Huangfu Chaobo''s ship to other ships to increase the speed and flexibility of the ship. After a lot of instructions from Dian Wei and Shi a, Huangfu Chaobo was allowed to pursue Jiang Qin''s fleet.


    However, in the process, Pang Tong thought a little more carefully, deliberately slowing down the speed of the soldiers, but Huangfu Chaobo didn''t find these details.


    After the exchange, more than an hour has passed.


    When Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing catch up with Jiang Qin''s fleet full of curiosity, they find that their sea war is over. Jiang Qin has led the soldiers to the island. Outside the port of the island, there are floating ship fragments everywhere, and even some pirate bodies are floating in the sea with the waves.


    But the loss of Nu Tao camp was very small, only a few smaller ships were injured, and dozens of soldiers were killed.

 Chapter 797

    The result of the battle on yuzhoushan island was not unexpected. It was not easy for thousands of people to attack the unprepared Island, and for famous historical generals like Jiang Qin. If the two armies meet at sea, it is estimated that there will be at least several times more casualties, and some ships will certainly be lost.


    Seeing that he had not been able to catch up with the war, Huangfu Chaobo was very disappointed. Now he had already reflected why Pang Tong''s face had a strange smile when his ship left. It turned out that the guy had already thought of this situation.


    Half an hour later, Jiang Qin had calmed down the resistance on the island, and only a few dozen of nearly a thousand pirates and more than two thousand family members fled into the mountains on the island, but these people could not escape.


    For the rest of the people, more than 200 pirates died in the war. Eight of the pirates'' ships were damaged and eight of them sank. All the other 35 were captured. Among them, there are 12 sand ships, 8 ordinary merchant ships and 15 sentry ships and fishing boats.


    Jiang Qin arranged the affairs on the island, arranged the security defense, and immediately returned to the ship to report the war situation to Huangfu Chaobo.


    While listening to Jiang Qin''s report, Huangfu Chaobo got off the boat and headed for the island. When his feet set foot on the land again, he breathed a long sigh of relief. People who had never been out of the sea suddenly wandered on the sea for nearly half a month, which made Huangfu Chaobo''s whole life a little floating.


    Now I can finally stand on the land safely. After Huangfu Chaobo was settled, my mind slowly returned to the right track. A little meditation, said: "count out the harvest? And immediately send someone to ask the people here to see how many craftsmen there are and whether they can make sea going ships. "


    "My subordinates have already sent people to deal with these matters, and there should be an answer soon."


    As they were talking, a captain of the Navy stepped forward quickly and said, "see you, general. I''ve made it clear that these pirates are famous pirates in the East Sea. Their names are Hailong gang."


    Hailong Gang is a pirate Gang rising in the East China Sea in recent years. It has plundered many places along the coast of Xuzhou. However, there is no strong water army in Xuzhou. In addition, Tao Qian has been unable to cope with the attack of Cao Cao, so he has no intention to wipe out the pirates.


    In addition, their scope of activities did not enter Jiangdong at all, and there was basically no conflict with the Jiangdong aristocratic family, so no one paid any attention to them in Jiangdong, and now there are not many caravan exchanges between the north and the south, so no one paid any attention to them.


    There are more than 1000 pirates, more than 50 ships and more than 2000 family members in Hailong gang.


    In the past few years, there was no rival in the East China Sea, which made them relax their vigilance. This time, Jiang Qin''s water army suddenly came, and the Hailong gang did not expect it at all, so they were all blocked on the island.


    More than 3000 people, except for hundreds of dead and wounded, were basically captured. Among the more than 2000 people, there were indeed several craftsmen, three of whom knew how to build and repair ships.


    As for the other properties of the pirates, they are still in the process of counting, and the specific quantity has not been given yet.


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "bring all the three boatmen. I have something to ask."


    A moment later, an old man and two middle-aged people were brought here. They were all dressed up as typical fishermen by the sea. Their skin was dark and they were dressed in rags. When they saw Huangfu Chaobo, they immediately knelt down and kept kowtowing: "Xiaomin, please forgive me, general!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was too lazy to talk nonsense and said, "who among you can build a sea boat?"


    The old man looked up and said, "general Hui, the little old man can build sand boats. These two are my sons. They can only repair ships for the time being. They haven''t learned how to build ships yet."


    "Did you build all these sand boats?" Pointing to the twelve ships on the sea, he asked;


    "general Hui, five of them were made by little old men, and the rest were looted by big leaders from other places." Seeing that the general in front of him seemed to be very interested in sea going ships, the little old man boldly said,


    "how big a sand boat will you build?"


    "There''s no problem with sand boats under 3000 stone. No matter how big they are, they haven''t been built yet, and they can be transformed into warships."


    Everyone''s eyes brightened, especially Jiang Qin. In fact, the Nu Tao camp suffered a lot from the naval battle just now. There were several small catapults and several pouting crossbows on the sand boats, all of which were the weapons of war.


    There are still some pirates on several sand ships. It''s just that the Nu Tao camp is coming too fast, so the pirates on the sand ship can only launch stones at Nu Tao camp a few times before they are close to melee and then annihilated by superior forces.


    If this old man can make sand ships, the strength of Anton''s navy will increase a lot.


    After chatting with the old boatman surnamed Guo for a while, Huangfu Chaobo confirmed that he had indeed picked up a treasure. The old man and his two sons, Guo DA and Guo Er San, were all shipbuilders. Old Guo was able to build sand boats with less than 3000 stones, and install weapons such as catapults and bed crossbows on the sand boats.


    His two sons, in fact, are craftsmen with relatively good qualifications. It''s only because the materials on the island are limited that they can''t practice their skills. So far, they haven''t learned how to build sand boats. However, there is no problem in repairing ships. After all, pirate ships are often damaged, so they often repair ships under the command of old man Guo.As for the rest of the people on the island, except for a large number of fishermen, they are all ordinary people. Of course, the captured pirates are the best source of soldiers for the water soldiers, and Jiang Qin will certainly not let them go.


    At this time, Pang Tong''s men had already got off the boat. After carefully observing the situation on the island, he said to Huangfu Chaobo: "Lord, this island is really a good place. It''s only a few miles away from Xuzhou Qu county, and Xuzhou has not been able to threaten our navy. If I develop this place as a base, I will attack Xuzhou and send out a surprise army from there, Cao Cao Cao Jun I''ll take it by surprise. "


    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, old man Guo, who was not too far away from them, suddenly said, "report to the general, there is a valley in the mountains several miles north of the island, which is about ten miles in size."


    When they heard this, they both looked happy. They didn''t expect that there was a hole in the island. For a moment, they both thought of building a small town level territory near the sea in the south of the island to hide people''s eyes and ears, and building a garrison in the valley of the island. At that time, thousands or even tens of thousands of troops could be hidden on this island. When the time came to send troops to Xuzhou, it would definitely give Cao Cao a fatal blow.

 Chapter 798

    Thinking of this, Huangpo Chao Bo ordered Jiang Qin to send the three old men and his sons and their families back to the Shuanghe dock, and then transferred two water troops from the angry camp. Not only that, he also ordered Jiang to recruit ordinary pirates from the pirates'' captives and put them all in the water army. They will be stationed in yuzhoushan instead. However, their flag is still the flag of the pirate Hailong gang.


    At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo built a village where the pirates used to live, and then dispatched troops from the Tiebi camp to appoint Yang Hu, the village leader of Yuzhou village, to be responsible for upgrading the village to the level of a small town as soon as possible.


    After all this, it was getting late, so Huangfu Chaobo ordered the fleet to rest on yuzhoushan island for two days. After he had finished handling the affairs of yuzhoushan Island, he set out to go south.


    That night, Huangfu Chaobo called Yang Hu to his residence. He and Pang Tong had already discussed the development arrangements of Yuzhou island. He called Yang Hu to explain these arrangements to him.


    Yang Hu was under the command of Huangfu Chaobo when Huangfu Chaobo was in Luoyang. He was originally from Yuzhou. When Chen Jing went to Yuzhou to recruit guards, he joined the army of Huangfu Chaobo. After these years, he has reached level 56, which is close to the final level of level 60.


    In addition to the arrangement of Yang Hu and bu Zu, Huangfu Chaobo arranged Zhou Yi to lead two water forces to garrison yuzhoushan. At the same time, he also agreed that he would select suitable personnel from the captured pirates to supplement the water forces.


    Not only that, the water army of Zhouyi department must also be responsible for cleaning up the pirates from Qingzhou to Hedong coast, expanding its suitable personnel to the water army, and finally expanding the water army to a school.


    Huangfu Chaobo means to build this school into a real Navy, not an inland water army.


    In addition to the army of the two academies, the shadow guard will also set up a contact point on yuzhoushan island. The person in charge is a Ranger named Wu Zhiwu Sanying, who was selected from the army of Luoyang when Shi a first set up the shadow guard.


    Further east is Wujun, which is the territory of Liu Yao, the governor of Yangzhou.


    The South was originally Yan Baihu''s sphere of influence, but now it''s a big bargain for Yan Han. For Yan Baihu''s sudden assassination, many players in the game think it was arranged by severe cold. After all, there has never been Yan Baihu''s assassination in history.


    Another point is that although Yan Baihu is not a famous general in the game, he is also a strong general. However, these are just speculations among players, and there is no evidence.


    Further south is Kuaiji. This is Wang Lang''s territory.


    In addition to these princes, there are countless aristocratic families, the most famous of which is the fourth surname of Wu.


    The four surnames of Wu should be Gu Lu, Zhu Zhang, which refers to the four families of Wu county that were active in the historical stage from the Three Kingdoms to the Wei, Jin and southern and Northern Dynasties. At present, although the four surnames have not reached the level of the sun family, their strength can not be underestimated.


    Today''s Gu family leader Gu Quan, Lu Xu of the Lu family, Zhu Jing of the Zhu family and Zhang Yun of the Zhang family are all very different people in Wujun and even in Jiangdong.


    Gu Quan was the father of Gu Yong, the Prime Minister of the eastern Wu Dynasty, while Lu Yu was Lu Ji''s elder brother. Zhu Jing was the father of Zhu Huan, the future famous general of the eastern Wu Dynasty, and Zhang Yun was the father of Zhang Wen, the Prime Minister of the eastern Wu Dynasty. Although these people are not famous, they are real aristocratic families.


    Although Yan Han controls Yiwu County, he doesn''t dare to move the four aristocratic families. At the beginning, Yan Baihu didn''t dare to offend the four families when he controls Wu County. The two sides are at peace here, and there is no need to think about it after Yan Han takes over.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo killed a small family in Hanoi in order to kill chickens and monkeys, for a big family like Sima family, he could only raise the big stick high and put it down gently, but it finally led to Weizi''s rebellion.


    The result was that Huangfu Chaobo lost Puyang City. Although he finally recaptured it, it was between this loss and gain that Anton army lost tens of thousands of elite.


    Weiz''s betrayal let the players are a while in a daze, give everyone a wake-up call, the original NPC will really have a betrayal.


    After communicating with Liu Yao''s generals, the people sent by Huangfu Chaobo finally got the consent of the fleet to enter Dajiang. However, the premise is that the fleet can only allow up to two warships to enter together, and other ships still have to stop at sea. As for where you stop, they can''t control it.


    Fortunately, Jiang Qin had sent people to find a small island in the shallow water more than ten miles away from the mouth of the sea. Although he could not stay on the ship for a long time, he could at least rest there. The island was only a few miles in size, which was enough for the soldiers to stay on. Then he sent merchant ships to buy some food and fresh water from the port city of neihe.


    On April 15, Huangfu Chaobo, with two building ships and more than 20 merchant ships, finally landed at the wharf outside Dantu city.

 Chapter 799

    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s fleet came ashore, it was surrounded by aristocratic families and businessmen from all over the east of the Yangtze River who had already arrived. The main attraction was that there were hundreds of excellent horses on board.


    For the business of the caravan, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay much attention to it. He had already given it to a manager of the caravan sent by the MI family. However, he brought Jia Jing and Dian Wei to Dantu city quietly. This was their first time to enter the city of Jiangnan.


    Different from the northern city where I live all the year round, the city of Jiangdong is also full of ditches. Walking on the streets of Danyang, you can see players rushing by everywhere. The players here are different from those in the north. Many of them are wearing silk clothes unique to the south. You can see that they are all life players.


    The south is not the same as the north. The south is rich in food. The south is also rich in fishery resources. In addition, the South can grow mulberry and raise silkworms, and it is far away from the war in the Central Plains. Therefore, the overall stability of players and NPCs is much higher than that in the north.


    Another point is that the shipbuilding industry in the south is extremely developed. Many players are developing shipbuilding industry in their territory, while ordinary players are exploring by buying ships, which also promotes the development of Jiangdong shipbuilding industry.


    Although it is said that the high-end ship manufacturing is still in the hands of the aristocratic family and the government, the middle and low-end ship manufacturing has developed very well under the full impact of the players. Huangfu Chaobo believes that in time, it will only take a few years, and the players will certainly master the more advanced ship manufacturing.


    Along the way, not only players come and go, but also many barbarian warriors in animal skins can be seen from time to time. Most of them are recruited and trained by players.


    At the end of the day, Huangfu Chaobo and Jia Jing had a rough tour of Danyang City. Until it was getting dark, they left the city before the city gate was closed and went back to the wharf outside the city to have a rest.


    Back on the boat, after dinner, Huangfu Chaobo was about to rest when he heard someone asking for help outside the cabin.


    "Tell Marquis, shopkeeper MI, to see you!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Shopkeeper Mi Fu was the person in charge of the high team. He was originally a member of the MI family and one of the most effective shopkeepers of Mi''s business firm. At this time, he went south to trade. With the consent of Huangfu Chaobo, MI Zhu specially sent him to take charge of the whole business team.


    As early as when he got on the ship in Qingzhou, Huangfu Chaobo had made it clear that he was fully responsible for the caravan business to Mi Fu, and he would not come forward. So as soon as he arrived at the estuary of the river, he was the one who came forward to communicate with Liu Yao, the governor of Yangzhou. After the fleet landed, he was responsible for the sale of goods and the purchase of grain.


    I didn''t expect to see him at this time. Is there anything he can''t handle? You should know that the MI family represents general Anton''s house, and the princes of the world generally want to give some face, even the Cao and Yuan families, because the smooth flow of business roads is related to their own economy, they will not give up on the caravan.


    What''s more, Jiangdong, who has no conflict of interest with Anton''s mansion, has no reason to embarrass him. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered him to come in.


    A moment later, Mi Fu went into the cabin and said, "I''ve seen you before!"


    For the old people of MI family, they all regard themselves as servants of Huangfu Chaobo, so they call themselves servants when they meet.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "get up. What''s the matter?"


    "Well," Mi Fu got up and replied respectfully, "today, the old servant met with the people who care for the family. They said that if they could, they would like to see the principal. Their purpose is to cooperate with us and monopolize the horse business of general Anton''s mansion in the south of the Yangtze River. The old servant can''t be the master, so I''d like to ask the Marquis for instructions."


    Huangfu Chaobo recognized the meaning of his words. What Gu wanted to do was not only Jiangdong, but also the whole Yangtze River Basin in Jingzhou and Yizhou.


    "Ha ha... He has a strong sense of caring for his family. He wants to monopolize the business of Jiangnan. In your opinion, can he care for his family? "


    "From the old servant''s point of view, it''s hard for him to take care of his family and eat them. But according to the tone of the people, there should be other aristocratic families joining in. In this case, it''s not difficult to eat the whole Jiangnan war horse. What''s more, they mean they can eat at least 10000 horses a year. "


    Huangfu was also surprised when he heard that 5000 horses a year, according to the price of level 40 horses, the official price in Youzhou was about 12000 copper. When he came to Luoyang and Central Plains, the price was basically 20000 copper. If he went to Jiangnan, the price would at least double, that is 60000 copper.


    You know, today, there are only a few places to sell war horses, including Liangzhou, Bingzhou and Youzhou. Except for the two families in Malaysia and South Korea, the horses in Liangzhou were basically digested by the Xiliang army itself. Bingzhou''s war horse Lu Bu didn''t sell much to the outside world, so there were not many war horses sold to the outside world except for Youzhou Huangfu Chaobo.


    In addition to the successive wars in the Central Plains, war horses have become strategic materials prohibited by various vassals from leaving the country, so there are basically no war horses to buy in Jiangdong and Jingnan, so the price can be said to be extremely high.If you buy grain from Jiangdong, one kilo of grain is five copper, and one stone is five hundred copper. The 60000 gold can produce 1.2 million stone grain.


    Of course, if you are acting for them, you can''t sell it at this price, but you can sell at least 20000 to 30000 copper pieces. If you calculate in this way, there will be hundreds of thousands of stones of grain. Moreover, it will save the trouble of purchasing by the caravan of Anton Army, which can be said to be more cost-effective.


    Another point is that the strong dragon can''t suppress the local leaders. Anton''s army went south to Jiangdong to seek wealth, not to build up the enemy. Therefore, it is necessary to find a suitable partner in Jiangdong.


    Huangfu Chaobo stood in the cabin and looked out at the Danyang City several miles away from the window. He saw that there was a bright light and it looked very lively. After a moment''s meditation, he turned to Mi Fu and said, "you can arrange it for them, give them a little breath, and say that we will arrange important people to discuss cooperation with them, and let them send people who can make decisions."


    Mi Fu agreed, and then he stepped back.


    The next day, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t leave the building, but was waiting for someone to take care of his family. In the middle of the day, Mi Fu from the dock came to report that the family members had arrived at the dock. Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked people to come aboard.

 Chapter 800

    A moment later, a young man in his twenties boarded the building. Huangfu Chaobo looked out of the window and frowned a little. Gu''s family sent such a young man to the building. Did Mi Fu not tell them the story? It should be impossible. If it is not like this, it can only show one problem. This young man is not simple.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help thinking that Gu Yong, the Prime Minister of the eastern Wu Dynasty, was the only one famous in the history of the Gu family.


    Huangfu Chaobo was shocked. He should be right. Before he went down to the south, he had already Baidu the situation of the famous generals in Jiangdong. Gu Yong should be in his twenties and thirties now, but now Gu Yong should have grown up in Hefei. According to the truth, it should be Hefei County in Jiujiang, not his hometown in Wujun.


    Just thinking about it, the young man had boarded the boat under the guidance of Mi Fu and was walking towards the room where Huangfu Chaobo lived. Then, I heard the bodyguard report: "general, they are coming."


    Huangfu Chaobo''s building ship was specially reconstructed. The whole first floor is his residence, which is divided into several rooms, of which several rooms on both sides are the residence of bodyguards. Besides the residence, Huangfu Chaobo also has a study and a reception hall.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had arrived at the outermost reception hall, sat down on the throne, heard the report from the bodyguard outside, and said, "please let them in."


    The door creaked open and Mi Fu led the young man into the room.


    As soon as he entered the gate, the young man looked up at Huangfu Chaobo. Then, with a sudden surprise, he quickly stepped forward and bowed down in the tunnel: "Gu Yong, Wujun, see you!"


    With a smile, Huangfu Chaobo stood up, helped Gu Yong up and said, "I didn''t expect that it was Yuantan. When I was in Luoyang, I often heard Cai Weng mention that Yuantan was Cai Weng''s most proud disciple, but I didn''t get to meet him all the time. Today, I can see that he is really elegant."


    "Thank you


    "Cai Weng once said that Yuan Tan''s weak crown is Hefei long. I don''t know why it appeared in qu''a?" Huangfu Chaobo asked the question in his heart.


    Gu Yong said frankly that he didn''t like Yuan Shu''s actions. So shortly after he entered Yangzhou, he left for printing and returned to Wu County. Now he is at home.


    This time, it was heard that the MI family''s caravan had brought hundreds of war horses, so the Jiangdong family wanted to take this business road. After getting the news, the Gu family immediately thought that Gu Yong, who is now idle at home, is Cai Yong''s proud disciple. Now Cai Yong is in Luoyang. Although he is not an official of general Anton''s house, he teaches disciples in Luoyang Academy.


    Therefore, the Gu family wanted to take advantage of this relationship, hoping to establish a relationship with Huangfu Chaobo.


    There is nothing wrong with Gu''s family. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to find a family to cooperate with in Jiangdong. But now that Gu''s family relationship is closer, he chose to cooperate with Gu''s family. However, Huangfu Chaobo is also worried about whether the Gu family can fully eat the whole Jiangnan market.


    Fortunately, Gu Yong had already made preparations. In addition to Gu''s family, the Zhu family of Jiangdong also joined in the cooperation. As for Jingzhou, the Pang family and the Ma family also joined in the cooperation.


    As a matter of fact, Huangfu Chaobo has been considering the cooperation in Jingzhou for a long time. In fact, the cooperation in goods is good, but the cooperation in horses can not break through Nanyang and Lujiang counties in any case, so he had to give up in the end.


    But now that the sea transportation has been opened, the communication with Jingzhou will be reopened.


    The general direction has been decided, and neither Huangfu Chaobo nor Gu Yong talked about the details in detail, which must be handed over to the specially responsible shopkeeper for detailed discussion.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo invited Gu Yong to have lunch on the boat. They talked about Cai Yong and Cai Yan''s father and daughter in Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo also mentioned that Cai Yan had remarried.


    Gu Yong was also very happy to hear that, but his teacher only mentioned the little sister''s marriage in the letter, and told him after the wedding, so he was not able to go to Luoyang to attend the wedding.


    During this period, Huangfu Chaobo mentioned several times that he hoped to invite Gu Yong to Luoyang to become an official, but they were all declined by him. In the end, Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to give up.


    He also knew that he was not likely to recruit Gu Yong. During the Three Kingdoms period, not only Gu Yong, but also the children of other Jiangdong families rarely left Jiangdong for other families to become officials, at least until the current situation in the world was uncertain.


    After lunch, Gu Yong left, while Huangfu Chaobo was considering whether he should be ready to return to the Central Plains.


    The business of the caravan has been arranged, and the purchase of grain can be left to Gu''s family. Their own fleet only needs to transport the purchased grain back to Qingzhou.


    Who knows, in the evening, Gu and Zhu sent people to invite Huangfu Chaobo to a Gu manor outside Danyang at noon tomorrow.The next morning, Gu Yong led people to the dock early in the morning. He came to invite Huangfu Chaobo to the manor for a banquet. After breakfast, Huangfu Chaobo led Jia Jing to the manor for dinner under the escort of a hundred bodyguards led by Dianwei Shia.


    Gu''s manor is located at the foot of a mountain less than 20 miles southwest of Danyang wharf. It''s a manor by the mountain and by the river. In fact, it''s a large dock. There are lots of paddy fields around, basically all of them are family oriented fields.


    When Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived, the gate of the manor was wide open. At the gate stood two middle-aged men, both in their forties. One of them looked like a scholar, and the other was dressed as a military general.


    Huangfu''s Chaobo was just a glance, and he knew that the literati must be the head of the Gu family, while the warrior was the head of the Zhu family. Although the two families are Wu County families, they have different ways.


    Seeing more than a hundred cavalry coming, the two men at the gate quickly arranged their clothes and led the people at the gate to the front two steps to welcome the cavalry. After a few breaths, the cavalry arrived at the gate of the fortress. With the order of the leader, more than 100 cavalry stationed their horses together, and the roaring of the horse''s hooves stopped.


    This situation changed the faces of all the people who came to meet him. All the people in Gu''s family were OK, and they knew little about the military affairs. However, everyone in Zhu''s family was different, but they all came from military positions. It can be seen from the fact that the cavalry were able to stand in such a neat way that the elite of these pro guards were very good.

 Chapter 801

    Gu Quan and Zhu Jing looked at each other, led them to step forward quickly, and made a salute to Huangfu: "see you!"


    "Two masters, please rise! I''m sorry to disturb you With that, Huangfu Chaobo came forward and helped them up.


    "It''s a blessing for all the families in the east of the Yangtze River to have the Marquis''s presence. Why bother?" he said. Please go inside, marquis With that, Gu Quan led the people to go inside.


    Huangfu Chaobo laughs and raises his feet to go inside. Gu Quan and Zhu Jing immediately follow him. Dian Wei and Shi a follow him quickly. Gu''s head guard is about to stop them, but he is scared by Dian Wei''s eyes and almost sits on the ground.


    Dian Wei''s breath suddenly made both Huangfu Chaobo and Zhu Jing feel it. Huang Fu Chaobo just looked back and didn''t speak. Dian Wei has been with him for so many years, and he is not a person who doesn''t know how to advance or retreat. Since he does this, he must have his reasons.


    Zhu Jing was shocked. He was also a general. The general''s intuition made him feel the strength of the black man behind him, which he had never seen before. He was almost sure that the black man had reached the imperial level. Moreover, he could feel another tall and thin man behind him. Although he was not like the big black one, he was in the rank of emperor, but his breath of being or not had reached the level of the rank of king.


    In an instant, Zhu Jing had a deeper understanding of Huangfu''s strength. At this time, he was already thinking about how to get closer to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Led by Gu Quan, the party entered a water facing loft in the manor. By the end of April, the weather in Jiangdong was very comfortable, so as long as the weather allowed during the day, they could hold a banquet in the loft outside.


    It''s a fine day today, so I arranged the banquet in the attic. The attic is divided into upper and lower floors. The lower floor is large enough to hold more than ten tables, while the second floor is small enough to hold only a few tables.


    Huangfu Chaobo and others were arranged on the second floor of the attic. Besides Gu Quan and Zhu Jing, Gu Yong, Gu Quan''s eldest son, and a young general beside Zhu Jing were also present at the banquet. In addition, there are three Jiangdong aristocratic families who have contacts with Gu family. Huangfu Chaobo leads Jia Jing and Pang Tong to sit with them.


    As for Dianwei, Shi''a and his relatives, they were arranged on the first floor of the attic. Gu''s family had already prepared the banquet, but Dianwei made people withdraw the wine.


    The banquet had not yet begun. As soon as he was seated, Gu Quan introduced all the people present to Huangfu Chaobo. In addition to Zhu Jing, who had been introduced at the gate, the others were Zheng Xian, Tao Hong and he Zhun.


    If Gu Lu, Zhu Zhang can be regarded as the four major surnames of Wu County, then the Zheng Taohe family can be said to be a second rate and third rate family attached to their four families.


    For these aristocratic families, Huangfu Chaobo just nodded a little to say hello, but the young general around Zhu Jing did arouse his interest.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was looking at the young man beside him with inquiring eyes, Zhu Jing quickly got up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo and said, "I''ve seen you, marquis. This is Zhu Huan, a dog with the word of Xiumu. Now he is a captain of the Navy under the command of Liu Yangzhou. Because of his admiration for Marquis''s demeanor, he brings you a look of respect."


    Then he said to Zhu Huan, "I haven''t met the Marquis yet."


    "Zhu Huan met the marquis." When Zhu Huan saw this, he quickly got up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo;


    sure enough, he was a famous historical general. You should know that Zhu Huan was not the only one in Jiangdong''s Zhu family, but also a famous general under his grandson''s family. Besides, Zhu Huan''s son was also a famous historical general.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought to himself, but he nodded to him with a smile on his face and said, "it''s true that he is young and promising. He has been a captain of the Navy since he was young."


    Seeing this, Zhu''s father and son repeatedly said, "I''m flattered!"


    "There are two generals in our general''s navy, both of whom are less than 30 years old. They visit Xiumu. Xiumu can communicate with them when he has time."


    All the people present were in a daze, and Huangfu Chaobo''s words were full of solicitation.


    Zhu''s father and son reacted first. Zhu Jing quickly got up and said, "thank you for your kindness. It''s just that the dog is young. In the army of Liu Yangzhou, he still relies on the care of his elder brothers and elders. If he goes to the army of Hou ye, I''m afraid he will miss the important event of Hou Ye. When he is a little mature and steady in the future, he will make him go to Luoyang to visit Hou Ye."


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay much attention to Zhu''s refusal. As early as Gu Yong, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Jiangdong''s generals were not easy to recruit, so he just nodded and sat down.


    When they saw that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t ask for any more solicitation, they were all relieved. Although Jiangdong people were not afraid to offend him, after all, there was going to be commercial cooperation between the two sides. If there was any unpleasantness in this aspect, it would be inappropriate.


    Seeing this, Gu Yong gave his father a wink immediately. Gu Quan responded immediately and motioned to his servants to bring up the food and wine.At the same time, he got up and took a jar of wine from the maid''s hand and filled it with Huangfu Chaobo. Then he picked up the bottle and said, "come on, everyone, let''s have a drink to the Marquis! I''d like to ask the Marquis to forgive me for being so rude


    "To the Marquis!" They all got up together and drank to Huangfu Chaobo;


    "drink


    After a few rounds of drinking, the atmosphere of the party immediately changed. The banquet in the game is not like the general in history, using the sub seat system, but using the Wai seat system, so the banquet is a good time for people to communicate.


    After three rounds of wine and five flavors of food, I took care of my hands and saw several maids holding up several dishes with several items on them.


    Seeing that everyone''s eyes were focused on this, he said, "thank you for your attention. After discussing with you, I''ll prepare a small gift and ask you to accept it."


    With that, several maids walked to Huangfu Chaobo and lifted the plate to him.


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and quickly responded. He reached out and took out an object from one of the plates. Here are two drawings.


    A drawing for making a small sand boat: it can make a small sand boat of 3000 stones.


    One drawing for making medium-sized sand boat: it can make medium-sized sand boat of 4500 stones.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but be overjoyed. When he dozed off, someone immediately came to see Chen tou off. As soon as he started shipping, Gu''s family sent the drawing of the sand boat. It''s a pity that there is no large sand boat drawing of 6000 stone, but this also solves the problem of Huangfu Chaobo''s business transportation to Jiangdong.

 Chapter 802

    Huangfu Chaobo is very strange about the construction drawings of the sand boat that Gu family gave him. Since Gu family has the drawings of the sand boat, why don''t they open their own shipping routes to the north, instead, they give them to themselves.


    Perhaps he had seen the doubts in Huangfu Chaobo''s heart, so he explained to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Jiangdong is well-developed in water transportation, but the aristocratic families are interested in inland trade routes, but they are not interested in shipping. There are several reasons, one is that the risk of the sea is too great, the weather is unpredictable, and the dynamic philosophy is the waves in the sky, once it meets, the whole caravan can be destroyed.


    The second is that there are countless pirates in the sea a little further away from the coast, which makes the maritime trade full of risks. This time, Huangfu Chaobo was escorted by thousands of water troops along the way to reach Jiangdong safely. Dozens of pirates were killed along the way. Although the Jiangdong aristocratic family was powerful, it did not reach the place where thousands of water troops could be formed Step.


    Therefore, even a great family in Jiangdong, such as the Zhu family of Gu family, has no spare power to open the sea trade road although there are no drawings for the making of sea ships. Now that Huangfu Chaobo has the ability to communicate north and south from the sea, after several discussions, they have dedicated all the drawings of the sand ships in their hands to Huangfu Chaobo.


    These two drawings, together with the three men Mr. Guo and his son who have been recruited, are enough to make Huangfu Chaobo have as many as four or five sand boat craftsmen, which will greatly enhance the strength of Huangfu Chaobo''s navy.


    As for the other plates, there is nothing else that can attract the attention of Huangfu Chaobo. The second plate contains three upgrading drawings of super buildings, and there is no designated building. For Huangfu Chaobo, this kind of thing was not badly needed.


    In the third plate was a certificate for the extraction of 50000 stone grains, which could be used to extract 50000 stone grains from the rice shop in Dantu city.


    The fourth plate contained some common treasures.


    There are thousands of gold in these plates, especially the drawings. Besides the treasures, all the other things are needed by Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, after a little consideration, Huangfu Chaobo took everything away.


    After accepting the gift, Huangfu Chaobo said: "since you are so polite, it is not polite to come but not to go. I have nothing else to give you. Well, the next time the caravan arrives in Jiangdong, I will bring you one or two horses."


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was not going to sell high-end horses such as good horses and fine horses to Jiangdong, but since he had received such a valuable gift from the other party, he decided to send them some good horses as a gift in return.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo gladly accepted these gifts and was ready to give you horses, everyone in Jiangdong was very happy.


    He Huai, the head of the he family in piling, said, "I wonder if the Marquis can give us an order to sell more good horses and good horses among the horses transported by the caravan next time to Jiangdong?"


    Huangfu Chaobo glanced at him and said, "I don''t know whether you are really stupid or not. It''s good that I can sell ordinary horses to Jiangdong, and sell a lot of good horses and fine horses. It''s not to make myself uncomfortable."


    He thought so in his heart, but he couldn''t say it. Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile, "so that you can know that there are not many good horses in the Marquis''s army. Therefore, there is not much surplus to sell to Jiangdong. All the horses we sent to you are the few good horses accumulated by the Marquis over the years."


    As soon as he Huai''s words came out, Gu Yong realized that it was not right, but the words had already come out, and he was pondering over how to resolve them. However, he didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care. He could not help but feel relieved.


    In the following time, everyone consciously did not mention this topic, so the atmosphere of the banquet soon returned to its original state.


    After the banquet, Huangfu Chaobo, under the guidance of his father and son, strolled around their manor, and then led them back to the building outside the city.


    When Huangfu Chaobo led his wife to go sightseeing in the south of the Yangtze River, the city of Chang''an, thousands of miles away, was making a lot of trouble.


    The reason for this is that Huangfu Chaobo withdrew Xu Rong''s army from Guanzhong last year.


    After the withdrawal of Huangfu''s Chaobo army, Li and Guo captured the Weishui water stronghold again, so the Guanzhong area became the heaven and earth of Guo and Li, Tongguan in the East, Wuguan in the south, Dashan in the west, and there was no threat to their power in the north.


    Without external threat, the contradiction between the two became more and more intense. Li and Guo competed for power and profit. The two men''s armies fought each other every three to five, making the city of Chang''an black smoke, making the officials and people in the city miserable.


    In December of the second year of Xingping, fan Chou wanted to lead his troops to the East and ask Li Gong for more soldiers. Li Gong was worried about fan Chou Yong and won people''s support. Because fan Chou usually didn''t agree with himself, he asked fan Chou and Li Meng to come to the banquet and prepared to instruct his nephew to ride Duwei Hu Feng to stab fan Chou and Li Meng to death. After the event, he merged fan Chou and Li Meng''s troops.


    Who knew that fan Hou and Li Meng had been on guard for a long time. They fought with Li Feng and others in the banquet. After killing several people, they were able to escape. They didn''t have time to leave their barracks, so they had to flee to Guo Si''s army and join him. Most of their troops were annexed by Li.Later, Li often set up banquets at his home to invite Guo Si, and sometimes stayed Guo Si to stay at his home. Guo Si''s wife is afraid that Li Shi will send her concubine to Guo Si and take away her love, so she wants to stir up their relationship.


    Once, Li Shi gave Guo Si wine and vegetables. Guo Si''s wife said that Douchi in the dish was poison. Before Guo Si ate it, Guo''s wife picked out Douchi and showed it to Guo Si, and said a lot of bad things about Li Shi, which made Guo Si suspicious.


    In a few days, Li Shi invited Guo Si to dinner again and made him drunk. Guo Si suspected that Li Shi wanted to poison him, so he quickly drank dung juice to induce vomiting.


    After that, Guo Si led his troops to attack Li Xi. After fighting for more than a month, thousands of people died. Li Qian asked Jia Xu to be general Xuanyi, and tried to persuade Zhang Ji to help him, but he failed.


    During this period, Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty sent many people to persuade them, but they were not successful. In desperation, he ordered Zhao Rui to lead the army to guard the imperial city to prevent the army from attacking the imperial palace.


    In the following period of time, dozens of princes and ministers led their families and family members to the imperial city for refuge in order to avoid the chaotic war between them. Zhao Rui recruited all of them to enrich the badminton army.

 Chapter 803

    By the time Guo and Li discovered it, the badminton army had expanded to 3000 soldiers. Although the real elite was only 500, the 3000 troops were firmly controlled by Zhao Rui and others. However, they did not care about the expansion of the badminton army, and the three thousand soldiers did not pay attention to the two men of the hundred thousand army.


    In February, Anxi General Yang Ding and Guo Si conspired to kidnap Han Xiandi to his camp for fear of Li Xi''s murder. However, the plan was leaked to Li Xi. Li Xi took the lead and sent his nephew Li Xian to the palace to prepare for Han Xiandi''s attack. Guo si then led the army to the camp. The two armies fought again outside the Imperial City, killing and injuring thousands of soldiers.


    Finally, under the adjustment of Emperor Xian of Han Dynasty, Li Xi and Guo Si finally agreed to reconcile and promised to take their beloved sons as hostages. At the same time, the two men asked the emperor for the official positions. However, Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty had to agree to the two men''s request and appointed Li Xi as the chief Sima and Guo Si as the general.


    After the news came out, all the princes in Guandong were in an uproar, and the prestige of Emperor Xian in the hearts of the princes fell to the valley.


    Yuan Shu always believed that the surname of Yuan came from Chen. After Chen was Shun, he inherited the fire from the earth and got the second place of Ying Yun. Also thought that the prophecy said: "the Han Dynasty, when high also Tu." What he said was himself, so after Yuan Shu got the jade seal, he often had ambition and intention to become emperor.


    In March of 196, when the actions of Guo and Li in Chang''an spread to Yangzhou, Yuan Shu thought that the time had come and called a meeting of his subordinates to say, "now Liu''s world has declined and there is a great stir in the sea. Four generations of our yuan family are important ministers in the court, and the people are willing to belong to me. I want to uphold the will of heaven, conform to the will of the people, and now ascend to the throne and become emperor. What do you think? "


    After hearing this, no one dared to say anything more. Only Yan Xiang, the master of Zhou Dynasty, said: "in those days, the people of Zhou Dynasty, from Houji, their ancestor, to King Wen, had accumulated a lot of virtue and meritorious service. It can be said that there were two of them in three parts of the world, but they were still careful to be ministers of the Yin and Shang Dynasties."


    "Ming Gong, although you have a lot of high officials and wealth, I''m afraid you are not as prosperous as Ji''s family. Although the Han Dynasty is declining now, it seems that you can''t compare with the cruel and unruly King Zhou of Yin." After hearing Yan Xiang''s words, Yuan Shu didn''t say a word, but he was very angry.


    Not long after that, a Hanoi man named Zhang Bi divined for him that he had the destiny to be an emperor. On April 25, 195, he proclaimed himself Emperor in Shouchun. He established his name as Zhong and set up Gongqing in the northern and southern suburbs of the ancestral temple.


    After Yuan Shu became emperor, he appointed Jiujiang prefect as Huainan Yin, widely set up Gongqing courtiers, and built altars for the emperor to worship the emperor in the South and north of the city. After becoming emperor, Yuan Shu''s life became more extravagant and extravagant.


    There were hundreds of wives and concubines in the harem alone. Besides his original wives and concubines, the others were all beauties he ordered to collect from all over Yangzhou. Hundreds of beauties wear Luo Qili clothes, and there are all kinds of exquisite food.


    After the news of Yuan Shu''s claim to be emperor came out, the world was in an uproar. When Huangfu Chaobo received the news, it was time for him to lead the people back to the building ship. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo, who had just returned to the ship, could not rest and immediately sent someone to invite Pang Tong to his room.


    A moment later, Pang Tong, who got the news, rushed to Huangfu Chaobo''s room. As soon as he sat down, Huangfu Chaobo handed him the flying pigeon from Luoyang. Pang Tong, with a blank face, just glanced at it and stood up.


    "Is Yuan Shu emperor?"


    Pang Tong was not the only one who was scared. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo received the news, he was also shocked. I don''t know when it started. Players have lost the benefits of important historical events. Everything depends on word of mouth.


    Yuan Shu was crowned emperor on the 25th, because Huainan was also the focus of shadow, so that night Luoyang received the legend of flying pigeon from Shouchun.


    Then Dantu came from Luoyang. As early as after Huangfu Chaobo arrived in Dantu, Shi a had set up a stronghold of shadow here and got in touch with Luoyang. So it took less than two days for Huangfu Chaobo to get the news of Yuan Shu''s becoming emperor.


    Today''s game has changed beyond recognition under the influence of players. We all know that Yuan Shu will become emperor, but no one is sure when it will be. You know, even Dong Zhuo was able to escape the serial plot of Lv Bu and Wang Yun, and finally died under the peony.


    In history, Luoyang was Cao Cao''s territory, but now even Chen Liu was occupied by Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, neither Huangfu Chaobo nor other players thought that Yuan Shu would become emperor several years in advance.


    The sudden change disrupted Huangfu''s arrangement. Originally, he wanted to go up the river to Jingzhou, but it seemed that he could not make it.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo and Yuan Shu are not connected, no matter from which aspect, it is best for Huangfu Chaobo to send troops to beg for yuan, even if it is to send thousands of troops to make an appearance.


    There are several reasons. One is that Huangfu Chaobo was appointed by Emperor Xian of Han Dynasty, which was a natural hostile force to Yuan Shu.


    The second is that Yuan Er Tai was able to do it, but not to die. In today''s world situation, he even dared to be emperor. You know, he had several counties, and he didn''t completely control Yangzhou.


    If Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t follow him, he can gain a lot of benefits even if it''s not convenient to occupy the site.So after receiving the pigeon book, Huangfu Chaobo considered that he had to go back to Luoyang immediately, but he still had to listen to Pang Tong''s opinions before he could make the final decision.


    Pang Tong soon calmed down. After walking back and forth in the room for a few times, he said, "the Lord must finish his trip to Jiangdong as soon as possible and return to Luoyang!"


    "Does Shiyuan also feel that he must go back to Luoyang as soon as possible?" Huangfu Chaobo nodded.


    "Yes, although our Anton army is not directly adjacent to the Zhongshi Dynasty, there is something in Yuan Shu''s hand that all the vassals in the world want to seize, and then they will be quick!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He quickly responded and said, "what does Shiyuan mean?"


    Yuan Shu''s hand made all the princes salivate. There was no doubt that it was the jade seal. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think clearly about the use of the jade seal for himself.


    Pang Tong nodded and replied in a deep voice, "can you tell me the origin of the jade seal in Yuan Shu''s hand?"


    "It is said that sun Wentai got it from an ancient well in Luoyang palace."


    "It''s true that sun Wentai didn''t present the seal to the court after he got it. Instead, he kept it privately. A certain person once heard that in order to keep the jade seal privately, sun Wentai swore in front of the governors of Guandong that if he kept the jade seal privately, he would die under the random arrows in the future. As a result, he died under the random arrows of the huangzu army. I don''t know if this is true. "

 Chapter 804

    Huangfu Chaobo nodded. We all know this, but he wondered why Pang Tong took him out at this time.


    "It means that sun Wentai and other good family members still have evidence for the jade seal. Did the Lord not think of what other vassals should think?"


    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, a sentence suddenly flashed into Huangfu Chaobo''s mind: "if there is no solitude in the world, I don''t know how many people will be emperor and how many people will be king.".


    "That Shiyuan means Huangfu Chaobo looked at Pang Tong with a puzzled look on his face and asked;


    "if the imperial edict of Chang''an will arrive in Luoyang in a few days, the emperor will ask the Lord to send troops to Huainan. One is to destroy yuan''s puppet Dynasty and show the legitimacy of the world. The other is to expect the Lord to seize the jade seal."


    Ah...


    Although Huangfu Chaobo thought of something, it was not as deep as Pang Tong thought. After Pang Tong said that, he thought deeply.


    No matter the emperor of Chang''an or Guo Li, they all hoped that the princes of Guandong would destroy Yuan Shu, the emperor of Zhongjia. First of all, it was really for the legitimacy of the emperor of the Han Dynasty, and another point was for the jade seal in Yuan Shu''s hands.


    It''s just that there must be more than one person who thinks about the jade seal. There are Sun Quan and Cao Cao around Yuan Shu alone. If they don''t think about the jade seal, they won''t believe it even if they kill him.


    Is it true that I can get the jade seal? Moreover, even if it is really snatched, does it really return him to the little emperor of Chang''an?


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at pangtong again.


    Pang Tong seemed to have seen what Huangfu Chaobo thought. He said with a smile: "in any case, it is certain that the Lord will send troops. As for whether he can win the jade seal and how to deal with it after he takes it back, it is a matter of the future."


    Huangfu Chaobo heard that, indeed, what he wanted to think about now was how to get the maximum benefit from the dispatch of troops. As for how to deal with the real seizure of the seal, let''s talk about it later.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo asked Pang Tong, "in the view of Shiyuan, how many people will send troops to Huainan this time?"


    "Yanzhou Cao Cao is sure to send troops, Cao Cao and our Anton army several wars, have not been good, if you can capture Xuzhou two counties from the hands of Yuan Shu, for him, the strength will increase by several percent."


    "Jiangdong sun CE will also send troops. This is the best time for him to leave Yuanshu. Moreover, the sun family will not sit by and watch the jade seal fall into the hands of others. In this way, Jiangdong soldiers will attack Yuanshu with all their strength."


    "As for the other vassals, Liu Biao of Jingzhou and Liu Yao of Yangzhou are indeed in the middle of each other. Although they are all royal relatives, they are both conservative. When the vassals discussed Dong a few years ago, their attitudes can be seen. The words of other vassals are basically far away from Huainan. From a certain point of view, it is estimated that they are all cheering and supporting, and there is little possibility of sending troops. "


    At this point, Pang Tong stopped for a moment, and then said slowly: "it''s the alien lords of Yuyan, Xuyang and other states. With the idea of pushing people against the wall, it''s estimated that many people will send troops to fish in troubled waters. However, this matter needs to be led by someone, so he hopes that the Lord can lead these forces to help."


    Pang Tong''s words brightened Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes. It''s true that the Lord''s players really helped him. But in a moment, Huangfu Chaobo hesitated again. The players used it well to help him, but if they were not careful, it would be a disaster. It''s hard to manage the players.


    Take Huangfu Chaobo himself as an example. Is he willing to be controlled. So he told Pang Tong what he thought.


    After a little meditation, Pang Tong said: "so, we can think about this problem after we return to Luoyang, but for now, the Lord should set out to return to Luoyang immediately."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, turned to Dianwei outside the door and said, "Laodian, call manager MI. I have something to tell you."


    A moment later, Mi Fu came to the room. After Huangfu Chaobo explained his business cooperation with Jiangdong aristocratic family, he said, "I''ll trouble you for the next thing. Shi a has arranged the secret stronghold of shadow guard in Jiangdong. You can also build a shop in Dantu city. You can take care of each other. What can''t I do for shadow and Luoyang Contact. "


    Mi Fu listened and took the order to leave.


    Then Huangfu Chaobo ordered the fleet to rest overnight and return to Luoyang tomorrow. Because of the safety of the caravan, Huangfu Chaobo decided to lead the two building ships back first, while Jiang Qin''s fleet escorted them to carry food back.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo is still considering setting up a separate convoy for the protection of the caravan. He can''t use Jiang Qin''s main fleet to do this every time. Moreover, his Nu Tao camp is not a real naval vessel, and it''s not suitable to protect the maritime trade routes for a long time. It''s just that this matter needs to be carefully considered.


    One night without words, the next morning, Huangfu Chaobo led two boats on the return journey to Luoyang.


    At this time, the Central Plains land, has begun to uproar.


    As Pang Tong expected, the first one to get the news was Jiangdong, which was separated by a river. Within two days after Huangfu Chaobo left Dantu, all the counties in Jiangdong had already got the news of Yuan Shu''s becoming emperor.On May 2, sun CE issued an address in Wanling, announcing his independence from Yuan Shu and expelling Yuan Yin, the crown prince of Danyang appointed by Yuan Shu. After that, sun CE led the Danyang Taishou and ordered that the place be moved to moling, which is close to the river, and changed its name to Jianye.


    At the same time, the Danyang army actively prepared for the war and was ready to send troops to Guangling at any time.


    On May 8, Cao Cao, the governor of Yanzhou, also said that he refused to recognize the Zhongs Dynasty in Huainan and condemned Yuan Shu for setting up a puppet Dynasty to harm the people.


    In the next few days, many vassal forces issued an address to reprimand Yuan Shu, and even Luoyang sent an address to Shouchun under the sign of Huangfu Chaobo.


    For a time, Yuan Shu fell into the situation of betrayal and separation.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo''s two building ships have just entered the city of Qingdao. Here, it will be another naval base of Anton''s army. In addition to a new city, a large port and dock will also be built.


    The city of Qingdao was built mainly for the naval base and dockyard, so Huangfu Chaobo specially ordered Meng Yi to lead the infantry troops of each school to garrison in the city, and there will be about 2000 garrison troops in the city, plus more than 10000 naval troops in the naval barracks. It can be said that there are 20000 soldiers here alone.


    At the same time, in order to protect the shipyard and the maritime caravan, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the formation of Zhenhai camp. The chief general was Zhou Yi, one of the old people trained by Huangfu Chaobo from changshe. Although his ability was limited, his loyalty was enough. Moreover, the goal of Zhenhai camp was to protect the Maritime Commercial Road, so Zhou Yi was able to cope with it.

 Chapter 805

    After arranging these things in Qingdao, Huangfu Chaobo thought to himself that there were too few generals who were still independent. It seemed that he had to get some more famous generals cards to improve the attributes of the martial arts he cultivated.


    As for the navy of Zhenhai camp, Huangfu Chaobo prepared to use old man Guo and his son to transform small and medium-sized sand boats in order to cope with the harsh coastal environment.


    In this way, the docks in Qingdao are mainly used to manufacture small and medium-sized warships for sand ships and Zhenhai battalion.


    Another aspect is that Zhou Yi was transferred to Qingdao, so the head of the water army on the other side of Yuzhou mountain needs to be rearranged. After careful consideration, Huangfu Chaobo appointed sun Lang as the captain of Hengjiang and transferred him to Yuzhou mountain to be in charge of the water army. In the future, his school''s water army will also be under the command of Zhou Yi''s Zhenhai battalion.


    After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo had planned to stay in Qingdao for a few more days. After arranging all the things here, he would return to Luoyang. However, the flying pigeon from Luoyang forced him to leave immediately because the imperial edict of Chang''an arrived.


    In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to recruit Meng gang and Zhou Yi and explain all the problems he could think of. Then he boarded the building and set foot on the return journey again.


    Two days later, the boat arrived at Shuanghe city. After the two wives and children who were still staying in Qingzhou, Huangfu Chaobo rushed to Luoyang. At this time, the water army of Fubo camp, a school of Pan Feng, had arrived at Shuanghe city to meet them. They would escort Huangfu Chaobo and his party back to Luoyang safely.


    On the 16th, Huangfu Chaobo, who left Luoyang for more than two months, finally returned to Luoyang.


    After returning to Luoyang, the first thing Huangfu Chaobo did was to invite the messengers sent by Chang''an to come and take the imperial edict of the little emperor first.


    As Pang Tong expected, the little emperor asked Huangfu Chaobo to send troops to attack the puppet Dynasty. In order to maintain his authority, the little emperor also made a promise to Huangfu Chaobo to recruit generals and county Marquis from the second class.


    General Zhengdong was in charge of the four prefectures of Qingyan, Xuyang, but he was stationed in Yangzhou, but he gave Huangfu Chaobo the reason to control the four prefectures, and the Marquis of the county was also a terrible thing. You should know that Guan Yu was only a Marquis of shouting in his whole life, and Zhao Yun was only knighted as Marquis of Yongchang Pavilion before he died. It was Lu Bu who killed Dong Zhuo, and Emperor Xiandi praised him That''s why he made his duting Marquis Wen marquis.


    It can be seen from this that in the period of the Han Dynasty and the Three Kingdoms, it was a rare thing to want to be a county marquis. Of course, all these things had to wait until the yuan family''s highway elder brother was gone.


    In addition to the eunuch and Guo Li''s watchers, the 500 Yu Lin Wei, who was in charge of the safety along the way, was the one sent to Luoyang by Xiao Xiandi.


    After the eunuch sent people to the post station to have a rest, Huangfu Chaobo immediately summoned people to discuss business. In order to understand the situation in Guanzhong and the emperor''s meaning, Huangfu Chaobo specially ordered Ma Jin to stay.


    A moment later, Tian Feng, Xu Shu and Huang Zhong, who were left behind in Luoyang, arrived at the Marquis''s residence. They exchanged greetings first, then sat down and waited for Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry.


    Sure enough, when Huangfu Chaobo asked about Chang''an''s recent situation, Ma Jin took out a piece of yellow silk from his arms, handed it up respectfully and said, "report to the Lord, the emperor has a secret order here."


    Huangfu chaobolian got up quickly and took juanbo from Ma Jin with both hands. Then back to the seat, gently unfold the silk, carefully looking at the above content.


    Juanbo is not big, and there are not many contents on it. In addition to thanking Huangfu Chaobo for sending people to offer it at the beginning, I hope that Huangfu Chaobo can take back the jade seal in Yuan Shu''s hand, and there will be many rewards in the world, but the Little Emperor didn''t explain what the reward was.


    Pang Tong guessed again, and Huangfu Chaobo sighed. After reading the secret order, Huangfu Chaobo took it into his arms, and then asked about Ma''s recent progress in Chang''an.


    Although the shadow has been constantly transmitting the information of Chang''an and Guanzhong to Luoyang, the few pigeon letters can not make you understand the whole situation of the matter. Now that there is a party, Huangfu Chaobo will definitely ask for it, so as to prepare for the war arrangements that his subordinates will discuss.


    It took Ma Jin more than an hour to tell all the people about what happened in the past six months. When he finished, everyone fell into deep meditation.


    For a long time, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Captain Ma has worked hard. You can step down first. If there is nothing else, you can escort the propaganda personnel back to Chang''an in these days. The next time you three need to stay in Chang''an for a while. But there are only two tasks for you. One is to control the 3000 troops thoroughly, and the other is to protect the emperor


    At this point, he stopped for a moment, then said: "as for other things, I will convey them through pigeon letters."


    "Not to be ordered!" Ma Jin quickly handed over his orders.


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "you can go down first. By the way, you can tell them to do things at ease. When you return, there will be a heavy reward. In addition to the reward of property, we will prepare a famous general card for each of you three."When Ma Jin heard this, he was overjoyed. Any warrior knew that the famous general card was good for him. He knelt down and said, "I will thank you for your reward. Please rest assured. I will wait for you to complete your task."


    With that, he got up and left the Council hall and went to the post station in the inner city.


    As Ma Jin left, Huangfu Chaobo turned his eyes back to Pang Tong and said, "all of them were guessed by Shiyuan. The little emperor really asked the Marquis to take the jade seal for him. He said that as long as the Marquis takes back the jade seal, there will be a heavy reward. But he didn''t know that it was so easy to take back the jade seal."


    Pang Tong did not answer with a smile. Instead, he asked Huangfu Chaobo, "what''s your plan for this time?"


    A few people in Huangfu Chaobo hall took a look at it, and then said slowly, "the general has not fully considered the issue of sending troops this time, so I''ll invite you here, and we''ll have a good discussion."


    Everyone knows that there is no reason to refuse to send troops. It''s just a matter of the number of troops. Fortunately, this time, it''s not a war under the rule of Anton''s army, but Huainan, hundreds of miles away.


    However, even so, the issue of sending troops still needs to be carefully discussed. You know, there are County wolves around Anton''s army. Except for Kongyu in Yuzhou, the rest of them are covetous.

 Chapter 806

    In the face of Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry, after pondering for a moment, Xu Shu first said: "Lord, when we send troops to Huainan this time, we need to guard against the surrounding princes attacking our Anton army while our army is outside. Therefore, we need to be careful when we send troops. Too many troops will lead to empty forces in the leader, and too few may not achieve the purpose of sending troops."


    Everyone nodded in recognition.


    "In order to minimize the threat to the surrounding areas, the subordinates suggested that the Lord should write to Chang''an, and his majesty ordered Cao Cao of Yanzhou, Zhang Ji of Nanyang and Kong Yu of Yuzhou to send troops. In this way, at least Cao Cao and Zhang Ji can be removed


    "As for Lv Bu in Bingzhou and Yuan Shao in Jizhou, they can also order them to send troops. Even if they can''t send troops because of their long journey, they can''t openly send troops to our Anton army."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head and said: "this matter will be written to the imperial court immediately, and it happens that xuanzhi eunuch will take it back to Chang''an. But how many troops should we send? Do you have a plan for which troops and horses can be transferred to fight? "


    After a little pause, Xu Shu said, "as for the arrangement of sending troops, my subordinates have considered it over and over again. They have some immature suggestions. I''d like to offer some valuable suggestions here for your reference."


    with that, Xu Shu went to the map and pointed to it to explain one by one.


    According to Xu Shu''s idea, the guards, Huben, Longxiang and Qianniu of Anton''s army could go out with Huangfu Chaobo. But for the rest of the three armies, Longxiang army is responsible for guarding Hedong and Weijun in Hanoi. Because it is estimated that neither Lvbu in Bingzhou nor Yuan Shao in Hebei will send troops to Huainan this time, Longxiang army must not be used. He must defend these two princes and prevent them from sending troops to attack Anton army.


    The Qianniu army was in charge of the two prefectures of Qingzhou, but on the one hand, it was not long before it became an army; on the other hand, Qingzhou was not peaceful, so it was not suitable to move lightly.


    In this way, in addition to the two armies, only the Huben army can send troops together. However, the pressure of Huben army is not small. Although Cao Cao in the East is likely to send troops to Huainan, there is no guarantee that he will not take advantage of the opportunity to attack Chen Liu, so Chen Liu''s troops must be sufficient.


    In the west of Guanzhong, although Li Xi and Guo Si have already turned human brains into pig brains, no one is sure whether they will suddenly send troops to the East, so Hongnong''s troops can''t move lightly.


    In this way, apart from the guards, the only troops Anton could send out were the Huben camp under the Huben army. Huang Zhong''s Huben camp is a five school camp with four steps and one ride. In addition to leaving two schools to guard Luoyang, the rest three schools can go to Huainan together.


    After listening to Xu Shu''s words, Huangfu Chaobo also felt that his arrangement was very comprehensive, but even the guards and the three schools of Huben battalion had only 33000 soldiers in total, and the number seemed to be a little too small. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo decided to add more troops.


    First of all, the Bao Tao camp in Huaxiong, Hanoi, is the establishment of the five schools, so it is decided to dispatch one of them to go south together.


    Another is Shenwu camp of Chen Liu and Zhang Ying. At the beginning of Jizhou army''s reorganization, it was composed of five schools with four steps and one rider. But later when Chen Liu was transferred, Huangfu Chaobo transferred one of the school soldiers to Xu Rong''s Qianniu camp, so it became the establishment of three steps and one rider.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo is going to restore the establishment of the five schools, and let Zhang Ying add one more cadet, and then let Zhang Ying transfer one of them to fight in the south.


    In this way, the troops of Anton''s army going south this time are 18000 Huangfu Chaobo guards, 15000 Huben camp of Huangzhong, 5000 baotao camp of Huaxiong and 5000 Shenwu camp of Zhangying. In total, there are 43000 soldiers.


    With more than 15000 auxiliary soldiers and craftsmen, there are nearly 60000 people in the army. Such troops are enough to face any army of Yuan Shu alone.


    You know, according to the news from the shadow, Yuan Shu now has an army of nearly 300000. Except for the troops defending the cities, the army that can be mobilized should be about 150000. But he must face the attacks of Cao Cao, sun CE and Huangfu Chaobo at the same time, so the army that can be deployed in all aspects is about 50000.


    Not to mention the army of 50000-60000, although the number of troops sent by Huangfu Chaobo this time is less than 50000, they are all elite soldiers, so even in the face of Yuan Shu''s army of 60000-80000, Huangfu Chaobo will not be afraid.


    After the arrangement of sending troops, Huangfu Chaobo also breathed a sigh of relief, but he did not let everyone leave, but threw out another problem, that is, over the past few months, he has been discussing with Pang Tong about the strategic direction of Anton''s army in the future.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s territory has been surrounded by wolves since he took over Luoyang at the very beginning. After several years of development, although his strength is far greater than before, the surrounding environment remains the same. It can even be said that it is a bit more dangerous than before.


    You know, Hanwei was originally an era when big fish ate small fish and small fish ate shrimps. Huangfu Chaobo was developing, but other princes around him did not stagnate.


    Now around Anton''s army, all the princes have grown from small fish and shrimp to giant crocodile. Whether it is Lv Bu in Bingzhou, Yuan Shao in Jizhou and Cao Cao in Yanzhou, or Zhang Ji in Nanyang and Li Guosi in Guanzhong, who has more than 100000 troops? Yuan Shao, for example, has more than 300000 or 400000 troops. Besides the garrison troops, there are more than 200000 troops available.You know, although Huangfu Chaobo clenched his teeth and supported 200000 soldiers, he needed to be arranged in all directions. Yuan Shao''s troops were different, one south and one north were the key points, and there was no need to defend in the East, so his situation was much better than that of Anton''s army.


    There is also Cao Cao in the East. Although he tried several times to do harm to Anton''s army, he did not get good results, but it is undeniable that Cao Cao''s strength is beyond doubt.


    Today, Cao Cao owns the states of Liang, Pei and Lu in Yuzhou, Dongjun, Jiyang, Shanyang, Rencheng, Dongping and Jibei in Yanzhou, Jinan, Le''an, Qi and the southern plain in Qingzhou, plus Pengcheng and Donghai in Xuzhou.


    There are about 105 counties in the Han Dynasty, and Cao Cao has more than 10000. It can be said that his territory is quite abundant.


    Fortunately, both Yanzhou and Qingzhou counties were swept by the yellow scarf army several times, and the population decreased greatly. Yanzhou is the largest city in the world, and many wars between them have led to a sharp drop in population.


    The population of the newly occupied two counties in Xuzhou was nearly half less than that of Tao Qian because a large number of people fled to Yuan Shu''s territory in the South and yelaixiang''s territory in the north.

 Chapter 807

    Although Cao Cao had a large territory, his population was almost the same as that of Anton''s army, about 800 people. But a large site means that there are more cities to defend and more soldiers to be allocated.


    Different from Cao Cao, Huangfu Chaobo was always thinking about how to get more people. From the beginning of Luoyang serial mission, he kept trying to increase the population under his rule.


    Hundreds of thousands of people have been fished from Nanyang of Yuan Shu, hundreds of thousands from Huangjin of Qingzhou, and more than one million from all over Jizhou. In addition, people have been fished from the grasslands outside the great wall and people have been migrating from other places from time to time in recent years.


    After several years of development, the population under anton''an''s rule has reached a staggering 8 million, while Anton''s army has only eight counties, that is to say, each county has a population of more than 1 million, which is very rare for the whole Han Dynasty.


    So although the number of Cao Cao''s troops was large, the troops that could be used in the end were not as good as the Anton''s troops of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Although Lu Bu in the North was not as strong as the two preceding families, his fighting power was extremely strong. Huangfu Chaobo had just sent Lu Bu to Bingzhou with the purpose of sending the God of plague, but now he has raised a fierce tiger.


    In addition to Guanzhong in the West and Nanyang in the south, which direction the Anton army should develop in the future, they were unable to determine after several months of discussion. So Huangfu Chaobo takes this opportunity to speak out his doubts. I hope everyone can think about it.


    It''s just that this question can''t be considered clearly for a while. So when Huangfu Chaobo raised it, people didn''t answer it immediately, but Huangfu Chaobo had to let everyone go. However, he repeatedly told everyone to think about it carefully, and later he invited people to discuss it carefully.


    After the discussion, Huangfu Chaobo went back to the backyard, only stayed for less than half a moment. Because of something in his heart, Huangfu Chaobo decided that he couldn''t calm down. So he simply led Dianwei and some bodyguards to leave the Marquis''s house and went around the city.


    Although it has been decided to go to Huainan, the army will not be ready in a moment and a half. It will take time for troops and horses to be mobilized and food and grass to be mobilized. Moreover, it will take time for emperor zhaoshu to be sent to Luoyang and other Guandong princes. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo still needs to wait patiently for a while before he can start.


    In the next few days, all the food and grass needed for the expedition were ready. According to Xu Shu''s arrangement, the army only prepared one month''s food and grass to accompany, and the rest of the food and grass were ready to be purchased from Kong in Yuzhou.


    Huang Zhong and Wang Ran led the troops of Huben camp to March. Dong Xun, the Deputy General of baotao camp, also led a group of school soldiers to Luoyang to join. As for the Shenwu army, Zhang Ying led a group of school soldiers to March. However, because the army was going south, Zhang Ying sent a general to Xinzheng and other Hou troops, but he only led his own pro guard camp to Luoyang.


    On May 30, all the troops and supplies for the expedition were ready, and the imperial edict of Chang''an was sent to all the princes in Kanto.


    At the end of the morning, general Anton cangting Hou Huangfu Chaobo paid homage to the heaven in the northern suburb of Luoyang, and issued a proclamation, sending troops to denounce the puppet and rebellious Zhongshi Dynasty.


    At the same time, the emperor of the Han Dynasty in Chang''an announced to the world, which probably means that Yuan Shu did not want to serve the imperial court after the fourth generation and the third Duke of the Han Dynasty. Instead, he wanted to claim the title of emperor by blasphemy. Obviously, it was treacherous. Therefore, the imperial court called on the people who knew the world to beg for thieves, pacify the rebels, and return the world to heaven and earth.


    After sun CE and Huangfu Chaobo, Cao Cao of Yanzhou and Kong Bi of Yuzhou successively wrote that they would send troops to beg for thieves, while Li Guosi of Guandong, Zhang Ji of Nanyang and Dong Huang of Liangzhou, who were farther away, also came out to wave the flag.


    After the memorial ceremony, Huangfu Chaobo personally led Anton''s army to send troops all the way east toward hulaoguan. After the confluence of the army in Xincheng County with a school of Shenwu army of Zhang Ying, they entered the territory of Yuzhou to join the army of Yuzhou.


    When all the princes in Kanto said they were going to send troops to beg for thieves or wave flags to shout, Yuan Shu, the emperor of Zhong''s family, got the news in Shouchun palace in Huainan. He was calling a court meeting to discuss how to deal with the attack of all the princes.


    In Shouchun palace, Yuan Shu, wearing a crown and a uniform, sits under the main hall. On both sides of the hall, there are hundreds of civil and military officials. It looks really magnificent. Unfortunately, although the new dynasty is not prosperous, even the things discussed in the court meeting are like this.


    On the main hall, Yuan Huan, who is in charge of Yuan Shu''s intelligence, is reporting the recent intelligence collected by his subordinates. "


    " Your Majesty qicuo, in addition to sun CE''s announcement against your Majesty in Jiangdong, the princes of Luoyang Huangfu Chaobo, Yanzhou Caocao, Yuzhou Kongyu, Nanyang Zhangji, Chang''an Li Guosi, Xiliang Donghuang and so on successively issued an address, saying that our Zhongshi Dynasty was rebellious and did not recognize our emperor. "


    "Pa!" On the throne, Yuan Shu slapped the arm of the Dragon chair with his hand and said angrily, "son of the sun family, if he hadn''t jumped out first to oppose me, where would so many clowns have jumped out of this world?"


    "Did Ai Qing ever find out who was going to send troops?"


    "At present, apart from sun CE, Huangfu Chaobo, Cao Cao and Kong Bi all have signs of moving troops. The Anton army and Yanzhou army have begun to gather forces. It is estimated that they will move southward in the next month or two. Your majesty, please make arrangements early. ""Hum, a little clown, do you really think my hundreds of thousands of elite troops are made of mud? When I was in Nanyang, if Lv Bu and Zhang Yang had not won the battle, my 100000 elite troops would have been defeated in Luoyang. "


    "If it wasn''t for the loss of 100000 troops in Luoyang, how could I have the shame of being surrounded in Nanyang? If they don''t come this time, I''ll let the world see my strong soldiers. "


    Speaking of this, Yuan Shu loudly ordered: "where is the general?"


    "Weichen is here."


    In the palace of Chinese martial arts, one of the top generals came out, who was Ji Ling, the number one general under Yuan Shu. After Luoyang was captured that year, Ji Ling was redeemed by Yuan Shu, and then he was still reused. After Ji Ling returned to Nanyang from Luoyang, he immediately trained tens of thousands of heavy infantry for Yuan Shu, and in the subsequent battle of Nanyang, he led his troops to defeat Liu Biao and Zhang Ji, which made him more valued by Yuan Shu.


    Later, Yuan Shu ran to Huainan, and Ji Ling captured PI and Guangling counties for him, which almost doubled Yuan Shu''s practice. We should know that the population of Xuzhou was originally concentrated in the East China Sea. Who knows that Cao Cao invaded Xuzhou twice, making many people in the East China Sea and Pengcheng flee to the south. As a result, when Yuan Shu sent Ji Ling to attack the two counties, the population of the two counties almost doubled.

 Chapter 808

    This time, after Yuan Shu became emperor, he first thought that it was him, so he appointed Ji Ling as the general, holding tens of thousands of elite troops of the Zhong Dynasty.


    Yuan Shu''s real control of the territory is only four counties, but its population is enough to four million. Lujiang and Jiujiang in Yangzhou were originally big counties with a large population. In addition, Yuan Shu brought hundreds of thousands of troops and family members from Nanyang, and Xuzhou had a population of more than one million.


    The yuan family''s original power is very few in the whole Han Dynasty. With the accumulation of four generations, three gongs and nearly two hundred years, Yuan Shu can be said to be as rich as his country. Therefore, although Yuan Shu and Yuan Shao were divided into two brothers, their wealth and contacts also enabled yuan Shu to form nearly 500000 troops.


    Instead of the 300000 troops known by Huangfu Chaobo shadow guard, besides the 250000 garrisons distributed in nearly 70 cities, there are more than 200000 elite soldiers who can be mobilized. These soldiers are Yuan Shu''s loyalty to challenge the surrounding princes.


    Among the more than 200000 elite soldiers and horses, in addition to the 100000 most elite soldiers and horses are Yuan Shu''s imperial guards guarding Shouchun and the surrounding cities, more than 100000 elite soldiers are handed over to their generals. Other generals have thousands to tens of thousands of people, but Ji Ling has as many as 50000 troops all the year round, which is enough to show that Yuan Shu attaches great importance to him.


    When he heard that Yuan Shu called himself, Ji Ling went out to the palace to salute Yuan Shu, and then waited for Yuan Shu''s will.


    After a little meditation, Yuan Shu said, "how does Ai Qing look at this time when all the princes sent troops?"


    "In reply to your majesty, I think that our imperial army only needs to pay attention to the three routes of troops when it comes to attack this time. Huangfu Chaobo army, Cao Cao army and sun CE army, once these three routes of troops are broken, other vassals are not worth mentioning."


    As the number one general under Yuan Shu, he is also the most loyal subordinate of Yuan Shu, so even though he didn''t agree with Yuan Shu''s claim to be emperor, he didn''t argue for it. But after he got the idea that Yuan Shu wanted to be emperor, he began to consider the situation he would face later.


    Therefore, in the face of Yuan Shu''s inquiry, he put his own ideas out of the tray.


    In Ji Ling''s opinion, although there are several princes around his family, the only ones that can really threaten his family are those,


    SUN ce of Jiangdong was originally one of his Majesty''s generals, but Danyang is a newly occupied area, and most of sun CE''s troops have Jiangbei''s soldiers, so the number of soldiers and horses that sun CE can dispatch is more limited. Moreover, if sun CE sends troops, the purpose can''t be the future Lujiang and Jiujiang counties, which have been operating for many years, must be the new Guangling.


    Yuan Shujun of Yangzhou two counties has been in business for many years. Although it can''t be said that the business is like an iron bucket, it''s not something that sun CE''s tens of thousands of troops can defend. Moreover, there are hundreds of thousands of royal guards around Shouchun. I believe sun CE doesn''t have the courage to touch Hu Xu.


    Guangling, on the other hand, is not the same. Yuan Shujun only got it for more than a year, so many opportunities can be found here. In addition, Shouchun, which is far away from the army, is a soft persimmon for sun CE.


    Although Cao Cao of Yanzhou and Huangfu Chaobo of Sizhou had strong fighting power, they were always hostile and could not attack with all their strength, so the number of troops they could send was limited.


    Although he had a large number of troops, his combat power was limited, as can be seen from his previous battles with the Yuzhou army.


    In Ji Ling''s opinion, the most possible way for Yuzhou army to send troops is to march together with Anton army of Huangfu Chaobo and send troops to Runan. Therefore, Ji Ling''s idea is to block all the invading enemies in this way. It''s a big deal to lose all the cities in Runan to the north of huaishui River, but in any case, he must keep them in the north of huaishui river.


    The situation of Cao Cao''s army is the same. Although the territory is wide and the population is larger than that of Yuan Shu, there are also many cities to defend. In addition, Cao Cao is also facing the enemy on all sides. In recent years, Cao Cao''s army has been fighting continuously and the loss of troops and horses is not small, so the number of troops and horses that can really be used is limited.


    In Ji Ling''s opinion, the direction of Cao Cao''s troops will probably be in Xuzhou. You should know that Cao Cao''s troops are all aimed at Xuzhou for several times, but in the end he was picked up by his own family. Therefore, Cao Cao will take this opportunity to send troops to two counties in Xuzhou, so as to bring the whole territory of Xuzhou into his arms.


    There is another reason why Cao Cao sent troops to Xuzhou''s two southern counties, that is, sun CE. With Cao Cao''s ability, it can be inferred that sun CE''s goal must be Xuzhou''s two counties that Yuan Shu has not yet fully controlled, so he must take them before sun CE takes them.


    Ji Ling''s analysis made Yuan Shu nod. It can be said that although Yuan Shu was a son of a family, he could also be called a horse emperor. Although Ji Ling is not as outstanding as Ji Ling in war, he can also be said to know soldiers.


    After Ji Ling finished, Yuan Shu became more confident and said, "what''s your good plan, please tell me together!"


    After hearing this, Ji Ling saluted again and said, "in the view of my ministers, our troops can be divided into three routes to meet the three enemies. The first enemy was Sun ce of Jiangdong. In order to force sun CE''s army to Guangling, I asked his majesty to increase his troops to the cities along the North Bank of the river, including Liyang, Xiang''an, Linhu, Juchao, Wanxian and Xunyang


    "In this way, sun CE can only send out troops. For sun CE''s army, Chen wants to lead 50000 troops to resist the enemy personally, and give him two months to defeat sun CE''s army."With these words, Ji Ling looked up at Yuan Shu on the Dragon chair, and saw that he was listening to his strategy carefully, so he went on.


    "After sun CE''s army is broken, he can raise his troops to the north and join forces with other generals to fight against Cao Cao''s army. Cao Cao''s army is the second enemy. According to Chen''s conjecture, xiapi is the place where Cao Cao sent his troops. Therefore, before Chen''s army arrives, they must try their best to protect xiapi City, otherwise they will not be able to return to heaven. "


    "As for xiapi''s troops, according to Yichen, xiapi already had ten thousand garrison, and forty thousand soldiers were enough."


    "Yichen speculated that Cao Cao''s troops could not be more than 100000 at most, and there might be a few more. After the minister led 40000 soldiers into xiapi, the number of soldiers in xiapi could reach 80000, plus the garrison of xiapi, there were 100000 troops. As long as Cao Cao''s army is divided, I can break it up. "


    "When Cao Cao was defeated, the whole army of Huangfu Chaobo was unable to stand alone."


    "Therefore, as for the third enemy of the alliance of Huangfu Chaobo and Kongyu, I would like to ask your majesty to send a general to lead 50000 Imperial troops and 30000 soldiers to defend the alliance of Huangfu Chaobo and Kongyu. The army uses the cities of Runan to defend at all levels and slow down the enemy''s speed. When the other two routes decide, the two Alliance forces will be broken in no time."

 Chapter 809

    In Shouchun city and the imperial palace of the Zhong Dynasty, it took a good half an hour for the general Ji Ling to tell Yuan Shu his strategy.


    After hearing this, Yuan Shu repeatedly praised: "Ai Qing is worthy of being my general. This plan is closely linked and almost impeccable. I will certainly be rewarded for defeating the vassal army this time! "


    "Thank you, your majesty. This strategy was discussed with Yuan Huan, Yan Xiang and Shu Zhao. I dare not make any contribution." Ji Ling quickly knelt down to thank him and said,


    after hearing this, Yuan Shu nodded and smiled, looked at the people mentioned by Ji Ling one by one, and said, "everyone has made great contributions. I will give you a great reward after the war."


    "Thank you A few people listen to, quickly out of the line Shane.


    What they didn''t notice was that among the courtiers, a sinister look was sweeping towards them. That man was Yang Hong, one of Yuan Shu''s counsellors.


    Ji Ling didn''t know that he accidentally offended the guy who would be punished. Of course, even if he knew, he would not care. Ji Ling was deeply trusted by Yuan Shu. He could be said to be an orphan of the Zhong Dynasty, and he was only thinking about Yuan Shu.


    Today''s court meeting has solved the most important thing in Yuan Shu''s heart, and Yuan Shu''s heart has been put down more than half. Although he despises all the princes in his mouth, Yuan Shu still has some scruples from the bottom of his heart, especially the Anton army of Huangfu Chaobo and Yanzhou army of Cao Cao. For the former, he has suffered twice in his hands. For the latter, although Yuan Shu despises him very much, he knows his cunning.


    Think of here, Yuan Shu toward his side of the eunuch point, eunuch understanding, immediately came forward and said in a loud voice: "officials have something to play, nothing to retreat!"


    Just as everyone was ready to withdraw from the court, Yang Hong went out of the class and said, "Your Majesty, I have to play!"


    Then Yang Hong took out a memorial from his arms, held it high on his head, and said: "since the general said that the princes and the army are not worried, Shouchun palace is too simple. In order to show the power of our emperor, I would like to ask your majesty to rebuild the palace."


    Yang Hong talks a lot. After listening to Yuan Shu, he is in full bloom. Shouchun''s palace was built in a hurry for Yuan Shu to become emperor. Yuan Shu wanted to rebuild the palace. Yang Hong just scratched his itch. As soon as he heard Yang Hong''s performance, he ordered him to take charge of the repair of the palace.


    Yang Hong''s heart is happy, but other civil and military ministers in the court are angry. Now that they are worried, the villain encourages the emperor to overhaul the palace. This is what Sikong is responsible for, but there is something wrong in this period.


    Fortunately, Yuan Shu was not so confused that he just ordered Yang Hong to make preparations first, select craftsmen, purchase materials, and start construction after the war. This made the civil and military officials give up their opposition on the spot. However, everyone was even more disgusted with Yang Hong, who only knew how to flatter the emperor.


    Seeing that all the officials had nothing to play, the official palace announced that they would withdraw from the court, and then they all left. As for the transfer of troops and horses, since it has been decided, it is natural for general Ji Ling to discuss with Taiwei Yan Xiang about the specific arrangement, and then arrange the officials and generals to carry out it.


    Two days later, Yuan''s troops began to be mobilized.


    General junyuejiu and Li Feng led 10000 troops each. In addition, Huang Yi led 30000 Lin troops, a total of 50000 troops. They crossed the huaishui River and settled in Xincai. They were responsible for commanding the southern cities of rucan and defending the Allied forces of huangfuchao and kongfu.


    Qiao Rui led ten thousand troops to Juchao, and together with ten thousand soldiers of Jiujiang prefect yuan Huan, was responsible for preventing sun CE''s army from attacking Jiujiang. In addition, Lu Dong''s prefect Liu Xun led 10000 soldiers to liyang to prevent sun CE''s army from attacking the Lujiang River from niuzhu.


    Liang Gang and Chen Ji led 40000 troops to xiapi and defended xiapi together with Yuan Yin''s 10000 guards to prevent Cao Cao''s army from going south.


    General Zhang Xun led ten thousand troops and cheated thirty thousand troops into Guangling to confuse sun Qijun.


    Ji Ling LED general Chen lanlei and his 50000 troops to cross huaishui River northward to prepare for the battle with Huangfu Chaobo. Then he sailed south along huaishui River to hide his whereabouts and sneak into Gaoyou city. When sun CE''s army attacked Guangling City, he suddenly came out and broke his army under Guangling City, if possible If so, it would be better to capture sun CE at one stroke, and Jiangdong would be determined by the first World War.


    At the same time, the cities of Yuan Shu army began to strengthen the city defense and prepare for war.


    At this time, in Danyang County of Jiangdong, sun CE was ready to go north to fight. Although sun CE had already issued a call to break away from Yuan Shu and cross the river to beg for thieves, he did not immediately send troops, but first calm down to consolidate his territory.


    When sun CE left Huainan, he borrowed 30000 troops from Yuan Shu and 20000 troops from Sun Quan''s old army in Wu jingsun Ben''s hands. A total of 50000 troops attacked Danyang. After the capture of Danyang, tens of thousands of troops were sent back to Danyang.


    After he announced his separation from Yuan Shu, sun CE sent people to expel the officials appointed by Yuan Shu, and then began to reorganize the troops, reorganizing nearly 100000 troops in Danyang. After the reorganization, sun CE controlled all the 50000 elite in his own hands, and then sent sun Ben and other relative generals to take charge of the cities of Danyang.After taking control of the whole county of Danyang, sun CE had the energy to prepare for the battle of crossing the river to the north. Danyang has a population of more than 600000 in 16 cities. After sun CE took control of all the cities, each city was garrisoned with three to five thousand troops, while Jianye was garrisoned with twenty thousand troops, and niuzhu, the largest port of Danyang, was garrisoned with five thousand water troops.


    After arranging the defense of Danyang, sun CE began to prepare to lead the troops north. He left Cheng Pu, the veteran general, and Quan Rou, the newly invested general, in Jianye, his home town. He personally led 50000 troops, and with five generals, Huang Gai, Han Dang, Zhu Zhi, Lu fan, and Lu Dai, he practiced his troops day and night in the camp outside Jianye.


    While training his troops, sun CE sent people to sneak into the counties of Jiangbei to inquire about the news and wait for the time of sending troops.


    As he had expected, at the end of May and the beginning of June, Huangfu Chaobo and Cao Cao began to gather troops to fight in Huainan. At this time, the intelligence of Jiangbei soldiers and horses constantly spread to Jianye, just as sun CE had expected before, Yuan Shujun''s defense was tight in Lujiang and Jiujiang counties of Yangzhou.


    In order to defend the army of Huangfu Chaobo and Cao Cao in the north, Yuan Shu sent several generals such as Ji Ling and tens of thousands of troops to Runan and xiapi.


    It should be that Jiangdong''s own army is still busy stabilizing Danyang''s territory, so it is unable to move northward. Therefore, only Zhang Xun leads 30000 troops in Guangling county.

 Chapter 810

    Sun Cezi thinks that he knows all the generals of Yuan Shujun very well. If Ji Ling is able to fight against him, only Qiao Rui, Le Jiu, Li Feng and Liang Gang are able to fight against the four veteran generals of Jiangdong. The rest generals are not enough to worry about. They are just Chinese.


    But now le and Li Feng go to defend Huangfu Chaobo, Qiao Rui goes to the nest to prevent himself from attacking Lujiang, while Ji Ling and Liang Gang go to xiapi to defend Cao Cao.


    Only Zhang Xun led the troops in Guangling, and Yuan Si''s ten thousand soldiers were stationed in Guangling. On the surface, there were forty thousand troops. But besides Guangling, Zhang Xun also needed to send troops to defend Jiangdu, hailing and Yuguo. The number of troops in Guangling was no more than twenty thousand, so he only needed to send water troops to attack donglingting port, and then fifty thousand troops to attack Guangling city.


    In sun CE''s opinion, Zhang Xun''s ability and strength are limited. His troops are at most, which is slightly better than his own garrison. His 50000 elite soldiers attack the city defended by 20000 garrison soldiers. If it''s fast, it only takes a few days to attack.


    Guangling city once stands in the north of the river, and then it can step by step to bring the whole Guangling city under control. As for yuan Shujun, in the face of the attack of two powerful vassals, Huangfu Chaobo and Cao Cao, there was no energy for him.


    As for sun CE''s strategy, the four old ministers of Jiangdong and the relative generals of the sun family all support it, but the old lord has passed away. Although the young Lord has captured Danyang, he is too young and vigorous. At present, most of sun CE''s generals are good at military training but not good at strategy.


    Therefore, all the people in Jiangdong support the deployment of troops to Jiangbei, but they have different opinions on where to attack, and they are not unified. Some of the sun family''s generals suggested that they should send troops to Lujiang, and the fourth elder Jiang Dong clamored that they should send troops to Jiujiang to capture Shouchun and take back the relics of the old lord.


    On the contrary, Quan Rou and Lu Dai, who were new to sun CE, proposed to attack Guangling. Like sun CE, Guangling was newly occupied and far away from Shouchun. Facing the attack of hundreds of thousands of troops in the north, Guangling was the most likely place for Yuan Shu to give up.


    In the end, sun CE decided to attack Guangling one day, and sent a large number of denouncers to inquire into the intelligence of Guangling and its surrounding cities.


    Just when sun Qijun decided the direction of attack, and then buried himself in training in Jianye, Cao Cao of Yanzhou was ready to send troops. As other people expected, Cao Cao''s direction of sending troops was Xuzhou.


    After the emperor''s edict was sent to Yanzhou, Cao Cao, who had already prepared to send troops, set up his troops at the sacrifice of heaven on the second day of Huangfu Chaobo''s sending troops. Forty thousand troops came to Pengcheng and gathered sixty thousand troops to xiapi.


    When Huangfu Chaobo heard that Cao Cao had sent 60000 troops to attack Yuan Shu, he knew that Cao Amun was also on guard against himself. However, this was normal. The two families had been killed and killed in the past two years. It was normal that they did not trust each other. It would be strange if they could really trust each other.


    However, to Huang Fu''s surprise, Cao Charlie and his tiger guards did not appear in Cao Cao''s army. It seems that he is preparing to attack Zang ba. However, for the war between Cao Charlie and Zang Ba, Huangfu Chaobo was not optimistic about him.


    Last time, he was caught unprepared when he hit Zang ba. In addition, he recruited two generals, Chang Chen and Wu dun. Only in this way can he occupy Chi County, juping county and Bo county without a single fight. But now Zang Ba has reacted, and the next two people are face to face.


    On June 5, Huangfu Chaobo''s Anton army arrived in Yangzhai, Yingchuan. By this time, we had already got the news that the governor of Yuzhou, Kong Bi, had already prepared 30000 troops to be led by general he man. As soon as Anton''s army arrives, they can go out together.


    Zonghengxia, with his chief General Chen Dao, leads eight thousand troops to Yangzhai, ready to go out with the army, while general Hengjie and He Yi stay in Ye County to defend Zhang Jijun in Nanyang.


    When people meet, it''s a lot of fun. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t order the army to stay in Yangzhai. After replenishing some food from Kong, the army continued to set out for the south.


    All the way south, there are players leading troops to join, just after entering the territory of Runan, Xiping County Magistrate Huang jinwudi and his subordinate General Huang Zhao led 5000 troops to join.


    On June 10, the Allied forces arrived at Pingyu, the Runan government. By this time, the number of allied forces had increased to 150000. In addition to the 60000 troops of Anton army, there were 30000 troops of Yuzhou army, 8000 troops and 5000 troops of Huangjin invincible. The rest were nearly 50000 troops gathered by players and lords from all over Yuzhou.


    Not only did Huangfu''s army increase, but Cao Cao''s army also increased to nearly 100000.


    The Allied forces set up a camp outside Pingyu city. From Pingyu to the south, they entered Yuan Shu''s territory. Therefore, the army must be well arranged to continue to March, so as to avoid the attack of tens of thousands of troops. At the same time, he also needs to know more about the distribution of Yuan Shu''s troops, so that Pang tong can pre rebel against the war situation.


    Although the army set up camp, the five thousand Tui cavalry of Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have any time to spare. They were divided into ten teams by Huang Zhong and used as a squadron to run to the city occupied by Yuan Shujun in Runan.Considering that most of the troops were sieges, Huangfu Chaobo only led 5000 Turkistan cavalry to fight, and other cavalry did not fight. Even the other soldiers and horses of the guards were only equipped with horses by Yuanrong crossbow soldiers.


    Two days later, the troopers returned to all parts of Yuan Shu''s army. Among them, Xincai was thirty thousand elite soldiers under the command of Huang Yi, Yuan Shu''s son-in-law, while yuejiu and Li Feng led ten thousand elite soldiers in the two cities of Ancheng and Ruyin respectively. Although no reinforcements were stationed in other cities, their gates were closed and they were ready.


    Looking at the news from the Tui cavalry, Pang Tong had basically understood yuan Shujun''s plan, but soon the news from Shouchun made him lost in thought: after Ji Ling''s 50000 troops crossed the huaishui River and entered Xiacai City, they disappeared.


    No matter which battlefield the 50000 troops are put into, they are a force that can change the situation. Although the Allied forces have nearly 150000 troops, only the Anton army and the Yuzhou army can be relied on when it comes to the fierce war. Oh, plus the troops all over the world, the other 50000 or 60000 troops are here to fight soy sauce.


    We should know that the 50000 elite yuan Shujun put into the battlefield of Yuzhou were all stationed in the cities close to the waterway. Although yuan Shujun did not have a strong water army, there was no problem in transporting troops along several rivers in Runan.

 Chapter 811

    You know, on the battlefield of Yuzhou, Yuan Shu has invested 50000 elite troops. With Ji Ling''s 50000 troops, there are 100000 elite troops alone. If you add thousands of garrisons in each city, you can say that the troops have surpassed the Allied forces.


    What''s more, the Allied forces belong to the offensive side, and Yuan Shu''s army belongs to the defensive side. It can be said that the offensive and defensive forces are already out of place.


    However, if Ji Ling''s 50000 troops are aimed at Cao Cao''s Xuzhou battlefield, and if the Yuzhou battlefield fails to seize the critical time, then after Ji Ling''s defeat of Cao Cao''s army, the battle in Yuzhou battlefield will be over.


    After much consideration, Pang Tong suggested that Huangfu Chaobo''s troops should be divided into three routes. Because there were 10000 cavalry with him, he could use these 10000 cavalry as a marquis. Runan is located in Huaibei and belongs to plain terrain. Although there are many rivers, it is not as dense as Jiangdong, so it is suitable for cavalry.


    According to Pang Tong''s arrangement, the two armies of Anton army and Yuzhou army were mixed and divided into two groups. Then the third group was composed of the Lord players who dominated the world and the yellow scarf world. The 150000 troops went hand in hand and echoed each other.


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo summoned all the generals to discuss affairs, and the order of gathering generals was heard in the Chinese army camp.


    Two quarters of an hour later, among the generals and lords above the rank of captain of the United forces, the players with more than 2000 soldiers arrived at the central army''s tent to participate in the discussion.


    The reason why players with more than 2000 troops are selected is that the population of big town level is 20000 at most. If you take out one out of ten, the troops can reach 2000. If you add the troops defending your own territory, it means that at least one territory of the player has reached the level of big town, but for some reasons it has not been upgraded to a small town. This kind of player''s strength is leading The main players belong to the upper middle level.


    Zonghengtianxia quickly arrived at the big account of Huangfu Chaobo. For the dispatch, Huangfu Chaobo first communicated with him about his arrangement. Originally, he was still hesitant. However, when he heard that Huangfu Chaobo was willing to lend him 2000 cavalry, zonghengtianxia agreed to divide the troops.


    He also thought very clearly that although it was safe to stay with the Anton army and the Yuzhou army, the credit and harvest would certainly be much better. But if he sent troops with other players, with his 8000 troops and Chen Dao''s strength, his voice in the coalition was absolutely not low. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo''s 2000 cavalry was equal to his own direct command force Ten thousand people arrived.


    After everyone arrived, Huang Fu Chao said slowly, "everybody, the cavalry has sent back the latest news about Yuan Shu army. Now let''s have a detailed explanation about the layout of Yuan Shu army."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Pang Tong got up and went to the map of Runan hanging in the middle of the tent to introduce the information from the cavalry.


    After he explained in detail the layout of Yuan Shu''s troops, he explained in detail the strategy of dividing the army into three routes that he had discussed with Huangfu Chaobo.


    After he finished speaking, everyone fell into silence. After a little meditation, Huangfu Chaobo said, "what do you think, please speak freely!"


    As soon as the words were finished, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the players headed by Zongheng and Huangjin invincible. Anton''s army and Yuzhou''s army could decide, but the players'' Army really needed to ask for their own opinions.


    Zonghengtianxia has agreed to divide the troops, and Huangjin invincible is not stupid. He soon figured out the key. He knew that once he divided the troops, even if he could not be the boss, he would be second only to zonghengtianxia. So he quickly agreed to the idea of dividing the troops. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo looked at him, he immediately got up and said, "I have no opinion about the arrangement of Chaobo boss."


    But the other players, together with nearly 50000 troops, not everyone is willing to break away from the army to take risks. Soon, the Lord players are divided into two parts, about ten players are willing to join forces with several players in the world and send troops alone, and the other ten players request to join forces with the army.


    If this is calculated, there will be more than 30000 people in the whole army. According to several estimates, among those players who did not attend the meeting, there should be one or two soldiers willing to join with the players. In this way, the total strength of this army will reach about 50000.


    The players'' Army alliance has been formed, but for their attack direction, many players are entangled. The middle road is definitely not good. Xincai in the middle road has Huang Yi''s 30000 Yuan Shu troops, and the combat power is definitely the strongest, and it also needs to guard against Yuan Shu troops on both sides.


    In addition to the middle direction, there are only East and West routes to choose from. However, the three cities of Ancheng, Shenyang and beiyichun in the West are too close to each other. If a 50000 player coalition attack one of the cities, it is still unknown whether the 50000 player coalition can hold once the other two cities send troops to help.


    If he can''t go to the west, there will be only the East. But there is another problem. Ji Ling''s 50000 troops are missing. If his target is Yuzhou battlefield, then the probability of meeting this army in the East should be the largest. So a dozen players found that it seems that this is not a very good target.


    Finally, Huang jinwudi gritted his teeth and said, "the goal of Ji Ling''s army may have two directions. Cao Cao of Xuzhou and us of Yuzhou each account for half. If we divide the army into three more routes, then the probability of our army meeting them is only 1.16 percent.""If that''s the case, those who are brave and scared to death, let''s gamble on it. Besides, we have 2000 elite cavalry of super boss Bo. Although we can''t take them to block the gun, it''s OK to find Ji Ling''s army ahead of time. How about gambling?"


    If you listen to it, it''s true that it''s the same. It''s more than 10% likely that it''s worth gambling.


    Next to a lord player said: "invincible boss is good, Ji Ling is also a pawn, but we still can''t run? What''s more, we all have some cavalry in our hands. Let''s gather them together, so that we can expand the scope of cavalry reconnaissance. "


    Two people''s words, get the consensus of the rest of the people, so we decided to attack the eastern city.


    The attack direction of the players'' alliance has been determined, and other soldiers and horses, Huangfu Chaobo will be arranged. He led Huang Zhong to lead 15000 Huben troops to attack the western front, and the rest of his pro Guard troops, Zhang Ying''s Shenwu army and Dong Xun''s baotao army attacked the central line.

 Chapter 812

    Apart from dividing Anton Dong into two and the players into three, Huangfu Chaobo also divided the 30000 troops of the Yuzhou army into two. Huang Zhong and himself led 15000 troops each, while the remaining 20000 troops were 10000 on both sides.


    Besides the 1000 soldiers who supported the players'' alliance, the other 4000 soldiers were equally divided between the two armies, that is, Huang Zhong and his own army had 2000 Tujia soldiers and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers.


    After the troops and horses were allocated, the coalition camp began to get busy. At the beginning of the camp, each department was its own battalion. Since it was decided to divide the troops to attack, the troops and horses of each department must be assembled separately, and then the food and materials for the expedition should be prepared, and then the troops should be divided to attack.


    Because all the troops carry their own grain and grass, they must prepare all the grain and grass they need. Each family has brought some food and grass, but it is not enough, so many players go to Pingyu city to purchase.


    Fortunately, Pingyu was the place where Kongyu determined the governance of Runan County, and Runan prefect Xu Jing led 20000 troops to guard here, so there were plenty of soldiers, horses, food and grass.


    Under the negotiation of Huangfu Chaobo and the order of Kong Xu, all the troops purchased a batch of grain and grass in Pingyu. As for the grain and grass they needed in the future, it was decided by the progress of the war. If possible, they could still harvest a lot of grain and grass by conquering all the cities of Yuan Shujun.


    The next morning, the three armies that were ready set out one after another.


    Zonghengtianxia and other players leave Pingyu and head for Gushi County in the southeast. That will be the first battle of the players'' Alliance.


    Huang Zhong''s West army headed for the southwest of Yang''an county. He planned to take Yang''an and Langling first, and then cross the qintou River to attack the three cities of northern Yichun.


    Huangfu Chaobo then led the army to the direction of Xiayang. All the way, Huangfu Chaobo gave full power to Zhang Ying, and all the next battles would be under his command.


    In history, Zhang Ying was one of the five excellent generals in Cao Cao''s camp, and he was a general who once defeated Zhuge Liang. It can be said that his ability was not suitable, so Huangfu Chaobo was ready to give him this opportunity.


    After carrying the food and fodder needed by 50000 people for half a month, the Middle Route Army set out to march to the red sea bream a hundred miles away.


    Two days later, the middle army of Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the bottom of Xiayang city. Xiayang city got its name because it faced the Yangshui river. It is now located in Xiayang village, Yicheng Town, Linquan County, Anhui Province. It is said that its city can trace back to the Warring States period of Chu.


    It is five li long in the East and West, four Li wide in the north and south, and has four gates. Two Li outside the south gate is the sea bream wharf. The wall is about two feet high and about five feet wide. Under the rule of Kongyang, because of its location in the hinterland of Runan, the city defense was not repeated. However, after Yuan Shujun occupied it, he organized civil servants to repair the city wall several times.


    If you need to cross the river, you need to cross the river from the bridge more than 10 Li to the east or 20 Li to the west of Xianyang, except from the boat crossing from Xianyang wharf.


    After Yuan Shu became emperor, Shouchun ordered all the cities under his rule to reinforce the city walls and strengthen their defense. Therefore, after receiving the order, the county magistrate and general of Xiayang reinforced the city walls again. At this time, the defense materials in the city were complete, and the troops were about 5000 soldiers.


    The width of the sea bream water is about ten feet, so the moat around the sea bream city is artificially excavated, and then the sea bream water is led into the moat to become the living water moat. More than 50 miles to the east along the sea bream water, you can reach Gushi City, the first city that the players'' coalition forces need to attack this time.


    On the 16th, after a day''s rest, Huangfu''s Chaobo army began to prepare to attack the city. After a day of careful preparation, Zhang Ying has been fully prepared for how to attack the sea bream.


    Zhang Ying divided the two thousand Turkistan cavalry into five parts, and divided them into one team every two songs. Except for the four hundred cavalry who stayed in the position of the Chinese army, the other four cavalry teams were sent out from afar to monitor the enemy situation within 20 miles around the city.


    In this attack, the army was divided into three parts. Zhang Ying led the first school of Shenwu camp to attack the north gate, Dong Xiang led the troops of baotao camp to attack the east gate, and he man led the first school of Yuzhou army to attack the west gate, leaving the south wall to stay.


    As for the remaining ten thousand Yuzhou troops and ten thousand players, the elite of them will be drawn out as the auxiliary of the three-sided attack, and the rest of the ordinary soldiers will be used as the initial troops to fill the river and attack the city with ants, that is to say, they have become the glorious cannon fodder.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo also made a promise to the Lord players of these cannon fodder soldiers. After the city broke down, he would first make up for their losses, so as to calm down the grievances of the Lords. The reason for this is that from the beginning, Huangfu Chaobo had never thought of using his own Anton army as cannon fodder, so all the troops were elite.


    At that time, the war drum of the Chinese Army sounded, and the battle of Xianyang city officially began, which also means that the war against Yuan Shu officially started in the second year of Zhongping.


    With the sound of the war drum, the soldiers who had been ready to fill the river, under the cover of their bows and arrows, rushed to the moat under the city of Sparus.


    The county of Xianyang is originally a small city. Among the 5000 guards, only 1000 archers need to be assigned to three walls, so there are only a few hundred archers on each wall. In the face of an army of 50000 people attacking the city, although they tried their best to defend it, they were still struggling.However, the generals in the city had to fight to the death, because after Huang Yi led Yuan Shu''s Imperial Army to Xincai City, he sent different numbers of imperial soldiers to each city. Their purpose was to monitor the officials and generals in each city, let them lead the troops to resist the invading enemy, and kill the enemy to the greatest extent.


    Although the defenders in the city tried their best to stop it, they still couldn''t resist the soldiers outside the city. Under the cover of the bowmen, thousands of soldiers spent only half a day cutting off the water flow of the moat, and then filled out more than ten siege channels on the moat.


    Zhang Ying saw that the number of siege channels had been filled in enough near noon, so he ordered the army to withdraw their troops and attack the city after lunch.


    At the head of Xianyang City, when the ant colony like crowd under the city retreated like a tide, the captain and magistrate of Xianyang county at the head of the city were relieved. Although there was no formal siege, the river reclamation in the morning put a lot of pressure on the people guarding the city.


    You know, there are only 5000 soldiers in the city, but there are thousands of archers and crossbow soldiers under the city. The rain of arrows like locusts makes people at the head of the city almost helpless.


    However, even so, they had to command the garrison to defend, because there were two hundred imperial guards sent by the emperor in the city. If they had different intentions, these elite soldiers would kill them mercilessly.

 Chapter 813

    After lunch, after a quarter of an hour''s rest, Zhang Ying ordered the army to continue to attack the city.


    The reclamation in the morning was just the beginning of the whole war, not even the delicious food. The formal ant siege in the afternoon was the beginning of the fierce siege.


    With the clarion call and battle drum of the Chinese Army''s attack, the first round of attack soldiers began to march towards the wall. Behind them were archers and crossbows, and behind them were catapults.


    The first round of soldiers was about 1000 people, which was divided into more than 10 units. In addition to the more than 10 units of ants attacking the city, they also had two teams guarding the large siege ladder. Their goal was the city gate.


    When Zhang Ying ordered the army to attack, the garrison in the city was also ready for defense. On the newly built platforms behind the city wall, there were more than ten catapults. The city''s soldiers and civilians were also busy. They kept moving rolling stones and logs from the bottom of the city, and the hot oil at the head of the city began to burn, so that they could use it when the enemy ants attached to the city.


    Soon, the attacking taxi soldiers entered the range of the archers at the head of the city. With the order of the city general, the archers at the head of the city began to shoot at the head of the city, trying to suppress the archers at the head of the city.


    For a moment, in the sky outside the city wall, the arrows were like locusts. If you look carefully, you can see that the arrows from the lower part of the city hit the upper part of the city much more.


    Seeing this, the general ordered the soldiers to avoid the enemy''s arrows, and the catapult behind the city began to project stones to the marked position outside the city.


    With the sound of "buzzing", the traffic at the head of the city caused great losses to the taxi drivers. But soon, the counter attack outside the city arrived. After counting the interest, the catapults in the city were almost lost.


    Fortunately, by this time, the soldiers had already arrived at the foot of the city, and the archers and catapults outside the city stopped attacking, so as not to hurt their own soldiers. At this time, it was the time for the garrison to take up the peak. With the order of the garrison general, he had already been ready to defend the city. Rolling stones and rocks smacked fiercely at the soldiers under the city, and there were bursts of screams under the city.


    Outside the city, Zhang Ying''s eyes were fixed on the soldiers who were attacking the city. From time to time, an order came out from his mouth, and then he passed it to the commander. He knew that if he could stand firm in Anton''s army, today''s battle would be his touchstone.


    Standing next to Zhang Ying is his lord Huangfu Chaobo. For him, although he is not good at directing the war, he has seen many famous generals directing the war in these years.


    In his opinion, although Zhang Ying''s command ability can''t be compared with Xu Rong, Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun, it''s also very good. If there is a comparison, he is only slightly inferior to Zhao Yun, much better than Tian Yu, Huang Xu and others.


    During the time when Huangfu Chaobo was meditating, the battle at the head of the city had made progress. The first round of attacking soldiers had already begun to mount the head of the city, but they were soon driven down by the city''s defenders. At this time, the siege ladder has also reached the gate position, the gate of the war began.


    Under the city wall, the soldiers scrambled to the city head one after another. Soon another soldier climbed to the city head, but he was driven down from the city head before he had time to stand up.


    An hour has passed, and no soldiers have been able to persist in the city. Seeing this, Zhang Ying immediately calls for the end of the army. This round of soldiers'' morale has been lost, and it is not good to persist.


    However, after the first round of soldiers retreated, Zhang Ying also sent the second round of attack soldiers to attack Chengfa.


    Until Shenshi, there was no progress in the war. Huangfu Chaobo knew that it was impossible to capture Xianyang today, so he turned to Zhang Ying and said, "General Zhang, I will go back to the camp first. I''ll leave it to you."


    On hearing this, Zhang Ying hurriedly said, "I''m going to let you down!"


    "No matter, you''ve done well. Although he''s small, he still has 5000 troops to defend. I didn''t think that I would attack the city in one day. You attack according to your own strategy. There''s no need to have any pressure."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo turned around and left under the protection of the soldiers of Tiebi camp.


    "To my Lord!" When Zhang Ying heard this, she was moved and quickly bowed to salute;


    the other generals around her also hurriedly saluted and watched her master leave.


    When Huangfu Chaobo left, Zhang Ying looked up at the sky and the war under the city. He knew that there was no hope for today, so he ordered to his personal guards: "come, call for gold, and order the bowmen to be ready."


    At the head of the city, looking at Anton''s soldiers retreating like a tide, the soldiers of the city seemed to have been drained of all their strength. Most of them collapsed on the wall and were unwilling to stand up again.


    Xianyang was originally under the rule of Yuzhou. Since the yellow scarf rebellion, the elite soldiers and horses have spent almost all of their time fighting against the yellow scarf bandits. Today''s soldiers and horses are recruiting soldiers in the following years, and their combat power is not the same as that of the front army.


    After Kong took office, he transferred a lot of elite troops from various cities, and the left behind troops were even weaker. After Yuan Shujun captured these cities, although he also ordered the cities to step up the training of troops, strengthen the cities, and strictly guard against death. However, due to his weak foundation, poor foundation and tight time, the situation of the troops in the cities of Runan is really worrying. This is also the reason why Huang Yi sent more imperial guards to supervise the troops in the cities as soon as he arrived in Runan.What they didn''t know was that Runan had always been under the jurisdiction of Yuzhou, and they had no sense of belonging to Yangzhou. In addition, although Kong was not good at running the army, he was impeccable in civil affairs. Therefore, both the soldiers and the people liked the Yuzhou army much better than yuan Shujun.


    Today, although the army is not allowed to fight with Yuzhou army under the supervision of emperor Zhongjia''s Imperial Army, the morale of the army has almost fallen to the bottom.


    Capt. Xianyang, whose surname is Jiang, is the son of shouchunjiang family. Like county magistrate Kuang, they are all officials sent from Yangzhou. Although they are not alone, they each brought 200 cronies to Xianyang, but the strong dragon can''t fight against the local leader. Therefore, although one of them is in charge of the people and the other is in charge of the army, they can serve as the deputy and the middle and lower level officials.


    Today''s war can be said to have just begun, but there have been hundreds of casualties among the soldiers. Among them, 30% are their own cronies. There is no way. When it comes to the critical moment, the soldiers can only rely on their own cronies when they retreat.

 Chapter 814

    Seeing that today''s war is over, the county magistrate and the county captain look at each other and see their worries from each other''s eyes. At this time, the enemy''s elite troops have not been sent out, and the loss of the garrison is so great. If it goes on like this, the soldiers and horses of the city can defend for three or four days at most.


    They winked at each other, and then walked toward the tower without saying it. Because Xianyang city is close to the city of Yuzhou army, Huang Yi sent a 200 person supervisor here. The leader was Qu Chang, who was a heavy infantry commander recruited by Ji Ling when he was in Nanyang. He has been promoted to Qu Chang in recent years.


    At this time, he was leading dozens of people to rest in the city building. After Kuang county magistrate and Jiang Xiaowei went in and out of the city building, Jiang Xiaowei ordered others to retreat outside the city building and whispered to he Qu: "general he, you can see that the enemy has not sent out the most elite Anton Army today, but the troops of CONGYANG are too weak. They want to complete General Huang''s orders Ten days is impossible. "


    "Yes, yes, it''s not that the lower officials don''t try their best, but it''s really The county magistrate also said with a smile in a low voice;


    Chief he Qu was also a veteran. He had been supervising the battle at the head of the city during the war just now. He could see the combat effectiveness of both sides at a glance, but the military order was so, and he could do nothing.


    After pondering for a moment, he said slowly: "you two, now we three are grasshoppers on the same rope. When my husband-in-law sent someone out, he had already issued a military order, requiring each county town to insist on ten days, so it''s not that some family is unreasonable, it''s the military order."


    They were stunned. Ten days is a distant goal for the five thousand troops they command. If they don''t do it well, they can''t hold on for three or five days. When they were ready to speak again, he Quchang said: "look at the situation of the red sea bream Yang garrison, it''s estimated that we can''t support it in ten days, but we need to support it for at least five days. In this case, we can explain it in front of the emperor''s son-in-law in the future."


    Seeing their bitter faces, he Quchang knew he couldn''t force them too hard, so he said, "starting tomorrow, I will send 200 imperial guards to the city wall to fight with the defenders. I hope you don''t have any reservation."


    As soon as they heard this, they knew that this was the best result. Each of them had 200 elite bodyguards, plus 200 royal guards, there were 600 elite troops. Although dozens of people had been lost today, it might not be impossible to keep for five days with these elite bodyguards.


    So they nodded and agreed. Then they left the city wall and began to arrange for tomorrow''s war.


    At the same time, a few miles north of the city, inside the Anton army camp, Huangfu Chaobo was watching the news coming back from the shadow. The news was sorted out by Luoyang, then sent to the shadow guard stronghold in Pingyu by flying pigeons, and then sent to the camp by them.


    After several years of development, although Shi''a''s shadow can''t spread all over the world, all the counties and cities in the Central Plains have their strongholds. At present, it is developing to Liangzhou, Yizhou and the counties south of the Yangtze River. In time, it will become an intelligence organization all over the world.


    The shadow guards sent the collected information to Luoyang continuously, and then handed it to Huangfu Chaobo after sorting. Once he was not in Luoyang, he would first hand it over to Xu Shu, and then he would select some important information to forward to Huangfu Chaobo.


    In this attack on Yuan Shu, Huangfu Chaobo has long considered that it is not likely to occupy the site. In the end, the best result is to hand over the site to Kong.


    Huainan is not like Qingzhou. You can go by water from Luoyang to Qingzhou. If it''s fast, it''s only a few days away. You can always provide support when something happens. Moreover, Qingzhou faces the sea in the East and Taishan mountains hundreds of miles away from Hengyuan in the West. There are only two directions to defend, so it''s relatively safe.


    Huainan, however, is different. Although it faces Yuzhou in the north, it needs to be defended in three directions: Southeast and West. Moreover, Luoyang is thousands of miles away from Huainan. Once something happens, Yuzhou''s army will not be able to fight. It will take dozens of days to dispatch troops from Luoyang. When the army arrives, the cauliflower may be cold.


    Every time they think about it, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong feel very reluctant. If only Kong Fu had taken refuge in himself. After he brought Yuzhou into the influence of Anton''s army, the problem of Huainan could not be called a problem. Unfortunately, uncle Kong has no consciousness at all.


    Since the territory could not be occupied, Huangfu Chaobo could only benefit from other aspects, one of which was property, and the other was talent captured. Apart from these, there was nothing else. Of course, there are also the official positions that the little emperor did not promise after the capture of Yuan Shu.


    Except for the battle in Yuzhou itself, there is no war in other places. Cao Cao''s army has just set out from Pengcheng, and it is estimated that it will take another day or two to reach xiapi city. If the war officially starts, it will take several days.


    As for sun ce of Jiangdong, up to now, there is no sign of moving troops. It is estimated that he will not send troops until his two families are engaged with Yuan Shu.


    As for the other vassal forces, the thunder and rain are even less. For example, Liu Yao, the governor of Yangzhou, Liu Biao, the mu of Jingzhou, and Zhang Ji, the prefect of Nanyang, just standing on the bank shouting, there is no sign of sending troops.After reading all the information, Huangfu Chaobo was about to go out for an inspection tour, but he heard Zhang Ying outside the tent asking for an interview, so he sat down again. Zhang Ying should have come to report the results of today''s war.


    Sure enough, after entering the account, Zhang Ying first saluted Huangfu Chaobo, and then reported the results of today''s war.


    Today, the war has just begun, so the loss of the army is not great. It''s just that more than a thousand people were killed and injured when the river reclamation began, and more than a thousand people were killed and injured in the two rounds of siege in the afternoon. Among them, 1058 were killed, 459 were slightly injured and 762 were seriously injured. Compared with more than 50000 troops, it''s nothing. For these casualties, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care. He just told Zhang Ying to pay attention to controlling the casualties of the elite soldiers of Anton''s army.


    After a few words, he asked Zhang Ying to step down.


    After Zhang Ying retreated, Huangfu Chaobo asked Shi a about the situation of the other two armies. After learning that the two armies had just arrived at the target city and could only attack the city tomorrow, he said nothing more. Instead, he asked Shi a question about whether Ji Ling''s army had been found in the two places. After getting a negative answer, Huangfu Chaobo fell into meditation again.

 Chapter 815

    What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know was that at this time, Cao Cao, who was far away in xiapi, also got the news that Ji Ling''s 50000 troops were mysteriously missing. This time, Cao Cao''s generals include Cao Ren, Cao ang, Cao Anmin, Cao Xiu, Li Dian and Le Jin. It can be said that the camp is huge, with Cheng Yu and Sima Yi as the military advisers.


    Soon after the army left Pengcheng, Cao Cao got the news of the disappearance of the Jiling army. He immediately summoned people to discuss the matter. Like Pang Tong''s conjecture, Cao Ying''s people were not sure about the whereabouts of the Jiling army, so he was more cautious.


    In the next day''s war, Zhang Ying began to send out the elite soldiers of the Yuzhou army and the Lord''s players. Only in one day''s war, he attacked the city wall in four rounds and only twice. However, he persisted and was driven down in less than a quarter of an hour. We all found that the elite soldiers of Yuan Shu army appeared on the three walls.


    Fortunately, there were not many of these elite soldiers. Moreover, after two days of fighting, Zhang Ying had basically found out the situation of the soldiers in the city. Five thousand soldiers and hundreds of generals were in charge.


    After two days of fighting, Zhang Ying realized that he was sure to capture the city, so he asked Huangfu Chaobo. For Zhang Ying''s request, Huangfu Chaobo did not even think about it, and gave him a sentence, "how to arrange the war, meaningful self-determination, do not have to ask this general everything, since it has been handed over to meaningful, is to believe in your ability."


    In the past, this famous general''s loyalty soared. Unlike when he was under Han Fu''s command, Huangfu Chaobo gave him absolute trust and decentralization.


    When the sun rises again, Zhang Ying has arranged for the army to prepare for a new round of attack. Today will be the last battle of Xianyang city. He is ready to capture Xianyang city before noon and wipe out all the defenders in the city.


    It''s true that the whole garrison was moved. In order to achieve this goal, he only sent 1000 cavalry out of 2000 Turks. The rest of the cavalry were concentrated in a forest a few miles southwest of the city. When the garrison broke out of the encirclement, he suddenly rushed out and captured them all at one stroke.


    Zhang Ying wanted to capture the main generals in the city and get more detailed information from them.


    At the third quarter of Chenshi, with the rumbling drums of the Anton army camp, teams of soldiers began to line up and go to the predetermined position. At this time in the city, above the city wall, three officials and generals in the city heard the battle drums outside the city, and they rushed to the North Gate Tower.


    Today''s war drums sounded ahead of time, which made them all aware of something unusual. We should know that in the past two days, Anton''s attack was at the end of the hour, but today it was half an hour ahead of time.


    After the three men boarded the city building, they all saw something unusual in each other''s eyes. A quarter of an hour later, the siege army appeared in everyone''s field of vision.


    The three men looked at each other and understood each other. Magistrate Kuang said, "two generals, it seems that the thieves are ready to attack the city today. Should we be ready earlier?"


    Jiang Xian Wei nodded and looked at him. If he didn''t agree, he might be left here.


    After a long time, in their uneasy waiting, he Quchang finally spoke and said, "you two, I don''t want to lose my life here, just how to evacuate, and then go back, how to explain to the emperor in law, we still need to discuss with Haosheng, otherwise, without your Majesty''s opening, the emperor in law will cut us three."


    As soon as they heard this, they both breathed a long sigh of relief, as long as they agreed to leave. As for the future, let''s talk about it later. After thinking about it, they both nodded.


    So, the three people gathered together again and discussed in a low voice. Then they left the city building to arrange the defense on the wall. When all three of them came to the city wall, a county magistrate''s confidant secretly went down the city wall and headed for the county government.


    The attack of the Anton army will arrive soon. As the three people expected, this time, the Anton army sent out the elite which had not been used for several days at the beginning, and the smell of blood filled under the city wall. This is totally different from the soldiers who attacked the city in the past two days.


    With the sound of the Chinese Army''s horn, the cry of killing resounded through the sky. The three people in the city also knew that if they could not block the attack, they would not even have the chance to leave. What''s more, they would only take about ten confidants to break through the siege, instead of leading the troops to leave. So before that, they had to use troops to entangle Anton''s army Live, to leave without knowing.


    Zhang Ying under the city has been observing the situation at the head of the city. He also knows that he can''t hide his actions from the city''s generals. So with his command, 5000 Shenwu soldiers killed the city wall. At the same time, the other two walls of the army also began to attack.


    Soon, the attacking soldiers climbed up to the top of the city. They were all elite from the rest of their lives, so they didn''t rush into the top of the city. Instead, they quickly guarded the siege ladder behind them and covered the zepao behind them.


    As more and more taxi soldiers boarded the city, they gradually gained the upper hand and killed the garrison step by step. Seeing this, the three men in the city quickly sent out their elite, which could block the attack of Anton''s army, but it was only blocking.Zhang Ying was overjoyed when he saw the situation at the head of the city. He said to Huangfu Chaobo: "the Garrison has been unable to fight back. It''s time to attack the city here. At the end, he wants to ask the Lord to send Iron Eagle sharp men to fight and give the garrison the last blow."


    "Sure." Huangfu Chaobo nodded and agreed, then turned to Chen Jing beside him and said, "Boyang, send troops!"


    "Not to be ordered!" When Chen Jing heard this, he immediately gave a boxing salute. Then he turned over and dismounted. He quickly ran to the front of the Iron Eagle sharp men''s battle. The commander drew his sword and said, "soldiers, it''s time to make contributions. I''ll kill you at the top of the city!"


    "Kill..." Five thousand sharp men roared like thunder, followed by Chen Jing and ran towards the wall.


    The roar outside the city startled the three yuan Shujun who were directing the war. They looked at each other and knew that they could not delay any longer. On the one hand, they commanded the soldiers to fight hard to kill the Anton army at the head of the city, but on the other hand, under the cover of the cry, they quietly retreated to the bottom of the city.


    Carefully retreated to the wall below, already ready dozens of horses have been waiting there, the three did not say much, quickly turned on the horse, and then led their own more than ten confidants, toward the south gate.

 Chapter 816

    Five thousand iron Eagles quickly killed the city. The absolute gap in strength made the city''s defenders unable to resist. When they were about to retreat near the city tower, they suddenly found that their main general had disappeared. All of a sudden, the already precarious defense collapsed in an instant, and countless garrisons fled in a panic, leaving their weapons behind in the cry of "the general has run away" and "the magistrate has disappeared".


    The chaos at the head of the city immediately attracted Zhang Ying''s attention. He immediately responded that there must be an accident in the city, so he said to his own guards: "send a signal to the cavalry immediately, let them block the south gate, and don''t let one person escape the net. If one person runs away, he will be the only one to ask."


    Then, a huge whistling sound rushed up into the sky, and the sharp whistling sound suddenly broke through the sky. A few miles southwest of the city, in the woods near the river of the sea bream, suddenly rushed a cavalry team of 1000 people, and galloped towards the South Gate of the city.


    At this time, the South Gate of Xiayang was opened in a roar, and dozens of people and horses ran out of the city. After leaving the city, they headed to the East. It was Xiayang county magistrate and his party.


    They had heard the cry on the northern wall. At this time, the red sea bream garrison on the wall was in chaos. After Zhang Ying ordered the cavalry to go out, he ordered the soldiers on the wall "don''t kill those who come down!" After receiving his general''s order, Anton''s soldiers on the wall all cried out: "the Lord general has fled, and those who come down will not be killed!"


    All of a sudden, the garrison on the wall fell to their knees. Anton''s soldiers gathered up the prisoners and attacked along the city wall. At the same time, they opened the city gate to welcome the army outside the city into the city.


    Before long, the East and West armies of the city entered the city one after another, and the red sea bream city was broken.


    Watching the city gate open and the army rush into the city, Zhang Ying finally breathes a long sigh of relief. In less than three days, the city defended by 5000 troops has finally been attacked by himself. The army has killed and injured about 4000 people. It should be able to satisfy his master. You know, this is the first time Zhang Ying has led the army to attack the city.


    What he doesn''t know is that Huangfu Chaobo is satisfied, and already very satisfied. Zhang Ying has done a good job in the control of the siege. Although there are still some difficulties, you should know that this is the first time that he has led the siege, which is beyond Huangfu Chaobo''s expectation.


    The reason why he sent troops to Huainan this time was that he and Pang Tong had another purpose to train generals. Huang Zhong, Wang Ran and Zhang Ying were not very skilled in siege, but for the future battles of Anton''s army, it would be normal to attack cities and plunder land.


    Huang Zhong''s words are OK, but Wang Ran and Zhang Ying have almost no experience in siege. Moreover, Zhang Ying is the next leading general in Huangfu Chaobo''s mind.


    Today, there are only four armies in Anton''s army, except Jinwei army. The commanders of Huben army, Longxiang army and Qianniu army are all generals with a command value of about 90. However, Zhang Ying''s command value is only slightly lower than Zhao Yun''s and a few points higher than Huang Zhong''s.


    You know, with the development of the Anton army, only the Fourth Army is not enough, so the cultivation of Zhang Ying has entered the sight of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Of course, he can also train generals. For example, Huang Zhong has been following him all the time. After ten battles, his command value has risen from 86 to 88 in a few years. In time, Huang Fu Chao Bo believes that his command value will reach 90 +, and Huang Zhong''s command ability will be improved.


    Two quarters of an hour later, the city was quiet. Chen Jing sent someone to report that the army had completely controlled the city and asked Huangfu Chaobo to enter the city.


    Huangfu Chaobo smiles at Zhang Ying and says, "General Zhang, the first one to enter the city should stay in you, the commander of the war. Let''s go!"


    "No fear Zhang Ying was stunned and replied immediately;


    "well, there''s no need to refuse. This is the glory that the general deserves!"


    "If you don''t dare, please go to the city first!" But Zhang Ying insisted;


    Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to say: "well, then the general and the general will go into the city together. Dian Wei, the missionary camp and the Tiebi camp entered the city with the general, and other soldiers and horses camped outside the city. "


    Then he picked up the reins of his horse and walked slowly towards the gate. Seeing this, Zhang Ying quickly followed him. However, he was a little behind Huangfu Chaobo and was in the same position with Dianwei, the main general of the guards. A left guard and a right guard were beside Huangfu Chaobo.


    In the cheers of the officers and men at the head of the city, Huangfu Chaobo and his party slowly entered the city. As soon as they entered the city, Chen Jing rushed to the city gate to meet them. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo, he immediately went forward to salute him and said, "report back to the Lord, the army has controlled the city''s Treasuries and government offices, and all the prisoners are concentrated in the city barracks, waiting for the Lord to deal with them."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said to Zhang Ying, "General Zhang, it''s said that the general''s order is that the Tiebi camp will take over the defense in the city. The other soldiers will leave the city within one hour and camp outside the city. All the prisoners will be carefully screened. The generals above the team are all held in solitary custody. Carefully select all the prisoners with A-level or above qualifications, and even the craftsmen above A-level in the city and them And then they will be placed in custody. "


    Zhang Ying accepted the promise. After a little thought, Huangfu Chaobo said: "people count the Treasury, take out 10% of the money, grain and property to buy wine and meat, order to reward the three armies, and take 20% of the money to make up for the loss of the alien Lord''s army. The two deals were sold to the Yuzhou army, and all the other property was sent to the military camp in the city for safekeeping.""In addition, general he man, the commander of the Yuzhou army, and the representative of the alien Lord were invited to say that they would have something to discuss with them." At this point, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Zhang Ying and said, "General Zhang, all the cities captured during this expedition are executed according to this."


    "The end will take orders!"


    "Shi ah, send someone to Huang Zhong and tell him what Ben has just arranged, so that he can do the same."


    "Yes, sir


    "Well, General Gao, let''s go to the county government with our general. Let''s all go and do our own work. We''ll call together the generals above the lieutenant in the army to discuss business tonight, and we''ll celebrate for you by the way." With that, Huangfu Chaobo waved to the crowd and led Gao Shun and the camp to the county government.


    The rest of the generals took orders and went to finish what Huangfu Chaobo had told them.


    Shortly after arriving at the county government, a personal guard reported to him: "general Qi, general Huyan has sent someone to report that he has captured the people who escaped from the city of Xianyang and is on the way to the county government."


    "OK, let him bring it when he arrives."

 Chapter 817

    Shortly after sitting down, Yuzhou army general he man and the Lord''s player representatives also rushed outside the county government. Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered them to come in. Soon several people rushed to the hall of the county government. They saw Huangfu Chaobo sitting on the main seat of the hall, and they all came to the ceremony.


    "I''ll see you later."


    "I''ve met boss Chaobo!"


    "Well, sit down, everyone. The reason why I invite you here is that I have something to tell you. According to the agreement at the beginning of sending troops, I will make up for the loss of our troops after the war, so I''ll tell you about the plan for making up for it. "


    "Before the end of the general''s departure, the governor had orders to obey the orders of the Marquis!" He man quickly bowed his body and said,


    "boss Chaobo is very polite. If we spread it out, we will lose so much troops. What can we say to make up for it?"


    Huangfu Chaobo takes a look at the player who is talking, but he is a lord player of Yingchuan. He can''t help but bask in his heart. The players are as good as ghosts. If he really makes up for the obvious unfairness, it is estimated that the players will soon disperse. However, I think so in my heart, but I don''t show it on my face.


    "Now that we have agreed, we can''t break our promise. Next, we all report to Zhang Ying the number of casualties of our soldiers and horses. As many as we die, we will go to recruit and surrender the captured soldiers. At the same time, each dead soldier will be compensated according to ten times of the amount he recruited, and the injured soldier will be compensated according to five times of the amount he recruited. "


    "You don''t have to use money to make up for it. You can choose money, grain, weapons and equipment. I''ll ask people to take 20% of the City Treasury for players to make up for it. If it''s not enough, I''ll make up for it from my own share. If there is more money and grain, it will be distributed according to the proportion of people''s military achievements."


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and looked at he man: "general he, I will give you 20% of the Treasury. As for how you arrange it, I won''t care. There is also the captured taxi pawn. After everyone chooses to surrender, all the remaining personnel will be handed over to you. "


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo stopped for a moment and said, "tomorrow the army will rest in the sea bream for a day. The day after tomorrow, they will leave for a man''s city in the morning. After the army leaves, the defense in the city will be handed over to the Yuzhou army. You can keep 1000 soldiers for defense, and then quickly report to the Runan prefect, so that he can send officials to take over the city as soon as possible. Do you have any comments on this plan? "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, everyone was immediately happy and nodded.


    After making arrangements for the refreshment, everyone left. Just as he was about to leave, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered another thing. He quickly stopped everyone and said, "by the way, there''s another thing. In the future, after the city is broken, I''ll arrange for the army to guard the Treasury first. When all the families send representatives to the city, we''ll go in and count them together. Another thing is that this plan is implemented according to this throughout the war. Let''s go back and talk to those who have not come. "


    When they heard this, they agreed.


    After seeing them off, he was just about to sit down. The guards outside announced that Huyan had already escorted the prisoners to the county government. Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Shi a to interrogate the prisoners and see what he could take out of their mouths.


    Shi a listen to, quickly take orders and go.


    When Shia left home, Zhang Ying, Dian Wei and Chen Jing came in again. Huang Fu Chao Bo sighed. It seems that there is not much peace today.


    Sure enough, as soon as he entered the gate, Dian Wei reported: "to my Lord, the defense in the city has been taken over by Tiebi battalion, and the rest of the troops have withdrawn from the county."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and looked at Zhang Ying again.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo looked to him, Zhang Yinglian said hastily, "Lord, all the troops have started to camp outside the city, and the wine and meat materials they have arranged to buy are also being sent to all the battalions. At present, the soldiers of all the battalions are in a stable mood, and there is no abnormality. Most of the cavalry have also withdrawn. At last, they have been divided into five groups to patrol in turn."


    After Zhang Ying, it was Chen Jing''s turn. He was mainly responsible for the Treasury and prisoners.


    "Lord, there are plenty of goods and materials in the city. It seems that Yuan Shujun is ready to let the city guards guard the city. According to the final count, there are about 90000 stones of grain and grass in the Treasury, enough to meet the needs of 5000 garrison troops for half a year. There are about 150000 coins in the county government, more than 10000 weapons and equipment, and some other fragmentary items have not yet been counted. "


    Chen Jing added: "among the captured soldiers, 128 highly qualified soldiers were selected, and 24 senior craftsmen in the county town, together with 684 of their families, were sent to the camp to be looked after alone.


    Huangfu Chaobo heard that 90000 stone grain was not bad. It was enough for 50000 troops in more than one month. If 150000 Guan coins were enough, he could get half of the money, and it was enough for his 30000 troops in one month. At least he would not lose money in this war.


    However, there must be a purpose for Yuan Shu to store so much money, grain and weapons in a small county. It seems that the war in the future will not be easy to fight.


    Several people saw that Huangfu Chaobo was lost in meditation. They looked at each other and were ready to quit quietly. Unexpectedly, as soon as they were ready to get up, Huangfu Chaobo reacted and said: "don''t you leave first. Huyan has captured all the principal officials of Xianyang. I''ll give Shi a interrogation to see what you can find out. Wait for you Listen to it, too. "The three sat down again, waiting for Shia''s return.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly made some hot cups and brought them up. By the way, he brought up some cakes. Several people sat in the hall eating cakes and drinking tea while waiting for Shia.


    When Shia entered the door, he had no sadness or joy on his face, so that no trace could be seen. He quickly walked to Huangfu Chaobo, bowed and said: "Lord, I have asked. These three people are the county magistrate of Xianyang, the county captain of Xianyang and the junior officer of Zhongshi puppet imperial army. This time, they followed Huang Yi''s 30000 troops into Runan, and then they were sent to the prison of Xianyang."


    All of them were stunned when they heard that Yuan Shu''s imperial army was supervising the army here.


    Shi a then said: "it''s not only Xianyang. According to his account, all the cities in Runan have sent the imperial guards to supervise the troops, ranging from 100 to 300 people. The military order they get is to monitor the garrison of each city, and they must stick to the attack of our army for more than 10 days before they can leave."


    "Did you get the news of Ji Ling army from them?" Huang Fu Chao Bo asked;


    Shi a shook his head and said: "I didn''t ask. Their level was too low to get the news of Ji Ling army. They just knew that Ji Ling Army started from Shouchun at the same time as the imperial guards. After crossing the river, they entered Xiacai, and then they didn''t know their whereabouts."

 Chapter 818

    Later, Shi a explained to the public in detail what he got from the three captured people, and how Yuan Shu''s troops were deployed.


    Shi A''s words made everyone fall into meditation. Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head and said, "everyone, think about it. Can you think of something? By the way, Shi a, immediately send a copy of the news to Huang Zhong and Zong Hengtian, so that they can also know about the supervision of the imperial army. "


    "The end will take orders!" Shi yingdao;


    later, he fell into meditation again in the lobby.


    After a long time, Pang Tong said slowly: "it seems that Yuan Shujun''s plan is small. My Lord, I suggest that every army should send cavalry to strengthen patrol. We must be careful before we find out the whereabouts of Ji Ling''s army


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded: "it seems that this is the only way."


    Pang Tong suddenly felt a movement in his heart and said, "Lord, the next attack of our middle army is Xincai City guarded by Huang Yi. In Xincai City, there are tens of thousands of Huang Yi''s imperial guards, plus the original garrison in the city. It is estimated that the number of troops will reach at least 40000, so it is impossible for us to capture Xincai with 50000 troops."


    "Instead of wasting time in Xincai City, it''s better to join General Huang''s army and capture several cities in the west of Runan first, and then go back to solve Xincai. What''s more, the best plan is that when our army attacked the cities of Ancheng and Shenyang, it would be better to attract the new Cai army to come out of the city for assistance. Our army would attack it halfway and encircle the city for assistance than to attack the fortified city with heavy troops. "


    "Yes, the military adviser has a point." As soon as Zhang Ying''s eyes brightened up, he immediately said, "it''s just Chen Jing said: "there is a problem. If our army in the middle turns to join the army in the west, then the 50000 troops in the East will lose support. If they meet Ji Ling''s 50000 troops, how should they deal with it?"


    Pang Tong did not speak. He went to the map and fell into meditation again. After a long time, he said: "after the East Road army captured Gushi, the next target is two cities, one is Xiyang, and the other is Ruyin."


    "The distance between the two cities of Gushi is less than 100 Li, the march of the army is less than two days, and the distance from Ruyin to Xiyang is less than 50 Li. According to the prisoners, the city of Xiyang is small, with less than 5000 garrisons, while Ruyin is stationed in Li Feng''s 10000 elite troops. After the war, although these troops are not as elite as Yuan Shu''s imperial guards, they are far stronger than ordinary garrisons."


    "If the alien allied forces attack Xiyang, Ruyin and Li Feng are likely to lead the troops to the north for support. But if the army attacks Ruyin, Xiyang''s army must not dare to change. In fact, the best arrangement is to attack Ruyin first, but I''m worried that the strength of the alien allied forces is not enough to capture Ruyin, and then it will damage the troops and dismantle the general. "


    "In this way, we can only attack Xiyang first and then Ruyin. If so, we must use tactics. It can make the army make more banners, build a plank road in the open, and cross Chencang in the dark. Ming attack Ru Yin, in fact, a shot, seizing Xi Yang. This strategy focuses on one quick word. We must strive to capture Xi Yang in two to three days, because Li Feng is also a famous general under Yuan Shu, so we can hide him for about two days at most. "


    "Of course, another strategy is to simply surround and attack Xiyang in the Ming Dynasty. In fact, it''s aimed at Ruyin''s Li Feng reinforcements."


    "The last strategy is to send troops to attack the next city when Gushi is waiting for the Chinese and Western armies to attack Xincai. Of course, when he defends Gushi, he should try his best to probe all the cavalry around Ruyin and Xiyang."


    "For such four strategies, the Lord can inform the generals of the East Route Army and let them discuss and decide on their own. Or the Lord simply ordered the army to wait for the next military order in Gushi. "


    Pang tong can be said to be in a moment to come up with these strategies, the speed, so that the presence of all the generals are secretly smacking. Huangfu Chaobo also secretly nodded, Pang Tong''s several strategies have basically included the situation that the East Route Army may encounter.


    So he nodded to Shi a and said, "Shi a, it''s necessary to give orders to several people all over the world. After they have captured Gushi, they will come to Xianyang to discuss the military situation."


    With that, he asked the generals to step down.


    After everyone retreated, Huangfu Chaobo stood in front of the map of Runan again and looked at it carefully. He could not help but sigh to himself that he could not underestimate the heroes in the world. Yuan Shu was crushed twice by himself. I thought it would be the same this time. I didn''t expect Ji Ling''s 50000 troops would disappear inexplicably. The other side seemed to make a random move, but he was tied up.


    It seems that without knowing the whereabouts of Ji Ling''s army, it is impossible for his own army to attack Yuan Shu''s army. Moreover, Yuan Shu''s army''s step-by-step defense and layer upon layer of resistance also make him passive.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo stood in front of the map and sighed, the war between Yang''an and Gushi was going on fiercely.


    Huang Zhong of the West Route Army is the most skillful general under Huangfu Chaobo except Xu Rong. It is not difficult for him to attack Yang''an with 50000 troops and defend with 5000 troops. On the afternoon of the day the army arrived in Yang''an, Huang Zhong began to attack Yang''an.


    Today is the second day. The 5000 Yang''an garrison is facing the attack of Huang Zhong''s 50000 troops, and the defense on the wall is crumbling. There are 200 Yulin soldiers in the city of Yang''an, but in the face of Huang Zhong''s attack, 200 Yulin soldiers and 200 bodyguards in the hands of the county captain are just like a drop in the bucket, which doesn''t help.Seeing that it was almost noon, Huang Zhong also saw that the strength of the garrison was not slack, and he didn''t think much about it, so he sent out the most elite soldiers of Huben camp in his hands, and he was ready to take down the city at one stroke.


    With the sound of the drum and trumpet of the Chinese Army''s earthquake City, the soldiers of Huben camp, who had been keeping up their energy for a long time, rushed to the exhausted Yang''an garrison like tigers descending the mountain.


    Two quarters of an hour later, the east gate of Yang''an city was occupied by soldiers of Huben camp. Then, the east gate was opened, and the troops who had been preparing for a long time poured into the city like floodwaters.


    Soon, the news of the East Gate''s fall stunned the general of the north gate. Wang Ran, who was in charge of attacking the north gate, took the opportunity to lead the army into the city. Yang''an city was unable to recover.


    Half an hour later, the Yang security tribe was under the control of the Anton army.


    After entering the city, Huang Zhong arranged soldiers to stabilize the situation in the city, and sent people to report the situation of the soldiers, asking about the disposal plan of the city and the supplement plan of the alien Lord.


    Fortunately, before the night, Huangfu Chaobo sent the fast horse to Yang''an and conveyed Huangfu Chaobo''s order to Huang Zhong in time. At the same time, he asked Huang Zhong about Pang Tong''s proposal.

 Chapter 819

    Huang Zhong leaves the matter of prisoners and supplies to several of his subordinates, but he and Wang Ran discuss Pang Tong''s proposal overnight. After a night''s thinking and discussion, Huang Zhong sent his proposal to Huangfu Chaobo office in Songyang early the next morning.


    Huang Zhong''s meaning is to directly surround and help. Besides the soldiers and horses of the alien lords and Yuzhou army, there are also 22000 elite guards of the Anton army. If you add in the 4000 cavalry of the Anton army, there are 26000 people in total.


    In Xincai City, Huang Yi only led 30000 Imperial troops to garrison. In the whole south of ru''nan, Yuan Shu''s troops occupied about 20 cities. If 200 Imperial troops were sent to supervise each city, Huang Yi would have only 26000 troops in his hands. If an Chengle was attacked by the army, Yue would send troops to Huang Yi for help.


    At that time, Huang Yi had only 26000 troops, even if he came out of the nest. At that time, he only needed Huangfu Chaobo to lead the army in the middle of the ambush, and most likely he could defeat Huang Yi''s army.


    Of course, the specific plan still needs to be carefully discussed. Moreover, the war must wait a few days. Huang Zhong must take Langling before he can go south to Ancheng to implement the plan.


    At the same time that Huang Zhong began to attack Yang''an, the eastern player alliance also began to attack Gushi. However, although nearly 50000 troops attacked the city guarded by 5000 people, the fighting power of the Allied forces was far less than that of the Chinese and Western armies.


    As early as before the beginning of the attack on Gushi, a group of players had already discussed the distribution plan after the war, that is, to make up for the losses first, and then distribute them according to the proportion of military achievements. Because of the strong power of the two players, the distribution plan soon got the consensus of the people. After all, the return corresponds to their own efforts.


    Although there are two generals Chen Dao and Huang Zhao, the progress of the coalition forces towards Gushi city is not smooth, which makes us understand once again that sometimes one plus one does not necessarily equal two. But now the arrow is on the way, so everyone has to continue to stick to it.


    It took Huang Zhong less than two days to capture Yang''an city. After a day''s rest, Huang Zhong ordered to leave 1000 Yuzhou soldiers to defend the city according to Huangfu''s plan. Then he ordered the army to attack Langling again.


    Another two days later, Huang Zhong went to the next city. On the 22nd, Huang Zhong defeated Yuan Shu''s garrison and captured Langling county. After arranging the affairs in the city, Huang Zhong and Wang Ran, escorted by a thousand cavalry, set out overnight to go to Xiayang to discuss the next war arrangements.


    Huang Zhong''s proposal was submitted to Huangfu Chaobo a few days ago. Inspired by their general plan, Pang Tong made great changes to it. However, Huang Zhong''s opinions on some details still need to be heard, so this time they are invited to go to Xianyang for discussion.


    On the morning of the 23rd, Huang Zhong and his party finally arrived at CONGYANG. After reporting the detailed battle documents of Yang''an and Langling to Huangfu Chaobo, they began to discuss the matter directly.


    The war in the past few days has made Huangfu Chaobo and others realize that the initiative of the war is now completely controlled by Yuan Shujun. Although his army has tens of thousands of troops, it can only attack a city.


    You know, there are more than 20 counties in Runan, which belong to Yuan Shujun. Even if a county only takes three days, it will take more than a month for the three armies to work together. In addition, every time the army conquers a city, it will take several days to rest.


    Now, Yuan Shu still has 50000 elite troops in Runan. If these cities are attacked, the time and energy required is certainly not comparable to that of ordinary counties.


    There is also the time for the army to March. If this is calculated, it will take several months to occupy the city of Yuanshu army in Runan. However, if Runan is not under control, the army will not dare to go deep into Huainan. Otherwise, the grain problem alone will be very worrying.


    Today''s plan is to turn the passive into the active, first solve these tens of thousands of elite troops, and then consider the problems of other cities.


    Huangfu Chaobo gathered people to discuss the matter in the county yamen of Xianyang. It didn''t end until it was getting late. After careful deliberation and deliberation, the party finally made a plan. The plan was aimed at Huang Yi''s 30000 imperial guards in Xincai city. If everything goes well, Huang Yi''s 30000 Imperial Guards would be at least damaged, even if they won''t be found by one net Breaking a general hurts the muscles and bones.


    If Huang Yi is not deceived, then the target will be Ruyin Li Feng''s ten thousand soldiers. In order to make the plan safe, Huangfu Chaobo led the people to make a final decision.


    After the discussion, Huang Zhong and Huang Zhong didn''t rest in the sea bream sun, but rushed back to Langling overnight under the escort of 1000 cavalry.


    The night was deep, and in the south of the city, a row of houses held the generals of all levels captured by Anton''s army. In one of the small courtyards, three county magistrates were held. When the city broke, the three people knew that the situation was not good, and they were ready to abandon the city to escape. In the end, they were chased back by the troopers.


    They have been held here for several days since then. Except for the first interrogation, no one has been in charge of them since then.


    This evening, the three people had dinner as usual, and then they sat in the room chatting, chatting and observing the movement in the yard outside.All of a sudden, county captain Jiang found a problem. At ordinary times, the elite of Anton''s army were in charge of them, but this evening, they were replaced by two different people with a team of ordinary soldiers.


    Seeing this, Jiang Xian Wei quickly told his two companions what he found. The county magistrate is a civil servant, but he Qu, the head of the Imperial Army, sees the problem.


    However, after thinking about it for a long time, they were unable to figure out one reason, so they finally had to give up. In desperation, the three had to return to their bed to rest.


    Because there was something in his heart, he didn''t fall asleep for a long time after the collapse. About an hour later, perhaps because he felt that the people inside had fallen asleep, two strange people outside the door began to whisper.


    Jiang Xian Wei''s heart moved and he listened attentively.


    One of them whispered: "old Xia, you say, we easily captured the red sea bream Yang, but why didn''t boss Chaobo send troops to attack the next county after a day or two of rest?"


    Another man replied: "you think it''s simple. You think the soldiers in every city are like the advice of Xianyang. Let me tell you, Yuan Shu has deployed 10000 soldiers in Ruyin and Ancheng, and then 30000 imperial guards in Xincai. These are hard stubbles."

 Chapter 820

    The speaker stopped for a moment, and then said, "I heard that although the army across the world is also 50000 people, it seems that Gushi will be captured only today, and Ruyin and Xiyang will live in the East. Boss Chaobo is afraid that they will not be able to eat Li Feng''s 10000 troops, so he wants to unite the two routes to capture Ruyin first."


    "Didn''t you say Xincai had 30000 troops? What if they come to support? "


    "What are you afraid of? Xincai is 200 li away from Ruyin. The army used to take four or five days. Besides, when Xincai knows that our army is going to attack Ruyin, we may have begun to attack for several days. By the time, when his tens of thousands of troops arrive, the cauliflower will be cold."


    "In addition, General Huang''s West army is attacking Ancheng. Although he has only 50000 troops, if he sets up more barracks and banners, he will surely be scared to ask for help from Xincai. Ancheng is only a hundred miles away from Xincai. Where do you say that if it was you, he would send troops to save him?"


    The man in front replied in a low voice: "I''m sure I''ll save an''cheng first. It must be closer there. Ah, Lao Xia, how can you know so much? "


    "Hey, hey, a friend of mine took two thousand soldiers and horses to the war this time, so he was qualified to attend the military conference held this afternoon. That''s what he told me." At this point, he lowered his voice a little and said, "otherwise, why do you think we got the task of guarding the prisoners. We have to know that our soldiers are all junior soldiers, and the highest are only intermediate soldiers. "


    "I tell you, those elite soldiers will set out tomorrow, rush to Gushi City, join the East Route Army, and then rush to Ruyin. When the army leaves tomorrow, these people will be held in the dungeons of the county, and our task will be to guard the city. "


    Then, they began to talk about other things in a low voice. Seeing that there was no useful information, Jiang didn''t listen to it any more, but he was thinking about the use of the news for himself.


    A moment later, he suddenly realized that today''s situation is not the right time for several people to escape. It will be difficult for him to escape when he is locked up in the dungeon tomorrow.


    Thinking of this, he gently stood up and walked toward He Qu Chang''s bed. He wanted to wake him up and discuss the countermeasures.


    Unexpectedly, when he came to he Quchang''s bed, he found that he had sat up quietly. It turned out that he had heard the conversation outside the door.


    Jiang Xiaowei whispered to he Qu: "general he, our chance has come."


    He Qu nodded and replied in a low voice: "from a certain point of view, now is really the best time to escape from this yard, but how can we leave the sea bream? You know, there are soldiers and horses of Anton army and Yuzhou army all over the city


    "Xiaguan has a small yard in the south of the city. It''s not far from here." suddenly another voice sounded in their ears, startling them. As they were about to shout, they suddenly remembered that it was the voice of Kuang county magistrate? Turning to the side, he saw that the magistrate of Kuang had already got up and was looking at them.


    Seeing that both of them looked at themselves, Kuang county magistrate said: "that courtyard was secretly set up when they were just sent to Xianyang. Because they were afraid that the Yuzhou army would attack Xianyang, I opened a secret road there, leading to a small forest by the river three miles outside the city, so


    They didn''t expect that someone would send a pillow when they were sleepy. They were overjoyed. They discussed the details of how to escape. It''s a pity that the two strangers seem to be indefatigable and keep chatting there, which makes the three people waiting for the opportunity in the house complain in their hearts.


    Time in the three people''s hard wait, finally to the next day''s ugly time three minutes, two strange people finally also sleepy, two people looked around, only to see the guard in charge of the taxi soldiers are ready, so they whispered to discuss to steal a lazy outside a room, a good sleep.


    After the two left, the soldiers in charge of the duty seemed to be slacking off a lot. When the fifth shift drum rang, several soldiers leaned against the wall and took a nap. The three men looked at each other, then the two generals made a gesture to each other, quietly opened the window, and under the cover of the night, touched behind several guard taxi soldiers.


    In the past few days, they have made clear the positions of all the sentries, but they have no chance. Now they are very smooth in action, but in a quarter of an hour, they have solved all the 20 soldiers in the courtyard. You know, they are all high-level warriors. It''s very easy to deal with these ordinary soldiers of level 20.


    Later, they took Kuang county magistrate with them, and the three walked towards the small courtyard of Kuang county magistrate near the south gate.


    They didn''t find that when they left the courtyard, a group of people suddenly flashed out from the darkness across the street. One of them said, "Shi ah, send someone to follow them and make sure they can escape back to Xincai."


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. I''ve sent someone to keep an eye on them. I''ll make sure they''re safe."


    "Good. Let''s go and go according to the plan."


    Kuang county magistrate led the two people to the back door of the courtyard. After they entered the courtyard quietly, a noisy warning sound suddenly sounded in the city. Then, teams of taxi soldiers were running around the city, and people were shouting "someone has escaped" everywhere.Seeing this, they could not help congratulating themselves that they finally escaped before Anton''s army found out. However, it is not completely safe now, and the three people will not stay any longer. The magistrate of Kuang county is in the front, and the other two are in the back, walking towards the entrance of the tunnel.


    Half an hour later, they finally arrived in a forest outside the city. At this time, the lights in the county seat of Xiayang were bright and lively. It seems that the Anton army in the city has begun to search the three people door to door.


    The three did not dare to stay outside the city, so they quickly left the tunnel and went west along the sea bream. They had to cross the sea bream before daybreak. Only when they crossed the river could they really be safe.


    In order to catch up, the three finally crossed the sea bream before daybreak. The South Bank of the sea bream is still within yuan Shujun''s sphere of influence, so they soon found a place to settle down. They had a rest there for an hour. After eating breakfast, they rode towards Xincai.


    At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo''s middle army began to pull out of camp in the city of Xianyang. Except for 1000 Yuzhou troops defending Xiaxian, the rest of the army rushed to Gushi. After joining the East army, they continued to attack Ruyin.

 Chapter 821

    Fifty thousand troops left CONGYANG and went all the way west to Gushi. In the afternoon, they finally arrived at the bottom of Gushi city. Many players, such as Zong hengxia, who had already got the news, had prepared the camp outside the city.


    Gushi city was captured yesterday afternoon. It took seven days and the number of troops and horses lost reached more than 6000 before it was captured. The combat effectiveness of the coalition forces can be seen.


    After the army is settled, Huangfu Chaobo enters Gushi city under the protection of Gao Shun''s trapped camp. It can be seen that the city has just stabilized. No wonder the players'' army is not a NPC army. What''s more, this kind of place where they know they can only make a profit is even more so.


    After entering the county government, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t mention anything about Gushi city. In his opinion, since he had given several people the right to dispose of Gushi city on their own, how to operate it was their own business. There was no need for him to step in.


    After walking to the County Hall and sitting down, Huangfu Chaobo said to the overlord players headed by Huang Jin invincible: "brothers, you should have known a little about my intention. Huang Yi and Le Jiu Li Feng are heavily in Runan. If we don''t break their three cities, it''s estimated that things will be very troublesome. Besides, Ji Ling''s 50000 troops will still be in trouble Hide in the dark. "


    Speaking of this, he stopped for a moment and said, "the purpose of this visit is to gather all of you, to announce the war arrangements to you."


    With that, he introduced the situation of troops in Ruyin city. When everyone realized that there were 10000 elite troops in the city, they couldn''t help but smack their tongue. The 5000 garrisons in Gushi city made everyone lose 6000 troops. There were 10000 soldiers in Ruyin City alone. Plus 5000 garrisons, it''s absolutely impossible for the player''s 50000 allied forces to bite down.


    At this time, the players who thought that Huangfu Chaobo had come to grab their jobs understood that the other side was not here to grab their own jobs, but to help chew hard bones. All of a sudden, there was a lot of noise in the hall, and Huangfu Chaobo was not worried. He sat there waiting for the crowd to be quiet.


    It took a long time for all the players to speak a word before they calmed down. When there was no more voice in the hall, Huangfu Chaobo continued to explain the war arrangement to the public.


    Of course, what Huangfu Chaobo explained to everyone was only the war arrangements of Ruyin city. As for the war between East and West, and the transfer of tigers from mountain to mountain, it must have not been mentioned. Who knows if there are any insiders of Yuan Shujun among these players.


    In the arrangement of explaining to the players, Huangfu Chaobo only said that the war needed two armies to attack Ruyin, and Zhang Ying was responsible for the whole war. As for some details in the middle, Huangfu Chaobo asked everyone to follow Zhang Ying''s arrangement.


    After that, he answered the questions of some players. Huangfu Chaobo said, "everyone, give us a day. In the morning after tomorrow, the army will set out for Ruyin. As for the war damage compensation plan and the postwar booty distribution plan, I will send them to you later."


    Seeing that everyone nodded to show that they knew, Huangfu Chaobo said: "I believe you should know that if the soldiers and the imperial guards in these three counties are not solved, the next counties will not rest assured to attack. Therefore, it took me a few days to decide to attack Ruyin first. I hope you can fully cooperate and make up for the losses after the war See, we will never suffer. "


    "Don''t worry, boss Chaobo. We all know that no one dares to cheat, right?"


    "Yes, boss Chaobo, don''t worry. We will follow Zhang Ying''s arrangement."


    After listening to this, the crowd replied;


    "OK, let''s go back and arrange it!"


    "Let''s go. We''ve made arrangements. We''re ready to do a big job!"


    "Gone, gone..."


    When all the players left, Huangfu Chaobo also led the trapped camp to leave the county government and return to the barracks outside the city. Players need to be prepared, and Huangfu Chaobo also needs to be prepared.


    Ruyin and Xincai are nearly 200 Li apart. Once Xincai''s army sends troops to support Ancheng, Anton''s army needs to rush to the east of Anyang to ambush. Xincai''s arrival is only a hundred Li, and the army only needs more than two days to arrive. Therefore, Anton''s army must lurk somewhere to the east of Xincai to ambush yuan''s army quickly.


    Of course, there is also a possibility that Huang Yi really foolishly arrived to support Ru Yin, which just can stop in the middle. So Huangfu Chaobo had to let people find a suitable place as soon as possible. It can be said that the strategy they discussed was one by one, and there was no room for any negligence.


    As early as when the army was out, Huangfu Chaobo had already sent his cavalry out to search between Xincai and Ruyin. It''s been a whole day now. Huangfu Chaobo wants to get back to the camp as soon as possible to learn the latest situation.


    Sure enough, when Huangfu Chaobo rushed back to the camp, Pang Tong was waiting there. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo coming in, he quickly went forward and said, "Lord, general Huyan has come back. Under the leadership of Runan cavalry, they have grown up to a suitable place for the army to lurk."


    "OK," Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded and walked into the big account. He said, "Shiyuan, let''s talk about it in the account. Lao Dian, send someone to call Huyan. Let''s learn more about the situation there before we make a decision."Soon after they entered the account, Huyan got into the account under the leadership of Pro Wei.


    "The last general, Huyan, paid a visit to the general!"


    "Well, don''t be too polite. It''s hard work." Huangfu Chaobo pointed to the map and said, "let''s talk about it. What''s the situation?"


    Huyandu saluted, then quickly walked to the map, pointed to the place they found and said: "according to the general''s order, the general will lead people to the south early in the morning. We arrived at the official road from Xincai to Ruyin at about ten o''clock in the morning. It happened that one of our guides was from Runan, so he was familiar with this official road. "


    "After arriving, he led us along the official road for about 20 Li, and finally I set my goal here." Then Huyan pointed his hand to the map and said, "this place is called Songjia Town, which is about four or five miles away from the official road. The Runhe river is less than ten miles away from the official road to Ruyin. There is a stone bridge on the river, which is the only stone bridge more than 20 miles upstream and downstream. If you don''t cross the river by the stone bridge, you need to swim more than ten miles up. There is a stone bridge A big ferry

 Chapter 822

    After listening to the introduction of huyandu, Pang Tong asked: "how far is it from songjiazhen to Xincai?"


    "Songjia town is located in the middle of the two cities, about 80 Li from Xincai to Ruyin."


    "What''s going on around here?" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "Songjia town is not big, about the size of a small town, but the fortress is about five feet high, and usually has little contact with the surrounding alien territory, so they usually do not allow alien people to enter the territory."


    "It''s a small town with less contact with outsiders. It''s really a good place. But will they allow us to hide tens of thousands of troops in it? " Pang Tong nodded and asked again;


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "if you don''t agree, you will be punished as a thief."


    Then he turned to huyandu and said, "tomorrow morning, you will lead the troops. If they don''t agree, you know what to do. By the way, let Zhao Ling lead 1000 yuan troops and crossbow soldiers to go together. When they are under control, they will return. The army must be arranged as soon as possible. We don''t have so much time to waste."


    "The end will take orders!"


    Early the next morning, huyandu and Zhao Ling set out.


    On the 26th, early in the morning, 100000 troops started to set out, heading for Ruyin city in the southeast. Gushi is about a hundred li away from Ruyin, and you can arrive at the foot of Ruyin city in two days.


    Li Feng, who was in Ruyin City, was soon alarmed by the great force of 100000 troops going south. Seeing this, Li Feng immediately sent people to Xincai for help. Of course, although the messenger was escorted by more than 20 cavalry, he was intercepted by Anton''s army. Fortunately, after the death and injury of the escorts, there were two other escorts. He stood out and went to Xincai with blood all over his body.


    Soon, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Ruyin city had sent messengers for help, so 20000 elite soldiers were immediately sent out of the 100000 troops to the west of Ruyin. It was said to the players that the 20000 troops had gone to intercept yuan Shujun''s reinforcements.


    Players also know that the elite in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands can not be used as the initial cannon fodder in the war. Making cannon fodder is the business of their lower arms, so they don''t care about it.


    Just when the two armies of Huangfu Chaobo began to attack Ruyin, Huang Zhong''s 50000 troops had already arrived at the foot of Ancheng and began to attack it. When Huang Zhong''s army arrived at the foot of the city, he was ready to defend.


    The Allied forces of the Anton army and the Yuzhou army are divided into three routes. Huang Yi and Le have known for a long time. As for Huang Zhong, Yuan Shu''s subordinates all know that he is a great general who can''t even defeat Ji Ling. Le knows very well that he didn''t want to go out of the city to fight with Huang Zhong from the beginning.


    You know, the walls of an City are solid. There are already 5000 garrisons in it. In addition, Le Jiu has brought 10000 soldiers. Although it can''t compare with the imperial guards in Huang Yi, it is far more than the garrisons in the cities of Runan. In addition, when lejiu arrived in Ancheng, he mobilized a large number of grain, grass and weapons from the surrounding cities, and accumulated enough food for 20000 troops for a year, so he was not afraid of Huang Zhong''s attack.


    However, even so, before Huang Zhong''s army besieged the city, he sent a messenger to Xincai to inform his son-in-law Huang Yi. As for Huang Yi how to arrange, that is not oneself can manage.


    In Xincai City, Huang Yi was meeting three officers and generals. They were the county magistrate and county captain who fled from the city the night before yesterday. After they left Xianyang, they crossed the river overnight, and then found a territory close to Yuan Shu. After a short rest, they came to Xincai and reported what they heard to Huang Yi. As for the information they leaked to Shi''a about Yuan Shu''s army, they automatically ignored it.


    After listening to the three people''s detailed report, Huang Yi waved them out of the county government. Huang Yi knew that it was not because of his outstanding ability, but because he was the son-in-law of Yuan Shu that he was able to lead the troops to the battle, and he was determined to do something after he received the order to lead the troops to the battle, which made Yuan Shu a great Minister of martial arts.


    But after listening to the three people''s report, Huang Yi is hesitating about how to arrange it. It seems that there are at least 100000 troops attacking Ruyin.


    On this expedition, he led 30000 royal guards to fight. However, after arriving in Runan, in order to complete his father-in-law''s task, he sent some troops to all the cities in Runan to supervise the troops under the advice of his staff. In this way, Xincai''s royal guards were only 26000.


    Fortunately, Xincai was originally the big city of Runan, with a total of 8000 garrisons. If he led the army to support him, he could have left only 1000 imperial guards behind and led 25000 troops out.


    Huang Yi believes that his 25000 troops can compete with 50000 Anton troops without losing. It''s only 200 Li from Xincai to Ruyin. In the past, he didn''t need four days at all. Who knows what will happen when Ruyin arrives?


    Just when Huang Yi hesitated, the messengers from Ruyin and Ancheng rushed to Xincai. Holding two letters for help, an aide suddenly had an idea and said, "general, with the ability of General Li Feng, it should not be so easy for Anton''s army to capture Ruyin. But once General Li confines the 100000 troops to Ruyin, there will only be 50000 troops on Huang Zhong''s side. Now Huang Zhong''s department is attacking Ancheng. If the new Cai''s army cooperates with general Le you''s garrison, it will be more difficult for them He will defeat Huang Zhong''s army. "Huang Yi was overjoyed by the staff''s words. Yes, since you have 100000 troops attacking Ruyin, you won''t be able to attack it in ten days and a half months, but you can eat the 50000 troops on Huang Zhong''s side. You just have to wait for Huang Zhong''s veterans to get tired, and then tens of thousands of his own imperial forest troops suddenly arrive. Don''t you just annihilate them completely in Ancheng?


    Another aide nearby also said: "yes, and the general can send out troops in a big way, pretending to support Ruyin, so as to confuse Anton''s army. When the time is ripe, he suddenly leads the army to turn to the West and encircle and annihilate Huang Zhongbu under the city of Ancheng with general le."


    "Pa" Huang Yi clapped his hands, got up and laughed: "yes, it''s a good idea, yes, yes, yes. If we could defeat Anton''s army this time, we would recommend two gentlemen to the emperor. "


    The two staff members were overjoyed. They both quickly saluted Huang Yi and said, "thank you, general!"


    Now that it has been agreed, Huang Yi will send someone to Ancheng immediately to contact yuejiu. The two of them hit it off and decided to take this opportunity to fight with Anton''s army. If they can defeat or even annihilate Huang Zhong''s army, their position in front of Yuan Shu will rise sharply.

 Chapter 823

    On the 27th, Zhang Ying led two armies of nearly 100000 to encircle Ruyin city. When the troops arrived at Ruyin, they set up two camps in the north and west of the city. Then Zhang Ying ordered the army to start to fill the river, and sent people to make a large number of siege equipment, orderly began to prepare all kinds of siege materials.


    But at this time, neither yuan Shujun nor the players of the Allied forces knew that there were more than 20000 elite Anton troops in a place called Songjia Town, which was more than 100 miles west of Ruyin city.


    On the morning of the 28th, Huang Yi''s army, which had already been ready, left Xincai county with great fanfare and headed for Ruyin along the official road. In addition to the 25000 Imperial troops, there were 5000 new Cai Shoubing and 10000 Minfu.


    Soon, the new Caicheng Yuanshu army''s movement was denounced and reported to Huangfu Chaobo of songjiazhen. Huangfu Chaobo was stunned when he received the news that Huang Yi had led the troops to support Ruyin. Did Huang Yi really want to support Ruyin? It doesn''t matter if his army directly ambushed him between songjiazhen and Runhe.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo felt that Huang Yi''s action was too strange, Pang Tong was struck by the news from Chihou again. The speed of Huang Yi''s army was too strange. According to common sense, if Huang Yi wanted to rescue Ruyin, he should rush to Ruyin as soon as possible. However, Huang Yi''s army only marched less than 15 Li in half a day, which was far lower Yu''s normal marching speed.


    You know, Huang Yi led the most elite Imperial Army in Yuan Shu''s hands, not ordinary new soldiers. Pang Tong said with a smile: "Lord, Huang Yi''s move has a unique plan!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, and soon responded. He said with a smile, "Huang Yi is going to play with us, Shiyuan!"


    Pang Tong said with a smile, "isn''t that right? I brought it to my mouth, hehe! "


    Huangfu Chaobo frowned slightly and said, "is that ok? You know, they are also 25000 troops, which are comparable to our forces. Besides, they are all elite in a hundred battles. Can we afford them? "


    Pang Tong shook his head with a smile and said: "although the army led by Huang Yi is known as Yuan Shu''s Imperial Army and has strong fighting power, the commander is his relative. If the leader is Ji Ling''s generation, the defeat of the two armies is still in the middle of two possibilities, but now it is Huang Yi''s army, more than 20000 armies are just like local chickens."


    At this point, he stopped for a moment and said: "General Huang''s four thousand cavalry have not arrived yet. If the Lord is not at ease, he can send one thousand cavalry. One man and two horses will take a detour to meet him. Please send a school of Huben army. One school of Huben army and five thousand cavalry will kill ten thousand troops from behind Huang Yi. How long does the Lord think Huang Yi can sustain?"


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that if he sent 1000 cavalry, he still had 13000 guards in his hand. In addition to the 2000 white soldiers of Chen Dao and the 5000 baotao battalion of Dong Xun, there were 20000 soldiers in total. Except for the baotao battalion of Dong Xun, the rest of these troops were special arms. Their combat power was absolutely stronger than Huang Yi''s so-called imperial army. What''s more, there were 5000 cavalry in them.


    These 20000 troops only need to block the way of Huang Yi''s army. If Huang Zhong''s 10000 troops suddenly come out from behind him, they will be able to defeat Huang Yi''s army. At least they can defeat Huang Yi''s army. As long as they defeat Huang Yi''s army, his 25000 imperial forest Army will not escape the pursuit of his 10000 cavalry on this plain.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered the implementation according to Pang Tong''s idea. Originally, he wanted to ambush between Ancheng and Xincai, but he didn''t expect that Huang Yi had sent him to his home. It would save a lot of work.


    At night, at the north gate of Songjia Town, a thousand cavalry of Anton''s army, one man and two horses, leave the town under the cover of night and head for the north. They will go from gelingdu River, about 50 miles north of Xincai, to Ancheng. After meeting with Huang Zhong''s army, they will return to take hold of Huang Yi''s Weiba.


    From Ancheng to songjiazhen, even if it was a detour by Geling, it was only 150 Li, 300 Li in a round trip, and the cavalry was more than a day''s journey.


    Anton''s army, in addition to the guards'' steps and riding skills reached intermediate level, one or two of the other battalions in the other battalions had learned riding skills, and the purpose was to quickly March. The earliest soldiers in the army, such as the tiger camp and the Dragon Ying camp, required the whole battalion to learn to ride. Therefore, it is no problem to adjust the battle of a school from the Huang Zhong army.


    After a thousand cavalry arrived at an''cheng, Huang Zhong immediately gathered all the cavalry, and then Wang Ran led the ten thousand troops eastward. At this time, even le in the city found the change of Huang Zhong''s army, and it was too late to inform Huang Yi.


    On the afternoon of the 29th, Huang Yi''s 25000 troops had arrived ten miles to the west of Songjia town. When they arrived here, they had been 70 or 80 miles away from Xincai. Huang Yi believed that his high-profile actions were enough to confuse Anton''s army, because his army had met several waves of Anton''s reprimands from today.


    In fact, what he didn''t know was that Pang Tong purposely arranged these waves to confuse him.


    That night, after setting up the camp, Huang Yi summoned the generals of the army to discuss the matter and announced to them that after the rest of the army tonight, the main force of the army would quickly return to Ancheng tomorrow. Of course, 5000 garrison soldiers and 10000 people would continue to March eastward and continue to support Ruyin.And these 5000 troops and 10000 people will not really cross the Runhe river. Huang Yi and his staff also saw the stone bridge of the Runhe river. When the troops arrive at the west of the stone bridge, they will set up barracks there, which will be used to delay Anton''s reinforcements.


    They didn''t know that tens of thousands of Anton troops were hiding in the East and west of the camp, and they were looking at them.


    It''s true that the 10000 troops of Wang Ran''s department have rushed behind Huang Yi''s army and cut off their retreat. When the army attacks them, they can attack Huang Yi''s army back and forth and defeat Huang Yi''s army.


    On the 30th, as soon as it was light, Huang Yi''s army camp began to be busy. Tens of thousands of troops were packing. The imperial army was going to rush for more than 100 Li to attack Huang Zhong''s army in Ancheng. New Cai Shoubing was going to camp by the run River to defend Anton''s army.


    The first thing to eat is the army denouncing the marquis. Three hundred cavalry will set out first, denouncing the scattered Anton army to the west of Runhe River, and the news that the pingbi army will come back.


    As 300 Chihou left the camp, the taxi soldiers and civil servants in Huang Yi''s camp immediately began to be busy.

 Chapter 824

    In Songjia town to the east of Huangyi army''s camp, Huangfu Chaobo''s Anton army also began to make preparations. Five thousand cavalry troops have already set out. Their purpose is to cut off all the eyes and ears of Huangyi army and buy time for the main force to get close to Huangyi army''s camp.


    Huang Yi thought that Anton''s army had only a few scattered reprimands around Xincai. He didn''t expect that Anton''s army had already regarded tens of thousands of its elite as a piece of fat, and was eyeing them, ready to swallow them all.


    Within five miles of leaving the camp, the three hundred Yuan Shu soldiers were annihilated by the cavalry of the Anton army, and none of them escaped.


    Two minutes later, Huang Yi''s camp had been removed, and all the things had been taken down. They were ready to let the civilians load their wagons. Just after breakfast, the army was slowly preparing to set out. Here, the sky suddenly sounded a rumble, and then, everyone can see, the east of the sky, tengma all over the sky of dust.


    In the hinterland of the Central Plains, there was not much chance to see large-scale cavalry, but many Nanyang veterans in the Yulin army saw Anton''s army. Oh, most of the cavalry of Luoyang army and Xiliang army at that time, so soon some generals cried out: "cavalry, cavalry, attack, line up to meet the enemy!"


    For a moment, the camp, which had just been quiet and thundered, was boiling like a ladle of water poured into a boiling oil pan.


    Everywhere there were the shouts of generals at all levels, the shouts of cattle and horses, and the flustered shouts of civil servants and soldiers.


    At this time, Huang Yi''s army did not expect that most of the cavalry would attack. From Huang Yi to the ordinary soldiers in the army, they all thought that they were still in their own hinterland. Anton''s army was a hundred miles away. In recent days, they did not find any sign of most of the enemy troops. Moreover, their three hundred Marquis had already set out half an hour ago, and the three hundred cavalry were very powerful in Runan They are all in a relaxed state.


    The sudden attack made the whole camp a mess.


    Although the Imperial Army in the camp had a short period of chaos, it was yuan Shujun who listened to the elite. Although the camp was in a mess, the middle and lower level generals in the army responded quickly and quickly gathered the soldiers around them. While they were in a simple defensive formation, they sent people to the central army to ask for instructions. They are all veterans of all wars, and they understand the consequences of a large army of soldiers on the plain encountering most of the cavalry.


    Unfortunately, today''s Huangyi military camp is too chaotic. There are all kinds of materials piled up everywhere. It''s OK for a small number of troops to form a formation of hundreds or even two or three thousand people. If you want to form a large formation of more than one school, it''s basically impossible.


    What''s more, they ignored one of the most important issues, that is, their chief general, the son-in-law of the Zhong Dynasty, but he never had the experience of leading the army. Can he handle the current situation?


    It''s true that Huang Yi has no master now, and his face is pale. Although he has seen tens of thousands of troops besieging in Nanyang City, he has never been on the battlefield. This time, although he was sent by Yuan Shu to defend the Anton army and the Yuzhou army, and Yuan Shu also equipped him with a deputy general, the general was the courage of the army, and the general of the first army was scared His face turned white. How can the taxi drivers be afraid?


    At this time, Huang Yi has no face, and his mouth is shaking for a long time. Please don''t say a complete word. It took a long time to hear him say: "how..."... How can... Maybe, Ann... Anton... Why is the army of the army... Why is it that... Here it is? "


    "What about Chihou? I... Our reprimand... Why... Why is there no news? "


    Chen Jiu, the deputy general next to him, and the other generals looked at each other. It is true that his son-in-law had never been to the battlefield. In this case, why did he not hear from the Marquis? There was no news from the three hundred marquis. It can only prove that most of the elite of Anton''s army are near their home.


    One of them stepped forward and said: "general, the present plan is to order the troops to assemble quickly, otherwise once the cavalry rushes into the battle line, our tens of thousands of troops will not be spared, and the general will give orders immediately!"


    Huang Yi just reflected that, yes, he still has tens of thousands of elite troops. What if Anton''s army came here? As soon as he thought about it, he immediately yelled: "come on, lead the army in formation, and give it to the cavalry who will block Anton''s army!"


    But after such a delay, five thousand cavalry of Anton''s army had arrived less than a mile to the east of Huang Yi''s army. Seeing the chaos in the camp, Huyan was very happy and cried out: "kill! Wolves, Yuan Shu''s army is already in a mess. We''ll kill them with our general. The cavalry will rush into the array, and the two wings of the horse will approach! Now is the time to make contributions. Kill


    Five thousand horsemen and horses echoed in a loud voice: "kill


    In a short time, three thousand cavalry went into the camp of Huang Yi''s army as if they were no one. Then three thousand cavalry were divided into three groups, one thousand men in a team, and they went back and forth in the camp to kill Yuan Shu''s soldiers. Soon, the front camp of Yuan Shu''s army was turned upside down by the Tujia of huyandu.


    Although Huang Yi didn''t know the soldiers, Chen was in charge of the army at ordinary times. So when the army was encamped, it was divided into three battalions: the front, the middle and the back. The front battalions were 5000 new Cai Shoubing and 5000 imperial guards. Although the Yulin army could form a small formation, the Xincai garrison was not as powerful as the Yulin army. By the time the cavalry arrived at the camp, less than 1000 of the 5000 garrisons were ready.Under the impact of three thousand cavalry, five thousand new Cai Shoubing soon collapsed. Huyan saw this. He immediately led the cavalry to drive the rout troops towards the front camp of the imperial guards. He wanted to use five thousand rout troops to disperse the five thousand imperial guards, and then beat more rout troops to attack the two camps behind yuan Shujun.


    In less than half an hour after 3000 Turk cavalry soldiers entered Yuan Shu''s camp, 15000 Anton troops had also been killed. The cavalry had already disrupted the front camp. When the soldiers arrived, they had no effort to enter the camp of Yuan Shu''s army.


    The participation of Anton''s soldiers made Yuan Shu''s soldiers in the former camp even more frightened. The soldiers of Xincai''s garrison were still blocked by Yulin''s soldiers, but when they saw Anton''s soldiers coming all the way, they could no longer care about the Yulin''s formation in front of them. Thousands of rout soldiers swarmed in and scattered the Yulin''s formation.


    Under the impact of the rout troops and the troopers, the 5000 royal guards broke up after less than half an hour. The defeated soldiers rushed out of the front camp and towards the position of the Chinese camp.

 Chapter 825

    Behind the thousands of Yuan Shu''s rout troops, 15000 Anton troops marched like a wall and pressed forward step by step, while huyandu led 5000 cavalry to drive the rout troops who tried to bypass the Chinese camp on both wings and surrounded them to Huang Yi''s camp.


    Huang Yi''s Chinese army camp, his pro guard camp 5000, the imperial army has been assembled, the central military headquarters will be escorted in the middle. But there are still five thousand troops in the process of assembling. But at this time, it was too late. More than 8000 rout troops were rushing towards the Chinese camp. Behind them, there were more Anton troops.


    It can only be said that Pang Tong''s time to get it was really good. Yuan Shujun had just had breakfast, and most of the materials in the camp had been sorted out, ready to be loaded on the wagon. Even the camp had begun to be demolished, and Anton''s army suddenly came out at this time, and no one could organize effective defense.


    Seeing this situation, Chen went forward and said: "general, please immediately order that the rout troops are strictly forbidden to attack the military array. If there are those who attack the array directly, immediately send an order to the barracks, quickly assemble the army, strictly guard the barracks, and prepare to receive the Chinese Army to retreat into the barracks. As long as we retreat into the rear camp, we still have a chance. Anton army has only 20000 troops, of which only 5000 cavalry.".. ¡£¡±


    Chen did not finish his words, the direction of the barracks suddenly came from the sky shaking cry.


    After hearing this, people''s faces changed greatly. Damn Anton''s army, there is still a big army behind him. Under the attack from both sides, I don''t know how many tens of thousands of his army can stay.


    You know, although there are 10000 troops in the rear camp, there are still 10000 civilians there. Once these civilians are in chaos, they will be more dangerous than the defeat of the guards of the former army.


    Sure enough, in less than a quarter of an hour, the general of the barracks sent someone to report it. Suddenly, more than ten thousand troops of Anton''s army raided the rear. Because the army''s attention was focused on the front, Anton''s army suddenly attacked from the rear, which caught the rear by surprise. In less than a quarter of an hour, the rear was broken down. Ten thousand people, like headless flies, scattered the army formation that was fully defending the front .


    The cavalry of Anton''s army rushed into the camp, and the ten thousand troops of the rear army could not support it, so the general of the barracks sent someone to ask Huang Yi to prepare early.


    Hearing the news, Huang Yi collapsed in fright and nearly fainted. Seeing this, the generals around showed a look of disdain, and then a burst of sad thoughts suddenly surged up.


    Chen knew that at this time, Huang Yi had been relied on, and the tens of thousands of troops were basically finished, but the troops could be finished, but the son-in-law could not fall into the hands of Anton''s army. So, he ignored Huang Yi and said to the generals around him, "you guys, it seems that we are trapped by Anton''s army. The tens of thousands of troops can''t be saved, but although the army can''t be saved, the general can''t afford to lose. If the general has any problems, you are ready to accept the thunder fire of the Holy One."


    Chen Jiu''s words made everyone feel awe inspiring. It''s true that it doesn''t matter if the army is lost. If the emperor''s son-in-law is left here, everyone on the scene will be counted as one. It''s estimated that they will not be able to escape the end of death.


    As soon as they thought about this, they all came back to their senses and looked at Chen and said, "please give orders from the general. The general will wait for the order to be carried out."


    "Good!" Chen Jiudao said: "today''s plan, we can only divide our forces to break through the encirclement. Five thousand troops in the Chinese army camp have been assembled, so the general intended that the five thousand troops should be divided into five departments to break through the encirclement. We must escort the general out."


    Then, Deputy General Chen made arrangements for the leading generals and the direction to break through the encirclement. In order to appease the generals, he did not break through with Huang Yi. Instead, he led a group of soldiers into the barracks, preparing to gather the troops of the rear camp who had not yet broken up, so as to gain time for Huang Yi''s breakthrough.


    A quarter of an hour later, in the central camp of Yuan Shu''s army, the 5000 already assembled troops suddenly divided into five routes and broke out in all directions. However, Huang Yi''s Dahua flag, escorted by 3000 soldiers, quickly entered the rear camp. With the help of 2000 soldiers in the rear camp, he entered the barracks and fought to death.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo thought that Huang Yi wanted to send someone to break through the encirclement and ask for help. He did not stop the 1000 soldiers and horses who broke through the encirclement in the South and North, but continued to intensify the attack on the back.


    An hour later, Yuan Shu''s army in Houying was finally defeated. Except for those killed, most of the other soldiers were captured. Only a few thousand of them fled, which had no effect on the war situation.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo finally breathed a long sigh of relief and planned to annihilate Huang Yi''s tens of thousands of troops in a few days. As for the two thousand soldiers who broke through the encirclement and the soldiers who fled around, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay much attention to them. He handed them over to the ten thousand cavalry of huyandu and Zhao Ling, and commanded the generals to take the prisoners and count the harvest.


    It was not until noon that all the troops were settled down and all the cavalry sent out returned. Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong are sitting in Huang Yi''s big tent, listening to the reports of their subordinates.


    In this war, Anton''s army fought against Yuan Shu''s army with 30000 troops, and all of them were annihilated in less than two hours. In addition to the 2000 soldiers who broke through the encirclement and the ones who finally fled, Yuan Shu''s 30000 troops killed and killed more than 10000 people. The other 18000 soldiers and more than 7000 civilians were all captured, and countless materials were seized.However, Huangfu Chaobo regretted that Huang Yi was among the two thousand soldiers who broke through the encirclement, which made Huangfu Chaobo very regretful. If he could capture Yuan Shu''s son-in-law, the role would be great. Maybe, there would be no war in Runan.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo also thought about it for a while and then threw it out of the air. If there were no prisoners, there would be no prisoners. It was not a big deal. This battle could be said to have almost wiped out Xincai''s army.


    In addition to Huang Yi''s escape, Yuan Shu''s Deputy General Chen Jiu was killed and captured. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo learned from the collar of the captured general that there were only two thousand imperial guards and three thousand guards left in Xincai.


    After a bit of thinking, Pang Tong suggested that the army should take a rest and send troops to Xincai to capture Xincai with the power of victory. In this way, the army of Le and Li Feng became isolated.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he immediately ordered to leave thousands of injured soldiers and 5000 cavalry to take charge of the captured soldiers and materials. The remaining 20000 troops were handed over to Wang Ran, who rushed to Xincai to capture them.

 Chapter 826

    Wang Ran was happy to take the command. This was his first time to lead the army alone. After a little thought, he asked Huangfu Chaobo for 5000 sets of Yuan Shu army''s armor, several Yuan Shu Army prisoners who had been surrendered, and the corpses of Deputy General Chen Jiu and several generals. He was ready to lead the army to Xincai city.


    After the night fell, the general of Xincai city got the news that the army had been ambushed, because in the afternoon, some rout soldiers had fled back to Xincai. The general was scared out of his wits, and immediately ordered to close the gate. The army quickly climbed the city, and then sent people to Ancheng and Huainan to report.


    At night, the army at the head of Xincai city was ready. As more and more soldiers fled back, the army was defeated, and the news that there was no news from the generals and generals was well known. The garrison in Xincai city was in a panic. In the evening, the defenders at the head of the city stare at the darkness outside the city one by one, for fear that in the blink of an eye, Anton''s army will run out of the night.


    In such a tense atmosphere, the first half of the night finally passed safely. However, in the middle of the night, a few miles outside the city suddenly rang out the sky shaking cry of killing, which made the garrison in the city all nervous.


    The one who stayed in Xincai was a captain named Liu Bo. After receiving the news of the rout, he lived on the East Tower in plain clothes. The movement outside the city soon startled him.


    After turning over, Liu Bo picked up his weapon and went to the guardrail of the city building to look to the East. Unfortunately, he could only see a large area of fire, and then he heard the cry of killing. Seeing this, he immediately thought, is it Vice General Chen who broke out?


    Thinking of this, he quickly went down the castle and came to the top of the city wall. As soon as he came out of the castle, a village commander on duty on the wall came up and said, "general, you should be the brother who broke through the encirclement. What should we do? Would you like to go out to meet him? "


    The taxi drivers nearby also looked at him with expectant eyes. Liu Bo stared and said: "nonsense, now the situation outside is unknown. How can you be sure that you must be the brother who escaped? What if Anton''s army pretends to be him? Besides, even if it''s really my brothers, do you know how many Antons there are behind them? "


    After drinking and scolding, the head of the village was stunned. After a while, he stepped down. The taxi drivers beside him woke up and stopped talking.


    Liu Bo pondered and said: "however, we have to make preparations. People will fall down to the city and light all the bonfires outside the city. Then we will order all the taxi soldiers to climb the city. If they are really our brothers, we will let them close to the city. But we should be careful that Anton army takes the opportunity to rob the city."


    Soon, several thousand guards left hundreds of people to inspect the city, and all the others climbed the city wall. Because it was at night, Liu Bo didn''t know what was going on outside, so he decided to arrange as many troops as possible at the head of the city.


    At the same time, dozens of soldiers on each side of the city wall dropped ropes to the city, quickly ran to the distance of tens of steps outside the moat, and lit all the campfires that had already been ready. For a moment, all the campfires outside the city were clearly visible.


    After they were all busy, the cry of killing outside the city was getting closer and closer. A moment later, hundreds of soldiers in their own clothes and armor ran towards the city wall with blood stains. They saw their clothes and armor broken one by one, and their faces were covered with blood stains. The leader, dressed in a Duwei''s armor, was panting and running, shouting out of breath: "the brothers at the head of the city don''t shoot any more arrows. I''m Li Zhe, the Duwei of the C Department of the left school of the rear army of the royal guards. Is general Liu Bo at the head of the city?"


    Yuan Shu''s imperial army is divided into the front and back, left and right middle and five armies, each army has 20000 troops, and is divided into four schools, each school has five departments. This time, it is the two schools of the former army and the latter army, with a total of 30000 troops. Huang Yi was the commander of the former army, while Chen Jiu, the second general of the latter army, was the Deputy General of Huang Yi.


    And this Li Zhe is indeed the Duwei of the C Department of the left school of the rear army. He has been persuaded to surrender by Huangfu Chaobo, so this time Wang Ran sent him to cheat the city.


    Liu Bo is a former captain of Huang Yi''s army, who belongs to Huang Yi''s confidants. Otherwise, it is impossible for him to stay behind.


    Of course, in addition to Li Zhe, more than 500 soldiers from Tiebi camp came with them. They had all changed into yuan Shujun''s armor. Also, Chen Jiu, who was dead, was carried by soldiers, covered with blood and lying on the stretcher with a pale face.


    Seeing the appearance of the soldiers and horses under the city, Liu Bo has already believed more than half of them. Moreover, the Duwei named Li Zhe has some impression that there are only thirty or forty generals with more than one thousand troops in 30000 troops. He is not familiar with them, but has some impression. But there was still some doubt in his heart, and he quickly asked: "Li Duwei, who are you carrying, and how many people have broken through?"


    On hearing this, Li Zhe said: "has the general come back? There are less than 2000 of us who broke through the encirclement. The Anton army pursued and killed them all the way. It is estimated that there are only more than 1000 of us now. More than 500 of us here are all the people gathered by the rear army. "


    Speaking of this, Li Zhe suddenly said in a loud voice: "General Liu, please open the door quickly. General Chen is seriously injured. If he doesn''t get medical treatment soon, he may be worried about his life. Besides, the brothers have been running all day and all night, and Anton''s army is in the back. If he doesn''t enter the city again, he will have to be folded here.""Is that General Chen behind you?" Liu Bo reconfirmed: "please bring some over and let someone confirm. There''s no way. Please forgive me. General Huang gave the city to someone. Someone had to be more careful."


    Li Zhe had no choice but to order: "you guys, take the general to the front. Be careful. Don''t break the general''s wound again. Now it''s hard to stop the bleeding."


    Several soldiers who were protected in the middle of the group carefully carried the stretcher to the side of the moat. Then Li Zhe raised the torch and went forward to light up the people on the stretcher, and then said to the wall: "general, open the gate quickly, or it will be too late."


    Liu Bo took a look down the city, and it turned out that he was Deputy General Chen Jiu. However, his face turned to ashes. Just as Liu Bo was about to take a closer look, a group of soldiers came running behind them. The first one was dressed in a long costume. As they ran wildly, they yelled: "Duwei, hurry up, enter the city, Anton''s army is catching up again, only a few miles away ¡£¡±


    It seems that in order to confirm his words, a few miles away in the night, suddenly appeared a little bit of torches, and then the number of more and more, it seems that there are at least thousands of people.

 Chapter 827

    When the soldiers heard the shouts of the soldiers behind, they were all flustered. They managed to escape from the battlefield. They were about to enter the city of their own forces, but they didn''t expect to be turned away. For a moment, there was a quarrel among the taxi drivers in the city, and even some people were shouting to go into the city.


    Looking at the reaction of the soldiers in the city, the soldiers in the city couldn''t bear it. They all thought how disappointed and hesitant they would be in case of such a situation.


    At the thought of this, the city''s taxi drivers all looked up at their superiors. Seeing this, several generals at the head of the city quickly said to Liu Bo, "general, it''s really my brothers under the city. You''d better open the door quickly. When Anton''s army comes, it''s too late. Besides, if these brothers enter the city, the defense force in the city will be much stronger."


    "Yes, general!"


    "Yes, general, open the gate."


    Liu Bo knew that he could not hesitate any more, otherwise it would have a great impact on the morale of the army. So he said, "OK, order to put down the suspension bridge, open the gate half way, and let the brothers under the city enter the city quickly. Everyone should be ready. Once Anton''s army is near, close the gate immediately."


    "Don''t worry, general. We''ll save it." Then, someone rushed down to the city and said, "Li Duwei, please make the brothers ready. Let''s open the gate immediately. Let''s let the brothers hurry to the city!"


    "Thank you, General Liu. Thank you, brothers at the head of the city!" Li Zhe in the city was very happy. He answered loudly and nodded to the tiebiying captain beside him.


    Nearly a thousand people were sent out in the two thousand iron wall camp this time. The first one was a Duwei. Dian Wei was going to go out on his own, but he was too big. Li Zhe was afraid that he would be exposed, so he asked Wang ran again and again that it was better not to let Dian Wei go with him to cheat the city. Finally, he had to let him lead more than a thousand other soldiers in the iron wall camp to hide in the dark and wait for them After deceiving to open the city gate, quickly lead the troops to support.


    Soon, the rope at the end of the city slowly lowered the suspension bridge, and a group of soldiers waiting outside the moat immediately stepped on the suspension bridge and hugged towards the gate.


    Then, the city gate slowly opened a crack in the sound of "creaking". Not long ago, many soldiers came to the city gate. They did not enter the city immediately, but several people pushed the city gate to both sides together. The soldiers in the city quickly stopped their behavior, and the answer was: "the general has been seriously injured, such a small crack How can you carry it in


    The taxi driver who opened the gate of the city thought it was reasonable, so he no longer stopped the taxi drivers from entering the city. With the opening of the city gate, more and more taxis entered the city gate hole, and then dozens of taxis quietly surrounded the taxis who were responsible for opening the city gate. After a "hands-on" call, only a "pop" sound was heard, and dozens of taxis who opened the city gate fell into the pool of blood.


    At this time, there were more than 100 soldiers entering the city gate. Under the command of the commander, he said, "send a signal to the general outside the city, keep a team to guard the city gate, and follow me to the city tower."


    With his command, a soldier immediately raised his torch. With the help of several soldiers, he swayed a few times and sent a signal to the army outside the city.


    Soon, there was a lot of running outside the city, which made the city''s taxi soldiers nervous. But soon the people relaxed, because they saw that the taxi soldiers were still wearing their own army''s armor.


    The city''s soldiers didn''t find anything unusual, but Liu Bo found something wrong with them. One is that although they were all dressed in ragged armor and covered with blood, they ran too fast. It didn''t look like they were running for their lives after several hours of fighting.


    Another point is that these soldiers seem to be too strong, too tough.


    Soon, Liu Bo''s doubts became more and more intense. Suddenly, a huge figure appeared in Liu Bo''s field of vision. What''s more, this man was so tall that he was not even inferior to general Ji Ling, but he was wearing the armor of an ordinary soldier.


    A great fear suddenly surged into Liu Bo''s mind: "no, these people are not the soldiers of the rear army, but the fake soldiers of the Anton army."


    As soon as he thought about this, Liu Bo was scared to death, and the cold sweat on his back came out.


    "Quick, quick, pull up the drawbridge, close the gate. They''re Anton''s fakes. Quick..." A sharp sound suddenly sounded at the head of the city, Liu Bo finally determined the identity of the friendly army under the city.


    The city taxi drivers were frightened by their general''s sudden cry. For a moment, they didn''t know what to do. Liu Bo saw that the soldiers were standing there stupefied, and didn''t care about their own image. Several of them rushed towards the winch of the suspension bridge, pushed away the taxi drivers standing there, and then turned the winch like a devil.


    Although Liu Bo''s personal guards and the surrounding taxi drivers generally did not understand what was going on, their long-term personal guard experience made them form a habit of absolutely obeying the general, so the personal guards also came forward to help Liu Bo.


    However, at this time, Dianwei had rushed to the side of the suspension bridge. Seeing that the suspension bridge was being put away, he immediately drank violently, raised his halberd and cut it toward the suspension chain of the suspension bridge."Ding"


    "Hua la..."


    The chain with a thick wrist was cut off by him. Then he rushed back to the other chain, and then the two chains were cut off by him. With a sound of "boom", the suspension bridge just a few feet up fell on the moat.


    Almost at the same time, there was a cry of killing on the top of the city. Liu Bo was shocked. Looking at the sound, he saw dozens of fierce soldiers who had entered the city first had climbed the wall and attacked the garrison at the top of the city. They were like chopping melons and vegetables, killing the garrison soldiers at the top of the city.


    See this situation, Liu Bo where don''t understand, he has been unable to return to heaven. Being able to be Huang Yi''s confidant, Liu Bo was not only competent, but also active. After a little thought, he immediately ordered his own soldiers, "let''s go, hurry, go from the wall to the south gate, and evacuate from the dock." Finish saying, head also don''t return of toward the south wall direction but go.


    In a daze, the soldiers immediately reacted and left behind their general.


    With guard Liu Bo''s escape, xincaicheng falls into the hands of Huangfu Chaobo. Wang ran only paid the loss of dozens of soldiers of Tiebi camp, and captured Xincai city.


    Then the army came into the city and made people take over the city walls and gates. They gathered the prisoners and appeased the people at the same time. At the same time, he sent cavalry to Huangfu Chaobo to report the victory.

 Chapter 828

    On July 1, Huangfu Chaobo, who got the news, rode to Xincai early in the morning under the protection of the trapped camp.


    Xincai city is a famous city in Runan. According to historical records, human beings lived here in ancient times. In the period of Yao and Shun, Boyi was granted the title of marquis Lu because he helped Dayu to control the flood. In the spring and Autumn period, marquis Cai pinghou moved the capital to this place and named it "caizhou", later named "Xincai".


    In 221 BC, the Qin Dynasty destroyed Chu, unified the whole country, abolished the feudal system, built counties, and established Xincai county. At the end of the Western Han Dynasty, Wang Mang usurped the Han Dynasty. In the first year of Jianwu in the Eastern Han Dynasty, it was renamed Xincai county. During the three hundred years from the Western Jin Dynasty to the early Tang Dynasty, the county seat of Xincai was the seat of state and county.


    Xincai has always been an important city in Runan. After Yuan Shu''s army occupied the southern part of Runan, it also attached great importance to this city. The rest of the cities only arranged up to 5000 garrisons, but Xincai arranged 8000 garrisons. Moreover, after Shouchun''s reinforcements arrived in Runan, they also arranged heavy troops in Xincai as the support of all the cities in southern Runan.


    What I didn''t expect was that Huangfu destroyed Huang Yi''s 30000 troops in the first World War and occupied Xincai city. After entering Xincai city and listening to Wang Ran''s report, Huangfu Chaobo knows how much he has gained from Huang Yi.


    As soon as he entered the county government, Wang Ran blushed and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "Lord, I''ve made a lot of money. Ha ha..."


    Huangfu Chaobo said to Wang ran with a smile, "what makes general Wang so excited?"


    "Lord, guess how much money, food and materials are there in Xincai city?" Wang Ran laughed and joked with Huangfu Chaobo;


    "let me guess, Huang Yi has 30000 royal guards stationed in Xincai. How can we say that these 30000 royal guards have money and food for half a year?"


    Wang Ran shook his head and said: "my lord despises Yuan Shu too much. In order to hold down our army, he has enough money and food in Xincai city to meet the needs of the 30000 army in one year. At the end of the day, the general sent someone to check it. In Xincai City, there are nearly 800000 stones of grain and 1.2 million yuan of money. "


    "What''s more, there are the spare weapons and equipment of the 30000 royal guards. If you want to say that Yuan Shu is really rich, the Lord must have noticed that the weapons and equipment of Yuan Shu''s royal guards are all level 40 Wujin equipment. According to a preliminary inventory, there are 60000 black gold knives and guns in Xincai City, and 10000 bows. Each one is equipped with two bowstrings, one pot of armor breaking arrows and two pots of ordinary arrows. "


    "In addition, there are 20000 sets of black gold armor and 40000 sets of refined iron armor. In addition to these, there are other things that have not yet been counted. Please arrange the manpower to count as soon as possible. "


    Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong both looked at each other and laughed. They didn''t expect that Yuan Shu would accumulate so much money and weapons in Xincai. It''s a pity that he was entrusted by no one. If he let his son-in-law guard him, he would become his own treasure in the end.


    "Yuan Shu''s trust is not human. If Huang Yi was not taken as the general, even Chen lanleibo, one of Ji Ling''s subordinates, would not have been so defeated." Huangfu Chaobo sighed softly;


    "isn''t it just right to start like this?" Pang Tong laughed;


    all the generals on the scene also laughed. With the money, food and materials, Anton''s army didn''t have to consider the logistics in the next war.


    When everyone was almost laughing, Huangfu Chaobo reached out his hand to calm everyone down and said, "well, since Yuan Shu is so enthusiastic, even the army''s money, food and materials are ready, how to arrange the next war? Otherwise, I''m sorry for your enthusiasm."


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help laughing again, and the generals laughed again.


    It took a long time for the laughter in the lobby to stop.


    Pang Tong went to the map and said slowly to Huangfu Chaobo and all the generals present: "Lord, you generals, now Xincai city has been conquered, and the defense line of Yuanshu has been conquered by us. The next is the strategy of Ancheng and Ruyin. Only by conquering the two cities again, can we let our army gallop in Runan."


    They all nodded, and Wang Ran said, "the military adviser has a point, but it''s not easy to fight with Ruyin. Now that Xincai has been appointed, the two city guards are all famous generals under Yuan Shu. I believe that the next war will not be easy. "


    "At the end of the day, General Huang has already begun to attack Ancheng, but with the end of the general''s view, yuejiu''s defense is really remarkable, far from the several city guards we have captured in front of us."


    Huangfu Chaobo also knows that both Li Feng and Le Jiu are the generals under Yuan Shu, next only to Ji Ling. Although they are described as the best in both the Three Kingdoms and island games, history is always written by the winner.


    Yuan Shu''s claim to be emperor almost became a matter of common indignation, so he was blacked, and the blackness collapsed. So the people who followed him didn''t have a good thing. If Ji Ling didn''t have too much fighting power or too much black, he would have been a box lunch player after two episodes.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Yuan Shu was not so unbearable in fact. Although he was better than him twice, it could be said that it was very accidental. If he did it again, it would be a big question mark if Huangfu Chaobo could have such a result.Later, Pang Tong said: "in this case, the next war will be mainly on these two cities. The Lord can lead the troops in the middle of Xincai, and the two generals Huang and Zhang will try their best to capture these two cities, and then make the next arrangement."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment, but the current situation is really the only way, so he said: "OK, leave the trapped camp and Tiebi camp, as well as 2000 yuan army crossbow soldiers and 1000 Tu cavalry, and the rest of the soldiers and horses return to take part in the war in these two cities. The soldiers and horses will rest for one day today. When the prisoners arrive tomorrow, they will be able to return separately. "


    "The end will take orders!" All the generals replied with a bang;


    when the others left, Huangfu Chaobo had time to sit down and look at the information from Luoyang handed over by Shi a. During the war these two days, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have time to read the intelligence at all, and Shi a didn''t submit the intelligence because he didn''t have anything particularly important.


    The first piece of information startled Huangfu Chaobo. On June 22, Gongsun Zan sent troops to the remnant of Liu Yu, who lived in Shanggu county.


    On the 25th, Liu Bei of Daijun received a rescue letter from Liu Yu. This time, Liu Bei didn''t think much about it. After only a few days of preparation, he sent troops to the valley on the 28th to support Liu Yu. It''s estimated that he also saw that Gongsun Zan couldn''t bear to occupy the former Daijun after he destroyed Liu Yu.

 Chapter 829

    According to the information provided by Shi a, after receiving the news that Liu Bei had sent troops to support Liu Yu, Lu Bu''s army in Yanmen, Bingzhou, seemed to have changed. Xu Shu speculated that Lu Bu might send troops to replace the county. In this way, it became a four party war, and it was estimated that Liu and Liu would be destroyed by the powerful vassals on both sides in the end.


    At this time, Yuan Shao also suddenly sent out troops. Yan Liang and Wen Chou led 50000 soldiers and 10000 cavalry to attack Huang Jintian in Lingshou and Xin Tianyou in Quyang.


    Although the two players led the fight to death, they fought against the powerful princes of several counties with the land of several cities, just like a mantis arm blocking the car. In just a few days, they lost one city each. If this goes on, it is estimated that they will be destroyed by Yuan Shao soon.


    Huangfu Chaobo was moved by the news of the two northern princes. After reading the news, he immediately handed the information to Pang Tong. Then he picked up another piece of information and looked at it carefully.


    On the 20th, that is, the day Huang Zhongbu began to attack Langling, Cao Cao''s 100000 troops finally arrived at xiapi City, and Cao Yuan''s war began.


    However, because of the disappearance of the Jiling army, Cao Cao was also worried. A hundred thousand troops gathered together and began to attack Picheng. At the same time, he spilled out the only one thousand light cavalry in his hand and carefully looked for the trend of the Jiling army.


    Unfortunately, no matter how Cao Cao looked for it, Ji Ling''s army of 50000 was like a bullock entering the sea, and it never disappeared.


    In xiapi City, in addition to the ten thousand garrison of xiapi Prime Minister Yuan Yin, Yuan Shu sent two generals Liang Gang and Chen Ji to lead forty thousand troops. However, later, in order to block Cao Cao''s passage from Donghai County to Guangling, Yuan Yin discussed with Liang Gang and Chen Ji, and handed over 10000 of the 40000 soldiers to a deputy general and settled in Quyang city.


    Even so, the 40000 Yuan Shu troops in xiapi city were still under little pressure from Cao Cao''s 100000 troops.


    Until two days ago, Cao Cao Jun and Yuan Shu Jun were still deadlocked in xiapi City, and there was no progress. You know, the attack of 100000 troops on a city defended by 30000 soldiers and 10000 guards is not as simple as the attack of 50000 troops on a city defended by 5000 guards.


    However, sun ce of Jiangdong saw that Anton''s army and Cao Cao''s army had already started fighting with Yuan Shu''s army, and finally boarded the boat of the water army two days ago. The news was in the public''s sight. However, Huangfu Chaobo knew that nine times out of ten sun CE went to Guangling. If there is no accident, the news of sun cejun''s attack on Guangling will come in these two days.


    The next morning, Yuan Shu''s army and his husband were escorted back to Xincai. Huangfu Chaobo ordered that all the captured generals above the rank of squadron be held in solitary confinement, while the rest of the ordinary soldiers were all held together. These soldiers were all elite, but now Yuan Shu has not been destroyed, so they can not be recruited into the army in large numbers. They can only consider doing so after breaking Yuan Shu''s army .


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo ordered to recruit 2000 soldiers from the civil servants, who were trained and arranged to patrol and guard the city on weekdays by Tiebi camp. These civil servants were all local people of Xincai, so Huangfu Chaobo could use them safely.


    The rest of the soldiers and horses were arranged by Huangfu Chaobo to return to attack the two counties. In order to balance the forces, Huangfu Chaobo also sent Chen Jing''s 5000 iron eagles to Huang Zhong to increase his fighting power. You know, although Zhang Ying had only 10000 soldiers, there were still 50000 soldiers and horses.


    As for the war on both sides, Huangfu Chaobo was no longer ready to take charge of it. The siege war was just like this. It had to be filled with troops. There was no chance to take it.


    Although Huang Yi''s army was annihilated, other cities still need to attack one by one, so the war behind is still long. Huangfu Chaobo is now thinking about where Ji Ling''s 50000 troops have gone. Half a month has passed, but there is still no news.


    After entering Xincai County, the connection between Huangfu Chaobo and Luoyang became more smooth. In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo dealt with the government affairs under Anton''s army in Xincai.


    Two days later, news finally came from Guangling. As expected, sun CE appeared in donglingting harbor and quickly captured donglingting. After the 50000 troops left thousands of people to defend donglingting, the rest of the troops quickly went west to Jiangdu. Seeing that his army was in a deserted place in Guangling, sun CE could not help but hesitated and excited, thinking that he had finally taken the lead.


    In fact, what he didn''t know was that whether Huangfu Chaobo or Cao Cao and Yuan Shu had already inferred his arrangement. This is the difference between having a counselor and not having a counselor. Little tiger''s campaign is OK. In terms of strategy, he can only ha ha.


    After staying in Xincai for a few days, Huangfu Chaobo went to Ancheng again. For several days, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to see what happened to the arranged war. Although Huang Zhong reported the war situation every day, he couldn''t help but want to see the progress of the war.


    When Huangfu Chaobo arrived in Ancheng, he just saw the end of another round of attack. Looking at the already retired soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo knew that the attack had failed again.


    Huang Zhong looked up at the sky. It was almost noon, so he ordered a temporary withdrawal. The army returned to the camp and attacked the city after lunch.


    Huangfu Chaobo had dinner with Huang Zhong and other generals in the camp. After dinner, Huangfu Chaobo told Huang Zhong and other generals about the war.After Huang Zhongshao was silent, he said: "I''m happy with this man. Although I''m not outstanding in my military strength, I''m more stable. Although I can''t call him a good defender, I''m a rare guard. In addition, the 10000 Yuan Shu soldiers in the city are far more powerful than the garrison of the cities in Runan, so it''s difficult to attack. "


    Then, he took a drink from his glass, sorted out his thoughts, and said, "another reason is that although our Anton army has outstanding combat power, it is only 20000. All the other armies are allies. Although they obey the instructions, they are not as good as their own. And


    "In addition, the end of the general in the use of troops also need to take into account the loss of allies, so when the siege, quite a sense of restraint."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment and said, "if it''s a strange army, it may be so. Is it the same with Yuzhou army?"


    All the generals were dumb and did not dare to say much.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t understand. He sighed, "do you have a solution?"


    "In fact, there will be some ideas at the end of these days. I don''t know whether to say them or not." Wang Ran is in a side road;


    "but it doesn''t hurt to say so." Huangfu Chaobo nodded his way;

 Chapter 830

    Wang Ran, with the permission of Huangfu Chaobo, was greatly inspired and said: "since the allies are not easy to use, why don''t they mobilize troops from Sizhou? Now in Runan, except for Ancheng and Ruyin, the rest of the cities are ordinary guards. We can take part of the garrison from Si Zhou, and we can use these cities to train our troops. "


    "Another point, please refer to, is that the siege war is not good for our Anton army. If you can, you can transfer the battalions in turn, so that all battalions can be familiar with the siege war."


    "Good," Pang Tong said with a smile, "General Wang is very good at this skill. He sent his guards to attack the city, and he just took the battle instead of training. However, it is also feasible to transfer the battle barracks in turn, but it is not proper to transfer them in turn. Hundreds of miles from Sizhou to Runan, it takes quite a long time for the troops to come and go, and they can be transferred for one or two rounds at most. "


    Wang Ran''s idea moved Huangfu Chaobo''s mind. Indeed, although Anton''s army defeated foreign enemies several times to keep its present territory, it was mainly defensive operations. Almost all the barracks in the battle of guarding the city had experienced several times.


    However, there are very few such battles against the city. Now Anton''s army is well equipped, and it can be said that the future battles will be mainly foreign wars. Therefore, Wang Ran''s suggestion is very timely. Yuan Shu''s army in Runan is not strong enough to practice.


    Not only the battalions, but also the generals of the battalions.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Shi''a: "Shi''a, after returning to Xincai, he will send an order to Luoyang, ordering Xu Shu to dispatch one school soldier from each battalion of Huben army and Longxiang army, and select 60000 garrison from each city. A total of 90000 troops will come to Xincai as soon as possible to replace the school soldiers who are fighting in Runan."


    As soon as Shi a listens, immediately comes out to receive the order.


    Pang Tong asked: "Lord, the generals


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand: "the leader will not be replaced. For the time being, he will be under the command of three generals Huang Zhong, Zhang Ying and Wang Ran. At that time, the 90000 troops will be divided into three routes. The 30000 troops of Yuzhou army will also be divided into three routes, and they will be under the command of the three of you. As for the alien lords, if they can not, they will not. If they have to move with the army, they will be evenly distributed among the departments They are also soldiers of our Anton army. "


    Then Huangfu Chaobo inquired about the general''s sergeants and soldiers, and finished lunch. In the afternoon of the war, Huangfu Chaobo did not continue to watch, but returned to Xincai under the protection of the trapped camp.


    After returning to Xincai, under the order of Huangfu Chaobo, Shi''a immediately sent the order of dispatching troops to Luoyang. On the same day, Xu Shu began to mobilize the army after receiving the order. The battalions of each department were OK, mainly because it took time to dispatch 60000 garrison troops.


    Fortunately, under the rule of Anton''s army, there was a strict classification of soldiers. In addition to the three levels of guards, soldiers and guards, the more elite part of guards would be reorganized separately. Therefore, only the general''s office ordered the number of soldiers to be transferred in each county, and the military officers of each city could send the corresponding number of soldiers to the county as soon as possible And then go to the scheduled assembly point together with the battalions in the county town.


    On July 10, Huang Zhong''s army finally captured an''cheng, but when the city was broken, Le led more than 1000 disabled soldiers to break through and enter Shenyang County. After more than ten days of war, Huang Zhong''s army also needed to rest, so he could only watch le and enter Shenyang.


    On the 12th, Zhang Ying''s army also heard that Ruyin city was broken, and Li Feng led nearly a thousand troops down Yingshui and retreated to Shenxian county.


    when Anton''s army gathered again, Cao Cao''s strategy also changed. The news that Anton''s army divided the army into several routes to attack the surrounding cities also spread to Cao Cao. Later, Cao Cao also ordered himself to lead 50000 troops to besiege xiapi. Cao Ren led Cao ang, Cao Anmin and Li Dian to lead 50000 troops to attack Liangcheng and Siwu.


    Within ten days, Cao Ren''s army went down to two cities. Then, the army continued to go south to attack the lower prime minister.


    At this time, sun CE''s army had already captured the two cities of Yuguo and Jiangdu. In addition to leaving 3000 soldiers in each city, sun CE''s army of 40000 was Guangling.


    Under the Guangling City, sun CE is just and vigorous. He looks at the city in front of him with flying eyebrows. Guangling city is a big city in the north of the Yangtze River. If you can capture this city successfully, I believe it will play an immeasurable role in sun''s going north to the Central Plains and competing for hegemony in the world.


    What he didn''t know was that in Gaoyou City, a hundred miles north of Guangling, Ji Ling''s 50000 troops were eyeing him, ready to give him a fatal blow at any time.


    Gaoyou is only a hundred miles away from Guangling city. However, although it is a hundred miles away, it is connected by Zhongdu water. If you go down the water, you can get there overnight. For the sake of sun CE''s army, Ji Ling''s army has been lurking in Gaoyou for more than ten days.


    Now, it''s almost time to come to the surface, so after getting the news that sun CE''s army began to attack Guangling, Ji Ling began to prepare for the attack. He wanted to strike a decisive blow to sun CE, an anti skeleton boy, in order to frighten Huangfu Chaobo and Cao Cao in the North, and let them know that the Zhongshi Dynasty was not a clay figurine that they were allowed to knead.


    On the 15th, sun CE''s army officially launched an attack on Guangling city. In addition to 40000 Danyang soldiers, there were also 5000 Guangling troops captured by sun CE in recent days. The role of these 5000 troops was to fill the river and consume the Garrison''s arrows and other equipment.Guangling city is located 60 miles north of the river. Zhongdu water flows through the southeast corner of the city. You can reach the river by following Zhongdu water. The city wall is not a common square, but a Pentagon. There are water gates and docks in the southeast corner. There is a gate in each of the other four directions.


    After sun CE led the army to arrive, he divided three troops to attack the northern, Western and southern walls of Guangling. As for the east gate and the water gate in the southeast direction, there was no strategy of sending troops to encircle them.


    In fact, it''s not that there are no troops at shuimen in the southeast direction, but that sun''s army is lurking ten miles downstream of Zhongdu river. Sun CE''s army is powerful, while yuan''s army is not worth mentioning. Sun CE''s arrangement is to break through the siege of shuimen and annihilate the army in the city.


    Huang Gai is in charge of the north, Han Dang is in charge of attacking the south, sun CE leads Zhu Zhi and LV fan to attack the West City, and another general, LV Dai, because he was originally from Hailing of Guangling and used to be a county official in Hailing, sun CE gives him 3000 troops to go to hailing, hoping that he can control hailing and then quickly return to the army for support.

 Chapter 831

    Ji Ling saw the movements of sun CE''s army one by one. After the news of the departure of Lu Dai''s army came, Ji Ling immediately sent Chen Lan to lead the 5000 troops to follow. When Lu Dai''s army arrived at hailing, it was surrounded under the city of Hailing. After a day of fierce fighting, almost all the 3000 troops of Lu Dai were destroyed. Only Lu Dai led more than 100 disabled soldiers to flee to Dongling Tingdu.


    However, Chen Lan''s army followed him to Dongling Pavilion. After Chen Lan defeated LV Dai''s army in Hailing City, he transferred 3000 guards from Hailing city. A total of 8000 troops followed LV Dai''s rout and pursued him all the way to Dongling Pavilion.


    At this time, Lu Dai, looking at the banners of nearly ten thousand troops and Chen Lan outside the Dongling Pavilion, couldn''t understand that Ji Ling had cheated everyone. When everyone thought that his fifty thousand troops were hiding in Runan or xiapi, ready to surprise the two armies in the north, his army had already arrived in Guangling, and his target was his own Jiangdong army.


    But at this time, Lu Dai was unable to return to heaven. He could only order the army to defend Dongling Pavilion and send someone to report to sun CE by waterway, hoping that he would have time.


    At this time, after the attack of sun CE''s army, the Dongling Pavilion did not have time to repair its defense. Under the desperate attack of Chen Lan''s nearly ten thousand troops, it was captured by Chen Lan''s army after only one day, and sun CE''s retreat was blocked.


    Seeing that donglingting ferry was not safe, Lu Dai, a strong man, broke his hand and immediately ordered to abandon donglingdu. He quickly withdrew the remaining 1500 soldiers from donglingdu to the ship, and then sailed west along the river to the capital of the river in the south of Guangxi.


    As a native of Guangling, he knows the geographical conditions around Guangling very well. Donglingting is the largest and best ferry in Guangling. Once the ferry was lost, sun Qijun''s way back to Jiangdong was blocked, but it was not that there was no way back at all. There was also a ferry in the south of Jiangdu City in the west, but the ferry was too small and there were too few boats that could dock at one time.


    If he could defend the capital of Jiangdong, sun CE''s army would be able to withdraw at least half of its troops. Of course, it depends on how many troops sun CE can bring back from Guangling.


    When Lu Dai led the disabled soldiers to retreat to Jiangdu, sun Qijun was in a crisis of collapse.


    It''s July 20. After three days of fierce fighting, sun CE''s army has been able to attack the city. Although it can''t support a pillar of incense, it will be driven down by Zhang Xun''s army. However, sun CE and Jiang Dong''s generals are very satisfied to have such a record in three days.


    When everyone was satisfied, the news brought by LV Dai''s emissary made everyone fall into the ice cave. Ji Ling''s 50000 troops were in Guangling! He has defeated Lu Dai and is now attacking Dongling Pavilion.


    Zhu Zhi and LV fan, who got the news, immediately asked sun CE to withdraw his army. As we all know, the Dongling Pavilion must have been lost now. That is to say, the retreat of the army is over. Now they can only return to Jiangdu first, and then make plans.


    But Sun CE was not reconciled. Just as he was ready to take Guangling city with all his strength, the army in the north of the city suddenly burst out with a cry of killing.


    Several people''s heart sank, such a big movement, the only possibility is that Ji Ling''s army has been killed.


    Sun CE''s face was as heavy as water, and he paced back and forth in the big tent, unable to make up his mind.


    "Newspaper!"


    Just at this time, the urgent report of the messenger sounded outside the tent.


    "Pass on!" Sun CE gave a loud drink.


    "Report to the general. General Huang sent someone to report. Ji Ling''s 50000 troops suddenly appeared behind them. Now they are all calling for attack. Please make a decision early."


    "General, we can''t wait any longer!" Zhu Zhi went up the first two steps;


    "yes, general, we have to withdraw!" Lu Fan also said;


    in his rage, sun CE pulls out his ancient ingot knife and cuts it at the table in front of him. With a "Hua La", the table suddenly splits into two.


    "Jiling dog thief, you will not be spared


    After venting, sun CE finally regained his sense. Now he has only 30000 troops left, and he has almost become a tired soldier after several days of war. Ji Ling has 50000 troops, and it is the time when his strength is flourishing. Besides, the ferry at donglingting has been lost now. Once the soldiers get the news, they will lose their morale. It is right to withdraw at this time.


    However, after months of planning, sun CE was unwilling to give up because he was about to succeed. However, after looking at the generals around him, sun CE was still alive. He suppressed the thoughts in his heart. Now he didn''t completely convince these veteran generals in the army. If he forced himself to fight, there would be future trouble.


    Thinking of this, sun CE had to endure the war and ordered: "come on, give an order to General Huang and General Han. The army will withdraw to the Chinese army, the siegers will slowly return to their own positions, and the camp will be ready to resist the Jiling army."


    After thinking about it for a while, he said: "send people to Jiangdu and Yuguo immediately, and let them strictly guard the city to prevent Yuan Shu''s army from sneaking attack. Once Yuan Shu''s army comes, it is not allowed to go out of the city to fight in waves. "


    Soon, several heralds ran out of sun CE''s camp and went in all directions. At the same time, sun CE''s army also sounded the sound of Ming Jin. When the soldiers who were attacking heard the sound of Ming Jin, they quickly broke away from the battle with Yuan Shu''s army and returned to the camp. Only Zhang Xun, who was at the head of the city, had found the abnormality in the north of the city and knew that Ji Ling''s army had arrived, he ordered the soldiers Fighting back desperately made sun Qijun lose a lot of troops.It can be said that sun CE''s order was relatively timely. Although it could not save the army of Huang Gai''s Department, it was very timely for the army of Huang Gai''s department and the army of Han Dang''s department.


    Huang Gai originally had ten thousand troops. In a few days of fighting, he had lost two thousand, and now there are eight thousand. However, when the Jiling army appeared, huanggai responded faster, but the Jiling army was faster. When huanggai''s troops gathered, they had already begun to set up the array and launched the attack.


    On the one hand, Huang Gai used the two thousand soldiers who had gathered in advance to block the attack of Ji Ling army, and on the other hand, he ordered the deputy general to continue to gather troops and horses in the back. Unfortunately, although Huang Gai tried his best to block it, thousands of Jiangdong troops were defeated by Ji Ling''s 45000 troops for less than two quarters of an hour.


    Huang Gai was also escorted by 200 personal guards and retreated towards the Western army. When sun CE''s messenger arrived at the northern camp, he could only see Yuan Shu''s soldiers pouring towards the west, but his thousands of troops had disappeared.


    An hour later, Ji Ling''s army appeared in the north of sun CE army''s camp. At this time, the gate of Guangling city was also opened, and Zhang Xun''s nearly ten thousand soldiers were out of the city and forced to the west of sun CE army''s camp.

 Chapter 832

    In Sunce''s camp, all the troops had successfully withdrawn from the camp, but when 40000 troops came to attack Guangling, there were only more than 20000 left. There were only a few hundred rout soldiers in the 10000 troops of huanggai department, who fled back in confusion.


    Han Dangbu came back more than 6000 people, plus 14000 people from sun CE''s headquarters. Of course, there are 6000 troops in Jiangdu and Yuguo. If we calculate in this way, we have lost more than half of the 50000 troops crossing the river.


    At this time, there were more than 50000 Yuan Shu troops outside the camp, and they might attack the camp at any time.


    In a moment, the offensive and defensive positions changed, which made the morale of sergeant sun CE very low. Seeing this, sun CE knew that if he didn''t find a way, he didn''t know how many 50000 Jiangdong elites he could bring back.


    Thinking of this, sun CE brought up his ancient Ding Dao and said to his guards in a loud voice: "the horse who leads our general will go out of the camp to meet the enemy!"


    Zhu Zhi and other people''s faces have changed greatly. Now Yuan Shu''s army outside the camp is more than twice that of his family. I''m afraid that when they leave the camp at this time... Think of here, a few people look at each other, is ready to open the mouth to block.


    "Dong Dong Dong"


    Just at this time, there was a loud drum outside the camp, and soon the guards reported outside the tent: "newspaper, general, Yuan Shujun has begun to attack!"


    A few people listen to, at the same time color change, Ji Ling even don''t give breathing time, everyone a formation finished, then the whole army. You know, although sun Qijun''s camp is also very strong, it is far from the city. Moreover, once sun Qijun, who has just been defeated, gets the news of Hailing city and Dongling Tingdu, his army will collapse in an instant.


    Outside sun CE''s camp, Ji Ling is behind the army. As sun CE''s generals think, he doesn''t want to give sun CE''s army too much time, because he doesn''t have much time. Now Xuzhou and Yuzhou are facing the attack of two routes of strong soldiers. No matter which route of army is easy to defeat, so he must destroy sun CE''s army as soon as possible, and then quickly lead the troops back.


    After the formation of the army, Ji Ling ordered the whole army to attack, and he wanted to wipe out sun CE''s army in one fell swoop.


    With the rumble of war drums, nearly 60000 Yuan Shu troops rushed toward sun CE''s camp from two directions in the northeast. Seeing this, sun CE said to the generals: "the generals will go to yingzhai wall to meet the enemy!"


    They agreed, and then followed sun CE to meet the enemy. As soon as you get on the wall, you can see that tens of thousands of Yuan Shu''s troops are divided into neat square arrays, attacking towards their camp.


    Seeing this, sun CE also knew that nothing could be done, so he turned to Han Dang''s generals and said, "General Han, give the wall to our general. Go back to the camp and help General Huang gather the wounded soldiers and the important craftsmen in the rear camp and prepare to retreat. Our wall can''t hold yuan''s army for long. If the army only needs to return to Jiangdu, it will be able to withdraw to Jiangdong. Otherwise, we will have no place to die. "


    Han Dang was surprised and said: "young general, it''s better for old Han to stay on the wall of the stronghold. You should lead the army to retreat first. Sun Jiajun can''t have Han Dang, but he can''t lose major general! "


    "The old general doesn''t have to say much. He is the chief General of the army. Qi can retreat first. Besides, although there are many Jiling troops, if we want to stop sun CE, he is not qualified." Sun CE flatly refused;


    Han Dang also understood that sun CE had made up his mind and would not change it any more, so he had to take orders to return to the camp. He also knew that the young master of his family was very brave, which could not be resisted by ordinary people. Besides, there was a pro guard camp with 500 people around Sun CE, which was a hundred battle elite carefully selected from the 100000 troops in Danyang. Although he could not say that he could fight against 100 with one, there was no problem with fighting against 10 with one.


    Soon after Han Dang got down the wall, Yuan Shujun attacked the wall, and the bloody war between the two armies started again. In the face of Yuan Shu''s crazy attack, sun CE''s soldiers also fought to death. But it was already in the afternoon, and sun Qijun began to attack the city in the morning. He had not eaten yet, and now he was exhausted.


    Under the attack of Yuan Shu''s army, sun CE''s barracks were broken in less than an hour. Seeing that there was no delay, sun CE ordered the army to retreat. He led the 500 Pro guard battalion to the rear.


    The little tiger''s power really made yuan''s army suffer a lot. It was only when it was getting dark that Yuan''s army was able to occupy all sun CE''s barracks. By this time, most of sun CE''s troops had already retreated several miles away.


    After conquering Sunce''s barracks, Ji Ling immediately divided the army into two parts. Twenty thousand of them were led by himself and pursued Sunce''s army first with dry food. The other twenty thousand were led by deputy general Lei Bo. After half an hour''s rest in the camp, Ji Ling continued to pursue and replace his twenty thousand army.


    In this way, the two armies fled and pursued each other. It was not until the next morning that sun CE''s remnant soldiers fled into Jiangdu county that they stopped. At this time, there were only ten thousand soldiers who fled into the capital of the Yangtze River. In addition, there were three thousand soldiers in the capital of the Yangtze River and more than one thousand disabled soldiers who retreated into the capital of the Yangtze River under the leadership of Lu Dai. There were three thousand troops in the county seat of Yuguo. In the end, there were only seventeen thousand soldiers who crossed the Yangtze River.


    This result made sun CE almost dizzy, but fortunately, after Lu Dai entered Jiangdu, he actively strengthened his defense, and sent people to Yuguo to make him ready. Therefore, the soldiers of the two cities began to prepare one day before sun CE''s order arrived.Soon after sun CE''s army entered Jiangdu, Ji Ling''s army also arrived at Jiangdu. However, the army had been fighting for a day and a night, and it was impossible to attack Jiangdu immediately. So Ji Ling ordered the army to camp several miles north of Jiangdu, rest for two days, and then attack Jiangdu. At the same time, he ordered a large number of siege equipment to be sent from Guangling for use in the war two days later.


    Standing on the city wall, sun CE looks at the busy yuan Shujun outside the city with a frosty face. Although he is unwilling, he has to admit that he has completely failed in the northern expedition across the Yangtze River. Now what he needs to consider is how to successfully withdraw the remaining troops to Jiangdong.


    Since entering the city, sun CE has been standing on the wall to observe the movement of Yuan Shu''s army. The rest of the generals have arranged soldiers and defenses in the city. An hour later, Lu Dai, who was the first to enter Jiangdu, climbed the city wall, walked slowly to sun CE, and quietly watched the movement of the army outside the city.


    Lu Dai is a general who joined sun CE after he came to power in Jiangdong. It can be said that like Quan Rou, he is sun CE''s true confidant, not a general left behind by Sun Jian, just like some old generals of the sun family. Therefore, some other generals can''t say, but Lu Dai has no such concern.

 Chapter 833

    Sun CE didn''t have to look back to recognize that it was Lu Dai who went to the city. After a long time, he sighed and said, "Duke Ding, this war must be a complete defeat."


    Lu Dai bowed to sun CE and said, "Lord, winning or losing is a matter of military affairs. If you lose today, you will get it back tomorrow! When our troops return to Jiangdong and concentrate on training, they will be able to rally in the future, and they will be shamed before the snow. "


    Lu Dai''s words made sun CE feel much more comfortable. At this time, he sent troops to Jiangbei and came back after a big defeat, which made sun CE realize a very serious problem. He had no counselors. Although the generals in the army were like clouds, they were all generals, not good at planning.


    In the end, the general plan that he had planned for several days became a laughing stock in the eyes of others. Thinking of this, sun CE suddenly thought of a man. He turned his eyes to the West and said in his heart, "Gong Jin, you have to help me anyway this time."


    "Duke Ding, don''t worry, there''s nothing wrong with a certain city. Since Guangling has been captured, in Duke Ding''s opinion, can our army keep this city? At least we can leave a foothold for the next troop Sun CE looked back at Lu Daidao;


    in fact, he still had one idea that he didn''t say, that is to leave a fig leaf for his defeat.


    Lu Dai was stunned, but soon understood sun CE''s meaning, and said cautiously: "in the view of the last general, Ji Ling, with the advantage of 50000 troops, will not tolerate our troops occupying this city in Jiangbei."


    "Well," Sun CE said in response to Nai''s anger, "Duke Ding doesn''t have to say much. Some people already understand. In this case, let''s send someone to Yuguo to take the army back to Jiangdu as far as possible before the Jiling army has completely besieged the city, and then discuss with General Huang to return the army to Jiangdong in batches."


    With these words, sun CE seemed to have exhausted all his strength, and he lost his spirit.


    Lu Dai was about to say something more, but he was stopped by sun CE with a wave: "Duke Ding, go and arrange it. I would like to stay in the city for a while."


    With that, he no longer paid attention to Lu Dai and turned to the direction of the tower.


    Seeing this, Lu Dai quickly turned and walked down the wall. As soon as he got out of the city, he saw that Huang Gai''s generals had already arrived at the foot of the city. He quickly stepped forward and said, "Lu Dai has seen some old generals."


    "Well," Huang Gai waved his hand and said, "don''t be too polite, Captain Lu. How about a little general?"


    The rest of them also looked at LV Dai. LV Dai Lian said hastily, "old general Hui Huang, my Lord has ordered the general to send someone to withdraw the troops of Yu state at the end of his life, and then he will discuss with you old generals about withdrawing the troops."


    A few people listen, also all relieved, fortunately, the little general did not die to fight with Ji Ling army, this let the army rest assured. The most worrying thing for several people is that sun CE is young and energetic. He can''t put down his face and wants to fight with Ji Ling''s army.


    One day later, while the Jiling army was waiting for the materials and troops to attack Guangling, thousands of sun CE''s troops of Yuguo quickly broke through the defense of the Jiling army and entered the Jiangdu City to join the army.


    Two days later, that is, on July 25, after resisting the two-day attack of the Jiling army, sun Qijun suddenly boarded the ship at night and quietly withdrew from Jiangdu City. So far, the Guangling war was over.


    Sun CE''s army of 50000 troops went northward and lost more than half of the total. Only more than 20000 troops successfully withdrew to Jianye city. Ji Ling''s 50000 troops lost less than 5000 people, but the an troops in Jiangdu and Guangling lost nearly 10000.


    After a day''s rest in Guangling City, Ji Ling led his troops northward along the Zhongdu River, passed through Hongze Lake, and entered Surabaya, ready to go upstream to support xiapi city.


    At this time, in the battle field of Yuzhou, the Anton army of Huangfu Chaobo was still divided into two groups, and had successively captured the two cities of beiyichun and Shenyang. And the alien Alliance Army headed by zonghengxia and huangjinwudi has also sent troops to attack Xiyang.


    The 90000 troops transferred by Huangfu Chaobo from Luoyang have arrived in Runan, while the property, craftsmen and prisoners collected by Anton''s army in recent two months have all been concentrated in the town of Geling. All the troops were in a state of rest. When the new army arrived, the soldiers would escort the people and property back to Luoyang, and then they would return to Luoyang.


    Among these harvests, Huangfu Chaobo paid the most attention to the more than 10000 imperial guards of Yuan Shu''s captured army. Among them, there were many highly qualified soldiers, much better than the heavy infantry captured in Luoyang at that time. But now Yuan Shu has not failed, so these soldiers can not be recruited for surrender.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had also received the news that Ji Ling''s army appeared in Guangling. He could not help but feel a sigh of relief. Although he said that he was not afraid of Ji Ling''s 50000 army, he didn''t appear for a day, and everyone was always worried.


    If Ji Ling''s 50000 troops appear in Guangling, the life of little tiger will be difficult.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, a few days later, the battle of Guangling came back. Under Ji Ling''s counterattack, sun CE''s army sustained for less than half a month and lost most of its troops. Then they returned to Jiangdong in a mess. In less than two months, the three road princes besieged Yuan Shu and retreated all the way.When Huangfu Chaobo received the news, Cao Cao also got the news of Jiling army. At this time, Cao Cao''s army had captured Liangcheng, Siwu, xiaxianghe and other cities. In addition to the tens of thousands of troops besieging xiapi, the rest of the troops were preparing to go south to attack Tongguo county. After getting the news that Jiling''s army had defeated Sunce''s army, Cao Cao immediately contracted his troops and returned to xiapi.


    Just as a great war is coming in the Central Plains, a news suddenly comes from Youzhou in the north. Just as Gongsun Zan was fighting against Liu Yu and Liu Bei, Lv Bu of Bingzhou suddenly set out to attack Liu Bei''s nest. Liu Bei, who got the news, immediately led the troops to come back. However, he was ambushed by Lu Bu''s army 20 Li to the east of Daoren county. Tens of thousands of troops of Daijun county were killed and seriously injured, and Liu Bei was seriously injured by Lu Bu. Under Guan Yu and Zhang Fei''s desperate escort, he only led hundreds of white soldiers to break through without any trace.


    Later, it took Lu Bu''s army only more than 10 days to control Daijun. However, after occupying Daijun, Lu Bujun did not take advantage of the situation to attack Liu Yu, but stopped at the suggestion of Chen Gong, waiting for the end of the war between Liu Yu and Gongsun Zan.


    At this time, Yuan Shao also suddenly sent out troops. Yan Liang, Wen Chou, each LED 60000 soldiers, 10000 cavalry, and several generals attacked huangjintianxia, which occupied Lingshou and Xintianyou, which occupied Quyang.

 Chapter 834

    Facing the strong crush of Yuan Shao''s army, Huang Jintian and Xin Tianyou led the fierce resistance, but they were defeated by Yuan Shao''s army in less than half a month.


    Yan Liang and Wen Chou led the army to follow him. After several days of fierce fighting with Zhang Yanjun in zhendingcheng, they finally returned to Jizhou without success and the battlefield was quiet again.


    After this war, Yuan Shao finally controlled most of the territory of Jizhou and became the real king of Jizhou.


    On August 10, Ji Ling''s 50000 troops arrived in xiapi, where they camped less than five li away from xiapi city. The war between Cao Yuan''s two armies was imminent.


    Almost at the same time, the second batch of troops of Anton''s army also arrived in Geling. According to the original plan, Huangfu Chaobo divided the army into three groups: Huang Zhong, Wang Ran and Zhang Ying. The 30000 Yuzhou army also led the three groups, each with 10000 soldiers. As for the players, there were less than 10000 soldiers in each group, and the rest of the players joined the alliance with several people in the world It''s in the middle.


    After two days of rest, the three armies sent troops to Anyang, Xinxi and Baoxin respectively, while Huangfu Chaobo himself continued to lead the guards in Xincai to coordinate and command.


    Since he got the news of Ji Ling''s army, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t worry as much as he did at first. After Ji Ling defeated sun CE''s army, he was sure to help xiapi, not Runan, for the first time, so there was no big threat to Runan battlefield. However, for the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo gave all the cavalry to several armies to let them go We can find the enemy''s situation at the first time.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo is still worried about the focus and expansion direction of Anton''s army in the future. The main reason is that his two major military divisions have different opinions.


    Xu Shu''s opinion is to go north first and then south, deal with Lv Bu in Bingzhou and Yuan Shao in Jizhou first, and then turn around to deal with Cao Cao. In his opinion, the yuan family''s background is too deep. Yuan Shao''s development in the past two years is not fast because of the restriction of war horses. However, once Lv Bu gets a firm foothold, he will definitely contact with Yuan Shaoli.


    We need to know that Bingzhou is short of food, but there are a lot of war horses, but Jizhou is on the contrary. Once the two families unite, their forces will swell sharply. When the time comes, it will be troublesome to deal with them again.


    However, Cao Cao in Yanzhou was different. Sizhou, Qingzhou and Yuzhou were under the control of Anton''s army or allies. It was not easy for them to develop, so he advocated North first and then south.


    But Pang Tong''s idea is just the opposite. Although Yuan Shao looks strong, his character is tough, and Lu Bu is even more so, but Cao Cao is not the same. Cao Cao is patient, proficient in the art of war, and cherishes talents. Xu Shao of Nanyang is famous for knowing people. He once said to Cao Cao: "the traitor of Jun Qingping, the hero of troubled times.".


    Therefore, in Pang Tong''s view, Cao Cao was more dangerous than Yuan Shao, but both of them could not convince each other, so the two brothers got involved. Fortunately, this problem was not so urgent before the death of Yuan Shu.


    In the middle of August, Cao Cao and Yuan Shu''s army finally went to war, and on the battlefield of Yuzhou, the three routes of Anton''s army also began a new offensive. Huang Zhongbu attacked Anyang, Zhang Ying attacked Xinxi, and Wang Ran attacked Baoxin. Wang Ran was the first of the three armies to fight.


    Because of the demands of Huangfu Chaobo, the army did not rush to capture the city, but trained through Yuan Shu''s army. Therefore, the offensive of the three armies was not fierce, but tepid. Of course, in addition to this reason, after a few days of fighting, Wang Ran found that although Huang Yi''s Imperial Army had been destroyed, the resistance of the cities in Runan had not weakened, but had a more determined meaning.


    After reporting this discovery to Huangfu Chaobo, Wang Ran continued to devote his energy to training and attacking the city.


    But now Huangfu Chaobo''s mind has crossed the huaishui River and entered the Huainan boundary.


    After arranging the battle of the fourth Route Army, Huangfu Chaobo began to arrange Shi A''s men to cross the huaishui River quietly to inquire about the information of Yuan Shu''s troops in Huainan.


    By this time, some intelligence has begun to come back. To Huangfu''s surprise, Huang Yi already has news. It turns out that after Huang Yi fled, he returned to Shouchun directly under the escort of the soldiers, and did not stay in Runan.


    Yuan Shu didn''t punish Huang Yi when he knew what had happened, because the purpose of his sending troops to Runan was to delay time. He didn''t expect that Huang Yi''s masterstroke of sending troops to other cities actually met his requirements. Therefore, Yuan Shu didn''t scold Huang Yi for losing 30000 imperial guards.


    However, in order to block the Allied forces to the north of huaishui River, Yuan Shuren strengthened the defense of the cities in Huainan, and at the same time controlled all the three cities in the northeast of Tongbai mountain in Jiangxia County, such as Jian County, Panguo and Xiyang. Not only that, he also ordered a large number of beacon towers to be set up along the South Bank of huaishui river.


    In this way, as long as the coalition forces north of the huaishui River are found to have signs of crossing the river, Yuan Shujun will be able to quickly mobilize the army for defense. Another point is that although yuan Shujun''s water army is not very good, there is no tiger in the mountains. Monkey is called king. Anton''s army has no water army in the huaishui River to compete with.At the end of August, the three armies of Anton''s army successively captured the target city. After the rest of the army, Huangfu Chaobo arranged war again. Zhang Ying''s and Wang Ran''s troops led the attack on Yuanlu and Fubo, while Huang Zhong''s troops began to prepare to cross the river.


    Although Shi A''s shadow came back with the news that it was difficult to cross the river, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to let Huang Zhong lead the troops to have a try.


    At the beginning of September, the war in Youzhou was completely over. Liu Yu, who lost Liu Bei''s support, had no strong general to resist Gongsun Zan. After two months of support, he was defeated.


    In mid August, JuYang was captured by gongsunzan''s army, and then Liu Yu was beheaded by gongsunzan, and Liu Yu''s power was destroyed.


    Just as everyone was marveling at the collapse of Liu Bei and Liu Yu, in Lelang County of Liaodong hundreds of miles away, the domineering royal family, who had been silent for several years, suddenly sent out troops. Taishici led 10000 cavalry troops to attack gongsundu.


    Within a few days, Lianpo rang (to shangjiaran), Han, hunmi, zengdi, separated more than ten cities in the south of Lelang from Liaodong county. Gongsundu was so surprised that he immediately led 50000 troops to the south to support him. But he was defeated by taishici at the foot of zengdi city. Less than 30000 of the 50000 troops retreated to Khan and did not dare to cross the river.


    In this way, we all know that it is only a matter of time before the domineering royal family controls Lelang county and becomes a vassal.

 Chapter 835

    In recent years, Wu Yu, who was far away in Liangzhou, began to move his troops westward, starting his war of unifying Jiuquan county. At the same time, the sentimental sword of Nanyang in Jingzhou led the army to attack Shangyong and started the war against Shangyong.


    It''s not just them. I''m Xiaobai from Yizhou. I''m Jianwei. When Cao Cao and Ji Ling were at war, Zang Ba of Taishan was attacked by Cao Charlie and yelaixiang at the same time, and the whole Taishan county was in the middle of the war.


    Today''s game, there are very few players already have the strength and NPC challenge.


    At the beginning of September, the wars between Fubo and Yuanlu began one after another. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had already arrived at the camp of Huangzhong Department on the North Bank of huaishui River under the protection of the trapped camp. There''s no way. Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have to deal with the war in several counties, but Huangfu Chaobo has to participate in the battle of Huaihe River.


    For Anton''s army, it was also the first time to cross the river. In the face of the huaishui River, which is more than 100 feet wide, and the absence of its own water army, the crossing of the river will not be so easy.


    As early as the beginning of the war, the Anton army had already made preparations in their hearts, but the final result was unexpected to Huangfu Chaobo. Huang Zhong was defeated by Yuan Shujun in crossing the huaishui river several times, and the army lost nearly a thousand people, but he could not even set foot on the South Bank of the huaishui river.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who got the news, immediately arrived in Huang Zhongjun''s camp. Before entering the camp, Huang Zhong led the general to wait outside the camp. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Zhongzhong rushed forward to see him.


    "Meet the general at the end of the day!" All the generals bowed together;


    "rise up, generals," Huang Fu Chao Bo said on the horse. Then he got off the horse and walked quickly to Huang Zhong: "brother, you''ve worked hard!"


    Huang Zhong was ashamed: "at the end of the day, I will be entrusted by the general..."


    Huangfu Chaobo waved: "this is not a place to talk. Let''s pay more."


    "General, please!" Huang Zhong also woke up and quickly led Huangfu Chaobo and his party into the camp.


    Along the way, all the generals bowed their heads and said nothing. Tens of thousands of troops were wandering on the North Bank of the huaishui river. In a few days, they were defeated in crossing the river several times, and more than 1000 elite troops were lost. It really made everyone feel shameless.


    You know, these lost taxis were not injured. They were all killed by Yuan Shujun or drowned in the Huaihe River. In the end, only dozens of people were rescued.


    Sitting on the throne of the Chinese Army''s big account, Huangfu Chaobo listened carefully to Huang Zhong''s account of the recent cross river war. Pang Tong, who was next to him, broke in from time to time and asked all kinds of questions. Soon they both found out the course of the war.


    Ten days ago, Huang Zhong led 50000 troops to camp on the North Bank of huaishui River according to the military order of Huangfu Chaobo. At first, they set up the camp in the southeast of Xinxi City, which is one of the best places to cross the river in the middle and upper reaches of huaishui river.


    Xinxi County, Xinyang County, Henan Province, is located to the east of Qingshui River and to the north of huaishui river. It is a relatively gentle area of huaishui river. Not only that, in the southeast of Xinxi, there is a small island called Hexin island. In the past, there was a bridge connecting both sides of huaishui river through Hexin island.


    Unfortunately, when Huang Zhong''s army approached the new information, Yuan Shujun had destroyed the bridge between the north bank and Hexin Island, leaving only the bridge from the south bank to Hexin Island, and stationed a soldier on Hexin island.


    Not only that, but there was also a water army stationed between the Hexin island and the south bank. Although they were all medium-sized warships such as Chima and Maotu, and even fighting ships were rare, for Huang Zhongbu, who only had rafts, they were high mountains.


    On the other side of Xinxi, it was the general Le Jiu, who had just fled from an''cheng to Huainan, who was responsible for the defense of Jian County, Panguo county and Xiyang County. After returning to Shouchun, although Yuan Shu was dissatisfied with them, Xi''s son-in-law was the chief General and had already fled back without punishment, so it was not good to deal with the two deputy generals Le Jiu and Li Feng.


    It''s just a mild reprimand, and then the two men were sent out to lead the army. Le Jiu led 10000 soldiers to garrison the state of Chou, responsible for the defense of several surrounding cities, while Li Feng led 10000 soldiers to garrison Qisi, responsible for the defense of Qisi and Yangquan in Liaoxian county to the East.


    This time, without Huang Yi''s hindrance, the natural danger of huaishui River and the support of the water army, they can be said to have defended the South Bank of huaishui river.


    After the arrival of Huang Zhong''s army, no matter it was forced to cross the river or the strategy of attacking the west, it was solved by Yue Jiu one by one.


    After listening to Huang Zhong''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo also turned to Pang Tong and saw a trace of helplessness in his opponent''s eyes. Defense and attack are really two different things. No, it should be said that they are far apart.


    Seeing that all the generals in the account were depressed, Huangfu Chaobo said: "the generals don''t need to care too much. General Zhou Tai has ordered Hengjiang general to come to Xinxi day and night. We will discuss with him when he comes. During this period, all the generals need to do is to appease the morale of the army. After general Zhou arrives, they will be able to defeat the enemy."


    After pacifying the generals, Huangfu Chaobo, led by Huang Zhong, went to the Bank of huaishui River to inspect yuan''s army.


    They soon rode to the water, which is one of the seven major rivers in China, between the Yangtze River and the Yellow River. It was called huaishui in ancient times, and it is one of the seven major rivers in China. Huaihe River originates from the valley in the northwest of taibaiding, the main peak of Tongbai mountain in the west of Tongbai County, Nanyang City, Henan Province. In fact, Xinxi River belongs to the upper reaches with relatively large drop, but the water potential here is relatively gentle, which is more suitable for crossing the river.However, the ferry that is really suitable for crossing the river is below the entrance of Ru River into Huai River, but it is closer to the "imperial city" of the Zhong Dynasty. Well, it is Shouchun of the "imperial city", so the defense is far beyond the innovation of the upper reaches.


    However, even if the defense is far from comparable to the new information, crossing the river is not so simple. This result makes Huangfu Chaobo frustrated.


    After leaving by the river, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong left the camp and went to Xinxi county. Instead of resting in Huang Zhong''s camp, he planned to spend the night in the city.


    When entering the city from the South Gate of Xinxi, it passed through the most prosperous South Street in Xinxi city. At this time, it was getting late. The war of Xinxi had been over for more than half a month. The life of the residents in the city had gradually recovered to the state before the war, and the wine shops in the city began to resume normal business.


    At this time, it was already in the early days of the lights, and the smell of wine and vegetables was blowing in the air from time to time, which made Pang Tong a little drunkard.

 Chapter 836

    Pang Tong shook a horse''s reins, approached Huangfu Chaobo, and said with salivation: "Lord, it''s already dark. It''s time for dinner, or..."


    Then he gently pointed to the wine shop by the road and said, "here we are


    When Huangfu Chaobo saw him, he didn''t know what he thought and said, "what kind of good food and wine can we have in such a small place?"


    "Hehe, it''s certainly not as good as our own Luoshen qiongniang. It''s just that we''ve been on the expedition for a few months, so we should treat it as relieving fatigue."


    "Well, let''s see which one is better here. Let''s have a meal here. General Gao, lead the camp to settle down and come. Then, send someone to tell the new guard that we''ll have dinner here. Let''s go, Lao Dian. Let''s go up first. "


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo walked towards a restaurant called "zuixianlou" on the side of the street, because the only restaurant in the whole street had a three-tier structure, and it looked a little more classy.


    When Dian Wei saw this, he immediately led several guards of tiebiying to the front. Shi a and other guards of tiebiying put Huangfu Chaobo in the middle, and they entered the restaurant.


    At this time, there were already more than half of the tables in the lobby of the first floor of the wine shop. As soon as they entered the door, they were welcomed by the young sophomores. They were well equipped with two people in the middle.


    "Generals, do you have a reservation?"


    "No, do you have a good private room?" Dian Wei Road in front;


    "yes, yes, please go up to the third floor."


    The first floor is the lobby, and the second and third floors are elegant rooms. However, the second floor is large room, which can accommodate several tables, while the third floor is small room, which is basically one table, but the space of each room is almost the same as that of the second floor.


    While leading the people upstairs, the shopkeeper introduced the wine and food of the restaurant to the public: "good taste, our wine and food in Zuixian restaurant are among the best in Runan. Our wine is specially bought from Luoyang by the shopkeeper."


    Now in the game, there are more than Huangfu Chaobo''s liquor specialties. For example, Bingzhou, Youzhou and Yizhou all have very good liquor specialties. However, because Luoshen qiongniang is the oldest Liquor Specialty in the game, its influence is far from comparable with other liquor.


    But ordinary people only think that wine is produced in Luoyang. After all, Luoyang is now the home of Huangfu Chaobo. Only Pang Tong and other core figures know that all high-end wine is brewed in Xinzheng City and then sent to Luoyang. The main reason for this arrangement is that it consumes too much food, and Xinzheng is relatively close to Chenliu or Yuzhou, which is convenient for the transportation of purchased food.


    In fact, at the beginning, the meaning of Huangfu''s Chaobo was still put in changshe, but it was unanimously opposed by Pang Tong. Although Yuzhou was an ally, it was always a little uneasy to place this on others. After all, Luoshen qiongniang was a very important part of Anton''s revenue.


    When they heard the introduction from the shop boy, they didn''t break it. They just went to the elegant room upstairs with a smile.


    On the third floor, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly heard someone talking in the first elegant room, and there were several guards with big arms and round waists standing at the door. When they heard someone coming up the stairs, their voices were a little lower, but a few words still reached Huangfu Chaobo''s ears.


    "Fengxiao, why do you suddenly want to come to Xinxi?"


    "Filial piety!" Huangfu Chaobo was shocked when he heard that. Is that right? Just as he was about to listen attentively, the people inside lowered their voice a little. In addition to the noise in the lobby downstairs and in the street outside, Huangfu Chaobo could no longer hear the voice inside.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was about to ask the waiter, he had already opened the door of an elegant room next door and invited everyone into the room. As soon as he entered the room, Pang Tong couldn''t wait for the waiter to serve the best food and wine in the restaurant.


    There were more than ten people in Huangfu Chaobo group. Although there were enough tables for these people in the elegant room on the third floor, Dianwei still asked the shop boy to open another table next to him. There were more than ten tiebiying guards and four people in Huangfu Chaobo.


    Soon, the food and wine of the restaurant were brought up, and everyone in Yajian began to eat. Of course, apart from Huangfu Chaobo, Pang Tong was the only one who let go of drinking. After a sip, the rest of the people didn''t drink any more.


    However, although Huangfu Chaobo was drinking, his ears carefully caught the movement of Yajian next door. Pang Tong didn''t notice the look of Huangfu Chaobo, but Shi a and Dian Wei did. They thought there was something wrong in the next room that they wanted to do harm to their master. When they were about to get up, they were stopped by Huangfu Chaobo.


    Just then, the voice next door began to ring again.


    "Fengxiao, do you still want to travel instead of becoming an official?" A middle-aged man''s voice said;


    "Gongda, where are you going?" Another languid voice said;


    sure enough, when Huangfu Chaobo heard these two words, he was filled with ecstasy. Guo fengxiao, a natural genius, and Xun Gongda, who is known for his resourceful and resourceless ways, thought they had already become officials, but he didn''t expect to meet them here.As soon as he thought about this, Huangfu Chaobo could no longer resist the excitement in his heart. He was about to leave his Yajian and go to visit him. Suddenly, his heart moved. He might as well listen to them carefully and make a decision.


    Sure enough, after a little silence, Xun you whispered, "Uncle Wenruo has written to invite me to become an official there, but I''m still thinking about it."


    "Oh, why?"


    "The Duke first stole Chen Liu, then forcibly seized Qiao County, and then attacked Xuzhou. Although he was avenging his father, I heard that he killed a lot, but it seems that his means are too much."


    "Bang, Confucian corruption..." Before Xun you finished his words, he heard Guo Jia sneer;


    Xun you was not angry, but asked Guo Jia, "even if fengxiao cares, how about going with me?"


    "Ah, ah... Don''t involve me. However, apart from this person, does Gongda have no other idea? For example


    If Huangfu Chaobo could see it, he would see Guo Jia carrying a wine pot and shaking it, but that wine pot was Luoshen qiongniang''s.


    Xun you nodded and said, "it''s also a candidate to be considered. Why did fengxiao bring me here? Is it... "


    Guo Jia neither admits nor denies it. He just takes his glass and drinks it. Then he takes a meaningful look at Xun you.

 Chapter 837

    Xun you in Ya Jian listened to Guo Jia''s question, but did not answer his question. Instead, he talked about other things with Guo Jia. Next, while eating, they chatted about what they had seen and heard from all over the world. Huangfu Chaobo knew that he could not hear much useful information, so he returned to the table, picked up Pang Tong, who was eating and drinking, and said, "come on, go out with me."


    When Dian Wei and Shi a saw this, they both stood up and were ready to go out with them. The guards nearby were also ready to get up, but they were stopped by Huangfu Chaobo and left their room with them.


    The four went out of their rooms and went downstairs. At the door of the elegant room next to the stairway, Huangfu Chaobo said to several guards, "please inform your master that Sizhou Huangfu Chaobo wants to see two gentlemen!"


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words stunned the two guards at the door. It took a long time for them to respond: "an... General Anton


    "The Marquis of cangting?"


    They are all the guardians of Xun you. They have followed him for a long time, so they know a lot about the people and things in the world today. When I heard the name of Huangfu Chaobo, several guards were shocked.


    Huangfu Chaobo smiles and nods a little, and says, "please let me know."


    Inside and outside, xunguo and general Anton were stunned. Didn''t they say that general Anton was not in the army, but was coordinating the armies in Xincai city? Why does it appear in Xinxi City, and now it still appears outside its own Yajian?


    However, they responded quickly. Without waiting for the guard outside to announce, they quickly got up to tidy up their clothes. Then they quickly walked to the door, opened the door, bowed and said, "I don''t know if you''re here in person. If you miss me, please forgive me!"


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly stepped forward and made a salute to them. He said, "Chaobo and his subordinates are having dinner in the next elegant room. They overheard their conversation. They are not very happy, so they came here uninvited. Please forgive me!"


    "That''s all right, the Marquis is serious!" Xun you was a modest gentleman. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, he quickly replied,


    then, he leaned to lead the way: "please come inside, marquis!"


    When they entered the elegant room and sat down at the table, Huangfu Chaobo said again, "Chaobo was born in Yingchuan. I often hear that Yingchuan has Xun''s talents. Among them, Wenruo and Gongda are the two most successful. They want to visit, but they can''t go around. I didn''t expect to meet you in Xinxi today. It''s really an honor."


    Then he turned to Guo Jia and said, "I''ve always heard that Mr. fengxiao is a great talent. He was called born ghost talent Guo fengxiao. He once ordered people under his command to search all over the world, but he didn''t get his whereabouts. It''s not a great honor to see him today."


    "I''d like to introduce the two gentlemen," he said. As he said, Huangfu Chaobo passed Pang Tong beside him and said, "this is Pang Tong Pang Shiyuan, a disciple of Pang Degong in Xiangyang. He is called fengxiao. He is also a teacher and friend with Chaobo, and he is also the most important counselor of our Anton army."


    Then he pointed to Dian Wei and Shi a beside him and said, "this is Chen Liu Dian Wei, who is evil in ancient times. This is Shi a, the chief disciple of Master Wang Yue, the first master in the world


    Three people hastily come forward to salute a way: "see two gentlemen!"


    Xunyou and Guojia also returned a salute. Xunyou looked at pangtong and said, "this is Mr. fengcha. In that year, when he was weak, he used his own strength to break the siege of Luoyang by the three armies of princes. The plan of gathering sand to form a tower is a magic stroke, which makes us marvel."


    "I''m flattered!" Pang Tong said modestly: "it''s just a fluke. If it wasn''t for the disharmony between the three armies, Tongzong would not be able to return to heaven even if he had tens of thousands of masterpieces. Moreover, if he didn''t have the magnanimity of the Lord and dared to entrust tens of thousands of armies, he wouldn''t have the masterpieces of Tongzong."


    After listening, they both nodded their approval.


    When the events of that year were known to scholars all over the world, Pang Tong''s stratagem and Huangfu''s broad-minded mind were praised by everyone, especially those counsellors, who were secretly wondering when they would meet a lord who trusted them so much.


    Several people talked about the situation in the world. Then Huangfu Chaobo asked the bartender of the restaurant to serve a good food and drink again. They sat down and ate.


    With Pang Tong as a drinker and Guo Jia as a drunkard, they soon got a drink. But Xun you is worthy of being a modest gentleman, especially in his late 40s. He was born in a well-known family, and he was slow in speaking and doing things.


    During the conversation with Huangfu Chaobo, Huangfu Chaobo really felt like a spring breeze. This is a feeling that Huangfu Chaobo can''t feel in any historical general under his command. This makes Huangfu Chaobo more determined to include this person in his command.


    The banquet lasted until late at night. At this time, the whole restaurant had been surrounded by the army sent by the new guard general. All the outsiders were asked to leave. Even the staff of the restaurant were taken care of by the soldiers one by one.


    Pang Tong and Guo Jia are both good drinkers. Although they come from different backgrounds, they are similar in character and style. They are both good at scheming but somewhat uninhibited. When they drink with their confidants, they both fall to the ground at the same time. At this time, there are no less than 20 wine jars beside them, which makes everyone nearby smash them I can''t stop talking.Pang Tong raised his glass and said to Guo Jia, "fengxiao is really a good wine, but today''s wine is not the best Luoshen qiongniang. When he returns to Luoyang, he will have a good drink with fengxiao and compete with him again."


    With that, he slipped to the bottom of the table.


    Guo Jia, who was next to him, had already had enough to drink. He said, "I''ve never been afraid of anyone about drinking


    The voice just fell, also drunk to the ground.


    Huangfu Chaobo and Xunyou look at each other and smile. Xunyou is about to ask his guard to carry Guo Jia down, but Huangfu Chaobo reaches out his hand to stop him and says, "if you can rest assured, please let Chaobo arrange it."


    Then he said to Shi''a, "take both of you to the backyard to settle down. Let''s spend the night here today."


    Shi a nods and immediately leads people to carry Pang Guo down, then leaves Dian Wei to guard here, and goes down to arrange together.


    Soon there were only Huangfu Chaobo and Xun you Dianwei left in the room. Dianwei just ate quietly. After a moment''s silence, Huangfu Chaobo raised his wine glass and said to Xun you, "Mr. talent, Chaobo wants to ask you to serve me and help me report to the imperial court. I''m going to settle down with Li Shu and ask you to give in!"


    Xun you smile, do not answer, but asked: "I do not know the will of the Marquis?"


    Huangfu Chaobo is in a daze. He is in a two-way choice.

 Chapter 838

    After listening to Xun you''s words, Huangfu Chaobo thought it over carefully, and then slowly said, "Chaobo is actually a lazy person. If possible, what he wants to do most is to live in a beautiful land with his wife and son, cultivate in peacetime, read classics and history in his spare time, or invite three or five friends to indulge in mountains and rivers, and enjoy his grandchildren when he is old. These are my first thoughts What you want. "


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo made a pause and looked at Xun you. There was a little doubt in his eyes. Although he just flashed away, he was seen in his eyes by Huangfu Chaobo. He said with a laugh: "Gongda must have never thought of it."


    Xun you shook his head, but did not speak.


    Huangfu Chaobo continued: "but since I came to this world, I found it impossible to let myself choose. When I was the head of a village, I had to worry about the money and food of the village. When the village was destroyed, I had to think about the people who followed me. When I took over the task of rebuilding Luoyang, what I wanted was how to recreate the glory of the capital of the Han Dynasty "Huang."


    "But in this process, there will always be some people who don''t want to pay, but want to take other people''s hard work from others, so I have to cut off these extended claws again and again."


    "It''s these people who mean badly that I have to try my best to make myself stronger so that I can protect those who trust me and depend on me. I can''t let them down. Someone once told me that your responsibility depends on your power. We Huangfu chaoboneng have today''s potential. It can be said that it''s the time, the potential and the fate


    If the words in front of Huangfu Chaobo made Xun you disappointed, the words behind it made him moved and shocked. After he finished, Xun you was still in deep meditation for a long time.


    Looking at Xun you, Huangfu Chaobo was also very worried. He didn''t know whether he was satisfied with his answer. If Xun you didn''t agree with him, how should he be treated? Is it really up to such a good and peaceful man to be flexible Are you going to leave?


    However, if he is not allowed to leave, what should he do? Killed? Absolutely impossible. House arrest? It seems not. It''s a real headache.


    I don''t know how long it took for Xun you to wake up from his meditation. He looked at Huangfu Chaobo with bright eyes and said, "the mansion will collapse. How will the Marquis deal with it?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He wanted to see some clues from Xun you''s face, but it was obvious that he failed. Huangfu Chaobo once again fell into meditation. Suddenly, he remembered that he had seen such a saying somewhere. Xun you didn''t attach much importance to the orthodoxy of the Han Dynasty. On the contrary, his little uncle was the opponent of Cao Cao''s becoming the king of the Wei Dynasty, and finally he was ignored and depressed by Cao Cao.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Mencius once said that if you choose between the house and the people in it, the most important thing is the people. If the house can be repaired, it''s best. After all, it costs much more to rebuild a new house than to repair the old one. But if it''s really confirmed that the house can''t be repaired, it''s better to rebuild it."


    "Is the marquis the man who repaired the house or pushed it down?"


    "Don''t worry, sir. I''m not the one who knocked down the house." Huangfu Chaobo replied solemnly;


    Dian Wei looked at the two people in front of him in a dazed way. It was his master who invited him to be an official. I don''t know why they were involved in building a house, and both of them were solemn and respectful.


    After thinking about it for a long time, he didn''t understand what was going on. After shaking his head, he decided not to think about it, as long as he could protect the Lord.


    To Dianwei''s surprise, Mr. Xun, after listening to his master''s words, stood up with a smile on his face, sorted out his clothes, and went to his master''s face to finish the series: "Mr. Yingchuan Xunyou has met him!"


    "Ha ha..." Huangfu Chaobo stood up laughing, walked quickly to Xunyou, raised Xunyou with both hands, and said, "Gongda doesn''t need to be polite. With Gongda''s help, Chaobo is like a tiger. Chaobo decided to worship Gongda and make adjustments later."


    "Everything is arranged by the Lord." Xunyou replied respectfully;


    it was only an expedient move of Huangfu Chaobo to let Xunyou be the governor of SZU mu. With Xunyou''s talent, he became a minister under the command of Cao Cao, which can be said to be an extreme minister. But now Huangfu Chaobo is the governor of SZU mu, the general of Zhengdong, and he has no right to establish the government, so it can only be arranged in this way for the time being.


    After helping Xun you up, Huangfu Chaobo asked Xun you again, "in the view of being public, the matter of being filial


    When Xun you heard that Huang Fu Chao Bo wanted to recruit Guo Jia, he asked, "do you think Feng Xiao and Shi Yuan are really drunk?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He pretended to be drunk and left room for himself and Xunyou to talk alone. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo jumped to understand Xunyou''s meaning.


    After thinking about this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Xun you and asked, "why is Gongda and fengxiao in Xinxi?"


    Xun you just talked about the reason why they appeared in Xinxi. It turns out that they both came to observe the situation of Anton''s army and Cao Cao''s army. It can be said that their minds are basically similar. At present, among the vassals in the world, Cao Cao is the only one who can enter their eyes except Huangfu Chaobo.But they didn''t make up their minds, so they decided to take advantage of the war, carefully understand the situation of them and their troops, and then decide where to go.


    It has been more than a month since they arrived in Runan. They have seen several battles of Anton''s army in their eyes. They also think that they are quite satisfied with the use of Yuan Shu''s army for training. After seeing the plight of Huang Zhong''s army in huaishui, they knew that the battle in Runan would not make any progress in a short time. They were preparing to rush to Xuzhou battlefield in a few days. Unexpectedly, they met Huangfu Chaobo here.


    After hearing Xun you''s words, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but secretly congratulated himself. Fortunately, he was so lucky that he met them before they left. Otherwise, with Cao Jili''s charm, it''s estimated that they would be gone forever.


    After chatting for a while, Huangfu Chaobo sent Xun you to the backyard to have a rest.


    The next day, Huangfu Chaobo was waiting in front of Guo Jia''s room early in the morning, but Guo Jia didn''t wake up until it was three o''clock. When he opened the door, he was startled to see Huangfu Chaobo. He hurried back to his room to tidy up his clothes, and then invited Huangfu Chaobo into the room.

 Chapter 839

    In fact, it is easier to invite Guo Jia to become an official than Xun you, because Guo Jia is not better than Xun you. He originally came from a poor family and is not as strict as Xun you in terms of etiquette and law. So after Huangfu Chaobo had a heart to heart discussion with him, he readily agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s invitation.


    Of course, there was also a talk between Pang Tong and Guo Jia yesterday. Last night, it seemed that they were only drinking. In fact, many things had been tacitly exchanged between them. In addition, Guo Jia was originally interested in the strong fighting power of the Anton army, so the result was so good.


    Two days later, he recruited two of the top counselors of the Three Kingdoms in succession, which made Huangfu Chaobo extremely excited. Huang Zhong''s ten days'' depression had already left him in the clouds. With these two people''s participation, it can be said that he has broken Cao Cao''s arms. As for Yuan Shu, he has long been ignored.


    After another day in Xinxi, Huang Zhong sent someone to report that Zhou Tai had arrived at his camp and would come to see him after he carefully examined the information of huaishui and Yuan Shujun. At this time, Zhang Ying and Wang Ran''s two armies had already captured their respective target cities, so Huangfu Chaobo sent a quick order for them to come to Xinxi.


    That afternoon, Zhou Tai arrived in Xinxi city. However, Huangfu Chaobo just asked him to have a good rest. If there was something to discuss tomorrow, he rushed to have a rest. You know, it took him nearly 800 Li to get to Xinxi from Luoyang. It took him only two days, and then he hurried to huaishui camp to see the enemy. He was very tired. Moreover, now that Yuan Shu was not valued by Huangfu, he wanted to take this opportunity to determine the strategy after Anton''s army.


    Not only Zhou Tai, but also Huangfu Chaobo put forward his own ideas when Pang Tong, Guo Jia and Xun you were talking. Let them all think about it carefully and discuss it tomorrow.


    On September 13, in Xinxi County of Runan, Huangfu Chaobo called together several military officers and generals in Runan to discuss the matter. Zhang Ying and Wang Ran arrived last night, so there were ten people in all.


    In the hall of the county government, all the people had arrived. Huangfu Chaobo asked people to serve tea and snacks, and ordered Dianwei to drive away all the people who were not in charge of the security. Even the trapped camp and Tiebi camp must be away from Baibu.


    In the middle of the hall, there is a huge map, which is the map of the whole Han Dynasty. This time, although the specific plan can not be determined, the general direction of Huangfu Chaobo must be determined. As for the specific things, after returning to Luoyang, we certainly need to discuss them carefully.


    In fact, today''s meeting is not so much a meeting of several generals as an audit. Huangfu Chaobo mainly wants to know the ideas of three of his four major military strategists. He wants to see whether Pang Tong, Guo Jia and Xun you can agree on their ideas except Xu Shu. Then, by the way, we found a way to attack Huainan.


    Pang Tong first used the map to explain the information of the Anton army in detail. In fact, in the past two days, he has introduced a lot of information about the Anton army to Guo Xun. This time, he is more detailed. Later, Pang Tong also explained his idea to them.


    After listening to Pang Tong''s introduction, Guo Jia and his wife fell into deep meditation. For a long time, Guo Jiacai slowly talked about their own ideas.


    In his opinion, although Yuan Shao is much stronger than Yuan Shu and has full advantages, he also has a lot of disadvantages.


    First of all, although Yuan Shao had a deep foundation and a huge army, he was not afraid. Yuan Shao, as a warlord of the aristocratic family, had various and disorderly etiquette, which was controlled by his form. However, Anton''s army was not so good, which "obeyed the nature", adapted to the time and events, and "had a better way".


    The second is that he believed that since the reign of emperor Heng and Emperor Ling in the late Han Dynasty, the chaos was the ruler''s "political failure was more lenient", while Yuan Shao had no command over his subjects because of his leniency; while Anton''s army was "rectifying it with violence and knowing how to control it from top to bottom", and the measures of Combining Leniency with violence were timely.


    Thirdly, Yuan Shao was generous in appearance and suspicious in heart, and only relatives and children were allowed to be employed. However, Anton Jun was superior to Yuan Shao in magnanimity and breadth of mind.


    In addition, Yuan Shao was indecisive and hesitant in dealing with affairs; Yuan Shao was fond of being praised for his fame and reputation, and "the good words of the scholars are more than those of others.". With the benevolence of women and human beings, we can see that people are hungry. We can show sympathy for the situation, but we can''t "worry more about what we can''t see.". This is not a politician''s mind.


    Yuan Shao was perplexed by slander, regardless of right and wrong, and his use of military "good for the virtual situation, I do not know the military to.".


    Listen, Huangfu Chaobo thought how familiar these words were. Later, he thought, isn''t this Guo Jia''s theory of ten wins and ten loses? However, it can be seen from here that Guo Jia really knew Yuan Shao like the back of his hand.


    Finally, Guo Jiacai said: "in Jia''s opinion, although Yuan Shao has many advantages, it''s not enough to worry. Even in a few years, our Anton army will be able to compete with him. However, Cao Cao is not the same. He is no doubt superior to Yuan Shao in talent selection, regardless of distance and breadth of mind. It''s also a man-machine police. It''s bold and resourceful


    "Only a few years can see him have today''s momentum. If he is allowed to remain in power, he will surely be a great enemy of our Anton army. Therefore, we should first Cao and then yuan, and then pacify the central Shaanxi and Western Liang, and then go south to Bashu and concentrate on business for a few years, then we can pacify the world."Guo Jia''s words made Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong nod their heads. Even Xun you was amazed. His little brother was really talented.


    After Guo Jia''s words, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Xun you again.


    Seeing his master''s view, Xun you stood up and said, "what fengxiao said is true. In your view, the side of the collapse will allow others to sleep soundly. The foundation of our Anton army is in Henan, not Hebei. Therefore, it is the best policy to first make Henan and then level the north of the river. "


    "Well," Pang Tong said after patting the case in front of him, "Mr. Gongda is right. Cao Cao is a very treacherous thief. In recent years, he has provoked several wars in our prefecture. How can we go to Hebei without destroying him first?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was very happy to see that all three of them had reached an agreement. In this way, the problem that had plagued him for nearly a year was finally solved. Of course, it''s just a preliminary direction. As for the specific arrangement, we need to return to Luoyang and discuss with Xu Shutian and Feng carefully.


    The biggest dilemma has been solved, and the next is the current problem. Huangfu Chaobo looks at Zhou Tai and says, "what''s the matter with crossing the river, Youping? Do you have any idea? You Ping! You Ping


    At this time, Zhou Tai had not recovered from the scene described by Guo Jia. Huangfu Chaobo called him twice. Then he came forward and said, "Lord Hui, I will carefully observe the area about 200 Li up and down the Huaihe River. Xinxi is really the most suitable place to cross the river."


    "It''s just that the opponent''s defense is tight. If you want to cross the river, you have to fight by water. But the warship must either come from the sea or build ships in Runan. "


    "If we come from the sea, it will take a long time. Secondly, we need to pass through the lower reaches of the huaishui river. Yuan Shujun''s water army must have many obstacles, and it will also take a lot of time at that time. In addition, we have to worry about Cao CaoJun''s future, which can be said to benefit others. But if we build ships in Runan, we don''t need big ships, but we are not under the rule of Anton army, so


    At this time, Guo Jia suddenly said: "in fact, there is another reason why it is difficult to cross the river."


    When they heard this, they all looked at him.


    "The south of ru''nan is Shouchun." Guo Jia''s Old God said;


    in the hall, people were stunned at first, and then startled. Yes, on the other side of the river is Shouchun. Can yuan Shujun not work hard? It seems that my attack is a little too urgent.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "well, General Huang, don''t rush to cross the river. Capture all the cities on the north bank to prevent yuan''s army from crossing the river again. We''ll talk about the rest then."


    "Lord," Xun you said, "Lord, if you want to fight against Cao Cao, you must integrate all the forces available around us, especially Yuzhou under our feet. If Yuzhou can play its greatest role in this process, it will have twice the result with half the effort."


    Guo Jia both nodded in agreement.


    In Xun you''s words, Huangfu Chaobo also understood that the biggest advantage of Yuzhou is that there are enough people, enough money and food, which means there are enough troops. However, the combat power of Yuzhou soldiers is really worrying. Thanks to the end, there are still no strong generals. If you can completely control Yuzhou, it will be much easier to deal with Cao Cao. It''s just Kong... It''s not easy to handle.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo sighed: "I also know the advantages of controlling Yuzhou, but Kong Shishi... Well


    Xun you said with a smile: "the Lord can give this matter to you, you are willing to use these three inch eloquence to say that Kong Yuzhou will come down."


    Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately nodded his head and said, "please, Mr. Gongda. One term requires that Huangfu Chaobo give everything to his husband for arrangement. "


    Xun you quickly got up and took orders. Just at this moment, Guo Jia suddenly said, "Gongda, wait a minute!"


    They were stunned and looked at Guo Jia.


    He got up and walked slowly to the front of the map, carefully looked at it, and then said: "Lord, with the strength of Yuan Shujun, we should be able to support one to two years, that is to say, we still have one or two years to prepare for all kinds of things. Therefore, the best thing to persuade Kong Yuzhou to surrender is to keep it secret first, so as to reduce Cao CaoJun''s vigilance The effect of the war. "


    At this point, Guo Jia looked to the South thoughtfully: "if Jia''s expectation is not bad, Jiangdong young tiger will take action in the near future, thinking that he will attack Jiangbei next year to prepare."


    Pang Tong also said: "it''s reasonable to say that fengxiao should take one or two years to attack Yuan Shu and train the Yuzhou army. I believe one or two years will be enough to train a hundred battles division."


    Huang Zhongzhu also nodded, two years is really enough for them to train a strong soldier from Yuzhou army no less than any battalion of Anton army.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo got up and ordered, "OK, that''s the arrangement."


    "Huang Zhong, Zhang Ying and Wang Ran listen to the order!"


    "The end will be here!" The third general rushed forward to receive orders.


    "From now on, the war in Runan will be handled by three generals, with Huang Zhong as the main general and Zhang and Wang as the auxiliary. Before winter this year, what the three generals need to do is to capture the whole city of Yuan Shujun in Runan and bring it back under the rule of Yuzhou. At the same time, they should make preparations for crossing the river. When the time is ripe next year, they will send troops to cross the river and attack Huainan!""The end will take orders!" The three people responded in unison;


    "Xun you, listen to the order!"


    "I''m here!"


    "You can go to Yingchuan first and persuade Kong to come down. After the matter is settled, you can return to Luoyang with us."


    "No!"


    "Pang Tong, Guo Jia, Dian Wei, Zhou Tai, Shi ah!"


    "Yes


    "All of you are ready to return to Luoyang with the guards, and then gather people to discuss the specific strategy of the eastern expedition to Cao Cao."


    "Take orders!"

 Chapter 840

    With the order of Huangfu Chaobo, the Anton army began to get busy. After careful discussion, General Huang zhongsan decided to leave 5000 soldiers in Xinxi and Fubo, and 10000 soldiers in Xincai. Huang Zhong would lead the troops to defend yuan''s army from crossing the river. The rest of the troops would temporarily gather to March to Shenxian county. After seizing Shenxian County, they would send troops to attack the eastern cities of Runan .


    Today, the foreign alliance led by Zong Hengtian has captured Xiyang, and is ready to send troops to the state of song after a few days'' rest. After several months of fighting, only six counties of Song state, Xinyang, Yilu, Sishan, Chengfu and shansang are still in the hands of Yuan Shujun.


    As for the rest of the cities in Runan, except Gushi and Xiyang are still in the hands of players, the rest of the cities have been controlled by Yuzhou army.


    Xun you has been escorted by a hundred soldiers of Tiebi camp to Yangzhai, Yingchuan. He will first go to persuade Kong, and then wait in Yangzhai for Huangfu Chaobo to lead the pro guard to return. After meeting, he will return to Luoyang together.


    As for the success of his trip, Xun you didn''t worry at all. On the one hand, kongfu and Huangfu Chaobo have always been friends. It can be said that Huangfu Chaobo was built by him. At the beginning, he just wanted to have another thug, but now he just looks up to others and says that he''s not comfortable. That''s for sure.


    Secondly, Xunyou knew that Kong was a clear-cut person, and his ability and ability belonged to the talents of the Chinese people. He was only able to serve as the governor of Yuzhou by Dong Zhuo''s chance to attract the scholars from Guandong. Now his ability is far better than that of Zhang Miao, Kong Rong and Han Fu. They have successively given up their talents to Huangfu Chaobo. For him, it''s just a lack of a suitable step.


    Another is that Xun you is the son of the Xun family in Yingchuan and one of the eight dragons of the Xun family. His influence in the world is not even weaker than that of Kong, the governor of Yuzhou. Therefore, Xun you is so sure that Kong will abdicate.


    After everyone else left, Huang Fu Chao BOCAI led Pang Tong, Guo Jia and others to Xincai under the protection of the trapped camp and Tiebi camp. They needed to prepare all the personnel and materials in Xincai, and then led the troops back to the north after Huang Zhong took over Xincai.


    When Huangfu Chaobo is in full swing, on the wharf outside Jianye city in Jiangdong, little tiger sun CE is anxiously looking at the northwest direction of the river. He is waiting for a person, a young friend with beautiful appearance and fine tune. Yes, this person is Lujiang Zhou Yu.


    As early as when sun CE left Huainan, he once invited Zhou Yu to go with him. Unfortunately, Zhou Yu did not go with him. This time, sun CE was defeated by Guangling and finally decided to ask Zhou Yu to help him. So he sent his confidants to join Zhou Yu in crossing the Lujiang River.


    According to the Scout''s report, Zhou Yu''s ship should have arrived in Jianye today, so sun CE brought his bodyguard to meet him at the dock today before he dealt with his political affairs.


    Just after midnight, sun CE sent several Zou Ge boats to report that Zhou Yu''s boat would arrive in half an hour, which made sun CE very excited.


    At the end of that time, a fleet of merchant ships finally appeared on the west side of the river, surrounded by several sunqijun warships. It was the sunqijun warship that went to meet Zhou Yu.


    A quarter of an hour later, the fleet finally came to shore. Before the ship had completely stopped, sun CE flew forward and jumped onto the deck of a ship. At the bow of the ship stood a handsome young man.


    Sun CE, who was flying on the boat, quickly walked towards him, and the young man also welcomed him with a happy face.


    "Gong Jin!"


    "Brother Bofu!"


    Both of you walk a few steps quickly, hold each other''s arms together and laugh happily.


    After a long time, the two talents separated. Sun CE said, "Gongjin, you are finally willing to help me."


    "Brother Bofu, you don''t have to worry about it. It''s just a small defeat. Who would have thought that sun Bofu would become the leader of the county today when his uncle died and the sun family was so forced?" Zhou Yu comforted him with a smile.


    "well, you and my brother have joined hands to break a foundation in Jiangdong." Sun CE laughs;


    then, when the board of the boat is set up, they help Zhou Yu''s mother to get off the boat together, and when they get off the boat, several sons of the sun family gather around.


    "Brother Gongjin!"


    "Brother Gongjin!"


    It was Sun CE''s younger brothers, Sun Quan, Sun Yi and sun Zhe. Zhou Yu looked at a few people and said to sun CE with a smile, "I haven''t seen you for several years. The brothers Zhongmou have grown much taller."


    They didn''t stay at the dock for long. When all the family members on the boat came down, Zhou Yu gave the servants and belongings to his elder brother Zhou Hui, who arranged for them, and rode to the city with sun CE.


    Sun CE had already arranged a big house for Zhou Yu''s family in Jianye city. These people would arrange it. However, sun CE and his family went straight to Danyang Prefecture under the protection of their own soldiers. After the defeat, sun CE had lost a lot of confidence in the hearts of several veteran members of the Sun family. Therefore, sun CE must find a way to restore his image and build up his position as soon as possible.


    Because apart from a few veteran generals, there are also generals from other branches of the sun family. Once sun CE can''t lead the sun family to recover the strength of Sun Jian''s time, the sun family will consider other children of the sun family, such as sun CE''s uncle Sun Jing.


    The party rushed into the prefect''s mansion, and then led by sun CE, they went to his study. Seeing sun CE''s fiery appearance, Zhou Yu couldn''t help laughing bitterly. His elder brother, who had made up a friendship, was still as fiery as he was when he was a boy.After entering the study, sun CE took Zhou Yu to the map of Jiangdong and said, "Gongyu, the process of brother Yu''s defeat in Guangling has been written in the letter to you. Have you read it?"


    Seeing that Zhou Yu nodded his head, sun CE said, "this time you sent out your troops, you lost your troops. Some of your family members are dissatisfied. So you want to ask, is there any way to recover?"


    As a matter of fact, when Zhou Yu received sun CE''s letter, he was already thinking about this problem. As a son of a big family, he was very clear about the internal affairs of his family. Although Danyang was fought by sun CE, besides Sun Jian''s four veteran members, sun''s family certainly made a lot of efforts, so once sun CE made mistakes, there would be differences in the family The sound of the sound came out.


    So these days, on the ship, Zhou Yu has been thinking about how to save sun CE''s decline. Up to now, he has already thought about it, but he has to confirm with sun CE about the situation of Jiangdong.


    So he said to sun CE, "brother Bofu, is there anyone who is familiar with the situation of Jiangdong counties?"


    On hearing this, sun CE immediately said, "yes, Quan Rou stayed in Danyang this time. He has been gathering information from Jiangdong counties. You can ask him any questions you have."


    With that, sun CE immediately ordered Quan Rou to come in.

 Chapter 841

    After getting sun CE''s order, Quan Rou enters the study under the guidance of sun CE''s personal guard. So Zhou Yu began to inquire about the information of Jiangdong counties.


    Half an hour later, Zhou Yu finally asked about the situation. At the same time, he was relieved.


    After Quan Rou retreated, Zhou Yu turned to sun CE and said, "brother Bofu, I have a plan to solve my brother''s current predicament." With that, he told sun CE something like this to the map. After listening to the words, sun CE''s slightly gloomy eyes suddenly flashed, and his expression was even more elated. He patted Zhou Yu''s shoulder with both hands and cried out, "yes.".


    A moment later, a group of sun CE''s bodyguards left the prefecture and went to the generals'' offices to summon people to come to the prefecture for discussion.


    Half an hour later, in Danyang Prefecture, sun cejun''s main civil and military officials and generals rushed to the assembly hall. Everyone was surprised at Sun CE''s sudden gathering of people to discuss business. Didn''t they say that the young general went to the dock to meet them? Why did you suddenly summon everyone to discuss the matter? Did the boy who came over give any advice to the major general?


    After everyone arrived, sun CE first introduced Zhou Yu to the public, and then told them what Zhou Yu thought. When they heard that, Zhou Yu encouraged sun CE to attack Liu Yao, and all of a sudden, he blew up his nest.


    You know, our army just came back from the north of the Yangtze River less than a month ago, and the 50000 army only came back more than 20000. This has not been slowed down. We even want to send troops to Liu Yao. Our little general is so militaristic.


    In the assembly hall, not only the generals of the sun family, but also the four elders of the sun family expressed their opposition. Only a few of sun CE''s own abdomens did not express their opposition, but they were not optimistic about Liu Yao''s going out.


    Sun CE''s face turned red in the face of the tide of opposition. As the leader of the army, he could not be supported by the generals below. His low prestige in the army can be seen.


    Hot temper of the four veteran is directly targeted at the newly arrived Zhou Yu, one by one is almost jump foot abuse. Sun CE finally can''t bear it. When he is ready to speak, he is stopped by Zhou Yu.


    Then he said to Huang Gai, the most popular of them, "why can''t General Huang send troops to Liu Yao?"


    "Liu Yao is the governor of Yangzhou. Although only Danyang is owned by me now, he once occupied the four counties of Jiangdong. It can be said that there are not nearly 60000 troops in Dantu City alone. Among them, there are 50000 soldiers and 50000 soldiers. In addition, there are 60000 troops in Quyang. Indeed, there are only 20000 troops in Jianye city. How can we attack Liu you? "


    Seeing that other people nodded, Zhou Yu laughed and said slowly, "there are 16 cities in Danyang county. Each city has three to five elements of garrison. For several years, fengxiao has gathered tens of thousands of troops to break the siege of Luoyang. I believe you will not forget it?"


    It was a good idea for everyone.


    "With the strength of Danyang, we will deploy hundreds to thousands of troops from various cities, and then we will have 50000 troops available."


    "But Liu Yao has 60000 soldiers. How can he defeat him?" Some people asked;


    "if Danyang sent 20000 troops to attack qua, what would Liu Yao do?" Zhou Yu asked again;


    "we will send troops to help each other." Some people said, "yes, Liu Yao will make the general lead the troops. He has 60000 soldiers, which is good, but except the garrison, he can send 40000 troops at most. That boy wants to ask you generals, if our 50000 troops fight against Liu Yao''s 40000 troops in the field, what will be the final result? "


    "Jiangdong''s troops have always been weak. How can we defeat our 50000 troops? It''s our 20, 000 elite who are withdrawn from Jiangbei that can block Liu Yao''s 40, 000 troops. " After listening to Zhou Yu''s words, veteran Han Dang replied;


    all the generals are full of confidence in the fighting power of their own troops. What''s more, although only more than 20000 troops were withdrawn this time, these are the elite left behind by Ji Ling''s 50000 soldiers after the war, far more than Jiangdong''s.


    You know, when sun CE used his troops to pacify Danyang, there were only 30000 troops, but he captured the whole county of Danyang in a few months. This shows how powerful the Jiangdong troops are.


    "The old general''s words are reasonable, so I lured out his 40000 troops with 20000 elite as bait, and then sent the remaining 30000 ordinary soldiers to cut off his back. The generals should be able to figure out the final result." Zhou Yu said with a smile;


    after hearing this, all the generals felt that if the 20000 elite and 30000 ordinary soldiers could easily solve Liu Yao''s 40000 troops, then Liu Yao would have left 10000 troops in each of the two cities. It would be much easier to attack the city, and then he could easily capture Wujun.


    Zhu Zhi frowned slightly and said, "it''s just that when our teacher came out of the unknown world


    "Hum..." Zhou Yu said with a contemptuous smile: "how can a teacher be a nameless one? Since Liu Yao was the governor of Yangzhou and the patriarch of the Han Dynasty, he didn''t want to serve the country. He was a traitor to Yuan Shu. Everyone could get him and kill him! "


    When did Liu Yao have an affair with Yuan Shu? Sun Jingmeng patted the case in front of him and said, "yes, yuan is the emperor. Today, the emperor calls for a thief, but Liu Yao doesn''t do anything. What''s wrong with him?""Not bad!"


    "Yes, it''s an adulterer!"


    Other people responded and agreed.


    Sun CE looked at Zhou Yu''s three words and two words, and everyone refuted them. He was also very excited. But even so, the generals still have doubts about sending troops.


    Finally, under Zhou Yu''s persuasion, many people reluctantly agreed to mobilize troops first and wait for a month after training. After all, there are less than 40000 troops in Jianye now. In case there is something wrong, it''s too late to deploy troops again. However, there is still no loose agreement on the issue of sending troops, but it is not as good as the general firm opposition at the beginning.


    When sun CE was ready to speak again, he was stopped by Zhou Yu''s eyes.


    After all the generals retired, sun CE asked Zhou Yu why. Zhou Yu said, "don''t worry, brother Bofu, train your troops first. It''s still early now, and the rest will be done slowly."


    However, sun CE had no choice but to give up. He immediately summoned soldiers from all the counties to Jianye to train himself, and handed over the matter to Zhou Yu.


    As expected, Zhou Yu took a month to persuade most of the generals, and finally decided to send troops according to Zhou Yu''s plan. However, all the generals demanded that if Liu Yao did not fight as Zhou Yu expected, the army should not attack Danyang by force.


    The most important reason why they finally agreed to send troops to Dantu was that Zhou Yu convinced them that Dantu could buy horses.

 Chapter 842

    After several transactions, Dantu''s horse market has a small reputation in Jiangdong, but each time the number is really limited, basically not much can flow out to other places, are digested by Wujun. If sun cejun can really control Wujun, at least they can buy some war horses from it.


    When sun CE was preparing to send troops to Wujun, Cao Cao was furious in xiapi city. Ji Ling didn''t know which tendon was wrong, so he was on the bar with himself in xiapi city. Now the two armies of Cao and Yuan have been fighting for several times in xiapi. Although Yuan Shu''s army lost more and won less, both xiapi city and the camp of Ji Ling''s army are as stable as a rock, and they have never been broken.


    In xiapi, he met with Yuan Shujun, but he didn''t get half of the benefit. In Runan, however, Anton''s army was overwhelming. Now he almost drove yuan Shujun over the Huaihe River, which made Cao Cao almost mad.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know all these things. At this time, he was in a very good mood. Less than three days after the army left Xincai, he received the news from Xunyou from Yangzhai express. Kongyu agreed with him and decided to hand over Yuzhou to Huangfu Chaobo. As for himself, he obeyed Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement.


    On the day of receiving the news, Huangfu Chaobo led Pang Tong''s people to rush away with Ma Chaoyang and Zhai under the protection of the trapped camp. He had to communicate with Kong in person about some things.


    A few days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived in Yangzhai city. As soon as they got to the gate of the city, they saw Kong Xinzheng''s leaders there to greet them. When they saw Huangfu Chaobo and his party arriving, Kong Xin quickly stepped forward and said, "I didn''t see him!"


    Huangfu Chaobo got off the horse, lifted him up and said, "brother, you don''t have to be like this. If you didn''t take care of him from time to time, how could Chaobo be today?"


    "You have your own God to help you. If you don''t believe in Confucius, you will achieve more than today. Kong Xin dare not take credit. " Kongxin had already known Kongzi''s decision, so he was a little worried about what Huangfu Chaobo said and repeatedly refused.


    "Brother, you don''t have to be like this. In private, you and I are still brothers!" Huangfu Chaobo took kongxin''s hand and whispered: "my uncle will work for my younger brother for several years. What do you think of him?"


    When Kong Xin saw that Huangfu Chaobo was willing to speak, he was moved and said, "I want to lead the army, but my ability is limited, and I don''t know what to do."


    Huang Fu Chao Bo Lue pondered that the famous general card is effective for the inn generals. He didn''t know that it is effective for Kong Xin, but this kind of relative generals specially equipped for historical celebrities. Thinking of this, he said to Kong: "now there is a kind of item called the famous general card in the world. I don''t know if it is effective for brother''s promotion?"


    Kong Xin was overjoyed and said: "someone once heard of this thing, which should be able to help promote, but it''s rare..."


    "Well, since it''s effective, you don''t have to worry. I''ll take care of it."


    "Well, thank you very much


    Huangfu Chaobo patted Kong Xin on the shoulder and said, "let''s go into the city. We can''t let uncle wait for a long time."


    Kong Xin quickly turned over and set out to lead Huangfu Chaobo all the way to the assassin''s palace in the city.


    When they enter the assassin''s palace, Kong has been waiting outside the gate. In order not to let others notice the abnormality, Huangfu Chaobo quickly turns over and dismounts. He helps Kong, who is about to bow down, into the palace.


    They went all the way to the Xiaoyishi Hall of the censor''s mansion. After entering, Kong invited Huangfu Chaobo to the master''s seat and met him with all the people in the following courtesy.


    Huangfu Chaobo also sat on the top of the table. After all the worshippers finished, he quickly stepped forward to hold Kong up and said, "Gongda must have explained the story of Yuzhou in detail for my uncle, right? I wonder if my uncle has any doubts? "


    At first, Kong was still a little uncomfortable, but after the following etiquette, he quickly adapted to it. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo and asked, he quickly replied, "I have understood that I will cooperate well, and I will not let thief Cao find out."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said: "in recent years, the affairs of Yuzhou still need to bother my uncle. Besides, the general''s office of Anton army will not interfere in the civil affairs of Yuzhou, and the officials of each county will not change for the time being. It''s just that the military will make adjustments. As for the relationship between Yuzhou and Anton army, only my uncle and a few confidants can know it, and the rest of the people can''t know it Be careful. "


    "Don''t worry, marquis. I understand!"


    "As for Kong Xin, I have just told him that he will be transferred to the post of deputy general of the first army at that time, and I have also told him that a famous general card will be prepared for him to improve his strength. I believe there will be no problem at that time. As for the arrangement of the bodyguard generals next to my uncle, we need to choose someone else. "


    Kong must have been relieved that his nephew had always been treated as his own son. He was going to let him go, but he always wanted to lead the army. Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement was more appropriate, so he quickly gave thanks again.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo asked him about the money and food of Yuzhou soldiers and horses. Kong could tell him all about it. He seemed to be familiar with it.


    Nowadays, there are three prefectures in Yuzhou, namely Yingchuan, Runan and chenguo. Of course, if Yingxi county is added, it should be regarded as four prefectures. In fact, it only adds a county in Yexian County. There are 46 counties with about 600000 households and a population of about 4 million. Compared with the three counties before the Huangjin rebellion, there are about 5 million people, a decrease of more than 1 million.The population of Lu, Pei and Liang occupied by Cao Cao is about 2.5 million, which is the smallest three prefectures under the rule of Yuzhou.


    However, even so, Huangfu Chaobo was shocked. You know, the eight counties under the rule of Anton''s army are only eight million, which is the result of Huangfu Chaobo''s painstaking efforts. And the three counties in Yuzhou have reached nearly four million. No wonder Yuan Shu and Cao Cao are staring here.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay much in Yangzhai. After two days'' rest, he set out for Luoyang again. This time, more people, including Xunyou, Kongyu and kongxin, set out.


    At the same time, before departure, Huangfu Chaobo also ordered Qingzhou''s Qianniu battalion General Xu Rong and military adviser Lou GUI, Weijun''s Longxiang Army General Zhao Yun and military adviser Ju Shi, and Runan''s Huang Zhong to rush back to Luoyang for discussion. Next, Anton''s army will make a big adjustment, and this can''t disturb Cao Cao and other princes nearby.

 Chapter 843

    A few days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party rushed back to Luoyang. When they got the news that everyone had been in a hurry, they didn''t care to have a rest, so Huangfu Chaobo summoned people to discuss business.


    Half an hour later, in general Anton''s house and small Council hall, everyone arrived.


    In addition to Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun, commander of Huben army, and Ju Shi, commander of Longxiang army, and Xu Rong, commander of Qianniu army, and Lou GUI, commander of Qianniu army, there are Tian Feng, Xu Shu, who stayed in Luoyang, three veteran generals of Huangfu song, and Han Fu, Kong Rong, and Kong Xu, commander Pang Tong, Guo Jia, and Xun you, as well as Huang Fu Chao Bo, Shi a, Dian Wei, and Shi an In Gao Shun''s case, there are 20 people in total.


    After everyone was seated, Huangfu Chaobo asked people to serve all the tea and snacks. Then he ordered Dianwei and gaoshun to drive out all the people within 100 steps around the meeting hall. Even the soldiers of the trapped camp and Tiebi camp had to wait outside 100 steps. Because I didn''t get in touch with all the people in Luoyang in advance, everyone was awed at the sight of this posture. However, after someone saw Kong here, he seemed to think of something and nodded thoughtfully.


    After the whole meeting hall was quiet, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "gentlemen, I''d like to introduce some new people to you before the meeting."


    Then he went up to Guo Jia and said, "this is Guo Jia of Yingchuan. Guo fengxiao is the right military division newly appointed by the general. Pang Tong is the left military division. The next two military divisions will go out with the general."


    "Guo Jia has met you, general!" Guo Jia, who is seldom in good shape, stood up and solemnly saluted the crowd.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said with a smile, "don''t look down on him. It''s not in vain to call him Guo fengxiao, a born ghost. I believe these tianshiyuan must have realized it."


    All the people present were shocked. It seems that this little, little and unknown young man has been praised by his master. When they thought about this, they all got up and saluted back.


    After everyone saw the ceremony, Huangfu Chaobo walked up to Xunyou and said, "this is also Xunyou from Yingchuan. Xunyou is very talented. His achievements in the future will not be inferior to ciminggong. From today on, Xunyou is engaged in the state governance of our company. Together with Tian Feng, he is responsible for the internal affairs under the rule of our Anton army. "


    Xun you stood up and saluted the people.


    Huangfu song and the other six old people were OK. As soon as they heard Huangfu Chaobo''s introduction, they all stood up and saluted back.


    Then Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "there is another one that you don''t need to introduce in detail. You should all know him."


    Everyone smiles and nods.


    After a pause, Huang Fu Chao said: "I believe everyone has realized that there is something extremely important to discuss today. It''s true that the matter discussed today should not be passed on to anyone except the people in the room. If there is any mistake, it will be dealt with by military law."


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words made everyone feel awe inspiring. Although he was ready, he didn''t expect it to be so serious.


    After everyone had digested his words, Huangfu Chaobo continued: "first of all, after careful discussion between the general and Kong Cishi, Kong Cishi decided to bring Yingchuan, Runan and Chen counties of Yuzhou under the rule of Anton army."


    All the people present, except for those who had known in advance, were surprised. Although they had guessed a clue, when they really heard the news, they were all overjoyed. Now after the three counties of Yuzhou joined, the Anton army has become the number one marquis in the world.


    After everyone''s excitement calmed down a little, Huangfu Chaobo continued to say the following: "however, except for you here, only a few people in Yuzhou know about this. Because


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo stopped for a moment, and then said word by word: "because this matter is related to our Anton army''s next step strategy, even though Yuzhou has joined the Anton army, in the next few years, Yuzhou and our Anton army are still ordinary allies."


    "There will be no change in all the internal affairs personnel in Yuzhou, but the military will make some adjustments. The general arrangement is that the Yuzhou army will also be divided into combat troops and garrison troops. Generals at all levels will be drawn from Anton army to join the Yuzhou army in the name of assisting allies to reorganize the army. "


    "As for why we should do this, the reason is that we must try our best to destroy Yuan Shu''s Zhongshi Dynasty in one or two years, and at the same time make preparations. When the time is ripe, we will send out a large army to wipe out Cao Cao''s power as quickly as possible, and take control of Si, Yan, Yu, Qing and Xuzhou."


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo stopped again and swept towards all the people in the room one by one. It can be seen that all the people present were stunned, and they were all in shock.


    Huangfu Chaobo took the tea cup in front of him, took a sip, and then said: "after taking all the five states, the army will wait for the opportunity to go north to pacify the three states of binghe, Ji and you, then turn west to pacify the two states of Yongliang, then turn south to Yizhou, and finally to Jing, Yang and Jiao, finally to pacify the world and return all the people in the world. Only wish the world a clear river, a peaceful and prosperous yearAfter the general plan was finished, Huangfu Chaobo was also agitated. If he could do it, even in the game, he could say that he had created a miracle.


    However, despite all this, Huangfu Chaobo did not mention the Han Dynasty emperor from the beginning to the end. In this regard, Huangfu Chaobo did not think of how to deal with it, so now he can only blur it. He believes that there must be a way to get to the front of the mountain. When it comes to that step, there will be a solution.


    There was silence in the assembly hall, and no one spoke. All they heard was a little heavy breathing. They were shocked by the last sentence of Huangfu Chaobo: "calm down the world, and return all the people to the world! Only wish the world a clear river, a peaceful and prosperous year


    For a long time, everyone was lost in thought.


    All of a sudden, "bang!" The sound of the sound awakened all the people, and they all turned their eyes. But Lu Zhimeng clapped his hand on the table in front of him. Then he looked up to the sky and said with a long smile: "what a good man, I only wish that the world is clear and prosperous! Good! Good! Good


    With that, Lu Zhi got up and wrote to Huangfu Chaobo: "Lu really didn''t know that the Marquis had such ambition. Anyway, after returning to the mansion today, I gave up a letter and called my eldest son Lu Zhong and second son Lu Ling to Luoyang. I hope that the Marquis won''t give up his second son''s vulgarity and arrange to do some rough things around him."

 Chapter 844

    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned at first. When he reacted, he was overjoyed and said, "if two brothers are willing to come to Luoyang, Chaobo will be welcomed."


    Although Lu Zhi came to Luoyang as the head of Luoyang academy, he never became an official in Huangfu Chaobo. One reason is that he is old, and the other is that he is not very optimistic about Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, before the world situation is clear, he did not allow his two adult sons to become officials.


    Moreover, when he came to Luoyang, he did not let the eldest son and the second son come with him. He let them lead the people to stay in their hometown in Youzhou, but he just took his young son Lu Yu with him. In history, Lu Zhi had three sons, the eldest and the second, who died in the chaos of war. Only the youngest, Lu Yu, survived.


    Lu Yu was a famous statesman in the later period of the Three Kingdoms. When Lu Zhi led him to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo once went to check the situation of Lu Yu: Lu Yu (183-257), a Zijia, was born in Zhuo county (Zhuozhou City, Hebei Province). Lu Zhi, a statesman of the Three Kingdoms period and a great Confucian of the Eastern Han Dynasty, is the youngest son of Lu Zhi. He served five monarchs from Cao Cao to Cao Mao, and was responsible for the evaluation and recommendation of talents. He once proposed to Cao Rui to formulate the examination method. In the first year of Ganlu, he was appointed as Sikong and became Marquis of Rongcheng. He passed away the following year, and his posthumous title was Cheng.


    Cao Rui, the emperor of the Wei and Ming Dynasties, once commented on Lu Yu, saying: "Shi Zhongyu has a firm temperament, a flat heart and a upright body. He can be said to have made great contributions to the Ming Dynasty''s trials and to have been unremitting in his position."


    This shows that Lu Yucai''s conduct is very good.


    As for the other two sons, because of their early death, they can''t find any information. Just by comparing Lu Zhi''s ability with Lu Yu''s situation, his eldest son and second son should be very good in terms of ability and moral character. Now, Lu Zhi even says that he wants to let his two sons come to Luoyang to become officials. How unhappy is Huangfu Chaobo?


    Lu Zhi and other veterans are all senior officials of the Han Dynasty. They feel very sad about the rising wars in the world and the people''s ignorance. But they are all unable to return to heaven. Now they are all excited to hear that Huangfu Chaobo has such ambition.


    Xu Shu and other young people were even more enthusiastic. Xu Shu stood up from his chair, quickly walked to the hall, knelt down to Huangfu Chaobo, and said in a loud voice, "my subordinates are willing to follow the Lord to make the world fair, and let the world be peaceful and prosperous."


    The rest of the people also went to the middle and swore loudly to Huangfu Chaobo, "my subordinates are willing to make the world fair with the Lord, and let the world be peaceful and prosperous."


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that he accidentally pretended to be 13, which would lead to such a good effect. Seeing the situation in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo quickly helped everyone up one by one, and then said, "well, since you are all so ambitious, let''s go all the way. There are only demons and monsters along the way. You still need to forge ahead It''s easy to retreat! "


    After hearing this, all the people responded in unison: "my subordinates will follow my Lord, go through fire and water, and never die!"


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but be very happy. No wonder people''s desire for power has been so strong since ancient times. It turns out that this kind of condescending feeling is really good.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo soon woke up and said, "well, please take your seats. Qu Zi once said that the road is far away, and I will go up and down to seek. Today''s Anton army is only the most powerful among the vassals in the world. Of course, if Yuzhou is included in it, it should be the most powerful vassals in the world, but it is not far behind other vassals. "


    "What''s more, Dong Zhuo was so powerful that he couldn''t defeat the loose alliance of Guandong princes. If we weren''t careful, we would be Dong Zhuo''s second, let alone pacify the world. So the purpose of inviting the princes here is to discuss this matter. "


    "In order not to arouse the vigilance of the surrounding princes, the internal affairs of Yuzhou in recent years will not be adjusted. The focus of this discussion is how to adjust the army of Yuzhou, while not exposing the relationship between our Yuzhou army and our Anton army, but at the same time, it can not affect the improvement of the combat effectiveness of the army."


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words made everyone silent. Indeed, if he could reorganize the Yuzhou army quietly, and if he could fight Cao Cao after Yuan Shu''s army was destroyed, it would be a fatal blow to him. It''s just that the operation in this aspect is quite difficult, and it''s very difficult to grasp this degree.


    For a long time, Huang Zhongcai said slowly: "Lord, you adults, you generals, on the way back from Runan, someone has been thinking about this problem. Now, the only way to solve this problem is to transfer middle and senior generals from our Anton army to join the Yuzhou army to participate in the training. Only in this name can we help the training."


    Xu Shu brightened his eyes and said: "yes, this strategy is feasible, but the generals should be cautious. Moreover, it happens that Yuzhou is now in the middle of a war. The foreign Yushou governor''s Department asked Anton''s army to help compile and train his troops because of the poor fighting power of Yuzhou Army. In this way, our generals will be able to join the training of Yuzhou army


    Huangfu Chaobo was moved in his heart. Isn''t this the way the island invaded the mainland and reorganized the security forces with island instructors?


    "Well, in that name. How many battalions should Yuzhou army set up? " Huang Fu said: "according to the practice of our Anton army, one battalion is stationed in one county, and the troops are between four and five schools. However, in view of the situation in Yuzhou, Yingchuan and Chen Guo are OK, and one battalion is enough. However, there are many people in Runan, and it is estimated that there will not be enough soldiers in four or five schools. Therefore, the number of Runan battalions must be increased to at least six It''s not until eight. "Zhao Yun said: "in terms of cavalry, in the past, there was basically a school of cavalry in the first battalion of our Anton army. If we add three to four battalions, we must at least add 20000 to 30000 cavalry. Even for ordinary cavalry, the consumption of 20000 to 30000 cavalry is extremely amazing."


    As soon as he heard that he was going to add another 20000 or 30000 cavalry troops, Tian Feng was very anxious. He said: "Lord, think twice. 20000 or 30000 cavalry troops are enough to cover the consumption of 100000 soldiers. Our Anton army can''t add any more cavalry troops. Lord, think twice!"


    The rest of the people frowned when they heard that. Their family knew about their own affairs. Now there are quite a lot of cavalry under Anton''s army. The nine battalions, plus several schools of the guards, are equipped with war horses. In addition, there are different numbers of cavalry among the guards in each city pass, which add up to 100000 cavalry, with more than 200000 horses.


    The reason for such a large number of war horses is that they are scattered in various cities. If they are put together, the local food and grass will be consumed in a few days. Therefore, when Tian Feng heard that he had to increase cavalry, he would jump up.

 Chapter 845

    A moment later, Xun you suddenly got up and said, "my Lord, I don''t know if I can do something about it."


    "Go ahead, Gongda!"


    "The strategy of our Anton army before was mainly to defend the land, so the number of cavalry in each city was at least three or five hundred. After that, the garrison will be changed to attack, and each county combat barracks will be equipped with a school of cavalry. Why not directly reduce the cavalry of Chi pass in each county, so as to add these cavalry to the Yuzhou army? "


    "That''s right. It''s feasible, military division." As soon as Xun you''s words were over, Xu Rong said;


    Lou GUI also nodded and said: "according to the previous distribution of troops and horses, the number of cavalry in the city passes is about 50000. If 30000 cavalry are drawn from them, it will not have much impact on the city''s defense."


    Huangfu Chaobo heard that there was really no need to allocate too many cavalry in the county. Anyway, it was only used to transmit emergency information. The number of cavalry was too small to be a combat force. Instead of this, it would be better to transfer them out and put them into the Yuzhou army, which played a greater role.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Xun you and said, "with the intention of being public, how many cavalry troops are suitable for each city?"


    Xun youraohu replied: "ordinary county has 100 cavalry, county city has 500, and state city has 1000. The rest of the passes correspond to county, county city and state city respectively according to small, medium and large levels."


    As soon as Xun you''s voice fell, Xu Shu immediately calculated the approximate number. After all, he was a soldier Cao, so the number of soldiers and horses under Anton''s army was known by him. Although he could not remember the exact number, he still knew the approximate number. He said: "if we arrange according to the meaning of Gongda, we can dispatch four or five cavalry schools out. In this way, Yuzhou will be prosperous The cavalry of the army is enough. "


    After all, Yuzhou is under his own rule. If the equipment of troops and horses is different from that of Anton''s army, he can''t explain it to his generals and soldiers. Although in recent years, middle and low-level generals and ordinary soldiers won''t know about it, paper can''t hold the fire, and it will make it more difficult for Yuzhou army to integrate into An''an From the East army.


    It''s a relief that the cavalry problem has been solved, so the next step is the selection of the chief General of the county battalions. For this, Huangfu Chaobo himself hesitated. After all, there were only a few generals under him who could stand alone, one radish and one pit. However, Yuzhou did not have any generals to add in, so he had to be directly transferred from the departments of Anton army.


    Three counties are three battalions, that is, three generals are needed. According to the practice of Anton''s army, one or two deputy generals are needed in one battalion. In this way, six generals are needed. Yuzhou has only one single child, general he man. Among Anton''s troops, general he man has the most, that is, a deputy general. It''s basically possible for them to lead the army alone, because their ability is really limited.


    What Huangfu Chaobo has to consider is the selection of the chief general, but there are only three real chief Generals: Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun and Xu Rong. At present, the rest of the people have not yet reached that level. For example, Zhang Ying''s command value is 90 plus, but his qualifications and military achievements in Anton''s army are still too low. If Zhang Ying puts it up, many people will not accept it, but it will not be good at that time.


    But Huang Zhong said that Zhao Yunxu defends Yuan Shao in Hebei Province, Xu Rong defends Cao Cao in Qingzhou, while Huang Zhong defends Luoyang and Cao Cao. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that since Huang Zhong was defending Cao Cao, he could be transferred to Yuzhou. As for Luoyang, it is difficult to directly threaten Luoyang from the surrounding areas.


    In terms of Chen Liu and Puyang, there is Zhang Ying, who is also used to defend Cao Cao''s army.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "elder brother, I want to leave the reorganization of Yuzhou army to you!"


    Huang Zhong was stunned and quickly realized that he had been guarding Luoyang for Huangfu Chaobo for most of these years. He seldom had a chance to lead the troops. He didn''t expect that he had this opportunity today and was overjoyed to say, "I''ll take the command!"


    As for Huang Zhong, Huangfu Chaobo was very relieved, so he didn''t give any more explanation. Instead, he turned to other humanitarian officials and said, "the choice of the main general has been decided, and the other two battalions'' main general and the Deputy General of each battalions are all recommended. Let''s have a good discussion."


    Later, Zhao Yun recommended Wang Ran and Wang Yong, both of whom are qualified and capable enough to serve as a battalion commander. However, Huangfu Chaobo considered that if they went to Yuzhou at the same time, they might have more soldiers than Huang Zhong''s, which would cause unnecessary trouble, although they would not be like this, but Xu The common people all feel that we must take this into consideration.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to transfer Hongnong''s xiongqu camp general huangfuli to Yuzhou as the new Zhenwu camp general, while Wang Yong was appointed as xiongqu camp general, and Wang Ran was appointed as the new Fenwu camp general.


    Huangfu Chaobo appointed Huang Wudi as the new general of Huben camp. Of course, Huang Zhong is still the general of Huben camp. But in name, Huben camp, xiongquying and Shenwu camp are the only three battalions of Huben camp. In fact, Jianwu camp, Fenwu camp and Zhenwu camp are the same Six battalions.The Luoyang Duwei, who Huang Wudi left vacant, turned to MI Fang. As for the BAGUAN Duwei, Huangfu Chaobo took Zhou Shi, one of the five young generals of changshe, as the Duwei. Among them, Zhou Yi had already served as the commander of the Navy, while Zhao Rui was the commander of the feather forest. Only Zhou Shi, Wu Bin and Zheng Feng were still Duwei.


    In this way, the chief General of the Third Battalion of Yuzhou army was determined.


    As for the establishment of the army, Huang Zhong''s Jianwu battalion will be composed of six infantry battalions and two cavalry battalions, and the other two battalions will be standard battalions of four infantry and one cavalry.


    The next step is to determine the candidates for the Deputy generals of each battalion. Among the generals elected by each battalion, Huangfu Chaobo selected Guo Da, Li le and Li Li. In addition, Zhou Wen''s leting city now has generals, so Zhang Zan and Han Siam were transferred back. Han Siam was also transferred into the Yuzhou army by Huangfu Chaobo.


    After the generals were determined, there was another problem that had to be solved. According to the practice of Anton''s army, each military council should be equipped with a military division. After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo gave Dong Zhao the choice of military division.


    By this time, the problem of Yuzhou army''s skeleton was finally solved, which made Huangfu Chaobo feel relieved. Next, Huang Zhong and other generals had to rely on him.

 Chapter 846

    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was about to finish the discussion, Guo Jia suddenly said, "Lord, wait a minute. Jia has another suggestion."


    Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned. He quickly sat down again and said, "please speak to me in filial piety."


    "Jia thought it over and over again, and thought that it was not proper for General Huang to go to Yuzhou alone. Although the Yuzhou army had sufficient strength, the soldiers basically had no experience of war. It was estimated that it would be more difficult to achieve the combat power of Cao Cao army in one or two years."


    "In this case, we should simply transfer the troops and horses of the two academies from the Huben camp and take them as the skeleton to expand them into the battle barracks of the Yuzhou army. In this way, we will get twice the result with half the effort, and it will also save the trouble of transferring generals from other armies."


    Huang Zhong also said that this method was good, so Huangfu Chaobo finally decided to join the Yuzhou army from Huben camp as a middle and low-level general. Huang Wudi will take the remaining two schools'' HUBEN Battalion soldiers and horses as the skeleton, and will become the four schools'' soldiers and horses again.


    Looking at the crowd, Huangfu Chaobo finally breathed a sigh of relief, and finally solved the problem of Yuzhou. As long as Yuzhou''s soldiers are trained, Huangfu Chaobo is confident that he can let go of Cao Cao''s fight, and he thinks that as long as all departments cooperate well, he should be able to beat Cao Cao so that his father doesn''t know him before the surrounding princes react. Maybe everything goes well If we can get rid of him in a year or two.


    Of course, Taizu of our Dynasty once said that we should despise the enemy strategically and show them again tactically. So no matter when, Huangfu Chaobo will not relax.


    Time soon entered October. On the Xuzhou battlefield, Cao Cao and Ji Ling were about to fight. The two armies had fought more than ten battles, but they were still unable to decide the outcome. So Cao Cao, at Sima Yi''s suggestion, sent a group of more than 20000 people from Qiao County to attack xiapi. He originally wanted to force Ji Ling to divide his troops to rescue.


    Who knows, Ji Ling didn''t fall for it. He just ordered Xu county, which is next to Hongze, to strengthen its defense. Then he watched Cao Cao''s partial division attack Xiaqiu and Tongguo. In desperation, Cao Cao''s army had to stop attacking again in Tongcheng, because without xiapi, Cao Cao''s army did not dare to enter the east of Surabaya or the south of huaishui.


    Finally, the two armies had to stand in a stalemate under xiapi city again. Seeing that winter was coming soon, Cao Cao began to reduce the frequency of attack and considered whether to withdraw.


    At this time, when everyone thought that little tiger was hiding there to lick his wound, he was ready to send troops to Wujun.


    After more than a month''s preparation, sun CE transferred nearly 30000 garrison troops from Danyang counties, and then left 20000 elite soldiers from the more than 20000 troops withdrawn. The rest of the soldiers were all used as skeletons, and the 30000 garrison troops and the 10000 garrison troops in Danyang City were reorganized into 40000 troops.


    In this way, sun CE''s army had 20000 elite soldiers and 40000 new soldiers trained with elite soldiers as the skeleton.


    On October 16, sun CE, the prefect of Danyang, suddenly issued an address, saying that Liu Yao, the prefect of Yangzhou, as a patriarch of the Han Dynasty, did not want to serve the country, but colluded with the rebels, so he decided to attack Liu Yao.


    On the 18th, sun CE sent 20000 troops to attack qua County in Wujun.


    Just as Zhou Yu expected, Liu Yao saw that sun CE had only sent 20000 troops to attack him. On the one hand, he led the garrison of qu''a to guard the city, and on the other hand, he sent general fan Neng to lead 40000 troops to support qu''a, preparing to annihilate sun CE''s 20000 troops.


    Who knows, before fan Neng arrived at the city of qu''a, the 40000 troops were ambushed by the 50000 troops of sun CE''s army ten miles north of qu''a. only fan Neng led hundreds of his guards to flee back to Dantu. The rest of the troops were killed and scattered by thousands, and more than 30000 soldiers were captured by sun CE''s army.


    By this time, we don''t know that Liu Yao is finished.


    Sure enough, a few days later, sun CE led 20000 soldiers of Wu County and his own 50000 troops to appear under Dantu city. Then, the army began to attack Dantu.


    More than ten thousand troops of Wu county only held Dantu city for less than five days, then they were captured by sun Qijun. Liu Yao broke out of the encirclement under the protection of two thousand guards and fled into the city of qu''a. Then sun CE sent Zhou Yu to lead several generals and 30000 troops.


    Three days later, when qu''a city broke down, Liu Yao was defeated and fled again. Huang Gai and Zhu Zhi, the two leaders, blocked him. However, they were seriously injured by one of Liu Yao''s young generals. If they were not for the protection of their generals, they might have been broken outside qu''a city.


    Outside the city of qu''a, the onlookers exclaimed that the young general of qu''a appeared!


    In the romance of the Three Kingdoms, there once appeared an unknown young general who fought with Tai Shici against sun CE. Tai Shici fought with sun CE. However, the unknown young general alone blocked Huang Gai for nearly half an hour, and was affectionately known as qu''a young general. However, the players almost turned qu''a and Dantu upside down, but they didn''t find out this tough little general, but now they suddenly appear in everyone''s sight.


    In fact, Zhou Yu''s original intention was to let the generals intercept Liu you a little, and then chase Liu you''s ass to attack the cities of Wujun. Who knows that sun Qijun''s generals are not convinced by Zhou Yu, so Huang Gai and Zhu Zhi intercepted Liu you. They wanted to capture Liu you, but they kicked him on the iron plate and almost lost their lives.Zhou Yu ordered the injured two generals to be placed behind qu''a, and then led the army to pursue Liu Yao and capture piling. However, they were stopped by Dong, a general under the severe cold in Wuxi City. After a big war, Zhou Yu led the army to attack Yang Xian.


    After Zhou Yu''s army conquered Yangxian, he no longer sent troops to pursue Liu Yao. Instead, he stationed his army in Yangxian and piling and led his troops back to Dantu.


    Liu Yao, under the protection of qu''a and Zhang Ying, passed Wucheng, Yuhang and Fuchun, then went all the way west to Yuzhang county.


    After Yanhan forced back Zhou Yu''s army and got the news that Liu Yao had run away, he occupied three counties of Wucheng without stop. Not only that, he also gathered four generals of Liu Yao, including fan Neng, Yu MI, Xue Li, Chen Heng, and nearly 24000 troops. It can be said that his harvest is still good.


    However, knowing that he has offended XIAOBAWANG, he may have a hard time in the future. Therefore, on the advice of military adviser kaize, Yanhan stepped up military training and preparation while sending people to Kuaiji to make an alliance with Wang Lang, hoping to jointly deal with XIAOBAWANG.


    He didn''t expect the little overlord to send troops to Wujun. Although he had great risks, he also let himself pick up a lot of omissions. Among other things, the three counties and four historical generals alone had made him gain a lot.

 Chapter 847

    What Yan Han didn''t expect was that a few days later, because he was dissatisfied with sun CE''s attack on Wu County, Xu Gong, the former governor of Wu County, and Xu Zhao, a famous scholar, came to vote for him one after another, which made Yan Han enjoy himself.


    In this way, both civil and military generals and local troops have increased the strength of severe cold. But the little tiger in the north is still eyeing, which makes the cold have to watch the North carefully every day.


    The war in Wujun makes the game in an uproar. Everyone exclaims that luck has come, and the city walls can''t stop it. However, when everyone is envious, they all pray secretly. They bet with each other that the cold little pot friend robbed the little tiger''s territory. I don''t know how many rounds he can hold on to.


    At the end of October, the fighting all over the country has basically stopped. The Yuzhou army has completely defeated Yuan Shu''s army in Runan, and all of them have taken back Runan''s territory. Then Huangfu Chaobo announced that the Anton army has been out for half a year, and the army will withdraw to the territory of Sizhou.


    Two days later, the governor of Yuzhou, Kong Bi, announced that the fighting power of the Yuzhou army was really worrying, so he decided to ask Anton''s army to come to Yuzhou to help train his troops. Soon, Huangfu Chaobo also publicly said that Anton''s army accepted Kong''s invitation and would send several generals headed by Huang Zhong to Yuzhou. Meanwhile, 10000 Anton''s soldiers and 20000 cavalry would join Yuzhou''s army temporarily until the army was fully trained.


    Sure enough, Huang Zhong soon led ten middle and senior generals and 30000 troops into Yuzhou. A few days later, the Yuzhou army began to select soldiers according to Anton''s method and began to train the army.


    Later, Kong Bi announced the establishment of Fenwu camp in Yingchuan County, with Anton General Wang ran as the training envoy and Guo Dawei as the Deputy training envoy; Runan County established a military camp, with Anton General Huang Zhong as the training envoy and General Li le and Han Xian as the Deputy training envoys, while Huang Zhong was responsible for coordinating and managing the three County War barracks; Chen state established Zhenwu camp, with Anton general Huangfu Li as the training envoy and managing the three County War barracks Hai was deputy military training envoy.


    Kong did not announce the establishment of the battle barracks and the arrangement of the generals of the Yuzhou army. After the establishment of the barracks, the garrison situation of each city in the three counties of Yuzhou was adjusted accordingly, which should be almost the same as that under the rule of Anton army.


    As soon as Cao Cao heard about Kong''s practice, he was also surprised, but he soon ignored it. What if the Anton army helped the Yuzhou army to organize and train the combat battalion? At that time, Huang Zhong''s generals will still withdraw from the Yuzhou army. If the generals of the Yuzhou army lead the army, Cao Cao knows that he does not have much pressure. It is impossible for a wolf pack led by a sheep to resist a wolf pack led by a tiger.


    At the end of the year, an amazing news spread among the players. Liu Bei, who disappeared after the defeat of Daijun, appeared in Xiangyang City under the escort of Guan Zhang and several hundred soldiers. Then Liu Biao, a mu in Jingzhou, met and resettled him. Soon, the players in Jingzhou were relieved, and Liu Bei was appointed as the governor of Changsha by Liu Biao.


    At the beginning of November, Liu Bei borrowed 20000 Jingzhou troops from Liu Biao. Under the protection of Jingzhou water army, he went all the way south to Changsha County.


    In late November, Liu Bei''s army arrived at the boundary of Changsha and conquered Luo County in only two days. Then, the army divided into two routes, water and land, and arrived at Linxiang City, the headquarters of Changsha.


    Changsha prefect Han Xuan only resisted for less than five days and was defeated by Liu Bei''s army. Linxiang city was conquered. Han Xuan escaped under the escort of his younger brother Han Hao and disappeared. Another Changsha General Yang Ling surrendered to Liu Bei. However, to the surprise of the players, Wei Yan, who should have appeared in Changsha, disappeared.


    In fact, on the day Liu Bei''s army conquered Luoxian County, Jianling, who was far away from Yidao, found that he was lucky this year. First, he won three famous general cards, then he dressed up as a pig and ate a tiger, and killed several hands-on players.


    Today, Jianling recruited a general in the wine shop in the city. Originally, he thought he was just an ordinary general. However, he was stunned by the discovery. It took him a long time to react that Wei Yan, who should have appeared in Changsha, became his subordinate.


    Immediately, Jianling summoned all the three generals under his command and appointed Wei Yan as the school captain. In this way, there are four generals under Jianling, and three generals who have been transferred to other posts are Gao Yue, vice city leader, Duwei Hou Zheng and Duwei Qi Shen.


    If it is said that the three transferred generals made Jianling a well-off group, then Wei Yan''s joining inspired Jianling''s idea of marching to the rich class.


    He didn''t know about these Huangfu Chaobo. Even if he knew the news of Wei Yan, he wouldn''t care much about it. Now his eyes were on the reorganization of Yuzhou army.


    In addition, Huangfu Chaobo also needs to pay attention to the supplement of Huben army and the production of Yuzhou water army warships. After determining the arrangement of Yuzhou army troops, Huangfu Chaobo began to arrange Zhou Tai''s water army to prepare for crossing the river. The first thing was the production of warships.


    After discussing with Kong Fu and Zhou Tai Huang Zhong, they decided to locate the dock in Xincai. Xincai city is close to mianshui, and the water surface is about 100 Zhang wide. Although it is impossible to drive large ships such as building ships, there is no problem with medium-sized warships such as Chima and Maotu. Moreover, the main warships of Yuan Shujun''s water force in huaishui are Chima and Maotu. Therefore, on Zhou Tai''s suggestion, the shipyard is located in Xincai Xincai shipyard stepped up the production of small and medium-sized ships.Of course, in addition to the preparation of the barracks and the water army, under Huang Zhong''s suggestion, in the next few months, a group of elite soldiers will be waiting for the opportunity to cross the river first, so that when the army crosses the river, they can make some trouble behind yuan Shujun.


    After winter, the world seems to be as calm as water. In fact, under the calm water, countless undercurrents are surging.


    After taking control of Daijun, LV Bujun in Bingzhou developed his internal affairs at ease at the suggestion of Chen Gong. Although this made Lv Bu very uncomfortable, the successive Wars also made Lv Bu see some shortcomings of his own power. At the same time, Yuan Shaojun completely controlled Zhongshan state.


    So yuan Shaojun and LV Bujun finally got in touch with each other. Chen Gong and Yuan Shaojun''s military strategists soon noticed this.


    Lu Bu''s army was short of food, grass, military equipment and materials, but Bingzhou was not short of war horses. In the past, Lu Bu''s Army bought food, grass, military equipment from Anton''s army, which can be said to be constrained by Anton''s army. This is also the reason why Lu Bu had to return to Bingzhou in a panic when he invaded Hedong last time.


    On the contrary, Yuan Shao''s troops were numerous, but the horses were controlled by Gongsun Zan and Anton''s troops. So far, Yuan Shao''s cavalry was very few, but there were fewer than 40000 cavalry in hundreds of thousands of troops, and it did not reach the basic configuration of one man and two horses.


    As a result, the two families soon got into a hot fight, and the war horses in Bingzhou and the grain in Jizhou began to exchange continuously.

 Chapter 848

    Pengcheng, Xuzhou. Cao Cao was gathering all his subordinates to discuss affairs. After that, Sima Yi stayed alone. He still had something to report to his master.


    When the rest of the people stepped down and only Cao Cao and Cao Rencheng Yu were left in the assembly hall, Sima Yi said, "my Lord, it''s only a matter of time before Yuan Shu''s defeat. Next, my Lord must consider fighting Anton''s army."


    With that, Sima Yi opened the map of Yanzhou and explained his thoughts to Cao Cao. Although Cao Cao didn''t understand why Sima Yi aimed at Anton''s army, Cao Cao still liked that his counselors could look so far.


    Cao Cao looked at Sima Yi and said, "what''s Zhong Da''s good plan?"


    "In my subordinates'' opinion, there will be a life and death war between the Anton army and Yanzhou army after the fall of Yuan Shu, so the Lord should start to prepare now."


    With that, Sima Yi began to tell Cao Cao what he thought. In his view, to completely defeat Anton''s army, the first thing to do is to cut its branches and leaves, and the first target is Qingzhou and Yuzhou. Although there were two counties in Qingzhou, together with Sizhou, the Anton army limited the development of Cao Cao army.


    In Sima Yi''s view, after the successful elimination of Yuan Shu''s army, his family''s influence reached the scope of more than ten counties, so the next battle was to fight for the Central Plains with Anton''s army.


    However, before the war, the two troubles of Qingzhou and Yuzhou must be solved. The two counties of Qingzhou are owned by Anton''s army. However, Sima Yi thinks that Qingzhou is far away from Sizhou. Although there are ships communicating with each other, as long as the self love army is fast enough, it can achieve success before Sizhou''s army reacts.


    Just want to attack Qingzhou, just rely on their own army in the north is not enough, so Langya''s night incense came into Sima Yi''s sight. After his observation, he found that the strength of today''s yelaixiang is very good. Although there is only one county in Xuzhou, it can be said that there are plenty of troops and food, and his military adviser is said to be quite capable.


    In addition, it has already brought down many generals of Xuzhou army, so it is fully capable of attacking Qingzhou. Sima Yi''s idea was to unite with yelaixiang to divide the two counties of Anton''s army equally after the event, and attack the two counties of Qingzhou from the north and south directions at the same time. As for the power of nocturnal incense, in Sima Yi''s view, after she defeated Anton''s army, the power of nocturnal incense should not be taken into consideration.


    Another purpose of Sima Yi''s attack on Qingzhou was to cut off the trade between Anton''s army and Jiangdong. According to his observation, Anton''s army has transferred through Qingzhou this year and obtained a large amount of grain and grass from Jiangdong, so as to alleviate the shortage of food and grass of Anton''s army.


    In his view, the capture of Qingzhou is killing two birds with one stone.


    As for Yuzhou, it was another source of food for Anton''s army, and for Yuzhou''s army, Sima Yi''s method was to unite with sun ce of Jiangdong. In Sima Yi''s view, although the Anton army also sent troops to attack Yuan Shu, the territory eventually occupied would still be handed over to the Yuzhou army, which was too far away from Huainan. Moreover, it can be seen from the Anton army''s practice in Runan this year that every time the Anton army captured a City, it was to divide up all the goods and materials, and at most to recruit some craftsmen.


    After Yuan Shu''s defeat, he could unite with sun CE''s army to attack Yuzhou. At that time, even if Huainan was assigned to sun CE''s army, he would have monopolized the four states of Qing, Yan, Xu and Yu after he took all of Yuzhou. At that time, it would be only a matter of time before Anton''s army was destroyed.


    Once Anton''s army was destroyed, Cao Cao''s army had the Central Plains. It was not impossible to resist Yuan Shao in the north and sun CE in the south.


    It can be said that Sima Yi''s idea has completely moved Cao Cao. After listening to Sima Yi''s strategy, Cao Cao also fell into meditation. It is a very feasible strategy to cut his wings first and then take his head.


    Not only Cao Cao, but also Cheng Yu and Cao Ren were greatly moved. Cheng Yu hugged Xu and said with a smile, "the Zhongda strategy is feasible. The Lord can really get ready first. And a certain person also heard that kongzu in Yuzhou had begun to ask Anton''s army to help train his troops. Although he thought it ridiculous, he also reminded the Lord that general Cao Hong in Qiao County could really be ready. "


    "Yes, Meng De, not only Zi Lian, but also miaocai, you can let him prepare. Yuan Shu was defeated in one or two years. Taking advantage of this period, the Anton army did not dare to attack us, so it was time to train. " Cao Ren was also on the side of the road;


    the opinions of several people made Cao Cao finally make up his mind and said: "OK, Zhongda will carefully improve the strategy, and then discuss with Zhongde, Wenruo and Ziyang. After the final decision is made, we will start to implement it. As for armament, one will send a letter to Zilian and miaocai today, so that they can start secret preparation."


    "My Lord is wise!" After hearing this, the three of them bowed down to say,


    today''s Huangfu Chaobo has got the news of the deal between Lu Bu and Yuan Shaojun. He is still worried about this. After all, Yuan Shaojun''s strength is not strong. Now, with the horses provided by Lu Bu Jun, it will not be so easy to deal with.


    We should know that the battle between Cao Cao and Yuan Shao was not generally difficult in history, but now we have to solve the big problem of Cao Cao as soon as possible, and then we can concentrate on dealing with Yuan Shao, otherwise, we will be defeated in all directions like Cao Cao.Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help looking at his allies in the north of Bingzhou. Nowadays, the strength of several allies has increased greatly. After one or two years of operation, their strength has improved a lot. Moreover, almost every family has recruited several historical generals, although the strength of those generals is not as strong as their subordinates.


    For example, Zhao Zilong''s Mao Xun, Mao Xiaoxian and Zhanzhao zhanzijing are important generals of Cao Cao in history. Mao Xun is also versatile in both culture and military. He can lead soldiers to fight and also be a shepherd, which makes his strength rise a lot. In October of this year, Zhao Zilong led the army by two people, together with some reinforcements from the other people, and successfully captured Jiuyuan City, the county city of Wuyuan.


    For example, the leader was originally a general under Liu Bei. After Liu Bei was ambushed by Lu Bu and disappeared, he led hundreds of cavalry to break through the encirclement towards the northern grassland. After several rounds, he appeared in Wuyuan and was finally recruited by Zhao Zilong, who stepped on Gou Xiang.


    Lao Du, who occupied Chengyi, also recruited two generals, one named Zhao Shou, and the other named Xiping Luoyan. Although they were not very famous, they also appeared in the history of the three kingdoms or the romance of the Three Kingdoms. Although their abilities were not outstanding, they were better than the generals who were transferred by the players themselves.

 Chapter 849

    As for Xiao jiejie who occupied Yiliang, in addition to Tang Shi, who was transferred from the copy of yingbu''s famous general card, he later recruited Wang Du and another general, Wu Wei and Yan Jun, who were originally in Dong''e County, which also solved the problem of no generals.


    Although the Xiake who first occupied Guangmu could not recruit other historical generals, he also recruited two famous generals cards and successfully transferred to two Inn generals, which also solved the problem of shortage of generals. So in September this year, Xiake also sent troops across the Yellow River and successfully brought Shuofang City, another county town of Shuofang County, into his own hands.


    In other words, if we add Huangfu Chaobo''s own control of Xi''an Yangcheng, Huangfu Chaobo and his allies control a total of seven counties in Shuofang and Jiuyuan counties.


    Now Lu Bu and Yuan Shao are in a hot fight, so Huangfu Chaobo is very worried that he will turn his eyes to the west two counties of Bingzhou. If Lu Bu really controls Bingzhou, it will be more difficult to solve in the future. After all, Lu Bu''s fighting power is too strong.


    After consulting with the military advisers, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he had to take action in the north. Although he could not directly participate in it, at least he had to support his allies to develop as soon as possible, so as to enhance their ability to fight against Lu Bu.


    Back in the backyard, Huangfu Chaobo began to gather a group of allies for a meeting on the alliance channel. Half an hour later, everyone who got the notice successively entered the alliance channel.


    In the past, Huangfu Chaobo had little time to appear on the alliance channel. The main reason was that there were too many things under the rule of Anton Jun, so he didn''t have much time to get together with many allies. Once in a while, everything is directly related to the corresponding person.


    "Boss, what''s the wind blowing today? I haven''t seen you for a long time. I haven''t invited you to discuss things with us." After everyone arrived, Xiao Jie screamed in a strange voice;


    "yes, how can boss Chaobo have time to gather everyone together today?" Xiake also said, you know, he has just occupied Shuofang County, so he has been busy dealing with the new occupied city, and there is not much time to consider the alliance.


    This time, if Huangfu Chaobo hadn''t sent him a message that he had something important to talk about, maybe he wouldn''t have come.


    "Hiss," Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile, "do you think everyone is as comfortable as you, my miserable life..."


    "Boss, tell us about your hard life in the harem, and share it with you." After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the fire of Xiaojie''s gossip suddenly burst into flames.


    "If you want to, you can try it yourself. How can you say that you are the head of a county with tens of thousands of people, and no one can stop you from doing it..." Lao Du said with a smile;


    "ah, it seems that it can be done, boss. Now, which historical beauty has no owner?"


    Zhao Zilong said: "I know there is one. It depends on whether you have that ability."


    "Who?" Several people''s interest suddenly rose, and they quickly asked;


    "Diao Chan!"


    "Well, forget it. Lv Bu is just beside us. It''s almost the same to provoke Diao Chan and find Xiang." On hearing the name, several people suddenly wilted.


    After everyone had enough fighting, Huang Fu Chao said: "I haven''t talked with you for a long time. There are some things I want to report to you, so I''ll just call them up and let you all listen."


    Each of them gave an overview of their respective territories, and then Huangfu Chaobo said, "this time, I''ll call you all together, mainly because I haven''t had time to get in touch with you all the time, and I don''t know much about a lot of things. Another is about the situation behind. I also want to talk with you. "


    "I don''t know if you already know a situation, that is, Lv Bu and Yuan Shao have reached a certain degree of alliance, but I don''t know all about it yet. However, one thing is for sure that they have carried out several trade exchanges, and Lv Bu exchanged war horses for Jizhou''s grain weapons."


    Zhao Zilong and others in Bingzhou were surprised by Huangfu''s words. Before, they were still glad that Lv Bu had turned his eyes to the more prosperous and prosperous Youzhou. But now when they heard the news of Huangfu''s words, they all felt a sense of crisis.


    Seeing that everyone''s face changed greatly, Huangfu Chaobo said: "it seems that you have thought of it. Yes, although Yuan Shao and Lv Bu may have reached the agreement to jointly attack gongsunzan, it is also possible that Lv Bu, with the support of Yuan Shao''s grain weapons, began to develop westward and southward."


    "This year or even the year after Ming Dynasty, I don''t have the energy to take care of the north, so it''s basically up to you. You know, it''s going to take a while for Yuan Shu to get it done. "


    "Boss, do you mean that once Lu Bu attacks Wuyuan and Shuofang, we have to rely on ourselves?" As soon as Xiao jiejie heard this, he said in a hurry;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded helplessly, which was also a matter of no choice. In the next few years, his focus was on Yuan Shu and Cao Cao, and Hanoi, Hedong and Weijun in the North would be on the defensive."Do you have any suggestions from boss Chaobo?" The Xiake is different from the others. He still has a military adviser. Although he is not as good as Guo Jia and pangtong, he thinks much more about many things than Zhao Zilong''s generals. Therefore, he has a deeper understanding of LV Bujun''s problems than others.


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head: "there''s no good suggestion. In fact, you''ve been doing it all the time. Besides, I have no other way."


    "Boss, can''t you go north first and then south?" Although he knew that it was not possible, Xiao Jie could not help but ask;


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head again: "you should all know that Cao Cao was the one who had been besieged for several times in our state. At that time, Cao Cao''s power was not as powerful as me. Now, once Cao Cao attacked yuan Shujun, the territory would be bigger, and the gap between us would be much smaller, so once he attacked yuan Shujun again I guess I''ll have to deal with it if I have to pick something up for the first time. "


    "Therefore, in the past few years, I have to do my best to deal with Cao Cao. Moreover, according to the information I have received, XiaHouYuan in Qingzhou and caohong in Yuzhou have begun to make preparations. That''s why I want to call you all up. There are some things I need to communicate with you first. "

 Chapter 850

    After finishing the Bingzhou affair, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Youzhou and said, "there is another thing that Xiaowen should be prepared for. Once Yuan Shao and Gongsun Zan go to war, Gongsun Zan''s character will not last for a few years, and I have little spare force to support. So you should be prepared. The defense of leting has been strengthened, and the Navy and the port are also strengthened It''s the same


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Zongheng and kill the wrong wolf again and said, "I''m going to persuade Kong Yu to put Luyang, who killed the wrong wolf, into Yingxi county. Then one percent of Luyang''s tax will be turned over to you. This tax is nothing to Kong Yu, but it should be useful to you."


    It doesn''t feel like killing the wrong wolf. In any case, who can''t get rid of the 5% tax on the territory, and his two points won''t change. As for the other three points, it doesn''t matter who gets them. Of course, compared with Kong, he certainly prefers the former.


    Even though the whole world is very happy, there are a lot of taxes for each county, which is nothing compared with Kong Yu. However, he has only five counties, and now Luyang is no longer a small county in the middle. After Huangfu Chaobo''s trip to Nanyang, he captured tens of thousands of people, making Luyang skip the middle county and upgrade to a big county.


    Looking at the world of joy, Huangfu Chaobo also laughed and said, "don''t be so happy. There''s no time for pie in the sky."


    He said: "I know, don''t worry. It''s just for Kong to block Zhang Su in the West? Don''t worry


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "yes, Yingchuan''s battalions will certainly go out to fight, so Nanyang''s army can only be handed over to you."


    Old Du suddenly interjected: "boss, why don''t you just eat old Kong''s territory? Isn''t that easier?"


    Huangfu Chaobo said quietly, "it''s not so easy. You think you can eat if you want. If it''s so simple, why do you make so many twists and turns? However, I''m thinking about how to make him do more recently."


    At this point, he changed the topic and said: "as for your troops, I suggest that, like our Anton army, all the elite should be reorganized into battalions, and the rest of the poor garrison battalions, so that it is easier to give play to the elite combat power. Of course, this is only my personal suggestion. As for how you do it, each of you has his own preference."


    "Boss Chaobo, what do you think if we speed up our time to control the other cities in the two counties?" Zhao Zilong suddenly asked;


    Huangfu Chao pondered: "in fact, if you don''t ask me this question, I''ll tell you later. When I discussed with Pang Tong, some people had the plan ahead of time. Later, we discussed it carefully. There are still many advantages in doing so. One is that you can arrange the money, food and materials of these cities in a unified way, and integrate the important or the new He said that more money, food and materials should be put in the city where he managed better, so as to better resist the attack of Lu Bu''s army. "


    "Another thing is that every time you capture a city, your troops are trained and can produce more elite. On the other hand, every city will capture many prisoners. There must be many excellent soldiers, soldiers and craftsmen. I believe you all know what it means."


    "However, there are several problems. One is whether you will defend the cities after they are captured. If you do, are there enough troops? If you don''t, it may not be as simple as this one once the Lu Bu army takes over and attacks again. So it''s also a dilemma. If you choose, you should consider it for yourself. "


    "Last but not least, don''t try to fight Lv Bu''s army in the field. Except for Zhang Liao and Gao Shun, the rest of Lv Bu''s generals are not very good at marching and siege, but the cavalry is very good. With the special arms bonus of Bingzhou wolf cavalry, even the cavalry of the same level will be much higher than you."


    "Of course, we only need to survive for a few years, and the situation will be very different. At least we have to wait until I get rid of Cao Cao. Even if we don''t swat the fly to death, we need to swat him hemiplegia. Otherwise, I really can''t take other places into consideration."


    For a long time, the swordsman slapped his fists and palms together and said, "well, I''ve saved a lot of grain weapons in the past two years, and the grain has more than 300000 stones. I''ve been building weapons for a year and a half. It''s not a problem. I don''t think Lv Bu can spend all his time here."


    "I''ve decided to sweep up several cities in the west, at least all the population and materials, before Lvbu''s army can send troops. I''ll keep Guangmu and Shuofang. It happens that the two cities are on the edge of the Yellow River, but at that time, we need to borrow the water army and transport ships of boss Chaobo. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and agreed to Xiake''s request, saying that as long as the Yellow River thawed, his fleet could go out at any time.


    Influenced by the Xiake, Zhao Zilong also decided to capture Wuyuan city in the north and Heyin city on the other side of the Yellow River in the south. As for how to defend, he has not yet considered clearly.Today, the situation of Zilong society is similar to that of Huangfu Chaobo. There are territories everywhere, such as Pingyin in Sizhou and Zhao county in Jizhou And then there are Linwo and Jiuyuan in Bingzhou. If they capture Wuyuan and Heyin again, there will be six counties in Zilong society.


    It''s just that these counties, except Pingyin County, all feel precarious.


    With Huangfu Chaobo''s reminders and suggestions, all the Allies began to make preparations. However, a few days later, Huangfu Chaobo once again received Zhao Zilong''s request for communication. Huangfu Chaobo thought it was about Bingzhou, but he didn''t expect to know that he was entrusted to lead the line after connecting.


    Huangfu Chaobo smiles at Zhao Zilong and says, "why, when did the boss of Zilong society change his career to be an intermediary? I remember the Xiake also found you at that time? "


    Zhao Zilong said with a smile: "there''s no way. It''s too difficult for you to enter the gate of cangting marquis. It''s the contacts that we small families rely on to fight outside. People come to the door and the price is not low, so you know..."


    Huangfu Chaobo shakes his head helplessly. His communicator has been set up to refuse strangers'' communication requests, so players who want to find their own are usually through a group of allies. Of course, not all of them will help introduce them.

 Chapter 851

    For example, this time, it was the severe cold of Wujun County who found Zhao Zilong and wanted to buy a batch of war horses from Huangfu Chaobo. Originally, the number of war horses entering Jiangdong was limited, and now sun Qijun has controlled Dantu, so the number of war horses that can flow out is even more limited.


    So Yan Han thought of going directly to Huangfu Chaobo, hoping to buy a batch of war horses. The quantity is not too much. A few hundred horses are enough, even compared with the price in the hands of Gu family plus one Chengdu.


    Although it is impossible to use cavalry on a large scale in Jiangnan, hundreds of cavalry can sometimes play a role of surprise. Another reason is that because of the limited funds in the hands of severe cold, it takes a lot of money to occupy several new counties and recruit soldiers and horses.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said to Zhao Zilong, "let people tell Yanhan that they don''t need to pay more, but these horses will still be handed over to Gu''s family, and then they will be handed over by Gu''s family, and let them buy them from Gu''s family according to the market price. I have promised to take care of the family. They will be responsible for the war horses in the south of the Yangtze River. They can''t turn back. "


    Zhao Zilong also knew the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo, nodded and said no more.


    As one of the princes in the game, Huangfu Chaobo understands the extent to which the various forces in the game show their credibility. If he doesn''t want to break his promise in front of Jiangdong aristocratic family, he can''t bypass them and trade with Yanhan again. Moreover, this kind of trade can''t be separated.


    Therefore, after finishing the communication with Zhao Zilong, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent someone to send a letter to Jiangdong, asking the person in charge of Dantu to take care of his family, explaining the situation, and repeatedly saying that this time it was a special situation, and he would not do so in the future.


    Gu Jiade, who got Huangfu Chaobo''s explanation, didn''t say much. The horse still traded through his own hands, and Huangfu Chaobo also sent someone to explain, which made Gu''s family not dissatisfied.


    After dealing with the war with Israel, Guo Jia found him again. He had something to report to Huangfu Chaobo: "Lord, according to the information we received from the shadow, Cao Cao Jun''s troops in Qiaojun and Qingzhou seem to have changed. In fact, it''s not a change. It seems that he is stepping up his training. In Jia''s estimation, Cao Cao Jun is making some preparations."


    Since Guo Jia joined, Huangfu Chaobo has handed over all the information of Shi a shadow to him. He is in charge of intelligence analysis. He never thought that he is really a born intelligence leader, always able to trace out useful clues in the complicated intelligence.


    After listening to Guo Jia''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. A few days ago, he talked to Zhao Zilong about Cao Cao''s actions again, but he didn''t expect that his words became a prophecy.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but show a bitter smile. Fortunately, at Guo Jia''s suggestion, he was already preparing for the war against Cao Cao. Otherwise, he would be unprepared.


    "Filial piety, it seems that we need to be more fully prepared."


    Guo Jia nodded, then said: "there is another thing, please pay attention to it."


    "What''s the matter? If you are filial, you can speak frankly. "


    Guo Jia went to the front of the map, pointed to Langya in the southwest of Qingzhou, and said: "here, Langya is divided into Langya county and Langya state, but it is actually Langya state in Xuzhou. It is said that it has a good relationship with the Lord, but


    Huangfu Chaobo moved in his heart and said: "the meaning of fengxiao is that Cao Cao will talk about nocturnal incense? And then attack the two counties of Qingzhou directly from the two routes? "


    "It''s not possible. If it''s Jialai''s plan, it will certainly be so. I believe they will be moved by the land of Qingzhou. As for the future, we just need to destroy our Anton army. Can these counties still compete with Cao Cao army in several States?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and fell into meditation again. Guo Jia''s words are really reasonable, and he can be sure that yelaixiang will be attracted, because he has the top military strategist, the talent for drama. Now yelaixiang has a large number of troops, especially after he has reduced some of the troops and generals in Xuzhou.


    "What should we do with filial piety?"


    Guo Jia shook his head and said, "we don''t need to pay any attention. We just need to wait and see the changes. The Lord has already transferred the troops of qianduo and Qingdao. We just need to tell general Meng to be careful. If we do too much, it will make the other party alert."


    "Well." Huangfu Chaobo thinks that this is true. His troops have already been set up. Qingdao and qianduo each have a school combat battalion. In addition, the garrison of the two cities should be enough. You know, although it seems that there are two prefectures in yelaixiang, in fact, the number of soldiers and horses that can be used is estimated to be 30000 or 50000, but he can''t completely trust Cao Ren in Donghai and Cao Jili in Taishan, so the number of soldiers and horses that can be used is not very large.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "in the view of fengxiao, how should yuan Shujun''s sphere of influence be distributed? Or how many places can we occupy? "


    "These days, when Tianjia is analyzing intelligence from all over the country, he occasionally discusses this matter with Shiyuan, Yuanzhi and Gongda. Our current idea is to take Lujiang and let Cao and sun families go to the other three counties. After all, in the current situation of Yuzhou, the expansion of power is too fast to take care of."The winter of 195 passed peacefully. Not long after the new year, at the beginning of February, Huangfu Chaobo''s allies began to act. First, the Xiake of Guangmu City, led by Fu Xun, was transferred to Guangwu and Shuofang. He himself, together with Gaolan and qubei, took advantage of more than 8000 horses collected by himself and led 8000 troops to the battle.


    Taking advantage of the fact that the grassland has not been completely thawed and all the tribes are still nesting in several abandoned cities, they marched for more than 200 miles to block all the tribes of wodong in Woye city. After killing hundreds of people, they captured all the remaining ten thousand in the city.


    Later, the Xiake arranged more than 1000 troops to guard the prisoners, and then led the troops to fight again. In more than ten days, he occupied all the cities of Woye, LINRONG and Sanfeng, and captured more than 40000 people of zahu tribe, with countless money, food and materials.


    After the Xiake took control of the three counties, he asked Gaolan to select the better qualified ones from the captives and integrate them into the army. At the same time, he asked Fu Xun to send thousands of guards to take over the county. At the same time, he sent a letter to Ma Xuan, the county governor of Xi''an Yang, asking him to send a water army to LINRONG to transport some money, food, materials and personnel back to Guangmu and Shuofang after the river thawed.


    Reminded by Huangfu Chaobo, he still decided to focus on Guangmu County, which has been in operation for the longest time, and Shuofang County, which was just won last year. However, these three counties will not give up for the time being.

 Chapter 852

    What the Xiake didn''t expect is that when he returned to Guangmu City, as soon as he entered the county yamen, he received a system prompt: "congratulations to the player. He occupied five of the six counties in Shuofang County, accounting for more than 80% of the county''s cities. The player''s official position is to raise his prestige from the fourth grade. If the official position meets the conditions of becoming a feudal power, please go to the county yamen Manage the jade and complete the operation of assuming the post of Shuofang Taishou. "


    It''s not easy for the knight errant to be overjoyed by the sudden prompt. He has finally become one of the princes. So far, there are only five princes among the players. The reason for this situation is that after the capture of Shuofang City, the Xiake set Guangmu city as his main city, and Shuofang city was a subordinate city.


    All the way, the Xiake didn''t care what Fu Xun wanted to report. He rushed directly into the jade Office of the county government. After he opened it carefully, he found that there was a blank behind the prefect, who had always been in a gray state and could not be changed. It could be filled with information.


    After filling in your name, another system prompt soon appeared: "congratulations to the player, becoming the governor of Shuofang County, becoming the sixth player vassal."


    Immediately, the whole system prompt appeared in the game: "congratulations to the player Xiake for being the governor of Shuofang and becoming the sixth player vassal!"


    The system prompt played three times before it ended, which made the players excited again. After more than half a year, another player prince appeared. For a time, swordsman once again became the topic of discussion.


    Stimulated by him, Zhao Zilong also decided to send troops. In early March, after uniting the reinforcements from the three cities of Xi''an, Yang, Chengyi and Yiliang, Zilong would send 12000 troops to attack Wuyuan city. After two days of fierce fighting, he finally won Wuyuan city.


    Later, after the rest of the army, Zilong will send troops again to cross the Yellow River and attack Heyin with the help of Xi''an Yangshui army.


    Three days later, Zhao Zilong conquered Heyin. Then when he ran back to Jiuyuan City, he found that he had not received the system prompt. After carefully asking Huangfu Chaobo and Xiake, he knew that he had not reached the system conditions. Although there were six counties, they were far apart. However, in Wuyuan County, nine cities were different The occupation of four cities is far from reaching the 80% requirement.


    Now there are five or six players who have become princes of one side, so the players have roughly calculated that they want to meet the conditions of princes of one side. One of them must be that their official positions must reach the level of Taishou or above. The second is the number of cities. If the number of counties controlled in the adjacent area reaches more than five, or if the number of counties controlled in a county reaches more than 80%, one can assume the position of the prefect.


    But Zhao Zilong now only has his official position up to the fifth grade, and the number of counties still doesn''t meet the requirements. Originally, he wanted to let Lao Du''s county first take refuge in Zhao Zilong, and then Zhao Zilong appointed them as county magistrate. As a result, he found that this operation would make a big drop in the popularity of several people in the county, and Zhao Zilong had no choice but to give up.


    Finally, it was Huangfu Chaobo who gave him an idea. Dozens of miles east of Linwo, at the junction of Wuyuan County and Yunzhong County, there was a town called Fuyang town. At the beginning, Huangfu Chaobo once stayed here for one night. It was an abandoned Zhongzhen town. Its location was very special, with Yinshan in the north and river in the south, which could be said to be the key point of entering Wuyuan from Yunzhong.


    Zhao Zilong can occupy it, and then upgrade it to a county seat. In this way, he can achieve the land demand of five cities. Won''t he become a vassal then? When he became the governor of Shuofang, the three counties under the control of Laodu and Huangfu Chaobo automatically belonged to the city under the rule of Shuofang.


    It was only in this way that Zhao Zilong became a vassal for more than half a year. However, this county caused a lot of trouble to resist LV Bujun''s westward advance.


    Less than a month after Xiake became the sixth player vassal, Cao Charlie, who was appointed by Cao Cao as Taishan''s prefect, finally reached the requirement of territory. After more than half a year of fighting, Cao Charlie fought several battles with Zang Ba, and finally occupied fenggao County, Yingxian county and Liangfu County, driving Zang BA''s army to Mu county and Laiwu City.


    At this time, Cao Charlie control of the city finally more than five, became the seventh player princes.


    Feiguo, nanwuyang and Nancheng, three counties in the south of Taishan County, were also moved by the fire and brought under the rule of Langya.


    Just as the players are still guessing for the next player to become a vassal, the flames of war in the central plains are rekindled. To everyone''s surprise, this time, it was Sun ce of Jiangdong who took the lead. Sun Qijun''s strategy surprised everyone. When everyone thought that he would take advantage of the victory to pacify the three counties in Jiangdong, he crossed the river north again and invaded Guangling again.


    In just three days, sun Qijun once again came to Guangling.


    In fact, at the beginning, almost all the generals of sun Qijun wanted to go south first and then north, to pacify Wujun and Kuaiji first, and then to attack Yuanshu in the north. It was only Zhou Yu who was able to get rid of the public opinions, first from the north and then from the south. In his opinion, Wujun and Kuaiji are like their own pot of meat. When the time is right, the stewed meat will naturally be eaten. However, the Zhongjia Dynasty in Jiangbei is a piece of fat hanging there. There are already two people coveting to eat a large piece of meat. If they don''t hurry up, they will have to go to other people to grab food.What''s more, after more than half a year''s war, Yuan Shujun''s strength has been greatly damaged. If he guesses correctly, he will not be able to survive this year at most. Wujun and Kuaiji are different. The terrain of Jiangdong is complex. Sun CE is dragged into the mud altar by accident. He wants to get away from it. Maybe as soon as Jiangdong is settled, Jiangping will win or lose, and then he can cross the river again It''s much harder.


    Another reason is that Yuan Shu had a relic of Sun Jian in his hand, which made sun CE and all the generals of the sun family never forget. So in the end, Zhou Yu succeeded in persuading sun CE''s generals to send troops to Guangling again when Ji Ling''s army was still in xiapi and Guangling''s troops were empty.


    Sun CE left Cheng Pu and Quan Rou to stay in Jianye and huanggai, and Gu Yongshou Dantu, a newly recruited Wu County. He once again led 50000 troops. With Zhou Yu as his commander, Sun Jing, Han Dang, Zhu Zhi, LV fan, LV Dai, and Zhu Heng went to Guangling.


    Fifty thousand troops quickly occupied Dongling Pavilion, leaving two thousand troops to defend the port. After the army split into two, water and land entered together, and quickly surrounded Guangling city again. This time, under the command of Zhou Yu, sun Qijun''s water army defeated yuan Shujun''s water army in Zhongdu water outside the water gate of Guangling City, and then besieged the water gate of Guangling city.

 Chapter 853

    According to Zhou Yu''s analysis, Yuan''s army suffered a lot from the war last year, although it was far from the point of serious damage. Not to mention anything else, Yuan Shu''s elite troops alone lost nearly 80000, including 30000 Yulin troops and 20000 battalions in Runan, 10000 soldiers in Guangling and 20000 soldiers in xiapi in Xuzhou.


    However, despite this, Yuan Shujun felt that he could still support himself. The defense on the South Bank of huaishui river made Yuzhou army and Anton army sigh at Wanghe river last year. On the battlefield of xiapi, general Ji Ling nailed Cao Cao''s army to death.


    As for the little tiger in the south, it was only because he was lucky that he escaped. It''s estimated that he doesn''t have three or five years to rest. He doesn''t want to go north. Moreover, he is still fighting against Wujun. Although he won, he won''t be able to go north.


    In early March, sun Qijun suddenly sent troops to attack Guangling again. Guangling governor yuan Sihe and general Zhang Xun immediately sent people to Shouchun for help.


    In fact, there were no more than 20000 defenders in Guangling at this time. Although sun Qijun was left behind by a big war last year, Yuan Shujun''s losses were not small. First of all, the 10000 soldiers brought by Zhang Xun lost nearly 2000, and Yuan Si''s 10000 soldiers lost 4000.


    After sun CE''s army retreated, Yuan Si sent people to take over the two cities, each sending two thousand soldiers to guard and one thousand soldiers to fight. Although three thousand soldiers and horses were recruited later, there are only five thousand guards and six thousand soldiers in Guangling, with a total of eleven thousand soldiers and horses. Among them, three thousand are newly recruited soldiers, which can barely be used to defend the city.


    When Shouchun''s Yuan Shu got the news that sun Qijun was attacking Guangling again, he was very angry. He ordered ten thousand soldiers of Liu Xunbu who defended liyang to support Guangling quickly. At the same time, he was ready to order Shouchun to send troops to support Guangling. At that time, Yuan Shu found that all his 150000 soldiers had been sent out. Today, Shouchun city has only 70000 imperial guards and 20000 guards to defend.


    There was no choice but to order the prince Yuan Yao as the main general and Li Ling as the deputy general to support xiapi.


    Now, Yuan Shu really wants to eat his son-in-law alive. If he didn''t despise the enemy and go to war rashly, how could he bury his 30000 elite imperial guards? Thirty thousand imperial guards are not lost, and the twenty thousand soldiers of Le Jiu and Li Feng will not be so easily defeated. Perhaps, the south of ru''nan is still in their own hands now.


    Although Jiling and Xuzhou also lost 40000 elite soldiers, they caused no less casualties than themselves. However, the loss of 50000 troops in Runan battlefield only brought less than 10000 elite soldiers to each other. The rest of the casualties were ordinary soldiers and horses.


    However, Yuan Shu no longer has the energy to manage his son-in-law. After sun CE''s army left Xuzhou battlefield, Cao Cao''s army sent out 60000 troops and 40000 strange troops to attack xiapi again, and the war between the two counties of Xuzhou was ignited again.


    However, to everyone''s surprise, the Anton army and the Yuzhou army did not send troops immediately, but were still slowly transferring troops. It is only more than four months since Kong Yu announced the reorganization of the Yuzhou army last year. The Yuzhou army has just been formed and reorganized in each county. It is estimated that it will take another one to two months to get into the war. Therefore, when sun CE and Cao Cao''s army first fought with Yuan Shu''s army, the Yuzhou army began to mobilize troops to the south.


    This time, the troops of Yuzhou army included two schools of Fenwu battalion in Yingchuan County, led by the chief General Wang Ran, four battalion infantry and one school cavalry of Jianwu battalion in Runan County, led by Huang Zhong and Han Xian, and Li Le led two schools of infantry and one school cavalry to Ruyin. On the surface, it was to defend Yuan Shu army in Huainan, but in fact, it had another purpose to defend Cao Hong army in Qiao County.


    In addition to the 35000 soldiers, Yuzhou also dispatched 30000 guards. In addition, the number of warlords and players under the rule of Yuzhou was nearly 40000. This time, Yuzhou sent nearly 100000 soldiers.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had just arranged for Anton''s army to start from Luoyang. After learning the news of Cao Cao''s army, Huangfu Chaobo negotiated with Guo Jia and other counsellors and decided to increase the number of troops.


    Nowadays, most of the battalions of the Anton army are composed of four battalions and one cavalry, but there are still xiongqu battalions in Hongnong, Yingyang battalions in Hedong, Shenwu battalions in Chenliu and Canglang battalions in Donglai. Of course, hekong battalions in Longhua are an exception.


    After discussion, Huangfu Chaobo decided to expand the remaining three battalions to four plus one, except xiongqu camp, so as to better cope with the future war.


    For example, after the expansion of Yingyang camp in Tianyu, Deputy General Yang Feng will lead the infantry of the two academies to Yongan to defend against Lvbu in Bingzhou. Tian Yu led two soldiers and one school cavalry to guard Anyi.


    In addition to Huangfu Chaobo''s guards, Anton''s army also dispatched two cadets from Huben camp, one Cadet from Shenwu camp and one Cadet from xiongqu camp, totaling nearly 40000 troops.


    In addition to the generals of the guards, the generals of several battalions were Huang Wudi, Wang Yong and Zhang Ying. Of course, the two commanders of the Anton army also went out with the army.On March 15, Liu Xun led 10000 soldiers into Guangling, but the army stopped in Tangyi county. He was ready to wait for Yuan Yao''s 20000 troops to arrive, and then go to support Guangling garrison. At this time, Yuan Yao''s army had just passed the Dongcheng County of Guangling County, and it would take at least several days to arrive in Tangyi.


    At this time, the war in Guangling has begun to enter the most severe time. Sun Qijun has attacked the city several times, and has been supporting the city for a longer time, and the defenders in the city have lost nearly half. In desperation, Zhang Xun and Yuan Si had to send messengers one after another to urge reinforcements to arrive as soon as possible.


    In desperation, Liu Xun had to lead the army to set out again, leaving Tangyi and marching cautiously to Yuguo. Rao was so far away from Yuguo that he was ambushed by nearly 20000 troops of sun CE''s army. Nearly half of Liu Xun''s army was killed and captured. Liu Xun was escorted back to Tangyi by 3000 rout soldiers, and nearly 2000 rout soldiers fled into Yuguo county.


    After defeating Liu Xun''s troops, sun CE''s army did not take advantage of the victory. Instead, it quickly returned to Guangling, disturbed the morale of the garrison in the city by using Liu Xun''s captured soldiers and harvested armor, and then attacked the city with all his strength. Finally, on the morning of the 18th, they successfully entered Guangling. Zhang Xun and Yuan Si fled to the state of Yu under the escort of 2000 disabled soldiers.

 Chapter 854

    Guangling city finally fell into the hands of sun Qijun. At this time, twenty thousand yuan yaobu reinforcements had just arrived in Tangyi county. In view of this situation, Yuan Yao negotiated with Li Ling and Liu Xun, and decided that Li Ling would lead 10000 troops to defend Tangyi and block sun CE''s way to Jiujiang, while Yuan Yao would lead 10000 imperial guards and Liu Xun''s 3000 rout troops to settle in Yuguo.


    So far, there were 10000 Yuan Yao''s imperial guards, 5000 Liu Xun''s battalions, more than 2000 disabled soldiers of Zhang Xun and Yuan Si, and more than 3000 garrisons in the city, totaling 20000 troops.


    However, in the face of less than 50000 sun Qijun, Yuan Shujun did not go out of the city to fight again. Instead, he stuck to the two cities and waited for Shouchun''s next arrangement.


    At this time, sun CE''s army did not stop. He arranged for Sun Jing to lead 10000 elite soldiers, and then recruited 10000 new soldiers from the captives and Guangling people. A total of 20000 troops defended Guangling. Sun CE divided the remaining 25000 troops into two groups. Lu Dai led 10000 troops to attack hailing, while sun CE led 15000 elite troops to attack Gaoyou county with Zhou Yu''s navy.


    After the news of the loss of Guangling came to xiapi, Ji Ling knew that Xuzhou was no longer defensible. Guangling and xiapi were horns of each other. Now that Guangling was lost, sun Qijun had invaded Jiangbei, and he could not advance or retreat in xiapi.


    Cao Cao dispatched nearly 100000 troops, and Ji Ling himself and the troops in xiapi city were only 50000 troops, so he could barely defend Cao Cao''s attack. Cao Cao left 20000 elite and 20000 strange troops to defend Jiling army, and sent another 60000 troops to intensify the attack on xiapi city.


    After getting the news that sun Qijun had captured Guangling, Cao CaoJun intensified his attack. In the face of Cao Cao''s increasingly fierce attack, Ji Ling decided to change his strategy. First of all, he transferred 8000 of Haixi''s 10000 soldiers to Huaiyin, leaving only 1000 soldiers in Haixi city to help defend the city, while the other 1000 were sent to huaipu city to make use of these soldiers.


    In addition, from his remaining 30000 troops, he sent 10000 troops into xiapi city to help Liang Gang and Yuan Yin defend xiapi, while he and Chen Ji led 20000 troops down the Surabaya River to guard Suiling and xutai, and to guard huaishui river.


    One is to guard the retreat of tens of thousands of troops in Huaibei, and the other is to guard the passage from Xuzhou to Jiujiang. In his opinion, the importance of Xuzhou is far from comparable to that of Jiujiang and Lujiang counties.


    As for other places, Ji Ling thinks that with Yuan Yao leading the generals to keep faith in the front lines of Tangyi and Yuguo, he can keep faith in Suiling and xutai, and with the soldiers and horses in xiapi City, he can prevent the soldiers and horses from entering Huainan. On the battlefield of Yuzhou, he has defeated the river crossing army of Anton army several times since last year, which should also be safe, so that he can give life The emperor of spring fought for more time.


    What Ji Ling didn''t expect was that he thought that the very stable battlefield in Yuzhou was not as stable as he believed.


    Just when sun CE began to sweep the cities southeast of Guangling county and Cao Cao''s army launched another attack on Pi city, tens of thousands of Yuzhou army and Anton army had already arrived in Runan. In order to confuse Yuan Shu army, Huang Zhong divided the army into two, and 100000 troops gathered on the north bank of huaishui River between Yuanlu and Fubo, making a false image of crossing the river on a large scale.


    Huang Zhong, on the other hand, led 30000 elite soldiers including Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and tieyingruishi in Huangfu Chaobo guards to sneak into a camp in the southeast of Xinxi, where the Anton army would cross the river.


    As early as last year''s meeting, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with the public that the most suitable place to cross the river was Xinxi. However, Yuan Shujun would definitely know about Xincai''s construction of a warship. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo was going to give yuan Shujun a chance to "build a plank road openly and cross the Chencang secretly".


    At the end of last year, Xincai began to build ships, and the news soon spread to Huainan. After discussion, Yuan Shujun felt that the Yuzhou army of Xincai needed to go down the Ru River before they could reach the middle of the Huai River. Therefore, since last year, Yuan Shujun began to increase the patrol at the Ru River entrance of the Huai River. In contrast, the strength of the water army in the upper reaches of the Huai River decreased significantly.


    What yuan Shujun did not expect was that while Yuzhou army was building ships in Xincai, it was also building ships in a small Hanoi in Xinxi. However, Xincai built medium-sized warships such as maotuchi Ma, while xinxize built smaller tankers. This is a kind of naval warship that can only carry about 20 people. In addition to the reconnaissance boat, this kind of warship is the smallest.


    After a few months, Xinxi has built more than 50 boats, which can carry more than 1000 soldiers across the river at one time. In Xincai City, there are medium-sized warships enough for thousands of sailors to use, as well as a large number of large rafts to cross the river.


    On March 28, the new Cai water army entered Rushui and began to go downstream to huaishui. One day later, the fleet arrived at the North Bank of huaishui River and joined the first army. For a moment, the air on both sides of huaishui river became tense. Li Feng, the general of Yuan Shu''s army stationed in Jisi, patrols day and night. At the same time, he calls for help from Shouchun and Le Jiu.


    On the afternoon of that day, after receiving Li Feng''s rescue, although Le would not like to, he sent two thousand water troops to Qisi again. At this time, Yuan Shujun''s water army opposite Xinxi had only three thousand people, but they needed to inspect the nearly three hundred mile long huaishui waterway between Shisi and Tianyan county.In desperation, Le had to arrange one thousand water troops in Xinxi, which was the most suitable place to cross the river, while the other two thousand water troops were distributed on the waterways of Xinxi, which were more than 100 li from the east to the West. In the yingsi temple on the South Bank of the river, he even arranged two thousand troops. The purpose of the two thousand troops was to help the Navy control the floating bridge from the south bank to the central island of the river. In a critical moment, Le would allow the garrison general to destroy the floating bridge.


    At the same time, Le Jiu personally led 5000 soldiers to garrison in the county town of Fuguo, more than ten miles away from the South Bank of huaishui river. With 5000 soldiers in the city, there were enough 10000 troops to defend the place he thought was the most suitable for crossing the river within his defense line.


    In fact, Le Jiu once considered to destroy the floating bridge in the south of Hexin island. However, after careful consideration, he gave up the idea for the time being.


    When the Huaihe River passes through the south of Xinxi, it forms a big bend. After years of sediment accumulation, it forms an island in the middle of the river. The island is not in the middle of the Huaihe River, but in the south. The island is small, but it can be used as a water camp for Yuan Shu''s army.

 Chapter 855

    Hexin island is about 100 feet away from the north bank, but it is less than 50 feet away from the south bank. Generally speaking, ships in huaishui River pass through the waters to the north of Hexin Island, and few are willing to go to the south bank.


    So all along, Yuan Shujun''s camp in the middle of the river was connected with the south bank through the floating bridge, which is why Le didn''t destroy the floating bridge.


    Every move of the water army on the other side was clearly explored by Huang Zhong. After he got the news that there were only 1000 water army garrisons on Hexin island to defend, Huang Zhong knew that his time to cross the river had come.


    With his command, 30000 troops began to prepare for crossing the river.


    As soon as the third shift arrived, the Anton army began to get busy in the camp. A group of soldiers gathered in the weak light of the fire, had dinner first, and then walked towards the river under the leadership of the general. Because the camp was ten miles away from the river, in order not to attract the attention of Yuan Shujun on the other side of the river, the soldiers in the rear pulled the front soldiers'' lapels, and then walked every ten steps I just lit a torch.


    As early as after dark, dozens of boats hiding in Qingshuihe river outside Xinxi city had quietly gone down the river, reached the huaishui River, and then quietly drove to the reed marshes in the north of Hexin island to hide.


    At four o''clock, sporadic torches finally appeared on the North Bank of huaishui River, in the water army camp on Hexin island. When the guard taxis saw this scene, they didn''t give any warning, because in recent times, sporadic torches could be seen every night on the north bank from time to time, but after a while, the torches would disappear, so the guard taxis thought it was the Yuzhou army on the other bank In the evening, he was also inspecting the river, afraid that his army would cross the river at night.


    After this phenomenon appeared for a period of time, the taxi drivers on duty were not surprised. They knew that in half an hour, the fire would disappear. Sure enough, at the end of the fourth watch, the fire disappeared, and the North Bank of the huaishui River fell into darkness again.


    In the darkness beyond their vision, several generals, under the protection of their own guards, carefully observed the water barracks of Yuan Shujun in the middle of huaishui River in the darkness.


    "General Zhou, what''s the situation?" In the dark, the voice of a middle-aged general sounded. It was Huang Zhong''s voice.


    Another general next to him said, "don''t worry, General Huang. At the end of this time, we will bring the most elite 2000 soldiers in our Hengjiang camp and nu Tao camp. Most of them are the old bandits I brought from Jingzhou. In the past few days, someone has gone to the island in Fushui quietly to explore twice, but they haven''t been found by Yuan Shujun."


    In the middle of the conversation, Zhou Tai, the general of the water army under Huangfu Chaobo, not only Huang Zhong led the elite of Anton''s army, but also Zhou Tai led 2000 elite of the water army to control Yuan Shu''s army and the floating bridge.


    Huang Zhong added: "it''s just that we have too few warships. If we have too few troops to cross the river at one time, can we resist the counter attack of Yuan Shu''s army? What''s more, there are few boats. How can the army cross the river? "


    Zhou Tai laughed and said, "General Huang, don''t worry. There are a lot of troop carriers in Yuanshu army''s barracks. We just need to control the way to the barracks and the floating bridge. It only takes one hour for thousands of troops to cross the river. It''s no use even if Le comes from tuoguo county."


    "Moreover, in the first round of the boat, I''ve asked several of them to carry large cables. As long as they occupy the water stronghold, they can use cables and rafts to cross some soldiers to the island first, and then use ships to cross the river and set up floating bridges at the same time."


    After waiting for a while, he still didn''t find anything on the opposite island. When Huang Zhongzheng was about to open his mouth to inquire, suddenly a "Gulu Gulu" of water birds came from the middle of the river. On hearing this, Zhou Tai was very happy and said, "yes, I''ve already landed on the island."


    Sure enough, after a short time, Huang Zhong heard the light sound of the river, and then saw the ropes rising from the water and slowly stretching on the river.


    "General Huang, the second group of taxi soldiers on the island are led by general Youmo himself. Let''s go first!"


    Then, in the light of the weak fire on the other side, Zhou Tai led his subordinates to touch the position of the ship. Soon, the 40 or so boats that had been ready for the long time slid along several ropes to the small island in the river.


    Because they were afraid that the sound of rowing would disturb the garrison on the island, the first batch of ships crossing the river were only ten. Their role was to pull the ropes on both sides of the river, and then let the subsequent ships reach the island directly by pulling the ropes instead of rowing.


    With the help of rope, the second group of soldiers soon boarded the island under the leadership of Zhou Tai. After leaving some soldiers to guard the ropes, Zhou Tai led hundreds of soldiers to the naval barracks on the island, while the ships in the river were dragged by the boatman and returned to the north bank to continue transporting the soldiers.


    Soon, Zhou Tai led hundreds of soldiers to the front of the water army barracks. Looking at the quiet barracks in front of him, Zhou Tai was also relieved. Finally, he boarded the island without alerting the water army patrol. The next time was waiting. After the third group of soldiers boarded the island, he began to attack the water village and control the floating bridge.


    However, at this time, he did not wait in situ, but sent dozens of good hands, quietly touched the water village patrol around, trying to remove these tour sentries.Half an hour later, another thousand soldiers boarded the island. This time, Huang Zhong sent Yuanrong crossbow soldiers. With the help of the thousand crossbow soldiers, Zhou Tai was more confident about the next war.


    When all the soldiers were ready, Zhou Tai waved, and all the 2000 soldiers stood up and rushed to the water village without saying a word.


    When it was only ten steps away from the water stronghold, the footsteps of two thousand soldiers finally woke up the soldiers on duty in the stronghold. With the cry of "enemy attack", Zhou Tai knew that he could no longer hide his whereabouts, so he raised his voice and yelled: "the crossbow soldiers are shooting! Others, follow someone into the camp! "


    "Kill..."


    With Zhou Tai''s order, hundreds of the 1000 crossbow soldiers who had already been prepared stopped running immediately, and they lined up to fire crossbows and arrows on the wall of the Shuizhai. Hundreds of the crossbow soldiers continued to move forward for dozens of steps, and then stopped to fire in formation. So back and forth, step by step toward the direction of the village wall.


    Zhou Tai led hundreds of water soldiers to rush towards the wall and gate of the village. They had to rush into the camp before Yuan Shujun reacted.


    The distance of dozens of steps was just around the corner. The continuous firing of 1000 crossbow soldiers made Yuan Shu''s soldiers dare not stand up to fight. Occasionally, one or two of them were immediately shot into hedgehogs by crossbows and arrows like locusts.


    When Zhou Tai''s leaders rushed to the gate of the stronghold, there was no effective threat to the enemy outside.

 Chapter 856

    Yuan Shujun''s water stronghold was built of wood, and the gate was also made of big wood. Zhou Tai and others did not bring any siege equipment, but dozens of soldiers rushed to the gate, yelled and pushed the gate inside.


    As more and more soldiers joined, the gate of the village finally fell to the ground. Zhou Tai took the lead and rushed into the camp. He and Yuan Shu, who were coming to the gate to support him, were killed in a group. They just gathered together in a hurry. If they were the opponents of Zhou Tai''s water army, they would be killed in a face-to-face way and fled everywhere.


    When Zhou Tai led the soldiers into the camp, the crossbow soldiers outside only stopped shooting and entered the camp behind the soldiers. After entering the barracks, the soldiers were immediately divided into several units. One hundred water soldiers and two hundred crossbow soldiers stood at the gate to meet the arrival of the follow-up soldiers. And he led three hundred soldiers to the gate on the other side of the camp, because the gate on the other side was connected with the pontoon, so he had to go to the other end of the pontoon as soon as possible to control the pontoon.


    The rest of the soldiers were divided into several groups, with the water soldiers as the front arrow, and the crossbow soldiers followed closely, killing the rest of the water army barracks. They had to control the water army barracks as quickly as possible, and then use the captured ships to transport the troops across the river.


    When Zhou Tai''s army was fighting with the garrison of Yuan Shu''s army, Huang Zhong, who was on the North Bank of huaishui River, had arranged for the third group of 1000 people to board the ship. Seeing that the war on Hexin island had begun, his intention of crossing the river had been exposed, so he did not hide any trace. He gave a loud order: "come on, raise fire, the army quickly board the ship, support general Zhou''s army!"


    With Huang Zhong''s order, several huge fires that had already been prepared were ignited by Anton''s soldiers. The soaring fire quickly lit up the riverside and the surface of the river. With these lights, the soldiers boarded the ship much faster. Moreover, with the light of the fire, there were more taxis on each ship than the first two times.


    Originally, I thought there would be a big war for the Navy, so most of the new information ships were used for close combat. Who knows, in the end, they turned out to be sneak attacks, so all the preparations in front of them were useless. These ships were used for small rivers and small rivers. They were fast and strong in attack, but they were not easy to use for transporting soldiers, even big ones Under the light of the fire, Huang Zhong only dared to let the warship carry 40 soldiers, but as a result, there were 2000 soldiers in each round.


    Huang Zhong can''t care so much now. When every boat is full, he orders to sail. The boatman begins to pull the rope toward the island in the middle of the river. The taxi drivers on both sides are not idle. They pick up the oars and help to row. However, at the beginning, because most of the soldiers can''t row, the boat is not moving forward, but worse Later, some sailors saw the situation and coordinated with each other. They asked the taxi driver with oars to paddle at the same time according to his number. Only in this way could the ship start smoothly. With the help of the soldiers, the speed was much faster.


    Within the barracks, Zhou Tai had already led 600 soldiers to kill Yuan Shu, who had scattered two waves of more than 100 soldiers. Soon after he killed Yuan Shu, who was guarding the barracks, Zhou Tai immediately asked people to open the South Gate of the barracks. After leaving 100 soldiers to guard the barracks, he led the remaining 500 soldiers to the other end of the pontoon.


    As he was leaving the south end of the floating bridge, Zhou Tai found that many soldiers had gathered at the head of the bridge, because he didn''t know what was going on on in Hexin island. However, they were all ready. He vaguely saw Zhou Tai''s leader running from Hexin island. The leader''s captain yelled: "who are you? What''s the matter with the naval barracks? Stop, or Ben will shoot his arrow! "


    Seeing this, Zhou Tai frowned slightly, and soon came up with a plan. As he ran, Zhou Tai ordered the crossbow soldiers behind him to prepare for a surprise attack. Then, he called out from the roadside: "don''t shoot an arrow, brother on the other side. It''s a water army. Hurry, hurry, Anton''s army has already killed the island. Send someone to the island to support him. And send someone to Tuo county to report to general lejiu, saying Anton The army has crossed the river on a large scale. Please send someone to support him immediately! "


    Because Zhou Tailai is from Jiujiang, the pronunciation of Jiujiang and Lujiang is not very different. In addition, the sound of killing on the island at this time is so loud that Zhou Tai''s voice sounds intermittent from a distance, which makes people not hear clearly. This makes the garrison captain relax some vigilance.


    Just as he was about to inquire about the situation on the island in detail, Zhou Tai had already led the people to rush to less than 80 steps away from the bridgehead. Seeing that Yuan Shujun on the opposite side had relaxed his vigilance, and his crossbow soldiers had already entered the attack area, Zhou Tai yelled: "crossbow soldiers, five companies, fire


    "Hum hum"


    "Whoosh, whoosh..."


    With the roar of the crossbows, hundreds of them, like locusts, rushed straight to the bridge, and nearly a hundred soldiers who had gathered were covered in the rain of arrows.


    "Poop poop"


    "No, enemy attack..."


    Although the guard soldiers had already reacted, it was too late. Five rounds of volleying more than 1000 crossbows overturned all the soldiers at the bridgehead. When Zhou Tai led the arrows to stop shooting, and then led them to the bridgehead, only the dead and injured soldiers were left.Le Jiu had already arranged defense at Qiaotou, but since last year, Anton''s army has not crossed the Hexin island. Therefore, both the water army at the Hexin island and the soldiers in charge of duty at Qiaotou are very relaxed. In addition, we all know that Anton''s army has built up a large army in the south of Qisi two hundred miles downstream. Everyone thinks that Anton''s army will cross the river from there, but today it is not Suddenly killed in front of himself, in this way, whether it is the middle of the river island is also in the bridgehead by Zhou Tai with a lightning attack.


    As Zhou Tai rushed to the bridge, he could not rest. He ordered the soldiers to move all the corpses of Yuan Shujun to a place more than ten paces away and left them there. Of course, all the soldiers who had not died were killed one by one by them. Now they had no time to take care of the injured soldiers. They had to wait two miles before the thousands of defenders responded Set up the defense and stick to it until the backup troops arrive.


    Sure enough, in less than a pillar of incense time, a large fire lit up in the dark in the south, and Yuan Shu''s reinforcements, with thousands of people, had rushed to support.


    However, Zhou Tai was not afraid of this. He led 500 people who were really elite. They were no different from the so-called imperial guards of Yuan Shu army. Among them, there were more than 200 yuan army crossbow soldiers, and Yuan Shu army had only 2000 soldiers at the end of the bridge.

 Chapter 857

    When the water army camp in Hexin island began to fight, the huge cry of killing also alerted the camp two miles away on the south bank, and then several huge fires were set off on the north bank. The guard taxi soldiers reported these changes to the camp general.


    One of Le Jiu''s captains is responsible for defending the floating bridge. He is also a veteran soldier who has been fighting for a long time. The difference between Hexin island and Jiangbei immediately aroused his vigilance. As the cry of killing on Hexin island became louder and louder, he immediately ordered the army to gather. It was only a few months since Anton''s army failed to break through huaishui, so the soldiers were a little lax.


    Even though he ordered the army to gather, it took him nearly half an hour to gather a thousand soldiers. Originally, he wanted to gather all the soldiers before he set out, but the cry of killing on Hexin island was getting smaller. So he could not help gathering the soldiers. After he handed them over to the deputy general, he led the already gathered one thousand soldiers The army rushed to the floating bridge. Of course, before he set out, he had sent people to tuoguo county to warn Xiangle.


    By this time, two thousand more Anton soldiers had boarded the Hexin island. By the time the third group of soldiers arrived at the water army camp, Yuan Shujun soldiers in the camp had been killed by their own soldiers. Seeing this, the commander left the soldiers in the camp to help control the warship. He immediately led the other 1000 soldiers to the direction of the pontoon.


    After the third group of soldiers boarded the Hexin Island, Huang Zhong arranged the soldiers to continue crossing the river, and at the same time began to order the craftsmen and soldiers to start building the pontoon. Soon, a large number of rafts, which had been prepared for a long time, were pushed into the river by craftsmen and soldiers, and then they were connected with iron chains. At intervals, a boat was put on the connected rafts to support them, so that they would not sink into the river when the soldiers crossed the river.


    With the passage of time, the floating bridge extended toward the Hexin island at the speed visible to the naked eye. At this time, Anton''s navy soldiers who attacked the water stronghold drove their warships to the north bank. Seeing this, Huang Zhong''s worry was finally relieved. It seems that the water stronghold on Hexin Island has been controlled. Next, it''s up to Zhou taineng We can''t keep the pontoon.


    However, in Huang Zhong''s view, even if Zhou Tai did not hold the pontoon, it would not have a great impact on the war situation. He had defeated Yuan Shu''s navy and captured these warships, and the waters around Xinxi would be controlled by his own army.


    But if we can keep the pontoon, the army will be able to cross the river smoothly today, and then attack tuoguo County nearest to the south bank.


    When Huang Zhong continued to command the soldiers to cross the river, Zhou Tai''s bridgehead was already at war. Although Yuan Shu''s general had expected that the bridgehead might have been lost, he did not expect that Anton''s army would have so many crossbow soldiers to defend the bridgehead. Suddenly, 1000 soldiers lost nearly 200 soldiers by several rounds of volleying.


    fortunately, he responded quickly enough, and quickly led the soldiers to withdraw from the attack distance of the crossbow arrow, and then mobilized the two hundred armour full taxi taxis from the remaining soldiers, and handed over the shield to the entire army. Then he made a heavy profit to form a commando team, regardless of casualties, he attacked the Zhou Tai Department heading toward the bridge head.


    When Zhou Tai saw this, he ordered the crossbow soldiers to continue shooting, while making the soldiers well prepared for close combat. It wasn''t long before Yuan Shujun finally killed Zhou Taibu at the cost of nearly 20% of the casualties.


    With Zhou Tai''s shout, under his leadership, two hundred Anton soldiers killed the soldiers of Yuan Shu army opposite him, while the crossbow soldiers began to shoot back at the soldiers behind him, slowing down the speed of the soldiers behind him.


    The two sides soon fought together. Yuan Shu''s army had a high defense, but it was inflexible. The soldiers of Zhou Tai''s department had no armour. Although they were flexible, their defense was too low. Once they were targeted by Yuan Shu''s soldiers, they would be either dead or wounded.


    Because Zhou Tai personally led the army, although he suffered a loss in defense, he also well resisted the attack of Yuan Shu''s army. However, Yuan Shu''s soldiers, who followed behind, could not effectively support the front soldiers because of the coverage attack of crossbows and arrows. The two sides were so deadlocked here.


    Seeing this, the generals of both sides were very anxious. General yuan Shujun was anxious to take back the pontoon before the Anton reinforcements arrived. Otherwise, once the Anton reinforcements arrived, his task of defending the pontoon would fail.


    Zhou Tai, on the other hand, was distressed for the loss of his soldiers. They were all the most elite soldiers of the Anton Navy. They were supposed to be dragons in the water, but now they were trapped in the shoal and killed one by one in this defensive battle. Although he had long been prepared to lose many soldiers, when he saw an old brother fall, Zhou Tai would have a few convulsions in his heart.


    Fortunately, Zhou Tai''s heartache didn''t last long. After 30 or 40 old brothers were killed and injured, Zhou Tai finally heard a neat running sound behind him. Just as he was about to turn back, he heard someone shouting behind him: "where is general Zhou? Where is general Zhou? At the end, Qin An, the commander of tieyingruishi in the guard, was ordered to come to support. "


    Seeing this, the commander of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, who was left behind behind, quickly stepped forward and said, "Captain Qin, general Zhou has led the army to fight with Yuanshu army."


    Xiaowei, surnamed Qin, also saw that the soldiers of the two sides had been fighting together, so he ordered out loud: "iron eagles and sharp soldiers line up!""Drink!"


    With his command, a thousand iron Eagles quickly formed an attack formation and killed both sides of the melee. Zhou Tai, who was reminded, immediately ordered: "brothers, the wind is tight, pull and shout."


    Most of the soldiers who fought with him were active in the Yangtze River at that time, so they were very clear about these slang words, but yuan Shujun didn''t understand them. When they heard Zhou Tai''s drinking, they thought that Anton''s army was going to do something again, so they all had a fierce meal, that is, taking advantage of the gap, Zhou Tai''s soldiers quickly broke away from the killing of Yuan Shujun and headed for tie yingruishi Run behind you.


    By the time Yuan Shu''s soldiers reacted, they were faced with the Iron Eagle sharp soldiers who were waiting for them. Although the Iron Eagle sharp soldiers only wear light armor, they are far more powerful than the water soldiers who don''t wear armor or leather armor. In addition, they are the sharp soldiers who rush to break the enemy''s edge, so they soon wither and destroy the 200 Yuan Shu soldiers.


    Then, the Iron Eagle soldiers drove out the rout and wiped out all the 1000 troops of Yuan Shu army at the bridgehead. Seeing that the overall situation had been decided, Zhou Tai also breathed a long sigh of relief, and at this time, the horizon had begun to show the white belly.

 Chapter 858

    When the battle at Qiaotou was finally over, there was chaos in the county town of Panguo, more than ten miles away in the south. The military camp in the city sounded the sound of drums and trumpets, and all the taxi soldiers rushed out of the camp to gather in the school yard.


    Half an hour ago, several fast horses opened the gate of the city, and then rushed straight to lejiu''s residence in the city. After hearing the news that Anton''s army had crossed the river, lejiu immediately ordered the army to gather.


    After spending less than half an hour, Le Jiu finally assembled 5000 soldiers in the barracks, and then ordered to open the gate of the city and lead the army to the direction of the pontoon in the north. Along the way, Le was constantly urging the soldiers to speed up, but when he arrived at the garrison camp, the pontoon had been lost, and only dozens of the 1000 troops he supported fled back to the barracks Thousands of Anton soldiers have gathered at the bridgehead, and the number continues to increase.


    When he got the news that the floating bridge had been lost, he sighed. Then he led the remaining troops in the camp and his 5000 soldiers back to the county seat. At the same time, he sent dozens of riding messengers to warn the surrounding cities and Shouchun emperors.


    When the first ray of sunlight from the horizon came to the earth, Huang Zhong and a group of generals finally set foot on the land of Huainan. Looking at the endless stream of river crossing taxis behind him, Huang Zhong finally breathed a sigh of relief. It has been nearly three hours since he started crossing the river. The army has finally completely controlled the floating bridge on the island in the middle of the river, and the cost of casualties is less than 1000, It can be said that it was completely beyond Anton''s expectation.


    After 10000 troops crossed the river, Huang Zhong sent messengers to Huangfu Chaobo to express his victory. At the same time, he asked the troops to move westward along the huaishui River to Xinxi and cross the huaishui River from here.


    Although there are more than ten thousand troops crossing the river now, Huang Zhong is not in a hurry to send troops to attack the southern county town of cuguo. Instead, he ordered that the original camp of Yuanshu on the south bank be expanded into a camp that can accommodate 100000 people. He will wait until most of the troops have crossed the river before he begins to attack the cities of Huainan.


    Even so, it will give yuan Shujun more time to prepare, because Huangfu Chaobo still does not have the ability to single out yuan Shujun, or wait for himself to fight with Yuan Shujun, and then Cao Cao and sun CE come up to pick up a dead fish.


    Therefore, for the Anton army, the invasion of Huainan was one aspect. After the invasion of Huainan, they did not directly turn to Shouchun. Instead, they took control of Jiujiang first. You know, now Yuzhou is under the rule of Anton army, so there is no such thing as an enclave.


    On April 1, Huangfu Chaobo got up at the end of daybreak in Runan camp of Anton army and was restless in the tent. If everything goes well, Xinxi Huang Zhong and Zhou Tai have already started the battle of crossing the river. But when daybreak comes, there is still no news, which makes Huangfu Chaobo worried.


    Looking at Huangfu Chaobo walking back and forth and fidgeting, Pang Tong and Guo Jia sat there calmly, as if they didn''t put the war in mind.


    As time went by, just as Huangfu Chaobo was ready to send someone to Xinxi to inquire about the progress, the guards outside the door came to report and led several alien lords to meet him.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to see these players at this time, but then he thought that since they had already been outside his camp with Zong Hengtian, he''d better see them. So he returned to his position and sat down. Then he ordered his guards to lead them into the tent.


    As soon as they got into the tent, they said hello to each other and sat down in the tent. As soon as they sat down, Huang jinwudi couldn''t wait to ask, "boss Chaobo, now the army has been in Huaibei for several days, and all the water troops have arrived. When will we start crossing the river?"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at all the people present one by one, and saw that they all looked at themselves eagerly. Last year''s war made Yuzhou players gain a lot. Therefore, as soon as he received the dispatch letter from Yushou governor''s office this year, all the players quickly gathered towards the preset camp on the north bank of huaishui river.


    But what we all didn''t expect was that the army had been gathering for several days, but Huangfu Chaobo still didn''t send troops to cross the river. The impatient players went to the camp all over the world, and then they decided to come to Huangfu Chaobo to inquire about the news.


    In the face of Huang jinwudi''s inquiry, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t answer him immediately. Instead, he went to the gate of the tent, lifted the curtain of the tent and looked out at the sky outside. It was almost noon now.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was about to return to the tent and explain to the people all over the world, there was a sudden sound of horse''s hooves outside the camp. Then Huangfu Chaobo saw a group of cavalry running from the West. While urging the horses to run, they yelled at the soldiers outside the camp: "new information urgent report, open the camp door, new information urgent report!"


    Most of the cavalry stopped their horses at the gate of the camp. Only one of them, holding an urgent report in his hand, rushed directly into the camp and ran towards the big tent of Huangfu Chaobo. The horse didn''t stop until it was a hundred steps away from the tent. The knight turned over and dismounted. He raised his urgent report and said in a loud voice, "where is the general? General Huang sent an urgent report from the news!"


    The pro guard immediately led him to the tent. Several people ran to the outside of the tent and saw Huangfu Chaobo standing at the gate of the tent. Seeing this, the messenger half knelt down to salute and said, "tell general, General Huang''s orders are coming down! The army successfully captured the water barracks and floating bridge of Yuanshu army at Chenshi today. By the time of departure, 10000 troops had successfully crossed the huaishui river. General Huang asked the general to act according to the original plan. ""Ha... Good, good Huangfu Chaobo clapped his hands and laughed. He quickly asked, "how are the casualties of the army?"


    "General Hui, the casualties of the army are very small. According to preliminary estimates, there are only less than 1000 casualties."


    After inquiring about the details of crossing the river, Huangfu Chaobo took Huang Zhong''s message from the messenger. He opened it and looked at it carefully. Then he handed it over to Pang Tong and Guo Jia. Then he turned his head and looked at the people all over the world and said, "I believe everyone has guessed that the real place of crossing the river is not here, but on the river In Xinxi City, Huang Zhong and Zhou Tai have led the army to cross the Huaihe River early this morning. Now the Anton army has completely controlled the floating bridge and water surface on the Huaihe River to the south of Xinxi. So, please go back to camp quickly, pull out the army quickly and go to Xinxi to cross the river. "


    At this time, a group of players knew that Huang Zhong had already led the army into Huainan. Now they all left Huangfu Chaobo''s tent happily and rushed back to their camp to go west.

 Chapter 859

    After all the players left, Huangfu Chaobo gathered the generals and announced the next step of the army.


    Half an hour later, the whole camp knew that Huang Zhong had led the army across the huaishui River and entered the South Bank of the huaishui river. Suddenly, the cheers of the soldiers were heard everywhere in the camp, and from time to time the cry of "Wansheng" came out.


    After Huang Wudi, Wang Ran, Zhang Ying and other senior generals were entrusted with the task of pulling out the army, Huangfu Chaobo rode away first under the protection of the guards and headed for Xinxi.


    As for the new Cai''s water army, Huangfu Chaobo did not forget that he ordered 5000 Yuzhou army guards to be stationed with the water army at the entrance to the Huaihe River. Although the army had already crossed the Huaihe River, Yuan Shu''s water army had not really been eliminated, so the water army still played an important role in the war.


    On the South Bank of the huaishui River, Li Fengzheng is leading the guards to inspect the barracks. Unexpectedly, there is a loud cry from the north bank, which makes everyone startled. He thinks that the army on the north bank is ready to cross the river. Who knows, after waiting for a moment, he doesn''t find any sign of sending troops. Instead, the camp seems to be busy. Soon after, a large group of cavalry escorted the "general Anton" flag all the way west.


    Just when Li Feng couldn''t figure it out, he suddenly received an urgent report in the camp. Seeing that Li Feng was not in the camp, the deputy general quickly led the messenger to Li Feng who was patrolling the camp.


    Seeing the messenger''s dusty appearance, Li Feng didn''t make any more inquiries. Instead, he took the urgent report, opened the seal, and unfolded it. The contents almost made his eyes dark. They were intrigued and attacked by Anton''s army. Anton''s army had captured the water army camp in the south of Xinxi early this morning and controlled Xinxi''s river crossing floating bridge. Now it has a source Constant Anton army set foot on the land of Huainan.


    In the afternoon of that day, Huangfu Chaobo arrived at Huang Zhong''s expanded camp. After a little rest, Huangfu Chaobo recruited Huang Zhong and Zhou Tai to inquire about the crossing of the river in detail. After listening to their introduction, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but feel deeply. Sure enough, professional talents are needed to do professional things. You know, last year, Huang Zhong tried to cross the huaishui river more than once, but in the end, he was on the verge of success. In the end, he did nothing except lose his troops.


    Now, with Zhou Tai and a group of water troops participating in the war, it would be much easier. Finally, the water stronghold and floating bridge were captured at one stroke, opening a channel for the army to cross the river.


    "Everyone, crossing the river is only the first step. As the first people to invade the hinterland of Yuan Shu''s army, we have been in front of several princes, but the rafters are rotten first. If we can''t do it well, I''m afraid that Yuan Shu will be transferred back to Jiujiang by Xuzhou''s troops. That will give Cao Cao and sun ce a big advantage." After he was happy, Huangfu Chaobo said anxiously again;


    Guo Jia nodded and said, "what the LORD said is true. How to stabilize Yuan Shu is the most important thing."


    Pang Tong said: "yes, we will attack yuan Shujun in the next time, but we can''t fight too hard or too hastily. Otherwise, once he gives up Xuzhou and fight with our Anton army, we will lose more than we gain."


    "So, how to arrange the next war? Let''s have a good plan." Huangfu Chaobo smiles and makes people put out the map of Huainan.


    Although we are already familiar with the map of Huainan, we are still close to it and have a closer look.


    Jiujiang and Lujiang counties in Huainan have been operated by Yuan Shujun for many years. They have plenty of money and food. In addition, they have huaishui in the north, Jiangshui in the South and Dabie Mountains in the West. They are still very safe. Therefore, in recent years, there are few wars involving these two counties, which can be said to be the richest in the whole game It''s a place of peace.


    However, compared with Jiujiang, Lujiang is still quite different. Almost half of Lujiang is above the Dabie Mountains, and only the northeast and southwest belong to the plain terrain. These two places, Shouchun, the capital of Zhongshi Dynasty of Yuanshu army, will surely cause Yuanshu army''s crazy counterattack once Anton army attacks this area.


    In this way, Anton''s eyes could only be on the southeast, but it was the most prosperous area in the whole Lujiang River. And because Lujiang is relatively more stable in Huaibei in recent years, many refugees fleeing from Yuzhou and Xuzhou in Huaibei settle down in the south of Lujiang and Jiujiang counties.


    At the mention of Shu county and Juchao, a name suddenly pops up in Huangfu Chaobo''s mind: Lu Su and Lu Zijing. Now that Zhou Yu has just joined sun CE, he should not have time to recommend Lu Su to Sun Quan. It seems that he should seize the opportunity.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked up at the two military strategists. It happened that they had finished the negotiation. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo looking over, Pang Tong said, "my Lord, General Huang, my proposal is to give up the attack of Liao County, Yangquan county and Anfeng County in the northeast of Jiujiang and control the south of Jiujiang first."


    "As for those cities in the northeast, although they are all rich and well-off places, once we occupy them, Yuan Shu will jump out of the wall and transfer all the troops back to Xuzhou, and our Anton army will be under great pressure."


    Guo Jia also nodded, adding: "of course, except for the cities adjacent to Shouchun in the northeast, the rest of Jiujiang should be controlled as soon as possible, so the next war will not be so easy.""Yijia estimated that Yuan Shu''s army would recruit again soon. With the original troops, the war in the future would be more and more difficult. Although these new recruits can''t fight with our army in the field, they have no problem defending the city. Another point is that we are now in the hinterland of Yuan Shu''s army. Compared with last year''s war in Runan, the city guards are still interested in Yuzhou. So please be prepared for the war in the future. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head. It''s true that Yuan Shu in Jiujiang and Lujiang counties has been in business for several years, and his foundation must have been very stable. Besides recruiting more palace maids, he has not done many other things. It can be said that people''s hearts are stable for the time being. Ordinary people don''t care who you are, as long as they can live a stable life That''s it.


    Now our army is invading, so the attack will be much more difficult. However, since I have decided to take advantage of Yuan Shu''s ability to forge and train generals and troops, and take the opportunity to train Yuzhou''s barracks, casualties are inevitable.

 Chapter 860

    Now that he had understood all this, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved again. However, he turned to Huang Zhong and said, "if you don''t keep filial piety, it''s inevitable that there will be casualties of soldiers. But elder brother Hansheng still needs to emphasize it to the generals of various departments, so as to reduce unnecessary casualties of soldiers as much as possible."


    "The end will take orders!" Huang Zhong quickly got up to answer the promise.


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and motioned him to sit down and speak. Then he looked at Pang and Guo and said, "what about the specific deployment of troops?"


    "The four cities of Jian County, Panguo, Xiyang and geyang must be conquered. Only in this way can we guarantee the retreat of the army. After all the four cities were captured, a general was left to lead the troops to guard the four cities, and the rest of the army went all the way down the Dabie Mountains and turned to attack Anfeng and Fulou. "


    Guo Jia went to the map and said, "then the army went down to rijiaxiang county and Longshu county. As for how to arrange the army in the southeast of Lujiang County, it doesn''t matter. It depends on the situation whether the army will attack the county city first and then the county town."


    "Just At this point, Guo Jia pondered a little, pointed to a position on the map, and said: "for the city of Lu''an, we have not reached an agreement."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He looked up at them and said, "what''s wrong with Lu''an?"


    Guo Jiachao nodded Pang Tong''s head. Pang Tong got up and said, "Lu''an is only two hundred miles away from Shouchun, and the cavalry can get there overnight. If we occupy this city, it will certainly make Yuan Shu restless. Yes, if we don''t occupy this city, the rear route of our army going south may be blocked by the Lu''an garrison. If the war is not favorable, it will be a serious threat to our army''s retreat. "


    "What do you two think?"


    "The meaning of filial piety is not to pay attention to Lu''an, but to go directly around the city, because it is nearly 50 miles from Lu''an to the foot of the Dabie Mountain, which is enough for our army to move. My suggestion is to take Lu''an, but we don''t need to garrison heavy troops to defend it. We just need to prevent Yuan Shu''s army from seizing the city. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo fell into a deep meditation. Their plans are just the opposite. It can be seen that Guo Jia prefers to use odd soldiers, while Pang Tong is actually good at using odd soldiers, but he has become a little more cautious with Huangfu Chaobo these years.


    After much deliberation, Huangfu Chaobo decided to take Lu''an for the sake of safety, but in terms of garrison defense, he was not prepared to leave nearly ten thousand troops to defend like geyang and Yucheng.


    The preliminary plan has been decided, so the next step is to wait until the main force arrives. And Huangfu Chaobo gave Huang Zhong five thousand Tui cavalry to use as a reprimand marquis. During these days when he was waiting for the main force of the army, he found out the situation around him.


    Guo Jia was right when they were discussing how to capture the Lujiang River. In Shouchun palace hundreds of miles away, Emperor Zhong''s anger broke out. The battle report of lejiu''s lost floating bridge was sent to Shouchun by him. Less than two hours after Huangfu Chaobo was relieved, Yuan Shu also got the news of Anton''s Army crossing the huaishui river.


    So he immediately ordered the civil and military ministers to be summoned for discussion. Who knows, after more than an hour, he didn''t come up with anything useful. He was so angry that Yuan Shu was furious at the Jinluan palace.


    In the end, it was Shu Zhao who proposed that Shouchun should be transferred to form Shouchun city guards by transferring 2000 elite soldiers from each city. Now there are 28 cities in Lujiang and Jiujiang counties, so a total of 56000 troops can be gathered. Even if some of the soldiers can''t be transferred, a city guard of 40000 people can be formed at least.


    Then general Ji Ling was transferred back to take charge of the battle of Shouchun. As for Xuzhou, they had to stick to the city for a day.


    As for the two thousand soldiers in the city, they ordered each county to recruit another three thousand soldiers. As a result, the number of soldiers in each city reached more than six thousand, and half of them were veterans. With the ability of these forces, Anton''s army could be dragged back to the general.


    Yuan Shu appreciated Shu Zhao''s proposal. Soon his imperial edict was written by the nearby writ, and then it was handed to him for careful inspection. After confirming that it was correct, he sealed the seal of the jade seal and handed it to the eunuch for distribution to the two counties and cities.


    Prompted by Shu Zhao, it was soon proposed that since Anton''s army had crossed the huaishui River and sun CE''s army was in Guangling, the 10000 troops led by general Qiao Rui in Juchao city had lost the significance of defending sun CE''s army. Instead of being defeated by each Anton''s army by that time, they would not enter Shu county and defend Anton''s army together with the 10000 troops led by Yuan Huan, the prefect of Lujiang.


    His suggestion was also affirmed by Yuan Shu. In a moment, all the officials in the hall were inspired. They blurted out one suggestion after another, regardless of whether it worked or not. They said it first and won the emperor''s approval.


    Three days later, Anton''s army finally arrived at the boundary of Xinxi county. Tens of thousands of troops, together with their food, grass, supplies and pack horses, formed a line of more than ten miles long, like a red dragon moving towards the floating bridge.


    In the past few days, apart from arranging the expansion of the camp, Huang Zhong, together with Zhou Tai''s navy, built several floating bridges over the Huaihe River, so that when the army arrived, he could cross the river as soon as possible. Zhou Tai, on the other hand, arranged nearly 2000 water officers and soldiers he had brought to the captured yuan Shujun''s warship to inspect the waters within tens of miles of the upper and lower reaches of the pontoon.Of course, it was Guo Jia''s and Pang Tong''s two military divisions who investigated the movement of Yuan Shu''s army in the surrounding cities and collected effective intelligence. After careful exploration in recent days, Anton''s army has basically figured out the layout of Yuan Shu''s army.


    In addition to Shouchun''s imperial guards and barracks, Yuan Shujun had 5000 garrisons in each county and 10000 garrisons in the county. Moreover, according to the intelligence collected in recent days, as Guo Jia expected, Yuan''s army is adjusting its forces.


    According to Chihou''s report, when they explored geyang, they found that although the gate of geyang city was closed and the garrison in the city was patrolling day and night like a big enemy, they found that just late last night, a troop of 2000 people suddenly left geyang and headed all the way East.


    After receiving the news, Guo jiaminrui sensed the abnormality of the army. Then he ordered Shi a to send an order to the shadow guard to screen out all the information collected in Huainan these days.

 Chapter 861

    After careful analysis, Guo Jia found that it was not only geyang that had troops mobilized, but also many counties in Lujiang and Jiujiang counties had troops mobilized in recent days, especially in several counties around Shouchun. Yesterday, 2000 soldiers were sent to Shouchun.


    According to this information, Guo Jia knew that Yuan Shu was really deploying troops to enrich Shouchun''s troops. However, these were all expected by Guo Jia. He just didn''t know how many new troops he would recruit after some soldiers were deployed in each city. If Yuan Shu made a single bet and let each city recruit troops, it would not be good news for the Anton army.


    On the one hand, it will increase the casualties of both sides; on the other hand, it will be quite unfavorable for the Anton army to control Lujiang County in the future. A large number of recruits will lead to a large reduction of the strength of the rule, which will greatly reduce the grain production. Moreover, the casualties after the war should be appeased by Anton''s army, otherwise Anton''s army would never really control Lujiang.


    But now the plan is to arrange the army to attack the cities of Lujiang as soon as possible, so that they have no time to train the new recruits too much.


    Considering that it will take time for the army to cross the river, Huangfu Chaobo decided to gather the generals to discuss the matter and decide on the plan of sending troops. After all the troops crossed the river, he arranged for all the troops to go out to battle while taking a rest.


    Soon, the generals of all the armies rushed to Huangfu Chaobo''s account. As for the players, they sent two representatives to participate.


    After everyone was seated, Huang Fu Chao said: "after careful deployment and comprehensive arrangement, with the full cooperation of General Huang and general Zhou and the hard work of the soldiers, we finally set foot on the land of Huainan."


    Speaking of this, he stopped for a moment and then said: "stepping on Huainan means that the war will officially begin, so the first thing we need to do is to step on the springboard firmly, so that we can slowly implement the strategy behind."


    With that, Huang Fu Chao Bo explained the information he had collected and the results of his discussions with the two military advisers one by one. After listening to him, all the people with a happy face began to calm down.


    It''s true that last year''s army fought in Runan, which also has the advantages of geographical and human harmony. On the one hand, the southern part of Runan is within the scope of Yuzhou, and people in Yuzhou are familiar with the terrain of Runan. On the other hand, the Yuzhou army and Anton army are recognized by the people in southern Runan. In addition, the local garrison of Yuan Shu army is basically local The new recruits are mainly garrisons, and their combat power is not satisfactory. That''s why last year''s situation was favorable.


    But now it''s different. The two counties of Yangzhou were under Yuan Shu''s command. It''s been several years since Yuan Shu attacked Luoyang in 191. The people have recognized the rule of Yuan Shu''s army, but their army has become an invader.


    Another point is that although the soldiers in Lujiang cities are also guards, they are different from those in Runan who recruit only one or two years old soldiers. There are thousands of veteran soldiers in each city. In addition, there are an unknown number of new recruits. It will be very difficult for the army to attack the city.


    Of course, the difficulty does not mean that we can''t attack, but that we need to pay a great loss of troops. Fortunately, since Yuan Shujun took control of Lujiang, there has been no war for several years. There should be a lot of things in each city. I hope there will be a lot of harvest.


    According to Huangfu Chaobo, crossing the river is the first step. The second step is to stand on the South Bank of the Huaihe River. The third step is to consider going south to the southeast of Lujiang River. When Lujiang River is basically under control, we finally consider fighting with Yuan Shujun. By that time, the other two armies must have entered the hinterland of Jiujiang.


    With these words, Huangfu Chaobo handed over the next arrangements to Pang Tong, commander of the left army. Now many of the pre war arrangements of the Anton army are basically made by him or Xu Shu.


    "You generals, the quickest time for our 150000 troops to cross the river is tomorrow afternoon. After discussion, we decided that the army would not continue to wait for all the follow-up troops to arrive. From tomorrow on, General Huang Zhong will lead the rest 60000 troops to attack the southern county of Panguo."


    "According to the information collected, the county seat of cuguo is the residence of general Le Jiu of Yuan Shu army. He has 5000 soldiers in the city, plus 1000 soldiers gathered back from here a few days ago, as well as 5000 garrison soldiers in the city, with a total of more than 11000 troops. Of course, these are the information of a few days ago. As for the cities under the rule of Yuan Shu army, soldiers and horses have been mobilized these days I don''t know for the moment whether there are new recruits in yuejiu. "


    "After the capture of CHO state, we will decide on the arrangement of separate attacks according to the situation. Moreover, after the capture of CHO, we will be able to get better information from the prisoners about the rest of the cities. "


    At this point, Pang Tong stopped talking about it. Originally, they had already discussed the division of troops. However, after Yuan Shujun''s troops were transferred, the situation of the troops in each city changed. So without knowing the distribution of troops, Pang Tong decided not to tell everyone about the plan first, but just asked to capture the state of Chu first, and then arrange the other cities according to the situation war.


    Seeing that Pang Tong had finished, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "how many soldiers and horses have crossed the river now?"Seeing this, Shi a quickly got up and replied: "apart from the guards around the Lord, the rest of the soldiers and horses that have crossed the river are general Huang Wudi''s Huben camp and Wang Yong''s Shenwu camp, as well as the soldiers and horses of four schools of Jianwu camp and two schools of Fenwu camp of Yuzhou army, and 10000 soldiers and horses of Yuzhou army''s guard camp. It''s about 80000 troops. "


    "That is to say, nearly half of the army has not yet crossed the river. From now on, we will order a floating bridge to be vacated for the soldiers who are willing to cross the river tomorrow." Huang Fu Chao Bo Lue said thoughtfully,


    "no, I will arrange it right away." Shi yingdao;


    "which troops will General Huang Zhong prepare to fight tomorrow?"


    "In addition to Huben camp, there are Jianwu camp and Fenwu camp of Yuzhou army, ten thousand garrison troops and ten thousand troops of alien lords, Yuanrong crossbow troops of the Lord''s guard army, and the rest of the troops can be divided into camp and floating bridge." Huang Zhong thought for a moment, then got up to reply;


    Huang Fu Chao Bo thought for a moment, there are 40000 soldiers, 10000 guards, 10000 players, plus 5000 yuan crossbow soldiers of his own guards and 5000 Turkistan cavalry patrolling outside, which is enough for 70000 troops. So he nodded his head and agreed to his arrangement, saying: "OK, the soldiers and horses just ordered will be ready for tomorrow''s war from now on, and the rest will take over the defense."

 Chapter 862

    Huangfu Chaobo agreed to Huang Zhong''s request for the allocation of troops and horses. Just as he was about to finish the discussion, he suddenly thought about the arrangement of the players'' troops and horses, so he turned his head and looked at the two people all over the world: "the players'' troops and horses should be coordinated by you. As for the fight, you should implement the plan of last year for the time being, and then according to the situation after attacking the county We need to make adjustments. "


    After hearing this, they immediately got up and took orders.


    After the crowd dispersed, Huangfu Chaobo took Pang Tong and Guo Jia to discuss the arrangements for the future war. It was only because the deployment of Yuan Shu''s subsequent troops was not known, and the combat effectiveness of the city guards was still unknown. Everything would have to wait until tomorrow''s battle began or even after the attack. The last three had to give up.


    Huangfu Chaobo stands up, stretches, and is about to check out and go around the camp. Suddenly, a system prompt sound sounds in his ear:


    "full service prompt, because there are 100 player lords who upgrade their territory to the city level, meeting the conditions for the system to fully open the copy task, and all copy tasks are opened. Please go to the official website for details Look it up on the station


    It was played three times in a row.


    I haven''t heard the system prompt for a long time. Huangfu Chaobo almost forgot to have this system prompt. Leng buting gave a prompt, which made Huangfu Chaobo startled.


    I didn''t expect that only one hundred cities have reached the city level, but the opposite is true. You know, up to now, there are only seven players, less than one player in the city level.


    I just don''t know what''s going on with these copy tasks. It''s still early, and there''s nothing wrong today. Huangfu Chaobo decided to check the copy tasks. After greeting Shi a and others, Huangfu Chaobo went offline.


    The first thing to go offline is to watch her son and wife. Jia Jing seldom goes online because she has a baby. She concentrates on taking care of her children at home. Huangfu Chaobo often goes offline to accompany them in his spare time, but he is always in a hurry.


    This time it was the same. After holding his son for a while and talking with Jia Jing for a while, he went online to open the web page and looked at the so-called copy task carefully.


    To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, this copy task is the same as the copy task of Julu battle.


    It''s not only the copy of the battle of Julu, but also the battle of Muye opened by Jingzhou sword spirit. Not only these, but also some famous battles in history and throughout the Three Kingdoms, such as the battle of Guandu, the battle of Chibi, the battle of Dingjunshan when Huang Zhong killed Xiahou, the battle of nanzhongping when Zhuge Liang marched to the south, the battle of Feishui, the battle of Changping when Qin general Bai Qi became a God, the battle of exterminating East Turks in Tang Dynasty, etc There were twenty-four battles.


    These battles are made into 24 duplicate battles by the system, which are open once a month and on the fifth day of each month. The Lord players who meet the requirements choose the battles they want to enter on the jade of their Lord''s mansion, while the ordinary players are much less restricted. They can basically participate in the secondary battles. They only need to go to the nearby system county and choose from the special task window outside the military camp Select to enter the copy.


    As for which replica tasks are open every month, they are randomly selected by the system. Of course, in principle, 24 copies will be opened every two years.


    The game time of each copy is about 20 days. Of course, the time in the copy is different. Some copies are even in the game for several months, but no matter how long they are in the game, the time in the game is 20 days.


    If one player is involved in the copy every month, it will take two years to play all 24 copies, which greatly increases the playability of the game.


    What''s more, even ordinary players can''t play the copy task every month, so Lord players can''t participate in the copy task every month, so these copies can last for at least three to four years.


    And the reward of the copy is also very surprising. In the copy, there are not only all kinds of weapons and equipment, Dan medicine books, but also famous general cards, city upgrade drawings, advanced weapons and equipment drawings that Lord players can''t expect...


    Among other things, the latter three alone will attract everyone.


    The famous general card is not only what the Lord player wants. If an ordinary player gets one, even if he can''t use it, it can make him rich overnight.


    There are also city upgrade drawings. Why are only 100 players upgraded to city level? Because the drawing is too rare, the original upgrade requirements are high, and the drawing is rare, so the game entered so long, only a few hundred people reached the city level.


    In addition, the drawings of advanced weapons and equipment are the same. Now that the level of players is generally high, there is a great demand for high-end equipment, so this is also a very exciting financial path.


    It can be seen that this copy task is specially arranged by the system, because after reaching the city level, the ability requirements of the generals under the family members are improved.If the tavern generals trained by themselves can barely command 5000 soldiers, then the tavern''s territory at the level of big town plus his subordinate territory will be about 40000 or 50000 people. According to the ratio of one out of ten, it''s just less than 5000 soldiers. It''s the time when the tavern will be able to play a good role.


    However, once upgraded to the city level, the total population of the territory will certainly exceed 50000, and the number of troops will also increase. Therefore, the inn alone will certainly not achieve the best effect of leading troops. In the whole Three Kingdoms, only a few thousand military generals with names and surnames have appeared in more than 100 years. Even if the system adds another three or five family generals to each of them, it is not enough The players in the play are divided, not to mention there are so many NPC forces, and their lineage and relative generals can''t be poached.


    Therefore, in order to solve this problem, the gap between the historical generals and the inn generals is given to the famous general card to solve this problem.


    Because two of his subordinates have been transferred successfully, Huangfu Chaobo knows the difference between the two. Of course, some of them are just like Huangfu. They have a lot of luck. If they find the hermit family, they can find one or even several generals. As for the attributes, it depends on their luck.

 Chapter 863

    As early as after the appearance of the famous general card, Huangfu Chaobo has basically figured out the context of the system. The historical general is a senior general, and the number of uniformed soldiers ranges from ten thousand to tens of thousands or even hundreds of thousands. The inn general is an ordinary general, and the number of uniformed soldiers generally does not exceed five thousand. Then the gap between five thousand and ten thousand people is completed by the transfer of the famous general card.


    It is precisely because of the addition of the intermediate level of the famous general card to the military general that the structure of the military general system at the three levels of high, medium and low is improved.


    Originally, after the last system update, Huangfu Chaobo was still surprised. He clearly said that he wanted to open a large number of replica tasks, but nothing happened. He wanted to wait here.


    Think of here, Huangfu super Bo Meng surprised, this system is to increase the strength of players! It''s true that this is to enhance the power of the Lord players. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo thinks of himself again. Today''s Anton army has become a place with eight counties in the surface, but in fact, it is eleven counties. If we beat Lujiang again, there will be 12 counties with the strength and the population will reach an amazing 15 million.


    You know, in the whole period of the late Han Dynasty and the Three Kingdoms, when the population was the largest, it was only 40 million or 50 million, and it had 15 million, accounting for almost 30% or 40%. Then, would the system be willing to kill Cao Cao smoothly?


    After all, for a game, if there is a powerful force, it means that the game is not far away from the end, because if your family is the only one, other people will play fart.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly felt that he was in a cold sweat. It seemed that after he recruited Guo Jiaxun and you, he had the heroic spirit of "pingliao in five years".


    Originally, for Huangfu Chaobo, although there was a lack of middle-level generals, because he had enough historical generals, Xu Shu and other talents worked out the establishment of several schools in a battalion.


    A large number of excellent Inn generals are used to command the troops of the first school, and then the troops of the third to fifth schools are reorganized into a battalion, which is under the command of the powerful historical generals. At the same time, in order to better command the troops, one or two deputy generals are even equipped for the main general of each battalion, who are also historical generals. However, they are a little lacking in ability, but they are not good at fighting At that time, it was better to command two or three schools to fight alone than the general of the inn.


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t feel that there is a fault in his middle-level generals. If it is not for the full opening of the copy task, he will realize that there will be a large number of famous general cards in the game. After inferring the role of famous general cards, it is estimated that Huangfu Chaobo will find it difficult to find this dilemma.


    Of course, both Xu Shu pangtong and Guo Jia Xunyou had mentioned similar things to Huangfu Chaobo, but they didn''t attract the attention of Huangfu Chaobo at all. Now, he suddenly found that the problem was so serious from the aspect of fully opening the copy task.


    After reading the introduction of the copy task, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay too long. After calculating the departure time of the army, he entered the game.


    As soon as he entered the game, Huangfu Chaobo saw that General Huang Zhongzhu was ready to send troops, the army had begun to gather, and all the siege equipment had begun to be initially assembled, and then it was transported to the city of CHO for further installation.


    Looking at tens of thousands of troops coming out of the camp, Huangfu Chaobo''s mind is still on the replica task. Today is April 5, and I don''t know what replica task will be started today. Unfortunately, he is out now. According to the system prompt, landing on the replica task must be performed on the jade management interface of the Lord''s own territory There is no other way.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo''s brows were locked, Pang Tong and Guo Jia thought he was worried about the war, so they came forward and advised him, "my Lord, are you worried about the war of the state of Chu?"


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said, "no, brother Hansheng is already a veteran in the war. Besides, the county seat of CHO kingdom is just a small town. There is nothing to worry about when tens of thousands of troops are thundering. He was just thinking about the generals in the army. If we capture Lujiang River, we will surely set up another battalion of soldiers. I must think about the selection of generals and the personnel of the Lujiang River''s prefect in advance, but


    Just at this time, another system message sounded: "Dingdang, the system prompts that this month''s copy task is about to start, and this time it is the battle of Changping. As the first time to fully open the replica task, the players are not prepared enough, so the system will change the conditions for entering the replica. Please refer to the player''s personal system prompt for details. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately said to the two humanitarians, "let''s go back to the big account first."


    With that, he hurried to his big account. As he walked, he opened the personal system prompt, and saw that the conditions for entering the replica task were described in detail.


    To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, the entry method has been changed this time. The system jade entry has been changed to the player''s personal management interface entry. It also shows that this is the only way to go. From next month, it will be changed back to the normal entry way. It seems that it is really a change for this time to open the copy task in a hurry.


    When you look down again, it is the condition for players to enter the replica. First, the Lord player must have a territory above the town level. Then the town level can select 100 soldiers to bring into the replica together. After entering the replica, the corresponding official position in the Warring States period is 100 generals.Further up is the county magistrate. The number of taxis that can enter the replica is 500. At the same time, there are 50 Pro guards. After entering the replica, the corresponding official position is 500.


    Then there is the prefect level, the number of soldiers increased to 1000, plus 100 Pro guard, after entering the copy, the corresponding official position is 2500. Plus two 500 masters and 102 of their guards, the total number of copies is 1203.


    The number of soldiers increased to 3000, plus 300 Pro guards. After entering the replica, the corresponding official position was marquis. There are also three two hundred and five hundred masters and 303 of their bodyguards, six five hundred masters and 306 of their bodyguards.


    When two or more than five hundred masters enter the rank of senior general in the army, they can add another military division according to the system, so the total number of soldiers and horses that players of marquis level enter the replica is 3910.


    At present, the player with the highest level in the game is himself, that is, Zhou mu, so the introduction will stop at this level. Huangfu Chaobo believes that when his later level rises, the follow-up conditions will certainly come out.

 Chapter 864

    After the introduction of Lord players, they are league players, and they are divided according to the league level. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t look at the introduction carefully, but just swept it.


    Next, there are scattered players. For scattered players, there is no change. They still ask to get the mission in the military camp of the county.


    Finally, the time to enter the copy should not be later than today''s noon, that is, before 11 a.m. It''s only about 7 a.m. now, and it''s still half a day before the last time to enter the copy.


    After watching it, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but breathe a long sigh of relief. It seems that the condition change this time is really aimed at the warlord players like himself. It''s just, are you going or not? Huangfu Chaobo is very tangled.


    After he finished reading it, several people had already gone to the big account of Huangfu Chaobo. After they sat down, Huangfu Chaobo thought about it in his heart and was ready to explain to them what had happened just now.


    Just here, I heard a report from a soldier running outside the camp: "general, the prefect of western Henan, Huang jinwudi, the magistrate of Xiping County, and several other alien lords are asking for a meeting. They say they have a very urgent matter to ask for a meeting!"


    When Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he was stunned at first, and then reacted quickly. They asked for a meeting at this time, except for the copy task.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered them to enter the account, while using the time waiting for a group of players to enter the account, he told his two military strategists the cause and effect of the matter.


    Pang Tong and Huangfu Chaobo once had a copy task, so he immediately understood what it was. Although Guo Jia had never been to a similar place, he quickly responded. They looked at each other, and then Pang Tong said, "my Lord''s intention is to go into the copy and have a look, to make sure that it''s different from the battle of Julu that we went in together."


    Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded, Guo Jia said: "according to the Lord''s will, this deputy... Ben, how long does it take? "


    "No more than twenty days."


    "In 20 days, if it''s fast, our Anton army will be able to capture the four counties to the west of geyang at most. If it''s slow, it''s likely that we can only capture the first city of Chou. And even if Yuan Shu''s army came to attack, it was not something that could be done in ten days and a half months. " Guo Jiadao;


    after listening to Guo Jia''s words, Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes lit up. Yes, the next battles were siege battles. Staying here by himself basically didn''t play much role. At best, it was the problem of coordinating the cooperation between the various armies.


    According to the regulations, they can lead a military adviser to the replica, so Pang Tong and Guo Jia can definitely leave one person here, and then the matter can be solved very well.


    "Well, in that case, let''s make sure which of you will join me in the copy?" Huangfu Chaobo said immediately;


    Pang Tong said immediately: "let fengxiao go. I''ve already accompanied my Lord in once."


    Guo Jia also said, "it''s better for me to go. Shi Yuan is more familiar with the generals of the Anton army than I am. It''s more convenient to coordinate the troops and horses."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that it was the same, so he agreed with them.


    After discussing the selection of military strategists, the next step is to choose the camp.


    "In the view of Shiyuan and fengxiao, which side should I choose to join in this war?" Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    after listening to them, they were silent for a long time. Guo Jiafang said: "my Lord, who is better between Wu''an Jun and Ma Fu?"


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t even think about it. He said, "of course, it''s Bai Qi. Zhao Kuo is a soldier on paper. How can he compare with Bai Qi, the God of war?"


    "The Lord thinks that the truth of Ma Fu is a boastful person?" Guo Jia asked;


    "isn''t it?" Huangfu has been talking on paper for more than 2000 years. Is that wrong?


    "Lord, do you know how Tai Shigong evaluated Ma Fuzi?" Guo jialue was silent, and then he said, "Zhao Kuo learned the art of war when he was young. He said that military affairs should not be taken by the whole world."


    "But what did Tai Shigong say when he evaluated the others? Wang Jian, the Marquis of Wu''an, is a "good soldier with few faces"; Yue Yi, the prince of Wu''an, is a "good soldier"; Li Mu, the prince of Wu''an, is a "good general in the north of Zhao."


    "During the Warring States period, the famous generals of all countries, Taishigong''s evaluation is only a few figures, but for this defeated general Zhao Kuo, it has as many as 17 words. Does the Lord think that Ma Fuzi is really a boaster as others say?"


    Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned, and then joked: "Tai Shi Gong is the son of the Han Dynasty. In the Han Dynasty, he took Qin as his representative. He must have hated Qin and liked Zhao, so


    Before he had finished his words, he saw that the two of them were solemn and serious. Guo Jia said solemnly: "ban mengjian, the historian of Taishigong, said," it''s true record because of its straightness, its core, not false beauty, not hidden evil. "Therefore, the Lord must not blaspheme saints. If it''s heard by others, it will be rejected by scholars."It was the first time for Huangfu Chaobo to see two licentious guys with such a look. He also knew that his joke seemed a little too much. So he solemnly saluted them and said, "Chaobo has been taught."


    When they saw that Huangfu Chaobo was like this, they were no longer entangled in this. Guo Jia said: "if the Lord really said that although Taishigong was a minister of the Han Dynasty, he was punished in the palace, so he should hate the Han Dynasty and like the Qin Dynasty."


    "What''s more, Ma Fuzi said that Zhao Kuo was the first general to command more than 400000 troops. He was able to control the army that Lianpo had been commanding for several years in a few months. There was no trouble and he showed his general style."


    Huangfu Chaobo heard that, indeed, hundreds of thousands of troops, you are a fledgling boy. Although you have the order of King Zhao, you can quickly control hundreds of thousands of troops. Your ability is really extraordinary.


    Think of here, Huangfu Chaobo feel strange, since you are not the same kind of goods, but why is still easily deceived, and then let Zhao lost hundreds of thousands of elite in vain? What''s more, I''m asking you which party I should choose to join, but you''re talking to me about so many things?


    Seeing Huangfu''s doubts, Guo Jia didn''t say much, but said directly, "with the Lord''s will, how should we choose?"


    "In the course of the war, Zhao Kuo suffered a loss because he didn''t know that the state of Qin had changed its generals, so he belittled the enemy. If he could know that the state of Qin had changed its generals, the state of Zhao would still have a good chance of winning the war. In my opinion, it''s better to choose Zhao Guosheng. "

 Chapter 865

    Guo Jia smile, said: "so in Jia''s view, alien Lords will choose Zhao more, so the Lord should choose Qin is the best."


    Huang Fu was stunned. Since everyone chose Zhao, it proved that Zhao had a better chance of winning. Why should we go against it?


    "The reason why Ma Fuzi sent troops to attack the Qin army was not only taken advantage of Wu''an''s tactics, but also many other reasons, such as the pressure of the king of Zhao, the shortage of food and grass in the state of Zhao, and so on. It''s not just one aspect of Wu''an''s tactics, so


    Before Guo Jia finished his words, the voice of his own soldiers rang out outside the tent: "tell the general that the Party of prefect Zongheng has arrived outside the tent."


    "Please..."


    Voice just fell, across the world and yellow scarf natural enemy led several Lord players into the big account.


    As soon as he sat down, he quickly asked, "Chaobo, will you take part in this round of copy task?"


    "What do you mean by master Zongheng and brothers? Do you all want to participate? " Huangfu Chaobo didn''t answer the questions from all over the world, but asked;


    all the people nodded together, and Huang jinwudi said: "it''s the first time to open the replica task, so we discussed it, and we all hope that we can enter the replica to have a look. Moreover, we also saw that there is no need to move many troops, for example, the leader of vertical and horizontal, they only need a little more than 1000 troops That''s OK. People like us only need a few hundred soldiers, which won''t affect the next point battle. So we discussed it and decided to ask the boss of Chaobo for instructions. I hope we can agree to enter the copy. "


    The rest of them nodded and looked at Huangfu Chaobo eagerly, hoping that he would agree to his request.


    Huang Fu Chao pondered, and then asked, "what about the war arrangements for the past 20 days? How do you arrange the troops? "


    "We discussed it. Anyway, we only led part of our troops into the replica. Other soldiers still stay in the main interface, and the leader will not go together. It won''t have any impact." "All right," Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded and agreed, "since we all have this arrangement, I won''t stop you. As long as you don''t affect the war, I won''t oppose it."


    "Great, thank you, boss Chaobo." When they heard this, they all got up and said thank you.


    "Yes, thank you."


    With a wave of his hand, Huang Fu stopped everyone and said, "well, time is running out. Let''s go and get ready."


    As soon as they heard this, they all left the tent and went back to their camp to make preparations. When they came out of the tent, Huang jinwudi suddenly turned to Huangfu Chaobo and asked, "which side is boss Chaobo going to choose? Bai Qi or Zhao Kuo? "


    When they heard this, they all stopped and looked back to listen carefully to Huangfu Chaobo''s reply. However, they did not expect that Huangfu Chaobo said, "I haven''t thought about it yet."


    They were helpless, and they knew that Huangfu Chaobo was deliberately hiding, so they had to leave each other.


    After everyone left, he asked, "has Chaobo really not considered it clearly? Are the troops in our alliance the same or not


    "I''m going to choose the state of Qin. As for how you choose, let''s discuss it in the alliance channel later." Huangfu Chaobo said;


    he nodded all over the world and contacted other people in the league.


    While waiting for other allies, Huangfu Chaobo had no time to discuss with Pang Tong about which troops they should bring into the replica. After much consideration, they decided that the three thousand soldiers were Gao Shun''s trapped camp, Zhao Cen''s Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and Chen Jing''s tieyingrui soldiers, while Dian Wei was Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro Guard commander, and all of them used the iron wall camp Soldiers.


    In this way, there are basically thousands of soldiers in the trapped camp, Yuanrong crossbow, tieyingrui and tiebiying. In order to take into account the speed of the movement of the army, Huangfu Chaobo decided to equip all the soldiers with horses.


    Considering that it would be a fierce battle, Huangfu Chaobo decided to take a lot of wounded medicine. Originally, he was going to take a lot of grain with him, but considering that it was difficult to carry too much and there was nothing to make up for too little, he gave up.


    When his side is ready, everyone has gathered in the League channel. All over the world, he immediately called Huangfu Chaobo to enter the call channel.


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo coming in, the crowd, who had been quiet for a while, became lively again. They all asked which side Huangfu Chaobo should choose to join.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much. He told everyone that he would choose the state of Qin. The result surprised Lao Du and other people. He asked the reason and persuaded Huangfu Chaobo to change his decision. In their opinion, Zhao Kuo only needed to know that after the state of Qin was replaced by Bai Qi, he would not be cheated again, and the victory and defeat of the two armies would be different.


    However, when you heard that this was the unanimous decision of Pang Tong and Guo Jia, no one spoke against it.


    So soon, the alliance decided to choose the Qin camp. Huangfu Chaobo told everyone to prepare more blood medicine. After they were ready for a bloody battle, they scattered to get ready.After leaving the alliance channel, Huangfu Chaobo discussed with Pang Tong and confirmed the situation of the Huainan army. After confirming that there was no omission, he let Pang Tong leave the big account and go to his own business.


    It was soon 11 o''clock at noon, and all the generals and soldiers who had already been recruited had gathered outside the account. Huangfu Chaobo walked out of the tent, stood in front of the crowd, quickly opened his personal interface, and after he had selected all the generals and horses he had determined, he opened the "enter replica" option on his personal interface, and then a dialog box appeared on his personal interface, which said "players have confirmed that they are ready to enter the replica game?"


    There are two options "yes" and "no" below. Huang Fu Chao takes a deep breath and points his finger to the "yes" button.


    Immediately, there was a halo that covered all the assembled soldiers and horses, and then a vast white fog rose in the halo. A moment later, the white fog slowly dissipated,


    as the white fog dissipated, the images in front of people became obviously different. The barracks in the Red Sea around them became a black sea, surrounded by huge armies stretching for tens of miles Camp. Not only was the camp black, but also their own armor became the black armor of the Qin army.


    A quarter of an hour ago, they were on the warm Huainan plain, but now they are surrounded by rolling mountains and lush vegetation.

 Chapter 866

    Nearly 4000 soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo were surprised by the changes around them, and they sent out a series of cries of surprise. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered the generals to quickly pacify the soldiers. After all the soldiers were quiet, they looked around for the other allies.


    Soon, a mass of fog appeared around them, then quickly dispersed, from the fog appeared a troop figure. Huangfu Chaobo''s allies, chivalrous men, Zhao Zilong, shacuolang, Lao Du, Xiao jiejie, Wen Wen, Taohua Island owner and Leng Fengyue, appeared in the field of vision. Seeing the 4000 troops of Huangfu Chaobo here, they immediately led their subordinates to join them.


    Later, several more than 500 soldiers appeared in our sight. Looking carefully, two of them were old acquaintances of Huangfu Chaobo, domineering royal family and speechless two, and two teams of several hundred people were players whom few people knew. Seeing this, little jiejie immediately told himself to bravely inquire about each other''s situation. Soon, he led the two players to come over and asked for help Huangfu Chaobo said: "boss, these two are Jianling and Yanhan. They also chose the Qin camp."


    "I''ve met boss Chaobo!"


    "I''ve seen you guys!"


    It was the first time for them to meet each other. They immediately bowed to each other with their fists clasped, and they all bowed back. Next, many players appeared around the camp, but they were only small teams of about 100 people. As for the county level players with more than 500 people, they never appeared again.


    After waiting for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo saw that there were no more players. He knew that other players should have chosen Zhao camp, such as yelaixiang, Cao Charlie and I, who were the three Taishou level players, as well as those county level players such as huangjinwudi, amorous jianjiangshan, and the remaining king, who should have chosen Zhao camp.


    Soon, the system prompt sounded in everyone''s ears: "the system prompt, all the players who meet the requirements have entered the game, this copy task, the number of players and soldiers joining the Qin camp is 65086, and the number of players and soldiers joining the Zhao camp is 126848."


    "Qin camp player difficulty increased by 20%, player reward increased by 20% on the original basis. Zhao camp player difficulty reduced by 20%, player reward reduced by 20% on the original basis. Wish you a happy game


    The system prompt surprised everyone. Unexpectedly, the number of players and soldiers who joined the Qin camp was only half that of the Zhao camp, and the military strength of the Zhao camp increased by 60000 or 70000. According to the historical records, there should be 450000 soldiers and horses in the state of Zhao. Now with 120000 players and soldiers, there will be 570000. This is not the main thing. The main thing is how much influence players have on Zhao Kuo.


    As for the Qin army, although there are 550000 soldiers in history, according to the negotiation between Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia, it is estimated that the number of troops in Hanoi launched by the king of Qin is more than ten thousand. In other words, the number of troops in the main battlefield of Changping war is probably only about 400000, tens of thousands less than that of Zhao army. Now the number of players and soldiers is 60000 or 70000 less, In this way, the disparity of forces is even greater.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help taking a deep breath. After settling down a little, he told the public, "it seems that many people are not optimistic about the state of Qin. Next, let''s discuss how to deal with the next war."


    Just at this time, a group of Qin soldiers and horses ran out of the central military camp, led by a middle-aged general. Escorted by the cavalry of the Qin army, they came down to the players'' soldiers and horses, and said in a loud voice: "according to the order of the commander Zuo, the alien soldiers and horses will be stationed on the right side of the camp, which belongs to the command of the Royal Mausoleum General of the right Camp. After the troops are stationed, the two or five hundred generals of the army will go to the Central Military Tent of the right Camp It''s business


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at several people from all over the world, but he didn''t expect that these people belonged to the right Camp of the mausoleum. You know, in history, the right Camp of the mausoleum was the main force to resist Zhao Kuo''s army''s breakout, with heavy casualties. Even the mausoleum itself almost died in the battlefield. Fortunately, Baiqi''s reinforcements came in time, just to block Zhao Kuo''s troops, and also killed Zhao Kuo on the spot The battle of Changping came to an end.


    Without much time to think about it, Huangfu Chaobo and the others followed the Qin general to the right Camp in the southeast of the camp. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo took the opportunity to talk with the Qin general because he was the marquis in charge of 3000 troops. Fortunately, the general was only the 500 leader of Wang''s own soldiers, so he basically knew everything about Huangfu Chaobo.


    Through this 500 leader, Huangfu Chaobo knows that they are now in the southeast of guanglang City, which is the location of Qin army''s camp. The Zhao army on the other side of Danshui changed its general half a month ago. Now it is Zhao Kuo, a rising star in the king Zhao''s room, who is now the general.


    It is said that after he arrived at the camp of Zhao army, he immediately prepared his troops to stabilize the morale of the army. At the same time, some of the generals, like Lianpo, who were dedicated to defense, were gradually replaced by his own generals from Handan. The Qin army had already noticed the change of Zhao army.


    On the contrary, General Wang Yi ordered the soldiers of Qin army to strengthen their defense against guanglang city and the Qin army''s barrier on the West Bank of Danshui, dig deep trenches and set up traps, which was contrary to the attitude of attacking the Zhao army in the early stage and waiting for the Zhao army to attack.After more than 60000 players set up their camp in the southeast of light wolf City, Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhao Zilong and others who had no chance to enter the right army general''s account to wait for news in the camp. He led Dian Wei and Guo Jia and zonghengtianhe Xiake to attend the discussion in the account of the right army general under the leadership of a general of the mausoleum.


    In fact, the so-called discussion was just a few people from Huangfu Chaobo to listen in. Through several Qin generals, Huangfu Chaobo already knew that there were 500000 Qin troops gathered in the light wolf City, not the 100000 troops in Hanoi that Huangfu Chaobo had guessed. Get this result, let Huangfu Chaobo quietly relieved, fortunately, plus the player''s troops, the two sides of the force is almost the same.


    Soon, Huangfu Chaobo and his party rushed to the big tent where the right army was in charge of the mausoleum. At this time, the generals had gathered in the big tent. The right army of the mausoleum has a total of 50000 troops. At the moment, more than two or five hundred generals have arrived in the tent, and nearly 100 generals at all levels have almost filled the tent. After entering the tent, Huangfu Chaobo stood silently at the door, listening to the generals in the tent.

 Chapter 867

    Huangfu Chaobo attended the regular meeting of the Qin army every few days. In fact, he had nothing else to do. He just wanted to know about the morale of the army and the defense of the barracks. In recent days, with the Chinese Army''s orders to strengthen the defense of the barracks, the regular meeting of the Qin army was more frequent than before.


    After inquiring about the barracks and the soldiers as usual, the Royal Mausoleum announced the end of the discussion, and all kinds of people withdrew from the tent and returned to their barracks. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t leave immediately, but after all the generals left, he came forward and said, "the Marquis of the army, Huangfu Chaobo, paid a visit to the five doctors!"


    Looking up, Wang Ling was stunned at first, then responded and said, "are you one of the generals of the strange soldiers and horses that you said?"


    "It''s not going to be!" Huangfu Chaobo replied respectfully;


    "Oh, what''s the situation of the strange soldiers and horses this time?" Wang Ling asked with great interest;


    "report back to the five doctors that there are 65086 strange people and their troops this time. Among them, only one is not a general, three are two or five hundred masters, eight are five hundred masters, and the rest are strange people and soldiers under the centurion."


    "What''s the fighting power of general Huangfu''s troops?" Wang Ling asked again;


    "there are 3910 people under the command of the last general, including 1000 people in the trapped camp, 1000 people in Yuanrong crossbow army, 1000 people in tieyingrui, and more than 900 people in other departments. All of them are elite soldiers for the rest of their lives, and all of them can fight against ten."


    Huangfu Chaobo knew that if he wanted to attract the attention of Qin generals, he had to show them his strength, otherwise it would be hard to say what happened later. What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo''s idea is that he can finally meet Bai Qi, which will affect the development of the war.


    Sure enough, the voice of Huangfu Chaobo fell, and the face of the mausoleum changed greatly. He did not expect that there were 1000 iron Eagles under such an unknown general. You know, there were less than 40000 iron eagles in the whole 500000 army, and most of them were the elite of the middle army. Like his right army, there were only 2000 iron eagles.


    Moreover, from the words of this strange general, tieyingruishi was ranked third in his army, which surprised the people of the royal mausoleum. In addition to Wei Wuzu, there were no stronger soldiers than tieyingruishi of the Qin Dynasty.


    Thinking of this, Wang Ling suddenly stood up and stared at the strange general in front of him with bright eyes, and said, "as you said, all the soldiers under your command can be ten. Is that true? There is no joke in the army


    "If there''s half a joke, the general can kill the last general on the spot!" Huangfu said, "OK, lead the way ahead, I will go to the camp to see it!" With a wave of his hand, Wang Ling said in a deep voice;


    Huang Fu Chao gave a military salute, and then led Dian Wei to lead the way to the place where the players were stationed just now.


    As soon as they got out of the barracks, they found that a group of generals were not leaving. When they saw that the mausoleum was going to inspect the alien army that had just arrived, they all followed the mausoleum with great interest. With their own personal guards, thousands of people came to the players'' camp.


    A quarter of an hour later, a group of generals came down to the outside of the player''s camp under the protection of their own guards. At this time, the player''s camp was as lively as a vegetable market. Although the mausoleum designated a camp for everyone, it was only a general range, and the camp had to be built by itself.


    There are less than 20000 soldiers and horses, and the other 40000 are ordinary scattered players. They are all around the county, so they lead this task in the military camp in the county. Who will really build what camp. On the contrary, Huangfu Chaobo, the leaders of more than 500 people, basically built their own camps and surrounded them alone.


    Seeing the chaotic appearance of the alien camp, the mausoleum frowned. Just as it was about to get angry, it found that a camp of thousands of people had been set up in a corner of the camp. The camp tents were in good order. The soldiers in the camp were busy but not in disorder. Some of them were busy building camp tents, and some of them were on the side of patrol and guard. There was no reason for being in their own place There is half slack in the camp.


    As soon as the mausoleum was ready to ask questions, Huangfu Chaobo had quickly run to the outside of the camp. After the taxi soldiers saluted him, they let go of their resistance and led Huangfu Chaobo and his party into the camp.


    With his command, the horn of assembly sounded in the camp. The busy taxi soldiers quickly put down their tent materials, quickly picked up the weapons and equipment placed beside them, pulled up the nearby horses, and then stood in line.


    A quarter of an hour later, nearly four thousand soldiers completed the formation, and formed three small squares in front of the crowd. Seeing that the soldiers reacted so quickly, Wang Ling had eight or nine points in his heart. He believed that what the strange general said was true.


    After the soldiers were arrayed, Huangfu Chaobo returned to the mausoleum and said, "I''ll tell the general that the 3910 soldiers under his command have not been arrayed. Please review them!"


    The mausoleum nodded, gently stirred the reins of the trembling horse, and walked towards the three soldiers in front of him.


    The next square is a heavy infantry square. Although Wang Ling has not seen Wei Wuzu square in a close range, he can feel that this heavy infantry of 1000 people is no less than the Wei Wuzu square he has seen. Huangfu Chaobo followed him and said, "general, the soldiers of this square array are called the trapped camp. Although there are only a thousand soldiers, they are all selected from the armies. Their armor is neat and refined. Every attack is sure to break."Wang Ling nodded, did not speak, but continued to fight the horse forward. The second soldier in the square array was a crossbow soldier. Daqin also had crossbow soldiers. Although they could not be compared with Korean crossbow soldiers, they were also the most equipped crossbow soldiers in the world. You know, Taishigong said: all the powerful crossbows in the world come from Korea. From this we can see how famous South Korea''s crossbow is.


    However, the mausoleum found that the crossbow soldiers in front of him were different from those in Daqin and South Korea. There was a long wooden box on the crossbow machine of the crossbow soldiers. I don''t know what it was.


    Just as he was about to ask, Huangfu Chaobo found out the doubts of the mausoleum and said, "the soldiers of this square array are called Yuanrong crossbow soldiers. There are 5000 crossbow soldiers under the general''s command, but this time only one thousand crossbow soldiers go to battle for some reasons. The difference between this crossbow soldier and our Daqin crossbow soldiers and Korean crossbow soldiers is the crossbow machine."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo took the crossbow machine from a crossbow soldier and handed it to the mausoleum. Then he said, "this crossbow machine is called Zhuge Liannu. There are ten crossbows in this wooden box. In wartime, this crossbow machine can shoot ten crossbows in the wooden box one after another. The most familiar crossbow man can control the time within five breath."

 Chapter 868

    Huangfu Chaobo''s words surprised everyone. A deputy general behind the mausoleum even blurted out: "five breath time, ten arrow full hair?"


    Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and saw that he was a young general. He looked like a school captain. He quickly bowed himself and said, "general Hui, that''s true."


    Then he turned to the mausoleum and said, "if you don''t believe me, you can take a few people from the thousand crossbow soldiers and go to the school yard behind to have a try."


    The mausoleum nodded, then pointed and said, "this is the pawn."


    The general of the Royal Mausoleum led the ten soldiers to the school yard behind the camp to make preparations. However, the mausoleum continued to move towards the next square array. Before it came near, the mausoleum took a glance and was sure that this square array was indeed not inferior to the 1000 elite soldiers of the 2000 iron Eagles under its command. No matter from the temperament of the soldiers or the weapons and equipment they used, it could be seen that they were indeed elite iron eagles.


    After seeing the three soldiers in the square array, the mausoleum looked at the guards around the generals. It was really elite. By this time, the mausoleum was already very happy. Originally, he thought that he would take over tens of thousands of miscellaneous soldiers, but he did not expect that there were such elite soldiers among them. It was true that he had a hundred battles elite with one as ten.


    "Huangfu, how many elite soldiers are there in the army of 60000


    Huang Fu Chao hesitated and carefully replied: "although the rest of the troops are not as elite as those who are not generals, there are still thousands of elite troops. However, compared with the four thousand troops who are not generals, they are still slightly inferior. However, they are far from ordinary soldiers."


    With that, Huangfu said: these elite players are the top arms in the game. Among today''s players, only a few of them should have such elite. Such as Chen Dao''s white soldiers and Xu Zhu''s tiger guards.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly felt a move in his heart. No, he still has Zhang Ying. It''s said that he can practice halberd, which should be a special branch of the army. Why haven''t he heard of it? No, we must ask what''s going on when we get back to the game.


    "Well, after seeing the crossbow soldiers of the Marquis, I will review the other soldiers. Let''s go With that, the mausoleum went to the school yard.


    Soon the party arrived at the small school yard at the back of the camp. There were dozens of wooden targets, ten in each row. From 60 steps to 100 steps, ten yuan army crossbow soldiers lined up there, waiting for the emperor''s mausoleum to arrive.


    Seeing the arrival of the mausoleum, the general of the Imperial Guard hurried forward to ask whether to start immediately.


    The emperor''s Mausoleum nodded at him. After the general accepted the order, he quickly went back to the crossbow soldiers. With his order, the ten crossbow soldiers knelt on one knee, raised the crossbow machine flat, and were ready to go.


    "Let it go


    "Dududududui" With ten clear sounds, the ten crossbow soldiers, within five breath, successively fired at the target 60 paces away, emptied the ten crossbows in the crossbow box, and all of them hit the center of the target without any deviation.


    All the generals of the Royal Mausoleum were stunned by the instant change. This family has such a sharp crossbow machine. It has five breath and ten arrows, no less than the most elite archers. The emperor''s Mausoleum immediately asked people to carry all the ten arrows. Then they carefully observed the ten arrows on the ground target. They all hit the center of the target. The strong force made all the arrows go through the target, and the arrows were two palms long. You know, these targets are two fingers thick. If they are ordinary armor, they will die at a distance of 60 steps.


    The next step is 70, 80, 90 and 100 steps. Although the attack strength of the crossbow decreases with the increase of distance, the 100 step distance can still pass through the target.


    The mausoleum also asked people to put a pair of leather armour and a pair of iron armour at a distance of 100 steps, and let the crossbow soldiers test fire again. As a result, although the iron armour was hit by the arrow and failed to penetrate the armour, the leather armour still entered smoothly. It was not until 80 steps that it effectively killed the iron armour.


    This result surprised all the generals in the mausoleum, and made them feel like a tiger.


    The mausoleum of the king praised it loudly, and even said that he would present it to the king to win a title for Huangfu Chaobo. Then he took the crossbow machine and was ready to return to the light wolf city. He was so anxious that the people next to him winked at Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo saw this, and even said hastily: "general, there are still several generals among the alien troops. You can see that they are all good elite troops."


    After thinking about it, Wang Ling decided to take a look at the other soldiers.


    Then the party came to several smaller camps next to Huangfu Chaobo''s camp. The first camp was the barracks across the world. This time, Chen Zhi was allowed to lead a thousand white soldiers. The performance of the white soldiers surprised the mausoleum. It was really the same as Huangfu Chaobo''s troops and deserved to be the elite.


    Although the next few troops were good, Huangfu Chaobo was also surprised. He did not expect that in addition to the special arms he knew, there were Yan Xing''s Shanyue soldiers under severe cold, Wei Yan''s Wei Wuzu under Jianling, Xiliang''s iron cavalry under speechless, and taishici''s Halberd soldiers under the domineering royal family. Although they were not special arms, they were also very strong Halberds.As for the other soldiers, although they were not as good as those in front of them, they were indeed selected elite soldiers, and they did not disappoint the mausoleum.


    As for other soldiers and horses, they were basically ordinary soldiers, and the mausoleum did not pay more attention.


    After that, Wang Ling led a group of generals back to his big tent, dismissed all the other generals, and left Huangfu Chaobo alone. Wang Ling then said, "the army under the Marquis surprised the general. It''s true that they are all elite soldiers. I don''t know if the Marquis has any military affairs to report to this general? "


    Huangfu Chaobo took a very obscure look at the guards around him, and then said, "Dianwei, you should get out of the tent first."


    When Wang Ling saw this, he also reflected that although he didn''t know what military information Huangfu Chaobo had to report, he still waved to his own pro guard generals. Seeing this, the pro guard generals immediately led the pro guards out of the tent, and then guarded around the tent, keeping no one close to the tent within 20 steps.


    When all the people retreated, there were only two people left in the account: Wang Ling and Huangfu Chaobo. Then Huangfu Chaobo whispered to Wang Ling: "I hope I can see you! Please report on behalf of the general (Bai Qi should have been granted the title of Wu''an Jun after the battle of Changping, but because he didn''t know the title of Wu''an Jun before he was granted the title, he simply used the title of Wu''an Jun, including the titles of Wang Ling and Wang Yi, which were their last titles.)

 Chapter 869

    Huangfu''s words made the mausoleum''s eyes twinkle, and he said in a low voice: "the commander of the army leads the army to the right. The king of Wu''an is still in Xianyang. The Marquis of the army has to go to Xianyang to visit the king of Wu''an."


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "the general doesn''t have to hide it. Not only is he not a general, but all the other people already know that Wu''an Jun has arrived in Changping. The last general is going to report this to Wu''an Jun. it''s not only the other people in the Daqin army who know it, but also the other soldiers and horses from the opposite side. So please report to Wu''an Jun quickly."


    Mausoleum Meng surprised, rubbed to stand up, low shout: "this matter seriously!" It was only half a month ago that the emperor Wu''an arrived in Changping. However, in addition to the personal guards of the right commoner, there were only four generals in the army. Even the personal guards of the four generals didn''t know about it. Now the alien Marquis said that a large number of alien soldiers in the opposite Zhao army knew about it.


    "No joke in the army!"


    Wang Ling walked back and forth in the tent for a long time before he stood up fiercely and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "can the Marquis have a good plan?"


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said, "I haven''t thought about it for a long time, and I haven''t come up with a good plan. Now I have to tell Wu''an Jun first, and wait for him to decide in person."


    Speaking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "however, there is a counsellor under Weijiang who is resourceful and resourceful and can go with him."


    At this time, the mausoleum has made a decision, said: "well, call your counselor, with this will go to light wolf city!"


    "Not to be ordered!"


    "Come and prepare your horse. I will go to the light wolf city to see you Shu Chang immediately."


    Soon, the guards were ready for the war horse, and a group of hundreds of guards were escorting the people of the mausoleum, heading for the light wolf city in the northwest.


    In the Qin camp, the players'' camp is very busy. Wang Ling leads Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia to meet Baiqi in the light wolf city. To the east of Danshui, there is a Zhao army camp, which is also very busy. More than 100000 players and their troops suddenly appear in the south of Zhao Kuo camp, which makes Zhao army very busy.


    Fortunately, Zhao Kuo''s camp was big enough. Soon, he made a new division in the south of the camp, so that the hundreds of thousands of new troops could set up camp again. However, he was lost in meditation in the big account. Because, along with the arrival of these hundreds of thousands of troops, there is the latest order of King Zhao, which orders him to attack the Qin bandits as soon as possible.


    Although Wang Ming didn''t explain the reason, Zhao Kuo knew that there was a shortage of grain in the territory of Zhao. If he dragged it on, he would be defeated.


    The arrival of hundreds of thousands of troops made Zhao Kuo more confident, but it also became a burden to him. The daily grain consumption of hundreds of thousands of troops was not small. Originally, he had only half a year''s needs in his hands. Now, with the arrival of hundreds of thousands of troops, the grain storage was only enough for more than four months.


    Looking at the map in front of him, Zhao Kuo can''t help sighing a long sigh of relief. Fortunately, he has completed the control of the army in more than a month. All the generals appointed by Lianpo who only want to defend have been replaced by generals who want to attack together with him. Next, it only takes about ten days to prepare, and he can go to Danshui The Qin army on the West Bank launched a thunderous attack.


    To the south of Zhao''s camp, hundreds of thousands of players and their troops gathered here. According to the arrangement of Zhao Kuo''s generals, they were divided into 12 camps for tens of thousands of people.


    In one of the camps, the night incense said to its military strategist: "military strategist, what are we going to do next? I didn''t expect that there were so many players in Zhao camp. "


    "My Lord is not in a hurry. The situation of the Zhao camp is already within my expectation. The next thing my lord needs to do is to find allies who can command at least ten thousand troops. Otherwise, it will be difficult to make contributions in the next war. As for the affairs of the camp, Wen Xiang will do. " Xizhicai said slowly;


    yelaixiang immediately remonstrated. With the reputation of the first village and the second marquis in the world, yelaixiang soon brought 500 players to his own camp, including huangjinwudi, battleship, Zhangwang, taojiji and duoqingjian, plus dozens of hundred generals and thousands of scattered players, which immediately expanded the number of troops It has filled nearly 20000 people and has become the largest League of players in the Zhao camp.


    Of course, in addition to him, several other players are also looking for allies. For example, Cao Charlie has brought together Huang Jintian, Xin Tianyou, Yuan Dushi and other players to become a troop of more than 10000 people.


    In addition, I''m Xiaobai, and I''ve formed a troop of 10000 people with the rest as the king, xiongba and Jiangshan. As for Xiaoxiang academy, feixianling and avatar, the three good friends of the three counties in southern Hunan, they have also won over a troop of more than 5000 people.


    The rest of the players and scattered players, also formed more than a thousand people, less than hundreds of players team.


    In order to control these troops, Zhao Kuo specially sent a confidant of his own general Zhao Xuan to take charge of them. However, at present, it seems that the effect is not good.


    After winning over nearly 20000 players and soldiers, yelaixiang found Zhao Ze, the general who temporarily led them, on the advice of Xi Zhicai.


    Zhao zeben was a member of Zhao Kuo''s family. Because he was close to Zhao Kuo, he was almost Zhao Kuo''s valet at ordinary times. However, his ability was limited, so he was not arranged by Zhao Kuo to unify the army. This time, the king sent more than 100000 troops. Although the good and the bad were mixed, the number was huge, which was equivalent to 30% of Changping garrison.It happened that Zhao Gua sent five thousand elite soldiers to take over the 120000 troops. Fortunately, although Zhao didn''t lead the troops, he was influenced by Zhao Gua all the time. He was still very familiar with the military affairs. With the help of five thousand generals, he soon settled more than 100000 troops. At least the camp is not as chaotic as it was at the beginning.


    Just as Zhao zegang is about to have a rest, he hears a report from his relatives outside the account that a stranger, yelaixiang, and others will ask for a meeting. Zhao Xuan already knew that among these alien troops, there were only three thousand generals with the highest position, and the night incense was one of them.


    After thinking about it, Zhao Xuan ordered him to be brought into the big account. He wanted to hear what the thousand people would ask for.


    A moment later, a young general was led into the tent by his own soldiers. When he saw Zhao Xuan, the young general quickly stepped forward, bowed and said, "I didn''t come to see the general at night!"


    "Please get up, the night incense thousand general, ask to see this general, why?" Zhao zedao;


    "the first thing I want to report to the general is that I didn''t ask him to see him, but I didn''t ask him to move out of camp alone."

 Chapter 870

    Zhao Xuan was stunned by the words of yelaixiang. He also had a headache about the 120000 mob. He was thinking about how to arrange these troops. He didn''t expect that the thousand general would be able to attract nearly 20000 people. He was able to see his outstanding ability. It seemed that he could really use it.


    Thinking of this, Zhao zedian nodded, agreed, and then motioned to him to ask for the following things, only to find that the other side did not immediately speak, but looked around in a very obscure way.


    Zhao Zeyi was stunned and immediately understood what was going on. He made a sign to his pro guard generals, waiting for the pro Guard soldiers to withdraw from the big account. Only after the pro guard generals stayed in the account, Zhao Zecai said, "if you have anything to do, please tell me."


    "Report back to the general. On the way to Changping in the future, I accidentally got the news that the Qin army on the opposite side has changed its chief General. Now the chief General of the Qin army is Wu''an Jun Baiqi."


    "Huh?" Zhao zemeng was startled. He stood up and said, "where does the information come from? Is it true?"


    Who is Bai Qi? He is known as the first general of the state of Qin and the grandson of King Ping of Chu. He was familiar with the art of war, good at using troops, and had a good relationship with empress dowager Qin Xuan and Marquis Wei Ran. He assisted King Zhao of Qin and made many achievements. In the battle of Yi''an, the Wei and Han allied forces were defeated; in the battle of Chu, Ying City, the capital of Chu, was captured. He is a famous general in this world, whose prestige makes people turn pale.


    Yelai Xianglian, who had been instructed by Xi Zhicai for a long time, quickly said: "Weijiang didn''t get the exact information, but he didn''t know that after his horse''s clothing arrived at Changping to lead the troops, the Qin army on the West Bank of Danshui changed its previous behavior of constantly harassing and testing, and turned to reinforce the barracks and strengthen the defense. However, it''s not the General Wang''s consistent style. Combined with what he didn''t hear, it should be right."


    When Zhao chouyi heard it, he felt that what the incense said was true, so he nodded gently and said, "is there anything else?"


    "Ye laixiang said:" the last general also heard about the military movements of the Qin army. I hope to see Ma Fuzi and ask the general to introduce me to him


    "What''s the matter?" Zhao Xuan did not answer, but asked;


    "I did not hear that Wu''an Jun had sent troops around the west of kongcangling and attacked Changping pass and Bailishi Great Wall in the north. Once the Qin army controlled Changping pass, Guguan pass and Bailishi Great Wall, hundreds of thousands of troops of Zhao became turtles in the urn and were slaughtered. I also ask the general to report to Ma Fuzi that he needs to make early preparations. " Yelaixiang knows that her desire to see Zhao Kuo is going to fail, so she has to tell Zhao Ze what happened in history, hoping that he can remind Zhao Kuo.


    Zhao was surprised again and said in a loud voice, "is there any evidence for this?"


    "Nocturnal incense shook his head and said:" No


    Zhao Xuan was very angry and said, "there is no evidence. How can I report to Ma Fuzi about this matter? If Ma Fuzi is very angry, he will behead you and show you to the public to reassure the army!"


    He knew that he could not show weakness, so he said: "the art of war has a cloud. If you don''t think about winning, you should think about losing first. If you win more than you win and if you don''t win, you will get less. If you win more than you win, you will get more than you win, and if you don''t win, you will get more than you win, and if you don''t win, you will get more than you win, and if you don''t win, you will get more than you win, and if you don''t win, you will get more than you win, and if you don''t win, you will get more than you can win, and if you don''t win, you will get more than you can win. Since you are


    A burst of righteous words of yelaixiang refuted Zhao Zexuan speechless. When he thought about it carefully, it was the same, so he whispered: "this matter will be reported to Ma Fuzi face to face. Yelaixiang Qianjiang can go back to camp first and wait for the news of this general."


    With that, he ordered the incense to go out.


    Leaving Zhao Xuan''s big account, yelaixiang could not help shaking his head secretly. It seemed that he thought it was too simple. Although Zhao Xuan promised to report to Zhao Kuo himself, he understood that Zhao Kuo''s conceit would not give up so easily.


    Fortunately, before leaving, yelaixiang had already told Zhao Ze the way he had discussed with Xi Zhicai, that is, to transfer part of the 120000 players'' troops to Bailishi great wall and Changping pass to assist the army in defense. These players'' troops will definitely not be able to face off with the state of Qin, but there is no problem in assisting Zhao Jun in defense of the city.


    After considering for a moment, Zhao also agreed to his proposal.


    Now night incense finally understand what is called to do personnel, listen to fate.


    After returning to the camp, yelaixiang told Xi Zhicai the result of his trip in detail. However, Xi Zhicai had a clear look and had obviously guessed the result.


    In fact, Xi Zhicai knew that the battle of Changping was not so much Zhao Kuo''s forced attack on the state of Qin as the state of Zhao and the king of Zhao were forcing Zhao Kuo to attack. Because the state of Zhao could not support it any more and the country was short of food. If the war did not end as soon as possible, the state of Zhao would be dragged down by the lack of food, so it was better to fight to death.


    In addition, Ma Fujun and Zhao she once defeated the Qin army, so the king of Zhao was not afraid of the fighting power of the Qin army. He thought that it was only because Lian Po avoided fighting that this situation was caused.


    This was the move to change generals. Therefore, Zhao''s defeat was not entirely due to Zhao Kuo, but a comprehensive outbreak of various reasons.


    In fact, at the beginning of the war, xizhicai was not willing to choose the state of Zhao, but his master insisted on this, so he could only make this choice. The reason why yelaixiang chose this was that he had learned that Huangfu Chaobo chose the Qin camp, so he chose Zhao.


    Now, it''s almost impossible to change the war situation, so Xi Zhicai suggests that the Nightingale begin to prepare for the next step. The original meaning of Xi Zhicai was to join the Qin camp and beat soy sauce. After all, Zhao''s congenital defects are too obvious. If the state of Qin survives, Zhao will eventually fail.It''s just that yelaixiang insists on choosing the Zhao camp, so after several times of thinking, Xizhi decides to find another way. Since it can''t stop Zhao Kuo from dying, it''s time to find a way to save more Zhao soldiers.


    With the exchange between yelaixiang and Zhao Ze, Xi Zhicai knew that the first way had been cut off, so he asked yelaixiang to prepare for the second. That is to try to make friends with Zhao Xuan, get the task of staying at the camp, and then wait for an opportunity to break through.


    Soon Zhao Xuan returned from the Chinese Army''s big account. He sent someone to recruit the incense again and told him the result of his report. Zhao Kuo didn''t believe it, or although he believed it a little, he decided to carry out the original strategy because he didn''t have the support of intelligence.


    However, after much consideration, Zhao Kuo also made a change, that is, he arranged the 120000 odd troops. Thirty thousand of them were transferred to the right general Leqi to strengthen the defense of the Great Wall. Thirty thousand of them were handed over to Zhao, and another 25 000 Zhao Jun from the right army was handed over to Zhao Ze, who was responsible for defending the camp. All the remaining 60000 troops were transferred to the front army to take part in the attack against the Qin army.

 Chapter 871

    After returning to his camp, Zhao again recruited the night incense. After discussion, he decided to appoint the night incense as the acting captain to command the ten thousand soldiers. In addition, he chose two from his own heart to appoint the night incense as the captain to command the other two ten thousand soldiers. In this way, in addition to the fact that there were 20000 Zhao troops defending the camp, Zhao Ze led a total of 80000 troops to defend the camp.


    In history, Zhao Kuo almost poured out to attack the defense line of the Qin army, leaving less than 40000 soldiers and horses to defend in the base camp and the grain and grass logistics camp. As a result, after being cut off by the Qin army, the base camp was quickly occupied by the Qin army. Then there was a lot of food and grass in the camp, but there was no soldiers to send, so the food could not be sent to the besieged army, which led to the failure of the army.


    Just when Zhao Ze adjusted the players of Zhao camp, Huangfu Chaobo had entered the light wolf city under the leadership of Wang Ling.


    Light wolf city is located in a hillside less than a few miles behind the Qin army barrier on the West Bank of Danshui. You can see the Qin army barrier from the top of the mountain.


    Entering the city, Huangfu Chaobo can see the soldiers of Qin everywhere. A large part of them are iron eagles. The city of light wolf is originally a military city. The city is not big enough to hold up to 80000 troops.


    Under the leadership of the mausoleum, Huangfu Chaobo soon met Baiqi, the world-famous king of Wu''an. At this time, although Baiqi had not yet become a god of killing, he had also become a world-famous general. This time, after receiving the news of Zhao''s change of general, the king of Qin immediately sent him to Changping battlefield. The king of Qin was busy to end this war which lasted for many years. In fact, not only Zhao guokuai couldn''t support it, but also Qin.


    Wu An Jun, who arrived at the front line of Changping, immediately began to prepare. First, he arranged for soldiers to reinforce the front line barrier on the West Bank of Danhe River, and then secretly transferred part of the front-line defense soldiers to guanglang city and dongxizhang city behind.


    At the same time, ten days ago, Sima Geng, the leader of the left army, was arranged to lead 25000 troops from duanshicheng all the way north, along the valley on the west side of kongcangling, to the north of the Bailishi Great Wall, preparing to sneak attack changpingguan and Bailishi Great Wall, then all the way east along the Bailishi Great Wall, finally controlling the old pass, completely cutting off the connection between the Zhao army and the north of Shangdang.


    At this time, Bai Qi was looking at the map. According to the information sent by Sima Geng, the road in the valley on the west side of kongcangling was dangerous, and the army was extremely difficult. Now they have walked more than half of the distance, and it is estimated that it will take ten days to reach the north of Changping pass. According to Bai Qi''s estimation, it has been more than 40 days since Zhao Kuo arrived in Changping. In about 10 days at most, he should have launched an attack on the Qin army to the west of Danshui. At that time, it was the best time for Sima Geng to launch an attack on Changping pass.


    Just at this time, General Wang Yi suddenly entered the report: "inform Mr. Wu''an, General Wang Ling of the right army is asking for a meeting outside, saying that there are 100000 emergency military intelligence reports!"


    Bai Qi was stunned and immediately said, "pass it quickly!"


    Soon, the mausoleum entered the general''s residence, and after giving a military salute to Baiqi and Wang, he reported to Baiqi the military information that Huangfu Chaobo had told him. After hearing this, Bai Qi and his wife were all stunned. Bai Qi immediately ordered to recruit Huangfu Chaobo and his wife, who were waiting outside.


    After meeting the two famous generals, Huangfu Chaobo, who entered the general''s residence, carefully explained to them all the information he knew about the alien army of the other side under the gaze of Bai Qi.


    Bai Qi stood in front of the map and silently listened to Huangfu Chaobo''s report, but his mind was stirring. He didn''t expect that when he was planning for several years and was about to succeed, the good situation was destroyed by these strange soldiers coming down from the sky. After a long time, Bai Qi moved his eyes from the map and looked at Huangfu Chaobo and said, "in your opinion, great How should the army respond? "


    Huangfu Chaobo replied respectfully: "regarding this matter, the military adviser who has not been appointed will be able to solve the doubts of Wu''an." With that, Huangfu Chaobo stepped aside and introduced Guo Jia to them.


    Guo Jia first saluted them, and then said, "in my opinion, Zhao Kuo will still cross the river to attack."


    "Why?" Bai Qi said in a deep voice;


    "the arrow is on the string, I have to send it!"


    "Explain it in detail."


    "One is that even though Zhao Kuo has learned that the emperor has arrived in Changping through the alien generals, he can''t be sure about it without intelligence support. So even if he knows, he is just confused but not sure. Therefore, the words of the alien generals alone are not enough to change Zhao Kuo''s war arrangements."


    "Second, on the surface, it seems that Zhao''s army has increased 120000 troops, which is a threat to the Qin Dynasty. On the contrary, it is a pressure to urge Zhao Kuo to send out troops. The 120000 troops are not as good as the others. General Wang Ling should be deeply aware of it, but these troops really account for more than 20% of the total number of Zhao''s Changping troops, which is already food and grass The insufficient state of Zhao is under great pressure. "


    Guo Jia''s words made the three people on the scene nod their heads for approval. After a little meditation, Wang asked, "then our army doesn''t need to make any response?"


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly interjected and asked, "Sir, has general Sima Geng''s Army started?"After hearing this, they were all surprised. Only a few people knew about the departure of Sima Geng''s army. How did these strange generals know? Now that the alien of his own side has known it, does the alien General of Zhao Jun also know it?


    Seeing Bai Qi''s puzzled eyes, Huangfu Chaobo said: "what you expect is not bad. The strange General of Zhao army really knows about it."


    Seeing Bai Qi''s expression, Huangfu Chaobo said: "the other party may have reported the matter to Zhao Kuo, so he didn''t recommend it. Junhou immediately sent more troops to general Sima, at least to enable them to block Zhao''s withdrawal to the north for a period of time. Of course, it would be better if they could successfully achieve junhou''s goal."


    Bai Qi sighed. He didn''t expect that his strategy was like a child''s play. All of them were known by his opponents. Thinking of this, he said in a deep voice: "in your opinion, how many soldiers should be sent to support Sima Geng?"


    "According to the conjecture of Wei Jiang and his military strategist, even if Zhao Kuo sent troops to support the Bailishi Great Wall, it was mainly foreign soldiers and horses. After all, foreign soldiers and horses were not strong in combat. Although they were not good at field combat, they had no problem guarding the city. So if you want to send reinforcements, you need to send at least 10000 foreign soldiers and horses and 10000 elite soldiers to general Sima." Huangfu Chaobo replied;


    the

 Chapter 872

    Huang Fu Chao Bo''s words made Bai Qi''s three people deeply meditate. Zhao Kuo probably knew his strategic intention. So how to deal with it next is really a very important problem.


    After pondering for a long time, Bai Qi said in a deep voice: "just as fengxiao said, now the arrow is on the way, so I have to make it, so I decided not to change the layout. No matter how Zhao Kuo responded, Sima Geng''s army must increase its strength. General Wang Ling


    "Not in the future!" When Wang Ling saw this, he said, "you should immediately return to the camp of the right army and transfer 10000 troops from the alien army. Originally, you will transfer 10000 elite troops from the headquarters of Sima Geng''s left army. 20000 troops will quickly go to support Sima Geng and give him orders. If you can''t conquer Changping pass, you should set up a barrier behind it and nail them to death before the order arrives Inside Bai Qi orders coldly;


    "I didn''t take orders!" Wang Ling quickly took orders and was about to turn around to leave. Suddenly he remembered something and came back. He handed Bai Qi a Zhuge crossbow in his hand and introduced the crossbow machine in detail.


    After listening to the introduction of the mausoleum, both Bai Qi and Wang Yi are in front of their eyes. While introducing the crossbow machine, the mausoleum also talks about the situation of several elite soldiers in the alien army. After listening to the introduction of the mausoleum, Bai Qi and Wang Yi look at Huangfu Chaobo more differently.


    After a little meditation, Bai Qi said, "Marquis of Huangfu army, I have appointed you as the general. I will give you all the elite of the strange troops. In the next war, your troops will be under the command of General Wang Ling!"


    Huangfu was overjoyed and rushed forward to receive the order: "no one will receive the order!"


    Later, Bai Qi said: "General Wang Ling, except for the 10000 soldiers who supported Sima Geng and the soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo, all the other soldiers were transferred to the front line of the barrier and stationed with the defense soldiers of the former army. Then we will send 30000 elite soldiers from the front-line barriers to the central military headquarters to increase the strength of the counterattack army. "


    Wang Yi and Wang Ling''s eyes lit up. Since these strange soldiers and horses were not strong enough, they could just draw out some of the elite of the former army headquarters for use in counterattack, and use these soldiers and horses to lure the Zhao army to attack.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo secretly smashed his tongue. Tens of thousands of players and their troops were used as cannon fodder by Baiqi. Fortunately, his 4000 elite were put under the command of the royal mausoleum. It seems that they will be placed in the xiaodongcang valley between Hanwang mountain and Daliang Mountain.


    But it''s also a meat grinder...


    Think of here, Huangfu super Bo also can''t help but head big.


    In Bai Qi''s eyes, there is only victory, and all the elite soldiers and horses of the Qin Dynasty are regarded as nothing, not to mention tens of thousands of alien soldiers and horses falling from the sky. However, when he left the general''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo received a personal system prompt, saying that his suggestion was accepted by the commander of the Qin army, and that the players affected the war situation and got a reward of 50000 copy points.


    This news makes Huangfu Chaobo overjoyed. You should know that the reward of the copy task is not only to get the famous general card given by the general in the copy, but also to get points reward by killing the enemy. At the end of the copy task, you can use the copy points to exchange various reward items.


    According to the copy setting, players get one point for each ordinary soldier killed in the copy, five points for the commander, ten points for the commander, and so on. The soldiers and horses led by the players are directly under the players themselves. The points gained by the soldiers and horses directly belong to the players themselves. For example, if Huangfu Chaobo is appointed as general Bi, the points gained by the soldiers and horses led by him will be counted as his personal points.


    Before the war started, Huangfu Chaobo had already killed 50000 enemies. How could he not be overjoyed.


    In the next few days, everything went on step by step like the beginning. It seems that the addition of 200000 players did not have any impact on the war. In fact, as Guo Jia said, both sides have made a lot of preparations and had to make a move. Now they can''t tolerate too many changes in their layout No matter Zhao Kuo or Bai Qi.


    In the 55th year of King Nan of Zhou Dynasty (260 BC), on the 16th of the seventh lunar month, the Zhao army, which had been silent for several years, finally broke out. Apart from 20000 troops left behind in Xuanshi''s middle army camp, 80000 troops left behind in the rear army''s grain and grass camp, and 30000 troops left behind to support the Great Wall, only 50000 troops were left behind to defend the Zhao army barrier on the East Bank of Danshui, and the remaining 400000 troops were like tigers He went down the mountain and attacked the Qin army barrier on the West Bank of Danshui.


    The Qin army on the West Bank of Danshui had been ready for a long time. Under the strict order of the Chinese army, they fought to the death, which made the Zhao army''s attack extremely difficult. They had to pay a huge price every time they went further. However, under Bai Qi''s deliberate arrangement, the number of Qin troops on the front line of the barrier was not very large. In addition to 50000 Qin soldiers, there were a total of 40086 players and soldiers except 15000 soldiers from Huangfu Chaobo and 10000 soldiers transferred to support Sima Geng.


    Nearly 100000 troops defended the Qin state barrier, which caused huge losses to the attacking 400000 Zhao troops, nearly all the 60000 Zhao troops were destroyed, and the 100000 elite lost almost all, but the harvest was also huge. In Zhao Kuo''s view, although he lost 150000 troops, he had already broken through Qin''s defense line. 100000 troops on the front line were almost destroyed by his first World War, and Qin''s barriers had been completely broken.Next, the army began to attack the light wolf City, where the Qin army was located. Zhao Kuo thought that it was worth the loss of 150000 soldiers and horses to be able to attack the light wolf city.


    If the barriers of the state of Qin are completely lost, the morale of the state of Qin will be greatly reduced. The city of light wolf can only be stationed in 80000 to 100000 troops, and it still has 250000 elites. If it wins the attack, it will be able to go down with one drum.


    At this time, in the city of guanglang, the general of the Qin army asked the General Wang Yi to fight one after another. Seeing that the Zhao army was about to attack a line of barriers, the general was still unwilling to send troops to fight back, which made all the generals very anxious.


    A general pleaded: "general, Zhao Jun is so arrogant. When can we go to war?"


    Wang shook his head and said nothing, indicating that the army should stick to the camp and not send troops to fight.


    Another general said: "general, if we don''t send troops to save the front barrier, our army will suffer heavy losses. What''s the reason?"


    Wang didn''t answer. No matter what, the Qin army suffered a heavy loss, and he was responsible for it.


    The general also said, "if the general is timid, he is willing to head off an army to meet the enemy." After saying that, he will take charge of the troops and send out support. The rest of the generals are ready to move and watch Wang he. As long as he doesn''t object, he is ready to lead the troops with this general.

 Chapter 873

    Just as the general of Qin army was in a state of great passion, there was a sudden sound of "unrestrained!" at the back of the hall The voice just falls, public will see an old general flash out from behind the screen.


    When the generals looked up behind Wang He, they saw an old general with a small head and a sharp chin coming out from behind. It was the white rising of the general. The generals were shocked and said, "Mr. Wu''an!"


    "Generals, it is the general''s intention to lure the Zhao army to cross the Danhe River and retreat to the front line of kongcangling." Wu''an Jun zhengse Dao.


    The king of Wu''an was waiting for more words. Drums and horns were heard not far from the city. A sergeant came to report: "report to the general, thousands of people in the front of the Zhao army attacked the wolf city!"


    The general and school in the tent were all shocked and lost their voice: "Zhao Jun came so fast!"


    Only Mr. Wu''an chuckled and said, "why did the general retreat again and again? There is an answer immediately. You immediately go to command the soldiers to defend the camp barrier. Without the general''s order, no sergeant is allowed to go out to fight. Violation of orders will be dealt with by military law! "


    After hearing this, the generals immediately agreed, and then returned to the camp to organize soldiers to defend.


    Zhao Jun came quickly and firmly, because Wu An Jun''s consistent thinking of fighting is to spare no expense to the lives of his soldiers, whether they are from the other side or from his own side.


    In order to keep the Zhao army away from the Danhe River, the king of Wu''an ordered Wang to recall some of the first line Danhe defenders, and then ordered the remaining defenders to hold on and not retreat, and at the same time did not send reinforcements, which was equivalent to putting tens of thousands of Danhe defenders under the Zhao army''s weapons and crossbows.


    If you don''t let Zhao Jun kill tens of thousands of Qin soldiers, how can you let Zhao Kuo continue to fight.


    After all the generals retreated, Bai Qi and Wang Yi left the general together and went to the West Tower of guanglang city. At this time, the city of guanglang city had already gathered, and tens of thousands of Qin soldiers were waiting for the Zhao army to attack.


    As Bai Qi had expected, Zhao''s army was cautious at the beginning, but after a day and night of fierce fighting, he captured the Danshui barrier of the Qin army at the cost of 150000 people, and completely annihilated nearly 100000 defenders. Finally, Zhao Kuo boldly launched an attack toward the position of guanglang city in the Qin army.


    In Zhao Kuo''s view, the Qin army must be short of strength, otherwise, how could it allow the destruction of 100000 troops on the front line, so at this time, even if Baiqi came in person? Zhao Kuo believes that even Bai Qi''s personal visit has been unable to return to heaven.


    It was in this case that Zhao Kuo ordered to draw 40000 troops from the 50000 troops in the Zhao''s Bulwark on the east side of Danshui and the 20000 garrisons in the Chinese Army''s Pei''s camp to support them, all of which were added to the nearly exhausted former army. As a result, the number of Zhao troops participating in the attack reached 300000.


    Later, Zhao Kuo ordered to gather ten thousand people to launch a rapid attack on the city of light wolf.


    At this time, nearly 100000 troops were gathered in guanglang city. In addition to the 20000 iron eagles of Baiqi central army, there were nearly 50000 crossbow soldiers drawn from the central army and the rear army. Nearly 4000 troops of Huangfu Chaobo were also transferred into the city, because they were all elite soldiers equipped with crossbow machine. Moreover, the 1000 yuan crossbow soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo were also deployed in the east of Zhao army Above the wall.


    As for the rest of the troops, they were all under the command of the mausoleum and defended in a series of barriers to the south of the city.


    On the top of the city of light wolf, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the hundreds of thousands of Zhao troops coming from several miles away. He could not help swallowing his saliva. He was also a general who had experienced the battlefield for a long time. It was not the first time that he saw the scene of hundreds of thousands of troops attacking. At the beginning, when millions of yellow scarf troops besieged changshe City, the people were more shocked than they are now But I still feel nervous.


    Compared with the offensive momentum of the hundreds of thousands of Zhao soldiers, the millions of yellow scarf soldiers were just like a family, which almost made people feel less murderous. However, the hundreds of thousands of Zhao soldiers in front of them sent out a palpitating murderous atmosphere.


    With the bell and drum of the central army of the Zhao army ringing for several miles away, a group of about ten thousand people of the Zhao army came out of the army and killed them in the direction of the light wolf city with firm steps.


    At the head of guanglang City, the crossbow soldiers of the Qin army had already been ready. One by one, they were waiting for the commander''s orders.


    Two hundred and fifty steps.


    The catapults at the head of the city began to throw stones at the Zhao army at the head of the city. However, only a few dozens of stones fired by the catapults failed to stop the attack of the Zhao army. On the contrary, with the sound of the war drums of the Chinese army, the Zhao Army sped up and ran towards the city wall.


    One hundred and fifty steps.


    A hundred steps.


    Eighty steps.


    There was still silence at the end of the city. With the leader''s shout, Sergeant Zhao started to run towards the wall again.


    Sixty steps.


    Light wolf city suddenly sounded a roar: "launch!"


    "Buzz..."


    In an instant, nearly ten thousand crossbows and arrows, like locusts, flew straight into the sky, and then flew to the Zhao army 60 steps away, like black clouds, and came straight at nearly ten thousand Zhao army.


    "Puff"


    "Oh! Ah


    A few breaths later, tens of thousands of arrows and crossbows were nearly ten thousand soldiers and soldiers killed completely.The battlefield of hundreds of thousands of people was as silent as death. At this time, the commander of Zhao army did not know that he had been cheated. So many crossbow soldiers were concentrated in guanglang City, which proved that the Qin army was not short of troops. On the contrary, if there was no army here, the Qin army could not concentrate so many crossbow soldiers.


    There was a large army here, but they did not support the front-line barriers. They allowed their own army to attack the barriers. The Qin army was very ambitious.


    As soon as he thought about this, Zhao Kuo was in a cold sweat. Is it true that Bai Qi and the Qin Army wanted to annihilate their army here, just as the foreign generals said? Thinking of this, Zhao Kuo ordered the army to stop attacking, and the troops were well prepared to retreat. He was ready to return to the Qin army barrier for further planning.


    But Baiqi Qihui, as he hoped, saw that the Zhao army had stopped attacking, so Baiqi ordered the army to start attacking. At this time, the Zhao army had been fighting for a day and a night, all supported by the victory of conquering the Qin army''s barriers, and the Qin soldiers had indeed rested for a day and a night, and sat back and watched the front-line barrier Ze robe be killed by the Zhao army, which was the time of the most vigorous morale.


    With Bai Qi''s order, less than 20000 people were left to defend guanglang city and dongxizhang city by the middle army and the rear army''s 300000 Qin army, and the remaining 280000 troops were sent out to launch a rapid attack on the slowly retreating Zhao army.


    At the same time, Wang Ling, the right army general, led 10000 elite cavalry of the Qin state, bypassed the Danshui River 20 Li downstream, crossed the Danshui River from a shallow place there, and killed the Zhao army at the center of the city. Immediately behind the mausoleum are the 15000 players Houma under the command of Huangfu Chaobo and the 10000 elite soldiers of the Qin army under the command of the Deputy General of the mausoleum. The remaining 30000 soldiers and horses of the right army and the remaining 15000 soldiers and horses of the left army cooperated with the central army and the rear army and killed the Zhao army from both wings.

 Chapter 874

    Almost at the same time that the Qin army began to fight back, the 45000 troops of Sima Geng appeared in the north of Changping pass and launched a fierce attack on Changping pass. Although the general of Changping pass had been reminded by Zhao Kuo, because Zhao Kuo himself was not sure about the situation of the Qin army, he did not take strict defense at all.


    Although Cao Charlie knew that the Qin army would send troops to attack Changping pass, their troops were too few and their combat power was not strong. They were also assigned to the wall of the Great Wall for several miles, so they could not resist the attack of the Qin army. After a day and a night, Changping pass was finally defeated by the Qin army.


    After that, Sima Geng strengthened the defense of Changping pass and sent a large army to March eastward along the great wall of Bailishi to attack Guguan in the East.


    Zhao Kuo''s idea is good, but he doesn''t consider that Zhao''s army has been fighting for a day and a night in a hurry, and they are all in one go, and then they are declining and exhausted. When the Zhao army began to prepare to retreat, hundreds of thousands of soldiers of Qin army rushed to the Zhao army like tigers.


    Under the fierce attack of the same number of Qin troops, 350000 Zhao troops were killed and retreated step by step. Seeing this, Zhao Kuo quickly transferred 100000 Chinese troops around him to the front, trying to stop the attack of the Qin army, and then used the barriers of the Qin army to contain the attack of the Qin army.


    Unfortunately, in the face of the attack of tens of thousands of crossbow soldiers of Qin army, Zhao Kuo''s central army was still unable to resist the attack of Qin army, and still retreated step by step. In less than half a day''s time, Zhao Kuo lost tens of thousands of people.


    In desperation, Zhao Kuo constantly deployed his troops, blocking the Qin army''s attack and arranging the army to withdraw. Bai Qi ordered the Qin army to press forward step by step, leaving Zhao Kuo no room to adjust his forces.


    At dusk, tens of thousands of soldiers of Zhao army finally returned to the East Bank of Danshui. At this time, Zhao Kuo got the news that the Chinese Army''s city of Peishi had been captured by the Qin army''s special forces. At present, nearly 50000 Qin troops had entered into Peishi, blocking the way for the army to retreat to the rear camp.


    At this time, Zhao Kuo didn''t understand that he had been trapped by the Qin army, but there were pursuers in the rear and interceptors in the front, and his army was tired, so he had no time to stop and recuperate. In desperation, Zhao Kuo ordered the army to turn north and enter the Danshui Valley to the west of Hanwang mountain.


    In the city of Yu, Huangfu Chaobo is attending the meeting of the generals summoned by the mausoleum. Two hours ago, the king''s Mausoleum led 10000 cavalry soldiers to the bottom of the city. Then they attacked the city with less than 5000 people. Then the follow-up soldiers who got the news quickly crossed the river and arrived at the city. In this way, there were 40000 troops here to cut off the connection between Zhao Kuo''s army and the rear camp.


    Both the mausoleum and Huangfu Chaobo know that the most difficult war is about to begin, and their 40000 troops will be the key to the whole war.


    Sure enough, after the generals were summoned, the mausoleum immediately began to arrange defense. He divided the 40000 troops into two parts. He personally led 20000 troops to defend the northwest Zhao Kuo army, while Huangfu Chaobo led 15000 troops to defend the Northeast Zhao army, and only 5000 troops were left to defend the city.


    After one night, Zhao Kuo finally withdrew his army to the East Bank of Danshui. At this time, there were less than 300000 troops left, and nearly 300000 troops of Qin army followed him.


    Zhao Kuo, who returned to the East Bank of Danshui, immediately ordered the army to set up a new camp so that the soldiers could rest safely. At the same time, he sent people back to Handan and asked the king of Zhao to continue to send troops to support him. In his opinion, he restrained hundreds of thousands of Qin troops here. As long as Handan sent tens of thousands more troops to join the 80000 troops in the rear camp, he could fight inside and outside and defeat the Qin army completely.


    At the same time, the Qin army was not idle. Baiqi commanded 300000 troops, guarded the main roads of each mountain pass, built barriers, and surrounded the 300000 regiments of Zhao Kuo.


    Zhao Kuo didn''t have any time to spare. After the major sergeant was rehabilitated, he sent his troops to changpingguan in the north and the Qin army barrier on the West Bank of Danhe River in the west to break through and try to mobilize the Qin army. At the same time, he began to organize elite soldiers and launched a desperate attack on the royal mausoleum, which was defending the Wei''s camp, hoping to get through with the rear camp.


    In the northeast of the Wei family, in the logistics camp of the rear camp of the Zhao army, Zhao Ze is gathering all the generals in the tent to discuss the matter and arrange the transportation of grain and grass to the army tomorrow. Just at this time, although there was a voice of anxious soldiers outside the tent: "general, there is an urgent report to denounce the Marquis!"


    Zhao Zeyi is surprised and asks the guard to lead Chihou into the tent. In the tent, yelaixiang and his military strategist Xi Zhicai look at each other and see a little uneasiness in each other''s eyes.


    Sure enough, a Chihou who was injured all over was helped into the account by Zhao Zeqin''s guards. As soon as he got into the account, he fell on his knees and cried loudly to report: "general, it''s not good. The county seat of the Chinese general''s garrison is occupied by the state of Qin. Our contact with the general is interrupted."


    "What?" Zhao Xuan was so furious that he seized the Marquis and said, "where did the Qin army come from? Isn''t the Qin army beaten by the general without any strength? How did the East Bank of Danshui come into being, and the county seat was captured? "


    "My subordinates don''t know what happened. More than an hour ago, ten thousand Qin cavalry suddenly appeared in the south of the county seat. There were less than five thousand garrison. They were caught off guard when they were attacked by the Qin army. Their subordinates sneaked into the city and inquired into the intelligence. They learned that the attack on the county seat was Qin General Wang Ling. Originally, there were only ten thousand troops, but when they left the city, they found three more The state of Wan Qin has entered the family of Yu. ""Damn it, come on, gather your troops and follow the general to take down the surname Yu. There must be something wrong with the general''s side." Zhao Xuan immediately ordered,


    "wait a minute!" Just as the herald was about to send out the herald, the night incense suddenly stood up and stopped him,


    "bold, night incense, do you dare to stop this general?" Zhao Ze was furious.


    "General calm down, will not want to ask general a few questions?" Ye laixiang said;


    Zhao Zeyi was stunned and said, "what''s the problem, wait until you take back the surname of Yu..."


    "I don''t want to ask the general, how many troops are the general going to lead to attack the county where thirty or forty thousand Qin troops are defending?" As Zhao Zeyi was just about to answer, yelaixiang asked, "even if the general takes up 80000 troops to reoccupy his family, who will be sent to defend the camp? If the Qin army comes to attack the camp, can our army keep the food?"? If you can''t keep food and grass, what''s the point of occupying the family again? "

 Chapter 875

    After a long time, he sat down on the couch and murmured to himself, "would you rather sit and watch like this?"


    "No, it''s not that the general doesn''t care. It''s that the general is not strong enough to manage. The general''s duty is to keep the food and grass of the hundreds of thousands of troops in Changping. As for getting through the retreat, I believe the general will have a way." At this time, the Xi Zhicai on one side also began to persuade him;


    "if the general is good at sending troops, it''s OK to take back his family. If the general loses his troops, he can''t take back his family. On the contrary, he makes the logistics of the rear camp lose, so the general will die and will not be forgiven."


    After hearing this, Zhao Xuanyi woke up and quickly stepped forward. He grabbed the hand of Xi Zhicai and asked, "what''s your good plan, please don''t give me such advice."


    "It''s not a good policy, but Zhicai has some ideas. The general can see them in detail." Xi Zhicai said slowly;


    "please tell me, Mr. Zhao will obey!"


    About the victory or defeat of the Zhao army, yelaixiang and Xi Zhicai have discussed for many times. Now it is the worst situation that the Zhao army is besieged. At this time, it is not hopeless. Xi Zhicai has the last way. Although he can''t save most of the Zhao army, he can at least save tens of thousands of Zhao troops.


    "Now, one of the general''s tasks is to guard the rear battalion and provide the general with food and grass. If the general can successfully break through the encirclement of the Qin army, then at least the rear battalion can have enough food and grass to meet the army. If the worst result appears, it is that hundreds of thousands of the general''s troops can not escape, then the general must lead tens of thousands of the rear battalion troops back to the north of Shangdang to save the last elite troops for Zhao. At the same time, he must try every means to recapture the Great Wall and changpingguan to resist the northward advance of the Qin army. "


    Xi Zhicai''s words made Zhao Zemu stare at him for a long time. Then he murmured, "how can it be that the general''s army can''t escape?"


    "General, that''s just the worst result Zhicai expected. Although Zhicai doesn''t want that result, the general must be ready. " Xi Zhicai continued;


    Zhao Zexuan calmed down and said, "Sir, please tell me clearly, how should Zhao Zexuan act?"


    "The general should quickly send troops to firmly control this place in the hands of the general''s army. In this way, our army will have a safe way to retreat. We can attack when we enter and defend when we retreat, so as to avoid the danger of the collapse of the whole army." With that, xizhicai pointed to the location of the gate on the map.


    Zhao Xuan looked at the place where Xi Zhicai pointed out, and soon understood what Xi Zhicai meant. He immediately ordered: "Chen Jian, listen to the order!"


    "Not in the future!" A middle-aged general in the account came out to answer the question;


    "I will order you to lead ten thousand troops and rush to Guguan quickly. No matter how many troops of the Qin army come to attack, you must be nailed there. You can''t retreat half a step. If you lose Guguan, you can see it!" Zhao Zeling said;


    "if you don''t take orders, please don''t worry, general. If you are locked up, you will die!" With that, Chen Jian immediately took the arrow and ordered ten thousand Zhao troops to go to Guguan, which is tens of miles away from the northwest.


    Thanks to Zhao Ze''s quick reaction, one day later, when Chen Jian''s ten thousand troops arrived at Guguan, Sima Gong''s ten thousand Qin troops arrived in the west of Guguan in less than an hour, and were blocked by Chen Jian''s ten thousand troops on the hundred mile stone Great Wall to the west of Guguan.


    To keep the exit of the old pass is the last means for Xi Zhicai to design a copy of the pass. For the players in the Qin camp, how to eliminate Zhao Jun as much as possible is their task. For the players in the Zhao camp, how to keep more Zhao Jun soldiers is their goal.


    After getting the news that Gu Guan was finally held, Xi Zhicai and ye laixiang finally breathed a long sigh of relief. They knew that at least now they had saved nearly ten thousand soldiers of Zhao. The next thing they had to do was to withdraw the seventy thousand soldiers of Houying to Shangdang before the end of the campaign.


    Just as yelaixiang was racking his brains to save some of Zhao''s soldiers, Zhao Kuo, commander-in-chief of Zhao''s army, began to arrange for the army to break through.


    Zhao Kuo ordered some of the Zhao troops to break through in the direction of the great wall and Danhe, hoping to attract the attention of the Qin army. At the same time, he sent a group of elite troops to Daliang Mountain to transport grain and grass.


    But the commander-in-chief of the Qin army is Bai Qi. How can he be so easy to fool? Bai Qi determined that the Zhao army was short of food and would send troops to Daliang Mountain. So the place where he increased his troops most was the valley area defended by the royal mausoleum. But the area of the valley area was too small, and the number of soldiers and horses that could be arranged at one time was not much, so the number of soldiers and horses increased each time was not very much.


    The two armies fought fiercely in the xiaodongcang valley. The river and the shore were full of shouts, and the killing was loud.


    In the valley of xiaodongcang, there are corpses in the river and blood flowing into canals. A very small number of Zhao soldiers carry only a few bags of grain and grass to Changping camp.


    But at this time, Zhao''s army still had about 300000 soldiers around Zhao Kuo, and there were more than 300 chieftains alone. This grain, which was the ration of chieftains, could not even solve Zhao''s urgent need.


    On the one hand, they tried desperately to break through the siege and transport grain into the camp. On the other hand, they tried desperately to stop the Zhao army from transporting grain into the camp. During this period, the mausoleum also considered sending troops to attack the rear camp of the Zhao army. However, it was repulsed by 70000 soldiers of the Zhao army. However, Baiqi''s troops were only enough to encircle the Zhao Kuo army, and there were no surplus troops to attack the rear camp of the Zhao army. In the end, he had to give up.In the end, the two sides had to continue to send heavy troops to fight in this place. After only five days, the 20000 troops of the mausoleum basically lost everything. In desperation, the mausoleum had to move the headquarters of Huangfu Chaobo to the front for defense. At the same time, it asked Baiqi for support again.


    At this time, Zhao Kuo''s messenger had arrived in Handan, and the king of Zhao began to consider sending reinforcements to Changping again. If you want to say that Zhao''s reinforcements are only Limu''s border troops, which are relatively strong. The other troops are only Handan''s imperial guards, but these elite troops can''t leave the royal city.


    It took more than ten days to transfer Li Mu''s garrison from Daijun, Yunzhong, Yanmen and other places. However, Li Mu was not well-known at that time. He would not defeat the Huns until more than ten years later. If Li Mu''s army went south, it would change the situation, but the Huns might also take the opportunity to go south.


    After careful consideration, Zhao Xiaocheng still did not dare to mobilize Li Mu''s border forces. Finally, the king of Zhao had to recruit 100000 new soldiers again, transport part of the grain to Changping, prepare to join the rear camp army, attack the Qin army on both sides.

 Chapter 876

    However, when the king of Zhao dispatched troops, the king of Qin Zhaoxiang made a great stir. King Qin Zhaoxiang personally arrived in Hanoi and announced that all the people in Hanoi county would be given the rank of nobility and all the men over the age of 15 would be sent to the front line.


    To confer a rank of nobility is equivalent to giving each person a set of farmland and a hectare of land. King Zhaoxiang of Qin knew the way of encouragement. At this time, he decided to share the fruits of victory with his soldiers.


    Hanoi Prefecture, originally belonging to South Korea, is the county where yewangcheng is located. In recent years, the state of Qin has been occupying the territory of Hanoi Prefecture, but it did not recruit soldiers in Hanoi Prefecture.


    Hanoi county is close to Shangdang, and King Zhaoxiang of Qin drew local materials from here, which is also forced by time. At this time, time is life. This is true for the state of Zhao, especially for the state of Qin.


    Now there is a question: what did king Qin Zhaoxiang do with this new army with no combat experience? Is it going to attack the Changping war zone or to deliver food and grass to the army? None of them. King Zhaoxiang of Qin wanted to use this army to cut off the grain supply of Zhao army. It doesn''t take long for him to use these new forces to block the 100000 new forces of King Zhao to the east of Taihang Mountain. As long as he blocks the reinforcements of Zhao for another month, the battle of Changping will be over.


    After Zhao Kuo''s army was besieged for more than a month, Zhao Kuo knew he couldn''t wait any longer. So he chose the most elite Zhao army of 40000 and divided it into four teams to attack the defensive positions of the royal mausoleum. Each of the four elite Zhao troops attacked for one hour and then rested for three hours.


    So back and forth, toward the mausoleum position continuous attack. At the end of the day, Huangfu Chaobo had to let the trapped camp and tieyingruishi take turns to defend. Rao was so. At the end of the day, the trapped camp and tieyingruishi still lost hundreds of people. The Yuanrong crossbow soldiers were also divided into two parts to ensure that they had enough physical strength to launch crossbows.


    It is not only the soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo, but also the soldiers of other people. In a few days, nearly half of the white soldiers in the world have been lost, the Wei soldiers of Jianling have also lost 40%, and the halberd soldiers of the domineering royal family have lost more than half, but the Zhao soldiers who fell in front of them are more than 20000.


    After the loss of nearly half of the soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo led the soldiers to retreat from the defense line and handed them over to the soldiers of the royal mausoleum. However, after several days of fighting, the soldiers of the Royal Mausoleum were exhausted. Less than half a day after taking over the defense, Zhao army was able to break through several defense lines.


    Seeing that the situation was urgent, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care that his players and soldiers had just pulled down and had a rest for less than half a day. He immediately ordered Dianwei to gather all the soldiers in Tiebi camp and take them as the vanguard to quickly rush up the defense line and plug the gap in the mausoleum. Huangfu Chaobo ordered the rest of the generals to lead the rest of the soldiers to fill the defense line.


    Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo''s reaction was quick enough to block Zhao''s breakthrough. When everyone tried their best to drive Zhao out of the defense line, even Huangfu Chaobo collapsed to the ground. Today''s Huangfu Chaobo hasn''t killed himself on the battlefield for several years. This time, he almost lost his strength.


    After fighting hard for two days and one night, Huangfu Chaobo was also full of scars. After taking a big golden sore medicine from his burden, Huangfu Chaobo''s blood volume recovered quickly. His blood volume could recover as soon as possible, but his wounds and body fatigue would not be eliminated.


    After a little rest, Huangfu Chaobo stood up with the help of Dian Wei, walked slowly to the mausoleum and said, "General Wang, when will the reinforcements of Wu''an Jun arrive? If we don''t come yet, it will be difficult for us to support another round of Zhao''s attack. "


    Wang Ling also shook his head and said, "someone has sent someone to ask for help from the king of Wu''an. As for when the reinforcements will arrive, someone doesn''t know. Today''s plan is to fight to the death."


    Just as he was saying that, the taxi driver who was in charge of monitoring the Zhao army suddenly cried out: "attention, the Zhao army is attacking again, pay attention to defense!"


    When Huangfu Chaobo looked up in the direction of the Zhao army, it was sure that the Zhao army began to gather again. Although there seemed to be fewer troops in this attack than those in front, it could be seen that the soldiers in this round of attack seemed to be more powerful than those in front.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo cried out: "Dianwei!"


    "Not in the future!"


    "Gather up the soldiers and get ready for the battle!" As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and looked at the people all over the world, and said, "everyone, get ready. I think this is the last fight of Zhao army."


    Several people all over the world realized this and called their generals to their side one after another, ordering them to gather all the soldiers who could fight the first World War and prepare for the fierce war.


    When all the remaining soldiers gathered together, Huangfu Chaobo found that there were less than 6000 soldiers left in his 15000 troops, and less than half of his 4000 soldiers. This was because Yuanrong crossbow soldiers had not participated in the melee, so only 200 soldiers were lost, and the remaining nearly 3000 soldiers were only 1200.


    The rest of the soldiers are even worse. Basically, only 30% of the soldiers are left, including those with minor injuries who can continue to fight, while those with serious injuries have no time to move on and deal with the wounds.


    And the 20000 troops in the mausoleum, plus the 20000 troops Bai Qi has added to him over the past month, so far only more than 4000 people have been able to continue to take part in the war. On the one hand, the players used a lot of blood medicine for their soldiers. On the other hand, the soldiers of the players were basically elite soldiers, while most of the soldiers of the mausoleum were ordinary soldiers of the Qin army. The real elite soldiers were only about 10000 people.Today, although there are more than ten thousand soldiers on the defense line, they are all exhausted. If the Zhao army has five thousand elite soldiers, it is estimated that they can break through the Qin army''s defense line.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t guess wrong. This time it was Zhao''s last strike. This time it was Zhao Kuo''s three thousand bodyguards and three thousand elite of Zhao''s army, a total of six thousand troops. Zhao Kuo himself was also in the army. Because Zhao Jun has been short of food for several days. If he doesn''t break out, he will have to wait for his death.


    Zhao Kuo went to battle in person, which shows that the Zhao army has come to the most difficult time. Zhao Kuo came with the determination to either fight to death or break through the encirclement.


    After Zhao''s army formed a formation in front of the Qin''s defense line, Zhao Kuo did not carry out routine morale boosting, but quietly went to the front of the soldiers, pulled out the long sword in his waist, pointed the sword at the Qin''s defense line, and yelled: "kill all the Qin dogs, stand out the encirclement! Kill


    Six thousand soldiers of Zhao called in unison: "kill! Kill! Kill

 Chapter 877

    With Zhao Kuo''s order, six thousand Zhao troops came to kill the Qin army, and the strong murderous spirit came, which changed the faces of all the players in the defense line.


    Soon, Zhao''s army rushed to the front of Qin''s line of defense dozens of steps, Zhao Cen saw this, a shout: "Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, shoot!"


    Seeing this, Sergeant Zhao quickly raised his shield under Zhao Kuo''s command, but without a half minute pause, he rushed towards the Qin defense line.


    After more than a month''s fighting, the crossbows and arrows of Yuanrong''s Crossbow soldiers have almost been consumed. Although the Qin army also has crossbows and arrows, the consumption is too much to be supplemented. Therefore, in each round of fighting, Zhao Cen only asked Yuanrong''s Crossbow soldiers to stop shooting for three to five rounds to save crossbows and arrows. But this time, Huangfu Chaobo ordered him to shoot all the crossbows and arrows.


    Unfortunately, even so, after ten rounds of arrows, more than 5000 Zhao soldiers rushed to the front of the Qin army.


    With a cry from the Mausoleum: "warriors of the Qin Dynasty, kill the Zhao thieves!"


    More than ten thousand soldiers on the defense line roared to kill the oncoming Zhao army. For a moment, the blood and flesh on the defense line were flying, and the killing was loud.


    A quarter of an hour later, five thousand Zhao troops fell, and more than ten thousand Qin troops had already lost more than two thousand. The war damage ratio actually reached an astonishing one to two. It is estimated that the more they got behind, the greater the loss of Qin soldiers. Seeing the great loss of the soldiers, the mausoleum couldn''t help but be very anxious. He looked up to the sky and screamed, "Mr. Wu''an, I''m not going to do my best!"


    With the passage of time, the loss of the Qin army became more and more serious. Huangfu Chaobo was so anxious that he looked back from time to time, hoping to see the reinforcements. When he looked back for the fifth time, suddenly, a black line appeared in his vision. Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately responded, shouting: "reinforcements! Reinforcements are coming


    Suddenly, the cry of killing sounded behind the Qin defense line. At the most critical moment, Baiqi''s 5000 reinforcements finally arrived.


    The news of the arrival of reinforcements greatly boosted the morale of the fighting soldiers Qin. They all roared and killed the Zhao army. For a moment, they stopped the attack of the Zhao army. Seeing the reinforcements getting closer and closer, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly saw a young general in the Zhao army. Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo recognized that it was Zhao Kuo, the commander of the Zhao army.


    Seeing that Zhao Kuo was only tens of steps away from him, Huangfu Chaobo yelled at Dian Wei, who was guarding him by his side: "Dian Wei Gao Shun, don''t worry about the general. Kill Zhao Kuo for me!"


    At the command of Huangfu Chaobo, Dian Wei and his wife stopped for a moment, immediately ordered more than 30 soldiers of Tiebi camp around them and killed them in the direction of Zhao Kuo.


    The imperial family also found Zhao Kuo and ordered his soldiers to kill him one by one.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo called Zhao Cen over and asked him to collect the crossbows in Yuanrong''s Crossbow soldiers and shoot them in the direction of Zhao Kuo. Even if he could not shoot Zhao Kuo, he could at least shoot a lot of guards around him, which provided an opportunity for several people in Dianwei to kill Zhao Kuo.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, hundreds of crossbows and arrows came down from the sky and killed as many as 100 soldiers guarding Zhao Kuo. However, more than 4000 Zhao troops were distributed on the battle line with hundreds of steps. Zhao Kuo had only a few hundred escorts around him. After being shot by Yuan army crossbows and killed more than 100 soldiers, the strength of his bodyguard was greatly weakened.


    Soon, the collected crossbows and arrows shot at Zhao Kuo again. This time, the prepared Zhao army set up shields around Zhao Kuo, but dozens of them fell under the crossbows and arrows. At this time, under the protection of Gao Shun and dozens of soldiers of Tiebi camp, Dian Wei had already killed 20 steps away from Zhao Kuo.


    Without the pressure of protecting Huangfu Chaobo, the God of Dian Wei blocked the killing of gods and the Buddha blocked the killing of Buddhas all the way, which made the soldiers of Zhao who came to stop them tremble. After twenty steps, Dian Wei saw a gap between Zhao''s guards. Ten halberds in his waist were like flying arrows, throwing at Zhao Kuo.


    With the sound of "Puchi", Zhao Kuo fell down in the guard of Zhao army. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo cried out: "Zhao Kuo is dead, Zhao Kuo is dead..."


    When Zhao Kuo looked back in the direction of Zhao Kuo, he did not see Zhao Kuo. Zhao Kuo''s bodyguards were also dead and wounded, which scared the soldiers out of their wits. At this time, 5000 Qin reinforcements had also been killed on the position, and Zhao soldiers were driven out of the Qin defense line in an instant.


    With the arrival of 5000 reinforcements of the Qin army in time, and the sudden killing of Zhao Kuo, the last breakthrough of the Zhao army was finally repulsed. For every 4000 killed by 6000 elite of the Zhao army, the General Zhao Kuo was killed, and all the other 2000 soldiers were captured.


    Looking at the captives everywhere, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but secretly congratulated himself. Fortunately, Baiqi''s reinforcements arrived in time, otherwise there would be few soldiers left. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly jumped up and loudly ordered: "Chen Jing, gather the soldiers immediately, rescue the wounded, quickly..."


    At the command of Huangfu Chaobo, all the soldiers of Anton''s army who could move got up and carefully searched for the injured zepao. As for the defense of the position, they gave it to the soldiers of Qin who had just arrived. At the same time, the soldiers of the Royal Mausoleum and other players also got up one after another to search for the living soldiers in the position and carry them to the flat ground behind the base for rescue.After an hour''s busy work, all the injured soldiers were finally searched out and carried to the back of the array. After a little treatment, the mausoleum sent people to send them all to the city of Yu, and then to the doctor for treatment.


    Huangfu Chaobo has also made statistics on his own troops and horses. He led 3910 soldiers into the replica. After more than a month''s fighting, only 1329 soldiers were left, 2581 died and nearly 70% lost. Among the remaining 1000 soldiers, in addition to himself and several generals, there were 646 Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, 348 trapped camp soldiers, 219 Tiebi camp soldiers and 110 tieyingrui soldiers.


    When he looked at the others, Huangfu Chaobo found that he was still good. There were only 200 wasted soldiers in the world, more than 100 soldiers in Yanhan mountain and more than 80 soldiers in Xiake because they were just ordinary soldiers. There are less than 100 Wei soldiers in Jianling. Zhao Zilong, Sha CuO Lang, Lao Du, Xiao jiejie, Wen Wen, and the domineering royal family almost lost their troops. There are only a dozen left, but the silent Xiliang cavalry. Because it is a cavalry, there are still more than 300 people left. As for the Lords of Taohua island who only brought a hundred soldiers into the replica, they already have more than half of their own lives None of them can protect the owner, so they have already exited the copy.

 Chapter 878

    After the Qin reinforcements took over the defense line, the troops of Huangfu Chaobo''s headquarters and the army of the Royal Mausoleum retreated to the city. Until this time, Huangfu Chaobo had time to see what he had just gained. Zhao Gua, as the commander of Zhao''s army, was killed by Huangfu Chaobo''s subordinates. The harvest should not be small.


    "Congratulations to the players. Playing with their family members, Xia Dianwei killed Zhao Kuo, Zhao Jun''s commander-in-chief, and won 100000 points in duplicate points."


    "Congratulations to the players. The general of the family killed Zhao Kuo, the commander of Zhao Jun, and the players got a famous general card of Zhao Kuo."


    "Congratulations to the player. The general of his family killed Zhao Kuo, the commander of Zhao Jun, and the player got


    ¡£¡£¡£


    If that''s the case, the big boss''s harvest is really huge. There are 100000 reward points for copy points alone, and Zhao Kuo''s famous general card. Huangfu Chaobo suddenly finds out that Zhao Kuo''s famous general card is different from the famous general card he got in front of him. Huangfu Chaobo remembers that the famous general cards he got in front of him should be white. Now Zhao Kuo''s card is like a diamond Generally shining, is there any difference in it.


    But now Huangfu Chaobo has no way to find out the difference. After finding out the losses and gains of the people around him, Huangfu Chaobo asks the mausoleum about the rest of the strange people.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo found that his player was good. For example, the tens of thousands of players and their soldiers who were assigned to the former army in the Qin and Zhao armies had happily finished the journey and returned to the game as early as a few days after they entered the replica.


    Of course, there are also more lucky people than Huangfu Chaobo, such as the players of the night incense of Zhao camp, who have not participated in the battle between the two armies from the beginning to the end. In particular, although Zhao Ze sent many soldiers to try to meet Zhao Kuo''s breakthrough soldiers these days, they basically sent other players'' soldiers, and the soldiers of yelaixiang hardly used.


    The way to earn duplicate points is not to fight against the enemy, but to save more soldiers. So he doesn''t want to go to war at all.


    However, although he did not want to take part in the war, yelaixiang paid close attention to the situation on the battlefield. No matter how difficult the situation was, the mausoleum did not use the 5000 Qin troops to defend Zhao''s rear camp. Therefore, although Zhao Xuan was unwilling, he did not dare to act rashly, so he had to watch the war between Zhao Kuo and Qin.


    It was less than an hour after Zhao Kuo failed to break through the encirclement for the last time that yelaixiang got the news. Then he quickly left Zhao Xuan. After hearing the news that Zhao Kuo was defeated and died, Zhao Xuan cried bitterly in his tent.


    Night incense also stopped, waiting for Zhao Ze to cry almost, just came forward and said: "general, since the general has been defeated and killed, the general needs to make preparations as early as possible. If the king''s reinforcements can arrive at Changping in time, then our army can still fight against the Qin Army. If not, please make preparations as early as possible to save the final strength for our Zhao."


    Zhao Zenan didn''t understand the meaning of the words, wiped his tears, shook his head and said: "the reinforcements of the king have no way to come. According to the news, the king of Qin has sent 100000 new soldiers from Hanoi to Taihang, blocking the way for the king''s reinforcements to enter Changping. At least in a few months, the king''s reinforcements can''t reach Changping."


    At this time, Zhao Ze has completely calmed down. During this period of time, yelaixiang and xizhicai brainwashed him as soon as they had time to give up rescuing Zhao Kuo''s main force on a large scale and stick to the rear camp. They are ready to save as many elite troops as possible for Da Zhao.


    At present, it has achieved initial results. After getting the news of Zhao Kuo''s death, Zhao Xuan''s first thought is not to avenge Zhao Kuo, but that the army of King Zhao can''t come to Changping as soon as possible, and the army of Zhao Kuo''s Department won''t last long after Zhao Kuo''s death. Then his 70000 army will become an isolated army. After hundreds of thousands of Qin army have solved Zhao Kuo''s army, he will turn to the enemy Solve their own tens of thousands of troops.


    Thinking of this, Zhao zedao said: "yexiaowei, Mr. Xi, how should we act?"


    "Taking advantage of the impeccable eastward care of the Qin army, he immediately led the army to withdraw from Changping, closely guarded the old pass, recaptured the hundred mile stone Great Wall, and defended the northern part of Shangdang for Da Zhao. In time, the general will be another Ma Fu Jun of Da Zhao." Xi Zhicai said in a high voice;


    the magnificent scenery that Xi Zhicai described for Zhao Xuan made him excited. Seeing this, he immediately ordered the general to gather for discussion. When all the remaining generals arrived, Zhao Xuan announced the news that Zhao Kuo had died in battle, and then ordered: "Zhao Ping, Zhao Fang, listen to the order!"


    "Not in the future!"


    "I will order you two to lead ten thousand troops and ten thousand soldiers and horses to escort the camp''s grain and grass back to the old pass, to guard the old pass with Chen Jian, the general of the old pass, and to take the army back to the north of the hundred mile stone Great Wall. There must be no mistake."


    "Not to be ordered!" After that, they left the tent and started to prepare to escort the grain and grass back to Guguan.


    Seeing that the two men left, Zhao ordered: "the rest of the generals are ready to withdraw, and ordered the soldiers to withdraw for the first time to guard against the pursuit of the Qin army."


    As a matter of fact, Zhao Xuan is too worried. Today''s Qin army has no fault in taking care of his tens of thousands of troops. Although it has been found that the rear camp of Zhao army has been withdrawn, both Baiqi and the mausoleum have put their energy on the encircled 200 thousand main forces of Zhao army. After a few days, all the main forces of Zhao army have surrendered, the rear camp of Zhao army has gone to the camp empty, and there is not even a grain for Qin The army stayed.Three days later, Zhao Ze led 50000 Zhao troops to retreat to Guguan, and the battle of Changping ended!


    In Taishi City, Huangfu Chaobo is considering quitting the copy. Just now, the players have received the system prompt that the battle of Changping is over. At the same time, they also announced the ranking of copy points obtained by the players:


    first place: Huangfu Chaobo points 298589.


    Second place: Night incense points 126285.


    Third place: all over the world with 59138 points.


    Fourth place: Cao Charlie scored 56287 points.


    Fifth place: cold points 46821.


    ¡£


    ¡£


    ¡£


    99th place: the owner of Taohua Island scored 1280 points.


    100th place: Tieqi world points 1198.


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The reason why Huangfu Chaobo has such a high score is mainly in several aspects. There are two big ones. One is to kill Zhao Kuo by 100000 points, and the other is to give Bai Qi a suggestion and get a reward of 50000 points. During the subsequent war, he also helped the mausoleum to give some advice, which made him gain a lot.


    In addition to these, some of them are the gains from killing enemies by their own soldiers. For example, the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers in the city of light wolf have gained a lot. In the past month, the Zhao army has broken through the encirclement many times and also given him a lot of points. In addition, some of them are the proportional points given to him by the 15000 soldiers they command.

 Chapter 879

    As for nocturnal incense, his points are also in several aspects. Although he didn''t kill many enemies, he made tens of thousands of points by giving Zhao Ze several suggestions. In addition, he saved nearly 80000 soldiers of Zhao. The points here are his big head.


    As for the others, they basically rely on the rewards they get from killing the enemy and from leading the players.


    After the battle of Changping, the player must leave the copy within one day.


    just then, Wang Ling sent someone to tell him that Wu''an Jun Baiqi sent someone to see him. Although Huangfu Chaobo felt strange, he immediately took Dianwei to the site of the mausoleum, and then went to the light wolf city to meet Baiqi with him under the protection of his own soldiers.


    An hour later, Huangfu met the general of Qin army in the general''s residence in Chaobo Youguang wolf city. Compared with the first meeting, the general was more energetic. The situation of confrontation between Qin and Zhao for several years has been broken by him now. There are less than 100000 troops left in hundreds of thousands of Zhao''s army to withdraw back to the old pass. Although he felt that he had not accomplished all the work, he still eliminated nearly three hundred thousand of Zhao''s army One hundred thousand troops and 200000 prisoners trampled on the biggest enemy of Qin state.


    In his opinion, no one can compare his merits, and he will have boundless scenery when he returns to Xianyang. Looking at Bai Qi''s high spirited appearance, Huangfu Chaobo knows that the old man has reached the peak of his life, and then there will be no good days for him. In the next few years, he will prosper and decline. The final result is that he offended Ying Hou fan Sui and was later given death by du you.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo certainly won''t say that now. Instead, he respectfully saluted Bai Qi and waited for Bai Qi to speak.


    Bai Qi first inquired about the loss of his soldiers and horses, and when he learned that the loss was as high as 70%, he was not very sorry. When he asked about Huangfu Chaobo''s military exploits, he was surprised to learn that he had made nearly 300000 contributions.


    After pondering for a moment, Bai Qi said: "general Sima reported the time to the Marquis afterwards. Fortunately, reinforcements and Intelligence arrived in time, so he was able to successfully capture Changping pass and did not delay the layout of the marquis. If not, Zhao Kuo''s more than 300000 troops will surely escape from Shengtian. The Marquis has already given rewards for this great achievement at that time, so he won''t reward you any more. "


    "What''s more, the killing of Zhao Kuo by your subordinates has brought the war to a smooth end, which has already given you a great reward. However, I have something for you as my personal thanks. "


    With that, Bai Qi hands an article to Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo is stunned, and immediately takes it. When he opens it, he is stunned. It turns out that it is Bai Qi''s famous general card.


    "Ah Huangfu Chaobo looked at the famous general card in his hand and then looked up at Baiqi. He couldn''t speak for a long time. He didn''t expect that Baiqi would give him a famous general card. Moreover, it seems that Baiqi''s famous general card is diamond grade, just like Zhao Kuo''s.


    This is the famous general card of Wu''an Jun Baiqi, one of the four famous generals in the Warring States period. If his generals can be transferred successfully, even if they get 60% of his inheritance, there will be another general next to Huang Xutian Yu. If they can get more than 80 or even 90, there will be a general no less than Zhang Ying in the Anton army, who is fully capable of serving as a general The post of commander in chief is over.


    Seeing the appearance of Huangfu Chaobo, Bai Qi said with a smile: "this is my own thanks. If you need any help from the Marquis, please put forward as much as possible. If you are within the ability of the Marquis, you must try your best to meet your requirements."


    "Thank you for your generous gift, Weijiang..." Huangfu Chaobo was about to say that he had nothing to ask for. Suddenly, he turned his mind and asked, "I don''t know how the Marquis is going to deal with the 200000 prisoners of Zhao army?"


    Bai Qi was stunned and then asked, "why, did you get the idea of being a prisoner?"


    Huangfu Chaobo blushed and said: "the loss of soldiers and horses is too great, and they are all the most elite soldiers in their hands, so


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo thought that Bai Qi would refuse, he heard him say: "well, the Xianyang King''s order has not come yet. I will allow you to go to the capture camp to select soldiers and supplement your lost soldiers. However, tie Yingrui should choose from our da Qin soldiers. Only they are the Real Da Qin Rui."


    "Thank you, marquis!" Huangfu Chaobo hugged his fist and said,


    "well, you can step back and let the general of the mausoleum lead you to the selection of soldiers." With that, Bai Qi sat down and continued to deal with his military affairs, waving to them without raising his head.


    Seeing this, they gave a military salute and then retreated.


    After leaving the city of light wolf, Wang Ling led Huangfu Chaobo to select the Qin soldiers of tieyingrui, and then rushed to the capture camp on the East Bank of Danshui to select the suitable prisoners for the trapped camp and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers. However, there were no suitable soldiers for tiebiying, so he had to increase the reserve soldiers of the trapped camp to 2000. After the trapped camp had been trained, he could select the best soldiers Please join the iron wall camp.


    By the time he leads the selected soldiers back to the city, it''s almost dark. Huangfu Chaobo immediately gathers his own troops, and then leaves the mausoleum, ready to leave the copy and return to the game. At this time, all the other players in the copy have left, and only Huangfu Chaobo''s troops are still in the copy.Huangfu Chaobo is standing in the school yard in the city. The Royal Mausoleum comes to see him off under the escort of his subordinates. Huangfu Chaobo leads the people to bid farewell to the mausoleum. After fighting together for more than a month, their friendship has been very good.


    "Chaobo, thank you for the care of the five doctors for more than a month. I wish them success and success, and honor them as Marquises!" Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "I would like to thank Chaobo for his help. There is nothing else I can do. I hope Chaobo will not give up." Wang Ling said and handed it to Huangfu.


    Huangfu Chaobo took it over and saw that it was also a famous general card, Wang Ling''s own famous general card. However, it was different from the previous famous general cards. Wang Ling''s famous general card turned out to be a golden one. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was aware of the situation of the famous general card. It seems that there are some differences.


    However, this is not the time to confirm this. He put aside his doubts. He was overjoyed and repeatedly expressed his thanks to the mausoleum.


    "Chaobo likes it, but it can''t compare with Wu''an Jun''s famous general card." Wang Ling said with a smile;


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "why, the five doctors are also famous generals of the Qin Dynasty. Wu''an Jun is very talented. The five doctors don''t have to belittle themselves."

 Chapter 880

    Just when Huangfu Chaobo and Wang Ling were talking about each other, Gao Shun, who was in charge of reorganizing Huangfu Chaobo''s troops, came over and reported to him: "Lord, all the troops are ready, all the troops are ready!"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, looked at the mausoleum and said, "please take care of the five doctors. Chaobo is gone!"


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo opens his personal interface, finds the copy task, and points to the exit button.


    Soon a mass of white fog wrapped up the army of Huangfu Chaobo. A quarter of an hour later, the fog disappeared, and Huangfu Chaobo and 4000 troops also disappeared in the city.


    At the same time, in the game, in the south of ru''nan, on the South Bank of Huai River, in the Anton army camp, on the open space outside the tent, a white fog suddenly rises. Soon the white fog dissipates, and 4000 soldiers and horses appear in the camp. The veteran soldiers of Anton army, who had already experienced it once, did not respond to this. On the contrary, the new soldiers of Qin army and the prisoners of Zhao army were surprised.


    Around the tent, the guard sergeant in charge of the guard had already discovered this abnormality. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo appeared, he immediately sent for Huang Zhong.


    Huangfu Chaobo looks around at the camp and finds that there are not many soldiers in the camp. It seems that only the guards are around his tent. He knows that the soldiers and horses should be fighting in Huainan, but he doesn''t know what the situation is. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo orders Gao Shunzhu to return to their camp to rest, but he and Guo Galway went to his camp.


    As he walked along, Huangfu Chaobo called for the commander in charge of guarding the barracks and asked, "where is Mr. Pang now?"


    "Report back to the general, commander Pang has already gone to Strider county with the army, and has not sent troops to the army to send a message. The commander should come back as soon as possible." The captain replied respectfully;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and asked, "what''s today?"


    "General Hui, today is April 25."


    Sure enough, it was 20 days. The time of the copy task was 20 days. He said, "what''s the situation of the army now? I''ll tell you what you know in detail."


    The Xiaowei blushed and said, "Weijiang has been responsible for guarding the camp and protecting the camp. He doesn''t know much about the war. He just knows that it took General Huang nearly ten days to capture the garrison, which killed and injured nearly 20000 people. After five days'' rest, he sent troops to stride County. Today is the fifth day, so I don''t know what the war is like."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that it took ten days to capture all the counties defended by 15000 yuan Shujun. It seems that as expected, Huainan''s cities were not so easy to capture.


    Guo Jia did not speak, and the party soon returned to the account. Guo Jia began to take up Pang Tong''s information about the army in the account these days and the information from the shadow guard reported by Shi a to look at it carefully.


    After Huangfu Chaobo sat down, he didn''t rush to see these things. Instead, he opened his personal interface first. He had to exchange the copy points first.


    As soon as you open the exchange interface for duplicate points, Huangfu Chaobo is startled by the long list of exchange.


    On the first page, there are all kinds of famous general cards, and there are 50 of them. However, Huangfu Chaobo found that the number of points exchanged by these famous general cards is different. From the top four famous general cards shining with diamond light to the bottom bronze color, the number of points required is different.


    If you look carefully, the top two are the famous general cards of Bai Qi and Zhao Kuo, and the bottom two are the famous general cards of Qin General Wang Yi and Zhao general Lianpo. The exchange points needed by these four famous generals have reached 500000 points. Then the bottom is the gold level famous general card. Huangfu Chaobo saw several familiar names from the top, including Qin General Wang Ling, Qin general Sima Geng and Zhao General Zhao Ru and Zhao generals Feng Ting and their exchange points are 200000.


    Next, there are silver level famous general cards, such as Qin general Zheng Anping, Qin general Yingying, Zhao General Zhao Rui, Zhao General Zhao Ze, Zhao general Leqi and so on. The number of points exchanged by them is 100000. At the bottom are dozens of bronze level famous general cards. Each of Qin and Zhao had 30 or 40 people, and the number of points they exchanged was 50000. Among them, the names of several foreign Qin generals, Huangfu Chaobo, have been seen in the copy. They are basically generals with more than 10000 people.


    From the situation of these generals, we can roughly infer that the so-called diamond card should be the emperor level generals in the corresponding game, that is, generals with single or even multiple attributes above 95.


    And the gold card should be the king level generals in the corresponding game, that is, generals with single or even multiple data between 90-94.


    The silver card should be the sky level generals in the corresponding game, that is, generals whose attributes are between 80-89 in single or even multiple data.


    The lowest level bronze card should be the corresponding ground level generals in the game, that is, generals with single or even multiple data between 70-79.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that he got a diamond card and a gold card, with 700000 task points, more than twice the task points he got in the game, which made Huangfu Chaobo secretly hit his tongue.No wonder the copy of the mission description says that there are two ways to get a famous general card. In the game, you can get a gift from a famous general, and the other way is to exchange the mission points.


    Huangfu Chaobo now has nearly 300000 points, which can be exchanged for a gold card, a bronze card, and then more than 40000 points, which can be exchanged for other things.


    Of course, it''s also possible to exchange five bronze cards, or two silver cards and one bronze card. But how to exchange it, Huangfu Chaobo was in a tangle.


    After struggling for half a day, Huangfu Chaobo still couldn''t decide, so he didn''t exchange it immediately. Instead, he carefully looked at the list of items to be exchanged.


    The first page is the famous general card. The second page begins with some other items. The top is the exchange price of two special arms. Qin guotie yingruishi needs one million exchange points. Zhao guochivalry needs one million exchange points.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo has the most points in the copy, but he only has less than 300000 points, which is 700000 points away from the exchange of special arms. It can be said that it is out of reach. However, from this aspect, we can see that there will be more and more special arms in the hands of players.


    Then there are drawings of all kinds of equipment, learning books of all kinds of special skills, all kinds of high-quality weapons and equipment, all kinds of special architectural drawings and so on. These are all kinds of items that are difficult to get by ordinary ways.

 Chapter 881

    These items in the replica exchange list are really rare and good items for ordinary players, because most of them are necessary for territory upgrading, but Huangfu Chaobo is dispensable, so he is not very interested in these items. When he looks back, there are some things that attract Huangfu Chaobo''s attention.


    Qianggu pill: increase the force value of generals below the ground level by a little. Each person can only take three pills in his life. Exchange 500 copies of points for one pill.


    Quenching pill: increase the force value of local level generals by a little. Each person is limited to two pills for life. Exchange 2000 copy points for one pill.


    Dragon and tiger elixir: increase the force value of Tianjie generals by a little. Each person is limited to one pill for life. 5000 copies of points can be exchanged for one pill.


    It''s a good thing. It''s a good thing to train generals. For example, those generals who are stuck in 69, 79 and 89, if they use one grain, their rank will be raised by a whole level. You should know that the strength of the heaven level generals of 89 is not the same as that of the king level generals of 90.


    It''s not only the generals who are stuck on the edge, but also the generals with few points. For example, a certain general''s force value is 86, which is 4 points less than 90. However, some of the best weapons in the game can increase the general''s force value by 3 points. If the elixir is added, he will become a king''s rank general.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but want to exchange all the points into pills. He finally suppresses the idea of exchange. Huangfu Chaobo continues to look back. Fortunately, he doesn''t find anything else in the exchange list.


    Turning the list to the first page again, Huangfu Chaobo began to calculate how to exchange the goods.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to exchange two silver level and one bronze level famous general cards, plus the diamond cards of Bai Qi and Zhao Kuo and the gold cards of the mausoleum. This copy task got a total of six famous general cards. It can be said that the harvest is still great.


    In this way, 250000 points of nearly 300000 points have been spent, and there are more than 48000 points left. Huangfu Chaobo intends to exchange all these points for pills, including six dragon and tiger pills, eight quenched tendon pills and five strong bone pills. In the end, there are only less than 100 points left. After Huangfu Chaobo exchanges them for some things, he will use up all the points.


    After all the copy points are used up, Huangfu Chaobo is relieved. Now that all the things are in hand, the next thing is which generals should use these items. Huangfu Chaobo must think about it carefully.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was exchanging copies of mission items, yelaixiang, who ranked second in copies, was also looking at the exchange list. Like Huangfu Chaobo, he quit almost when the copies were about to close, mainly to get more things from Zhao Xuan.


    As the highest ranking general who withdrew from the Changping battlefield and led 80000 troops to escort most of the grain and grass in the Changping battlefield, Zhao Zeli naturally became the chief General of the Shangdang, and was granted the Shangdang Taishou by the king of Zhao, who was fully responsible for the military and political power in the northern part of the Shangdang and resisted the northward advance of the state of Qin.


    Zhao Ze was also very grateful to yelaixiang and Xi Zhicai for this, so in addition to giving his famous general card to yelaixiang, all the more than 1000 soldiers of yelaixiang were equipped with Zhao''s war horses, and he also took out 200 crossbows from one of the few crossbows of the Zhao army and gave them to yelaixiang, so that yelaixiang could make a lot of money.


    After leaving the copy, yelaixiang also exchanged two bronze famous general cards, so he also got three famous general cards, one silver card and two bronze cards. The remaining points were exchanged for a few pills and other things.


    As for the other players, zonghengtianxia also got a bronze general card in the copy, and exchanged one with points, so he got two bronze general cards in total.


    Another player, Cao Charlie, also got a bronze card, plus his points can also be exchanged for one, he also has two cards in the account.


    As for the rest of the players, it is estimated that no one will be able to get the famous general card, and the point exchange is only the top four. The score has reached 50000. It can be said that 90% of the players in this replica campaign have lost money, and many people have been killed in the battle without even killing an enemy.


    After dealing with the duplicate points, Huangfu Chaobo began to deal with the government affairs accumulated in the past 20 days. It was not until it was almost dark that he heard the report from the soldiers outside the account that Huang Zhong and Pang Tong had returned to the barracks and were asking for a meeting outside the account. Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered them to enter the account.


    A moment later, they went into the big account with red faces. As soon as they entered the account, they quickly stepped forward and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "I''m not going to see you!"


    "Well, brother, Shiyuan, don''t be polite. Come in." With a smile, Huangfu Chaobo lifted them up and said, "what''s good about your red face?"


    Huang Zhong said with a smile: "thanks to my lord Hongfu, I didn''t take the lead to conquer the county this afternoon. After hearing the news that my Lord has returned, I handed over the affairs in the city to Wu die and rushed back to the camp with Shi Yuan Kuai ma."


    "Oh, has Strider County been captured? Today seems to be the fifth day. It''s much faster than Chou''s! " Huangfu super Bo Da Xi Road;Pang Tong walked up to Guo Jia and sat down. Then he said, "the county is no better than the state of Chou. Chou is happy to be garrisoned in person. In addition, there are 10000 soldiers and 5000 garrisons, so it''s very difficult to attack. The county has only 5000 garrisons. If general Hansheng didn''t have the purpose of training, our 100000 troops would not need five days."


    At this point, Pang Tong stopped for a moment, took a bowl of tea from the table, drank it all, and then said, "however, as we thought at the beginning, Yuan Shu''s Huainan army''s combat power is far from that of other cities in Runan. In terms of fighting power and will, they are tens of percent stronger. "


    Huang Zhong also nodded, adding: "after all, Huainan is the territory Yuan Shu has been operating for many years. Yuan Shu''s army has controlled it for several years, but the cities in Runan are different. Yuan Shu''s army has occupied it for more than a year, and the soldiers and soldiers are all newly recruited, so they can''t speak at the same time."


    Seeing that it was getting dark, Huangfu Chaobo ordered his soldiers to bring dinner to him, and prepared several people to have dinner while learning about the situation of the army in the past 20 days.


    While having dinner, several people introduced the two wars these days to Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia.

 Chapter 882

    On April 5, Huang Zhong led the army to attack the county town of Jiguo, which was originally a county in the northeast of Jiangxia county. It was isolated from the northeast corner of Jiangxia county with Xiyang County. Because of the barrier of Tongbai mountain and Dabie Mountain, it was not closely connected with other cities of Jiangxia.


    A few years ago, after Yuan Shu''s army took control of Huainan, it took control of the three counties on the east side of Tongbai mountains and put them under the rule of Lujiang County.


    After Yuan''s army lost the southern part of Runan last year, he sent Yue to the state of Chou to take charge of defending the attacks of Anton''s army and Yuzhou''s army. However, after being attacked by Anton''s army, the army finally crossed the huaishui river.


    It has been nearly half a year since Le Jiu entered the county seat of Chou state. In this half a year, because of the war experience of Runan, Le has already known the strength of Anton''s army. Therefore, after arriving at Chou state, in addition to training, it is to strengthen the defense of the city. Of course, in addition to Chou state, the situation of other cities is the same.


    So when Huang Zhong led the attack, he found that the defense ability of a small county town was no less than that of a small county town. Although the scale of the city was still at the county level, its defense ability could be compared with that of a small county town.


    After arriving at the foot of Panguo city and carefully observing the situation of the city, Huang Zhong did not attack immediately, but went on step by step like attacking a big city.


    First, the surrounding moats were filled, and then the siege equipment was prepared. In the step-by-step attack, the soldiers of the battalions and schools of the Anton army and the Yuzhou army were arranged by him to attack the city in turn. In fact, all the departments of the Yuzhou army were veterans, but there was still a big gap between them and the other departments of the Anton army in terms of strength. After more than half a year of reorganization training, they already had a big gap Progress, however, has not yet been achieved. The troops and horses are not as powerful as the rest of the Anton army.


    This time he attacked Huainan, Huang Zhong was just ready to train all the soldiers and horses in the battalions of the Yuzhou army. Yue in the city of Chou also understood Huang Zhong''s thoughts, but he had nothing to do. He had only 15000 troops. Although Chou county was not big, Anton''s troops were more than 100000. If all the troops took turns to attack, Yue would have caught up.


    Finally, on the morning of the 15th, the county town of Chou, which supported the 10th, was captured. Nearly 8000 Yuan Shu soldiers were killed and injured, and 5000 guards were almost killed and injured. Huang Zhong''s army killed and injured more than 20000 people. However, not all of the 20000 troops were killed, less than 10000 of them were killed, and the rest were injured. In addition, Anton''s army treated them in time, and most of them passed the battle The ten days of recuperation can basically be restored.


    Apart from the thousands of Yuan Shu soldiers who died and were seriously injured on the spot, more than 2000 of them were treated by Anton''s army. The remaining 6000 or 7000 soldiers were basically slightly injured and could be recovered in three or five days.


    At this point, the county seat of Panguo was captured by Huang Zhong, and lejiu himself was injured and arrested. Huang Zhong just arranged for someone to deal with the wound, and then he held lejiu in solitary custody until Huangfu Chaobo returned.


    After five days'' rest in the county seat, Huang Zhong ordered Han Xian to lead 10000 troops to defend the county. After that, he led 60000 troops including Huang Wudi, Wang Ran, Wang Yong and Zhang Ying to attack the county. As for Huangfu Chaobo''s guards, they were still stationed in the camp by the river to defend his big account and wait for Huangfu Chaobo to return.


    The attack of Jian County is much simpler than that of the state of Chou. There are only 4000 garrisons. Although it is much better than the garrison of Yuzhou in Runan, there is still a certain gap between it and the elite soldiers selected by Yuzhou army. After more than four days of fighting, Strider county was also successfully captured.


    Just at this time, they received a report from the camp express that Huangfu Chaobo had led the troops back, so Huang Zhong and Pang Tong handed over the affairs of Strider county to Huang wudiezhu. Then they and Pang Tong rushed back to the camp under the escort of cavalry.


    After listening to Huang Zhong''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo also had an understanding of the fighting power of Yuan Shujun''s city guards in Huainan. It seems that the war in the future will not be easy.


    Just as he was thinking about the war in the future, Huang Zhong suddenly said, "general, you need to think about it earlier."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He looked at Huang Zhong and said, "what''s the matter?"


    "The arrangement of military and political personnel in Lujiang County!" Huang Zhongdao;


    originally, as a subordinate, he was not in charge of these things, but fortunately, he had a special relationship with Huangfu Chaobo, and he was not a person with a strong desire for power, so it was not a big problem to remind him. In fact, Pang Tong also reminded Huangfu Chaobo about this matter, just because Kong''s subordinate didn''t have much to offer It''s too obvious if people are transferred directly from the Antong army. For example, Huang Zhong and others took so many detours to make arrangements in Yuzhou. Now, the personnel arrangement in Lujiang is really a headache.


    However, the situation is better now. Huangfu Chaobo has already got five famous general cards. At least there should be no problem with the general of the combat battalion in Lujiang.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly found Kong Xin, Kongzi''s nephew. He helped him a lot at the beginning, and he had to arrange a better position for him in order to make him feel better. Just after Lujiang County was occupied, he could let Kong Xin serve as the commander of the barracks, and he could win two things at once. It can not only confuse the sight of the other vassals, but also arrange Confucius.As for the choice of Lujiang''s prefect, Huangfu Chaobo considered it over and over again and decided to appoint Liu Chengzu, an aide of Kong Rong. After Kong Rong joined Huangfu Chaobo, Liu Chengzhen joined him and then worked under Tian Feng to help him deal with his political affairs. According to Tian, Liu Chengzu was really talented. He once served as a county magistrate in Beihai for several years, and then entered the prime minister''s office of Kong Rong He is talented enough to be a guard of any county.


    It''s just now that Lujiang has just conquered several counties. Let''s try to transfer Liu Chengzu. It''s easy to say that Liu Chengzu was not well-known. He only served as an official of the county magistrate and the prime minister''s office. He said that because he knew him and knew his talents, he asked Huangfu Chaobo for him.


    For today''s game, only the army needs to be controlled in the hands, and the role of Taishou is not so important. Therefore, in the view of others, the barracks of Lujiang are controlled in the hands of kongxin. Even if Taishou comes out of Anton''s army, it doesn''t mean anything.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Shi A: "general Shi, you can send someone to send an order to Yangzhai and Luoyang, and order Liu Chengzu and Kong Xin to come to Huainan as soon as possible."

 Chapter 883

    Shi''a immediately sent out an account and sent a messenger to the two places. After hearing what Huangfu Chaobo said, all the people in the account responded immediately. Pang Tong and Guo Jia quickly figured out the key, and nodded imperceptibly without saying anything.


    Huang Zhong was obviously stunned for a moment, and said: "although Kong Xin can trust him, his ability


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "it''s OK, brother. I''ve got several famous general cards in this copy. I''m going to give one of them to Kong Xin."


    Huang Zhong suddenly realized that he didn''t speak any more.


    After all the personnel had been arranged, the next thing was easy to do. After a discussion, several people decided to wait for the army to return. After a few days'' rest, they divided into two groups and attacked geyang and Xiyang counties respectively. After the capture of these two counties, the Chinese army of Huangfu Chaobo will be arranged to live in geyang. The passage of grain and grass for the army is smooth, and if there is nothing wrong with geyang, all the cities in the West will be safe.


    By the end of April, Kong Xin and Liu Chengzu, who had received the order from Huangfu Chaobo, had arrived in Huainan. After they met Huangfu Chaobo, they were overjoyed. Kong Xin, in particular, although he had received the promise from Huangfu Chaobo, he was always worried because of his limited ability. Unexpectedly, only a few months later, Huangfu Chaobo was ready for him I got a famous general card.


    When he got the famous general card, Kong Xin couldn''t wait to express his loyalty to Huangfu Chaobo, and his loyalty suddenly reached 100% loyalty.


    Then kongxin immediately used the famous general card given to him by Huangfu Chaobo. The famous general card given to kongxin by Huangfu Chaobo was from the royal mausoleum. Although it was not as good as the white diamond card, it was also a gold card. I believe kongxin should be able to be competent as a battalion general after he was transferred.


    The final result surprised Huangfu Chaobo. The result of Kong Xin''s transfer was surprisingly good. Siwei had achieved command 81, force 78, intelligence 65 and internal affairs 47. This figure is comparable to that of Tian Yu and Huang Xu, which is totally beyond the expectation of Huangfu Chaobo. This figure is basically in the top ten in Anton''s army.


    What''s more surprising to Huangfu Chaobo is that kongxin has been inherited from the imperial mausoleum''s special arms of the great Qin Ruishi, which is the second special arms of the state of Qin in addition to the Iron Eagle Ruishi.


    In addition to these, Kong Xin has also inherited the skills of seven generals and three formations. It can be said that Kong Xin is now an old hen turned into a Phoenix. He has suddenly changed from a human level to a sky level generals. Although he is only a junior of the sky level, he is proud of himself.


    Seeing Kong Xin''s special arms, Huangfu Chaobo thought of Zhang Ying''s problem again, so he immediately ordered him to be recruited. Sure enough, Zhang Ying did have a special kind of halberd. However, because the halberd he used needed to be specially made, and the weapons needed to reach Wujin level, and Zhang Ying felt that his time in the Anton army was short, and he didn''t make a great contribution, so he didn''t want to go there I didn''t mention it to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Zhang Ying''s words made Huangfu Chaobo very upset. He didn''t expect that it would be like this. So he immediately said to Zhang Ying, "why didn''t you say it earlier? We can''t wait for the special arms!"


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Zhang Ying to select soldiers at once, and at the same time, he asked his soldiers to report their requirements for weapons. He immediately ordered Luoyang weapons department to start building and send 5000 sets of equipment to Huainan as soon as possible. It happened that Zhang Ying could use Huainan''s war to train 5000 halberds.


    After solving the problem of Zhang Ying''s great halberd, Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Shi a to order that all generals in the army, no matter who is able to train special arms, can report it at the first time. The general''s office will arrange the training at the first time, so as not to waste such a long time like Zhang Ying.


    In early May, after leaving Zhang Ying''s rear camp, Huangfu Chaobo divided the army into two and launched attacks on geyang and Xiyang respectively.


    Wang Ran''s department is responsible for attacking geyang, with a total of 50000 troops. It was Wang Yong''s department that attacked Xiyang. It was also 50000 troops. Huang Zhong led 20000 arms to coordinate in the middle.


    When Anton''s army attacked Lujiang cities in two ways, the battlefield of Xuzhou also changed. After more than half a year''s attack, Cao Cao finally attacked xiapi City, which was second only to Tan county in Xuzhou. Liang Gang, the general of Yuan Shu''s army, was killed, and almost all of the tens of thousands of troops in xiapi were annihilated. Only Yuan Yin, the prefect of xiapi appointed by Yuan Shu, was under the protection of 3000 disabled soldiers Weixia breaks through the encirclement and retreats to xutai in confusion to meet Ji Ling.


    At the same time, sun CE''s army also made good achievements in Guangling. In more than a month, it almost conquered the whole Guangling, only under the control of Yuguo and Tangyi in the west of Guangling and Yuan Shujun.


    The two counties of Xuzhou were defeated in the war, and the Lujiang defense line was also broken by the Anton army. Ji Ling had received the imperial edict from his own emperor to return to Shouchun to preside over the war.


    After careful consideration, Ji Ling decided that Chen Ji would lead 10000 soldiers to retreat to huailing. In addition, the magistrate of huailing county had 8000 troops under his command, which was enough to defend huailing. Chen Lan, a general under Ji Ling, led 10000 soldiers to retreat to Dongcheng. With the 8000 garrison of Tao Jiji, the magistrate of Dongcheng County, there were nearly 10000 garrisons in Dongcheng.


    As for the rest of the troops in Xuzhou, they were all returned to Shouchun under the command of Ji Ling and another deputy general Lei Bo. There were about 20000 soldiers in the barracks withdrawn from the other cities, which played a significant role in Shouchun''s troops. We should know that Ji Ling brought back the barracks, not the so-called elite guards transferred by Yuan Shu from Huainan''s cities.At the same time, under Ji Ling''s suggestion, other soldiers and horses also made corresponding adjustments. Twenty thousand Imperial troops under the command of Prince Yuan Yao and Li Ling who supported Guangling retreated to Jiujiang, while the garrison of Guangling gave up the county seat of Yuguo, which had already gone through several wars, and all the troops retreated to Tangyi.


    In this way, the defense of Tangyi county has been reorganized, and 10000 soldiers and 8000 garrisons have been handed over to Guangling Prefecture governor Yuan Si and General Liu Xun for defense. Zhang Xun, the former general of Guangling garrison, returned to Jiujiang together with the prince Yuan Yao, and led 10000 Imperial troops with Li Ling to garrison Quanjiao and Fuling respectively.


    In addition to these troops, the ten thousand troops of Lujiang prefect yuan Huan and general Qiao Rui have joined forces to defend Shuxian County, Lujiang County.


    After Ji Ling''s adjustment, Shouchun now has a total of 50000 Imperial troops, 30000 soldiers and 20000 guards. In addition to the 40000 city guards recently transferred from Huainan cities, there are also 20000 soldiers Ji Ling brought back from Xuzhou. If this is calculated, Shouchun has a total of 160000 troops, which does not count Li Feng''s 10000 battles in Jisi city Soldiers.

 Chapter 884

    Ji Ling''s practice seems to have given up Xuzhou and lost a large part of the city, but it made yuan Shujun''s forces shrink and his defense line more stable. Moreover, Ji Ling''s idea was to block Cao Cao''s army and sun CE''s army on the eastern front, and then he could concentrate on dealing with the Allied forces of Anton''s army and Yuzhou''s army, and even drive them out of Huainan completely.


    It''s not because Ji Ling thinks highly of himself or something, but because he also knows the situation of the Yuzhou army. Although he has been trained by Anton army for half a year, Ji Ling knows that the real elite is not trained but fought. The combat power of the Yuzhou army is not good, and Anton army has less than 50000 troops, so Ji Ling still has confidence in the war in the West.


    After Yuan Shu agreed to his plan, Ji Ling led 20000 of his best heavy infantry to Shouchun.


    Just when Ji Ling arrived at Shouchun, Anton''s army had begun to attack geyang and Xiyang. As soon as Ji Ling returned to Shouchun, he was immediately recruited into the palace by Yuan Shu.


    "Long live, long live


    "Aiqing


    "Long live Xie!"


    Standing under the jade steps, Ji Ling looked up at his master. In less than a year, there was something gaunt in his face. He couldn''t help but feel sad. He kowtowed again and sobbed: "I''m incompetent. I can''t resist the army of Cao bandits and sun bandits. I''ve lost two prefectures of Xuzhou, which makes your majesty surprised!"


    Yuan Shu felt warm in his heart and said, "I will be relieved when Ai Qing comes back."


    With that, Yuan Shu actually walked down and helped Ji Ling up. This move moved Ji Ling to tears. It can be said that although Yuan Shu was arrogant, he really trusted Ji Ling and other confidants. Now after Ji Ling returns to Shouchun, Yuan Shu really feels relieved.


    When you think about how high spirited you were when you first became emperor, now you have lost two counties in Xuzhou in less than two years. In addition to Danyang County in Jiangdong, you can say that you have lost more than 60% of the five counties when you were emperor. They can''t help but sigh.


    After a long time, Yuan Shu calmed down a little, looked at Ji Ling and said, "when Ai Qing was in Xuzhou, I had already issued an imperial edict to arrange the plan. But now the Anton army and the Yuzhou army have invaded Huainan. According to the news from Li Feng, the two armies have captured three cities, such as the state of Chou. Today, I have received the news from the county magistrate and Shouban of geyang and Xiyang, and the Anton army has entered Huainan After launching an attack on the two cities today, what should I do in Ai Qing''s opinion? "


    Ji Ling also calmed down and said: "I''m on the boat back. I think about playing to your majesty carefully and find that there is a defense gap."


    With that, Ji Ling went to the map that Yuan Shu was hanging, picked up the wooden pole next to him, pointed to the city where the vortex water entered the Huaihe River, and said, "the defense of Yicheng is too weak. If Cao thieves attack Huainan from Jue County, Yicheng will be here. Once Yicheng is lost, Cao Jun can cross the Huaihe River from Yicheng and enter the boundary of Huainan."


    Speaking of this, Ji Ling stopped for a moment and said: "so, your majesty can order Zhang Xun to lead ten thousand imperial guards to move Yicheng, so that the eastern defense will be free."


    Yuan Shu followed Ji Ling''s direction and agreed with him, so he ordered Zhang Xun to lead 10000 imperial guards to move Yicheng on the spot. After the imperial edict came out, Yuan Shu asked, "how many troops are Aiqing going to lead against the Anton army and the Yuzhou army?"


    In the face of Yuan Shu''s inquiry, Ji Ling did not answer immediately. Along the way, although he had decided to defend the east line with all his strength, the west line tried his best to drive the Anton Yuzhou army out of Huainan. But he also knew that this was the most ideal state at present, but he didn''t have much confidence to drive the Anton army and the Yuzhou army to the north of huaishui.


    Although the Yuzhou army is not strong, there are still fifty thousand troops of Anton''s army, which are fifty thousand elite soldiers, including the pro guard battalion and combat battalion of Anton''s general Huangfu Chaobo. Moreover, although they have two armies, the distance between the two armies is not too far, less than a hundred Li. Moreover, there are tens of thousands of troops between the two armies The elite of the people coordinate in the middle, and the general in charge of coordination is Huang Zhong, the chief General of Anton army.


    Today, although Shouchun has 160000 troops, plus the troops of surrounding cities, there are more than 200000 troops, but Ji Ling has not made up his mind how many troops should be transferred to block the Anton army and the Yuzhou army.


    Thinking of this, Ji Ling said: "according to my minister''s intention, I will go to meet Anton''s army and Yuzhou''s army this time, and the strength can''t be less than 100000."


    "A hundred thousand troops?" After hearing Ji Ling''s words, Yuan Shu was also surprised. He knew that Shouchun was only one hundred and fifty-six thousand troops. Ji Ling would transfer one hundred thousand troops at a time. Then shouchunqi would only have fifty or sixty thousand people left. If Cao Cao or sun CE broke through the eastern defense line and killed Shouchun City, Yuan Shu would not have confidence to carry on.


    Seeing Yuan Shu''s expression, Ji Ling immediately said, "please rest assured that these 50000 or 60000 Weichen are not going to use his Majesty''s imperial army. Moreover, the number of Shouchun troops is 60000 to 80000, and the rest of the troops are transferred from other cities."


    "Moreover, Wei Chen also suggested that among the troops in each county, one thousand old soldiers could be transferred, two thousand old soldiers could be left, and three thousand new soldiers would be enough to guard the county."


    actually, Ji Ling''s heart is tucking up. His majesty, in fact, wants fifteen or two hundred thousand troops. I wonder if this force will frighten you. The one hundred thousand army is just enough to block the offensive of Anton. If it is not that the Yuzhou army is not strong enough, and the Anton army is not strong enough, how will it make complaints about one hundred and fifty thousand troops?However, seeing that Ji Ling was extremely cautious in his words, and that Yuan Shu, though a son of a noble family, was barely a soldier, knowing that there were 150000 allied troops between the Anton army and the Yuzhou army, he asked Ji Ling, "in Ai Qing''s opinion, can you defeat the allied troops between the Anton army and the Yuzhou army?"


    Ji Ling was startled. His master asked him to use 100000 troops to defeat 150000 troops of the other side. He quickly knelt down and said, "I dare not deceive your majesty. 100000 troops can only block the attack of the alliance. If you want to defeat the alliance, you must have 150000 troops. If you can send 200000 troops, you can plan with Mr. Shu and Mr. Yan It can be driven back to the north of huaishui. "


    On hearing this, Yuan Shu could not help but frown. He thought and said, "let''s gather together according to Ai Qing and send Shu Ai Qing, Yan Ai Qing and other Ai Qing to the palace for discussion."


    With that, Yuan Shu ordered the eunuch to pass the edict, and asked Shu Shao, Yang Hong, Yan Xiang and other military advisers to come to the palace for discussion.

 Chapter 885

    Half an hour later, Shu Shao rushed to the palace one after another and saw that Ji Ling had entered the Palace first. Everyone knew that it was the matter of sending troops to refuse the Anton army and the Yuzhou army. You know, now the Allied forces have invaded the Lujiang River. If they don''t send troops to refuse each other, they are likely to be in the city within ten days.


    Sure enough, after a few people arrived, Yuan Shu asked them about the strategy to defeat the enemy.


    Seeing Yuan Shu''s inquiry, Yang Hong couldn''t wait to jump out and flatter him and said, "tell your majesty, I think that Huangfu children and Kong lao''er are both clowns. You only need your majesty to fight in person and destroy them easily."


    General Ji was an honest man. When he heard that Yang Hong had bewitched the emperor to fight in person, he got up and scolded: "the son of a thousand gold still knows that he will not sit down. Yang Hong''s traitor has bewitched his majesty to fight in person. It''s really damned. Your majesty, please kill this traitor for the sake of justice!"


    Yang Hong was so scared that he almost jumped up. NIMA, I just flattered the emperor. You Ji Ling asked to kill me. I didn''t offend you.


    As soon as Ji Ling''s voice fell, Yang Hong quickly retorted: "Ji Ling dog thief, your majesty asked about the strategy of retreating the enemy, and my official answered according to the facts. What''s the crime? It''s difficult for Ji Ling to block your Majesty''s words!" Then he knelt down and sobbed: "Your Majesty, I am loyal to your majesty. Please be aware of it!"


    Yuan Shu was also surprised. He didn''t expect that at the beginning, his general and Yang Hong were choked. You know, although Yang Hong''s talent was limited, he was quite able to figure out the holy meaning. Yuan Shu liked him very much.


    However, although Yang Hong''s words made Yuan Shu feel comfortable, he also understood that it was impossible for him to fight personally. He was in danger of war. How could he risk his life as an emperor. However, Ji Ling was also concerned about his own safety. Thinking of this, Yuan Shulian said hastily, "the general does not have to be like this. Yang Aiqing is just proposing. The general''s ability will surely defeat the bandit army. There is no need for me to fight in person."


    Seeing that the Emperor didn''t agree to fight personally, Ji Ling stopped clutching Yang Hong. He just gave him a cold hum to warn Yang Hong that if he dares to come up with a bad idea again, he will not be spared, and then he won''t speak any more.


    After this incident, Yang Hong did not dare to talk nonsense any more, for fear that the emperor, a loyal running dog, would not be able to get by with him again. He honestly stayed aside and did not speak any more. However, he hated Ji Ling to the bone in his heart. He thought that he would make Ji Ling well for several times to vent his inner hatred.


    For Yang Hong, who only knows how to flatter the emperor, Shu Zhao and Yan Xiang are also very unhappy. However, the Emperor just likes this kind of villain, so they usually have nothing to do. Now they are happy to see him suffer such a dull loss, but they don''t show it on their faces.


    For a long time, Shu Zhao said: "I would like to inform your majesty that the Anton army and the Yuzhou army have a large number of troops and generals. If we want to stop their offensive, we must have a general."


    Yan Xiang also came out and said, "yes, in my opinion, there are more than 100000 troops in the two armies. If the general goes out, it''s better to surpass the Allied forces."


    Shu Zhao also said: "Wei Chen agrees with Lord Yan''s opinion that although the Allied forces invaded Huainan at the right time, the right place and the right people were in our Dynasty, the Anton army was strong. Although the Yuzhou army was weak in fighting power, its victory lies in its strong strength. If we want to stop the enemy, we can have 100000 troops. If we want to defeat the Allied forces or even drive them out of Huainan, we have to send 150000 to 200000 troops as a safe move."


    Ji Ling was very happy to see that Shu Zhao and Yan Xiang had the same opinion as himself. He quickly said, "you two adults have the same opinion with someone. If I had not lost my elite last year, 100000 elite would have defeated the Allied forces. However, last year, I lost more than 50000 elite in the battle in Runan. Therefore, in my opinion, if I want to retreat from the enemy, I should not have less than 150000 troops."


    As soon as Ji Ling talked about the 50000 elite lost last year, Yuan Shu couldn''t help rubbing his teeth. His good son-in-law lost his 50000 elite in vain. However, it''s so far that it''s useless to say so much, so he had to change the topic and said, "if I allow Ai Qing to ask, which soldiers are Ai Qing going to transfer to the army?"


    Ji Ling is straightforward and takes out the 50000 elites that Huang Yi, the emperor''s son-in-law, lost last year. Other people look at the nose and nose, pretending not to hear. Yang Hong is secretly happy, thinking that after he leaves the palace, he must have a good talk with the emperor''s son-in-law.


    Ji Ling was a straightforward man, and he was only loyal to the emperor and the prince. He never thought of offending his son-in-law.


    After hearing that the emperor seemed to have let go, he immediately thought about which soldiers and horses could be mobilized. As a general of the Zhongshi Dynasty, the situation of the soldiers and horses had already been well known. After a little thought, he said to Yuan Shu, "report to your majesty. Weichen has calculated that in addition to the 20000 heavy infantry led by Weichen, at least 30000 soldiers, 40000 city guards and soldiers of Shouchun need to be transferred Twenty thousand guards went to war. In addition, Li Feng''s 10000 soldiers, as well as the troops of Qisi, Liaoxian, Yangquan, Anfeng, Yulou and Anfeng, make up more than 150000 troops. "


    "Bold Ji Ling!" Just as the words fell, Yang Hong jumped out again and said, "where do you put your Majesty''s safety in danger? What do you want? "


    Seeing that the clown jumped out again, Shu and Yan were also angry. Yan Xiang was originally upright and was ready to defend Ji Ling, but Ji Ling jumped up and said angrily, "Yang Hong, dog thief, how dare you do this!"After that, he is ready to hit Yang Hong. Seeing this, Shu Zhao quickly steps forward and holds on to him. Ji Ling and Shu Zhao had a good relationship. Both of them had been the captives of Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, Ji Ling was not easy to break away from Shu Zhao and had to give up. However, he was angry with Yang Hong and wanted to swallow him alive.


    However, Yang Hong underestimated Ji Ling''s position in Yuan Shu''s heart. Although Yang Hong instigated him, Yuan Shu raised his head to stop him, and then said to Ji Ling, "does Ai Qing have any other requirements? You can say it all together. I have no permission. "


    Ji Ling thought for a while, and then he really asked, "I heard that there are a large number of alien troops in the Anton army and the Yuzhou army. This time, I would like to invite your majesty to recruit alien troops to fight together to defend the Allied forces."


    "Your Majesty, think twice!" Yang Hong jumped out again and objected: "I often hear that strange people have little righteousness and are unreliable. A large number of strange people are in the army, which may affect the morale of the army."


    This time, not only Ji Ling didn''t object, but Yan Xiang also said, "what Lord Yang said is not bad. It''s just that our army is in short supply, and Yuzhou army can still use exotic troops. Why can''t we use them?"

 Chapter 886

    If Yang Hong''s words can be ignored by Ji Ling, but Yan Xiang is also against it, it will make Ji Ling hesitant. At this moment, the nearby Shu Zhao suddenly came out of the line and said, "Your Majesty, I have a plan. For the alien troops, the general can use his soldiers instead of his general. If your majesty promises to use his great interests again, he should be OK!"


    Shu Zhao''s suggestion made everyone see it. Yuan Shu agreed to his suggestion very quickly. With a stroke of his pen, the imperial edict was issued immediately. Under Yuan Shu''s promise of great profits, the players in Huainan and Huainan counties quickly gathered to Shouchun. In a few days, Ji Ling collected 50000 soldiers, and then transferred middle and senior generals from his own army to carry out the training of these soldiers Reorganize and prepare for the battlefield.


    After discussing the arrangement of troops, the people began to discuss the strategy against the enemy. After a whole day''s deliberation, Yuan Shu finally agreed to Ji Ling''s plan. Then, Yuan Shu ordered that Ji Ling be the main general and Shu Zhao be the commander to lead 200000 troops against the Anton army.


    After that, Yuan Shujun''s troops and horses began to move frequently. Although Anton''s army was alert, Yuan Shujun was fighting at home after all, but he didn''t know much about the specific situation of Yuan Shujun''s troops and horses.


    On the 8th of May, the two armies of the Anton army successively captured the two cities of geyang and Xiyang of Yuan Shu army. Then, Huangfu Chaobo gathered the generals in geyang to discuss how to deal with Yuan Shu army''s counterattack. However, because he was afraid that the intelligence was limited, in the end, it was not clear.


    In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to rest, and arranged Shi a to gather intelligence.


    A few days later, Shi a received intelligence that Qisi, Liaoxian and Yangquan received a large number of Yuan Shu reinforcements. According to the information from the shadow, only Qisi received 15000 reinforcements, while Liaoxian and Yangquan received thousands of reinforcements.


    As a result, there are nearly 30000 troops in Qisi City, more than 10000 troops in Liaoxian county and Yangquan, and nearly 200000 troops in Shouchun. It seems that Ji Ling is afraid that the Anton army will go all the way east along the huaishui River and attack Huanglong.


    On the 11th, after a careful analysis of the mobilization of Yuan Shu''s troops, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong Guojia discussed with each other, leaving Wang ran to lead a school soldier and three school guards, a total of 20000 troops to guard geyang, Han Xian to lead a school soldier and a school guard, a total of 10000 troops to guard Xinxi floating bridge camp, and the remaining 120000 troops began to fight in Yulou and Anfeng.


    As for the rest of the cities in Xiyang, all of them were handed over to the Xuanwu camp of Lujiang newly recruited by Kong Xin. At present, there are only two schools of soldiers in the Xuanwu camp of Kong Xin. One is his special army, the great Qin Ruishi, and the other is ordinary soldiers. However, although it is the newly established army of the two academies, it is more than enough to defend the three counties. Zuo Chengzu, the governor of Lujiang, has already taken office in the city of CHO state. Although there are only five counties under his rule, they are full of energy.


    In the afternoon a few days later, the army arrived in Anfeng. At this time, Anfeng''s garrison did not expect that Anton''s army would abandon the strategy of entering Shouchun in the East and attack other cities of Lujiang River in the south. Seeing the alliance of Anton''s army and Yuzhou''s army outside the city, Anfeng''s garrison dispatched messengers to the surrounding cities for help from both land and water.


    Looking at the reaction of the garrison in the city, Huang Fu Chao Bo couldn''t help laughing at Pang Tong and others. Sure enough, Yuan Shu Jun thought that his army would send troops to Shouchun and put most of his troops on the South Bank of the huaishui river. He didn''t expect that his army didn''t want to fight with him now. In the end, Cao Cao and sun CE would be cheaper.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to camp first. The next morning, Huang Zhong arranged the war according to the original plan. Huang Zhong and Wang Yong led 50000 troops to attack Anfeng, Zhang Ying and Huang Wudi led 50000 troops to encircle Yulou, and Huangfu Chaobo led the guards to stay in the middle.


    After the 50000 troops of Zhang Ying and Huang Wudi left, Huang Zhong began to prepare for attacking Anfeng.


    On the head of Anfeng City, the general looked at the tens of thousands of Andong troops going south. He was very happy. After he could no longer see the body of Anton army, he said to a general around him: "county captain Li, send someone to follow Anton army. After confirming that Anton army has arrived in Yulou County, he will report to the general immediately."


    If Huangfu Chaobo could see the situation in Anfeng city at this time, he would be surprised. Today''s Anfeng city is not the 5000 garrisons they know, but there are about 20000 garrisons, including the heavy infantry battalions under 5000 Jiling. In addition to his 5000 heavy infantry, there are also 10000 Shouchun city guards and 5000 guards in Anfeng city.


    However, at present, only Anfeng guards appear at the head of the city, while heavy infantry and Guard soldiers are still hidden in the barracks in the city. Even the residents in the city do not know that there are so many troops in the city.


    This is not only true in Anfeng City, but also in Yulou city tens of miles to the south. The general is Li Gui, another heavy infantry captain under Ji Ling''s command, and his troops are as strong as Anfeng''s, with 20000 troops.


    It''s true that this time yuan Shujun perfected what it means to be Zhuge Liang with three cobblers. With more than 200000 troops set by Yuan Shu for the battle, three 80 or so military strategists, Yang Hong, Shu Zhao and Yan Xiang, finally worked together to see through the strategies of Guo fengxiao and Pang Shiyuan.What''s more, Yang Hong, the apple polisher that everyone despises, is the first one to see through. In Yang Hong''s opinion, Huangfu Chaobo will not bump into Shouchun city and fight with his own hundreds of thousands of elites. In his opinion, he will never do this kind of thing, so Huangfu Chaobo will not do it.


    Since they won''t attack Shouchun, the most likely way for Anton''s army is to go south to Shu county and control the whole Lujiang River. When they control Lujiang River, Cao Cao and sun CE''s two armies should almost attack the surrounding areas of Shouchun, and then they can go all the way to Shouchun city to pick up bargains.


    So the three cobblers racked their brains, supplemented by Ji Ling, the general of Yuan Shu''s army, and the half bucket of water emperor''s blind cat killed the mouse. After a day''s discussion, the plan was finally determined.


    Inspired by Huang Fu Chao''s strategy of crossing the river, Yuan Shujun is also ready to cheat the world. Fifty thousand soldiers were assigned to the cities Li Feng was responsible for defending. Of course, these soldiers entered the cities in the name of Yuan Shu''s elite army.

 Chapter 887

    According to Yuan Shujun''s arrangement, after 15000 reinforcements were added to Jisi City, together with the 10000 soldiers Li Feng had commanded and the 5000 garrison in Jisi City, there were 30000 troops in total. Such a large number of troops would give Huangfu an impression of heavy defense. In addition to the heavy troops stationed in the city of Qisi, Liaoxian, Anfeng and Yangquan to the east of Qisi have 5000 troops each. In addition to the 5000 garrisons already in the city, each city has 10000 troops.


    The remaining 25000 troops of the 50000 players'' army are arranged in the barracks in Shouchun city to confuse Anton''s army with other soldiers in Shouchun.


    In fact, at this time, in addition to Yuan Shu''s imperial guards, there were only 20000 guards who were transferred from each county town again under Ji Ling''s suggestion. Moreover, Yuan Shu''s imperial guards sent 10000 soldiers to Ji Ling, who led them to Anfeng city to fight with Anton army and Yuzhou army.


    At this time, the real elite army of Yuan Shu''s army, led by Ji lingleibo, quietly lurked somewhere between Anfeng and Liao County, with a total of 10000 heavy infantry soldiers, 30000 soldiers, 10000 imperial guards, 20000 city guards and 20000 Shouchun guards, totaling 90000 troops. The reason why he lurked here was that he was afraid that Huangfu Chaobo would really do something harmful to others and himself, and devoted himself to leading the army to attack Shouchun.


    After receiving the news from an Feng''s Ji Bao, Ji Ling finally breathes a sigh of relief. Fortunately, the movement of Anton''s army has not been beyond everyone''s inference. After receiving the news from Ji Bao, Ji Ling began to make preparations for attacking Anton''s army. First, he ordered ten thousand soldiers of Li Feng''s department to leave Jisi secretly and rush to the designated place to join Ji Ling''s army.


    Next, Ji lingbu''s army will send a part of the army behind Anton''s army secretly. At the boundary, Yuan Shujun will attack Huang Zhongbu''s army from East, West and North, while Zhang yingbu''s army going south to Yulou will be controlled by Yulou''s garrison. It doesn''t take long. It only takes Li Gui, the heavy infantry General of Yulou, about two days to control Zhang yingbu''s 50000 troops In a short time, his 120000 troops will be able to severely damage or even wipe out the 70000 troops of Huangfu Chaobo in Anfeng city.


    Yulou county is not far from Anfeng County, only 50 li away. It only takes one day for the infantry to March normally. Therefore, Ji Ling''s military order to Yuxian County army only allows them to contain Zhang Ying''s army for one or two days. If it''s not good enough, it also needs to leave a large part of the other''s troops.


    120000 vs 70000, although Huangfu Chaobo''s 20000 troops were extremely elite, he was well prepared. The battalions and the imperial army alone had 65000 troops, almost equal to the strength of Anton''s army and Yuzhou''s army in Anfeng city. Ji Ling believed that his troops were enough to defeat the Allied forces.


    At the head of Anfeng City, Ji Bao looked at the slowly approaching allied forces in the city, and his heart was filled with infinite pleasure: "come on, come on, attack the city quickly. When you are exhausted, the general''s troops can catch you all. Huang Zhong, someone will also let you taste the taste of being captured."


    It''s true that Ji Bao was one of the generals who were captured with Ji Ling in Luoyang. However, he was just an ordinary captain at that time. A few years later, he was already a captain of the heavy infantry under Ji Ling. The captivity experience of that year made the generals under Ji Ling feel a lifelong shame. Everyone was thinking about the humiliation of that year all the time They really wait for the chance.


    Thinking of this, Ji Bao turned his head and looked at Anfeng County Lieutenant beside him, and said, "county Lieutenant Li, it''s up to you next. You can rest assured that the general is most impartial and selfless. If you behave well, the general will ask his majesty for credit for you."


    The name of Anfeng County captain is Gu Lilin. The local Li family of Anfeng is a senior warrior. When Yuan Shu came to power in Huainan, the Ju family took refuge, so they were promoted to the post of county captain. However, although Li Lin is only a high-level fighter, his ability is still passable. For a few years, the county captain is still in order, but he has always hoped to be able to enter the combat system instead of mixing in the garrison sequence, but he has never had a chance.


    After getting Ji Bao''s promise this time, he was full of energy. He had already arranged 5000 County garrison properly. Only after a few days of war had passed and the general''s invasion of the Anton army and the Yuzhou army was solved, he was able to enter the combat system smoothly.


    Just as Li Lin was preparing for a big fight, in Anfeng City, in an ordinary residence in the south of the city, several ordinary looking men were discussing in a low voice. The leader was a middle-aged man with a full face and beard. He was in his thirties. He only heard him say with a pure Huainan accent: "Zhang Xiaosan, how''s it going?"


    The young man named Zhang Xiaosan replied in a low voice: "brother Luo, I''ve made a clear inquiry. In the garrison camp of the county town in the West and north of the city, a large number of soldiers have been secretly stationed five days ago. One of my relatives is responsible for delivering vegetables to the North Camp these days."


    This man named Luo Wu was originally a local ranger in Anfeng. He left Anfeng a few years ago and traveled around. He only returned to Anfeng last year. With his fame in Anfeng, Luo Wu soon made a stir in Anfeng city and attracted a group of local people.


    Eight days ago, the curfew began in Anfeng County, and Luo Wu began to feel strange. However, despite the curfew at night, no abnormality was found in the city during the day. Three days ago, the gates of Anfeng county began to close, and no one was allowed to enter or leave the gates.So Luo Wu asked his younger brother to go to find out what happened. Before the news came back, the county magistrate and county captain announced that the Anton army and Yuzhou army had invaded Huainan. Now the army has arrived outside Anfeng city and will attack the city in a few days. From now on, the people in the city have nothing to do but walk outside and stay at home Stay honest.


    After listening to Zhang Xiaosan''s words, Luo Wu asked quietly: "isn''t the army already in the city? Why do you send vegetables every day in the barracks? "


    "I don''t know, but according to my relative, the food they send to the barracks every day is enough for one thousand people. He also said that not only is their restaurant delivering food to the barracks, but also many restaurants in the county are delivering food to the barracks. Looking at the style, the number of soldiers and horses in the barracks is ten or twenty thousand." Zhang Xiaosan shakes his head and answers;


    the answer is that

 Chapter 888

    Zhang Xiaosan''s words made Luo Wu''s heart move, and then he deliberately asked, "no, Xiaosan, is your relative wrong? Most of the soldiers in the county town are at the head of the city to prepare for the attack of the Anton army and the Yuzhou army? Where are so many soldiers in the barracks? " "Five ye, you don''t believe it," Zhang Xiaosan heard Luo Wu''s words. Seeing that he didn''t believe himself, he couldn''t help but be anxious. He even said hastily, "the little relative said that because the restaurant is too busy, I''ll ask him to help for a few days tomorrow. Tomorrow, I''ll go to the barracks to have a look and give you an accurate number."


    Luo Wu laughed and said, "if there are soldiers in the barracks, don''t worry about something like this. It''s just like that."


    With that, Luo Wu threw dozens of copper coins to Zhang Xiaosan and said, "well, you go down first. If you have any news, please tell me. I''m tired to death and want to lie down."


    "Ah, ah, I''ll step down first. If you have any news, you must report it to the fifth master. Hello, fifth master, you have a rest." Zhang Xiaosan left Luo Wu''s home with a happy smile.


    In the evening, when it was dark, several figures flashed outside the back of Luo Wu''s house. After knocking on the door, the back door was opened by Luo Wu, and several figures flashed into the yard.


    Soon, under the leadership of Luo Wu, several people came to a small house in the backyard. All the doors and windows of the house were covered with thick cloth. An oil lamp was lit in the house. The big lamp awn made the faces of several people in the house looming.


    After everyone sat down, one of the middle-aged men with a sallow complexion said, "fifth master, the situation in the city is not right!"


    "Oh, what did you find out?" Luo Wu looked at the others and asked;


    "that''s right," the Yellow faced man said: "I overheard a rascal saying in the north gate. At three o''clock a few days ago, he heard the sound of the city gate opening again. Because of the curfew, he didn''t dare to go out to look, but he secretly saw that there seemed to be a large army entering the city gate from the north gate There are thousands of them in black, and the rest of them are different from the guards in the county. "


    Here, the Yellow faced man sighed: "it''s a pity that it''s too dark for him to see clearly."


    Luo five looks one Lin, the right color way: "the news is reliable?"


    "The Yellow faced man said:" absolutely reliable, in order to confirm the news, the small also specially invited that splash skin to drink a wine, drunk it and confirmed it again and again


    Other people also said that they had heard some unusual news. For example, the military barracks in the north and West cities have not been opened recently, and no one is allowed to get close to them. In addition, the major restaurants in the city send vegetables to the two barracks every day, and so on.


    After hearing this, Luo Wu was silent for a moment and said: "some people have heard some rumors, and our army only arrived in the west of Anfeng this afternoon, but Anfeng city started curfew seven or eight days ago, which is very abnormal."


    Yes, this Ranger named Luo Wu is a member of the shadow guard of the Anton army. When Luo Wu traveled to Chang''an a few years ago, he met Shi a and other Rangers, so he stayed in Chang''an, and then joined Shi a in Huangfu Chaobo. Because Luo Wu is not weak in combat, and he is also smart, he was arranged by Shi a into the shadow guard. After a few years, he has been in the shadow guard Jigong was promoted to the post of general.


    Last year, when the Anton army attacked Yuan Shu, Luo Wu happened to be from Huainan again, so last year he led people to sneak into Lujiang River secretly to collect intelligence from all sides.


    After diving back to the Lujiang River, Luo Wu and others did send back a lot of useful information. It''s just that the number of carrier pigeons in the shadow guard is limited, and they are only arranged in larger cities. Therefore, there is no carrier pigeon in Luo Wu''s hands. If information needs to be sent back, he can only send someone out of the city to contact Anton''s army.


    A few days ago, Luo Wu had already sent back the news that there were only 5000 defenders in Anfeng city. However, the day after the news was spread, a curfew was imposed in Anfeng city. Until the army was about to arrive in Anfeng, Luo Wu Zhu noticed the abnormality in Anfeng city from the scattered news.


    Now several people have already felt that the situation in the city is not right. Luo Wu pondered for a moment and said to a man beside him, "Zhang Daya, among all the people who came to the city this time, you are the most powerful. So a decision was made to go and find out about the situation of the two barracks tonight. Choose one of the two barracks, the north and the West."


    The man named Zhang Daya thought for a moment and said, "head, I heard that there are more vegetable delivery businesses in Beiying than in Xiying. So I''ll go to Beiying. It must be a great achievement. Hey, hey


    Luo Wuyi was stunned and said with a smile: "you boy, OK, you go to the North Camp and some go to the West camp. According to some estimates, the army will attack the city tomorrow, so we need to find out as soon as possible so as not to delay the business. At the beginning of the second shift tomorrow, we''d better gather together and discuss how to do it."


    Later, Luo Wu took charge of other people to inquire about some things, and then let them leave. However, he and Zhang Daya waited until after the third shift, and then they put on their night clothes and went towards their goal.


    Out of his own yard, Luo five will be along the City Lane to the west of the city toward the direction of the barracks. As a child growing up in Anfeng City, he is very familiar with all the streets and alleys in the city. All the way, after avoiding four or five waves of patrols, Luo Wu smoothly came to the outside of the military camp in Xicheng.In the dark, Luo Wu looked towards the barracks. Sure enough, as Zhang Xiaosan said, today''s barracks are far from the usual loose defense. It''s not too much to use three steps, one post, five steps and one sentry. Moreover, Luo Wu only observed outside for half an hour, and there were already three waves of sentries, each of which had 20 people.


    That is to say, there is a wave of patrols every quarter of an hour in the barracks. In addition, there are watchtowers at the four corners of the barracks wall and on both sides of the gate, and there are soldiers on duty. Seeing this, Luo Wu is more sure that there must be something abnormal in the barracks, but with such defense, Luo Wu also knows that it is basically impossible for him to get into the barracks.


    Standing in the darkness of the street outside the barracks gate, Luo Wu did not think of how to get into the barracks after a long time of meditation. As a last resort, Luo Wu decided to go around to the back of the barracks to have a look.


    The West City barracks in Anfeng city is located in the north of the west gate of Anfeng City, but it is not close to the main street running through the east direction of Anfeng City, but needs to follow the west wall to the north of the city wall for a further distance.

 Chapter 889

    The gate of the West military camp of Anfeng city is facing the west city wall. The city wall has a passage to climb the city wall. You can directly climb the city wall along the passage just after you leave the military camp.


    While the back door of the barracks is located in the east of the barracks, Luo Wu walked along the dark shadow in the corner to the back door of the barracks, while observing the situation around from time to time.


    Suddenly, he remembered that there was a Confucius Temple behind the barracks. There was a terrace between the Confucius Temple and the barracks, and there were several towering trees in the Confucius Temple. He had the impression that when he was a child, he had climbed up the tree many times and watched the taxi training in the barracks with envy.


    So, a bold idea appeared in Luo Wu''s mind. He could climb to the tree and hide, and then wait for the soldiers in the camp to come out for training in the morning or to have dinner to observe the situation in the camp.


    Now that he had made up his mind, Luo Wu immediately took action. Soon he came to the master''s temple behind the barracks. Sure enough, the big trees in the temple were still there, but they were several feet higher than before. Moreover, the branches and leaves on the top of the tree were luxuriant. One or two people were hidden on the top, and the people at the bottom couldn''t see them if they didn''t look carefully.


    Quietly sneaking into the Confucius Temple, Luo Wu quickly climbed up the tree, and then found a leafy place to hide, quietly waiting for the light.


    Soon it''s five o''clock, and the sky in the East is getting brighter. At this time, the front terrace of the Confucius Temple is also lively. Luo Wu looks down from the tree. It turns out that it''s the shops and restaurants in the city who are sending vegetables to the barracks. When Luo Wu looked down, he found that the flags of four or five restaurants appeared at the back door of the barracks. There were several people in each of them, either picking or carrying them, or even dragging all kinds of vegetables to the barracks with ox carts.


    In the crowd, Luo Wu saw Zhang Xiaosan. He was carrying baskets of vegetables to the military camp with a middle-aged man from the bullock cart of the restaurant. The noise at the back door of the barracks didn''t stop until daybreak. Soon, the kitchens in the barracks began to smoke. It seems that the cooks in the barracks were making breakfast for soldiers.


    After another quarter of an hour or so, it was about the third quarter of the Mao hour when the light trumpet drums began to ring in the barracks. Maybe it was because of the fear that the huge trumpet drums would spread outside the city, so the trumpet drums in the barracks were deliberately suppressed. However, even so, Luo Wu''s spirit was still aroused. It seems that the taxi soldiers in the barracks are gathering.


    Sure enough, the time for the two drums was just over, and thousands of soldiers swarmed into the camp yard. In a moment, they had lined up on the school yard.


    Luo Wu hid in a tree and looked into the camp yard. The situation in the yard shocked him. The heavily armored infantry were actually heavy armored infantry, and there were 5000 of them.


    As members of the shadow guard, they must be familiar with all kinds of different arms. For example, this kind of heavy armor infantry is the most important thing. Moreover, Anton''s army also has a large number of infantry equipped with this kind of heavy armor. In a flash, Luo Wu knew that these soldiers were heavy infantry trained by general Ji Ling in Yuan Shu''s army.


    Moreover, judging from the speed of the gathering of these soldiers, only two rounds of drums had been completed in a neat formation, which shows the level of their elite.


    At this time, Luo Wu was already in a state of anxiety. He was ordered to come to inquire about the news that such elite heavy infantry had entered the city, but he didn''t know it. There was already a school in the west of the city. According to the previous information, there should be more troops in the north of the city than in the west of the city. If there were more than 10000 heavy infantry stationed in Anfeng city Then, it''s almost certain that there must be a trap waiting for Anton''s army.


    After getting the information he wanted, Luo Wu didn''t care that it was daybreak. He quickly climbed down the tree, then left the back of the Confucius Temple by detour. After several setbacks, he finally returned to his yard safely.


    Although he got this information, Luo Wu was still very anxious, because he had no conditions to send the news now, and he was sure that Yuan Shujun must have some trap against Anton''s army. The longer he delayed, the more dangerous Anton''s army would be. Although he was not sure about the situation of Beicheng barracks, Luo Wu knew that there must be no trap there What''s the good news? His only prayer is that the soldiers and horses at that time were not heavy infantry, but ordinary soldiers and horses.


    Luo Wu prayed for Zhang Daya to find out the news smoothly, while thinking hard about how to send the news out of the city smoothly. Just to get out of the city, there are tens of thousands of troops of Andong army outside the city. Just because the Anton army has arrived, now the four gates of Anfeng County have been closed. It''s even more difficult to get out of the city.


    Just as Luo Wu is anxiously thinking about how to spread the news, Huang Zhong outside the city has begun to attack the city. When he hears the roaring drums from outside the city, Luo Wu is even more anxious.


    Time passed slowly in Luo Wu''s anxieties. Finally, in the evening, at the second watch, all the people arrived in Luo Wu''s courtyard. The information they got was just like Luo Wu had expected. There were 10000 troops stationed in the North Camp. To Luo Wu''s relief, although the soldiers were not dressed as guards, they were not heavy infantry. Look at the posture, because it was Yuan Shu The city guard army, which was recently established.


    The news from other places also shows that at present, Anfeng city should be the 20000 troops, but what makes everyone feel very surprised is that although there are 20000 troops, today, the soldiers of the West and North barracks did not appear on the wall at all. At the end of the day, only the guards of Anfeng County defend themselves on the wall The attack of the army.The total number of guards in Anfeng county is 6000. A few days ago, 1000 old soldiers were transferred to Shouchun. It is said that the purpose is to form a city guard. Now there are only 5000 guards in the city, including 2000 veterans of several years and 3000 new recruits.


    It is reasonable to say that there are still 15000 troops in the city. Even if they are not immediately sent to the city, they should at least be ready to meet at the bottom of the city. However, from the beginning to the end, these 15000 troops have never left the barracks. There is a strong smell of conspiracy that ordinary people can smell.


    After collecting all the information, Luo Wu told everyone about it, and then said, "you guys, Yuan Shujun definitely has a conspiracy here, so anyway, we must send this important information to the army, and the sooner the better, otherwise the army will be in danger."

 Chapter 890

    Luo Wu''s words made everyone nod their heads in agreement, but now, how to get out of the city is a very practical problem. During the war, the city gate and the city head were also the most closely guarded. How could they go out?


    But for this problem, several people are big eyes staring at small eyes, no one can provide a good method.


    Finally, Luo Wu said: "well, today someone will go to the foot of the city wall to see if he can find a gap to fall the rope out of the city. You can go to find out if there is any other way. You can come back here tomorrow night. If I go out of the city today, you don''t have to worry about it. You just need to protect yourself and wait for the army to attack the city If not, we''ll think of another way


    Luo Wu''s words everyone nodded and agreed. When everyone turned around and was ready to leave, Zhang Daya suddenly said, "Luo ye, there is a place where I think I can go and have a look."


    Seeing that everyone was looking at him, Zhang Da Ya pointed to the northeast of the city and said, "Watergate!"


    It''s true that shuimen and Anfeng are close to jueshui, that is, Shihe in reality. There is a shuimen in the northeast corner of the city, which leads directly to the jueshui wharf outside the city. However, after the siege, it has been closed, and heavy troops have been sent to defend it.


    However, if the water is good, you can find a chance to sneak into the water at night, and then dive out of the city, but you must be a good water person, and the defense of the Watergate is more tight than that of the ordinary city gate, but it is really a feasible way.


    Luo five nodded and said: "tomorrow, Daya, you go to have a look first, and which of you has the best water quality, so that you can slip away and have a good look. Maybe that''s the only way we can get out of the city."


    With that, Luo Wu asked everyone to disperse. From yesterday on, the defense in the city was tighter than the previous few days. As soon as it was dark, almost no civilians could be seen walking outside. Fortunately, everyone was a Ranger, and it was much more convenient to move than ordinary people, which did not affect the centralized discussion.


    After everyone left, Luo Wu went back to his room and went to bed. He didn''t put on his night clothes until the third shift, and went to the direction of the city wall. Unfortunately, he used the night time to walk around the whole city wall, but he didn''t find any chance to get out of the city. Finally, he had to go back to his yard.


    In the midst of anxiety and anxiety, Luo Wu finally passed the day. At the appointed time in the evening, Zhang Daya and others finally arrived in his yard. When they saw that Luo Wu was still in the eyes of the public, they could not help but flash a trace of disappointment. Fortunately, Zhang Daya''s words ignited everyone''s hope again.


    He has found a way out of the city. There is a restaurant near the Watergate, named Wangjiang restaurant. Zhang Daya once drank twice in it. He knows that there is a canal in the backyard of the restaurant, which is connected with the pier at the Watergate. They can enter the Watergate through the canal, and then dive out of the Watergate to get out of the city.


    Zhang Daya has gone to see it secretly. He is sure that he can dive into the water from now on, but he is not sure how to pass through the water gate, because the iron gate of the water gate is made of iron bars with thick arms. Although Zhang Daya is a Ranger and knows how to swim, he is not sure that he can pry out the iron gate of the water gate enough to pass through one person''s exit.


    Luo Wu thought for a moment and said resolutely, "I''ll go with you. The information must be sent to the army as soon as possible. If it''s too late, it will change. Since brother Shi trusts him, he must take up the responsibility. Although he is not as watery as Daya, there is still no problem in helping him. As long as Daya can send the information smoothly, he is worthy of brother Shi even if he is found. At that time, a wife and children in Luoyang will ask you brothers. "


    As soon as Luo Wu''s words came out, everyone was silent. Among the people present, Luo Wu and Zhang Daya were the most powerful, while Zhang Daya was the only one with the best water quality. Luo Wu could only say that he could barely swim a few feet in the water. As for the water quality, it''s really...


    But this is the best way, two people into the water at the same time, at least the probability will be greater, and, to put it mildly, Luo Wu may also be able to attract the attention of the defenders, to cover for Zhang Daya.


    After a moment''s silence, one of them said, "Lord Luo, don''t worry. Even if something happens, Lord Hou and elder brother Shi will help to take care of our family. Moreover, there are so many brothers to take care of them. They won''t suffer." The rest also comforted Luo Wu.


    "Well, it''s just in case." Once Luo Wu made up his mind, he stopped thinking about it and said, "let''s get ready. I''ll write the information first and make it waterproof and sealed."


    As soon as they heard this, they all helped to make preparations. A moment later, everyone was ready. Luo Wu and Zhang Daya were ready to leave with the water and other things. When they were going out, Luo Wu suddenly said, "if a certain person and Daya are not successful, then they will be handed over to Zhao Si. You must send the information."


    The young man named Zhao Si came out and said, "brother Wu, don''t worry. Anyway, we will send out the information."


    "OK, let''s go." Luo Wu and Zhang Daya left the courtyard and disappeared into the night. The rest of them left the courtyard one after another and headed for their own foothold.Ten miles to the west of Anfeng City, the camp of Anton''s army was set up here. At this time, it was just dark, and Huangfu Chaobo was gathering people to discuss business. Anfeng''s war had already started for two days, and Yulou''s war had also started today. Everything was expected.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo was always a little restless. Even Guo Jia felt that the war was too normal. According to the truth, Yuan Shujun made so much noise, but the thunder and rain were small. Except for the increase of a large number of troops in the huaishui line, there was no abnormal movement in other places. It was also inconceivable, but the public did not see anything wrong.


    After a moment''s deliberation, there was still no conclusion. In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to order everyone to retreat. However, Huangfu Chaobo sat alone in the tent and carefully looked at the maps of Anfeng and the surrounding cities. It seemed that he wanted to see something from the middle. Unfortunately, he didn''t see any clue in the end.


    Finally, Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to give up, but his uneasiness became more and more intense. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo simply left the tent and began to inspect the camp under the protection of Dianwei.

 Chapter 891

    The camp of Anton''s army is a pattern of big camp and small camp, with Huangfu Chaobo''s guards as the center, and several camps are distributed around.


    An hour later, Huangfu Chaobo visited the North Camp. Just as he was about to enter the camp, he heard a rush of footsteps behind him. At the same time, the voice of soldiers sounded behind him: "general, general, general Shi is in the tent. The two military commanders have arrived in the tent."


    "What''s the matter?" he asked


    The guards shook their heads and said, "I don''t know, but when general Shi saw that the general was not in the account, he sent someone to look for the general, and sent someone to invite the two military commanders to pass."


    Huangfu Chaobo also knew that something must have happened, otherwise Shi a would not be so anxious to find himself, and he invited Pang Tong and Guo Jia to come first. However, I will not talk to these pro guards.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo waved and said: "go back!"


    With these words, the group quickly walked towards Huangfu Chaobo''s own big account.


    A quarter of an hour later, Huangfu Chaobo rushed to his account. As soon as he got into the account, he found that in addition to Guo Jia, Shia Pang Tong, Huang Zhong and Wang Yong also got to the account. Shia had another person beside him, but Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know him.


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo coming in, they all stood up and saluted.


    With a wave of his hand, Huangfu said, "don''t be polite. Let''s talk about anything directly."


    But Pang Tong said, "general Dian, please arrange for your personal guards to step back 20 steps to be on duty. No one is allowed to go near the Lord''s tent without orders."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He knew that something important must have happened. Otherwise, Pang Tong would not be so cautious. Thinking of this, he nodded to Dian Wei. Seeing this, Dian Wei quickly arranged for defense.


    Seeing that all the taxi soldiers around had withdrawn from the account, Guo Jia handed his intelligence to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Lord, please see, this is the intelligence sent by the shadow guards in the city."


    Huangfu Chaobo takes over the intelligence. This is the intelligence that has been opened. Guo Jia is the intelligence director in charge of the shadow. He has the right to see all the intelligence delivered by the shadow guard, so Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care. After a quick look at the information, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly stood up. There were 20000 troops in the city, including one of the key soldiers of Ji Ling Department.


    "Is the information reliable?" Huangfu Chaobo said in a deep voice;


    "if you report back to your Lord, you will not dare to guarantee your life. The intelligence is absolutely reliable. The shadow of the intelligence is the Ranger you will not bring from Chang''an. Because you are a native of Huainan, you are arranged to sneak into Anfeng city." Shi a quickly came forward and replied;


    "general Shi needs not be excited. He will not doubt the reliability of the personnel, but just want to confirm the reliability of the information they have obtained." Huangfu Chaobo knew that Shi a had misunderstood his meaning, so he quickly said;


    Shi a nodded and said: "I''m afraid that the information will be wrong, so I''ve confirmed it again and again to the shadow guard who passed the information." Then he looked at the shadow guard beside him and said, "the information is written by Luo Wu, the person in charge. It has his special mark, and the waterproof wax seal has not been opened before he gets the information."


    "Well!" Huang Fu Chao pondered and said, "what about the person in charge Luo Wu? Why didn''t he come in person? "


    "Report back to the Marquis, when Luo Wuge was covering for his subordinates to leave the city, he had already made up for yuan Shujun''s shooting in the water." The shadow guard next to him came forward and sobbed;


    "Lord, while waiting for the Lord, Jia and Shi Yuan have already used these time to ask him about the story carefully. Later, Jia will explain it to the Lord in detail." With that, Guo Jia took a dim look at the shadow guard.


    "What''s your name?" he said


    "Report back to the marquis. My name is Zhang Daya."


    "Very good. In order to send such important information, you can say that you are willing to die. Now that the information has been sent safely, you all have made a great contribution. When you return to Luoyang, general Shi will give your credit to the Gongcao Yigong, and Luo Wu, who died in order to send the information, I will reward you very much. You should step down and have a rest."


    "Thank you very much for your reward With that, he withdrew from the big account under the guidance of Dianwei.


    After Zhang Daya quit, Huangfu Chaobo picked up the information again and looked at it carefully.


    After a long time, he read the information which only had a few crosses. Then he sighed and said, "there are experts in Yuan Shu''s army."


    Guo Jia and Pang Tong looked at each other and said: "Jiatong failed to notice the strategy of Yuan Shu''s army and trapped the army in danger. He was entrusted by the Lord. Please punish him!"


    "Well," Huangfu Chaobo said with a wave of his hand, "no one is perfect. It''s time to investigate who''s responsibility. We''d better discuss Yuan Shu. It shouldn''t be what Ji Ling wants to do."


    "Before the Lord arrived, Jia and Shiyuan had already discussed. Since Anfeng city had already deployed heavy troops, so should yuliu city. Ji Ling''s arrangement was just a little bit, divided and attacked." According to Guo Jia and Pang Tong, Ji Ling''s idea is to use his own army to separate, first hold down one army, and then concentrate on annihilating one army. If one army can be annihilated, the other army will be annihilated. Judging from the current situation, it is more likely that Anfeng''s Huang Zhongbu is Ji Ling''s target.In other words, Huang Zhong''s 50000 troops and Huangfu Chaobo''s 20000 troops may have fallen into the siege of Ji Ling''s army. If you have not guessed wrong, tomorrow at the latest the day after tomorrow, Ji Ling''s army will appear. At the end of the day, he will unite with 20000 troops in the city to encircle and annihilate the 70000 troops in Anfeng.


    "In the view of filial piety, how should we deal with it?" After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo basically accepted Guo Jia''s conjecture and asked;


    "Lord, General Huang, General Wang, please have a look!" After hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry, Guo Jia went to the front of the map and said to the people;


    If Ji Ling wanted to attack Anton''s army, the best area would be within the range of tens of miles to the west of Anfeng, east of Shuishui and north of Dabie Mountain. Therefore, in Guo Jia''s view, Ji Ling must want to lead the army out suddenly when his army and Anfeng''s garrison are in conflict, Take yourself by surprise.


    Today, Anton''s army camp is ten miles west of Anfeng, backed by a tributary of Shicao river. It is about fifty miles away from Shuishui, 120 miles away from geyang and 150 miles away from Xiyang. If Ji Ling sends someone to cut off the floating bridge above the irrigation, then Anton''s retreat will be cut off.

 Chapter 892

    Although Anton''s army has set up a stronghold, the stronghold is far beyond the city''s ability, so Ji Ling''s army will attack when its own army is not stable. However, the Jiling army is different. There are Anfeng and yuliu counties in hand. They can advance, attack and retreat, and remain invincible.


    Because of this, Guo Jia believes that the most important thing for today''s plan is to find out the whereabouts and strength of Ji Ling''s army, and then try to grasp the initiative of the battlefield, turn passive into active, and then consider the next arrangement.


    As for Guo Jia''s idea, Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head and asked him, "what''s the plan now


    "First, they sent people to Zhang Ying''s headquarters overnight to inform them of the situation of the troops in the city." Guo Jia stretched out a finger and said,


    "do you want to order Zhang Ying''s army to withdraw?" Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    "no, just let him be vigilant to prevent Ji Ling army from raiding other troops, but let him continue to attack until the next command of the camp is sent, without any abnormality." Guo Jia shook his head and said;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head to show that he understood Guo Jia''s meaning. Before the final plan was confirmed, don''t scare the snake.


    Guo Jia also said: "second, send people to go back to geyang, Huainan camp and Xiyang to warn, and order all the city camps to be vigilant, so as to prevent the surprise attack of the rest of Yuan''s troops, and keep Huainan camp and floating bridge anyway."


    "Third, after dawn tomorrow, all the 5000 cavalry of the Turpan cavalry will be sent out to search for the whereabouts of the Jiling army. The main direction is to break the water and irrigate the two rivers. At the same time, the Lord''s gold carving must also be inspected


    "According to the meaning of filial piety, the siege of the Huangzhong army must be carried out as usual tomorrow?" Huangfu Chaobo asked again;


    Guo Jia nodded and said: "yes, General Huang must continue to attack Anfeng County tomorrow, without any abnormal performance. Another point is that the camp will be strengthened from tomorrow. Our army should not react too much when the military situation of Jiling army is unclear."


    When Guo Jia finished speaking, Pang Tong added: "one more thing, please send an order to Kongzi and the remaining battalion generals in Yuzhou, and ask them to quickly mobilize 50000 to 80000 troops to Xinxi to stand by. It is estimated that our Anton army will suffer a heavy loss in this war, regardless of the victory or defeat. Of course, if there is no accident, the remaining elite of Yuzhou army will be trained after this war. "


    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, they all looked dignified. Since Ji Ling''s careful layout, we can conclude that a big war is coming. If it''s the elite of Anton''s army, it''s OK. But the real elite is only Huangfu Chaobo''s guards, less than 20000 people, and the rest of the troops are just the so-called elite. So the final result of this war is sure As Pang Tong said, the best result is expected to be a tragic victory.


    "What''s next? What are the arrangements for the next war? " Huangfu Chaobo was silent for a long time, then he finally spoke, and finally asked again;


    "if the enemy is not clear, don''t act rashly!" Guo Jia sighed, shook her head and said,


    "well, come here, all Huyan come to the big account!" Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to give up and go back to the front of his case. He quickly ordered the army and waited for Huyan to come. Now there is no carrier pigeon flying directly to geyang in the army, so he can only send troops to deliver it.


    Soon, Dian Wei sent someone to call Huyan to Da Zhang, and Huangfu Chaobo gave him the military order which had been prepared. He ordered him to send someone to send out the order overnight, and Huyan immediately took the order.


    Looking at the back of Huyan, Huangfu Chaobo prayed to himself, hoping that Ji Ling army had not cut off all the bridges on the irrigation. Huangfu Chaobo''s Prayer worked. In order not to reveal the whereabouts of his troops, Ji Ling''s troops all operated at night. In addition, the river where irrigation water could travel was less than 50 Li downstream. Then they had to march on foot. Fortunately, it was only 50 Li behind Anton''s camp, that is, one day.


    At this time, Ji Ling''s army had just got off the boat and had to gather to encircle Anton''s retreat, so it was not time to destroy all the bridges on the Shuishui river. However, Ji Ling had already sent several deviant divisions up the Shuishui river. Their task was to destroy all the bridges and cut off Anton''s retreat.


    A moment later, two cavalry groups with dozens of people each left Anton''s camp, heading northwest and Southeast respectively, and disappeared into the vast night.


    At this time in Anfeng City, general Ji Bao of Yuan Shu''s army was furious in the County Yamen and yelled at the county magistrate. Although he was only a school captain, similar to the rank of Anfeng county magistrate, or even one or two lower than the rank of county magistrate, he was the relative general of general Ji Ling, commanding 5000 elite heavy armour infantry. In addition, he was also the commander of Anfeng battlefield Yelling at them, he doesn''t have any pressure.


    An hour ago, Ji Bao, who was sleeping, was woken up by his own guards. He said that the county captain wanted to see him. With a dissatisfied look on his face, Ji Bao thought that Anton''s army had attacked the city all night and came to the County Yamen in a hurry. However, he learned that the county guards had found someone trying to sneak out of the county at the Watergate. Fortunately, he had been killed in the water and his body had been killed I fished it out. Considering that Ji Bao was the chief general, the county captain decided to report to Ji Bao overnight. He thought he could get praise, but he was scolded bloody.Ji Bao is not a rookie who hasn''t gone through a war. He has been following Ji Ling for many years, and he has developed a thoughtful character. In his opinion, although the spy has been captured and killed, it doesn''t mean that no one will sneak out of the city. You know, at that time, the Watergate had been destroyed. Although he couldn''t get out of the boat, it was no problem to drill one or two people out, so there was a county It''s a bloody situation for the county captain and his school captain to scold them. After


    swore himself tired, Ji Bao finally stopped, and there was no remedy for what he had done. He wanted to inform the troops of the great discipline, but he could not find the traces of the army. So he had to give up in the end, and secretly prayed that no one would go out of the city, and then he said to the county captain again, "from now on, we will mobilize two thousand soldiers from the city''s defense forces to take charge of the city. In the internal patrol, the county magistrate sent several officials to accompany him. It''s up to county captain Zhang to defend the city. If anything goes wrong, you can explain it to the general yourself! "


    Ji Bao''s words made both of them pale with fright. They both patted their chests and said that there would never be any more omissions. Ji Bao hardly paid any attention to them. He just left the county government with a sentence of "take care of yourself".

 Chapter 893

    There was nothing to say for a night. The next morning, it was just dawn, and the camp of Anton''s army became lively. Five thousand Turkistan cavalry had already had breakfast before dawn, and their horses were all fed with fodder. When it was light, they left the camp and went to the surrounding area for inspection to find the whereabouts of Jiling''s army.


    At the same time, he ruolong, who went out with the army, also fed his golden eagle and began to prepare to fly to inquire about the whereabouts of Ji Ling''s army. Different from the Turpan cavalry, the main direction of jindiao''s exploration was the most likely place, which was discussed by Guo Jia and Pang Tong, that was the front line of irrigation basin.


    Five thousand Turkistan cavalry were divided into 50 teams of 100 men, of which 40 teams would set out first, and each team would go in the designated direction. They would conduct a net search. The other ten hundred people teams were personally led by huyandu. After receiving the reward from jindiao, they set out to confirm the intelligence.


    When the cavalry and the Golden Eagle left the camp, all the soldiers in the camp began to gather. As yesterday, 30000 of them would go to the west of Anfeng city with siege equipment after breakfast, ready to continue to attack Anfeng City, while the remaining 30000 soldiers were left in the camp to reinforce the camp and strengthen defense.


    All the arrangements were faithfully carried out. Within the camp, Huangfu Chaobo did not go out with Huang Zhongbu, but waited for news from all over in his own account. Guo Jia and Pang Tong are also in his big account, but they are not free. They take out the information about yuan Shujun collected recently for another analysis and comparison, hoping to find some clues.


    As time went on, information from different places was sent one after another, and the first thing to get in return was the Golden Eagle. He ruolong came to report that the golden eagle had found a large number of soldiers and horses gathering 50 miles northwest of the camp, roughly estimated to be about 100000.


    After getting the report from he ruolong, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered huyandu to lead 1000 Tu cavalry to inspect.


    Soon afterwards, the search troopers also sent people to report that a floating bridge nearest to the camp had been destroyed. They also met the soldier Yuan Shu who destroyed the bridge by the river. There was a battle between the two sides. After killing dozens of the other side, the cavalry troops would quickly return to the camp and report the news to Huangfu Chaobo.


    As time went on, more and more intelligence was collected. Guo Jia and Pang Tong marked each piece of intelligence on the map one by one. By noon, almost all the Tujia cavalry had returned. To everyone''s relief, except for the Jiling army in the northwest, no other army had been found.


    However, at this time, the 1000 Tu cavalry personally led by huyandu had not been able to return. For the specific situation of Ji Ling''s soldiers and horses, everyone was waiting for the news from huyandu.


    At a quarter to three in the afternoon, huyandu returned to the camp. After returning to the camp, huyandu immediately entered Huangfu Chaobo''s account to report information. After getting the information of huyandu, Guo Jia and Pang Tong finally breathed a sigh of relief. Fortunately, there were only 100000 troops in Jiling department, including 10000 heavy infantry, 10000 imperial guards, 40000 combat troops, and the remaining 40000 should be guards and the so-called city guards. If we add the reinforcements of Anfeng and Yulou, it would be 130000 troops, which is different from our 120000 troops It seems that there is still hope.


    Now that the information has been obtained, Pang Tong and his wife begin to plan on the map.


    More than half an hour later, they worked out a general plan. Pang Tong said, "Lord, there are several things to be arranged immediately."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and motioned him to continue.


    "One of them is to collect all the horses in the camp. In addition to the cavalry, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers are also sent out to stop the Jiling army and delay the movement of his army as much as possible."


    "The second is to quickly give orders to General Huang Zhong and general Zhang Ying, ordering them to attack the city with all their strength from now on. They must give the garrison the illusion that they are in danger and that they are still fighting when they are trapped. If necessary, they can even sacrifice three or five thousand soldiers."


    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t respond and said, "why is that?"


    Pang Tong said with a smile, "if the Lord and Ji Ling were to change places, what would he think if he found that our army reacted like this?"


    "Hold down the main force of our army, and your main force will attack the city with all its strength. You have to jump over the wall!" Huangfu''s reaction came over and said,


    "it''s true that these reactions are normal reactions that Ji Ling thinks our army should have, so please arrange them immediately and let''s discuss the next strategy." Guo Jia nodded and said;


    without hesitation, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered all the horses to be mobilized from the whole army. Except for the Tujia, all the rest were equipped with Yuanrong crossbow soldiers. A total of 3000 horses were collected in the army. All these crossbow soldiers were handed over to huyandu to slow down the speed of Jiling army and buy time for the army.


    At the same time, the order to attack the city with all one''s strength was passed to the two major generals. Half an hour later, under Anfeng City, Huang Zhongbu''s attack suddenly became extremely fierce. Anton''s army almost made a concerted effort to attack the city wall. Fortunately, after what happened last night, Ji Bao had already made preparations. Besides the 2000 soldiers arranged to patrol the city, the 10000 city guards arranged 2000 soldiers to strengthen defense on each side of the city wall. Moreover, there were 500 heavy armour under each side of the city wall The infantry are in full gear.When he noticed that Huang Zhong''s army had a strong attack, Ji Bao quickly mobilized a thousand city guards who had already been prepared to go to the city, and soon drove Anton''s army down the city. However, this round of attack made both sides lose thousands of people, almost the total loss of yesterday''s Day.


    Watching the city head return to his own control, county captain Li Lin can''t help but secretly congratulate himself. Fortunately, Ji Bao dispatched troops in time, otherwise the wall might be lost. Thinking of this, Li Lin quickly flatters Ji Bao, who knows that flattery hits the leg of the horse. Li Lin asked Ji Bao to go back to the city building to have a rest. As soon as he said that, he was whipped back by Ji Bao.


    "Come on, pass on the general''s order. The city guards will go up to the city, replace the guards of Anfeng City, take over the defense at the head of the city, and the guards will retreat. It is said that the heavy armour infantry of each city wall will command the captains and be ready to climb the city to support them at any time, regardless of exposing the strength of the army in the city. "


    Frightened by Ji Bao''s running orders, Li Lin stammered: "Ji... General Ji... It doesn''t have to be like... Is that so? "

 Chapter 894

    "Do you think it''s unnecessary?" Ji Bao is furious. He grabs Li Lin''s skirt, drags him to the city wall and stomps. He points to Anton''s army outside the city wall and says, "open your eyes. Because of your negligence, Anton''s army has found the arrangement of the general. They are going to work hard."


    When Li Lin stares in the direction of Anton''s army, he finds that Anton''s army, which he thought would retreat because of the destruction of the general, has not retreated. Instead, he gathers his troops to attack again.


    Ji Bao pulled Li Lin back and said, "you, immediately lead the garrison in the back to assist. If you can''t defend Anfeng city and you didn''t die in the war, think about how to face the thunder of your majesty and the general."


    Ji Bao''s words made Li Lin wake up in an instant. He immediately said, "don''t worry, general. You will not miss the general''s business." With that, he turned around and yelled at his several garrison Generals: "you, you, you, you three will immediately lead their troops to prepare the garrison materials under the city, and be ready to support the city at any time."


    When he watched the three subordinates go down to the city to prepare materials, he turned to the mission, and the other generals prepared the rest of the materials, ready to support the war at the head of the city. Then he ordered the injured soldiers to leave all the enemy''s bodies at the head of the city, and then carried the bodies of his own soldiers to the bottom of the city to clear out the positions at the head of the city.


    Looking at Li Lin''s appearance as a general, Ji Bao finally put down his heart. It seems that the county captain is not incompetent, but he has experienced too few wars to deal with better. Seeing this, Ji Bao can finally put his mind on guarding the city.


    As Ji Bao had expected, Huang Zhongbu''s attack came soon, and it was far stronger than the previous round. Fortunately, they were only facing the Allied forces of Yuzhou army and barracks, not the Anton army and barracks they met in Luoyang. After paying nearly 300 city guards'' casualties, Ji Bao once again attacked and retreated Huang Zhong''s troops, while there were thousands of bodies left by Anton''s and Yuzhou''s troops at the head and under the city.


    However, the retreating coalition forces did not once again organize troops to launch another round of attacks because it was getting dark.


    Just as Huang Zhongbu was preparing to fight at night, Zhang Ying''s army also made preparations for the night battle under the Yulou city more than 40 miles away. After receiving the military order from Huangfu Chaobo, Zhang Ying immediately understood that the two military strategists were making arrangements for the rear layout. Although he had not thought about how to arrange the rear layout, he had some thoughts in his mind.


    So after receiving the order, Zhang Ying did not hesitate to join the army and launched a fierce attack on Yulou county. As expected, the fierce attack of the army immediately attracted the Tibetan soldiers in the city.


    The first round of attack failed as expected. The loss of troops was more than the sum of the previous rounds of attacks today. However, Zhang Ying basically confirmed the situation of troops in the city.


    At night, Zhang Ying arranged another round of attack. After nearly an hour, he was repulsed by Yuan Shujun again. Later, he pretended to be unwilling to lead the retreat and returned to the camp ten miles west of Yulou county.


    When the fierce battle was going on in Anfeng and Yulou counties, Ji Ling was leading 100000 troops to the northeast of Anton''s barracks forty miles away.


    Ji Ling, sitting on his horse, said to Shu Zhao, "Anton''s army is in a hurry. Thousands of cavalry dare to stop our 100000 troops."


    "If you''re not wrong, the war between Anfeng and Yulou should be the most intense." Shu Zhao sighed and said, "it''s a pity that if you can be found one day or even half a day later, the war in the future will be much better."


    Ji Ling nodded and said: "however, it''s beyond the general''s expectation to be able to hide until now. You know, there is such a talented person as fengxiao in Huangfu Chaobo''s army. The plan of accumulating sand into a tower in those years successfully saved Luoyang, but it attracted the world''s attention."


    Shu Zhao nodded his approval, then said with a smile, "Your Majesty has just formed tens of thousands of city guards with this plan."


    Ji Ling recognized the formation of the city guard army this time. Although it was not as good as the battalions, it was also very effective. It was several percent better than the garrison of each county. However, it''s obviously not the time to discuss this. Looking up at the sky, Ji Ling said to his own soldiers, "come on, give an order to general Lei of the forward, so that he doesn''t have to pay attention to these flies. The army will advance slowly, don''t rush forward, and be wary of ambush."


    After hearing this, the soldiers immediately took orders to go in the direction of former general Lei Bo.


    When Ji Ling led the army to advance slowly, Huangfu and Chaobo also discussed and determined the final strategy. After more than an hour''s deliberation, the three finally decided the final strategy. Then, Huangfu Chaobo sent the written order to the two army commanders.


    It wasn''t until one o''clock in the evening that Huang Zhong''s army returned to the camp smoothly. After a day of fierce fighting, Huang Zhong''s army had lost nearly 5000 troops and horses. In addition to the losses in the previous few days, up to now, the number of troops and horses lost has reached 8000.There was nothing to say for a night. The next morning, Anton''s army camp began to prepare for the coming war. Because the 100000 troops of Jiling department were close at hand, Huang Zhong''s troops did not leave the camp to attack the city. Instead, they took a quiet rest in the camp, waiting for the coming war.


    In Yulou County, which is tens of miles away, Zhang Ying''s troops didn''t retreat to the camp immediately. Instead, they continued to attack Yulou county. In the early morning, in the first round of attack, Zhang Ying put in half of his troops. Fortunately, Yulou garrison general Li Gui and county captain Chen Xi were ready for the attack, and the two armies fought to death After the killing, Zhang Ying was finally driven down from the city wall.


    One go, one go, one go, one go.


    After the failure of the first round of attack, the subsequent rounds of attack failed to break through yuan Shujun''s defense, but Zhang Ying''s troops lost more and more.


    At the end of the afternoon, according to Li Gui''s visual observation, the loss of Zhang Ying''s army had reached 5000. If the losses in the previous two days were added in, the loss of Zhang Ying''s 50000 army should have reached nearly 10000. This result made general Li Guizhu very happy. You know, the loss of the army in Yulou county was less than 4000, and most of them were garrison soldiers in Yulou county. The loss of Shouchun city guard was less than 1000, and the loss of heavy infantry was less than 200.

 Chapter 895

    Seeing that Zhang Ying''s troops had no choice but to retreat, Li Gui did not dare to be careless. He immediately ordered the soldiers to drop ropes and go down to the city. He followed Zhang Ying''s troops far away and carefully observed their movements. Li Gui estimated that Zhang Ying''s troops would be greatly damaged by the attack in a few days, and the troops of the general might have arrived in Anfeng. So Zhang Ying would probably give up the camp and return to Anton''s camp overnight.


    Half an hour later, the army finally retreated to the camp. As soon as he returned to the camp, Zhang Ying summoned all the generals above the level of Zhongying, and arranged for the soldiers to rest and eat as soon as possible. At the same time, he conveyed Huangfu Chaobo''s military order that "the army gave up attacking Yulou county and withdrew to Anfeng West Camp overnight".


    As soon as they heard the military order, all the generals were in an uproar. However, after listening to Zhang Ying''s detailed explanation of the military order, they all calmed down. After dinner, the generals rushed back to their own army and began to prepare for the evacuation.


    An hour later, all the troops and supplies in the camp were ready. Then, under Zhang Ying''s command, the army began to withdraw overnight.


    Outside the gate of the camp, Zhang Ying is talking to Huang Wudi under his own personal guard: "General Huang, the army will be handed over to the general!"


    At this time, Huang Wudi was also dressed in military uniform and looked valiant in the light of torches around her. Seeing this, she quickly bowed back and said, "please don''t worry, general Zhang, if you don''t bring the army back to the camp safely."


    Huang Wudi was a general from Wupin, while Zhang Ying was a general from Sipin. Therefore, Huang Wudi met Zhang Ying in the following manners.


    According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, Zhang Ying''s troops retreated overnight and returned to the camp to join the army. Of course, on the surface, all the soldiers returned to the camp, but in fact, Zhang Ying would lead 6000 soldiers to use the cover of the night to leave most of the troops on the way, then sneak into the Dabie Mountains more than ten miles north of Yulou city to hide, and then wait for an opportunity to capture Yulou county.


    In addition to Zhang Ying''s five thousand halberds, there were also a thousand yuan army crossbow soldiers on horseback. They were long-range troops specially sent to cooperate with Zhang Ying''s siege of the city. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo meant to send another thousand cavalry, but Zhang Ying refused because he felt that he didn''t need cavalry except for robbing the city, but he didn''t need cavalry to fight It''s just a matter of seizing the city gate with horses. Many of the halberds know how to ride. It''s very easy to gather a thousand cavalry.


    Zhang Ying''s strong attack on Yulou county was also to prepare for this. The army retreated under the cover of night. On the one hand, Zhang Ying''s army could successfully get rid of the surveillance of Yuan Shu''s army and leave for the hiding place. There is also the night denounce Hou statistics of the number of troops at most, but also based on the situation of the army torches to do an inference, its accuracy will be greatly reduced.


    Another point is to retreat at night. If Yuan Shu''s army pursues, it will give them an ambush. If the general is cautious, he may not send a large army to pursue. He can use this time to get rid of the enemy. Of course, if yu Lou''s guards really come to pursue him, Huang Wudi doesn''t mind giving him a surprise.


    You know, in order to cover the smooth retreat of the army, Huangfu Chaobo specially sent Tujia and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers to support him overnight.


    At this time, Jiling''s army had already arrived ten miles north of Huangfu Chaobo''s army and set up a camp. Jiling''s 100000 troops, plus 15000 heavy infantry and city guards in Anfeng City, plus heavy infantry and city guards in Yulou City, had a total of 130000 troops. Huangfu Chaobo''s army had lost nearly 20000 troops, and now it has only 100000 troops.


    Although Ji Ling can''t know the exact number, he can also infer an approximate number from the fighting in recent days.


    War is on the verge of breaking out.


    In Yulou City, Li Gui is waiting for the news from Chihou. Just as Li Gui expected, an hour later, the news from Chihou outside the city came that Zhang Ying''s army began to retreat overnight. County captain Chen Xi said, "general, Anton''s army retreated in a hurry. It''s just right that we can hide and kill them later, change them a lot, or kill more enemies for the general."


    Li Gui snorted coldly: "are all the generals of Anton''s army stupid? What''s more, we can only use more than 10000 troops. The other side is not in a rout. There must be ambush in pursuit. " Then he turned to a captain of the city guard and said, "Captain Lin, send a thousand soldiers of your department into Zhang Ying''s camp to confirm the situation of their camp. Remember, tell the general to be careful. "


    The captain Lin was ordered to turn around and leave. As Li Gui expected, an hour later, the soldiers handed in the report. The camp of Zhang Ying''s army was really empty, but he was ordered to explore the taxi. When Anton''s army ambushed, only a few dozen people had to escape, including the leader Du Wei.


    After hearing this, Li Gui became very angry. He repeatedly told him to be careful. He didn''t expect that the general didn''t care. The loss of the city guard was less than 1000 people. As a result, the captain didn''t pay attention to his military orders, which led to the loss of another 1000 people. In a rage, Li Gui ordered the commander to be executed on the spot, and then scolded the commander surnamed Lin.


    Early the next morning, Chihou reconfirmed that the Anton army had all withdrawn. Li Gui then ordered that Chen Xi, a Yulou County lieutenant, be left behind to guard the city with more than 2000 remnant guards and more than 1000 seriously wounded soldiers from various departments. He left Yulou county with nearly intact 5000 heavy infantry and 8000 city guards to pursue the direction of the Anton army''s retreat.Before he left, Li Gui ordered Chen Xi to guard the city well and not be good at fighting. After Chen Xi''s guarantee, he was relieved to follow the direction of Anton''s retreat and keep up with it.


    For the safety of the army, Li Gui didn''t rush to catch up, but kept up with Zhang Ying''s army from a distance, hanging more than ten miles behind them. He knew that his 15000 army was not Zhang Ying''s opponent in the field, and he didn''t have to fight with them.


    Just when everyone thought that the Allied forces of Yuan Shujun and Huangfu Chaobo would break out soon, they did not expect that they were not in a hurry to fight. However, the war between the two armies continued. One day, the losses of the two armies reached hundreds.


    However, because Anton''s Marquises were basically escorted by troopers, Ji Ling''s losses were far more than Anton''s. after a day of fighting, Ji Ling simply ordered that the Marquises should not fight with Anton''s Marquises, but just watch them from a distance.

 Chapter 896

    Ji Ling was not worried about the decisive battle. The retreat of the Allied forces had been cut off. It was the Allied forces, not themselves, that were in a hurry.


    Sure enough, at noon, Li Gui, the guard of Yulou County, sent someone to send intelligence. He said that after the Allied forces attacked Yulou County yesterday, they could not defeat it, so that they could begin to withdraw last night. For the sake of safety, Li Gui started to lead the troops in the morning and was expected to arrive tomorrow.


    After getting the news from Yu Lou, Ji Ling began to prepare for the attack. He was waiting for Zhang Ying''s troops to withdraw, so that he could decide for the first World War. First of all, 20000 city guards were assigned to Ji Bao and Li Gui. From tomorrow, Ji Bao and Li Gui will lead more than 20000 troops to attack the coalition camp from the East and south, while Ji Ling himself will lead 80000 troops to attack from the north, leaving a way for the coalition to retreat from the west to prevent them from being trapped.


    Of course, if the coalition forces really leave the camp to break through the encirclement to the west, it will turn the ten dead into the nine dead, because the retreat in the West has been cut off for a long time. If the coalition forces want to leave, they will just wade through the water and pour water. It depends on whether the Lord can open their eyes.


    At noon on the 20th, the army led by Huang wudie finally returned to the camp. An hour later, Yuan Shujun''s army appeared in the south of the camp. By this time, the armies of both sides had assembled and the war was about to begin.


    Early the next morning, the 120000 troops of Yuan Shu''s army began to attack the camp of the alliance of Anton''s army and Yuzhou''s army. Several miles to the north of the coalition camp, Ji Ling, a member of the central army of Yuan Shu''s army, looked at the camp several miles away and murmured: "Huang Zhong, a certain family has been thinking all these years about reporting the shame of that year. Today we finally have the chance."


    At the same time, Shu Zhao around Ji Ling seems to feel something. He turns his head and looks at Ji Ling. As soon as they touch their eyes, they both nod.


    For a long time, Ji Ling saw that all the troops had been in place. Then he slowly pulled out his sword from his waist, pointed at it in the air, and yelled: "order, army attack!"


    "Wuwu..."


    "Bang Bang...


    For a moment, with the shouts of the heralds, the bleak bugles and rumbling drums sounded on the whole battlefield, and the Yuan Shu army, who had been ready for a long time, began to approach the coalition camp slowly.


    In front of them are the moat filling men escorted by thousands of heavy infantry, and behind them are dozens of well fences and catapults. Almost at the same time, Yuan Shu''s troops from the southeast and the North all attacked the camp of the Allied forces.


    On the watchtower of the north gate of Anton''s army camp, there is a group of people. They are Huangfu Chaobo. Looking at Yuan Shujun, who is spreading the sky and covering the sky in the north, Huangfu Chaobo says to Guo Jia, who is beside him: "fengxiao, is there any news from the meaningful army?"


    Guo Jia shook his head and said, "don''t worry, Lord. General Zhang is a veteran of the battlefield. Although the halberds have just been trained, and their weapons and equipment are not the halberds required by general Zhang, the ordinary soldiers of our Anton army are by no means the opponents of the halberds. Moreover, according to the news from the city, there are only about 3000 disabled soldiers in Yulou county."


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that it was true. Zhang Ying''s halberds were the elite selected from more than 100000 troops. Although the weapons and equipment were not complete, the ordinary army could not resist them. Just as he was about to speak, Huang Zhong on one side said: "the war is about to begin. Please return to the camp of the Chinese army with your master and several military strategists. You can rest assured to give the matter to Huang''s generals."


    After hearing this, all the other generals bowed to the ground and said, "please return to Jinghou Jiayin of the Chinese army."


    Huangfu Chaobo also knew that the camp was no better than the city wall. Instead, he would let the generals tie their hands and feet here, so he looked at Pang Tong and Guo Jia with a smile and said, "well, we are in the way here. We''d better go back to the medium news of the big tent." Then he turned to Dian Wei and other guards and said, "except for General Gao Shun, who led the camp and went back to the central army, the rest of the troops stayed here and followed General Huang Zhong''s command."


    "Not to be ordered!" As soon as they heard this, they immediately handed over their orders.


    Not long after Huangfu Chaobo left, Jiling army''s long-range attack troops had already reached the attack range. With the command of the leading general, dozens of large-scale catapults began to launch stones at the coalition camp. And the well hurdle still needs to move forward to a distance of more than 100 steps in order to effectively kill the barracks and garrison.


    The Lian''an catapult in the camp also began to fight back, but its lethality to Ji Lingjun was very limited.


    As Ji Ling army joined the attack, the counterattack of Anton army in the camp was basically suppressed. Huang Zhong immediately ordered the soldiers to hide, leaving only a few people to observe Ji Ling army. When the trench filling team arrives near the trench, Ji Lingjun''s catapult will stop attacking, and the attack distance and attack power between the archery tower above the stockade wall and Ji Lingjun''s well fence are almost the same. At this time, it''s time for both sides to fight and consume.


    After two days of reinforcement, the coalition camp has been built into a camp surrounded by a trench about two feet wide and two feet deep. The trench is about ten steps away from the wall of the stronghold. The Jiling army must fill the trench before launching an attack on the camp.


    Sure enough, when the trench filling team approached the trench for about 20 steps, Ji Lingjun''s catapult stopped attacking, because the accuracy of the catapult was really frustrating. However, as far as Anton''s army is concerned, there is no such concern. Without the threat of Ji Lingjun''s catapult, the arrow tower on the wall of the camp began to attack Ji Lingjun and the moat filling folk outside the camp.From time to time, soldiers screamed and fell from the well fence or arrow tower. On the surface, Ji Lingjun''s loss was even greater because some civilians were constantly shot to death and injured, but Ji Ling didn''t care. Because these civilians were all recruited, not soldiers of Ji Lingjun. If he could exchange thousands of civilians'' lives for the filling of the trench and his own Ji Ling didn''t care about the thousands of soldiers. They were all recruited from nearby territories.


    Just when Ji Ling''s three-way army began to attack Huangfu Chaobo camp, Zhang Ying was lurking here in the mountains more than 20 miles southwest of Yulou county. They had been here for two or three days. Yulou County outside the mountain was still in the city gate closed, and the city guard was just like the one before the army left Like.


    Zhang Ying doesn''t care about this. On the one hand, he orders the army to continue to lurk in the mountains. On the other hand, he constantly sends people to inquire about the surrounding information, and tries to get in touch with the shadow guard in the city.

 Chapter 897

    In the afternoon of two days ago, in geyang, Wang Ran was stunned by the news brought by the sudden cavalry, and his master''s 120000 troops were likely to fall into the trap of Yuan Shu''s army. To be exact, now the army is less than 120000, which is about 100000. If it really falls into the trap of Yuan Shujun, it is very likely that the retreat of the army has been cut off. "


    at the thought of this, Wang Ran felt creepy and hurried to read the military order of Huangfu Chaobo. He was relieved that his master and two military advisers had already made arrangements. So he called out to the soldiers outside the door and said, "come on, it''s said that the soldiers and horses of each school will come to the county government to see me in a quarter of an hour."


    Wang Ran led a school of soldiers and three schools of garrison troops, a total of 20000 troops stationed in geyang. Considering that the cavalry played a little role in the siege, and there were also five thousand sudden cavalry near the garrison, and there was a need for a fast mobile cavalry between the cities of geyang, so Huangfu Chaobo ordered to leave one school of cavalry of Huang Zhongbu to Wang Ran.


    In less than a quarter of an hour, the four remaining captains had already arrived at the county government. Seeing that all the people had arrived, Wang Ran ordered: "Yuan Shujun has set a trap in Anfeng. The Lord''s army is likely to have been watched by Ji Ling''s army. The Lord has ordered that from now on, the four cities and one battalion of Huainan will be on the offensive. The generals will listen to the order


    "Not in the future!" "From now on, the gate of the city will be closed, no one will be allowed to go in or out, the army will not be demobilized, and the three school soldiers will be on duty in turn."


    "Not to be ordered!" Three garrison captains took orders.


    Wang Ran nodded, then looked at the cavalry captain and said, "Captain Lin, your army is divided into three routes. Three thousand cavalry soldiers carefully investigate the situation within 100 Li East of geyang. Once they find out the situation of Yuan Shu''s army, they immediately return to warn. In addition, 1000 cavalry and the newly returned Tujia go to the camp of the general''s army as far as they can, and check whether the road is smooth. If you can find out the situation of Yuan Shu''s army, it''s best. You will lead the army all the way. "


    After a little pause, Wang Ran said, "there are still a thousand soldiers on the way to Huainan camp and Xiyang city. They will inform the commander-in-chief Zuo, General Han, general Kong and general Zhou of the commander-in-chief''s military orders. Please come to geyang as soon as possible."


    After hearing Wang Ran''s order, Lin Xiaowei immediately got up and took orders. Then the four left the county government and began to obey their orders.


    After the four generals left, Wang ran immediately handed over Huangfu Chaobo''s military order to the shadow guards of geyang, and ordered them to send them to Kong Yu in Yingchuan and other generals of Yuzhou barracks.


    After all this was arranged, Wang Ran sat down and thought about the countermeasures carefully. Unfortunately, after thinking for a long time, he was unable to come up with a good way. One of the reasons for this is that the enemy situation is not clear. The real purpose of Yuan Shu''s army is still Huainan Zhucheng. Even his master and two military advisers are not sure.


    The second is that if Yuan Shu''s army really aims to go south, but his own forces are really limited. Even with the two school soldiers of Xuanwu battalion in Lujiang, only four school soldiers can be used. In addition, there are less than four school guards, with a total of 40000 people. Only in this way, there will be no soldiers to defend the four cities and one battalion in Huainan, but if there are too few troops, It''s impossible to save the army.


    Until it was getting dark, Wang Ran didn''t think of a better way to deal with it. Fortunately, at this time, the 5000 cavalry sent out had already sent back information. First, they searched for 3000 cavalry in the east of geyang. So far, they had carefully searched for nearly 50 miles away, and they didn''t find the whereabouts of Yuan Shujun. Because it was late, they decided to go first They sent people back to geyang to report, but the army did not return directly. Instead, they were stationed in a small town fifty miles east of geyang and would search for information further east tomorrow.


    The cavalry captain, who was responsible for exploring the retreat of the army, also sent people back to report that the floating bridge on Shuishui had been destroyed, not only the floating bridge that the army crossed the river at the beginning, but also the floating bridge upstream that the cavalry bypassed when they returned. That is to say, now it is basically certain that Yuan Shujun was going for the main force of the army.


    The cavalry captain also sent a message saying that he was ready to wade through the irrigation tonight to explore the specific information of Yuan Shujun.


    Just at this time, a report came from the soldiers outside the county government: "general Qi, report from the city gate. The left prefect and the generals have arrived. They are coming towards the county government."


    Wang ran a listen, rubbed of stood up, way: "too good, with this will go out to greet."


    Just then, a hasty footstep sounded outside: "General Wang, is there any latest information coming from the Lord''s army?"


    Along with the voice came several people, the leader turned out to be Kong Xin. According to the truth, he was only a partial general from the fifth grade, far lower than the Hengjiang general Zhou Tai and the Lujiang prefect Zuo Chengzu from the fourth grade. However, he was commensurate with his lord Huangfu Chaobo as a brother. In addition, it was urgent, so everyone didn''t care about such red tape.


    After all the people came in in a hurry, before they sat down, kongxin asked about the situation of the army again.


    "There''s already some news on the left, several generals and Wang. Come on, let''s sit down first." Wang Ran led the crowd to the pianting hall in the county yamen, where Wang Ran placed the map and collected the generals for discussion in peacetime.After everyone sat down, Wang Ran waved back his own guards and other miscellaneous people, and then carefully explained the news that the cavalry had been sent back to the public in detail, and then showed everyone the military order of Huangfu Chaobo.


    After listening carefully to Wang Ran''s introduction and passing on the military order of Huangfu Chaobo, Kong Xin said again, "General Wang, when are you going to send troops to support the Lord''s army?"


    Wang Ran was stunned, and said: "Wang thought again and again, but he didn''t really come down. If yuan Shujun sent troops to the west, it would lead to the failure of Huainan cities. If he didn''t send troops, he didn''t know what the situation was. So he invited you to come and work out a feasible plan."


    Kong Xin said quickly, "what can we discuss? It must be sending troops."


    Wang Ran said, "what about the county? After a calculation, if the number of troops dispatched is less than 40000 or so, it will not help much, but as a result, the number of troops in each county has been basically transferred out. However, if only ten or twenty thousand Houma were deployed, it would not be of much help to the war situation. Besides, Lord Gong Ming ordered us to guard the city tightly. If we sent troops easily, we might disrupt the layout of Lord Gong. "

 Chapter 898

    Wang Ran''s words made Kong Xin dumb. Although he didn''t go through many wars, his understanding of the war was much better after he was transferred to another post. The reason why he repeatedly asked and urged before was that care leads to chaos. Now, Wang Ran''s reminder also reflects it.


    Seeing that Kong Xin finally calmed down, the others were relieved. The relationship between Kong Xin and Huangfu Chaobo was unusual. If he wanted to send troops, few people could stop him.


    When Zuo Chengzu saw that the army was silent, he said, "has general Wang sent his Lord''s order to Yingchuan and the generals of the Yuzhou army?"


    Wang Ran nodded: "after receiving the Lord''s military order, it has been sent out by shadow guard, but it has not been answered by Yingchuan."


    Just then, the pro guard report outside the side hall reported: "general, the news from the shadow, Yingchuan''s reply from Kong Cishi has arrived."


    "Let me in soon."


    Soon, a plain looking young man came in. He was the person in charge of the shadow guard who was staying at geyang. Seeing that all the people were there, he said: "I''ve seen you generals! The reply has arrived! "


    With that, he handed the pigeon letter to Wang Ran, and then withdrew from the chamber.


    Wang Ran opened the pigeon''s letter and was overjoyed. He said, "Kong CI Shi has replied. The army will arrange it as soon as possible. He is ready to send 60000 garrison soldiers to the three counties and cities first, and then he will mobilize soldiers from the cities of Yuzhou to the counties and cities for re training."


    After listening to Wang Ran''s words, Zuo Chengzu said, "it''s wonderful. In this way, it can save a lot of time, but I don''t know how to defend the county and city."


    "Don''t worry about it," Kong Xin said with a smile. "Yuzhou has enough troops. There are more than 30000 guards in each of the three counties and cities, and the move of 20000 each will not affect the defense. The reason why we didn''t reduce the troops to the level of other cities of Anton''s army last year is that we took into account the loss of military training."


    Zuo Chengzu nodded his head and said, "my Lord and several military advisers are really far sighted!"


    Zhou Tai also said: "in this way, it can really save a lot of time. According to the distance, it only takes about ten days for the farthest Yangzhai to get to Xinxi. The soldiers from Chen county only need six or seven days, and there will be enough troops to support the Lord''s water army at the boundary."


    "That''s right," Han Siam said, "with the ability of the Lord and the two military divisions, as well as General Huang and general Zhang, it should be no problem to defend for 20 days to a month under the attack of the other party''s more than 100000 troops. It''s just that we don''t know whether the army''s food and grass can be used enough?"


    Wang Ran said: "when our Anton army went out to battle, they usually carried grain and grass for 15 to 20 days. When the army went out on the 11th, they already carried 100000 stone grain and grass. Three days later, considering that Anfeng was far away from geyang, they sent an escort to escort 100000 stone grain and grass. They should have arrived at the camp, so there should be no problem with grain and grass. ¡±


    at this time, Wang Ran could not help but secretly congratulated himself that he suddenly wanted to send 100000 stones of grain and grass to the camp on the third day after sending troops. In this way, nearly 200000 stones of grain and grass were obtained in the army. Although some of them had been used on the road, they should be enough to support the army for more than a month.


    When they heard this, they all breathed a sigh of relief. With 60000 garrisons and 30000 or so soldiers, they can send troops to support the Lord''s army. If possible, they can even wipe out more than 100000 Yuan Shu''s troops at one stroke. You know, field combat is totally different from siege.


    In the end, everyone agreed that the only way to solve the problem now was to wait and see what happened. On the one hand, they kept close watch on the cities in Huainan, and on the other hand, they sent cavalry to inquire about the news. The most important thing is that these cities in Huainan should not be lost, otherwise all previous achievements will be wasted. In Wang Ran''s words, if the 120000 troops attack the city, they may lose a lot. But if they fight with Yuan Shu''s army in the field, there is no problem in dealing with Yuan Shu''s 100000 troops.


    If something should happen, it would not be difficult for the combat power of the close guard army to guard the generals to leave, not to mention the fact that there are 5000 Turkistan cavalry in it. When the army of Yuzhou arrived, how could Yuan Shu''s army, who had lost 100000 yuan, resist his own army?


    As they expected, although the war was fierce a few days later, the two sides were equally matched. Even in the previous day''s war, relying on the role of the stockade wall, Ji Ling''s army lost more than Anton''s army. However, these are necessary losses. In addition, Ji Ling''s army is tens of thousands more than Anton''s army. Therefore, neither Ji Ling nor other generals of Yuan Shu''s army are very interested in this.


    After spending a day and losing thousands of civilians and soldiers, Ji Lingjun finally filled the trench of Anton''s camp.


    On the morning of the 22nd, Ji Ling began to lead the attack on Anton''s camp. Today will be the beginning of a tragic war. Today will be a day of close combat. However, because it is the first day of close combat, Ji Ling is ready to send out the most elite imperial guards and heavy infantry, but sent out 10000 guards.


    In the camp, Huang Zhong has a similar idea. Defensive warfare is the best place to train troops. The battle damage is small. Soldiers can adapt to the war as soon as possible, and their ability can be improved quickly. It is a good time for Yuzhou army to train troops. However, his idea is different from Ji Ling''s. He is going to send each department to the stronghold wall in turn, just to adapt more.With the war drums and bugles of Ji Ling''s army, a new day''s war began.


    This time, Ji Ling army had more equipment. There was no way. One side defended and the other side attacked. The attacker had to take advantage of the material collection. Yesterday, the war started, so the Anton army could not go out to collect wood at all. Ji Ling army was different. In addition to the folk men who filled the trench, Ji Ling also recruited thousands of craftsmen from around to take charge of the work He was responsible for cutting down trees and sending them to his camp to arrange craftsmen to make all kinds of equipment.


    In the face of Ji Lingjun''s attack on Jinglan, which is almost twice as much as Ji Lingjun''s, the defending soldiers suffer a lot. Fortunately, once the two sides take on the battle, Ji Lingjun''s Jinglan will stop attacking, but Ji Lingjun''s siege hammer begins to approach the barracks. Seeing this, Huang Zhong immediately ordered the prepared catapults and crossbows to fire stone bullets and crossbows in the direction of the siege hammer. Unlike the city wall, the siege hammer did far less damage to the city wall than the barracks. Therefore, as early as the beginning of the preparation, Huang Zhong made preparations in this respect.


    At the beginning of the battle in the camp, the city of Yulou, dozens of miles away, has basically recovered its peace after a few days. At noon every day, the gate in the South will open for about an hour, so that the people in the city can get some firewood and other goods from the city, and vegetables outside the city can also be transported into the city.

 Chapter 899

    Yuan Shu''s soldiers in Yulou city didn''t find out at all. In a forest a few miles outside the city, there were several pairs of eyes staring at the city gate they had opened.


    "Head, it''s the second day to open the gate. It seems that it''s half an hour longer than yesterday. It seems that the time tomorrow will be longer. Should the general begin to prepare for the siege?" One of them, dressed as an ordinary farmer, asked another man beside him;


    "bah," the man spat out a piece of grass he was chewing and said, "how do I know? Just report the situation here to the general. Where do you come from so many things?"


    They were Sergeant Anton sent by Zhang Ying to monitor the situation of Yulou county. Except for several people in the south gate, others were sent to the north and West, but because the east gate was close to the breach, it was not convenient to hide, so no one was arranged to monitor. They have been watching outside for several days. From yesterday, several gates of Yulou city began to open.


    It was only opened for half an hour yesterday, and the garrison at the head of the city was also like a big enemy. They looked around and looked at the posture. As long as there was any disturbance outside the city, the garrison at the head of the city would close the city gate without saying a word. Fortunately, there was nothing wrong outside the city all day, which made the garrison feel relieved. Therefore, the opening time of the city gate today has been extended by half an hour An hour.


    In the evening, they came to replace the taxi soldiers and rushed outside the city to be responsible for monitoring the taxi soldiers during the day. Then they quietly returned to the hiding place of the army and reported to Zhang Ying the trend of the garrison in the city all day.


    In the dense forest in the southwest of Yulou County, Zhang Ying stood there carefully listening to the report of the soldiers who were monitoring the three walls. He was lost in thought. Just now, the camp had sent people to send news. Today, the close combat with Ji Ling army has caused thousands of losses to the army. However, the people just told him about the war in the camp. The Lord didn''t say a word Ask him what to do to capture Yu Lou''s words.


    Even so, Zhang Ying also knows that every day, Anton''s army will lose thousands more soldiers, and this is only the loss of the camp''s offensive and defensive operations. Once the army withdraws to the south to join, Ji Ling''s army who gets the news will attack the army regardless of everything, and the loss there will be even greater.


    Although there was plenty of food and grass in the camp, we all underestimated Ji Ling''s determination from the attack of Ji Ling''s army today. The next day, he began to invest a large number of elite soldiers. In this afternoon''s war, Yuan Shujun almost stood on the wall of the stronghold for several rounds, and with the investment of a large number of siege hammers, there were several stronghold walls There are signs of looseness. Once the stronghold wall is broken, it will be face-to-face killing. Anton''s army, whose number is not dominant, will definitely suffer.


    Just as Zhang Ying was deep in thought, several captains and Sima, who were next to him, looked at him with inquiring eyes, waiting for him to make the final decision.


    After pondering for a long time, Zhang Ying finally made a decision, called several people together and said: "you should have known the situation on the other side of the camp. Now there is no time for us to drag on, so we will decide to attack the city tomorrow. However, although there are only 3000 disabled soldiers in the city, we can''t rashly attack the city to prevent the attack time For a long time, the garrison in the city can react. If they burn all the food in the city, it will not be worth the loss. "


    With that, Zhang Ying picked up a branch and drew a map around Yu Lou on the ground. At the same time, he explained to the six thousand generals the war arrangements for tomorrow. In a few days of hiding here, Zhang Ying has understood the situation of yuliu county and the surrounding 20 Li. These things have been printed in his mind for a long time, so he soon explained the surrounding situation to everyone.


    After explaining the war arrangements of the troops, Zhang Ying asked the generals to repeat their tasks. Then he ordered the soldiers to have a rest and prepare to attack Yu Lou in the daytime tomorrow.


    On the third day, the fighting was even more fierce. Last night, Ji Ling had received a reward from the soldiers who were responsible for inspecting the irrigation situation. The cavalry of Anton army appeared on the West Bank of irrigation. Although there were only about 1000 cavalry in this wave, it proved that Anton army was preparing to rescue the trapped 100000 troops.


    The emperor of Shouchun also sent people to report that the Yuzhou army had gathered a large army. If it was fast, it was estimated that it would arrive in Huainan in ten days to half a month. Both news urged Ji Ling to intensify his attack. He had to take down the camp before the Yuzhou army arrived, at least to hit the army of Huangfu Chaobo.


    This time, Ji Ling threw in all the catapults he had prepared for two days. Nearly a hundred catapults began to attack the wall of Anton''s camp. Nearly a hundred stone bullets smacked at the wall like hail. After nearly half an hour''s stone throwing, the wall to the north of Anton''s camp was finally smashed through more than ten gaps, and the camp behind the wall was a mess. Nearly half an hour later, Ji Ling threw nearly a thousand stone bullets into the camp.


    When the catapult was finally overwhelmed and nearly damaged, Ji Ling finally ordered to stop the catapult attack, and then the soldiers made a crazy attack regardless of the loss. The wall had lost its defensive significance, so Huang Zhong immediately ordered the army to retreat to the camp, and used the complex terrain in the camp to block Yuan Shu''s army layer by layer.After half a day''s attack, Ji Ling''s army finally controlled all the northern walls of Anton''s camp. At the same time, after occupying the northern wall, Ji Ling sent his troops to attack Anton''s camp fiercely.


    On one side is Ji Ling''s desperate attack, and on the other side is Anton''s desperate resistance. Both sides are killed in the Anton''s camp. It''s a pity that Huang Zhong has been prepared for this. The camp is arranged in a maze like way. After Yuan Shu''s army enters, it''s startling to watch out for Anton''s soldiers.


    Ji Ling''s army entered the camp from noon. It took nearly two hours for Ji Ling''s army to enter the camp, but nearly 5000 soldiers had been lost. Ji Ling was greatly surprised. Seeing that it was getting late, Ji Ling had no choice but to order his troops to withdraw. However, during the retreat of the army, the wall of the camp was completely destroyed, and everything was filled in the trench outside the wall .


    The crazy attack of Jiling army surprised all the people of Huangfu Chaobo. Originally, everyone thought that the camp could be held for at least five or six days, but they didn''t expect that it would be broken in less than three days. Fortunately, from the beginning, everyone was making preparations. Inside the camp, inside the Chinese camp and behind the camp, they were trying their best to reinforce it. Now the outside camp is broken, but they are not in a hurry.

 Chapter 900

    Yulou County, Shenshi three quarter, today''s County opened the gate from noon, has been open for nearly two hours, at this time, it is slowly ready to close. Just at this time, several people ran out of Nanmen, shouting: "wait a minute, please close the gate!"


    The captain of the city gate looked up and found that only four people dressed as civilians were rushing over. Although he was surprised, he still reached out to stop the corporal from closing the door. He looked around the outer gate of the city again. There was no one around for several miles, so he said to the soldiers, "close the door slowly and see what''s going on!"


    In a moment, the four men ran to the gate of the city. The leader was a middle-aged man in his forties. Several people gasped and stopped. They said to the officer who was guarding the gate: "army... Junye, I... I''m Li Zheng of Guojia Town, fifteen miles south of the city... Please help me. I''m the eldest brother of guocangli, the county magistrate. Please help me. Our guojiazhen town is being attacked by a group of disorderly troops. Please report to the army as soon as possible, and ask the county captain to send troops to support us. "


    The Duwei was stunned. Although the official position of Guo Cangli was not big, he was in charge of the warehouse of the whole county. It can be said that his position was not high, but his weight was heavy. At ordinary times, the rice and grain of the army in the city had to be withdrawn from him. He was a man who could not be offended.


    Thinking of this, he quickly asked carefully, "how many chaotic troops are there and how powerful are they?"


    "About two... Three hundred people, all kinds of weapons, and dozens of bows and arrows. Small observation should be the rout of Yuzhou bandits who retreated a few days ago. " The middle-aged man thought for a moment and replied;


    "Mr. Guo, please go to the city quickly and go to find the official of Guo Cang by yourself. Send someone to report to the county captain on the dismount!" As soon as the captain thought about it, it was an opportunity to curry favor with the powerful man like Cangli, so he immediately said to the middle-aged man,


    "OK, OK, thank you very much!" The middle-aged man repeatedly said thanks, so he immediately led several family members into the city and ran to his brother''s house.


    Half an hour later, a thousand soldiers rushed out of the city, went out of the south gate and headed for Guojia Town, fifteen miles south of the city.


    Fifteen miles south of Yulou County, there is a fortress with 2000 people. This is the fortress of Guo family, which ranks the top in Yulou county. The Guo family is a big family in Yulou. One of their sons is a storekeeper in the county government. Because it is a position full of oil and water, in a few years, the Guo family has jumped from the ordinary family which ranked more than ten in Yulou to the fifth largest family. It took several years for Guojia town outside the city to build a medium-sized fortress which can accommodate thousands of people.


    This time, the Allied forces of the Anton army and the Yuzhou army attacked yuliu. Because Guojiabao was fifteen miles away from the county, and the Allied forces did not stay in yuliu for a long time, it was not difficult.


    It was not easy for the Allied forces to retreat. Just when everyone was relieved, this afternoon, hundreds of rout soldiers suddenly came out of the woods outside the fort. They were all ragged and dusty. Fortunately, the people who guarded the fort had sharp eyes. When they were still two miles away, they had already seen it. So the whole castle rang loudly, and the gate of the fort was soon closed, and the castle was young and strong They all went to the fort wall to guard the fort.


    Guojiabao was originally a medium-sized fortress, with only over 2000 soldiers and less than 400 soldiers. If you add the young and strong in the fortress, there are only 600 or 700 soldiers, but there are two or three hundred rout soldiers outside, which makes old master Guo very surprised. On the one hand, he ordered the young and strong in the clan to go up to the fortress wall to help defend, and on the other hand, he sent his eldest son to the county town to offer his second son, who was an official in the city ask for help.


    However, what surprised old master Guo was that after the hundreds of rout soldiers surrounded their fortress, they didn''t rush to attack. Instead, they meant to surround them.


    Soon, the old man, who is sophisticated in the world, responded. No, it''s a Siege! But at this time, he had no way to send any more people out. Although the other side had only 300 people, he knew that it was far from his own soldiers. Now he could only hope that the garrison in the city would be careful enough not to be ambushed by the other side.


    However, he looked up at the garrison in the city. After Chen Xi got the report, he initially thought that he would send 500 garrisons to support him. In his opinion, these rout soldiers should be the deserters when the Allied forces retreated, certainly not the elite, so the combat effectiveness should not be strong, and the 500 garrison plus several hundred soldiers of the Guo family should be able to annihilate them very smoothly.


    But in the end, he couldn''t bear the request of the county magistrate and Guo Cangli. For the sake of safety, he sent 1000 guards to support. In this way, there were only more than 1000 soldiers left in the county. In his opinion, now general Ji is fighting with the Allied forces, and it should be safe around Yulou County, so there is no problem with more than 1000 soldiers.


    What he didn''t expect was that no matter how many troops he sent out of the city, the county was doomed to fall.


    Wuli to the north of Guojiabao is a road with mountains in the West and water in the East. It is the only road connecting Guojiabao and the county. The hill in the west is not high, only a few tens of feet high, but the area is not small. The trees on the hill are very dense.


    In the woods, Zhang Ying is leading more than 5000 soldiers to ambush here, ready to catch all the reinforcements in the county.


    As it was getting late, just as the soldiers were worried, the news came from the front guard who was in charge of monitoring the taxi. The garrison of the county town had already left the city and was coming towards the direction of Guojiabao. There were thousands of people.The news of the enemy''s reinforcements made the soldiers excited. The soldiers were already very anxious after several days of lurking. Especially, we all know that the camp is fighting with Yuan Shujun, but they are doing nothing here. It makes the soldiers worried. Fortunately, Zhang Yingsu has a high prestige. This is not a problem. Of course, it is also because these soldiers are basically recent Only a few months later, he was transferred to Zhang Ying''s subordinate. If Zhang Ying was allowed to train for another half year, he would surely become a first-class elite and be forbidden.


    After waiting for half an hour, the trace of Yuan Shu''s army appeared in the public''s sight. A thousand soldiers formed a long line and were coming towards the direction of Guojiabao. Because they knew that there were three or two hundred soldiers in the rout, and there were five or six miles from Guojiabao, the army didn''t take more precautions. They marched in several lines. In the meantime, the captains were still on the March He urged the soldiers to March quickly.


    Seeing that all Yuan Shu''s troops were within the scope of their ambush, Zhang Ying ordered the troops to attack.


    "Bang bang"

 Chapter 901

    In the midst of Yuan Shu''s consternation, with several bangs, a thousand yuan army crossbow soldiers suddenly stood up from the woods on the nearby mountain, raised their crossbow machine and shot at Yuan Shu''s soldiers at the foot of the mountain. All of a sudden, more than 100 yuan soldiers were shot to the ground. At the same time, nearly a thousand soldiers appeared on both sides of Yuan Shu''s troops and killed them The way forward and backward are blocked, so that it can not advance or retreat.


    After five rounds of arrow rain, a thousand crossbow soldiers did not fire, and a thousand crossbow machines pointed at Yuan Shujun. Once someone was found trying to get up and escape, dozens of arrows shot at him, shooting yuan Shujun who tried to escape into a hedgehog. Nearly half of the 1000 Yuan Shu soldiers had fallen to the ground. They screamed all over the road. The rest of Yuan Shu soldiers curled up with shields to protect themselves.


    At this time, the remaining two thousand halberds hidden in the woods all rushed out of the woods and surrounded yuan Shujun ten steps away. At the same time, the halberds at the front and back also began to approach the middle. As the five thousand armies approached slowly, they cried out in unison: "those who surrender on their knees will not be killed, and those who dare to resist will be killed!"


    "Those who surrender on their knees will not be killed!"


    "Those who surrender on their knees will not be killed!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Bang Dang!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    As a soldier dropped his weapon and raised his hands to give up resistance, more and more soldiers soon joined the surrender team. Although there were still some soldiers who tried to resist, they were ruthlessly shot by crossbows and arrows, and then all the soldiers gave up resistance.


    Instead of rushing forward to take the prisoners, the halberds ordered them to drop their weapons one by one and come out with their heads in their hands. Every ten soldiers who came out were tied up in a line and taken to the side to look after them.


    Soon all Yuan Shu soldiers who could move were captured, and only the injured ones were still hiding in the road. At this time, Zhang Ying ordered the Euphorbia soldiers to take Wu as a unit to check the injured Yuan Shu soldiers. All those who could be cured were carried out separately, and those who had died were carried out separately and put aside.


    At this point, all the 1000 Yuan Shu soldiers were solved, and the whole process took only half an hour. Except for dozens of soldiers who tried to jump into the river to escape and were shot, the rest of them were on the road, no one could escape, and no one of Anton''s soldiers was killed.


    Zhang Ying stood on the hill, quietly waiting for his generals to count the results, and then prepared for the next step. Soon, a captain reported: "general, all statistics have been made. Yuan Shujun''s 1000 troops shot 385 people and injured 216 people on the spot. The rest 399 people were all captured. The commander was shot and killed on the spot. Four of the Guo family shot two people and two of them were captured. The young master of the Guo family was slightly injured."


    "Bring some of the captured Qu Chang and Tun Chang." Zhang Ying said;


    a moment later, the two captured song directors and several village leaders were brought to Zhang Ying. Before Zhang Ying spoke, they said, "general, please spare your life, and the crime will come down."


    Zhang Ying did not say much, and said, "do you know what Ben is going to do?"


    "Crime generals are willing to cooperate with the general to cheat the city!" Several generals looked at each other and said consciously;


    "very good," Zhang Ying looked at the sky and then ordered: "take all the prisoners and wounded soldiers and let''s go to Guojiabao. By the way, bring the boss of the Guo family


    At this time, the elder Guo family doesn''t know what''s going on. What''s the rout? He is the elite of Anton''s army. It seems that his Guo family has been used by Anton''s army.


    Looking at the dejected boss of the Guo family in front of him, Zhang Ying said: "give your Guo family a chance to surrender and help ben to capture Yulou county. You Guo family are still Guo family, otherwise, hum..."


    Looking at the thousands of troops in front of him, the elder brother of the Guo family did not dare to resist. He said hurriedly, "don''t worry, general. I will persuade my father to surrender to the general and help the army capture Yulou city."


    "Well, you go back first. The general''s army will arrive later." Zhang Ying nodded at Guo and said;


    Guo Da led the rest of his family to leave in a hurry under the escort of several Anton soldiers. He had to hurry back to persuade his father, otherwise, thousands of Anton soldiers would be able to blow his family away.


    Fortunately, Mr. Guo is an understanding person. He has known for a long time that this matter is not simple. Now he sees his son coming back. After listening to his son''s words, he immediately agrees to Anton''s request. If you agree now, if the Anton army can''t occupy Yulou in the future, the Guo family may die and their families will be destroyed. But if you don''t agree, the Guo family will die and their families will be destroyed immediately.


    One is the possibility and the other is the certainty. Lao Guo''s family has not yet thought of alleging to Yuan Shu, the puppet emperor.


    A moment later, Zhang Ying led the army to Guojiabao. Without saying a word, Mr. Guo asked people to open the gate and invite the army to enter the fort. Zhang Ying didn''t say much. He immediately ordered the army to take a rest in the fort. While controlling the whole wall and gate of the fort, he also ordered the Guo family to prepare everyone''s dinner. At the same time, he also asked them to make a few yards for the wounded Yuan Shu soldiers and prisoners.


    On the way back to Guojiabao, Zhang Ying has recruited more than a hundred Yuan Shu soldiers. The reason why the army has to return to Guojiabao is that the time seems too fast to rush to Yulou county now, which may arouse the guard''s vigilance. Secondly, the soldiers have not eaten hot food for several days, because it may be several hours later During the war, the Guojiabao was used to let the soldiers rest and eat.Guojiabao soon prepared dinner for nearly 7000 people. After an hour''s rest in Guojiabao, the army started to set out, leaving only 200 people to guard the prisoners and the wounded.


    At this time, it was completely dark, and it was about eight o''clock in the evening. When the army was ready, they set out to Yulou county.


    The leader was Zhang Yang, the younger brother of Zhang Ying, who led the army of 100 Yulou city guards and 400 halberds. Of course, the dead Duwei will be used to play a waste heat. These 500 people will enter the city as soldiers and horses to escort the seriously injured Duwei back to the city. The rest of the soldiers and horses were left in Guojiabao, and they will escort the injured taxi back tomorrow.


    Two miles behind Zhang Yang''s troops, there were 1000 cavalry. They would quickly support Zhang Yang after he captured the city gate, while Zhang Ying led the army to follow up.


    After more than half an hour of rapid marching, the army finally arrived outside Yulou city at the beginning of the second shift.

 Chapter 902

    In Yulou City, on the south gate wall, because there had been no war for several days, the night watchmen also began to relax. Now it''s two o''clock, and the generals who patrol the city have left the wall to return to their homes, so the city watchmen only left a few people to occasionally look outside the city in the dark, and the rest of them hid together to have a rest.


    At this time, a soldier suddenly exclaimed: "Shichang, look, a lot of fire in the south is approaching the county!"


    The rest of the people were surprised. They quickly grabbed the weapons around them and walked to the stomp of the city. They looked into the southern wilderness. Sure enough, in the dark, they could see a long fire dragon coming towards the city wall.


    "Chief, do you want to ring the alarm?" One of the soldiers asked;


    "bang!" His words immediately led to his own explosion.


    "You boy, are you stupid? If you don''t know the enemy or ourselves, you will ring the alarm. You want to kill us. What if the brothers who went out in the afternoon come back? Besides, if it''s an enemy attack, they''ll be so stupid, Serge. They''ll fire torches a few miles away for you to see! "


    On hearing this, the soldier felt that he was really making a fuss, so he stopped talking.


    After a while, the fire dragon came a mile outside the city. Just as everyone was on the alert, he found that the fire dragon had stopped, several torches came out and came towards the gate.


    A moment later, several torches stopped 200 steps away, and one of them yelled at the wall: "it''s Chen Hua, the general of dingqujia village on the left! Which brother is on duty above the city wall? Please come out and answer


    "Mr. Chen, just a moment. The small one is on the right. I''ll invite our music director right away." As soon as Shichang heard that it was his own soldiers who left the city this afternoon, he was relieved. However, it was not his little Shichang who could decide to open the gate in the middle of the night, so he sent someone to invite his own Qu Chang, and at the same time he stretched out his head to answer Chen Hua;


    "please brother!" Chen Hua hastily urged: "please hurry up, brothers. My Duwei is seriously injured and needs to go to the city for medical treatment immediately. We can''t delay too long!"


    "Ah What a long Leng, left Du Wei was seriously injured, not to say that there are only less than 300 rout soldiers? How can such a thing happen? The left captain''s luck is too bad. Thinking of this, he said: "Chen Tunchang, wait a moment, my music director will come right away."


    Just then, Qu Chang, who is in charge of guarding the south gate, has arrived at the head of the city. He looks down at the city. The village commander under the city is really familiar, but he doesn''t dare to be careless. He probes out and says, "what''s the injury to Li Duwei? Where are the people now? Please ask Chen Tunchang to carry them over to some family to have a look! There''s no way. I''d like to ask Tun Chang Chen to understand his duty. "


    Chen Tun Chang said anxiously: "also ask Qu Chang to prepare to open the gate as soon as possible. My Du Wei was shot by the hidden arrow of the rout army and was seriously injured. So he didn''t take it. So he led 500 brothers to send him back to the city overnight."


    With that, he turned around and yelled at the fire dragon behind him: "hurry up, you guys, be careful, lift the Duwei up and let the song leader have a look!"


    Voice just fall, fire dragon place again run out a few torches, illuminate a dozen soldiers, carrying a stretcher, cautiously ran toward the city gate. Until more than a hundred steps away, they stopped, and then lit up the torch to show the people on the stretcher to the people at the head of the city.


    The people in the city looked up and saw that Li Ning, the left lieutenant, was on the stretcher. He was pale and covered with blood. When they looked around, they found that all the soldiers in the city were familiar with him. Now everyone in the city was relieved.


    Qu Chang immediately ordered: "hurry up, you guys, open the gate quickly, you, you, you guys, you guys, put down the suspension bridge. Come on, don''t dawdle


    For a time, the city was busy. Soon the suspension bridge outside the city was put down, and the city gate was slowly opened in a creaking sound.


    At the same time, the fire dragon outside the city began to slowly approach the city gate. At this time, the eyes of all the people in the city were attracted by the tragedy of the Duwei under the city. They didn''t find that many strange faces appeared in the fire.


    Before long, the fire dragon outside the city had already arrived at the gate of the city. The captain of the city guard himself ran down and was ready to take Li Duwei and his party into the city. Just as he approached Duwei''s stretcher and was ready to go forward to have a close look, he suddenly found that Li Duwei''s face seemed to be too white, just like a person who had been dead for a long time He felt that a sharp blade had been inserted into his chest. When he raised his head and looked at the assassin, he found that he had just seen the village leader. At this time, he suddenly understood something, but he could not make any sound. Then he only felt that it was dark before his eyes, and he did not know anything.


    Almost at the same time when the captain of the city guard was killed, dozens of taxi soldiers rushed out of the city and rushed into the city gate cave. The taxi soldiers who had just opened the city gate suddenly.


    "Poof!"


    "Poof..."


    Suddenly, the taxi soldiers were killed all at once, but some people still screamed before they died. Seeing this, Zhang Yang knew that there was no need to hide any more. He raised his halberd and yelled: "Jiaqu will guard the gate. Others will follow him to the top of the city, seize the tower and send a signal to the cavalry outside the city. Hurry upThen he took the lead and killed him in the direction of the city wall.


    At this time, there were less than 2000 garrisons in Yulou City, so there were not many night watchmen. Each wall had only one piece of troops. More than 20 people had just been killed in the gate cave, but the rest were still on the wall several miles long. Where to block the 200 elite Euphorbia LED by Zhang Yang, the tower of the south gate was soon occupied.


    At this time, the cavalry outside the city had already rushed to the gate hole. When a thousand cavalry saw that the gate had been controlled, they would no longer stay. They rushed into the city and rushed towards their own goals. Soon, the city was full of killing.


    A quarter of an hour later, Zhang Ying led more than 4000 other soldiers to rush to the city. When they saw that their army had successfully rushed into the city, they were all relieved.


    Standing on the steps at the gate of the city, Zhang Ying left 500 soldiers to take over the gate, and then led a thousand halberds to the county government in the city. As for the other generals, after they entered the city, they had already led and killed them according to the prior arrangement.

 Chapter 903

    The 1000 cavalry soldiers who first entered the city have now been led by the shadow guards in the city to the warehouse in the city. In the face of the sudden killing of the 1000 cavalry soldiers, the 200 guards in the warehouse were killed by the cavalry soldiers before they could react. Then, the cavalry soldiers quickly entered the warehouse and defended everything tightly to prevent the army in the city from recapturing the warehouse.


    Zhang Ying had only two purposes in this battle: one was to occupy the county seat, the other was to grab the warehouse and protect the food and grass in the city. According to the information from the shadow guard, Anfeng and yuliu have stored nearly 150000 stones of grain and grass in the city, and Zhang Ying got the confirmation from Guo Da this afternoon. So his order to the cavalry is to occupy the warehouse as soon as they enter the city, and then nail it there, and leave other matters in the city to other departments.


    An hour later, the city of Yulou was finally quiet. Zhang Ying''s army had completely controlled the city. Now Zhang Ying is waiting for the generals to report the situation in the city.


    Soon the generals of all the departments will arrive at the County Yamen to report the battle. Zhang Ying is very satisfied with the result. There are nearly 2000 garrisons in the city. After a big war, nearly 1000 people were killed and more than 500 people were captured by Anton''s army. The other hundreds of people, led by the county captain, broke through the encirclement and left with them the county magistrate and the county Cheng.


    However, their losses were not great. There were 312 casualties, including 198 dead, 65 seriously injured and 49 lightly injured in the scuffle. The warehouse in the county town was captured by cavalry. There were more than 120000 grains and 20000 weapons in it. Zhang Ying also gained more than 200000 yuan in the county government, which can be said to be a huge harvest. As for the hundreds of soldiers and several officials who broke through the siege, Zhang Ying did not care at all. In this night''s scuffle, he could not completely annihilate them.


    After counting the harvest, Zhang Ying ordered a large army to be on duty at night, and the rest of the army to rest immediately. At the same time, he sent messengers all night to report to the Chinese army camp.


    Yuan Shu''s army has already fled, so it''s impossible to hide Ji Ling. Today''s plan is to send the news to the camp as soon as possible to buy more time for the retreat of the army.


    At Zhang Ying''s command, a hundred cavalry soldiers immediately left the city and galloped toward the Northwest Chinese army camp.


    on the 24th, just after the fifth shift, the sky was still dark, and a fire dragon lit up outside the Western camp of Anton''s army camp. Just as the night guard was about to ring the alarm, the fire dragon stopped 200 paces away. Then a torch came out of the fire dragon and came slowly towards the West camp gate.


    As the visitor approached the camp gate slowly, he said in a loud voice: "Yulou urgent report!"


    Looking up, the taxi driver could see that it was Yiqi who was coming. He said in a loud voice, "come and get off the horse, wait in front of the ditch, and show me your token!"


    With that, all the taxi drivers at the gate of the camp were startled. They all drew bows and arrows to the people coming outside.


    Soon a soldier fell from the watchtower and came to the inside of the ditch. He said, "throw the token here."


    Without hesitation, the visitor quickly threw his token at the pawn inside the ditch. Inside the trench, the soldiers picked up the token and quickly returned to the village wall. They climbed up the village wall with the rope put down by the soldiers on the watchtower and handed the token to the commander.


    Soon, the suspension bridge of the gate was put down. The messenger quickly walked up the suspension bridge, passed the ditch and came to the front of the gate. Then the suspension bridge was put away. The gate was slowly opened. The messenger followed the crack and entered the gate. From beginning to end, the rest of the soldiers stayed in the same place.


    Soon, the messenger was taken by the soldiers to Huangfu Chaobo''s Chinese Army account. Seeing Zhang Ying''s battle report, Huangfu Chaobo immediately brightened his eyes and gave a loud order: "come on, immediately invite two military strategists, General Huang and General Wang. There''s an urgent military situation!"


    A quarter of an hour later, everyone had already arrived at the account of Huangfu Chaobo. After everyone had settled down, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "good news, everyone. Zhang Yinggang has just sent someone to get the news that he has captured Yulou county last night, and 120000 stone grain and grass in the city are intact."


    When they heard this, they were all happy. Pang Tong said with a smile, "it seems that we can consider withdrawing troops."


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "General Zhang thought so, so he sent troops to send news in the night. Because several officers and hundreds of soldiers in Yulou County broke through the siege at night, he thought that Ji Ling would get the news before noon today at the latest, so he suggested that the army withdraw as soon as possible."


    "In your opinion, when is the best time for the army to leave?" Huangfu Chaobo looked at the crowd and asked;


    Huang Zhong pondered for a moment and said: "these days after the day, the camp has been making preparations, but on the one hand, it needs to strengthen the camp defense, and on the other hand, it needs to be ready to retreat, so it is not completely ready. If you want to evacuate as soon as possible, according to General Zhang''s opinion, you must hurry before Ji Ling gets the news. Time will be very tight!"


    "Now there are 120000 stone grains in Yulou. You can take as much grain as you can. If you can''t take all the grains away, you can burn them down. How long will it take to evacuate?" Huang Fu Chao Bo gritted his teeth and asked;


    Huang Zhong thought it over carefully, and then said, "it will take at least two hours!"After listening to Huang Zhong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo also fell into meditation. If he retreated in a hurry, it would certainly be bad for the later war. However, if he delayed too long, once Ji Ling got the news, he would fight to the death. It was really a dilemma. It''s five o''clock in the morning, and it''s nine o''clock in the morning in two hours. According to Zhang Ying''s estimation, Ji Ling will get the news of Yu Lou at about twelve o''clock at the latest. It''s really a little tense in terms of time.


    Thinking of this, he turned to Guo Jia and Pang Tong and asked for their opinions.


    "Lord, this is just the inference of General Zhang Ying. Actually, we don''t have so much time at all. Therefore, there is only one hour at most. If we can''t get everything ready in one hour, we must give up some things and evacuate as soon as possible, because once Ji Ling gets the news, he will fight to the death and stop our army at all costs Step back. " Seeing this, Guo Jia quickly got up and replied;


    "yes, both armies are infantry soldiers, and our army''s combat power is slightly inferior. If the old battalions of our Anton army are OK, this time all the battalions of Yuzhou army and Anton army are newly formed. Once they are entangled in the field, they will never die. In this way, even our army can withdraw If we go, I''m afraid we''ll really lose a lot. " Pang Tong added on the side;


    the

 Chapter 904

    The words of the two great military commanders made people deeply ponder. As they said, if the troops were from Huben camp and Longxiang camp, they would not be afraid of Ji Ling''s heavy infantry or any kind of imperial guards. But the problem is that this time, the battalions were newly established, not only in Yuzhou, but also in Huben camp of Huang wudie.


    Zhang Ying''s Shenwu camp was originally a school''s old war camp, but later Zhang Ying was ordered to train the halberds. Just as Kong Xin''s Xuanwu camp was set up, most of the school''s war camps were scattered. Zhang Ying chose more than 2000 people himself, and all the rest were handed over to Kong Xin. As a result, there was no school''s elite veterans except Huangfu Chaobo''s guard camp.


    As a matter of fact, the Jinwei camp is not as elite as it was before. The trapped camp has suffered a heavy loss in the copy, and the purpose is to re edit it. The Tiebi camp has lost more than half of its total, and has added more than 40%. Only tieyingruishi, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and Tujia soldiers were basically complete. Although tieyingruishi lost nearly 20% of his troops, they had all been supplemented. He had recovered quickly because of the loss of less than 20% of his troops.


    Originally, I came to Huainan with the purpose of training. I didn''t expect it to be a fierce battle. You know, there are fifty or sixty thousand elite combat barracks and imperial guards in Jiling''s army, so once I am entangled by Jiling''s army when I retreat, the loss will not be very big.


    Since he wants to retreat, he must make detailed arrangements. According to the calculation of time, Ji Ling''s army should begin to attack after an hour. According to the previous two days, Ji Ling will first use a catapult to attack the camp for a quarter to half an hour, and then send soldiers to attack tentatively.


    If his army can swallow Ji Ling''s explorers, Ji Ling may postpone the attack. First, he will send troops to find out the cause and effect of the incident, and then consider the subsequent arrangements. In this way, we can gain half an hour to one hour for the army.


    However, when resisting the army of Ji Ling''s headquarters, the soldiers and horses in the south of the camp must defeat the more than 20000 troops coming from Yulou County as soon as possible. On the one hand, it will open a channel for the withdrawal of the troops, and on the other hand, it will shock the soldiers and horses in Anfeng County, that is, the soldiers and horses besieging the east of Anton''s camp, so that he does not dare to pursue them easily before joining Ji Ling''s army.


    In this way, whether in the South or in the north, the fighting power of the troops must not be weak. Fortunately, in the south, there are only 5000 heavy infantry, and the rest of the troops are either the newly formed city guards or the guards.


    After much consideration, they decided to take tiebiying and tieyingruishi as the vanguards, and the trapped camp used crossbows and arrows as support to quickly break through the enemy''s heavy armour defense and burst into the enemy''s army, followed by the rest of the troops, while the Tujia soldiers drove the rout troops from west to east to attack the army of Yuanshu army in Anfeng county.


    As for the Jiling headquarters in the north, the 4000 yuan army crossbow soldiers, together with all the well fences and catapults, quickly annihilated the forward of the Jiling headquarters, and then left a small number of soldiers waiting for the Jiling troops to burn the camp when they attacked. The rest of the troops quickly went south to break through.


    After the negotiation, Huangfu Chaobo quickly arranged for it, and the whole camp was busy. After that, the auxiliary soldiers of the rear battalion began to load materials into the wagons quickly. Of course, priority was given to grain, grass and military equipment, and other unimportant things were put at the end. In the South Camp, Huang Zhong is in charge of the defense.


    First of all, the garrison began to take the initiative to retreat about 100 steps to rearrange the defense line, leaving only soldiers to observe the movement of Ji Ling''s army at the destroyed wall in the south.


    In the camp, in addition to the ambush, a large number of ignitors were placed in the camp, so as to block the speed of the Jiling army when they retreated.


    As soon as Chenshi arrived, Jiling''s army just appeared a mile outside the camp on time. After a few days of fighting, Jiling''s headquarters also lost nearly ten thousand troops, and now there are only more than seventy thousand troops. Because it was found yesterday that the rest of Anton''s army in Huainan''s cities has been irrigated to the west, for the sake of safety, Jiling only led fifty thousand troops to fight, In addition, there are 20000 troops in each of the two southeast directions, which is still more than the number of troops in the main camp of Andong army.


    In his camp, Ji Ling left behind 10000 heavy armour soldiers and 10000 city guards, as well as thousands of wounded soldiers and craftsmen. In his opinion, although he has only 90000 troops to fight, it is enough to pose a great threat to Anton''s camp. Moreover, there are more catapults going out today than yesterday.


    As Guo Jia expected, Ji Ling''s Army started a stone throwing attack for nearly half an hour after it arrived. Anton''s army, which had been ready for a long time, had retreated beyond the range of the stone throwing machine. Therefore, although the rain like stones were falling all over the world, which raised a large amount of dust in the camp and smashed countless barracks and fortifications, Anton''s army was almost destroyed There was no loss.


    Half an hour later, Ji Ling army''s catapult finally stopped attacking. Then, under Ji Ling''s command, 5000 ordinary guards, who had been ready for a long time, led by a school captain, cautiously attacked Anton''s camp.


    What made them feel strange was that although they had invaded the 100 step range of the camp yesterday, the damage to the long-range attack equipment of Anton army was very limited. Yesterday, the army was also attacked by the catapult and the well fence when it withdrew, causing the army to lose hundreds of people.Today, however, it suddenly became different. When 5000 soldiers entered the attack area within the village wall, the stone bullet that should have fallen from the sky did not fall down. With a wave of his hand, the captain ordered the soldiers to move on, but he slowed down quietly and gradually fell behind the army.


    The abnormality in the camp makes Ji Ling and other members of the Chinese Army wonder whether the Anton army has retreated. Ji Ling and Shu Zhao look at each other and see the doubts in each other''s eyes. But both of them shook their heads. You know, the East and south of the camp are still killing. This shows that Anton''s army has not withdrawn. Thinking of this, Ji Ling waved his hand forward: "beat the drum, order the soldiers to speed up the attack, send general Lei, and send another School of soldiers to join the war!"


    As soon as the words were finished, the drum in front of the camp suddenly sounded. Then, Ji Ling could see countless stone bullets and arrows flying out of the middle of the camp about two or three hundred steps, and plummeting down on the 5000 soldiers who had already entered the camp.

 Chapter 905

    A quarter of an hour later, the throwing stones and arrows finally stopped falling, and then countless Anton soldiers rushed out from behind the barracks in the south. The main army was the crossbow soldiers, and behind them were Anton soldiers.


    In a flash, Anton''s soldiers will be wiped out by the remaining soldiers who survived the baptism of stone bullets and arrows. Later, Ji Ling only looks at his 5000 troops. Finally, only the leading captain, escorted by dozens of people, escapes from Anton''s camp.


    Yuan Shujun''s officers and soldiers were stunned by the sudden change, and it took a long time to react. Ji Ling, who was the first to react, said angrily, "pass and lead the catapult and the well fence to continue to arrive, and then attack 50 steps before arriving at the camp!"


    Roaring...


    However, at this time, Anton''s army disappeared in the public''s sight again, but Ji Ling was completely angry by the ambush just now, and ordered the catapult and well fence to launch the attack immediately after entering the attack distance. In his opinion, the annihilation of the 5000 garrison troops was a provocation from Anton''s army, so he planned to extend the long-range attack time from half an hour to one hour.


    Just when the southern front began to attack Ji Ling''s 5000 garrison, the already prepared army in the southern camp also began to fight back.


    Different from the battle of Ji Ling''s headquarters in the north, if Anton''s army in the north had to defend carefully, then the battle in the South and East was relatively easy. Yuan Shujun''s attack on these two sides could only be said to be in line with the rules. In terms of the combat power of the soldiers and the command of the fighter plane, Huang wudie and Wang Yong, who were responsible for this side, should deal with Yuan Shu The attack of the army is more than you Yun.


    In the south of Anton''s camp, Li Gui looks at the soldiers who are fighting with the Allied forces. He can''t help but be overjoyed. It has been a few days. Today, he can clearly feel that the fighting power of the Allied forces seems to have declined. When he thinks of the cry of killing in the north, Li Gui can''t help but secretly guess that the attack pressure of the northern general is too great, so the Allied forces will defeat the southern one Did the elite transfer part of it?


    At the thought of this, Li Gui can''t help but get excited. It must be like this. With the fighting power of the general, the Allied forces must feel that their forces are limited. Therefore, they transferred some troops from the south. Fortunately, they met veteran soldiers like themselves. Otherwise, ordinary people would not be able to react to such subtle changes.


    "General!" While Li Gui was deep in thought, the deputy general next to him suddenly woke him up and said, "look at the wall of the stronghold. The army has captured the wall of the stronghold!"


    Li Gui looked up at the wall of the stronghold. Sure enough, today''s war started less than an hour, and the first round of attack soldiers had already attacked the wall. It seems that his inference is correct.


    "Come on, order the heavy infantry to strike!" Thinking of this, Li Gui immediately ordered that, out of caution, he still did not send all the heavy infantry, leaving less than a thousand heavy infantry around him.


    Soon, four thousand heavy infantry slowly approached the wall with the sound of war drums. Just as Li Gui was immersed in seizing his fighter plane and quickly entering the coalition camp, he was caught off guard by the sudden changes.


    When the heavy infantry entered the distance of 50 steps, the soldiers who had been slightly dominant on the wall suddenly plumped down like dumplings. Then he saw nearly a thousand crossbow soldiers and thousands of archers suddenly appeared on the wall. For a moment, the arrows fell down like rain towards the 4000 heavy infantry.


    Almost at the same time, the gate of the coalition camp suddenly opened, and thousands of soldiers poured out from the inside of the camp, quickly arrayed outside the gate, and killed the key infantry. At this time, the heavy infantry were busy avoiding the dense arrow rain, and the formation was already in some confusion. At this time, the army in the camp suddenly came out, making the heavy infantry more chaotic.


    What surprised Li Gui even more was that they killed 4000 heavy infantry under the attack of 2000 soldiers of the Allied forces. In a moment, the formation was stirred to pieces, and thousands of soldiers followed by the 2000 soldiers took the opportunity to kill them.


    Later, the heavy infantry that Li Guiyin was proud of could not resist the attack of these soldiers, and they were defeated and killed one by one.


    Then, 4000 heavy infantry and thousands of early attack soldiers were defeated and fled by the counter attack of the Allied forces. Thousands of defeated soldiers came straight to their own Chinese army, and behind them were more and more allied soldiers. Just as he was about to gather the rout troops, the sound of horse''s hooves suddenly came from the western field. When Li Gui looked up to the west, he saw several lines of cavalry charging towards his own Chinese army.


    The scattered taxi soldiers, driven by the coalition army, rushed towards their own Chinese Army regardless. Seeing this, Li Gui didn''t understand that he had been deceived. The Allied forces wanted to break through behind him, but to the South was Yulou. Did they want to break through to Yulou?


    No, Yulou county is not big, but the Allied forces have all withdrawn from the camp. In recent days, the news from Yulou has not been abnormal. Suddenly, Li Gui thought that the Allied forces used the night to withdraw from Yulou and return to the camp. After a long time in the army, Li Gui suddenly thought of this problem.


    It must be like this. At night, you can only count the torches, but you can''t see the real situation clearly. In this way, the soldiers and horses can hide, and then...In an instant, Li Gui understood that Yulou must have been lost, so the Allied forces prepared to break through and enter Yulou city for defense, waiting for Yuzhou''s reinforcements to arrive, and then beat their own troops in one fell swoop.


    Li Gui grabbed the guard beside him, and hisiri roared: "report to the general immediately. The Allied forces are going to break through from the south. They may have captured Yulou. Please make a decision early! Come on! Come on! Now! Now


    Seeing his own soldiers galloping to the position of the northern Jiling army, Li Gui prayed in his heart that he could report the information to the general in time. It is impossible for the ten thousand remnant soldiers to resist the breakout of the Allied forces. There is no other way to block the retreat direction of the Allied forces except to damage the ten thousand troops. Only by joining with Ji Bao''s 20000 troops, and then holding on to the tail of the coalition forces, can we delay the withdrawal of the coalition forces as much as possible.


    Thinking of this, Li Gui immediately ordered the generals around him: "order the army to retreat to the East, order the rout troops to retreat to the East! Come on

 Chapter 906

    Under Li Gui''s command, nearly ten thousand troops, who had not yet been in battle, managed to maintain their formation and quickly approached the direction of Anfeng City Army in the northeast. To their relief, after seeing Li Guibu retreat without hesitation, the Allied forces did not chase him any more. They just sent cavalry hundreds of paces behind to watch from a distance, while their troops quickly left the South Camp gate and escorted thousands of wagons to the south of Yulou county.


    When Li Gui and his troops rushed to the east of the coalition camp, Ji Bao''s troops had all returned to the east of the coalition camp. He had received the news from Li Gui''s soldiers and was preparing to gather troops to support Li Gui. Who knew that Li Gui had already led the troops before his troops started .


    Seeing that Ji Bao had assembled a large army, Li Gui immediately told his deputy general to reorganize the rout troops, but he rushed to see Ji Bao and discussed with him about pursuing the Allied forces.


    After discussing for a while, they decided to lead more than 30000 troops to keep up, trying to slow down the retreat of some coalition forces. After Ji Ling''s troops arrived, they could gather and annihilate them.


    Soon they reorganized more than 30000 troops and sent someone to report to Ji Ling that they were going back. Then they led the troops to the south. In order to quickly grasp the movement of the Allied forces, dozens of horses of the two generals were all used, and they went out more than ten miles to inquire about the movement of the Allied forces.


    Half an hour later, thirty thousand Yuan Shu troops finally caught up with the retreating troops of the Allied forces. However, the Allied forces were already ready. Twenty thousand soldiers were waiting for them, and there were five thousand cavalry on both sides.


    When they saw this, they were no longer close to each other. Instead, they formed a formation 300 paces away from the enemy and confronted them.


    Just as the two of them were leading a confrontation with the coalition forces, more than ten miles to the north, among the middle troops of the army, general Ji Ling was furious, just like a tiger biting people. His eyes were red, staring at the two people in front of him. They were the county magistrate and county captain of Yulou county.


    After they lost the county seat, they knew they were guilty. Under the protection of soldiers, they rushed to Anfeng County overnight. Then they borrowed two horses from the county seat and rushed to the Jiling army to plead guilty.


    As soon as they appeared in Ji Ling''s army, Ji Ling understood something. Shu Zhao also responded and said, "no, general, Anton''s army is going to run."


    Just at this time, Li Gui''s personal soldiers had arrived at the Chinese army. Under the leadership of Ji Ling''s personal soldiers, they rushed to report to the Chinese Army: "senior general, General Li''s orders are coming down. The Allied forces have begun to break through the encirclement to the south. General Li said that Yulou may have been lost. Please make a decision as soon as possible!"


    At this time, Ji Ling couldn''t control his anger. He pulled out his long sword and stabbed at the magistrate and the captain of Yulou county.


    "Poof!"


    "Poof!"


    "General!" All the people nearby exclaimed.


    "Somebody, drag the bodies of these two wastes away!" After killing the two, Ji Ling''s anger finally calmed down a little. After a moment''s meditation, he ordered to his own soldiers: "send someone to give orders to Ji Bao and Li Gui immediately, so that they can stay in charge of the Coalition for an hour at all costs."


    Then he ordered: "all the horses in the army should be collected, and the soldiers who are good at riding should be selected from the army to form cavalry, and Ji Bao''s army should be quickly sent to help them hold down the Allied soldiers. General Leibo, immediately lead ten thousand soldiers, guard ten thousand soldiers, attack from the United camp, and quickly follow. The rest of the army quickly assembled and followed the general in pursuit. "


    All the generals in the army immediately took orders to leave. However, when Leibo was ready to take the lead to leave, Shu Zhao suddenly said to him, "general Lei, don''t be too hasty when you enter the coalition camp to pursue. You should be careful."


    Shu Zhao''s words put Lei Bo in a dilemma. The general asked him to pursue quickly, but the military adviser asked him to be cautious. For a moment, he didn''t know how to do it, so he had to turn his eyes to Ji Ling.


    Ji Ling also a Leng, ask to Shu Zhao: "Sir of meaning?"


    Shu Zhao nodded and said: "in a certain sense, Anton Junqi will give up the camp so easily. There must be some fear of arrangement, so


    Ji Ling thought about it and suddenly realized it. He said to Lei Bo, "OK, I''ll do it according to Mr. Shu''s arrangement."


    The relationship between Ji Ling and Shu Zhao was not so good, but after the battle of Luoyang, when they were captured at the same time, their relationship became closer and closer. Over the past few years, Ji Ling had already admired Shu Zhao''s talent, so he would listen carefully to his strategy.


    Since Shu Zhao said there was something strange in the camp, Ji Ling readily accepted it. Seeing this, Lei Bo quickly nods and turns to leave. After ordering Qi''s troops, he kills them in the direction of Anton''s army camp.


    With Shu Zhao''s warning, Lei Bo divided the 20000 troops into three parts, with 5000 guards as the vanguard. He opened the distance and killed them in the camp. Five thousand forwards, ten thousand infantry behind them, and five thousand guards at the end.


    After Leibo''s army left, Ji Ling collected horses from more than 100000 troops and sent them to the Chinese army. There were more than 3000 horses at all levels. Ji Ling immediately transferred more than 3000 cavalry soldiers from the Chinese army and ordered them to support Ji Bao and Li Gui''s army one by one.Later, the 30000 troops of Ji Ling''s headquarters set out. At the same time, Ji Ling''s order to pull out the camp had been sent to the camp, and the left behind taxi soldiers began to organize materials and prepare to enter Anfeng city.


    When Jiling''s army chased Anton''s retreat, Leibo''s army had already entered the camp. Sure enough, Anton''s army didn''t respond until the vanguard of the army entered the camp. So Leibo ordered forward 5000 soldiers to continue to move forward to the camp.


    If this was the case in the past, Lei Bo would lead the army to rush in directly. However, after the collapse of the 5000 army this morning and Shu Zhao''s reminder, Lei Bo became very careful and watched the forward 5000 army go in, but there was no movement inside. Instead, he stopped. Then he transferred the 5000 guards to follow them The vanguard''s 5000 troops were behind him, while his own 10000 soldiers were at the end.


    Seeing that the five thousand troops behind also entered the camp, but there was still no response, Leibo could not help but feel relieved. Just as he was preparing to command the troops to enter the camp and quickly chase them through the camp, suddenly there was a huge fire in the camp. At first, there were only a few, and then almost half of the camp was burned.

 Chapter 907

    Outside the camp, when he saw the flames, Leibo couldn''t help wiping a cold sweat. Fortunately, Laozi had a long mind. He transferred 5000 troops to the camp first, but he led 10000 elite soldiers to go in at last. Otherwise, he would have one of his own. It seems that what Mr. Shu said is right. Anton''s army must have one Later.


    Thinking of this, Lei Bo was shocked. He was still in the camp. Thousands of ten thousand soldiers had already entered the camp. Lei Bo was so scared that he was cold all over... Get out now, get out of the camp, get out of there Leibo gave a loud order and led 10000 soldiers to evacuate from the camp quickly, for fear that there would be other ambushes in the camp.


    Fortunately, he had been waiting for them to evacuate safely, but nothing unusual happened. Leibo waited outside the camp for a while, until there were no more soldiers in the camp. Then he led more than 4000 garrison soldiers and his own 10000 soldiers to chase after Ji Ling''s headquarters. As for the camp which is already burning, no one wants to take charge of it, Anyway, it''s not your own thing that burned.


    More than ten miles to the south, the skyrocketing fireworks in the camp can be seen clearly by all the soldiers of Anton''s army who are retreating. Although they don''t know how many Yuan Shu''s army will be burned by the fire, they all know that if the camp is on fire, it means that Ji Ling has seen through his own layout and the army has begun to catch up.


    The daily march mileage of the army is 50 Li, and the walking distance of each hour is about 10 Li. This means that the army marches normally when it is carrying baggage carts and there are materials on them. So although Anton''s army has been away from the camp for more than an hour, it has only gone ten miles so far.


    However, if the army did not carry a lot of supplies, the speed of marching would be faster. That is to say, if the Ji Ling army was light and fast, it would catch up with the retreating army in two to three hours. However, there is a distance of more than 60 Li and nearly 70 Li from Daying to Yulou county. The army leaves the camp at the appointed time. If it keeps going day and night, it will have to reach the foot of Yulou city the next day as soon as possible.


    For the Anton army, these seven hours are the speed of life and death. A general once proposed to give up most of the grain and rush to Yulou with light clothes, but he was rejected by Huangfu Chaobo. Although Zhang Ying captured more than 100000 stone grain and grass in Yulou City, his army still has nearly 100000 troops, which is not enough for the army in January. However, it is estimated that it will take more than a month for the reinforcements from Yuzhou to arrive, and this is a smooth journey In this case.


    If Yuan Shu sent another army to stop him, he would starve to death in Yulou. So Huangfu Chaobo thought again and again and decided to take tens of thousands of stone grain from the camp to Yulou. Even though Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to leave the grain behind, the army only took more than 60000 stone grain by truck in the end. Even so, according to the 25 stone grain per vehicle, there are still more than 2000 vehicles.


    But now, it''s obvious that Ji Ling has found the withdrawal of his army, which is far earlier than the predicted noon. It seems that Ji Ling''s army has begun to pursue. If the inference is correct, it should be three to four hours before Ji Ling''s army will catch up with his retreating army.


    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo also fell into meditation again. It was a difficult problem to decide whether to give up or not.


    "Come on, invite the two military advisers to discuss the matter!" After pondering for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo stood up fiercely and gave an order to his personal guards.


    since the first World War is inevitable, we should make preparations as early as possible. Huangfu Chaobo has made up our mind. At this time, his two military advisers were on a carriage hundreds of steps ahead, especially Guo Jia was not in good health, so he was not suitable for long-distance galloping, so Huangfu Chaobo had prepared a carriage for them as a substitute for them as early as before going out.


    After Guo Jia and Pang Tong arrived, Huangfu Chaobo told them what he thought. Guo jialue said thoughtfully: "according to the speed of Ji Ling''s army, it is estimated that we will catch up with our army before dark at the latest. There will be a war at the boundary. Moreover, we should be more than 30 li away from here and less than 20 Li northwest of Yulou at that time, and there is a river right here If the army crosses the river here, the speed of the wagon will be very slow. In time, if Ji lingbu just launches an attack, our army will lose a lot. "


    "That''s right," Pang Tong nodded. "Since the Lord wants to fight, he can set up the battlefield here to buy time for the logistics convoy to cross the river."


    Following Pang Tong''s fingers, Huangfu Chaobo also noticed the river. It was a small river flowing out of the Dabie Mountains and flowing into the Shihe River from south to north. The river was not wide, it was only five or six feet wide, and the water was not deep. The deepest horses could wade across the River, but the wagons couldn''t.


    In addition, there is only one stone bridge on the river, and it will take two or three hours for nearly 3000 wagons to cross the river. Therefore, while deciding to withdraw troops, Huangfu Chaobo has sent people to take a detour to Yulou to ask Zhang Ying to arrange the defense of the county, and then immediately lead the troops to help. The main purpose is to let him build several floating bridges on the river in advance, so as to speed up the transportation The speed of chedu river.According to Kuaima''s report, Zhang Ying had arranged 1000 halberds and 1000 yuan soldiers to defend the county. He led 4000 halberds, 2000 soldiers and 8000 men to the riverside. They were busy building floating bridges. When the army arrived, they should be able to build four floating bridges, but even so, it would take more than an hour for thousands of freight cars to complete the construction He crossed the river. Therefore, it was a last resort to fight with Ji Ling''s army.


    Since he decided to fight, Huangfu Chaobo immediately discussed the war arrangement with the two men. After repeated discussions, several people finally determined the war arrangement. Then Huangfu Chaobo asked his personal guards to pass the order to the relevant generals. Soon, the army began to speed up and move towards the set goal.


    At the same time, 2000 Tiebi battalions, 5000 tieyingruis and 10000 soldiers left most of the headquarters and headed north to meet Huang Wudi. As early as when the two armies met, Huang Wudi had already sent someone to report to Huangfu Chaobo about the confrontation between Huang Wudi and 30000 yuan Shujun. However, at that time, the strategy of fighting against Ji Ling had not been determined, so he did not rush to arrange the return of the army.


    Now we have decided to fight a war with Ji lingbu. Before the war, it will be of great help to wipe out the 30000 troops of Ji lingbu.

 Chapter 908

    Just when Huangfu''s Chaobo army began to speed up its advance, Ji Bao and Li Gui''s 30000 troops had already confronted Huang Wudi, who stayed behind to block the enemy. Although he had the assistance of 5000 Tui cavalry, Huang Wudi didn''t underestimate the enemy''s wave battle, but just confronted Yuan Shu''s army from a distance.


    As long as Yuan Shujun''s army did not move, she would not order the soldiers to fight; when Ji Bao and Li Gui began to attack tentatively, 5000 cavalry were ready to move, and Yuan Shujun stopped again.


    After nearly an hour of confrontation, Ji Ling''s heralds and more than 3000 temporary cavalry also appeared in the north of the battlefield. The leader was one of Ji Ling''s confidants, and they soon joined Ji Bao''s army.


    With the addition of more than 3000 cavalry, Ji Bao''s confidence was greatly increased. The arrival of cavalry can at least make him feel at ease against the soldiers, without worrying about the other cavalry''s surprise attack at any time.


    After a moment''s discussion, Ji Bao began to prepare to attack the coalition. With the war drum in the army, the remaining 7000 heavy infantry vanguards of the two armies and 10000 city guard soldiers were distributed on both sides of the heavy infantry. The remaining 10000 troops, as the central army, followed closely and began to attack the Yellow dance butterfly department.


    At this time, Anton''s army had only 80000 troops, and the number of craftsmen and civil servants was less than 90000. Except for the 6000 troops of Zhang Ying''s army, there were not many troops that could be used.


    So Huangfu Chaobo didn''t arrange many troops to be in charge of the post war. Huang Wudi''s army was only over 20000, including 5000 Tujia soldiers, 4000 Huben soldiers, 4000 Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and 10000 guards.


    Originally, these troops were enough to contain the 30000 troops of Ji Bao and Li Gui, but Ji Ling sent more than 3000 cavalry to break the balance. So after seeing more than 3000 cavalry arrive at the battlefield, Huang Wudi ordered the army to prepare for defense. The order she got was to block the pursuit for an hour, but only half an hour has passed so far.


    Seeing that Yuan Shu''s army on the opposite side began to attack, Huang Wudi ordered the army to prepare for the battle. Huang Wudi''s army put the soldiers in the front. Ten thousand guards were distributed on both sides of the battalion. Behind the soldiers were four thousand yuan army crossbow soldiers, while five thousand Turkistan cavalry soldiers were distributed on both sides of the infantry formation, eyeing the Yuan Shu army.


    Seeing that Yuan Shujun''s whole army had gone out without leaving behind, Huang Wudi''s reality was also a little dignified. She knew that she was in a weak position now, and her only advantage was cavalry. A few years ago, I saw Ji Ling''s heavy infantry. At that time, it was said that I had only trained for less than a year. At this time, Yuan Shu''s heavy infantry had been trained for at least two or three years.


    Although five thousand heavy infantry were killed in the camp just now, they were defeated. You know, the soldiers who fought against them were second only to the soldiers of the iron wall camp who were trapped in the camp. They were the soldiers of the tenth rank, but their own barracks did not have that ability.


    After a little thought, she ordered: "order the crossbow soldiers to be ready to shoot, and put yuan Shujun to 50 steps before attacking. General Huyan is ordered to concentrate on annihilating the cavalry of the other side and then return to support the infantry, regardless of his own soldiers


    With her order, more than ten thousand Anton troops began to be ready, quietly waiting for Yuan Shu army to approach.


    In the battle of Yuan Shu''s army, Ji Bao looks at the opposite coalition with a cold face. Originally, he was going to lead the battle, but Li Gui disagrees. They are both Ji Ling''s relatives. However, Ji Bao''s identity is more special. He is Ji Ling''s relative, while Li Gui is Ji Ling''s relative. Therefore, Li Gui stopped Ji Bao''s request to lead the battle in person. In the end, Li Gui was the leader of the heavy armor infantry, while Ji Bao was the leader.


    With Ji Bao''s command, 30000 troops slowly approach the coalition forces, and Li Gui, the forward general, is also suffocating. One of the reasons why he failed in the previous time is that the rout at the head of the city disturbed his formation, and the overwhelming rain of arrows suddenly came, which caught his 4000 heavy infantry off guard.


    At this time, the elite of Anton army just seized the moment of chaos, thousands of elite suddenly killed, making their heavy infantry have no time to re array. The follow-up light Striders followed closely, which eventually led to the rout of their own army.


    The rout, the arrow rain and the timely attack of the elite are the reasons for the defeat of Li Gui''s army. Therefore, Li Gui is extremely angry. This time, he has seen the coalition troops blocking his army, and there is no elite soldier in front of him. Therefore, Li Gui feels that he has a chance to be shamed.


    Seeing that his army was less than 150 steps away from the Allied forces, Li Gui gave a loud order: "heavy infantry should pay attention to defending the other side''s arrows, keep the formation, save physical strength and approach slowly!"


    As the soldiers of both sides approached, the cavalry began to fight. The cavalry commander was also a confidant of Ji Ling. He was ordered to destroy as many cavalry as possible to eliminate the threat of cavalry for the subsequent war. So from the beginning, he led more than 3000 cavalry to the Tujia on the side of the coalition.


    Because the troopers of the United forces were divided into two groups, which were escorted on both sides of the army, he wanted to use his superior forces to annihilate more troopers before the cavalry on the other side reacted.However, what made him anxious was that the other side''s cavalry didn''t seem willing to carry it with him. When the two sides were about a hundred paces away, the other side''s cavalry began to shoot arrows at him. After a round of arrows, the cavalry turned around and ran towards the east of the battlefield. In desperation, the cavalry of Yuan Shu army prepared to turn to attack the infantry on the right wing of the allied army. Who knows, the long-distance cavalry turned around again and launched cavalry fire at Yuan Shu army cavalry from behind.


    At this time, the left-wing cavalry of the coalition army had begun to circle behind the infantry and encircle the cavalry of Yuan Shu army. Yuan Shu''s cavalry general knew that if he didn''t annihilate or maim one of the other''s cavalry, the next war would be in trouble. So he immediately ordered the cavalry to turn again and chase the right-wing cavalry of the coalition.


    When he saw the cavalry of Yuan Shu army chasing him, Huyan knew that his opportunity had come. With a whistle, he led the cavalry of the right part to the East. He was ready to transfer the cavalry of Yuan Shu army, and then the cavalry of the left part would annihilate them together, and then he came back to support the footmen of Huang Wu die.


    The cavalry on both sides chased each other and soon disappeared in the sight of the footmen.

 Chapter 909

    Just as the cavalry of both sides left the infantry battlefield, the heavy infantry and Huang Wudi''s army were less than 100 steps away. To Li Gui''s surprise, his army had entered the range of each other''s crossbows, but the expected rain of arrows did not come. Li Gui''s heart moved, knowing that the other side was waiting for his army to get closer before attacking.


    Li Gui can''t help sneering to himself. He has more than 7000 heavy infantry, and his defense is extremely high. Does the general of the opposite coalition really think that the attack of ordinary arrows can break through his defense and kill the army? Seven thousand heavy infantry were killed by him. There will be more than six thousand by then. Once these six thousand heavy infantry are killed in front of the enemy''s army, they will never be able to stop them.


    Eighty steps, the archer didn''t respond.


    Sixty steps, still no launch.


    The other side''s calmness made Li Gui''s heart beat a little bit. Is there any other way for the other side to aim at his heavy infantry? At this time, Li Gui had no time to be polyphasic. He just ordered the army to move on.


    Fifty steps.


    "Crossbow, ten shots in a row, fire!"


    With Huang Wudi''s order, the 4000 yuan army crossbow soldiers began to buckle their hanging knives to the heavy infantry of Yuan Shu army fifty paces away.


    "Buzz, buzz!"


    Four thousand crossbows and arrows, like locusts, went straight at Yuan Shu''s army.


    Hearing the firing order from the opposite side, Li Gui was also relieved. The other side had already started to fire the crossbow. His army only needed to stop him for a few rounds. Thinking of this, he yelled: "defend the arrow!"


    In fact, there was no need for him to give orders. All the soldiers who heard the order of shooting crossbows from the opposite side were ready to defend their arrows. However, they were all dressed in heavy armor, and the first row of soldiers also held shields, so they didn''t feel any pressure. The reason why they used to defend with shields was just because they were used to it.


    But soon yuan Shujun soldiers found that their ideas were wrong.


    "Dududududui"


    As soon as we were ready, the catapults and arrows were already on the shield. The huge impact of the catapult made the front row taxi soldiers beat. Fortunately, the heavy infantry formation was tight, and the soldiers were close together, so that the front row taxi soldiers did not fall down directly.


    But each heavy infantry''s shield was hit by several crossbows and arrows. You should know that the effective killing distance of Yuanrong crossbows and arrows is 100 steps, but now they are launched at a distance of 50 steps. You can imagine how powerful they are. Several crossbows and arrows hit the same shield at the same time, and the position is completely different, which leads to the unbalanced force. Although many heavy infantry do not fall down, their strong strength has made them unable to control the shield well.


    However, just as the heavy infantry wanted to stand firm again and control their shields, the second round of crossbows and arrows came again. This time, nearly 300 heavy infantry in the front row could not hold on. At this time, the heavy infantry''s tight defense was finally broken, and some heavy infantry even could not hold their own shields and fell directly to the ground.


    Then, the third round of the crossbow came again, so this time, nearly 200 heavy infantry were shot by the crossbow and fell.


    Soon, the fourth round, the fifth round came.


    Yuan Shujun''s heavy infantry suffered more and more casualties. Although the heavy infantry didn''t panic because of the strict training at ordinary times, a soldier in front fell down, and his companions immediately came forward to fill his vacancy, but the speed of the crossbow was too fast, and with the distance getting closer, the heavy infantry''s armor was more difficult to resist the attack of the crossbow.


    With the end of the ten rounds of crossbows and arrows, the heavy infantry had approached the distance of 20 steps in front of the army of the yellow butterfly dance department. However, the short distance of 30 steps made the heavy infantry lose more than 2000 people. Among them, more than 1500 people were killed on the spot, and more than 1000 people were injured and fell to the ground.


    Li Gui was ready to sacrifice a thousand talents. He didn''t expect that Anton''s crossbow was so powerful that he lost 30% of his troops.


    But at this time, Li Gui couldn''t hold back. Li Gui, who was in the middle of the heavy infantry, cried out: "go on, go on! Although the enemy''s crossbow is powerful, they have nothing to do if they only need to approach the enemy''s infantry! "


    The huge casualties also aroused the blood of the heavy infantry. The surviving soldiers in the front row yelled: "kill! Kill!! Kill


    Soon the cry of killing rang out in the whole heavy infantry Square: "kill! Kill!! Kill


    After firing a box of crossbows, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers have to reload their arrows. If it''s normal defense, Huang wudie will not make such arrangements. She will certainly let crossbow soldiers attack in turn to ensure the continuity of firepower. But today''s situation is different. She must kill the heavy infantry as much as possible before fighting with the heavy infantry, otherwise her current combat battalion can''t support the cavalry The soldiers returned.


    Sure enough, after ten rounds of crossbows and arrows, the number of heavy infantry dropped to more than 4000, but it was too late for the crossbow soldiers to carry out another round of shooting. Huang wudie immediately ordered: "Yuanrong crossbow soldiers retreat 50 steps, block the shooting, sword and shield soldiers line up, we just need to hold the cavalry to return, we will win, fight to death! Kill"Kill


    Today''s Huben camp was reorganized after Huang Zhong led the troops to Yuzhou. The old soldiers and the new soldiers fought half of each other. After entering Huainan, after several battles, there are now only more than 4000 people. The old soldiers did not lose much. There were only more than one hundred of them. On the contrary, there were 2500 new soldiers who joined the army and lost nearly a thousand. More than 4000 soldiers of Huben camp were divided into four columns by Huang wudie. The first two columns were the old soldiers before the reorganization, and the latter were the old and new mixed.


    "Boom..."


    Twenty steps away, and soon the two armies became a regiment. In the face of the impact of Yuan Shu''s heavy infantry, two lines of veteran soldiers in Huben battalion tried their best to block it, but Huben battalion lost two or three hundred people, and Yuan Shu''s army lost almost the same.


    The two armies soon scuffled into a regiment, and Huang Wudi rode on his horse, flying with a long sword. Yuan Shujun''s soldiers did not have her combined enemy. Her force value is as high as 88, and her strength ranks in the top ten in Huangfu Chaobo''s army. Even her elder brother Huang Xu is three points lower than her. It''s only because she is a female general that Huangfu Chaobo always puts her in the position of guard general, and seldom has the chance to fight with the army.


    In fact, both Huang Wudi and Zhao Yu are very good generals. The four dimensions are quite balanced. They are comparable to Tian Yu and Huang Xu, but slightly inferior to Zhao Yun, Huang Zhong and Zhang Ying. So this time, after Huang Zhong was transferred to Yuzhou, Huangfu Chaobo appointed Huang Wudi as the commander of Huben camp.

 Chapter 910

    Huang Wudi''s weapons are basically the same as those of Huang Zhong. In other words, the weapons of the three members of Huang Zhong''s family are almost the same. In close combat, they are daggers, and in long-range, they are bows and arrows. Moreover, their riding skills are also very strong. So although Huang Wudi is a female general, he can''t dance daggers very well in a moment.


    However, even so, Huang Wudi did not enter the enemy group. Instead, she sat on her horse and carefully observed the situation of the whole battlefield. Once she found that there was no support for the soldiers in any position, she led her 200 personal guards to support her. When Yuan''s army was repulsed and the defense line was stable, she immediately withdrew to the back of the front line.


    However, Huang Wudi and her guards didn''t have much time to rest. Soon another defense line had problems. Dozens of heavy armour infantry broke through the defense of Huben battalion and began to fight into the array.


    With a low drink, Huang Wudi urged the horse forward, and soon led another 50 guards into the regiment. With the addition of a new force, the defense line soon stabilized again. After Huben soldiers took over the defense, Huang Wudi retreated again.


    Seeing this situation, Li Gui, a member of the chongbu army, with one stroke of his fighting power, yelled: "the pro guard camp, follow someone in the battle!"


    With that, he took the lead and rushed to the Huben camp. Seeing this, the guards around him quickly followed him and killed him in front of him. In Li Gui''s opinion, no one is available for the coalition, and a female general is used to sever the queen. Although he also saw that the opposite female general seemed to be not weak, but from the bottom of his heart, he still thought that no matter how strong they were, they couldn''t go anywhere. In order to break through the defense line of Huben camp faster, he killed them directly.


    "Kill..."


    With the addition of Li Gui, the fighting spirit of the heavy infantry is even stronger. Although Li Gui is only an ordinary general, his fighting power is far better than that of the heavy armor soldiers. Under his attack, the defense line of Huben camp is broken through again.


    Seeing this, Huang Wudi met her face to face. She also saw that the general in front of her was the main general of the heavy infantry. If she could kill him, it would be of great help to ordinary war.


    "Get out of the way, let Ben meet this staff in the future!" Huang Wudi is facing the soldiers of Huben camp who are struggling to support. Hearing the words, all the soldiers are greatly relieved. They all withdraw to both sides and put Li Gui in front of Huang Wudi.


    With a sound of Jiao, Huang Wudi turns over and dismounts and attacks Li Gui. If it''s against ordinary soldiers, Huang Wudi won''t dismount to fight. Now he''s facing the opponent''s main general. There''s not much room for him to maneuver on the horse, which is not conducive to his own play. Therefore, for the sake of safety, Huang Wudi chose to dismount.


    The long sword flies and cuts fiercely at Li Gui. Seeing this, Li Gui raises his weapon to block it.


    "When..."


    The two men collided fiercely. The huge impact made Li Gui''s blood surge in his chest. It was not easy for him to stop it. At this time, Li Gui realized that he underestimated the female general in front of him. He seemed very weak. In fact, the combat power of the other side was much stronger than that of himself.


    However, at this time, he can''t bear to think much. Huang Wudi''s attack has come to him in an endless stream, and Li Gui has to deal with it with all his strength.


    After carefully dealing with several moves, Li Gui knows that if he withdraws again, he will soon be killed by the female general on the spot. At the critical moment of life and death, Li Gui can''t care about anything else. He yells at his bodyguard and says, "hold her!" Said, regardless of the posture toward the yellow butterfly in the past.


    "Kill


    Next to the pro guard quickly gathered around, desperate to the direction of Huang wudie besieged in the past. Although Huang Wudi has strong fighting power, her actual combat experience is far less than that of Li Gui. Seeing Li Gui and his bodyguard fighting to death, the subconscious attack stopped for a moment. However, it was this stagnation that made Li Gui out of her attack range. When Huang wudie reacted and prepared to attack again, Li Gui had retreated to the encirclement of the bodyguard, and then retreated to the encirclement of the heavy armour infantry.


    In desperation, Huang wudie had to solve Yuan Shu''s problem before looking for an opportunity. After she stabilized her defense line, Li Gui was heavily guarded by heavy infantry, and even Huang Wudi''s bow and arrow could not help him.


    However, in this battle, Yuan Shujun''s offensive was a little weaker, and his main general was in danger of dying under the attack of the opposite female general, which reduced the morale of the attacking heavy infantry and weakened the offensive.


    Although he was annoyed that he was not able to kill the opponent''s general on the spot, seeing that Yuan''s offensive had declined, Huang Wudi also put down a little. Because the attack of heavy infantry decreased, the defense of HUBEN Battalion soldiers also gradually stabilized.


    At this time, however, the soldiers of the two wings had already begun to fight. Fortunately, the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers who had retreated 30 paces away had reloaded their crossbows. According to Zhao Ling''s request, the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers were divided into two columns, with 2000 soldiers in each column, divided into two waves, and began to block fire at the back of the fighting area.


    Because of the continuity of the arrow attack, Zhao Ling asked the crossbow soldiers to control their speed so that there was no obvious gap between the two rounds.


    At the time of fighting in an all-round way on the blocking battlefield, the cavalry from several miles to the east also began to fight. The 5000 cavalry of huyandu had surrounded more than 3000 cavalry of the Jiling army, but they didn''t fight with them. Instead, they used the characteristics of riding and shooting of the sudden cavalry to sharpen their fighting power around the Jiling army cavalry.No matter which direction the cavalry of Yuan Shu army attacked, the cavalry fled far away with a whistle and did not fight with it at all. This made the cavalry of Yuan Shujun feel very depressed. It was very hard to fight back only when they were beaten. After several rounds of arrow rain, the cavalry general also reflected that the other side wanted to wear off all their cavalry.


    Soon, he thought of a way. Since you don''t want to fight me, well, I''ll fight to lose some cavalry to attack your infantry. How can you hide?


    Thinking of this, at the command of the cavalry general, more than 3000 cavalry rushed to the battlefield where the soldiers were fighting. Seeing this situation, Huyan knew that his idea had been seen through by the other party. In desperation, Huyan had to order the sudden cavalry in charge of hunting in the west to stop him, and the cavalry in the other directions quickly approached and surrounded and annihilated the more than 3000 cavalry regardless of the loss.


    Seeing that his strategy had taken effect, Yuan Shujun''s cavalry general laughed: "ha ha... Dog thief, let us see the power of cavalry in the Central Plains today! "


    With that, he pulled out his waist knife and yelled: "sons! Kill the thief as you please Then, shaking the reins, he roared to the more than 1000 cavalry who were blocking his army.

 Chapter 911

    Under the leadership of the general, more than 3000 cavalry officers of Yuan Shu army called out: "kill..." One after another, they pulled out their weapons and followed them to kill the cavalry on the opposite side. For a time, the battle was so loud! Because the cavalry of Yuan Shu army was improvised by Ji Ling. It can be seen that each person''s weapons are different. Some are long knives, some are long guns, and others are ring head swords.


    At the same time, huyandu''s own soldiers also sounded the clarion call of all-round attack. Five thousand Turkistan cavalry waved their machetes and surrounded the cavalry of Yuan Shu army.


    The distance between the two sides was only a few hundred steps. It took less than half an hour for Yuan Shu''s cavalry to suddenly turn and march westward, to order the whole army to besiege in Huyan, and then to kill nearly ten thousand cavalry on both sides as a regiment. At last, more than three thousand Yuan Shu''s cavalry lost three thousand people, and less than two hundred cavalry broke through.


    At this point, Ji Ling''s more than 3000 cavalry were almost lost, and less than 200 cavalry fled in a panic, while Anton''s cavalry also lost nearly 2000. Fortunately, he has finally completed the task of annihilating Yuan Shu''s cavalry.


    The main loss of the troopers was the 1000 cavalry who were responsible for intercepting the cavalry of Yuan Shu army marching westward. They almost lost their lives under the attack of more than 3000 cavalry of Yuan Shu army. However, the loss of 1000 cavalry was not useless. They used their own sacrifice to block down more than 3000 cavalry of Yuan Shu army, which provided an opportunity for them to arrive at 4000 cavalry later.


    Four thousand cavalry lost nearly a thousand yuan''s cavalry when they were covered by two rounds of bows and arrows. Then four thousand cavalry surrounded and annihilated yuan''s cavalry from three aspects and finally surrounded them all. However, Ji Ling''s more than 3000 cavalry were selected from more than 100000 troops with excellent riding skills. A large part of them were junior officers such as military commanders and Shi commanders. Their personal combat power was beyond doubt. Therefore, at the last moment, more than 200 cavalry escaped smoothly.


    Fortunately, half of the more than 3000 yuan''s cavalry were killed or injured by bow and arrow.


    As soon as the war ended, Huyan left nearly a thousand wounded troopers to gather up the horses and search for the wounded soldiers. He immediately led more than 2000 troopers to the West battlefield. He was not sure whether Huang wudie''s less than 20000 soldiers could resist the attack of 30000 soldiers.


    By the time huyandu returned to the main battlefield, the war had been going on for nearly an hour. As he had expected, Huang Wudi''s 20000 soldiers had been caught by the attack of 30000 Ji Lingjun.


    At this time, more than 4000 soldiers in Huben camp had lost nearly half of their lives, and now there are more than 2000 soldiers struggling to support them. Five thousand guards from the left and right departments retreated step by step under the attack of Yuan Shu''s army.


    Fortunately, Huang wudie has a strong ability. Under her command, the remaining 12000 soldiers form a square array again. The 8000 close combat soldiers form three columns, encircling the 4000 yuan army and crossbow soldiers in the array, while the 4000 yuan army and crossbow soldiers continuously fire crossbows and arrows at the Yuan Shu army outside the array to relieve the pressure on the peripheral soldiers.


    At this time, more than 20000 Yuan Shu troops were left, which was the result of a large number of casualties caused by 4000 crossbow troops.


    The sudden appearance of more than two thousand turkeys on the battlefield has greatly boosted the morale of Anton''s soldiers who are struggling to support. The appearance of their own cavalry on the battlefield means that the enemy cavalry has been eliminated. Then, the control of the battlefield will return to their own hands.


    On the contrary, the morale of Yuan Shu''s soldiers dropped rapidly, and the result was that the already precarious defense line of the Yellow dance butterfly army was stabilized again.


    Seeing the 2500 cavalry troops of the enemy returning, Ji Bao knew that his strategy of encircling and annihilating this army had failed today. On the one hand, he had lost his morale. On the other hand, he had only 20000 troops left. He not only wanted to attack the enemy''s infantry array, but also had to guard against the surprise attack of the enemy''s cavalry. It seems that it''s time to end the war and wait for the arrival of the army. It''s a pity that it''s 3000 Cavalry, it is estimated that not many can escape.


    Thinking of this, Ji Bao immediately ordered the army to stop attacking and return to defense, and the army of Jinghou Jiling came. Just at this time, a large amount of smoke and dust suddenly rose behind a forest two miles south of the battlefield. Then, several flags of Anton army appeared in the field of vision.


    Ji Bao was the first to see the arrival of the Allied reinforcements because he was facing the woods to the south. Seeing this, Ji Bao couldn''t help changing his face. He said in his heart, "no, the coalition forces have sent reinforcements again. He must form an array to defend himself immediately. Otherwise, his more than 20000 troops can''t wait for the coalition forces of the general."


    Thinking of this, Ji ordered the army to retreat, gather and form a circle.


    With the sound of Ming Jin, more than 20000 soldiers of Yuan Shu''s army were surprised, but they carried out the military order very well. The army quickly retreated, and then quickly formed a circle under the command of the Chinese Army''s horn.


    At this time, some soldiers of Anton''s army found something strange when they looked back to the south, so the cheers of "reinforcements are here, general''s reinforcements are here!"


    Huang Wudi was startled and looked back to the south. Sure enough, she saw the battle flags of tiebiying, tieyingruishi and the other two battalions. At this time, she understood why yuan Shujun withdrew so easily. But at this time, the formation of Yuan Shu''s army had been formed, and his side had no chance to raid.Not only Huang wudie, but also Huyan was regretting. He rushed to the South without carefully observing the situation, so that he lost the opportunity. However, when Huyan saw the strength of the reinforcements, he immediately directed the cavalry to the north of Yuan Shu''s army. He estimated that with the support of these elite troops, the generals in the army would want to eat Yuan Shu''s army.


    Sure enough, soon after the 17000 elite troops and Huang Wudi joined up, they immediately conveyed the military order of Huangfu Chaobo, and let Huang Wudi wait for an opportunity to annihilate the army of Yuan Shu.


    With the arrival of 17000 elite troops, the battlefield situation changed dramatically. Anton''s troops turned into 30000 soldiers and more than 2000 cavalry, while Yuan Shu''s army had only 20000 soldiers left. The two sides attacked and defended at once.


    Huang Wudi took the military order and decided to annihilate the 20000 Yuan Shu troops as soon as possible. Although Ji Ling''s army was coming towards the edge at this time, Huang Wudi felt that he had 17000 talents. Facing the other party''s 20000 exhausted troops, if he was fast enough, he should be able to annihilate Ji Ling''s army before it arrived.

 Chapter 912

    Thinking of this, Huang wudie immediately ordered to take Yuanrong crossbow soldiers as the cover to suppress the archers. Then he sent Tiebi battalion as the vanguard to attack the enemy''s army with all his strength, followed by tieyingruishi, and ten thousand soldiers from the two academies surrounded from both wings to annihilate the twenty thousand troops here as soon as possible.


    "Wuwu..."


    "Dong Dong"


    At the same time, the drums of attack were also pounded. Seventeen thousand troops quickly approached the army array of Yuan Shu army. Behind the army, four thousand crossbow soldiers quickly followed up. When they reached 80 steps to the south of the army array, they stopped and the array launched an attack on Yuan Shu army.


    At the same time, Ji Bao also ordered the archers to attack the approaching soldiers of Tiebi camp. Unfortunately, the archers in his hands could not achieve the attack effect of the enemy''s Crossbow soldiers, and the opposite side was soon suppressed by the enemy''s crossbows.


    After ordering the army to attack, Huang Wudi ordered the slightly injured soldiers to clean up the battlefield and the remains of the soldiers. By the way, he also found all the injured soldiers who had fallen on the battlefield and carried them to the rear freight car to the center of the army.


    Of course, they also have a task, which is to recover the crossbows fired by the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers. Now the rear of the army has been cut off. Although these crossbows are not nervous, for the sake of prudence, Zhao Ling asked Huangfu Chaobo to order that the crossbows fired by the army should be collected as much as possible after the war to deal with emergencies.


    In the previous hour''s war, Yuanrong''s Crossbow soldiers had already shot 120000 crossbows in three rounds, so now Huang Wudi asked the wounded soldiers to take back all the crossbows as much as possible.


    As for the other soldiers, Huang Wudi ordered them to rest for a quarter of an hour, and then they would also go into the war, trying to wipe out all the soldiers before Ji Ling''s army arrived, so that they would not have time to catch up.


    Huang Wudi''s idea is correct, but she didn''t expect that Yuan Shujun''s defensive army should be so strong. In fact, she also thought that heavy infantry is a kind of high defense arms, and they are really strong in defense. Moreover, these heavy infantry are soldiers trained by Ji Ling for several years, so they are really good in defense.


    The main reason why Li Gui''s heavy infantry were easily broken by Anton''s army was that they were first scattered by their own routs, and then attacked by crossbows and arrows, which led to defeat.


    At the time of Jibao formation, there were less than 4000 heavy infantry left. However, after the formation of 4000 heavy infantry, the first round of attack of Tiebi battalion was blocked, which made Dianzi, the Deputy General of Tiebi battalion, angry. He grabbed his halberd and attacked the shield wall of the heavy infantry.


    Dianzi is Dianwei''s younger brother and the uncle of dianman. Although his military value can''t be compared with that of Dianwei, he has 78. His command is OK and he has passed the passing line. Besides, his weapon is like Dianwei''s double halberds. So Huangfu Chaobo makes him the Deputy General of Tiebi battalion. He usually leads the troops with Dianwei. If Tiebi battalion goes out alone and Dianwei needs to protect Huangfu Chaobo, Let dianzi lead the army, and it''s the same today.


    "Kill With dianzi''s sudden shout, the double halberds attacked the shield in front of him like a storm. After supporting less than ten moves, the heavy infantry in front of him finally fell to the ground with one halberd.


    Dianzi was very happy. Just as he was about to enter the shield wall, a heavy infantry from behind quickly stepped forward and took over the position of the fallen soldier.


    In desperation, dianzi had to attack again with his halberd and kill the heavy infantry. This time, he had an extra heart and was ready to squeeze in before the soldier fell down. Who knows, the soldiers in the back were faster. Together with Ze Pao, who had died in the war, he squeezed out of the shield wall and blocked dianzi again.


    Seeing this, dianzi''s face turned green and he couldn''t get in!


    Looking at other places, the situation is basically the same. The soldiers of Tiebi battalion have strong attack and defense, but they can''t get into the shield wall of heavy infantry.


    The two soldiers were in such a stalemate. Just when dianzi thought he should find another way, the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers behind him were already in place. With Zhao Cen''s order, thousands of crossbows and arrows came back to attack Yuan Shu army like locusts. At the same time, 5000 tieyingruishi also launched an attack on the army of Yuan Shu from both sides of Tiebi camp. Unfortunately, the attack was the same as that of Tiebi camp. Several attacks of tieyingruishi failed to break the army of Yuan Shu.


    At this time, the general of Anton''s army realized how strong Ji Ling''s heavy infantry was. Although Anton''s army defeated the heavy infantry twice, it was all skillful. Especially in Luoyang, if Zilong had not captured Ji Ling alive, Huangfu Chaobo would not have captured the 15000 heavy infantry.


    Today is the first time that Anton''s soldiers attacked the heavy infantry of Jiling army. The elite like Tiebi battalion and tieyingruishi failed to break their defense after several attacks, which is enough to show the strength of other defense capabilities.


    The war ahead is all in the eyes of Huang Wudi. Seeing that several attacks have failed to break the defense of the other side, Huang Wudi is also in a bit of a hurry. If he doesn''t take it as soon as possible, it is estimated that Ji Ling''s army will arrive soon. More than an hour has passed since the fire broke out in the camp. Ji Ling''s army is only 20 li away from here. It is estimated that it should be able to arrive within half an hour. It must attack as soon as possible.Thinking of this, Huang Wudi raised her sword and said in a loud voice, "come on, lead the cavalry and prepare for the battle!"


    Here, huyandu, the commander of the Turpan cavalry, rode over and said, "general, we must strengthen the attack, or Ji Ling''s army will come soon."


    "General Hu Yan has this intention. Please arrange cavalry to rush into the battle!" Huang dance butterfly way;


    "general, there is no plan, do not use cavalry to fight."


    Huang wudie was stunned and motioned for Huyan to continue.


    Huyandu said: "when we didn''t encircle and annihilate the cavalry of Yuan Shu army, we got a lot of horses, some of them were ordinary horsemen."


    Before huyandu''s words were finished, Huang Wudi immediately reflected that he wanted to use ordinary horse riding to fight in the battle. The Anton army didn''t lack horses. Such ordinary horse riding was rarely used in the army, so it didn''t hurt to use it to fight in the battle.


    Then, she said immediately: "please make arrangements for general Huyan right away, be quick!"


    "Not to be ordered!" Huyanduling turns around and leaves. When he comes, he has asked people to lead the horses out alone. Only with the consent of Huang wudie, he can arrange it.


    When Huyan left, Huang wudie said, "the whole army is going out. This time, we must break the defense of Yuan Shu''s army."


    Then, the war drums of the Chinese Army sounded again, and nearly ten thousand soldiers after rest quickly approached the direction of the fighting army. Huang Wudi''s military order was soon sent to dianzi and Chen Jing, who were fighting in front of him. They began to make arrangements quietly.

 Chapter 913

    Soon huyandu was ready. He had already selected nearly 100 ordinary horses from the horses. After he got Huang wudie''s order, he immediately asked them to cover their eyes with cloth. If he had enough time, he would also tie long guns and other weapons on the horses'' bodies and heads. Unfortunately, time no longer allowed him to do so.


    After everything was ready, dozens of Tujia soldiers drove the nearly 100 horses to the direction of Yuan Shujun''s army. In order to prevent the horses from changing direction, dozens of Tujia soldiers helped to drive the horses on both sides, so that the hundred horses could smoothly rush to Yuan Shujun''s army.


    Seeing that the horses had begun to approach the army for more than 100 steps, huyandu immediately sounded the horn. Hearing the sound of the horn, Chen Jing and Dian Zi immediately ordered the soldiers to retreat to both sides and let out a passage that was enough for the more than 100 horses to pass through. With the rumbling sound of the horses'' hooves, more than 100 horses ran faster and faster towards the army of Yuan Shu like arrows.


    In the middle of the battle, Ji Bao was stunned and looked at more than 100 horses getting closer and closer in the distance. He was so surprised that he cried out: "hold on, build a dense defensive formation, you must hold on!" At the end, his voice was as shrill as a human voice.


    In his roar, Yuan Shu''s soldiers also responded. They were rushing towards the horses. The soldiers quickly concentrated and prepared to form a thicker defense shield wall. However, the distance of a hundred steps was only an instant for the horses. When the thick shield wall of Yuan Shujun had not been formed, the horses had rushed in front of them.


    "Boom..."


    "Boom..."


    One after another, the horses directly hit the shield wall of Yuan Shujun. Under the impact of hundreds and thousands of horses, dozens of heavy armour soldiers flew out like toys. Then they fell on the soldiers in the array and turned them upside down.


    More than a hundred horses hit yuan Shujun''s array with a gap of tens of steps. After all the rest of the horses hit the array, the soldiers of tiebiying and tieyingrui, who were watching the battle, rushed into the array quickly from the gap, and then killed yuan Shujun, who was in a panic.


    At this time, Huang Wudi also led more than ten thousand troops to arrive. Seeing this situation, Huang Wudi couldn''t seize this opportunity. With her command, the army immediately followed the two elite troops and entered the army of Yuan Shujun, stirring up the situation inside.


    After Anton''s army entered Yuan Shu''s army, he soon killed Yuan Shu''s army around him in accordance with Huang Wudi''s order, taking Tun, Qu and team as units.


    It was only a cup of tea when the formation of the army was broken through by the horses of the Allied forces, and most of the Allied forces burst into the formation. Many generals of Yuan Shujun were stunned by the sudden changes. Fortunately, Ji Bao had been fighting with Ji Ling for many years, and he soon responded. Moreover, he knew that Ji Ling''s army should be very close to him, and he only needed to stick to it for half an hour or even one more In a quarter of an hour, Jiling''s tens of thousands of elite will appear.


    "Quick, order each department to fight separately with the Department and Qu as the unit, and tell the soldiers that the reinforcements of the general have arrived five miles away. Only if we persist for a quarter of an hour, tens of thousands of elite of the general will be able to reach the battlefield. Come on! Now! Now Ji Bao grabbed the personal commander beside him and yelled;


    the personal commander of Yuan Shujun was finally awakened by Ji Bao''s roar. When he saw Ji Bao''s roar, he finally responded. He quickly sent out several messenger soldiers around him, and quickly formed hundreds of elite heavy infantry into a more upper but tighter circle array, which made him feel better Ji Bao and a group of other generals surrounded.


    Ji Bao''s response was very timely. At this time, although yuan Shujun''s defense of the big formation was broken, less than 30% of the soldiers really fell into melee, and most of the others had not yet met Anton''s army. Therefore, after getting Ji Bao''s military order, the first ones who responded were thousands of heavy infantry. They quickly formed a small formation of hundreds of people, and the rest of the soldiers saw the reaction of the heavy infantry All of them responded one after another and formed a formation under the command of the generals.


    Soon, nearly ten thousand troops of Anton''s army all poured into Yuan Shu''s army, and the troops headed by them were the most elite Tiebi battalion and tieyingruishi. Seeing that Yuan''s army was gathering into small formations, Dian Zi and Chen Jing immediately led the soldiers to kill yuan''s army. When they saw the heavy infantry that had formed a good formation, they directly bypassed, and when they met other ordinary soldiers and horses, they led and killed them. They were typical of bullying.


    The reason for this is that both of them understand that Ji Ling''s army is close at hand, and they have no time to gnaw at the hard bones of those heavy infantry. They can only use the limited time to kill and kill Yuan Shu soldiers as much as possible, so as to gain more advantages for the future war.


    But yuan Shujun''s soldiers heard the hope of survival in Ji Bao''s order. More and more soldiers formed a formation with their surrounding Ze robes and fought to death. They knew that they only needed to stick to it for a while, and maybe tens of thousands of troops of the general would arrive the next moment.


    As a result, on the battlefield which is several miles wide, there are people calling horses everywhere. The smoke and dust billows. Tens of thousands of soldiers of the two armies are divided into countless battle groups, fighting to death. Blood and flesh are flying everywhere. The light of knives is flashing. Soldiers of both sides are fighting to death.However, the God of luck still stood on Yuan Shujun''s side. A quarter of an hour later, Huang Wudi, who was fighting hard, was found by a general of huyandu. He came to report the news.


    "General Huang, there''s news from Chihou that the whereabouts of Ji Ling''s army, about 50000 or 60000 people, have been found five miles away. General Huyan asked General Huang to make a decision as soon as possible."


    Five miles away, there are 50000 or 60000 troops. If the troops are light and fast, they will arrive in a little more than a quarter of an hour. It''s hard for Huang to decide whether to fight or retreat.


    Retreat. Now that you have entered Yuan Shu''s army, you can annihilate all the 30000 troops with one more hand. Fight, but once Ji Ling''s 50000 or 60000 troops arrive, his 10000 or so troops will be trapped here. You know, these are the most elite troops of Anton''s army.


    After a long time, she sighed and ordered: "order the army to retreat alternately!"


    "Dangdang"


    With the sound of a song, although Anton''s soldiers were all stunned, they all responded quickly. Under the cover of their own robes, one of them slowly retreated out of the array. Of course, if Yuan Shu''s soldiers dared to take the opportunity to stop them, they were immediately hanged by several Anton''s forces around them. After several Yuan Shu''s soldiers were hanged, no Yuan Shu''s soldiers dared to do it easily After all, the number of Anton soldiers is far more than that of Yuan Shujun.

 Chapter 914

    Of course, during the retreat, in addition to taking away the corpse of his zepao, the soldiers of Yuan Shu army also took away all the heavy armor and weapons. You know, these armor weapons are not ordinary equipment. But Yuan Shu soldiers in addition to watching, no one dare to act rashly.


    A quarter of an hour later, all the soldiers of Anton''s army had retreated to the south of the battlefield, and more than a mile to the north, the figure of Ji Ling''s army was more and more clear. At this time, Huang Wudi also breathed a sigh of relief. Fortunately, he immediately ordered the army to retreat. Otherwise, the army must have been stopped by Yuan Shu''s army, and it would have been irresistible by then. The final result must be heavy losses, or even the destruction of the whole army.


    Huang wudie stands there quietly with 20000 troops, watching Ji Ling lead 50000 troops to approach quickly, and then stop on the battlefield. After a pause, Ji Ling leaves 10000 troops to help Ji Bao''s remnant soldiers clean the battlefield, but he continues to lead 40000 troops to approach Huang wudie''s army slowly.


    Seeing Ji Ling continue to approach, Huang Wudi is not afraid. The troops are soldiers. Although they have been fighting for more than an hour, they are a little tired, but Ji Ling''s troops are not much better. You know, from the morning until now, when they rush here, the soldiers'' physical strength can''t support a big war.


    Looking back at the direction of the wounded soldiers'' departure, Huang Wuyi saw that they had already arrived two miles away. With a wave of his hand, he ordered: "the Tujia soldiers stay to monitor the movements of Ji lingbu''s troops, and the rest of the troops withdraw alternately! Join the general''s army


    After that, the army retreated slowly, leaving nearly 3000 Tujia soldiers to monitor the whereabouts of Ji Ling''s army. After retreating two miles away, the other soldiers chased after most of the Chinese army.


    On the battlefield two miles away, Ji Ling reined in his horse and looked at Anton''s army with a dignified look, but he didn''t order the army to pursue him. It''s not that he didn''t want to pursue, but that he didn''t expect that Anton''s army would withdraw suddenly, so he didn''t prepare at all. Since the army left the camp in the morning, it''s almost noon now, and it''s exhausted.


    Anton''s army is different. Now that they are ready to retreat, they will certainly be ready. If they lead their own troops to catch up and pursue with tens of thousands of exhausted troops, and the other side is waiting for work, they will not be able to get good. The reason why he ordered the army to March quickly at the beginning was that he hoped to leave behind the tens of thousands of broken troops. Unfortunately, he was still a little late, so Ji Ling just watched the Anton army retreat quietly.


    He wanted the army to rest for a while, just waiting for lunch and dry food. As early as he set out, he had ordered the camp and Anfeng city to prepare the army''s lunch, and then sent it here as soon as possible. When the army had finished lunch, it was almost finished. He could take some dry food with him to pursue again. The truth is that sharpening the sword does not miss the firewood cutter, and the Anton army carries a lot of luggage, so it can''t be fast.


    However, Ji Ling was stunned by Ji Bao''s report. With 30000 soldiers and 3000 cavalry, in the end, there were less than 10000 people left. Three thousand cavalry were lost, leaving less than ten thousand soldiers. Among them, there are more than 2000 heavy infantry and more than 6000 ordinary infantry. In addition, I have brought more than 50000 troops, and now I have less than half of my 100000 troops in a few days.


    However, if we add in nearly ten thousand troops of the rear army and nearly eighty thousand troops of the Jiling army, and remove more than ten thousand wounded soldiers, we can use about seventy thousand troops. What Ji Ling didn''t know was that just when he was surprised at the loss of the army, Huangfu Chaobo was also surprised at the loss of the army.


    The battle report of Huang Wudi''s army has been reported to Huangfu Chaobo by the Turkmen for the first time. 23000 troops blocked the army, resulting in 2000 cavalry losses and 10000 soldiers losses. After a scuffle, they lost 5000 troops. When these troops finally retreated, there were only 23000 troops left, including 3000 cavalry and 20000 soldiers.


    This is only the loss of the army caused by today''s war. Since the beginning of the war in Anfeng and Yulou, the loss of Anfeng battlefield has been nearly ten thousand, Yulou battlefield has been more than ten thousand, and the loss of barracks defense these days has been nearly ten thousand. So far, the loss of Anton army has exceeded fifty thousand.


    That is to say, there are more than 70000 soldiers that Huangfu Chaobo can use now. After subtracting more than 6000 soldiers from Zhang Ying''s department and nearly 10000 wounded soldiers, he can now use about 50000 taxis.


    On the surface, it seems that the forces of both sides are basically and beginning to change little, but these days, Ji Ling''s army has mostly lost ordinary soldiers and horses, especially the garrison and the city guard. However, his elite soldiers and horses have lost very little, only the heavy infantry has lost about 8000, and the rest of the soldiers and the imperial guards are basically intact. So now Ji Ling''s tens of thousands of troops are basically destroyed They are all elite.


    But Anton''s army is different. Today''s army is more than 50000, and Huangfu Chaobo''s guards are about 15000, with more than 20000 soldiers and more than 10000 guards. As for the players, their troops are basically exhausted, and only their own personal guards are barely complete, which adds up to only about 3000 troops. Therefore, the gap between the two armies in terms of military strength comparison has become even greater.


    This is also why Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong Guo Jia agreed that they must form an array to block the Jiling army at the crossing. The gap between the two armies is increasing. Without the help of the positions set up in advance, it is difficult to stop the attack of Jiling army.Only by fighting against the back of the river can we meet the Jedi!


    When Huang Wudi led the 20000 troops to the meeting of the Chinese army, it was about 4:00 p.m. in the afternoon. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo''s army had arranged its defense. Just 200 steps away from the river, thousands of civilians have dug three miles long trenches. Although the trench is not deep, it can well prevent Ji Lingjun''s group from advancing.


    Behind the trench, hundreds of wagons were lined up, end to end, and became another defense line. The wagons were covered with soil dug out from the trench, and the wagons were piled up into a breast wall. Behind the breast wall were two rows of shield men and long spearmen, and behind them were archers of various departments.


    In the future, there are more than 1000 wagons that are still preparing to cross the river. Although they have been built with all the efforts of the people who patrol the Zhangying army, there are as many as eight floating bridges on the river, but for more than 2000 wagons, it will take nearly two hours to cross the river.

 Chapter 915

    It took more than two hours for more than two thousand wagons to cross the river, which meant that Anton''s army had to hold the line of defense by the river for at least two hours, which was a rather arduous task. Fortunately, nearly ten thousand injured soldiers have crossed the river and are rushing to yuliu county. When they arrive at the county, they will take over the defense from the two thousand soldiers defending the county, so as to replace the two thousand soldiers and support the war here.


    After Huang Wudi''s army entered the defense line, several narrow passages were immediately blocked by Anton''s already prepared wagons. As for the nearly 3000 Tujia soldiers outside, Huangfu Chaobo was not prepared. They also retreated to the other side of the river. They played a greater role in staying here than after crossing the river, at least when Jiling''s army besieged Yulou county So it is.


    At this time, Ji Ling''s army had reached less than ten li to the north, that is to say, in about half an hour, Ji Ling''s army would reach the river. The 20000 troops who entered the defense line were immediately arranged to eat and rest. When the Jiling army arrived, they would also join in the war.


    In particular, 4000 yuan army crossbow soldiers, 1000 yuan army crossbow soldiers in Yulou city have been transferred, and 1000 yuan army crossbow machines have been trapped in the camp. In this way, there are 6000 yuan army crossbow soldiers, plus thousands of archers in various troops. Everyone believes that this nearly 10000 long-range force will kill the Jiling army.


    Not surprisingly, as soon as you arrived, the Jiling army had already appeared in everyone''s sight. Like a red tide, the 70000 army slowly came in the direction of Anton''s army and did not stop until a mile outside the defense line.


    Ji Ling had seen the defense line of Anton''s army for a long time. Facing the defense line in front of him, Ji Ling didn''t rush to attack. Instead, he asked the army to stop first. The soldiers took a rest and ate. However, Huan Ling led the generals to observe the situation of the other army.


    At that time, there were more than 12000 heavy infantry, 30000 soldiers, 10000 imperial guards, 20000 guards and about 70000 guards in the Jiling army, totaling 70000 troops. On the other hand, the Anton army on the opposite side should only have more than 40000 people, less than 50000 people. Moreover, according to their costumes, there are more than 10000 ordinary guards. It is estimated that there are more than 20000 people who can really be called elite.


    Although Anton''s army has a large number of crossbow soldiers, Ji Ling doesn''t think it can become a big army to stop him. Of course, Ji Ling will not ignore the existence of these crossbow soldiers. In Ji Ling''s opinion, even if he fills in all the 20000 city guards and guards, as long as his 50000 elite troops break through the defense of Anton''s army, tens of thousands of troops in the defense line will become fish on his chopping board and be slaughtered by himself.


    Looking at the wagons behind the line of defense crossing the river orderly from several pontoons, and then heading towards Yulou County, Ji Ling knew that there was not much time left for him. There were more than 2000 wagons in the Anton army. Now there are only more than 1000 wagons left on this side, and the rest should have crossed the river. It seems that these wagons only need more than one All of them will be able to cross the river at that time, and most of Anton''s army will certainly cross the river at that time.


    Although it is often said in the book of war that he would attack half way, he had no cavalry, and there was a defense line for Anton''s army, so he had to attack this defense line as soon as possible.


    Ji Ling observed for a while and wanted to find some loopholes in Anton''s defense line, but he found that although the defense of the other side was far from solid, there was no gap to be found. It seemed that he could only attack hard. Moreover, he didn''t expect that the other side would set up a defense line here. He didn''t even have an auxiliary soldier and wanted to make a trench There is no way to fill the huge wooden bridge above the ditch. It seems that we can only use the army to fill it.


    When he regained his mind, Ji Ling stopped, turned his horse and returned to his army. Then he immediately collected the generals of the army for discussion.


    As the most trusted general under Yuan Shu, Ji Ling had no equal reputation in Yuan Shu''s army. So when Ji Ling arranged the city guard and the guard to lead 20000 soldiers as cannon fodder to attack Anton''s defense line first, although all the generals knew that their soldiers would be seriously injured, or even the whole army would be destroyed, none of them dared to stand up against it, one by one Take orders and go.


    Although Ji Ling arranged for them to lead the first attack, it didn''t mean that they were killed, so many armor shields were sent to the two soldiers for their use. Their role is to get as close as possible to Anton''s line of defense, fill up the trench, attract arrows for the follow-up army, and at the same time, fill in the channel for them to attack.


    After the vanguards are arranged, 12000 heavy armour infantry and 10000 royal guards will follow. With their strong defense and attack power, they will break through Anton''s defense and finally tens of thousands of battle barracks. Once the defense line of Anton''s army was broken, the barracks would take advantage of the situation and fight into it, which would surely turn it upside down.


    After receiving the order, the generals immediately returned to their troops and began the final preparations before the battle.


    A quarter of an hour later, the battle drums of the Jiling army sounded, and 20000 soldiers were slowly approaching the defense line of the Anton army under the light of the setting sun.


    After the chest wall built by the baggage cart, Huangfu Chaobo and the others are carefully observing the situation of Ji Lingjun. Seeing that they have begun to attack, Huang Zhong said in a side way: "the enemy has begun to attack. Please step back with the two military commanders and give them to someone here."Huangfu Chaobo said: "send the two military strategists across the river. They will be here with the soldiers."


    Huang Zhong wanted to persuade him again. Huang Fu Chao Bo waved his hand and said, "tens of thousands of soldiers are here, and our general''s guards are here. Should we let him leave alone? Don''t say too much, General Huang. The war is under your command. I will never interfere, but I will have to leave with my soldiers. "


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s resolute expression, Huang Zhong knew that it was useless to persuade him again, so he didn''t say any more. He turned to Pang Tong and Guo Jia. They had no choice but to leave under the protection of their own guards and cross the river with the injured soldiers.


    Seeing them leave, Huang Zhong turns his head and looks at Ji Lingjun''s movements. As soon as Ji Ling''s army moved out, Huang Zhong quickly saw his intention.


    Although the 20000 soldiers in front of him were all wearing armor and holding large shields, Huang Zhong''s experience showed that these 20000 soldiers were not the elite soldiers of Ji Lingjun, but ordinary soldiers. There was still a big gap between them.


    "Order them to go down and wait for the enemy to enter the first trench before firing their crossbows." Huang Zhong turned his head to the messenger beside him;


    the messenger nodded his promise, then turned and left for the crossbow position.

 Chapter 916

    Anton''s army dug out three trenches in front of the wagon, each of which was about thirty paces apart. In fact, the only one that is really called the trench is the last one close to the chest wall of the wagon, which is about four feet in width and depth. All the excavated soil is piled up on the wagon to form the chest wall. In fact, the two trenches in front are just two disordered ditches. Some places are only three or four feet deep, while some places are only one or two feet deep. The soil dug out is also piled everywhere. In this way, how can Ji Ling army keep clean when they walk on the pitted ground.


    As long as the Jiling army is not well organized, there will be gaps in defense. For the bowmen of Anton''s army, the opportunity will come. Therefore, Huang Zhong simply ordered the Bowman to launch an attack within 60 steps of the enemy''s attack. First, the terrain would bring him opportunities. Second, the army that came to attack was not elite. The closer he got, the greater the pressure on them, and the greater the chance of winning.


    As Huang Zhong expected, the 20000 Ji Ling army formed a series and slowly approached the Anton army''s position. In the first row of the shield wall, Chen Laosan held his shield tightly and didn''t dare to relax at all. He had already been told that Anton''s crossbow was very sharp. If he wanted to survive, he had to hold his shield tightly and keep close to his companion''s shield. He didn''t give the other side an opportunity, otherwise the coalition''s Crossbow would take advantage of the opportunity.


    However, as the distance between their shield wall and the enemy gets closer and closer, the enemy''s Crossbow never comes. However, with the distance getting closer and closer, Chen Laosan''s heart became more and more nervous. Although he was only an ordinary guard, he was also a veteran who had been in the army for several years. He knew that the attack distance of the crossbow and arrow was generally about 100 steps, but now their shield wall was 80 steps away, but the other side still didn''t shoot.


    He knew that the closer the distance was, the more powerful the crossbow was. He had seen zepao in the army shoot a shield directly through with the crossbow at a distance of 50 steps. Now the shield wall of his army has already entered the attack range of the crossbow, but the enemy still didn''t attack. He must have thought that the distance of these people would be closer to make the crossbow more powerful.


    At the thought of this, Chen Laosan felt that his back was cool, and he kept cool from the top of his head to his tailbone. As a veteran who has been in the army for many years, he can live to this day by virtue of his ability to avoid evil and seek good fortune.


    After being moved and upset, Chen Laosan''s eyes began to look around and observe the situation around him. Just at this time, Chen Laosan suddenly found that a soldier beside him suddenly staggered and rushed forward. Chen Laosan squinted at the soldier, and suddenly found that the road ahead had become uneven. The soldier was in a ditch two feet deep, and then rushed out.


    Chen Laosan screamed that it was not good. Just as he was about to find a way, his feet were empty, and his body fell forward involuntarily. Chen Laosan knew that he had also stepped on the air. He made up his mind quickly. With a scream, he took the opportunity to fall out. Then he quickly fell to the ground and covered his body with a shield.


    Just after finishing this, Chen Laosan heard the sound of "whoosh" in the air, and then, like hail falling on the roof, "Bang Bang His voice kept ringing around him, and then the screams came one after another.


    Ji Lingjun has entered the first trench. Although the soldiers have been advancing carefully, their sight is covered behind the shield. Many soldiers still can''t see the changes at their feet clearly. Therefore, dozens of the soldiers in the first row broke away from the shield wall because they stepped on the air. In this way, a large number of defects appeared in the neat shield wall Huang Zhong immediately seized the opportunity and ordered the crossbow soldiers to attack Ji Lingjun.


    At his command, thousands of catapults poured out their arrows to Ji Ling army. Thousands of catapults, like locusts, rushed to Ji Ling''s soldiers. Originally, the gap caused by the soldiers'' fall became a fatal gap. Although the latter soldiers tried to rush up to fill the gap left by their robes, they could not be faster than the flying crossbow.


    Almost in an instant, thousands of crossbows and arrows shot more than a hundred soldiers to the ground, and the original small gaps expanded infinitely. Then, the second round of arrow rain soon came, and the number of injured taxis increased sharply. Then came the third and fourth rounds.


    More than 20000 crossbows and arrows have been poured out on Ji Lingjun''s vanguard soldiers after the four rounds of arrow rain. The first row of 2000 soldiers have almost fallen down more than half after the four rounds of arrow rain.


    At this time, the forward generals also responded and quickly directed the second soldier to continue to move forward to fill the vacancy left when the former soldier fell.


    It''s a pity that although the second row of soldiers soon put up the shield wall again, it''s difficult for them to form a strict shield wall now, because the ground under their feet has become uneven, so they have to be careful when they walk, let alone line up the shield wall.


    The dilemma of Ji Lingjun''s forward was seen by the generals of both sides. Huang Zhong just ordered the crossbow to continue shooting. However, considering the continuity of the attack, he ordered the crossbow soldiers to slow down the attack speed to maintain the continuous pressure on Ji Lingjun.


    Ji Ling, on the other hand, looks at his soldiers struggling in the rain of Anton''s arrows. In his opinion, as long as he can achieve his goal, these casualties are necessary.After a few rounds of arrows, Ji Ling waved his hand: "Ji Bao, Li Gui, heavy infantry out!"


    "Not to be ordered!" When they heard Ji Ling''s military order, they immediately set out to take orders. Ji Bao and Li Gui are the most important generals of Ji Ling, except Chen lanleibo, who are subordinate to Ji Ling. Otherwise, they would not be assigned to the two counties by Ji Ling for defense.


    Now that it''s back, it''s time to lead the heavy infantry again. As for Lei Bo, he will lead the front camp together with Li Feng and take part in the attack as the last fighting force.


    Then Ji Ling ordered: "Yuan Shen, listen to the order! After 20 steps with the heavy infantry, the imperial army will go out. Once the heavy infantry break through the enemy''s defense line, the imperial army will attack with all its strength and open the enemy''s defense line completely! "


    "Not to be ordered!" Ji Ling next to a Yulin military academy captain Ma set out to receive orders.


    Less than a quarter of an hour after the war, Ji Ling sent out his two most powerful troops. It''s not that he didn''t want to fight step by step, but that time doesn''t allow. Now it''s getting dark. If he can''t break into Anton''s army as soon as possible, there will be too many variables at night.

 Chapter 917

    In the Anton camp, Huang Zhong solemnly looks at the movement of Ji Ling''s army. He sees that Ji Ling has sent out all the heavy infantry and the imperial guards. He knows that Ji Ling is ready for the first World War.


    "If the order goes on, the crossbow soldiers will continue to aim at the forward of Ji Ling army and shoot. The Archer will have a rest for a while. When the other heavy infantry enter 60 steps, they will start to shoot!" Huang Zhongtou didn''t return either.


    immediately, some guards went to the bow and crossbow soldiers to send orders.


    Soon, Huang Zhong said, "the herald''s spearmen are ready to fight!"


    Another pro guard immediately turned to convey his order. Huangfu Chaobo stood beside him. General Anton, who had been through many battles, also saw the problem and said, "brother, it seems that Ji Ling is going to work hard!"


    Huang Zhong nodded. He was just about to speak, but he was stopped by Huangfu Chaobo. But he had to put his energy into the war.


    After getting Huang Zhong''s order, the archers of Anton''s army stop shooting. They have a rest and wait for Ji Lingjun to enter the prescribed range. In fact, the crossbow soldiers can also shoot at a small angle, but their throwing effect is worse than that of bows and arrows. That''s why Huang Zhong arranged this.


    It''s getting dark, but the fighting is getting fierce. Ji Lingjun has approached the last ditch in front of the defense line, which is the most critical ditch and the most difficult one to pass. A lot of huge fires have been placed in front of the ditch and within the range of dozens of steps before and after the defense line. These fires have been ignited, illuminating the whole battlefield.


    With the heavy infantry entering the archer''s attack range and Huang Wudi''s command, thousands of archers launched a volley towards the target. Because Huang''s three generals were all bow generals, Huang Wudi was temporarily appointed as the general of the archers to command the whole archers.


    At this time, Ji Ling''s vanguard army had already arrived at the trench in front of Anton''s parapet. The distance of dozens of steps caused more than 20% of the 20000 vanguard troops to lose their feet and more than 4000 soldiers to die. The taxi driver near the ditch jumped into the ditch without hesitation, and then tried to climb out of the ditch with both hands and feet. Unfortunately, although the trench was not deep, the distance between the back and the cart was only one step away. After climbing up, only one or two people could stand on it. Before the taxi driver could react, he was stabbed to death by the long Gunners of Anton''s army, and then lay dead on the spot.


    Seeing that the vanguard troops and horses had already begun to fight with Anton''s army, Ji Ling waved his hand again. The sound of the Chinese Army''s war drum became urgent. The heavy infantry and the imperial army began to speed up their advance, and the real bloody battle was about to start again.


    Soon, countless Ji Lingjun bodies fell in the trench in front of the breast wall, and the trench about four feet deep could not stop Ji Lingjun''s attack. However, there are more taxis in it than those who fall down in the process of attack. If it were not for the heavy infantry and the elite of the Imperial Army, which are more than 20000, had been within dozens of steps behind them, it is estimated that the remaining 10000 would have collapsed.


    Seeing this, Huang Zhong also ignored Huangfu Chaobo''s opposition and ordered him to be escorted to the back. However, because of his firm opposition, he did not return to the other side of the river.


    After retreating to the Bank of the river, Huangfu Chaobo knew that he could not go to the front line, so as not to affect the battle of Huang Zhong and other generals. After all, now that he was no longer in the battle of changshe, he had to take part in the battle himself. In this case, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t ask for it either, so he had to stay behind and carefully observe the situation of the transport team crossing the river.


    There are more than 2400 wagons, of which less than 1000 are still on the West Bank of the river. The rest of the wagons have successfully crossed the river, set fire to Yulou County in the southwest, and Huangfu Chaobo can still see a long fire dragon on the West Bank, stretching several miles away.


    Huangfu Chaobo called in the general in charge of the barracks and asked, "how many wagons have not crossed the river?"


    "To my Lord, there are 928 vehicles, 1304 vehicles that have crossed the river, and 200 vehicles that have been pulled by the army to stop yuan''s attack."


    "How long will it take for these vehicles to cross the river?" Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and then asked;


    "at least it will take another hour."


    It will take another hour. I don''t know how many soldiers will be lost in this hour. Although Huangfu Chaobo was unwilling, he had nothing to do. He didn''t know what was going on in the war. If he couldn''t take enough food with him, and if the reinforcements couldn''t come as soon as possible, he would lose his 100000 troops.


    If there is no army, Huangfu Chaobo will not worry. The problem is that there are so many generals, especially Huang Zhong, who are historical generals. If they lose here, it will be more difficult for Huangfu Chaobo to accept than the loss of hundreds of thousands of troops. However, it would be impossible to abandon the army and let the generals break through. Ji Ling would rather be captured than run away alone, which laid an incomparable position in Yuan Shu''s army.


    It is also impossible for Huang Zhong and Zhang Ying to act like this because of their status and disposition. This is the shame of the general. Therefore, in any case, Huangfu Chaobo could only gather as much food as possible to support the arrival of reinforcements.


    It''s just that we don''t know when the reinforcements will arrive. Secondly, even if more than 100000 reinforcements arrive in Huainan, who will be the main general will be a problem. There are few generals under Huangfu Chaobo who can command tens of thousands of troops. Now Huang Zhong is in the battlefield here, Zhao Yunyuan is in Hebei, Xu Rong is in Qingzhou, and even Zhang Ying, the next general appointed by Huangfu Chaobo, is here.It seems that after the army returns to Yulou, it is necessary to find a way to send cavalry to escort Huang Zhong back to geyang and let him take charge of the army. He just handed over the battle of Yulou to Zhang Ying and trained him to improve his reputation in the army and prepare for the new army.


    After thinking about these things, Huang Fu''s eyes were once again focused on the defense line where the fierce battle was going on.


    At this time, more than 20000 elite troops of Jiling army had already attacked the front of the defense line, and soldiers of both sides were fighting fiercely on both sides of the defense line. What made Huangfu Chaobo feel at ease was that at present, the defense line of his family was relatively stable. General Huang Zhong''s middle and senior generals were all arranged in the whole front. With these strong generals, the front was basically stable.


    However, with the advance of time, the weakness of the army was reflected. The second wave of army sent by Ji Ling was the most elite army in Yuan Shu''s army, with more than 20000 troops. In Huangfu Chaobo''s army, only thousands of elite soldiers from the guards could really compete with it. When the other battalions really fought against each other, they were still slightly worse than them.

 Chapter 918

    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo pulled the rear battalion general to lead the way: "immediately prepare 100 wagons and build a defense line 30 steps away from several floating bridges. Each place only leaves two wagons to pass through. When the army retreats, the passage will be blocked to resist the Jiling army."


    The general was stunned. He immediately understood what Huangfu Chaobo meant and made people ready.


    An hour after the beginning of the war, some soldiers finally could not resist the attack of Ji Ling''s army. The chest wall was broken several times. Huang Zhong immediately sent Gao Shun''s trapped camp. At the same time, Huang wudie ordered the archers and crossbow soldiers to launch a series of shots behind the defense line, blocking the backup of Ji Ling army. After several battles, he finally drove Ji Ling army out of the defense line.


    However, this is only a temporary repulsion of Ji Ling army. The retreating Ji Lingjun just took a rest a hundred paces away, and then launched another attack on Anton''s army under the pressure of the Chinese Army''s war drum. This time, Ji Ling left only ten thousand soldiers in his own hands, and sent out all the rest.


    Because he has seen that, first, the defense line of Anton''s army has become loose; second, there are not many wagons left behind the defense line, which is estimated to be less than 500. If he can''t break the defense line, he can''t defeat Anton''s army here. At that time, he can only lead the army to attack the city. At that time, Anton''s army has a strong city to defend, but he still needs it Always watch out for Anton reinforcements from Runan.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s reaction was very quick. When he ordered the rear military academy captain to arrange the defense line at Qiaotou, Ji Ling''s army once again attacked the front of the parapet defense line. This time, there were 50000 elite soldiers attacking at the same time, which made Huang Zhongzhu''s pressure multiply.


    For Ji Ling''s second round of attack, Anton''s army only lasted for a quarter of an hour, and several defense lines were broken. Although the generals put out the fire everywhere, they were a little stretched. Seeing this situation, Huang Zhong also knew that his army could not last long. Here, Huangfu Chaobo''s messenger came and told him that he could arrange for the army to retreat.


    After Huang Zhong killed and retreated a wave of Ji Ling army troops, he looked back to the river and found the second line of defense arranged by Huangfu Chaobo beside the bridge. When he looked at the freight cars by the river, there were less than 200 left. He knew that his master was ready to give up these freight cars.


    So he ordered the bowmen to begin to retreat to the second line of defense by the river. When they retreated 80 steps behind the parapet, they immediately covered the trench with bows and arrows for a blocking shot. Then they quickly withdrew to the second line of defense and were ready to take over the retreat.


    Huang wudie, who got the order, immediately led nearly ten thousand archers to retreat quickly, and formed an array 80 steps away from the breast wall. Then, more than ten thousand arrows went straight to Ji Lingjun, who was preparing to attack the breast wall, and turned him upside down. In an instant, a few steps wide blank area was cleared out. As for Anton''s army behind the breast wall, there must be some danger There are a lot of injuries, but Huang Wudi and Huang Zhong don''t care so much.


    When Ji Ling army''s attack was out of line, Huang Zhong led the army to launch a round of counterattack, and killed Ji Ling army around the breast wall by surprise. Thousands of Ji Ling soldiers who crossed the breast wall were killed and fled in confusion.


    Then when Ji Ling army didn''t respond, the song of Anton army sounded, and the generals who had already received the military order immediately led the surviving soldiers to retreat quickly towards the second line of defense.


    By the time Sergeant Jiling responded, Sergeant Anton had withdrawn nearly 20 steps. Seeing this, Ji Lingjun''s morale was greatly improved, and immediately turned around and killed him in the direction of Anton''s retreat.


    The army had just crossed the parapet ten steps before Anton''s army''s tens of thousands of arrows hit the ground again, and once again knocked over more than a thousand Ji Lingjun. Ji Lingjun''s offensive was stagnant again.


    Under the leadership of the generals, Anton''s army had retreated to the front of the second wall. With the soldiers retreating to the wall, more than ten thousand archers had retreated from several floating bridges to the other side of the river under the command of Huang Wudi, and re arrayed on the bank.


    When Anton''s army counterattacked, Ji Ling had found something wrong. Then when Anton''s army retreated, he ordered the army to pursue with all strength, regardless of casualties. So although the subsequent rounds of arrow rain also caused great losses to Ji Ling''s army, the army ordered by Ji Ling did not stop at all, and tens of thousands of troops attacked in the direction of Anton''s army''s retreat like crazy.


    When General Huang Zhongzhu led the soldiers back to the second line of defense, and just blocked the passage, Ji Ling''s army had already rushed to within ten steps of the front line of defense. Fortunately, the crossbow soldiers on the other side of the river had already been in place. With Huang wudie''s order, more than 10000 arrows came again, stopping Ji Lingjun from fighting again.


    However, Ji Lingjun stopped for a few minutes and rushed up again.


    The generals of Anton''s army who had withdrawn from the defense line had already arranged the defense behind the wagons. When Sergeant Jiling rushed up, the crazy killing started again. The two soldiers stabbed each other across the wagons, fell in a row, and soon another row came up behind.


    On the one hand, Huang Zhong arranged for his soldiers to defend, and on the other hand, he made the generals prepare to retreat alternately. In today''s situation, if the army wants to retreat safely, it is estimated that it will lose a lot.


    After thinking twice, Huang Zhong decided to leave the most elite camp and Tiebi camp. After 3000 elite troops were cut off, they were first arranged to withdraw to the west end of the stone bridge to set up defense. Except for the stone bridge, the other floating bridges would be burned first after crossing most of the troops.The last line of defense set up by Huangfu Chaobo was not only one defensive belt, but two defensive belts, which were separated by about ten steps. After Huang Zhong arranged ten thousand soldiers to defend the external wagons, the rest of the troops began to retreat alternately under the leadership of the generals.


    When the rest of the troops were almost withdrawn, Huang Zhong launched a rocket into the sky. At Huang Zhong''s command, Huang Wudi launched two rounds of salvo fire at Ji Lingjun in front of the defense line. However, with the previous rounds of arrow rain, Ji Lingjun was ready. When the arrow rain came, many soldiers raised their shields and resisted many arrows, but their attack weakened a lot. Taking this opportunity, Huang Zhong led the soldiers to attack again and beat Ji Lingjun back a few steps. Then he threw the front-line freight car on several torches and quickly withdrew Go back and run towards the traffic behind.


    Ji Lingjun was not stupid either. He rushed up quickly and put out the torch. The rest of the army immediately chased after him and soon caught up with the front of the train. The two sides fought together again.

 Chapter 919

    With the resistance of Anton''s army, every time they give up a defense line, Anton''s fleet will be reduced by several percent. By the time they reach the last defense line, only the stone bridge and the two floating bridges on both sides of the north and the South will be included, and Anton''s army only needs 5000 troops to organize the defense.


    At this time on the river, of the several floating bridges on the upstream and downstream of the stone bridge, only the two nearest to the stone bridge are still preserved, and all the other floating bridges have been destroyed. And Anton army''s baggage cars only had less than 200 left here in the end. And there are less than 8000 troops.


    When the troops of other departments had withdrawn to the east bank, Gao Shun and Dian Wei began to form an array at the west end of the stone bridge to prepare for the withdrawal of the defense army to take over the second vehicle array. At the same time, they ordered the destruction of the other two floating bridges, leaving only one stone bridge to cross the river.


    With Huang Zhong''s order, the generals of each department began to retreat alternately, leading the soldiers to retreat slowly towards the stone bridge, while Ji Ling''s army was pressing forward step by step, and the soldiers of both sides were killed red eyed.


    It was less than 20 steps from the defense line to the west of the bridge, but it took Huang Zhong a full quarter of an hour to withdraw with the army. When Huang Zhong stepped on the stone bridge, there were less than 2000 5000 soldiers, and the remaining 3000 had died on the way to withdraw.


    Standing on a wagon 200 steps to the east of the bridge, Huangfu Chaobo is staring at the bridgehead in the west, where there are his most elite three thousand guards. This battle will be very difficult. From the beginning, Ji Ling''s Army wanted to encircle and annihilate his 120000 troops, he had been prepared, but he didn''t expect that it would be so difficult.


    Now the army has basically crossed the river. Only Dian Wei and Gao Shun led two thousand iron barracks and one thousand trapped formations to resist Ji Ling army in the west of Qiaoxi. Huangfu Chaobo made a little visual inspection. Except for the 10000 wounded soldiers who had withdrawn to Yulou county and the 3000 Tui cavalry in Hexi, the 120000 troops who had assembled on the East Bank of the river were less than 40000, including thousands of seriously injured soldiers. It is estimated that thousands of people will be killed and injured in the end.


    In this way, the 120000 troops will eventually be left with only over 50000 troops, with a loss of up to 60%. That is to say, in the war less than two hours ago, more than 10000 troops were lost, which shows the heavy casualties. Of course, this is only his preliminary statistics. The specific casualties need to be counted in detail after all the troops are settled down.


    Just at this time, Huang Zhong came to him: "general, the army has basically crossed the river. We can order the two generals of Diangao to retreat. This stone bridge


    Huangfu Chaobo knew what he meant and shook his hand: "no, we don''t have the time and opportunity. Just order to arrange it. The army should withdraw to Yulou as soon as possible and be ready to defend Jiling. The next war is not easy! "


    At this time, Zhang Ying''s great halberds had returned to Hedong to regroup. Now there were only more than 3000 of the 5000 great halberds left, and they were all arranged by Huang Zhong in Qiaodong, ready to take over the two armies of Dian Wei and Gao Shun.


    At present, there is no suitable halberd in the army, so Zhang Ying first equipped the soldiers with a long gun, but it is not a long gun with a length of several feet used by the soldiers with long guns, but a gun with the same length as the long halberd, which is more than one foot long, which is more than three meters in reality. This length is exactly the length of the halberd used by the halberd, and the long gun of this length is more flexible and convenient to use.


    Behind and on both sides of Zhang Ying''s army, five thousand yuan army crossbow soldiers and five or six thousand bow and arrow soldiers were waiting. When Dian Wei and Gao Shun retreated to Shiqiao, they began to fire bows and arrows at Ji Ling''s army again to take the two troops back to Hedong.


    With Huang Zhong''s order, the two troops of Dian Wei began to retreat slowly. Of course, they didn''t retreat directly to the bridge. First, a thousand crossbows and arrows of the trapped camp were fired together to turn over the encircled Ji Ling army. Then, Dian Wei led nearly 2000 iron wall battalions to launch a counterattack against Ji Ling army.


    Dian Wei''s counterattack was far more than his younger brother Dian Zi could match. It was just a rush. Dian Wei waved his double halberds directly into the soldiers of Ji Ling. The soldiers of Tiebi camp immediately followed him and killed the thousands of Ji Ling soldiers who surrounded him. After more than ten steps of killing him, with a whistling of Dianwei, the soldiers of Tiebi camp raised their injured companions and quickly returned to the stone bridge.


    At this time, Gao Shun''s camp has retreated to the stone bridge, and has taken over a few vehicles to block the bridge. Only after tiebiying retreated to the stone bridge, they can quickly block the bridge.


    Soon, the two soldiers and horses retreated to Hedong among the arrows of the Jiling army, and when the trapped camp left, they lit several wagons on the stone bridge with the grain on them.


    When they retreated to the middle of the bridge, more than 10000 crossbow soldiers began to pour out their arrows to the Ji Ling army on the other side, and tens of thousands of arrows submerged the Ji Ling army again.


    Two hundred paces away from the West Bank of the river, Ji Ling looks at the war by the river with no expression. He sighs in his heart that he underestimates the crossbow of the Anton army. It has been rumored that the Anton army has a very strong crossbow army, but he didn''t expect to be so strong, which leads to the success of encircling and annihilating the Anton army. It seems that it''s time to prepare for the siege.


    Thinking of this, Ji Ling waved his hand and said: "Mingjin, stop the troops!""Dangdang"


    With the sound of Mingjin, Ji Lingjun began to retreat slowly. Of course, the wounded soldiers of his army will not forget to carry them away together. When the soldiers of Anton''s army saw that Ji Ling''s army had finally retreated, they all breathed a sigh of relief.


    After all the soldiers had retreated to a hundred paces away, Ji Ling said, "the herald army set up camp on the spot to rest and send an order to guard general Anfeng. He ordered him to gather 20000 people to join the army tomorrow. At the same time, he brought the army''s supplies together. The army would rest all night and cross the river tomorrow to prepare to attack Yulou."


    With a long breath, Ji Ling continued: "count the casualties of the army, and report to the general as soon as possible!"


    The next generals agreed and turned away.


    In Hedong, Huangfu Chaobo is also watching Ji Lingjun''s movement. When he sees that Ji Lingjun doesn''t continue to attack, but collects all the hundreds of wagons abandoned by Anton''s army in Hexi and prepares to camp, he is really relieved. Ji Ling has realized that it''s useless to fight again. It seems that he is ready to rest the army and cross the river again tomorrow.


    Now there is only one stone bridge left on the river. It is impossible for Ji Ling to cross the river. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Huang Zhong''s generals, "retreat, withdraw!"

 Chapter 920

    Huangfu Chaobo no longer cared how Huang Zhong arranged his defense. Under the protection of gaoshun and Dianwei, he rushed to Yulou County overnight. This place is less than 20 li away from Yulou. He has been camping in the field these days. Huangfu Chaobo feels that he has not slept for several days, so he just wants to get to the county as soon as possible and have a good rest. As for the defense of the county, let''s talk about it tomorrow.


    After the army retreated, Huang Fu Chao Bo and Huang Zhong came to rest in the middle of the night. The task of duty was assigned to the ten thousand wounded soldiers who retreated to the city first. They went to the city first. They had rested for most of the night, and most of the injuries were stable. So these things can only be left to them.


    As for the reorganization of Bingma, Huangfu Chaobo is going to call up all the generals tomorrow before making a decision.


    The generals are busy settling down the army, but Shi a is busy getting in touch with the cities of geyang in Huainan. Because Yulou already has shadow guards, Shi a quickly gets in touch with geyang after entering the city, so as to get the information of Anton''s army in recent days.


    On the first morning of the night, Huangfu Chaobo summoned all the people to discuss the matter: "fortunately, you guys, we finally got rid of the Jiling army and retreated into Yu County. Although Yu county is a small city, it is far beyond the barracks. Therefore, we are safe for the time being, but it is only temporary. Our army has suffered a great loss in these days'' continuous wars, and the specific situation is not satisfactory General Huang Zhong will give you an explanation. "


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Huang Zhong, indicating that he would tell you about the statistics he had done overnight.


    Huang Zhong got up from his seat with a slight cough, saluted Huangfu Chaobo first, and then nodded to all the people around him. Then he said slowly: "Lord, two military strategists, you generals, as you all know, this time our Anton army went south to attack Huainan, the soldiers and horses of the two schools of Wang Ran department in Fenwu camp of Yingchuan County, Runan There are four battalions of infantry and one school of cavalry in Jianwu camp, two battalions of infantry from Huben camp of Huangwu butterfly department, one from Shenwu camp of WangYong department, and one from xiongqu camp of Zhangying department, totaling more than 55000 horse steps. "


    "Only after a series of wars, only Han Xian and Wang ranshang are now in command of one school, and the rest of the army are seriously damaged. Today, the remaining nine schools have only 19769 soldiers, and the other eight schools have less than 2000 soldiers, except for general Zhang Ying''s nearly 4000 halberds, that is to say, more than 60% of the soldiers in each school have been damaged."


    Huang Zhong''s words stunned everyone. We all know that our soldiers and horses were seriously damaged, but we only know the situation of our own soldiers and horses. We don''t know much about the situation of other schools'' soldiers and horses. After listening to Huang Zhong''s words, we know that the situation of the army''s soldiers and horses is not very good.


    "Fortunately," after everyone was quiet again, Huang Zhongcai continued, "my Lord''s guards have not suffered much. General Zhao Cen''s Yuanrong crossbow troops are basically lossless because they are long-range arms. The soldiers of the other generals did not lose much either. There were more than 18000 cavalry troops in the Jinwei camp, and now there are more than 14000. In particular, the crossbow troops of Yuanrong will be the greatest support for our Anton army to defend Yulou. "


    The guards were always the most elite soldiers in Anton''s army. Although there were less than 20000 soldiers in total (the five thousand local mice of the three Dugu brothers were ignored by everyone), they were the most elite soldiers drawn from the whole Anton''s army. As long as the strength of the guards is still there, even if the army is lost, there will be nothing wrong with our Lord.


    Hearing this news, everyone was relieved. With more than 10000 troops, plus nearly 20000 soldiers, it is not hard to keep a small town like Yulou. It only takes another 20 days to a month for Yuzhou''s reinforcements to arrive in Huainan for support, and then all the problems will be solved.


    After a little pause, Huang Zhong continued: "in addition to these troops, the rest are Yuzhou Garrison and alien Lord troops. At the beginning of the deployment, there were 70000 troops, but now there are only 17000 troops, including 7000 garrison troops and 10000 alien troops. The total number of troops and horses is more than 52000. "


    When they heard this, they were all surprised. The 120000 troops were sent out, but now there are only more than 50000 troops left, and the total number of damaged troops is 70000, reaching nearly 60%.


    There were heavy casualties. Of the remaining 50000 plus troops, nearly 30000 were injured. Of the remaining 10000, it took at least 10 days for them to recover. As for the seriously injured taxis, only a few thousand were rescued. It is estimated that less than one thousand will be able to recover in the end.


    Seeing that all the people were silent, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said: "this defeat is not a crime of war, because we all underestimated the heroes in the world. We never thought that Yuan Shu''s subordinates had such a talent, which made our army so defeated. However, it''s no use to say more. Although our army lost tens of thousands of troops, I believe the loss of Ji Ling''s army will not be too small. Besides, nearly half of the troops in the Jiling army are the most elite of Yuan Shu''s troops, such as the Imperial Army, heavy infantry and battalions. "


    After hearing this, everyone was in a good mood. It''s true that the loss of his troops is not small, and Yuan Shujun won''t be too good. It is estimated that Ji Lingjun''s losses will not be less than 60000 or 70000 in the war for several days in a row. Especially in the war last night, Ji Lingjun''s tens of thousands of elite soldiers are estimated to have suffered heavy losses.Huangfu Chaobo clapped his hands, suppressed the public''s comments, and said, "with the loss, General Huang, let''s talk about the money, food and materials again."


    Huang Zhong once again said, "you don''t have to worry about money and food. When General Zhang Ying attacked Yulou, in addition to making our army have a strong city to hold on to, there was also a purpose of money and food. The 120000 grains and 20000 weapons stored in yuliu county are owned by our army. When we retreated from the camp, we brought back 50000 grains and 40000 weapons and equipment. In addition, the equipment collected from the battlefield is enough to support our 50000 troops for two to three months. "


    When they heard that there was enough money and food, the generals were relieved.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. In recent days, he was afraid that such a big loss would make his subordinates have some bad ideas. Now it seems that there should be no problem. Of course, what he was worried about was not the historical generals, but the captains and intermediate officers in the troops, such as Sima and Duwei, because the Anton army had never experienced such a big setback.

 Chapter 921

    What made Huangfu Chaobo feel at ease was that judging from the discussion, there was nothing unusual about these generals. Huangfu Chaobo was relieved, turned to Shi A''s direction and said, "general Shi, what''s the matter with Yuzhou''s reinforcements? And what information is coming from Luoyang? What''s the recent situation of each of them? "


    "Report back to my Lord, my subordinates have got in touch with Ge Yang. As early as the day the messenger arrived at GE Yang, General Wang Ran had already got in touch with Kong Cishi. Then Kong Cishi sent General Guo of Yingchuan to lead 10000 soldiers and guard 20000 soldiers to ge yang to listen to orders. At the same time, general huangfuli of Zhenwu battalion of Chen state personally led 20000 soldiers and guard 20000 soldiers of Chen state to go Ge Yang. There are also 20, 000 soldiers in Runan who have already set out to go to geyang. " Shi a bowed down and said;


    after hearing this, Yuzhou mobilized another 90000 troops to support, and they were all excited.


    Huangfu Chaobo put out his hand to stop the noise in the hall and said to Shi''a: "go on!"


    Shi a nodded and continued to report the situation of reinforcements. Among these reinforcements, 20000 Runan garrison soldiers had successfully crossed the river and arrived at Huainan camp at noon yesterday. The rest of the two rear horses will arrive in the next few days, at the latest within 10 days. Therefore, the soldiers and horses will be ready to send troops to Anfeng to attack the army of Jiling department with Yulou people. Of course, the premise is that Ji Ling is still here.


    In addition to the 90000 troops sent by Yuzhou, in fact, there are tens of thousands of troops that can be mobilized in Anton and Huainan. If calculated in this way, the number of troops dispatched can be more than 100000. However, another problem is that no one can command more than 100000 troops, whether it is the reinforcements sent by Yuzhou this time or the remaining generals in Huainan.


    In fact, strictly speaking, no one in Anton''s army could really command more than 100000 troops except Huangfu Chaobo. Because in the game, only the generals above general Sanpin, Sian and Siping are qualified to command more than 100000 or even hundreds of thousands of troops, while general Sipin has only 40000 troops.


    For example, in Anton''s army, apart from general zhengsanpin Anton, who is Huangfu Chaobo, the other highest are general zhengsipin, Huang Zhong, general Yingyang, Zhao Yun, and core General Xu Rong. Next, there are general Dianwei, Huaxiong, and Zhang Ying, who are subordinate to general Sipin.


    Shi A''s meaning, Huangfu Chaobo understand, in fact, he already has a suitable candidate, and last night and Pang Tong Guo Jia two people reached an agreement. After Shi a put forward this question tactfully, Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand with a smile and said, "this matter has been arranged by the marquis. General Shi goes on."


    Shi a also just helped to put forward the questions of Ge Yang''s generals. As for how to arrange for his own master, that''s not what he can decide.


    Later, he told the public about the situation of the various princes'' armies. Since the army started from geyang, because the army had been marching, unless it was very important information, the shadow guards stationed in geyang usually sent information to the army every five days. As a result, the army was besieged, and then fought for several times, so that the information was almost cut off for more than ten days.


    So people are not very clear about the intelligence of the world''s princes. First of all, the news about Cao Cao Jun and Sun Quan Jun surprised the generals. When Ji Ling led hundreds of thousands of troops to fight against his own army, the two princes stopped the attack and focused on the territory they occupied before stabilization.


    The two families divided the xiapi and Guangling counties of Xuzhou by the boundary of huaishui. Then, they transferred tens of thousands of troops from their respective territories to the newly occupied cities to stabilize their rule. On the other hand, they claimed that the soldiers had been fighting for a long time and needed to rest for a while before they could fight again.


    In fact, everyone knows that the two families want Ji Ling and Anton Jun to fight each other, and finally let them make a profit. All the generals of Anton''s army resented this, but they had nothing to do. You know, my family did the same thing at the beginning.


    As for the other vassals, they did not make any big moves. Basically, they were all small fights.


    However, the following news from Shi''a''s report attracted the attention of Huangfu Chaobo, that is, after taking Daijun, Lu Bu''s army did not continue to attack Youzhou or Jizhou. Instead, it contracted part of its troops to Yanmen County, and then began to transport grain and grass to Yunzhong and Dingxiang.


    Hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. It seems that Lv Bu has begun to prepare for the western expedition, so that his Bingzhou animal husbandry can live up to its name.


    Later, Shi a introduced the situation of the other princes, but Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care.


    After Shi A''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo said: "regarding the issue of the general of the reinforcements, I decided to send General Huang Zhong to geyang to take charge of the reinforcements." With that, he nodded at Huang Zhong. Huang Zhong got up and took orders.


    Just as the army was thinking about who should be responsible for the defense of Yulou County after Huang Zhong left, Huangfu Chaobo said, "Zhang Ying, listen to the order!"


    Zhang Ying a Leng, very quick reaction come over, quickly got up a military salute, way: "not will be in!"


    "After General Huang Zhong left, the defense arrangement of Yulou county was handed over to the general."


    After hearing this, Zhang Ying was so excited that he bowed himself and said, "please don''t worry, my Lord. In two months, yuloucheng will be as solid as gold."Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "OK, I''ll wait and see!" With that, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and looked at the other people: "General Zhang Ying has always been a meritorious soldier. He is brave and resourceful in leading the attack on yuliu. Therefore, I will take the responsibility of Yu Lou''s defense war, and all the other generals must cooperate with me. If there is any violation, I will never forgive you! "


    After hearing this, everyone could not understand that Zhang Ying had been valued by his master. However, Zhang Ying was also very capable, courageous and resourceful, and could shoulder heavy responsibilities. Everyone was convinced of Huangfu Chaobo''s decision. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s explanation, they all got up and said, "I didn''t take orders!"


    With that, they all looked at Zhang Ying enviously.


    Zhang Ying also saluted the crowd one by one, and they all saluted back one after another.


    Seeing this situation, Huang Fu Chao knew that his goal of cultivating Zhang Ying had been achieved, and he said no more, "General Huang and the two military strategists will stay, and the rest of the generals will negotiate with general Zhang to arrange defense."


    On hearing this, Zhang Ying immediately bowed down and said, "I''m not going to leave!"


    With that, he led the generals away and went to the castle to discuss the defense arrangement.


    After everyone left, Huangfu Chaobo said to Huang Zhong with a smile, "I''m going to trouble you again."


    "I don''t dare to say it''s hard if I don''t do my duty!" Huang Zhongdao;

 Chapter 922

    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and told Huang Zhong what he thought. Firstly, it was because Ge Yang''s generals did not have the experience and ability to command hundreds of thousands of troops. Secondly, Huangfu Chaobo really wanted to train Zhang Ying, which was closely related to the subsequent arrangements of the Anton army.


    After that, Huang Zhong basically stayed in Yuzhou, mainly commanding the battalions of the three counties in Yuzhou. It is estimated that in the future, there will be more than 100000 soldiers in Lujiang County, that is, the four counties. The original Huben army, however, had to be another Jian''s chief General. Huangfu Chaobo thought that Zhang Ying was the most suitable one. Now it''s only military achievements that restrict him.


    Now Huangfu Chaobo is personally in charge of yuliu, and he just gives Zhang Ying to arrange defense, so as to prepare for his promotion to the first army commander.


    make complaints about the unification of the generals. He is now the third grade general of Anton. According to the rules of the game, he can appoint generals who are two ranks lower than himself. However, the number of generals at the highest level is only 40000, far less than the requirements of Anton''s army.


    You know, whether it''s Huang Zhong or Zhao Yun or Xu Rong, the number of his troops has exceeded 40000. Among them, Xu Rong, who had the least number of troops, had two battalions and ten schools of the Qianniu army, with a total of 50000 troops. Not to mention Huang Zhong''s and Zhao Yun''s two armies. For example, Huang Zhong''s original number of troops was more than 70000. If you add three counties in Yuzhou and Lujiang, there are nearly 100000 troops in four counties. In all, there are almost 200000 troops.


    At present, the three generals of Anton''s army are all typical small horses pulling carts. Fortunately, their command values are relatively high. For example, Huang Zhong''s lowest basic command value is 88. Because he has been fighting with Huangfu Chaobo for many years, he is basically in charge of the army, which has risen to 90. Zhao Yun and Xu Rong''s basic command value is 91. Xu Rong is also a veteran of the battlefield, which has now risen to 92 You can make up for it with this. If you meet someone with a lower command value, you may not be able to pull it.


    Part of the reason why Huangfu Chaobo valued Zhang Ying so much was that his basic command value had reached 90. In addition, Zhang Ying was one of the five excellent generals, and he was not weak in the art of war, so he focused on training.


    If we want to solve this problem fundamentally, we still have to use promotion. The number of generals with mixed names from the third grade has reached 80000, which is twice as much as that of the fourth grade. But the problem is that Huangfu Chaobo''s official position is not enough, so he can only stare.


    However, it doesn''t make much sense to think about it now. With Huang Zhong''s ability, a hundred thousand troops can completely control about fifty thousand soldiers. If the rest of the garrison can only lead the troops to March, there is no combat bonus for them.


    After discussing with several people, Huangfu Chaobo decided to let Huang Zhong go to geyang this afternoon under the escort of 1000 cavalry, so as to get familiar with the general as soon as possible.


    After discussing the matter of reinforcements, Huangfu Chaobo said, "what do you think about Bingzhou? When the first day of the junior high school was to settle the descendants of the Qin people, and the second was to help our allies control Wuyuan and Shuofang as soon as possible, or to contain the troops of Bingzhou for us, so there was an enclave of Xi''an Yang. Now Lv Bu has the idea of sending troops to the West. Let''s have a broad discussion. What should we do about Xi''an Yang or Bingzhou? "


    All the people present were lost in meditation. The case of Xi''an, Yang or Bingzhou is really a tangled problem. If you give up, it''s really rash to give up in a town with tens of thousands of people, plus a town with thousands of people. If we don''t give up, the Anton army has no more troops and energy to take care of this city thousands of miles away.


    If Lv Bu really wanted to bring the western counties of Bingzhou under his rule, he would have sent at least 50000 troops, and there were many generals in Lv Bu''s army. Zhang Liao alone was enough to deal with these allies of Huangfu Chaobo. What''s more, there is Lu Bu, the strongest general in the world, and one of the most elite cavalry in the world. It can be said that we can''t fight and fight, and we can''t escape. We have almost fallen into a dead place.


    If you give up, how should tens of thousands of people be resettled? We should know that there are more than 100 miles in the middle of the Yellow River waterway, so we can''t travel at all, otherwise we can take the waterway directly to send all the population back to Sizhou for resettlement. What''s more, if you give up directly, it will not be good for Huangfu Chaobo''s reputation. It is tantamount to abandoning his allies directly.


    For a long time, Huang Zhong moved in his heart and said, "Lord, can we move the population of Xi''an Yang from the grassland outside the Great Wall to Longhua? It''s just that Longhua is short of population. It''s killing two birds with one stone to move these people there. "


    Pang Tong shook his head: "it''s not a good plan. If tens of thousands of people travel thousands of miles, it must be a hard journey. There are many difficulties and obstacles along the way. It''s estimated that less than half of them will be able to reach Longhua smoothly. Second, there is not much difference between moving to Longhua and moving back to Sizhou. We still have to consider the reputation of our Lord. "


    Guo Jia nodded and said, "it''s more than 1500 Li from Xi''an yang to Longhua by detour grassland. However, it''s nearly 1500 Li from Xi''an yang to Hedong. It''s almost the same distance on both sides, but it''s a dilemma to walk hundreds of miles to the south."


    After a long discussion, Huangfu Chaobo was not able to make up his mind how to deal with Xi''an Yang. However, in his heart, he secretly made a decision. If things are really going on, Ma Xuan and Hao Jian must not lose anything."Well, I''ll think about the Xi''an Yang affair again, and I won''t make any arrangements for the time being. Then another thing that comes next is the arrangement of Qingzhou. According to the news from shadow guard, the night incense of Langya has been in frequent contact with Cao CaoJun recently. How do you think about it?" Huangfu Chaobo once again changed the topic,


    "is this sure?" Guo Jiadao;


    "nine times out of ten." Shi a definitely replied: "since the Cao Cao army''s strategic plan was determined last year, we have sent people to pay close attention to Cao Cao army and yelaixiang army. A few days ago, they sent a pigeon letter from Langya. They have found that three waves of Cao Cao army envoys have entered yelaixiang''s general''s residence."


    "It seems that they really have a connection. If the two families really unite, there is no doubt that the target of the incense is Qingzhou. However, since Cao Cao can persuade the incense to attack Qingzhou, the Lord can also persuade him to attack the East China Sea. You know, the East China Sea is twice as rich as Donglai." Guo Jiadao;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "who should be responsible for this?"


    "It''s a matter of fairness." Guo Jiadao;


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at Pang Tong again, and he nodded in agreement.

 Chapter 923

    Seeing that Pang Tong and Guo Jia agreed to hand over the contact of yelaixiang to Xun you, Huangfu Chaobo also felt that Xun you was really good at this aspect, so he nodded his head and agreed with Guo Jia.


    "Well, in that case, send someone to inform Luoyang and order Xun you to take charge of it. He was ordered to send someone to negotiate with yelaixiang. Xu Donghai, no, the land of Xuzhou, let him take it. If he could send troops to attack Cao Cao with all his strength, how much of Xuzhou he could capture, how much he would have admitted. If he could take all of Xuzhou, he would have written to the court to show that yelaixiang was the herdsman of Xuzhou. " Huangfu Chaobo simply ordered;


    on the surface, it seems that it gives too much, but in fact, it is not. As long as Cao Cao''s power is really destroyed, then the Anton army will be able to occupy the four prefectures of qingyansi and Henan, occupying nearly 30% of the world, and its strength will rise several times. At that time, even if it really takes possession of Xuzhou, it will not pose any threat to itself.


    "My Lord is wise!" All the people of Pang Tong were obedient to him.


    "we all rely on the full help of all of you, please rise up!" Seeing this, Huangfu chaobolian got up and helped everyone up one by one.


    "However, even so," Pang Tong said with cold water as soon as he got up, "the Lord still needs to make preparations. In case Yelai Xiangming makes an alliance with our army, but he colludes with Cao Cao and then sends troops to attack Qingzhou..."


    Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. It''s true, let alone a player. The NPC princes all have a face-to-face style, and a knife behind them. Although it may be shameful to the world, isn''t that what politics is like? Not to mention the players, this situation is countless.


    "Yes, but in this way, there are some shortages in Qingzhou army."


    "The issue of Qingzhou still needs to be discussed carefully. The defense pressure on the north and South lines is really not great. However, the main energy of our army still needs to be put on the Western battlefield, that is, Yanzhou and Yuzhou. If Qingzhou does not slack off, it will just abandon the car and protect the commander. Priority should be given to ensuring the smooth progress of the war on the western front. " Guo Jia added;


    "in this way, several big cities and two important naval cities in Qingzhou must be preserved in any case, and the rest of the small cities have no choice but to give up temporarily." Huang Zhong looked at the map of Qingzhou and said in a low voice;


    "well, Shuanghe city and Qingdao city must strengthen their defense. Even if the two counties of Qingzhou are lost, they will be safe anyway." Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and looked at some humanity;


    several people also nodded their heads in agreement. Although these two cities are only small cities, they are the two giant docks and shipyards of Anton army. At present, there are ten schools of soldiers in Qianniu army. Huangfu Chaobo thought about it again and again and decided to send one school of soldiers to each of the two cities. In addition, the guards of the two cities are also expanded to one school The army, the horse and the water army each have one school. If this is calculated, the two cities each have 10000 soldiers and 5000 water troops, which should be able to ensure safety.


    Of course, we must be prepared for the worst. If the two cities can''t hold on and the whole Qingzhou is lost, the craftsmen of the two cities will have to go back to Luoyang by water. As for those buildings, even if they are thrown to others, they can''t operate without master level boatman.


    Huangfu Chaobo asked pangguo to improve the details, and then asked Shi a to send the order to Luoyang and Qingzhou respectively.


    After dealing with these matters, Huangfu Chaobo led Pang Tong and Guo Jia to the city hall where Zhang Ying and other generals discussed affairs. As for Huang Zhong, he immediately sent his cavalry to find the Tujia of huyandu and escort him back to geyang as soon as possible.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was gathering people for discussion, Ji Ling was also gathering people for discussion. After receiving Ji Ling''s order, the guard General of Anfeng city had prepared siege equipment and nearly 20000 craftsmen overnight. Under the protection of the newly recruited 5000 soldiers and 10000 lightly injured soldiers, he went to meet Ji Ling camp at dawn. As for Anfeng City, there are 1000 guards and 10000 craftsmen More than 5000 seriously injured taxis, a total of 6000 people defend.


    In the camp, Ji Ling sat on the main position with an iron face. Considering that the soldiers rushed one day, and then attacked Anton''s defense line late into the night, more than 70000 troops lost more than 20000. Among them, the number of guards killed in the battle alone reached 10000, and the rest nearly 10000 guards were basically wounded.


    In other words, after a big war, Ji Ling can now use only 30000 elite troops, and there are more than 20000 wounded soldiers, a total of 50000 troops. If we add 15000 lightly and seriously injured soldiers in Anfeng City, there are less than 70000 troops left in 140000 troops, with the casualties reaching 70000 Ten thousand people.


    Although it seems that the loss is more than half, which is better than that of Anton''s army, we should know that there are more than 20000 elite soldiers among these casualties, while among Anton''s army, only less than 20000 of Huangfu Chaobo''s guards are more elite than these soldiers. At the beginning, when Yuan Shu moved his army northward, the Yuzhou army lost more than ten cities in half a month, which shows the gap between the two armies.


    Today''s Yuzhou military barracks, though reorganized by Huang Zhong and other generals for several months, are still far from the tens of thousands of elite soldiers under the command of Ji Ling. In terms of the strength of the garrison, the Yuzhou army was slightly weaker than the Yuanshu army. If the fighting power of both sides is equal, Ji Lingjun''s losses will definitely exceed 100000, or even about 120000.


    Ji Ling didn''t expect that he had been planning for such a long time, and eventually he was defeated. If it had not been for the loss of Yulou county magistrate and county captain, how could he have such a loss. At the thought of this, Ji Ling couldn''t help complaining more about the two people he personally executed.Now, tens of thousands of Anton troops have successfully withdrawn to Yulou city. If they attack again, the casualties will be greater. But if they retreat, Ji Ling is not willing to.


    "Mr. Zhong Ying, now that the Anton army has withdrawn into Yulou City, do you have a good plan to teach someone?" Ji Ling looks at Shu Shao''s way;


    Shu Shao is silent for a long time, and then slowly says: "although Anton''s army has retreated into the city, Yulou''s city is small, and Anton''s army has attacked for several days, the city''s defense and defense materials have lost a lot. Besides, our army''s loss is not small, but Anton''s army''s situation will not be very good, so


    "Sir, do you want to continue the siege?" Ji Lingdao;


    Shu Shao nodded his head and agreed: "yes, our army still has 30000 elite soldiers and tens of thousands of soldiers. It only takes a few days to recover. In addition, new soldiers and civil servants still have the strength of World War I. However, the general needs to make people closely monitor the situation of reinforcements in the direction of geyang. If the enemy reinforcements have not been able to capture Yulou before they arrive, they can only retreat. Moreover, the nearby Anfeng city also needs to give up. "

 Chapter 924

    Ji Ling knows what Shu Shao means. If he can''t capture the city before the other party''s reinforcements arrive, he must give up the front line of yuliu and Anfeng, preserve his strength, and retreat to the front line of Liaoxian and Anfeng. After all, I still have tens of thousands of elites in my hands. If I can''t achieve the original goal, then I have to preserve my strength. As long as the army is still there, then I still have a chance.


    Thinking of this, Ji Ling finally made up his mind, stood up and ordered: "OK, come and send the troops to Yulou City, ready to attack the city!"


    With Ji Ling''s military order issued, Yuan Shu''s army began to camp and moved towards Yulou county. At noon, the army arrived at Wuli northwest of Yulou city. Ji Ling ordered the army to camp and began to make siege equipment, but he and the generals came down to the city of Yulou under the protection of their own guards.


    When as many as 70000 troops appeared in the northwest direction of the city, all the generals at the head of the city were shocked. They didn''t expect that Ji Ling''s army still had 700000 troops. You should know that only 20000 of his troops can take part in the war, and the rest of his soldiers are injured in different degrees. Of course, if we can stick to it for eight to ten days, more than ten thousand of the thirty thousand wounded soldiers will be able to recover to Seventy-eight percent, that is to say, they can basically take part in the war.


    To the relief of the generals in the city, there seems to be no sign of Ji Ling''s army attacking the city immediately. On the wall, Zhang Yingzheng led the generals to inspect the defense of each wall. When they heard that the Western Wall sounded the alarm, they immediately rushed to the western city.


    Zhang Ying was not surprised to see Yuan Shu''s troops outside the city. If he was Ji Ling, he would lead his troops to try. At least he couldn''t give up until he saw the news of Anton''s reinforcements. Moreover, Ji Ling had the advantage of occupying the place, and it was very convenient for him to recruit soldiers. If he didn''t see each other''s reinforcements, the attack would never stop Stop.


    In the afternoon, Ji Lingjun finally began the necessary preparation before the ant attack, that is, the landfill of the moat. A few days ago, when Anton''s army attacked Yulou, it had already filled out several siege channels. However, after Zhang Ying occupied the city, he immediately sent for people to dredge the moat. Therefore, the first thing Ji Ling''s army should do when they arrived was to fill the dredged moat out of the siege channel again.


    With the order of Jiling''s army, thousands of people began to march toward the moat in the West and North. They all carried bags of clay and ran toward the moat under the protection of shields and bows.


    The attack of Ji Ling''s army finally began. Burying the moat in order to build the siege channel was only one of Ji Ling''s means. The second was to order the craftsmen to speed up the construction of siege equipment. At the same time, Ji Ling once again ordered an Feng to recruit another 20000 recruits and send them to Yulou. This is the maximum that Anfeng can recruit. It has almost recruited all the suitable soldiers in Anfeng city.


    Since Ji Ling has decided to make preparations, he must consider the problem of tens of thousands of elite soldiers. If he is not lazy, he must keep the tens of thousands of elite soldiers in his hands to prepare for the future war. Therefore, the best soldiers to attack the city are these newly recruited soldiers.


    Of course, if he thought there was something to do, he would not hesitate to put tens of thousands of elite on top of him, take down Yulou city and annihilate Anton army in the city.


    Just when Ji Ling''s army began to attack Yu Lou, Huang Zhong had already left Yu Lou under the protection of a thousand Turpan cavalry and left for GE Yang.


    At this time, reinforcements from Yuzhou have arrived in geyang city one after another. At the same time, there are countless money, food and equipment. After a period of silence, geyang city is lively again.


    Yu Lou''s war was no longer in the charge of Huangfu Chaobo himself, and Zhang Ying was responsible for the defense. Taking advantage of this free time, Huangfu Chaobo has invited people from all over the world. The war these days has made Huangfu Chaobo have no time to understand the situation of other allies for a long time. The most important thing is the situation of all the people in Bingzhou. Now it is in the middle of war. No matter the player''s personal communicator or the alliance channel can be used.


    After entering the county, he handed over his troops to Chen Dao. He got off the line and contacted the Nightingale who stayed behind. After knowing the situation of his site in detail, he took a rest to go back online. Of course, there must be news from other players. After getting the news that Huangfu Chaobo invited him, he immediately rushed to the County Yamen with the two people who killed the wrong wolf.


    As soon as they met, they all laughed bitterly. Killing the wrong wolf has now become a bare commander, and there are less than 50 soldiers left with the 2000 troops. Even though the whole world is not much better, there are only 2000 soldiers left in the 5000 battle barracks, and there are only 1000 soldiers left in the loss part of the copy.


    "Sit down." Seeing both of them, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "this time, it''s careless to lose Jingzhou."


    All over the world, he said with a smile: "how could your two major military commanders not find anything unusual?"


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a wry smile: "it''s not that the brothers don''t work hard, but that the enemy is too cunning!"


    As soon as the words came out, they all laughed.


    For a long time, Huangfu said: "Bingma has lost a lot, but the military achievements should be good. What''s more, many of the surviving soldiers should have met the selection requirements of Chen Dao? "The last sentence he said was aimed at the world. The selection conditions for special arms are very harsh. For example, the strongest camp under Huangfu Chaobo has almost reached the condition of choosing one from a thousand li. Although Chen Dao''s white soldiers are not trapped in the camp, they are estimated to be at least one from a hundred Li or one from hundreds of people.


    For example, Zongheng now has five cities under his command, with 10000 battalions and 25000 guards. However, Chen Zhi''s subordinates have always been in the early 2000s. The first 2000s of them were selected from Kong Luo''s army. That is to say, only a few hundred of his subordinates were selected. It can be seen that the conditions are not so easy to achieve.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, his face was much better. He said, "I''m blessed because of disaster. Uncle Zhi told me that these soldiers have basically met the conditions for the primary election. If they can all survive, it should be a harvest that Baijia can expand to 3000 people."


    "Two eldest brothers, you and other soldiers have been trained, but my younger brother has suffered a heavy loss. There are only dozens of 2000 soldiers left in the end..." Kill the wrong wolf and say with a sad face;

 Chapter 925

    Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Fu Chaobo both smile bitterly when they listen to the words of killing the wrong wolf. This kind of training is better than not. More than half of the world''s losses, Huangfu Chaobo''s losses are even more, reaching 60%, and tens of thousands of troops are gone. How much money, food, materials and time will it take to compile and train these tens of thousands of troops.


    Among other things, after tens of thousands of troops have been trained, the number of casualties is amazing.


    Huangfu Chaobo no longer talked to them about this content, but changed the topic and said, "brother Zongheng, do you know what''s going on in Bingzhou?"


    I wonder why Huangfu Chaobo turned to Bingzhou again. What''s wrong with Bingzhou? However, he did not continue to ask, but replied: "I heard Xiao Ying talk about some. According to your intelligence last year, they are stepping up the reserve of materials and strengthening the city defense in Bingzhou."


    At this point, he asked the curious question: "is Lu Bu''s army ready to send troops?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said: "the information I got is that Lv Bu is mobilizing food and grass to Yanmen, and there are also traces showing that Bingzhou''s soldiers and horses are also mobilizing to Yanmen."


    Zongheng nodded and continued to introduce what he knew to Huangfu Chaobo. After being reminded by Huangfu Chaobo, all the people in Bingzhou are fully preparing for the war. In addition to storing materials and strengthening the city''s defense, they are all fully training. In addition, in the past two years, each of them has been enlisted by historical generals, which makes everyone''s situation much better.


    There is also a copy of the mission to open, so that we have the strength of the generals also increased a lot. Zhao Zilong, for example, immediately brought Fuyang town under the rule of Huangfu Chaobo. Now it is developing with all his strength. According to Zhao Zilong, the fastest thing is that Fuyang can be upgraded to a small town next month. At that time, it will become the key to resist the westward advance of Lv Bu''s army.


    It''s just that Zhao Zilong has been struggling that he hasn''t got the official position of the supreme governor of Wuyuan so far, which makes him depressed. In order to defend Wuyuan, Zhao Zilong specially mobilized thousands of troops from hepingyin, Zhaoxian County, to Wuyuan, and then transferred most of the fighting power of Zilong society to Wuyuan. Looking at the posture, he wanted to defend Wuyuan and had a collision with Lv Bu''s army.


    If Zhao Zilong''s Zilong will have a way out, then Shuofang''s Xiake has been completely forced to a dead end. Although it has completely controlled the whole Shuofang, the Xiake just occupied the southernmost big town without making more arrangements. As for other cities, the same is true. Now he has put all his energy on Guangmu City, even the county government is set in Guangmu city.


    Today, Guangmu city has a population of 100000, and its military strength has reached 20000, including two schools of soldiers, one school of guards and one school of Xiongnu cavalry. In addition, Guangmu city is close to the river, and there is no shortage of water. There are more than 100000 troops and horses in the city, which can meet the needs of the people for a year.


    In addition to Guangmu City, the Xiake also arranged 10000 troops to defend Shuofang city on the other side of the river. The other cities were basically defended by more than ten thousand people and about three thousand soldiers. After discussing with their subordinates, the Xiake agreed that Lv Bu''s army would not let Guangmu run the city, but occupied the unimportant cities first, so Guangmu and Shuofang would be the top priority.


    Of course, the premise for Guangmu to fall into the war was that Wuyuan County in the East was captured by Lvbu, otherwise Lvbu would not enter the army like this under normal circumstances. As for Lv Bu''s westward advance, since last year, several people have been discussing how to unite against Bingzhou army. It''s just that when and where the Lu Bu army will go now are matters of no consequence, so we haven''t discussed why.


    After listening to the words from all over the world, Huang Fu Chao Bo was a little silent, and then slowly said: "according to our inference, the dispatch of Lv Bu''s army should be the event of this year, but now the war situation in Huainan is not optimistic, so Xi''an Yang..."


    Even though Huangfu Chaobo was able to be the prefect of a county, he was not a fool. After hearing his bosom friend, he immediately said, "the elder Chaobo means


    As soon as the words came out, Huangfu Chaobo got up and said angrily, "brother Zongheng means that we are not even friends?"


    When he was stunned, he immediately realized what was the matter. He couldn''t help laughing bitterly. As the territory of Huangfu Chaobo became bigger and bigger, he became more powerful. Therefore, he paid attention to this aspect intentionally or unintentionally. Every time he wanted to see Huangfu Chaobo, he sent someone to inform him, instead of being as free and easy as before.


    Like other players in terms of address, he didn''t have the original casual. When he was about to explain, Huangfu Chaobo said, "brother Zongheng, this is just a game. No matter how it develops in this area, we will leave here in the end. I don''t think we will have a friend in the end."


    Then he looked at the wrong wolf and said, "old wolf, you are the same. Although we don''t know each other in reality, I can see that you are not a difficult person to communicate with. I also agree with you in dealing with people and things. If you can, I hope we can become real friends."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, they both felt very comfortable. They shook their heads all over the world and said, "yes, no matter what he is, we are still friends. However, I don''t dare to be presumptuous until I''m under your group. You know, old man Tian alone can spray me for three days. Ha haAll three of them are smiling.


    After laughing, he restrained his smile and asked tentatively, "Chaobo, what do you mean... Are you likely to give up


    Huangfu Chaobo looked puzzled, nodded and shook his head: "I don''t know what to do. For the sake of some brothers, Xi''an Yang should stick to them, or at least help them stick to them. Only in this way, there will be a big war between me and Lv Bu''s army, and it''s estimated that it won''t end in a year and a half."


    "But as far as my strength is concerned, it''s absolutely impossible for me to fight in both directions at the same time, and both are wars of tens of thousands of people. So I discussed with Pang Tong and Guo Jia for a long time, but I didn''t make a final decision. " With that, he looked at them with a bitter smile.


    They both nodded thoughtfully, which is true. In this war, Huangfu Chaobo and Yuzhou army lost tens of thousands of elite troops, and the follow-up troops are also coming to Huainan. There must be several wars in the future. In the case of Anton army, it is really a great pressure for the two directions to fight against the two princes at the same time.

 Chapter 926

    Today, although the Yuzhou army has been under the command of Huangfu Chaobo, it is unknown to all the people in the world except for the ten high-level historical generals under Huangfu Chaobo, let alone the more hidden planned war against Cao.


    After pondering for a moment, he said: "leave this matter to me. I''ll go and talk to some of them. After all, even if they fail, they will quit Bingzhou, but you can''t make any mistakes."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "except for the lack of support in terms of troops, other problems are not a problem. I will try my best to support them in terms of weapons, equipment, food and horses."


    After a little pause, he said, "Lao Zhao, they are all good, mainly the Xiake. All his wealth is in Shuofang. Alas..."


    Even though the world knows that this is a tangled problem, after thinking about it, he asked, "how about your loss this time?"


    "Kong and I have sent out 100000 troops, and now we are only over 40000, that is to say, the loss has reached nearly 60%. Besides, you have to know that there are ten thousand soldiers in Yuzhou army barracks. So


    "Hiss, nearly 60000 casualties..." Kill the wrong wolf scared straight tooth flower son. "Sure enough, it''s a game that the earthen moats can play. Alas, these poor children can only stand by and watch


    Heavy casualties in the army, the players all see, but the specific casualties we do not know, so Huangfu Chaobo''s words, two people are scared.


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head with a bitter smile and said, "the following 100000 troops are on their way, so you know that..."


    They had already understood what Huangfu Chaobo meant and said: "leave this matter to me. I''ll get off the line later and discuss with them in the league. I''ll tell you their decision at that time."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "well, let''s see how they arrange it."


    Zonghengtianxia and shacuo wolf look at each other, and then both of them leave the county government. Zonghengtianxia can''t get off the line until Chen arrives.


    After the two of them left, Huangfu Chaobo left the County Yamen and went to the west of the city wall. He had just heard the warning horn in the county yamen. It seems that Ji Ling''s army is ready to attack the city. Anyway, he must go to the city wall to inspect.


    When Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the bottom of the city wall, he found that the war at the head of the city was not fierce. It turned out that Ji Lingjun was still filling the river. As he was about to climb the city, Zhang Ying had already led several generals down the city wall. The generals did not agree that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to go to the city at this time, for fear that he would be hit by arrows or stones. In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to return to the county government and wait for Ji Lingjun to stop attacking before going to the city.


    In the evening of that day, the Jiling army finally stopped attacking. To everyone''s surprise, the news came back that there were another 20000 reinforcements arriving at the Jiling army camp in Anfeng city. After that, the Jiling army reached nearly 100000 again.


    Ji Lingjun''s half day attack has filled dozens of siege channels in the moat to the West and north of Yulou city. Now we have to wait until tomorrow to officially attack the city.


    That night, Huangfu Chaobo recruited Zhang Ying again and asked him about the defense of the city, the arrangement of the troops and the cooperation of the generals. After some inquiry, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved, and even Pang Tong nodded.


    The next morning, Ji Ling''s army camp outside the city began to attack. Ji Ling began to command the army to attack Yulou county.


    When Ji Ling attacked Yu Lou, Huang Zhong had already arrived at geyang, 200 miles away. Originally, Huang Zhong was going to gather the left behind generals to discuss business after he arrived in geyang. Who knows, before he entered the city, he saw all the left behind people coming to meet him at the gate of the city. The leader was Zuo Chengzu, the governor of Lujiang River. After him, Han Siam, Wang Ran, Kong Xin and Zhou Tai were all present.


    "I''ve seen the general begging for thieves!"


    "I''m not going to see the general who asked for the thief!"


    Seeing a thousand cavalry escorting Huang Zhong''s arrival, several people came to see him.


    Seeing this, Huang Zhong quickly stretched out his hand and ordered the cavalry to stop. He quickly turned over and dismounted. He quickly stepped forward and helped several people up one by one, saying, "Marshal Liu, please get up!"


    Huang Zhong had a superior position in Anton''s army. On the one hand, he was a veteran of Huangfu Chaobo. On the other hand, he was also a loyal brother of Huangfu Chaobo. Moreover, he was loyal to Huangfu Chaobo, and his official position was second only to Huangfu Chaobo. So when they got that Huangfu Chaobo would return to geyang to preside over military affairs, they all rushed to geyang to meet and listen to his arrangement.


    After everyone got up, Huang Zhong said with a smile: "I was thinking of sending someone to invite you all to discuss the matter of reinforcements after I arrived at geyang. I didn''t expect that everyone was here, so I didn''t have to send someone to invite you. Please follow me to the city for discussion."


    "General, please!" They all responded together;


    Huang Zhong didn''t say much. Under the guidance of Wang Ran, he entered the city and headed for the county government.After everyone had settled down, Huang Zhongxian asked, "General Wang, how are the reinforcements going? How many troops have arrived in geyang?"


    Hearing Huang Zhong''s inquiry, Wang ran quickly got up and replied, "report back to the general. At present, the reinforcements that have arrived in geyang are only 20000 garrison soldiers in Runan County, and it will take a few days for the soldiers and horses in the other two counties."


    Huang Zhong nodded, which was basically consistent with his inference. However, Huang Zhong was thinking about the issue of reinforcements all the way. After careful consideration, he had made a decision, but he was not ready to announce it immediately. Instead, he told everyone in detail about the war, so that everyone could have a clear idea.


    It took about half an hour for Huang Zhong to tell everyone about the course of the war and the current situation of the army. After that, Xiangzhong said: "considering that it will take a few days for all the reinforcements to arrive, Ben will decide not to wait for the reinforcements to arrive in geyang, but to lead some soldiers and horses to set out first. The first purpose is that the irrigation bridges have been basically damaged, so Ben will lead tens of thousands of soldiers and horses to the West Bank of irrigation first, and set up the floating bridges to cross the river, waiting for the follow-up soldiers and horses to arrive After that, you can cross the river without waiting for the bridge to be built. "


    Huang Zhong''s words brightened everyone''s eyes. That''s right. In this way, we can really save a lot of time.

 Chapter 927

    After everyone understood what he meant, Huang Zhongcai continued: "the second is to shock yuan Shujun, let Ji Ling know that the reinforcements of the army have arrived, and let him dare not attack Yulou county with all his strength. Reduce the pressure on the Lord''s army. "


    As soon as Huang Zhong''s voice fell, Kong Xin couldn''t wait to get up and asked for his order: "General Huang, I didn''t ask for your order to lead the troops to battle!"


    Huang Zhong looked at Kong Xin and said with a smile, "general Kong, please wait a moment. There will be arrangements behind the general. General Kong''s troops and horses have only been trained for more than a month, so it''s not suitable for him to go to battle. For the sake of safety, a certain general suggested that he should train his troops at ease first, and then lead the troops to fight six months later. "


    Seeing Kong Xin''s disappointment on his face, Huang Zhong continued: "besides, after this general sent out troops, geyang''s troops may be a little insufficient. General Kong also needs to lead 5000 sharp soldiers to defend."


    Kong Xin also knew that his troops had not finished their training, so he had to step down.


    Huang Zhong went on: "along the way, some one has been thinking about the issue of reinforcements. After thinking about it again and again, he decided that his general would personally lead 20000 Runan garrison troops, plus 5000 soldiers from Han Siam general''s Department, and also transferred 5000 garrison troops from geyang, a total of 30000 troops were sent out first. At the same time, ten thousand craftsmen were recruited from geyang to carry grain and grass for ten days to the West Bank of Guanhe River. While setting up a floating bridge across the river, we are waiting for the meeting of subsequent reinforcements. "


    As for the defense of Huainan, Huang Zhong''s arrangement was to transfer Kong Xin''s great Qin Ruishi to geyang to take charge of the defense of geyang. Wang Ran, on the other hand, came with the reinforcements to join Huang Zhongbu.


    In geyang City, besides the five thousand Qin Ruishi of kongxin, there were two school guards and one school cavalry. The infantry of the three schools were arranged to defend the city, while the cavalry still needed to guard the convoy and transport grain and grass to Huangzhong. Another is that after Han Siam was transferred out, the defense force of Huainan camp was only one school of garrison troops. However, Huang Zhong felt that there was no problem for 5000 soldiers to guard the pontoon.


    As for other cities, there are about 3000 garrisons now, with 20000 troops in geyang in the front, and the three cities behind should have no problems.


    Of course, for the safety of Huainan cities, Huang Zhong used the 1000 Tu cavalry escorting him back as a squadron. The 1000 Tu cavalry was divided into ten teams, which patrolled the area east of geyang day and night. Once he found any abnormality, he could quickly feed it back to the geyang general Kong Xin.


    Moreover, in Huang Zhong''s view, since the main forces of Ji Ling and Yuan Shu''s army have already appeared in Anfeng, it is not likely that there will be a big army to attack in Jisi and Miao counties. Of course, the necessary vigilance is necessary, so there are still 20000 troops in geyang city''s defense, just in case.


    Huang Zhong''s strategy was unanimously agreed by the public, and then Huang Zhong discussed with the public to improve the details. After repeated confirmation, Huang Zhong ordered everyone to go their own way. Han Siam immediately rushed back to Huainan camp and led 5000 soldiers to join Huang Zhong. Wang ran immediately recruited craftsmen to prepare food for the army. Huang Zhong, on the other hand, went to the barracks to get familiar with the 20000 generals at all levels in Runan.


    In the afternoon of that day, Wang Ran had prepared all the personnel and materials for the expedition. In the evening, Han Siam also brought 5000 soldiers to join him, and all the 30000 troops and 10000 craftsmen had gathered.


    In the early morning of the next day, 40000 people and horses marched toward the west bank with a large number of supplies. It took a day and a half for the army to finally arrive at the West Bank of Shuishui. Huang Zhong ordered the army to set up a camp on the West Bank. At the same time, he ordered the civil servants and craftsmen to prepare the materials for crossing the river and building bridges tomorrow.


    When the army crossed the river, four floating bridges were erected. However, when the army was surrounded, they were all damaged by Ji Ling''s troops. Huang Zhong is going to repair the four bridges in the original position, because Ji Lingjun only destroyed the bridge deck when he destroyed the floating bridge, and then cut off the iron cable of the floating bridge.


    It took less than half a day to repair the pontoon. Then Huang Zhong immediately ordered Han Siam to lead the army across the river and set up camp again on the east bank to guard both ends of the pontoon to prevent Ji Ling army from attacking the pontoon.


    A few days later, Yingchuan and Chen came to join Huang Zhongbu. At this time, it was the eighth day for Ji Ling to lead the attack on Yulou county. Huang Zhong knew that Yulou''s defense was still strong, but he didn''t do much. After arranging 10000 garrison troops to defend Shuishui pontoon and camp, he led 90000 troops to go south to support Yulou''s garrison and relieve Yulou''s siege.


    After receiving the news of the arrival of Anton''s reinforcements, Ji Ling immediately ordered the troops to retreat without dragging water. He led the troops all the way to Liao County, and even Anfeng gave up.


    After eight days of attack, Ji Ling lost more than ten thousand soldiers, but still can only sigh. Although he sent out elite troops several times during this period, he still failed to gain an advantage in the city. Especially a few days ago, Ji Ling got the news that tens of thousands of troops were building a floating bridge over the irrigation water again. Although some generals proposed to send troops to raid the reinforcements, Ji Ling refused because he already knew that the commander of the reinforcements was Huang Zhong.


    He and Huang Zhong have been fighting each other for many times. It can be said that he knows Huang Zhong better. Ji Ling may have some ideas if he is led by others, but Huang Zhong is the most stable general under Huangfu Chaobo, so Ji Ling doesn''t think he has much chance to succeed.In eight days, Ji Ling left 15000 soldiers in Yulou City, while Anton''s army lost less than 3000. Of course, Ji Lingjun''s losses were mainly caused by newly recruited soldiers, with less than 3000 elite soldiers and horses lost. However, although he lost 15000 troops and horses, Ji Ling used the eight days to reorganize his tens of thousands of troops again, reorganizing 30000 heavy armor infantry and 30000 battalions, and the remaining 10000 soldiers have reached the level of advanced arms.


    Three days later, Huang Zhong finally led the army to Yulou city. After the two troops met, Huang Zhong immediately sent 20000 troops to Anfeng County, where Ji Lingjun gave up.


    At this point, after nearly a month, the war between Anfeng and yuliu was finally over, and the final result was as many people hoped: both sides were defeated.


    After the loss of tens of thousands of troops, the Anton army finally captured the two counties, but they were defeated after the loss, with heavy casualties, and almost destroyed 120000 troops.


    After losing tens of thousands of troops, Ji Ling army failed to completely destroy the Allied forces of Anton army, and the two counties were finally occupied. However, what tens of thousands of troops brought in was the collapse of tens of thousands of allied forces and the speed of their attack on Lujiang River.

 Chapter 928

    Ji Ling led the army back to Liao county and gave Li Feng 10000 soldiers. After that, he ordered Li Feng to continue to garrison in Jisi to defend the Allied forces moving eastward along the Huai River. He also ordered Li Gui to guard Liao county and Ji Bao to guard Anfeng county. In addition to the 5000 soldiers who were originally stationed in Anfeng County, he also ordered them to withdraw 10000 soldiers together and transfer them to lead a school of soldiers. He and Li Feng''s army acted as horns for each other to jointly defend the eastward advance of the Allied forces.


    Ji Ling himself and commander Leibo''s reorganized 30000 heavy infantry and 20000 soldiers returned to Shouchun to prepare for the next war.


    After Huang Zhong''s army arrived in Yulou, Huangfu Chaobo entrusted the whole army to him. Zhang Ying''s war arrangements these days have been unanimously approved by the generals of Anton''s army, and Huangfu Chaobo also asked him to assist Huang Zhong in the whole army.


    These days, Huangfu Chaobo has been discussing with Pang Tong and Guo Jia about the reorganization of the army. This time, Anton''s army originally dispatched two school soldiers from huangwudi Huben camp, one school soldier from WangYong Shenwu camp and one school soldier from Zhangying xiongqu camp, a total of four school soldiers. In addition, Huang Zhong and Han Xian''s four Battalion soldiers and one school cavalry from Jianwu camp of Runan County of Yuzhou army, Yingchuan County fought hard Wang Ran''s two military academies in Wuying have a total of seven military academies. Now the cavalry battalion is still in geyang, and there is no loss. The remaining ten military academies have 50000 soldiers, and now there are only 20000 left.


    In the subsequent reinforcements, Huangfu Chaobo simply removed all the battle barracks of Yuzhou army. Now, there is only one school of cavalry in Yingchuan and Chenjun of the three counties in Yuzhou, while in Runan there are still two school soldiers and one school of cavalry of Li le to defend Ruyin. Today, there should be a total of 80000 soldiers in 16 schools in Yulou County, but now the total number is only 55000.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s idea was to break up all these soldiers and reorganize them. He mixed up more than 20000 soldiers who had gone through this war with 35000 new soldiers. After a period of training, he would consider the issue of sending troops later.


    After this war, the soldiers are the backbone of the army, which is of great benefit to the improvement of the combat effectiveness of the battalions. Huang Zhong, Zhang Ying and other Anton generals also agreed with this, so there was a mix of soldiers and soldiers.


    After this reorganization, except for Zhang Ying''s more than 4000 halberd soldiers, the number of soldiers in other schools is about 3500. As for the number of soldiers who are not satisfied with the reorganization, Huangfu Chaobo is not worried at all. There are still a lot of wars in the future, so he can choose from the soldiers who survived the war. Huangfu Chaobo believes that after a few wars, these battalions will be able to survive Soon complete.


    Now that Anfeng has been brought into the hands of Anton''s army, there is no need to arrange the 10000 garrison in Shuishui camp, so the 10000 Garrison has also been transferred to Yulou. As a result, there were 15000 Huangfu Chaobo guards, 56000 battalions, 70000 guards, 20000 civil servants in Yulou and Anfeng, with more than 140000 soldiers and 20000 craftsmen.


    Huangfu Chaobo prepared to reorganize the army for eight to ten days, and then continued to move his troops south to attack Lu''an.


    Lu''an is a middle city with a special location, because once Lu''an is occupied, it will directly threaten the safety of Shouchun, the capital of Yuan Shu''s army, because the distance between the two places is less than 200 Li. However, because there are several rivers and Lakes between the two places, if you want to attack Shouchun, you only need to attack Chengde City in Jiujiang County, and then you can attack Shouchun city less than a hundred miles north.


    But the Anton army had to capture Lu''an again, because Lu''an was just stuck on the road of Anton army going south to the south of Lujiang County. Therefore, if we want to control the whole territory of Lujiang, Lu''an must be controlled by Anton''s army.


    After handing over the affairs of the army to Huang Zhongzhu, Huangfu Chaobo has other things to do. Now that the war is over, Huangfu Chaobo''s communication has been unlocked, so he must deal with the affairs of Bingzhou, Xi''an and Yang.


    Let Zongheng inform all people in Bingzhou. After the appointed time, Huangfu Chaobo also entered the alliance channel.


    As soon as he went in, Huangfu Chaobo first heard the heartless voice of Xiao Jie: "boss, you finally show up. I thought you were working with Ji Ling again!"


    "You boy, are you waiting for me to fight with Ji Ling?" Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    "boss, I heard that your army has suffered a great loss this time. What are you going to do? Stop for a while or Lao Du is on the sideline;


    "we can''t stop for too long. Now it''s June. If we can''t solve Yuan Shu before winter this year, we''ll have to put it off until next year, which will be more troublesome." Huangfu Chaobo shook his head: "now I''m going to increase my troops with Kong Xu. Now with the garrison in Lujiang, there are nearly 200000 troops. In one or two months, at least Shuxian, Lujiang''s Governing County, will be captured."


    Then he added: "I think that Cao Cao and sun CE will soon start to fight these days. After all, Ji Ling and I have lost our troops after watching the play for so long. There are tens of thousands of casualties, which is also a bone breaking injury for yuan Shujun, so I expect that their two families will continue to fight again soon. "


    With these words, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Xiake and Zhao Zilong and said, "how are you getting ready now?"


    They looked at each other, and Zhao Zilong said, "after discussing with each other, we don''t want to give up easily, so we''ve been preparing. I''m going to upgrade Fuyang to a small city in two days. In this way, we should be able to meet the conditions you said to be a vassal, right?"Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head. He had already understood the conditions of becoming a vassal very clearly from the people of Kong. There were mainly two aspects: one was the official position, and the other was the number of city level territories in the territory he controlled. Of course, there are many other conditions, such as the number of people under the rule, the number of senior talents, the types of buildings, and so on, but these are minor.


    For players, the official position is no longer the main restriction. The biggest factor limiting everyone is the number of territory cities. If a player Niu Bai has built five small towns, then, oh Kai, as long as you meet other conditions, you can become a prefect smoothly. Of course, there is a small condition. One of the five cities can reach the scale of county city. In the system aunt''s view, since you can build five small cities, it should not be a problem to build a middle city.


    Another situation is that you are powerful enough to control five counties from a dozen or even dozens of counties. If other conditions are met, the state capital where the county is located has a good enough relationship with you. You are willing to recommend you as the prefect of a county and divide the five counties into one county.

 Chapter 929

    Players want to be a vassal, in addition to the previous two situations, there is another situation that you are still very bad, and you have captured five or more counties in one breath, and then the rest of the conditions are met, but you have a general relationship with the superior leaders, or no superior leaders at all, then you can also become a vassal by yourself under the system prompt. The consequence of doing so is that you have to consider whether you can withstand the attack of the superior leaders. Of course, in the case of Xiake, you basically occupy the ownerless system city, so you don''t need to consider the attack of the superior leaders at all.


    There is only one problem in this situation, that is, the number of cities. If there are only five or less cities in that county, then you must occupy them all. If there are more than five cities in that county, the number of cities you occupy must be more than half of the total number of cities in that county. Note that it is more than half, not half.


    This is the case with Zhao Zilong. There were eight cities in Shuofang county and only four in Zhao Zilong, which is just half of the total. The last County, Manbo, is too far away from each other, and there are tens of thousands of alien tribes around. Zhao Zilong can''t attack here at all, so he has to give up.


    Because of this, Huangfu Chaobo suggested Zhao Zilong to occupy Fuyang Town, and then upgrade it to the level of small city, so as to meet the requirements of Shuofang. Another reason is that the location of Fuyang is so good. It is close to Yinshan in the north and river in the south. It is just on the way between Yunzhong county and Wuyuan County.


    If Lu Bu''s army wants to continue to attack Wuyuan after occupying the cloud, then Fuyang is the only way. If Fuyang does not go down, Lu Bu''s army will not be able to attack Wuyuan. Of course, in addition, Lu Bu actually had another way to get into Wuyuan, that is, to cross the river and bypass Fuyuan. Only in this way, the army would have to cross the river again to attack the cities under the rule of Wuyuan. If two generals crossed the river in succession, there would be many uncontrollable variables.


    Another way is to make a detour from the northern foot of Yinshan Mountain, hundreds of miles from the grassland, and then enter Wuyuan from Wuliangsuhai or manyigu. In this case, the risk is no less than crossing a river. It is difficult to imagine the difficulty of tens of thousands of soldiers entering the grassland. Therefore, neither Chen Gong nor Zhang Liao can suggest that Lu Bu do so, so there is only one way to capture Fuyang.


    Today, Zhao Zilong has recruited two famous generals, Mao Yao and Qianzhao. Although they are not as strong as Chen Gong and Zhang Liao, they are also more powerful generals. In addition, Zhao Zilong has also transferred several generals by using the transfer card. Therefore, Zhao Zilong still has some confidence in arriving at Lvbu''s army. If he can make Lvbu suffer a big loss in Luyang, and then find a chance to be soft, Several people think the opportunity is still great.


    Before that, Zhao Zilong had to take the post of Shuofang prefect and become a vassal. Only in this way could he have more capital to bargain with Lv Bu.


    The same is true of Xiake, so after discussion, they both decided to fight with all their strength.


    At first, they thought that Huangfu Chaobo could send troops to support or contain LV Bujun. But a few days ago, after listening to the words of Wang Zong, everyone understood the situation of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Because of the foreshadowing, it is not so embarrassing for us to talk again. Huangfu Chaobo was also prepared for the two men''s decision to fight with Lu Bu''s army. Especially Xiake, when he first abandoned Luoyang''s territory and decided to start all over again, he didn''t have such a large fortune at that time. In addition, Shuofang at that time was really a place that could be used as a basic place.


    Another point is that the six cities of Shuofang are only under the control of Dacheng County in the south. Guangmu County, in particular, has been well managed for several years. Although it is not as good as the county cities in the Central Plains, it is definitely better than most counties in the whole world. Even within the scope of Bingzhou, the development of the city is also in the top ten.


    Let him so easy to put charge, where he would be willing. Besides, he now has a population of nearly 200000, a force of nearly 40000, three historical generals, several famous generals transferred to generals, and hundreds of people at all levels. No one can easily give up such strength.


    The two of them discussed that after they used the city to fight with Lv Bu''s army for several times, they sent someone to contact Chen Gong and others to acknowledge Lv Bu''s rule, pay taxes on time, and then find someone to bribe Wei Xu. It should be able to get Lv Bu''s consent.


    After knowing what they thought, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much. Everyone had their own persistence. Since they were willing to try, they really had no other good way, so it was up to them.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo still expressed his willingness to support them in other aspects. For example, in terms of weapons and equipment, Huangfu Chaobo promised to provide them with 2000 to 3000 one stone rhubarb crossbows each, and each crossbow machine was equipped with five boxes of crossbows, that is, 500 crossbows.


    If that is the case, the two families will each have 1 million to 1.5 million crossbows and arrows. In addition to their own archers, they should be able to support the Lu Bu army''s attack for a period of time.


    As for their ideas, Huangfu Chaobo is really feasible, but it''s not easy to grasp this degree, but if they don''t try it, it''s really unfair.


    As for the horses and cavalry, Huangfu Chaobo''s opinions should not be displayed. In the whole world, except that Brother Yun led an equal number of Baima Yicong, it is estimated that only gongsunzan''s Baima Yicong can fight against Lv Bu''s Bingzhou wolf riding. That''s probably because Lv Bu is too abnormal.Lu Bu is not a fool either. As long as they can show enough fighting power and then acknowledge Lu Bu''s status, it is estimated that Lu Bu is willing to accept the fact that they control the two counties. You know, although there are 14 counties in these two counties, the combined population is less than 400000, while Taiyuan county has a population of 2 million, and Shangdang has more than 1 million.


    It''s only in the game that there is such a large population. According to historical data, in the first year of emperor Hanzhi (146 AD), there were 10 cities, 4667 households and 22957 people in Wuyuan County of Bingzhou. There are 6 cities, 1987 households and 7843 households in Shuofang county. Therefore, these two counties are really chicken ribs in the eyes of other princes.


    As for the support of the generals, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help. However, Huangfu Chaobo said that in addition to those who are willing to move back to Luoyang, all the soldiers of Xi''an Yang can be dispatched by Zhao Zilong, and even if they can''t, they can give up the ownership of Xi''an Yang and give it to all the people in Bingzhou.

 Chapter 930

    Huangfu Chaobo hasn''t thought about who Xi''an Yang county will give to, so he doesn''t say it on the spot. The idea in his heart is to give Lao Du one of them, or the city to one, and draw some troops from it to another. After all, the two of them are the first players to follow their own, and they know the root and the bottom, and they can still be trusted.


    In addition, Huangfu Chaobo still doesn''t want Zhao Zilong''s strength to be too strong from the bottom of his heart. In case he really turns over with himself for some reason, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want to see it, so he wants to let Lao Du and Xiao Jie contain him.


    In fact, for Xi''an Yang, Huangfu Chaobo has long wanted to get rid of this burden. At the beginning, he had no choice but to occupy Xi''an Yang. Now he just takes this opportunity to get rid of it and transfer Ma Xuan and Hao Jian to Longhua. Today''s Longhua plate is not small, but there are not enough generals and officials, which limits his development. It''s estimated that Gongsun Zan won''t be able to survive for several years now. If we don''t make preparations early, the site that has taken so many years to develop will be handed over to Yuan Shao.


    After basically dealing with Xi''an Yang''s affairs, Huangfu Chaobo was also relieved. Now he can finally put his energy back to the war in Huainan.


    After several days of reorganizing the army, General Huang Zhongzhu has arranged all the troops properly. Anfeng city and Yulou city each had a school of soldiers and a school of guards stationed, while the rest of the troops began to prepare for the battle in Lu''an.


    On June 15, Anton''s army began to send troops from Yulou. Nearly 130000 troops escorted 20000 craftsmen. The troops crossed the county seat of Lu''an, which is more than 100 Li to the east of jueshui.


    Three days later, the army arrived at the West Bank of Jishui. After crossing Jishui, they camped at Wuli, southwest of Lu''an, close to Jishui.


    At this time, the gate of Lu''an City was already closed, and there were many banners at the head of the city.


    At the position of Huangfu Chaobo, the casualties of soldiers were only a number that he usually saw in the war report, so he would not take care of the specific war arrangements. In addition, Yuzhou has always had a vast territory, a large number of people, and abundant materials. Although there are many soldiers, their combat power is weak. Therefore, the purpose of Huangfu''s Chaobo was to occupy territory and train troops.


    After the war was handed over to Huang Zhong, Huangfu Chaobo only said one thing. Besides training soldiers, he also needed to train generals. After that, he said nothing more.


    Lu''an is adjacent to Jishui in the west, and the three directions of southeast and North are plain terrain. Therefore, Huang Zhong arranged a large army to attack from the East and South at the same time. As for the north, there was no large army, which was specially left for the defenders to escape.


    The attack of the southern wall was directed by Huang Zhong himself, while the attack of the eastern wall was directed by Zhang Ying. On both sides, there were five military academies and 20000 guards, while the rest of the troops stayed in the barracks. At the same time, the possibility of reinforcements in Fuxian County in the South was prevented. And Huangfu Chaobo''s guards were in the middle of the two siege armies.


    Lu''an serves as a barrier to the north of Lujiang, so when the troops were transferred to Lu''an for the last time, Yuan Huan, the governor of Lu''an, and Qiao Rui, the general of Lu''an, did not transfer their troops. Instead, they added 7000 guards and 2000 soldiers to Lu''an. In addition, the original 6000 guards in Lu''an City, a total of 15000 troops, were responsible for defending Qiao Ge, a general of Qiao Rui.


    As early as Ji Ling, the great general, was fighting with the Allied forces in Yulou area, Qiaoge had already led the troops to Lu''an, and then he had been leading the troops to strengthen the city defense. When the Anton army arrived at Lu''an, the city defense of Lu''an had been greatly improved.


    After arriving in Lu''an, the Anton army didn''t do much rest. The next day, it began to attack Lu''an City. Because Huangfu Chaobo had received the news, Cao CaoJun and sun quanjun soon began to attack yuan Shujun after they got the news that both of them were defeated in the Lujiang battlefield. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo must attack Lujiang as soon as possible, at least Shuxian, the place where Lujiang is located Gram.


    Five days later, Anton''s army finally conquered Lu''an. Fifteen thousand yuan''s army suffered more than eight thousand casualties and five thousand were captured. Only less than two thousand disabled soldiers escorted Qiaoge to escape from the north gate. Anton''s army paid 20000 casualties, including more than 12000 dead, 2000 seriously injured and 6000 lightly injured.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Huang wudie to lead 10000 troops to stay in Lu''an, and all the 8000 wounded soldiers stayed in Lu''an. The remaining 100000 troops moved south to attack Shu county. Together with the army, there were more than 4000 soldiers in Yuan Shu''s army who were not injured.


    All the way along the Dabie Mountains, the army easily conquered the counties of Bi county and Longshu, which were defended by only 5000 people. After 3000 guards and wounded taxis were sent to defend the cities, the army continued to march toward Shu county.


    At the beginning of July, the army finally reached Liuli in the north of Shu county. By this time, the army had only 100000 troops, plus more than 10000 craftsmen and nearly 10000 Yuan Shu soldiers captured in several cities. Since Lu''an captured thousands of Yuan Shujun''s troops, the dangerous things like filling trenches before the war have never been handed over to the soldiers, but become the work of Yuan Shujun''s captives.


    There is no way. Yuan Shu''s power has not been destroyed, and most of these prisoners have not been able to surrender, so the work of cannon fodder can only be done by them. You know, there are tens of thousands of Yuan Shu Army prisoners in Yuzhou. This is not only the operation of Anton''s army, but also the operation of the world''s vassals in wartime.Not surprisingly, on the third day of the Lu''an war, sun CE led 80000 troops to Tangyi and began to attack Yuan Si and Liu Xun''s troops. There were 10000 soldiers and 5000 garrisons in Tangyi. It took sun CE 80000 troops five days to capture them.


    Liu Xun was wounded and captured, and Yuan Si, escorted by more than 3000 soldiers, broke through the encirclement and joined up with Chen Lan in the east city.


    Then, after two days of rest in Tangyi, sun CE sent troops again to Fuling in Jiujiang and began to attack Fuling and Quanjiao. Of the 80000 troops, only 40000 were from Jiangdong. After sun CE occupied Guangling, he selected some of the captives and recruited them from other cities.


    The two prefectures of Xuzhou are not as good as those of Yangzhou. Yuan Shu''s control time is too short. In addition, he gains money by taking advantage of the fire. Therefore, both sun Qijun and Cao CaoJun''s recruitment and surrender of captives is much smoother than that of Anton''s army. It''s just that the two counties are too close to each other, and sun CE''s attack for two consecutive days is unfavorable.


    He wanted to lure the enemy out of the city, but Yuan Yao and Li Ling were not fooled. At last, on Zhou Yu''s suggestion, sun CE left 40000 troops to guard against Yuan Shu''s troops and led them to attack Liyang by way of Fuling. After conquering Liyang, he directly transferred troops from Jianye to cross the river through niuzhu.

 Chapter 931

    Just one day before the war in Lu''an, Cao Cao crossed the huaishui river with his troops. One hundred thousand troops forced huailing. Huailing guarded Yuan Yin and Chen Ji. Ten thousand soldiers and five thousand soldiers fought to defend the city. In just three days, Cao Cao''s army conquered huailing, General Chen Ji died, and Yuan Yin was captured. More than 2000 soldiers of the 15000 army escaped and entered Zhongli city.


    At this time, Leibo''s 20000 reinforcements sent by Ji Ling had already arrived in Zhongli, but he got the news that huailing had been lost. In desperation, Leibo had to lead 20000 reinforcements into Zhongli city. While closing the city gate and arranging defense, he asked Ji Ling for help.


    At this time, Ji Ling had just left Shouchun, because although the war also annihilated tens of thousands of allied forces, it did not achieve the expected effect. In addition, no one thought that the Allied forces would go out for 100000 reinforcements so soon. Ji Ling had to go back to Shouchun to meet the emperor and make some relevant arrangements.


    However, he knew that Cao Cao Jun and sun CE Jun would not wait any longer and would soon send troops to Jiujiang. So he specially sent Leibo to huailing with 10000 heavy infantry and 10000 soldiers to support Yuan Yao and Li Ling. He just didn''t expect that Cao Cao Jun would attack huailing so soon.


    After receiving the report from Lei Bo, Ji Ling immediately leads the remaining 40000 elite to leave Shouchun and prepares to support Lei Bo. Who knows, as soon as the army arrived in Dangtu, it received an urgent report from the magistrate and general of Yicheng County that Cao Hong, the prefect of Qiao County, was leading 50000 troops to attack Yicheng. Ji Ling was asked to send troops to support him as soon as possible.


    If Ji Ling hadn''t arrived at Yicheng, the city would have been destroyed by Cao Hong''s army. But Ji Ling had to retreat to Dangtu. At the same time, he sent someone to tell Lei Bo to guard the clock and report to Shouchun Yuanshu.


    As Huangfu Chaobo people expected, it''s early July now, and everyone doesn''t want to delay the war until next year, so as to avoid long dreams.


    After arriving in Shu County, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to rest for a while, and then began to attack the city. However, Huangfu Chaobo rode to the southeast nest under the escort of nearly 1000 people led by Dianwei and Gao Shun.


    The reason why he suddenly thought of Juchao is that Zhou Ying once served as the order of Juchao, so Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of Juchao to have a look. Another reason is that after the capture of Shu County, the main force of the army is expected to turn to Shouchun in the north, while there are only a few thousand garrisons in the southern cities. Huangfu Chaobo''s idea is to give it to a general to calm the cities, and the army will turn north to attack Shouchun.


    Huangfu''s idea of Chaobo was right. After being reinforced, sun CE''s army did not return to attack Fuling, but directly led the army northward to attack Junqiu. They abandoned Fuling, Quanjiao and Dongcheng''s 30000 troops. Because of Li Yang, sun CE had no choice but to cut off Yuan Shu''s own food supply, which made him move northward with all his strength.


    After getting the news that sun CE was going north to approach Shouchun, Cao Cao''s army was also in a hurry. He called Cao Hong''s 50000 troops to prepare for the joint attack of the two armies against Zhongli. After Ji Ling got the information, he led his troops to attack several times, but they were all blocked by Cao Hong''s 50000 troops 20 miles to the west of the clock.


    In order for Cao Hong to block Ji Ling''s reinforcements, Cao Cao specially sent 10000 Qingzhou troops to support Cao Hong. This time, Cao Hong also made preparations. He led 50000 troops, including 30000 soldiers and 20000 guards. All of them were the elite of Qiao County. In addition, the 10000 Qingzhou troops matched Ji Ling''s 30000 elite.


    More than a thousand cavalry rushed all the way. In less than half a day, they had arrived at the foot of Juchao city and stopped two miles away from the city. At this time, Juchao city was in a mess. The sudden enemy troops made the city''s defenders panic. After hearing the warning, Juchao county magistrate and county captain rushed to the East City Tower in a hurry.


    It was only yesterday that they received a warning from Shu county that the Allied forces of Anton army and Yuzhou army had approached Shu county. They did not expect that there would be enemy troops under the city today. What happened to Shu county?


    Today, there are only five thousand guards, two thousand veterans and three thousand recruits in Juchao. Facing the cavalry outside the city, the recruits at the head of the city tremble. Not to mention 3000 recruits, even 2000 veterans and county magistrates have never seen such a large group of cavalry. You know, cavalry is very rare in the south.


    Although it''s not clear what happened in Shu County, the two chief officials soon pacified the city''s soldiers, and finally restored the state of war on the wall.


    Two miles away, Huangfu chaobozai looked at the situation of the city. He couldn''t help scolding himself. He didn''t know what the wind was. Why did he suddenly think of coming to Juchao? What''s good to see? Now that the city has not been attacked, just stand outside and have a look, you can only see the city wall. Besides, even if you occupy Juchao, there is nothing to see after entering the city.


    Of course, Huangfu Chaobo would not say what he thought. He just shook his head and said to Pang Tong beside him, "see, Shiyuan, Lujiang only needs to capture Shu County, and the rest of the cities should not use much effort."


    Pang Tong also nodded in agreement.


    "Well Huangfu Chaobo suddenly lost interest and was preparing to order a return to the camp.


    Just then, suddenly, several cavalry came from a distance and reported: "general Qi, we intercepted a group of minzhuang a few miles south of the city. According to them, they were preparing to leave the nest..."Huangfu Chaobo wondered why a group of refugees were so excited. Just as they were ready to wave their hands to the soldiers to let them go, the soldier said, "although there were not many of them, they were all big and well-off. The village leader thought they were suspicious, so he brought them all here. Let me report to the general first. "


    Just then, from a distance, I saw a group of people coming from the southwest. Soon they came to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the group. As the soldiers said, although there were only a hundred of them, they were all big and strong, and certainly not ordinary refugees. It can be seen that the leader is a young man in his twenties, with a big body and a loyal face.


    When he saw the young man for the first time, these two words suddenly appeared in Huangfu Chaobo''s heart, and then another phase appeared in his heart: who is the young man? Is it a celebrity of the Three Kingdoms?


    After the idea came out, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the young man again, and then asked, "who are you waiting for, and where do you want to go?"

 Chapter 932

    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was staring at him from the beginning to the end, the young man at the head quickly bowed himself and said, "Lu Su in the east city, meet cangting Marquis!"


    "Lu Su, east city? Lu Zijing? Is that Lu Zijing who sold his own land to help the poor and make friends with the sages Rao Shi, a famous general of Huangfu Chaobo, was stunned when he heard the name, so he immediately asked;


    Lu Su was surprised, and quickly replied: "it''s just a matter of honor to be in the ears of the Marquis!"


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that he was really Lu su. He quickly turned over and dismounted, went to his side, helped him up, and said, "Zijing is not in the east city, why does he appear in Juchao?"


    As soon as the words came to an end, Huangfu Chaobo immediately responded that Juchao must have come to find Zhou Yu, but now Zhou Yu is no longer in Juchao. Then his army suddenly attacked Lujiang River, so...


    Sure enough, Lu Su bowed himself again and said, "return to Marquis, come to visit friends!"


    If so, at the thought of this, Huangfu chaobolian grabbed Lu Su''s hand and said, "Chaobo has heard that Mr. Zijing is good at talking. He is able to write words and has a great mind. It''s a pity that I haven''t been able to meet you all the time. I didn''t expect to see you here today. It''s just the right time to ask your husband for more advice. "


    He said, even though Lu Su didn''t respond, he quickly said, "come on, prepare horses for you. We''ll go back to the camp now. By the way, take care of your husband''s servants and don''t neglect them. "


    As soon as he spoke, a soldier led a horse, but Lu Su couldn''t help it. He had to turn over and get on the horse and go with Huangfu Chaobo in the direction of Shuxian camp, while more than 100 of his family members, under the care of hundreds of cavalry, followed him.


    Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo kept asking Lu Su questions. Sure enough, as Huangfu Chaobo guessed, Lu Su did come to join Zhou Yu, but by the time he got to Juchao, Zhou Yu had already gone to Jiangdong with his seal. Yuan Shu was furious because Zhou Yu left, so he was more strict about the ferries by the river, so Lu Su had no chance to leave Juchao to cross the river.


    In desperation, Lu Su had to settle down in Juchao for the time being, ready to find a chance to leave. I just didn''t expect to stay for more than half a year. I haven''t been able to find opportunities. Until a few days ago, when the news came that the Anton allied forces had entered the south of Lubei, people in all the cities were in a panic, and the soldiers who inspected the river were relaxed. They were reluctant to leave the water village of Zongyang town.


    Lu Su, who got the news, knew that his opportunity was coming, so he led his family to leave Juchao early this morning and prepared to go to Zongyang to cross Jiangdong by ferry. Who knows, less than ten miles away from Juchao, he surrounded the cavalry of Anton''s army and was taken to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After returning to the camp, it was almost dark. Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked Lu Su''s servants to settle down, and then led Lu Su to his tent. Because Guo Jia didn''t go with Huangfu Chaobo, he stayed in Huang Zhong''s army and focused on the situation of the war. Huangfu Chaobo asked people to invite Guo Jia, and the four were waiting for their soldiers to arrange meals.


    Guo Jia and Pang Tong were both wise men in the Three Kingdoms. They didn''t know what Huangfu Chaobo meant when he brought the young scholar back to the camp. After dinner, they quietly talked with Lu Su about all kinds of topics, and Huangfu Chaobo also put in two words from time to time.


    Finally, Lu Su''s official career came to light. Both of them were persuading Lu Su to become an official in Huangfu Chaobo. However, because Huangfu Chaobo''s reputation was not bad all the time, Lu Su was not very opposed to his official career. However, because of his good friend Zhou Yu, Lu Su was difficult to make a decision.


    It''s not that Lu Su had to run to Zhou Yu. At the beginning, Lu Su left the east city and came to Juchao to take refuge with Zhou Yu. However, he didn''t expect that Zhou Yu would cross the river to take refuge with sun CE, so he let Lu Su settle down in Juchao for the time being.


    Seeing this, Guo Jia winked at Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "Chaobo knows that Mr. Zijing is a great talent. Qike is abandoned in the countryside. Now general Anton''s mansion is thirsty for talents. If we want to appoint Mr. Zijing as a military officer, please don''t refuse."


    With that, Huangfu quickly walked to Lu Su and bowed to him.


    Seeing this, Lu Su quickly got up and stepped forward to help Huangfu Chaobo up! Thank you very much


    Huangfu Chaobo stepped back two steps and said, "please don''t refuse!"


    After two successive visits, Lu Su finally made up his mind to come to Huangfu Chaobo and bowed deeply: "Lu Su in the east city, meet the Lord!"


    Seeing that Lu Su finally agreed, Huangfu Chaobo lifted him up with a laugh and said, "if you get Zi Jing to help, Chaobo is like a fish in water!"


    Guo Jia and Pang Tong both looked at each other and laughed. In their conversation just now, they have found that the young scholar''s ability is really extraordinary, and from his "lack of integrity is a wonderful plan.". The family is rich in wealth, and the nature is charitable. " According to the rumor, it can be called a hero of the moment.


    When Huangfu Chaobo and Lu Su got up behind them, Pang Tong and his wife came forward and said, "congratulations on your talent!"


    Then he bowed his hand to Lu Su and said, "I respect the talent. Please take care of me in the future.""I dare not!" Lu Su quickly turned to return the salute: "in the future, I will be an official at the same place and ask brother Shiyuan and brother fengxiao to give me more advice!"


    After all three of them saw each other again, they sat down again. Just here, the soldiers outside reported that Huang Zhong''s generals settled in the army and came to see him.


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered all the generals to come in.


    After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo did not wait for Huang Zhong to report today''s war, so he stood up and said, "ladies and gentlemen, let''s first introduce a talent to you."


    Then he went to Lu Su and said to the generals, "this is the new member of our Anton army, Lu Su and Lu Zijing of the east city."


    "Lu Su met the generals!" Lu Su quickly got up to salute;


    the generals saw this and quickly got up to salute back: "I have not seen Lu join the army!"


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that he had picked up a great talent under the Great Sun Wu Emperor on a random trip. He was very happy. After everyone knew him, he returned to his position and was ready to listen carefully to Huang Zhong''s report on today''s war.


    However, before that, Huangfu Chaobo should take a good look at the attributes of Lu su.


    Open Lu Su''s personal attributes, Huangfu Chaobo is salivating: Lu Su, Zijing, was born in 172. The four-dimensional data are commanding 80, force 56, intelligence 92 and internal affairs 90 respectively. What surprised Huangfu Chaobo most is that his familiarity with all kinds of arms, except cavalry, has reached the level of proficiency in sword, shield, Spearman, Archer, water army and equipment One step away.

 Chapter 933

    Huangfu Chaobo is very satisfied with the turn off of Lu Su''s personal property list, which indicates that Huang Zhong can start.


    Since last year, there have been no less than 20 sieges. In fact, there is nothing to report. I just want to report to Huangfu Chaobo about the progress of today''s war, the combat effectiveness of the garrison in the city, and how long it will take to capture the city and how many casualties the army will have.


    After reporting on the situation, Huang Zhong and Zhang Ying respectively reported on the situation of the generals and soldiers of the two armies. Finally, Guo Jia, the military adviser, commented on today''s war. In this way, it took more than half an hour. After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered each general to return to his camp.


    When the generals were about to withdraw from the big account, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly stopped Huang Zhong and Zhang Ying. Two people smell speech, immediately return to the account, quietly waiting for Huangfu Chaobo''s order.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the two humanitarians: "sit down first. I''ll talk to you about something."


    Two people smell speech, all returned to the position to sit down.


    Later, Huangfu Chao BOCAI said slowly: "I believe we all know that the Cao and sun families have begun to make efforts, and they should have entered the territory of Jiujiang County by now. It is estimated that they also want to end the war in Huainan this year when we and Yuan Shujun are both defeated. And one thing is for sure that both of them are going for the seal. "


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo looked around at the crowd and saw that there was no response. It was obvious that they had already thought of this, so he added: "the jade seal is not a matter of passion. If we can get it, it''s not very easy to deal with. But there are many things in Shouchun city that attract my attention. "


    Speaking of this, Huangfu Chaobo laughed at himself. To be honest, although the emperor mentioned the jade seal in the imperial edict, Huangfu Chaobo really didn''t want to fight for it. In particular, the little tiger in the side covetous, annoyed him, really dare to work hard.


    It''s not that Huangfu Chaobo is afraid of him, but he doesn''t want to add an enemy at present, because the next target of Anton''s army is Cao Cao, which is an established strategy and can''t be changed easily, otherwise he will be in trouble.


    Another point is that if he really annoys the little tiger, and then he will unite with Cao Cao to attack himself, Cao Cao will be very happy. If he can''t get it, Sima Yi''s little dog will encourage Cao Cao to join forces again, and that will be more and more fun.


    What''s more, if the jade seal is really in his own hands, the little emperor will ask for it. Will he not give it or not? This is a very difficult problem.


    But the jade seal can''t be dispensed with, but Shouchun can''t be dispensed with. According to the news from the shadow, there are many good things Yuan Shu has collected over the years in Shouchun city. It''s impossible that they can get the two families off the hook.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo still decided to send troops to attack Shouchun. It doesn''t matter whether the territory or the jade seal, but the money in Shouchun city can''t be taken away. And Shouchun to fight, Lujiang side also can''t stop, Huangfu Chaobo this just want to leave the two people, together to discuss the matter of sending troops.


    "Shu county is the county governance of Lujiang River. If Shu county is a small one, then other cities of Lujiang River will not be difficult. So I decided to divide my troops into two groups. One group will continue to stay in the whole territory of Lujiang River, and the other group will turn north and enter Jiujiang, and try to reach Shouchun city at the same time with the other two groups of princes." Huangfu Chaobo slowly told the public his idea, "now everyone is here, so I want you to discuss whether it is feasible."


    After hearing what Huangfu Chaobo said, everyone was silent. We all know what Huangfu Chaobo means. Since the generals will keep Huang Zhong and Zhang Ying, the implication is that Zhang Ying will stay and continue to attack the cities of Lujiang, and Huang Zhong will certainly go north to attack Shouchun.


    For a long time, Guo Jiacai said: "the Lord''s intention is to leave one to continue to attack the cities of Lujiang, while most of the troops will go north to attack Shouchun together with the other two princes. Yijia agrees that according to our original idea, when the main force of Yuan Shujun is in the East, we will first capture Lujiang, and then return to attack Shouchun, but now Ji Ling has been disrupted after the war with our army If we don''t make any changes to the layout of our army, we may not be able to catch up with the battle of Shouchun. "


    However, Pang Tong did not agree. Instead, he shook his head and said, "in a certain sense, this may not be the case. In the case of Cao sun''s family, it is estimated that if they want to attack Shouchun, they will lose a lot. Therefore, they are likely to wait for our army to attack Shouchun together, rather than attack Shouchun alone or by two families."


    The two major military strategists have two different meanings. Huangfu chaobolian quickly turns his eyes on Lu Su, who is the new one.


    Lu Su did not speak, but listened quietly. Seeing what he had said, Huangfu Chaobo explained to him the original plan carefully. He also told him his idea of letting Zhang Ying lead the army alone, and then waited for his advice.


    But Huang Zhong and Zhang Ying have been listening quietly, knowing that this is not the time for them to speak. Zhang Ying, in particular, is very excited now. In this case, leaving him and Huang Zhong behind means that Huangfu Chaobo has begun to let him be in charge of the army alone, and is officially moving forward to the position of the first army commander.After a moment''s silence, Lu Su spoke slowly and said: "Lord, in fact, the two military advisers'' ideas are not in conflict."


    As soon as he opened his mouth, he let Huangfu Chaobo shine in front of his eyes and reached out his hand to signal him to continue.


    "I believe today the Lord has seen the situation of the garrison. The garrison strength of the cities of Lujiang, no, it should be said that it is the garrison of Yuan Shu. After Yuan Shu''s two troop transfers, the garrison strength of the cities has declined a lot. Take Juchao County as an example. Today, there are only two thousand old soldiers and three thousand new recruits in the city. Among these two thousand soldiers, three thousand soldiers with relatively strong fighting power have been sent to Shouchun, which is the newly formed city guard. The remaining 1000 people were transferred to Shu County by the prefect. In fact, the two thousand veterans who stay in the county are not strong in fighting. "


    "The 3000 new recruits have only been recruited for less than two months. There is no way to talk about their combat power, so the master''s strategy is completely feasible. In Su''s opinion, there is no need to have too many troops left to carry on the strategy. Twenty to thirty thousand troops should be enough. Of course, I don''t know what our soldiers are capable of, so these are just the words of Lu Su''s family. The details still need to be discussed and decided by the LORD with you. " After Lu Su finished speaking, he bowed and then returned to his position and sat down.

 Chapter 934

    Lu Su''s words brightened Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes. If the garrison situation in other counties of Lujiang is really like a nest, it is true that there is not much pressure on the left behind forces of Anton''s army. It happens that most of the troops of Anton''s army going north also need to rest. They just use this time to return to Lu''an. After a period of rest, they will send troops to meet the requirements of keeping pace with the other two princes. Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want his army to rush to Shouchun city to meet you.


    You know, the Anfeng Yulou war caused the Anton army to lose tens of thousands of troops. These tens of thousands of troops are all soldiers in the Anton army''s barracks. If the war is just like last year''s war, the loss of these tens of thousands of soldiers in the barracks can reach 23% at most, and the remaining soldiers will become the real elite of the barracks. The rest of the


    nodded, especially Pang Tong. Today, the performance of soldiers in the city of nest be startled at them. But in fact, it is true that they think of the three thousand old soldiers in the city. But the new recruit''s three thousand is not even two months, and how much combat effectiveness can be achieved. As a matter of fact, as early as I left Lu''an, this was what happened in the two cities of Fuxian and Longshu. Among them, the Anton army still wondered why it was so. Now I think about it again and I suddenly realize it.


    "OK," Huang Fu Chao bodang said immediately, "let''s discuss the distribution of the two armies. My elder brother led most of his troops to the north to attack Shouchun, and Junyi led one of his troops to continue to attack the rest of the city of Lujiang. "


    As for the distribution of troops, we will have to wait until we have captured Shu county.


    Cao Cao''s army has also conquered Zhongli County, which is heavily defended by Leibo. Leibo led more than ten thousand elites to withdraw to Yinling, the city of Jiudong County, under the support of most of Jiling, while Dangtu has only five thousand troops to defend. It can be said that Jiling has completely abandoned Dangtu and let it live and die on its own.


    Since the beginning of the war this year, Yuan Shu''s army has been losing troops and lands and retreating all the way. Although Ji Ling led the generals back and forth, they still could not save Yuan Shu''s defeat.


    Today, the three armies besieging Yuan Shu''s army have all approached the place less than 200 li away from Shouchun. At this speed, within a month, nearly 300000 troops of the three armies can reach Shouchun City, giving Yuan Shu''s Zhongshi Dynasty a final fatal blow.


    On July 20, Anton''s army captured Chengde County. On the same day, sun CE also captured the city of Hefei to the south of Chengde. At this time, Cao Cao''s 120000 troops had already arrived at Yinling city. They were preparing to attack Yinling as soon as possible, and then quickly approached Shouchun. After Ji Ling got the news of Cheng De''s loss, he had to give up the Yin mausoleum, burn the food and grass in the city, and then directly lead the troops to retreat to the West.


    A few days later, Ji Ling led nearly 70000 troops and supplies of grain and grass from Yinling and Western Quyang cities to Shouchun, preparing to fight with the Allied forces of the princes in Shouchun city. In Shouchun City, there were 40000 imperial guards, 30000 battalions, 20000 city guards, and 20000 guards, a total of 110000 troops. With Ji Ling''s 70000 troops, there were 180000 yuan Shu troops in Shouchun city. Among them, 40000 were the royal guards, 25000 were the heavy infantry, 45000 were the battalions, 20000 were the city guards, and 50000 were the guards.


    On the 28th, Huangfu Chaobo joined sun CE''s 60000 troops in Chengde, and the two nearly 200000 troops went all the way north to Shouchun city.


    Two days later, the three armies arrived at Shouchun almost at the same time, and then they camped in three directions, Southeast and west of Shouchun, and then prepared to discuss the arrangements for attacking Shouchun and how to distribute the spoils after entering the city. The three battalions are Anton''s army and Yuzhou''s army. The allied army is stationed outside the west gate, sun CE''s army is stationed outside the south gate, and Cao Cao''s army is stationed outside the east gate. As for the direction of Shouchun''s north gate, because it is close to Feishui, it is not suitable for the army to camp and attack.


    Shouxian city began when Chu moved to Shouchun, the capital of the state of Chu. According to the archaeological calculation of later generations, it covers an area of about 25 square kilometers. It is the second largest city in the Warring States capital after yanxiadu, the capital of the state of Yan. After the Han Dynasty, the city site was reduced to the northeast corner of the old city, that is, the Chengguan area of Shouxian County, and most of the descendants followed its site.


    In the game, the reason why Yuan Shu chose Shouchun as the capital rather than the Yinling Mausoleum of Jiujiang county is partly because Shouchun is a good location and an ancient capital.

 Chapter 935

    According to the information sent to Huangfu Chaobo by the shadow guards in Shouchun City, Shouchun city is slightly square, with urn city and qiaolou building. The system is strict. In the southeast and west of the city, there are moats, Feishui in the north, rivers in the four corners, and Shuiguan in the northeast and northwest. There are four gates in the city: Binyang gate in the East, Dinghu gate in the west, Tongfei gate in the South and Jinghuai gate in the north.


    The perimeter of the wall of Shouchun city is about 30 Li. Under the wall, the wall is two or six feet high, seven feet wide at the bottom and two or three feet wide at the top. The wall is rammed with soil, the outside is pasted with bricks, and the lower part of the outer wall is built with stones several feet high. The outer wall of the city wall is pasted with bricks and stones. The walls are filled with glutinous rice juice mixed with lime, which is very firm. The old "iron city of Shouzhou" reputation.


    The four gates of Shouchun city are all set up outside the city wall, and the inner and outer gate openings are of brick and stone top structure. The four gates of Shouchun are not on the same axis as the gate. The East urn city faces south, the West urn city gate faces north, the South urn city faces west, and the North urn city gate faces east, all of which are at 90 degree right angles to the gate on the plane. If you look down from the sky, an inverted "…d" shaped pattern is formed between the central axis of the four gates and the four urn city gates. This ingenious setting is based on the consideration of military defense: that is, after the enemy breaks through the urn, it needs to change its direction to attack the gate, and the garrison can take the opportunity to close the gate and beat the dog to destroy the enemy in the urn.


    In addition to the outer city, Shouchun city also has the inner city and the imperial city. The outer city wall is about eight Li long, the inner city is about four Li long, while the imperial city is only two li long. Compared with Luoyang''s Shili, Qili and Sili, the difference is not a bit.


    Huangfu Chaobo believed that Cao Cao and sun CE were not only his own people, but also his own.


    After each of the three armies arrived at Shouchun City, they did not attack the city immediately. Instead, they set up camp first, and then exchanged envoys among the three families. They were ready to have a meeting before the attack, so that the three families could better join forces to attack the city, and after the attack, they could better search for property without conflict. Of course, don''t think that the three soldiers will strictly abide by the agreement after entering the city, but at least draw out a general area.


    As a result, under the intense gaze of tens of thousands of troops in the city, cavalry went back and forth between the armies outside the city, and envoys kept coming and going. In fact, there are nearly 178000 troops in Shouchun City, while the three-way allied forces outside the city are only 300000. According to the truth, Yuan''s army has a good chance of winning.


    For example, the Anton army of Huangfu Chaobo, oh, it should have been called Luoyang army at that time. At that time, with less than 100000 troops, they carried 200000 troops of Lv Bu, Zhang Yang and Yuan Shu to attack. In the end, they not only defeated the three princes, but also captured tens of thousands of troops.


    At present, Yuan Shu''s army and the Allied troops who came to invade have more advantages than Luoyang''s army, and it is reasonable to say that Yuan Shu''s army has a good chance of winning. Unfortunately, the battlefield is never as simple as 1 + 1 = 2.


    At present, there are 100000 troops of Huangfu Chaobo outside the city (in addition to the 80000 troops that initially went north from Shu County, Huangfu Chaobo ordered 20000 garrison troops to be drawn out of the occupied cities, making up a total of 100000 troops). Cao Cao''s headquarters and Cao Hong''s headquarters are 120000 troops. Sun CE''s 60000 troops. If you add in tens of thousands of people and prisoners from each of the three families, there are more than 40 people.


    Although Yuan Shu''s army has a total of 178000 troops, of which nearly 100000 are elite, since Yuan Shu became emperor last year, Yuan Shu''s army has been defeated in every battle, and then lost its territory in Runan, Guangling and xiapi. This year, it even lost Lujiang, which has been in business for several years.


    Now less than a year and a half, the enemy has been under the capital, and the emperor is withered, far less than the spirit of the original emperor. What''s more, the hundreds of thousands of troops at the time of being emperor now have less than 200000. The morale of the army is low. Tens of thousands of troops have no courage in the face of 300000 enemy troops outside the city.


    Among the ten generals of Yuan Shu''s army, Chen Ji, Yuan Yin, Liu Xun, Yuan Huan and Qiao Rui were either dead or captured. Now there is no news. Among the other generals, the prince Yuan Yao and the generals Yuan Si, Li Ling and Chen Lan have no news. Li Fengshang is the only one who can know, but because of Anton''s fierce eyes, he has to guard the city tightly and dare not move lightly.


    In today''s Shouchun City, only general Ji Ling leads Lei Bo back to defend Shouchun. Oh, by the way, there is another one who can lead the army, that is the son-in-law Huang Yi, but Ji Ling is no longer willing to use him as a general.


    These are not the most important. The important thing is that the three road princes who came in to besiege Shouchun are not easy to be compared with, and there are many wise and profound people around them. Therefore, it is basically impossible for yuan Shujun to expect the three road princes to coax each other. Whether Cao Cao, sun CE or Huangfu Chaobo, everyone''s goal is very clear - to completely destroy Yuan Shu.


    Of course, it''s not exactly the same. Sun CE still has a necessary item, and Cao Cao is also looking at it. Huangfu Chaobo is determined to make a profit. Another purpose is to have a relationship with sun CE Lala and prepare to work together to overthrow Cao''an next year.


    Because of this, the envoys of the three families went back and forth for several times, and finally the time and place of the meeting were confirmed.


    It was a hill called gaojiagang, two Li south of Sunce''s barracks. There was a plain on all sides. The three families agreed that the three masters would lead 1000 people each to the meeting place, and then each of them would lead a counselor and a military general to the meeting place.The most important thing is that both Cao Cao and Huangfu Chaobo do not want to go to the other party''s territory. Cao Cao''s suspiciousness is certainly impossible to put himself in danger. Huangfu Chaobo''s words are not a big problem, but he does not want his subordinates to follow him to take risks. However, if it is a tripartite negotiation, it is impossible for him not to have his own military advisers. So at the end of the day, the two families had to suggest that the meeting place should be in the area controlled by sun cejun.


    At the beginning of Shenshi in the afternoon, the three soldiers and horses escorted the meeting place where their Master arrived. Sun Qijun was in the north, Huangfu Chaobo was in the west, and Cao Cao''s Department was in the East.


    The three soldiers and horses stopped about a mile away from gaojiagang. The meeting place of gaojiagang was jointly arranged by the three soldiers, so there was no trap in advance.


    After the three troops stopped, Huangfu Chaobo and his two subordinates rode to the meeting place at Gaogang.

 Chapter 936

    With Huangfu Chaobo came Pang Tong and Dian Wei, while Cao Cao was accompanied by Cao Ren and Cheng Yu, and sun Qijun by Zhou Yu and Han Dang. Nine people arrived at Gaogang, arrived at the crime department which had been prepared for a long time, and were ready to sit down.


    "Brother Meng De, I left Luoyang that day. After years, brother Meng de was more energetic than he was then!" As soon as we met, Huangfu Chaobo bowed his hand to Cao Cao;


    Cao Cao looked at the more energetic Huangfu Chaobo with a tangled face. At that time, he was one of the recommenders of Huangfu Chaobo''s appointment as the prefect of Luoyang. He didn''t expect that in a few years, a small strange magistrate of the other party turned out to be one of the most powerful people in the world.


    For a moment, Cao Cao felt that he had made a mistake at the beginning, and he even made a thorny enemy for himself. However, this man had saved his life.


    "Brother Chaobo is still as brave as ever. Brother Chaobo has been named Marquis of cangting by his majesty. Before I can come here to congratulate you, I''m here to congratulate you! "


    "Easy to say, easy to say. I''ve been gracious to your majesty, but I haven''t even stepped on cangting. It''s really dereliction of duty. If you have time, you must go to the fengzai of marquis and stay for a long time. "


    "If the Lord wants to do it, he will be entertained. He will not be disappointed."


    Well, Zhou Yu looked at the two people helplessly and said: Well, just after we met, they choked on each other. No wonder they didn''t dare to go to each other''s site to meet.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo opened his mouth, he would have been buried in the west of Luoyang if it hadn''t been for you.


    Cao Cao immediately said: don''t be proud of yourself, don''t think that if you have to seal a small pavilion Marquis, you''ll end up in the sky. You''re just a clown, just a monkey.


    Ha ha Da, I''m cangtinghou, general Anton. I''m in charge of zhoumu and jizhoumu. My fiefdom is in Yanzhou, but I haven''t been there since the fiefdom came down. It seems that I have to take people to the fiefdom one day to have a good time.


    Well, it doesn''t make sense, so I''m ready to use the knife.


    Cao Cao doesn''t show weakness either. Boy, your Geely is not a weak chicken. He is also general Fenwu who leads Yanzhou and Xuzhou herdsmen. On the surface, he seems to be a little lower in position and a little less in territory than you, but he is not afraid of you. If you have seed, you can lead your younger brother to Yanzhou to have a try. I don''t want to beat you all over the place.


    Seeing that they were going to pinch each other, Zhou Yu quickly winked at Sun CE.


    When sun CE saw this, Zhou Yu had already told him the key points as early as he decided on the meeting place. If at ordinary times, it''s none of my business for your two families to fight head to head, and I want to cheer for you, but now the occasion is not right. Now I''m having a headache for my tiger''s stone, and I''m counting on you to help me to attack the city and find the main road to ask for something. I can''t coax you here first.


    "Marquis, Cao Yanzhou, come here. Please sit down. Let''s discuss the siege. We''ll talk about the rest later. " With that, they sat down on the table that they had already prepared.


    The envoys of the three families also argued about the seat arrangement for a long time. Finally, at the suggestion of Huangfu Chaobo, they simply set up a round table meeting. There was no way. Although Huangfu Chaobo had a higher position and a larger territory, Cao Amei didn''t want to lower himself in front of Huangfu Chaobo, so he had to deal with it in this way.


    Now the two families have come to an endless situation. Cao Cao has basically affirmed that Huangfu Chaobo made his own experience in Chenliu, while Huangfu Chaobo resented the repeated attacks of the heroes in troubled times, and even called his friends to attack him.


    They both looked at each other and snorted. They both knew that it was not the time to turn their faces. They quickly walked to the front of the case and sat down.


    "General sun, let''s go!" Huangfu Chaobo tells sun CE;


    SUN CE doesn''t say much. He points to them, and then points to Han Dang beside him. Seeing this, Han Dang quickly takes out a map from his body. When people look up, it''s a map of Shouchun city.


    Han Dang first saluted Huangfu Chaobo and Cao Cao, and then opened the map. Huangfu Chaobo and Cao Cao nodded in response. Later, Han Dang introduced the defense situation of Shouchun city that sun Qijun knew.


    After listening to Han Dang''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo nodded thoughtfully, which is basically the same as what he learned, but there are still some subtle differences. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Pang Tong. Pang Tong understood that when Han Dang stepped down, he said: "two generals, the situation introduced by General Han basically conforms to what our Anton army understands. However, there are still several places to be added."


    With that, Pang Tong explained several places one by one. Next, Cheng Yu of Cao Cao Jun colluded with some of the intelligence they knew. After a moment''s careful discussion, the three families finally understood the situation of Shouchun''s city defense. Of course, these were just the situation before Ji Ling entered the city. After Ji Ling entered the city, there must be some changes. However, the city defense of Shouchun has always been arranged by general Ji Ling, and even if there is any change, it will not be too big.If we say that the biggest change is the increase of tens of thousands of troops in the city. However, the tens of thousands of troops who retreated back to the city in the later period would not be sent to the city wall by Ji Ling in the early period, because the continuous war basically did not stop, and the morale was already quite low due to the defeat all the way, so Ji Ling would definitely take a rest period to arrange to go to the city to participate in the war.


    After the exchange of information, it''s time to prepare to carve up the territory. As soon as the issue of construction site was mentioned, the nine people on the scene were all inspired. Huangfu Chaobo first said that Lujiang has now been basically brought into his hands, so his idea is very simple. Lujiang must be owned by Yuzhou army.


    As for the distribution between Yuzhou army and Anton army, the other two will not care more. Now everyone knows that the new governor of Lujiang is Liu Chengzu, who was a famous man under Kong Rong. However, the Duwei of Lujiang is Kong Xin, the nephew of Kong. Nowadays, the soldiers and horses in the cities of Lujiang are in his hands except for the soldiers of Anton''s army.


    We all know what''s in it. It''s not a big question of who is the supreme leader. The most important thing is who has the military power. Since Kong''s cronies controlled Lujiang''s military power, Liu Chengzu''s other affairs were not very operable except for his peace of mind.

 Chapter 937

    Cao Cao and sun CE did not comment on the distribution between Yuzhou army and Anton army. For Cao and sun, their territory in Xuzhou has been divided by huaishui. However, in Jiujiang, two cities, one from the South and one from the north, march forward. Now, to the north of West Quyang and Yinling, several cities since huaishui are controlled by Cao Cao, while the cities to the south of West Quyang are basically occupied or surrounded by sun Qijun.


    After several discussions, the two companies decided to divide the existing sites. In this way, Jiujiang was divided into two. To the north of huaishui River, Xiacai and heping''a counties were also included in dangrunan under the struggle of Huangfu Chaobo. It''s not that Cao Cao doesn''t want to come, but the two counties are not very well managed. The two cities are located to the north of huaishui River and to the west of woshui river. They are not very well managed, so they have to give up.


    Another point is that Cao Cao felt that it was not a big problem to put these two counties in Kong''s hands first. When he drove Huangfu Chaobo''s army to the west of Hulao pass, didn''t he just let himself control the counties in Yuzhou? Therefore, Cao Cao did not make more entanglements on this.


    Shouchun outside the site to discuss properly, several people will focus on the Shouchun city. Shouchun city is divided into four areas, the East is mainly composed of ordinary officials, the south is mainly composed of business and civilians, the west is mainly composed of craftsmen and civilians, and the north is the inner city and the Imperial City, which is the imperial city of senior officials and generals of Zhongshi Dynasty and Yuan Shu.


    After a moment''s discussion, each of them delimited the area near their own city gate, and the discussion ended. As for the inner city and the Imperial City, the three sides unanimously decided to distribute all the goods and materials according to their respective merits, and the three armies should attack and distribute them fairly. However, the most important thing Yuan Shu owned was consciously ignored by the three parties.


    The three sides discussed the attack strategy again. Then they left and went back to their own camp to prepare. After a day''s rest, they decided to attack the city again.


    In 197 ad, the second year of Jian''an and the second year of Zhongjia in Han Dynasty, on August 2, General Huang Fu Chao Bo of Anton, governor Kong Bi of Yuzhou, general Cao Cao of Fenwei and general sun CE launched an attack on Shouchun City, the capital of Zhongjia Dynasty. For a time, Shouchun City, the ancient city standing in the Huainan plain for more than 600 years, once again fell into the flames of war.


    The four road princes were divided into three parts, and launched fierce attacks in the East, South and west of Shouchun city.


    After two days of preparation, each department has prepared a large number of siege equipment, and Shouchun city has also prepared countless defense equipment, so the two sides will fight up and down the wall of nearly three feet.


    On the first day of the war, the three armies cut off the moat of Shouchun City regardless of casualties. The casualties of the three families were as many as 1000. Of course, most of them were captured soldiers Yuan Shu, who were the main force of the river reclamation.


    The next day, the three armies launched a tentative attack on the wall.


    The Anton army of Huangfu Chaobo was in charge of the western wall. There was an urn outside the western wall. The gate of the urn opened to the north, and the height of the wall was equal to that of the wall. If the Anton army wants to enter the west gate of Shouchun, that is, Dinghu gate, it must open two gates before the army can enter the city.


    In a well defended city like Shouchun City, tens of thousands of troops are defending inside the city. It''s not very difficult to attack the city wall and open the gate from inside. Not only the west gate, but also the south gate and the east gate.


    In order to capture Xicheng successfully, Huang Zhong divided the 14 school soldiers into seven units, each equipped with 10000 soldiers. Then the four generals took turns to lead one of the soldiers to attack the city. In this way, he trained the general and trained his troops at the same time. For this reason, after the discussion, Huangfu Chaobo specially ordered Runan and Lujiang counties to recruit tens of thousands of guards to Shouchun, so as to have enough soldiers to train for him.


    Huangfu Chaobo believed that as long as the generals were able to control the casualties, the combat power of Yuzhou''s battalions would reach a higher level after the end of the war. Although it could not reach the level of the elite troops of Anton''s army, it was definitely better than the elite troops of Yuzhou''s army at the beginning. At that time, we should be able to cope with the war against Cao Cao next year.


    Shouchun''s war is going on like a fire. The three armies of princes are attacking the Yuan Shu army in the city. Although the war is not so fierce, the princes under the three walls always keep a strong pressure on the Yuan Shu army above the wall. Once the Yuan Shu army is half relaxed, the elite of the princes will suddenly attack the wall.


    Under the pressure of such war, the three sides of the city wall attacked the city wall several times in the next few days. Although they were finally repulsed by Yuan Shu''s army, with the passage of time, the morale of the garrison in the city became lower and lower. Although there is no shortage of money and food in the city, there are no reinforcements outside. In addition, the army has lost their divisions and lands one after another for more than a year. There are also many soldiers in the city who are transferred or withdrawn from other places. Their families and relatives are not in the city, and they are not aware of the situation outside the city, which makes them uneasy.


    Shouchun City, in the Imperial Palace, while a few days after the attack, the vassal army also needed a little truce to rest, the haggard Yuan Shu once again summoned the ministers to discuss business. In the hall, although all the ministers gathered, they did not have the original spirit."You think that when the situation is now, how can you retreat from the enemy?" The emperor of the middle family sat on the Dragon chair and asked the ministers in the palace;


    all of them were silent.


    In desperation, Yuan Shu looked at the general and said, "general, what''s the situation of the general?"


    "Report back to your majesty, in the continuous war, our army suffered only a few thousand casualties, and the casualties of the three route vassals were several times as many as mine. It''s just that the morale of the army is getting lower and lower after days of war. I ask your majesty to reward the three armies! " Ji Ling bowed to answer;


    Yuan Shu could not help frowning when he heard that since he became emperor, he had spent a lot of money just building the imperial palace. In order to cope with the attack of the princes, recruit soldiers and build weapons and equipment, his Treasury has been emptied by nearly 30%. Now there is only one Shouchun city left, and the food taxes of the rest of the cities have been unable to be transported to the city. It is not a small expense to maintain the food and salaries of the hundreds of thousands of troops. In the first few days of the war, we have to reward the three armies. What should we do?


    "In the opinion of the general, how much is appropriate?" In spite of this, Yuan Shu finally asked Ji Ling;


    "in the view of his subordinates, at least one month''s salary."

 Chapter 938

    On hearing this, Yuan Shu paid at least one month''s wages and money. If this was done, the 170000 troops would have to spend 600000 to 700000 yuan. After thinking about it, he said, "one month''s pay is too much. I''ll take 200000 Guan out of the internal Treasury. The rest is not enough to be made up from the Treasury. Reward half a month''s pay."


    With that, he said to Ji Ling with a painful look on his face: "please make it clear to the soldiers that I will be rewarded a lot when I repel the enemy."


    After hearing this, Ji Ling sighed in his heart. Half a month''s salary is better than no reward. However, there was no color on his face, and he came forward again to thank him.


    When Yuan Shu looked at the officials again, he found that Shu Shao seemed to want to stop talking. He moved his heart, waved his hand and said, "all the Qing ministers, please step back. General, Shu Aiqing, Yang Aiqing and Yan Aiqing stay! Follow me to the side hall Then he got up and went to the side hall behind the main hall.


    On hearing this, all the people left the hall except a few who were ordered by Yuan Shu. Ji Ling and others went to the side hall under the guidance of the eunuch.


    After several people entered the side hall, Yuan Shu had already sat there waiting for them.


    "See you, my Lord!"


    "Aiqing, get down! Somebody! Give me a seat Yuan Shu said in a low voice,


    "thank you


    When all the people sat down, Yuan Shu said, "just now, in the main hall, all the ministers were silent. I saw that Shu Aiqing wanted to say something again. It seemed that he wanted to say something, so he called all the ministers to the side hall to discuss the countermeasures. All the ministers are my ministers. I will forgive you for your innocence. "


    Seeing that Yuan Shu had seen his action, Shu Shao stood up and said, "I have a plan for you, but there are so many eyes and ears in the hall, so I didn''t tell you. Please forgive me!"


    "Ai Qing, please tell me. I said that you are not guilty!"


    "Thank you, sir," Shu Shao cleared his throat and stepped forward. Although there were all important officials of Yuan Shu''s power in the side hall, he slightly lowered his voice and said, "Your Majesty, I believe you all know that Er Tao killed San Shi!"


    Yan Xiang responded and said, "two peaches kill three scholars, but where is the peach?"


    Shu Shao raised his head and gently pointed to the jade seal that Yuan Shu carried with him. He stopped talking.


    Yang Hong also responded and said, "no, how can we promise other people things


    In response, Yuan Shu grasped the jade seal and said, "no, the jade seal must not be given to others. Heaven''s destiny is in me, so can Qi. "


    Shu Shao said: "Your Majesty, the intention of Wei Chen is to take the jade seal as bait, not to send it out."


    Then Shu Shao explained his ideas to the public one by one. After hearing this, they suddenly realized.


    Shu Shao means that when the war is going on for a few days and the army in Shouchun city is slightly tired, he will send an envoy to some princes to express his willingness to offer the jade seal to surrender. At the same time, the news that the jade seal will be given to one of them will be quietly transmitted to other princes.


    At the time of the boundary, the three princes will fight over the jade seal. When they are both defeated, the city''s army will fight out, and it can be decided by a battle. If the three armies are broken, all the lost cities will be recovered.


    As for the jade seal, you don''t need to make a fake, just send out the yellow silk treasure box containing the jade seal.


    After discussing the general plan, the next step is to give it to whom. What''s the point? It seems that he is the worst among the princes. He is the follower of Huangfu Chaobo. He is the first one to be ruled out. What about sun CE? It seems that he can''t do it either. His strength is still too poor. Whether it''s Huangfu Chaobo or Cao Cao, it''s estimated that sun CE will take the pill if one of them is cruel.


    Huangfu Chaobo? The comprehensive strength is the strongest. However, after a big war, the strength has been broken. At present, there are only about 100000 troops outside Shouchun city. Judging from the fighting situation in recent days, it is obviously weaker than that of Ji Ling''s army in Anfeng.


    If neither of the two can do it, Cao Cao will be the only one. Cao Cao''s army has about 120000 troops outside the city. Judging from the fighting situation in recent days, Ji Ling also thinks that Cao Cao''s army is the most powerful among the three attacking armies.


    In fact, the same is true. Sun CE''s army expanded so fast that its combat power did not come up at all. After a big war, Huangfu Chaobo lost tens of thousands of troops. Today''s army is just arrived, and its combat power is not as good as the previous one. Only Cao Cao''s army lost some troops last year, but he soon recruited elite soldiers from other cities. Therefore, his army is the most powerful of the three.


    After much consideration, they decided to present the jade seal treasure box to Cao Cao, and then quietly revealed it to Huangfu Chaobo and sun Qijun. As for the way, Yuan Shujun lost one after another, and some officials began to look for a way out. Therefore, Yuan Shu''s secret agents have mastered the evidence that many officials were secretly communicating with the princes outside the city. They only need to pass the news through them That''s it.


    Later, several people discussed the details of the plan, and after repeated confirmation, it was finally determined.


    Outside Shouchun City, Huangfu Chaobo and pangtong stood on the watchtower at the gate of the camp, watching tens of thousands of soldiers slowly withdraw from the camp in the dusk."Fengxiao, what day is it today? What about the war? "


    "Lord Hui, today is the eighth day of the siege. Except for one day of armistice on the sixth day, it has been seven days since we attacked Shouchun. If we calculate according to the frequency of four rounds of attacks every day, our army has launched 28 rounds of attacks on Shouchun city wall."


    After a pause, Guo Jia said, "the casualties of each attack in the previous few days were about 1000. After a day''s rest, the army reorganized. The casualties in these days have been reduced."


    "Rao is so. After the war in recent days, 8487 soldiers were killed, 3458 seriously injured and 19598 lightly injured. So far, our army has suffered more than 30000 casualties, and can dispatch nearly 70000 taxis. "


    In seven days, 30000 people were killed and more than 4000 people were killed every day. Rao Shi Huangfu Chaobo has already made some preparations in his heart, and he also feels headache. The siege casualties are really huge.


    However, what made Huangfu Chaobo a little more comfortable was that sun Qijun''s casualties in recent days also reached nearly 20000, and Cao Cao''s army''s casualties also reached more than 30000.


    According to the taxi crew''s report, the attack of the two families did not cheat. These were real casualties. In the next few days, we can all see that the battle strength of the defenders in the city has declined compared with the previous few days.

 Chapter 939

    The loss caused by the siege made Huangfu Chaobo sigh for a long time. He then asked Pang Tong, "how long will it take for the reinforcements of Runan and Lujiang to arrive?"


    "According to the Lord''s request, 40000 guards from the two counties have arrived in Lu''an one after another. They should arrive tomorrow and the day after tomorrow. Another thing is that general Zhang Ying reported that Liu Taishou and general Kong had arrived in Shu County, and his army would begin to attack the rest of the cities of Lujiang. "


    After nodding, Huangfu Chaobo said, "send an order to Zhang Ying, telling him that after he conquered Zongyang port, he will send a letter to Zhou Tai of huaishui, asking him to send the men of the water army to Zongyang south to set up the water army of Lujiang County as soon as possible, but pay attention not to let Liu Biao and sun CE find out."


    "No!"


    Several people are saying, but see Lu Su all the way crazy running out of the camp. Huangfu Chaobo now has three military strategists with him, so every time he goes out, one of the three will stay in the big account of the Chinese army. Among the three, Lu Su, an honest man, stays in the account most often. In his words, his new recruits should be familiar with the situation of the army and stay in the account.


    Gasping up the watchtower, Lu Su whispered: "Lord, there''s news from the shadow guard in the city that Yuan Shu wants to surrender his jade seal."


    The voice was not big or small, and all three of them heard it. When they heard this, they were all stunned. They all saw their doubts and puzzlement in each other''s eyes.


    "Let''s go and get back to the big account." Huangfu Chaobo didn''t think much about it, so he immediately ordered;


    the party soon returned to the Chinese Army''s tent under the protection of the soldiers. Here, Shi a had been waiting in the tent for a long time. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had entered the tent, he hurried forward to salute: "Lord!"


    "Well, is the information reliable?"


    "It has not been confirmed again and again, but the news can''t be completely confirmed. It''s just that a few officials of Yuan Shujun have started to spread the news secretly, and they also got the news that a few days ago Ji Ling proposed that Yuan Shu should pay one month''s salary to reward the three armies. As a result, Yuan Shu only agreed to pay half a month''s salary, so Yuan Shu spent a lot of money It has not achieved the desired effect. "


    "Now the people in Shouchun city are already thinking, that''s why Yuan Shu made such a move." Shia stopped for a moment and added;


    "do the other two know? And to whom is Yuan Shu going to present the seal? "


    Shia shook his head and said he didn''t know about this, and the shadow guard didn''t get any news.


    "Well, you step back first." Huang Fu Chao Bo Jian couldn''t find out anything else, so he waved to Shi a;


    seeing this, Shi a quickly retreated to one side and stood there quietly.


    Shi A''s words were also heard by the rest of the people, so after Shi a stepped down, all the people were quiet, thinking about the news from the shadow.


    What people don''t know is that while they are thinking hard, sun CE, who has just returned to the camp in the south of Shouchun City, is furious, because he has also received the news from the city that Yuan Shu is ready to surrender. The reason why he was so angry was that sun CE knew that, as the weakest of the three groups, the princes of Yuan Shu''s imperial seal were definitely not himself.


    Then who is it? After thinking for a moment, sun CE said to Zhou Yu, "Gongjin, we must immediately send someone to monitor the other two families, and we must find out who sent the seal to."


    Sun CE''s words are gnashing his teeth. Rao Shiyi thinks that Zhou Yu is close to him as flesh and blood, but he is also thrilled.


    Everyone knows that Sun Jian got Yuan Shu''s seal, and Sun Jian died because of it. In the end, in order to make the sun family rise, sun CE dedicated it to Yuan Shu and borrowed tens of thousands of troops from him. But sun cejun, whether he was Sun CE or some veteran members of the sun family, always wanted to take back the seal.


    Now that the jade seal is close at hand, who knows that Yuan Shu wants to give it to other vassals in exchange for a chance of survival. Can sun CE not be worried? Now the three road princes are besieging Shouchun, only sun CE''s army is less than three counties, but the troops are almost the same as the other two, which shows sun CE''s determination.


    "But it''s just that Yu still feels a little strange." Zhou Yu pondered for a moment;


    SUN CE didn''t care so much. He had to confirm this matter, otherwise the jade seal might never have a chance to return to the hands of the sun family.


    "Somebody, order humuma to come up to meet the general!"


    A moment later, Zhu Heng rushed to sun CE in the big account: "did not see Zhu Heng to the Lord!"


    "Xiumu, send someone to this general immediately to keep an eye on Anton''s army and Cao Cao''s army camp. If you find anything abnormal, report back immediately!"


    Zhu Heng a Leng, but quickly reaction, quickly bow to promise, and then immediately turned away from the big account to arrange.


    After Zhu Heng left, sun CE still could not calm down. He kept turning around in the big account, anxiously waiting for the news from Zhu Heng.


    Compared with the restlessness of sun CE''s tent, Huangfu Chaobo''s tent was quiet. Huangfu Chaobo and the three major military commanders were all in deep meditation. Although Huang Zhong and other generals said that the morale of Yuan Shu''s army had indeed declined in recent days, and its combat power was not as strong as the previous few days. Among other things, the casualties of the siege army decreased day by day. Of course, there are also reasons for the increase in the experience of soldiers and the increase in the strength of the army after the reorganization, but it is an indisputable fact that the combat strength of Yuan Shu''s army has declined.However, the four felt that there was something indescribable in this matter, but they were not able to figure out why, or because the intelligence was too simple, several people could not infer anything more useful from this simple intelligence.


    In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to order Shi''a to send people to closely monitor the other two army camps. As soon as he found something abnormal, he immediately reported it, and then put the matter aside.


    At three o''clock, dozens of shadows suddenly appeared on the east side of Shouchun city wall. When the general on duty at the city head was about to make a loud inquiry, he heard a voice from the people on the opposite side: "Chen Zhi, don''t make any noise. The general came to patrol the city!"


    The general named Chen Zhi had a fierce meal. He quickly ran forward to meet him and found that he was indeed a general. The leader was the general in charge of Dongqiang. Chen Zhi''s boss suggested Li Shi, the captain of the school. Seeing the group, Chen Zhi quickly went forward and saluted: "I''m not going to see the general!"


    "No gift!" Ji Ling nodded, and then nodded to the captain beside him.


    "Chen Zhi, immediately order the soldiers on duty at the head of the city to step down for the time being, and the head of the city will be taken over by the senior general''s personal guards for the time being!" The captain ordered

 Chapter 940

    Although Chen Zhi felt strange, he did as he asked. Soon, the taxis around the tower at the head of the city all withdrew. Only Chen Zhi stayed, and all the guards at the head of the city were handed over to Ji Ling''s soldiers.


    After all the soldiers around left, Ji Ling said to the Xiaowei beside him: "start to prepare." Then he turned his head and looked at another man beside him: "brother Zhongying, I''ll give it to you!"


    This person is Shu Shao, the person who gives the idea is him, so the task of the envoy is naturally given to him. After hearing Ji Ling''s words, he arched his hand and said, "don''t worry, general."


    "Well, I''ll wait here until five o''clock!"


    Shu Shao nodded and stopped talking.


    Soon, the captain took out the prepared baskets and released them from the crenels of the city. Shu Shao and his four bodyguards climbed into the baskets respectively. Several Ji Ling bodyguards slowly released them with ropes and put them under the city wall.


    Soon several people went down to the wall, gently pulled the rope of the hanging basket, and the hanging basket was pulled up to the tower. Shu Shao looked up at the city wall with flashing fire, and sighed softly: "Your Majesty, this is the last thing I can do for you. If I still can''t, I can''t go back to heaven."


    Thinking of this, Shu Shao shakes his head, throws away the thoughts in his heart, and says to several guards around him: "go!"


    The group soon disappeared into the night and headed for Cao Cao''s camp in the East.


    Cao Cao''s camp is six miles outside Shouchun city. As early as after dark, Ji Ling has sent an envoy to Cao Cao''s camp to tell him that there will be important ministers of the Zhong Dynasty to visit at night, so Cao Cao has arranged his son Cao ang to guard at the camp gate.


    Seeing that it was almost the fourth shift, the people of Yuan Shujun still didn''t arrive. Just when Cao ang felt a little impatient, the patrol outside the camp suddenly came to report in a low voice: "young general, the messenger of Yuan Shujun is coming."


    Cao ang was inspired and finally came. He had learned from his father that the envoys of Yuan Shujun might have come to offer the jade seal. If it is true, Qi does not mean that the Cao family is the Lord of heaven. If his father is called emperor, then he is not the prince. So for tonight''s event, Cao Cao is extremely reiterative, even the person in charge of meeting at the door has sent his eldest son.


    "Are you coming? Did the other party say what it was? "


    "It seems to be Shu Shao, the Minister of Honglu temple, with four guards." The patrolman touched his head and replied uncertainly,


    "Honglu Siqing?" Cao ang was shocked by the fact that he was one of the nine ministers of Yuan''s puppet Dynasty. It seems that his father''s words are true in most cases.


    Thinking of this, he told his subordinates: "quickly and quietly bring Lord Shu over. Ben will personally lead him to see Lord Zhou mu."


    The sentry answered the promise, turned around and left. Soon, he led Shu Shao five people to come.


    "Cao ang has seen Lord Shu!" Cao ang hurried up to the front line and said,


    "it turned out to be a major general," Shu Shao was stunned. He didn''t expect that Cao Cao would send his eldest son to meet him. It seems that nine times out of ten, he believed the purpose of his trip. Things are developing step by step in the direction expected by several people. Next, it depends on the reaction speed of sun Hu Hu and Huangfu Chaobo.


    Thinking of this, Shu Shao replied with a salute: "please report to Cao Yanzhou, saying that Shu Shao has been ordered to come to see you."


    "Don''t be polite, sir. My father has been waiting in the tent. He has sent a special boy to welcome him into the camp." Then he looked behind Shu Shao. There was a bodyguard holding a black bag behind Shu Shao, which seemed to be a big brocade box. Then he reached out to the camp and said, "please, sir."


    Cao Ang''s action is small, but Shu Shao is looking at it. He is very happy in his heart and does not point out: "please, young general!"


    Under the protection of a wave of guards, a few people went to Cao Cao''s army tent.


    What they didn''t find was that when Shu Shao and his party entered the camp, there were two waves of people staring at them in the darkness outside the camp. After they entered the camp, each of the two groups left quietly.


    Shu Shao and his party in the camp didn''t walk fast. Shu Shao intended to slow down to give the other two princes time to respond. When they came into Cao Cao''s tent, half an hour had passed.


    Entering the tent, Shu Shao immediately saw Cao Cao above the throne. Shu Shao stepped forward quickly: "foreign minister Zhong''s Dynasty Shu Shao met Cao Yanzhou!"


    "Mr. Shu, please get up," Cao Cao said with a smile to Mr. Shu Shao, "I don''t know what happened when Mr. Shu came late at night


    "Liu has no way. I''ll take his place. This is to conform to the way of heaven. I don''t know why Cao Yanzhou goes against heaven. Is general Cao not afraid of being sent by heaven?" Shu Shao zhengsedao;


    "although Liu''s fault is small, but the fate is still in Liu, it''s Yuan road that goes against the sky, not Cao!" Cao Cao laughs;


    next, they fight each other fiercely, quoting classics. Seeing Shu Shao trying to find his own fault, Cao Cao said angrily, "if you just come to blame someone, please go back. There will be war tomorrow, and someone needs to sleep."In fact, Cao Cao also thought about directly seizing the jade seal, but he was afraid that several bodyguards would smash the jade seal when the situation was not good. So he patiently responded to Shu Shao. Who knows that this guy didn''t mean to stop when he opened his mouth, so he pointed out the matter.


    Shu Shao saw that he was dragging on for another quarter of an hour, and knew that he could not drag on any longer.


    Then he turned to a low voice and said, "my lord once said that the Han Dynasty had lost the world for a long time, and the emperor was in charge of it. The government was in the family, and the heroes competed to split the territory. This was the same as the division of the Seven Kingdoms at the end of the Zhou Dynasty. I thought that the jade seal belonged to yuan, but it was the destiny of heaven


    After a pause, he said, "since the destiny is not in Yuan''s family, my Lord is willing to sacrifice the jade seal to ensure the safety of Yuan''s family and shouchunhe city."


    "Hum," Cao Cao said coldly, "if so, why don''t you give it to general Anton or sun Bofu and choose me Cao mengde?"


    "The lower official also asked my lord like this. My Lord said that Huangfu Chaobo was a good son, and sun Bofu was a junior official in the county. How could he enjoy his destiny with virtue? Cao Yanzhou was different. General Xu said that the general was extraordinary, so


    Shu Shao''s words made Cao Cao and his son happy. In fact, if one of Cheng Yu or Sima Yi is here, you can see the abnormality from Shu Shao''s former occupation and later Gong. It''s a pity that Cao Cao has been blinded by the word "jade seal" of the first wave of envoys. Now, except father and son, there are only a few other generals of the Cao family in the account, and no outsiders.

 Chapter 941

    See Shu Shao soft, Cao Cao said: "say, Yuan highway what requirements!"


    "My lord hopes that Cao Yanzhou will be able to regard the past situation as the top priority and take the lead to retreat. In the future, the two families will form an alliance of brothers. If the general goes further, my Lord is willing to serve him in the south."


    Although Cao Cao was happy, he was not so confused that he refused Shu Shao''s request: "it''s impossible, even if yuan highway can stay, it can''t be in Shouchun. If he wanted to leave, this condition would have been allowed. The boundary time can leave from our army''s defense line, and Shouchun city can''t be in Yuan highway''s hands any more."


    "But Shu shaozheng was ready to argue, but Cao Cao stopped him.


    "If this general leads his troops to leave, how to explain it to the people of the world and to the other princes, so don''t mention it any more."


    "Is Cao Gong willing to guarantee the integrity of our Lord?" In desperation, Shu Shao had to confirm again;


    "one can only guarantee that Yuan highway can break through from a certain defense line, and the army will never pursue him. As for where he goes, that''s your business." Cao Cao slightly thought about the cableway;


    "that''s good," Shu Shao said in a deep voice, gritting his teeth: "please take Cao Gong Fu''s oath!"


    Cao Cao was not ambiguous, and he swore to heaven immediately.


    After looking at the oath, Shu Shao reluctantly turned around and took the black burden from a guard, walking slowly towards Cao Cao with heavy steps. He stopped a few steps in front of Cao Cao, then gritted his teeth and raised the burden with both hands.


    Cao Cao''s face was full of lust, and his face was red. He was about to catch him, but Cao ang stopped him: "father, wait a moment, let the child come to pick him up."


    Cao Cao was stunned. He looked up at his son, but he saw a dignified look in his son''s eyes. He also realized that his son was afraid of something different, so he stopped his action. He was warm in his heart, nodded and said: "OK, Zi Xiu, you come!"


    Cao ang came to Shu Shao with a heavy look on his face, took the burden from Shu Shao with both hands, then turned and walked slowly to the desk of Cao Cao''s position, gently put down the burden, and then opened the black cloth bag outside, but inside it was a treasure box wrapped in yellow silk.


    The yellow silk wrapped in the oil lamp gives out an attractive light. From this yellow silk, we can see that it is not a common thing, but a royal thing in the palace. Just as Cao ang was about to continue to open Huang Ling''s burden, Shu Shao suddenly said, "wait a minute!"


    Cao Cao was stunned, and Cao Ren said, "what does Master Shu mean? Why can''t I open it? "


    Shu Shao arched his hands toward the sky and said, "this is not an ordinary thing. Is Cao Gong like this?"


    Said, Shu Shao toward Cao Cao body Nu mouth, did not continue to speak.


    Cao Cao looked at himself and saw that he was still wearing the battle robe of the day, which was wrinkled and covered with dust. On weekdays, when ministers enter the palace, they still need to bathe and change clothes, not to mention the imperial seal. Shu Shaoyi reminded Cao Cao to react immediately. By this time, he had completely believed that what Shu Shao sent was indeed the imperial seal.


    So he bowed himself and said, "thank you for reminding me."


    Then he turned to Cao ang and said, "Zixiu, after bathing and dressing for his father, please come out."


    Then he said to Shu Shao: "Mr. talent, why don''t you stay with CaO and take care of the government affairs for him?"


    "Thanks for Cao Gong''s kindness. I''ll treat Shao well. If I''m lucky, I''ll serve Cao Gong again." Then he bowed to Cao Cao and said, "please don''t forget the oath. Shu Shao will leave first."


    "In that case, I won''t force you, sir." Cao Cao sighed: "Zixiu, send Mr. Shu out of the camp." It''s no harm for such a weak scholar to let him return to Shouchun city. When the city is broken, although he can''t do anything to Yuan Shu, the other two families are not good friends.


    Cao ang quickly receives orders, respectfully sends Shu Shao and his party out of the big tent and goes to the camp gate.


    Just when Shu Shao entered the tent, sun CE was in the tent to the south of Shouchun. Sun CE had been sitting there waiting for midnight. Just when he couldn''t help it, suddenly his soldiers outside the tent called out: "general, the patrol is outside to report. They have found out what''s going on."


    When sun CE heard this, he immediately stood up and ordered the patrol to be led into the tent. As soon as he got in, sun CE couldn''t wait to ask, "what''s the situation?"


    "Back... Report back to the general. " The patrol Sergeant gasped and hissed: "report back to the general. General Zhu''s orders came down. Before the fourth time, he found that several people had entered Cao Cao''s camp. It seems that they were soldiers of Yuan Shu''s army."


    "Coax" Sun CE drew out his waist and cut open a table in his tent with a knife. He roared, "Yuan Shu, dog thief, how dare an do this? How dare Cao Cao be such a traitor


    "Come on, gather the general''s bodyguards and go out with him." A moment later, sun CE finally responded and rushed out of the big account to greet the pro guard general. Then he turned over his horse and headed for Cao Cao''s camp in the northeast.


    The movement of the Chinese Army''s big tent finally startled Zhou Yu. When Zhou Yu responded, sun CE had already left with a thousand guards.In desperation, Zhou Yu had to call a nearby guard to ask what happened. When he knew that Yuan Shujun had sent an envoy to Cao Cao''s camp, he combined with Yuan Shu, who had received in the daytime, to offer the jade seal to others in order to withdraw. Zhou Yu knew that it was bad. In response, Zhou Yu asked people to gather generals for discussion, and ordered 10000 Chinese troops to gather and be ready to start at any time.


    Soon all the generals in the camp rushed to the Chinese Army''s tent, only to find that their Lord didn''t see them. Only Zhou Yu was in the tent.


    Han Dang asked: "Gongjin, where is the Lord? What''s the matter with me in the middle of the night? "


    The other two also looked at Zhou Yu, waiting for his answer.


    "Righteous old general, the Lord has led 1000 soldiers out." Zhou Yu replied;


    with that, he told the generals the whole story of today. When they heard this, they were all very surprised and angry. You know, some veteran generals of sun Jiajun always wanted to take back the jade seal that the old master got. Now Yuan Shu''s dog thief gave it to Cao Cao. Who knows when he will be able to return to the sun family.


    Han Dangdang immediately got up and said angrily, "I''ll lead the troops to support the Lord right away!"


    Although Zhou Yu has always doubted the true intention of Yuan Shu''s move, he has no time to think about it any more. Now sun CE has led his troops to ask questions. It is very likely that there will be a war between the two armies, so it is most important to deal with the current situation.

 Chapter 942

    Zhou Yu saw that Han Dang had turned around and was ready to lead the troops, and the other two generals were all ready to assemble their troops. He quickly walked up to them and stopped them, saying, "old general, please wait a moment!"


    "You boy, are you going to be led by the Lord to the camp of Cao Cao''s army?" Han Dang was furious and pointed to Zhou Yu''s nose and scolded;


    Zhou Yu couldn''t help laughing bitterly at this irascible but loyal veteran, and quickly explained: "old general, please listen to the boy. The 10000 armies of the Chinese army have begun to gather. Today, only 40000 troops can be sent out in the camp. We can''t send out the whole army to prevent Yuan Shu''s army from robbing the camp. So with the intention of being a boy, we left 20000 troops to guard the camp. The old general and I led 20000 troops to support Bofu, and then we made a decision. "


    "Moreover, in Yu''s opinion, Cao Cao''s army may not really catch up with Bofu, or our Jiangdong army. By then, Cao Cao will break his promise in front of the whole world."


    After listening to Zhou Yu''s words, Han Dang didn''t get angry, so he left Zhu Zhi and LV fan to lead 20000 troops to guard the camp. He and Zhou Yu gathered 20000 troops to chase Cao Cao''s camp. However, before leaving, Zhou Yu asked Zhu Zhi and LV fan to arrange for help in Anton''s camp.


    In fact, there was no need for Zhou Yu to send for help at all. Just when they led the army out of the camp, Huangfu Chaobo had received the news from Chihou: the emissary of Yuan Shu''s army had entered the camp of Cao Cao''s army, and the emissary sent by him in the middle of the night must be talking about something that could not be seen.


    Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent someone to invite Pang Tong and his three men. As soon as they got into the account, the second wave of Chihou came back to report that sun CE was leading a thousand guards to Cao Cao''s camp. It seemed that there might be a war between the two families.


    It may be Qing, Pang Tong and Guo Jia, who are on the other side of the game, react quickly.


    "Two peaches kill three men!"


    "Yes, that''s Yuan Shu''s way of thinking. It''s used to pick up the differences. If Tong dares to guarantee his life, Cao Cao never gets the jade seal! "


    Both men are experts in intrigue, and soon put all the information together to draw a conclusion.


    "Lord, we must send troops immediately. At least we should prevent the two families from fighting before they attack Shouchun city. As for the later things, it''s none of our business. We can also take this opportunity to stir up the relationship between the two families." Guo Jia suggested;


    after a reminder, Huangfu Chaobo and Lu Su also responded. Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, come on, all the horses in the general are assembled. The trapped camp, Tiebi camp and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers can send out as many as they can. Shiyuan and Zijing will go to the camp of Cao Cao''s army with this general and stay in the camp in filial piety."


    "Lord," Lu Su said in a side way, "with the intention of Su, in addition to the thousands of troops rushing away quickly, it''s better to order another 10000 to 20000 troops to come later, and the camp must be well prepared to prevent Yuan Shu''s army from sneaking attack."


    The other two nodded in agreement.


    Huangfu Chaobo heard that it was true, so he immediately led Huang Zhong, Huang Wudi and Wang ran to stay in the camp, and huangfuli and Han Xian led 20000 troops to go to Cao Cao''s camp just in case.


    Soon the Anton camp was full of lights, and more than 4000 cavalry rushed out of the camp to the east of Shouchun. A quarter of an hour later, 20000 soldiers left the camp and followed the direction of the cavalry. And within the camp, the army was ready.


    The movements in the camps in the West and the South immediately alerted the soldiers of Yuan Shu who were on duty at the head of Shouchun city. They thought that the enemy outside the city attacked the city overnight, so the soldiers of Yuan Shu in the South and the West sounded the alarm bell one after another. For a moment, the whole city became bright.


    At this time, Ji Ling was still standing on the top of Shouchun city. Although he had not seen Shu Shao and his party return, the changes in Xicheng and Nancheng had already alarmed him. When he heard the report from his own soldiers, Ji Ling could not help smiling, which surprised all the soldiers around him. The two walls warned him that his general was not in a hurry, but laughed. How could this be so weird Different.


    "Send orders to all the cities to be ready. No matter what happened outside the city, no one can go out of the city without the command of the general. " Ji Ling''s face was straightened, and he ordered the soldiers to leave.


    Before long, several soldiers reported: "general, someone is near the wall!"


    Ji Ling collected his thoughts and looked up into the darkness. There were five shadows running towards the wall. Just as he was about to be questioned, he heard those people shouting: "where is the general? It''s Shu Shao


    Listen carefully, it is indeed Shu Shao''s voice, Ji Ling then says to the city: "this will be here, Shu adult rest assured close to the wall."


    With that, he motioned to his relatives to be ready. With the preparation, he put down the hanging basket and connected Shu Shao to the wall.


    A quarter of an hour later, Shu Shao and his party were finally connected to the city wall. As soon as they went to the city, Ji Ling took Shu Shao by the hand and said with a loud laugh, "brother Zhong Ying''s plan has been completed!"


    When he said that, he told Shu Shao about the changes in Nancheng and Xicheng. When Shu Shao heard that, he was also very happy. However, he said, "it''s too early to say success. We still need to see if we can succeed in the war between them."Just then, another soldier reported that he was on duty in the southeast corner and found a troop of more than 1000 soldiers heading for Cao Cao''s army camp in the East.


    After hearing this, they were even more happy. They knew that sun CE must have led the soldiers to Cao Cao''s camp for questioning. In this way, more than 1000 people in Cao Cao''s camp would be encircled and annihilated in all likelihood, and the two families would never die.


    Soon, the patrol of the western wall also sent a message, saying that thousands of cavalry were sent from the Anton army camp to the East. Then, the news that sun CE''s camp sent out another 20000 troops and Anton''s army sent out another 20000 troops came one after another, which greatly relieved the two people. It seems that the strategy has really succeeded.


    Now we just need to confirm that there is a war in Cao Cao''s camp, then we can report it back to your majesty.


    At this time, in Cao Cao''s army tent, all members of Cao''s family had been quietly waiting for Cao Cao to bathe and change clothes and return to the tent. Although everyone is itching, they are all staring at the Yellow burden on the table for fear that it will fly away from the public in the blink of an eye.


    Before long, Cao Cao came out from the back of the tent and looked at everyone. He laughed and said, "why, most of them are waiting?"


    Everyone nodded, Cao Ren said: "brother, open it quickly, let everyone have a long insight."

 Chapter 943

    Seeing everyone''s impatience, Cao Cao did not delay any longer, but also straightened his clothes. Then he quickly walked up to the Yellow package. First, he burned incense and knelt down. Then he carefully reached for the package, ready to put it in the center of the case, and then opened it for everyone to watch.


    Who knows, as soon as he picked up the burden, Cao Cao''s face changed greatly. He no longer had the leisurely way to start, but quickly put it down and folded the yellow silk burden.


    Cao Cao is not like Cao ang. He has been in the top position for a long time. In recent years, he has been dealing with his own big seals almost every day. Although yanzhoumu''s seal is not as heavy as the jade seal, it is also light. However, when you pick up the jade seal treasure box, you obviously feel that the weight of the box is not right. It seems that it is too light.


    You know, in ordinary times, when the emperor used the seal, he always held it in both hands and then sealed it. But now, Cao Cao easily carried up the treasure box.


    The people in the tent seemed to feel Cao Cao''s abnormality, and they all looked at Cao Cao seriously.


    Soon Cao Cao opened the yellow silk, and a delicate and unusual box was displayed in front of the public. Cao Cao didn''t want to appreciate the box. He quickly opened the box, but it was empty.


    At this time, Cao Cao''s face was red, and then changed from red to green. He didn''t understand that he was fooled by Yuan Shu.


    "Ah Cao Cao drank violently, drew out the green sword from his waist, and chopped it on the table in front of him.


    "Bang A corner of the table was split and fell to the ground.


    "Yuan Shu dog thief, an dares to cheat someone like this!"


    Just at this time, a personal report came from outside the tent: "general Qi, general sun Po, the leader of the captured army was shouting outside the camp to enter the camp and talk to the general.


    After hearing the report, Cao Cao''s face changed again, this time from red to white. With his IQ, sun CE appeared outside his camp at this time. He didn''t understand that he was hit by Yuan Shu''s trick.


    At this time, whether you let Sun CE enter the camp or not, it seems more appropriate to call the accusation linked with Yuan Shujun as suspicion. He didn''t expect to find the wild goose all day long, but he was pecked in the eye by the wild goose. So Cao Cao thought about the jade seal. Cao Cao didn''t realize that the sun family would be so stubborn.


    Thinking of this, Cao Cao said, "come on, general sun, please come in!"


    The soldiers turned and left. It wasn''t long before Cheng Yu and Sima Yi rushed to the tent. As soon as they entered the tent, they saw Huang Ling''s burden on the table. Then they asked Cao''s people about the situation. As soon as they heard it, they responded. Cheng Yu immediately yelled, "Lord, don''t let Sun break the prisoner into the account!"


    But Sima Yi knew it was too late, so she yelled, "Lord, put this away quickly!"


    Before Cao Cao could react, Sima Yi rushed to the front of the case, grabbed the burden and was ready to put it away. At this moment, the curtain of the tent was lifted again. Sun CE led several ten bodyguards into the tent, and he just saw that Sima Yi was ready to pick up the burden of Huang Ling.


    Seeing this, Cheng Yu knows that the worst has already happened...


    Sure enough, when sun CE saw Huang Ling''s burden, he first let out a roar and said, "thief Cao, you have an affair with Yuan Shu to get the jade seal!"


    Sun CE''s "Cao thief" made everyone in caoying furious. Cao Ren and Cao Hong glared at each other. Cao ang and Cao Anmin drew their swords to fight against sun CE.


    At this time, Cao Cao finally understood Yuan Shu''s sinister intention, which was not only to stir up discontent among the princes, but also to make everyone die.


    Seeing the instant tension in the account, Cheng Yu yelled: "general broken capture, if my lord really gets the jade seal, will he put it here for the general to see? This is exactly the treacherous plan of Yuan Shujun! "


    "A family can see clearly that the jade seal''s treasure box is still here. Do you want to sophistry?" Sun CEDA yelled;


    Cao Cao said in a voice: "general sun, we have all been tricked by Yuan Shu. There is no jade seal in the treasure box. If you don''t believe in the general, please see, it''s empty. "


    However, no matter how Cao Cao explained it, sun CE didn''t believe it and asked Cao Cao to hand over the jade seal. Finally, Cao Cao was a little annoyed, and an idea suddenly came out of his heart: anyway, how about killing him directly?


    However, this thought only flashed through my mind, and then immediately stopped. Just at this time, the soldiers reported to him outside the account: "general Qi, tens of thousands of troops have come from outside the camp. They are the 20000 Jiangdong troops who captured the general and the 4000 cavalry of general Anton."


    If it''s just sun CE''s tens of thousands of Jiangdong troops, Cao Cao doesn''t care, but if it''s combined with Huangfu''s super rich Anton troops, Cao Cao has to weigh up the weight.


    At this time, sun CE also found that he was too reckless, and dozens of people ran to the other party''s camp. Fortunately, now his 20000 troops have arrived, and Zhou Yu should have sent for the support of Anton''s army from Huangfu Chaobo. Now, after calming down a little, sun CE realized that his situation was not so good, so he thought about how to leave Cao Cao''s camp.When all the people in the tent were stunned, another soldier came out of the tent and told him in a loud voice, "general, the soldiers outside the camp are asking the general to send general sun out of the camp. They say... They say


    "What do they say?" Cao Ren roared;


    when Cao Ren roared, the voice of the soldiers was more sharp: "they said that if general sun didn''t leave the camp within a quarter of an hour, they would attack the camp."


    Cao Hong was also angry: "come and fight!"


    "Shut up," Cao Cao said, "general, if our two armies really fight each other, I believe Yuan Shu will be the happiest."


    When sun CE saw this, he said, "I will go to appease the soldiers first. Goodbye!"


    Then he left the tent without looking back and led the guards to the gate of the camp.


    "Big brother!" When Cao Ren saw that Cao Cao had let Sun CE go in this way, he couldn''t help shouting;


    Cao Cao joined the army and stopped Cao Ren''s words, but he also looked at Sun CE with an iron face.


    Seeing sun CE leave the tent, Cheng Yu looks at Cao Cao and says, "Lord, alas..."


    Cao Cao looked at Cheng Yu with a red face and repeatedly apologized: "Mr. Zhong De, it''s strange that Ben will be fascinated by the two words of the jade seal


    Sima Yi was young and angry, but she didn''t know how to advance and retreat like Cheng Yu, and she didn''t speak with such Euphemism: "how can my Lord be so careless, and now he''s caught in Yuan thief''s treachery..."


    "What should we do now?" Cao Cao ignored Sima Yi and continued to ask Cheng Yu

 Chapter 944

    "Alas," Cheng Yu sighed. Now he has fallen into the hub of Yuan Shu. No matter what he does, there is no way to make up for it. "We can only hope that general Anton can persuade sun CE to take the overall situation into consideration and attack Shouchun city first. Let''s hope to find the jade seal in the city."


    With that, Cheng Yu also felt that it was impossible. He shook his head and stopped talking about it. Instead, he said, "Lord, we should go to the gate of the camp. Of course, we should have a good chat with general Huangfu and general sun. Besides, according to Yu''s estimation, Huangfu Anton and sunpo will not believe it, so our army will start to attack the city with all its strength tomorrow, otherwise the other two troops will probably retreat without fighting, or even


    Cao Cao also knew that he could only make up for it now, so he ordered him to go to the gate of the camp.


    At this time, outside the camp of Cao Cao''s army, Huangfu Chaobo, with 4000 cavalry and Zhou Yu''s 20000 soldiers, was anxiously waiting for sun CE and his party to come out of Cao Cao''s camp. Fortunately, sun CE hurried out of the camp before long. When sun CE led 1000 bodyguards back to Zhou Yu''s army, all the generals of sun CE''s army were relieved.


    As soon as he got back to the army, sun CE said, "Gongjin, you''ve come just in time. Follow someone to Cao''s camp and take back the jade seal!"


    "Bo Fu!" Zhou Yu grabbed sun CE and said, "Bofu, wait a moment. General Anton and I think that this is probably yuan Shujun''s plan of killing three scholars with two peaches. Therefore, Bofu still needs a long-term plan."


    "From what point of view, the jade seal is already in Cao Cao''s account."


    Surprised, Zhou Yu said, "what did Bofu see with his own eyes?"


    "A man only saw the treasure box. The jade seal had been hidden by the Cao thief. When a man entered his tent, one of his subordinates was preparing to hide the treasure box, and he saw it."


    Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo led the cavalry and others to set out first, and caught up with Zhou Yu and Han Dang''s headquarters just two miles away from Cao Cao''s camp. Later, Huangfu Chaobo told Zhou Yu about the conjecture of several of his military strategists, and Zhou Yu also woke up. In fact, Zhou Yu also found something strange. It was just that things developed too suddenly, and then sun CE ran away with a thousand guards without saying a word Cao Ying didn''t allow Zhou Yu to calm down and think about it, so he didn''t think about it for a moment. Then tens of thousands of troops ran to Cao Ying to ask for important people.


    Zhou Yu also knew that Lu Su had taken refuge in Huangfu Chaobo, so they had to look at each other and smile bitterly.


    Just at this time, Cao Cao and a group of generals appeared on the wall of the camp gate, and several people began to talk across the wall. Sun CE scolded Cao Cao for having an affair with Yuan Shu and for taking the jade seal. Cao Cao said that he had been hit by Yuan Shu. Yuan Shu sent people to see him, but he didn''t say that it was a jade seal at all. It was just some ordinary gifts. He didn''t know that it was the treasure box, and it was empty.


    However, no matter what Cao Cao said, sun CE did not believe it, while Huangfu Chaobo did not. However, Cao Cao said no more. He only said that from tomorrow, his army will attack the city with all his strength. After the capture of Shouchun, the truth will come out.


    After that, he ignored the two people outside the camp. Gu Zi returned to the camp to prepare for tomorrow. Oh, it should be said that he was preparing for the next war, because at this time, the sky had begun to light up slightly, and the time was at the beginning of Mao.


    With Cao Cao''s command, the bugle sounded in Cao''s camp, and then the whole camp began to make noise, and all the soldiers began to prepare for the battle.


    Sun CE, who was not in the camp, saw that his eyes were split, and he had nothing to do.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "general Bofu, we can''t confirm whether the jade seal is in Cao Cao''s hands. If we want to confirm whether it is in his hands, there is only one choice, that is to take Shouchun city and confirm it with Yuan Shu."


    When sun CE heard this, he knew that it could only be so, so he said hatefully, "this can only let go of the Cao thief for a while. If the jade seal is not found after the capture of Shouchun, someone will surely come into the Cao thief''s army and ask for it in person!"


    At this point, sun CE turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "today, sun CE thanks general Anton for his help."


    "You don''t have to worry about it." With that, Huangfu chaobobama turned around and ordered, "go on, the army will return to the camp, ready to attack the city!" Then he immediately saluted sun CE and left.


    After Anton''s army left, Zhou Yu went to sun CE and said, "Bo Fu, let''s go back to the camp."


    Although sun CE was unwilling, he had nothing to do. He turned his horse and said to the soldiers of Jiangdong: "the army is back!"


    Standing on the wall of the stronghold, the general who was responsible for watching the movement of the Jiangdong army was relieved to see that the Jiangdong army had finally left. When the army was far away, he immediately sent someone to the Chinese Army''s tent to report the movement of the Jiangdong army.


    On the top of Shouchun City, Ji Ling and Shu Shao did not hear the cry of killing from Cao Cao''s army camp in the East until the twilight. Then at this time, the general in the southeast corner of the city wall sent a message that the cavalry of Anton''s army had withdrawn and left from the South of Shouchun.


    At this time, the two have understood that their strategy did not achieve the desired effect, but fortunately, only lost a treasure box. There is no other loss. But Shu Shao believed that he had planted the seeds of differentiation in the hearts of several princes. He believed that as long as time allowed, the gap between them would become bigger and bigger, and eventually break.But Shu Shao still had an idea in his heart that he didn''t dare to reveal, that is, can the Zhong Dynasty last to that day? In fact, as early as Ji Ling''s army broke away from Anfeng City, Shu Shao had a clear understanding in his heart that Qi Neng was invincible when he defeated each other with four counties and five states.


    "Lord yuan, Lord, you are still in a hurry. If you can control two or three states, and then claim the title of emperor, the enlightenment will be like this!" Shu Shao looked up at the direction of the palace in the northwest and said to himself,


    although Cao Cao would attack Shouchun that day, he did not launch an attack on the east city of Shouchun until noon, and he also attacked two rounds that day. Sun Qijun and Anton''s army were busy in the middle of the night, and they even delayed to launch an attack in the afternoon.


    The next day, sure enough, early in the morning, Cao Cao''s army launched a fierce attack on Shouchun city. He almost caught Ji Ling by surprise. Fortunately, Ji Ling, who was also a veteran of the battlefield, quickly responded, quickly mobilized reinforcements to climb the city for support, and finally drove Cao Cao''s army down the city wall with great efforts.

 Chapter 945

    By this time, Anton''s 40000 reinforcements had arrived, and the number of Anton''s troops once again exceeded 100000, reaching 110000 troops regardless of the wounded.


    After that, Huang Zhong adjusted his troops once again, the number of soldiers in the barracks increased again, and the combat effectiveness also increased a lot, which made the generals in the army look forward to the war in the future.


    Looking at the taxi soldiers who braved the arrow rain in front of the city, Huangfu Chaobo asked Guo Jia next to him, "fengxiao, how are the attacks of the other two families?"


    "The two families have been fighting for their lives. Cao Cao, who was intrigued by Yuan Shu, must have become angry. So he began to command the army to attack Dongcheng almost regardless of casualties from yesterday. Sun CE, on the other hand, wanted to invade the city as soon as possible to find out the whereabouts of the jade seal, so he was ruthless. It is said that he personally led the attack yesterday. " Guo Jia was holding a wine pot in his hand and said lazily;


    since he and Pang Tong colluded with each other, the Two Drunkards had the same bad taste and could not do without wine almost every day. Especially these days, after Lu Su joined in, they had a shield. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo strictly limited the quantity of wine provided to them, and they could not stay in the wine all day long. However, they could not miss anything by drinking from time to time, so Huangfu Chaobo did not limit them too much.


    "Brother, order the army to increase the strength of the attack. If we don''t keep pace with them, if one of the two families really gives up, then we will be defeated."


    "Don''t worry, general. We''ve already arranged for the future. From today on, our army''s offensive will increase. In addition, 40000 reinforcements have arrived. If we don''t take advantage of this time to complete the reorganization and replenishment of the barracks, we will not be able to catch up."


    A few people listened to, all knowingly nodded. Although all the people around him except Huangfu Chaobo were isolated in 20 steps by the guards, Huang Zhong said it in a very obscure way.


    Several people are saying, suddenly someone in the nearby Pro guard yelled: "look, it has been attacked!"


    When they looked up to the city wall, it was true that dozens of Anton soldiers had attacked the city. The leader was a general in a red robe. Huangfu Chaobo recognized it was Huang Wudi.


    Huangfu Chaobo frowned, looked at Huang Zhong and said, "is this the leader of butterfly dance? Why did she fight in person? If there is a mistake, what should we do? "


    However, Huang Zhong didn''t care. As a general, he had to take the lead at the critical moment.


    "Don''t worry, general. It''s Lei Bo who defends the west city. Even he himself is not Huang wudie''s opponent. What''s more, after sun CE personally led the attack on the south city yesterday, Lei Bo has gone to the south city to take charge of the defense. Now the main general of the west city is Huang Yi, Yuan Shu''s son-in-law. It''s not a big worry."


    If the earthen jar does not leave the well, the general will inevitably die before the battle!


    Suddenly, a word suddenly appeared in Huangfu''s mind. It was like Guo Daxian''s death in Chenliu and the destruction of the whole army. If the bodyguard around him is strong enough, there is no problem for him to escape, but he has never repeated the problem.


    Anton''s army will fight more and more in the future. It seems that he has to make preparations in advance.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Dianwei and gaoshun: "general Dian and Gao, after the Shouchun war, you two are responsible for selecting soldiers from all the troops under the rule of Anton army and selecting them according to the criteria of the trapped camp. Then you two, together with general Shi''a, will train them. They will tell Xu Shu and Tian Feng that they are best equipped The best equipment, the best horses. After the training is completed, they are assigned to the generals in the army as personal guards. Their duty is to protect the safety of the main general. As for the number of people


    After a little meditation, he said, "let''s make arrangements according to the number of commanders of each school, each battalion and each army."


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo remembered that he couldn''t favor one over the other. Military generals should be accompanied by Pro guards, and civil servants should be protected, but they don''t need to fight. The number of them can be less. So he said, "by the way, local leaders also need to be equipped with personal guards. Well, there are ten county magistrates, five county officials and county captains; twenty prefects, ten County captains, ten non wartime County captains and fifty wartime County captains; fifty prefectural assassins, and twenty Zhizhong Biejia. "


    "As for the Tiebi camp around the general, first of all, we should have all the personal guards of the general and officials. It''s enough to have the trapped camp and other battalions. After all the generals were equipped with their own guards, it was enough that the iron wall camp around the generals maintained a thousand people. "


    The meaning of Huangfu Chaobo was immediately understood by everyone. The most elite soldiers in the army were selected. Except those trapped in the camp, the rest of the soldiers were trained by Gao Shun''s army, Dian Wei''s and Shi''a''s combat training, and then equipped with the best weapons and horses. It was absolutely the biggest security guarantee for the generals.


    For a moment, everyone was deeply moved, and they all bowed to the ground and said, "my Lord is righteous, and I''m so grateful to you."


    "You don''t have to be like this. It''s easy to get a thousand gold, but it''s hard to get a general. If you had arranged it earlier, Guo Daxian would not have stayed in Chen that year." Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and sighed;In fact, there is another meaning in this. Besides teaching attacking skills, Shi a will certainly develop some shadow guards. It''s just that the purpose of Huangfu Chaobo is so clear that everyone knows what''s in the dark, and no one will be unaware of it. What''s more, the elite of these soldiers is really out of place. In troubled times, no one can guarantee that they will be in danger one day, so there is no one to say anything.


    At this time, the battle at the head of the city has reached an impasse. Although taxis have been climbing up the city wall through the cloud ladder, Yuan Shu''s army in the city has more advantages in the number of people, which makes it impossible for Huang wudie to attack the head of the city, let alone open up the situation.


    Seeing that she had been on the wall for more than a quarter of an hour, the war was still unable to change the situation. Huang Zhong also knew that this round of attack failed again, so he had to order Mingjin to withdraw.


    "Ding Ding"


    With the sound of gold, Anton''s army retreated from the city wall like a tide, and the wounded soldiers were taken away by them, leaving only corpses, broken weapons and arrows, and the smoky siege equipment.

 Chapter 947

    After hearing this, Yuan Shu swept away his dispirited attitude and quickly sat up straight and asked, "Yan Aiqing, please tell me clearly, how can we improve our morale?"


    "I ask your majesty to go to the city tomorrow and encourage the soldiers. At the same time, he will reward the three armies and the soldiers for two months'' salary and money. He also tells the soldiers that after they guard the city, they will be rewarded to encourage them to fight bravely!" Yan Xiang, with a neat face and a firm voice, pleaded;


    he knew that his Lord was good for the scholars, courteous and virtuous corporal, but he despised the ordinary soldiers too much, but now the situation has to pay attention to the ordinary soldiers, so he would have some serious requests.


    Upon hearing this, Ji Ling asked in unison: "Lord Yan''s words are reasonable. Please go to the city in person and reward the three armies!"


    At this time, Yuan Shu also knew that his dynasty was at the end of the day. After a little thought, he said, "I agree. Tomorrow I will climb the city in person and give a big reward to the three armies."


    "Emperor Shengming!" Sure enough, the next morning, Yuan Shu, escorted by Shu Shao and several thousand royal guards, personally climbed the east wall of Shouchun and announced to the soldiers that he wanted to reward the three armies, with two months'' salary for each soldier. At the same time, he also announced that there would be another reward after repelling the princes.


    Immediately after Yuan Shu''s announcement, the Imperial Army carried boxes of coins and distributed them to the various departments on the spot. All of a sudden, Yuan Shu''s soldiers cheered like thunder. Long live the mountains one by one, and the morale of the army was high.


    The events of the east city were soon spread to the rest of the city walls and the barracks by the soldiers arranged by Ji Ling. All the soldiers in the city immediately joined in the cheering, and the Shouchun city was full of voices. All the three princes who were preparing to attack outside the city looked at each other and delayed the attack in the morning.


    In Guo Jia''s words, the enemy''s front is vast and prosperous, which is just enough to allow the army to rest for a day and attack again tomorrow to avoid its front. In Guo Jia''s opinion, Yuan Shu''s reward to the three armed forces is not worth mentioning. As a player''s conspiracy master, Yuan Shu''s reward is not difficult to crack.


    After thinking about it for a moment, Guo Jia immediately ordered Shi''a to send an order to the shadow guards in the city. Regardless of their identity, they spread rumors in the city, saying that the reason why Yuan Shu wanted to reward the three armies at this time was that he knew Shouchun would soon be unable to defend, so he wanted the soldiers to hold down the besieged three armies, and he wanted to take the jade seal Fu, escorted by the imperial guards, broke through and went to Fuling to join the prince''s tens of thousands of troops.


    In fact, for Shouchun City, Huangfu Chaobo has a better way to capture it, which is another trump card in his hand: 5000 digging troops. At the beginning, the tungzi army tried the ox knife in Puyang City, but it didn''t show up, because the city was occupied by Anton army for a period of time, and Cao Cao thought it was Zhao Yun''s tunnel.


    There are two reasons why we didn''t use the digging troops. One is to train troops. It''s imminent to train the Yuzhou barracks. If we want to give Cao Cao''s army a fatal blow in the next year''s war, the combat power of several Yuzhou barracks must be raised, otherwise it will become a joke.


    The second is that Zhuozi army is Huangfu''s trump card. He won''t expose it to the world until he has to. Shouchun city is besieged by three armies of princes. Why should he do it again.


    In general with Anton''s reaction, the other two princes also cancelled the siege on that day. No one was a fool. They went to touch this hard stone when Yuan''s morale was the highest. Not only that, Sima Yi also wanted to use this to spread rumors in the city.


    As a result, with the efforts of the two princes, in less than one day, almost the whole Shouchun city spread the news that Yuan Shu would abandon the city and flee. Yuan Shu spent a lot of money to encourage the morale, but also to the naked eye speed in the rapid decline.


    Yuan Shu was stunned by the sudden change. He was speechless for a long time. He tried his best to run out of money and food, and his morale was cleared in less than a day. At this time, Emperor Yuan Shu broke out in an instant.


    "Is this your strategy to defeat the enemy? Spend a lot of my property, in exchange for a day not to attack the city? Not only did the morale of the soldiers not improve, but it was even lower, huh? Who will answer me? Who will tell me what to do with it? "


    "I must die for all my sins!"


    "We should die, we should die, can we get the retreat of the bandits outside the city? If I can, I don''t want to wait for you to die. I just need to wait for you to die once. "


    "General, tell me what to do next?"


    "Tell your majesty that Shouchun has already passed. Now the crown prince is still in Fuling. According to the previous news, sun Qijun has not captured Fuling and Quanjiao. So please make preparations early and escort your majesty to Fuling to join the crown prince before making plans." Ji Lingdao;


    "no, by no means, I''m the emperor of the Zhongs Dynasty. I can be driven out of my capital like a lost dog! "I will not?"


    "Cao Amishi is nothing but what Huangfu Chaobo is after Yi''an people. It''s just a wild seed that Huangfu song recognized for Huangfu family. Sun CE is nothing but a small official in a county. How can such a person compare with yuan family''s direct son of four generations and three gongs?"At this time, Yuan Shu was almost crazy. He roared and scolded with his sword, and slashed the things he could cut in the hall, except for people.


    For a long time, Yuan Shu was just a little quiet. In an instant, he sat on the throne like a ball of deflated Qi, speechless for a long time. He is also a man who has been fighting for a long time. He doesn''t know that his Zhongshi Dynasty is at a dead end, but he is really not reconciled. Why did he lose so soon.


    When everyone in the hall saw that his majesty had finally calmed down, they all put down some worries. Several people winked at Ji Ling. Ji Ling, seeing this, stepped forward a few steps gently and cried carefully: "Your Majesty..."


    Yuan Shu raised a hand and waved weakly: "you all step back, let me be quiet!"


    Ji lingzheng is ready to persuade again, but Yuan Shu looks up and stares at him. In desperation, he has to bow down with everyone, and then slowly exits the hall.


    After everyone retreated, the eunuchs and maids in the main hall were all retreated by Yuan Shu. Yuan Shu was the only one left in the empty hall, lying and sitting there quietly, with empty eyes and absent eyes, murmuring to himself.

 Chapter 948

    At the command of Yuan Shu, Ji Ling and the rest of the people withdrew from the palace. After leaving the palace, he also looked back at the emperor''s palace, sighed and was about to return to the city wall.


    "General!"


    Just at this time, Ji Ling heard Shu Shao''s voice behind him. Ji Ling quickly stopped: "Mr. Shu, what''s the matter?"


    After the others left, Shu Shao asked softly, "how is the general going to prepare..."


    The relationship between the two is very good, several times the experience of partner to fight, so the two people talk less about a lot of scruples.


    "I don''t know. What''s brother Zhongying''s opinion?" Ji Ling sighed;


    "the only way to do this is to protect your majesty from meeting with the prince, and to seek other places, but your majesty..."


    "I will try my best to persuade your majesty, but brother Zhongying also knows your Majesty''s character... Well Ji Ling sighed again, and then walked towards the city wall without looking back. For more than a month, he had been used to making a tour on the city wall, and then spending the night in the barracks next to the gate.


    On the second day, the attack of the vassal army arrived as scheduled. On the wall, Ji Ling once again led his own guards to run back and forth. From time to time, he joined some of the defenses that could not be supported, and drove Cao Cao''s soldiers who attacked the top of the city down from the top of the city. However, Ji Ling found that the combat power of the soldiers had decreased compared with the previous few days.


    In desperation, Ji Ling had to constantly transfer his own pro guard camp and imperial army to the city to support the crumbling defense line. At the end of the day, Rao Shiyi Jiling''s strength was also covered with blood and exhausted, and the loss of the city guards almost reached the amount of the previous two days.


    Once again, he arranged his defense. After coming down from the city, he rushed to the palace. This time, he made up his mind to persuade the emperor to agree to withdraw.


    After getting Yuan Shu''s advice, Ji Ling can''t wait to go to the side hall where Yuan Shu is. As soon as he enters the hall, Ji Ling sees Yuan Shu sitting there with a withered face, which seems more haggard than yesterday. It seems to know Ji Ling''s intention. Before Ji Ling spoke, Yuan Shu waved his hand and said, "general, don''t say much. I will make a decision. I will never leave Shouchun city."


    Then he stood up slowly. Maybe because I can''t afford to sit for a long time, when I first got up, I still stumbled forward, almost didn''t stand firm and fell to the ground. At this time, there were only two of them in the side hall. Ji Ling was shocked by Yuan Shu''s action. He rushed to help Yuan Shu. Before he came, Yuan Shu stood up straight.


    Walking slowly to Ji Ling''s side, Yuan Shu said: "I know the will of the general, but if I also leave, none of us will be able to leave. Cao Cao and sun CE will pursue us closely. Therefore, I will give it to the general, who will escort it out and give it to the prince. Qing can tell the prince that he will decide whether he will succeed to the throne or offer it to others. "


    With that, Yuan Shu wrapped the seal in yellow silk and solemnly handed it to Ji Ling.


    "Your Majesty, I''d like to stay in Shouchun city with you. Please let others send it to the prince."


    Yuan Shu shook his head: "no, it''s extraordinary. I can''t believe others. I can''t let it go until I give it to Ai Qing. In addition, the prince also needs assistance. Chen Lan and Li Ling are not capable enough to assist the prince. Although Yuan Si has good ability, he is stronger than the internal affairs. Therefore, the prince has no leader around him, so he must be a minister. "


    Yuan Shu''s words moved Ji Ling to tears.


    After Ji Ling calmed down a little, Yuan Shu continued: "in the view of the general, how long can the outer city last?"


    "In three to five days, it''s hard to estimate it any longer." Ji Ling thought about it and replied;


    "three to five days should be enough." Yuan Shu thought to himself, nodded, and then said, "these days, Ai Qing secretly sent 5000 imperial guards and 5000 heavy armour soldiers into the imperial city. I ordered people to prepare. After the outer city was broken, I would personally go to the inner city wall to meet the enemy, so as to attract the attention of several princes. Ai Qing then led the army to break through from the north gate and go to Fuling to meet the prince''s army Well, as for the safety of the prince, I''ll leave it to Ai Qing. "


    Ji Ling immediately understood what Yuan Shu meant. Shouchun city was adjacent to Feishui in the north, and Shuiguan was set up in the northeast and northwest of Shouchun city. Feishui flowed from the south to the north in the east of Shouchun, and Cao Cao''s camp stood on its back. That is to say, Ji Ling''s army only needed to cross Feishui to get around Cao Cao''s camp. Of course, Cao Cao Jun also had a camp on the East Bank of Feishui, but there were less than 10000 people.


    I believe that when Shouchun''s outer city is broken and Yuan Shu himself supervises the battle in the inner city, Cao Cao Jun''s attention will surely be attracted to the city. By then, it will be much easier for Ji Ling to break through the siege in the east of Feishui.


    Seeing that Yuan Shu had made up his mind, Ji Ling knew that he could not change Yuan Shu''s mind, so he had to accept the order with tears in his eyes. Seeing Ji Ling''s command, Yuan Shu was also relieved. As long as the jade seal could be handed over to the prince smoothly, there would still be hope for his Zhong Dynasty. However, before the city broke, Yuan Shu didn''t want too many people to know, so he repeatedly told Ji Ling to keep it secret.


    Then, putting down Yuan Shu''s concern in his heart, he waved Ji Ling away, but he began to order his confidants, eunuchs and bodyguards to secretly prepare the treasures that Ji Ling needed to take away.That''s the difference between players and NPCs. If players run away, no matter how much money they have, they will receive it directly in their pockets. For example, at the beginning, Huangfu Chaobo made millions of money in Zhang rang''s eunuch''s mansion, and they all received it directly in the package. Of course, the rest of the jewelry materials still need to be moved.


    The decline of Yuan Shujun''s fighting power was expected by several princes, so after the end of the day''s war, Huangfu Chaobo once again gathered the generals for discussion.


    Outside Shouchun City, in the Anton army camp to the west, and inside the Chinese army tent, Huangfu Chaobo and others are sitting around. In front of them is the map of Shouchun.


    Huang Zhong pointed to the map and was telling everyone about today''s war. Everyone felt a little happy from his tone. If he was a veteran who was always happy and angry, we could see that the war had really gone smoothly.


    Sure enough, Huang Zhong said: "general, from today''s war, we can basically infer that the morale of Yuan Shu''s army has been affected by yesterday''s rumors. Although Yuan Shu''s army has repulsed several attacks today, I believe it will only take three or five days for the outer city to win."

 Chapter 946

    Less than half a quarter of an hour after the Yellow dance butterfly Department retreated, the next round of attack soldiers attacked the city in the sound of trumpets, and a new round of war started again.


    The battle in Shouchun city continued like this. Not only that, in order to better attack the morale of the garrison, the three road princes outside the city also began to harass at night. Although Ji Ling once organized the army to go out of the city for two night raids, he only played a limited role in sun Qijun.


    There were a lot of cavalry in Anton''s army. As soon as Yuan Shu''s army left the city, it was discovered by cavalry. In the end, he lost a handful of rice instead of a chicken. Of the 5000 soldiers and horses who came out of the city, less than 200 fled back to the city. The rest were either destroyed or captured by Anton''s army.


    Cao Cao''s army had a large number of troops and had already arranged enough patrols outside the city, and Yuan Shu''s army did not get much advantage.


    In this way, by the end of August, the three route princes were losing nearly half of their troops. However, the three Route Army had gradually added some troops, and the army was still around 200000. Yuan Shujun also lost 50000 or 60000 troops, which is not the most important. The most important thing is that the morale of Yuan Shujun is getting lower and lower. Even if the morale of the soldiers who can fight is low, it becomes more and more difficult to fight against the vassal army.


    In Shouchun city and the Imperial Palace, Yuan Shu, the emperor of Zhong''s family, who has been besieged for nearly a month, has become haggard and unkempt. He can no longer see the high spirited emperor''s face when he first ascended the throne.


    More than a year''s war has already left Yuan Shu in a mess, and this month''s war has made him even more anxious. Although Ji Ling, the papermaker of the Zhongshi Dynasty, tried his best, he still could not save the Zhongshi Dynasty.


    Ji Ling used almost all the methods he could think of, such as estrangement and night attack, but the situation of Yuan Shujun went from bad to worse.


    On the east wall, Ji Ling looked at Cao Cao''s soldiers who had been defeated again, looked up at the sky, and finally breathed a long sigh of relief. Today''s war has finally passed. From the beginning of the war to now, Ji Ling hardly went down the wall. A few days ago, he began to lead his own guards to participate in the war.


    One month''s war has already brought the casualties of Yuan''s army to 40000, including more than 10000 serious injuries and more minor injuries. The only soldiers and horses that are really unhurt are the 10000 royal guards guarding the palace.


    Looking at the exhausted soldiers on the wall, Ji Ling knows that after a month''s war, many soldiers are on the verge of collapse. However, he has no time to take care of them now. After calling the deputy general and telling him something, Ji Ling hurried to the palace under the protection of his own soldiers. This is what he must do after the end of the war every day.


    Under the protection of more than a hundred bodyguards, Ji Ling sped along the streets of Shouchun city. Today''s Shouchun city no longer has any people, whether ordinary people or family members, all stay in their own homes, anxiously waiting for the end of the war. A good thing is that there are many soldiers in Shouchun City, so Ji Ling didn''t recruit people to go to the city, so the situation in the city is stable. Today, there is no one else in the streets of the whole city except patrol taxis.


    When Ji Ling rushed to the palace, Shu Shao and others were waiting in the palace. To his surprise, the emperor had already sat on the throne. Ji Ling was so scared that he knelt down and said, "I''ll see you!"


    "The generals are free to go flat." Yuan Shu looked tired and raised his hand to Ji Ling and said, "general, how about the battle at the head of the city?"


    When Ji Linggang joined him, Yuan Shu asked;


    Ji Ling gave a wry smile and bowed down to answer: "today''s war has ended on all sides of the city wall, and all the vassals have returned to the camp, but the morale of our soldiers and soldiers is low, and the officials... I ask your majesty to make early preparations. "


    Everyone was surprised. Has it come to such a stage?


    "General, why? At the beginning, there were only tens of thousands of soldiers in xiapi city. Under the attack of 100000 Cao bandits, it could last more than a year. Now there are nearly 200000 troops in Shouchun city. Why has the situation reached such a stage only in the rest of a month? If the loss of troops is too much, I will order conscription right away! " On hearing this, Yuan Shu asked in a hurry;


    "Your Majesty, the situation is different. At the beginning of the war in xiapi, although only tens of thousands of troops defended the city, all the generals knew the general plan of the army, so they were able to encourage the soldiers to fight to death. Then the subordinates led the troops to support them. Tens of thousands of troops were stationed outside the city, and they were mutual horns with the city, so that the soldiers could feel at ease. "


    "But now Shouchun city is different. Since last year, the army has lost one after another, soldiers and land, and morale has been falling. Now Shouchun has only one city left, and there are no reinforcements outside. The soldiers have been fighting for more than a year, and they are tired of their teachers and soldiers. So


    On hearing this, Yuan Shu murmured for a long time, "I see. No wonder so many people didn''t come when I summoned all my ministers to discuss business. Either my family was seriously ill or I was ill. I see..."


    Ji Ling didn''t understand what was going on, so he immediately turned to Shu Shao. Seeing this, Shu Shao quickly explained to Ji Ling in a low voice. It turned out that just now Yuan Shu saw that today''s war was coming to an end, so he wanted to gather all the ministers to discuss whether to increase the troops. As a result, there were more than 20 important ministers, only Shu Shao and others came to the audience, and the rest of them gave up with various excuses."How dare you Ji Ling was furious when he heard this, and he said to Yuan Shu, "Your Majesty, I ask you to kill these officials who have no king or father!"


    With Ji Ling''s roar, Yuan Shu sobered up and calmly stopped Ji Ling''s Fury: "Ai Qing doesn''t have to be like this. I''m very relieved to have you here. Let''s discuss how to retreat from the enemy. "


    "It''s impossible to retreat from the enemy," Yan Xiang said suddenly;


    "Oh! Ai Qing, please tell me


    "Your Majesty, as the general said just now, the reason why the war situation is not good is because of low morale. Now it''s September, and it will soon be winter, when the enemy can retreat without fighting. So if the morale of our army is greatly improved, we can support it for another one to two months. "


    Yan Xiang''s words brightened everyone''s eyes. Yes, it''s going to be winter soon. In winter, it''s freezing, let alone a siege. Even if a large army stays in the field for a long time, it''s in danger of collapse. In this way, nine out of ten of the princes will withdraw. Even if they don''t withdraw from Jiujiang, the Shouchun siege will be lifted. Moreover, the morale of the defenders in the city only needs to be restored, let alone for one or two months, even for half a year. Even if the morale is only restored by a few percent, it will be enough to last for several months.

 Chapter 949

    Today''s war, Huangfu Chaobo and the three military strategists have also paid close attention to the whole process. It can be seen that the defense of Yuan Shujun seems to have weakened. Although the loss of his army is similar to that of the previous few days, the people of Huangfu Chaobo on the nest car can see that the frequency of Yuan Shujun''s mobilization of reinforcements from under the city is significantly higher than that of the previous few days.


    Guo Jia nodded and approved Huang Zhong''s words. Then he said, "in this way, we must be ready for the next step."


    Following Anton''s first plan, the battle of Shouchun had two purposes. One was that Yuan Shu must die, and the other was to get enough benefits from Shouchun city. These benefits include people, money and goods. Wealth and materials depend on whether the speed of entering the city is fast enough. If it is fast enough, we can reap a lot of benefits.


    But for people, in addition to all kinds of talents, it is population. At the beginning, Yuan Shu joined hands with hundreds of thousands of troops, aristocratic merchants and their families to Huainan. Most of them were settled in Shouchun and the surrounding counties. Shouchun alone has a population of 2.3 million. Shengsheng has transformed Shouchun''s population from an ordinary county into a huge city with a population of more than 400000. The city has also expanded several times. You should know that Jiujiang is a county Zhidu is Yinling city.


    Faced with such a large population, Huangfu Chaobo would be embarrassed if he didn''t take more than 100000 or 200000 people from here. In addition to these ordinary people and special talents, the captives of Yuan Shu army are also the targets of Anton army. Once Yuan Shu''s power is destroyed, Anton army can easily recruit and use these captives. You know, there are tens of thousands of elite soldiers in Shouchun City, even their wounded soldiers.


    This is what Guo Jia said next. In the next few days, the shadow guards will spread the news that Cao Cao Jun and sun CE Jun will massacre the people and Yuan Shu soldiers, attracting more people to the west of the city to surrender to the Anton army. Huangfu Chaobo can''t control what the other two will do.


    At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo was ready to let Lu Su contact Zhou Yu and lay a good foundation for the later alliance against Cao Cao. Of course, it will certainly bring sun cejun a lot of benefits. However, there are some things that Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care about, but sun cejun and Zhou Yu will be interested in.


    For example, shouchuncheng, Anton Jun is not very interested in it, so Huangfu Chaobo is ready to support Sun Qijun to control shouchuncheng. There is Chengde County, and Huangfu Chaobo is also ready to give it to sun Qijun. Of course, it''s just that most of the population and materials in the city will be taken away. It''s impossible to beat down the next county town by themselves, and they''ll be cheap.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and agreed with Guo Jia''s suggestion, saying: "general Shi, give orders to the shadow guards in Shouchun City, let them start the next action. How much we can gain from the battle of Shouchun depends on your shadow guards."


    "No!" Shi a gong replied in a voice;


    after Shi a left, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Guo Jia again and said, "in your opinion, can Yuan Shu run?"


    The reason why Huangfu Chaobo asked such a question was that he knew that Yuan Shu had run away in history, and he had run several times, but failed, and finally died in Huainan. But what he doesn''t know is that Yuan Shu in the game has decided to stay in Shouchun and stick to the imperial city.


    If you let him know this news, it will surprise him.


    No one could give Huangfu Chaobo a satisfactory answer to this question. In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to order the Tujia soldiers of huyandu to closely monitor the situation at the north gate. Once they found that Yuan Shu had escaped, they had to wait for the army to come.


    In addition to these, Huangfu Chaobo also ordered the camp to be expanded to prepare for the temporary resettlement of the displaced people and prisoners.


    At the end of the preparation, Pang Tong suddenly said: "there is one more thing, the Lord needs to start to prepare."


    Huang Fu was stunned and looked up at Pang Tong. Pang Tong said slowly, "as soon as Shouchun comes, the Lord must send someone to surrender the Li Fengbu of Jisi and the remnant of Yuan Shujun in the surrounding cities."


    "Well, it''s up to Shi Yuan to arrange this. If Li Feng and the surrounding cities can be successfully recruited, it''s best. If some of them don''t want to surrender, let them hand over their weapons and let them leave."


    "No!"


    The next day, Shouchun city was full of undercurrents. In addition to the news that the emperor was ready to flee, the news that Cao CaoJun and sun Qijun wanted to massacre the people and garrison in the city suddenly came out in the army. At the beginning, people all scoffed at it, but as time went on, more and more people were spreading the news, and each one had his nose The truth of the rumor has to be doubted.


    For sun Qijun, he used to be a soldier under the emperor, but later he betrayed the emperor, and now he personally leads the army to counter attack the old master. For those who betray the Lord, they have been despised, so it is possible that they would treat Yuan Shu''s soldiers and the people like this.


    As for Cao Cao''s army, it is said that the emperor and the generals played tricks on Cao Cao a few days ago. When they were angry, Cao Cao ordered the army to leave no prisoners where they passed. All Yuan Shu''s soldiers were killed at once to repay the humiliation of that day. For the incident of the army outside the city that night, most of the soldiers in the city knew something because Ji Ling didn''t deliberately hide it.In this way, it just confirms that the information spread by rumors is correct.


    The war in Shouchun has been going on for more than a month now. It is impossible for people to stay in their homes all day long. Therefore, during the day, people are allowed to leave their homes for a period of time every day to buy some materials. However, this time is not long. It is usually about half an hour at noon, but it is half an hour every day The rumors spread all over the city in a few days.


    In the days when the rumors spread, more and more people who left the East and south cities and were able to hide in the inner city thought that Fang could not hide in the inner city, while those who were not able to enter the inner city would try their best to escape to the West City, because the rumors did not say that the Anton army would do so.


    Another point is that many people in Shouchun city moved from Nanyang. After the Luoyang army captured tens of thousands of Nanyang army, many people in Nanyang know something about Yuan Shu''s asking for his family. Therefore, from two aspects, the people in Shouchun city are closer to the Anton army than the other two princes.

 Chapter 950

    However, today''s Shouchun city is patrolled by Yuan Shu soldiers all day long. Only a small number of people who have connections or property to bribe soldiers can really hide in the two places. Most ordinary people can''t leave their homes. But a lot of people are ready to leave if they have the chance.


    At the end of the morning on September 11, Anton''s soldiers, who were fighting fiercely, suddenly heard the sky shaking cry in the direction of the east city. All of them were surprised, and then looked at each other with doubts in their eyes. However, many people have an idea from the bottom of their heart. Is it because the gate of the east city has been broken?


    As expected, a quarter of an hour later, he came from the southeast. As the horse raced, the knight screamed: "the east city is broken! Yanzhou army has entered the city! "


    In a moment, the cavalry had already run to the position of the Chinese army. The cavalry turned over and dismounted, threw the reins in his hand to the pawn. Without half a minute''s pause, he ran to the direction of the Chinese Army''s nest car. As he ran, he loudly reported: "general Qi, Yanzhou army has captured the east gate of Shouchun, and is now attacking the city! When the subordinates received the news, the two sides were engaged in a fierce battle at the gate of the city. Yanzhou army had been detained and was launching a fierce attack on Yuan Shujun! "


    As soon as the cavalry''s words came to an end, a burst of cheers rang out from the Chinese army. Then, the direction of the south gate also sounded the sky shaking cry, it seems that sun CE who got the news has launched a general attack on the south gate.


    Not surprisingly, a moment later, the patrol came to report that sun CE''s army at the South Gate had launched a fierce attack on the south gate, and all the generals of sun CE''s army had already been dispatched.


    Huangfu Chaobo was overjoyed and turned to look at Huang Zhong. At this time, Huang Zhong was carefully observing the situation of Yuan Shu''s army. Now it was Wang Ran''s department that was attacking the city. At this time, Yuan Shu''s soldiers and soldiers at the head of the city seemed to be shocked by the cry of the east of the city. When they were in doubt, they were rushed to the head of the city by Wang Ran and occupied a small area.


    Although some officers and soldiers reacted that they wanted to drive Wang Ranbu out of the city, they lost a lot of time because some of them were suspicious. In such a short time, dozens of Anton soldiers rushed to the top of the city, relying on each other with Wang Ran and protecting a siege ladder behind them.


    Huang Zhong soon discovered the strange situation of Yuan Shu''s soldier at the head of the city. He knew whether the east gate had been captured or not, but it was a good opportunity at this time, so he immediately ordered: "all the generals will listen to the order!"


    "No!" They all came out together. According to the military order of Huangfu Chaobo, all the people in the army were dispatched by Huang Zhong, so all the generals on the scene came out to wait for Huang Zhong''s military order.


    "General Dianwei, lead the Tiebi battalion to attack the city quickly and take over Wang Ran''s department. After the follow-up troops go to the city, open the Wengcheng and the west gate and take over the troops to the city!"


    "The end will take orders!" When Dian Wei heard Huang Zhong''s military order, he quickly set out to take orders.


    "General Chen Jing!"


    "The end will be here!"


    "Make your Iron Eagle soldiers follow closely, attack the city, take over the position of the city, until the follow-up army arrives! Then the army was divided into two parts, attacking the north and south sides along the city wall to control the whole western wall. "


    "No!"


    "General Huang wudie, follow the orders!"


    "The end will be here!"


    "I want you to lead two military academies, guard 5000 troops, follow general Chen Jing and take over the occupied city wall!"


    "The end will take orders!"


    After that, Huang Zhong looked at the other generals and said, "the rest of the generals, straighten out their troops and quickly attack the city after the gate is opened. General huangfuli leads 15000 soldiers to the north, General Han Siam leads 15000 soldiers to the south, and controls the whole Shouchun west area under the control of our Anton army. The rest of the troops attacked the inner city together with the general. "


    At the same time, all the captured people were concentrated in the direction of the west gate, with thousands of people as the unit, and handed over to the Yellow dance butterfly department to enter the custody. At the same time, the commander of the camp was ordered to send people outside the urn city to send the captured people to the camp for resettlement and custody. "


    "All of you, it''s now! Tell the officers and men that if they capture Shouchun City, the general will give them a generous reward! "


    With that, Huang Zhong slowly raised the long sword in his hand and led forward: "attack the city!"


    All the generals pulled out their weapons and cried out: "kill, kill, kill!"


    "Woo woo"


    "Dong Dong Dong"


    For a moment, the trumpet and drum of the Chinese army were singing in unison, and tens of thousands of soldiers were shouting in unison: "the gate of the city has been broken, those who come down will not die!" The slogan of the city wall, to kill quickly!


    The shouts of killing stunned the soldiers of Yuan Shu at the head of the city. Because of the huge cheers of the guards in the east city, they were even more flustered. The huge shouts of killing covered the shouts of the generals of Yuan Shu at the head of the city.


    Soon, Dian Wei, who took the lead, climbed the city wall and killed Wang Ran, which greatly boosted the morale of the Anton soldiers at the head of the city. With the addition of Dianwei, the soldiers were killed step by step. Then more and more soldiers of Tiebi camp were killed in the city. With their participation, the Anton soldiers in the city quickly occupied a large area of the city.In less than half an hour, thousands of soldiers of the Tiebi camp climbed to the top of the city. Although the soldiers of the city garrison also launched several counterattacks under the organization of the general, what made them despair was that no matter how they counterattacked, they could not break through the defense of the Tiebi camp, let alone drive it out of the city.


    After Chen Jing led tieyingruishi to the city wall, Dian Wei and Wang ranbing immediately separated into two routes, following the wall of the urn towards the tower of the west wall.


    The gate of the urn city is composed of two defenses: the Qianjin gate controlled by the city head and the gate that can be opened from the city. Although the Anton army has controlled most of the wall of the urn City, the urn city has no access to the city. It can only enter the city through the West Tower, open the west gate from the inside, and then enter the urn city to open its gate.


    Fortunately, Dian Wei''s army came quickly, so the garrison didn''t have time to destroy the Qianjin gate of the urn. Now the Qianjin gate of the urn gate has been opened, and the Anton soldiers outside the city have begun to hit the gate with hammers, hoping to quickly open the gate.


    Under the leadership of Dian Wei and Wang Ran, thousands of soldiers of Tiebi battalion quickly retreated the soldiers guarding the city. As more and more Anton soldiers attacked the city, some soldiers of Yuanshu could not bear the pressure. They threw away their weapons and were ready to turn around and run away, so that the soldiers of Yulin, who were in charge of the battle behind, could chop the deserter at the head of the city However, it is just that. It is impossible for them to drive Anton''s army out of the city and occupy the city wall again.

 Chapter 951

    Here, the southern wall suddenly again came the cry of heaven shaking, followed by "the city is broken! The city is broken The sound of a few miles away, the west wall can be heard faintly.


    At this time, the imperial guards at the head of the city could no longer prevent the soldiers from collapsing.


    "The gate of the city is broken. Those who come down will not die!"


    "The gate of the city is broken, and the dragon will not die!"


    If the previous shouts were only a kind of awe to the city guards on the city wall, then the current shouts were a kind of relief for them. After the great Bosch soldiers fled, some of the soldiers who didn''t have time to escape began to try to put down their weapons and surrender, but the soldiers in front of the iron wall camp just ordered them to squat down on the edge of the city wall and wait for the soldiers behind The friendly forces are closing in.


    Seeing that the soldiers who surrendered before had not been slaughtered, more and more Yuan Shu soldiers stopped running away, dropped their weapons one after another and squatted to the side automatically.


    Soon, Dian Wei led the soldiers of tiebiying to the castle. At this time, Wang Ran also led another soldier to the other side of the castle. Seeing this, Dian Wei yelled: "General Wang, the castle will be handed over to you. A leader will go down to open the gate and lead the army into the city."


    Wang ran quickly replied: "general Dian, please rest assured that the tower has been handed over to someone."


    Then, with a loud roar, he led the soldiers to the garrison of the castle and killed them.


    An hour later, that is about two minutes later, with a roaring sound, the west gate of Shouchun city finally opened in the cheers of Anton''s army.


    At this point, the three walls in the southeast and west of Shouchun city were captured one after another, and Shouchun city was broken!


    At this time, Shouchun city was in chaos. As early as Cao Cao Jun captured the east city, the city began to be in chaos. The ordinary people who got the news that the east city gate had been broken no longer cared about the patrolling soldiers in the city. They rushed to the west city with their prepared goods. There were people running for their lives and injured soldiers everywhere on the street .


    The rumors of the past few days have scared them all. After getting the news that Cao Cao Jun has invaded the city, the chaos in the city can no longer be stopped.


    What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect was that he made a prophecy that Cao Cao really killed people in the east city. Later, Huangfu Chaobo learned that it was because Cao Anmin was injured during the siege and was almost cut in half by a school captain of Jiling. Fortunately, Cao Ren reacted quickly and quickly rescued him and killed him on the spot. However, Cao Anmin died on the spot.


    Cao Cao had been annoyed by Yuan Shu''s tactics. In addition, the recent attacks, which did not count on casualties, caused heavy casualties to Yanzhou army. Now his nephew was seriously injured and in a coma. Cao Cao was so angry that he almost fainted on the spot.


    In his rage, he gave the order not to leave prisoners. Cheng Yu''s hard advice failed to make him take back his life. Fortunately, under Cheng Yu''s hard advice, Cao Cao ordered the general not to break through the area agreed by the three families.


    Cao Cao''s move made the city more chaotic. Countless people and soldiers fled to the west of the city, which made Huangfu Chaobo get a big advantage. After that, the city became stable. According to Anton''s statistics, in the outer city area alone, nearly 200000 people were captured and captured, including about 145000 people and more than 50000 soldiers.


    However, at this time, Anton''s soldiers are racing against the clock to seize all parts of the city according to the prior arrangement. By the end of Shenshi in the afternoon, the whole outer city of Shouchun was completely controlled by the three princes. Huang Zhong arranged soldiers to maintain the stability of the occupied area, and led 20000 troops to the outside of the inner city to join the other two princes.


    When the three armies arrived outside the inner city, Ji Ling had already led 20000 troops to retreat into the inner city. In addition to the 10000 imperial guards in the imperial city and the 10000 troops Ji Ling had quietly arranged to retreat into the inner city these days, there were more than 40000 troops in the inner city at this time.


    Although Shouchun city was conquered, only three walls in the southeast and West were occupied. The northern wall was still under the control of Yuan Shujun. The distance between the outer city, the inner city and the imperial city of the northern wall was not far away. There was only a narrow road between the three walls.


    The width of the corridor was about Zhang, and the walls on both sides were several Zhang high, so it was impossible to launch an attack at all, so the three armies did not choose to launch an attack from the north. Moreover, after arriving at the South Gate of the inner city, the three soldiers and horses did not rush to attack the inner city. We can see that Yuan Shujun has made full preparations in the inner city.


    Seeing this situation, Huang Zhong ordered: "order the army to stop on the spot, send someone to report the situation of the inner city to the general, and ask the general to make a decision!"


    If it was just a matter of his own army, Huang Zhong could decide for himself, but now it involves the other two soldiers. So Huang Zhong decided to report the situation to his master after a little consideration and wait for his decision.


    Cao Ren was the leader of Cao Cao''s army. Seeing this, he also led the army to retreat 300 steps away. At the same time, he sent someone to report to his master outside the gate of the city. Sun Qijun led the army himself, but the other two families invited their own masters. In addition, the soldiers were tired after a day''s fierce battle. He took advantage of this time to take a rest, so he also led the troops to retreat for a distance. However, the soldiers did not leave their bodies, and they did not get rid of their armor.By the time Huangfu Chaobo rushed to Huangzhong''s army, it was about 7:00 p.m., when it was almost dark. The inner city wall was covered with torches, which made the whole inner city wall as bright as day.


    The three armies stopped hundreds of paces away from the gate. Fifteen thousand sun CE''s troops were in the central army, twenty thousand Cao Cao''s troops and twenty thousand Anton''s troops were on both sides.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong came in a hurry under the protection of the guards, Huang Zhong was a little stunned. Then he immediately responded and hurriedly led the generals to meet him.


    "Meet the general at the end of the day!"


    "Rise, generals!"


    "Why did the general come in person?" Huang Zhongdao: "the city is not yet stable, can the main public enterprises go to the insurance easily?"


    "No harm, not to mention the thousands of troops of Dianwei and gaoshun." Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said, "what''s the situation now?"


    Huang Zhong saw that the matter had come to this point, and he did not say much about it any more. He carefully introduced the current situation to him. While listening to Huang Zhong''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo carefully observed the inner city defense hundreds of steps away. On the head of the city, thousands of Yuan Shu''s imperial guards were waiting, bowing and pulling their swords out of their scabbard, quietly watching the besieged army outside the city.

 Chapter 952

    Huangfu Chaobo knew that this must be the most elite Imperial Army Yuan Shu had never used. According to the news from the shadow, Yuan Shu had the most elite 20000 Imperial troops, which was the most elite army in Yuan Shu''s army. However, he never took part in the war. It is said that some of them have gone out with Prince Yuan Yao, and the rest have been escorted in the imperial city.


    After hearing Huang Zhong''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo said, "how are the soldiers?"


    "The morale of the army is high, but after a day''s war, they are a little tired. Today''s war is unusual. The whole army is out today, so there is no rotation of attack and replacement between soldiers. From this morning when the army began to attack the city until now, almost all the soldiers had no rest, so the general thought it was not suitable to fight again tonight. It was better to let the soldiers rest for a day and then fight again. It just seemed that sun Qijun meant to fight all night. "


    Huang Fu Chao Bo waved his hand and said, "don''t worry about them. He ordered the soldiers to camp and fight again tomorrow. However, we need to prevent Yuan Shu''s army from attacking the city at night."


    Just then, sun CE led a group of generals to this side, and Huangfu Chaobo immediately led Huang Zhong and Wei to meet them.


    "General Anton!" Sun CE held his fist and said,


    "general sun!" Huangfu Chaobo also returned a gift.


    "Yuan Shu''s army has been defeated recently, so he wants to lead the night battle and attack the inner city with all his might. What does general Anton mean?" Sun CE Dao;


    in fact, this is only sun CE''s own opinion. Zhou Yu and the generals of sun CE''s army don''t agree with it very much. The reason is similar to Huang Zhong''s. The soldiers have been fighting all day, and now they are exhausted. On the other hand, Yuan Shu''s soldiers on the inner city wall look like soldiers who have not yet joined the war. They have to wait for their work, and the loss of their army will not be too small. This is still a small matter In case the generals have not been able to take down the inner city, the damage to the morale will be too great.


    After listening to sun CE''s words, Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said, "general sun, the soldiers have been exhausted after a day''s war. On the other hand, Yuan Shu''s soldiers in the city are all elite who have been nourishing their essence for a long time. If they attack the city overnight, they are afraid of death and injury. Instead of attacking the city overnight, it''s better to let everyone rest all night and start attacking the city tomorrow. The general has already sent cavalry to keep a close watch on the outside of the north city. Unless Yuan Shu leads dozens of people to escape overnight, they can''t escape. "


    Seeing that Anton''s army didn''t want to attack the city overnight, sun CE didn''t want to, but he couldn''t do anything about it. If it was just his army attacking the city, he couldn''t be sure, so he had to look at Yuan Shu''s soldier.


    Just as they were talking, Dian Wei said in a side way: "general, Cao Ren is guarding Cao caonas. He''s coming this way."


    When Huangfu Chaobo looked up, he saw that Cao Ren was leading hundreds of people to protect Cao Cao. Soon the party arrived here. Cao Cao bowed his hand and said, "Marquis cangting, the army has been fighting fiercely for one day. The soldiers are exhausted. Will they attack the inner city tomorrow?"


    "This will also be the intention. Will the siege be carried out according to the distribution direction of the outer city tomorrow?"


    After listening, they both nodded and agreed, which is what they should have meant. However, because the contradiction between sun CE and Cao Cao was too deep, Cao Cao didn''t stay much. He had already achieved his goal by confirming that he would not attack the city today. After that, the soldiers and horses of the three sides dispersed and arranged the patrols to monitor the inner city of Shouchun. The troops retreated to their respective areas and camped for tomorrow''s war.


    The original area of Shouchun inner city is less than a quarter of that of the outer city, and after removing the area of the Imperial City, the inner city is less than a fifth. Now, although some people have fled into the inner city and the troops have been withdrawn from the inner city, the population of the inner city now exceeds 100000, which can be said to be overcrowded.


    Although the three armies of the princes in the outer city did not attack the city immediately, the inner city was not quiet. After the army of the third Chaobo road of Huangfu retreated hundreds of steps from the inner city, Yuan Shu did not stay on the city wall, but returned to the palace to recruit the Minister of culture and military again.


    However, just like last time, few civil and military ministers came to the main hall. Only his group of ministers from the Dragon arrived.


    Seeing this, Yuan Shu didn''t care. After confirming that no one came back, Yuan Shu announced to the public that Ji Ling would lead the retreat. When they heard this, they were all worried, but many of them were greatly relieved. At first, everyone thought that the emperor was retreating under the protection of the Jiling army, but listening, we found that it was wrong. The Emperor didn''t run?


    Hearing that the Emperor didn''t run away, more than half of the people from the dragon group were willing to follow Yuan Shu and stick to Shouchun. Think about it, there will be a group of loyal people who have been in business for so many years. Let''s not say how many, at least some.


    However, for these people, Yuan Shu selected some of them to follow Ji Ling to break through the encirclement and let them continue to be loyal to the prince. But Lei Bo, the guy who betrays Chen Lan in the romance and takes over the mountain as the king, is determined to live and die with Shouchun at this time. If the players of Huangfu Chaobo know it, they will be surprised.


    After the arrangement of the breakout and defense personnel was made, Yuan Shu arranged for the generals to get ready. For a moment, Ji Ling and a group of breakout generals and officials transported the prepared materials to the Watergate. There were dozens of boats prepared by Yuan Shu long ago. When it was light, they boarded the boats and left from the water army.Originally, someone suggested to board a boat to leave at night, but Ji Ling didn''t, so people couldn''t see it at night. If dozens of boats left, if they didn''t put the torch on, they were afraid that they would collide with the boat. At that time, the boat would be destroyed and people would die, which was not worth the loss. If the torch was used, didn''t Qi tell the three road princes that they had broken through.


    It''s better to set out in the early morning, when we are not afraid that our fleet will have an accident. Moreover, Yuan Shu also thought that the day was more suitable, because during the day, he wanted to go to the city to fight Cao Cao and others. His purpose was to attract the attention of the three route princes and create conditions for Ji Ling''s army to break through.


    The generals in charge of defending the inner city rushed to send their families to the imperial city and left with the Jiling army. In this way, although there were 10000 troops in the Jiling department, there were nearly thousands of family members. Fortunately, Yuan Shu had been prepared for a long time, and dozens of ships were prepared, so there was no shortage of ships.


    The next day, early in the morning, Yuan Shu''s Imperial Staff appeared on the top of the city. When the five clawed Golden Dragon''s parasol appeared on the inner city wall, the taxi soldiers on and off the wall were shocked.

 Chapter 953

    Yuan Shu stood on the top of the city and looked at the three princes and soldiers under the city. At this time, the army had not begun to attack the city. At the same time, Huangfu Chaobo, Cao Cao and sun CE were all outside the South Gate of the inner city to discuss how to attack the city. They did not expect that Yuan Shu would appear on the top of the city. You know, the war lasted more than a month, but Yuan Shu only appeared once at the top of the city, which gave the princes the opportunity to spread rumors.


    Seeing that all three of them were there, Yuan Shu couldn''t help laughing and said to the city, "Geely boy, sun CE boy, Huangfu boy, I''m at the head of the city. Why don''t you go to the city for a description?"


    See Yuan Shu appear. Sun CE''s eyes were red, and he yelled at the head of the city, "Yuan Shu, the dog thief, how can you dare to peep at the artifact?"


    "Ha, sun CE, the child, the artifact chooses the owner, according to virtue. Only when your father wanted to hide the artifact, could he bring disaster to himself! I''ve got it from heaven. It''s the same as your father''s Secret collection. "


    After hearing Yuan Shu''s words, sun CE burst into a rage. He was waiting to open his mouth to scold him back, but his words stopped for a moment. Huangfu Chaobo can''t help shaking his head. It''s really a mistake. How can the jade seal be brought to the public? Is your Sun CE short-circuit.


    Seeing that sun CE''s words were stopped for a moment, Yuan Shu continued: "Sun CE, you don''t mention me, I still forget." Then he turned his head to Cao Cao and said, "Jili, are you so faithless that when you accept the treasure I sent you, you will turn your face heartless? On that day, you swore that you would withdraw when you got the treasure. But now you are eager to attack the city. Do you want to kill people? "


    "Don''t talk nonsense, Mr. Yuan. I''m not so good for a while. I''ve been fooled by you. Moreover, even if someone really gets the most precious treasure, he will surely send it to Chang''an and present it to today''s God. He will not peep at the artifact like you Cao Cao was angry and ashamed, and his face was blue and angry.


    Huangfu Chaobo watched them scold each other, and he could not help feeling his forehead and sighing that the vocabulary of the ancients was too small. There was no other saying except "children" and "dog thieves". It was really...


    Looking at the three people''s tendency to continue to scold, Huangfu Chaobo stopped them and said, "you two, don''t have to say more. Let''s go to war directly."


    Cao Cao and sun CE suddenly realized that they would no longer scold Yuan Shu, but returned to their own army and ordered to attack the city. However, Yuan Shu''s words once again intensified the contradiction between Cao Cao and sun CE, which also made Huangfu Chaobo secretly happy.


    With the sound of trumpets and drums in the Third Route Army, the war started again.


    Once again, the army of the three princes divided into three groups and launched an attack on Shouchun inner city. Under the persuasion of Lei Bo, Yuan Shu left the city wall and returned to the imperial city. However, in the place not seen by the Third Route Army, at the Watergate of the northern wall, Ji Ling''s dozens of ships left the wharf, left through the Watergate and headed for Feishui in the northeast corner of Shouchun city.


    Outside the north gate of Shouchun City, a hundred man team of Anton''s cavalry is monitoring the movement of Yuan''s army to the north of Shouchun city. When the Watergate in the northeast of the city changed, the cavalry in charge of monitoring found it.


    "Head, no, Yuan Shujun broke through the water gate." A cavalry soldier suddenly yelled to his hundred soldiers in the direction of the Watergate;


    a group of cavalry soldiers looked along the direction of the cavalry''s finger. Sure enough, the Watergate in the northeast direction was slowly opening, and dozens of ships came out of the city.


    As soon as the general''s face changed, he called one of the cavalry and said, "Xiao Wu, go back to Ximen immediately and report to the general that Yuan Shu''s army has broken through in Northeast shuimen. The number is about 30, and detailed information will be sent later. "


    The cavalry named Xiao Wu answered the promise and led the two cavalry to the west gate of Shouchun city without looking back.


    Soon, Huangfu Chaobo, who was watching the battle in the outer city, received the news from the patrol. When he heard that Yuan Shu''s army had broken through the siege in the northeast, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Judging from the time, the time when the water army broke through the siege should be exactly the time when Yuan Shu appeared at the head of the city. Can''t Yuan Shu be a substitute at the head of the city.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent people to send letters to Cao Cao and sun CE, and rushed to the direction of sun CE''s attack. There was no way. Cao Cao, himself and sun CE didn''t deal with each other. If Cao Cao was allowed to go through sun CE''s army and come to his side to discuss business, he would not like to, so Huang Fu Chao Bo had to go to sun CE himself.


    Soon, the three men met again in front of the South Gate of Sunce''s inner city. At this time, the second wave of intelligence from the patrol outside the city had been sent, and the number of Yuan''s ships had been counted, and they were sent to the city immediately.


    After Huangfu Chaobo had a look, he immediately handed the information to Zhou Yu, who was the most proficient in the water army. Zhou Yu immediately said, "judging from the situation of Yuan Shujun''s ships, the number of people who broke through the encirclement was about 15000 to 20000."


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "there are not many troops to break through the encirclement, but the most important question is whether Yuan Shu is among them?"


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Cao Cao, who was opposite him. He was the one who knew Yuan Shu best. Cao Cao also knew the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo. After thinking about it, he said in a deep voice: "I''m sure it was Yuan Shu who appeared in the city. According to the information sent back by the patrol, the time when Yuan Shu''s warships only left was just the time when Yuan Shu appeared in the city. If so, Yuan Shu didn''t get on the ship together."Everyone was stunned: "Yuan Shu did not break through with the army?"


    "Is there a substitute for Yuan Shu?"


    Cao Cao affirmative answer: "absolutely impossible, some and Yuan highway acquaintance for decades, you can be sure that the city is really his no doubt."


    Yuan Shu''s action made everyone puzzled. Just when everyone was in deep meditation, the first round of attacks of the three armies had ended one after another. At this time, Yuan Shu''s figure appeared on the city tower again. This time, however, he was not dressed in a mang robe. Instead, he was dressed in gold armour and military uniform, surrounded by thousands of imperial guards, who were inspecting the city.


    Yuan Shu, who was on the top of the city, just saw Huangfu Chaobo and his three friends get together to discuss business. He couldn''t help saying sarcastically: "three clowns, they are so poor! I''ll wait in the city to see if you have the ability to capture my imperial city! "


    Sun CE was furious again.


    And Huangfu Chaobo looked at Cao Cao again. Cao Cao knew what he meant and shook his head firmly and said, "it can''t be wrong. It''s really Yuan Road in the city."


    Although Huangfu Chaobo was puzzled, he couldn''t figure out what was wrong, so he said, "since Yuan Shu hasn''t escaped, let''s attack the city first, and then it will be clear."

 Chapter 954

    Huangfu Chaobo''s words made the other two agree, so they returned to their own army and ordered the soldiers to attack the city again. However, each of the three sent his men back to the camp and ordered the camp to be closed to prevent Yuan Shu''s army from attacking the camp behind him. Huangfu Chaobo even ordered huyandu to personally lead a thousand Tui cavalry across Feishui to monitor the direction of this army from a distance.


    The battle in the city is still going on. Ji Ling leads the fleet into Feishui, then turns East. After driving for several miles, he gets off the ship at the corner of Feishui. Ten thousand troops escort five thousand families and head for Fuling in the southeast.


    Cao Cao, who came back to the Chinese army, soon got Ji Ling''s army and went behind his camp. At first, Cao Cao thought Ji Ling was going to take his own way, so he immediately ordered Cao Xiu, who was staying at the camp, to send 5000 soldiers from the camp on the West Bank back to the East Bank of Feishui, ready to defend the camp.


    However, the thoughtful Sima Yi quickly thought of a problem. Ji Ling should go to Fuling to meet Yuan Yao, the false Prince of Yuan Shu. In this way, it is very likely that Ji Ling has a great treasure on him, which makes sense why Yuan Shu did not retreat with the army, but stuck to Shouchun city.


    Sima Yi''s words, like a drum in the evening and a bell in the morning, immediately solved Cao Cao''s doubts. Therefore, Cao Cao, on the ground that Ji Ling''s army was attacking his camp, urgently mobilized 10000 troops from the city''s attacking army to return to the East Bank of Feishui. At the same time, Cao Cao quickly told Cao Xiu''s army to hold Ji Ling''s army regardless of casualties Ji Ling''s army was besieged and annihilated on the East Bank of Feishui.


    In Cao Cao''s opinion, there were 15000 soldiers in his camp. With his 10000 reinforcements, he was fully capable of swallowing this army. In this way, the jade seal really fell into his own hands.


    In order to stop the Jiling army, Cao Cao ordered Cao Xiu to send out all the 15000 soldiers and horses that could move in the camp, leaving only thousands of wounded soldiers and more than 10000 civilian men to guard the camp. It''s a pity that Cao Cao underestimated the fighting power of the troops led by Ji Ling. When he arrived at the East Bank of Feishui with 10000 reinforcements, Ji Ling had already led his troops to break through Cao Xiu''s interception, leaving more than 5000 soldiers and nearly 6000 soldiers dead and wounded. Then he left, which made Cao Cao look at the dust, sigh and regret. He knew that he would have communicated with Huangfu Chaobo and other people, and sent thousands of his cavalry away Borrowed..


    But now that the matter has come to this point, it''s useless to think more. In desperation, Cao Cao had to order Cao Xiu to clean up the mess, and he led 10000 troops back to Shouchun city again.


    As soon as they come and go, one day has passed. The war in the city has ended, and the three armies have not been able to attack the inner city in one day. In desperation, they withdrew and prepared to fight again tomorrow.


    After learning that Jiling''s army broke through Cao Cao''s defense and went south, sun CE quickly ordered the garrison generals of the cities occupied by himself in the south of Jiujiang. Regardless of the fact that the army had just occupied the cities, each city immediately recruited thousands of troops. In addition to the soldiers who had stayed to defend the cities, the number of garrisons of each city ranged from 8000 to 10000. At the same time, he warned Lu Dai of Fuling to draw people''s attention to Jiling The number of troops joining Yuan Yao in Fuling will reach nearly 30000, which will pose a great threat to LV Dai''s army. However, sun CE can''t let LV Dai withdraw. In case Ji Ling joins Yuan Yao''s army and sends troops to Guangling, the newly occupied Guangling may not be protected.


    But everyone has forgotten that in the east of Guangling County, there are 10000 soldiers of Chen Lan Department of Yuan Shu army. After Ji Ling broke through the siege, he sent orders to Chen Lan and asked him to lead the 15000 troops of the east town to the north of Fuling to join him. At this time, although Ji Ling already had less than 5000 soldiers, if Chen Lan''s 15000 troops were added And Yuan Yao''s ten thousand imperial guards and five thousand garrisons in Fuling, and ten thousand imperial guards and five thousand garrisons in Liling in Quanjiao, there are fifty thousand troops.


    In this way, it is no longer a big threat to the Lu Dai Department of sun CE army, but a question of how many soldiers and horses can escape. But at this time, neither sun CE nor Lu Dai knew that they would face 50000 troops instead of 30000.


    Shouchun''s war is going on like a raging fire. Whether it is Yuan Shu or the remaining generals, they all know that they will die, but they all hope to gain more time in Jiling''s breakout army and cause a lot of losses to the three attacking armies.


    Four days later, the three armies finally invaded Shouchun inner city. The price they paid was that each family lost more than 10000 soldiers, and Yuan Shu also lost a lot. Except for the 10000 soldiers led by Ji Ling to break through the encirclement, the 40000 garrison killed, injured and captured more than 10000 people, and less than 10000 people retreated into the imperial city with Yuan Shu.


    At this time, Ji Ling had joined Chen Lan''s army and arrived less than a hundred miles northwest of Fuling. After the confluence of the two armies, Ji Ling did not immediately send troops to Fuling to join Yuan Yao. Instead, he reorganized the army again and made a little rest. At the same time, he sent people to Fuling to get in touch with Yuan Yao and prepare to attack Lu Dai army.


    Ji Ling knew that no matter where his army went, Lu Dai''s 30000 troops must be annihilated, otherwise he would not want to leave safely.


    Ji Ling was discussing with Shu Shao and Yan Xiang all the way. By the way, Yang Hong, another military adviser under Yuan Shu, separated from most of the troops when they broke through Cao Xiujun''s block. It''s not clear whether he intended to leave or was really separated in the chaos, whether he was alive or dead.If the army can break through Cao Cao''s and Huangfu''s Chaobo''s territory northward, it is the most ideal to enter Yuan Shao''s territory smoothly. After all, they are the blood relatives of the same clan. But all the way, they used to march in the hinterland of the two families. Ji Ling thought that he did not have the ability to lead tens of thousands of troops for hundreds of thousands of miles to Jizhou safely So the North breakout was a breakout.


    In fact, in history, Yuan Shu tried to go north to Jizhou, but failed several times.


    There is also going to the East. To the East is Guangling. Now it has been occupied by sun Qijun, and there is no danger of Guangling connecting with Cao Cao''s territory in the north. Even if Guangling was taken as the territory later, it was just a matter of survival. So the three people also denied this plan.


    To go south, you have to cross the river, which is basically impossible with the strength of Yuan''s army.


    Then there''s only one road left. Go west. I believe many people are familiar with several names - Dabie Mountain and Tiantangzhai. Yes, Ji Ling people chose the Dabie Mountains in the west of Lujiang River. Although the mountains are high and the forests are dense, it is the only way for yuan Shujun to survive.

 Chapter 955

    Ji Ling knows a lot about the Dabie Mountains, because when he was in charge of Huainan with Yuan Shu, Ji Ling once escorted Yuan Shu to inspect Huainan. As a result, Yuan Shu''s car was disturbed by thieves near Wan County, and the disgraced Yuan Shu ordered Ji Ling to pull up the gang.


    Ji Ling led two thousand elite soldiers and spent more than a year under the leadership of the garrison of Wan county. He finally uprooted the bandits and burned their nests in the mountains hundreds of miles north of Wan county. However, I was impressed by the place called yuqianlong.


    This place is located in the hinterland of Dabie Mountain. Although it is under the jurisdiction of Wan County, it is actually a place without jurisdiction because it is in the mountains hundreds of miles away from Wan county. However, this place is in a big valley. There is a river flowing through the valley. There are large flat land on both sides of the river, which is enough to accommodate tens of thousands of people.


    It''s just that it''s not convenient for people to get in and out, so it''s more difficult for materials to get in and out smoothly. As a result, there are only hundreds of mountain people living there. So Ji Ling and other people''s idea is to first settle down in the Dabie Mountains, and then wait for the opportunity to go south to Yuzhang or west to Jiangxia. In this way, they can avoid the strongest princes in the world.


    However, before that, Ji Ling had to get rid of the 30000 ludai troops in the south of Fuling, and he also had to carry a lot of supplies, at least to ensure that tens of thousands of people could survive for more than a year. Ji Ling believes that with enough materials, he can take root in this mountain and wait for the time.


    Just when the Jiling army began to march towards Fuling again, the three-way princes army launched an attack on the Imperial City in Shouchun city after a day''s rest. By this time, both the three Route Army and Yuan Shu army were exhausted.


    But now the war has come to the last moment, all the people are gritting their teeth.


    After three days of fierce fighting, the three-way army finally conquered the imperial city. General Lei Bo of Yuan Shu''s army died in the battle. Yuan Shu retreated into the palace hall under the desperate protection of hundreds of imperial guards, and then set himself on fire.


    Standing in front of the palace, there was a fire all over the sky. Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel a long sigh of relief. NIMA was about to finish his work. It took him more than two years to kill and injure an army of more than 100000 people, and finally solved this "defending ghost on the road". However, despite spending a lot of time and paying so many casualties, I have gained a lot. I have conquered Kongyu and captured Lujiang, the four prefectures, with millions of people and hundreds of thousands more troops.


    As for the jade seal mentioned by the little emperor, Huangfu Chaobo has no interest in managing it. Who is rare and who is looking for it? At least now he doesn''t want to touch it. He doesn''t see that Sun Jian took the box lunch only one year after he got it. Did Yuan Shu hold it for two or three years?


    In addition to these, Anton''s army got nearly 200000 people in Shouchun City, and captured and brought down nearly 60000 yuan''s army. If you add in the money, food and property collected in the city, you should still make a lot of money.


    Unlike Huangfu Chaobo''s relief, sun Qijun and Cao CaoJun are now at war, and the war between them is imminent. For nothing else, or because of the hole Yuan Shu dug for Cao Cao, Cao Cao''s head became hot and he jumped in. If he found that he was now yellow mud in his pants, it was not excrement but excrement.


    Although Cao Cao always wanted to break through Shouchun and find Yuan Shu or Shu Shao to prove his innocence, Yuan Shu burned himself with a torch and Shu Shao disappeared. The reason why Cao Cao wanted to do so was not that he was afraid of sun CE. The main reason was that the jade seal was not in his own hands. Now sun CE has decided that it is in his own hands. If he does not understand this matter, he will not be able to say that he has really become a great enemy in the world.


    But now Yuan Shu is dead, Shu Shao is gone, and the jade seal is gone. How can sun CE and others believe that the jade seal is not in their own hands? It''s obviously impossible.


    So after the war, sun CE didn''t find the jade seal, and then led his troops to Cao Cao''s trouble in a hurry.


    In desperation, Cao Cao had to tell sun ce that Yuan Shu had handed over the jade seal to Ji Ling and sent it to Yuan Yao. He also deliberately pulled Yang Hong out to take refuge in himself and swore that he was just empty mouthed. No one would easily believe it.


    Originally, sun CE wanted to take Huangfu Chaobo to find Cao Cao''s trouble, but Huangfu Chaobo withdrew the army from the inner city and returned to the west city to watch the excitement of the two families.


    The negotiation between the Cao and sun families failed. In the end, sun CE got angry and attacked Cao Cao. The two families turned upside down in the inner city.


    After half a day of fierce fighting, the two sides were neck and neck. Finally, because it was getting late, they had to strike each other. Cao Cao then withdrew from the inner city and returned to camp near the east gate of the outer city, while sun Qijun also returned to the south city.


    When sun and Cao returned to lick their wounds, Huangfu Chaobo was gathering people in the west of the city for discussion. After the war, the soldiers wanted to return, so they had to get ready to withdraw. Fortunately, this war has finally come to an end. According to the promise of the little emperor, Chang''an should reward Huangfu Chaobo a lot after destroying Yuan Shu''s puppet Dynasty. In time, Huangfu Chaobo will also reward the soldiers of the three armies."Ladies and gentlemen, after two years, we finally worked together to encircle and annihilate yuan Shujun in Shouchun city. Chaobo, thank you very much With that, Huangfu Chaobo got up and gave a salute to all the people in the room.


    All the people were excited and got up to reply, "may I die for the Lord!"


    "Well, sit down. Next, let''s discuss the following arrangements. Now that the army of Yuan Shu has been destroyed and Yuan Shu has died, although there are still many evils left to flee, it''s no harm to the overall situation. As for the jade seal, Sun Jian and Yuan Shu can learn from each other, so you should pay close attention to it. You don''t have to fight for it. In this general''s opinion, you can''t have absolute strength, even if the jade seal is in hand and the yellow robe is added What''s the use of it? "


    "My Lord is wise!" All of them said in unison;


    "Shi Yuan, have the envoys sent to Si Li Feng, Li Gui and an Feng Ji Bao in Liao County been arranged?" Huang Fu Chao Bo shook his hand with a smile and looked at Pang Tong Dao again.


    "it has been arranged to start," Pang Tong got up, bowed and said, "Tong has told them to make a decision in ten days. Otherwise, as soon as the army arrives, the ugly people will be wiped out."

 Chapter 956

    Pang Tong''s words made everyone on the scene laugh, and Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "OK, the matter of persuading to surrender will be handed over to Shiyuan, and then there will be the arrangement of soldiers and horses. Now the war is over, and the army will rest for three or five days in Shouchun. Each department will speed up the time to reorganize soldiers and horses, wounded soldiers, captured soldiers and demoted soldiers. All qualified soldiers and soldiers can be incorporated into the army, and meet the requirements of each department first If there is a good source of troops, it will be left to Kong Xin''s Xuanwu army. General Huang Zhong will be in charge of the arrangement, and the other generals will cooperate. "


    "Not to be ordered!" All the generals agreed to accept the order.


    "Filial piety"


    Huangfu Chaobo was just about to go on, when Shi a came in from the outside and reported: "master, Jiujiang urgent report!"


    With that, he handed an urgent report to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at it at a glance, then his mouth suddenly opened, and it didn''t close for a long time. Seeing this, everyone in the room immediately focused on the urgent report in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Seeing the crowd''s appearance, Huangfu Chaobo raised his head, handed the urgent report to Pang Tong, and then explained to the crowd: "yesterday morning, Ji Ling, Yuan Yao, Chen Lan, Li Ling, Yuan Si and others, together with the troops of Dongcheng, Fuling and Quanjiao, totally 50000 troops, almost completely annihilated the 30000 troops of Lu Dai Department of sun CE''s army under Fuling City, and Lu Dai led less than 50000 troops Thousands of soldiers and horses fled into Liyang City. It is said that LV Dai himself was seriously injured. Yuan Shujun, oh, now it should be called Yuan Yaojun. Fifty thousand soldiers and horses have been killed and wounded, and now there are only more than 20000 people left. "


    "After a day''s rest in Fuling, Yuan Yao''s army did its best to protect thousands of family members and supplies and went west. At present, the Turkish cavalry has arranged a large army to keep an eye on yuan Yaojun''s movements. "


    "Lord, without asking for orders, he led 20000 troops to the south to help General Zhang." As soon as Wang Ran heard this, he rushed out to ask for his orders;


    while they were talking, Pang Tong and his three men had finished reading the urgent report. When Huangfu Chaobo was about to speak, Guo Jia stopped him and said, "Lord, wait a minute!"


    People''s eyes immediately looked at Guo Jia. Guo Jia slowly got up, saluted Huangfu Chaobo and said, "in Jia''s opinion, the Lord doesn''t need to pay attention to Ji Ling''s troops. The reason why they sent troops to the west is just to leave Huainan. If our army sent troops to intercept them, Cao Cao''s and sun CE''s troops would be a lesson."


    "It''s true that the enemy should not be pursued. It''s clear that both Cao Cao and sun CE''s troops were defeated. Moreover, the lower officials agreed with the military strategists that the purpose of Yuan Yao''s army should be Dabie mountain or even Jingzhou. Instead of pursuing the enemy at risk, we''d better wait and see the change. If yuan Yaojun dares to capture Lujiang City, he will surely be defeated when our army returns. So there''s no need to rush back. " Lu Su also stroked his beard and said in a deep voice;


    the words of several people made Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes bright. Yes, with Ji Ling''s ability, how could they not know that staying in Lujiang River was just a dead end. If they wanted to leave Huainan, they had to go west to Dabie mountain or even Jiangxia in Jingzhou. In this way, they could explain why Ji Ling got to Fuling after breaking through Shouchun After that, Yuan Yao defeated the army of Lu Dai and then turned to the West.


    "Well, Shi''a, immediately send someone to General Zhang Ying to order him to close the gates of the cities and not go to war. If yuan Yaojun attacks the county, let him fight. We will settle accounts with them when the army returns."


    "No!"


    "Well When Huangfu Chaobo was about to speak again, a report came from his bodyguard outside the door;


    If I go, can I speak well. Huangfu said in his heart.


    When the guards came in, Huangfu Chaobo knew that it was Sun CE who had sent for him. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo was invited in.


    As soon as the man came in, Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. It turned out to be Mei zhouying. Seeing this, Huangfu quickly sat down and waited for Zhou Yu to enter the gate. Then he went forward to salute him: "Zhou Yu, the commander of Jianwei Zhongying under the command of Wu Cheng Marquis, visited general Anton and Marquis cangting!"


    "Please get up!"


    "Thank you


    After asking Zhou Yu to get up, Huangfu Chaobo said affectionately, "I don''t know what''s the matter with you?"


    "Back to the Marquis, our Lord just heard that the remnant of Ji Ling had joined with the various departments of Yuan Yao in Fuling. After the war with our army''s lvdai department, he fled to the direction of Lujiang River and sent special envoy Yu to tell him. Secondly, the Marquis sent Zijing to our camp to discuss the good intentions of the two leagues with our Lord, so he sent Yu to ask when the Marquis began to discuss the alliance?"


    Huangfu Chaobo laughed and said, "I want the Marquis to know about the remnant of yuan Yaojun. Please reply to Marquis Wu Chenghou and thank him. As for the proposal of alliance, I would like to send Zijing to the camp of marquis Wu Chenghou tomorrow to discuss the matter. Just as the Marquis is Wu Chenghou is here, I can tell him about it."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo also talked about some of the conditions of the alliance between the two sides which had been discussed for a long time. In fact, there is nothing else. The alliance between the two countries is mainly aimed at Cao Cao''s forces. What Huangfu Chaobo means is that next year or at the latest the year after next, Anton''s army will send troops to attack Cao, and sun Qijun must also send troops at the time of the battle. As for the specific time, we will discuss it after the alliance is successful.


    As for how to allocate the territory of Cao Cao''s army, Huangfu Chaobo was very generous to hand over Xuzhou and Jiujiang to sun CE, while Yanzhou had to be returned to Anton''s army, and the territory of Yuzhou must be returned to the jurisdiction of Yushou governor''s department.Of course, the specific time of dispatch, the attack route, the number of troops and other details need to be carefully discussed. That''s what happened to Lu Su and Zhou Yu. Of course, in addition to Lu Su, there will be a major general in the Anton army, and sun Qijun''s arrangement will depend on them.


    The reason why Huangfu Chaobo was so relieved to tell Zhou Yu his purpose was that sun Qijun and Cao Cao had become an endless situation. If sun Qijun wanted to develop to the Central Plains, except Xuzhou was Lujiang, Huangfu Chaobo believed that sun CE would not attack Lujiang at the risk of offending Yuzhou and Anton''s army. In this way, he had to send Xu It''s the state.


    After listening carefully, Zhou Yu did not make a statement on the spot. Instead, he said that he would tell sun ce the details. If sun CE agreed, they would reply to Huangfu Chaobo as soon as possible.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said: "Gongjin can tell Wu Chenghou that in order to show his sincerity, I am willing to support your army to take charge of Shouchun. At the same time, Chengde County, which is occupied by our Anton army, will be handed over to your army in a few days."


    On hearing this, Zhou Yu was overjoyed and bowed to thank him.

 Chapter 957

    Zhou Yu was not happy. Although the population of Shouchun was less than half of the original, it was more than 200000. If sun Qijun could control Shouchun, he would control more than half of Jiujiang county. Today, although sun Qijun has captured only Liyang, Junqiu and Hefei, Fuling and Quanjiao will be under control sooner or later. Now, with Shouchun and Chengde, sun Qijun has seven cities under control.


    In this way, seven of the 14 cities in Jiujiang will be in the hands of sun Qijun, and the other five will be occupied by Cao Cao''s army. In addition, Xiacai heping''a, which is north of huaishui, will be handed over to Runan, Yuzhou. But in terms of population, Jiujiang originally had 1.2 million, of which Shouchun city was about 500000, Yinling county city was about 100000, and other cities were about 50000 each.


    If calculated in this way, the population of Jiujiang County under sun Qijun''s rule will reach 600000, which is equivalent to the total population of Danyang County, Wujun county or Kuaiji County in Jiangdong. As for the fact that Huangfu Chaobo had collected the population and captured the soldiers, Zhou Yu did not mention it.


    As expected, when Zhou Yu returned to the camp, he immediately reported to sun CE. Sun CE was also very glad to hear that. That night, he sent someone to tell Huangfu Chaobo that the two families could start to discuss the alliance tomorrow. However, before that, sun CE still wanted to ask Huangfu Chaobo to help push Cao CaoJun out of Shouchun city. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo readily agreed.


    However, early the next morning, we found that Cao Cao''s army had withdrawn from Shouchun city overnight and returned to Feishui camp.


    Huangfu Chaobo knew that it was the frequent exchange of envoys between his two armies that had already alarmed him. With Cao Cao''s suspicious character, how dare he stay more in Shouchun city? You know, Anton''s army still has a cavalry outside Shouchun city.


    Seeing that Cao Cao''s army withdrew from Shouchun, Huangfu Chaobo also ordered the army to withdraw from outside the city, preparing to transfer Shouchun to sun Qijun within a few days.


    In the next few days, Anton''s army generally reorganized troops and horses, waiting for Zhou Tai''s water army to come to Shouchun to meet the army to cross the river. Because Shouchun has been conquered, only Xiacai and Yuan Shujun are in huaishui, and Huangfu Chaobo has sent people to the two cities to surrender. Now, after the event was completed, Anton''s army directly crossed the river from Shouchun all the way north.


    Of course, the captured people also began to gather on the South Bank of huaishui river more than ten miles away under the protection of the army, waiting for Zhou Tai''s army to arrive and build a floating bridge. These people will be settled in Lujiang and Runan counties.


    While Anton''s army and sun''s army constantly contacted and reorganized their troops, Cao Cao also arranged for the army to withdraw from the West Bank of Feishui and retreat to the West Quyang city for rest. A few days later, twenty thousand troops transferred from Qiaojun moved into Yinling city. Cao Cao appointed Cao Xiu as Jiujiang prefect, responsible for guarding the five cities of Jiujiang. At the same time, he appointed man Pang as xiapi prefect. After dealing with these things, Cao Cao led the army back to Yanzhou.


    On September 26, the generals of Jisi Li Feng surrendered one after another. Even the two cities of Xiacai Heping and a surrendered to Anton''s army one after another. At the same time, after receiving the news that Shouchun was lost and Yuan Shu burned himself, all the generals captured by Anton''s army surrendered to Huangfu Chaobo one after another, which added four historical generals, Yuan Huan, Qiao Rui, Le Jiu and Li Feng, and Ji Bao and Li Gui, to Huangfu Chaobo Will.


    Two days later, Huangfu Chaobo and sun CE signed two alliance agreements in Shouchun City, including a trade alliance and a military alliance with Cao CaoJun. After that, the Anton army withdrew from Shouchun city and formally handed it over to sun Qijun. At the same time, the Anton garrison of Chengde was ready to withdraw, waiting for sun Qijun to take over the city.


    After the signing of the treaty with sun Qijun, Huangfu Chaobo did not stay in Shouchun any longer. After he handed over the military affairs of Yuzhou and Lujiang to Huang Zhong, Huangfu Chaobo rushed to Luoyang under the escort of cavalry, accompanied by Pang Tong and five new generals.


    It has been more than half a year since he left for the battle. Fortunately, Xu Shutian and Feng of Sizhou were in charge, and there was no abnormality inside and outside Sizhou. However, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to return to Luoyang as soon as possible to deal with the government affairs that had been overstocked for half a year.


    As for the other soldiers of the guards, tens of thousands of troops, such as Huben camp of Huang Wudi, Euphorbia of Zhang Ying and Xiong Quying of Wang Yong, escorted the families of the demoted generals back to Luoyang.


    After considering the arrangement of Lujiang, Huang Zhong sent the infantry of three schools and cavalry of one school led by Han Xian to Shuxian county to help Kong Xin stabilize the situation of Lujiang, and then returned to Runan by himself, while the other armies began to return to their own stations, reorganizing their troops and waiting for the general''s office to leave One step arrangement.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo began to prepare to return to Luoyang, in Langya, Xuzhou, Pingyang City, yelaixiang was meeting an emissary in his general''s mansion.


    As the second player princes, it has been more than three years since April 193. Today''s nocturnal incense is different from the original. In particular, after the fall of Tao Qian, night incense made a lot of money with its reputation in Xuzhou.


    It not only brought down Xu Xi, Mao Hui, Xu Sheng, Cao Bao and Zhao Yu, but also brought in nearly ten thousand Xuzhou rout soldiers and tens of thousands of people who fled to the north, making his strength to a higher level in an instant.Nowadays, there are 13 cities of Langya and four cities of Taishan County, with a total of 17 cities and a population of nearly one million. In terms of officials and generals, Xu Sheng, Xu Sheng and seven historical generals headed by them, together with several of their own transferred generals, can be said to have sufficient money and a large number of generals.


    Last month, Cao Cao secretly sent envoys to contact with him and conspired to jointly send troops against Huangfu Chaobo. According to Cao Cao''s plan, Cao Cao''s army will send troops to Qingzhou from the north, and invite yelaixiang to attack Donglai county from the south to drive Huangfu Chaobo out of Qingzhou.


    Cao Cao promised that after the event, Huangfu Chaobo was in the two counties of Qingzhou, and each of them occupied one county. You know, although Donglai county is not as big as the Central Plains County, it is also a county with 13 cities, with a population of more than 600000, more than half of Langya under the control of the night incense.


    However, yelaixiang did not agree at that time. Instead, he told Cao Cao''s emissary that he needed to consider carefully before he could reply. However, he did not directly refuse Cao Cao.


    What yelaixiang didn''t expect was that in less than a month, the messenger of Huangfu Chaobo suddenly appeared in Kaiyang city. After getting the news, yelaixiang immediately asked people to invite Huangfu Chaobo''s emissary into the house, and then sent General Xi Zhicai to invite him.

 Chapter 958

    As soon as yelaixiang and Xi Zhicai sat down in the inner hall, they saw a middle-aged scholar enter the inner hall under the guidance of the bodyguard. Xi Zhicai already knew the reason why his master called him. He still wondered who Anton would send as an envoy, Xu Shu or Pang Tong?


    I didn''t expect that when he looked at the visitors, he was shocked: "Xun you, Xun Gongda!"


    Night incense is also a surprise, Xun you, is that Chen Shou review: Xun you, Jia Xu, Shu Hu no plan, after the contingency, its good, flat ya! Isn''t he Cao Cao''s counselor? Why did he suddenly become the messenger of Huangfu Chaobo? You know, a lot of people say that Xun you is a great talent with a good talent.


    "General Anton is engaged in Xunyou''s work in the middle of the mansion, and he visits general Guangwu!" When they were surprised, Xun you had already entered the room and bowed to yelaixiang;


    they immediately woke up from their surprise, and yelaixiang said: "Mr. Xun, you are free!"


    "Thank you, general!"


    With that, Xun you stood up and looked at Xi Zhicai and said, "I haven''t seen you for several years. Is Zhicai in good health?"


    "Brother Gongda, I''m much better now." Xi Zhicai quickly got up to thank him and said, "it''s brother. I haven''t seen him for several years. The wind color is better than that year."


    Xunyou''s first reply was just as he was about to speak to yelaixiang. On one side of him, Xi Zhicai said, "I heard that fengxiao had traveled with my elder brother. I don''t know where fengxiao is now."


    Xun you saw that Xi Zhicai was able to talk about private affairs in front of his master. Although he was a little strange, he was not half unhappy when he saw that yelaixiang''s face. He quickly reflected that Xi Zhicai''s position in yelaixiang''s heart was extraordinary. In this case, Xun you simply did not hide, said: "Zhi Cai also know that filial piety is good at military strategy, it must be appropriate to accompany the army, such as the order is with the Lord in the Huainan front."


    With that, he said with a self mocking smile: "it''s not good to fight for my brother, and it''s not good to give advice, so I have to stay in Luoyang to help the LORD deal with some chores. This time, my Lord also knew that he was here because of his ambition, so he would send an envoy to Langya for my brother. "


    Xun you''s words, let the night incense all of a sudden in the wind messy. Xunyou took refuge in Huangfu Chaobo, and even Guo fengxiao, a "born devil", became his military adviser. Nowadays, the strength of Huangfu''s Chaobo is almost against the sky. Pang Tong, Xu Shu, Guo Jia, Tian Feng, Xun you, and Ju Shu are the famous generals in the military division level. They are all the first-class military advisers with intelligence over 90, but they can barely compare with them. You know, he has a group of second-class military advisers with intelligence over 80.


    If yelaixiang knows that Huangfu Chaobo has recruited Lu Su recently, does he have the feeling of finding a piece of tofu to kill him. You know what it''s like for Huangfu Chaobo when he''s still struggling with too few military divisions recently. Because Huangfu Chaobo has been considering the selection of military strategists for the Yuzhou military barracks recently, he has not been able to find a suitable one.


    Or was Xi Zhicai quick enough to respond and said with a smile: "general Anton doesn''t lack good wine. Isn''t Guo fengxiao attracted by good wine?"


    Xun you was dumbfounded and said with a smile: "I didn''t think of it. However, the prodigal son was in tune with Pang Shiyuan. The Lord really provided a little more wine for them than the others."


    At this point, they looked at each other and laughed.


    Seeing that they were chatting better and better, he was not in a hurry. He just listened quietly. He knew that his military adviser was not aimless. He had a purpose to talk with Xun you.


    After a long time, the two ended their conversation and turned to business. They said, "brother, this time I come to Langya, but general Anton has something important to plan with our Lord?"


    Xi Zhicai did not say, Xun you is not anxious, and he talked about other things. Now that he was talking about business, Xun you said, "that''s right. My lord ordered you to go to Langya this time. He really had something important to discuss with general Guangwu."


    "Yes, sir! I''m all ears "Cao Cao used to be too much of a eunuch to be ugly, but he had no virtue. He was too cunning to be happy. After attacking Dong, he first peeped at Chen Liu, but failed. Later, he took Pei Kingdom privately, and then Yanzhou privately. Later, he did not want to repent. He set up a large army to attack Xuzhou and forced to kill Liyang Marquis, which aroused the common indignation of people and gods. Therefore, we want to unite with general Guangwu to punish this thief together! " As soon as Xun you''s words came out, yelaixiang and Xi Zhicai looked at each other. As early as Cao Cao''s envoy arrived, Xi Zhicai asserted that Huangfu Chaobo would send envoys to woo him. Yelaixiang had a clear understanding of this, but he didn''t expect that the envoys would be so shocking.


    Yelaixiang has always been hesitant about which side to stand on. Huangfu Chaobo has become one of the several princes in the world. There is no doubt about his strength. He is a strong soldier, which can be seen from his ability to resist the siege of Cao Cao and other princes several times.


    However, Cao Cao is the last three legged leader in the history of the Three Kingdoms. Although it doesn''t look impressive now, it''s not so easy to fail. It can be seen from the fact that his strength has been rising under the pressure of Huangfu Chaobo.And awesome evening primrose is in the cracks between two powerful princes. If it is not his ability, he will be swallowed by the two generations. Now, the two strong battle, how to choose their own in the end, this problem has been troubled for a long time.


    At last, it was time to face it. After a little meditation, he said, "when is general Huangfu going to fight? What do we need from Langya army? And is there any other vassal involved? If Cao Cao''s army can be destroyed in the end, what can I get? "


    After asking several questions in a row, yelaixiang stopped and looked at Xun you eagerly.


    Xun you saw so many problems in the night incense. He could not help but be sure. He was not afraid that you had any questions, just because you had no questions. If you have any doubt, it shows that you still want to unite. If there is no doubt, it means that you are not interested in uniting.


    After thinking about it, he said: "the specific time of the war has not yet been determined. If you intend to unite, you will definitely inform the general in advance. As for the second question mentioned by the general, my Lord''s opinion is that the general only needs to send troops to Xuzhou. And this time, we are going to send someone to persuade sun ce of Jiangdong to attack Cao Cao. Such a combination of the three schools will surely bring about a heavy blow to Cao Cao and even his downfall. "

 Chapter 959

    Seeing that yelaixiang just sat there listening quietly, at least on the surface, he didn''t see any strange meaning. Xun you continued: "as for the post-war problems, our Lord once said clearly that we have no objection to how many cities the Langya army can capture in Xuzhou and return them to the Langya army."


    When Xun you finished, yelaixiang asked strangely: "Sir, why do you say that there are only three princes in the army? Does the Yuzhou army not send troops? "


    Xun you also realized that he had left out the Yuzhou army, so he immediately added: "as is known to all, the relationship between the Yuzhou army and our Lord Kong is extraordinary. If our Anton army sends troops, the Yuzhou army will certainly send troops. The meaning of the subordinate is the joint affairs between general Guangwu''s Langya army and general Jiangdong''s sun. Another point is that the fighting capacity of the Yuzhou army is worrying. Therefore, my Lord''s advice to the Yuzhou army is that they only need to try their best to contain the army of Caoqiao County, and they don''t have too much hope for Yuzhou. "


    Xun you''s words made both yelaixiang and xizhicai nod their heads. Indeed, as Xun you said, the combat effectiveness of the Yuzhou army is really not good. This is a universally recognized fact, just as the combat effectiveness of the Jingzhou army is not strong. In fact, all the vassal armies are ordinary. If there is no strong general, there will be no fierce soldiers.


    Later, the two families discussed about the details. However, at the end of the day, the Nightingale suddenly said, "I''d like to ask Mr. Gongda for help."


    "Go ahead, general!"


    "Cao Cao''s army is powerful. Although our Langya army is willing to fully cooperate with Anton''s army to attack Xuzhou, its ability of long-range attack is still slightly weak, so we hope to buy 2000-3000 one stone crossbows from Anton''s army. Please help to convey them to general Anton."


    Huangfu Chaobo''s rhubarb crossbow is the most powerful one that can be used for ordinary soldiers in the whole game. The rest of the crossbows, such as Xiandeng dead soldier and Yuanrong crossbow soldier, can''t be used for ordinary soldiers. That''s why yelaixiang wants to buy one from Huangfu Chaobo.


    It''s just that there are standard one stone rhubarb crossbows and ordinary one stone rhubarb crossbows on the market. In fact, in addition to Anton army, there are also several territories that can produce rhubarb crossbows in the game. However, the output of their crossbows is too small. In addition to the territory''s own use, the number of crossbows that can be sold out is limited.


    In addition, the Dahuang crossbows in the other territories are ordinary Dahuang crossbows, and their data are a little worse than those of the Anton army. The standard Dahuang crossbows of the Anton army, except for their own use, are only sold to a few allies of Huangfu Chaobo, which outsiders can''t buy.


    Since you are looking for it, you must buy a standard rhubarb crossbow. This problem had been considered with Xu Shu and others long before Xun you set out, but in terms of quantity, he could provide 800 to 1000 pieces at most, because the others had been sold to Zhao Zilong and other allies. In fact, we all don''t know that the Anton army has begun to equip the two stone rhubarb crossbow, and the one stone rhubarb crossbow has begun to be phased out.


    Since yelaixiang had been put forward, Xun you said he would go back to discuss with Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Does general Guangwu have any other objection?" Xun you asked again;


    after a moment''s meditation, the night incense slowly said, "I still have some ideas about the division of Cao Cao''s forces after the war."


    "Go ahead, general!"


    "As you know, sun Qijun has only risen in recent years, but its strength is not strong. However, our Langya army has been in operation for several years, so our army''s strength is not weaker than sun Qijun''s, and it may even be stronger. Therefore, on the division of Cao CaoJun''s existing sphere of influence, I would like to communicate with general Anton."


    After a little pause, yelaixiang said: "if general Anton can promise to put the four counties of Donghai, Pengcheng, Taishan and Lu under the jurisdiction of our Guangwu general''s military office after the war, our Langya army will certainly do its best to send troops to Donghai and hold Cao Cao''s troops in Xuzhou firmly."


    Speaking of this, he added: "of course, these places must be occupied by our Langya army, instead of the Anton army."


    After hearing the words of yelaixiang, Xun you was also stunned and speechless for a long time. He even wanted to expand the territory of one county to five counties after the first World War. It seems that his taste is too big...


    However, on the other hand, it''s unreasonable to ask for money and pay it back on the spot. There seems to be nothing wrong with the negotiation between the two sides. You know, after this war, if we can really annihilate Cao Cao''s power, the territory of Huangfu Chaobo will more than double! Well, of course, this is based on the current site of Huangfu Chaobo Prefecture and eight counties.


    You know, there are 17 or 18 counties under the rule of Cao Cao, so it seems that the requirement of four counties is not too much. The reason is that the four counties mentioned by yelaixiang, except Donghai, belong to the big counties, the other three counties belong to the small counties or the barren land with more cities and less population.


    After hearing the explanation, Xun you didn''t say much. He just said that the matter needed to be reported to his master before he could decide. As for Xun you''s answer, yelaixiang didn''t say much. The negotiation was like this. It was impossible to reach an agreement once or twice. Later, both sides had a tacit understanding that they no longer mentioned the alliance, but turned the topic to other aspects.


    The next day, accompanied by Xi Zhicai, Xun you toured around and went to the barracks to see the combat effectiveness of the barracks compiled by General Xu Sheng of yelaixiang. Then he left Kaiyang and returned to Qingzhou under his personal escort. From Qingzhou, he returned to Sizhou by boat.After Xunyou left, xizhicai returned to the general''s residence. At this time, the night incense was standing in front of the map and lost in thought. Hearing the sound of footsteps entering the hall, yelaixiang looked back to see Xi Zhicai and said with a smile, "the military adviser sent Xun you away?"


    Xi Zhicai nodded and said, "Lord, it''s really decided?"


    "Yes, can the military division see it?"


    "It''s been several years since Zhicai took refuge with him. How can he not understand his mind?" Said, xizhicai said with a smile: "so good."


    "Well, I''ll leave the next thing to the military division. I''m going to start preparing for the army!"


    When Xi Zhicai heard the speech, he nodded and said, "don''t worry, you won''t let him down!"


    A few days later, Xun you entered the city of Qingdao in Qingzhou. As soon as he entered the city, he got the news that Huangfu Chaobo had returned to Luoyang. As a result, he did not rush to return to Luoyang. Instead, he reported the result of his mission to Huangfu Chaobo with Gexin, and then quietly waited for Huangfu Chaobo''s next instructions in Qingdao.

 Chapter 960

    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had just returned to Luoyang for only one day. After returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo first dealt with some urgent government affairs, and then went back to his backyard. It has been more than half a year since he left Luoyang. When he came back, his son huangfuzhao was two years old. When he saw him again, he was playing happily in the yard with a small wooden sword.


    Seeing someone come in, little Huangfu Zhao stops and looks towards the gate. When he looks up, he just sees Huangfu Chaobo enter. Although I haven''t seen him for more than half a year, the little guy recognized Huangfu Chaobo at a glance. He threw his sword aside and ran towards Huangfu Chaobo with his pink hand. While running, he muttered: "Dad, Dad..."


    Huangfu Chaobo was also welcomed by several quick steps. He held the little guy in his arms, opened his mouth and kissed him on his pink face. At the moment when he picked him up, Huangfu Chaobo had a very strange feeling, just like he picked up his son in reality, and the feeling of flesh and blood suddenly jumped out.


    There are several people present in the middle of the yard. It is mi Huan and Han Xue who lead a group of maids and two children to play in the yard. Different from Huang Fu Zhao''s lively life, Huang Fu Yu is much quieter and is being held by a maid looking at something. All of a sudden, they find that Huangfu Zhao throws away his toys and runs to the gate of the courtyard. They are so surprised that they are ready to catch up. However, they find that Huangfu Chaobo has come in and hugged Huangfu Zhao.


    Mi Huan and her two daughters were very happy when they saw Huangfu Chaobo coming back. They quickly stepped forward and said, "I''ve seen my husband!"


    "Well, it''s all my family. Don''t be polite." As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Huangfu Yu, who was held by the maid, "come on, dear yu''er, let your father hold you."


    Seeing this, the maid quickly put Huangfu Yu on the ground. As soon as she hit the ground, she ran towards Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo hurriedly met her, squatted on the ground, reached out and took her into her arms. Then she picked them up and walked towards the pavilion in the middle of the yard.


    In the middle of the pavilion, the two women take over the two children from Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, holding them to Huangfu Chaobo''s side.


    The time speed in the game is four times of the real time. Two years have passed in the game, but Huangfu Chaobo''s real child is only half a year old. Jia Jing seldom enters the game because she has a baby. Therefore, the back house of general Anton''s mansion in Huangfu Chaobo is managed by Mi Huan, who is in charge of his mother and son.


    After sitting down in the pavilion, Huangfu Chaobo took the tea from the maid. After taking a sip, he sighed with a long sigh. For a long time, he had not sat down so comfortably to drink tea quietly.


    Just as he was about to ask if there was anything wrong in the back yard recently, Shi A''s figure appeared at the door of the backyard. Huangfu Chaobo knew that Shi a would not disturb himself at this time if there was no urgent matter. Helpless, had to sigh a way: "I still have something to do, go out first, come back to have dinner with you tonight."


    Then he stood up and walked towards the outer courtyard. On hearing this, the two women stood up with a happy face and said, "congratulations to your husband!"


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand without looking back and walked towards Shia.


    "Lord," Shi a face apologetic way: "Qingzhou sent pigeon letter, because the matter is urgent, so have to disturb Lord."


    "All right, say it. What''s the matter?"


    "Mr. Xun has already contacted general yelaixiang of Guangwu, and the other side has agreed to form an alliance against Cao Cao, but there are some conditions..." With that, Shi a handed the pigeon letter to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After receiving the pigeon letter, Huangfu Chaobo walked towards the meeting hall of the outer hall, looking at the pigeon letter in his hand. Soon he finished reading the pigeon letter with a few words. At this time, he quickly went to the outside of the meeting hall. Xun you said it briefly in the pigeon, but Huangfu Chaobo could see a lot of information in the middle.


    One is that they really intend to form an alliance, which can be seen from his words and detailed inquiries about the details of the alliance; the other is that they still have some differences on the terms of the alliance, mainly in terms of the number of crossbows purchased and the distribution of postwar interests.


    Huangfu Chaobo stopped and said to Shi''a, "send someone to recruit Pang Tong, Guo Jia, Lu Su, Xu Shu and Tian Feng immediately. They were going to discuss something with them."


    "No!" Shi A agrees to turn round to arrange to go. And Huangfu Chaobo went straight into his meeting hall, then went to the map in the meeting hall, and looked at the map of the Central Plains hanging on the wall, lost in thought.


    Soon, the five people who got the message arrived in the meeting hall, and Huangfu Chaobo woke up from his meditation. Seeing the five people in a hurry, Huangfu Chaobo said apologetically: "originally, he wanted to let you all have a rest day, but suddenly he received a pigeon letter from Gongda from Qingzhou. That''s why he recruited you. It''s hard for you."


    "The Lord is worried too much. It''s his duty to be a subordinate. How can he work hard?" As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s voice fell, old man Tian Feng began to fire.


    Pang Tong and Guo Jia looked at each other, and they both wanted to bury their heads under the ground. These two prodigal men are not afraid of their own masters, but they are afraid of Tian Feng, the upright old man. In fact, Pang Guo and his followers are not only afraid of Tian, they are also afraid of this old man.Seeing what Tian Feng said, Huangfu Chaobo immediately changed the topic and said, "the news that Xun Gongda came from Qingzhou is that yelaixiang is willing to make an alliance with his family."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo handed the pigeon letter to Tian Feng. After he finished reading it, he handed it to the next one. Soon, all the people on the scene finished reading the pigeon letter.


    "Tell me how to reply. What''s more, it''s time to recruit all of you. Let''s discuss the general plan of sending troops to Cao Cao next year. After all the troops have been replenished for a period of time, we can recruit all the generals and prefects to discuss the detailed plan. "


    In fact, as we all know, Huangfu Chaobo recruited people to discuss the alliance. The most important thing was to discuss the strategy of sending troops. For a force like nocturnal incense, there is a big difference between one county and five counties, but for a giant like Anton''s army, there is no difference between 100 counties and 105 counties.

 Chapter 961

    Xu Shu got up and said: "in the following official''s opinion, we can talk about the four counties as much as possible. But now the familiar craftsmen are stepping up the production of the two stone crossbow, and the existing one stone crossbow has been sent to Bingzhou in the first half of the year. So far, there are only 1000 crossbows in stock, but nearly 2000 old crossbows have been replaced."


    Lu Su also nodded his approval after hearing the speech. After more than a month, he was fully familiar with the basic situation of Anton''s army, so he didn''t think it was a problem for the alliance conditions proposed by yelaixiang. However, he raised another question: "although general Guangwu is allied with our army, will he break the alliance? What should he do if he turns his back on our army? "


    Lu Su''s words made everyone feel the same, especially Huangfu Chaobo. If he made a choice between NPC and players, he might not hesitate to choose NPC. If he made a choice between sun Qijun and yelaixiang army, he would be more willing to choose sun Qijun.


    It''s just that it has a good reputation among the players, and Huangfu Chaobo has cooperated with it for many times. Judging from the previous cooperation, it doesn''t look like such a dishonest person.


    "That''s not going to happen, is it?" Huangfu Chaobo murmured in a soft voice;


    as soon as his voice fell, Tian Feng''s voice rang out: "my Lord''s words are not so good. Sun Tzu said: if the husband does not fight and the temple does not win, it will be more; if the temple does not win, it will be less. More is more, less is more, and less is more! From this point of view, I can see the outcome. "


    "It is also said that those who are good at fighting will defeat before winning. How can the LORD put the victory and defeat of the war above the conjecture of nothingness? "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was also surprised. It''s true that how can he place the victory or defeat of the war on speculation. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo stood up, bowed to Tian Feng and said, "Sir, the lesson is that Chaobo has been taught."


    Seeing this, Tian Feng got up and avoided. Then he said with a smile, "this is my duty. My lord doesn''t have to be like this."


    Huangfu Chaobo may not be as good as many players or princes in terms of ability, but Tian Feng was very satisfied with one thing and was good at taking advice.


    Now that he has understood, Huangfu Chaobo looks at the people''s humanity: "since there is such a possibility, then in your opinion, how should our army deal with it?"


    Pang Tong got up and went to the front of the map, carefully examined the map of the Central Plains hanging on the wall, and then said, "forgive me, Lord. If you need to know how to deal with it, you must first know what the purpose of our army is in this battle. Only when you understand what the purpose is, can you reasonably arrange the general plan and make reasonable response measures to various emergencies."


    Then, Pang Tong explained in detail the current situation of Cao Cao''s power, and also understood the situation of the vassals in the world.


    After the war of Yuan Shu army, Cao Cao''s power now covers 158 cities in 18 counties of four states, with a total population of nearly 9 million. The Anton army now controls 198 cities in six states and twelve counties, with a total population of more than 13 million. It can be said that Anton army and Cao Cao army have occupied nearly half of the world''s population.


    The situation of the rest of the forces in the world has also been explained a little. In addition to the first two, Yuan Shao of Jizhou is the strongest. Although Yuan Shao did not occupy all of Jizhou, he has eight prefectures and 87 cities, with a total population of more than five million.


    Further down is Gongsun Zan of Youzhou. Since he killed Liu Yu, the herdsman of Youzhou, Gongsun Zan has dominated the seven most prosperous counties of Youzhou. The population under his rule has increased to nearly two million, and he has leaped to the position of a vassal in the world. At this time, people suddenly find that his own power has become the largest force in the world. Of course, the number one in the world is known by our own people. The other princes just think that Anton''s army and Cao Cao''s army are now on a par, because Yuzhou is still independent in the eyes of the public, and they don''t know that Yuzhou has been incorporated into Huangfu Chaobo''s command.


    Of course, this matter can''t be concealed for long. That''s why Huangfu Chaobo insisted that he must launch an attack on Cao CaoJun next year and take advantage of Yuzhou''s ambush to catch Cao CaoJun unprepared.


    "Lord," after Pang Tong had introduced all these, Xu Shu got up and said, "there''s one more thing, please see clearly."


    "Yuanzhi, please go ahead!"


    "Since the war against Cao Cao started last year, Mr. Tian and Shu have been allocating and reserving materials. Once the war starts, it will be years of war. So please be prepared for a long-term war."


    Xu Shu''s words made Huangfu Chaobo worried. Yes, it took two years to fight a great war in Huainan, and nearly half a million troops were sent out by the three route princes, which only managed to wipe out Yuan Shu''s power, but finally Yuan Yao and tens of thousands of elites were defeated.


    "In Yuan Zhi''s opinion, how should we act?"


    "Concentrate your forces and strike with all your strength. If you fail in one strike, change urgency to slowness, fight steadily, and fight step by step."


    "Do others have any other suggestions?" Huangfu Chaobo nodded, then turned to other people and asked;


    "in Jia''s opinion, this time we should attack from Yanzhou and Henan, while Qingzhou and Qingzhou should mainly defend."

 Chapter 962

    After listening to Guo Jia''s words, Huangfu Chaobo also expressed his position and turned to the other humanitarians: "do you think so, too?"


    The rest nodded thoughtfully, indicating that they agreed with Guo Jia''s suggestion.


    "Combined with what Zijing said before, if yelaixiang really turns its back, then the two counties of Qingzhou need to be more closely defended. In a certain sense, Cao Charlie''s army in Mount Tai is expected to take the opportunity to send troops to pacify Mount Tai, and then come out of Mount Tai in the East, and go to Xiahou in the north. Qingzhou will be attacked on three sides." Pang Tong also said,


    "yes, what Shiyuan said is true. Therefore, in Su''s opinion, the worst result of Qingzhou''s two counties is that they are both lost. In this way, the rest of the cities are unimportant. However, Shuanghe city and Qingdao city can''t afford to lose anything, so please prepare early."


    "If Beihai and Donglai are not protected, Shuanghe and Qingdao are hard to stick to." Tian Feng shook his head and said,


    "no," although Guo Jia was afraid of old man Tian''s nagging at ordinary times, he was not ambiguous about his business. He retorted: "the two cities are port cities. Although they are built by themselves, they are not as well defended as the original cities, but they are far from ordinary cities. Besides, the two cities are garrisoned by ports and water forces. If the garrisons are well defended, they will be well defended It''s not going to take three or five years. "


    At present, among all the vassals in the world, the water army of Anton''s army is very powerful, especially in the north, which is almost invincible. However, the water army of other vassals is not worth mentioning, so it is almost impossible to completely trap these two cities.


    However, once the city is trapped for a long time, the manufacture of ships will be affected, and once the city is broken, the two super docks will fall into the hands of others. Of course, it''s just the dock, so the personnel can be transferred ahead of time. But the construction of this dock is not simple. It not only needs drawings, but also takes a lot of time, energy and materials.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Dianwei and Shi''a: "send orders to the guards. They will leave for Qingzhou in three days. They are going to inspect the two counties."


    "Wait a minute!" As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s order was given, Xu Shu and Tian Feng jumped up against it.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked blankly at the two excited people. He didn''t know what was going on.


    Xu Shu coughed softly and said, "my lord started to fight in March this year, and he just returned to Luoyang half a year ago. Although there were not many major events in the second half of the year under the rule of Anton''s army, he still accumulated a lot of official business to deal with, so please deal with the official business accumulated in Luoyang before going out."


    Tian Feng and Xu Shu are also very sad. When they meet such a master who doesn''t care about everything, they are not only moved, but also tired to death.


    With tens of millions of people and hundreds of thousands of troops in the territory of Nuo Da, there are countless government affairs to deal with every day. But in the past half a year, Xu Shu was in charge of military affairs and Tian Feng was in charge of civil affairs. He dealt with these things in an orderly way.


    But these government affairs must be confirmed by Huangfu Chaobo in the end. Of course, some urgent matters are reported to Huangfu Chaobo through pigeon letters. After obtaining his consent, they are dealt with first, and then they are sent to Huangfu Chaobo for personal instructions. But in addition to the most important thing is urgent instructions, there are many other things handled by the two people, which still need to be reported to Huangfu Chaobo. So when they heard that Huangfu Chaobo was going to run again, they were all in a hurry and came out to dissuade him.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo said hurriedly, "good, five days!"


    Xu Shu and his wife knew how much government affairs needed to be dealt with by Huangfu Chaobo. Three or five days was certainly not enough, so they did not answer. They just looked at Huangfu Chaobo and did not speak.


    "Eight days!"


    Or silence.


    "Ten days, ten days at most. Now it''s mid October. If you don''t hurry up, it will be more troublesome to go boating in the river." Huang Fu Chao Bo clenched his teeth and said,


    their faces relaxed and they didn''t insist any more. They both bowed their hands and retreated.


    However, the other three couldn''t help laughing when they saw Huangfu Chaobo haggling like ordinary people. Pang Tong and Guo Jia even laughed.


    Xu Shu pointed to the three people and said with a smile: "you are so... If you don''t go to the army next year, how about Pang Shiyuan and Guo fengxiao staying in Luoyang? "


    When they heard this, they stopped laughing, shook their hands and head to say no, and let them stay behind to deal with government affairs. For both of them, it was even worse than not letting them drink.


    See some situation, other a few people also roar with laughter not only.


    After a long time, all the people stopped laughing. Huangfu Chaobo said: "so, let''s call it a day. The general plan has been set. In the next period of time, everyone will consider the details of sending troops. After all the troops have returned to the station, we will recruit people for discussion."


    "Another thing is, Dian Wei Shi''a, make good arrangements to go to Qingzhou in ten days'' time. The two big yellow crossbows in Luoyang''s Treasury will send 5000 to Qingzhou, with two bowstrings and four pots of crossbows." As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Xu Shu and asked him whether the number of crossbows in the Treasury was enough. After receiving Xu Shu''s affirmative answer, he was relieved."By the way, four intermediate craftsmen who can repair crossbow machines and make crossbows and arrows were selected from the workshops in the city and sent to Qingzhou together. Two craftsmen were arranged in Shuanghe city and two in Qingdao City, just in case. By the way, Shi a, send a pigeon letter to Mr. Xun, telling him that he agrees with the territory requirements of the night incense. If it''s only a crossbow, there are only 1000 standard one stone big yellow crossbows. I believe that the night incense will not tangle in this detail. "


    After they all took orders one by one, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "well, let''s go. I haven''t been with my family for more than half a year, so don''t disturb me again today."


    All of them bowed away with a smile and left the Houfu''s house. Huangfu Chaobo also walked towards the backyard.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo appeared in the study of dealing with government affairs in the general''s mansion. After he approved several urgent government affairs, he did not immediately begin to deal with the backlog of government affairs on his desk. Instead, he sent someone to invite Shi''a and Guo Jia pangtong to him. The purpose was to learn more about the situation of some princes in the world.


    Although Pang Tong gave you a brief account of the situation of various vassals yesterday, some details still need to be understood.


    For example, in the case of Bingzhou, Zhao Zilong and others in Bingzhou are now in the middle of war with Lv Bu. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo can only get some information from the shadow because he can''t get much information about Yicong''s allies, and shadow also has a large number of people in Bingzhou.

 Chapter 963

    After listening to Guo Jia''s words, Huangfu Chaobo did not immediately express his position. Instead, he looked at the other humanitarians: "do you also think so?"


    The rest nodded thoughtfully, indicating that they agreed with Guo Jia''s suggestion.


    "Combined with what Zijing said before, if yelaixiang really turns its back, then the two counties of Qingzhou need to be more closely defended. In a certain sense, Cao Charlie''s army in Mount Tai is expected to take the opportunity to send troops to pacify Mount Tai, and then come out of Mount Tai in the East, and go to Xiahou in the north. Qingzhou will be attacked on three sides." Pang Tong also said,


    "yes, what Shiyuan said is true. Therefore, in Su''s opinion, the worst result of Qingzhou''s two counties is that they are both lost. In this way, the rest of the cities are unimportant. However, Shuanghe city and Qingdao city can''t afford to lose anything, so please prepare early."


    "If Beihai and Donglai are not protected, Shuanghe and Qingdao are hard to stick to." Tian Feng shook his head and said,


    "no," although Guo Jia was afraid of old man Tian''s nagging at ordinary times, he was not ambiguous about his business. He retorted: "the two cities are port cities. Although they are built by themselves, they are not as well defended as the original cities, but they are far from ordinary cities. Besides, the two cities are garrisoned by ports and water forces. If the garrisons are well defended, they will be well defended It''s not going to take three or five years. "


    At present, among all the vassals in the world, the water army of Anton''s army is very powerful, especially in the north, which is almost invincible. However, the water army of other vassals is not worth mentioning, so it is almost impossible to completely trap these two cities.


    However, once the city is trapped for a long time, the manufacture of ships will be affected, and once the city is broken, the two super docks will fall into the hands of others. Of course, it''s just the dock, so the personnel can be transferred ahead of time. But the construction of this dock is not simple. It not only needs drawings, but also takes a lot of time, energy and materials.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Dianwei and Shi''a: "send orders to the guards. They will leave for Qingzhou in three days. They are going to inspect the two counties."


    "Wait a minute!" As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s order was given, Xu Shu and Tian Feng jumped up against it.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked blankly at the two excited people. He didn''t know what was going on.


    Xu Shu coughed softly and said, "my lord started to fight in March this year, and he just returned to Luoyang half a year ago. Although there were not many major events in the second half of the year under the rule of Anton''s army, he still accumulated a lot of official business to deal with, so please deal with the official business accumulated in Luoyang before going out."


    Tian Feng and Xu Shu are also very sad. When they meet such a master who doesn''t care about everything, they are not only moved, but also tired to death.


    With tens of millions of people and hundreds of thousands of troops in the territory of Nuo Da, there are countless government affairs to deal with every day. But in the past half a year, Xu Shu was in charge of military affairs and Tian Feng was in charge of civil affairs. He dealt with these things in an orderly way.


    But these government affairs must be confirmed by Huangfu Chaobo in the end. Of course, some urgent matters are reported to Huangfu Chaobo through pigeon letters. After obtaining his consent, they are dealt with first, and then they are sent to Huangfu Chaobo for personal instructions. But in addition to the most important thing is urgent instructions, there are many other things handled by the two people, which still need to be reported to Huangfu Chaobo. So when they heard that Huangfu Chaobo was going to run again, they were all in a hurry and came out to dissuade him.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo said hurriedly, "good, five days!"


    Xu Shu and his wife knew how much government affairs needed to be dealt with by Huangfu Chaobo. Three or five days was certainly not enough, so they did not answer. They just looked at Huangfu Chaobo and did not speak.


    "Eight days!"


    Or silence.


    "Ten days, ten days at most. Now it''s mid October. If you don''t hurry up, it will be more troublesome to go boating in the river." Huang Fu Chao Bo clenched his teeth and said,


    their faces relaxed and they didn''t insist any more. They both bowed their hands and retreated.


    However, the other three couldn''t help laughing when they saw Huangfu Chaobo haggling like ordinary people. Pang Tong and Guo Jia even laughed.


    Xu Shu pointed to the three people and said with a smile: "you are so... If you don''t go to the army next year, how about Pang Shiyuan and Guo fengxiao staying in Luoyang? "


    When they heard this, they stopped laughing, shook their hands and head to say no, and let them stay behind to deal with government affairs. For both of them, it was even worse than not letting them drink.


    See some situation, other a few people also roar with laughter not only.


    After a long time, all the people stopped laughing. Huangfu Chaobo said: "so, let''s call it a day. The general plan has been set. In the next period of time, everyone will consider the details of sending troops. After all the troops have returned to the station, we will recruit people for discussion."


    "Another thing is, Dian Wei Shi''a, make good arrangements to go to Qingzhou in ten days'' time. The two big yellow crossbows in Luoyang''s Treasury will send 5000 to Qingzhou, with two bowstrings and four pots of crossbows." As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Xu Shu and asked him whether the number of crossbows in the Treasury was enough. After receiving Xu Shu''s affirmative answer, he was relieved."By the way, four intermediate craftsmen who can repair crossbow machines and make crossbows and arrows were selected from the workshops in the city and sent to Qingzhou together. Two craftsmen were arranged in Shuanghe city and two in Qingdao City, just in case. By the way, Shi a, send a pigeon letter to Mr. Xun, telling him that he agrees with the territory requirements of the night incense. If it''s only a crossbow, there are only 1000 standard one stone big yellow crossbows. I believe that the night incense will not tangle in this detail. "


    After they all took orders one by one, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "well, let''s go. I haven''t been with my family for more than half a year, so don''t disturb me again today."


    All of them bowed away with a smile and left the Houfu''s house. Huangfu Chaobo also walked towards the backyard.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo appeared in the study of dealing with government affairs in the general''s mansion. After he approved several urgent government affairs, he did not immediately begin to deal with the backlog of government affairs on his desk. Instead, he sent someone to invite Shi''a and Guo Jia pangtong to him. The purpose was to learn more about the situation of some princes in the world.


    Although Pang Tong gave you a brief account of the situation of various vassals yesterday, some details still need to be understood.


    For example, in the case of Bingzhou, Zhao Zilong and others in Bingzhou are now in the middle of war with Lv Bu. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo can only get some information from the shadow because he can''t get much information about Yicong''s allies, and shadow also has a large number of people in Bingzhou.

 Chapter 964

    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t wait for a long time. Several people soon came down to the study under the guidance of the personal guard.


    "See you, general!" Several people bowed to Huangfu Chaobo and said,


    "no gift, everyone sit down!" With a wave of his hand, Huangfu Chaobo let several people sit down, and then asked them to take the tea they had already prepared. After a sip, he slowly said, "what''s the situation in Bingzhou? General Shi will tell us in detail first."


    After hearing this, Shi a quickly got up and gave a gift, and replied, "I didn''t take orders!"


    Then he walked slowly to the map of Bingzhou hanging on the wall, picked up a long wooden pole, and explained to Huangfu Chaobo the situation of Bingzhou in the past six months.


    Just as the people of Anton army expected at first, after Lu Bujun conquered Daijun and established trade relations with Yuan Shaojun, he withdrew his main force to Bingzhou. On the one hand, he exchanged a lot of food and weapons for yuan Shaojun with his horses, and on the other hand, he reorganized his army and prepared to send troops to the west, bringing all the counties of Bingzhou under the control of the prefecture.


    Since June this year, Lu Bu has sent out 30000 cavalry troops and 50000 soldiers to assist. It took less than 20 days for Lv Bu to take control of all the five cities in Dingxiang County. However, the news from Bingzhou said that Lv Bu had lost interest in the other counties because the situation of these cities was so bad.


    Take the newly occupied five cities of Dingxiang as an example. The population of each city is only about 5000. Even if the Chen palace later ordered to add all the captured alien population to the five cities, the total population of the five cities of Dingxiang is only 50000, less than 60000, and the harvest of other materials is very few, which makes Lv Bu very depressed. The situation of such a county is worse than that of a county under his rule.


    However, there are nine counties in Bingzhou, but at present, Lu Bu only controls five counties, and the other four counties have not yet. You know, these are all lost lands. If you can completely control them, it will be very good for Lu Bu''s reputation, especially for the literati like Chen Gong.


    Moreover, controlling more territory is a dream for any vassal, but for Lu Bu, he doesn''t care about internal affairs at all, so he lacks interest in this kind of mosquito leg meat.


    He was still in high spirits when he sent troops to Dingxiang, but when he saw Dingxiang''s situation, he lost interest. Then he handed over the task of sending troops to Hou Cheng and Song Xian, and ordered Qin Yi to be the commander, Cao Xing and Li Feng to be the Deputy generals, leading 20000 cavalry and 30000 infantry to attack Yunzhong.


    However, he himself, together with other people in the Chen palace of Zhang Liao, led 10000 Bingzhou wolf riders and 20000 soldiers back to Taiyuan. Later, Lu Bu ordered Xue LAN to be the prefect of Dingxiang, and Wang He to be the captain of Dingxiang. He led 5000 soldiers and 2000 cavalry to garrison Dingxiang.


    In his opinion, 50000 troops can capture the three counties to the west of Dingxiang. Not only he but also Chen Gong felt that it should not be difficult, so he didn''t oppose it. Instead, Zhang Liao cautiously mentioned it a little bit, but almost most NPCs didn''t see the power of players in their eyes. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo was not regarded as an alien force in everyone''s mind, but as a vassal like them.


    There are eleven cities in Yunzhong County, which are also under the control of zahu army. Under the 50, 000 elite attack of Lu Bu army, the zahu army in Yunzhong melted and disintegrated like a snowdrift under the scorching sun. In two months, LV Bujun occupied the whole area of the cloud. As LV Bujun had expected, the situation in the cloud was also very bad, even worse than that in Dingxiang.


    The total population of the eleven counties is less than 50000. If all the captured zahu people are brought under the rule, they can barely reach 100000. On average, the population of each county in Yunzhong county is less than 10000.


    At this time, Lu Bu had already returned to Taiyuan. When he got the news, he immediately ordered Qin Yi to be the prefect of Yunzhong, Song Xian to be the captain of Yunzhong, with 10000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry stationed in Yunzhong. Hou Cheng led the rest of the army and continued to send troops to Wuyuan.


    "In terms of time, Hou Cheng''s 35000 troops should have arrived at the foot of Fuyuan city by now. It is estimated that the two armies should have started war." Shi a thought about it and added to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and asked, "Zhao Zilong, how many troops have they deployed in Fuyuan?"


    Shi a looked at the information in his hand and said, "there are 20000 troops in total, including 5000 cavalry and 15000 footmen. Among them, there were 5000 soldiers and 2000 cavalry in Shuofang army, 6000 soldiers and 3000 cavalry under Zhao Taishou of Wuyuan army, and 2000 soldiers in each of the other two county magistrates. "


    "It''s certain that Lu Bu''s army can''t attack the city, but he has 15000 cavalry. Will he bypass Fuyang and burst into Wuyuan?" Huangfu Chaobo looks at Guo Jiaji;


    Pang Tong has been to Fuyang, so he is very familiar with the situation there. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, he shakes his head and says: "Fuyang is very well located, with Yinshan in the north and Dahe in the south. When we were there, we were only in Zhongzhen, so we were already in charge. Now it has been upgraded to the city level, so it is estimated that it is almost the same as the pass now. "


    "Moreover, it''s October now, and it will soon snow in Bingzhou. If Hou Cheng dares to send his cavalry into Wuyuan, in case of sudden snow, these 15000 cavalry may never come back. Hou Cheng dare not bear the consequences."After listening to Pang Tong''s words, Huangfu Chaobo also recalled the surrounding terrain of Fuyang. It is true. You should know that he recommended Zhao Zilong to upgrade to the city level in Fuyang.


    "If he could defeat the Marquis this time, would Lu Bu agree to the ownership of Wuyuan and Shuofang?" Thinking of this, he looked at Pang Tong and said;


    Pang Tong shook his head: "it''s not the first time that my Lord has dealt with Marquis Wen. You should know the character of marquis Wen. If you don''t hurt him once, he won''t give up easily!"


    Huangfu Chaobo also thinks Pang Tong''s words are reasonable. Lv Bu is exactly the kind of person. Originally, Wuyuan and Shuofang counties are just like Yunzhong and Dingxiang, which belong to very poor counties. Therefore, their control over these counties is not very strong. Once they are defeated in the attack of Jueyuan, as long as Xiake and Zhao Zilong give Lv Bu a step to get off the stage, he will be able to win in Lv Bu If we can find someone who is willing to speak for them, we will be able to solve the problem in nine cases out of ten.


    "How to do is to make Lv Bu heartache, but not to make him angry, how to grasp this degree?" Huang Fu Chao Bo asked again

 Chapter 965

    Guo Jia pondered for a moment, then said: "first of all, the generals, especially those above 1000 generals, who can be captured can''t be killed, not only the generals, but also the Bingzhou soldiers after the defeat of the marquis. Try to capture the wounded and try to find a way to cure them. On the other hand, the cavalry can''t let LV Bujun''s cavalry lose too much! Lu Bu is a cavalry general. If his cavalry lose too much, he will not give up


    "Of course, this kind of war is not easy to fight, and the demand for generals is relatively high. I''m afraid it''s not easy to grasp some of them, and generals will be restrained when they fight." Guo Jia shook her head as she spoke.


    "I can''t manage so much. I just want to convey the meaning. As for how they do it, I have no way." Huangfu Chaobo turned to Shi a and said, "by the way, how did Ma Xuan and Hao Jian and the people of the army and horse who were willing to withdraw from Xi''an Yang settle down?"


    "Report back to the Lord, the soldiers and horses that Xi''an Yang withdrew have been settled in Hedong. As for Ma Xuan and Hao Jian, as well as several horse trainers who were transferred to Xi''an Yang, they have been sent to Longhua according to the Lord''s order."


    "Longhua''s arrangement" Huangfu Chaobo suddenly stopped, looked at Shi a with an embarrassed face, and said to himself, "how can I ask you about this matter? I can discuss it with Yuanzhi and Yuanhao these days."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo waved to several people and said, "well, I won''t leave you for lunch. Go back and deal with it by yourself."


    After hearing this, they all smile and bow, then leave the general''s house. The Two Drunkards meet to go to the restaurants in the inner city to have a drink. Lu Su, under the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, asks Dianwei to send a personal guard to lead him to get familiar with the situation in Luoyang.


    After several people left, Huangfu Chaobo sent Zhao Zilong a private letter about the results of their discussion with Guo Jia. As for how they were to be resettled, it''s no matter. After dealing with this matter, we began to deal with the government affairs left over from the past six months.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo was buried in the mountains of government affairs during the day, and in the evening he went back to the backyard to accompany his two beauties and his own children. Of course, he also spent several times offline to accompany his wife and son.


    Ten days later, Huangfu Chaobo finished all the government affairs that had been overstocked in the past six months. Then he boarded the fleet that had been prepared for him with 5000 personal guards and went to Qingzhou with Pang Tong, Guo Jia and Lu su.


    Nowadays, Huangfu Chaobo''s travel has a fixed arrangement. Generally speaking, the trapped camp and Tiebi camp are basically escorted. If they travel within their own Anton army''s sphere of influence, the other three battalions, Yuanrong soldiers, tieyingruishi and Tujia soldiers, each deploy 1000 soldiers. If they go to battle, they are all the guards.


    In fact, in these days, Huangfu Chaobo is also thinking about Qingzhou. Although he has always thought that it is not possible for yelaixiang to rebel against Qingzhou, he still wants to see the two port cities.


    Shuanghe city is OK. It has developed in several places. There should be no problem in defense. Qingdao city is different. It''s less than two years now. So he decided to go and have a tour to make his mind count.


    Before he left Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo summoned Xu Shu and Tian Feng to discuss and arrange things in Longhua. After Ma Xuan and Hao Jian were transferred to Longhua, the personnel arrangement there was more reasonable.


    Ma Xuan was appointed county magistrate of Longhua, while Meng Yi was appointed county magistrate of Chengde, who was also responsible for the administration of the whole Longhua region. However, Zhao Yu and Zhang an were both Deputy generals, and they were also County captains of a county. The garrison general of Xiabancheng town was Hao Jian, and the military situation was the same as that of Shuangluan Town, while the garrison general of Shuangluan town was Meng Yuan.


    In fact, it''s not only Huangfu Chaobo who has ignored Longhua and allowed it to develop on its own, but also Gongsun Zan. The main reason why he sent troops to the north of the Great Wall was to eliminate the threat to his North, so that he could safely march westward to fight Liu Yu.


    Therefore, before the war with Liu Yu, he transferred his younger brother back to Chifeng City and let his subordinate Wang men, who was the weakest but had no problem in loyalty, take a post in Chifeng City. Wang men doesn''t matter. He knows that he has the lowest ability under Gongsun Zan''s command. Now that he can control the territory of several towns in two cities, he has become a local emperor, but he has gone to Chifeng to take office.


    However, Gongsun Zan still had a heart, and appointed his brother Gongsun fan as the prefect of western Liaoning. At the same time, he controlled the Lulong fortress and the life gate of the king''s gate. But Wang men didn''t care. He didn''t have any objection. It had nothing to do with who controlled the Lulong fortress.


    Then Gongsun Zan went to the West and killed Liu Yu in Shanggu. However, all of Liu Yu''s men, except Gongsun Ji, who was originally fond of Gongsun, took refuge with him. They all escaped and profited from the forces of Youhe and Liangzhou, especially the allies of Huangfu Chaobo.


    When chivalrous men recruited Qi and Zhou, Zhao Zilong first recruited Liu Bei''s army, then Cheng Xu and Sun Jin. Zhou Wen even recruited Yu Fanyu Zhongxiang, Liu Bei''s military adviser, and two of Liu Yu''s generals, Ling Yuyin and Xian Yufu. Wei Dun and Zhao should have joined Lv Bu, but Wei you, the most powerful military adviser under Liu Yu, suddenly ran to Lelang county and became a minister of the imperial family.The two forces destroyed ten of the historical generals, Huang Po, who had not even received any of them. This made him make complaints about a lot of allies. Of course, there are also two people who despise Zhao Zilong and Zhou Wen, because they have not recruited any generals. They are Lao Du and Xiao jiejie, which makes Huangfu Chaobo feel comfortable. It turns out that he is not the only one who has bad luck.


    A few days later, Huangfu Chaobo''s fleet arrived at Shuanghe city under the escort of Fubo camp of Pan Feng. All the people in Qingzhou County who got the news arrived at Shuanghe city to welcome them. Cheng Huan, Beihai prime minister, Chen Rong, Changshi, wu''anguo, Qianniu General Xu Rong, deputy general Mu Shun, commander Lou GUI, Wang Xiu, governor of Donglai, Sun Shao, Duwei Zongbao, and Liu Yi, deputy general of Canglang camp, all arrived Arrived at Shuanghe city. Only Meng Gang, general zhenshuo of Canglang camp, and Xun you, who are still in Qingzhou, are there. Because Huangfu Chaobo is going to Qingdao city after his inspection tour in Shuanghe City, Huangfu Chaobo specially tells them that they don''t have to come to meet.

 Chapter 966

    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay in Shuanghe city for a long time. For one thing, Shuanghe city has been established for several years. For another, Xu Rong and Lou GUI adjusted and strengthened their defense many times after they arrived in Qingzhou. With their ability, Shuanghe city''s defense has basically reached the extreme.


    After touring Shuanghe for two days and touring the city and the dock, Huangfu Chaobo led the people to board the boat again and headed for the southern city of Qingdao.


    Qingdao city is located at the southernmost end of Qingzhou, east of qianqu city and south of Buqi city. It is located in the real area of Qingdao city. It is close to Laoshan Mountain in the East, Jiaozhou Bay in the west, and the sea in the south. Only the north can connect with the outside world from the direction of its county.


    After the fleet arrived in Qingdao City, Huangfu chaoboxian and others walked around the city wall under the leadership of Meng Yi. Qingdao is not a big city. It''s just a small city. It''s six li long from east to west and five li wide from north to south. It''s divided into four walls. However, the water gate is directly on the west side, and the docks and docks are just outside. Less than a hundred steps away from the south gate is the seaside. Only a few hundred steps away from the east to the foot of Laoshan Mountain is the official road leading to Buqi county.


    Because time is too short, the city wall of Qingdao has just been built, and the defense facilities at the head of the city have not been fully arranged. After a tour of the city, Huangfu Chaobo and his party went to the county government under the leadership of Meng Yi.


    It''s only more than a year since the establishment of the territory in Qingdao City, during which it has been constantly upgrading. Therefore, many facilities are not as perfect as ordinary territory. For example, multi-functional buildings are only built to cope with the upgrading. Although there are only more than 10000 ordinary people in Qingdao, the whole city is in chaos.


    Of course, some buildings must be built, such as the county government, barracks, various workshops, etc. have been built according to the requirements of the city level. However, as soon as people go in, they find that they are all empty. For example, the county government that you are now entering, that is, the city master''s office, is basically only a shell here, because Meng Yi basically lives in the military camp, and the city is also under military control. Most of the people in the city are the dependents of the army and shipyard craftsmen, and there are no other people.


    After everyone was seated, Huangfu Chaobo said slowly: "general Meng, when will the defense facilities of the city be improved? What''s more, magistrate Chen, when can Qingdao enter the normal territory management state? "


    The county magistrate of Qingdao city was a transferred general under Huangfu Chaobo, that is, the original Yanshi county magistrate Chen Xiang. Later, when the army took control of the counties in Henan east of Hulao pass, he was transferred by Huangfu Chaobo to Guandong County as a county magistrate. However, because of his low growth, the county magistrate had already passed the highest rank he could reach. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo still had several famous county magistrate He has to consider the overall situation, so for such a group of fighters who started with him but did not have a high growth, they can only compensate from other aspects.


    Like Chen Xiang, so is Zhao Dian, the county magistrate of Shuanghe city. He was originally the county magistrate of Ping County, and Pang Shanmin was transferred to Shuanghe when he was transferred from Shuanghe. In fact, things in the two cities are not very complicated, and their security problems can be dealt with by ordinary generals. Therefore, there are no generals with strong ability. Basically, they are all warriors trained by Huangfu Chaobo himself.


    Now it happens that the chief officials and generals of the two counties in Qingzhou are here. Huangfu Chaobo wants to adjust the personnel and defense situation of the two cities.


    The county magistrate has been arranged, so there is no need to change it. As for the choice of county captain, Huangfu Chaobo thought about it for a while. He thought that one school and two barracks would be transferred to two cities anyway, so it''s better to directly transfer two school soldiers from the Qianniu army, and let the leading school captain be the county captain.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered that when Xu Rong joined, there were several generals with good conditions. At that time, in order to avoid suspicion, Xu Rong specially transferred one of them to Meng Yi''s Canglang camp. As a result, Huangfu Chaobo quickly opened the information of the two generals of the battalions. Sure enough, he found two of them from several generals.


    As a result, Huangfu Chaobo said: "in order to strengthen the defense of the two cities, we decided that Liu He, the former commander of Qianniu battalion, would lead his 5000 soldiers to Shuanghe City, and he would take the post of county commander of Shuanghe city at the same time, commanding the 5000 guards of Shuanghe city. Han Wei, the former commander of Canglang camp, led his 5000 garrison troops to Qingdao city. He also served as the county captain of Qingdao city. At the same time, he was recruited again in Qingdao city. No, he dispatched 5000 garrison troops from the cities of Donglai county to Qingdao City, and his family moved into Qingdao city together. "


    "All the soldiers of the two schools have replaced the crossbow soldiers'' rhubarb crossbows with two stone ones. The thousand bull army and the Canglang army have each replaced 1500 two stone rhubarb crossbows. Five thousand crossbows have been brought. The two generals can arrange people to take them away later."


    Xu Rong and Meng Yi immediately get up to accept the order.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, motioned for them to sit down first, and then said: "you should have known that our next step is to attack Cao Cao''s army. The time of sending troops is tentatively scheduled for March and April next year. Therefore, the whole Anton army is ready for this. After the end of the Huainan war this year, general Ben has reached an agreement with Hou Sunce of Wu Cheng, and the two families form an alliance. Next year, when our army sends troops to attack Cao, sun Qijun will send troops together. "


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo looked in the direction of Xunyou and said, "moreover, with the efforts of Xunyou, he made an alliance with yelaixiang, Guangwu General of Langya a few days ago. They will also send troops to Xuzhou when they are in the border. At that time, the three princes will attack Cao Cao.""However, before he left Luoyang, he had discussed a general plan with several military strategists. This attack on Cao Cao''s army will be a strategic process from west to East. That is to say, Qingzhou will be in a defensive state in the whole war."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, people in Qingzhou are happy and disappointed. The happy thing is that since the civil servants are on the defensive, their influence on the rule will be relatively small. Disappointed is a group of generals, can not fight, which means less meritorious. However, as we all know, the situation in Qingzhou is not suitable to be the main battlefield, so they are destined to be spectators. Although they are helpless, they have to acquiesce.


    The expressions of all the people in Qingzhou were seen one by one by Huangfu Chaobo, but he didn''t want to explain more. For some things, he thought about the whole Anton army. Of course, it would be good if he could do everything, but in fact it was very difficult to do it.

 Chapter 967

    "Nevertheless, the Duke still needs to be prepared. At the time of the boundary, Cao''s army in Qingzhou will surely send troops to attack the two prefectures when the army is unable to move its troops to the East." At this point, Huangfu Chaobo made a decision again, and then looked at Xun you and said, "moreover, with the advice of several military strategists, although the Langya army has formed an alliance with our army, it is necessary to guard against others. You still need to guard against the imminent rebellion of the Langya Army."


    "The reason why he insisted on visiting Qingzhou this time is also for the safety of the two counties, especially the two port cities. From now on, the defense of the two cities will be improved as soon as possible. At the same time, you also need to carefully consider the strategy of sending troops next year. By the end of the year, we will gather people in Luoyang to discuss the specific matters of the accident."


    "No!" All of them bowed down and said,


    "well, Mr. Xun and general Zhou Yi will stay, and the rest of you will go your own way."


    "I''m not going to leave!"


    "I''m leaving!"


    After all the people left, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhou Yi with a smile and said, "what''s the situation of the Navy?"


    Zhou Yi blushed and said, "Zhou Yi has let you down. Although Zhou Yi has completed the formation of the water army of the two schools, he only finds that when he commands the ten thousand water army, he always has a strong sense of indolence, which is far less than when he commanded the water army of the first school before. So he also asks Xu Zhouyi to resign from the position of commander of Zhenhai camp and choose another talented person."


    As the martial artists trained by Huangfu Chaobo from the time of changshe, they can be said to be the most trusted people of Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, they sometimes call Huangfu Chaobo childe as they did when they were in changshe.


    Seeing the dejected look on Zhou Yi''s face, Huangfu Chaobo lifted him up with a smile, patted him on the shoulder and said, "yes, I have a lot of self-knowledge. No wonder Mr. Xun is also saying good things for you. Well, you don''t have to. You''ve been following Ben Jiang for so many years. All the time, you''ve done very well among all the people. At the beginning, there are only a few of you You have the highest official position. "


    "Now that you have found your own shortcomings, I''ll give you a hand. This is also the reward you deserve for your efforts over the years." With that, Huangfu Chaobo took out an object from his arms and handed it to Zhou Yi.


    "Famous general card!" After Zhou Yi took it, he was surprised that it was a silver level general card. Then he knelt down and said, "thank you for your reward!"


    As the warriors who have been following, they have long been diehard, so they don''t say anything about going through fire and water again. They will only accomplish the task of Huangfu Chaobo in silence, even if there is a sea of fire and swords ahead, just as Zhao Rui led hundreds of people to catch up. Going to Chang''an, he knew that there might be a dead end ahead, but he didn''t hesitate.


    "Well, use it quickly."


    Zhou Yi''s face turned red and he nodded in excitement. After a little calming, he opened the card.


    After several generals had been transferred, Huangfu Chaobo knew that it was not long before he was transferred, so he did not leave. He sat here and talked with Xun you about the Langya army.


    A quarter of an hour later, Zhou Yi recovered from his job transfer. Seeing his happy face, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "what good treasure have you found?"


    "Hey, hey, young master, just look at the attributes of Zhou Yi." Zhou Yi said with a smile;


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "Oh, you''ve learned how to play tricks!"


    As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo opened up Zhou Yi''s attributes, which really surprised him. Originally, more than 60 of Zhou Yi''s commanders and military forces all rushed directly into the ranks of heaven level generals.


    After his transfer, Zhou Yi''s data became 80 in command, 81 in force, 56 in intelligence, and 43 in internal affairs, which was almost the same as Jiang Qin''s. Looking at his data, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thinks of the data after Kong Xin''s transfer, which is similar to Zhou Yi. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but scold himself: "this product of kengdai, with a gold level famous general card, only has the effect of Zhou Yi using a silver card. This shows how rubbish this product was before he changed his job, wasting Laozi''s gold level famous general card for nothing. No contrast, no harm


    However, it''s no use thinking about it. Huangfu Chaobo turned to Zhou Yi and said, "now, with your ability, it''s not a problem to lead an army alone. However, in terms of water army experience, there is still a big gap between you and general Zhou Tai and general Jiang Qin. I hope you can learn from the two generals and train the three schools of Zhenhai camp as soon as possible. ¡±


    the reason why it is said that it is the army of the three academies is that Huangfu Chaobo is going to gradually expand a water army in yuzhoushan to the first one. In this way, the main force of the water army of the four Academies under the command of Anton army is the army of 15000 troops of the three academies.


    "Don''t worry, young master. Zhou Yi will seriously learn from the two generals the training methods of the water army, and guard the maritime trade routes for him."


    "Well, I''ll believe you. What''s the situation of Qingdao shipyard?"


    "At present, the output of the docks is not high, and the sand boats are only equipped with one school for Zhenhai battalion, and the other school still uses the original Navy establishment."


    Just at this time, Shi a suddenly came in to report: "Lord, there is an urgent pigeon letter from Luoyang!"Seeing this, Zhou Yi immediately gave a fist and said, "my Lord, I will not leave first!"


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "well, you go to work on your business first. First, you should concentrate on training the two naval forces. Then, you should inform the dockyard that the next batch of sand boats will be equipped with general Jiang Qin''s Nu Tao camp, which is specially used to protect the caravan going north, and then the sand boats will be equipped with your Zhenhai camp."


    Zhou Yi nodded and went.


    "Come on, what''s the matter with Luoyang?" After Zhou Yi retreated, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Shi ADAO;


    "Lord, Luoyang received news from Chang''an, saying that the emperor''s propaganda team had started from Chang''an and would arrive in Luoyang within 20 days. Lord Xu and Lord Tian asked him to rush back to Luoyang as soon as possible. In addition, there were three propaganda teams, and the other two were going to Yanzhou and Jiangdong."


    "Oh," although he had guessed that Cao Cao and Sun Quan would be rewarded, Huangfu Chaobo was very interested in what the rewards were? "What is the reward given by the emperor to the general, and what about the rewards given by the other two families?"


    Xun you thought of another question: "is there no history of Kong CI?"


    Huangfu Chaobo also responded and quickly looked at shi''a. If there is no reward from Kong, maybe someone with a heart will be able to see some clues from it, which will be very bad for his war next year.


    To their disappointment, Shi a shook his head and said, "there is no mention in the pigeon letter."

 Chapter 968

    "Send a pigeon letter to Luoyang and Chang''an immediately, and be sure to ask about it. It will be very important for the war next year." Huang Fu said in a loud voice;


    Shi a was surprised and immediately turned to leave. He wanted to send out the pigeon letter as soon as possible and ask Xu Shu and Chang''an''s own master about this.


    A day later, a reply from Chang''an arrived, and Zhao Rui finally got to know the situation after several twists and turns. It was not that there was no reward edict from Kong Xu, but that they were in the same team as Huangfu Chaobo''s publicists. Hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo and Xun you were relieved. However, neither Zhao Rui nor Shi a knew about it. They only vaguely knew that Huangfu Chaobo had become an official again.


    Even so, they were relieved.


    Afterwards, Huangfu Chaobo made another tour of the Qingdao dockyard and saw that everything was in normal operation. After chatting with the Guo family for a while, he left Qingdao and embarked on the journey back to Luoyang. However, it took him nearly a month to go.


    By the time he and Xun you rushed back to Luoyang, it was mid November.


    At this time, the emperor''s envoys who came from Chang''an had already arrived in Luoyang. Because Huangfu Chaobo was not here, Tian Feng and others placed the emperor''s envoys in the post station. When Huangfu Chaobo came back, they could ask the angel to declare the order.


    Because it was not Huangfu Chaobo''s reaction. He shook his head and said, "no, but I heard that Yuan thief sent someone to send a thing to Cao Cao''s camp before Shouchun city was broken. It is said that it was this thing, but Cao Cao refused to admit it anyway. Therefore, general sun CE almost had a fight with him."


    As he said this, Huangfu Chaobo whispered: "many of the four families have seen this. Your majesty, it''s easy to understand."


    On hearing this, the eunuch nodded knowingly: "we will report this matter to your majesty truthfully. Marquis, we will leave first!"


    "Chinese envoy, please walk slowly. Someone will send some special products to the post station later. Please don''t refuse!"


    The eunuch understood and said, "thank you for your reward!"


    He finally sent the emissary away, and Huangfu Chaobo sat on the throne and accepted the congratulations from the generals.


    "Congratulations, Lord All of them bowed together,


    "happy together, everyone, please get up!" Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "if not for all the officers and men fighting to death, all the princes are working hard in the rear, and an can have today''s happiness. Chaobo would like to thank all the princes here!" With that, Huangfu Chaobo got up and saluted the crowd.


    "This is what we should do. We dare not accept the courtesy of the Lord!" The people who had just sat down quickly got up and saluted back.


    "Well, don''t go back and forth. The reward for military merit was given to Xu Bing and Cao and Lu to join the army. The confirmation was completed within one month. Now it''s mid November. It''s time to implement it just before the new year, so that everyone can have a good year in peace."


    "What''s more, the pensions for the wounded and the dead must also be confirmed. Please Tian Biejia and Xun Zhizhong also help to confirm and sort them out, and hand them over to the Marquis for approval as soon as possible. They must also be distributed before the new year."


    "No!" After hearing this, the four of them got up together and said,


    "do you have anything else to report?" Huang Fu Chao Bo asked again;


    Tian Feng came out and said, "I have something to report, my Lord!"


    "Go ahead, sir!"


    "Our army has been fighting for many years since the independent Lord came to take charge of Sizhou, and the Lord has been out for many years. Although the people''s mind is stable under the rule of the East army, the Lord has not made any inspection since he and Wei counties came back. Next year, the war of taking charge of Cao will start again. Before that, the next officer wants to invite the Lord to inspect the counties, so as to ease the hearts of the people in Hebei counties."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Is this old man saying that I''m warlike, I like to win, and I don''t care about the people? However, on second thought, Huangfu Chaobo also felt sweating. It seemed that he was still like this. For example, Hedong county has never set foot on the land of Hedong since its son was born two years ago.


    And Wei Jun, just when Han Fu surrendered himself at that time, went to Yecheng to Jizhou to appease all the people in Jizhou, and then, as if he never took care of it again.


    Not to mention these two counties, even Hanoi, they don''t go there many times, but Qingzhou and Qingzhou almost run once or twice a year. It''s true that it''s not up to standard.


    Think about it, there is still more than a month to celebrate the Chinese New Year. Basically, there is not much to do. There should also be a little time before next year''s expedition. We should go to the counties under our rule to have a look.


    It''s just that old man Tian Feng said that. Is his master really good? Can''t you be a little more euphemistic? When he turned to look at Guo Jia and Pang Tong, he saw that the two guys were smiling. Huangfu Chaobo stares at the two guys and then turns to Tian Feng.


    "Well, what Mr. Yuanhao said is very true. Shi a arranged to visit the three counties of Hebei Province a year ago and rush back to Luoyang a year ago. A year ago, it was decided to rush back before December 24 a year ago. At the same time, it was ordered that the county leaders and battalion leaders would also rush back to Luoyang on the 24th to participate in the discussion. ""No!"


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said, "take dianman, Hao Zhao and huangfuli with you on this tour. Dianman will give you a gift next year. It''s just the right time to take them out for a long time."

 Chapter 969

    At the mention of dianman and other young generals, Huangfu Chaobo has a big head. As a famous general of the Han Dynasty, Huangfu song is no better than Zhao Yun, Zhang Ying and other king level or even emperor level generals, but he is also a top-level General of the heaven level. However, as the old lady Jiujin said, this generation is not as good as each other.


    In the second generation of Huangfu, none of the three men, Huangfu Jianshou, Huangfu Li and Huangfu Chaobo, reached the rank of Tianjie general. The two men in front barely reached the edge, but Huangfu Chaobo himself was inferior to both of them.


    In the three generations of Huangfu, it was even worse. As Huangfu Song said, they were all Chinese talents.


    Huangfu Jianshou''s eldest son, Huangfuren, has only command and intelligence barely over 70, and his second son, huangfuyi, has none more than 70. There is also huangfuli, the eldest son of huangfuli, who is not yet an adult. He is studying in Luoyang Academy with Hao Zhao and other teenagers, but according to huangfushong, he is also a Chinese talent.


    It''s Huang Fu''s eldest son-in-law, Zheng Yuan, who has reached the intelligence level of 78. Huang Fu Chaobo is going to train him well and give him some pills to see if he can train a military adviser.


    In fact, after getting the diamond level famous general cards of Bai Qi and Zhao Kuo, Huangfu Chaobo has been struggling with who to use these two famous general cards. He knows that he has got two top-level famous general cards by bad luck. It is estimated that it will be very difficult to get another famous general card of such level in the future, so how to make the best use of these two cards has always been a problem for Huangfu Chaobo It''s a difficult choice.


    Because there are many famous general cards in his hand, Huangfu Chaobo can well distinguish the differences between various levels of cards. The instructions for the use of famous general cards say that the card can be used for the transfer of non historical generals. So Huangfu Chaobo is still thinking about whether to give it to some young generals in Huangfu''s family. However, the effect of Kong Xin and Zhou Yi''s use makes Huangfu Chaobo tangle again. Kong Xin''s pit goods, Bai Zhi''s own gold card, makes Huangfu Chaobo''s heart pumping when he thinks about it.


    Looking back to the Anton army, oh, now it should be said that it is the second generation of young generals of the eastern expedition. Besides dianman, the eldest son of Dianwei, there are zaoping, Zhou Shao, Zhou Cang, Zhang Ying, Wang Zhong, and Jiang Yi, some of whom are approaching adulthood, such as zaoping, dianman, and Zhou Chen. There are only small dolls like Zhou Shao and Wang Zhong.


    On this tour, Huangfu Chaobo is going to take all the second generation of young generals over the age of 10 out. For them, this is a rare opportunity. As for those who don''t know how to ride horses, let the guards take one directly, because in order to be in a hurry, Huangfu Chaobo is going to take only 3000 cavalry.


    For Huangfu Chaobo''s action, everyone was stunned at first, but then they all raised their hands in favor of it, and the decision was so happy. After Huangfu Chaobo decided to rest for two days, he began another inspection tour.


    "Well, everybody, go your own way. General Shi, I''ll send you all the information about the movements of different people in the world since this year! "


    They all agreed and withdrew from the chamber, leaving only Dian Wei to protect Huang Fu Chaobo.


    Soon, Shi''a came in again and brought in all the alien territory information required by Huangfu Chaobo. These Eastern books have been sorted out, so Huangfu Chaobo seems to be much more convenient.


    At the top of the list are the alien forces who have become princes this year. The eighth is Zhao Zilong, who is known by Huangfu Chaobo. The ninth is the domineering royal family in Lelang, which is also known by Huangfu Chaobo, because he was also on full-service radio in July.


    At that time, taishici led the army to capture more than half of the city of Lelang, which is a total of ten counties to the north of Lelang county. Then, the domineering royal family officially took over the position of overlord of Lelang and became the ninth player vassal in the city.


    Then less than a month later, another RMB player battleship in Jiaozhou finally sent General Ling Cao to capture Xuwen County, the southernmost part of Hepu, so he became the tenth player vassal for the sake of Hepu prefect, which was also famous in the whole service.


    So far, all the ten players in the game have appeared, and the last two of them are RMB players. However, from their situation, the old lord players still have a great advantage. Another point is that from the situation of the ten players, the role of the historical generals, especially the strong generals, is indispensable.


    Take Zhao Zilong as an example. Zilong association is also one of the best guilds in the whole game. However, in addition to the help of many allies, there is no doubt about the role of Mao fan and Zhaozhao, especially after the joining of Cheng Xu and Sun Jin, Zhao Zilong really became a vassal. His development speed has been increasing by leaps and bounds. You should know that none of these generals has reached the sky level, or at most the top level of the earth level. If you add the bonus of weapons and equipment, you can barely reach the primary level of the sky level.


    Of course, it is not enough to have famous generals. If you are not lucky, no matter how many famous generals you have, you will be stuck in your own territory. Just like Xiaowen, in addition to her famous general Ka, who was transferred to military general Lin an, there are six historical generals, Yu fan, Chen Wu, Xue Hong, Miao Shang, Xian Yu Yin, and Xian Yu Fu. But she is trapped in leting by Gongsun Zan, and has no chance to expand. Unless she''s willing to make a new start, just like the original swordsman.It''s just that her situation is different from that of Xiake. Xiake was just a town at that time. She said that she could afford to give up. But leting is now a city with a population of nearly 50000. It will soon be able to upgrade to a middle city. Another point is that today''s leting port has become the most prosperous port in Youzhou, and its income almost supports half of the expenses of leting.


    Fortunately, the girl in the end is not so ambitious, Xiaowen also want to open, small life is quite moist.


    Huangfu Chaobo recalled his thoughts and looked down. He didn''t expect that it was the news of the 11th marquis. Just a few days ago, at the end of October, the silent General of Liangzhou, Ma Wan, led the army and captured Shatou County, the westernmost part of Jiuquan county. He took control of Jiuquan County and became the prefect of Jiuquan county.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo remembered that Liangzhou was still stable in recent years. You should know that Liangzhou has ten counties and more than ninety counties, but its population is only over one million. It is only a large county in the Central Plains, but there are four or five princes.

 Chapter 970

    Dong Huang, Dong Zhuo''s nephew, is the most powerful among the princes in Xiliang. He owns anding, Wudu, Hanyang and Beidi counties, with a total population of 34 cities. Although the population is only about 5.6 million, his fighting power is not weak. At the beginning, there were 100000 soldiers and horses withdrawn from Chang''an, plus a large number of grain and grass supplies, plus the assistance of Li Ru, Niu Fu, Dong Yue, Duan Yao, Liu AI and Yang Ding Also firmly take the first place in Liangzhou.


    Second, Ma Teng occupied 22 cities in Wuwei and Zhangye, with a population of about 300000. Ma Chao, Ma Xiu, Ma tie, his nephew Ma Dai, Pang de and so on were subordinated to Ma Teng. In addition, the influence of Ma family among Qiang people, although the number of soldiers and horses was less than that of Dong Huang, their combat power was not weak.


    Then Han Sui occupied 21 cities in Jincheng and Longxi, with a population of more than 200000. His generals included Cheng Gongying, Yan Xing, Liang Xing, Hou Xuan, Cheng Yin, Li Kan, Zhang Heng, Cheng Yi, Yang Qiu and Jiang Shi.


    Now, in addition to Jiuquan and Dunhuang, there are five ways. However, Jiuquan and Dunhuang are the bottom two of the five. Maybe the total population of the two counties is just over 100000.


    As for the situation of other players, Huangfu Chaobo just went through it roughly. To put it mildly, it''s not the same level of existence between yelaixiang and him, not to mention the ordinary players who don''t even have a county.


    After two days in Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo got on the boat again and went to Weijun, embarking on a new inspection tour.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo, escorted by 5000 guards, went to the three counties of Hebei Province for inspection. The fleet would dock at Liyang. After a tour in Weijun, it would go west through Hanoi to Hedong. Finally, it boarded the ship from Hejin port and returned to Luoyang. Of course, this is only a preliminary plan. Huangfu Chaobo has set a discussion time of December 25th and will return to Luoyang on the 23rd. If it''s too late, he will return to Luoyang after visiting Hedong. If it''s too late, the time of visiting Hedong will be postponed to the end of next year.


    Two days later, on November 20, Huangfu Chaobo''s fleet arrived at Liyang port. To the south of Liyang port is Baima port. These two ports are the most important ports on both sides of the river, and the main route between Henan and Hebei. Now both ports are under the control of the expeditionary army.


    At this time, Zhao Yun has led five thousand white Ma Yi from Wei county to liyanggang to welcome Huangfu Chaobo.


    The people of Wei county had been waiting on the dock of Liyang port for a long time. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo got off the boat, the people came forward and saluted: "I''ll see you!"


    "Gentlemen, please forgive me!" Huangfu Chaobo stepped forward to help Zhu Hao and all the people, and then directed at all the people: "it''s freezing, you''ve worked so hard!"


    "Zilong, I heard that Wenji gave birth to a son for Zilong last month. I haven''t congratulated Zilong yet. What''s the situation of Wenji''s mother and son now?" Huang Fu Chao Bo looks at Zhao Yun with a smile and says,


    Zhao Yun rarely blushes and says, "Master Lao is worried, mother and son are all right!"


    "Well, General Hu Zi, in time, my son Zhao will have another tiger general! Did you ever name him Huang Fu Chao Bo asked with a smile;


    "a few days ago, my father sent a letter to me to name the dog as Tong, which is based on" loyalty is the quality, and Duan Hu is the Tong "in Xunzi chendao "I''m not sure Zhao Yungong replied;


    Huangfu was stunned, and Zhao Tong, the eldest son of Zhao Yun in history, was called Zhao Tong. But in the game, he was confused and matched him up with Cai Yan, but he didn''t expect that old man Cai would still call him Zhao Tong and find out the reason for such orthodoxy.


    Huangfu Chaobo also read some books like this. He happened to know this sentence. This sentence comes from Xunzi chendao, which is about the way to be a minister, that is, how to be a king''s assistant. It means to warn people that a minister should be based on loyalty and take integrity as a code of conduct. Tong: this can be interpreted as the principles and principles.


    Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart: old man Cai, is it really good for you to do this? What are the names of Cai Yan''s children? At the thought of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but think about it. Forget it. Anyway, it''s a game. The situation of many historical generals is completely different from the original.


    During the conversation, more than a dozen teenagers also followed and got off the boat. Seeing that, all the people in Wei county were stunned. Huangfu Chaobo explained with a smile: "it''s better to travel thousands of miles than to read thousands of books. It''s just this time that he took them out to have a long insight."


    All of them suddenly realized this and said in unison: "my Lord is wise!"


    Just then, all the five thousand guards got off the ship. After finishing the whole army and waiting for the order, Huangfu Chaobo said, "gentlemen, let''s go to Neihuang first."


    With the help of the guards, more than a dozen teenagers who could ride on their own climbed on the horses prepared for them. Those who could not ride on their own rode on the same horse with the guards. They galloped in the direction of Neihuang under the escort of more than ten thousand riders.


    The army rushed all the way, and finally arrived outside the inner Yellow City when it was almost dark. The inner yellow order and the county captain who had already received the news had already met in the city. Ten thousand troops were led to the camp which had already been arranged to rest, while Huangfu Chaobo people were escorted into the city and stopped at a big house which had already been prepared.After Gao Shun led the soldiers of the trapped camp to take over the defense of the mansion, Huangfu Chaobo led the people into it. Gao Shun himself led the soldiers to patrol inside and outside again, and confirmed that they were safe again and again. Then he was relieved.


    When he entered the house, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered Neihuang Ling to arrange dinner for everyone. The food he had already prepared was sent to the table like flowing water. Huangfu Chaobo was not polite and asked everyone to have dinner first. Everyone didn''t say much. After riding for half a day, everyone was so hungry that his chest was close to his back. More than a dozen children, in particular, have never suffered such hardships. When they see food, they can''t open their eyes. When they listen to Huangfu Chaobo''s orders, they immediately grab their jobs and start eating.


    Huangfu Chaobo took up his job and put it down again. He looked at the magistrate of Neihuang County and said, "have you ever sent the food of the soldiers in the camp outside the city?"


    Neihuang County Magistrate was originally the Neihuang County Magistrate under Mu Hanfu of Jizhou. His name was Xie Fu. He was a short, plump, middle-aged man in his thirties and forties. After Huangfu Chaobo took over Weijun, he didn''t adjust the officials of these internal affairs series. He just let Zhao Yun and others arrive in Weijun and take advantage of the opportunity to adjust the army and horse generals of those cities.

 Chapter 971

    Hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry, Xie county magistrate quickly bowed himself and said, "report back to the general. After receiving Li Yang''s notice, the lower officer has already started to prepare. It is estimated that he will arrive in the evening, so he has already prepared food in the barracks outside the city. Please rest assured."


    "Well," Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded and began to eat instead of talking more. A group of civil and military officials will see that he has already begun to eat, and they all start to eat in silence.


    Soon after everyone had finished eating, Huangfu Chaobo put down his bowl and chopsticks, took another bowl of tea, and drank two mouthfuls of it. Then he stopped contentedly. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had finished eating, for a moment, all the people put down their bowls and chopsticks no matter whether they were full or not.


    Seeing this, a few children were ready to put down their chopsticks. Huangfu chaobolian said busily, "if you continue to eat, you should be satisfied. Don''t worry about me. I guess you''ve never been so tired!" Then he turned to all the people in Wei county and signaled that they would continue to eat. They all showed that they were full, and Huangfu Chaobo didn''t insist.


    After a short rest, Huangfu Chaobo said: "this tour of Hebei has no other meaning. It''s just that in the past two years, our Anton army, oh, now it should be said that the East army has been fighting constantly, and there will not be much time for internal affairs to take care of it. Therefore, we have to make use of this period of time two years ago and two years later to make a tour of various places, so you don''t have to be nervous Any problems and difficulties can be put forward to Ben Jiang, who will solve them as appropriate. If they can''t be solved, they will be given a reason. "


    Wei Prefecture is Zhu Hao. After Cheng Huan was transferred to Beihai prime minister, he took over the post of Wei Prefecture. It has been one or two years now, but he has also dealt with the whole county affairs in an orderly way. Wei Prefecture was originally a big county in Jizhou, and Han Fu has withdrawn hundreds of thousands of people from other parts of Jizhou before and after his previous confrontation with Yuan Shao But the city had a population of one and a half million.


    Hearing that, Huang Fu Chao Bo shook his head and replied, "there is nothing else important about the affairs in the county. Since Wei Jun left Jizhou and came under the rule of our eastern army, after the World War I with Yuan Shaojun, there has not been much conflict between the two sides, but small friction has been constant."


    "Did the soldiers lose much?" Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    "the soldiers didn''t lose much, but the people in the four outer cities were slightly affected."


    Huangfu Chaobo discovered that it was a troublesome thing to have too many people. However, it seems that under his own rule, except for Donglai in Qingzhou and Hongnong in Sizhou, the population of other counties is about one million, but it seems that the population of those two counties can not be increased too much. It seems that it is time to speed up the pace of expansion.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhao Yun again: "how is the army?"


    "In Longxiang camp, Zuo Xiao, a deputy general, led a school soldier to Handan, and Liao Du, another school captain, led a school soldier to Weixian county. The other three schools soldiers were stationed in Yecheng, led by their own generals. They thought that they would be back-up, but Liao Du''s ability was limited. He was not afraid that he would be able to face yuan Shaojun''s attack alone, so he wanted to ask the general to send another deputy general." Zhao yundao;


    as soon as Huangfu Chaobo heard about it, he knew that Liao should be a transferred general trained by himself, and his ability was limited. That''s why Zhao yundao said so. After thinking about it, Lu Zhong, Lu Zhi''s eldest son, is now under Xu Shu''s command, and his ability is not bad. His command of force and intelligence has reached 70 plus, so he said: "Shi ah, send a decree to Luoyang, and transfer Lu Zhong to Wei county He will be the Deputy General of Longxiang camp. Let him guard Weixian county. "


    "How are the guards?"


    Geng Wu, the commander of Wei County, got up and said, "report back to the general, because Wei county is close to Yuan Shaojun, so the guards of Wu''an, Handan, Chiqiu and Wei county are all 5000 soldiers and 200 cavalry, the guards of Ye City are 20000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry, and the guards of other cities are 3000 soldiers and 100 cavalry."


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said: "the cavalry of the four cities of Wu''an has increased to 1000, and the infantry of the other cities have expanded to 5000. It must be expanded before the end of this year."


    All the people present except Zhu Hao, Zhao Yun and Ju Shu were surprised. Could Jizhou go to war again? Everyone''s face changed when they thought about it. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say anything, and the others didn''t have the courage to ask.


    The changes of all the people present were in the eyes of Huangfu Chaobo, but there were many people here, and now is not the time to tell them.


    "Is there anything else? If there is nothing wrong, let''s all step back and have a rest. Tomorrow we will start to inspect the cities. "


    After hearing this, they all got up to answer the promise. After a salute, they all left the hall. But Zhu Hao quietly fell to the last to leave, waiting for the hall most left Huangfu Chaobo and pangtong several military strategists, and to Huangfu Chaobo said: "Lord, I still have something to report!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was about to look at a group of children and wanted to ask them how they felt in the past two days. After listening to Zhu Hao''s words, he quickly looked back at him and said, "elder martial brother, what else can I do for you?"


    "Lord Hui, yesterday I met the envoy of general Ying in the disaster. I want to ask him to come to Weijun for a talk. I think they want to make an alliance with our army. Because I have received the news of general Ying''s inspection of Hebei, I didn''t send it to Luoyang. Would you like to meet Zhang Yan?"Huangfu Chaobo a listen, Zhang Yan want to see himself, want to alliance?


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Guo Jia and said, "what''s the situation of Zhang Yanjun now?"


    As a military strategist in charge of intelligence, Guo Jia was quite clear about the situation of the major forces in the world. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo and asked himself, he immediately asked Shi a to help open the map of Jizhou and introduced him to Huangfu Chaobo: "Zhang Yanjun is still in the north with his back on the Taihang Mountains. He sticks to Zhending, Gaoyi, Luancheng and Bairen. As for Jiumen and Pingji, they are in yuanshaojun and Pingji Zhang Yanjun and his two armies kept changing hands, and almost all of them were in white. "


    "Today, Zhang Yanjun has nine cities with a population of about 1.5 million, of which the number of soldiers and horses ranges from 150000 to 200000."


    "Nine counties can support 1.5 million people and 200000 troops?" Huangfu Chaobo could not help but be surprised and asked: "fengxiao, do you remember correctly?"


    It''s no wonder that Huangfu Chaobo was surprised to know that these counties of Zhang Yan are basically located in the back of Taihang Mountain. Except Zhending four cities belong to the plain area, the other five cities are basically in the hilly area. Zhending four cities are behind the front lines of the two armies. If you don''t pay attention, they will be covered by war. I really don''t know how Zhang Yan feeds so many people and soldiers.

 Chapter 972

    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry, Guo Jia shook his head and said, "that''s true, so in Jia''s opinion, Zhang Yan''s intention to form an alliance with our eastern army should be sincere, and they should have nothing more than food and weapons."


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "you reply to Zhang Yan''s emissary and tell him that Ben would like to see him and let him go to Weijun as soon as possible. Elder martial brother and his emissary should agree on a meeting place as soon as possible. There should not be too many people to meet. In this way, it should be 1000 people. Tell him if he can''t arrive in 15 days, let him go to Luoyang to talk with Ben Jiang. "


    Zhu Hao a Leng, immediately wake up, after a promise, then leave. Go to arrange personnel to return to Ye County, negotiate with Zhang Yan''s emissary.


    When Zhu Hao retreated, Huangfu Chaobo had time to talk to a group of children and said, "how do you feel after riding for half a day today?"


    Among these children, Zao Ping, the eldest son of Zao, and dianman, the eldest son of Dianwei, were the first. They were just one man and one martial.


    For Dian man, riding a horse has long been one of his daily training, so riding a horse for half a day is not very urgent, and there is no problem at all. But for zaoping people, they suffered a lot. Zaoping, in particular, has reached the age of 15. He rode alone. After half a day, he could hardly walk.


    The others are not so bad. They are basically carried by cavalry, so they are not as tired as zaoping. However, they are much younger, and they are not easy. Seeing that they were all exhausted, Huangfu Chaobo swallowed all the words he had said. He immediately told Dianwei to take them to clean up and go to bed as soon as possible.


    The next morning, after breakfast, Huangfu Chaobo and his party began to inspect the situation of Neihuang. In fact, there are only a few things to do. One is to inspect the barracks and the city defense. The other is to check the city''s Treasuries and the reserves of grain and weapons. The other is to meet officials at all levels.


    There are many cities in the Central Plains. Generally speaking, the larger cities are of double-layer structure. In addition to the outer city, there is also an inner city. For example, Wei County, because of the border with Yuan Shaojun, so after Huangfu Chaobo took over, he ordered all the cities to build the inner city, and moved many important buildings to the inner city, such as the storehouse, granary, weapons workshop and so on, and generally required that they should be built near the county government.


    Huangfu Chaobo, under the leadership of the county magistrate and county captain, first inspected the soldiers in the barracks in the city. There were 3100 soldiers stationed in Neihuang, including 3000 infantry and 100 cavalry. According to the establishment of the East army, the infantry army was the lowest independent unit. That is to say, each infantry army had 1000 soldiers, 100 wagons, 200 civilian men and 200 pack horses, Among them, 60 vehicles have grain and grass of 1500 stone a month, and the remaining 40 vehicles are camp tents and spare weapons and equipment for soldiers.


    Each unit consists of two pieces of sword shield soldiers, two pieces of long spearmen, and one piece of bow and arrow soldiers. If necessary, plus a certain number of cavalry, you can fight alone.


    Of course, for the garrison, there may be a difference in the number of soldiers. Just as Neihuang County captain slightly adjusted his 3000 soldiers, he adjusted the mix of sword shield soldiers, spearmen and archers to the team level, that is, there are 20 sword shield soldiers, 20 long spearmen and 10 archers in a team of 50.


    Such a system is better for the garrison. For example, to guard the city, one of the daily tasks of the garrison is to guard the city gate. After this adjustment, he can arrange a team of soldiers for each city gate instead of drawing soldiers from each song. After a long time, the cooperation between the 50 soldiers will be more tacit.


    In addition, a team of soldiers is arranged at the head of the city, so that the number of soldiers on duty in each round is 400, which is much more convenient for the generals to arrange the duty at the head of the city.


    On the top of the city, Neihuang County Magistrate anxiously reported to Huangfu Chaobo about his adjustment of 3000 garrison troops. Next to him, Neihuang County Magistrate and Wei County Duwei listened with fear, but they scolded the county magistrate to death. You know, one of them is the county magistrate''s direct superior, the other is his immediate superior. If Huangfu Chaobo wants to punish him If so, the two of them can not escape the responsibility.


    The magistrate of Neihuang has been crying bitterly. It''s a matter of time for the county magistrate to adjust the establishment. Originally, a few months ago, the county magistrate came to the magistrate and asked him to make a small adjustment in the establishment of soldiers, but the magistrate didn''t intervene much. On the one hand, he felt that it would not affect him to just make a fine adjustment. On the other hand, the county magistrate was a Zhengdong army transferred from Hanoi The old army, and the county magistrate himself was the original Neihuang County Magistrate under Han Fu. Based on the principle that more is better than less, he wanted not to offend the old army under general Zhengdong, so he agreed.


    I didn''t expect that just a few months later, general Zhengdong suddenly appeared in Neihuang, and he personally asked about the establishment, which made the cold sweat behind him flow down, even though it is now in the middle of winter. Since then, it is impossible for any monarch to allow his subordinates to change the military system without permission. If he meets a strict monarch, he will even behead people on the spot.


    After the county captain finished, Huangfu Chaobo looked at him with awe inspiring eyes and said, "do you know the crime?""The end will know the crime!" The county magistrate knelt down and bowed his head and said, "this should have been reported to the county magistrate. After getting permission, it would have been adjusted. However, the county magistrate is going to try it out for a period of time before reporting it. So


    "Come on, Neihuang County captain he Fu didn''t get the military order, changed the military system privately, and was beheaded according to the law. But he thought you were loyal, and you would be exempted from death. However, death can be exempted, and living sin can''t be separated. He was punished with a staff of 30. He was removed from the county captain''s post, demoted to the village chief, and transferred to longxiangying camp, where he was allowed to commit crimes and perform meritorious deeds. The magistrate of Neihuang County was removed from his post and transferred to the county town for another arrangement. Zhu Hao, the prefect of Wei County, and Geng Wu, the prefect of Wei County, were not strict with the emperor and were punished for half a year. "


    Then, with a wave of his hand, several trapped soldiers immediately came forward, stripped off the county captain''s armor and dragged him to one side for execution.


    After so long in the game, Huangfu Chaobo knows that there is a saying that "only tools and names, not dummies." There is also a saying that "the gun * the rod * the son comes out of the political power"! Therefore, whether it''s the recruitment of soldiers in the army or the appointment and removal of personnel in the military and political fields, it''s only after he personally confirms that it''s effective. Others can make suggestions and recommend talents, but they can''t teach them privately. What''s more, if we don''t deal with this kind of private change of military system today, some people will dare to expand their troops and rebel next time.

 Chapter 973

    However, he Fu''s adjustment was also quite convenient. It was not obvious for large regiments to fight, and it was much more flexible for garrisons or a small number of troops with less than 5000 people. That''s why Huangfu Chaobo didn''t behead him on the spot.


    Soon, the thirty board''s staff responsibility had been carried out, and he Fu was dragged back to the public by several soldiers. Huangfu Chaobo said, "what else do you have to say?"


    "Thank you for not killing me!"


    "He Fu, the general of Longxiang camp, paid special attention to the military affairs and promoted him to the post of army commander. Zhao Yun, the general of Longxiang camp, was asked to transfer a school of soldiers and horses for reorganization. He Fu assisted in the reorganization. Meanwhile, Gengwu, the prefectural commander, also transferred a school of soldiers from the garrison to reorganize, so as to see the aftereffect. A month later, he reported the result to Zhengdong general''s house."


    He Fu was stunned. He felt ecstatic in his heart. He thought he was finished, but he didn''t expect that he would turn around. He wept and fell down to thank him: "thank you for your kindness! We will try our best to help the two generals reorganize their troops. "


    Next to Zhao Yun and Geng Wu, they both came out to receive orders with their fists clasped: "at the end of the day, I will respect you!"


    As a matter of fact, it is not only Huangfu Chaobo who has seen the benefits of such a system, but also Zhao Yunzhu and pangtong, who are nearby. However, people usually focus on the war between tens of thousands or even hundreds of thousands of people. No one will pay attention to this detail, so the army ignores this aspect.


    At first, several people thought that they would ask Huangfu Chaobo to try it out in the army later. But they didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo decided the matter on the spot. They were all very happy.


    It was Guo Jia who taught all the people. There was a smile on his face. Only by combining kindness and power, could he be the way to the emperor. His master was more and more proficient in this way.


    After several people retreated, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Shi a again and said, "Shi a sent this matter to all the people and armies under his rule. He is well-known to Yu sanjun. If there is a repeat offender, he will not tolerate it and will definitely cut it off!"


    "The end will take orders!"


    This episode was soon revealed. Huangfu Chaobo, under the leadership of the county magistrate and county captain who had been dismissed, toured all parts of the city. After lunch, he went to the next city, Fanyang County, under the escort of 10000 troops.


    Fanyang is located 50 Li to the east of Neihuang. Huangfu Chaobo did not stay in Fanxian for a long time. On the same day, he inspected the situation of Fanxian, and then informed the county magistrate and county captain of the order to expand the army. After staying in Fanxian for one night, the army continued to leave for yin''an, more than 80 Li to the East.


    Although the time spent in each county was not long, it gave Huangfu Chaobo a comprehensive understanding of the soldiers, defense and material reserves of the cities under the rule of Wei Prefecture. One of the advantages was that at least the officials, soldiers and the people of the cities could see Huangfu Chaobo as a general of the Eastern expedition, even from a distance Second, it sounded the alarm for the officers and soldiers of the cities. Whether it was to increase the troops or to inspect the defense Treasury, it was to tell the people that they could not relax their vigilance and that the war might start at any time.


    A few days later, when Huangfu Chaobo arrived in Handan, Zhang Yan''s emissary arrived in laiye county again, saying that Zhang Yan was coming to Weijun, and the emissary came first to discuss the meeting place.


    Soon, they agreed on a place called Hejin Town, which is located in the south of Zhanshui upstream of Wu''an county. There is a bridge just across the Lianghe river. After crossing the river, they can directly retreat to the Taihang Mountains. Moreover, it is more than 100 miles away from Wu''an city in Wei county and the country concerned, and to the East is far away from Xiangguo controlled by Yuan Shaojun.


    On the surface, Yuan Shaojun controlled Xiangguo and separated the Zhengdong army from Heishan. But in fact, the five cities of Zhao state, Zhongqiu and Bai people were occupied by Zhang Yanjun, and Handan city was occupied by Zhengdong army. Yuan Shaojun only controlled Xiangguo and Yiyang, and only two cities. The area ten miles west of the two cities was basically in Zhang Yanjun Under the control of the government.


    For example, in the area between Zhongqiu and Fangfang, with the Taihang Mountains on the back, Xintianyou and huangjintianxia established their own territory with the permission of the black mountain army, and then quickly upgraded to the city level in almost a year, competing with other cities of the black mountain army around them.


    However, the two players who had the chance to become princes of one side have been far away from other players, and they have no chance to participate in the game of princes'' hegemony any more.


    After the meeting place is agreed, double convenience begins to arrange people for arrangement. And Huangfu Chaobo continued his inspection. According to the time, it will take a few days for Zhang Yan to arrive, so he is not in a hurry to go to the meeting place, and it is Zhang Yan, not himself, who is in a hurry to form an alliance.


    Handan, as the seat of the state of Zhao, belongs to the scale of county city, so it belongs to the level of middle city. Its length and width are about seven Li, and its wall is about four Zhang high and three Zhang wide. There are about 50000 people in the city, but later it moved into about 30000 people, so there are about 80000 people at present.


    In addition to the garrison of 5000 troops, there is also a school battalion led by the Deputy General of Longxiang army, Zuo Xiao, with a total of 10000 troops. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo thought that the defense of ten thousand troops should be enough, but after a tour of the city, he decided to increase the number of guards in the city to fifteen thousand.After a day in Handan, Huangfu Chaobo set out for Wu''an. By the time the army arrived in Wu''an, Zhang Yan had already arrived at Hejin Town, while Huangfu Chaobo had just made his way to Hejin town after his inspection tour of Wu''an.


    At this time, a small town called Hejin town was surrounded by two thousand legions. No one in the town was allowed to go out. The meeting place agreed by the two sides was in a small pavilion on the north side of the town. The people in the five areas around the pavilion have been emptied, and the taxi drivers on both sides have repeatedly checked the surroundings for several times.


    Zhang Yan stands in the pavilion, holding his hands, looking at the vast Taihang Mountain on the other side of the river in a daze. His mind has returned to the main stronghold of Heishan hundreds of miles away. Now it has begun to snow, and the vast Taihang Mountain has begun to be covered by snow, but the grain and grass of the whole Heishan army are getting worse and worse. If we don''t try to find a way from other places, it will be next year It''s not enough for the harvest.


    But no matter to the east or to the west, the two powerful princes were not defeated by the black mountain army, and they all looked down upon the black mountain army, which was born of bandits. In this way, they only forced Zhang Yan to find a way from the south.

 Chapter 974

    The two million people under the rule of the Montenegrin army, plus hundreds of thousands of troops, consume huge amounts of food and grass every day. At last, Zhang Yancai decided to buy grain from Huangfu Chaobo. After all, he bought a lot of crossbows from Huangfu Chaobo.


    Another reason why Zhang Yan made up her mind to come to Huangfu Chaobo is that Huang Jin, who was captured in Luoyang at that time, is now in full swing under the command of Huangfu Chaobo. Although she is not the only general to block one side, she is also the Deputy General of a battalion, commanding thousands of elite troops, such as Yang Feng and Zuo Xiao. Zhang Yan is sent to contact with the left school, introduced by him to Wei County governor Zhu Hao.


    According to the left school, my Lord should still agree to form an alliance. As long as the Montenegrin army can pay a big enough price, just pay a big enough price, what else can the Montenegrin army pay now? Apart from people, the Montenegrin army has nothing else to pay.


    It''s just population Anton army. Oh, it should be called Zhengdong army now. They are not short of people. If Lv Bu said that he was short of people, Zhang Yan still believed it. But if Zhengdong Army thought of it, Zhang Yan couldn''t help but smile and shake her head.


    According to Zuo Xiao, they now have nearly ten million people and nearly one million troops. However, he himself is now a senior general in the army. Although he is no more difficult than the chief general, he is also a senior general in the five grades. What''s more, today''s left school has no worries about food and clothing. It has several wives and concubines in Luoyang City, and has given birth to several sons for him. Now that it has been reserved for the old left family, what left school wants to do now is to fight for its master to repay his kindness.


    In addition to the population, there are only the properties collected from Jizhou in recent years. However, there are only those properties. If they are used up, there will be no more. Therefore, if you want to buy grain and ordnance from the East army for a long time, you have to think of other things.


    Because of this, after Zhang Yan got the news that Huangfu Chaobo was in Weijun and was willing to negotiate with him, he led thousands of guards to the south. Now he has been here for a day, but Huangfu Chaobo still didn''t come, but he can''t bear to wait.


    Fortunately, general Shi, who is in charge of communication, said that general Zhengdong is on his way.


    Just then, the rumbling horse''s hooves sounded in the south of the town. Soon, we could see the red clouds coming from the south like a tide. It was the ten thousand cavalry guarding Huangfu Chaobo. They stopped several miles to the south of the town, and then a thousand troops were sent out to guard the middle of the troops and drive the horses towards the North River.


    Soon, a line of cavalry arrived two miles away from the river. All the cavalry stopped, and several people in the middle continued to walk towards the Pavilion by the river.


    Seeing this, Shi a quickly said to Zhang Yan, "in Pingnan, general Ying came to my Lord. Next to him are several military strategists and general Dian Wei, the leader of the Lord''s personal guard."


    Shi A''s meaning is very clear to Zhang Yan. There are five or six people on his side. He is afraid of causing Zhang Yan''s misunderstanding, so Shi a makes a special explanation.


    Zhang Yan nodded and said, "don''t worry, general Shi. Only when you believe the Marquis, will you come to the appointment alone!"


    Zhang Yan led 5000 troops, but they all stopped at the north bank. Less than 200 people followed him across the river. They all stopped at the bridgehead by the river. He had only two bodyguards by his side.


    While he was talking, Huangfu Chaobo had already arrived outside the pavilion. Shi a went out to greet him: "I''ve seen you, my Lord!"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and walked towards the pavilion. There was a middle-aged man in his forties. He was full of beard and yellow turban. He looked like an ordinary mountain villager. No one could associate him with the Yellow turban commander of the hundreds of thousands of black mountain army.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo and his party entered the pavilion, Zhang Yan had already stood up, bowed to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "in the middle of the disaster, Zhang Yan called on general Zhengdong!"


    "General Zhang, don''t be polite. We''ve been friends for a long time." Huangfu Chaobo replied to Zhang Yan with a smile, and then joked;


    Zhang Yan was stunned and quickly understood what Huangfu Chaobo was referring to, so he said with a blush: "what happened in those years, the general has no choice, please forgive me!"


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand: "well, to tell you the truth, I would have to thank the general. If the general hadn''t united with hundreds of thousands of yellow scarf soldiers, the population of Luoyang would not have recovered so quickly. At the beginning of the first World War in Luoyang, the population added to Luoyang alone was nearly 100000. "


    Huang Fu''s words made Zhang Yan feel even more ashamed. At the beginning, he invited hundreds of thousands of yellow scarves to encircle Luoyang. In the end, he was defeated at the cost of his troops and sent several generals and 100000 prisoners to the other party. In the end, he failed to fulfill his desire to integrate the Yellow scarves in the world.


    To put it mildly, the decline of Zhang Yan''s yellow scarf contributed to the rise of Huangfu Chaobo. It sounds ridiculous, but the fact is indisputable. Thinking of this, Zhang Yan could not help shaking her head secretly.


    Thinking of this, Zhang Yan said frankly: "in this way, the Marquis really should thank Zhang well."


    "So when I heard that the general was in trouble, I immediately rushed over."Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo was discussing Zhang Yan and Heishan army with Pang Tong, Guo Jia and Lu su. He had already speculated about the purpose of Zhang Yan''s trip. For Zhang Yan, although Huangfu Chaobo fought several times, he did not see himself. However, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Zhang Yan was not that kind of stupid person. On the contrary, Zhang Yan was very clever. Otherwise, he would not have given up to Yuan Shao and surrendered without saying a word in the face of Cao Cao''s surrender.


    Yuan Shao paid more attention to celebrities than to Qiong Shou. He was dismissive of Zhang Yan''s mud legged son and bandits. Therefore, he never thought about recruiting the Heishan army, which made it impossible for the Heishan army and Yuan Shao army to reconcile. However, Cao Cao was different. He was only talented. Moreover, he once recruited millions of Qingzhou yellow scarves, so Zhang Yan had no pressure to surrender.


    Now the world situation is not clear, so Zhang Yan is still waiting for the price. Huangfu Chaobo believes that if one day he calms down Henan and commands his troops to Hebei, Zhang Yan will come down.


    What''s more, it''s not a bad thing that Yuan Shao is surrounded by such an immortal Xiaoqiang who often comes to harass him. So this time, Huangfu Chaobo has already made up his mind to help Zhang Yan, so that he can live more tenaciously. From time to time, he disgusted Yuan Shao and pulled his hind legs.

 Chapter 975

    Zhang Yan didn''t know what Huangfu Chaobo was thinking, but he had already figured out that the way to become a thief would not last long, but now the situation in the world is not clear, and Yuan Shao and Lv Bu despise themselves as a thief general. Therefore, he must firmly control the black mountain army in his own hands and think that he would be the capital for promotion in the future.


    To control the black mountain army, not all the millions of people are controlled in his own hands, but there is an elite army with tens of thousands of people loyal to him. Only if the army wants to be elite, money, food and weapons are indispensable. So this time, even if Huangfu Chaobo asked for the 500000 people in black mountain, he would not hesitate to agree.


    Hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Zhang Yan immediately climbed up the pole and said, "this time I visited the Marquis, it''s really because the Heishan army and Yuan Shao army fought against each other for more than a year. Although they managed to hold Zhending''s front-line cities, there was too much loss of grain and grass in the army. In addition, the war lasted for a long time, and large areas of fields were deserted. The output of those fields in the mountains alone was not enough to sustain the needs of two million soldiers I want to, so I''m here to ask the Marquis for help! "


    After listening to Zhang Yan''s words, Huangfu gave Pang Tong a look, which made them blink.


    Pang Tong came out and said, "I don''t know how our Lord will support your army in the war."


    Even if developed countries are like the real world, the world knows one truth: weak countries have no diplomacy. Today''s Zhang Yan is just like this. Two million people of the black mountain army are crying for food. If Zhang Yan ignores him, hundreds of thousands of black mountain army will be unstable, and his standing will be shaken.


    In the face of Pang Tong''s question, Zhang Yan didn''t cover it up any more. He said, "the Heishan army has nothing but some property accumulated over the years."


    Huang Fu Chao Bo and his party laughed and said, "if the general agrees, Yan is willing to move 100000 households to Sizhou." Zhang Yan gritted her teeth and finally said her second card. "However, in addition to food, we need weapons and equipment of 50000 people supported by the general."


    One hundred thousand households, with five to eight people in each household, have agreed to use 500000 to 800000 people in exchange for the support of Huangfu Chaobo.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded in silence. It seems that Zhang Yan wants to control the 50000 elite Heishan army. As for the rest of the troops, with the weapons and equipment replaced by 50000 people, tens of thousands of troops can be refined. In this way, the Heishan army will have more than 100000 troops. Although the population is less than 500000, the combat power of the Heishan army is stronger.


    Huangfu Chaobo shakes his head. It''s not enough just to have these. Hundreds of thousands of people want to immigrate from Heishan to Sizhou, even Weijun. It''s very unrealistic that they have to pass under yuan Shaojun''s eyes just by walking. You know, it took more than 10000 people in Zhaojia village to move. I don''t know how much thought and energy Huangfu Chaobo spent.


    As for food, no matter which force is in, it is war preparedness materials. Of course, the two sides of the river in Jingyang and Yangzhou may be better, but the cost of the food he transported from the south is also very large. Although it is better now, Yuzhou has been brought into the rule, which can temporarily ease his food crisis. This is also the base of his intention to launch the war against Cao.


    If it is sold to Zhang Yan, it will take a lot of energy to transport the grain. Zhang Yan''s willingness to pay for the grain is not enough. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo needs Zhang Yan to pay more.


    Zhang Yan knew that these things he put forward were not enough to move Huangfu Chaobo. She gritted her teeth and continued: "there has always been a conflict between the Zhengdong army and Yuan Shaojun. If there is another war between the two families, the Heishan army will spare no effort to help the marquis. Of course, if the Heishan army is in trouble, please send troops to help. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded noncommittally and did not answer. He continued to look at Zhang Yan.


    "One day, if Hou yebing points to Hebei and takes charge of Jizhou, Zhang Yan will surely lead the Ministry to invest and attach it to the tail." Zhang Yan''s last limit was finally laid out under the repeated coercion of Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Good!" Huangfu Chaobo said in a loud voice: "with general Zhang''s words, I would be relieved! The materials needed by the Montenegrin army can come together. We will try our best to meet them. "


    With the words of Huangfu Chaobo, Zhang Yan''s heart was finally released. However, there was a small loophole in their words, but they did not point it out.


    What Zhang Yan said in his words "in the future" shows that Zhang Yan''s meaning is that if we want our Heishan army to take refuge with you, we can wait until you really control Hebei. If we can defeat Yuan Shao, our Heishan army will take part in it. If we can''t, we can talk about it.


    In Huangfu Chaobo''s words, he said "try to be satisfied". They both understood that if you pay, I''ll sell you grain weapons. However, in terms of quantity, we should discuss with each other, not through a third party. The quantity is still strictly controlled.


    When the general direction is confirmed, the details will be handed over to the subordinate for operation. Lu Su was in charge of the expedition to the East. In fact, Pang Tong and Guo Jia were not interested in these complicated political affairs. It was not that they could not do it. And the Heishan army gave Zhang Yan a close friend Daji, which is one of the few people in the Heishan army who is good at calculation, otherwise it would not be Daji.


    Soon the two sides reached an agreement. In the first round of the deal, the black mountain army will buy 100000 stones of grain and 10000 sets of excellent weapons and armor from the East army, including 1000 one stone crossbows, two pots of 200 crossbows and two thousand pack horses. And Zhang Yan will soon order people to send the money that has already been prepared. This time, Zhang Yan will bring the first batch of money back to Heishan together with his relatives. The rest will be shipped back after the spring of next year.With these grains, at least the morale of the floating people of the Montenegrin army can be stabilized.


    Later, the two men left with their own troops. Zhang Yan''s needs will be delivered tomorrow, while Huangfu Chaobo will continue his inspection tour under the escort of 10000 troops.


    The next stop is related to the country.


    In fact, strictly speaking, the Dongkou of Fukou, Fukou pass, is located 50 Li southwest of Handan, in the valley of Xiangtang mountain, while Fukou pass, Wu''an city and sheguo are all located above Fukou pass, and further to the west is Lu County of Shangdang in Bingzhou.


    After Zhao Yun led his troops to Weijun, he had already sent 2000 battle barracks to the east exit of the fourth of the eighth Taihang trail. However, after his inspection, Huangfu Chaobo still felt that Zhao Yun should continue to push his defense westward and put the first line of defense in the Valley Road to the west of the country.

 Chapter 976

    After hundreds of years of development, the eight paths of Taihang had not been the case in the spring and autumn and Warring States periods. Today''s Fukou pass is not the same as it was hundreds of years ago. Especially around Wu''an County, a large number of fields have been developed, which is enough for tens of thousands of people to live. If Lu Bu sent troops to occupy Wu''an, it would be a disaster for Wei Jun, which means that Wei Jun was always under the front of Lu Bu''s army.


    Fortunately, today''s Lu Bujun has only controlled the Dongyangguan pass on the road to the east of Lu county. No, it should be said that Lu Bujun had already left Dongyangguan several times and entered the territory involving the country, only to find that the eastern section of Fukang has always been under the control of Huangfu Chaobo, and the current relationship between the two families is not bad, so he retreated back, stuck to Dongyangguan, and did not go further east.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo knew that the good relationship between his family and LV Bujun might not last long. In this way, the defense of Hu caliber must be upgraded to the specifications of Baijing and Taihang in the south.


    This time, Huangfu Chaobo made an inspection tour in the city. He continued to go out of the city to the west, walked several miles westward along the Fukang line, crossed the Qingzhang River, and entered the Taihang Wuzhishan area. After carefully examining the surrounding terrain, Huangfu Chaobo said to Zhu Hao and Zhao Yun, "build a pass here, and set the first defense line of Fukang line here."


    Guo Jia nodded again and again and said, "it''s feasible. It''s really a good place for defense. With the defense here, the East and Wu''an at least don''t have to face the enemy coming from the West."


    "It''s true that two thousand soldiers of fukouguan will be stationed here, and five thousand soldiers of the country will be able to resist Lu Bu''s army for a few months without worrying about the occupation of the two cities of Wu''an." Pang Tong also nodded in agreement.


    "I''ll take orders!"


    "The end will take orders!"


    Zhu Hao and Zhao Yun bowed to their orders and said,


    "please name Guan!" Zhu Hao said again,


    "just call Wuzhishan pass!"


    "No, please rest assured, the small pass will be built before March next year, and it will be expanded into a medium pass within one year!"


    "I will believe that you will live up to the trust of someone!" Huangfu Chaobo patted Zhu Hao on the shoulder and said, "OK, everyone, go back to Yecheng!"


    With that, the party turned over and mounted their horses and headed for fukouguan. Two days later, the army escorted Huangfu Chaobo and his party back to Yecheng.


    In Yecheng, ten thousand cavalry trod into the city with snowflakes in the sky, but the sky was still gloomy, as if there were black clouds.


    In the prefect''s mansion in the city, Guo Jia looked at the sky and said to Huangfu Chaobo: "Lord, it seems that there is no sign that the snow is going to stop, and there is a trend that the snow is going to fall more and more. According to a certain calculation, it is estimated that the snow will fall for two days. It seems that the Lord''s inspection must be suspended, and it''s better to return to Luoyang immediately. If what Jia expected is not bad, the river will probably freeze after the snow. ¡±


    Huangfu Chaobo also looked at the sky with some worry and said: "only in this way, when he planned to complete the inspection of three counties in Hebei Province a year ago, he only completed the inspection of Wei county."


    "It doesn''t matter. The most important thing in this tour of Hebei is Wei county. It would be very good if we could finish the tour of Wei county a year ago and arrange all the defense." Pang Tong, who was green and red with cold, kept rubbing his hands and shivering;


    there were only Huangfu Chaobo, several military strategists and Zhu Haozhao Yun in the house. Everyone knew the plan of sending troops next year, so Pang Tong didn''t have so much scruples and said directly;


    everyone nodded and agreed, and Huangfu Chaobo knew that he wanted to finish the inspection in Hanoi next year I can''t do it. Now it''s mid December. If it snows for a few more days, it''s likely to freeze as Guo Jia said. At that time, it''s difficult for anyone who wants to return to Luoyang.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "Zilong, in your opinion, is the strength of the Dragon camp enough? Of course, if things are going well, the baotao camp can also be called in to support them. " With that, he turned to Pang Tong and said, "you should also consider the arrangement of troops and horses in Wei Prefecture of Hanoi, and how to make the best arrangement."


    For a long time, Pang Tong said: "actually, he thought that the current military strength should be enough."


    Then he went to the front of the map and talked about his arrangement.


    According to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, several of the eight passes of Taihang trail, including Fujing, Baijing and Taihang trail, must be garrisoned to prevent Lu Bu''s army from sending troops from Shangdang. Therefore, there are four passes to be garrisoned. Facing Lu Bu''s division of tiger and wolf, ordinary garrisons must not be able to do so.


    Among them, the newly built Wuzhishan pass is ready to garrison 2000 soldiers. Fukou pass is close to Handan, and it''s better to have a barracks garrison. In Pang Tong''s view, although Handan has one barracks and two garrisons, with a total of 15000 troops, in fact, the defense capability is not enough. So his plan is to garrison another 3000 soldiers in Fukou pass, and Fukou pass will just garrison one school of soldiers, which is the same as Handan Dan supports each other. Mengmengmen pass and tianjingguan have a school garrison, so there is no need to make adjustments.


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that there were only four infantry schools in Longxiang camp. If this arrangement was made, there would be three schools stationed in other places, and there would be only one Infantry School in the county and city, which would lead to the shortage of troops in Yecheng camp.Pang Tong thinks that there are three schools of soldiers and soldiers and one school of Xiliang cavalry in Hanoi. It seems too wasteful for these soldiers and horses to be stationed in huaixian county. Therefore, his opinion is that huaixian county is in the hinterland. If tianjingguan and mengmengmengmen pass are not lost, huaixian county can be protected. In this way, Dong Xun, deputy general of baotao camp, will lead the first school of soldiers in huaixian county to coordinate the two passes, while Hua Xiong, the chief general, will lead Xiliang cavalry and two schools of soldiers When you enter dangyin, you can help Wei county to the East and help Hanoi to the west, killing two birds with one stone.


    Pang Tong''s words brightened everyone''s eyes. Huangfu Chaobo also thought that this strategy was feasible, so he agreed to his plan, and immediately decided to stay after the Chinese New Year and ordered it to be implemented. As for the defense and material situation of Yecheng, he was completely relieved that Zhao Yun and Zhu Hao only spent half a day inspecting the barracks and meeting with the officers and soldiers in the army. Then he received a group of officials from a county at the prefect''s residence, so that he could return to liyanggang early the next morning and return to Luoyang by water.


    Three days later, Huangfu Chaobo''s fleet finally arrived at the South Gate wharf of Luoyang. As Guo Jia had expected, the Sizhou section of the river had begun to freeze. Fortunately, although Huangfu Chaobo asked the county leaders and the battalion leaders to arrange all things as soon as possible after receiving the message from Luoyang, they returned to Luoyang in advance.


    After returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo decided to have a rest for a few days and then gather people for discussion.

 Chapter 977

    It''s about rest, but that''s only about the rest of the people, especially the generals who have been out with him for more than half a year, just left a few days for them to get together with their families. Even the guards around them only arranged 100 soldiers of Tiebi camp, and the rest of them took turns to rest, but Huangfu Chaobo himself didn''t have time to rest.


    On the second day of returning to Luoyang, early in the morning, he rushed to Luoyang Academy at the foot of Mang Mountain under the protection of a hundred soldiers of Tiebi camp. This time, instead of riding a horse, Huangfu Chaobo got on a carriage which had been prepared for him. It was a carriage specially made for him by several masters in the equipment center.


    The carriage is made of the wagon as a template, but it is nearly twice as big as the wagon. There are two wheels on each side. The wooden board is used to encircle it into a wooden house. The inner layer of the wooden board is lined with the iron plate made of wrought iron, which is enough to resist the attack of the hundred step crossbow.


    The whole carriage was driven by four tall white horses. There were six white horses in total. However, as far as Huangfu Chaobo''s current identity is concerned, it is not up to the standard of six horses. Zhou Li said: "the son of heaven six times, princes four times." So there are still two horses left in the Houfu as a replacement.


    You know, it took a lot of effort to make up the four pure white horses with the strength of the eastern army. However, the Marquis also prepared six or seven pure black, jujube red, gray and chestnut horses for Huangfu''s Chaobo trip.


    It is impossible for the enemy to take advantage of the large number of military guards when they go out, but it is impossible for the army to be on the side all the time when they go out. Therefore, for the sake of safety, all the people under Huangfu Chaobo''s command ask him to take a carriage.


    Soon the carriage left from the north gate of Luoyang and came to Luoyang Academy at the foot of Mangshan Mountain in the north. Since Huangfu song retired several veterans, they basically stayed in Luoyang academy, so Huangfu Chaobo''s defense against Luoyang academy is also very strong.


    The whole Luoyang academy is arranged by the Luoyang Duwei. A large army is stationed in the barracks next to the academy all the year round. There are thousands of soldiers patrolling around the academy all day long. Moreover, the academy is also under closed management. In addition to the fact that students of the academy can go in and out with their own name plates, the rest of the personnel must have the entry and exit certificates issued by the Luoyang prefect''s residence and can only go in and out after registration get into.


    Not only that, several veterans have 100 bodyguards around them, and they are escorted by several waves every day. In today''s Luoyang academy, in addition to the three veteran generals, Cai Yi, Kong Rong and Han Fu are added behind them. Their guard situation is similar to that of Huangfu song. It can be said that Huangfu Chaobo has made great efforts to the safety of the veteran generals.


    In addition to these, under the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, several old men were equipped with a special carriage. However, their carriage was slightly smaller than Huangfu Chaobo''s, and only two horses were used to pull the carriage, both of which were ordinary horses. Although the harness horse is not as powerful as a steed, it is better than tame. Then it cushions the car and makes several old men feel comfortable when they walk.


    There are two purposes for Huangfu Chaobo to go to Luoyang Academy at this time. One is that he has been out for almost a year and has no time to see some people. The other is that he wants to ask three veteran generals of Huangfu song for advice on Cao Cao''s strategy.


    The carriage stopped in front of the gate of Luoyang Academy. Although the guard taxi had seen that it was Huangfu Chaobo, the chief General went forward to check it. After confirmation, he opened the gate and let the carriage go. The road leading into the Academy did not stop until it came to the front of a small building.


    This is the residence of huangfusong in the Academy. Several old men in the academy have their own houses. Usually they live in the Academy. Early this morning, Huangfu Chaobo sent a message to Huangfu song, telling him that he would be in Chaoshi later Academy.


    After getting out of the carriage, Huangfu Chaobo went to the small building. As soon as he entered, he found that Huangfu song, Zhu Jun and Lu Zhi were all there.


    Before Huangfu Chaobo spoke, several old men asked at the same time: "Chaobo, is the jade seal really for Cao Cao?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and suddenly realized that it was the eunuch who had come to them or the emperor of Chang''an who had asked them about it.


    Like a blessing to the soul, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that he had no excuse to send troops to Cao Cao? This is a good reason!


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "nephew is not very clear, but a few days before Shouchun city broke, Yuan Shu once sent an envoy to caoying late at night, and no one knows what he sent. However, sun Bofu saw Sun Jian''s treasure chest with Sheng Yuxi in Cao Cao''s account, but Cao Cao never admitted that the Yuxi was in his hands. So


    "Did you ever find the jade seal after the destruction of your city?"


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head: "before, Yuan Shu''s puppet palace was set on fire by him and burned to white ground."


    "It is said that the puppet Prince and the puppet general led the troops to break through the encirclement. Have they already taken the jade seal?"


    With a bitter smile on his face, Huangfu Chaobo said to the three humanitarians, "how can we know that? Yuan Yin and Ji Ling''s army have fled into the Dabie mountains without any trace. However, before the city was broken, Yuan Shu once scolded Cao Cao for not believing in his face. He would be sent by heaven in the futureThe last sentence of Huangfu Chaobo made three old men who had been suspicious of Cao Cao a little bit, and then put Cao Cao into a major suspicion. The changes in the expressions of several old men made Huangfu Chaobo see in his eyes.


    In his heart, when he was secretly happy, Zhu Jun, the most irascible of the three, said: "Chaobo, if you are allowed to set up an army in the world and point to Yanzhou, will you take back the treasure for the emperor?"


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "even if there is no emperor''s will, Chaobo wants to send troops to the East. This time, he wants to discuss with his uncle, mentor and Master Lu about sending troops."


    Three people a Leng, continue all happy unceasingly, all way: "really so?"


    "If so!" Huangfu Chaobo said: "in fact, as early as the beginning of sending troops to pacify Huainan, Chaobo had this intention; Cao Cao was treacherous, and General Xu Zi once said that he was a powerful minister in prosperous times and a hero in troubled times; after asking Dong, he first wanted to seize Chen Liubu, then sneaked to Pei state, and seized Pei state before Kongzi returned to Luoyang; then he took Yanzhou from Wuzhao, and later sent troops successively When we attack Xuzhou and Qingzhou, we can punish such disorderly officials and thieves. "


    "When he sent troops to Huainan this time, he contacted Yuan Shu and the puppet Dynasty privately and kept the jade seal privately. This was an act against heaven. Therefore, after pacifying Huainan, Chaobo began to discuss with the generals the strategy of sending troops to pacify Cao thief. Since the return of Qingzhou, I have ordered the county leaders, the battalion leaders, and the military division to return to Luoyang to discuss the strategy of sending troops. "

 Chapter 978

    Huangfu Chaobo''s words made the three veterans very happy, and Zhu Jun praised them.


    "Well, I''m worthy of being Zhu Jun''s disciple. What do you want us old guys to do? How to lead the troops to fight or not? "


    Huangfu Chaobo was so scared that he waved his hand and said: "there are so many strong generals in the East army. Where do you need some old generals to come out in person! As the saying goes, "if there is an old man in the family, if there is a treasure, Chaobo would like to ask you to help find out the leak and fill the vacancy!"


    Huangfu song nodded and said, "have you discussed the preliminary plan?"


    "The general plan has been basically determined. At the same time, troops will be sent from Chenliu, chenguo and Runan to attack Jiyin, Liangguo and Qiaojun. At the same time, sun Qie''s army and yelaixiang''s army will also send troops at the same time."


    Lu Zhi asked: "although Kong Gongxu''s Yuzhou army has been trained for the past two years, can it compete with Cao Cao army? As far as I know, Cao Cao''s army is not weak. For example, the Qingzhou soldier is said to be on a par with the Danyang army of Tao gongzu in Xuzhou. "


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "Yuzhou army now belongs to the general''s office of Zhengdong army. As early as last year, it has been reorganized and trained with the elite soldiers of Zhengdong army. After a year''s training, it is no longer inferior to the other battalions of Zhengdong army."


    "What a little guy," the three veterans all laughed. Huang Fu Song even pointed to Huang Fu''s nose and feigned anger: "Why are you hiding from us? Are you still afraid of our divulging secrets? "


    "No, no, I just don''t want the three elders to work too hard. If it''s not a big deal this time, Chaobo doesn''t want to disturb the three elders." This is really what Huangfu Chaobo said. Although he found a famous doctor to recuperate the three of them, it really prolonged their life span. Especially Lu Zhi, who died in 192 in history, is now in 196.


    It''s just that since Huangfu Chaobo returned from Huainan last year, he found that the bodies of the three veterans have been deteriorating. If they go on like this, they won''t be able to last for a few years. So Huangfu Chaobo gave orders to all the people not to disturb them. He didn''t even tell them about Yuzhou''s recruitment to the East army. This time, if it wasn''t for Cao Cao''s real strength, Huangfu Chaobo hoped that they could help to improve the strategy so as to make up for the deficiencies.


    Lu Zhi hugged Hu and said with a laugh, "I said at the beginning that Kong Gongxu''s action was too abnormal. You still don''t believe it."


    Huangfu was very surprised. All three of them could see that the other princes in the world were not...


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo''s face changed greatly, Zhu Jun comforted him: "at the beginning, all three of us were suspicious, but because Kong Gongxu was close to you, it''s hard for ordinary people to see anything unusual. If the three of us were not familiar with you two, we would not be able to see any clue. Therefore, there is no need to worry that Cao Cao will see the clue. Even if he has doubts, he will never think that the two families have become one. "


    The other two also nodded to agree with Zhu Jun''s words. Seeing that they all said so, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. However, in my heart, I once again determined that we must dispatch troops as soon as possible. The longer we delay, the more variables we will have.


    "The discussion time is tentatively set for December 25. At the time of the meeting, the super Expo sent people to invite the three elders. The name is the reward after the attack on Huainan." Huangfu Chaobo bowed to him;


    with a wave of his hand, Zhu Jun said, "go, go, by the way, let the little drunkard send a copy of the military intelligence of several families. These days, we three old guys will also think about sending troops."


    Huangfu song and Lu Zhi also nodded and agreed. After Huangfu Chaobo agreed, he turned away and returned to Luoyang.


    Huangfu song''s words filled Huangfu Chaobo with a sense of crisis. There was a feeling that he didn''t wait for me. He wanted to go back to discuss some strategic things immediately. Of course, some things must be done well before that. One of them is about the reward of the generals, the reward of the soldiers and the compensation for the dead and wounded soldiers, which are not all under the control of Huangfu Chaobo, but the reward of the generals and the adjustment of the personnel arrangement must be handled by him.


    Another point is that he must first understand the extent of the reorganization of the troops in various departments, the availability of food and grass in various places, and so on, so that he can have some insight into the matter before proceeding.


    When Huangfu Chaobo rushed back to Luoyang, it was almost noon. He rushed back to the inner courtyard for lunch, and then he came to the study in the front yard again. According to Guo Jia''s arrangement, the original information will be handed over to Guo Jia for analysis and filing. Some important information will be copied on the spot and handed over to Huangfu Chaobo for him to have a look.


    At first, it turned out that another player prince appeared, and he was also an old acquaintance of Huangfu Chaobo - amorous sword.


    At the end of November, under the planning of Yiji, the military adviser, Duoqing sword recruited two brothers of Shangyong LV family, LV Kuang and LV Xiang, and then captured Shangyong with the help of LV family. Later, under the activities of Yiji, mu Liubiao of Jingzhou divided Shangyong into three counties, namely, Shangyong, Jianshi and Wuling. In addition, Wudang city and Wudu city occupied by Duoqing sword, a total of five cities were set as Shangyong counties He appointed duoqingjian as the supreme governor of the golden mean.In this way, amorous sword became the 12th player vassal.


    Looking down again, Huangfu Chaobo saw a strange name: Jianling.


    Huangfu Chaobo always felt that when he heard the name, but he didn''t remember it for a moment, so he had to look down again. But in the middle of November, thousands of people from Wuling Manzu suddenly sent troops to Yidao county. Suddenly, Yidao county was caught off guard, and the county magistrate and county captain were killed.


    The news of Yidao''s fall soon spread to Nantian city. The Jianling who got the news knew that it was a good opportunity, so he left a general and a thousand troops to defend Nantian city. After that, he and general Wei Yan led nearly 8000 troops to attack Yidao County, blocking Wuling man who was looting in the city.


    After an hour of fierce fighting, nearly half of the 4000 barbarians were killed, and all the remaining soldiers surrendered under Wei Yan''s sword. Jianling finally occupied Yidao county. At this time, Mu yamen of Jingzhou in Xiangyang just received the news that Yidao was being attacked by thousands of barbarians.


    Huangfu Chaobo then remembered that the sword spirit was the player who started the "battle of pastoral fields" and got three transfer cards at a time.


    At this time, the players knew that the sword spirit not only had three famous generals transferred to generals, but also attracted Wei Yan. You know, Wei Yan is second only to the five tiger generals in the Shu Han regime, and he can be the only one. Players estimate that he should be at least a king level general.

 Chapter 979

    At this time of the game, it''s not easy for players to win the next county, because the NPC princes have basically demarcated their respective spheres of influence.


    In fact, what we don''t know is that Jianling, who recaptured Yidao, also picked up a big bargain. Han Xuan and Han Hao, two brothers who fled from Changsha, hid in Yidao county and were ready to flee to Yizhou for refuge. As a result, they met Wuling man who attacked the city. After the city was broken, they were caught by Wuling man''s soldiers, saved by Jianling, and finally recruited by Jianling.


    Seeing that Jianling was able to capture a county town at this time, and that there was a strong general like Wei Yan, Huangfu Chaobo felt that this Jianling was one of the players'' princes sooner or later.


    These are the only two players with important intelligence, but the princes have some.


    First of all, it''s about the governor of Yuzhou, Kong Gu. The reward for the war in Huainan is very good. He was awarded the title of FeiTing Marquis, the backbone General of the fourth grade. It''s just that FeiTing marquis is is a bit disgusting. This is a pavilion in Qiaojun. It seems to belong to the territory of Yuzhou on the surface, but it''s actually the place where Cao Cao made his fortune.


    The second is Cao Cao. Before he attacked Yuan Shu, he was general Fenwu and general Yanzhou. After a big war, he became general Zhenjun, general Yanzhou and Marquis Anting. But this Anting is a pavilion ten miles north of Yingyin County in Yingchuan county.


    Another is sun CE''s reward. He was promoted by the emperor to be a rebellious general from his father Sun Jian''s successor, Capt. Qi and Marquis Wu Cheng.


    It can be said that the four princes besieged Yuan Shu for nearly two years, but in the end, the harvest of each family was good.


    After reading the information of other forces, Huangfu Chaobo is about to send someone to call Xu Shu and ask about the situation of the reorganization and recovery of the troops. His player communicator suddenly rings at this time. When he opens it, it is Zhao Zilong''s communication.


    "Is the war over?" After getting through the communication, Huang Fu Chao Bo asked;


    "I finished the fight ten days ago. I''m so scared by you. I''m really tired of the fight..." Zhao Zilong said,


    "what''s the result?"


    "It''s OK. Lu Bujun left more than 3000 corpses and more than 5000 captives and went back to the clouds in confusion. What do you want to do next? " Although Zhao Zilong said it was ok, the pride revealed by his tone was that everyone could hear it.


    Huangfu Chaobo turned his lips disdainfully and said, "you both have military advisers. What do Fu Xun and Mao Xun say?"


    Zhao Zilong said with a shy face: "how can our three melons and two dates compare with the Phoenix chicks and ghosts?"


    "Next, you''ll be ready to face the anger of red rabbit in horse and Lu Bu in man." Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhao Zilong with some luck. Seeing that he was elated, he suddenly turned into a bitter gourd face and added a fire: "if you are lucky enough, Lv Bu might attack the city himself. You know, at the beginning of Hangu pass, Dian Wei fought against Lu Bu''s attack to get hurt


    All of a sudden, Zhao Zilong''s face became more ugly. Dian Wei could only fight to the death. They all had Gao Lan who was more than 80 years old. The rest of the generals were less than 70 at most. They didn''t have to kill Lu Buqi in seconds.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhao Zilong with an abusive look on his face, and then said: "although it''s a bit exaggerated, you really have to fight with 120000 spirit to deal with the next thing. Lu Bu''s character, if well said, is arrogant, if not well said, it belongs to shun donkey. However, you must show enough strength to make him feel that it''s not cost-effective to work hard to kill you. He will only consider it if you go to convince him. "


    "So the opinion of the two major military strategists is that we have to win Lu Bu?"


    "Yes, it''s certain that after Hou Cheng''s army fails, Lu Bu will certainly lead the army in person. As long as you block his two or three rounds of attack and then go to the back to be soft, there should be no problem. By the way, you must take good care of the captured soldiers. They must be returned in the end. "


    Zhao Zilong nodded. It is true that these prisoners will be returned to Lv Bu. Anyway, if you want to be soft, you can''t do too much. As for those who are dead, there is no way.


    Seeing that Zhao Zilong had fully understood what he meant, Huangfu Chaobo said, "there''s nothing else. There''s nothing else. I''m going to hang up my communication. I''m busy!"


    "Well, you are busy first, busy man, hang up first!"


    Then they finished their communication.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo had expected, in Wenhou''s mansion in Taiyuan, Bingzhou, Lu Bu was like a raging wolf king, sending out an awe inspiring murderous air, which made the air in the hall even colder. Below him are Chen Gong, Lv Bu''s military adviser, Zhang Liao, Taiyuan''s grand general, Xu Si, Taiyuan''s prefect and Wei Xu, Taiyuan''s Du Wei, as well as Weidun, Zhao Gai, and a group of officials of Bingzhou''s animal husbandry government who were newly invested in Lv Bu''s account.


    Because of the heavy snow, the news of Hou Cheng''s defeat has not been sent back to Jinyang until now. Everyone who got the news was shocked, and Lu Bu was even more angry.Hou Cheng''s army was defeated and returned to the clouds. After returning to Yunzhong, Hou Cheng did not dare to hide. On the one hand, he led the troops stationed in Xianyang to prevent Wuyuan troops from attacking Yunzhong County, and on the other hand, he wrote down the course of the war and reported it to Jinyang.


    "Come and order fifty thousand troops. The Marquis is going to lead the troops himself and destroy these strange people who don''t know the superiority of heaven and earth."


    "Not Wen Hou!"


    "Lord, wait a minute!"


    Chen Gong and Zhang Liao both stood out and objected;


    Lu Bu looked at them with a grim smile: "how, do you still want to stop us from sending troops?"


    Chen Gong shook his head and said, "it''s freezing. There''s nothing to do with sending troops at this time except to consume money and food. Wuyuan and Shuofang can''t run there. Why should Marquis Wen be in a hurry for a while? "


    Zhang Liao also said: "fifty thousand troops, the cost of food and grass is quite large. I have not much food and grass in Binzhou. Marquis Wen doesn''t have to go to the army at this time. When spring comes tomorrow, marquis Wen doesn''t need to go to the army personally. Liao will take two counties from Marquis Wen."


    Lu Bu was also very angry, so he thought about sending troops now. As soon as they said this, they woke up and looked up at the sky outside the hall. At this time, the snowflakes were still dancing. He also said, "I''m also very angry. It''s true what you two said. Well, let''s wait until the spring of next year, when the snow melts. This time, we will surely lead the army to fight. "


    Everyone in the hall also breathed a sigh of relief. With Lu Bu''s character, it''s really possible to lead the army in this winter. Fortunately, they were persuaded by Chen and Zhang.

 Chapter 980

    Luoyang, Wenxi Marquis house, Huangfu Chaobo hang up Zhao Zilong''s communication, immediately send someone to call Xu Shu, he wants to confirm the preparation of the troops and grain.


    Soon, Xu Shu rushed from outside.


    "I''ll see you, sir!"


    "Well, get up. It''s not a formal occasion. There''s no need to be polite." Then he pointed to the seat beside him and said, "sit down and talk."


    Xu Shu sat up next to him and waited for Huangfu to ask questions. When Huangfu Chaobo sent someone to see him, he was checking the soldiers'' military achievements with several officials under him. Hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s call, he quickly put down his affairs and rushed to the scene.


    Taking the cup in front of him and having a sip of tea, Huangfu Chaobo said slowly, "this time I invite you here, I have several things to confirm with you."


    "Yes, sir."


    "One of them is how is the confirmation of soldiers'' military achievements going?"


    "It has been preliminarily approved. We only need to make a final confirmation, and it can be handed over to the Lord for approval and signature at the latest."


    "Well," Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded, "this is one of them, and the other is to confirm how well the troops and horses of the East conscription army have been reorganized and supplemented at present."


    Xu Shu pondered a little and replied: "at present, the troops and horses under the East army, all the battalions, except Xuanwu camp in Lujiang, have been reorganized and supplemented. Two days ago, the commanders of all the battalions sent people to Luoyang, and all the soldiers and Cao have been included in the list."


    "Just


    "Just how? But no harm


    "Only Kong Xin, the chief General of Xuanwu camp, asked when the Deputy General of Xuanwu camp would be in place? Another thing is that the establishment of the Lujiang River water army has not yet been determined. I was going to mention it to my lord when I handed in the reward list in two days. Now that my Lord has asked about it, I will say it together. "


    As soon as he heard about Lujiang, Huangfu Chaobo also had a big head. At present, it''s really hard to arrange the Deputy General of Xuanwu camp. Yuzhou is really empty. However, if you arrange for your own veteran generals to take them, they will easily be noticed by others, and the new surrendering general Yuan Shu is not at ease.


    After thinking about it for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo said: "jingkongxin replied that there is no suitable general to be transferred to Lujiang. Xuanwu army has been handed over to him for the time being, and there should be no war in Lujiang for nearly a year or two, so he should be able to cope with it alone, and next year we will be able to transfer our troops to Lujiang openly."


    "There is also the situation of the water army. Let Zhou Tai arrange to take the lead in training. The ship generals have no way for the time being, but you can transfer all the boatmen in the dock in Runan to Lujiang River and build ships first, big or small." With that, he walked around the room twice, then stopped and said, "as for the establishment, first prepare according to the water army of one school."


    "No!"


    "How are the troops preparing for the war?"


    "Puyang and Chen Liu have each reserved the grain and grass needed by 100000 troops for half a year. As for the state of Chen and Ruyin in Runan, they have also prepared the grain and grass of 50000 troops for half a year, and their weapons have been sent to several cities in succession to reserve some, but the quantity has not reached the expected quantity, but there is not much difference."


    After listening to Xu Shu''s report, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. The food, grass, weapons and equipment were almost ready according to the plan. Now we can see how to fight. When the specific plan comes out, there will certainly be some adjustments.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Xu Shu and said: "it''s hard for Yuanzhi! Go ahead and I''ll see you if you have something to do


    After hearing this, Xu Shu bowed his hand and left Huangfu Chaobo''s study.


    "Shi ah?"


    "Not in the future!"


    "Have all the members of the Council arrived in Luoyang?"


    "Report back to my Lord, all the people who asked to participate in the discussion have arrived in Luoyang." Shi a checked the list in his hand and reported to Huangfu Chaobo;


    after the troops, grain and equipment were ready, Huangfu Chaobo''s heart was basically put down. The next step was the discussion in a few days, and the plan was determined. As for the war in the future, it''s up to people to plan for it, and it''s up to heaven to accomplish it. Huangfu Chaobo can''t think so much about it now.


    The military contributions of the soldiers have been basically confirmed, but there is another important issue, the reward of officials and generals, which is a big problem for Huangfu Chaobo. It is estimated that it will take him several days to fully deal with it, and these matters can not be discussed too much.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo was alone in his study. He carefully considered the adjustment of the positions of his generals, and used Xu Shu and others to sort out the records of the meritorious deeds of the soldiers as a reference. After two or three years of working behind closed doors, Huangfu Chaobo finally got a general outline of the reward.


    First of all, the highest ranking military commanders must be Huang Zhong, the commander of Huben army, Zhao Yun, the commander of Longxiang army, and Xu Rong, the commander of Qianniu army. However, because of the participation of Yuzhou army, Huang Zhong was transferred to Yuzhou to rebuild the first army. Then, it would be inappropriate for Huang Zhong to lead Huben army again.After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to change Zhang Ying''s Shenwu camp to Hubu camp. At the same time, the original Huben camp, Hubu camp and xiongqu camp continued to form Huben army, with Zhang Ying as the chief General of Huben army.


    Huang Zhong''s Jianwu camp was renamed Shenwu camp. Shenwu camp, together with four battalions of Fenwu camp, Zhenwu camp and Xuanwu camp, was formed into Shenwu army, with Huang Zhong as the chief General.


    In this way, in addition to the guards, Huangfu Chaobo formed four army groups. These four generals, together with Dian Wei of the Jinwei army, were appointed to the posts of the third grade. They were Huang Zhong, the assistant general, Zhao Yun, the champion general, Xu Rong, the light truck general, Zhang Ying, the tiger tooth general, and Dian Wei, the military general. They are the highest ranking generals in the current military order except Huangfu Chaobo.


    The second level is the commander of the battalions. At present, there are 13 battalions in the East army, including four in Sizhou, three in Yuzhou and two in Qingzhou. In addition, there are 13 counties and regions in Lujiang, Chenliu, Wei and Longhua. In addition to the four group army generals, there are nine war camp generals, plus the guards of Gao Shun, these ten generals are appointed as the official positions of the fourth grade.


    They are general Gao Shun, General Huang Wudi, General Wang Yong, general Hua Xiong, guerrilla general Tian Yu, General Wang Ran, General Huang Fuli, general Kong Xin, general Meng gang and General Huang Xu. They are the second rank of the East army.

 Chapter 981

    There are 13 battalions, among which Huang Zhong''s Shenwu camp, Zhao Yun''s Longxiang camp and Huang Xu''s hekong camp each have two deputy generals, while Kong Xin''s Xuanwu camp has no deputy generals, so there are 15 deputy generals in total, together with Zhao Cen, Chen Jing, huyandu and Dugu Xiong of the guards, as well as the soldiers There are 23 generals in the Fourth Battalion of the Navy. They are all appointed to the positions of congsipin.


    They are Fenwei General Liu Bi, Zhenwu General Li Li, Zhenwei general Dong Xiang, Jianwu General Yang Feng, Fenwu general min Chun, Yangwei general zuojiao, Yangwu general Lu Zhong, Guangwei General Guo Da, ningshuo General Li Le, Guangwu General Han Xian, Zuoji general Mu Shun, Youji general Guan Hai, Zuoji General Liu Yi, Youji General Zhao Yu, qiangliu General Zhang an and JianNu General Zhang Zhao Cen, Chen Jing, huyandu, Dugu Xiong, Zhou Tai, Jiang Qin, Pan Feng and Zhou Yi are the third rank generals in the army.


    At present, in addition to the original eight prefectures, there are also three prefectures under the rule of Yuzhou that are still appointed by Kong Yu, while Lujiang has no suitable personnel for the time being. Huangfu Chaobo is not satisfied with the former three prefectures'' captains in Yuzhou. The main reason is that they are really limited in ability, which is basically the same as Chen Jing and others before they were transferred. This time, Huangfu Chaobo is going to take this opportunity to replace them all.


    After careful consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to appoint Lu Zhong, the eldest son of Lu Zhi, as the false captain of the state of Chen, Xu Zhen, the eldest son of Xu Rong, as the false captain of Runan, Huang Furen, the eldest son of Huangfu Jianshou, as the false captain of Lujiang, and Hua Yao, the eldest son of Huaxiong, as the false captain of Yingchuan.


    After the appointment of this company, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly found that the second generation of generals and officials of the eastern expedition had come to the front desk and began to stand in their own way. However, all four were appointed as false captains, and Huangfu super Expo allowed them to take office after the war began next year.


    Among the awards this time, only the original prefect of the twelve prefectures, together with Zhou Shi, the prefect of BAGUAN in Luoyang, the two brothers Dugu Ba and Dugu Tian, as well as the commander of each barracks, were appointed to the post of general zhengwupin. There are two special cases: Han Wei, a county captain of shuanghecheng County, and Liu He, a county captain of Qingdao city. They take the post of school captain to lead the post of county captain, so their official positions are the same as the five grades.


    Below the county captains are Yang Hu, the chief General of yuzhoushan Town, Hao Jian, the guard General of Xiabancheng Town, Meng Yuan, the guard General of Shuangluan Town, and the county captains of each county. All of them have been appointed as the school captains of Wupin or the general of Zhongying.


    It can be seen from the above that Huangfu Chaobo completely traced the path of the rise of the general of Zheng''an army and became more clear at a glance.


    Below him are the generals of the army groups, then the army divisions of the army groups, and below them are the generals of the battalions, the Deputy generals of the battalions, the captains of the counties, the captains of the battalions, and the captains of the counties. Another point is that it can be seen from this that the status of the barracks is higher than that of the garrison.


    For example, the number of deputy generals in the barracks may be less than that of county captains, but their ranks are higher. There is also the fact that the number of military commanders in the battalions is the same as that in the county, but the rank of military commanders in the battalions is one higher than that in the county.


    As for civil servants, there is not so much trouble. It is only the arrangement of officials at the state, county and county levels. At present, the sphere of influence of the East conscription army has not changed, so there is no need to make any adjustment in personnel. However, Huangfu Chaobo gave material rewards to the officials of the first Department of internal affairs to make up for the slow promotion of the officials.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo believes that after Cao Cao''s territory is conquered, there will be a lot of official posts to be spilled out. At that time, officials of the Department of internal affairs will not be dissatisfied.


    It took nearly four days for Huangfu Chaobo to confirm the reward of the general, which gave him a long sigh of relief. Now it''s the 22nd of December. Two days later, it''s new year''s Eve. Huangfu Chaobo is ready to relax himself. It''s time to spend some time with his family.


    Huangfu Chaobo can rest, but his subordinates don''t rest. All the rewards of the soldiers have been confirmed and agreed by Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, both the local government and the generals are busy dealing with the matter. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s requirements, the rewards of the soldiers and the compensation for the casualties must be completed before the end of the year, so the Zhengdong army is basically busy That''s not the case.


    You know, the Huainan war lasted nearly two years, and the conscription army lost nearly 100000 soldiers, horses and soldiers. Such a large number of losses, the related follow-up things are very big. Fortunately, as early as when the army returned, Xu Shu had already begun to deal with the matter. After spending more than a month, he led his officials and finally brought it to the army before Xiaonian All of them were dealt with, and then they were handed over to Huangfu Chaobo for final approval, and then they were quickly distributed to all departments and counties for implementation.


    It''s new year''s Eve soon. This time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t gather people to eat together. Instead, he hid himself in the backyard and ate with MI Huan''s two daughters and their sons and daughters. Even Dian Wei''s family were driven home by Huangfu Chaobo to accompany his wife and children.On December 25, the meeting was about to begin. This was the last meeting held by the Zhengdong army a year ago. After this meeting, the Yamen would close down and only a few people would be on duty to deal with the emergency government affairs. The rest of them would take 20 days off from the 26th to the 16th of the first month. The Yamen would also open their Yamen to deal with the official affairs normally.


    Early in the morning, Huangfu Chaobo arrived in the assembly hall. This is a small assembly hall, which can only accommodate dozens of people. It is located behind the assembly hall in the front yard of the Marquis''s residence, and it is a relatively secret place for his subordinates. Generally speaking, small-scale high-level secret meetings of the eastern expedition will be held here.


    Located at the back of the conference hall, it is an independent small building. The first floor is the conference hall, and the second floor is Huangfu Chaobo''s Zhengdong general''s outer study. Most of the military affairs of the Zhengdong army are handled here.


    The distance of dozens of steps around the assembly hall has been surrounded by the guards. No one can get close to it without the consent of Huangfu Chaobo. In the hall, waiting for Wei has already burned pots of carbon fire, and the whole small hall is as warm as spring.

 Chapter 982

    After arriving at the small building, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t immediately enter the conference hall. Instead, he went to his study and sat down. He wanted to wait for all the people to come together before he went, mainly to give them some time to communicate.


    Just after two minutes of Chenshi, that is, at eight o''clock in the morning in real time, all the people who were ordered to come to discuss the business had arrived. Dian Wei reported outside his study: "Lord, all the generals and officials have arrived."


    "Well, let''s go too. Don''t make everyone wait too long."


    Before he got close to the meeting hall, Huangfu Chaobo heard what the people were saying inside. The guard at the door saw Huangfu Chaobo coming over, and quickly cried out at the door, "here comes the general!"


    With that, the two bodyguards opened the side door of the meeting hall, and all the people in it immediately quieted down. When Huangfu Chaobo came into the hall, they all bowed down.


    "See you, my Lord!"


    "I''ll see you at the end!"


    "No gift!" Huangfu Chaobo walked quickly to the throne, reached out his hand to help him, and said,


    "Lord Xie!"


    "Well, sit down, all of you."


    After another thank-you, they returned to their seats. In addition to the third military division, Xu Shu and Tian Feng, the other prefects and the generals of the battalions gathered for discussion. Of course, Zuo Chengzu and Kong Xin of Lujiang didn''t come to attend the discussion. After all, Lujiang was newly settled, and there was nothing for them in the next war. Besides, there were three veteran generals of Huangfu song.


    However, one of them was not invited by Huangfu Chaobo to participate in the discussion, that is, the Luoyang prefect Sima. It can be said that Huangfu Chaobo is still on deep alert for the Sima family. This discussion is too important, so Huangfu Chaobo never thought of letting Sima Fang participate in it.


    After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo said slowly: "as you all know, the purpose of this discussion is to discuss the issue of sending troops to ask for Cao. However, before that, the general wanted to announce the promotion and reward of the generals, which is also conducive to the discussion of the future war strategy."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo explained in detail the plan that he had thought hard for a few days to confirm.


    Then, Huangfu Chaobo rewarded the five of Huang Zhong one by one. Among the five, Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun, Dian Wei and Xu Rong had already achieved the requirements of three grades for their meritorious deeds. It was only because of the limitation of their official positions that they had not been promoted. This time, they were promoted to the official positions.


    But Zhang Ying didn''t accumulate much military achievements under Han Fu. After Han Fu surrendered, Huangfu Chaobo opened his arms several times, and his military achievements soared. Especially in the Huainan war, Huangfu Chaobo asked him to lead the battle alone several times, and then let him capture several cities in Huainan alone, which enabled him to meet the requirements of the third class. This time, it can also be said that he had a taste Yes.


    After handing over the prepared official uniforms and official seals to several of them, Huangfu Chaobo handed over all the other reward materials to several of them. It was only with encouragement that they withdrew.


    The next step is the appointment of several military strategists, and then the appointment of each battalion commander. The appointment of all the people present was made by Huangfu Chaobo himself. The other people''s awards and appointments were handed over by the camp managers after the announcement of Huangfu Chaobo.


    There was no objection to the appointment of the general of the combat battalion, but the appointment of the four county captains surprised everyone. In particular, the fathers of the four captains asked Huangfu Chaobo to reconsider.


    In particular, Hua Yao, the youngest, was only 24 years old this year, so he was appointed as a county captain. Hua Xiong, a straight minded man, directly objected and said, "my Lord, my little son is too young. He is only 24 years old. My Lord asked him to be a County captain. I''m afraid he will ruin my Lord''s big business."


    "No harm," Huang Fu Chao Bo waved his hand and said with a smile, "Bo Ming (Hua Xiong''s eldest son''s character) is 24 years old. He has been fighting with you since he was 16 years old. Now it has been eight years. There are not many problems for the captains of a county. What''s more, they just do their daily training, and they won''t arrange them to lead a large army to fight. Can''t they cope with this?"


    Then he said with a smile, "Zijing and Shiyuan are both smaller than him. They are still able to devise strategies. Wudie is the same age as him. They can still afford to be the commander of a battalion. Boming Qihui can''t even be the captain of a county. That weakens the reputation of Chinese General Guanxi tiger."


    After hearing this, all the people burst into laughter. Hua Xiong heard it and laughed, so he didn''t say any more.


    Huangfu Chaobo also knew their worries and said, "all four of them have worked hard in the army for many years. Now they are at least a school captain. How can they not be a county captain? You can rest assured. What''s more, the general will only let him serve as a fake captain. If the general can''t satisfy a certain person half a year later, he will be transferred back to the army to continue to serve as a captain. "


    After hearing this, people really let go. But think about it. Basically, the four men are all school captains of the combat battalion, and they have been in the army for many years. They are very high captains, commanding tens of thousands of troops, but they don''t need to lead troops. Usually they only need to train troops, and there is basically no problem.


    When the promotion came to an end, Huangfu Chaobo said, "OK, everyone, this is the end of the promotion. After the discussion, I will inform the three armed forces. Next, I will enter the second and most important agenda of this discussion."With that, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Xu Shu. When they saw this, they all calmed down. If we put the next thing hundreds of years ago, we could use one sentence to describe it: "the power of the country", so everyone was cautious.


    When Xu Shu saw that all the people were quiet, he got up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo first, and then saluted the rest of the people. Then he said slowly: "Lord, three old generals, you adults, you generals, we all know that Lord started to ask us to prepare to attack Cao Cao after the war in Huainan last year, so we will go east Last year, the Junfu began to collect grain, grass and military equipment from the cities of Guandong. At present, the four cities of Puyang, Chenliu, chenguo and Ruyin have collected hundreds of thousands of stone grain and grass, which is enough for 300000 troops to need for half a year, and there are hundreds of thousands of military equipment in place. "


    "After returning from Huainan, the former Lord fan discussed with us and determined the general plan for next year''s war, which was basically determined as the strategy of attacking the West and defending the East. The general''s office has also issued a document to inform you that this time, the Lord summoned us to determine the detailed plan."

 Chapter 983

    After explaining the purpose of the meeting to the public again, Xu Shu quickly walked to the map on the wall of the small hall and introduced the current situation of Cao Cao Jun to the public.


    It can be said that after several years of development, Cao Cao has now become the second largest vassal in the world after the Zhengdong army in terms of territory and population. Moreover, it can be said that if the expeditionary army did not join the three counties of Yuzhou, Cao Cao''s territory and population might even be larger than the expeditionary army.


    However, comparatively speaking, although yuan Shaojun''s territory and population are not as good as those of the former two, his soft power is not as good as that of the latter two. Yuan Shaojun''s high reputation, talents and wealth are unique in the whole world.


    At present, Cao Cao''s army has occupied most of Yanzhou, most of Xuzhou, nearly half of Qingzhou and a small part of Yuzhou. There are 18 counties, with a total of more than 180 cities. The total population under his rule has reached nearly 9 million.


    According to the information obtained by the shadow guard in recent years, Cao Cao''s army has more than 800000 troops. Its troops are divided into two parts: Chinese army and foreign army. The Chinese army is equivalent to the war battalion of the East conscription army, with about 200000 troops; the foreign army is also called the prefecture soldiers, which is equivalent to the garrison of the East conscription army, with about 600000 troops.


    Based on the information sent back by the shadow, Guo Jia and other military strategists basically speculated the composition of Cao Cao''s army. In his own hands, Cao Cao held the 100000 most elite Chinese troops. Apart from the Qingzhou soldiers and tiger and leopard cavalry who had fought with the eastern expedition army, there were five elite troops, about 10000 each.


    In addition to the 100000 troops, Cao Ren, Cao Hong, Xia Houyuan and Xia Houdun, the four brothers Cao Cao trusted most, each had an elite Chinese army of nearly 10000 people, and the remaining ten or so Taishou had 3000 to 5000 people in each hand.


    Cao Cao''s troops were distributed in a different way from those of the Zhengdong army. The Zhengdong army carried out the separation of military and political affairs. The duty of the prefect was government affairs. Military affairs were in the hands of the Duwei, and the most powerful elite battalions were in the hands of several people who were most loyal to Huangfu Chaobo.


    But Cao Cao''s army is different. Cao Cao has a lot of relative generals, so some of the best counties under his rule are in the hands of these relative generals, so they also have absolute military power in their hands. As for other generals, even if they are loyal to Cao Cao, they are also generals or even poor county governors. Correspondingly, they also have absolute military power in their hands It''s much weaker.


    Judging from the current situation of Cao Cao''s army, there is no sign of troop mobilization for the time being. However, although there are a large number of people in the shadow under Cao Cao''s rule, not all things can be found, just as Cao Cao can''t figure out the arrangement of the eastern expedition.


    It took Xu Shu nearly an hour to explain to the public what shadow had learned about Cao Cao Jun, including the situation of troops in various places and the situation of Cao Cao Jun''s officers and generals.


    After Cao Cao Jun''s explanation, Xu Shu explained the situation of his own army.


    In this way, it took nearly half an hour.


    After Xu Shu had finished, Huangfu Chao said: "you can win a hundred battles only if you know what you know. Now the situation of the enemy and US has been clearly described to you. Next, please tell us about the situation of the two allies who will fight against Cao Cao together next year."


    Hearing what Huangfu Chaobo said, Xun you stood up and said: "Lord, you, general, you should know that last month, you once sent an envoy to Langya to make an alliance with Guangwu general yelaixiang. The other side agreed to send troops to Donghai to attack Cao Cao next year."


    "At the same time, sun CE''s army in Jiangdong will also send troops to Huaibei to attack xiapi county and Donghai County under Cao Cao''s army. In this way, Cao Cao''s army will face the simultaneous attack of our three princes."


    "Of course, our army in the East is surrounded by a group of enemies. However, it is not likely that the Lvbu army in the north will be able to launch an attack. Moreover, Hedong and Hanoi have been well prepared. It is believed that the Lvbu army will not be able to invade our territory. In the case of Yuan Shaojun in the East, the Duke of Wei Jun''s defense has made a detailed inspection a few days ago and adjusted his defense line. Moreover, our army has formed an alliance with the Heishan army, and the other side promised that once yuan Shaojun sent troops to Wei Jun, the other side would send troops to help. "


    "In the west, the various departments of the Xiliang army have no mind and strength to break the defense of our army in Hongnong, so they are safe. As for the Nanyang army in the south, if it is blocked by the Yingxi army, Sizhou and Yuzhou will be all right. The two counties of Qingzhou in the East are also on the defensive in the next war. More than a month ago, the Lord also went to inspect and believed that the defense has been strengthened again. "


    At this point, Xun you stopped for a moment, and then said, "so in this battle, the forces that our army can go out are the five battalions of Henan, Chenliu and Yuzhou counties, and the Lord''s guard camp, with a total of about 150000 soldiers, plus the deployed guards and craftsmen, the total number of troops should be about 250000."


    When Xun you finished speaking, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "a few months ago, I would have sent you the general plan of sending troops. I believe everyone has already considered how our army should fight in this war, where it is empty, where it is real, and what kind of results we want to achieve. Next, everyone can speak freely."As soon as the voice fell behind, everyone fell into a deep meditation. It was not a deliberate silence. Instead, everyone was frightened by their master''s actions and sent out 250000 troops at one time. Nowadays, few companies in the world can have such courage.


    A moment later, Guo Jia stood up and said, "gentlemen, Jia has an intelligence here to remind you that at present, Cao Cao''s most elite 100000 Chinese troops are 80000 in Yanzhou, Changyi City, and 20000 are still in xiapi. They should be two of the five troops mentioned in the intelligence."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, which means that Cao Cao''s Qingzhou army, hubaoqi and the other three Chinese armies have now returned to Changyi.


    At this time, Pang Tong got up from his seat, walked slowly to the front of the map, and said: "Lord, from the point of view of Tong, the army can be divided into two routes: Huben camp, Hubu camp and guards. They attacked Yanzhou, while the Shenwu camp, Fenwu camp and Zhenwu camp of Yuzhou sent troops to Yuzhou to attack Cao''s starting place at one stroke."

 Chapter 984

    "Otherwise," Guo Jia retorted, just as Pang Tong had said, "it''s too bulky to divide the attack into two routes, with more than 100000 troops in each route. Moreover, Cao Cao''s army is quite adjacent to our army. It''s better to divide the army into four routes, with about 50000 troops in each route. Each battalion of our army is equipped with a large number of cavalry, so that every two routes of troops can echo each other. In this way, Cao Cao Cao''s forces can be dispersed And it can be a better threat to Cao Cao''s army. "


    Guo Jia''s words also attracted Lu Su''s opposition. After nearly half a year in the eastern expedition, Lu Su had completely adapted to the style of discussion of Huangfu Chaobo, so he immediately got up to refute Guo Jia''s suggestion. In Lu Su''s view, more than 200000 troops are divided into four routes, with only about 50000 troops in each route. The troops are too thin and too risky.


    The rest of the people also talked about their own ideas in one word. They all discussed how to dispatch troops and how to allocate troops one by one.


    After nearly a day''s deliberation, it was finally decided that the soldiers should be divided into two groups: the guards, Huben camp and Hubu camp, with a total of 60000 or 70000 soldiers. In addition, tens of thousands of guards and craftsmen recruited from various cities, with a total of more than 100000 troops, attacked the state of Liang from two directions.


    The second army consisted of three armies, 70000 soldiers, 30000 guards and 20000 craftsmen. They attacked Qiaojun from chenguo and Runan respectively.


    In this way, each army has more than 100000 troops, but it is also divided into two routes, and the two routes echo each other. In addition, there is a school of cavalry in each combat battalion, so there are at least two or three schools of cavalry in each route. Once Cao Cao''s army is found to have a track of encircling and annihilating a certain army, the other army will quickly approach the rescue.


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo announced the selection of the chief General of the two armies. Zhang Ying was the chief General of the North army, and Huang Wudi was the deputy general. As for the selection of military strategists, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia would follow the army, so they did not directly appoint military strategists.


    However, Zhang Ying and Huang Wudi will send troops separately, so Huangfu Chaobo temporarily sent Lu Su to Zhang Ying''s army to give advice for him. In addition, Tian Zheng, the eldest son of Tian Feng, accompanied the military counsellor, and Huangfu Chaobo sent le to Zhang Ying''s army to help.


    According to the plan, Zhang Ying''s army will set out from Puyang and move southward to invade the state of Liang. His troops are 25000 soldiers of Hubu camp, plus 20000 guards and 20000 auxiliary soldiers. A total of 65000 troops, known as 100000 troops. The defense of Puyang City will be taken over by Li Li, the Deputy General of xiongquying, who leads a school to occupy soldiers. In addition, there are already 10000 garrison soldiers in Puyang City, and a total of 15000 troops will defend.


    The guards and Huang Wudi''s Army started from Chen Liu''s direction, and the rest of them led 15000 Huben battalion and 17000 guards of Huangfu Chaobo, plus 20000 guards and 20000 auxiliary soldiers, with a total of more than 70000 troops, known as 100000 troops.


    On the other hand, Huang Zhong served as the main general, Wang Ran and Huang Fuli as the deputy general, and Dong Zhao as the commander.


    Like the North Route Army, the South Route Army is divided into two groups. One group is led by Huang Zhong himself. He sent troops from Runan and led the seven schools of Shenwu battalion, with a total of 35000 soldiers. In addition, the number of guards is 20000 and the number of craftsmen is 20000, with a total of 75000 troops.


    On the other hand, Huang Fuli and Wang Ran led the 25000 troops of the five schools of Zhenwu camp, together with the 10000 troops of the two schools of Fenwu camp, 20000 guards and 20000 craftsmen, which were also 75000 troops.


    At the same time, Lu Ling, the second son of Huangfu Chaobo Luzhi, was sent to the Li army of Huangfu to accompany the army as a counselor. Yuan Shujun''s Jiang Li Feng and Ji Bao were also sent to the South Road army.


    More than that, for the sake of this war, Huangfu Chaobo specially used another trump card of his own, which was the special branch of the Dugu brothers, the digging army, because he knew that it was not so easy for him to attack many cities in Yanzhou, especially several counties.


    The five thousand troops of the Dugu brothers were divided into two. Dugu Xiong led two thousand troops to Huang Zhong''s army, while Dugu Ba and Dugu Tian led three thousand troops to Huangfu Chaobo. These two generals are Huangfu Chaobo''s trump cards in this battle. According to the shadow intelligence, there are at least two cities under Cao Cao''s rule that need to consider using digging troops to enter and dig tunnels to attack. One is Qiao County, where Cao Cao first started, and the other is Changyi City, Yanzhou''s governing place.


    Of course, there are several other cities that are also very strong, such as Linzi city of Qingzhou and Tan county of Xuzhou. However, it is estimated that these two cities were not able to be occupied by the expeditionary army in a short period of time.


    After determining the strategy of sending troops, the route of attack, and the arrangement of the general''s forces, he then discussed the time of sending troops. After much discussion, Huangfu Chaobo decided to set the time of sending troops on March 12. The reason for this arrangement is that spring ploughing has ended on the 10th, and the time of sending troops at this time will not affect the summer grain planting in Yanzhou. After all, this is not the time Some places will be occupied by the expeditionary army in the future. Moreover, before the harvest of summer grain, it is also the time when the territory is in the most shortage of grain. If the war is delayed, the problem of grain can be solved.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo also wanted to solve Cao Cao as soon as possible, he did not dare to have the luxury of quick war. After all, the strength of Cao Cao''s army was there. If Cao Cao Cao''s army could be solved within one to two years, it would have been a blessing. You know, it took nearly two years for yuan Shujun, who was only in four counties, to be defeated.In addition, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Lujiang County to restore normal order as soon as possible, and tens of thousands of Yuan Shujun prisoners also needed to be transformed and absorbed as soon as possible. Not only that, under the rule of the counties are ready again, ready to dispatch elite troops to the war to support.


    Fortunately, after several years of development, the Zhengdong army has had a complete army training process. The supplement of the zhanbingying is to recruit elite veterans from the garrisons around the country, while the vacant garrisons recruit new soldiers from the local area. This is a step-by-step process. Today, there are 220 city level territories under the rule of the Zhengdong army. If 500 elite guards are selected from each of them, they can form 110000 battalions. The support for the war will be huge.


    The deployment of 500 soldiers in each city does not have much impact on the defense forces in the city. The only thing we need to do is to recruit 500 recruits to join the garrison, and 500 recruits to join the garrison. With the old to lead the new, we can quickly form combat effectiveness.


    Of course, it''s just an emergency measure just in case. Now the number of troops of the eastern expedition army has reached a relatively high level. No matter how much, it will be very unfavorable for the sustainable development of the eastern expedition army. This is just a plan in case of emergency.

 Chapter 985

    In Luoyang City, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. After more than a year of planning, he finally decided on the plan to attack Cao Cao''s army. Now, only after the spring of next year, when the army is ready, can he launch a thunderbolt against Cao Cao''s army.


    But what he didn''t expect was that Cao Cao, his old rival, was also gathering generals in Yanzhou and Changyi city hundreds of miles away, and the content of the meeting was to send troops to attack Qingzhou after the spring of next year.


    In the assembly hall, Cao Cao sat down above the throne, and below were Cao Cao''s army officers, several relatives and trusted generals. Among the civil servants, Xun Yu, Cheng Yu, Sima Yi and Liu Ye were the leaders, and several prefectures were added, such as the prefect man Chong of PI, Chen Qun of Shanyang, Chen Jiao of Le''an, Wei Hong of Ren Cheng, Zhong Yao, Ren Jun and Xi Zhou. The generals were led by two CAOS and two Xiahou, and Li Dian and Le Jin were the first to take refuge in Cao Cao.


    On one wall of the assembly hall, there is a map of the Central Plains States. In front of the map, young Sima Yi is holding a long wooden pole and explaining his plan to the public.


    It''s a pity that since Sima Yi took refuge, he has planned several battles against Huangfu Chaobo, but none of them has been successful. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo''s power is stronger and stronger. Therefore, Cao''s family and Xiahou''s family only look at him in the face of ridicule and don''t say a word.


    When Sima Yi finished, Cao Ren said, "Meng De, do you want to listen to this baby again this time? You know, before several times to Huangfu Chaobo, in the end we can not get much good, but let Huangfu Chaobo strength stronger and stronger


    When Cao Cao heard this, he laughed bitterly. He didn''t expect Cao Ren to ask himself this question in front of everyone. Isn''t he beating Sima Yi in the face on the spot?


    Just as he was about to speak, he saw Sima Yi blush and say to Cao Ren, "general Zixiao, I''ve been aiming at Huangfu for several times, but I didn''t succeed. But Yanzhou army has made great progress."


    After listening to Sima Yi''s words, Cao Ren is hard to refute. It is true that Huangfu''s Chaobo power is getting stronger and his family''s situation is getting stronger. In recent years, he has attacked Xuzhou first and Qingzhou later, doubling his control.


    Seeing this, Cao Ren stopped talking and went back.


    Seeing this, Cao Cao quickly said, "Zixiao, this is something that someone asked Zhongda to plan. There has been a situation between someone and Huangfu Chaobo for a long time. If Huainan is settled, sun Qijun is also against someone. If we don''t take this opportunity to weaken Huangfu Chaobo, it will become a future trouble in time. So someone decided to send troops to Qingzhou as soon as possible to capture the two counties of Qingzhou and weaken the power of Huangfu Chaobo. "


    As soon as Cao Cao opened his mouth, it was hard for the people to say anything more. Sima Yi explained the deployment of the army to the people again.


    According to Cao Cao''s discussion with Cheng Yu, Xun Yu and Sima Yi, their purpose of sending troops next year is to capture the two counties of Huangfu Chaobo. Therefore, the army must prevent the attack of Huangfu Chaobo army in the west, and launch a thunderbolt attack on Qingzhou in the East. At least most of the two counties of Qingzhou must be occupied before the reinforcements of Sizhou arrive.


    There were only two ways for Huangfu Chaobo''s Sizhou army to reach Qingzhou. One was to attack Yanzhou Dongjun, Jiyang and Liangguo, so as to encircle Wei and save Zhao. The other was to gather forces to March eastward from the river and send troops to support Qingzhou directly.


    Originally, Sima Yi''s suggestion was to send troops directly before the freezing of the river, but Cao Cao didn''t agree. First, it''s not easy to send troops in winter. If you don''t do it well, you will be defeated. On the contrary, if you steal chicken, you will lose a handful of rice. The second is that it will take time to mobilize the army and to prepare the food, grass and equipment.


    Therefore, after careful consideration, Cao Cao also decided to send troops after spring ploughing in March. As for the reinforcements of Sizhou, Cao Cao''s consideration was the flood season of the river.


    In recent years, with the phenomenon of river freezing in winter every year, there are four seasons in a year, which are called peach flood, summer flood, autumn flood and ice flood.


    At the end of March and the beginning of April every year, due to the thawing and opening of the Bingzhou River, the water storage of the river channel is discharged, but because the ice flood in the Bingzhou river reaches spreads to the downstream, it is in the peach blossom season, so it is called "peach flood"; the rainstorm flood formed in July and August in summer, because it is in the rainy day, is called "summer flood"; the rainstorm flood formed in September and October in autumn, is called "autumn flood", and it is called "autumn flood" The flood season is connected with each other, and it is also the season of rainstorm and flood, which is called "Fu autumn flood". In January and February of spring, due to the freezing of the lower reaches of the river, a large amount of water storage in the channel, when thawing and opening the river, it often forms a flood peak, accompanied by a large amount of ice discharge, which is easy to block water in the curved narrow river, backup the water level, and threaten the safety of the embankment, so it is called "ice flood".


    The time selected by Cao Cao is the period of peach flood. If the time is well coordinated, it will be able to block Huangfu Chaobo''s reinforcements in Sizhou.


    In fact, Cao Cao chose to go to battle after spring ploughing in March, which was the same as Huangfu''s purpose of Chaobo, not delaying Qingzhou''s summer harvest. If the Zhengdong army was able to buy grain from outside, Cao Cao could only grow grain on the territory under his control, and he didn''t even have the opportunity to buy it. Therefore, Cao Cao attached great importance to grain.Finally, Sima Yi was convinced by Cao Cao that the time of sending troops was set between March 10 and 15.


    As for the arrangement of troops, several people think that it is best for Cao Cao to lead the army personally to defend against possible attacks from the direction of Sizhou, and leave the task of attacking Qingzhou to Xia Houyuan, the prefect of Qingzhou. Under his command, the number of Chinese soldiers and horses in Rencheng, Lu, Jibei and Qingzhou counties will reach nearly 40000. In addition, tens of thousands of foreign troops drawn from the seven counties are not soldiers and civilian soldiers, with a total force of nearly 100000.


    There were only 50000 elite soldiers in Qingzhou, but they had to defend the area of dozens of cities in the two counties. As for the thousands of soldiers in each city, no one paid attention to them.


    In order to be on the safe side, Cao Cao sent ten thousand tigers and leopards to Xia Houyuan to deal with more than ten thousand cavalry in the eastern expedition of Qingzhou. Although Cao Cao didn''t attach importance to the most important ally of Huangfu Chaobo, kongfu''s Yuzhou army, he transferred another 10000 of his 30000 Chinese troops to Qiao County and handed them over to Cao Hong. Cao Hong led 10000 Chinese troops, 10000 Chinese troops of Cao Cao''s department and 10000 soldiers of counties and states. A total of 30000 troops defended Qiao County. In his opinion, Cao Hong''s 30000 troops were enough to deal with the attack of Yuzhou army.

 Chapter 986

    As for the other members of Cao Cao''s army, such as Xia Houdun, the prefect of Dongjun, Cao Ren, the prefect of Donghai, and man Pang, the prefect of xiapi, all arranged 10000 Chinese troops of Cao Cao''s headquarters to help them guard the place.


    But in Taishan County Cao Charlie''s nearly 20000 troops, Cao Cao had other uses, so he did not mention it in the discussion.


    Later, Cao Cao ordered that three thousand Chinese troops of Pei state should be transferred to Suiyang and be led by Jia Kui, the Prime Minister of Liang state. In this way, there were six thousand elite Chinese troops and eight thousand soldiers in Suiyang city.


    Then he ordered that five thousand soldiers from Shanyang should be transferred to Dingtao and be under the command of Ren Jun, the Taishou of Jiyang. In addition, Ren Jun had his own five thousand soldiers, ten thousand soldiers from the central camp and ten thousand soldiers from prefectures and states. In total, thirty thousand people were defending in Dingtao city.


    In this way, Cao Cao''s own elite of the Chinese army was only 40000 troops left, including 30000 Qingzhou soldiers, 10000 hubaoqi, and 20000 prefectures and soldiers in Changyi city. Cao Cao led the 60000 troops in the middle.


    Like Huangfu Chaobo, it took Cao Cao almost a day to decide all the plans. Then Cao Cao left only Cheng Yu, Sima Yi and Xia Houyuan, the commander of the western expedition, to let the others go.


    After everyone left, Cao Cao stood up, looked at Sima Yi thoughtfully and said, "Zhongda, will we succeed this time?"


    "Return to my Lord." after several failures, Sima Yi has lost her original spirit and blind self-confidence. Hearing Cao Cao''s question, she bowed down and said, "it''s up to us to plan things, and it''s up to us to do things. We''ve confirmed with several gentlemen that although we don''t say it''s safe, we are sure that we can do it. Besides, we still have a way to go, plus the words there, we should be able to do it Seventy or eighty percent of them are sure to capture Qingzhou. "


    Xia Houyuan looked at their conversation in a dazed way, but he didn''t ask. He knew that his elder brother had something to do when he left him. He just looked at them quietly.


    "Is everything in order?"


    "No problem!" This time, Sima Yi confidently replied;


    "well, you can give miaocai a detailed explanation. After all, he is the leader of the western expedition."


    Sima Yi bowed himself to accept the order and led Xia Houyuan to the front of the map to introduce him in detail. When Sima Yi finished speaking, Xia Houyuan was already surprised. When he looked at Sima Yi, he did not despise him.


    After hearing this, Xia Houyuan said to Cao Cao, "Meng De, don''t worry. This time, I will take two counties of Qingzhou for you."


    "I''m always at ease with Miao Cai''s actions. There''s another important purpose to capture Qingzhou," Cao Cao nodded, walked slowly to the front of the map, pressed down in two places, and said, "these two cities are the lifeblood of Huangfu Chaobo, especially here. Miao CAI must find a way to capture here and take all the craftsmen."


    When Xia Houyuan looked at the place Cao Cao pointed to, he immediately realized that Cao Cao pointed to the two port cities of Huangfu Chaobo: Shuanghe city and Qingdao city.


    Indeed, as Cao Cao said, these two places were the lifeblood of Huangfu Chaobo. As for Huangfu Chaobo, the whole Qingzhou County and the two counties could not be taken away, but these two cities must be preserved, especially the craftsmen.


    Seeing that Xia Houyuan had understood it, Cao Cao saw it to Sima Yi and Cheng Yu. After a little meditation, he said, "Mr. Cheng has a plan and can judge major events. In this western expedition, Mr. Cheng will go to miaocai army to serve as a military adviser."


    "I''ll take orders!" Cheng Yu''s face coolly arched his hand to accept orders, and then turned to XiaHouYuan and said, "please take care of general miaocai!"


    "I''m flattered. I''m more relieved to have your help." Xia Houyuan quickly replied;


    Sima Yi''s face was a flash of disappointment, but it was a flash.


    A few days later, Liu Ye, another commander of Cao Cao''s army, escorted by Cao Anmin, the general of Cao Cao''s army, and 5000 Qingzhou soldiers, appeared in the fenggao city of Taishan county. Facing the sudden appearance of 5000 troops and Liu Ye, Cao Charlie was surprised. However, he was relieved that there were only 5000 soldiers. Moreover, after Cao Anmin''s army arrived, he didn''t immediately enter the city, instead, he would be killed The army set up outside the city, and then led a hundred bodyguards to guard Liu Ye into the city.


    After entering the prefect''s residence, Cao Charlie said to Liu Ye, "what''s the matter with you


    Liu Ye said: "please hold back your majesty. The next officer has brought the Lord''s military order!"


    Although Cao Charlie felt strange, he still waved the others out according to his request, leaving Xu Zhu by his side.


    After everyone stepped down and only four of them were left in the room, Liu Ye handed a letter hidden in his arms to Cao Charlie and said, "please open it in front of the next officer now. After reading it, destroy it immediately."


    Charlie Cao said in his heart, "which play is Cao A-man singing? That''s a lot of talk. "


    Although I think so in my heart, I am not slow in my hand. I quickly open the letter Liu Ye handed me and read it at a glance.


    "Ah Rao is Cao Charlie had some preparation in mind, but was still frightened by the content of the letter."Can you see it?" Liu Ye said solemnly;


    "well, ah! Oh, yes


    "In the next time, the 5000 Qingzhou troops of Ye and Anmin will always carry out the following military orders together with the prefect!"


    "That''s great. There are five thousand talents of Mr. Cao and general Cao. I don''t worry about Zang ba. I''ll trouble Mr. Cao and general Cao later." With the help of five thousand Qingzhou soldiers, Charlie Cao couldn''t be unhappy. As for the following things, he couldn''t say anything else except admiration.


    After that, he immediately ordered Haosheng to entertain Qingzhou soldiers outside the city. Then he personally hosted a banquet for Liu Ye and Cao Anmin, and also discussed the issue of sending troops to pacify Zang ba.


    In fact, he had long wanted to deal with Zang BA''s Taishan army as soon as possible, but he was short of elite troops. Facing Zang BA''s Taishan army, which is a mountain army, he had more heart than strength. Today, with the 5000 Qingzhou soldiers under the command of Cao Anmin, things are much easier to handle. Qingzhou soldiers are also the elite of Mount Tai. Although their mountain fighting ability can''t compare with Zang BA''s Mount Tai soldiers, they are more than tens of percent better than Cao Charlie''s own tiger guards.


    According to Cao Cao''s request, Cao Charlie must bring down all Taishan County after the spring of next year and before March, and then draw out a large army to take part in the attack on Qingzhou. Therefore, he sent Liu Ye and Cao Anmin to lead 5000 Qingzhou soldiers to help.

 Chapter 987

    As for other members of Cao Cao''s army, such as Xia Houdun, the governor of Dongjun County, Cao Ren, the governor of Donghai County, and man Pang, the governor of xiapi County, all arranged 10000 Chinese troops of Cao Cao''s headquarters to help them guard the place.


    There were nearly 20000 troops in Taishan County, and Cao Cao had other uses, so he didn''t explain it to the public in the discussion.


    Later, Cao Cao ordered that three thousand Chinese troops of Pei state should be transferred to Suiyang and be led by Jia Kui, the Prime Minister of Liang state. In this way, there were six thousand elite Chinese troops and eight thousand soldiers in Suiyang city.


    Then he ordered to transfer the 5000 central army of Shanyang to Dingtao, which was under the command of Ren Jun, the Taishou of Jiyang. In addition, Ren Jun had his own 5000 central army in his hands. In addition, ten thousand central barracks and ten thousand soldiers of prefectures and states, there were thirty thousand people defending in Dingtao city.


    In this way, Cao Cao''s own elite of the Chinese army was only 40000 troops left, including 30000 Qingzhou soldiers, 10000 hubaoqi, and 20000 prefectures and soldiers in Changyi city. Cao Cao led the 60000 troops in the middle.


    Like Huangfu Chaobo, it took Cao Cao almost a day to decide all the plans. Then Cao Cao left only Cheng Yu, Sima Yi and Xia Houyuan, the commander of the western expedition, to let the others go.


    After everyone left, Cao Cao stood up, looked at Sima Yi thoughtfully and said, "Zhongda, will we succeed this time?"


    "Return to my Lord." after several failures, Sima Yi has lost her original spirit and blind self-confidence. Hearing Cao Cao''s question, she bowed down and said, "it''s up to us to plan things, and it''s up to us to do things. We''ve confirmed with several gentlemen that although we don''t say it''s safe, we are sure that we can do it. Besides, we still have a way to go, plus the words there, we should be able to do it Seventy or eighty percent of them are sure to capture Qingzhou. "


    Xia Houyuan looked at their conversation in a dazed way, but he didn''t ask. He knew that his elder brother had something to do when he left him. He just looked at them quietly.


    "Is everything in order?"


    "No problem!" This time, Sima Yi confidently replied;


    "well, you can give miaocai a detailed explanation. After all, he is the leader of the western expedition."


    Sima Yi bowed himself to accept the order and led Xia Houyuan to the front of the map to introduce him in detail. When Sima Yi finished speaking, Xia Houyuan was already surprised. When he looked at Sima Yi, he did not despise him.


    After hearing this, Xia Houyuan said to Cao Cao, "Meng De, don''t worry. This time, I will take two counties of Qingzhou for you."


    "I''m always at ease with Miao Cai''s actions. There''s another important purpose to capture Qingzhou," Cao Cao nodded, walked slowly to the front of the map, pressed down in two places, and said, "these two cities are the lifeblood of Huangfu Chaobo, especially here. Miao CAI must find a way to capture here and take all the craftsmen."


    When Xia Houyuan looked at the place Cao Cao pointed to, he immediately realized that Cao Cao pointed to the two port cities of Huangfu Chaobo: Shuanghe city and Qingdao city.


    Indeed, as Cao Cao said, these two places were the lifeblood of Huangfu Chaobo. As for Huangfu Chaobo, the whole Qingzhou County and the two counties could not be taken away, but these two cities must be preserved, especially the craftsmen.


    Seeing that Xia Houyuan had understood it, Cao Cao saw it to Sima Yi and Cheng Yu. After a little meditation, he said, "Mr. Cheng has a plan and can judge major events. In this western expedition, Mr. Cheng will go to miaocai army to serve as a military adviser."


    "I''ll take orders!" Cheng Yu''s face coolly arched his hand to accept orders, and then turned to XiaHouYuan and said, "please take care of general miaocai!"


    "I''m flattered. I''m more relieved to have your help." Xia Houyuan quickly replied;


    Sima Yi''s face was a flash of disappointment, but it was a flash.


    A few days later, Liu Ye, another commander of Cao Cao''s army, escorted by Cao Anmin, the general of Cao Cao''s army, and 5000 Qingzhou soldiers, appeared in the fenggao city of Taishan county. Facing the sudden appearance of 5000 troops and Liu Ye, Cao Charlie was surprised. However, he was relieved that there were only 5000 soldiers. Moreover, after Cao Anmin''s army arrived, he didn''t immediately enter the city, instead, he would be killed The army set up outside the city, and then led a hundred bodyguards to guard Liu Ye into the city.


    After entering the prefect''s residence, Cao Charlie said to Liu Ye, "what''s the matter with you


    Liu Ye said: "please hold back your majesty. The next officer has brought the Lord''s military order!"


    Although Cao Charlie felt strange, he still waved the others out according to his request, leaving Xu Zhu by his side.


    After everyone stepped down and only four of them were left in the room, Liu Ye handed a letter hidden in his arms to Cao Charlie and said, "please open it in front of the next officer now. After reading it, destroy it immediately."


    Charlie Cao said in his heart, "which play is Cao A-man singing? That''s a lot of talk. "


    Although I think so in my heart, I am not slow in my hand. I quickly open the letter Liu Ye handed me and read it at a glance.


    "Ah Rao is Cao Charlie had some preparation in mind, but was still frightened by the content of the letter."Can you see it?" Liu Ye said solemnly;


    "well, ah! Oh, yes


    "In the next time, the 5000 Qingzhou troops of Ye and Anmin will always carry out the following military orders together with the prefect!"


    "That''s great. There are five thousand talents of Mr. Cao and general Cao. I don''t worry about Zang ba. I''ll trouble Mr. Cao and general Cao later." With the help of five thousand Qingzhou soldiers, Charlie Cao couldn''t be unhappy. As for the following things, he couldn''t say anything else except admiration.


    After that, he immediately ordered Haosheng to entertain Qingzhou soldiers outside the city. Then he personally hosted a banquet for Liu Ye and Cao Anmin, and also discussed the issue of sending troops to pacify Zang ba.


    In fact, he had long wanted to deal with Zang BA''s Taishan army as soon as possible, but he was short of elite troops. Facing Zang BA''s Taishan army, which is a mountain army, he had more heart than strength. Today, with the 5000 Qingzhou soldiers under the command of Cao Anmin, things are much easier to handle. Qingzhou soldiers are also the elite of Mount Tai. Although their mountain fighting ability can''t compare with Zang BA''s Mount Tai soldiers, they are more than tens of percent better than Cao Charlie''s own tiger guards.


    According to Cao Cao''s request, Cao Charlie must bring down all Taishan County after the spring of next year and before March, and then draw out a large army to take part in the attack on Qingzhou. Therefore, he sent Liu Ye and Cao Anmin to lead 5000 Qingzhou soldiers to help.

 Chapter 988

    In Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo has been completely idle. Everything has been arranged. Now the river has been frozen, and the whole area north of huaishui river is covered by heavy snow. Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t believe that anyone around him dares to fight at this time.


    However, he was not in a good mood because Lu Zhi, who should have died a few years ago, fell ill. According to the doctors, Lu Zhongying had a relapse of a long-standing disease, and now there is no cure for it. If you are lucky, you will be able to survive until the beginning of next spring. If the disease continues to deteriorate, you may not be able to survive until the end of the year.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo has a headache. It''s only a few days until the end of the year. Now Lu Zhi''s eldest son is still in Weixian, but fortunately his second son is still in Luoyang. Now he is taking care of Lu Zhi. This is secondary. Huangfu Chaobo''s headache is the war next year, because both Lu Zhong and Lu Ling have a very important position in the war next year.


    Lu Zhong was in charge of Wei County, which was an important city to defend Yuan Shao''s invasion to the west, while Lu Ling was in the battle field of Runan next year, with the army of Huangfu and Li. However, if Lu Zhi dies, according to the practice of this era, they will send Lu Zhi''s coffin back to Youzhou and keep filial piety for three years. In this way, they will have two huge pits.


    However, if Huangfu Chaobo refuses, they will still comply, but they will have a huge loss to Huangfu Chaobo''s reputation. How can Huangfu Chaobo not be in a hurry for such a dilemma.


    After sending a message to Wei County, Huang Fu Chao Bo rushed to Lu Zhi''s mansion in the city. Because Lu Zhi was seriously ill, for convenience, Huangfu Chaobo sent someone to send him back from the Academy outside the city to Fukai in the inner city. After all, it was much more convenient in the city.


    Lu Zhi came to Luoyang from Youzhou to be the mountain leader of Luoyang Academy at the appointment of Huangfu song and Zhu Jun a few years ago. In recent years, he trained a lot of talents for Huangfu Chaobo. It can be said that 30% of the middle and low-level generals and officials under Huangfu Chaobo have been in Luoyang Academy. They can be called Lu Zhi''s disciples.


    When Huangfu Chaobo entered Lu''s house, several carriages had already stopped outside. It was Huangfu song''s carriage. When he heard that Huangfu Chaobo was coming, Lu Ling rushed out of the inner room to meet him.


    They just met outside the gate. Seeing this, Lu Ling quickly bowed and said, "see you, Lord Lu Ling!"


    "Brother Zizhi doesn''t need to be polite," Huangfu Chaobo helped Lu Ling up. He didn''t see Lu Ling for a few days. Lu Ling, who used to be elegant, had a haggard face and bloodshot eyes, which was different from what Huangfu Chaobo saw when Lu Zhi was ill.


    "Brother Zizhi, how is Master Lu?"


    Lu Ling shook his head: "master fan has been treating my father these days, but... Well


    "Don''t worry, Lu Shiji people have their own astronomical phenomena and will get better." Huangfu Chaobo had to pat him on the shoulder to comfort him;


    both of them were speechless and rushed to the inner room. When they came to Lu Zhi''s bedroom, they saw several people sitting in the outer room, including Huangfu song, Zhu Jun, Han Fu, Kong Rong and CAI Yong, as well as fan a''s disciples carrying several medicine boxes waiting there.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that it was fan who was in the hospital. He immediately saluted and asked, "what''s the situation inside?"


    The old men shook their heads.


    After a long time, the door of the inner room opened. Fan a came out from the inside. He looked up and saw that Huangfu Chaobo was also in the outer room. He quickly stepped up and said, "fan a, see you!"


    "Master fan doesn''t have to be polite," Huang Fu Chao Bolian said, helping fan a up: "master fan, what''s the situation with Master Lu?"


    Fan a shook his head and said: "the old general was injured in the battlefield, and then he was put into prison before he recovered completely, so he fell into the root of the disease. Then he lived in the cold land of Youzhou for several years, which made him more serious. After he came to Luoyang that year, although fan a thought of many ways, he could not cure him completely. At that time, fan told the old general, I can only live for him for a few years. Now the old disease has recurred, and there is no remedy for it. "


    Then fan a bowed to Lu Ling and Huangfu Chaobo and said, "fan a Shi is powerless. Please forgive me, marquis and Lord Lu!"


    Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but be disappointed, and Luling''s face is as pale as ashes.


    Fan a then said: "the old general has woken up. Lord Lu, you''d better go in and have a look first! Fan a has finished acupuncture for the veteran, and his spirit is much better. "


    Lu Ling woke up and bowed to fan A. then he walked into the inner room carefully and looked at the head of the bed. With the help of the maid, Lu Zhi sat up at the head of the bed.


    Seeing his young son come in, Lu Zhi smiles at him and says, "is the Marquis already outside?"


    Lu Ling nodded and said, "my Lord has just arrived. He is talking to master fan. Uncle Huangfu, uncle Zhu and uncle Cai have all come and are waiting outside. "


    "Ask them all to come in!" Lu Zhi told his young son in a weak voice;


    "but, father..." Lu Ling looks at Lu Zhi hesitantly."That''s all right, I know it!"


    Lu Ling had no choice but to return to the outer room and invite Huangfu Chaobo and others into the inner room.


    People fish into the inside, one by one are light handed into the inside.


    When Huangfu Chaobo looked at Lu Zhi, he was also startled. A few days ago, he was a ruddy old man, but now he has become haggard, pale and skinny.


    Lu Zhi nodded to some of his old friends and said, "my old friends, I will go ahead and find out the way for you first. It''s just the situation in the world now. If I see the emperor underground, what should I do, alas..."


    Huangfu song also looked at each other and laughed bitterly. Just as he was about to comfort him, he saw Lu Zhi raise his head again and said, "it''s freezing. Don''t stay here any longer. Let''s all go home and have a good rest. I want to save some energy to chat with the marquis."


    Everyone understood what Lu Zhi meant, so they came to him one by one, patted his hand gently, and then left Lu Zhi''s house.


    Seeing that all the people left, Lu Zhi turned to his son and said, "go out too, and say a few words for your father and marquis."


    Lu Ling looks at his father and Huangfu Chaobo. He wants to talk but stops. Huangfu Chaobo pats his arm to show that he knows he won''t be too tired. In desperation, Lu Ling has to salute them. Then he turns around and leaves Lu Zhi''s room. When he goes out, he closes the door of the inner room.

 Chapter 989

    Huangfu Chaobo is a little surprised to see that Lu Zhi has supported others. Although Lu Zhi has two sons under his command, Lu Zhi has never been his subordinate. Logically speaking, Lu Zhi should have nothing to say to himself alone.


    Seeing that there were only two of them left in the room, Lu Zhi coughed a few times, then calmed down a little. Then he said slowly, "Marquis must be very strange, why did I leave you alone?" As soon as the words were finished, he began to cough violently again and stopped for a long time.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, but he didn''t speak. He just went up to Lu Zhi and raised him up a little to make him sit more comfortable. Then he moved a stool to sit beside the bed.


    "I don''t know what the will of the Marquis is is?"


    Huangfu Chaobo is also at a loss. He is just a player. His original purpose in the game is to make money, but now he has completely integrated into the game and can''t extricate himself. But Lu Zhi asked at this time, what does it mean?


    After pondering for a long time, Huang Fu Chao Bo said slowly: "Master Lu should know that Chao Bo is a stranger and does not belong to this world. One day, Chao Bo will leave this world and return to his own world."


    Huangfu Chaobo said, while Lu Zhi listened quietly: "the problem of Lu Shi, Chaobo also thought about it. In fact, although I want to be a marquis, I only wish Hai Boping!"


    "Although I wish to be a marquis, I wish the sea would calm down!"


    Lu Zhi listened to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, a flash of light in his eyes, and then fell into meditation.


    After a long time, he said slowly: "Marquis, as a magistrate of changshe County, resolutely took on the task of rebuilding Luoyang. After several years of hard work, he finally restored Luoyang City, which was burned to white by Dong thief, to its former prosperity. The difficulties and hardships are not enough for external humanity."


    "That''s why I decided to go south to Luoyang after I received a letter from brother Yizhen. Now the prosperity of Sizhou is not as prosperous as it was before the yellow scarf rebellion, which is the contribution of marquis. That''s why I agreed to be an official. I hope I can help you. "


    Speaking of this, Lu Zhi stopped and had a rest for a while, then he continued: "this time he sent troops to Guandong, which is the same as the previous time he sent troops to Huainan, to pacify the bandits, but Cao Cao''s ability is far better than Yuan Shu''s. The four generations of the yuan family, the three gongs, have a profound foundation. To a great extent, the two sons of Yuan Shu''s success today depends on their father''s remaining shadow. However, Cao Cao is not the same. He was originally a eunuch family. Although his family background was not thick, he was not accepted by scholars. However, Cao Cao''s ability to achieve today''s achievements in a few years shows his extraordinary ability. "


    "As Xu Zijiang said, if it is peaceful and prosperous, the son will be a good prime minister, but at this time, alas..."


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t figure out what Lu Zhi meant, so he just listened in silence.


    "In the battle against Cao, I still have a few words to say to the marquis."


    "Master Lu, please speak! I''m all ears


    "The most important thing for us to attack Cao Cao this time is to work hard. If we can go down and wipe out Cao Cao''s main force in the first World War, it will be much easier for us to fight in the future. Otherwise, it will be a long-term war for many years. Therefore, I would like to ask you to be prepared. Sizhou was the foundation of the eastern army. Under any circumstances, the Marquis must manage the four prefectures of Sizhou well. I have heard that Tian Yuanhao directly admonished the Marquis and asked him to inspect the counties. In fact, it was also because of this consideration. It''s just that he was too honest and straightforward, which was better than I had been in those years. "


    Said, Lu Zhi''s mouth showed a bitter smile, should be thinking about Jizhou.


    Xuan said, "I''m getting old, so I''m getting wordy. Please don''t blame me."


    "Master Lu, don''t worry. Mr. Yuanhao''s temperament is clear. I won''t blame him."


    Lu Zhi nodded: "I know that the Marquis is a broad-minded man, otherwise the East army would not have achieved what it is today. There is another saying that the old man wants to give it to the Marquis: "although the country is big, it will die if it is belligerent; although the world is safe, it will be dangerous if it forgets war."


    "Although the eastern expeditionary army has today''s achievements, as far as I know, since the Marquis''s arrival in Luoyang, all of them have been in the war for several years. Sometimes they are still fighting on three sides or even four sides. If the Marquis had not worked hard with all the people, I''m afraid that Sizhou would have become the fat part of the rest of the marquis. Therefore, I suggest that if the war can quickly pacify the Cao bandits, then I will ask the Marquis to slow down his pace and have a few years'' cooperation with the people''s livelihood. Or if you can''t pacify Cao Cao quickly, please do it slowly. Don''t be in a hurry. "


    After so many words, it seems that Lu Zhi has exhausted all his energy and spirit, and the whole person is depressed again.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo knew that he could not let him go on. He quickly got up and said, "Master Lu''s teachings are in Chaobo''s mind. Please take a rest. When Master Lu recovers from illness, Chaobo will come back to consult him."


    With that, he got up and helped Lu Zhi to lie down. Then he opened the door and called Lu Ling in. After a few words, he left Lu''s house and returned to his Marquis''s house.


    Lu Zhi is seriously ill. Huangfu Chaobo has to consider whether the Lu brothers can continue to lead and fight with the army, but it''s really not a good choice. So Huangfu Chaobo has to calm down and think about it. And Lu Zhi''s opinion is also very right. If we can''t capture it urgently, then we must be prepared to take it slowly.There is also what Lu Zhi said. Since he entered Luoyang, he has really spent every year in the war. For the players, the game is not a fight for hegemony, but for the people of the territory, it is really a very dangerous thing. It seems that it''s time to slow down and let the people breathe.


    A few days later, Lu Zhong, the eldest son of Lu Zhi, braved the heavy snow and rushed back to Luoyang from Weijun. Fortunately, although Lu Zhi''s illness was repeated, he was still hanged by fan a for the last breath and finally let Lu Zhong see his father for the last time.


    In the next few days, Lu''s brothers stayed by Lu Zhi''s side, and Huangfu Chaobo also visited Lu Zhi several times, but almost all of them met Lu Zhi in a semi dazed state.


    The new year of 197 came under such circumstances. As usual, Huangfu Chaobo was also a group of civil and military officials and generals who held a banquet in the Marquis''s residence. However, this year, Huangfu''s interest in Chaobo was not as good as usual. Although the next year''s eastern expedition had been basically determined, Lu Zhi''s words made him start to worry about gain and loss again. Moreover, the affairs of the two brothers of the Lu family had not been dealt with, which made Huangfu''s Chaobo even less interested in the banquet.

 Chapter 990

    Huangfu Chaobo accepted the toast, then quietly retreated in the middle of the banquet, leaving only a group of subordinates to continue to eat and drink in the hall. It was very busy, but Huangfu Chaobo walked slowly towards the backyard.


    Right here, the voice of Huangfu song came from behind. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo stopped. When he looked back, he saw that Huangfu song had left the banquet hall with some old people, Zhu Jun, and was walking in his own direction.


    "Yes, uncle! I''ve met my teacher! I''ve met Mr. Taishan! I''ve met uncle Kong! Meet Cai Weng! I''ve met Mr. Wen Ju! " Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo rushed forward and saluted one by one.


    "When we are old, we don''t go with their little ones. After eating and drinking, we are going to leave and return. It seems that you have something on your mind, so we stop you!" Huangfu Song said with a smile;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and did not speak.


    Zhu Jun said, "are you worried about what your son has done?"


    Huangfu Song said: "you can rest assured that there will be arrangements for zigan." Then he turned to the others and said, "I''ve got one or two good teas recently. How about going to my house to taste tea?"


    After hearing this, they nodded and agreed. Then, under the leadership of Huangfu song, they turned and left the Houfu.


    After listening to Huangfu song''s words, although Huangfu Chaobo didn''t understand exactly how Lu Zhi arranged it, he also removed a huge stone from his heart. He was also an open-minded man. Since he couldn''t figure it out, he simply didn''t want to. When the boat arrived at the bridge, it would be straight. Thinking of this, he left the front yard and headed for the back yard. Today is Chinese new year, so he should accompany his family in the game.


    In 197, the second year of Han Jian''an, on the fifth day of the first month, Han Wei''s famous general, beizhongying''s general and Shangshu Lu Zhi finally took their last breath on the collapse of illness. It is said that before he died, he called his two sons into the room and told them for nearly half an hour, then he died.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who got the news, immediately arrived at Lu''s house, only to find that the whole Lu''s house had begun to be full of white, and Lu''s brothers were already preparing for Lu Zhi''s future.


    According to Lu Zhi''s request, after his death, he did not have to return home with a spirit. Instead, he was buried directly on Mang Mountain behind Luoyang Academy. Moreover, Lu Zhi also asked the two brothers to keep the spirit for only one month, and then they would return to their own army without delay.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo understood what Huangfu song meant when he said that Lu zigan would be ready. It turned out that he had already made arrangements.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but tell Lu''s brothers a long story. Later, he said that he would keep a vigil for Lu Zhi with the etiquette of his disciples. Then he told the two brothers that he would write to the court to show that he would make Lu Zhi a good uncle. What''s more, they were moved to tears.


    Lu Zhi''s funeral had been busy for several days before it ended. It was soon the 16th of the first month, which was the time for the government offices to reopen under the rule of the Zhengdong army.


    On this day, Huangfu Chaobo''s first military order to march to the East in the new year was sent to all the counties below, ordering them to transfer 10% of the old soldiers from the city''s garrison to the county city and give them to the commander of the barracks for training, waiting for further orders from the general''s office. The vacancy of local garrison was gradually filled by recruitment after spring ploughing.


    As soon as the order was issued, everyone knew that Huangfu Chaobo was preparing for the next war. However, everyone was surprised that when the meeting was held a few years ago, Huangfu Chaobo decided not to recruit elite soldiers from the Garrison for training. But now the order has been issued just after the end of the year, which is obviously a decision made during this period of time.


    Everyone guessed that it might have something to do with Lu Zhi, but no one went deep into it, and Huangfu Chaobo didn''t explain it too much. After the first military order came out, Huangfu Chaobo continued his unfinished tour last year under the protection of 5000 guards.


    Lu Zhi''s words remind Huangfu Chaobo that no matter what the war is, Sizhou is the root of his Huangfu Chaobo. As long as he doesn''t lose at all, even if he loses temporarily in the war, it doesn''t matter. If he doesn''t lose at all, everything is empty talk. Therefore, after dealing with Luoyang''s government affairs, Huangfu Chaobo set out again.


    Because it''s already 15 years old and the Yellow River will thaw in a while. When the ice flood comes, it will be more difficult for him to lead 5000 cavalry to cross the river. Therefore, although the heavy snow has not yet melted, Huangfu Chaobo starts to set out.


    When spring comes, everything recovers. After several months of silence, the whole world begins to revive. People from all over the world have come out of their homes and started to tidy up their fields to prepare for the busy New Year.


    Not only farmers, but also various feudal forces began to act frequently. After receiving the military order from the general''s office, they began to select the right soldiers from the troops under the general''s office and sent them to the county and city to receive the unified training of the general of the battalions.


    As for the soldiers, the change from garrison to warfighter not only means the increase of salary, but also means the rise of his status. This is a great honor in the East conscription army, so the soldiers and horses from all over the country began to gather in the direction of their respective counties and cities.


    In addition to these soldiers, the vehicles carrying grain and grass materials have also begun to prepare to set out to transport the grain and grass materials to the designated city.Not only under the rule of the Zhengdong army, but also Cao Cao army, sun CE army and yelaixiang army mobilized troops and horses to transport materials. It seems that Yuan Shaojun of Hebei Province is also making some preparations. Lu bugeng of Bingzhou ordered the Chen palace to prepare food and materials just a few days before the new year.


    Like the tens of thousands of elite troops of nocturnal incense, they began to gather one after another to the southernmost hill of Langya state after the Spring Festival. Langya originally had 13 counties with a population of about 600000. After controlling all the counties, it was divided into two parts. At the same time, it successively occupied Gai County in the northeast of Taishan county and four counties in the south, namely, feiguo, nanwuyang and Nancheng. Now, as many as 17 cities above the county level are controlled by yelaixiang.


    As for the population, there have been frequent wars in Xuzhou in the past two years, and hundreds of thousands of ordinary people have fled to the territory of yelaixiang. With the population of the four counties in Taishan County, the population under the rule of yelaixiang has reached one million.


    Over the years, it has also accumulated nearly 100000 troops, including nearly 50000 soldiers from prefectures and countries and 50000 soldiers from wars. Since last year''s agreement with Huangfu Chaobo, yelaixiang has begun to deploy troops to Jiqiu, transferring its 50000 elite and 40000 troops to Shijiqiu, and the remaining 10000 troops are defending Qingzhou and Mount Tai.

 Chapter 991

    At the head of Kaiyang City, yelaixiang and xizhicai stood on the top of the city, watching the second group of 10000 elite soldiers marching towards the south of Jiqiu. They were silent.


    After a long time, Xi Zhicai said: "Lord, the troops are gradually in place, the 1000 crossbows of the eastern army have been distributed, and the crossbow soldiers have been selected from all the troops."


    "Well, how long will it take?"


    "General Xu said that it will take two months at the fastest. If time permits, it''s better to give him another half a year."


    Nocturnal fragrance burst of wry smile: "half a year, where come half a year?" Thinking of this, he turned his head and looked at the direction of the army leaving the city: "tell Xu Sheng that he doesn''t have to ask. These 1000 crossbow soldiers can only be used as surprise soldiers at that time. What''s more, military division, all the troops are getting ready, right


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. Everything is going on according to our agreed plan."


    "Well, I hope we can get as many benefits as possible this time. This is our only chance!"


    In Jiangdong, Jianye city and Wu Cheng Marquis''s residence, sun CE is also discussing with Zhou Yu about sending troops. Since Zhou Yu took refuge with him, sun CE''s situation is much better than before. First, he captured several cities in the north of Wu County, then he captured Guangling, and then he controlled more than half of Jiujiang county.


    Today''s sun CE army is no longer the vagrant army that borrowed troops to settle in the east of the Yangtze River. Nearly four counties, dozens of cities and more than a million people have emboldened sun CE. However, in the first World War of Huainan, sun CE failed to take back the jade seal that belongs to his family. Therefore, after hearing Huangfu Chaobo''s proposal to jointly attack Cao Cao, sun CE agreed without hesitation It''s too late.


    Cao Cao has a strong army now, which is not what his sun CE can shake. If Huangfu Chaobo comes out, it would be the best. As soon as the eastern expedition troops are dispatched, the Yuzhou army will certainly send troops. Although we are not ashamed of the weak win of the Yuzhou soldiers, after all, Yuzhou has a vast territory, many people and sufficient troops. It''s better to use them to attract Cao Cao''s attention.


    Now that the new year is over, sun CE can''t wait to recruit Zhou Yu to discuss sending troops.


    He had already begun to prepare to send troops, but he didn''t know why. There was no news from the East army. So sun CE had to follow his impulse to send troops, and first asked Zhou Yu to discuss the issue of sending troops.


    After nearly half a day''s discussion, the two men basically decided on the strategy of sending troops. First of all, they had to send troops to the East army first, that is, only after the East army and Cao Cao''s army had started a war would sun CE''s army send troops. Moreover, Zhou Yu''s idea was to divide the army into two routes: one was from Guangling, and the army pointed to the East China Sea; the other was from Jiujiang, where Cao Cao''s army in Jiujiang was annihilated first, and then he crossed Hebei to attack xiapi.


    After the two reached an agreement, they began to recruit officers and generals for discussion, and then decided on the dispatch of troops, followed by the mobilization of troops and supplies.


    The flood season of Dajiang is different from that of Dahe, which is mainly concentrated in July and August every year, and there is no ice in winter. Therefore, in addition to the danger of sailing in the flood season, Zhou Yu can sail all the year round, so he almost spent the whole winter in the water army to train the water army. Moreover, since he occupied Shouchun last year, Jiangdong''s material personnel have been transported to Jiangbei in an endless stream.


    Every day, the movements of the princes in the world are collected by shadow guards distributed everywhere, and then sent to Luoyang with pigeon letters. Shi a arranges people to sort them out, and then gives them to Guo Jia, who is in charge of intelligence, for analysis. Finally, the final results are handed over to Huangfu Chaobo.


    The movements of Cao Cao Jun, sun CE Jun and Langya Jun were all expected by everyone, but Cao Charlie, the Taishan prefect, made an action that surprised everyone. On the night of the second day of the lunar new year, Cao Charlie ordered Xu Zhu to lead the 5000 Huwei camp and Cao Anmin''s 5000 Qingzhou soldiers to set out overnight.


    Three days later, ten thousand Cao troops appeared outside the city of Mu County, and then launched an attack on Mu county. Zang BA was defeated by ten thousand Cao troops. In the end, there were less than two thousand Taishan soldiers and more than one thousand personal guards in ten thousand garrison. They fled from Mu County to Laiwu County, the last city of Zang Ba army.


    At this time, Laiwu county was also in the middle of war. Under the constant division of Cao Charlie and yelaixiang, only mu county and Laiwu were left in the Taishan County of Zang ba. The troops were no more than 10000, including five thousand Taishan bandits, Zang BA''s younger brother, Zang Quan, and Zang BA''s eldest son AI''s two thousand, Yin Li''s three thousand, and sun kangsun Guan''s three thousand.


    Since he retreated to the two cities, Zang Ba ordered his younger brother and son to lead 5000 troops to Laiwu, while he personally led 5000 elite soldiers and 6000 troops in the hands of the rest, with a total of 11000 troops stationed in Mu county. However, he did not expect that Cao Charlie would once again use the winter snow as a cover to raid Mu county.


    Caught off guard, Zang BA''s army was attacked by Qingzhou soldiers in less than two hours. If it wasn''t for Zang BA''s Taishan soldiers, they were also special arms, and their abilities were relatively strong in all aspects. The home battle was as good as Qingzhou soldiers. Finally, Zang Ba led Yin Li and the sun brothers to break through under the attack of more than 3000 disabled soldiers. However, a few people also suffered heavy losses. The elite Taishan army that Zang Ba relied on to settle down almost did not exist in the first World War, and only 1672 of the 5000 soldiers finally escaped. The six thousand troops of yin and sun left only a few thousand bodyguards to survive.Zang Ba led 3000 disabled soldiers to Laiwu in a hurry. In his opinion, Cao Cao''s army would either not send troops. Once it sent troops, it would definitely be to wipe out Zang ba. Now Mu county has been lost. If Laiwu can''t keep it, his Zang Ba will be a lost dog.


    It''s a pity that God seems to be against him. When Zang Ba led 3000 disabled soldiers to the southwest of Laiwu City, he met with hundreds of soldiers and family members of Zang Quan Zang AI, who was defeated and broke through from the county. When he got the news of the loss of the county seat, Zang Ba felt as if he had been struck by a bolt from the blue, which made him numb and unresponsive for a long time.


    After a long time, Zang Ba Cai woke up from the shock and was worthy of being a decisive general. After a quick analysis of the situation of our enemy forces, Zang Ba led more than 3000 disabled soldiers to guard hundreds of family members, bypassed Laiwu county and headed for the southeast direction of Qingzhou Beihai state. With a great familiarity with Taishan County, Zang Ba and his party soon disappeared in the vast mountains.

 Chapter 992

    Less than a day after Zang Ba and his party left, a 10000 strong Cao army appeared where they had been. It was Cao Charlie who arranged to pursue them. Unfortunately, they didn''t catch up with Zang BA''s rout in the end. After carefully examining the other party''s whereabouts, the leader had no choice but to withdraw to Mou county.


    The war in Taishan county has finally come to an end. Except for Gaixian, feiguo, nanwuyang and Nancheng in the southeast of Taishan, the other eight cities are under Cao Charlie''s control. Then Cao Anmin and Qingzhou army left Taishan county and returned to Changyi to reply to Cao Cao. It was strange that Liu Ye continued to stay in Taishan County under the protection of dozens of personal guards. It seemed that he was discussing something with Cao Charlie.


    On the 18th of the first month, Huangfu Chaobo''s 5000 cavalry arrived in Hanoi. However, he did not enter Hanoi city. Outside the city, he joined Huaxiong''s 5000 Xiliang cavalry and his own guards, and immediately turned East. More than 10000 cavalry marched in the direction of Wude. Behind them was the infantry of 10000 baotao camp. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, Huaxiong would lead them Fifteen thousand troops of baotao camp were stationed in dangyin, ready to support Wei county at any time.


    All the way to the East, Huangfu Chaobo just made a hasty inspection tour in each county, but the main places, such as military barracks, city defense, and government treasury, were the places he focused on. Even so, it took more than ten days for Huangfu Chaobo to complete the inspection of several counties to the east of huaixian county.


    Later, he turned back again, walked along the edge of the foot of Taihang Mountain, all the way to the southwest, passed mengmengmengguan and tianjingguan, and then returned to huaixian county. After continuing to inspect the cities of Hanoi to the west of huaixian County, Huangfu Chaobo once again set foot on the path of Fuguan and entered Hedong.


    At this time, it was in mid February, less than a month before Huangfu Chaobo''s scheduled dispatch, so Huangfu Chaobo had to speed up his journey again, and finally arrived at Dayang County on the North Bank of the river in early March. Then the army crossed the river in Maojin and entered Hongnong from Shaanxi county.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care that Huyang city and qinhangu pass in the west of Hongnong didn''t make an inspection, so he led 5000 bodyguards back to Luoyang City in a hurry, and finally rushed back to Luoyang City before dark on March 5.


    This round of inspection took Huangfu Chaobo nearly two months to inspect the two counties of Hedong in Hanoi. However, Huangfu Chaobo was also very tired. However, as Tian Feng and Lu Zhi said, Huangfu Chaobo felt that he was worthy of this trip. After a round of inspection, the morale of the people, the army and the loyalty of the officials of the three counties in Hebei Province were different It''s going up.


    On the day of his return to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo did not care to have a rest. After a quick dinner, he immediately gathered people to discuss the matter. First, he wanted to know about the situation of the vassals in the world during this period of time. Second, he wanted to know how the war was about to start and how the preparations for all the supplies and troops were going.


    Soon, all the people summoned by Huangfu Chaobo rushed to the general''s house.


    After they saluted Huangfu Chaobo, he waved his hand and said, "well, we must be more polite. Time is short. Let''s talk about it one by one. Shi ah, is there any change among the princes in the world at last? "


    After Shi a got up and gave a salute, he said: "report back to my Lord. The news from the shadow shows that all the major forces basically have signs of troop mobilization, and the specific situation has been sorted out and handed over to commander Guo."


    "What''s the change of Cao Cao''s army?"


    "Cao Cao''s troops have been mobilized since the end of last year, but the shadow guards can only know the general situation. At present, Cao Cao has concentrated a lot of troops on both the East and West lines. I don''t know if he has got the news that our army is about to attack, but he still wants to attack in his normal defensive situation."


    When Shi a said this, he looked at Guo Jia in some embarrassment. After all, he was only responsible for collecting intelligence. He had to ask Guo Jia for specific analysis. Seeing this, Guo Jia quickly got up and said, "this matter will be reported to the Lord in detail."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and looked at Shi''a again.


    "What''s more important is that Liu Bei''s army of Changsha suddenly dispatched troops on January 16 and captured Guiyang. Zhao fan, the prefect of Guiyang, died. His subordinates Bao Long and Chen Ying were defeated and captured. Then they surrendered to Liu Bei''s army. With the help of the two generals, Liu Bei took all the eleven cities of Guiyang within one month."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that Liu Bei would rise again so soon. It''s worthy of Liu Paopao. He ran from the northernmost Youzhou to the southernmost part of the Han Dynasty. In a short year, he miraculously rose again.


    Shaking his head, Huangfu Chaobo shakes off his mind about Liu Beijun and looks at Shi''a again.


    "Another thing is that Zang Ba, who disappeared after Cao Charlie occupied his old nest, suddenly appeared in a place called santing town in the south of Linqu in Beihai a month ago, and then sent someone to ask Ju county for surrender. Xu will report this matter to you in detail later. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo said nothing more. He waved to him to step down first, and then turned his eyes to Xu Shu: "how are the troops and supplies prepared?"


    "Lord Hui, all the troops have been in place one after another, except the 5000 cavalry around you. What''s more, all the garrisons collected by the counties have been put in place. How can we arrange for your follow-up orders? "Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t open his mouth, Xu Shu went on to say, "the supplies of grain and grass are also continuing to be transported. So far, he has sent 100000 stones of grain, 20000 stones of grass, and 200 carts of other supplies."


    "About Zang Ba, Luoyang received a pigeon letter from Cheng Huan, the Prime Minister of Beihai, a month ago. Because the Lord has been in the process of rapid inspection, we discussed the matter and gave an order to Beihai, asking Zang Ba to lead his more than 3000 troops and hundreds of family members to temporarily settle in santing town and wait for the Lord to return before making a decision."


    After a little meditation, Huangfu Chaobo said: "order Zang Ba to send all his family members to Luoyang, and let their generals and soldiers join Xu Rongjun to listen to Hou''s dispatch, and make arrangements for the supplement of troops and horses after the war. By the way, Zang Ba leads the post of Zhongying general, and the others are all captains. Tell Zang Ba that Ben will wait to see their performance. "


    The war is coming. Huangfu Chaobo has no time and energy to deal with Zang BA''s request for surrender. Now he doesn''t want to think that you don''t really want to surrender. He simply says that he wants the other party to send his family to Luoyang. As for the arrangement, it depends on Zang Ba''s performance. Up to now, Huangfu Chaobo was not afraid of Zang BA''s agreement with Cao Cao, so he came to surrender. Now he was on the verge of an arrow and had to send it.


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo''s hand continued to wave, indicating everyone to continue.

 Chapter 993

    After Xu Shu finished speaking, Guo Jia began to report to Huangfu Chaobo about the trend of Cao Cao''s army. After their analysis, they all agreed that Cao Cao''s army was likely to launch an attack on the East army, but because of limited intelligence, the other side''s attack direction could not be completely determined. However, various situations show that since the end of the Huainan war last year, Cao Cao Jun has begun to gather materials in the East and West.


    Hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help sighing. As expected, he is a hero in troubled times. He is already taking three steps. Fortunately, he is a player. He knows Cao Cao''s character, so he will make preparations early. If other NPC princes are like those in history, he will swallow them step by step.


    Is this the common saying that heroes think alike? Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but YY.


    Guo Jia went on to introduce that although he was not sure about the specific direction of Cao Cao''s attack, one thing was certain. His goal was certainly to March the eastern army, not other vassals. Therefore, he would certainly bear a lot of pressure in the battle field of Yanzhou and Qingzhou. However, it was a good thing for the battle field of Yuzhou.


    Huangfu Chaobo understood what Guo Jia meant. In the eyes of other vassals, the Yuzhou army and the Zhengdong army were just allies. No one realized that the two had become one.


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly asked Xu Shu, "how many troops have Qingzhou two counties assembled to enter the county city?"


    Xu Shu thought about it and said, "the North sea state has transferred 6000 people, and Donglai county has transferred 3000 people."


    "In other words, in addition to the 20000 garrisons of Wu''an state and the 5000 soldiers of Mu Shun, there are 6000 new garrisons in Ju county? Huang County, on the other hand, is composed of general Zongbao''s 20000 soldiers and Liu Yi''s 5000 soldiers, plus the new 3000 soldiers


    "Yes


    "If the order goes on, all the newly recruited soldiers in Qingzhou will be sent to the cities guarded by the two generals, and the cities of Qingzhou will be ordered to enter into a state of emergency combat readiness. Let Xu Rong and Lou GUI be responsible for the war in Qingzhou. However, Shuanghe city and Qingdao city will be closed from now on, and all personnel entering the city must be strictly screened. Tell the magistrates and county captains of the two cities that they have the right to shoot anyone he thinks is a suspect. "


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo said to Shi''a: "from now on, shadow guard will set up headquarters directly under the two counties, and make daily contact with the headquarters without any intermission."


    Huangfu''s Chaobo order involved several people who came out to take orders: "no, I won''t take orders!"


    Huangfu Chaobo stood up again and walked back and forth in the hall for two times. After a long time, he stopped abruptly and said to Xu Shu, "the soldiers from the other counties, Hongnong, Hedong, Hanoi and Weijun, gathered to Luoyang while training. The soldiers from the three counties of Yuzhou also began to gather to CHENXIAN, ready to take over the city occupied by Huangzhong."


    Xu Shu bowed to accept the order, and then Huangfu Chaobo said, "is there anything else?"


    Everyone shook their heads. As Huangfu Chaobo was about to finish the discussion, Huangfu Li, who was listening in, said, "uncle, how do we arrange it?"


    Huangfu Chaobo looks around, only to see a group of young players looking forward to him. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that several grown-up kids have not been arranged. Not only the three grown-up people, but also Zhou Chen and Hao Zhao, who are not grown-up, are looking at him eagerly.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said: "this time, zaoping, dianman and huangfuli will go to Chen Guoba. When you go to huangfuli, your father''s army, he will arrange for you. As for the others, we will wait until they are adults."


    When they were called, the three immediately cheered with joy, while the others looked at zaoping and the others were dejected, unwilling and envious. However, they did not dare to retort in front of Huangfu Chaobo.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said, "after you three arrive in the army, you should strictly observe military discipline and not fight impulsively."


    Later, Huangfu Chaobo asked them to take a set of level 40 black iron equipment for each of them, as a gift for the first battle, and a good horse of level 40 as a mount. After thinking about it, they still felt that it was not safe, and they were equipped with ten soldiers of Tiebi camp as guards, which made them step down.


    Early the next morning, in the twilight, Huangfu Chaobo set out under the protection of 5000 guards, ready to go to Chenliu. In the east gate of the inner city of Luoyang, the gate has not been opened yet. On the streets of the city, five thousand cavalry are ready to go. All the soldiers who stay in Luoyang are at the gate to see Huangfu Chaobo off.


    Huangfu sitting on a horse, hugged Xu Shutian and Feng and said, "my Lord, I will leave Luoyang and give it to you."


    "We wish you success and success All of them bowed down together;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Dianwei, who understood and said to the head of the city: "open the gate!"


    "Creak, creak!"


    With a sound, the inner gate of Luoyang City was opened slowly, and five thousand cavalry escorted Huangfu Chaobo and his party in the middle, galloping towards the Dongyang gate of the outer city. The east gate guard who had heard about it had already opened the gate when the army arrived. Then the army left Luoyang and headed east.


    Two days later, the Chaobo army of Huangfu arrived in Chenliu. Outside Chenliu, tens of thousands of troops had already been assembled one after another. After a rest day, they began to send troops.At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had time to rest. Not only he but also the 5000 soldiers who were guarding him were very tired, so he had to rest for a day or two before he could send troops. Fortunately, although because of Cao Cao''s change, Huangfu Chaobo had already sent a carrier pigeon to Zhang Ying in Puyang when he left Luoyang, informing him that the time for the army to send troops had been advanced to March 10.


    Considering that the army of Huangfu Chaobo and Huang Wudi had to start from Chen Liu and arrive at Jiyin county city for a longer time than Puyang, in addition, there was only a county town named YuanJu to the west of Dingtao, but the army of Zhang Ying''s department had to attack Lihu and Guyang before they could meet with Huangfu Chaobo under Dingtao city.


    On March 10, general Zhengdong, Si zhoumu and Hou Huangfu Chaobo of Wenxi County set up an altar to worship heaven in the eastern suburb of Chenliu, and issued an address announcing that Cao Cao of Yanzhou was domineering, wantonly committed crimes, stripped Yuanyuan and harmed the good. He was good at opening swordsmen, killing Zhongliang and killing Xuzhou Mu Tao Qian. General Zhengdong decided to send troops to fight against the crime.


    After offering sacrifices to heaven, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the three armies to move out, and the soldiers pointed to Jiyin. Fifteen thousand soldiers and horses of Huben camp gathered in Chenliu, twenty thousand guards, twenty thousand guards and ten thousand craftsmen, with a total of sixty-five thousand troops. It is said that one hundred thousand troops began to march towards YuanJu County, the westernmost part of Jiyin county.


    In addition to the generals of the guards and Huang Wudi, the main general of Huben camp, there are also Qiao Rui and Li Gui, who are new to the East army, and three military commanders, Huangfu Chaobo.

 Chapter 994

    At the same time that Huangfu Chaobo sent troops to Jiyin from Chenliu, Zhang Ying''s army in Puyang City also began to send troops to the south. Zhang Ying''s army included 25000 soldiers from the fifth school of Shenwu camp, 20000 guards and 10000 craftsmen. It was a total of 55000 troops, known as 80000 troops.


    Apart from Zhang Ying, the main general of Shenwu camp, and min Chun, the deputy general, there were also demoted general Le Jiu. Huangfu Chaobo sent Tian Zheng, Tian Feng''s eldest son, to join the army.


    Luoyang was handed over to the Deputy General of Huben camp to keep two school soldiers, while Chenliu city had only twenty thousand guards of Zhou Cang, the capital of Chenliu. As for Puyang City, it was handed over to one school soldier of Xiong Quying, the Deputy General of Hongnong, and ten thousand guards of Puyang City.


    On the evening of the same day, Cao Cao''s spies who were lurking in Chenliu sent the news to Changyi. Seeing the news from Chenliu, Cao Cao was stunned. Then he laughed and said that the heroes had the same ideas. He wanted to attack Chenliu, so he sent out his troops.


    Cao Cao wanted to send troops to attack. In this way, he could use the cities of Jiyin to restrain the main force of the eastern expedition and buy time for the war of Xia Houyuan in Qingzhou.


    Later, Cao Cao did not order the army to send troops to Dingtao. He had already deployed 30000 troops in Dingtao, among which there were 10000 elite soldiers in Jiyin and Shanyang counties, 10000 elite soldiers in Cao Cao''s headquarters, and there were 10000 soldiers in Dingtao. In Cao Cao''s plan, Dingtao could last at least a few months. When the veterans of the eastern military division were tired, Cao Cao would be bigger Army, give them a back and forth attack.


    Originally, Cao Cao''s people agreed that the number of troops to be sent to the East should be about 100000, but they did not expect that Chen Liu''s troops alone would have reached 100000. According to the information from the spies, Chen Liu''s troops should be the main force of the eastern expedition. In addition to the banner of the generals of Huangfu Chaobo''s guards, there is also the banner of Huang Zhong, the number one general of Huangfu Chaobo.


    In addition, there are other general flags among them, so it can be judged that all the elite troops who went to Henan county of the eastern army have been sent out.


    In Puyang to the north, there are nearly 100000 Zhang Ying troops. According to the information from spies, in addition to the Zhang Ying troops of Chen Liu and Puyang, there are also the banners of several generals in Hebei. So many generals appeared in the two armies, which made Cao Cao''s army all hit the tongue secretly.


    However, it was just like this that Cao Cao''s army thought that in order to attack their own side, the eastern expedition had almost come out. Unfortunately, no matter Yuan Shao in Hebei or Lu Bu in Bingzhou, they are no longer willing to attack the Zhengdong army. In their opinion, the Zhengdong army is a tortoise, no matter how hard they fight, they can''t say. Instead of wasting time on this, it''s better to concentrate your energy on doing things you are more sure of while there is no time and energy here.


    When he got the news of the East conscription army, Cao Cao immediately sent people to check the ice flood situation near the river. On the one hand, he also informed Xia Houyuan that he was ready to send troops.


    Two days later, Zhang Ying''s army arrived at Lihu city. At this time, Cao Cao''s army had been informed that it had already closed the city gate, but Lihu had 3000 garrisons, which served as a warning to the north of Dingtao city in Jiyin. Therefore, neither Cao Cao of Changyi nor Ren Jun, the governor of Dingtao City, had any plan to send troops to rescue. The 3000 garrisons of Lihu city were in Zhang Ying''s army Under the fierce attack, the city was broken after only two days.


    One thousand soldiers of three thousand prefectures were killed in the battle, and hundreds of them were injured. All the others were captured. County magistrate and county captain were killed while guarding the city. The casualties of Zhang Ying''s army were only the hundreds of civilian soldiers who were killed and injured in the first day''s trench filling and the hundreds of elite soldiers who were killed and injured in the second day''s siege. Among them, only 300 Minfu and more than 100 halberds and ordinary soldiers died, and more than 500 people were injured, of which more than half were Minfu.


    This was the decision made by Zhang Ying and Tian Zheng after discussion. Both of them agreed that as the first battle of the eastern expedition to attack Cao Cao''s army, they should strike each other with a thunderbolt. If they can beat down with one drum, it will have a great impact on Cao Cao''s army.


    On the first day of the attack, Zhang Ying just sent someone to fill the moat away from Fox city. Then he launched only a tentative attack and hastily stopped. In the second day''s attack, Zhang Ying ordered min Chun and le to lead one school soldier to attack from the East and west walls, but Zhang Ying himself led 5000 halberds to attack from the north city.


    Li Hu''s general didn''t expect that Zhang Ying would be so unconventional. In the second round of attack, he sent out the most elite three schools. Caught off guard, the Zhengdong army attacked Lihu city in the first wave of attack. Lihu city county captain died on the spot, and the county magistrate also died in the chaos.


    Then the garrison was in chaos. After more than a thousand people were killed and injured, the soldiers put down their weapons and surrendered one after another. The whole war lasted less than an hour.


    Later, Zhang Ying''s army did not enter Lihu, but arranged 1000 guards to enter Lihu to take over the city, and then arranged all the wounded to enter the city. The army camped outside the city for a rest day, and the next day began to move south again.


    On the same day that Zhang Ying''s army began to attack Lihu, the governor of Yuzhou and the general sun CE also announced to send troops to attack Cao Cao.On that day, the Yuzhou army was divided into two groups, each with 60000 or 70000 troops. They started to attack Qiaojun and Liangguo respectively. Different from the two groups of Huangfu Chaobo and Zhangying, the two groups of Yuzhou army were obviously low-key. Not only the number announced to the outside was less than the actual number, but also the banners in the army were the general flags of some unknown generals. Moreover, the advancing speed of Yuzhou army was much slower than that of Zhengdong army in the north.


    Sun CE''s army in Huainan was different. On the day of the announcement, sun CE led 50000 troops directly to the West Quyang County occupied by Cao Cao''s army, while Sun Jing''s army in Guangling also sent troops directly to Huaiyin, ready to cross the river and attack huaipu.


    As for the behavior of sun CE Jun of Yuzhou army, Cao Cao''s army thought they had a good command of it. In their opinion, although Yuzhou had a close relationship with the eastern expedition army, they were not willing to be the vanguard of attacking themselves, because although Yuzhou army had been trained by the eastern expedition army for more than a year, they still did not have the confidence to fight with their own side.


    Therefore, the Yuzhou army is determined that once the eastern army gains an advantage in the north line, Cao Cao''s army will certainly send troops to the north to support it. Only when Qiao County''s troops are empty can the Yuzhou Army take advantage of it.

 Chapter 995

    Different from the Yuzhou army, sun CE army had different ideas. Sun CE''s primary goal was to capture the whole county of Jiujiang. Although Cao Cao didn''t care that sun CE army would take all the cities of Jiujiang, Cao Cao still had to use several cities of Jiujiang to slow down sun CE army''s attack. At the same time, Cao Cao didn''t mind giving up Jiujiang cities and then handing them over to sun CE. Anyway, since last year, Cao Cao has been transferring the personnel and materials of Jiujiang cities.


    However, what surprised Huangfu Chaobo was that there was no movement on the other side of Langya night incense, but he was not worried. At present, Cao CaoJun''s reaction has not been shown, and it is normal for night incense to have no movement.


    Chen Liu was about 200 li away from YuanJu County in Jiyin county. After Chen Liu left, the army arrived at five li west of YuanJu county at noon on the fourth day. Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to camp while leading several generals to observe the situation of YuanJu city.


    YuanJu County, about 60 miles west of Dingtao, is the defense point of Dingtao. In other wars, YuanJu county must be the place where Cao Cao''s army must guard. But this time, it''s different. Cao Cao''s purpose is to contain the army of all prefectures in the East, so he didn''t arrange heavy troops for these cities, instead, he transferred their elite A part of the army was built up in the county.


    YuanJu: there are only 3000 soldiers in the city. The city is not big, but just the size of an ordinary county. Looking at the garrison on the city wall, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly turns to Huang Wudi and says, "little butterfly, uncle wants to spend the night in the city today. Is there a problem? And no more than a thousand casualties. "


    "It''s an ordinary county garrisoned by three thousand soldiers. Now it''s just noon, and it''s still two hours before dark. Dancing butterfly will capture the city for her uncle before dark, but the army needs to be dispatched with me." The female general, who is already a woman, looks at Huangfu Chaobo with a proud face.


    originally, Huangfu Chaobo was not prepared to let her lead the army this time, because she has been married to Xu Shu for several years, but she has no children all the time. Xu''s mother is sensible and doesn''t say much, but she sighs when chatting with MI Huan''s daughter occasionally. Mi Huan also took heart, personally led fan a to treat Huang wudie and Xu Shu twice, but found no problem, so he had to give up.


    Because this war was too important for the East army, and Huang Wudi''s ability already belonged to the upper middle level in the East army, so Huangfu Chaobo had to let her lead the army again.


    In fact, it''s not only that Huang wudie has not given birth, but Huang Xu and his wife, who are far away from Youzhou, have no children, which makes Huang Zhong worried. They have asked Mi Huan several times.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded slightly, indicating that Huang wudie was ready to attack the city.


    With the permission of Huangfu Chaobo, Huang Wudi didn''t do anything. He ordered directly, "come on, order Yuanrong crossbow soldiers to be ready, close to a hundred steps shooting distance, and cover the city!"


    "Order a thousand men to be ready to fill the siege channel of the moat!"


    "The trapped camp and Tiebi camp are ready. Once the siege channel is filled, they will attack the city. After the trapped camp and Tiebi camp attack the city, they will quickly follow up and control the city."


    "When the cavalry attacked the city, they surrounded all the other three cities and were not allowed to leave a Cao army."


    After her series of military orders came out, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel dumb. Except for 1000 civilians filling the moat, all the rest of the soldiers used their own guards, and 17000 of the most elite soldiers went to attack the ordinary counties defended by 3000 ordinary soldiers. It would be strange if they could not win quickly.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, the gate of YuanJu county was opened in less than two hours. To be exact, it took one and a half hours. One hour in front was used to fill the moat, and the other half was used to attack the city. Less than 300 soldiers were lost, more than 200 were injured, and only more than 100 were killed.


    Looking at Huang Wudi''s proud smile, Huangfu Chaobo shakes his head and orders the army to rest outside the city. He leads the guards into the city to have a rest.


    Two days later, at noon, Huangfu Chaobo''s army arrived ten miles west of Dingtao city and ordered Huang wudie to build the camp. Huangfu Chaobo led the general and several military divisions to the west of Dingtao city under the escort of 5000 Turkistan cavalry. The party did not stop until they reached the place two miles away from the city wall, where they carefully observed the situation of Qiding pottery city.


    Dingtao, located in the north of Jishui, is the seat of Jiyin county. The city is strong and tall, surrounded by a wide moat, and the river of the moat is directly connected with Jishui in the south of the city, which is a relatively large city in Yanzhou.


    Dingtao, known as Taocheng in ancient times, is an ancient city with a long history. As early as the Neolithic age, human beings were fishing, hunting, farming and breeding here. Yao, Shun period for the ancient pottery. There were three he states in Xia and Shang Dynasties.


    In the 12th century B.C., King Wu of Zhou granted his sixth younger brother Zhenduo the title of Cao Bo, who established the state of Cao and built Taoqiu. Shuowen: "there is Yao City in Taoqiu, where Yao lived." The site of Taoqiu ancient city is 200 meters north of feizhuang village, Maji town. In 221 BC, the first emperor of Qin set up Dingtao County.


    After a long time of development, Dingtao has now become about eight Li in length and width, three Zhang in height, five Zhang in width at the bottom, and more than three Zhang in width at the top. There are turrets about five Zhang in height at the four corners of the city wall. It can be said that its scale is comparable to that of Changyi City, Yanzhou''s governing center.Huangfu Chaobo looked at the scale of Shouchun city and Shouchun city which was once attacked by the eastern expeditionary army. He could not help sighing that it was the first obstacle to attack Cao Cao''s forces. If he could not capture it quickly, it would be more difficult to fight in the future. Fortunately, I still have secret weapons.


    After looking at the three walls of Dingtao in the west, North and East, Huangfu Chaobo said, "let''s go back to camp and discuss how to attack the city."


    Then, without waiting for other people''s reaction, he stepped off the horse with his legs clamped, shook the reins lightly, and ran towards the camp.


    A moment later, the party returned to the camp. After entering the tent, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Shi a and said, "how long will it take for Zhang Ying''s army to come to Dingtao to join us?"


    Shi said: "General Zhang''s Army started from Lihu yesterday morning, and it is estimated that they will arrive at the north of Dingtao tomorrow morning."


    "OK," Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded, turned his head and looked at Huyan. "From now on, the surveillance around Dingtao will be handed over to the Tujia soldiers, especially the situation in the direction of Changyi in the East. We must report it every other hour."


    Huyan immediately came forward to receive orders.

 Chapter 996

    Seeing that Huyan all took orders to leave, Huangfu Chaobo did not stop. Instead, he turned to the other generals and said, "besides, from now on, the camp starts to make siege equipment, and the soldiers are ready to attack the city. This time, it will be a hard battle. Dugu Ba and Dugu Tian ask you to check the situation around Dingtao and prepare for the tunnel attack. From the general''s point of view, if this city does not find another way, our army will suffer a serious loss. "


    They all took orders with their fists clasped. The two brothers left the tent immediately, and under the protection of dozens of soldiers, they were ready to make a detailed investigation of the situation outside Dingtao city.


    The rest of the generals left one after another, returned to their respective barracks, and began to recruit their own generals to prepare for the attack on Dingtao.


    Jishui, one of the four ancient sins. The flow direction of Guji water is recorded in Yugong: "the water flows eastward for Ji, into the river, overflowing for Xing, east from Taoqiu north, east to Heze (Heze, guzeming), northeast to Wen, and north to East into the sea."


    Jishui originates from Taiyi pool on Wangwu mountain, Jiyuan City, Henan Province. The source water flows more than 70 Li eastward from the underground river to the ground of Jidu and Longtan, forming two rivers of Zhu (Jidu) and long (Longtan). To the East, they meet to form a river without leaving Jiyuan City, which is called Jishui. To the northwest of Wenxian County, they are called Jishui. After the second undercurrent underground, through the Yellow River but not muddy, in Xingyang miraculously surfaced again, Jishui flow through Yuanyang, Nanji three times to Shandong Dingtao, meet with Beiji to form juyeze, Jishui three hidden three appear, hundred fold into the sea, mysterious.


    After everyone retreated, there were only three military strategists and Shi a few people left in Huangfu Chaobo''s account. Huangfu Chaobo said, "Shi a, tell us about the situation in Dingtao city that the shadow came back. Let''s discuss how to attack this big city first."


    Shi a promised that with the help of Dian Wei, he would open the map first, and then he began to explain the situation of Dingtao city one by one.


    According to the information from the shadow, there are at least 20000 garrisons in Dingtao city. In addition to the 10000 soldiers in Dingtao, there are also 5000 elite soldiers under the control of Jiyin Taishou Ren Jun. in addition, a month ago, Cao Cao transferred the 5000 Chinese soldiers under Shanyang Taishou Chen Qun to Dingtao. In this way, Ren Jun can control them There are twenty thousand soldiers and horses.


    What Shi a didn''t know was that in addition to the 20000 troops, there was another 10000 troops in Dingtao City, which was more elite than Ren Jun''s central army. That was the backbone of Cao Cao''s five battalions. The reason why the central camp was not found by the eastern army was that Cao Cao used the night to dispatch troops. In addition, Changyi and Dingtao were not far away. However, if the army marched through the night, it could arrive in one night.


    "In addition to Cao Cao Jun, there are 120000 ordinary people in the city. According to the information from the shadow, the grain and grass stored in Dingtao city is about 500000 stones, which is enough for the soldiers and horses in the city for half a year."


    When they heard this, they were silent. With half a year''s food and grass, the huge and solid city walls, and reinforcements that could be reached at any time a hundred miles away, this war was really hard to fight. You know, at present, in the game, no siege will last more than three months. Once this time is exceeded, it proves that the siege party has basically failed.


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand, broke the silence and said, "go on!"


    Shi a nodded and continued to introduce the situation in Ding Tao City.


    "There are four gates in the wall of Dingtao City, including one wall in the East, one wall in the north and one wall in the West. Besides, there are also urn cities in these three gates. After our army attacked the city and entered the urn City, we need to turn the way and then attack the gate. Dingtao south gate is located next to Jishui wharf, less than 200 steps away from Jishui, so it is not suitable to attack the city in the south. If you need to attack, only the other three sides can launch troops. "


    It took nearly two quarters of an hour for Shi a to explain to the public the situation in Ding Tao City.


    "Well, let''s talk about it separately, but we have a general plan for your reference."


    For a long time, Lu Su, with a steady character, took the lead in saying: "judging from the situation of Dingtao, there are only three walls suitable for siege, so we can only attack in the East, West and north directions. In this way, it is in line with the strategy of encircling three and lacking one in the art of war."


    Everyone nodded in agreement.


    Lu Su added: "at present, there are more than 60000 soldiers and horses in our army, plus more than 2000 prisoners of Cao Cao''s army captured from YuanJu, and general Zhang Ying''s department also has more than 50000 soldiers and horses, which is said to have more than 1000 prisoners. In this way, I suggest that the army be divided into three parts, Lord. General Zhang Ying''s department is arranged in the East, and its function is to attack the East Gate on one hand, and to attack the East Gate on the other That is to defend Cao Cao''s army in the East and the reinforcements from Changyi. "


    "The main army is divided into two parts: the Lord''s guard army is one, plus about 10000 guards, thousands of Minfu craftsmen and 1000 prisoners; the Huben army is another, plus the same number of guards, Minfu and prisoners. As for where the two armies will be stationed, I have not yet been able to determine


    After listening to Lu Su''s words, Guo Jia said: "the Lord of Zijing is very agreeable to me. As for how to arrange the two armies, I think we can make a decision after general Dugu returns. This city is the first strong city that the army meets. If our army loses too much under the City, it will be very unfavorable for the subsequent war."After a pause, Guo Jia said, "I know something about Ren Jun. He was born in Zhongmou County, Henan Province. When Dong Zhuo made a riot, Ren Jun advised Zhongmu to order Yang Yuan to govern Henan and resist the riot. When Cao Cao started to fight, Ren Jun recruited hundreds of family members to join him. Cao Cao was very happy. He married his younger sister to Ren Jun and trusted him very much. After Cao Cao''s expedition, Ren Jun usually supplied troops in the rear. Some people say that he is generous and reasonable. "


    "It can be seen that this man is Cao Cao''s confidant. He is steady and generous. If he doesn''t work out a clever plan, he will be difficult to capture the city easily. The reason why Cao Cao places him in Jiyin is that he attaches great importance to his stability. Therefore, in this battle, we must use the digging army. If we can control the opportunity, we can lure out Cao Cao''s main force and even annihilate him."


    Guo Jia''s words made everyone nod. Huangfu Chaobo said, "OK, let''s wait for general Dugu''s information. If the Zijun can use it, let''s discuss the plan carefully."

 Chapter 997

    Outside Dingtao City, Dugu Ba and Dugu Tian brothers are under the protection of their own soldiers to observe the situation around Dingtao city. The three Dugu brothers were the first to join Huangfu Chaobo. Although they were loyal, their abilities were limited. In addition to their special arms, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to hide their cards, so they had little chance to lead the troops.


    Since joining Huangfu Chaobo, the three brothers have only shot twice, but each time has brought great surprise to Huangfu Chaobo. For the first time, it was the escape tunnel of the changshe war, which made Huangfu Chaobo relieve the crisis of changshe city and get a lot of war achievements. Finally, he got Zhu Jun''s appreciation and was accepted as a student. The second was the second Puyang battle a few years ago. With the help of the tunnel, Zhao Yun quickly entered the city and defeated Cao Cao''s army.


    However, many of the warriors who took refuge after their three brothers were brilliant in the past few years, but only Dugu Xiong, the eldest of them, became the general of Zhongying, and the second and third were only school captains, which made the three brothers very unwilling. This time, they finally had the chance to lead the army. They had already discussed it before they went out to the army. This time, they must fight Seize the opportunity and make great achievements.


    After getting the order from Huangfu Chaobo, the two brothers first observed around the whole city under the protection of their own soldiers, and roughly looked at the surrounding conditions. At the same time, they made a careful observation of the surrounding terrain and waterways. Along the way, the two men still took out a compass from their arms and compared everything. They often took a shovel from their own soldiers and dug holes in the ground, carefully observing the soil in the pit.


    After nearly two hours of tossing around, the two brothers finally observed the whole city. They looked at each other and saw a glimmer of joy in each other''s eyes. After careful inference, they found that the conditions around Dingtao city were completely in line with the conditions of tunnel attack, and they also found several defense defects in the wall.


    "Second brother, the northeast corner and northwest corner of the city wall are suitable for tunneling. Where do you think we should start?" Dugu Tian looked at his brother and said,


    "don''t worry, I can see that these two places are more suitable. Let''s take a closer look. The tunnel needs to be excavated from a few miles away. In this way, let''s go a little further." Dugu Ba thought for a moment and then said,


    as he said that, the two brothers got on their horses again and ran several miles northwest of the city wall. They didn''t stop until six miles away. Along the way, there was just planted grain everywhere. Dugu Ba stood on a hill and looked back to the direction of Dingtao city. He had a conclusion in his heart. Just now they passed a forest, which is only four miles away from Dingtao city. There is only a relatively large forest around, and the location is a little higher. The soil there is also suitable for digging tunnels. If there is no better location in the East, it should be the most suitable place.


    "Come on, let''s go to the northeast of the city and have a look!" With that, Dugu Ba took the lead and went to the northeast of Dingtao city.


    When it was dark, they finally rushed back to the camp of Zhengdong army in the west of Dingtao under the protection of their own soldiers. As soon as they got back to the camp, they rushed to the army tent of Huangfu Chaobo.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo and Pang Tong were having dinner. When they saw Dugu brothers coming in, they said with a smile, "have you had dinner yet?"


    They shook their heads and were about to report the results of their observation today. However, Huangfu Chaobo said, "don''t worry. Let''s talk after dinner."


    Then they added two more bowls and chopsticks. They were moved. After thanking each other, they sat down to have a meal.


    Because there was something in his heart, the Dugu brothers finished the dinner in a hurry, then put aside the dishes and chopsticks, quietly waiting for his master to finish his meal.


    Seeing their appearance, Huangfu Chaobo also laughed and said, "are you sure you''ve eaten well?"


    "It''s done!" They answered in unison;


    "all right!" Huangfu Chaobo put the food in the bowl into his mouth in twos and threes, and said, "tell me what you''ve got. I think you should have some good news for this general."


    Dugu Ba stood up and said, "Congratulations, Lord. Dingtao can indeed attack with tunnels. His subordinates have carefully examined the whole city. Except for Linji water in the south, which is not good for tunnel excavation, the other three walls can dig tunnels. However, according to their suggestions, they can dig tunnels in the northwest corner of the city wall."


    "Reason!"


    "A few of my subordinates have carefully examined the soil in the northwest corner of Dingtao and found that it is the most suitable place to excavate tunnels. The soil here is moderately soft and hard, which is convenient for excavation, but it is not easy to collapse. Moreover, there is no river passing through this area, and the groundwater is very deep, five or six feet deep. If it is excavated from here, it should be the easiest place."


    "Another point is that the north gate of Dingtao is slightly to the west, and there is a passage to the city in the northwest corner. If the gate breaks into the city, it only takes hundreds of steps to quickly attack the city wall through this passage."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "how are you going to arrange it? How do you need ben to cooperate?"


    It''s not the first time I''ve seen them dig tunnels. Huangfu Chaobo also knows that they need other support besides their own taxi soldiers. That''s why he asked."My subordinates are going to excavate three channels at the same time. Each channel is divided into four waves by 1000 soldiers. At the same time, they need 2000 people to help transport soil and wood."


    "How long will it take?"


    "In ten days, we can dig these three tunnels for the Lord."


    "Ten days is too long. I''ll give you 5000 people for each tunnel. Can you dig it in five days?"


    "Lord, this can''t be done by increasing the number of people." Dugu Ba said with an embarrassed face, "Minfu''s role is only to transport soil. The tunnel can''t be too big, so the speed of Minfu walking in it will not be fast."


    Huangfu Chaobo has also seen them dig tunnels. The soldiers in front of them are responsible for supporting the tunnels with logs to prevent them from collapsing on the way. The role of the folk men is only to transport the soil they dug out. The tunnel is not wide, but just two people walk side by side, and they need to bow slightly, so the speed really can''t be too fast.


    Huangfu Chaobo still remembers that time when he was in Puyang, he stood at the entrance of the tunnel and watched the folk men go in and out from there. It was like seeing teams of ants carrying things in and out of the cave.

 Chapter 998

    All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo thought of a thing, that is, the assembly line in reality, and asked: "can''t you let all the folk men stand in the same place, let them row from the place you dug to the tunnel entrance, and then let them hand out bags of clay one by one? It saves all the people walking around in the tunnel, and the logs transported in can also be operated in this way. "


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words shocked both of them, and they all responded quickly, saying: "Lord, this method is feasible. If people walk back and forth in the tunnel, they will easily get tired, so the speed will also drop quickly. If they just stand in the same place to deliver soil and logs, it will save much more effort than before."


    "Yes, sir, if that''s the case, I''m sure the tunnel excavation time will be shortened by at least two to three days." Dugu Tian also said.


    "Shorten the time of two to three days, that is to say, seven days or so," Guo Jia said


    Huangfu Chaobo understood what Guo Jia meant. Seven or eight days later, the battle in Yuzhou should have started. According to the prior arrangement, the two armies of Huang Zhong would attack Qiao County, the county city of Qiao County, as soon as the battle started. Seven or eight days later, the battle in Qiao County had already started for several days. Moreover, with seven or eight days, Cao Cao''s reinforcements should also come near Dingtao.


    "Well, the camp will be moved early tomorrow morning. Ben will personally lead the army to camp in Beicheng. After Zhang Ying''s army arrives, all the ten thousand people will be in place. You two go back to camp first and have a rest. " Huangfu Chaobo asked Dugu ba for help.


    "there''s one more thing not going to happen, please agree!" Dugu Ba knelt down and asked,


    "say it!"


    "Please send someone to say goodbye, brother, for the way of transporting the earth and wood!"


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized that Dugu Xiong would have to dig a tunnel to attack Qiao County. He really should tell him that. So he nodded and said, "don''t worry, I will arrange Shi a to tell you this method right away."


    They just saluted and left.


    Early the next morning, huyandu received news from the troopers who had been on patrol. The army of Zhang Ying''s department had arrived 30 miles north of Dingtao. Huangfu Chaobo then ordered the guards, five thousand guards and five thousand men to leave the camp and move toward five miles north of Dingtao. He was going to camp there where Dugu BA was going to dig. He just wrapped the tunnel in the camp to reduce the chance of being discovered by Cao Cao''s army.


    At the head of Dingtao City, the movement of the eastern army outside the city startled the soldiers. Immediately someone reported the situation to the Supreme Commander Ren Jun. In a short time, Ren Jun was escorted by his own guards and boarded the city.


    Looking at the forty or fifty thousand troops of the eastern expedition going to the north, Ren Jun led several generals around him: "general, what do you think of the division of the eastern expedition?"


    The generals around Ren Jun are the main generals in Dingtao city. They are Chen Wu, the main general in Shanyang army, Xue Hong, the main general in Cao Cao army, Xie Cheng, the main general in Dingtao City, and Ren Fu, the main general in Ren Jun''s headquarters. The prefects have different numbers of elite Chinese soldiers. Their main generals are generally the most trusted relatives or subordinates. For example, Chen Wu of Shanyang army is the younger brother of Chen Qun, the prefect of Shanyang army, and the chief General of Jiyin army is also a nephew of Ren Jun himself.


    Hearing Ren Jun''s inquiry, Xue Hong said: "in the view of the last general, it should be that Zhang Ying''s army is about to arrive, and the eastern army is ready to divide its forces to attack the city."


    The rest of the people also nodded in agreement. After the army arrived in Dingtao, the Chihou in Dingtao city could no longer move outside. They could only infer from their own experience through some details.


    "Yes, in this way, Dingtao city will face the attack of nearly 200000 troops of the eastern expeditionary army. You should know what the Lord means. He hopes that we can drag the main force of the eastern expeditionary army under Dingtao city as much as possible, so the next war will not be too easy. However, you can rest assured that the Lord''s army will arrive soon. When the veterans of the Zhengdong army are tired, they will attack the Zhengdong army. At that time, if we cooperate with each other, we will be able to defeat the Zhengdong army! " Ren Jun nodded his head;


    "from now on, general Xie, the defense at the head of the city will be handed over to the soldiers of the prefectures. The south city only needs to arrange 1000 soldiers for defense, and the other three walls each need to arrange 3000 soldiers for defense. General Xie is in charge of the western city wall, and he also asks general Xue to send 5000 backbone battalions to the western city for support. General Xue personally leads 5000 backbone battalions and 3000 prefectures and soldiers to take charge of the northern city, General Chen leads 5000 Shanyang army and 3000 prefectures and soldiers to take charge of the eastern city, and his own prefect personally leads 5000 Jiyin army to coordinate in the middle, ready to support you at any time. "


    "The end will take orders!" All of you, let''s tell the officers and men that it''s in the present day to make contributions. It''s a great achievement for us to stick to this war for a month. If we can cooperate with the Lord''s army and defeat the East army, it''s a great achievement. The Lord will not reward us for both of them


    "Don''t worry, your highness. The Lord''s reward will be decided." Xue Hong said with a smile;


    all the people on the scene looked at each other and laughed, full of confidence. If 30000 troops defend the fortified city for a month, everyone would have such confidence.


    Sure enough, when the messenger sent Ren Jun''s order to all the soldiers in the city, the cheers of the soldiers became one.The cheers in the city resounded through the sky, and the soldiers of the eastern expedition outside the city could hear them faintly. However, for Huangfu Chaobo people, it was only a matter of time to break through the city. What we have to do now is how to break down the city as soon as possible while reducing the loss of the army.


    Soon after, the army of the eastern expedition arrived at the appointed place, and Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to set up camp. After two hours, five thousand people set up the North Camp. By this time, Zhang Ying''s army had already arrived near Beiying.


    Zhang Ying ordered a temporary rest outside the camp. He led several generals to the camp to meet Huangfu Chaobo.


    "At the end of the day, general Zhang Ying meets the Lord!"


    "General Zhang, please get up!" Huangfu Chaobo lifted him up and said, "is the army going well all the way?"


    "Back to the Lord, there is nothing unusual all the way."


    Huangfu Chaobo called all the generals of Zhang Ying''s department to the map, told them about the war arrangement, and then ordered them to lead the army to the east of Dingtao.


    After Zhang Ying''s generals heard this, Lian said: "Lord, let the last general be in charge of the main attack. The last general needs ten thousand soldiers and ten thousand guards. The rest of the troops are led by the Lord to the East camp. At the time of the boundary, the last general leads the halberds to attack the city from the tunnel and will surely be able to break through the city."

 Chapter 999

    In the face of Zhang Ying''s request for war, Huangfu Chaobo firmly shook his head and refused. He said to Zhang Ying: "no, this attack is sure. Originally, the general wanted to attack the vanguard of the trapped camp. Tiebiying was his army. Although the halberds were elite, the trapped camp and tiebiying were more suitable for the war in the city. Besides, Cao Cao Cao''s Qingzhou soldiers would certainly come to support him. When the time came, they would face the Qingzhou soldiers The halberd can give full play to his advantage


    Zhang also knew that Huang Pu Chao Bo was right, so he did not insist on it. He transferred a school soldier and a guard from his own army, and then he led the rest of the army to the east of Dingtao when he was ten thousand.


    That night, the three armies had already arrived in Dingtao, and Huangfu Chaobo gathered all the generals in the central army tent of Beiying for discussion. Now both armies have arrived in Dingtao. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, the central army of Huangfu Chaobo in Beiying consists of tiebiying, sunken camp, tieyingruishi, 2000 Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and 3000 digging soldiers, with a total of 12000 people. In addition, Zhang Ying''s No.1 school soldier, No.1 school guard soldier, Huang wudie''s No.1 school guard soldier, and two schools with a total of 10000 people, as well as unjust sentences One thousand of Cao Cao''s army captives.


    However, among them, 3000 soldiers and 9000 civilian soldiers of the tunnelling army will be used as tunnel diggers, and the other 1000 civilian soldiers will be used to make siege equipment and other auxiliary work. Only 24000 people were able to attack the city. Of course, the 1000 captured Cao Cao army was used to fill the trench.


    The West camp is in the charge of Huang Wudi. There are three schools of Huben camp, three schools of Shoubing, 1500 yuan army crossbow soldiers transferred by Huangfu Chaobo from the Chinese army, 5000 craftsmen from the people''s Republic of China, and 1000 Cao Cao Army prisoners captured by yuangou.


    Zhang Ying''s department in Dongying had four school soldiers and three school guards from Hubu camp, as well as 1500 yuan army crossbow soldiers from the Chinese army, plus 5000 civilian craftsmen and 1000 Cao Cao Army prisoners from Lihu.


    However, the cavalry in Huangfu Chaobo''s guards were arranged by Huangfu Chaobo to be the Rangers of the whole battlefield and the early warning of the army. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo''s golden sculptures were also brought. One of Huangfu Chaobo''s troops and another was sent to Huang Zhong''s army.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo gathered the generals to discuss the affairs in the Chinese Army''s big account, the two armies of Yuzhou in the South had already stepped into the sphere of influence controlled by Cao Cao Jun. Huang Zhongjun has passed Chengfu county and is heading north along the west coast of vortex water, less than two days away from Qiao County. The Li tribe of Huangfu in the state of Chen has already passed Wuping and entered the boundary of the state of Liang, and is preparing to march to Suiyang.


    Originally, according to the previous strategy, the two armies of Huangzhong and Huangfu Li would join forces in Qiao County to attack Qiao County, and then divide forces to attack Qiao County and Liang state.


    Only later, at the suggestion of Lu Ling, huangfuli sent Kuaima to discuss with Huang Zhong. With Huang Zhong''s consent, huangfuli led the army northward and made a direct attack on Suiyang, where Liang Guozhi was located. His purpose was to attract Liang Guoxiang Jia Kui to send troops.


    In fact, huangfuli didn''t want to make such an arrangement, but he couldn''t resist Luling''s persuasion. He said that it would only take one or two days for the army to finish. If it was successful, it might be easy to win over Liang. If it wasn''t successful, it would only delay the army''s journey for one or two days, which would have no loss to the overall situation of the war.


    After much consideration, huangfuli agreed to Luling''s proposal, so he immediately sent someone to contact Huang Zhong. After discussing with Dong Zhao, Huang Zhong thought it was possible to have a try, so he agreed to huangfuli''s proposal. At the same time, in order to better complete Lu Ling''s strategy, Huang Zhong specially sent his 5000 cavalry and golden eagle to the army of Huangfu Li. Thus, there appeared a situation that tens of thousands of troops of Huangfu and Li were directly approaching Suiyang, where Liang Guozhi was located.


    If Huangfu Chaobo knew what they thought, he would definitely oppose it, because who is Liang Guoxiang? That''s Jia Kui. It''s said that this name may not be familiar to everyone, but his son is Jia Chong, but later Sima family usurped Wei. If you are not familiar with her, then he has a granddaughter. I believe many people know her name - Jia Nanfeng.


    Jia Kui, who served as Cao Cao, Cao Pi and Cao Rui three times, was a person with political and military talents in the Cao Wei regime. He made contributions to the cause of Cao Wei''s unification all his life. In the annals of the Three Kingdoms, Chen Shou combined the biographies of Liu Fu, Sima Lang, Wen Hui, Liang Xi, Jia Kui, and Zhang Ji (who used to be Yongzhou''s governor). Chen Shou rated these six CI Shi as the model of all the CI Shi of the state at that time.


    Will such a well-known minister be deceived by them? Huangfu Chaobo will definitely oppose Luling''s proposal. Unfortunately, as early as the beginning of the war, Huangfu Chaobo was granted Huang Zhong the right to make a decision on the spot, and Huang Zhong''s people did not have Huangfu Chaobo''s foresight, so after consulting with Dong Zhao, Huang Zhong agreed to Huangfu Li''s request.


    Originally, it was only 200 Li from Chen county to Suiyang. If the army marched at normal speed, four days would be enough time to get to Suiyang city. And it was only two hundred and fifty-six miles from Runan Pingyu to Qiaojun County, which was more than five days. However, out of the need to confuse Cao Cao''s army, both troops marched slowly. Now, four or five days have passed since Kong announced his participation in the war, and the two armies have just entered the territory of Cao Cao''s army.


    At this time, the battle of Dingtao was about to begin. After getting the information of the tortoise fast March of the Yuzhou army, tens of thousands of Cao Cao''s elite who secretly sneaked into Yu county had withdrawn to Changyi.Then, on the day of the battle of Dingtao, the Yuzhou army, who entered the territory of Liang state, suddenly went all the way and ran for more than 60 Li a day. Before dark, they arrived at yangliangju, 20 Li south of Suiyang. Tens of thousands of troops attacked yangliangju incessantly. In only half an hour, they attacked the defensive support point of Suiyang Nanyang.


    Later, the army did not do more rest. Tens of thousands of elite soldiers went north in the night and came to Suiyang.


    This made Liang Guoxiang Jia Kui and the garrison of Gushu County nervous. They all knew that they were cheated by the Yuzhou army. Liang Guoxiang Jia Kui ordered the four gates of Suiyang to be closed, and sent people to Changyi to report the enemy situation.


    However, to Jia Kui''s surprise, until dawn the next day, the Yuzhou army did not appear under the city of Suiyang. However, Jia Kui didn''t relax. He was afraid that he would be cheated by the Yuzhou army again. He didn''t open the city gate until the afternoon, and sent several teams to denounce the Marquis to go out of the city to explore the whereabouts of the Yuzhou army.

 Chapter 1000

    Until it was dark, Jia Kui was stunned by the news from Chihou. Yangliangju was empty, and tens of thousands of Yuzhou disappeared as if the world had evaporated. The squadron led people to search the place twenty miles around yangliangju, but there was no trace of Yuzhou army. The garrison of Gushu County, more than ten miles west of yangliangju, also did not see any trace of Yuzhou army.


    In Suiyang City, in the prime minister''s residence, Jia Kui walked back and forth in the assembly hall like an ant on a hot pot. Tens of thousands of Yuzhou troops were suddenly destroyed, which made him feel uneasy. Yuzhou army''s action is too normal. First they march slowly, then they attack yangliangju suddenly. Just when everyone thinks Yuzhou army is going to attack Suiyang, they suddenly disappear. What is Kong''s intention?


    After getting the news of the disappearance of the Yuzhou army, Jia Kui had sent someone to the guards of all the counties in the state of Liang, ordering all the cities to close their gates. Without his order, no one could send troops out of the city, in case the Yuzhou Army played any tricks. But even so, Jia Kui''s uneasiness did not decrease by half.


    At this time, it was three o''clock, but Jia Kui was not half sleepy. He also called all the generals together to discuss the affairs of the Yuzhou army. Now in the assembly hall, Liang prime minister Shi Caishen, chief General Sima Xing, chief General Jia Gong, and chief General Ding Yao of peiguo were all present, but after a long discussion, they didn''t come up with a reason.


    Just at this time, there was a rapid sound of footsteps outside the prime minister''s residence. Jia Kui frowned. Just as he was about to get angry, he heard the urgent report from his own soldiers outside the hall: "prime minister, Captain Zhang of Nanmen garrison is asking for a meeting outside, saying that there is an urgent military situation report!"


    The soldier''s words let Jia Kui in the heart a tight, even busy way: "quickly pass him in!"


    A moment later, Nanmen Xiaowei Zhang Ji rushed in and said in a loud voice: "prime minister, no, there is an urgent messenger from Qiao County outside the city."


    "Messenger for help!"


    All the people were surprised when they heard the speech. Jia Kui stood up and said, "are you sure it''s the messenger of Qiao County?"


    Zhang Xiaowei said: "the general dare not go all over the prime minister. This is the token sent to the city by the messenger. After the general got it, he ordered the soldiers to pull it up to the city floor with a hanging basket. The messenger was exhausted and covered with blood, so the general ordered the soldiers to carry it to the prime minister''s residence. He would bring the token to the Prime Minister first."


    With that, the captain took out a dark token from his arms and handed it to Jia Kui.


    Jia Kui knew the token was true without looking at it. Less than a hundred miles from Qiaoxian to Suiyang, the messenger was able to run to Tuoli with blood all over his body. In addition to running in a hurry, it seemed that there were pursuers to stop him. In this way, something must have happened in Qiao County, isn''t it...


    Jia Kui felt a strong uneasiness in his heart. Just here, the bloody messenger was carried in by soldiers. Jia Kui looked at the messenger and was shocked. It turned out that he was a personal commander of Cao Hong, the prefect of Qiao County. His name was Cao Zhi, and Jia Kui had seen him before.


    Sure enough, as soon as the messenger came in, he saw Jia Kui and said, "Jia Guoxiang, we''ve all been deceived. The main force of the eastern expedition army suddenly appeared under Qiao County. Now 100000 troops have surrounded Qiao County, but they haven''t led 50 cavalry to break through. They were intercepted by the eastern expedition army, and all 50 brothers died before they broke out."


    With that, Cao Zhi took out a tube of mail from his arms and struggled to deliver it to Jia Kui. His soldiers quickly took it and delivered it to Jia Kui.


    Jia Kui quickly opened the letter, the contents of which made him like a bolt from the blue. The letter for help was actually written by Cao Hong himself, and also stamped with the seal of his prefect of Qiao County and general Dangkou.


    Cao Hong said in his letter that this morning, the Yuzhou army, which had been marching slowly a few days ago, suddenly sped for tens of miles and arrived at Qiao County in the afternoon. Then, the army was divided into three groups, setting up camps in the south, North and west of Qiao County, and sent thousands of cavalry across the river to control the west of Qiao County.


    Here, we have to talk about the surrounding terrain of Qiaoxian city. Like Dingtao, Qiaoxian city is built by water. However, the river of Qiaoxian county is in the east of the city, so Qiaoxian city is also a city with flat land on three sides and water on one side. Now, as soon as the Yuzhou army arrived in Qiao County, they surrounded the city outside the gate of Sanmian City, and then sent cavalry patrols to the East Bank of Guoshui in the East, obviously to trap Qiao County to death.


    These are not important. The most important thing is that after the Yuzhou army set up the barracks, the banners of Yuzhou army were not raised in the barracks, but several general flags of "auxiliary General Huang of Zhengdong army", "General Li of ningshuo of Zhengdong army" and "General Han of Guangwu of Zhengdong Army".


    Standing at the head of Qiao County, Cao Hong looks at the huge "yellow" flag in the military camp outside the city, and his heart falls into an endless abyss. Doesn''t it mean that Huang Zhong is in the Dingtao? Why did they appear in Qiao County, as well as the two deputy generals Li and Han? Whose are they?


    Cao Hong quickly recalled the information he got from Cao Cao about the expedition to the East. Among the generals under Huangfu Chaobo''s command, the only one with the surname of Han should be Han Siam, the thief of Baibo. What about Li? Cao Hong''s impression is that there are two generals under the command of Huangfu Chaobo, Li le and Li Li in Jizhou, but they are not the generals of Huangzhong? Why did it appear in Yuzhou?Can it be that the Yuzhou army deliberately played the banner of Huang Zhong to confuse himself? While Cao Hong was hesitating, suddenly the pro guard next to him called out: "general, there''s an enemy coming from the opposite side. It seems that he should have come to check the intelligence of our city."


    Cao Hong raised his eyes and looked down toward the city. Sure enough, there was a group of cavalry on the opposite side. Behind the cavalry were thousands of soldiers. When he looked at the leader, Cao Hong could not help but be surprised that it was Huang Zhong. He could not be wrong. It was Huang Zhong absolutely. You know, of course, when the princes were begging for Dong, Cao Cao Cao and Huangfu Chaobo fought side by side for many times. They were very familiar with Huang Zhong.


    Huang Zhong''s appearance made Cao Hong''s last fluke disappear: "it''s really Huang Zhong. It''s difficult to say that the target of the eastern expedition is Yuzhou, not Yanzhou, but what about the Yuzhou army? Where have you been? "


    All of a sudden, Cao Hong thought of a plan to steal a beam and exchange a pillar. The main force of the eastern expedition was in Yuzhou battlefield, while the Yuzhou army was in Yanzhou battlefield. But in this way, did Huangfu Chaobo''s army really dare to attack Yanzhou? You know, Cao Hong can see at a glance that the infantry behind Huang Zhong is really elite. After thinking about it, Cao Hong also finds it incredible.


    Thinking of this, Cao Hong felt that things had become complicated and confusing. However, he had to send out all the information here, at least let his grandfather know the situation of Qiao County.

 Chapter 1001

    As for how the Zhengdong army arranged its troops, Cao Hong had no mind to think about it at this time, because he had seen that the 100000 troops under the city were not easy to match. At present, the most important thing is not only to pass on the information, but also the defense situation in the city. Qiao County is the starting place of the Cao family, otherwise Cao Cao would not give it to Cao honglai, who is the most trusted. If Qiao County is lost, it is self-evident that Cao Cao''s army will be attacked.


    So he called one of his own personal captains and said, "Cao Zhi, there will be a letter of intelligence that must be sent out. You will lead 50 cavalry to break through the encirclement together. Anyway, you will send the intelligence to Suiyang and hand it over to Jia Guoxiang."


    "Cao Zhi takes orders! Don''t worry, general. Even if Cao Zhi is dead, he will send the information to the Prime Minister for breath. " Cao Zhi assured Cao Hong with a resolute face;


    "good!" Cao Hong patted him on the shoulder and sighed. Instead of talking, he went back to the city tower and wrote the information. He solemnly handed it to Cao Zhi.


    Cao Zhi took the information from Cao Hui and put it in his arms. After saluting Cao Hong, he left the city wall, ordered fifty cavalry and galloped towards the east gate.


    After leaving Qiao County, Cao Zhi immediately crossed the river, hoping to leave as soon as the Zhengdong army found out. Who knows what happened and what he wanted to do, he was discovered by the Zhengdong army cavalry on the East Bank of the river, so 500 Zhengdong army cavalry immediately caught up with him. Finally, Cao Zhi''s 50 cavalry guards were all dead and injured, and Cao Zhi was able to escape in the scuffle, but he was also injured all over .


    When he ran to the bottom of Suiyang City, he was exhausted, and his horse fell down under the city.


    Jia Kui read Cao Hong''s letter in a hurry and fell into deep meditation. The Yuzhou army attacking Qiao County suddenly turned into the eastern expedition army, while the Yuzhou army in Liang state suddenly disappeared. Jia Kui always felt that there was something to do with it.


    Just at this time, Cai Shen, the chief historian, said, "Mr. Cao Duwei, I want to ask you, did you find anything unusual when you went northward from Qiaoxian county? For example, a large group of soldiers went south


    "If you don''t ask me, I''m going to report." At this time, Cao Zhi had recovered a lot, and said: "when the general ran away, he did see a large group of people going south. Because he was just trying to escape, he didn''t carefully observe the situation of that army. However, at a glance, there are at least tens of thousands of troops. "


    Liang people are surprised, quickly asked: "have you ever noticed each other''s flag?"


    Cao Zhi shook his head. At that time, he only wanted to run for his life. He didn''t have the heart to see these. Seeing that there were many soldiers in front of him, he quickly turned around and ran away.


    Seeing the appearance of all the people in the state of Liang, Cao Zhi suddenly realized that this army should be the Yuzhou army that sent troops from the state of Chen to attack the state of Liang. It seems that the army didn''t come to attack Suiyang. Instead, it turned south and was ready to attack Qiao County with the army of Huang Zhongbu.


    At the thought of this, Cao Zhi couldn''t help crying out: "prime minister, you must send troops to help each other. Huang Zhong''s army has nearly 100000. If you add Chen''s army, it will be nearly 200000. Qiao County has only 30000 troops. How can you block the attack of 200000 troops?"


    Jia Kui walked up to Cao Zhi, patted him on the shoulder and said, "don''t worry, Cao Duwei will not sit by and ignore him. Now the most important thing is to find out two things: whether the main army attacking Liang is Yuzhou army or the eastern army, and whether their main army has really gone south to Qiao County."


    "At the end of the day, I will see that army more than 80 miles south of Huaiyang, at the beginning of the afternoon." Cao Zhi thought about it;


    Jia Kui went to the front of the map and quietly looked at the map. It was about 130 Li from Suiyang to Qiao County. According to the situation last night, the Yuzhou army, let''s say it was the Yuzhou army first. It should have got up early and went south. It took more than 70 Li a day to walk. It can be said that it was a sprint.


    No, such speed is not what the Yuzhou army can do. To achieve this speed, at least the elite of Cao Jun''s army can do it, and Chen''s army has at least 60000 troops. With such a large number of elite, Yuzhou''s army should not be drawn out.


    No, it''s said that the Zhengdong army has been training troops for the Yuzhou army, but even so, one year is not enough for the foreign army to train so much, because the local soldiers will not listen to the foreign army''s training so easily, so the only possibility is...


    A terrible idea flashed through Jia Kui''s mind, and then he stuck it in his mind. The Yuzhou army was the East army.


    After that, Jia Kui thought about everything carefully as if he had taken the silk out of the cocoon. Since the beginning of the war, all the doubts in Jia Kui''s mind have been as clear as the clouds.


    Yes, it must be. The two armies of Henan county and Chenliu county have always been just hiding people''s eyes and ears. The real killer of the East army is the hundreds of thousands of troops in Yuzhou. Its purpose is to attack Qiao County, Pei state, and even Liang state in one go, and then move the army northward to attack Jiyin and Shanyang together with the two armies in the north, and then attack Yanzhou The environment.


    As for the counties in Xuzhou, it''s obvious that Huangfu Chaobo has given it to sun Qijun, which is why Sun Qijun can''t wait to move his troops North after hearing the news that the expeditionary army has sent troops.After thinking about this, the cold sweat on Jia Kui''s head was like rain. If his conjecture is not wrong, it was when Kong Xu announced that he would enlist the eastern army, and the general of Huangfu Chaobo, who was also called Anton army at that time, trained Yuzhou soldiers. At that time, his Yuzhou had already joined Huangfu Chaobo.


    In this way, with the full support of the Zhengdong army, one year is enough to train the weak Yuzhou army into a strong army. Coupled with the Huainan war last year, the Yuzhou army will be able to successfully build into a real elite of 100 battles, or not comparable to the elite of the Zhengdong army in the same number. However, it must be easy for 200000 troops to attack Qiao County defended by 30000 people Love.


    Thinking of this, Jia Kui knew that he had to take measures immediately, otherwise the three counties of Yuzhou would be lost in their hands


    "What can I do for you, my lord?" The private Duwei outside the hall came in;


    Jia Kui suddenly gave a big drink, which scared everyone in the hall. When everyone looked at him, he found that his prime minister was sweating and his face was white.

 Chapter 1002

    Seeing Jia Kui''s appearance, everyone was shocked. They immediately went forward and asked, "what''s the matter with you, my lord?"


    "Prime minister, are you sick? I''ll call for a doctor at once


    "No harm, if you go down, you will immediately lead a cavalry to go south to explore the situation of Yuzhou army." Then he turned and looked at another pro general, and said, "you immediately send someone to the generals of Yu County, Meng County, Ningling County, Yan County and Gushu county to send two thousand soldiers to Suiyang. They must arrive in Suiyang before noon tomorrow. If there is any delay, they will be killed."


    In the eyes of all the people, Jia Kui quickly went to his desk and wrote a letter. He quickly handed it to another general with Cao Hong''s letter and said, "you should immediately lead ten cavalry soldiers to Changyi in the night and present the two letters to the Lord face to face


    After they left, Jia Kui sat down in his chair and looked at the people in the hall: "if our prime minister is right, the Yuzhou army should have surrendered to the Zhengdong army. That is to say, it is the elite of the Zhengdong army who has been training for more than a year, which is far from what we faced at the beginning It''s better than that


    When they heard this, they were all shocked. When they thought of Jia Kui''s order, they all responded immediately. Chang Shi said tentatively, "do you want to send troops to support Qiao County?"


    "It''s true that if Chen''s army really goes south to join Huang Zhong''s army, general Cao Hong''s 30000 troops will not last long. If Chen''s army can lead the south, it will still be able to contain some of the other party''s forces." Jia Kui nodded;


    "no, my Lord," the generals quickly stopped and said, "there are nearly 200000 troops in the eastern expedition, and the total number of troops in Liang is less than 40000. Even if all the troops are deployed, it will not help!"


    After hearing this, Jia Kui shook his head and said, "well, the Prime Minister of our country is not going to fight the Zhengdong army to death, but to send troops to contain it. At the same time, the general has sent someone to ask for help from the Lord. I believe it will only take a few days for the Lord''s army to come to support."


    As a matter of fact, Jia Kui also knows that it really doesn''t help to take this little army to Qiao County, but you need to see who is the chief General of Qiao County? That''s Cao Hong, Cao Cao''s most trusted relative general, who can sacrifice his life to save Cao Cao. If Cao Cao knew afterwards that he would sit by and watch Cao Hong be surrounded and ignore him, let alone Cao Cao, Cao Ren and Xia Houyuan''s relatives and generals would not spare themselves.


    Now, if you mobilize 10000 soldiers of prefectures and states, plus 6000 Chinese soldiers and 6000 soldiers of prefectures and states from Suiyang City, a total of 22000 troops, at least you can protect yourself. So no matter how much his subordinates tried to dissuade him, Jia Kui decided to send troops south.


    "Sima Duwei, after the general left Suiyang, you will close the gate. You will not open the gate unless the general comes, or the Lord''s army comes!" Jia Kui looked at the commander, Sima Xing, and ordered him to give orders


    "The rest of the generals will go down to prepare for the battle. When the rest of the troops arrive tomorrow, they will go south!"


    "The end will take orders!" Seeing that Jia Kui had made up his mind, they all had no choice but to bow down and accept his orders!


    More than 60 miles south of Suiyang, there is a big town called Wuqiang Town, which is located by a small river called Luhe River. This is the only place for Suiyang to go to Qiao County. Ten li further south of the town is another small river called Xiaohong river. After crossing the Xiaohong River, about 50 Li further south, it reaches the East Bank of vortex water in the east of Qiao County.


    At this time, in Wuqiang Town, except for a few people who went back and forth on the town wall, the rest of the people had fallen asleep early, and Zhenyu was very quiet.


    In a big house in the town, there were several generals of the eastern expedition army in armor. The leader was Wang Ran. In addition to the chief General huangfuli, Guan Hai, Li Feng, Lu Ling, zaoping, Dian man and huangfuli were all present.


    "General Wang, do you think that Jia Kui will be deceived?" Dian man asked Wang Ran excitedly for the first time;


    the other two little guys also looked at him excitedly. Wang Ran couldn''t help but smile bitterly and replied: "how can I know, but since ziye and Gongren both think it''s more likely, there should be no problem."


    "And General Huang also said that Cao Hong, the garrison general of Qiao County, is too special. He is not only Cao Cao''s younger brother, but also Cao Cao''s life-saving benefactor. With Cao Cao''s temperament, he will surely send troops to rescue him. If Jia Kui is not too stupid, he should send troops to support him. Even if he is acting as a model, he will have to make a big army to help him. Otherwise, he will not be able to help Cao "Don''t tell me."


    "Great!" Dianman hit each other with both hands and said with a smile, "when the time comes, there will be a big fight. You two are not allowed to fight with me. At that time, I will take Jia Kui''s head as a gift for the first battle."


    The other two didn''t show weakness either. Huangfu said politely, "on the battlefield, each of them depends on his own ability. There''s no reason to give way."


    Zao Ping also said: "exactly, everyone depends on their ability!"


    Wang Ran said with a wry smile: "you three little guys, how did the general command you before you went out? If you forget, would you like ben to repeat it for you? "When they heard this, they all shrunk their heads and stopped talking.


    "Well, you all go back to have a rest. You have to wait for two days. What''s the hurry?" Then he drove the three young generals to the inner room to have a rest, but he went back to the room and continued to discuss military affairs with Lu Ling. Although he decided to attack Jia Kui''s Liang Guojun in front of and behind the Xiaohong River in the south of Wuqiang Town, if they didn''t come, his army would have to rush to Qiao County to join the army as soon as possible.


    The army began to go south in the early morning of this morning. As Jia Kui guessed, there were only more than 10000 troops in the second half of the night, four or five torches each. They all went to Suiyang. Seeing that they were about to go down to Suiyang City, the army quickly withdrew, and then quietly went south in the early morning.


    All the way, this afternoon, the people who captured Wuqiang town said they did. In fact, they were bloodless. Tens of thousands of troops surrounded the town, said two words of persuasion, and the town door was opened.


    Later, Wang Ran led 20000 soldiers to hide in this town, while huangfuli led the remaining soldiers to continue to go south. Tomorrow morning, the army will arrive at the North Camp of Qiao County. As for the ten thousand cavalry, they were hidden in a forest ten miles west of the South Bank of the Xiaohong river. But what Cao Zhi saw was only that the eastern expedition made him see what he should see.

 Chapter 1003

    At 4:00, the South Gate of Suiyang city suddenly opened, and a piece of cavalry beat a torch and sped toward the south. It was the 200 cavalry led by Jia Kui''s personal soldier Duwei. This was the largest cavalry that could be deployed in Suiyang city. There were dozens of other cavalry, which must be reserved for Jia Kui to pass military orders and intelligence.


    With them, dozens of cavalry went out of the city. After they left the city, they went in different directions, Southeast, northwest and northwest. They were cavalry who sent military orders and information to Changyi and other counties.


    After daybreak, the Liang cavalry arrived at Wuqiang town. The personal commander signaled a cavalry to go to the gate of the town, ready to let the town open the gate, and led the cavalry in to have a rest. Who knows, the people on the town wall are like facing a big enemy. Before the cavalry get close to the town wall, they ring the gong for warning, and then hundreds of people and Zhuang families rush to the town wall.


    The Duwei, also a nephew of Jia Kui, was called Jia Ding. Seeing this, he quickly stopped the cavalry and beat his horse to the top of the 100 steps. He said, "this general is the Duwei of the national blind date. Ask the three elders in your town to come out and answer."


    There was a commotion on the town wall. A moment later, an old man stood up and said, "general, what can I do for you?"


    "You old man, you said that Ben Jiang was the soldier of the Prime Minister of the state. He passed by you and wanted to eat hot food in the town. Why didn''t you open the door of the town! Do you want to rebel? If the prime minister''s army arrives, it will be good for you. " Jia Ding said angrily,


    "excuse me, general. Yesterday, an army of tens of thousands of people passed here, saying that it was general Cao''s army and asked our town to offer 5000 stone grains. There is really not much grain in our town to give to the general!" The little old man on the town wall turned pale with fright and replied with trembling fear.


    the old man''s words made Jia Ding wake up and said, "what do you say? How many troops passed here yesterday? When did they go by? "


    The old man immediately told Jia Ding about yesterday''s army situation, and then said with a sad face: "general, there is no surplus food in the town. Please give me a hand!"


    At this time, Jia Ding had no idea to enter the town for a rest. He turned his horse''s head and whistled to the cavalry behind him. Two hundred cavalry went to the south.


    Two hours later, Jia Ding finally caught up with the tail of the army. Looking up, he found that the whole official road was covered with a dense army, stretching for several miles, with a total of 700000 troops. At this time, the army had begun to approach the vortex water, and was preparing to cross the vortex water and go to the camp in the north of Qiao County.


    Jia Ding could see that countless wagons began to pass over the pontoon, and were constantly heading towards a camp on the other side of the vortex. Just as he was about to observe carefully, the guard''s patrol found their cavalry, so the bugle sounded in the army. In a moment, hundreds of cavalry rushed out of the army and headed for the river Jading, they''re coming.


    Jia Ding''s view is not good. Fortunately, he has seen the basic situation of these armies clearly. There are several generals in the army, such as "General Wang Jianwei of the Zhengdong army", "general Huangfu of the right army of the Zhengdong army" and "general Guan Youji of the right army of the Zhengdong army". Although Jia Ding doesn''t know who these generals are, he knows that his prime minister must know. With the basic number and main position of the army To get the general''s information, his mission has been completed.


    "Quick, turn around the horse, we''ll go back to Suiyang!" Jia Ding yelled, turned his horse''s head, turned around, and ran to the north.


    Jia Ding knew that since the eastern expedition had found himself, they would not give up, so he ran to several team leaders and village leaders around him and told them what he had just seen. At the same time, he told them that if they could not get rid of each other''s pursuit, they would break through and send the information to the prime minister.


    As Jia Ding expected, less than ten miles after they ran out, a cavalry of hundreds of people rushed towards them from the north.


    "Come on, break through!" With these words, he led more than 20 cavalry to the East without turning back, while the other generals also led some cavalry to flee.


    Half an hour later, the plain quieted down again, and the cavalry of the expeditionary army returned one after another, escorting the captured Liang Guojun cavalry and the captured horses. Two hundred cavalry soldiers eventually killed more than 100 people and captured more than 80 people, but there were still about ten cavalry soldiers who escaped before the encirclement of the expeditionary army cavalry. However, Jia Ding, the commander of his own army, was captured by the eastern cavalry because he failed. He was soon taken to Wang Ran''s camp by the cavalry.


    In Suiyang City, twenty-two thousand troops have been ready. Although the cavalry has not been able to send back the news, it''s the afternoon now. Jia Kui still decides to set out. He believes he can meet his cavalry on the way.


    On the top of the tower, Jia Kui looked at the army coming out of the city. He sighed in his heart. Although he said he wanted to make a gesture and wait for the opportunity to move, he could not control the outcome of the army. However, both Qiaojun and caohong can''t afford to be lost to Cao Cao''s army. So I can only have a chance to do so. I hope my Lord can quickly send troops to support me when he gets the news.Just when Jia Kui''s Army started to set out, Xu Rong of Qingzhou was also in trouble. Three days ago, that is, on the 15th, Xu Rong found that Cao Cao ''. So he ordered youshao to inspect Zishui day and night. Unexpectedly, just yesterday, tens of thousands of Cao Cao''s troops suddenly crossed the river from Changguo in the upper reaches of Zishui. When Xu Rong found out, nearly ten thousand troops had crossed Zishui and established a defensive camp on the South Bank of Zishui.


    In desperation, Xu Rong had to give an emergency warning to Ju county while ordering the army to return to dong''anping and close the city gate for defense. Who knows, tens of thousands of troops in the upper reaches of Zishui River are only a part of Cao Cao''s army. Then tens of thousands of troops poured out of Linzi city. Under the support of the river crossing army, they crossed the river overnight last night. After that, tens of thousands of troops surrounded dong''anping City and launched a fierce attack, almost day and night.


    At this time, Xu Rong had less than 30000 troops in dong''anping City, while Cao Cao''s XiaHouYuan army had more than 100000 troops. Seeing the influx of Cao Cao''s troops outside the city, Xu Rong knew that dong''anping would not be able to defend. Instead of defending the small city, he had better leave enough troops to defend Beihai county.

 Chapter 1004

    After a day''s defense, Xu Rong ordered the army to break through the encirclement overnight. Xia Houyuan never thought that Xu Rong would break through the encirclement so soon. Unexpectedly, most of Dong Anping''s defenders were able to break through. After the loss of nearly 10000 troops, all the remaining 16000 troops were successfully evacuated to the county.


    As a result, the number of troops in the city increased sharply. In addition to the 20000 garrisons under Wu''an, the capital of the state, there were also a school of soldiers under Mu Shun, the Deputy General of Qianniu battalion, and the 16000 troops in Xu Rong''s hands. The total number of troops reached more than 40000. In addition, Ju county was originally the seat of Beihai national government, and it was always the largest city in Qingzhou except Linzi, so Xu Rong had confidence in guarding Ju county.


    After returning to Ju county, Xu Rong handed over the defense of the city to Mu Shun and wu''anguo. He immediately found Cheng Huan, the North Sea prime minister, and Chen Rong, the Changshi prime minister, to discuss the defense of other cities. At Xu Rong''s suggestion, the two cities to the north of jumeishui were all evacuated. If the people were willing to leave, they would also leave together.


    As a result, the 3000 garrison troops and more than 10000 people of Guangxian county were all withdrawn to Linqu, while the 3000 garrison troops and thousands of people of Yiguo county were also withdrawn to Shouguang county.


    Just when Xu Rong led the army to withdraw from dong''anping, Cao Cao in Changyi city also received two pieces of information sent by Jia Kui. Facing Jia Kui''s speculation, Cao Cao and a group of counsellors and generals were stunned. Then, after the analysis of Xun Yu and Sima Yi, people have to admit that Jia Kui''s conjecture is true.


    Cao Cao once again picked up Jia Kui''s letter, and could not help sighing: "now, even if you know it, what''s the use? How can Qiao County and Liang State survive?" At this point, he looked at Sima Yi and said, "Zhongda, if we were going to send troops to support Qiao County, could we?"


    "The Lord can''t do anything. Now the Lord can only use tens of thousands of Chinese troops in Changyi and 30000 troops of Xiahou Taishou in Dongjun. But now nearly 200000 troops of the East army attack Dingtao. At this time, the war is in full swing. If the Lord''s army leaves Changyi, Wantao will be lost, and Shanyang will not be protected." Sima Yi quickly objected,


    "if Changyi doesn''t send troops to save Qiao County, where can it send troops? Can I just sit here and watch Zilian be trapped in an isolated city, and finally lose his army? " In the end, Cao Cao''s voice was almost exhausted.


    "Lord, don''t be angry and start a new army," Xunzhou also advised, "Lord, don''t be far away from the near. If Qiao County doesn''t protect him, you can send general Cao Hong to retreat to Xuzhou."


    At this time, Cao Cao calmed down a little and looked at the two humanitarians: "can we send Xuzhou troops to support?"


    Sima Yi shook her head and said, "Xuzhou''s troops can''t be moved lightly. Now Jiujiang''s cities can''t be defended, and the army is about to return to xiapi. In this way, sun CE''s army will surely attack xiapi, so xiapi''s army can''t be moved lightly. Pengcheng''s troops can''t be moved lightly. However, Pengcheng''s troops are too few. LV Guoxiang has only 3000 Chinese troops and 10000 soldiers in his hands, but only one This is the only way to do it. "


    At this point, Sima Yi looked at Cao Cao and said, "please give me the Lord''s order and order Pengcheng Prime Minister LV Qian to transfer soldiers from Pengcheng. In addition, some soldiers from Pei and Qiaojun will be transferred to gather in Xiangxian for training for a period of time. When the time is ripe, they will move eastward to rescue Qiaoxian."


    "Now there are 30000 garrisons in Qiaoxian County, and now the state of Liang thinks that Jia Kui has sent troops to support him. I believe that he can support at least one month. With this time buffer, it should not be difficult to break the siege of Qiaoxian county."


    At this time, Cao Cao found that he was now empty hundreds of thousands of troops, but there was no soldiers to adjust. In desperation, he had to agree to Sima Yi''s suggestion and immediately gave an order to LV Qian to quickly collect troops and prepare to support Qiao County.


    The matter of Qiao County was put down. Sima Yi said, "Lord, there are only two ways to break this situation."


    Cao Cao was in a better mood when the matter of Qiao County was settled. Hearing Sima Yi''s words, he asked: "Zhongda may as well make it clear."


    Sima Yi walked quickly to the map and said, "one of them is Dingtao. If our army can defeat the army of Huangfu Chaobo in Dingtao, then there will be enough troops to solve the siege of Qiao County."


    Cao Cao looked at Dingtao, shook his head, and said: "outside Dingtao, there are Huangfu Chaobo''s guards, Zhangying''s Chen Liujun, and Huang wudie''s Henan army. There are more than 100000 troops, which can be easily defeated by Qi Neng."


    Now that we know that Huang Zhong is in Yuzhou, the word "Huang" appearing in Dingtao must be the general flag of Huang wudie, Huang Zhong''s daughter.


    "So, it''s Qingzhou!" Sima Yi also knew that it was not realistic to defeat the eastern army outside Dingtao city in a short time, so she focused on Qingzhou.


    "Qingzhou?" Cao Cao asked strangely, "miaocai''s subordinates have gathered 100000 troops, among which there are 50000 elite Chinese soldiers. By the way, there is no news from Mount Tai, right?"


    "There should be some movements in Mount Tai recently. These alone are not enough. Huangfu Chaobo has 100000 people in Qingzhou. Although he is in charge of all the cities, the troops under general miaocai are also slightly insufficient. In terms of his subordinates, more troops are needed. There are more than 30 counties in Northern Jiaji of Qingzhou. From each county, another 2000 prefectures and soldiers are drawn to support general miaocai, We can add another 50000 or 60000 troops, hand them over to general miaocai, and end the Qingzhou war as soon as possible. Only in this way can we get rid of the current predicament. "But Xun Yu shook his head and objected: "Zhongda''s move is too risky. If Jiyin Dongjun can''t defend, Yanzhou will be lost. What''s the use of taking Qingzhou as the boundary? "


    "Therefore, there should be no loss in Dingtao. Not only that, the Lord also needs to be prepared. If Wantao is lost, he must stick to the front line of Changyi. Therefore, the Lord also needs to dispatch some prefectures and soldiers to Changyi in order to make Wanquan a success." Sima Yi gritted her teeth;


    the two military strategists'' different opinions put Cao Cao in a dilemma. After a long time, Cao Cao finally made up his mind that Qingzhou''s troops were a little insufficient. If he didn''t increase the number of troops, Xia Houyuan''s strength would not be slacken. Moreover, Xu Rong was not an easy person to give. Although he sent Cheng Yu to help him for the sake of safety, if he didn''t have enough troops, he would be lucky A woman cannot make a meal without rice.


    Thinking of this, Cao Cao flatly said: "order Jibei and Qingzhou counties to dispatch 2000 soldiers to join XiaHouYuan army in Linzi as soon as possible. At the same time, tell XiaHouYuan to let him occupy Qingzhou within three months. At the same time, give orders to other counties, all counties will dispatch 1000 soldiers to gather in the county city. If the East army comes to attack, we must guard the county city."

 Chapter 1005

    Cao Cao''s decision surprised everyone. However, people soon reflected that Cao Cao''s decision was the most correct one in the current situation. It''s better to guard several important cities than to guard them everywhere. In this way, they have a better chance of winning. At this time, Cao Cao''s Xiaoxiong nature is at a glance.


    On the day after Cao Cao made his decision, Jia Kui led more than 20000 troops to pull out camp again and headed for Qiao County in the south. Just as Jia Kui had expected, his army had just set foot in the camp last night when more than a dozen cavalry soldiers rushed back to the camp. They brought back the latest information of the eastern expedition in Qiao County.


    It is true that Chen''s army and Huang Zhong''s army have joined forces to attack Qiao County, and there are nearly 100000 troops. In this way, there are nearly 200000 troops in the two armies, while Cao Hong has only 30000 troops in Qiao County. According to the information brought back by the cavalry, Jia Kui has basically determined all the generals of Chen''s army. "General Wang Jianwei of Zhengdong army" should be Huang Zhong''s Deputy General Wang Ran. As for "general Huangfu of Zhengdong army''s right army" and "general Guan of Zhengdong army''s right shooting", they should be Huang Fu Li and deputy general Guan Hai of xiongqu army of Hongnong of Andong army.


    Although he confirmed the situation of the troops and generals, Jia Kui''s heart became more and more heavy. These generals were all veterans in the battlefield. Huang Zhong and huangfuli both led the battle since the Yellow turban rebellion more than ten years ago. Guan Hai was also the commander of hundreds of thousands of yellow turbans in Qingzhou. As for Wang Ran, although he was not well-known before, he did not know how to fight Since Huangfu Chaobo can be promoted from Huang Zhong''s deputy general to the chief General of the first army, his strength must be extraordinary.


    But now the situation has not allowed him to have half the hesitation, even if it is hard to rush forward.


    After a night''s rest, the army began to prepare to pull out of the camp and set out in the fourth shift. When it was twilight, all the troops had been sorted out. Jia Kui sat on his horse, waved his hand to his bodyguard and said, "let''s go!"


    After that, more than 20000 troops escorted thousands of civilian men and wagons, slowly moving toward the south. Yesterday, because it was only in the afternoon that we started, so we only walked 20 Li in half a day. Ten li to the south of yangliangju, the army set up camp. Today''s time should be able to get to the Xiaohong River in the south of Wuqiang town as the cavalry said. After crossing the river, we can set up camp again.


    If all goes well, the army will be able to arrive in the north of Qiao County tomorrow, but Jia Kui has no idea what to do at that time. You know, the expeditionary army has nearly 200000 troops, but it only has more than 20000 troops. How about showing up in the north of Qiao County, and then retreating to the camp 30 miles away to wait for the Lord''s reinforcements? Jia Kui thought so.


    Although the cavalry had confirmed that the Zhengdong army had arrived at the foot of Qiao County, Jia Kui still did not dare to take it lightly. He scattered the remaining dozens of cavalry far away and explored the situation around the army for about ten li. Fortunately, along the way, there was no abnormality around the army, which relieved Jia Kui a lot.


    In the afternoon, the army arrived at Wuqiang town. Two hours before dark, Jia Kui ordered the army to speed up and set up camp after crossing the Xiaohong river. What he didn''t know was that he was leading more than 20000 troops into the death trap step by step.


    At the beginning of Shenshi, the army finally arrived at the North Bank of Xiaohong River, by the river of Zhuma. Jia Kui looked at the South with a heavy face. It seemed that he could see the city of Qiao County dozens of miles away in the middle of war. At this time, thousands of Liang soldiers had crossed the South Bank of Xiaohong River, and there were dozens of wagons carrying materials for the army to build barracks.


    On the South Bank of Henan Province, hundreds of people are busy around the wagon. They want to unload the tents and other materials from the wagon, and then build the camp.


    Just then, a sudden thunder came from the west of the South Bank of the river. Liang Guojun was stunned. Now it is still early, the sun is still hanging in the sky, and the sky is clear. Where is the thunder.


    Jia Kui was stunned. He also heard the thunder. He looked up to the sky, but the sky was still clear. He suddenly realized that it was not thunder, it was cavalry, and it was thousands or even tens of thousands of cavalry. Only such a number of cavalry could have such power.


    He got up on the horse and looked to the West. Sure enough, a moment later, he saw a black line coming from the West sky and rolling towards himself. Slowly, the black line turned into a black sea. As expected, most of the cavalry were as many as ten thousand people. Jia Kui''s heart sank into the abyss, and he fell into the trap.


    "Enemy attack At the same time, the generals on the south bank also found the cavalry coming from the West. In a moment, the soldiers and men who crossed the river were in a mess like ants county. Even if the generals tried their best to roar, less than half of the soldiers could gather. But more than ten thousand cavalry, like arrows, came straight at the disorderly Liang Guojun.


    Jia Kui responded quickly and ordered the troops to assemble. At the same time, he ordered the taxi soldiers who were crossing the river to retreat, prepare to retreat to the northern bank array, and then slowly retreat to Wuqiang town ten miles away for defense.


    However, his idea is very good, but it''s very difficult to implement it. First of all, the soldiers he led, except for the two 3000 Chinese soldiers and the 6000 soldiers of Suiyang City, were organized into a complete army. The rest 10000 troops were temporarily mobilized from the counties, and they were just a mob.Secondly, the march of these two days has been peaceful, and the soldiers have been a little slack in their hearts. Suddenly, they were attacked, which made the army more chaotic. Another point is that although the Xiaohong river is a small river, it is several feet wide, and the deepest part is even more close to one foot, which makes the retreating taxis and soldiers rush to several floating bridges, and further aggravates the chaos of the army.


    At this time, almost half of Liang Guojun had already crossed the river, and the rest of his soldiers were waiting to cross the river on the north bank. How could they gather quickly in confusion.


    Just as Jia Kui was commanding the general to organize his troops, suddenly, a low trumpet sounded behind them.


    "Wuwu..."


    When they all looked back to the north, they saw tens of thousands of troops approaching quickly, and the high flag showed their identity. At this time, people did not understand that they were surrounded. For a moment, the army, which was already in some chaos, became even more chaotic.

 Chapter 1006

    "The East army is coming! Run


    "Asshole, don''t run, line up quickly!"


    "The cavalry is coming. We can''t stop it. Run faster!"


    "We''re surrounded. Run!"


    Nearly half of Liang''s soldiers ran around like headless flies. Even though they were killed by Jia Kui''s central army and peiguo''s central army, many of them were still unable to calm down the chaos.


    At this time, the army on the other side of the river had been killed by ten thousand cavalry of the East conscription army. Then, ten thousand cavalry were divided into ten groups, constantly strangling Liang soldiers who wanted to form an array. After two rounds of strangulation, Liang Guojun finally broke down from chaos. No one wanted to face the cavalry of the expeditionary army any more. All the people on the other side of the river ran for their lives regardless of their direction. Unfortunately, no matter which direction they fled, they were driven by the cavalry of the expeditionary army towards the river. Thousands of people were driven to several floating bridges like ducks, and then rushed to the river On the other side of the river.


    "Jia Gong, assemble the Chinese Army immediately, and form an array to meet the general. Block the northern expedition for a quarter of an hour, and buy time for the large army to form an array!" Jia Kui sat on the horse and yelled in a fierce voice;


    "the last general will take orders!"


    "General Ding, please lead Pei''s army to the left side of the army!"


    "No!"


    "The rest of the generals, quickly reorganize their troops, and those who dare not obey orders will be killed!"


    "The end will take orders!" The rest of the generals were ordered to leave. There were already dozens of guards around them, so they could still be used for the whole army.


    However, the expeditionary army came too quickly and suddenly, and half of the troops led by Jia Kui were mobs. It was only more than a day before they were united. Under the current situation, there was no possibility of forming an array to meet the enemy.


    However, the 3000 Chinese troops around Jia Kui were originally the elite of Cao Cao''s army. At this time, they didn''t cross the river. They were just beside Jia Kui. With his order, the 3000 Chinese troops quickly lined up and went up to the Northern Expedition army. It''s a pity that the three thousand Chinese Army''s strength is so different from that of the twenty thousand soldiers in the East army''s barracks that they can''t stop it for a quarter of an hour. As soon as the two armies fight, the three thousand Chinese army is just like a stone thrown into the sea. It just splashes a little water and then disappears.


    But at this time, Jia Kui was still not able to straighten out the soldiers. Seeing this, Jia Kui didn''t know that he had no chance. As a last resort, Jia Kui had to order his troops to withdraw from the Xiaohong River in the South and Lu River in the East. In the north, he was surrounded by 20000 troops from the East. Only the West could escape. However, the cavalry on the South Bank of the Xiaohong river had begun to separate some troops to the west of the Xiaohong River, preparing to cross the river from the upstream to annihilate Jia Kui''s Liang army.


    As soon as the order of retreat was given, the expeditionary army had reached the position of 200 steps to the north of the army. Seeing Liang Guojun''s collapsing posture, dozens of cavalry suddenly rushed out of the rapidly approaching eastern expedition, led by a teenage black faced general, yelling and rushing directly to the direction of general Jia Kui''s flag.


    "The son of Dian Wei, the general of the eastern military, Chen Liudian is here. Where can Jia Kui escape?"


    A group of Pro guards were shocked, and more than 20 people called to dianman: "protect the prime minister, let''s go!" The other dozens of people escorted Jia Kui to the direction of peiguo army in the West.


    In a moment, Dian man led his ten soldiers of Tiebi camp to kill with Jia Kui''s twenty guards. Although Jia Kui''s guards were also a branch of the forbidden guard class, there was still no one in front of Dian man. That is, at the moment of the battle between the two sides, Dian man had already killed several people in a row, killed them directly from the middle of the twenty guards'' defense line, and fled to Jia Kui We''re coming in the right direction. The rest of the guards were handed over to the soldiers of the iron wall camp beside Dian man''s body.


    At this time, Jia Kui had already escaped 30 steps away under the protection of his own guards. Dian was so anxious that he cried out to urge the horse to chase him. When he reached the distance of about 20 steps, he controlled the reins of the horse with one hand, took out two halberds from his arms with the other hand, and hurled them at Jia Kui''s horse 20 steps away.


    When Jia Kui''s horse screamed, he fell to the ground and knocked Jia Kui unconscious. A group of bodyguards were ready to dismount and help him up. But Dian man had already urged the horse to come near and killed him with a halberd in his hand. Seeing that Dian man was about to be surrounded by dozens of Jia Kui''s bodyguards, at this moment, two young generals led dozens of people to kill him. They were huangfuli and zaoping.


    They watched Dian man lead ten nurses of tiebiying directly into the chaos army, and immediately led his own personal guards of tiebiying to follow them. Wang Ran saw this and immediately sent his own 100 personal guards to follow them. Originally, he was going to send his own bodyguards to tiebiying, but when the soldiers of tiebiying sent guards to guard the officers and generals of the eastern army, there was an iron law that they could only guard the main general. So when Wang Ran ordered the bodyguards of tiebiying to go out of the war, they were rejected by the bodyguards of tiebiying, but Wang Ran had to send another bodyguard of 100 people.


    With the participation of huangfuli and his two leaders, dozens of Jia Kui''s bodyguards were soon destroyed. At this time, Dian man had successfully captured Jia Kui who was in a coma, and huangfuli also successfully captured Jia Kui''s flag. On the battlefield, cutting the general and seizing the flag was the first military merit, which was won by two junior generals in the first battle, which made the rest of the generals envious.However, no one had any bad thoughts. Apart from the first merit of chopping the general and seizing the flag, there were also a lot of military merits for him to take. With the fall of Jia Kui''s flag and the slogan of "the general is captured, and those who surrender will not die", the Liang army had no intention of arriving on the whole battlefield.


    "Kuangdang"


    I don''t know which soldier was the first to throw down his weapons. Then, more and more Liang soldiers put down their weapons, put their heads in their hands and squatted on the ground. Soon, there were no soldiers in the Liang Kingdom who stood up and continued to resist on the whole battlefield, because all the soldiers who resisted were killed directly by the East conscription army without hesitation.


    "Won


    "Won


    "Long live the East army!"


    "Long live the East army!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    The whole battlefield was filled with the cheers of soldiers and soldiers in the East. The cheers of more than 30000 soldiers and soldiers almost resounded through the sky, so that people in Wuqiang town could hear them more than ten miles away.


    On the edge of the battlefield, Wang Ran looked at Jia Kui''s dianman and Huangfu Li with a happy face, and said to Lu Ling with a smile: "it''s really a tiger father without a dog. I just don''t know if some of the boys in the Wang family will be like a few generals in front of me."

 Chapter 1007

    Lu Ling was also very happy. His first proposal had already been successful. His two brothers were both civil and military. They finally could stand on their feet in the eastern expedition without the help of his father''s shadow. They nodded in response to Wang Ran and said, "general, you can rest assured! My father once said that the princes of Wang, Meng, Su and she families are all gifted and intelligent. In time, they will succeed! "


    Lu Ling''s words made Wang ran very happy, and both of them thought that Lu Zhigang had just passed away, so they were not very happy. So Wang Ran was too embarrassed to mention these again, and turned to Lu Ling and said, "let''s go and meet some little meritorious officials!


    The voice just falls, Wang Ran has already dismounted and walked towards several young generals. Lu Ling looks at Wang Ran''s back, turns over to dismount and follows him closely. However, he sighs in his heart: I don''t know what people in the world think of our Lu brothers. Maybe they are tiger father and dog son in other people''s eyes! But none of the two sons of the great Confucian and Shangshu Zhongcheng can inherit his father''s mantle.


    In a moment, the three young generals of dianman have come to them. Dianman and huangfuli are both red and righteous, but zaoping behind them is gloomy.


    Wang Ran and Lu Ling don''t know why. It''s just that dianman and zaoping have achieved something, but zaoping has achieved nothing. In fact, it''s not that they have achieved nothing. Zaoping is not good at fighting in the battlefield, so the capture can''t be compared with the two. The young mind will be uncomfortable.


    "Report to the general, general Dian man has captured the enemy''s chief General Jia Kui, and has come to reply to the general!"


    "Report to the general. At the end of the day, general huangfuli has captured the general''s flag of the main enemy general Jia Kui. He''s here to reply to the general!"


    "Good, very good. I believe the general will be very happy to see how you and I will win in the first battle." Wang Ran''s happy half two young generals picked up and said,


    then he looked back at zaoping with a lost face behind them and said, "you don''t have to be lost either. Your feet are good and your inches are short. You don''t have to compete with him for a while because you are not good at fighting in the battlefield."


    Wang Ran''s words make zaoping''s face a lot better. It''s true that he is a scholar. Fighting in the battlefield is really not his strong point. After thinking about this, zaoping has already gone to fight with his two partners. After giving thanks to Wang Ran, he goes to Luling''s side.


    Seeing this, Wang Ran and Lu Ling looked at each other with a smile, and they stopped talking about this aspect. Instead, they looked at a general who was responsible for the statistics of the results and said, "are the results counted? What are the casualties of our army? Has Cao Cao Jun been counted out? "


    "Report back to the general, the statistical results have come out. There are 2365 casualties in our army, including 684 dead, 587 seriously injured and 1094 lightly injured. Cao Cao''s army had a total of 22000 troops and 5000 civilians. His army killed 3218 people, injured 4536 people and captured 19246 people. "


    "The casualties of our army were mainly concentrated in the war between the infantry and Jia Kui''s Liang army, and there were almost no casualties among the cavalry. In addition to the harvest of personnel, our army also captured 2500 of Cao Cao''s wagons, including 50000 grains, 20000 weapons and equipment, and a number of other materials. "


    What did Jia Kui do when he sent troops to support Qiao County?


    Lu Ling thought a little and explained with a smile: "if I''m not wrong, Jia Kui will go to Qiao County to expose himself, and then find a place to wait for Cao Cao''s reinforcements."


    Wang Ran, also want to understand what is going on, dumbfounded: "it seems that Qiao County and Cao Hong let him have to send troops to help."


    Everyone was laughing. When everyone was almost laughing, Wang rancai reached out his hand to stop everyone laughing and continued to say to the famous general: "what''s the situation with general Cao?"


    "Liang Guoxiang Jia Kui was captured, Pei Zhongjun''s chief General Ding GUI died in the rebellion, Liang Guojun''s chief General Jia Gong was killed by Guan general in the first round of confrontation; Yan County, Gushu county and Yu county county county captains died in the rebellion, Ningling County captains, Meng County captains and Suiyang Deputy captains were captured."


    "Just a moment," the general said, but Lu Ling interrupted him. He turned to Wang Ran and said, "general, I have a plan. Maybe I can take Suiyang City lightly and make another contribution to the general!"


    Lu Ling''s voice just fell, not only Wang Ran, but also a few young generals around him all raised their ears and listened carefully, for fear that they would miss something.


    "Oh," Wang Ran was also excited and said, "Sir, please speak!"


    Lu Zhi looked at the general and said, "how many soldiers have escaped?"


    The general was stunned and immediately knelt down to plead guilty, saying: "the general dare not hide. Cao Jun escaped about 100 people, because


    Lu Zhi waved his hand and said, "get up. I don''t mean to blame you. It''s normal that tens of thousands of people will escape."


    After that, he looked at Wang Ran and said, "general, I mean that since more than 100 people have escaped, it is certain that some of these people will run back to Suiyang. As I expected, Suiyang will get the news that Jia Kui''s army has been defeated no later than tomorrow morning. According to the prisoners, there are only 2000 prefectures and soldiers in Suiyang And it was Liang Guowei who led the army, as well as Liang Guochang Shi, who was also in the city. ""So the officer thought that he could persuade hundreds of prisoners to surrender, plus more than 1000 soldiers from the war camp to go to Suiyang city overnight. With more than 1000 battalions, armed with weapons and hundreds of soldiers, we should have a better grasp of the city. "


    Lu Ling''s words brightened everyone''s eyes. It''s normal for a troop of 20000 or 30000 to run out of thousands of people. Indeed, as Lu Ling said, if we can recruit hundreds of prisoners and let them go to cheat the city, there should be no problem.


    Thinking of this, Wang Ran said, "well, I''ll leave the matter of recruiting prisoners to my husband. I''ll go and arrange the soldiers."


    Lu Ling gladly obeyed his orders and went to the place where he was captured under the escort of his own soldiers. Soon he took hundreds of prisoners to the place where the Chinese army was. In order to cheat the city, Lu Ling recruited all the city''s taxis and soldiers, and some of them were soldiers of peiguo army. To Lu Ling''s delight, Qian Feng, deputy captain of the state of Liang, was persuaded to surrender by him, Lu Ling''s plan of deceiving the city is more likely to succeed.


    When Lu Ling arrived at the central army with Cao''s soldiers, Wang Ran''s troops were also selected. Besides his own more than 100 soldiers, Guan Hai and his more than 100 soldiers, as well as other ordinary soldiers in the barracks

 Chapter 1008

    The main reason why Wang Ran chose Guan Hai was that he was afraid that without a strong general, they would not be able to suppress these troops. In addition, the most important thing of deceiving the city was to seize the gate and guard until the army arrived. Therefore, Guan Hai became the best candidate.


    There were more than 400 soldiers and nearly 1000 soldiers in the Zhengdong army. A total of 1300 soldiers were dressed in ragged Cao''s armor. Those soldiers had no weapons. Only the soldiers in the Zhengdong army took all kinds of weapons. Under Lu Ling''s arrangement, they took a rest and ate, and were ready to send them to Yangliang, ten miles south of Suiyang, for a quick day When it''s time to get to Suiyang City, I''ll go to Xiacheng city.


    There are also 5000 cavalry soldiers who will drive to Suiyang. A school of soldiers will drive to Suiyang. After they capture the city, the battalions will take over the defense of the city. Of course, in addition to these troops, thousands of elite guards from Yingchuan and Chen will also enter Suiyang to defend.


    As for the rest of the prisoners and soldiers, they will go south with the army to Qiao County. The thousands of soldiers who have been recruited will help the army to attack the city. If they are not willing to surrender for the time being, they are the best candidates for cannon fodder.


    That night, after more than an hour''s rest, more than six thousand soldiers drove their horses to the north in the dark. Wang Ran could not survive the death of the three generals, so he finally agreed to the request of the three men and Guan hai to go north together. Under Lu Ling''s repeated advice, the three young generals and the cavalry went north together.


    At four o''clock, the cavalry arrived at yangliangju. The people of yangliangju saw the return of the expeditionary army, but they didn''t have much fear. When yangliangju was defeated by the expeditionary army in the early days, the army didn''t fight against the ordinary people. They just took all the soldiers and soldiers of Cao away, and then they left that night.


    This time, I saw the eastern expedition army appear outside the town. On the town wall, minzhuang, who was in charge of the vigil, immediately opened the door of the town wall and welcomed the army into the town. Sure enough, the army did not fight against the people. After taking over the defense above the town wall, they ordered a rest.


    At the end of the fourth watch, after half an hour''s rest, Guan Hai and 1326 soldiers were ready to set out. Before they set out, they had a full breakfast in the small town, and then had a rest for a quarter of an hour. In the next time, they would run for nearly ten miles in confusion, and arrive at the foot of Suiyang city in the twilight.


    Just as Luling expected, there was a mess in the prime minister''s residence in Suiyang at this time. The left behind Changshi and Duwei had arrived here. Although the prime minister was not there, they still chose to meet in the assembly hall of the prime minister, because a quarter of an hour ago, the guard of the South Gate took several soldiers into the city with a hanging basket. It was two days ago that they went south with the prime minister The next sergeant.


    The news they brought was that the prime minister''s army was in ambush, and the whole army had been destroyed. The prime minister was also captured in the chaos. As for how many soldiers and soldiers could escape, they did not know.


    After getting the news, the captain of Chengmen immediately sent someone to report to Guowei and Changshi, waiting for their decision.


    "My Lord, the prime minister''s army has been destroyed. What can we do?" The commander Sima Xing anxiously said to the commander Shi Caishen;


    at this time, Liang Guochang Shi Caishen was also in chaos. He was originally a scholar. Where had he ever experienced such a situation? Seeing Sima Xing ask such a question, he asked: "what should we do according to the style of commander Sima?"


    Seeing this, Sima Xing also knew that he was blind, so he said: "the only way is to send troops to Changyi for help, and ask the Lord to send troops to defend against the attack of the Zhengdong army. The second is to send people to investigate the situation around as soon as possible, and at the same time, gather the rout troops as much as possible to increase the defense ability of the city."


    "OK, OK, OK. According to the Duwei, the matter here will be handed over to the Duwei. If there is any need for our officer to come forward, the Duwei just needs to speak." Cai Shen nodded again and again;


    just at this time, the soldiers from outside came to report again: "inform Lord Changshi, inform Duwei, there are a large number of troops coming here outside the south gate. Xiaowei asked two adults to climb the city."


    When they heard that, their faces changed greatly. Did they say that the Zhengdong army was coming so soon? At this time, there are only two thousand soldiers in Suiyang City, and only one wall can arrange five hundred people. It''s only enough to fill the wall. If the eastern army comes to attack the city at this time, it can''t keep it for a day.


    Thinking of this, they rushed out of the prime minister''s residence, turned over and ran towards the south gate. Even civil servants such as company commander Shi Caishen didn''t care about their own image. Under the protection of their own soldiers, they hugged Ma''s neck and followed Sima Xing towards the south gate.


    A moment later, the two men led the guards to the South Gate Tower. Seeing this, the captain of the city guard quickly welcomed them and said, "Duwei, it seems that there is a large group of people coming here. So he sent someone to report to Duwei."


    Sima Xing ran to the city and said, "what''s the situation now?"


    "The last general is not sure. The captain should go to the city to have a look."


    Sima Xing quickly ran up to the city and looked in the direction pointed by the captain. Sure enough, several torches were coming in the direction of Suiyang. It seemed that many figures were shaking in the burning light. However, what surprised Sima Xing was that these people were not moving fast. On the contrary, they felt exhausted. It seemed that they were walking It''s the feeling of wobbling.Seeing such a situation, an idea suddenly appeared in Sima Xing''s mind. Was it...


    "What''s the matter? How many expeditionary troops have come to attack the city?" Just then, Chang Shi ran up to the city and asked them;


    "my Lord, it doesn''t seem that he''s here to March, but it''s like our army''s rout." Sima Xing explained to Changshi;


    sure enough, a quarter of an hour later, some soldiers appeared in the public''s sight. Although it was still dark, it was not clear to see the situation under the city clearly, one of the people holding the torch was a Qu Chang in the army of Suiyang Prefecture, and the captain of Chengmen just knew him.


    I saw that the famous song leader came towards the city gate with a torch in his hand. When he was a hundred paces away, he called out feebly: "city... Where is the city... Which brother is guarding the city! Some family... A certain family is Qu changshengguang, a member of the fifth division of Suiyang garrison School B! "


    I don''t know if this roar made Sheng Qu Chang use up all his strength or something. After this roar, he just sat down on the ground and let the two soldiers pull him up.

 Chapter 1009

    Sima Xing now believed that the five or six points, nodded to his side of the Xiaowei, motioned him to ask.


    The captain nodded, stretched out his head and called out to the outside of the city, "Sheng Qu Chang, why are you back at this time? What about the rest of the army? "


    Sheng Qu Chang is now dressed in rotten armor, covered with bloodstains, and has a long scar on his face. Hearing the city''s inquiry, he cried out: "defeated, the army has been defeated, almost the whole army has been destroyed, and the prime minister has also been captured. Now I don''t know whether he will live or die..."


    Sheng Qu''s words surprised the city''s taxi drivers. For a moment, the whole city was buzzing. When Sima Xing saw the situation, he quickly said in a voice: "Sheng Guang, it would have been Sima Xing. How many times have you waited for me to break through?"


    Seeing that it was Sima Xing, Sheng Guang was overjoyed. He quickly struggled to get up and said, "Duwei, please open the door and let the brothers in. The East army will soon catch up."


    "Yes, Captain, please!" The taxi soldiers nearby also begged one after another;


    "you haven''t answered the captain''s words yet!" Sima Xing said sternly;


    Sheng Guang had no choice but to reply: "the last general returned to the beginning and only led more than ten people to break through the encirclement. Later, we met Vice Commander Qian more than ten miles northwest of the battlefield. We gathered thousands of routs all the way. We didn''t dare to stay and rushed back all night."


    "Well, where is Lieutenant Qian?" Sima Xing immediately interrupts him and asks;


    in many places, the relationship between the chief General and the deputy general is poor, and so is Liang state. Although Sima Xing is the chief general, his relationship with the Deputy General Qian Feng is very bad, but Sima Xing knows that Qian Feng''s ability is very good. Since he has escaped, it''s best to ask him about everything.


    "Report back to Duwei, deputy Duwei Qian is in the back Sheng guangnai said;


    Sima Xing also understood what was going on. It must be Qian Feng who was afraid that he would be bad for him and didn''t want to let him go into the city, so he sent the Qu Chang to explore the way. Now at this time, Sima Xing didn''t care about his personal complaints and said, "Qian Duwei, why don''t you come out and explain something to me?"


    In the dark, Qian Feng sighed and appeared in the fire. His appearance surprised both Sima Xing and Chang Shi Cai Shen. On weekdays, Qian Feng turned into a beggar on the roadside. Although he was still wearing armor, his shining black armor was now broken. Qian Feng His whole body was also bloodstained, obviously after a big war.


    Look at the taxi drivers behind him. They are all listless and lifeless. They are all bloodstained.


    Cai finally stammered, "what''s the situation, Captain Qian?"


    Qian Feng said with a wry smile: "we''ve fallen in the trap. The East army has long been the leader of the country. So when we crossed the river, we set up an ambush, 10000 cavalry and tens of thousands of soldiers."


    At this time, Sima Xing basically believed that the soldiers under the city were all the soldiers after the collapse of Liang Guojun, so he stopped Qian Feng''s words and said, "how many soldiers have Duwei gathered all the way?"


    "Although the end will come all the way back, although all efforts to gather soldiers, but there are only more than 1000 people." Qian Feng a face dispirited reply: "also please Duwei quickly open the city gate, let the brothers all early into the city to have a rest, a certain estimate East army is likely to send troops North tomorrow."


    After hearing this, Cai Shen nodded and said, "yes, Sima Duwei, let the soldiers go to the city quickly. After a good rest, we can fight tomorrow."


    Sima Xing nodded and said to the next Xiaowei, "open the gate and let the soldiers into the city."


    "Boom


    With a roar, the South Gate of Suiyang city was slowly opened. At this time, more and more taxis gathered behind Qian Feng. Slowly, hundreds of people gathered. When they saw that the gate was opened, they all raised their feet to walk towards the gate.


    Standing on the top of the city, Sima Xing looked at the soldiers who were slowly approaching the city gate, but he suddenly felt a sense of anxiety. Many of these soldiers knew each other, but many people were not familiar with them. After all, this time, the prime minister transferred 10000 soldiers from the county below.


    At this time, the horizon was already dim. Sima Xing''s eyes came back from the distance. Suddenly, he saw several big men stepping on the suspension bridge. They looked very strong. Seeing these men, Sima Xing felt more anxious.


    "No way." Such strong soldiers can''t be unknown in Cao Cao''s army. What''s more, in Liang''s army, almost all the county soldiers Sima Xing should have seen them, or at least had a source. If there were such strong soldiers in the county soldiers, they would have attracted their own attention.


    However, in front of these people, the leader was a 30-40-year-old man. Although the soldiers around him looked like ordinary soldiers of Cao, they were all very fierce, obviously not ordinary soldiers.


    When he looked at these people again, Sima Xing found that although they looked exhausted, they walked steadily one by one, and their weapons were all firmly in their hands, which was not like the appearance of the rout soldiers returning to the camp.Suddenly, an idea flashed through Sima Xing''s mind: "no, they are not friendly forces, they are expeditionary forces!" Thinking of this, Sima Xing suddenly yelled at the captain beside him: "they are the expeditionary army. Quick, quick, close the gate, quick, pull up the suspension bridge!"


    Sima Xing''s sudden drinking startled all the people in the city. Not to mention the soldiers, even the captain of the city gate didn''t respond and said: "all... Captain... You... Are you mistaken... "


    Sima Xing grabbed the captain''s armor and yelled: "hurry up, order to close the city!"


    The captain then responded and repeatedly ordered the city gate to be closed and hoisted. Unfortunately, the movement in the middle of the city had already alarmed the East army under the city. Seeing this, Guan Hai yelled: "hurry up, rush into the city and seize the city gate!"


    As he said this, he took out his big knife and chopped at the iron rope on the suspension bridge. Seeing this, Dian man next to him also pulled out his iron halberd and chopped at another money rope.


    At Guan Hai''s command, the soldiers who had already arrived at the gate of the city suddenly rushed into the gate of the city and burst into trouble, knocking over all the soldiers who had come to open the gate. Qian Feng, who was walking in the front, immediately picked up a ring head knife from the soldiers of Suiyang Prefecture and rushed into the gate with a loud cry.


    During the conversation, Guan Hai and Dian man cut off the iron rope of the suspension bridge at the gate of the city. They immediately led their guards to rush into the city and kill them at the head of the city.

 Chapter 1010

    The incident at the gate of the city stunned the soldiers at the head of the city, and the chief Shi Caishen was even more scared to sit on the wall. But Sima Xing reacted immediately. Ignoring Chang Shi, who was already sitting on the ground, he yelled and ordered his own guards to set up defenses at the entrance of the entrance to the city. At the same time, he ordered the city''s soldiers to put down the iron gate at the gate of the city.


    But the busier he was, the busier the soldiers made mistakes. The winch that released the iron lock was jammed by the iron rope, but he couldn''t get it off. In desperation, Sima Xing had to order the soldiers to cut off the iron rope on the winch as soon as possible. Only when the iron gate fell, the more than 100 soldiers who had entered the city could be removed slowly.


    However, it backfired. How could ordinary soldiers compare with generals like Guan Hai and Dian man? What''s more, their weapons were just ordinary weapons. Facing the iron rope with thick arms, they would not be able to cut them off for a while.


    Soon the soldiers of Zhengdong killed Cao in the gate of the city. At this time, Guan Hai led dozens of soldiers of Tiebi battalion to the city. He saw the soldiers fighting with the garrison at the head of the city, but he couldn''t break through the defense line.


    Seeing this, Guan Hai yelled: "get out of the way, give it to the general!"


    After hearing the words, the soldier of Zhengdong retreated to both sides and gave Guan Hai a passage. Guan Hai raised his ghost knife, took three steps and two steps, and rushed directly to the defensive line.


    "Ah With his sharp drink, Guan Hai jumped up, raised his sword in both hands, and flew straight to the garrison. The ghost blade rolled up its powerful blade, like a huge sharp arrow, and directly nailed into the defense like iron plate.


    Then, several soldiers were shot out by Guan Hai like shells, and the defense line was immediately opened by him. Immediately after Guan Hai, the Tiebi battalion guards followed him and quickly entered the regiment.


    The defense at the passage of the city wall was defeated by Guan Hai in an instant. Dozens of Sima Xing''s guards were either dead or injured, and no one could continue to stand there.


    After the passage was opened, hundreds of soldiers of Zhengdong army poured into the city wall like the flood of breaking the dyke, and instantly killed at the city tower. At this time, chief Shi Caishen had retreated into the city tower under the protection of his own soldiers. Unexpectedly, the army of Zhengdong army killed at the city wall so quickly, which made everyone on the city tower scared.


    Seeing this, Sima Xing also knew that he was unable to return to heaven. There were only less than 200 soldiers on the wall of the south gate, and the number of the eastern expeditionary army who just rushed up the wall was more than 200. Just as he was about to order the retreat, there was a rumbling sound of horse''s hooves outside the city. It was the fact that five thousand cavalry of the East army had been killed.


    At this time, Sima Xing immediately ordered: "quick, everyone, retreat to the east city, quick..."


    With that, he escorted Changshi with his own guards, and left without looking back towards the east gate.


    Half an hour later, the eastern army finally took control of Suiyang. At this time, the east sun just rose out of the horizon. Under the red light, all the soldiers on the city wall cheered. Their voices rang through the sky, making CAI Shen and Sima Xing who had escaped several miles clearly audible.


    The four gates of Suiyang city were closed again. Guan Hai would not order them to be opened until the battle camp of Zhengdong army and the follow-up troops arrived. At this time, he was leading three young generals and cavalry battalion captains in the prime minister ''.


    The city''s Treasury has been under control, and Guan Hai has ordered the storage of hundreds of thousands of stone grain and grass, tens of thousands of weapons and armor, and hundreds of thousands of belongings. Guan Hai does not intend to interfere in the civil affairs, so all these things can be handed over to the officials who come to take over the management of Suiyang.


    Of course, after taking control of Suiyang City, Guan Hai immediately sent cavalry to Wang Ran and huangfuli, the chief generals of Qiao County, to report the victory, which was also a request for the next step.


    At noon, five thousand soldiers arrived outside Suiyang city. Guan Hai was very relieved that they arrived in time. Now there are only five thousand cavalry and more than one thousand soldiers in the city. We can control a county in Nuo Da, which has more than ten thousand households and nearly one hundred thousand people. However, we still know nothing about the situation outside the city, and Guan Hai dare not take it easy Send out the cavalry.


    After five thousand soldiers arrived, Guan Hai immediately handed over the defense in the city to five thousand soldiers, and then sent three thousand cavalry out of the city to explore the surrounding situation carefully.


    In the afternoon, Huang Zhong''s military order came. He appointed Guan Hai as the fake Duwei of the state of Liang. With more than 1000 soldiers as the backbone, he recruited soldiers in the city and set up 10000 guards. In addition to 5000 infantry and 5000 cavalry, a total of 20000 troops guarded Suiyang well, waiting for Huangfu Chaobo''s follow-up orders. Of course, the 10000 guards dispatched by Chen and Yingchuan will soon come to Suiyang, Strengthen the defense of Suiyang.


    At the same time as Huang Zhong''s military order, there were also three young generals appointed. Zaoping was the fake Suiyang order, and dianman and huangfuli were the fake Deputy captains. They led 5000 soldiers each to obey Guan Hai''s dispatch.


    The four men who received Huang Zhong''s order immediately began to get busy. Zaoping began to take over the internal affairs of the city, while dianman and huangfuli went to the barracks to recruit soldiers. With more than 1000 soldiers as the backbone, the recruitment of 10000 guards was completed soon. I believe that as long as we give them enough time, they will be able to train the 10000 guards well soon.The most important thing for an army is these grass-roots officers, who have 1000 elite soldiers as the backbone. This is why Huang Zhong is relieved to let two young men who have just come out of the thatched cottage serve as the chief General. As Huang Zhong expected, they were very busy in Suiyang.


    That night, under Dingtao City, two pigeon letters from Beihai and Huangzhong camp in Qiaoxian county were sent to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Looking at the two pigeon letters, Huangfu was both happy and worried. Fortunately, Yuzhou was the first to attack Suiyang City, where Liang Guozhi was the first to attack. In this way, Cao Cao''s direct support for Qiao County from Changyi was cut off. If he really wanted to support Cao Hong, he would have to dispatch troops from Xuzhou. Xuzhou was restrained by sun Qie''s army. I believe Cao Cao could not use many troops, and he would not have enough time.


    After the total annihilation of tens of thousands of Liang troops, even the prime minister Jia Kui was captured at one stroke, and then quickly returned to capture Suiyang. It was all because of Lu Zhi''s second son Lu Ling''s stratagem. It seems that Lu Ling is indeed a qualified military division. The two brothers of the Lu family, contrary to the muddle along situation in front of them, really surprised Huangfu Chaobo with their all-out efforts.

 Chapter 1011

    Huangfu Chaobo took Huang Zhong''s pigeon letter in his hand, and looked toward Luoyang in the West. He was lost in thought. It is said that before he died, Lu Zhi recruited his two sons into the inner room. The father and son talked for more than an hour. It is not known what he said.


    Huangfu Chaobo only knew that after Lu Zhi''s death, his two sons only guarded the mausoleum for him for a month, and then immediately returned to their respective armies. Both Lu Zhong and Lu Ling devoted their energies to their own affairs. Once they returned to the situation when they first arrived in Luoyang.


    In any case, now the Lu brothers should have gone home, which made Huangfu Chaobo finally take a long breath of relief.


    After putting down Huang Zhong''s pigeon letter, Huangfu Chaobo picked up Xu Rong''s pigeon letter again, which made him a little unhappy. Cao Cao''s attack direction was in Qingzhou, and his attack was more than 100000 troops. If he guessed correctly, Cao Cao wanted to use Yanzhou in the west to hold his main force and attack Qingzhou with all his strength, but he wanted to What we have learned is that the Yuzhou army has been fully involved in our own arms, and we still have more than one card in our hands.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered: "come on!"


    "General, what can I do for you?" There will be soldiers in front of the tent immediately.


    "Invite some military strategists to come to discuss the matter at once!"


    "No!"


    Soon, Pang Tong three people came to the big account of Huangfu Chaobo.


    "See you, Lord!" All three of them said in unison;


    "don''t be polite. Let''s have a look!" With that, Huangfu Chaobo handed the two pigeon letters to Sanren.


    the three soon finished reading the two pigeon letters. Pang Tong said with a smile, "Congratulations, Lord. The state of Liang is down, and Cao Hong in Qiao County is running out of time."


    Guo Jia also nodded and said with a smile: "the three young generals have made a great success!"


    Different from pangguo''s optimism, Lu Su''s eyes turned to Qingzhou: "Lord, Su is not worried about the situation in Yuzhou, but on the other side of Qingzhou, why hasn''t there been any movement in Langya direction so far?"


    The three were all stunned. Guo Jia said: "in fact, a certain person is also worried about this problem. Now all the wars have begun. The only thing that has not moved is Langya. If you have not guessed wrong, it is likely that a word will become a prophecy."


    Just at this time, the name of the account sounded the sound of hasty footsteps, and then, a hasty voice of Shi''a sounded outside: "where is the Lord?"


    The bodyguard outside the tent replied, "the general is discussing business with three military advisers!"


    Later, Shi a said outside: "Lord, there will be an emergency intelligence report at the end of the day!"


    All the people in the account looked at each other and saw a little uneasiness in each other''s eyes. Huangfu Chaobo said, "come in!"


    The curtain was lifted, and Shi a came in quickly from the outside, with a worried look on his face. He also had a red pigeon letter in his hand, which was a sign of great urgency.


    After he came in, Shia winked at Dianwei. The latter immediately ordered the soldiers outside the tent to step back twenty steps away. Dianwei let go of the curtain of the tent and guarded the door himself.


    "Lord, just received the urgent information from Chen Liu, something happened in Qingzhou." Shi a reports to Huangfu Chaobo in a low voice;


    because Huangfu Chaobo went out with the army, the information of the East army was sent directly to Chen Liu, and then sent to the army by Chen Liu '' The information sent to Chen Liu was sent by Chen Liu at noon, probably in the evening.


    Generally speaking, the information received in the afternoon and evening is sent out by Chen Liu the next morning, and is usually sent to the army before noon, but now it is actually sent in the evening, which proves that it is extremely urgent.


    Huangfu Chaobo reached for the information and opened it. He couldn''t help but be stunned. Guo Jiafang said not to make a prophecy. The information had already been sent.


    Sure enough, there was an accident in Qingzhou, and it was the information that Huangfu Chaobo was worried about about that night incense had betrayed the alliance.


    In the early morning of this morning, the 60000 allied forces composed of the 40000 Langya army of yelaixiang and the 20000 Taishan army of Cao Charlie suddenly appeared under qiandecheng in Donglai county. Although menggang''s Canglang camp was prepared, but in the face of the sudden attack of the Allied forces, under the fierce attack of Xuyi''s Huwei camp and Xusheng''s Tieji camp, qiandecheng was defeated by the Allied forces in only one day.


    After losing nearly ten thousand troops, the Mongol Gang army had no choice but to abandon the city and retreat. The Huwei camp and Tieji camp also lost more than half of them, and the ordinary soldiers of the two armies lost more than twenty thousand people.


    The main reason why he was defeated so quickly was that the main general Meng gang was injured by Xu Xi and almost died on the spot. Fortunately, the tiebiying guards arranged by Huangfu Chaobo spared no effort to rescue him. However, Meng Gang''s guards were almost exhausted. Most of the 50 guards in Tiebi camp were lost. Only more than 10 people escorted Meng gang out of the camp, and no 150 ordinary guards survived.


    Meng gang saw that there was nothing to do, so he ordered the army to retreat. At last, only 5000 cavalry and 3000 soldiers successfully withdrew to Buqi county. After that, Meng gang was in a coma.When the remnant soldiers of Canglang camp did not retreat, the cavalry battalion captain took over the command of the army after Meng gang was unconscious. While he did not arrange to strengthen the defense of his county, he sent people to Qingxiang island city for warning. At the same time, he wrote a pigeon letter about the simple process of the battle and handed it to the person in charge of shadow guard of Qingxiang Island City, who quickly sent it to Chen Liu.


    Although the Allied forces of yelaixiang and Cao Charlie successfully captured the city of Guizhou, and also severely damaged the Canglang camp of menggang, the two armies also suffered heavy losses. The killer weapons of the two troops, Huwei camp and Tieji camp, alone lost more than half of their lives, and the ordinary soldiers lost about 20000 people. Such losses also hurt their muscles and bones, so they didn''t immediately send troops to continue to attack, but they were in the city of Guizhou Nei stopped first, ready to wait for the follow-up troops to arrive before launching an attack.


    The sudden counter attack made Huangfu Chaobo feel at a loss. He didn''t expect that yelaixiang really abandoned himself and cooperated with Cao Cao Jun.


    In the city of qianqu, yelaixiang and Cao Charley are also eager to cry. They have 60000 troops, and they attack the county town with less than 20000 people. They have come to such an end. You should know that there are two special arms of the school, and they are all powerful arms under the personal command of the famous generals of the Three Kingdoms.


    Night incense looked at Cao Charlie with a wry smile and said, "brother Charlie, it seems that our follow-up attack must be delayed for a few days. If the follow-up troops don''t arrive, my army will be unable to launch another attack."


    Charlie Cao also nodded: "my army is also like this. This is the tiger guards led by Xu Yi. Has Huangfu Chaobo''s combat battalion been so strong?"

 Chapter 1012

    Both of them were speechless, but it was inevitable that they would be delayed to continue to send troops. Fortunately, the two families had already assembled tens of thousands of troops long before they sent out troops, just for the purpose of concealing people''s eyes and ears, and did not carry out in a big way. Now that the war has started, there is no need to worry about anything. It will only take two or three days for the two men''s reinforcements to arrive. When the time comes, the two men will have two forces to sweep Qingzhou.


    In order to send troops to Qingzhou this time, Cao Cao may have given them a lot of benefits. He did not say that the cities occupied by the incense belonged to him. Cao Cao also supported tens of thousands of weapons and tens of thousands of Guan''s property. On Cao Charlie''s side, the gains from the siege will be used by him, and the lost tiger guards will be supplemented by Cao Cao''s army.


    After discussing the next troop deployment route and cooperation between the two sides, they returned to the barracks respectively.


    Returning to his own central army, yelaixiang looked at Xi Zhicai and said, "military strategist, I didn''t expect that the fighting force of the Zhengdong army''s battalions would be so strong. It seems that my choice is right. If we don''t restrict the development of Huangfu Chaobo, we will have to bow to the throne."


    "Does the Lord regret it?" Xi Zhicai looked at his master with a cruel look on his face and said,


    yelaixiang shook his head: "no, I have never regretted it, just some emotion."


    Looking at his master''s appearance, Xi Zhicai can''t help remembering his words when Xun you came to Langya to lobby for alliance.


    After Xunyou left, xizhicai asked yelaixiang: "has the LORD made a decision?"


    The night incense affirmative reply he way: "has made, links Cao Cao, sends troops Qingzhou!"


    "Why did the Lord choose this way?"


    "Because Cao Cao is weak and Huangfu is super rich, if we don''t take this opportunity to limit the development speed of Huangfu''s super rich, I''m afraid we won''t even have the ability to fight against Huangfu''s super rich. If we can contact Cao Cao and capture Qingzhou, which is the place where Huangfu excels, it will greatly weaken its development. "


    "Once Cao Cao was able to capture Qingzhou of Huangfu Chaobo, the outlet of the river would be under the control of Cao and yuan. Maybe the water army of Huangfu Chaobo could not even leave the river. At that time, the connection between Huangfu Chaobo and the north and the South would be interrupted, his horses and food would not be transported back, and his development would be seriously affected."


    Every time he said something, Xi Zhicai nodded his head to show his agreement. Seeing Xi Zhicai''s approval, ye laixiang''s eyes became brighter and brighter. Then he quickly walked to the front of the map, pointed to one of the places and said, "another thing is that I like this place. If I can capture it, Langya army can also develop the water army. At that time, I don''t have to be afraid Cao Cao''s army''s encirclement. "


    It''s Qingdao City, Huangfu Chaobo''s important place of water army, that yelaixiang is interested in.


    "Pa, PA, Pa" When the evening incense was finished, xizhicai could not help but clap his hands gently: "yes, my Lord is really far sighted. Xizhicai admires it!"


    "I''m flattered, but I''d like to ask you to make a careful plan on how to do it." Since the two have reached a consensus, they soon began to discuss how to get enough benefits from the war between the two families. Later, with the efforts of Xi Zhicai, the Langya army and Cao CaoJun soon formed an alliance. In the following few months, the two families made some small friction at the border between Langya and the East China Sea from time to time, which caused the two opposing images to the spies of the East expedition army.


    In addition to this, yelaixiang began to constantly mobilize troops to the south to make the false impression that he was preparing to go to the East China Sea. In fact, he was constantly transferring all his elite troops to the northernmost Dongwu City, and then waiting for the best time to send troops.


    After the Spring Festival, Cao Charlie''s 20000 troops in Mount Tai sneaked into a town outside Dongwu city to hide, and the two families began to quietly wait for the outbreak of war between Cao Cao''s army and Zhengdong''s army.


    As you might expect, in early March, the Zhengdong army took the lead in attacking Cao Cao Jun. later, the Yuzhou army and sun Qijun also attacked Cao Cao Jun. however, in the face of the inquiry from the ambassador of Huangfu Chaobo, yelaixiang always tried to evade because the troops and money were not in place.


    When the news came that tens of thousands of Cao Cao''s XiaHouYuan troops had invaded Beihai and Xu Rong''s troops had retreated to Ju county, they did their best to make 60000 troops and sneaked outside qianqu City, causing a riot.


    It''s just that the two of them calculated everything, that is, they didn''t figure out that the battalion of the East army was so strong. When they faced the two 10000 special arms, they were able to cause nearly half of the casualties, causing heavy losses to the two families.


    "In the eyes of military strategists, what should we do next?" Yelaixiang asked;


    yelaixiang''s question made Xi Zhicai wake up from his meditation and said: "according to our first strategy, after we captured qianqu, we followed the rout troops, attacked them, and then took Qing * island. Now our army has suffered heavy losses, but the eastern army has to withdraw. Now we are on guard, so it is almost impossible to take lightly."


    After a little pause, Xi Zhicai said again: "in my opinion, the Lord can first put it down, and then send troops to strengthen his military strength, and then go all the way East."Xi Zhicai''s words brightened yelaixiang''s eyes and said, "Sir, while the main force of the Beihai army is still fighting Cao Cao Jun, Zhou Xuan, and the main force of the Donglai army is greatly damaged, try to control the territory as much as possible, and then go back to attack Qing * island?"


    Nocturnal incense has awakened, what is true? The site is real. If there are dozens of county towns, their strength will be stronger. As for docks, they can get them out slowly. After listening to yelaixiang''s words, xizhicai gently embraces his short beard, with a look of Confucianism.


    "Well, as the military adviser said, when the army arrives, I''ll arrange Zhao Yu to defend qianqu and lead Xu Sheng''s troops out." Now that he had thought about it, he immediately decided to make an arrangement "Please speak up, military strategist," he said


    "The idea of alliance is a combination of interests. This alliance with Cao''s army, whether or not it can seriously damage the eastern army, Cao Cao''s next target may be our Langya army. Therefore, the Lord needs to make early preparations. Whether it is the arrangement of forces in the southern cities or the newly occupied Qingzhou cities, it needs to be arranged as soon as possible, the sooner the better!"


    Night incense suddenly surprised, bowed a ceremony: "what the military adviser said is very true, I have been taught!"

 Chapter 1013

    At the same time, the news of Langya army''s surprise attack on Qianchou spread to Ju county. Cheng Huan, the Beihai prime minister who got the news, immediately ordered the gathering of all the people in Ju county for discussion. After getting the news, Shi Chenrong, Guo Wei wu''anguo, Qian Niu Army General Xu Rong, military adviser Lou GUI, and Qian Niu camp deputy general Mu Shun rushed to the prime minister''s house.


    After everyone arrived, Cheng Huan said: "you have just received the news that the Langya army has betrayed us. This morning, the Taishan army of Cao Cao''s army suddenly sent troops to attack qianduo. General menggang was seriously injured, and the army suffered heavy losses, so he had to retreat. Now general Mengya is in a coma, and the army is temporarily taken over by Meng Zhi, the cavalry captain."


    After Cheng Huan finished speaking, he handed the pigeon letter from Qingdao to the people for them to pass on.


    When they saw it, they were all shocked. Wu Anguo even yelled. He knew the incense. When Huangfu Chaobo sent troops to save Beihai, he cooperated with the army of the incense. It can be said that he was the only one who knew the incense best. It can be said that the rapid rise of nocturnal incense is directly related to the fact that a large number of yellow scarf population were harvested from the yellow scarf rebellion.


    Lou GUI stopped Wu''an''s curse and said: "the plan now is to come up with countermeasures as soon as possible. Outside the city, the army of Xia Houyuan has arrived, and they will start to attack the city tomorrow at the latest. If I''m not wrong, it''s very likely that XiaHouYuan still has reinforcements. "


    Chen Rong said: "there are reinforcements? Now there are no less than 100000 troops in the city. If there are any more reinforcements, it''s not


    "Why do you say that, sir?" But mu Shun asked;


    "Cao Cao has always planned before he moves. Now that he has joined the Langya army to attack Qingzhou, he must be determined to defend the front line of Yanzhou and attack Qingzhou with all his strength. But once we find out that the Yuzhou army has become our army in the East, we must make a single bet. "


    "Then why didn''t he send in large troops at the beginning, but wait until this time to send reinforcements?" Mu Shun asked with a puzzled face;


    "because they didn''t know at that time that the Yuzhou army was the East conscription army, they thought that these troops were enough, but now they find that they must end the war in Qingzhou as soon as possible, and then return to support Yanzhou and Yuzhou."


    Xu Rong said to one side, "so what you mean is that we must prepare for the worst and try our best to keep the army of Xia Houyuan here in Qingzhou to buy time for the war between Yuzhou and Yanzhou."


    "Yes, we must prepare for the worst!" Lou GUI nodded gently and said, "it''s only one thing to delay as much as possible. There''s another thing that Shuangcheng and Qingdao can''t afford to lose."


    Cheng Huan said, "Mr. Lou, is it really going to that point?"


    "Prepare for nothing!"


    "Today, there are one school for fighting soldiers and one school for guarding soldiers in both cities, with 10000 troops each. In this way, more troops are needed." Wu''an National Highway: "in the view of the last general, another 1000 elite old soldiers of the garrison were sent to the two cities from each county. In this way, the two cities have 20000 soldiers to defend, and with sufficient supplies, I believe that even in the face of the attack of 100000 people, it is no problem to defend for a year and a half."


    "In this way, there are not only 2000 garrison soldiers in each county, and after several transfers, almost half of them are new soldiers. In the face of Cao Cao''s attack, it is estimated that it will not be able to resist even one day. " Chen Rong exclaimed,


    "if there is any loss in the county, under the attack of tens of thousands of Cao Cao''s army, there is no difference between 3000 guards and 2000 guards." Xu rongdao;


    when people listen to it, they are all dumb. Yes, once even the drama county can''t resist the attack of Cao Cao''s army, what''s the role of other counties even if they are garrisoned with three or five thousand garrisons. It is better to defend the two small cities with heavy troops, so as to keep the two most important cities. As we all know, now the river is in the flood season, the direction of Sizhou can''t send reinforcements at all, so Qingzhou can only rely on its own strength to fight against Cao Cao''s army.


    Of course, in addition to gathering troops, the money, grain and materials of each city must also be transported to the two small cities. Once the cities of Qingzhou are lost, only these two cities will be left alone. Although the fleet can also be used to transport materials, the quantity is still limited, and the grain of the prefecture itself is not enough.


    Half an hour later, dozens of horses rushed out of the South Gate of the county and headed for the southern cities. Because there was no shadow guard stronghold in the counties of Qingzhou, the orders of the county were still sent by messenger. At the same time, several carrier pigeons also flew out of the city and headed for Chenliu, Huangxian, Shuangcheng and Qingdao.


    On that night, in the counties of Beihai and Donglai in Qingzhou, there were 1000 soldiers and horses each, escorting all kinds of materials towards Shuanghe and Qingdao. At the same time, Meng Zhi, who was ordered by the drama County, sent 3000 cavalry to qianqu to closely monitor the movements of Langya army and Taishan Army in the city.


    In the morning after receiving the news of the betrayal of Langya army, Huangfu Chaobo received a pigeon letter from lougui and knew the final decision of Qingzhou. Huangfu Chaobo was ready for this, because in the current situation, even though the troops in the three counties of Hebei had been assembled, the river was in the flood season and there was no way to go to Qingdao Even crossing the river is impossible.After pondering for a while, Huangfu Chaobo asked Shi a to send a pigeon letter to the people of Qingzhou and agreed to their arrangement. However, Huangfu Chaobo repeatedly stressed that they should ensure the safety of all the people, even if the two counties of Qingzhou were lost, there was no problem. Just keeping the two cities and docks provided the best conditions for the counter attack in the future.


    After the pigeon letter was sent away, Huangfu Chaobo and others rushed to Dingtao city. Today is the fourth day of the attack. For the first three days, it took the eastern expeditionary army a full day just to bury the siege channel of the moat. The next day, they began to attack tentatively.


    After two days of attack, they found that Ren Jun''s defense was really extraordinary. It can be said that he was methodical and careful. Facing the three directions of the attack of the East army, the defense on the wall was very good.


    Standing at the foot of the city, Huangfu Chaobo''s thoughts have already flown to the south, and the state of Liang has won it. It seems that Qiao Jun must be captured as soon as possible. Only by capturing Qiao Jun can we dispatch troops to the north to attack Yanzhou. If the speed is fast enough, maybe Cao Cao''s Yanzhou can be captured before Qingzhou''s two counties are captured. By then, the situation will be much better. But Qiao County is the place where Cao Cao started. Compared with Ding Tao, its defense is better. It''s so easy to capture and open as soon as possible.

 Chapter 1014

    In Changyi City, Cao Cao has got the news of the loss of Suiyang, which shocked everyone. Two days ago, he sent troops to report that he would lead more than 20000 troops to support Qiaojun. As a result, within two days, not only 20000 troops were destroyed, but also Suiyang, the hospital of Liangjun, was lost.


    As soon as Suiyang was lost, the state of Liang was basically gone. You know, before Jia Kui sent out his troops, he had already transferred 2000 soldiers from each city. Now there are five counties with only 1000 garrison troops. In front of tens of thousands of troops, there are no soldiers.


    Sitting on the throne, Cao Cao looked at all the people in the hall and said in a low voice, "all of you, tell me what to do? Do you want to wait for a while or send troops to Dingtao to attack the army of Huangfu Chaobo? "


    "My Lord, you must not send troops to attack the East army at this time. The battle of Dingtao has only started for three days. The East army has not lost its vigour. It is not time for our army to send troops." Sima Yi immediately objected;


    Xun Yu also nodded to agree with his opinion. In fact, Cao Cao also knew that this was not the best time to send troops, but he felt a little sick now. The reason why Sima Yi objected was that the battle of Dingtao had just begun and the spirit of the eastern army had not been lost. Another reason was that the troops mobilized by other counties had not yet arrived in Changyi.


    In Sima Yi''s view, even if we send troops to Dingtao, we must arrange the defense of Changyi. If Cao Cao''s tens of thousands of Chinese troops send troops to Dingtao, the defense of Changyi will be empty. At least 20000 troops should be left in Changyi. Otherwise, Changyi will lose, which will be a huge blow to Cao Cao Cao''s morale.


    Seeing that no one supported sending troops now, Cao Cao changed the topic: "what''s the situation of the army supporting Qingzhou now?"


    "The army is still in the process of assembly. It is estimated that it will take another three to five days to complete the assembly." A nearby general replied;


    "Lord," Xun Yu said in a side way, "in fact, you don''t have to wait for the troops to set out after the assembly. You can make all the troops go directly to the Dongping Mausoleum of Jinan state, and every 10000 people will go directly to the Qingzhou battlefield. In this way, you can also give the East army the feeling that our army''s reinforcements are constantly coming."


    As soon as Cao Cao heard this, he did, so he immediately ordered it to be carried out.


    The final result of the discussion was still to hold still, because the distance between Changyi and Dingtao was not far. If the army marched quickly, it was only two days'' journey. Moreover, every day there are war reports coming from Dingtao. At present, the main war has just begun, and it is far from the time when we need reinforcements.


    The battle is still going on in Dingtao city. On the sixth day after the battle, the Dugu brothers finally appear in the account of Huangfu Chaobo. They are here to report the progress of the tunnel.


    "Lord, the tunnel is within a hundred paces of the city wall. From tomorrow on, the army must strengthen its attack on the city, so as to cover up the sound of underground excavation. Although it''s not sure whether the city has detected any signs of tunnel excavation attack, it''s for the sake of safety. It''s better to use the siege to make a huge sound Enough to hide the sound of the excavation. " Dugu Ba asked Huangfu Chaobo;


    Huangfu Chaobo also understood what he meant. Thousands of people were moving underground. Although they had already lined up to pass the earth braces according to his method, it was inevitable that they would make a big noise. If Ren Jun really arranged the earth listening things, it would really be a hard attack. Although up to now, there has been no precedent of tunnel attack in the game, it has existed in ancient times. Huangfu Chaobo did not dare to guarantee that Cao Cao''s army or Ren Jun knew this. He made preparations in advance. It is not so difficult to install several large urn beside the city wall.


    However, before that, Huangfu Chaobo had to confirm how long it would take for the tunnel to get through to the wall.


    "How long will it take to get into the city?"


    Dugu Ba replied positively: "two days and one night is enough. If it goes well, it may not take so long!"


    "No, I''ll give you two nights. Two days later in the morning, the army launched a fierce attack on Dingtao and broke the city in one fell swoop!" Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said;


    with that, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and looked at Zhang Ying, Huang Wudi and other generals, and said: "you generals, from tomorrow on, the army will attack the city with all its strength. Of course, the most elite army must be ready for the general. In two days, the city will be broken!"


    "The end will take orders!" All the generals got up together and responded;


    early the next morning, Ren Jun was awakened by the sound of the trumpet and drum outside the city. He turned over and got up from his bed. Just as he was about to inquire, he heard the personal guard report in a hurry: "Taishou, the East army outside the city has begun to attack the city on a large scale!"


    "Attack the city on a large scale? Are you sure it''s not a feint like the last few days? " Ren Jun frowned and asked;


    "General Li of the east city wall, General Wang of the west city wall and General Chen of the north city wall have all sent people to report to us. They are sure they are not feigning."


    "Come on, give Ben the armor and climb the city!" Ren Jun orders out loud;


    a few bodyguards will come in at once, put on the armor for Ren Jun, and soon a group of people will appear on the north wall.


    As soon as he got to the top of the city, Ren Jun saw that the northern army was rushing towards the city wall like a tide. It seemed that he was really beginning to attack the city on a large scale.But why did the expeditionary army suddenly attack the city on a large scale, contrary to the usual attitude of slow attack in recent days. All of a sudden, Ren Jun thought of a question. Did the eastern expeditionary army already know the news that XiaHouYuan''s troops were attacking Beihai on a large scale? Because the river could not sail, he was eager to get support for Beihai from the land. Perhaps Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect to get support for Beihai, but he had the purpose of encircling Wei and rescuing Zhao.


    Thinking of this, Ren Jun''s eyes brighten. So far, he still has 10000 hard battalions in his hands. If the eastern army really can''t wait to capture Dingtao, I believe there will be a big surprise for them.


    At present, the defense of Dingtao city is 10000 prefectures and soldiers. In addition to 1000 soldiers in the south wall, 3000 soldiers in each of the other three walls. In addition, 5000 soldiers of Shanyang army are deployed in the North City, 1500 soldiers in each of the East and west walls. Ren Jun''s 5000 soldiers are responsible for the four walls. The ten thousand strong camp was still hidden in the city''s barracks.


    On the north side, Chen Wu, the commander of Shanyang army, was in charge of the four walls. On the east side, Li Zong, the commander of Jiyin County, and Wang Shi, the deputy commander of Jiyin County, were in charge of the four walls. On the south side, because it was too close to Jishui, it was impossible to deploy troops. Therefore, the eastern army was not afraid to attack from here. It only deployed 1000 soldiers, including a captain The army is unified.

 Chapter 1015

    "Woo


    The low trumpet sounded outside Dingtao city. At the beginning, it was only in the north. Then, the direction of East and West cities also sounded. A moment later, the sky shaking war drum also sounded, and then, the shouts of soldiers also sounded like thunder.


    The shouts of tens of thousands of people made tens of thousands of Cao''s soldiers turn pale. Looking at the situation of the soldiers in the city, Ren Jun sneered: "if we can take down the city just by the shouts of tens of thousands of people, then we''re still guarding a fart city. Why don''t we pull dozens of people to Luoyang and roar twice?"


    All the generals burst out laughing.


    A school captain yelled: "the Taishou is right. The little turtles of the eastern army really think that we can''t build the walls of the Taocheng. Besides, there are tens of thousands of soldiers in the city. If we want to eat the Taocheng, we have to see if he has such good teeth."


    When the taxi drivers nearby heard this, they all looked much better.


    Seeing this situation, Ren Jun''s heart was also slightly relieved. Between the two armies, there was already a move.


    The war on the ground is going on like fire. A few feet below the ground, thousands of people are also busy, like busy ants, carrying baskets of loaded soil out of the ground, and then carrying huge trees into the tunnel to support them.


    The closer to the city wall, the more cautious the Dugu brothers are, because their tunnel will soon reach the bottom of the moat. At this time, if they are not careful, it is likely to cause water seepage, and all their previous achievements will be wasted. It is also possible that they will leave all the thousands of digging soldiers in the tunnel here. You know, they have only been here for a long time If five thousand soldiers are trained, even if one tunnel collapses, almost one thousand soldiers will die.


    On the surface, it seems that they should be easy to supplement, but in fact they are not. There are very strict requirements for the selection of these soldiers. First, they should not be too tall. It is not convenient to move in the tunnel because they are too tall. The second is to have strong arm strength. Excavation and transportation require high arm strength. Another point is to be careful and be able to distinguish the subtle differences between different kinds of soil.


    All of a sudden, Dugu Ba woke up with a low cry: "Captain, come and see." It was a captain in charge of the tunnel.


    Dugu Ba stepped forward quickly and looked in the direction of Du Wei''s finger. He could see that the soil there was wetter than the one below. He felt that he had reached the moat.


    Taking a pick from a soldier, Dugu Ba carefully planed under the place. A moment later, he was relieved and handed the pick to the soldier. Looking back at Du Wei, he said, "from here on, dig three feet underground. Remember to reinforce this place."


    "I understand!" The captain replied;


    "well, it''s up to you. Ben will go to other places to have a look." Then he walked back without looking back under the escort of several pro guards. Since this tunnel has been dug under the moat, the other two should be almost the same. He must look at them one by one before he can rest assured.


    Later, Dugu Ba and his younger brother looked at the other two tunnels together and made sure that they had been safely dug under the moat. Then they went back to the camp. At this time, it was going to be dark for another hour, and it was getting dark. That is to say, the siegers were about to withdraw and return to the camp.


    Seeing the Dugu brothers coming in, Huangfu Chaobo said, "what''s the matter with the tunnel?"


    "Report back to my Lord, the three tunnels have been dug to the bottom of the moat. You can certainly dig into the city before dark tomorrow, and you can open the channel to enter the city at any time."


    "Well, come on, give orders to General Zhang and General Huang. The army is constantly harassing the garrison in the city tonight, and will continue to attack the city tomorrow."


    Huangfu Chaobo wanted to confirm the number of soldiers in the city. Judging from the current situation, the number of soldiers in the city should be around 20000. However, seeing that Cao Cao has not sent troops to support him so far, Huangfu Chaobo has no idea.


    Without the support of intelligence, Pang Tong and his three men are skilled at cooking without rice. They can only speculate based on the situation of the garrison in the city. However, judging from today''s war situation, no one has found anything unusual. That''s why Huangfu Chaobo has the decision to continue to harass at night and increase the attack strength tomorrow.


    In Dingtao City, Ren Jun is gathering generals for discussion. Today''s war is obviously much stronger than the previous days. In the afternoon, Ren Jun has already begun to transfer his central army to the city to support the city''s war, but now the most elite troops under Huangfu Chaobo have not been sent out, so Ren Jun does not intend to expose the 10000 troops in the central camp too soon.


    Just at this time, outside the city, there was another drum sound, which was especially obvious in this silent night. All the generals of Cao Cao''s Army stood up and looked out. Soon, a soldier came in and reported: "the East army outside the city suddenly launched an attack on the city wall, but retreated near the moat."


    Ren Jun listens and waves his hand to signal his soldiers to retreat, but he looks in the direction of Zhong Lou. It''s only two o''clock now, and he doesn''t expect that the strategy of recruiting the East army will begin. You know, in the past, it was only after three o''clock that such actions would be taken. It seems that tomorrow''s war will be more fierce.Thinking of this, Ren Jun said to his private Duwei, "has the messenger for the LORD set out?"


    "They were arranged to cross the river and leave after dark."


    "Ladies and gentlemen, it seems that tomorrow''s war will be more fierce. We have to be ready. It is said that the number of soldiers and horses on duty tonight will double. The central army of Shanyang army and the central army of its headquarters will rest under the city and be ready to support the city at any time to prevent the eastern army from attacking the city overnight. "


    Speaking of this, Ren Jun turned his head and looked at Xue Hong, the main general of the central camp, and said, "general Xue, please prepare the central camp for the war tomorrow."


    "The end will take orders!" When they heard this, they all agreed.


    Almost at the time of Ren Jun''s gathering of generals for discussion, Cao Cao of Changyi also received the military report from Dingtao. Looking at the war report written by Ren Jun, Cao Cao told Sima Yi: "Huangfu Chaobo has begun to attack Dingtao fiercely. It is estimated that he has got the information from Qingzhou and wants to encircle the Wei and save Zhao."


    With that, Cao Cao handed the war report to Xun Yu. After he read it, he handed it to Sima Yi. Sima Yi took the war report, read it carefully, and then said, "it seems that it should be so. I just don''t know what happened to the Langya army and general Cao Charlie."

 Chapter 1016

    After hearing Sima Yi''s question, Cao Cao shook his head: "at present, there is no news coming back, but according to the news from Ziyang two days ago, it should be these days."


    The slow transmission of information worried all Cao Cao. Now Cao Cao''s spies have found out that there are flying slaves in the eastern expedition to deliver intelligence. However, this flying slave is too rare. Cao Cao has made people look for talents in this field, but after a few months, there are still no results.


    In fact, Cao Cao is not the only one who knows about it. Many of the princes in the world have already known about it. Yuan Shao has also found craftsmen who can be trained and cultivated. But at present, the scale is not large enough. It is only limited to several important counties and cities under his rule. There is no time to decorate other places. However, Yuan Shao has seen this benefit, but he also hides it to death Dead, no one else knows.


    After a moment''s silence, Cao Cao said to Sima Yi, "let''s start the army tomorrow. Now that the East army has begun to attack Dingtao, let''s put a little more pressure on them."


    Sima Yi didn''t object this time. After all, it took a day or two from Changyi to Dingtao, so it''s OK to start sending troops tomorrow.


    At this time, Changyi recruited nearly 20000 soldiers, so Cao Cao prepared to leave 10000 Qingzhou soldiers and 20% of them to Xun Yu to defend Changyi. He and Sima Yi led 20000 Qingzhou soldiers, 10000 hubaoqi and 20000 soldiers to Dingtao for support. In a few days, XiahouDun also led ten thousand soldiers of guerrilla camp and ten thousand soldiers of prefectures and states to join him. At that time, Cao Cao will have 70000 reinforcements, and the 30000 troops in Dingtao city will be 100000.


    According to the intelligence analysis of Ding Tao in recent days, the total strength of the two main armies of the eastern expedition army should be between 130000 and 150000. In this way, after a few days of siege, Cao Cao''s strength will definitely lose 350000. In this way, Cao Cao has a great chance of winning.


    Cao Cao''s guess is not wrong. After a few days of fighting, the eastern expeditionary army has lost nearly ten thousand. If there are three or five days of full-scale siege, it is very normal for the army to lose twenty or thirty thousand.


    The next day''s attack was really as Ren Jun had expected. It was more fierce than the day before. In the morning alone, the eastern army launched two rounds of attacks on Chengtou, forcing Ren Jun to transfer the core camp to Chengtou to take part in the defense at the beginning of the afternoon''s war. The participation of the core camp made the battle more fierce. In the last round of attack in the afternoon, Huangfu Chaobo took part The Tiebi camp and the halberd of Zhang Ying also took part in the attack, but they were still driven down by Cao Cao Jun.


    By the end of the day, Huangfu Chaobo could basically confirm that there were only about 30000 soldiers in the city, and even the backbone camp around Cao Cao had taken part in the battle. It can be seen that even if there were soldiers in the city that had not been sent out, there should be only a few thousand.


    At this time, the Dugu brothers also rushed to the Chinese army to report to Huangfu Chaobo that the tunnel had finally been dug into the city, and the exit was about ten steps away from the northwest corner of the city wall, but now the tunnel has not been fully opened. However, they are already arranging for the final reinforcement and exploration of the situation around the exit.


    Tunnel siege is like this. Although it''s a professional, the location of the exit still depends on Mongolia. So why tunnel siege needs to fight several or even more than a dozen? That''s the reason. If you''re not lucky, the tunnel exit may be on the main road, or even in the barracks next to the city wall.


    Fortunately, two of the three tunnels can be used. The westernmost one is just at the northwest corner of the city wall, in a small yard less than 50 steps away from the city wall. Just for the sake of the war, the people around the city wall have been evacuated, and in a few days of war, a few throwing stones just hit the courtyard and collapsed a room inside. The exit is in the collapsed house.


    From this courtyard, just opposite the turret in the northwest corner, there is a passage leading directly to the city.


    Another exit is about 500 steps to the east of this exit. It''s only seven or eight steps away from the north gate. It''s a market near the north gate. Now it''s empty.


    The tunnel in the middle is just at the foot of the wall beside a road. If it is excavated directly from here, the whole bluestone wall will collapse and the tunnel will be sealed.


    Although they are unwilling, they are also secretly glad that two of the three tunnels can be used, which is already very good. Huangfu Chaobo called in the generals to discuss the time of attack. After finishing the final arrangement, he let them disperse.


    Disturbing the enemy in the evening was still going on as usual. However, all these things were left to the guards and civil servants. The battalions and the guards entered their tents early to have a rest. The siege time was set at the beginning of May, which was the most difficult time for the people.


    Two moments later, the battle camp and the guards in the North Camp had quietly got up. The cooks had started to make preparations at the beginning of the third shift. They had prepared breakfast for tens of thousands of people. After breakfast, the soldiers entered the tunnel under the command of the general.


    This attack is the Tiebi camp and gaoshun camp under the command of Dianwei. They will each enter the city through a tunnel. Behind them, there are 1000 yuan crossbow soldiers to provide them with follow-up support. And five thousand iron eagles and ten thousand soldiers in the barracks. These ten thousand soldiers are composed of some soldiers drawn from the East and the West. They will attack the city from the city gate after the city gate is opened.Of course, after the war started in the north gate, the East and the West would also attack the city to contain the Cao army on the two walls.


    As time goes by, it has been almost half an hour since the two soldiers and horses entered the tunnel, but the city is still quiet. Huangfu Chaobo stood two miles outside the north gate. Behind him were the elite soldiers of the 15000 East army. It was the darkest hour before dawn, and the army approached quietly by the light of the torch at the end of the city.


    Huangfu Chaobo turned to look at Pang Tong and said, "Shiyuan, why haven''t you started yet? Have you been found by the guards in the city?"


    "Don''t worry, Lord. It should be soon. The generals of the two associations should be gathering troops. If they are found by the garrison, it will be so quiet." Guo Jia said with a smile;


    all of a sudden, a rocket soared into the sky, and then another rocket soared hundreds of paces away from the rocket, and then the shouts of killing and the sound of blade impact were heard at the head of the city.

 Chapter 1017

    At this time, in Dingtao City, the two troops of the eastern army had already killed on the city. In fact, Dianwei''s iron wall camp had already been quietly killed on the top of the city, but when it was close to the turret, it was found by the patrolling taxi soldiers. In desperation, Dianwei had to order the guards around him to shoot rockets, and he led one of the soldiers to the turret.


    There was a song of soldiers on guard in the turret. Just as the army was asleep, the door of the turret was kicked open with a "touch", and then countless expeditionary troops came in and killed the defenders one by one.


    After controlling the turret, Dian Wei arranged a garrison of Tiebi battalion and a garrison of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers to defend it. Their task was to block Cao Cao''s army on the west wall, but he led the rest of the troops to kill them in the direction of the North turret. He went to meet Gao Shun''s army.


    Influenced by the rocket launched by Dianwei, gaoshun army was immediately discovered by the garrison at the head of the city, so the second rocket came soon after.


    Relatively speaking, the task of gaoshun army was more serious. They had to seize the city gate, send people to open it, and then guard there until the gate outside the city arrived. Of course, it''s not enough just to open the inner gate, because there is a Qianjin gate at the gate of Dingtao City, so after occupying the gate hole, Gao Shun had to send some soldiers to attack the city wall from the passage beside the gate, and together with the army of Dianwei department, he captured the tower, put down the suspension bridge and opened the Qianjin gate.


    Just a moment after the two rockets soared into the air one after another, the East and West cities suddenly heard the loud cry of killing. At first, the garrison thought it was the feint attack of the Zhengdong army. But soon they found that the equipment of the Zhengdong army appeared in the night. At this time, they knew that the Zhengdong army was really attacking the city. For a moment, the warning bell rang on the three walls.


    Cao''s army in the city suddenly became flustered. For several days, the eastern expedition army came to harass every night, but they didn''t attack the city. This has made them used to it. Now the eastern expedition army really launched an attack, which caught them by surprise.


    On the top of the city, Ren Jun arranged ordinary soldiers, while the elite central army and the backbone army rested in the camp about two miles below the city wall, so that they could have the energy to deal with the war in the daytime. However, when the soldiers and horses raided by the Zhengdong army were found, they had already reached the top of the city wall and the gate hole. Facing the two most elite soldiers and horses of the Zhengdong army, how could ordinary soldiers be their opponents.


    The soldiers who lost the advantage of the city wall were defeated by Dianwei and gaoshun. When the backbone and elite of the north gate barracks arrived, the soldiers had been forced outside the city tower, and the city tower was occupied by the eastern army.


    At Dianwei''s command, the suspension bridge at the north gate was lowered, and the Qianjin gate of the city gate was slowly opened. The 15000 elite soldiers who had already made preparations outside the moat poured into the city like a flood.


    Five thousand iron Eagles entered the city most. After entering the city, they soon became a regiment with Cao Jun who had just arrived. When the elite of the Zhengdong army, who had been recuperating and had a good meal, collided with Cao Cao Jun, who had not yet woken up, it was like a huge wave rushing into the sand pile, which was instantly integrated with the beach.


    After the army entered the city, the battalions arranged 2000 soldiers to guard the city gate, while the two armies of Dianwei and gaoshun quickly killed along the city wall towards the East and west walls. The other 8000 soldiers were divided, and the two armies followed the East and West gates along the inner wall of the city wall, echoing with the two armies of Diangao at the head of the city, and the last two armies were divided Follow the Iron Eagle and kill him in the city.


    When the cry of killing all over the city rang out, Ren Jun, who was resting in the prefect''s house, had already awakened. Just as he was going to wear his coat and armour and rush to the city, the personal soldier Duwei rushed in, looking flustered and yelled: "your honor, it''s not good. The eastern army is attacking the city."


    Ren Jun was surprised. He grabbed the Duwei''s armor and said angrily, "what''s the matter? How did the Zhengdong army attack the city? Are all the soldiers on duty at the head of the city dead pigs? None of this was found


    "No, my Lord, the expeditionary army didn''t break the wall from the outside, but suddenly appeared in the city, and then


    Ren junmeng suddenly understood what was going on and said, "the tunnel must be the tunnel. No wonder these days we have been attacking and harassing day and night to cover up the sound of digging the tunnel."


    At this point, Ren junmeng slapped himself in the face. With a loud bang, the bright red palmprint appeared on his face. Half of his face swelled with the speed visible to the naked eye, which made his soldiers dumbfounded.


    "My lord handed over this important town to me, but I couldn''t keep it. What''s my face to see my lord?" With that, Ren Jun grabbed the sword he had put on the table, and when he pulled it out, he was ready to commit suicide. Fortunately, the personal commander had a quick eye and grabbed the sword in Ren Jun''s hand.


    At this time, Xue Hong led more than 1000 backbone troops to flee back to the palace. Seeing Ren Jun still in a daze, he said repeatedly: "Ren Gong, I can''t stop him. Beicheng Hong joined tens of thousands of elite soldiers of the East conscription army. A certain army can''t stop them at all. Retreat quickly and save strength for the Lord for the follow-up war."


    Xue Hong''s words wake Ren Jun up. Now that tens of thousands of troops have entered the city, he has no hope of recapturing the north gate, so the best way to deal with it is to withdraw and save his troops."Come on, send orders to the officers and men of the city gates to evacuate Dingtao quickly. The Lord''s army is on the way. We will withdraw the Lord''s army and make plans."


    In fact, he also wanted to defend in the city, but there was no inner city in Dingtao city. The only place in the city that he could defend was the prefect''s mansion. The prefect''s mansion was too small to hold many soldiers, and Cao Cao''s army was still dozens of miles away. Even if he stayed at the prefect''s mansion, he could not support Cao Cao Cao''s reinforcements.


    But what he didn''t know was that ten thousand cavalry were waiting for their rout outside Dingtao city.


    An hour later, at daybreak, Dingtao city had completely fallen into the hands of the eastern army. Thirty thousand Cao Cao soldiers died and injured more than 1000 people when they came to guard the city for a few days. Today, 8000 people were killed and injured in the scuffle, more than 10000 people were captured, and more than 6000 soldiers fled from the south gate. Of course, this is not the final number, because there should be thousands of people who escape from the south gate and will be killed or captured by cavalry outside the city.


    However, during the siege of the city in a few days, nearly 10000 people were killed and injured, and in today''s scuffle, another 3000 or 4000 people were killed and injured, resulting in a total loss of more than 12000 people.

 Chapter 1018

    In Dingtao City, in the prefect''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo sits on the throne and looks at the generals and officials coming and going. With a long sigh of relief, Jiyin County finally has it. This is the second largest county in Yanzhou after Chen Liu. Even Dongjun and Shanyang are behind him. Once Dingtao city is broken, Jiyin can be said to have got it.


    If we can capture Dongjun and Shanyang, and Qiao, these counties have a population of more than 3 million. Even if Cao Cao gets Qingzhou, his strength will be greatly reduced. When I think of the two counties in Qingzhou, Huangfu Chaobo is extremely helpless. It''s too far away. He has more heart than strength...


    Thinking of this, Huangfu chaobolian asked Shi a and Dian Wei to open the map of the Central Plains. Huangfu Chaobo carefully observed the map of Qingzhou and meditated for a long time.


    Seeing that his master was not overjoyed by the victory of the war, everyone in the hall was quiet. Pang Tong looked at each other, and they all gathered around him. Following Huangfu''s Chaobo''s eyes, they could see clearly.


    Guo Jia came forward and said, "my Lord is worried about the war in Qingzhou?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and turned to look at the three humanitarians: "I wonder if Xu Rong and others can support the river until the end of the flood season?"


    Pang Tong shook his head: "it''s hard to estimate. According to our conjecture, when Cao Cao got the news of Jue County, he would think that he could not increase the offensive of Qingzhou. In this way, the forces of XiaHouYuan would increase. According to one year, the flood season of the river has been getting longer and longer since last year. According to the old boatman by the river, this year''s flood season will probably end around April 10, and it will take at least three or five days for our troops from Hebei to Qingzhou


    Huangfu Chaobo sat down dejectedly and said, "I also know that it''s almost impossible. Cao Cao is really unusual. This time, he''s really quick, accurate and ruthless."


    Several people also looked at each other speechless. This time, Cao Cao really grasped the right time, but Qingzhou was isolated and hurt. Even if he could get away with it this time, he would be doomed next time. Another point is that there are no allies around, and there is nothing to do.


    Originally thought good war, but in the end became duizi, with Yanyu two prefectures exchange Qingzhou two prefectures.


    At this time, Guo Jia said with a smile: "Lord, in fact, it''s a good thing to abandon the two counties of Qingzhou, but in exchange for several counties of Yanyu. And


    At this point, a cunning smile appeared on Guo Jia''s face. After a long time, he said slowly: "we can give Cao Cao and yelaixiang a cut from the bottom of the pot!"


    "The bottom of the barrel!"


    They all looked at Guo Jia. Huangfu Chao said: "filial piety can be said clearly. How can we draw a salary from the bottom?"


    Guo Jia went to the map, pointed to the two port cities of Shuanghe and Qingdao, and said, "Lord, you are now in a troubled time. What''s the most important thing?"


    "Food!" Lu Su, a good old man, replied;


    Huangfu Chaobo was just in front of his eyes: "population!"


    "It''s true that population is the foundation of a foothold in troubled times. What''s the use if Cao Cao and yelaixiang only get dozens of empty cities in two counties?"


    "I understand the meaning of filial piety. Now the two port cities are still firmly controlled by our army. If the population of the two counties in Qingzhou is completely removed, it will cause a lot of losses to the two families. It''s just that we can''t sail at all in the flood season." Pang Tong said, suddenly, he seemed to realize Guo Jia''s meaning, and said with a smile: "I know the meaning of filial piety! It''s really a good strategy. "


    "Shi Yuan already thought of it?" Guo Jia said with a bad smile;


    following Pang Tong''s eyes, Lu Su suddenly realized: "yes, this plan is really feasible!" Then he burst out laughing.


    Huangfu Chaobo was dazzled by the three of them. He said: "Hey, hey, you three, what are you doing? Say it


    Guo Jia asked Huangfu Chaobo: "Lord, it seems that the development of Longhua has been stagnant in recent years?"


    "No! Without population, how can the city be upgraded or destroyed! Population Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes suddenly widened. He had already reflected his feelings. The three people''s meaning was to move all the population of Qingzhou to Longhua. Even if only a population of 3.5 million, it would be enough for many towns in Longhua to upgrade. At that time, he might be able to build a county in Longhua, and these people are not only his own needs, but also Xiaowen''s leting city It also needs a large population.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo immediately thought of another question and said, "it''s just that Longhua is not alone? What''s the difference with Qingzhou? "


    Pang Tong said: "different, Lord, although Longhua is far to the north of the Great Wall, Gongsun Zan in the south is our Tiexuan ally. In addition, leting City, though not strong, is also our loyal ally. We have our own support, which is totally different from Qingzhou."


    "It''s just that Gongsun Zan and Yuan Shao are fighting. Gongsun Zan can''t fight Yuan Shao. When the time comes"Because of this, we should increase the strength of Longhua. At that time, if the three families unite, they will at least be able to maintain invincible under Yuan Shao''s attack. Moreover, if we attack Yuan Shao''s army from the south, it will be enough to stabilize the war situation in Youzhou." Pang Tong patiently explained;


    "it''s just that Youzhou is very cold. I''m afraid the people in Qingzhou are not willing to go."


    "No matter, there are not many other things in Longhua, but there are not many cattle and sheep. We just need to tell the relocated people that when they arrive in Youzhou, each household will divide the land according to the size of the land, and then the government will give them a cow. If the sheep are dry, I believe we will not be so resistant." Lu Su also said on one side;


    "another point is that we don''t need to move too many people to Youzhou. On the one hand, it will be too late. On the other hand, Longhua can''t settle too many people for a while. We just need to send away hundreds of thousands of soldiers, craftsmen and officials who are willing to move. A soldier or craftsman has five or eight family members. If we calculate this, even if these people alone have nearly one million people, even if only five or six hundred thousand people have migrated, it will be enough for Longhua to digest for several years. "


    Three people stood in front of the map, you said a word to me. In a moment, they outlined the general plan of the migration. They were stunned by Huangfu Chaobo and Dian Wei. They didn''t respond for a long time.

 Chapter 1019

    Huangfu Chaobo secretly said: if they go on like this, Cao Cao and yelaixiang will be a rotten stall even if they occupy Qingzhou. There are no soldiers, no craftsmen and more than half of the population. If they go on like this, it is estimated that they will have to fill in a few years of money and food to stabilize Qingzhou again. It''s really a cut from the bottom.


    Sure enough, the three men had been together for a long time, and Lu Su, an honest man, had a lot of dark belly. However, Huangfu Chaobo was very happy, which was in line with his taste.


    Just thinking about it, Pang Tong came over and said, "Lord, it has been discussed."


    With that, Pang Tong handed the migration plan he had written to Huangfu Chaobo. After taking it, he looked at it carefully and said, "OK, let''s arrange it according to this."


    With that, he turned to Shi a and said, "send it to Qingzhou and Longhua, and let them implement it as soon as possible."


    Shi a bow body should promise to take, then turned out of the house, this matter is too important, he must personally arrive at Chen Liu, send it out with carrier pigeon, and now Dingtao has captured, he is ready to bring Chen Liu''s carrier pigeon and shadow guard all Dingtao, so as to transfer information more quickly.


    Looking at Shi A''s departure, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the three military advisers and said, "what are the arrangements for the next war?"


    Lu Su suddenly stepped forward and said, "Lord, you must know something about General Huang Zhong."


    "Well, what''s the matter?"


    "It''s a matter of tunnel. If Ren Jun leads the army to escape, he will tell Cao Cao about it. So Cao Cao will certainly try to spread it to Qiao County. In this way, it will be difficult for General Huang Zhong to capture Qiao County quickly, which will have an impact on our army''s follow-up situation."


    Huangfu Chaobo heard that it was true. If Cao Hong knew about the excavation of the army, he would be on guard. For Huang Zhong''s army, there would be more losses. Of course, in addition to these two cities, it is impossible for the expeditionary army to attack them again.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and sent another soldier to chase Shi''a, asking him to send a pigeon letter to Huang Zhong, sending cavalry to strengthen inspection, and stopping Cao Cao''s messenger.


    Several people were discussing the arrangement of the follow-up troops and the war. Huyandu and the leader of Huben cavalry came in. They led ten thousand cavalry to pursue Ren Jun''s rout. As a result, they met Cao Cao''s reinforcements 30 miles south of Jishui. Fortunately, although the other side had ten thousand tigers and leopards, they just drove them far away and drove them away After Ren Jun''s troops arrived, they did not send any more troops.


    After their pursuit, although they did not capture Ren Jun and others in the end, they also caused heavy losses to the army of Shuji who escaped from the city. When Cao Cao took over Ren Jun and others, there were only less than 3000 troops left in Dingtao City, which was really one out of ten.


    Cao Cao had just led the army for less than ten miles, but suddenly found that the smoke and dust were rolling in front of him. It seemed that a large group of people were approaching. He immediately ordered the army to line up on the spot and wait for the news from the front. Soon news came from the Marquis denouncing that Dingtao''s rout troops were in front of him, and nearly ten thousand East conscription cavalry were behind him.


    Cao Cao''s generals were all at a loss. Fortunately, Cao Cao had been fighting for a long time and immediately responded. He immediately ordered: "all the tigers and leopards will go out to meet the collapse of Dingtao''s army, and the rest of the soldiers will wait in formation to prevent the cavalry of the Eastern army from rushing into the array."


    Soon, ten thousand tigers and leopards, led by general Cao Zhen, left the main battle line and headed for the direction where Ding Tao''s troops were defeated to the north.


    At this time, Ren Jun had been running for more than an hour with his rout soldiers. He was already exhausted, but he knew that Cao Cao''s army should be in front of him, so he constantly encouraged his soldiers to run south, and thousands of cavalry of the East army were about to catch up with them. Along the way, the exhausted soldiers fell to the ground and died. Some of them could not run any more, so they simply knelt down beside the official road and surrendered. Fortunately, the eastern army cavalry did not do more killing. They just came out from the cavalry and drove them back slowly.


    As a matter of fact, as early as last night when discussing military affairs, Huangfu Chaobo made it clear to the Turpan cavalry and Huben cavalry that their task was to capture Cao Cao''s troops as much as possible, and once they were captured, they would be sent back to Dingtao as soon as possible, because Cao Cao''s troops had arrived in the south of Dingtao, and they would probably meet Cao Cao''s troops.


    Because the cavalry started after daybreak, most of the cavalry were ten miles south of Jishui when they came to the rout. At this time, there was a lot of smoke and dust rising in the south. Huyan knew that Cao Cao''s reinforcements were coming, so he ordered the cavalry to control their speed. Only in this way, nearly 3000 soldiers and horses fled to meet them They should be behind Cao Cao''s cavalry.


    Huyan didn''t fight against ten thousand tigers and leopards, but after a moment of confrontation, Huyan led nearly ten thousand East conscription cavalry back to Dingtao city.


    Cao Cao''s position in the army, Ren Jun with the help of several soldiers, stumbled in front of Cao Cao. When he saw Cao Cao, Ren Jun cried and knelt to the ground: "my Lord, I''m incompetent, I lost my Ding Tao, please punish me!"Cao Cao''s anger could not be strangled, and said: "the war report last night did not show any sign of the city''s destruction. Why was Dingtao City defeated by the eastern army before one night?"


    Ren Jun also knew that he was really defeated, so he told Cao Cao all about the war that started yesterday, and then told Cao Cao his inference. After listening to Ren Jun''s story, Cao Cao found that even if he was guarding the city himself, he would probably follow the way of Huangfu Chaobo, mainly digging tunnels into the city to attack. Although he had seen it in the book of war, they had never had such a war in more than ten years.


    In the battle of Puyang, Cao Jun attacked the city through the tunnel, but it was a tunnel that had existed for decades or even a hundred years, so no one thought that it would be possible to break through a tunnel several miles long in a few days during the war.


    The main reason is that in the game, the digging army is a special branch of arms. Ordinary soldiers can''t do this job at all, so few princes will use this move. In fact, what Cao Cao didn''t know was that one of Yuan Shao''s troops knew this. Xu you had a special skill of digging, and he could also form a digging army. Yang Hong under Zhang Lu and Xiang Lang under Liu Biao all have this skill.

 Chapter 1020

    As a matter of fact, once this digging Army knows about it, it''s just like that. As long as it''s on guard, it''s easy to crack it. That is to say, we should send soldiers to dig some big pits behind the city wall, and then put some big tanks in the pits, and send soldiers to listen carefully inside. But the problem is that Cao Cao Jun didn''t know which princes in the world (in the game) used this method to attack the city before, so it''s normal for Cao Cao Jun to suffer losses.


    As soon as Ren Jun''s words were finished, Sima Yi immediately responded and said, "Lord, you must immediately find a way to inform general Cao Hong of Qiao County. The lower officials suspect that Huang Zhongjun will also use this method in Qiao County."


    Cao Cao suddenly woke up, immediately turned his head to look at his son Cao ang and said, "hurry up, send someone to rush to Qiao County, let them find a way to get into the city, we must inform Zi Lian. In addition, Wen Ruo, who sent an order to Changyi, asked him to write a letter to all the city''s generals and officials. In the future, before defending the city, we must guard against this kind of attack. I always feel that among the vassals in the world, it should not be the only way to do this is to recruit the eastern army. "


    Cao ang immediately sent someone to do it, and then Cao Cao ordered: "send the army to turn around, return to Changyi, and be ready to defend the East army. If we lose Shanyang again, Yanzhou will have no place for us."


    Tens of thousands of troops turned from the former to the latter and returned to Changyi. Although this was a big blow to the morale of the army, they could not care so much at this time. In Dingtao City, there are no more than 30000 troops. These 50000 troops are the last elite army that Cao Cao can bring out. If the East army doesn''t care and catches up, it will be more or less dangerous.


    As a matter of fact, Huangfu Chaobo also thought that after he conquered Dingtao, he would march South nonstop. But now Cao Cao''s army is more than 30 miles away from Jiyin, and only 50 or 60 miles away from Changyi. After nearly 10 days of fighting, his army is far from exhausted, but it has also lost more than 20000 troops. Cao Cao Cao''s army is only one day''s March In contrast, although they are superior in military strength, they do not have much advantage.


    So instead of taking risks, it''s better to fight steadily and make progress step by step. In any case, Huangfu Chaobo no longer had the luxury of solving Cao Cao in one year.


    The news of Cao Cao''s army''s withdrawal to Changyi soon spread back to Dingtao city. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care about it, but just gave a faint smile. He had already discussed with pangtong about the next step, that is, to take full control of Jiyin county and Liang County, then wait for the end of Qiao County''s war, and then force peiguo, Shanyang and Dongjun. At present, it''s very difficult It''s pressure to protect Cao Cao Jun.


    In fact, another reason for this is that if we really march all the way, the supply line of the army will be too long. If we are not careful, the war will be defeated and the gains will not be worth the losses.


    When he got the news of Cao Cao''s retreat, Huangfu Chaobo was gathering the generals to discuss the next step of troop deployment.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, after Suiyang, the state of Liang, the second county and city of Cao Cao Jun is under our control. Congratulations Huangfu Chaobo smiles to all the people in the hall;


    "Congratulations, Lord!" All the people congratulated together;


    "this is the result of the concerted efforts of all the officers and men, but the war is far from over, and there are still more wars waiting for the army in the future. I hope the army will continue to work hard."


    "We will live up to the trust of our Lord!"


    "Just one thing, that is, Dugu Ba and Dugu Tian, the two captains of Dingtao City, have made great contributions to the capture of Dingtao city so easily. However, the biggest Assassin''s mace of our eastern army''s attack has also been exposed to the world. It is impossible for the future war to be so easy, so you should be prepared for it."


    Zhang Ying said: "don''t worry, my Lord. I''ve never been afraid of anyone when I''m fighting in the East."


    "OK, OK, general Zhang, that''s a magnificent remark!" On one side, Dianwei listened to Zhang Ying''s words and burst out laughing.


    The rest of the generals also nodded in agreement. Huangfu Chaobo was also very happy to see that his subordinates were so confident. However, he still wanted to remind us: "if we talk about a strong general, I am not afraid of the world''s princes, but we can''t underestimate the world''s heroes. This time, Cao Cao will give us a wake-up call. What''s more, the defense of Ren Jun, the governor of Jiyin, is also very good. If we don''t have a tunnel to help us, it will be difficult for us to capture this city in one or two months


    Everyone nodded thoughtfully. It''s true. Although Ren Jun lost his city and fled in a panic, he did a very good job in defense. It can be said that if only on defense, he would be ranked in the top 20 in the East army.


    Seeing that all the generals seemed to have realized something, Huangfu Chaobo no longer said much and turned to Pang Tong.


    Pang Tong understood and stood up and said, "you guys, after discussing with the Lord, we decided to slow down the attack for the time being. That is to say, we should ignore the main force of Cao Cao''s army in Shanyang first, and then we should take full control of Jiyin and Liang. When the time is ripe, we should send troops to Shanyang."


    With that, he quickly walked up to the map and pointed to it to explain in detail the arrangements for the later stage of the war.


    After another day''s rest in Dingtao, the army will begin to divide one into three parts tomorrow. One will be led by Zhang Ying, who will lead 15000 soldiers, 10000 guards and 5000 people in the army, plus 3000 captured by Cao Cao''s army. They will attack north and capture the cities of Jiyin north of Dingtao.Huang Wudi led his 15000 troops and the same number of guards, civil servants and prisoners to attack the south. He captured the cities of Chengwu and Danfu. After he captured the cities of Jiyin, he continued to move southward and captured all the cities of the state of Liang.


    In this way, it will basically take more than a month. By that time, Huang Zhong''s two armies should have occupied the cities of Qiaojun. By then, they will send troops to peiguoshanyang. If Cao Cao''s forces can be suppressed in Xuzhou, Qingzhou and the east of Yanzhou within this year, it will have reached the expectation of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Two army leaders went out to fight, and Huangfu Chaobo led the guards to defend Dingtao, staring at the elite movements of Cao Cao''s army in Changyi.


    When Huangfu Chaobo began to arrange the troops to attack on both sides, the war in Qingzhou became more and more fierce. Cao Cao made a single bet and almost transferred all the elite soldiers from the counties in the east of Yanzhou and Qingzhou. Now almost all of these counties are newly recruited soldiers. In a few days, under the county seat, Cao Cao''s reinforcements arrived almost every day, which increased the pressure on the soldiers in the county, and the war between the two sides became increasingly fierce.

 Chapter 1021

    At the end of the day''s war, all the generals came to discuss the affairs.


    Above the throne, Cheng Huan, the Prime Minister of the state, also looked at the people with a look of smoke and exhaustion: "gentlemen, the attack of XiaHouYuan Department of Cao Cao''s army has been strengthened day by day, but the pressure on Shangju county will be even greater in the next period of time. According to the order from the general, the population of Beihai and Donglai counties will move to Longhua as far as possible, and the county where they are located must contain XiaHouYuan''s army for a longer time . The longer it takes, the better the migration will be. "


    Yesterday afternoon, Ju county received an order from Huangfu Chaobo, asking the two counties to do a good job in the relocation of soldiers, craftsmen, officials and their families. Of course, if ordinary people are willing to move, they can also go to the two port cities to wait for the boat to go north. Then Cheng Huan arranged messengers to convey the order to the following counties, and the cities immediately began to prepare.


    As Lu Su said, Qingzhou was originally a place with few land and many people, so when he heard the news that after arriving in Longhua, each household divided the land according to Ding, and each household was allotted cattle and sheep, some of the complaints that still existed in the hearts of the people suddenly disappeared. For the people, if they have farmland and cattle to help them, they will be happy to survive. What''s more, general Zhengdong promised that the newly reclaimed land in Longhua will be rent free for three years. In this way, people''s interest will be even greater.


    As a matter of fact, Huangfu Chaobo''s current move was made by these soldiers, craftsmen and officials who were paid under the rule of the Zhengdong army. These people would agree to move even if they did not take measures to divide the land and cattle. However, the effect of forced move and active cooperation in move is completely different.


    The most obvious contrast is that after the preparation last night, today alone, nearly 40000 people from Xiami and Duchang have arrived in Shuanghe city. Shuanghe City, which was informed in advance, immediately arranged for them to settle at the wharf, and then waited for a boat to go directly to leting. In addition to half of them were soldiers, craftsmen and their families, nearly half of them were ordinary people and their families in the city.


    This is just the first day. Other counties far away have just started to move. After all, they are far away from each other, and it will take several days to get on the road, so they should be more prepared. However, according to the feedback from the cities, the average number of population migration in each county should not be less than 20000. If this is calculated, there are more than 500000 people in the two counties of Qingzhou.


    This is only the initial number, people have blind obedience, once these people leave, there will certainly be ordinary people continue to leave the county, to the two ports. At that time, the number of people who will migrate will probably exceed 700000. You know, the population of Beihai and Donglai counties will be only 1.56 million. In this way, half of them will be removed.


    This result makes everyone happy, but unfortunately, there are more than 100000 people in the drama County, now it is impossible to move out.


    "General Xu, general Wu''an, it''s useless for ten thousand cavalry to stay in the city. Why don''t you send them out to protect the people?" Chang Shi Chen Rong suddenly asked;


    Xu Rong and wu''anguo were also in a daze. Yes, there are tens of thousands of soldiers in the city now. If you want to defend the city, you don''t need these ten thousand cavalry for a while and a half. It''s better to send them out to protect the migrating people. Secondly, the ten thousand cavalry cruising outside can better contain Xia Houyuan''s siege army.


    They looked at each other and nodded in agreement.


    Chen Rong was overjoyed and got up to express his thanks to them.


    Cheng Huan suddenly said: "in addition to cavalry, I think we need to send someone to the two cities to coordinate and arrange this matter. According to my intention, why don''t you ask Chen Changshi to go to Shuanghe city?"


    Lou GUI also said: "Cheng Guoxiang''s words are very good. It''s not only that people need to be dealt with in terms of personnel placement. After all, people need to be arranged in more than ten counties, but also taxi drivers need to be coordinated. With the ability and prestige of the county magistrate and county captain of the two cities, they can not shoulder this heavy responsibility. Therefore, Chen Changshi has a great responsibility. Please try your best to arrange the relocation. "


    Seeing this, Chen Rong quickly bowed to him and said, "I''ll live up to my trust."


    After the relocation of the people was properly arranged, the people turned their attention to the current war. It seems that Xia Houyuan has been ordered by Cao Cao. After arriving at Ju county, he made an all-out effort to attack the city. Especially in recent days, he has been constantly assisted, and the attack is even more restrained than before.


    "General Xu, how is the war going today?" Cheng Huan turns to Xu Rong and asks, because Xu Rong is in charge of the whole battle of guarding the city, so Cheng Huan has such a question.


    "Today''s war is fierce, and the number of casualties is about 1000."


    "General Xu and Mr. Lou will be responsible for the war, and our officers will be responsible for the treatment and arrangement of the civilians and wounded soldiers in the city. They will not be distracted."


    "Thank you so much, Prime Minister!"


    "How can I thank you for serving as a general. It''s just a pity that it''s the place of two counties in Qingzhou! " Cheng Huan finished with another sigh.


    An official nearby said: "if we defend with all our strength, we should be able to defend the two counties. Why, Lord?"


    "This time we can hold on, what about next time? There were no reinforcements outside the two counties of Qingzhou. They could hold on for a while, but they could not hold on for a lifetime. If you want to really hold Qingzhou, unless Yanzhou is under control, there is no barrier in the middle, otherwise Lou GUI sighs, in fact, they don''t want to give up Qingzhou.Lou GUI''s words made everyone ponder. After a long time, Cheng Huan said: "it''s useless to think more. Although we have to give up these two counties today, we believe that one day we will regain them. Now the most important thing is to complete the task of relocating the people. At the same time, people in the city also need to prepare for the relocation quietly. Once things are not slack, how much can we go With the help of 10000 cavalry, I believe many people can be moved. "


    As soon as everyone agreed, they left the prime minister''s office and went back to their own business. As for the evacuation, only a few people in the city knew about it.


    After all the officials and generals left, Cheng Huan sent a pigeon letter to Chen Liu and Wang Xiu, the governor of Donglai. For a long time, although Kong Rong was the governor of Qingzhou, Kong Rong basically stayed in Luoyang. The affairs of Qingzhou were basically handled by two prime ministers and the governor. Among them, Cheng Huan was the main one and Wang Xiu was the auxiliary one, Unless the general''s office directly orders Donglai, it is basically conveyed by Cheng Huan.


    This time, Cheng Huan was also informed of the order to move. After he discussed with Lou GUI and Xu Rong, it was conveyed to Wang Xiu and the cities under the rule of Beihai. As for the cities under the rule of Donglai, of course, Wang Xiu was responsible for it.

 Chapter 1022

    In Dingtao City, normal order has long been restored. Now there are only more than 10000 guards, thousands of guards and thousands of wounded soldiers in the city. After Cao Cao''s army retreated, Zhang Ying and Huang Wudi began to sweep the cities of Jiyin from south to north. In order to prevent the strong city from being attacked for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo specially sent the digging troops of Dugu brothers to accompany them.


    However, many people of Huangfu Chaobo think that there should be no need to excavate the army to attack these counties. Basically, there are less than 2000 soldiers in the counties under the rule of Jiyin, and hundreds of them are new recruits. Today, under Cao Cao''s rule, most of the counties are garrisoned by new recruits, except for several important counties where elite troops are stationed.


    After the two armies left, Huangfu Chaobo was not able to spare time either. Because Shi a had established the contact point of Dingtao''s shadow guard, pigeon letters from all over the country began to be sent in an endless stream, especially for Luoyang''s government affairs. Xu Shu, who could not deal with it, immediately sent it to Huangfu Chaobo through pigeon letters.


    This day, after dealing with the government affairs, Huangfu Chaobo was just about to have a rest when his player communicator rang. When he opened it, it was Zhao Zilong. Huangfu Chaobo was surprised that Zhao Zilong was looking for himself at this time, so he quickly connected the communication.


    As soon as he got through, Zhao Zilong said, "boss, I can finally get through to your old man''s communication."


    "What''s the matter? No, didn''t Lu Bu go to your trouble? Isn''t that his character? " Huangfu Chaobo was surprised and said, "how can it be?" Zhao Zilong said with a wry smile: "we just had a big fight. It took nearly half a month for Lv Bu''s army to retreat yesterday."


    Later, he began to tell Huangfu Chaobo about this period of time.


    After the beginning of spring, Lv Bu''s Army started to set out. Fortunately, spring in Bingzhou came late. It was not until the middle of February that the heavy snow began to melt. By the time Lv Bu led his army to the foot of Fuyuan City, it was March 16.


    After a day''s rest, Lu Bu''s army began to attack Fuyuan. Fortunately, with nearly a year''s preparation time, the city has become an ordinary small city. At least the defense level of the city wall has reached the level of the middle city. In addition, the army defeated Lv Bu''s army last year, so the soldiers were not afraid of Lv Bu''s being close to him.


    After more than ten days of fighting, Lu Bu''s army has never been able to take down Fuyuan. After more than ten days of continuous attacks, the army has been very tired. In addition, it has lost a lot of soldiers. The snow is hard and the road is muddy. As a result, it is difficult for the army to supply food. In desperation, Lu Bu has to lead the army to retreat ten miles and set up camp. Prepare to wait for the weather to be better, and then send troops to attack.


    Zhao Zilong is taking advantage of this gap to find Huangfu Chaobo, want to find him for an idea.


    Originally, Zhao Zilong wanted Huangfu Chaobo to help as a lobbyist, but as soon as he said that, he was denied by Huangfu Chaobo. The relationship between LV Bujun and Zhengdong army was not so good. Sooner or later, there would be a war between the two families. I believe that all the people in the Chen palace were already on guard against the Zhengdong army. If Huangfu Chaobo came out again, I''m afraid it would be better for them to come back.


    According to Guo Jia''s opinions, it''s better for them to be led by Xiake. After all, we all know that Xiake left Bingzhou because of Huangfu''s great talent. It''s natural that the relationship between the two sides is not good. In this way, LV Bujun''s defensive mind should be relieved.


    Like Zhao Zilong, don''t show too good relationship with the eastern expedition army, and then show that you are willing to bow to LV Bujun. Another thing is to send someone to bribe Lv Bu''s trusted generals, such as Wei Xu, to help them persuade Lv Bu. With all these efforts, we should be able to succeed.


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, if Zhao Zilong didn''t think about it, he quickly understood what he meant and nodded. Then Zhao Zilong asked about the current situation of Huangfu Chaobo''s army. This was the end of the communication.


    After finishing the communication, Zhao Zilong quickly recruited a few Xiake and relayed Huangfu Chaobo''s words. They all felt reasonable. Originally, everything was going on step by step. The reason why Zhao Zilong was asked to go to Huangfu Chaobo was that he hoped to find Lv Bu again through him. Now after listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, he simply gave up the idea.


    Making friends with Wei Xu was already in operation last year. Now the news from Taiyuan is that Wei Xu is coming to Lvbu army in the name of escorting grain and grass. The person sent by the Xiake promised that Wei Xu only needed his help to make it happen. In addition to the large amount of property he sent a year ago, there was also a thank-you fee after it was completed. Therefore, Wei Xu was very interested in this matter. In his opinion, it was not a big problem whether Wuyuan and Shuofang counties belonged to Lv Bu. Lv Bu didn''t care about these sites. He just needed to pay the taxes that Bingzhou deserved on time every month All right.


    You know, although Wuyuan and Shuofang counties have been returned to the rule of the Han Dynasty, they did not submit taxes to the governor''s office in Bingzhou, but collected them directly together with the taxes of the court. This is what Lv Bu valued most.


    Just like the Yunzhong and Dingxiang counties recovered a few years ago, each county has only tens of thousands of people, which is not as large as the Shangxian County in Taiyuan. Therefore, Lu Bu has lost interest in these places. The main reason for his personal expedition to Wuyuan this time is that he can''t afford to lose face.This is also the reason why Wei Xu dares to accept so much property from the Xiake and promise them something, so after getting the promise from the Xiake, Wei Xu can''t wait to go to the cloud with the logistics team carrying food and grass.


    A few days later, Wei Xu arrived at Lv Bu''s army. After learning that Lv Bu himself had no choice but to withdraw, Wei Xu knew that his chance had come. After giving the logistics team to the camp logistics officer, Wei Xu went to the Chinese Army''s tent to see Lv Bu.


    "General!" When Wei Xu saw Lv Bu, Lv Bu was still angry, but he could not attack the city with his own strength or cavalry.


    Lu Bu is known as the number one in the world, and the cavalry is also unparalleled in the world, but the cavalry can''t run up to the wall. After Lu Bu attacked the city wall, although he killed all sides, he escaped from the city in a mess in the face of the care of thousands of crossbow soldiers.


    Seeing the arrival of Wei Xu, Lu Bu felt very strange and said, "Why are you here?"


    "General, after hearing that the war is not going well, the general has been thinking about a problem and is puzzled. So he decided to come and have a look and ask the general to talk to him." Wei Xudao;


    "what''s the matter?" Lu Bu is surprised that you don''t know why you want to ask Chen Gong. It''s only because Wei Xu is his brother-in-law that he has patience to ask himself

 Chapter 1023

    Wei Xu couldn''t hear the impatience in Lu Bu''s tone, but he didn''t care at all. He said: "the general has been thinking that Yunzhong and Dingxiang are in the hands of Hu people. We need to take them back. It''s just that these two counties are too bad. Dingkou, a county, is not as good as Taiyuan. Oh, yes, we can raise this horse here."


    "If we only raise horses, the land of these two counties will be enough for our army to use, but there is no shortage of these army officials. Think about the fact that there are not many generals in Bingzhou, but they are still wasted in this wasteland. What a waste. But Wuyuan and Shuofang are now in the hands of our Han family''s son lang. why do we have to spare no effort to grab them? "


    Lu Bu replied: "I know that Wuyuan and the two counties are also sparsely populated, but Mr. Chen is right. Although there are not many people in the two counties, they can still provide us with some taxes."


    Wei Xu pretended to be surprised and said: "if it''s just to pay taxes for these permits, why fight? Send someone to say that they can come to lower taxes. The general can promise to admit that they have the two counties, and then let them pay taxes on time


    Wei Xu''s words brightened Lv Bu''s eyes. He just felt that he had lost face and let them go. He couldn''t let his face go. With hesitation, Wei continued: "of course, in addition to these, they resisted the Imperial Army and led to the loss of some soldiers and horses in our Bingzhou army. These must be punished. Otherwise, people''s anger will not be leveled. If the general does his best, they will be destroyed."


    Then, Wei Xu gave Lv Bu some comparisons between occupation and surrender, and finally convinced Lv Bu reluctantly. Just then, Chen Gong came in, just heard what Wei Xu said, and said thoughtfully: "general Wei''s words are reasonable, general. Recently, the palace is also thinking about it. If it can really be as general Wei said, let the two counties fall without fighting, it will be impossible It''s just who can be an envoy? "


    Wei continued to listen and said with great joy: "don''t worry, general. You have never met Shuofang''s Xiake. If you don''t go, you should be able to persuade them to come down. You just need the general to acknowledge their control over the two counties."


    Lv Bu was finally convinced by them, so he agreed to Wei Xu''s request and asked him to send an envoy to juanyang to discuss the matter with Zhao Zilong and Xiake.


    Three days later, Wei Xu went back to the army with a red face and reported the result of his trip to Lv Bu. The two strange eunuchs said they were willing to surrender. Of course, the conditions were just what Wei Xu said at the beginning. Lv Bu got face and they got inside. To Lu Bu''s delight, thousands of soldiers captured last year were returned with good food and drink, as well as their weapons and equipment.


    Together with the two families returned to the dead and wounded soldiers compensation, so that Lu Bu is more satisfied. Originally, there was such a precedent in the Central Plains, so Lu Bu didn''t reject it. What made him more satisfied was that he didn''t use it to manage these two places, but there were many taxes and so on.


    Two days later, Xiake and Zhao Zilong arrived at Lvbu camp. This time, they came to see Lvbu as the following subordinates. Secondly, they also brought money and supplies for Lvbu. So far, chivalrous and Zhao Zilong two people''s Taishou seat is finally saved.


    At this time, progress was also made in the war of the expeditionary army.


    Well, in fact, it should be inappropriate to use the word "progress". We can only say that progress has been made on the western front. On the fourth day after the fall of Dingtao City, Huang Zhong''s troops also used the tunnel to invade the outer city of Qiao County. Although Cao Cao sent people to Qiao County to try to break into the city to remind Cao Hong, they were all intercepted outside the city by Huang Zhong''s cavalry.


    After entering the city, Cao Hong led his troops to retreat into the inner city and continue to defend. After two days, he had no choice but to abandon the city and escape. In the end, less than 2000 of the 30000 troops escaped with Cao Hong and retreated into Pengcheng to join LV Qian. Cao Jing, the commander of Cao Cao''s military camp, and the captains of Qiao County were all killed. Cao Hong was also seriously injured and comatose when he retreated to Pengcheng.


    After that, Huang Zhong led 50000 troops to attack peiguo. Five days later, Huang Zhong captured Xiang county. So far, all the counties in Yuzhou fell into the hands of Zhengdong army.


    At the same time, Zhang Ying and Huang Wudi have all taken the cities of Liang state and Jiyin and returned to Dingtao city to make preparations for the next round of war.


    Contrary to the situation on the western front, the war in Qingzhou was not so serious. After more than ten days, Ju county was finally conquered by the army of Xia Houyuan. Tens of thousands of garrison troops, except 10000 cavalry soldiers, had been cruising outside, but less than 6000 troops were evacuated. Fortunately, with 10000 cavalry soldiers, Xu Rong was able to escort more than 20000 family members to leave Ju county and return to Shuanghe city.


    However, Xia Houyuan''s 100000 troops lost 50000 or 60000 people. Otherwise, he would not allow 20000 or 30000 people to withdraw from the city. What''s more, Xia Houyuan felt that the soldiers in the county and city were the elite of the expeditionary army. If the tens of thousands of troops in the county and city were not in the first World War, the expeditionary army would not have much combat power. Therefore, no matter where they withdrew, they would not be able to fight, You can''t escape from the palm of your hand.


    There is still more than half a month left in the flood season of the river. Xia Houyuan believes that he can take the whole Qingzhou in this time, but he didn''t expect that the expeditionary army can''t take the people away by the river, but it can transport them away by the sea. By the time he found out this, nearly half of the population of Qingzhou had been evacuated.At the same time, ten thousand cavalry of Donglai were also cruising outside, closely watching the two armies of yelaixiang and Cao Charlie, which invaded the north, so that the idea of dividing the two armies could not be implemented. They had to attack in groups. In more than ten days, they only captured a county in Yi''an, while Donglai and Beihai, which were close to Qingdao, were wantonly transferring people. In more than ten days, more than 100000 people and tens of thousands of taxi soldiers gathered in Qingdao.


    Today''s two port cities are full of people. Fortunately, the fleets of the two ports are ready. Now the first group of people with more than 10000 people can set out for Youzhou. Although the first group has a small population, their task is to rush to the young people of Youzhou first. When they pass, they will be ready together with the local people The basic needs of the follow-up public housing materials.


    It is estimated that the whole immigration period will last for about half a year. After half a year, there will be only about 20000 soldiers and thousands of sailors left in the two port cities. In addition to the craftsmen of the port docks and some of their families, there will be only about 50000 people here.

 Chapter 1024

    In Shanyang County, Yanzhou City, Cao Cao''s FeiTing Marquis''s residence, Cao Cao''s face was very black and blue, and he was gathering people to discuss affairs step by step. It was because he didn''t expect that the Yuzhou army had become the eastern expedition army, which led to the loss of four counties, especially Qiao County. But in that year, he started a big county with more than ten counties and a population of more than one million.


    In addition, Pei, Liang and Jiyin counties have four counties with more than 40 cities and a population of more than 2 million. You should know that Cao Cao has only 18 counties with less than two hundred cities and a population of more than 8 million. After more than a month, he has lost nearly 30000. Although Xia Houyuan was confident that he would take both Qingzhou and Yuzhou in one month, how could Qingzhou and Yuzhou compare.


    What''s more, he has lost 70000 elite troops, but the loss of the eastern army is not big, so the war on the western front will be more difficult.


    One of the things that made Cao Cao even more uncomfortable was that sun Qijun in the South was attacking himself desperately. In the past month, he had captured the cities of Jiujiang, and now he had invaded the territory of xiapi. Fortunately, sun CE''s troops were not enough, and his territory in Jiangdong was not stable. Under the attack of xiapi Xiangman Pang, he had blocked tens of thousands of his troops to the south of Tongguo county.


    At this time, Cao Cao understood what it was like to be attacked on all sides. He needed troops everywhere, but he had only tens of thousands of elite troops on hand, so he did not dare to send them out. Fortunately, up to now, Pengcheng Prime Minister Lu Qian has assembled tens of thousands of troops and is waiting in Pengcheng. In addition to man Pang and Cao Ren, the war situation in the three prefectures of Xuzhou should be basically stable.


    In fact, Cao Cao didn''t know that he was. The war potential of the expeditionary army had been brought into full play. He had captured dozens of cities in the four counties. Although nearly 300000 of the expeditionary army had only lost about 30% of its troops, after the capture of dozens of cities, Yan Sheng had diluted the troops in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands and almost assigned all the guards in his hands, that is to say In this way, there are not many garrisons in each city. There are about 2000 garrisons in important cities, but only a thousand garrisons in general cities.


    In addition, several counties and cities need soldiers stationed in two or three schools, so at this time, only less than 100000 soldiers can be dispatched by Huangfu Chaobo. If we insist, there are tens of thousands of civilians and prisoners.


    After introducing the current situation to everyone, Cao Cao said in a deep voice, "all of you, tell me what to do in the next war?"


    "Father, I don''t think we have enough troops, so I should order us to recruit again and step up training, otherwise Cao ang said at first;


    "Wen Ruo, what''s the situation of the conscription of the cities under his rule?" Cao Cao nodded and looked at Xun Dao beside him;


    "report back to the Lord, the city leaders and generals have reported the recruitment situation, which has reached the scale of 2000 people."


    "Go on and increase the number of soldiers and horses in each city to 3000. No, 4000." Cao Cao shook his head and waved his hand.


    "but Lord..." Xun Yu said hastily, "in terms of the current situation of our army, 3000 people are already the limit. If each city increases by 2000 people, there are 140 cities under its rule, that is 300000 troops, which will not be able to support."


    But Cao Cao waved to stop Xun Yu''s words and said, "let''s go through this pass first."


    Xun Yu was speechless, so he had to retreat in silence. Yes, if he was driven out of Yanzhou by the East army, what''s the benefit of leaving more money and food? However, there are nearly 300000 new troops added. In terms of Cao Cao''s current situation, he will be dragged across by the army in less than a year. But if we don''t recruit soldiers, all these cities will be lost. In time, Cao Cao Jun will be a lost dog.


    "Give orders to Zixiao and Zilian to keep the three counties of Xuzhou. If they can drive sun Qijun out of xiapi, it''s best. If they can''t, at least they should keep the richest place in Xuzhou to the north of Xiaxiang."


    After a little meditation, Cao Cao continued: "give yuan rang an order, let him guard Dongjun no matter what. Let him not care about the battle of Shanyang. If I lose, let him guard Dongjun and Dongping. If I win, let him fight Puyang as far as possible. Then send someone to miaocai for a month. If someone gives him a month, he must occupy Qingzhou and then lead the troops back to the West. "


    Just when Cao Cao recruited generals and counselors to discuss countermeasures, Huangfu Chaobo was also worried. After more than a month, he had captured dozens of cities in Cao Cao''s four prefectures. However, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly found that he had no soldiers in his hands, and three hundred thousand troops were sent out in all directions. In only a month, he could use only one hundred thousand soldiers However, all the rest were sent to the newly occupied cities for defense.


    Nowadays, there are no fewer soldiers in Zhucheng of Henan. Otherwise, in case of any emergency, there will be no soldiers available.


    Therefore, after discussing with the three counsellors, Huangfu Chaobo had to order that Huang Zhong led the 30000 troops of Shenwu camp in Runan to defend Pei, Qiaojun and Liang, and the Li troops of Huangfu went north to Shanyang to participate in the battle of Changyi together with the troops of Huangfu Chaobo.On April 8, the Li army of Huangfu arrived at Shan Fu. After a day''s rest, they began to send troops to defend the eastern county. On the same day, Huangfu Chaobo left behind two schools of soldiers and 20000 guards to defend Dingtao. He personally led the guards, 10000 soldiers of huangwudi department and 20000 soldiers of Zhangying department, accompanied by 10000 guards, 10000 Minfu and 10000 Caocao soldiers. A total of 80000 troops crossed Jishui and left Changyi all the way East.


    Two days later, the army arrived at the foot of Changyi city. After arriving at Changyi, the army did not attack the city immediately. Instead, it planted a strong camp in the west of Changyi city while waiting for the arrival of Huangfu Li army in the south.


    Like Dingtao City, Changyi city was built by Jishui. However, Dingtao is located in the north of Jishui, while Changyi is located in the south. Changyi city is about ten li long and wide, with a height of four Zhang, a bottom width of six Zhang and a top width of more than three or four Zhang. Except for the six Zhang high turrets at the four corners of the city wall, the defense at the head of the city is much tighter than that of Dingtao city. There are horse faces every hundred steps along the city wall, and there are sheep and horse walls behind the moat outside the city.


    In addition to these, the news from the front of the shadow guard shows that there is an urn city in the South Gate of Changyi, and there is a stronger inner city in the city, which is a double wall pattern of Hui character.

 Chapter 1025

    In addition to the tight defense facilities, there are 40000 Chinese soldiers of Cao Cao''s army and 40000 soldiers of prefectures in Changyi.


    It can be said that without the 50000 troops of the Li Department of Huangfu, there was no need for Huangfu Chaobo to send troops to Changyi. Of course, with these troops alone, Huangfu Chaobo was not sure that he could capture Changyi, because in fact, there were only 80000 soldiers and 20000 guards in these troops, followed by 15000 civilians and 15000 Cao Cao Army prisoners.


    In fact, there was no advantage in attacking the city with such forces. However, Huangfu Chaobo once again dispatched 40000 garrison troops from Chenliu and the three counties of Yuzhou to support. With these garrison troops, Huangfu Chaobo''s forces were barely twice that of the garrison in Changyi City, which was basically certain.


    According to Huangfu Chaobo''s idea, after a period of time, as soon as the flood season is over, 50000 to 80000 troops will be transferred from Hebei, and then it will be no problem to capture Changyi city.


    In the Chinese Army''s tent in the west of Changyi City, Huangfu Chaobo sat on the throne and looked at the following people: "the army has already set up a camp. Is there any news from general Huangfu Li''s headquarters?"


    Guo Jia said: "there was a kuaimai newspaper early this morning. The army has begun to attack Fangdong county. It is estimated that it will take two or three days."


    "Is there any news from Hebei? How is the army getting ready? "


    "General Zhao Yun''s Flying Pigeon rumor says that the 50000 troops collected by Hebei Province have begun to gather in Liyang. Once the flood season of the river is over, they can arrange to cross the river, go ashore from Baima port, and then come all the way south to join the army in Changyi."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and fell into meditation. It''s not impossible for Hebei''s reinforcements to rush to Qingzhou for rescue. It''s just that the number of 50000 troops is too small. But if these 50000 troops are put into Yanzhou battlefield, the chance of victory will be much better. So after repeated discussions, several people decided to abandon the two counties of Qingzhou for the time being and try their best to capture the counties of Yanzhou If it''s duizi, then add more.


    According to the original document, he led the troops under the Changyi city to contain the main force of Cao Cao''s army. The Li troops of Huangfu first attacked Fangdong and Dongluo, in order to cut off the reinforcements from the southeast of Changyi City, and then joined the forces to attack the city. Of course, Huangfu''s Chaobo army was not idle when it arrived at the foot of Changyi city. More than 10000 civilians and more than 10000 prisoners could do a lot of preparatory work in the early stage of the war.


    For example, the burying of moats, the preparation of siege equipment, and the excavation of tunnels can be carried out first. After the arrival of the Li troops of Huangfu, the siege will begin. At that time, the 50000 troops of Hebei should be arriving soon. After the arrival of the 50000 troops, the siege will be launched on a large scale.


    Of course, if Cao Cao suddenly went out of the city to fight during this period of time, Huangfu Chaobo would be more than happy. You know, there are 60000 soldiers around him, not to mention 17000 special arms which are more elite than ordinary soldiers. Although he has the strength to attack the city, he is not afraid of anyone in the field.


    However, we all believe that Cao Cao would not do such a mindless thing, but the relevant preparations still need to be done. After the camp was set up, 15000 cavalry went back and forth for 20 miles around Changyi, staring at the movement of Changyi city. The Golden Eagle also went out to the sky every other hour. Once a large number of troops approached, it would not take a moment Zhong Huangfu will get the news.


    "From tomorrow, we should be ready for the attack. Dugu Ba and Dugu Tian will start to look for a place suitable for digging tunnels tomorrow. This time, we don''t have to be in such a hurry. We will have more time. Moreover, Cao Cao Jun in the city will certainly be ready, so we can dig more tunnels, even if it doesn''t work in the end."


    "Another thing is that from tomorrow, we will arrange the craftsmen to start making a large number of siege equipment, so that the prisoners can use it, and the siege channel for burying the moat should also start. All these things must be done well before the army of Li Department of Huangfu arrives."


    When they heard this, they all agreed.


    Dozens of miles to the south of Changyi, Fangdong county is the southernmost County of Shanyang County, less than 20 miles away from Danfu County of Jiyin county. Although the city is not big, it is the only way to the north of Changyi. If we don''t attack this city, the army of huangfuli can only make a detour to the north, so all the way to the north, huangfuli must attack this city first.


    At this time, the 50, 000 troops of the Li Department of Huangfu had already arrived at the Fangdong city. In the Fangdong City, Cao Cao had originally arranged 5000 prefectures and soldiers. However, after Lou''s transfer, there were only two thousand old soldiers left. During this period of time, with the arrival of the two generals'' recruitment orders, two thousand new soldiers were recruited, but the longest one was less than one Within a month, the highest level was about level 25, which was more than ten levels lower than the elite soldiers of Li Department of Huangfu. Of course, this kind of taxi guard can barely be used.


    After arriving in Fangdong, huangfuli didn''t stop there much. He ordered to attack the city directly. After a day''s fighting, he captured the city. Then, the army had a rest in Fangdong for a night, leaving 1000 people to defend the county. After all the wounded soldiers were handed over to the soldiers guarding the city, they were escorted by 2000 prisoners, and the army continued to move toward Dongluo County in the northeast.


    Dongluo county is located more than 30 Li to the east of Changyi city. If it controls Dongluo, it will cut off the way for Cao Cao''s army to help Dongluo. If Cao Cao''s army wants to send troops to help Dongluo, unless it conquers Dongluo, it will have to help the north. In this way, the reinforcements will be more painful.Two days later, Dongluo county was also captured by Huangfu Li''s troops. This time, Huangfu Li left a total of 5000 soldiers to defend the city, 2000 soldiers and 3000 guards. Even in the face of tens of thousands of Cao Cao''s attacks, it could last at least three to five days. Once Cao Cao''s reinforcements were dragged under the city, without the protection of the city, tens of thousands of East conscription army barracks would be destroyed in a flash, and even completely annihilated under the city.


    After arranging the defense of Dongluo, Huangfu Li led the army to the foot of Changyi city and joined with Huangfu Chaobo.


    At the head of Changyi City, Cao Cao is leading the people to watch the situation of the East army outside the city. An hour ago, the general on duty at the head of the city sent someone to report that the East army was coming to the south. Cao Cao, who got the report, immediately led the people to the city and looked at the tens of thousands of troops slowly approaching in the south. The two main general flags were "general Huangfu of the right army of the Zhengdong army" and "General Wang Jianwei of the Zhengdong army". Next to them was a slightly smaller deputy general flag, "general Guan of the right area of the Zhengdong army". Next to them were the general flags of more than ten generals at all levels.

 Chapter 1026

    The people of Cao Cao''s army at the head of the city looked at the tens of thousands of troops under the city. There were many banners and soldiers. Everyone knew that Cao Cao''s army was another elite army.


    "Lord, if there is no mistake, they should be sent by the Zhengdong army to Yuzhou to reorganize two generals, huangfuli and Wang Ran. In this way, these two armies should be the two battalions of Yingchuan and Chen after reorganizing." Du Ji, who was in charge of intelligence, explained to Cao Cao and others;


    "it seems that Huangfu Chaobo left Huang Zhong''s Runan soldiers in Fujun and peiguo to defend our army in Xuzhou." Sima Yi said;


    after hearing the words, all the people nodded gently, but in this way, the eastern expedition army under Changyi city has reached 150000. Although there are 80000 troops in Changyi City, 20000 of them are ordinary soldiers, and 20000 of them are Changyi soldiers. Although they are slightly stronger than ordinary soldiers, they are only slightly stronger. The real reason is that there are many soldiers in Changyi city Only Cao Cao''s 40000 Chinese troops were elite, and 10000 of them could not be used to attack the city, so only 30000 Qingzhou soldiers were elite.


    And the camp of the eastern army outside the city has reached 80000. Such a big gap makes people feel uneasy.


    The reaction of all his subordinates fell to Cao Cao''s eyes. Although he was a little displeased, he had nothing to do with it. With a cold hum, he said, "the generals of Huangfu Chaobo are good at training. However, with his 100000 troops, he wants to take down Changyi city. It''s too fantastic. Can''t he really think that my 80000 troops are paper and clay?"


    "Yes," Ren Jun said in a loud voice, "my Lord, if he didn''t lose his army and lose his city, he would be able to support two or three months only by his tens of thousands of troops attacking Dingtao. Now my Lord is leading the army personally. According to xiongcheng, with these hundreds of thousands of troops alone, Huangfu Chaobo really can''t help Changyi city."


    All the generals were relieved to hear that, yes, they only need to defend properly for the benefit of the strong city. They are not afraid of the hundred thousand troops of Huangfu. It is difficult to see the city wall as nothing. For a while, the morale has risen a lot.


    Seeing this, he nodded in his heart. Although Ren Jun lost his Ding Tao, it was not the crime of war. He didn''t see Cao Hong and didn''t keep it. In fact, after understanding the detailed process of the whole war, Cao Cao knew that even he might catch the way of Huangfu''s Chaobo, so he just gave a few words of reprimand and ended up with nothing.


    "Well, everyone, since their reinforcements have come, they should attack the city soon. Let''s go back and get ready." Cao Cao waved to the crowd and said, with that, he left the city wall without looking back and returned to his mansion.


    Huangfu Chaobo is meeting with the generals of Huangfu Li and his party in the camp of the East army in the west of Changyi city. He still likes his two brothers. Although they are all Chinese, there is no place for them to excel in either military operations or politics, one thing he has done well is to be good at speaking up, just like Huangfu Li this time He led the army to battle. He had a long experience in battle with huangfuli, but he was able to listen to the advice of Lu Ling, who went to battle with the army for the first time. That''s why he won a big victory.


    "Elder brother, you are quite famous in this battle?" Huang Fu Chao Bo said to Huang Fu Li with a smile;


    Huang Fu Li bowed down and said, "it all depends on his lord Hong Fu. With Lu Zhongying''s ingenious plan and his soldiers'' hard work, he can easily win the state of Liang for his Lord. Li really dares not to take credit."


    Huangfu was in a panic for a while. In his current position, it seems that no one dares to be as usual in front of him except Pang Tong and Guo Jia. Maybe this is the helplessness of the superior. Huangfu Li''s reply made Huangfu Chaobo lose the mood of joking with them in a moment. After his mood was restrained, Huangfu Chaobo discussed the next war with the generals.


    In the early morning of the 15th, the siege of Changyi city officially began. As both sides expected, the war was in a state of anxiety at the beginning. Although the eastern expedition army did not break through the defense of the city quickly, the loss of Cao Cao''s ordinary soldiers was not small. The two sides fought fiercely on the city.


    On the 20th, after a day of fierce fighting, the eastern army withdrew again and returned to the camp. After a few days of fighting, both sides suffered losses. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had got the news that the flood season of the river was about to pass and the water would be calm in the near future. He was in a good mood. I didn''t expect that as soon as I stepped into my own Chinese army tent, I heard a system prompt sound.


    "System news, there is a conflict between Gongsun Zan and Yuan Shao. Gongsun Zan led the invasion of Jizhou, and war broke out in Jieqiao!"


    "Hold the grass!" The system news made Huangfu Chaobo dumbfounded in an instant, and it took him a long time to wake up. Then he uttered a rude remark: "Wo RI Ni Ma, shouldn''t the battle of boundary bridge break out in 191? Now it''s 197. Six or seven years have passed. Why did it suddenly break out at this juncture? I''m not afraid of God like opponents, but I''m afraid of pig like teammates


    "Come on, I''ll see you at once!" Huangfu Chaobo took off his helmet, fell to the ground, walked quickly to the tent, and yelled the order;


    all the people with him looked at his master with a blank face. They didn''t know why he was so angry.For a moment, Shi a walked quickly to the tent and said, "my Lord calls the last general. I don''t know what to say?"


    "Why did Gongsun Zan''s army suddenly run to Jieqiao?" Huangfu Chaobo said, "isn''t he sending troops to attack Zhongshan state? Why did you suddenly come to the south of Julu hundreds of miles away? "


    Shi a was also shocked, but Guo Jia was quick to respond. He soon remembered a piece of information from Shi a in early March. Gongsun Zan had sent 30000 cavalry and 20000 infantry to attack the Zhongshan state of Yuan Shaojun. Among the 30000 cavalry, 20000 white horse Yicong and 10000 ordinary cavalry reported to Huangfu Chaobo by themselves at that time. At that time, everyone didn''t think much of it. The battle between Gongsun Zan and Yuan Shao was expected by the army. Now hearing the meaning of Huangfu''s Chaobo, Gongsun Zan has invaded the hinterland of Yuan Shaojun in more than a month, and is close to his own territory, Handan city.


    "The Lord means Gongsun Zan has been less than 200 miles north of Handan?" Guo Jia asked;


    Huangfu nodded his head with an iron face. Guo Jia ran said, "when did Gongsun Zan''s troops become so strong and Yuan Shaojun''s troops become so weak?"

 Chapter 1027

    Guo Jia''s words made Huangfu Chaobo feel awe struck. Yes, when did Yuan Shao''s army become so vulnerable that Gongsun Zan''s 30000 cavalry troops and 20000 soldiers killed hundreds of miles in the hinterland. Even with the Heishan army on the side, it was impossible to do so. What''s more, the Heishan army still has no flaws now.


    Gongsun Zan''s white horse righteousness was always strong, but his 20000 step soldiers, did Yuan Shao have no way to him? It''s not a small number for people to eat horses in a day. It took more than a month for their own 100000 troops to invade Cao Cao''s territory.


    With this in mind, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help changing his face. He gave a loud order: "come on, order General Zhao Yun, and quickly lead the cavalry north to meet Gongsun Zan''s army."


    Shi a is ready to take orders to leave, Guo Jia suddenly stopped: "Lord, wait a minute!"


    Seeing Huang Fu''s view of Chao Po Chao, Guo Jia said: "this is not enough. The Lord needs to be ready to fight yuan Shaojun. If Jia is not wrong, it must be yuan Shaojun''s plan to annihilate the 50000 elite soldiers, especially the 30000 cavalry soldiers."


    "In the view of filial piety, how to arrange it?"


    "Liyang''s 50000 troops can''t continue to cross the river. They have to go north to Ye County. If Gongsun Taishou loses this time, Yuan Shaojun will have no worries. It''s very likely that he will turn around and attack Wei County, so Wei county must be fully prepared."


    "How dare Yuan Shao fight on two fronts?" Huangfu Chaobo looked at Guo Jia in disbelief and asked;


    "now our army is in a fierce battle with Cao Cao''s army. If Yuan Shao''s army takes the opportunity to move westward, may the general send troops to cross the river for support?"


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo put out his hand and patted the case in front of him. He said angrily, "pig team mate, pig team mate! Gongsun Zan, your head is caught in the door. If you want to die, you have to drag me into the water! "


    "Lord, today''s plan, in addition to General Zhao of Wei Prefecture, the other two prefectures also need to be prepared. If Lv Bu''s army suddenly goes south, our army may be attacked on all sides." Pang Tong also said,


    "it''s good that we still have 50000 troops gathered in Liyang, and we haven''t gone south yet. Otherwise, if the Hebei war starts, these 50000 troops will probably be exhausted." Lu Su also said;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, NIMA, Lao Tzu finally reversed the situation, and was buried by this pig teammate. At the thought of this, Huangfu Chaobo was so angry that he almost vomited three liters of blood.


    If it is true that the enemy will be attacked on all sides at that time, maybe the four prefectures of Cao Cao that you eat will not be able to defend. Every time Yuan Shao took part in the war, Huangfu Chaobo felt frightened. It can be said that he never won anything good in his hands.


    Just then, Huangfu Chaobo thought that if Gongsun Zan''s army had fallen into Yuan Shao''s trap, would his reaction have been expected by Yuan Shao''s army? If so...


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help shivering. You know, there are so many counsellors and generals under Yuan Shao. Xu you, Xun Chen, Feng Ji, Guo Tu, Chen Lin, Shen Pei and Xin Ping are all the top counsellors in the Three Kingdoms period. In Wei County, he is the only one who can resist Yuan Shao''s attack?


    "Shiyuan," thought of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Pang Tong and said, "although there are Gonghe and Mr. Wei in the army, but Mr. Yuan is too upright, and Yuan Shao''s military advisers gathered. The so-called one person counts short, and two count long, so he decided to send Shiyuan to Weijun to help Gonghe fight against Yuan Shao."


    Guo Jia also nodded to agree: "the Lord is wise, the scholar yuan is good at scheming, and he and his husband are just the same. They complement each other."


    Pang Tong also came forward and said, "don''t worry, my Lord. I will go to Baima as soon as possible. I will go to Yecheng as soon as possible. I will guard the three counties of Hebei for my Lord."


    "Well, I will transfer another 1000 yuan soldiers and 1000 iron eagles to you to escort you to Hebei. The war in Hebei will be left to you and others! "


    After Pang Tong left, Huangfu Chaobo gave an order to Shi A: "Shi a, get in touch with Youzhou shadow guards immediately, let them contact Gongsun Yue, Gongsun fan and general Yan Gang to find out what''s going on. He also ordered the people of Qingzhou to speed up the transfer, and ordered General Huang Xu to step up the consolidation of armaments in Longhua and be ready to support them at any time Help Gongsun Zan


    Shi yingnuo turned around and left in a hurry. He had to arrive in Dingtao city overnight to send pigeon letters to the three counties of Hebei and Qingzhou. The two thousand guards in the barracks were ready. After dinner, he escorted Pang Tong to leave the barracks quietly and went north.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo was making emergency arrangements, Yuan Shao was also making final preparations in Julu City, Jizhou. Huangfu Chaobo did not guess wrong. This time, Yuan Shao really set a big trap for Gongsun Zan. Since Gongsun Zan''s troops in Jizhou, he has stepped into the trap carefully set by Yuan Shao.


    In the assembly hall of the prefect''s residence, Yuan Shaojun''s advisers and generals were all listed: "Yan Liang, Wen Chou, are the troops in place?"


    After hearing this, they immediately went out and said, "tell my Lord that all the troops are in place. Tomorrow Gongsun Zan''s army will step into the ambush circle of the army, and he will never return."Yuan Shao said with a smile: "Gongsun Zan Xiaoer, relying on his tens of thousands of excellent cavalry, does not pay attention to a certain family. Today, he will never come back."


    Then he ordered: "well, tomorrow''s war, the matter of facing the enemy will be handed over to general Ju''s first soldiers. They must annihilate his white horse Yi Cong in one fell swoop. When most of his cavalry are annihilated, general Yan and general Wen will lead 20000 soldiers to encircle from the two wings, and General Ma Yan and General Han Meng will lead 10000 cavalry to clear out Gongsun zanshi In the Japanese War, gongsunzan''s 50000 troops will be annihilated at Jieqiao, and his 30000 elite cavalry will be lost. What qualifications does gongsunzan have to show his power in front of this general? "


    "At the end of the day, the general will be ordered to annihilate the Youzhou army." All the generals named by Yuan Shao, especially Ju Yi, clamored to chop off Gongsun Zan''s head as a gift to Yuan Shao. However, they did not receive any response from Yuan Ying''s generals.


    Ju Yi is very proud of himself. When he was under Han Fu''s command, he didn''t get along well with his colleagues. After he surrendered to Yuan Shao, he even regarded himself as a meritorious official. He also had a bad relationship with Yuan Shao''s generals, and he was disrespectful to Yuan Shao several times. So this time, Yuan Shao used his first dead soldier as a positive opponent. On the one hand, it was the crossbow soldiers who restrained the cavalry, and on the other hand, he wanted to let the soldiers controlled by Ju Yi The horse was a little smaller to better control the recalcitrant general.

 Chapter 1028

    Yuan Shao, above the throne, looked at the reaction of his subordinates and nodded with satisfaction. Then he looked at the other generals and said, "General Zhu Han and general Jiang Yiqu would have given you 20000 soldiers and 10000 cavalry troops. If the expeditionary army has reinforcements, you must block them 50 miles south of the boundary bridge. You can''t have one soldier and one soldier going north to support them! If there is any mistake, I will not let it go! "


    "No!" Zhu Han and Jiang Yiqu rushed out to take orders.


    "Well, everyone, everything is ready. We only need Dongfeng. We will fight tomorrow. If we don''t retreat, we will kill the enemy! After this war, the war in Hebei will all fall into our control. It is now that we have made great achievements! " Above the theme, Yuan Shao''s righteous command said;


    for this war, they have planned for half a year, in order to annihilate Gongsun Zan''s tens of thousands of elite cavalry. In this way, the war in Hebei is under Yuan Shao''s control.


    "To die for the Lord!" In the early morning of the 21st, the north gate of dangyin city was opened with a roaring sound. Then five thousand Xiliang cavalry, led by general Hua Xiong, left the city and headed for ye city in the northeast direction. Last night, Hua Xiong received an order from Huangfu Chaobo that he should lead five thousand cavalry to Ye City to listen to Hou Zhaoyun''s dispatch Early in the morning, Huaxiong personally led 5000 Xiliang cavalry to Yecheng.


    Two hours later, the army finally arrived at the South Gate of Yecheng. Before sending anyone to report to the city, Huaxiong was stopped by Zhao Yun''s soldiers outside the gate. Then the army passed through the city and rushed to the camp outside the north gate.


    When he arrived at the camp, Zhao Yun had been waiting outside the camp. Before Hua Xiong asked, Zhao Yun said, "general Hua, immediately order the soldiers to rest for a quarter of an hour, and then change their horses. The army must start immediately."


    Hua Xiong was stunned. His army had been running for tens of miles, and now he had to take a rest for only a quarter of an hour. Looking at the camp, 5000 white horses and 5000 ordinary cavalry were already ready to go, and 20000 war horses were ready. He did not say any more. He gave an order: "come on, order the army to rest for a quarter of an hour, and change the war horses immediately. A quarter of an hour later Start at once. "


    Immediately, some soldiers went to convey his general''s orders, but he went to Zhao Yun and said, "General Zhao, what happened? Why are you so eager! "


    Zhao Yun led Hua Xiong to the gate of the camp and said: "the army of Mu Gong sun Zan of Youzhou has arrived in Ren county and Nanhe County, two hundred miles north of Ye County. The Lord suspected that the army of Mu Gong sun Zan had been trapped by Yuan Shao, so he ordered us to lead the cavalry to rescue."


    "Julu Nanhe? Why did Gongsun Zan army come here? It''s hundreds of miles away from Youzhou? Did Gongsun Zan eat bear heart and leopard gall? Unexpectedly ran to Yuan Shaojun''s hinterland? Is it just cavalry? " Hua Xiong has lived in Hanoi for a long time. He has not dealt with Yuan Shaojun once or twice. He knows that Yuan Shaojun is very powerful. When he heard that Gongsun Zan''s army came to the hinterland of Hebei Province, he was so surprised that he could lay several eggs in his mouth at a time.


    Zhao Yun shook his head: "no, 30000 cavalry, 20000 soldiers!"


    "Bah, does Gongsun Zan have a brain? Leading 20000 soldiers to come here


    "My Lord, after the battle of Youzhou, Gongsun Zan became more and more headstrong and didn''t listen to advice. It''s estimated that this time, too. Although Baima Yicong was a strong soldier in the world, he... Well Zhao Yun shook his head and said nothing. "Well, let''s not talk about that. After the army is out of work, we must set out immediately. Otherwise, if it''s too late, Yuan Shao will have no worries about his back once the 50000 elite of Youzhou army are lost. It''s not a good thing for our army to march to the East."


    Hua Xiong shook his head speechless and said to himself: I hope Gongsun Zan can support for a long time. Don''t let his army go in vain.


    A quarter of an hour later, 15000 cavalry of the eastern army were recruited, and 30000 horses left Beidaying, Ye County, and ran toward Jieqiao, 200 miles to the north.


    At the beginning of the expedition, a big battle began at Jieqiao, 200 miles away. At this time, near Jieqiao, the mist in the early morning has slowly dispersed, and the whole battlefield is bathed in the early morning sunshine.


    Yuan Shao personally led 40000 troops against Gongsun Zan, and the two armies met each other 20 Li south of Jieqiao. Gongsun Zan formed a square array with 20000 infantry. Behind the square array was Baima Yicong, the most powerful cavalry in the world. On the two wings of the square array were 5000 ordinary cavalry.


    Yuan Shaoling led ten thousand dead men to take the lead, and took thousands of strong crossbows as the cover. He led 30000 infantry in the rear. Seeing that Yuan Shaobing was few, Gongsun Zan ordered the cavalry to charge and trample on the enemy''s line. Twenty thousand white horses left only three thousand of the most elite bodyguards by their side, while the remaining seventeen thousand white horses left behind and rushed to the front Yuan Shao army. Ten thousand ordinary cavalry followed them, ready to cross the yuan Shujun formation completely.


    Luoyi''s soldiers calmly fell down under the shield, waiting for the enemy to rush to a place only a few steps away, jumped up and killed them. At the same time, thousands of crossbows shot at Baima Yi. Baima Yicong was a Light Armored Cavalry. How could he resist the attack of crossbows and arrows? In a moment, more than a thousand people were killed on the horse by the rain of arrows as dense as locusts.In the face of such a blow, Bai Ma Yi tried to avoid Ju Yi''s Crossbow array, but the speed of the horse was too fast, and the formation of nearly ten thousand Xiandeng dead men was very wide, so he couldn''t escape the coverage of the crossbow for a while and a half. Tens of thousands of cavalry rushed to Yuan Shaojun''s battle line like death.


    Gongsun Zan''s army was hit unexpectedly, and the whole army fell into chaos. Cavalry and infantry all scrambled for their lives. Ju Yi''s first boarder killed several generals of Gongsun Zan''s cavalry, and then killed thousands of cavalry. After more than an hour''s fighting, Gongsun Zan''s white horse lost nearly half of his life. In desperation, Gongsun Zan had to order the army to retreat to Jieqiao for defense. However, Ju Yi''s first boarder killed all the way to Jieqiao.


    Gongsun Zan tried to defend Jieqiao, but at this time, the 40000 troops of Yan Liang and Wenchou suddenly came out from both wings and defeated Gongsun Zan''s hasty defense.


    In desperation, Gongsun Zan had to lead the rout troops to retreat again, ready to return to the camp. At this time, Ma Yan and Han Meng led 10000 cavalry to kill again. The rout army of Gongsun Zan was no longer able to resist and had to flee.

 Chapter 1029

    When Gongsun Zan fled back to the camp, he found that there were less than 7000 of his 20000 white horses, including 3000 elite soldiers around him, only 2000 of his 10000 ordinary cavalry soldiers, and less than 1000 of his 20000 infantry soldiers. The rest of the troops were gone. By this time, the sky was getting dark, and the 20000 cavalry soldiers of Yuan Shao army were gone After catching up with the outside of the camp, tens of thousands of soldiers have been rushing to this side.


    Fifty thousand troops have gone to Jizhou. Now only 20% of the troops are left under the first World War. The rest are either killed or captured, or they are missing.


    At this time, Gongsun Zan didn''t know that he was under yuan Shaojun''s plan. How could the arrogant general Baima bear it? He almost fainted. Fortunately, he finally restrained himself. After thinking about it, Gongsun Zan decided to leave overnight. Now he still has a chance to leave while the main force of the enemy hasn''t arrived.


    As soon as he decided to leave, Gongsun Zan immediately ordered him to get ready, because the cavalry was basically one man with two horses, or even one man with three horses, so there were thousands of horses left in the camp, which was enough for the troops to leave.


    However, Gongsun Zan knew that if he did not repulse the 20000 cavalry, they would not leave safely.


    "Come on, order the soldiers to eat fast, change their horses, and prepare to fight with the general. If we don''t drive these flies away, we won''t go back to Youzhou!"


    General is the courage of the soldiers. Gong sunzan, who has recovered, finally settles down the terrified soldiers. All the soldiers in the camp eat peacefully according to the arrangement of the general. Then they feed their horses with water, fodder and black beans. After the horses are cooked, they silently prepare their weapons for the final war.


    Almost half an hour later, Ma Yan and Han Meng''s 20000 cavalry slowly gathered outside the camp. At this time, Gongsun Zan''s army was ready to attack.


    In the camp, Gongsun Zan gathered all the soldiers together to prepare for the final battle. He drove his horse in front of the army. Gongsun Zan didn''t say much, but just a few words raised the morale of the soldiers.


    "Officers and men, yuan shaogou thief wants to leave us all in Jizhou, do you agree?"


    "Never


    "Go out and go back to Youzhou!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "A lot of soldiers are worthy of being brought out by someone. Now, someone will take you and kill yuan Shaojun''s dog thieves outside the camp, and then we''ll go back to Youzhou!" Gongsun Zan laughed and killed yuan Shaojun''s cavalry outside the camp.


    Behind him are three thousand elite white horse Yicong, followed by ordinary white horse Yicong and ordinary cavalry, and finally by soldiers riding on horses and thousands of craftsmen and civilian men tied on horses and thousands of spare horses in the camp.


    Gongsun Zan''s counter attack made the cavalry of Yuan Shao army led by Ma Yan and Han Meng unable to defend. In addition, there were 3000 Baima Yicong''s excellent fighting power. The cavalry formation of 20000 Yuan Shao army was only supported for a quarter of an hour, and then Gongsun Zan passed by. General Ma Yan was killed by Gongsun Zan on the spot, and the cavalry of Yuan Shao army was in chaos.


    After that, the army broke out under the escort of thousands of cavalry, and then turned north. Gongsun Zan led 3000 elite troops to fight back and forth for several rounds. After killing Yuan Shao''s cavalry, he chased the front army.


    When Yuan Shao''s army arrived at Gongsun Zan camp, Gongsun Zan''s army had disappeared. Seeing that he was defeated, Yuan Shao couldn''t help looking pale. Fortunately, although he was not able to annihilate gongsunzan''s army, baimayi lost most of the casualties, and only a few thousand of gongsunzan''s 50000 troops fled in a panic. Although he lost one of his generals, Yuan Shao was relieved. Gongsunzan, who was greatly injured, did not dare to go south to Hebei for at least a few years.


    Just when Gongsun Zan led the troops to retreat northward to the camp, fifty miles to the south of Jieqiao, Zhao Yun led 15000 cavalry of the eastern expedition, and they had already arrived outside the battlefield.


    Seeing the 30000 Yuan Shao troops waiting in front of him, Zhao Yun knew that the war in the North must have begun. Otherwise, Yuan Shao would not have sent heavy troops to guard here. The 30000 Yuan Shao troops were just to hold back the reinforcements he might have come to.


    After a little consideration, Zhao Yun ordered: "general Huaxiong, you will lead Xiliang''s iron cavalry to the battle, 5000 ordinary cavalry will follow, and 10000 yuan Shaojun''s cavalry will be handed over to our general!"


    "The end will take orders!" Hua Xiong is excited to go. You should know that Xiliang iron cavalry''s rank is suitable for this kind of battle against infantry square array. Hua Xiong is a fierce general originally, and he likes this kind of battle most. But since he joined Huangfu Chaobo, he thought that he would not have a chance to take part in this kind of battle. Now when he hears Zhao Yun''s order, he is not excited.


    A moment later, five thousand armored and iron cavalry went straight for the front twenty thousand soldiers. Hua Xiong was the leader. Wearing black armour and holding a ghost knife in his hand, he stepped down from the cavalry, a pure black steed, taking the lead, roaring to the front of the infantry square.


    Behind him, the five thousand Xiliang cavalry, like a black wave, pounced on Yuan Shaojun in front of him.


    Five thousand cavalry soon reached eighty paces."Ready to shoot!" Hua Xiong roared. Then he handed the ghost knife to his left hand. With his right hand, he took out a four foot long short gun from the horse bag beside the steed. Holding the first third of the gun in his hand, he stood up on the steed. He leaned back a little. The tip of the gun pointed toward the sky, leading the gun to go.


    Sixty steps!


    "Vote!"


    With his command, five thousand spears, like sharp arrows off the string, flew to Yuan Shaojun in front of him.


    "Poof!"


    "Poof!"


    "Poof!"


    "Eh!"


    "Ah


    In a moment, hundreds of Yuan Shao soldiers were killed by throwing guns. More and more people were nailed to the ground by throwing guns. They couldn''t move. They just screamed bitterly.


    "Prepare for the second round!"


    "Vote!"


    "The third round


    "Vote!"


    After the first round of shooting, Jiang Yiqu knew that he had to take action, or he would be in great trouble. So he immediately ordered his deputy general Zhu han to lead 10000 cavalry to fight.


    Zhu Han, who got the order, soon led 10000 cavalry out of the battle and made a direct attack on the eastern army cavalry. Before he got close to Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry, Zhao Yun had led 5000 white horses to stop him, and the two cavalry were quickly killed.

 Chapter 1030

    Baima Yicong''s tactics are completely different from those of Xiliang iron cavalry. As a bow cavalry, Baima Yicong is more flexible. In the face of twice as many cavalry as his own, Baima Yicong is still able to deal with them calmly and constantly divide and annihilate them. In less than a quarter of an hour, yuan Shaojun''s 10000 cavalry has lost nearly 20%, while Baima Yicong has only less than 200 casualties.


    Seeing this, Zhu Han was scared to death. If he went on like this, in less than an hour, his 10000 cavalry would be wiped out by Baima Yi. So he decided not to fight with Baima Yicong, and led the cavalry directly to the rear of the eastern cavalry.


    Just here, Zhao Yun has found Zhu Han among the cavalry, and he says, "where will the thief escape?" Then, shaking the reins, he took the gun and killed him in the direction where Zhu Han was. In a moment, he picked up dozens of Yuan Shaojun cavalry in front of him.


    Seeing that Zhao Yunchao killed himself, Zhu Han stopped to command the army, pulled out his horse''s head and yelled: "stop the enemy general!" He ran to the back of the cavalry.


    Zhu Han''s bodyguards immediately gathered around and killed Zhao Yun. As a result, Zhao Yun had to kill these soldiers. When he looked up at Zhu Han again, he had retreated to 80 steps away.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun knew that he was no longer able to capture and kill the enemy general, so he hung his long gun on the horse, copied the carved bow on the side of the horse with his left hand, drew three long arrows from the arrow pot with his right hand, drew a bow to shoot at Zhu Han.


    The bow is like a full moon, the arrow is like a meteor, and the three long arrows are straight towards Zhu Han''s back.


    "Be careful, general!"


    Zhu Han, who is pulling out his horse, suddenly feels cold in his back. When he is about to look back, he only hears a shout from his own soldiers. Then a figure flies towards him. It is one of his own soldiers who finds Zhao Yun''s arrow shooting at him. After a loud reminder, he flies to get rid of his horse.


    Unfortunately, the speed of the pro soldier was still a step slow. When he rushed behind Zhu Han, Zhao Yun''s three arrows had already flew behind him. The top arrow directly put the pro soldier''s throat on, and then shot into Zhu Han''s right shoulder, which was pushed down by the pro soldier, nailed them together, and then rolled off the horse together.


    It was also because of this attack that Zhu Han''s life was saved. After he fell to the ground, Zhu Han quickly retreated to 200 steps away under the protection of other soldiers. However, at this time, 10000 Yuan Shao cavalry had lost the command of the general, and they had already made a mess. After losing nearly 40% of their success, the rest of the soldiers had already fled, far away from the center of the battlefield, and no longer dared to get close to Baima Yicong.


    Seeing that Yuan Shao''s cavalry fled, Zhao Yun ignored it, leaving hundreds of lightly wounded soldiers to clean up the battlefield. He led the 4000 white horse soldiers into two divisions and chased Huaxiong behind.


    The rapid defeat of the cavalry made Jiang Yiqu very surprised. He was preparing to shrink his formation and try his best to contain the eastern army. However, he found that Baima Yi was surrounded by the two wings of his own square from the two sides of the main army. If Baima Yi is allowed to threaten his own army from both wings, he will be defeated in 20000 steps.


    But now Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry has entered the third line of defense. In any case, he can''t stop the reinforcements of the East army. Jiang Yiqu was in a dilemma whether he would fight to stop or release the expeditionary army. Just then, a group of cavalry came rushing from the north, which was the messenger sent by Yuan Shao.


    After defeating gongsunzan''s army, Yuan Shao felt that he was in charge of the overall situation, so he sent someone to inform Jiang Yiqu and his two generals to go north and prepare to besiege gongsunzan''s camp. Unexpectedly, when the messenger arrived, the reinforcements of the expeditionary army were already in contact with Jiang Yiqu''s army.


    After hearing the news of Gongsun Zan''s defeat, Jiang Yiqu was greatly relieved. On the one hand, he sent people to warn Yuan Shao, on the other hand, he ordered the army to retreat slowly on both sides, let go of the interception, and let the East army pass.


    According to his idea, Yuan Shao only needs to send someone to guard the Jieqiao, and then he can stop the reinforcements of the Zhengdong army to death, and then he can lead the troops to escort them from the back. Maybe he can also encircle and annihilate the reinforcements of the Zhengdong army in the area south of the Jieqiao.


    Seeing that Yuan Shaojun had taken the initiative to retreat, Zhao Yun knew that he was probably late. Gongsun Zan''s army might have failed, but he didn''t see it with his own eyes. Zhao Yun was still unwilling to retreat. After breaking through yuan Shaojun''s interception, Zhao Yun ordered the army to take a rest, and then sprinkled the denounced Marquis far away.


    As Zhao Yun expected, the plains tens of miles south of Jieqiao were full of Yuan Shaojun''s troops chasing Gongsun Zan''s rout troops. In less than a quarter of an hour, the Chihou sent by Zhao Yun gathered dozens of rout soldiers of Gongsun Zan''s army. After confirming Gongsun Zan''s defeat from the rout, Zhao Yun had to stop and carefully consider the next arrangement of the army.


    "General," as Zhao Yun was deep in thought, a captain of Baima Yicong asked, "please help the scattered brothers."


    Several soldiers of Gongsun Zan also begged one after another. Hua Xiong also said: "general, since we have no time to save general Gongsun, let''s save as many brothers as possible. Anyway, we have a lot of war horses, and we can save as much as we can. At that time, the Lord will tell us."Zhao Yun thinks that it''s true. Although he runs fast day and night, he still doesn''t arrive. Since gongsunzan has lost, he must have tried to escape back to Youzhou. If he can take gongsunzan soldiers who are scattered to the south of Jieqiao and take them back to Weijun, it''s a good decision. At that time, he can send them back to Youzhou by boat.


    Thinking of this, Zhao Yun looked up at the sky again and said, "general Hua, someone is still going to lead Bai Ma Yi to the Jieqiao battlefield to have a look at the clouds, and the matter of gathering the defeated soldiers will be handed over to the general. If I didn''t return here before, please ask general Hua to lead them back to Su renting in the south of Xiangguo, and someone will lead the soldiers to join us."


    Hua Xiong also knew that Zhao Yun didn''t go to the battlefield to confirm himself. He was not at ease, so he took orders and said, "I will take orders!"


    Later, Zhao Yun led four thousand white horses to the battle field of Jieqiao.


    After Zhao Yun led Bai Ma Yi to leave, Hua Xiong ordered nearly ten thousand cavalry units to search the surrounding area for 30 Li, and gathered all the soldiers around him.

 Chapter 1031

    When Zhao Yun and Bai Mayi arrived at Jieqiao battlefield, they only saw that the ground was covered with corpses, the corpses and weapons of tens of thousands of Gongsun Zan soldiers were scattered everywhere, and the wounded horses were wailing everywhere. Looking at the situation, Yuan Shaojun didn''t even have time to clean the battlefield. It seems that he was chasing Gongsun Zan''s troops to rout.


    It can be seen from the battlefield that most of the soldiers who died in the war were soldiers of Gongsun Zan army, and the corpses of Yuan Shao were only 20%.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun knows that Gongsun Zan has been a total failure this time. Tens of thousands of Baima Yicong have fallen on the battlefield alone, and there are thousands of people who have fled in disorder, and Yuan Shaojun has been chasing, killing, killing or capturing all the way. It is estimated that Baima Yi will not be able to recover to its previous scale in a few years.


    "Somebody With a long sigh, Zhao Yun said, "general!" Next to him, the bodyguard went forward;


    "leave two thousand brothers to clean up the battlefield and see if there are any living Youzhou army brothers. The other two thousand will go to Jieqiao to have a look." With that, Zhao Yun led two thousand cavalry to the north.


    When Zhao Yun arrived two miles south of Jieqiao, Yuan Shaojun was ready. When they got the news from Jiang Yiqu, they immediately set up a defense on the South Bank of Jieqiao, waiting for the arrival of Zhao Yun''s army. At this time, it was completely dark. Zhao Yun saw the flames on both sides of the Yijie bridge, and Yuan Shaojun had already set up a horse resistance there. Then he knew that he had no chance at all.


    With a long sigh, Zhao Yun said, "send the order down and withdraw."


    In the twinkling of an eye, thousands of cavalry retreated under his leadership. At this time, the general yuan Shaojun, who was in charge of defense by the river, also breathed a long sigh of relief. At this time, Yuan Shaojun was exhausted after a day''s war. If Zhao Yun fought to death, it would be hard to avoid heavy casualties. Everyone was relieved to see them retreat like this.


    Two days later, Zhao Yun led 5000 Gongsun Zan troops to retreat to Wei county.


    Just when Gongsun Zan led the white horse to defeat Yuan Shao army''s 20000 cavalry troops from 3000 elite troops, and led the army to withdraw to the north, Gongsun Yue, the Yuyang prefect of Shanggu, Youzhou, suddenly appeared outside of JuYang city. He came with Yuyang''s 5000 white horse Yicong.


    Gongsun Zan had 30000 white horses under his command. Among them, the most elite 5000 were equipped with good horses, and the rest were equipped with level 40 war horses. Thirty thousand Yi were in charge of twenty thousand from Gongsun Zan, and the other ten thousand were assigned to his two younger brothers Gongsun Yue and Gongsun fan. Five thousand elites are Gongsun Zan three thousand, Gongsun Yue and Gongsun fan each one thousand.


    Early this morning, Gongsun Yue was awakened by the soldiers outside the mansion before he got up. He said that it was the messenger of general Zhengdong who had an emergency report. Hearing this news, Gongsun Yue immediately met the emissary of Zhengdong general''s mansion, but he met Lou Jing, an old acquaintance.


    "Lou Jing has seen three generals!"


    "No, what''s the matter with you sent by Marquis Wenxi?" As soon as he heard that his eldest brother might have been trapped by Yuan Shao and besieged in the hinterland of Jizhou, Gongsun became more and more anxious. The three brothers had a good relationship with Huangfu Chaobo for many years, so Gongsun did not agree with Lou Jing There is no doubt.


    In fact, as early as the beginning of the deployment, Gongsun Yue and Gongsun fan had different opinions about elder brother''s deployment, but Gongsun Zan was determined to go his own way, so they had no choice but to let it go. Now suddenly hearing the news from Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun became more and more anxious.


    When he learned that his eldest brother had led 50000 troops to the south of Julu, Gongsun Yue knew that his eldest brother had indeed fallen into the trap. Yuan Shaojun''s fighting power could not be so weak. Although he did not fight yuan Shaojun, there were several wars between Yuan Shaojun and Zhengdong army, and he knew the fighting power of Zhengdong army, so that the fighting power of Zhengdong army could be strengthened In front of Yuan Shao''s army, they all had to keep on the defensive. Were their troops several times better than those of the eastern army?


    When he thought about this, Gongsun Yue felt a sense of fear. He rushed from his back to his head and stood up. Gongsun Yue grabbed Lou Jing''s skirt and said, "what should general Zhengdong do?"


    Lou Jing quietly took Gongsun Yue''s hands away from him and said: "three generals, my Lord has ordered general Zilong and general Huaxiong to lead 15000 cavalry troops to Jieqiao for support after he got the news. But ye county is more than 200 miles away from Jieqiao. I don''t know if he can catch up. So my lord means that I hope the two generals can be ready One is to stabilize the situation in Youzhou, and the other is to quickly lead the troops south to meet general Gongsun. "


    The meaning of Lou Jing''s words is understood by Gongsun Yue. It seems that Huangfu Chaobo is not optimistic about his brother''s army of 50000. It''s very likely that when Zhao Yun''s army arrives, his brother''s army has been defeated. So it''s necessary to send troops from Youzhou to take over the rout.


    Thinking of this, Gongsun Yue yelled at the soldiers outside the door: "come on, gather the generals to discuss business!"


    Soon, a group of officials and generals of Yuyang County arrived at the prefect''s residence. After Gongsun Yue arranged the defense of the county city, he ordered five thousand white horses under his command and went directly to Shanggu county with Lou Jing.In JuYang City, Gongsun fan asked Lou Jing about the information in detail, and his heart fell into the ice cave. He is different from his third brother. Gongsun fan is the most balanced general among Gongsun Zan''s three brothers. Therefore, he is more comprehensive than his elder brother and younger brother.


    After a detailed understanding of the situation, he was basically sure that his brother should have been defeated, because as early as in the war reports he had received, he had already detected a trace of abnormality, because his brother''s war in Hebei was so smooth, it can be said that he was conquering the city and conquering the land, and blocking the enemy.


    However, in the next few days, he had rarely received war reports from Hebei, so he didn''t care. What he didn''t expect was that in just a few days, big brother''s army suddenly arrived in the south of Julu.


    "General Lou, does general Zhengdong have the latest news?" Gongsun fan asked Lou Jing again;


    "report back to the second general, General Zhao and his party started early this morning, and it is estimated that they will arrive at Jieqiao in the evening, so there is no news at present. Besides, there is no way to deliver the news directly during the March, so Lou Jinggong replied sincerely;

 Chapter 1032

    After hearing this, Gongsun fan knew that he was too anxious, so he got up and said, "OK, I''ll arrange the matter of going to the valley. Let''s take 10000 white horses from Jixian to see if there is any latest information."


    With that, he did not linger any longer, and immediately summoned the officials and generals of the county to come to the prefect''s office to discuss business.


    After the arrangement of Shanggu County, the two brothers rushed to Jixian with 10000 white horses.


    After gongsunzan occupied all the land except Daijun, he led Youzhou herdsman and set his administration in Jixian County of Guangyang county. Since the defeat of Liu Yu, Gongsun Zan has become more and more conceited, especially Pang Xin''s three sworn brothers. He doesn''t even believe the words of his two brothers.


    This time, he sent troops to Jizhou at the instigation of his three brothers. However, he ordered his son Gongsun to stay in Jixian, where he left 20000 soldiers and 10000 cavalry.


    When Gongsun fan and his brothers arrived at Jixian, it was almost dark. Wanbai maicong was arranged to rest in the military camp outside the city. Gongsun fan and Lou Jing entered the city under the protection of their own soldiers, and then went straight to Jihou''s house.


    Outside the gate of the Marquis''s mansion, the side door had already been opened. He had already got the news that Gongsun Xu was waiting for the three of them. When he saw the three of them arrive, he turned over and dismounted. Gongsun Xu had left the side door and ran towards the three of them.


    "Xuer has met two uncles!" When Gongsun fan stood still, Gongsun continued to give a deep gift.


    "Don''t be so polite, Xu''er. Will your father have any war reports in recent days?" Gongsun fan waved his hand;


    "the latest battle report was three days ago. His father said that he had entered the territory of Julu." Although Gongsun Xu looked puzzled, he still replied;


    Gongsun fan looked disappointed, but he was still on the square outside the Marquis''s house, so he didn''t say much. Instead, he turned to Lou Jing and said, "please go back to see if the latest war report has arrived!"


    Lou Jingyi arched his hand and said, "don''t worry, two generals, get off the horse and go back to the station. If you have the latest war report, you will send it to the Houfu immediately."


    "Thank you so much, general!" The two brothers saluted Lou Jing together.


    Rao Shigong sun continued to be confused, but he also felt a hint from the two uncles'' actions and asked carefully, "uncle?"


    Gongsun fan put out his hand to stop Gongsun Xu''s words and said, "this is not a place to talk. Let''s go into the government." With that, he walked to the house.


    The three went into the Marquis''s house and went to a side hall next to Gongsun Zan''s usual meeting hall, which was a place specially arranged for Gongsun Zan to continue his official business before he left. After entering the side hall, Gongsun fan winked at his nephew. The latter understood him and immediately signaled the guards and the waiting girl to leave.


    After there were only three people in the hall, Gongsun Fan said: "Xuer, general Zhengdong sent someone to send a message, saying that your father might have been intrigued by Yuan Shaojun. Now the army has arrived near Jieqiao in the south of Julu. According to the uncle''s understanding of general Huangfu, it is true in all probability."


    Gongsun continued to listen, a fierce surprise, even busy way: "then what to do?"


    Gongsun Yue said: "general Zhengdong has sent General Zhao Yun and general Huaxiong to lead 15000 cavalry to support, but they are worried that they may not catch up with the decisive battle between big brother and Yuan Shaojun, so let''s be ready to take over."


    Gongsun fan nodded and said, "I have discussed with your third uncle and decided to lead the troops to the south. But we only have 10000 white horses to follow. We need to add some more troops. We only need cavalry."


    Gongsun continued to listen, and immediately said that he could take away the 10000 cavalry from Jixian. But Gongsun fan thought about it for a moment, and decided to take only 5000 cavalry from Jixian. A total of 15000 cavalry went south to meet Gongsun. He left 5000 cavalry to help Gongsun continue defend Jixian. At the same time, he left his third brother Gongsun Yue to help Gongsun continue. He personally led 15000 cavalry to go south to meet Gongsun fabulous.


    Gongsun fan''s idea is very simple. If he can take his elder brother back, it''s best. But if he can''t take him back, Gongsun Xu will take the throne as Ji Hou, and his third brother will stay in Ji just in case.


    However, before he set out, he still hoped to get the latest war report from Huangfu Chaobo. To his disappointment, half an hour later, Lou Jing came to the Marquis''s house, but he didn''t bring any news. Gongsun fan had no choice but to start preparing to go south to Jizhou early tomorrow morning to meet his elder brother.


    The next morning, Gongsun fan set out with 15000 cavalry soldiers. He followed Gongsun Zan''s route to the south. According to the war report sent back by Gongsun Zan, the army still captured several counties. Therefore, Gongsun fan speculated that if Gongsun Zan''s army failed, it would go to these counties to seek supplies and recuperation.


    On the afternoon of Gongsun fan''s departure from Youzhou, he received the battle report from Lou Jingkuai Ma from Jixian, and got the news that Gongsun Zan''s 50000 troops were defeated. The anxious Gongsun fan led the troops into Jizhou, and then the situation in Jizhou made him more worried, because the cities that Gongsun Zan had captured in the battle report were occupied by Yuan Shaojun This makes it more difficult for Gongsun Zan to return.To this end, Gongsun fan sent the Marquis to increase the scope of search, while quickly advancing to the south, hoping to find Gongsun Zan''s rout troops as soon as possible.


    On the fifth day of entering Jizhou, Gongsun fan finally found Gongsun Zan''s rout soldiers in a small town near Zhending. At this time, Gongsun Zan had less than 3000 cavalry around him, and most of them were white horses. The other soldiers were all on the way to escape, either dead or injured.


    With Gongsun fan''s help, Gongsun Zan finally returned to Jixian safely four days later. Soon, Huangfu Chaobo, who was far away from Changyi, got a pigeon letter from shadow guard of Jixian. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. As long as Gongsun Zan himself had nothing to do, if Gongsun Zan died, it was estimated that Youzhou would be in chaos. At that time, his own Longhua District would be in chaos Nine times out of ten, the population of the city is not guaranteed.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo was only relieved at this matter. Now, the war in either Changyi or Qingzhou is not going well.


    On the battlefield of Yanzhou, because of the loss of 50000 reinforcements from Hebei, there were not enough troops for Huangfu Chaobo to attack Changyi. On the battlefield of Qingzhou, five days ago, all the cities except Shuanghe city and Qingdao City in the two counties had been captured by Cao Cao Jun and the army of nocturnal incense.

 Chapter 1033

    Time goes back to 22 days ago, the day when the city of Ju county was broken. On the top of the north city of Ju county, Xu Rong looks at the approaching soldiers of Cao Cao. His heart is like water. It has been 15 days. The army of Xia Houyuan has been attacking the city since it arrived in Ju county. With the arrival of a large number of reinforcements in recent days, the attack intensity of Cao Cao''s army is getting stronger and stronger, but the defense of Ju county is still as strong as a rock.


    The defection of Zang Ba made Xu Rong''s generals much richer. A group of Taishan army''s family members were temporarily placed in Shuanghe city. Because of the need of war, Zang Ba and other generals were brought to Ju county by Xu Rong. After several months of running in, the generals have basically adapted to the style of the eastern expedition. So this time, Xu Rong arranged for the generals to guard the city in turn. Judging from the situation of the first ten days, except Zang BA''s ability to be a general, the rest of the generals are suitable candidates for captains or deputy generals.


    Xu Rong looked up at the sky. It should be about three o''clock in the afternoon. It seems that this is the last round of Cao Cao''s attack today. Looking at the appearance of Cao Cao''s army under the city, it is no different from the usual arrangement of troops and horses. However, even so, Xu Rong did not relax. With his command, the city''s soldiers began to fight immediately We need to be prepared.


    After more than half an hour''s fighting, Cao Cao''s army''s attack has slowly slowed down, and Cao Cao''s soldiers have been weak in succession. Xu Rong knows that it won''t be long before Xia Houyuan will call for a golden retreat.


    At this time, a huge noise suddenly sounded on the west wall, which was different from the situation on both sides of the north and east city. Moreover, the sound became louder and louder. In a faint sense, Xu Rong could hear the cry of "the city is broken.".


    Hearing this, Xu Rong''s face changed. He immediately called a pro guard and said, "go to the west city and have a look. How can I get back?"


    The bodyguard is ordered to run towards the west city. In a quarter of an hour, the noise on the west wall is getting louder and louder. Xu Rong has already faintly felt that something is wrong. Today, Sun Kang, who is in charge of the defense of the West City, is it because the West City has been broken. So Xu Rong quickly called Zang Quan beside him and said, "pay attention to the situation at the head of the city. A certain leader of the pro guard camp will go to the west city to have a look at the situation!"


    Zang Quan quickly took orders with his fist, but Xu Rong didn''t say any more. He waved his hand and led his personal guards along the wall towards the west city. Who knows, just on the way to the west, he met his own bodyguard, who was sent to the west city. He ran towards this side with a look of fear.


    Seeing Xu Rong and his entourage, the soldiers ran forward quickly and hurriedly, but they didn''t care to salute. They bent down to Xu Rong''s ear and whispered: "general, no, Cao Cao''s army is attacking the western city. General Sun Kang is leading the resistance, but Cao Cao''s army is pushing back!"


    On hearing this, Xu Rong was furious: "what''s Sun Kang doing to eat! When will the Reinforcements under the City arrive? "


    When Sun Kang saw Xu Rong here, he rushed forward to report: "general, general sun sent villains to report. Cao Cao''s army is full of fish and pearls. There are a lot of elite soldiers hidden in the ordinary soldiers. General sun was caught off guard and attacked by Cao Cao''s army. General sun led the soldiers to fight back, but he had no choice but to attack Fang''s soldiers Because of its strong fighting power, our soldiers were unable to drive it down the city wall. On the contrary, Cao Cao Jun occupied several places at the head of the city. General sun sent villains to ask for help. Please send troops to support him! "


    Xu Rong, who had been fighting for a long time, didn''t understand what was going on. Sun Kang must have relaxed his vigilance, so he was caught by Cao Cao Jun. he said angrily, "can the reserve troops under the city climb the city?"


    The soldier replied with a flustered look: "the reserve troops under the city have reached the city, but they can''t block Cao Cao''s army. Now the defense line is still retreating step by step."


    Xu Rong was stunned. The reserve troops under the city were all the battalions of the eastern expedition army. They were at least as good as Cao Cao''s ordinary Chinese troops. Even they could not resist Cao Cao''s attack. Then there was only one possibility, that is, the soldiers who attacked the city were much better than Cao Cao''s general Chinese army.


    For a moment, Xu Rong thought of a troop that Xia Houyuan had not used these days: tiger and leopard riding.


    Xu Rong''s inference is correct. Xia Houyuan actually used tiger and leopard cavalry in Xicheng this time, and he invested 5000 troops at one time. There are 5000 tiger and leopard cavalry in the Chinese army, ready to deal with the cavalry of the eastern army at any time.


    There are 20000 tigers and leopards riding under Cao Cao. In order to attack Qingzhou this time, Cao Cao handed over 10000 of them to Xia Houyuan. Originally, Xia Houyuan didn''t want to use tigers and leopards riding to attack the city, but Cao Cao''s command was to let him capture two counties of Qingzhou as soon as possible, regardless of the loss. So Xia Houyuan used this troop.


    Under each city, Xu Rong deployed two thousand soldiers of Canglang camp to deal with the possible crisis. But this time, because of Sun Kang''s negligence, he didn''t find Cao Cao''s small moves in advance, which led to the failure of reinforcements to arrive in time.


    As an experienced general, if he is alert enough, he should be able to find problems in many details of the soldiers, such as the physical strength of the soldiers, the action before the battle, the temperament of the soldiers and so on. If sun Kangzhen is alert enough, he should be prepared. As a result, he won''t find out until Cao Cao''s elite attack on the city No, it is undoubtedly Sun Kang''s dereliction of duty.However, Xu Rong could not take care of these at this time, leading hundreds of his bodyguards to the West City, while constantly ordering: "summon the other cities to step up their guard!"


    "Order the rest of the soldiers and horses who have not ascended the city to take part in the defense!"


    "Send an order to send another 2000 soldiers from the city to support the west city!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    Every time he gave an order, one of his own soldiers flew forward to convey his military order. After four or five orders in a row, Xu Rong stopped giving the order, holding a big knife in his hand, and led a group of bodyguards to the West City Tower.


    Unfortunately, when he led his guards to the west wall, there were more than a thousand soldiers of Cao Cao on the wall. Xu Rong could see at a glance that most of them were more elite than the soldiers of Cao Cao who had attacked the city these days. I saw that they cooperated with each other, expanding the area occupied by the head of the city slowly, and at the same time, they continued to take over the zepaodeng city under the city.


    When Xu Rong arrived two hundred paces away from the West City Tower, Cao Cao''s soldiers had been marching northward, blocking Xu Rong and other reinforcements coming from the north city wall, besieging the city tower all the way, and attacking the city gate hole from the top of the city wall along the ramp.

 Chapter 1034

    As Xu Rong''s orders spread out, the soldiers and horses in the city soon took action. However, as Cao Cao''s army controlled the city more and more, Cao Xiu, the commander of the siege of the western city, immediately ordered that all the remaining tigers and leopards and thousands of Chinese soldiers and horses in his hands be put into the siege.


    After all the five thousand tiger and leopard Knights boarded the city, Xu Rong knew that he was unable to return to heaven. Fortunately, the city had been preparing to evacuate, and the evacuation of the people in the counties had been going on for nearly ten days. At present, the two port cities have moved nearly 600000 people, which can be said to be overcrowded.


    Originally, Xu Rong''s goal was to stick to it for about a month, but after all, he was only a man, not a God. Due to Sun Kang''s negligence, the city was broken half a month ahead of time by Cao CaoJun, which made many of Xu Rong''s arrangements fail. Moreover, if he left in a hurry now, the loss would be much greater.


    But now he had to retreat. Seeing that the Western Tower had been lost and the defense of the gate hole was getting weaker and weaker, Xu Rong immediately called a few Pro guards and said, "go to the prime minister''s office immediately and report to the prime minister and the military adviser, so that they can evacuate according to the original plan. At the same time, he ordered the guards of the East and North walls to retreat gradually to the south gate according to the original plan Military law. He ordered general Zang Ba, the general of Nanmen garrison, to keep the army well and return. He immediately contacted the cavalry outside the city and was ready to take the troops out of the city. "


    A series of orders came out of Xu Rong''s mouth, and then the soldiers sent them everywhere quickly.


    Soon the whole city took action, and the families and craftsmen who had been informed left their homes one after another to gather in the direction of the south gate. However, the city''s taxi soldiers moved in the opposite direction. They had to use the city''s streets and houses to stop Cao Cao''s army from invading the city and buy time for the assembly of their families.


    At this time, there were more than 20000 troops in the city, but after losing the protection of the city wall, in front of tens of thousands of Cao Cao''s troops, these soldiers were already vulnerable.


    An hour later, Xu Rong finally arrived at Nancheng under the protection of his own guards. As he expected, less than 10000 soldiers successfully retreated to the South Gate in an hour. At this time, the craftsmen and their families had gathered here. At this time, the cry of killing in the city was getting closer and closer. Although the guards of the East and West Gates had destroyed the gate when they evacuated, But after losing the threat of the city, there are still a large number of Cao Cao''s soldiers who can climb the city wall through the attack ladder, cloud ladder and other equipment, and then fight into the city.


    After getting the news that the Qianjin gate of the north gate had been destroyed, the five thousand tigers and leopards outside the north gate were immediately sent to the west city by Xia Houyuan. They were ready to enter the city from the west gate and use the powerful destructive power of heavy cavalry to wipe out the garrison in the city. As for the fleeing troops, Xia Houyuan thought that it was the most important thing at present to wipe out the remnant enemies in the city and control the city.


    Seeing that Xu Rong had safely withdrawn to the south gate, Cheng Huan was greatly relieved. He quickly stepped forward and said, "General Xu, doesn''t it mean that the city can be kept for 10 to 15 days? Why was the city broken so quickly? There are a lot of things that are not ready. "


    Xu Rong took a look at Zang ba. Zang Ba seemed to have known the reason and bowed his head one by one. Xu Rong said, "let''s talk about this later. Mr. prime minister, Cao CaoJun is not far from the south gate. We can''t delay any longer. Open the gate and leave now."


    Cheng Huan also knew that this was not the time to say this, so he stopped asking, "OK, open the gate first, let the craftsmen and the people go out of the city first, and the cavalry outside the city should have come to meet them."


    Xu Rong nodded, turned his head and looked at several generals around him. Just as he was about to speak, Zang Ba stood out and said, "general, let the last general wait for the end. Let the Taishan people make up for the mistakes they have committed."


    Xu Rong was stunned. Before he spoke, Zang Quan, Zang AI, Yin Li and sun Guan, who were next to him, came out one after another and asked, "general, I will ask for the termination of the army."


    Just as he was talking, Sun Kang also retreated to the South Gate under the protection of several personal guards. Seeing all the generals in front of him, he quickly walked up to Xu Rong and said, "general, if you have not been entrusted by the general, please punish him!"


    Without looking at him, Xu Rong said to Zang, "how many troops does general Zang need?"


    Zang Ba thought for a moment and said, "there are 3000 Taishan soldiers in the end general and the generals. If the general can support another 2000 soldiers, the end general will fight for two hours for the army to retreat!"


    At this time, Sun Kang didn''t know what the generals of Mount Tai were going to do. He thought that because of his negligence, he wanted the generals of Mount Tai to make up for the collapse of thousands of troops. He couldn''t help but be extremely ashamed and indignant. He quickly set out and said, "general, I''m going to ask for the withdrawal of the army from the rear!"


    Xu Rong nodded noncommittally and looked at the sky. At this time, it was almost dark. He turned to the other generals and ordered, "organize the families of craftsmen to evacuate immediately!"


    "No!" All the generals were ordered to leave together and arranged for their own soldiers. The assembled people began to leave the city.


    The generals of Mount Tai led the soldiers to quickly arrange the defense, ready to buy time for the withdrawal of the army.


    An hour later, 20000 people and thousands of soldiers finally came to the city. With the help of 10000 cavalry, they set fire to the direction of irrigation tens of miles away. They just need to go there. The water army of Shuanghe city has arranged ships to wait by the river. At that time, after getting on the boat, they can go all the way down the river and reach the wharf of Shuanghe city.At this time, it was completely dark, but the city was full of fire. The remnant soldiers of the eastern army were still fighting with Cao Cao''s soldiers, and Zang Ba and other generals at the South Gate had already fought with Cao Cao''s army. Because they had made as much preparation as possible, and Xu Rong left a thousand crossbow soldiers for Zang Ba when he left, so Cao Cao''s army was born at the south gate It took two hours for the baby to leave.


    Then Zang Ba ambushed Cao Cao''s army ten miles away from the south gate. The final result was that there were only 2000 soldiers left, including 1000 crossbow soldiers. It can be said that only 20% of the 3000 soldiers Zang Ba brought from Mount Tai were left by this time.


    After repeatedly confirming that there was no more Cao Cao''s pursuit behind him, Zang Ba Cai led the disabled soldiers to evacuate all night and chased along the route of evacuation. Finally, in the morning, he caught up with the group of people boarding the boat by the river. It was not until noon the next day that a large group of people evacuated from the county town arrived at shuanghecheng wharf safely. By this time, there were only 6000 soldiers and 20000 craftsmen.

 Chapter 1035

    The loss of Ju county means that the evacuation of the people in Qingzhou County and Qingzhou County is coming to an end. When the evacuation was ordered, 29 cities in the two counties were controlled by the eastern army. Of course, these are the system cities except the two port cities.


    According to the original plan, the two counties had a total population of more than 1.6 million, with 145000 soldiers. According to the average of four to five soldiers, the number of people who needed to be evacuated from the two counties was about 800000. However, the collapse of Ju county led to the end of the evacuation work in advance. Fortunately, after more than ten days of evacuation, nearly 60 people gathered in the two port cities The most important thing is that the craftsmen, as the most important target, have all withdrawn.


    In other words, from the beginning of Ju county, Cao Cao Jun and yelaixiang Jun could not get any craftsmen from the cities in the two counties. Even some of them were junior craftsmen or even apprentices.


    At present, the strength of the two cities has also concentrated all the strength of the two counties, and the strength of each city has exceeded 60000. Of course, this is the strength assembled at the cost of abandoning all other cities.


    As the Zhengdong army suddenly gave up other cities, the players of the two counties also got a big bargain. For example, the two lords, dutinghou and Wahaha, who had cooperated with Huangfu Chaobo to develop iron ore, got the notice of the Zhengdong army at the first time and immediately occupied a county next to them.


    Dutinghou became the magistrate of Duchang County, and Wahaha became the magistrate of Xiami county. After the news came out, the two counties of Qingzhou were full of excitement. Before Xia Houyuan could react, dozens of cities in Beihai and Donglai counties had been completely divided by players. The rest of them were so fast that they made people hit the tongue.


    Penglaige, a player alliance in Donglai County, directly occupied the city of Huangxian, and then began to prepare for the next war. Unfortunately, they only occupied the county city, not to mention half of Donglai City, even other counties except the county were not able to win, so they could not become a vassal.


    It''s not only Penglai Pavilion, but also other cities. Players who think they have some strength begin to recruit soldiers, train troops and prepare for war. The weaker ones quickly moved the things in the city to their own homes. When the Zhengdong army withdrew, they just carried away a lot of valuables, such as money, advanced equipment, important raw materials, etc. some medium and low-grade equipment and raw materials were kept in the warehouse. These things were nothing to the Zhengdong Army, but a lot to ordinary players Big windfall.


    The change of Qingzhou made Huangfu Chaobo feel confused. However, he soon saw the opportunity to drag tens of thousands of troops of XiaHouYuan into the mud of Qingzhou. It was impossible for him to return to Yanzhou in at least three to five months.


    A few hours later, a few carrier pigeons flew up from Dingtao City, circled in the sky for a few times, and then flapped their wings to the direction of Eastern Qingzhou.


    The next day, players in Qingzhou are spreading a message that they can buy a lot of advanced equipment in Shuanghe city and Qingdao City, including the rhubarb crossbow.


    This news makes the players who occupy the county town in Qingzhou overjoyed. If they have hundreds of crossbow machines in their hands and set up hundreds of crossbow soldiers, they will have a better chance of fighting Cao Cao''s army.


    As a result, Shuanghe city and Qingdao city became more heated and noisy. A large number of players appeared in a shop outside the city. With the departure of these players, a large number of medium and advanced weapons and equipment entered the hands of the player lords in Beihai and Donglai counties. Among them, there were nearly 2000 ordinary one stone crossbows, which were old weapons replaced by crossbow soldiers, But the price is half of the market price, and the crossbow has a long service life. It only needs to replace the bowstring and other parts, so players are very satisfied with these weapons.


    For example, dutinghou and Wahaha each bought 200 pieces, Penglaige in Huangxian County bought 400 pieces at a time, while players in other cities usually bought dozens to 100 pieces, and 2000 pieces of one stone crossbows were sold out in one day.


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo had expected, after these weapons entered the two prefectures, Xia Houyuan and yelaixiang''s troops immediately fell into a sea of people, people, war and struggle.


    In particular, after seizing the drama County, XiaHouYuan''s army took a day''s rest. XiaHouYuan divided 100000 troops into two middle roads and went to Linqu and Shouguang counties respectively. After two days, he finally captured the two cities. When he sent out troops to attack other cities in Beihai again, he found that each county had changed its owner, and the flags on the top of the city had changed from the original expeditionary army to a mess of names.


    When he spent half a day attacking Shouguang County, he found that there were no more than 20000 people in the city, and the city''s Treasury was so empty that it could almost starve mice.


    The startled XiaHouYuan immediately made people search and inquire in the city, and then they learned the truth. Then XiaHouYuan sent 30000 troops to attack Yingling and zhuxu cities, but led nearly 80000 troops to Shuanghe city.


    It was only when he arrived at Shuanghe city that he found that the small town was much more difficult to attack than the original drama county. After half a year''s preparation, the city wall of Shuanghe city has exceeded the scale of ordinary county city, and the height has reached three Zhang, which is not the most important. What''s important is that there are huge military formations several feet high in the northwest and southwest of the city, which can accommodate ten thousand people.The finished products of three castles, one big, two small, are arranged in font, which makes Xia Houyuan feel that he is a dog biting a hedgehog and has no place to bite. Not only that, shortly after the army just set foot in the camp, there are 10000 cavalry in the rear of the camp. Although he has 10000 tigers and leopards, he has lost more than 2000 in the attack on Ju county. In this expedition, Xia Houyuan only brought 5000 Sign. Tiger and leopard riding is tough, but only if he can catch up with the other side''s cavalry.


    In desperation, Xia Houyuan had to lead the troops to retreat 20 Li and set up camp, leaving 50000 troops and 5000 tigers and leopards to watch the East army of Shuanghe City, and then ordered the troops to attack the rest of the city. Although it didn''t take much time for each city to attack, it took Xia Houyuan more than half a month. The situation of the night incense was similar, especially in Huangxian. It took three or four days to attack.

 Chapter 1036

    After the war, although the two families got dozens of cities in the two counties, what they got was more than half of the population and the cities with no materials. It can be said that they only took over a mess. And although the city occupied, but with the two counties have the strength of the players to fight a war, especially the night incense, although won the Donglai County, but within one or two years don''t want to be able to stabilize the two counties.


    It can be said that the war in Qingzhou has come to an end for the time being. Cao Cao''s energy has been put on stabilizing the situation. Tens of thousands of troops are distributed in Beihai cities, so it is impossible to help Yanzhou for the time being. Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t want to invest too much energy in Qingzhou. He just orders the people of Qingzhou to move quickly.


    Another is that with all the county towns falling into the hands of the two route princes, the range of activities of the 20000 cavalry in Qingzhou became smaller and smaller. After careful consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to transfer the 20000 cavalry back to Yanzhou, but also by land.


    One of the reasons for this arrangement is that it is no longer useful for these cavalry to stay in Qingzhou. The other is that the waterway is not arranged for the time being. There are about 30000 horses in 20000 cavalry. It will be more troublesome to go by waterway. On the contrary, it is faster to go directly through Qingzhou to Yanzhou.


    Another point is that there are more than 100000 defenders in the two cities. In addition to some of the garrisons in Longhua, Huangfu Chaobo is ready to send a fleet of 50000 to 60000 troops back to Yanzhou to participate in Cao Cao''s war.


    The war in Changyi has been going on for more than ten days now, but the eastern expedition still has no big breakthrough. After getting the information from Qingzhou, Huangfu Chaobo simply announced that he would rest for a few days, and then gathered all the people to discuss the matter together.


    Sitting in the first place, Huangfu Chaobo said: "the war in Qingzhou has come to an end for the time being, and the next war will be in Yanzhou."


    "Lord, Wei Jun also needs to pay attention to the movement of Yuan Shaojun. Gongsun Zan''s army was defeated this time. Fifty thousand elite soldiers almost lost their energy and were almost unable to attack yuan Shaojun again. Yuan Shaojun is likely to turn around and attack Wei Jun." Lu Su said;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and replied: "the matter of Wei county has been handed over to shiyuanhe and his husband. If there are two of them sitting in Wei County, and the generals of Zhao yunhuaxiong, they should still be able to block yuan Shaojun''s attack. Moreover, there is no sign of Yuan Shaojun''s massive westward advance at present. I have ordered to carefully monitor Jizhou''s whereabouts Cao Cao''s army has gathered more than 100000 troops in Qingzhou, but we have no idea about it. "


    Shi a listen, sweat, quickly out of the promise.


    Seeing Shi A''s appearance, Huangfu Chaobo also knew that he couldn''t be too strict with shadow guard, but there was still some necessary beating. He just took a light look, didn''t say anything more, and turned to look at the rest of the people in the account.


    Seeing this, Guo Jia quickly went out and said, "my Lord, the plan now is to end the war in Yanzhou as soon as possible. Judging from our current situation, there are still many things we need to do. The newly occupied four counties, Qiao County, peiguo County, Liang county and Jiyin County, all need to be stabilized as soon as possible, and the troops of each county need to be trained. In addition, it will take time to digest and stabilize the 600000 new people in Longhua. It is estimated that it will be a good job if all of them can be settled in the second half of the year. If we add Shanyang County, we should be able to stabilize it. If we have more, we will be greedy and unable to chew


    Seeing that Guo Jia wanted to say nothing, Huang Fu Chao Bo knew that he still had something to say. Cao Cao Jun''s strength was not weak. His original strategy was to increase the territory of four or five counties, but he needed time to digest it.


    However, Guo Jia meant to let himself give up Changyi''s attack, but Huangfu Chaobo was not willing to give up. There were tens of thousands of Cao Cao''s most elite Qingzhou soldiers and hubaoqi in Changyi city. If he didn''t take this opportunity to get as much information as possible, Huangfu Chaobo would be a bit unwilling.


    You know, now there are 20000 cavalry on their way. It is estimated that they will arrive in four or five days, and the flood season of the river is over. Zhou Tai''s Hengjiang camp and Pan Feng''s Fubo camp started to go to Qingzhou yesterday morning. They will escort 60000 garrison soldiers back to Yanzhou, and the time is about ten days Come on, you will have enough troops to attack Changyi. After you attack Changyi, you can start to recuperate and stabilize your territory.


    Only in this way, it will take at least 20 days to a month for the war to end. Therefore, Wei Jun must prepare for the worst. Once yuan Shaojun enters Wei Jun, Pang Tong and Zhao Yun must resist for one to two months before the army supported by Huangfu Chaobo can arrive.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo asked Dugu Ba and Dugu Tian, "how are the tunnels going?"


    Dugu Badao: "according to the Lord''s command, the general has dug ten tunnels, but it will take about ten days to get to the bottom of the city, so


    "No matter, the tunnel is only one of the means to attack the city. If it is successful, it will be the best. If it is not successful, there is no way. You have to try it. Besides, Dingtao and Qiaoxian are both lost because of the tunnel. Cao CaoJun will be on guard. So he didn''t have much hope on the tunnel. Ten days later, all the reinforcements will arrive. Maybe the tunnel will really work." Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand;Just as he expected, Cao Cao''s army was indeed on guard with the lessons of Dingtao and Qiaoxian. Within the whole city wall, every ten steps, Cao Cao arranged soldiers to be buried in the ground to listen. Every day, he arranged soldiers to monitor day and night. He did not dare to relax.


    While Huangfu Chaobo was gathering generals for discussion, Cao Cao was also gathering people for discussion. Although the news of the end of the war in Qingzhou had not yet come back, Xia Houyuan had arranged for a large army to watch the Zhengdong army in Shuanghe City, and then divided forces to attack other cities. As well as the news that the Zhengdong army had moved craftsmen and people from the bottom of the pot, Xia Houyuan had arranged a messenger to send it out It was delivered to Changyi this afternoon.


    After getting the news, Cao Cao shut himself up in his study and thought about it quietly for an afternoon. He didn''t even care about the war at the head of the city until it was dark. After the war was over, Cao Cao ordered to invite people to discuss the matter.


    After all the people sat down, Cao Cao handed the news he had received in the afternoon to all the people and said, "gentlemen, we lost the land of the four counties, but we got back a mess of Beihai." Then Cao Cao said with a bitter smile: "it seems that Huangfu Chaobo and I are naturally against each other. Since we fought against Huangfu Chaobo, I haven''t won any favor from him."

 Chapter 1037

    Seeing Cao Cao''s appearance, Xun Yu stood up and said, "how can the LORD be so decadent? In those days, Emperor Gaozu fought against the overlord, and Lou defeated Lou, but Lou defeated Lou, and finally he made great achievements. Now, the Lord is fighting with Huangfu Chaobo, and only a few times he has failed. That''s how it can be."


    in fact, Cao Cao''s character is not decadent, otherwise it is not make complaints about the chaotic world. The reason for this is that in the present words, it is just to make up a little bit. So as soon as Xun Yu''s words came out, Cao Cao laughed and brought the topic to other places.


    "Mr. Wen Ruo is right. I''ve been taught. This time, you are all invited here to discuss the next war. According to the current situation, the XiaHouYuan department should be able to bring down the two counties of Qingzhou in a short period of time, but the two port cities of the expeditionary army are not so easy to capture. Therefore, it is unlikely that the Qingzhou army will come back in a short time. All of you have to think about how to break through the present predicament. "


    As soon as Cao Cao''s words came to an end, Sima Yi said thoughtfully: "in recent intelligence, I saw a piece of news about the war in Hebei. It is said that Yuan Shao was defeated in Jieqiao, Gongsun Zan was 50000 elite, and less than 20% of Gongsun Zan''s troops fled back to Youzhou. I don''t know if this is true?"


    Cao Cao understood what Sima Yi meant and said, "what Zhong Da meant was to persuade yuan Shaojun to send troops to Weijun to reduce the pressure on Yanzhou?"


    Xun Yu nodded his head and said: "at this time, Yuan Shao can be persuaded to go to Hebei. However, it is estimated that it will not be of great help to the war in Yanzhou. According to the military report sent back by general Xia Houyuan, all the soldiers of the Zhengdong army retreated into Shuanghe and Qingdao. Even if the soldiers of Hebei could not cross the river, Huangfu Chaobo could still leave Qingzhou Bring back reinforcements. "


    "Sir, this is true, but if there is no Yuan Shao''s troops to contain the eastern army, then the troops of the three counties of Hebei will arrive overnight, which will be even more dangerous for our army! If yuan Shaojun sent troops to Wei County, if the military situation of Wei county is urgent, do you think that Huangfu Chaobo will protect Wei county or Henan Yanzhu county Sima Yi retorted impolitely;


    Sima Yi''s words were approved by Ren Jun and others, and even Cao Cao thought that it was feasible and imperative. No matter what yuan Shaojun''s attack on Wei Jun was, even if he only made a troop deployment, it was also helpful for his family''s war.


    However, Cao ang said: "father, no matter whether Yuan Shao sent troops or not, in the child''s opinion, it still needs to be hard to strike iron. It''s better to spend more energy on the training of our own soldiers than to place our hopes on others. "


    After hearing this, Cao Cao laughed, nodded his head and approved Cao Ang''s statement. He turned to Xun Yu and said, "now half a month has passed. How about the recruitment and training of soldiers and horses all over the country?"


    Xun Yu bowed himself and replied, "soldiers from all over the country have been recruited according to the requirements. The number of soldiers in each city has reached 4000, but the rank of soldiers is still too low. If you want to defend the city, there is no problem. But if you want to go out of the city and fight against the East Army


    Xun Yu''s words were understood by all the people present. No one thought of using these soldiers to go out of the city to fight against the elite of the eastern army. Now, the elite of Cao Cao''s army, except Changyi and Dongjun, are mainly concentrated in Qingzhou and Xunzhou. Yanzhou''s cities can only rely on these newly recruited soldiers for defense.


    It will take some time for the soldiers in each city to be able to really use them. Cao Cao can only do so. He turned to the topic of today''s war. After he went down to the city, he handed over the command of the war to Ren Jun. because he had been fighting with the East Army for several days, so he still had some experience: "Mr. Ren, what''s the war like today?"


    Seeing this, Ren Jun quickly got up, bowed to Cao Cao and said, "I''m preparing to report today''s war to my Lord."


    It can be said that today''s war is the same as usual. Although the eastern expedition army attacked the city wall several times, they were all repulsed by Ren Jun''s commanding officers and soldiers, and no abnormality was found in the local area. Then Ren Jun explained the situation of the city walls to Cao Cao one by one, and then he retreated.


    At this time, the generals found that their master valued Ren Jun so much. It was reasonable indeed. Judging from his report just now, it can be said that all aspects of the garrison had been properly arranged.


    Seeing that all the matters had been discussed, Cao Cao ended the discussion. Everyone left the meeting hall and went on their own business.


    This time, Cao Cao''s envoy to Yuan Shaojun was Yingchuan Zhongyao. After the discussion, he left the city overnight, crossed the Jishui River and headed for the East County.


    Five days later, twenty thousand soldiers from Qingzhou arrived at the camp under Changyi city. By this time, more than thirty thousand soldiers had been gathered outside Changyi city. At this time, the 60000 garrison transferred from Shuanghe city to Yanzhou has arrived at the estuary of the river under the escort of the water army.


    Almost at the same time, the first group of people who moved to Youzhou have also arrived at leting. They will wait for the team from Longhua to leave the Great Wall from Lulong fortress and arrive at Longhua area for resettlement. After replenishing fresh water food, the fleet immediately set out to return to Qingzhou for a second round of transportation.Then on the third day after the cavalry arrived in Changyi, the shadow sent back news from Jizhou that Yuan Shaojun had signs of troops gathering. After getting the news, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered the cities of Weijun to enter a state of war readiness. The 50000 garrisons previously assembled were stationed in the cities of Wei County, among which Handan, Chiqiu and Wei county were increased by 10000 garrisons respectively, and the remaining 20000 garrisons were stationed in Ye County, ready to replace Zhao Yun''s Long Xiang army to defend Ye County, while Zhao yunbu would be ready to support the surrounding cities at any time.


    Three days later, tens of thousands of troops were dispatched from Guantao, Julu and Ganling, respectively, and they began to march westward. For a time, Jizhou was once again covered with war clouds.


    A few days later, that is, on May 11, the 60000 garrison from Qingzhou turned pushui directly from the river and entered Dayeze. They got off the boat on the South Bank of Dayeze. Then they marched one day and arrived at the camp of Zhengdong army under Changyi city. The arrival of 60000 garrison reinforcements means that the war in Changyi is about to enter the final stage.


    At this time, more than 30000 cavalry and 120000 soldiers had been gathered under Changyi City, and it was time for Huangfu to attack Changyi beyond Bo''s expectation. The arrival of tens of thousands of troops in the north of Changyi also shocked the Cao Cao army in the city. Watching tens of thousands of troops slowly enter the camp of Zhengdong army outside the city, Cao Cao''s army all know that the worst time of Changyi war is coming.

 Chapter 1038

    "Everyone, from now on, if you don''t take off your armor and your weapon, it''s up to you whether Changyi can keep it." Above the city wall, Cao Cao looked at the generals at the head of the city with a gloomy face;


    "may you die for the Lord!" They all agreed.


    The voice of the generals at the head of the city caused the response of the soldiers. For a moment, the whole city of Changyi sounded the voice of shouting. The voice was loud and straight into the sky. Seeing this, Cao Cao could not help smiling, but nodded to himself. At least now, the morale of the soldiers in the city is high, and every day he stayed in Changyi, he bought another day''s training time for the soldiers in other cities.


    The cry at the head of Changyi city also shocked the people in the camp of the eastern army several miles away. Huangfu Chaobo looked back in the direction of Changyi city and said in his heart: Cao, I''ll see what you do!


    After the reinforcements arrived, Huangfu Chaobo did not attack the city immediately. Instead, he ordered the army to rest for another day before attacking the city.


    After ten days of preparation, Dugu BA''s two brothers led the digging army to dig out a total of 12 tunnels. At present, they have reached the moat. They are only tens of steps away from the city wall. There are three on both sides of the East and West, and six on the south. When the army begins to attack the city with all its strength, it can quickly get through and enter the city.


    For the twelve tunnels, Huangfu Chaobo was not prepared to join his most elite guards, just like Dingtao city in front of him. Instead, he prepared to arrange 500 soldiers and guards for each tunnel, with a total of 12000. Because in the city there are Cao Cao''s most elite army of 40000, 30000 Qingzhou soldiers and 10000 tigers and leopards riding, Huangfu Chaobo dare not gamble with Cao Cao with his most elite soldiers.


    For these 12000 people, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect them to open the gate. He just hoped that they could attract the attention of the defenders to the maximum extent. Even if only half of them could successfully enter the city, it would be a fatal blow to the defense of Changyi.


    On May 13, it''s sunny and breezy. It''s already midsummer, and the weather is getting hotter and drier. At this time, the best time for human action is morning and evening. If it''s noon, the scorching sun in space can almost scorch people. At this time, let alone fighting, people can''t stand standing under the sun for less than a quarter of an hour.


    Therefore, when the sky was dim, the camp of the eastern army began to be busy. Half an hour later, a group of soldiers began to leave the camp array, and then slowly approached in the direction of Changyi city. The war was about to begin.


    Fifty thousand reinforcements were arranged in three directions by Huangfu Chaobo. The south gate was the focus of the attack, with 30000 soldiers, while the east gate and the west gate were each with 15000 soldiers. In addition to the soldiers and horses previously arranged, the number of soldiers involved in the attack at each gate was no less than 30000.


    Of the 35000 cavalry, except 5000 in the north of Jishui, 20000 in the southeast of Changyi and 10000 in the southwest. The southeast direction was the key direction for Cao Cao''s army to break through the encirclement, so most of the cavalry were arranged here. This time, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to keep as many of Cao Cao''s most elite soldiers as possible to prepare for the future war.


    With the rumbling of the drums, the bleak horn is also breaking through the mist of the morning, straight into the sky. In the rumble of war drums, thousands of soldiers marching on the East beat the drums and attacked the city wall. Today''s war, Huangfu Chaobo did not use the new reinforcements, but sent out the original soldiers who had been fighting for many days. The purpose was to make the new soldiers adapt to the battlefield environment.


    At the position of the central army, Huangfu Chaobo quietly watched the soldiers attacking the city. They attacked the city wall in teams. Before they could hold the city for a quarter of an hour, they were driven down by Cao Cao. Some siege equipment was smashed by Cao Cao''s army, and soon new equipment came close to the city wall. When they arrived at the foot of the city, the soldiers climbed up to the top of the city to fight again.


    Time flies. Seeing the sun rising in the sky, Huangfu Chaobo knows that this morning''s war should be over. He waves his hand and says, "Mingjin, stop!" With that, he left the watchtower without looking back and headed for the camp.


    "Ding Ding"


    With the sound of the withdrawal of troops, the soldiers of Zhengdong retreated like a tide. Of course, when they retreated, they would easily leave the intact equipment with most of the injured Ze Pao. A moment later, the noisy battlefield had become very quiet, leaving only the screams and groans of the wounded soldiers who had no time to leave, And the curl of smoke rising everywhere inside and outside the city wall.


    After returning to the camp, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent for Dugu Ba and his brothers to inquire about the excavation of the tunnel. After getting the reply that the tunnel will be excavated into the city in two days, Huangfu Chaobo waved them to retreat.


    The reason why the war in the daytime is so powerful is that in addition to increasing the strength of the attack, another point is to use the huge noise on the battlefield to cover up the sound of more than ten underground tunnels.


    The fighting in the afternoon didn''t start until Shenshi, and it didn''t end until dark. The next day, 60000 reinforcements began to join the war. With the participation of these new forces, the war became more intense.


    After two consecutive days of fighting, 60000 reinforcements have fully adapted to the fighting. At this time, Yuan Shao''s vanguard has begun to approach Wei County, because he is not sure whether Yuan Shao is bluffing or really wants to attack Wei county. In order to avoid long dreams, Huangfu Chaobo decides to attack the city with all his strength tomorrow, that is, on the 16th. At the end of the day, there will be twelve tunnels At the same time, the soldiers will attack the city and conquer Changyi.As for the arrangement of troops to attack the city tomorrow, Huangfu Chaobo decided to make the first attack by the battalions. After the soldiers and horses in the tunnel enter the city, Cao Cao''s army is bound to have a short-term chaos. At this time, the strongest soldiers and horses in the East army will quickly attack the city.


    In order to enhance Zhang Ying''s fighting power, Huang Fu Chao Bo specially transferred 2000 yuan crossbow troops to Zhang Ying''s command, and then transferred 1000 yuan crossbow troops and 1000 iron barracks to Huang Fu Li''s command, while the second wave of attack in the west city was handed over to Gao Shun''s trap The iron eagles of Ying and Chen Jing.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo began to arrange the next day''s war arrangements, Cao Cao also got Ren Jun''s report and listened to the surveillance of the taxi soldiers. They found five abnormalities in the city, including one in the west, two in the East and two in the south. Cao Cao keenly realized that Huangfu Chaobo was likely to launch a general attack on Changyi tomorrow.

 Chapter 1039

    Therefore, Cao Cao also arranged to strengthen the defense of the city overnight. First of all, he arranged 1000 soldiers in several suspicious places, plus the assistance of 1000 soldiers from prefectures. However, Cao Cao himself must have found no tunnel, so he specially arranged 1000 tiger and leopard cavalry and 1000 Qingzhou soldiers around the four city gates, and 1000 tiger and leopard cavalry and 1000 Qingzhou soldiers to patrol around the city. Once he found any abnormality, he could control the situation as quickly as possible.


    In this way, 15000 of Cao Cao''s most elite Qingzhou soldiers and tiger and leopard riders have been dispersed. Since the eastern army will attack the city with all its strength, the defense at the head of the city must be strengthened, so another 15000 Qingzhou soldiers have been arranged on the East, South and west walls to assist in defense. Cao Cao himself has only 5000 Qingzhou soldiers and 5000 tiger and leopard riders Riding as the last mobile force.


    There was nothing to say all night, and both sides were making final preparations.


    A new day has finally arrived. At dawn, the camp of the eastern army is noisy again. All the breakfast prepared in advance has been ready. Not only that, the cooks have also prepared some dry food for all the taxi drivers to take with them. Seeing these things, everyone knows that today''s war must not be as simple as usual.


    After all the taxi drivers had breakfast in silence, they quickly sorted out their weapons, and then went out of the barracks one by one, quietly waiting for the order of the army to start.


    When all the soldiers and horses were ready for the battle, the bugle "Wuwu" of the Chinese Army''s big tent sounded, and the bleak bugle reverberated on the field for a long time, and then the armies, led by the generals, slowly approached the direction of Changyi city.


    When the first ray of sunshine appeared in the morning, more than 100000 soldiers of Zhengdong had orderly appeared under Changyi city. In the morning mist, red squares loomed in the white haze, silent. In the air, there was only the "Hua Hua" sound of the morning breeze blowing over the flag, and occasionally the snoring sound of the horses Swing.


    On the nest car of the Chinese army, Huangfu Chaobo slowly pulled out his sword from his waist with his right hand and waved it forward fiercely. He yelled: "attack!"


    Then, the messenger on the nest car raised his flag and waved it toward the front. At the same time, he yelled: "general, you have orders! Attack


    "Dong Dong Dong"


    In an instant, the biggest drum of the Chinese army was knocked by the drummer, followed by dozens of drums, followed by hundreds of drums of the Western army, followed by the attack.


    However, in a few minutes, the battle drums and bugles in the South also sounded one after another, and then spread to the East. For a time, the trumpets and drums of the eastern army outside Changyi echoed over the whole city for a long time.


    As early as when the first drum sounded outside the city, the alarm bell on the tower was also quickly sounded. The "Dangdang" alarm bell quickly spread all around the city walls, and Cao Cao Jun in the city quickly ran to the city walls to prepare for the battle.


    On top of the Chinese Army''s nest car, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the soldiers marching on the drum to attack the city wall without saying a word. The first wave of attack soldiers made adjustments at the last moment. Considering that although the tunnel has basically arrived in the city, it will take some time for it to get through, so the first wave of attack soldiers were replaced by guards, and they will be soldiers For the first wave to attack the city wall, but also for the follow-up troops consumed most of the garrison materials.


    When the first bosh soldiers approached the city wall, all the siege equipment of the eastern army were pouring desperately towards the city. Hundreds of stone catapults were constantly firing stone bullets towards the city, suppressing the attack of the city soldiers. Hundreds of well fences are also rapidly approaching the city. On the well fence, thousands of archers and crossbowmen, after reaching their own attack range, will shoot their arrows towards the city. The arrows like clouds are flying towards the city.


    Among all the siege battles, Xiandeng is always the one with the biggest casualties. When the first wave of soldiers began to ascend the city, Huangfu Chaobo''s order was issued again. The second wave of attack troops, which had already been prepared, quickly set out and approached the city wall. At this time, the war has begun for nearly a quarter of an hour, and the war in Chengtou has become white hot.


    At this time, thousands of people were working frantically under the wall of Changyi city. The pickaxes in their hands were working hard to dig in front of them. The excavated soil was directly put into the cloth bags, and then the civilians handed out the tunnels one by one. By this time, the garrison in the city had already found out.


    In Changyi City, the sergeant Cao Cao, who is responsible for listening, is still concentrating on monitoring the underground movement. Unfortunately, the huge roar outside the city and the blade impact sound of the sergeant Cao Cao''s fighting at the top of the city have made it difficult for him to hear any movement. Even so, the taxi driver in the urn still sticks his ears tightly to the wall of the urn and listens carefully.


    Suddenly, the soldiers suddenly got up and reported to the general on the ground: "general, they are coming!"


    This is one of the five tunnel excavation sites discovered in recent days. Within hundreds of steps around this place, there are already two thousand Cao Cao soldiers waiting for them.The words of sergeant Weng made all the soldiers around cheer up. They held their weapons tightly in their hands and stared at the ground. They seemed to want their eyes to go directly through the ground to the tunnel dug by the Zhengdong army. Unfortunately, all this was in vain. Their eyes were sore and they didn''t see any abnormality from the ground.


    The leader nodded at the soldier in the urn and said, "are you sure of their direction?"


    "Not yet, but their voices are much louder and clearer than those of the previous two days. It seems that they are digging quickly." With that, the soldier squatted down again and listened carefully.


    Seeing this, the soldiers nearby all breathed and held their breath, trying not to make any noise, so as not to affect the soldiers in the urn.


    A quarter of an hour later, the sergeant of the urn stood up again and whispered to the captain: "general, they are approaching. Their voice is getting louder and louder. They are more than ten steps away from the urn at most."


    With that, the soldier pointed in the direction of the sound, and then he went up to the wall of the urn again and listened carefully.


    Seeing this, the leader quickly directed the soldiers to gently surround them in the direction they pointed out, and surrounded all the distance of dozens of steps around the corner. All the people held their weapons tightly, waiting for the soldiers to break the ground.

 Chapter 1040

    After a long time, people suddenly found a place on a street corner, where the ground arched up, and then "roared". The whole ground collapsed, and the whole street seemed to be covered with dust.


    Seeing this, the leader waved his hand and ordered in a low voice: "attention, Archer, aim at the tunnel entrance, ready to shoot!"


    As soon as the words were heard, hundreds of archers quickly stepped forward, drew their bows and arrows, ready to launch.


    A moment later, the dust slowly dispersed, and then, a disheartened man stretched out his head from the collapsed ground, as if he wanted to see the situation outside. Just when he found that the situation around him seemed to be wrong, he only heard "whoosh" and "whoosh" arrows, and dozens of sharp arrows came at a high speed, nailed to his head one after another, and the man didn''t even hum Hum, then he fell back into the tunnel.


    In the tunnel at this time, one thousand soldiers of the East expedition were ready. The 500 soldiers in front of them were all soldiers, and the 500 guards behind them. Their leader was a school captain. Seeing that the first scout was shot into a hedgehog and fell down, how could the school captain not know that his tunnel had been discovered by Cao CaoJun? Although he cursed his bad luck in his heart, he could not tolerate them to retreat at this time. Otherwise, once Cao CaoJun irrigated water or smoked water at the entrance of the cave, he would not be able to escape It is impossible for more than 1000 people to escape from the tunnel.


    Fortunately, this situation had already been prepared before entering the tunnel. At the command of the captain, dozens of soldiers in double armor and carrying shields went to the entrance of the tunnel. A few people in a group, with a shout, fiercely guarded the shield in front of them and rushed out of the tunnel. Then they squatted down beside the tunnel and protected the tunnel.


    As the captain had expected, although more than a dozen soldiers fell to the ground after they rushed out, more of them rushed out safely, only to hear their shields and armor "dududui" ringing. It was obvious that a large number of arrows hit them, but they were blocked by shields and armor.


    Soon more and more soldiers rushed out of the cave and pushed towards the street outside the cave under the protection of shields. They had to get more space as soon as possible so that they could form a formation to resist the siege of Cao Cao''s soldiers.


    Cao''s general saw that the soldiers coming out of the tunnel had such a strong defense. He knew that the soldiers could not be solved by arrows alone. So he ordered the soldiers to form an array and kill them.


    At this time, the commander of the eastern expedition army had already gone out of the tunnel. When he saw the situation outside the tunnel, thousands of Cao Cao soldiers were here. He quickly formed a formation to take the follow-up taxi soldiers out of the tunnel and ordered his own guards to send signals outside the city.


    "Chirp!"


    With a loud arrow, a sharp whistling sound suddenly sounded over the city, followed by the second, the third...


    One after another, the two soldiers who were fighting were shocked by the roaring arrows. When the soldiers of the East army saw this, they were very happy and cried out: "the army has entered the city!" However, Cao Cao''s death was uncertain, but his resistance was slow. Seeing this, Cao Cao''s general cried out: "the enemy is going to enter the city through the tunnel. The soldiers and horses in the city are well prepared. There is no need to panic."


    Just then, the second arrow rang out in mid air.


    The second arrow just fell, and another arrow sounded in another part of the city. Soon, two or three arrows rang out in the whole city. This time, even the middle and low-level generals at the head of the city were in a bit of panic. There are so many arrows in so many places. How many soldiers from the East army have to enter the city from the tunnel? Can the garrison in the city really annihilate them all?


    When the first arrow sounded in the middle of the city, the soldiers in charge of observing the taxi in the nest car of the Chinese army had already found out this situation and immediately reported it to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Then one after another, the soldiers on the whole battlefield have basically found out. Under the command of Huangfu Chaobo, a thousand soldiers of the camp in Xicheng, who had already been ready, were quickly killed in the direction of the western wall under the leadership of Gao Shun. Then, the drums and trumpets of all-round attack were heard in the South and East cities, and the thunder of the East army began.


    Huangfu Chaobo has found that there are ten signals in the city, that is to say, at least ten tunnel taxi soldiers have entered the city. Anyway, these 10000 soldiers will give a fatal blow to the garrison in the city. Even if they can''t give a fatal blow, they can make the city chaotic for a period of time, and this period of time is their own fighter.


    At this time, Cao Cao was also surprised by the roaring arrows everywhere in the city. He had found five tunnels and made corresponding arrangements. He also arranged a large number of patrol troops and horses in the city. However, he did not expect that the eastern expedition army had dug out more than ten tunnels, and there were only 10000 soldiers and horses in his hands. Thinking of this, Cao Cao Cao did not care He immediately ordered 5000 tiger and leopard riders to rush to the other five tunnels where there were no troops and horses, hoping to wipe out the eastern expeditionary army who entered the city. At worst, they would be surrounded, otherwise Changyi would be in danger.


    Cao Cao''s reaction was not slow, but the long prepared eastern expedition was faster. Under the leadership of the general, the third wave of attack soldiers, who had already been prepared, rushed under the city wall and attacked the city head along the siege ladder.The third wave of attack soldiers were the most elite special arms in the East army. With their participation, the war situation in the city changed instantly. The warning everywhere in the city has made the city''s taxi soldiers suspicious, and the sharp and sudden killing of the Zhengdong army has caught the garrison off guard.


    On the south side of Changyi City, Ren Jun, the governor of Jiyin, was in charge of defending the city wall. Ren Jun, who was cautious in nature, began to be alert when the arrow sounded in the city. He immediately put 1000 Qingzhou soldiers who were responsible for defending the city gate in the gate hole, and ordered all Qingzhou soldiers who were responsible for defending the city wall in the south gate to ascend the city, so as to prevent the eastern army from attacking the city in chaos.


    Who knows that shortly after his order was issued, the war drums of all-round attack were heard in the East army outside the city. Then he saw a 5000 strong east army quickly come out of the army and run towards the city wall under the command of a general with silver armor and helmets. This is the third wave of attack that Zhang Ying personally led 5000 halberds. Behind them, more troops are getting ready. When the halberds get results in the city, they will send troops to support them.

 Chapter 1041

    In Ren Jun''s eyes, he saw 5000 soldiers attacking towards the city wall, but he was not so nervous. He had 3000, no, it should be 4000 Qingzhou soldiers in his hand. This was the most powerful soldier in Cao Cao''s army. At present, he only saw once that Qingzhou soldiers didn''t win the battle with other soldiers, that is to say, he fought with Huangfu Chaobo guards under Puyang City It should be said that Cao Cao''s army was not defeated at that time. If it wasn''t for the fact that a large number of cavalry were gathering and the threat to Cao Cao''s army was too great, I believe that Cao Cao''s army would not last long.


    Even so, Ren Jun''s cautious character did not make him despise this halberd soldier. Two thousand of the three thousand Qingzhou soldiers had set up a small formation at the head of the city, which was distributed behind each stomp on the wall, and another thousand were waiting for support.


    Under Changyi City, Zhang Ying led 5000 halberds to attack Changyi city. This is the first battle his halberds have participated in since their establishment. It will also be a fierce battle. On the top of the city, there must be Cao Cao''s most elite Qingzhou soldiers in defense. Like the halberds, the Qingzhou soldiers are also soldiers with long weapons. Zhang Ying believes that the halberds who have worked hard for one year must be soldiers I won''t lose to Cao Cao''s Qingzhou soldiers.


    In a moment, Zhang Ying has arrived at a cloud ladder. He puts the halberd behind him with his hand. Zhang Ying helps him to the cloud ladder with one hand and quickly climbs towards the city. Seeing this, the bodyguard who is close to him quickly follows him and climbs towards the city.


    In a moment, Zhang Ying stepped on the city wall, which was several feet high. At this time, because of the addition of Qingzhou soldiers, the activity space of the soldiers of Zhengdong army had become smaller and smaller. There were less than ten soldiers supporting Zhang Ying.


    Seeing this situation, Zhang Ying suddenly said, "you should step back and plunder the array."


    The soldiers who were struggling to support the city wall were overjoyed and cried out: "General Zhang has ascended the city, kill the enemy!"


    With these words, more than a dozen of them advanced instead of retreating. They waved their weapons and killed Cao Cao''s soldiers. After pushing Cao Cao''s soldiers back a few steps, they quickly retreated and handed over Cao Cao''s army in the middle to Zhang Ying. More than a dozen soldiers were divided into two parts to protect Zhang Ying''s two sides.


    Zhang Ying had a long halberd in his hand. He killed Cao Cao''s army in front of him. In a moment, several Qingzhou soldiers drank bitterly under Zhang Ying''s halberd. Soon, dozens of Zhang Ying''s bodyguards climbed the wall from the ladder behind him. They were basically soldiers of the iron wall camp. With their participation, Zhang Ying''s two sides were safer.


    Between the halberd flying, Cao Cao''s soldiers on the wall were killed and retreated step by step. Zhang Ying''s side cleared up dozens of steps in a moment. Seeing that there were more and more Fangshi soldiers at the head of the city, Zhang Ying said in a loud voice: "leave a group of people in formation to guard the stomp, and other people will take the rest of the soldiers to the city."


    "No!"


    As he spoke, dozens of soldiers formed a tight square to protect the stomp behind him, while Zhang Ying led dozens of other soldiers to kill him in the direction of another stomp.


    As soon as Zhang Ying ascended the city, he quickly held a stomp. Seeing this, Ren Jun immediately sent 200 Qingzhou soldiers to kill Zhang Ying in the direction of stomp, and another 200 Qingzhou soldiers to intercept Zhang Ying. Ren Jun''s reaction is not slow, but Zhang Ying''s speed is faster. When two hundred Qingzhou arrive, Zhang Ying has swept away another Sergeant Cao Cao.


    With two ladders, the speed of the Euphorbia ascended the city was much faster. A moment later, hundreds of Euphorbia ascended the city wall.


    Zhang Ying saw this, a big drink, hundreds of halberds in his side quickly arrayed, to intercept the 200 Qingzhou soldiers killed in the past.


    Although the two hundred Qingzhou soldiers were strong, the fighting power of the hundreds of halberds under the command of Zhang Ying was not what the two hundred Qingzhou soldiers could resist. However, in a short time, the two hundred Qingzhou soldiers were defeated in front of the halberds and suffered heavy losses. The reason was that the halberds were led by Zhang Ying, while the Qingzhou soldiers were led by ordinary generals.


    Although the halberds also lost a lot, the 200 Qingzhou soldiers were almost destroyed. The changes at the head of the city make Ren Jun''s face change greatly. He didn''t expect that he underestimated the halberd soldiers of the East conscription army who attacked the city wall. Thinking of this, Ren Jun ordered to send 500 Qingzhou soldiers and 500 tigers and leopards to mount the city from the gate, and sent someone to ask Cao Cao for help.


    Unfortunately, Ren Jun''s reaction was slow. By the time 1000 reinforcements reached the city wall, more than 1000 halberds had gathered at the head of the city. Zhang Ying stomped the head of the city to ordinary soldiers for defense, but he led the 1000 halberds to kill Ren Jun in the direction of the city tower.


    A thousand tiger and leopard riders and Qingzhou soldiers finally blocked Zhang Ying''s Halberd soldiers dozens of steps away from the city tower. However, Ren Jun had a lot to suffer. He had no reserve army on hand, and there were a steady stream of East conscription soldiers behind Zhang Ying. At this time, the city was also in chaos. More than ten tunnel entrances appeared in the city. Ren Jun estimated that at least thousands to tens of thousands of soldiers had been killed in the city through the tunnel. Cao Cao had only 10000 reserve troops in his hands. Although they were all the most elite, the situation in the city was still not very optimistic.


    Just when the southern wall fell into a bitter battle, the east city''s expeditionary army was also led by a thousand soldiers of Tiebi battalion led by Dianwei. Although the east city''s General Li Dian was not weak, he retreated step by step under the crazy attack of Dianwei, and had to give the position of the city''s head to the expeditionary army.Behind Dian Wei, Wang Ran, Guan Hai and Li Feng led thousands of soldiers to quickly kill the city and seize the city from Cao Cao Jun.


    On the wall of the western city, Gao Shun has led the camp to attack the city. The camp is as hard as a tortoise shell, and its defense is tight. Although lejin leads 3000 Qingzhou soldiers to fight back, it still has little effect. After Gao Shun''s fall into the camp, he was Chen Jing''s 5000 iron eagles.


    After gaoshun successfully captured an area at the head of the city, Chen Jing quickly led 5000 iron eagles to attack the head of the city. The two troops continued to expand the occupied area along the wall to the north and south directions. With more and more taxis, the western wall was occupied by the eastern army with a wall more than 100 steps wide.


    Seeing this, Le knew that he was unable to return to heaven, so he led the troops to guard the city tower and sent people to ask Cao Cao for help. As for how Cao Cao should arrange, it was no longer his decision.

 Chapter 1042

    At this time, Cao Cao was sitting in his residence, listening to the war situation from various heralds. He couldn''t help but feel dead. There were nearly ten thousand soldiers in the city. On three walls, Huangfu Chaobo had sent out some of the most elite troops. It seems that the loss of Changyi city is inevitable. However, Cao Cao still felt that he was unwilling to give up because of the concentration of a large amount of money and materials in Changyi city.


    Fortunately, after the loss of Dingtao, Cao Cao had quietly transferred nearly half of his belongings and most of the family members of the generals and officials to Rencheng Kingdom under the advice of Xun Yu and Sima Yi. He just gave up Changyi today, but will he give up Rencheng tomorrow? If it goes on like this, in less than a year''s time, the power that we have painstakingly established will be wiped out.


    "Lord, you can''t hesitate any more. You must evacuate immediately. Now the north gate is still in our hands, and there are dozens of boats hidden in the water gate to the north. Please lead the Qingzhou soldiers to escort the Lord to leave immediately. Otherwise, when the city gate is opened, you can''t leave." Sima Yi said anxiously;


    Xun Yu also advised: "yes, Lord, if you leave the Castle Peak here, you are not afraid of no firewood. Now there are no reinforcements outside, and sticking to Changyi only increases the casualties. If you leave as soon as possible, you can save as many elite soldiers as possible. If these tens of thousands of elite soldiers are all lost in Changyi City, I''m afraid you will be powerless in the future war."


    Xun Yu''s words made Cao Cao suddenly wake up. Since Changyi has been unable to defend, timely evacuation is the best response. After thinking about it clearly, Cao Cao immediately gave an order: "let Sanmen guard the Qianjin gate which will destroy the gate of the city, delay the time for the East army to enter the city as far as possible, and then lead the army to retreat towards the north gate. Cao Zhen, you lead 5000 tigers and leopards to meet soldiers and horses in the city, and order them to gather at the north gate. I remember that when I meet with the soldiers of the eastern expedition, I can kill them and disperse them directly. I must not entangle with them. After an hour, no matter how many soldiers I receive, I must retreat to the north city to join us. "


    After hearing this, Cao Zhen immediately took the order and left.


    Cao Cao then turned to his eldest son Cao ang and nephew Cao Anmin and said, "Zixiu immediately led 2000 Qingzhou soldiers to escort the families of all the gentlemen and generals to the north gate, ready to evacuate. Anmin led 3000 Qingzhou soldiers to evacuate with me at last."


    When Cao ang heard this, he immediately said, "it''s better for my father to leave with you guys. Just give it to my son and brother Anmin."


    The rest of Cao Cao''s army also persuaded Cao Cao to leave with them. Finally, Cao Cao had to agree with them and gave the task of transferring property to Cao ang. Cao Cao and Xun Yu retreated toward the North City under the protection of two thousand Qingzhou soldiers.


    The guards of the three walls soon received Cao Cao''s military order. Knowing that they were unable to return to heaven, they ordered to destroy the Qianjin gates of the three gates, and then led their soldiers to withdraw towards the north city.


    Outside Changyi City, on top of the Chinese Army''s nest car, the battle situation at the top of the city is in the eyes of Huangfu Chaobo. Now the war has been going back and forth for nearly three hours, which makes Huangfu Chaobo worried. However, he was anxious, but he didn''t show any signs on his face. He just ordered the taxi soldiers to continue to support him.


    All of a sudden, the taxi driver in charge of the observation reported loudly: "general, General Gao and General Chen have entered the city tower, and Cao Cao''s army at the head of the city has begun to retreat."


    As soon as Huangfu''s spirit was lifted, he looked towards the city wall. Sure enough, the trapped camp and Iron Eagle soldiers had begun to pour into the city tower, while Cao Cao''s soldiers were retreating from the city tower step by step towards the passage of the city wall.


    "Good!" Huangfu Chaobo was so excited that his fists and palms hit each other: "come on, order the army to enter the city!"


    What surprised everyone was that after the army attacked the tower, they did not open the gate. Just when Huangfu Chaobo was surprised, an iron Eagle quickly slipped down the wall and ran towards the Chinese army.


    A moment later, the soldier was brought to Huangfu Chaobo and said with a military salute, "report to the general. General Chen ordered his subordinates to report. Cao Jun has destroyed the Qianjin gate. The gate will not open for a while."


    Huangfu Chaobo slapped him and said angrily, "Damn, it''s another move."


    "Lord, Cao Cao is coming and running!" Next to him, Guo Jia suddenly got up and said;


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. It seemed that he was, so he immediately turned his head and said, "come on, the herald army will send two schools around the city to the north gate, and the rest of the soldiers will continue to enter the city from the city wall to prepare for the cavalry to pursue Cao Cao''s army, so that they will keep as many of Cao''s elite as possible at any cost."


    "Yes After bowing to receive orders, several heralds turned over and rode away.


    At this time, the cheers of the soldiers have sounded at the head of the city, and the tower on the west city wall has been completely controlled by the government, which means that this city is about to be captured.


    The war on the city wall slowly subsided, but the war in the city was more intense. Under the leadership of Cao Zhen, five thousand tigers and leopards kept gathering the soldiers scattered in Changyi city. At the same time, once they found the soldiers of Zhengdong, they led the cavalry to crush the soldiers of Zhengdong along the street and killed them in all directions.Fortunately, Cao Zhen also knew that his task was to gather as many soldiers as possible to go to the North City, so once the soldiers scattered and escaped, or after they left the main road, they would stop chasing and then rush to the next street.


    As the war in the West City Tower subsided, the war in the South City and the east city also slowly subsided. Zhang Ying and Wang Ran also encountered the same situation in the west city. The Qianjin gate was destroyed, and the gate could not be opened for a while. So they both ordered the army to continue to enter the city from the top of the wall. On the one hand, they arranged the soldiers to open the city gate as soon as possible, and on the other hand, they ordered the soldiers to divide the way and attack all parts of the city.


    Just when the eastern expedition army began to attack all parts of the city, at the north gate of Changyi City, Cao Cao had gathered more than 20000 troops, including more than 10000 Qingzhou soldiers, 8000 tiger and leopard riders, and no more than 5000 ordinary soldiers. You know, before the city broke, Cao Cao had 30000 Qingzhou soldiers, 10000 hubaoqi and tens of thousands of prefectures and soldiers, but at this time, there was only so much left.


    Looking at the soldiers in front of him, Cao Cao had a headache and was about to fall. Seeing this, Cao ang next to him held him and said, "father! Are you all right? "

 Chapter 1043

    After a long time, Cao Cao stabilized his mind, looked up at the people, and saw that they were all concerned. He said, "it''s OK, Zixiu, order to board the ship. First, let''s arrange for all the gentlemen and their families to board the ship. After the ship leaves, we will lead the troops to break through and leave Changyi."


    Cao ang was about to turn around and leave, but Sima Yi suddenly said, "Lord, it''s still two hours before dark."


    Cao Cao was stunned and looked up at the sky. Then he suddenly woke up. Sima Yi reminded himself that there were thirty or forty thousand cavalry outside the city. It was more dangerous to lead the troops to break through the siege in the daytime. It might be better to wait until it was getting dark, and maybe we could escape more people. You know, the terrain around Changyi is not as good as our own soldiers More familiar than the East army.


    Cao Cao nodded thoughtfully, then turned to Cao ang and said, "Zixiu, you will lead 5000 Qingzhou soldiers to escort Mr. Xun and his family and all their financial affairs. After crossing the river, you will go to Rencheng and lead the army for your father. After a while, you will break through the encirclement and leave."


    Cao ang wanted to say more, but he was stopped by Cao Cao''s stern eyes. In desperation, he had to lead 5000 Qingzhou soldiers to escort Xun Yu and other people and the property transported from the city to the ship and leave the Watergate.


    After Cao ang and his party left, soldiers soon reported that there was a large army of East expeditionary troops in the northwest outside the city. Without hesitation, Cao Cao immediately sent 5000 tigers and leopards out of the city. With the help of the soldiers on the north wall, he forced back the troops of East expeditionary army in the northwest corner.


    With the resistance of Cao Cao''s soldiers in the city, when several troops approached the northern city of Changyi, the sky began to darken gradually. With the help of this time, Cao Cao gathered nearly ten thousand troops.


    Seeing that the time was ripe, Cao Cao led the army to break through from the north gate. However, when he left, he once again sent dozens of soldiers into the city tower. After the army left the gate, he also destroyed the Qianjin gate of the gate, which made the generals in the city have to look at the city and sigh.


    However, even so, although the army inside the city could not follow, the army outside the city was ready to intercept. When Cao Cao led the army to the northeast corner outside Changyi, there were 20000 troops of the Li Department of Huangfu who had arrived here to intercept. In this case, Cao Cao had expected that, under his leadership, Cao Zhen led 8000 tigers and leopards to launch a desperate attack on the intercepted army.


    Although Huangfu''s Li troops tried their best to intercept and supported by 20000 cavalry troops, they were still led by Cao Cao to break through the encirclement. However, Cao Cao''s army suffered a heavy loss. In the end, less than half of the 8000 tiger and leopard cavalry successfully broke through the encirclement, and more than 10000 soldiers were lost. In the end, Cao Cao Cao''s army broke through with less than 20000 troops, which was the first to leave the ship Five thousand Qingzhou soldiers from Cao Ang''s Department broke through the encirclement.


    It has to be said that Cao Cao''s timing was very good. Soon after the army highlighted the interception of the Li tribe of Huangfu, it was completely dark. The cavalry of the eastern expedition had to give up their pursuit and return to Changyi city.


    Although Cao Cao finally broke through the encirclement and escaped, he lost a lot. Of course, after a big war, the losses of the Zhengdong army were also amazing. In the more than one month of the attack on Changyi City, the losses of the Zhengdong army''s barracks were more than 20000, and the losses of the garrison were more than 30000. In addition, thousands of cavalry and nearly 10000 soldiers were lost when Cao Cao was finally intercepted to break through the encirclement. The losses of the whole Changyi War reached nearly 70000.


    However, the harvest of this war is not small, the first is to capture Cao Cao in the base camp. Changyi, as the governor of Yanzhou, has been used as the base camp since Cao Cao became the governor of Yanzhou. For Cao Cao''s army, it was a huge blow to their morale to capture Changyi in this world war.


    Another point is that most of Cao Cao''s most elite Qingzhou soldiers and tiger and leopard riders were eliminated. At first, there were 30000 Qingzhou soldiers and 10000 tiger and leopard riders in Changyi City, but in the end, less than 10000 Qingzhou soldiers successfully broke through the siege and left, and only more than 3000 10000 tiger and leopard riders arrived in Rencheng. Therefore, Cao Cao suffered a heavy loss.


    The city gates on the West and south sides of Changyi city were finally opened when it was almost dark. At this time, Cao Cao''s rout troops in the city had been completely eliminated, and the eastern army had already controlled the whole city. So Huangfu Chaobo ordered the army to enter the city for the night.


    In Changyi City, Yanzhou''s animal husbandry house, Huangfu Chaobo did not gather people all night for discussion. Instead, he sat alone in Cao Cao''s former meeting hall, looking at the map on the wall of the city and thinking about the arrangements after the war. The war in Changyi has also caused a great loss to the East army. At least in the current situation, it can no longer fight any more. So the next thing is to digest the newly occupied territory before considering the subsequent war.


    It has been more than two months since the war started in March. However, for this war, I have prepared for more than a year. If it was not for the strange soldiers from Yuzhou and the use of the mace of digging the son army, I would have easily won the five counties under Cao Cao.


    Yes, it''s easy. You know, except for the last battle of Changyi, which lost tens of thousands of troops to the Zhengdong army, the battles of the other counties were very easy to win. The total loss of troops was less than half of the battle of Changyi.


    But this last battle also let Huangfu Chaobo see the real combat power of Cao CaoJun, and also let Huangfu Chaobo understand that his power''s war potential is not as strong as he imagined. Not only that, but also let Huangfu Chaobo really understand the difference between attack and defense.Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help sighing. It seems that he will have to rest for a while. There are many newly occupied territories. Although he has lost two counties in Qingzhou, it''s not a bad thing for him. If there is an enclave, it will be too late to support anything. But the two port cities are a troublesome thing, and the most important thing is to build a new one The main ones are two docks, one is super class and the other is high class. However, it took countless efforts to build them.


    Without the support of the two counties, I don''t know how long the two port cities can last. If not, I''ll move to leting. In a word, the dock can be rebuilt when it''s gone, and the shipbuilders have to keep it anyway.


    In addition to these, there are dozens of cities in the newly occupied five counties, and all the personnel need to be arranged. Although Tian Feng and others make a rough arrangement at the county level, and then confirm it by themselves, the personnel arrangement at the county level must be fully considered by themselves. In addition, all the counties need to build new battalions, which is related to the personnel .

 Chapter 1044

    When he was in the middle of the war, he didn''t feel that as soon as the war ended, Huangfu Chaobo found that he seemed to be busy. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but get up and walk slowly to the map. At present, he didn''t patrol the map and looked north from Sizhou. Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes fell to the north, and he thought of another headache There are 600000 people in Longhua who need to be resettled. If we want to resettle the 600000 people, we have to go to Longhua, because we have to upgrade the county and city ourselves.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but have a headache. He quickly walked to the window and pushed open the window. The cool wind from outside blew into the room, which made his anxious heart settle down a little.


    Just at this time, Dian Wei''s voice came from outside the hall: "Lord, commander Guo, commander Lu, general Zhang, general Huangfu, General Huang and General Wang are asking to see you!"


    He quickly returned to the throne and took a deep breath. Huangfu Chaobo forced himself to calm down. Then he said slowly, "come in!"


    When the gate opened, Guo Jia and his party entered.


    "I''ll see you, my Lord!"


    "I''ll see you at the end!"


    "You have worked hard. Please get up!" Huangfu Chaobo held out his hand to show humanity to the public;


    "Lord Xie!"


    "I didn''t want to call you today, but I didn''t expect you to come by yourself. What''s the matter?" Huangfu Chaobo laughed and said, he turned to Lu Su and asked, "what''s the situation in the city? There is also the question of whether all the troops have been properly arranged. "


    Lu Su joined the army, so Huangfu Chaobo directly asked him about this.


    "At present, all the remnant enemies in the city have been eliminated and everything has returned to normal. But for the sake of unnecessary trouble, a curfew has been arranged for the whole city this evening. All the troops have arranged to return to their barracks for rest. At present, there are only more than 10000 guards and 10000 battle barracks in the city to patrol the four walls. "


    "There is also the fact that most of the cavalry pursuing Cao Cao''s routs have returned. Because it is dark and the cavalry are not familiar with the situation in the wild, they return to the camp and give up pursuing them." Lu Su reported to Huangfu Chaobo one by one;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, Cao Cao chose a better time to break through, so after breaking through the interception of Huangfu Li army, it was almost dark, and he really could not pursue any more.


    After Lu Su finished speaking, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the other generals and said, "what else do you want


    Several people hesitated for a moment. They all looked at Huang Wudi. Huang Wudi hesitated. Then he said, "uncle, shall we send troops to Rencheng or Dongping?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Then he understood why several generals came together and said with a smile, "why do you want to continue fighting and prepare to wipe out Cao Cao''s army?"


    Huang Wudi nodded excitedly and said, "that''s right. Now the main force of Cao Cao''s army has been destroyed. Naturally, we should work hard to eliminate it completely, so as not to regenerate."


    "And then, I''ll fight Cao Cao''s army with the East army to death. After losing both sides, tens of thousands of troops will burst the balloon whenever the princes go out?? Besides, Yuan Shao''s army in Jizhou, Hebei Province is already eyeing. Are you going to fight on both sides? "


    Huangfu Chaobo''s successive problems made all the generals on the scene wither. Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo said no more, saying: "the war in Yanzhou is over. From tomorrow on, all the departments will take turns to rest and take turns to attack all the cities in Shanyang. They can''t continue to attack Dongping and Rencheng. Let Zijing arrange this. "


    "Su Shouming Lu Su stood up and took orders;


    different from the disappointment of the generals, Guo Jia and Lu Su breathed a long sigh of relief. Although it had been agreed that the battle would end when Changyi was captured, they were afraid that Huangfu Chaobo would suddenly change his mind and continue to attack Cao Cao. Now that Huangfu Chaobo had made it clear that the war was over, they were relieved.


    "Well, if there''s nothing else to do, let''s go separately." Huangfu Chaobo saw everyone''s reaction one by one, but he didn''t wait for them to speak any more and waved his hand.


    after listening, all the people got up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo, then turned and left.


    After everyone left, Huangfu Chaobo stood in front of the map again. After the interruption, he had already figured out that there were a lot of things to do, no matter what.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo brought a pen and paper, listed his current territory and his civil and military generals and officials one by one, and began to slowly think about the personnel arrangement.


    Time flies by in Huangfu Chaobo''s calculations. When he makes a rough plan, the sky is already bright. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo is exhausted. After breakfast, he asked Guo Jia and Lu Su to come and give them the preliminary plan of personnel arrangement for their reference.


    They took the plan and asked with concern: "did you stay up all night?"


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a bitter smile: "time is not waiting for me! Since Yuzhou joined our army the year before last, the leaders of all the counties and armies have been unable to fully meet the needs for various reasons. This time, five more counties have been added. Although all the people can be arranged in Yanzhou and Yuzhou after the abandonment of Qingzhou, the officials and generals needed are still not enough. They have to use several demoted generals of Yuan Shujun and other young generals That''s barely enough to deal with the situation. "With that, Huangfu Chaobo took a sip of the tea in front of him and said, "what''s more, there are too many things to consider. If we can''t arrange the staff as soon as possible, we can''t start the follow-up work. Time is very tight."


    After listening to them, they both looked at the plan in hand. As expected, the personnel arrangement of each county had been greatly adjusted. There were several county governors and county captains who were all young generals in their twenties. Fortunately, the prefects were all veterans of the expeditionary army. Basically, they grew up step by step from county magistrate to county magistrate.


    In addition, the chief generals of all the armed forces and departments are veteran generals, and there is no doubt about their abilities, so there should be little problem. However, in the new barracks, Zang Ba, the new Taishan prefect, was appointed as a general by Huangfu Chaobo, which surprised Guo Jia and Lu su. It seems that a demoted general should be valued by his own master.

 Chapter 1045

    It took them less than half an hour to finish watching all the staff arrangements. After watching, they looked at each other. They both looked at each other with a trace of admiration in each other''s eyes. They were secretly praising each other. Their Lord''s behavior was more and more mature. It can be seen from this personnel arrangement that in addition to the original dragon faction, kinship faction and Huangjin faction, the current Zhengdong army has added the original Yuanshu faction and the newly invested Taishan faction.


    It can be said that the personnel relationship is complicated, and the problems that need to be considered in all aspects can be said to be confusing. The preliminary plan that my master spent a whole night working out can be said to have basically considered the checks and balances between various factions.


    Mutual check and balance is the way of human beings. How to make better use of the problems between various factions and deal with their relations is a very important ability.


    Both of them basically agreed with the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, and only put forward some suggestions on a few small details.


    It took another hour for the three to make sure of the personnel arrangement, and then Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. After the personnel arrangement was made, the following things would be easy to do.


    "What are fengxiao''s and Zijing''s suggestions on the arrangement of troops in each county and city?" Huangfu Chaobo then asked;


    about the arrangement of troops, it is also a headache. The geographical environment of the eastern expedition is surrounded by wolves. If one is not careful, he will be attacked on all sides. Therefore, if he does not maintain a strong military strength, he is likely to be defeated one day, but if there are too many troops, it will not last long, When the time comes, you don''t need others to fight, and your own forces will drag you across.


    In the past, the conscription army was basically arranged according to the allocation of soldiers in one county. No matter whether there were ten or twenty counties in that county, that was the decision.


    However, among the newly occupied counties, Liang and Chen have only nine cities, Pei has only five cities, and Hongnong has less than ten cities. In addition, Shanyang County and Jiyin county have only ten cities. If these counties are also arranged according to the size of 25000 soldiers in five schools, the number of soldiers will be too much, so Huangfu Chaobo will become a leader There is such a question.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s words were over, Guo Jia got up and walked slowly to the map. Pointing to the location of Liang, Pei and Shanyang, he said slowly, "in fact, the Lord doesn''t mention it. Jia will also mention it with him."


    In Guo Jia''s opinion, Pei county has only five cities. Gongqiu county is close to Lu county and far away from Pei county. At present, no troops have been sent to attack. Gaoping County, nanpingyang county and Xiaqiu County in Shanyang County are still in the east of Rencheng county. If you want to occupy the three counties, you must capture Rencheng county. For these counties, the current situation, basically can only give up.


    In this way, there are only six cities in Shanyang County, five in Pei County, and nine in Liang county. If a small county like this has 25000 soldiers from the original five schools, it will be under great pressure. So what Guo Jia meant was that either these small counties would have two or three battalions, or they would only have a two or three battalions.


    After listening to Guo Jia''s suggestion, Huang Fu Chao Bo shook his head and set up a battalion in two or three counties. It''s better to set up a small battalion with two or three schools in one county. Anyway, he has worked hard to arrange the generals of these battalions. In the later stage, once his sphere of influence expands, he will have to reorganize new battalions. It''s better to build the framework of the battalions first, It''s time to expand the camp.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided that in a small county with five or six cities, such as peiguo, two schools of soldiers would be arranged. For a slightly larger county with less than 10, three schools of soldiers would be arranged. For a county with more than 12 cities, three schools of soldiers and one school of cavalry would be stationed according to the standard. For a county with more than 15 cities, one school of soldiers would be added, which is the configuration of four steps and one school of cavalry. A large county like Runan has 30 or 40 cities, but it is still equipped with six schools of soldiers and two schools of cavalry. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo''s idea is to divide Runan into two or even three, and turn it into an ordinary county with more than ten cities. But now there are not enough people, so he has to give up.


    Of course, this is only a relative standard. The specific situation needs to be calculated according to the population of the county. For example, Wei county has only 12 cities, but it has a population of more than 1 million. In addition, it is close to Yuan Shaojun''s territory, so it should be implemented according to the standard of four steps, or even five steps.


    After the allocation standard of combat battalion is determined, the next step is the allocation standard of garrison. This is relatively simple. In terms of the arrangement of soldiers, only the small counties of five cities are equipped with 10000 guards, the middle counties of five to ten cities are equipped with 10000 guards, the large counties of more than ten cities are equipped with 15000 guards, and the super large counties of more than 20 cities are equipped with 20000 guards.


    In terms of cavalry, there are 1000 small counties, 3000 middle counties and more than 5000 large counties. As for the cavalry in the county, 50 to 100 cavalry should be used to transmit information.


    The personnel arrangement has been basically finalized, and the plan for the deployment of troops has also been roughly determined. The completion of these two major events has given Huangfu Chaobo a long sigh of relief. Just as he was about to make them both busy, Guo Jia raised another question: "Lord, now Yanzhou has two new counties, plus several counties in Yuzhou and Lujiang, as well as four counties in Sizhou and Wei County in Jizhou, there are as many as 15 counties under the rule of our expeditionary army. Except for the governor in Yuzhou, the other ten counties are all managed by the general''s office. It seems that it is too difficult."With that, Guo Jia watched Huangfu Chaobo go on. Huangfu Chaobo also realized that Yuzhou could still be managed by Yuzhou governor''s department. However, if Yanzhou''s prefectures were managed by Tian Feng alone, they would not be managed. But now that Yanzhou''s herdsman is Cao Cao, can he still appoint a governor himself I can''t help looking at Guo Jia.


    Guo Jia said: "my subordinates have been thinking about this problem for several days. Now, except Longhua, all the counties of our eastern army have been linked together. There are as many as 15 counties. Why didn''t my Lord make a statement to the court and divide these 15 counties into three states, recommending three assassins respectively. In this way, the three assassins will manage the civil affairs of the three states, and then they will be responsible for the general''s office of the eastern army, And military affairs can be directly managed by the general''s office in Zhengdong. "

 Chapter 1046

    As he spoke, Guo Jia explained to Huangfu Chaobo on the map: "in the view of his subordinates, Henan, Hongnong, Hedong, Hanoi and Wei counties are one state, which is the Si state. Chenliu, Jiyin, Shanyang, Liang and peiguo are all one state, which is still Yanzhou. Yingchuan, chenguo, Runan, Qiaojun and Lujiang are all one state, which is still Yuzhou. In this way, the fifteen counties are divided into three states, The Lord can recommend three assassins to manage the civil affairs of the three prefectures. He only needs to equip the three assassins with relevant subordinate officials, while Zhengdong general''s office only needs to manage the civil affairs of the three prefectures. "


    At this point, Guo Jia said with some regret: "unfortunately, the Lord has not yet opened his house to build his teeth. Otherwise, there is no need to go to the imperial court for such affairs, and the Lord can have self-determination."


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head in a noncommittal way. He didn''t want to pay attention to him, but he was thinking about the feasibility of this operation. It seems that this matter has to go back to Luoyang and Tian Feng to have a good discussion. Moreover, the candidates of the three assassins must also be carefully considered.


    "By the way," Huang Fu Chao Bo suddenly thought of something, looked at Guo Jia and said, "is there a new trend for yuan Shaojun in Jizhou?"


    Guo Jia shook his head: "the pigeon letter from yesterday said that Yuan Shao''s army stopped marching 20 Li East of Handan and Weixian, and set up a camp. It seems that he was waiting for the follow-up troops to arrive. However, according to some speculation, Yuan Shao should be observing the situation of Yanzhou war. If our eastern army and Cao Cao Cao''s army are fighting each other, he will take advantage of the opportunity to enter. But judging by the current situation, Yuan Shaojun should soon withdraw after he gets the news of our army''s attack on Changyi and does not continue to enter the city. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, and Yuan Shao could guess one or two of his ideas. At present, Gongsun Zan of Youzhou is the biggest threat to him, so this time he was able to beat Gongsun Zan hemiplegia, which has given him a long sigh of relief. The loss of tens of thousands of elite cavalry can let yuan Shao take the initiative in the war. However, this battle made him lose a lot, especially the cavalry of Zhao Yun''s troops, and Yuan Shaojun''s cavalry lost a lot. But Gongsun Zan lost the elite and the bones, while Yuan Shao lost the ordinary cavalry. For Jizhou, which is rough and fleshy, it''s just skin and flesh. It''s not on the same level at all.


    If his family and Cao Cao continue to kill each other, Yuan Shao finds that there is a bargain to take. He says that he should not take the opportunity to take a bite. He may be able to tear off a large piece of meat from himself. If there is no bargain to take, he will not act rashly.


    The war with Cao CaoJun is over. It seems that it''s time for him to return to Luoyang. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said, "OK, let''s do it first. The war in Yanzhou is basically over. He was going to return to Luoyang by the trapped camp and Tiebi camp tomorrow. Fengxiao will return together. Zijing still needs to stay in Changyi for a while and stay here The soldiers and horses are basically in place before they can return to Luoyang. "


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo was so sleepy that he waved his hand to them and said, "go down first. I''ll announce it when I gather the generals in the evening."


    "My Lord, I like to have a rest!" After hearing this, they gave a salute and went out.


    In the evening of that day, Huangfu Chaobo summoned all the generals to discuss business, announced that he would return to Luoyang, and authorized Lu Su to coordinate the war between the various ministries in Changyi. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s request, several troops would occupy the cities west of Rencheng in the next time, and then began to enter a state of defense.


    Zhang Ying''s troops returned to juancheng and Puyang to defend XiahouDun, while Huang Wudi and huangfuli''s troops stayed in Changyi to defend Rencheng and Cao Cao''s troops in Xuzhou. After returning to Luoyang, Huang Fu Chao Bo and Tian Feng and Xu Shu will confirm the arrangement of the officers and generals of the prefectures once again, and then make the appointment as soon as possible.


    After that, the Zhengdong army will enter a period of rest. Of course, before the troops of each county are in place, Huang Wudi''s troops will continue to defend here, and will not withdraw until all the troops are in place.


    On the one hand, he was afraid that the army would march eastward again. On the other hand, the battle between xiapi and sun Qijun was not over, and the two armies were still fighting fiercely in xiapi.


    After all, sun Qijun''s current strength can not be compared with that of the expeditionary army. For them, Cao Cao''s army was able to capture more than ten cities in World War I, which was a blessing for Cao Cao''s army to fight on three sides.


    Sun CE sent out nearly 100000 troops to attack the four prefectures. When he arrived at xiapi City, he was already weak. The reason why he was still fighting against xiapi was that he saw the eastern expedition still fighting with Cao Cao in Shanyang County, and most of Cao Cao''s attention was attracted there. Sun CE knew that it was time for Cao Cao to turn his attention back to Xuzhou, I don''t have this chance, at least in a short time.


    In Ye County, in the prefecture, Zhu Hao is also gathering people for discussion. In addition to several major officials of Wei County, Zhao Yun, Hua Xiong and Pang Tong are also included. Several people are sitting in the hall, discussing yuan Shaojun''s intelligence.


    According to the news from Chihou, Yuan Shaojun''s troops had already arrived in Weijun, but they stopped moving forward. Instead, they camped 20 miles away from Handan and Weixian. This position was not near or far away. This move made the people of the East army confused. That''s why Zhu Hao called people together for discussion.Above the theme, Zhu Hao looked at the Ju professor with a confused face and said, "Duke Ju, what is yuan Shaojun doing? Waiting for reinforcements in the back? "


    He was not as flexible as Tian Feng, but he was not as good at military strategy as Pang Tong and Guo Jia. He could not see it clearly, so he turned to Pang Tong and said, "what should the left Army division see?"


    Although Pang Tong was the youngest of these people, his talent was obvious to all. So after he asked questions, the rest of the people also looked at him.


    "In the view of Tong, Yuan Shaojun should have the idea that if there is profit, he will move his troops westward; if there is no profit, he will not move his troops." With that, Pang Tong went to the map and pointed to the positions of Yuan Shaojun''s barracks. "We have been fighting against Yuan Shaojun for many years. Although we have been on the defensive all the time, Yuan Shaojun has failed to win. Why?"

 Chapter 1047

    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, everyone fell into deep meditation. Yes, when the eastern expedition army first came to Luoyang, there were several wars with Yuan Shao army. Although every time the eastern expedition army retreated and Yuan Shao army ended in victory, Yuan Shao army could not cause a lot of damage to the troops of the eastern expedition army except for the territory of Jizhou.


    Suddenly, Zhao Yun suddenly thought of a question: "cavalry! It''s cavalry, because our cavalry is strong, but yuan Shaojun doesn''t have a strong cavalry. Therefore, although yuan Shaojun fought Lou Sheng, he can''t do great harm to our army. "


    Pang Tong nodded: "what General Zhao said is right. The key is cavalry. Yuan Shao''s cavalry is far weaker than our cavalry and Youzhou''s cavalry. So this time, Yuan Shao tried his best to pull out the cavalry he had accumulated for several years and annihilate Gongsun Zan''s elite cavalry in Jizhou. That''s why he lost most of his cavalry and lost them again This is a powerful threat to our army. "


    When they heard this, they all realized.


    "This time, General Zhao and general Hua annihilated some of Yuan Shaojun''s troops. In addition, Gongsun Zan had to get a lot of news about yuan Shaojun''s cavalry. I believe that Yuan Shaojun''s cavalry had been greatly weakened. In addition, the war in Yanzhou had not yet come to an end. That''s why Yuan Shao was so cautious. He was waiting for the result of the war in Yanzhou. If the Lord could capture Changyi in Yanzhou and defeat Cao So it won''t be long before Yuan Shaojun withdraws. If the two continue to fight each other in Changyi City, I believe the follow-up army of Yuan Shaojun will come soon. " Seeing that everyone had understood the reason, Pang Tong continued;


    "in this way, we just need to be prepared for defense and wait to see what happens?" Zhu Hao said thoughtfully;


    "no," Pang Tong shook his head and said, "it''s not just to watch the change, but to prepare for the counterattack. I believe that the news of Changyi will come soon. At that time, once yuan Shaojun withdraws, General Zhao''s cavalry must catch up with him and beat yuan Shaojun hard to let him know that Wei Jun can''t come as he wants, You can go if you want


    After listening to Pang Tong''s words, everyone burst out laughing, especially Hua Xiong. The scar on his face kept shaking with laughter. The cavalry chasing the footmen was his favorite. What''s more, with Zhao Yun''s Bai Ma Yi''s help from such a light cavalry, his Xiliang iron cavalry could kill all sides with confidence.


    "Well, in that case, we''d better be prepared. Whether it''s to prevent yuan Shaojun''s attack or to pursue their troops, we need to get the news from Yanzhou." When Zhu Hao heard this, he was relieved. No matter what, he was always right to be ready. So he said, "everyone go down and do your own work. The Lord of the time has his own order."


    As Pang Tong expected, the news of Changyi''s great victory spread to Yecheng the next day. The people who got the news immediately got ready, and the cavalry began to pay close attention to the movement of Yuan Shujun.


    Two days later, the results of the Changyi war spread to Jizhou through other channels. After the war, the eastern army did not continue to March. Instead, after sweeping the surrounding counties, Yuan Shao concentrated on strengthening the defense of the newly occupied city. Knowing that his plan to fish in troubled waters had been miscalculated, Yuan Shao ordered several armies to withdraw from Wei county.


    If Zhao yunhuaxiong''s cavalry, which had been prepared for a long time, smelled the blood smell of wolves, more than 10000 cavalry would rush towards Yuan Shao''s army like a tide.


    Zhao Yun''s cavalry focused on the army in the east of Weixian county. This is the 40000 troops sent by Qinghe, led by Zhang Nan and Jiao Chong. After they got the news of the retreat, they led 40000 troops back to Guantao without hesitation. Who knows that the cavalry of the East army arrived behind them just half a day after the withdrawal.


    By the time Zhao Yun and his cavalry arrived at the back of Zhang Nan''s army, they had already formed a formation and were defending.


    Looking at the infantry formation in front of him, Zhao Yun stopped Hua Xiong, who wanted to rush into the formation, and said, "general Hua, the iron cavalry of Xiliang should be ready first. Let''s wait until a certain leader, white Ma Yi, disturb their formation first."


    Hua Xiong thought that if the bow cavalry first disturbed the infantry square array, and then led the spear cavalry to the array, the effect would be much better. He didn''t say much. He bowed to his command.


    As soon as Zhao Yun lifted the reins, he led the white horse to roar away from the Southern Zhang army.


    During Yuan Shao''s army formation, Zhang Nan and Jiao Cha looked at each other and saw the color of shock from each other''s eyes. The cavalry of the eastern expedition army was very strong. All generals of Yuan Shao''s army knew this. They didn''t expect that they were so unlucky that they were targeted by the cavalry of the eastern expedition army. Although they were quick enough to make a good array before the cavalry of the eastern expedition army arrived, they were worth tens of thousands All the troops are infantry soldiers, but the nearest city to Yuan Shaojun is still tens of miles away. It will take a day for the infantry soldiers to March quickly, but now they are blocked in the field by more than ten thousand cavalry soldiers. I''m afraid it''s more dangerous than good.


    Seeing thousands of cavalry coming towards their own army, their faces changed greatly. They yelled at the heralds around them: "enemy cavalry, get ready! Archer, no archery without orders


    In the formation, the generals everywhere soon called for their soldiers to prepare for the battle. They had already finished the formation, and they were all anxiously waiting for the battle with the cavalry of the eastern expedition. Especially the front row of the soldiers, they all secretly prayed that the direction of the cavalry was not their own.The roaring sound of the horse''s hooves was getting closer and closer. As soon as the cavalry was about to enter the range of the bow and arrow, Yuan Shao''s soldiers were stunned. With Zhao Yun''s order, thousands of white horses broke into two before the battle, turned from before the battle and rushed to both sides of the battle.


    Looking at the cavalry in front of him making a sudden detour, the front taxi soldiers screamed for the rest of their lives, but Zhang Jiao and the two taxi soldiers in the array were as pale as ashes.


    Their square array was built in a hurry. In order to deal with the attack of cavalry, Zhang Nan specially ordered that the front and back of the array should be thick and the two sides should be weak. However, he did not expect that the cavalry of the Zhengdong army were so skillful in horsemanship that they were able to complete the turn in the process of attack, and they were so integrated and unified. Now, if the cavalry bypasses the front and kills the two wings, Zhang Nan can almost imagine that the defense of the two wings is absolutely unable to withstand the impact of the cavalry.


    "Run and shoot!"


    At Zhao Yun''s command, thousands of white horses bent their bows and arrows and shot at Yuan Shao''s soldiers on both sides of the square array.


    With the "whoosh" of arrows, thousands of cavalry ran all the way to the rear of Yuan Shaojun, shooting their arrows like locusts into the square array, causing bursts of screams.

 Chapter 1048

    Zhang Nan and Jiao chadu are the generals of Yuan Shao ''.


    Before and after the two rounds of taxi pawn movement, inevitably there will be chaos, for this situation, where Huaxiong can not see. Before the taxi pawn move, Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry began to move, toward the direction of the army.


    Unlike baimayi, Xiliang iron cavalry is a spear cavalry, and soldiers wear iron armour. Although it is not the whole body armour that tigers and leopards ride, it is a bit better than baimayi from leather armour. Therefore, their fighting method is different from baimayi. Baimayi is riding and shooting with machete, while Xiliang iron cavalry is fighting directly.


    There was only a few hundred steps between the two. As soon as the transfer of Yuan Shao''s soldiers started, Huaxiong''s cavalry was close at hand.


    Hua Xiong''s goal is also very clear. He doesn''t have the delusion to fight directly into the big formation of tens of thousands of people with these thousands of Xiliang cavalry. Instead, he focuses on one corner of the big formation. He is cutting a big piece of fat to enjoy it.


    Sure enough, as he expected, in a moment, thousands of Xiliang cavalry were inserted into the congealed lard like red knives.


    Thousands of Yuan Shao soldiers in the southwest corner of the array were immediately cut off from the main array by Xiliang iron cavalry, and then driven away by thousands of ordinary cavalry behind, making them unable to join the main array.


    Seeing this, Zhang Nan and Jiao Chong are so scared that their eyes almost fall off. This is the time of a round. Thousands of soldiers in their army have been cut off. It seems that these soldiers have no hope of survival.


    Fortunately, they reacted quickly enough. When they saw this, they immediately ordered the army to shrink its defense and quickly filled the gap in the formation that had been gouged out. Only then did they let Xiliang iron cavalry, who had turned his horse''s head and wanted to rush into the formation again, fail. Rao is so. It''s also the cold sweat of the soldiers in the formation.


    In fact, what they didn''t know was that whether Pang Tongju or Zhao Yunzhu went out to fight this time, they just wanted to make them walk hard. They didn''t intend to annihilate the whole army. Otherwise, Zhao Yun and Zhao Yun would not be the only two. There are more than 10000 cavalry. You know, now there are 20000 cavalry and 40000 horses in Wei county. It''s true If we want to fight with all our strength, Zhang Nan''s 40000 troops can''t really go back.


    But what we have to consider is that if Zhang Nan''s army is really annihilated, Yuan Shao will be enraged. Now he has no worries. He just doesn''t want to attack Wei county at the expense of his troops when he is not fully prepared, so he doesn''t attack Wei County on a large scale. Once Zhang Nan''s 40000 troops were completely annihilated, Yuan Shao was angry and tried his best to attack. That would be exactly what Cao Cao wanted, and the idea of the East army''s recuperation would be defeated.


    Now that Zhang Nan has shrunk his formation in an all-round way, Hua Xiong is not in a hurry to rush into the battle. First, he will annihilate the nearly 4000 Yuan Shao troops isolated. Zhao Yun leads Baima Yicong around the array. Once Zhang Nan''s army changes, he pours on the bow and arrow to wait on him, and makes the army just ready to send troops back again.


    In this way, more than 30000 officers and soldiers in the great array watched the four thousand soldiers hundreds of paces away from them. In less than half an hour, more than one thousand soldiers were killed and wounded, and the remaining two thousand were all arrested. As a result, the morale of Zhang Nan''s army was even lower. In addition, Zhao Yun''s white horse Yi Cong, like peeling onions, rode and shot around the formation in circles, which made the morale of the soldiers even lower.


    After almost half a day''s fighting, the casualties of the Zhengdong army were few, only dozens of people were killed and injured when the iron cavalry rushed into the battle line in Xiliang.


    In this regard, Zhang Nan and Jiao Chong have no choice but to secretly pray that it will get dark soon. As soon as it gets dark, they can order the army to break through and enter Yuancheng dozens of miles away.


    Who knows, Zhao Yun and Zhang Nan''s thoughts are well known. However, they don''t care about it. Instead, they think about how to use this opportunity to make Zhang Nan''s army peel off again.


    As time goes by, it''s getting dark. Zhang Nan is relieved. If he has another hour or two, his army will be broken up. You know, except for the thousands of soldiers who were directly gouged out, more than one thousand of them were killed and injured by Zhao Yun''s bow cavalry. In particular, all of them are nervous and may collapse at any time.


    As Zhang Nan expected, it was getting dark. With Zhao Yun''s order, more than ten thousand cavalry turned their horses and headed for Wei County in the West. More than two thousand soldiers from Zhang Nan were also taken away.


    Looking at the figure of the cavalry, with the sound of the horse''s hooves disappearing into the silent night sky, Yuan Shaojun''s soldiers all sat on the ground one by one, but Zhang Nan didn''t dare to relax. He quickly ordered the soldiers to continue to form a good formation, and sent out their only dozens of cavalry, far behind the cavalry of the eastern expedition army, to confirm that they had left He was relieved to order the army to go in the direction of Yuancheng.Dozens of Yuan Shao cavalry troops were far behind the eastern expedition cavalry troops. As the sky became darker, they did not find that some of the cavalry troops left from time to time and hid in the dark. After more than 20 miles'' journey, Yuan Shaojun''s cavalry stopped, and the first cavalry sent several people back to report the situation, while most of the remaining people were in the same place to guard the direction of the eastern expedition cavalry.


    What they didn''t find was that soon after several cavalry left, hundreds of cavalry appeared between them and the army, and the dark shadow pupil was coming towards them. Finally, when those people were only dozens of steps away from them, a yuan Shaojun cavalry inadvertently looked back and saw these people: "who?"


    Yuan Shaojun''s cavalry were shocked, and they all turned back to look behind them. When the cavalry of the eastern expedition saw that they had been exposed, the chief General yelled: "kill


    More than 100 cavalry soldiers followed, and soon dozens of Yuan Shaojun cavalry were killed. Half an hour later, thousands of cavalry appeared in the public''s sight, and Hua Xiong was the leader.


    Seeing that Yuan Shaojun''s cavalry had been killed, Hua Xiong waved his hand and said with a laugh, "go, drive the sheep!"

 Chapter 1049

    When Hua Xiong led the cavalry to catch up with Zhang Nan''s army, tens of thousands of them were firing torches and heading for Yuancheng, which was less than 20 miles away. After receiving the news from the cavalry that the cavalry of the eastern expedition had left, Zhang Nan ordered the army to rest on the spot and ordered the cook to cook dinner immediately. However, after dinner, he did not order to camp on the spot. Instead, he ordered the army to go to Yuancheng overnight. Yuan Shao''s soldiers were not without complaints. They were just frightened by Zhang Nan''s words: "if the eastern cavalry comes back tomorrow, you can stop it?"


    After a quick meal, the army set off in a hurry and headed for Yuancheng. However, we didn''t expect that the Zhengdong army would come all night.


    As Hua Xiong expected, tens of thousands of Yuan Shaojun were on fire when they arrived. Fortunately, the soldiers had already had dinner, but they were still able to support themselves even though they were tired.


    In the army, Zhang Nan is sitting on his horse and talking with Jiao Chong. Suddenly, he hears a dull thunder in the sky. He subconsciously looks up into the sky. In the dark sky, although there is no moon, there are stars all over the sky. He is wondering why there are stars in the sky.


    Suddenly, he woke up. No, it''s not thunder, it''s... Cavalry...


    Thinking of this, he turned his head and looked in the direction of the sound. Sure enough, there were countless lights behind him, moving quickly towards this side. Not only him, but also many soldiers have found the fire behind them. Suddenly, the whole army is like a frying pan.


    "Here comes the cavalry!"


    "Here comes the cavalry of the conscription army!"


    "Run


    "Line up! Come on, come on, come on


    Countless taxi drivers screamed in horror. No one paid any attention to the arrangement of the generals around them. Soon someone threw away their torches and ran towards the darkness. After a man ran away, the people around him immediately followed suit. Soon more and more taxi soldiers took part in the escape, and the whole army was in a mess.


    Seeing this, Zhang Nan knew that he was unable to return to the sky. During the day, the strong fighting power of the eastern expedition cavalry had put great pressure on the soldiers. Now his army was on the March, so it was impossible to form an array to meet the enemy.


    After thinking about it for only a few minutes, Zhang Nan gritted his teeth and said to Jiao Qian, "brother Jiao, run away. Now it''s impossible to resist the attack of the cavalry of the Zhengdong army. Order the soldiers to disperse and evacuate, and then gather the troops in Yuancheng! "


    Jiao Cha also knew that nothing could be done, but he had to agree with Zhang Nan''s suggestion. The two men ordered the surrounding soldiers to shout in unison: "run, disperse and break through!"


    After several shouts, the two, escorted by hundreds of soldiers, left behind all the soldiers and ran to the direction of Yuancheng.


    The general''s escape made the army more chaotic. When Hua Xiong arrived with his cavalry, the whole yuan Shaojun army was in a mess. Seeing this, Hua Xiong laughed, took the long knife in his hand, and yelled: "boys, drive the sheep, kill..."


    "Kill..."


    Thousands of cavalry yelled in unison and divided into several groups to kill yuan Shaojun. In a short time, several cavalry troops rushed into Yuan Shao''s army like no one else. They were killed as a regiment and turned the chaotic army upside down.


    Yuan Shao''s soldiers were so frightened that they ran around one after another. As they ran, they threw all their weapons and equipment everywhere. After throwing things away, some clever soldiers ran to the night on both sides and disappeared into the vast night. A lot of soldiers ran around, and some of them even ran to the direction where the cavalry killed them. As a result, they were directly stabbed to death by the cavalry.


    The killing didn''t stop until dawn. At this time, Huaxiong had led a cavalry to the foot of Yuancheng. He didn''t turn around until he saw the city wall. By the time we got back to the place where we fought last night, Huaxiong alone had captured nearly 2000 Yuan Shao soldiers.


    After all the cavalry returned, Hua Xiong was surprised. In a scuffle last night, Yuan Shao''s soldiers were killed and injured by tens of thousands of people. More than half of them were killed and injured because of the trampling of the chaotic army. The total number of captives gathered by the various departments was nearly 5000, and the remaining 20000 Yuan Shao''s soldiers were scattered and disappeared in the dark.


    As for equipment and materials, almost all the equipment of 40000 people was left here. In addition, nearly a month''s supplies of food and grass of 40000 soldiers and horses were scattered on the plains more than ten miles around.


    The soldiers were very happy with the equipment and materials everywhere. Five thousand prisoners were driven by cavalry to collect all kinds of materials, and then repackaged and packed them until noon. Then they were carried back to Wei County by the five thousand prisoners.


    Two days later, Yuan Xi, the Qinghe prefect in Ganling City, got the news of the defeat of Zhang Nan''s army. At last, only 15000 people were captured by the 40000 army, and 5000 people were missing. Moreover, the 15000 army basically returned to Yuancheng unarmed, and all the equipment and materials were lost.Yuan Xi didn''t dare to hide the news, and immediately reported all the information to his father in Nanpi city. However, in the military newspaper, Yuan Xi attributed the defeat to Zhang Nan and Zhang Nan''s strong cavalry, and thus gained their loyalty to him. At this time, Zhao Yun and Hua Xiong had already left Wei county and headed for Ye County with these materials and prisoners.


    After receiving the battle report from Yuan Xi, Yuan Shao in Nanpi city turned pale with anger and called to send troops to attack Wei County on the spot. However, he was finally persuaded by a group of military commanders. It was mainly a war a while ago that made him lose half of the 40000 cavalry he had accumulated for a year. Now, there are only 20000 cavalry, but they are not enough to deal with the cavalry of the eastern army, so he only has to fight You have to press the anger in your chest for a while.


    Zhao Yun was stunned by the result of the war. He just wanted to make trouble for yuan Shaojun, and let them know that Wei Jun was not a place where they could come and go if they wanted. Who knows, there was no chance that it would be a book. Because of Zhang Nan''s mistake, he made more than 10000 cavalry troops march out. In the end, he not only defeated yuan Shaojun''s 40000 troops, but also captured 5000 people, and gained the harvest Forty thousand troops are equipped with weapons and supplies. Zhao Yunzhu, who returned to Yecheng, was still afraid that Yuan Shao would come to attack in a rage. However, a few days later, Yuan Shao''s army did not make any movement, which gave him a long sigh of relief.

 Chapter 1050

    When Zhao Yun led the troops back to Ye County, Huangfu Chaobo also returned to Luoyang City under the protection of the trapped camp and Tiebi camp. The first thing he did when he came back to Luoyang was to send someone to recruit Tian Feng, Xun you and Xu Shu. He wanted to implement the appointment of officials and generals as soon as possible, otherwise it would be difficult to carry out the following things.


    Get Huangfu Chaobo back and call to see their own news, the three soon came to the Houfu.


    "I''ll see you, sir!" As soon as they entered the door, they bowed and said,


    "no need to be polite, please sit down!" With a wave of his hand, Huangfu Chaobo said to the three humanitarians, "the war is over. I thought I could win quickly. But after the war in Changyi, I will find that I underestimated the heroes in the world. Since I can''t win quickly, I will fight steadily and come step by step."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the three of them were all relieved, especially Tian Feng. The internal affairs of the whole eastern expedition army were all on him. Although Xun you''s assistant is now available, they are so old after all. It''s not a joke in terms of logistics for hundreds of thousands of troops to go out. What''s more, the internal affairs of more than 100 cities in eight counties still need to be dealt with .


    Looking at Tian Feng''s silver hair, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thinks that if Guo Jia''s proposal is feasible, the governor of Sizhou can give it to this old man. Sizhou is the place where he started his own business, facing three enemies, and the internal affairs really need to be handed over to a reliable person. In Yuzhou, Kong can cope with it for several years, but it is still a question to whom Yanzhou will be handed over.


    As for Yanzhou, Huangfu Chaobo thought, it''s better to hand it over to Kong Rong. You should know that Kong did well in Beihai at the beginning, otherwise Guan Hai''s Qingzhou yellow scarf would not be targeted at Beihai. It''s just that the military aspect is really poor, but this is not a problem. The military and political separation of the Zhengdong army means that both the soldiers and the guards are under the unified management of the Zhengdong general''s office. Although the governor''s office also has certain jurisdiction, the guards are under the unified management of the general of the zhanbing battalion in wartime.


    However, we still need to deal with the immediate affairs. Besides, Huangfu Chaobo withdrew his thoughts and said to the three humanitarians, "when I was in Changyi, the Marquis had drawn up a plan for the appointment of the latest officials and generals. This time, you are invited to come here, just to let you have a look, confirm and see if there is anything left."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Shi a to hand over the already prepared appointment list to the three people. They all understood that they were not easy to intervene in this matter. The purpose of Huangfu Chaobo''s hand over to them for confirmation was only to find out and make up for the vacancy, so they all looked at it carefully after that. However, they did not find anything to reveal, so they did Soon the list was handed back to Shia.


    Seeing that they had nothing to change, Huang Fu Chao said to Xun you, "in this case, I''d like to ask Gongda to write it. After the book is printed, it will be sent out as soon as possible. If this matter is not well arranged, the follow-up work is not easy to carry out, especially if the troops are not ready as soon as possible. If any princes attack, they will be caught off guard It''s over. "


    Xun you got up and took the order. He quickly walked to the front of the case, spread the paper, quickly wrote down the list of Huangfu Chaobo''s appointment, and then handed it to Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo checked it carefully again. After confirming that there was no mistake, he stamped the seal of his general Zhengdong on it, and then handed it to Shi a Dao: "let''s write and copy it, and send it to each county as soon as possible Release it. Qingzhou there, immediately spread pigeon letter, let Xu Rong arrange the defense of the two cities, and then rush back to take office as soon as possible


    "No!" Shia took the order and left the chamber.


    After Shi a left, Huangfu Chaobo said: "there is one more thing, fengxiao Zeng proposed to set up three prefectures under the rule of Zhengdong army, set up three prefectures governor, in charge of state affairs. But originally, he thought that this matter needed long-term consideration. Now, although I am a general of Zhengdong army and Marquis of Wenxi County, I set up officials in different prefectures, but


    Several people all know what Huangfu Chaobo means. If his name is not right, his words are not right. He is ruled by the current situation of his master. Although he has become a vassal, he can set up counties and prefectures, but he has no right to set up prefectures and counties at a higher level.


    However, there is a big difference between the two. For example, although the counties of Chenliu, Jiyin and Shanyang in Yanzhou are now under the management of the Zhengdong army, some of the taxes that should be handed over to the state still fall into Cao Cao''s pocket. However, if Huangfu Chaobo could reset the state governance, then this part of the tax would go into the pocket of the eastern army.


    But this is really a problem. If we can''t get the legal rights, even if we reset the state governance according to Guo Jia, it can only solve some management problems. The tax problem still can''t be solved. There is no way to solve these three people. In the end, Huangfu Chaobo had to decide to put this problem aside for the time being.


    What Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t know is that someone is trying his best to solve the problem for him.


    In Chang''an City, in the mansion of Li Yu, marquis Yang of Da Sima Chi, Li Yu is holding a banquet to entertain a group of generals under his command. In fact, Li Yu is a group of generals under his command. The rest are basically his own relatives, such as sons, brothers, nephews, nephews, etc. there are few generals with other surnames. In the final analysis, they are just a family.


    Today, although Li Jian has not been able to beat Guo Si, there is not much conflict between them. It can be said that they are basically at peace.At the end of the wine, Hu Feng suddenly said: "uncle, it is said that the Zhengdong army has captured several counties of Cao Cao army. In addition, Kongyu in Yuzhou has publicly attached himself to the Zhengdong army. Now Huangfu Chaobo has two prefectures, namely, two prefectures and two prefectures in Yuzhou. If you add a few prefectures in Yanzhou and Yangzhou, they have become the largest force in the world. Will this be bad for us?"


    Li Tan chuckled and said, "what about the biggest force in the world? Now that the emperor is in our hands, plus Tongguan''s natural danger, what do we have? "


    After a little meditation, Li touched his chin full of beard, and said: "however, although not afraid, it''s good to give him some trouble. Moreover, according to the regulations of the imperial court, if the territory of an alien person exceeds two states, he should be able to be a duke. Hehe, by this reason, he can just get a seat for a certain state. "


    Li''s words surprised all the Li family in the hall. There was an uproar in the hall. Is it really OK to be the Duke of the kingdom?


    Li Shi, Li Shi''s son, managed to make the hall quiet. He stood up and stammered to Li Shi: "father, really... Is it really possible to be a Duke? "

 Chapter 1051

    After listening to Li Shi''s words, Li Yu said with a smile, "why not? Since his Huangfu Chaobo was able to be a duke, why not. At that time, a certain person will pull Guo adduo up again, and I believe he will not refuse. Someone will send a letter to Guo adduo, saying that a certain family will have a good chat with him and ask him if he is willing to get a seat in the country. "


    As soon as the words were finished, Li Zhen sent someone to invite the witch in, and then respectfully said, "witch, please do me a divination, and ask about the good or bad luck of this appointment!"


    The old witch God nodded in the middle of the hall, and then began to perform Dharma. After a witch dance that made everyone dizzy, two tortoise shells were thrown out of the witch''s hands, rolled in the air, and fell to the ground. The witch slowly walked up to the tortoise shell, bent down and picked it up, then murmured a few words, and then looked at Li calmly He and others said: "the hexagram phase shows good luck. Congratulations to the Duke of the state!"


    On hearing this, Li Yu was overjoyed and said, "great. Thank you, Wu. Someone will offer you a hundred jin of gold and a hundred brocades of Shu Brocade to thank Wu."


    The witch said no, turned around and left the hall.


    As soon as the witch left, Li''s people immediately cheered and stopped for a long time.


    In the Han Dynasty, Liu Bang, the emperor Taizu, swore to kill the white horse, so he could not be king unless he was Liu. Although empress Lu later granted several heterosexual kings to his family when he was in power, they were later eliminated. From then on, the Han Dynasty was the highest level of public rank. Now, of course, there is no such restriction in the game.


    What Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t know is that when the player has complete territory of two states, and the historical generals, population, army and other conditions are met, the first Duke can be created. Gong, also known as Guogong, is the abbreviation of dukes. In history, Cao Cao was granted the throne in the 18th year of Jian''an (213). At the beginning of his reign, he established the Wei duchy, and set up a hundred officials of the duchy, with the capital of Wei County Yecheng. He had a complete feudal system, which laid the foundation for his son Cao Pi to become emperor of the Han Dynasty.


    Now Huangfu Chaobo has reached the condition of being a duke. In fact, this condition is not so easy to achieve, so the players in the back only need to own a state, and other conditions are met, then they can get the Duke smoothly. The NPC power is totally different from the player power. That''s why Li Yu has the confidence to ask Guo Si for a Duke by giving Huangfu Chaobo the opportunity to be promoted to duke.


    The reason why he wants to win Guo Si is that Li Shi knows that if he doesn''t win him, even if Huangfu Chaobo''s title is promoted, he can''t win his title.


    After listening to Li Shi''s words, everyone in the Li family was very happy, especially Li Shi, Li Shi''s eldest son. He immediately sent someone to Guo Si''s house to tell him the news.


    As Li expected, Guo Si was very attentive to this matter. Even if he agreed to Li''s request, the two sides hit it off and soon agreed on the meeting place.


    In the early morning of the next day, they could not wait to bring 5000 soldiers to the appointed place. In a mansion in front of the palace city, the soldiers of the two sides confirmed the situation inside and took over half of the defense. Then they led several ten guards to meet in a pavilion in the mansion.


    There was no way. Now they were afraid of each other''s calculation, so they chose such an empty place with dozens of steps around. After careful inspection by the guards, they met in the pavilion.


    As soon as we met, Guo Si said, "witch Li, what you said yesterday is true?"


    Li Yu was very angry and said, "Guo Addo, it''s not easy for me to come across such an opportunity. I thought about my old love and decided to give you a hand. You should be like this. Hum, I knew that I would go to heaven alone and not take you as a villain."


    Guo Sichi chuckled and said, "don''t think someone doesn''t know what you''re thinking. It''s not that you''re afraid of someone''s opposition. That''s why you have to go to someone''s home."


    Seeing that his mind had been seen through by the other party, Li Yu blushed and said angrily, "yes, if you are a villain and don''t want to, you can''t have a chance if you can''t make it on your own."


    "Anyone who says someone doesn''t want to, just can''t see how some people want to be a whore and even set up a memorial archway." Guo Si said contemptuously;


    they had a good quarrel again. After a long time, they stopped to discuss business, but they didn''t say a word and started quarreling again. It''s not for other reasons, but for the title of Duke. Li wants the name of Duke of Qin. Because Guanzhong is the place of Qin, the title of Duke of Qin means to include the whole Guanzhong.


    But Guo Si didn''t agree, and they had another big fight. Finally, Guo Si suggested that, well, if you want to be the Duke of Qin, then we should be the Duke of Yong. Not only that, Guo Si also brought himself an ally, that is, Dong Huang, who occupied the four counties of Liangzhou. Guo Si won him the title of Duke of Liangzhou.


    In this way, three princes appeared in Guanxi, and they were all under the command of Dong Zhuo army. As for Ma Teng and Han Sui, Guo Li did not mention them. In their eyes, they were just rebels.


    It was not easy to discuss the titles of several people, and then they discussed the title of Huangfu Chaobo. Unexpectedly, they argued again.Huangfu Chaobo is now the Marquis of Wenxi County. According to the rules of the court (in the game), he can be granted the title of Duke of Jin this time, and he is also the first-class Duke of Jin, that is, the highest ranking Duke of one word. So what kind of Duke will he be granted. They searched for a long time in Huangfu Chaobo''s territory and found several titles.


    Because the territory of Huangfu Chaobo was too large, there were two or three states. There were more than ten ancient feudal states in this area, from Tang, Jin, Wei and Yu in Guanzhong to Zheng, Xu, Hu, CAI and Chen in Guandong. They discussed for a long time, and finally set the title between Tang and Jin.


    However, between the two titles, they once again had a dispute, and no one could persuade them. In the end, they had to step back and send someone to send both titles to Huangfu Chaobo for his own choice.


    Three days later, the quick messenger sent the title to Huangfu Chaobo, which stunned Huangfu Chaobo and his subordinates.


    So, the dispute in Chang''an City once again appeared in Luoyang City. All the people under the command of Huangfu Chaobo argued over the title. Even old man Cai Yong, who stayed in Luoyang academy and rarely went out, came to the general''s house, and he also participated in the dispute.

 Chapter 1052

    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo thought it was a very simple thing, but he didn''t expect that the two sides argued for a day and night without a result. In the end, Huangfu Chaobo rejected the public opinion and left the "Jin" he didn''t like very much, the "Tang" he liked more, and finally became the Duke of Tang.


    In fact, the title of Tang Dynasty was much earlier than that of Jin Dynasty. The first generation of Tang Dynasty was mainly in the era of Emperor Yao. According to the compilation of Yuanhe surname, Liu Lei, the grandson of Emperor Yao, was introduced: "the state of Shang Dynasty was in Tang Dynasty, and King Cheng of Zhou Dynasty destroyed Tang Dynasty, and moved to Du, which was Du Bo." (the capital is in the area of Yicheng, Shanxi Province).


    The center of Tang Yao''s kingdom is in Yicheng County and Xiangfen County of Shanxi Province. According to radiocarbon dating and correction, the Taosi site in Xiangfen county was dated from 2500 BC to 1900 BC. Many experts and scholars have proposed that the Taosi site is the capital of Emperor Yao and the earliest "China". Su Bingqi, a famous archaeologist, once commented: "the Taosi culture not only reached a higher stage of" Fangguo "era than the later Hongshan culture, but also established its central position in the various Fangguo at that time. It was equivalent to the Yao and Shun era in ancient history, that is, the earliest" China "in the pre Qin historical records, which laid the foundation of China."


    The state of Tang was originally the empress of Yao. During the reign of King Cheng of Zhou, the place where the state of Tang was located (today''s Yicheng County, Shanxi Province) was granted to his younger brother Tang Shuyu, who moved the empress of Yao to the state of Du. The state of Jin was established in the position of the state of Tang.


    After setting the title, Huangfu Chaobo gave his choice to two envoys. In order not to offend another person in Chang''an City, Huangfu Chaobo also specially emphasized that the reason for his choice was that he preferred "Tang" rather than other reasons.


    The two envoys soon returned to Chang''an. At the same time, Dong Huang''s envoys from Bingzhou had also arrived in Chang''an. So the three parties united and began to show Emperor Han, representing the East general Huangfu Chaobo as the Duke of Tang.


    In the second year of Jian''an (197), Da Sima Kaifu, Ling Sili Xiaowei, Feijie, and Li He, the Marquis of Chiyang, joined forces with general, Kaifu, and Guo Si, the Marquis of meiyang, as well as the former general, Kaifu, the governor of Bingzhou, and Dong Huang, the Marquis of Jingyang Only for the Marquis of Wenxi County, it has lost the hope of the world. "It is appropriate to enter the Lord of the state and prepare things with nine tins in order to show the great honor.".


    Under their plan, Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty was forced to send an envoy Chijie CE to order Huangfu Chaobo to be the Duke, and granted the title of "Tang" to Jiuxi, which symbolized authority. Fifteen counties, including Hedong, Hanoi, Weijun, Henan and Hongnong, Chenliu, Jiyin and Shanyang, Yingchuan, Runan, chenguo, Liangguo, peiguo and Qiaojun, and Lujiang in Yangzhou, were appointed, As the territory of Tang Gong, he built the capital in Luoyang.


    According to the edict of Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty, the Duchy of the Tang Dynasty can set up a group of ministers and officials directly under the Prime Minister of the feudal state, and the system status is similar to that of the princes with different surnames in the early Han Dynasty. Later, the Tang duchy began to set up a hundred feudal officials.


    The news that Huangfu Chaobo was granted the title of Tang Guogong once again caused a stir in the game. In fact, we already know that his status as the first player can''t be shaken, which is beyond everyone''s reach. More than that, today''s Huangfu Chaobo is not only the first player, but also the first vassal in the world.


    Huangfu Chaobo has no time to pay attention to the reaction of other players in the game. For Tang Guogong, he can only sigh that it is too timely.


    Today, he is immersed in the benefits brought by the Duke of feudalism. One of the benefits is that he has been struggling with the matter of establishing state governance these days. Finally, he has a perfect solution, because all the 15 counties he occupies now belong to his feudalism, so these places can be said to be demolished as he likes.


    First of all, he divided the fifteen prefectures into three prefectures. Among them, Henan, Hongnong, Weijun, Hanoi and Hedong were set as prefectures. The prefectures were set up in Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo appointed Tian Feng as governor of the prefectures and was in charge of the internal affairs of the five prefectures and 80 cities.


    Chen Liu, Ji Yin and Shan Yang of Yanzhou, together with Liang and Pei of Yuzhou, are five prefectures. Because Ji Shui passes through four of the five prefectures, it is finally named Ji Zhou, which is governed by Ji Yin and Dingtao city. Huangfu Chaobo appointed Kong Rong, the former governor of Qingzhou, as the governor of Jeju, in charge of the internal affairs of fifty-one cities in five counties.


    The remaining five counties, Yingchuan County, chenguo County, Runan County, Jujun county and Lujiang County of Yangzhou, were also merged into one county to become the new Yuzhou. Their governance was still set in Pingyu city of Runan County, and the governor of Yuzhou was still Kong Luo, the former governor of Yuzhou, who was in charge of the internal affairs of 96 cities in five counties of Yuzhou.


    In this way, the fifteen prefectures under the rule of the Tang Dynasty were divided into three states, five prefectures in each state. The three prefectures were in charge of their respective prefectures, and then the government was in charge of the three prefectures. In addition, the fifteen prefectures were all extraordinary people, so it should not be difficult for the three prefectures to manage.


    After the arrangement of personnel at the state level, the next step is the arrangement of officials at the county level. Basically, the old prefectures do not need to be changed, mainly the five newly occupied prefectures. The relevant personnel need to be arranged, except for the people from Beihai and Donglai, that is, the three prefectures need to be re arranged.


    As early as a few days of Ren hit, Huangfu Chaobo has been arranged.


    As for Duwei, because the former Duwei of Donglai was transferred to the barracks, Huangfu Chaobo adopted the new Taishan sun Guan. In addition to the arrangement of the internal affairs personnel and the Duwei, Xu Rong''s Qianniu camp was also stationed in Jiyin. However, the Qianniu camp changed from the original four step one riding five school troops to three step one riding four school troops.Cheng Huan, the former Beihai prime minister, was the governor of Qiaojun. Chen Rong, the chief historian, and Wu Anguo, the former Beihai Duwei, were also transferred to the barracks. Zang Quan, Zang BA''s younger brother, would be the Duwei of Qiaojun. Qiaojun''s battalions are Zhenwu battalions, with general huangfuli and deputy general Guanhai. The establishment is still five schools with four steps and one ride.


    Shanyang County governs Changyi. Pang Shanmin, the elder brother of Pang Tong, the new governor of Shanyang County, is the county Governor Liu Yixun, and Li Feng, the capital captain. Shanyang''s battle camp is Canglang camp, with Meng Gang, the general of zhenshuo, and Liu Yi, the deputy general. The military strength has been changed from five schools with four steps and one ride to three schools with two steps and one ride.


    Zhang Zan, the prefect of Pei state, was also an old man who had been under the command of Huangfu Chaobo for several years. In these years, he was promoted step by step from the county magistrate and the county magistrate. The county magistrate was Liu Kongzi and the Duwei was Zongbao. Peiguo''s combat battalion is a newly established battalion, called Guangwu battalion. The selection of its chief General surprised all the people under Huangfu Chaobo''s command. It turned out that it was Zang Ba, who had just been under his command for less than half a year, and the deputy general was Geng Wu. Although it was only a small camp for the two schools, it can be seen that Huangfu Chaobo attached great importance to the former Taishan prefect.

 Chapter 1053

    Liang Guozhi, the governor of Suiyang, was Zhang Yi. When Zhang Zan and Zhang Yi left Chang''an to return to Guandong, they arrived in Luoyang. After Tian Feng''s persuasion, they joined the command of Huangfu Chaobo. Now they are promoted to the governor of a county at the same time. The county chief is Prince FA, and the Du Wei is Taishan general Yin Li. Liang Guozhan barracks is also a new one, named Xingwu barracks. The main general is Huangfu Jianshou, and the deputy general is Zhoucang. Similar to Zang BA''s peiguo Guangwu barracks, Xingwu barracks are also small barracks of two schools.


    These newly occupied prefectures were generally promoted from the original prefectures. The prefect was promoted to the prefect, the Deputy General of the combat battalion was promoted to the chief general, and the Duwei was promoted to the Deputy General of the combat battalion. In this way, some of the original prefectures and combat battalions would be vacant. Huangfu Chaobo had to take out all the talents in his pocket, and then reluctantly took all the positions It''s arranged.


    So now all the demoted generals in the Tang army, as well as the younger brothers of all the newly grown-up generals, have been assigned positions. For example, Tian Feng''s sons Tian Zhi and Tian Zheng were appointed as the county Cheng of Yingchuan and Chen guochangshi respectively. Lu Zhi''s second son Lu Ling was appointed as the county Cheng of Lujiang, and the County Du Wei was Huang Fu Ren, the eldest son of Huang Fu Jianshou.


    Not only these people, but also Dian man, Zao Ping, Huang Fu Yi, Zang BA''s two sons, Zang Shun and Zang AI, who have just come of age. Huang Fu Chao Bo is going to take them all to Longhua to sharpen.


    After arranging the personnel of each county, the most important thing is the arrangement of the combat battalion. Although Xu Rong''s Qianniu army was defeated and withdrew from Qingzhou, its skeleton is still there. So Huangfu Chaobo divided the combat battalion into five armies, namely, the guard army, Shenwu army, Longxiang army, HUBEN Army and Qianniu army. However, some adjustments have been made to the troops and garrison arrangements of the various armies. The most important thing is that two battalions, Xingwu battalion and Guangwu battalion, have been set up. In addition, some adjustments have also been made to several battalions.


    First of all, the guards. After this battle, all the generals under Huangfu Chaobo''s command had fully realized the power of the Zuozi army. So Huangfu Chaobo decided to expand the Zuozi army into a 15000 army of three schools, which was under the command of the three brothers of Dugu Xiong. When they went out to fight, they were sent to different armies.


    Next came the Shenwu army, with Huang Zhong as its chief General and Dong Zhao as its military adviser. It had five battalions under its jurisdiction, namely Shenwu camp stationed in Runan County, Jianwu camp stationed in Chen state, Xuanwu camp stationed in Lujiang County, Fenwu camp stationed in Yingchuan county and Zhenwu camp stationed in Qiao County. It was mainly responsible for the five counties in Yuzhou. Except that Huang Zhong''s Shenwu camp is a seven school camp with six steps and Wang Ran''s Jianwu camp is a small camp with three schools, the other four battalions are standard battalions with five schools.


    They are Xuanwu camp of kongxin in Lujiang River, with the former Beihai state lieutenant wu''anguo as the deputy general; Zhenwu camp of huangfuli in Qiaojun, with Guan Hai as the deputy general; Fenwu camp of Wang ran in Yingchuan, with Guo DA as the deputy general.


    Next, Zhao Yun''s Longxiang army stationed in the three counties of Hebei Province also led the three battalions of Longxiang camp of Wei County, baotao camp of Hanoi county and Yingyang camp of Hedong county. However, considering that Wei county is adjacent to Yuan Shao in the East and Lu Bu in the north, Huangfu Chaobo ordered that the Longxiang camp be expanded into a seven school camp with six steps and one ride. The deputy general is still Zuo Xiao and Lu Zhong. The left school guards Handan and Lu Zhong guards Wei County.


    There are two reasons why Huangfu Chaobo dares to expand the Longxiang army to seven schools. One is that the position of Wei county is too important to lose. The other is that Han Fu has moved people to Wei County several times before he took refuge. So although there are only 12 cities in Wei County, the population has reached nearly 1.5 million, second only to Runan, the largest county There are thirty-seven cities in daorunan, which is three times of Wei county.


    It''s no problem that there are so many people to support the soldiers of the seven schools. In fact, for Runan, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have enough available talents. Otherwise, he would certainly divide Runan into three, with only about ten cities in each county. This is the most appropriate. Even the name Huangfu Chaobo has been determined, which are Runan, Ruyin and geyang. It''s just that I don''t know when this idea will come true.


    Then came the Huben army. Because Wang Ran, the former commander of the xiongqu camp, and Li Li, the deputy commander of the xiongqu camp, were all transferred to Yuzhou, Huangfu Chaobo appointed Shegan as the commander of the xiongqu camp and Pei yuanshao as the deputy commander. However, the population of Hongnong was too small, so the soldiers of the xiongqu camp were adjusted to three schools.


    Shegan personally led a horse and ten thousand garrison troops to guard Qin Hangu pass, defending the Xiliang army in the pass. Pei yuanshao led a school infantry to Hongnong county city, defending the county city together with Du Wei Xu GUI. Although Hongnong did not have many troops, the good thing was that the terrain was complex. There was only one way to connect the East and the West. In addition, it was close to Luoyang where the heavy troops were stationed. Once something happened, Luoyang''s reinforcements could arrive in a few days, so Huangfu Chaobo reduced his troops.


    As for Huang Wudi''s Huben army and Zhang Ying''s Hubu army, this time there was no adjustment, but the original implementation was followed.


    The last army is Xu Rong''s Qianniu army. Because Qianniu army retreated from Qingzhou, this army has changed the most. The chief general is still Xu Rong, and the military adviser is Lou GUI. It has four battalions: Qianniu camp, Canglang camp, Guangwu camp and Xingwu camp.


    Among them, qianniuying was Xu Rong''s chief general, and his deputy general was Mu Shun, and his residence was Jiyin. However, because the population of Jiyin city was less than that of Beihai, qianniuying became a four battalion organization with three steps.


    However, Meng gang and Liu Yi are still stationed in Shanyang, but now there are only six cities in Shanyang, so the establishment of Canglang camp has become a small camp with two steps and one ride.As for the newly established two battalions, they were Guangwu battalions of Pei state. The chief general was Zang Ba, and the deputy general was Geng Wu. They were small battalions of the two schools. As well as the Xingwu camp of the state of Liang, the main general was Huangfu Jianshou, and the deputy general was Zhoucang, which was also the small camp of the two schools.


    In the area of Longhua far away from the Great Wall, Huangfu Chaobo has not yet decided how to adjust the arrangement. He is ready to go to Longhua in person after everything in the Central Plains has been arranged. First, he was worried about the promotion of Longhua to a county. Second, he was worried about the fate of Gongsun Zan.


    The battle of Jieqiao has already appeared. Gongsun Zan is still like the general history. The army has been defeated and lost all its elite. It seems that the battle of longcuo and the battle of jumashui can''t be avoided.


    In this way, gongsunzan''s defeat is imperative, so he must prepare for Youzhou earlier, otherwise the layout of Longhua for more than ten years will be in vain. Another point is that once yuan Shaojun completely controls Youzhou, the source of horses for Huangfu Chaobo will be cut off, and Yuan Shaojun''s horses will continue to increase. Once so, the follow-up war for Huangfu Chaobo will be more difficult.

 Chapter 1054

    There are many advantages that the Duke of Jin brought to Huangfu Chaobo. In addition to his ability to set up his own state, there is also more money in his pocket. The tax in the game is divided into five parts, one for the player''s own territory, one for the county, one for the county and one for the state, and one for the court. After Huangfu became a Duke of the state, the tax paid to the court was divided into two parts, half to the government and half to the court.


    Don''t underestimate this half. Hundreds of cities in 15 counties add up to a large amount. It is because of these taxes that Guo Si and Li Yi can support hundreds of thousands of troops by virtue of the three prefectures. Now half of it has returned to Huangfu Chaobo''s own pocket. How can he not be happy.


    Another point is that Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have any level restrictions on the reward of his subordinates. That is to say, as long as Huangfu Chaobo is willing, he can reward the first-class generals. Only in this aspect, Huangfu Chaobo won''t be awarded all at once. It must be done step by step.


    There is also a reward, which makes Huangfu Chaobo feel that he is just like God''s help. Because among the rewards for being promoted to the Duke of the state from Chang''an, there are two sets of upgrading drawings of large, medium and small cities and two special drawings in addition to the nine tin objects which symbolize authority given by the little emperor.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay much attention to the upgrading drawings of these cities. On the contrary, the two special drawings brightened his eyes.


    "Special drawing: building relocation drawing; purpose: you can move any building (including special building) in the territory to a designated location in the territory."


    When he saw these two drawings, Huangfu Chaobo would laugh three times. These two drawings are timely for Huangfu Chaobo. This game has been running for several years, but there are several places that have been criticized by players. One of them is that all the territory and buildings in the territory are immovable.


    game player make complaints about game player and game player. In some construction games, there are similar props like "relocation order" and "flying city order". After certain special requirements are reached, players can fly their own territory to other places, but no matter how players play Tucao, there is no such thing appearing. Therefore, many players want to change their places when they want to develop. Hou, or like Huangfu Chaobo, when he developed from changshe to Luoyang, he could only give up his original territory.


    Not only Huangfu Chaobo, Xiake, wordless, domineering royal family have given up their original painstakingly developed territory, which makes many players denounce.


    As for the buildings in the territory, if you want to change places, I''m sorry. I have to demolish them and rebuild them. For example, this time, Huangfu Chaobo was most reluctant to withdraw from Qingzhou. In fact, the super class dock in Shuanghe city was the best. As for the high class dock in Qingdao City, it was not difficult to get the high-class drawings, but the drawings of the super class dock were available.


    You know, the dock of Shuanghe city is upgraded with special drawings. Although Huangfu Chaobo still has special drawings in his hand, there is only one less with one. Now if we can solve the problem with one building relocation drawing, it is the best. Upgrading a dock to a giant dock costs a huge amount of time, money and materials.


    It has been nearly a month since the end of the war in Qingzhou. Now XiaHouYuan and yelaixiang have calmed down the two counties and cities, so they all focus on the two port cities of the Tang army. The soldiers of the two families have begun to gather in the two cities, and the war is about to begin.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was thinking about whether he could keep these two enclaves, but it was impossible to see the current situation. Now that we have these two drawings, we can basically solve the problem of these two docks. We only need to find two islands like Mount Yuzhou in the open sea of Qingzhou.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent a pigeon letter to Qingzhou, ordering the navy to search for suitable islands as soon as possible. He believed that there should be many islands in the open sea, and he also told the generals of the two cities about the location of several famous big islands in the open sea of Shandong in reality, so that they could search in these directions.


    Just find the island and all the problems will be solved. But now the war between the two cities is about to start, but there are still nearly 200000 people in each of the two cities. We must speed up the transfer. At least we should transfer them to the island first, and then slowly transfer them to Youzhou.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, only one day later, the Qingdao Navy came back with a pigeon letter. They found a big island less than 100 Li south of Qingdao and 40 Li west of the land. The island is about ten li long from north to South and five or six li wide from east to west. It is high in the East and low in the West. The west coast is flat, which is just suitable for building a base.


    Because the island is far away from the land, the fleet did not notice it. This time, it was found according to Huangfu Chaobo''s instructions. There was a group of pirates on the island, about hundreds of people, who were quickly exterminated by the water army. Then the water army boarded the island and captured the pirate''s nest. As for building a village on it, Huangfu Chaobo had to go there in person . However, although it is impossible to establish a territory, it is still possible to build some shelter on the island for the time being.After getting the pigeon''s letter, Huangfu Chaobo was very happy. He immediately sent an order to Chen Xiang in Qingdao, asking him to send a troop of about 1000 people to escort thousands of people, craftsmen and a large number of construction materials to the island. After arranging Luoyang''s affairs, he rushed to Qingdao as soon as possible.


    At this time, the war in Qingdao city had already begun. After yelaixiang took control of other cities in Donglai, he gathered 50000 troops and 10000 craftsmen to attack Buqi city under the command of Xu Sheng. At this time, there were less than 20000 troops in Buqi City, led by Ji Bao and Buqi County captain, resisting the attack of Langya army.


    The next day, the water army of Shuanghe city also sent back pigeon letters. Another suitable island was also found. This time, we found several island groups of Changshan island in the north and south, Heishan island in the big and small, that is, the area of Changdao County in the back.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who got the news, was even more overjoyed. It was the best group of islands off the coast of Shandong. Not only the hydrological conditions were very good, but also, unlike Lingshan Island, there were a lot of reclaimed land in the north and South Changshan Islands. Moreover, his livable land was far larger than Lingshan Island, which was the most suitable island base for the Tang army.

 Chapter 1055

    North South Changshan island is located in the north of Donglai, about 20 miles away from the coast of Huangxian county. There are also two waves of pirates on the island, about 1000 people. They were quickly destroyed by the Shuanghe water army, and then the nest of the pirates on the island was destroyed. After a careful inspection on the island, the Navy found that this is indeed a good place to build a base for the Navy. Several big islands are surrounded by a big circle, with a big bay in the middle and a large area of arable land on the island, which is enough to support thousands to thousands of people.


    After getting the news that the two islands suitable for building the base had been found, Huangfu Chaobo arranged Luoyang''s government affairs as soon as possible. Rao took four or five days to arrange Luoyang''s side. Then he boarded the building ship under the protection of the trapped camp and Tiebi camp and hurried to the direction of Qingzhou.


    Because Pang Tong, the three great military strategists, was still in Hebei Province to defend Yuan Shao with Zhao Yun and Ju Shou, and to stabilize the defense line of Wei County, while Lu Su stayed in Changyi, responsible for coordinating the front-line affairs of Yanzhou, so this time he went with Guo Jia. For the layout of the sea and Youzhou, all the counsellors fully supported it. The layout of the sea was much safer than that of Qingzhou, and Huangfu Chaobo He wants to turn Bohai Bay into a bathtub for his Navy.


    On top of the building, the communicator of Huangfu Chaobo, which has been closed for n days, is finally turned on. As soon as it is turned on, it will sound "Didi, Didi" for more than ten minutes. When you look up, raoshi Huangfu Chaobo has already made preparations in mind, and is also shocked by the unread information on it. There are thousands of them.


    Huangfu Chaobo basically just skimmed the information and didn''t pay much attention to it. He just stayed for a few seconds on the information of several allies. Rao, it took more than half an hour to go through the information.


    Then Huangfu Chaobo connected Zhao Zilong''s communication.


    "Oh, I''ll go. Who is it?" Just now, Zhao Zilong''s joking voice came from inside: "I''ll go, my Lord! Oh, ah, ah, ah


    "Go on, talk! I''ll hang up if I don''t say it. " Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    "Hey, there''s nothing else. I just want to congratulate you and treat everyone''s red eye disease by the way." Zhao Zilong said with a smile;


    "thank you, brothers. However, I also broke my bones in this war. Although I won several counties of Cao Cao, I also lost two counties of Qingzhou."


    Before he had finished speaking, Zhao Zilong said, "come on, brother, it''s estimated that Cao Cao and yelaixiang want to die and be immortal."


    "Well, let''s not talk about my side. How about Bingzhou?" Huang Fu chuckled and turned to Bingzhou and asked,


    "what else? It''s just like that. Lu Bu has withdrawn. Now the two counties have basically entered the normal stage. When we have accumulated our strength, when you come to join the state, you can give Lu Bu some help from the back


    Looking at Zhao Zilong''s obscene face, Huangfu Chaobo said helplessly: "OK, how much threat can you give Lv Bu by your two counties? Do you really think Lv Bu is vegetarian? Even if Lv Bu is vegetarian, are Chen Gong and Zhang Liao vegetarian?"


    Zhao Zilong didn''t like it. He talked about his own ideas. According to their discussion, it is estimated that it will take several years for Lv Bu and Huangfu Chaobo to go to war. Their two counties have developed for several years, and their military strength and combat power can''t be compared with now. At that time, even if it is a show, it can also contain a lot of Lu Bujun''s energy.


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and stopped talking about this aspect. The influence of the two counties on the army of one state is limited, but it is not good to refuse his kindness.


    Now that all the people in Bingzhou can be said that the territory has basically entered the normal state, since Lv Bu has agreed to their request for surrender, there will be no small moves in the future. After all, Lv Bu is a believer in strength. And Wuyuan and Shuofang also gave him a hint that Xihe and Shangjun, the other two counties that Bingzhou has not yet been under his control, also provided a solution. At present, these two counties are basically under different player control. It is estimated that within this year, Lv Bu will solve the problems of these two counties and bring the whole Bingzhou under his control.


    No matter Huangfu Chaobo or Zhao Zilong and Xiake, they all know that after Lv Bu took control of the whole Bingzhou, the bulk goods trade between Bingzhou and Huangfu Chaobo was basically cut off. Therefore, this time Zhao Zilong came to Huangfu Chaobo, another meaning was that he hoped to take advantage of the time difference to buy a large number of crossbows and other things from Sizhou Products.


    After Zhao Zilong''s communication was cut off, Huangfu Chaobo also fell into meditation. Although he is developing rapidly, the surrounding princes are not stagnant. Lu Bu has been stepping up his control of Bingzhou, and Yuan Shao has begun to focus on Youzhou. Although Cao Cao''s territory has been reduced, according to the communication with Guo Jia these days, Cao Cao is likely to focus on the fragrance of Langya and swallow it all before he has time and energy to take care of himself.


    It''s just that his forces have been fighting for years. It can be said that since he entered Luoyang, there have been wars every year. If the four seasons have not become more and more distinct in recent years, it is not suitable to send troops in winter. It is estimated that he will be fighting all the year round. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help laughing bitterly. Maybe this is the charm of the game. He will live and fight forever.Apart from the three princes, Gongsun Zan of Youzhou is on the decline. This time, after he has dealt with things in the island base, he will go to Youzhou to see if he can have a good chat with Gongsun Zan and try his best to save this ally. At least he can help delay Yuan Shao. As for whether he can succeed, Huangfu Chaobo has no bottom in his heart, because now My Gongsun Zan, even his two younger brothers, couldn''t listen to him, let alone his ally.


    Apart from Gongsun Zan, there is also sun cejun. It is estimated that there is no possibility of sending troops in a short period of time. Originally, his foundation is weak. From last year to now, he has increased the territory of two or three counties, which is almost larger than his original territory. He certainly has no spare power to expand. Moreover, according to Guo Jia''s estimation, even if sun CE wanted to send troops, it was estimated that the counties in Jiangdong would be the main ones, especially Yuzhang and Wujun.

 Chapter 1056

    As for the other vassals, they are basically guarding their own three-thirds of an acre. Generally, there is no movement, but the players are full of fighting spirit. Now it''s only the end of May and the beginning of June. It''s not more than half of a year, but wars are raging everywhere.


    The domineering royal family in the North has brought the whole Lelang County under their control and become a real prefect. Although the population base of Lelang is too small, and the total population of the people he has moved from Qingzhou to Lelang over the years is less than 500000, and even the population of Huangfu Chaobo who has moved from Qingzhou to Lelang is not as large as that of Huangfu Chaobo, the location of Lelang is still unknown It''s very good.


    Lelang is adjacent to Koguryo in the north, Woju in the East, and Sanhan in the south. It can be said that they are all alien territories. These places have a large population and territory, which is enough for the imperial family to get rid of the waves. In time, it is estimated that he will be able to gather up a state.


    Through this promotion to Guogong, Huangfu Chaobo feels that he has grasped the context of the promotion of the players in the game.


    Above the county level, five counties can become prefects, while the land of five counties can be officials of a state. Whether it''s a governor or a state herdsman, it may even become a Duke of the state. As for the Duke of the state, then it must be a prince, but now I don''t know what conditions this prince has to meet.


    For example, Lelang has 18 counties. If the domineering royal family re divides it into three counties, that is to say, he only needs to occupy seven more counties and divide it into five counties, then he has reached the basic conditions of becoming a state. Of course, there are many other conditions, such as the number of famous generals, the level of city, the number of population, the number of troops and so on. If all these conditions are ready, the domineering royal family can successfully occupy a state.


    Just these things at present, only Huangfu Chaobo knows, he will not easily tell other players.


    Another is Zhou Wen of leting in the west of Liaoning Province. Because she is in the sphere of influence of gongsunzan, a powerful prince, she has always been trapped in leting and has no chance of development. However, in the past two years, Zhou Wen''s subordinates have attracted many generals. Apart from his own transferred general, there are military adviser Yu fan, Xianyu Yin and Xianyu Fu, as well as Chen Wu, Xue Hong and Miao Shang. Among the allies of Huangfu Chaobo, they have the most generals.


    So many generals just wasted their time there, which made many allies sigh that God is unfair. But this time, the battle of Jieqiao has sounded an alarm for Huangfu Chaobo. Since gongsunzan''s defeat can not be avoided, he must consider increasing Zhou Wen''s strength, otherwise Longhua will become another two counties of Qingzhou. So this time, when Huangfu Chaobo arrives at leting, he will have a good talk with Zhou Wen, ready to persuade her to send troops to Liaodong to prepare for the following things.


    Then there is the night incense of Langya. According to the latest news from the shadow, he should have realized the problem of Cao Cao, so he is also making preparations. In fact, from another point of view, Huangfu Chaobo did not want him to be destroyed too soon. If Cao Cao could be delayed for a longer time, it would be more beneficial for Huangfu Chaobo.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Guo Jia, who was analyzing the intelligence around him, and said, "what does fengxiao think should be done to the Langya army of the night incense?"


    Guo Jia''s reaction was very quick. Although Huangfu Chaobo suddenly asked, he immediately responded and said, "my Lord, I hope he can fight with Cao Cao a little longer?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, did not speak, but quietly looked at Guo Jia.


    Guo Jia sat there, pondering for a moment, and then said, "in fact, if my lord doesn''t say it, I''m going to find a suitable time to talk about it with him. In Jia''s opinion, the existence of the night incense is more beneficial to the current Tang army than me!"


    Next, Guo Jia introduced to Huangfu Chaobo the current situation of the two counties in Qingzhou in detail. Although Cao Cao Jun and yelaixiang Jun had one county each, they only had one county city each, while the other counties in the county had two cities in both counties. For example, Pingchang, Gaomi, Yi''an, Zhuangwu and Ting counties in Beihai were occupied by the army of yelaixiang, while Luxiang, dangli, Yeguo and qucheng counties in Donglai were occupied by XiaHouYuan.


    At present, there are 30 cities in the two prefectures of Qingzhou. Each of them accounts for half of the total. However, Cao Cao Jun''s strength on the battlefield of Qingzhou is far more than that on the night incense. Therefore, Xia Houyuan has some complaints about this. It is believed that the two families will fight soon. If Cao Cao wants to fight against the Tang army without any worries, he will also consider annihilating the incense first, and then go back to fight with the Tang army. Therefore, as long as the army of Noctiluca existed for one day, Cao Cao could not rest assured to fight against the Tang army.


    After Guo Jia finished, Huangfu Chaobo stood up and walked slowly to the window. Looking at the rolling river, Guo Jia didn''t speak for a long time. Seeing this, Guo Jia went to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Jia knows that the Lord is not willing, but those who achieve great things don''t care about small things."


    "I know, but I''m not willing to let him go." Huangfu Chaobo said slowly: "if he didn''t betray at the beginning, now it''s very likely that Cao Cao has been destroyed, and he has also captured the East China Sea, Pengcheng and other places in Xuzhou. How can it be today?""Only when the Lord took Yanzhou Qingzhou, how to treat Xuzhou?" Guo Jia suddenly asked;


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, and immediately understood what Guo Jia meant. After he killed Cao Cao, the next target must be yelaixiang. Therefore, yelaixiang knew that if he helped the eastern expedition army to destroy Cao Cao army, he would be the next target. Therefore, from his point of view, he might as well unite with Cao Cao to weaken the eastern expedition army as much as possible and strive for his own survival More time and more opportunities.


    "It''s impossible for a man to do what he wants. If he can get to the present situation, he must not be a simple person. Besides, his mastermind is not a mediocre person. He must be able to think of this, so Guo Jia added: "in fact, on the other hand, Cao Cao Jun is not something that we can swallow even if the incense does not betray our alliance. Instead, it will become the focus of the two armies and become a victim of war for a long time. On the contrary, it will be a bargain for others. Now our army has given up Qingzhou, but it has made the situation more favorable. "


    With these words, Guo Jia kept silent. As a counselor, he knew how to advance and retreat. His master had actually approved his proposal, but he was not willing to admit it for a moment. He believed that when the fleet arrived in Shuanghe, the matter would be solved.

 Chapter 1057

    In Qingzhou, Donglai County, Buqi city and Langya army camp, yelaixiang stands on the watchtower of the Chinese army, looks at tens of thousands of troops slowly leaving the camp, then looks up at Buqi County several miles away, and Qingdao City dozens of miles behind Buqi county. Although it can''t even see a shadow, yelaixiang is trying to look far away, as if you can see it with wide eyes.


    It''s a pity that he still didn''t look at Qingdao city. After a long time, he sighed: "I''m wrong. I didn''t expect that it would be such a result. I didn''t expect that Cao Cao would have such a disastrous defeat. On the contrary, Huangfu Chaobo had a blessing in disguise. Now, how should we deal with it?"


    "Lord, it''s useless to think more about it. Moreover, if we really want to investigate the responsibility, the ultimate responsibility lies in Zhicai rather than the Lord. As the Lord, we can''t make the best judgment. This is the fault of Zhicai." Xizhicai comforted him;


    yelaixiang shook his head: "this is my own way, it has nothing to do with Zhicai."


    By this time, the battle process of Yanzhou Yuzhou battlefield had long been known to the world, and the Yuzhou army had already taken refuge in Huangfu Chaobo, so it caught Cao Cao''s Qiaojun and Liang state by surprise. In the battle of Dingtao and Changyi, one of Huangfu Chaobo''s digging troops made many miraculous achievements, which surprised the world.


    It was because of these two maces that Cao Cao was defeated. He lost dozens of cities in five counties, and lost many generals, especially the elite troops. No, Cao Cao should have lost six prefectures, xiapi and Jiujiang, which were lost in sun CE''s hands.


    After this war, although yelaixiang captured 15 cities in Qingzhou, the number of people in it was almost reduced by half, and the materials and craftsmen were swept away, which was tantamount to taking over a mess. What''s more, he also pushed Qingzhou players to the opposite.


    As you can imagine, if you want to take full control of the 15 counties in Qingzhou, you can''t do it in three or two years, but will Cao Cao give you this time?


    As early as before the war, yelaixiang had thought of this problem, or xizhicai had already begun to arrange this matter. Whether Cao Cao won or lost, he would not allow Langya army to exist in his belly. Therefore, after ending the war with Tang army, Cao Cao would defeat himself as soon as possible, and then try his best to accumulate strength for the next war with Tang army.


    "Strategist, what should we do next?"


    "The Lord has already made a decision, but he hesitates in his heart. Is that right?"


    Nocturnal incense nodded: "is this the only way to go?"


    "If I could have another three years, with more than 30 cities and a million people in Langya and Donglai, I would not be afraid to fight Cao Cao''s army. After all, Cao Cao is not only an enemy of my family, so I can''t fight with all my strength. But in today''s situation, if there is no external support, Cao Cao Cao''s army will be defeated in less than a year."


    "Yes, time doesn''t wait. Moreover, Huangfu''s move to Chaobo is really vicious. Hundreds of thousands of people are missing, as well as a lot of materials and craftsmen. But will they agree to our proposal? "


    "Lord, don''t worry. The Duke of Tang is a dragon and Phoenix among the people. He will not refuse."


    "Duke of Tang, Tang..." With a long sigh, Tang, as a player, knows the position of this word in Chinese history and the feelings of this word in the minds of every Chinese people. Since Huangfu Chaobo has used this word as his name, his ambition has become clear to the world. In this case, how can he not agree to what is good for him? He just needs to hold back Cao Cao himself, and the two families will continue to waste their strength in the war. In time, they will lose both sides, and he will be able to take advantage of them.


    But even if you know it, you must ask him for permission. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo will certainly agree, but it certainly needs to pay a lot of conditions.


    "In addition to the armistice, does Huangfu super Expo want Donglai back?"


    "If you care, you will be in chaos. Since Tang Gong has abandoned the two counties of Qingzhou, and even half of the people have moved away, where will he want the dilapidated Donglai? However, you must be prepared. We must prepare something to move him. As far as Tang Gong is concerned, if we can confront Cao Cao''s army for a long time, the better. But in case things don''t slack off, they are not afraid of Cao Cao. "


    Yelaixiang nodded, which was true. For Huangfu Chaobo, he was dispensable. It would be better to have his own control over Cao Cao''s army. If not, he was not afraid of Cao Cao''s army. But for myself, it''s a matter of life and death. Today, Cao Cao''s strength is also greatly damaged. Although the war with Tang army and sun Qijun is gone, there are still small battles between several parties. However, he gains much more than he pays in this battle, so the longer he delays, the better he will be.


    "Who do you think is the best one to send, sir?" Leaving aside his other thoughts, yelaixiang asks Xi Zhicai;


    "if the Lord agrees, Zhicai wants to go to Qingdao City in person, hoping to meet Xun Gongda or other senior officials of Tang army in Qingdao city or Shuanghe city. If it doesn''t work, let them send someone by water to Sizhou and meet Tang Gong in person. They should be the Lord and agree with him. " Xizhicai said solemnly;"Ah," said the Nightingale, who was surprised, but was stopped by xizhicai.


    "Now that the situation in Qingzhou is basically stable, the Lord needs to be prepared first. Cao Cao''s army will attack Langya as soon as two or three months, as slow as half a year, and no later than the beginning of next spring. Moreover, Donglai and Langya will fight at the same time, so we must seize the time to get support from the Tang army. Otherwise, we won''t be able to last a year and a half. "


    "After Zhicai left, the Lord must be ready to send General Xu Sheng back to Kaiyang. Although Cao Cao''s army was seriously injured, the elite troops in Xuzhou did not lose much. Therefore, once the war started, the attack from the East China Sea would be the most fierce. General Zhao Xi would be stationed in Huangxian County, and general Cao Bao would be stationed in Gumu. As for the official officials of the three prefectures, Xu Sheng would have to stay in Kaiyang The Lord also needs to arrange the noodles as soon as possible. "


    "After General Yue Xi arrived in Huangxian, he needed to use his troops to replenish them as soon as possible and be ready to resist XiaHouYuan''s attack from the North Sea. However, Shuanghe city would not come so soon because XiaHouYuan''s attack would not go down. Therefore, Shuanghe city could still buy us a lot of time if we made friends with the Tang army."

 Chapter 1058

    However, on the watchtower of Langya army camp outside the city, Xi Zhicai carefully told yelaixiang about the arrangement of his departure. Yelaixiang also knew that it was the most appropriate for him to be the envoy, so he did not say more, but listened carefully. Every time Xi Zhicai said a little, he took a note with paper. They had been discussing for an hour before they came down. Then, under the escort of hundreds of troops, Xi Zhicai took the things prepared by the incense and headed for Qingdao, while the incense returned to the camp and began to arrange the follow-up work.


    Two days later, when Huangfu Chaobo''s fleet arrived at Shuanghe City, they heard the cry of killing from the West City before they reached the shore. They got off the ship in a hurry, and Huangfu Chaobo was escorted by 2000 soldiers to the west city.


    At this time, Shuanghe city was full of people everywhere. Fortunately, the shipyard has stopped building, so tens of thousands of people have been arranged into the shipyard. Nearly 300000 people crowded into Shuanghe city have no time to move away. So Xia Houyuan is also eager to capture Shuanghe City, hoping to capture all the people here, so as to make up for the shortage of population in Beihai.


    After entering the city from the east gate, Huangfu Chaobo did not stop. He passed through the city all the way and was ready to go directly to the west wall.


    Shuanghe city is located in the middle of the two rivers, and the wharf of Shuanghe city is beyond the east wall. Therefore, if Xia Houyuan wants to attack Shuanghe City, he can only attack from the west wall.


    Shortly after entering the city, Huangfu Chaobo saw Zhao Dian, the county magistrate, who had just been informed that he had just arrived from the county government. He was also one of the first batch of martial artists trained by Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Xiaguan Zhaodian calls on Tang Gong!" Zhao Dian led a group of officials to worship the way;


    "well, get up, when did the XiaHouYuan army begin to attack the city?" Huangfu Chaobo took the first two steps, lifted him up, and waved to the other officials;


    "report back to the Duke of the kingdom that he started to attack the city today. He has been preparing for the attack in the past few days."


    "What about Liu He and Li Gui?"


    "General Liu is in the west of the city. General Li has led the troops across the river to the dock to take charge of defense."


    The party had already arrived at Xicheng while they were talking. At this time, the battle at the head of the city was over, and the county captain Liu He, who had been informed, had been waiting for Huangfu Chaobo at the head of the city. Seeing them climbing the city wall, they quickly stepped forward to see the ceremony.


    "I''ll see you at the end! Please forgive me for putting your armor on your body. You can''t use ceremony! "


    "Well, what about the war?"


    "Lord Hui, the army of Xia Houyuan began to gather three days ago. Today, it began to attack the city. Today, it has launched two rounds of attacks on the city wall, both of which were repulsed by the last general. On the other side of the dock, it also launched two rounds of attacks, both of which were repulsed by General Li. Judging from today''s situation, it should not launch another attack." Liu He looked up at the sinking sun and replied;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said to Dianwei and Gao Shun, "raise up my flag, tiebiying flag and the flag of the sinking camp, and tell Xia Houyuan that we are here."


    "Wuwu..."


    With the sound of a trumpet, several handsome flags rose slowly on the tower of Shuanghe city. On the top of the highest flag, the words "Duke of Tang" were embroidered. On the other two flags, the words "military guard general code" and "guard General Gao" were embroidered. Seeing this, Cao Cao''s army didn''t know that Huangfu Chaobo was leading the pro guard army. For a moment, Cao Cao''s soldiers were all disheartened. With such a strong city and Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro guard army, they couldn''t easily capture it.


    Contrary to the situation of Cao Cao''s soldiers, the news of the arrival of Huangfu Chaobo caused a sensation in the whole city. When the flag of "Duke of Tang" was set up, the worries of Cao Cao''s attack on the soldiers and the people disappeared.


    As Cao Cao''s army retreated, Huangfu Chaobo left the city wall and returned to the county government. This time, he did not come for the battle of Shuanghe City, but for the island base. Just now, on the wall of the city, he suddenly thought of a problem, that is, no matter Liu He, Li Gui or Zhao Dian, they have no experience and ability to command tens of thousands of troops to defend the city, but Xia Houyuan on the opposite side is different. He is a great general who can hold hands with Xu Rong and Huang Zhong. After Xu Rongzhu''s withdrawal, there are some omissions in the defense.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo decided to order the other three schools'' guards to be transferred to Shuanghe to help defend the city, and he was also prepared to leave Guo Jia here, and he was responsible for coordinating the war between the troops and horses. It''s just that Shuanghe city can be arranged in this way, but how to arrange the defense of Qingdao city? Huangfu Chaobo fell into a tangle for a moment.


    You should know that xizhicai was also a top military strategist in the period of the Three Kingdoms. If he didn''t die early, I''m afraid his status would not be under Guo Jia. In addition, there is a senior general Xu Sheng under yelaixiang. I think it''s too simple to think about the defense of Qingdao.


    As he walked along Huangfu Chaobo, he said to Guo Jia: "fengxiao, Shuanghe and Qingdao need to be guarded for at least half a year to move all the people to Youzhou. But Xia Houyuan and Xi Zhicai are not easy to match. No matter Liu He, Han Wei, Li Feng and Ji Bao, they are all hard to resist the attack of the two armies. What should we do about this Right? "Guo Jia didn''t care about Huangfu''s worry about Chaobo, but said: "the Lord is concerned about chaos. Now that he is ready to set up a sea base, the relocated people can move to the island first for resettlement, and then slowly transport to Youzhou. Therefore, the two cities don''t need to stay for half a year at all. It only takes two to three months."


    Huangfu was stunned. Yes, why send people to leting every time? Send people to the islands first. Although it is impossible for these islands to accommodate hundreds of thousands of people for a long time, there is no problem with temporary resettlement. In this way, they can be transported back and forth in a few days, even if only 30000 or 50000 people at a time.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had already thought about it, Guo Jia said: "as for the problem of guarding the city mentioned by the Lord, although several generals are not able to command tens of thousands of troops, the two cities are small cities. In fact, there are only thousands of soldiers on the wall at a time. It is impossible for the Lord to say that tens of thousands of people will fight. Besides, the Lord means to transfer all the guards Although all the generals of the guards have only a few thousand troops, they are capable of commanding a large army, so the Lord doesn''t need to worry at all. What''s more, it''s still unknown whether the war in Qingdao can start. "

 Chapter 1059

    When Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jiazheng were talking, Shi a came over from the county government and said, "Lord, there is a pigeon letter from Qingdao city. The military strategist who said that night comes fragrance asks for a meeting. He has been waiting in Qingdao for two days. Knowing that the Lord has come to Shuanghe, he sends a pigeon letter to Shuanghe."


    After hearing this, Guo Jia said to Huangfu Chaobo with a smile, "how about it? Xi Zhicai actually came out in person. It seems that the night incense is determined to fight Cao Cao. "


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo also wanted to start a truce. Now he really didn''t want to fight any more. He just took the time to transfer the people and improve his layout. Thinking of this, he said to Shi''a: "send orders to Qingdao, let them arrange the water army to send the drama talent to Shuanghe city. Fengxiao, the business of xizhicai is up to you. Tomorrow I will go to sea with the water army and go to Changshan island. The construction of territory can''t be delayed any longer. The battle of Shuanghe city is up to you and Gao Shun. "


    They both bowed to their orders.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, then turned to the magistrate Han Dian and said, "magistrate Han, how long will it take for general Jiang Qin''s Nu Tao camp to return?"


    Because Jiang Qin''s Nu Tao camp has already had two schools of water troops escorting the second group of 30000 people to leting, and has not yet returned. At present, only one school of water troops is left behind in Shuanghe City, so Huangfu Chaobo has such a question. And the escort of Huangfu Chaobo is a school water army of Fubo camp of Pan Feng.


    Seeing this, Han Dian quickly replied, "according to the itinerary, it''s usually only a month to go back and forth from Shuanghe to leting. The next officer estimated that general Jiang''s Navy should be able to come back in a few days."


    "Well, I don''t wait. The water army of the left school of Nu Tao camp and the water army of Fu Bo camp will leave with me tomorrow and go to Changshan island. You must arrange 20000 minzhuang and 2000 garrison soldiers before tomorrow morning, and let them board the ship early tomorrow morning." At this point, he suddenly said: "these 20000 people must be equipped with all kinds of craftsmen, and some materials needed for the construction of the territory."


    "I''ll take orders! It will be arranged immediately. It will not delay the master''s journey. " Han Dian bowed to his command and said,


    after the party entered the courtyard that Han Dian had prepared for Huangfu Chaobo, Huangfu Chaobo said, "OK, please stay here. Everyone else will be busy."


    After they all agreed, they turned and left.


    Huangfu Chaobo stayed in Shuanghe city for only one night. The next morning, he boarded the boat. With a group of more than 20000 people, ten building boats and sand boats, escorted by ten thousand Navy troops, he went to the east facing the rising sun.


    Three days later, the fleet finally arrived at the South Changshan island. At this time, the pirates on Changshan island had been annihilated by the Navy, leaving only a few hundred prisoners. Under the guard of more than 100 navy soldiers, they were cutting down trees and collecting stones on the island to prepare for the subsequent territorial construction.


    The fleet docked at a simple Wharf in the west of South Changshan Island, which was the place where the pirate ships were moored. Huangfu Chaobo looked up at the island, and then recalled the situation of South Changshan island in reality. Basically, we can be sure that this is the location of the harbor of South Changshan Island in reality, and this should be the middle of South Changshan island .


    When he landed on the island, Huangfu Chaobo saw that the water army who had arrived first had already built a crude camp for the prisoners at the dock, which could accommodate 10000 or 20000 people. When he saw the fleet coming to the shore, a small school immediately came to meet him.


    "Report to the general, Zheng Xiao, general of the third school of Nu Tao battalion of Tang army, has been ordered to garrison Changshan island!" The village general ran to Huangfu Chaobo and reported excitedly.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and praised: "yes, one hundred people and hundreds of prisoners can build a simple camp in a few days."


    "Haha, actually, the end general didn''t do anything. This was originally the pirate''s old camp. There were dozens of wooden houses in it. The end general just made people rebuild them, and then led people to build some bigger wooden houses." Tun Jiang replied with a embarrassed look;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said to Dian Wei, "order the army to land on the shore. Two thousand soldiers are responsible for searching the whole island carefully to make sure it is absolutely safe. All the civil servants and craftsmen began to get off the ship and prepare to build the territory. The soldiers of the two naval academies left one school to guard the transport fleet, and the other school began to inspect the 20 mile waters around the island to confirm whether the surrounding area was safe. After all the craftsmen, materials and materials got off the ship, they were escorted back to Shuanghe by the water army and began the next round of transportation. "


    One side of the string of orders issued from Huangfu Chaobo''s mouth, everyone began to be busy, and the quiet Changshan Island suddenly became lively.


    Huangfu Chaobo left five hundred Tiebi battalions to take charge of the safety around the wharf, and Dianwei led another five hundred Tiebi battalions to the south of the island. In reality, the southern part of Nanchangshan island is the center of the county, so Huangfu Chaobo plans to set the main base of the island in the southern part, which should be a flat land several miles long and wide.


    Just a few miles south from the simple wharf, we arrived at the south of the island. Just as Huangfu Chaobo had expected, it was a gentle area about several miles long and wide, but now it was still occupied by a large forest. Huangfu Chaobo turned to a small official in Shuanghe city who was following him and said, "send people to the wharf immediately to send 500 people and craftsmen to cut down all the trees here and get rid of this area Clean up the flat land. This will be the main stronghold in the future. By the way, clean up the place near the foot of the mountain in the East, and I will build the village first. ""I''ll take orders!" The petty officials immediately took orders, and one of them turned his head and ran quickly to the wharf. This time, in addition to these craftsmen, Huangfu Chaobo also specially transferred more than a dozen petty officials from the county government of Shuanghe city to build villages on these islands. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have much time to stay here. The main thing to build the territory was that they were responsible for the arrangement. After the main stronghold was upgraded to the town level, most of the people in Shuanghe city should be transferred to the city Here, when the time comes, Han Dian will be transferred to coordinate the overall situation. However, if Huangfu Chaobo wanted to let go completely, he had to wait until the main stronghold here was upgraded to the city level and the dock was moved here.


    A moment later, hundreds of people and craftsmen rushed to Shuanghe city under the leadership of the officials. Seeing that they were ready to salute themselves, Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "don''t be polite. Start as soon as possible. The longer the time goes on, the more dangerous the people in Shuanghe City will be. So we must tell the army that the faster the speed is, the safer the people in Shuanghe city will be."

 Chapter 1060

    Huangfu Chaobo''s voice was not small. Many craftsmen and civil servants who stood close to him also heard his words. One of the leading craftsmen said, "the Lord is kind. I''m so grateful to you for your kindness. Don''t worry, Mr. Guogong. We will build this place as soon as possible, and try to get all our family members here as soon as possible, right


    "Yes, yes."


    "Yes, come on and try to get everyone out of Shuanghe as soon as possible. After all, there is still war there."


    They all agreed, then turned around and began to work. Under the command of the craftsmen, Minfu soon cleared out a place with hundreds of steps near the foot of the mountain. Huangfu Chaobo immediately went forward and opened a village construction drawing: "Ding, congratulations to the players. Do you want to establish a territory?"


    "Yes


    "Please name the territory!"


    "Changshan island village!"


    Soon a village level administrative hall appeared in front of the public. Then Huangfu Chaobo pointed to a petty official and said, "from now on, you are the deputy village head. You will take charge of the construction and upgrading of the territory immediately, and strive to upgrade the territory to the town level within half a month. Upgrade to small town level in two months. "


    "I''ll take orders." The official appointed by Huangfu Chaobo stepped forward to receive the order in the envious eyes of the rest of his colleagues;


    "OK, send someone to mobilize another 5000 people from the wharf right away. The rest of the people don''t have to be envious. There is more than one territory on the island. I will stay here for a few days. The rest of the islands also have to establish territories to accommodate as many people as possible. " Then he led the pawn Wei people to the wharf.


    When he returned to the dock, it was already noon, and some officials had already prepared the meals. After Huangfu Chaobo had used them in a hurry, he began to check the situation around the dock. Now all the people have got off the ship and are placed in a simple camp, but half of the materials have not been delivered.


    On the simple wharf, all kinds of goods and materials were piled up everywhere. A large amount of grain and other food needed by tens of thousands of people, as well as the wood and stone materials used to build the territory, were piled up in different categories. Because the original wharf of the pirates was too simple, the fleet could only unload goods and materials one by one.


    Fortunately, some officials have discovered this problem. New docks are under intense construction. It is believed that more ships will be able to dock in the afternoon.


    After a little look at the wharf, Huangfu Chaobo, under the protection of Dianwei, walked along the sea toward the north of the island. A few miles to the north, on another flat land, Huangfu Chaobo once again opened another village construction drawing, and another village was built. Huangfu Chaobo named it heishizui village, arranged thousands of craftsmen and civil servants, and under the leadership of an official, began the intensive construction again.


    Huangfu Chaobo, on the other hand, continued to move northward. In his impression, the real Changshan island and a series of surrounding islands are under the jurisdiction of Changdao County, with dozens of islands and more than 40000 permanent residents. According to the situation in the game, there should be no problem in building a small town here. That is to say, if more than ten thousand people are resettled, they will completely meet their own requirements.


    In Huangfu Chaobo''s plan, apart from the naval base, only the boatman and their families in the dock were arranged for the ordinary people here, which is basically more than 10000 people.


    Walking all the way to the northernmost end of Nanchangshan Island, standing by the sea, the situation on beichangshan Island, two miles away, is clearly visible. Compared with South Island, the mountain forests and trees on North Island obviously account for a much larger proportion. However, it is not impossible to build a territory, but it is estimated that it is almost the same to build one in the north and south of the island, and there will not be too many people arranged.


    After a long time, Huangfu Chaobo said to Dianwei, "let''s go. Let''s go to the north island tomorrow."


    After a busy night, all the supplies were finally unloaded from the ship and moved to the camp for careful preservation. In particular, ten thousand stone grain and other food were put in the safest place for careful preservation. Although it is possible to grow grain on the island, it is only early June now. It will take more than three months to grow grain until the end of the month. Moreover, there is no time to take this aspect into consideration.


    The next morning, under the escort of the Navy, the fleet took up anchor and sailed back. And Huangfu Chaobo also led Dianwei and the guards, leading thousands of craftsmen to the North Changshan island.


    More than half an hour later, several ships arrived at the coast of the North Island. After the sailors carefully explored a waterway with their boats, the fleet finally landed at a seaside in the southwest corner of the North Island. Dian Wei took the lead in leading hundreds of soldiers of Tiebi camp to the North Island carefully. He carefully explored the hundreds of steps around the seaside. After confirming the safety, he arranged a group of craftsmen and folk men to land. After getting off the ship, these folk men immediately got busy at the seaside. The first thing they had to do was to build a simple wharf to facilitate ships to dock and unload materials.


    After nearly a hundred Minfu and craftsmen had been busy for half an hour, a simple plank road was set up, and ships began to dock next to each other in turn, and groups of Minfu and craftsmen got off the ship. Under the protection of soldiers, the Minfu and craftsmen who got off the boat first drove towards the island. They drove all the way from the beach to the depth of the island, cutting down all the surrounding trees and clearing out this part of the sea.Compared with the South Island, it can be seen that no one has ever appeared in the North Island. Soon, hundreds of people cleared all the hundreds of steps around the beach. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo got off the boat under the escort of the soldiers of Tiebi camp and walked towards the beach.


    As time went on, Huangfu Chaobo found that the situation of the North Island was far from as simple as he thought. Compared with the South Island, more than 80% of the North Island is mountainous, and there are not many really gentle places. At least now, only a place about three miles wide and less than three miles long has been cleared up in the south end of the North Island. Huangfu Chaobo built a territory near the north, named beichangshan island village.


    Then he arranged for the construction of the territory, and led hundreds of soldiers and soldiers to the north of the North Island. This time, he still walked along the west coast of beichangshan island. It was only ten miles away, but they walked and stopped. It took them nearly half a day to get to the northernmost part of the island. As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, the only place suitable for building a village in the North was about two miles long from east to west and less than two miles wide from north to south.


    Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo has a large number of village construction drawings, and the number of territories he owns in his current status will not be limited, so he has built a small village here, and some people can be arranged.

 Chapter 1061

    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo successively led people to build several territories in Miaodao, Xiaoheishan and Daheishan island. But among these territories, except that the central part of Daheishan island is large enough to build a small town, the rest can accommodate the next village at most.


    In this way, the whole Changshan island area can form a layout of one city, three towns and four villages, basically controlling the inhabited islands around Changshan Island, which is also beneficial to the basic security of the Navy.


    Ten days after leaving Nanchangshan Island, Huangfu Chaobo returned to Nandao again. As soon as he set foot on the wharf, Huangfu Chaobo felt his eyes brightened. Compared with when he left ten days ago, the Changshan Island wharf had changed completely.


    The crude camp behind the wharf has become rows of houses, which are neat and refreshing.


    The trestle of the wharf has also been renovated. The huge trestle extends into the bay for more than 100 feet, dividing the bay into two parts. A small half of the Bay in the south is the wharf and port, while a large half of the Bay in the north is the dock and the naval camp. The construction of the naval camp in the northwest corner has begun.


    In the past ten days, the navy has made a round trip. This time, with Jiang Qin''s two school Navy and the fleet returning from leting, 50000 people and nearly 200000 grain were delivered at one time. Because of the order of Huangfu Chaobo, all the craftsmen and their families in the dock have been sent here.


    These people are going to be resettled on Changshan Island, so transporting them to Changshan Island first, resettling them first, and preparing for farming in the second half of the year can at least relieve the pressure on food. As for the other islands, according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo, the people who originally lived by the sea will be selected from the relocated people and resettled in the other islands Because they used to live close to the sea, it would be easier for them to settle down.


    With the participation of these 50000 people, the construction of the whole island is proceeding rapidly. In addition to the construction of the two territories, they also have to build the temporary residences of more than 100000 people left in Shuanghe City, as well as all kinds of grain and materials accumulated in Shuanghe, as well as the timber accumulated in the shipyard in recent years. After these things are transported from Shuanghe, they must be transported Good storage.


    As soon as Huangfu Chaobo got out of the boat, Shi a, who got the news, rushed over from Changshan island village.


    "Lord, it''s hard! I will report some things here to my Lord. "


    "Start with the most important thing!" Huang Fu Chao Bo said while walking in the corridor;


    Shi a Ying Nuo said and began to report the recent events: "the first is the battle in Shuanghe city. The soldiers of the other three schools of the guards have arrived in Shuanghe city. General Gao Shun divided the two iron Eagles and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers into two parts and arranged them to defend in the dock and the city. He has been arranging guards to fight in rotation all the time Take this opportunity to train. At present, Shuanghe city and shipyard are in good condition. It''s impossible for XiaHouYuan''s army to break through the city within half a year. Please rest assured. "


    "Well, with fengxiao and gaoshun defending, I''m very relieved."


    "Xi Zhicai, the emissary of Langya army, arrived at Shuanghe city ten days ago and negotiated with Guo Junshi. Guo Junshi and Xi Zhicai have reached the intention of armistice. They just need to report to the Lord for signature."


    "Let fengxiao tell Xi Zhicai that I won''t sign any agreement with him. He won''t beat me, and I won''t beat him in nearly a year. As for the signature or something, I will not engage in these empty headed affairs with them. If he believes it, he will believe it or not. By the way, did fengxiao say what we got? "


    "The military adviser said that there was nothing else, mainly some money, food and property."


    "Well, don''t you have anything good in your hand? I don''t believe it until I say it. " Huang Fu Chao Bo snorted coldly,


    "another thing, Xi Zhicai wants to buy a batch of weapons and equipment from us, including crossbows and war horses. Mr. Guo said he needed to ask you what you mean, so he didn''t agree on the spot. "


    "Tell fengxiao that there is no problem with ordinary equipment, no crossbow machine, let him practice cavalry first, and wait until he and Cao Cao fight first."


    Shi ah was stunned and immediately responded. He accepted the order and said, "I''ll send a pigeon letter to Shuanghe right away."


    "Oh, have the carrier pigeons on Changshan Island been arranged?"


    "Since my lord began to plan the sea stronghold, I have begun to prepare for it. During this period of time, my subordinates have been shuttling between Changshan island and Shuanghe city for this matter several times." Shia replied;


    "yes, it''s much more convenient. By the way, is there anything else? "


    "There''s another thing that shouldn''t be said to be something, although it''s not very important to be with you, but Shia stopped for a moment, but he didn''t know how to express it.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at Shi''a with a strange look on his face and said, "but it doesn''t matter."


    "In fact, it''s nothing. Recently, news came from Chang''an that Yuan Shao, Cao Cao, Gong sunzan, sun CE and Lu Bu all went to court one after another and asked for their respective titles." Shi a face strange of say;Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Is there such divine operation?


    Under Shi A''s detailed explanation, Huangfu Chaobo finally understood what was going on. It turned out that his promotion to the title had caused a lot of trouble. After the princes of the world and Li, Guo Si and Dong Huang got the title of Duke, they joined together to ask Chang''an for the title. Just a few days ago, the upper tables of several princes arrived in Chang''an almost at the same time, which made the little emperor at a loss. Li and Guo Si seemed to want to draw more people to share their firepower, so they urged the little emperor to agree with them It is estimated that the little emperor will show the world in the next few days.


    Among the princes, Yuan Shao invited himself to be the Duke of Wei and robbed Cao Cao''s name in history. Because Cao Cao occupied the vast majority of the territory of Qingzhou, he invited himself to be the Duke of Qi. Sun CE was still the same as in history. He asked himself to be the Duke of Wu. Gongsun Zan also benefited a lot and invited himself to be Yangong. As for Lu Bu, it was Zhao Gong.


    In addition to the four of them, there are nine princes in the whole world. However, except for the three princes of Xiliang, the rest are powerful princes.


    Ha ha Da... Huangfu Chaobo middle way: NPC is not the same treatment, you can directly on their own form please seal, alas, sad players, according to Huangfu Chaobo know, at least must reach a state, it is possible to seal, and this is only the most basic condition of all conditions.

 Chapter 1062

    However, he soon threw the idea out of the air. Yuan Shao and other officials had nothing to do with him. What he had to do was to arrange the things in front of him. He had no absolute strength. He could not live for a few days even if he was a king. Yuan Shu is a living example.


    "Don''t worry about him. Is there any other news?"


    "No other news is unusual. At present, the chief officials of xindezhu county and the generals of various troops have begun to act according to the order of the Lord. Cao Jun of Yanzhou and Yuan Shaojun of Jizhou have no sign of sending troops. There is sun Qijun has ended the war in xiapi, and finally failed to capture xiapi city. Sun CE appointed Sun Jing as the prefect of xiapi, and led 20000 troops into Tongguo to defend Cao Cao''s army. There is also the appointment of Zhu Zhi as the prefect of Wujun, LV fan as the prefect of Danyang, and Wu Jing as the prefect of Jiujiang. After arranging these, sun CE led the troops back to Wujun. "


    In the meantime, they have come to Changshan island village. Compared with the wharf, the change here is even greater. Now they have reached the level of big village. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, all the buildings in the village will be upgraded to the corresponding level according to the requirements of the territory. In addition, there are enough people to join in, so it has reached the level of big village in only half a month.


    Before he entered the village, the official in charge of the territory rushed to Huangfu Chaobo: "see you, Lord!"


    "No gift!" Huangfu Chaobo waved to him to get up, and then looked into the village. He saw that the whole village was in good order, and all the buildings were arranged in different areas. Although all kinds of houses were being built everywhere in the village, they were also in good order. He couldn''t help nodding and said, "yes, well done. When can I upgrade to town? "


    "All the buildings and population have met the requirements. Now we have to wait for the Lord to upgrade."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo did not stay in the village. He went straight to the political hall and opened the jade management interface of the village. Sure enough, all the conditions in the village had been lit up. Now he had to wait for his Lord to confirm. The territory upgrade in the game has been improved. The upgrade below the city level, unless it is a cross level upgrade, such as village to town, town to city, needs the Lord''s own operation. The upgrade within the level can be operated by the deputy, so the village can be upgraded to a big village in the ten days when Huangfu Chaobo is away.


    With the click of Huangfu Chaobo to confirm, the village is upgraded to a small town.


    "Congratulations, Changshan island village has been upgraded to a town!"


    It''s faster for a village to upgrade to a town. It''s estimated that it will take at least one or two months to upgrade from a town to a city. After upgrading the territory, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Shi''a and said, "Shi''a, send an order to Han Dian, and let him arrange an official to be responsible for the migration of the people in Shuanghe. He will come to Changshan island with the next group of people, and he will be responsible for the overall management of the whole territory. In addition, send orders to Qingdao to make them ready. Let''s arrange 1000 soldiers and 5000 craftsmen first. We will leave for Qingdao early tomorrow morning. When we arrive, we will leave for Lingshan Island immediately. Although the war in Qingzhou has stopped, we still need to move the people away as soon as possible. "


    When they heard this, they all agreed.


    The next day, Huangfu Chaobo was escorted by the water army of Fubo camp and headed for Qingdao. As he expected, on the third day when he got the news of the princes'' collective request, he heard the system notice in the game. The little emperor finally agreed to the request of the princes. For a moment, the players were shocked. So many cases of the official request have never appeared in history. In real history, only Cao Cao asked Wei Gong to be granted the title, and other miscellaneous things did not happen. Now suddenly there are eight or nine feudal officials.


    We are all guessing which aspect of the game will develop, and will it turn into the situation of competing for supremacy in the spring and Autumn period and the Warring States period? Now at least one thing is that the Three Kingdoms of Wei, Shu and Wu have changed beyond recognition. Even the title of Wei has become the name of yuan Shaojia, while Cao Cao has become the Duke of Qi. As for Lao Liu, he is still living in Changsha County. Let alone entering Sichuan, the four counties in Jingnan have not been settled yet.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t notice the players'' discussion. Even if he did, he didn''t have time to take a close look. Now he is on the boat to Qingdao city.


    "Lord, now that the Langya army and our Tang army have stopped fighting, can Qingdao not withdraw? After all, it''s a city that we spent a lot of money and material resources to build. It''s really not willing to give it away. " Shi a asked on one side;


    Huangfu Chaobo laughed: "in the land of two counties, dozens of cities can be abandoned, but they still care about this small city. Although there is a temporary armistice now, this kind of alliance is not reliable. If one day the Langya army suddenly attacks, Qibu will be caught off guard. It''s hard to stay alone after all. "


    "But you''re right. At least you don''t have to be in such a hurry to evacuate all the personnel and materials for the time being. At least the dockyard and the boatman don''t have to be in such a hurry to evacuate. It''s not so easy to build a dock. Although Qingdao city is only a high-grade shipyard. We can withdraw all the people, leaving only 10000 troops to defend. When we find a suitable place to build a dock, we can gradually remove the craftsmen and materials from the dock. However, it needs to be considered in the long run. "With that, Huangfu Chaobo fell into deep meditation.


    A few days later, the fleet finally arrived in Qingdao. Qingdao people who had already got the news all rushed to the wharf to meet them. County Magistrate Chen Xiang, county captain Han Chen and Deputy captain Ji Bao, and the commander of Zhenhai camp Zhou Yi have all appeared on the wharf. Seeing that all the people are there, Huangfu Chaobo was surprised and said, "you are all here. What''s the situation of the city?"


    Han Chen said: "Lord Hui, ten days ago, Langya army had retreated. The army returned to Zhuangwu City, and then directly to Langya county. These are the news sent back by the cavalry Chihou. At present, there should be 5000 to 10000 soldiers in Zhuangwu city."


    "Is there any news from the shadow guard? Is it certain that the Langya army has withdrawn, rather than plotting otherwise? " Huangfu Chaobo still asked uneasily;


    behind a few people, a person in charge of shadow guard came out and replied: "according to the news that came back two days ago, general Guangwu and several main generals of Langya army all appeared in Kaiyang City, which should be correct."

 Chapter 1063

    After hearing these words from the shadow guard, Huangfu Chaobo was really relieved and asked, "have the personnel and materials for Lingshan Island been arranged?"


    Chen Xiang, the county magistrate, said: "we are ready. All the goods have been loaded. We can set sail only when our Lord arrives. But our Lord has been at sea for many days. Do you want to have a rest in Qingdao for two days before setting out?"


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head: "we can''t wait any longer. Time doesn''t wait for us. Zhou Yi, let''s get the water army ready to go! In addition, even if the Langya army has retreated, you still need to be careful to guard against the sudden attack of the Langya army. "


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. We must be careful and don''t dare to slack off at all!" They all responded together;


    an hour later, the fleet set out again, and the navy of the three schools escorted ten ships to the southeast of Lingshan island.


    Huangfu Chaobo felt that he was the boss of a big group in reality. He was on a business trip all day, inspecting this subsidiary and that subsidiary. He was always on the run.


    A few days later, the fleet arrived at Lingshan island safely. To Huang Fu''s surprise, although Lingshan island is not small, it is far from the base suitable for building a camp as he imagined. The whole Lingshan island is indeed not small. Looking up from the bow of the boat, most of the island is covered by mountains. There is only a long beach near the west coast. The widest place is estimated to be only one or two miles. It is distributed along the west coast. Depending on the situation, it is estimated that one or two small towns can be built.


    "Zhouyi, is the only place suitable for the construction of Lingshan island''s territory the West Beach? Can you tell us more about the situation on the island? " Huangfu Chaobo asked with a disappointed face to Zhou Yi beside him;


    "Lord Hui, although Lingshan island is not small, the only place that is really suitable for building territory is the seaside in the West. The middle and east of the island are covered by mountains and forests, and there are cliffs in the East. There is no place for ships to dock." Zhou Yi bowed himself to answer;


    Huangfu was greatly disappointed. He only remembered that the area of Lingshan island was large enough, but he forgot that Lingshan island was the highest island in the north of China, and its forest coverage rate had reached 70%, making it a rare "sea Oasis" in northern waters of China. It seems that the idea of building a naval base on Lingshan island will be defeated.


    Looking at his disappointment, Zhou Yi hesitated for a moment and made up his mind. He said, "my Lord, I will have an idea. I don''t know whether to speak or not?"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhouyi and said, "if you have anything to say, you can say it."


    "Yes Zhou Yi bowed his fist and said: "the last general knows that the Lord is going to build the base of the Navy on the sea, so that Qingdao and Shuanghe will not be controlled by others. However, the situation of Lingshan island is not suitable to be used as a base of the Navy, but is more suitable to be used as a transit and rest station for a navy and fleet. If it comes to establishing bases, there is another place that is more suitable. "


    Huangfu Chaobo heard the spirit of a boost: "where?"


    "In fact, the Lord also knows," he said. Zhou Yi reached out and pointed to the South: "yuzhoushan island! His subordinates have been in and out of yuzhoushan island for many years. They have talked with Yang Hu and sun Lang several times. They know that yuzhoushan island is much bigger than Lingshan Island, and it is more suitable for building large territory on it. If it can be developed, it will be several times better than Lingshan Island. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was overjoyed. Yes, Lingshan island is not good, but yuzhoushan island is absolutely suitable. It is about 20 Li long from northeast to southwest and less than 10 Li wide from northwest to Southeast. The mountains on the island are undulating, and there are several mountains about hundreds of feet high. On the mountain, the forest is dense, and the terrain is high in the northeast and low in the southwest. To the East, there is a large flat land several miles around. Moreover, judging from the whole topography of yuzhoushan Island, which was sent back in the past, there is a valley in the middle of the island, which can accommodate tens of thousands of people. In this way, the island was left vacant because it didn''t have enough population, but now it doesn''t worry about population.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "yes, it''s worthy of being the chief General of the first army. I already have some overall view. Good


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s praise, Zhou Yi blushed with embarrassment. However, Chang''s face went in and out on the sea, but it was hard to see the change on his face which had been a little dark red.


    "You immediately send people back to Qingdao and order them to be ready to select 20000 people from Qingdao. Remember, let them choose the whole family, and then in addition to those who can grow food, there will also be those who are good at water. You know, when the time comes, you should give priority to those who are good at water."


    "No!"


    "In addition to these, all the craftsmen needed to upgrade the territory to the county town are complete. By the way, let old Guo tou take his family Guo Da or Guo ER and lead dozens of boatmen to follow him to build the dock of yuzhoushan. When Qingdao dock is removed, let old Guo and all of them go to the dock of yuzhoushan."


    "What''s more, after your fleet sent us to the island, they immediately sailed back to Qingdao to meet the 20000 people and come to Lingshan island to join us. At that time, we will go to Yuzhou mountain together."


    After hearing this, Zhou Yi was overjoyed. With the size and conditions of yuzhoushan, it was easy to build a county with tens of thousands of people. Moreover, yuzhoushan could also build a dock large enough to serve as a naval dock. Everything was ready. At once, he said, "the last general will take orders and send all the master and his party to Lingshan island. Then the last general will lead the Navy back to Qingdao to meet the fleet."Just at this time, the signal came from the sentry ship, and the fleet began to dock and prepare to land on the island. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo waved to Zhou Yi and said, "go and arrange the personnel to land on the island as soon as possible, and set out as soon as possible. By the way, in addition to this, you ask the shadow guard of Qingdao city to send a pigeon letter to Yuzhou mountain, so that they can make preparations early, so that more than 20000 people will not arrive, I''m in a hurry again. "


    Zhou Yi was ordered to leave.


    It took more than half a day for all the personnel and materials to be delivered to the island. After the first group of craftsmen got off the ship, Huangfu Chaobo also boarded Lingshan island under the escort of hundreds of soldiers from Tiebi camp.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, the broadest part of the island from the seaside wharf to the foot of the mountain was only a mile, less than two miles away. It would be difficult to build a medium-sized town. Fortunately, now Huangfu Chaobo has no idea of this, just build a transit base here.

 Chapter 1064

    After all the personnel and materials were unloaded, Zhouyi''s Navy directly escorted the transport fleet back. Huangfu Chaobo led the local people and craftsmen to start the construction of a new territory. He built a territory next to the harbor where the pirates had stopped, named Lingshan island village. Although the village will be upgraded to a town in the end, it will be built into a military fort. There are four walls, one of which is directly next to the foot of the mountain in the East, and the other is next to the wharf in the West.


    After seeing the situation here, Huangfu Chaobo decided that only a thousand soldiers, a thousand water troops and a group of craftsmen could be stationed here. Of course, these soldiers would rotate once every other period of time, and the families of craftsmen would be arranged in a territory further south.


    In the south of Lingshan Island Village, another village will be built, in which the families of craftsmen in Lingshan island will live. The reason for this arrangement is that Huangfu Chaobo found that there are too few places to use here. After online inquiry, he found that even in reality, the permanent population of Lingshan island is only over 3000.


    Five days later, Zhou Yi escorted the transport fleet to Lingshan island again. In addition to 20000 people and craftsmen specially explained by Huangfu Chaobo, there was also a lot of food in the subsequent fleet. It was not feasible to increase the population of yuzhoushan island by 20000 at one time without bringing a lot of food.


    A few days later, the fleet arrived at the southeast port of yuzhoushan island. After a few years, Huangfu Chaobo set foot here for the second time. At the beginning, he set up a transit point here just to sell horses and buy back grain from Jiangdong to facilitate his return to Sizhou. However, he did not expect to use it as a naval base a few years later.


    Yang Hu, the person in charge of Yu Zhoushan, sun Lang, the general of the Navy, and Wu Zhi, the person in charge of shadow guard, had already met them on the wharf. Looking at their dark faces because of years of exposure to the sun and wind at the seaside, Huang Fu Chao Bo suddenly felt a kind of emotion rising from the bottom of his heart. Because of his own arrangement, they had been here for several years, but he was almost dead Forget them.


    "I''ll see you at the end!" When he saw Huangfu Chaobo coming down from the boat, the three of them prayed together;


    Huangfu Chaobo took two quick steps, lifted them up one by one, and said, "I''ve worked hard for you three, and I''ve been on this island for several years!"


    "I''m afraid I''m going to die for my Lord, but I can''t finish my Lord''s instructions. At present, the barracks on the island are not full, but they are no less powerful than the elite of Huben camp." Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was like this, they were all excited, but Yang Hu was embarrassed to report;


    "Oh, how many soldiers are there on the island now?" Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned and asked;


    "report back to my Lord, there are 1256 soldiers on the island and 3587 sailors. They didn''t meet the requirements of the army of the first school at the beginning of the Lord. "


    "It should have been given to the soldiers of Tiebi camp in ruyitun at the beginning, but now they can gather more than 1000 troops, which is very good. So is sun lang. there are more than 3000 water troops in the two schools now, and there is no one to support them. They are all selected by you and them after sweeping the pirates in the East China Sea?"


    "Yes They replied;


    Huangfu Chaobo knew something about the island. When he first occupied the big island, he left them only 100 iron wall battalions and 2000 water troops, so that they could eliminate the pirates in the East China Sea, so as to maintain the safety of the trade routes and strengthen their strength at the same time. In more than two years, they increased their forces by nearly 3000 by suppressing pirates. Moreover, the number of residents on the island has increased from hundreds to nearly 5000, which can be said to have done a good job. You know, the increase in population and military strength is basically the result of the capture and surrender of pirates.


    After patting them on the shoulder and looking at Wu Zhi, the person in charge of shadow guard beside them, Huangfu Chaobo said: "you three have done a good job. This time, I have brought 20000 people to develop yuzhoushan island. In recognition of you three, if you want to leave here, I will transfer you back to Sizhou. If you don''t want to, you will be promoted to another level and stay in yuzhoushan To help follow-up officials develop Yuzhou mountain well! "


    The three men looked at each other and shook their heads and said, "the last generals are willing to stay in Yuzhou mountain and guard this base for the Lord."


    "OK," Huangfu Chaobo said with a laugh, "let''s go ahead and talk about it. Let''s talk about the current situation on yuzhoushan island in detail for me!"


    Several people walked all the way to the small town near the port. As Yang Hu walked, he introduced the current situation on yuzhoushan island to Huangfu Chaobo. As for the materials carried by more than 20000 people''s craftsmen and fleets, others were responsible for arranging.


    Yuzhoushan island was originally occupied by a group of pirates with nearly a thousand people. A few years ago, when Huangfu Chaobo went south to Jiangdong, he annihilated the pirates. Then he sent Yang Hu and sun langwuzhi to occupy the island as a transit place for the caravan. After several years of development, there are nearly ten thousand people on the island. In order to accommodate nearly ten thousand people, several people upgraded the small village on the island to a big one. Unfortunately, they did not upgrade it to a town because they did not have the authority. The big village is located near the port.


    Basically, soldiers were stationed in the village. Half of the more than 1000 battalions were stationed here, and all the more than 3000 soldiers were stationed here. As for the rest of the people and the rest of the soldiers, they were sent to the valley of the island for resettlement. Because they were not formal territories, they basically built ordinary wooden houses in the East and West Body.After listening to their introduction, Huangfu Chaobo was silent. After a long time, he patted them on the shoulder and said, "let''s go ahead and upgrade the other villages to towns. Then we can go into the valley of the island and build a city there. In this way, we can settle down the army."


    Three people are also one face excited, way: "Lord please!"


    When a group of people enter the village''s administrative hall, Huangfu Chaobo opens the operation interface, takes out a small town drawing, and clicks upgrade. As the administrative hall is surrounded by a halo, a moment later, the halo disappears, the village is upgraded to a small town, and the village level wooden administrative Hall has become a stone building.


    When it was first built, Huangfu Chaobo got a name at random. This time, the name can be changed. So a town named Donghai town appeared under the rule of the Tang army.


    Seeing their appearance, Huangfu Chaobo said, "let''s go. Let''s go into the island."


    But Yang Hu stopped and said, "Lord, it''s getting late. It''s nearly ten miles from Donghai town to the island, but the road is not easy. We''d better go tomorrow."

 Chapter 1065

    After listening to Yang Hu''s words, Huangfu Chaobo looked up at the sky outside the house, but it was already tonight. If there was a ten mile mountain road, it was really not suitable to enter the mountain, so he nodded and agreed to his suggestion. However, if you think about it, the people and materials are not finished yet.


    So he turned around and asked, "how do ordinary people settle down tonight?"


    "Lord, don''t worry. After receiving the pigeon''s letter, the general has already started to arrange. There are dozens of warehouses on the wharf of the port. Now most of them are empty, and the general has built many campsites in the village, which are enough to accommodate the rest of these 20000 people. As for dinner, it''s already ready, and it should be ready by now." Yang Hu replied;


    Huangfu ordered a little bit, left the administration hall, and headed for the wharf. Several people immediately followed. Before he got to the dock, Huangfu Chaobo saw that a lot of bonfires had been prepared along the way. When it was getting dark, he could light them. At this time, on the dock, after groups of people got off the ship, a group of soldiers led them to the front of a building. The first soldiers arranged the people in the building according to the size of the building, and then led the rest The people in the street walk towards the next house.


    As soon as they left, another group of soldiers came carrying large baskets of food. They distributed food to them according to the number of people in the house. After repeatedly confirming that there was no food left, they carried the food to and from the house.


    As a result, everything was going on in an orderly way. Looking at these arrangements, Huangfu Chaobo said strangely, "yes, who thought of this idea?"


    Yang Hu was embarrassed and said with a smile: "it was his subordinates who thought of it."


    "It''s true that you can enter the Tiebi camp, which shows that you are very brave, and you are so organized in dealing with these things, which proves that your ability to lead is not weak. In time, you will certainly achieve something. Do well. When you have made enough contributions, your country will grant you a famous general card!" Huangfu Chaobo patted Yang Hu on the shoulder and promised, "Yang Hu, thank you! May the LORD go through fire and water, and never say goodbye again When Yang Hu heard this, his face turned red with excitement, and he immediately knelt down and said to Huangfu Chaobo;


    the other two also looked at Yang Hu with admiration, and they secretly became cruel.


    The resettlement of 20000 people has been busy until three o''clock. As for materials, they will have to wait until the day tomorrow.


    Early the next morning, under the leadership of Yang Hu, Huangfu Chaobo led thousands of people and craftsmen along the path they had mined to the valley of the island. As Yang Hu said, the road into the valley is really difficult. Although they have been trying to repair the road, the number of residents on the island is small. Most of the young adults were recruited into the army by the two men, and the remaining young adults still need to open up fields and do other things to support their families, so no one can come Repair the road into the island.


    After less than one third of the journey, Huangfu Chaobo said, "Yang Hu, send someone to Donghai town immediately to send a message, and ask them to arrange people to start road construction. We must repair the road as soon as possible. At that time, how can a large number of materials be sent to the City in the valley?"


    After hearing this, Yang Hu immediately sent people back to Donghai town and began to arrange the road construction.


    After an hour and a half of marching, the group finally arrived at the valley in the middle of the island. As soon as they entered the valley, Huangfu Chaobo felt his eyes brightened. The valley is located in the middle of yuzhoushan Island, about ten li long and three or four Li wide, surrounded by mountains up to tens of feet high. It can be said that it is a huge basin in the middle of yuzhoushan island.


    In the valley, there are thousands of dwellings scattered in groups, but these are very simple wooden houses, not even the ordinary dwellings in Donghai town outside. There are many fields scattered around these wooden houses. In the whole basin, several small rivers flow out from the surrounding mountains and forests, and then merge into a slightly larger river in the west of the basin, flowing straight to the west of the island. It should be in the West into the sea.


    Huangfu Chaobo was very happy that such a large basin could be built into a small city that could accommodate 30000 to 50000 people. He turned to Yang Hu and said, "look for a place at the foot of the mountain. Let''s start to build a territory. We must avoid the open space on both sides of these rivers. Once all the open space beside these rivers is reclaimed, it will be enough to reclaim thousands of mu of land. After a year, we can harvest tens of thousands of stone grain, which can solve the food problem of a large part of the people on the island."


    Yang Hu nodded. He knew the valley like the palm of his hand. With a little thought, he thought of the place that Huangfu Chaobo had asked for. In the northwest of the valley, which was close to the foot of the mountain, there was a range of several miles around, and there was still a distance from the river on both sides. Because the land situation was a little higher, and it was inconvenient to divert water, it was not reclaimed by the people Now there are so many young people. After the city is built there, the river will be led around the city.


    Next to Shi a said, "what about the drinking water in the city?"


    "Don''t worry, general Shi, we can lead the canal into the city from the mountain behind. The island is large enough, so digging a well to get water is not a problem. It''s several miles away from the seaside, and the well water is not as bitter as sea water. It''s enough for everyone to use." Yang Hu replied;"Well, let''s build a village there. The territory should be built as soon as possible. In addition, other places on the island suitable for ships to land also need to be manned. If the area is large enough, we can also build a village. In this way, people can be better resettled." Huangfu Chaobo decided to go;


    with that, he headed for the place Yang Hu pointed out, and the party quickly followed, and soon arrived at the place Yang Hu said. Huangfu Chaobo went to the middle, opened a village construction drawing, and a new territory called yuzhoushan village appeared in front of the public.


    In the administrative hall, Huangfu Chaobo set Yang Hu as the deputy head of the village, and then gave him all the construction of the territory. Led by the people of Yang Hu sect, he walked to the other end of the valley. At this time, he could walk the whole island.


    The reason for this arrangement is that Huangfu Chaobo wants to leave here after the territory of yuzhoushan is upgraded to town. It is estimated that at that time, Changshan Island town should be about to upgrade. After dealing with these two places, he can go to Youzhou.

 Chapter 1066

    Ten days later, Huangfu Chaobo once again set sail to the north. He spent a day in Lingshan Island, upgraded the two territories to small towns, and then went north to Nanchangshan Island, where Qingdao city did not enter.


    By the time his fleet reached Changshan Island wharf again, it was July 20, when the second round of cultivation of this year was over. During the period of June and July, the princes in the world were basically quiet, especially in the Central Plains, because as time went on, the food problem became a problem in everyone''s mind.


    So during this period of time, we were all ready to speed up the grain harvest of our own forces, and at the same time, we were all staring at the other princes around us, for fear that anyone who didn''t open their eyes would come up to their own territory and grab a hand. At the same time, we were also looking to see if we could find other people''s loopholes, and if we could go out and get a hand. In this way, it was everyone''s fault In the end, no one dared to act rashly.


    Changshan island at this time is very different from when Huangfu Chaobo left a month ago. The dock has been completely built and the camp of the navy has been completed. Only a large area between the camp and the dock is left for the dock. There are dozens of boats on the south side of the trestle. There are a steady stream of goods and materials on board. They are transported to the wharf and stored in a long row of warehouses built at the foot of the mountain. These things are all moved out of Shuanghe city.


    In some other ships, groups of people supported the old and the young to get down from several medium-sized sand boats and building ships, and immediately after they got down to the wharf, an official led a group of soldiers to take them to an area for resettlement. Some of them would be resettled on the islands in Changshan Island, but most of them were temporarily resettled here and then relocated To Youzhou.


    Huangfu Chaobo stood in the bow of the boat and watched the people get off the boat quietly. Shi a had to send people to the wharf to let the fleet give way, but he was stopped by Huangfu Chaobo: "because of my order, they had to leave their hometown. I''m ashamed. Let them get off the boat first. I''m not in a hurry, and so on."


    Shi ah had no choice but to wait patiently according to Nai''s temperament, but his mouth was open: "Qingzhou was originally a place with few people. The Lord moved it to Youzhou, but he divided the fields and allocated cattle and sheep to every family. It''s much better than they stayed in Qingzhou."


    "But it''s true that everyone has left home!" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    while everyone was talking, Zhao Dian, who got the news, had led several officials to the wharf in a hurry. When he saw that Huangfu Chaobo''s fleet was still waiting in line behind, Zhao Dian climbed onto a small boat and headed for Huangfu Chaobo''s building.


    On the top of the building, Zhao Dian put down the ladder and climbed up. He saluted and said, "I''ll see you, my Lord!"


    "County magistrate Zhao, please rise!"


    "Now that the Lord''s fleet has arrived, why don''t you get off the ship? The Officer immediately arranged for people to make room for the ship."


    "No, wait for the boat in front to get off. Don''t worry!" Huangfu Chaobo stopped him and said, "it''s just the order of Zhao county is coming. I''ll listen to the construction of the territory on board this month."


    He is worthy of being a man with a long history of officialdom. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s questions, Zhao Dian did not say much. Instead, he stood respectfully beside him and gave a detailed report on his affairs in the past month.


    After getting the order from Huangfu Chaobo, Zhao Dian arranged for Shuanghe city and came to Changshan island with the fleet. Then he took over the overall arrangement of the whole archipelago. Now Changshan Island town has been upgraded to the scale of a big town. Only the last few buildings have not been upgraded. It only takes a few days to upgrade to a small town.


    As for other territories, they have already been upgraded to Dacun. We can only wait for Huangfu Chaobo to come and upgrade them to town level.


    Upgrading the main stronghold to the city level is a condition for the relocation of Shuanghe city''s huge docks. Because ordinary village level territory can''t build high-grade buildings, Huangfu Chaobo was in a hurry to upgrade Changshan Island town to the city level.


    As for the migration of the people, after more than a month of continuous transfer by the Navy, most of the people in Shuanghe city have been transferred to Changshan Island, leaving only 20000 people in Shuanghe city to help carry materials and guard the city. Now the island is full of people.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo realized how much he had taken for granted his original migration order. It was because he had the ability to use ships as a tool for migration. It was still so difficult for him to move by land. No wonder when Dong Zhuo moved the capital at the beginning, white bones filled the field.


    "What about the people?"


    "My Lord, don''t worry. These people are all willing to move. In addition, they have been recuperating in Shuanghe city for a period of time, so nothing happened all the way. Among the people who moved to the island, only a thousand people were slightly ill because of their first boat ride, and doctors have been arranged to treat them. In my opinion, with this number of days of shipbuilding, we can all adapt to the sea going ships, and we will be more adapted to the next time we move to Youzhou. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that there would be such an advantage. However, even though these people are all in Qingzhou, not everyone is used to going by boat. Therefore, the time for us to cross the sea this time is just a few days for us to get used to it.In other words, several boats in front of him had all been disembarked, and a few berths had been vacated, so Huangfu Chaobo''s building boat quickly got on the trestle.


    hundreds of soldiers took the lead and got off the ship first. Then Huangfu Chaobo was able to leave the building boat and come to the trestle. The movement on the trestle had already alerted the people on the wharf, and saw Huangfu Chaobo in a crowd of soldiers The people on the dock knelt down and worshiped.


    Huangfu Chaobo came down from the boat and didn''t stop at the wharf. He came directly to Changshan Island town. At this time, Changshan Island town has changed greatly. All kinds of buildings necessary for upgrading have been built. Only the outermost wall has not been completed. According to Zhao Dian, it only takes two days for the wall to be upgraded to the city level.


    According to the original plan, this city will also be built into a zigzag shape of the inner and outer cities, so at this time, the wall of the big town is not much bigger than that of the big village, only about two Li in length and width, which is why the construction speed of the wall is so fast. After upgrading to the city, the length of the wall will be much longer, and the southern part will be destroyed All of them will be surrounded. Of course, the city walls will not be square in the mainland, but will be built along the coastline and mountains.

 Chapter 1067

    Looking at Changshan Island City, which has just begun to open, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but feel deeply. When he first entered the game, it took him several months to upgrade a Nakamura. Now, with his command, more than 100000 young people are working hard together. It only took him more than two months to build a small city. It''s really a strength of many people Big.


    After a night''s rest in Changshan Island town, Huangfu Chaobo decided to upgrade all the territories that can be upgraded on the islands. In this way, it will take a few days. At that time, it will also be possible to upgrade here.


    The next morning, Huangfu Chaobo left Changshan Island town and went to the north of Nandao, upgrading heishizui village to a town. Then take a boat to the North Island, and upgrade the big village on the North Changshan island to a town. By the way, change the name to the North Island town. Then go to Daheishan island and upgrade Daheishan Island Village in the East and middle of Daheishan island to a town, and change its name to heishandao town. These towns are the three town level territories under Changshan island city. As for which level they can be upgraded to, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care much. For other village level territories, it''s not impossible to upgrade to the town level. It''s just that the available area of the territory is too small, so it doesn''t make much sense to upgrade to the town level by force.


    Even such a simple circle took Huangfu Chaobo two days. When he returned to Changshan Island town again, it was the fourth day of his return to Changshan island.


    When the boat arrived at the wharf, Zhao Dian had already led a group of officials and generals on the island to meet him at the wharf. After getting off the boat, Zhao Dian went up to meet him with a happy face and said, "Lord, everything in Changshan Island town has been ready, only for the Lord to upgrade his territory."


    Seeing his eagerness, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help laughing and scolding: "Zhao Dian, you''ve been a county magistrate for so many years. Why can''t you be so calm?"


    "That''s not the same, young master." Zhao Dian said with a smile: "at the beginning, young master asked us to serve as county magistrate and county captain. What we took over were the original county towns, but they were dilapidated. We just need to gather refugees and restore people''s livelihood. Now, we are building a city ourselves. We can''t speak in the same breath."


    After listening to his words, all the people nearby agreed with you Rongyan''s nod.


    "Well, in that case, upgrade quickly!" Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    the party soon came to the jade interface of Huangfu Chaobo''s management in the town administration hall. Sure enough, the upgrade button on it had been lit up. He immediately took out a small town upgrade drawing from his belt, opened it, put it on the upgrade interface, and then gently click the upgrade button.


    A yellow light burst out from the administrative hall, instantly enveloping the whole administrative hall, and then a system prompt sound sounded in Huangfu Chaobo''s ear: "Congratulations, the territory Changshan Island town has been upgraded to the small town level, please complete the upgrade task within one month: 1... 2¡¢¡£¡£¡£¡±


    In today''s whole game, hundreds of territories have been upgraded to the small town level, so the upgrade task is very simple. Huangfu Chaobo no longer pays attention to this kind of task. He just gives Zhao Dian all the task tips, and his attention is on the relocation of the dock.


    Opening his personal interface, Huangfu Chaobo finds Shuanghe City, and then finds the dock, but finds that he can''t operate it.


    After a little meditation, Huangfu Chaobo put his eyes on the jade management interface of Changshan island city and opened a building at will. He found that there was indeed a "move" button on it. Click it to have a look. Sure enough, you can operate it on the jade management interface. It seems that you can only move it to Shuanghe city.


    So he said to Zhao Dian, "Zhao Dian, I''ll give you Changshan island city and the surrounding territory. This will be one of the two bases of the Tang army on the sea. Although the conditions can''t compare with yuzhoushan, it''s the most important base. This is related to whether the communication between our headquarters and Youzhou is smooth. If there is any loss, our army''s horses and grain will be affected. Do you know? "


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. I''m sure I''ll arrange this place for the public security. I''m not sure I''ll be entrusted by my Lord!" Zhao Dian replied solemnly;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded: "originally, according to my arrangement, Changshan island and yuzhoushan Island were two schools of soldiers and horses with one guard in the first World War, plus the size of three naval schools. However, considering the number of islands in Changshan Island, we specially added one school guard to Changshan island. You should discuss with the county officials to arrange the soldiers and horses reasonably."


    "I''ve just checked. The dock must be moved to the jade management interface of the territory. Today I''ll have a rest here. Tomorrow morning I''ll rush to Shuanghe City, and I''ll give it to you! If there''s anything undecided, let the shadow guard send pigeons to me. "


    "By the way, order a group of people to be ready. After the shipyard incident is over, I will go to Youzhou to escort a group of people to Youzhou. And I remember that in addition to the high-grade dock, another condition for the construction of the huge dock was the high-grade dock. You immediately arranged personnel to upgrade the dock of Changshan island city to the high-grade dock. "


    As soon as Zhao Dian heard it, he bowed himself to accept the order!Early the next morning, Huangfu Chaobo was escorted by the water army and headed for Shuanghe city. Today''s Shuanghe City, although the war is tense, but it is not dangerous. On the contrary, Gao Shun also took this place as a training ground. Tens of thousands of Qingzhou garrison soldiers were divided into several waves by him, and they took turns to go to the city to train. In more than a month, many garrison soldiers have been upgraded several levels, which is only one step away from the requirements of soldiers.


    After boarding shuanghecheng wharf, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop at the seaside. Instead, he went directly to the county government of shuanghecheng, where shuanghecheng''s management jade was.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, he found a huge shipyard from the list of buildings in Shuanghe city. After he opened it, the button was lit. Later, Huangfu Chaobo immediately opened the operation interface. To his surprise, there are a series of conditions in it, such as the level of the territory to be relocated, the relevant level of building supporting facilities, and so on.


    Huangfu Chaobo glanced at it and found that the conditions of Changshan island city had reached the conditions for relocation except for the low level of the wharf. Seeing this, he immediately ordered Shi a to send a pigeon letter to Changshan Island, urging them to build the wharf as soon as possible.

 Chapter 1068

    The wharf of Changshan island city was already expanded when Huangfu Chaobo left. In terms of speed, it should be three or five days. If there is no delay, it should be two days.


    Now that the affairs of Qingzhou have been basically handled, Huangfu Chaobo will consider going north to Youzhou. Now it''s July, he must arrange the affairs of Youzhou as soon as possible. Once the time is too long, Gongsun Zan doesn''t know what''s wrong.


    At present, the Tang army has gathered about six schools in the sea area of Qingzhou, with a total of more than 30000 water troops. Together with nearly 100 merchant ships and sand boats, it can transport nearly 100000 people to Youzhou at one time. 30000 water troops can also transport people to Youzhou three to four times before the year. In this way, most of the relocated people can be transported to Youzhou before the year.


    Of the 600000 people, about 50000 will be resettled in Changshan island city and Yuzhou mountain city, and the remaining 550000 will be sent to Youzhou. However, Huangfu Chaobo received a joint letter from Meng Yi, Ma Xuan and Huang Xu a month ago. Although Longhua needs population, it is also a great pressure to resettle the 600000 people The main reason is that this area is originally crisscross with mausoleums, and there are not many places suitable for city building. Except for the five places that have been occupied at present, the rest of the slightly flat places are owned by the player lords, and these places are really small. Basically, the scale of Zhongzhen has already reached the top.


    At present, among the five cities and towns in Longhua region, Longhua city has reached the limit. Basically, it is impossible to increase the population again. Then there are only four other towns. Among the other four towns, Chengde can accommodate 180000 people. In addition, Shuangluan and Xiabancheng can accommodate 60000 to 80000 people. In addition, Luanping city can accommodate 56000 people. In addition, some of the territories under each city can accommodate 500000 to 550000 people at most If so, there are still nearly 100000 people who have no place to be resettled.


    Some people may say, why don''t we build a few cities? Let''s talk about the terrain around Longhua. The Yanshan Mountains, which run across the north of Youzhou, are about a thousand li long from east to west, and about four or five hundred Li wide from north to south. The cities of Longhua are located in the widest section. Today, among the five cities, except Chengde, Shuangluan and Xiabancheng, the rest of Longhua and Luanping are nearly 100 li away.


    More than 100 Li to the north of Longhua is on the grassland, while Luanping city is further west. About 150 Li to the northwest is another place suitable for city building, namely Fengning in reality. About 100 Li to the southwest are Luoxi and bangping counties. To the East, Xiabancheng is only a few miles east to gongsunzan''s territory. So now the Tang army''s territory in the north of Youzhou has been basically limited to this area.


    Of course, there is no way out. All the way north, more than 150 miles north of Longhua, which is the location of the real paddock, it is also a very suitable place to build a city. But it is less than 100 miles away from Bashang grassland. Xianbei cavalry will arrive in a flash. Unless Huangfu Chaobo is determined to march into the grassland, it is better not to tease Xianbei people now . After all, his main energy is still in the Central Plains.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo finally focused on leting. If Zhou Wen is the most trusted of all his allies, since he can''t accommodate so many people in his own territory, it''s not a bad idea to arrange them in leting.


    First, it can enhance the strength of the allies. Second, once Gongsun Zan can''t support it and returns to youpeiping, the three companies should still be able to block it in the west of youpeiping. In this way, at least they can keep their access to the sea from Youzhou. No matter how hard it is, we must keep western Liaoning. Only in this way can we keep our sources of war horses. Otherwise, even if we have a large number of war horses outside the pass, we will not be able to transport them to the Central Plains. We can only hope and sigh.


    In shuanghecheng county government, Huangfu Chaobo told Guo Jia what he thought one by one, and then waited for his answer.


    After hearing this, Guo Jia didn''t speak immediately. Instead, he stood in front of the map of Youzhou, thinking quietly and speechless for a long time. After the outbreak of the war in Qingzhou, the people under Huangfu Chaobo''s command began to consider the arrangement of Longhua''s cities. Later, gongsunzan was defeated by Jieqiao, which made everyone see that he was strong in external power but weak in internal power. Therefore, Guo Jia''s people have been thinking about this aspect. Now Huangfu Chaobo proposes to enhance the strength of his allies in order to keep Liaoxi.


    It''s the bottom line of Huangfu Chaobo to keep Liaoxi. If Liaoxi can''t keep it, the cavalry of Tang army will decline one day. You know, the cavalry of Huangfu Chaobo can run rampant in the Central Plains now, but the damage is not small. Even if every battle is a winner, there will be damage to the horses. In this way, the Tang army is only a champion of the horses every year The number of replacements is huge.


    If Western Liaoning is lost, in a year or two, the cavalry superiority of the Tang army will no longer exist, then it will have to be like other vassals, just fighting for soldiers. Compared with the war horse, the loss of personnel is more difficult to supplement. Xiang knows that Yuan Shao is powerful, but he can''t make a full contribution to the army of Huangfu Chaobo every time. Why? Because of the cavalry, the cavalry of Huangfu Chaobo was strong enough. Although Yuan Shao''s army was strong enough, he had to be cautious in the face of Huangfu Chaobo''s cavalry threat.This time, Yuan Shao tried his best to annihilate Gongsun Zan''s tens of thousands of elite cavalry, in order to maintain the advantage over Gongsun Zan''s army in the subsequent war.


    For a long time, Guo Jiacai said slowly: "in addition to increasing the power of the music Pavilion, the Lord also needs to work together to persuade Gongsun Zan to keep his retreat."


    How can Huangfu be so dumb? Today''s Gongsun Zan doesn''t even listen to his own brother, let alone my ally. After a big defeat, I asked him to defend his own retreat, and I think he would drive me out directly.


    Guo Jia looked at Huangfu Chaobo''s expression and said with a smile, "my Lord must have thought that Gongsun Bogui would not listen to me?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, quietly waiting for Guo Jia to uncover the mystery.


    Guo Jia said: "in fact, the Lord doesn''t have to persuade Gongsun Bogui, but Gongsun Yue and Gongsun fan. With the relationship between the Lord and them, it should not be difficult."

 Chapter 1069

    Guo Jia said: "Gongsun''s model is Shanggu Taishou, but although there are nine cities in Shanggu, the population is basically the same as youbeiping, which has only four cities. The Lord asked Gongsun fan to transfer from Shanggu to youbeiping and exchange with youbeiping Taishou Yangang on the ground of reorganizing Baima Yicong. In such a flat, there is Gongsun Yue''s Yuyang in front and Gongsun fan''s youbeiping in the back. Even if Gongsun Zan is defeated, he will be able to retreat safely to Yuyang''s youbeiping counties. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was a good way. It was just that Guo Jia said that gongsunzan retreated to Yuyang and youbeiping counties. He didn''t even have to think about it. With gongsunzan''s arrogant character, Qihui would have done it. If it was true, he would not have burned himself to death.


    "In addition to Gongsun fan''s guarding youbeiping, Gongsun fan can also propose that youbeiping and Liaoxi be sparsely populated, so as to move a large number of people from Zhuozhou, the most populous county in Youzhou, to fill the two counties. In this way, you can kill two birds with one stone." Guo Jia then added;


    after hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo sighed in his heart, well, now everyone has learned this move.


    "As for leting, in Jia''s opinion, in addition to giving them tens of thousands of mouths, the Lord can also try to make them prepare to send troops to Liaodong to occupy a county." Guo Jia then said: "today, although leting city has tens of thousands of people, it can build another city more than ten miles to the west of the port in Hexi. The two cities are horns of each other and form the last defensive line with Haiyang, lingzhi and Lulong fortress. In this way, gongsunzan will be defeated. Even if he escapes alone, he can support a section of the city by relying on Liaoxi and other cities outside the Great Wall Time, at least, should be able to support our army


    "As for the construction of the city of leting and the dispatch of troops to Liaodong, the Lord might as well tell Gongsun fan and Gongsun Yue, but he can''t tell Gongsun Zan."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the map of Youzhou and thought about Guo Jia''s layout. The layout of Yuyang, youbeiping and Liaoxi should be able to ensure the security of the north of Youzhou.


    "Well, let''s do it like this. This time we''re going north, we''d better go with fengxiao. However, it''s no problem that you are not here in Shuanghe?" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "if General Gao Shun is in charge of defense, there should be no problem. But what troops are you going to take with you? " Guo Jia thought for a moment and replied,


    "should the iron wall camp be enough? Anyway, it''s not in your own territory or in your ally''s territory. "


    "No. Within their own territory, they still need the iron wall camp to go with the trapped camp, let alone within the ally territory. Since the camp needs to stay in Shuanghe, the other four schools should send a thousand soldiers to accompany them. At the same time, please send a message to Longhua and send 4000 horses to leting for the use of soldiers and soldiers Guo Jia objected;


    the other generals also agreed, so Huangfu Chaobo had to agree with them.


    Then Huangfu Chaobo ordered the Qingdao navy to escort tens of thousands of people to Changshan island to join Jiang qinbu''s navy. Then the two schools'' Navy escorted the third batch of Qingzhou immigrants. A total of 100000 people came to join Huangfu Chaobo, and then they went north to leting.


    A day later, pigeon''s letter came from Changshan Island, saying that the high-grade Wharf in Changshan island city had been completed, and all the areas needed for the giant dock had been ready, just waiting for the giant dock to move.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who got the news, immediately sent an order to the general in charge of defending the dock. He told them to be ready when Cao Cao''s army retreated today. At night, he would withdraw most of the soldiers to Shuanghe City, leaving only a few hundred people to confuse Cao Cao''s army.


    It was night, and at midnight, most of the soldiers had quietly withdrawn to Shuanghe City, except for the hundreds of soldiers who were responsible for confusing Cao Jun. Of course, in addition to confusing Cao Jun, they also piled up firewood on the inside of the wall and the area where the family members of the original dock lived. After Cao Cao Jun invaded, they set it on fire.


    After most of the soldiers were withdrawn, Huangfu Chaobo began to move the huge dock. Because no one had done this before, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t dare to operate it until the evening.


    Open the jade interface of Shuanghe city management, Huangfu Chaobo finds the key to move. Click it lightly, and a dialog box will pop up immediately: "please confirm whether to move the huge dock to other parts of the subordinate territory?"


    Click "confirm"


    and a dialog box will pop up immediately, "please wait a moment. You are searching for your subordinate territory to find suitable territory for migration."


    "The territorial requirements for the relocation of giant docks: cities above small cities, port cities, city docks above advanced level, and free land close to the waterfront to meet the size of giant docks..."


    "The search has been completed. Only Changshan island city that meets the conditions of giant dock migration in the territory under the family members'' play. Please confirm whether to migrate?"


    "Confirm!"


    "Giant is moving, please wait a moment!"


    About half a minute later, another system prompt sounded in Huangfu Chaobo''s ear: "Congratulations, the giant dock migration has been completed!"


    Then, there was no sound.


    Stunned for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo responded and said: is this the end?Soon, a guard came in from outside the county government. He was a soldier who stayed on the other side of the river and was responsible for observing the situation of the dock. He rushed in in in a hurry and reported: "inform general, the dock is gone!"


    "Gone?" All of them were in a panic;


    the guard swallowed a mouthful of saliva and said, "yes, it''s gone. I just saw a white fog surrounding the dock in the light of the torches around me. A moment later, when the white fog dispersed, the dock would be gone!"


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect that the relocation of the buildings was so quiet. He had the feeling that he didn''t know it. Fortunately, he didn''t move in the daytime, otherwise he would have scared people to death.


    Seeing the crowd''s appearance, he immediately opened his personal information and found Changshan Island City in the territory information. After clicking on it, he was immediately relieved and said, "don''t worry, the huge shipyard has successfully moved to Changshan island city. There should be pigeon letters tomorrow. "


    When they heard this, they were relieved.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, the next morning, the pigeon letter from Changshan island city came, just as you can see from Shuanghe city. That night, a cloud of white fog appeared at the location of the huge shipyard. After a while, the white fog cleared away, and a huge shipyard suddenly appeared in front of everyone. All the goods in the shipyard were just like before the shipbuilders left .

 Chapter 1070

    Outside the city of Changshan Island, a huge dock suddenly appeared beside the dock, which surprised the people on the island. However, different from the surprise of ordinary people, a group of shipbuilders were very happy. Because of the war in Qingzhou, they had not started work for several months. After moving to the island this time, although all the wood was moved, there was no sign of building a dock on the island For example, all the craftsmen were worried. Several times they were ready to ask people to ask Zhao Xianling, but they didn''t find a chance. Unexpectedly, the dock suddenly appeared in front of them overnight.


    A group of boatmen immediately swarmed into the dock. After carefully examining the situation in the dock, they found that it was the same as the dock when they were in Shuanghe city. Although they were surprised, they didn''t think about it.


    Later, tens of thousands of civil servants, under the organization of officials, moved in all the wood transferred from the wharf. As all the materials were moved into the dock, the dock, which had been stagnated for several months, began to build ships again.


    On the outside of the dock, a wall no less than the city wall of the county town was built with the efforts of tens of thousands of people. After the completion of the wall, the dock will become an independent area again, and even other residents on the island can''t enter the dock at will. To the west of the dock is the water stronghold of Nu Tao camp of Tang army''s water army. To the north of the dock, a small army array will be built to protect the dock with the water army.


    When the shipyard on Changshan island began to work again, the war in Shuanghe city started again. What makes Xia Houyuan happy is that the war on the other side of the dock seems to be very smooth. It didn''t take long for the war to begin, but before Xia Houyuan reacted, a lot of smoke suddenly rose in the direction of the dock, and then the whole direction of the dock burst into flames.


    Xia Houyuan was shocked. Just as he was about to send someone to inquire, a soldier came to report that the dock of the Tang army was empty. The huge dock near the seaside, which the soldier who attacked the city wall the day before, had disappeared overnight. Not only that, there were a lot of kindling materials everywhere in the wall. After the army invaded, it was soon surrounded by the raging fire. Less than 300 of the 1000 attack taxis escaped.


    "It''s gone!"


    Cao Jun''s generals beside him were all stunned. Xia Houyuan was also in a state of suspense, but he knew that soldiers did not dare to lie about the military situation. However, he had never heard of the sudden disappearance of the huge shipyard before. I used to know that alien territory would be degraded after reaching a certain damage level, but I never heard that it would disappear. Although he had never heard of it, Xia Houyuan was sure that the Tang army must have used some props. Now the situation is not clear. Xia Houyuan turned his mind and made a decision very quickly. He ordered the messenger around him to say, "come on, call the king to stop the soldiers. He ordered that all the escaped soldiers be brought to the account of the Chinese army. He would have asked the details about the war in the dock."


    With the sound of a golden song, tens of thousands of Cao soldiers retreated like tides in the surprised eyes of Tang soldiers and returned directly to their camp.


    In the big account of the Chinese army, Xia Houyuan carefully inquired about the soldiers who escaped from the shipyard, but he still couldn''t find out the reason. Since he couldn''t find out, Xia Houyuan didn''t dare to act rashly. He wasn''t sure that the Tang army had any other traps waiting for him. After thinking about it again and again, Xia Houyuan wrote down the matter in detail, and then sent the horse to Cao Cao Cao''s hand in Yanzhou It is up to Cao Cao to decide.


    Xia Houyuan just used this time to let the soldiers rest. The war in Shuanghe City lasted more than a month, and the soldiers were tired. While waiting for Cao Cao''s military order, they might have a rest. And he needs time to figure out what''s going on in the dock.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay attention to the fact that Cao Jun stopped attacking the city outside the city. He was waiting for the fleet from Qingdao and Changshan island. The fleet from Qingdao had already set out two days ago, and the immigrants from Changshan Island were all ready. As soon as the fleet from Qingdao arrived, they could board and set out.


    Five days later, most of the fleet escorted by the water army of Nu Tao camp and Zhenhai camp finally arrived at Shuanghe City wharf. Huangfu Chaobo ordered the people to rest in Shuanghe city. After one day, the army set out again. 100000 people left Shuanghe city under the escort of 30000 water army and headed for leting in the north.


    Because it is now July, and the fleet is going against the wind, it will take nearly 20 days to get to leting port. Along the way, although Huangfu Chaobo paid more and more attention, nearly a thousand old and weak people died on board for various reasons. Fortunately, there was no epidemic.


    At this time, in leting City, Huang Xu had already led 1000 cavalry escorting more than 5000 horses to leting. Together with him, there were officials from various cities and towns and thousands of soldiers who would escort them to their own territory outside the Great Wall after they arrived at leting.


    From leting to the outside of the Great Wall, the territory under the control of the Tang army is Xiaban Town, which is about 400 li away. If immigrants walk all the way, it is estimated that it will take 15 to 20 days. However, if they walk along Luanhe River, it usually takes about 10 days. Although there is not much time, it is important to save the strength of immigrants.


    There were 100000 immigrants, so after discussion, Longhua people prepared to divide it into two parts. One of them, the old and weak woman Ru, went northward by boat along the Luanhe River to Chengde, while the other young people, escorted by officials and soldiers, went northward by land.In the past 20 days, Huangfu Chaobo had been on the route for several years, so he was very relieved to let Jiang Qin manage the whole fleet. However, he took advantage of this rare time to go offline with his wife and children for a few days. He only went online once in a while to observe the situation of the whole fleet.


    After getting the news that Jiang Qin''s fleet was about to arrive at leting, Huangfu Chaobo stayed on board. This morning, Huangfu Chaobo just got up and watched with Guo Jia in the bow, but he saw the flag from Jiang Qin''s flagship. Soon, the messenger of Huangfu Chaobo came to the deck to report: "Lord, general Jiang sent the flag saying that the fleet will arrive at leting port before noon today, please be ready."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head to show that he knew it. Then he turned to Guo Jia and said, "fengxiao can rest assured. Today we can arrive at leting."

 Chapter 1071

    Although Guo Jia had several experiences of sailing with Huangfu Chaobo, he spent more than half a month on the ship for the first time. He had already been exhausted by seasickness. Fortunately, the fleet had been sailing on the sea for many years, and the doctors on board had already been familiar with the disease of seasickness. After his treatment, Guo Jia''s discomfort was much better My constitution is not good, so I am still depressed every day.


    Hearing what Huangfu Chaobo said, Guo Jia breathed a long sigh of relief.


    Looking at his relieved look, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "fengxiao is still too weak. It seems that when you return to Luoyang this time, you have to ask Master fan to recuperate you Haosheng."


    Guo Jia''s relaxed face fell down again. Huangfu Chaobo had asked him to go to Luoyang academy to find fan a doctor to recuperate for several times, but he had dodged several times for various reasons. This time, he really suffered a lot from taking a boat on the sea for 20 consecutive years, but his advice to Huangfu Chaobo was not the same as the previous ones It''s back.


    As Jiang Qin said, the fleet arrived at leting port before noon. At this time, the port had been completely closed by the leting garrison, and all the ships moored on the wharf were forced to leave the wharf temporarily, and they could only dock after the Tang army''s fleet landed. In fact, there was no such arrangement in the past, but this time there were too many ships with Huangfu Chaobo, so Zhou Wen ordered to clear the site.


    Standing on the bow of the boat, Huangfu Chaobo saw a group of people waiting for him on the wharf. The leader was Zhou Wen, the owner of leting. Beside her were her brother Zhou Qiang and several generals, one of whom was Huang Xu. Huangfu Chaobo had ordered Longhua to send someone to meet him before he set out, but he didn''t expect that Huang Xu was the leader.


    With the sound of the collision between the building ship and the trestle, the building ship was firmly leaning on the trestle. Dian Wei and a group of bodyguards quickly got off the ship and took over the surrounding bodyguards. This was the only way to take Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia off the ship.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo got off the ship, Zhou Wen''s sister and brother met him and said with a smile, "the big boss''s travel style is more and more sufficient. The fleet and guards are all ready."


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "there''s no way. I want to be light-weight, but they don''t allow it. Sister mosquito is here, and it''s clear. I''m flattered!"


    Zhou Wen glanced at him: "you think I''d like to. Who told you to come to so many boats at a time? I can''t clear the site. You think you can get these people and materials down in half a day."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. That''s true. With 100000 people and the materials on board, if we don''t clear the dock, it will take several days to get all the personnel and materials off the ship. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo bowed to Zhou Wen again and again: "I''m sorry, I''m not considerate. Please forgive me."


    "Do it yourself!"


    When they finished talking, Zhou Qiang came forward and said, "brother Chao, you came to Youzhou in person. Are you going to fight again?"


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "why, you are strong now. You can''t bear it any more?"


    "Hey, hey, don''t underestimate me now. Now we have 5000 soldiers, 3000 cavalry and several generals. If it wasn''t for Gongsun Zan, we would not have conquered Liaoxi." Zhou Qiang said with a proud face;


    "OK, we''ll talk about it later. It happens that I have something to discuss with you." With that, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and looked at Huang Xu and his party.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo looked to himself, Huang Xu hurriedly led all the people in Longhua to the ceremony: "I''ve seen you, Lord!"


    "Well, you''ve all worked hard." Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "Xiao Xu, why are you here?"


    "Uncle Hui, considering that there are too many people to be escorted on this trip, after discussing with Mr. Meng and Mr. Ma, he decided that I would personally lead the troops to meet him. Our ship has arrived at leting, but now there are orders waiting outside the port." Huang Xu replied respectfully,


    "well, how are the cities of Longhua getting ready now?"


    "Since we received that a large number of immigrants will be sent to Longhua, we began to make relevant preparations, especially after the arrival of the first two groups of young adults, we built a large number of houses in five cities and towns, and now we can guarantee at least 200000 people''s houses. With this group of immigrants, the follow-up construction will be faster."


    "How are the food and security preparations going?"


    "Please don''t worry, uncle. Over the years, we have been storing food and grass. Now the soldiers and horses in every town have carefully inspected the surrounding conditions. Moreover, the defense facilities in every town have been complete, so there should be no problem."


    After listening to Huang Xu''s reply, Huangfu Chaobo was a little relieved. As for the specific things, it''s not the time to discuss them carefully. He can only wait for Longhua to understand them in detail.


    "Well, you should arrange for the officials to deal with the situation of the people and materials. Let''s go to leting first. We need to discuss some things with you." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    Huang Xu bows to his command and hands over the affairs of the people and the fleet to the officials he brings with him. However, he follows Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia, escorted by Tiebi camp, leaves the wharf of the port with his brother and sister Zhou Wen, and goes to leting city on the other side of the river.Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo walked while listening to Zhou Qiang talking about the current situation of leting. When he arrived in the city, Huangfu Chaobo already knew something about leting.


    Today, there are more than 50000 people in leting City, with more than 8000 troops, including 5000 soldiers and 3000 cavalry. Among the five thousand soldiers, there are two thousand soldiers and three thousand guards. As for generals, there are Chen Wu, Xue Hong, Miao Shang, and Xian Yu Yin and Xian Yu Fu. As for civil servants, in addition to Lin an, who was transferred to the post of vice city leader, there is Yu fan, Liu Bei''s former military adviser, who is also Zhou Wen''s military adviser.


    To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, Chen Wu is one of the twelve tiger ministers of Jiangbiao. It''s said that he is a strong general, but he doesn''t know why he appeared in Youzhou and was finally recruited by Zhou Wen.


    Among the 8000 troops in leting City, Chen Wu was the chief General of the infantry, commanding 2000 soldiers, while Xue Hong and Miao Shang commanded 3000 guards. Zhou Qiang, Xian Yu Yin and Xian Yu Fu led 3000 cavalry respectively. Huangfu Chaobo was very surprised that leting could support 8000 riders with a population of 50000.


    However, Zhou Wen also saw Huangfu Chaobo''s doubts and said, "if there were no ports here, how could I support 8000 troops. I really want to thank you very much. "

 Chapter 1072

    While speaking, the party had already arrived at the county government. Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhou Wen and motioned to her. Seeing this, Zhou Wen hurriedly said, "except for the military division, deputy Lord Lin and several generals, the rest of us should go and do our own work."


    A group of middle and low-level generals and guards listened to the order and left the meeting hall quickly. Soon in the hall, only the Zhou brothers and sisters of leting and several of her generals, as well as Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia Huang Xu were left.


    "Tell me what is worth your coming to Youzhou." Zhou Wen looked at Huangfu Chaobo with a narrow face;


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "Gongsun Zan was defeated in Jieqiao this year, and tens of thousands of elites were lost. What do you think?"


    Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhou Wen, but his eyes turned to Yu.


    The game has been running for several years. At this time, the generals of all players are very complex, such as Huangfu Chaobo''s generals and Zhou Wen''s subordinates.


    Although there are only seven or eight historical generals and transferred generals under Zhou Wen, they are also divided into several groups. Lin an, the deputy city leader, is her transferred general, and Chen Wu is her first official. They have a natural affinity. Xue Hong and Miao Shang were once Zhang Yang''s subordinates. After Zhang Yang''s defeat, they left Hanoi. Soon after that, they were recruited by Zhou Wen, and they were together again.


    Xianyu Yin and Xianyu Fu were both subordinates of Liu Yu, a nomad in Youzhou. After Gongsun Zan captured and killed Liu Yu, he was recruited by Zhou Wen. Yu Fan turned out to be Liu Bei''s military adviser. After Lu Bu killed Liu Bei, Yu Fan wanted to leave Youzhou by boat from leting. As a result, Liu Zhouwen was intercepted and became her chief counselor.


    If such a question is asked to the two generals, they would like Gongsun Zan to perish earlier to avenge Liu Yu. But Yu fan is different. First, since he is Zhou Wen''s chief counselor, his position must be right. Second, he had nothing to do with Liu Yu or Gongsun Zan, so there was no deviation in his personal position. Also, as Zhou Wen''s counselor, he was very clear about the relationship between his master, Tang Gong and Gongsun Zan, who is now Yan Gong. Therefore, in the face of Huangfu Chaobo''s inquiry, he quickly clarified his own ideas.


    Seeing that his master nodded, Yu Fan got up and said, "master, Tang Gong, the battle of Jieqiao between Yuan Shao and Gongsun Zan is actually something Yuan Shao has planned for a long time."


    With that, he slowly expressed his thoughts to the people present. In his view, there will be a big war between the two heroes in Hebei sooner or later, and the battle of Jieqiao is a decisive battle between the two heroes.


    If Yuan Shao faced gongsunzan with defense before that, after Jieqiao battle, gongsunzan''s cavalry suffered heavy losses, Yuan Shao''s army would gradually turn attack into defense, and gongsunzan''s offensive momentum would be obviously restrained.


    Not only that, after Gongsun Zan defeated Liu Yu, his temperament changed greatly. He became more and more arrogant. He was not compassionate to the common people, and he was forgetful of his demerits. In addition, Liu Yu had a good reputation among the people of Youzhou, but Gongsun Zan killed the rest of them, so both the people of Youzhou and Liu Yu''s Ministry were extremely dissatisfied with Gongsun Zan. At this point, Yu Fan also took a meaningful look at Xianyu Er Jiang.


    According to Yu fan, Gongsun Zan would lose and Yuan Shao would win in Hebei. If Gongsun Zan lost, Yueting would not survive alone. Once Yuan Shao took Youzhou, he would turn south or west. However, compared with Sizhou, Bingzhou was not as rich as Sizhou. Therefore, Yuan Shaojun''s next task must be to unite Lv to attack Tang Dynasty.


    Therefore, this time Tang Gong went to the North must be for gongsunzan''s defeat. Since gongsunzan''s defeat is inevitable, we must try our best to delay his defeat and strive for more time to enhance the strength of leting and Tang army in Youzhou, so as to continue to contain yuan Shaojun in the future.


    Yu Fan''s analysis was meticulous and meticulous, so that everyone in leting nodded, even Guo Jia stroked his hand and praised him. Huangfu Chaobo even nodded his approval: "Mr. Jiang Dong is worthy of fame. I admire this opinion!"


    Zhou Wen looked at Huangfu Chaobo with a proud face. Although she didn''t say much, her face was very proud. Huangfu Chaobo laughed at her and said, "this time I went north to Youzhou, just like Mr. Zhongxiang said. I just want to delay gongsunzan''s defeat and enhance the strength of the two families in Youzhou."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo told all the people in the hall what he thought. When he heard that Huangfu Chaobo was willing to provide leting with 50000 people to help build another city, and wanted to send troops to help leting capture Liaodong vassal state, all the people in leting were stunned and speechless for a long time.


    But Zhou Qiang responded quickly enough and said, "brother Chao, do you mean let''s build another city in the west of leting, and then step up our military training to prepare to send troops to attack Liaodong?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, and Zhou Wen said, "if we build another city, will Gongsun Zan agree? What''s more, gongsundu is not a soft persimmon when it comes to sending troops to Liaodong. "


    "I''ll try my best to persuade Gongsun Zan about building the city. It''s not a big problem. Gongsundu is not weak in sending troops to Liaodong, but after the battle of Lelang, his strength has been greatly damaged. If gongsunzan had not thought about him, he would have sent troops to destroy him. However, in today''s situation, Gongsun Zan''s whole mind is to send troops to the south, so he has no mind to manage the East. It should be a good opportunity for you. ""Moreover, at that time, I will send Huang Xu to help. If you don''t seize this opportunity and wait for the domineering royal family to relax, you will certainly send troops. At that time, it will be even more difficult for you to send troops." Huangfu Chaobo said to Zhou Wen;


    Yu Fan also exhorted: "yes, what Tang Gong said is true. It''s only a matter of time before the fall of Lord and Gongsun Zan. If we don''t accumulate enough strength before that, it will be hard to resist Yuan Shao''s army, then it''s only a matter of time."


    With Yu Fan''s persuasion, Zhou Wen''s attitude also eased a lot. In addition, Zhou Qiang also tried his best to persuade, and all the generals tried their best to persuade. Finally, Zhou Wen agreed to Huangfu Chaobo''s suggestion. Seeing that Zhou Wen finally agreed, Huangfu Chaobo also breathed a sigh of relief. Zhou Wen had agreed, and the most crucial step in her layout had been made. The next step was how to persuade Gongsun Zan''s three brothers.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay in leting for long. After he decided to build the city and send troops to Liaodong, he handed over the matter of immigration to Huang Xu and the Longhua officials he led. Huangfu Chaobo left leting under the protection of 4000 guards and went to the hospital of Liaoxi county.

 Chapter 1073

    After the war between Gongsun Zan and Liu Yu, he almost controlled most of the territory of Youzhou, and a group of generals were appointed by him as the prefects of the counties, firmly controlling these counties in his own hands.


    The second brother Gongsun fan is the governor of Shanggu, the third brother Gongsun Yue is the governor of Yuyang, the senior general Yan Gang is the governor of youbeiping, Tian Kai is the governor of Zhuojun, Shan Jing is the governor of Liaoxi, and Wang men is the commander of Chifeng. As for the military adviser Guan Jing, the less capable general Zou Dan, the new general Gongsun Ji and his son Gongsun fan, they all follow him to Jicheng. Of course, this is not the case There are three of his brothers, Liu Weitai, Li Yizi and Jia Renyue.


    Tian Kai is the most powerful general under Gongsun Zan. It''s most appropriate to use him to guard the South Gate of Youzhou. However, although his second younger brother Gongsun fan is not as good as Tian Kai, he is second only to him. He is also capable of both literature and martial arts. It''s no problem for him to guard the west gate of Youzhou.


    As for the other generals, although they are all good in ability, if they really stand alone, they are still slightly deficient compared with the two of them. Therefore, Gongsun Zan''s arrangement can be regarded as knowing people and making good use of them.


    Among the people under the command of Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan, Gongsun fan and Gongsun Yue have the best relationship, followed by Yan Gang. As for the other people, they have the average relationship, and their relationship with his three righteous brothers is the worst.


    In order to persuade Gongsun Zan this time, Huangfu Chaobo can only start from these three people. Although Guan Jing, Gongsun Zan''s military adviser, has a general relationship with Huangfu Chaobo, he has no lack of vision. Moreover, this matter is related to Gongsun Zan''s life and family. I believe he can still win it.


    Liaoxi county is a small county. Although it has five cities, it is not as good as youbeiping. After all, youbeiping is the birthplace of Gongsun Zan. The county government in western Liaoning was originally YangLe in the East, but after gongsunzan controlled western Liaoning, he felt that YangLe was isolated in the East and there were few small people in the city, so he ordered Shanjing to move the government to Linyu City, so that even if YangLe was lost, he could keep the enemy in the east of Linyu, so as not to endanger the hinterland of western Liaoning.


    Four thousand cavalry trod all the way. In one day, they arrived at the foot of Linyu city and stopped ten miles to the west of Linyu city. Huangfu Chaobo first sent someone to the city with his famous assassin to explain his intention so as not to cause misunderstanding.


    An hour later, Danjing, escorted by a thousand cavalry, went out of the city and called on Huangfu Chaobo. As far as the relationship is concerned, it''s not necessary for Shan Jing to be like this. It''s just that the two families are allies. In addition, Huangfu Chaobo is the biggest marquis in the world granted by the imperial court. He is the Duke of Tang. Compared with Gongsun Zan, the self appointed Duke of Yan, he doesn''t know how much more valuable he is. Therefore, it''s not obvious that Shan Jing went out of the city to meet him.


    "Shan Jing, the governor of western Liaoning Province, calls on Tang Gong!" After arriving in front of Huangfu Chaobo''s army through Pegasus, he quickly turned over and got off the horse to see the salute;


    seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly turned over and got off the horse, quickly walked two steps, came to the front of Danjing, helped him up with both hands, and said: "general Shan doesn''t have to be like this, old friends only talk about old friends."


    Shan Jing laughed and said, "Tang Gong is as straightforward as usual! I don''t know what happened when Tang Gongyuan came here? Let''s make it clear that if we can, we will do our best! "


    "One of the reasons for coming here is to visit an old friend, and the other is that there are no trivial matters. I want to trouble general Shan. However, it seems that general Chaobo''s horse was injured some time ago. This time, a good horse was sent to Longhua, so it was brought to the general. I don''t know if it can be seen by the general. "


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand. The guard behind him immediately led a dark horse forward. Huangfu Chaobo took the reins and handed it to Shan Jing.


    It is a good horse indeed. Although he wanted to refuse, he did not give up, so he hesitated again and again and took the reins. Anyway, it is not the first time that Gongsun Zan''s generals have accepted the horses presented by Huangfu Chaobo.


    After Gongsun zanjun occupied the area to the north of Lulong fortress, how did the shortage of horses ease. You know, they have captured hundreds of thousands of Xianbei people, and there are always several technicians who can train horses, but their grades are all junior and intermediate, and the efficiency of training horses can''t be compared with that of the trainers managed by huyanda under Huangfu Chaobo.


    But this time, Gongsun Zan lost tens of thousands of horses, most of which were high-grade horses, which made Gongsun Zan''s horses nervous again. Some time ago, Shan Jing''s horses were injured. Now he is worried about this. Now the horse that Huangfu Chaobo sent is much better than his original one, so after much consideration, he accepted the gift from Huangfu Chaobo.


    After taking the horses, Shan Jing led Huangfu Chaobo into the city to have a rest. Of course, by the way, he also asked what the purpose of Huangfu Chaobo''s trip was.


    When he heard that Huangfu Chaobo had come to build a city for leting, he suddenly fell into a dilemma. Allow it. Gongsun Zan had repeatedly told him to be on guard against leting. He refused. He had just received a gift from Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo also saw Shan Jing''s hesitation and said: "in fact, the general doesn''t have to hesitate. I will get brother Bogui''s consent on this matter, and I won''t make the general embarrassed. Moreover, whether it''s General Yu or brother Yu Bogui, the benefits are greater than ours. The general also knows that the battle at Jieqiao has greatly damaged the strength of Youzhou. I think Yuan Shao will send troops to Youzhou at the latest next year. By then, leting will be the only channel for you to import materials from outside. If you don''t protect here, Youzhou will be more difficult. So I believe brother Bogui will see this situation. "After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, he was relieved. Now that Gongsun Zan agreed, he didn''t need to be a villain. Then nodded: "if Tang Gong is able to persuade the Lord, he will certainly support the Ding Wu."


    In fact, Huangfu can directly persuade Gongsun Zan to agree, but it is necessary to obtain his consent in advance to consider being the actual ruler of western Liaoning. What''s more, Huangfu Chaobo has a deeper meaning in it. Gongsun Zan''s defeat is just around the corner. Well, smart people all know...


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay long in Linyu. After making an agreement with Shan Jing, he led 4000 cavalry all the way back to Yuyang city. Before the army set out, he had sent a messenger to inform Yan Gang, the prefect of youbeiping. At that time, he would stop in Tuyin city for a while, and his purpose was to give Yan Gang a good horse.

 Chapter 1074

    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo also considered the idea of having a good chat with Yan Gang, but under Guo Jia''s persuasion, he immediately gave up the idea. His meeting with Shan Jing, Yan Gang and brother Gongsun fan is sure to be known by Gongsun Zan. With his character, most likely, he will arouse doubt. What do you mean by Huangfu Chaobo? Come all the way from Liaoxi to meet and chat with my eunuch generals one by one. Do you want to do something wrong in my backyard Maybe it''s the opposite.


    Although Huangfu Chaobo wanted to bring the counties of Youzhou into his pocket, it was not the right time, so naturally, he could not do some things that should be avoided. However, at the gate of Tuyin City, Huangfu Chaobo still revealed some information to Yan Gang. There was no way. Although Yan Gang was not bad, it was not as good as Gongsun fan. Therefore, it was more stable for Gongsun fan to guard the right Peiping club. As for Yan Gang, if not, he had a chance to escape from Shanggu.


    Nearly 400 Li from Linyu to Yuyang, Huangfu Chaobo and his cavalry arrived two days later. After arriving at Yuyang, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for the four thousand guards to camp outside the city. He led Dianwei and Guo Jia to gongsunyue''s palace.


    At this time, Gongsun Yue, who had already got the news, was waiting in the Yuyang Prefecture, and next to him, Gongsun fan, Shanggu Prefecture, had arrived here.


    As soon as they met, they saluted Huangfu Chao and said, "thank you for your help. If it wasn''t for that, my elder brother would not be so easy to get rid of."


    "As the two generals have said, I''m just lifting a finger. With the strength of general Bogui, there must be no problem to return to Youzhou. How can Yuan Shao stop it?" Huangfu Chaobo replied;


    "in any case, if it were not for Tang Gong, we would not have taken over the elder brother''s army so soon." Gongsun Fan said,


    "now brother Bogui has returned to Youzhou safely. Let''s expose this. By the way, what''s the situation of brother Bogui now?" Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    after hearing this, they were silent. Gongsun Zan''s situation is not good, and it is very bad. After the defeat in Jizhou, gongsunzan was extremely conceited. It can be said that now gongsunzan is thinking about how to recover his strength and then send troops to revenge Yuan Shao.


    However, in history, Gongsun Zan and Yuan Shaojun fought in the battle of Jieqiao, longcuo and jumashui. After they were blocked from going south, they turned to attack Liu Yu and eventually killed him.


    After that, Liu Yu''s troops united with Yuan Shao''s army to fight back. They were defeated in successive battles. All the counties in Youzhou killed officials and rebelled against Gongsun Zan. After Yi Jing''s death, Yuan Shao''s army finally defeated Yi Jing and killed him.


    However, today''s situation is totally different. After Gongsun Zan and Huangfu Chaobo made an alliance, he got a lot of weapons and equipment and horses from Huangfu Chaobo. He even sent troops to destroy Liu Yu and finally occupied most of Youzhou. However, there was a big defeat in the battle of Jieqiao.


    Now Gongsun Zan is back from defeat. All he wants to do is reorganize his army and send troops to Jizhou to take revenge on Yuan Shao. So after returning to Jixian County, they began to prepare for the reconstruction of cavalry. But the cavalry could not be built in a short time. What''s more, Baima Yi is not easy to gather such elite cavalry. Now there are less than 10000 cavalry left in 30000 Baima Yi.


    Gongsun Zan''s 20000 people were basically lost in Jizhou, and less than 3000 followed him back. Baima Yi, who was led by Gongsun fan to meet him, also lost more than 2000. In this way, the white horse righteousness under the three men''s command has been less than 10000, but here, there are more than 4000 elite and nearly 6000 ordinary righteousness.


    After returning to Jixian County, Gongsun fan and Gongsun Yue left most of Baima Yicong to Gongsun Zan, and they only led each two thousand Baima Yicong back. After several months of recruitment, Gongsun Zan''s Baima Yi was restored to 10000 people again, but his fighting power was not as good as the ordinary Yi before Jieqiao''s occupation.


    In addition to the loss of Baima Yicong, Gongsun Zan''s 10000 elite ordinary cavalry and 20000 elite soldiers were also lost in Jieqiao. These soldiers were all the elite soldiers Gongsun Zan had managed to accumulate over the years. It can be said that Gongsun Zan was stunned by the loss of this war.


    Today''s Gongsun Zan is not only recruiting soldiers for training, but also holding a banquet with his three righteous brothers, not to mention military adviser Guan Jing. Even Gongsun fan brothers and Gongsun Zan''s son Gongsun Xu can hardly see him, let alone admonish him.


    After hearing what they said, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. It seems that Gongsun Zan''s situation is more serious than he imagined. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo gave them a wink. Gongsun brothers were stunned and immediately responded. They drove all the people in the house out. Then they all looked at Huangfu Chaobo and said nothing.


    Huangfu Chaobo did not hide any more. He told them all his strategies in detail, not only about the idea of the change of Youzhou personnel, but also about the construction of leting city to recruit troops for Liaodong vassal state, and about his immigration to Longhua area.


    It took nearly an hour for Huangfu Chaobo to explain these things clearly to them. Then he took a cup of tea from the table and drank it all, saying: "two generals, it is said in the book of War: the Lord should not start a battle because he is angry, and he should not fight because he is angry. According to brother Bogui''s current situation, within a year''s time, his troops will surely go south. Depending on the situation, it''s not easy to persuade. In this way, we can only find another way. ""On the one hand, we should try our best to strengthen our own strength; on the other hand, we should be prepared for another big defeat in case of any delay. Therefore, the three generals guarding Yuyang and the two generals guarding youpeiping, together with general Shan and the cities of leting, can form three defenses. In this way, even in the worst case, we can still guard the four regions of Liaoxi, Liaodong, Chifeng and Longhua, and maintain smooth contact with the Central Plains in order to make a comeback. "


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words stunned both of them and left them speechless for a long time. Since Gongsun Zan''s return, they finally had a way to deal with what they had been worried about. It can be seen from this that Huangfu Chaobo really wanted to keep his own power. Of course, it also had his selfishness, that is, the Liaodong vassal state on the other side of Longhua and leting. But this is nothing to blame. Both of them knew that there was no free lunch in the world. If there was no profit, Huangfu Chaobo could not do his best to help his family.

 Chapter 1075

    After Huangfu Chaobo finished, Gongsun fan and Gongsun Yue were silent, thinking about the gain and loss of this matter in their hearts. Huangfu Chaobo was not in a hurry. Knowing that they needed time to think about it, he got up and said, "the two generals can think about it carefully and give me a reply. There''s no need to be in a hurry. If you agree, I''ll help you with all my strength. If you don''t want to, I won''t force you. I''ll think about another plan at that time."


    Gongsun Fan said, "please have a rest in Yuyang city for a day, and my brother and I will discuss it carefully."


    With that, Gongsun Yue immediately asked people to take Huangfu Chaobo and his party to a house for a rest, but the two brothers gathered their confidants to discuss. Both of them are prefects of a county now. They must have their own confidants. This time Gongsun fan came to Yuyang with several of his confidants.


    After entering Gongsun Yue''s courtyard, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Guo Jia and said, "does fengxiao think Gongsun brothers will agree with our plan?"


    Guo Jia rubbed his aching legs and said: "Gongsun fan''s ability should be able to see that this is a good thing for both sides. However, even if he really disagrees, he has his plan and I have my ladder."


    "Well, when the boat comes to the bridge, it will rain. If my mother wants to get married, let him alone." Huangfu Chaobo road;


    just when Gongsun fan and Gongsun Yue brothers gathered their subordinates to discuss, in Jixian County, a hundred miles away, sun Zan, the Duke of Yan, was holding a banquet with three righteous brothers. When the wine was drunk, suddenly a captain came in, went straight to Gongsun Zan, whispered a few words in his ear, and saw Gongsun Zan''s eyes flashed cold, Then it disappeared: "you wait for me in pianting hall."


    Seeing this, the captain quickly ordered him to retreat quietly, and then walked to the side hall where Gongsun Zan usually dealt with his official business.


    A moment later, Gongsun Zan got up to go to the toilet, left the banquet hall and came to the place where he usually dealt with government affairs.


    "Come on, tell me the story as it is!" Gongsun Zan''s low voice made him say;


    after hearing the words, the captain told the whole story, but Huangfu Chaobo landed from leting, then left leting and rushed to Linyu. After staying in Linyu for a day, he came all the way west, passed the Tuyin and didn''t enter, and then went straight to Yuyang for the whole journey. What annoyed Gongsun Zan was that his second younger brother also went to Linyu Quietly rushed to Yuyang and Huangfu Chaobo meet, but his spy did not find out what the three were discussing.


    Huangfu Chaobo had a shadow guard, and Gongsun Zan also had an organization under his direct management, which was specially used to spy on intelligence. Its name was Yingchao. Since he occupied most of Youzhou, Gongsun Zan spread the spies of Yingchao to every county under his rule. Therefore, as soon as Huangfu Chaobo landed from leting, Gongsun Zan could get news in Jixian in less than two days.


    After pondering for a moment, Gongsun Zan said, "go down and continue to inquire. Let''s see what the three of them are discussing. Report any news immediately!"


    "No!" The captain bowed to take orders, stepped back two steps, and then turned to leave.


    "Second younger brother and third younger brother, what are you discussing with Huangfu Chaobo on earth? I hope you don''t be confused because you are so evasive. Otherwise, you won''t blame big brother for his righteousness." After the captain left, Gongsun Zan stood in front of the map for a long time, speechless, and murmured to himself for a long time. Then, he was refreshed again and cried out, "come on


    "The end will be here!" A pro guard general appeared outside the assembly hall of Gongsun Zan.


    "Pass on the order, the army will gather secretly, and wait for the order of Hou Ben gong at any time!"


    "The end will take orders!" Come a person leng, immediately embrace boxing to take orders and go.


    The next morning, Gongsun Zan was relieved by the news from Yingchao. After a night''s discussion, Gongsun fan and his brother invited Huangfu Chaobo into the prefect''s mansion. After less than a quarter of an hour''s discussion, they left Yuyang and came to Jixian. In addition to the 4000 Pro guards of Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun fan and Gongsun Yue each had only 100 white horses. The army of Shanggu and Yuyang did not show any signs of change.


    At noon, an emissary of Huangfu Chaobo arrived in Jixian County and went to the city to inform him of his itinerary. An hour later, Gongsun Zan led ten thousand white horses out of the city to meet each other. They met ten miles west of Jixian County.


    Huangfu Chaobo was surprised to see Gongsun Zan go out of the city for ten miles to meet each other. The two families have been allies for so many years, and they have never seen Gongsun Zan go out of the city for ten miles to meet each other.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s Pro guard army stopped from baimayi one mile away, and all the soldiers turned over and got off the horse. Huangfu Chaobo led Guo Jia and Dian Wei to go to Gongsun Zan''s direction with Gongsun fan brothers.


    When the two sides reached ten steps away, Huangfu Chaobo got out of the horse and quickly walked towards Gongsun Zan. He laughed and said, "brother Bogui, I''m here uninvited again. Please don''t blame me!"


    "No matter where you are, you are now the Duke of the Tang Dynasty. But if you can''t invite any noble people, you will not be welcome." Gongsun Zan got off his horse and came up.


    Gongsun fan and Gongsun Yue followed Huangfu Chaobo. When they saw the ceremony, they both gave Gongsun a salute: "see you, brother!"Gongsun Zan nodded his head gently, seemingly inadvertently asked Gongsun fan, "why did the second brother come with the third brother?"


    Gongsun fan quickly replied: "my younger brother learned that Tang Gong had arrived at Yuyang, so he rushed there. We discussed something with Tang Gong about the recruitment of soldiers. We will report it to my elder brother in detail later."


    Gongsun nodded: "OK, we''ll talk about it when we get back to the city!"


    Then he turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "I don''t know what happened when my brother suddenly went north this time."


    Huangfu Chaobo pointed to the South and said, "for the sake of the yuan family, I''ve come to discuss with my elder brother."


    Gongsun Zan''s eyes brightened: "so, we''ll go to the city first, and we''ve prepared a banquet for my brother. We''ll have a chat while eating!"


    "That little brother is not respectful, brother Bogui, please!"


    "Please


    The party turned over and headed for Jixian. The four thousand guards of Huangfu Chaobo were arranged in a barracks outside the city, and Dianwei led the 100 Tiebi barracks to protect them.


    In the mansion of Yan, the banquet was already ready. After the party entered, with Gongsun Zan''s order, dishes were served like flowing water. In order to welcome Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun Zan specially called all the senior officials and generals in Jicheng to accompany him.

 Chapter 1076

    After three rounds of wine and five flavors of food, Gongsun Zan raised his wine glass to Huangfu Chaobo, and then drank it all. He just asked, "what you just said outside the city is true?"


    Huangfu Chaobo quickly picked up his wine cup and had a drink with Gongsun Zan. Then he put down his wine cup and said, "to tell you the truth, my younger brother is here for the sake of Hebei. My elder brother should know that at the beginning of this year, I started to attack Cao Cao from several counties. I wanted to fight in Yanzhou, and then I went back to Hebei with my elder brother. However, he underestimated the heroes in the world. Although he captured several counties of Cao Cao, he also lost two counties of Qingzhou. "


    Everyone in the field saw that they had talked about the situation in the Central Plains, and they all slowly quieted down and listened to their conversation.


    "At that time, the elder brother sent troops to Hebei, but he accidentally caught yuan shao''er''s way. In a hurry, he had to ask Zhao Yun to lead the cavalry to help him. However, he didn''t arrive in time, which made the elder brother''s contribution to the battle collapse. After the war, my younger brother found that the threat of Yuan Shaojun was growing. So he thought that if he could move the people of Qingzhou to Longhua, he could train tens of thousands of troops and join his elder brother in Hebei to solve the problem of Jizhou. After thinking about it, I decided to come to Youzhou in person to discuss it with my elder brother. "


    Although he heard that Huangfu Chaobo had mentioned the battle of Jieqiao, no matter how well he said it, he could not hide the fact that he had been defeated. Gongsun Zan was extremely embarrassed at this time. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much about it. Instead, he directly transferred to the issue of immigration, which made Gongsun Zan feel better.


    Hearing that Huangfu Chaobo talked about business, Gongsun Zan also knew that this was not the place for discussion, so he waved his hand to stop him from going on and said, "this is not the place for discussion. My younger brother and you''d better follow me to the chamber for further discussion."


    Then he got up and left, strode toward the assembly hall, and Huangfu Chaobo and all the people in Youzhou also got up quickly, followed by him.


    After all the people entered the house, Gongsun Zan waved back all the guards, then turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "what did you say just now? Do you have a detailed plan?"


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "brother, you should know that there have been wars between Yuan Shao and me in recent years. However, this year''s war is intended to completely solve Cao Cao''s problem, and then deal with Yuan Shao together with my brother. It''s just that Cao Cao''s fighting power is so strong that I can''t defeat him in a short time. Besides, my younger brother is located in the Central Plains, facing the enemy on all sides, and he doesn''t have much energy and troops to deal with Yuan Shao ¡£¡±


    "And my brother should have seen that the relationship between Yuan Shao''s Wei army and Lu Bu''s Zhao army has been getting better and better in the past two years. Yuan Shao obtained a large number of horses from Lu Bu to expand the cavalry of Jizhou, while Lu Bu obtained a large number of grain and grass weapons from Yuan Shao to increase his strength in merging with the state. If we don''t make plans early, the strength of the two families will become stronger and stronger in three to five years The stronger. If the two families unite, whether it''s going south to attack the Tang army or going north to attack the Yan army, our two families will be hard to resist. "


    Next, Huangfu Chaobo explained in detail to Gongsun Zan his idea of moving hundreds of thousands of people from Qingzhou to Longhua to expand the troops of Longhua. Of course, leting is also involved. Huangfu Chaobo''s reason is that leting port is the only way to connect the two families. Therefore, if Gongsun Zan agrees, he is ready to support some of the immigrants in leting and let him build another city on the west coast of the port to better protect the port.


    After the strength of Longhua and leting came up, they were able to provide strong support when the Wei and Zhao troops sent troops to Youzhou, so for the three families, it was a win-win result. Another point is that Huangfu Chaobo mentioned to Gongsun Zan that although Gongsun Du in Liaodong today has only three prefectures, if he is persuaded by Yuan Shaojun to attack Yan army from the East, it will lead to both sides of Yan army being attacked. Therefore, it is suggested that Yan army solve it as soon as possible to avoid future trouble.


    Gongsun Zan didn''t say anything about Huangfu Chaobo''s proposal from the beginning to the end. On the contrary, the rest of the Yan army, such as Guan Jing and Gongsun Ji, were moved. They just saw that their master didn''t say anything, so they kept silent for the time being.


    At the end of Huangfu''s speech, Gongsun Zan was silent for a moment. He slowly said, "what you have said is reasonable, but it''s a matter of great importance. How about you think about it carefully and give us a reply?"


    "Brother, I will stay in Jixian for another two days. Good news from brother Jinghou. Brother should know that I don''t have any idea about Yandi. I just want to keep the horse training land in Longhua. If our Tang army loses the horses produced in Longhua, my cavalry will be supplemented by Wuzhan mark, and the advantage of cavalry will be lost."


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo saluted Gongsun Zan and all the people of Yanjun, turned and left.


    Huangfu Chaobo and his party who left Yan''s mansion live in a house of shadow guard in Jixian County. This is also a formal contact point arranged by Huangfu Chaobo under Gongsun zanzhi, which is equivalent to a country''s embassy in other countries or a general force. If Gongsun Zan needs to contact Huangfu Chaobo, he can get in touch here.


    Huangfu Chaobo and his party, who returned to their residence, did not immediately rest. They were in the inner room watching the pigeon letter from Luoyang. For nearly a month, Huangfu Chaobo was on his way. Although they had received some important information when they arrived at leting, Shi a had arranged for the shadow to be sent to Ji County, from loujing to Huangfu chaobocha.Now the situation in the Central Plains is basically stable. Huangfu and Chaobo read all the information that Lou Jing had brought to them. After they got to know the situation of the counties under their rule, they turned the topic to Gongsun Zan again.


    "The biggest difficulty this time is persuading Gongsun Zan. Now I don''t know how the proceedings of the Yan government are going." Huangfu was very knowledgeable.


    "my Lord has been with general Baima for many years. How confident do you think this time is?" Guo Jia said with a smile;


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head: "Gongsun zansu is strong. If he had been strong before, he would have been able to listen to others, but after he killed Liu Yu


    "Today''s plan, the Lord has done everything. He has to do his best and listen to the destiny. If Gongsun Zan doesn''t want to adopt our strategy, he has to find another way." Guo Jia comforted him;


    just as Huangfu Chaobo had guessed, since they left, there had been a lot of quarrels in the assembly hall of Yan government.

 Chapter 1077

    After Huangfu left Chaobo, Gongsun fan hoped that he could exchange with Yan Gang. He was appointed the prefect of youbeiping, while Yan Gang was appointed the prefect of Shanggu. The reason was that Baima Yicong lost too much, so he was going to invite youbeiping to train another 10000 to 20000 Baima Yicong to meet the cavalry of Yuan Shaojun.


    As for why Gongsun Zan didn''t train himself in Guangyang, one of the reasons is that Guangyang is not the best place to train cavalry, but youbeiping is different. Youbeiping was originally the place where Gongsun''s family started. It has a wide area, and youbeiping is adjacent to Longhua. Longhua''s horses can be sent to the army at any time.


    Second, Gongsun praised himself for his numerous affairs, and he didn''t have much time and energy to train new recruits. Baima Yi has been trained only by his three brothers. Besides Gongsun Zan, he is the most suitable person. If you have trained baimaicong well, and then incorporated it into the baimaicong army in Jixian County, you can quickly form combat effectiveness.


    Gongsun Zan didn''t object to Gongsun fan''s proposal. He just asked why Gongsun fan thought of it. In this regard, Gongsun fan insisted that he thought of it when he talked with Huangfu Chaobo and mentioned that Yuan Shaojun''s cavalry had greatly increased. He never mentioned that it was Huangfu Chaobo''s advice. They all know that, in terms of their elder brother''s character, if they knew that Huangfu Chaobo had even interfered in the appointment of Yan Jun''s high ranking officials, they would never agree with this proposal, even if it was no better.


    Gongsun fan''s ability has always been good, so Gongsun Zan has no doubt that he can think of this in his communication with Huangfu Chaobo. If Gongsun Yue says such words, Gongsun Zan will have to think about it.


    "In this way, I agreed to the request of my second younger brother and exchanged you with Yan Gang. You will be the prefect of youbeiping and Yan Gang will be the prefect of Shanggu. Later, I will discuss with Tang Gong to let him increase the training of white horses in Longhua, and strive to produce 10000 to 20000 white horses in one year." Gongsunzan nodded and agreed;


    gongsunfan and gongsunyue saw that their elder brother agreed, and both of them were secretly relieved. That night, the first and second lines of defense that Huangfu Chaobo discussed with them had already been successful, and the next thing was the construction of leting city. For this matter, both of them have some heart beating drum.


    Sure enough, when Gongsun Yue proposed to let leting build another city in the west of the port to better protect the port, it immediately attracted opposition from others.


    "This must not be done!" As soon as Gongsun Yue''s voice fell, a sharp voice rang out in the hall. When people turned their heads and looked at him, it was Liu Weitai, one of Gongsun Zan''s brothers who had made up a friendship. "Brother, this is tantamount to raising a tiger for trouble. Leting city is one of the largest cities in Liaoxi County, and its scale is almost the same as Linyu county. If it is allowed to build another city, Liaoxi will no longer be owned by brother." Say, still used the remaining light of canthus to despise of Piao Gong Sun Yue one eye.


    Gongsun Zan''s three brothers, Liu Weitai, Li Yizi and Jia renle, are not very talented. But they are good at voting for Gongsun Zan, so they are trusted by Gongsun Zan.


    Wang can''s hero records that "those who are in favor of arrogance and profligacy are mostly mediocre. If Liu Weitai, Li Yizi and Jia renledang, the diviner of divination, made an oath with them to be brothers, and called them uncle Zhong. They are all rich, and they all have billions of dollars, or take their daughters to match their own children. They are often called Quzhou and Guanying in ancient times


    Although Wang can''s records are somewhat exaggerated, it is well known that the three are arrogant and domineering in Ji county. Even Gongsun Xu, Gongsun Zan''s son, once complained to his father about their domineering behavior, but Gongsun Zan laughed them off. Later, the three men were even more unscrupulous. They often criticized a group of generals and officials in Gongsun Zan''s military discussions, but Gongsun maozan let them go.


    Now these three people have become the target of public criticism in the Yan army, but they still rely on Gongsun Zan''s favor and become more indulgent. Nowadays, even Gongsun Zan''s two younger brothers are not paid attention to. In the military discussion, Gongsun Yue''s words are interrupted so unreasonably, and his language is even more acrimonious. Gongsun Yue is not paid attention to at all.


    Gongsun Yue was so angry that he was about to rush forward and beat him on the spot. Seeing this, Gongsun fan grabbed him and said, "third brother, in the big brother''s meeting hall, I can''t be unreasonable!"


    "Second brother, it''s not that the younger brother is unreasonable, it''s that the old man is deceiving people too much!" Gongsun was more and more angry. He said that he wanted to rush forward again, but he heard Gongsun''s praise from the throne, which scared him back immediately. However, Liu Weitai looked at Gongsun fan happily.


    One side of Guan Jing sighed in his heart, and quickly got up and said: "Lord, the three generals'' strategy is reasonable, but Mr. Liu''s words are not aimless. Today''s plan really needs careful consideration." At this point, Guan Jing said: "however, there is one more thing, the Lord really should consider one or two."


    As his chief military adviser, Guan Jing''s words are not as obedient as they used to be, but they can''t be ignored. So he said, "what does Shi Qi say? Let''s make it clear!"


    After hearing this, Guan Jing bowed his hand and continued: "the Duke of Tang just said that the Duke of Liaodong should really consider one or two things. Although the well water between the Duke and gongsundu has not been affected by the river water, what should we do if the Duke and the Wei army fight in Hebei and gongsundu really sent troops to attack?""That''s not what Guan Chang Shi said." Guan Jing''s words didn''t fall, but another voice rang out. It was Li Yizi, another brother of Gongsun Zan. Seeing that everyone turned their eyes to him, he said triumphantly: "the elder brother and the governor of Liaodong are princes of one side at the same time. For several years, they have tacitly understood that they haven''t crossed the border. Kaihui, as long as history has said, offends Liaoxi? If our army sent troops to Liaodong, it would become a laughing stock among the people in the world. "


    When Guan Jing heard this, he became angry. In the past, the strength of the two families was similar. Now, his own strength has soared, but gongsundu has lost Lelang County, and his strength has been greatly damaged. If Yuan Shao lured him to benefit, it is difficult to ensure that gongsundu will not take risks and send troops to Liaoxi. Does his family put Liaoxi''s safety on this vague tacit understanding?


    Guan Jing cursed in his heart: you peddler, you are so unreasonable. Someone helped your stupid brother out of the siege, but you came out to criticize him. It''s really rotten wood. Well, in that case, you can''t help but look for death. One day, you three will be skinned and torn apart, and then you will be able to get rid of everyone''s hatred.

 Chapter 1078

    Seeing that he had refuted the chief counselors of his brother-in-law to silence, Li Yizi was even more proud, and stood in the hall to talk. However, his words were full of exaggeration, which made people shake their heads. Finally Li Yizi finished, Gongsun Fan said: "according to the elder brother''s idea, how should Liaodong deal with it?"


    Gongsun Zan actually hesitated in his heart and ignored it. If he was really persuaded by Yuan Shao to send troops to attack his own Liaoxi County, he might not be able to defend it with the strength of Liaoxi County, and even if he could defend it, he would not be able to escape fighting on both sides.


    If he can really send troops, Li Yizi''s words make Gongsun Zan hesitant. Then he will really become a laughing stock in the world. You know, since he killed Liu Yu, Gongsun Zan has already felt the dissatisfaction of the people in Youzhou, especially the people and families in Guangyang, Yuyang and Shanggu.


    Seeing his elder brother''s hesitation, Gongsun suddenly blessed his heart and said, "in the elder brother''s opinion, which one is more reliable between Tang Gong and Gongsun Du?"


    Gongsun Zan was stunned and said, "I have known Tang Gong for many years. I have never seen him break his promise."


    "Leting city is located in the hinterland of western Liaoning Province, so we should take precautions. My elder brother does not agree with the idea that leting should build another city. In this case, why don''t Tang Gong tell leting that although he does not allow him to build another city, leting can be allowed to send troops to Liaodong dependency. Once leting and Gongsun Du go to war, they will surely attract their energy to Liaodong dependency, right As far as Yandi is concerned, it''s killing two birds with one stone. "


    "Yes," Guan Jing clapped his hands and praised, "general three, this is a good plan! My Lord, this is the strategy of three carvings with one arrow. First, he rejected Tang Gong''s proposal to build another city in leting without harming the harmony between the two families. Secondly, once the battle between leting and Liaodong begins, most of leting''s troops will enter Liaodong''s subordinate countries, and the threat to Liaoxi will be greatly reduced. Third, once the two families go to war, we will have no worries in Liaoxi, no matter how we win or lose. "


    After listening to Guan Jing''s words, Gongsun Zan is also in front of his eyes. Yes, if the two families go to war, if leting wins, it will be an endless situation with Liaodong. If Gongsun Du loses another county, he will have no strength to send troops to the West. If Liaodong wins, leting will not lose its foundation. With the help of huangfuchao Boshi, it will try every means to fight gongsundu again. In this way, gongsundu will also be unable to move westward. No matter what the outcome is, Liaoxi will be as stable as Mount Tai.


    "This strategy is feasible, third brother. I haven''t seen you for months, but you can give us some advice. It''s really good." Gongsun Zan looked at Gongsun yuedao thoughtlessly;


    Gongsun scratched his head in embarrassment, looked at Gongsun Zan and said: "Hey, brother, I''m flattered. I suddenly came up with such an idea. If I want to think about it again, I won''t be able to think about it."


    Seeing that the third younger brother of his family was indeed a sudden plan, Gongsun Zan did not embarrass him any more, but continued: "this matter has been settled. Do you have any other ideas?"


    Gongsun Ji suddenly got up and said, "my Lord, there will be a word. I don''t know if it will work."


    "But it doesn''t hurt to talk about it!"


    "This is the inspiration of Tang Gong''s migration to Qingzhou to enrich Longhua. Since Tang Gong can transport people from Qingzhou to enrich Longhua, why can''t we move people from Youzhou to facilitate management. The lower authorities have been thinking that the most prosperous county in Youzhou is Zhuo county. However, Zhuo county is close to Jizhou. If yuan Shaojun sent troops to Youzhou, it would be Zhuo county first. "


    "In this case, why don''t we move part of the people of Zhuo county to youbeiping and Liaoxi to enrich the two counties. Moreover, among the four prefectures of Zhuo, Guangyang, Shanggu and Yuyang, there are some people who sympathize with Liu Yu. Instead of letting him make trouble in these prefectures, they might as well move him to youbeiping and Liaoxi at the same time, or even send him to places outside the Great Wall. This is the way to kill two birds with one stone! "


    All the generals applauded Gongsun Ji''s plan, and Guan Jing said with a smile: "this is a drastic plan. If this plan is successful, there will be no worries in the four counties."


    Gongsun Zan also applauded and said: "yes, this strategy is feasible. I immediately ordered that all the strange hearts of the four counties be moved to youbeiping, Liaoxi and Chifeng. In this way, Chifeng will be promoted to one county, and my territory will be one more county. Ha ha..."


    Gongsun Zan''s three brothers saw that they were robbed of the limelight of several of them. They looked at each other. How could they get up and say to Gongsun Zan: "so, I congratulate my brother first. My brother wants to train his troops, but he is incompetent and can''t share his worries. Well, I''d like to offer a thousand horses to help him."


    Seeing this, Liu Weitai and Li Yizi got up one after another and said, "since the fourth younger brother is so generous to relieve his brother''s worries, we are not willing to lag behind. I''d like to offer some grain, grass, money and silk to help my brother-in-law in his great cause. "


    After that, Li Yizi supported 100000 stone grain and grass to Gongsun Zan, while Liu Weitai supported 500000 Guan Qian. Gongsun Zan laughed and expressed his thanks. For a moment, all three of them were in the limelight, and all the people in the hall were in the limelight.


    When they looked at the three elated people, they were all scolding themselves. They didn''t know how much money they had made in the past few years by virtue of Gongsun Zan''s favor. Today''s donation was just a drop in the bucket, but Gongsun Zan was so happy.Gongsun Zan is really happy. Now that all his worries have been solved, the second younger brother is really the right person to train his troops. After the newly acquired four prefectures of Youzhou moved most of those aristocratic families, the four prefectures became more stable. In addition, he left leting''s troops to Liaodong, which not only removed the hidden danger in Liaoxi, but also eliminated the possibility of Liaodong attacking, Let yourself fall into the embarrassing situation of being attacked on both sides, and you can count on it with one stone. Now he got the support of the three righteous brothers and saved a lot of money. All things seem to have been solved at this moment. Now we just have to wait for the troops to be trained and go south to Jizhou again to avenge this time.


    "Well, everyone, now everything is decided. I''ll send someone to invite Tang Gong to tell him the good news. Then I''ll hold a banquet in my house to entertain you. Today, we''ll be drunk. Tomorrow, you''ll need to do your best to train soldiers. When the army is trained next year, we''ll lead the troops to the South and wipe out Hebei!" Gongsun Zan said with a smile;


    all the people in the hall stood up to accept the order, and immediately Gongsun Zan''s personal guards went out to invite Huangfu Chaobo and his party to come.

 Chapter 1079

    When Huangfu Chaobo received gongsunzan''s invitation, he felt a little uneasy. He thought it would take him a day or two to come out. But he didn''t expect gongsunzan would send someone to invite him in less than half a day. He just didn''t know what the result would be. If gongsunzan didn''t agree with his plan, he would have to find another way.


    When Gongsun Zan told him his arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. His original ideas were basically realized, but Gongsun Zan didn''t agree to the construction of leting. On the contrary, in order to ensure the safety of the port, Gong sun Zan decided to order the monk to transfer more than 20000 people from the west of the four counties to build a city on the west side of the port. The meaning of containment is obvious.


    As a supplement, Gongsun Zan acquiesced in leting''s sending troops to Liaodong, and once leting occupied Liaodong, the number of troops stationed in leting city must be greatly reduced to no more than 3000 and no more than 500 cavalry. Of course, Gongsun Zan also promised that the number of troops stationed in the city west of leting port would not exceed this number. That is to say, the port is still under the joint management of the three, and Gongsun Zan has no intention of changing it.


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was secretly happy. Although he could not build a city, he let Gongsun Zan acquiesce in sending troops to Liaodong, which can be said to be a surprise. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo''s idea was to build a city first, and when the time was right, he mentioned to Gongsun Zan about sending troops to Liaodong. Now he has saved a lot of trouble.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t object to this, but considering that leting had no advantage in military strength, he still proposed that he would arrange a group of immigrants to leting, so as to increase leting''s strength, so as to be able to successfully capture the Liaodong vassal state. Of course, these immigrants only stayed in the East of leting for a period of time. After leting''s army occupied one or two cities in the Liaodong vassal state, these people would be killed Will move to Liaodong. Gongsun Zan did not raise any objection to this. In his opinion, as long as the military strength of leting was limited to less than 3000 after the event, the temporary resettlement of ordinary people would not be a big problem.


    After getting Gongsun Zan''s consent, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but feel a long sigh of relief. The purpose of going north to Youzhou has been basically achieved, and it''s worth spending several months to come to Youzhou. Gongsun Zan took this opportunity to solve some problems that he had always had a headache. For a moment, all the guests were happy. Gongsun Zan immediately made people hold a banquet to entertain them.


    After the food and wine were served, Gongsun zanxian led the Yan army to offer a toast to Huangfu Chaobo. He wished the friendship between the two families a long time. Huangfu Chaobo led Guo Jia to respond happily. For a while, he enjoyed the banquet.


    When he was drunk, Gongsun praised him: "my brother, I need my brother''s full support in the next battle."


    "Don''t worry, elder brother. My younger brother in Longhua will tell them to tame the white horse as well as possible, so as to meet the needs of the white horse Yicong in youbeiping first." Huangfu Chaobo is full of replies. At present, the stronger Gongsun Zan is, the less Yuan Shao''s threat to him will be. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo will not be careless.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought of a problem. Huyanda once complained to himself that although Longhua was able to catch wild horses, on the one hand, Longhua was still a long way away from the grassland; on the other hand, they had been catching horses around Longhua in recent years, leading to the decline of the quality of the surrounding wild horses.


    Chifeng, which is controlled by gongsunzan, is different. Chifeng is on the edge of the grassland. There are more wild horses around it than Longhua, and the quality is much better. But there used to be Xianbei people''s tribe there, so they dare not go to huyanda. Now it belongs to gongsunzan''s territory, so they are embarrassed to go to huyanda. Although Gongsun Zan also recruited several horse trainers, they were not at a high level. On the other hand, although Gongsun Zan''s treatment of the alien race had changed from the dead alien race to the good alien race, their status was still very low, so they certainly did not do things with great care, which was totally different from Huangfu''s Chaobo.


    In this way, in the eyes of all people in huyanda, it is a good place for nothing. Now Gongsun Zan needs a lot of white horses, so he just mentions it to Gongsun Zan himself.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo praised Gongsun: "brother, I have an idea about the war horse. I want to talk about it with my brother."


    Gongsun Zan took a look at Huangfu Chaobo and said, "if you have anything, please tell me."


    "Brother, there are also some horse trainers in Chifeng. I don''t know how many horses can be domesticated every month?"


    When it comes to horse training in Chifeng, Gongsun Zan is very angry. Although he has several horse trainers, they can provide him with more than 100 horses every month. There are still good and bad horses. There are even fewer real horses above the level of war horse. Most of them are ordinary riding horses.


    heard the public sun tzan''s Tucao, Huangfu Chao Bo Tao: "no, my younger brother heard of Yan Yan Da make complaints about the fact that there are ten large wild horses in Chifeng, but there are quite a few good horses."


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo deliberately stopped for a while and then said, "that boy often complains with me that if he is allowed to go to Chifeng to catch horses, he will be able to domesticate three or five hundred better horses in a month."Hearing this, Gongsun Zan clapped his hand and said, "yes, that boy in your family is a master of horse training. He is sure to be able to train a lot of good horses. Unlike some horse trainers in Chifeng, the highest level is only intermediate. I''ve always wondered why Longhua can produce hundreds of horses every month, and most of them are good war horses, while Chifeng only sends about 100 pieces of junk goods to a certain city every month. The source of the whole day is here. "


    "Brother, you should understand what I mean. There is no end to wild horses. After catching them, a new group of wild horses will move from other places. Since the trainer in Chifeng is not competent, and brother needs a lot of good horses, I''m going to send them to Chifeng to catch more horses before winter By the beginning of next spring, a large number of good horses will be sent to youbeiping. "


    "Yes, it''s feasible. You can arrange for them to go as far as possible. I''ll send a military order to the king''s gate to make it as convenient as possible. I have only one request. After the spring of next year, I''ll have 10000 white horses and 2000 good horses. As for other variegated horses, it doesn''t matter. Although I suffered a heavy loss in the battle of Hebei this time, Yuan Shao''s cavalry did not get any advantage. However, if time goes on too long, Yuan Shao''s strength will recover more. Therefore, I plan to send troops to Hebei again in April and may next year, and the number of troops sent by Baima Yicong should be more than 20000. "


    "Don''t worry, brother. I will live up to my expectations." Huangfu Chaobo arched his hand and answered. Then he took his glass to Gongsun Zan.

 Chapter 1080

    A banquet was held until midnight, and Huangfu Chaobo, who achieved his goal, let go of the drink. At last, he and Guo Jia were carried back to the residence by the leader of Dian Wei, and they woke up on the next day.


    After staying in Jixian for another two days and discussing with Gongsun Zan about the approximate quantity and price of the war horse and weapon trade, Huangfu Chaobo set out to go to Longhua. As for the details of the trade, Meng Yi and Gongsun fan had a specific discussion.


    Huangfu Chaobo has been away from the Central Plains for more than a month. Although the Central Plains is still stable at present, he can''t stay in the north for too long. What''s more, he still has several cities to upgrade. All the five cities in Longhua region must be upgraded to the level of small cities. Then he has to determine which city the County Council is in. Once determined, he must take advantage of this time Arrange it in place, he will not go to Youzhou for a long time later, so this time we must try our best to deal with it all at once.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was in a hurry to jump up and down in Youzhou, er, it should be back and forth, the other princes in the world were not idle.


    Let''s first talk about Gongsun Du in Liaodong. After being taken away by the domineering royal family, although he tried to recapture Lelang again and again, he''s army could not attack Sushui, so he had to confront zengdi city on the opposite side of Sushui.


    Yuan Shao of Hebei Province, however, managed to set up a big ring to capture Gongsun Zan while Huangfu was looking north. However, Zhao Yun led the cavalry to make trouble behind him. As a result, although he destroyed most of Gongsun Zan''s elite, he finally let him run away. What was most irritated was that the cavalry that he had accumulated for several years had been destroyed However, he was beaten by Zhao Yun and suffered heavy losses. Yuan Shao would have been angry if he hadn''t beaten Gongsun Zan to death. As a last resort, he had to pinch his nose again to increase the horse trade with the three family slaves of Lu Bu, and strive to supplement the cavalry as soon as possible.


    Bingzhou Lvbu has gained a lot this year. First, it has recovered Wuyuan and Shuofang counties. Although it doesn''t occupy itself, it doesn''t have to worry about paying taxes every year. It''s very good. More than that, in May and June, he was dragged to court and asked to be the Duke of Zhao, which made Lv Bu so happy that he couldn''t sleep for several days.


    But Cao Cao in Henan had a hard time. He wanted to bite off two pieces of meat from Huangfu Chaobo. Who knows, he only got one piece of meat, but he was bitten off four pieces by others. Fortunately, I also got the name of Duke of Qi. Now he has calmed down to accumulate strength and is ready to eat Langya and Donglai after recovering for some time.


    Sun ce of Jiangdong is also the winner of this year''s war. He ate Cao Cao''s Jiujiang and xiapi cities, but he also got the title of Duke of Wu. Now he is also concentrating on his own government affairs, and then he once again focuses on Jiangdong counties.


    Liu Biao of Jingzhou and Liu Yan of Yizhou could only watch the Central Plains vassals confer the title of Duke of Chu, but Liu Yan prepared the title of Duke of Shu. As a result, the Central Plains vassals seem to have forgotten both of them. No one has ever bothered them. In the end, they have to hate each other Then he hid in his own house and went to be the Duke of the country.


    As for the other prefect Liu, well, now he should be called Liu Changsha. Now he is preparing to send troops to Guiyang, vowing to bring all the four counties of Jingnan into the control of Liu Jingzhou.


    Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care about this now. After a few days'' March, the army finally arrived at Xiaban Town, and Longhua people who had already got the news also arrived at Xiaban town to wait for him.


    Huangfu Chaobo had been used to the long journey, but Guo Jia had a bitter and bitter look on his face. I thought that this time I was going out to visit the mountains and waters with my master. I didn''t expect that it would be like this. It''s true that you''ve traveled a lot of mountains. After you got off the boat from leting all the way, you''ve been running from leting to Linyu, from Linyu to Yuyang, and then to Jixian. Now you''re all the way from Jixian to Xiaban. If Huangfu Chaobo didn''t see that he was weak, so he stayed in Jixian for two more days. Guo Jia really didn''t know if he could support him.


    As for playing in water, he has been floating on the sea for nearly a month. Guo Jia swears that the boats he took in the past 20 years are not half as long as this one. After thinking about going back to the Central Plains by boat for a while, Guo Jia feels a chill rushing from the back of his tail to the top of his head.


    Fortunately, after arriving at Xiaban, there is no need to rush any more. It will take time for several towns to upgrade.


    In Xiaban Town, Huangfu chaobo''an sits on the front seat of the administrative hall, Guo Jia sits on one side, Meng Yi, Ma Xuan and Zhao Yu sit on the bottom, Zhang an, Hao Jian and Meng Yuan sit on the back, and huyanda is a special person, which Huangfu Chaobo specially asked him to attend the discussion. As for Huang Xu, he is also escorting the people on their way back.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, before proceeding, please allow me to express my gratitude to you. For my request, you have been staying in this bitter and cold place for several years. It''s hard work!" Huangfu Chaobo bowed his hand to several people and said,


    after hearing the words, they were all moved. They quickly got up and bowed back and said, "I''d like to die for the Lord!""Well, sit down. It''s really hard work for us, but we are all busy next time. I came to Longhua just to set up a county here, so we will be even busier in the future. But rest assured, I won''t forget your hard work. " Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    "before we start the discussion, let''s discuss another matter, that is, the transaction with Yan army''s war horses. I have reached the intention with Gongsun Zan this time. After the spring of next year, Longhua will provide 12000 white horses to Yan army, including 10000 war horses and 2000 good horses. Your task is very heavy. How many white horses are there in Longhua? "


    Ma Xuan, Juncheng, got up and replied, "at present, there are 4361 white war horses, 318 good horses, more than 8000 other kinds of war horses, and more than 1200 good horses and above in Longhua. According to the amount agreed by the Lord, nearly 6000 white war horses are needed, and 1700 good horses are still missing. "


    With that, he looked at huyanda beside him.


    "Young master, if you look at the current situation, it''s only three months this year, and it''s difficult to reach the number required by the Yan army. You know, YEMA County in the north of Longhua has been continuously rounded up by us, and there are few white horses." Huyanda shook his head and said, "if the horses can meet the requirements, they only need to catch enough white horses, and they should still be able to meet the requirements."

 Chapter 1081

    Looking at huyanda''s bitter face, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "I know you''ve got an eye on those wild horses around gongsunzan''s Chifeng. Don''t worry. I''ve already agreed with gongsunzan. After you return to Longhua, you can lead your horse hunting team to Chifeng and go directly to find general wangmen. He will arrange it for you."


    "Really, that''s great. Last time I went to Chifeng, I saw several wild horses. There are some excellent wild horses in the group. It is estimated that at least two of them are wild horse kings. This time, we must catch all of them. Ha Huyan all said happily,


    "are you sure?" Huangfu Chaobo also asked excitedly;


    "young master, you look down on me too much. Now I''m not the little guy I used to be. Although I just took a look at it from a distance, I''m not far away." Huyan all looked at Huangfu Chaobo with a proud face;


    "well, it''s up to you. However, there is another problem. After you have captured the horses, you''d better send them back for domestication rather than directly in Chifeng. Therefore, this aspect involves how to send these horses back to Longhua. "


    "There are two ways to go from Longhua to Chifeng. One is to go down the plank to the East, enter Kuancheng, and then go all the way north to Chifeng. This road is quite far, four or five hundred miles long. The other is to go all the way north from Longhua along the Yixun River, turn to the east by North in a valley about 150 miles away, and walk about 200 miles to reach Chifeng." Huyanda knew the situation of hundreds of miles around him like the palm of his hand, and soon pointed out two suitable roads to Huangfu Chaobo on the map.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at it and found that if he took the southern route, it would be too far away. Moreover, most of them were under Gongsun Zan''s rule. Compared with his own sphere of influence, the security was still lower. But one of the advantages is that there are more places to stop along the way. Generally, there is a city every hundred miles. If you just go to the north, although it''s half the way, there''s no place to stay.


    Looking at the turning point of huyanda''s north line, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly thought that if a territory could be built here, there would be only 200 Li on both sides, just above the midpoint. Moreover, less than 100 Li to the North would be the grassland where huyanda usually leads people to catch horses. Another point is that Huangfu Chaobo knows that this is where Weichang County is in reality.


    Thinking of this, he pointed to the place and said, "what''s the terrain like here? Can you build a territory for the horses you captured?"


    Huyanda thought about it and said, "this is a valley about four Li wide and more than ten li long. The Ethan river flows through the valley. There is no problem in building a territory. There were several alien territories here, but they were all destroyed by Xianbei cavalry or horse thieves. "


    "Well, we''ll build another territory here. It doesn''t need to be too big. It''s above the level of Zhongzhen. On the one hand, it can defend against the invasion of Xianbei in the north, and on the other hand, it''s convenient for you to enter the grassland to catch horses. After you enter the grassland to catch horses, you don''t need to go back hundreds of miles to Longhua. You can send the captured horses here first, and then send them back to Longhua for domestication."


    "In fact, young master," huyanda hesitated for a moment, and then said, "if you want to build a territory here, you''d better upgrade it directly to the city level. The defense ability of the town level territory is still a little poor. A city is built here to defend Xianbei people in the North, and another territory can be built about 50 miles to the south, which can be used to store horses and supplies for the Middle Kingdom Turn


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that there were so many people to migrate anyway, and he had a lot of territory drawings in his hand, so he simply agreed to huyanda''s request.


    At the end of the discussion, huyanda returned to Longhua first, led 1000 cavalry and hundreds of his horse tamers to Chifeng directly, and began to arrange horse catching. When they caught a certain number of horses, they arranged personnel to send them back. By that time, Huangfu Chaobo had arranged for the upgrading of all the territories in Xiaban, and then led thousands of troops to escort the people to the two places mentioned by huyanda to build the territories.


    After he had arranged for the horses, Huang Fu''s heart was relieved, and the next step was to upgrade the territory.


    "Meng Yi, how are the preparations of the towns under Longhua going?" Huangfu Chaobo turned to Meng Yi and asked;


    "report back to the Lord. According to the Lord''s order, Chengde, Xiaban, Shuangluan and Luanping, the four towns of Longhua, have reached the level of big towns. Now they are ready to upgrade to small towns. Just wait for the Lord to come and preside over the upgrade. The materials of each territory have been prepared, and the houses for the relocated people have been prepared. At present, the construction of each territory is still going on, and it should be able to meet the requirements. "


    At this point, he stopped for a moment, and then said: "according to the calculation of a family of five to eight people, around 20000 people can be resettled in the four town level territories, but the situation in Longhua is quite special. Because it has always been the focus of our development, the resettlement of the population has basically reached saturation, with a maximum of more than 10000 people resettled."


    "If you add in the fact that the Lord has just planned to build two new territories, the 600000 people in Qingzhou can basically be resettled. But now it''s July and there will be snow in more than three months, so the speed of migration must be accelerated. Otherwise, if the migration can''t be completed before the snow falls, it will be more dangerous once the people encounter heavy snow on the way. "Huangfu Chaobo nodded. This is really a problem. Whether it''s moving people or training horses and catching horses, it''s only more than three months this year. By November, the whole Youzhou has basically entered the winter snow season. At this time, outdoor activities have basically stopped, let alone catching horses and moving people. In terms of horse training, several large stables can be built, and it is also possible to enter the house for domestication.


    "By the way, there is another question: with hundreds of thousands of people joining in, are the food, grass and winter supplies ready?" Huangfu Chaobo asks Meng Yi again;


    Meng Yi looks at his deputy Ma Xuan. Ma Xuan gets up and replies: "report back to my Lord. I''m in charge of this matter. I''m going to report it to my Lord. Since receiving the Lord''s order to move, Longhua has been raising food and materials, including the food and materials from these hundreds of thousands of people until next autumn harvest, which have been continuously collected and transported to various territories. "


    "Up to now, the city of Longhua has stored enough food for 100000 people and 20000 troops for two years. In terms of forage, it has prepared enough forage and food for 50000 horses for half a year. It''s still summer and autumn, and the forage for horses is still being collected. "

 Chapter 1082

    After a pause, Ma Xuan continued: "at present, the other four towns have enough food for 100000 people and 10000 soldiers each year. Moreover, in September, the food in Longhua will be able to earn a batch, so the food needed by 600000 people who have moved will not be short."


    "Not only that, they are still purchasing grain from alien territory through leting city. Every time, a batch of grain will be transported back with the migrating people. As for materials for the winter, we have been arranging the collection, and we will never let the displaced people suffer casualties due to material problems. "


    "Well," Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded, and then said, "how are the medicines and doctors prepared in different areas? Most of the people who have moved this time have not suffered so much cold. If they feel ill, can they have enough doctors and medicine to treat them? "


    "The Lord can rest assured that we have been storing drugs. As for doctors, there is a special hospital for every 10000 people in every territory. The number of doctors in the hospital is generally five to ten, which is enough to cope with the migration of people."


    "Meng Chang is really a great talent. There are two of you in Longhua. I can rest assured." When Huangfu Chaobo saw that Meng Yi and Ma Xuan had arranged everything properly, he was very happy and praised them repeatedly.


    after listening to them, they quickly got up and said, "my Lord, Miao Zan!"


    "General Zhao, how is the recruitment of county soldiers going?" Huangfu Chaobo turned to look at Zhao Yu again;


    "report to the Lord. After receiving the Lord''s order, the last general expanded the garrison. At present, there are 5000 garrison soldiers in Longhua City, 3000 garrison soldiers in other towns, and 1000 cavalry soldiers in each town. It''s just that after the towns are upgraded to cities, there will be some vacancies in the chief officials, and the Lord will also invite several generals to come. " Zhao Yu bowed to answer;


    "if General Zhao doesn''t mention it, the lower officials will also mention it with the Lord. After the increase of cities in Longhua area, there will be many deficiencies in the officials, and the Lord will send a group of people from the Central Plains." Meng Yi also said in a hurry;


    "you can rest assured that I have ordered a group of officials and generals to be transferred from the Central Plains, but there will still be a slight shortage in personnel. You and I can discuss the arrangement again." Huangfu Chaobo replied;


    after listening to Huangfu chaogou''s words, they were both relieved. What they didn''t know was that Huangfu Chaobo had indeed transferred a group of officials and generals, but it was the second generation of officials and generals who had just come of age this year, but a large number of petty officials who were familiar with government affairs were transferred.


    "Well, in addition to these, there is another very important matter for you to come here for discussion," said Huangfu. After a pause, he said, "that is, where is the seat of the newly established County, and what is the name of the county?"


    Meng Yi said slowly: "according to the system, the population of a county city must be more than 50000, with a maximum of 80000 to 100000 people. If it is selected as the governing center, the city must be able to accommodate such a large population in order to smoothly upgrade to a county city. Therefore, Longhua must be excluded first."


    After hearing this, they all nodded their heads and agreed, especially huyanda and Zhang an. But they started from a small village and built it step by step. In their hearts, Longhua is the best place to be. It''s only true that the area of Longhua is limited. In addition, training and raising horses occupy a large area, which makes it impossible for them to go to Longhua Fight for the position of this hospital.


    "Among the other four cities, I think Chengde city is the most suitable place for the government. As for the name of the county, the lower official thought for a long time. Later, when he observed the map, he found that the Luanhe River runs through the cities from north to south. How about calling it Luanhe county? "


    "Luanhe county" Huangfu Chaobo mumbled it several times, but he didn''t answer Meng Yi immediately. Instead, he turned his head and looked at other people. "Do you have any other suggestions?"


    Ma Xuan got up and said: "as for the location of the government, the lower officials also agreed with the suggestion of Meng. Although Longhua has been operating for a long time, it is not suitable to be a county government because of the terrain. Chengde is different, and it can accommodate 100000 people. However, there are some different suggestions about the name of the county. Generally speaking, place names are mostly named after mountains and rivers. Although the name luanshui is not borrowed, it seems that another name is more atmospheric to some extent. "


    "The cities of Longhua are all located in the Yanshan Mountains, and they are basically located in the north. Therefore, in the opinion of the officials, it is better to call them Yanbei county. If we build a new city later, even if we leave the Yanshan Mountains and enter the grassland further north, it will still belong to the northern foot of the Yanshan Mountains. What do you think about it? "


    "Yanbei County, the northern foot of Yanshan Mountain and the north of Yanshan mountain can all belong to his area. Yes, Meng Chang is really a great talent, and Meng Yi respects him!" After hearing this, Meng Yi sincerely said,


    "Yanbei County, yes, Meng Chang''s name is very suitable for me, so let''s call it Yanbei County!" Huangfu Chaobo is also very satisfied, when even agreed to use the county name.


    "Since Yanbei county has been set up, the corresponding personnel arrangement must also be in place. The so-called name is not regular and the words are not smooth, so... Meng Yi


    "I''m here!" Meng Yi''s heart leaps. Although he has guessed that the newly established Yanbei county must be the first prefect himself, when it comes to the end, he can''t help but feel excited. He presses down his ecstasy and gets up."The newly established Yanbei county will be handed over to you, Meng Taishou!" Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    "Meng Yi will live up to the Lord''s entrustment. He will go through fire and water for the Lord, and never say goodbye again!"


    "Ma Xuan!"


    "I''m here!"


    "You are the chief of Yanbei County!"


    "Thank you


    "Zhao Yu!"


    "The end will be here!"


    "Captain of Yanbei County!"


    "Thank you


    "Well, the three carriages of Yanbei county have already been put in place. It is reasonable to say that the new county should be a great reward for you and others, but Yanbei is far away from the native land of the Tang Dynasty, so you can only aggrieve the three."


    "My Lord, I''m worried too much!" The three of them answered together;


    "well, when you return to the Central Plains, you can celebrate your good life. After that, the Yanbei affair will be handed over to you three." At this point, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the other people on the scene again: "as for the arrangement of the others, you three will discuss and confirm it, and then report it to me for approval."


    "No!"


    "I hope you can make concerted efforts to manage this county for me as always!"


    "We will live up to the trust of our Lord!" Now Huangfu Chaobo is the Duke of the Tang Dynasty, and this newly established county does not need to be under the rule of Youzhou. It can be directly incorporated into the government of the Duke of the Tang Dynasty, so it is no longer necessary to use the name of Gongsun Zan, and Huangfu Chaobo can deal with it by himself.

 Chapter 1083

    After discussing his own affairs, Huangfu Chaobo said: "there is another thing that you must know, that is, the Yan army and the Wei army are fighting. Our Tang army must try its best to support the Yan army, so as to delay the Wei army''s energy as much as possible and make it unable to go south."


    "Apart from the establishment of Yanbei County in my family, another important thing for me to do this trip to Youzhou is to strengthen the strength of Yan army so that it can contain the Wei army. Including the sale of more than 10000 white horses to Yanjun this time is also for this matter. In addition, there is another thing that will be a key point behind Yanbei county. "


    "If we want to hold down the Wei army, it will be difficult for the Yan army alone. Therefore, after discussing with several military strategists, we must not only give Yanbei full support to the Yan army, but also strengthen the strength of the leting army. This time, I have reached an agreement with Gongsun Zan that Yan army tacitly allows leting army to attack Liaodong, so at the latest early next year, leting will send troops to Liaodong, and Yanbei county must send reinforcements to support leting''s attack. "


    Hearing this, everyone understood what Huangfu Chaobo meant. Meng Yi said, "don''t worry, my Lord. Yanbei county will fully support the battle in leting."


    "Well, in addition to the increase of garrison troops, the war camp also needs to increase troops. Many of the taxi soldiers who moved from Qingzhou this time should have reached the standard of the war camp. So Zhang an, after Huang Xu returned, you two have to start the increase of the crane control camp."


    At this point, Huangfu Chaobo began to have a headache again. He pressed his thumbs on both sides of his forehead and finally made up his mind to say, "under the special circumstances of Yanbei County, we should increase the number of troops in the hekong camp to six schools with four steps and two rides."


    Zhang an was overjoyed and got up to take orders and said, "the last general will take orders!"


    No general thinks that he has fewer troops. The more the better. There are six schools with a total of 30000 troops in four steps and two rides. It is the third largest battalion in the combat camp, except for Huang Zhong Shenwu camp and Zhao Yunlong Xiangying camp.


    Seeing Zhang an''s joyful face, Huangfu Chaobo said: "in terms of war, you can discuss with Commander Yu of leting army. You can decide the time and number of troops by yourself, and then report to me."


    With these words, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the people in the hall and said: "this time I went north to Youzhou for the purpose of this. It can be said that I have basically achieved what I thought. After this upgrade of territory, I will return to the Central Plains. It is estimated that I will not go north for a long time. In the future, Yanbei will depend on you here."


    "We will live up to the trust of our Lord!" They all got up again and said,


    "well, if you have anything else to ask, you can ask me today."


    All the people present except Meng Yi and Ma Xuan shook their heads and said nothing. When Huangfu Chaobo looked at them, he saw that Ma Xuan was looking around. Huangfu Chaobo knew that they wanted to ask themselves something, but there were too many people present, so he said: "except Meng Yi, Ma Xuan, Zhao Yu and Zhang an, all the others should step back and do their own business Let''s do our own business. Hao Jian, very well prepared. After the discussion, he arranged to upgrade the lower board to the small town level. "


    After they all saluted, they left the hall one after another.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at Ma Xuan with a smile and said, "Meng Chang has something to say?"


    Ma Xuan said: "I really have something to ask for instructions from my Lord!"


    "But it doesn''t hurt to say so!"


    "I want to ask the master how much Yanbei supports Gongsun Zan, and how Yanbei county will deal with it if the Yan army is defeated by the Wei army?" Ma Xuan thought it over and asked carefully.


    looking at the four people present, Huangfu said in a deep voice: "this matter is often not mentioned by Meng. Before I leave Yanbei, I will find a chance to know you. In the battle between Yan army and Wei army, Yan army will be defeated, but now what I ask you to do is to delay Yan army''s defeat as much as possible. Therefore, you need to discuss carefully how to delay Yan army''s defeat for a longer time and minimize the loss of Yanbei county. "


    With these words, Huangfu Chaobo led them to the map and explained their arrangement to several people one by one. Finally, Huangfu Chaobo put his hand on the position of leting on the map and said: "you should know that our Tang army has been able to go all the way from weak to strong. Today''s success depends on the strong cavalry in our hands. No matter Xiliang iron cavalry or Baima Yi, there are also Tujia and ordinary cavalry. In several wars, we are invincible or anti Japanese Defeat is the weapon of victory. "


    "Yanbei county is the guarantee of the cavalry. If Yanbei is lost, the cavalry of Tang army will decline in two years. So the bottom line I give you is that no matter how much Yan army is defeated, you must keep Liaoxi. If Western Liaoning is maintained, leting port can continue to transport horses to the Central Plains. If leting is lost, there will be no horse in the Central Plains, and Yanbei county will become a duckweed without water, which will not survive for a long time. Do you understand


    They were all terrified. They bowed down and said, "don''t worry, my Lord. We will keep the music Pavilion!"


    "Well, now you should understand why you want to do your best to help the leting army to occupy Liaodong vassal state?"


    Everyone nodded to show understanding, but the mood was much lower.Seeing what they looked like, Guo Jia said with a smile: "in fact, you don''t have to worry too much. Although yuan Shaojun is strong, it''s not difficult to keep western Liaoning under our general plan. If possible, even right Beiping is no problem. Besides, Chifeng and Liaodong are two tributaries. If you''re not afraid, gongsunzan should also set Chifeng as a county, No matter what, Yanbei and Chifeng counties, with the danger of the Great Wall, must be difficult for the Wei army to capture. "


    "That''s right," Huangfu Chaobo said, "with hundreds of thousands of people in Yanbei as the foundation, and with a year or two of training, Wei Junqi can easily capture Hebei. Besides, there is the State Department to contain Hebei."


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. We will live up to your trust." Meng Yi said at first; the other three also responded and said that they would defend Yanbei to the death.


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head with a smile and said, "don''t be so. If yuan Shaozhen wants to swallow Yanbei, he has to ask his father if he agrees. Besides, he doesn''t have such a good mouth. He can''t compare with us in terms of cavalry. At that time, if I gather tens of thousands of cavalry, I can turn Jizhou upside down and let him have a good taste."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, everyone began to laugh. Yes, there are no top cavalry generals in the Wei army, but Fang Zhaoyun Huaxiong is the top cavalry generals. In front of them, the cavalry of the Wei army is a joke. What''s more, there are Tujia soldiers in huyandu, which can''t be compared with the ordinary cavalry of the Wei army Who will win.

 Chapter 1084

    After the discussion with the public, Huangfu Chaobo left Meng Yi to deal with the upgrading of each territory with him, and the rest of them were busy.


    Under the leadership of Hao Jian, several people came to the management jade Department of the administrative Museum, took out the already prepared upgrade drawings of the small town, and Huangfu Chaobo immediately opened the upgrade button. In a moment, the familiar halo appeared in front of Huangfu Chaobo again, quickly protecting the big, and then the whole administrative museum was surrounded. A moment later, Huangfu Chaobo''s ear sounded the system prompt sound "Congratulations to the players, upgrade the underground town to a small town!"


    As for the name of the city, Huangfu Chaobo did not change it any more and was ordered to be Xiabancheng. After upgrading, the county magistrate has not been appointed yet. Huangfu Chaobo calls Hao Jian, who is currently in charge of Xiaban, to him. After giving him the city''s affairs, he leaves Xiaban the next day and goes to the next destination.


    Today''s five territories in Longhua area, except that Longhua is a county town, are all big towns. All kinds of materials are ready. We can only wait for Huangfu Chaobo to upgrade.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo spent ten days to upgrade all the four towns into small towns. As for the appointment of officials, because the officials supported by Qingzhou and Huangfu Chaobo had not arrived yet, they could only be responsible for the electricity temporarily.


    Although preparations have been made all the time, it is not sure where the county city will be, so all preparations are made in Longhua, including the huge amount of materials needed to upgrade the county city are all stored in Longhua. Fortunately, after the discussion, Ma Xuan had rushed back to Longhua for early preparation, and began to transport some materials to Chengde.


    In addition to material handling, some workshops have to be moved. Since Chengde city is already a county city, many workshops will no longer have to be crowded in the small city of Longhua, especially large military workshops such as weapons workshop. If they are moved to a big city such as county city, the safety factor will be higher.


    Another point is that Chengde is located in the middle of each city. In the north of Chengde, there are Longhua and one city and one town to be built further north. In the East, there are Xiabancheng and gongsunzan''s territories. In the west, there are Shuangluan city and Luanping city. It can be said that the location should be the best.


    However, on the other hand, there are not many ways to connect Chengde with the outside world. There are only two ways to connect Chengde with the outside world from the north, the West and the southeast, especially with Youzhou in the south. One way is to enter Rushui along Luan River and reach Youzhou in the West of Liaoning. The other road is along Xiabancheng to the east to Pingcheng under Gongsun zanzhi. Then it turns south, passes Kuancheng, and enters western Liaoning from Lulong fortress.


    In fact, there is another way to go, that is, the original road from Longhua to junmi. The road starts from Longhua, continues to live ten miles west of Shuangluan, turns south from a valley, and then goes all the way south to junmi city. Then it enters the Great Wall from the Great Wall Pass in the south of junmi city and enters youbeiping. However, this road is more complicated and difficult to follow. Comparatively speaking, people are willing to go to the East, which is easier to take though the road is longer.


    This is also the reason why when Xianbei people entered Youzhou, they took Lulong fortress as their main attack and Longhua and junmi as their secondary direction. It''s OK to take the front line of Longhua junmi, ordinary caravans and small-scale soldiers. If tens of thousands of soldiers, it''s more difficult to pass. Of course, it''s not that they can''t go. It''s just that the speed is much slower, especially for large-scale soldiers The army passed.


    If the Central Plains army passes through, the cart will be very slow. If the foreign army passes through, it will be very difficult for the cattle and sheep to walk all over the mountains.


    After making arrangements for Chengde and handing over the preparation for upgrading to Meng Yi, Huangfu Chaobo once again led the army north to Longhua. There, Ma Xuan was ready for the construction of the northernmost town of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Now it''s the end of July. Huangfu Chaobo will stay there until the end of September. After the northernmost territory is upgraded to a small city, he will return to Chengde. By that time, the upgrading of the county city has reached the requirements. Huangfu Chaobo will return to the Central Plains after dealing with the upgrading of the county city.


    A few days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived at tangtougou town in the east of Longhua, a small town originally built to appease the players, but now it is not as lively as it was. Because Chifeng, which gongsunzan occupied, is closer to the grassland, and there are four or five players'' counties, so many players, especially casual players, have moved there instead On the grassland.


    Outside the South Gate of tangtougou Town, Ma Xuan leads the people there waiting for the arrival of Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing the arrival of his troops, Ma Xuan quickly leads the people up.


    "Meng Chang worked hard. What''s the situation now?"


    "Report back to my Lord, two thousand soldiers and five thousand craftsmen are all ready. When my Lord comes, he may lead them northward. When they reach their destination, they can start to build a new territory."


    "When did huyanda and his party leave?"


    "After returning to Longhua, the Huyan captain took a day''s rest and left Longhua with 1000 cavalry and nearly 2000 horse trainers and horse raisers, heading north to Chifeng. According to the itinerary, we should have arrived at Chifeng and started to catch horses. "Today''s huyanda is no longer the hairy boy of that year. Now he has been promoted to the post of school captain, and his subordinates are also in charge of thousands of people. Today, he is in charge of all the people who train horses in Longhua area. In addition to nearly 100 trainers, there are also nearly 1000 masters who catch horses and train horses, and thousands of people who specially raise horses. This time, in addition to more than ten senior trainers, he also brought almost all the horse catchers and hundreds of horse keepers.


    Today, horse training in Longhua has become one of the most important sources of funds for the Tang army. In addition to providing war horses for their families, hundreds of horses at all levels are sold to Youzhou and Jiangdong to exchange money and various raw materials for the Tang army.


    Taking this opportunity to set up Yanbei County, Huangfu Chaobo plans to move all the other industries of Longhua, leaving only the project of domesticating horses here. This is also because Longhua is isolated from the outside world by tangtougou pass and hutougou pass, which is almost a closed place.


    After Ma Xuan finished his speech, Huangfu Chaobo nodded. Then he left tangtougou town and headed for tangtougouguan in the West. It''s been several years since he left Longhua. Anyway, it''s afternoon today. It''s better to have a night''s rest in Longhua and start again tomorrow morning.

 Chapter 1085

    Just as Ma Xuan said, at this time, huyanda had already led people to the outside of Chifeng City. At this time, Chifeng was no longer a grassland camp on the edge of the grassland to the north of Yanshan, but a huge city backed by Yanshan.


    Wang men may not be a general who can stand alone, but he is a down-to-earth general who can do things seriously. After several years, he has built Chifeng into a huge city with a length and width of about eight Li. In addition to the favorable terrain around Chifeng, there are rivers passing through on three sides. Outside the southeast wall is the kupo River, in the southwest is the banzhijian River, in the northeast is the Yinhe River, and only outside the northwest wall is the flat land. Therefore, the king ordered to dig a hole between the banzhijian River and the Yinhe river There is a moat about ten feet wide. In this way, the whole Chifeng is surrounded by rivers on all sides, and all of them are living water.


    Not only that, surrounded by different nationalities, the royal family also attaches great importance to their own lives. Chifeng has a population of nearly 80000 people, including 15000 troops, 10000 soldiers, 5000 cavalry, and the remaining 65000 people, about 10000 households. More than half of them are Han people, while the rest are Xianbei people, Wuhuan people and other foreign nationalities Which alien race has the advantage.


    For the sake of his own safety, wangmen built an inner city in the south of the city. The inner city was about five li long and wide, which was more than one third of the outer city. In addition to the five thousand soldiers under his command, there were two thousand cavalry troops, and the rest of the troops were stationed in the outer city.


    In addition to these people, the people who live in the inner city are basically the family members of the officials and generals in the city. There are several huge warehouses in the inner city, which are enough food for 50000 people a year, weapons and a lot of raw materials for 20000 troops to support a year''s War, and the important workshops in Chifeng City are also placed in the inner city by the king''s gate If Huangfu Chaobo knew this, he would be surprised. Wangmen''s practice is so similar to Mancheng in later generations.


    At this time, it has been five or six days since huyanda arrived in Chifeng. He has led people to set up camp in the northwest of Chifeng City. It is impossible for 2000 people to enter Chifeng City, even the allies. So after arriving at Chifeng, huyanda ordered the army to camp ten miles outside the city, but he led dozens of guards to Chifeng to meet the general.


    Just when huyanda arrived at Chifeng, Chifeng garrison general wangmen had also received Gongsun Zan''s order and new appointment: to establish the 12th County under Youzhou, that is, the seventh County under Yan army, Lulong County, and appoint wangmen as the garrison of Lulong County, which has jurisdiction over Lulong city (originally Lulong fortress), Kuancheng town (middle town), Pingquan city (small town) and Xiaosigou town£¨ They are Zhongzhen, dianzi (Zhongzhen), Louzidian (Dazhen), Chifeng (Zhongcheng), Lingyuan, Jianping, Ningcheng and Yuanbaoshan.


    At the same time, Gongsun Zan also ordered wangmen to move 10000 families under the rule of Lulong to Liaoxi and youbeiping counties, while Lulong County is ready to receive nearly 20000 families from Zhuo and Guangyang counties. There is also an order that Wang men urge Chifeng''s trainers to speed up the training of horses and provide more horses for the Yan army.


    At the end of the order, Gongsun Zan mentioned that the tamers of the Tang army in Longhua will arrive at Chifeng in the near future to catch the wild horses near Chifeng and ask wangmen to give full help, so that they can provide enough white horses for the Yan army as soon as possible, so that the white horses can be replenished as soon as possible.


    Looking at a long list of orders and his letter of appointment, Wang men was stunned. He was in a state of confusion for a long time. After the generals and officials gathered together to announce the appointment of Gongsun Zan, they were very happy.


    In fact, the conditions for Chifeng''s cities to set up a county had already been met, but Gongsun Zan didn''t pay much attention to it. This time, Huangfu Chaobo''s plan to set up a new County stimulated him, and he could use immigration to eliminate the unstable hidden norm. Therefore, Gongsun Zan''s action was very fast. On the day Huangfu Chaobo left Jixian, he sent people to the counties to convey orders and ask for relocation Within ten days, the counties where the people moved will determine the personnel to be moved and start to move to the destination. Those who do not move within the time limit will be forced to move.


    For a while, Zhuo County, Guangyang County, Shanggu county and Yuyang county were full of troubles. You know, the prefects of all the counties got the secret order of gongsunzan, and the people who moved out were all the aristocratic families who used to be close to Liu Yu but distant from gongsunzan. Although Wang men knew that these aristocratic families would be scattered in various cities, he also knew that these people were just some malignant tumors. Even if they were scattered everywhere, they would be enough to make him in a hurry for a long time.


    However, since Gongsun Zan''s order has come, it must not be rejected by the royal family, so what he can do now is to make arrangements as soon as possible, so as not to be in a hurry. As for Lu Long''s move to the south of the Great Wall, it''s the simplest thing. These things that foreign people can''t get when they move to the mainland only need to be announced by the king''s gate. It only takes a few days to collect 10000 foreign people.


    In the past few days, Wang men has been discussing with his subordinates about resettling the relocated people. Just at this time, he heard that the generals of the Tang army had arrived ten miles outside the city. The generals who had been informed in advance immediately led huyanda and his party to the prefecture.For the arrival of huyanda, wangmen had already made preparations. After learning that they were going to camp ten miles northwest of the city, wangmen was very happy to send thousands of people to set up camp for them. As for the matter of horse hunting, he didn''t care much about it. After all, he had too many things to do. Instead, he gave it to an official in the prefecture.


    With the permission of the king''s gate, huyanda soon arranged things in the camp, and then led hundreds of people to the grassland further north. He was salivating for the wild horses around Chifeng, and he had already sent people to find out the range of activities of each wild horse group. However, before the establishment of the territory in the north of Longhua, he was not prepared to start with the best wild horses, but first picked a medium-sized wild horse group to catch.


    First, he captured a group of horses and sent them back to Longhua. When the camp to the north of Longhua was able to accommodate the captured horses, he started with the big wild horses. He would send the captured good horses back to Longhua directly, instead of sending them to the camp outside Chifeng City for resettlement.

 Chapter 1086

    More than 200 miles northwest of Chifeng City, nearly a thousand knights are galloping on the vast grassland. The reason why they are knights is that in addition to 500 cavalry, there are more than 500 of them, obviously just dressed as ordinary herdsmen.


    This is the huyanda group who left Chifeng for the prairie to catch horses. Huyanda was very special in the Tang army, not only because he was the Minister of long Qian of Huangfu Chaobo, but also because he was a horse trainer and a master level horse trainer. So at a young age, he had already reached the official position of Zhonglang general. There were nearly 4000 people under his command: a team of 1000 troopers, 128 horse trainers, more than 800 horse herders and nearly 2000 horse herders.


    The troopers of this thousand men team are usually used as guards when catching horses. To put it bluntly, when huyanda and others encounter danger on the grassland, the troopers have to block the bullet hole. After all, in the eyes of Huangfu Chaobo, a thousand troopers are not equal to a huyanda. Not to mention huyanda, even an ordinary senior horse trainer can''t hold up.


    As for the 128 trainers, in addition to huyanda being a master, there are 15 senior trainers, 32 senior trainers and 80 junior trainers. If you can train an ordinary war horse at the level of huyanda, you can basically train one horse every hour, and basically you can train it successfully.


    The other trainers are different. The senior trainer can train two horses a day, the intermediate trainer can train one horse a day, and the junior trainer can train one horse in two days, and the lower the level, the lower the success rate. So more than 100 people in huyanda can train more than 3000 horses a month in theory, but it''s very good to get rid of the influence of other factors and the source of horses.


    The alien race on the grassland can basically trap horses, which is the basic condition for domesticating horses. The more than 800 people under huyanda are basically masters of horse riding. Their skill levels are all advanced, and their riding skills are all advanced. Of course, the horse trainer''s skills are also very good, basically advanced, not to mention riding.


    And the rest of the 2000 or so ordinary herdsmen, it is only horse and riding.


    A large group of knights galloped on the grassland. In front of them, a few miles to ten miles away, there were several small groups of knights galloping. However, they were not running aimlessly. Every once in a while, some people turned over and dismounted and carefully looked at what they were doing on the grassland.


    Soon, one of the Knights seemed to know what was going on. With a whistle, the whole team raced further ahead. A quarter of an hour later, the pair of knights began to return to the direction of the brigade of knights. Soon they had a fight with a large group of people and horses. The leader quickly ran to Huyan Dama and reported in a loud voice: "general, there is a medium-sized wild horse group ten miles northwest ahead. It seems that it is a wild horse group of more than 1000 horses."


    They have been out for a few days, but they come across some small wild horse groups of three or five hundred horses. These wild horse groups are mainly war horses and riding horses, and there are few good horses of higher level, let alone the level of steeds. Now they have finally found a larger wild horse group. If they are lucky, maybe they will We can also catch dozens of horses.


    Huyanda nodded. Just as he was about to speak, another pair of knights came back. The leader reported in a loud voice with an excited face: "general, a large group of wild horses has been found in the northeast, at least more than 5000!"


    "Ha, great!"


    "I found it at last! Go ahead, general


    What we didn''t expect was that huyanda had a flash in front of him, and then said, "go ahead and turn the army around. We have solved the medium-sized wild horse group in the northwest first!"


    Everyone was shocked: "general! Why? "


    Huyanda looked at the people around him with a smile and said, "how can no one think of it?"


    Several people next to him shook their heads and said they didn''t know. One of them was humanity: "general, the wild horses in the Northeast may be the wild horses we saw at the beginning."


    He also emphasized the word "at the beginning".


    Huyanda looked at him with a smile and said, "the one with a red horse king?"


    "Mm-hmm..."


    "Are you still afraid that they will run away, or that they will be caught by others?" Huyanda laughs,


    "if Gongsun Zan''s trainer catches them, it''s not a pity!"


    "By them?" Huyanda said contemptuously, "the three or five hundred wild horses are almost the same. Do they dare to go to the three or five thousand wild horses?"


    When they heard this, they all realized that, yes, Gongsun Zan''s horse trainers were only middle-level, and they were not enough to touch such a level of wild horses.


    At the thought of this, everyone was relieved.


    Huyanda said: "there''s another reason. As soon as we get to the horse king, what will the general think when he knows? I don''t know if the territory to the north of Longhua has been built. I''m going to send Ma Wang to Chifeng after it''s built, instead of sending him to Chifeng to be closed first! "After hearing this, everyone suddenly realized that, yes, after all, it''s someone else''s territory. If you get good, it''s OK. It''s wrong to run to the master and sell yourself!


    "It''s good. We can make a lot of money with dull voice. There''s no need to stimulate people, hehe!" All the people laughed together;


    "OK, order, assemble, start!" Huyanda laughingly whipped the talking trainer and ordered him to arrive;


    "Wuwuwuwu..."


    With his command, the bleak sound of the horn reverberated over the grassland again. Soon, the scattered Rangers gathered in groups towards the large group of people and horses.


    A quarter of an hour later, more than a thousand Knights left for the medium-sized Mustang group in the northwest direction. There was only silence on the grassland for a moment.


    Huyanda led a thousand knights, spent two days, and finally said that he had captured the wild horse group of about 2000 horses. A total of 12 fine horses, 268 good horses and 429 war horses were captured. The remaining horses scattered and fled. After a period of time, they will be gathered by other wild horses.


    One day later, huyanda led more than a thousand Knights back to the camp in the northwest of Chifeng. With them came nearly a thousand wild horses of all levels. Wang men, who got the news, rushed to the camp immediately. Looking at the nearly 1000 horses, he was salivating. You should know that his trainer often went out to catch wild horses, and every time he came back, there were more than 100 horses at most.

 Chapter 1087

    Huyanda, who returned to Chifeng camp, didn''t stay long. After training several horses in two days, he left Chifeng with a large group of people and horses again. At the same time, he sent people to Longhua to learn about the construction of the new territory. Although he said that he was not in a hurry to catch the horse king, in fact, his heart also wanted to catch the horse king as soon as possible.


    Apart from the reasons he said, there are several problems. One is that he didn''t expect to find the king of horse so soon, so there are not many people and horses around him. The other is that his horses are still not well prepared. As soon as he returns to the camp, he will train all the horses to prepare for catching the king of horse.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan worked hard to prepare for the attack of Yuan Shao Wei army in Hebei Province, the adults of Xianbei tribes gathered here on Tanhan mountain, where Xianbei royal court is located hundreds of miles north of Bingzhou. This is the most common gathering of adults of Xianbei tribes after the death of Xianbei Daban Yu tanshihuai.


    Today''s Xianbei is no longer the case when Huangfu Chaobo was traveling! After the death of tanshihuai, he was succeeded by Helian. Although he was far from tanshihuai, he was still able to maintain the nominal unity of Xianbei.


    But after the death of Helian, the Xianbei tribe on the grassland had no formal unity.


    After the death of Helian, the whole Xianbei was completely divided into several major divisions. Around Wangting was controlled by budugen, the most powerful adult in the Middle East of Xianbei. Under his command, there were ten tribes, including cadre B, Guyin, Kudi, Suqin, dangfujing and Chixiaodou. Budugen has a population of more than 200000 and a force of about 250000, including 50000 palace account cavalry and 200000 ordinary cavalry. Its generals are fuluohan, xieguini, tietou and Chida, and their troops are distributed in Taiyuan, Yanmen and other places in Bingzhou.


    To the east of Wangting is the sphere of influence of kebineng, another adult of Xianbei in the Middle East. After he failed to compete with budugen for Wangting, kebineng had no choice but to lead his own army and support his own tribe to withdraw eastward, and control the vast grassland in the north of Daijun and Shanggu in Youzhou to the east of Wangting. Because of the failure of competing with budugen for Wangting, kebineng had no choice but to lead his own army and support his tribe to withdraw eastward, So its strength is a little bit worse than budugen, but it''s just a little bit worse.


    Kebineng''s subordinates have the support of more than ten tribes, such as Nalou tribe, Fuyu tribe, Xiyun tribe, Afu cadre and Tiefu tribe, with a total of less than 200000 accounts. The number of troops is about 200000, including 50000 palace account cavalry and 150000 ordinary tribe cavalry. These 50000 palace account cavalry are kebineng''s support in the fight with budugen, so even if they fail, they can still survive Control the eastern side of the royal court and the 200, 000 people. Several generals under kebineng, such as juluohou, suonu, nalouyu and tiefuzhen.


    Further east of Xianbei in the middle is the control area of Xianbei in the East. As before, it is still divided into three parts: Suli, Micah and que Ji.


    If there was no big army a few years ago, Suli''s strength could be comparable to that of budugen who controlled the royal court. However, it was that damned war that reduced Suli''s strength by 30%. Today, although he is still the strongest in Eastern Xianbei, there are less than 30000 palace tent soldiers and 120000 ordinary tribe cavalry, and the tribe controlled by him is only Yu The Ministry of culture, Murong, Chulian, Qujin, Fumeng, etc. are distributed in Youzhou''s youbeiping and Yuyang fortress.


    After the war of that year, several small tribes took refuge with Micah and que Ji, which greatly damaged Suli''s strength. Today, Suli''s Department has only 150000 accounts, which is not the same as the original 200000 accounts. Fortunately, the general of Suli didn''t lose much in that war. The highest level of loss was only commander Wan. However, there were only over 20 commander Wan in the whole Suli department. Several of them were lost in the first World War, which made Suli heartbroken. Now his generals include Suli''s younger brother Cheng lugui, confidant mengcha, Murong Cheng and zhemuke.


    The MAIGA tribe was originally the second most powerful tribe in Xianbei in the East. It was supported by the baldness tribe, the Chifu tribe, the Youlou tribe and the Yufu tribe. It had more than 100000 accounts of its people. Although its strength was only half of that of Suli, it had 20000 palace account cavalry. This was the basis for him to compete with Suli for several years without being annexed by it. Fortunately, a few years ago, Suli suffered a big loss under general Baima. Many tribes betrayed Suli and joined his tribe, which made his strength increase by nearly 20000 people, and the gap with Suli narrowed a lot.


    Today, Micah has a total of 120000 troops, including 20000 palace account cavalry and about 100000 ordinary tribal cavalry. They are distributed in the west of Liaoning Province and outside the great wall of Youzhou.


    Que Ji tribe is the weakest of the three tribes in Eastern Xianbei. It has only a few larger tribes, such as Tuoba tribe, Duan tribe, doulu tribe and Nalu tribe. It has about 80000 Zhangbu people, and its troops are about 70000. Among them, only 10000 Gongzhang soldiers and 60000 ordinary tribal cavalry soldiers are in the west of Youzhou and the north of Liaodong.


    The defeat of Suli a few years ago also allowed him to increase his army by thousands and his people by 10000. However, the que Ji Department is still the weakest of the three departments in Eastern Xianbei. If it had not been for the fact that more than 70000 troops would have forced the enemy to annex him, his strength would have been greatly damaged, the que machine department would have been annexed by several other adults.Xianbei in the West split into more divisions. Apart from Putou in the north of Wuyuan and Yunzhong, and Qianman in the grassland in the north of Yunzhong and Shuofang, there are also several divisions in the north of Liangzhou in the west, all of which are Xianbei divisions with tens of thousands of people. However, Xianbei in the West has never participated in the struggle of the royal court, so this time is no exception.


    After the death of Helian, Xianbei royal court finally fell under the control of budugen after a fierce struggle, so the defeated people left the royal court one after another and went to the East and West. Pu tou and Qian man were two of them. However, they did not compete with corbinen for the central grassland, but led the people into the control area of Xianbei in the West.


    With the support of Yifu, weichi, pilou, and niedi, Putou had 100000 soldiers, including 20000 Gongzhang cavalry and 80000 ordinary tribal cavalry. They were announced on the vast grassland in Yunzhong and the north of Wuyuan. Facing 20000 elite Gongzhang cavalry, they were afraid to attack him Once the war was not going well, Kirby was able to copy the nest.

 Chapter 1088

    To the west is another Xianbei adult, Qian man, who has the support of moduolou, Helian, Ashina and other departments. Although his strength is slightly inferior to that of Putou, he also has nearly 20000 palace account cavalry, plus about 60000 ordinary tribal cavalry, so he can control the grassland in the north of zhuyunzhong and Shuofang.


    However, the original Xianbei tribes in the West were all about 100000 yuan. Under the influence of the two, they moved to Liangzhou further west.


    After this change, the original powerful Xianbei royal court was divided into four parts. Four Xianbei adults appeared in central Xianbei. More than 100000 of the most elite Xianbei palace tent cavalry and nearly 400000 tribal cavalry were also divided up by them.


    At this time, the Xianbei royal court was very busy. The reason was that budugen and corbinan, two old opponents, joined together and invited the Xianbei ministers to attend the discussion. The content of the discussion was the changes of the Han people in the south in the past two years.


    No one in Xianbei, no matter budugen, kirbinang, Suli or Qianman, who can control tens of thousands of people in the accounting department, is simple. Now the Han territory in the South has changed greatly. The Han people who had been in chaos have been gradually integrated. At least Bingzhou and Youzhou have become some powerful people Under the control of things, if Xianbei people don''t take any action, they will follow the way of Xiongnu again.


    Su Li, who lived in Xianbei in the east of China, was deeply hurt by this, so as soon as budugen and corbinen''s proposal came, he immediately responded, and it came out that he would lead ten thousand palace tent cavalry to tanhanshan mountain to participate in the discussion. As soon as the news came out, except for a few adults in Xianbei, the western part of Liangzhou, all the others said they would go to tanhanshan for a while. There is no way. If the other ministries disagree with the decision made by the three most powerful adults in the central and eastern regions, it will give the three men an excuse for joint annihilation, and the rest of them also say that they will attend the discussion on time.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan discussed the matter of Youzhou, the adults of Xianbei in the middle and East had already set out to the Xianbei court of tanhanshan under the protection of their 10000 palace tent cavalry.


    The people in Youbing and Liangzhou knew nothing about what was happening in the deep grassland. They did not expect that Xianbei people would launch an attack on Dahan, and this attack would be more fierce than any previous one.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had already arrived at the destination with nearly ten thousand soldiers and Minfu craftsmen. That is the place where Huyan dagei had a good view of the establishment of territory in the north of Longhua, that is, the location of siheyong town and yaozhan town in reality. After arriving at the destination, Huangfu Chaobo saw that it was really a good place to build a territory. It was a big valley. Not only that, there was a river flowing into the Ethan river. The two rivers formed an angle of 90 degrees. At the angle, it was enough to build a city. At the surrounding area, there were two sides of the river, and the width between the river and the hills was several meters The flat land in the valley can also be reclaimed to build grain fields.


    Huangfu Chaobo chose to build his territory at the angle of the two rivers. The terrain here is flat, with water on both sides and hills on the other side. Only in the northeast direction can he go upstream along the valley of the river. Its width is getting wider and wider, which is a good place to build his territory.


    Huangfu Chaobo walked nearly ten miles up the valley along the intersection of rivers. Huangfu Chaobo found that he had found traces of two territories in the short ten miles. It seemed that they were all players'' Lords. Shortly after the village was built, they were destroyed before they could be upgraded to medium level. Seeing these two broken villages, Huangfu Chaobo could not help shaking with a smile Shaking his head, there is no systematic protection, and there is no strong strength, this place wants to build a territory, it is a fool''s dream.


    Further up the river, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t go to see for himself. However, he sent a team of 200 cavalry to look up the river to see if there was any potential danger. And he quickly returned to Hekou and immediately established a territory there. As for the name, he directly named it siyonghe village. Then he arranged 1000 Minfu and craftsmen to upgrade the territory here, and arranged 1000 guards to protect them here. Then he led the other 8000 people to continue to go north.


    A few days later, they finally arrived at their destination. While Huangfu Chaobo arranged for cavalry to look around, he also arranged to start the construction of a new territory, which he used the name of Ethan village. On the third day after the construction of the territory, the messengers sent by huyanda arrived at Yixun village and reported to Huangfu Chaobo about the situation in Chifeng. After a night''s rest, he continued to return to Chifeng. The purpose of his trip was to confirm whether the construction of the territory had started, and one more thing was to arrange for horses to be sent back here.


    Now that it has been confirmed that the territory is under construction, he must go back to Chifeng to report the news to huyanda, and Yixun village and siyonghe village must be ready to meet the horses as soon as possible. First of all, Huangfu Chaobo led the two territories to build a wall with the area of a big village. As for the villages inside the wall, they can be built as they should, and the wall will be constantly improved and upgraded in the process of upgrading and construction. Finally, it will become a stone wall, and the area surrounded by the stone wall is the inner city of the territory.When he was in Luoyang, in the first half of the year, because of various reasons, Huangfu Chaobo ordered all the cities to build inner city walls. As a result, it took a lot of advantage, so from there, Huangfu Chaobo liked to build inner cities in order to strengthen the city''s defense ability.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo devoted himself to the construction of the two territories, on the Tanhan mountain thousands of miles away, several Xianbei adults had already arrived at the Xianbei court to participate in the discussion of the three powerful adults.


    In the big account, budugen, Kirby Neng and sully are in the first row. Because they are equal in strength, they are basically nobody. If this happens, they will be in the first row. As for the rest of the departments, they will sit down.


    Seeing that everyone was here, budugen said, "your honor, the glory of daxianbei in the past no longer exists. Today''s Han people have basically unified Bingzhou, and so has Youzhou. General Baima gongsunzan has taken control of Youzhou, and now they have extended their tentacles to the grassland. If we don''t arouse alarm, the whole grassland will soon become the territory of Han people. "

 Chapter 1089

    Budugen''s words attracted all the people present to look in the direction of Suli, especially Mika and que Ji, who could see the ironic color on their faces.


    In the war a few years ago, Suli was defeated under the wall of the Han people and returned. Together with the tribes who fled after returning, Suli suffered a heavy loss and nearly lost 30% of his strength. Let the Suli tribe in the eastern Xianbei three tribes from the original one against two, now three mutual checks and balances.


    Although the two families are the beneficiaries of sully''s failure, it does not mean that they are willing to help sully out of the dilemma. On the contrary, they will not miss any chance to attack sully.


    As soon as budugen''s voice fell, a strange voice rang out: "I have been wondering, do you think the Han people are so powerful? Under the first World War, hundreds of thousands of Xianbei warriors died on the spot. Alas


    It was Micah who was talking. His implication was that sully was too incompetent. Everyone knew what he meant. He looked at sully playfully, and sully turned blue. When he was about to attack, Kirby on one side could speak.


    "Well, it''s been a long time, but there''s no doubt about one thing, that is, the Han people have become stronger, general Baima has controlled most of the counties in Youzhou, and the Bingzhou tigers have encircled and annihilated all the zahu units in the south of Yinshan Mountain. Once they are stable, they will surely turn their eyes to the grassland, and then everyone will flee No Said Kirby.


    His past words, just right to help sully out of the encirclement, Micah also gently curled his mouth, no longer speak, some things can be done.


    Sully nodded to Kirby gratefully, and then he said, "Bingzhou tiger has been out of the Great Wall for several years. Although it disappeared this year, now it suddenly appears again, and it has become the master of Bingzhou. This matter really deserves our attention."


    All the people on the scene nodded and agreed that when the fierce tiger was just a small official under the governor of Bingzhou, he dared to lead hundreds of cavalry into the grassland for hundreds of miles. Now he has become the actual controller of Bingzhou. Once he really takes control of Bingzhou, he will lead troops to the North and set off a bloodbath on the grassland. From then on, the grassland will not be safe Ning.


    "That''s right," budugen said as he saw that corbinone immediately attracted everyone''s attention. "Now the fierce tigers in Bingzhou have gradually posed a threat to the grassland, and the strength of general Baima can''t be underestimated. Fortunately, the news from the Han population this year said that general Baima was killed by a Southern vassal at the beginning of this year A big loss, tens of thousands of white horses from the loss of indolence, so at this time, it is our best time to attack the Han people, if we wait until both of them are relieved, we can not really send troops to the north


    When they heard this, people began to talk about it one after another. It''s true that both Bingzhou tiger and Baima general are Xianbei people on the grassland, and they are very hostile to Xianbei people, Xiongnu people and Wuhuan people. If they really set up an army to fight on the grassland, it''s not good news for the grassland . Since now is the right time to send troops, people are also a little excited.


    Seeing that everyone was thoughtful, kirbinang said: "everyone, according to the Han people, the disputes on the grassland are our own business. If the Han people really take the opportunity to enter the grassland, then the whole daxianbei people will face a huge disaster. It is very possible that our end will not be as good as today''s Huns and Wuhuan people."


    "That''s right," Suli quickly responded, "besides, there are Wuhuan people in Youzhou, and Yueshi people in tugebu in Bingzhou. These tribes are all oppressed by the Han people. This time, we can unite several tribes and send them to fight against the Han people, and disturb the two states in Bingzhou and Youzhou, so as to attack the Han army."


    In fact, in the past, Suli didn''t expect to instigate the Hu people in Youzhou to launch a rebellion, but with his own strength, he couldn''t instigate these tribes to send troops at all. If the major departments of Xianbei can join hands this time, they can''t help but refuse. They must consider the anger of the major departments of Xianbei after the failure of the Han people.


    When they heard this, they were all in front of their eyes. It would be much easier for their own army to face the Han Army if they could encourage these small tribes to join forces.


    "Lord Suli''s plan is feasible. I''ll ask someone to write down the invitation to send troops. After all seven of us have finished the plan, we will send people to the king of Wuhuan and the ministries of Bingzhou to invite them to send troops to fight against the Han people." Budugen said with a smile; in his voice he specially emphasized the word invitation.


    When they heard this, they all gave a knowing smile. The word "invitation" was just budugen''s joking. Among all the people present, any one of them could use more troops than Wu Huan Danyu, the largest of the other ministries. What''s more, there are seven Xianbei''s joint pictorial signatures. If one of them doesn''t agree, the end of their tribe will come, unless he does They were able to escape into the territory of the Han people and surrender to the Han people, otherwise they would be pursued and killed by the Xianbei tribes.


    Seeing that everyone had no opinion, bu Dugen said, "since everyone has no opinion, let''s go on to talk about the troop situation, the date of dispatch and the attack direction of each department.""In my opinion, the direction of attack should be in the direction of the departments adjacent to the Han people. If the departments attack at the same time, the Han people will not be able to defend at all. I think the pressure of attack of the departments should not be great." "I suggest that all departments should do their best. If anyone doesn''t do their best, all departments should join hands to discuss it afterwards, and then divide it equally." When Kirby could finish, Sully jumped out and said. Today, he finally finds an opportunity to vent his former shame, so he wants to do his best to kill gongsunzan''s army, and then plunder it in Youzhou to make up for his losses in previous years.


    "No," Micah immediately objected, "if we make the most of the tribal army, the old and weak are not the only ones left in the tribe. If someone comes to attack, the old camp will not be preserved."


    "Lord Micah, if all our major departments send troops, what threat is there on the grassland? Isn''t there something in the heart of the Micah that doesn''t work? " Sully seized the opportunity to send a message to Micah

 Chapter 1090

    "Why not?" Micah objected loudly, "there are still a lot of horse bandits on the grassland. Besides, what if Bingzhou tiger or white horse general sent thousands of cavalry to bypass our army and kill on the grassland?"


    "Yes," Que Ji also stood up and objected, "in my opinion, some people want to transfer out all their troops. What do you want to do! A small tribe like ours is not a big one. If we lose thousands of troops, I''m afraid it won''t be so easy for others to find out. "


    When sully heard that, Sha understood what they meant. He was so angry that his mouth was going to be crooked. He stood up and was ready to retort. However, Kirby Neng reached out to stop them and said, "OK, three adults, business matters." Then he got up and looked at the people in the tent: "the worry of Micah is very reasonable. If all the troops are out, there will be only some old and weak people left in the old camp of the tribe. If there is anything really wrong, it will be irresistible. Therefore, according to my suggestion, only 30% of the troops in each camp can be left, or at most 40% of the troops can be left. All the rest of the troops are ready to go out. "


    The rest of the people are also afraid that they will lead the army. As a result, their opponents will send thousands of troops to sweep up their old camp. In time, even if they can find trouble for them afterwards, their tribe will surely suffer heavy losses and their strength will plummet.


    We all calculated in our hearts that if we leave 40% of the troops to defend the old camp, the que machine department with the least troops also has nearly 30000 troops to defend the old camp. In this way, the security of the old camp should be no problem. After all, today''s grassland, in addition to Xianbei tribe, no other larger forces can threaten the security of their old camp.


    What Kirby can think of is that the total strength of the seven Xianbei troops is about one million. Among them, the most elite palace account cavalry is about 200000, and the ordinary tribe cavalry is about 800000. Even if all the ordinary tribe cavalry go out, there are nearly 600000 troops, which are enough to attack Bingzhou and Youzhou.


    "Good!"


    "Agreed!"


    Everyone agreed one by one.


    "Well, in that case, let''s make sure the time for sending troops again!"


    "It''s the end of July now, and it will take nearly half a month for you to return to your tribe, plus half a month for preparation. So I think it''s time to send troops on September 1. What do you think of it? " "September is just the time when autumn is high and the horse is fat. When it snows in winter, there are two or three months, which should be enough." Sully nodded and replied;


    "it''s good, but if the time is not enough, how can we get back to the old camp before the white disaster?" Que Ji asked;


    "Chi..." Suli chuckled and said, "we just need to capture the Han people''s city before the white calamity, and then spend the winter in the Han people''s city, just to lighten the burden of the old camp. Why should we rush back to the old camp?"


    When they heard this, they were all in front of their eyes. There were solid houses and a lot of food and grass in the city of the Han people. It happened that the army could spend a winter in the captured city. It really lightened the burden of the old camp and killed two birds with one stone.


    After the general plan has been made, the follow-up work will be easier. The next seven people drafted an order to recruit all the grassland tribes to send troops to herd horses. Originally, this order should be issued by the seven elders alone, but now it can only be issued jointly by the seven elders. However, this order has enough authority.


    After the order was signed with the seal of seven people, it was sent to all parts of the grassland by teams of Xianbei cavalry. Although there are nearly one million troops in each part of the grassland, they are not concentrated together. Instead, they are scattered in the form of tribes. The old camp of the tribe has only the people and soldiers directly under it. Therefore, once it is determined to send troops, it will take time to gather troops.


    In fact, when the Central Plains princes were ready to send troops, they also needed time to gather troops and hoard food, grass, weapons and equipment. For example, when Huangfu Chaobo was preparing to attack Cao Cao, it took more than half a year to prepare food and grass. It''s easier for the grassland tribe to gather soldiers than the Han people in the Central Plains. They just need to catch up with some cattle and sheep and follow the soldiers. But Rao is so. It will take a month for all departments to gather all the troops.


    When the Xianbei tribe on the grassland began to gather troops, Liucheng, Liaoxi County, Youzhou, was a medium-sized town in name. Don''t underestimate this medium-sized town. This is the King City of Wuhuan in western Liaoning. Under the pressure of Gongsun Zan, the Wuhuan people in youbeiping and Liaoxi were either killed or captured and became slaves. After a period of time, they became free people. The rest basically fled to Liucheng.


    Of course, there are still many Wuhuan people in the original counties under Liu Yu''s rule in Youzhou. Gongsun Zan doesn''t look up to these foreigners now, so he doesn''t kill them as he did. For the Wuhuan people in the newly occupied four counties, as long as you don''t touch his knife, you can still live. However, it''s worse than when Liu Yu was I don''t know how much.


    Today, most of Wuhuan are mainly concentrated in Liucheng and YangLe in the west of Liaoning Province, as well as in Liaodong, Liaodong''s vassal states and xuanmian, as well as the territory of Fuyu people and Gaogouli people in the north.In fact, the reason why Gongsun Zan chose Linyu instead of YangLe was that YangLe was far away from the hinterland of western Liaoning. Another reason was that the west side of YangLe was where the king court of Wuhuan people was. After Gongsun Zan controlled youbeiping and most of western Liaoning, he had already focused on the more affluent Eastern Youzhou It''s hard work, but there''s not much money to get. I really can''t raise too much interest.


    In Gongsun Zan''s opinion, he controlled Liaoxi and youbeiping and drove Wuhuan people to the most remote corner of Liaoxi, which was not enough threat to him, so he simply ignored it.


    In Liucheng, Wu Huan''s current Shan yudun is gathering his younger brother louban, Wu Huan''s three kings Nanlou, Su Puyan and Wu Yan for discussion. In Tatton''s hand, what he was holding was the order of sending troops to you and the two prefectures jointly issued by the seven adults of Xianbei.


    There is no mistake, it is the order. Today''s Xianbei tribe is far from the glory of tanshihuai, but the skinny camel is bigger than the horse. They are still the masters of the grassland. In particular, the order jointly issued by the seven Xianbei adults is the same as the imperial edict of the Han people in the face of imperial power.

 Chapter 1091

    "This is the order of Xianbei King''s court to send troops. Let''s have a look at it and then say what we should do."


    Louban first took the document in Tatton''s hand and looked at it carefully. Then he handed it to Nanlou, one of the three kings, with a happy face. He turned to Tatton and said, "brother, this is a good chance for us Wuhuan people to return to the East!"


    Louban, 17, is the son of Wu Huan Shan Yu and former Wu Huan King Qiu Li Ju. During the reign of Chuping, after Qiu Liju died in the war, because his son louban was young, and his nephew Tatton had a military strategy, Qiu Liju ordered that Tatton should be appointed as Chanyu and take charge of three departments. When louban grew up, he would return the position of Chanyu to him, and each Department of Wuhuan would follow his orders.


    Today, there are less than 50000 tribes in Wuhuan near Liucheng, and there are no more than 40000 troops. Of course, there are some Wuhuan tribes in the western counties of Youzhou, such as the di tribe of nengchen in Daijun, the Wangtong tribe in Shanggu and the Wangji tribe in Yuyang. In addition, some scattered tribes have no more than 50000 troops, even the smallest of the seven major divisions in Xianbei.


    After hearing Lou Ban''s words, he said, "where should we attack?"


    Louban did not even think about it. He said: "Liaoxi County, with Xianbei people''s attack, where can general Baima take care of Liaoxi? We can directly attack the hinterland of Liaoxi. It''s said that Liaoxi has been very good in recent years, and there are all kinds of things on the wharf of leting port. If we can capture there, the rise of Wuhuan will be around the corner."


    Looking at Lou Ban''s high spirited face, he and the other three looked at each other and shook their heads at this young man''s middle two. To send troops to western Liaoning is to attract Gongsun Zan''s attention to Wuhuan. Gongsun Zan has not pressed Wuhuan for the past two years. If he directly sent troops to the hinterland of western Liaoning, Gongsun Zan would definitely solve the Wuhuan people first and then go back to deal with Xianbei people.


    He had a general idea in his mind, but he decided to listen to the opinions of the three kings first, so he motioned to the three people and asked them to talk about it first.


    "We have to send troops to attack Gongsun Zan, but we don''t have to send troops to Liaoxi." Su Puyan cleared his throat and said, "if we send troops directly to the hinterland of western Liaoning, gongsunzan''s anger will surely be aroused, and we can''t move the port of leting, because I once heard that the Lord of leting has a very close relationship with a great figure in the Central Plains. Now gongsunzan is not something that Wuhuan can deal with. If we offend a more powerful prince, it''s very important for us to understand As far as Wu Huan is concerned, it''s really unwise. "


    He nodded and motioned for Su Puyan to continue.


    "According to my suggestion, we can attack another place of Gongsun Zan." With that, Su Puyan pointed to the Northwest: "it''s said that after Gongsun Zan defeated several adults in Eastern Xianbei, he built many cities there, and some of them were under Gongsun Zan''s rule, but they belonged to alien territory. If we send troops to attack those cities, the Xianbei people should also be able to explain. "


    "Yes," said Tatton, "that''s what I mean, because Gongsun Zan built a big city on the original grassland of Xianbei people. If the eastern Xianbei units really send troops this time, the first attack must be this city. In the name of sending troops to support, we will directly attack those alien territory cities from Liucheng all the way west. In this way, we can It is enough to deal with Xianbei people and not to offend general Baima too much. At the same time, these alien territories can also provide a lot of materials for Wuhuan. "


    Dayton said while looking at his brother, to see if he has understood his strategy, but unfortunately, Lou Ban''s eyes are still blank. Although he is now Dai Wuhuan and Chanyu, he is a rare person who is not attached to power. He has been cultivating louban carefully all these years, hoping that he can take over Wuhuan smoothly at the right time. Unfortunately, louban''s growth still fails to meet his requirements.


    After a pause, Tatton continued: "if general Baima can''t support the attack of Xianbei people, then Wuhuan warriors will attack the hinterland of western Liaoning and control the whole of western Liaoning. If gongsunzan can persist in the attack of Xianbei people, we can control these places smoothly."


    After hearing this, they all felt that this plan was feasible. Now Wuhuan could not stand defeat. If he could really strengthen himself in the war between the two giants, it would be the best.


    Louban had already figured out the strategy of Tatton. Although he was unwilling, he had to admit that Tatton was much better than himself.


    Seeing that several people agreed with their suggestions, he said: "well, since everyone has no problem, let''s prepare separately. This time, half of our troops will be left to guard Liucheng and monitor gongsundu. We have only two cities in Wuhuan, Liucheng and YangLe. All the veteran camp personnel are here, so we must not lose anything in these two cities, King Qiao, I will entrust you with the two cities. "


    Su Puyan got up and bowed to reply, "Shan Yu, don''t worry. Xiao Wang will guard the two cities and wait for the army to come back after victory.""Well, everyone, let''s work hard together. This time is likely to be the opportunity for the rise of Wuhuan. I hope we can seize this opportunity. Sirius will never give up on Wuhuan! "


    "Bless Sirius Several people bowed together;


    similar situations happened everywhere in the grassland. Then, teams of cavalry gathered in their respective tribes, and groups of cattle and sheep were gathered. Then, escorted by the cavalry, they left their own camps of each tribe and gathered towards the places designated by the adults of each tribe.


    At the gathering places of zahu in Bingzhou and Youzhou, the leaders of all tribes received the invitation from the adults of Xianbei seven tribes to send troops. For a moment, all the foreign tribes in the great wall seemed to be quiet.


    However, the changes on the grassland are still unknown. Huangfu Chaobo has now put all his energy into the construction of the new territory beside the Ethan river. In more than ten days, the two new territories have been upgraded to the level of big village. In a few days, they will be upgraded to the level of small town.


    At the town level, the defense of the territory is more secure. Although it is still impossible to build stone walls, the big wood on both sides is a sandwich wall, and the middle is a wall rammed with soil. Its defense ability is much better than that of the thin wood wall at the village level.

 Chapter 1092

    It''s late August. To Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, in less than a month, Meng Yi sent someone to get the news that the preparations for upgrading Chengde to Zhongcheng are almost done. Please Huangfu Chaobo to return to Chengde and be ready to set up a new county.


    In fact, it has been several years since Chengde was upgraded to a small city. All the facilities in the city have already been built. The reason for restricting the upgrade is in terms of population. Of course, there are some other requirements. But since Huangfu Chaobo is going to upgrade it to a medium-sized city, there will certainly be relevant preparations.


    After getting the news, Huangfu Chaobo arranged the affairs of Ethan Town, and rushed to Chengde under the protection of 1000 guards.


    Three days later, Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived in Chengde. Looking at Huangfu Chaobo''s surprise, Meng Yi said with a smile, "my Lord, I must wonder why the speed is so fast


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, and Meng Yi continued: "in fact, we have been making preparations for the materials and materials needed to upgrade the small town to the middle town in recent years. It''s only because of the shortage of population and the uncertainty of which county to upgrade, so we didn''t implement it. Now that a large number of people have joined, this condition is not enough to worry about. As for other things, with a sufficient population, the operation will be very simple. "


    "Well, as I thought, how long will it take to upgrade to Midtown?"


    "My Lord will be here soon. Our arrangement is that everything will be ready by this evening. My Lord can go to have a rest for a while. When we are ready, we will invite him again." Meng Yi said: "by the way, leting sent someone to send some information. Because they knew that the LORD would come to Chengde soon, they didn''t ask them to continue to send it to the north. They were ready to send it to the Lord immediately."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and walked towards the county government. About the information sent by leting, Zhou Wen has contacted herself. After discussing with Gongsun Zan about leting''s being able to send troops to Liaodong, Huangfu Chaobo immediately told Zhou Wen that although it was inconsistent with his original arrangement, the result was acceptable.


    After receiving the notice from Huangfu Chaobo, Zhou Wen immediately sent people to Liaodong vassal state to inquire for intelligence. The news she got surprised her. At first, everyone wanted to attack Liaodong vassal state with the help of gongsunzan''s yanglecheng, but now she got the news that yanglecheng was not under gongsunzan''s control, but was controlled by Wuhuan people Occupation. Therefore, Zhou Wen got in touch with Huangfu Chaobo as soon as she got the information, and then sent the sorted information to the north and gave it to Huangfu Chaobo, so that Guo Jia could analyze it carefully.


    Soon, Meng Yi sent the information from leting. When he opened it, raoshi Huangfu Chaobo knew something about it, but he was still surprised. He didn''t expect that Liaodong was now in such a situation. While watching, Huangfu Chaobo asked someone to open the map of Youzhou, and carefully looked at the situation of Liaodong''s cities and Wuhuan tribes.


    Only when they saw that it was going to be dark did they know about Liaodong. Just at this time, Meng Yi came to report that all the preparations for upgrading the city had been completed, and they could start upgrading the city. They then put down their intelligence and went to the jade management office at the back of the county government.


    After taking out the upgrading drawings of Zhongcheng, Huangfu Chaobo thinks about it and hands them to Meng Yi, indicating that he will upgrade the city. Meng Yi takes over the drawing in surprise and looks at Huangfu Chaobo in disbelief. He smiles and signals that he wants to upgrade the city. Then he takes over the drawing in excitement and goes to the jade and presses the upgrade button carefully.


    As a mass of light rises, the county government of Chengde city is wrapped in it. Before long, the light surrounding the county government slowly disperses, and the brick and stone structure of the county government becomes bigger and stronger. Then, Huangfu Chaobo received a system message: "congratulations to the players, Chengde County is upgraded from a small city to a medium city!"


    With a sigh of relief, Huangfu Chaobo opened his management interface and found an option to set up a new county. Then he selected the five cities of Chengde from the list of cities and click the "yes" button.


    Immediately, a system message appeared in front of Huangfu Chaobo: "players are about to set up a new county. Please name the new County!"


    "Yanbei County!"


    "Please specify a county for the new County!"


    "Chengde!"


    "Congratulations to the players, the newly established Yanbei county is located in Chengde city. Please arrange officials for the new County as soon as possible to ensure the smooth operation of the new County!"


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo heard this system news and was ready to breathe a sigh of relief, another system news sounded in his ear: "congratulations to the player, because Gongsun Zan and you have successively set up prefectures and counties in the Xianbei people''s sphere of influence outside the Great Wall, and the Han people''s influence has once again penetrated into the alien control area, which has attracted the attention of all Xianbei departments, and the seven Xianbei departments are big People decided to join forces to attack dahanyou and the two states. Please get ready. "


    "Hold the grass!" After hearing this, Huangfu couldn''t help yelling at him. After so many years of building the city outside the Great Wall, Xianbei people only attacked once. It was Gongsun Zan who caused the attack. He didn''t expect that setting up a county would lead to a massive attack of Xianbei people.When Huangfu Chaobo was about to talk to Guo Jia about this, the system prompt sounded again. However, this time, it was the prompt of the whole game: "congratulations to the players of Youbing and Liangzhou. The local plot" Xianbei invasion to the South "of Youbing and Liangzhou is about to start. On September 1, the seven major departments of Xianbei will gather about one million troops to join forces and send troops to Youbing and Liangzhou. Please let the players of the two states deal with the local plot well I''m ready! Have a good time


    The system prompt rang three times, like a nuclear bomb, which blew the players inside the game. The players in Youbing and Liangzhou jumped up to curse their mother. Today''s players are not as weak as before, and most of the Lord players have upgraded to the level of small town. However, facing a million level alien army, there is almost no such small town It can be said that the strength of fighting back will be one drum down, even if the million Xianbei troops are distributed in the hundreds of miles from Bingzhou to Youzhou.


    But the rest of the States to eat melon masses, watching the excitement is not too big, one by one to lift a small bench in the side to watch the excitement, for a time the game forum inside lively.


    Other people are watching, but Huangfu Chaobo is constantly complaining. Millions of Xianbei troops attack Youbing and Liangzhou. After hearing this news, Huangfu Chaobo knows gongsunzan pills. Even if such a large number of Xianbei troops are announced in Liangzhou, gongsunzan''s Youzhou is estimated to account for at least half of the total, and gongsunzan''s strength can even resist Xianbei people He will also lose a lot of strength in his attack. How can he resist Yuan Shao''s attack?

 Chapter 1093

    In addition to gongsunzan pills, Huangfu Chaobo also grasped a piece of grass in his heart. He tried hard to keep the war horse base in Youzhou. Maybe in the end, it was nothing. Hundreds of thousands of Xianbei troops attacked. Can he and gongsunzan stand it? You know, today''s Gongsun Zan is not the white horse general in the prime time. Although the territory is at the prime time, his elite troops are now almost three Chengdu distributed in various counties to stabilize the situation. However, he lost tens of thousands of elite in his own hands to Hebei. Now there are less than 30000 elite in his hands, and the rest are not so good All of them are new recruits.


    Gongsun Zan''s situation is not good. Huangfu Chaobo''s situation is not much better. Hundreds of thousands of people are moving. Now, although the five cities have been upgraded to the county, the military strength is not enough. In addition, the city has just been upgraded, all kinds of defense facilities are not perfect, and there are too many new immigrants, resulting in the shortage of materials in the city Shortage, all kinds of things together, let him in Yanbei County combat also decreased a lot.


    You know, today''s Yanbei county has only 15000 soldiers and only 12000 guards, which are basically arranged on top of each city, town and several passes. Originally, the forces were all weak, but now hundreds of thousands of Xianbei people are attacking. No matter what, there are more than 100000 soldiers in Longhua. With the current forces, the guards will not be able to defend.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have time to enjoy the joy of setting up a new county. After he appointed the main officials of Yanbei County in a hurry, he came to the meeting hall with the public. After everyone sat down, Huangfu Chaobo told them about Xianbei''s invasion to the south.


    Hearing the news, everyone was stunned, and their joy was swept away.


    Guo Jia first responded and said: "Lord, please send someone to inform huyanda immediately to let them leave Chifeng and return to Longhua. Today''s Grassland is no longer safe, especially Chifeng, which is absolutely the top priority of Xianbei people''s attack. There are also Ethan and siheyong. All personnel and materials must return to Longhua immediately. At the same time, they sent scouts to the grassland. Once they found any trace of the Xianbei army, they ordered them to give up their supplies and ensure the safety of the people. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. It''s true that the main force of his horse training army is still on the grassland. He must withdraw them immediately. Lian said hastily: "Meng Yi, send someone to Chifeng immediately, and inform huyanda to lead the people back immediately. At the same time, tell general wangmen to strengthen the wall and clear the field and get ready for the war."


    "I''ll take orders!" Meng Yi also knew that it was urgent, so he immediately called his own personal guard and sent the order written by Huangfu Chaobo to Chifeng quickly.


    After the messenger left, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the people again: "the invasion of Xianbei to the South will definitely not spare Yanbei county. We should deal with it now. Please have a good discussion so as to make the best preparation."


    For a moment, everyone was lost in thought. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t urge him. He just made people open the map of Yanbei county and the surrounding area and put it on the big case in the middle of the hall, so that we could see the surrounding situation more clearly.


    For a long time, Guo Jiacai raised his head from the map, looked at Huangfu Chaobo, and said: "Lord, I haven''t thought of anything else for the moment, but combined with the situation of Wuhuan in Liaodong that I just saw today, I''m sure that Gongsun Zan''s Lulong County may not be preserved, and the best result is to preserve Lulong city and Chifeng City. Even so, if we can''t defeat Xianbei people within half a year, Chifeng City will be lost. Then gongsunzan''s power outside the Great Wall will be wiped out. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was surprised. If Gongsun Zan''s Lulong County could not be preserved, his Yanbei county would face three enemies. If so, can Yanbei county be preserved?


    Huangfu Chaobo asked: "why does fengxiao say this?"


    Guo Jia didn''t speak, his face was gloomy and he nodded heavily towards a place on the map.


    When they saw it, they found that it was Liucheng in the west of Liaoning Province. Meng Yilian said quickly, "what is the meaning of a military strategist


    "Yes, according to the Lord, the seven departments of Xianbei sent troops together, and the forces reached nearly one million. In this way, the Xianbei people will definitely unite with the tribes in the grassland and Youhe two states. There are tens of thousands of troops in Wuhuan of Eastern Liaoning, and they are immortal enemies with Gongsun Zan, so the Xianbei people will have the reason to abandon them?" Guo Jiadao;


    "however, if Liaodong and Wuhuan want to attack Gongsun Zan, they can only attack from western Liaoning. Can they still capture western Liaoning with tens of thousands of cavalry? Among other things, there are tens of thousands of troops of Gongsun fan in youbeiping." Zhang an said with a puzzled face;


    "no," Guo Jia shook his head: "on the surface, there are mountains in the west of Northwest Liaoning, and it seems that there is no road to Lulong County or Chifeng grassland, but I believe that Wuhuan people have lived in western Liaoning for decades, and they must know the road to the grassland through the mountains."


    Huangfu Chaobo was horrified. He suddenly remembered that in real history, the braided army had attacked the Central Plains several times. Instead of starting from the Liaoxi corridor, it bypassed the grassland, from Chifeng to the west, and then invaded Hebei in the direction of Zhangjiakou. In addition, along the Daling River and Xiaoling River, there are roads leading to the grassland in the northwest. Today''s wangtingliu city of Wuhuan people in Eastern Liaoning is just beside the Daling River."It''s true that fengxiao''s words are really possible, and it''s very possible. Wuhuan people know that once they attack western Liaoning, they will be killed by gongsunzan. In this way, Wuhuan people will lose a lot. It''s very possible that before Xianbei people have conquered Chifeng, Wuhuan people who attack western Liaoning will be destroyed by gongsunzan. But now when they send troops to the west of Lulong County, gongsunzan''s eyes have been attracted to Chifeng by Xianbei people, so what they are facing is just a few player cities in the east of Lulong County. For Wuhuan people, the pressure to attack these cities is much easier than gongsunzan. " Huangfu Chaobo said in a deep voice;


    "however, we are powerless. Even Gongsun Zan knows the plan of Wuhuan people, he will ignore it. Compared with several strange cities, Chifeng''s importance is self-evident." Meng Yi nodded and said,


    "in this way, how should we deal with it?" Zhang an asked;


    "I don''t have a good plan for a while, but I have a few things to arrange first." Looking at the map, Guo Jia frowned and said to Huangfu Chaobo;


    "please tell me about fengxiao!" Huangfu replied in a deep voice;


    he said

 Chapter 1094

    Everyone knew that it was urgent, and they all watched Guo Jia closely, waiting for his advice.


    "First, Yanbu county''s military strength is far from enough to cope with the defense of the five cities. Now more than 100000 Qingzhou immigrants have arrived in Yanbei. In addition, there are more than 100000 people in Yanbei. Please order to recruit troops immediately and transfer their elite troops to Longhua. When Xianbei army arrives, Longhua must be the key area to fight with."


    Guo Jia stood up and said slowly to Huangfu Chaobo: "second, the battle of Shuanghe city has come to an end. I suggest the Lord give up Shuanghe city and mobilize tens of thousands of troops left in Qingzhou to rush to Yanbei to prepare for the follow-up war."


    "Another point, which is crucial, is how the Lord plans to deal with Yanbei county?" Guo Jia suddenly raised his head and asked;


    everyone was in a daze and immediately looked up at Huangfu Chaobo nervously. Gongsun Zan had taken care of himself when Xianbei people invaded the south. It''s hard to defend Yanbei County alone. If Huangfu Chaobo intends to abandon Yanbei County, all the people present are officials and generals of Yanbei county. If he gives up like this, he really has some heart Not willing.


    Seeing people''s inquiring eyes, Huangfu Chaobo responded and immediately said, "don''t worry, I haven''t thought of giving up Yanbei. If I can keep it, I''ll have a chance to do it. If I don''t slack off, I''ll make another plan."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, all the people were relieved. Meng Yi said, "don''t worry, my Lord. We will stick to the five cities of Yanbei and wait for my Lord''s reinforcements to arrive."


    The rest of the people also said that they would be waiting for help and guarding Yanbei.


    Huangfu Chaobo said: "I''m very glad that you have such a will, but this matter still needs to be considered in the long run to come up with a complete solution." With that, he turned to Guo Jia and said, "fengxiao, go on."


    Guo Jia nodded and went on: "if you want to keep Yanbei, you have to transfer some elite troops from the Central Plains, or


    "In the sense of filial piety, which troops should be transferred?"


    "The Lord''s guards should all be called in. The Lord''s guards are all omnipotent in horse walking. They are much better than ordinary soldiers and horses in defense and horse riding attack. Both Tujia and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers are the opponents of Xianbei cavalry. Tieyingrui may not be lazy in defense against the elite soldiers in the Central Plains, but his attack against Xianbei people is more than enough. In addition, General Zhao Yun''s white horse righteousness has a natural suppression effect against Xianbei cavalry and Wuhuan cavalry, so general Zhao Yun''s white horse righteousness also needs to be transferred. "


    "But if Zhao Yun is transferred to Yanbei, if yuan Shaojun attacks Weijun, what should he do?" Huangfu Chaobo was worried.


    "it''s OK to send General Zhao Yun North to fight against Xianbei people. It''s a battle between Hu and Han. The Lord can publicize this matter in a fair way, and Zhao Yun''s department and the guards don''t need to come by boat. They can cross Hebei directly and enter Youzhou in a big way. If Yuan Shao is attacking Wei county at this time, he has to think about the reaction of the scholars in the world." At this point, Guo Jia showed a bad smile and said: "I really hope Yuan Shao can make a mistake! Hehe, when the time comes, Yuan Shao''s reputation will stink. The reputation of their yuan family has already made Yuan Shu become emperor. If Yuan Shao is really like this, hehe... "


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized that if he sent troops to fight against the attack of Xianbei people, I believe Yuan Shao would not dare to send troops to Wei County easily. After all, he has no ability to eat himself. At that time, he may not get the benefits, but he will be a stranger.


    Think about it here, Huangfu Chaobo said: "no, if we transfer a few more troops to the north, in this way, the chance of victory will be greater."


    Unexpectedly, Guo Jia shook his head and disagreed: "the reason why Tiao Baima Yi went to the North was that Baima Yi was originally from Youzhou and had the experience of fighting with Xianbei and other foreign races, but other soldiers did not have such experience. Moreover, although Yuan Shao could not attack Weijun on a large scale, he could make small moves. If something happened suddenly, something really happened, The military strength of Wei county is empty, which is not an opportunity for Yuan Shao. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that this was true, so he had to give up: "according to fengxiao''s words, he transferred the guards and baimayi to Yanbei county from the north, and the soldiers and horses of other states and counties continued to stay in the same place to train the soldiers and horses. Is there any other suggestion for fengxiao? "


    "The last point is to ask the main public security drainage army to send 50000 people to leting as soon as possible, and at the same time, ask leting to step up the recruitment of troops and make preparations for sending troops."


    "Let leting send troops to support Yanbei or Lulong?"


    Guo Jia shook her head and said, "no, just get ready in leting. I always feel something strange about Xianbei''s invasion to the south. If things are abnormal, there must be demons. It has been several years since Xianbei people split into several major divisions. Why did they suddenly join forces? I always feel that there is a lot in this. So it''s not appropriate for the soldiers and horses in leting to make any moves before the matter is settled. "


    Meng Yi said thoughtfully, "the meaning of a military adviser is to the east?"


    "It''s just an idea, and it depends on the war situation in Yanbei and Lulong counties." Guo Jia nodded."Well, according to fengxiao, Shi a, immediately send a messenger to Gao Shun to end the Shuanghe war, and lead the captured camp and Qingzhou soldiers and horses in Shuanghe city to Yanbei as soon as possible to prepare for the war. At the same time, he led Luoyang, and the rest of the guards crossed the river to the north to join Zhao yunbu in Yexian County. Under the banner of going north to Youzhou to resist the southern invasion of Xianbei army, they passed through Jizhou, entered Youzhou and arrived in Yanbei as soon as possible. And send a letter to leting to tell them our arrangement, so that they can recruit troops as soon as possible, and then train and wait for the next suggestion. " Huangfu Chaobo ordered;


    after Shi a heard this, he immediately came out, and Huangfu Chaobo said: "you guys, whether Yanbei county can support the arrival of reinforcements depends on whether we are fully prepared. At that time of Luoyang war, Longhua city was able to block the attack of hundreds of thousands of Xianbei troops with more than 10000 troops. Now it depends on your performance."


    "We will live up to the trust of our Lord!" They all bowed down and said,


    "very well, let''s prepare for each other! I will face the soldiers of Xianbei people together with you, and let these foreigners see the soldiers of Tang army! " Huangfu stood up and said in a loud voice,


    "the Tang army will win!" All the people cheered together;


    all the people cheered

 Chapter 1095

    When Huangfu Chaobo was in a hurry to gather people to discuss how to deal with Xianbei''s invasion to the south, a group of allies far away in Bingzhou also gathered together to discuss the same thing.


    Zhao Zilong sat in the hall and looked at the people: "Alas, it''s really a bad time. He just sent Lv Bu away in the first half of the year. It''s only half a year since he lived in peace. I didn''t expect that he was invaded by Xianbei again. It''s hard for people to live."


    Xiake is also helpless: "this is where we are in the border risk, otherwise it is not our turn to control here."


    "Well, my life is hard. Tell me, what should I do this time? Is it guarding the city again? You know, now it''s September, and there are still a large amount of grain outside the city to enter the harvest season. Can''t you throw all these grain to Xianbei people? Bingzhou''s grain harvest is not good. I''ve been eating my old money for the past two years. If I don''t have another harvest this year, I''ll be bankrupt. " Zhao Zilong said with a sad face;


    has adjusted grain planting time since the game, and the grain cultivation in the northern part of Taiyuan, north of Wuwei and Liangzhou, has been changed to one season a year, that is, the 11-20 year of April is the planting period, and the 11-20 day of September is the harvest period, and the basic output per season is 300 Jin.


    In this way, the grain production in these areas is seriously limited, which is half less than that in the Central Plains. However, the grass growth in these areas is faster than that in the Central Plains, and they are more suitable for animals to eat. It is a disguised supplement in this respect, but the lack of food is still a hard injury.


    "What else! Fight hard! Just as before, stick to it and go back to the city, "old Du said." as for the grain, we have more than ten days to harvest. I hope it can be delayed until then. If not, "said Du, suddenly gnashing his teeth," if I can''t get it, these Xianbei dogs can''t get a grain of food. At that time, I will order the cavalry to burn all the fire. "


    Lao Du''s appearance made everyone take a breath. Zhao Zilong said carefully: "Lao Du, really... Is it really burned? "


    Old Du Bai Yan a turn: "difficult not to become, you still have other method not to become?"


    "No, no..."


    "Everybody, I''m going to send a big army to block it." All of a sudden, the Xiake said, "in recent years, after occupying Shuofang, the military division has asked me to reinforce the two dangerous places, Jilu and gaoque. As you should know, Shuofang''s location should be very good. It is surrounded by the Yellow River and Wujia river. Further north is Yinshan, and the most convenient route for Xianbei people to enter Shuofang is Jilu and shangque, It has been several years since I began to reinforce these two roads, so I''m going to use these two fortresses to resist the Xianbei people, at least after the grain harvest. If you can, I suggest you also try. "


    With that, the Xiake opened the Bingzhou map he had brought with him and said to the other three people, "Wuyuan County has a very good terrain. Moreover, the Chaobo boss made some preparations at the beginning."


    With that, he pointed to a place where Huangfu Chaobo had built Wujiahe town. It was an important road for Xianbei people to enter Wuyuan. Wujiahe town had completely blocked this important road. If they didn''t attack here, Xianbei people would never dare to bypass this town and enter Wuyuan County.


    In Wuyuan County, in addition to this time in and out of the important place, there is another place is the Manyi Valley, which is slightly east to the north of Jiuyuan city. However, unlike chivalrous men''s emphasis on two and a half fortresses, after Zhao Zilong occupied Wuyuan County, although he sent people to control the fortress of Manyi Valley, he didn''t spend too much energy on it to repair and reinforce it. Therefore, if he wanted to keep the fortress of Manyi Valley, Zhao Zilong needed to pay more losses.


    However, the swordsman''s words are not unreasonable. Instead of abandoning the grain he has planted for a year, he would better go to the museum. He doesn''t want to keep Xianbei people in the north of Yinshan Mountain. At least he should withdraw his troops after all the grain has been harvested and put into the warehouse. In this way, he hasn''t worked in vain for at least a year.


    After thinking about it for a moment, Zhao Zilong patted the table and said, "if it''s done, I''ll send someone to strengthen the defense of Manyi Valley immediately, and at the same time, I''ll order to speed up the harvesting of the grass, otherwise a large number of cattle, sheep and horses will starve to death this winter."


    Seeing that Zhao Zilong and the Xiake had made up their minds, Lao Du said, "OK, I''ve done it too. Don''t worry, Wujiahe town will never lose it in two months. It''s impossible to lose it before all the grain is harvested and put into the warehouse."


    "Well, well, you''re all crazy. Come on, old Du, I''ll send a thousand soldiers from the city of bingzuo county to support the Wujia river." At last, Xiao Jie had to say something;


    "OK, let''s do it!" Zhao Zilong got up and said;


    the others then got up and left and returned to their own territory. As for Huangfu Chaobo, they know that there is no way to help them now. They have to rely on themselves for everything, and there is no need to think about it in Bingzhou Lvbu. The Xianbei people invaded the South on a large scale. On the territory controlled by Lu Bu, Yunzhong, Yanmen and Daijun were all the targets of Xianbei people''s attack. Lu Bu had no time to pay attention to them.Just as several people expected, Lu Bu was in a state of rage and finally managed to get rid of Wuyuan and Liangjun. He did not expect that Xianbei people had invaded on a large scale, but he had three northern counties under the attack of Xianbei people. In this way, Lu Bu had to gather his troops again and prepare to go north to resist the attack of Xianbei people.


    At Chen Gong''s suggestion, Lu Bu immediately sent a letter to the six principal officials and generals of the three prefectures, including Li Feng, the prefect of Dai County, Hou Cheng, the prefect of Dai County, Qin Yi, the prefect of Yunzhong County, Song Xian, the prefect of Yanmen County, Wang Kai, the prefect of Yanmen County, and Cheng Lian, the prefect of Yanmen County, asking them to shrink their defenses and withdraw all the people to the city. As for the food outside the city, he could not care so much. At the same time, he ordered the counties to send a large number of marquis to go deep into the grassland to understand the movement of Xianbei army.


    At the same time, Lu Bu ordered Chen Gong, a counselor, to stay in Taiyuan to help Wei Xu, the Taiyuan commander, stabilize the situation in Bingzhou. At the same time, he urged Wei Dun and Zhao Gai to supervise the transportation of grain and grass. He himself led the generals Zhang Liao and Cao Xing, who led 30000 iron cavalry troops and 50000 soldiers to Yanmen county. He was ready to support the three counties and retreat the attack of Xianbei people.

 Chapter 1096

    After the news of Xianbei''s invasion to the south spread, for a moment, the two states were in seclusion, and the wind was fierce. After Lv Bu''s military order was issued, people in the three counties in the north of Bingzhou were even more worried. Under the surface, undercurrents were surging violently, but now people have no heart to observe these, so no one paid attention to them at all.


    Gongsun Zan in Youzhou, Guangyang, Jixian and the government of the state of Yan is also very busy. He is very busy because of the relocation of the rich families in the four counties of Youzhou. I didn''t expect that at this critical time, Xianbei people should join forces to send out troops. There are millions of them. It can be said that there is a leak in the house and there is a continuous rain in the night.


    Today''s Yan army can be said to be the weakest in strength. Just after a big defeat, Gongsun Zan has broken his bones and muscles. I didn''t expect that his strength has not recovered, and there are foreign enemies invading. Can Gongsun Zan not be in a mess?


    Gongsun Zan is gathering people to discuss affairs in the government of Yan state. In addition to the three righteous brothers, there are Shi guanjing, commander of Gongsun Ji, Du Wei Zou Dan and Gongsun Yue, Gongsun Zan''s son.


    There was a moment of silence in the assembly hall, and even the three righteous brothers, who were most active in jumping up and down, saw that the situation was not good, and they all shrank in the corner and kept silent.


    Just as everyone was silent, Gongsun Hao, Gongsun Zan''s personal commander, knocked on the door and came in from the outside. He handed a pigeon letter to Gongsun Zan, and then whispered a few words beside him. Then he left the chamber and closed the door again.


    Looking at the pigeon letter from beginning to end, he seemed a little relieved. Then he gently looked up and looked at the people: "Tang Gong sent pigeon letter, saying that he had ordered his guards and General Zhao Yun''s white horse Yi to be transferred from the Central Plains to Yanbei county. At the same time, he also ordered 50000 soldiers to be transferred from Qingzhou to support Youzhou. In addition, leting has started to recruit soldiers and horses. Tang Gong means to increase the number of soldiers and horses in leting to 10000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry. In this way, the army we can mobilize will be much more relaxed. "


    When they heard this, they were all relieved. Guan Jing quickly asked, "Lord, what does Tang Gong mean to use the army of leting? Yanbei county or Lulong County? "


    Gongsun Zan shook his head and said, "none of them. The Duke of Tang estimated that the Wuhuan people in Liaodong would fish in troubled waters, so the troops in leting would not move for the time being. Their role is to ensure the security of Liaoxi. As for Yanbei of Tang army and Lulong of our army, we must rely on our own troops. "


    "Yes, it''s a mature move. However, I don''t have enough troops for Lulong. I think it will be more difficult to keep him. So Jing asked the Lord to order General Wang to increase his troops. It was difficult for him to train cavalry for a while, but the infantry was not so common. If he wanted to keep the troops for a year and a half, he would need to increase the infantry to 20000 at least. In order to avoid the shortage of troops at that time, and then recruit troops, it is inevitable that there will be some haste. " Guan Jing suggests;


    Gongsun Zan thinks that''s true. If Chifeng wants to hold on, it''s hard to rely on the original 10000 soldiers, so now it''s time to recruit 10000 soldiers first, so he won''t be in a hurry. However, Chifeng has less than 100000 people in total, but it is difficult to support 20000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry.


    Knowing what Gongsun Zan thought, Guan Jing said, "now there are 80000 people in Chifeng City. You can order General Wang to send nearly 30000 old and weak women and Confucians back to western Liaoning, and then recruit 5000 soldiers from the remaining population in Chifeng City, and transfer 5000 soldiers from western Liaoning. In this way, there are 20000 soldiers, 5000 cavalry, and nearly 30000 people in Chifeng City It''s not impossible for Chifeng City to keep its guard for a year and a half. "


    "It''s just about the migration of the people in the four counties. What should we do?"


    "No matter, since it is not suitable for Lulong to move people any more, they should be settled in youbeiping and Liaoxi."


    "Well, according to Shiqi''s arrangement, the rest of the counties also need to increase troops to guard against the attack of Xianbei people. However, we still need to defend the Wei army in Hebei. It''s not suitable for Zhuo county to move lightly." Gongsun Zan immediately clapped the board and ordered,


    Gongsun Ji next to him said: "Lord, there will be no word!"


    Gongsun Zan was stunned and motioned Gongsun Ji to go on.


    "Tang Gong said in his letter that the army of Tang came under the banner of going north to support Youzhou and fight against Xianbei''s invasion to the south. Yuan Shao was sure to be afraid of the devil. According to discipline, the army of Zhuo County could be arranged in the same way. All the soldiers and horses in Zhuo county were transferred to most of the cities, leaving only a few hundred soldiers to guard the city. The rest of the soldiers and horses went north in the name of fighting against Xianbei, but secretly left a number of soldiers and horses To strengthen the defense of Zhuoxian, the rest of the troops were sent to western Liaoning. "


    "And Zhuo county''s cities will use these hundreds of old soldiers to recruit heavily, and increase the number of soldiers to 3000. If the Wei army really attacks, I believe that even if we leave thousands of old soldiers, we will not be able to defend the county. But if he really casts a rat''s fear, the nearly ten thousand elite soldiers will be able to stop him."


    Gongsun praises that it''s true. His army has gone north to resist Xianbei people. If yuan Shaozhen sent troops to attack, there would be nothing he can do. At least Zhuo county can''t defend it in nine cases out of ten. Rather than that, it''s better to take a gamble and move the elite away. All the new recruits are left in the city. In addition, a large number of rich families have moved away, even if Zhuo is lost Most of the county cities, as long as the county city Zhuoxian is still in hand, their own losses will be small. If Yuan Shao did not attack, he would have more than ten thousand elite. In order to defend Yuan Shao, Gongsun Zan directly sent 20000 elite soldiers to Tian Kai. This is the most elite soldier in his hand except his three brothers."Yes, it''s a good plan." Gongsun Zan laughed and said, "well, you all start to prepare separately. Jicheng soldiers will leave for western Liaoning in five days."


    "I''ll take orders!"


    "The end will take orders!"


    All of them bowed to the promise.


    In Hebei, Jizhou, Bohai State and Nanpi City, Yuan Shao was also gathering counsellors to discuss the matter. In the conference hall, Yuan Shaoan sat on the throne, looked at his advisers, and said with a smile: "Mr. Yuantu is a talented man who drives away the wolves and swallows the tigers. He let Lv Bu and Gongsun Zan be at a loss. After they fight with Xianbei people, we can just sit and reap the benefits of yuweng."


    "Lord Xie''s praise depends on his prestige. Otherwise, those Xianbei people would be so willing to join forces." Guo Tu stood up triumphantly. Although he took the credit to Yuan Shao''s head, the expression on his face showed his inner pride at this time.

 Chapter 1097

    Guo TU was originally a native of Yingchuan in Yuzhou. After he took refuge with Yuan Shao, his talent was not the most outstanding. Although Yuan Shao accepted Xu you''s suggestion to ambush gongsunzan, he defeated gongsunzan in the end, but Yuan Shao''s cavalry was defeated because of Zhao Yun''s and Huaxiong''s two cavalry''s sudden intervention. Tens of thousands of cavalry accumulated in the past two years were almost lost Lose more than half.


    As a result, Guo Tu urged him to go north to buy war horses from Xianbei people. Who knows that with his early travel experience, Guo Tu finally got through seven twists and eight twists and finally got into a relationship with juluohou, a general of Xianbei adult corbineng. In the conversation with juluohou, Guo Tu suddenly came up with the idea of using Xianbei people to weaken the strength of Lv Bu and gongsunzan As soon as he appeared, he was out of control. After a night''s careful thinking, Guo Tu bought a good horse and rushed back to Nanpi, reporting this idea to Yuan Shao.


    To Guo Tu''s delight, the yuan family did not even contact the Xianbei people. However, Yuan Shao did not disclose this information to Guo Tu because he was not directly adjacent to the Xianbei people before buying the horses. After learning Guo Tu''s idea, Yuan Shao told Guo Tu this information. What makes Guo Tu even more happy is that his familiar Ju Luo Hou is a close follower of corbinen, while the yuan family is related to Fu Luo Han, budugen''s elder brother. In this way, the two tribes in the central part of Xianbei had been convinced, and Suli, who had a big hatred with Gongsun Zan, made Guo Tu more confident.


    After careful discussion with Yuan Shao, Guo Tu once again secretly went to the grassland. After more than a month''s work, he finally instigated the adults of the three tribes of Xianbei, which contributed to the great alliance of the southern invasion of Xianbei. As a result, Guo Tu also formally entered Yuan Shao''s core rights circle.


    After Guo Tu returned to Nanpi, Yuan Shao summoned a group of counsellors to announce the incident. At this time, the rest of the people knew that Guo TU was responsible for the joint Southern invasion of Xianbei. In response, Yuan Shaojun''s counselors had different reactions, including those who hated and scolded, those who envied and envied. But Guo Tu didn''t care about it. For him, the weight in the Lord''s heart is the most important thing. As for the reaction of his colleagues, he didn''t attach so much importance to it.


    Seeing Guo Tu''s elated appearance, Feng Ji stepped forward and said, "Lord, this time the Tang army is going to send troops to the north to resist Xianbei. If we want to go by water, it''s OK. If we want to go by Hebei, we can''t let it pass, otherwise it''s not good for the great cause of Lord."


    "No," said Xu you. After hearing this, he also came out against it. This year''s war against gongsunzan was advocated by him, but it turned out to be unsatisfactory. Now that Guo Tu''s strategy has been completed, Xu you decided not to oppose it any more, but hoped to share some credit from the middle. So after hearing Feng Ji''s words, Xu you immediately realized that his opportunity had arrived and stood up immediately opposition.


    "It is the great righteousness of the world for the Tang army to go north to resist the invasion of Xianbei to the south. Lord Qi can send troops to fight against each other. In a certain sense, Lord Qi can not fight against each other. Instead, he has to provide convenience for them to rush to Youzhou as soon as possible. In this way, the more fierce their fight, the greater the loss, and the more favorable it will be for Lord Qi''s subsequent great cause."


    "Yes," Guo Tu also said, "Ziyuan is right. The more fierce the fight between Xianbei people and Yan army, Tang army and Zhao army, the more serious the casualties will be. For our Wei army, the more favorable it will be."


    Yuan Shao also said with a smile: "well, it''s reasonable. So he sent people to publicize that we supported the Tang army to go north to fight against Xianbei. If the Yan and Zhao armies needed it, although there were few cavalry in Wei Dynasty, we were willing to send tens of thousands of elite cavalry to Youzhou to help fight!"


    When they heard this, they all burst out laughing.


    When everyone stopped laughing, Yuan Shao waved his hand and said, "since our neighbors are not free, we will make good use of our time to reorganize our troops, train our cavalry, and prepare for the next troop deployment."


    "No!" At the end of August, the Tang government in Luoyang issued a notice that the Xianbei army would invade the south, and the Tang army would send the most elite guards and baimayi cavalry from about 20000 to Youzhou to resist the invasion of Xianbei army.


    Two days later, the government of the state of Wei also came out to speak, meaning that they supported the army of the state of Tang to go north to fight against the Hu people. Jizhou would not stop the army of the state of Tang, but would provide food and grass for its army. He also said that although the cavalry of the Wei army was no better than those of the Tang army and the Yan army, if the Duke of Yan needed it, the Wei army would send all the cavalry to Youzhou to help fight against the attack of Xianbei people. It means that we are ready to send troops to support us at any time. Whether they will go or not depends on whether the public mind of the state of Yan is broad enough.


    As soon as Yuan Shaojun spoke, Guo Jia found Huangfu Chaobo and revealed his conjecture. This time, the Xianbei people jointly sent troops to the two prefectures. It must be Yuan Shao''s words. However, at this time, Huangfu Chaobo could not take care of this. The whereabouts of Xianbei Chihou had already appeared more than 200 Li to the northwest of the new territory Yixun town. According to the law, the distance between Xianbei army and Yixun town was no more than 300 Li, that is, the distance from Longhua City would not be more than 500 Li. If the cavalry trotted, it would be two days.


    Although the personnel and materials of Yixun town and siyonghe town have been successfully withdrawn to Longhua, and all the personnel in the camp outside Chifeng City and nearly 2000 horses they captured have also returned to Longhua, huyandu and other people who are most concerned about by Huangfu Chaobo still have no news. They are escorted by 500 Tujia soldiers, and about 300 people leave Chifeng To the depth of the grassland, Huangfu Chaobo sent sentry cavalry to Chifeng didn''t find them at the first time. However, they had to send people to the depth of the grassland to find them, and the brigade returned to Longhua first.Just when Huangfu Chaobo was worried about huyanda, they were caught in the pursuit of Xianbei forward.


    A few days ago, Huyan Daling met with a group of more than 300 subordinates and 500 Turkistan cavalry, and once again entered the grassland. This time, they just went for Ma Wang. After three days of tracking, they finally surrounded Ma Wang in a valley, which was more than 300 li away from Chifeng. Then, after one day, Huyan finally captured all of them The body is black, only the horse king with pure white mane below the ankle is surrounded.


    This is the best horse king, it has a special name, called Wuyun tuxue, it also has a name called tuxue wuzhui, if these two names are not familiar, then it also has a name passed down through the ages: wuzhui horse.


    This horse king was discovered by huyanda''s subordinates when they were looking for another yellow brown horse king. After discovering it, huyanda immediately gave up the yellow brown horse and turned to target it. After nearly a thousand people spent several days, they finally captured the BMW. But at this time, huyanda found that they had been found by Xianbei people''s sentry cavalry. After killing dozens of Xianbei sentry cavalry, huyanda found that there were more and more Xianbei cavalry around him, and the level was higher and higher. Finally, he found a group of palace account cavalry. At this time, huyanda found that it was not good, so the party began to flee It''s a long journey.

 Chapter 1098

    Huyanda leads his subordinates to run towards Chifeng City in the south. Fortunately, although the hundreds of his subordinates are not cavalry, their riding skills are far better than the ordinary cavalry of Xianbei people. Even the palace net cavalry of Xianbei people are comparable. Although they have no chance of winning the battle face to face, they don''t ask if they want to escape It''s a good question.


    After running for more than ten miles, he finally got rid of Xianbei sentry horse for a while. Huyanda asked everyone to slow down and take a rest.


    "Everyone! Take a little rest, dismount and rest for a while, waiting for the return of sentry riding! " Huyanda rolled over and dismounted, and ordered;


    "it''s really strange why there are so many riders today. This is not the gathering place of Xianbei tribe!" Huyanda murmured to himself;


    just at this moment, a pair of cavalry raced from the East, and a small school headed by him got off his horse and quickly walked up to huyanda to report: "general! Fifty miles to the East, I found several teams of Xianbei Rangers, dozens less and nearly 100 more! "


    Soon after, sentry riders from several other directions returned one after another. Xianbei Rangers were also found in the north and northwest. As in the East, only a dozen riders were less, and more than a hundred riders were more.


    After hearing these news, huyanda suddenly became silent. In the southwest direction, which is only fifty miles away from here, there is a wild horse group, which is the yellow brown horse king''s wild horse group that they have been paying attention to. Is it going or not? Let''s go. I don''t know why there are so many riders in Xianbei. Although it''s not very clear, huyanda still has some ideas in his mind.


    But if you don''t go, once it''s really as he expected, as long as the war starts, the wild horses will surely run away. It''s hard to find the horse king next time!


    Thinking of this, huyanda stood up and walked towards his horse. As he walked, he said, "everyone, get on the horse. Let''s turn southwest!"


    They all got up and went to their horses. Huyanda turned over and got on the horse. Just as he was about to fight the horse first, the commander of the Tujia quickly stepped forward and grasped his reins: "general! We can''t go west any more. We will probably meet most of the cavalry in Xianbei. We must return to Chifeng immediately! "


    Huyanda said: "Xianbei people''s rides are more than 50 years away from us, most of them are far away from us, so there should be no problem in time!"


    The cavalry captain shook his head firmly: "no, general! We can''t risk it


    Huyanda said angrily: "asshole, our horse is fast. We can run away before Xianbei people catch up with us."


    The cavalry captain remained unmoved.


    "That''s a BMW!"


    The cavalry captain shook his head firmly, his hand still firmly grasped the reins of huyanda''s horse.


    "Asshole, let go! I am your general, and I command you to let go! "


    "The general said that the best horses are not worth your lives. Besides, our captain said before we set out. The general once said that our task is to protect your safety. We will follow the arrangement of the general in terms of horse training, but we will follow the arrangement of the general in terms of safety. So, general, even if you kill me, I won''t agree with you! "


    As soon as he heard this, huyanda laughed angrily. Just as he was about to speak again, another group of sentry riders returned. The leader rushed directly in front of them and reported: "general! Captain! Here comes Xianbei! The sentry of Xianbei cavalry is thirty miles away


    On hearing this, huyanda knew that his idea had failed. He didn''t expect that Xianbei people would come so soon, so he said to the cavalry Duwei in front of his horse, "OK! You win! Hurry up, let''s go back to Chifeng


    On hearing this, the cavalry captain was overjoyed. He quickly released his hand and turned over to his horse.


    "Go, Xianbei people''s army invades, we must rush back to Chifeng as soon as possible! Let''s all work hard. Let''s go now! " Huyanda ordered loudly;


    "don''t worry, general! We can all make it All the people should come;


    "well, let''s go! Drive... " Huyanda took the lead and galloped towards Chifeng. Behind him were hundreds of knights and more than 2000 horses.


    After marching south for two hours, they soon met several cavalry sent by Chifeng camp to look for huyanda.


    "Great, general Huyan. We have received an order from the Lord from Chengde that you should quickly withdraw to Longhua or Chengde. We have sent people to look for you on the grassland for a few days and finally found you." The leader is the head of the left behind camp.


    As soon as huyanda ate it, it turned out that Huangfu Chaobo sent someone to order them to withdraw. It seems that something happened, so he quickly asked, "what happened? Why did the Lord invite us back? "


    come to humanity:" general Hui, it is said that Xianbei''s departments on the grassland have jointly sent troops! "


    " if so, no wonder we meet so many Xianbei riders when we catch horses. "Huyanda suddenly realized, quickly turned his head and looked at the people around him:" order to go down, let everyone change horses, we must speed up to go back to Chifeng. By the way, have the personnel and horses in Chifeng camp been withdrawn? ¡°¡±General Hui, all personnel and horses in the camp have been arranged to be withdrawn three days ago. It is estimated that they will soon arrive in Longhua. "


    " OK, we''ll go back to Chifeng immediately. After a night''s rest there, we''ll go back to Yanbei County immediately. "Huyanda ordered;


    the party immediately changed their horses and headed for Chifeng in the south. At this time, it was afternoon, and they were still more than 100 li away from Chifeng. Fortunately, it''s still late summer and early autumn, and it''s still dark. The group rushed to the camp outside Chifeng City before it was completely dark. At this time, there were only less than 100 cavalry guards in the camp. Because they knew that huyanda and his party had not returned, they did not remove them.


    After returning to the camp, huyanda left the affairs in the camp to the cavalry Duwei, but under the protection of several guards, he rushed to Chifeng City. Although he knew that when he got to the outside of Chifeng City, it would be completely dark, he had to tell the General Wang men of the city about the presence of Xianbei cavalry as soon as possible Chifeng City also has one or two more days to prepare.


    Sure enough, by the time huyanda arrived at the north gate of Chifeng City, the gate had already been closed. In desperation, huyanda had to dismount and walk to the moat outside the city to show his identity. He asked the captain of the gate to report to the king gate and bid farewell to the other party. He had an emergency and asked to see the king gate. Huyanda knew that because of the relationship between his master and the king gate, the king gate should be on the wall Come and see yourself.

 Chapter 1099

    As huyanda had expected, within half an hour, there was a sudden sound of horse hooves in the city. Soon afterwards, a voice came from the head of the city. It was the voice of the prince of Lulong County: "is it huyanda general outside the city?"


    "Lord Hui, it''s the foreign general. Huyanda has something urgent to report to his subordinates face to face. Please let the foreign general report to him face to face!" Huyanda raises a torch to light up his face, so that people at the head of the city can see more clearly.


    "Well, I''ll have people open the gate right away, and the general will come into the city." Wang men also knew that huyanda must have something extremely urgent to tell himself. He was familiar with these people under Huangfu Chaobo for many years, so he didn''t think much about it. He immediately made people open a crack in the city gate and let huyandu and his several guards come to the city. He also rushed to the gate hole to meet.


    A moment later, huyanda went into the city gate cave and was surprised to find that the king''s gate went to the city gate cave to greet each other. He quickly bowed and saluted: "the general has met the grand master!"


    Wang men picked it up and said, "don''t be so polite. We''ve been training each other for many years. I also know that if it wasn''t for something extremely urgent, you wouldn''t have come to the city to see me overnight. Let''s say, have you found the enemy?"


    Huyanda looked at the surrounding taxi drivers. Wang men understood him and said, "let''s go back to the prefecture."


    "My Lord, I won''t go into the prefect''s residence. I''ll go out of the city later and report the situation to the general before I leave."


    "Well, let''s go to the city building!"


    After entering the tower, the king''s gate drove the rest out, leaving him and huyanda alone. Then they asked in a hurry, "say it!"


    Huyanda, seeing this, did not say much. He told Wang men all the places where they found Xianbei''s horsemen, and then said, "let the general know that we have received the Lord''s order to return to Longhua immediately. So after a day''s rest in the camp outside the city, we will leave Chifeng and go south to Longhua tomorrow morning."


    Rao shiwangmen had already made preparations, but he was still surprised by the speed of Xianbei people. As for the retreat of Huyan Dabu, it was also his intention. As soon as huyanda left, Chifeng had to prepare to close the city gate to meet the enemy. Fortunately, in the past few days, the king gate has made people desperately collect all kinds of materials from outside the city to enter the city, and the old and weak in the city had already arranged to move to Liaoxi County in the south of Lulong city a few days ago.


    By the time the Xianbei army arrives, those people should have arrived at dianzi city. As long as they pass through dianzi City, they will be basically safe. In today''s Chifeng City, wangmen has recruited another 5000 soldiers. According to gongsunzan''s order, another 5000 soldiers will be transferred from western Liaoning to Chifeng. It seems that these soldiers should not have time to arrive at Chifeng. Wangmen thought about it and decided to report the 5000 soldiers to his family immediately and arrange them in Pingquan city.


    Pingquan city is next to Xiabancheng in Yanbei County in the West and Kuancheng in Lulong County in the south. To guard here is to guard the passage between Chifeng and the south. If Pingquan is lost, Chifeng will really become a lonely city. You know, Longhua city in Yanbei county will certainly be the focus of Xianbei people''s attack, so it is absolutely impossible to send troops from Longhua to support Chifeng In this way, Pingquan became the only channel for Chifeng''s reinforcements.


    Wang men soon woke up, looked at huyanda and said, "thank you for telling me. In this way, I have nearly two days more time to prepare. Since the general is going to withdraw to the south, I won''t leave the general. Please!"


    "Take care, general. The foreign general will leave!" Huyanda arched his hand and left the tower without looking back, leaving the city to return to the camp.


    Early the next morning, huyanda led nearly a thousand knights and nearly 3000 horses to leave the camp outside Chifeng and head south. They didn''t go directly to Longhua in the southwest, because they don''t know whether the two new territories of Eason and siyonghe have been occupied by Xianbei people. So huyanda chose to go directly south, go south from Lulong County, and then turn to live in the West in Pingquan city to enter Xiabancheng.


    Although it takes hundreds of miles to walk in this way, the victory lies in safety. You know, in addition to more than 500 cavalry, there are also 300 or 400 craftsmen who train horses, catch horses and raise horses. They have no defense ability. If they meet Xianbei cavalry, they will have to flee, and they will surely suffer heavy losses. Moreover, among their thousands of horses, there are nearly a thousand wild horses that have not been tamed, and there is a wuzhui horse, which can''t tolerate Huyan people''s carelessness.


    When huyanda and his party left the camp, wangmen also began to arrange the defense in the city. These days, they have made a lot of preparations, but they can''t tolerate any carelessness when they are about to fight. When he got the news from huyanda last night, he began to make arrangements overnight. First of all, he quickly reported his defense arrangements to Gongsun Zan, that is, to strengthen the defense of Pingquan City, and recruited another 5000 soldiers in Chifeng City.


    At the same time, three thousand of the five thousand cavalry were sent to the northeast, northwest and north of Chifeng City. In particular, huyandu found several directions of the cavalry yesterday. He must keep abreast of the movements of the Xianbei army. In addition to these, he immediately sent 5000 soldiers and 10000 men out of the city to tear down all the camps they lived in and transport all the materials back to the city.Like all the allies of Huangfu Chaobo in Bingzhou, what makes Wang men feel pity is the grain fields within ten miles around Chifeng. These are the fields that he has sent people to work hard in the city in recent years. Although they can''t compare with the good fields in youbeiping and Liaoxi, they only need to go through a few more cultivation, and they must be good fields. Unfortunately, when Xianbei people come here, they don''t know this What kind of fields will be trampled on.


    It was the grain planted in these fields that made the king most reluctant. He saw that it would be harvested in ten days. Originally, the king thought that if the Xianbei people came a few days later, they would be able to rush the grain into the city. But he didn''t expect that the Xianbei people would come so fast. As a last resort, the king had to order the whole city to rush all the food that was not fully cooked into the city. As for the food that had not been collected in time, it could only be burned down.


    As time went by, two days later, the Xianbei army''s vanguard had already arrived 20 miles northwest of Chifeng City. At this time, Wang men had already contracted the soldiers and men outside the city back into the city, and he really burned all the grain that had not been harvested in the city.


    This day is in 197 ad, on September 5, the second year of Jian''an in Han Dynasty, the war is about to start!

 Chapter 1100

    The Xianbei army that appeared outside Chifeng City was a coalition army composed of two departments, namely, Maijia and que Ji in Eastern Xianbei. Chifeng was originally under the control of Suli, but after Gongsun Zan captured it, he drove all Suli''s forces out of Chifeng. The northwest of Chifeng was the area controlled by Suli, while the Northeast was the direction controlled by Maijia. So this time, Micah and que Ji attacked Lulong County of gongsunzan, while sulibu attacked Yanbei County of Huangfu Chaobo.


    At this time, the main forces outside Chifeng City were 70000 troops of Micah department and 45000 troops of Que Ji Department, together with dozens of vassal tribes gathered by the two departments, a total of 35000 troops, and the rear battalion personnel accompanying each department in the battle, with a total of 150000 soldiers and about 100000 rear battalion personnel.


    Almost at the same time, a few miles to the north of Yixun Town, which was abandoned by Yanbei County, the 100000 troops of Suli department and his vassal department about 30000 troops, a total of 130000 troops, and more than 70000 rear battalion personnel, a total of about 200000 troops, appeared in the sight of the Tang garrison.


    Further to the west, besides Shanggu and Daijun counties in Youzhou, there are 120000 troops of corbinen department, 40000 troops of vassal tribes, and personnel of Houying. The total number of troops is about 250000.


    At the root of Budu, the soldiers and horses almost equal to those of corbinen appeared in Yanmen and Yunzhong counties of Bingzhou at the same time.


    As for the northern foot of Yinshan Mountain to the north of Wuyuan, the 100000 troops and 60000 rear battalions assembled by Putou and its subordinate tribes also appeared there almost at the same time. As for the most western part, the 50000 troops of Qianman tribe and the 20000 troops of surrounding small tribes, as well as their 40000 rear battalions, they appeared outside gaoque Sai and Jilu Sai to the northwest of Shuofang.


    In the following days, except for Yanbei County, other wars began one after another. The reason why the war in Yanbei county has not yet started is that it is still a hundred miles away from Ethan town to Longhua. Suli suffered a big loss in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo. This time, he began to fight steadily. Tens of thousands of troops escorted the cattle, sheep and grass of the barracks and pushed them slowly. It took him three days to get to the east of Longhua City, more than ten miles outside tangtougou town We''ve camped here.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had already arrived in Longhua from Chengde, accompanied by 5000 guards and 5000 cavalry of Huang yuxu. After these days of adjustment and arrangement, Yanbei county''s defense and military situation has been basically in place.


    Originally, there were only 15000 soldiers and 17000 guards in Yanbei County, and the total number of soldiers was only 30000. But after upgrading to the county, Huangfu Chaobo had already started to work in the garrison. Unexpectedly, there was a large-scale attack from Xianbei people. Therefore, the expansion of the army accelerated once again, although Huangfu Chaobo had ordered the 50000 troops and soldiers in Qingzhou The guards and Zhao yunbu''s baimayi went north to support them, but it took more than ten days for any of them to get to Yanbei, so Huangfu Chaobo decided to recruit first.


    The soldiers of the two battalions were assigned to Longhua and Chengde by Huangfu Chaobo. As for the cavalry, they must be in Longhua. In addition to the barracks, the Garrison has also made major adjustments. Longhua and Chengde, two cities that are likely to be attacked, each have a school infantry and thousands of cavalry. With the barracks infantry, there are more than 10000 infantry and thousands of cavalry in each city.


    In other cities, Huangfu Chaobo only arranged 3000 soldiers and 1000 cavalry troops to garrison because it was not likely to be attacked by Xianbei people. If there were more troops, it was estimated that 50000 troops of Qingzhou had arrived in Youzhou by then, and the troops would be enough.


    Although the troops supported by the Central Plains have not yet arrived, a group of generals have arrived in Yanbei. After discussing with Meng Yi and Ma Xuan, Huangfu Chaobo has arranged the deployment of several young generals with the former generals in Yanbei: zaoping is the magistrate of Longhua County, while dianman is the county captain; Zang Shun is the magistrate of Xiabancheng County, and Hao Jian, the former general, is the county captain; Dong Zhou is the county magistrate of shuangluancheng county Meng Yuan, the former guard general, served as the county magistrate; Huang Fuyi, the county magistrate of Luanping City, served as the county magistrate; Zang AI, the county magistrate; and Meng Yi and Ma Xuan, Chengde.


    In this way, the personnel arrangement of the five cities in Yanbei was basically well arranged. As for the troops, after discussing with Guo Jia, Huangfu Chaobo decided not to increase too many troops first, so as to avoid the overstaffed troops in the later period, which would lead to too much pressure on Yanbei county. Of course, this decision was made after several people repeatedly confirmed that the current army and horses could support the arrival of two reinforcements to Qingzhou and Sizhou.


    The battle of Xianbei army first started in Chifeng City in the East. On the morning of the 6th, the Maijia tribe, the que Ji tribe and their subordinate tribes began to attack Chifeng City. Today''s Xianbei people have begun to learn how to attack the cities in the Central Plains since the Suli tribe broke their heads under Longhua and Lulong fortresses a few years ago, although they are far from being able to attack Shanshan War, but also far from the original.


    Over the past few years, various ministries have gathered some Han craftsmen through various channels and forced them to make some simple siege equipment. In this way, siege is much more effective than before. Just like the Xianbei people who are attacking now, they use the shields and trench cars made by the Han people to drive away the Han slaves and attack the fortified city built by the Han people.Three days later, Suli led his army to attack tangtougou town outside Longhua city. Tangtougou town was originally just a town built by Huangfu Chaobo to give players rest and supplement materials. Tangtougou town is just a small town. Although it is only a small town, the town wall is built of stone, and it is more than two feet high. It is completely built according to the specifications of the city wall of the county town. There are not many residents in it, only a variety of workshops and shops. Since it was destroyed by Xianbei people''s attack After that, Huangfu Chaobo ordered all the residents of tangtougou town to withdraw to Longhua city in tangtougou pass, and at the same time increased the number of troops in the town to 2000.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to hold tangtougou town for half a year, but just hoped that the town could hold Xianbei people for a period of time to buy time for the subsequent reinforcements to arrive. As long as the reinforcements arrived smoothly, the defenders in tangtougou town would be safe.


    Tangtougou town is the first defense line of Longhua city. It only needs to be held here for ten days and a half months to sharpen the spirit of Xianbei people. When they really attack tangtougou pass, the defense of Tang army will be much easier. You know, tangtougou pass is the second and last defense line of Longhua city. Once tangtougou pass, Longhua city needs to face up to Xianbei The front of the inferior army has gone.

 Chapter 1101

    When tangtougou is closed, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia quietly look at tangtougou town several miles away from the pass. At this time, the outside of the town is surrounded by Xianbei people, who are like the sea. Now the town with 2000 people is in danger of capsizing at any time.


    Tangtougou town is located several miles to the east of tangtougou pass. If Xianbei people don''t attack here, they can''t attack tangtougou pass. If they don''t attack tangtougou pass, they can''t attack Longhua. So even though tangtougou is a tough Town, Suli has to go to this town to bite it.


    "Woo


    "Woo


    With Suli''s command, Xianbei army began to attack the town. It''s not that he left a gap in the west, but that a few miles west of the town is tangtougou pass. Suli was afraid that the cavalry in the pass would suddenly attack his troops in the west, so he just let go of the West and attacked the town walls in the southeast and north directions.


    In tangtougou Town, Zheng Xiong, a school captain, led the defense. He was one of the warriors who initially built the city with Zhang an and his party. This time, Huangfu Chaobo needed a general to defend the town. He took the initiative to lead the defense. At this time, Zheng Xiong led his ten bodyguards to stand on the two Zhang high town wall and looked at the Xianbei army swarming in the distance. He couldn''t help laughing and said, "barbarians are barbarians. The general asked me to lead the troops for 15 days. Looking at them, it''s very easy to keep them for another 15 days."


    The generals next to them were all laughing. Yes, seeing the Xianbei people rushing up in a crowd, they were not as good as the yellow scarf thieves. Although our Army defends small towns, its defense ability is even stronger than that of ordinary county towns. In the way of Xianbei people, as the Xiaowei said, it''s very easy to add another 15 days, let alone 15 days.


    One of the captains next to him said interestingly: "Captain, do you think we have to be promoted one or two levels after this war? You know, this kind of garrison is the easiest one to get meritorious service, not to mention the attack of these Xianbei people."


    "Hey, you''re just like a ghost. No wonder you''re willing to go out with someone to guard the city. It''s easier for 2000 people to guard such a small town than to guard the pass." Zheng Xiong looked at his subordinate and said with a smile, "however, even so, we can''t tolerate any negligence. If Xianbei people attack the city wall, these 100000 people can drown 2000 of us with just one mouthful of saliva!"


    "Xiaowei, don''t worry. We''re not rookies just on the battlefield. We won''t let these Xianbei dogs take advantage of such a simple mistake." The generals next to him patted their chest and assured them, "OK, go back and tell my brothers that no one can give Lao Tzu a hand. After this war, the Duke of the kingdom will give me a big reward! Well, everyone, go back to your own place. Xianbei Gouzi has begun to attack the city! "


    "Yes, Captain!" All the generals took orders and turned to leave. The generals who were in charge of the city led their own soldiers to the part of the city wall they were in charge of. Those who did not have the task of guarding the city returned to the lower part of the city to have a good rest and wait for the time when they went to the city to fight.


    Huangfu Chaobo wanted to use tangtougou town to delay time, but he didn''t know that Suli also wanted to use tangtougou town. However, he wanted to use tangtougou town to train soldiers and let his soldiers learn how to attack the city. In fact, as early as a few years ago, after the defeat of Longhua and Lulong, Suli had the idea that one day he had to send troops to attack the south again. Therefore, in the past two years, he discussed with his confidants how to better attack the Han City.


    Taizu once said: "learn war from war!" This has been true since ancient times. It is true of any man of great talent and any famous general. Suli is also a rare wise man among Xianbei people. So after that defeat, he began to send people to search for some characteristics of the Han City, and sent people to collect all kinds of craftsmen in various ways. In addition, he also used the Han people in his old camp The craftsmen built a small fortress. Ever since the fortress was built, Suri has been gathering several of his confidants from time to time, leading the poor cavalry soldiers in the palace tent cavalry to constantly recall the situation when they attacked two cities before.


    After a long time of practice, Suli and his confidants realized that they had almost mastered the methods of attacking the Han City, but these methods were only part of his elite soldiers and horses club, while other ordinary soldiers and soldiers of vassal forces could not. So Suli wanted to use this small town to tell his soldiers how to attack the Han City, so as to make a contribution to the future We should be prepared to attack tangtougouguan and Longhua.


    Suli sat on his horse and looked at the town several miles away. He nodded at his number one general, Fu mengcha, and said, "Fu mengcha, let''s go. As we usually practice, let''s attack this town and give others some training. Let''s see how we can attack the city of Han people."


    Fu mengcha stepped out, bowed to Suli and said, "yes, my Lord!"Seeing that fumengcha turned to leave, Suli looked at the other generals and said, "you all have a good look, how should we attack the Han City? If we learn these, we can lose less in the tribe, and then we can attack the Han City faster, so that we can get more people and livestock."


    Although the rest of the Xianbei generals know what their elders have been doing in recent years, they can''t understand what''s going on when they hear Su Li say. It turns out that their elders are practicing how to attack the Han City. Hearing this, all the generals of Xianbei were very interested. They all watched how Fu mengcha commanded the soldiers to attack the city, or when it was their turn to attack, they could die less.


    For the performance of Xianbei generals, Sully is very satisfied, he is also quietly watching fmonca deploy troops there, began to attack the town.


    After the command from the Chinese army came, the general in charge of the attack of the three walls immediately sent the taxi soldiers who had already been ready together. In the sound of the attack horn, they slowly approached the direction of the town wall.

 Chapter 1102

    At the command of fumengcha, thousands of people were sent from each side of the three walls to attack towards the wall. The slaves who filled the trench in the first wave of attack were Xianbei soldiers with swords and shields behind them. Each of these soldiers was in a team of ten, carrying a siege ladder more than two feet long, and then thousands of archers. This arrangement was the combination of Suli and his own The experience of several sieges and the best attack echelon I can think of from the Han population. Moreover, this kind of attack arrangement, in their own practice, the effect is very good, so no matter sully or fmontsa, they have a good idea of it.


    But what they don''t know is that the perfect attack arrangement in their eyes, in the eyes of Zheng Xiong''s group of generals, is a child''s play, which is not worth mentioning at all.


    An hour later, the attacking Xianbei left nearly a thousand corpses under the city wall, and the others fled back to the battle. Fmoncha stood in front of Suli with a face of shame, waiting for Suli''s attack. Suli was also livid. He didn''t expect that his long-awaited attack would be like this. It can be said that he beat Suli''s face in public and suppressed his anger Su Li said to Wu mengcha, "isn''t it good to practice on weekdays? Why is this happening today? "


    As he was about to speak, a man beside him suddenly said, "my Lord, there is no problem with this attack of general fuming."


    When people turned their heads, they found that Murong Hong, a wise man of Murong department, was speaking. He was one of several generals of Murong department who was good at fighting. Moreover, it was said that he was proficient in Sinology and respected the culture of Han people.


    "Why did general Murong say that?"


    "My lord knows that the general is quite fond of Han culture. A few years ago, the general got a Book of War written by the Han people. The book of war says that the method of attacking the city is basically the same as that of general Fu Meng. So the general thinks that there is nothing wrong with general Fu Meng''s method. As for not attacking the city, in the general''s view, this is the proper meaning. You know, in the book of war, it is the Han people It is impossible to attack the city at one time. If it is fast, it may take three or five days. If it is slow, it may take half a year or even several years. "


    Murong Hong''s words make the Xianbei generals seem incredible. The battle on the grassland is very simple, and it takes three or two days. If it''s faster, it will take one or two hours. If it really takes a year and a half to attack, what else will the army eat?


    Seeing other people''s unbelievable eyes, Murong Hong ignored them and said, "my Lord, generals, you can think about it. In the past, when the great Xianbei warriors attacked such a city, how many warrior lives would it take for the first round of attack to achieve the result of general Fu Meng this time? And this time, how much did general Fu Meng pay? "


    On hearing this, all of them realized that all the generals on the scene were generals who had been fighting with Suli for many years, or generals of various tribes who had experienced wars. They all understood the cost of attacking the Han City. Thinking about that, although the first round of attack by Fu mengcha just failed to attack the city wall, he successfully filled the moats outside the city, and the soldiers still entered We made an attack, and although we failed, we only paid the price of thousands of people.


    In the past, the Xianbei army would have to pay at least three or five thousand people to attack such a city wall. However, more than one or two thousand people were killed and injured in fmercha, which can be said to have made great progress.


    "That''s right," said Yu Wenzhi, the head of the Yuwen tribe next to him. "General Fu Meng didn''t try his best, but our soldiers didn''t adapt to the Han''s tactics. My Lord, the Yuwen tribe asked for the next round of attack. It just needed general Fu Meng to send someone to teach the Yuwen soldiers how to cooperate."


    Yuwenzhi is the eldest son of Yuwen Cheng, the leader of the Yuwen tribe under Suli. That is the eldest brother of Yuwen Sheng, who was killed by Huang Xu a few years ago. It is precisely because Huang Xu killed Yuwen Sheng, the most potential member of the Yuwen department. Yuwen married and led the army to take revenge with Suli, but he was defeated. Therefore, Yuwen Cheng once again focused on his eldest son. After several years of training, Yuwen became a leader After years of careful teaching, the eldest son Yu Wenzhi was finally able to let Ding Wencheng rest assured to lead the army alone. So this time, Yu Wencheng took him to the South with him, so that he could learn more.


    After listening to Murong Hong''s words, Yu Wencheng feels that this is an excellent opportunity, so he immediately winks at his son and asks him to fight. That''s why Yu Wenzhi opens his mouth. Otherwise, with his father present, how dare Yu Wenzhi do such a thing?


    Murong Hongxin is like a mirror to Yuwen Cheng''s careful thinking, but he doesn''t stop it. Since you Yuwen department are looking for death, I won''t stop you. Do you really think it''s so easy to train the siege soldiers?


    Others didn''t understand, but Suli understood the key. He shook his head and said: "general Murong''s words are very reasonable. We are anxious, and yuwenbu doesn''t have to rush to take part in the attack. Our soldiers can''t attack the city wall, and it''s even more difficult for others who haven''t been trained. So in the next few days, Fu mengcha will still lead the attack The rest of the generals carefully observed his tactics. After returning to their respective armies, they would teach their generals and soldiers. Anyway, it''s only September now, and the time is not urgent. Moreover, the Houying camp has already been settled in two Han towns in the north. Let''s use this town to practice the generals and soldiers first, so that the army can know more about how to attack the city and how to attack the city in the future China will lose a few members. "When they heard this, they all understood the meaning of Suli. For a moment, the praises were like a flood. They all said that Lord Suli was considerate of all the people in the Department and worthy of being an adult.


    On the top of the city, the soldiers of Tang Dynasty saw the Xianbei people receding like a tide, leaving a body on the ground. All the soldiers cheered. Unlike ordinary soldiers, Zheng Xiong''s face was a little worried. After a long time of fighting, he has seen something unusual from the attack of Xianbei people, because this attack is totally different from the previous Xianbei people''s tactics, and the method of attacking with Han people''s troops is in it.


    Ordinary soldiers only saw that Xianbei people were repulsed by their own army, while Zheng Xiong knew that Xianbei people were not as easy to deal with as before. If he did not guess wrong, the next attack of Xianbei people should come soon, and the more they go back, the more smoothly their attack will be, that is, the pressure of their own defenders will be greater and greater.

 Chapter 1103

    As Zheng Xiong expected, the second attack of Xianbei people started in less than an hour. Compared with the first attack, this attack was obviously smoother. The cooperation between Xianbei soldiers was more skilled than before. Of course, these things are not what Zheng Xiong, a veteran of sand court, can''t see.


    More than an hour later, the second round of attack was repulsed again. Looking at the statistics of his subordinates, Zheng Xiong''s face was as gloomy as water. In the first round of attack, there were only more than 20 casualties of Tang soldiers, all of them were injured by bows and arrows under the city. In this round of attack, the casualties were obviously more than 100, although Xianbei people were injured The gap between the two sides is decreasing.


    After the third attack of Xianbei people was repulsed, Zheng Xiong had completely determined what he thought. This attack led to nearly 200 casualties of Tang soldiers. Although these soldiers were guards, they were veterans for several years. Although they did not reach the level of War soldiers, they were far beyond the ordinary soldiers. Today, after three rounds of fighting, the loss of garrison soldiers in the town has increased sharply. Although Zheng Xiong can be sure that the loss can be maintained at this level in the follow-up war, we should know that there are only 2000 soldiers in the whole town. Even if nearly half of these soldiers are slightly injured, they can continue to fight after a few days of treatment, but it is not helpful to the overall situation.


    After arranging the defense on the city wall in a hurry, Zheng Xiong went down to the city and gathered a group of generals to discuss the matter. A moment later, two thousand captains and ten song directors arrived at the administrative hall in the town one after another. Three of them were injured in different degrees. After confirming that the three had no major problems, Zheng Xiong said, "let''s talk about today''s war. Do you have any ideas?"


    One of the captains got up and said, "Xiaowei, I find that the Xianbei people this time are different from those before?"


    "Oh, why not?" Zheng Xiong looks at his subordinate with great interest. This is a warrior he found when he first gathered refugees in Longhua. All aspects of his condition are pretty good, and he gradually becomes a Duwei from a small soldier.


    "My subordinates found that this time, the Xianbei people seem to have learned a little about how to attack the city. Unlike before, they only knew how to rely on people or their riding and shooting to suppress the city. They seem to have learned how to cooperate with each other, though it is only the most basic cooperation."


    "That''s right," said another Duwei nearby, "although the number of casualties of Xianbei people is almost the same in today''s three rounds of attacks, the loss of our taxis is increasing one by one. In this way, our pressure will increase exponentially in the future."


    Inspired by the two of them, other people also suddenly realized and talked about their feelings. Looking at the comments of his subordinates, Zheng Xiong nodded repeatedly. The purpose of calling them in was to ring an alarm for them. He was afraid that his subordinates would continue to despise Xianbei''s army, because the military order he got was to hold tangtougou town for 15 days, and then wait for the opportunity to withdraw tangtougou pass. In case they were slack, Xianbei would see a loophole and capture the town ahead of time. He was very proud I have no face to return to Longhua city.


    Seeing that all the people had been alerted, Zheng Xiong stopped everyone from talking: "well, since most of them have seen it, we should raise 120000 alertness in the future war. Don''t let Xianbei people take advantage of it, otherwise we will have no face to withdraw from Longhua."


    After listening to Zheng Xiong''s words, all of them were Yilin. Most of them understood the meaning inside and outside the words. After listening to them, all the generals gave orders with their fists in their arms and said, "don''t worry, Xiaowei. The last generals will be careful and never despise Xianbei army."


    "Well, that''s the best." Zheng Xiong nodded with a smile: "Xie Ming, you stay. After dark, you will lead several people back to tangtougou pass and hand over today''s war report to the general. Or you must remind the general that Xianbei people are learning how to attack the city."


    Since Huangfu became the Duke of the state in Chaobo Jin, many generals in the army are not used to calling him the Duke of the state, so many generals call him the great general.


    "Xiaowei," said Qu Chang, who was named Xie Ming, "otherwise, you''d better go back to the pass and report to the general in person. The general is afraid that he will be too nervous to speak when he sees the general."


    Zheng Xiong patted him on the head and said: "you boy, give you a chance. You still know how to seize it. Besides, I will not leave here. If I leave here, you know that I am going back to the pass to report the war situation. But ordinary soldiers may think that I have run away, which is bad for the morale of the army! But you boy, after you send back the letter, you still want to come back. Don''t think about hiding in the pass. "


    With that, Zheng Xiong burst out laughing.


    All the people present heard what they said, and they all burst into laughter. We all know that Zheng Xiong''s words are a joke, and Xie Ming will not stay in the pass and will not come back. You should know that he still has nearly 100 subordinates in the town.


    Xie Ming looked at the people with a red face: "Captain, do you think I''m the kind of person who escapes from the battlefield?"


    "All right, all right, let''s go. Xiaoxiezi, you should go to dinner, and then go out of town to send the war report to the pass as soon as possible."


    After hearing this, they all saluted one after another and returned to their own army.Two hours later, Huangfu Chaobo in tangtougou pass met the song leader. After carefully reading Zheng Xiong''s war report, Huangfu Chaobo handed it to Guo Jia, and then asked Xie Ming about the details of today''s day''s war. Although Zheng Xiong''s war report was detailed, it was far less careful than that of the party concerned. After listening to Xie Ming''s explanation, Huangfu Chaobo asked Xie Ming about the details of today''s day''s war Fu Chaobo asked for some details, and then he ordered people to take him down. Huangfu Chaobo''s original intention was to let Xie Ming stay in the pass, but he couldn''t resist Xie Ming''s insistence, so he was sent out of the pass quietly and let him return to tangtouguan town.


    After Xie Ming left, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the people in the hall and said, "how do you like it


    Guo Jia didn''t speak at once, but looked at Huang Xu, the commander of the barracks. Seeing this, Huang Xu quickly got up and replied, "if Zheng Xiong''s words are true, then it''s basically certain that Xianbei''s tactics are really different from those of a few years ago. However, as far as Mo Jiang knows, Zheng Xiong was the old man who came to Longhua at the beginning and participated in all previous wars. His judgment should be correct. Moreover, it can be seen from the expression of the music leader that there have been some changes in the tactics of Xianbei people. "

 Chapter 1104

    Huang Xu''s words aroused everyone''s meditation. Guo Jia said: "Lord, in the current situation, no matter what causes the changes of Xianbei people, it is basically certain that they are already deliberately targeting our Han people''s city territory. But I don''t know whether these changes are only the changes of the Suli department, or the changes shared by all Xianbei departments. So I ask the Lord to order all shadows to collect information in this aspect as soon as possible, and to contact all allies in Bingzhou to confirm these situations. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and immediately ordered Shi a to do it. Then he looked at Guo Jia and said, "so what should we do next?"


    Guo Jia shook his head: "now that the war has just begun, we must not mess with ourselves. What if Xianbei and Han soldiers are good at attacking cities? Are we afraid of them? "


    Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned and said with a smile: "what fengxiao said is true. His Xianbei people''s ability to attack the city is just a change. It''s far from being really good at attacking the city. We can just keep the same and deal with all changes."


    "Yes Huangfu Chaobo suddenly turned his head to see Shi''a and said, "is there still no news from huyanda and their party?"


    Shia shook his head: "not yet. According to the people who returned first, huyanda led nearly a thousand people into the grassland again in order to catch a BMW. Because the horses that found BMW were more than 200 miles northwest of Chifeng, they may be a little far away this time."


    "However, my Lord, don''t worry, they have 500 Tui cavalry this time, and huyanda and his party are at least advanced in riding skills, and their horses are also very good. I believe that even if they meet the reprimand of Xianbei army, it should be difficult to catch them, but it''s not clear which way they will take to return to Longhua after they return to Chifeng. ¡±


    "I hope so!" Huangfu Chaobo sighed with a sigh;


    huyanda was able to escape, but Huangfu Chaobo still had some assurance, but he was still carrying hundreds of people to catch and train horses. Those people estimated that they would lose a lot. You know, it took him several years to accumulate talents, but now it can only be so.


    Ten miles to the north of tangtougou Town, Suli''s army set up the camp here. At this time, he was also gathering his generals and tribal leaders to discuss business.


    "Today''s war is going well. Do you have any questions about today''s siege? If there is one, you can ask him to answer it for you. " Sulian sat on the throne and showed humanity to all the people in the tent;


    as soon as Suli''s words came out, all the generals and leaders looked at him and asked questions one after another. Because of Suli''s promise, he knew everything and answered everything, which made everyone here learn a lot.


    After all the people had asked, Sully said: "if you want to capture the Han City, you can''t just have the troops of Fu mengcha. So tomorrow, Fu mengcha will lead the attack for another day. The day after tomorrow, each department will take turns to attack the city, so that each department can have a troop that is good at attacking the Han City, and when it''s time to attack the long city On the south side of the city, the various parts of the city were scattered, so it was not helpless to take the Han people''s city. At that time, I will allocate the soldiers and horses acting alone according to the situation of the troops and horses attacking the city. "


    The rest of the leaders of each department also immediately got up to accept orders. The reason why they were so happy was stimulated by Suli''s last sentence. Acting alone means that they can get more property. According to Xianbei people''s traditional rules, those who fight alone only need to hand over 20% to 30% of the gains to themselves. If they act together with most of the departments You have to hand in almost half or more of the harvest.


    Seeing the reaction, Sully nodded with satisfaction and said, "do you have any other questions?"


    "My Lord! There will be something unknown at the end of the day! " It is said that there is a ten thousand commander in the Qujin department. In fact, there are only three or four thousand soldiers and horses under his command. You should know that there are only ten thousand soldiers and horses in the Qujin department, but they have three ten thousand commanders, so...


    Sully nodded: "go ahead!"


    "After a long time, the generals in the city will be aware of it. What should we do if there are soldiers and horses in the Western pass to help us?"


    "What else can we do? If the Han people go out of the city, we should destroy them in the wild. Besides, the more people we would have thought about them, the better." Su Li said with a smile;


    looking at the puzzled eyes of his subordinates, Su Li asked, "which one would you like to attack, the three Zhang high wall or the two Zhang high wall?"


    "It must be shorter!" One of the generals replied;


    "yes, they will choose shorter ones. So if the Han people have reinforcements, it''s best to destroy them in the wild. If they rush into the city, we''re not in a hurry. We just need to destroy them in the city. We can make good use of this small city to attack it. The loss of this small city is not as great as that of attacking it The pass a few miles away is even bigger


    All of them suddenly realized it. Murong Hong said with a big smile: "it turns out that you want to use this small town to give all the troops familiar with the method of Siege!""It''s true that this small town is just for the training and siege of various departments. After all the troops are basically proficient in these methods, we will take this small town and the troops will go straight to the Western pass to thank the humiliation of losing in the pass a few years ago!" Suli got up and looked at the crowd;


    "therefore, in the next few days, all the ministries must adapt to the method of attacking the city in the past two days. At that time, they will attack the tribe that has made the greatest contribution to the city. After the city is broken, I will reward that tribe with 10% more as a reward!"


    Sully''s words made the leaders and generals of all the tribes in the tent hot. That''s a 10% reward. In addition to the reward they deserved at the beginning, another 10000 is almost twice the reward. With this reward, the strength of their own tribe will be even stronger.


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. Yuwen department will send the most elite troops to attack the city. Tomorrow, we will observe general Fu Meng''s attack. After one day, we will attack the city the day after tomorrow." Yuwencheng immediately went out to ask Suli for his orders;


    the other leaders responded and said that their tribe would learn how to attack the city as soon as possible to attack these Han cities for Suli.

 Chapter 1105

    Huangfu Chaobo wanted to use tangtougou town to delay Xianbei people''s attack as much as possible, while Suli wanted to use this town to hone his army''s experience in attacking the city. Both sides were making use of this town.


    The second day''s war was going on as scheduled. Zheng Xiong could clearly feel that the attack of Xianbei people was more and more smooth. Although there was a big gap with the cooperation of the Central Plains army, he was sure that the Xianbei people in front of him were obviously different from the Xianbei army he faced a few years ago.


    After a day''s fighting, Zheng Xiong''s two thousand troops lost another 300 or 400 people, which was the result of the timely deployment of city taxi soldiers by him and a group of generals. Of course, less than half of the taxi soldiers died or were seriously injured, most of them were slightly injured, but these lightly injured taxi soldiers still need to rest for several days to recover.


    Originally, according to Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, tangtougou town needed to defend for 10 to 15 days, and then the rest of the troops would wait for an opportunity to withdraw to the pass. By that time, the guards and Zhao yunbu''s cavalry should have arrived in Yanbei, while Qingzhou''s cavalry would soon arrive at leting. At this time, it would take more than 10 days for tangtougou pass to block the Xianbei army Wan Dajun will be able to reach Yanbei County by water. At that time, it''s time for the Tang army to fight back.


    The results of the war on that day were soon reported to Huangfu Chaobo. Considering the needs of the war, Huangfu Chaobo sent 500 soldiers to Zheng Xiong. It was not that he was reluctant to send more soldiers, but that tangtougou town was too small. It was his limit that a small town could accommodate 2000 people.


    However, today is not just bad news. Just when Huangfu Chaobo gathered people in the pass to learn about the war, Shi a came in with a happy face: "Lord, good news!"


    They all looked in Shi''a''s direction.


    "Lord, there is news from Xiabancheng that huyanda and his party have arrived in Xiabancheng safely. Not only have they not suffered any casualties, but they have also captured a BMW of wuzhui horse. In addition to this BMW, there are more than 1000 war horses of all kinds."


    When they heard this, they were all relieved. The horses were second. As long as huyanda and his party returned safely, the horses would not be worried after the Tang army was in Baoquan Yanbei county.


    "That''s great. Just send the order down and let huyanda and his party stay in Chengde. There''s no need to return to Longhua. In addition, all the hundreds of Tujia soldiers will be left. When most of the guards arrive, it will depend on the situation. "


    "No! I will arrange it right away. There is another thing. According to the information collected by the shadow guard, the Xianbei people who learned how to attack the city are mainly the eastern Xianbei people, mainly the Suli people. The attack methods of other departments have not improved much. " Shia replied;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, indicating that he was listening.


    "The rest of the wars have already started. It is said that Bingzhou''s reinforcements to Wen Hou, oh, should be Zhao Guogong. Although the reaction is not slow, they still let Xianbei army capture Wuquan. At present, Xianbei army has begun to march northward."


    "Where have the guards and Zhao Yun''s army gone? How long will it take to get to Yanbei? "


    "According to the news that shadow came back from Youzhou, several of their troops have arrived in Youzhou, but it will take a few days to get to Yanbei."


    "What''s the latest news about leting? What about the Qingzhou army? "


    Shia shook his head and said: "it has been more than ten days since the Qingzhou army left Shuanghe, but there is no news of their fleet. On the contrary, another batch of immigrants have arrived in leting, about 60000 people. Please let us know how to arrange these people.


    "In this case, let''s arrange a group of personnel in leting and let them prepare for the army in advance! As for other matters, we should proceed according to the original plan first! "


    When they heard this, they all agreed.


    The attack on the third day went on as scheduled. To Zheng Xiong''s surprise, today''s Xianbei army seems to be different. It seems that it''s not as good as the soldiers of the previous two days, but it also shows the clue behind. The Xianbei people changed their soldiers and took their defensive tangtougou town as a training place. When he got this conclusion, Zheng Xiong felt a little sad I have to.


    The war in Yanbei suddenly became less fierce, but the war in Chifeng became increasingly fierce. After a few days of greeting cards, the two major allied forces had cleared all the defense facilities outside Chifeng City and began to attack Chifeng City. Unlike tangtougou Town, Chifeng''s defense was more rigorous, so the war should be intensified It''s a lot stronger.


    Just as the Chifeng war became more and more fierce, Gongsun Zan''s reinforcements began to move in the direction of Lulong County. The people who withdrew from Chifeng have retreated to the south of Lulong City, and they will be arranged in Liaoxi county. Gongsun Zan''s reinforcements have arrived at Lulong city one after another, and the vanguard army has begun to move towards the hinterland of Lulong. They will arrive at Pingquan, and according to Wang men''s suggestion, first strengthen the defense of Pingquan, and then gather the army to move towards Chifeng to support the battle of Chifeng.


    Of course, this is just a plan for the time being. Gongsun Zan is not sure whether he can really send troops to support Chifeng. The main reason is that the quantity and quality of the cavalry of Yan army are not the same as those of a few years ago. Gongsun Zan really dares not take out tens of thousands of cavalry to fight against Xianbei people. It''s OK to win. If he loses, Yan army''s number is only a few Some tens of thousands of cavalry will be buried.When the war was raging in the East, it was also raging in the West. After making a decision, the Xiake''s army quickly strengthened the defense of Jilu fortress and shangque fortress. Meanwhile, Zhao Zilong, Lao Du and Xiao jiejie''s troops quickly entered Manyi Valley and Wujiahe City, where they would resist Xianbei people. Of course, it''s best to be able to block it. If it can''t be blocked, it must at least arrive after the grain harvest before it can be evacuated.


    Fortunately, both Putou and Qianman have the intention of preserving their strength, because they all know that if they don''t send troops with other departments this time, it''s impossible to say that the first thing to destroy is themselves. So when they return to their respective tribes, they start to send troops south. However, the speed is a little slower than other departments. So by the time they arrived, all the departments of the Han Army had reinforced their defense again, which made their attack more slow. For a few days after the war began, the two sides were sawing on several fortresses, and the war was not as fierce as the others.

 Chapter 1106

    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was not very clear about the war in other places, and he did not have the heart to think about the war in other places, because Zheng Xiong''s war report had been sent to him. Huangfu Chaobo had to pay attention to Suli''s use of tangtougou town for military training. After a few days of war, Suli''s purpose was very clear, that is to use tangtougou town for military training Let Xianbei army practice how to attack the city. When his army is familiar with the method of attacking the city, it must be tangtougouguan and Longhua city. Suli''s move is very big.


    In tangtougou pass, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Guo Jia and Huang Xu and said, "in this way, Suli is targeting Longhua city. Maybe Suli is the promoter of the southern invasion of Xianbei army."


    "It''s true that Suli is very famous among the people outside the Great Wall, especially among the people of Xianbei. He started to make a fortune in the age of tanshihuai in Xianbei. After tanshihuai died, in the age of Helian, when the king of Xianbei looked around flawlessly, he quickly dug up and became the largest part of Xianbei in the East. If he had not eaten that big one under the Lord and general Baima in that year Kui, maybe he really unified Eastern Xianbei and became a powerful competitor of Xianbei court. " Guo jiaruo said thoughtfully;


    Huang Xu also thought thoughtfully: "if it is all arranged by Suli, then this man is really the enemy of our Han people. The biggest advantage of our Han army against the Hu people is the strength of the city and the advantage of the armour. If Xianbei people really learn how to attack the city under Suli''s arrangement, then our Han people''s advantage against the Hu people will be greatly reduced In this way, the Hu people will certainly become the trouble of my great man. "


    "But at present, we don''t have a good way to deal with it. Although tangtougou town is strong, it''s too small and doesn''t have too many troops. If we give up so easily, it''s not good for the whole war. It''s really a dilemma." Huangfu Chaobo frowned and said;


    after listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, both of them shook their heads and said nothing. Indeed, in today''s situation, although they knew that Suli was using tangtougou town for military training, they had nothing to do.


    Several people have been pondering for a long time, but they still have no way to deal with it. However, it is also a good thing to be able to use the city to consume the soldiers and morale of some Xianbei people.


    "Since we have nothing to do with Suli''s actions, what we can do now is to strengthen the defense of tangtougou pass and Longhua City, so as to delay this pass for a longer time and wait for the development of other wars." Huangfu Chaobo said helplessly at last;


    "yes, Lord, there is one thing we must start to prepare for, that is to find out the barracks of Suli''s army. According to a certain inference, the most likely location of Suli''s army barracks is one of Ethan town and siyonghe town." With that, Guo Jia walked slowly to the map and pointed to two places: "it''s only a hundred Li from these two places to Longhua, and this is a huge Valley, which can accommodate the resettlement of Xianbei people''s barracks. Therefore, some suggest that the Lord must now arrange for people to find the rear camp of Suli. If he wants to win the war, he must also make arrangements from this aspect. "


    "Yier, you can reach the grassland from hutougougouguan all the way north. Although the road is not spacious, hundreds of thousands of soldiers and horses can still March. In recent years, we have set out from here several times to go to the grassland, but after each time, we have made some arrangements for the exit of the grassland. If there is no problem, the exit should not be used by Xianbei people I found that, because so far, no abnormal situation has been reported in hutougouguan. " After listening to Guo Jia''s words, Huang Xu suddenly said;


    "Oh," Guo Jia said immediately, "in this way, it''s just right to bypass the rear of Suli''s army. If it''s really feasible, when General Zhao Yun''s army arrives, it''s just right to go from here to the rear of Suli''s army and take down the rear battalion. In this way, Suli''s army has only one It''s a rout. "


    "Well, Huang Xu, you immediately arrange one or two cavalry to start from hutougou pass, make a detour to the grassland, find the rear camp of Suli army, and then find out their arrangement." Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered,


    "no, the general will arrange it right away!" With that, Huang Xu saluted Huangfu Chaobo and then turned to leave.


    After Huang Xu left, Huangfu Chaobo and the two men discussed the war for a while, but it didn''t continue. Without him, it''s hard for a skillful woman to make a meal without rice. Now Huangfu Chaobo''s military defense has not much problem. If he goes to war, it will be a loss in all probability.


    In the battle in Longhua a few years ago, if it had not been for Gongsun Yue''s 20000 cavalry and tens of thousands of players, the Longhua army led by Huang Xu would have little chance of winning, let alone reaping a lot in the end.


    Fortunately, more than 20000 of the most elite Tang soldiers led by Zhao Yun are on their way now. It only takes about ten days to reach Yanbei, and tens of thousands of soldiers in Qingzhou have already set out for ten days. It is estimated that they will be able to land in leting in recent days. As soon as these troops are in place, it is time for the Tang army to change its defense to attack. Moreover, now hundreds of people in huyanda have returned safely, which makes Huangfu Chaobo feel more at ease.


    Ten days after tangtougou town began, the elite of more than 20000 Tang troops led by Zhao Yun finally arrived in youbeiping. Almost at the same time, the 60000 troops of Qingzhou also arrived in leting and landed at leting port. With them, nearly 60000 people of Qingzhou moved. According to the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo, these 60000 people will become the leaders of leting, and leting will take advantage of these 60000 people Based on the crowd, recruit another 5000 soldiers.A few days ago, to everyone''s surprise, Wuhuan in western Liaoning suddenly sent troops to Lulong. Forty thousand troops set out from Liucheng and marched directly westward. Jianping City, which was caught off guard, was captured by Wuhuan army after only one day. Then Wuhuan people left five thousand people to guard their own army''s back road, and more than thirty thousand troops continued to march into the hinterland of Lulong As a result, the flank of Chifeng City was completely exposed to the foreign troops.


    When the news reached western Liaoning, Gongsun Zan just led 30000 cavalry to Lulong city. Gongsun Zan, who got the news, was furious. He didn''t expect that his negligence would cause such serious consequences, but now he has nothing to do. However, he did not approve of leting''s increase of troops and sending troops to Liaodong. He wrote letters to leting and Huangfu Chaobo one after another, urging leting to send troops to YangLe in Liaoxi as soon as possible, threatening the future of Wuhuan people. He also promised to release YangLe to Liaodong after leting captured YangLe and Liaodong.

 Chapter 1107

    Zhou Wen had already arranged for leting to be ready. Only when the relocated people arrived could they recruit troops, so the 5000 troops were soon recruited. It was not enough just to rely on the 5000 soldiers and 3000 cavalry of leting to attack Wuhuan in western Liaoning. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo thought that Huang Xu would lead the army to support leting. Now, Huang Xu is obviously impossible After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to send Zhang an to lead 10000 Qingzhou soldiers and 1000 cavalry to support him.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was thinking about leting, but Zhou Wen didn''t agree. At last, with Zhou Wen''s insistence, leting left only 1000 soldiers and 1000 cavalry to defend, and the rest 9000 soldiers and 2000 cavalry to March. The two families had a total of 22000 troops marching towards western Liaoning. According to leting, they sent them to YangLe and Liucheng According to the information from the secret agents, there are only less than 10000 disabled soldiers left in Liucheng and YangLe, guarding the last families of the Wuhuan people, about 200000.


    For leting, this is the best time. If we can capture Liucheng and YangLe at one stroke, Wuhuan in western Liaoning will become a historical name, and these hundreds of thousands of people will become the population of leting, which is enough to increase the strength of leting several times. Moreover, there are several famous historical generals at this time, all of whom are foreign generals in the period of the Three Kingdoms If leting can get these generals, its strength will be even higher.


    Just as leting was busy recruiting troops to attack the Wuhuan people in western Liaoning, the war situation in Longhua changed again. Tangtougou town finally failed to hold back the Suli army for half a month. Huangfu Chaobo successively invested 4000 soldiers in the town. However, after ten days of fierce fighting, 4000 soldiers were basically lost and less than 500 soldiers were left.


    The most important thing is that there are some gaps in the wall of tangtougou. Although Xianbei people can''t build large-scale long-range siege weapons such as precision catapults, there is no problem with simple weapons such as hammers. Dozens of hammers attack the wall in a few days. Although they are finally destroyed by Zheng Xiong, Xianbei people have new weapons every day Today, there are several cracks in this thin wall, which is estimated to be less than two days.


    After Huangfu Chaobo got the battle report, he ordered Zheng xiongbu to withdraw from the pass overnight. Only 419 soldiers finally withdrew from the pass. In terms of generals, except Zheng Xiong, only one of the four captains was left, six of the 20 song directors were left, and eight of the 40 village leaders were left. But it was a heavy loss.


    At the time of Zheng Xiong''s evacuation, nearly 300 heavy and heavy wounded people who could not be evacuated were left in tangtougou pass, waiting for the attack of Xianbei people the next morning.


    When the sun was shining on the earth in the early morning, the cheers of the Xianbei army were heard several miles outside tangtougou pass, and then several columns of black smoke rose in the town, which were the remaining heavy and heavy wounded people lighting the prepared kindling materials in the town. Soon, several columns of black smoke became a raging fire, trapping thousands of Xianbei soldiers in the town, He died in the sea of fire together with the Tang soldiers who did not retreat.


    On the wall, Zheng Xiong led more than 400 soldiers who had retreated from the town to get to the wall. Looking at the fire several miles away, Zheng Xiong clenched his fists, closed his mouth, and his teeth clenched. There were hundreds of his brothers in the fire. Not only Zheng Xiong, but also the hundreds of soldiers who were withdrawn with him. They all clenched their teeth. They were very sad and indignant. One by one, they held their hands tightly on the wall, and their fingers turned white.


    "Does it hurt? Resentful? Is it helpless? " A familiar voice sounded behind them. Zheng Xiong turned around and looked behind him. It was his Lord. Seeing this, Zheng Xiong saluted Huangfu Chaobo with red eyes and said: "Lord, those brothers did not give up. Now they can only watch them die together with Xianbei people!"


    Huangfu Chaobo came to him, patted him on the shoulder, and said in a soft voice: "your mood would be very understanding, because I have done the same thing. If you don''t give them up, then more soldiers will lose their lives. As the chief general, you should be stronger, lead them, turn grief and anger into strength, kill more Xianbei people to avenge the soldiers outside the pass!"


    Speaking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the surrounding taxi soldiers and said slowly: "all the soldiers, the brothers outside the pass have died together with the Xianbei dog thieves, but they died properly. They died for the sake of more soldiers and the people. We used to live happily here, but the Xianbei dog thief wanted to interrupt our peaceful life. He wanted to destroy all of us, and then take all our wives and children as slaves. The soldiers who died were to prevent Xianbei people from dying. They used them to die in exchange for our survival. We need to kill more Xianbei dog thieves to protect those people Soldiers and our own wives and children will not be insulted by Xianbei people, otherwise how can we stand up to the spirit of the dead soldiers in heaven


    "Kill Xianbei dog thief, protect your family!" As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s voice fell, a soldier called out in a loud voice;


    soon, the cry was echoed by more and more soldiers. Finally, the cry of "killing thieves" rang out on the whole wall. His voice went up into the sky, which made Xianbei soldiers who were several miles away pale.However, it can only improve the morale of the Tang army, but can not stop the attack of Xianbei army. It took less than half an hour to put out the fire in the town. Then Suli ordered people to sort out the town and set up their own big accounts in the town.


    Next, while arranging personnel to prepare his own big account, Suli arranged tens of thousands of troops to march toward tangtougou pass in the West. He was not overjoyed at taking tangtougou Town, so tens of thousands of Xianbei troops went straight under tangtougou pass.


    Tangtougou pass is now a medium-sized pass. After several times of solid heightening in Longhua City, a medium-sized pass with a height of more than three Zhang and a width of about ten Zhang has been built. Now it is Huang Xu who is responsible for defense. In the present pass, plus the city of Longhua, which is hundreds of paces behind the pass, there are 5000 soldiers and 4000 guards. In addition, there are 5000 guards of Huangfu Chaobo, and there are nearly three schools.

 Chapter 1108

    For the defense of tangtougou pass, Huangfu Chaobo was not very worried. With more than 10000 troops, combined with the danger of the pass and Huang Xu''s ability, Xianbei could be blocked for three or five months without any effort. Even now he is facing the Xianbei army who has learned how to attack the city.


    What they have to do is to drag the Xianbei army here for no more than a month, or even less than a month, and nearly 100000 reinforcements can arrive. When the Xianbei army is destroyed, even if they can''t destroy all the troops of Suli outside Longhua City, at least half of the soldiers of Xianbei people will be left in Yanbei.


    The reason why it took so long was that it took ten or twenty days for the reinforcements to arrive. According to Guo Jia''s plan, he was ready to let the reinforcements enter Longhua city quietly by water. In this way, with the water transport capacity of Yanbei County, it took a lot of time.


    Sixty thousand reinforcements from Qingzhou have arrived in leting. Except that ten thousand soldiers and horses will be led by Zhang an and led by leting soldiers and horses to fight against Wuhuan in western Liaoning, ten thousand soldiers and horses will be stationed in Chengde and led by Zhao Yu to defend Chengde. In this way, there are 20000 troops in Chengde City, including one school of soldiers and three schools of guards. Their role is to prevent the Xianbei army from attacking Longhua and continuing to attack south. Another role is to prevent the Xianbei people from going south, but this one is to prevent the Xianbei army from escaping South.


    In Guo Jia''s plan, when all the troops are in place, he will use Zhao Yun to lead tens of thousands of cavalry to go north from hutougou to the grassland, sneak attack the rear camp of Suli, destroy it, and then continue to go south to encircle and annihilate it in the long valley of Yanbei County.


    After 40000 Qingzhou reinforcements arrived in Longhua, Longhua''s defense was as solid as gold. Zhao Yun led nearly 10000 cavalry that Baima Yicong and Yanbei County could muster, plus the 17000 troops of Huangfu Chaobo''s guards. In total, nearly 30000 cavalry were sent to attack the rear camp of Suli''s army.


    Of course, all this is based on the premise that the sent Rangers can successfully find the barracks of Suli''s army. If they can''t find it, or Suli simply puts the barracks together with the army, then they have to think of other strategies. However, Guo Jia was not unprepared. If Suli really put the rear camp and the army together, Zhao Yun and 30000 cavalry soldiers would still go around behind them. After Suli''s army was hit by the head and blood in tangtougouguan or even Longhua City, he would wait for an opportunity to attack inside and outside, and there would be a great chance to defeat Suli''s army. Only in this way, the Tang army would lose It''s much bigger.


    However, after the news that Wuhuan in western Liaoning sent troops to Lulong, Gongsun Zan repeatedly urged leting to send troops to Liucheng and YangLe, which made Huangfu Chaobo have to send 10000 troops to accompany leting in Eastern Liaoning, which made the few troops even more nervous. However, it was inevitable to send troops to Liaodong, because on the fifth day after Jianping city was captured by Wuhuan army, Lingyuan City in the southwest of Jianping city was also captured by Wuhuan people.


    Once Lingyuan City was lost, Pingquan city and Xiaosigou town in Lulong County of Gongsun Zan were under the attack of Wuhuan people. Once these two places were lost, Lulong County of Gongsun Zan would be basically finished. Once Lulong is lost, Yanbei county will face the threat of four or five hundred thousand Xianbei army alone. In this way, it is only a matter of time before Yanbei county is lost.


    Therefore, no matter from which aspect, it is imperative for Huangfu Chaobo to send troops to Liucheng and YangLe. At least, it can contain the forces of Wuhuan people, so that gongsunzan''s Lulong County can support for a longer time, so that its layout can be implemented smoothly.


    At this time, Gongsun Zan was already in a bit of a mess, because the West four counties of Youzhou had been covered with smoke. The five counties in the west of Youzhou used to belong to Liu Yu. There were a large number of small alien tribes in the five counties. Under Liu Yu''s rule, they lived well. Nowadays, Gongsun Zan killed Liu Yu and took the four counties. At the same time, Gongsun Zan was quite tough on the alien race and the aristocratic family. In addition, Gongsun Zan was encouraged by the joint letters from the seven major departments of Xianbei. Then Gongsun Zan forced the rich families to move. Under this system, when Gongsun Zan''s main force sent troops to Lulong, the four counties in Western Youzhou were full of flames.


    The neighboring Daijun county was also on fire, which brought disaster to the fish in the pond. The alien unrest in the four counties of Yuyang also made the alien tribes of Daijun ready to move. Fortunately, Daijun prefect Li Feng and Duwei Hou Cheng were not easy to get along with. After leading the slaughter of several small tribes with more than 1000 people, nearly 20000 alien tribes were directly frightened, and then the two men took the tribes to their places with thunder All the young men gathered to form a cavalry of 2000 men and sent them to Lv Bu of Yanmen county to listen to orders. In this way, the situation of Dai County soon stabilized.


    However, the situation in Yuyang counties is different. Most of Gongsun Zan''s troops have been deployed. Now there are only a few thousands of new recruits in every county. These soldiers are barely able to defend the city. If they are allowed to go out of the city, there is nothing they can do. However, these rebellious tribesmen did not want to attack the county. They just focused on the territory outside the city.


    In a few days, dozens of player territory and NPC territory were captured in Zhuo County, Guangyang county and Shanggu County, while Yuyang''s situation was a little better. The new Taishou Gongsun fan had about 5000 new recruits of Baima Yicong. These recruits might not be able to deal with Lulong''s Xianbei army, but they were more than enough to deal with the rebellious small tribes.As a last resort, Gongsun Zan had to stop his steps of going north to support Chifeng. He stopped the army in Pingquan city and tried his best to defend this vital city. Then he sent out 10000 white horses to return to youbeiping and handed them to his second brother Gongsun fan to pacify the rebellion in the four counties of Youzhou. He urged Huangfu Chaobo and leting one after another, Send troops to Liaodong as soon as possible in the hope that they can hold back the attack of Wuhuan people and reduce the pressure of Chifeng as much as possible.


    At this time, after nearly 20 days of fighting, the Xianbei army attacked Chifeng City and finally broke the outer city of Chifeng City into Chifeng City. Fortunately, wangmen had been fully prepared. When the outer city was broken, most of the main force and the people in the city had withdrawn to the inner city and used the inner city to continue to resist the attack of Xianbei army.


    The inner city of Chifeng is a small city about five li long and five li wide. After retreating to the inner city, although the army of wangmen had only ten thousand soldiers and five thousand cavalry, plus about thirty thousand people, the defense of wangmen was strengthened by tens of thousands more than that of the outer city. Therefore, the Xianbei army attacked the outer city of Chifeng, but they did not attack the inner city Dejin, after the demolitions, the Xianbei people changed their way, leaving tens of thousands of soldiers and horses to besiege the inner city of Chifeng. On the other hand, the main force bypassed Chifeng and attacked Louzidian town and Ningcheng. They prepared to capture all the outer cities first, and then come back to deal with the nail in the inner city of Chifeng. However, Wang men could only guard the city tightly and let Xianbei cavalry Attack the rest.

 Chapter 1109

    In the city of leting in western Liaoning, Zhou Wen once again gathered all her subordinates to discuss business. Zhou Wen''an was sitting on it. His younger brother Zhou Qiang and military adviser Yu Fan were beside him. Next to him were Tang army reinforcements General Zhang an and a group of general officials under Zhou Wen.


    "Everyone, Gongsun Zan has sent a letter for the fifth time, asking us to send troops to Wuhuan people in western Liaoning in leting, and the Duke of Tang also sent a letter, saying that if our army is ready, we should send troops as soon as possible. So today, we come to discuss whether we can send troops, and if so, who will be the general and who will stay behind? " Above the theme, Zhou Wen said slowly;


    all the generals in leting were noncommittal and even reluctant to send troops to help gongsunzan, but they were all in favor of seeking a territory for their own family that could not be restricted by gongsunzan.


    Seeing his master looking at himself, Yu Fan got up and arched his hand and said, "master, actually, it''s more beneficial than harmful for our army to send troops to Wuhuan in the west of Liaoning Province. You should know that although all the places in the east of Liaoning Province are bitter and cold, if you take them, they will bring all the advantages but no harm to our army."


    "In the words of our military strategists, shall we immediately send troops to western Liaoning to attack the Wuhuan people?" Zhou Wen asked;


    Yu Fan nodded: "yes, and the sooner the better, the longer the delay. In case Gongsun Zan can''t support it and gives up Lulong County, we won''t have a chance to fight against Wuhuan in western Liaoning. At that time, Gongsun Zan''s first reaction is to let us go to Lulong city to help defend Xianbei people, not to fight against Wuhuan. Another point is that once Gongsun Zan withdraws from Lulong, Yanbei County of the Tang army is bound to be on its own. Therefore, the faster our army sends out troops, the better. I just don''t know how many troops the Lord is going to send out and who will be the general? "


    Zhou Wen looked up at her subordinates, but she was also hesitant. On the surface, there were six or seven historical generals under her subordinates, which seemed very good. However, she knew that these generals were not comfortable with taking refuge in a heroine like herself. Therefore, during this period of time, she had been thinking about whether she wanted to take part in the game All these things were handed over to his younger brother Zhou Qiang, and he only helped him manage his internal affairs.


    Thinking of this, Zhou Wen said: "this time, I intend to take Xiaoqiang as the main general, Yu Fan as the commander, and Xianyu Yin, Xianyu Fu, Chen Wu and Xue Hong as the Deputy generals, to send troops to Wuhuan in western Liaoning. As for the number of troops sent. "


    At this point, Zhou Wen stopped for a moment and thought, "even if the Tang army sent 11000 troops to support, this time it was meant to win a foothold for our leting, so our leting troops should at least be the same as the reinforcements. Now there are 13000 troops in leting, so only the cavalry and infantry are left behind, and the rest of the troops are left to the generals. In addition, eight thousand craftsmen will be mobilized to fight together


    When the generals heard this, they were all shocked. Just as they were about to offer advice, they saw that Zhou Wen reached out and stopped them saying, "you don''t have to dissuade me. If you can''t win the battle and take YangLe, Liucheng, it''s no good to leave more soldiers in leting. Now leting is safe in the north, and there is a big army in the East, so there''s no danger around leting, only a thousand soldiers need to be left It''s OK for the soldiers to take charge of daily safety. Besides, there are still a thousand cavalry


    Yu Fanyi heard some meaning from Zhou Wen''s words, looked up at Zhou Wen, got up and bowed to accept the order, saying: "I will not be responsible for the Lord''s entrustment."


    When the rest of the generals heard this, they all got up and took orders.


    Although Zhou Qiang felt strange in his heart, he also got up to take orders.


    "Although Xiaoqiang is the main general, it is the first time that he leads the troops. All the generals are veterans of the battlefield. We need to listen to your suggestions on the way to the battle. We must not be arbitrary. In addition, military strategists also went out with the army. If you want to make a decision during the war, please teach them carefully. "


    Yu Fan didn''t understand what Zhou Wen meant. This battle was just for Zhou Qiang to take over leting. So he got up again and said, "please don''t worry, my Lord. I will do my best to help Xiaoqiang general and take this place for me."


    "General Zhang," hearing Yu Fan''s reply, Zhou Wen nodded with satisfaction, then turned to Zhang an and asked, "is Tang Gong responsible for this?"


    Zhang an got up, bowed himself and said, "general Hui, the Lord has no special explanation for this expedition. He just asks the general Mo to fully cooperate with the leting army in attacking Wuhuan in western Liaoning."


    "Thank you so much, general Zhang!"


    "I dare not!"


    "Well, Xiaoqiang and his army Division will stay for a while, and the rest of the generals will go down to prepare first. Today is the 23rd, and five days later, that is, the 28th, the army will start!"


    "The end will take orders!"


    After the rest of the generals had retreated, Zhou Wen looked at Yu Fan and said with a smile, "the military adviser has seen it?"


    Yu Fan arched his hand and said, "why did you make this decision?"


    "Just now!"


    "Ah


    "With the growing power of leting, I feel that I can''t do what I want to do, so I want to leave these battles to Xiaoqiang. I''ll help him guard leting first, and then maybe I''ll give him the Liaodong cities.""The Lord thinks that among the generals


    Zhou Wen nodded, stood up and walked slowly to the window, said: "although the two Xianyu generals did not say, but I also feel the estrangement between them. Moreover, for the war, my generation of women is really not suitable. In this way, it''s better to hand this over to Xiaoqiang. Isn''t it better?"


    Zhou Qiang realized this and said, "sister..."


    "Well, you don''t have to say it. In fact, Xiaojing told me about it a long time ago, but I didn''t care about it all the time. In the game, female players do have a lot of congenital defects, but I didn''t admit it and I don''t want to admit it. Now I''m sending troops to Liaodong. With this, if you can use this war to build up your prestige in the army Well, it''s just that Liaodong is in your charge. I''d better guard leting. After all, this is the only channel for Wang Chao to get in touch with Sizhou, and we can''t do without the financial support here! "


    With that, Zhou Wen turned around and patted Zhou Qiang on the shoulder. In fact, it''s not that Zhou Wen has to suffer. It''s just that the setting of the game is too real. This is the thinking of people in this era. There are few female players in the game, especially Lord players, who can develop well. It''s not discrimination, it''s people''s thoughts during the Three Kingdoms period.

 Chapter 1110

    Zhou Wen didn''t believe that, but she found that except for Lin an, who was trained by herself at the beginning, the loyalty of the other generals could not be mentioned in any way in her 80s. So far, among her six historical generals, only Yu fan has the highest loyalty, but only 89. At the beginning, the people of Chen Wu had been standing still until about 85, so Zhou Wen had the idea of cultivating Xiaoqiang.


    After listening to Zhou Wen''s words, Yu Fan bowed and said, "my Lord is wise!"


    "I''m going to trouble the military strategists in the future. Xiaoqiang is young. Please teach them carefully!"


    "I''ll take orders!"


    "There are labor division! Let''s go back and have a rest. I''ll talk to Xiaoqiang again. "


    "I''m leaving!"


    After Yu Fan retreated, there were only two brothers and sisters in the room. Zhou Qiang said, "sister, what are you doing? Leting was built by you. Besides, give it to me. What if I can''t manage it well? "


    "Don''t worry. I''ve been thinking about this for a long time, but I haven''t found a good solution, so I didn''t tell you. Do you know that the six historical generals of Yu Fan''s loyalty has not reached 90 up to now, and they are basically more than 80. For example, Xianyu silver and Xianyu Fu are only 80 and 81. When they reach this level, they have basically not changed. I have tried countless methods, but they have no effect. "


    "This time Wang Chao arrived at leting, so I had a good chat with him. He told me that if there was no other reason, it might be my own reason. You know, there are dozens of historical generals under Wang Chao, and there are several historical generals. For these generals, he should be the most clear person in the game, so he told me his ideas. "


    "I''ve been thinking about this all these days. I''ve just taken advantage of it. It''s all up to you. You can see that even people like Yu Fan only have four words for my decision. What does that mean? Can''t you think of it? This shows that even he has the same idea. Therefore, it is imperative for you to take over my power. Besides, I don''t give it to you completely. I just give these generals and horses to you to build a new territory, and I will stay here in leting. At that time, I will find another chance to train a general, which will be enough to deal with the situation in leting. "


    After listening to Zhou Wen''s explanation, it''s hard for Zhou Qiang to say more. He''s already graduated from university. He''s been in the game for several years, but he''s also learned a lot. Wang Chao and his sister can understand what they said. So it''s really the only way to solve this problem to let himself lead the army.


    Looking at her younger brother''s appearance, Zhou Wen said with a smile: "this time, Wang Chao has made great efforts for your affairs. Originally, he was going to let Huang Xu lead another 5000 cavalry to come to support. As a result, because of the invasion of Xianbei people, he had to stay Huang Xu in Longhua to take charge of the overall situation, so he had to let Zhang an lead 10000 soldiers to support him. Don''t underestimate Zhang an, but he followed Wang Chao''s earliest martial arts player has been transferred to another position with his famous general card, so his ability will not be compared with that of several of our martial arts generals. Maybe he will be one or two points better. "


    "Well, I''ll do my best!" Zhou Qiang said,


    "OK, go and get ready. You will go to the army in five days. You should listen to Yu Fan''s advice more along the way. You know, Wang Chao doesn''t really command many wars. Most of the time, he gives the command to Huang Zhong''s people. After all, the ancients are more familiar with their tactics."


    "Don''t worry! I won''t let you and brother Chao down Zhou Qiangdao;


    after five days of preparation, on September 28, the 15th day after Wuhuan sent troops to Lulong, the army of leting and the army of Tang, together with eight thousand craftsmen, sent troops from leting. The troops were directed at Liucheng and YangLe in Liaoxi county. If the army of leting wants to send troops to Liaodong, it must first occupy Liucheng and YangLe, gain a firm foothold next to Liaodong, and then try to recover it slowly. If it can completely recover Wuhuan in Liaoxi, it is the best. You know, there are more than 200000 people in Wuhuan in Liaoxi.


    With 3000 cavalry as the vanguard, the movement of the army can be well covered. Three days later, 30000 troops arrived in Linyu, and then continued to March eastward. After passing the Yuguan pass, which is 50 Li to the east of Linyu, they entered the narrow western Liaoning Corridor, which is about 300 Li Long and 15-30 Li wide. The reason why Gongsun Zan didn''t want to attack Yangdong was that YangLe was at the other end of the corridor, and he didn''t want to attack Gongsun Du, So for Liaoxi County, or Gongsun Zan, it''s too bad to manage.


    But for leting, this is not a problem. Gongsundu, a weak and powerful prince, is the target of players'' attention. As for Liaodong, which is too remote, leting can also solve the problem. Liaodong is a country close to the sea, and there are many rivers and rivers in it, so it can be connected with leting by waterway.


    Along the way, Zhou Qiang, as if he had changed a person, asked Yu Fan and his generals all kinds of questions from time to time, which made Yu Fan very happy. His questions must be answered and explained to him in detail. For a period of time before sending out troops, the generals in charge also got some hints from Zhou Wen more or less, so they were not very happy with Xiaoqiang''s practice. They all gave each other everything they could, without any reservation.Ten days later, 30000 troops finally arrived near the Chrysanthemum Island, where the official road was divided into two parts. One was not to continue to go northward along the Liaoxi corridor to the northeast of Liaodong. The second is to turn to the northwest and March to Liucheng. After a day''s rest by the sea near Chrysanthemum Island, the army turned to Liucheng.


    At this time, it has entered the territory of Wuhuan people in western Liaoning. At this time, the army marched more cautiously. Fortunately, at this time, most of the troops of Wuhuan people''s Congress were concentrated in the West into Lulong, and the rest of the troops were basically concentrated in Liucheng and YangLe, and the tribes were almost concentrated around the two cities, so there were not many Wuhuan tribes along the way. A few small tribes were captured by the army, all the people were captured, all the cattle and sheep were swept away by the army, and all the goods were taken away by the army.

 Chapter 1111

    On the 15th day after starting from leting, the Allied forces approached Liucheng, the city of King Wuhuan. When they arrived at the south of Liucheng, they immediately attacked the city. At this time, Su Puyan, King qiaowang of Wuhuan, left Liucheng and YangLe in western Liaoning. Originally, Tatton''s plan was to lead 25000 troops to the west, leaving more than 20000 troops to defend Liucheng and YangLe. After repeated discussions, they agreed With more than 20000 troops, Lu long seemed to have some strength, so in the end, the number of troops sent by Wuhuan in western Liaoning was 40000, leaving less than 10000 people to defend the two cities. It was never thought that tens of thousands of troops could be sent to Liucheng in leting.


    He didn''t expect that because of one of his mistakes, he eventually brought Wuhuan in western Liaoning into the abyss of destruction. Under the fierce attack of leting army and Tang army, Liucheng, the King City of Wuhuan defended by thousands of Wuhuan remnant soldiers, was only broken in two days. Su Boyan, under the protection of more than 100 personal guards, fled from Liucheng and entered YangLe city Help. The destruction of the royal city completely separated tens of thousands of Wuhuan soldiers and horses from their old camp in Lulong.


    After the capture of Liucheng, Zhou Qiang, at the suggestion of Yu fan, left a general to lead 3000 soldiers and 1000 cavalry to defend Longcheng. He himself led the rest of the army to YangLe, and he didn''t even have time to rest in Liucheng. Liucheng was less than a hundred li away from YangLe. Two days later, the army arrived at the foot of YangLe.


    Two days after attacking the city, Su Puyan was persuaded by Yu fan to surrender. At this time, Tatton, who was hundreds of miles away in Lulong County, was sending troops to attack Ningcheng. He had been informed that this was the day when the Allied forces arrived in Liucheng. Su Puyan sent a messenger to Tatton for help. Tatton, who got the news, felt as if he had been struck by lightning come here.


    At this time, Tatton could not afford to continue attacking Ningcheng. He ordered king Hanlu Wuyan to move all the materials and population of Lingyuan City to Jianping. He led less than 5000 Wuhuan soldiers to defend Jianping, while Tatton led louban and Nanlou, and led the remaining 30000 troops back to Liucheng quickly. The messenger sent by Su Buyan said that only tens of thousands of Han troops attacked Liucheng He thought that Su Puyan had five thousand troops, and with tens of thousands of troops defending Liucheng, he would be able to stay there for thirty or fifty days, and he would be able to support his troops.


    But he missed one point, that is, the ability of the Wuhuan army to defend the city and the ability of the Han Army to attack the city. He didn''t expect that Su Puyan had vowed before him, but he couldn''t defend it for two days, so he lost the Wuhuan people''s royal city. A few days later, YangLe city was opened and surrendered. If he knew the news, he would lead tens of thousands of Wuhuan cavalry to the north to take refuge with Xianbei people. At least Wuhuan people could survive on Xianbei people.


    But there is no if in everything, and Dayton is leading Wuhuan people step by step into the abyss of destruction. Just as he was leading the troops to Liucheng in a hurry, Yu Fan got the news from Su Buyan that Tatton''s reinforcements would return. Then he led the troops back to Liucheng again and set a trap in the west of Liucheng to swallow tens of thousands of Tatton''s tired soldiers.


    Liucheng is located on the northwest Bank of Daling River. There is another name of Daling River, Yushui. More than 20 miles to the west of Liucheng, there is a long and narrow valley, which is the only channel from Liucheng to Lulong County in the West. In the north of the narrow valley is Laohugou mountain, and in the south is Houshan mountain. Out of the narrow valley, there is a nameless river. On the other side of the river is chair mountain. As a tributary of Yushui, the river is not deep, but it is a few feet wide. After being sent across the river, it is a relatively flat place.


    The ambush Yufan prepared for Tatton was here. After getting the news from Su Puyan, Yufan suggested that Zhou Qiang leave 3000 soldiers to defend YangLe. Then he selected 3000 Wuhuan soldiers from the captives, left their families in YangLe, and took them back to Liucheng.


    Later, the coalition forces who returned to Liucheng selected 5000 Wuhuan young men in Liucheng and handed over their families to 2000 soldiers. After that, 15000 coalition forces, 8000 Wuhuan young men and soldiers came to the place of ambush. Three thousand cavalry and two thousand soldiers guarded eight thousand young Wuhuan men and soldiers and hid them on the East Bank of the river, while another ten thousand crossed the river and hid themselves in the chair mountain on the West Bank of the river. Yu Fan wanted to attack the Wuhuan people on both sides of the river.


    For these captured Wuhuan people, Yu Fan didn''t expect them to fight with their own people. Their role was just to cheer them on. All their families had been controlled, and Yu Fan was not afraid of their tricks. It took only five days from YangLe''s return to setting up the ambush.


    At this time, he had just gathered up his troops and started from Jianping. Although it was only 200 meters from Jianping to Liucheng, and most of the people in Wuhuan were equipped with war horses, the road in the middle was rugged and difficult. Let alone the war horses, even the soldiers could not walk very fast. In particular, it is even more difficult to walk nearly 50 miles east of Jianping. After this journey, the cavalry can barely ride, but the speed is not fast. Therefore, it takes three to four days at the fastest from Jianping to Liucheng.


    The past few days have provided enough time for the leting army to arrange. After more than 10000 troops have been busy for two days, they have finally arranged the pocket. Now they just need to wait for the Wuhuan army to enter the pocket.


    Su Puyan stood on the top of the mountain, quietly watching the eight thousand people and soldiers busy under the command of the Han army. A sense of sadness surged from his heart. Maybe, after today, the name of Wuhuan will disappear in the world.Xianyu Yin stood beside him and looked at Su Puyan''s expression. He seemed to understand what he was thinking. He said: "in fact, for Wuhuan people, there are only two. They either become slaves of Xianbei people or become a member of Han people. There is no other choice. For example, Xianyu Department, after taking refuge with Lord Liu Yu, at least the people have lived a good life for several years It''s not Gongsun Zan. I can''t say we''re still living in the West. In fact, in a certain sense, it''s a good choice to take refuge in the Han people. It''s better than being a slave of Xianbei dog. "


    Xianyubu was also a tribe of Wuhuan people at the beginning, but xianyubu took refuge with Liu Yu at the beginning, so now there is no Wuhuan xianyubu, but only Xianyu family members.


    Xianyu Yin''s words made Su Puyan feel much better. Su Puyan understood very well what he meant. Now the Sufu Department of Wuhuan has become the past, but the Sufu family can still exist.

 Chapter 1112

    After waiting for three days on both sides of the river, the news of sentinel cavalry finally came from the northwest of chair mountain. The Wuhuan army appeared in the west, with about 30000 people. However, because of running all the way, it has been dragged into a team of several miles long. The front is the Wuhuan people, who are the most powerful Wuhuan cavalry. They are all wearing leather armour, with curved swords on their backs, with long bows on their backs, and riding the most robust cavalry under their bodies War horse. They were the most elite cavalry, just like the palace account cavalry of Xianbei people. When Wuhuan was the most powerful, there were 200000 of the most elite Wuhuan cavalry, which were stronger than Xianbei people and Huns. But now there are only 5000 cavalry left, and the rest are ordinary Wuhuan cavalry and infantry.


    At noon, the vanguard cavalry of Wuhuan people finally arrived at the river. However, they did not cross the river immediately. Instead, they stopped by the river to have a rest. At the same time, they let the horses have a rest. Because after crossing the river, it was a difficult valley. They had to cross dozens of miles of valley to reach the west of Liucheng, so this was the most suitable place for them to have a rest It''s a place to be.


    An hour later, all the soldiers of Wuhuan had already arrived at the river. He ordered that they should rest for half a quarter of an hour before starting. The news made all the soldiers of Wuhuan very happy.


    As soon as the time came, the bugle of the Chinese Army sounded, and teams of Wuhuan soldiers began to prepare to cross the river. Although the army was very tired, now that the King City was attacked, they forced forward and returned to rescue the King City.


    Soon, the 5000 ordinary cavalry led by him began to cross the river. The reason why he didn''t use Wuhuan cavalry to cross the river first was that he wanted Wuhuan cavalry to have a good rest. In the next war, Wuhuan cavalry would become an elite team against the Han Army, so he had to send ordinary cavalry to cross the river. Although in Tatton''s mind, the soldiers and horses of the Han people should still be attacking the city under Liucheng City, due to the wariness of the general, he decided to send 5000 ordinary cavalry as the vanguard to explore the enemy''s situation for the army to cross the river.


    As the first group of soldiers began to cross the river, people began to hiss on the Bank of the river. In fact, there was a wooden bridge at this position, but it was destroyed by Yu fan. Not only the wooden bridge, but also several wooden bridges within 20 Li upstream and downstream were destroyed by Yu fan. This gave Tatton a feeling that the Han army was trying to stop him from rescuing Liucheng Since the Han army made such a move, it proved that the Han army was still attacking Liucheng with all its strength, and now it had no energy to ambush itself.


    Soon, the first group of 1000 cavalry successfully crossed the river, and then they began to gather on the other side of the river. Then they divided into two teams and went up and down to inquire about the enemy''s situation. The second group of cavalry also continued to cross the river. This time, they had 2000 cavalry. After crossing the river, they led the rally to the East Valley.


    When the second group of cavalry began to gather on the other side of the river, Tatton and other generals were relieved. With 3000 cavalry on the other side, I believe there was no problem. This time, Tatton was preparing to cross the river in groups.


    Just as the third group of cavalry waded into the middle of the river, the mountain on the East Bank of the river suddenly sounded the cry of killing. Then, they rushed out from the forest on the other bank, and saw that the number of cavalry was at least three or four thousand. Seeing this, the cavalry of Wuhuan who had crossed the river quickly gathered and rushed towards the cavalry of Han army. In their opinion, they could fight three thousand against four thousand cavalry of Han Army lightly Matsushita won.


    But the next result surprised Tatton and others on the West Bank of the river. His 3000 cavalry were defeated by more than 3000 cavalry of the Han army. They were driven to the river by the cavalry of the Han army. In fact, the cavalry of the Han Army has been here for two or three days. Moreover, these cavalry are the elite of the leting army and the Yanbei army. In fact, they do not belong to the common Wuhuan cavalry in terms of strength alone.


    Seeing this, Tatton ordered the army to cross the river quickly. At the same time, he ordered Wuhuan cavalry to start crossing the river. Everyone believed that as long as Wuhuan cavalry crossed the river, the Han cavalry on the other side would be defeated. At this time, he also believed that the Han army only sent thousands of cavalry to harass its own army, in order to gain more time for the Han Army attacking Liucheng.


    Soon, four or five thousand cavalry of the third wave had arrived in the middle of the river, and Wuhuan''s cavalry had begun to cross the river. Then at this time, three clouds suddenly rose from the forest on the other side of the river. Just when Wuhuan''s soldiers were all in a state of consternation, there was a cry of killing in the forest behind them. Then, the Wuhuan people saw that tens of thousands of Han troops poured out from the mountain forest, rushed behind them and formed an array of hundred paces away, and quickly pushed towards them.


    And behind these Han troops, there are still a lot of smoke and dust rising. I don''t know how many Han troops are constantly pouring out of the mountain forest.


    At this time, the trumpet sounded again on the East Bank of the river. Then, the people of Wuhuan saw thousands of Han soldiers pouring out from the opposite mountain forest, following the cavalry towards the river. Behind them, there was also a huge smoke rising, and a steady stream of soldiers and horses pouring out from the mountain forest.


    Seeing this, the people of Wuhuan didn''t know that they had been ambushed by the Han army. Now nearly half of their troops are in the river. Although the river is not deep, there is mud more than a foot deep. No one is a soldier or a horse. It''s impossible to walk fast in the river.If not for the sake of bringing down these Wuhuan cavalry, and for the fact that the river is not deep and the current is too small to build a dam on the upstream to flood the Wuhuan people, maybe Yufan will bring out a flooded army.


    On the West Bank of the river, more than 10000 cavalry are dismounting to cross the river. The sudden appearance of more than 10000 Han troops makes the cavalry jump. However, some generals react quickly and organize more than 1000 cavalry to turn over and kill the Han army who is approaching their own army.


    Unfortunately, most of the cavalry of Wuhuan had stopped by the river. The land along the river was soft, which was a nightmare for the cavalry. Secondly, the distance between the two armies was less than 200 steps, which might be an ideal distance for the infantry, but it was not enough for the cavalry. Finally, the 1000 cavalry were cut down by the Han infantry The melons and vegetables were generally cut, and they were killed completely soon. Only less than 200 people escaped back, and the rest were in front of the Han army.

 Chapter 1113

    At this time, he didn''t understand that he had been ambushed by the Han Army, but even so, he still thought that the Han Army just gave up attacking Liucheng for the time being and came to besiege him. So he immediately commanded the army to move on. He thought that he only needed his own army to break through the blocking of the Han Army in front of him to kill Liucheng directly. In this way, the King City would be safe. You know, the envoys sent by Su Puyan said that the number of soldiers and horses of the Han army was 40000 or 50000, which was basically the same as that of himself.


    But less than a quarter of an hour after he gave the order, what happened on the other side of the river broke his dream, because behind a large number of Han soldiers on the other side of the river, tens of thousands of Wuhuan people suddenly appeared, including soldiers and ordinary young people, and even some old people, all dressed up as Wuhuan people. If the clothes may be dressed up, but their appearance and language can not be disguised.


    It was Xiaoqiang who contributed to this move. In Yufan''s original plan, these Wuhuan people were waving flags and cheering. However, Xiaoqiang suddenly remembered the famous ambush and besieged in history, so he told Yufan his own idea. After listening to it, Yufan agreed to Xiaoqiang''s idea. Anyway, it''s OK to have a try, even if it''s too late The appearance of some troops could not shake the cavalry of Wuhuan, but at least it could delay and disturb the morale of the army of Wuhuan.


    Sure enough, I was surprised to see a large number of people running out from the opposite side, whether they were the Wuhuan cavalry who had crossed the river, the taxi soldiers who were crossing the river in the middle of the river, or the Wuhuan high-level officials who were in Tatton on the West Bank of the river. The appearance of their own people means that at least one city of Liucheng and YangLe has been lost, and even both cities have been captured by the Han people.


    Just at this time, the last straw that overpowered the camel appeared in front of everyone. From the forest on the other side of the river, a group of people came out. The leader was a young Han general, and on his right side was a young Han scholar. These are not important. The important thing is that on the left side of the Han general, it is Su Puyan, the king of cliff who is in charge of Liucheng and YangLe.


    Su Puyan''s appearance made the hearts of all the people in Tatton sink to the bottom of the valley. As expected, Su Puyan was one of the three kings of Wuhuan, and most of them knew him. Therefore, the appearance of Su Puyan made Wuhuan soldiers on both sides of the river fall into a dead silence.


    Among the people''s eyes, Su Puyan took two steps towards the river, and then said in a loud voice: "Wuhuan warriors, we are king Su Puyan, I want to tell you something..."


    At this point, Su Puyan swallowed a mouthful of saliva, and then said: "our royal city and yangledu... All of them have been conquered by the Han army. Now all the tribes and clansmen in the Royal City have been captured by the Han Army, and all the tribes and clansmen in YangLe city have been attached to the Han army. "


    Once upon a time, tens of thousands of Wuhuan soldiers were shocked, and the generals in the army called out one by one. They finally calmed down their emotions. Su Puyan said: "Lord Tatton, Lord louban, Su Puyan is incompetent, unable to defend the royal city and YangLe, so that hundreds of thousands of Wuhuan troops are all in the hands of the Han army. Su Puyan is the sinner of Wuhuan people. ¡±


    after hearing this, the general of leting around Su Puyan''s face changed. When someone was about to stop him, he was stopped by Xiaoqiang. In recent days, Su Puyan''s change has been seen by him. At least his loyalty has increased by more than ten points compared with that at the beginning, and now it has reached 70 plus. In terms of his current loyalty, he should not do it When things go against him, you know, this is Xiaoqiang''s first historical general.


    Sure enough, then Su Puyan gave a deep salute in the direction of Tatton, and then stood up straight to the cavalry of Wuhuan and said in a loud voice: "although I''m sorry for Lord Wuhuan, I''m worthy of all the soldiers and people. General Xiaoqiang promised me that he would be kind to the Wuhuan people who took refuge in him. Under his rule, there will be no difference between the Wuhuan people and the Han people. They are all the leaders under his rule. All the Wuhuan people will be treated the same as the Han people. That''s why I, the king of Wuhuan people, swear allegiance to general Xiaoqiang! "


    "Warriors of Wuhuan, your family has been waiting for your return in Liucheng and YangLe. How to make a decision? Think about it for yourself." At this point, Su Puyan looked to Tatton on the other side of the river and said in a loud voice: "Lord Tatton, Lord louban, my Lord said that as long as two adults are willing to join us, he will not correct his past. Even general Baima can''t hurt us. I know that my Lord has the support of Tang Guogong, the biggest Prince of the Han people, behind him, so in order not to let him The Wuhuan warriors died in such a meaningless war. You''d better surrender. Don''t let all the Wuhuan warriors die in this war. Save a trace of blood for the Wuhuan people


    Su Puyan''s words calmed down the whole battlefield. He knew that he had arrived at a place where it was difficult to ride a tiger. Now the royal city and YangLe had been lost, and all the families of the Wuhuan people had fallen into the hands of the Han army. If he attacked again, would Wuhuan soldiers follow his orders to attack the Han army? But if you run away, if you lead the tens of thousands of troops to escape before you know the news, it is still possible. But now all people have known the news of the two cities lost, and their families have been captured by the Han army. Even if you run away at this time, it is estimated that not many people are willing to follow.Tatton was a man of outstanding ability among the Wuhuan people. Soon he had thought about his situation clearly. When he turned to look at the surrounding Wuhuan cavalry, he could not see the slightest sense of war from everyone''s eyes. Instead, he could only see the look of expectation. Tatton knew that he could not go back to heaven.


    Among the people''s eyes, he took a few steps forward, went to the river and said to the east bank: "Su Puyan, where is your master? I will answer him in person


    Su Puyan turned his head and looked at Xiaoqiang. Xiaoqiang nodded and walked forward two steps: "Lord Patton, I''m here. What do you want to say to me?"


    "Han general, I''d like to ask whether the promises made by Su Puyan just now are valid. Under the rule of the general, are the Wuhuan people the same as the Han people? The general is willing to protect us, even if he offends general Baima? " He asked in a loud voice

 Chapter 1114

    "Yes, what general SuPu said just now is the promise that he would have made. If Lord Patton didn''t believe it, he would have swore to heaven in front of tens of thousands of soldiers. If he broke his promise today, Xiaoqiang would be sent by heaven!" Xiaoqiang made a loud promise to Dayton;


    with that, Xiaoqiang stretched out his right hand, folded his five fingers together, palmed forward and swore to heaven. He repeated Su Buyan''s promise just now. The voice was so loud that the taxi drivers on both sides of the river could hear it clearly.


    After he swore, he turned over and dismounted, knelt down to Xiaoqiang and said, "Wuhuan is willing to surrender! "I''d like to come down!"


    His side of the floor class also want to say, but was stunned by a stare, scared to go back, and then also turned down to kneel down and said: "floor class willing to surrender!"


    As they both surrendered, dozens of generals and generals around them all surrendered. Then, more and more Wuhuan cavalry fell on their knees. In a moment, no one of tens of thousands of Wuhuan cavalry stood there.


    All the people in leting looked at Xiaoqiang with joy on their faces. Yu Fan even laughed and said with a smile, "Congratulations, general! After the surrender of the Wuhuan people, Liaodong''s vassal state is just around the corner! "


    "Congratulations, general!" The rest of the generals also congratulated one after another. They are still subordinates of Zhou Wen, so the name for Zhou Qiang can only be general rather than Lord. Of course, we all know that as long as Liaodong is subordinate to the country, they will soon become subordinates of Zhou Qiang.


    Zhou Qiang has been stunned by the huge surprise in front of him, or he was awakened by the congratulations of the generals, because he has received a series of system prompts:


    "congratulations to the players, general Wu Huan is willing to join you!"


    "Congratulations to the players, general Wu Huan is willing to join you!"


    "Congratulations to players, general Wuhuan, Nanlou is willing to join you!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Congratulations to the player. He got 5000 Wuhuan cavalry to join him. He got a special kind of Wuhuan cavalry! Five thousand Wuhuan cavalry will become the soldiers directly under the player


    "Congratulations to the player, you have obtained 22125 ordinary Wuhuan cavalry to join you!"


    ¡£¡£¡£


    "Congratulations to the players. They are from Wuhuan tribe. They have become players from Wuhuan tribe. They are specially rewarded..."


    Zhou Qiang was almost stunned by the huge surprise. When he was awakened by the general''s congratulation, Zhou Qiang immediately opened the attributes of several generals. He found that except Su Puyan, who had reached 80, all the others were less than 70, and the lowest floor class was only 61. However, he also knew that he was a Wuhuan group forced to surrender, and he could not Strong enough.


    Thinking of this, Zhou Qiang said loudly, "all the soldiers, get up. From now on, you will be my subordinates. Unless you violate the general''s military orders or territorial laws, no one will be able to deal with you at will, even if he is the head of Youzhou."


    "General Xie!" All Wuhuan soldiers cheered together.


    "The generals of each department are in charge of their subordinates. The army will cross the river quickly. We''ll go back to Liucheng and have a rest!"


    Zhou Qiang is not worried about the fact that the proportion of Wuhuan people''s army has already occupied the majority of his subordinates. First, the 5000 Wuhuan cavalry has become his own direct subordinate force. With this special army, Zhou Qiang''s strength has been greatly enhanced. Second, the families of Wuhuan generals are now in Liucheng, and now they are all arranged in one place When he returns to Liucheng, he will reorganize all the troops. At that time, he will set the main city in YangLe instead of Liucheng, and Liucheng will arrange Xianyu yinlai to guard. With this Wuhuan general, I believe he will be able to stabilize Liucheng. What''s more, there is another one whose intelligence has reached 86 Our military division is on the side.


    Soon, all the generals crossed the river and came to meet Zhou Qiang again. Zhou Qiang sat down on the horse and immediately got off the horse. He went to several people and helped them up one by one. He said: "with the help of several generals, Xiao Qiang is like a tiger. You can rest assured that your family members are in Liucheng and there is no damage. I have already made you happy After the generals return to Liucheng, they can be reunited with their families. "


    "Lord, I want to have a rest after I return to Liucheng. Over the past few years, since I accepted xiandanyu''s entrustment, I have been working hard and dare not slack off. Now that Wuhuan is owned by my Lord, I also want to take this opportunity to have a rest and play for him again. At that time, Lord, I want to play sword As Feng points out, he must be the Lord to level the enemy. "


    As soon as he said this, Yu Fan''s eyes flashed and he said in his heart: "I didn''t expect that this Lord Wuhuan was a wise man. He knew that he was very famous among Wuhuan people. If he stayed in the army, he was afraid that it would hinder general Xiaoqiang''s taking over Wuhuan''s troops. So he just took this opportunity to hide away and let the general master all Wuhuan''s troops Well, come out again to lead the troops, so as to remove the general''s heart of prevention. "


    Think of here, Yu fan can''t help but secretly nodded, but for Dayton is a high look, this person is really extraordinary.


    Zhou Qiang was stunned and didn''t respond. He didn''t know what medicine he was selling in the gourd. When he was about to dissuade him, he saw Yu Fan nodding his head gently. Although he didn''t know why he was so, he still said: "it''s good. The general should rest for a while, and the army also needs to rest for a while. After everything is ready This will be of great use. ""Lord Xie, but before the rest, there is one thing that needs to be dealt with by Lord. Before the general returns, he arranges Wu Yan, king of Hanlu, to defend Jianping. Then he writes a letter to persuade him to surrender to Wu Yan, and asks him to send a general to take over Jianping with 3000 soldiers and 1000 Wu Huan cavalry. All the food and materials collected by Wu Huan''s army these days have been concentrated in Jianping In Jianping, tens of thousands of people from the two cities also came to Jianping. With this support, I believe it will be of great help to the Lord. "


    When Zhou Qiang heard this, he was overjoyed. He didn''t expect that he had emptied all the two players'' cities. It was a county town with tens of thousands of people. He was so happy that he got a county town for nothing. As for getting that county town and offending the original players, Zhou Qiang didn''t think about this problem at all. He didn''t rob it from them. It''s a big deal with them A big war is it.


    Thinking of this, Zhou Qiang immediately ordered Chen Wu and Xue Hong to lead 3000 soldiers and 1000 Wuhuan cavalry to Jianping city in the West with Tatton''s letter of persuasion. At the same time, he ordered them to stay in Jianping and return to Liucheng with his own soldiers. And let two people recruit troops in Jianping, expand 3000 troops to 10000. In this way, Jianping has 15000 troops, and is not afraid of Xianbei people''s army.

 Chapter 1115

    Just when Zhou Qiang''s army arrived at Liucheng and began to prepare to attack Wuhuan King City, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia in Longhua city also began to prepare for the arrangements for the follow-up war. After more than ten days of continuous transportation, ten thousand soldiers have entered the city of Longhua. Most of the Baima Yicong and more than 10000 guards under Zhao Yun''s command have entered the horse training base in Longhua. In the next few days, when all the cavalry are in place, Zhao Yun will lead all the cavalry along Hebei, from hutougou pass to the north, out of the grassland, and around to the rear of Suli army.


    The Chihou who went north had confirmed the barracks of the Suli army. As Guo Jia had expected, their tens of thousands of rear camp herdsmen, under the protection of less than 5000 troops, were distributed in the tens of miles long valley of Ethan town and siyonghe Town, and hundreds of thousands of cattle were scattered all over the mountain.


    Maybe they thought that the Han Army had been surrounded by their army, so both the Xianbei cavalry and the herdsmen had no heart to guard against. So the Tang army quickly found out the general situation in the rear camp.


    As far as Huang Xu is concerned, it is easier to defend Xianbei people after Longhua has added 10000 Qingzhou reinforcements. Huang Xu and Tian Yu, who were fledgling at the beginning, were able to defend the attack of hundreds of thousands of Xianbei troops. Now Huang Xu has been a war general for a long time, not to mention. Of course, there were some reasons why they were able to hold on easily at that time. On the one hand, the Xianbei people despised the enemy too much, and on the other hand, they had internal discord. But now it''s sully who leads the army himself, and that''s not the case.


    During this period of time, although Suli was fully arranging the Xianbei army to attack tangtougou pass, he still failed to attack the city. Compared with the war in tangtougou Town, Xianbei people once again saw the strength of Han City and the benefit of soldiers. It took Xianbei people two days just to fill the trench in front of tangtougou. After thousands of people were killed and injured, they filled the trench which was tens of feet wide and tens of feet deep in front of tangtougou.


    They thought that the next battle would be simpler, but they found that the siege equipment made by their own army could not last until noon, and they were destroyed by the closed equipment of the Han people. In the afternoon of the war, we relied on the simple siege ladder to attack the wall as high as three feet.


    The war in tangtougouguan has been going on for more than half a month.


    A few days ago, Suli received the battle report from Lulong. He learned that Micah and que Ji had already attacked Chifeng City, but they were helpless in the inner city. At that time, Suli was besieged by a large army, and then encircled the rest of Lulong County. Several generals proposed to go south to attack other cities, but sully refused. In fact, as early as the siege of tangtougou Town, Suli had sent people to continue to go south to explore the situation in the south of Longhua. He had already found that there was a city in the south, but the city was bigger and the city wall was higher. Suli knew that it was not an easy city to attack, so he never thought of dividing his troops to go south.


    In fact, Suli''s idea is right. Instead of going south, it''s better to concentrate on attacking one place, but he chose the wrong place from the beginning and Longhua, which is the most difficult place to attack. If he had left ten thousand cavalry to guard tangtougou pass after he captured tangtougou Town, and then concentrated his forces to attack Chengde, it might have been possible to capture Chengde. But now it has been nearly two months since the war started. At this time, the reinforcements of the Tang army have arrived in Yanbei, so they are looking for death.


    Now the bow has to be sent on the string. Although Suli didn''t find any reinforcements for the Tang army, he knew that there must be reinforcements for the Tang army. So the Xianbei cavalry searched for the reinforcements in the south of Longhua every day, hoping to find them. However, to his disappointment, Chihou couldn''t find any reinforcements.


    The battle in tangtougouguan continues. Zhao Yun leads nearly 30000 cavalry to go northward along the yimatou River, out of hutougou pass, continue to walk northward for more than 100 Li to reach the grassland, then turn to the East for dozens of Li, and then go southward from the road where the Yixun river is located, to the north of Yixun Town, to the back road of dousuli.


    Outside hutougou pass, thirty thousand Tang army marched in the winding valley, but they were still able to march along the way. Only when they were close to the grassland, there was a ten mile long valley which was difficult to walk. It was because of this difficult valley that the yimatuliu Valley and hutougou pass were not found by Xianbei people.


    From Longhua, the distance from hutougou pass to the grassland is less than 200 Li, but the 30000 troops arrived on the grassland five days later. Later, Zhao Yun ordered the army to rest on the grassland for a day, while sending a large number of scouts to investigate the situation of the Xianbei army around.


    Just a while ago, Chihou discovered that the situation was not so good. At this time, there were not many Xianbei people on the grassland. Only a few small tribes followed the army, hoping to get some cheap. As a result, cheap didn''t find it. Instead, he was met by Zhao Yun''s army and killed them directly, giving their cattle and sheep to the 30000 army to supplement their food.


    One day later, after the army had finished its rest, the Marquis Chiu had also come back to inquire about the news. Suli''s rear battalion had no abnormality and did not find that they had been targeted.


    After eating in the morning, the army began to set out to the East. Fifty miles to the east from here is Yanbei Road, which connects the grassland and Youzhou. This is the time when Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia discussed business with each other. He named the Valley Road from grassland to Yixun River as Yanbei Road, while the road from Chifeng to Lulong fortress was Lulong road.Go south along Yanbei Road, pass through Yixun town and siyonghe Town, then reach Longhua, then go south to Chengde, and then turn East-West to Xiabancheng. Lulong Road, on the other hand, is from Chifeng, all the way from Louzidian Town, dianzicheng town and Xiaosigou town to Pingquan city. After the two roads converge in Pingquan, they go all the way south to Kuancheng, and then to Lulong fortress. These two roads are the main roads for the foreign people to go South and the Han Army to go north in the Central Plains over the years.


    In fact, there is another way, that is, from Chengde to the southwest of youbeiping, to junmi, and then from the Great Wall to youbeiping. This road is the one that Huangfu Chaobo used to walk a lot at first, but it is relatively more difficult to walk. Therefore, most of the time, people prefer to go to Lulong instead of junmi.

 Chapter 1116

    On October 24, Zhao Yun led 30000 cavalry to an unnamed Valley ten miles to the north of Yixun town. They will rest here for a whole night. Tomorrow, when it is twilight, 30000 cavalry will attack Yixun town ten miles away.


    At three o''clock the next day, people and horses began to move in the nameless valley. Thirty thousand troops had woken up. They put dried meat in their mouths and then grabbed some refined grain to feed their horses. As time goes on, all the taxi drivers are ready. At five o''clock, at the exit of the nameless Valley, Zhao Yun looked up at the slightly white sky in the East, and quietly ordered: "send the order down, and the army will start!"


    Later, his military orders were sent to the generals in the valley behind by the heralds, and the troops were soon ready. According to the prior arrangement, the white horse Yicong Hutu cavalry would be the forerunner in this war, and 10000 cavalry would arrive at the 5000 cavalry camp of the rear camp of Xianbei army as soon as possible to annihilate them. Then, the departments would begin to gather and annihilate them Picture of the escaped herdsman.


    Baima Yicong will cross the distance from Ethan town to siheyong town as fast as possible, and then run to the south of siyonghe town to block the people and horses who are trying to go south to Suli, so as to block the news of the attack on Houying as long as possible.


    Half an hour later, the 30000 troops finally arrived in the north of Ethan town. Seeing that the smoke of cooking had begun to rise in the town, Zhao Yun stopped his horse, pointed his gun obliquely, and yelled: "righteousness, life and death, white horse righteousness, will kill the enemy!"


    "White horse, follow, kill!" Five thousand white horses drank in unison. With Zhao Yun behind them, they formed a conical array and killed them in the direction of the military camp in Yixun town. On their two wings, they were five thousand Turkmen cavalry in huyandu. Ten thousand cavalry are now rushing in the direction of Ethan.


    In the rear camp of Xianbei at this time, most of the cavalry and ordinary herdsmen had not woken up, and only a few old people were preparing breakfast in the town. Only at this time, baimayi had already killed outside the gate of the town. For a moment, in the sound of the horse''s hooves, ten thousand Tang cavalry troops, like the flood of breaking the dike, poured into the town and rushed to the camp of Xianbei cavalry in the town.


    When Baima Yicong arrived at the barracks, hundreds of riders gathered in a hurry to resist Baima Yicong''s attack. However, when they saw Baima Yicong, they were all shocked. Baima Yicong drowned them all in an instant. Then Baima Yicong rushed to the camp and killed most of the 5000 Xianbei cavalry in the camp After that, five thousand white horse Yi went straight through the town without returning from the beginning, and raced towards siyonghe town in the south. Behind them were five thousand Turkmen cavalry.


    Behind these ten thousand pioneers were twenty thousand cavalry. They were divided into teams of thousands. After being rushed and killed by the vanguards, they searched inside and outside the town for Xianbei cavalry and ordinary herdsmen, gathered them all, and then ordered the herdsmen to drive cattle and sheep, drag supplies, and follow Baima Yicong It''s going in the direction of siyonghe town.


    The army''s surprise attack on the rear camp of Suli army went very smoothly. Under the attack of Baima Yicong Hutu cavalry, the Xianbei cavalry of the rear camp was slaughtered almost without resistance. The subsequent 20000 cavalry were almost collecting herdsmen and cattle and sheep supplies.


    Zhao Yun led 10000 cavalry for three hours, and finally stopped ten miles south of siyonghe town. As Zhao Yun turns his horse''s head, he looks up to siyonghe town in the north. The follow-up cavalry are on the way. Now the inside and outside of the town are in a mess. Countless people are running around, and cattle and sheep are running around.


    For such a war, although not difficult, but to Zhao Yun''s character, is still meticulous. After all the ten thousand cavalry stopped to take care of themselves, Zhao Yun called Huyan and said, "general Huyan, the army will rest here for a quarter of an hour, and then arrange a thousand Turks to intercept the Xianbei people who are trying to go south. Another thousand Turks will continue to go south along Yanbei road to the north of Longhua to intercept all the Xianbei people who are trying to go south Measure and delay the time when Su Li gets attacked. The other eight thousand cavalry, together with the general, gathered up all the Xianbei people and their cattle and sheep supplies. "


    "No! General Huyandu immediately ordered the army to dismount and rest.


    Zhao Yun also got off his horse to have a rest. He also knew that he could intercept most of the 80000 Xianbei people, but there must be some fish who missed the net. What he could do was to postpone the time when Suli got the news as much as possible. You should know that there are hundreds of thousands of cattle and sheep in this Xianbei people''s rear camp, and there are tens of thousands of horses at all levels, so he must do his best It''s very helpful for the Tang army and Yanbei county to save so many livestock.


    After a quarter of an hour''s rest, at the command of Zhao Yun, 9000 cavalry turned over and mounted their horses. One thousand of them went south under the leadership of huyandu, while 8000 of them approached siheyong slowly under the leadership of Zhao Yun, driving the scattered Xianbei herdsmen together, forcing them to gather cattle, sheep and horses, while the remaining 1000 cavalry continued to stay Stop the Xianbei people who are trying to go south.When they left Longhua, they had taken this situation into consideration. After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to send 5000 soldiers and hundreds of craftsmen to siheyong town to follow Zhao Yun''s cavalry. Their task was to use the army to defeat the rear camp of Xianbei people, quickly reinforce siheyong Town, and at the same time, imprison all the captured Xianbei people and their cattle, sheep and horses In the valley behind siheyong Town, the role of these 5000 footmen is to defend siheyong town. It doesn''t take long, just two or three minutes.


    There are 5000 soldiers defending inside and 30000 cavalry troops under Zhao Yun''s command outside. In addition, after Su Li got the rear camp and was carried away by others, he believed that the more than 100000 Xianbei army could not calm down. At that time, the army that was busy retreating would not have the mind to attack siyonghe Town, which was heavily defended.


    This is also the reason why Zhao Yun wants to delay as much as possible for Suli to get the news that the rear camp has been attacked. The longer the delay, the more dangerous the Suli will be and the faster they will retreat.

 Chapter 1117

    In the evening, Zhao Yun finally gathered up the Xianbei people and their cattle, sheep and horses who had fled in the valley for several miles. However, the 80000 Xianbei people only gathered more than 50000 people in the end. Among the remaining 30000 people, more than 20000 people died in the chaos army, and thousands of people fled to the dense forest on both sides of the valley. Zhao Yun has no time to pay attention to these now The escapees just drove 50000 Xianbei people into siyonghe town and imprisoned them all. Fortunately, when the territory of siheyong town was planned, it was a safe transfer station for the captured horses, so the town was still relatively large. As for the livestock, they all rushed to the temporary Barracks at the back of the town and were locked up.


    Zhao Yun led a group of soldiers to inspect the people inside and outside the town carefully. Then he returned to the camp outside the town. Then he immediately summoned the generals to discuss the matter. This time, he was the commander of 30000 troops. In addition to him, there were several generals, such as Hu Yandu, Chen Jing, Zhao Ling, and Huang Yu The collar. A moment later, the main generals of all the departments have arrived in Zhao Yunzhang.


    After all the generals arrived, Zhao Yun said: "today''s war is more smooth than we expected, but the more difficult war is still ahead. There are still thousands of Xianbei people escaping this time. Although I have arranged cavalry to intercept along the way, the Suli army will find something unusual at the latest in five days. At that time, we will send troops north to understand the situation, and we can delay another two to five days In three days'' time, even the most stupid people will notice the abnormality, and then our test will come. "


    Speaking of this, Zhao Yun glanced at the generals and said, "so from tomorrow on, we must start to make full preparations. Now we have gathered 50000 Xianbei people. According to the schedule, the infantry will arrive tomorrow at the latest, so from tomorrow on, we will start to work separately."


    "General Chen! General Zhao! General Huang


    "The end will be in" three people answered.


    "He ordered the three of you to select ten thousand from each of the fifty thousand captives, collect stones and timber from the mountains on both sides, and transport them back to the town."


    "No!"


    "General huyandu!"


    "The end will be here!"


    "Tomorrow you will leave ten thousand strong men from the remaining twenty thousand, and all the others will be dispatched by your department to take care of the cattle, sheep and horses behind the town."


    "No!"


    "The rest of the generals are responsible for guarding the remaining 10000 Xianbei people, making the inside and outside of the town proper, deepening and widening the trenches, improving the defense in the town, and starting construction immediately after the arrival of the infantry troops escorting the craftsmen."


    "The end will take orders!"


    "From tomorrow, Ben will personally lead the troops to watch the sentry cavalry sent by Sully, and fight for a longer time for everyone. All right, let''s break up! "


    "The end will wait to leave!" They all got up and agreed.


    After everyone retreated, Zhao Yun didn''t go to sleep immediately. He was still thinking about the defense of the town. Siheyong was really in a good position. In the South and West, there were rivers directly around, while in the north, there was the foot of the mountain. But for now, the size of the territory has not been expanded to that side, so it left a wide channel between the wall and the foot of the mountain I don''t think there will be any danger here. After all, the town is close to the Ethan river. It is estimated that when the Xianbei army retreats, it is very likely that they will not even cross the river and will go north from the other side of the river.


    Of course, he also has to consider this aspect. The most important thing is the river in the south. The river is too narrow, so he plans to widen the river in the south in the next few days, at least three or five feet wide, to stop the Xianbei army from crossing the river.


    There was nothing to say in the night. The next morning, it was just dawn, and the whole siheyong town began to be lively. Zhao Yun sent baimayi out of the town, leaving only hundreds of his own soldiers. Considering that he had just captured the rear camp of Xianbei army, Suli should not get the news so soon, so Zhao Yun sent only 2000 baimayi down from the south to warn, The other three thousand soldiers were sent to the north to meet the five thousand soldiers who had not yet arrived.


    Originally, Zhao Yun was the commander of Longxiang army, so he had 1000 soldiers. But Zhao Yun himself was the commander of Baima Yicong, so he didn''t specially set up a guard camp for himself, except for the guard of Baima Yicong, which was stipulated by Huangfu Chaobo.


    After baimayi left, the other ministries also started to take action. Chen Jing, Zhao Ling and Huang Yu each LED 10000 Xianbei people to the north of the town to cut trees and dig stones. They were just ready to take all the trees and stones from the foot of the mountain in the north of the town, and then extended the territory''s walls directly to the foot of the mountain, so that they were close to the mountains and water, and their defense was more stable.


    Later, huyandu led more than 10000 old and weak people out of the town and headed for the valley to the east of the town. Their task was to take care of the hundreds of thousands of cattle, sheep and horses. At last, the 10000 Xianbei young people left behind in the town were arranged to widen the river course to the south of the town. At the same time, they would build another camp to the east of the town, which was for the withdrawal of Xianbei army At that time, in order to prevent the tens of thousands of Xianbei prisoners from making trouble, these prisoners will be sent out of the town and placed in the camp outside the town.At noon, five thousand soldiers and hundreds of craftsmen escorted by them finally arrived in siheyong town safely. With the participation of craftsmen, the construction inside and outside the town was speeded up. The town wall in the West extended directly to the foot of the mountain. At the same time, the capture camp in the East began to be built quickly with giant trees.


    As time goes by, the defense construction of siheyong town is more and more complete. Looking at these, Zhao Yun''s heart is more and more stable. At this time, the battle in tangtougoutou is still fierce.


    After another day of fierce fighting, the Xianbei army still failed to capture the pass. Suli had no choice but to order the army to withdraw. After returning to the barracks, Suli has been thinking about the war in tangtougouguan these days. He always feels very strange. It is reasonable to say that there are only a few thousand guards in the pass, but in the face of the repeated attacks of tens of thousands of troops, Suli has never shown any fatigue. There must be a problem, but Suli can''t figure out where the problem is.


    You know, the Xianbei army under Suli''s command is 130000, but after two months of fighting, 30000 or 40000 people have been lost, and the Han army will lose thousands of people. However, judging from the situation at the head of the city in recent days, the soldiers are not exhausted, and it seems that the number of soldiers has not decreased much.

 Chapter 1118

    When sulibati was puzzled, his confidant, Fu mengcha, entered his account anxiously: "my Lord, today is supposed to be the time to send cattle and sheep food to Houying, but the food and grass have not been delivered yet. Will you doubt what happened to Houying?"


    Su Li was stunned and immediately said, "don''t worry. Now all the Han people are besieged in the city by our hundreds of thousands of troops. They can''t move. What can happen to the barracks?"


    "Is it something else that has been delayed?"


    "Well, tomorrow morning, send someone back to Houying to see what''s going on! Let''s not talk about this, general Fu Meng. What do you think of the war in front of you? " In sully''s opinion, it''s not a big deal to transport cattle and sheep to the rear camp one day later. On the contrary, there are still four or five days of supplies in the camp. Now he has to consider the war in front of him. Now he has been going south for nearly two months, but his army is still worried about this pass. It''s the end of October now. If he can''t capture a Han City before the snow falls, His hundreds of thousands of troops will freeze to death in the vast mountain valley.


    Now, in the neighboring Lulong County, the Allied forces of Micah and que Ji have invaded the outer city of Chifeng. Although they have not been able to occupy all the cities of Chifeng, they have captured all the Han territory cities south of Chifeng and north of Pingcheng. All the personnel and materials inside have been swept away. In addition, Wuhuan in western Liaoning has also sent troops to the west, and is cooperating with them to continue to go south He attacked, but he got nothing on his side.


    In the past few days, Suli has heard complaints from some small tribes. Suli knows that if there are no big tribes behind him, how can these small tribes with hundreds of people complain behind him.


    Suli is not good at dealing with this. After all, his army has been here for a long time, but if he doesn''t capture Longhua, how can his army go south at ease. Think of here, Su Li can''t help but head up, and this Huangfu Chaobo is born to be wrong? A few years ago, when paiyu culture and Culture Department went south to test the reaction of the Han people, they were annihilated by Huangfu Chaobo''s subordinates.


    Later, the army went south because of the defeat in Longhua, which led to the retreat from Lulong fortress. Now, it can be said that it was the third time to go south, but it was stopped by the army of Huangfu Chaobo outside Longhua city. There is a saying in the Han Dynasty, which is that there are no more than three things... Thinking of this, Sully was shocked and shook his head, trying to throw the bad idea out of his mind. Then he turned his head and looked at Fu mengcha. His most important confidant general did not know what he thought.


    Seeing that Suli looked at him, Fu mengcha calmed down and said carefully: "my Lord, in my opinion, after we captured tangtougou Town, we could arrange 10000 to 20000 cavalry here to watch the Han Army in Longhua city. The rest of the army turned south. Although another big city was bigger than Longhua, it was a newly built city, he said The defense capability of the Han army must not be comparable to that of the Han Army, which has been operating for several years. "


    On hearing this, Su Li sighed: "you mean if we didn''t go our own way, maybe we would have captured the big city. I believe a lot of people have this idea? "


    "The end will not dare! In fact, it''s only in these days that I came up with this idea. Didn''t those people want to attack this city first? "


    "Yes, we are all wrong! In your opinion, how should we deal with the current situation? "


    "Now, we have no way out. We can''t turn to give up the city and go south, so we have to fight to death!" Fu mengcha clenched his teeth and said;


    "do you see any problem with the closed garrison?"


    "The end general also felt strange, always felt that there was something strange in it. From the initial information we got, there were at most 10000 or 20000 soldiers guarding the pass. After more than a month''s war, the number of guards didn''t seem to decrease, not only the number of guards didn''t decrease, but also the fatigue of the guards didn''t appear." Speaking of this, he was shocked and looked at Suli: "is there any other way for Longhua city to get reinforcements from other cities? In this way, our chances of winning are not high. "


    Suli nodded and said, "that''s what I''m worried about. You know, Longhua city has never been open to others, let alone us. No one can enter Longhua city through tangtougou pass, so we have no way to know what''s going on inside. If Longhua can get reinforcements in other ways, our chances of winning are not low, but we can''t There is no chance of winning. "


    "So," Suli stood up fiercely and looked at fmoncha, "from tomorrow on, we must attack tangtougou pass regardless of our losses. We will discuss business tonight, and I will order all departments to dispatch soldiers to fight!"


    "The end will take orders!"


    Sure enough, in the evening of that day, when sully summoned all the ministries to discuss business, he ordered that one soldier should be drawn from each ministry in proportion, and mixed with his own thousands of troops to attack the pass from tomorrow, regardless of casualties. At the beginning, all the tribes were still reluctant. Two small tribes even spoke out against it at the instigation of others, but Suli directly pulled the patriarch out of the big account and chopped it down. The reason was that the two tribes did not respect the orders and violated the joint war orders issued by the seven tribes. Their people were also rewarded by Suli to the yuwenbu and Murong Bu as slaves.With this knife, the leaders of all the departments on the scene were silent, so the order of dispatching troops and horses to attack regardless of casualties was carried out smoothly.


    The next morning, Xianbei people''s attack began as scheduled. Outside tangtougou pass, inside the camp of Xianbei people, the blaring horn sounded, and soon tens of thousands of Xianbei troops came to tangtougou pass.


    Standing on the wall, Huang Xu doesn''t mean to be nervous when he looks at the continuous stream of Xianbei troops. You know, today''s Longhua city is not the original infantry with less than 10000 people. In the past few days, nearly 20000 reinforcements have arrived. Although he has transferred 5000 soldiers to support Zhao Yun, Huang Xu still has more than 30000 people in his hands With sufficient equipment, Huang Xu was not afraid of Xianbei''s attack. However, Huang Xu soon found something unusual in it. Today''s attack on Xianbei people is not the same as before. Although they were killed and injured by the defensive forces in the city soon, they are still fighting to death. Not only that, the central army of Xianbei army outside the pass, the war drums and trumpets are urging the troops behind to continue to attack.

 Chapter 1119

    On the wall, Huang Xu commanded the soldiers to advance and retreat another round of Xianbei people''s attack. Then he looked up at the sky. It was already in the middle of the day. Only half a day later, Xianbei people launched two rounds of attacks on tangtougouguan, each of which was a fierce attack regardless of casualties. In only half a day, nearly a thousand soldiers were killed and injured, and the casualties of Xianbei people were even greater.


    Just as Huang Xu was about to go down to the city to have a rest, the opposite horn sounded again: "damn Xianbei dog, are you in such a hurry to die? Come on, send orders to transfer 2000 soldiers to the city to replace the soldiers and horses at the head of the city! Tell the army to prepare for the battle


    With his shouts, a group of taxi soldiers climbed up the city wall and replaced Ze Pao, who had been fighting for half a day. However, these taxi soldiers who had fought back two rounds of Xianbei people''s attack, carried the injured Ze Pao and quickly stepped back from the head of the city to give the defense position to the taxi soldiers who had just climbed the city.


    Soon, close the wall, once again into the war.


    More than 100 Li to the north of Longhua, Zhao Yun has led Baima Yicong to wait here for several days. As he expected, in these days, he has intercepted dozens of Xianbei people who tried to go south. Of course, all these people were shot by Baima Yicong. Zhao Yun also knows that he is just trying to prolong the time of being found. In the mountains, there are still thousands of Xianbei people fleeing into it. They must be lucky enough to escape and ascend to heaven.


    Another point is that sully doesn''t know nothing about it. According to the prisoner''s explanation, there are only ten days of grain and grass in Suli''s army. So every five days, the battalion will send a batch of grain and grass to the battalion. These two days should be the time when grain and grass should be delivered. If Suli is alert enough, he should soon be able to find that grain and grass are not delivered on time.


    Sure enough, at noon, the southernmost guard brought back a message. They found a large group of cavalry in the south. It seems that they were sent from the camp to the rear camp. The number of cavalry was about 1000.


    Hearing the reward from the patrol, Zhao Yun finally came. There were thousands of cavalry. It seems that Suli also found out that the food and grass were not delivered on time. However, it seems that he didn''t pay much attention to it. Otherwise, he would not have sent more than a thousand cavalry. If there is a problem with the rear battalion, the Xianbei army will send at least 5000 to 10000 cavalry.


    "Well, order the army to be ready. Remember, we must keep all the 1000 cavalry. We can''t run away!"


    "No, general!"


    Several Duwei hurriedly took orders to leave. They had already arranged for it, and the location they had chosen was very good. It was a valley about several miles long. One side of the valley was close to the mountain, and the other side was close to the water. There was a valley at each end, which stretched obliquely into the western mountain. It was just right for them to hide thousands of cavalry in the valley. After Xianbei cavalry passed by, they came out to block their way to the south Zhao Yun led the rest of the white horses to block the road from the north. Once there was a block on both sides, the thousand cavalry had nowhere to escape.


    The war started and ended quickly. One thousand ordinary Xianbei cavalry were attacked from both sides by five thousand white horses. They killed and killed hundreds of people in less than a quarter of an hour, and all the others were captured.


    After solving the 1000 cavalry, Zhao Yun knew that Suli''s Xianbei army was about to retreat, and the war was imminent. Fortunately, after several days of preparation and the efforts of tens of thousands of Xianbei captives, siheyong town today is not as solid as gold, but it still has no problem in ten or eight days under the attack of Xianbei army.


    After destroying one thousand Xianbei cavalry, Zhao Yun left only one thousand white horses on guard. He led more than four thousand cavalry and escorted hundreds of prisoners back to siheyong town. From now on, he is ready to meet the withdrawal of Xianbei army.


    Just as Zhao Yun expected, on the second day when fumengcha sent 1000 cavalry to the rear camp to see the situation, several Xianbei people finally escaped into the camp safely in Suli''s camp, and the whole camp was almost well known. The rear camp of the army was lost, and the way back to the grassland was blocked by the Han people. For a moment, the whole camp was in chaos, and countless people died The clan leader and the generals of each tribe rushed to Suli''s tent in the hope that they could quickly return to the army, recapture the rear camp and return to the grassland. As for the attack on the Han City, no one cares about it. Now their own lives are in danger.


    Inside the tent, Suli was shocked by the news. Unexpectedly, the cavalry of the Han people appeared behind him and took his whole rear camp.


    "No way. How did the Chinese cavalry appear in the north? Can''t they fly past? Now the whole Youzhou and Bingzhou are under the attack of our Xianbei army. How did they appear in the north Su Li murmured;


    "Sir, it''s meaningless to think about how the Chinese cavalry got behind us now. Please make a decision as early as possible. Should we continue to attack the Han City or return to the army immediately to recapture the rear camp? According to the people who escaped, the number of cavalry of the Han people should be small, at most 10000 or 20000, but there are thousands of the most elite Baima Yicong among them. If our army returns, it should be easy to recapture the Houying. The longer it takes, the worse it will be for us. " He said in a deep voice;Su Li also knew that Fu mengcha''s words were reasonable, but he saw that the siege of the city had made progress in the past two days. Although the loss was not small, the soldiers insisted on the city for a longer time. If they insisted on it for a few more days, they might not have no hope of winning. But if they withdrew at this time, the Han Army in the city would be relieved, and they would be defeated.


    When he was hesitating, there was a loud noise outside the tent. Suli was very angry and was about to call the guards outside the tent in to scold him. However, the tent door was lifted, and his Personal Guard commander came in and reported: "report to you, the generals and clan heads of the army are outside for a meeting. They... They


    Seeing the general''s desire to talk, Sully said angrily, "whatever they say, just say it!"


    "They asked the adults to withdraw immediately and take back the food and materials of the rear camp!"


    Suli was very angry. Well, I didn''t expect that they all came to force the palace. He stood up and was about to scold angrily. Fu mengcha arched his hand and said, "my Lord, you can''t do it. If you force it, you''re afraid of change!"


    In a word, let sully as a basin of cold water, from head to foot, instantly wake up.

 Chapter 1120

    Suli suddenly found that his control of the tribe is far less than that of a few years ago. Since the defeat of Lulong fortress a few years ago, some small and medium-sized tribes under his control betrayed themselves and took refuge in other big tribes, and some tribes who still follow him are not as obedient as before. It was the best time to lead the invasion to the south this time, but I once again met the stone. So far, I haven''t gained anything. If I don''t deal with it well this time, the strength of the Suli tribe may plummet, from a large tribe in Xianbei to a small one, or even be swallowed by other tribes.


    Thinking of this, Suli finally calmed down and said to the leader of the pro Wei Tong, "please all the clan leaders and the ministers to come into the tent and talk!"


    With that, he went back to the throne and sat down. In a short moment, Suri had regained his former calm and dignity, at least that was what fmontsa looked like.


    Soon, a group of clan leaders and generals came into the tent. When they came into the tent, they saw that Suli was holding the ball of wisdom, and everyone''s fear calmed down. Several of them exchanged glances with each other. It had to be said that Suli still had a good control over the tribe, or that Suli''s prestige in the tribe he controlled was not good Low.


    Seeing that everyone was quiet, Sully said in a deep voice, "what? You are all people who have seen the great wind and the waves, and have faces on the grassland. But they are so depressed now? "


    "My Lord, it''s not that we can''t hold our breath, but the news is really amazing. Although there are not many troops in the rear camp, there are 5000 elite soldiers. Now even one soldier can''t escape. The whole rear camp has been taken away by the Han people. Now there are only a few days of food and grass in the camp. One careless army has no chance to withdraw to the grassland It''s over. " One of the patriarchs said;


    "yes!"


    "That''s right. Please make arrangements as soon as possible for Mr. Suli to return to the army and take back the food, grass, cattle and sheep from the rear camp."


    "Good


    His words soon won the support of several people. Suli knew that these people were the tribes who usually disobeyed their own Yin and Yang. Suli knew that they were still in contact with Micah and que Ji secretly. They should be looking for an opportunity to take refuge in one of them. Now they have the opportunity to attack their own reputation. How can they not make use of it.


    Su Li glanced at several people and didn''t speak immediately. Instead, he looked at several tribal leaders and generals who were usually loyal to him and said, "do you think so, too?"


    Among the Xianbei tribes under Suli''s control, Yuwen, Murong and fuming are all his staunch supporters except his own Suli tribe. The rest, such as Qujin and Chulian, as well as more than ten small and medium-sized tribes, are now somewhat indifferent to Suli.


    Seeing Su Li looking at himself, Murong Hong got up and said, "my Lord, I will think again and again. Even if the rest of the army doesn''t turn around, we must send troops to take back all the cattle and sheep from the rear camp. Otherwise, it will be a great disadvantage to our army."


    Seeing that Murong Hong supported himself, the tribal chiefs who had been separated from Suli were all happy.


    "In general Murong''s opinion, how to do better?"


    "According to the report of the herdsmen who escaped, the Han Army attacking Houying should be about 20000 cavalry soldiers, so I think we can send 50000 to 60000 troops to the north to recapture the materials of Houying and eliminate the Han Army attacking Houying at the same time."


    There are 130000 troops in Suli''s army, plus about 70000 people. But now, after two months of fighting, Suli has lost more than 20000 troops. Now, with the loss of 5000 Xianbei cavalry in Houying, Suli''s troops have lost almost 30000 troops. Now, there are only more than 100000 troops left.


    After listening to Murong Hong''s words, Suli''s heart moved. Now it''s the end of October. It''s estimated that the first heavy snow on the grassland will come in more than half a month. If Longhua city really can''t attack, it''s better to directly lead the troops back to the grassland, and he just takes this opportunity to clear away some strange guys.


    Thinking of this, Sully ordered: "general Fu Meng, you will lead 50000 troops here to continue to attack the city. Originally, you will lead 50000 troops back to the north and take back the cattle and sheep materials from the rear camp."


    With that, Suli gave five thousand palace account cavalry to Fu mengcha, plus ten thousand ordinary cavalry of Suli''s headquarters, plus ten thousand troops from Yuwen, Murong and Fu Meng, and then appointed several troops with a total of twenty-five thousand troops to continue to attack the city. And Suli led another 50000 troops to the north. In the 50000 troops, except for Suli''s 10000 palace account cavalry and 10000 ordinary soldiers, the remaining 30000 soldiers were the most loyal to Suli.


    Among the 50000 troops left to attack the city, except for the 25000 soldiers who were the loyal supporters of Suli, the remaining 25000 were basically the tribe soldiers who opposed Suli or wavered. Facing Suli''s arrangement, they had no choice but to oppose it. After all, the 5000 palace account cavalry and 10000 ordinary cavalry of Suli''s headquarters were also left at the same time To attack the city, but also responsible for the number one general under Suli.They had no choice but to take orders. After everyone retreated, Suri quietly called him back and told him in detail, then ordered him to retreat.


    Then, inside the camp of Xianbei, he began to get busy. Suli led 50000 troops to produce a large amount of dry food overnight, which made it easy for him to leave the camp quickly the next day when it was just bright and go to the direction of the rear camp to the north. After daybreak, fumengcha led 50000 troops to continue to launch a fierce attack on tangtougouguan.


    After one day''s war, the Xianbei army lost thousands of soldiers. Today, it is Suri''s trusted army under the command of fmontsa. After the end of the war, he gathered all the generals and arranged the order of attack for tomorrow''s war. After that, he was no longer in charge of the rest of the troops.


    The next day''s war was still going on, and the soldiers and horses in charge of the attack were obviously perfunctory. However, although Fu mengcha looked straight at him, he had nothing to do. After the war, he made a fire in the tent, and then he stopped.


    On the third day, it was the turn of the soldiers and horses under the command of fumengcha. However, when the ministries were preparing to continue watching the bustle of fumengcha, they found that it had already passed the time of sending troops in the morning. However, although there was constant movement in fumengcha''s camp, there were no soldiers and horses leaving the camp. After waiting for nearly half an hour, they found that something was not right.

 Chapter 1121

    Chulianxiong is the patriarch of chulianbu. He has a very good relationship with qujinzhe, the patriarch of qujinbu. The two of them, together with Fu Meng, Murong, and Yuwen, are the biggest five tribes under Suli''s command except for their own. However, the big army in the past few years not only failed to benefit from chulianbu and qujinbu, but also lost the master''s tribe, making them the worst of the five tribes, On the contrary, Su Li paid more attention to the other three and alienated the two, which made Lian Xiong and Qu jinzhe more dissatisfied with Su Li.


    During the southern invasion, the rest of the tribes attacked the city and plundered the land, and gained a lot. However, the Suli tribe was unable to move forward under the fortified city, which made them even more dissatisfied. So they contacted some small and medium-sized tribes who were also dissatisfied to fight against Suli openly and secretly. This time, they were even more so after Suli left them.


    However, what happened this morning was so strange that Chu lianxiong and Qu jinzhe soon found something unusual. Then they led their own guards to gather the leaders of various departments to go to the camp to see what happened. Who knows, they found that the gate of the camp was closed in front of the camp. When they approached, they were surprised that there was only one sentry inside the camp I''m a grasshopper.


    Seeing this, both of them were shocked. Chu lianxiong quickly walked to the gate of the camp and kicked the gate open. Then they rushed to the camp with their own soldiers. The situation inside made them feel like they were in an ice cave. Although the tent was complete inside the camp, there was not even a single person. As for why people outside heard the people inside call their horses hissing, it was all It''s all fumengcha who moves inside. Everywhere in the camp, dozens of sheep are hanging there. At their feet is a big drum. The sheep move on the drum from time to time, so the dozens of big drums are beating from time to time.


    Around the camp, there were dozens and hundreds of horses. They were all tied tightly. Where the horses could not reach, piles of grass were put. At that time, the horses could not reach the pile of grass even if they stretched their necks, so they often hissed.


    "The hanging sheep beat the drum and starved the bell."


    If Han generals or players see this scene, they will yell. Unfortunately, a group of Xianbei people don''t know this allusion, but it doesn''t prevent them from knowing the fact that Fu mengcha has led the Xianbei army to run away, and more than 20000 troops have become the abandoned son of Suli. In addition to this, several people also think about it One problem is that once sully runs back to the grassland, he will surely attack his tribe, and his tribe will be finished.


    "Damn Sully, damn fmontsa! If I see you again, I will tear you to pieces! " Chulianxiong roars and draws out his machete. He cuts the head of the sheep in front of him. He cuts the head of the sheep with a knife, and the blood is all over him.


    "Come on, recruit troops immediately. Fmontha children should leave soon. We will catch up with these guys and kill them in a river of blood." Put away his crooked horse, chulianxiong yelled at his own guards;


    "no, chulianxiong, wait a moment!" Go to Jin Zhe to stop quickly,


    "why not!"


    "Chulian, if we don''t care. The Han people are sure to come after Su Li. In this way, we are in Su Li''s favor. Moreover, we don''t have much food and grass, so we are ready to go again in the end. "


    After being persuaded by Qu jinzhe, Chu lianxiong calmed down and immediately sent people to search for useful materials in the camp of Fu mengcha. Unfortunately, they only found hundreds of cattle and sheep and enough food and grass for their more than 20000 troops in one day. All the rest were taken away by Fu mengcha.


    In desperation, they had to order their troops to pack up all the food and grass, kill all the cattle and sheep, divide the meat, pack it in bags and take it all away. Different from the early preparation of fumengcha, they were in a hurry to prepare for evacuation, so they were not ready until noon, and then they led the army to the north to make preparations For the sake of safety, the two major departments each sent out 2000 cavalry to monitor the situation of the Han Army in tangtougou pass. In this way, they appeased the small and medium-sized tribes who followed them.


    Just as the last group of Xianbei troops rose, the door of tangtougou pass was opened, and two thousand cavalry poured out of the pass and ran towards the direction of the withdrawal of Xianbei troops. These were the last two thousand Pro guards, trapped camp and Tiebi camp around Huangfu Chaobo. In fact, before the Xianbei army attacked in the morning, Guo Jia realized that the news that Zhao Yun''s army must have attacked the rear camp of Xianbei had spread to the Xianbei middle army. So after the Xianbei army didn''t attack in the morning, Huangfu Chaobo sent out the last 2000 cavalry to see the situation of the Xianbei army.


    Just as qujinbu and chulianbu led the last 20000 Xianbei troops to leave, more than 200 miles to the north, Suli had already led 50000 troops to siheyong town. Looking at the territory built by the river in front of him, Suli couldn''t help taking a breath. He had occupied it with no effort at first, but now it was only a few days since it was lost, and the Han Army died The jusen wall about two feet high has been built. These are not the most important. The most important thing is that you are separated from the opposite territory by a river tens of feet wide. Facing such a wide river, you can only look at the river and sigh.


    Fortunately, Suli was also prepared. Seeing this situation, he ordered the army to set up camp on the other side of the river, and then sent people to Ethan town further north to inquire about the Han Army''s intelligence. To his relief, the road back to the grassland was still open. It seemed that the Han Army had not been able to eat its own army.Looking at the Han Army on the other side of the river, Murong Hong said to Suli, "my Lord, do you want to attack?"


    Sully sighed and said, "if you really attack, how much do you know?"


    When Murong Hong heard this, he didn''t know what Suli meant: "our food and grass can only last for less than ten days. If we delay here for a few more days, we won''t even have the chance to retreat to the grassland."


    "So, the army is waiting here for a day. When the troops of Fu mengcha get together, we will go back to the grassland. The city of the Han people is becoming more and more difficult to fight. In time, maybe even the grassland will not have a foothold for us Xianbei people. At that time, the Han people didn''t dare to leave the Great Wall, but now At this point, Sully sighed. He went south twice and suffered a lot. Let alone gain any benefits, he lost nearly half of the army and countless cattle and sheep supplies. It seems that he should be cautious when he goes south again. However, this time his loss could be recovered from other tribes. Thinking of this, a sneer appeared on Suli''s face, but his eyes were looking to the south of Longhua.

 Chapter 1122

    At noon the next day, with more than 20000 troops and horses, fumengcha escorted thousands of herdsmen and craftsmen to siheyong town to join the army of Suli department. In more than one day, Suli also gathered thousands of fleeing Xianbei herdsmen. In this way, his troops and horses once again reached 80000 or 90000, but the food sector could only support less than 10 days.


    After joining the army of the Ministry of Monza, Suli did not hesitate, quietly sent someone to shoot an arrow into siyonghe Town, and then led the 80000 men and horses to the direction of the grassland without looking back. On the arrow he shot at Zhenji, he wrote with a piece of cloth the information of the more than 20000 rear army. The meaning is very obvious, that is, I don''t want hundreds of thousands of cattle, sheep and horses and the more than 20000 rear army. I give them all to you.


    On the wall of the town, Zhao Yun looked at the piece of cloth with a smile and said: "Su Li, the plan of killing people with a knife is smooth. Come on, order the army to stop the 20000 Xianbei cavalry! I can''t help you with 70000 people, and I''m afraid of 20000 people? "


    "General, if it''s really close to sully, if there are forty or fifty thousand cavalry in the back, we will not be deceived." One of the generals nearby said anxiously;


    "it''s not that Ben believed Suli. You can see the number of Xianbei troops behind you as soon as you think about it. How many troops did Suli have in the south? How much is lost in Longhua? Now how many people leave to return to the grassland? These things can be known as soon as you calculate them. Moreover, even if you roughly figure out how many horses are behind, you must arrange for the Marquis to inquire carefully. " Zhao Yun explained carefully to the generals around him;


    all the generals nodded in agreement.


    "Well, order to go down, and all departments are ready to take over. After this war, Yanbei county will be safe. In addition, a large number of scouts are sent to follow the Suli army. If you find any abnormality, you should report it as soon as possible


    "No!"


    In the evening, the news came back from the South and the north respectively. The Suli army in the north had arrived in the town of Ethan river. They had camped in Ethan River town. It seemed that they were going to stay there for one night, and then they would continue their journey north tomorrow.


    The southern army, as Su Li reminds us, is more than 23000 troops, which is less than 60 miles away from siheyong town. That is to say, the two armies are only one day away from cavalry. Under such circumstances, Zhao Yun decides not to intercept Xianbei''s guard army in the south of siheyong Town, but to let them pass siheyong town After that, chase from behind. Because according to Suli, the guard army has less than two days of food. If Suli didn''t cheat himself, the guard army of Xianbei people would have no food.


    Another reason why he let it go of siheyong town is that Zhao Yun is not sure if Suli has set up such a trap and is ready to attack the army on both sides. If so, once his 30000 cavalry are dragged down by Xianbei rear army and Suli''s 700000 troops turn south to attack him, then the 30000 army will probably be gone in the first World War.


    After one afternoon''s consideration, Zhao Yun decided to keep most of the rear troops of Xianbei army. However, Zhao Yun, the tribal leaders, is ready to let them return to the grassland. In time, they will bring Suli no trouble.


    The next day, with the passage of time, the movements of the two Xianbei armies were denounced and sent to Zhao Yun. In the north, Suli began to have breakfast early in the morning, and then quickly left the town of Ethan River, heading for the entrance to the northernmost grassland of Yanbei road. However, the Xianbei army in the South didn''t start to set out until daybreak, and came to the north. According to the observation of Chihou, the Xianbei army in the South did not have much food as Suli said. Except for a few soldiers and horses, most of them were powerless.


    It wasn''t until noon that the army arrived at the West Bank of the river outside siheyong town. Like the army of Suli, chulianxiong and yunqujinzhe led the army to siheyong town. They were shocked by the situation before them. A few months ago, it was a small town with small wooden walls, but now it is surrounded by huge wooden walls. The two or three Zhang high jumuzhen wall is their company The Xianbei cavalry, who had not enough to eat, could conquer. However, the tens of thousands of troops of the Ministry of Suri have disappeared as they expected.


    By this time, even ordinary Xianbei soldiers knew that they had been abandoned by the Suli army. From the situation of the town''s walls, it is obvious that the tens of thousands of troops led by sully did not attack the town at all. Instead, they went all the way north to the grassland.


    Looking at the feeble majority of Xianbei cavalry on the other side of the river, Zhao Yun suddenly had an idea and called a general to explain to him in this way. The general soon nodded and left. Later, the gate to the east of the town was opened, and the general, escorted by several cavalry, went around the south of the town and towards the Xianbei army on the west side of the Ethan river.


    Soon, they came to the Xianbei army. The first general, Le Ma, stood 200 paces away and yelled, "listen, the Xianbei cavalry in front of us are led by two generals, Chu lianxiong of Chu company and Qu jinzhe of Qu Jinbu? My general has something to give to the two generals! "Chu lianxiong and Qu jinzhe in the army looked at each other, and they were surprised by each other''s eyes. Why did the Han General know that they were leading the army, but they soon realized that it must be Suli''s ghost. They didn''t expect that Suli would do anything to get rid of them. They were very angry when they thought of this.


    Chu lianxiong nodded to Qu jinzhe, then turned his head and nodded to a general beside him. The general immediately came out and said, "it''s the two generals who lead the troops. I don''t know what Han General has to give to the two generals!"


    The general of Tang army took a look at the Xianbei general in front of him, and saw that he had no abnormal complexion and good spirit. He knew that he should be chulianxiong or qujinzhe''s confidant, so he threw his cloth into his hand, and then said in a loud voice: "Suli has sold more than 20000 of you. My general knows that you have run out of food now, if you surrender My general promised to spare you from death. Of course, if you want to die, we will help you


    With that, the Tang general turned his horse and left.


    Tang general''s words surprised the Xianbei soldiers around him. In an uproar, the cloth was handed over to Chu lianxiong. Chu lianxiong took it over and saw it. His face turned blue with anger. He then handed it over to Qu jinzhe. At this time, the leaders of all the big and small tribes had arrived at their side. They all knew what the Han generals had just said, so they wanted to ask the two tribal chiefs what they meant and where they would go.

 Chapter 1123

    Seeing that everyone had arrived, they both knew that they could not hide it now, so they went to jinzhe and handed the cloth of Suli Suo army to a clan leader beside them. After everyone had seen it, everyone''s face was covered with ashes. After retreating from Longhua, everyone thought that if the Han people didn''t know the inside story, they couldn''t say that some of their more than 20000 troops could escape smoothly. Now that the Han people know their real situation, it''s impossible for them to escape. If their troops can''t return to the grassland On top of that, his tribe is estimated to be in the bag of Suli and his subordinates.


    Thinking about this, several patriarchs could not help shouting at Su Li. Looking at the reaction of all the people in the field, Chuxiong and qujinzhe could not help feeling a sense of powerlessness.


    At this moment, an idea flashed through his mind. Then he couldn''t erase it any more. Looking at all the people present, he went to jinzhe and said, "you guys, I have an idea. I think we should have a good discussion. Maybe we have a chance to leave this ghost place and go back to our tribe."


    Soon, they ordered the army to rest on the spot, and they came to the foot of the mountain in the West under the protection of their own soldiers, and discussed the idea of going to jinzhe under the shade of a tree.


    In fact, his method is very simple, that is, to negotiate with the Han general, the army can surrender to them, but the Han army must agree to let them leave, and provide them with food for a month, so that they can return to their tribe smoothly. If the Han generals did not agree, they would fight to the death and use these 20000 soldiers to hold down the Han Army, while their party fled under the protection of their own guards.


    The way of going to jinzhe was immediately agreed by all the leaders. In their opinion, as long as they can escape back to the tribe smoothly, as for the more than 20000 soldiers, they will be gone. You should know that they still have half of the soldiers in the tribe. As long as they return to the tribe, the soldiers will have a chance in the future. If they have no chance to survive, what''s more It''s all in vain.


    Soon, several tribal leaders reached a unanimous decision, so they sent several envoys to negotiate with the Han Army in the town. After several rounds of negotiation, the Han Army General finally agreed to their request. However, the Han Army limited the number of people who left to 2000. All the tribes quarreled for the sake of the two thousand people. After half a day''s discussion, they finally reached a unanimous decision. After all, such a thing should not be known to ordinary soldiers, otherwise their ideas would be defeated.


    In the afternoon, the two sides finally reached a consensus. At the request of the leaders of the tribes, more than 20000 Xianbei cavalry put down their weapons and marched one by one under the command of the Tang soldiers towards the prisoner''s camp which had already been prepared. In the camp, food was waiting for them, and all the generals above the centurion rank were killed He was held incommunicado in a courtyard in the town.


    The chieftains of chujiaxiong, qujinzhe and other tribes stayed outside the town with three horses and one man. They watched quietly as their soldiers were escorted into the town by the Han army. After all the Xianbei soldiers and horses were escorted into the town, Zhao Yun led five thousand white horses out of the town. Seeing this, everyone was pale. They thought Zhao Yun was going to destroy Nuo and annihilate them.


    Seeing their faces, Zhao Yun said with a smile: "don''t worry. I will never break my promise. However, I must remind you patriarchs not to take too long on the road. If you let Suli rush back to the old camp first, your tribe will be in danger."


    "Thank you for reminding me, General Zhao. If there''s nothing else, I''ll leave now!" The leaders of Xianbei also knew that what Zhao Yun said was true. When they saw Zhao Yun, they didn''t mean to embarrass themselves, but they didn''t dare to stay any longer. After finishing their food, they turned over and mounted their horses and drove them towards the grassland to the north. Instead of taking the route of the sully army, they turned to the West and entered the prairie by another valley that was not suitable for the army.


    The soldiers of the Tang army were very happy to see Xianbei cavalry go away. The war lasted for several months was finally over. Although the Tang army also lost nearly ten thousand troops and horses, it was a great victory. It captured nearly eighty thousand Xianbei cavalry and ordinary herdsmen, and harvested two or three hundred thousand cattle, sheep and horses. In the last wave alone, nearly 50000 horses were harvested. You should know that more than 20000 Xianbei cavalry are the standard configuration of one man and two horses.


    In the middle of happiness, a large group of people suddenly appeared from the south. They were all shocked and quickly lined up to wait. Zhao Yun saw that in front of him was the scouting team sent by himself. He knew that it must be the soldiers sent by Longhua to explore the movement of Xianbei army. Sure enough, a moment later, the cavalry was getting closer and closer. It was Gao Shun''s two thousand guards.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun quickly pulls out his horse to meet him. After the two of them meet, Zhao Yun tells Gao shun the situation of the war. Gao Shun is surprised to learn that Xianbei people should surrender so easily, but he is also very happy, so he says: "General Zhao, then the general will not go in, so he leads the troops back to Longhua and reports the good news to the Lord "I''m not sure


    Zhao Yun was stunned and persuaded Gao Shun: "General Gao, it''s getting late today. The army has been out for several days. It''s better to rest in the town today and return tomorrow. As for reporting the news to the Lord, I can send a team of soldiers to Longhua day and night. "On hearing this, Gao Shun looked up at the sky and the soldiers around him. Although they didn''t say anything, they were still tired after the Xianbei army for two days in a row, so he didn''t ask. He said: "this will trouble General Zhao!"


    "No problem. General Gao will lead the soldiers into the town to have a rest. I will have to go to see the Xianbei prisoners first."


    "The general will be busy With that, Gao Shun, led by a white horse Yicong general, enters the town to have a rest.


    When Gao Shun led the guards into the town, Zhao Yuncai began to be busy again. First he wrote down the whole war, then he recruited a general of Baima Yicong, sent him a group of Baima Yicong, and ordered them to send the war report to Longhua overnight and give it to Huangfu Chaobo. Then he sent a thousand white horses to the north to keep an eye on the movement of the Xianbei army of the Suli department, so as to prevent the Suli army from suddenly turning around and making a surprise attack.


    After arranging these things, it was dark. There were still a large number of weapons and supplies and tens of thousands of horses not sent to the town on the West Bank of the Ethan river. So Zhao Yun ordered to immediately transfer 10000 ordinary Xianbei prisoners from the town to transport all the supplies and horses to the town and the fence in the east of the town.

 Chapter 1124

    After Zhao Yun persuaded Xianbei''s troops to surrender, he devoted himself to the tight defense arrangement. You know, from the beginning of the war to now, no force has been able to capture so many Xianbei prisoners, and the rest of the battlefield has basically been defeated.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was discussing the war situation with Guo Jia and Huang Xu. Now the Tang army has regained control of tangtougou Town, and 5000 Tang soldiers have entered the town early this morning. After a day''s arrangement and preparation, the defense ability of the town has been restored. However, Huangfu Chaobo is not very happy. Now the Xianbei army has begun to retreat, but I still don''t know what''s going on. I only have 2000 guards in my hand that can be used as cavalry. Now I''ve sent them all out, but it''s the next day, and there''s still no result.


    "Fengxiao, in your opinion, there should be no problem with Zilong?" Huangfu Chaobo looks at Guo Jia;


    "Lord, you can rest assured that General Zhao Yun has 30000 cavalry and 5000 soldiers in his hand. They only need to defeat the rear camp of Xianbei people and regain control of siheyong Town, then they can enter the town for defense. The Xianbei people who have lost their food and supplies will not last long. Now general Gao Shun has also led the army to follow the Xianbei people. I believe that the news will come tomorrow at most. " Guo Jia talks about it.


    Huangfu Chaobo also knows that with Gao Shun''s prudence and the strong fighting power of Tiebi 2nd Battalion, even if he can''t fight against the Xianbei army, no one can escape, so his worry is not necessary. But now it''s not easy to get to the final stage. It''s hard to avoid some uneasiness in my heart. Thinking of this, he changes the topic.


    Today, the news of Zhou Qiang''s capture of Jianping, Liucheng and Yangdong has spread. Gongsun Zan is very generous to admit Zhou Qiang''s occupation of the three cities. The above table recommends Zhou Wen as the general of the right army of the fourth grade and Zhou Qiang as the general of the fourth grade.


    Zhou Qiang''s surrender of the Wuhuan people is equivalent to the elimination of the threat to the east of Lulong County and Liaoxi County, which is a good thing for Gongsun Zan, so he is also happy to do this. There is a difference between the above recommendation and the direct appointment. The above recommendation shows that they belong to the generals of the imperial court, while the direct appointment of Gongsun Zan means that they are generals under the command of the Duke of Yan. There are essential differences between them.


    "What does fengxiao think Xiaoqiang should do? What''s more, how should our army arrange and act in the future? " Huangfu Chaobo asked Guo Jiadao;


    "with Mr. Zhongxiang''s ability, he will certainly persuade general Xiaoqiang to reorganize his army this year and send troops to Liaodong next year. And our Tang army must clear away the remnant enemy in Yanbei County as soon as possible, and then send troops to Lulong as soon as possible to help the Yan army to pacify Lulong''s Xianbei invasion. " Guo Jia said with a serious face;


    today''s gongsunzan has been attacked everywhere. There are small and medium-sized tribal rebellions in the West four counties of Youzhou, and the invasion of Xianbei army outside, which can be said to be internal and external troubles. Today, although Lu long has barely held Pingquan City, the area north of Pingquan city has all fallen into the hands of Xianbei people, and the wangmen department in Chifeng City is still in the dark.


    Now, although the alien rebellion in the four western counties of Youzhou has been suppressed, the eastern Lulong County and the western Shanggu county are in danger. Lulong''s situation is fairly stable, but Shanggu''s situation is even worse. After more than a month''s attack, Kirby Neng''s army finally entered Shanggu.


    Yan Gang is now ready to cry without tears, and his luck is really bad. Less than a month after he took over Shanggu, he encountered the invasion of Xianbei army. Although the leader fought to resist, the strength in his hand is really insufficient. In addition, the strength that can be transferred from other places is really limited. After more than a month of defense, Guangning and Ningxian were lost one after another In desperation, Yan Gang had to retreat to JuYang and Juyong while leading the disabled soldiers. At the same time, he urgently sent people to Jicheng for rescue.


    When Shanggu county was lost, Lv Bu army''s Daijun county was also affected by the disaster of the pond fish. After the corbinen army invaded Shanggu, they divided into two groups and began to plunder the two counties. In fact, when Shanggu was invaded by Xianbei people, it was Lv Bu''s Daijun who suffered the most. There were mountains between Shanggu and Yuyang Zhuo, but there was no barrier between Shanggu and Daijun. Therefore, more than half of Xianbei''s army went to Daijun to plunder.


    Fortunately, Gongsun Zan''s response was not slow. After getting Yan Gang''s warning, he ordered Gongsun''s sequel of Jicheng to prepare for 10000 soldiers. When the news came that Shanggu had been conquered by Xianbei army, Gongsun immediately sent the 10000 soldiers to Juyong Pass to strengthen the defense of Juyong Pass, making it a mutual horn with JuYang and Juyong. In this way, the two cities and one pass would be better The defense has basically stabilized.


    However, Lu Bu''s army suffered a lot. They were almost attacked at the same time by corbinen and budugen. Rao Shi Lu Bu was brave, and Bingzhou Langqi was also a strong soldier. However, he was defeated by the two Xianbei armies. Just when Daijun was plundered by corbinen, Yunzhong Jun was also invaded by budugen. Wuquan, Beiyu and Yuanyang cities were successively conquered. As a result, qinyi, the governor of Yunzhong, and Song Xian, the Duwei of Yunzhong, had to concentrate their forces to defend Yunzhong and allow Xianbei people to plunder four places in Yunzhong.


    Lu Bu, who was attacked on both sides, had to use Chen Gong''s tactics and ordered Zhang Liao to lead ten thousand cavalry and ten thousand infantry to Pingcheng. He, together with Li Feng, the governor of Daijun County, and Hou Cheng, the Duwei of Daijun County, guarded the road of corbinang''s westward March to Yanmen. Then he personally led tens of thousands of troops into the cloud, preparing to drive yunzhongyoubu out of Bingzhou first, and then turn back to meet corbinang eastward.Further west of Shuofang county and Wuyuan County, several allies of Huangfu Chaobo are also struggling to support. Although Xianbei people are not good at attacking cities, they can not mobilize many troops, no matter Shuofang or Wuyuan. After more than a month''s hard support, four important pass cities, namely, Jilu fortress, gaoque fortress, Wujia river city and Manyi Valley, fell successively, and Qianman and Putou successively invaded Shuofang county and Wuyuan County.


    Fortunately, after a month''s hard support, all the grain in the two counties has been harvested and put into storage. Today, there is almost nothing to plunder except some scattered players leading the land. All of them are concentrated in several cities by several people. Therefore, Qian man who invaded Shuofang and Pu tou who invaded Wuyuan failed to make up for the loss of troops and horses in Bingzhou after dismantling the generals.

 Chapter 1125

    As for the battlefield situation in other places, Huangfu Chaobo is not very clear, but Guo Jia has a preliminary plan for the Tang army''s next strategic arrangement for Yanbei. Of course, the specific arrangement needs to wait until Zhao yunbu''s war results are out.


    Now it''s November, at most one month, and the first heavy snow will fall. So we must annihilate all Xianbei troops in Yanbei county and Lulong County before the snow. At least we should defeat them. If they have a firm foothold in Lulong County in another winter, it will be more troublesome.


    Although the war is not over yet, the people transported from Qingzhou have started again. Soon tens of thousands of people will arrive in Yanbei County, and they must be settled before it snows.


    As for other things, the real arrangement must wait until Zhao Yun''s news before making a decision. Fortunately, they didn''t wait long. In the early morning of the next day, Zhao Yun''s messenger arrived at tangtougou pass and sent the battle report to Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing Zhao Yun''s battle report, Huangfu Chaobo was very happy. He didn''t expect that Zhao Yun was so relaxed in persuading more than 20000 Xianbei troops to surrender in the last battle. What''s more, he released all the tribal leaders I went back.


    After hearing the news, Guo Jia and Huang Xu saw Zhao Yun''s war report and both applauded. Guo Jia even said with a smile: "general Zilong really has a long-term vision. This is a plan of killing two birds with one stone. It can not only make us control the tens of thousands of Xianbei cavalry more smoothly, but also divide the power of Suli tribe of Xianbei people. I believe that after these tribal heads return to the tribe, they will surely be defeated He turned against the Ministry of Suri. Therefore, we still need to do one thing, that is, try to weaken the strength of Micah department and que machine department attacking Lulong County, so that the strength of the three departments of Xianbei in the East is almost the same. Otherwise, it is easy to cause the dominance of one family, which is unfavorable to us and Gongsun Zan. "


    Said to rise, Guo Jia simply did not go back to rest, went to the map in front of a careful look.


    After a long time, he raised his head from the map and asked Huang Xu for advice: "General Huang, I want to ask how many roads there are from Longhua to Chifeng, and what are the conditions of these roads? Please explain them to me in detail."


    Huang Xu walked quickly to the map, pointed to the map and explained to Guo Jia in detail: "report back to the military division. At present, our department has discovered that there are two main roads and one small road from Longhua to Chifeng. In the south, they pass through Xiabancheng, Pingquan city and take Lulong road to Chifeng, and in the north, they take yixunhe town and go all the way east to Chifeng. This road is the route that huyanda took to Chifeng. "


    "In addition, from siheyongyi road to the East, there is a path to Chifeng, but for the army, it is more difficult to walk than baihugouguan and the grassland. In addition to these three roads, if the army wants to walk, it can only take a detour through the grassland. "


    Huang Xu pointed out the situation of each road in detail for Guo Jia on the map, including the situation in the mountains and rivers of each road.


    Guo Jia thought while listening. After Huang Xu finished, he slowly asked, "if you let the general choose, how many cavalry can you recruit among the soldiers in Yanbing county? Of course, General Zhao Yun''s 20000 Xianbei cavalry and 50000 ordinary Xianbei captives need not be considered for the time being. "


    Huang xulue pondered and said: "there were 15000 soldiers and 16000 guards in Yanbei county. Most of them are proficient in riding. If they can be used as cavalry in the Central Plains, it will be speculated that the military division wants to fight with Xianbei people in Lulong. In this way, the cavalry skills of the cavalry must be at least intermediate level Yes, only those with advanced riding skills can be included in the battalions. "


    "In this way, in addition to the ten thousand cavalry taken away by general Yun and Zhao Yun, ten thousand cavalry can also be recruited. As for the horses


    "Don''t worry about the war horses, General Zhao Yun has harvested tens of thousands of horses? It can be adjusted directly from there. According to the general, ten thousand cavalry can be recruited. With the thirty thousand cavalry in general Zhao Yun''s hands, forty thousand cavalry can be sent out in Yanbei County, which is not enough to deal with the Xianbei army in Lulong County. "


    Speaking of this, Guo Jia turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "please tell general Gongsun that if you want to break the Xianbei army in Lulong County, you need at least 30000 cavalry from Yan army to fight. In addition, the Xiaoqiang general in Liucheng, western Liaoning, also asked him to send troops from Jianping, at least 10000 cavalry. In this way, we will be able to gather 80000 cavalry, which will certainly make the strength of the two Xianbei units, Micah and que Ji, seriously damaged. They will be able to go to the south in three or five years. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and asked Gongsun Zan to send out 30000 cavalry troops. If it was before this year, let alone 30000, it would be 50000 or 60000, and most of them were elite. Unfortunately... It''s Xiaoqiang in Liucheng. Although he has subdued the Wuhuan people, I don''t know if there will be any problem in sending 10000 cavalry.


    Thinking of this, he told Guo Jia what he thought, but Guo Jia said with a smile: "my Lord, you can rest assured that although Wuhuan in western Liaoning is not as good as a chicken, it''s still easy to gather up one or two ten thousand string controllers. Now it''s just that general Xiaoqiang is reorganizing his troops, pulling out ten thousand elite Wuhuan cavalry, which is more beneficial to others."Huangfu Chaobo thought that it was true. He handed over 10000 elite Wuhuan cavalry to xianyuyin and xianyufu, and brought them out to fight a few battles. These cavalry no longer belonged to Wuhuan, but really belonged to Xiaoqiang. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said: "OK, I will send a letter to Gongsun Zan and Zhou Wen of leting immediately, so that they can come to meet as soon as possible. By the way, how does the army go out? "


    "Starting from here, go around to the west of Chifeng, first get rid of all the Xianbei troops around Chifeng, and then go back to encircle and annihilate the Xianbei troops entering the hinterland of Lulong County. Only in this way can the strength of the two Xianbei armies be weakened to the greatest extent. " Guo Jia pointed to the Yixun River town road;


    then he looked at Huang Xu and said, "General Huang, please gather these soldiers to Yixun River town as soon as possible. At the same time, please ask the Lord to order General Zhao Yun to take 30000 cavalry to Yixun River town. These 40000 cavalry have less than ten days to train there. Today is November 8, at most one month, The first heavy snow of this year will come down, so our time is very tight. The general also needs to tell general Gongsun and general Xiaoqiang that their two cavalry units must also arrive at Ethan River town within ten days, so that they don''t have to cherish horsepower. When they destroy the two Xianbei troops and horses in Lulong County, they are afraid that there will be no horses available! "


    When they heard that, they were all very bright. Indeed, we can see from their horses in siheyong town. Now in siheyong Town, with nearly 50000 horses of all levels contributed by Xianbei cavalry who finally surrendered, there are more than 100000 horses of all kinds. Huangfu Chaobo believes that they will think of this problem.

 Chapter 1126

    In Lulong County, Pingquan City, Gongsun Zan met Meng Yi, the governor of Yanbei County of Tang army, who came from Chengde.


    "My lower official, Meng Yi, the governor of Yanbei, paid a visit to the Duke of Yan!"


    "Your pardon! But what''s the matter with Tang Gong? "


    "Back to the Duke of Yan, I came here at the order of my Lord. I have a few things to tell him."


    "But it doesn''t hurt to say so!"


    "Yes, one of them is to let Yangong know that our Tang army had repulsed the Xianbei army of Suli department at noon yesterday. At present, the Suli army has withdrawn from Yanbei boundary and entered the grassland."


    As soon as this remark came out, all the people in the hall were in awe. Gongsun Zan was even more surprised. He patted the case in front of him and said, "has the Tang army defeated the Xianbei army? There should be more than 100000 troops in Suli, right? How much did the Tang army lose? "


    "When we returned to the Duke of Yan, our army lost more than 10000 soldiers, while the Xianbei army only had less than 80000 soldiers and horses returning to the grassland, but they were all soldiers of Suli''s trusted tribe. The total number of troops invading Yanbei was about 200000, of which more than 30000 were killed, and the rest 20000 soldiers and 50000 civilians were captured by General Zhao Yun." Meng Yi bows to reply, and it''s hard to hide his happiness in his tone.


    Gongsun zanmeng was shocked. He got up from his seat and looked at Meng Yi with an unbelievable expression: "is that true?"


    "Dare not deceive the Duke of Yan!" Meng Yi replied respectfully. With that, he told the story of the war at the request of Gongsun Zan.


    After listening to Gongsun Zan, he was speechless for a long time, and then said, "the Duke of Tang sent the Taishou to come here, but there are other things?"


    "The second purpose of returning to the state of Yan is to be ordered by my Lord. My Lord said that he wanted to unite with the Duke of Yan and Xiaoqiang general in western Liaoning to drive out the main force of Xianbei army in Lulong before the heavy snow came down this year."


    "Is that true?"


    "It''s no joke. My Lord said that the death of lips is due to the cold teeth. If there is a loss in Lulong County, Yanbei county will not survive alone. That''s why the military division has the idea that the three families should join forces to annihilate the Xianbei army that sent troops to Lulong as much as possible."


    "As expected, Tang Gong still attached importance to emotion and justice as before. Please tell me clearly, how do you want our army to unite? " Gongsun Zan was overjoyed at the news, and immediately got up to ask Meng Yi;


    seeing this, Meng Yi explained Guo Jia''s strategy to Gongsun Zan carefully. After hearing this, Gongsun Zan didn''t immediately say yes. Instead, he fell into deep meditation. He was a strong man, and it was obvious that his own troops were not dominant. In this way, he knew at a glance the situation of the leader and follower in the subsequent war, but he was not too willing.


    But Guan Jing stood up and asked, "why should we go from Yanbei to Chifeng instead of Pingquan? Is it more straightforward to send troops like this? "


    "It''s Guo Jun Shi''s intention that since the Xianbei people have sent out a large army to attack, they just take this opportunity to annihilate most of them in Lulong. If most of the Xianbei army is annihilated, it is believed that Lulong and Yanbei will be safe for several years. Lulong is not like Yanbei. The northern part of Lulong is grassland. If the main force and rear camp of Xianbei army can not be defeated first, the main force will escape, and it will not be easy to send troops to pursue them at that time. "


    "The other thing is," said Meng Yi, stopping for a moment on purpose, then looking at the people. After all the troops focused on themselves, he said slowly, "do you know how many materials, cattle, sheep and horses General Zhao Yun got in Suli barracks?"


    "How much?" They all asked together;


    "there are about 100000 cattle and sheep, 50000 or 60000 horses, and countless other materials!" When Meng Yi saw that Gongsun Zan''s mouth was full, he said,


    "God


    "More than 100000 cattle and sheep!"


    "Fifty or sixty thousand horses at all levels!"


    After hearing this figure, both civil servants and military generals were shocked. The harvest alone was enough to make the cavalry of the Yan army regain their former glory. What''s more, there were a lot of other materials and food in the rear camp of Xianbei. If they could capture some of them, the harvest would be huge.


    "How to distribute the gains of this war?" Guan Jing asked in a hurry;


    "it''s divided according to the number of troops sent by each family and the proportion of battle damage after the war. Of course, all the troops sent this time are cavalry, and all cavalry skills must be above intermediate level." Meng Yi replied;


    "please wait for me, and I''ll give you a reply after careful discussion." Gongsun Zan sees Guan Jing''s wink and says to Meng Yi,


    "I''ll leave first!" After hearing this, Meng Yi immediately salutes Gongsun Zan, and then withdraws from the county government under the guidance of Gongsun Zan''s soldiers.


    After Meng Yi stepped down, Gongsun Zan looked at the people in the hall and said, "how about it? Do you think the Tang army''s strategy is feasible? "


    "My Lord, after careful consideration, this strategy of the Tang army is really feasible! I agree with the Lord and the Tang army to join forces As the chief counselor of Gongsun Zan, Guan Jing must be the first to express his position.


    The rest of the people also nodded, Gongsun praised: "well, if you don''t prepare early, start as soon as possible. I think the intention of the Tang army is to get rid of Lulong''s Xianbei dog before the heavy snow falls, so as not to change over time. It''s just that there are some objections about the number of troops sent out!" Speaking of this, Gongsun Zan looked at Shan Jing, the prefect of western Liaoning, and said, "how many cavalry can be deployed in western Liaoning? I mean the cavalry that has reached the standard that the abbot just said? "Shan Jing thought silently in his heart and said, "five thousand, we will be able to send out five thousand cavalry, but the horses are still enough. At present, it should be six thousand."


    At present, there are 3000 cavalry in western Liaoning. One thousand of them are the private soldiers of the single classics. They are equipped with one man and two horses, while the other 2000 cavalry are equipped with one man and one horse. Therefore, there are 6000 war horses in the single classics.


    Gongsun Zan also made some calculations in his mind, saying: "now there are 5000 white horses in Pingquan City, 25000 ordinary cavalry, and then 5000 more selected from the soldiers. A total of 40000 cavalry rushed to Yanbei county to join the Tang army. As for the few horses, they must borrow or buy from the Tang army first, and they must be fully equipped."


    "My Lord is wise!" All the generals bowed down to answer the question;


    just after Gongsun Zan made the plan to send troops, a team of messengers rushed to YangLe from leting that night and sent an invitation letter to Xiaoqiang, the actual controller of YangLe. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s letter, Xiaoqiang agreed to send troops without saying a word. However, as for the number of troops, he decided to send 20000 troops. He personally led 5000 Wuhuan cavalry and 15000 ordinary Wuhuan cavalry. As for generals, in addition to being fresh in silver, there were Nanlou and Loufan. As for the military and political affairs of YangLe, Zhou Qiang handed over all of them Yu Fan was given the treatment.

 Chapter 1127

    After listening to Zhou Qiang''s arrangement, Yu Fan also supported his decision. Although it was the invitation of the Duke of Tang, it was a good opportunity for Xiaoqiang''s troops to show their face in front of Gongsun Zan. Another thing is that Xiaoqiang''s leading 20000 Wuhuan cavalry troops to fight was good for the reorganization of the remaining troops.


    Among the 20000 Wuhuan cavalry, except for the 5000 Wuhuan cavalry directly under Xiaoqiang, the remaining 15000 cavalry are only ordinary cavalry, but they are also the best among the remaining Wuhuan cavalry. Most of their riding skills have reached advanced level, and their swordsmanship and riding and shooting skills are above intermediate level. After several world wars, they should be able to turn smoothly He served as a more elite Wuhuan cavalry.


    As for the remaining Wuhuan soldiers, Yu fan is going to select them and incorporate them into the infantry, and change them into archers and sword shield soldiers. As for those who are too old, they will be eliminated directly. Xiaoqiang''s current three cities can''t support so many soldiers at all.


    Three days later, Xiaoqiang led 20000 cavalry to Pingquan city. Instead of going to western Liaoning, he went straight from Jianping to Lingyuan and all the way to Pingquan. Now Lingyuan has returned to the players. However, it is no longer the original player. Instead, he was given to jiuzhanquechao by another players'' Alliance. The two families are now fighting head to head under Lingyuan City It''s too late.


    When Xiaoqiang''s 20000 cavalry suddenly appeared in Lingyuan, both families were shocked. They thought Xiaoqiang had come to move them while the fire was burning. Who knows Xiaoqiang did not pay attention to the two families, just a light look at the messengers of the two families, said: "passing by, you continue, do not be affected by me!" After that, he led 20000 cavalry to the West and rode away. Behind him, the two messengers ate a mouthful of the dust raised by 20000 cavalry.


    The two players'' messengers jumped and yelled, but they couldn''t help Xiaoqiang. Now Xiaoqiang is already a celebrity in the game. As the first player to surrender a tribe, his strength broke through the sky in an instant. You should know that although Wuhuan''s boat was broken, there were still 3000 nails left in the broken boat. Let alone the 30000 or 50000 cavalry that can be easily focused, it''s not enough It''s what ordinary forces can have.


    In Pingquan City, Xiaoqiang sees Gongsun Zan''s constipated face and knows that the military strategist''s plan has been successful. Gongsun Zan has seen his strength. However, the military strategist also said that he should keep a low profile, so when Xiaoqiang saw Gongsun Zan, he immediately turned over and dismounted, walked quickly to Gongsun Zan, and bowed his hand and said, "Xiaoqiang has seen the Duke of Yan!"


    Seeing this, Gongsun Zan quickly stepped forward, helped Xiaoqiang up and said, "general Zhenglu has worked hard. I didn''t expect to arrive at Pingquan so soon!"


    "It''s not hard. After receiving the invitation of Tang Guogong, Xiaoqiang ordered the most elite 20000 cavalry and quickly came to join with Yan Guogong. Fortunately, he arrived before the departure of Yan Guogong''s army."


    Gongsun Zan is really suffering now. He originally wanted to bring more troops in order to occupy the dominant position in the later war. But he didn''t expect that Xiaoqiang had already completed the control of Wuhuan people in just over a month. From what he said just now, it was all the elite of Wuhuan cavalry that he sent out this time. He didn''t expect a few months In the course of time, the little alien general who had been snoring inside his collar had grown to such a degree.


    "General Zhenglu came just in time. If he came half a day later, my Lord would lead 40000 cavalry to Yanbei. Now it happens that the two armies are going to Yanbei together."


    "It''s my wish!"


    After the rest of Xiaoqiang''s army for a moment, 60000 troops continued to set out towards Yanbei county. Three days later, the two armies finally arrived at the destination of this trip, Yixun Town, Yanbei county. At this time, Yisun town has become a big construction site. Meng Yi has led 5000 soldiers and thousands of craftsmen to arrive here and started the construction of the territory again. As early as a few days ago, all the 40000 cavalry of the Tang army had arrived here. After a few days, the 40000 army had been basically reorganized. At present, they are strengthening training while waiting for the arrival of the other two armies.


    By this time, the intelligence of Chifeng Xianbei army had been basically collected and perfected. To everyone''s surprise, Chifeng City had not been lost, and Wang men was still leading the army to defend the inner city. Gongsun Zan, who got the news, breathed a long sigh of relief. Although Wang men had ordinary ability in Gongsun Zan''s army, he was also the first group of generals to follow him. If he died, Gongsun Zan would be sad. Now I didn''t expect that he had supported for more than two months under the attack of Xianbei army.


    There were 150000 soldiers and 100000 auxiliary soldiers and civilian men, a total of 250000 people in the two armies of Micah and que Ji who went to battle in Lulong. Now only the two armies of Micah and que Ji and their subordinate tribes of 20000 people around Chifeng, plus about 40000 auxiliary soldiers and civilian men, and the remaining 100000 people and horses have been sent to the hinterland of Lulong County to plunder.


    The 60000 Xianbei cavalry is divided into two parts. Among them, the most elite 15000 soldiers and horses of Micah and que Ji are in Chifeng City, while the two camps outside the city are defended by two 5000 soldiers and horses and 10000 subordinate tribal cavalry. Among them, the rear camp of Micah department is located in the west of Chifeng City, while the rear camp of queji department is located in the north of Chifeng City.


    There are only 60000 troops in Xianbei, but there are 100000 troops in Fangfang. It can be said that Chifeng has obvious advantages. However, there is one problem: Chifeng is not like Yixun town. From Yixun town to siheyong, it is a valley about several miles wide and tens of miles long, but Chifeng is surrounded by a vast grassland.Of course, there are a lot of fields on the grassland today, but the fields after harvest are the same as the grasslands. If we want to fight in such a wide area, it is inevitable that a large number of Xianbei people will run away. It will be heartbreaking for the three families, whether they are escaping personnel or cattle, sheep and horses.


    Fortunately, there are only 15000 soldiers and horses stationed in the two camps outside the city. The two camps are several miles away from Chifeng City, so this battle is a fast word. We must capture the two camps outside the city before the army inside the city reacts, and then leave a small number of soldiers and horses to take over the leading camp. However, most of the soldiers and horses need to rush into the city incessantly to take 30000 Xianbei elite soldiers In this way, most of the 60000 Xianbei cavalry can be annihilated in Chifeng.


    After discussion, they decided that when the army arrived at Chifeng, they divided into two groups to attack the two camps outside the city, and then quickly attacked the city.

 Chapter 1128

    On the evening of November 17, 100000 troops finally arrived 30 Li to the west of Chifeng. It was less than an hour''s journey from the camp of Micah department to the west of Chifeng, but it was still tens of miles away from the camp of Que Ji Department to the north. The troops stopped in the valley. Subsequently, a group of generals were gathered to discuss and confirm the final plan for tomorrow''s attack.


    Because Gongsun Zan personally led the army to send troops, Huangfu Chaobo had to come with him. There was no way. If Gongsun Zan didn''t come, Zhao Yun would have no problem commanding the army. But Gongsun Zan himself came, and it was obviously impossible for him to listen to Zhao Yun''s command.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo meant to lead his own troops to attack the camp of Que machine department in the north, but Gongsun Zan took the task as the master, because they had to go around to the north and attack again, so it was more difficult.


    In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to agree to his request. Considering that Gongsun Zan''s elite cavalry was almost exhausted, Huangfu Chaobo arranged 20000 Wuhuan cavalry of Xiaoqiang to their team. In this way, they had 60000 troops. Even if it was a little later, they could defeat que Ji Department faster, and then arrived The city converged with its own army.


    Early the next morning, just as it was getting light, Gongsun Zan and Xiaoqiang''s 60000 cavalry had already set out. They started from the valley of the camp, made a big circle, and arrived at the north of the camp.


    An hour after Gongsun Zan''s army set out, at the command of Huangfu Chaobo, 40000 Tang soldiers began to send troops towards Chifeng City. According to the arrangement in advance, Zhao Yun and Baima Yi were the vanguards, and the two wings of the Tujia and the Juehe camp were the cavalry, heading for the camp of Xianbei people in the East. Behind the cavalry of the three schools were the rest of the guards, and at the end were the 15000 newly recruited cavalry of Yanbei county.


    As expected, when the Xianbei army in the camp saw that only more than ten thousand cavalry were killed, and only five thousand Baima Yicong was the leader, they quickly assembled their forces and killed Zhao Yun''s army head-on, but they didn''t expect that the cavalry opposite them was so strong. Under Zhao Yun''s command, baimayi killed them directly from Xianbei cavalry like a sharp knife, which made their formation in a mess, while the cavalry who followed him killed them along the gap.


    When the Xianbei generals found out something was wrong, their 15000 cavalry had become a mess, and there were more than 10000 cavalry cruising around the periphery. If they found any Xianbei cavalry trying to leave the battlefield, they shot them there.


    At this time, the Xianbei general despairingly found that he had fallen into the trap of the enemy. His 15000 cavalry were just ordinary Xianbei cavalry, but the other side''s cavalry had twice as many elite cavalry as his own, which was enough to compete with the palace net cavalry. According to this situation, all his cavalry would be annihilated in half an hour. Seeing that his cavalry''s room for maneuver was getting smaller and smaller, he could hardly escape the end of the whole army. Just here, a voice of "surrender or not" sounded on the battlefield. The general of Xianbei knew that if he did not surrender, he would die. He didn''t think much about it, so he ordered the soldiers to dismount and surrender. It was also a pity that he reacted quickly. If it was a moment later in the evening, 15000 Xianbei cavalry would be in the end There''s not half left.


    After leaving 5000 ordinary cavalry to gather the prisoners and clean the battlefield, Zhao Yun led the rest of the troops to run towards the camp. At this time, there was chaos in the Xianbei camp. 15000 cavalry went out to meet the enemy, but only a few dozen of them could escape. All the Xianbei people in the camp were terrified, and countless Xianbei people were scrambling to escape from the camp They fled in the direction of Chifeng City. Unfortunately, shortly after they ran out of the camp, the figure of Baima Yicong Hutu cavalry appeared in their sight. The two cavalry were light cavalry. Under the command of Zhao Yun, the two cavalry bypassed the Xianbei camp and killed the fleeing Xianbei people.


    Chifeng City is divided into two cities, the outer and the outer. The inner city is located in the southeast corner of the outer city. Therefore, after attacking the outer city, the two Xianbei armies attacked in one direction. Micah attacked the west gate of the inner city, while que Ji attacked the north gate of the inner city.


    After they had just invaded the outer city of Chifeng, the two departments launched several attacks on the inner city, but they failed in the end. After a discussion, they found that there were more than 20000 troops in Chifeng. Their own army had already captured the outer city, so they simply surrounded the inner city with their own army. Then they divided their forces to attack the other cities. After a while, they led the other cities in Lulong After all the land has been occupied, it''s not too late to turn around and pull out the nail.


    So they left behind a total of 60000 troops to besiege the inner city of Chifeng. Then they sent out all the other 80000 and 90000 troops and let them go to attack, rob and plunder other cities in Lulong County. The 90000 troops, together with 40000 and 50000 young auxiliary soldiers, could be divided into two groups, each with 70000 troops. I believe they could cope with more than 100000 Han troops. Moreover, the Han people are attacked by the great Xianbei army everywhere. How can they gather up 100000 troops.


    And now the king of Wuhuan in western Liaoning has sent troops to Lulong. In this way, general Baima can''t cope with it even if he has three heads and six arms.


    After the siege, in addition to occasionally sending people to the city to make a show, they usually sent people to check the looted materials sent back from all over the world, so they had a very comfortable life every day. Although the houses of the Han people were not as comfortable as tents, they were more comfortable than strong and warm.Early in the morning, they heard a warning from the camp outside the city. Their first reaction was that those guys outside the city were making trouble again. However, the next news surprised them. Tens of thousands of Han cavalry soldiers suddenly appeared. The camp outside the city is the root of the tribe. It contains the materials used by the army and the countless materials recently plundered from various cities. If there is any loss of the whole department It''s not easy this winter. And it''s even more surprising that they are out of the two camps at the same time.


    Both of them are veteran generals who have experienced war for a long time. When they got the news, they immediately ordered the army to gather and prepare to go out of the city to support the camp outside the city. As the bleak bugle sounded in the city, the 30000 elite Xianbei cavalry in the city began to gather towards the position of the two adults. Then the two armies only left two or three thousand cavalry to continue to monitor the Han Army in the inner city, and the rest began to march towards the camp outside the city.

 Chapter 1129

    Just when Micah and que Ji are leading more than 10000 elite Xianbei cavalry out of the city to fight, Zhao Yun and Huyan have bypassed the Xianbei camp in the West and chased the Xianbei people who are running away. Their task is to follow these Xianbei people and rush them to Chifeng City. According to the calculation with Guo Jia in advance, from attacking the camp outside the city to meeting the army The time near the gate of the city is enough for the Xianbei army to gather in the city. Once they gather, they will go out of the city to fight. Then these fleeing Xianbei herdsmen on horseback can be used to drive away the Xianbei cavalry who are going to leave the city. They just need to block the Xianbei cavalry in the city, and then they will become turtles in the urn.


    Therefore, Baima Yicong Hutu cavalry must give full play to their advantage of light cavalry, try to gather more Xianbei cavalry, drive them into the city, disturb the formation of Xianbei cavalry in the city.


    Soon they led their respective armies and surrounded thousands of Xianbei people. Then they drove them to the west gate of Chifeng City.


    After Zhao Yun and Huyan, the rest of the troops rushed into the Xianbei camp to control the chaos in the camp. When the camp was under control, they immediately sent troops to Chifeng for support.


    Almost at the same time, Gongsun Zan and Xiaoqiang have defeated the Xianbei cavalry in the North Camp and come towards the north gate of Chifeng.


    As Guo Jia expected, when thousands of desperate Xianbei people rushed into the west gate of Chifeng City, they just collided with the Xianbei cavalry who were ready to leave the city. For a moment, the whole gate cave was full of people and screamed. The cavalry just about to mention horse speed faced thousands of ordinary Xianbei herdsmen who raced with their horses. Rao Shi''s cavalry were all elite in a hundred battles. They were also rushed into chaos and retreated step by step by these thousands of herdsmen.


    However, this is just the beginning. Thousands of herdsmen and cavalry are blocked in the city gate cave, unable to advance or retreat. At this time, the Han cavalry, with Baima Yicong under the leadership of Zhao Yun as the vanguard and nearly 20000 cavalry of the guards and the crane control army as the continuation, appears outside Chifeng City, above the city, and the alarm bell keeps ringing, which makes the Xianbei cavalry more anxious.


    Seeing this situation, Micah knew that if his cavalry didn''t rush out of the city, once they were blocked in the city by the Han Army, it would become a fish to be slaughtered. Under Micah''s command, the Xianbei cavalry also drew out their machetes and killed the ordinary herdsmen who desperately wanted to enter the city. Seeing that hundreds of people in front of them were killed directly, these ordinary herdsmen finally woke up and hid on both sides, giving way to the cavalry who left the city.


    Unfortunately, it''s too late at this time. Zhao Yun has led the recruiters to buy Ma Yi to the outside of the city gate. He has raised the speed of the horse to the highest level. Bai Ma Yi has directly killed the Xianbei cavalry who are struggling to get out of the city. For a moment, the Xianbei cavalry is dizzy and unable to resist.


    In the face of Baima Yicong''s attack, Xianbei cavalry could not resist at all. If the two sides were fighting in the field, Xianbei cavalry might still have the strength to fight. However, in this situation, with Zhao Yun at the front, Xianbei cavalry had no strength to fight back. Soon, Baima Yicong forced Xianbei cavalry out of the gate hole and directly retreated to Chifeng City On the street.


    Seeing that Zhao Yun killed all sides, Micah sent out one of his bravest generals, Xianbei, in the hope that he could resist the attack to Zhao Yun. However, to his disappointment, the Xianbei general, who was known as the first general of Micah''s Department, failed to make three moves under Zhao Yun''s hands and was beheaded by Zhao Yun. Then, Zhao Yun even killed several generals of Micah, killing Xianbei cavalry with fear.


    Taking advantage of Xianbei cavalry stupefied for a moment, a thousand white Ma Yi quickly killed on the tower, robbed the tower, and controlled the gate and suspension bridge in the hands of the Tang army. Behind them, the troopers followed, followed by the guards.


    The cavalry of Xianbei retreated step by step, while the army of Tang Dynasty pressed forward step by step, and soon nearly ten thousand soldiers and horses entered Chifeng City. Just as Micah was hesitating, there was a loud cry of killing from the north gate. Then he sent people to monitor the que machine department back to report that a large number of Han soldiers and horses were killed at the north gate. The leader was general Baima and his subordinate Baima Yicong.


    By this time, Micah didn''t know Chifeng was no longer defensible, and he didn''t hesitate. He ordered a cavalry to continue to block the attack of the Han Army in Ximen, while he led nearly ten thousand cavalry to leave quickly. He didn''t even return to his residence in the city, and went directly to the east gate where the Han Army had not been found yet. Of course, when he left, he did not forget to inform que Ji.


    As for the thousands of Xianbei cavalry who are guarding outside the inner city, he can''t care so much now, and even if he sends someone to order them to retreat, it''s too late. When Wang men, who is defending the inner city, saw that the west gate and the north gate were fighting at the same time, and the Xianbei army suddenly sent troops to support, he didn''t understand that his reinforcements had come, so he left 5000 soldiers to guard the city, He led 5000 cavalry and 10000 soldiers out of the inner city, and defeated the thousands of Xianbei cavalry who stayed to watch him.


    By noon, the war in the city was finally over. All the cavalry in the city had been eliminated, and the two camps outside the city had also fallen into the hands of the coalition forces. Of the 60000 Xianbei troops, less than 20000 fled from the east gate of Chifeng City. The remaining 40000 cavalry killed nearly 20000, and the remaining 22000 cavalry were all captured. The 40000 ordinary Xianbei people in the two camps outside the city were all captured except for the thousands who died in the initial battle and when they attacked the troops inside the city. As for the countless cattle, sheep, horses and countless materials inside and outside the city, they all fell into the hands of the coalition forces.In Chifeng City, at the north gate of the inner city, Wang men is standing respectfully in front of Gongsun Zan, reporting to him the war situation of Chifeng City since the Xianbei army''s attack. Gongsun Zan is in high spirits at this time, sweeping away this year''s decadence, and his eyebrows are overflowing with pleasure.


    After hearing what the king had said, he looked at his loyal subordinate again. Gongsun Zan patted him on the shoulder and said, "general, you''ve worked hard. General Wang can rest assured that I will get a heavy reward when I return to Jicheng!"


    "The king''s gate will die for the Lord!"


    As they were talking, they suddenly saw that Huangfu Chaobo and Xiaoqiang were coming together. Gongsun Zan patted Wang men on the shoulder again. He turned to Huangfu Chaobo with a smile and said, "happy, happy, brother Chaobo, this battle is very happy!"

 Chapter 1130

    As for Gongsun Zan, it took only half a day for the 40000 troops and the 20000 troops of Xiaoqiang to capture the North Camp. Looking at the camp full of cattle, sheep and horses and the mountain of materials, half of them would belong to him. Later, he recaptured the outer city of Chifeng, beat the Xianbei elite in the city and ran away. He didn''t even have time to move the materials collected in the city. What he paid for was the loss of less than 5000 cavalry.


    In particular, these tens of thousands of horses of various colors are what Gongsun Zan needs most urgently now. With these horses, his idea of rebuilding white horse Yicong will soon be realized. The first thing after rebuilding cavalry is that he wants to go south to revenge yuan shaogou thief.


    Huangfu Chaobo and Xiaoqiang are also very happy. Their losses are not big. Huangfu Chaobo only lost less than 3000 people, while Xiaoqiang only lost more than 1000 people. However, their gains are huge. Although all the gains have not been counted, no matter what, they will not be less. According to the agreement before the war, the distribution ratio of the three families was determined according to the number of troops dispatched, the gains on the battlefield and the losses of each family, but basically the ratio of 442 was not much different.


    Seeing that Gongsun Zan said so, Huangfu Chaobo also said with a smile: "although the harvest has not been fully counted, there are 60000 or 70000 horses in the West Camp alone, which should be good."


    They both nodded happily, and Huangfu Chaobo said, "we can postpone the distribution, but if there are nearly 100000 Xianbei cavalry scattered in Lulong, we must solve it as soon as possible." Then he looked up at the sky: "look at the weather today, it''s estimated that it will snow soon, so we have to solve all the war before the snow falls."


    "Yes, now both Micah and que Ji have escaped from Chifeng City. We must try our best to catch up with them. We can''t let them gather soldiers. You know, there are nearly 100000 Xianbei cavalry in Lulong. If we let them gather soldiers, it''s not good news for us." Gongsun Zan also said;


    Xiaoqiang also understood that the war should not be delayed too long, and he had to return to YangLe before it snowed, so he also supported their decision. After the last three people deliberated, they decided to hand over Chifeng City to wangmen garrison, and wangmen''s 5000 cavalry troops went out with the army. As for the two camps outside the city, it''s too late to move the materials inside them to the city, so only 5000 cavalry are left to defend. All the prisoners of Xianbei are only 5000 people to work, and all the other prisoners are taken to the city and handed over to the king''s gate.


    Originally, Gongsun Zan wanted to lead the army in person, but Huangfu Chaobo stopped him: "brother Gongsun is now the Duke of Yan, and he has seven counties and one hundred cities. If everything needs to be done in person, what''s the use of his subordinates? It''s better to leave the task of pursuing and suppressing the enemy to the generals of our subordinates. It''s also a chance for them to practice. "


    In addition to general Zou Dan and his personal commander Gongsun Hao, there were also several people who accompanied Gongsun Zan on the expedition. After listening to Gongsun Zan''s words, Zou Dan also advised: "Lord, what Tang Gong said is very true. Let''s leave these little things to us. Lord and Tang Gong can wait for our good news in Chifeng City. ¡±


    after thinking about it, Gongsun Zan readily agreed to the invitation of several people, so he ordered Shan Jing, Zou Dan and Gongsun Hao to lead the army, while he stayed in Chifeng City to wait for the news of the army.


    It was General Zhao Yun who led the Tang army to fight. Huangfu Chaobo led the trapped camp and Tiebi camp to stay in Chifeng. He and Gongsun Zan just counted the harvest of the battle. Xiaoqiang directly led his 18000 cavalry to fight together.


    In the afternoon, tens of thousands of cavalry left Chifeng and chased in the direction of Micah and que Ji. As early as they fled, Huangfu Chaobo had already sent Tujia soldiers from huyandu to follow them. So most of the cavalry just need to catch up with the mark left by Tujia soldiers. Micah and que Ji ran in a hurry, let alone stay in the city Property, even if the replacement of the horses did not have time to bring one.


    After fleeing Chifeng City in a hurry, the two men led their troops to Yuanbao city in the southeast. This is a player''s territory and the first city captured by Xianbei army. There are two cavalry units here, about 10000 cavalry units. However, after two hours'' rest, the patrol outside the city issued a warning that most of the enemy troops were coming, and they ate Surprised, after the Han Army recaptured Chifeng, they would have to rest for a while, but they didn''t expect to chase their own tail.


    They did not care to rest, so they ordered their troops and horses to continue to flee. They had nearly 100000 soldiers and horses, but they were all distributed in these cities of Lulong County. Each city had no more than 20000 or 30000 soldiers and horses. It would take at least three or five days to gather them together, but the Han Army did not give them this time at all They followed.


    On the same day, the army recaptured Yuanbao City, annihilated more than 3000 Xianbei cavalry and captured 5000 soldiers. The news was sent back to Chifeng. Gongsun Zan, who got the news, immediately ordered wangmen to continue to recruit soldiers and horses, and then sent 3000 soldiers to take over the city captured by the cavalry.


    In the next few days, Zhao Yun led the cavalry to chase after Micah and the two of them. They recovered Louzidian Town, dianzi town and Xiaosigou town. The passage between Chifeng City and Lulong city was opened again. Later, Lingyuan and Ningcheng were also captured by Zhao Yun. Micah and que Ji were like dogs who had lost their families. They were chased to heaven and land, and finally they were 15 years old With less than 50000 soldiers left, they fled back to the grassland in a panic, leaving 100000 people and countless horses and materials in the territory of Lulong.Every time the army conquers a city, Wang men''s soldiers take over the city. Even Lingyuan City, where the two players'' leagues are fighting to death, is defeated by Xianbei''s rout troops. Then Zhao Yun''s troops lead the attack, and finally gongsunzan''s hands, which makes the players curse gongsunzan''s shamelessness.


    On November 25, Zhao Yun led the army back to Chifeng, and then the three families began to distribute the spoils. As expected by Huangfu Chaobo, the Tang army gained about 40% of the total war harvest. After the first World War, the Tang army lost about 5000 cavalry, but in the end, it gained nearly 50000 Xianbei captives, 60000 horses at all levels, as well as cattle, sheep and other materials The number of them is countless.


    After that, the three armies left Chifeng and returned. The Tang army escorted the prisoners, horses, cattle and sheep back to Yixun town. Xiaoqiang led the troops back to YangLe from Jianping. Gongsun Zan led the troops back to Jicheng. Now he doesn''t know the war situation in Shanggu direction, and Lulong was handed over to wangmen again. Fortunately, the army of Xianbei people has retreated, and the whole territory of Lulong Only a small number of rout troops need to be eliminated, and the pressure on wangmen is not great.

 Chapter 1131

    Outside Chifeng City, Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun Zan and Xiaoqiang all appeared outside the west gate. More than 30000 cavalry of Tang army were ready. At the command of Huangfu Chaobo, more than 10000 cavalry of Yanbei County of Tang army escorted 20000 prisoners, 100000 cattle and sheep, and hundreds of vehicles. Beside Huangfu Chaobo, there were guards and Baima Yicong About 20000 people.


    "Thank you, brother Chaobo. If it wasn''t for my help again, Lu Long''s Xianbei army would not have been defeated so easily. What''s more, I have gained a lot of horses, cattle and sheep. Thank you very much!" Gongsun Zan stood in front of Huangfu Chaobo, his face solemnly arched his hand;


    "brother Bogui is polite, you and I depend on each other. If Lu long is uncertain, Yanbei will be restless. Helping brother Bogui is also helping myself, not to mention the harvest of Yanbei county." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    Gongsun Zan also said with a smile: "in any case, I will remember Chaobo''s help." Then he turned to Xiaoqiang and said, "there is also general Zhenglu. Gongsun Zan is also very grateful for his help this time."


    Xiaoqiang quickly bowed himself and said, "the Duke of Yan is very kind. Leting has been under the protection of the Duke of Yan for many years. This time, the Duke of Yan has something to do, so it should be his intention to give him a share."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect that this young man could speak so well. Then he thought that it must be Yu fan who had expected this in advance, so he explained it.


    As for Xiaoqiang''s attitude, Gongsun Zan was indeed very advanced, and said, "I don''t know when general Zhenglu will send troops to Liaodong?"


    Both of them were in a daze. You should know that Gongsun Zan didn''t have this attitude towards leting''s sending troops to Liaodong. Although he didn''t explicitly oppose it, he didn''t agree with it. Now this question suddenly appeared. It was obvious that leting had already recognized that he had sent troops to attack gongsundu in Liaodong.


    Zhou Qiang didn''t know how to answer. He looked up at Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo nodded to him imperceptibly. Zhou Qiang knew what he was thinking and quickly replied, "the army has won three cities. Wuhuan''s troops are not in full control. Besides, it''s snowing now, so we need to wait until next year''s spring ploughing."


    Gongsun Zan nodded and stopped talking. Instead, he looked at Huangfu Chaobo and said, "are you going to return to Luoyang or stay in Yanbei


    "So that my elder brother can know that I have handed over the matter of Yanbei to Meng Yi, so after I return to Longhua, I will return to Luoyang as soon as I tell you. And the faster, the more. It''s going to snow, and the road will be more difficult." Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to hide from them, so he answered straightforwardly.


    he did arrange that. The reason why he gave more than ten thousand prisoners and all the cattle and sheep supplies to the cavalry of Yanbei County for escort was that he could return to Longhua as soon as possible. After explaining the affairs of Yanbei County, he and Zhao Yun led more than twenty thousand troops to ride back to the Central Plains.


    "Well, after you leave, you must return to Jicheng. See you later!" Gongsun said, "see you later!"


    "See you later!"


    Each of them saluted himself, and then led his army away, one to the west, one to the south, and the other to the southeast.


    Two days later, Huangfu Chaobo led the army to escort more than 20000 prisoners to Yixun Town, and Meng Yi was also here. After handing over all the prisoners to the garrison of Yixun Town, Huangfu Chaobo called Meng Yi to the zhengzhengzhengguan in the town.


    "Congratulations, my Lord, you have won a great victory!" As soon as he went to the government hall, Meng Yi said with a smile to Huangfu Chaobo;


    "Tongxi, these things are not all for Yanbei county. By the way, there are more than 10000 cavalry escorting a large number of cattle, sheep and materials on the way back. You should send soldiers to meet them immediately."


    "No, I''ll arrange it right away." With that, he was ready to go out and arrange for the soldiers to meet the supplies behind.


    "Wait a minute!" Huangfu Chaobo stopped and said, "wait a minute, I have something to say. I came to Yanbei for the purpose of setting up a new county. I was only going to stay for a month, but I didn''t expect that I was invaded by Xianbei people for several months. Now it''s the end of the new year, and the snow is coming soon, so I have to arrange things here as soon as possible, and then I''ll talk with you The cavalry returned to Luoyang together, so the matter of Yanbei will be entrusted to you. "


    "Please give me instructions!"


    "In fact, there is nothing else. Now Xianbei is defeated. It is estimated that it will be unable to invade the south in one or two years. Therefore, Yanbei will have two rare years to develop. During this period of time, in addition to strengthening the construction of internal affairs and striving for complete self-sufficiency, you also need to enhance the strength of Yanbei army."


    "Huang Xu is still in Longhua, and I will communicate with him at that time. The strength of the crane control army must be increased, from two steps, one riding and three schools to four steps and four riding, with a total of 40000 troops."


    "Ah Hearing that the crane control army was going to increase to 40000, Meng Yi was shocked. Just as he was about to speak, Huangfu Chaobo reached out to stop him and said, "listen to me first."


    "No!"


    "The reason for this arrangement is because of the Yanjun army. We can''t place all our hopes on them. Whether it''s Yanbei county or Liaodong County, I will stabilize the layout here. In the next few years, I don''t think I will have much time to take Yanbei into consideration, so we will finally rely on Yanbei, Lulong, Liaoxi and Liaodong counties. This is my responsibility If these four prefectures are not protected, then our Tang army''s war horses will be cut off. I will not explain the consequences to you any more. I believe you can see it. "Meng Yi nodded, and Huangfu Chaobo continued: "in addition to being able to resist the attack of Xianbei people, 40000 soldiers need to be ready to send troops to support Yan army or Liaodong Xiaoqiang. Gongsunzan is headstrong. If I can''t say it here, I can still persuade him, but it''s hard for others to persuade him. That''s why I hope the crane control army can enhance its combat power. ¡±


    "in addition to the need to increase the strength of the crane control army, the garrison of Yanbei county also needs to increase the strength, according to the strength of 10000 counties, 5000 counties and no less than 1000 passes." Looking at Meng Yi with a bitter face, Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile, "you don''t have to do this. When all the people in Qingzhou arrive, plus more than 100000 Xianbei people captured this time, the population of Yanbei county should reach 700000. In this way, although there is some pressure to raise 700000 troops, it''s not impossible."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Meng Yi couldn''t help complaining: "Lord, Yanbei county is a new County, not like the prosperous old county in the Central Plains. Ten to one, the pressure is not a little bit."


    "A lot of cattle and sheep have been harvested this time. I won''t bring them back to the Central Plains at all. I''ll give them all to you, OK?" Huangfu Chaobo looks at Meng Yi with a smile, where he doesn''t know what he''s thinking, and says,


    "it''s so good!" Meng Yi was overjoyed.

 Chapter 1132

    Looking at Meng Yi as a miser, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help laughing bitterly: "you, you..."


    Meng Yi doesn''t think much of his careful thinking when he is seen through by Huangfu Chaobo. With the harvest of this war, Yanbei can be much more relaxed in the past two years. He will recruit people to open up more fields. You know, the original people are strong at this. They just need to survive the past few years, and the life in the future will be much better.


    "Well, let''s not talk about that. Do you have any suggestions on the arrangement of the horse training base?" Huangfu Chaobo changed the topic and asked;


    "my subordinates are also preparing to tell my Lord about this matter. After my lord left, huyanda had already returned to Longhua, so he mentioned this matter to his subordinates. Now the control range of Yanbei has extended from Longhua to Yixun, and it''s only a hundred miles from Yixun to the prairie, so our opinion is as follows The base of Longhua is also moved to the north near eason. My subordinates have carefully examined the situation around Eason and siheyong these days, and found that the valley to the east of siheyong is also a good place. The valley is about three or four Li wide and tens of Li long, which is enough to house tens of thousands of domesticated horses


    "Well, you can arrange this. There''s another thing. You''re the governor of Yanbei County, not the magistrate of Ethan city. You''re in Chengde, not here. Arrange someone to take over as soon as possible. You''d better go back to Chengde to take charge of the overall situation. By the way, Lou Jing''s shadow guards, I will also arrange for them to move the headquarters of Youzhou to Chengde to facilitate your contact with the Central Plains. Well, YangLe will also arrange for shadow guards to move in. You know all this. Well, go and do your work With that, Huangfu Chaobo drives Meng Yi out.


    "Zilong, make an arrangement. Each of the guards and baimayi will be equipped with three horses. We will set out early tomorrow morning and return to the Central Plains. We will march as fast as possible and try to get to Handan to have a rest in ten days." After Meng Yi left, Huangfu Chaobo gave an order to Zhao Yun: "by the way, fengxiao, can you afford to ride thousands of miles? If not, you can stay in Yanbei and return from leting by boat after the spring of next year. "


    As soon as the words came to an end, Guo Jia shivered and shook his head again and again, saying, "no, no, it''s already cold like this before it snows. I''d better go back to Luoyang. I''ve been running back and forth with my Lord in recent months. I''m much better. I should have no problem riding for ten or eight days."


    "That''s good," Huang Fu Chao Bo said, but he didn''t ask. He looked at Zhao Yun and said, "Zilong, go down and get ready. The army will start tomorrow morning."


    "No!" Zhao Yun bowed to his command and said;


    early the next morning, more than 20000 cavalry and nearly 70000 horses gathered on the square in the south of Ethan town. This is Zhao Yun''s horse selected from more than 100000 horses captured by Ethan and siheyong according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo. Then, Huangfu Chaobo turned over and said to Meng Yi: "you, Yanbei will be handed over to you, please!"


    All of them bowed to salute and said in unison, "we will live up to the trust of our Lord."


    "OK, let''s go!" With a wave of his hand, Huangfu Chaobo''s 70000 horses rushed to the south like a torrent.


    One day later, the army arrived in Chengde. Huang Xu and Zhao Yu, who had already returned to Chengde, went outside the city to welcome Huangfu Chaobo and his party. After giving the army to Zhao Yun for resettlement, Huangfu Chaobo called Huang Xu and other officers and generals who stayed in Chengde in a courtyard specially prepared for him next to the prefect''s mansion. After encouraging them, Huangfu Chaobo sent them out He left only Huang Xu and Zhao Yu.


    Huangfu Chaobo first explained the expansion plan of Yanbei county and the crane control army to them carefully, and then explained the main energy and attention of the crane control camp to Huang Xu carefully. When they were clear, they sat down, took a cup of tea on the table, took a sip slowly, and looked at them with a smile.


    Seeing the two men as inexplicable and on pins and needles, he said, "now that the official business is finished, I''m going to talk about the private affairs. When will you two add more children to the Huang family?"


    When they heard this, their faces turned red. Huang Xu said, "this... This... Not yet! "


    "It''s not urgent. Now Zhao Tong of Zilong''s family is almost one year old, but you and Wu die haven''t moved. Your father is not anxious, but he is very anxious. He has said it in a roundabout way for several times in front of me. Well, I won''t say much. Next year''s task for both of you, apart from training my soldiers and guarding Yanbei County, is also the most important one, which is to give Huangfu Zhao a boost. One is not too much, and two are not too little. "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, they were even more red faced and speechless.


    "Don''t take it seriously, remember?" Huangfu Chaobo said with a serious face;


    after listening to them, they both gave a low reply and remembered. Looking at their appearance, Huangfu Chaobo could not help laughing.


    After a night''s rest in Chengde, the army left Chengde and headed south the next day as soon as the light came up. This time, instead of taking the road of Lulong, they took the road of junmi. Although the road was a little worse, it was not more than two days'' distance from Lulong.After the army entered the Great Wall, light snow began to fall in the sky. The snowflakes from the sky made Huangfu Chaobo feel lucky. Fortunately, he decided to start immediately. If it was a few days later in the evening, it would turn into heavy snow. All the way, there was no need to worry about the safety of the army in Youzhou. So for the sake of safety, Huangfu Chaobo specially arranged for the army to leave Youzhou and rest in beixincheng of Zhuozhou for a day. Then he was ready to go through yuan Shaojun''s territory in one go. At least he had to wait until he reached the boundary of Heishan army.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, the snow began to fall more and more after the army entered the Jizhou boundary. Fortunately, Huangfu Chaobo had already contacted Zhang Yan through the shadow guard. Finally, the army took a rest in Zhending city for a day and continued to go on the road after the snow stopped.


    After leaving ten thousand horses for Zhang Yan, Huangfu Chaobo led the army to continue to go south. On December 6, after nearly ten days of March, the army finally arrived in Handan city and entered the Tang army''s own sphere of influence.


    After arriving in Handan, Guo Jia said he was in no hurry to return to Luoyang. Huangfu Chaobo had to leave him in Handan, and then left a thousand soldiers to protect him. After a night''s rest in Handan, he led the army to Hanoi again.

 Chapter 1133

    After leaving Handan, the snow increased again. Looking at the snowflakes all over the sky, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel extremely distressed. Could he not catch up with Luoyang years ago?


    Zhao Yun understood his thoughts and suddenly said, "Lord, it''s only two days after the heavy snow, and the river hasn''t been frozen yet. Lord can lead the guards to cross the river from Liyang port and go to Baima port to get ashore. In this way, even if the river is frozen behind, it won''t be affected."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately understood Zhao Yun''s meaning. Yes, he only wanted to cross the river from Hanoi, but not from Liyang. He only needed to cross the Yellow River. When he got to Chenliu, even if it snowed, he could get to Luoyang before the year.


    "OK, pass the order. The army will turn south and cross the river from Liyang!" Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered: "by the way, Zilong explained to elder martial brother and Mr. Gongyu. This time, I will not enter Yecheng to meet them."


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. I will tell them to you at last."


    With an order, tens of thousands of cavalry turned their horses and ran toward the south of Liyang port. Along the way, tens of thousands of Horseshoes raised snow all over the sky, and there was a vast expanse of white between heaven and earth.


    Two days later, the army finally crossed the Yellow River and entered the territory of Yanzhou, but the snow did not stop. Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to arrange for the army to enter Puyang to rest for a few days and then return to Luoyang. However, before he reached ten li, he met a messenger sent from Puyang, which brought him a news like a thunderbolt.


    "Uncle is seriously ill? Does the medicine stone work Huangfu Chaobo could hardly believe his ears. He grabbed the general who came to inform him and roared, "where''s master fan? Isn''t master fan in Luoyang? "


    The general who came to report was also frightened by Huangfu''s appearance and said in a trembling voice: "back Reply to I don''t know, but However, a pigeon letter came from Luoyang, ordering shadow guards everywhere to inform the Lord of the news as quickly as possible. Now, the pigeon letter doesn''t make it clear. "


    This general was the head of the shadow guard stationed in Puyang. When he got the news, he quickly went to Baima port to see if he could meet the army of Huangfu Chaobo returning to south. Unexpectedly, he met the army more than ten miles to the east of Baima port.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo had calmed down. He let go of the general and reached for the pigeon letter. Looking for it, there was a few small words on it: "old general Huangfu is seriously ill. I hope the Lord will return soon."


    The above words are written by Xu Shu. Huang Fu''s heart sank to the bottom. With Xu Shu''s calmness, he even used the words "seriously ill" and "return soon". This proves that Huang Fu Song''s illness has indeed reached the point where there is no time to delay. It is reasonable to say that there is a master level doctor like fan a in Luoyang. If he does not arrive, he will soon be exhausted Xu Shu would not be in such a hurry to ask himself to return.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo ordered: "Dianwei! Gao Shun


    "The end will be here!" They''re out!


    "Choose 500 soldiers from each of you, a total of 1000, and another 4000 good horses. After half an hour''s rest, we will go out. The rest of the soldiers and horses will continue to go to Puyang and return to Luoyang when the weather improves."


    Two people a Leng, Dian Wei way: "Er, why don''t the rest soldiers and horses return together?"


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head, looked up at the snowflakes all over the sky and said, "no, now it''s snowing harder and harder. There are still many wounded soldiers among them. If the weather is fine, there will be no problem. If they don''t pay attention to such a heavy snow, they will ask. So for safety''s sake, they''d better go to Puyang to rest for a few days, and it''s not too late to return to Luoyang when the weather gets better Snow, horses may not be able to stand it


    As early as before leaving Yanbei County, Huangfu Chaobo had ordered that the guards and Baima Yi, who were seriously injured and were not suitable for long-distance travel, should be selected. They should take care of their injuries in Yanbei County, and then give them to Huang Xu for arrangement. These people are the top elite soldiers who can be used as grassroots generals for the expansion of the crane control army.


    The other soldiers who could basically go through the long journey returned with the army, but after marching in the snow these days, Huangfu Chaobo found that he underestimated the harm of marching in the snow, so as soon as he arrived at Baima port, Huangfu Chaobo decided not to go to Luoyang any more, but to lead the army to Puyang to have a rest, ready to wait for the snow to stop, and then move on.


    But now this happened, so as a last resort, Huangfu Chaobo had to send 1000 elite soldiers to escort him back to Luoyang, and the rest of the army still settled in Puyang as planned.


    After the soldiers and horses were selected, Huang Fu Chao Bo ordered to set out after a short rest. At this time, he was very anxious, and he just wanted to fly back to Luoyang immediately.


    If Huang Zhong, Zaozhi, Chen Jing and other generals are the foundation of Huangfu Chaobo''s foothold in the game and the hard power of his development in the game, then Huangfu song is the soft power that he can develop and grow. It is Huangfu song who has inserted the wings for the development of Huangfu Chaobo, and it is the kind that enables him to soar to the sky.


    Without Huang Fu Song, Huang Fu Chao Bo would not have been accepted as a disciple by Zhu Jun, and even less would he have been the county magistrate of Chang she. If it can''t become the magistrate of changshe County, then Huangfu Chaobo can''t develop at a rapid speed. The most important thing is that it''s just like the night incense. Now it''s the place of one county and two counties.Without Huangfu song and Zhu Jun, there would be no other way for Kong to treat each other. In the war between the princes and Dong, Huangfu Chaobo would not have been able to ascend to the sky and become the acting prefect of Luoyang and take over the task of rebuilding Luoyang. Of course, Huangfu Chaobo may have gained a lot in the campaign, and may even be prompted to rebuild Luoyang, but it is impossible to take over this task.


    You know, with the conditions of the players at that time, he was obviously not the only one who was qualified to take over the task, but only he could get the consent of so many vassals.


    In addition to these, in the reconstruction of Luoyang, Huangfu song led tens of thousands of cavalry troops and family members to Hongnong from the north to the south, which was also an important method for Lv Bu to bow down to negotiate peace. Otherwise, with Lv Bu''s arrogance, the enterprise would simply bow down to negotiate peace with Huangfu?


    It was only after the first world war that Huangfu''s super rich Luoyang army was really recognized by the world''s princes and helped them to be among the world''s princes. Not only that, with Huangfu songju''s family going south, a large number of generals of Huangfu family joined Huangfu Chaobo. Although there were no powerful generals, they greatly enriched the strength of the middle and lower generals of Huangfu Chaobo, making Huangfu Chaobo still firmly control the army in hand despite of its massive expansion.


    Now the old man who has made Huangfu Chaobo a success is dying, and the medicine stone has no effect. How can he not make Huangfu Chaobo anxious.

 Chapter 1134

    After half an hour''s rest, the 1000 troops set out toward Luoyang in the snow. Baima harbor is more than 400 miles away from Luoyang. If it is fine, it will be only two days'' journey. However, in this snowy winter, Rao is the elite soldier with excellent riding skills, who can only travel less than 100 miles a day. This is the most important thing that the troops ride from the grassland in the north Good horses.


    According to the current saying, these horses belong to Mongolian horses, which are the most hardy breed. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo let these 1000 cavalry have four horses per person, and they change horses every 20 to 30 miles. Rao is so, Huangfu Chaobo and his party still spent nearly five days to get outside Luoyang.


    At this time, Xu Shu, who had already got the news, was waiting outside the east gate of Luoyang. He saw Huangfu Chaobo rushing into the city gate cave with a haggard face. Xu Shu, who had already been ready, immediately helped Huangfu Chaobo off his horse, and then brought his cape, which had already been ready, to replace Huangfu Chaobo''s Cape covered with snow and ice


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "what''s the matter with uncle?"


    "Now the old general has been taken to the government in the city. He is in a bad condition. He has been in a coma for several days. He only wakes up a few times, each time lasting less than a quarter of an hour. Doctor fan Shen said that the old general may not be able to survive this year. " Xu Shu replied in a low voice;


    "did the eldest brother, the second brother and his brother-in-law ever come back?" Huangfu Chaobo asked as he let the soldiers change his cape;


    "as early as after the first coma, I had sent someone to inform several of them. All three of them had come back more than ten days ago. At that time, the old general once woke up twice, and each time he did not allow us to tell the Lord. Until five days ago when he was in a coma again, doctor fan told some of them After discussing the news that the army had run out of oil and the lights, the subordinates decided to tell the Lord. "


    "Let''s go, we''ll walk and fade." After changing his dry clothes, Huangfu Chaobo went to Xu Shudao;


    he said that he headed for the inner city to the mansion of Huangfu Jianshou. Originally, Huangfu song had a mansion in the city, but he usually lived in Luoyang academy outside the city. I just went back to the city, but all of them lived in the mansion of Huangfu Jianshou. After Huangfu song fell ill, his wife Ma took him back to his family to take care of him.


    During the journey from the outer city to the palace of emperor Fu Jianshou, Xu Shu has told the story of his illness to Emperor Fu Chaobo. It turned out that Huangfu song had been ill several times since the second half of this year, but after fan a''s diagnosis and treatment, he was cured. But after winter, his condition suddenly worsened, which was good and bad under fan a''s treatment. At that time, fan a had already told Xu Shu. A month ago, Huangfu song suddenly fell into a coma, but he was soon cured by fan a, but his body was completely over, and then it became more and more serious. So Xu Shu, who was in a bad situation, could tell the news to Huangfu Jianshou. But when people wanted to tell the news to Huangfu Chaobo, who was in the middle of the war in Yanbei, he was severely stopped by Huangfu song.


    Until five days ago, fan a had made a final decision for Huangfu song. After discussing with Xu Shu, Huang Fu Jianshou decided to send news to Huangfu Chaobo. Fortunately, now that the war is over, Huangfu Chaobo has reached the control of the Tang army. So Xu Shu sent the news to all shadow guards and ordered that the news be sent to Huangfu Chaobo as soon as possible.


    When Huangfu Chaobo arrived in front of his Jianshou residence, all the members of his family who had already received the news were waiting at the door. When they saw Huangfu Chaobo turn over and dismount, they all went forward and bowed to salute: "see you, Lord!"


    Huangfu Chaobo looks up and finds that all the people of the second generation of Huangfu family are here. Among the three generations, Huangfu Ren has come back. Huangfu Li has never been out in Luoyang. Only Huangfu Yi has been taken to Yanbei County by himself. Now it''s too late to come back.


    "Well, there''s no need to be polite to the whole family!" Huangfu Chaobo walked quickly to Huangfu Jianshou and took him to the hospital. As he walked, he asked, "elder brother, what''s the situation with my uncle?"


    "Lord Hui, I woke up once this morning, and then I was in a coma. I haven''t woken up yet." Huang Fu Jianshou said in a deep voice;


    "well, let''s go in and say more. By the way, why aren''t zhao''er and yu''er here?" Huangfu Chaobo asked in a deep voice;


    in a daze, Huangfu Jianshou immediately replied: "in fact, the young master and the young lady come here every day under the leadership of the two ladies, but at the end of the day, they are still young, so they just let them have a look, and then they sent their wife and them back to the government."


    "Mischief," Huangfu Chaobo said angrily. He turned to Xu Shu and said, "Yuanzhi, send someone to bring them all, and let MI and Han follow. From now on, there is no other special situation. Huangfu people must stay here every step of the way, since the doctor fan has said..."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, everyone understood what he meant. Since fan Adu had come to a conclusion, it was estimated that Huangfu song might not be able to survive this time, so everyone had to stay here just in case.


    Soon, the party arrived at the inner courtyard where Huangfu song was resting. Fan a just came out of the house and saw Huangfu Chaobo. He quickly walked over and saluted: "little old man, I''ve seen Guogong!""Master fan, you are so polite!" Huangfu Chaobo quickly took a few steps, helped fan a up and said: "master, Uncle..."


    Fan shook his head and said, "I''ve tried my best, but Alas I''m ashamed of my love for the Duke of the country


    "Master, don''t say that. If it wasn''t for master, my father would have been..." Huang Fu Jianshou said quickly;


    just here, a doctor ran out of the room and said to fan, "master, master, the old general is awake!"


    Everyone was surprised, especially Huangfu Jianshou. He thought his father had woken up once this morning, and it might take several days to wake up again. He didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would have woken up once. They all looked up at fan A. fan a said, "please wait a moment, Duke of the country. Let me have a look at the situation of the old general first."


    "Master, please..." Huang Fu Chao Bo motioned;


    fan a arched his hands to the rest of the people, and the others bowed back, then he turned and entered the inner room.


    Just as they are waiting for fan a''s inspection results, Huangfu Chaobo''s eldest son Huangfu Zhaohe and eldest daughter Huangfu Yu rush to Huangfu song''s yard under the leadership of their mother. Xu Shu''s people tell them that Huangfu Chaobo is angry. After entering the yard, MI Huan and Han Xue timidly salute Huangfu Chaobo yingying, and then stand up After him, Huang Fu Zhao and Huang Fu Yu stopped talking. Seeing Huang Fu Chao Bo, they rushed to him with a shout of joy.


    "Daddy, Daddy!" Huangfu Yu shouts loudly and runs to Huangfu Chaobo quickly, while Huangfu Zhao follows his sister;


    Huangfu Chaobo picks up his son and daughter, touches their noses, and then says: "Shh! Keep your voice down. Grandfather is ill and can''t argue with him. "

 Chapter 1135

    Seeing the two little guys, Huangfu Chaobo''s gloomy mood was a little better. After talking with the two little guys for a while, Huangfu Chaobo handed them to their mother again, and then turned to stare at Huangfu song''s house.


    After a long time, fan a CAI opened the door, looked at Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Duke of the country, the old general has awakened, the old man has given the needle to the old general, and now he is in good spirits. Knowing that the Duke of the country has come back, the old general asked the Duke of the country and the three generals to come into the room to talk."


    The three adults in fan a''s mouth were Huang Fu Jianshou, Huang Fu Li and his son-in-law Zheng Yuan. When they heard this, they all looked at Huang Fu Chaobo. Huang Fu Chaobo pondered and said, "OK, let''s go first, and the rest of us will wait outside first. In case my uncle wants to see someone, we won''t go everywhere." With that, he walked into the house lightly, and the other three followed him closely.


    There have been several pots of good charcoal fires in the room. They are all processed smokeless fine charcoal, so although several pots have been burned, there is no peculiar smell in the room. As soon as he entered the room, Huang Fu''s eyes fell on the bony old man on the collapsed bed. It was less than half a year ago. The old man, who was full of energy, was now skinny.


    Seeing several people coming in, Huangfu song immediately sat up a little with the help of the maid, and then said to Huangfu Chaobo: "back Come back! Xianbei people What''s going on over there? "


    Xu Shi didn''t speak for a long time, and then he spoke a few words. Huangfu song gasped. Huangfu chaobolian hurriedly came forward and replied, "don''t worry, uncle. Xianbei people have been repulsed. Yanbei County won a great victory and captured more than 100000 Xianbei people. The number of cattle, sheep and horses captured is up to hundreds of thousands, and there are countless supplies. Although Gongsun Zan''s Lulong County suffered some losses, it also recovered a lot of losses after we defeated the Xianbei people. However, the situation of the other Xianbei troops is not very clear, but we haven''t heard the news that the Xianbei people invaded the hinterland of Youhe and Liangzhou for the time being. It''s estimated that the form is OK. It''s very likely that the Xianbei people have retreated before the snow. "


    Huangfu Chaobo finished speaking in one breath. After hearing this, Huangfu song was obviously relieved. He nodded, looked at the people in the room, and said, "you four stay, the rest of you step back first."


    Looking at his posture, there should be a lot to say. Huangfu Chaobo looked worried and looked at fan A. he nodded to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "the Duke of the kingdom can rest assured that as long as the time is not too long, there will be no problem."


    After listening to fan a''s words, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to the crowd and signaled them to withdraw. Seeing this, Huangfu Jianshou immediately climbed to the bed and sat up with Huangfu song in her place.


    "I can''t do it anymore..." After everyone left, Huangfu Song said slowly,


    "Uncle..."


    "Father..."


    Huangfu Chaobo was about to persuade him, but Huangfu song stopped him and said, "you should listen to me first, while I''m still awake and my energy is still barely allowed. If I didn''t ask you, you should not interrupt, would you?"


    "Only The four of them answered together;


    after a little pause, Huang Fu Song raised his spirit and said, "I haven''t had much time. Before I leave, if there is one thing I don''t know, I will not sleep even though I die. Chaobo, I would like to ask you, now that you have become the Duke of the country, but the world is still in chaos. If there is no accident, your merits may go further. I would like to ask you, if you are granted the throne, what will you do next? "


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. The next step to be king must be to be emperor. Just as he was about to speak, he suddenly realized that Huangfu song was a famous general in the late Han Dynasty. There must be some deep meaning in this question. When he thought about it, he couldn''t speak well.


    "I don''t want to embarrass you any more. If it''s not easy to answer, I''ll answer for you. If you have a chance, you will go further. Do you think I''m wrong?"


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that his mind was seen through by Huangfu song, and he said, "in the past, the Qin Dynasty lost its deer, and the whole world chased it together. Gaozu was originally a pavilion leader in Surabaya. At this time of the storm, he drew his sword and rose up. Only when the Han Dynasty lost its deer, can we not turn our family into a country and achieve another hundred years'' foundation?"


    As soon as the words came out, Huangfu song was silent, but Huangfu Jianshou and his three men were stunned and speechless for a long time. Then they were very happy. If they were, they would be princes for generations.


    For a long time, Huangfu Song said: "however, the talents of our Huangfu family have withered. From me down, they are all the talents of the people. Qi can easily do what you say. He can''t bring death to the Huangfu family."


    "Before Gaozu was the head of the pavilion, he was a shrew in the countryside. Guangwu was born in a poor family, and he was able to achieve a hundred years'' foundation. However, our Huangfu family has many generations. Can''t we cultivate a few talents who stand alone?"


    Huangfu song was dumb. After a long time, he said, "is there nothing to change?"


    Huangfu is more profound and taciturn. Judging from his current position and power, there is no reason to retreat. It is just like sailing against the current. If he does not advance, he will retreat: "with his nephew''s current situation, there is still a chance to advance, and if he withdraws, he will be full of money."


    In fact, Huangfu song also knew that there was still a glimmer of hope in his heart, but he also understood that he was just wishful thinking, and his voice suddenly fell down: "if you want to settle down in the Huangfu family, you will be loyal and good from generation to generation, but in the end Chaobo, uncle, I hope you can promise. If you come to the last step, you can''t bury it yourself! "Huangfu Chaobo solemnly said: "uncle, don''t worry, when you really get to that step, Huangfu''s family will not be stained with Liu''s blood."


    Huangfu song nodded, and a long sigh came out of his mouth. It was full of helplessness, melancholy, regret and worry, but there was still a trace of excitement


    Different from Huang Fu Song''s five flavors, Huang Fu Jianshou''s eyes were full of excitement and excitement. If it wasn''t for Huang Fu Song''s serious illness, few people would shout with excitement. All of them were young and powerful. If Huangfu Chaobo could go further, the Huangfu family would really turn their family into a country, and they would be princes for generations.


    Several people''s looks were seen by Huangfu song, a sense of powerlessness arises spontaneously, however, the other mixed emotions make Huangfu song also don''t know how to express: "you wait to step down, I''m tired, want to have a good rest..."


    How many people don''t know Huangfu song''s mind, look at each other, salute Huangfu song, and then gently exit the room. After everyone retreats, Huangfu song powerlessly closes his eyes.

 Chapter 1136

    After leaving Huangfu song''s room, Huangfu Chaobo was in a good mood, but he couldn''t get up. Huangfu song''s serious illness was one of the reasons. The second one was the problem mentioned by Huangfu song. All along, Huangfu Chaobo was thinking about this problem, but he couldn''t figure out a clear idea.


    Let Mi Huan and Han Xue lead the two children to guard in Huangfu Jianshou''s house. Huangfu Chaobo walks out of Huangfu''s house and goes aimlessly to the original direction of the imperial city. Along the way, the snow in the sky is getting heavier and heavier. Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t take care of it, let alone the paper umbrella from Dianwei. Instead, he puts on his cape and puts on his cloak and stays in the snow Walking aimlessly all the way.


    All the people behind him didn''t know what was wrong with the master. They didn''t dare to ask, so they had to follow him silently. Seeing this, Dian Wei ordered a bodyguard to invite Xu Shu.


    When Xu Shu got the news and rushed to the palace, Huangfu Chaobo and his party had already entered the Imperial City, but Pang Tong came with him. Seeing them, Huangfu Chaobo just nodded and went on. If the only vacant place in today''s Luoyang city is in the imperial city and the palace city, except for the one that was sorted out at the beginning, a large weapons workshop and a dozen warehouses were built at the request of Huangfu Chaobo, all the other places are still empty, and nothing was built at all.


    At first, Xu Shu and Xu Shu thought that Huangfu Chaobo wanted to inspect the workshops. Who knows, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop in the Imperial City, but went straight to the palace city.


    Both of them were in a daze. They looked at each other and were surprised by each other''s eyes. You know, although Huangfu Chaobo had been in Luoyang City for several years, the number of times he really went to and from the palace city was very few. However, although the palace city was still in ruins, Huangfu Chaobo arranged for people to clear all the weeds inside.


    All along, Huangfu Chaobo is not willing to consider this last step. In his view, once he reaches the last step, it means that the game has come to an end, and everyone who accompanies him step by step in the game will no longer exist. This is what he does not want to see subconsciously. But today Huangfu song put this fact in front of him, and made him realize that no matter how he avoided it, this fact could not be avoided.


    Of course, it''s impossible to say that he didn''t gain in the game. In the past few years, he will put forward a little from the power''s income and exchange it into real money. Of course, this little is not the amount that ordinary people can earn in their lifetime.


    Huang Fu Song''s words, Huang Fu Chaobo suddenly understood that he has a further ability. When a player has the ability to control the big situation in the game, it means that the game has reached a mature stage, and then


    Seeing Xu Shu''s desire to talk and stop, Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "I have nothing to do. I''m just a little depressed in my heart. Don''t say more. Walk with me..."


    Xu Shu and his wife thought that Huangfu Chaobo was depressed because of Huangfu song, so they didn''t say much. They followed Huangfu Chaobo and walked towards the palace city.


    When you enter the palace city, you can see the ruins all the way. Compared with the fire just a few years ago, it shows the color of vicissitudes. The snowflakes have covered most of the place. At first glance, it shows the meaning of desolation.


    Looking at these, Huangfu Chaobo became more silent. After a long time, Xu Shu stepped forward two steps and said in a low voice, "Lord, the old general has been fighting for half of his life. Now he is sixty, fifty, sixty and seventy. As far as the old general is concerned, he should have no regrets."


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t speak. He went to a palace to have a look. Then he turned his head and walked out of the palace. Soon a group of people went out of the palace and came to the imperial city. Then they boarded the city wall and stood on the wutaimen tower. They could see the whole Luoyang City from afar. Huangfu Chaobo finally said, "Laodian, except you, Yuanzhi and Shi Yuanwai, the rest of us should step back. No one is allowed to come near within a hundred steps! "


    "No!" When Dian Wei took orders, he ordered all the guards to withdraw from the city tower and wait a hundred paces away, while he stood beside Huangfu Chaobo without saying a word.


    It was a long time after the soldiers retreated that Huangfu Chaobo told the three of them today''s dialogue with Huangfu song. In fact, Dian Wei turned a deaf ear and didn''t care about the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo''s words. Xu Shu and Pang Tong had a heart of seven tricks, especially Pang Tong. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, they were relieved for a long time.


    Looking at them relieved, Huangfu Chaobo asked strangely, "don''t you worry?"


    Pang Tong said with a smile, "what are you worried about?"


    "If the world is really peaceful, even before it is peaceful, I will leave the world. As you know, I am a stranger, not only me, but all the strangers will leave here, and the world without strangers will..."Xu Shu took the first two steps and pointed to Luoyang City, which was covered with snowflakes. At this time, it was full of lights and peace: "Lord, there were ruins everywhere a few years ago. Now Luoyang city is not inferior to that of Dong Zhuo Fen City under the governance of Lord. It can even be said that ordinary people living in Luoyang live the same life as before The incomparable affluence of life is that the Lord has given them such a life. Without the efforts of the Lord, many of them might have already died in the war. "


    After a pause, Xu Shu continued: "we understand the meaning of the Lord, but when all the strange people leave, we can''t be sure what the world will be like, can we?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, Xu Shu said with a smile: "in this case, it''s useless to think more. We just need to take care of our eyes. Moreover, if we really want peace in the world, we can do it in three or five years. It can''t be said that before that time, we are gone."


    Pang Tong said with a smile: "it''s reasonable for yuan to say that spring and autumn come, and flowers bloom and fall. It''s a more ancient truth. But it''s hard for people to escape the shackles of birth, aging and illness. Living in the present is the most important thing. As for the future, why should the Lord worry about these things?"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Yes, he didn''t even see this clearly: "yes, Yuan Zhi and Shi Yuan''s words are like a drum in the morning. It''s me who''s looking at them. People have joys and sorrows to leave, the moon has Yin and Qing yuanque, this matter ancient difficult to complete, I hope people long, thousands of miles together Chan Juan! Go, accompany me back to the house, drink three hundred cups


    With that, they turned and left the city building, laughing to the city. They also laughed and followed Huangfu Chaobo down the city building to the government!

 Chapter 1137

    Pang Tong was frustrated that Huangfu Chaobo''s three hundred drinks failed to come true, because Xu Shu''s words made both of them lose the interest of drinking: "the old general is still seriously ill. It seems that we are disrespectful to drink too much!"


    Both of them are leaders in the world. Huangfu song''s help from Huangfu Chaobo is very clear. It can be said that it is because Huangfu song, Zhu Jun and Lu Zhi are in Luoyang that Huangfu Chaobo''s development in recent years is not surprising. Now Lu Zhi has passed away, and Huangfu song''s life is not long. Zhu Jun is the only one left among the three famous generals in the Han Dynasty.


    As for the other old men in the Tang army, old man Cai Yong is now only in charge of Luoyang Academy. Han Fu, Kong Rong and Kong Yu are also in the academy all day long. All four of them are rarely involved in political affairs. Fortunately, all aspects of the Tang army have entered the normal stage. If they only need to settle down and develop for a few years, their strength will surely reach a higher level.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who returned to Luoyang, was once again surrounded by a lot of government affairs. After dealing with the government affairs every day, he went to the mansion of Huangfu Jianshou to guard Huangfu song with all the people. After a long day, Huang Fu Song''s condition worsened again. Although he still wakes up every other day or two, every time is very short, and he fell into a coma again. We all know that this time, Huangfu song has really reached the point where the oil is exhausted and the lamp is dry.


    In the past few days, the situation of Xianbei''s southward invasion in Youhe and Lulong States has been sorted out and appeared on Huangfu Chaobo''s desk. Just like Guo Jia''s, except that Yanbei and Lulong''s two Xianbei troops were repulsed, the rest of Xianbei''s troops withdrew from the range of Dahan and returned to the grassland before and after the heavy snow.


    However, the situation of each department is different. The two armies of Putou and Qianman in Xianbei in the West were not willing to send troops, but they were forced to send troops to Shuofang and Wuyuan, so their fighting spirit was not strong. So they spent a long time in several villages in Yinshan Mountains. In the end, although they invaded Bingzhou, they were won time The two counties transferred all the population and materials. In the end, the two armies ran a big circle in the two counties, failed to catch much, and finally returned to the grassland before the snow fell.


    But in the face of the strong resistance of the Yan army and the Zhao army, the two armies only made some profits in a few counties along the border, but they were unable to enter the hinterland. Finally, they had to return to the grassland. It can be said that this round of Xianbei invasion to the South is the end of the border.


    If Gongsun Zan and Lu Bu were the only ones who lost the most, especially Lu Bu, Yunzhong and Daijun were almost washed to white by Xianbei, and Gongsun Zan''s Shanggu was almost looted. Although Lu long was also devastated, fortunately, he was finally rescued by the three allied forces, which was almost equal.


    As for Shuofang and Wuyuan counties, the losses were not great. They just spent some money to move people and build territory.


    On the contrary, the Tang army of Huangfu made a lot of money in this war. It should be the 100000 horses at all levels and the 100000 prisoners of Xianbei, which was enough to make Meng Yi and other people in Yanbei County smile, not to mention the mountain of materials.


    Another man also made a lot of money, that is Zhou Qiang, who took advantage of the opportunity of Xianbei people''s invasion to the south to recover Wuhuan court, but also captured three cities. Now he is full of confidence and is preparing to launch an attack on Liaodong vassal state after the spring of next year.


    ¡­¡­


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo was busy with political affairs, the southernmost part of the Tang military territory, Lujiang County, Shuxian County, and the prefect''s mansion, the prefect Zuo juecheng was gathering all the officials of Lujiang County and two generals of Xuanwu camp to discuss the matter.


    Lujiang County was brought under the control of the Tang army last year. Then Huangfu Chaobo appointed Zuo Chengzu as the prefect, Lu Ling as the prefect, and Huang Furen, the eldest son of Huangfu Jianshou, as the prefect. In addition, Kong Xin, kongfu''s nephew, was appointed as the chief General of Xuanwu camp, while Wu Anguo was transferred as the Deputy General of Xuanwu camp.


    Thanks to their efforts, Lujiang has recovered well. However, this time, Zuo Chengzu''s solicitation for discussion is not for Lujiang''s political affairs, but for his discovery of a cancer in the mountains in the west of Lujiang. After more than a year''s careful investigation, he has finally figured out the situation of this place, so Zuo Chengzu immediately solicited people to discuss how to deal with it Deal with this serious problem.


    As a matter of fact, as early as when he took over the administration of Shuxian County of Lujiang, Zuo Chengzu learned from Zhang Ying that the remaining evils of the puppet Dynasty of Zhong family had fled to the West. Later, he was busy with the government affairs of Lujiang County. In addition, Lujiang had been under the rule of Yuan Shu for a long time, and there were many people who sympathized with Yuan Shu So even if he knew the news, Zuo Chengzu only discussed it with Lu Ling and Kong Xin a little, and then sent someone to explore the matter quietly. He did not dare to do it in a big way.


    Now, after nearly a year of full stability, although Lujiang has not said that it is completely at home, it is basically in the hands of the Tang army. So in September this year, several people began to arrange personnel to explore the whereabouts of the remnant army. After full search by Xuanwu camp and shadow guard, someone finally found this place in the mountains in the West.No one thought that there were tens of thousands of people hiding in the mountains, including a large number of Yuan Shujun''s elite imperial guards. When Yuan Shujun was defeated, there was a rumor that general Ji Ling led tens of thousands of elite imperial guards to escort the puppet Prince Yuan Yao and the family members of a number of officials to escape. It seems that these people should be.


    Zuo Chengzu, who got the news, immediately sent people to invite the main officials of Tang army in Shu county to discuss how to deal with the remaining evils of the puppet Dynasty hidden in the mountains.


    It is necessary to exterminate them, but it is not so easy to exterminate them deep in the mountains, so how to exterminate them is a big problem.


    At the beginning, everyone felt that Zuo Chengzu was making a fuss. At the beginning, hundreds of thousands of Yuan Shujun troops were trapped in Shouchun city. At last, they were also attacked. Now there are only tens of thousands of people. How big waves can they turn out?


    However, when we learned about the situation in the mountains, we were all silent. The difficulty of the road between the mountains was far beyond our expectation. The most important thing is that if we can''t annihilate it completely, once they break through the encirclement and escape, there will be endless trouble.

 Chapter 1138

    Seeing that everyone didn''t understand what he meant, Zuo Chengzu had to whisper to all the people: "there is a rumor that you should have heard of, that is, the puppet Prince of the Zhong Dynasty had taken something away when he fled."


    After hearing this, Lu Ling was shocked: "the meaning of Taishou is the jade seal!"


    All of them were surprised. They quickly looked to Chengzu. He nodded and said, "yes, if it''s true, it''s probably in this mountain, so..."


    On hearing this, everyone was excited. If the jade seal was really here, and then it was taken by himself and others and dedicated to his master, it would be a great achievement!


    "Only if you want to send out a large army, you must report to the Lord for approval before you can send out troops. Besides, the rest of Zhong''s evils are hiding in the mountains. If they are not careful, they will escape again. It doesn''t matter if they run away. But if the jade seal is taken away by them again, it''s not so easy to find them again." Kong Xin frowned and said;


    "yes, it needs a long-term consideration. It''s better to report it to the Lord first. If only Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and tieyingruishi of the guards could be sent here. After all, there are Zhongshi''s remaining evils in the mountain, and there are a lot of imperial guards. It''s hard to win them all just by the guards of Lujiang Prefecture and Xuanwu camp." Wu''anguo has also participated in many wars in recent years, and his vision is far from that of Qingzhou at the beginning, he added;


    after listening to their opinions, Zuo Chengzu realized that he was thinking too simply, so he said: "in this case, we should report to the Lord as soon as possible and wait for the Lord''s arrangement, but we must also be prepared."


    "You can rest assured that Xuanwu camp will strengthen the monitoring of the situation in the mountains. At the same time, starting tomorrow, Xuanwu camp will send two school soldiers to Anhui county to block it in the mountains. However, we need to strengthen the investigation and understanding of the situation in the mountain. No matter how the Lord arranges, at least we should have a detailed understanding of the specific situation of the remaining evils of the Zhong family and the situation around their gathering place. It''s better to find out the situation of this place and the surrounding roads. " Kong Xin nodded


    In the mountains to the north of Wan County in Lujiang County, in the valley more than 100 li away from Wan County, in a big valley called yuqianlong, the original town has now become a county with tens of thousands of people. It is Ji Ling, the former Prince Yuan Yao and the tens of thousands of troops led by them who suddenly came from Shouchun city. More than a year ago, while the attention of several vassals was focused on Shouchun City, Ji Ling led 20000 imperial guards and thousands of soldiers, escorted nearly 10000 officials and their families to flee here. After a year, he has taken root.


    In more than a year, more than 20000 families of taxi soldiers arrived here one after another through various channels. In addition, there were thousands of people in the valley. Today''s yuqianlong has been renamed the city of Yuqian county. In addition, the surrounding villages and towns have already settled down with 50000 or 60000 people. It is also because of the sharp increase in population that Ji Ling and Shu Zhao have been greatly affected The people are very busy, because they don''t have much food.


    At the beginning, although they carried a lot of food and grass into the mountains, the food and grass supplies were only enough for their 30000 people to consume in a year. In fact, Shu Zhao also knew the importance of food and grass, so after the army arrived at yuqianlong, they began to turn all the thousands of guards back to the fields. In addition, thousands of families and aborigines, a total of more than 10000 people stepped up reclamation.


    It''s just that they didn''t expect that from the beginning of this year, after they sent out to spy on their families, they brought all of them to the mountains through various ways. As a result, the population in the mountains has increased from less than 30000 to nearly 60000 in less than a year, so there is not enough food in the mountains.


    The county government of Yuqian county is now the temporary palace of the crown prince. Although it is known that the Zhongshi emperor has returned to heaven, the crown prince Yuan Yao refuses to ascend the throne and still serves as a director in the name of the crown prince. The civil and military officials of the Zhongshi Dynasty have no strong objection. In fact, the title of emperor Yuan Shu is the result of his willful action. There are not many people who sincerely support him, most of them They all just follow the trend, so after the Zhongshi Dynasty existed for less than two years, it was destroyed by the joint attack of several vassals, and everyone was almost sober.


    Now, Yuan Yao has not succeeded to the throne, and no one has forced him. Now we all know that there is no absolute strength to support him. All things are just flowers in the water and the moon in the mirror.


    In the hall of the county government office, Yuan Yao was in a high position. Looking at his subordinates, he said: "gentlemen, now the snow has begun to close the mountain, and the Tang army outside the mountain probably won''t notice us at this time of the year, but now our form is not good. We can see what we should do. However, before you begin, I would like to ask senior general Jun and Mr. Shu to introduce us to you. "


    Ji Ling got up and saluted Yuan Yao, saying: "Your Highness, since we broke through the encirclement in Shouchun last year, we have only 20000 imperial guards and 5000 garrisons. When we arrived at yuqianlong, because of the large number of soldiers and the small number of people, we have released all the 5000 garrisons to the field, so now we have only 20000 imperial guards. However, although we have a small number of troops, the imperial guards are very small It''s the most elite army, so its combat power is not weak. If it''s against the outside of the city, the Tang army will be able to compete with Tang Guogong''s guards. If it''s guarding the city, it will be able to resist 100000 troops for half a year. "Ji Ling''s words let the army breathe a sigh of relief, at least their own lives are now guaranteed, but the next Shu Zhao''s words made everyone feel bad for a moment.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, the 20000 royal guards are powerful, but the amount of money and food consumed is not small. The monthly money alone needs nearly 60000 Guan, and the grain is nearly 40000 Shi. Now there are nearly 60000 people in Yuqian county and our control area, and these 60000 people are almost the families of our soldiers and officials, except 20000 royal guards So these people need us to support them. " Shu Zhao is now in charge of the logistics of yuan Yaojun, while Yuan Si and Yan Xiang are in charge of the government affairs of Yuqian county and surrounding villages and towns, and Yan Xiang is in charge of the internal affairs of yuan Yaojun.


    "But the food consumption of these 40000 people is only 30% of that of the Imperial Army, so the monthly food consumption is about 50000 stone, but..." At this point, Shu Zhao looked around at the crowd, and then whispered: "now our grain reserves are less than 200000 stones, that is to say, only enough for us to save less than three months and four months. Now it''s December, and we won''t have summer grain harvest until the end of June next year, so we will have no food for more than two months..."

 Chapter 1139

    Shu Zhao''s words shocked everyone in the hall. According to this, isn''t Qi still two months without food to eat? Isn''t Qi starving to death? Ji Ling''s Deputy General Chen Lan asked: "can''t we buy some from outside the mountain?"


    "If we really want to buy it, we need to buy at least 100000 to 150000 stones of grain to be enough for our use. With so much grain, how can the Tang army not find us? If their troops attack, how long can our 20000 troops resist? What''s more, even if we beat back the Tang army once, our spring farming will certainly be affected. There will be no food to harvest at that time, but we will only live on for a few more months. " Shu Zhao said with a bitter smile;


    "then we can only reduce consumption and try to save food consumption. Why don''t we let a group of soldiers go back to the fields?" Yan Xiang asked tentatively after meditation;


    "absolutely not!" Several generals headed by Ji Ling immediately objected and said, "Mr. Yan may not know that if soldiers were to be recruited after being demobilized, they would be only intermediate arms at most, which is totally different from the present imperial guards. These 20000 imperial guards are only the foundation for us to settle down. So at the beginning, I only agreed to disband the thousands of guards, but I didn''t want to disband the 20000 imperial guards That''s why it''s dissolved. "


    "In this way, we can only reduce the food supply of ordinary people!" Yuan Sidao;


    "not right!" Li Ling said: "among these 40000 people, besides our family members, they are the family members of the soldiers. If the food supply of the family members is reduced, it will be quite unfavorable for the morale of the soldiers. What''s more, forty thousand families consume less than ten thousand soldiers a month, and even if they lose all of them, it won''t help. "


    "It doesn''t work, it doesn''t work, just wait for the army to starve to death!" Yuan Si said angrily;


    everyone was embarrassed and speechless for a while.


    For a long time, Ji Ling said: "what General Li said is reasonable. For the purpose, there is only one plan that can keep us going. We can barely survive until next summer''s harvest."


    "Go ahead, general!" Yuan Yao was so energetic that he quickly asked. The rest of the people also looked at Ji Ling eagerly. Now the tens of thousands of troops are maintained by Ji Ling. It is with the support of these 20000 Imperial troops that Yuan Yao''s position is so stable.


    "The imperial army is our foundation. It is absolutely not allowed to withdraw. However, now that we are in winter and the mountains are closed by heavy snow, it is impossible for the Tang army to enter the mountains at this time. So my way is to leave only 5000 people in 20000 Imperial troops to distribute food in full, and halve the food of the remaining 15000 people. In this way, we can save more than 20000 stone grain per month It''ll last till tomorrow''s summer harvest. "


    "General!" Chen Lan said hastily: "only in this way, the morale of the soldiers is bound to drop sharply, and the combat effectiveness of the soldiers will also be affected."


    Li Ling also nodded to agree with Chen Lan.


    "There is no way to do this. When the time comes, Ben will explain to the soldiers that the grain saved is for the sake of their families. As for the payment, it needs to be paid in full or even doubled. I don''t know if there is any problem?"


    Shu Zhao was overjoyed: "there is no problem with the payment. Although it can''t be doubled every month, it can be doubled in December, and there is no problem with other materials."


    "So there will be no problem. Besides, these 5000 people were going to rotate every ten days. 4000 of them were stationed in the county, and the other 500 were sent to Lianyun town in the northwest and CaiJiaHe town in the north. In addition, we only need to survive the winter. Next spring, we can send people into the mountains to catch all kinds of prey, so as to increase the food for the soldiers. In this way, the loss of morale and combat effectiveness should not be too great. " After hearing Shu Zhao''s words, Ji Ling was also relieved.


    Seeing that the matter was finally solved, everyone was relieved, and Yuan Yao was also relieved: "it will be hard for the general and the adults. If there is nothing else, let''s go separately!"


    "No!" They all bowed back to Yuan Yao.


    Outside the county government, all the people left in a hurry. Shu Zhao came out panting. He saw Ji Ling ready to turn over and get on the horse. He took a few steps quickly, grabbed Ji Ling''s bridle and said: "general! Is it convenient? "


    Ji Ling and Shu Zhao had a better relationship. Seeing Shu Zhao holding him, he said, "what''s the matter with you, Mr. Shu?"


    Shu Zhao looked around. Ji Ling understood and said to his own guards, "you and others will follow. I''ll have a few words with Mr. Shu!"


    With that, Ji Ling gave the rein to a pro guard and quickly walked forward.


    Seeing this, Shu Zhao quickly ran after them. When the guards were about 20 or 30 steps away from them, Shu Zhao said in a soft voice: "this time, the food is barely enough, but after the summer harvest? What about next winter? Did the general ever think about it? "


    Ji Ling was stunned by several questions.


    "The general should know that the land reclaimed by the valley around Yuqian City alone is not enough to provide food for the 50000 or 60000 people. What''s more, people don''t only need food to live. Has the general really not considered the future?"


    Ji Ling''s face was very blue and speechless for a long time before he said, "I understand what Mr. Shu means, but...""Shu has said all about it. Please make a decision as soon as possible!" With that, Shu Zhao salutes Ji Lingxing and turns to leave.


    Today''s Ji Ling is yuan Yaojun''s God of the sea needle. Because of his persistence, yuan Yaojun took root in such a high mountain. Unfortunately, after Yuan Shu burned himself in Shouchun City, the Zhongshi Dynasty has died in name. It''s just that he left tens of thousands of people here to linger. It''s just that Ji Ling is a fool and loyal man, and his loyalty to Yuan Shu has no effect at all There is to think of other, just want to complete Yuan Shu''s will, protect the prince Yuan Yao.


    In fact, as early as after breaking through the siege, Shu Zhao wanted to leave, but he had known Ji Ling for many years. He really couldn''t bear that such a great general would be in the dust. So he followed Ji Ling all the way to the West. He tried his best to persuade Ji Ling several times, but Ji Ling was too loyal. Now that this is the end of the matter, Shu Zhao decided to persuade him again if Ji Ling could listen If you have to persuade him, then Shu Zhao will make a good plan for him. But if there is no loosening, Shu Zhao decides to resign from Yuan Yao after the spring of next year.


    In fact, Shu Zhao''s words have caused a storm in Ji Ling''s heart. Ji Ling is a fool but not a fool. How could he be so high under Yuan Shu if he was a fool. You should know that Ji Ling is a worthy general in Yuan Shu''s army. There are many valiant generals in the army. If you don''t have real talent, how can you convince these valiant generals? Just like Yuan Shu''s son-in-law at the beginning, what about Fuma ye? Those soldiers still don''t hang you.


    Now Shu Zhao''s words are ringing in Ji Ling''s heart again. Yes, maybe this year, but next year? What about the next year? Your majesty, where are we going?

 Chapter 1140

    When he received the news from Lujiang County about the discovery of the remaining evils of the Zhong Dynasty, Huangfu Chaobo was gathering three military advisers to discuss the strategic arrangement of the Tang army next year. After resting in Handan for three days, Guo Jia also returned to Luoyang under the protection of a thousand soldiers. Then he got the conversation between Huangfu Chaobo and Xu Shu pangtong that day, which Huangfu Chaobo told him personally.


    In the next few days, the four people stayed in the hall of the national government, carefully deliberated and discussed the map of the Great Han Dynasty, and considered the strategy of the Tang army in the future. Like Ji Ling, they were also thinking about where to go, but it was for the whole world.


    Seeing Zuo Chengzu''s pigeon letters, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Was the jade seal really brought out by Ji Ling? Otherwise, how could Ji Ling protect Yuan Yao so carefully and hide in the mountain?


    Jade seal


    For Huangfu Chaobo, this name was one of the things he didn''t want to touch, because he still had self-knowledge. Not only him, but also the three major military commanders. Seeing the jade seal mentioned by Zuo Chengzu, they all looked at each other and laughed bitterly.


    "It''s a pity that for our army, it''s not an attractive delicacy, but a deadly poison." Pang Tong Za Ba Za his mouth;


    "it''s true that Dong Zhuo''s army was strong in those days, but it was not as strong as the 18 road princes in Guandong. So let others be the hot potato. If the Lord got the jade seal, it would certainly cause the discontent of the princes in the world. In time, he would be attacked on all sides." Guo Jia also replied;


    "well, let people write back to Zuo Chengzu and ask them to block yuan Yaojun in the mountains for me. As for where they want to go, let them go." Huangfu Chaobo orders with a smile. Then he throws Zuo Chengzu''s pigeon letter aside and ignores it. Instead, he puts it on the map of the Han Dynasty, which is on the top of the table.


    "To continue with filial piety, we should first understand the general trend of the world today, and then discuss the follow-up strategy."


    Guo Jia gave a promise, and then introduced to several people the situation of the princes from the shadow guard.


    It is needless to say that the north and the northeast of China, Huangfu Chaobo himself just came back from the north, so the situation is relatively familiar. A battle of Xianbei''s invasion to the South brought chaos to Youhe and the two states. Gongsun Zan of Youzhou had been defeated and had not recovered. Now it is even worse. Although Lv Bu in Bingzhou was not as miserable as Gongsun Zan, both Yunzhong and Daijun were searched by Xianbei people, and even the two Xiajun made Lv Bu heartbroken.


    Gongsundu and the domineering royal family are still in a state of confrontation. What gongsundu doesn''t know is that he has become a soft persimmon in the eyes of other people. Someone wants to make him round and flat again after the spring of next year. And Yuan Shao of Hebei is also rare to be quiet for a period of time at this time.


    What made Huangfu Chaobo more concerned about was the war between Cao Cao and yelaixiang. As expected, Cao Cao and yelaixiang began to fight after they drove Huangfu Chaobo out of Qingzhou. However, the war between the two families started in Xuzhou. It''s reasonable to think about it carefully. Although there is a large army of Xia Houyuan in Qingzhou, after more than half a year''s fierce battle with the Tang army, although we have gained more than 20 cities in Qingzhou plain and Donglai, Cao''s soldiers are already tired. If they are allowed to fight with yelaixiang again, it is estimated that they will not have to worry about yelaixiang, and Cao''s soldiers will fight against it .


    After months of fierce fighting between the two sides in Langya and the East China Sea, no one was able to get any benefits. At last, they had no choice but to stop temporarily. The next step is to accumulate strength and prepare for next year''s war. For Cao Cao''s army, this year''s vitality has been greatly damaged, so he feels that he has some strength in the face of the small shrimps such as the night incense. With his talent and Xu Sheng''s generals, as well as his arrangement in the south of Langya for several years, the night incense finally keeps Cao Cao''s army away from Langya county.


    Further to the south, sun CE, the little overlord, was not idle. After seizing the territory of Xuzhou from Cao Cao, sun CE suddenly led the army to Wucheng, Wujun county. So Yan Han asked Wang Lang, the prefect of Kuaiji, for help. Wang Lang also understood the reason that lips were dead and teeth were cold. So he personally led 50000 troops to support Wu Cheng, and the three sides fought for several times Ten days later, sun CE''s army finally captured Wu Cheng, but Wang Lang, Kuaiji''s prefect, died in the chaos. Finally, Kuaiji''s cities and generals and officials threw themselves under the command of Wu County''s prefect Yan Han and vowed to avenge Wang Lang.


    After a big war, sun CE found that he had made wedding clothes for others instead. Although Yan Han lost Wucheng County, he had 14 cities in Kuaiji county and a group of generals like Zhou Xin, which greatly increased his strength.


    Liu Yao, who was defeated by sun CE and fled to Yuzhang, quickly recruited nearly 100000 troops with the support of Yuzhou''s cities and aristocratic families. Then, with general Zhang Ying as the main general, he was sharpening his sword and staring at Sun CE in the East, ready to give sun CE two shots at the right time.


    In June, Jianling, the magistrate of Yidao County, left Han Xuan, Gao Yue and Hou Zheng to defend Yidao. He personally led 50000 troops. Wei Yan, Han Hao and Qi Shen sent troops to attack Wuling. The two sides fought for more than a month under the rule of Linyuan city in Wuling county. Finally, under the fierce attack of Wei Yan and Han Hao, they conquered Wuling City, and Jin Xuan, the governor of Wuling When he was killed, his son Jinwei and general Gong Zhi were captured. More than half of the 30000 elite soldiers in Wuling county were killed and the rest were captured.Later, Jianling ordered Wei Yan and Han haobing to divide into two groups. Wei Yan led 20000 troops to attack the cities of Yuannan, Yuanling and Chenyang. Han Hao led the troops to fight back against the cities of Hanshou and Zuotang. After more than half a year of fighting, Jianling finally took over Wuling. Later, Jianling became the commander of Wuling and became the 13th power among the players. Then Gong Zhi was persuaded to surrender by Jianling''s military adviser Hua Yun and joined Jianling''s army.


    As for Yizhou, Liu Yan, a herdsman of Yizhou, and the Prime Minister of Shu County, I was Xiaobai, who suddenly attacked the Prime Minister of Huangjin horse in Yizhou. Liu Yan sent nearly 100000 troops to attack the key, while I, Xiaobai, led 50000 troops to attack Yueyu county. The two families suddenly joined forces and caught the horses off guard. In the past two months, the two counties lost more than half of the key.


    In the end, although Ma Xiang led the troops to fight against it, he lost the first chance, and finally lost two counties. He had to lead the troops to retreat to survive for his country. Liu Yan and I are Xiaobai''s two families. After they got one county each, they stopped fighting for a while.


    As for other vassals and player forces, there is basically no big action.

 Chapter 1141

    After Guo Jia got to know all the big and small forces in the whole world, it was Xu Shu''s turn. What he had to do was to tell a few people about the current situation of the Tang army''s reorganization of forces in the Central Plains, so that everyone could have a detailed understanding of this. Only by knowing one''s friends and one''s enemies can we win a hundred battles.


    At present, the military strength of the Tang army''s prefectures and counties has recovered well. After half a year''s efforts, the soldiers and guards of each county have reached the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo. However, after reorganization, the elite level of each army has decreased in varying degrees. There is no way to do this. After a big war, there is still a lot of loss in the military strength, so we should pay more attention to it In addition, several new counties have been added, so there is still a big gap in the military strength. Now it can be fully replenished in half a year, and the speed is very fast.


    In the next few days, when Huangfu Chaobo finished his administrative work in the daytime, he discussed military strategy with the three people. In the evening, he rushed to Huangfu Jianshou''s residence. These days, he stayed in Huangfu Jianshou''s residence with his two wives and two children until very late, and then returned to the government to have a rest. However, MI and Han stayed there with their two children all the day Huangfu Chaobo wanted to sleep in his Jianshou mansion, but because the two mansions were not far apart, he didn''t insist on it at last because of the persuasion of the people.


    In the midst of all the people''s worries, Huangfu song survived the new year''s Eve and finally died on the fifth day of the first month. Although Huangfu Chaobo had already made preparations, he was still very sad. On the one hand, he sent someone to report to the Chang''an court, and on the other hand, he ordered the three armed forces of the Tang army Su Yao, thinking that he would be hanged.


    Like Lu Zhi, Huangfu song died. After his death, Lu Zhi was canonized by the imperial court as the uncle of Liangxiang. Moreover, Huangfu song was the uncle of Huangfu Chaobo, so it was necessary for the imperial court to canonize him.


    As expected, the little emperor of Chang''an responded very quickly. A few days later, the special envoy of the imperial court arrived in Luoyang and brought the emperor''s imperial edict: Huangfu song changed Huaili Marquis into Duxiang Marquis, and sent a gift to general Hushi.


    Huangfu song''s funeral was very grand. Huangfu Chaobo, Huangfu Jianshou and other people were busy for nearly a month before they came to an end. The days after that calmed down again. There was a precedent of Lu Zhi. Here, a month after Huangfu song died, all the people in Huangfu''s family went back to their posts in plain clothes. After Huangfu song''s clarification, Huangfu''s family became prosperous Jianshou''s heart is full of fire.


    After the beginning of spring, the spring ploughing under the rule of the Tang army began to get ready, and the soldiers and horses everywhere also began to step up their training, and everything was in order. For Huangfu Chaobo, it was also a rare period of calm. After discussing with Guo Jia last year, they all agreed that the Tang army must recuperate for a while. After all, from the beginning of entering Luoyang, there have been many wars and little battles. Almost half a year has passed since the armistice. Although the territory is getting bigger and bigger, and the number of soldiers and horses is also increasing, it is hard to let the veteran soldiers get tired No doubt.


    Another point is that every war consumed a huge amount of money and food. For the Tang army, there was no time to accumulate materials. As time goes on, the area involved in the war becomes larger and larger. For example, every time the Tang army goes to war, it does not send less than 100000 troops, which often costs 2.3 million. In addition, it costs a lot of money and food. Then there was the newly acquired county last year. If it was not managed carefully, it would be very unfavorable for the subsequent development of the Tang army.


    If one or two years can be used to recuperate, it will be of great benefit to the recuperation of the Tang army and the accumulation of money, food and materials.


    Huangfu Chaobo always believed that food should be eaten one by one, and no one could eat it all at once.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo was ready to live a comfortable life for a while, he didn''t know that a trouble was running towards him


    ¡­¡­


    Ji lingzheng and Shu Zhao are talking in the general''s residence in Yuqian county. The weather is much better now. Although it is still cold in the mountains, the snow is beginning to melt, and the smell of spring is getting stronger and stronger. It is estimated that the snow has already melted away outside the mountains, and farmers should be ready for spring ploughing in the new year.


    After a winter, Rao Shi and Ji Ling have become thinner and thinner. Without him, the soldiers in the army have less food. Ji Ling wants to be as good as the soldiers in order to ease the morale of the army. In this way, it really has a great effect. At least now, although there are still some complaints in the army, it''s just a little complaint between the soldiers, far from supporting the morale of the army.


    As they were talking, they suddenly reported to the soldiers outside the door: "general, your Highness has sent us here to discuss something important!"


    Ji Ling was surprised. Did the Tang army attack as soon as the weather improved? Thinking of quickly getting up and wearing armor, he left for the county government. One of Shu Zhao''s family rushed to the front door of Ji Ling''s house, gasping and hissing: "master, your highness sent someone to make a quick move!"


    Two people look at each other, no longer say more, quickly turned on the horse, toward the direction of the county government.


    When both of them arrived at the county government, Yuan Yao was fidgeting back and forth in front of the throne. Yuan Si was standing next to him. When he saw Ji Ling and Shu Zhao coming in together, Yuan Yao did not care about the etiquette. He hurried down and said, "great general, great! Mr. Shu is here, too! "Seeing Yuan Yao''s appearance, Ji Ling quickly asked, "Your Highness, what''s the matter? Is it because the Tang army has begun to send troops in such a hurry to recruit officials? "


    Yuan Yao said: "no, but the Tang army has changed. I don''t know what they want to do! That''s why the generals and Mr. Shu were recruited. " Then he looked at Yuan Si standing beside him.


    Yuan Si is also a son of the yuan family. Since the army broke through, he was in charge of yuan Yaojun''s spy organization. Seeing yuan yaochao himself, he quickly bowed to Yuan Yao and then turned to Ji Ling and said, "general, Mr. Shu, I just received the news that the spy came back. Ten days ago, the Xuanwu camp of the Tang army sent out three school soldiers, and now they have separated If the three cities of Longshu, Juchao and Wanxian were to be garrisoned together with the original 3000 soldiers in the three cities, there would be as many as 8000 troops in each of them. So do I think this is a signal that the Tang army is ready to attack us? "


    After listening to Yuan Si''s words, the two people who had already known about the roads around Yuqian County immediately changed their faces. Although Yuqian county is located in the middle of high mountains, there are several roads connected with the outside world. However, even so, the only road that is really suitable for large groups of people to walk is the one that goes directly south to Anhui county, and the other two roads lead to Juchao and Longcheng respectively Shuliang County, however, is far from Anhui county.


    As for other directions, it is not impossible to walk, but the road is extremely difficult to walk, let alone a large group of people. Yulou county can be reached more than 200 miles from Yuqian to NATO. However, although it''s only 200 miles, it takes seven or eight days for hunters who are good at mountain life, so they can avoid the dangers of the road. To the west, you can reach Xiling city and e County in Jiangxia County, but the road is as dangerous as Yulou.


    Today, the Tang army is heavily stationed in three cities of Anhui county. Undoubtedly, it''s the idea of blocking its own army in the mountains. It only needs to be blocked for a year and a half, and it''s not easy to clean up at that time.

 Chapter 1142

    Several people are thinking about it carefully. The rest of them have already got the news. Chen Lan, Li Ling and Yan Xiang have arrived one after another. Even Huang Yi, who has never been seen, has been called by Yuan Yao. Who calls him Yuan Yao''s brother-in-law? Now that Yuan Shu is dead, Yuan Yao only has his sister as a relative. He will think of his own people at the critical moment.


    After reading the news of Yuan Si, everyone was very disappointed. No one knew the consequences of being blocked in the mountains by the Tang army. Now the valley has been filled with tens of thousands of people. If only twenty or thirty thousand people could make do with it, but fifty or sixty thousand people would be trapped and starved to death.


    "Why don''t we go further, to the west, to Jiangxia? Although it''s a little difficult, we still have a few months'' grain, which is enough for us to leave the mountain." Huang Yi said suddenly;


    "did the son-in-law forget the disaster of sun Wentai?" Yan Xiang said coldly;


    Huang Yi was stunned. What happened to the dead man who went to Jingzhou to close sun Wentai? Suddenly, he remembered that sun Wentai had died in the hands of Huang Zu of Jiangxia, and the reason was the jade seal in his hands. Now the jade seal is in the hands of his wife and brother? At the thought of this, Huang Yi couldn''t help sweating.


    "Is there no place for Yuan Yao in the world?" Seeing that he can''t walk, and that he can''t stay here is also a dead end, Yuan Yao couldn''t help but feel sad. He looked up at the sky and sobbed.


    Ji Ling hurried forward and said, "Your Highness, you don''t have to do this. Your Highness will come up with a solution to both problems."


    "How about going north to Hebei to invest uncle?" Huang Yi suggested again;


    Yuan Si shook his head and said, "if you want to go north to Jizhou, how simple is Qi? Nowadays, Yuzhou, Yanzhou and Qingzhou are all controlled by the Tang and Qi armies. They are all our mortal enemies. They are nearly thousands of miles away. Can we get there as soon as possible? I''m afraid we will be caught by the Tang army as soon as we step out of the mountains. "


    "In this way, Qi has no way to escape, only one death!" Yuan Yaodao;


    everyone was silent.


    For a long time, Shu Zhao suddenly said: "Your Highness, today''s plan is not without a way to live!"


    "What''s your plan, sir? Say as much as you can As soon as Yuan Yao hears this, he grabs a straw to save his life and immediately asks for help.


    Ji Lingmeng is surprised and looks up at Shu Zhao. He understands what Shu Zhao means. This time Shu Zhao goes to find himself just for this matter. When they just talk about it, Yuan Yao sends someone to invite them, so they don''t go on talking about it.


    Ji Ling opened his mouth, but when he thought of the current situation, he couldn''t help but shut his mouth and didn''t open his mouth to stop Shu Zhao.


    Shu Zhao saw that Ji Ling didn''t speak to stop himself. He was secretly glad that Ji Ling didn''t object. Then this matter was half successful. After clearing his throat, Shu Zhao opened his mouth and said to Yuan Si, "excuse me, Mr. Yuan, has the secret agent sent back the news of several colleagues who were captured in the past?"


    With the wisdom of Yan Xiang and Yuan Si, he understood Shu Zhao''s meaning. As soon as Yuan Si''s face changed, he paused a little and said, "yes!"


    "How are they doing?"


    "Yuan Huan, Qiao Rui, Le Jiu and Li Feng have all been persuaded to surrender by the Tang army. According to the information from the spies, now all four of them have been put in high position by the Duke of the Tang Dynasty. Yuan Huan is now the Prime Minister of Hongnong County, while Qiao Rui is the captain of Hanoi. Le Jiu and Li Feng have been appointed as the captains of Hedong and Shanyang respectively, which can be said that they have been put in high position." Now that he had said it, Yuan Si had no scruples, so he told all the news. When people heard it, they couldn''t understand Shu Zhao''s meaning.


    But Shu Zhao didn''t mean to stop and continued to ask, "what about the other captured soldiers and officials? Have you ever been killed by the Tang army or... "


    "According to the news, the other captured soldiers and officials have basically surrendered to the Tang army, and now they have become members of the Tang army."


    "Your Highness, the Duke of the Tang Dynasty once captured an officer. Although he tried to persuade him to surrender to me at that time, he was grateful that the former Lord had met him, so I didn''t surrender him. The general and General Chen Lan were also involved in the incident. I believe everyone knew about it."


    Ji Ling and Chen Lan both blush when they hear Shu Zhao mention this time. But Shu Zhao didn''t care about it. He continued: "Tang Gong is really a master of Ming Dynasty, and his personnel are not limited to one pattern. From the officials and generals in Tang army, we can see that except his own lineage and relative generals, the rest of the demoted generals and yellow scarf generals are not despised


    "After the surrender of several generals, they were all reused. Therefore, my proposal is to ask your highness to take the jade seal and lead us to surrender to the Duke of Tang. I believe that the Duke of Tang will meet each other in his shoes." With that, Shu Zhao made a solemn bow to Yuan Yao.


    "It''s just that this imperial seal is the favorite of the former Emperor and the treasure of our Zhong Dynasty. How can we..." Yuan Yao immediately objected;


    "the jade seal is an important tool of the country, which can be owned by ordinary people. At that time, sun Wentai wanted to take the jade seal as his own, but he made a heavy oath. Finally, he died under a random arrow. Later, the jade seal was repeated, and finally it was obtained by Ming Gong. However, Ming Gong, regardless of the opposition, bent on his own way, arrogating the title of emperor, and finally he was defeated. It can be seen that the destiny is not in yuan, so... "Shu Zhao''s words did not go on, but everyone present knew what he meant. Li Feng said, "does Mr. Shu mean that heaven''s destiny lies in Huangfu?"


    "No, now the world is in chaos. We can''t find out where the destiny is. However, the Duke of Tang is the most suitable person for us to take refuge in. Of course, if possible, going north to Jizhou is also a way. However, the Duke also knows that the way to go north is no longer possible, so..." Li Feng, the general, was speechless when he said a few words.


    "If Huangfu Chaobo''s ears turned against him after he got the jade seal, what should he do?" Huang Yi asked;


    "no matter, we can get involved with the public transportation of the state of Tang first. We have to swear to protect our highness and our safety before we will come to vote with the seal. Moreover, we all know that if the Duke of Tang doesn''t want to live in the world, he will not treat his highness lightly. Moreover, we were all ministers of the same palace. If we voted for the Duke of Tang, we must be a force in the army of Tang, We must help each other. If the Duke of Tang doesn''t want to disappoint us, he will treat his highness kindly, so as to calm our hearts! " Shu Zhaoxin has a path to success.


    when people listen to him, it is true that he and his party will support each other and help each other. However, they are also powerful in the Tang army. If the Duke of Tang really ignores the reaction of these people and wants to do harm to Yuan Yao, he will not do so unless he wants to sacrifice himself to the world.


    Another point is that Huangfu Chaobo, the Duke of the Tang Dynasty, has a good reputation in the world. I believe he will not do such a thing to destroy his reputation.

 Chapter 1143

    Shu Zhao''s words made everyone nod, and everyone agreed, but Huang Yi didn''t have this worry: "if he can really guarantee Ziping''s safety, we can offer the seal to him."


    Although the rest of the people did not agree with it, they did not express their opposition. At this time, Yuan Yao was also excited. Despite his opposition to becoming emperor, Yuan Shu always felt that he was the son of the emperor of heaven. As a result, he was besieged on all sides when he became emperor. Only a few months later, the army of several vassals came out, and the Zhong family, which Yuan Shu thought was as stable as Mount Tai, died in less than a year It collapsed, which made Yuan Yao completely lose confidence in my father''s description of the destiny. This is also the reason why after he escaped, Yuan Yao did not want to ascend the throne and still led all the people in the name of the crown prince.


    Now Shu Zhao''s proposal is not opposed. It can be seen that the ministers have no confidence in Zhong''s country. It''s just that their prudence makes them neither agree nor oppose. The meaning of not opposing is obvious.


    "Mr. Shu, who should we send to the Tang army to discuss the matter of surrender?" Yuan Yao asked tentatively;


    seeing that Yuan Yao had already had some feelings, Shu Zhao said with great joy: "if your highness can rest assured, I will go once. However, I am not enough alone. If you can send your son-in-law or adult yuan to go together, you can win the trust of the Tang state."


    Everyone knows that both Huang Yi and Yuan Si are the most trusted people of Yuan Yao. If one of them goes with him, he can really win the trust of the Tang army. Moreover, this is a kind of saying that Shu Zhao asked Yuan Yao to send someone to monitor himself, which means that Yuan Yao can rest assured of himself.


    After all, Yuan Yao was not a fool, and he recognized Shu Zhao''s meaning, so he said: "if so, please go to Mr. Shu and his brother-in-law. If the Duke of Tang agreed to guarantee our safety, Yuan Yao would like to submit a seal to us! If the Duke of Tang is still not at ease, he can send someone to send Yuan Yao to his uncle in Hebei! "


    Shu Zhao and Huang Yi came forward and said, "don''t worry, your highness. I will protect your Highness''s safety even if I die."


    "Please, two of you!" Yuan Yao got up and saluted them, then turned around and left the hall.


    "To your highness!" The crowd quickly got up and bowed to his back.


    Five days later, Shu Zhao and Huang Yi appeared under the escort of 100 imperial guards in Anhui county. Then they were escorted to Shu County by 1000 cavalry. When they got the news from Anhui county, Zuo Chengzu and Kong Xin were also stunned. They just sent troops to strengthen the defense of the three cities. Unexpectedly, in only half a month, the other party sent someone to surrender . Both of them were overjoyed to hear the news. In this way, it was a great achievement for them.


    Two days later, yuan Yaojun''s envoys arrived in Shu County under the escort of cavalry. Zuo Chengzu personally received Shu Zhao and Huang Yi. After they were willing to surrender, Zuo Chengzu immediately sent the news to Luoyang by pigeon letter, waiting for the decision of Huangfu Chaobo.


    ¡­¡­


    In Luoyang City, Huangfu Chaobo was discussing with Xunyou, Xushu and other people about the arrangements for spring ploughing this year. Who knows, when he was discussing the matter, Shi a rushed into the meeting hall with an excited face and a pigeon letter in his hand. He didn''t even care about the usual etiquette. He stammered to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Lord My lord The left chief of Lujiang River Biography of The news is coming... "


    All the people present were shocked. They thought that there was something wrong with Lujiang. Huangfu Chaobo asked nervously: "how, what happened to Lujiang? Did sun Qijun or Liu biaojiang invade, or did yuan Yaojun send troops? "


    "No," Shi a finally calmed down a little at this time: "it''s not these. It''s the jade seal. Yuan Yao is willing to offer the seal! Congratulations, Lord


    "Ah..."


    "What..."


    All of them were surprised. Huangfu chaobolian reached for the pigeon letter in Shi A''s hand and read it at a glance. Then there was a long sigh: "Yuan Yao, my father..."


    Then he handed the pigeon letter in his hand to Guo Jia, who was beside him. Guo Jia quickly read the pigeon letter and then handed it to Pang Tong. After reading it, all of them looked at each other with a bitter smile. A few years ago, many people were still discussing the jade seal. I didn''t expect that just after the new year, the jade seal ran out by itself. Today''s jade seal is a hot potato for any vassal. It''s too late to avoid it. Who knows that I can''t even avoid it.


    Shi a was very surprised at the reaction of all the people in the hall. It was a good thing. Why didn''t his master and other adults have half a happy look on their faces?


    Huangfu Chaobo could see Shi a ''


    Shia was surprised, but he bowed himself and walked out of the hall.


    Huangfu Chaobo motioned to Dianwei to guard all around the hall. No one was allowed to approach without his order. After he had arranged all the arrangements, he said with a bitter smile, "you and I will tell you what to do with this matter?"Xun you said with a smile: "what others can''t think about, the Lord is just like a snake and a scorpion. If sun Bofu knows that the Lord is like this, he doesn''t know how to think about it..."


    After listening, everyone burst into laughter.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo said with a bitter smile: "today''s jade seal is like the target on the bow and arrow training ground. Whoever owns it will become the target of public criticism. If it''s better quietly, I''m afraid Yuan Yao and others won''t let us be happy."


    "Yes, Shu Zhao''s meaning is very obvious, that is to hope that the Lord can absolutely guarantee Yuan Yao''s safety. In order to prevent the Lord from going back on his promise in the future, they will certainly publicize this matter. In this way, the Lord can''t do anything to Yuan Yao, otherwise he will lose his faith in the world." Guo Jiachen said in a voice;


    "it''s a pity that the jade seal came too early. If two years later, we have 30% or even more of the world, and then we get the jade seal, we will not be afraid of others..." Pang Tong sighed on one side;


    "however, in today''s plan, the jade seal can only be offered to Chang''an, but in the current situation of the little emperor, is it really possible to keep the jade seal? I''m afraid it will be won by Guo and Li. I don''t know whether it''s a blessing or a disaster, "Xu Shu said with regret, shaking his head.


    Now the four people around Huangfu Chaobo are all the top military strategists in the Three Kingdoms period. We all know that it is a disaster, not a blessing, for the Tang army to have jade seals. If they don''t find a way to send them away, they will become the target of public criticism. At that time, the Tang army would not be able to recuperate for a long time. And Huangfu Chaobo thinks that the Tang army is far from being as strong as Dong Zhuo, and the princes of the world are more than ten percent stronger than the original group. Therefore, the Tang army is far from half picking the whole world.

 Chapter 1144

    At the thought that the jade seal was still to be sent to Chang''an, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but feel sad and said, "is there no other way except to send it to the little emperor?"


    Several people all shook their heads together. Pang Tong said, "the jade seal can be sent to Chang''an, but we also need to ask for some benefits from Chang''an."


    "I''m sure the little emperor will give you the benefits, but what else can the little emperor do now besides the title?" Guo Jia said with a smile;


    "if it''s a title, there''s nothing to be rewarded unless the Lord is made a king. Moreover, in terms of the current situation of the Lord, it''s more than enough to be a king. However, if it''s really a king, it''s good and bad for the Tang army." Xu Shu pondered;


    "yes, in addition to this has brought us a lot of variables, there is one thing that can not be ignored." Xunyou suddenly said solemnly;


    Huangfu''s super erudite spirit was awe inspiring, and he quickly asked, "I''d like to hear it in detail!"


    "No matter whether the seal is sent or kept, the alliance between our army and sun Qijun will no longer exist, and it is not only sun Qijun, but also the relationship between other vassals and our army that the Lord needs to pay more attention to." Xun you said slowly;


    all the people nodded. The sun family always regarded the jade seal as their family''s goods. It can be seen from sun CE''s attitude towards Yuan Shu and Cao CaoJun that if sun CE knew that Huangfu Chaobo had got the jade seal from Yuan Yao, he would get it no matter he was sent to Chang''an or stayed in Huangfu Chaobo''s own hands If we offend sun CE, then the alliance with sun cejun is almost impossible.


    And this jade seal is absolutely impossible to give to sun CE, so sun CE''s relationship with the army is determined to be yellow. Xun you''s words remind Huangfu Chaobo that he must make preparations early to prevent sun CE from turning over suddenly, so that he won''t be caught unprepared.


    "Gongda, how can I deal with it?" Huang Fu Chao Bo asked;


    Xun you had already had a countermeasure, and Zhao Hu said with a light smile: "isn''t Yuan Yao''s army the most elite of 20000? The Lord can ask Ji Ling to select 5000 soldiers from one of them to form a heavy infantry school, and then order him to dispatch 10000 troops from General Huang Zhong''s Shenwu camp to Lujiang, and expand Xuanwu camp into a camp of 40000 troops with six steps and two cavalry. General Ji Ling is the Deputy General of Kong Xin, and a deputy general of Wu''an state and Shenwu camp, with a total of 40000 soldiers, which is enough to deal with sun It''s an army of policy makers. "


    "In addition, my lord ordered general Zhou Tai to send people to Lujiang River to form a water army. Now it should have achieved little success. My Lord can lead the expansion of Lujiang River Army into two schools with a total of 10000 troops. Facing sun Qijun''s water army in this way, we can at least have the strength of the first World War."


    After hearing Xun you''s words, Huangfu Chaobo immediately looked at Xu Shu. Xu Shu understood the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo, and even said hastily: "it''s Zhou ran, the younger brother of general Zhou Tai, who is going to Lujiang. Now he has completed the task assigned by his Lord. He has set up a naval barracks in Zongyang. At present, he has recruited 5000 naval forces. Besides building ships, there is no way to match them, other ships are also equipped."


    "Well, according to Gongda''s intention, Ji Ling was appointed as the Deputy General of Xuanwu camp, and a heavy infantry team of 5000 people was formed. In addition, Han Xian, the Deputy General of Shenwu camp, and a school of infantry and cavalry were added to Xuanwu camp. In addition, Chen Lan was appointed as the Deputy General of Shenwu camp, and the 10000 troops transferred by Shenwu camp were supplemented by Huang Zhong as soon as possible."


    "He ordered Zhou ran to be promoted to the rank of commander in chief of the water army, and expanded the Zongyang water army into two academies, with a total of 10000 soldiers. At the same time, he tried to mobilize at least two building ships for the Zongyang water army, so as to enhance the strength of the water army. As for yuan Yaojun''s officials and generals, as well as the 15000 remaining Yulin soldiers and their families, all moved to Sizhou, where they were resettled and appointed


    In a moment, Huangfu Chaobo had already made a decision. He didn''t have many ideas about the jade seal, at least for the moment. However, Yuan Yao''s civil and military generals and officials were salivating. Now that they had sent them to the door, how could he not accept them.


    Ji Ling, in particular, is a rare general. He just follows the wrong person, but the result is not very good. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s estimation, his abilities in all aspects should be comparable to those of Huang Zhong, Cao Ren and Xia Houyuan, and his personal combat power is even better than those of Cao Ren. Moreover, he has a lot of experience in commanding hundreds of thousands of troops. He is a rare talent, which is exactly what Huangfu Chaobo needs.


    As for others, in the eyes of all players, the more the historical generals are, the better. No one will dislike too many of them. So is Huangfu Chaobo.


    After arranging these, Huangfu Chaobo was still worried about sun cejun''s reaction, and whether the Lujiang army could be ready in time, but Guo Jia was not worried about it: "Lord, you don''t have to worry so much. Even if the news of Yuan Yao''s surrender to the LORD came to sun CE''s ears, it would take a few days. No matter how fast sun CE''s reaction was, he still needed to go to work first Send someone to confirm with the Lord. When he gets the news that the Lord doesn''t want to give them the jade seal, even if he sends troops immediately, the messenger can''t come and go in ten days and a half months. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that it was true. Even if sun CE sent troops as soon as he got the news that he refused to give him the jade seal, it would take ten days and a half months to prepare. By that time, his troops would have been in place.Soon, the order of Huangfu Chaobo was conveyed to Zuo Chengzu by pigeon letter. Zuo Chengzu, who got the news, immediately summoned Shu Zhao and Huang Yi. When they learned that Huangfu Chaobo had agreed to their terms, they could not help but be overjoyed. They immediately set out to return to Yuqian County, ready to tell Yuan Yao the news. Together with them, Lu Ling, the head of Lujiang River, returned In his hand, there are military orders written by Huangfu Chaobo to appease Yuan Yao and others.


    On February 12, Yuan Yao led 20000 Imperial troops and a group of civil and military officers and generals to Anhui county. Then Ji Ling led 5000 selected imperial soldiers to Shu county to join Xuanwu camp. Yuan yaoze led the rest of the troops to protect a group of people, as well as the 20000 soldiers and their families, heading for Luoyang. They will be placed around Luoyang.


    At the same time, Han Xian, deputy general of Shenwu camp, led a 10000 step cavalry army to cross huaishui and march towards Shu county. After a period of rest in Shu County, 40000 troops of Xuanwu camp will be stationed in several places to defend against the possible attack of sun CE army.

 Chapter 1145

    Outside the north gate of Shu County, Ji Ling led 5000 selected soldiers to leave the army and head for the barracks in the south of Shu county. Ji Ling turned over and dismounted, bowed to Yuan Yao, and solemnly saluted: "Your Highness, this is the last time I call you your highness. Goodbye in the future. We may be colleagues. If we have something to do in the future, we may ask someone to tell me what it is For the sake of safety, we can''t be as usual as before. If Ji Ling can help, he will do his best to help! "


    Ji Ling''s words made yuan dazzle. He understood Ji Ling''s implication. If he could do anything he could, he would help him. If it was beyond his ability, or something that violated the laws and regulations of the Tang army, he couldn''t help it. Yuan Yao also understood this truth. Shu Zhao, Yuan Si and Yan Xiang all talked to him about this problem in the past few days. In addition, Yuan Yao was originally born in a family and had understood some of this truth since he was a child. Therefore, they have understood these things in their guidance.


    In the face of Ji Ling''s great gift, Yuan Yao turned over and dismounted, saluted Ji Ling and said, "Yuan Yao is unforgettable for the great general''s protection all the way. There is no need to feel guilty in the general''s heart. The general has no debt to our yuan army. Only Yuan Yao owes the general. Therefore, Yuan Yao wishes the general to gallop on the battlefield and rebuild his meritorious deeds!"


    "Thank you for your kind words, Ji Ling also wishes you peace and health, and rejuvenate the yuan family!" With that, he turned to the rest of the audience and said, "ladies and gentlemen, Ji Ling, I wish you all the best in your career."


    "Thank you, general! We also wish the general a great success in the battlefield They all saluted back together;


    Ji Ling bowed his hand to them again, then went to the family, looked at a woman and two children, and said softly, "when I go to Luoyang this time, my family and two children will work hard, madam. I will go to Luoyang to see you when I have time."


    "Don''t worry, my husband. I will take care of Da Ying and ER Ying. We are waiting for my husband in Luoyang!" The woman said a blessing to Ji Ling gently;


    Ji Ling nodded, turned over and got on the horse, looked at the people again, turned the horse''s head, and hit the horse in the direction of the military camp in the south of the city.


    Watching Ji Ling and five thousand soldiers go to the south of the city, yuan Yaojun''s heart is filled with a sense of loss. Although he had thought that the army was going to go to different places as early as the agreement was made, it was inevitable that he would be lost at this time.


    For a long time, Yuan Yao sighed, looked at a Tang Junwen official beside him and said, "Lord Lu, let''s go! From Lujiang to Luoyang, you''re going to trouble Lord Lu! "


    Lu Ling, the governor of Lujiang County, went to Luoyang with Yuan Yao. Lu Ling did not say a word about Ji Ling''s farewell to Yuan Yao, but just watched quietly. Seeing that Yuan Yao was modest to himself, Lu Ling bowed to himself and said, "Mr. Yuan, you''re welcome. Everyone will be colleagues in the future. You don''t have to be so polite!"


    With that, Lu Ling nodded to several generals around him. He immediately led a thousand cavalry troops out of the line, and there were hundreds of horses beside them. According to the previous agreement, all the middle Lord level officials in Yuan Yaojun and all the generals above the Duwei level in Yuan Yaojun would go to Luoyang to see Huangfu Chaobo under the escort of cavalry, while the other soldiers and their families would be in another place Escorted by four thousand cavalry, they drove slowly to Luoyang.


    The purpose of doing so is to prevent the more than 10000 imperial guards from stirring up the hinterland of the Tang army in case of bad intentions. Of course, the 15000 royal guards didn''t completely disarm, they just took away all their armor and long weapons, but they still have weapons on them. All the generals above any length are equipped with a ring head knife, while ordinary taxi soldiers have a short blade for self-defense.


    In this way, all factors of instability are minimized.


    After all the middle and senior officials and generals came out, they took two horses from the cavalry. After all the people got their own horses, Lu Ling led them to salute a group of Lujiang officials and generals, such as Zuo Chengzu: "Your Majesty, general Kong, we''ll set out!"


    "Thank you for your coming to see me off. Let''s go!" Yuan Yao and others saluted to Zuo Chengzu;


    "have a nice trip All the people of Lujiang County headed by Zuo Chengzu immediately returned their gifts.


    Then, hundreds of Yuan Yao officers headed north under the protection of 1000 cavalry soldiers, and tens of thousands of soldiers and their families set out slowly northward under the protection of 4000 cavalry soldiers.


    Seeing the flow of people disappearing in sight, Zuo Chengzu turned to look at kongxin and said with a smile, "it''s finally over. Next, he''s ready to deal with the possible attack of sun CE! General Kong, it''s up to the soldiers of Xuanwu camp next! "


    "Don''t worry. Xuanwu camp will not disappoint the Lord and the governor!" Kong Xin replied confidently,


    "we''ll wait and see!" Zuo Chengzu said with a smile;


    "Your Highness, there are many affairs in the barracks, so I will not stay here any more. I''ll leave now!"


    "I don''t want to keep the general any more. If you need to send someone to tell me, I will give my full support!"


    "Goodbye!"


    Kong Xin gave a salute with his fist, then turned over and went after Ji Ling.Kongxin, who returned to the camp in the south of the city, immediately sent all the generals above the rank of lieutenant general to discuss the matter. Soon, all the generals rushed to kongxin''s tent. When all the people arrived, kongxin clapped his hands and said, "OK, generals, before we start the discussion, let''s introduce a general to you."


    Then Kong Xin went to Ji Ling, pointed to him and said, "this is general Ji LINGJI. I believe you know general Ji, but the chief General under general Yuan Gong was a famous general in the world. Now general Ji has abandoned the secret and turned to the light. He has been appointed Deputy General of Xuanwu by the Duke of Tang. We are lucky to be officials with general Ji. You should seize this opportunity to consult general Ji. This is a rare opportunity. "


    Except for a few people in Lujiang County, even the senior generals in the army didn''t know about Ji Ling''s coming to vote. When they heard that Ji Ling was in their own army, all the generals were surprised. After listening to Kong Xin''s words, they all bowed their hands and saluted: "I''ll see general Ji!"


    Seeing this, Ji Ling quickly got up and saluted back: "I will be an official with you generals in the future. Please take care of me more!"


    "You''re welcome, general Ji. You''re an old general in the army. If there''s anything wrong with you, please don''t give me such advice!" Kong Xin said with a smile;


    "general Kong is polite, you can communicate more!" Ji Ling replied quickly;


    "general Ji doesn''t have to belittle himself. He can keep the general in Xuanwu camp, but he has spent a lot of time with the Lord. Besides, he will be very important in the future because he can stay in Xuanwu camp for a short time. So I''d like to ask general Ji to give me more advice in the future!"

 Chapter 1146

    Kongxin''s words reassured Ji Ling a lot. At least from kongxin''s words, we can see that his respect for himself came from his heart. As for what he said that the Duke of Tang would reuse himself, he was not surprised. After all, his ability is here. If Huangfu Chaobo really wanted to be a good corporal, he would not idle himself.


    After introducing Ji Ling to the public, Kong Xin began to introduce the future of the army to Ji Ling. First of all, the other two deputy generals of Xuanwu camp, Fubo general wu''anguo and Guangwu General Han Siam, Zhou ran, the general of the water army, and finally the generals above lieutenant, all introduced Ji Ling one by one.


    After all the people had introduced him, Kong Xin returned to his position and said with a smile, "well, we all know each other. We''ll talk about asking for advice after the discussion. This discussion is mainly to convey the latest military orders from the government to you."


    As soon as the generals heard this, they all calmed down and listened to general Kong Xin''s military order.


    "You should know that our Xuanwu battalion was originally the standard establishment of four steps, one riding and five schools. But this time, the Lord not only transferred general Ji Ling and his 5000 heavy infantry into our Xuanwu battalion, but also specially transferred General Han, Guangwu general, one school infantry and one school cavalry into our Xuanwu battalion directly from the Shenwu battalion of the auxiliary general, and expanded the Xuanwu battalion to six steps, two riding, a total of eight schools This is the first time in the whole army of the Tang Dynasty. "


    Speaking of this, Kong Xin became more serious and said: "the main reason for this arrangement is that general Yuan Yao has led 20000 elites under his command and tens of thousands of his family members to join our Tang army. Because general Yuan Yao''s joining will certainly cause sun CE army''s dissatisfaction with our Tang army, so the Lord ordered Xuanwu camp to join us From now on, he began to sharpen his troops and herd horses, and closely monitored sun Qijun''s every move. If he dared to take any initiative against our Tang army, the Lord ordered us to resolutely repel him. "


    Speaking of this, Kong Xin stopped, looked at Ji Ling and said, "general Ji has been in Huainan for a long time, and he knows the geography of Huainan like the palm of his hand. Besides, general Ji and sun CE once served as ministers in the same hall, and they fought with each other several times. In general''s opinion, how can we arrange our troops to deal with the possible attack of sun CE''s army?"


    Ji Ling knew that although the generals respected themselves, they would not be convinced if they did not have the real talent to show them. Ji Ling got up and said to Kong Xin, "I don''t know the situation of the enemy''s and US''s armies when the last general first came. Please let Kong Xin give me some advice."


    Kong Xin was not ambiguous either. He carefully introduced to Ji Ling the layout of the two armies in Huainan. It took him more than a quarter of an hour to introduce the general situation of the Tang army to Ji Ling. Although it was just a simple introduction, Ji Ling was also shocked. In just over a year, the strength of the Tang army was so strong. No wonder the Zhongjia Dynasty suffered losses one after another when facing the Tang army.


    Next is the situation of sun CE Jun in Jiujiang. Ji Ling knows that sun CE Jun''s Jiujiang prefect is Wu Jing, and Wu Jing is still known by Ji Ling. Maybe this person has no outstanding ability, but it''s important to be steady. Moreover, he is sun CE''s uncle, and he can be said to be the most trusted person of sun CE.


    At the beginning, Wu Jing was appointed as the commander of the cavalry for his meritorious deeds following Sun Jian. Yuan Shu recommended Wu Jing to be the governor of Danyang and attacked Zhou Xin to occupy Danyang. Later, he was forced by Liu Yao, the governor of Yangzhou, and attached to Yuan Shu again. Yuan Shu appointed him as Zhonglang General of the governor, and attacked fan Neng and others with sun Ben. He also attacked Zurong and Xueli in moling.


    Judging from his series of experiences, Wu Jing is indeed a talented person. Sun CE also valued Wu Jingzhi''s steadiness when he stationed him in Jiujiang.


    After introducing Ji Ling to Kong Xin, he stopped talking and quietly watched Ji Ling staring at the map. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo had a preliminary plan, but Kong Xin still wanted the generals to discuss it carefully, and then combined the plan from Luoyang to make it more detailed and stable.


    After a long time, Ji lingcai raised his head and said slowly: "although sun cejun is rising like a bolt from the blue, his inside information is still slightly insufficient. Especially in recent years, sun cejun''s rapid expansion and repeated wars have put him in a bottleneck of development. If sun CE is calm enough, what they should do now is to calm down and stabilize the new situation Instead of rushing to set up a new enemy, we should know that Danyang County, the longest among them, is only a few years old. "


    Kong Xin and the generals listened quietly, but did not speak. Ji Ling stopped for a moment, and then said, "of course, sun CE must be dissatisfied with general Yuan Yao''s leading us to join the Duke of Tang. The general must be very clear about the reason. Therefore, I''m sure sun CE''s army will make some moves."


    "There are two reasons. One is sun CE''s character, which determines that he will send troops to fight against our army. The other is that the veteran generals of Jiangdong are also the reasons for his coming out. With these two reasons, there will be a war between our army and sun CE''s army. However, although there will be a war, it will not be too big. Although sun CE and the veteran officials of Jiangdong will fight together, sun CE will not There are also many wise men in the army, and they will be able to see clearly what is in between. Therefore, if sun CE''s army only needs a small defeat, someone will surely persuade sun CE to endure for a while, and then withdraw to make peace. "


    Ji Ling was talking about it, but Kong Xin was more and more frightened, because what he said coincided with the idea from Luoyang, so it can be seen that Ji Ling is not a man of illusory fame."In general Ji''s opinion, how should we deal with it?" Kong Xin immediately inquired;


    "in a certain opinion, the most likely direction for sun CE to send troops is in the south of Lu River. There are not many troops in Jiujiang, so it is not suitable to move lightly. In this way, he can only send troops from the East of Jiang River to cross the river, so the army must go north from Liyang, and then all the way west to Xiangan. However, there are not enough soldiers in Jiangdong. After a big battle with the governor of Wujun a few years ago, sun CE made wedding clothes for others, and let the governor of Yanjun get the first county of Kuaiji. So sun CE was able to mobilize about 30000 troops at most. "


    "Now the Lord has added three schools of troops to Xuanwu camp, so if you let me into the arrangement, I want to arrange the troops in this way," Ji Ling said. He went to the map and said to Kong: "although I infer that sun CE sent troops from Liyang, we have to guard in the north, so we have to arrange a school of soldiers to settle in Anfeng and Liu''an to help guard the Shouchun direction It''s the attack that comes. As for the rest of the troops, I''m going to arrange 15000 troops in Shu county and Xiang''an. In this way, the two cities will be able to support each other. In addition, the garrison in the city will only take ten days and a half months, and sun CE''s morale will drop sharply. Then he will attack the cavalry of the two schools and make him lose a few times. Within a month, sun CE will withdraw and make peace. ¡±

 Chapter 1147

    After listening to Ji Ling''s introduction, everyone looked at him with admiration. Kong Xin was even more impressed because Ji Ling''s strategy was very similar to that from Luoyang. Although it was not as perfect, it was also very good. After all, Ji Ling was a new investor and didn''t know much about his family.


    In the general plan from Luoyang, there is also the deployment of troops and horses in other neighboring counties, such as Runan and Qiaojun. The Shenwu camp in Runan and Zhenwu camp in Qiaojun are well prepared to deal with the possible attack of sunqijun. In the later stage, they will also take on the task of pressing sunqijun to force sunqijun to cease fighting Peace negotiation.


    And the counties adjacent to Cao Cao''s army will also make corresponding preparations to prevent Cao Cao from fishing in troubled waters. Even if there is a chance, Cao Cao''s army may launch a large-scale attack in order to recover some territory. Therefore, after receiving the military order from Luoyang, the soldiers of gunyu began to gather and make preparations.


    Eight days later, that is, on February 20, Lu Ling escorted Yuan Yao and his party to Luoyang. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo, who had already received the news, had already sent someone to meet Yuan Yao and his party outside the east gate. It was Xu Shu who came to meet Yuan Yao and his party.


    Seeing that someone was greeting at the gate of the city, Lu Ling quickly turned over and dismounted. Then he quickly stepped forward and said, "I''ve met Mr. Xu, Mr. Cheng of Lujiang County


    "Lord Lu has worked hard! How was your journey to the north? " Xu Shu looks at Lu Lingdao with a smile;


    "thank you for your concern. I escorted general Yuan Yao and his entourage to Luoyang this time, and all the way was smooth." Said Lu Ling to Yuan Yao and other humanitarian: "wait for the next officer to introduce Mr. Xu!"


    Then Lu Ling introduced Yuan Yao and his party to Xu Shu in detail. Xu Shu bowed back to all Yuan Yao''s people one by one. After Lu Ling introduced all the generals, Xu Shu said, "welcome to Luoyang. Xu Shu is entrusted by the Lord to welcome you. Everyone has worked hard all the way. The Lord has prepared a banquet to welcome you Please follow me to the government. "


    Yuan Yao quickly bowed and said, "thank you so much, Mr. Xu!"


    "Please..."


    Under the guidance of Xu Shu, they went to the Imperial Palace in the inner city. When they arrived at the palace, except Yuan Yao and a group of important generals, other middle and senior generals and officials were directly led to the Imperial Palace by Xu Shu. There, Huangfu Chaobo had prepared a banquet, while yuan Yao needed to stay in the imperial palace Huangfu Chaobo will hold a banquet for them only after the government presents a seal and a visit to them.


    The imperial palace of the Tang Dynasty was already heavily guarded. Two thousand guards had surrounded the place. Yuan Yao and his party entered the Imperial Palace under the guidance of Xu Shu, and then directly entered the conference hall. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo was waiting in the hall.


    After entering the hall, Yuan Yao saw Huangfu Chaobo above the throne. He just looked up and immediately lowered his head. Then he took a burden from a nearby person, raised it high, bent down and walked quickly towards the hall, and said in a loud voice: "the guilty general, Yuan Yao, meet the Lord! This is the property of the sin general''s father. However, the sin general''s virtue is weak and he can''t keep it. So he gives it to the Lord. Please keep it for him! "


    Then he raised the burden in his hand and handed it out.


    "General yuan led the people to vote for it, which was welcomed by his own people. As for this jade seal, his own people will take care of it. After a period of time, his own people will send it back to Chang''an and offer it to his majesty!" Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile,


    then he motioned to Dian Wei to take over the jade seal, and then said, "general yuan, please get up!"


    "Thank you Although Yuan Yao scoffed at what Huangfu Chaobo said about the temporary custody, he still didn''t show it. In their opinion, no one would hand over the jade seal after they got it.


    "General yuan, may I introduce you to my people?" Huangfu Chaobo looked at the people behind Yuan Yao and said,


    "I''d like to serve you!" Then he went up to Shu Zhao and said, "this is Shu Zhao. The Lord should know him!"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded with a smile: "Mr. Shu, long time no see! And General Chen Lan, it''s not the first time we''ve met! "


    "I''ll see you, my Lord!"


    "I''ll see you at the end!"


    They immediately set out to salute Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Up, ladies and gentlemen!"


    "This is Mr. Yan Xiangyan, the first counselor under his father''s command."


    "Yan Xiang, meet the Lord!"


    "Courtesy


    "This is Yuan Si!"


    "See you, Lord!"


    "Courtesy


    "This is Huang Yi, Yuan Yao''s brother-in-law!"


    "Sin General Huang Yi meets the Lord!"


    "So you are general Huang Yi. You are very polite!" Huangfu Chaobo looks at Huang Yi with a smile;


    Huang Yi blushes and knows what Huangfu Chaobo''s smile means, but he is at a loss.Huangfu Chaobo looked in his eyes and began to comfort him: "General Huang doesn''t have to be like this. You don''t have to worry about the past!"


    "Thank you


    "There are also general Ji Ling and General Li Feng, who have taken office in Lujiang County and Runan County at the request of the Lord!"


    "Well, you are all great talents. You are congenial. Huangfu Chaobo is very honored. Today I have prepared a banquet for you. We don''t have to worry about the past. I hope you can fully support our country in the future!"


    "We will go through fire and water for the Lord, and we will not refuse again!"


    ¡­¡­


    was in the hall of simultaneous interpreting Yuan Yao, who had received a message from Yuan Yao, who was in the east of the river. He was sent to the east by Wang. He was sent to Jiangdong with this news. Indeed, Yuan Yao had gone to the jade seal in Yuan Shu''s hands. This time, he also presented the jade seal to Huangfu Chao Bo.


    Sun CE, who got the news, was extremely angry. Although he was persuaded by Zhou Yu, as expected by the Tang army, sun CE was still ready to send troops to Lujiang at the strong request of Jiangdong generals.


    However, as everyone expected, although sun CE wanted to send troops, Wu''s army was too quick to protect Zhang in recent years, and nuota''s territory needed to be defended, so sun CE couldn''t put out too many troops. In the end, sun CE found that he had only put together 80000 troops, but now Jiangdong is not stable, the cold army in the south is eyeing, and Liu Yao in the west is eyeing In the end, he only used 40000 troops to cross the river and go north to Jiujiang. However, among these 40000 troops, there are 20000 of sun CE''s most elite Jiangdong soldiers.

 Chapter 1148

    In Luoyang City, after the banquet, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Yuan Yao to be sent back to the post house to have a rest, but he did not immediately return to the backyard to have a rest. Instead, he called all the important officials of the Tang army to come to his meeting hall to enjoy it. Yes, he praised the imperial seal that everyone could not hope for.


    Zhuanguo jade seal: abbreviated as "zhuanguo seal", it is carved with heshibi by the Prime Minister of Qin Dynasty at the order of the first emperor, which is the evidence of the orthodox emperors of China.


    Its square is four inches, and it has five dragons in New York. On the front of it is engraved with eight seal characters written by Li Si, which are "ordered by heaven, both Shou and Yongchang", as the keepsake of "Heaven''s mandate of imperial power, legitimacy and legality".


    After the Qin Dynasty, the emperors of all dynasties took this seal as a symbol, and it was a treasure of the country. If you get it, it means that you are "ordered by heaven"; if you lose it, it means that you are "exhausted". Those who ascend the throne but do not have this seal are ridiculed as "White Emperor", which is despised by the world for lack of confidence.


    At the end of the Western Han Dynasty, Wang Mang, a relative, usurped power. Liu Ying, a child, was young. The seal was kept at the Empress Dowager of Changle palace. Wang Mang sent his cousin Wang Shun to ask for it. The Empress Dowager swore at it angrily and threw a seal on the ground to break a corner of it. Wang Mang ordered the craftsmen to make up for it with gold.


    When mang was defeated and killed, the Imperial Guard''s Xiaowei Gong bin passed on the national seal to Wan and presented it to the reformer emperor Liu Xuan.


    In the third year of Liu Xuan (AD 25), the red eyebrow army killed Liu Xuan and established Liu Penzi. Liu Penzi, the owner of the national seal.


    After Liu Penzi defeated Yiyang, he handed over the imperial seal to Liu Xiu, Emperor Guangwu of Han Dynasty.


    At the end of the Eastern Han Dynasty, eunuchs were in power. In the sixth year of emperor Xiping, Yuan Shao went to the palace to kill the eunuch. Duan Yu fled with the emperor and the jade seal disappeared.


    When Emperor Xiandi arrived, Dong Zhuo made trouble. Sun Jian led the army into Luoyang. One day at Chenshi, the soldiers saw that there were colorful clouds in a well in the Zhen palace in the south of the city, so they sent people into the well. They saw that the palace maid who threw herself into the well was tied with a small box around her neck, which contained the imperial seal. Sun Jianru got the treasure and hid it in his wife Wu''s house.


    After that, Yuan Shu became emperor because of the jade seal. Unfortunately, the Zhong Dynasty only existed for more than a year, and was destroyed by the joint attack of Huangfu Chaobo, Cao Cao, and sun CE on Lu Zhu. Later, Ji Ling was brought out by the jade seal and handed over to Yuan Yao. Now Yuan Yao has dedicated it to Huangfu Chaobo.


    In the hall, the lights were bright. After Huangfu Chaobo gathered all the people together, he asked them to take the jade seal and put it on the table specially placed in the middle of the hall. He carefully opened the yellow silk wrapped outside. Then a white jade seal appeared in the eyes of all the people. Huangfu Chaobo carefully picked it up and looked at the bottom. It was written on it The eight seal characters of "being ordered by heaven, you will live forever".


    At a glance, it seems that the jade seal is sending out the light that makes people intoxicated. At the moment of grasping the jade seal, Huangfu Chaobo has a feeling that he can''t put it down. It gives people a feeling that if he holds the jade seal, the world will be in control.


    "Congratulations to the player for obtaining the imperial seal. The function of the imperial seal can''t be activated because the conditions are not met. Please continue to explore the conditions for activating the imperial seal!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, and a system prompt suddenly appeared in his ear. Can the player of the imperial seal also use it? What''s that for, emperor?


    However, on the other hand, it''s possible. If you can be a marquis, why can''t you be an emperor? It''s just that it''s not easy to be an emperor. Huangfu Chaobo estimates that the seal should be one of the conditions, but what are the other conditions? Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t understand it. When he looked at the jade seal again, he didn''t have the strange light that he saw at first.


    When Huangfu Chaobo looked at other people, he saw that even Tian Feng, who was usually the most indifferent, was staring at the jade seal with his eyes shining. His eyes were still, as if he would disappear as soon as he closed the jade seal. When they looked at the others, Pang Tong and Guo Jia looked at the jade seal with saliva. It seemed that the jade seal was better than the good wine they always had.


    "Well, hum!" After a long time, Huangfu Chaobo cleared his throat, and then he took everyone''s eyes away from the jade seal. "Gentlemen, if you want to see it, take a good look at another one. In a few days, we will send it to Chang''an for the little emperor. In the future, I don''t know if we can see it."


    They were awakened by the voice of Huangfu Chaobo, and looked away from the seal. Tian Feng said: "Lord, this thing should be sent out as soon as possible, otherwise it will attract many heroes to spy on, so it''s better to send it away as soon as possible!"


    All of you here are determined people. Now you have recovered from the surprise of the seal, and you have completely recovered your original shrewdness.


    Xun you said: "yes, since it has been determined that the object will be given to the emperor, the Lord should arrange it as soon as possible. First of all, we must send people to publicize that although the Lord got the jade seal, he did not dare to covet it. Instead, he sent it to Chang''an to present it to the emperor, which can also divert the attention of the princes. "


    "Yes, the Lord must first send someone to Chang''an to report the matter to the emperor, and then send a large army to escort him all the way to the emperor''s hands. In this way, the delusions of others can be cut off." Guo Jia also added on the side;


    "it''s so good. In the view of the public, who should be the best envoy to Chang''an this time?" Huangfu Chaobo asked the public;"If the Lord agrees, you are willing to go to the Lord. However, you should not send too many troops, not more than 5000 troops at most." Xunyou asked himself on one side;


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said, "I''m determined to send 5000 guards to escort Gongda! There is also the need to send someone to Chang''an to present a table and tell the emperor that I will send the jade seal before Gongda starts. Then Gongda will handle the matter. "


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. You will arrange it together." Xun you stepped forward and bowed to accept the order;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, turned to Xu Shu and said, "Yuanzhi, are the three counties of Huainan ready for defense?"


    "Report back to my Lord, five days ago, all the troops were in place, and all the troops in Yanzhou were ready. If Cao Cao''s army didn''t send troops, he would be beaten head-on!"


    "Well, if the order goes on, all the soldiers and horses in different places will be ready to defend against those who are ready to fish in troubled waters. They will fight back resolutely, and they don''t have to worry about anything. Alas, I wanted to have a good life and recuperation this year, but I didn''t expect that this kind of thing happened, and the jade seal had to be sent out. If it wasn''t for the participation of general Ji Lingzhu and 20000 royal guards, I would have suffered a loss! "


    After hearing this, everyone looked at each other and laughed!

 Chapter 1149

    On February 24, sun CE announced in Jianye that the Duke of Tang had been treacherous and had taken in the remaining evils of the Zhong family, Yuan Yao and his party. The Wu Army decided to send troops to attack the state of Tang. On the 25th, forty thousand soldiers of the Wu army crossed the river, landed from Liyang, and then marched in the direction.


    A few days later, sun CE''s army arrived at the foot of Xiang''an city. At this time, Ji Ling had been stationed in Xiang''an for many days. He had already increased the city''s walls by more than 20%. At this time, there were 10000 soldiers, 5000 cavalry, 5000 garrisons in Xiang''an City, and Ji Ling, a Veteran General of the battlefield, who was in charge of the army, faced the challenge that sun CE''s army was less than 50000 Soldiers and horses are as solid as gold.


    As early as when the army left Jiangdong, sun CE had some regrets. Now his strength is not strong, but it''s unwise to lead 40000 or 50000 troops to attack the Tang army so rashly, but now he is in a dilemma.


    Among other things, sun CE was too embarrassed to return to the army in this way. Moreover, since he got the news that yuan yaoxianxi had surrendered to the Tang army, all the senior officials in Jiangdong strongly demanded to send troops to fight against the Tang army. In their opinion, the jade seal was obtained after their old master''s life. Qi Ke was so easily given away by Yuan Yao. Therefore, many Jiangdong old ministers strongly demanded to send troops to attack Tang Dynasty. It was better to force Huangfu Chaobo to send back the jade seal.


    Just when sun Qijun started to set out from Liyang, Shouchun''s Jiujiang prefect Wu Jing also sent tens of thousands of troops westward to Anfeng city. However, the tens of thousands of troops stopped less than a hundred miles to the east of Anfeng, and then did not make any further progress. Under the influence of Cao Cao in Yanzhou, several cities close to the Tang army have secretly gathered a large number of troops. Their purpose is to rush out and confuse the situation when the Tang army fights with the Wu army. In this way, they will have a chance to gain a hand.


    Unfortunately, from the beginning to the end, there was no sign of the Tang army moving its nest. Instead, the cities everywhere had been fortified and prepared for the attack of the Wu army.


    On March 1, sun CE''s army arrived at the foot of Xiang''an city. Looking at the flag with the word "Ji" flying high above the city, people in Jiangdong didn''t know that Ji Ling was defending Xiang''an. For a moment, Cheng Pu Huang Gai, a group of veteran generals, was so angry that they asked sun CE for orders and led his own trilogy to attack Xiang''an city.


    Although sun CE has been in charge of the sun family for several years now, and he has also extended the site protection to four or five counties, he still does not have the strength to deal with the old ministers left behind by his own Laozi. Especially when it comes to Laozi, sun CE can''t stop them from exploding from time to time.


    Otherwise, a big unfilial hat will be covered, and sun CE will be directly pressed down. Seeing that the two men are eager to fight, sun CE will hand over the task of encampment to several young generals, and lead the 10000 army and Cheng Pu to Xiangan city. Although Xiangan city is not big, it has been operated like an iron bucket by Ji Ling for more than ten days. In addition to the original city defense facilities, many other measures have been added. Looking at the scaffolds, we have to guard the city first. We never thought about going out of the city to fight.


    When the army arrived outside the city, they set out to attack. The two veteran generals were not completely dazzled by the anger. Instead, they sent out 2000 troops to launch a tentative attack on the city. They could not attack. Soon they were repulsed. After losing hundreds of soldiers, they returned smoothly. Seeing this, they were all black. Sun CE didn''t care much. After letting the two veteran generals put down the fire, he ordered the army to withdraw to the camp and attack the city tomorrow when the siege equipment was ready.


    When sun CE''s army launched an attack on Xiang''an City, the first envoys of Tang army had already arrived in Chang''an city. Guo and Li didn''t stop them much, so they let the envoys enter the palace to face the emperor. When they got the news that Huangfu Chaobo was going to offer the imperial jade seal, the young emperor was so happy that he almost jumped from the Dragon chair. Others didn''t know the function of the jade seal, but he understood it Can bring benefits to themselves.


    Finally, according to the excitement in Nai''s heart, the little emperor urgently asked about the source of the jade seal, but the emissary didn''t do much to hide it. He told the emperor the source of the jade seal.


    For example, although Li Xi and Guo Si are the confidants of Dong Zhuo, they can''t touch the jade seal. In their opinion, because of Dong Zhuo''s strength, they didn''t take the jade seal as their own, so they didn''t want to control it at all. In their view, as long as they control the little emperor in their hands, it doesn''t matter whether the jade seal is in their own hands or not.


    A few days later, the army escorting the jade seal finally arrived outside Chang''an City in the hope of the little emperor. The little emperor who got the news immediately ordered to invite the official envoys of the Tang Dynasty to the palace.


    Although Taiji hall is the main hall of Chang''an court, there are only dozens of Ministers here to meet with the envoys of Tang state, including Li Xi, Guo Si and their ten confidants.


    With the eunuch''s summons, Xun you walked steadily into the palace from the outside. In his hand, he was holding an article wrapped in yellow silk. As everyone knows, it should be the imperial seal.


    Since Xun you stepped into the palace, the little emperor''s eyes have been fixed on the package he was holding, and he didn''t move.


    After entering the palace, Xun you respectfully knelt down for three times and worshipped for nine times. Then he held up his hands and presented the jade seal. Immediately, a eunuch was ready to catch it. Who knows, before he got to Xun you, he was quickly snatched from Xun you by Li Xi, who was standing in the front row.On the other side, Guo Si also came up to take a closer look at the jade seal. For them, it was just a rare treasure, but they didn''t find that on the Dragon chair, the resentful eyes were staring at them. Or they have seen it, but they don''t care. In their eyes, the little emperor on the Dragon chair is just his puppet. Even now he has three or five thousand so-called badminton troops, it can''t change this fact, so they don''t have any respect for the little emperor.


    After playing for a while, they thought there was nothing unusual about it, and then they threw it to the eunuch. Then they left the hall and left.


    For ordinary people, the jade seal is an ordinary treasure. Its function is to increase reputation. Only those who have reached a certain reputation value and a certain title will see a deeper role. There are also some families that have passed on the jade seal for generations, such as Yuan Shu.


    Of course, you can also take it as your own. When you grow up to a certain extent, you can find the role of the jade seal. The premise is that the jade seal can be in your hands for a long time. However, if your reputation, ability and strength are not enough to shake the jade seal, it may bring bad luck to the holder. Like Sun Jian and Yuan Shu, they both died in less than two years after they owned the seal.


    But the little emperor is different. He is a real emperor. Even though he was established by Dong Zhuo, he is indeed the emperor of the Han family, so he can control the jade seal.

 Chapter 1150

    Looking at the back of the domineering two people leaving, although the little emperor Liu Xie''s palm was about to bleed, there was no strange expression on his face. However, he swore to himself that when he really mastered the power of the jade seal, the first one to remove them was them.


    After Guo and Li left, there were only half of them left in the hall. They were all loyal to the Han Dynasty. However, many loyal to the Han Dynasty were basically killed in repeated resistance, leaving only a few dozen of them. They were headed by Zhijin Wufu, Changshui Xiaowei Zhongji, tunqi Xiaowei Dongcheng, Zhaoxin Xiaowei Fu, infantry Xiaowei Jie and Shesheng There are many people, such as Ju Jun, Wu Shuo, Deng Quan, sun Rui, xuanbo, Tian Fen, Zhang Yi and Zhu Zhan. There are also Zhao Rui, the Yulin Zhongying general who Huangfu Chaobo sent to Chang''an to protect the emperor, Ma Jin, the Yulin left captain, and Sun Ping, the Yulin right captain.


    At that time, apart from a number of civil and military officials, the emperor had no soldiers in his hands. Although so many officials and generals were appointed, he had no real power. For example, the soldiers, let alone the soldiers, were the guards around him, let alone leading the battle.


    So when Huangfu Chaobo sent Zhao Rui to guard the emperor with 500 elite soldiers, Zhao Rui and his three men were immediately put in important position. However, with the increasing number of badminton troops, the number has now reached 5000. Although Zhao Rui is still a general in the feather forest, what he can really control is only the 2000 soldiers and horses expanded from the 500 people he brought from Luoyang. The rest of the soldiers and horses are controlled by Fu Wan, Zhong Ji and Dong Cheng.


    Both Huangfu Chaobo and Zhao Rui didn''t think much of this. In the eyes of the emperor, Fu Wan and others were his true confidants. Therefore, it was also a proper intention to let Fu Wan and others control the army.


    Of course, among the 5000 troops, the most elite are the two thousand that Zhao Rui and his three men can command. After all, they are made up of the elite of the eastern expedition at that time. The other three thousand soldiers are basically ministers and ordinary people who are loyal to the emperor. At present, their combat effectiveness is basically zero, which is just like the appearance of goods. That''s why Li and Guo are so loyal Si was able to tolerate the fact that there were 5000 soldiers and horses in the world. In their view, these soldiers and horses were basically the same.


    Seeing the arrogance of Guo and Li when they left, Dong Cheng knew that the emperor was going to be angry. He winked at Fu Wan beside him. Fu Wan is now the father-in-law of the state. The emperor is seventeen years old. He accepted Fu Wan''s daughter the year before last. Therefore, the most trusted person is Fu Wan.


    Seeing this, Fu Wan hurriedly went out and saluted Liu Xie. Then he turned to Xun you and said, "Lord Xun, Duke Yong and Duke Qin still have military affairs to deal with. This meeting is just to meet the special envoy of Duke Tang. Now the etiquette has arrived, so I''ll leave first. Please forgive me."


    Xun you said with a smile, "please bother me!"


    Liu Xie also calmed down, looked at Xun you and said: "this time, the Duke of the Tang Dynasty has found a long lost imperial seal for the Great Han Dynasty. It can be said that he has made great contributions. I don''t know what reward the Duke of the Tang wants. The special envoy just puts forward it. I will certainly meet the requirements of the Duke of the Tang Dynasty."


    "Dare not, my Lord has a word, thunder, rain and dew, are heaven''s grace!" Xun you replied respectfully;


    "what a thunderbolt, rain and dew, it''s all God''s kindness!" Dong Cheng said with a smile;


    "yes, the Duke of Tang is indeed a loyal minister of the Han Dynasty. I admire him so much!" Sun Duan, a taxi at one side, also praised him.


    hearing this, Xun you quickly turned around and gave him a salute to show his gratitude.


    Liu Xie saw that Xun you''s words and deeds were measured. He suddenly remembered that Xun you had been a member of the Huangmen court for Ying, but later he resigned and returned home. He could not help but love his talents. He even said: "I remember that Xun Aiqing had been a member of the Huangmen court for Ying. Now I want to invite her back to the court. Do you want to help her?"


    Xun you bowed himself and said, "the Duke of the Tang Dynasty is also his Majesty''s minister. Under the command of the Duke of the Tang Dynasty, he is also serving his majesty."


    After hearing Xun you''s reply, Liu Xie couldn''t help being disappointed, so he said, "I''m not forced to love you. Please step down and have a rest for a few days. I''ll think about how to reward the Duke of Tang, and then I''ll return to Luoyang with Ai Qing and his entourage."


    "I will comply with the order, and I will leave!"


    ¡­¡­


    After Xunyou retired, the court meeting ended. With the eunuch''s voice, all the officials left Taiji palace. Today''s court officials, except for some of their lives, are all OK. They take the enviable Nianfeng, but they don''t do anything every day. They just go to the last court every three to five, that is, they stand in the palace and listen to others'' nagging, and then they leave They went home.


    After retiring from the imperial court, Fu Wan, Dong Cheng and Zhong Ji had not left the Imperial Palace, so they were quietly sent by the little emperor to a side hall behind the Taiji hall.


    In the side hall, the little emperor''s face was so gloomy that he was about to drip water. Looking at the three, he said in a deep voice, "Dear Aiqing, I want to get rid of these two thieves. You Aiqing have a good plan!"


    "Your Majesty, don''t be impulsive. Each of the two princes has hundreds of thousands of troops, and they control the three counties of Yongzhou. Your Majesty must not act rashly, or you will be hurt by tigers instead of fighting tigers!" Fu finished a listen, quickly stop way;"According to the will of the abbot, can we only allow the two thieves to be so rampant?"


    "Your Majesty, if you want to get rid of these two thieves, you have to weaken their forces. At least you should have a chance to control the whole Chang''an City before you can consider getting rid of them. But our forces are too weak to compare with the two thieves. " Dong Cheng shook his head and sighed;


    "if we want to make the two thieves turn against each other, what do you think of this plan?" Zhongji suddenly asked;


    "it''s not enough just to let the two thieves turn against each other. We only have 5000 troops in our hands. It''s not enough to protect the Imperial Palace and his majesty, let alone control the whole Chang''an city. If we don''t have enough troops, the two thieves will not be very useful even if they turn against each other." Dong Cheng shook his head and sighed;


    several people were sighing, but they didn''t find the cold light in Liu Xie''s eyes.


    "With the intention of the three love ministers, if we need to control Chang''an City, how many troops do we need?" Liu Xie suddenly asked;


    "Weichen once talked about this with General Zhao Rui, a general in the feather forest. General Zhao once said that if you only need to control the Imperial City, 5000 elite will be enough. If you want to control the whole Chang''an City, at least 20000 troops will be needed. If you want to drive the chaotic troops out of the city, and be able to defend the attack of the 200000 troops in Chang''an City, besides sufficient food, grass and weapons, We need no less than 50000 troops. " Although Dong Cheng didn''t know what the emperor meant, he told the emperor the answer carefully.


    After listening to Dong Cheng''s words, the emperor took the jade seal and gently held it in his hands. He looked at it carefully. It seemed that he was observing the jade seal but didn''t hear Dong Cheng''s words. Just as he was about to introduce it in detail, Liu Xie suddenly stopped him by waving his hand: "the three love ministers just need to consider how to start a war between the two thieves. I will solve the problem of military strength ¡£¡±

 Chapter 1151

    After listening to the little emperor''s words, Dong Cheng and his three men were all in a daze. He wanted to continue questioning, but he was stopped by Dong Cheng''s eyes.


    "Since your majesty is sure to send reinforcements, what we need to solve is Guo Li''s two thieves. If we want to get rid of the two thieves, we have to turn against each other. If only the two thieves turn against each other, then they will fight against each other in Chang''an city. In this way, your Majesty''s reinforcements can take the opportunity to enter the city and take advantage of the opportunity to get rid of the two thieves, then Chang''an city will be safe It must be under our control. In this way, we can recover the three counties of Yongzhou. Your majesty will surely make our great man return to the prosperous age of Guangwu. " Fu Wan thought to Yi Di;


    Zhong Ji is really frowning: "it''s not easy to make the two thieves turn against each other. "


    after listening to him, the four people in the side hall fell into silence.


    ¡±If the two thieves want to turn against each other, it''s nothing more than property and beauty. But now Chang''an is owned by the two thieves. It''s easy for the two thieves to take these things. How can they turn against each other? "Fu Wan shook his head and said;


    the others all nodded their heads when they heard it. It''s true. With their status and power, is it common property that can move them?


    "If that''s the case, it''s not easy to get it moved


    "In ancient times, there was a way for the two thieves to kill the three scholars. It can be seen that only by finding out the mind of the two thieves, they will be able to turn against each other. However, these two thieves are powerful and powerful. Now they are powerful and can''t get any property. As for treasures, they are not interested in the imperial seals. Therefore, the cloth and silk are not enough to make the two thieves move ¡£¡£¡£¡± Dong Cheng murmured to himself. Suddenly, an idea flashed into his mind. Then he was startled by his idea and immediately threw it out of his mind.


    However, Dong Cheng was discovered by the little emperor for a moment. He immediately asked, "what did Dong Aiqing think of?"


    Dong chengyileng, immediately responded, and quickly replied: "tell your majesty, I have come up with a way, but I can''t use it."


    "Ai Qing doesn''t have to be hesitant. Even if you come to listen to me, I can''t and I can''t. what''s more, there are the father of the state and the commander of the school. One person counts the short, and three count the long. Ai Qing doesn''t have to care."


    Dong Cheng hesitated for a while, and finally a little emperor asked to open his mouth and said, "Your Majesty is going to reward the Duke of Tang now?"


    They were all in a daze, and Fuwan said, "Mr. Dong, we are discussing the matter of Guo Li and the two thieves. Why are they involved in the Duke of Tang?"


    "Don''t worry, uncle. If it can be done, it will turn the two thieves against each other." Dong Cheng said confidently;


    the little emperor hesitated for a moment, but he had to answer: "I originally wanted to give a good reward, but it''s hard to do so. Do you have a good plan?"


    Although he asked three people in his mouth, his eyes were fixed on Dong Cheng. Since Dong Cheng asked this question, there must be something in his heart.


    Sure enough, after Dong Chengchen''s silent film, he said, "king of the kingdom!"


    "No!" The voice just dropped, and the other two people responded in unison and objected;


    "Your Majesty, this must not be done. The ancestral system is not the surname Liu, but the king. Your Majesty must not do this!" Fu Wan quickly knelt down and said to the little emperor;


    "yes," Zhong Ji also knelt down: "if this example is opened, there will be other people who want to be king in the future. At that time, I will repeat the mistakes of the late Zhou Dynasty, Mr. Dong, if you don''t want to kill me?"


    Different from their strong opposition, the little emperor was very calm. After he got the jade seal, he found a problem, that is, he could only reward his ministers to the Duke of the kingdom before, but now he has arrived at the king. So when Dong Cheng said that he wanted to give Huangfu Chaobo the Title of king, he was not surprised at all. And he also believes that Dong Cheng''s move has other intentions.


    "Two adults, what''s the difference between the Han Dynasty and the later period of Emperor Zhou in the spring and Autumn period and the Warring States period?" Both of them are loyal ministers of the Han Dynasty, so Dong Cheng said this without concealment, and said it directly.


    Fu Wan and Zhong Ji were both speechless, and Dong Cheng said, "if I say so, King Zhou Li is much better than his majesty." Speaking of this, Dong Cheng turned his head and bowed to Liu Xie and said, "please forgive me for speaking up!"


    Although Liu Xie''s face was livid with anger, he also knew that what Dong Cheng said was true. Although King li of Zhou was fatuous, he was better than his nameless son of heaven. He shook his hand and said to Dong Cheng, "Ai Qingdan, it''s OK to say that, I forgive you for your innocence!"


    "Thank you Dong Cheng saluted again and said, "although King li of Zhou is fatuous, he still controls the military territory. At least, he can still speak his mind in the territory he controls. Unlike today, he can only stay in the palace and let the two thieves control him."


    "Your Majesty, if being a king can solve today''s dilemma, will your majesty be stingy with this king?" Dong Cheng looked at Liu Xie and asked,


    "Aiqing, go on!"


    "However, I would like to ask your majesty, what are the conditions for being king?"


    "There are restrictions on prestige, troops, territory, people and famous generals.""In the current situation of the Duke of Tang, can he become a king?"


    "Of course!"


    "According to the current situation of Guo and Li, can they be king?"


    After thinking for a moment, Liu Xie shook and said, "no! "


    " what''s the difference between the two thieves? "


    "In terms of prestige, troops, and famous generals, the two thieves have already reached the level. Only in terms of territory and the number of people, they have failed to meet the demand of land."


    With the dialogue between them, Fu Wan and Zhong Ji also react. Isn''t this the reason why Er Tao killed San Shi?


    "Yes, your majesty can order to reward the Duke of Tang and make him king of Tang. With this idea, there are many people in the world who are attracted by the princes. When the time comes, you will send someone to tell Guo Li that your majesty intends to reward one of them as king, but their territory and the number of people under their rule can''t meet the requirements, and then..."


    After listening to them, all of them suddenly opened up. At this time, they even forgot their opposition to Huangfu''s being king of Bo, and their attention was attracted by Dong Cheng''s words.


    "Only in this way, the world will not know how many kings it is!" After hearing this, Zhongji sighed with a sigh;


    "this is a helpless move. If we could use other methods to provoke the two thieves to turn against each other, I would not have come up with this plan. I also know that this plan is like raising the soup to stop boiling. After provoking the two thieves to turn against each other, however, with your Majesty''s talent, if you can control the three counties of Yongzhou and make great efforts to govern, you will be able to revive the glory of Guangwu and cast a great man again in the future! " Dong Chengyue said that he was more energetic. Finally, he stood up and almost roared out his last few words.


    The other three people in the side hall were also infected by his words. They were all agitated and couldn''t help themselves.

 Chapter 1152

    Dong Cheng''s words make both Fu Wan and Zhong Ji feel that this plan is feasible. At least for the moment, it''s the best way to provoke the two thieves to turn into enemies. However, the final decision is still in Liu Xie''s hands. If he doesn''t want to, then they have to find another way.


    The young emperor, holding the imperial seal, walked back and forth in the side hall, while the other three bowed their heads and kept silent, waiting for the little emperor''s decision.


    After a long time, Liu Xie finally stopped and looked at the three humanitarians with a firm face: "as Dong Aiqing said, if I can really control several counties, with the great power of my Han Dynasty, I will surely be able to cast talents from all walks of life. In time, I will be able to revive the glory of Guangwu. To get rid of the two thieves and control Yongzhou is the first step for me to go out. Therefore, I have decided to make Huangfu Chaobo king, and then according to Dong Aiqing, I will carry out the plan of killing three scholars with two peaches. However, you need to plan carefully, and you must not allow half negligence. "


    "Emperor Shengming!" All of them were overjoyed and cried out in unison;


    "it''s not difficult to do this plan, but when will your Majesty''s reinforcements arrive? If they can''t arrive at Chang''an when our plan is implemented, it will be very difficult for us to control Chang''an city. If we can''t control Chang''an City, it will be difficult to implement your Majesty''s follow-up strategy. So can your majesty really make sure that the reinforcements can successfully break through Tongguan and enter Guanzhong and sneak out of Chang''an City? What''s more, after the reinforcements help your majesty recapture Chang''an, will they willingly hand over Chang''an city to your majesty? " Dong Cheng asked with a worried face;


    in his opinion, if you want to really control Chang''an City, it is impossible without the help of external forces. If you want to borrow external forces, the Tang army in Luoyang is undoubtedly the best place, but Dong Cheng is also worried that the other party will swallow Chang''an city. In this way, two wolves have just been driven away, and another fierce tiger has been attracted.


    See Dong Cheng''s worry, Liu Xie gently smile, the last trace of doubt in the heart has been completely put down.


    Back on the Dragon chair, Liu Xie waved to the three men and explained to them the origin of the reinforcements. After hearing this, they were all stunned and speechless for a long time.


    The three did not expect that the reinforcements in your Majesty''s mouth should come like this. However, after knowing this, they were more confident in what they would do later.


    In the next few days, Liu Xie recruited several people into the palace from time to time, claiming that his majesty invited three ministers to discuss how to reward the Duke of Tang. Guo Li also went into the Palace once, and found that the four people had been fighting over how to reward the Duke of Tang, and the three important ministers almost fought over the reward.


    However, when they were bored, a sentence of Zhongji suddenly aroused their interest: "Your Majesty, in my opinion, the Duke of Tang should not be rewarded with pickaxe unless he was granted the title of king. Therefore, I suggest your majesty to award the Duke of Tang as the king of Tang, which is not hereditary!"


    "It''s the patriarchal system of the Great Han Dynasty. You can''t be king unless you have the surname of Liu. You are an ambitious man. You want your majesty to be king of the Tang Dynasty. What''s your heart?" Fu Wan is very angry. He wants to rush forward to fight with Zhong Ji, but he is stopped by Li He.


    "To be king "I''m a hereditary man."


    All of a sudden, these words came to their minds, and they couldn''t get rid of them. Although the discussion stopped because of the conflict between them, they couldn''t be quiet after they returned to their homes. If it was their greatest wish to be a duke in their life, but the king proposed by Zhong Ji was not It''s like opening Pandora''s box, which makes their hearts hot again. Since Huangfu Chaobo, who is also the Duke of the Kingdom, can be crowned, does it mean that he has a chance to become a king? You know, it''s a king, and it''s a hereditary throne. How can we not make them hot.


    So they agreed to recruit their subordinates. They wanted to use these confidants to help Zhongji and promote the success of Huangfu''s super Bo king. As long as there was a successful king, it would be a matter of course for both of them.


    So in the next few days, more and more ministers supported the conferment of the Duke of Tang as the king of Tang in the court meeting of Chang''an palace. At first, only a few people supported Zhongji. Finally, most of the court officials supported Zhongji. But in the end, the little emperor had to submit to the wishes of a group of ministers and passed a decree to approve the conferment of the Duke of Tang as the king of Tang.


    For a moment, the world was shocked.


    Half a month later, Emperor''s envoys and Xun you finally arrived in Luoyang. After recruiting Huangfu Chaobo and his subordinates, Emperor''s envoys declared in public that Huangfu Chaobo should be king of the Tang Dynasty!


    The emperor Chaobo''s command and his subordinates were all very happy. Even Pang Tong and Guo Jia didn''t expect that the jade seal would bring such benefits to their Lord after it was given to Chang''an. To be king didn''t mean that the emperor of Han was just like the emperor of Zhou hundreds of years ago. The four hundred year old Han Dynasty has now become an era in which princes fight for hegemony, and he is also the king of princes.


    Just as the whole state of Tang was busy preparing for the grand ceremony of the Tang King''s accession to the throne, there was already an undercurrent in Chang''an City, and Guo and Li were also trying their best to promote their accession to the throne. After promoting the emperor''s decision to be the king of the Tang Dynasty together with Zhongji, Guo and Li had a better relationship with Zhongji. Of course, their contacts with Zhongji were also separate, and they never agreed to visit Zhongji.As their relationship with Zhongji got better and better, Guo and Li gradually understood the conditions of being a king. The more they knew, the more disappointed they were. They found that the matter of being a king was not as simple as they thought. They just had to force the little emperor to agree. There were too many conditions in it, which were limited by the gods and could not be changed One.


    However, even so, they did not give up. After having a closer relationship with Zhongji, Guo Si suddenly got a message from the drunk Zhongji. If he wants to be a king, he just needs to meet the conditions. The most important thing to meet the conditions is the number of territory and the people under his command. Hearing Zhongji''s words, Guo Si suddenly has a clear understanding Now in my mind.


    If you want to succeed in seizing the throne, you need to occupy a larger territory. For yourself, if you want to expand the territory, you must remove Li Yu. Once you take over his territory, you will control Yongzhou completely. In this way, you will be further away from seizing the throne. Once this idea came into being, it was growing like a vine, which filled Guo Si''s mind in an instant, leaving no room for him.


    A few days later, in Li''s mansion, Zhong Ji was drunk again, so a strange idea also came out of Li''s mind, which was out of control!

 Chapter 1153

    After the constant selection and provocation of Zhongji, the relationship between Guo and Li is becoming more and more tense. However, the two people who have been confused by the word "Fengwang" have not been able to find the abnormality of Zhongji. In other words, even if they find it, they will not care too much. In their view, they just need to eliminate each other, and Chang''an is still in their own control Then the little emperor is still a puppet carrying thread, but the person carrying thread has changed from two to one.


    On March 25, Guo Si finally got ready. Originally, he had only 50000 troops in Chang''an City, and Li''s troops were roughly the same as him. Therefore, in order to defeat Li''s troops, Guo Si specially dispatched 40000 troops from the surrounding counties. These 40000 troops quietly entered the city from several gates under his control at night, and his purpose was to defeat Li''s troops In order to be able to give Li Shi a fatal blow at the critical moment.


    What he didn''t know was that while he was doing these things unconsciously, Li he was quietly doing the same thing. When Guo Si transferred 40000 troops into the city, Li He also transferred 50000 troops from outside the city. Because the two armies controlled the different gates of Chang''an, when the two armies entered the city, they did not find that the other army had entered the city.


    On the evening of the 26th, the two families even launched an attack on each other, which made Dong Chengzhu, who had been paying close attention to the changes in the situation of the two families, a long sigh of relief. They began to think that if one of them was attacked successfully and the loss was too great, they would not be able to lose both of them.


    On the tower of the Imperial City, Liu Xie, together with Fu Wan, Dong Chenghe, Zhong Ji and other loyal ministers, stood there, quietly listening to the cry of killing in Chang''an city. Looking at the sudden fire rising in the dark, Liu Xie''s heart was restless, excited, uneasy, and worried about gain and loss. Only he didn''t show any pity for the ordinary people in the city. After nearly ten years After living as a puppet emperor of the Qing Dynasty, the ten year old young emperor has become hardened to human life.


    "Uncle, there should be no problem in the war between the two thieves!" When it came to an end, Liu Xie suddenly felt a little unsure. He turned his head and looked at the father-in-law next to him. Fu Wan bowed down and said, "don''t worry, your majesty. Since the beginning of the arrangement, the two thieves haven''t found any abnormality. Now they have been at war for several times. When they are all in the dark, the dark chess will be arranged between the two families It will start and lead them to the square in front of the imperial city. It''s just... " Here, Fu Wan looked up at Liu Xie road;


    "don''t worry, my father-in-law, I have a full grasp. As long as the bandits arrive outside the square in front of the Imperial City, I will handle them. And now general Zhao Rui has ordered the badminton army to be ready, and all the children and servants of Ai Qing''s family are waiting behind the wall to support the badminton army on the wall of the imperial city." Liu Xie said confidently;


    just as they were talking, Zhao Rui, the general of the Imperial Palace, and another middle-aged general went up to the city building together. From a distance, Zhao Rui stopped, saluted Liu Xie and said, "I tell your majesty that the general has just come back from the inspection of the imperial city wall, and all parts of the imperial city are ready!"


    "Hard work, General Zhao!" Liu Xie talks about the way;


    "I''m willing to go through fire and water for your majesty. If your majesty has no other orders, he will go down to the city wall to command the soldiers!" Zhao Rui saluted respectfully,


    "general, just go


    Zhao Rui saluted again, and then led his own guards to leave the tower and go up to the wall.


    After Zhao Rui left, the middle-aged general didn''t leave. Instead, he went to Liu Xie and bowed himself: "Your Majesty, at present, there are seven places in the city where fighting has begun. Guo and Li both invested nearly 30000 troops at the beginning. The rest of the troops are marching to several places where fighting is going. They should be able to fight soon."


    Seeing the middle-aged general, Liu Xie gave a rare smile and said to the middle-aged general: "hard work, Master Wang! Please ask the king''s division to keep a close eye on the war everywhere, and report any abnormality immediately! "


    "Only The middle-aged general saluted respectfully. He didn''t leave immediately, but after a few words, he stood behind Liu Xie and closely guarded him.


    It''s true that this is Wang Yue, who is known as the greatest Xia of the Han Dynasty. Since he was invited by Emperor Hanling Liu Hong to be the swordsman and bodyguard of the prince in Luoyang, Wang Yue has rarely left the palace. However, the only time he left the palace to deal with his own affairs, there was a great change in that time, which made the two princes robbed out of the palace and almost exiled. Fortunately, he was finally found back. Since that time, he has basically been with the little emperor. After Liu Bian abdicated, he has become Liu Xie''s bodyguard. He has been very helpful to Liu Xie for many years We''ve got a lot of threats.


    In this event, Liu Xie sent him out to lead a spy in the palace to inquire about the fighting situation, so that Liu Xie could know the fighting situation of Guo and Li families in time.


    As time goes on, there are more and more fighting places in Chang''an city. Except for the thousands of soldiers guarding the outer city gate, the rest of the soldiers have almost put into the battle. The fighting between the two sides has become more and more fierce. Guo Si and Li Yi almost went to battle naked. Now they have only ten thousand Pro guards around them, and they have no use Yu Bingma has fallen into a bitter battle.The scuffle between the two sides gradually converged from the original streets to the inner gate in the center of Chang''an City, and then moved step by step to the huge square in front of the Imperial City under the guidance of the people with heart. The war began in the second watch. When the two warring parties passed through the inner gate and moved towards the Imperial City, it had been nearly two hours. The casualties of the two sides had exceeded 20000.


    With the progress of the war, Li Xi and Guo Si have found that the other side has quietly mobilized a large number of troops from outside the city, but at this time, their respective losses have exceeded 10000 people, and they have been unable to ride the tiger, so they can only gnash their teeth and continue to fight until one of them is destroyed.


    On the top of the tower, Liu Xie looked at the distance nervously. In his field of vision, the fire burst into the sky and the killing sound was loud. Even standing on the top of the tower, people could smell the bloody air all over the sky, rushing towards the direction of the imperial city. Just at this time, Wang Yue behind Liu Xie said: "Your Majesty, the chaotic army has come to the direction of the imperial city. Please order General Zhao Rui and the badminton army to prepare for the battle."

 Chapter 1154

    Although it was not the first time that Liu Xie had experienced such a war, he was still so nervous that Wang Yue even said it twice behind him, but he turned a deaf ear to it. On the third time, Wang Yue had to step forward to remind Liu Xie that the rebels had begun to come.


    This time, Liu Xiecai woke up with a start, quickly stabilized his mind, and sent an order to a bodyguard beside him, saying: "send an order to General Zhao, and order the badminton army to prepare for the battle!"


    Liu Xie knows that on the surface, Wang Yue is reminding the badminton army to get ready. In fact, he is reminding himself to get ready. Success or failure depends on this.


    After taking a few deep breaths, Liu Xie finally calmed down a little according to the calming method Wang Yue usually taught. After calming down and calming down, Liu Xie began to look far away. He saw more and more soldiers and horses fighting at the gate of the inner city several miles away. In the cities on both sides of the gate, a steady stream of soldiers and horses were pouring into the city, and they were rushing to the place where they were fighting.


    At this time, the sky has begun to turn pale, and the two sides have been fighting for nearly three hours from the beginning of the war. At this time, both ordinary soldiers and generals at all levels have begun to lack energy. However, now no matter which side dare not easily stop fighting and retreat, because once there is a sign of retreat, it is very likely that the opponent will seize the opportunity to fight back, and it will be the right time Retreat will turn into a rout, and you will lose.


    When the sunrise rose out of the eastern horizon, nearly 100000 troops of both sides had already been killed in the square in front of the imperial city. By this time, only more than 1000 of the most elite Pro guards were left beside Guo and Li, and the rest of the troops had been sent out one after another.


    Looking at the nearly 100000 troops in front of him, Liu Xie took a deep breath, held up the imperial seal in his left hand, pulled out the emperor''s sword beside him in his right hand, and walked down the city tower to the top of the city gate. After walking to the top of the gate, Liu Xie murmurs words that others can''t hear. The jade seal in his left hand is slowly raised. With the jade seal slowly raised, it seems that there is a red flame in the red sun in the eastern sky.


    As Liu Xie murmured to himself, the red flame was beating more and more fiercely. Suddenly, Liu Xie suddenly roared: "is it the king''s land, the guest of the earth, the king''s minister! Jun On God Next... "


    With a loud cry, he pointed the sword of the emperor in his hand to the sky, and then led it to the square in front of him. Then, from the red sun in the eastern sky, a Red Dragon flew out, followed the direction of the sword of the emperor, and flew in the square.


    In a moment, a huge Fire Dragon flew over the square, and then a red fire light fell from the sky, covering the whole square and the three people on the tower. After a few breath, the red light slowly disappeared.


    With the news of the red light, thousands of soldiers under Guo and Li''s command trembled as if they had been shocked. Then they quickly stopped attacking, withdrew from the fighting area, and came towards the gate of the imperial city. After arriving in front of the moat of the Imperial City, the thousands of soldiers suddenly knelt down to Liu Xie, who was above the gate of the Imperial City, and cried out: "long live my emperor, Long live, long live


    With their withdrawal, more and more soldiers under Guo and Li soon gave up fighting and came outside the moat of the imperial city to bow down to Liu Xiexing.


    In the frightened eyes of Li Xi and Guo Si, more than 50000 or 60000 taxis on both sides were attracted by the little emperor. The little emperor just stood at the head of the city and yelled twice. Now a large number of rebels have joined in.


    At this time, Li Xi and Guo Qin had no more than 20000 soldiers left to protect them. Almost all the other soldiers took refuge in the little emperor. At this time, they didn''t understand that they had been cheated by the little emperor. But at this time, even if they knew the reason, what could they do? Today, the number of soldiers and horses in front of the emperor is generally large, and the two families have already made a real fire, so it is impossible to deal with the emperor jointly.


    Both of them are veterans of the battlefield. When the situation is not good, they are ready to run away. Who knows, before they leave, Guo Si''s army suddenly shoots a sharp arrow at Li''s face. At this time, Li Ying''s mind was on those defecting taxi soldiers. He didn''t know that there was a cold arrow flying towards him at this time. Suddenly, Li Ying was hit by a cold arrow and fell directly under the horse. He didn''t know his life or death.


    For a moment, Li''s army was in chaos, and a group of generals under Li''s command looked at his master one after another. When a group of bodyguards helped Li up, he was pale and had no idea of life or death. A feather arrow hit the front door. The generals of the Li family sent people to carry Li Xi to the back, and arranged thousands of soldiers to go straight towards Guo Si. In their view, Guo Si was the one who killed his master, so thousands of soldiers under the leadership of the generals launched a decisive attack towards Guo Si, and the two soldiers soon fought together.


    The second army of Guo and Li fought together again, but Liu Xie at the head of the city was very happy. He didn''t expect that the emperor had such a powerful move after he got the jade seal. Now tens of thousands of rebels turned against each other. Now there are more than 60000 soldiers loyal to the emperor, which can fully meet the conditions discussed at the beginning.When the ministers looked at the emperor''s position again, they found that the emperor was as pale as paper, and the whole person, under the protection of Wang Yue, quickly retreated towards the city tower.


    All the people were shocked. They thought that the emperor had been harmed, so they were all shocked. They rushed to the direction of the emperor. After subduing, all the people cried out: "Your Majesty, your majesty, but you are hurt!"


    Liu Xie said with a slight smile: "don''t worry, my father-in-law. I''m just taking off my strength."


    At this point, Liu Xie, with the help of Wang Yue, reluctantly sat up and said, "pass on my will, order Zhao Rui to be promoted to be general Wupin Pinglu, the left captain of Yulin, Ma Jin to be general Wupin Zhanni, and the right captain of Yulin, Sun Ping to be general Wupin zhankou The army, pursue the remaining evils of Guo Li''s second army


    "No!" Immediately, a eunuch took the ink to write the imperial edict, and then gave it to the emperor with a seal, and immediately sent someone out to send a decree.


    After a short rest, Liu Xie held up and ordered: "Zhong Aiqing, I will appoint you as the general of the Yulin. Based on 1000 guards, I will select 9000 soldiers and form 10000 soldiers to defend the safety of the imperial city."


    "The last general orders!" He was very happy and came forward to receive the order.


    "Father of the state, I appoint you as the general of the auxiliary state and zhijinwu. On the basis of 1000 soldiers, I choose 19000 soldiers to form a 20000 Jinwu army to protect the security of Chang''an city."


    "I take orders!"


    "Dong Aiqing, I have appointed you as a general of chariots. Based on the remaining 1000 troops and the remaining 10000 soldiers, I will try my best to annihilate the two remaining armies and take over the remnant troops for my own use."


    "Yes, sir


    "All the other generals will be rewarded. You, calming down the two thieves is the first step in reviving the Great Han Dynasty. There are more things that you need to do. When Guangwu''s resurgence is reappeared, I will never forget your meritorious deeds. When the time comes, you will be granted the Marquis and pay homage to the prime minister


    "I''d like to follow your majesty to calm the world and die later!" All of them bowed togethe

 Chapter 1155

    On the surface, Liu Xie''s arrangement seems to be to reuse Zhao Rui and let them first select soldiers to expand their troops. In fact, it is to send them away from their own generals and two thousand badminton troops. What he trusts most is the troops controlled by Fu Wan, Dong Chenghe and Zhong Ji.


    On the wall of the Imperial City, after receiving the imperial edict, Zhao Rui sighed to himself that he was an outsider after all. If he didn''t swear allegiance to the emperor, he would never be the emperor''s confidants. But how could they easily betray their master and turn to the emperor? So in recent years, the three of them have refused the emperor''s overt or covert solicitation for several times. In exchange, the emperor again and again dispersed the troops under his control and handed them over to Dong Chengzhu, whom he trusted most.


    However, Zhao Rui didn''t pay much attention to this. He was only ordered to protect the emperor. If the emperor had enough strength to protect himself, it might be the time for his troops to return to Luoyang. Zhao Rui, who can be arranged by Huangfu Chaobo to be in charge of these 500 soldiers, is certainly not an ordinary warrior. He has now reached the top level of the transferred warrior. After several years of independent leadership, he has not only grown in command, but also in intelligence. What''s in this has been clearly seen.


    Inside the gate of the Imperial City, Zhao Rui takes a look at the two companions who are in a hurry to lead the troops. Now all three of them have been promoted to general zahao. But it can be seen that the General Ma Jin has seen a lot of things. He leads a thousand subordinates to join him in a hurry with indignation. Sun Ping doesn''t seem to see it because he is a warrior One of the tricky, is leading the corporal a face happy to have come to meet.


    After looking at them, Zhao Rui said in a low voice: "you two, we''ll talk about the rest later, but today is the best chance for us to enhance our strength, so you two brothers, we must see clearly when we choose our troops."


    "Brother Zhao..." Ma Jin was indignant at his different intentions, but Zhao Rui interrupted him and said, "I know what General Ma means, but this is not the time to discuss it now." With that, he patted Ma Jin on the shoulder.


    The three left the imperial city with their troops. They quickly selected 20000 soldiers from the tens of thousands of troops in the city. They quickly settled down with 2000 soldiers under their command and killed the two soldiers Guo and Li who were retreating.


    The two armies in the inner city were soon driven out of the inner city by the Ping Lu army. Soon after the army led by the three of them, Zhongji, Fuwan and Dong Chengsan appeared outside the Imperial City, reorganizing the tens of thousands of newly invested troops according to the requirements of the emperor, while the 20000 newly reorganized troops just led by Zhao Rui and Guo Li formed a regiment.


    Li''s army, which had lost its general, had no intention of staying in Chang''an City and retreated to Gaoling City, Zuo fengxu''s county city. After Guo Si''s departure, you Yong, who was pursued by Zhao Rui''s army, was unable to organize and continue to resist. In desperation, he had to withdraw from Chang''an City and retreat to the county city of Mili, which is on the right.


    As Liu Xie expected, although Zhao Rui''s troops selected the most elite 20000 of the tens of thousands of new troops, when the newly reorganized 20000 people drove the two armies out of Chang''an City after the one-day war, there were only less than 15000 left, with a loss of more than 20%.


    The rest of the army also took advantage of this day to reorganize all the troops. Except for general Dong Cheng''s troops, which are still less than 20000, the other two troops have already controlled the imperial city and Chang''an city according to Liu Xie''s requirements. Now Chang''an City has all fallen into the hands of Liu Xie, Emperor Xian of Han Dynasty.


    After a night''s rest, Zhao ruibu and Dong Chengbu left Chang''an one after another and began to attack Changling, Yangling, baling and duling. After several days of ceaseless fighting, the two armies finally brought all the cities of Beijing Zhaoyin under the control of Liu Xie, and Dong Chengbu also entered Tongguan to control the most important area in the east of Chang''an The pass of the mountain.


    Although Zhao ruibu''s army recovered to the size of 20000 troops again, he was ordered to take over another important pass, Wuguan, and was excluded from Chang''an City by Liu Xie.


    After these days of reorganizing and closing down the remaining two departments, Dong Cheng''s Department has reached 50000. After leaving 20000 troops to Shesheng captain Ju Jun to defend Tongguan, he personally led 30000 troops back to Chang''an city. In this way, the army in Chang''an City has reached 60000, and is fully capable of facing the attack of hundreds of thousands of troops There are no forces in Yongzhou that can threaten Chang''an city.


    ¡­¡­


    The upheaval in Chang''an city caught all the princes and players off guard. When Liu Xie''s army completely controlled Jing Zhaoyin, a system message shocked everyone.


    "System prompt: Emperor Xiandi of Han Dynasty Liu Xie provoked Li Shi and Guo Si to oppose each other, and the two armies of princes had a big fight in Chang''an city. Then Liu Xie suddenly launched a disaster and drove them out of Jing Zhaoyin. Li Shi was seriously injured, and his subordinates escorted him to zuofengxu. Guo Si''s troops were also badly damaged. Guo Si led his troops to retreat to youfufeng, and Liu Xie of Han Dynasty appeared as a force In the game


    The system''s announcement was played three times in a row, and the players in the game were stunned. Emperor Xiandi of Han Dynasty Liu Xie became a force and occupied Jing Zhaoyin alone. What''s the matter with you?For a moment, all the forces in the whole game stopped fighting, and everyone turned their eyes to Chang''an City in the west, quietly waiting for the news from there to confirm how their forces should deal with the current situation.


    Five days later, when Huangfu Chaobo received Zhao Rui''s discovery of the Chang''an upheaval, Huangfu Chaobo could not help cursing.


    I bought a watch last year!


    The little emperor suddenly broke out like a bloody chicken. There were nearly 50000 or 60000 soldiers in Guo and Li''s two departments. It was so shocking that they turned against each other on the spot. Huangfu Chaobo, who got the news, couldn''t even care about his own ceremony of the Tang King''s accession to the throne, so he quickly gathered a group of military advisers to discuss the impact of this matter on himself.


    After passing around the information from Zhao Rui to everyone, everyone fell into silence. Everyone was shocked by the performance of Han Xiandi. The generals were surprised at the sudden rise of the little emperor, while the military strategists were thinking about what the little emperor was doing, which led to tens of thousands of soldiers'' defection.

 Chapter 1156

    Xun you, who had just returned to Luoyang for a long time, said, "in fact, my Lord, you don''t have to worry too much. The little emperor''s move should be a skill similar to defection and persuasion. However, it is more powerful than the skills we are familiar with."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head and said: "even so, after that, as soon as the little emperor goes out, Qi is not invincible. Just a few words from him, the soldiers of the other side will surrender tens of thousands of times. There''s no need to show the match between the chariots and horses."


    Guo Jia said with a light smile: "the Lord is worried. Although he doesn''t know what skill the little emperor has, he doesn''t think it''s easy to use it. Otherwise, the little emperor would not deliberately start a war between the two armies, and then lead them to the square in front of the Imperial City. Otherwise, when Dong Zhuo was in disorder, with the roar of the little emperor, Dong Zhuo would have no drama. What''s the matter with the 18 road princes? "


    "Yes, my Lord, after carefully looking at General Zhao Rui''s information, the little emperor turned pale as a paper after he recruited tens of thousands of soldiers, and then he was helped into the city tower. The next imperial edicts were conveyed through eunuchs. This is exactly the performance after the use of powerful skills." Xun you added;


    "moreover, according to my calculation, this skill of the little emperor should be related to the imperial seal presented by the Lord, and there are many restrictions. Otherwise, Liu Xie''s alertness would not have delayed the use of this skill until now. I know that when Liu Xie just ascended the throne, there were so many generals of the civil and military ministers in the Han Dynasty, and their situation was better than today It''s more than a hundred times better. "


    It has to be said that Xunyou, Guojia and other people are worthy of being the elites of this era. Just through the dozens of words of information provided by Zhao Rui, the cause and effect of the incident can be calculated as eight by nine. What Liu Xie used at one time was really a special skill, and it was really related to the imperial seal.


    This skill is called "king in the world". It is a skill attached to the imperial seal. There are many restrictions on the use of it. For example, the use of it must reach a certain status, and the minimum must be above the rank of the king. If it is an emperor, it is even better. Because Yuan Shu was a puppet emperor, he could not use this skill at all. However, Sun Jian, sun CE, Yuan Yao and Huangfu Chaobo failed to meet the basic opening conditions, so they did not see this skill at all.


    In addition, this skill can only be used twice by one holder, which means that it is the ultimate skill of big boss. After using it once, it needs a long cooling time, one year.


    The other is that the use of skills can only be used by ordinary people or ordinary soldiers of rebel forces (different camps), which is invalid for middle and senior generals and officials. Moreover, when using it, if the morale and loyalty of the other camp''s soldiers are relatively high, the effect of using it will not be very good.


    The number of taxi drivers can be attracted by using this skill is related to the reputation and ability of users. The stronger the situation is, the better the effect will be. Otherwise, the weaker the effect will be.


    Of course, in addition to these, there are some other restrictions, such as each use will consume a lot of energy and so on.


    Generally speaking, knowing is not a carrot and cabbage skill, but a very rare ultimate skill. The most important thing is that the user must be the owner of the imperial seal.


    After hearing Xun you''s words, Huangfu Chaobo finally put down a snack. However, for the little emperor''s later actions, Huangfu Chaobo was still a little worried: "well, since we don''t know what the little emperor did, let''s put this down for the time being. Let''s talk about what the little emperor wants to do next. There is also a plan to deal with it. "


    "Although the little emperor now has jingzhaoyin, it''s not so easy for him to really control more than ten city passes in this county." Guo jialue said thoughtfully;


    "yes, although he controlled more than ten cities and passes with lightning speed, neither the little emperor nor his ministers and generals had experience in governing local areas, and his troops were all new troops. It would be better to fight a downwind war like Chang''an City, but I dare to fight a hard war It must be ten battles and nine losses, not to mention sending troops to the territory of our Tang army. " Pang Tong also agreed with Guo Jia''s idea.


    Xu Shu also nodded and continued to add: "from the intelligence of General Zhao, we can infer that the soldiers controlled by the little emperor should be ten thousand of the badminton army, twenty thousand of the Jinwu army, fifty thousand of the northern army, plus twenty thousand of the Pinglu army of General Zhao Rui, a total of one hundred thousand troops. Twenty thousand of the Pinglu army guarded Wuguan, twenty thousand of the northern army were in Tongguan, and the rest sixty thousand troops were in Chang''an city Inside. "


    "In terms of combat power, the 20000 troops under General Zhao''s army should be the most elite troops, then the Yulin army, then the Jinwu army, and the northern army should be the worst. Of course, it is said that the remaining counties have recruited another one to three thousand guards."


    "That is to say, Jing Zhaoyin has ten cities, but he has to support 145000 troops, and his population is only less than 700000. If we calculate in this way, the little emperor should not have the ability to expand his strength in a short time. Of course, we can''t help but be prepared. Now there are only three battalions in Hongnong county. In order to cope with the possible attack from Jing Zhaoyin at any time, please agree to increase the establishment of xiongqu camp from three battalions to four battalions at least, that is, to add one battalion. At least ten thousand battalions should be arranged in the battalions of Qin Hangu pass, and the rest one school should be arranged In the county city, as for Hu county to the west of Qinguan, we can arrange 5000 guards. "After hearing Xu Shu''s words, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the rest of the humanity: "do you think that the little emperor will not send troops to attack Hongnong in a short time?"


    "If Dong Chengzhu is not too stupid, he will certainly not send troops to the East, but will continue to take control of the whole Yongzhou after a period of rest." Guo Jia said with a smile;


    the rest of the people nodded their heads to show their agreement, and Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. If this guy really sent troops to attack himself, it would be a tangled matter for him. For the rest, as far as the power of the little emperor is concerned, it would be as easy for Huangfu Chaobo to kill him as to crush an ant, but the problem is that this ant is now You can''t die yet, and most importantly, you can''t squeeze yourself to death.


    "Well, in that case, let''s wait and see! However, in order to be on the safe side, I''m going to send Shu Zhao to xiongqu army to help Shegan and Pei yuanshao deal with the possible attack in the West. " Huangfu Chaobo finally said,


    "the Lord is wise!" All the people responded togethe

 Chapter 1157

    Just when Huangfu Chaobo gathered people to discuss how to deal with it, the situation in Guanzhong changed again. After controlling Jing Zhaoyin, the little emperor stopped expanding, digested the territory he controlled, and at the same time stepped up the training of the army. You know, although they have more than 100000 troops, they are all mobs. In particular, the 50000 northern troops of the general on horseback are basically prisoners and routs gathered inside and outside Chang''an City, and their combat effectiveness can be said to be quite poor.


    Not only that, in order to defend the Tang army in the East, Dong Cheng also handed over the most elite 20000 troops to Ju Jun, the commander of Shesheng school, to garrison Tongguan to defend the Tang army in the east of Tongguan. The remaining 30000 northern troops were led by Dong Cheng to return to Chang''an for training and reorganization.


    At this time, Li Yi, who was rescued by his own soldiers, has already woken up. When he learns that the little emperor has controlled Jing Zhaoyin, and that he was nearly killed by Guo Si''s Secret arrow, his limit to Guo Si has broken through the sky. After getting the news that the army of the little emperor had withdrawn to Chang''an, Li Shi, regardless of his injury, made an attack on Huaili City, Guosi''s right Fufeng County, with all the troops of Zuo fengxu.


    Guo Si is also angry now. To this point, he doesn''t know that he and Li are being calculated by the little emperor, but the damned Li he even wants to fight with him. Therefore, Guo Si also tries his best to fight with Li He''s army in Huaili city. As a result, the two families did not make a final decision because of the small difference in strength. However, Li Shi, Li''s only son, was shot by a tributary arrow in the war. Soon after he was rescued, he died on the spot. Li suddenly fainted again, so all his subordinates had to carry Li Shi and Li Shi back to Gaoling city.


    Li Yu, who returned to Gaoling City, died in a few days, so all the generals of Li family lost their backbone. Just when Li Yu''s soldiers were in a panic, Li Ru, Dong Huang''s emissary, appeared in Gaoling city. After Li Ru''s persuasion, Li Yu''s generals decided to join Dong Huang.


    A few days later, Dong Huang, the Duke of Liang, ordered general Niu Fu and Duan Lu to lead 50000 troops to youfufeng. After several wars, Dong Huang''s army defeated Guo Si''s army. Guo Si was killed by Duan Lu on the spot. Li Meng and Wang Fang fled from Sanguan to Hanzhong and took refuge with Zhang Lu, the governor of Hanzhong.


    Dong Huang''s sudden move surprised the little emperor Liu Xie. Among all the people in Liu''s army, Dong Huang easily won the two prefectures of Zuo fengxu and you Fufeng, and became the most powerful vassal in Guanzhong.


    Dong Huang suddenly ran out to pick peaches, which made Liu Xie very angry, but the anger returned to anger, but Liu Xie finally choked back his anger. There is no way, the form is better than the people. Li Ru had been guarding against Liu Xie''s move for a long time. After he took control of the two counties, 50000 Dong Huang troops immediately took over the two counties and brought all the remnant troops of Li Yi and Guo Si back to Dong Huang Army''s old nest to reorganize and train again!


    The situation in Guanzhong has fallen into silence again, but the situation in the whole world is a strange calm.


    Huangfu Chaobo''s reign made all the major forces in the world fall into silence. For a moment, the war between the major forces stopped, and it seemed that the whole world calmed down in an instant. But under the calm, there are countless undercurrents surging. While everyone is envious and jealous, they are also actively planning something.


    In Nanpi City, the official residence of the state of Wei, Yuan Shao was on the verge of violence since the news came that Huangfu had become the king of the Tang Dynasty. In a few days, there were several servants and maids in the official residence who were killed by the war, but their blood still could not make yuan Shaoping calm down.


    "There is no hero in the world, which makes Lizi famous. Huangfu Chaobo, a good son of a family, has become the leader of a country. He thinks of the four generations and three princes of the yuan family, but he can only live in an inch of Hebei. Hi..." In the study, Yuan Shao''s roar came, followed by the sound of broken dishes, which made the guards and maids outside the study hold their breath and dare not make a sound. They were afraid that their own voice would disturb the owners inside. The faces of the bloody people who were carried out from the house these days were still shaking in front of the public from time to time.


    In Qingzhou, a few hundred miles to the south, after the first World War, Cao Cao set his state government of Qi in Linzi, the capital of Qingzhou. Now, unlike Yuan Shao''s rage, Cao Cao seems to be unusually calm on the surface, but his heart is as calm as a river.


    In just a few years, Huangfu Chaobo has changed from a civilian to the king of the largest vassal state in the world. He has become the leader of the world. In a few years, the sea has changed so much that Cao Cao can hardly believe it.


    Today, Cao Cao lives in the same place as the king of Qi. The real palace has been destroyed in the war. Standing on the top of the highest building in the state of Qi, Cao Cao overlooks the direction of the Royal Palace of Qi, but his mood is mixed.


    In Jixian County, Youzhou, Gongsun Zan was holding a banquet with several righteous brothers to listen to the music. There was a lot of cheering and dancing. When the news came that Huangfu Chaobo was named king of the Tang Dynasty by the emperor, Gongsun Zan was no longer interested in enjoying the song and dance. He held up the wine bottle in his hand, drank it all, and said, "king of the Tang, king of the Tang, it''s really good ¡­¡­¡±In Jiangdong Wu state mansion, sun CE returned to Jianye as early as he led the troops. After getting the news, sun CE didn''t know why the emperor of Tang Dynasty of Huangfu Chaobo came. Looking at his brother, he said with a bitter smile: "I didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo had such courage to present the jade seal directly to the Han Emperor of Chang''an, but it was a good calculation."


    Yuzhang, Xiangyang and Yizhou, the only three remaining Zhou Mu surnamed Liu in the Han Dynasty, are also envious of the small emperor in the north and the king of Huangfu Chaobo. You know, in the Han Dynasty, it''s not the surname Liu that can be king, but now the emperor dares to do so. He is king of Huangfu Chaobo, and he is also king of one word In the hands of these descendants of the Liu family, one day, this will become the best excuse to attack the little emperor. However, now several people''s minds are not on this. They just think that since Huangfu Chaobo can also be king, then the descendants of Liu family like himself are not as good as an outsider.

 Chapter 1158

    As for the reaction of other princes, Huangfu Chaobo can basically guess the same. In fact, he doesn''t want to be in the limelight again, but he wants to take advantage of this opportunity to get rid of Li Xi and Guo Si, so that he can really control Yongzhou. However, in the end, although he succeeded in getting rid of Li Yi and Guo Si, he was finally picked up by Dong Huang. In the end, he could only swallow the bitter fruit.


    Fortunately, even so, the little emperor Liu Xie still controlled the territory of jingzhaoyin, a county with more than ten thousand troops, which was a great victory for the imperial power in the late Han Dynasty.


    At the beginning, when Huangfu Chaobo was granted the title of Duke of the state, the other princes followed him and recommended themselves to the emperor. It was estimated that this time, the actions of the princes would come soon, so Huangfu Chaobo was just waiting for the start of the opera in Luoyang.


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, in June, almost at the same time, the great achievements of fenggong by the princes and their families were spread in the sphere of influence of the several princes, and these pioneers were either suggested by the Lord or arranged by the subordinates with stronger insight.


    On the first day of July, Yuan Shao, the Duke of the state of Wei, suddenly went to court: "Cao Cao, the Duke of the state of Qi, has the sacred heart on his upper body and the Li Shu on his lower body. It can be a symbol of all ages..."


    Then, it lists the contributions made by Cao Cao to the court of the Han Dynasty over the past few years, such as "the first time he joined the Wei family, he repaired the four gates.". There are more than ten five color sticks on the left and right sides of the county gate. Some people who break the ban will kill them if they don''t avoid the strong and powerful. ". Such as "lead troops to pursue Dong Zhuo alone, want to take back the emperor''s car...". For example, he sent troops to Huainan to overthrow the puppet Dynasty of Zhongdi. Now the imperial seal can be returned to the court smoothly, and Cao Cao also has a contribution.


    From Cao Cao''s initial promotion of filial piety and honesty to the Zhong Dynasty, which sent troops to Huainan to pacify Yuan Shu, Cao Cao''s great deeds were listed one by one. In the end, with a change of writing style, he asked the imperial court to appoint Cao as the king of Qi.


    A few days later, a number of tables were sent to Chang''an city. In front of the emperor''s imperial case, almost all the tables were made by someone as king. For example, Cao Cao, Duke of Qi, made Yuan Shao, Duke of Wei, king of Wei, and Lv Bu, Duke of Zhao, invited the little emperor to make sun Zan, Duke of Yan, king of Yan, King City of Ji. A few days later, Gongsun Zan''s seal was also delivered to Chang''an city. He asked Lu Bu, the Duke of Zhao, to be the king of Zhao, and his capital was Taiyuan city.


    A few days later, mu Liubiao of Jingzhou, mu LiuYao of Yangzhou and mu Liuyan of Yizhou went to the court to test the court''s attitude. What surprised everyone most was that Dong Huang, the Duke of Liang state, even applied for the title of Duke sun ce of Wu state as king of Wu. A few days later, Gong sun ce of Wu state also applied for the title of Duke Dong Huang of Liang state as king of Qin.


    In this way, the first few princes in the whole world jumped out, which caught the little emperor of Chang''an by surprise. Although he thought that after he made Huangfu Chaobo king, some princes would jump out to ask for the title, but he did not expect that several princes in the whole world would jump out, and they would still ask for the title It''s not for himself to make others king. If the little emperor who saw these seals took a few mouthfuls, he would be disgusted, but he couldn''t object. In this way, he would surely push himself to the hostile side of the whole world.


    Among other things, Dong Huang''s power of seizing Yongliang was able to destroy him every minute. At this time, the most other princes in the world would scold him loudly. It was estimated that the most they could say was two or three sentences, or even two or three sentences. If this is the case, then the Great Han Dynasty will be ruined in his hands in 400 years. Liu Xie absolutely does not allow this kind of situation.


    Even if all these kings were granted, for him, he could let himself and the county continue to survive. As for the future, there is no possibility of turning back now, so he can only go one step at a time.


    At this time, even if there were a lot of Xiangs in front of him, Liu Xie could only swallow them by his nose.


    On September 5, Emperor Liu Xie of the Han Dynasty announced to the world that Yuan Shao, Duke of Wei, was appointed king of Wei and capital Nanpi; Cao Cao, Duke of Qi, was appointed king of Qi and capital Linzi; sun CE, Duke of Wu, was appointed king of Wu and capital Jianye; sun Zan, Duke of Yan, was appointed king of Yan and capital Jicheng; Lu Bu, Duke of Zhao, was appointed king of Zhao and capital Taiyuan; Dong Huang, Duke of Liang, was appointed king of Qin and capital Linjing; and mu, Duke of Yizhou, was appointed Liu Yan is the king of Shu and the capital of Chengdu.


    In this way, together with the original Tang King Huangfu Chaobo, there is now a total of one emperor and eight kings in the world. As for Liu Biao in Jingzhou, although the little emperor did not make him king, he also made him Duke of Chu. However, Liu Yao in Yangzhou only appeased him and did not mention anything else.


    This Zhao out, the world in an uproar, although there is no longer a player Fengwang fenggong, but suddenly appeared eight kings, such a thing has been completely beyond the imagination of the players, no wonder everyone said that everything in the game is possible, however, so the players eat crabs only Huangfu Chaobo one person, but to become a power of the princes of the players has also reached To more than ten players, I believe that in a few years, there will be a second player, Prince Wang.


    However, these things are unimportant to Huangfu Chaobo. All he has to do is to rest and recuperate. Now that several major princes in the world have been crowned king, it means that everyone''s attention will be put on others, which is better than the feeling that he is alone. Huangfu Chaobo always feels that he is a little scared It''s too late. Now, with the other seven princes sharing the firepower for himself, he was finally relieved.Today''s Tang army, the most important thing is the imperial ceremony of Huangfu. Moreover, Luoyang palace, which has been deserted for several years, can finally be rebuilt and put into use. But now it is the Royal Palace of the Tang Dynasty, and Luoyang City has become the royal city of the Tang Dynasty.


    What surprised Huangfu Chaobo was that old man Tian Feng, who had been holding on for a long time, said that the money for renovating Luoyang palace was given by Henan county. No matter how much money he spent, there was no problem. Don''t use the taxes of the original government. As soon as his words came out, he was spurted bloody by the other assassins.


    Looking at the assassins at the bottom, how much money they would pay for the restoration of the palace, when they were all fighting for more money, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. This was wrong. When they shared the cost of recruiting soldiers with the States, everyone covered their pockets tightly, for fear that Huangfu Chaobo would stare at him But they are scrambling to get money to rebuild the palace..

 Chapter 1159

    In fact, the original intention of Huangfu Chaobo was to use the present Tang government as the royal residence. At the beginning, many ministers of culture and military agreed to his proposal. However, with the little emperor''s announcement, eight princes and kings suddenly appeared in the world. As the way of eight kings, the king of Tang could not be inferior to the other seven kings in momentum, so they immediately overthrew the previous an Dynasty Pai, decided to reopen the Luoyang palace, the imperial court will be a large-scale whole, as the palace of the Tang Dynasty. In this way, the already arranged ceremony had to be postponed again. In their words, the ceremony could only be held in a palace that was in line with the identity of the king. Otherwise, the king would become a laughing stock among all the princes and kings, which was the shame of the people of the Tang Dynasty.


    In desperation, Huangfu Chaobo had to agree to renovate the original Luoyang imperial city and palace city. After everything was ready, he could ascend the throne.


    As in the Tang Dynasty, most of the other seven countries now focus on the preparation for the king''s accession. Almost all of them have no need to consider other aspects. Since they want to become the king, the necessary preparation is certain, at least the palace. Therefore, there is almost no big war in the whole world this year. Of course, there are some small forces and players It is certain that the war of the earth is inevitable.


    On the 5th of June this year, general Xiaoqiang left behind Chen Wu, Xue Hong and Miao Shang. He personally led tens of thousands of troops after half a year''s reorganization. In addition to the ten thousand reinforcements of Yanbei County, the Tang army, he was converted into a military division by Yu. The generals were xianyuyin, xianyufu, Tatton, Nanlou, Loufan and Su Puyan Liaodong belongs to the state and crusades against Gongsun Du.


    After conquering Fuli city and Beiwu city of Liaodong County, the army met Gongsun Du''s army more than 100 Li to the west of Xiandu. After a big battle, Gongsun Du was defeated and fled back to Xiandu. Later, before the siege, the army withdrew from Xiandu and retreated to Liaodu city on the East Bank of liaoshui river At that time, he sent troops to strengthen the defense of Liaoyang and Wangping. Now gongsundu can only rely on the natural danger of liaoshui and Sushui rivers to maintain a limited number of cities, which is more than twice as small as the original site.


    In the middle of August, the army captured the whole territory of Liaodong. Then Xiaoqiang appointed Xianyu Yin to guard Xiandu and Su Puyan to guard Fangxian. He led the army back to Changli city. A few days later, Gongsun praised the imperial court and recommended general Xiaoqiang as the Prime Minister of Liaodong. He had jurisdiction over Changli, Fuli, bintu, tuhe, Fangxian, Xiandu, Wuwu, YangLe, Liucheng and Jianping.


    ¡­¡­


    In Xiangyang City, Liu Biao is gathering his subordinates for discussion. As Liu Biao failed to become king this time, all his subordinates are extremely dissatisfied with the imperial court. In fact, Liu Biao himself is said to have smacked a lot of things in the backyard, but now it''s done, and it''s useless to say more. This time, Liu Biao gathered people to discuss the matter.


    "My Lord, why is there only one person left to be king this time?" Huang Juan looks at Liu Biao discontentedly and complains;


    after Huang Juan''s complaint, Liu Biao''s face is livid and doesn''t speak, but in his heart, he is secretly scolding this vulgar martial arts man. He is clearly a son of a noble family, but he is doing so. He really loses the face of his noble family. Do you think I don''t want to be king? It''s not because of you guys that you didn''t have your share in this crown.


    Seeing Liu Biao''s appearance, Kuai Liang coughed softly: "coughing, Huang Taishou may not know that the Lord didn''t become king this time. It''s not the emperor who won''t let him, but he can''t, so this time he invited you all to discuss..."


    Liu Biao''s face was a little better at this time. He nodded his head and said: "the news from Chang''an is that among all the major forces in the world and all the people in the upper court, except me, only Liu Yao of Yuzhang didn''t have a king. Not only did he not have a king, but also he didn''t even have a duke. His majesty, the emperor of Chang''an City, just sent someone to do a private interview I want to appease you. "


    All the people present were stunned. Instead of interrupting Liu Biao, they listened to him.


    "Later, I got the news from Chang''an that I knew the reason why I didn''t become king this time," Liu Biao stopped for a moment and said, "among all the conditions for becoming king, the most important one is that the territory under direct control is no less than five counties. Of course, there are many other conditions, but for me, the most important one is that this one has not been met. "


    "No?" Cai Mao suddenly said: "now there are seven counties under Jingzhou, and there are eight counties under the new Shangyong county. Why does Chang''an court say that there are less than five counties under the Lord?"


    The rest of the people also looked at Liu Biao with a puzzled face. Liu Biao said helplessly: "it''s true that there are eight counties in Jingzhou. However, what really belongs to the control of the prefecture is only Nanjun, Jiangxia and more than ten cities in the south of Nanyang County. Not all the counties belong to the control of the prefecture."


    After listening to Liu Biao''s words, people suddenly realized that it was here for a long time, but they didn''t say much. Kuai Liang, however, was blessed. He opened his mouth and asked Liu Biao tentatively, "what does the Lord mean?"


    Liu Biao nodded, but did not go on.


    Kuai Liang continued: "according to the Lord''s will, who should I do it for?"At this time, it suddenly dawned on everyone that the Lord of his family wanted to bring the rest of the counties into his own hands. Although he had this idea, he was not so eager, but now it''s different. The Lord of his family is eager to be king, so he has to take the rest of the counties into control.


    As soon as Cai Mao heard this, he immediately said, "why don''t you attack Shangyong first? He''s an alien territory, and it''s not hard for him to be established soon."


    However, Liu Biao shook his head and said, "the so-called land of five prefectures refers to the division of prefectures during the reign of the former Emperor. The latter division can not be counted. Shangyong belongs to Hanzhong, and it certainly can not. Just like the newly designated Yingxi County on Kong''s later list, it can not be regarded as a county


    Kuai Yue twisted his beard and said in a deep voice: "in this way, there are only Nanyang and Jingnan four counties. Today, although Zhang Ji of Nanyang County has no support from Chang''an, the strength of Xiliang army should not be underestimated, so it is not the best place. Among the four counties in Jingnan, Changsha County and Guiyang County are now under the rule of Liu Bei. Liu Bei''s two brothers are enemies of thousands of people. If we send troops, it will be very difficult. So the best way to send troops is Wuling county. "

 Chapter 1160

    Kuai Yue''s proposal was approved by the rest of the people. After all, Guan Zhang''s toughness is world-famous. If they send troops to fight against them, it is estimated that few people in Jingzhou can beat them. On the north side, Zhang Jijun of Nanyang had fought several times a few years ago. The strength of the Xiliang army was unmatched by the Jingzhou army. On the East and west sides, it was more difficult to enter Yizhou in the West than Zhang Ji and Liu Bei. However, the reason for going south and North was that the opposing army was too strong, while the reason for going east and West was that the geography was too difficult The sword spirit of Wuling county has become a soft persimmon.


    However, Cai Mao''s proposal to persuade Liu Bei''s army in Changsha to attack Wuling from the East was rejected by Liu Biao and Kuai Liang. If Liu Bei was allowed to send troops, he said that he had to give them part of the benefits. Moreover, we didn''t think that it was difficult to pacify the Jianling army in Wuling.


    Now Jianling, who lives in zhilinyuan city of Wuling County, doesn''t know that he has become a weak chicken among all the people in Xiangyang. However, even if he knows, he is not afraid.


    Today''s sword spirit is no longer the embarrassment of the original three melons and two dates. Since Wei Yan joined, the elite level of the sword spirit''s soldiers and horses is no longer comparable to that at the beginning. You know, at the beginning, he just relied on three transferred generals to beat the combined troops of several players to pieces, and the troops trained by Wei Yan''s subordinates were better than at the beginning.


    As early as the beginning of Wuling, the military adviser Hua Xin had already reminded him to pay attention to any changes in Xiangyang, so he also put out a lot of money for his confidants to set up a spy team, which focused on Xiangyang, Jiangxia and Changsha. In addition, he was more willing to use the power of players than Huangfu Chaobo, so he was also placed in Xiangyang City A lot of nails. When the army went out, there were also thousands of troops stationed in Yidao city and Nantian city.


    After the army conquered Wuling, he ordered Wei Yan to dispatch 10000 elite soldiers from Jiangshu, reorganized them into two schools, secretly sent them back to Yidao city and Nantian city to Gaoyue and houzheng, who were responsible for defending the two cities. In this way, there were nearly 16000 soldiers and horses in the two cities on the South Bank of the river. Once the Jingzhou army attacked, the two cities would be destroyed It''s no problem to stay for a month or two. At that time, the elite army under the command of Wei Yan will have enough time to return to the rescue.


    Just a few days after Xiangyang made the decision to send troops to Wuling, Jianling knew Liu Biao''s plan through several ways, but he didn''t care much about it. You know, in today''s Jingzhou army, there are no generals who can compete with Wei Yan. If the only one that worries him is Liu Bei''s army in Changsha. Guan Zhang and his two men are too strong.


    Fortunately, information from several aspects shows that Liu Bei''s army in Changsha has no sign of sending troops, which makes Jianling feel at ease.


    In the middle of September, after getting the news that the Xiangyang army of 50000 soldiers and 10000 water army had set out, Jianling ordered Han Hao and Qi Shen to lead 20000 troops to defend Linyuan, Yuannan and Hanshou. Jianling and Wei Yan led 30000 troops to return to Yidao quietly, preparing to attack them inside and outside while Jingzhou army besieged Yiling city Annihilation in the Yi Dao City, he would once to hit Liu Biao hurt, let him dare not have the idea of their own ideas.


    When the war between Yi and Dao in Jingzhou was on the verge of breaking out, Ma Teng was also gathering people to discuss affairs in zhiguzang City, Wuwei County, in the northwest of the Han Dynasty. Liu Biao was able to get the inside story of the King through Chang''an''s inner line, and other vassals had their own ways. Ma Teng was just like this, so after getting the land of five counties was one of the most basic conditions for the king, Marten began to think about it.


    After thinking about it, Ma Teng focused on the counties since Zhangye. According to the division made by Emperor Ling of the Han Dynasty, there are three counties, Jiuquan, Xihai and Dunhuang, to the west of Zhangye. If you add Wuwei and Zhangye under Ma Teng''s control now, they are just five counties. In this way, they just meet the requirements.


    Compared with Han Sui, the righteous brother in the south, and the Qin army in the west, the three Western prefectures are much better to deal with.


    At this time, Han Sui, who occupied Jincheng and Longxi, also looked to his southeast Wudu County. On the surface, Wudu County was owned by Dong Huang. However, Han people''s control of Wudu was not comprehensive all the time, just declaring sovereignty. In fact, the control of Wudu was still in the hands of local Di people, and each city was basically controlled by each di It''s controlled by the king of the people''s Congress. Especially after Dong Huang became king, he focused on the two more prosperous counties, Zuo Fengyi and you Fufeng. In fact, Wudu was no longer in charge.


    At this time, Han then turned his eyes to Wudu, but he meant it. After thinking about it, he immediately sent someone to Ma Teng''s place to discuss with Ma Teng about how to deal with Dong Huang. Ma Teng of course readily agreed. However, Ma Teng meant that he had to wait until he calmed down the counties in Jiuquan before he came back to deal with Dong Huang.


    After getting Ma Teng''s consent, Han then began to prepare to send troops to Wudu.


    At the beginning of October, the battle of Yidao in Jingzhou began. Fifty thousand Jingzhou troops boarded from Jiangling and went up against the water. They landed on the South Bank of the river to the south of Yidao and arrived at the foot of Yidao city. Then they began to attack Yidao county and surrounded Yidu County, which was defended by ten thousand troops.After several days of strong attack, Yidao county was still, but it was attacked by 30000 Jianling troops who had been lurking 20 miles south of Yidao county. They were killed in the first World War of 50000, with heavy casualties and more than 10000 casualties. Only general Cai Mao led less than 10000 soldiers to flee in a hurry, and the 10000 water army, because of the sneak attack, took Cai Mao''s remnant soldiers and left the big army behind The ship fled in confusion.


    When we returned to Jiangling, we found that only five building ships were lost, 20 or 30 middle-sized ships such as Dou boat and Chi Ma boat were lost, more than 100 small boats were lost, and 30 or 40 big boats were used to transport grain and grass for soldiers and horses. In addition, countless grain and grass equipment were all lost outside Yidao city on the South Bank of Changjiang River.


    This battle can be said to have made Liu lose his face completely. He wanted to bite a soft persimmon, but he bit a stone. Jianling, on the other hand, made a lot of money. He had already harvested a large amount of food and materials in Linyuan. Unexpectedly, Liu Biao turned his back and sent him tens of thousands of Dingkou and materials.


    Almost at the same time, the two armies of Ma Teng and Han Sui also started to attack Jiuquan and Wudu respectively.

 Chapter 1161

    Despite the constant wars in other places, Huangfu Chaobo inspected the restoration of the Royal Palace in Luoyang. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo meant to repair the original palace, but it was unanimously opposed by his subordinates. Therefore, the original imperial city and the palace city were all emptied, leaving only the walls of the two cities, and the new palace was rebuilt inside.


    The imperial palace of Luoyang in the Eastern Han Dynasty was divided into the South and the north. The two palaces are connected by a roof covered compound road, seven Li long from north to south. The so-called compound road is three parallel roads, one in the middle is dedicated to the emperor, and on both sides are the roads of officials and waiters. Every ten steps there is also a guard, flanked by two chambers, very powerful. The north gate of the south palace is opposite to the South Gate of the North Palace, which means that "the two palaces are far away from each other, and the two palaces are more than a hundred feet in length" in ancient poetry. The whole palace city clearly shows a "Lu" shape.


    There are four que gates with the same name in the South and North Palace cities. There are watchtowers on both sides of the gate. In the south is Zhuque gate, in the East is Canglong gate, in the north is Xuanwu Gate, and in the west is Baihu gate.


    The Xuanwu Gate of the south palace is connected with the Zhuque gate of the North Palace through the Fudao road. As the south main gate of the palace, the Zhuque gate of the south palace connects with the Pingcheng gate directly outside the city. As the emperor passed through the Zhuque gate, the gate was the most noble, and the building was particularly magnificent. Forty five miles away, Yanshi looked at the Zhuque gate que, which seemed to be connected with the sky, and could be called the wonder of Luoyang in the Eastern Han Dynasty.


    Nangong was the place where the emperor and his colleagues celebrated and discussed politics. The layout of the building is orderly and orderly, and there are many palaces and pavilions. The main palace is located on the north-south axis, from north to South are: Sima gate, Duanmen, Quefei gate, Quefei hall, Zhanghua gate, Chongde hall, Zhongde hall, qianqiuwansui hall and Pingshuo hall. There are two rows of symmetrical palace buildings on the East and west sides of the central axis. The two rows on the west side are arranged from south to north.


    The east row is Hongde gate, Mingguang hall, Xuanshi hall, Chengfu hall, Jiade gate, Jiade hall, Yutang hall, Xuande hall and Jiande hall; the West row is Yuntai hall, Xianqin hall, Hanzhang hall, Yang''an hall, Yuntai, Lantai, ague, Changqiu palace and Xigong. There are two rows in the East, the west is Jinma hall, Tongma hall, Jingfa hall, Zhangde hall, lechengmen hall, Lecheng hall, Wende hall and East Hall; the East is shizhonglu hall, Qingliang hall, Fenghuang hall, Huanglong hall, Shouan hall, zhudian hall, Chengfeng hall and Dongguan hall. The four rows of palaces on both sides of the central axis are parallel to the central axis, which makes the buildings on the central axis more prominent and dignified.


    If the North-South five rows of buildings are arranged in a transverse direction perpendicular to the central axis, they can be divided into eight rows. In this way, the front, back, left and right sides of each palace building are connected with other palaces. Therefore, if you look down on the ground of Nangong, you will see a lattice layout, which highlights the regular and symmetrical artistic style of ancient Chinese architecture.


    The North Palace is mainly the palace city where the emperor and his concubines live. Its position is more important than that of the south palace, so its architecture is extremely luxurious. The palace of the North Palace is less than that of the south palace, and the architecture is not as neat and symmetrical as that of the south palace. The buildings on the central axis are: Wenji hall, Anfu hall, Hehuan hall, Deyang gate, Deyang hall, xuanming hall, shuopingshu hall and pinghong hall. There are only half a row of buildings in the west of the central axis. From south to north, they are Chongde hall, Chongzheng Hall and Yongle Palace. There are two doors in the south of Chongde hall, East Jin Shang and West Shenhu. There are two outlooks in the south of the two gates, the East Zengxi outlooks and the West Baihu outlooks. There are two rows of buildings in the east of the central axis from south to North: Tianlu hall, zhangtai hall, hande hall, Shouan hall, Zhangde hall and Chongde hall in the West. In the East are Yongning hall, Yingchun hall, Yanxiu hall, Anchang hall, Jingfu hall and Yongan palace.


    In history, the north and South palaces in Luoyang are not symmetrical, but the South palaces are located in the east by south, and the North palaces are located in the west by North. However, the two palaces in the game are closely adjacent to each other. There is only a corridor between the two palaces, and there is a compound road above the corridor.


    Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have many requirements for the palace architecture in the city. However, in the front of the palace, except for the palaces in the middle, Taicang and the armory must be built in the palace. In the back of the palace, they can do whatever they want. After all, they are not professionals.


    Like the Tang Dynasty, the other vassal states were also making preparations. Among them, Yuan Shao was the first to prepare for the ceremony. The reason why Yuan Shao was so fast was because he was rich and prosperous. He had already begun to repair the palace when Yuan Shu became emperor, but he was not as blatant as he is now However, after he was granted the title of king, Yuan Shao began to build the government house to repair the buildings in Nanpi city. He didn''t expect to meet yuan Shaofeng soon after the completion of the repair, which just came in handy.


    Compared with Yuan Shao, sun CE was a little slower. Jianye city was originally a new city built by sun CE''s army. It had been built since Sun CE took charge of Danyang County, and it had been basically completed after he was granted the crown prince. Now sun CE was granted the crown prince of Wu, so he changed it to the crown prince of Wu after he made some changes.


    Although Cao Cao''s Qiwang palace was a little slower, it had the foundation of the original Qiwang palace. In addition, Cao Cao''s army''s war had been disadvantageous in recent years. Cao Cao''s army hoped that it would be a good opportunity to raise the morale of the army and the people. Therefore, after repairing the main palaces of the Qiwang palace and speeding up the construction and improvement of some palaces, the ceremony of conferring the king was held soon.


    Although the king of Shu in the southwest had long been willing to surrender in Yizhou and renovated his palace in Rongcheng, he did not become a leader and became the fourth king among the princes to hold a grand ceremony.Lu Bu, the king of Zhao, Gongsun Zan, the king of Yan, and Dong Huang, the king of Qin, were also in front of Huangfu Chaobo. However, compared with the previous four princes, their grand ceremony was much more hasty. The main reason is that the three people are of ordinary origin, or even very low birth, and they are not as ambitious as the four people in front of them. Therefore, they are somewhat surprised to be able to get the throne, so they are not as well prepared as others.


    Comparatively speaking, Dong Huang is the most humble. Lu Bu and Gongsun Zan set the Royal City in the old capital of yanzhao, but Dong Huang was embarrassed. Because Xianyang, the old capital of Qin, was next to Chang''an, they could only set the Royal City in Linjing, so the ceremony was in a hurry.


    On the contrary, it was Huangfu Chaobo who was the first one to become king. The ceremony was held at the end of the ceremony. It was not until November that the Tang Palace was finally built, and all the round hills outside the city were ready. Tian Fengren built a round soldier altar at the foot of Mang mountain in the north of Luoyang. When it was a good day, the king of Tang would lead the army After that, they had to go to the imperial temple in the city to worship their ancestors. After such a procedure, they finally returned to the main hall of the King City to accept the kneeling worship of the officials.

 Chapter 1162

    The eighth day of December is the auspicious day for Huangfu Chaobo chosen by Cai Yong. Since December, the layout of the whole city has begun. By the sixth day of the lunar new year, the layout inside and outside the city had been completed, and all the other envoys who came to attend the ceremony had arrived in Luoyang.


    In addition to the envoys of the emperor and the vassal states, the other vassal forces of all sizes are the envoys of Wei Wei, Wei Wei, Liu AI, Dong Huang, Lu Bu, Chen Gong, Gongsun fan, Yuan Shao, Xun Yu, Cao Cao, Wu, Zhang Zhao and Liu Yan Some sent people to Luoyang, such as Kuai Liang, Liu Biao''s envoy, Jian Yong, Zhao Yu, que Ze, Zhang Wei, Ma Xiu, Cheng Gongying, Han Suijun''s envoy.


    Not to mention the allies of Huangfu Chaobo, they had already arrived in Luoyang City. So many forces came to attend the ceremony of Huangfu Chaobo''s accession to the throne, which made the Tang army feel very excited.


    For the players, this year''s excitement is still very big. Although only Huangfu Chaobo among the players has been crowned king, other NPC forces have been crowned king one after another, but they have not launched war for the whole year, which gives a lot of breathing time for the players'' Lords.


    This time, taking advantage of the opportunity of Huangfu''s grand ceremony, a group of allies arrived in Luoyang, just in time for us to get together.


    Outside the Imperial City, in the former government house, Huangfu Chaobo is talking with Zhao Zilong and his party. Since Huangfu Chaobo left Bingzhou, they have not met each other. This time, taking this opportunity, Zhao Zilong and his party arrived in Luoyang in person.


    "Elder brother, why don''t you move to the palace? Let''s just visit your back palace." As he watched around the porch pillars in the hall, he was still unsatisfied and said,


    "don''t worry, when you go in to visit, but I really don''t want to live in it. It takes more than ten minutes just to walk out of it, and there are not many people living in it. It''s empty..." Huang Fu said with a smile,


    "tut tut See, this is the show off of chiguoguo... " Zhao Zilong said with a smile;


    "well, let''s not talk about this. Let''s talk about your situation. Is the territory of each family OK now?" Huangfu Chaobo laughs and changes the topic;


    today''s Xiake and Zhao Zilong have completely controlled the cities of Shuofang and Wuyuan. As for Lao Du and Xiao jiejie, they each have one or two counties, so they have a comfortable life. Huangfu Chaobo brought up the situation of their respective claims, but several of them complained bitterly, but the story of Xianbei''s invasion to the south in 1949, although the four families dealt with it properly and reduced the loss to the minimum, it was not without loss, but it was much smaller than Lv Bu and Gongsun Zan.


    Among other things, the loss caused by the people moving around and the grain harvested in a hurry is not small. The loss of soldiers and horses at several passes blocking the Xianbei army is also enough to make several heartache. Zhao Zilong, in particular, did not make much preparation in Manyi Valley, but just built a defense in a hurry, which made him suffer a lot. OK There are many players in Zilong club. In the end, he used a large number of player casualties in exchange for the collection of personnel and food in Wuyuan County.


    However, the loss of these players must also be borne by him. It is just the cost of the players'' loss, which is better than the loss of a large number of ordinary people and a season''s grain harvest. It can only be said that the two rights are lighter than each other.


    Listening to the four people talking about last year''s war, they were envied by the two people who ran across the world and killed the wrong wolf. You know, because they were located in the Central Plains, and the Tang Dynasty was backed by Huangfu Chaobo, they were faced with Zhang Ji''s Xiliang army and the old poison Jia Xu. Therefore, both of them were oppressed by Nanyang army, so they had no chance to send troops He can stare all day long. Although he and Nanyang army still have a little fight from time to time, they always win less and lose more, which makes both of them lose their spirits. How can Zhao Zilong be happy.


    "Tut Tut, you guys, how smart you are these days. Alas, although I am also the prefect of a county, it''s not as comfortable as being a magistrate all day long." All over the world, he looks at the humanity with a sad face;


    "come on, you boy, don''t be in bliss, you look at us fighting and killing, it seems like it''s fun, you know, we are worried all day long, there are not many days to live, where are you so comfortable!" Chivalrous swordsman has long had a special relationship with the public. He has long lost the formality he used to be when he first met his followers, and he laughed and scolded at the whole world;


    "yes, yes, or, boss Zongheng, I''ll take some losses and exchange my little magistrate with you?" Xiaojie said with a smile;


    "get out of here..." He spat all over the world and said, "I think it''s beautiful! No matter what, I can get tens of thousands of salary a month. If I exchange it with you, I''ll lose my life. " As we all know, the game can''t last forever, so inspired by Huangfu Chaobo, everyone changed their salary into real money every month and put it into their real account. Even though the whole world is the prefect of the county, the general level is 2000 stones per year. If one stone in the game is 100 Jin, it will be 200000 Jin per year. According to the official price of one Jin and five copper, it will be one million copper.Today, the coins in the game are basically at the level of 1:1 to 1:0.8. If you calculate it in this way, you can get one million and eight hundred thousand a year, so you can say that he can get tens of thousands a month without any water.


    But one thing is that he can do this because he is in the Central Plains. Yingxi county is a well populated upper county. In addition, there has been no war for many years, and there are enough materials in the county, so he dares to do this. A few people would not dare to change into Xiake. Originally, they didn''t have much population and materials. If they took another one hundred and eighty thousand every month, they would not be able to turn around in the game. However, according to Huangfu Chaobo, each of them took eight thousand out of it.


    Another point is that the game will not allow you to exchange too much money at one time, otherwise it will bring too much impact to the game and the real currency, which is also not allowed by the national law.

 Chapter 1163

    Several people talked and laughed again. The knight suddenly said, "boss Chaobo, there''s something I want to discuss with you."


    As soon as they heard this, they all calmed down and looked at the swordsman, waiting for him to speak.


    "Well," the knight cleared his throat and said, "I''ve been thinking about this problem since last year''s pass war. It''s estimated that our two counties will focus on defense in the next few years, but the more we get to the back, Lu Bu will be more defensive against us, so it will be more difficult for us to get any materials from Luoyang, so I wonder if we can take a batch of rhubarb crossbows back this time. It''s better to have two stones. If it doesn''t work, one stone will do


    The others nodded and looked at Huangfu Chaobo expectantly.


    "Yes, last year''s war, thanks to the crossbow soldiers, our defense will be a lot easier. If we don''t have this, it is estimated that the loss will be greater, so this time we will take this opportunity to run." Zhao Zilong nodded and added;


    after two years of development, the Tang army''s Crossbow soldiers have begun to change their clothes on a large scale, from the original one stone rhubarb crossbow to the more sharp two stone rhubarb crossbow. If they can bring back a batch of two stone rhubarb crossbows from Luoyang, the harvest of this trip will be very good for the four people. As the Xiake said, there are still some people in the Zhao army who are eyeing Wuyuan and Shuofang. Chen Gong and Zhang Liao are the most staunch supporters.


    After listening to their words, Huangfu Chaobo also fell into meditation. The battle camp of Ershi Dahuang crossbow has not been completely changed. At present, only more than half of the crossbow soldiers have been replaced. If they are given them, they must be equipped with more than 1000 soldiers each to form combat effectiveness. Four people are 4000. Plus Zhou Qiang and a few people all over the world, it is estimated that it will be more effective Only ten thousand pieces can be used.


    Nowadays, the crossbow in the world is no longer the unique specialty of the Tang army. For example, in the Wei state of Yuan Shao, Ju Yi''s first dead soldiers were all equipped with crossbow machines, so it indirectly led to the production of crossbow machines in the Wei state. In addition, Cao Cao''s state of Qi and sun CE''s state of Wu, which are mainly infantry States, have also begun to make a large number of crossbows to prepare for infantry. Of course, the large-scale production in this area is not the same as that under Huangfu Chaobo. There are also several player lords who make crossbows to equip their own soldiers and horses, and a small amount for sale.


    However, the other crossbows are quite different from those of the Tang army. Now the Tang army has a large number of crossbows equipped with two stone rhubarb crossbows, while the other crossbows can only produce one stone rhubarb crossbows of excellent level at most, and the output is also quite different. Now Huangfu Chaobo has ordered several masters of the workshop to develop more sophisticated three stone rhubarb crossbow and more sophisticated cavalry crossbow.


    "Big brother! Big brother Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was in a daze, Lao Du couldn''t help shouting beside him;


    "eh? Oh Huangfu reacted fiercely. Seeing the expressions of several people around him, he quickly explained: "I''m sorry, I''m a little distracted when I think about other things. Well, I''ll give you 5000 crossbows. Lao Zhao, you four people will form a strong crossbow troop of 1000 people, and then leave two or three for replacement. As for the one stone crossbow, each of you should have more than 2000 in your hands, right


    Several people were very happy when they heard that the Tang army was changing clothes, so they didn''t want to buy too many. It was very good that everyone could take about 500. They didn''t expect that Huangfu Chaobo would have more than 1000 crossbows when he opened his mouth, which would be enough for each family to set up a strong crossbow army of 1000 people.


    Hearing that Huangfu Chaobo asked about the situation of a stone of rhubarb crossbow, several people nodded one after another.


    "I still have more than 1500."


    "1200."


    "I have two thousand more!"


    "I have about two thousand, too."


    The four replied one after another. Huangfu Chaobo nodded, which was similar to the number he remembered. After all, some crossbows would be damaged in the past two years.


    "I''ll give you 10000 crossbows with one stone. Then each crossbow is equipped with five bowstrings and 300 crossbows. In addition, your own damaged crossbows should be enough for you to use at present. After all, it''s impossible that all the soldiers in the army are crossbow soldiers. In the north of Bingzhou, cavalry also accounts for a large proportion. " Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said to several people,


    "ah And me, and me? " All over the world, he said anxiously;


    "brother Chao, I want it here too!" Zhou Qiang also interjected;


    "you two should use one crossbow first. Now I don''t have enough stock. The four of them are sure to be harassed by LV Bujun, so it will be very difficult to transport a large number of materials. You are different. You can take one crossbow at any time. At that time, you will have 1200 two crossbows for each family."


    "All right!" As soon as they heard it, they knew that Huangfu Chaobo''s words were reasonable, so they stopped insisting.


    Everyone is chatting, suddenly Shi a is in a hurry to come to see: "king!"


    Seeing Shi A''s appearance, Huangfu Chaobo quickly got up and came to the backyard. Shi a stepped forward and reported in a soft voice: "inform the king that the shadow has captured many people spying in the workshop area in recent days. They should be spies from other countries. Now, please decide what to do with these people!""Oh..." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "there must be a lot of them."


    "More than ten people have been arrested in recent days, and it is estimated that there are still many we have not found."


    "Hold on first, don''t use torture for trial, and send them out of the country after the ceremony. Don''t hurt their lives."


    Huangfu Chaobo will be surprised at the news reported by Shi A. after all, this is the best time for the Danmu Zhangdan sect to sneak into Luoyang. Among the envoys sent by Huangfu Chaobo to other vassal states, aren''t there many shadow guards involved? This is unavoidable.


    Shi a Leng, looked up at Huang Fu Chao Bo one eye, then immediately bowed his head to receive orders: "Wei Chen receives orders!"


    With the status of Huangfu Chaobo, Yu Gao and his power increased, although he didn''t deliberately show anything, the people under his command were unconsciously more and more in awe of him. Just like this time, Shi a had some doubts. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t order to dispose of all the details, but he subconsciously bowed his head and took orders.


    Seeing the doubts in Shi A''s heart, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "what? Some doubts in my heart? "


    "Please help your subordinates out of their doubts!"


    "They all came with the mission. If they just disposed of them, there would be some mistakes. Moreover, at the time of the original agreement, they thought that there might be a lot of meticulous work to take advantage of the opportunity, so they strengthened their guard everywhere. Moreover, although they could watch the workshops in the inner city from a distance, it was not easy for them to enter. Moreover, the workshops in the inner city were not easy to enter No secrets. " Huangfu Chaobo explained with a smile;


    suddenly, he thought of one thing and said: "however, there is one thing you need to strengthen your guard, that is, important craftsmen and other members need to strengthen protection to prevent them from being attacked or even assassinated."


    "No!" Shi a is also a shock, quickly bow to accept orders, and then quickly leave to decorate.

 Chapter 1164

    After Shi''a left, Huangfu Chaobo returned to the hall where everyone gathered. Xiaojie was straightforward. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo come in, he didn''t even think about it, so he asked, "brother, what''s the matter with Shi''a?"


    As soon as the words came out, he woke up and quickly went on: "Oh, that''s how I casually asked..."


    "Well, the shadow guard caught a group of spies and asked me how to deal with it." Huang Fu Chao Bo waved his hand with a smile and said, "we have thought about this situation before. It''s a rare opportunity. It''s strange that they don''t seize it."


    No wonder Huangfu Chaobo said that since the reconstruction of Luoyang City, its inner city has never been opened to others. For example, all the allies of Huangfu Chaobo must be informed before they can enter the inner city. Otherwise, they can only live in the outer city area. Moreover, each area of the inner city is rebuilt according to the Fang Shi system of the Tang Dynasty, and different Fang Li are separated by Fang walls Even after outsiders came in, they basically moved in the south of the inner city, and rarely entered other areas.


    This time, we all take this opportunity to explore the information of Luoyang inner city, especially Qi and Wei, hoping to find the crossbow workshop of Tang Dynasty and find out the situation inside.


    Nowadays, all countries in the world basically have their own special arms. For example, the state of Qin in Xiliang and several other princes take the gun cavalry of Xiliang iron cavalry as their special arms. When they come to Bingzhou, they are wolf cavalry of Bingzhou, which belongs to the sword cavalry, while the state of Yan is the sword and bow cavalry of Baima Yicong. In the state of Wei, the sword and shield infantry are stronger, while in the state of Qi, the long spear infantry are represented by Qingzhou soldiers Wu state in the South was a soldier like Shui army and Shan Yue army. Only western Shu had no distinctive arms.


    The Tang Dynasty is characterized by crossbow soldiers. Of course, a large number of cavalry in the Tang Dynasty is also a major feature. However, in addition to a few special arms, most of them are ordinary cavalry. There is still a big gap between the cavalry of Youzhou, Bingzhou and Liangzhou, but they are quite strong in Zhongyuan.


    "Well, ignore this. Let''s go on with the topic." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    Zhao Zilong said: "we have discussed twice this year, and both of us think that LV Bujun should not let our two counties exist, but this time we are forced to make peace with each other. In addition to the invasion of Xianbei to the South last year and the conferment of the king this year, they have been delayed. If the time is long, the Chen palace and Zhang Liao''s main family will be defeated We will continue to persuade Lu Bu to send troops to pacify our two counties, so we want to hear your opinions and suggestions this time. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded his head. In fact, in many discussions, they all mentioned the issue of Bingzhou. A group of military advisers agreed with Zhao Zilong, that is, Lv Bu would once again March to the west, bringing the two prefectures, no, the four prefectures of Bingzhou into control.


    Nowadays, Shangjun and Xihe are controlled by several alien forces. At present, five of the nine counties in Bingzhou are under the control of Lu Bu. In addition, Daijun in Youzhou is a total of six counties in Zhao state. Although the five counties controlled by Lu Bu occupied more than 70% of the population resources of Bingzhou, the strategy of Chen Gong would not allow the four counties in the west to be out of control for a long time.


    "The result of our discussion is the same as yours. With the talent of Chen Gong, the four counties of the West will not be in a state of uncontrollable for a long time. According to our estimation, Lvbu will send troops again in two or three years at most. Therefore, you must be fully prepared to avoid being caught off guard by Lu Bu''s army. "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, the four people in Bingzhou fell into silence. If they still had a little doubt because of their previous discussions, then Huangfu Chaobo''s words have basically defined it. You know, today''s military division group of Huangfu Chaobo can be said to be the most powerful in the whole game. Pang Tong and Guo Jia are the top military divisions alone. In addition, Tian Feng, Xun you, Ju Shi, Xu Shu and Lu Su are also ranked in the top 20 in the whole three Kingdoms period. The result of so many discussions is basically the result of certainty. That''s why Huangfu''s military division group is the top 20 in the whole Three Kingdoms period The reason why Chao Bo was willing to give five thousand two stone crossbows to four people during the critical period when his troops were changing their clothes was that these five thousand elite crossbows were their life-saving things at the critical time.


    In addition to these 5000 two stone crossbows and 10000 one stone crossbows, plus their own inventory, it is estimated that the four of them can make up 25000 to 30000 crossbow soldiers. In addition to defending several passes blocking Xianbei people, there are 15000 or more crossbow soldiers that can be used to fight against Lv Bu army. At that time, it will definitely be enough for Lv Bu After drinking a pot, it is estimated that Lu Bu will jump up and scold himself. However, Huangfu Chaobo won''t care about this.


    Seeing their expressions, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "don''t worry, LV Buzhen will move again. Even if I can''t send a large army to rescue, at least I can contain a considerable part of his troops."


    "Moreover, Lu Bu''s troops and horses are very strong in terms of cavalry and footmen, so your defense is not so difficult. You know, Gao Shun, who is the best long infantry under Lu Bu, is now under my command, and the rest of the generals are basically good at cavalry. Among you, the old Xia has Gao Lan. He is one of the five best generals as famous as Zhang Liao, and he is good at footwork, so there is no problem in defense. However, the two men are good at cavalry. Although they can''t compare with Lv Bu and Zhang Liao, they should be as good as the rest of Lv Bu''s generals. ""So," said the knight, "boss Chaobo, you mean that in the next few years, we will focus on farming."


    "Yes, in the next time, you will step up farming, accumulate more food and materials, increase all kinds of defense, especially the defense of several passes adjacent to Xianbei people, and the reinforcement of cities, especially the defense of Fuyang City, which is the most important thing. Even if Lvbu invaded the hinterland of Wuyuan, they did not dare to stay for too long. ¡±


    Zhao Zilong nodded and replied, "don''t worry. I''ve been strengthening my defense this year, whether it''s manyigu fortress or Fuyang City. Although it can''t be said that it''s as solid as gold, it should be no problem to block 35000 enemy troops for half a year to a year."


    "The defense of gaoque fortress and Jilu fortress on my side has been rebuilt, which is certainly much better than before. Moreover, I''ve made 5000 troops accumulate grain in the fortress for a year, so it must be several times stronger than last year." The Xiake also added;


    with a sympathetic look on his face, he said to several people with a strange smile: "brothers, come back, the living conditions in the north are so bad, the Central Plains will always open his warm arms to welcome you..."


    "Ah, bah A dog can''t spit anything out of its mouth... " Xiaojie spat at him and said with a smile;


    the rest of the people also pointed to the world with a smile and looked down on him. Seeing that they were so close, Huangfu Chaobo also laughed and said, "you''re right. You''ll have to rely on yourself in the future. This time, I''ll take this opportunity to think about it and see if you need to take it from me If you want to leave something, you can take it with you. However, to be honest, what you need most is food, but it is impossible for you to pass through Lubu''s territory, so... "


    The Xiake also knew what Huangfu Chaobo meant and said, "OK, let''s discuss it again, and then go to Xu Shu to see what we need. Don''t worry. Even if we can''t hold on, we can at least delay Lv Bu for a year or two. You can buy some time for the boss."

 Chapter 1165

    On the 8th of December, as scheduled, Huangfu Chaobo was awakened by eunuchs just after the third shift. These eunuchs were originally escaped eunuchs who had been collected by Luoyang City in recent years. They had been arranged in the imperial city to be responsible for cleaning. This time, they could be used. This is what CAI Yong''s old men strongly demanded when they were preparing the ceremony for him.


    After washing and gargling, they start to wear the robes that have been prepared for a long time. Well, they wear them one by one, not just like the rest of the clothes in the game. Wearing Yuanyou crown, JIANGSHA robe and Xi, and finally wearing Xuanyu on his body, together with hanging group and waist, a suit of clothes and hat accessories almost dazzled Huangfu Chaobo.


    While wearing court clothes, Huangfu Chaobo took the time to eat the breakfast delivered by the palace maids nearby. From the time he went out of the palace to the completion of the ceremony, he basically had no time to eat again, so some palace maids had already prepared for breakfast and ate it at this time.


    After dressing up, he walked out of the palace under the guidance of several eunuchs. At this time, outside the palace, the civil and military officials, the royal guards of honor and thousands of Guard soldiers were waiting there. After arriving outside the palace, with the support of the official palace, Huangfu Chaobo ascended to Wang Zhuan. Under the guidance of the long Yi Zhang team and the protection of thousands of guards, he went to the altar of offering sacrifices to heaven at the foot of Mang Mountain outside the city.


    A thousand soldiers of Tiebi camp lead the way in the front, followed by the guard of honor and Wang Fan, then the trapped camp led by Gao Shun, and then the civil and military officers of the Tang Dynasty. Behind them are envoys sent by various countries and other vassal forces, with 5000 Huben cavalry on both sides of the team. Tens of thousands of foot soldiers of Huben camp were on both sides of the street along the way, blocking the crowds of onlookers on both sides of the street.


    Along the way, the people in Luoyang were crowded on both sides of the street. When they saw the arrival of Wang Tuan, they all fell to the ground one after another, and the sound of mountain cry was heard all the time.


    An hour later, the team finally arrived at the foot of the circle altar, which had been strictly protected by the soldiers. After arriving at the circle altar, Huangfu Chaobo stepped down from Wang Chuan, and then, under the guidance of the eunuch, boarded the circle altar with Cai Yong.


    As the most famous Confucianist in the world, Cai Yong became the planner of the ceremony. All the itinerary steps were proposed by him, and then determined after discussion with the Tang army.


    The ceremony took nearly half an hour, and then the team returned to Luoyang. The next step was to sacrifice to the temple. The imperial temple of Huangfu''s family was built in the south of the king''s city, opposite to the government. It took more than an hour for the team to return to the city. After the sacrifice to the temple, it was past noon.


    After that, Wang Chuan returned to the palace. Huangfu Chaobo would receive the congratulations and worship from the officials in the main hall of the palace, followed by the greetings from the envoys of other countries. It was nearly two hours after that. After all this, Huangfu Chaobo will hold an amnesty ceremony on the gate of the royal city to pardon the prisoners.


    Then it was announced that the gate of Luoyang City was not closed, and all night long, we celebrated for three days and enjoyed with the people. After all this, the next step is the banquet of ministers and envoys from all countries.


    At the end of such a day, Huangfu Chaobo has been exhausted. However, what makes him feel strange is that he is so tired, but all his subordinates are full of energy and half tired.


    The banquet didn''t end until late at night. However, Huangfu Chaobo only accepted the toast from the ministers and envoys at the beginning, then left the banquet hall and went back to the harem to have dinner with his wife, concubines and sons and daughters.


    Jia Jing was made queen, while Mi Huan and Han Xue were both made side concubines. His son Huangfu Zhao was made Prince, and his daughter Huangfu Yu was made princess.


    Back in the back palace, Huangfu Chaobo went back to his bedroom to have a rest after having spent the whole day with his family. He was exhausted. The ceremony is just a process, and the more important thing is in the next few days, so he must cultivate his spirit and deal with the following things.


    On the 9th of December, the first great court of the Tang Dynasty began, and Huangfu Chaobo had officially ascended the throne. Then it was a very important thing to reward his civil and military officials and generals, which was the main thing of the first court meeting of the Tang Dynasty.


    As for how to arrange the official system of the vassal states in the game, according to the official website, it took a long time to decide. Historically speaking, since the Han Dynasty 400 years ago, since Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty implemented the decree of Tuen en, the imperial court has more and more strict control over the vassal states, so that later, the vassal states were granted several cities in one county, and the prime minister, the chief historian, and the captains were all arranged by the imperial court. In this way, the vassal kings had little power to speak of.


    But now in the game, it must not be able to operate in that way, so after several discussions, the game decided to borrow the system of Sangong Jiuqing, plus Shangshutai to restrict Sangong''s rights. This operation also considers that players are not familiar with the ancient official system, in order to reduce the burden of players.


    As early as he got the letter of Wang zhaoshu, Huangfu Chaobo had been thinking about the arrangement of officials in the Tang Dynasty. In addition, it took more than a month to arrange all the things properly. Today is the time for all the mysteries to be revealed.Huang Fu Chao bo''an sat on the throne. After he received the kneeling worship of the officials and generals of the Tang Dynasty, he led the eunuch to announce the appointment of Wang Zhao.


    The three princes of the Tang Dynasty are Tian Feng, Zhu Jun, and Lou GUI. In order to distinguish them from the court of the Chang''an emperor, the three princes of the kingdom in the game are also called Guoxiang, Guowei, and yuzhongcheng, corresponding to the prime minister, Taiwei, and yuzhongcheng respectively.


    In fact, in Huangfu Chaobo''s mind, if Lu Zhi had not died, he would have been the best choice for the prime minister, while Huangfu song would have been the best choice for the captain, and Zhu Jun would have been the prime minister. Unfortunately, Lu Zhi and Huang Fu Song both passed away one after another, and Zhu Jun was the only one left in Han Wei''s three generals. As a last resort, Huangfu Chaobo had to use Tian Feng as the prime minister and Lou GUI as the censor Zhongcheng.


    However, Huang Fu Chao Bo set up another lieutenant, Huang Wu die, who was in charge of the gate of Huben camp, because Huang Zhong was a general of Tang army and had been in charge of leading troops for a long time So it''s most appropriate for her to be in charge.


    Although Xu Shu was guangluxun, he had other duties, so in the final analysis, the duty of guarding the whole palace was handed over to Huang Wudi.


    In addition to these two positions, Cai Yong, the Minister of Taichang temple, was in charge of rites and music, temple etiquette, as well as Luoyang Academy; Zongzheng Huangfu Jianshou, in charge of Waiqi xungui; dahonglu Temple minister Kong Rong, in charge of receiving guests; Tingwei Jushou, in charge of criminal law and prison litigation; Taipu Temple Minister Han Fu, in charge of horses and livestock; Shaofu Temple minister Kong Yao, in charge of Shaofu temple Mi Zhu, the Shaoqing of the Fu Temple, was in charge of the royal family''s wealth and goods, while the big Si Nong Zao was in charge of tax, money, grain, salt and iron, and financial revenue and expenditure.


    The most important Shangshutai, Huangfu Chaobo, appointed Xun you as shangshuling, Pang Tong as shangshupushe, Guo Jia as shangshulang, and Lu Su as secretary lang. the four of them, together with the three gongs and nine Qing ministers, managed the government.

 Chapter 1166

    After the improvement of the structure of the court hall, there will be some corresponding changes in the local officials. The first change is the governor of Sizhou. After Huangfu Chaobo considered it, he decided to appoint simafang as the governor of Sizhou. Mi Zhu, his eldest brother-in-law and Shao Qing of Shaofu temple, was appointed as the prefect of Henan Province, while Jun Cheng promoted Sima Lang, the son of Sima Fang, and Mi Fang, his younger brother-in-law, was appointed as the prefect of Luoyang. Meanwhile, MI Fang would be appointed as the prefect of Si Li school, to guard Luoyang with the Huben camp led by Zhou Shi and Huang wudie, the prefect of eight passes, and the guards led by Dian Wei. Zhang Miao was appointed governor of Yanzhou, and Zhu Hao, the eldest son of Zhu Jun, was appointed governor of Yuzhou.


    Zhang Miao''s Hanoi prefect said that Shu Zhao, who had made great contributions to Yuan Yao''s Department, was appointed as the county magistrate of Luoyang and was watched by Huangfu Chaobo. And Zhu Hao''s Wei prefect was appointed by the original Wei prefect Shi Yi, and Yan Xiang, who was newly invested, was appointed as the prefect. In addition to the appointment of these people, the rest of the official positions vacant due to the transfer to the imperial court were also properly arranged.


    Of course, for the civil service system, only a small part of them were able to transfer their positions, so Huangfu Chaobo gave them material rewards.


    For the generals, it''s a big move.


    First of all, Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun, Xu Rong and Zhang Ying were appointed generals by Huangfu Chaobo. They are Huang Zhong, general of Pingdong, who is still the head of the military, Zhao Yun, general of Pingbei, Xu Rong, general of Pingnan, and Zhang Ying, general of Pingxi. The General Commander of the Jinwei army, Dianwei, was appointed as the general of the zhengsanpin military guard, equal to the general of Siping.


    Then there are Gao Shun, Huang Wudi and other battalion generals. All of them were promoted to the rank of general zahao of Cong Sanpin. Among these people, one of them is very special, that is, Ji Ling, who was also appointed as general Zapin by Huangfu Chaobo. However, he is still a deputy general in Kong Xin''s Xuanwu camp.


    Further down are the Deputy generals of the battalions and the four generals of the water army, who are also promoted to the fourth rank and become the general of the fourth grade. The other four generals of the close guard army, except Gao Shun, are appointed as generals of the East, the west, the South and the North.


    Further down, the captains of each county and the Deputy generals of each member of the Navy were all appointed as the generals of the fourth grade. A group of people such as Hao Jian and Meng Yuan, as well as a group of young generals such as the commander of the three bases of the Navy and Dian man were also appointed as the captains of the fifth grade.


    If the appointment of officials and the change of generals in the morning were all expected, the reward in the afternoon would be a surprise for the public.


    Because after he became the king, Huangfu Chaobo had one more right, that is, to apply for the title of nobility to the imperial court for his officials and generals. After careful consideration, Huangfu Chaobo chose several people to apply for the title of nobility to the little emperor of Chang''an. Of course, there is also a limit on the number. According to the limit in the game, each county can be granted one person. Now, with the newly established Yanbei County in the Tang Dynasty, there are 16 counties in total, so Huangfu Chaobo can invite 16 people in total. However, the highest level of the fiefdom can reach the rural Marquis, and the number of food cities is no more than 1000. Of course, these fiefdom food cities are not really real fiefdoms, but are directly converted into rice grain by the Tang Dynasty and distributed to these feudal ministers monthly.


    Lunch at noon was held in the side hall of the palace. After lunch, the officials continued to return to the main hall to attend the court meeting. Sitting on the throne, Huangfu Chaobo glanced at all the officials in the court hall. Seeing that everyone was fighting hard there, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "after I give you chicken blood, I see you are still not like this."


    "The king has an order, and Zhu Jun, the xuantai captain, will come forward to receive a reward."


    As soon as the eunuch''s voice came out, all the people in the palace looked at Zhu Jun, the first three of them. Zhu Jun is also a Leng, but quickly reaction, quickly out of the line, to the palace, to Huangfu Chaobo kneel down.


    Seeing Zhu Jun kneeling in the palace, the eunuch coughed, took a volume of imperial edict from the emperor''s Chaobo imperial case, and read it out loud: "on November 15, the third year of Jian''an in the Han Dynasty, he presented an imperial edict to the emperor, saying: Zhu Jun, the Taiwei of the Tang Dynasty, is brilliant in nature, brilliant in imperial power, has no loss of strategy, and has no worry about levying. He is a righteous soldier in the world, and thinks first of all This is the title of emperor Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty. He was granted the title of Marquis of Xixiang and 500 families in the capital to show his merit Thank you very much


    All the people in the hall were in an uproar after hearing this. They did not expect that Zhu Jun''s reward was actually the Marquis of Xixiang, who was granted by the king Huangfu Chaobo to Chang''an for him. For a moment, everyone was stunned and talked about it.


    Seeing this, the supervisor in the hall quickly walked to the front of the imperial steps, reached out and raised his hand with a royal whip. He made a "pa" sound in the air and cried out: "before the king drives, don''t make any noise!"


    There was a sudden silence in the hall. Seeing this, Zhu Jun quickly bowed down in the hall and said to the imperial edict in the hands of the eunuch on the Royal steps: "I thank you, Zhu Jun, for the reward of the emperor!"


    After that, he bowed to Huangfu Chaobo again and said, "thank you for your reward


    "Taiwei doesn''t need to be like this. This is the reward that Taiwei deserves. If you can achieve today''s achievements, Taiwei can''t be denied!" Huangfu Chaobo reached out his hand and said, "Taiwei, please get down!"


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to the eunuch next to him. The eunuch understood and continued: "the king has an order. Cai Yong, the Minister of xuantaichang temple, came forward to be rewarded!"


    "On November 15, the third year of Jian''an in the Great Han Dynasty, the emperor presented an imperial edict, saying: Tsai Yong, Minister of the temple of the state of Tang, is broad-minded and easy-going, knows much about the affairs of the Han Dynasty, and is loyal and filial This is the title of emperor Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty. He has been granted the title of Marquis of Gaoyang Township and 500 families in the capital to show his merit Thank you very much"Minister Cai Yong, thank the emperor for the reward, thank the king for the reward!"


    ¡­¡­


    "The king has a decree. Han Fu, Minister of xuantaipu temple, will come forward to receive a reward."


    "On November 15, the third year of Jian''an in the Great Han Dynasty, Han Fu, Minister of Taipusi in the state of Tang This is the title of emperor Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty. He has been granted the title of Marquis of Jinche Township, with 500 households in the city, to show his merit Thank you very much


    "Han Fu, thank the emperor for the reward, thank the king for the reward!"


    ¡­¡­


    "There is a decree from the king, and the Minister of xuanshaofu temple, Kong Luo, will come forward to receive a reward."


    "On November 15, the third year of Jian''an in the Great Han Dynasty, the emperor issued an imperial edict, saying: Kong Yu, Minister of Shaofu temple in the state of Tang Today, it was raised by Huangfu Chaobo, the king of the Tang Dynasty. He was granted the title of Marquis of Daji Township, with 500 households in the capital, to show his merit Thank you very much


    "I thank the emperor for the reward and the king for the reward."


    ¡­¡­


    "The king has a decree. Kong Rong, the Minister of xuandahonglu temple, will come forward to receive a reward."


    "On November 15, the third year of Jian''an in the Great Han Dynasty, the imperial edict was presented to the emperor, saying: Kong Rong, Minister of dahonglu temple in the state of Tang This is the title of emperor Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty. He has been granted the title of Marquis of Ying Township and 500 families in the city to show his merit Thank you very much


    "Minister Kong Rong, thank the emperor for the reward, thank the king for the reward!"


    ¡­¡­


    As Huangfu Chaobo had expected, when the eunuch announced that Zhu Jun had been granted the title of Marquis of the countryside and enjoyed the food of five hundred Yongs, the eyes of all the people in the palace lit up, their spirits were lifted, their fatigue was swept away, and they all became energetic. All the five people who were granted the title in front of them had made great contributions to the king.


    Zhu junben was Wang Shang''s teacher, while Han Fu, Kong Yu and Kong Rong all voted as the heads of a state and a county. Only Cai Yong, although he didn''t have direct help, couldn''t drive others to respect his status. You should know that Cai Yong was a great Confucian, even Lu Zhi was ashamed of himself in front of him, and now he is the head of Luoyang University, who is a talented person in the Tang Dynasty The function of culture is irreplaceable.


    Smart people all think that none of these five people are the confidants and generals of the king, and they are all the rural princes who have been granted awards. You should know that there are also the Marquis of Pavilion and the Marquis of Guannei below the rural princes. These are the real Marquis, but I don''t know who will be granted awards next. For a moment, all the people in the hall peeped around, hoping to see some clues from others. Unfortunately, all the people in the hall looked nervous, anxious and worried about gain and loss, and could not see anything unusual.


    If there''s anything unusual, it''s just that some people seem more nervous, but some people are more indifferent, that''s all.

 Chapter 1167

    The reactions of all the people in the hall fall into the eyes of Huangfu Chaobo one by one. A few years ago, Huangfu Chaobo once pretended to be 13 in front of Lu Zhi, which finally made Lu Zhi''s two sons really put themselves under his command.


    Although I want to be a marquis, I only hope the sea will be flat!


    Now I think about it, Huangfu Chaobo feels very flustered.


    People want to climb up. So is Huangfu Chaobo, and so are all the people in the palace. They join Huangfu Chaobo just to win a marquis and honor their ancestors?


    Otherwise, how can there be such a saying as "honoring the Marquis and paying homage to the prime minister"?


    Otherwise, Chen Sheng and Wu Guang said, "you''d rather have a kind of cry!" Will it be echoed by so many people?


    Otherwise, why do you have the helplessness of "Feng Tang yilao, Li Guang Nanfeng"?


    As for whether there are real people who are indifferent to fame and wealth, Huangfu Chaobo knows that there must be. But there are too few such people, let alone none of them. I''m afraid there is no one in the 100000 million. Today, all of them are ordinary people. Even Tian Feng, who is the most calm, is no exception. Although the bright color that just flashed through his eyes is fast, it is still noticed by Huangfu Chaobo.


    Seeing that the eunuch on duty came out again, all the people in the hall turned their eyes to Huang Zhong, who was the leader in the military general''s queue. They thought that Huang Zhong would be the next one.


    "The king has a decree. Tian Feng, the Prime Minister of Xuanguo, comes forward to receive a reward."


    All the people in the hall were stunned, and Tian Feng was also stunned. He didn''t expect that he was the first official with real power to be appointed except for the five old ministers. Tian Feng knew that the reward of the first five people was due to several considerations. One of them was to appease a few people. You should know that dahonglu or Taipu Shaofu were not important official positions. Even Zhu Jun''s Taiwei was supposed to be just acting. The real power was in the hands of a few people.


    However, he reacted quickly, steadied his mind, quickly stepped forward to the temple, and bowed himself to reply, "I''m here!"


    "On November 15, the third year of Jian''an in the Great Han Dynasty, the emperor issued an imperial edict, saying: Tian Feng, Prime Minister of the state of Tang, is outstanding in nature, and has many strange powers This is the title of emperor Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty. He has been granted the title of Marquis of Guanting and 200 families in order to show his merit Thank you very much


    After hearing this, Tian Feng quickly bowed to the ground, kowtowed and said, "minister Kong Rong, thank the emperor for the reward, thank the king for the reward!"


    For Huangfu Chaobo, Tian Feng is grateful from the bottom of his heart. Although he used some bad means to bring himself from Jizhou to Luoyang at the beginning, he has been trusting and reusing himself all the time. Tian Feng, who came to Luoyang to work, is much better than when he was in Jizhou. Therefore, Tian Feng has always been dedicated and dedicated to Huangfu Chaobo handles every administrative affairs well.


    Today, it is the appointment of the first minister of the civil service that makes Tian Feng''s heart even more grateful. However, Tian Feng never thought that he would be the first to be rewarded in addition to the five veteran generals.


    After Tian Feng, Huang Zhong, the general of Pingdong, was granted the title of Marquis of Dongwu Pavilion and 200 households of Shiyi; Zhao Yun, the general of Pingbei, was granted the title of Marquis of Xiguan Pavilion and 200 households of Liangyi; Dian Wei, the general of Wuwei, was granted the title of Marquis of Huating and 200 households of Shiyi; Lou GUI, the Marquis of changmen Pavilion and 200 households of Shiyi; Zaozhi, the Marquis of Yangguan Pavilion and 200 households of Shiyi; Chen Jing, the general of Du Liao, was granted the title of Marquis of Guannei and 100 households of Shiyi; Zuo Jun General Zhang an was appointed Marquis of Guannei, enjoying hundreds of households in the city.


    The thirteen Marquises, including five rural Marquises, six Pavilion Marquises and two Guannei Marquises, made all the officials of the Tang Dynasty red in the eyes. There were only a few hundred Marquises in the Han Dynasty. It can be seen that it is very difficult to get the title of marquis, especially when the world is in peace.


    At the beginning of the founding of the Han Dynasty, Gaozu awarded 18 Marquises at one time, which is known as the 18 Marquises of the early Han Dynasty. Then, with the other successive awards, there were only dozens of people. It''s even more difficult to be a marquis in the back. For example, Li Guang, a famous flying general in history, went through three dynasties: Emperor Wen, Emperor Jing and Emperor Wu. He fought with Xiongnu for more than 70 times, but he was not able to be a marquis until his death. According to records, in addition to the royal family and relatives, the number of marquis in these three dynasties was 10 in Emperor Wen''s time, 18 in emperor Jing''s time, and 75 in Emperor Wu''s time, a total of 103.


    From this we can see the difficulty of being a marquis.


    Nowadays, the world is in turmoil. When Huangfu Chao Bo was appointed king, there were as many as 13 Marquises this time alone. Except for five of them, Zhu Jun, there were eight other Marquises. These people are the best examples for the officials and generals of the Tang Dynasty. How can they not be envied by all the officials and generals.


    Among the eight, there were three civil servants and five military generals. Except for Tian Feng and Zhao Yun, the other six were all the officials who followed Huangfu from Weiwei to Chaobo. Tian Feng and Zhao Yun both joined after Huangfu Chaobo came to Luoyang, but they also gave hope to the less advanced.


    In fact, among the eight people in this award, Chen Jing and Zhang an, and Huangfu Chaobo really wanted to make up for them, because their abilities were really limited. This time they were able to make Marquises for them while they were king, but their titles should stop at guanneihou, and the big deal in the future was to add another one or two hundred food towns. As for the three Dugu brothers, even if Huangfu Chaobo wanted to give them a title, because their military contributions were too low, Huangfu Chaobo only considered other ways to make up for them. It''s huyandu. If we can accumulate the military achievements in the future, maybe it will be enough to be a marquis."You Aiqing, this time, Gu te wanted the emperor of Chang''an to appoint these 13 important ministers as princes. The emperor valued them, but none of them rejected them. This is a lucky chance. Today, the world is in turmoil, and a lot of people are waiting for you to come. Please work together to make peace with me and return the world to a bright future. "


    "A few years ago, before everyone Lu fell ill, he once said," it''s not my intention to be a marquis. I only wish Hai Boping. Today, I also use this word to earn with you: marquis is also my intention, only wish the world peace. If we can return the whole world to heaven and earth, how can we cherish the position of marquis? "


    Hearing this, all the people in the hall turned red with excitement. They all went out to worship and said, "we are willing to follow the king and make peace with the rest of the world in exchange for the peace of the world, the peace of the country and the peace of the people, and the peace of the world!"


    "Well, let''s make peace with our monarchs and ministers, in exchange for the peace of the world and the peace of the country and the people!" Huangfu Chaobo stood up and said in a loud voice,


    "I will obey the king''s orders! I''ll go through fire and water without hesitation! " All the people responded togethe

 Chapter 1168

    At last, the grand banquet of conferring the king came to an end, and everything returned to peace. On the first court meeting after conferring the king, the news that the king of Tang awarded 13 Marquises once spread all over the world in a few days, which caused a great sensation in the whole world. In fact, when the other kings ascended the throne, they also sealed several Marquises, but the number was far less than that of Huangfu Chaobo.


    For example, gongsunzan, the king of Yan, only awarded his two younger brothers and two subordinates. Gongsunfan was granted the title of dukangting Marquis and Shiyi 200 households. Gongsunyue was granted the title of fanyuting Marquis and Liangyi 200 households. Guanjing and his top general Tiankai were granted the title of Guannei Marquis and Shiyi 100 households. Even his three righteous brothers were not granted the title.


    On the second day after the great dynasty, Huangfu Chaobo met with the envoys of the king of Yan, sun fan, the Marquis of dukangting and the national captain of Yan. Today, the three gongs of Yan state are Guojing, Guowei Gongsun fan and Yushi Zhongcheng Gongsun Ji.


    When the king of Yan ascended the throne, Huangfu Chaobo sent Xun you as an envoy to congratulate him. The standard was not low. You know, Xun you was the second prime minister appointed by Huangfu Chaobo, and now he is also the first of Shangshutai. He can be said to be the second person among civil servants.


    However, Gongsun Zan was even more exaggerated. He sent his most capable younger brother, Gongsun fan, the national captain of the state of Yan, to come here. This shows Gongsun Zan''s reiteration of Huangfu Chaobo.


    In the side hall, Huangfu chaobo''an sits on the throne, and Gongsun fan stands in the hall: "foreign minister Yan Guowei, governor Kang tinghou Gongsun fan pays a visit to the king of Tang!"


    "Dukang Pavilion, please get up!"


    "Thank you


    "Come and sit down!"


    Immediately, a eunuch took a chair and sat down for Gongsun fan. Seeing this, Gongsun fan quickly gave thanks again.


    "Thank you for your seat!"


    This was Gongsun fan''s second time to see Huangfu Chaobo. The first time was after the ceremony, he and other envoys of the princes met in the hall. The reason why he chose to meet Gongsun fan in the side hall is that the relationship between the two families is already very good. In addition, the personal relationship between Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun fan is also unusual. Therefore, meeting in the side hall can bring the relationship between the two families closer.


    After Gongsun fan sat down, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "I haven''t seen you for more than a year. Now, Dukang Pavilion marquis is more beautiful than ever!"


    "Thank you for your praise. Fan is just like before, but he is more energetic!" Gongsun fan Gongjin replied;


    "in fact, I met the general in Weiwei, so the general doesn''t have to be so formal. When we met under the Great Wall at that time, Gu Shang was an idle stranger, but the general was a thousand captains under general Baima. After many years, our friendship became deeper and deeper. So this time, Gu Shang did not meet the general in the main hall, but chose the side hall, hoping to have a heart to heart talk with the general. "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Gongsun fan was obviously relieved. However, his expression was obviously relaxed, but his attitude was still very respectful. He said gratefully, "King Xie, however, there is a difference between respect and inferiority. Wang shangkuang is broad-minded, but his foreign ministers should not lose their etiquette."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo saw Gongsun fan''s look and knew that he couldn''t be too demanding. So he said, "I''m very happy that the general has come so far. It''s rare for him to come to the Central Plains. This time he happens to stay in the Central Plains for a long time. I can send someone to lead him around."


    Gongsun Fan said with a wry smile: "now everything is in chaos in the state of Yan. I really dare not stay for too long. After this visit to the king, fan will set out to return to the state of Yan in two days."


    According to Gongsun fan, today''s Yan kingdom is not as bright as it seems. Since Gongsun Zan was defeated at Jieqiao last time, the elite of Yan Kingdom has been almost wiped out. In addition, the invasion of Xianbei to the South last year has also made Yan lose a lot.


    These are not the most important. The most important thing is that Gongsun Zan seems to have lost his original indomitable fighting spirit. Now all he wants to do is drink and have fun with his three righteous brothers. Oh, another thing is to go south to Jizhou for revenge. After more than a year''s development, the state of Yan has indeed accumulated some strength, but it is not comparable with that before the Jieqiao war.


    What''s more, this time Gongsun Zan got the title of King Yan and formally established the country. After the founding of the state, the official positions and titles were arranged. However, whether it was the position of Sangong or the four Marquis who were awarded, they were not related to gongsunzan''s three righteous brothers. In this way, the three people were very dissatisfied, but fortunately, none of them showed obvious dissatisfaction.


    There''s no way. It''s not that Gongsun Zan doesn''t want to reward them, but the reward in the game is determined by his personal merit. Generals can accumulate enough merit in killing enemies and civil servants in dealing with internal affairs. It''s easy to think about the merit of low-level officials. But the higher the level, the more merit they need. Therefore, Gongsun Zan can only let the three elder brothers serve To general Zhonglang.


    Then the three men presented 500000 Guan to Gongsun Zan as a gift of congratulation. Gongsun Zan recruited 30000 soldiers for the three men and gave them 10000 soldiers to each leader. With these 10000 soldiers, on the one hand, the three men stepped up their military training, on the other hand, they constantly urged Gongsun Zan to prepare to attack the state of Wei, so as to accumulate enough merits for themselves.Now Gongsun Zan has been urged by the three of them, and is preparing to launch an attack on the state of Wei to avenge the failure of the battle of Jieqiao. However, in Gongsun Yue and Guan Jing''s mind, the state of Yan is far from fighting against the state of Wei, and has been trying to persuade Gongsun Zan not to rush to Hebei, but Gongsun Zan has refused, so this time Gongsun fan took the opportunity of sending an envoy to the state of Tang to seek help from Huangfu Chaobo. He hoped that Huangfu Chaobo could help the state of Yan and attack the state of Wei.


    As for the plan of sending troops to attack yuan, Huangfu Chaobo and a group of counsellors planned to wait for the Tang state to recuperate for a few years, and the plan of sending troops to attack yuan was not the first in the Tang state''s plan, but now that Gongsun fan made the request, Huangfu Chaobo solemnly agreed. Huangfu Chaobo knew that it would be much easier to attack the state of Wei with Gongsun Zan''s help, and Gongsun Zan was eager for revenge. Therefore, if Gongsun fan could not persuade him, the Tang army would have to cooperate with the Yan army as much as possible.


    Huangfu Chaobo believed that Gongsun Zan would not refuse to join forces with him to attack the state of Wei. After a moment''s consideration, Huangfu Chaobo agreed to Gongsun fan''s request, saying that as long as the state of Yan was ready and informed the state of Tang in advance, he would certainly join forces to attack yuan Shao.

 Chapter 1169

    After getting the positive reply from Huangfu Chaobo, Gongsun fan didn''t stay in Luoyang any longer, but soon set out to return to Youzhou. Although Huangfu Chaobo agreed to his request and was willing to join forces to attack Wei, he also put forward his request. He wanted Gongsun fan to continue the original agreement and consolidate the defense of Yuyang county and youbeiping County in case of all needs.


    Gongsun fan left, but Huangfu Chaobo was not idle. The state of Tang hoped that he could recuperate for a few years, but did not hope that his opponent could recuperate for a few years. After Gongsun fan left, Huangfu Chaobo met yelaixiang and Yanhan one after another. There was no mistake. As the Lord players, they went to Luoyang in person to attend the ceremony of Huangfu Chaobo being king.


    According to Huangfu Chaobo''s plan, after a few years of recuperation, the Tang army sent troops again. They would avoid Cao Cao''s state of Qi and Yuan Shao''s state of Wei and turn their eyes to Guanzhong.


    In fact, this is also a helpless move. The strength of the Qi and Wei families is equal to that of the Tang Dynasty. The previous war with Cao Cao can show this. Huangfu Chaobo has so many advantages that he cooked a pot of rice. If the Tang army really wants to fight with one of the two countries, it can really eliminate it, but the final result can only be a fight between crane and clam Weng Deli, in the end, the power of the Tang state will be greatly damaged, and then it will be swallowed up by another family.


    So everyone''s eyes are on Guanzhong. Now there are only two prefectures and several counties in Guanzhong, but there are four princes. Leaving aside the emperor Jing Zhaoyin, they can''t move for the time being. If the rest of the prefectures can be mastered, the strategic depth of Tang will be greatly improved. In this way, it will be better to go back to fight with one of Qi and Wei.


    During the period of recuperation, the development of other countries must be restrained as much as possible. This is what the state of Tang will do later.


    The war between Yan and Wei should take place in one or two years. All people in Tang believe that with the help of Tang, Yan should be able to last long enough.


    But the state of Qi was different, so Huangfu Chaobo hoped that yelaixiang could fight Cao Cao for a longer time. And this time, the purpose of the incense came to Luoyang is to seek more support from Huangfu Chaobo. Now, there are four counties in the city, with a population of nearly one million and a military force of over 100000, of which half are soldiers.


    On the surface, Cao Cao is several times more powerful than yelaixiang. However, after a big war with Tang army, Qi''s military strength has been greatly lost, and it also needs to defend the two princes of Tang and Wu. Therefore, Qi''s military strength to attack yelaixiang is limited. In addition, yelaixiang has bought a large number of excellent weapons and horses from Tang army, which makes it difficult for Qi to attack yelaixiang The two families fight equally.


    This time, yelaixiang came to Luoyang in person to seek the help of Huangfu Chaobo, so there was no reason why Huangfu Chaobo didn''t give a hand. Of course, the heart of defending people is indispensable, so Huangfu Chaobo is still on guard against the transaction between the two families. For example, in terms of the delivery of weapons and horses, Huangfu Chaobo asked Qingdao to pay them batch by batch.


    For Yan Han, sun CE''s help, uh huh, is really help. It is precisely because sun CE killed Wang Lang that Yan Han picked up a big basket and got Kuaiji county all of a sudden, which greatly increased his strength. So Huangfu Chaobo also hoped that he could hold on for a longer time to contain the development of Wu Jun.


    Different from the border defense of yelaixiang, Huangfu Chaobo is more comfortable with the trade between the cold.


    After more than ten days of busy work, the bustle of emperor Chaobo''s ceremony has completely subsided, and all the envoys of the princes have left Luoyang, and Luoyang City has finally calmed down again. At this time, it was the end of 198. Not only the state of Tang, but also the princes all over the world stopped fighting, and the whole world calmed down.


    In Kaiyang city of Langya, Xuzhou, yelaixiang, who came back from Luoyang in a hurry, is gathering his subordinates for discussion. Now it''s near the end of the new year, and the wars everywhere are over. Just taking this opportunity, yelaixiang brings all the generals back for discussion.


    On the throne, night incense looked at his military adviser with a wry smile, and jokingly said: "as the military adviser expected, the king of Tang refused to send troops to attack Qi."


    Xi Zhicai nodded and said: "this is what Zhicai expected. Although the territory of the Tang army has been expanding, it''s not surprising that the Tang King wants to recuperate for a while. I wonder if my lord ever reached any agreement with the king of Tang Dynasty? Or... "


    "Two thousand one stone crossbows, two thousand horses, and half a million stones of grain. However, these things have to be delivered in four times. The rest of Huangfu Chaobo promised that the Junhui of the Tang Dynasty, Chen Bing, and the Junhui of the Tang and Qi dynasties would always send out a small number of troops to attract the attention of the Qi army. As for most of the troops, Huangfu Chaobo told me clearly that he didn''t have this idea yet."


    After listening to this, all the subordinates of yelaixiang were as pale as ashes. The strength of Qi was far stronger than that of their own family. They tried their best to maintain an invincible situation in this year''s war. Originally, they thought that the state of Tang would attack Qi from the west next year to relieve their pressure. Unexpectedly, the state of Tang refused so cleanly.


    "Isn''t the king of Tang not afraid that after the state of Qi destroyed us, there would be no worries?" Cao Bao said indignantly;"Because the king of Tang knows that the state of Qi can''t destroy us for a while and a half," Xi Zhicai said, shaking his head;


    "in this way, we have to unite with the state of Wu. I hope the king of Wu can agree to join forces with us to attack the king of Qi. If we can get through the contact with the state of Wu, then we can get rid of the situation of being alone and being slaughtered by others!" Xu Sheng said in a deep voice;


    under the command of yelaixiang, except for military strategists and talents, only Xu Sheng has a stronger overall view and is the only general who can block one side alone, but he is a little younger now.


    "Well, I just don''t know how Zhao Taishou talks with the king of Wu in Jiangdong now." Xi Zhicai nodded;


    when yelaixiang set out for Luoyang, he had arranged for Zhao Yu to quietly go south to Jiangdong to discuss the joint attack with the state of Wu. However, people are not sure about this. As Xu Sheng said, if we can attack the East China Sea together with the state of Wu, so that the two families are adjacent, we can get rid of being surrounded by the state of Qi on all sides. Oh, it should be surrounded by three sides, one side by the sea, hanging alone in one place. By that time, the situation will be much better.

 Chapter 1170

    "However, before waiting for the news of the state of Wu, the Lord must discuss with the king of Tang again. He can tell him our general plan, that is, he hopes that the army of the state of Tang can first set up a posture to attract the attention of the state of Qi, and then our two families will attack the East China Sea in a thunderous manner and get through the connection between the two families." After pondering for a moment, Xi Zhicai said;


    "is this feasible?" Cao Bao frowned and said;


    "it must be feasible. First, the state of Wu will agree to jointly attack the state of Qi. Now, if the state of Wu wants to expand its strength, there are only three directions: the south, the West and the north. In the south, Wu County, the south, Kuaiji county and Yuzhang county can''t be compared with Jiangbei. In the north of Jiangbei, there are only Qi and Tang, so it''s better to take sun as an example It''s easy to see from the eyes of CE and Zhou Yu that sending troops to the East China Sea is the best direction for Wu. " Xi Zhicai explained to the public;


    "the king of Tang must want us to delay and weaken the state of Qi as much as possible, so he will certainly support this kind of action of only making a posture rather than directly sending troops. Lord, if the king of Tang is hesitant, let''s make it clear to him. If we can''t see the hope of survival, we can just surrender to the state of Qi. "


    Yelaixiang''s eyes lit up and said, "yes, if Huangfu Chaobo really doesn''t want to agree to this, the military adviser''s suggestion is really a good way to handle him."


    "It''s just that this plan is the last helpless move. If you don''t have to, you''d better not use it." Xizhicai says helplessly;


    yelaixiang nods and dials Huangfu Chaobo''s correspondence. After a moment''s communication, yelaixiang looks at the people with a happy face: "Huangfu Chaobo agrees. He says that by early March of next year, he will gather the troops of Yanyu to peiguo and Shanyang County. By the way, he will disturb the spring ploughing of Qi. He wants us to be the best Well, it was early March, but I didn''t agree. At last, we set the time after March 10. However, after the war, the Tang parliament withdrew its troops and replaced them. "


    "That''s enough," Xi Zhicai clapped his hands and said with a smile. "Please make arrangements as early as possible, and Qingzhou also needs to be prepared."


    "Well, General Xu Sheng will lead the troops this time. After reaching a consensus with the state of Wu, they will start to make preparations. The direction of Qingzhou will be handed over to General Yue Xi, and the security of Langya will be handed over to general Cao Bao." After pondering for a moment, the night incense ordered;


    "the end will take orders!" As soon as the three generals listened, they immediately got up to answer the promise.


    As expected, a few days later, Zhao Yu returned to Langya from Jiangdong and brought back the reply from the state of Wu. He was willing to join Langya in the East China Sea. The two sides agreed that even if they could not capture the whole East China Sea, they must take the cities to the east of Tan county. Qu county and other cities in the south are owned by the state of Wu, while Zhuqi, Licheng and Ganyu, which are close to Langya, are owned by Langya.


    As for this result, yelaixiang and xizhicai didn''t care. The purpose of their battle was to drag Wu into the war against Qi, and even if they could get through the contact with Wu, they didn''t have too much persistence as to how many cities in the East China Sea could win.


    Now the night incense needs to face the coming war, but the Zhangye prefect, who is far away in Xiliang, has been complaining incessantly. Ma Teng''s sudden dispatch of troops caught speechless by surprise. In a few months, he lost the three cities of Biao, Le Su and an MI, forcing Ma Chao''s tens of thousands of troops to force Lufu down.


    Fortunately, for a long time, wordless has been carefully managing Lufu city and Yumen pass in the West. Now winter is coming, which can block Ma Chao''s attack. Under the heavy snow, Ma Chao''s army, which was disadvantageous to attack, returned to Anmi city to rest and wait for the arrival of next spring.


    In Luoyang City, Huangfu Chaobo is also gathering several military advisers to discuss the matter. For the request of yelaixiang, well, to be exact, it is a request. Without much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo agreed to it. He sent troops to disturb Cao Cao''s sight and provide cover for yelaixiang and sun CE. For himself, it was just a matter of hand.


    What''s more, although the Tang army hoped to have a few years of recuperation, the soldiers that should be trained still need to be trained. They just need to gather a large army. It doesn''t matter much. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo also affirmed that Cao Cao now, at least for the time being, has no mind to fight with himself again. If yelaixiang and sun CE could dig a few pieces of meat from Cao Cao, Huangfu Chaobo would be very happy.


    After hanging up the communication of yelaixiang, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the map of Guanzhong in front of him.


    "Lord, the news from Yongzhou and Liangzhou can basically be concluded that Ma Teng and Han Sui have already thought about Dong Huang''s state of Qin. The time should be after Ma Teng conquered Jiuquan and Dunhuang. Now Ma Chao, the son of Ma Teng, has led the western expedition. Although he has been blocked in Lufu for the time being, according to the news from Xiliang, Jiuquan will be completely controlled by Ma Teng''s army in the middle of next year Seeing his master''s attention back on the map, Guo Jia took a sip of wine and said;


    "yes, Jiuquan is originally sparsely populated, and the two most prosperous counties in Xiliang, known as jinwuwei and yinzhangye, are under the control of Ma tengjun. The strength of the two counties is not at the same level. And Ma Chao, the son of Ma Teng, has the courage to be invincible. No one under him can be invincible. " Xu Shu also added;"If Ma and Han join hands to move eastward, can Dong Huang resist?" Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    "it''s almost impossible. It''s only a matter of time before the Qin army is defeated." Pang Tong said to one side,


    "Oh, why did Shi Yuan say that? You know, Dong Huang now can be said to have recaptured all the Xiliang army under Dong Zhuo. Besides, Li Ru also helps. Is it really so unbearable? "


    "After Dong Zhuo''s death, the Xiliang army has been divided. Although Dong Huang, with the help of Li Ru, has regained most of the Xiliang army, Dong Huang''s powerful generals are no longer under his command."


    Then Pang Tong counted them one by one: "general Huaxiong and General Xu Rong have been under the command of the Lord, Zhang Jijun has gone far away to Nanyang, and Li Guosi has died. Among the other generals in Xiliang, only Niu Fu, Dong Yue and Duan long are left to be able to use. The rest of the generals, together with the generals of Li Yu''s family, can not be used. Although Dong huangjun had Li Ru''s help, how could the generals be so poor that they could not resist the army of Ma Teng and Han Sui? You know, Han Sui is a wise man with the name of the nine bends of the Yellow River. "


    "So your suggestion is to march into Guanzhong during the war of the three families in Guanzhong?" Huangfu Chaobo asked, "do we want our soldiers to knock at Tongguan?"


    "Absolutely not!" Xun you quickly stopped him and said, "my Lord, you must not have such an idea. Now the emperor of Han Dynasty in Chang''an, like the emperor of Zhou Dynasty in those days, is the ruler of the world. If my Lord is like the king of Qin in those days, he can do this. But now the Tang kingdom is surrounded by enemies. If the soldiers kowtow to Chang''an at this time, we will follow Dong Zhuo''s footsteps."

 Chapter 1171

    As soon as Xunyou''s words came out, Huangfu Chaobo reflected that he was too taken for granted. If he really dared to send troops to destroy the little emperor, there would soon be a big plot task of the heroes to discuss the Tang Dynasty.


    Seeing the reaction from Huangfu Chaobo, several people breathed a sigh of relief. Pang Tong said, "it''s impossible for us to send troops to Chang''an, but we can send troops to Zuo Fengyi. If we can take advantage of the three great wars in Guanzhong, we can send troops from Hedong to capture Zuo Fengyi, then it''s between us to go north to Bingzhou or go west to Liangzhou."


    After listening to this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized that if it is true, he only needs to keep the east line well, and then control Guanzhong with ease, and then go back to fight against the princes of Guandong, there will be no worries.


    "In this way, the next step is to quietly enhance the strength of Hedong Yingyang battalion. If we send troops to Guanzhong, how many troops would be better?"


    "The strength of the Yingyang army alone is certainly not enough. Moreover, once there is a war in Guanzhong, the three cavalry are not weak, so a large number of cavalry must be prepared to take part in the war, and the elite crossbow soldiers must be equipped as soon as possible." Guo Jiadao;


    "OK, Yuanzhi, the crossbow machine of Yingyang army will be replaced first next year."


    "No!"


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said: "it''s not enough to rely on the elite crossbow soldiers of each school. In this way, he ordered Tian Yu to quietly set up a school crossbow army after the crossbow soldiers of the fourth school changed their equipment. All the crossbow soldiers were equipped with one stone rhubarb crossbow. If the cavalry were defeated by the three warlords in Guanzhong, the crossbow soldiers could at least restrain the cavalry and move back a lot of advantages ¡£¡±


    Although the cavalry of Tang army can dominate the world in the Central Plains, it''s only in the Central Plains. If it''s against the cavalry of shangxiliang or the wolf cavalry of Bingzhou, it won''t take much advantage. Unless Zhao Yun''s Baima Yicong, Huaxiong''s Xiliang Tieqi and huyandu''s Tujia were all transferred, it was impossible. Of the three cavalry, except huyandu''s Tujia, the other two cavalry had to stay to deal with Yuan Shao''s army.


    You know, Yuan Shao''s cavalry of Wei army has increased a lot in recent years. If there is no special cavalry to suppress, the ordinary cavalry of Tang army can only have a slight advantage.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart: it seems that his special arms must be increased, otherwise, he will not be able to cope with the future war. For a long time, Huangfu Chaobo has not increased the maximum number of troops for special arms, because 5000 is just the establishment of a school. For war, 5000 is better to command than 68000.


    According to the recruitment conditions of special arms, if the territory under his command reaches three states or more, the upper limit of special arms can be expanded to 10000 people. Now that he has reached this condition, Huang Fu Chao Bo looks at Xu Shu and says, "Yuanzhi, later, he will send an order to General Zhao Yun and Hua Xiong, ordering them to expand their special cavalry to 10000 people within next year, tell him They must not only meet the requirements in quantity, but also in combat power! "


    "No!" Xu Shu bowed himself to answer the question;


    "in addition to their two cavalry, the Turkmen cavalry will be expanded to 10000, and the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and tieyingrui soldiers of the guards will also expand their forces, but it''s a pity that the trapped camp can''t be expanded, and the requirements of the Tiebi battalion are too high. These two troops can only maintain the establishment of 1000."


    "What about the special arms under other generals? Is it also expanded to 10000? Or to maintain the existing 5000 people? " Xu Shu asked again,


    "which other generals have special arms?" Huang Fu Chao Bo was stunned, but he didn''t know which other generals had special arms, so he quickly asked;


    Xu Shu said as if he had a few treasures: "there are also general Zhang Ying''s halberd, general Kong Xin''s Daqin Rui, general Ji Ling''s heavy infantry and general Zang BA''s Taishan soldiers."


    "Then order to expand to 10000 people together." With a stroke of his pen, Huangfu Chaobo said that since there are so many special arms, it''s good to expand them at one time.


    "With the king''s orders Xu Shu bowed down and said,


    "well, that''s how it''s arranged. Do you have any news from Zhao Rui Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and looked at Guo Jiadao;


    "Lord Hui, General Zhao''s headquarters have now settled down in Wuguan, because the little emperor only gave him 10000 troops, so the nearly 20000 troops they gathered along the way have been reduced by him. Now there are only 10000 soldiers stationed in Wuguan, and the other nearly 10000 people are auxiliary soldiers, which are placed nearby."


    Today''s little emperor has hard wings, so he doesn''t pay much attention to Zhao Rui''s troops, who were important officials at the beginning. For the sake of safety, but he can''t offend the state of Tang, so he sent Zhao Rui and his troops to Wuguan.


    The reason why it is arranged in Wuguan is also the result of careful consideration. Wuguan is one of the four major passes in Guanzhong. Wuguan, the border entry and exit inspection office of ancient Jin, Chu, Qin and Chu, together with Hangu pass, Xiaoguan pass and Dashan pass, became the "four fortresses of Qin".


    Wuguan has a long history. It was established as early as the spring and Autumn period, named shaoxiguan. It was changed to Wuguan in the Warring States period. Guancheng is built on a relatively flat highland between the canyons, with high Shaoxi mountain in the north and dangerous scenery in the south. The perimeter of Guan City is about four Li, and the wall is built with earth, which is slightly square. The East and the West have their own doors, and the holes are wrapped with bricks and stones. Before the founding of the people''s Republic of China, "Sanqin fortress" was on the west gate, "Wuguan" was on the east gate, and "gushaoxiguan" was on the inner gate.The terrain in the west of guanxi is relatively flat. It only goes out of the east of Guanxi and twists along the mountainside. The cliff is high and the valley is deep. It is narrow and difficult to walk. Therefore, Wuguan is a place that ancient military strategists must fight for. Wuguan is located in the boundary of "the head of Qin and the tail of Chu", which is "the throat of Qin and Chu" and "the key of Guanzhong".


    Today''s Wuguan, backed by Guanzhong, faces Nanyang directly. To the west of Wuguan, there are Shang county and Shangluo county. Now the Han Army has heavily garrisoned the two armies, which is equivalent to blocking Zhao Rui''s 10000 troops above the Wuguan, so they can''t advance or retreat.


    In addition, although the terrain in the west of Wuguan is slightly flat, it is basically impossible to support the 10000 troops with these places. Therefore, the little emperor and a group of his important officials feel that they can firmly control the 10000 troops with logistics.


    It has to be said that the little emperor''s hand is very beautiful. He really put the ten thousand army of Zhao Rui among the Jedi. If the army is not prepared, it won''t be long before it will be really controlled by the little emperor.


    What they didn''t know was that Zhao Rui had been preparing for his departure from Chang''an for so many years. Although they had not been able to persuade some of the emperor''s important officials to take refuge in the Tang Dynasty, they also helped the middle and lower level officials in Chang''an. So when the little emperor decided to send his troops to Wuguan, the official was not able to help them Among the members, there are people who are separated from each other and secretly send them news.


    After leading the army to leave Chang''an, Zhao Rui led the army to wipe out the remnants of Guo and Li''s army, and at the same time, he kept gathering food, grass and supplies to hide quietly. After the emperor''s official order came, Zhao Rui led the army all the way to Wuguan without saying a word. At the same time, he quietly transported all the food and grass to Wuguan.

 Chapter 1172

    After the army entered Wuguan, Zhao Rui reduced the army to 10000 people according to Chang''an''s order, and the remaining 10000 people, plus thousands of people around Wuguan, were all placed in the Wuguan Valley on the East and west sides of Wuguan. However, the Wuguan Valley, which is less than 10 Li Long and about 20 Li wide, would be full of these 20000 people if Zhao Rui hadn''t prepared for it There are hundreds of thousands of stone grain accumulated secretly. Relying on the ten thousand army''s grain delivered by Chang''an on time every month, these people would have run away.


    Zhao Rui divided more than ten thousand reduced taxi soldiers and the original ordinary people around Wuguan into two parts, and placed them on both sides of Wuguan. For this reason, he specially asked people to build a small fortress at the narrow places at the East and West ends of the valley to serve as the outpost of Wuguan.


    In Wuguan, Zhao Rui is discussing with Ma Jin and Sun Ping. Now Zhao Rui is the general of Zhengsi pindian army in Tang Dynasty, and Ma Jin and Sun Ping have become the Fenwei and Fenwu captains of Zhengwu pindian army. Not only that, the king of Tang asked Zhao Rui and others to return to Luoyang quietly after the situation of Wuguan was stable. In order to reward him for his achievements in Chang''an in recent years, Huangfu Chaobo decided to reward him with a bronze level card, which made Ma Jin and Sun Ping envious.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, the king sent someone to urge me to go back to Luoyang as soon as possible after arranging the affairs of Wuguan. It''s better to go back before the new year, just to be reunited with my family and spend the new year. In my opinion, things have been basically arranged in the past few days. It seems that the Chinese New Year is coming, and the affairs in Wuguan will be handed over to you two. I will come back from Luoyang in a month at most, and you will have to work hard during this time. "


    "No harm!" Ma Jin and Sun Ping both look at Zhao Rui with envy. In recent years, they have been working together, and their relationship has been very good. This time Zhao Rui can go home to have a look, which makes them both envious. What''s more, Wang Shang has prepared a famous general transfer card for him.


    Zhao Rui also knew their thoughts and said, "don''t worry. The king will never forget you. Maybe he will give you a reward next year. Of course, we still have to finish what the king told us. By the way, do you have anything to bring to your family when you return to Luoyang this time? "


    "Don''t worry, General Zhao. We understand that the safety of Wuguan is up to us. No matter the little emperor or Zhang Jijun, they don''t want to take it from us. But we do have something to ask the general to take back. " With that, they both took out a package and handed it to Zhao Rui. These are the properties they had accumulated in Chang''an in recent years. As for the family members, Huangfu Chaobo sends their salaries to their homes every month.


    When it comes to the 500 soldiers who went to Chang''an at the beginning, after several wars, there are only about 300 left now, but these people are now middle and senior generals in the 10000 troops of Wuguan. Zhao Rui three people also rely on these more than 300 people, firmly control the ten thousand army in their own hands.


    As a matter of fact, Huangfu Chaobo was also very entangled in the arrangement of Zhao Rui''s troops. If he called them back, he would beat the little emperor in the face. Moreover, the little emperor would not want them to return to Luoyang. But now the Little Emperor didn''t trust them and threw them to Wuguan. Besides, the army was watching them. Now they are in a very embarrassing situation and in a dilemma.


    That''s why Zhao Rui was called back to Luoyang to reward the famous bronze general. This is also to appease them. Huangfu Chaobo did not expect that an initiative he had unintentionally made Han Xiandi a vassal. But now, we can only let Zhao Rui''s troops stay in Wuguan for a while.


    ¡­¡­


    The time soon came in the spring of 199. As soon as February arrived, the clouds of war began to cover the Central Plains. At the beginning of February, there were signs of assembly in the battle camps of Yanyu and Erzhou in the state of Tang. Although the generals of the army and horse in the state of Tang were careful to avoid the surveillance of Qi spies, they were still found abnormal by Qi spies.


    Later, the information was sent back to Linzi, the capital of the state of Qi, in the palace of the state of Qi. Cao Cao, the king of Qi, who got the news, had a dignified face and immediately sent a group of Ministers of culture and military to come to discuss the matter.


    After receiving Cao Cao''s orders, Qi Prime Minister Xun Yu, state Wei Cheng Yu, censor Zhongcheng man Chong, Qingzhou governor Xia Houyuan, Chen Qun, Cui Yan, Jia Kui, Sima Yi and others rushed to the palace.


    After everyone arrived in Qi, Cao Cao sat on the throne, with a gloomy look on his face, and raised his hand to report: "you Aiqing, the news just came back from the state of Tang, the army of the state of Tang has been quietly gathering, and the trend is not clear. However, from the perspective of the assembled troops, the most likely thing is to launch an attack on the state of Qi."


    "Ah


    Everyone was surprised.


    "Is the king of Tang crazy? Now that spring ploughing has not yet begun, is he not afraid to delay the first season of grain cultivation of the people under his rule? " The imperial censor Zhongcheng man Pang ERAN said;


    the State Minister Xun Yu took the intelligence from the king of Qi, looked at it carefully, and said: "today, the state of Tang only uses the war barracks, and it is still quietly gathering. At present, the people in the state of Tang know nothing about the army gathering, so there is no matter affecting the cultivation.""My Lord, do you know if general Cao Hong, the Prime Minister of Dongping, general Lu Qian, the Prime Minister of Pengcheng, and general Wei Hong, the Prime Minister of Rencheng, have any information to send back?" Cheng Yu, the national captain, asked in a deep voice;


    "no intelligence has been sent back, but Gu has sent someone to inquire."


    "Today''s plan is to keep the same in order to cope with all changes. The king can order all the neighboring prefectures and soldiers to be prepared to prevent the sudden attack of the Tang army." Cheng Yu said,


    "in this way, will Qihui delay the spring ploughing?" Xun Yu frowned and said,


    "but if we ignore it, in case the Tang army really attacks suddenly, there is a risk of losing his division and land, and the two evils are the least."


    Now Sima Yi is the Minister of Cao Cao, the king of Qi. After listening to the words of several important officials, he said: "the state''s captain is right. Not only that, in the view of the micro minister, the king not only arranges the counties to be ready, but also the battalions of the states of Jibei, Pingyuan, Jinan and Lu must be ready to send troops at any time."


    "It''s no problem for the battalions to be well prepared, but the civil servants and auxiliary soldiers can''t be recruited for the time being. They can''t delay the cultivation in the first quarter of this year because of some changes in the state of Tang." As the Prime Minister of Qi, Xun Yu had to emphasize once again that "well, zhuangu ordered that the army of Dongjun, Dongping, Rencheng and Pengcheng should be ready to collect some auxiliary soldiers for the time being and pay attention to the movement of the Tang army; the battalions of Jibei, Pingyuan, Jinan and Lu counties should be ready to support at any time. As for the civilian soldiers and auxiliary soldiers, they should be ready to support, The prefectures will not collect them first. " With these words, Cao Cao sighed helplessly. In this way, the cultivation in the first quarter of this year will definitely be affected. For example, it''s good for the four counties in front to be able to plant half of the cultivated land. However, as Cheng Yu said, there is no way to take the lesser of the two evils.

 Chapter 1173

    On February 19, Emperor Huangfu Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty suddenly led the headquarters of the guards to leave Luoyang, the capital of the Tang Dynasty, and March eastward. The news was soon known by the spies of various countries, and then quickly sent back to their own countries. Only in the past two days, all the vassals in the world knew the news that the king of Tang moved to Kanto. The state of Qi was shocked three times a day. When Cao Cao, the king of Qi, got the news, he immediately ordered the four neighboring counties of the state of Tang to mobilize urgently and be ready to fight at any time. The elite troops and grain and grass of the other counties also began to gather and go to support them at the first order.


    However, what surprised everyone was that after Chen Liu arrived, the guards did not continue to March eastward. Instead, they continued to March eastward the next day after Chen Liu had a rest. At the same time, a thousand soldiers and horses quietly left the troops and headed for Yanjin to the north. Then the soldiers and horses crossed the river in Yanjin and entered Weijun In China. However, at this time, the eyes of spies from all over the world were on most of the soldiers of the Tang King''s guards, and no one noticed the soldiers of this thousand man team.


    A few days later, the guards and Qianniu camp escorted Wang Jia to the camp outside Changyi. The Wenwu officials of Shanyang Prefecture who got the news rushed to the camp outside the city to see him. Who knows that when Pang Shanmin, the prefect of Shanyang Prefecture, led Liu Yixun and Li Ling, the commander of Canglang camp, Meng Gang, the general of Anyuan, and Liu Yi, the Deputy General of Canglang camp, rushed to the camp outside the city, they only saw Wang Qi and Yiying of Huangfu Chaobo Guard of honor, and Huangfu Chaobo himself and Gao Shun''s camp is missing.


    Looking at the emptiness of the throne, Pang Shanmin didn''t respond for a long time.


    Seeing the expression of Pang Shanmin, Guo Jia said with a smile: "Pang Taishou need not be surprised. The king has gone to Wei county to inspect under the protection of General Gao Shunhe, the captured army. Now only the king''s flag and guard of honor are here."


    "The king''s tour to the East this time..." Pang Shanmin asked;


    "the purpose of the king''s tour to the East is two. One is to inspect the situation of each state and county, and smoothly select suitable soldiers from the local battalions to expand the guards. The other is to confuse the state of Qi in the East and cover up the war between yelaixiang and Sunce, king of Wu." Guo Jia explained with a smile;


    "it''s the end of February now. In the next few days, the king will not appear inside and outside Changyi City in the name of feeling ill. Just hide it for a few days. After the end of spring ploughing, yelaixiang and King Wu will attack donghaijun of Qi."


    They all realized this quietly. Guo Jia looked at Meng gang and Liu Yi and said, "two generals, in the next few days, the East, South and West Zhonglang will enter the camp to select soldiers."


    Meng Gang said: "don''t worry, the soldiers in the army have already made preparations. We have made some rough choices first, and only wait for the three Zhonglang to go."


    "Oh It''s up to you to arrange it yourself! "


    ¡­¡­


    Just when Guo Jia met with the people of Shanyang County, there was a huge military camp several miles northeast of Yecheng, the seat of Wei County in Hebei Province. That was the location of Longxiang camp. The three steps and one horse of Longxiang camp had a total of 20000 troops stationed in it. No, now it was the cavalry of the two schools. According to the order of the king of Tang years ago, the commander of Longxiang camp, general Pingbei, and Bai Yun under Zhao Yun, the Marquis of xiguanting The number of Ma Yi increased from 5000 to 10000. After getting the king''s order from Luoyang, it took Zhao Yun less than two months to recruit all the five thousand white horses.


    Inside the camp, Zhao Yun, dressed in military uniform, sat on his jade lion, with a single hand gun, and watched with satisfaction the ten thousand white horse Yi Cong who was in intense training on the school field. But Zhao Yun was not satisfied. It was only two months since he received the king''s order that Zhao Yun had completed all the ten thousand white horse''s righteousness, and now the ten thousand white horse''s righteousness has become a battle force.


    The reason why gongsunzan was so fast was thanks to gongsunzan. In the battle of Jieqiao, Yan army suffered heavy losses. Zhao Yun and Huaxiong failed to rescue, which almost destroyed gongsunzan''s whole army. However, after that, Zhao Yun led the army to gather thousands of baimayi soldiers from around Jieqiao. However, Gongsun Zan seems to have forgotten these soldiers after the event. He never mentioned that he wanted the Tang state to return these soldiers. These soldiers were left in Wei county.


    After the defeat of Yi Cong, most of them were unwilling to return to Youzhou. If it wasn''t for Gongsun fan who was responsible for recruiting and training Bai Ma Yi Cong, hundreds of Yi Cong soldiers who were most loyal to Gong sun''s family returned to Youzhou, and most of the others stayed in Wei county. But this time, Huang Fu Chao Bo ordered Zhao Yun to expand Bai Ma Yi Cong, so he could succeed And he filled them with five thousand righteousness.


    After a month''s training, although the 10000 white horse Yicong has not reached the level of the original 5000 Yicong, it is still enough to deal with 20000 ordinary cavalry. If he trains for another three or five months, Zhao Yun believes that the 10000 white horse Yicong is not afraid to face the 20000 or 30000 cavalry of Yuan Shaojun.


    Just then, Yiqi ran out of the city of Ye County in the distance and came straight to the camp. A moment later, the emissary arrived outside the camp and showed a token to the soldiers who were guarding the camp. He said, "by the order of the prefect, please see general Pingbei in the city!"


    A moment later, the emissary was brought to Zhao Yun and saw the person in the prefect''s house. Zhao Yun knew this person. It was the prefect who was the leader of the guard around Yi. So he said, "what''s the matter with you, governor?"The man looked around at the taxi drivers and said, "please take a step to talk to the general!"


    Zhao Yun nodded and waved to the guards around him. They walked out twenty steps away. Seeing that there was no one else around Zhao Yun, the man said, "general Hui, the king has arrived in Wei County, and now he is in the prefecture."


    "Huh?" Zhao Yun was surprised and said in a low voice: "a few days ago, didn''t he say that the Royal Guard of honor had gone to Changyi? Why did it suddenly appear in Ye County? "


    "I don''t know about this. I just know that this morning, the general led the camp to guard Pang''s army into the city. When he arrived at the prefect''s residence, when the prefect came out to meet him, he found that the king was standing beside Pang''s army, still dressed as a personal guard. Then the prefect ordered the general to come out of the city and ask the general to go to the city to discuss business."


    Zhao Yun thought about it a little, and then thought about the fact that the Tang army was going to close to attract Qi''s attention. He immediately realized that Gao Shun''s camp must have come in the name of escorting Pang Tong to Wei County, and then hiding Wang Shang in the camp, in order to hide other countries'' spies. Thinking of this, Zhao Yun immediately called all the generals in the camp and told them to continue to train soldiers. He immediately assembled his own 1000 guards, picked up a hundred horsemen and went out of the camp with the envoys of the Wei prefect.


    Zhao Yun is the chief General of the first army. According to the regulations, he has 1000 personal guards. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo arranged 100 Tiebi battalions, but considering that he had white horse followers, Zhao Yun asked Huangfu Chaobo to change all personal guards into white horse followers. In this way, it would be convenient to fight in peacetime. Thinking of Zhao Yun''s strong fighting power and the fact that baimayi was originally a special branch of arms, Huangfu Chaobo agreed to Zhao Yun''s request.


    Today, Zhao Yun''s 1000 bodyguards are all white horse followers, and they are all the most elite followers, that is, the most elite followers that Huangfu Chaobo saw in Gongsun Zan''s hands when he was in Youzhou.

 Chapter 1174

    Two quarters of an hour later, Zhao Yun and his entourage arrived in front of the Wei prefect''s mansion. Before Zhao Ye''s jade lion had completely stopped, Zhao Yun got off his horse and gave the reins to the guards behind him, but he walked towards the gate of the prefect''s mansion. However, under the leadership of a soldier in front of the gate of the prefect''s mansion, one of the guards went towards the side gate. They would be arranged to have a rest in a yard inside the side gate of the prefect''s mansion.


    At this time, an official had been waiting at the door. When he saw Zhao Yun coming quickly, he quickly welcomed him: "I''ve seen the Marquis of Xiguan Pavilion!"


    "Don''t be so polite! Where are the archdeacon and Pang Junshi? " Zhao Yun waved his hand and said: because there are still many people outside the gate of the prefect''s residence, Zhao Yun only asked the two, but never mentioned his own master.


    "You are waiting for me. Please come with me!" With that, he turned around and led Zhao Yun to the prefecture.


    Thank you


    The two rushed to the mansion. A moment later, Zhao Yun was led to the gate of a partial courtyard in the prefect''s mansion. At this time, the defense of the courtyard had been taken over by the trapped camp. When they saw Zhao Yun coming, the leader went forward with a salute and said: "finally, I''ll see the general! The king has been waiting inside for a long time! "


    Zhao Yun nodded, took off his weapons one by one, handed them to the general, and then stepped into the courtyard.


    As soon as he entered the hospital, Zhao Yun saw Gao shunzheng standing at the door of the hall with a solemn face. Zhao Yun quickly went forward and arched his hand: "General Gao, long time no see!"


    "I haven''t seen general Pingbei!" Gao Shun quickly saluted Zhao Yun, but his face did not change. He was still a poker face.


    Zhao Yun also knew that Gao shunsu was here. He said, "please report to the king, General Gao. Then he said that Zhao Yun has been ordered to come to see you."


    "The king has already given an order. When general Pingbei arrives, he can go in directly. There''s no need to report otherwise. Please come with him!" Gao Shundao said, turning to open the hall door and leading Zhao Yun to the hall.


    The people in the hall had already heard the movement outside. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo and Shiyi were talking about something about Weijun. When the door was opened, they both stopped and looked in the direction of the door.


    When the door opened, Zhao Yun walked in quickly, then walked a few steps quickly, came to the middle of the hall, saluted Huangfu Chaobo and said, "my humble minister Zhao Yun, meet the king! Please forgive me if you haven''t been far away


    "Zilong is here. Don''t be polite! I didn''t tell you this time. Get up quickly


    "Thank you


    "Just now I heard what the governor said. Zilong''s ten thousand white horses have been fully recruited. I don''t know how powerful they are now?"


    "It can be used. If you want to become the elite of the former five thousand Yicong, it will take three or five months."


    "Oh, why so fast?"


    After listening to Zhao Yun''s explanation, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help laughing. He didn''t expect Gongsun Zan to send him thousands of Baima Yizong. No wonder Zhao Yun is so sure that he can train these Yizong in a few months. In this case, Huangfu Chaobo''s defense against Weijun will be more assured.


    Yuan Shao''s troops are strong, so it may be hard for the Tang army to attack the state of Wei. But if it''s defensive, and Zhao Yun''s 10000 white horses are loyal to him, Huangfu Chaobo believes that the Wei army won''t be able to bargain much. What''s more, before Yan''s capture, the possibility of Wei''s massive attack is too small. In this way, he has enough money Enough time to deal with Guanzhong.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo said to Gao Shun, "General Gao, order all the soldiers in the trapped camp to withdraw 20 steps away. Only the Taishou, Mr. Yan, General Chen and General Zhao are left in the hall."


    On hearing this, Gao Shun immediately turned back to the taxi drivers outside the hall. A moment later, there were only a few of them left in the hall, and all the taxi drivers outside the hall retreated to 20 steps away.


    Huangfu Chaobo then said to several people: "this time I went north alone, mainly to inspect the army and defense situation of Wei county. As you all know, I want to recuperate the state of Tang for several years, but we also need to be ready to send troops."


    For Huangfu Chaobo''s self contradictory words, several people do not think it is wrong.


    "Sima Fa" says: Although the country is big, it will die if it is belligerent; although the world is safe, it will be dangerous if it forgets war. What''s more, it should be so when we are in troubled times.


    As you all know, today''s world is just like that of the late Eastern Zhou Dynasty, where the princes gather and the world is in dispute. As one of the princes, the state of Tang is just a little stronger for the time being, so it''s the proper intention to prepare for war all the time.


    Recuperation is only temporary. If there are changes around, the state of Tang must react quickly and seize every opportunity to expand its strength. It''s well known that persimmons are soft. Around the Tang Dynasty, Qin and Zhao were the best rivals. The reason why Huangfu Chaobo attacked Cao Cao the other time was that he thought that he wanted to get rid of the late overlord of the Three Kingdoms as soon as possible. Secondly, he thought that he had several maces in his hand, which should be able to solve the battle easily. Who knows that after a big war, he was only slightly better than Cao Cao Cao with a few maces, so he had the idea of recuperating for several years.Originally, Huangfu Chaobo and a group of military strategists had not discussed whether to attack Zhao or Qin first. Just at this time, the news of chaos was coming from Guanzhong, which made everyone pay attention to Guanzhong. Now that we are ready to attack Guanzhong, we must be fully prepared for the eastern defense, so we have this trip to Wei Prefecture.


    "This time I came here to tell you that Aiqing''s army is ready to enter Guanzhong at any time. Secondly, I came here to inspect Wei Jun''s defense. If there is a war in Guanzhong, Wei Jun can only support Wei Jun''s defense. Of course, Hanoi still has reinforcements to come. Just according to Gu''s idea, general Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry will enter with him In Guanzhong, the defense of Hanoi will also be in the charge of Zilong. "


    "Please rest assured that Zilong will live up to the trust of the king." After hearing this, Zhao Yun immediately got up and said,


    "I believe in the ability of the general, not to mention the support of the prefect. Besides, Yan Juncheng is also a man of great talent, and General Chen is also a man of war experience. I believe that they can help Zilong a lot." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    "we will do our best to assist general Pingbei and guard Weijun for the king." All three of them bowed down and said,


    "Zilong, don''t worry. When you are in the world, I will send some military advisers to help you." Huangfu Chaobo added: "there is also Zhang Yan, an ally of the black mountain army. If necessary, Zilong can send troops to help him. In this way, he should be safe."

 Chapter 1175

    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay in Ye County for a long time. After leaving Wuzhishan pass, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay in Weijun, but went to Hanoi under the protection of the trapped camp. Zhao Yun''s white horse has been in place, but the other generals'' special arms are still in the process of selection and recruitment. Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry is an important force for the Tang army to enter Guanzhong, so Huangfu Chaobo can''t help paying attention to him.


    On March 8, Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally arrived at Huai County, Hanoi. When Huangfu Chaobo appeared in front of Huai county''s prefect''s mansion, Hanoi''s prefect Shu Shao was so surprised that his eyes were about to fall.


    As one of the most senior officials under Yuan Yao, Shu Shao has fully adapted to the post of Hanoi prefect of Tang Dynasty. During the period when he took over Hanoi prefect, he soon handled the affairs of Hanoi properly.


    "King, the son of a thousand gold, how can you just patrol the counties under the protection of a thousand people? In case... " Shu Shao persuades Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Don''t worry, marquis Shu. Although there are only a thousand people in the trapped camp, they are all one to ten. When the trapped camp was just completed, marquis Shu witnessed it with his own eyes. What''s more, I''m only inspecting the counties, not going in and out of the enemy''s country. Is there any place where tens of thousands of people can gather on the territory of the Tang Dynasty? " Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;

 Chapter 1176

    Shu Zhao wanted to persuade him again, but he was stopped by Huangfu Chaobo, saying: "I know what the meaning of the Supreme Commander is, but I have discussed it with the generals and the military strategists, and there is no problem. This time I came to inspect the counties in Hebei, the prefect should be able to guess the meaning of loneliness. I wonder if the defense prefect of Hanoi has carefully confirmed with the generals? "


    "Please rest assured that Wei Chen, general Hua Xiong and general Qiao Rui had already visited Hanoi''s cities and passes a few years ago. Although they dare not boast that they are as solid as gold, they are not easily attacked by the Zhao army. General Dong is now stationed in tianjingguan and mengmengmengguan, and his defense is constantly strengthened every year. " Shu Zhao replied;


    "well, the matter of Hanoi is left to the prefect Shu and general Huaxiong. I believe the prefect should understand the importance of Hanoi in the Tang Dynasty. If Hanoi fails, there will be instability in Hedong, Henan and Weijun. If Hanoi is stable, there will be no harm in the three prefectures."


    "I understand that I will live up to the trust of the king."


    Just at this time, Gao Shun reported from the outside: "I''m going to report to the king that Huaxiong, the commander of baotao camp, is asking to see you outside!"


    "Pass on!" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    a moment later, Hua Xiong enters the hall under the leadership of Gao Shun.


    "My humble minister Hua Xiong calls on the king!" Hua Xiong, who entered the hall, quickly walked to Huangfu Chaobo, more than ten steps away, knelt down and said respectfully,


    "Aiqing, flat!"


    "Thank you


    "The general comes just in time. Gu Zheng wants to ask how the recruitment of the iron cavalry in Xiliang is going?"


    "Report back to the king, the soldiers have been recruited, but this horse..." Hua Xiong replied quickly;


    "what''s wrong with the horses? If there were no horses in the Tang Dynasty, there would be no surplus horses in the rest of the world. " Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    "back to the king, there are a large number of horses in Tang Dynasty, but these horses are not suitable for Xiliang cavalry." Hua Xiong''s words surprised Huangfu Chaobo and asked him why.


    Nowadays, there are many kinds of war horses in the Han Dynasty, the most of which are mainly Youhe horses and Liangzhou horses, but there are great differences between the two kinds of horses.


    The war horses in Youzhou and Bingzhou are actually called Mongolian horses in reality. This kind of horse is characterized by good breeding and strong endurance, which is very suitable for long-distance heavy-duty travel. Therefore, whether it is Youzhou or Bingzhou, the cavalry is mainly flexible.


    Liangzhou horse is not the same as Youbing horse. Liangzhou horse is not good at foot strength, but it is better than Youbing horse in weight bearing ability and explosive power. So Liangzhou cavalry fight directly, not Youbing horse.


    Huaxiong''s special arms are the Xiliang cavalry, which must be equipped with Liangzhou horses. But today''s Tang Dynasty is dominated by Mongolian horses, and there are very few Liangzhou horses. Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry has suffered losses all these years. Fortunately, when he was pacifying Hedong, he got some Liangzhou horses from Dong Zhuo, but now he hasn''t bought any horses from Xiliang for several years .


    This time Huaxiong recruited Xiliang cavalry, but there was a lack of Xiliang horses, so there were not enough horses. Fortunately, although not all Xiliang cavalry were equipped with two Xiliang horses, one for each person was more than enough. After discussing with Hua Xiong, Huangfu Chaobo decided that the 10000 Xiliang cavalry would ride Mongolian horses when they were marching. When the war started, they would change to Xiliang horses which were more suitable for the battle. Only in this way could the problem of war horses be solved.


    After solving the problem of war horse, Hua Xiong was very happy, but he said to Huangfu Chaobo with a shy face: "my Lord, this cavalry has been recruited in place. Next time, will you send the last general to lead the battle? You know, this elite can be fought, not trained. If you want this Xiliang cavalry to become a real elite army, you need to make it fight continuously. ¡±


    Huangfu Chaobo gave him a sidelong glance and said, "if you think carefully, I still don''t know. The real purpose of making Xiliang cavalry into an elite force for me is that you can''t stay idle, can you?"


    "Haha, the king knows everything. The last general''s mind was seen through by the king. It''s true..." Hua Xiong continued to flatter him, but he didn''t know how to say it.


    Pang Tong was laughing while Shu Zhao was smiling.


    Huangfu Chaobo also laughed. After a while, he said to Hua Xiong, "don''t worry. If you have a chance, you will transfer your Xiliang cavalry. I just hope your Xiliang cavalry won''t disappoint you."


    "Don''t worry, Mr. Wang. If a little rabbit dares to play loose, he won''t have to ask. Some family will peel his skin in person. Hey, hey... " As soon as Hua Xiong heard this, he immediately jumped up and swore to swear;


    Huangfu Chaobo also knew Hua Xiong''s mind. As a general who had taken refuge in himself before Zhao Yun, although his ability was quite different from Zhao Yun, now Zhao Yungui is the Marquis of Xiguan Pavilion, but his merits even differ a lot from those of the Marquis of Guannei. There is no reason why he is not in a hurry.


    When he was promoted to Jin Jue, he was promoted a lot, but his title was far away. Hua Xiong was not in a hurry. This time, when Huangfu Chaobo came to Hanoi, he asked for a fight in front of him, which was also the reason why Hua Xiong was worried about his merits.In fact, Hua Xiong is not the only one. Among all the civil servants in the Tang Dynasty, everyone is holding a breath and wants to be a wife and son, a marquis and a prime minister as soon as possible.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo finally agreed to transfer himself to fight, Hua Xiong was not happy.


    ¡­¡­


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo discussed with Shu Zhao and Huaxiong about Hanoi''s defense and army, a big war broke out quietly in Donghai state as far away as Xuzhou. Yelaixiang, the general of light truck, and Sunce, the king of Wu, suddenly launched an attack on Donghai County of Qi from the north and south directions. Unexpectedly, the Taishou of the East China Sea of Qi didn''t respond. However, in more than ten days, the two generals had no reaction The family successively captured several cities of Zhuqi, Ganyu, Licheng, huaipu, Haixi, Quyang, houqiu and Qu counties in Donghai County, and the two allied forces went directly to Tan county, the administrative center of Donghai County.


    At this time, the whole state of Qi didn''t understand. They were all cheated by the state of Tang. The whole nation turned their eyes to the state of Tang in the West. Who knew that the state of Wu and the state of yelaixiang had united to stab themselves in the back.


    Today, only Tan county and a few cities in the West are left in the eastern County, and the other cities are all captured by the two. In this way, yelaixiang, which was originally besieged in a corner by the state of Qi, is successfully adjacent to the state of Wu, and the places where the state of Qi wants to capture yelaixiang are not as simple as before.


    In a rage, Cao Cao, the king of Qi, was ready to enlist an army to attack yelaixiang. However, he was finally persuaded by the officials, because now the army of Tang is still in the West. If he really marched eastward, it''s hard to guarantee that the state of Tang would not take advantage of the fire. At that time, the state of Qi would not steal chicken and eat rice.


    As a result, the war broke out and stopped quickly in Donghai County. The three families soon stopped fighting and entered into a strange confrontation. As a result, both yelaixiang and Huangfu Chaobo were relieved.

 Chapter 1177

    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care much about the war in the East. Now his attention has been focused on Hedong. When he visited tianjingguan, he received the information from Hedong, which was transferred from Luoyang: Hedong has found a suspected ancient road of Qin state. Although it has been hidden in the vast mountains, it can see the traces of the ancient road of Qin Now Hedong has begun to secretly send people to explore the east along the ancient road.


    This news gave Huangfu Chaobo a boost, and immediately sent people to Hedong to continue to explore and keep secret. At the same time, he ordered the Tiebi camp to escort Guo Jia to Hedong and join him. He planned to go to Hedong as soon as possible after inspecting the situation in Hanoi. It is estimated that by the time Guo Jia and others arrived at Hedong, they would have arrived and joined them.


    Sure enough, when Huangfu Chaobo and his party went to Jiguan and entered Hedong, Guo Jia, under the protection of Dianwei and tiebiying, also arrived at Maojin. After landing in Maojin, they went directly to Dayang, crossed Zhongtiao mountains and arrived at Anyi, Hedong''s governing post.


    In the north of Anyi City, on the South Bank of Sushui River, in Yingyang army camp, Huangfu Chaobo and general Anyi Tian Yu, the commander of Yingyang camp, visited the newly recruited crossbow soldiers. Looking at the 5000 crossbow soldiers, Huangfu Chaobo nodded with satisfaction and said, "general Tian, what''s the combat power of the 5000 crossbow soldiers now?"


    "Back to the king, the five thousand crossbow soldiers were carefully selected by Wei Chen from the whole Hedong. Except for the one thousand elite crossbow soldiers in each school, the rest of the elite crossbow soldiers who met the conditions for the transfer of crossbow soldiers were selected into this school. Now all the five thousand crossbow soldiers are in place. Only when a stone of rhubarb crossbow is in place can they be trained." Tian Yu replied;


    "when will it take to get all the crossbows to Hedong?"


    "According to the news from Luoyang, all the rhubarb crossbows have been sold. It is estimated that it will take another one to two months to put all the five thousand crossbows in place, so now we can only use ordinary rhubarb crossbows."


    When Huangfu Chaobo heard about it, he was not in a hurry to know about it, because at the time of the ceremony, he sold a large number of crossbow machines to several allies. In addition, he bought a lot of night incense from Langya. As a result, all the big yellow crossbows in Luoyang''s arsenal were wiped out. At that time, he did not expect to set up a school of 5000 crossbow soldiers.


    Because the crossbow machine is not like other weapons and equipment, other preparations such as ring head knife, spear and other equipment, each soldier and horse usually have a sufficient number of spare equipment stored there, but in general, only some parts of the crossbow machine are damaged, so the bowstring and machine frame and other small parts only need to be replaced, and each soldier and horse has a large number of bows However, the spare number of the whole crossbow machine in each unit is only about 20% of that of the crossbow soldiers, which is used to replace the normal wear and tear of the troops.


    According to the requirements of the weapons and equipment of the crossbow soldiers, if you want to build a 5000 person crossbow army this time, you need at least 6000 one stone rhubarb crossbows. How can Luoyang''s arsenal provide so many crossbows at once? Fortunately, there are many non-standard one stone and two stone rhubarb crossbows in the weapon workshops, which were originally sold to other forces and ordinary players Yes, this time it was just given to Tian Yu''s Crossbow soldiers for training.


    As they were saying this, a soldier from the prefect''s mansion came to report: "I''m telling you that the general of the military guards escorted Guo''s Army division has already arrived outside the camp and asked to see him outside the camp!"


    On hearing this, Huangfu said: "evil and filial piety are here? At the same time, I''ve finished my inspection. Let''s go back to Anyi City, and we''ll discuss it then... "


    With that, he turned his head and walked out of the camp. Now the war in Xuzhou is over, and Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t care that the spies from other countries can get his own whereabouts, so he just showed up in the public''s sight. Today, tieyingrui and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers are still choosing suitable soldiers in Yuzhou and Yanzhou, while huyandu leads hundreds of guards to Yanbei county. There is no way. Tujia can only use Wuhuan people or Xianbei people, so he can only go to Yanbei county to choose suitable soldiers.


    When the party arrived at the gate of the camp, Dian Wei, Guo Jia and Shi a had already been waiting outside. When they saw Huangfu Chaobo leading people out, they quickly came forward to salute: "I''ll wait to see the king!"


    "No! You Aiqing have been working hard all the way. Let''s go back to the city first. Let''s talk about other things later! "


    "I respect you Several people were busy;


    the group returned to Anyi city under the escort of thousands of soldiers. When they returned to the city, Huangfu Chaobo arranged Guo Jia and his party to have a rest for one night, until the next day they gathered people for discussion.


    Among the officials of the Tang Dynasty, only a few people know about the ancient road of the Qin state. Zhao Yun and his prefect are Yi in Wei County, Tian Yu in Hanoi, Yang Feng and Zhang Chao in Hanoi. Among the others are Gao Shun, Pang Tong, Guo Jia and Shi ah.


    After Guo Jia was given a day''s rest, Huangfu Chaobo gathered people in a small hall of Hanoi prefect''s mansion to discuss the matter. After all the people sat down, Huangfu Chaobo said to Tian Yu, "general Tian, tell me about your investigation."


    Although Huangfu Chaobo arrived in Hedong a few days earlier than Guo Jia, he did not have time to find Tian Yu to know the details of the ancient road. In the daytime, because of the numerous people, he did not ask about it in front of the public."No!" Then he went to the map of Hedong Bingzhou in the middle of the small hall and explained to Huangfu Chaobo the exploration of the ancient road by the personnel he secretly arranged during this period of time.


    According to him, the dispatched personnel did find several suspected Qin ancient roads in the mountains at the northern foot of Wangwu mountain to the east of DuanShi county. The reason for this is that although these places are the entrances of several valleys, they are different from the entrances of other valleys. The terrain of these valleys has obvious traces of population excavation, and there are also several Valley entrances The tree age of the road is much smaller than that of the common Valley pass mountain road.


    In addition, many of the troops in Hedong and the county soldiers in the cities in Hedong are Baibo and Huangjin soldiers. Tian Yu asked Yang Feng to select some reliable soldiers from them after getting the order of Huangfu Chaobo. Tian Yu also asked some old soldiers in Baibo army carefully. It is true that some people found traces of roads in Huoda mountain.


    Looking at the positions Tian Yu pointed out on the map, Huangfu Chaobo found that Duanshi County, which Tian Yu said, was just to the west of Peishi County in Shangdang county. If Tian Yu said several valleys and valleys were right, it was just in line with the route of Qin army marching from Hedong to Peishi (that is, Changping).

 Chapter 1178

    After listening carefully to Tian Yu, Guo Jia said, "in this way, the general has not yet determined the condition of the ancient road, has he?"


    After hearing this, Tian Yu blushed and said, "please forgive me. Up to now, I''m not sure which road is the ancient road of the state of Qin, and I don''t know whether I can really enter the Shangdang basin from here. However, the general has sent someone to continue to explore. I just want to really confirm that it''s impossible to get results in a few months."


    "It''s not a man who doesn''t know why. The ancient road hundreds of years ago can''t be explored for a moment and a half. However, the general still needs to step up his exploration. Of course, this matter needs to be kept secret." Huangfu Chaobo also knew that it was impossible to do something about it, so he waved his hand and said,


    "king," Guo Jia got up and said, "after receiving the pigeon letter from the king, Weichen carefully considered the feasibility of this matter, and then sent a letter to Yuanzhi in Luoyang, asking him to go to CAI Zhonglang''s ancient books to look for it carefully. A few days ago, Yuanzhi just gave Weichen the news."


    "Yuan said frankly that he repeatedly confirmed from a large number of ancient books collected by Cai Zhonglang that the Qin army''s invasion of Changping from Hedong at that time was Baixing, one of the eight Xings in Taihang. In the Warring States period, Baixing started from the city of hedongji in the west, reached mengmengmenguan in Hanoi County in the East, and in the middle was Changping in Shangdang county


    "However, after the Qin Dynasty ruled the country, the western section of Baixing was reluctant to walk for a long time because of the dangerous roads. As time went by, there was no one walking in the western section of Baixing. Later, the emperor Gaozu replaced Qin Dynasty, and the western section of Baixing was almost abandoned. Since the Han Dynasty, the western section of Baixing has been forgotten by people for 400 years. Today, people all think that Baixing has been built since ancient times He went eastward to Lingchuan, then into the Dabao mountains, and then went south from Yuntai mountain to mengmen pass. "


    "So, does the ancient road of Qin really exist?" Huang Fu asked in surprise;


    "king!" At this time, Pang Tong came out and said, "can you remember that when you attacked Lujiang County, you led the troops to take part in the battle of Changping?"


    "Huh?"


    "At that time, in the copy, although I didn''t go to the rear of the Qin army to see it, I knew that there was a road to the West in gaopingguan and kongcangling, and the supplies and support troops of the Qin army came from Hedong in the West. It can be seen that the ancient road in the west, as fengxiao said, really existed."


    "Well, if there is such a road in the copy, then at least this road does exist in the big map. That is to say, even if there is no such road in use now, there are traces of such a road." Huangfu Chaobo hit each other with both hands and said excitedly: "therefore, our thinking is completely correct, and since Yuanzhi has found the relevant information from old man Cai''s ancient books, it also proves the existence of this road from another aspect."


    "Not bad!" Guo Jia and Pang Tong responded in unison;


    "good, Shia!" Huangfu Chaobo road;


    "Weichen is here!" As soon as Shi a heard this, he immediately set out on yingnuo road;


    "this matter will be handled by shadow, and you will be in charge of it personally. With the help of the soldiers exploring the road ahead, you can find out the ancient western road of Baixing as soon as possible, and remember, you''d rather be slow, but you must ensure that it doesn''t leak out!"


    "Wei Chen understands that he would rather be slow, but he must also ensure that this matter will not be disclosed!"


    "Well, marshal Zhang and general Hotan must fully cooperate. Remember, we still have enough time to ensure that our intelligence will not be compromised by other countries!" Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhang Chao and Tian Yu and stressed once more, "no!" They agreed in unison;


    "good. From tomorrow, general Tian Yu and general Le Jiu will accompany Gu to inspect the troops and defense arrangements in Hedong. The rest of them will go their own way. They don''t have to accompany Gu to inspect everywhere." Huangfu Chaobo told the rest of humanity;


    "no! I''ll leave first! "


    ¡­¡­


    Ten days later, in the east of Duanshi County, in a valley more than ten miles east of Qinshui River, Shi a and his party, who led more than ten shadow guards, finally arrived here. In the valley, the taxi driver who had already got the news had already sent someone to wait there. Seeing Shi a coming in person, several people could not help but breathe a long sigh of relief. They all had to wait They are ordinary soldiers, but they have been in the mountains for a long time. In terms of ability, maybe even the hunters who have lived in the mountains for a long time are not as good as them. Now Shi a, an expert of this level, comes here in person, which makes them feel relieved. You know, several soldiers have been attacked by beasts in the mountains these days, for example Now with Shia, they are much safer.


    "General Shi!" Several people immediately saluted Li a and said,


    "well, what''s the situation?" Shi a asked;


    among them, the first humanitarian: "these days, the brothers have explored several valleys, and basically have determined that one of them should be the ancient road mentioned by general Tian, but there are too many beasts in the high mountains. Several of our brothers have been killed these days, so it''s less than 20 miles now...""Huh?" Shi a was stunned. It took him more than half a month to get rid of several wrong routes and lost several soldiers. When he was about to open his mouth, he looked up and found that almost all the soldiers who came to meet him were injured, which meant that things might not be as simple as he thought.


    After pondering for a moment, Shi a said: "it''s hard for you. In the next few days, Ben will be in charge of this matter. This time, all the former rangers who came with Ben will come. If you go to battle to kill the enemy, you may not be as good as you, but you should be able to catch some beasts in the mountains."


    Seeing that Shi a was not angry, several people were obviously relieved: "general Xie understands! General, please follow me. We must speed up our journey, or we won''t be able to get to the camp before dark. "


    "Lead the way ahead!"


    The group soon disappeared in the vast mountains.


    Less than half an hour later, Rao Shi''a was ready, but he was still surprised by the hardships along the way. They walked less than five li in the valley half an hour later. Compared with the army, it was already very fast, but compared with the speed of these Rangers, it was too slow to describe.


    Although the pathfinders in front of them have found a way to walk in the valley, they are only able to walk. This is not the most important thing. The most important thing is that they must guard against the attack of various beasts that may appear on both sides at any time.


    Fortunately, as Shi a said, they were all masters of Rangers. They were able to walk around the world with their swords. They had their own ways to deal with the birds and beasts that suddenly attacked them. Along the way, it took more than half of the party''s time just to cope with these sudden attacks. Fortunately, it was easy to cope with them every time, and no one was injured, which made several soldiers in front of them very happy.

 Chapter 1179

    This is how the group walked and stopped, and finally arrived at the camp before dark. This is in a cave in the middle of a valley. Two days ago, the taxi driver in charge of exploring the way found this cave. After discovering this cave, he took it as a camping place for everyone. Then he sent someone to send back the results of exploration during this period to Duan. It happened that he heard the news from dark shadow that general Shi''a would come to explore the route himself, which made everyone rest here Wait for Shi a to arrive before you start to explore the way.


    It has to be said that the place they are waiting for is very good. It''s just on the cliff on one side of the valley. If it''s cavalry, they must catch the blind. But it''s easy for the Rangers such as footman and Shia. When Shia and his party entered the cave, the last light in the West took back its afterglow. The left behind taxi drivers in the cave have already prepared some food and drinking water, and a lot of bonfires have been built at the entrance of the cave. Now everyone is in the middle of the high mountains, and there are no people everywhere, so they are not afraid to be found.


    "General Shi!" Seeing Shi a coming in, more than ten left behind generals got up one after another to salute him.


    Shi''a also saluted everyone one by one, and looked at them one by one. To Shi''a''s surprise, none of these soldiers was unhurt. All of them were injured, but they were of different severity. From their wounds, we can see that they were basically bitten or scratched by beasts. It''s very sad to think about the experience of his group during the day I can''t help but wonder to myself. The king is really a genius. He knows that the ordinary soldiers of the Tang army are not afraid of any forces when they march and fight. But we are the most suitable Rangers in this kind of mountain forest.


    "You are all hard-working, and the king knows you are hard-working, so he specially sent Ben Jiang to take charge of it. This time, Ben Jiang will come together with all the elite players in the shadow guard. The March may not be comparable with all the soldiers, but it''s no problem to deal with this kind of animals. So from tomorrow on, these animals will be handed over to us. You just need to find your way Yes Shi a said to a group of soldiers in the cave;


    "King Xie sympathizes, general Xie!" All of them were deeply moved and saluted Shia;


    "well, we are all tired for a day. Let''s have a good rest after dinner. We will start tomorrow morning and strive to complete the task given to us by the king as soon as possible."


    "No!"


    There used to be more than 20 soldiers in the cave. Now, with more than a dozen people from Shi A''s party, the number of explorers has increased to more than 40. Fortunately, the cave is big enough, so there is no problem for these people to squeeze into the cave. After dinner, Shi a got up and said, "let me watch in the first half of the night, Zhang Ming. I''ll give it to you in the second half of the night. The rest of us have a rest!"


    The former general headed by the soldiers of Hedong army was about to refuse, but Shi a stopped him with a wave: "well, needless to say, that''s it. There''s still time for you. You''ve been busy for several days. You can take advantage of this time to have a good night''s rest. You''ll still be busy tomorrow. Maybe there won''t be such a good camp in the future."


    "No!"


    The chief General said no more and ordered his subordinates to go back to have a rest. However, he and Shi a came to the cave and said, "let''s have a rest first. At the end of the day, the general will be on duty with the general for the first half of the night. It happened that we met the situation here and explained it to the general carefully."


    Once Shi a listens, also did not oppose again. They left the cave together and came to the cave entrance. They went around the burning bonfire and came to a huge protruding stone outside the cave.


    At this time, it was completely dark. Shia looked up into the distance, and saw that the dark curtain had covered the sky. There was a silence around him, only a few calls from the distance. In the cave, most of the soldiers have gone to sleep, only the bonfire makes a light sound from time to time, and occasionally a few people are talking softly.


    This time, Tian Zhe, a pro guard general under Tian Yu, was responsible for exploring the way. Although he was only a Qu Chang, he was also an old man who had been with Tian Yu for many years.


    "Tian Qu Chang, tell Ben about your situation these days!" Shi a sat down on the stone and put a black iron head knife within his reach.


    "No!"


    "Come, sit down and say!"


    "General Xie!"


    From Tian Zhe''s mouth, Shi a CAI really knew the danger in the jungle. After Tian zhe took the order from Tian Yu, he led ten personal guards to Yang Feng''s army, selected 20 Baibo veterans who were familiar with the situation in the mountains, and rushed to the foot of the mountains to the west of Duan''s family.


    If the road from Yicheng to Duanshi is just hard to go, then after leaving Duanshi and heading east, there is basically no way to go. More than 30 of them spent more than 10 days searching at the foot of the mountain to the east of Duan''s, and finally found several Valley entrances suspected of ancient roads, and then spent more than 10 days to find out one of the closest roads, but the exclusion of 10 days made several of them lost in the mountains.


    Then Tian zhe led the remaining 20 people along the valley all the way to the East, carefully exploring the road. It took more than ten days to push the road here. However, after more than a month, their staff has lost nearly ten people, and the rest of them are all injured. Fortunately, now Shi a is leading ten rangers who are good at walking in the jungle to join in. Otherwise, Tian zhe really doesn''t know whether he can continue to explore.They were talking about things in the jungle when a few tiny voices came out of the cave.


    "Brother Zhang, why did the king suddenly ask us to look for the ancient road?" Upon hearing this, Shi a Ning knows that this is another Ranger who comes with him. He is asking Zhang Ming.


    "It''s not easy. We come all the way from Hedong. Don''t you think about the east side of Hedong?" Zhang Ming said with a soft smile,


    "east side? Are we going to find a way to the party? " The man was surprised;


    "Hey, you are not too stupid, or else?"


    Hear inside more say voice more big, history a can''t help but lightly hum a, inside speak of two people immediately stopped the topic. Shi ah and Tian zhe look at each other, but they don''t speak any more.


    They both knew that although they did not tell their subordinates clearly, some of them must have guessed the purpose of this trip like Zhang Ming. There will always be no shortage of smart people in the world. However, even if we know it, we can''t publicize it so clearly.


    Shi a was going to explain it to you in a few days. It seems that he will explain it to you in advance, but he is not afraid that someone will leak the secret. First, the people selected this time are basically those who have settled down in Tang Guoan. Second, these people will not appear alone in front of other people from now on until the army attacks the party. This is something Guo Jia and others emphasized to him before Shi a set out.

 Chapter 1180

    The next morning, when the first ray of sunshine in the early morning spread among the mountains, Shi a had already come out of the cave, standing on the big stone outside the cave, looking at the mountains bathed in the sun, it seemed that the silent mountains were alive. Now it is March and April, and the jungle is full of birds singing and flowers.


    Looking at the scene in front of him, Shi a couldn''t help sighing in his heart. He didn''t know how long he hadn''t seen such a refreshing scenery. Looking at the scene in front of you, who can imagine that outside the mountain forest, there is a lot of blood everywhere, killing everywhere?


    "General!" Just at this time, a voice sounded behind Shi a, who had already heard the footsteps behind him, but Tian zhe was on duty with him last night.


    "What''s the matter? How long is Tian Qu Shia asked back;


    "Chaoshi is ready, please go to eat!"


    "Hard work!" Shia nodded, turned and walked into the cave.


    After having breakfast in a hurry, Shi a gathered all the people. He had thought about it clearly yesterday and decided to explain the purpose of his trip to the people first, so as to get rid of their worries.


    In everyone''s eyes, Shi a said slowly: "some of you should have guessed the purpose of the king''s sending us here. Some people may not have guessed it, but it doesn''t matter. I will explain the purpose of this trip to you a little time before I leave."


    After a pause, Shi a continued: "there is no mistake. The purpose of our trip is to find a road from Hedong to Shangdang. This road originally existed. As early as the state of Qin hundreds of years ago, the state of Qin sent hundreds of thousands of troops to attack Shangdang. There was a big war there, which is called the battle of Changping."


    Some of the people in the cave came to realize it quietly, while others were still ignorant. Shi ah also pointed out what he said and did not cover it up any more. He said: "some of you may not know about the battle of Changping, but there is one person that we should all know, that is, the leader of the four famous generals of the Warring States period, the killing God Wu''an Jun Baiqi, is the commander of this battle."


    Those who didn''t understand were all shocked. Although many of them were small people in the mountains, they had heard the old people mention the killing God Bai Qi, who once made children stop crying, especially the people who lived around Taihang Mountain for generations.


    "Ah There was also a exclamation from the middle.


    "Well, I believe everyone knows what happened. Since hundreds of thousands of troops of Qin army were able to invade Shangdang from Hedong hundreds of years ago, the soldiers of Tang Dynasty were also able to invade Shangdang from here. That''s why the king ordered us to explore the ancient road of Qin hundreds of years ago." Shi a then said, "before we set out, the king had told us to speak There must be a lot of difficulties and obstacles in this exploration of the ancient road, so King Zeng Mingyan said that if the people who explored the ancient road were injured, they would be regarded as the same as the casualties during the war. If they could successfully explore the ancient road, all the participants would be promoted to a higher level, and they would be rewarded with 100 yuan! "


    When they heard this, they all exclaimed in a loud voice. The official was promoted to a higher level and the reward was 100 Guan. This was equivalent to the reward of several wars.


    "The king is wise!"


    "Thank you for your reward!"


    For a moment, everyone was cheering.


    After everyone calmed down, Shi said: "so, no matter how dangerous the next road is, we must stick to it. If we can''t find out this road, how can we repay King Long''s kindness?"


    "Don''t worry, general. We will die in return for your kindness!" All the people agreed to the promise;


    "well, let''s make concerted efforts to handle this matter well and repay the king!" Shi a waves a hand way: "pack good goods, set out immediately!"


    With Shi A''s order, more than 40 people immediately sorted out their belongings and headed east. Under Shi A''s arrangement, he personally led several rangers to guard Tian Zhe and several road exploring taxis. The rest of them followed closely. Finally, Zhang Ming, who was second only to him in fighting power, gave up.


    With the participation of Shi A''s Rangers, the speed of the exploring team has been greatly accelerated, but this acceleration is only relative to the speed of Tian Zhe and his party before. You know, the speed of Tian Zhe and his party at the beginning was simply too fast, and they explored less than ten li Road in a day. At the end of the day, more than ten miles are not hard. This is not the most important thing. The most important thing is that no one has been killed in the jungle since Shi''a and his party joined in.


    Ten days later, the group walked for another day. At a quarter to three in the afternoon, it was only about to get dark for more than an hour. Shi ah looked at all the people who were so tired that he quickly stopped Zhang Ming who was driving in front of him today and said, "Zhang Ming, go to the top of the mountain in front of you and see what''s going on in front of you, and then look for today The rest of us have a rest in place for a while. "


    All of them were relieved. In the past ten days, not to mention other people, Shia was very tired. After hearing Shia''s order to rest in place, they quickly found a slightly flat place and put some felt cloth on the ground. Then they all sat on it and did not want to move.Seeing this, Zhang Ming quickly called up another Ranger with good energy and climbed to a mountain hundreds of steps ahead.


    Half an hour later, Zhang Ming rushed down from the mountain, ran wildly, lowered his voice and roared: "elder martial brother, elder martial brother..."


    Upon hearing this, Shi a sprang up from the ground, holding the sword beside him in his backhand, and looking solemnly at the direction of Zhang Ming''s running. After Zhang Ming came near, he asked in a deep voice, "Zhang Ming, why did you come back alone and have a brother?"


    The rest of the people were also surprised. They all got up quickly, held their own weapons in their hands, and swept around with alert eyes.


    "Big Elder martial brother... " Zhang Ming gasped and ran to Shi a, put his back and said, "no harm, no There is no enemy... "


    After listening to this, they were relieved, but instead of putting down their weapons, they looked at Zhang Ming warily.


    Finally, Zhang Ming ran to the crowd and saw him holding his knees in both hands. He said, "elder martial brother, I saw a village on the other side of the valley just above the mountain!"


    As soon as we heard this, we were all very happy. Shi a quickly asked, "in detail, how far is the distance and how many people live in the village!"

 Chapter 1181

    Zhang Ming''s words made everyone very happy. Although Shi a was also very happy, he didn''t like others. Instead, he asked Zhang Ming more carefully about what he saw.


    According to Zhang Ming, what he saw above the mountain should be on the other side of the mountain, but in a valley a few miles away, there is a small village with more than ten families. However, it is still unknown how many people there are in the village and what the situation is in the village. Zhang Ming asked another Ranger to continue to observe on the mountain and go down the mountain first Report it to Shia.


    Upon hearing this, Shi a turned to Tian Zhe and said, "Tian Qu Chang, you and Ben will go to the mountains to have a look. The rest of us will be on guard and wait for our party to return to make arrangements."


    "No!" All agreed.


    Shia, regardless of the others, took three and two steps under the leadership of Zhang Ming, and quickly ran up the mountain. A moment later, the group finally climbed up the mountain, only to see that another Ranger had climbed up a big tree on the mountain. When they saw several people climbing up the mountain, he slipped down from the tree.


    "General!"


    "Well, do you see any problem?"


    "I can''t see it. It''s a small village with about ten families. They have cultivated a small field around the village. It seems that food has been planted in the field. There are still people working in the field, but only about ten people. From the figure, there should be women and children..."


    Shia nodded and looked in the direction they pointed to. Sure enough, at the foot of a half hill a few miles ahead, there were more than ten thatched cottages. At the foot of the hill, there seemed to be a stream, and there were some fields by the stream. You can see that the fields had been planted with crops, and now they were slightly green. You can see a few bodies in the fields The shadow is working, but the figure inside is really like a woman and a child.


    Several people observed for a while, and suddenly saw some figures appear from the stream at the foot of the mountain. They should have come from the east of the mountain where the village is located. Then they vaguely heard cheers. Seeing this, Shi a has basically confirmed that they are now in the upper party territory. It is estimated that they should be in the westernmost It''s too late.


    Shi amu measured that the distance between the two peaks was about three or four Li, but if they didn''t climb the mountain, they would have to go south to bypass the peak at their feet, and then turn north to reach the peak of the opposite village. It seems that the distance is at least ten li.


    After thinking about it, Shi said, "let''s go down the mountain and camp here for the time being. In the evening, a few of us will go to the village to have a look. Zhang Ming, you two will continue to observe here, and I''ll send someone to replace you later. "


    "No After hearing this, they whispered a promise. Then Shi a and Tian zhe left the mountain and went down to the rest place.


    Seeing that everyone was looking at the four of them eagerly, Shi a said with a smile: "if we have not guessed wrong, we should have arrived at the boundary of Yu''s family in Shangdang county. However, we can''t be sure yet. We will find a place to rest around here tonight. In the evening, we will send someone to the other side of the mountain to inquire again."


    "Hoo


    "Great!"


    All of them lowered their voices and cheered. Seeing Shia''s serious eyes, they lowered their voice again. However, it is self-evident that everyone is very happy.


    They went back for a long distance, then found a slightly higher but relatively flat place in a mountain depression, cleaned up the surroundings, spread a felt blanket and sat down. Then they took out pieces of dry food from their personal bags and slowly ate the food with the cold water in their kettle.


    Now that there are people living several miles away, they can''t make a fire today, they can only eat dry food and cold water. However, seeing that their task is about to be completed, we all don''t care about it. We just hope that we can determine where we are in this evening.


    After dinner, they all lay there quietly, watching the sky getting dark. Shi a and Tian zhe led several Rangers and soldiers to leave the camp and go to the mountain where Zhang Ming and Zhang Ming were hiding.


    Soon the party arrived on the mountain and saw several people coming up. Zhang Ming and Zhang Ming quickly returned to the west side of the mountain. Then the other three came to the hiding place where Zhang Ming and Zhang Ming were observing.


    "How?" Shi a asked;


    at this time, the village has been rising curling smoke, it seems that the village has begun to prepare for late food.


    "There are about fifty or sixty people in the village. Just now, another ten years ago, people came out of the mountains in the south. It seems that they are the hunters in the village..." Then Zhang Ming gave a detailed introduction to Shi a about what they had just seen.


    Seeing that it was getting dark, Shi a looked at the sky and said, "Zhang Ming, you two should go back to the camp and have a rest. You can bring someone to change it in the second half of the night. Remember, the camp must be well guarded. Don''t be careless. Tian Quchang and I went to the village in front of us to have a look. Fortunately, the weather is fine today. Although the moon is not big, it can light up the road. It''s just a little hard to walk. We will return in the second half of the night at the latest. "After listening, Zhang Ming and one of the four who came with Shi a just now returned to the camp. Shi a and Tian zhe quietly went down the mountain from the top of the mountain in the afterglow of the setting sun and went towards the hillside of the opposite mountain.


    As the saying goes, looking at the mountain is a dead horse. Although Shia''s village on the opposite hillside is only three or five miles away from him from the mountain, when they really walk up, it''s seven or eight miles to go down the mountain. Then there are two or three miles to go between the two mountains. They climb a hillside two or three miles away, and they are not familiar with the road Walking at night, so when they got to the village, it was almost one o''clock.


    At this time, most of the families in the village have fallen asleep. Only two families have a yellow oil lamp on. Shi a stands there, only to find that he has no good way to enter the village to inquire about the news. Finally, he has no choice but to go back with Tian Zhe.


    When the two returned to the mountains where their soldiers were lurking, it was already past three o''clock, and Zhang Ming had replaced the secret sentry in the first half of the night. Shi a confessed Zhang Ming after a few words, and Tian zhe returned to the place where we camped.

 Chapter 1182

    Along the way, Shi''a is thinking about how to arrange tomorrow. Now there are villages on the way forward, which means they can''t explore the road openly. However, it''s still unknown where this place is. This village is just stuck on their way to the East. If they want to continue to move eastward, they have to pass through the valley in front of this hillside village. In that case, they will surely know about it.


    After thinking for a long time, Shi a finally made up his mind. He said to Tian zhe: "Tian Qu Chang, I would have decided to start all night and continue to go east along the path in front of the village. I will definitely come back in three to five days at most. If I don''t know exactly where this place is, I will be in vain for my time and energy."


    "General!" As soon as Tian zhe heard this, he knew that Shi a was going to go alone. He was worried and said, "is it too dangerous for the general to go alone?"


    "It''s OK. Before I followed my master, I once went into the world alone, so I don''t have to worry about Tian Qu Chang. You stay here, and I will come back in three or five days. No, it''s too close to the hillside village. You can go back for another day and wait for me at the place where we camped yesterday! "


    Shi A''s level is too different from his own. In addition, he is a confidant of the king and a disciple of the greatest Xia in the world. Tian zhe also knows Shi A''s ability, so he doesn''t advise him any more. Just ask Shia to go back to the campsite, prepare some things, and then leave at night.


    Soon they went back to the camp. Shi a quickly prepared some clothes and food, took some coins and rushed to the East. Finally, before the sun came out, he bypassed the foot of the hillside village and came to the east of the mountain.


    Because the people in the hillside village often seem to contact with the outside world, it''s much better for Shi a to walk in the mountains than before. From this village, there is a path connecting with the outside, and Shi a follows the path all the way to the East.


    One day later, Shi''a finally arrived at a place where he was very excited - gaopingguan. Looking at the tattered wall of the pass and the big words "Gaoping pass" on the wall, Shi a knows that he has finally successfully found the ancient road of Qin State in the west of Baixing.


    As the spy chief of the Tang Dynasty, Shi a basically knew everything about the Han Dynasty. In his impression, gaopingguan was just a pass in the west of Peishi County under the rule of Shangdang in Bingzhou. However, according to the information from the shadow, there were not many troops stationed in gaopingguan.


    The reason why the situation of gaopingguan is so clear is that the state of Tang is sure to win Bingzhou. To enter Bingzhou, there are only two ways. One is to go to Hedong and enter Quemo Valley and Taiyuan. The other is to go to Hanoi and enter Shangdang territory through tianjingguan and mengmengmengmen pass in the eighth Xing of Taihang. Therefore, it takes a lot of money for the shadow guards to enter Gaodu and other cities It''s hard to gather information.


    Gaopingguan is located in Laomaling, 15 kilometers southwest of Gaoping City, which reaches Youyan in the north, Yiluo in the South and Hedong in the West. "According to the ridge of the world, it is the throat of Heshuo". It is the traffic throat and military hub of Shangdang area, and has always been an important place of attack and defense in history.


    Laomaling, also known as kongcangling, is located in machun town and Yuancun Township, 17.5km southwest of Gaoping City. It is the boundary mountain between Qinling and Gaoling. It starts from the main road in the East, ends at Heihu temple in the west, starts from shanhebei in the north, and connects Wushen mountain in the south. It covers an area of 2.5 square kilometers, with an altitude of 1188 meters. Laomaling has undulating peaks, high peaks and steep cliffs. It is as majestic as a galloping horse.


    The terrain here is very dangerous. The valley is deep and the cliff is steep. The East and the West are valleys. There are deep streams on the left and steep cliffs on the right. The mountain peaks on the north and south sides of the pass face each other. There is only one way to get through cars and horses in the middle. Gaoping pass is the gateway to the southwest of Gaoping. It is known as the first pass in the three Jin Dynasty and an important military fortress in ancient times. The castle of kongcangling is no longer in existence, but its remains can still be seen vaguely after climbing.


    Gaoping Guandong to jianbudui, West to Heihu temple, about 1000 meters long, north to behind the pier, South to Wushen mountain, about 350 meters wide. There are two gates in Guancheng, the East and the West. There is still a section of Ming Dynasty city wall in the present site, and the site of the city can be discerned. The sites of star watching platform, point general platform and military training ground still exist. There are Wanzhao mountain, the whole temple, Guandi temple, Heihu temple, Huashiban and other natural landscapes and places of interest.


    Gaopingguan first appeared in historical books because of the battle of Changping. According to the relevant epic records, the Qin army built a fake granary here to deceive the Zhao army, so it was later called kongcangling. However, it was not until the late Zhou Dynasty, when Zhao Kuangyin, the founding emperor of the Song Dynasty, rode alone to gaopingguan and borrowed his head from Gao Laoyao, which made gaopingguan famous all over the world.


    Then, during the Anti Japanese War, the island army suffered a heavy blow from the 17th division of the revolutionary army. Many soldiers died bravely for their country and wrote a patriotic anthem.


    However, gaopingguan at this time was far less brilliant than later. Although gaopingguan at this time also had the defense of Bingzhou army, according to Shi A''s observation, there were no more than a few hundred Bingzhou troops stationed here, and it seemed that they were basically ordinary soldiers, not the most elite soldiers under Lv Bu''s command.


    According to Shi A''s observation, it is basically certain that there are no more than 500 soldiers stationed at gaopingguan. It is estimated that there should be a thousand soldiers department. Among them, there are more than 100 real elite soldiers, and the remaining 400 soldiers are mostly made up.In fact, it''s true that Gaoping pass is a pass within the Shangdang. Although it''s a pass to the west of Yu''s family, there are only vast mountains to the West. When the yellow scarf was rampant, the Shangdang Taishou arranged soldiers to defend against the yellow scarf thieves. Later, after Lu Bu occupied the upper party, he appointed Zhang Yang as the leader of the upper party and Hao Yin as the captain of the upper party. However, they both set their eyes on Hanoi in the south, and did not pay attention to gaopingguan at all.


    Shi a stayed in Gaoping pass for a day, then left the pass at dusk, and then left the pass overnight. Finally, on the fourth day, he arrived at the camp where Tian Zhe and his party stayed. After telling Tian zhe the situation here, Shi a ordered Tian Zhe and Zhang Ming to lead them back to Hedong, while he himself went east again after a night''s rest However, if he is ready to attack the Shangdang, he is ready to sneak into the Shangdang himself and command the shadow guards of the Shangdang to make sure of the troops and defense of the city within the Shangdang territory.


    Half a month later, Zhang Ming and Tian zhe finally led their party back to Hedong. After entering DuanShi City, they were protected by the elite soldiers of Yingyang army who had been waiting for a long time. After a day''s rest in DuanShi City, they were escorted to Anyi City, Hedong Zhisuo.


    As soon as they returned to Anyi, they were recruited by Zhang Chao and Tian Yu to inquire about the details of their journey. Later, the detailed information was written into a memorial by the two men and sent back to Luoyang overnight.

 Chapter 1183

    A few days later, Huangfu Chaobo, who was in Lushi County, received a memorial from Hedong. After carefully reading the contents, Huangfu Chaobo finally put down his heart. It seems that the matter of attacking the party from Hedong has been basically determined. Now the geographical advantage has been basically established. Next, it depends on the time and people.


    After reading the memorial, Huangfu Chaobo handed it to Guo Jia and the two of them. After they read it carefully, Pang Tong said, "king, you can order Zhang Chao to repair the road from Jiangyi to Duanshi through Yicheng first. It''s not good for Duanshi to get in touch with the outside world. If you don''t make preparations early, it will be too late."


    "Well, it''s true. Zhang Chao''s memorial also mentioned that Duan''s road is not easy to go, but how can we not disturb Bingzhou?" Huangfu Chaobo nodded and asked;


    "it''s Yier. The king has just visited Hedong, and officials all over the country must have done well or not. The king can praise him for his good work and reprimand him for his bad work, and then order him to improve it, including Duan''s bad road, and order him to repair it That''s right. In this way, it''s sure to cover people''s eyes and ears. " Guo Jia said with a smile;


    Huangfu Chaobo was bright in front of him: "yes, that''s a good idea! This matter is handed over to fengxiao to draft, and then to Gu Yongxi to make it known to all the prefectures. By the way, all the other prefectures and counties are put into it, which just serves as a warning to the dead vegetarian! "


    "The king is wise." The two praised each other;


    The reason why Huangfu Chaobo appeared in Lushi County was for the soldiers of Wuguan. During the Spring Festival, Huangfu Chaobo met Zhao Rui who rushed back from Wuguan to Luoyang in the palace of Luoyang. In the subsequent conversation, Huangfu Chaobo learned that there seemed to be some signs of floating and unstable hearts among the generals of Wuguan.


    In fact, it''s been several years since they left Luoyang. Although Chang''an is not far away from Luoyang, they have never returned to Luoyang once. It''s very valuable to be able to support them.


    After thinking about this, Huangfu Chaobo told Zhao Rui that he would visit all the counties in the next few years. At that time, he asked them to transfer dozens of people from the generals of Wuguan, and let them walk the mountain path from Wuguan to Lushi County. He would meet these people in Lushi himself. Not only that, after confirming the list of people going to Lushi, Huangfu Chaobo specially asked their families in Luoyang to arrive at Lushi quietly by boat, so that they could get together for a few days.


    For ordinary people and their families, it is obviously unrealistic to rush to Wuguan from Lushi. But for the elite soldiers in the army, there is no problem. So when Huangfu Chaobo''s order reached Wuguan, all the generals who had left Luoyang for several years were very happy, and the morale of generals at all levels was obviously high.


    Soon, the list of the first group of people who went to Lushi County was determined. Later, Zhao Rui sent the list back to Luoyang with carrier pigeons. The families of the more than 50 generals quietly prepared in Luoyang and boarded the ship from the dock outside the South Gate of Luoyang to the dock outside the west gate of Lushi County.


    Now it''s the third day for Huangfu Chaobo to arrive at Lushi. On the first day, after meeting with a group of generals, Huangfu Chaobo meets all the 51 people on this trip alone. After comforting himself, he plans to leave Lushi by boat tomorrow. After touring Yiyang County, he crosses Xiong''er mountain and arrives at luhunguan. Then he goes to Guoliang county and arrives at Luxian county.


    As for Lu''s Wuguan generals and their families, they will not return until they get together for a few days. Huangfu Chaobo believes that after one by one pacification and the reunion with their families, the hearts of all the Wuguan generals will be stabilized. You know, Wuguan has always been the key and throat between Guandong and Nanyang. Now it is hard to control it in its own hands, and it must not be easy to give up.


    As for the other generals in the pass, with this trip, Huangfu Chaobo decided that more than 300 soldiers from Luoyang would come to the pass to reunite with their families in turn every month. One month, they would change groups of people, and each group would look like 40 or 50 people. In this way, everyone would be able to reunite with their families once a year.


    The night before he left Lushi, Huangfu Chaobo specially arranged a banquet for a group of generals and their families. As they live in other countries, they don''t disclose their residence, even in front of their relatives. These families thought that their relatives were stationed in Lushi.


    In a post house in the city, more than 50 generals, led by Ma Jin, the captain of Fenwei, took their families to a banquet held by Huangfu Chaobo.


    With this set of combined boxing, Huangfu''s success made the generals of Wuguan completely calm down, and also firmly grasped the world famous pass of Wuguan. However, the little emperor in Chang''an city close at hand still knew nothing about all this, and he was still proud of his divine stroke of arranging Zhao ruibu.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo is not sure when and how to start the dark game by putting Zhao ruibu in Wuguan.


    ¡­¡­


    Early the next morning, Huangfu Chaobo was escorted by the sinking camp and Tiebi camp, boarded the ship above Luoshui, and then went downstream to Yiyang. From Lushi to Yiyang, more than 200 Li journey, the fleet only spent half a day, the afternoon of that day, a group of people arrived in Yiyang smoothly.After a night in Yiyang, they will go to Yuzhou.


    When Huangfu Chaobo led Guo Jia and pangtong into Yiyang County, hundreds of miles away from the north, outside the city of Shangdang''s eldest son, a middle-aged man in his thirties, dressed as a Ranger and carrying a burden, walked to the gate of the city.


    This is exactly Shi''a who came from the surname Yu. After he left with his troops, Shi''a had been exploring the situation of Zhao''s army around gaopingguan and the surname Yu. After more than ten days of careful observation, Shi a finally made clear the layout of Zhao''s troops in the Wei family, Gaodu and several passes in the south.


    After sending the troops of several places back to Luoyang through the carrier pigeons of the shadow guard, Shi a turned north again. Although the shadow guard has been developed for several years, for Bingzhou, in addition to the cities of Gaodu and Weishi and several passes in the south, there are only several prefectures and countries in other places Among them, only Jinyang''s intelligence is the most detailed, and the situation in other places is not perfect. Since the state of Tang has set its eyes on the state of Zhao, Shi a decided to take this opportunity to find out at least the situation of Shangdang and Taiyuan, so as to prepare for the coming war.

 Chapter 1184

    For Shi Alai, it''s not too difficult to get information in Bingzhou. In those years, he lived with his master Wang Yue in Bingzhou for many years, and his style of speaking and doing things is basically the same as that of the local people in Bingzhou. In addition, as a person in charge of intelligence, he has already prepared several different identities for himself to use. Therefore, he has made progress in getting information from his family and Gaodu It went very well.


    When Shi a arrived at the gate of the eldest son''s city, it was already a little dark. Seeing that the gate was about to close, Shi a quickly took a few steps. As he walked, he took out a guide from his arms and handed it to Zhao Junzu at the gate. The soldier looked at Shi A''s guide and Shi a, then pointed to a box beside him and said: "ten Wen


    Shi ah understood and said with a strong Bingzhou accent: "thank you, bingye!" As he spoke, he took out ten Wen from his arms and put it in the box next to the soldier. The soldier listened to his accent, nodded with satisfaction, waved his hand to him and said, "go in! Next


    A big man behind Shi''a came in, and the soldiers took his guide and examined it carefully.


    The eldest son city is the county city of Shangdang county. However, because Bingzhou is only better than Liangzhou in the fourteen states of the Han Dynasty, plus Bingzhou, even the county city such as the eldest son city is only a little better than other counties in the Central Plains.


    After entering the city, Shi a didn''t immediately go to find the stronghold of shadow guard in the city. Instead, he found a restaurant in the street, sat in front of the window and ordered a table of wine and vegetables. He was not in a hurry to eat, while carefully observing the situation around him. At the same time, he was listening to the voices of the people in the hall downstairs.


    Half an hour later, Shia finished his dinner. Then he found an inn near the south gate and settled down. After entering the room, he took a bath, then climbed to bed.


    These days, he has been running around. He led the people to live in the wild for such a long time. He finally swaggered into the city. There''s no reason why he didn''t have a good rest. You know, he had a day''s rest in the tavern for both he and Gao Du. Then he continued to search for information.


    As a veteran spy, Shi a knows what he should do at what time. After a day''s rest, the next morning, Shi''a was full of energy and wandered around the city. On the surface, he looks around aimlessly, but in fact, every place he walks through has a reason.


    He had already understood the general layout of the eldest son City: in the north of the city are the residence of Taifu, Duwei and a group of officials and rich gentry. Behind the Taishou and Duwei, there is a military camp, which is a small military camp. The big military camp of the eldest son city is located in the southwest corner of the city. The south city is basically the area where merchants and markets are located, while the East and West cities are ordinary Residential areas for people.


    According to the original information provided by the shadow, there are 12000 soldiers in the eldest son''s city, including 5000 soldiers, 5000 soldiers of ordinary prefectures and countries, all of which are infantry soldiers. In addition, there are 1000 personal soldiers of the Taishou Zhang Yang and the Duwei Hao Meng, all of which are ordinary sword and shield cavalry soldiers.


    It seems that there are a lot of 12000 troops, but according to the establishment of the Tang army, there are only 10000 garrison soldiers in the county city, that is to say, there are 10000 ordinary soldiers in the county city. In addition, there are at least two or three battalions stationed in the county city, so there are 20000 or 30000 troops, more than double the number of Shangdang. However, the scale of Shangdang is only the size of Zhongxian County in the Central Plains. If there are more than 10000 soldiers and horses guarding the city, there are still plenty of them.


    At noon, Shi a didn''t go back to the restaurant near his hotel for dinner, but came to a restaurant near Duwei''s residence in the north of the city. Halfway through the meal, Shi a suddenly heard several voices coming from a private room on the second floor.


    "Brother Chen, it''s said that the king is going to lead the troops to clean up the Xianbei dog thieves on the grassland to avenge last year''s revenge. Is it true or not?"


    "Yes, brother Chen has acquaintances in Jinyang. You must know about this? Let''s talk to the brothers! "


    "Well, it''s good. Today''s wine is wrapped in someone. Brother Chen just drinks happily..."


    Although several people''s words were not very loud, Shi a listened to them one by one. When he heard them talking about Lv Bu, Shi a listened attentively and quietly.


    "Well, since you brothers have a heart, I''ll give you some information quietly." It should be the man called brother Chen who spoke. As soon as he spoke, the rest of the people immediately shut up.


    Seeing this, General Chen lowered his voice a little, and then said, "it is said that the king really intends to send troops outside the Great Wall, and general Wei also supports the king''s opinion. However, the prime minister and general Zhang suggest that the two counties of Wuyuan Shuofang should be pacified first, and then the country should be stabilized, and then the upper county and Hexi should be pacified southward, and the whole Bingzhou should be brought under the rule of our great Zhao, We''ll send troops out of the Great Wall again. "


    Seeing that everyone was listening carefully, the speaker laughed, and then said: "finally, the king decided to send troops to drive out Xianbei people in the grassland. Then when the king sent troops, he quietly mobilized soldiers to the clouds, and when the king returned to the army, he wiped out the two counties in one fell swoop.""To what extent will the king send troops to the grassland?" One of them asked;


    "it is said that the king wanted to drive the Xianbei dog thieves to the deep grassland four or five hundred miles away, but after the prime minister''s persuasion, the king finally narrowed the scope to two hundred miles, that is to say, all the Xianbei dog thieves within the two hundred miles would be killed." The general surnamed Chen said at the end with a chill in his voice, but everyone was very happy to hear it. They all gnashed their teeth and yelled in a low voice for revenge.


    Shi a didn''t expect that he would be so lucky to hear such secret news. It seems that the general surnamed Chen has someone in the Zhao court in Jinyang, and his status is not low. Otherwise, he would not have got such detailed information.


    When Shi a was going to continue to listen, the topic of all the people in the hall changed again. No one mentioned military and political affairs any more. However, some people envied that the cavalry who could follow the king could take the opportunity to get something back from the grassland. After confirming that there was no more useful information to eavesdrop on, Shia had a quick lunch and left the restaurant.

 Chapter 1185

    For a whole day, Shi a almost looked at all the places in the city that needed to be carefully observed. Seeing that it was going to be dark, Shi a was ready to return to the inn for a rest. Who knows, when he was ready to return to the inn, suddenly there was a rumbling horse hoof from the gate, and then he heard the shouts of the soldiers at the gate: "come on, everyone, get out of the way! Hao Duwei is back! "


    As soon as the words came out, the passers-by on the street were scared to get close to both sides of the street. There was a rush of chickens and dogs on the street. Shi a saw this and followed the passers-by to the door of a shop next to the street.


    Soon, a thousand cavalry came whistling from the gate, stirring up dust all over the sky. Even so, the pedestrians on both sides of the street covered their noses with their hands, but no one dared to show resentment on their faces. This shows the deep prestige of Hao Meng in Shangdang county. Seeing that a thousand cavalry were about to rush through the street, Shia secretly looked at the cavalry. Suddenly, a cold light passed through his eyes, but he soon covered it up.


    The reason why Shi a had such a reaction was that the news that the shadow sent back to Luoyang said that Zhang Yang and Hao Zhao''s cavalry were ordinary sword and shield cavalry. Although they also carried bows and arrows on their horses, they were not good at riding and shooting. However, when Shi a saw it just now, he found that the bows and arrows on the horse''s back of the 1000 cavalry were not the ordinary riding bows used by the Central Plains cavalry, but the angle bows that were more suitable for the horse cavalry. Moreover, Shi a could get that the excellent degree of these angle bows was much higher than that of the ordinary riding bows. The reason why he was so sure was that the Tu cavalry in huyandu used the most excellent angle bows The bow is even better than the horn bow used by the tribes on the grassland.


    From the angle bow used by the 1000 cavalry in front of the eye glue, it can be seen that Hao Zhao is not an ordinary cavalry general, but a general of the bow cavalry. Don''t underestimate the difference. He may cause huge loss of troops on the battlefield, or even turn the whole war around.


    "Damn it Shi ah scolded himself in his heart: "even this is wrong!"


    Originally, he thought that he would go to the stronghold of shadow guard to meet with the leader of Shangdang today, but seeing this situation, he changed his mind. He decided to observe the situation of the soldiers in the city and decide the next action. After this incident, Shi a also found that there were some shortcomings in the shadow guard.


    As the sky slowly darkens, Shi''a goes to the southeast of the city again. This area is the most prosperous area in the eldest son''s city. There are many restaurants, fireworks and dignitaries in the city.


    Find a luxury restaurant, Shi a head did not return to go in, in the shop under the guidance of the second floor, and came to a quiet place, sat down, ordered a few dishes, and let the second on a pot of good wine, Shi a sat there eating while listening to the people around.


    However, to Shi A''s disappointment, he didn''t hear much useful information after a dinner. Seeing that there were fewer and fewer people in the restaurant, Shi a finished his dinner and left the restaurant.


    Back at the inn, Shia did a little washing, then blew out the lights and went to bed.


    At the second watch, the window of Shi''a''s room quietly opened, and he appeared in the window, turned out, gently closed the window, and then jumped up, and he jumped on the roof of the inn. Standing on the roof, Shi a confirmed the direction, found the location of the barracks in the south of the city, and went to the barracks without hesitation.


    During the day, Shi a had carefully looked around the military camp in the south of the city and saw several good places to observe. Now that he had found that Hao Meng''s cavalry information was wrong, Shi a decided to carefully observe the situation of the soldiers in the eldest son''s city to prevent any further mistakes.


    Half an hour later, Shi''a rushed to the southwest corner of the barracks in the south of the city. Dozens of steps away, there was a house with a tree several feet high. During the day, Shi''a observed it and found that the movement in the barracks could be observed just above the tree.


    The barracks in the city are just like this. Unlike the barracks outside the city, they can be cleaned up within hundreds of steps, but not in the city. It is impossible for people to clean up all the barracks within a hundred steps. In this way, it just gives Shi a chance.


    Turning over into the yard, Shi a quickly came to the tree, climbed to the tree three or two times, found a suitable position, hid his body, rested with his eyes, and quietly waited for daybreak to observe the training of the soldiers in the camp.


    Soon, it was five o''clock, and people began to walk around in the barracks. It should be the cook who began to prepare breakfast. At the third quarter of five o''clock, the whole barracks seemed to be alive all at once. After the sound of a trumpet, teams of soldiers began to appear in the middle of the barracks in full armor.


    Hearing the sound of the horn, Shi awei closed his eyes and opened them fiercely. Looking towards the camp through the thick leaves, he saw teams of taxi soldiers begin to line up, and soon the square arrays were arranged in the middle of the school yard. Shi a counted them all, but there were only nine square arrays. Five of them were obviously more neat and tight, which should be the 5000 soldiers. The other four square arrays looked much worse, which should be the soldiers of the prefectures and the States. In addition, the four gates of the city had a vigil, and a soldier patrol. In this way, the number of 10000 soldiers was exactly the same.As for the two thousand cavalry guards, they must be arranged in the Barracks at the north gate, which is close to the Taishou''s and Duwei''s houses, just to protect their safety.


    There is no problem in terms of military strength, so the next step is to observe the combat effectiveness of soldiers, but now they are not in combat, so all they can see is their training. Fortunately, Shi A''s personal intelligence, if it is replaced by ordinary shadow guards, it is not easy to see the combat power of the soldiers. Shi a must have been fighting with Huangfu Chaobo for many years, and he has seen countless soldiers. In addition, the guards have always been the most powerful soldiers. Shi a often sees their training, so his evaluation of the combat power of the soldiers is not enough It''s more accurate.


    After observing for less than half an hour, Shi a had a good idea of the combat power of these soldiers. These soldiers should have the same strength as the ordinary soldiers of the Tang army, and still slightly inferior to the elite soldiers; while the ordinary soldiers of the prefectures and states were far from the garrison of the Tang army.


    Seeing that the sky was about to light, Shi a also delayed. When he was sure that there was no one in the yard, he quickly slid down from the tree. Then a Yao Zi turned over and left the yard. Then he walked all the way back to his inn.

 Chapter 1186

    In the next two days, Shi a carefully observed the fighting strength of Zhang Yang and Hao Meng''s cavalry, and then observed the defense situation of the eldest son city. Before he appeared in the secret stronghold of shadow guard in the south of the city, Shi a left the eldest son city and went to Jinyang city of Taiyuan County after sending the information of the eldest son city to Luoyang.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo has arrived at Luyang under the escort of Dianwei and gaoshun. In Luyang city and county government, Huangfu Chaobo and shacuolang are sitting in the hall, chatting. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo was asked to sit on the throne when he killed the wrong wolf. However, Huangfu Chaobo thought that it was not suitable for him to sit on the throne now because he was on someone else''s territory, so he finally left the throne empty and sat on both sides.


    Today, killing the wrong wolf is still a place of one county and one pass: Luyang county and changxigouguan in the West. However, his luck is not very good. Up to now, he has not been able to recruit a historical general. Fortunately, he has trained several warriors. In several replica battles, he used the replica points to exchange two bronze level general cards. Now he has transferred two generals, who are appointed as the chief and deputy county captains by him. One stays in the county and the other leads two thousand soldiers Xigouguan.


    However, shacuolang and his friends are still very satisfied with the current situation. With this county, the money they make from this county is enough to make other people who have worked for many years blush. Today, Luyang is already a paradise for casual players in Siyu Yanzhou. Luyang is located outside the junction of the three states. With its back on Funiu Mountain, it is rich in various resources, and there are many Shanzhai strongholds in Funiu Mountain. Therefore, the unique conditions make many players and small and medium-sized players'' alliances stay in Luyang. In addition, shacuo wolf and his partners have a good attitude towards players, which makes Luyang a better place This small town is full of people all day long.


    Of course, in order to guard against some people with ulterior motives, killing the wrong wolf specially built an inner city in the city. Nearly one third of the county towns are included in the inner city. The main residents and craftsmen of the city are all settled in the inner city. Usually, the inner city is defended by 3000 most elite soldiers. Ordinary players are not allowed to enter the inner city. The other 3000 ordinary soldiers were used to garrison the outer city and take charge of the security of the outer city.


    After staying in Luyang for a day, Huangfu Chaobo left here and went to Yingxi county.


    Today''s Yingxi county has only five cities. Er, it should be considered as six cities. Among them, Luyang, who killed the wrong wolf, is also under the rule of Yingxi county. The other five counties are Ye County, Kunyang County, Yi County, Wuyang county and father city. Yingxi county is located in Kunyang, but his elite army is in Ye County. Zhang Ji''s army in Nanyang has to fight several battles almost a year. The battlefield is the area between Ye County and duyang.


    Now there are 40000 soldiers in Yingxi County, and 5000 soldiers in each of the other five counties. Plus 10000 elite soldiers and 5000 white soldiers from Chen Dao, although there are many soldiers, Zhang Jijun can only be on the defensive in Nanyang, because Zhang Jijun''s cavalry is so strong that there are 20000 iron cavalry in Xiliang. If it were not for the location of Ye County, which is very good, it would be impossible to keep Ye County.


    The magistrate of Yexian County is a military general who has been transferred to another position under the command of the whole country. In addition, his number one general Chen Dao personally guards here. Therefore, although the Nanyang army tried to capture Yexian several times, it failed. Today, Ye County has 15000 soldiers. In addition to the 5000 soldiers of prefectures and states, there are also 5000 white soldiers and 5000 soldiers of Chen Dao. Another 5000 soldiers are stationed in the county city under the command of He Yi. It can be said that ye county has more troops than the county and city.


    Ye County is the focus of contention between the two families. Nanyang army failed to attack several times, so at last, Zhang Ji, on the suggestion of Jia Xu, sent a general to duyang County, which is adjacent to Ye County. At the same time, he assigned 5000 Xiliang cavalry to duyang''s troops. In this way, it was these 5000 cavalry that killed the westward attempt of the overwhelming army In the basket. So in a few years, the two families have had dozens of small battles, but they can''t help each other.


    They stood at the head of Ye County, looking at the vast land in the West. After a long time, they sighed: "Nanyang, this piece of fat is too much to eat!"


    Kill wrong wolf suddenly came a: "super Bo boss, or you also send troops, also like last time general, our three once again captured Nanyang, how?"


    As soon as his words came out, everyone on the scene was stunned. Huangfu Chaobo and Zongheng looked at each other. Then they were embarrassed and turned to look away.


    Boy, I know you are a fresh graduate, but if you tell us like this, we can still talk well.


    Nanyang is an awkward place for Huangfu to be super rich and to be all over the world. For Huangfu Chaobo, there are several reasons why he didn''t attack Nanyang. First, Zhang Jijun of Nanyang is not so easy to deal with. Twenty thousand Xiliang cavalry, even with Huangfu Chaobo''s strength, must be carefully weighed. If it is careless and can''t be solved quickly, it is likely to drag the Tang army into the mud altar, and it''s not so easy to get out at that time It''s easy. So it''s better to let the whole world stand in the way than to block it.Second, if he really occupied Nanyang, he would not have half a chance. At present, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to lose his friend, so he never sent troops to Nanyang. Instead, he let him attack Nanyang.


    As far as the world is concerned, if he wants to expand his sphere of influence, the three directions of southeast and North are the territory of Huangfu Chaobo, so there is no possibility of expansion, so he can only attack in the west, but his West is a guy he can''t shake.


    If there is no foreign aid, the difficulty is basically in the level of difficulty. Plus the Xiliang cavalry, the difficulty is basically in the level of hell. Therefore, no matter how many years I have tried my best to enter the hinterland of Nanyang, I have failed. Even though they had occupied duyang, they had to return to Ye County in the end. The cavalry threat was too big.


    In fact, zonghengtianxia can invite Huangfu Chaobo to send troops, but once Huangfu Chaobo sends troops, it''s good that he can take two or three cities in his hands when the territory is allocated. So in recent years, all the brothers in zonghengtianxia have openly and secretly expressed their opposition to asking Huangfu Chaobo to send troops together. There''s no way to cross the sky I had to bite my teeth and try my best to attack Nanyang.


    There''s a saying, isn''t it? If you have difficulties, you have to go even if you don''t have difficulties Er, wrong! There should be more ways than difficulties. So far, however, no solution has been found.


    Originally, both of them had a tacit understanding and didn''t mention the attack on Nanyang, but they didn''t expect that this time they were stabbed by the little guy named the wrong wolf. In this way, both parties felt extremely embarrassed.

 Chapter 1187

    As soon as the words of killing the wrong wolf came out, I immediately found that the atmosphere of the scene had become a bit wrong. When I was about to speak again, I was pulled by a partner behind me.


    "Cough..." Huangfu Chaobo saw that everyone was stunned and said, "it''s windy outside. We''d better go back to the county government and talk inside."


    "Yes, yes!"


    "Not bad!"


    They all responded. After that, they turned to the county government in the city. Along the way, people did not speak about the attack on Nanyang, just casually said some other things. As Huangfu Chaobo walked along, he thought to himself, it seems that Nanyang''s business is to talk to all the people in the world. At least we should have a frank talk. At least I haven''t had the time and energy to take care of the south in the past few years. Therefore, the war in Nanyang, which people all over the world can go to, depends on themselves.


    As for Zong hengxia, if he can really take Nanyang and even occupy Jingxiang, then it''s time to deal with the relationship between them. Huangfu Chaobo believes that if he really occupies the majority of the world, all the allies across the world should know what to choose now. In fact, it''s not only the world, but also Zhao Zilong, Xiake, Xiaoqiang and other allies.


    After entering the county government, everyone sat down in the hall, and Huangfu Chaobo waved back a group of generals and pro guards. Seeing this, the world knew that Huangfu Chaobo had something to say, so it also waved back a group of generals. In a moment, there was only one player left in the hall.


    "Well, as for what I just said about killing the wrong wolf, actually..." Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "that''s right," he said awkwardly. "In fact, I''m hesitating about this matter, mainly because I don''t know if your troops can be transferred..."


    "This is really a problem. There are only two ways to deal with the Xiliang cavalry of Nanyang army. One is to use cavalry to carry it hard, and the other is the infantry square array. But my troops really can''t be deployed. To be honest, since I received the task of rebuilding Luoyang, I''ve never stopped fighting. Whether it''s soldiers or generals, people can''t bear it, So we all hope to be able to recuperate for a few years and let us have a breath. " Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "yes, we also consider this problem. In recent years, we have also found some ways to crack the cavalry. Cavalry can''t compete with the Xiliang iron cavalry, so we have only the infantry square array. For more than a year, Chen Zhi has been thinking about this square array, and now he has basically considered it." At this point, I stopped all over the world.


    "Chen Dao''s idea is to use the square array composed of several arms to break the cavalry. Nowadays, it''s OK to solve the problem of sword shield soldiers and lance soldiers, but long-range attack can only be solved from you. If you only rely on archers, you can''t achieve the best attack effect, then the infantry loss in close combat will be too much, so... "


    In the period of Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty, the reason why the Han army was able to sweep the grassland was in large part because of one thing, the crossbow. The method they used was to use the crossbow as a long-range weapon to kill a large number of Hun cavalry, thus laying the foundation for victory.


    Today, Chen Dao''s method is indeed similar to that of Emperor Wu of Han Dynasty in dealing with cavalry, so the key is still on the crossbow.


    "Well," Huang Fu Chao Bo patted his forehead and said, "it''s just that we need a large number of crossbows now. Well, don''t you have a batch of crossbows now? You practice first. When the soldiers become more proficient, I''ll bring you a batch of ordinary crossbows. It''s only estimated that the standard one stone rhubarb crossbow will take at least half a year. By the way, how many crossbows are you going to form? "


    "Five thousand, if there are enough crossbows, I''m going to set up five thousand crossbows." "Five thousand is enough! Three thousand words, this year should be able to provide for you Huangfu Chaobo frowned.


    "To tell you the truth, I''m also building a crossbow troop of 5000 people. Now I''m training with ordinary crossbows, but it''s estimated that it will take several months for the standard one stone rhubarb crossbow to be fully equipped. It''s similar to what you think. Several military divisions of my family have discussed that we may have to start from Guanzhong, so we will also face Xiliang The iron cavalry, to be honest, if only the cavalry to deal with it, the loss will be too great, so our arrangement is also to use crossbow soldiers... "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, everyone understood his meaning. However, across the world, he recognized another meaning in Huangfu Chaobo''s words, that is, at present, he has no idea about Nanyang.


    After a little meditation, Huangfu Chaobo said: "if we didn''t take that batch of crossbows to Bingzhou a few years ago, in fact we would have enough. Well, I''ll give you a thousand standard one stone rhubarb crossbows first, and the rest of them will be trained with ordinary crossbows first. In half a year, I''ll give you three thousand crossbows. It seems that my workshop needs to make adjustments. The two stone rhubarb crossbows have to be reduced first, and a batch of one stone crossbows have to be produced first. The plan to replace them in two years will fail again. The plan can''t keep up with the changes! "


    With these words, Huangfu Chaobo could not help caressing his forehead and sighing. He did not expect that a big yellow crossbow would suddenly have such a big gap, which made him a little unexpected."Well, although the range attack of the ordinary crossbow is slightly inferior to that of the rhubarb crossbow, there is no problem with the training." after thinking about it, I still made up my mind: "as for the number of crossbow soldiers, I decided to train 5000 crossbow soldiers and adjust them separately, just like the Baihe soldiers. As for the crossbow soldiers in other battalions, I would replace them with bowmen Well, in this way, there should be no problem with soldiers and weapons. "


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words also let the world down, see Huangfu Chaobo''s meaning, at least in recent years, they will not send troops to Nanyang. Although the world knows that he will not be able to fight for this friend, he still doesn''t give up because he is not convinced at the bottom of his heart. As for what will happen in the future, the world doesn''t know, but he still has to fight for it before the result comes out. At least if we can control Nanyang and even Jingxiang in our hands, we will not underestimate our friend.


    Well, this should be what others call the dispute of spirit and spirit!


    All over the world, I think!

 Chapter 1188

    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stay in Yingxi County for long. On the third day, he continued to go south under the protection of the guards and went to Runan County for inspection. When they arrived at Pingyu, the center of Runan, Shi A''s information from Shangdang was also sent to Huangfu Chaobo through Luoyang.


    Raising the pigeon letter in his hand, Huangfu Chaobo said to Guo Jia with a smile: "I didn''t expect that Master Lu Bu would know the player strategy now? The cavalry first sent troops to drive out the Xianbei people outside the Great Wall, and the soldiers quietly gathered in the clouds, and then used them to attack Wuyuan and Shuofang when they returned. "


    Guo Jia took the pigeon letter and looked at it again. Then he handed it to Pang Tong and said with a smile, "in this way, we must speed up the training of crossbow soldiers. Lv Bu''s army will attack Wuyuan. If all the people of Wuyuan can delay a little longer, Lv Bu will have to send troops from Shangdang''s Taiyuan counties for support. In this way, our opportunity will come."


    "That''s right, so the longer Wuyuan delays, the better. The longer the delay, the more soldiers Lu Bu is likely to mobilize." Pang Tong nodded and said;


    "one more thing," Guo Jia said suddenly, "the Lord must remind Bingzhou that when the Lvbu army comes back from the grassland, the cavalry will directly bypass the Yinshan Mountain to the north of Wuyuan and Shuofang. Once upon a time, the Xianbei Army invaded the south. If the Lvbu army is allowed to invade the two counties, they will probably spend two or three months It won''t hold


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was horrified and said, "yes, I would have ignored it if I hadn''t been reminded by filial piety. But there are other things to pay attention to? "


    Two people are shaking their heads: "no, just need to tell them, for Zhao''s attack need to be careful, can''t have half of luck."


    "Don''t worry, they will be like this. General Zhang Liao of Zhao army is a famous general in the world. If they dare to take it lightly, the two counties will not be protected."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo connected Zhao Zilong to have a communication. He told him the information he received and Guo Jia''s conjecture one by one. Although Zhao Zilong knew that Lv Bu couldn''t let them go easily, he didn''t expect that since he would be ready to solve the two counties so soon, they chatted for a while before hanging up the communication.


    After the communication with Huangfu Chaobo, Zhao Zilong immediately contacted Xiake, Lao Du and Xiao jiejie and told them the news that Huangfu Chaobo had told him. All of them were calm. Fortunately, everyone was ready, so they soon reacted. Moreover, it took three or five months for Lu Bu to send troops to sweep the grassland. All his people have been strengthening the defense of the passes and important cities in the two counties.


    What''s more, the huge number of crossbows brought back from the end of last year have all been equipped to soldiers. After half a year''s training, these crossbow soldiers are ready for war. I believe they will be more skilled in a few months.


    After several people finished their correspondence, Wuyuan and Shuofang began to prepare for the war more actively.


    ¡­¡­


    In the early stage, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t have the time and energy to take care of them, and he also needed Zhao Zilong to attract LV Bujun''s attention, so as to create conditions for him to move the army to merge with Zhou. Of course, it also depends on which side of Bingzhou and Guanzhong first appeared, so as to determine the direction of Tang army''s attack.


    If there is an accident in Guanzhong first, then the Tang army will certainly command Guanzhong first, but if there is a fighter in Bingzhou first, then it will certainly command the army to the north. This is the relationship between forces. Although the Tang army and the people in Bingzhou were allies, Huangfu Chaobo had to make some choices in front of the interests of the Tang state.


    After staying in Pingyu for two days, Huangfu Chaobo continued to go south. Runan was an important town in Yuzhou, so Huangfu Chaobo always arranged Huang Zhong to lead 40000 soldiers to guard it as the backup of Qiaojun and Lujiang. If Qiaojun or Lujiang had any difference, Runan''s 40000 soldiers could support the two counties at any time.


    In addition, Huang Zhong was originally the commander of Shenwu army. He had five battalions under the jurisdiction of four counties in Yuzhou and one county in Yangzhou.


    A few days later, the 7000 guards, who joined 5000 Turkistan cavalry, escorted Huangfu Chaobo and two military divisions across the huaishui River and entered the boundary of Lujiang River. If we say that Huangfu Chaobo only focused on those important passes or cities in Sizhou and Yuzhou counties, then Huangfu Chaobo is going to make a round of careful inspection of the counties one by one for the newly attached places like Lujiang River.


    The main purpose of this is to send troops to the north or west in peace of mind in the future. The so-called "resisting the outside" needs to settle the inside first. If the inside is unstable, how can it expand to the outside?


    Xinxi City, the southernmost part of Runan County, was originally occupied by Huangfu Chaobo''s army. Now it comes to the Bank of huaishui river again. The original temporary floating bridge has been reinforced by craftsmen and has become a fixed bridge. According to the request of Zuo Chengzu, the governor of Lujiang River, in the next few years, this bridge will be built into a more solid iron cable bridge or cable bridge Shidun bridge.


    After crossing the huaishui River, Huangfu Chaobo traveled from geyang, Xiyang and Qisi, then all the way down the huaishui River to Anfeng City, which is adjacent to Jiujiang river. Then he went all the way south from Anfeng, and passed Lu''an and Longshu to Lushu county.Ten miles to the north of Shuxian County, a group of Lujiang officials led by Zuo Chengzu, the governor of Lujiang, and a group of generals of Xuanwu camp led by Kong Xin are all here. They are quietly looking to the north. It''s may now. Although the weather is not too hot, a group of civil and military officers and generals who have been standing in the sun for more than an hour have already been sweating. A group of generals are fine, and they have been in the army all the year round Wu''s life made them happy with this situation, but all the civil servants complained.


    However, even so, none of the people here dare to show a trace of impatience, because they are waiting for their king.


    It was not until the middle of the time that several riders from the North came rushing. They ran to Zuo Chengzu, turned over and dismounted, and reported: "I tell you, my Lord, the king''s army has been ten miles away, and there are more than ten thousand cavalry. It will take about half an hour to get here."


    When they heard this, they were all in high spirits. They didn''t need Zuo Chengzu''s orders. They all stood up straight and arranged their robes. Then they stood in two rows, waiting for Wang Jia who was coming to the north.


    A little half an hour later, a few miles to the north, the dust was rising all over the sky, and it was approaching them quickly in this direction. Soon, nearly ten thousand cavalry appeared in the public''s sight.

 Chapter 1189

    Zhao state, Bingzhou, Taiyuan County, Jinyang, is also the King City of Zhao state. In the palace of Zhao king, Lv Bu, the king of Zhao, is gathering a group of officials to discuss affairs.


    Above the court hall, Lu bu''an of Zhao Kingdom sits on the throne, Chen Gong, Wei Xu, Zhongcheng, Qin Yi, the Prime Minister of Zhao Kingdom, and other civil and military officials, such as Zhang Liao, the general of Northern Expedition, Cao Xing, the general of Pingnan, Li Feng, the commander of Sili school and the commander of Taiyuan City, rank first among the officials.


    "You Aiqing, you lonely desire to lead the troops out of the fortress and expel the Xianbei tribe within 200 Li north of Yinshan Mountain. On the one hand, you want to avenge the previous invasion of Bingzhou, and on the other hand, you want to remove some hidden dangers for us and the northern part of Zhao." Lu Bu sat high on the throne, looking excited to all humanity;


    after several months of being king Zhao, Lu Bu was a little bit suffocated. This time, he just took this opportunity to go out and let himself fly. This is also why the Chen palace asked Lu Bu not to go deep into the grassland within 200 Li. Lu Bu nodded and agreed. If it had been put in the past, Lu Bu probably would not have agreed. Now, he just wanted to lead the troops immediately and didn''t want to stay in the palace for a moment.


    When they heard this, they all bowed to give a deep gift and said in unison, "the king is holy and bright!"


    "Well, Gu himself led the expedition. He led 30000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry and 20000 ordinary cavalry, including 50000 cavalry and 100000 horses." At this point, Lu Bu stopped for a moment, and then said, "after going to the war alone, the domestic affairs were all dealt with by the state minister, the state captain and the censor Zhongcheng."


    "Wei Chen leads the order!" All three of them got up to receive the order of thanks.


    Lu Bu nodded and motioned for the three to sit down. Then he said, "after consulting with the Prime Minister of the state, I decided to gather a large army to attack Wuyuan and Shuofang at one stroke when I returned to the grassland, and bring them into the rule of Zhao. So when the lone leader cavalry went out, Zhang Liao, the general of the northern expedition, was in charge. With the assistance of the three prime ministers, they gathered 50000 soldiers to go to Yunzhong County in three months. When the lone leader cavalry returned from the grassland, they attacked Wuyuan County and Shuofang county together. "


    On hearing this, Zhang Liao quickly went out and said, "I''ll take the order!"


    Lu Bu gave a gentle hum, and then said to Chen Gong, "prime minister, are there any changes in other countries?"


    Chen Gong got up and said, "don''t worry, my Lord. I have ordered the spies to pay close attention to the movements of the surrounding countries. The state of Wei is an ally of our country. Now the attention of the king of Wei is focused on the state of Yan. In addition, there has always been discord between the two countries, so it is impossible for the king of Wei to offend us at this time. "


    "As for the state of Tang, according to the information from the spies in the state of Tang, the king of Tang has been fighting for many years since he came to Luoyang. Now all the people in the state of Tang are tired of fighting. In addition, the war between Tang and Qi has caused great losses to the state of Tang. Therefore, the king of Tang has no intention of sending troops this year. From the beginning of the year, the king of Tang began to lead the patrol Depending on the situation at home, we should appease the people. "


    "Well!" Lu Bu nodded and said, "I''ve also seen the information about this. But I heard that the king of Tang played with the king of Qi and made Qi lose most of the land in the East China Sea, so that Wu and the alien Lord named yelaixiang could be adjacent. Is that so? "


    "Don''t worry, King Tang''s move is just to contain Qi''s energy, so that he can rest at ease. King, please think about it. If you really let the king of Qi pacify Qingxu, who is the king of Qi going to attack next? It must be the king of the Tang Dynasty, so the king of the Tang Dynasty is to weaken the strength of the state of Qi, and at the same time enhance the strength of the yelaixiang and the king of Wu, so that they can better contain the state of Qi. "


    "It''s a wonderful plan!" Lu Bu fuzhang said with a smile;


    "although the state of Tang has no intention to send troops for the time being, Weichen has already discussed with Guowei and decided to strengthen the defense of the pass cities in the south of Taiyuan and Shangdang counties and adjacent to the state of Tang, so as to prevent the Tang army from sending troops to besiege Wei and ask Zhao when the king and general Zhang attacked Wuyuan." Chen Gong added;


    "prime minister, I heard that all the counties in Hedong and Hanoi are building roads and bridges now. Is there any other attempt of the Tang Dynasty?" Zhang Liao was more careful and asked quickly.


    "General Zhang, don''t worry, I''ve carefully considered the road and bridge construction in Hanoi and Hedong, and I don''t see any other attempt. This is just a positive evaluation of the political achievements of the principal officials of the three counties after the king of Tang visited Wei County, Hanoi and Hedong."


    "In the three counties, about 20% of the people were rewarded, and 30% of the people were punished. About half of the county officials had a mediocre performance, and neither reward nor punishment. That''s why there was such a big movement in the three counties." Chen Gong replied with a smile;


    when everyone heard this, they were all relieved, and Lu Bu was even more smiling. In this way, he felt more at ease when he went out to the Great Wall: "well, general Cao Xing, you will lead 20000 cavalry to go out with Gu, and send orders to go on. The army will be ready for three days. After three days, they will go out to the grassland!"


    As soon as they heard this, they got up together to answer the promise.


    Three days later, Lu Bu led Cao Xinghe and 50000 cavalry troops out of the north gate of Jinyang and headed north. There are 50000 troops dispatched this time. Among them, 30000 Bingzhou wolf riders are the special arms of Zhao state. Among the 30000 Bingzhou wolf riders, there are about 20000 ordinary wolf riders. Their strength is almost equal to that of the palace account cavalry on the grassland. The remaining 10000 Bingzhou wolf riders are more elite cavalry. They are called blood wolf riders. They are the unique arms of Lv Bu. They can be said to be the strongest cavalry in the world The white horse is better than the white horse.In addition, the 20000 cavalry led by Cao Xing were ordinary cavalry of Zhao state. However, even ordinary cavalry was better than ordinary cavalry of Central Plains. These 50000 cavalry troops are the most elite troops of the state of Zhao. These 50000 people alone have accounted for more than half of the money and food consumed by the troops of the state of Zhao. This is also why Shi a saw Zhao guobu soldiers in the eldest son City, no matter they were soldiers or soldiers of prefectures, they were no small difference from the Tang army.


    Like a torrent, 50000 cavalry troops rush to the north. Among the crowd outside the north gate of Jinyang, a middle-aged Ranger just sees this scene one by one. This is Shi ah who rushed to Jinyang from the eldest son city to inquire about intelligence.


    Looking at the torrent of cavalry rolling northward, Rao Shi''a was knowledgeable and fell into silence. The state of Tang is strong and powerful, but the cavalry of the whole state of Tang is less than 100000, which sounds more than that of Zhao. However, there are more than ten counties in the state of Tang, and each county has only a few thousand people, but Lubu has only a few counties. Moreover, these places are far less prosperous than the central plains where the state of Tang is located. This shows the importance of cavalry in the state of Zhao.

 Chapter 1190

    Just when Lu Bu led the army to set out and prepare to start the bloody washing of the grassland, a war that lasted more than half a year in the west of Bingzhou was finally coming to an end.


    After the unsuccessful attack on Lufu last year, Ma Chao saw that the weather was getting colder and colder, and it was about to snow, so he led the retreat, retreated to the two cities of Anmi and lesu, and waited for the weather to improve next year. At the beginning of March this year, Ma Chao attacked Lufu city again with the support of ten thousand soldiers and horses sent by Ma Teng. After a month''s fierce attack, Ma Chao finally entered Lufu city. Jiuquan prefect was defeated without words. His two generals, heluan and Huanghua, were killed on the spot. Tens of thousands of troops were destroyed by Ma Chao. Finally, under the death guard of Ma Wan and Qiang Duan, Ma Chao was speechless Less than 5000 cavalry broke through the encirclement and went west.


    Then Ma Chao''s army followed, and speechless lost his city pass one after another. In the middle of May, Jiuquan prefect speechless finally lost the last county seat of saquan County, Shatou county. Speechless finally, under the protection of Ma play, Qiang Duan and more than 3000 cavalry, he broke through the encirclement again and ran south along the Sule River to the middle of Qilian Mountain If it''s not Qiang Duan, he was originally a haoshuai of Qiang people in Xiliang. He was familiar with the surrounding conditions of Qilian Mountain, so he had no chance to escape into Qilian Mountain.


    On May 28, there was the 11th player vassal, the silent force of Jiuquan prefect was defeated by Ma tengjun, becoming the first player vassal force to be destroyed in the game. It was only one year and seven months since he took the post of Jiuquan prefect two years ago.


    Later, Ma Chao led 10000 cavalry and 20000 soldiers to attack Dunhuang county. Ma AI, the prefect of Dunhuang, led 10000 soldiers to Yuanquan city to resist the attack of Ma Chao''s army. Facing Ma Chao''s strong attack, the failure of Dunhuang county has entered the countdown state.


    When he received the news of the silent defeat, Huangfu Chaobo was discussing with the people of Lujiang County. In fact, it was the people of Lujiang who reported to Huangfu Chaobo the development of Lujiang since they occupied Lujiang. To Huangfu Chaobo''s satisfaction, Zuo Chengzu and the people of Lujiang did a lot of work. In just one or two years, Lujiang County has basically stabilized Come on.


    If the internal affairs are stable, then we need to consider the arrangement of each garrison. Lujiang County is the southernmost County of the Tang Dynasty, and its geographical location is also very good. It is connected with Runan in the north, separated from Jingzhou by Dabie Mountain and Tongbai mountain in the East, and the wide river in the south. The only defense needed is Jiujiang County of Wu state in the East, and Huangfu Chaobo is also in Lujiang With a total of 40000 soldiers in six steps and two horses, and the garrison of each city, there are more than 100000 troops in the whole Lujiang River.


    However, although there were many troops, their defense focus was basically in the south. After careful consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to adjust the arrangement of soldiers.


    You Jiling led his 10000 heavy infantry and 5000 cavalry troops to Anfeng city to defend against the possible attack from Shouchun in the north of Jiujiang. At the same time, it was also to control the huaishui waterway to the west of Anfeng, prevent the Wu Navy from entering the huaishui between Runan and Lujiang, and block the connection between Runan and Lujiang.


    Han Siam, another deputy general of Xuanwu camp, led a school''s army horse into Xunyang County, the westernmost part of Lujiang County, to defend against the possible attack of Jingzhou in the West. Kong Xin, the chief general, led the infantry of three schools and cavalry of one school and stationed in Shuxian county. In this way, the defense of the whole Lujiang River is basically at ease.


    In addition to inspecting the stability of each county and the equipment of troops and horses, Huangfu Chaobo had another purpose, which was the water army base of Lujiang County. Lujiang River is adjacent to huaishui River in the north, Dajiang River in the south, Peng Lize in the West and Chaohu in the East. It can be said that it has a unique advantage in building a water army. I don''t know why Yuan Shu didn''t build a reasonable water army at the beginning.


    Now that the state of Tang owns this place, Huangfu Chaobo can''t let go of this advantage. At least it should have its own water army of Tang army cruising on the river. You know, the ships that can walk on the river are all the water army of Tang state or the ships that the water army agreed to walk on.


    now Lujiang Navy is responsible for Zhou Tai''s brother Zhou ran. Although Huangpu Chao Bo wants to have a strong Lujiang water army, the personnel may be transferred from among other naval forces, but the ships can not be transferred from other places, because Wu has controlled the section of the waterway from the sea entrance to Lujiang. If he knows that Tang country wants to send a warship to Lujiang, it will definitely not. Zhou Ran''s task is still arduous. He wants to build a new water army in Lujiang River.


    After taking control of Lujiang River, Huangfu Chaobo asked Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin carefully. After thinking about it again and again, he put the base of the water army in Zongyang.


    There are several reasons. First, the water surface in Zongyang is very complex, not as vast as Peng Lize''s. you can see the reality at a glance. Second, Zongyang is relatively close to Shuxian and Juchao, two important towns in the south of Lu River. If something happens to the naval base, the support troops from the two cities can arrive in only one day.


    After spending a day in Shu County, Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the water army base in Zongyang under the protection of the guards.


    Huangfu Chaobo and his party soon arrived in Zongyang. Outside the water army base, Zhou ran was leading a group of officers and generals to wait here. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo arriving, they immediately came forward to salute: "the last general of Lujiang water army, commander Hengjiang, Zhou ran, kowtow to my king!"Huangfu Chaobo sat on his horse and quietly accepted the kowtow of Zhou ran and his subordinates. After that, Huangfu Chaobo turned over and stepped down to Zhou Ran''s side, reached out his hand and lifted him up, saying: "Zhou Aiqing, please get up. I come to Zongyang alone this time. I believe that Aiqing knows what''s going on. I don''t know what''s going on in Lujiang River now?"


    "I can''t finish what the king asked me. It''s really..." Zhou ran said with shame;


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said, "we''ll talk about this later. Let''s go to the camp first and talk while we watch!"


    "No!" Zhou ran stood up, reached out his hand and led Huangfu Chaobo to the camp. He said, "my Lord, please follow me here!"


    While walking, Zhou ran introduced Zongyang water army base to Huangfu Chaobo. Zongyang water army base is divided into several parts, including shipbuilding workshops and water army barracks near the lake, and a large army array on the bank. Then a large wall is used to encircle all three parts, almost the size of a small city.


    Walking in the Zongyang naval base, Huangfu Chaobo listened to Zhou Ran''s introduction and carefully looked at the situation inside the base, but he was extremely satisfied. It was only a year and a half since he began to prepare for the establishment of the naval base. It can be said that from having nothing to having all the facilities in place, the shipbuilding workshop has been able to manufacture all the vessels of the level of Dou Jian and below And now the water army barracks has been completely built, not only that, he has also trained 5000 water troops in a school, and the defense of the whole base is in the charge of a school infantry dispatched by Shu county.

 Chapter 1191

    "Today, the shipbuilding workshop has already produced a bucket ship, but the speed is still too slow. It took half a year to produce one. The main reason is that on the one hand, there was not enough wood in the early stage, and on the other hand, the craftsman''s level was too low, so the production speed could not be improved. Now, after more than a year, the wood we collected at the beginning has been completely dried and can be used for reference There is no problem with raw materials for the dock, but the craftsman is not enough, so... " Zhou ran explained to Huangfu Chaobo;


    "there are not enough craftsmen. Do you mean there are not enough senior craftsmen?" Huangfu Chaobo recognized his meaning and asked after him;


    "King Shengming!" Zhou ran quietly flattered.


    After a little thought, Huangfu Chaobo said, "well, shuanghecheng shipyard has been relocated to Changshan Island City, and Qingdao City shipyard has been gradually reducing the number of ships. If Qingdao shipyard had stopped production, it would have planned to arrange all its craftsmen to go to Changshan Island City shipyard, but the conditions of Changshan Island are really limited. Well, you can give orders to Qingdao city, Give the craftsmen there to Zongyang shipyard for the time being, but you must tell Gu, "if there are enough people, how long will it take to train all the ten thousand sailors of the two schools?"


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Zhou ran was overjoyed and said without hesitation, "please rest assured that if the ships can be in place on time, you will surely be able to serve the king. This year, you will train 10000 Elite Water troops for the king. Although you can''t be as elite as your elder brother and general Jiang, you won''t lose to general Pan''s Fubo camp."


    After listening to him, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help laughing. No matter when he was in the army, the strong were respected, and so was the water army of the Tang Dynasty. Among the four battalions of the water army, Zhou Tai''s Hengjiang camp and Jiang Qin''s Nu Tao camp are the two most elite of the water army. Pan Feng''s Fubo camp, though the longest in the army, is obviously more powerful It is weaker than Hengjiang and Nutao camps, and is equivalent to Zhenhai camp of Zhonglang general Zhouyi in Zhenhai.


    Zhou Ran is also cunning. Not to mention the Zhenhai camp of Zhou Yi, a close confidant of Huangfu Chaobo, he dares to compare Pan Feng''s Fubo camp. It has to be said that Pan Feng''s Fubo camp will be at the bottom of the Tang Navy in time.


    "You can rest assured that the ship''s affairs will be supervised by your own people as soon as possible, but you really need to be more careful in the training of naval officers and soldiers."


    "Don''t worry, my Lord. I won''t trust you. Just in the matter of shipbuilding, please ask the king to build a building ship first, so that the soldiers can use it..."


    "Well..." Huangfu Chaobo nodded noncommittally: "let''s talk about it later. Let''s go. Let''s have a look at the situation of the school water army you have trained first."


    "No!" Zhou ran answered the promise with his fists, and immediately invited Huangfu Chaobo and his party to the command console of Shuizhai. He ordered the troops to gather.


    Soon, the 5000 Marines ran out of the barracks with the sound of war drums and ran to their ships. After boarding the ships, soon all the sails of the ships rose.


    Then the warships came out of the water stronghold and stood in array hundreds of steps away from the water stronghold. According to the establishment of the Tang army, the standard establishment of the first naval academy is 5000 soldiers and 1000 sailors. Among them, there are 106 warships, including one building ship, five fighting ships, 10 Chima ships, 20 Maotu ships, 30 gachong ships and 40 zoge ships. However, because there are no building ships in the Lujiang River, the building ships of 1000 soldiers have been changed into two fighting ships that can carry 500 soldiers, so there are 106 warships on the lake today.


    With the orders of Zhou ran from the main ship, more than 100 warships were practicing various naval tactics on the lake. Standing on the command platform of the water stronghold, Huangfu Chaobo could clearly see the warships on the lake constantly opening and closing, practicing various tactics. At least from the perspective of the performance, the cooperation between these soldiers was very good, but I didn''t know What will it be like to be on the battlefield.


    However, these still need time to verify. Because Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to stimulate the state of Wu too much, he didn''t allow large ships such as fighting ships to appear on the river. Even the red horse ships couldn''t go out all at once. Therefore, although the state of Wu knew that the Tang had warships on the Lujiang River, he didn''t know that in a short period of one year, it had been a long time Even the 500 man battleship has been equipped.


    ¡­¡­


    After staying in Zongyang for a day, Huangfu Chaobo left here, accompanied by kongxin people, and went to the next destination Yuqian City, which was the foothold of Yuan Yao after Jiling people broke out. However, Huangfu Chaobo thought that the name was really Taidao, so he changed it to Yuexi County. After Yuan Yao surrendered, Zuo Zucheng sent officials to take over the city. Now it has become a county in Lujiang County.


    From Anhui county, along the diving road to the Northwest for more than 30 Li, then turn to the north, walk about 50 Li, then arrive at Yuexi. As soon as I saw the scale of Yuexi County, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but smack his tongue. If it wasn''t for Yuan Yao who built the city here, no one would have thought that there was such a big valley in the mountain, which could accommodate tens of thousands of people.


    After Yuexi County was brought under the rule of Lujiang County, Zuo Chengzu began to arrange for the construction of an official road which can accommodate a large number of freight cars. The reason for this arrangement is that there are a lot of various minerals around Yuexi County. These minerals can not be smelted as soon as possible only by the craftsmen of Yuexi County, so the best way is to build it Take it out of the mountain and transport it to the county city for training.After leaving Yuexi, Huangfu Chaobo went all the way west to Xunyang County, the most western county of Lujiang County. It was the only land passage between Jiangxia County of Jingzhou and Lujiang County of Yangzhou that could pass through the army. After holding Xunyang, he blocked the passage of Jiangxia army into Lujiang River. So Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay attention to it. He specially arranged Han Siam and the first school soldiers here There are already 3000 garrisons in Shangxian County, and there are 8000 garrisons here. With the ability of Jingzhou army and huangzu, Huangfu Chaobo believes that Xunyang foot has no problem in three or five months under the siege of 40000 or 50000 troops.


    There is no way to do this. Although the Jingzhou army has no intention to move eastward for the time being, it''s hard to guarantee that Liu Biao or Huang Zuhui will have some other thoughts once the war starts in the north. You know, Liu Biao once had the idea of Wuling County, which is the sword of the spirit, last year. If you know that you don''t have the energy to take care of Lujiang County, maybe Liu Biao really dares to send troops to Lujiang.

 Chapter 1192

    After leaving Lujiang County, Huangfu Chaobo went all the way to inspect other counties. Although he also wanted to inspect the newly occupied counties carefully, intelligence showed that the fighters were getting closer and closer.


    Not only to the north of Bingzhou, but also to the north of Yinshan, Lu Bu had led his cavalry into the grassland. According to the news from the cavalry and lords who accompanied him, Lu Bu led 50000 cavalry and about 5000 players and their cavalry to enter the range of tanhanshan from Daijun, and then to the range of more than 200 Li around tanhanshan, they went to tanghanshan first After that, three Xianbei tribes were annihilated and nearly ten thousand Xianbei people were killed.


    Afterwards, the army swept all the way west. It can be said that the gods blocked the killing of gods and the Buddhas blocked the killing of Buddhas. Where they passed, there was almost no grass. All the Xianbei people, big or small, were killed, and all the cattle, sheep and horses were looted. In just one month, they have swept away the Xianbei tribe within 200 miles north of Daijun.


    Other news shows that all Xianbei tribes have moved to the north for more than 100 Li, so that there is no Xianbei tribe in the area of nearly 300 Li to the north of Daijun.


    In less than a month, Lv Bu''s army has reached the grassland north of Yanmen. At this speed, if Lv Bu wants to achieve his goal, it should take less than four months, that is to say, Lv Bu''s army will return to Bingzhou at the end of August and the beginning of September.


    At this time, the battle report of Dunhuang County in the West also came. The Dunhuang prefect was far less powerful than Huangfu Chaobo had expected. Under Ma Chao''s attack, the army was defeated only for more than 20 days, and then lost most of the elite Dunhuang county. After only two months, it was defeated by Ma Chao''s army.


    Now Ma Chao is ready to lead the army back to Wuwei, and Ma Teng, who is in Wuwei City, is also ready. After Ma Chao returns, he goes to the little emperor of Chang''an and asks himself to be the king of Liang.


    If all goes well, once Ma Teng becomes king, Han will ask him to send troops. When the two allied forces are in the border, they will move eastward, and the war between the three great princes in Guanzhong is imminent.


    When he received these two messages, Huangfu Chaobo just finished his inspection tour from Xunyang and returned to Shu county. Several people immediately realized that the fighter plane was coming, and that both directions would arrive almost at the same time. Seeing the two news, Pang Tong and Guo Jia both suggested to Huangfu Chaobo that they should finish the inspection as soon as possible and return to Luoyang to prepare for the war. However, they could not agree on whether to put the target in Guanzhong or Bingzhou.


    Huangfu Chaobo had to put this problem aside for a while, and then rushed to Qiaojun under the protection of the guards. In any case, it''s only June now. He had already ordered Hedong and Hanoi to prepare secretly a few years ago. Now almost every day there are grain weapons gathering to the two counties. If the grain weapons are ready, the transfer of troops and horses will be very simple That''s a lot.


    Qiao County, as the birthplace of Cao Cao, Huangfu Chaobo was also extremely careful, so the officials and generals he arranged were all carefully considered.


    The three carriages of Qiao County are Cheng Huan, the prefect, Chen Rong and Zang Quan, the commander in chief. Cheng Huan and Chen Rong are old officials with many years. They are first-class in ability and skill among all the counties in the Tang Dynasty. In particular, Cheng Huan started from a small official in Jizhou governor''s office, and gradually accumulated his merits. After he joined Huangfu Chaobo with Han Fu, he became the prefect of Wei county.


    Duwei''s Tibetan power is the younger brother of the Tibetan tyrant, and his ability should not be allowed to be set aside. As for the battalions, the battalions in Qiaojun are Zhenwu battalions, which are the standard establishment of 25000 troops in five schools with four steps and one riding. The chief general is Huangfu Li, the Assistant General of Huangfu Chaobo. When he was young, Huangfu Li fought with Huangfu song in all directions. As early as the Yellow turban rebellion, he was already a lieutenant in the army, commanding thousands of elite, and vice general Guan Hai was even more a fierce general.


    In addition, Huang Zhong''s 40 thousand talents are behind Qiao County. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo is painstaking in the situation of Qiao County.


    In fact, it wasn''t just Qiao County. Huangfu Chaobo almost broke his head when he thought about the several counties he had captured from Cao Cao. Not only in the arrangement of officials, but also in the arrangement of troops and the people, a lot of thoughts have been put forward. You know, it took several months to reorganize the troops and horses at the beginning, but the benefits can be seen. Nowadays, because a group of people have moved away from the new affiliated counties, and a large number of family members of soldiers have been joined with the soldiers and horses when they were transferred, the people of the counties have been mixed up. Now, the popular will of the new affiliated counties has basically stabilized.


    Huangfu Chaobo believes that in another year or two, the people of these counties will be able to return to their hearts. At that time, if there is another war, the support of the people will not be bad for the Tang army.


    In today''s Tang Dynasty, the people''s recognition of the kingdom is led by the five prefectures of Sizhou, followed by Chenliu of Yanzhou, Yingchuan of Runan of Yuzhou and Yanbei Prefecture. This is one of the main reasons why Huangfu Chaobo was reluctant to start the war in the East. Originally, these prefectures were newly attached. If they were allowed to become the front line of the battlefield again, it would be very important for the people to attach themselves It''s bad.


    To the north of Qiaojun is peiguo. Although there are only a few cities, Huangfu Chaobo''s troop arrangement is not bad. After the war, the camp is Guangwu camp of Tibetan tyrant. Although there are only three schools of infantry, the 10000 Taishan army of Tibetan tyrant is also one of the special arms, which is one point better than the ordinary combat camp.Further north is Shanyang County. Canglang camp, led by Meng Gang, is in charge of the garrison. Although there are only three schools with two steps and one horse, the Jiyin County behind him is where Xu Rong of Qianniu army is. Xu Rong personally leads the four schools with three steps and one horse. The distance between the two counties is not too far, and it only takes a few days for the soldiers to arrive.


    Further to the north is Chenliu County, where Zhang Ying''s Hubu camp was stationed. Unlike other counties, Zhang Ying''s Hubu camp was not stationed in the county city by himself, but was handed over to min Chun, the Deputy General of Hubu camp, to lead a school infantry stationed in the county city. The main General Zhang Ying was stationed in Puyang City with three school infantry and a school cavalry, forming a tight defense line with Jiyin and Shanyang counties . Moreover, among the three school soldiers led by Zhang Ying, 10000 of them are special arms, the halberd.


    In this way, the defense of the eastern line of the Tang Dynasty basically constituted a complete defense chain. From Zhangying in the northernmost to kongxin in the southernmost, they would enable the Tang army to launch the war on the western line at ease.


    Rao Shihuang Chaobo made a quick tour all the way, and did not finish his tour of the counties in the Central Plains until the beginning of August. Originally, he planned to go to several islands for another tour, but now the situation makes him dare not leave Sizhou any more easily. After finishing his tour of Puyang, he hurried back to Luoyang under the protection of the guards. As early as last month, tieyingrui and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, who went to Yanzhou at the beginning of the year to select soldiers, had already selected soldiers and returned to Luoyang, while huyandu, who went to Yanbei to select soldiers, was on the way back to the Central Plains.

 Chapter 1193

    On August 13, Huangfu Chaobo and his party finally arrived in Luoyang. After a night''s rest, Huangfu Chaobo began to gather a group of counsellors on August 14 to discuss sending troops.


    At this time, Shi a had already returned to Luoyang, because he thought that he would return to Luoyang as soon as possible after touring the counties. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo did not ask shi a to find himself, but was responsible for sorting out the information in Luoyang City, and then summarized and passed on the most important part to him.


    At this time, all the people in Luoyang, including the three princes and nine ministers of the Tang Dynasty, as well as the people in Shangshutai, rushed to the side hall in the palace. Even Huang Zhong, the guard in Runan, came back. In addition, Shi a, who was in charge of intelligence, sat on both sides of the side hall.


    "Shi ah, introduce the information of Bingzhou and Guanzhong in recent years to the public." Huangfu Chaobo ordered,


    "no!" Shi a got up, first saluted Huangfu Chaobo, then turned around and saluted all the people around him. Then he said, "my Lord, the war in Bingzhou is on the verge of breaking out. Ten days ago, the cavalry of Lv Bu, king of Zhao, had returned to the boundary of Bingzhou, but according to our observation of shadow guards, the number of troops coming back should be less than 55000 It''s getting late, so we can''t get accurate information. "


    "Well, where is Zhang Liao''s army?" Guo Jia asked;


    "what can be determined now is that Zhao has been constantly mobilizing troops to the cloud. The specific number is not very clear, but the total number should be about 50000." Shia shook his head and said,


    "why is that so?" Huangfu Chaobo felt very strange. All the information that shadow guard sent back this time was a very vague quantity. Isn''t there a more accurate quantity?


    "Please forgive me Hearing this, Shi a knelt down and said: "this time when I was in Bingzhou, I specially ordered the shadow Bingzhou branch. However, according to the news, it is true that the state of Zhao had a very strict control over intelligence. It is said that Zhao Guoxiang started to set up an intelligence organization a few years ago, named wolf pack. After several years of development, it is still in the territory of Zhao It''s on a small scale. "


    "When Wei Chen was in Jinyang, he used to fight with several spies from the wolves. It''s really very good. Although it''s far from my shadow guard, he has some abilities. With these spies, shadow''s activities in Zhao Guowei still have some influence. The news that came back this time shows that the troops of all the places in Taiyuan were mobilized in the name of transportation to the northern counties, so the accuracy in quantity is not so high. "


    "What''s more, it''s said that the state of Zhao has already taken precautions against our country. The cities and passes in the south of Taiyuan and Shangdang counties have been strengthened to varying degrees, which makes intelligence collection more difficult than before."


    After listening to Shi A''s words, Huangfu Chaobo said: "now that countries have established their own spy organizations one after another, the difficulty of shadow guard will certainly increase. However, with so much time and money invested in shadow guard alone, can''t it defeat the newly established spy?"


    Huangfu Chaobo knows that all countries have paid more and more attention to intelligence work, which is inevitable. For example, Gongsun Zan envied his shadow guard, so he set up the eagle nest. The state of Qi also set up Yanling guards. In addition, the ant colony of the state of Wei, the wolf pack of the state of Zhao and the traitor guard of the state of Wu all have their own spy organizations. It is sure that it will be more and more difficult for the shadow guard to inquire about the situation.


    Shi a Zheng wanted to speak, Huang Fu Chao Bo waved his hand and said: "no matter what the reason is, the value of shadow guard is to spy intelligence. If you can''t send back reliable intelligence, what''s the use of Gu''s spending so much money and energy these years?"


    "No!"


    "Go on!"


    Shi a continued the topic just now. After the information introduction of Bingzhou, he talked about the detailed information of Guanzhong. By the time he had finished speaking, more than half an hour had passed.


    "Shi Aiqing has already told you about Guanzhong and Bingzhou. Now there are opportunities in both places. The reason why he recruited Zhongqing is to discuss where we should put our troops in order to get the most benefits. Although Gu said a few years ago that the state of Tang should have two or three years to recuperate, it is inevitable that time will never come again. Now there is such an opportunity. If we can''t seize it, it''s just natural that we can''t accept it. " Huangfu Chaobo said;


    "king!" Guo Jia went out and said, "I think we should take Bingzhou first."


    Huangfu Chaobo knew that Guo Jia had always advocated taking over Bingzhou, so he was not surprised at his words. He nodded and said, "but it''s OK to say that!"


    "Bingzhou stands high above it and looks down from the south to the East. If we can get Bingzhou, Hebei will certainly be under its coercion. When we take Hebei again, we can''t be compared with today''s situation..."


    "No!" Pang Tong objected: "on the king, although Bingzhou has the advantage of terrain, the state of Zhao is strong. Lv Bu, the king of Zhao, has the courage to be invincible. All his generals, Zhang Liao and Wei, have the talent of great generals. Moreover, Zhao and Wei are allies. If we are stuck with the war of Zhao, the state of Wei will certainly join in the war. At that time, the state of Qi will not stand by, such as As a result, the attack of the Three Kingdoms will be established. At the time of the battle, we will certainly be caught in the neck and be unable to cope with it. The king''s plan to recuperate the newly attached counties will surely be gone. ""Huh?" The reason why Huangfu Chaobo didn''t make up his mind all the time was that the two major military strategists didn''t agree with each other. What they said had his reasons.


    After listening to them, Huangfu Chaobo turned his eyes to the others.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo turned his eyes on him, Lu Su stood up and saluted, saying: "to the king, I agree with Pang Pu''s shooting strategy. Guanzhong was originally a rich place, but it was only after being controlled by the people of Xiliang that it became such a scene. If we can seize Guanzhong, we only need to manage it carefully for a few years, and we will certainly be able to accumulate a lot of money, and then it will be like the destruction of the six states in the pre Qin Dynasty If we send troops to Kanto, we will be able to pacify the troubled times. "


    "Otherwise," Lu Su''s voice fell, and Xu Shu rose up and said, "if Guanzhong can manage it carefully, it will certainly be rich. But it is precisely because Guanzhong is vast and fertile. It will take too long to calm down. Moreover, the situation in Guanzhong is complex, and it will not be able to be settled in a short time. But Bingzhou is not. If the Zhao army calms down the two counties of Wuyuan and Shuofang, it will surely send troops to Hexi county. In this way, it won''t take much time to calm down the state. At that time, Zhao can concentrate on attacking us. In addition, the state of Wei will send troops to respond. It will certainly restrain a lot of our troops and can''t be ignored. "

 Chapter 1194

    At this point, Xu Shu made a pause and said: "even if we pacify the three princes as soon as possible and take the place of Guanzhong, Liangzhou is surrounded by qianghu and the western regions. Now qianghu is in a controllable range because of the three families of Han, Ma and Dong. If we attack Liangzhou, we will certainly need to spend a lot of efforts to stabilize qianghu and the surrounding foreigners At that time, we should also contain a large number of troops. Bingzhou is different. It has Yinshan in the north, Taihang in the East and Hetao in the West. Since ancient times, Bingzhou has been known as an outer mountain and a river. Compared with Guanzhong, it takes far less time and energy to pacify Bingzhou. "


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that the four people were divided into two groups. It was two to two, and they were all solid. Now they had two big heads, but now they had four big heads. Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the others.


    Cai Yong and Kong Rong now spend all their time on Luoyang academy except their own business. In such a discussion, the old God is on the side, and they are not willing to say a word at all.


    Prime Minister Tian Feng, Zongzheng Huangfu Jianshou, Taipusi Minister Han Fu, Shaofu Temple minister Kong Luo, and dasinongzaozhi all supported Pang Tong''s opinions. They all liked the fertile field in Guanzhong. They all belonged to the Department of internal affairs, but Guowei Zhu Jun, Yushi Zhongcheng Lou GUI, Tingwei Jushu, and Weiwei Huang Zhong all supported Guo Jia However, as Guo Jia and Xu Shu said, it is easy to defend but difficult to attack. Now that the state of Zhao is not in Jin Dynasty, this is the best time to send troops. Another point is that Bingzhou is adjacent to grassland in the north.


    Today, Xun you is the only one in the hall who hasn''t made clear his position. He just sat there quietly thinking about something. After a long time, he looked up at Huangfu Chaobo, then glanced at all the people in the hall, got up and said slowly: "Your Majesty, you and Guo Pang are right. However, I''m thinking about a problem. Compared with Guanzhong, Bingzhou is easier It''s hard to defend and attack. Whether it''s from Hebei or Sizhou, if you want to enter Bingzhou, you need to grasp the opportunity. "


    After hearing this, everyone nodded. Guo Jia''s eyes brightened. He had already reflected what Xun you was going to say.


    "So I''m thinking, since it''s easy to tackle the key problems, but it''s difficult to merge the States, from the common sense point of view, we should be easy first and then difficult, but..." At this point, Xun you suddenly came to a turning point.


    "King, if we want to invade Bingzhou, there is only one thing we can rely on now, that is the ancient road of the pre Qin period. Now the state of Zhao has not found this ancient road, so our dependence is still there. If we move to the court, it is difficult to ensure that some of the people in the state of Zhao will think of this place. If this is true, our dependence will no longer exist. When we reach the boundary, we can only rely on the sea of blood and corpses It''s the way to the state. "


    After listening to Xun you''s words, all the people were in front of their eyes. It''s true that it''s easy to defend and hard to attack Bingzhou. Now is really the best time to enter Bingzhou. Today, Chen Bing Wuyuan, the most elite army of the state of Zhao, has a strong defense on the city pass in the south, but the internal forces are empty. This is the best time to attack Bingzhou.


    If our army takes advantage of the ancient road of the pre Qin Dynasty to attack Shangdang, it will catch Zhao by surprise. During the period when Zhao responded, our army will attack on both sides to get in touch with Hanoi, and then move northward. If we have time, we may be able to attack Taiyuan. Even if Zhao reacted quickly enough, we can hold Shangdang in our hands In this way, the attack on Zhao occupied the advantage, no longer the passive defense.


    In order to achieve this, there is only one ancient road. If the ancient road is discovered in advance by the state of Zhao, everything will be regretted later. Therefore, before the state of Zhao discovers this ancient road, the earlier the attack on the party, the better.


    As soon as Xun you''s words were finished, Tian Feng and Huangfu Jianshou immediately changed their positions. Later, the rest of them agreed to go north first and then West. We all know that we should never place our hopes on each other.


    Even Pang Tong and Lu Su had to say: "I''m not as good as being a great talent..."


    Huangfu Chaobo is also a brilliant man. He is worthy of being called the leader by later generations. His consideration is more comprehensive than others. When the army is thinking about where to attack better and where to benefit more, he focuses on how to attack. No wonder Cao Cao says that he has no plan.


    "Ha ha..." Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but let go of his tight brow and said with a smile: "so, you Aiqing have made a good decision?"


    "Holy king!" All of them answered together;


    "well, in that case, we will discuss how to arrange the army, when to send troops, and how to arrange the rest of the troops and horses!"


    "No!"


    Now that the direction has been determined, the next thing is to determine the general of the troops. After more than an hour''s deliberation, it was finally decided that the soldiers and horses of all the counties in Guandong would not send troops in this war, but stayed at their own places to prevent Qi from sending troops to attack. Among the soldiers and horses of Wei County, except for the 11000 white horses of Zhao Yun''s headquarters who went to Bingzhou with the army, the rest would not send troops to prevent Wei''s soldiers and horses from attacking. At the same time, in order to deal with Wei''s cavalry, Huangfu Chaobo decided to send Huaxiong''s 10000 Xiliang cavalry and Hanoi''s 5000 cavalry to Yecheng. In this way, Yecheng had 20000 cavalry, which should be able to cope with the Wei cavalry.Five thousand Huben cavalry from Luoyang were transferred to Xu Rong''s command, ready to face Qi cavalry. Besides the most elite guards in Huangfu Chaobo''s hands, ten thousand soldiers of Huben army and ten thousand soldiers of Luoyang garrison, ten thousand soldiers of baotao army in Hanoi and ten thousand soldiers of Hanoi garrison, fifteen thousand cavalry, infantry and newly formed crossbow soldiers of Yingyang army in Hedong, and another fifteen thousand soldiers of xiongqu camp in Hongnong The school cavalry went to Hedong to help defend.


    If this is calculated, the troops dispatched this time include 37000 guards, 35000 fighters and 20000 guards. The total force is 92000 troops. With about 30000 craftsmen, the total force will reach nearly 120000 troops. Among them, there were 25000 cavalry, more than 62000 soldiers, 5000 soldiers and 30000 auxiliary soldiers.


    This time, the generals, considering that they had to face such a strong general as Lv Bu, so Huangfu Chaobo specially transferred Zhao Yun from Weijun and asked him to exchange with Huaxiong. In addition, Dian Wei''s words, there should be no problem in dealing with Lv Bu. In addition, Huang Wu die, Tian Yu, Gao Shun and other generals, even if Zhang Liao and other generals came back quickly, Huangfu would not be able to help Chaobo is not afraid of Zhao Guozhu. At the same time, in response to the possible attack of Wei and Qi, Huangfu Chaobo sent pangtong to Weijun and Lu Su to Shanyang to help defend the two countries.

 Chapter 1195

    After the general and the army had been determined, and the general plan had been agreed over and over again, the whole state of Tang was running like a tight machine. The next thing didn''t need Huangfu Chaobo to manage. He just needed to determine the general direction. The next thing was headed by the prime minister and Guowei, who led the other minister an It''s in line. With the king''s orders coming out of the palace, the whole state of Tang began to work quietly.


    First, the armies of Henan and Yanzhou began to gather, and secretly entered the state of combat readiness. Then, two days later, that is, on the evening of the 17th, ten thousand iron Eagles boarded the navy ship at the dock outside the South Gate of Luoyang, and quietly headed for Hedong. These ten thousand iron eagles, together with fifteen thousand soldiers under Tian Yu''s command, will serve as soldiers from Baixing ancient road to Shangdang, raid gaopingguan, and then capture the county seat.


    After occupying the county seat, the army divided into two groups. One group went south to attack Gaodu and tianjingguan, and took over most of the Tang army in Hanoi and entered Shangdang basin. The other group went north to attack the eldest son. It was the strongest city in Shangdang basin before the army of Zhao responded. The eldest son''s city meant that the whole Shangdang county was occupied Under the control of the Tang army.


    At the right time, the rest of the army set out quietly from Luoyang, crossed the river and entered Hanoi, and then waited for the outbreak of war.


    After arranging the war, Huangfu Chaobo went back to the palace and took advantage of the short time to rest. After the war broke out, he had no time to rest.


    On this day, Huangfu Chaobo was playing with his son and daughter in the back palace when he suddenly heard a report from the inner servant: "tell the king, Huangfu Li is asking for a meeting outside the palace!"


    "Well? Who is it? " Huangfu Chaobo didn''t respond immediately, and asked back;


    the servant quickly stepped forward two steps and reported again: "it''s huangfuli, the eldest son of general huangfuli, back to the king."


    Although Huangfu Chaobo was surprised that huangfuli had been in Luoyang all the time, because he was 17 years old, he seldom went into the palace to see him. After all, he was an adult, but it was inconvenient for him to go in and out of the Forbidden Palace. However, although Huangfu Chaobo was strange, he still ordered people to take him to the back garden to see him.


    A moment later, Huangfu Li went into the back garden under the guidance of the waiter and saw Huangfu Chaobo sitting in the pavilion. He quickly walked a few steps to Huangfu Chaobo, knelt down respectfully and said, "nephew, see you Uncle Wang!"


    "Get up, what''s the matter with you when you enter the Palace this time?" Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said;


    "Uncle Xie, when my nephew enters the Palace this time, he really has something to ask for Uncle Wang." he said here. He stepped forward a few steps, walked up to Huangfu Chaobo and whispered: "nephew wants to ask for uncle Wang. When I go out this year, I will take my nephew with me."


    "Huh?" Huangfu was so surprised that he stared at him and said, "where do you know that this year''s battle will be led by Gu Hui?"


    "Plop!" He was so frightened that he couldn''t stand still. He fell on his knees and said in a voice: "Uncle Wang is angry. My nephew didn''t hear about it, but But But my nephew himself according to the trend of the court these days "I inferred it by myself..."


    "Ha ha..." Huangfu Chaobo is not angry but laughs. He knows how much weight his nephew has. At the beginning, Huangfu song once said that the generation of Huangfu family is not as good as the generation, and his nephews are all Chinese. If he can infer this conclusion from the trend of some people and materials in the court, he has reached the level of over eighty intelligence.


    In ancient China, men''s adulthood was generally twenty crowns. Only then could they be called real adulthood. However, since ancient times, there has been a saying that men are 16% adults. Therefore, in the game, people usually take 16 years old as adulthood. After becoming a child at the age of 16, his data can be seen, and has basically been shaped. Of course, this only means that his growth is basically shaped.


    Now that huangfuli is 17 years old, Huangfu Chaobo has already seen his data on four aspects: Command 70, force 61, intelligence 45 and internal affairs 32. It can be said that it is appalling. If he can see such important things from these traces and kill himself, Huangfu Chaobo will not believe it.


    Huangfu Chaobo stared at Huangfu Li and said word by word: "do you dare to deceive you?"


    As he spoke, Huangfu Chaobo pondered in his heart who was encouraging him to come and ask for himself. If this person has a bad heart, he can''t say that he has to deal with this person well, or even kill him directly. Of course, if he doesn''t have a bad heart, he can cultivate him well.


    Huangfuli is only 17 years old. Among his peers, zaoping and dianman have already become officials. Now they are officials in Yanbei county. Next, they should be Zhou Chen, the eldest son of Zhou Cang, and Zhang Xiong, the eldest son of Zhang Ying. They are still at ease with their command and force. However, if they are outstanding in intelligence, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t believe it.


    All of a sudden, Huangfu Chaobo thought of a person, that is, Hao Zhao, a talent he found among the craftsmen in Luoyang at the beginning, and also a person he had trained carefully by his subordinates over the years. Yes, it must be him. In history, Hao Zhao was an all-round general. He was able to lead soldiers when he got on the horse and manage the people when he got off the horse. Moreover, his intelligence was not low. I have always arranged for Lou Guizao, Zhao Yu, Zhao Yun and others to teach him. If I remember correctly, Hao Zhao should be close to huangfuli in age. It should be that several of them talked about this when they were chatting. That''s why huangfuli invited himself to fight.Thinking of this, Huangfu looked at huangfuli quietly. Now he was like a frightened quail, shivering, but his eyes were full of stubbornness. You know, it''s a big crime to bully the king, but although huangfuli was afraid, he still insisted on it.


    After staring at Huangfu Li for a long time, seeing that he still didn''t mean to speak, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly said, "come on, who let you come? Is it Hao Zhaohuan or Zhang Xiongzhou? Or did all three encourage you to come


    "No one egged on my nephew. It''s all my nephew''s idea!" Although huangfuli was already sweating, his face was full of sweat, but he still didn''t change his words.


    "Ping..." Huangfu slapped the stone case in front of him fiercely and yelled angrily: "do you really think you are not willing to deal with you?"


    Then he turned his head and looked at the servant beside him and said, "come on, it''s said that emperor zhenghuangfu Jianshou came to the palace to see him. He ordered Lieutenant Huang wudie to arrest Zhou Chen, Hao Zhao and Zhang Xiong. Today, I want to see that Huang kouzi dares to discuss the government and encourage the royal family. If we don''t punish him severely, it''s lawless."

 Chapter 1196

    As the two attendants turned and left, Huangfu Li was really flustered. He wanted to come to the battle this time. When the four chatted together, Hao Zhao said in private that the king must be ready to fight. The other three didn''t believe it, but Hao Zhao analyzed it carefully with the others.


    First, the king has been touring counties since this year. Although his performance seems to be right, there is something unusual. When he toured Hebei, the speed of the king was not fast, but the speed of touring the newly attached areas of Henan and Yanzhou was much faster. Generally speaking, Hebei is the earliest territory of the Tang Dynasty, and people''s confidence and defense are relatively assured. However, the situation of the newly attached areas of Henan and Yanzhou is unstable in all aspects. On the contrary, the time spent in Hebei was almost the same as that in Yuchong.


    Secondly, after the king returned to Luoyang, he immediately called together the three gongs and nine Qing monks to discuss matters. Even General Huang Zhong, the Wei Wei Wei who was far away from Yuzhou, returned to Luoyang. It can be seen that what they discussed was not an ordinary matter.


    Third, there are wars in the northwest and Bingzhou. In Guanzhong, Ma Teng has invited himself to be the king of Liang, and the troops of Han Sui and Han Sui have obvious signs of marching eastward. In Bingzhou, the army of Zhao Wang returned to the south of Yinshan, but did not immediately return to Taiyuan. Instead, it stopped in Yunzhong county. Therefore, Hao Zhao speculated that Zhao Wang wanted to fight against Wuyuan and Shuofang counties But these two counties were allies of the king. If they asked for help, the king would send troops to help.


    Combined with a series of changes in the army after the discussion, Hao Zhao naturally speculated that the king was about to set up an army, but he couldn''t figure out where the army was going.


    Hao Zhao''s analysis made all the other three people open up, and huangfuli was even more excited. A few years ago, his elder brother huangfuyi went to battle with a group of teenagers, and he made great achievements. Later, several people were arranged to be officials in Yanbei County by Uncle Wang. Now that huangfuli is an adult, he just has this opportunity, so he wants to go to the palace to ask Uncle Wang, hoping to go out with the army.


    However, Hao Zhao persuades huangfuli that he should not go to the palace to ask for help himself. It''s better to ask Zongzheng and Huangfu Jianshou to ask for help. However, huangfuli doesn''t want to. If his father has no problem, but for the sake of loving himself, he may not agree. It''s better to ask Uncle Wang directly. And he also vowed that he would ask for Uncle Wang''s consent and take them with him.


    Now Huangfu Chaobo was very angry, but Huangfu Li was flustered and said, "Uncle Wang, please calm down. Although uncle Tao talked about this matter with us, it was my nephew who wanted to ask Uncle Wang himself. It had nothing to do with the three of them! Please punish me. Don''t be angry with them. "


    "You are finally willing to admit it? Then tell the story to Gu in its original form Huangfu Chaobo said coldly;


    Huangfu Chaobo''s sudden fury surprised Huangfu Zhao and Huangfu Yu who were in the garden. Now the two children are four and a half years old. When they see their father''s fury, and brother Wang kneels beside them and keeps talking, the two children stop making fun of each other and return to the pavilion from the garden. Huangfu Zhao is beside them Without saying a word, he stood beside Huangfu Chaobo, but Huangfu Yu didn''t have much scruples. He climbed directly on Huangfu Chaobo''s knee, touched his beard, and said softly, "brother Li is not good. He makes my father angry..."


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo was not really angry, but wanted to try his nephew to find out who encouraged him to fight. Now that his son and daughter had come, he took the opportunity to change his face and said to Huangfu, "tell me, I can''t hide half of it!"


    Seeing this, Huangfu Li immediately told Huangfu Chaobo the whole story. By the time he finished speaking, Huang Fu Jianshou had rushed to the palace under the guidance of his entourage. Along the way, he had got the reason from his entourage. Like Huang Fu Chaobo''s original idea, he also felt that his nephew should have been cheated by others.


    Entering the pavilion in a hurry, Huang Fu Jianshou saluted Huang Fu Chaobo and said, "I''ll see you! Meet the prince! See the princess


    "Brother Wang, don''t be so polite. Just sit down and wait for the rest of the boys to come here!" Huang Fu Chao Bo waved his hand and said, "Huang Fu Zhao is a little adult. Generally, he first received a gift from Huang Fu Jian Shou and then gave him a gift back.".


    When Huangfu Jianshou was ready to speak, he was stopped by Huangfu Chaobo and asked him to listen to Huangfu Li and continue to tell the whole story. Although he only heard an ending, Huang Fu Jianshou also heard some clues. He knew that there was nothing wrong with Huang Fu Li, so he was relieved. Now Huang Fu Li is leading the army outside, and only his wife and children stay in Luoyang. If there is something wrong with Huang Fu Li, he will be embarrassed as a brother.


    At this time, the waiter told Huang Wudi that he had brought the three young generals to the palace. Now he was waiting outside the palace. Huangfu Chaobo ordered them to come into the palace.


    A moment later, Huang Diewu led the three people to the outside of the pavilion. Several people went to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "meet the king!"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, motioned a few people to get up, said thanks again, and then turned to Huangfu Zhao: "see you prince!"Then he made a salute to Huangfu Yu, who was held by Huangfu Chaobo: "see the princess!"


    After several people were standing on one side, Huangfu Chaobo said: "do you know the crime?"


    Seeing this, Hao Zhao knelt down on the ground and pleaded guilty, saying: "the boy is ignorant and talks about the government affairs recklessly. Please punish him. It has nothing to do with the three of them. Please be aware of it


    The other two also knelt down to plead guilty.


    Seeing this, huangfuli quickly straightened up and said, "Uncle Wang, the invitation to fight has nothing to do with the three of them. If Uncle Wang wants to punish them, punish Li alone. Please let them go!"


    "King..." The three people were so anxious that they rushed to speak, but they were stopped by Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Hao Zhao!"


    "The boy is here!" Hao Zhao responded quickly;


    "state the cause of the matter to Gu carefully!"


    "No!"


    Then Hao Zhao told Huangfu Chaobo his conjecture. Finally, he bowed to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "if you don''t like me, I''d like to ask the king to punish you for lying about the government."


    The other two also began to say: "boy also participate in it, please punish the king!"

 Chapter 1197

    In fact, after listening to the story of huangfuli, Huangfu Chaobo has generally confirmed that he didn''t lie. However, he patiently and carefully listened to Hao Zhao''s statement again. After he finished, Huangfu Chaobo knew that Hao Zhao really inferred it from these clues.


    However, it is understandable to think about it. Because Huangfu Chaobo has always attached great importance to Hao Zhao, Xu Shu and his colleagues have been instructing him from time to time, so he can see more things naturally. However, he can infer such results from some clues, which proves that Hao Zhao''s ability is still very strong.


    But now that he is not an adult, he has no way to know his specific data, which makes Huangfu Chaobo feel a bit sorry. However, since he is not an adult, it means that there should be room for cultivation. When Huang Fu Chao Bo thought of this, he could not help but get excited. If he really cultivated a general like Deng AI, whose four dimensions were in his eighties or even nineties, he would make a lot of money.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help looking up at Huangfu Jianshou. It happened that Huangfu Jianshou also looked at himself. Obviously, he also heard something from Hao Zhao''s expression. Seeing Huangfu Chaobo looking at himself, he said to Huangfu Chaobo with a smile: "Congratulations, king. In time, this son must be another great general!"


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "I hope this son can live up to brother Wang''s talent as a great general!"


    After that, he turned his head and looked at some young generals and said, "well, since brother Wang has helped you to intercede, I agree that you four will go out with the army together. However, you need to go out with your guards'' camp and stay with you on weekdays. This is regarded as your first battle."


    "Thank you The four of them were overjoyed and bowed together;


    with a wave of his hand, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Huangfu and said politely, "my Huangfu man can be inferior to others in ability, but he needs to stick to his own principles. You have done very well today, and you are very satisfied. I hope you can stick to it."


    "Please rest assured, Uncle Wang''s teachings must be kept in mind!" Huangfuli bowed down solemnly and replied;


    "well, you should step down first. This matter needs to be kept secret. Before the army sets out, no news can be spread. If you are alone, you can''t spread it outside again. You have to take a heavy responsibility."


    "We honor the king''s order!" With that, they saluted Huangfu Chaobo again and left the palace under the guidance of NEISHI.


    Seeing that all four had left, Huang Fu Chao Bo looked at Huang Wu die and asked, "Shen Er is only one year old, but you are going to go out alone. It''s really hard for your mother and son."


    "Shen''er has his mother to take care of him, and his father is at home, and there is a maid at home. Surely shen''er won''t be wronged. Wu die is a general of the Tang Dynasty. Qi Neng can abolish the public for personal reasons! " Huang Wudi bows to reply;


    Huang Wudi and Xu Shu gave birth to a son in September last year, and was named Xu Shen by Xu''s mother, which means "a gentleman should be cautious about his independence". Now it''s August, and he''s about to turn one year old, but Huang Wudi is about to go to war, so Huangfu Chaobo has such a saying.


    "Well, you go back first, and accompany shen''er a lot before you go out."


    "No! I''ll leave! " After bowing, Huang turned to leave the palace.


    After Huang wudie left, Huangfu Chaobo ordered people to send Huangfu Zhao and Huangfu Yu to their respective mothers. Then they stood up, looked at Huangfu Jianshou and said, "brother, can you accompany me?"


    "I''m very honored!"


    Looking at his respectful appearance, Huangfu Chaobo shook his head, turned and walked out of the pavilion. Huangfu Jianshou followed him submissively.


    They were walking in the imperial garden. Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo stopped and asked him, "if it''s up to the elder brother to choose, do you want to be an official in the court or go out to lead the army?"


    Huangfu Jianshou was stunned. Although he didn''t know what Huangfu Chaobo meant, he thought a little and then replied, "if you let Weichen choose, Weichen is willing to go out to lead the army!"


    "Why?"


    "It''s been more than 20 years since I went to battle with my father. I''ve been used to the pleasure of fighting in the battlefield for a long time, but now I''ve been working hard on the papers every day, but I can''t adapt to such a life." Speaking of this, Huangfu Jianshou laughed at himself and then said: "in the great dynasty after the ceremony, the king once granted a great number of ministers and appointed more than ten Marquises, but they were envied by them. At that time, Wei Chen thought that he might not get such glory. "


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo thought that he was asking for a title from himself. He couldn''t help feeling a little displeased. He interrupted him and said, "brother is a royal family. It''s not only limited by military merit. In time, I''ll let you have what you want."


    Huang Fu Jianshou also heard a trace of his displeasure from Huang Fu''s Chaobo tone, and quickly explained: "the king''s anger is not the micro minister''s request for a reward from the king, but the micro minister''s regret. All the people in the palace can be rewarded by virtue of their military achievements, but I can only be rewarded by virtue of my royal identity. Even if the king''s favor makes me a marquis, the glory in it can be compared with other people How glorious is the reward for military service? "After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was also stunned. He didn''t expect that his cheap brother should think so.


    Seeing that the topic had already been talked about, Huang Fu Jianshou simply did not care about anything. He said directly: "my father once said that the Huangfu family is not as good as each generation. Among the three of us, the king is very talented, and Li and I are all Chinese. In the next generation, even the most outstanding ah Ren, ah Yi and ah Li are not even Chinese. Fortunately, the crown prince is intelligent. Although he has just been enlightened, he has been able to see the beginning. "


    At this point, Huang Fu Jianshou turned back and looked in the direction of Huang Fu Zhao''s departure, with a smile on his face. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo knew that he had misunderstood him.


    Huang Fu Jianshou said: "because of this, I hope to be rewarded by virtue of my military achievements, or to give a warning to the royal family''s children, hoping that they can make progress, rather than just relying on their own identity to survive..."


    After listening to his words, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help being moved. In fact, his purpose of leaving him is to hope that he can go out to lead the army again. Because the war with Bingzhou is imminent, if there is no problem, at least we should be able to win the land of Shangdang.


    It''s just that it''s not such a good place to guard. There must be an old general in the army to guard it. Not only that, but also someone who can trust absolutely. After thinking about it, Huangfu''s ability to maintain longevity is OK. At least compared with the generals in Lv Bu''s army, it should be worse than Zhang Liao. Well, although these generals are a little big, they can''t deny that they are better than Wei Xu The fact that Hou Chengzhu is close to each other.


    The most important thing is that he is a member of the royal family. He has more than 20 years of experience in leading the army. He is very good in experience, ability, prestige and loyalty. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo intends to let him lead the army again and guard Shangdang. Of course, he is in charge of the army. Huangfu Chaobo will also arrange the troika of Shangdang County, but the personnel has not been determined Come down.

 Chapter 1198

    After knowing what he really thought, Huangfu opened his mind and went to the front of a stone step. He waved back his attendant and pointed to the stone step and said, "brother, come and sit down. Today, my brothers and I will talk well. Alas, since the ceremony, I will..."


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Huangfu Jianshou was shocked and quickly stopped: "king, don''t do that. Da is the king of a country. Qi Ke is like a country man. If the censor Zhongcheng knows it, he will surely play the nuclear weapon."


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and said: "Alas, today there are no monarchs and ministers, only brothers. Let''s put down our hearts. My brother and I haven''t sat down and talked like this for a long time! Don''t worry, brother. No one will pass it on. " With these words, Huangfu Chaobo swept his cold eyes at the servants who were twenty steps away. He looked down at them and did not dare to make a sound. They could hear his words clearly when they were twenty steps away.


    Seeing this, Huang Fu Jianshou knew that this had happened, so he had no choice but to go to the stone steps and say a sin. Then he sat down far away from Huang Fu Chaobo.


    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo also knew that it was the best result to let him sit here with him, so he gave a wry smile and stopped worrying about it. Instead, he said, "I want to set up a battalion, named Hujie battalion. Would you like to lead this battalion?"


    After hearing this, Huang Fu Jianshou looked at Huang Fu Chaobo in surprise and said, "does the king agree that I should go out to take charge of the army?"


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "if you don''t want to, please take it as if I didn''t say it."


    "Yes, yes!" After hearing this, Huang Fu Jianshou replied busily, "where is the king''s Hujie camp prepared for?" After that, he pointed his hand to the north and asked carefully;


    "yes, if there is no accident, we can win the upper party at worst, but we need a veteran general to guard against the counter attack of Zhao state, so I think of my brother!"


    "Please don''t worry, I will never let Zhao Jun cross the thunder pool!"


    "I believe in brother Wang''s ability, but it''s hard to defend the upper party! Brother Wang, do you have a plan? "


    Huang Fu Jianshou was silent. He knew that Huang Fu Chaobo''s question was equivalent to the assessment of the officials before he took office. If he was not satisfied with the answer, he would lose an opportunity he had been waiting for. Maybe he would never get out of town again.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t urge him, just waiting for his reply.


    After a long time, Huangfu Jianshou said: "although Shangdang has always been under the rule of Bingzhou, Shangdang basin and Taiyuan basin have always been inconvenient, so the connection between the two is not close. In addition, Shangdang is surrounded by mountains, so it is not convenient to get in and out from any direction. In fact, Shangdang county is a completely independent place. In addition, there are many mountains and few lands in Shangdang county People live in poverty. As the saying goes, "it''s difficult for the state of Zhao to control the Shangdang, but it''s not difficult for the state of Tang."


    At this point, he stopped for a moment, straightened out his thoughts, and continued: "to make the people stable, it''s nothing more than food and clothing. All we need to do is to gather a large amount of grain from Hedong, Hanoi, to pacify the people, then to eliminate the bandits inside, and to keep the Zhao army out of the Shangdang. In this case, it only takes three or two years, and the Shangdang people will be attached."


    "Well, what you said is reasonable, but if you want to defend the Shangdang, how many soldiers do you think you need, and besides food and suppressing thieves, do you have other strategies to pacify the people in the county?" Huangfu Chaobo pondered for a moment and then continued to ask;


    "Weichen had carefully studied the geographical environment of Bingzhou and knew a lot about the situation around Shangdang. Except for Taihang Baxing in the southeast, there was only one avenue in the northwest of Nei County in the North connected with Taiyuan. Although there were some lanes in other places, they were all dangerous It''s hard to do, let alone the army. "


    "Fukouxing in the southeast connects with Handan in Wei County of China, Baixing connects with Hanoi in the East, and taihangxing also connects with Hanoi in the West. These places are all connected with the local area of the Tang Dynasty, so there is no need to worry about security. Therefore, if we want to keep Shangdang, the most important thing is to keep Nei county."


    "If you guard niexian County, the Shangdang will be safe. If Weichen guards Shangdang, it will take at least three schools of soldiers to deal with the attack of the Zhao army. One school is stationed in Nei County, one in the eldest son, and the other is used to eliminate the bandits in the county. The three schools'' troops rotate once a few months. It only takes one to two years to win the support of the party and the people. "


    "In addition to the grain and the crackdown on bandits, Weichen thinks that the most important thing is to repair the roads leading in and out of Shangdang, especially the section connecting the west section of Baixing and Hedong. Once this road is connected, the connection with Hedong will become closer. Coupled with the connection in the Southeast, once Shangdang changes, the speed of the other three places will be greatly accelerated."


    As soon as Huangfu Jianshou''s words were finished, Huangfu Chaobo sighed in his heart that his elder brother still underestimated Shangdang. Despite the bad environment of Shangdang, Shangdang ranked third among more than 90 counties in Bingzhou, second only to Taiyuan and Yanmen. Shangdang has always been one of the most difficult counties to stabilize in Bingzhou. Because there are too many mountains in it, Taihang, Taiyue, Wangwu and Zhongtiao mountains surround it tightly.There are many mountains and dense forests. The result is that there are many bandits. Shangdang has always been one of the most difficult counties in Bingzhou. Therefore, it''s just a dream for Huangfu Jianshou to use a military camp to pacify Shangdang''s bandits. However, his proposal for road construction is a good one. Once several roads are connected with the surrounding three counties, the Shangdang will have more materials. If there are enough materials, the people will be more likely to stabilize.


    In addition, once the Shangdang was in control, it would benefit the state of Tang more than a little. More than ten thousand troops could be mobilized from the tianjingguan, mengmengmen and Fukou passes alone. Most of them are elite soldiers.


    After listening to what Huang Fu Jianshou said, Huang Fu Chaobo looked at him and said, "Gu can give you the troops of four schools. Two of them have been set up in Sizhou, and the other two schools can go to Shangdang to recruit again, even if it''s a little lower. However, Gu thinks that Shangdang''s troops should be better than Sizhou''s


    "What''s more, after you are no longer Zongzheng, who can take the post?" Huang Fu Chao Bo asked again;


    "Uncle Huang Fu Heng, the youngest son of his uncle Huang Fu Gui, has never been an official. However, he has helped his father deal with the affairs of the clan over the years. If he is allowed to take the post of Zongzheng, he will live up to the king''s expectations." Without thinking about it, Huangfu Jianshou proposed a man.


    Huangfuheng? Huangfu Chaobo suddenly saw a little old man in his mind. Although he had seen him many times, when he saw that there was no one around him whose number was more than 60, he was no longer interested in seeing him. Even his military generals were inferior.


    However, the position of Zongzheng is different from other official positions in Sangong Jiuqing. He only needs to be a highly respected member of Huangfu''s family. He doesn''t have to achieve many meritorious deeds. After all, he only deals with some internal personnel situations of the royal family, just like an ordinary patriarch. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo agrees with the recommendation of Huangfu Jianshou.


    "Well, you can make preparations from now on. On the one hand, let huangfuheng get familiar with Zongzheng''s affairs; on the other hand, discuss with Taiwei and start to set up Hujie camp quietly. Wang Minggu will give it to you later."


    "No! I''ll honor the king''s order Huangfu Jianshou got up with an excited face and took the order.

 Chapter 1199

    Time in the past day by day, all the preparations are in an orderly manner.


    On August 24, Lv Bu, the king of Zhao, issued a royal decree, saying that Zhao Zilong, the governor of Wuyuan County, and the Xiake, the governor of Shuofang County, did not respect the king''s decree, and acted in defiance of the king''s decree. As a result, the Xianbei army invaded Bingzhou, causing heavy losses to Daijun and Yanmen. The king of Zhao declared the two prefectures to be Taishou and rebellious, and ordered Zhang Liao, the general of the north, to lead the army to levy.


    On the second day, Zhang Liao''s 50000 troops appeared in the east of Fuyang City, the easternmost part of Wuyuan County. Later, 50000 Zhao envoys launched a fierce attack on Fuyang City.


    Outside the city of Fuyang, Zhang Liao looked at several general flags rising at the head of the city with a gloomy face. In addition to the two big flags with the characters of "Xia" and "Zhao", there were also two general flags with the characters of "Gao" and "sun". At this time, Zhang Liao did not know where the opposite side had already been on guard. Gao Zi''s flag was Gao Lan, the number one general of Shuofang''s Xiake, and Sun Zi''s flag was Sun Jin, the general of Zhao Zilong. Both of them were infantry generals, and the two good cavalry generals, qubei and Zhaozhao, disappeared. They must have led the cavalry to peep on the side.


    But now that the arrow was on the way, Zhang Liao had to order the army to attack Fuyang. Almost at the same time, there were 20000 Zhao cavalry soldiers on the Wuliangsu beach to the north of Wujia river city. Twenty thousand cavalry are the twenty thousand ordinary cavalry of Zhao state led by general Cao Xing of Zhao state. Their task is to attack the two counties from the grassland in the north of Yinshan Mountain.


    After arriving at xijiahe City, Cao Xing arranged 10000 cavalry troops to dismount and take part in the battle, trying to find out the defense situation of Wujiahe city. In his opinion, the defense here should be average. Because Xianbei army was not good at attacking the city, it did not attack the hinterland of the two counties quickly. Although the 20000 troops he led were cavalry, their ability to attack the city was better than that of Xianbei people For example, I don''t know how many times stronger.


    However, Cao Xing soon found that he was wrong. The first round of attack cost nearly half of the 2000 cavalry. The city guards not only had tight defense, but also had a large number of crossbows in the city, at least more than 1000. Seeing that the soldiers lost so much, Cao Xing had to stop attacking. Now he can only wait for the battle in Fuyang.


    It''s a pity that Cao Xing is doomed to be disappointed. There are about 20000 troops in two counties in Fuyang City, almost all of them soldiers. In the face of the crazy attack of Zhang Liao army, Gao Lan easily repels them every time. Think about it. Since Zhao Zilong took over Fuyang Town, he has been constantly strengthening the defense of the town, and has never stopped. Especially after he upgraded to a city, he spared no effort to strengthen the defense. In addition, there are nearly 5000 crossbow soldiers in it, and Gaolan is also one of the five excellent generals of Cao Wei in history. Compared with Zhang Liao, the difference is not too big, so the defense is very important It''s not hard at all.


    Ten days later, Zhang Liao had already lost more than 5000 people. As a last resort, Zhang Liao had to order the army to retreat ten li and set up camp, waiting for further orders from Lv Bu, king of Zhao. If Zhang Liao''s idea was followed, there would be no need for the war to continue. But Lu Bu is absolutely not allowed to retreat. In that case, it means that he has failed twice in this city. How can he swallow this tone with his character.


    Sure enough, a few days later, Lv Bu personally led 30000 Bingzhou wolf riders to Zhang Liao''s camp. With him came 20000 soldiers gathered by Zhao state in Yunzhong county. After arriving at the camp, Lv Bu immediately led the army to attack Fuyang city again.


    With the addition of Lu Bu, the pressure on the city of Fuyang was almost doubled. However, this was expected by Zhao Zilong. In order to deal with the attack that Lu Bu may appear, no, Lu Bu is bound to appear, several families have deployed the most elite soldiers, equipped them with the best armour and weapons, and armed them all to deal with Lu Bu. Every time Lu Bu attacks the city, there will be a number of elite soldiers in the city In front of Lu Bu, they were all dressed in heavy armour and formed a tight formation to deal with Lu Bu alone. At the same time, there was a more than one elite crossbow soldier to provide support for them.


    So every time Lu Bu was able to attack the city wall smoothly, but in the face of the siege of hundreds of elite soldiers with heavy armour, he could not sustain for half an hour, so he had to return to the army under the city. There''s no way. Although Lv Bu is called the God of war, he is not the God of war riding on the red rabbit horse. In the crowded city, it''s amazing that he can exert 70% or 80% of his strength. After all, he is not a real God.


    The battle in Fuyang was like a huge magnet, which attracted hundreds of thousands of elite troops of Zhao state. It also attracted all the eyes of Zhao Junchen. No, not all of them. At least two of Zhao Junchen occasionally looked at the Tang army in the south, that is, Chen Gong, the prime minister of Zhao state, and Zhang Liao, the general of the northern expedition They feel a little relieved that there is still no movement in the Tang Kingdom, and the news from the wolves has not found any changes in the Tang kingdom.


    ¡­¡­


    In Luoyang City, the battle of Fuyang is constantly transmitted back from the city by the shadow guards every day. As time goes on, the pressure of the garrison in the city is increasing, so Gaolan has to transfer more and more troops to the city to deal with the more and more fierce attack of the Zhao army.


    On the main hall, Huangfu Chaobo is gathering all the ministers for discussion. Today is the last meeting. After today''s discussion, he will lead the last two thousand guards in Luoyang City to Hanoi. Tomorrow, Tian Yu, who is already ready, will break through the last 20 miles of Baixing and go directly to Gaoping pass. By this time, the 25000 Tang army led by Tian Yu had reached the high mountains more than 20 miles west of Gaoping pass.Just as Huangfu Chaobo is about to end the court discussion, Huang Wudi, who is on duty outside the main hall, suddenly asks for a meeting and says that the shadow guard has 100000 fire fighting intelligence to report.


    All the people in the hall were worried, and Huangfu Chaobo was in a frenzy. It seemed that something was going to happen. Hearing Huang Wudi''s request, Huangfu Chaobo winked at the servant around him. The servant immediately said, "the king has an order, pass it on!"


    A moment later, a captain in charge of shadow guard in the palace rushed in with a tube of red pigeon letter in his hand. The carrier had been opened, and the pigeon letter in it was already in the captain''s hand. He should have been running all the way. Now he was in some rags, but he didn''t notice at all. After running to the palace, he went straight to the jade steps and rushed all the way He stopped in front of the attendant on duty.


    While kneeling on the ground, the captain handed the pigeon letter to the direction of the duty officer, and reported aloud: "king, you Zhou has 100000 urgent intelligence. Ten days ago, sun Zan, the king of Yan, had led 30000 cavalry and 50000 soldiers, totaling 80000 troops to Hebei to attack the state of Wei!"

 Chapter 1200

    Huang Fu was so surprised that he took the pigeon letter from the waiter and quickly scanned it. Suddenly, he stood up and kicked his desk to the ground.


    "Wow!"


    "Clang clang!"


    I saw the imperial case overturned on the jade steps, and the articles on the table fell to the ground. Some of them even fell to the bottom of the jade steps. The sudden change frightened all the officials in the palace, and they all looked at Huangfu Chaobo on the jade steps.


    "Pig teammates Gongsun Zan, did you grow up on Yaya Last year I bought a watch! Are you full of rice fields In two years, the two world wars have brought huge losses. How dare you send troops to Hebei to look for shit!... "


    Before they could react, they heard that Huangfu Chaobo on the jade steps had jumped up and yelled at him. They had never seen the king so furious. The servants on the jade steps and the shadow guards kneeling below were so frightened that they all fell on their knees and did not dare to make a sound.


    For a moment, all the people in the hall looked at Zhu Jun, who was the oldest. Under such circumstances, only Zhu Jun dared to speak. Seeing this, Zhu Jun quickly stood up, walked quickly to the jade steps, looked up at the waiter and said, "give me the pigeon letter quickly!"


    The waiter was so surprised that he woke up immediately. He quickly picked up the pigeon letter that had fallen in front of him, walked down the jade steps and handed it to Zhu Jun.


    After reading the pigeon letter three or two times, Zhu Jun''s face turned pale. Then he handed the pigeon letter to the prime minister Tian Feng. After reading the pigeon letter, Tian Feng also yelled: "the upright is not enough to plan, the upright is stupid, the upright is faint and incompetent, the upright is..."


    Soon the pigeon letter was handed around in the hands of a group of important ministers in the palace. After reading the pigeon letter, everyone felt powerless and emptied from the bottom of their hearts.


    The content of the pigeon letter is very simple: ten days ago, at the instigation of three sworn brothers, Gongsun Zan, king of Yan, led 30000 cavalry and 50000 soldiers to attack Hebei. For fear of Gongsun fan''s opposition, and at the instigation of Liu Weitai, Guojing, Guowei, Gongsun fan and other important officials did not know. A few days later, Tian Kai, the prefect of Zhuo County, who was touring Fanyang, accidentally found tens of thousands of troops of his king, which was discovered by the public. However, after Tian Kai''s hard advice failed, he had to send someone to Jicheng to tell the prime minister and Guowei.


    When Gongsun fan came in a hurry, Gongsun Zan''s army had already launched an attack on Puyin city of the state of Wei. Gongsun Zan didn''t listen to his brother''s advice at this time, and he was determined to earn military merit for his brother.


    In desperation, Gongsun fan had to return to Jicheng in a hurry. After discussing with the prime minister, he ordered Tian Kai to gather the troops of Zhuo county and get ready for support at any time. At the same time, he urgently mobilized the troops to replenish Jicheng''s troops. At the same time, he also sent a message to the shadow guard through his eagle nest and asked Huangfu Chaobo for help.


    Seeing this news, all the people in the state of Tang are dumb. They can see that Yan''s strength is greatly damaged now. If he keeps his energy for a few more years, he may have the strength to fight with Wei. However, if he goes to war with Wei at this time, there will be no other consequences except death.


    As we all know, the state of Yan is the most important link in the stability of Hebei in the Tang Dynasty. The stalemate between Yan and Wei is the best result for the Tang Dynasty. If the state of Yan loses, the state of Wei will send troops to Youzhou. In order to limit the development of the state of Wei, the state of Tang has to send troops to support the state of Yan. In this way, the plan of the state of Tang will be disrupted.


    When all the people in the palace were struggling to deal with the problem, Huangfu Chaobo scolded again: "Gongsun Zan, you pig head. At the beginning, Lao Tzu and Gongsun fan had already discussed it. If Yan wanted to send troops to Wei, it''s better to give a notice in advance, or to echo with each other. You are so good that you don''t even know your prime minister and captain."


    A voice suddenly rang out in the hall. Although it was very small, it was clearly heard by the people.


    "The king sent troops to Zhao, didn''t he inform the king of Yan?"


    At this time, only he dared to say so. Xu Shu next to him glared at him fiercely for fear that his disobedient words would offend the king who was in a rage. Who knew that Pang Tong gave him a reassuring look.


    Xu Shu was stunned. Before he realized it, Huangfu Chaobo on the jade steps had heard Pang Tong''s words. He laughed angrily: "Puchi I didn''t tell him, but can it be the same? It''s not my boast. If the army of Tang Dynasty is pulled out one-on-one with the princes of the world, no country can compete with my army. His Gongsun praises something. If all his troops are pulled out, they may not be able to match Yuan Shao''s one hand. They were defeated twice in two years, and they even dare to fight. I really don''t know how to write it. I don''t think he will die! On the road to death, I''m going harder and harder! "


    When Pang Tong said that, Huangfu Chaobo slowly calmed down. Seeing this, Zhu Jun immediately went out and said, "king, the Lord should not be angry and start a war. He should not be angry and fight. King is the Lord of all the people. He must not..."


    Huangfu Chaobo saw that Zhu Jun had a long argument, and immediately put his hand to stop him. He said: "my teacher taught me that Chaobo will remember that in the future, Mount Tai will collapse in front of us, but now I just want to hear your suggestions. How should we deal with this matter?"At this time, people realized that the purpose of Pang Tong''s words was to divert the king''s attention and appease his emotions. At this time, even Guo Jia could not help but admire Pang Tong''s quick wit and gave him a thumbs up.


    After seeing the intelligence just now, Guo Jia thought to himself, and had a clue in his mind. Now he heard Huangfu Chaobo''s question, and immediately went out to answer it: "King Hui, in my opinion, we have to fight this war, but the ultimate goal of this war is to make some changes."


    When setting the strategic goal of the war between Tang Dynasty and Zhao Dynasty, the people of Tang Dynasty tried their best to catch up with Lu Bu''s army. When they came back, they came to Jinyang city and even captured Jinyang. No matter how hard it was, they had to attack the cities south of Qixian County on the southeast Bank of zhaoyuze in the south of Taiyuan, and then attacked the bird and mouse Valley to get through the connection between Taiyuan and Hedong and control the front in Taiyuan.


    If you want to have a stalemate with Zhao''s army in Taiyuan Basin, you must have a strong general like Zhao Yun. Therefore, Zhao Yun was specially transferred from Wei county to take part in the war of attacking Zhao. Now that Yan state has changed, the strategic goal of Tang state must be adjusted accordingly. In order to contain Wei state, the main force of Tang state can''t fight in Bingzhou for too long, can''t it Once the state of Wei is allowed to invade the territory of Yan, it is likely that Yan will lose his master''s land, or even lose his strength. This is the last thing the state of Tang wants to see.


    So what Guo Jia means is that it is no longer realistic to invade Taiyuan Basin. Instead of taking risks, it is better to fight steadily, first attack and occupy Shangdang, then wait for the opportunity to send troops to Taiyuan after Shangdang is under control, and then gradually encroach on it.

 Chapter 1202

    On the one hand, Zhao yunhuaxiong and Zhao yunhuaxiong were ordered to gather nearly 30000 cavalry troops, and then sent 10000 soldiers and 10000 guards from Wei County, with a total of 50000 troops approaching Julu County. At the same time, they sent people to contact the Heishan army, and urged Zhang Yan to lead the troops to attack Zhongshan state.


    On the other hand, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Yanbei county to mobilize 15000 cavalry, led by Huang Xu himself. He also asked Xiaoqiang to mobilize 10000 cavalry from Liaodong vassal state, led by Tatton, and then to gather 15000 cavalry from Lulong County, Liaoxi County, youbeiping county and Yuyang County of Yan army, with a total of 40000 cavalry from the three armies. He hoped to catch up with Gongsun Zan before his defeat They should arrive at the army and then withdraw to Zhuo county.


    Of course, this was only the response of the Tang army. Whether gongsunzan could be saved or not depends on whether gongsunzan was lucky. The war of the Tang army was on the verge of breaking out.


    In the mountains more than 20 miles west of Gaoping pass, Tian Yu and his 25000 troops arrived here yesterday afternoon. At this time, 25000 troops had set up barracks in the valley, quietly making the final preparations. Among them, as a pioneer, one thousand iron eagles have set out first and quietly controlled these scattered villages from the camp to the outside of Gaoping pass. More than 100 shadow guard experts led by Shi a have sneaked into Gaoping pass in the past few days. As soon as the army arrives, they can open the gate and seize Gaoping pass. Gao Ping closed the door of the party and opened it to the Tang army.


    In the Tang army camp, Tian Yu didn''t go to sleep immediately after gathering the generals for discussion. Instead, after inspecting the whole camp again, he stood on the watchtower at the east gate of the camp, looking at the black sky in the East, speechless for a long time. At this time, Tian Yu''s thoughts have fallen into the memory. In the first year of Chuping, he was rescued from Xianbei people, and was recruited by an alien Taishou. Then he stayed on the new territory outside the Great Wall for several years, and the others were transferred back to the Central Plains as a battalion commander. Now nine years have passed.


    In nine years, Tian Yu has grown from a little boy to a veteran general. In the past few years in Hedong, although his Yingyang army has never participated in the war, he has been using the bandits in Hedong to hone his army. He believes that opportunities will always be left to those who are prepared. Now opportunities finally appear in the future In front of my own eyes.


    Today, although Tian Yu only leads 25000 troops to fight, it is the crux of the war. If he can successfully enter the Shangdang, he will be the first to win. If there is any mistake, no, there will be no mistake


    Tian Yu thought that this battle was just the starting point of his own development. There will be more and bigger battles waiting for him in the future. One day, Tian Yu will become the first Marquis and Baron of the Tian family of yongnu.


    For a long time, Tian Yu only heard the sound of walking behind him. Just as he looked back, he heard the voice of the pro general behind him saying: "general Lu, I''ll see you!"


    Tian Yu knew that it was Lu Zhong, the chief General of tieyingruishi, his deputy general. Sure enough, Lu Zhong''s voice came from behind: "excuse me, is general Tian in front?"


    "Yes, general, that''s what I''m going to tell you!"


    "No, I''ll go myself!" Then he turned to his own guard and said, "you stay here."


    "No!" In a moment, Lu Zhong had come to the back of Tian Yu: "I have never seen general Tian!"


    "General Lu is so polite!" Tian Yu returned a salute to Lu Zhong. Although he was a battalion commander, in the military system of the Tang army, a general of the Jin Wei army was at the same level as the other battalion commanders. Therefore, there was no difference between him and Lu Zhong in terms of level. They were all four grade generals, but Lu Zhong was a king''s minister, and he was the commander of the whole army in this war, so there was no difference between them It''s kind of complicated.


    "I don''t know what happened when the general came to the general?"


    "At the end of the day, I got the news from the soldiers that all the villages along the way had been under the control of our army, so I specially came to report it to the general!"


    "Well, tomorrow we can act according to the original plan. The army will eat at three o''clock, leave at four o''clock, and arrive just outside Gaoping pass at five o''clock. Take a rest outside Gaoping pass, and wait for the time when the gate will open. The cavalry will be the vanguard to fight for the pass. General Lu will lead the Iron Eagle soldiers to catch up quickly, and wipe out the enemy in the pass Chen within the occupation of Gaoping pass, and then the army will command the East, quickly fight for the county seat Tian Yu was overjoyed and said, "don''t worry, general, you will live up to your expectations!" Lu Zhong took the lead in boxing


    At this time, Gaoping pass, although the sky has been completely dark down, but there are still lights in the pass did not go out. Gaoping pass, originally a medium-sized pass, has always been the Western barrier of Shangdang county. In the Yellow turban rebellion, a large number of bandits also appeared in Shangdang county. Later, they were calmed down by the government and the army, and the remaining bandits fled to the surrounding mountains. Only after so many years of idleness, Gaoping pass was reopened.


    However, the Shangdang Taishou only sent 1000 soldiers and horses to garrison Gaoping pass. After more than ten years, Gaoping pass has been safe and sound, so the defense is even more lax. Up to now, the number of 1000 soldiers and horses is no more than 600, and now there are all kinds of merchants in Gaoping pass, just like a small town with thousands of people.In a small courtyard near Guanxi gate, a few months ago, a family recently moved in. It is said that when the yellow scarf thieves started a riot more than ten years ago, a merchant left from the western city of Xi. Seeing that Gaoping gate is like a small town now, he found Duwei, the guard general of guanxi gate, and spent thousands of money to buy the courtyard. Duwei was happy to sell the deserted courtyard It costs thousands of money. Anyway, there are many small courtyards like this in the pass.


    If someone sees the situation in the yard, they will be shocked. Now there are more than 100 big men in black in the yard. It''s true that Shi a and his subordinates have entered Gaoping pass in succession these days. It''s time to rush for the pass tomorrow morning, so all the staff have arrived in the yard this evening.


    This courtyard is located in the north of xiguanmen, not directly close to the main road, but in the back of about 100 steps. In the courtyard, Shi a looked at the people: "you guys, tomorrow is the day when the army will seize the pass. The general has already contacted the army outside the city. General Tian has led the army to 20 miles away. So tomorrow morning, when the gate inside the pass is opened, the army will appear outside the pass. At that time, what we have to do is to raid the soldiers guarding the pass to buy time for the cavalry to raid into the pass ¡£¡±


    "Don''t worry, general. We can''t compete with them in terms of marching and fighting. But if we assassinate and disturb, and delay time, we are good at it!" One of them said with a smile;


    "yes, the general can rest assured!" The rest of the people also said, "OK, everyone have a good rest. Tomorrow morning, we will go out in groups and lurk until the gate is closed. When there is an army outside the gate, we will seize the gate!" Shia nodded and ordered the crowd;

 Chapter 1203

    In Pingxian County, Henan Province, Huangfu Chaobo has arrived in Pingxian County under the protection of two thousand guards and Dian Wei gaoshun. Besides his military adviser Guo Jia, he is huangfuli and his four young generals. As for Pang Tong, he has rushed to Weijun immediately after the discussion, and Lu Su has been on his way to Shanyang.


    The party war is about to start tomorrow morning. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo stands on the tower of the north gate of Pingxian county and looks up to the north. It seems that he wants to let his deep eyes penetrate the darkness of the night sky and see the camp of the northern Tang army. Guo Jia''s people stood beside him and saw that he was speechless for a long time. Guo Jia said, "are you worried about general Tian Yu''s army?"


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said, "there''s nothing to worry about. Tian Yu is also a general who has been fighting for nearly ten years. And so far, there''s nothing unusual about Zhao. Besides, everything has been arranged. Now we can only wait for the news to come."


    "Is the king worried about the situation over there?"


    "Yes, I don''t know how effective our arrangement will be? Although we have arranged for three armies to go to the rescue, we don''t know if we can make it in time... " Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said,


    "as the king said just now, everything has been arranged, and the king of Yan will have to leave it to fate. His subordinates are worried about the speed of Zhao''s reaction. If Zhao''s reaction is fast enough, it will only take a few days for King Zhao''s 30000 cavalry to return to Jinyang. In addition, if Jinyang''s garrison can react, maybe the army of infantry reinforcements will enter Shangdang before our army conquers Shangdang County, and then we can only divide Shangdang equally between the two families. " Guo Jia said with a smile, diverting Huangfu Chaobo''s attention;


    "Oh, what can I worry about? Chen Gong has Chi Zhi. When they react and get the news from Shangdang, our army is already under the eldest son''s city. Now there are only three or five thousand people defending the eldest son''s city. How can we block the attack of tens of thousands of our army? When the eldest son''s city comes, you can go down to the old city. " Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile,


    "Chen Gong has Chi Zhi?" After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s comment on Chen Gong, Guo Jia repeated it with a smile, and then said, "in this way, my subordinates are a little worried."


    "It can''t be said that Chen Gong still has the ability, so the advance speed of the army must be as fast as possible, at least the fastest speed to control niexian county. Otherwise, if the reinforcements from Taiyuan are really allowed to rush into niexian County, the war behind will not be so easy to fight." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "well, everything depends on the soldiers. Let''s go and have a rest. We''ll cross the river and head north tomorrow morning! I hope that by the time I get to tianjingguan, the Hanoi army will have entered the Shangdang territory. "


    ¡­¡­


    Zhao state, in Jinyang city of Taiyuan County, the man who was told by Huangfu Chaobo that he had Chi Zhi, the Prime Minister of Zhao state, Chen Gong, had already laid down, but he could not sleep. An inexplicable sense of anxiety was always on him for a long time. He always felt that he had something that he had not considered.


    Today is the ninth day of the double ninth. It''s a fine day. Half of the moon is hanging high in the sky. Seeing that he can''t sleep, Chen Gong turns over and gets up. He puts on a piece of clothes and walks into the yard. He walks slowly in the cool moonlit night. As he walks, he looks up to the South and sighs to himself: how quiet!


    Suddenly, an idea flashed through Chen Gong''s mind, quiet South


    "Yes, quiet. It''s too quiet in the South..." Chen Gong suddenly thought of a problem. Now the war in Wuyuan has been going on for more than ten days, but as their ally, the Tang kingdom in the South didn''t respond at all. The silence was too strange. Thinking of this, Chen Gong didn''t care about anything else and hurried to his study.


    He quickly walked to the study and asked people to light the lamp inside. Chen Gong immediately turned out a map of Bingzhou on his book case and carefully observed that the actions of the state of Tang were so strange that Chen Gong always felt that there must be some conspiracy hidden in it, so he took a look at the neighboring places of Tang and Zhao on the map one by one.


    Starting from Xihe County, Chen Gong''s hand almost moved inch by inch from the map. However, to his disappointment, he was able to walk the road of more than 100 people. After he had passed it all by himself, he still got nothing. When he couldn''t understand it, Chen Gong thought about it and knocked his fingers on the map unconsciously. Suddenly, his fingers fell on a place name above the surname, Changping Pavilion.


    Changping Pavilion!


    Well, Changping Pavilion, the battle of Changping? The battle of Changping!


    Chen Gong suddenly woke up. The battle of Changping, which shocked the whole world hundreds of years ago, wasn''t it from Hedong that the state of Qin sent troops to the party? How did hundreds of thousands of Qin army enter Shangdang?


    Yes, Baixing, Chen Gong immediately remembered that the state of Qin entered the Shangdang territory through Baixing, but now Baixing only has the Wei family all the way east to fukouguan in Hebei Province.


    Thinking of this, Chen Gong hurriedly found a book from his bookshelf, and then quickly turned to the records of the battle of Changping. He quickly found the records of the battle of Changping, from which he saw several names, gaopingguan and Yicheng. Along these names, Chen Gong rowed all the way on the map, and a chill rushed from his back top."Bang dang..."


    The oil lamp in my hand fell directly to the ground, and it was dark in the house. The oil fell on the ground and all of a sudden burned up. Fortunately, there was nothing else on the ground. The flame on the bluestone slab ran twice, and then it didn''t continue to burn. At this time, Chen Gong had already remembered that the state of Tang was not without action, but had been making preparations. The biggest action was to repair the road from Jiangyi to Duanshi.


    "Somebody In response, Chen Gong cried out;


    "prime minister!" Waiting for Wei to rush into Chen Gong''s study immediately: "what can I do for you?"


    "Immediately, quickly, immediately send someone to call the person in charge of the wolf pack to me, and also, quickly send someone to invite captain Guo and General Li Feng, quickly..." The last few words were almost roared by Chen Gong.


    For a moment, the prime minister''s house immediately became lively. Several bodyguards almost rushed out of the house and ran in three directions.


    A moment later, the person in charge of the wolves first arrived at Chen Gong''s study. As soon as Chen Gong saw him, he immediately wrote a letter and sealed it with mud. Then he ordered him to send someone to Shangdang and give it to Zhang Yang, the supreme leader of the Shangdang, and Hao Meng, the commander of the Duwei. When the visitor saw the sign on the mud seal, he didn''t dare to delay. After saluting Chen Gong, he immediately turned and left.

 Chapter 1204

    Although it''s only 500 Li from Jincheng to the eldest son, it will take more than two days for a fast horse, because it''s not easy to walk more than 100 li in the middle. At this time, Chen palace can only pray secretly that it will be in time.


    The person in charge of the wolf pack left the prime minister''s residence. Wei Xu and Li Feng rushed to the gate of the prime minister''s residence. As soon as they got off their horses, nodded and said hello, they were led into the study of Chen Palace by the housekeeper of the prime minister''s residence.


    As soon as they entered the study, Wei Xu said, "prime minister, what''s the matter


    Chen Gong didn''t say much. He led them to the map and explained their conjecture to them in detail. After listening to Chen Gong''s words, they were both sweating. Wei Xulian said: "according to the meaning of the prime minister, what should we do?"


    Although Li Feng didn''t speak, he also looked at Chen Gong eagerly. At this time, Chen Gong had some preliminary ideas. In his mind, hearing Wei Xu''s words, he said: "I guess that the Tang army should want to invade Shangdang through Baixing, so Taiyuan should not be dangerous, but the troops in the direction of bird and mouse valley should not be moved lightly, and the prime minister wants to continue to increase the troops, just in case. But now there are not many troops in the two prefectures, and most of Shangdang''s troops are deployed in the southern Taihang Zhuxing pass. Even in the eldest son City, there are less than 4000 soldiers and horses, and there are 2000 cavalry. So I want to ask general Li to lead 10000 soldiers and horses to Shangdang as soon as possible to support Shangdang. It''s best if we can keep the eldest son and the northern part of Shangdang. If we are not lazy, please ask the general to lead the troops to retreat to the northern part of Shangdang. If it''s the worst, we must stay here. "


    With that, Chen Gong''s hand slapped down on the map. When they looked up, it was Nene county. Seeing this situation, they could not help taking a breath. Wei Xu said cautiously: "prime minister, will the situation worsen to such a situation?"


    "This is not the worst result yet!" Chen Gong sighed for a long time and said, "Guowei, after General Li Feng took away 10000 troops, there are less than 20000 people left in Jinyang city. Please recruit soldiers immediately. At least another 20000 troops are needed. Although these new recruits can''t attack the city or fight in the field, they have no problem defending the city. In addition, please send 3000 soldiers and 5000 men to go here. This was originally a pass called Nanguan, but it was in disrepair for a long time. Please send someone to repair it. If the upper party can''t keep it, this is the most suitable place for Taiyuan to defend the Tang army. "


    The place where Chen Gong pressed his finger was just one of the official roads connecting Shangdang and Taiyuan. It was located in the middle of Taiyue Mountain between Taiyuan and Shangdang. It was about 50 li away from Nei county and 80 li away from Qi county. It was an important place on the official road.


    Seeing this, they also realized the seriousness of the matter. After Chen Gong''s orders were finished, they solemnly took orders and left. For a moment, the city of Jinyang suddenly became lively. In the military camp in the south of the city, the sleeping taxi soldiers were awakened by the generals. Teams of taxi soldiers began to gather in the direction of the school yard under the torchlight. The armory in the King City was also opened, and cars of soldiers were waiting The armour weapons were sent to the barracks continuously.


    The movement of the barracks in the city awakened the whole Jincheng City, and the residents in the city looked at the direction of the barracks in the south of the city, not knowing what had happened. After ten thousand soldiers left the camp, they left the South Gate of Jincheng from the torch and headed southeast.


    No one found that on a small building near the barracks, there was a pair of eyes that saw all the changes in the barracks. A moment later, in the backyard of the small building, a flying deer soared in the dark. After turning around Jinyang City, it recognized the direction and flew to the south.


    ¡­¡­


    There are bound to be a lot of people sleepless tonight. As time goes by, in the valley 20 miles west of Gaoping pass, in the third shift, after the drum rang, the whole barracks moved quickly. There was no bugle to gather soldiers, but the soldiers on duty woke up the sleeping zepao tent by tent.


    Soon after a group of taxi soldiers went to the kitchens to use the Korean food, they took two pieces of dried meat from the cooks at the door, stuffed the dried meat into their military robes, and then went to the school yard to gather.


    Soon, five thousand cavalry and nine thousand iron Eagles left the camp and went to gaopingguan in the east by the moonlight, followed by three thousand soldiers and five thousand crossbow soldiers, and ten thousand soldiers went to gaopingguan with all the supplies after finishing the camp.


    Lu Zhong was the commander of the vanguard''s army. Because Tian Yu was the leader of the army, he could not be the vanguard himself. In addition, tie yingruishi was the main force in the war, so Lu Zhong was the vanguard general. In fact, if it is possible, Tian Yu really doesn''t want Lu Zhong to be a pioneer general, because he is more than ten years older than Tian Yu.


    Lu Zhong didn''t think so. He saw that Tian Yu, who was less than 30 years old, had been with the king for nearly ten years. He became a battalion commander with his own ability. To put it mildly, he relied on his father''s shadow to achieve today''s success. But if he really wanted to become a marquis, he had to rely on his own ability. Didn''t the King say that? The Marquis should be granted immediately. The glory of Fan Yang''s Lu family can''t be lost in the hands of his own generation. Let him win a marquis generation with his sword.Looking at more than ten thousand elite troops around him, Lu Zhong couldn''t help but feel great pride.


    The 14000 troops are walking silently by the moonlight in the sky, with people holding coins and horses wrapping their feet. Except for the rustling footsteps, no other sound can be heard.


    Just after five o''clock, after nearly two hours of emergency marching, the army finally arrived 500 steps outside Gaoping pass. With Lu Zhong''s order, the army stopped here, and soon a cavalry general came to Lu Zhong''s side: "general, 500 steps ahead is Gaoping pass!"


    "Send the order down, the army will rest on the spot!" With that, Lu Zhong raised his head again and looked at the sky. Now the sky in the East has turned slightly white, but it will take nearly half an hour before dawn. According to the news from the shadow, the opening and closing time of Gaoping pass is usually three quarters of Mao hour. Thinking of this, Lu Zhong added: "pass the order, let the soldiers eat some dried meat! Wait for Gao pingguan to open the door


    "No!" Next to the herald troops on the promise, and then one by one turned away, scattered to herald.


    Soon, there was a low voice in the team: "the general has orders, rest on the spot, eat some dried meat!"


    "The general has orders, rest on the spot and eat some dried meat!"

 Chapter 1201

    In Luoyang City, the emperor and officials of the Tang state are discussing urgently. Now, when dealing with the situation, Gongsun Zan, the pig''s teammate of Huangfu Chaobo, is standing in the county yamen of Puyin County, smiling up. After two days of war, Yan army successfully captured Puyin County of Wei state. Gongsun Zan is very happy with the victory of the first battle.


    This time, he sent out 50000 soldiers and 30000 cavalry. Among the 50000 soldiers, 30000 were led by three righteous brothers. Among the 30000 cavalry, there were 10000 elite white horse Yicong, 10000 ordinary white horse Yicong and 10000 ordinary cavalry.


    This time, he was in the middle of nowhere. You know, the two wars of the state of Yan had already caused heavy losses to his troops. In the last time, although he managed to defend Lulong County by relying on the army of the state of Tang, the Xianbei army invading Shanggu and the riots in Guangyang County of Zhuo county also caused great losses to the three counties. According to the suggestions of Jing and his younger brother Gongsun fan, the state of Yan is the worst It is better to recuperate for a few years so that the national strength can be restored.


    However, after the founding of the country, his three brothers failed to become Marquis, which made Gongsun Zan feel guilty. So he tried his best to supplement the three brothers and made them all Zhonglang generals. Later, he transferred generals from the army to supplement all their 10000 troops. He was ready to accumulate more military contributions for the three of them when he went out to fight next time.


    After a year or so of training in the army, the righteous brothers felt that their army had been trained, so they went to Gongsun Zan every so often to lobby, hoping to lead the troops to fight, so that they could accumulate merits for themselves and be Marquis as soon as possible.


    This time, taking advantage of Zhao''s sending troops outside the Great Wall, the three men ran to Gongsun Zan again and proposed to send troops to Wei. Just when Zhao was looking east, they occupied the northern part of Zhongshan state. In this way, they were ready to cut off the connection between Wei and Zhao again, and also cut off the source of Wei''s war horses.


    After several times of persuasion, Gongsun Zan was finally moved. At this time, Li Yizi made Gongsun Zan make up his mind. Li Yizi said: "brother Wang, Yan and Tang were allies, but Yan was weaker than Tang. In recent years, although Tang was the main and Yan was the second, the two families were still basically equal, if they didn''t take it several times In the long run, the state of Yan will really become a subsidiary of the state of Tang. With the ability of brother Wang, an Neng will be inferior to others! "


    This past words came out, Gongsun Zan was like a cat with fried hair, which broke out in an instant. So, after careful discussion, the four secretly transferred 80000 troops in various names without telling fan Zhuren, the grandson of Guan Jing, and then quietly led the army south to attack the state of Wei.


    What they don''t know is that although the Yanling guards of the state of Wei are not as powerful as the shadow guards of the state of Tang, they have already targeted Guangyang and Zhuo counties of the state of Yan. As soon as the 80000 troops of the state of Yan leave Jicheng, the court of the state of Wei has got the news. Moreover, over the years, the state of Wei has been actively preparing to deal with the war of Yan. For the only channel for the source of war horses, Zhongshan state is the most important defense of the state of Wei.


    In a small state of Zhongshan, there are four important officials of Wei. The Prime Minister of Zhongshan is Guo Yuan, who is the nephew of Zhong Yao, a famous scholar in Yingchuan. Sun Yat Sen Wei, Chunyu Qiong, was an old friend of Yuan Shao when he was a member of Xiyuan eighth school. He was able to gain the insight of Emperor Ling of Han Dynasty. He was one of the eight schools with Yuan Shao, Yuan Shu and Cao Cao. In fact, his ability was very strong.


    Han Meng is one of the great generals in the state of Wei. In history, he and Yan Liang Wen Chou were called "four court and one pillar". It can be seen that his ability is still very strong. In addition, the cavalry general Jiang Qi, Jiang Yiqu, was also one of the several major cavalry generals in the Wei army. Although the ability of marching was slightly weaker than that of siding Yizhu, the cavalry commander had his own characteristics. With these four people guarding Zhongshan, Gongsun Zanqi can easily take advantage of it.


    After getting the news of Yan army''s invasion to the south, Guo Yuan discussed with the generals to deal with it. Puyin County, after resisting the Yan army''s attack for two days, finally broke down and was defeated by the Yan army. Less than 1000 of the 5000 garrison soldiers escorted the county magistrate to Tang county. The remaining 4000 people were all killed on the spot, and the Yan army paid nearly 10000 casualties.


    Although the casualties were so great, Gongsun Zan finally found the feeling of high spirited again under the praise of Liu Weitai. After a day''s rest in Puyin, the army left thousands of wounded soldiers, 5000 soldiers and 10000 cavalry to defend Puyin, Gongsun Zan led 35000 soldiers and 20000 white horses to attack Wangdu County West of Puyin.


    What gongsunzan doesn''t know is that chunyuqiong has gathered 10000 soldiers in Wangdu County, waiting for gongsunzan to lead the attack. At the same time, 30000 cavalry from the surrounding counties and Nanpi, the king''s city, had entered the city of lunu, the center of Zhongshan state administration. At the same time, more than 50000 soldiers had gathered in the city. Now Guo Yuan could encircle Gongsun Zan''s tens of thousands of troops under the Wangdu City as soon as the fighters appeared.


    Yan''s army fought fiercely for two days under the capital, but it could not break through the city. However, Gongsun Zan was puzzled by the feeling that he could break into the city with more efforts. He also knew that the longer he stayed here, the more likely the Wei reinforcements would appear. However, under the persuasion of the three righteous brothers, Gongsun Zan decided to continue to attack Wangdu, and sent 10000 white horses to monitor the direction of lunu city in the south, in order to get the news of the reinforcements of the Wei army at the first time.On the fifth day of the war, Wei reinforcements finally appeared 50 Li south of Wangdu city. There were 40000 soldiers and 10000 cavalry. Led by Zhongshan Prime Minister Guo Yuan, they came slowly towards Wangdu city. Gongsun zanwen, on the one hand, sent twenty thousand white horses from the Wei army, on the other hand, sent three brothers to attack the city.


    What he didn''t know was that, just a hundred miles to the East, Jiang Qi''s 20000 cavalry and Han Meng''s 10000 horsemen had bypassed his surveillance and rushed to Puyin city behind him. At the same time, the Wei garrison general of Tang county had gathered 10000 troops from Tang County, Peiping and Guangchang, and quietly went around to the north of Puyin county.


    Under the command of the three Cao Bao Yi brothers of the king of Yan, the Yan army, which lost the command of Gongsun Zan, was more and more weak in attacking Wangdu. Two days later, gongsunzan got a news that made him fall into the abyss. Under the attack of Weijun, more than 20000 troops left in Puyin were almost destroyed. Only less than 1000 cavalry escaped. Most of them fled back to Zhuozhou. Only less than 100 people risked their lives to break through the encirclement and suppression of Weijun cavalry. They came to Wangdu city to warn gongsunzan. Puyin fell into the hands of Weijun again, gongsunzan Sun Zan''s army once again fell into the encirclement of Wei''s army.

 Chapter 1205

    When the first glow of the morning fell into the earth, it was just the third quarter of Mao time. Chen Laosan came out of the castle yawning. He was a village commander of the Zhao army, but he was only a village commander of the prefectures and soldiers, not a village commander of the elite combat battalion. So the duty of guarding the city gate fell on them. Last night, it was their turn to guard the city gate. In the first half of the night, it was team a, in the second half He gave it to team B. as for the village leader, he must have been sleeping.


    It has been three years since they were transferred to Gaoping pass. There were 400 soldiers and 600 soldiers in Gaoping pass, but there has been no war in these years. In addition, Gaoping pass has nothing to gain, so many people with support have been transferred away, leaving only those who have nothing to do with them to stay here.


    The commander of gaopingguan, whose surname is Gao, is also a guy whose father doesn''t care and mother doesn''t love. Because he offended, he was arranged here. After a few years, there are only 300 soldiers and 400 soldiers left in Gaoping pass. There are more than 700 soldiers in total, but the officials are also happy. The extra 300 soldiers are just divided up by these generals.


    Chen Laosan''s village, for example, now has only over sixty people. Ten of the more than thirty people are paid to the Duwei, five to the Qu Chang, five to keep by themselves, and about ten to be divided by the Shi Chang and Wu Chang below. In this way, everyone will be happy.


    Seeing that it''s time to open the gate, Chen Laosan also wants to take advantage of it. You know, there are two gates in Gaoping pass, and each gate is guarded by a garrison. But there are six gates in Gaoping pass, so they can turn once every 20 days. Today is the last day of this month.


    With Chen Laosan''s command, the gate was slowly opened in a rumbling sound. A taxi driver in the gate hole put an old wooden horse outside the gate. Just as he was about to greet the people inside and outside the city, suddenly a cry came from the tower: "Tun Village chief You Come and see... "


    Chen Laosan just went to the root of the city wall and was about to get to the gate of the city, but he was stopped by the cry from the upper floor of the city. He could not help but curse: "thin monkey, what a cry you are! It''s mourning


    However, as soon as he was ready to open his mouth, he suddenly saw smoke rising all over the West. Along with the smoke, there were black cavalry inside, and the sound of horses'' hooves was louder and louder.


    "Ride Cavalry... " Chen Laosan jumped up and yelled: "ring the alarm! Come on Come on Close the gate quickly


    Chen Laosan''s reaction is still relatively fast, but his subordinates have not been able to respond all of a sudden. It''s been several years since I was in gaopingguan. It''s impossible to say that there are some unfamiliar places in the surrounding area. There are only high mountains in the west, but today thousands of cavalry suddenly appear.


    "When..."


    With the sound of a bell, the whole pass was like a frying pan, and it was the rush hour in the morning. The people living in the pass were preparing to leave the city at the gate of the city. Hundreds of people were crowded in the door of the gate. Suddenly, the alarm bell made everyone panic. After a long time, the gatekeepers were in a hurry to drive the crowd out of the city The gate was closed, which made the city gate more chaotic. All the people poured into the pass, and almost all the taxi drivers were pushed aside. They could not close the city gate in time.


    Just at this time, the crowd suddenly rang out a burst drink: "hands on!"


    Then, a cold light suddenly appeared. A middle-aged man around a soldier suddenly burst into trouble. A short blade suddenly appeared in his hand. Before the soldier reacted, the short blade had passed his neck. Before the soldier reacted, he collapsed and died.


    The death of the soldier opened the prelude to the slaughter. Suddenly, dozens of men in green with sharp blades in their hands rushed to the nearest soldier Zhao.


    "Poof!"


    "Kill..."


    "Ding Dang..."


    "Kill someone..."


    For a moment, there were cries of killing in the city gate cave. In the middle of the film, more than 20 soldiers of Zhao were killed. It was Shi A''s shadow guards who killed them. After controlling the city gate, Shi a left 20 or 30 shadow guards behind. Then he drank to the other people and said, "follow someone, kill the city tower!"


    ¡­¡­


    Chen Laosan and a group of soldiers on the city wall were immediately shocked by the accident in the gate cave. At this time, they didn''t understand that the secret agents of the enemy had already infiltrated in the pass. Seeing this, Chen Laosan yelled: "you guys, pull up the suspension bridge quickly. You lead the soldiers to block the passage to the city wall. Don''t let them climb the city wall Quick... "


    While shouting, Chen Laosan commands the soldiers to quickly line up at the entrance to the city, trying to block the enemy troops who are going to attack the city wall. He believes that he only needs to pull up the suspension bridge, and then block these spies under the city. It doesn''t take a quarter of an hour for hundreds of soldiers in the city to rush to the city tower to support him.


    But what Chen Laosan doesn''t understand is that if it''s ordinary soldiers, his move will still work, but these people who sneak into the city are extraordinary Rangers. The leader is the chief disciple of Wang Chao, the first great Xia in China. For ordinary soldiers, the shield is like a wall, but it doesn''t have much problem for Shi azhu, especially the thin shield array.Seeing that the taxi driver in front of him had blocked his way, Shi a yelled: "come and help me!"


    With that, he turned and stepped back to the city for more than ten steps. As soon as his voice fell, the two shadows stepped forward quickly. They clasped their hands together to make a joint. Then they sank slightly and waited for Shi a quietly. Shi a retreated more than ten steps, turned around again, and strode towards the two people in front. When he rushed to the front of them, Shi a jumped, put one foot on the two people''s hand, slightly bent his knees, and yelled: "get up!"


    After hearing the order, the two shadows immediately stood up, four hands took advantage of the power to fight with one stroke, and threw Shi a whole person up, while Shi a ascended his legs, and the whole person flew to the back of the shield wall composed of more than ten Zhao soldiers at the head of the city.


    At that time, Shi A''s people had already jumped more than ten meters high and jumped behind the shield wall. Chen Laosan was stunned. When he reacted, Shi a had already reversed his body in the air and fell behind the shield wall. His sword was like a poisonous snake spitting out a message, defending behind him Da Kong''s Sergeant Zhao stabbed him.


    Suddenly, three of Zhao''s soldiers were stabbed to death by Shi A. on the spot, a large block came out of the tight shield wall. A group of shadow guards, who had been waiting for the opportunity under the shield wall, immediately took a look at the gap. Several people cooperated with each other and entered the Zhao army with a shout.

 Chapter 1206

    Seeing this, Chen Laosan knew that he was unable to return to heaven. There were only 60 or 70 of them, and more than 20 of them had been killed under the city wall. Now there are only 30 or more people on the wall. But there are at least 50 or 60 of the enemies who rushed to the city wall, and the leader is a master of fighting. At this time, the cavalry outside the city is far away from the city gate It''s only two hundred steps, but my reinforcements are still missing.


    "Tun Long! Pick up Next I want to How is Good... " Several of the soldiers nearby were so scared that they couldn''t make a clear speech when they saw Shi A''s skill, so they asked Chen Laosan shivering;


    Chen Laosan spat at the taxi soldiers nearby and said, "what else can we do? Come down With that, he was very single. He was thrown by the weapon in his hand and said: "heroes of the Tang army, we''ve come down! Brothers, put down your weapons and stop fighting! "


    When the others saw this, they threw down their weapons and cried out to surrender.


    Thanks to their quick reaction, Shi a Zhong, who broke through the shield wall, had already killed more than a dozen shield soldiers blocking the road and was preparing to turn around to fight for the noose of the tower and suspension bridge.


    Seeing the surrender of Zhao soldiers, Shi a waved his hand and said, "you guys, escort these Zhao prisoners to one side, you, you Go and cut off the rope of the suspension bridge quickly, and the rest of the people will guard both sides to prevent the other Zhao troops on the wall from coming to support. "


    "No!" They all agreed!


    Seeing this, Chen Laosan couldn''t help but secretly congratulated himself. Fortunately, Lao Tzu was quick to see the opportunity. Now there are dozens of people in this village, and I don''t know how many people are left. Fortunately, his life is temporarily saved. At this time, Chen Laosan began to think, how can these Tang troops appear in his West? Aren''t they all mountains? There are so many cavalry. It''s hard to be successful. The Tang army flew from Hedong.


    The distance of 200 steps is very short for cavalry. Soon, 5000 cavalry rushed into Gaoping pass with the city gate wide open. As soon as they entered the city, 5000 cavalry divided into several routes. Under the guidance of the shadow guard, they rushed to several important places in the pass, such as the barracks, the Treasury and the general''s house. Finally, 1000 cavalry followed the main road of the pass All the way to the east gate of Gaoping pass.


    A moment later, led by Lu Zhong, tieyingruishi followed the cavalry and entered the pass. At this time, Shi a CAI breathed a long sigh of relief and said to Lu Zhong who came up from under the city wall: "general Lu, I''m glad I didn''t live up to my life!"


    "Ha ha! When general Shi comes out, there''s a reason why he can''t be caught by hand! " Lu Zhong laughed at Shi''a and said, "however, the army will not stay in the pass for a long time. At that time, a thousand soldiers will be left to defend the pass. After half an hour''s rest, the rest of the army will begin to march towards the county of Wei, and strive to capture the county of Wei today. After a night''s rest, they will attack the eldest son and Gaodu tomorrow."


    "Don''t worry, general. I''ll personally lead people to send troops with the general. General Lu, this way, please. Wait for me to explain to the general in detail the situation of the troops and defense arrangements in the city."


    "General Lao Shi!"


    After that, they went to the city tower. Shi a explained the situation of the city to Lu Zhong one by one as he walked. To Lu Zhong''s delight, the troops in the city were just like the previous intelligence. There were only 2000 people, and they were all ordinary soldiers.


    ¡­¡­


    In pingjindu, Henan Province, when it was just dawn, the guards had begun to board the boat. Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jiadian Wei had already stood on the boat. Suddenly, Luoyang came to the South on horseback. They were running wildly and shouting: "where is the king! Bingzhou urgent report


    Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia look at each other, and both of them see their doubts from each other''s eyes. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo nods to Dianwei. Dianwei stands at the bow of the boat and shouts to the wharf: "here''s the king!"


    After hearing Dian Wei''s cry, the man immediately turned his horse and came to the wharf in the direction of the building ship. At this time, everyone could see clearly that it was the shadow messenger sent by Luoyang. Before the horse stopped, he turned over and dismounted, quickly ran to the side of the boat, and reported in a loud voice: "report to the king, Bingzhou urgent report, which was just received this morning. Lord Xu ordered his subordinates to send it to the king as soon as possible."


    "Present it!"


    Soon, the information was sent to Huangfu Chaobo. It was a sealed letter box with the mark of urgency printed on it. When Huangfu Chaobo and Shi a were not in Luoyang, all the information from the shadow guard was sorted out and then handed over to Xu Shu. After Xu Shu and Xun you read it, they classified it and arranged the next step. For example, after reading this pigeon letter, they immediately took a copy and kept the original. Then the copy was sent to Huangfu Chaobo by courier.


    When he opened it, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help laughing bitterly. After reading it, he handed it to Guo Jia and said, "last night I still said that Chen Gong had Chi Zhi. Today I received the news that Jinyang had sent 10000 troops overnight. I have to say that Chen Gong is capable. "


    Guo Jia also finished reading it quickly, and handed the information back to Huangfu Chaobo: "it''s too coincident. I didn''t expect that Chen palace would see through our arrangement at this time.""So, you are right about fengxiao. You don''t want to hide this ancient road for long. The earlier you use it, the better. Fortunately..." Huangfu Chaobo said with emotion, "Yuanzhi has already acted according to the plan agreed before. Now Hedong has speedily sent people from Duanshi to send out the news of Jinyang''s troop increase to Shangdang. If there is no problem, Tian Yu''s army will receive information after dark today at the latest. Does fengxiao think there is anything else to add? "


    Guo Jia shook her head: "there''s no need to add for the time being. It''s lucky to be able to delay the time until now. If Chen Gong had found out a few days earlier, our arrangement would have been successful, but the loss of troops would have increased several times or even more. Now general Yang Feng has sent troops to feint at the bird and mouse Valley, hoping to contain the forces of Taiyuan County as much as possible. Next, it depends on whether the attack speed of general Tian Yu, General Huang Wudi and general Dong Xun is fast enough. "


    "Yes, now it depends on whether our army is fast enough or the reinforcements of Zhao state are faster. If Tian Yu can get the news in the eldest son city to capture or encircle it, it will make the war more smooth. If the speed is too slow, there will be a big war under the eldest son city. Well, I''m going to order general Qiao Rui to send another 30000 guards from Hanoi county to join the battle. What do you think of fengxiao? "


    "The king is wise!" Guo Jia praised it;

 Chapter 1207

    Shi a didn''t set out with the army at last. After detailed introduction of the situation of the cities with Lu Zhong, he immediately led people to set out ahead of time. In addition to dozens of shadow guards, Lu Zhong also selected dozens of elite soldiers from the Iron Eagle elite. They drove more than 20 carriages with some grain and articles from the warehouse of gaopingguan, The motorcade, dressed as a merchant in Gaoping pass, set out first to prepare for the capture of the city by the army.


    Half an hour later, Gaoping pass had all fallen into the control of Lu Zhong. He immediately ordered the army to rest for a while. After that, he left 1000 iron eagles to defend the pass. Then he led 5000 cavalry and 8000 iron eagles to continue to set out in the direction of Wei.


    An hour later, when Tian Yu led the Chinese army to gaopingguan, the former army had disappeared. Looking at the direction of Wei''s family in the East, Tian Yu couldn''t help laughing bitterly. Although he was the chief General of the army, he was working as a logistics general to finish for Lu Zhong''s former army. However, this situation had been predicted at the beginning of the war. After all, the war was over The goal is a strategy: fast.


    The army of Tian Yu didn''t stay in Gaoping pass for long. Instead, after counting all the equipment in Gaoping pass, they put all the Zhao prisoners in custody. They carried the equipment and continued to go in the direction of Wei. The forward army was light and fast. In case the forward didn''t steal the city smoothly, the equipment he carried could just play a role. Of course, Tian Yu also hopes that his layout can not be used.


    ¡­¡­


    At the beginning of the war in gaopingguan, hundreds of miles south of taihangxing tianjingguan, another war also began.


    Taihangxing, also known as taihangdao, is an important channel connecting Jincheng city and Jiaozuo City in ancient Chinese history. It starts from Qinyang, Jiaozuo, Henan Province in the South and connects Zezhou County, Jincheng City, Shanxi Province in the north. It is famous as "the first place for soldiers" and "the thoroughfare for business". According to historical records, from tianjingguan, Zezhou County, Jincheng city to Taihang Road between Changping village, Qinyang City, Henan Province in the south, the mountain roads are winding like sheep intestines, and the passes stand like stars, so the geographical location is very important. Tianjingguan, in particular, is a famous pass in the world. The ancients said that "the shape of the world, dangerous pass pressure Taihang.".


    Taihangxing ancient road is more than 100 kilometers long, and the most dangerous part is the section from Changping village to tianjingguan in Qinyang. Among these 40 Li, taihangxing rises from the Qinhe plain to the top of Taihang with a relative height of more than 1500 meters. It passes through steep mountains and steep waterfalls, which are actually dangerous passes.


    In the game, taihangxing is also a dangerous ancient road. In the north, it starts from tianjingguan in the south of Gaodu County, and in the south, it is a pass called Wankou city in the north of yewang county.


    Today''s tianjingguan is controlled by the Zhao army, while the city of Wankou is in the hands of the Tang army. The two families occupy both ends of the stone road.


    Just when Lu Zhongbu''s army began to attack gaopingguan, the vanguard Hanoi''s army led by Dong Xun also arrived in the south of tianjingguan and began to attack tianjingguan. Of course, their attack was not a surprise attack, but a ready attack. The purpose was to attract the troops of tianjingguan and Gaodu to this area and provide help for the army of Tianyu.


    At tianjingguan, Zhao''s General Hu Cai looks at the Tang army coming from outside the pass. The dense number of taxi soldiers makes him feel numb. As early as two days ago, he wondered why there were so few business trips these days. If it was a day, although it was not as good as the two years when Zhao and Tang had a close relationship, there were always people coming and going every day One or two small caravans passed through kaijingguan.


    However, in the past two days, even a caravan did not appear under tianjingguan. Although it had happened before, it usually happened when the road was snowed in winter. For example, it is September now, which is the best time to walk on the road. Therefore, Hu Cai specially sent people to Guannan for inspection, but he didn''t find anything unusual. Of course, these soldiers didn''t dare to go through the ancient road tens of miles long and run to the bottom of Wankou city to inspect.


    I didn''t expect that this morning, just as he was about to open the gate, the commander on duty suddenly found that there were a large number of Tang soldiers outside the gate. He was so scared that he sat on the wall. You know, although the relationship between the two families was not very good, they didn''t get the news that the two families were enemies.


    In fact, they didn''t know. Just now, well, it was just now. On September 10, shortly after daybreak, the Prime Minister of Tang state announced a king''s order when gathering officials for discussion, that is, Lv Bu, the king of Zhao. He has no ability. If Xianbei invades Bingzhou, the people of Yanmen and Daijun will suffer heavy losses. However, the king of Zhao does not know how to reflect, instead, he will destroy Xianbei The reason for the invasion of the people to the South was framed by the domestic Taishou. For such a non German monarch as him, Emperor Huangfu Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty decided to send troops to punish him.


    Well, that''s probably what it means. However, the imperial edicts written by everyone CAI are parallel, which makes Huangfu Chaobo dizzy. However, after reading them by Tian Feng and Zhu Jun, they all praise them. So Huangfu Chaobo directly used the seal on them and handed it to Tian Feng.


    Nowadays, although the world''s vassals are constantly fighting, they generally pay attention to a well-known one, such as Gongsun Zan, who even conceals his own prime minister and captain. It''s really a shame to send troops to sneak attack.As soon as the Tang state''s call for Zhao came out, the whole world was in an uproar. All the princes did not expect that the Tang state should send troops to Zhao at this time. A few days later, when Lv Bu got the address from Huangfu Chaobo, he was so angry that he jumped to scold him. They did not expect that Huangfu Chaobo would attack him for this reason.


    When Hu Cai saw tens of thousands of Tang troops outside the pass, he immediately ordered to close the gate and summon the soldiers inside the pass to mount the pass wall to prepare for the attack of the Tang army. At the same time, he immediately sent people to the Gaodu city and the eldest son city behind tianjingguan.


    Shangdang county is the third largest county under Bingzhou, with a population of more than 200000, but Zhao''s army in Shangdang is 40000 or 50000. It''s just that there are too many places to be garrisoned. There are 13 cities, and three of the eight Xings in Taihang are located in Shangdang. They are fukouxing, Baixing and taihangxing, all of which need to be garrisoned by a large army. If it is spread out equally, there will be 5000 people in each of the three passes, 10000 people in each county, and only 2000 people in the other counties.


    Hu CAI was in a hurry to Gaodu, but he didn''t expect that all the troops would come to support him. He also knew that only the ten thousand garrison in the eldest son''s city could send reinforcements in Shangdang. Oh, if you add the one thousand soldiers of the prefect and Duwei, there are twelve thousand in total. I only need to hold on for three or five days, and the commander''s army will surely come.

 Chapter 1208

    It''s only 200 Li from tianjingguan to the eldest son''s city. After getting Hu Cai''s order, the rescue messenger immediately set out. He should be able to send the letter to tianjingguan before dark. After receiving the letter, four days later, the eldest son''s reinforcements can arrive at tianjingguan.


    Looking at the direction of the messenger''s departure, Hu CAI was convinced. Then he turned to look at the Tang army outside the pass, and then turned to look at the soldiers who were closing the pass. He said in a loud voice, "soldiers, I have already sent someone to ask the governor for help. It only takes four days for the army to come to tianjingguan from the eldest son. So we only need to hold tianjingguan for four or five days, then we can wait for the governor You have confidence in the reinforcements sent by your excellency


    The deputy general beside him laughed and said, "general, you look down on me too much, don''t you? Tianjingguan is in danger. If the Tang army is more powerful, it can only send 800 people to attack at one time. Let alone keep it for four or five days, even for forty or fifty days


    "Yes


    "Not bad!"


    "That is to say, the Tang thief is just two shoulders with a head on his head. Can he still fly to the wall?"


    "Ha ha..."


    When he saw that the taxi soldiers on the city pass were brought up, Hu CAI was relieved. He knew that the Tang army was famous all over the world for its bravery. He was afraid that his army would be demoralized, which would be troublesome. Thinking of this, he couldn''t help nodding to the deputy general''s approval.


    "Well, when the Tang bandits are defeated, I will surely ask the archdeacon for help!"


    "General Xie!"


    ¡­¡­


    It''s already noon. Although it''s autumn now, the sunshine still makes the soldiers on duty feel dizzy. Just as the soldiers at the tower are ready to sneak into the tower to have a rest, suddenly several riders gallop from the south, and smoke rises all over the way.


    When the soldiers looked up, they found that the messenger was the messenger with three red flags on his back. It seemed that something had happened in the south. Seeing this, he immediately called to the gate under the city building: "there is a red Ling messenger coming in the south, and the city should avoid it!"


    On hearing this, the taxi driver at the gate of the city immediately yelled, "come on, come on, step aside. There''s a red silk messenger coming, step aside!"


    Fortunately, it was noon. Just now, there were not many pedestrians walking outside the gate of the city and in the streets of the city. As soon as we heard that the red Ling messenger arrived, we stood close to the street one by one in a hurry. When the red Ling messenger ran all the way into the city, straight to the direction of the county government in the city, after the fast horse passed, all the people stood out from both sides of the street with their mouths and noses covered, and they all whispered to each other He talked about what happened in the south, and even used the red silk messenger with three banners to deliver the news. Some smart people guessed what might have happened in tianjingguan. After all, in recent years, the relationship between Zhao and Tang is not as usual as before, and everyone has heard about it.


    A moment later, the messenger arrived at the county government. After meeting the county magistrate and the county captain in the county government, he changed his horses from the post station in the city. Then he ran out of the north gate of the family and headed for the eldest son of the county city.


    Soon, the county magistrate called together the city''s Duwei, Qu Chang, Tun Chang and other generals to discuss the matter. At this time, everyone knew that it was the Tang army that launched an attack on tianjingguan. The county magistrate didn''t say much. He just ordered the people to pay close attention to the situation in the south, and ordered them not to disclose the information. After that, he dismissed them.


    After all, tianjingguan is hundreds of miles away from the south. It''s a powerful pass that can''t be opened by thousands of people. There are 5000 elite soldiers to defend it. No matter how brave the Tang army is, they can''t take it down in a few days. Moreover, there is a high capital between tianjingguan and the family. If tianjingguan is not taken down, there will be news from Gaodu The county magistrate, the county captain, or a group of garrison generals did not take the news to heart.


    What they did not know was that their danger did not come from the south, but from the West.


    At the end of Shenshi, that is, at five o''clock in the afternoon, half an hour later, the gate will be closed. Looking at the gradually sparse flow of people, Sergeant Zhao, in charge of Ximen, couldn''t help but feel happy. Finally, the day passed again. As soon as the gate was closed, he was handed over to the next garrison.


    Just here, the city taxi driver suddenly called out to the people below: "village leader, there is a group of fat sheep coming to the West. There should be about 20 cars in the frame!"


    When people at the gate heard this, they were all in spirits. The head of the village leader laughed: "zhiniang thief, there''s a caravan coming. I''m thinking about it in my heart. Gao pingguan should be going to deliver goods to the city soon. Hehe, there are more than 20 cars coming. It seems that we will get a lot today! "


    Speaking of this, the head of the village said to a group of soldiers around him, "everyone has a share in the entrance fee of this caravan."


    "Ha, that''s great. Thank you very much All the soldiers were very happy.


    The reason why the head of the village said this was that his 100 people were on duty in two parts, one in the morning and the other in the afternoon. If these 20 cars came into the city, and each car received a hundred and eighty copper, there would be one or two thousand copper. Even if each person sent ten copper, he only had to send five hundred copper out, and he still had nearly one thousand copper in his hand.As he spoke, the motorcade was dozens of steps away from the gate of the city. When the village leader looked towards the motorcade, he found that the motorcade was indeed a shopkeeper of Gao''s shop in gaopingguan. Gao''s shop was the shop of gaopingguan''s general. Every month, Gao''s shop had to send some goods back to gaopingguan or transport a lot of goods back to gaopingguan.


    However, even if it''s the business of gaoduwei''s family, you can''t mess with the rules. It''s an iron rule that caravans have to pay for entering the city. If you break the rules, you will offend a large number of people. However, because of the background of Gao Duwei, no one dares to embarrass them.


    However, what surprised the head of the village was that this time the caravan had more vehicles than usual. Besides, except that the head shopkeeper was an acquaintance, the rest of the coachman guards were all strangers. When the village leader was about to ask, the shopkeeper had stopped the motorcade and led a middle-aged guard up.


    "I''ll see you, general!" The shopkeeper also bowed his hand to the Tuen long several steps away;


    "old man Li, why do you have so many cars this time? Business seems good!" "The general is joking. He''s a small business. He''s looking forward to the autumn harvest. Some of the old grain from last year was sent back to make room for the granary in the pass."


    "Oh," said the head of the village. It was true, so he stopped asking and chatted, "by the way, why are all the guards you''re taking this time fresh?"


    "Hey, it''s not that the old people have gone to the countryside outside the pass to stare at the autumn harvest. No, they have brought a new group of people here. Come here, this is shihuwei, shihuwei," he said. Shopkeeper Li winked at shihuwei beside him. Shihuwei nodded, reached into his arms, took out a small bag, and handed it to Tunchang, Cheng''s surname. "Please give it back If there is no problem, the convoy will rush into the city and send all the goods to the warehouse. Please bear with general Cheng


    "Easy to say, easy to say!" With a smile, Cheng Tuen Chang reached for the bag handed by guard Shi and weighed it in his hand. It seemed that it was at least two thousand copper. He said, "what''s good? It''s all old acquaintances. Hurry to the city!"


    Then he waved to his subordinates, and immediately several soldiers came forward to move the horse in the way to make way for the motorcade.

 Chapter 1209

    Under the command of Shi Baowei, more than 20 cattle carts began to drive slowly towards the city gate. The soldiers at the city gate did not mean to come forward for inspection. They all stood on both sides laughing and pointing at the cattle carts, but their eyes glanced at the position of their own village leader from time to time. In their hearts, they guessed how much money the village leader had collected this time and how much money they would give them Less money.


    At this moment, the taxi driver on the tower suddenly called out: "chief, there''s another group of people and horses coming over there, but they seem to be cavalry..."


    After listening, they all looked up to the West. Unfortunately, it was just the time for the sun to set. Under the sun, the people at the gate could not see the West clearly.


    "Cavalry! Cavalry! There are at least several thousand riders. The enemy will attack... " The taxi soldiers on the upper floor of the city finally saw clearly that there were thousands of cavalry. Although they didn''t know where they came from, there was no doubt that they were not the army of the state of Zhao, because the cavalry of the whole state of Zhao in Shangdang had only 2000 cavalry, and they were the personal soldiers of Taishou and Duwei.


    On hearing this, the head of the village changed his face and said, "close the gate quickly, the enemy will attack and ring the alarm bell!" With that, he turned to look at the motorcade and said, "come on, you don''t care about the cars any more. Go to the city quickly..."


    Shopkeeper Li said: "hurry up, everyone, hurry up..."


    At this time, seven or eight carts had already entered the city gate cave. When they heard the cry to let everyone hurry up, the coachman and the guards were in a hurry. They even whipped the whip at the oxen and horses of their carts and wanted to drive them to the city as soon as possible. But the more anxious, the more likely it is to get into trouble. In a panic, a coachman drove the cart directly into the city gate on one side. With a "crash", the whole cart fell directly in front of the city gate, blocking the city gate on one side.


    The other cart behind him dodged quickly. Unexpectedly, it rushed directly to the gate on the other side and jammed the gate on the other side. There is nearly a kilo of grain on each cart. Plus the weight of the cart, it''s all piled up in front of the city gates on both sides. It''s a little difficult to move away for a while.


    Seeing this, the village leader was in a great hurry. He pulled out the ring head sword from his waist and was about to command the soldiers. However, he found that there was a flash of cold light in front of his eyes. Then he found a sharp blade on his neck. When he looked up, it was the historical guard.


    At this time, the village leader didn''t understand that this caravan was not owned by Gao''s shop, but by the enemy. As for who the enemy was, you don''t have to think about it. It must be the Tang army.


    "Cheng Tunchang, right? To live or to die is your choice! " Shi Baowei said to him with a smile;


    he thought that the village leader would surrender like the one in gaopingguan. Unexpectedly, Shi a saw that the village leader''s face changed and suddenly cried out: "brothers, this caravan is disguised as Tang bandits. Kill them and drive them out of the city!"


    "Poof" Shi a sees this, a knife solves this village chief, at the same time loud voice way: "start!"


    With his command, more than 100 caravan guards and Coachmans suddenly took out long and short blades from the cart and killed the nearest soldier Zhao.


    "Poof!"


    "Jingle!"


    "Kill


    With a cry of killing, more than ten soldiers outside the gate of the city were killed in a moment. Shi a took a look and ordered: "leave forty people to watch the gate, take the cavalry into the city, and the rest of them go up to the city building with someone!"


    As he said this, he rushed to the wall. Unlike Gaoping pass, the village leader was killed for the first time, which made the soldiers at the head of the city at a loss. They used to be ordinary soldiers. Only the generals above the village leader were drawn from the army. Now they have no leaders. They didn''t expect to block the enemy for the first time Under the city.


    Soon Shi''a led the others to the castle. There were only less than 30 soldiers on the wall. Under the attack of the shadow guard twice as much as them, all the soldiers on the wall were killed quickly.


    The Tang army quickly took control of the tower. Shi A''s people cut off the sling of the suspension bridge, and then sent someone to guard the tower. After that, they led dozens of people down the tower again, because Zhao''s reinforcements had arrived outside the gate, and they were fighting with the shadow guards inside the gate hole.


    The first part of Zhao''s reinforcements was another group of soldiers and horses under the village leader who was killed. They were on duty in the morning, so they had a rest in a small courtyard next to the gate in the afternoon. When they heard the cry of killing at the gate, they killed at the gate under the leadership of the team leader and tried to recapture the gate. Unfortunately, Shi A''s speed of seizing the tower was very fast It''s too fast. Before he can defeat the Tang army in the gate cave, Shi a has led people to kill them from the wall. Under the two attacks, 50 Zhao soldiers are soon defeated and become the dead souls of the Tang army.


    Just as Shi a was about to breathe a sigh of relief, the orderly running footsteps suddenly sounded in the streets of the city. When he looked up, it turned out that hundreds of Zhao soldiers, led by a general, were running towards Ximen. Shi A''s face changed greatly, and he was about to order to gather for defense. Suddenly, the sound of horse''s hooves of cavalry sounded behind him, and then a loud shout sounded outside the city gate: "brothers in the city gate, get out of the way..."When they looked back, they saw that their cavalry had arrived at the moat and rushed up to the suspension bridge. With a long sigh of relief, they quickly pulled the body of Zhao Jun and some debris from the gate hole to both sides and emptied the road inside the gate hole. When we counted a road out of the gate hole, the cavalry had already entered the gate.


    Thousands of cavalry roared away from the gate cave. Just a hundred steps out of the gate cave, they collided head-on with the Zhao army who came to support Ximen. Hundreds of Zhao soldiers were instantly under the iron hooves of 5000 cavalry, and became a mass of mud. Later, they learned that there was a county magistrate in the mud.


    It turned out that after the meeting between the generals of the county and the soldiers, the county captain decided to go to the barracks for an inspection. He knew that when the county captain came south from his eldest son, he would probably come to the barracks for an inspection. He had to go to the barracks to check before the county captain came, so as not to make the county captain find his mistakes.


    After touring the south gate and the east gate, he went to the barracks. Who knew that as soon as he entered the barracks, he heard the warning from the west gate. Without much thought, he came towards the west gate with more than 500 soldiers from the East barracks. Who knew that when he saw that he had reached the west gate, suddenly thousands of cavalry rushed out from the city gate and charged them with 500 soldiers He died on the spot.

 Chapter 1210

    After five thousand cavalry entered the city, it took less than half an hour to control all the four gates and places in the city. At some point, the officials and guards in the city were still at a loss. Didn''t it mean that the Tang army was attacking Tianjin pass in the south? Why did they suddenly invade the city from the west?


    An hour later, Lu Zhong''s tieyingrui finally took over the defense of the whole city. While he arranged the soldiers to count the Treasury, he asked Shi a to lead a group of shadow guards to carefully interrogate the captured officers and generals of the surname Yu, hoping to get some useful information from them.


    By the end of the year, it was completely dark. Suddenly, the general on guard at the head of the city came to report: "general Qi, I found that most of the troops were approaching in the west of the city, and the cavalry had confirmed that it was the Central Military Department led by general Tian Yu!"


    Lu Zhong was overjoyed. He did not expect that Tian Yu''s Chinese army arrived immediately after him. He quickly got up and said to the generals around him, "let''s go to the west gate to meet general Tian!"


    The party quickly arrived at the west gate. Sure enough, several miles to the west, a large troop of soldiers and horses were winding towards the county seat of the family of Yi. The leader was Tian Yu and his bodyguard. Lu Zhong immediately ordered to open the gate and welcome the army of Tian Yu into the city.


    At the gate of the city, Lu Zhong saluted Tian Yu and said, "general Tian came all night!"


    "Congratulations to general Lu, another city!"


    "Happy together! However, to tell you the truth, the last general didn''t play any role either. It''s all the work of the cavalry! " Lu Zhong is also a happy face said, although it is said that cavalry meritorious, but he is a forward general, his credit is not appropriate.


    "Well, let''s go to the city first. I have something to discuss with general Lu. Let''s go to the county government. By the way, what about general Shi a? Why didn''t you see him? "


    "General Shi is interrogating the captured officials and generals of the state of Zhao, so he didn''t have time to meet them together. Please don''t blame him!" Lu Zhong quickly replied;


    Tian Yu waved his hand: "it''s OK, it''s all for the king. There''s no need to pay too much attention to such details."


    They soon returned to the county government. Tian Yu withdrew his guard. Seeing this, Lu Zhong asked all the people around him to withdraw. Then he said to Tian Yu, "but what''s the military situation?"


    Tian Yu face dignified said: "this matter is not small, also ask general Lu sent General Shi together to call."


    As they were talking, the voice of the guard came out of the door: "general Qi, general Shi''a is here."


    "Come on, please!" Lu Zhong said in a hurry;


    as the voice dropped, the door was opened, and Shi a came in from the outside with a happy face. Seeing that Tian Yu had arrived, he quickly went forward with a salute and said, "general Tian has arrived, just now he is interrogating the prisoners, so I can''t go to meet him. Please forgive me."


    "No matter. Looking at general Shi, we should have gained a lot." Tian Yu said with a smile;


    "yes, according to the county magistrate and the county deputy captain, tianjingguan has sent messengers to the eldest son city this afternoon to ask for help. It is said that the vanguard of the Tang army has arrived at tianjingguan this morning, and it is estimated that the siege should begin today. It is believed that there are tens of thousands of troops in tianjingguan."


    "Oh, great!" Both of them were overjoyed. At the beginning of the war in tianjingguan, all the attention of the Shangdang would be focused there, which would be more beneficial to the actions of their own army.


    "Moreover, according to the information from my interrogation, at present, except for the eldest son City, there are 12000 soldiers in Shangdang, there are only 2000 soldiers in other cities, so the possibility of sending reinforcements should be small." Shi added, "so if Zhang Yang wants to send reinforcements, he can only send reinforcements from the eldest son city."


    After hearing Shi A''s words, Tian Yu immediately went to the front of the next map and slid from the eldest son city to tianjingguan in the South with his finger. After a long time, he said, "if the eldest son city will really send reinforcements to tianjingguan, it''s a good opportunity for us."


    Lu Zhong also responded: "ambush reinforcements?"


    "Yes," Tian Yu nodded heavily and said, "in fact, I just asked general Lu to invite general Shi ah. There is also an important intelligence to tell the two generals."


    Seeing that they both looked at him, Tian Yu said in a low voice: "in the early morning of this morning, Luoyang received the tense information sent back by Jinyang. Last night, the city of Jinyang suddenly sent ten thousand troops to leave overnight. It is said that they are heading south. Therefore, Luoyang speculates that the 10000 troops should have come to support the Shangdang. As for the reason, it should be that, as previously speculated, someone in the Zhao army has seen the intention of our army and found that it is possible for Baixing to pass through the army. "


    After hearing this, they both felt awe inspiring. If the ten thousand troops could arrive at their eldest son in time, the king''s idea of winning the upper party would be defeated.


    "The two generals should also know the importance of this matter. Originally, I was still thinking that if the more than 10000 troops in the eldest son''s city were directly attacked, it would be a heavy loss, and it would not be able to attack in a short time. Now that tianjingguan is asking for help, if the eldest son city can really send reinforcements, and we can eliminate the reinforcements in the field, then we can directly go north and capture the eldest son as quickly as possible. In this way, even if the 10000 reinforcements from Taiyuan enter Shangdang, they can only be trapped in other small counties and cities, which will be beneficial to our army. ""But will Zhang Yang of the eldest son city really send reinforcements to support tianjingguan?" Shi a hesitated to say;


    "certainly," Tian Yu replied with a firm face: "Shangdang is the third largest county of Zhao state. If tianjingguan is lost, Shangdang will not protect, and Rao Shi Zhang Yang can not bear the consequences. Besides, the Shangdang is still stable. He only needs to keep 5000 troops to stabilize the county and city. So I''m sure Zhang Yang and Hao Meng will send troops to support tianjingguan. "


    "However, there are still some variables here," Tian Yu pondered again. "Since Jinyang has sent reinforcements, it will certainly send messengers to warn the party first, but I don''t know if Jinyang''s messengers can arrive at the eldest son in one day? If the eldest son city has been warned, Zhang Yang will guard the eldest son and wait for the reinforcements of Jinyang. "


    "Impossible." this time, Shi a is sure: "it''s four or five hundred miles from Jinyang to the eldest son. Zhao has no means of transmitting information like Feilu. He can only rely on fast horses to transmit information. In addition, there is a hundred mile Valley Road between the two places. Although he can walk the army, the speed of the horses can''t be too fast, so the fastest information is needed from Jinyang to the eldest son In the past two days, from last night to now, there is no time at all. "

 Chapter 1211

    After hearing Shi A''s words, Tian Yu was overjoyed and said: "in this way, things can be done!"


    "However, the king said in advance that after the occupation of the family, our army was divided into two routes, one of which was going north to the eldest son to contain the army of the county and the city, the other was going south to capture Gaodu and take over the army of tianjingguan. In this way, we..." Shi a, after all, is not a general of the army. He still has doubts about such a thing.


    "It''s all right. I''ll be out of town, but I won''t accept your orders. Now I''m in a hurry. If we can consume the forces in the eldest son''s city before the arrival of Jinyang reinforcements, it will be the best for us to follow up the war. Maybe we can take the opportunity to attack the eldest son''s city first. In this way, even if Jinyang reinforcements arrive in Shangdang, we have nothing to do. If it''s the king''s punishment, it will be borne by Ben. " Tian Yu resolutely said,


    "I also agree with general Tian''s suggestion that we should go north first and then south. Afterwards, I will plead with the king together with general Tian." Lu Zhong also saw the fighter plane from here and resolutely said,


    "well, in that case, I''ll fight with the two generals too!" Shi ah, seeing this, agreed instead;


    as soon as the words were finished, they looked at each other and laughed! Then the three men all gathered around the front of the map and carefully discussed the matter of encircling and annihilating the reinforcements of the eldest son city.


    ¡­¡­


    In the eldest son''s city, Zhang Yang has received an urgent help letter from tianjingguan. When he got the news, Zhang Yang immediately invited Hao Meng, the county commander. Just as Tian Yu thought, Shangdang is the third largest county in the state of Zhao. If Shangdang is wrong, raoshi Zhang Yang has a close relationship with Lv Bu, and he can''t bear the responsibility. Now tens of thousands of Tang troops have been found outside tianjingguan, which can be guessed The Tang army really wanted to take this opportunity to invade Bingzhou, otherwise tens of thousands of troops just spent a lot of money and food through taihangxing. Although the Tang state was rich, it could not waste money and food like this.


    But Zhang Yang is still thinking, Tang army chose taihangxing instead of other places to attack Zhao, is there any other backhand? Or are there other purposes?


    Seeing that Zhang Yang was still hesitating, Hao Meng was in a hurry. He said, "my Lord, I can''t wait any longer. I will lead 5000 troops to tianjingguan to support. If it''s too late, let the Tang army invade the Shangdang territory, it''s not easy for the king to explain."


    Compared with Hao Meng, Zhang Yang is obviously much stronger. Otherwise, he could not have been a vassal at the beginning, but his luck was so bad that he was copied by Zhao Yun. Seeing that Hao Meng was like this, Zhang Yang said, "Hao Duwei doesn''t have to worry so much. Although tianjingguan has only 5000 troops, it''s not a problem to stay in front of the Tang army for ten days and a half months. I''m just thinking about whether the Tang army has any other conspiracies."


    "Taishou, the Tang army is the strongest army in the world. Although there are 5000 soldiers in tianjingguan, it''s true that the delay is too long. I''m afraid it''s not good for morale." Hao Meng said anxiously;


    "don''t worry, I''ll make people prepare money and food tonight, and the Duwei will be able to lead the troops to the south for support tomorrow. After the Duwei arrives at tianjingguan, he can''t go out of the pass easily. He just needs to guard the pass tightly. I''ve already rushed to Jinyang, and I believe that the state will arrange." Zhang Yangdao;


    Hao Meng thinks that it''s right that there''s no difference between one night earlier and one night later, so she doesn''t insist on starting overnight.


    The next morning, in the military camp of the eldest son''s city, after the six thousand troops had gathered to carry three days'' grain, they hurried South under Hao Meng''s leadership. Because it was a domestic March, and because it was to support tianjingguan, Hao Meng did not arrange for the troops to carry much grain and grass. After all, the army could arrive in the afternoon of the second day of the normal March. The reason why they took one more day''s grain was just in case.


    Just when the army of the eldest son city set out, the Tang army was also making preparations in the city less than 100 Li to the south. After leaving 3000 soldiers to defend the county, ten thousand iron eagles and ten thousand World War II soldiers, led by Tian Yu and Lu Zhong, headed for the preset ambush point to the north. Of the 12000 soldiers, 4000 were cavalry, 4000 crossbow and 4000 ordinary soldiers. And Shi''a''s shadow guard had already sent a part of them to set out in advance last night.


    She''s family is on the West Bank of Danshui River, and the official road between the eldest son and she''s family starts from the eldest son, all the way to the East Bank of Danshui River, then goes south along the Danshui Road, finally crosses Danshui river ten miles north and south of she''s family, and then reaches she''s County along the West Bank of Danshui River. This route just passes through a place, the ancient battlefield of Changping war, which is surrounded by Danshui and Hanwang mountain It is a huge basin that Tian Yu and Lu Zhong chose to lay an ambush for their eldest son.


    According to the itinerary, the reinforcements sent by the eldest son City arrived here in one day. They would have a rest here for a night, and then set out to go to Wei''s the next day. Tian Yu was ready to attack Zhao''s troops when they were ready to pull out the camp the next day, and annihilate all the reinforcements here.


    After leaving the eldest son City, Hao Meng felt very relaxed. At last, no one could manage him. When he was the eldest son, although there was no direct relationship between the prefect of Zhao state and the Duwei, he could not bear to be Zhang Yang''s old qualification. As an old friend of Lv Bu, the king of Zhao, Hao Meng was afraid of him. Last night, Hao Meng insisted on leading the troops all night. First, he wanted to show Zhang Yang a gesture. Second, Hao Meng wanted to leave Zhang Yang''s sight as soon as possible.


    After the army left the eldest son City, Hao Meng did not order the army to rush all the way to tianjingguan as soon as possible, but ordered the army to march at a normal speed, because he knew that, as Zhang Yang said, tianjingguan had 5000 elite garrisons, which was not so easy to break.After a day''s March, the army finally arrived at the scheduled camp site before dark, which is the valley of Changping ancient battlefield on the East Bank of Danshui. When the army arranged to camp, Hao Meng went to the site of the battle of Changping under the escort of a group of relatives before it was dark.


    What Hao Meng didn''t know was that just when his army began to camp, several pairs of eyes were staring at their army and the camp in the distant mountains.


    "General, it''s clear that this army is Zhao''s reinforcements starting from the eldest son. The leader is Hao Meng, the captain of the party. His troops are 5000 soldiers in the eldest son''s city and Hao Meng''s 1000 cavalry." Shi a pointed to the busy troops and horses encamped in the basin and pointed to Tian Yu and Lu Zhong beside him;


    "well, what''s the fighting power of these troops and horses?" Tian Yu nodded and asked Shi a again;


    "the combat power of the barracks should be stronger than our Garrison and weaker than our soldiers. As for Hao Meng''s 1000 personal guards, I have reported to the king that his 1000 personal guards should be bow cavalry." Shi ADAO;

 Chapter 1212

    Listen to the information that Shi a introduces, Tian Yu is already determined in his heart. More than 20000 troops of the Tang army had already arrived in Changping at noon. However, in order not to be exposed early, Tian Yu had ordered the army to retreat ten miles and hide. Several of their generals, after receiving the news that the Zhao army had arrived, rushed to inspect the enemy''s situation.


    As he spoke, Zhao''s camp had been built. To Tian Yu''s surprise, Zhao''s camp was so perfunctory. He just put up a few rows of horses and surrounded the whole camp. Perhaps in the eyes of Zhao soldiers, they are in their own territory now, so there is no danger at all. If not for the repeated emphasis of the general, it is estimated that they would even have avoided resisting horses.


    You know, the Tang army pays the most attention to the encampment of the army. Even if they are in their own sphere of influence, all the encampments must be set up meticulously, and all the defense facilities must be complete. If anyone''s camp is found to be so perfunctory, the general will be blamed, and the general who is responsible for setting up the camp will be beheaded on the spot.


    Seeing the situation in front of them, Tian Yu and Lu Zhong couldn''t help shaking their heads. They thought it would be a big war. Now it seems that they are still thinking too much.


    After observing for a while, several people repeatedly confirmed that Zhao Jun didn''t deliberately pose to confuse others, and then quietly left the observation place, leaving only the shadow guard to continue to observe the movement of Zhao Jun, and the rest of them returned to their respective troops to prepare for tomorrow''s war.


    ¡­¡­


    There was nothing to say in the night. Just after the third shift, all the departments of the Tang army began to gather at the predetermined place. Because of the night, the speed of all the departments of the Tang army was not fast. Under the guidance of the moon night, all the troops had arrived at the beginning of the fifth shift, half an hour earlier than the scheduled end of the fifth shift. At the same time, the army could rest for a period of time and attack the Zhao army again.


    As time went by, it was time to launch an attack. Tian Yu turned to the cavalry general beside him and nodded.


    The general saluted Tian Yu, then turned and left. Soon he came to the cavalry brigade which had been ready. A moment later, the four thousand cavalry, like a rolling tide, rushed towards the Zhao camp under the slightly white sky. The location of their troops was about 400 steps away from Zhao''s camp, which was only a short time for the cavalry.


    At this time, some of the soldiers in Zhao''s camp began to prepare for the morning food. With the delay of time, the sound of 4000 cavalry finally spread to the camp. It sounded like thunder from the horizon, but the taxi soldiers in the camp soon found out that it was wrong, because the rumbling sound had been heard all the time.


    Finally, someone saw a huge dark shadow coming towards him in the twilight of the morning. As the shadow got closer, someone finally saw what the shadow was. A shrill cry broke the sky of the camp: "enemy attack! Cavalry attack


    For a moment, the whole camp was suddenly in chaos, and countless taxi soldiers who were awakened by shouts and horse hoofs rushed out of their tents, but they were still wearing short shirts. Some of them didn''t even put on their clothes, let alone their armor.


    But when they found out, the cavalry was only a few dozen steps away from the camp. When these awakened soldiers rushed out of the tent drowsily and looked at the other people shouting outside, thousands of cavalry rushed to their camp like waves.


    For a moment, the simple anti horse outside the camp was directly hit by the galloping horse, and then fell into the camp, directly fell on the tents and soldiers. There was a scream in the camp. However, this was just the beginning of Zhao soldiers'' nightmare.


    From the sky and except the horse only hit a very small number of lucky outside, after all, 6000 people''s camp is so big. However, the thousands of cavalry and iron hooves that followed made all the soldiers panic. Among the thin Chenxi, a group of huge dark shadows rushed towards him like a huge wave, and he just stood there in a thin shirt, no one could calm down. As the cavalry team rushed into the Zhao camp, the whole camp instantly became a human hell.


    In the middle of the camp, Hao Meng is still sleeping in the main tent. Who knows when she is sleeping soundly, she is awakened by the huge noise. Hao Meng was about to scold the soldiers at the gate when the tent was suddenly lifted. His soldiers rushed in and yelled, "general, no good. The cavalry is coming here. They have already killed in our camp!"


    "Cavalry? Where''s the cavalry? Whose cavalry Hao Meng was stunned and asked;


    "I don''t know, there are at least thousands of people. Now it''s not the time for the general to ask. The cavalry will be killed soon. Now the camp is in a mess. Run fast, the general. It''s too late..."


    Hao Meng reflected that he knew what was going on in his camp. He didn''t stop the encampment yesterday. How can he withstand the impact of thousands of cavalry now? Hao Meng is also a cavalry general. She knows the consequences of thousands of cavalry attacking the camp.


    Thinking of this, Hao Meng quickly turned over, put on a robe, picked up her lance and walked out of the tent. As soon as he came out, Hao Meng was stunned by the situation. Although he was ready, he was still so angry that he almost vomited three liters of blood.Five thousand soldiers, the most elite soldiers of the Zhao army, were running around like lambs broken into the sheep pen by Wolf county. Thousands of cavalry were fighting back and forth in the camp. When they ran into the soldiers, they chopped them down and drove their horses to the ground.


    Hao Meng yelled angrily. She was about to rush towards the cavalry, but she was held by her own guards. Then she was pushed onto the horse with all her arms and legs. Then she was pushed to the barracks by them. Hao Meng''s 1000 bodyguard cavalry were encamped next to his tent. When the war started, the bodyguard captain had ordered the soldiers to assemble. In a hurry, more than 100 bodyguards had been assembled. They were just going to the assembled cavalry.


    After the cavalry rushed into the camp, the whole Zhao camp was in flames for a moment. After four thousand cavalry were hanged twice in the camp, they were divided into four groups of thousand cavalry. When they inspected the camp, they found that where there were signs of Zhao troops gathering, a group of thousand cavalry rushed to the soldiers without hesitation. After several rounds, there was no more than 20 troops in the camp where the six thousand Zhao troops were camping.


    At this time, nearly 20000 soldiers were within the range of 100 steps around the camp. Just as Tian Yu was about to order the Zhao troops to surrender, suddenly a group of dozens of Zhao cavalry rushed out of the camp and headed for the East. Seeing this, Tian Yu didn''t know that Hao Meng was trying to break through the siege, but his wishful thinking had long been guessed by Tian Yu. In addition to the direction near Danshui in the west, there were 1000 crossbow soldiers in the whole Zhao army camp, and 1000 crossbow soldiers were left in his hands.


    The only thing that made Tian Yu feel sorry was that Hao Meng''s direction to break out was not to the north but to the east of Lu Zhong, that''s all. He sighed softly and said: "general Lu''s luck is very good!" Then Tian Yu ordered to continue to approach the Zhao camp which was in chaos.

 Chapter 1213

    Different from Tian Yu''s regret, Lu Zhong''s heart is full of joy at this time. When they chose the direction of intercepting the rout, Lu Zhong failed to win Tian Yu and let him snatch the north where Hao Meng is most likely to escape. Finally, he had to step back and stay in the East. Who knows that luck can''t stop the wall, and Hao Meng wants to run to his own direction coming.


    Looking at Hao Meng dressed in a single dress and dishevelled, Lu Zhong led to a nearby cadre general: "pass the order, let the crossbow soldiers not shoot the enemy general to death, but stay in this general to solve it by themselves."


    Now that he is ready to send troops to join the party, Huangfu Chaobo will surely give his subordinates a detailed introduction to the generals Zhao Jun may encounter. We all know about Hao Meng''s surrounding situation. Of course, for the ability of generals, four dimensions is only one of them, but it can also reflect a lot of problems.


    Hao Meng''s force value is only less than 60, and Lu Zhong''s force is just 70, so in the face of this situation, Lu Zhong must do it in person. After all, for generals coming, fighting in the battlefield is something that can not be expected. What''s more, this kind of generals with the same strength as himself is the best honing for Lu Zhong to fight in life and death .


    At this time, Hao Meng has become a bereaved dog, but Lu Zhong is not the same, he is now dressed neatly, all aspects of the state is the best. What''s more, there are 50 soldiers of Tiebi camp around him, so he is more confident.


    Lu Zhong''s order was well carried out, and a group of crossbow soldiers avoided the military general at the head, and aimed the crossbow machine at dozens of cavalry beside him.


    It was not until the cavalry of the Zhao army reached the distance of 80 paces that the commander of the crossbow ordered: "launch!"


    "Bang Bang


    With the sound of a continuous tension of the crossbow string, a thousand crossbows and arrows, like a flying locust, rushed towards the cavalry of the Zhao army.


    "Buzz..."


    "Ah


    "Plop..."


    ¡­¡­


    With a series of screams, dozens of Zhao cavalry escorting Hao Meng to escape were shot one by one with crossbows and then fell off the horse. In a moment, there were less than ten of them, and the rest were all shot down.


    Seeing that the remnant soldiers of the Zhao army had already arrived dozens of steps away, Lu Zhong raised his hand excitedly and yelled: "is it Zhao thief Hao Meng? Lu Zhong, the general of dongzhongying in the Tang Dynasty, is here. How dare Zhao thieves fight! "


    With that, he clapped his horse and raised his reins, and went up to meet Hao Meng. As he rode out, the 50 guards beside him immediately followed Lu Zhong on both sides, protecting his sides and behind him.


    ¡­¡­


    Lu Zhong is very excited, but Hao Meng repents. If she had known, she would have had the camp set up firmly. If she had known, she would have ordered the night duty taxi to wake up. If she had known


    Now it''s no use knowing all this. Hao Meng was scared out of her wits by a shower of arrows just now. Fortunately, after a shower of arrows, she was safe, which made Hao Mengqing very lucky. At this time, a general rushed out from the opposite side, shouting to fight with him, which made Hao Meng even more angry.


    He is one of the most powerful generals in Zhao state, but he is not the one you have never heard of. Hao Meng also knows that if he wants to break out, this may be the only chance.


    Thinking of this, Hao Meng raised his gun and killed the general of the Tang army opposite him. But when he killed him, he seemed to forget that he didn''t even wear armor. The two quickly run together. You come and I go to kill each other. The guards behind Lu Zhong quickly clean up all the guards around Hao Meng, but only a few of them are injured.


    When Hao Meng finds out something is wrong, there is no subordinate around him, only 50 cavalry of Tang army surround him in the middle. Hao Meng is in a panic. However, at the moment when he is distracted, he has been staring at Lu Zhong tightly, and a long sword sweeps across, pointing at Hao Meng''s neck. When Hao Meng found out, Lu Zhong''s long knife was close at hand.


    "Poof..."


    The long sword swept over Hao Meng''s shoulder, and a head shot up into the sky, then fell to the ground a few steps away. With a laugh, Lu Zhong came forward and lifted his head sideways. Then he raised his head with a long knife and yelled at the soldier Zhao who was still running around like a headless fly in the camp: "thief general Hao Meng has been given the head! The rest will not die if they kneel down and surrender! "


    Fifty bodyguards around him also roared: "Hao Meng is dead. Surrender and save yourself!"


    After that, thousands of Tang soldiers behind them also yelled: "Hao Meng is dead, surrender and avoid death!"


    As more and more Tang soldiers joined the ranks of the cry, a moment later, the whole battlefield, there are only more than 20000 Tang soldiers orderly cry: "Hao Meng is dead, surrender


    "Hao Meng is dead, surrender to save her life!"


    ¡­¡­


    At this time, Zhao soldiers in the camp found that his general did not know when he had run outside the camp and died in the hands of the Tang general.Looking at the tens of thousands of Tang troops slowly approaching around, Zhao''s troops collapsed and found that they had no place to escape. Finally, some of Zhao''s soldiers could not bear the increasing pressure of the Tang army around them. They fell on their knees and raised their hands and said, "I''d like to surrender!"


    With one person, there will soon be a second, a third After a few breaths, there were no soldiers standing there.


    looking at the soldiers kneeling on the ground in the north of Zhao''s camp, Tian Yu finally breathed a long sigh of relief. None of the six thousand Zhao soldiers escaped the net, hoping to get there before the eldest son City got the news.


    Thinking of this, Tian Yu ordered: "come on, Tian Ping, you''ll leave a thousand soldiers, crossbow soldiers and cavalry to clean the battlefield. The rest of the soldiers will rest for half an hour, and immediately lead the troops to the north, the eldest son!"


    At once, a school captain came out and drew 3000 troops from the army. He began to clean the battlefield and collect prisoners and supplies. The other soldiers immediately gathered in the open space to the north of the battlefield. Soon Tian Yu saw Lu Zhong coming from the East with Hao Meng''s head in his hand and a smile on his face. His horse stopped more than ten steps away, turned over and dismounted, and said to Tian Yu, "report to the general that the enemy general Hao Meng has been killed!"


    "Congratulations to general Lu, kill the enemy general!" Tian Yu also smiles and Lu Zhong congratulates him;


    "it''s all the generals who command them properly. They dare not take credit at the end of the day!"


    "Well, you and I don''t have to. After ordering the army to rest for half an hour, they set out for the eldest son city and ordered the cavalry to go ahead! Fortunately, there was no Sergeant Zhao to escape from the war, so we should be able to catch up. "


    "No!"

 Chapter 1214

    Just after Tian and Yu gathered up their troops and prepared to rest for a while, they sent troops north to the eldest son city. Zhang Yang was already anxiously walking back and forth in the prefect''s residence in the eldest son City, and asked the soldiers outside the gate whether there was any news coming back.


    Half an hour ago, on the ancient battlefield of Changping, when the cavalry of Tang army began to attack the camp of Zhao army, several torches could be seen running from the North far away from the north gate of the eldest son city. As early as the torches appeared several miles outside the city, Zhao soldiers, who were in charge of guarding on the city tower, had already found the abnormality in the North official road, and he would be killed immediately His Shangguan wakes up. For a moment, all the taxi drivers on the tower wake up and stare nervously at the torches approaching quickly in the north.


    The torches stopped two hundred paces outside the gate of the city. People could vaguely see that there were several cavalry soldiers. One of them rode towards the city. He raised the torches and cried out: "the soldiers on duty at the head of the city listen, we are the messengers sent by Jinyang. Under the order of the prime minister, we have emergency armaments to present to Yang Taishou!"


    After hearing this, the city guard did not dare to wait. He called to the knight under the city: "there is no reason to speak. Please show me your token!"


    The knight didn''t say much. He got off his horse and walked quickly to the moat. He bent his bow and took an arrow towards the city tower. On the shaft of the arrow, there was a token. On one side of the token was a wolf''s head, and on the other side was a small seal character "wolf", which was the special token of wolf county.


    Although the general on duty at the head of the city knew the token, he still didn''t dare to open the gate. After thinking about it, he stretched out his head and said to the knight under the city, "it''s not the time to open the city. If you are in a hurry to enter the City, please dismount and get close to the city wall. We''ll hang your brother up to the city tower with a hanging basket, and then you''ll go to the prefect''s house to send a message."


    On hearing this, the man knew that it was not the time to open the gate, and that there was nothing wrong with the arrangement. He nodded his head and said, "please arrange a horse in the city. I must report the urgent military situation to the governor as soon as possible."


    Seeing that the knight under the castle agreed, the general was also secretly relieved and said, "please rest assured, I have prepared some horses under the castle. Someone will escort you directly to the palace!"


    Soon, the suspension bridge at the end of the city was slowly put down. The knight gave his horse to his companion. He quickly walked through the suspension bridge, and then quickly climbed up the hanging basket put down by the tower. Pulled by the soldiers at the end of the city, he climbed up the wall.


    Then, under the escort of several city guards, he ran to the direction of the prefecture.


    In the prefect''s mansion, Zhang Yang, who had been tossing and turning all night, didn''t fall asleep until after the third shift. Just after the fifth shift, he was suddenly awakened by his own guards. He said that there was an emissary from Jinyang outside the mansion. He reported the military situation to himself. For a moment, an ominous feeling arose from Zhang Yang''s heart, which made his sleepiness disappear immediately.


    Zhang Yang knew that the military newspaper he sent to Jinyang had only been out for one day, but Jinyang''s reply didn''t come back so soon. The only possibility was that Jinyang must have found something wrong with the Tang army, and it was only then that the reply was sent overnight.


    Thinking of this, Zhang Yang put on his clothes while waiting for the woman, and asked the messenger to come into his study. Soon, Zhang Yang came down to the study under the guard of the guard. As soon as he entered the study, Zhang Yang saw that the messenger''s token in the guard''s hand turned out to be a silver token. When he looked at the messenger again, it was indeed the leader of a wolf pack he had seen in Jinyang.


    The spy organization of Zhao state is wolf group, which is divided into a wolf king with gold token, five wolf generals below the wolf king, each with silver token, copper and iron wolf generals below, and ordinary wooden wolf at the bottom.


    The man Zhang Yang saw now was one of the five silver wolf generals. His face was covered with dust and haggard. Seeing Zhang Yang enter the door, he quickly bowed down and said, "silver wolf LV Jiu, please see Zhang Taishou!"


    "General Lu doesn''t have to be polite. I don''t know why the prime minister sent you here?" Zhang Yang quickly lifted him up and asked;


    instead of speaking, LV Jiu turned his head and looked at the guards around him. Seeing this, Zhang Yang quickly killed the guards around him, leaving only his own personal commander, that is, his nephew Zhang Ke, and then said, "general Lu, please say that Zhang Ke is not an outsider."


    "Please pay attention to the prime minister. It is very likely that the Tang army will attack gaopingguan and Yu''s from the ancient Baixing road. Please pay attention to the prime minister." With that, Lu Jiu took out a letter box from his arms. There were three red signs on it. Then the letter box was sealed with red ink.


    After listening to Lu Jiu''s words, Zhang Yangmeng quickly took the letterbox from his hand. Then he opened the letterbox and said to Zhang Ke: "Zhang Ke, open the map of Shangdang."


    Zhang Yang took out the letter from the letterbox and scanned it at a glance. Then he put his finger on the map where he and gaopingguan were. Compared with Chen Gongxin''s understanding of the ancient Baixing Road, an ominous feeling rose from the bottom of his heart. He had a premonition that the Tang army might have entered the Shangdang border, and Hao Meng''s 6000 troops might have been ambushed by the Tang army.


    Thinking of this, Zhang Yang ordered: "Zhang Ke, you immediately send 500 cavalry down the official road to chase general Hao Meng''s headquarters. If you catch him, you will order him not to go south to tianjingguan, but to gaopingguan to take over the defense. If..." At this point, he wants to say nothing.Zhang Ke said: "adults mean that they are likely to..."


    "Yes, I hope my intuition is wrong. If you don''t find them, they will be ambushed by the Tang army. No, you will take the lead. Remember, the five hundred cavalry must be divided into several units, each of which is not less than a mile away. If you find anything unusual, you will return immediately without any hesitation. "


    "The end will take orders!" As soon as Zhang Ke heard this, he immediately understood the seriousness of the matter and took orders to turn around and leave.


    As soon as Zhang Ke left, Zhang Yang ordered: "come on, pass the order. If there is no hand written by the prefect himself, no one can open the city gate, and collect 5000 prefectures and soldiers in the city. From now on, a thousand soldiers will be set up on each side of the city wall, and any abnormality will be reported immediately."


    After thinking about it, Zhang Yang asked Chang Shi to come and ordered him to recruit another 5000 soldiers in the city immediately. Although he was only the lowest level ordinary soldiers, it was OK to help him pass the arrow and move the rolling stone and log at the head of the city.


    Later, Zhang Yang ordered to send 1000 soldiers to Huguan county from Lu County, Kaiyuan city, tongkai city and Guyuan City. In this way, there would be 6000 troops in Huguan county. In addition, the terrain of Huguan was very steep. If the eldest son city could not be defended, he was ready to retreat to Huguan city. At least he should stick to the Shangdang until Jinyang army arrived, or even the king''s army came back Only in this way can it be possible to keep the upper party, otherwise Zhao will lose this strategic place.

 Chapter 1215

    Zhang Ke left the South Gate of the eldest son city in a gust of wind with his cavalry. Then, he left in the direction of the Southern family in Chenxi. Zhang Yang''s 1000 cavalry were re trained by his original bodyguards after he was redeemed from Luoyang by Lv Bu. Although they can''t compare with Lv Bu''s Bingzhou wolf cavalry, they are also far better than ordinary cavalry, which can be said to be the elite of cavalry.


    Zhang Ke is also a general who has been on the battlefield with Zhang Yang for a long time. From the first officer of Tunchang to the second officer of his own army, he also found out the seriousness of the matter from Zhang Yang''s arrangement. So as soon as he left his eldest son, he divided the five hundred cavalry into five groups as he had been told, and they were five or six miles away.


    After leaving the eldest son city for more than 20 Li, seeing that it was already bright, Zhang Ke ordered the cavalry to move quickly southward. All of a sudden, Zhang Ke was startled by the reaction of the cavalry of the first team in front of him. He saw that they turned their horses around and ran back. Some of them fell to the ground because of the rapid turn. But the cavalry immediately got up from the ground and quickly turned over and climbed onto their own horses.


    Zhang Ke''s team of 100 people was in the second position. Just when he was surprised, the head of the first village had already rushed to the front of him. He ran wildly while beating his horse, and at the same time, he cried out: "general, I found that there are thousands of cavalry in the Tang army! It''s only three or four miles away from us


    After hearing this, Zhang Ke''s face changed greatly. Without hesitation, he ordered out loud: "hurry up, the back team will change to the front team, and return to the eldest son!"


    After hearing this, the cavalry turned their horses around and ran in the direction they had come to the north. Zhang Ke knows that since a large group of Tang cavalry has appeared here, the worst situation that the governor expected has come. Most of the Tang army has entered Shangdang through gaopingguan. Now it is not important whether the fortresses of tianjingguan in the south are still holding fast.


    At least to be sure, gaopingguan and Heshi county have been occupied by the Tang army, while Hao Meng and his 6000 troops must have been destroyed. Now the only idea in Zhang Ke''s mind is to rush back to the eldest son city as soon as possible to warn the prefect.


    As soon as the two cavalry fled and chased, they ran towards the eldest son city. More than ten miles behind them, more than ten thousand Tang soldiers, led by Tian Yu and Lu Zhong, were also coming towards the eldest son city in the north.


    Tian Yu rode on his own horse, and Lu Zhong and Shi a followed him. After several battles, they both won a great victory, which made them very happy. Now for Tang and Zhao, they are all fighting for time. The area around the eldest son city is the most prosperous area in the Shangdang basin. If they can fight for the eldest son city before Zhao''s reaction, it would be very important for Tang, The purpose of the whole war has been more than half.


    While the three were chatting, suddenly several cavalry came at a gallop in the distance. Several cavalry kept running all the way to the central army where the three generals were. After arriving a few steps away, several cavalry stopped. One of them said, "report to the general. The order of the left general comes down. Our cavalry met the Zhao cavalry more than ten miles away. Now the Zhao cavalry is running north. General Zuo has led his cavalry to pursue. He specially ordered his subordinates to report to the general."


    Three people listen to, all Leng for a while, Tian Yu reaction come over, toward cavalry a wave of hand way: "know, you wait to retreat!"


    After the cavalry retreated, Shi alian said: "general Tian, since the eldest son city has been discovered, we should immediately return to Yu''s family, and then first send troops to attack Gaodu, and then attack tianjingguan with the king''s army on both sides, and then attack the eldest son after the king''s army is joined into Shangdang."


    "No!" Before Tian Yu could speak, Lu Zhong objected: "since Zhang Yang already knows, our army should take advantage of the situation to speed up and force Zhang Yang to go down to the eldest son''s city. We can''t give Zhang Yang more time. If we take over the king''s army and attack the eldest son''s city, Zhang Yang will be more fully prepared."


    Tian Yu also nodded and said: "general Shi, general Lu is right. The faster our army is, the shorter Zhang Yang''s preparation time will be, and the more favorable it will be for attacking the eldest son."


    With that, Tian Yu turned to the messenger behind him and said, "the herald army, speed up the March and get to the eldest son city as soon as possible, and send someone to urge the equipment in the city to be sent to the eldest son city as soon as possible."


    "No!"


    After the messenger promised, he turned away immediately.


    A moment later, the whole army sped up and headed for the eldest son city.


    When Zhang Ke fled to the eldest son''s city with 500 cavalry, he could not help but feel relieved when he saw that the city wall was ready. It seems that the Lord''s defense is ready, but there are only 5000 soldiers in the city. Can they defend against the attack of the Tang army?


    However, Zhang Ke didn''t have the energy to think about it at all. The Tang cavalry behind him had already followed him. With a whistle, Zhang Ke led 500 cavalry to the north city. Instead of pursuing, thousands of Tang cavalry stopped hundreds of steps outside the city and quietly watched the General Zhao on the top of the city arranging soldiers Our defense.


    In the evening, Tian Yu led most of the Tang army to the south of the eldest son city. After arranging for the army to camp here, the three men led their own guards to the bottom of the eldest son city and stopped at a place about 10 miles away from the city wall. Then, under the protection of the soldiers, they observed around the city, and then returned to their camp.That night, the general in charge of transporting siege equipment in the city escorted all the equipment and prisoners prepared in the city to the camp according to Tian Yu''s requirements. As a result, the garrison on the wall of the eldest son''s city saw countless torches entering the Tang army camp several miles away. At that time, they didn''t know how many reinforcements had arrived at the bottom of the city, which made the garrison soldiers in the city very frightened. Even Zhang Yang was awakened by the noise in the middle of the night and rushed to the city to observe carefully. Unfortunately, it was late at night now, and it was too far away A few miles away, there is no way to know what happened in the Tang army camp.


    After returning to the prefect''s residence, Zhang Yang''s brows were locked. As soon as he sat down, he said to LV Jiu and Zhang Ke, "is there a way to find out what happened just now in the Tang army camp?"


    Everyone shook their heads. Since the cavalry of the Tang army arrived, they could not leave the city. At the beginning of the night, LV Jiu wanted to lead some subordinates to the camp of the Tang army to inquire about the intelligence. Who knows that before they got close to the camp, they were found by the shadow guard of the other party. After losing several subordinates, LV Jiu was able to get away, even himself Both of them have been hurt a lot. Looking at each other''s posture, they should be very difficult people.

 Chapter 1216

    When Tian Yu led the army to force his eldest son to go down to the city, Huangfu Chaobo had already arrived in huaixian county. In the prefect''s mansion, Huangfu Chaobo, Guo Jia and Hanoi prefect Shu Zhao were sitting in the hall discussing business.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at Shu Zhao and said, "Shu Aiqing, is there any war report coming from the front?"


    Shu Zhao quickly got up and said, "King Hui, there is no battle report yet. The battle report in Shangdang is a day ago. General Tian Yu and general Lu Zhong have occupied gaopingguan and Weishi County. According to their plan, they are going to raid the reinforcements sent by the eldest son city this morning. However, the battle report has not come yet."


    "What about tianjingguan?"


    "In terms of tianjingguan, general Dong''s headquarters have merged with General Huang Wudi''s headquarters. Considering the precipitousness of tianjingguan and the unclear situation of the party, in order to avoid some unnecessary losses, the two generals did not arrange for the whole army to attack, so they made progress in all aspects..." Speaking of this, Shu Zhao stopped and didn''t say any more.


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand: "they are right. Since they can go down without fighting, why use the lives of the soldiers to fill it? It''s just two days in the evening. It''s better to lose some money than to let the soldiers lose their lives. "


    "The king is merciful All the people immediately said in unison,


    "well, there''s no need to say that. I just think it''s too slow." Huangfu Chaobo was a little bit apathetic;


    the other people couldn''t help sweating when they heard that. Although they were upset in their hearts, they didn''t show half of it on their faces. Guo Jia stood up and said, "in fact, it''s very good. You know, it takes more than two days for Zhao''s intelligence to be sent from Jinyang to his eldest son. These two days are the time when we have the advantage."


    Guo Jia couldn''t help but talk. After all, he is the indirect director of the shadow guard, and all the information is handed over to him. In fact, Shi''a, who followed the army, also carried several carrier pigeons. However, there is one bad aspect of this temporary carrier pigeon, that is, it can only send pigeon letters to Luoyang, and then forward them to Huai county or other counties and cities from Luoyang, instead of transmitting them directly between any two places, so the information transmission is a little inconvenient.


    Several people are saying, Hanoi shadow guard in charge of the hall outside the report: "report to the king, Luoyang sent today''s party''s latest war report!"


    "Present it!"


    Soon, the pigeon letter from Luoyang was picked up by Dian Wei from outside. Huangfu Chaobo took it and said with a smile, "good news, Tian Yu''s army completely annihilated six thousand troops of Hao Meng''s Department of Zhao army in the early morning of this morning. Lu Zhongzhen killed Hao Meng, Zhao''s general. Now there are only five thousand soldiers in the eldest son city and one thousand cavalry guards of Zhang Yang. Now the army of Tian Yu''s headquarters has already pointed to the eldest son. "


    "Great!"


    All the people present cheered. There were only 12000 people in the eldest son''s city. This time, 6000 people were annihilated outside the city. There were only 5000 soldiers left in the eldest son''s city. This is good news for the siege.


    "Now I hope that I can capture my eldest son as soon as possible, and then I can safely go down to the south to meet the army of tianjingguan and go north. Otherwise, there will not be enough room for me to move just by relying on the small town." Guo Jia said on one side;


    all the people present nodded in agreement, and Huangfu Chaobo was silent. Yes, if the eldest son didn''t take over, the Shangdang war would not be so smooth, but now it can only be so.


    When Huangfu Chaobo was about to open his mouth, he suddenly found that Hao Zhao standing beside him wanted to talk and stopped, so he said, "if you have anything to say, please tell me!"


    "I have a little idea. I don''t know if it''s feasible." Hao Zhao heard the speech and set out to say: "since general Tian has annihilated Hao Meng''s 6000 troops, that is to say, no reinforcements have arrived in tianjingguan, it''s better to send the information to the front army of tianjingguan, and make general Huang try to publicize this matter to the garrison in the pass. No matter what the result is, it can break the morale of the garrison."


    "Pa!" After hearing this, Guo Jia said with a smile: "yes, this plan is feasible. Your majesty, you can order the two generals Huang and Dong to carry it out as soon as possible. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it. It''s really the third day. If the garrison knew that he had been captured and the army of Shangdang had lost more than half, it would be a fatal blow to the morale of the garrison. When the time comes, tianjingguan would be knocked down.


    When he looked at Hao Zhao, he saw that the generals were all eager to try. He didn''t understand what they thought, so he said, "well, in that case, send four of you to tianjingguan army to listen to the order, and give the king''s order to Huang and Dong Er generals to make it easy for them to act."


    The four were overjoyed and rushed out to answer: "I will obey the king''s order!"


    Then he took the king''s order written by Huangfu Chaobo and the pigeon''s letter from Luoyang, and was ready to thank him and leave. Huangfu Chaobo quickly asked Dianwei to send a hundred soldiers of Tiebi camp to guard four people to tianjingguan overnight.


    As they left, Huangfu Chaobo said, "is there any news from the king of Yan? What''s the situation with Zilong and Heishan army? "


    These days, Huangfu Chaobo is either on the boat or on the road, so he doesn''t know the news from Youzhou at all. But I didn''t expect that there was no news at all.In fact, at this time, Gongsun Zan once again fell into a dead end.


    When he got his own way blocked, Gongsun Zan knew that he had fallen into the trap of the Wei army again, so he immediately gave up the soldiers who were besieging the city and led 20000 white horses to defend himself and the three brothers to break through the encirclement of Youzhou.


    But at this time, where would Guo Yuan allow Gongsun Zan to retreat so easily? All the way, there were obstacles in front and pursuers behind. During the journey from Wangdu to Youzhou, Gongsun Zan''s 20000 white horses lost more than 5000 horses. However, this is not the end. Nearly 100000 Wei troops followed Gongsun Zan and directly invaded Youzhou. In order to meet Gongsun Zan, Tian Kai, the governor of Zhuo County, had no choice but to gather the army of Zhuo county to stop the Wei army. It''s just how the army assembled in a hurry can resist the well prepared Wei army.


    At the same time, Xinping, the governor of Hejian, sent 50000 troops under the command of Ma Yan, the governor of Hejian, to attack Zhuoxian county from the East. Under the attack of more than 100000 troops, Tian Kai led the army to the left and right, and lost beixincheng, Fanyang and Gu''an successively. In the end, he had no choice but to retreat to Zhuoxian county. Fortunately, Gongsun praised and damaged his troops and finally withdrew Taoshui river is in the Liangxiang city of Bei''an.


    Just at this time, the 40000 cavalry troops led by Huang Xu finally arrived in Zhuo county. After crossing Taoshui from Yangxiang, they directly threatened the Wei army''s back road. Facing the threat of tens of thousands of cavalry troops, the Wei army gave up the siege of Zhuo county and returned to Fangcheng and Panguo for front-line defense.


    At this point, gongsunzan''s war against the state of Wei ended in failure again. This time, gongsunzan could not lose more than 100000 troops. Moreover, Zhuoxian and Liangxiang were the only two cities left in Zhuoxian, the most prosperous county in Youzhou. It can be said that he lost a handful of rice instead of stealing chicken.

 Chapter 1217

    The news of Gongsun Zan''s defeat had not yet been sent back to Luoyang, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know about it. However, even if he knew it, he could only sigh to himself. Then he called back Zhao Yun''s troops and told his allies to retreat. In fact, no matter Zhao yunbu''s army or Heishan''s army, in the face of the Wei state, the effect of disturbing the enemy was limited.


    ¡­¡­


    Under the eldest son City, Tian Yu, who had rested all night, had led the army to the city again, ready to launch an attack on the most prosperous and solid city in Shangdang. However, before the attack, Hao Meng''s head and general''s flag, as well as the flag of the six thousand soldiers of the Zhao army, and the more than three thousand soldiers who were captured, were all used by Tian Yu.


    As expected, the appearance of these things made the garrison in the city panic. You know, the bravery of the Tang army is famous all over the world. At that time, the king of Zhao United several princes to besiege Luoyang, but in the end, he failed to capture Luoyang. In recent years, the Tang army has won almost every battle, with few defeats, which makes all countries fear.


    Today, the most elite 5000 soldiers in the eldest son''s city and the 1000 cavalry guards of the Duwei are wrapped in dumplings by the Tang army outside the city. Even the Duwei himself is beheaded. Nearly half of the 6000 elite soldiers are beheaded on the spot, and the rest of them are captured, but none of them has escaped the net. How can the soldiers of prefectures and states who are far less powerful than these elite soldiers be embarrassed by this result? What''s more, at 200 steps outside the South Gate of the eldest son''s city, nearly 3000 elite soldiers who died in the war are lying on the ground, occupying several acres of land. How can such a scene not frighten the soldiers on the tower.


    Fortunately, Tian Yu didn''t cut off the heads of these dead soldiers and put them in Jingguan. Otherwise, the scene would be more frightening. Of course, if he did so, it might also arouse the intention of the garrison in the city to fight to the death. The most important thing is that Huangfu Chaobo always lost to the Tang soldiers, that is, the soldiers who died in the battlefield are respected, and no one can profane them at will They.


    Looking at the performance of the city guard, Tian Yu nodded with satisfaction, and then ordered the army to attack the city.


    With the sound of battle drums, the soldiers who had already been ready began to approach the direction of the city. At the front of them were nearly 4000 soldiers of Zhao who were captured. Each of them was carrying bags full of soil and ran towards the moat in front of the city wall. With thousands of captives, Tian Yu will not use his own civilian men and auxiliary soldiers to fill the moat. If these captives want to get rid of their status as captives, they must show his role.


    Although Zhang Yang and the city''s generals tried their best to maintain it, the moat outside the city was still under the efforts of thousands of prisoners. It took only half a day to bury dozens of channels in the three directions of southeast, West and East. Among these prisoners, those who performed well were promoted to be managers of these prisoners, large and small.


    On the top of the city, Zhang Yang looked at the soldiers in front of him with some frustration. He also asked himself in his heart, is he wrong? Do you know that all the elite soldiers have come out like this since he has been in the army for nearly 20 years? However, the performance of these soldiers in front of Zhang Yang''s eyes really made him confused. Before he formally took over the battle, the 11000 soldiers and horses in the city were only as good as their own 1000 bodyguards, and the other 10000 soldiers were all afraid of the enemy.


    The five thousand soldiers were OK. They were able to shoot the prisoners of the Zhao army who were responsible for filling the river under the city. However, the five thousand newly recruited soldiers were almost terrified by the three thousand corpses of the Zhao army outside the city. Looking at the current situation, Zhang Yang is very worried about whether these new recruits will escape in the next ant attack.


    Tian Yu looked up at the sky outside the South Gate of the eldest son''s city and at the middle army of the Tang army. Now it''s almost noon, he ordered Ming Jin to withdraw his troops and prepare to let the army have a good meal. After that, he began to attack the city in the afternoon, and the three walls attacked together, because there was not much time left for him to waste. If he could not capture the eldest son as soon as possible, he would have to give up the eldest son and turn to the new one Head south, take the army into the Shangdang territory and then turn back to attack the city, only in this way, the loss of the Tang army will be multiplied.


    Tian Yu was confident that he would enter the eldest son city after the first World War. Xiang knew that the worst soldiers in his hand were the elite soldiers of the Tang army, and there were nearly 10000 of the most elite guards. These were special arms. However, there were only 10000 frightened soldiers in the eldest son city. The difference between the two was self-evident. Among the ten thousand garrisons in the eldest son''s city, five thousand are new recruits who have just been recruited. This is the first time for these people to go to the battlefield, let alone go to the city to defend the enemy. It''s very good not to help the city.


    So in the afternoon, Tian Yu planned to encircle the three walls and attack the three walls in the southeast and the west, and then left the north. Of course, once the war goes well, 3000 cavalry will ambush outside the north gate. Only when Zhang Yang and Zhu people escape from the city, 3000 cavalry will be their nightmare.


    With the order of Tian Yu, thousands of Tang soldiers carried the siege ladder and launched an attack towards the city wall. Behind them were several siege hammers, and then slowly approaching the well and the stone throwing machine. Although the number was small, there was continuous rain of arrows and the stone throwing machine removed from the sky from time to time For the morale of the garrison at the head of the city, it was not a small blow.


    Although there is no stone throwing machine in the city to fight back outside the city, because of its poor accuracy, it has little effect on the equipment outside the city.However, the garrison at the head of the city was not strong, but it was defending, while the Tang army was attacking. In one afternoon, the Tang army launched two rounds of attacks on the city, but they were all blocked by Zhang Yang''s Pro guard camp. However, the price paid was that the pro guard camp lost more than half of the total. Compared with the Tang army, the ordinary garrison soldiers lost even more. There is no way to do this. The gap between the soldiers of the two sides lies here. Even with Zhang Yang''s decades of experience in fighting, there is nothing he can do. one can''t make bricks without straw!


    One day''s war made Lu Zhong very angry. After the second round of attack was repulsed, Lu Zhong directly asked Tian Yu for an order to personally lead the siege, but Tian Yu refused. He had seen that although the defenders had already repulsed their two rounds of attack, they were at the end of the storm.


    With Tian Yu''s command, the soldiers of Tang army slowly retreated to the camp several miles away. Looking at the soldier Zhao''s death at the head of the city, Tian Yu said in his heart: "give you another night. Before noon tomorrow, you will certainly enter the city. Zhang Yang, you just wait!"

 Chapter 1218

    Bingzhou, at the junction of Yunzhong and Wuyuan, under the city of Fuyang, in the camp of Zhao army, King Lu Bu of Zhao was like a fierce tiger. The soldiers in the general''s tent were beaten into several sections with fists. In front of him knelt several messengers, who were the messengers sent by Chen Gong from Jinyang to the front line of Fuyang.


    It was more than 1200 Li from Chen Gong to Fuyang, but it took them less than four days to send the urgent report to Lv Bu.


    Looking at Chen Gong''s urgent report, Lu Bu was furious and scolded Huangfu Chaobo for not being a son of man and his mean means. However, Lu Bu got into trouble after he was angry. From Chen Gong''s letter, he only speculated that the Tang army might attack, but he had not finally confirmed it. If he withdrew his troops to Taiyuan based on this inference, he would be too rash. Although there is no progress in the battle in Fuyang now, Lu Bu''s heart is already anxious, but if he failed this time, he would return It shows that he has been helpless to these two strange sheriffs for two times in succession. With Lu Bu''s character, how can he deserve this tone.


    It has to be said that although Zhang Liao is strong, Gao Lan is not weak either. After all, he is one of the five excellent generals. Even though Gao Lan is in charge of several allied forces, he still won''t lose ground under Zhang Liao''s attack.


    "Wenyuan, in your opinion, how should we deal with it?" However, Lu Bu asked Zhang Liao;


    "king, according to the opinion of the last general, we should withdraw our troops and come back. If the prime minister is not sure, he will not report this to the king. The last general estimates that the information of the party will be sent no later than three days. If the Tang army is really allowed to invade Taiyuan, he will regret that it is too late!" Zhang Liao said in a deep voice;


    after hesitating for a long time, although Lv Bu was unwilling, he had no choice but to agree with Zhang Liao. If he lost Taiyuan, his state of Zhao would be in a corner.


    "Well, it''s the king''s order. Bingzhou wolf cavalry will return to Taiyuan with Gu tomorrow. The soldiers will be led by Wen Yuan and will withdraw to Xianyang. After arranging the defense in the cloud, you will return to Taiyuan as soon as possible. You will also send a messenger to Cao Xing to return to the cloud and temporarily lead the cavalry to stay in the cloud, so as to prevent Wuyuan and Shuofang from attacking the cloud."


    "I''ll take orders!" Seeing that Lv Bu finally agreed to his proposal, Zhang Liao was relieved.


    ¡­¡­


    At this time, the morale in tianjingguan has begun to decline. The reason is that the Tang army under the city has arranged for people to shout in tianjingguan for a day. It says that the Tang army has invaded Shangdang from Hedong and completely annihilated the 6000 elite troops of Shangdang commander Hao Meng. Now tens of thousands of Tang army have been stationed under the eldest son city. The Zhao army in tianjingguan has become a turtle in the urn.


    As Hao Zhao expected, the morale of tianjingguan garrison began to decline after hundreds of loud Tang soldiers roared under the pass for a day. Fortunately, the garrison general repeatedly assured that this was the Tang army''s strategy to harass the army. There were only a few ways to enter the Shangdang. Who had heard that Hedong could enter the Shangdang directly? In addition, it was only four days now, and the reinforcements from the Shangdang needed five days at the fastest As a result, the morale of taxis in the pass did not continue to decline.


    ¡­¡­


    In the eldest son City, Zhang Yang has been exhausted and returned to his palace. Today''s war makes him find that he underestimated the fighting power of the Tang army and overestimated the fighting power of his troops. In only half a day''s war, more than half of his own personal guards were killed. Thanks to these personal guards, otherwise today''s eldest son city would have been attacked by the Tang army.


    For a long time, Zhang Ke, who was standing beside Zhang Yang, said, "the eldest son has already been unable to keep it!"


    Zhang Yang said dejectedly: "if you can''t keep it, you have to keep it. Can''t you give up now? If so, how can I explain to the king? "


    "Why not..." Zhang Ke suddenly said: "it''s better to break through the encirclement. There is no danger around the eldest son. In addition, time is too tight, so there is no time to prepare for defense. Moreover, the city is too big and the troops are insufficient. If you retreat to Huguan County, you can support it for a longer time. If you don''t have a supreme leader, I''m afraid the whole Shangdang will be taken away by the Tang army."


    Zhang Yang also knows that what Zhang Ke said is true. If it wasn''t for the fact that Hao Meng''s six thousand troops had been swallowed up by the state of Tang, and the state of Tang had come too soon, the eldest son city could have been kept for a month or two, but now it''s too late to say anything.


    However, Zhang Ke''s words made Zhang Yang move in his heart. He immediately put the map of Shangdang on the table and observed it carefully. Seeing that Zhang Yang seemed to have some changes, Zhang Ke said: "the location of Huguan county is very dangerous. It connects fukouxing in the East and Shangdang in the north. If the Taishou can keep Huguan County, it is equivalent to keeping half of Shangdang. I believe that after the king comes back, he will not say anything more."


    In fact, Zhang Yang does not know the truth of Zhang Ke, but as the supreme leader of Shangdang, if he even lost the county and city, Zhang Yang is still reluctant.


    Seeing that Zhang Yang didn''t speak out against it, Zhang Ke continued: "since the eldest son city has been unable to defend, Tunliu and Hukou pass must also be unable to defend. Rather than that, it''s better to transfer all these troops to Huguan county. You know, there are 2000 soldiers and 3000 soldiers in Hukou pass, plus 2000 soldiers from four Tunliu and soldiers from other cities, At that time, there will be nearly ten thousand troops in the hands of the prefect, and the terrain of Huguan county is very dangerous. I believe... "Zhang Yang had been convinced by Zhang Ke at this time, reached out his hand to stop him, and continued to say, "you immediately sent someone to find Chang Shi and general Lu Jiu."


    After that, Zhang Yang continued to focus on the map. He was thinking about how to successfully break through the encirclement and how to arrange the war in the future.


    Soon, Shangdang chief Shi and LV Jiu, who are still in yinlang, arrive at the prefecture. At this time, Zhang Yang has made up his mind. Seeing the two men coming in, Zhang Yang opened the door to the two people: "I want to abandon my eldest son and retreat to Huguan city. Then I will gather my troops to defend Huguan city and wait for the king''s reinforcements!"


    Both of them were surprised. Chang Shi is good. He was a confidant when he was in Hanoi. He didn''t have any opinions on Zhang Yang''s decision. He also understood that it was a dead end to stay in his eldest son''s city. He supported Zhang Yang''s decision to retreat to Huguan county.


    It was Lu Jiu. After listening to Zhang Yang''s words, he was stunned. But he was just an intelligence officer, and there was no way to influence Zhang Yang. So after a little thought, he said, "what do you need to do next


    Zhang Yang nodded. If both of them had no opinion, it would be more favorable for his plan. So he explained his plan to them carefully. After they understood it clearly, he let them go down to carry out it.

 Chapter 1219

    The next morning, when the sun just came out, the Tang army had already appeared under the eldest son''s city. With the war drums of Tian Yu''s army, thousands of Tang soldiers had begun to approach the three walls of the eldest son''s city. Zhongjun, Tian Yu looked at the situation at the head of the city and frowned.


    "No, the situation in the city is not right!" Suddenly, Tian Yu opened his mouth;


    the deputy general next to him also realized that the situation at the head of the city was not normal, because as the soldiers of the Tang army approached the city wall, there was a counterattack at the head of the city, but it was completely different from yesterday''s in good order. Today''s head of the city seemed very chaotic, as if the counterattack of the soldiers of Zhao was just an instinctive reaction.


    "Is it Zhang Yang''s trap?" Tian Yu said to himself;


    however, at this time, the siege soldiers were almost in front of the moat, so it was impossible for Tian Yu to order the soldiers to retreat. However, he gave an order to the deputy general next to him: "pass on the order. The soldiers of the second wave are well prepared. Once they find something abnormal, they will take over the soldiers of the first wave."


    "No, the general will take orders!"


    At this moment, a cavalry galloped from the East, while running, the cavalry also cried out: "general! Old thief Zhang Yang ran away Zhang Yang ran away... "


    At this time, Tian Yu was stunned, and he looked at the cavalry. A moment later, the cavalry came to the nest car of the Chinese army. He got off the horse, ran to the nest car quickly, and reported loudly: "general, two quarters of an hour ago, the north gate of the eldest son city suddenly opened, from which more than 1000 cavalry rushed out, directly broke through the defense of our cavalry, and fled to the north. The leader was a middle-aged general. Chen Xiaowei recognized that it was yesterday Old thief Zhang Yang at the head of the city


    "More than a thousand cavalry? How can there be so many cavalry in the city? Besides, you have three thousand cavalry. Can''t you stop more than one thousand cavalry? " Tian Yu asked with a dignified face;


    "general Hui, when these cavalry rushed out of the city, we were ready to meet the enemy in formation, but the more than 500 cavalry headed by he was too strong. In a hurry, the cavalry formation was broken through by Zhao cavalry, and we did our best to leave less than 300 cavalry behind, or let the other 1000 cavalry break through, and then these cavalry did not make any contribution Stop straight north, General Chen has led the cavalry to catch up. He specially sent his subordinates to report to the general! " The cavalry gasped and replied;


    "are you sure that the chief general is Zhang Yang?" Tian Yu said in a deep voice;


    "no mistake, General Chen, general Xie and other generals have confirmed it!" The visitor answered firmly,


    "Damn it!" Tian Yu put the fence in front of him, "we are all cheated by this little old man. Come on, order a full-scale attack. At the same time, order the soldiers to shout in unison. Zhang Yang has run away. The defenders in the city will not die if they abandon their weapons and surrender! There is no amnesty for those who resist


    "No!"


    "Dong Dong Dong..."


    "Wuwu..."


    "Zhang Yang ran away! The general has orders. Those who surrender will not die! There is no amnesty for those who resist


    "Those who surrender will not die! There is no amnesty for those who resist


    "Those who surrender will not die! There is no amnesty for those who resist


    ¡­¡­


    "Kill! Kill! Kill


    As expected, the garrison at the head of the city also found that today''s situation was somewhat abnormal. Now when they heard the cry of the Tang army at the foot of the city, they looked around, not to mention Taishou Zhang Yang. All the soldiers who killed the enemy at the head of the city yesterday disappeared. They didn''t understand what was going on. So with a cry, the newly recruited soldiers dropped their weapons The weapons turned around and ran. Soon, the soldiers in the top of the city all followed the same pattern. One by one, they threw down their mouths, fled and surrendered.


    In less than a quarter of an hour, the Tang soldiers who attacked the city climbed up the city wall smoothly. Then some people guarded the Zhao soldiers who knelt down and surrendered. Some people ran to the tower, put down the suspension bridge, ran down the city wall and opened the city gate. Thousands of Tang soldiers who had been waiting outside the city gate rushed into the eldest son''s city like a tide, and Shangdang''s county city fell into the city In the hands of the Tang army.


    Although he has conquered the eldest son City, Tian Yu''s face is not half happy. On the contrary, he is depressed. He is ready to fight with all his strength. The most depressing thing for Tian Yu is that Zhang Yang ran away. If Zhang Yang could be captured or killed, it would be much easier to pacify the Shangdang. Now that Zhang Yang runs away, it means that the next war will be more and more difficult.


    Half an hour later, the city was under control. Under the protection of his own soldiers, Tian Yu entered the city and went directly to the prefect''s residence.


    Soon Shi a followed him and reported to Tian Yu: "general, I''ve made it clear that the old thief Zhang Yang was ready last night."


    With that, Shi a told Tian Yu what he had learned. It turns out that last night, Zhang Yang arranged for LV Jiu to gather the wolves in the city and escort Chang Shi to leave directly from the north gate. Zhang Yang''s bodyguard commander selected nearly a thousand soldiers from the garrison overnight. In the name of supplementing the bodyguards, all of them were incorporated into his bodyguards, and all the horses in the city were collected. Then, early this morning, in the name of going out of the city and raiding the Tang army, he will order the north gate guard to open the gate and go out of the city directly.At first, the general of the north gate thought that he was really going to attack the Tang army, but he didn''t expect that he ran away with his own soldiers.


    What Tian Yu didn''t know was that Zhang Yang not only ran away, but also transferred 2000 garrison troops and 5000 troops from Hukou pass to Huguan county last night. Today, there are more than 10000 troops in Huguan county. Zhang Yang, who fled all the way to Huguan County, immediately selected all the elite soldiers and guards and incorporated them into his own pro guard army, reorganizing 1000 cavalry and 3000 soldiers.


    In addition, in the past two days, Zhang Yang has ordered some grain and grass to be transported from other cities one after another. Today''s Huguan county is full of soldiers and food. With these supports, Zhang Yang is confident that he can hold Huguan county for one or two months. It''s mid September now, and if he''s lucky, maybe the first snow will come early this winter, and he''s confident that he''ll keep it till next year.


    At noon, after the cavalry returned to the eldest son City, Tian Yu knew that Zhang Yang had even given up the garrison. After getting the news, Tian Yu could not help but admire Zhang Yang''s decision. However, admiration belongs to admiration, but Tunliu still needs to be occupied, so he immediately sent two thousand soldiers and horses to Tunliu to control the city.

 Chapter 1220

    After two thousand troops were arranged to settle in Tunliu City, Tian Yu immediately gathered a group of generals to discuss the matter. Soon, Lu Zhong, Shi a, the cavalry captain, the infantry captain and the crossbow captain arrived at the prefecture.


    After everyone arrived, Tian Yu said: "you guys, now we have finally captured the eldest son city. We can say that we have completed half of the task of the king''s strategy for the party. It''s worth celebrating!"


    After everyone was quiet, Tian Yu said, "general Shi, I remember that there should be a shadow guard stronghold in the eldest son''s city, which is connected with China. I don''t know where to get in touch with."


    "Generally speaking, the capital strongholds of shadow guards in other countries can contact all the counties and cities in China, while the county and city strongholds in other countries can only contact the headquarters of the King City. It''s just because of the king''s Shangdang war that I started to add contact points to the strongholds of the eldest son city at the beginning of the year. Now I have established three contact points with Hanoi, Weijun and Hedong. ¡±Shi a got up and said,


    "that''s great. If you don''t guess wrong, the king should be in huaixian county at this time. So after the meeting, please ask general Shi to send a detailed report to the king about our capture of the eldest son and our settlement, as well as the war arrangements behind."


    Shia nodded to show that he knew.


    "Well, now the eldest son and the garrison have been brought under our control. However, the old thief Zhang Yang has retreated to Huguan County, and should have gathered a lot of troops, which we can''t capture any more. Then the next step is to send troops to the south, take over the army of the king and enter the Shangdang, and then assemble the army to quickly capture Huguan county until the whole Shangdang is under control. "


    "After much consideration, Ben will decide that in addition to the two thousand soldiers in the garrison, the two thousand soldiers in the Peishi City, and the one thousand garrison in Gaoping pass, another five thousand soldiers and two thousand cavalry will be left to garrison the county city. The rest of the troops will be led by general Lu to go south to tianjingguan and take over the great king''s army to the north."


    Tian Yu''s words just fell, and all the people present were surprised. You know, this time, 25000 troops were sent out from Hedong. Although up to now, the loss of troops is less than 1000, it is obvious that the troops in the county are insufficient. Five thousand infantry and two thousand cavalry, it is obviously very difficult to defend such a county as the eldest son.


    Lu Zhong immediately stood up and objected: "no, general Tian, five thousand soldiers defend the county and the city. There are too few troops. If Zhao''s ten thousand reinforcements arrive at Huguan County, Zhang Yang will gather a few more soldiers from the county. It is very likely that he will send his troops south to attack the county city. If the county city is lost, then we will be busy for a while, and it will affect the whole deployment of the king. "


    "Yes, yes, there are too few five thousand soldiers. Besides, there are nearly ten thousand Zhao prisoners in the city. Please think twice, general The other generals also dissuaded him;


    Zhang Yang ran away suddenly and made Tian Yu become a prisoner in the eldest son city. There are 6000 or 7000 soldiers in the eldest son City, and there are more than 10000 soldiers in the eldest son city. Now Tian Yu only leads 5000 soldiers to defend. If there is something wrong with the prisoners, how can these 5000 people be controlled.


    "No matter, these soldiers know that our army has entered the Shangdang, and Zhang Yang has also fled. They will not have any other thoughts. At that time, they will select thousands of people from them and dispatch a group of soldiers to lead them to break up and mix up. I believe it will only take ten days and a half months to become a combat force." Tian Yu added;


    "just are these newly recruited prisoners credible?" Lu Zhong doubted: "well, the army going south doesn''t need too many troops. I''ll leave another thousand iron eagles to the general. No matter how to say, it''s also a shock to these soldiers."


    Originally, they didn''t have many soldiers. After several places were divided, Tian Yu had only a few soldiers. After thinking about it, Tian Yu agreed to Lu Zhong''s request. Later, Tian Yu ordered the cavalry captain to sprinkle all the cavalry, to explore the situation of the surrounding city passes, and to closely monitor the situation of Huguan county.


    At the end of the discussion, everyone began to get busy. After lunch, the army went south, led by Lu Zhong, and headed for the county seat in the south. After the army left, Tian Yu went to the camp where the prisoners were held under the protection of his own guards. He wanted to select 4000 soldiers from the camp, and then transferred 1000 soldiers from the camp to form a school of soldiers and horses. He used these days to carry out reorganization training in response to the possible attack on the Zhao army.


    ¡­¡­


    Huaixian County, in the afternoon, only received a pigeon letter from the eldest son city. After reading Tian Yu''s collection, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved and finally captured the eldest son city. As for Zhang Yang, he ran away again. For Huangfu Chaobo, this is nothing at all. Just run away.


    When he hands the Cuzhang to Guo Jia, Huangfu Chaobo breaks down the eldest son city. Zhang Yang flees to Huguan city. The news that Lu Zhong''s army has gone south is written on a piece of paper. Then he gives it to a personal guard and asks him to send it to the army in front of tianjingguan quickly. He himself has to prepare to go to the army in front of tianjingguan tomorrow.


    The next morning, Wang Jia of Huangfu Chaobo set out for tianjingguan under the protection of the trapped camp and Tiebi camp.Huaixian is more than 120 miles away from tianjingguan, of which there are more than 50 miles of Valley roads that are difficult to walk. In addition, it takes a few days for Lu Zhong''s headquarters to get to the north of tianjingguan, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t rush to get to the camp in front of tianjingguan.


    It took two days for Huangfu Chaobo and his party to arrive at tianjingguan. Looking at the camp stretching for miles under the long and narrow valley, Huangfu Chaobo could not help but feel relieved. After so many days'' delay, he finally wanted to enter tianjingguan. Outside the camp, Huang Wudi, who had been informed for a long time, was leading a group of generals to wait outside the camp. Seeing the arrival of Huangfu Chaobo, they all bowed down and said: "welcome to the king, Wei Chen!"


    "All the generals, get up. It''s hard for you all!"


    "Thank you


    "Well, General Huang, general Dong, what''s the situation of Zhao Jun in Tianjin pass?" Looking at Huang Wudi and Dong''s visit, Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    "return to the king!" Huang Wudi bowed down and said, "the day before yesterday evening, after receiving a letter from the king, the last general immediately sent someone to publicize this matter. It can be seen that although the generals of Zhao army still don''t believe it, the morale of the soldiers has obviously dropped a lot compared with the previous few days. Now there should be some instability in the pass. I believe that these two days, when general Lu''s army appears behind the pass, it should be able to go smoothly It''s time to persuade the garrison to surrender. "


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded. It would be best if he could persuade him to surrender without any blood. Thinking of this, he said, "let''s go. You Aiqing will go to Guanzhong to have a look."


    "No!"


    The party quickly passed through the camp several miles long and came hundreds of steps outside the Tianjing pass. At this time, Zhao Jun in the Tianjing pass had already discovered the abnormality outside the pass. After the "meet the king" in the camp outside the pass, the king''s flag appeared on the open space outside the pass. At this time, Zhao Jun soldiers on Tianjing pass didn''t know what happened to Tang Jun outside the pass What happened.

 Chapter 1221

    At tianjingguan, General Hu CAI was already surprised by the movement of the Tang army outside the pass. At first, he thought that the Tang army was finally going to attack the pass. Who knows, after listening carefully, he realized that it was the soldiers of the Tang army who were shouting "see you king". Hearing this, Hu Cai''s face darkened. He didn''t expect that the king of Tang went to Tianjing pass in person. Does that mean that the war in Shangdang is really over?


    As a matter of fact, as early as a few days ago, Hu Cai quietly sent two waves of messengers to the eldest son City, but none of them could return. It is estimated that in nine cases out of ten, they really became the downfall of the Tang army. In other words, the army that the Tang army had been preaching outside the pass had already invaded Shangdang from Hedong, which should be true.


    But Hu Cai couldn''t figure it out. There are mountains between Hedong and Shangdang. Tens of thousands of Tang army come here now. It''s really difficult to fly here.


    However, even though Hu CAI has guessed the fact that Shangdang has really fallen behind, he still hasn''t disclosed it to anyone. He won''t easily make his stand before the matter is really settled.


    But now even Wang Qi and Wang Jia of the king of Tang have appeared outside the Tianjing pass, so


    Thinking of this, Hu Cai couldn''t help but feel a thump in his heart. Then, subconsciously and looking back, he took a look in the direction of the eldest son city in the north.


    Suddenly, Hu CAI was like a magic barrier. He widened his eyes and looked at the north direction. For a long time, he couldn''t look back. The deputy general next to him turned his head to look at him and found that he was acting so strangely. When he looked North in his direction, his eyes suddenly widened and he couldn''t say a word for a long time.


    Both of them saw the dust rising from the official road to the north of tianjingguan. In the dust, a big red flag was waving in the wind, but it was embroidered with the word "Tang". It was Lu Zhongbu who rushed to the eldest son''s city. Of course, this is only a part of it. More than 2000 cavalry and more than 2000 iron Eagles riding mules and horses collected from several cities, while the rest are still tens of miles north of Gaodu.


    Coincidentally, when Huangfu Chaobo arrived outside the pass, the thousands of troops led by Lu Zhong rushed to the north of tianjingguan.


    "Don Tang Jun.... " Suddenly, several soldiers also found the cavalry of the Tang army rushing to the north. For a moment, Zhao soldiers turned back and looked around. Tianjingguan was shocked again.


    The movement of closing Zhao''s army also startled the Tang army people who were watching the enemy outside the pass. Huangfu Chaobo also saw the movement in his eyes. Suddenly, he felt a movement in his heart. Isn''t it


    At this time, in the sky to the north of tianjingguan, an arrow soared into the sky, and then dozens of arrows roared into the sky. Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia looked at each other and laughed. Then, Huangfu Chaobo said to Huang wudie, "General Huang, send someone to persuade the Zhao army to surrender. It''s said that the king ordered him to surrender within a pillar of incense, if he is stubborn If it doesn''t work, break through the pass and leave no dogs or chickens! "


    At the end of his last few words, Huang Fu''s cold intention of killing came out in vain, which made the Tang soldiers around him feel chilly.


    The anger of the king, bleeding!


    At the end of the speech, a man rushed out of the crowd, drove his horse directly to the next hundred steps, and yelled at the Zhao army in the pass: "listen up, my king has an order, and you are allowed to surrender. At this time, surrender can be ignored. If you are stubborn, you can break through the pass without leaving any dogs or chickens!"


    When people looked at the man, it was Huangfu Li. Huangfu Chaobo looked at his back and listened to his voice with a little pheasant spirit. He nodded to himself. He might be a little weak in ability, but he could cultivate his loyalty and courage.


    With that, huangfuli turned over and got off the horse, took out a incense and lit it, put it on the ground a hundred paces away, then turned over and Ma Yang went away.


    Looking at the burning incense on the ground outside the pass, the soldiers of the Zhao army on the wall all turned their heads and looked at the General Hu Cai, waiting for him to make a decision. After struggling for a moment, Hu Cai finally said dejectedly, "go on, open the door and surrender!"


    With these words, he seemed to be drained of energy and energy, and his whole body wilted. After closing the door and listening to his orders, the soldiers were all relieved. In today''s situation, everyone knows that the loss of the eldest son is not a sure thing. Otherwise, how could thousands of cavalry appear behind them so blatantly.


    Before banzhuxiang was finished, the door of tianjingguan was opened slowly in the rumbling sound. Then, under the leadership of Hu Cai, the five thousand Zhao troops in the pass walked out of the pass slowly. First they went to the left side of the pass and put all their weapons and armor in their hands. Then they went to the right side one by one and stood in line again.


    After all the soldiers came out, Dong Xun immediately led 5000 soldiers of baotao camp into the pass and took over the defense of the pass. At the same time, he opened the north side of the pass and met Lu Zhong and other generals to visit Huangfu Chaobo.


    Hu CAI and other Zhao generals came to Huangfu Chaobo to surrender under the care of Jinwei camp.


    "Sin General Hu Cai, with five thousand soldiers from tianjingguan, came to ask for surrender. He also asked the king to be angry with sin!""Please get up, my king has promised that you will not be held responsible for your crimes. He will never lose his word and be fat. However, in the next war, you need to work together!" Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    "the king''s orders are obeyed by the general of the crime." Hu Cai understood that Huangfu Chaobo meant that he wanted Zhao Jun to help Tang Jun persuade him to surrender to Zhao Jun, who was in the city pass of Shangdang. Several of them have now surrendered. How dare they refuse? As soon as Huangfu Chaobo''s words were finished, he kowtowed and agreed.


    Just at this time, there was a sound of horse''s hooves inside the pass. When they looked up inside the pass, they saw several riders running away. It was Lu Zhong and other generals who had just arrived to the north of the pass. After the north gate was opened, they placed thousands of troops in the open space outside the North pass. Then they led the generals to visit Huangfu Chaobo.


    After more than 20 steps in front of Huangfu Chaobo, the party stopped their horses, turned over and got off the horse, and ran to Huangfu Chaobo quickly: "I''ll see you at the end of the day!"


    With a smile, Huangfu Chaobo turned over and dismounted. He stepped forward to lift Lu Zhong up one by one and said, "Dear Qing, please get up. Thank you for your hard work."


    "Thank you All the people responded together;


    "well, tianjingguan has entered into Gu''s hands. Let''s go. You will enter together with Gu. When you get to Guannei, Lu Aiqing will tell Gu more about the war." After that, he walked towards tianjingguan. Behind him, tens of thousands of Tang soldiers cheered loudly: "king is mighty! The Tang Dynasty is powerful

 Chapter 1222

    In Tianjing pass, the general''s residence and Huangfu Chaobo are sitting on the main position. The generals of Tang army are arranged in two columns according to their official positions. At the end, Hu CAI and a group of Zhao army''s demoted generals are listening to Lu Zhong''s detailed introduction of the war situation of their army these days. Hu Cai''s demoted generals are also called up to let them know the details of the war in the north, It''s better to play a better role in the next war.


    After Lu Zhong finished speaking, all the generals were envious. Lu Zhong and Tian Yu had already made a lot of contributions since the beginning of the war, which made everyone envious.


    As soon as Lu Zhong''s voice was heard, Dong Xun went out and said, "king, at the end of tomorrow, please be the pioneer to capture Gaodu and other counties for your king!"


    His words immediately attracted the attention of the other generals, and they all came out to fight.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to hand over the task of attacking Gaodu and yanga to Dong Xun. As Dong Xun said, the guards and Huben camp fight almost every year, but the baotao camp in Hanoi. Except for the general Hua Xiong and Xiliang Tieqi, the other generals and soldiers have almost no chance to fight. Now it''s not easy to turn to he There are wars in and around the camp. It seems that it''s hard to say if we don''t let the baotao camp have a chance to fight.


    So in the end, Huangfu Chaobo asked Dong Xun to lead two schools of soldiers and one school of guards, plus two thousand cavalry. He would send troops to Gaodu early tomorrow morning. After he captured Gaodu, he would lead his troops westward to attack yang''a. In order to make their attack more smoothly, Huangfu Chaobo also sent Hu Cai, the guard of tianjingguan, to Dong Xun.


    As for the other soldiers, after a day''s rest in tianjingguan, they continued to lead the troops northward to the eldest son city. After joining the army of Tianyu, they discussed how to attack Huguan county.


    ¡­¡­


    When Huangfu Chaobo began to arrange for troops to be divided into different groups, Zhang Yang, who retreated to Huguan County, got the news that Li Fengbu''s reinforcements had arrived in Nei county. This news finally relieved Zhang Yang. The first wave of reinforcements in Jinyang had arrived, so the king''s follow-up reinforcements would arrive soon. In this way, at least the Shangdang party would not lose all of them. In addition, Wei Cun, the younger brother of Wei Xu, the Taiwei, led 3000 troops and 5000 people to Nanguan two days ago. The purpose was to start the repair work of Nanguan.


    As for the arrangement of the prime minister, Zhang Yang also felt great admiration in his heart. Taking one step and looking at three steps, he could say that he was meticulous and didn''t show any water. Now, Zhang Yang is quietly waiting for Li Feng''s reinforcements to arrive in Huguan, but now the two thousand cavalry of Tang army appear in the south of the county from time to time. For Zhang Yang, the biggest dilemma is that the enemy situation in the south is not clear, and he does not know how the Tang army is progressing, as well as the layout of the Tang army in the eldest son city.


    Although Zhang Yang still has 1000 cavalry in his hand, the real elite is less than 500. The rest are newly recruited. Facing the 2000 Tang cavalry outside the city, Zhang Yang is afraid to send them out easily. Now, he has to defend the county town of Huguan. As for the counterattack, he should wait for the king''s cavalry to arrive.


    ¡­¡­


    Bingzhou''s war situation suddenly stopped in this strange atmosphere. Huangfu Chaobo''s army was very fast. Three days later, Lu Zhong''s cavalry and Iron Eagle soldiers returned to the eldest son''s city, and Huangfu Chaobo''s army had also arrived at his family. Gaodu city had been easily captured by Dong''s army two days ago, and more than 10000 troops went to the city On the first day, the county magistrate and county captain, who had been scared to death by thousands of cavalry, opened the gate and surrendered.


    After Dong Fang left a thousand garrisons in Gaodu, he kept on leading the troops westward to the direction of yanga county. Dong Xun knew that these counties were just the dishes before the war. If he had not guessed wrong, Lu Bu''s army would soon rush back to Taiyuan. Before Lu Bu''s army arrived at Shangdang, Zhang Yang would not easily leave Huguan county. Therefore, the war between Tang Dynasty and Zhao Dynasty is about to start. He must capture these counties as soon as possible, and then quickly lead the army to the north Join the army.


    ¡­¡­


    There is nothing wrong with Dong''s idea. Lu Bu''s army is indeed on the way back. After withdrawing from the clouds, Lu Bu led 30000 Bingzhou wolf riders to return quickly. On the way, he received Zhang Yang''s information from Chen Gong, and got the accurate information about the invasion of the Tang army. Then he kept on rushing back. Fortunately, after the cavalry arrived at Yanmen, he got the news that Hao Meng was defeated and killed, and six thousand elite soldiers were killed. Fortunately, Zhang Yang''s reaction was quick enough, although he lost He lost his eldest son City, but he had gathered more than 10000 troops to retreat to Huguan county. At this time, Li Feng''s 10000 troops had also successfully arrived in niexian county. In this way, at least he was not completely driven out of Shangdang county.


    Thirty thousand Bingzhou wolves rode all the way to Jinyang city. They rushed into Jinyang city from the north gate of Jinyang city. As soon as they entered the city, Lv Bu didn''t go anywhere. Under the protection of a thousand elite blood wolf cavalry, he returned to the palace. Soon, he got the news that Chen palace, Wei Wei and the officials who stayed in the palace were all summoned to the palace to attend the court meeting.


    In the palace, Lu Bu, the king of Zhao, sat on the throne with a blue face. All the civil and military officials in the palace stood trembling in their hearts and accepted his thunder and anger without saying a word.


    Fortunately, things have been going on for several days, and Chen Gong''s timely disposal has made Shangdang lose everything without the first World War. Moreover, Lu Bu has calmed down some anger along the way. On the throne, he did not continue to pursue after venting. Just looking at the people in the hall, he asked, "dear love, what should we do about this matter? First of all, Prime Minister"King Hui, now general Li Feng''s 10000 troops have joined with Zhang Taishou, and now there are more than 20000 troops in Huguan city. However, because of the shortage of cavalry, the two generals dare not fight easily. They can only guard the county town tightly for fear of breaking the situation that is hard to maintain." Chen Gong stood up and said;


    "in the past few days, Guowei has recruited 20000 soldiers from Jinyang. Although these soldiers can''t go to battle, they have no problem in defending the capital. In my opinion, the next thing is to ask the king to recruit another 20000 to 30000 troops from the prefectures and soldiers in each county, and then the king will lead them to support the party to resist the advance of the Tang army Attack. There is also the news that the garrison general of bird and mouse Valley has come back, saying that the Tang army in Hedong has moved to bird and mouse Valley under the leadership of Yang Feng. Weichen thinks that they should be to contain our Taiyuan army, so the direction of bird and mouse Valley only needs to add another 5000 to 10000 troops. "

 Chapter 1223

    After listening to Chen Gong''s words, Lu Bu''s face softened a little, and the Tang army suddenly attacked on a large scale, which caught everyone off guard. Moreover, Chen Gong and Wei Xu reacted quickly, which calmed Lu Bu''s anger.


    "Does the prime minister have any other arrangements?" Lu Bu asked again in a deep voice;


    Chen Gong pondered a little and said: "after discussing with Guowei, Weichen has arranged soldiers, horses and Minfu to go to Nanguan and ordered to repair the pass as soon as possible at all costs."


    "Well!" Lu Bu was furious: "the meaning of the prime minister is that he can''t beat Huangfu Chaobo alone?"


    Chen Gong, however, was not afraid of Lu Bu. He raised his head and said, "it''s not that the king of Yan is inferior to the king of Tang, but that the national strength of Zhao is inferior to that of Tang. Now the state of Tang has controlled the south of Shangdang, where the eldest son is under the garrison. If our army fights with it for a long time, it will greatly damage the national strength. The best result of the king''s expedition to Shangdang is that the two countries take the eldest son and Huguan as the boundary, and each takes half of Shangdang. But in the northern part of Shangdang, the land is poor and ill. If we want to fight against it for a long time, we still need Taiyuan to constantly replenish troops, horses, money and supplies. "


    Speaking of this, Chen Gong said: "in my opinion, the best way is to take advantage of Nanguan''s security, defend the South Gate of Taiyuan, and block the Tang state in the upper party. If the Tang army comes to attack, the king only needs thousands of elite to defend the pass, while the Tang army will lose a lot of troops and spend countless money and food under the pass."


    "Don''t talk nonsense Lu Bu was furious: "how can the prime minister grow other people''s ambition and destroy his prestige! If you lose several cities in the north of Shangdang, how will the princes treat you and Zhao? "


    "The state of Tang is powerful. Hanoi alone has a population of more than one million people, and the strength of the whole country of Zhao is less than one million. Does the king not know which is more important than the face of the king?" However, Chen Gong was not afraid, and he still stuck his neck and said,


    "ru..." Lu Bu was so angry that when he was about to explode, Wei Xu stood up.


    These days, he has also considered clearly that Shangdang county has only 200000 people. If he wants to fight against the Tang state for the sake of the 200000 people, Zhao Guo really has to do his best. Instead of doing so, it''s better to give Shangdang directly to the Tang state and retreat to Nanguan by himself. It''s really a good way.


    "King, the prime minister''s words are not alarmist. Moreover, the Shangdang has many mountains and mountains, and the king is unparalleled in the world when he takes part in the war. However, the Shangdang can''t do anything about it. If we only rely on the soldiers to fight against the Tang army, I''m afraid we will really have to boost the strength of the whole country. " Wei Xu said to Lv Bu;


    as soon as Wei Xu opened his mouth, the rest of the ministers were eager to try again, although no one else spoke to persuade them. Qin Yi, the censor Zhongcheng, also said: "king, as the prime minister said, he has become a statesman. Now the thieves in Zhao are not clear. If he fights with Tang again, he will spend too much energy. It''s better to guard the south Guan, first of all, put his main energy on the north. When the north is pacified, he will contact the state of Wei and send troops to the state of Tang together. In this way, the chance of victory will be even greater. "


    "It''s just that Huangfu Chaobo is so cheap that he can''t be reconciled!" Lu Bu hated the way;


    "is Qihui cheap for nothing? Now the southern part of Shangdang has been lost, but the northern part is still in our hands. The king sent troops to Shangdang to fight against the Tang state several times and defeated it. By the way, he also gave the people who moved to the northern cities some time. When we moved all the population of the northern cities, we left some empty cities for him. This will kill two birds with one stone! " Chen Gong added on one side;


    when people heard the words, they were all at a glance. Today, among the northern cities, there are seven counties in the hands of Zhao state. Although each city has a small population, it also has nearly 100000 people. If all of them are moved to Taiyuan, they can not only increase the population of Taiyuan, but also throw the mess of these northern cities to Tang state, killing two birds with one stone .


    "The prime minister''s plan is very good!" Qin Yi praised it highly;


    "OK, I''ll leave it to you, Prime Minister. Tomorrow, I''ll lead the troops to help the party and buy time for the prime minister to move the people." Lu Bu felt quite comfortable when he heard that. He also understood the strength of the Tang army. He led 30000 wolf cavalry in Bingzhou. If he fought with people in the wild, Lu Bu thought he was not afraid of any princes in the world, but if he attacked the city and plundered the land, the cavalry would not be able to climb the city wall.


    In order to recapture the southern cities of Shangdang, Lu Bu didn''t have much confidence in his heart. Chen Gong''s practice just let him out of his heart.


    "King Shengming!" After listening to Lv Bu''s decision, all the ministers felt a long sigh of relief. Everyone was afraid that Lv Bu would fight with the Tang army. Since he had figured it out, it would be good.


    ¡­¡­


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo also got the news that Lv Bu''s army had returned to Jinyang. There was no way to hide the fact that 30000 Bingzhou wolf riders had returned to Jinyang. Of course, Lv Bu never thought of hiding it. So half a day later, Huangfu Chaobo, who was in the family, received the news that he had transferred from his eldest son.


    "The plan can''t keep up with the change!" Looking at the pigeon letter in front of him, Huangfu Chaobo could not help sighing;


    "but now we have occupied the most prosperous central part of Shangdang County, which is very good." Guo Jia replied on one side;


    "it''s just that I''m not willing to be alone. If I can''t take all the members of the party, then there will be trouble. If the two families go to the party equally, then there will be frequent wars. At that time, we will be involved in too much energy. Hey... " At this point, Huangfu super Bo Meng a pat in front of his case a few;"The king''s will..."


    "In any case, Huguan county must be controlled, otherwise the eldest son and Tunliu will not be at peace. Somebody... " At this point, Huangfu said in a broad voice;


    "king!"


    "When the order goes on, Tian Yu leaves some soldiers and horses to defend the eldest son city. The rest of the soldiers and horses go north to attack Huguan county. At the same time, they send an order to Wei Jun, ordering Zhao Yun to lead the troops North quickly and come to the front of the army to listen to the order. Huaxiong and his Xiliang cavalry guard Wei Jun and defend Wei Jun in Hebei Province. He ordered Huangfu Jianshou to immediately lead the troops northward and prepare to take over the defense of Shangdang''s cities. "


    In Huangfu Chaobo''s opinion, if Dian Wei was the only one, he would not be able to resist. He could only transfer Zhao Yun. If Huang Zhong was not too far away, and the South could not be separated from him, Huangfu Chaobo really wanted to transfer him to the party.


    Lu Bu put too much pressure on him. The most powerful man in the Three Kingdoms was not so kind to him. Fortunately, with Zhao yundian Wei, Huang wudie and Tian Yu''s generals, they are not afraid of him.

 Chapter 1224

    Knowing that a great war is inevitable, both sides are stepping up their preparations, especially Zhao Jun, because he wants to move all the nearly 100000 people in the northern counties, so he is not in a hurry. After getting the king''s order of Jinyang, Zhang Yang and Li Feng seize the time to move the population of Huguan county. After getting the king''s order, officials in other counties immediately begin to prepare .


    As for the Tang army, after leaving 3000 troops to defend the eldest son City, Tian Yu personally led the rest of the army to Huguan county. Ten miles south of the county, he set up a camp for 50000 people, and then strengthened the camp continuously. Then he built two small camps on both sides that could accommodate 10000 or 20000 people, and three campsites were like horns, which made Huguan County prosperous The road to the south of the Zhao army was blocked.


    Huangfu Chaobo had no way to make such an arrangement. Facing the tens of thousands of troops led by Lu Bu, Huangfu Chaobo was not sure that he could drive them out of Shangdang. If not, he could only use this camp to block the Zhao army and ensure the safety of the central cities of Shangdang.


    On September 25, it seemed that it had been agreed. Just when Huangfu Chaobo''s King flag appeared in Huguan camp, Lv Bu arrived in Huguan city almost at the same time.


    Lu Bu, who arrived at Huguan City, could not help but get angry with Zhang Yang. He immediately led the ten thousand most elite Bingzhou wolf to the camp of the Tang army ten miles south. He wanted to observe the situation of the Tang army. Zhang and Yang, out of caution, did not easily send out the few cavalry in their hands. While preserving their strength, they also made Zhao lose the detailed information of Tang army. Therefore, after arriving, Lu Bu decided to take ten thousand elites with him.


    In the Tang army camp ten miles to the south, Huangfu Chaobo also led the two Pro guards of Dian Wei and Gao Shun and the 11000 white horse Yi under Zhao Yun to observe the enemy situation in the direction of Huguan county.


    Just less than two miles out of the camp, he ruolong suddenly called and reported: "king, a large number of soldiers and horses suddenly appeared in the city of Huguan, with tens of thousands of people. Now they are coming to the south."


    When Huangfu Chaobo heard this, he couldn''t help but move in his heart. Isn''t it Thinking of this, he turned to look at Zhao Yun. Zhao Yun nodded, and then confessed to a general beside him. The general immediately led the 200 most elite white horse Yi to leave the brigade and gallop to the north.


    Huangfu Chaobo always has two golden eagles of he ruolong and he ruobi in his hands. His elder brother he ruolong has been following Huangfu Chaobo all the time, while he ruobi basically stayed in Yanbei county. However, at the beginning of this year, the two brothers cultivated another clan and trained a third Golden Eagle. Therefore, he ruobi was arranged to go to Huangzhong army, and the new one came out The cultivated golden eagle was left in Yanbei county. While they were looking for horses for huyanda, they trained the Golden Eagle more skillfully.


    As a reprimand of the white horse from the left, Huangfu Chaobo troops did not stop, but continue to move north. Since he ruolong said that there are only more than ten thousand, the most is more than ten thousand. Now Huangfu Chaobo is surrounded by eleven thousand cavalry from Zhao Yun''s white horse, plus Dian Wei''s Tiebi camp and Gao Shun''s trapped camp. There are thirteen thousand cavalry. Even if there are ten thousand cavalry LED by Lv Bu, Huangfu Chaobo is not afraid of him.


    What Huangfu Chaobo didn''t expect was that a quarter of an hour later, Baima Yi, as a denouncer, came back from Beijing. What surprised Huangfu Chaobo was that they actually saw the flag of King Zhao.


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile to the others: "I didn''t think that Lv Bu came out to meet him personally. Let''s go. Let''s meet him with Gu!"


    Said, hit the horse toward the front, the rest of the people quickly followed up.


    Soon, Huangfu Chaobo and his party saw a cavalry in the north. The flag was indeed the flag of Lv Bu, king of Zhao. At this time, Lv Bu also saw the flag of Huangfu Chaobo, and both sides stopped a mile away.


    Seeing Lu Bu''s single horse running out of the army, he didn''t stop until he was in the middle of the two sides and strangled his red rabbit horse. Lu Bu yelled to the Tang Army: "the king of Tang is in the battle, please come out and see him!"


    Huangfu, who was a hundred paces away from Lu Bu, said, "I haven''t seen you for years. The king of Zhao is still as good as he was then."


    Seeing this guy in front of him, Lu Bu was so angry that he said with a green face: "I want to ask the king of Tang, why did the king of Tang suddenly send troops to attack our Zhao Kingdom and commit such treachery? Is the king of Tang not afraid of being laughed at by the princes of the world?"


    "I''m afraid the king of Zhao is wrong. You and I don''t have an alliance. How can we say that we are treacherous. This time Gu sent out his troops, he just felt that the king of Zhao was not able to pacify the people at home, and could not resist humiliation from outside. He also imposed the charges on his subordinates. In this case, Gu hanged the people and punished them for justice for the Han people who died of alien races. " Huangfu Chaobo sneered;


    "Lizi dares!" In the past, Lu Bu was so angry that he screamed, and a red rabbit horse came towards him.


    The generals behind Huangfu Chaobo had been watching Lv Bu''s every move for a long time. When they saw Lv Bu''s horse belly, Zhao Yun flew out of the horse and cried out: "Lv thief, your opponent is me!""Hum, it''s OK for you to see if you have made progress in recent years. It''s not too late to take care of you before you go to see Nasi!" Lu Bu gave a big drink and met Zhao Yun.


    Dian Wei and Huang Wudi, Tian Yu, all rushed forward, quickly ran to Huangfu Chaobo, and slowly backed him back. Among the troops behind, Gao Shun''s camp quickly gathered, pushed forward, and came to meet him. Nearly Qian''s camp quickly stepped forward, and then the retreating Huangfu Chaobo was closely escorted in the array, and then slowly moved towards the army behind him I''m going back.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had successfully retreated to the protection of the trapped camp, all the generals were relieved. Dian Wei said to Huangfu Chaobo, "king, wait a moment, and wait for Lao Dian to go and plunder the array for general Zilong!"


    "Well, General Huang and general Tian are also well prepared. At the same time, they ordered baimayi to be well prepared to take over."


    "No!"


    In a few words, Lu Bu and Zhao Yun have become a regiment.


    "Ding!"


    "Boom!"


    As soon as they fought, they made a deafening sound. After a blow, they had changed their horse position. Lu Bu was surprised. He didn''t expect that in a few years, his strength had improved a lot. However, in the spirit of not losing the battle, Lu Bu cried out: "in the past few years, you haven''t improved as much as you did in those years. Let''s teach you a lesson."


    With that, Lu Bu pulled his horse back again, whistling in the direction of Zhao Yun.

 Chapter 1225

    Unlike Lv Bu''s surprise, Zhao Yun''s heart is still calm. At the time of the war between Zhao Yun and Lv Bu, Zhao Yun was a young man, but now he is a veteran who has been fighting for many years.


    What''s more, Zhao Yun''s chariot was just a good horse, which is far from the top horse like the red rabbit horse. Now Zhao Yun''s chariot is a real jade lion. Although it is not as good as the red rabbit horse, it is also a BMW.


    Another point is that Lu Bu is now the king of a country, and he is not as strict as he used to be in military affairs. In addition, he is over 40 years old and has passed the peak time of a military general, but Zhao Yun is only in his thirties. By comparison, in the first round of competition, Lu Bu did not get any advantage.


    Soon they fight together again. Lu Bu''s Halberd is a heavy weapon. In general, his moves are open and close. In addition, Lu Bu''s power is infinite. As the saying goes, one power is reduced to ten. If he meets ordinary soldiers, basically no one can stand the power of Lu Bu''s halberd.


    However, Zhao Yun''s long gun is a clever route, and Zhao Yun''s own force value is not as good as Lv Bu''s. In the face of Lu Bu''s every attack, Zhao Yun defused it skillfully. After 40 or 50 rounds, the two sides were even.


    After dozens of rounds, Zhao Yun is more brave, and the more he uses his dragon gall and silver gun, the more lively he becomes. It is difficult for a general of Zhao Yun''s level to meet a better general than himself at ordinary times. Now Lv Bu is just such a general, slightly stronger than Zhao Yun, but can''t hold him down. For Zhao Yun, this is a golden opportunity to sharpen.


    Different from Zhao Yun''s surprise, Lv Bu was only surprised but not happy. At that time, under Hangu pass, Zhao Yun supported more than 100 moves under his command, but that''s all. But now Lv Bu can''t see that Zhao Yun''s moves are half weakened.


    Seeing that the 150 moves had passed, Lv Bu found that Zhao Yun''s momentum was getting stronger and stronger, which made Lv Bu even more surprised. He knew that there was a strong general beside Huangfu Chaobo. In that year, he fought with himself at Hangu pass for more than 100 moves, which hurt him. But at that time, there were Zhang Liao''s generals on the side, and Lu Bu was young and vigorous at that time, so he was not afraid. But now, Lu Bu has no other generals who can handle it.


    With a fierce general like Dianwei on the side, Lv Bu has to pay attention to Dianwei''s trend. If Dianwei joins the regiment at this time, Lv Bu is not sure whether he can beat them back.


    At this time, Dian Wei also saw that their momentum was going up and down. Seeing this situation, Dian Wei gave a big shout: "general Zilong, I''ll help you!"


    With that, Dian Wei picked up his double halberds and ran to the two men who were fighting.


    In the war of Lu Bu, he came to whatever he was afraid of. Thinking of this, Lu Bu leaned slightly, avoided Zhao Yun''s shot, held the halberd in both hands, and yelled: "overlord halberd!"


    With his shouts, the halberd in Lv Bu''s hand seemed to be alive. With the potential of wind and thunder, it pounced on Zhao Yun.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun held the gun in both hands and pressed the horse''s belly lightly. Instead of retreating, he went in the direction of Lu Bu, but in his mouth he cried out: "come on, a hundred birds are coming!"


    Then, people outside the regiment only heard a loud noise around them. Then they saw that Zhao Yun was forced back a few steps. Fortunately, this time, unlike the last time, the horses were scrapped directly, but Zhao Yun had no scars. However, Lu Bu also took the opportunity to withdraw a few steps, and then the distance between them was thus opened.


    Zhao Yun is about to raise his gun to fight again, but he sees Lv Bu gently pulling his horse''s head and fighting towards his army. He doesn''t even look at Zhao Yun. He just says to Zhao Yun without looking back: "boy, it seems that you have made some progress, but you are far from being able to defeat Gu with this skill."


    When Dianwei rushed to Zhao Yun''s side, Lv Bu had already left dozens of steps away. He was so angry that Dianwei scolded: "three family slaves, don''t go!"


    "Dare you Hearing Dianwei''s call, Lu Bu was very angry. He turned his horse''s head but didn''t kill him directly. Instead, he stretched out his hand and took out three arrows from his horse, bent his bow and set up his arrows, and shot in the direction of Dianwei.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun quickly waved his gun and shot three arrows. All he heard was "Ding Ding Ding" three loud noises, and all three arrows were shot down one by one. Then he cried out, "it''s not polite to come but not go."


    After that, Zhao Yun inserted his long gun next to the horse, held his long bow in his backhand, and also shot three long arrows at Lv Bu. However, he saw that Lv Bu had three long arrows in his hand, and shot them down one by one.


    Later, Lu Bu just said contemptuously: "not so much."


    After shooting down Zhao Yun''s three arrows, Lu Bu looked at Huangfu Chaobo and said, "King Tang, are you determined to fight against Gu?"


    "Marquis Wen, you are not the king of governing the country. Why don''t you hand over the merging state to an isolated hand, and you can lead the army and open up the territory with ease, won''t it be better?" Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;"The land of Bingzhou is in my hands. If you have the ability, come and take it away." When Lu Bu heard the speech, he laughed instead of being angry. After that, he led ten thousand cavalry to the north without turning back.


    Looking at the back of Lv Bu''s army, Huangfu Chaobo was silent for a long time, and then he said, "Lv Bu is far from the Han Dynasty of that year..."


    The rest of them all nodded their heads and said nothing. You know, today, they used words to excite each other for several times. I didn''t expect that Lu Bu didn''t go to war as he used to. You know, at that time, Lu Bu was directly drawn by Zhang Fei''s hatred from Gongsun Zan to himself. This is the wonderful scene of the battle between three heroes and Lu Bu in Hulao.


    But just now, Dian Wei''s "three family slaves" only asked Lu Bu to fight back with his bow and arrow, instead of directly rushing up to fight against Dian Wei. If that''s the case, maybe Huangfu Chaobo could get some advantage today. Even if Lu Bu was hurt a little, it would be a great blow to Zhao''s morale.


    However, the current situation is not satisfactory. People with discerning eyes can see that Zhao Yun lost the battle between Lv Bu and Zhao Yun just now. You know, Zhao Yun even took several steps back with his horse in the last strike, but Lv Bu didn''t respond.

 Chapter 1226

    Now that LV Budu has arrived in Huguan County in person, Huangfu Chaobo has no need to look into the situation of Huguan county. As soon as LV Budu arrives, his 30000 cavalry and 20000 soldiers must have arrived. In addition, Li Feng''s 10000 soldiers, Zhang Yang''s 10000 soldiers and 2000 soldiers and 1000 bodyguards who were gathered in the city in the early days, now the city of Huguan There are already 73000 Zhao troops in the area.


    Huguan city was originally a small city. If Zhang Yang hadn''t moved all the people in the city, there would not have been so many soldiers in the city. Rao is so. Lu Bu''s 30000 Bingzhou Langqi and 10000 soldiers were still stationed outside the city, and they were mutual horns with more than 30000 soldiers in the city.


    With so many soldiers and horses, it''s no wonder that Lv Bu would say that Bingzhou was in his hands and let Huangfu Chaobo take it on his own.


    By this time, tens of thousands of troops had been assembled in the Tang army. In addition to the ten thousand Iron Eagle sharp soldiers, Yuan army crossbow soldiers and Tujia soldiers of Huangfu Chaobo guards, there were ten thousand white horse Yicong of Zhao Yun, ten thousand Huben camp of Huang Wudi, fifteen thousand baotao camp visited by Dong, fifteen thousand Yingyang camp of Tian Yu, and twenty thousand garrison soldiers transferred from Hanoi. There were more than one hundred thousand troops in total.


    At present, the defense of the pass in the central and southern part of Shangdang county has been handed over to Hujie camp. At present, Huangfu Jianshou, the commander of Hujie camp, has led the soldiers of the two schools to the eldest son City, and the barracks of Shangdang city have been established one after another, taking over the defense of the county and the pass.


    After careful selection, the more than ten thousand Zhao soldiers who surrendered in several wars were all incorporated into the battalions. They were separated and mixed with the two schools of soldiers set up by Huangfu Jianshou from Luoyang to form the three schools of soldiers. Among them, the ordinary ones were scattered among the guards of the cities, while the nearly ten thousand captured Zhao soldiers were all initially sent to the front line of Huguan, which will be used as cannon fodder.


    Compared with Zhao''s 30000 cavalry troops and 40000 infantry, Tang''s 25000 cavalry troops and 75000 infantry, Tang''s troops did not have much advantage in quantity, but in quality, Zhao''s troops were far from each other.


    In the state of Zhao, the number of soldiers was small, and the number of elite soldiers was even less. For example, the number of elite soldiers in Shangdang county was no more than 10000. Among them, five thousand guard the county city, three thousand at tianjingguan, three thousand at mengmen, two thousand at Hukou and two thousand at Dongyang. But now there is no battle of 5000 in the county town. 8000 soldiers from tianjingguan, mengmengmengguan and Dongyangguan have surrendered to the Tang army. Only 2000 soldiers from Hukou pass have returned to the county town of Huguan under the bad situation of Zhang Yang. Now there are only 3000 soldiers left in Shangdang county.


    There are 30000 in Taiyuan County, but there are 10000 in bird and mouse Valley, and 15000 are taken away by Zhang Liao. Now they are still in the clouds, leaving only the last 5000 people to guard the royal city. Chen Gong and Wei Xu can''t let these 5000 people leave the royal city. Therefore, although there are 40000 soldiers inside and outside Huguan County, there are only 3000 soldiers, less than one Chengdu.


    On the contrary, there were only 2000 garrison soldiers in the Tang army, and the remaining 55000 infantry soldiers were all elite soldiers. Therefore, their combat power was different from that of Zhao army.


    Early the next morning, Huangfu Chaobo left 20000 guards to guard the three camps, and then did his best to guard more than 10000 prisoners and a large number of siege equipment towards Huguan county.


    At the foot of Huguan City, a mile away, nearly 100000 Tang troops stood still. Zhao Yun led 25000 cavalry on the left side of the army, monitoring the Zhao cavalry in the West camp of Huguan city.


    At this time, Lu Bu left 10000 soldiers to guard the camp, and he led 30000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry to the northwest of the Tang army. With Lu Bu, 30000 cavalry were peeping on one side, and Huangfu Chaobo was afraid to attack the city. He ordered Zhao Yun to lead the cavalry to be ready to deal with Zhao cavalry at any time. Then he sent 10000 yuan crossbow soldiers to Zhao Yun''s army During the war, all the soldiers were above the intermediate level in horsemanship, so Yuanrong crossbow soldiers were not good at close combat on horseback, but there was no problem in firing crossbows at Zhao cavalry. However, only 45000 soldiers and horses participated in the siege.


    With the sound of the war drum of the Chinese army, the ten thousand prisoners of the Zhao army who had already been ready began to march towards the city wall. They all had cloth bags full of soil on their bodies.


    At the same time, several miles to the west of Huguan City, the cavalry of Tang and Zhao also started a war.


    Zhao Yun led 11000 Baima Yicong to fight with Lvbu''s 10000 elite wolf cavalry; huyandu led 10000 Tu cavalry to fight with 10000 ordinary wolf cavalry, while the 5000 cavalry of Hedong Yingyang army joined with 10000 yuan crossbow soldiers to kill 10000 ordinary wolf cavalry on the other side.


    On the watchtower of the Chinese army, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the prisoners lying in the moat in the south of Huguan city. From time to time, he turned his eyes to the west, where is the cavalry battlefield.


    Guo Jia, who was standing beside him, said with a smile, "is your king worried about General Zhao Yun?"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said with profound meaning: "that''s the red rabbit in the horse, and Lu Bu in the man!"


    At this time, Zhao Yun was covered with blood. Baima Yi was indeed a number of cavalry in the world, but on the other side was Lu Bu, the God of war of the Three Kingdoms. Moreover, the ten thousand Bingzhou wolf cavalry he led was the most elite wolf cavalry in Zhao''s army, comparable to the one thousand Baima Yi under Zhao Yun''s command, but the number was ten times as many, so even the number was ten times Zhao Yun had more than 1000 riders, but he was still beaten by Lu Bu''s wolf riders.Fortunately, after several years of training, it was far from the beginning. He led the rest of the white horse to constantly challenge Lv Bu, and gradually drove the ten thousand most elite wolves away from the main battlefield of the cavalry.


    On the other two battlefields, Huyan led 10000 Tui cavalry and fought with 10000 ordinary wolf cavalry, while the 15000 cavalry led by Zhao Ling against 10000 wolf cavalry had gradually occupied the peak.


    Zhao Ling was originally a general in Xiliang and was good at commanding cavalry. Although she had no chance to command cavalry after surrendering, she did not lose her ability to eat. As early as the beginning of the war, Zhao Yun had already got in touch with them. So at this time, Zhao Ling directly put 5000 Yingyang camp cavalry in the front and carried the attack of 10000 wolf cavalry, However, the 10000 yuan crossbow soldiers killed a large number of wolf riders in the back. When the leader of the wolf riders found that something was wrong, the Yingyang camp cavalry lost nearly 2000 people, but the 10000 wolf riders also killed 2000.


    So, the commander of wolf riding ordered a lieutenant to lead 5000 wolf riding around the battle line of both sides and kill Yuanrong crossbow soldiers. They thought Yuanrong crossbow soldiers would turn around and flee. Who knows, Zhao Ling didn''t order crossbow soldiers to retreat. Instead, she ordered 10000 Yuanrong crossbow soldiers to put down Yingyang camp cavalry and concentrate on dealing with the 5000 wolf riding soldiers killed to her army .

 Chapter 1227

    Among the people''s eyes, 100000 crossbows and arrows, like a rain of arrows, went straight to the 5000 Bingzhou wolf riders they had killed. In the face of the overwhelming rain of arrows, the 5000 Bingzhou wolf riders were soon annihilated, and their death was in exchange for the injury of 2000 yuan crossbow soldiers.


    The Xiaowei, who was fighting with the cavalry of Yingyang camp, was so surprised that he didn''t even give the order to continue the attack. He just stared at the direction of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers. After eight thousand yuan army crossbow soldiers reported five thousand Bingzhou wolf cavalry, they immediately turned to kill Bingzhou wolf cavalry who was fighting with Yingyang battalion cavalry. At this time, there were only fifteen hundred cavalry left in five thousand Yingyang battalion cavalry, but the Bingzhou wolf cavalry opposite them was still more than two thousand, and the war damage ratio of both sides reached one to two.


    Seeing that the crossbow soldiers of Yuanrong came to kill themselves, the general of Bingzhou wolf riding finally responded. With a whistling, he led more than 2000 wolf riding horses to turn around, and then ran to another direction of fighting.


    Seeing this, Zhao Ling cried out happily: "Yingyang camp cleans up the battlefield, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers follow the general to pursue the enemy!"


    "Kill..."


    After hearing the order, the eight thousand yuan army crossbow soldiers followed Zhao Ling and went to the place where the cavalry were fighting several miles away.


    Several miles away, huyandu is leading his own cavalry to kill Bingzhou wolf cavalry. But as time goes on, huyandu''s heart is more and more anxious, seeing that his subordinates have been killed and killed by 2000 cavalry, but Zhao Ling''s army still has no news.


    Although the Turkmen cavalry and the ordinary Bingzhou wolf cavalry have the same strength, with 2000 casualties, and the Bingzhou wolf cavalry has not been well, with the passage of time, Zhao Yun''s side is more dangerous. As early as the beginning of the war, Zhao Yun has said that his white horse can only try his best to hold Lv Bu''s most elite wolf cavalry. Now the time has passed for nearly an hour But there is still no movement there.


    All of a sudden, Huyan saw that there was a lot of smoke and dust on his horse several miles away. Just when he was surprised, more than 2000 Bingzhou wolf riders suddenly came around from the trees outside Li Xu. The riders on the horse beat the horses to death and ran in their own direction. Behind them, there were more cavalry. However, Huyan recognized the horse at a glance It was the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers led by Zhao Ling.


    Huyan was overjoyed and cried out: "sons, General Zhao has come to support us. The cavalry of Zhao army has been defeated!"


    The shouts of huyandu startled the soldiers who were fighting. The soldiers of Tang Dynasty cheered when they heard the words, while the soldiers of Zhao army were in doubt, and their weapons were a little late. In these moments, more than a thousand wolves were killed by the troopers.


    After the confluence of the two wolf cavalry, there were less than 10000 cavalry. However, in the Tang army, after the confluence of Zhao Ling''s troops and the Turks'' cavalry, the number increased sharply to 15600 cavalry, especially the 8000 yuan army crossbow soldiers, which caused too much fear to the former wolf cavalry soldiers. After the confluence of the two wolf cavalry leaders, the captain led the rest of the cavalry to the Lvbu army The direction of leaving chased past.


    Zhao Ling and Huyan both looked at each other, and both of them gave the same order: "son Lang, Zhao Jun ran away, I''ll chase him!" With that, they led their own guards and ran after the wolf.


    Seeing this, the cavalry of the Tang army yelled and followed them closely, chasing the wolf.


    As soon as the two cavalry fled and pursued, they soon found Zhao Yun and Lu Bu, who were fighting fiercely. At this time, Zhao Yun''s situation was very bad. Eleven thousand white horses, against ten thousand Bingzhou wolf cavalry, but only for more than one hour, there were only four thousand left, while Lu Bu''s ten thousand wolf cavalry still had more than six thousand.


    That is to say, Zhao Yun only exchanged nearly 7000 white horses for four thousand of the most elite Bingzhou wolf riders of Lv Bu. It can be seen from this that these elite Bingzhou wolf riders, under the command of the God of war, have amazing fighting power. It''s no wonder that at the beginning of Hulao pass, Lu Bu killed the three armies of Guandong princes with only three thousand wolves, and even Wang Zhe died in the chaos.


    Seeing that more than half of his 20000 wolf riders had been destroyed, Lu Bu was shocked. He did not care to fight Zhao Yundan any more. He led the rest of the army to retreat hundreds of steps northward, so he had time to inquire about the war carefully. Bingzhou wolf riding is the most elite of Lv Bu''s troops, with a total of only 30000. Among the others, 20000 are ordinary wolf riding, with 10000 elite. It can be said that these 30000 wolf riding are the foundation of Lv Bu''s life. Originally, he was still angry that he had lost 4000 elite. Unexpectedly, in the twinkling of an eye, more than half of 20000 ordinary wolf riders had been lost, which made Lv Bu''s heart ache.


    He was about to lead a battle with Zhao Yun, but he was stopped by several of his generals. Even if he knocked them all to the ground, they could not change their original intention.


    In desperation, Lu Bu had to give up and lead the disabled soldiers back to his camp, while Zhao Yun also led all the soldiers back to the central army in the south of Huguan city.


    A great war ended. In the end, only 15000 of Lv Bu''s 30000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry were left, while the 36000 cavalry of the Tang army also lost 15000. If it wasn''t for yuan Rong''s Crossbow troops'' sudden success, the Tang army would probably have failed in this war. If the cavalry failed, the idea of Huangfu Chaobo''s conquering Huguan city would have been defeated.At the end of the cavalry war, the siege war under the city of Huguan officially began. After losing nearly 3000 people, more than 10000 Zhao prisoners finally paved all the siege channels of the Tang army. Although there were more than 30000 Zhao soldiers in Huguan, the city of Huguan was not big. Even if there were enough troops, the number of troops on the wall was limited, so they lost 3000 prisoners After the capture, the Tang army finally filled out dozens of siege channels in the two directions of the South City and the east city.


    On the watchtower of the Chinese army, the army''s Ant Attack on the city has begun, but Huangfu Chaobo''s mind has not been put on it. Huang Wudi and Dong Xun are responsible for the attack of the two city walls, while Tian Yu is responsible for the reception of the two troops.


    Two hours had passed, but there was still no news from Zhao Yun''s cavalry, which worried Huangfu Chaobo''s people.


    At this time, Guo Jia, with a smile on his face, looked towards the direction where the Western cavalry left from time to time. We all knew that the cavalry situation decided the whole Shangdang situation. If the cavalry could win, Shangdang would probably be under the control of the Tang Dynasty. If the cavalry lost, Shangdang''s war would be over.


    All of a sudden, jiqibaima Yicong appeared in the public''s sight. It was the messenger sent back by Zhao Yun. They ran all the way to the periphery of the Chinese army. Then they got off the horse and ran to the watchtower of Huangfu Chaobo. Until they ran to the bottom of the watchtower, the messenger ran to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "thank you! General Zhao Yun ordered his subordinates to report that our cavalry had defeated the Zhao army, and Lv Bu, king of Zhao, led the disabled soldiers to retreat! "

 Chapter 1228

    After hearing the messenger''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was very happy. He immediately ordered: "come, tell the three armies. Lv Bu''s cavalry has been defeated by General Zhao Yun!"


    The white horse Yi Cong listened to Huangfu Chaobo''s words and gave him a look. He was just about to speak when he was stopped by Guo Jia''s eyes.


    Sure enough, after the news of Lu Bu''s cavalry being repulsed came out, the morale of the Tang army was greatly boosted, while the morale of the Zhao army guarding the city was obviously stagnant.


    A moment later, when Zhao Yun returned with more than 20000 cavalry, the morale of the Tang army was even higher. Seeing more than 30000 cavalry set out, only half of them came back. Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but feel heartbroken. You know, these are the most elite cavalry, especially the 30000 special arms. Now they have lost nearly half of them.


    Soon, Zhao Yun took the horse to the Chinese army. After he got off the horse, he quickly climbed up the watchtower and gave his life to Huangfu Chaobo: "at the end of the day, I''ll see the king. Fortunately, I didn''t disobey his orders. Lv Bu, king of Zhao, has led the cavalry to retreat. However, my cavalry also suffered heavy losses. "


    After that, Zhao Yun reported to Huangfu Chaobo about the loss of the army. After listening to Zhao Yun''s words, all the people above the watchtower took a breath. After the first World War, the most elite cavalry of the Tang army lost more than 15000. This should be the biggest loss of cavalry of the Tang army since the beginning, and the loss of Lv Bu''s cavalry was only 15000.


    You know, there were six thousand more cavalry in the Tang army, and at last they got a good match. It can be seen from this that the cavalry under Lu Bu was very powerful.


    When the Tang army was shocked, Lu Bu was also in pain at the camp. He managed to save 30000 Bingzhou wolf riders, but he lost half of them in the first World War. After lunch in the camp at noon, Lu Bu wanted to lead the army, but was dissuaded by his subordinates.


    "King, you can''t compete with the Tang army any more. Although the cavalry of the Tang army is similar to our army, there are a lot of crossbow soldiers. If they are targeted by their crossbow soldiers again, the loss will be even greater. According to the arrangement of the prime minister, if you just need to restrain the energy of the Tang army, delay the siege time as much as possible, and fight for time to transfer the people, there is no need to fight with the Tang army."


    "Yes, King..."


    "It''s true, king. There are many people in Tang Dynasty, so it''s not difficult to add soldiers. But Zhao is different. It''s not as easy as them to add soldiers."


    Under the general''s persuasion, Lu Bu didn''t scold them. Thinking about it, the eloquence of the whole Zhao people was only more than one million, and he lost 15000 Bingzhou wolf riders. It would take him a few years to make up for them. If he had to carry them with the Tang army several times, even if he had eaten all their remaining 20000 cavalry, he would have nothing left It''s a few years old.


    In the next two days, there was no more than a thousand people fighting between the cavalry of Tang and Zhao, but the skirmishes between the two armies continued.


    Often hundreds of wolf riders suddenly appeared on the outskirts of the siege army, and then Zhao Qu immediately sent troops to drive them away. After a while, hundreds of Bingzhou wolf riders appeared in another direction, and Zhao Yun sent troops to drive them away again, so repeatedly fighting.


    The battle in Huguan city is also going on in an orderly way. Even though Bingzhou wolf riders are harassing from time to time, it does not have much influence on the siege army. Huben camp, baotao camp, Yingyang camp and tieyingrui of the guards, with the support of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, launched a continuous attack on Huguan county.


    With the passage of time, the war damage ratio of the offensive and defensive sides has almost reached one to one, and there is a tendency to continue to expand. There is no way. The Tang army''s attacking soldiers are much more elite than the Zhao army''s soldiers guarding the city. Almost every round of attack, there are several soldiers who can attack the city. Once there are Tang soldiers attacking the city, Zhang Yang and Li Feng almost have to pay several times of the casualties in order to make the Tang army advance and retreat. In this way, because of the advantage of the city wall, they will lose a lot to the attacking side It was eliminated in the few contests.


    In addition, the continuous attack of thousands of Yuanrong and crossbow soldiers under the city also made the soldiers of Zhao at the head of the city suffer a lot. In a few days, the number of soldiers killed and injured by the crossbow soldiers alone reached thousands. In addition, every battle at the head of the city lost more than 5000 soldiers. By the third day of the battle, the losses of the soldiers of Zhao had exceeded 5000.


    Originally, the morale of Zhao''s soldiers was a little low because of the defeat of Lu Bu''s cavalry. Now it''s even worse to face such a fierce attack of the Tang army.


    On the fourth day, Huangfu Jianshou left a school of soldiers to defend the eldest son city. He personally led 10000 Hujie Battalion soldiers from the two schools to Huguan city for support. In the face of another surge of Tang troops, Zhao''s morale was once again hit.


    Originally, Zhang Yang hoped that the army would withdraw from Shangdang as soon as possible in order to preserve more strength, but now only the people of Nei County, Tongjia, Xiangyuan and Huguan in the northern cities of Shangdang have withdrawn from Shangdang territory, while the people of Lu County, Guyuan and Zhanxian, which are farther away, are still a few days away from Nei County, let alone to the north of Nanguan We have to know that there are more than 50000 or 60000 people here. It''s really unwillingness for Lv Bu to give up.


    So Lv Bu ordered Zhang Yangzhu to stay at Huguan for another five days. At the same time, Chen Gong had already arrived in Nei county to direct and arrange the migration of the people. After learning about the situation, Chen Gong suggested that Lv Bu withdraw 5000 soldiers from Shangdang city first, and then quietly withdraw to Nei County together with 10000 soldiers from the camp in the city to do a good job Prepare for the attack.At the same time, 20000 war horses were quietly sent into the city of Huguan. Now there are 25000 soldiers in the city. After 5000 soldiers were transferred, there are only 20000 soldiers left. In the next few days, there will be a lot of losses. In this way, these war horses will be enough for all the Zhao troops in the city to evacuate smoothly.


    With the help of horses and the fact that Lv Bu''s fifteen thousand wolf riders were cut off, Chen Gong was confident that most of the Zhao soldiers in Huguan city could be successfully withdrawn to Taiyuan.


    At this time, the people of the Tang army did not expect that Chen Gong would come. Although there is news that Zhao Jun has moved the people in several northern cities to Nei County, they did not expect that Chen Gong did not want to defend the northern cities of Shangdang.


    On the evening of the 5th of October, ten days after the beginning of the war in Huguan City, Sergeant Zhao withdrew from the north gate overnight, gave up Huguan county and headed for Xiangyuan in the north. When the Tang army got the news, it was two hours later. Huangfu chaobolian sent people to capture Huguan City while Zhao Yun was pursuing it. However, Zhao Yun was stopped by 15 000 cavalry soldiers led by Lv Bu when he came to the north of Huguan. In desperation, he had to watch Zhao''s army go away.

 Chapter 1229

    Seeing the news from Zhao Yun, Guo Jia understood Chen Gong''s idea: "king, if what Jia expected is not bad, Zhao should have given up Shangdang. In this case, king doesn''t have to press step by step. If there is no accident, all the cities in the north of Shangdang should have been emptied by Zhao, just like this Huguan county."


    With that, Guo Jia looked at the empty town of Huguan and shook his head with a bitter smile. Today, there is no ordinary people in the county. There is not even a copper coin in the Treasury. If it is not for fear that burning grain will attract the attention of the Tang army, it is estimated that Zhang Yang will burn the thousands of stone grain in the granary.


    "Well, after tomorrow''s dawn, general Dong will lead the troops of baotao battalion and two schools to Lu county to get through with Wei county. Huangfu Jianshou leads Hujie camp to defend Huguan County, and the rest of the soldiers and horses continue to go north with Gu to send King Zhao away from Shangdang. "


    "No!" After hearing this, all the generals took orders together;


    with a list of the main officials and generals of the Tang state in hand, Huangfu Chaobo said to Shi a, "Shi a, send an order to Luoyang, transfer Chen Guochang Shi Tianzheng to Shangdang Taishou, transfer Luanping Chengshou general Zang AI to Chen Guochang Shi, transfer Luoyang BAGUAN Duwei Zhou Shi to Shangdang Duwei, transfer Lingshan Daocheng County captain Han Wei to Luoyang BAGUAN Duwei, Lingshan Ji Bao, the former vice captain of the island county, took over the post. Li Le, the Deputy General of Shenwu camp, was transferred as the Deputy General of Hujie camp, Yin Li, the former commander of the state of Liang, was transferred as the Deputy General of Shenwu camp, and Meng, the commander of Shuangluan City, was transferred as the former commander of the state of Liang. Order the relevant personnel to be in office within one month. "


    "No!"


    As for the officials and generals of Shangdang, Huangfu Chaobo has been thinking about them for a month or two, and now he has finally decided. Tian Zheng is Tian Feng''s eldest son. Now he is nearly 40 years old. Although he is far from as talented as his father Tian Feng, he is also an expert in internal affairs. After he came to Luoyang with his father, he has never been an official. He just helps his father deal with some government affairs. After Tian Feng really worships Huangfu Chaobo as his Lord, he becomes an official. It can be said that his ability is completely improved Enough to be the prefect of a county.


    Zang AI was Zang BA''s eldest son. After his death, he was named Wei Hou by Cao Rui. His title was inherited by his son Zang AI. "Wei Shu" said Zang AI "less to reason, known as Huangmen Lang, Li Wei Jun Shou." Zang AI Guan went to Qingzhou governor and Shaofu. After his death, he was named gonghou. His ability to take over the post of Chen Guochang and Shi has no problem at all.


    Zhou Shi, the commander of BAGUAN in Luoyang, was one of the five young generals trained by Huangfu Chaobo when he was in changshe. He has been the commander of BAGUAN for a long time, and there is no problem in transferring to the commander of the party.


    Li Le, deputy general of Shenwu camp, was transferred to be deputy general of Hujie camp, but it was also the decision of Huangfu Chaobo. Li le was originally the leader of Baibo army in Hedong, and he was familiar with the situation of Hedong. He was very familiar with Shangdang, especially the area connected with Hedong, so it was most appropriate for him to be deputy general of Hujie camp.


    Yin Liben is one of the generals of Mount Tai. His ability is good. There is no problem in taking over the post of deputy general of Shenwu camp. As for Meng Yuan, he was one of the first generals that Huangfu Chaobo brought to Longhua area outside the Great Wall. Over the years, he has been doing a good job. Therefore, it is no problem for him to take over the post of captain of a small county like Liang.


    After arranging the officials and generals on Shangdang''s side, Huangfu Chaobo also breathed a long sigh of relief: "well, all of you step down and go your own way. Tomorrow morning, the army will start and force Zhao out of Shangdang."


    "I respect the king''s order!" The generals answered the promise.


    After that, they all stepped down in turn. Seeing that Guo Jia had arrived at the door, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly stopped him: "fengxiao, wait a moment. I still have something to discuss with you."


    After hearing the speech, Guo Jia went back to his seat and sat down.


    After the rest of the people retired, Huang Fu Chao said, "do you have any other suggestions on the arrangement of the upper party?"


    After a little meditation, Guo Jiacai said: "if the expectation is not bad, all the cities in the north of Shangdang should be empty. Therefore, Weichen suggested that the immigrants from other places join Shangdang. The biggest difference between Tang and Zhao is their national strength. Further down, it''s the number of people. The king has always been trying to increase the number of people. So today, the population of the Tang Dynasty has reached 15 million, ranking first among all the countries, accounting for about 30% of the whole world. "


    "Shangdang had a population of less than 200000. After several wars, it should have a population of more than 100000. However, Shangdang also has more than ten cities. If each county town is between 20000 and 30000, it should be no problem to support 300000 people in one county. So the task is to move in a large population to enrich the cities. "


    "Especially this time, the population of the northern cities of Shangdang was removed by Zhao Jun. it happened that the king could move a large number of people to these cities, so that he could firmly control them. This is killing two birds with one stone. As for the central and southern regions, although the population is not as large as that in the north, it should be no problem that each city can move more than 10000 people, especially the central cities. "


    "If we move into a large population, Jia believes that the Shangdang party will be firmly in our hands within three or five years after the king ordered the imperial court to support us. At that time, it will be much more convenient to attack Zhao." Guo Jia and Huangfu Chaobo came together with what he thought."In the view of filial piety, where is the best place to move the population?" Huangfu Chaobo asked again;


    "Hebei!" Guo Jia pointed to the southeast and said, "there will be a big war between Wei state and our country in Hebei Province sooner or later. At that time, the surrounding area of Wei county is the center of the war between the two sides. Therefore, the king can move a part of the population from Wei County to deal with the coming war in Hebei Province."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded thoughtfully. It''s true that Wei county has a large population of more than 1.5 million, which is the second largest county in the Tang Dynasty after Runan, but the number of its cities is less than half of Runan. You know, during the reign of Han Fu, the total population of Wei county did not exceed 800000. The rest of the population was forcibly moved from other cities in Hebei Province by Han Fu at the proposal of Huangfu Chaobo.


    And indeed, as Guo Jia said, it only needs two or three years of support for the Shangdang to make it self-sufficient. At that time, there will be enough pressure on both the state of Zhao and the state of Wei.


    When Huangfu Chaobo had agreed to his proposal, Guo Jia said, "there is still a place for the king to prepare."


    "Huh?"


    "Black mountain!" Guo Jia pointed to the northwest direction;


    he pointed to the northwest direction

 Chapter 1230

    Guo Jia''s words made Huangfu Chaobo feel very puzzled: "the meaning of filial piety, adjust the direction of the strategy? Such an important matter must be decided after careful deliberation with the court officials. "


    "No," Guo Jia shook her head and said, "it''s not to adjust the direction of the strategy, but to make further contact with Zhang Yan."


    With that, he began to explain it carefully for Huangfu Chaobo.


    Zhang Yan was born in a humble family. Yuan Shao''s temperament certainly did not allow him. Moreover, the constant wars between the two families over the years almost cut off the possibility of Zhang Yan''s taking refuge in the state of Wei.


    As for the direction of Zhao''s army, Lu Bu is arrogant and looks down on bandits like Zhang Yan. Moreover, although Zhang Yan is a thief, his vision and courage are not bad. Otherwise, he would not abandon his grudges with Huangfu Chaobo at the beginning and instead make friends with Huangfu Chaobo. Later, he personally came to meet with Huangfu Chaobo and bought a lot of food and materials from the then army. Meanwhile, at the request of Huangfu Chaobo, he sent troops to attack the state of Wei to help Gongsun Zan.


    Although the Heishan army now controls more than ten cities from Shangai in the west to Zhending in the East, it still has a population of more than one million. Most of these people are scattered in the high mountains around Jingxing, and their lives are very difficult. In recent years, Zhang Yan has come to the state of Tang to buy a lot of food every year to ensure the survival of these people.


    Now that the Tang state has occupied the Shangdang, there is no other potential between the Tang state and the Heishan army. Therefore, we can consider recruiting Heishan army. Of course, Guo Jia''s meaning is just like that of Yuzhou. He just secretly recruits Heishan army. Besides, Heishan army is no better than Yuzhou Army. People who know the truth should be more cautious than Yuzhou army.


    If Zhang Yan can judge the situation and agree to surrender, he can get through the connection with Shangai through Zhanxian County, the northernmost part of Shangdang, and then move some people from Shangai and Jingxing to Shangdang for resettlement. Of course, in the case of Shangdang, it will be more difficult to accommodate a population of 400000 to 500000 at most.


    Not only Shangdang, but also these people can be resettled in Hedong and Hanoi through Shangdang. Even after the Tang army invaded Guanzhong, they can be resettled in Guanzhong.


    Guo Jia''s words made Huangfu Chaobo change greatly. If the Heishan army could take refuge in secret, it would be a big surprise for yuan Shaojun in the war against Hebei.


    "Just in the view of filial piety, will Zhang Yan be soft on this?" Huangfu Chaobo still hesitated. Zhang Yan said at that time that as long as he sent troops to Hebei, he was willing to lead his troops to vote. But now he just controls Shangdang and sends people to persuade him to surrender. Will he succeed?


    "If Jia''s expectation is not bad, Zhang Yan should not object. The king can order Luoyang to arrange an envoy to Heishan. I believe Gongda will arrange it well." Guo Jia replied with a firm face;


    Huangfu Chaobo thought that Zhang Yan really had no other way to go, and in history, Zhang Yan was indeed a person who could judge the times and size up the situation. After Cao Cao invaded Hebei, he voluntarily surrendered to Cao Cao, but now the Tang army is not as powerful as Cao Cao when he entered Hebei in history, but it is also the largest marquis in the world Zhang Yan should be able to see the situation clearly.


    "Well, Gu immediately ordered Luoyang to make arrangements for it."


    "Please remember to tell Wenruo to keep it secret!"


    "Don''t worry, I understand. I believe Wenruo also understands."


    ¡­¡­


    Early the next morning, Huang Fu Chao Bo led the guards, Huang Wu die''s Huben camp, and Tian Yu''s Yingyang camp. Under the escort of Zhao Yun''s cavalry, he pursued the direction of Zhao''s withdrawal to the north.


    Two days later, the army arrived in Xiangyuan. Just as Guo Jia expected, Xiangyuan was already empty. Only thousands of players searched around the city for the items left by the Zhao army. Seeing the arrival of the Tang army, many players scattered like birds and beasts.


    After a night''s rest in the city, two thousand soldiers were left to defend the county, and the army continued to chase Zhao. Five days later, on the 10th of October, Zhao''s army finally retreated into the Taiyue Valley Road. When Huangfu Chaobo and Tang''s army arrived, only Lu Bu stood outside the valley, waiting for Huangfu Chaobo''s army.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo clapped his horse and walked 120 steps in front of Lv Bu. Zhao Yun also followed him closely.


    "King Zhao, it''s easy to walk all the way. I won''t send you alone!" After reining in the war horse, Huangfu Chaobo saluted Lu Bu with a smile;


    "you don''t have to be proud. The upper party will place it in your hands first. After a while, you will come and take him back alone!" Lu Bu was not angry, but looked at Huangfu Chaobo and said word by word;


    "I''m waiting for King Zhao to take it. If King Zhao thinks that he can take it away, he can come and take it..."


    This time, Lu Bu did not answer again. He turned his horse''s head and went back to the valley.


    Looking at Lv Bu walking into the valley, Zhao Yun said: "king, do you want to send troops to continue to chase?"


    "No, send the army back to Nei County, and you can send a thousand cavalry to guard at the mouth of the valley. After tomorrow, you can send someone to explore the situation in the valley. Now the goal of loneliness has been achieved, and there is no need to conflict with Zhao Jun for the time being." With that, Huangfu Chaobo was also relieved. He finally got the party.The Shangdang war, which lasted for a whole month, ended with Tang army conquering Shangdang and Zhao army withdrawing in a dilemma. What surprised the world''s princes and players most was the performance of Lv Bu, king of Zhao. He changed his temper and led Zhao army to withdraw from Shangdang and return to Taiyuan county.


    If anyone can see the data of Lu Bu, they will find that Lu Bu''s intelligence has soared several points in a short period of one month, reaching 35. Cough However, such an IQ is still a tough injury to the king of a country.


    In the next few days, Huangfu Chaobo himself led the guards to stay in niexian city. The rest of the troops were sent out by him. Tian Yu led the troops to attack Guyuan and Tongjia, while Huang Wudi led the troops to occupy Zhanxian county. Zhao Yun led a troop along the Taiyue Valley Road to explore information.


    A few days later, Zhao Yun finally arrived outside the Nanguan pass. Looking at the newly built pass in the valley, Zhao Yun knew that Zhao Jun''s backhand was here. With this pass here, it would not be easy for the Tang army to invade Taiyuan county.


    After staying under Nanguan for more than an hour, Zhao Yun led the army back to Nei county and reported his information to Huangfu Chaobo carefully. He also suggested: "king, now the Zhao army has built a new pass. We should also build a pass in the northwest of Nei county to better reach the attack of Zhao army."

 Chapter 1231

    In Jizhou, Changshan state, Zhending City, Zhang Yan, the leader of Heishan army, is receiving a mysterious visitor. It is the envoy sent by Tang state from Luoyang, and Dong Zhao, the great craftsman of Tang state.


    After receiving the king''s order from Huangfu Chaobo, the Sangong Jiuqing and the people of Shangshutai in Luoyang City gathered together a group of important officials. After a secret discussion for a long time, they finally reached an agreement that although it was not the best time to recruit the Heishan army, they were still 80% or 90% sure, so they decided to send people to Changshan state to recruit them.


    After the discussion, Dong Zhao finally volunteered to be a great craftsman and asked for an envoy. After the discussion, he agreed to his request. Then he reported to Huangfu Chaobo that he agreed, and immediately sent someone to escort him to Jizhou.


    Today''s Heishan army, with the support of Huangfu Chaobo, has barely been driven to Taihang Mountain, and still keeps more than ten cities of Changshan state. Except Lingshou and nanxingtang, the other 11 cities in Changshan are all under the control of Heishan army. If you add Linquan City, which has been upgraded to county level, and fengle City, which has been upgraded to county level by Xintianyou, there are 13 cities in the Heishan army.


    , however, the Heishan army is not Zhang Yan has the final say, but a coalition state. In addition to the two forces of the two former Fengyun Huangjin figures, there are Gaoyi city controlled by Yudu and Luoshi, which has about 40000 troops and 60000 people; Fangfang city controlled by bairao and Wulu, which has about 30000 troops and 50000 people; and Pingji city and Luancheng city controlled by zuozhuzhangba and Kushen, which has a total of 60000 troops and 120000 people.


    The remaining seven cities are Zhending, Jiumen, puwu, Jingxing, Shangai, Yuanshi and Shiyi under the control of Zhang Yan and a group of cronies, with a total of 100000 troops and nearly 1.1 million people. Of course, this also includes some small and medium-sized forces who took refuge in Zhang Yan''s command. Although Zhang Yan has only 100000 troops, he is reminded by Huangfu Chaobo that his 100000 troops have 40000 soldiers and 60000 guards, instead of the old, the weak, the good and the bad. So on the surface, Zhang Yan''s military strength is less than the total number of the others, but his combat power is far stronger than that of the others.


    Among Zhang Yan''s 40000 soldiers, 20000 are directly under his command. In addition, 30000 garrisons are stationed in Zhending city. Among the other 20000 soldiers, 10000 are stationed in Shangai, 5000 in Jingxing and 5000 in Jiumen. The remaining 30000 guards were scattered among the six cities.


    It is precisely because Zhang Yan personally led 50000 troops to Zhending to support the rest of the cities, and sent his own qingniujiao leader to guard Jiumen, which attracted most of Wei''s attention. This is why Zhang Yan maintained the territory of the 13 cities. This is also why Zhang Yan led hundreds of thousands of troops and nearly 1.5 million people of the Black Mountain Alliance Army.


    However, even though Zhang Yan is the most powerful, he does not dare to easily engulf the rest of the yellow scarf army. If he does, the small yellow scarf troops attached to him will be scattered. By that time, he will have at most 60000 troops and 600000 people.


    After ordering people to offer good tea and snacks, Zhang Yan waved back a group of confidants and guards, and only sent her son Zhang Fang to guard outside the door.


    When there were only two of them left in the room, Zhang Yancai said slowly, "I don''t know what happened when Dong Gong came to Heishan this time. Is there anything important for the king of Tang?"


    Dong Zhao slowly picked up the tea cup in front of him and sipped it gently. Then he put down the cup and looked at Zhang Yan and said, "when Zhao comes here, there''s really something to discuss with general Zhongying. Because it''s inconvenient for correspondence, I specially sent Mr. Dong to come. "


    As soon as Zhang Yan heard this, he became nervous. He knew Dong Zhao''s position in the state of Tang. He was a great craftsman and was one of the lieqing who was next only to Jiuqing. Such an important minister suddenly appears in his general''s house in a new face. No one will feel nervous.


    "What''s the matter with the king of Tang? Please tell me clearly. "


    "I once heard what the great king said. When I met with general Zhonglang some time ago, general Zhonglang promised to my king that if the Tang army pointed to Hebei in the future, Zhonglang would lead the Heishan army as the tail!" Dong Zhao looked at Zhang Yan as if he didn''t care and said;


    Zhang Yan was shocked: "is the king of Tang ready to send troops to Hebei?"


    Dong Zhao shook his head: "the northwest is not Jing, how can we send troops to Hebei?"


    "Why did Mr. Dong ask such a question? Zhang Yan did say so at the beginning. However, since the Tang army had not sent troops to Hebei, if the rumor that Zhang Yan had taken refuge with the king of Tang came out at this time, the king of Wei would not give up."


    Dong Zhao didn''t talk about it any more. Instead, he turned the topic to another direction: "general Zhonglang knows that two days ago, our king had driven out tens of thousands of troops of King Zhao from Shangdang county. Now our army of Tang Dynasty has completely controlled the whole Shangdang county?"


    "Ah?" Zhang Yan was stunned. Although he knew that the Tang Dynasty and Zhao Dynasty were fighting against the Shangdang party, he had not heard of the withdrawal of Lu Bu''s army from the Shangdang party. He was shocked to hear that.


    "Lu Bu among men, red rabbit among horses!"


    This is not a false story. Lu Bu is famous for his bravery. A few months ago, Lu Bu personally led his army to the grassland and killed all the foreigners within 200 miles north of Yinshan Mountain.Well, no matter whether Lv Bu''s army withdrew from the Shangdang by itself or was expelled from the Shangdang by the Tang army, it is an indisputable fact that he gave up the Shangdang. This is a fact seen by the whole world. Therefore, it is indisputable that Lu Bu''s Zhao army is not as good as the Tang army. In fact, not only Zhang Yan was startled, but also Huangfu Chaobo was wondering when Lv Bu became so tolerant.


    Zhang Yan also knows a truth, since Shangdang has become the control place of Tang state, there is no other barrier between his own Changshan state and Tang state. Thinking of this, Zhang Yan said: "don''t worry, Mr. Dong. Zhang Yan is not a person who knows no good or evil, but now the king is not willing to go to war with the state of Wei. If..."


    "Don''t worry, general. The king didn''t ask the general to fly a flag right away. I believe the king must know about the war between Tang and Qi a few years ago." Dong Zhao said with a smile;


    Zhang Yan moved in her heart and immediately understood Dong Zhao''s meaning: "the meaning of the king is to order us to be like Kong Yuzhou in those days?"


    "Yes, the king''s idea is that the general can follow the practice of Master Kong in those days. He doesn''t publicize it now, but quietly prepare for it." At this point, Dong Zhao stopped again, looked at Zhang Yan and said, "if the general wants to, the king has three choices for the general. The general can choose one of them."

 Chapter 1232

    "Please tell me Zhang Yangong said sincerely;


    "first, he appointed general Zheng Sipin Pingnan as the post of general, and set up Heishan battalion as the standard combat battalion of five schools with four steps and one cavalry." Dong Zhao held out a finger and explained to Zhang Yan;


    "second, if the general is not willing to lead the troops, he can be the Prime Minister of Changshan when Hebei is pacified."


    "Third, if the general is still unwilling, when Hebei is pacified, he can recruit a general to serve as zhijinwu."


    After Dong Zhao finished, he didn''t rush to ask Zhang Yan''s idea. Instead, he picked up the tea cup beside him and tasted it carefully again.


    After a long time, Zhang Yancai stood up and bowed to Dong Zhao and said, "please tell him that Zhang Yan is willing to lead the army for the king and open up territory for the king."


    "Ha..." Dong Zhao was really relieved at this time. Although he was sure that Zhang Yan was 90% sure that he would surrender, there were always some worries when things were not finally settled. Now that Zhang Yan has made such a solemn promise, Dong Zhao finally believes that he has succeeded.


    "It''s hard for Zhang Ping to get up. After that, everyone will be ministers in the same hall." With that, Dong Zhao quickly got up, helped Zhang Yan up and said,


    "thank you, master Dong, but I still want to ask you something. Please give me some advice... " After getting up, Zhang Yan bows to Dong Zhao again;


    "please tell me, as long as Zhao can help, he will do his best." When Dong Zhao said this, he had already made a decision in his heart. In the eyes of outsiders, Zhang Yan was persuaded to surrender by Dong Zhao, so they were tied together. Therefore, Zhang Yan had to do everything to help her.


    "That''s right," Zhang Yan said to Dong Zhao without beating around the bush.


    After listening to Zhang Yan''s words, Dong Zhao realized that what Zhang Yan said was such a thing. The Montenegrin army is a force rather than an alliance of big and small yellow turban forces, and Zhang Yan is the biggest force and leader here. Now, even if Zhang Yan is willing to sincerely agree with each other, he is not sure that the other big and small forces are the same. So he was worried about the reaction of the other forces, because in the whole black mountain army, Zhang Yan had no more than 70000 taxis and more than 500000 people.


    After hearing this, Dong Zhao thought a little and said, "please write a memorial to the king immediately. I will return immediately and give it to the king for his decision. The general also needs to make some preparations and try to control more troops without disturbing the others. However, in my estimation, the king should not scold the general. "


    Zhang Yan also nodded. Although she knew that she couldn''t blame herself for this, if she didn''t deal with it well, it would inevitably fall into the eyes of the people who had a heart. At that time, she would not be able to explain it clearly.


    After being reminded by Dong Zhao, Zhang Yan immediately wrote a letter of surrender, and then wrote a memorial. She wrote the details of the black mountain army clearly in a memorial. After signing the monograph, she called her son in and ordered him to take the two memorials and escort Dong Zhao to Shangdang to see Huangfu Chaobo.


    Five days later, in the eldest son City, Huangfu Chaobo met Zhang Fang, the eldest son of Dong Zhao and Zhang Yan.


    "At the end of the day, general Zhang Fang visited my king!" Seeing Huangfu Chaobo sitting high above the throne, Zhang Fang quickly steps forward to kowtow to him.


    maybe it was Dong Zhao''s reminder, or Zhang Yan had already reminded him before he set out. When he kowtowed, Zhang Fang did not say his position, but just said a last general.


    Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "Aiqing is flat!"


    "Thank you After hearing the speech, Zhang Fang immediately thanks again.


    "Dong Aiqing has worked so hard!" Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and looked at Dong Zhaodao again.


    "it''s the duty of his subordinates to share their worries for the king. I dare not say that I''m hardworking!" Dong Zhao bowed and said,


    "I don''t know what happened to Zhang Aiqing when she came here this time."


    "King Hui, my father asked me to send two memorials for him. If it wasn''t for the fact that the Montenegrin army had just returned and the Wei army was eyeing the east of Jiumen to defend the Wei army, my father couldn''t come to see him personally. Please forgive me!" With that, Zhang Fang took out two memorials written by Zhang Yan from his arms and held them high above his head.


    Seeing this, Dian Wei, who was beside Huangfu Chaobo, quickly took two steps, took the memorial from Zhang Fang and handed it to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After opening the two memorials, Huangfu Chaobo quickly read them, and then said to Zhang Fang with a smile, "Zhang Yan''s meaning is already known. This matter needs to be discussed carefully, and then he will reply to you. You should step down first to have a rest, and then you will be summoned."


    "I''ll leave at the end of the day!" Seeing this, Zhang Fang quickly bowed to give a salute, then left under the guidance of the waiting guard.


    After Zhang Fang retreated, Huangfu Chaobo turned to Dong Zhao and asked him about the situation of the black mountain army. Dong Zhao immediately told Huangfu Chaobo what he had seen.


    Later, he said: "according to my observation, what Zhang Yan said about the various departments of the Heishan army should be true, so...""Well, I already know about it. In your opinion, what should I do?" Huangfu Chaobo knows that the black mountain army is just like the Baibo army that he calmed down at the beginning. It''s not Zhang Yan''s only family. Zhang Yan is just the leader of the league.


    "It''s said that since Zhang Yan is still willing to unite the army, it''s just like what he said before. Zhang Yan, the commander of the black mountain battalion, is recommended by Zhang Yan. Gu wubu should tell Zhang Yan that besides his confidants, he doesn''t have to rush to tell the rest of the black mountain army about this. First, he should reorganize his 100000 troops and then slow down Slow penetration into the rest of the Ministry, you need to map it slowly, must not be in a hurry. After all, the national policy is to start with the West and then the East, and we should not lightly move it. "


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Dong Zhao was a little worried and said, "if you are a general, you are not sure. My Lord, if..." After all, Zhang Yan was persuaded to surrender by himself. If he was allowed to lead the army by himself, all the staff would be determined by him. Dong Zhao was afraid that he would not be able to get rid of what really happened.


    With a wave of his hand, Huangfu said, "it''s OK, Zhang Yan is a man of understanding and won''t do anything beyond. Besides, this is only a cheap plan. After the troops are really dispatched to Hebei, or after the annexation of prefectures is pacified, the generals of the Heishan army will have to be mobilized in large numbers. "


    There are so many generals in the Heishan army. Although no one is as talented as Zhang Yan, there is no problem to be a deputy general in the army. At present, he is also a historical general with a force value of about 70. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo is not worried about Zhang Yan''s fate.


    Dong Zhao just showed his attitude. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo insisted on it, he didn''t say anything to stop it. Guo Jia didn''t say much, so the matter was settled.


    "Next, we need to work hard, Dong Aiqing, to go to Changshan again, and let Zhang Yan move some people to the party as soon as possible. Remember, we must do it secretly." Huangfu Chaobo wrote Zhang Yan''s appointment and then looked at Dong Zhaodao;


    "Weichen takes orders!" Dong Zhao bowed to his promise.

 Chapter 1233

    Five days later, the dusty Dong Zhao once again appeared in Zhang Yan''s general''s mansion. Seeing the letter of appointment of Huangfu Chaobo, she was relieved. After taking the king''s order respectfully, Zhang Yan personally treated Dong Zhao well, and asked her son to send someone to secretly find all his confidants and subordinates in front of Dong Zhao.


    A few days later, all of Zhang Yan''s confidants arrived at Zhending secretly, and Zhang Yan asked Dong Zhao to read out Huangfu Chaobo''s order in front of them.


    Although they were surprised, no one objected. Some of them were Zhang Niujiao''s subordinates in those years, and some of them were Zhang Yan''s confidants. No one could object to his decision.


    When people learned that Zhang Yan had surrendered to the Tang army, they were all relieved. After all, the strength of the Tang state was obvious to all. In addition, when Luoyang was besieged in those years, the surrender of Yang Feng was already in a high position, but they still could not protect the past, so they had no objection to surrender to the Tang state.


    Next, Zhang Yan ordered the Feiyan army to reorganize according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo. Originally, they had 40000 soldiers, plus 40000 guards in their hands, so Zhang Yan chose 25000 soldiers from them and directly reorganized them into five schools and one battalion.


    Among the troops of the five schools, there are 5000 yellow scarves, which Zhang Yan has made up little by little in the past few years. At the beginning, Zhang Yan still wanted to take Huangfu Chaobo''s Luoyang Liwei, but it didn''t succeed. Instead, it made Huangfu Chaobo famous in the first World War, and Huangjin was defeated at a loss. Even Zhang Yan''s 10000 Huangjin strongmen were left with no more than 2000 people.


    Except for Huang jinlishi in one school, the soldiers in the other three schools were ordinary soldiers, and the other school was cavalry. As for personnel, qingniujiao, Zhang Baiqi and Huanglong were recommended by Zhang Yan as Zhongying generals, while pinghan, Feiyan, Baibo, Daji and Fuyun were appointed as Xiaowei.


    A few days later, Dong Zhao left Changshan state. Before he left, Dong Zhao repeatedly told Zhang Yan to go to Luoyang as soon as possible. Zhang Yan also understood the serious relationship. He immediately said that after the first heavy snow of this year, he would arrange the military affairs of the black mountain army, and then secretly arrived in Luoyang to thank him.


    When Dong Zhao was about to leave Changshan and return to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo also began to return to Luoyang. At this time, all the generals and officials of Shangdang county had arrived at their eldest son, and the government affairs of Shangdang county began to operate normally. Meanwhile, Huangfu Jianshou had personally led 5000 soldiers and 10000 garrisons to Nei county. At the same time, he began to build a pass in the middle of Taiyue Valley Road There were ten thousand men in the army, and five thousand soldiers and five thousand guards in the army. There were more than twenty thousand people here.


    The place where the pass is built is in the valley more than ten miles northwest of Nei county. It is located in the valley south of Moze mountain more than ten miles southwest of Nei county. So Huangfu Chaobo simply named this pass Moze pass. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s requirements, a small pass must be built here before this year, and it will be upgraded to a medium pass next year Pass, in order to ensure the safety of Shangdang county.


    After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo led his troops to leave the Shangdang, and the rest of the battalions returned to the camp one after another. The four young generals who went out with Huangfu Chaobo at the beginning were left behind by Huangfu Chaobo and handed over to Huangfu Jianshou.


    At the end of October, Huangfu Chaobo led the guards back to Luoyang. Seeing the familiar Luoyang City, Huangfu Chaobo felt relieved. It has been eight or nine years since he led the troops into Luoyang City. It seems that the time of fighting this year is the shortest. In some years, he has been fighting all the year round.


    But this year, it took only two or three months from the beginning of sending troops to Luoyang. The real war was just one month, but it also won one county for itself. No, it should be two counties. Now that Zhang Yan has come back, he has completely pressed Hebei in his strategic position, but it''s not enough time to fight with Yuan Shao. Otherwise, Huangfu Chaobo really wants to kill Yuan Shao first.


    Er, it seems that Yuan Shao is too arrogant to say this. So far, Yuan Shao is also the second highest ranking prince in the world. Although his area is not large, he has plenty of money, plenty of food and a large army. He has no choice. Who can call him a good family.


    If there is no external interference between the two families, Huangfu Chaobo will be able to destroy them, but it will take a lot of effort. But now the surrounding environment of Tang state is not very good, if the loss is too big to fight with Wei state, it will be dangerous.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo turned his eyes to the West. Now the three families in the West have started fighting, but I don''t know how far the situation is.


    In meditation, the dock outside the South Gate of Luoyang has already arrived. Huangfu Chaobo turns to look at the dock and finds that there is already a huge crowd there. From the gate of the city to the wharf, all the soldiers and horses in Luoyang had already been lined up. In fact, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t like this kind of ceremony, but the situation today can''t help whether he likes it or not. It''s necessary for the army to go out and return the victory to the division.


    As early as the guards started to set out from the eldest son City, the people left in Luoyang were already preparing. At this time, along the way, there were cavalry paying attention to the whereabouts of the army and reporting them to the Shangshutai every day.As Huangfu Chaobo''s building ship landed on the platform of the wharf, the sound of drum music had already sounded on the wharf. When he saw Huangfu Chaobo appear in the bow of the ship, the officers and soldiers on the wharf and the ordinary Luoyang people who were watching all knelt down and cried out: "long live the king, long live the Tang Dynasty!"


    For a moment, there was only the orderly sound of long live Shanhu on the wharf. After accepting the kneeling worship of the officials and the people in the bow of the boat, Huangfu Chaobo quickly stepped out of the boat. Sangong Jiuqing headed by Zhu Jun, a group of officials from Shangshutai, and the main generals left in Luoyang all came to see him.


    "Congratulations to the king, victory is still in court!"


    "Happy together!" Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "although there are some twists and turns in this expedition, we have finally achieved our goal. Fortunately, the soldiers are brave enough to kill the enemy, and the princes are planning strategies for us."


    Next, under the guidance of Cai Yong''s arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo held a ceremony to worship heaven. After a lot of tossing and turning, he led a group of civil and military officials back to the inner city at noon.

 Chapter 1234

    Huangfu Chaobo, who came back to Luoyang, had no time to rest. As the territory of the Tang Kingdom grew larger and larger, daily government affairs became more and more onerous. Although there were three gongs and nine Qing monks and calligraphy desk to share, they could not handle many things. Even if they had made a temporary decision, they still needed Huangfu Chaobo''s personal intervention afterwards.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo, who returned to the palace, did not immediately deal with the government affairs. Instead, he came to the back palace. First, he took a look at his children and accompanied them for an afternoon. Then, he had a family dinner with MI and Han, and had a good night''s rest. The next day, he began to meet with the officials and deal with the government affairs.


    After the early Dynasty, Huangfu Chaobo came to the side hall to deal with government affairs. Not long after they sat down, Shi a and Guo Jia took the information they had just sorted out from all over the world and asked for a meeting outside the hall.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the memorials piled up in front of him like a hill. He came forward helplessly and told the servant, "pass it on!"


    A moment later, the two joined hands to enter, and immediately knelt down to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "I beg to see the king!"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the memorials in his hand and said without raising his head: "excuse me, you two, please sit down first and wait for Gu to finish the two memorials."


    "No!"


    Soon after reading the two memorials, Huang Fu Chao Bo wrote a few words on them, and then handed them to his entourage, saying, "send them to Shang Shu''s study immediately, and give them to Shang Shu''s order, so that they can arrange as soon as possible!"


    The servant took two memorials and went away. Then Huangfu Chaobo took a cup from the table and sipped it gently. He said, "it''s just right that if you two don''t come, I will send someone to call you. Let''s talk about the situation of the counties in China first! "


    "No!" As soon as Shi a heard this, he immediately got up to respond. Then he spread out a notebook he had with him and told Huangfu Chaobo in detail about the situation of the counties in China in recent months.


    Fortunately, because of sufficient preparation in advance, nothing happened in the country during this period. Although the state of Qi had several exploratory attacks, the generals led by Lu Su, Huang Zhong and Xu Rong resolutely fought back. Several times, several hundred soldiers sent by Cao Cao were almost completely annihilated. After these wars, Cao Cao''s subordinates were very proud I don''t feel like I''m provoking the state of Tang any more. In addition, Wu and yelaixiang constantly had friction with Qi, so Cao Cao''s main energy went to Xuzhou.


    The development of Yanbei county and several islands is also very stable, especially Changshan island and yuzhoushan island. Now the construction of the two counties has been completed, and the population has reached more than 30000, especially the docks attached to the two cities are well developed. After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said: "send a messenger to transfer Li Gui, the Deputy captain of Changshan Island City, to Yuzhou mountain city as the county magistrate."


    After listening to the situation in China, Huangfu Chaobo was relieved. However, when he looked at Guo Jia, they were not half relaxed. So he said, "come on, you two have some bad news."


    Shi ah gave a bitter smile and looked at Guo Jia. Guo Jia nodded, went to the side wall of the side hall and pointed to the land map of Youzhou: "it''s really not good news. According to the news that shadow guard came back from Youzhou these days, the king of Yan has rarely appeared since he was defeated and fled back to Youzhou."


    In this year''s war, Gongsun Zan suffered a great loss. He lost tens of thousands of elites and most of the cities of Zhuo county. Now there are only two cities in Zhuo County, Zhuo county and Liangxiang.


    However, after returning to Jicheng, Gongsun Zan didn''t show up much, but his action was constant. First of all, he once again ordered the dispatch of elite soldiers from all prefectures and counties, and reorganized 50000 elite soldiers in Jicheng, which were divided into five battalions, named Qinglong camp, Baihu camp, Zhuque camp, Xuanwu camp and Yulin camp respectively. At the same time, he also organized 20000 cavalry from all prefectures and counties, plus the original 20000 Baima Yicong, there were 40000 cavalry.


    The 90000 troops were firmly controlled by Gongsun Zan himself, and even his favorite righteous brothers had no chance to get involved. In this way, the most elite troops of the whole Yan kingdom were basically concentrated in Gongsun Zan''s own hands. For example, in the hands of other prefects, even Gongsun fan and Gongsun Yue, except for 2000 white horses, only 8000 prefectural soldiers were used to defend the county city, not to mention the soldiers of wangmen and Danjing.


    The reason why this happened was that it came out from the palace of King Yan that in order to divert Gongsun Zan''s attention and reduce his criminal responsibility for instigating troops, his righteous brothers, Yan Guoxiang, Guowei, Liaoxi and Lulong County guards, easily organized tens of thousands of elite soldiers with their allies without Royal orders Cavalry, if any of them want to support themselves, the consequences will be unimaginable.


    Gongsun Zan, who has been defeated by Yuan Shao in succession, is now more headstrong. Just a few words from Liu Weitai and Li Yizi make Gongsun Zan suspicious of his two younger brothers. In this way, the front move appears.


    In addition to dispatching troops, Gongsun Zan also ordered a large number of grain and grass to be collected from all counties and counties to Jicheng, and then tens of thousands of craftsmen were recruited to expand the inner city of Jicheng to almost half of the outer city, and to concentrate the vast majority of the 90000 elite soldiers in the inner city.The five battalions took turns in the defense of the outer city. Not only that, he made people constantly strengthen the defense of Ji City, and then he wantonly built the palace, and kept himself in the palace all day long.


    Even the most important officials of Jing and Zhongcheng gongsunji, the censor of the state, seldom have the chance to see gongsunzan. At any time, the only people who can see gongsunzan are his three brothers, the person in charge of Yingchao and gongsunhao, the leader of gongsunzan''s personal guard.


    After listening to Guo Jia''s introduction, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and speechless for a long time. After a long time, he said slowly: "Gongsun Zan, this is going further and further on the road of death! It seems impossible to pull it back. "


    After staying with Huangfu Chaobo for a long time, Guo Jia understood the meaning of "death", and said: "as the king said, Gongsun Zan is killing himself."


    "In Qing''s opinion, what should Gudang do?" Huangfu Chaobo looked at Guo Jia and asked;


    "Jia has not yet come up with a good solution. The king might as well call all the people in Shangshutai and discuss it carefully." Guo Jia shook his head and said,


    now Pang Tong and Lu Su, who are going to Wei county and Shanyang County, have both returned to Luoyang. That''s why Guo Jia said so.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, and immediately sent someone out of the palace to summon several people. At the same time, he also invited Xu Shu. Gongsun Zan''s practice was obviously like building a city in Yijing in history. He wanted to die. Huangfu Chaobo had to find a way to deal with it, otherwise Yanbei county would be in danger again.

 Chapter 1235

    In history, Gongsun Zan sent his son Gongsun to seek help from Heishan army after Yijing was besieged, but Yuan Shao caught him. At last, Yuan Shao disguised himself as Heishan army, lured Gongsun Zan army out, defeated Gongsun Zan army again under Yijing City, then Gongsun Zan returned to Yijing city to defend himself, then Yuan Shao army besieged Yijing, finally Gongsun Zan was defeated after Yijing city was broken Set yourself on fire.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but feel excited. Is Gongsun Zan going to die like he did in history? But now that the black mountain army has surrendered itself, should we tell Gongsun Zan about this? However, given Gongsun Zan''s current situation, he may have even worried about himself, so I don''t want to tell him. Besides, if he really has a connection with the Montenegrin army, he just has another intelligence channel.


    After being summoned, the others soon arrived at the side hall. After several people arrived, Huangfu Chaobo motioned to Guo Jia to explain the situation of Yan state to you carefully. Then he asked, "Zhuqing, how should we deal with the current situation of Yan state?"


    As for the situation of the state of Yan, there are few good ways. Xun you finally said, "king, we are really beyond our reach in the situation of the state of Yan. The king of Yan is credulous in slander, and even his relatives, generals and prime ministers are alienated. We are just allies, and we are even more powerless. Moreover, according to our previous strategy, if the state of Yan really can''t protect the counties to the west of Yuyang, then we can only find a way to help Gongsun fan Zhu to guard the counties of western Liaoning in youbeiping. "


    "Yes," Lu Su also stood up and said, "the king had already made arrangements before, and several generals of youbeiping, Liaoxi and Lulong also understood our strategy, so the present plan can only remind you to strengthen your strength as soon as possible, so as to prepare for the later Wei state''s northern entry into Youzhou."


    Xu Shu sighed: "in spite of that, the king of Yan transferred the most elite soldiers from each county, and then ordered to transport a large amount of grain and grass from each county to Jicheng. In this way, the situation of the counties in youbeiping is not optimistic!"


    When they heard this, they all sighed. Indeed, gongsunzan''s arrangement strengthened the strength of Jicheng, but weakened the strength of youbeiping counties to the most dangerous point. If gongsunzan didn''t have to be dissatisfied, it''s OK that there must be war in other counties, so he just had to keep watch of the city and wait for the army of Wangcheng to help.


    But now the situation is that Gongsun Zan wants to control all the elite soldiers in his own hands, but he doubts all the prefectures under him, and even his own brother. In this way, once other counties are invaded by foreign enemies, it''s hard to say whether the elite soldiers in the King City will send troops to rescue.


    After listening to the people''s words, Huangfu Chaobo also shook his head helplessly. It''s true. Alas, it seems that he can only take one step.


    "Shi ah, send someone to order Meng Yi and tell them to send someone to contact Gongsun fan quietly and ask him what he can do for help. If there is a need for food, grass and weapons, you can give them private support. Don''t let Gongsun Zan know. Tell Gongsun fan that Gu is also for the sake of Yanbei county''s safety. He should lend or credit these things to him first, and then return them. "


    "Only in this way, if the king of Yan knows, I''m afraid..." Pang Tong said on one side;


    "it is estimated that now we have been scared by the king of Yan!" Guo Jia said with a bitter smile;


    after hearing this, everyone was silent. Although tens of thousands of cavalry did help gongsunzan out of the siege in the end, without him, several families and several eunuchs of the state of Yan gathered tens of thousands of cavalry. No wonder they were scared by gongsunzan.


    "Well, let''s talk about it later. Shi ah, let''s talk about the situation in Guanzhong." Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and interrupted the silence of the crowd;


    "no!"


    Shi a went out to salute Huangfu Chaobo, and then saluted the people in the hall. Then he went to the map of Guanzhong hanging on the wall of the hall and introduced the war among the three princes in Guanzhong carefully.


    The war in Guanzhong started on the fifth day after the Shangdang war. However, the result was unexpected. It also made Ma Teng and Han Suizhen realize what it means that a thin camel is bigger than a horse.


    Ma Teng and Han Sui assembled nearly 100000 troops. In fact, they had 40000 cavalry and 60000 soldiers. They launched an attack on the Qin state of Dong Huang. However, the 60000 troops led by Niu Fu, the Qin State''s captain, were blocked in the front line of Ji county and Xianyi Chengji County in Hanyang County. In two months, they could not make any progress.


    You know, Niu Fu is not a very capable general. The reason why he was able to be reused in Dong Zhuo''s army is that he was Dong Zhuo''s son-in-law. Now he led 60000 Qin troops to block the joint forces of the two armies, and he was unable to move forward.


    Not only that, under the selection of Li Ru, there are still some signs of opposition between the two armies. I have to say that Li Ru is very capable, even in front of Han Sui, who is known as the Jiuqu of the Yellow River.


    However, if you think about it, Li Ru alone shouldered the burden of Dong Zhuojun''s civil service and made the world turn upside down in the end of Han Dynasty.


    "Judging from the current situation, if there is no further progress in the war in Jixian, the two routes of the United forces of Malaysia and South Korea should withdraw. After all, winter is coming soon, and the winter in Liangzhou is earlier than that in other places, so..." Shi ah said finally;"Well, general Shi has a point," Guo Jia added. "If it''s not bad, the army of Ma Teng and Han Sui will withdraw by the beginning of next month at the latest. However, it''s estimated that the war in Guanzhong will not come to an end in three or five years. Of course, if we enter the military, the situation will be different. "


    "As for the issue of sending troops to Guanzhong, I''m going to discuss it with you later. Now that everyone is here, it''s time to discuss the trend of other vassals in the world this year! "


    ¡­¡­


    When the Royal Palace in Luoyang was deliberating, hundreds of miles away in Jinyang palace, Lu Bu was also gathering Zhao officials and important officials to discuss affairs. However, unlike the situation in Tang Dynasty, Zhao Jun was somewhat lonely.


    In the Royal Palace, except Chen Gong, the counselor of ZHENG''ER Bajin, the other people''s ability in strategy is really limited. Only Qin Yi and Zhang Yang are barely half of the counselors. The other people, Wei Xu and Li Feng, are only military generals. It''s no problem to let them charge and fight. But if they give some advice, it''s better to kill them.

 Chapter 1236

    "Dear Sirs, in this Shangdang war, my great Zhao lost another county and nearly 100000 people. How can we recover this?" On the throne, although Lu Bu, the king of Zhao, was talking about your love, his eyes were staring at Chen Gong.


    If this war made him lose the land of a county, he also understood two reasons. One of them is the importance of population. Before, he never paid attention to the population of Hanoi, Hedong or Wei County in Tang Dynasty, but the population of any county was as large as that of his own country. Another point is that Chen Gong is really capable. In terms of strategy and internal affairs, if he hadn''t reacted fast enough this time, the Tang army might have invaded Taiyuan.


    "King, I''m guilty of this matter. Please punish me." Seeing this, Zhang Yang quickly came out and pleaded guilty;


    "this matter will be discussed later!" Lu Bu waved his hand, turned his head and looked at Chen Gong again: "in the view of the prime minister, what should I do?"


    After hearing this, Chen Gong got up, went to the map of Zhao Jun, pointed to Wuyuan and Shuofang counties, and said, "what''s the population of these two people, king


    Lubu shook his head.


    "It''s my fault. I didn''t pay too much attention to the two counties before, so I knew the information of the two counties was ominous. After the massive southward invasion of Xianbei, I ordered the wolves to find out all the detailed information of the two counties. It wasn''t until a few days ago that all the information about the wolves was collected and sent back. "


    At this point, Chen Gong made a pause, and then continued: "according to the records in the 140th year of Emperor Shun Yonghe, Wuyuan County ruled Jiuyuan, with 10 cities, 4667 households in total, and 22957 people in total. Shuofang County governs LINRONG, with 6 cities, 1987 households in total, and 7843 people in total "


    " however, according to the news from the wolves, there are more than 40000 households in Wuyuan, and nearly 200000 people in total. Although Shuofang is less than Wuyuan, there are more than 27000 households, with a total population of more than 150000. The total population of the two counties is more than that of Taiyuan county. "


    "How could it be?"


    "Wow..."


    "Prime minister, are you wrong?"


    As soon as Chen Gong''s words were finished, several people in the side hall were in an uproar. Even generals like Wei Xu and Li Feng were shocked, not to mention civil servants like Zhang Yang and Qin Yi, who looked at Chen palace incredulously.


    In history, according to the records of the fifth year of Emperor Shun Yonghe (140 years), there were 9 counties and 91 counties in Bingzhou, with 115011 households and a total population of 703965. Today, although the number of people in the game has changed a lot, the total number has almost doubled. For example, the population of several counties in the state of Zhao under the control of Lu Bu has reached nearly 1.2 to 1.5 million.


    However, the situation of Wuyuan and Shuofang has turned over in the beginning and end, but has increased ten times and twenty times. How can this situation not make several people doubt?


    Chen Gong calmly hugged his chin beard and said slowly, "I don''t believe it''s true, so I personally recalculated the news of the wolf pack''s return. I found that the results were almost the same."


    "Why?" At this time, Lv Bu finally understood the importance of population to his monarch, so he couldn''t wait to ask;


    "immigration! Captive


    "Captive!" Qin Yi murmured; suddenly, he realized the meaning of Chen Gong''s words and looked at Chen Gong in a daze.


    "Yes, it seems that Qin Zhongcheng already knows the reason." Chen Gong nodded, and then turned to look at Lv Bu. He found that he was still at a loss, so he patiently explained to Lv Bu: "the two prefectures were originally occupied by different nationalities. The two prefects came from the Central Plains. When they came, in addition to nearly ten thousand soldiers, there were tens of thousands of soldiers'' families, which is part of the population of the two prefectures today."


    "In addition, after they occupied all the cities, they converted all the captured foreigners into ordinary people. In addition, many Han people''s slaves in the hands of these foreigners were also converted into ordinary people by them. Then there are hundreds of thousands of people in the two counties today."


    Upon hearing this, Lu Bu immediately responded, patted his thigh and said, "I understand. Unfortunately, when I went north to sweep down Xianbei tribe, there were nearly tens of thousands of people. If I had known that, I should have sent someone to send them all back instead of killing them all. Alas... "


    Now that he understood the importance of population, Lu Bu suddenly regretted it. Seeing his regretful look on his face, Chen Gong gave up for him and said: "this matter has nothing to do with the king. In our hearts, we all say that it''s not our race, and our hearts must be different. Therefore, the first thing we think about is to kill the alien race and then be quick. I will think of such a joint. Only these alien people can do this. After getting the information about the wolves, I carefully recalled what the king of Tang had been doing and found that he did, otherwise a small town outside the Great Wall would not have developed into a county. "


    "In fact, it''s not only the king of Tang Dynasty, but also the king of Yan. Half of the people in Lulong County, a newly established County in the state of Yan, are foreign Xianbei people or Wuhuan people. In the past, Gongsun Zan''s treatment of foreign people was a word" kill! ""Well, it is said that from now on, those who can be captured should not be killed casually. All the prisoners should be sent back to Taiyuan and handed over to the Prime Minister for settlement." When Lv Bu heard this, he waved his big hand and said,


    "the king is wise!" All the people in the palace of Chen were overjoyed and said together;


    "it''s just the prime minister. These are all things that will happen in the future. The attack on Shangdang by the state of Tang is due to our negligence. If the army of the state of Tang suddenly appears in Taiyuan one day, what can we do?" Lu Bu turned to talk about the attack of the Tang army.


    "Don''t worry, your majesty. Now there are big armies around Taiyuan. You can''t say it''s safe, but it''s impossible for the party to go up." Chen Gong said;


    "in the south of Taiyuan, there is only one road to enter Taiyuan, and Shangdang in the West needs to cross the mountains of Taiyue Mountain. At present, only nanguangu road can pass through the army. Xihe County in the west is still under the control of different people and races, so in the next time, the king will send a general to at least control all the cities to the east of Xihe county. On the one hand, it will clear away the hostile forces on the border of Bingzhou to the east of the River, and on the other hand, it will increase some population. "


    Lu Bu was not interested in cleaning up the flies and mosquitoes around him, but if he could bring all the population of these places into Taiyuan and increase the population of other Zhao States, Lu Bu had some ideas.


    "According to the prime minister''s wishes, how many troops will be sent out to fight?" Lu Bu asked in a hurry;


    "one general, 20000 troops, and one more thing, the several cities of Xihe County in Hedong are not far away. After capturing these cities, they will be able to block all the possible threats to the west of Taiyuan on the West Bank of the river."

 Chapter 1237

    Xihe County of Bingzhou governs nine counties and ten cities, with 12698 households and 78038 households. There are nine counties, namely Zhongyang, Pingzhou, Linxian and gaolang, located in the east of the river, and Yuanyang, Huanyin, Pingding, Guangyan and Meiji, located in the west of the river.


    Chen Gong has long known about these situations. However, Lu Bu''s attention has always been on the plains of Bingzhou. He doesn''t pay much attention to the poor places like Lishi. Another reason is that the population of Xihe county has not been large before, and the total population is only 20000 or 30000, less than that of an ordinary county in Taiyuan county.


    Only through these years, driven by different people, has the population increased to nearly 80000. The remaining 50000 people are located in the five cities in Hedong, while the other 30000 people are distributed in the cities in Hexi.


    Without thinking, Lu Bu ordered: "well, Li Feng will listen to the order!"


    "The end will be here!"


    "Gu Lingru led 20000 soldiers to fight Xihe. Within two months, he captured all the five cities located in Hedong of Xihe county. Later, he left 5000 soldiers to defend the five cities and moved all the captured people back to Taiyuan for resettlement."


    "I''ll take orders!" Li Feng is very happy. Although it''s only a few small cities with 50000 or 60000 people, there are still some small cities in it.


    "King!" Chen Gong then said, "I have one more thing to ask the king!"


    "Please speak, Prime Minister!"


    "Apart from the cities of Xihe, there are numerous mountains in our country. There are many mountain strongholds in these places. I ask the king to order all the counties to wipe out the mountain strongholds and make arrangements for the resettlement of the basic population. In this way, the population will increase a lot."


    "Sure!"


    "One more thing..." With that, Chen Gong looked at the eunuchs, bodyguards and maids around him and stopped talking.


    Seeing this, Lv Bu waved back all the people around him, and then said, "what else can I do for you, Prime Minister


    "Weichen heard that Gongsun Zan, the king of Yan, went to Wei again last month and was defeated. If it wasn''t for the Minister of Yan and Guowei to unite several prefectures, and invited the cavalry of Yanbei county and Liaodong, the allies of Huangfu Chaobo, to come to Jicheng. Maybe Gongsun Zan would be able to withdraw smoothly. However, because Guan Jing and Gongsun fan''s transgression made Gongsun Zan unhappy, and Gongsun Zan''s three courtier brothers'' instigation, now the contradiction between Yan County and city is getting deeper and deeper. Then Gongsun Zan ordered to dispatch elite soldiers from each county to Jicheng to remove all the elite soldiers from each county... "


    Later, Chen Gong introduced the current situation of Yan state to the public in detail, and they were all stunned. When Chen Gong finished, Zhang Yang, who had the quickest reaction, said: "the meaning of the prime minister is to ask the king to prepare to send troops to the valley and bring it under his control?"


    Chen Gong said with a smile: "more than that..."


    With that, Chen Gong explained his strategy to several people carefully.


    After Chen Gong explained his strategy in detail, everyone could not help clapping. However, Qin Yi said another thing: "king, prime minister, in fact, I always have a doubt in my heart, why the prime minister has never mentioned to fight against the black mountain army, if we can bring the black mountain army under control, isn''t it better?"


    Hearing Qin Yi''s question, Lu Bu and Wei Xu also looked at Chen Gong and waited for Chen Gong''s answer.


    Chen Gong said, "I don''t know that there is a large population in Heishan, but there are several problems. I don''t know whether Qin Zhongcheng has considered them."


    "Please give me advice!" Qin Yi bowed his hand to Chen palace;


    "first, the army of Heishan was in Taihang Mountain, and its conditions were more dangerous than those of Shangdang county and Xihe county. Second, the fighting power of the black mountain army is not weak. Otherwise, the strong state of Wei would not be able to help them. Another point is that if we try our best to defeat the Heishan army and bring all its population into the state of Zhao, but the cities and passes they belong to are nominally within the state of Wei. If the king of Wei asks us for these cities, will he give them or not? "


    "Definitely not." Qin Yi does not pretend to think about the cableway;


    "if we do not give it, we will certainly offend the king of Wei. At the time of the war, we will face the enemy on all sides, and the day of our fall will not be far away. If it''s true, will the king and generals like it? "


    All the people were dumb.


    People simply stopped discussing this issue and began to discuss the general plan put forward by Chen Gong. Although the general plan has been made, there are still many details to be improved.


    ¡­¡­


    In Jiuyuan City, Wuyuan County, Zhao Zilong is talking with Xiake and Lao Du. From the time he got Lv Bu''s army to retreat, everyone here was very nervous and did not dare to relax. Now, Lu Bu lost a handful of rice instead of stealing chicken, but he didn''t get into Wuyuan. As a result, even Shangdang was attacked by Huangfu Chaobo, which made everyone very happy.


    So, there was Zhao Zilong''s idea of gathering people together. Today, among Lv Bu''s troops, Bingzhou Langqi has returned to Taiyuan, and only 10000 of Zhang Liao''s 50000 soldiers have been stationed in Xianyang. The rest of the soldiers have all returned to the cloud. In terms of cavalry, only 5000 of Cao Xing''s 20000 ordinary cavalry have been left in the cloud, and the rest have returned to Yanmen. It can be said that Lv Bu''s troops in the east of Wuyuan are not many for the time being Threats.However, even so, several of them didn''t take it lightly. The 50000 Zhao troops under Zhang Liao''s command lost nearly 10000 people in Fuyang City, but the Allied forces of several of them also lost 4000 or 5000 people. It can be said that the loss is not small. You should know that the total population of these two counties is only 3560000, but they recruit 50000 or 60000 soldiers, which is more than the normal ratio of 10 to 1. How can we not make a few people heartache when we lose 5000 after such a war.


    "Everyone, shake your family background. Although Lv Bu had to withdraw because of Chaobo boss''s sudden dispatch to the party, Lv Bu has suffered losses twice in Fuyang City and will not give up." After several people said something unimportant, Zhao Zilong said;


    "let''s talk about my own first. I have about 150000 soldiers in five cities. Originally, there were 25000 soldiers, including 17000 guards, 5000 soldiers and 3000 cavalry. The soldiers and horses lost this time were more than 1200 guards and nearly 800 soldiers, almost 2000 people. "


    The knight heard the words: "I have lost almost the same troops, but my guards are a little less, only 15000, 5000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry. This time, the loss is also like 2000 people."


    Lao Du and Xiao Jie looked at each other and said, "our losses are about 1200."


    "It seems that we have lost more than 5000 soldiers and horses this time. You know, we all have less than 60000 soldiers and horses. If we go on like this and fight another two or three battles, we won''t be able to defend." Zhao Zilong held his head in his hands and scratched the road;


    he scratched the road

 Chapter 1238

    Zhao Zilong''s words made everyone lost in thought. There was no way. Although they tried their best, they were not as strong as others. Although they had defeated Lv Bu twice, the third time and the fourth time.


    "What can I do, boss?" Lao Du said;


    Zhao Zilong shook his head: "don''t always think about what he can do there. You know, although he is strong, he is also attacked on all sides, and his life is not much better than ours, and there is a pig teammate to poke a bit of trouble for him from time to time."


    At this point, Zhao Zilong couldn''t help laughing, and everyone also looked up and laughed. Everyone knew who Zhao Zilong was talking about, but there was nothing wrong with his pig teammates.


    "Another point is that this time they just found Lv Bu''s mistake and missed something, which caught him off guard. But now Chen Gong has been alerted. In the future, it is estimated that this kind of mistake will not be found. If they attack all the passes in Bingzhou, they will lose a lot." Said, Zhao Zilong meaningful swept everybody one eye.


    The knight was stunned and nodded thoughtfully. It seemed that he had thought of something, but Lao Du and Xiao Jie didn''t respond. Seeing this, Zhao Zilong didn''t mention it any more.


    Zhao Zilong''s implication is that although we are allies, if we want Huangfu Chaobo to save Bingzhou and two counties with tens of thousands of troops'' losses, he should also consider it. No one can blame him for taking the lesser of the two evils.


    The Xiake obviously thought about it, or Fu Xun said something similar to him, so they thought about it. However, Lao Du and Lao Du were obviously playing with tickets, so they didn''t think about it at all.


    "Brother Zilong, do you have any good ideas?" The knight asked;


    Zhao Zilong shook his head: "not for the time being. The most important thing is that we are too far away from boss Huangfu. If we are like the world, and the two families are adjacent to each other, I believe things will be easier to solve."


    "We can only go one step at a time, and I don''t think Lv Bu''s eyes should be on us for the time being. The threat from the south is getting bigger and bigger. I believe that he will be able to draw out fewer and fewer troops to deal with us." It is obvious that Xiake has discussed this matter with his subordinates. That''s why he said so.


    The collapse of the silent forces in Liangzhou obviously brought great pressure to the Lord players, especially the forces like Xiake and Zhao Zilong who were close to powerful enemies. Just as he said, today''s situation can only be calculated step by step.


    This is the game, some happy, some sad, some happy, some cry. Langzhou''s speechless has been driven to Qilian Mountain by Ma Teng, but Xiake and Zhao Zilong are beaten by Lv Bu, and some people are sad and happy.


    Yelaixiang, the general of Qingche, has been fighting with Cao Cao for almost a year. He has fought more than ten small battles. Fortunately, with the help of sun Qijun and the containment of Huangfu Chaobo, and Cao Cao''s battles with Huangfu Chaobo in recent years have been more defeated than won. Therefore, yelaixiang has still made use of these more than 30 cities, with nearly a million people supporting him, and with his increasing reputation, In the second half of the last few months, he recruited Wu Lan, Ling Bao and Wang can, which increased his strength by several percent.


    Wu Lan and Ling Bao are both famous generals in Yizhou in history, and their force value is about 80. Wang can is also a famous person in Jingzhou. Their participation greatly strengthens the strength of yelaixiang''s generals.


    If the night incense is painful and happy, then Jingzhou''s amorous sword can only be described with high spirits. After several months of contact, the amorous sword finally enlisted the two historical generals Shen Dan and Shen Yi. With the help of these two local snakes, the amorous sword is like a flying wing.


    First, with the help of the two brothers, they raided Chuan county to the north of Shangyong and captured Zhang Lu''s generals Li Meng and Wang Fang. Then they were summoned to surrender like gods. Then, with the help of the two leading parties, ten thousand troops of the sentimental sword raided the western city. After two days of fierce fighting, they captured the western city and directly threatened Zhang Lu''s hinterland of Hanzhong.


    In Yizhou, I was Xiaobai. I also recruited several generals, such as Gao Pei, Yang Huai and Lu Yi, and finally got rid of the embarrassing situation of having soldiers but no generals.


    The powerful Royal family of Lelang has completely controlled Lelang county. However, like brother Xiaobai before, there are many places in Lelang county. However, the powerful Royal family has only three generals available, namely, Taishi Cihe and SunYu, together with Wei you. Therefore, they just concentrate on internal politics and have no intention of expanding their sphere of influence.


    Like the domineering royal family, the severe cold in Wujun is not easy to fight. On the one hand, it''s not long before they control Wang Lang''s territory, and the people haven''t completely returned to their hearts. On the other hand, although the little overlord''s eyes are on Cao Cao in the north, the generals in Wujun and Danyang are not willing to fight. Therefore, the severe cold has no intention to fight for the time being.


    The players with the same mind are Jianling, battleship, Cao Charlie and Xiaoqiang. They all occupy the territory of a county for a short time, so they want to concentrate on stabilizing the existing territory first, and then look around.


    Just as everyone was preparing to spend a good year in peace, a mysterious man appeared in the mansion of Yan Guowei and Gongsun fan, the prefect of youbeiping. The man was Huang Xu, the general of Yanbei military camp and the champion General of zhuohe camp.Gongsun fan was surprised that Huang Xu appeared in front of him in such a Hushang dress. However, when Huang Xu explained his intention, Gongsun fan did not speak.


    "This time, I came here to see the prefect at the order of the king. However, before that, because Yanbei county was good at sending troops to Zhuo County in front of him, the king of Yan misunderstood the prefect. So the king asked me to keep it as secret as possible, so as not to make the misunderstanding of the king of Yan deeper.


    After listening to Huang Xu''s words, Gongsun fan Yaran knew his family''s affairs. Today''s Gongsun Zan is no longer his original high spirited elder brother. Under the selection of three righteous brothers, he even doesn''t believe his own brothers. Instead, he trusts a few outsiders.


    Just like this time when he and his country united, several prefects and two allies went to the rescue. It was not a big deal. However, under the instigation of several people, it turned out that some of them did not have a king to make good and sent troops. In the end, they not only failed, but also had some mistakes.


    The three men instigated the elder brother to send out troops, and finally made all the tens of thousands of elites of Dayan be destroyed in Hebei. Several of them fled back alone, but nothing happened.

 Chapter 1239

    "Alas," Gong sun fan sighed after a moment''s silence. "I also want to thank the general for sending troops last time. If the general had not sent troops with us, the elder brother would not have been so easy to withdraw from Hebei."


    "You don''t have to be polite, my Lord. You and I are allies, so we should keep watch and help each other. This time, Huang Xu came at the command of the king to ask the governor, what can we do to help him? "


    Although Huang Xu didn''t directly point out the reason, Gongsun fan understood that this war had made the state of Yan lose Zhuo county. Now there are only two cities, Zhuo county and Liangxiang. Fortunately, in the past few years, Guangyang, Zhuo county and Yuyang counties had moved a lot of people to youbeiping, Liaoxi and Lulong counties, making Zhuo County almost the same population It has dropped by half, from nearly 500000 at the beginning to more than 300000 now. Today, the total population of Zhuoxian and Liangxiang is less than 100000.


    Gongsun Zan, who returned to Jicheng, recruited elite soldiers from different counties to join the guards, and formed 90000 elite soldiers under his direct control. His goal was to control the most elite fighting power of Yan in his own hands. But he did so with one consequence, that is, the soldiers and horses in local counties were almost all weak.


    Like Gongsun fan, although he was a national captain of the state of Yan, he could only command the troops in the right Peking. After the transfer, there were only 15000 troops in youbeiping, but they had to defend four cities and a great wall pass. There were only two thousand soldiers in each of the four cities and one pass. In addition to Gongsun fan''s five thousand soldiers, there were only one thousand white horses in the cavalry.


    It''s a great irony that a national captain can only command 15000 soldiers, and all the elite soldiers are selected to go to Jicheng. What worries Gongsun fan even more is that among his 15000 troops, there are not many weapons and equipment above intermediate level, let alone advanced equipment.


    Even Gongsun fan is like this, not to mention the western Liaoning Taishou Danjing and Lulong Taishou wangmen. Only Yuyang Taishou Gongsun is slightly better, because Yuyang has more than 400000 people in nine cities, so he has nearly 40000 people in his hands. The reason is that Gongsun Yue is longer than Gongsun fan and shorter than military strategy Sun Zan was more relieved of him.


    Even so, compared with Gongsun fan, Gongsun Yue''s military strength and equipment were almost the same.


    Looking at Gongsun fan''s hesitation, Huang Xu said: "the king knows that there are some deficiencies in the weapons, especially the medium and high-level weapons and equipment, so he sent me to ask you what kind of weapons and equipment you need. We can provide some of them first. Of course, these equipment can only be considered as credit to adults, but the money can be paid later. "


    Huang Xu said this because Gongsun Zan, while dispatching elite soldiers, also transported all the high-end weapons and equipment and most of the money and grain of each county to Jicheng. Now even Gongsun fan can''t buy them from outside.


    After hearing Huang Xu''s words, Gongsun fan was overjoyed: "that''s great. I''m still having a headache about what to do with high-end weapons and equipment. The last time my elder brother went to Hebei, 50000 soldiers were almost killed in the first World War, and almost all the middle and high-end weapons and equipment were left in Hebei. This time, I almost took all the middle and high-end weapons and equipment in my hands to form a close guard army. "


    "How much do you need for your majesty?" Huang Xu asked;


    "not much. Let''s start with 3000 sets." Gongsun fan originally wanted five to six thousand units, but suddenly he thought that he had only fifteen thousand troops in his hand. Now he has about two thousand soldiers, and there is no need to buy so many advanced equipment.


    "Is three thousand enough? Not even a school of soldiers could be formed. Well, I''ll give you 5000 sets first. As for the types, let''s follow the ratio of our Tang army''s troops: long spearmen, sword shield soldiers, and bowmen Huang Xu thought about it;


    "it''s so good!" Gongsun Fanben wanted to refuse. On second thought, the two or three thousand soldiers really didn''t have much effect, so he agreed.


    When Huang Xuzheng was about to leave, he suddenly found that Gongsun fan wanted to stop talking, so he said, "what''s the matter with the governor? Let''s make it clear that the governor and the king of my family have known each other for many years. If there are any difficulties, they will help each other."


    "Well..." Gongsun fan hesitated for a moment and said his words: "I don''t know if the king of Tang can lend a batch of advanced weapons and equipment to other counties first?"


    Huang Xu''s face was embarrassed, but his heart was full of joy. After a little meditation, he began to say, "the king once told me that if the prefect asked, he would do his best to help. The prefect should also know that the reason why the king is willing to give a batch of weapons and equipment first is that he seems to have known each other for many years. Now the king of Yan seems to be estranged from us. If too much equipment is given to the other prefects, if the king of Yan knows it, it seems that... "


    Gongsun fan thought it was true, so he said: "so..."


    "However, the king was originally prepared to support 10000 sets of equipment in the prefect. Now that the prefect is not prepared to use so much, why don''t we send someone to send the 10000 sets of equipment to the prefect, and then the prefect will transfer them to other counties, so that the king of Yan won''t have any other ideas." Gongsun fan''s words haven''t come out yet, Huang Xu says again;In fact, the reason why Gongsun fan is so eager for advanced equipment is also a matter of public interest. He thinks that although his eldest brother has tens of thousands of guards in his hands, if the rest of the prefects don''t have a certain number of elite soldiers in their hands, and if Jicheng has something to do, they simply can''t support Jicheng with thousands of ordinary guards.


    Just like this, he didn''t expect that Gongsun Zan had transferred all the elite to Jicheng. In addition to really enhancing the fighting power of Jicheng soldiers, another reason was that he had a little doubt and fear of Gongsun fan and other Taishou.


    Gongsun fan didn''t see it, but Guo Jia and Pang Tong, who are known as "born devils", both saw a clue. The reason why Huang Xu appeared in youbeiping was a strategy discussed by Guo Jia and his colleagues. Now all the people in the Tang army have seen that Gongsun Zan can no longer be helped. In this case, they decided to take a drastic cut. This is the beginning of Huang Xu''s trip to youpeiping.

 Chapter 1240

    Gongsun fan is very happy to accept Huang Xu''s proposal. After they have discussed, Huang Xu leaves youbeiping and returns directly to Yanbei county. However, Huang Xu''s whereabouts are soon discovered by the spy of Yingchao, and then spread to Gongsun Zan, which makes Gongsun Zan even more dissatisfied with his brother.


    However, Gongsun fan didn''t know anything about it. After Huang Xu left, he wrote a memorial letter and sent a quick horse to Jicheng to praise Gongsun for the fact that he had purchased 10000 sets of high-end equipment on credit from the Tang army. However, Gongsun fan, who had been secretly reported by Yingchao, had already doubted Gongsun fan''s secret agreement with the Tang army behind his back The agreement of Gongsun fan became colder and more defensive.


    Gongsun Zan''s reaction was exactly what Guo Jia and others wanted. Gongsun Zan trusted several brothers of different surnames and alienated his subordinates. This has made the old subordinates of Shan Jing and others very dissatisfied. If he did something more outrageous, it would make the relationship between their monarchs and ministers worse.


    What Huangfu Chaobo has to do is to add fire and oil to it from time to time, and then wait for the peaches to be picked.


    For the time being, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t pay much attention to the conflicts between gongsunzan brothers in the state of Yan. Now he only makes preparations for the future. Now gongsunzan still has 90000 of the most elite soldiers. If Yuan Shao wants to destroy the state of Yan, he can''t do it in a few years. Moreover, after several wars, gongsunzan is expected to go south to attack Hebei''s mind, therefore, after the collapse of Gongsun Zan''s power, still has no influence on bringing Gongsun fan under his command.


    In the middle of November, now he is meeting in the Royal Palace of Luoyang. He quietly arrives in Luoyang to meet Zhang Yan.


    On the main hall of the palace, Huangfu Chaobo was sitting in the middle. The three princes and nine ministers of the Tang Dynasty and a number of important officials of Shangshutai were all in the list. Except for them, there was no one else. Even the soldiers and servants guarding the palace were driven away by Huangfu Chaobo.


    Zhang Yan walked slowly to the hall, took off a mask on her head, kowtowed to Huangfu Chaobo, and said, "my minister, general Pingnan, Zhang Yan kowtow to my king!"


    "General Zhang, please get up!" Huangfu Chaobo reached out and motioned;


    "thank you, king!" Zhang Yan bowed down again and then stood up.


    "The general''s coming this time, has the black mountain army made arrangements?"


    "King Hui, all the troops have been arranged. All the soldiers of the five schools of the black mountain army have been recruited. Now they are all in place. The rest of the troops are also arranged. Now it''s snowing in Changshan, and it''s certain that there won''t be any changes in the army of the state of Wei for the time being. Wei Chen just got up and went south. "


    "Well, how''s the migration going?"


    "King Hui, before Wei Chen set out, more than 5000 households with a total of 30000 people had been arranged to move from several villages and towns around Shangai to Shangdang. Wei Chen had ordered Heishan army Shangai garrison general Ping han to announce that these people had fled to Shangdang without permission. Because it has begun to snow, so this year''s migration will stop temporarily. "


    "Yes, it''s freezing. In order to prevent accidents on the road, it''s not too late to stop and move after the Spring Festival."


    "There is one more thing to report to the king. A few days ago, sun Zan, the Duke of Yan, sent someone to Zhending to make an alliance with the black mountain army to deal with the state of Wei. This matter, Wei Chen has agreed to come down in advance, but did not tell Yan Wang''s emissary that Wei Chen has been attached. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. He didn''t expect Gongsun Zan to go to make an alliance with the black mountain army as he had in history. However, he didn''t tell his ally about this. There was a lot of information in it.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and looked at Guo Jia''s people. They were all thoughtful.


    "King," Guo Jia said, "it seems that the king of Yan really has some scruples about the Tang kingdom. It should be the result of the joint dispatch of troops with Gongsun fan and other Prefects."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, then shook his head: "more than that, Gongsun praised this man for his arrogance, not caring for the common people, forgetting his demerits and repaying his kindness. He suffered losses under Yuan Shao''s hands repeatedly, and every time he needed our help, he must not be angry. In addition, this time he wanted to earn some face from Yuan Shao, but he lost a handful of rice instead of stealing chicken. So... "


    Speaking of this, he looked at Zhang Yan again and said, "General Zhang has done it right. Gongsun Zan''s sending envoys to form an alliance is just like that. If there are other things to do in the future, the general can decide for himself first. "


    "King Xie, however, I have another thing to do. Because Zhending is too far away from Luoyang, if something happens on weekdays, it will be inconvenient for me to get in touch with each other. I heard that all places in the country use Feilu to transmit information, so I want to ask the king to send someone to Zhending, so that when something goes wrong, I can play for you as soon as possible."


    After hearing this, Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Zhang Yan was really thoughtful. Originally, he was going to talk to Zhang Yan about the fact that shadow guard was stationed in Zhending, but he didn''t expect that he directly put it forward himself, which saved Huangfu Chaobo from thinking about how to say it.


    "This matter alone will arrange general Shi, let him be ready to fly Lu and personnel, when the general returns, should be able to return to Zhending together.""Thank you Zhang Yan thanks again;


    then, Huangfu Chaobo asks about the situation of the black mountain army, and Zhang Yan answers carefully one by one. Then, Huangfu Chaobo hosts a banquet in the palace to entertain Zhang Yan. After that, Zhang Yan didn''t stay much in Luoyang. The next day, she led the shadow guard and carrier pigeon arranged by Shi a and rushed back to Zhending. Although he said that there was no change in the Wei army, he was also afraid that they would suddenly attack the Heishan army. After all, in previous years, the Wei army would send troops in winter, but it was usually a small fight. If they really found out that Zhang Yan was not there and then launched a large-scale attack, it was not impossible.


    After Zhang Yan left Luoyang, there was basically no other major event in the Tang Dynasty. However, because of the Shangdang war, the soldiers and horses of several battalions, such as the Jinwei army and Huben battalion, lost a lot, so all battalions were stepping up to replenish their troops.


    In the whole game, except for the wars among the three princes in Guanzhong, only the wars among the three families in Xuzhou are relatively big, and the rest are basically small fights. Therefore, in this year''s time, the whole game is basically relatively stable, but under this stable appearance, it is undercurrent surging, and all the princes in the world are happy I''m preparing and looking for my next goal.

 Chapter 1241

    At the beginning of February of the fifth year of Jian''an in the year of 200, after a few months of rest, all the troops of the Tang state had been reorganized, and even the new Shangdang had been basically on the right track. With the efforts of Shangdang''s Taishou Tianzheng, the internal affairs of Shangdang''s cities basically stabilized. In particular, the people who have migrated from Shangai continue to do so after the new year. After these people were resettled, they played a great role in the stability of the party.


    After the Spring Festival, Tian Zheng sent people to borrow thousands of healthy oxen and horses from the surrounding three counties, which made the people of Shangdang more confident. In addition, since last year, Huangfu Jianshou, Li le and captain Zhou Shi have been working together to train troops while constantly sending troops to wipe out the mountain bandits in Shangdang.


    Not only that, since the capture of Shangdang county last year, Huangfu Chaobo ordered that food and materials from the surrounding three counties entered Shangdang continuously. In addition, several caravans under the control of Shaofu and the caravans of other counties in the Tang Dynasty were constantly transporting all kinds of materials to Shangdang. After several measures, the people of Shangdang soon recognized the rule of Tang Dynasty.


    In the main hall, Huangfu Chaobo was discussing with several important officials. What they were discussing was the issue of sending troops to join the prefecture. After returning from the Shangdang party last year, Guo Jia and Pang Tong made several carefully deliberated decisions. There were several reasons why they decided to send troops to the county.


    The first reason is that after the Shangdang war, Chen Gong had blocked almost all possible ways of attack around Taiyuan. If the Tang Army wanted to attack Zhao, in addition to attacking several passes, it had to go north to Shangai and then west to Taiyuan. However, one of the ways to go to AI is that the road to the north is too difficult. There are hundreds of miles of dangerous mountain roads from Shangdang territory to Shangai. If the army is walking, it will be very difficult. Another point is that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to expose the fact that the Heishan army had taken refuge in himself.


    If the state of Tang sent troops to Shangjun, and even successfully controlled the whole area of the Yellow River Jizi Bay in Hetao area, it could support the allies of Wuyuan and Shuofang in the north, attack Taiyuan and Yanmen in the hinterland of Bingzhou in the East, and threaten Zuo fengxu in Guanzhong in the south, while in the West it was the north of Bingzhou.


    The second reason is that the situation in Guanzhong is not clear now, so it is not appropriate for the Tang state to enter it too early, so as not to arouse the joint opposition of the three families. Before that, it is better to control this place that can attack from all sides, no matter which side to fight.


    Of course, Shangjun also has his disadvantages. He can attack from all sides, but he is also attacked from all sides. However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t worry much, because he didn''t want to run here immediately after the occupation. After the Tang army occupied Hetao, they only used it as a springboard for sending troops. As for business development, it had to wait until the central Shaanxi plain and Bingzhou were pacified.


    "How is the army getting ready?" Huangfu Chaobo looks at Xu Shudao;


    although Xu Shu is guangluxun, his other duty is to assist Zhu Jun, the deputy of the national captain, in charge of the army.


    "King Hui, general Tian Yu''s Yingyang battalion has been fully prepared. According to the original plan, the troops of Yingyang battalion are two ordinary infantry schools, one crossbow Army School and one cavalry school, totaling 20000 soldiers. The rest of the troops, led by general Shegan himself, have gathered secretly in Hongnong city. They can cross the river and reach mujindu only when the river is a little stable these days. "


    "Ten thousand Xiliang cavalry and five thousand soldiers from baotao camp, Huaxiong General of Hanoi County, have quietly arrived at Jiguan, but it is difficult to walk because the snow on the road of panguanxing has not melted, so they are still preparing to pass through it. However, according to their itinerary, they should be able to reach Hedong before the 20th."


    According to the prior discussion, the three battalions of Yingyang camp of Tianyu in Hedong, xiongqu camp of Hongnong Shegan and baotao camp of Huaxiong in Hanoi sent troops to attack Shangjun. Tian Yu was the main general, and she Gan and Hua Xiong were the Deputy generals. Considering that Jiang Shan had a powerful military adviser, FA Zheng, Huang Fu Chao Bo specially appointed Pang Tong as his military adviser.


    In this way, there were 45000 soldiers and horses, and 5000 guards and 10000 craftsmen were mobilized from Hedong. The total number of soldiers and horses was 60000.


    Originally, except for the soldiers of Hedong County who crossed the river directly from caisangjin, the rest of the soldiers were directly transported to caisangjin by the water army of Tang army. But now the river downstream of Fenglingdu has just begun to thaw, and the river north of Fenglingdu has not thawed, so they can''t sail directly. Even Hongnong''s soldiers have to choose one to cross the river At the right time.


    According to the original plan, the army will complete the assembly before February 15, and begin to cross the river from caisangjin on February 20. Now it is only early February, so there is plenty of time.


    Hearing that all the troops and horses could arrive on time, Huangfu Chaobo was also relieved. He turned to Guo Jia and said, "what''s the situation of the three alien forces in Shangjun? What has changed? "


    "Back to the king, after a few months of detailed inquiry, the situation of Shangjun has been completely clear. As we have known before, Shangjun is still controlled by the three forces, namely, Jiangshan, the rest being the king and the hegemony. Jiangshan is the most powerful one, because he was the nephew of jiangpei, the former governor of Hedong. When he left Hedong, he took away 20000 of the most elite troops in Hedong. In recent years, he has occupied four cities: Fushi, gaonu and Qiuci in Shangjun, and Huanyin in Xihe. There is also a pass between Fushi and Qiuci, which is called Yulin pass. ""According to the information from the shadow, Jiangshan has about 30000 troops, including 10000 cavalry, 10000 guards of four cities and one pass, and the rest are elite soldiers It can be said that the fighting is still very strong. "


    "Only 30000 troops?" Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. You know, at the beginning, Jiangshan took at least 20000 elites from Hedong. After a few years, the troops were still only 30000, which is really not much.


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo only looked at the situation of Jiangshan with the cities under his control. According to the situation of the Tang Dynasty and even the whole Central Plains, there were only 30000 troops in a large area with four cities.


    However, the actual situation is that the conditions of Shangjun are far from those of Zhongyuan city. If it were not for Fazheng, Jiangshan would not have 30000 troops.

 Chapter 1242

    Bingzhou Shangjun zhifushi (now Yulin Yuhe Town, Shaanxi Province). There are 9 cities, 25169 households and 128599 households in the game. The cities are Fushi, Qiuci, Baitu, Zhenlin, Sheyan, gaonu, dingyang, Diaoyin and Qiyuan. In addition, dozens of different tribes, large and small, are distributed in the whole upper County, which is the same as the former Wuyuan and Shuofang counties controlled by Zhao Zilong.


    It can be said that this is the case in the whole Hetao area. Dozens of cities are controlled by different nationalities. Not only that, the places outside the cities are also the spheres of influence of various tribes. Jiangshan was forced to leave Hedong and enter Shangjun at that time. Fortunately, there were 20000 troops in Hedong, so he soon occupied Fushi and gaonu. But at that time, he didn''t have strong historical generals. Moreover, the distance between the two cities was a little far. His 20000 troops could barely maintain the stability of the two cities, let alone continue to expand their power It''s a little wider.


    Even if it''s true, let alone the king and the overlord, it''s self-evident that historical generals are important to players. Just like Xiake, when he first entered Shuofang, his military situation was similar to that of Jiangshan, or even slightly inferior, but he had three generals, one man, two men, and it was these three generals that made him quickly open up the situation in Shuofang.


    Jiangshan''s real rise was after he inadvertently brought Fazheng under his command. With the addition of this top military commander, Jiangshan soon stabilized the situation, and soon afterwards took down Liu Bao, king of Xiongnu. In this way, the development of Jiangshan was even faster. Soon he first captured the Huanyin city of Xihe county.


    After stabilizing the city of Yuanyin, he closed the Yulin pass on the north side of the Great Wall, and then killed all the tribes in the south of the Great Wall. After that, he focused on Qiuci city on the north side of Yulin pass.


    If Huangfu Chaobo gave him another year or two, it is estimated that Jiangshan would be able to occupy nearly 20 cities in jiziwan of the Yellow River.


    The foundation of the country is barely to the present level, not to mention the king and hegemony. It''s good to have the rest as the king. Xu Huang is a great general, but his start is far inferior to that of Jiangshan. Therefore, even if Xu Huang is a great general, his development is awkward.


    At present, the remnant is the king. He only owns a city in dingyang. In addition to the soldiers and family members he brought with him, and the people who gathered around him after the capture of Yiyang, there are nearly 60000 people in dingyang city and the surrounding villages and towns, barely supporting 10000 soldiers for the remnant.


    The situation of Shangjun is too bad. If there is a central plains region, a county with 60000 people and a general like Xu Huang, after a few years, they are well-equipped, and then they have already begun to develop to other places. It''s not like there are only 8000 soldiers and 2000 cavalry.


    The most miserable of the three should be the majestic one. Only Diaoyin is a county. Population, troops and generals are all the lowest among the three.


    After listening to Guo Jia''s detailed introduction, everyone was obviously relieved. Although there are more than 50000 troops in Shangjun, the real elite should be 15000 to 20000. The rest are ordinary soldiers of the prefecture. In addition, they belong to three forces, so there should be no problem with their own army of 50000 to 60000.


    Huang Fu, who was above the throne, pondered deeply, turned his head and looked at Pang Tong, saying, "the battle in Shangjun will be handed over to Shiyuan."


    "Yes, I do!" Pang Tong got up and said, "general Dian, after the discussion, he transferred 1000 Iron Eagle sharp soldiers, 1000 yuan army crossbow soldiers and 3000 Tu cavalry soldiers from the guards to protect Shiyuan''s safety. These 5000 soldiers are all equipped with one person and two horses." Huang Fu Chao Bo thought about it and then ordered;


    Pang Tong was also very moved and quickly got up to thank him. But Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care. He waved his hand and said, "there are several things I want to remind Shiyuan to pay attention to."


    "At your command


    "One is the military strategist named Shiyuan, who is under Jiangshan''s command. Shiyuan must pay more attention. Fazheng, whose name is Xiaozhi, is the grandson of Fazhen, a famous scholar in Guanzhong. It is said that he is good at scheming. From the fact that he joined Jiangshan, we can see that Jiangshan''s power has developed rapidly. "


    "Another one is the general under the command of the remnant king. His surname is Xu Huang, and he should be from Hedong Yang. It is said that he has the courage to defeat ten thousand men. He uses a big axe and is excellent in martial arts. He should be comparable to general Huaxiong. If the generals in the army are against them, they should be very careful. Moreover, this man is calm and not impatient. He should pay attention to fighting against him. "


    As Huangfu Chaobo spoke, Pang Tong nodded as he listened. After talking about the people the other generals should pay attention to, he thought of several famous wars in the real world when the new dynasty was on the Loess Plateau. He quickly explained: "the terrain in the south of Shangjun is unique, with gullies everywhere. It''s totally different from the terrain we usually know. After Shiyuan arrived in the army, Be careful. "


    Several people are talking, suddenly stay aside and report in a low voice: "my Lord, general Shi a is asking to see you outside the hall, saying that he has important information to report to the king!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned and immediately said, "pass it quickly!"


    A moment later, Shi''a''s figure appeared at the gate of the hall. He was in a hurry with a pigeon letter in his hand. When he came to the hall, he worshipped and said, "I''m here to see the king!""Shi Jiang, please get up!"


    "Lord Xie, I have just received a pigeon letter from Jinyang. The army of Zhao has changed!" With that, he handed the pigeon letter to the waiter next to him.


    Huangfu Chaobo took the pigeon letter and looked at it. He could not help frowning: "Zhao Jun is secretly mobilizing troops to go north to Yanmen. Is Lu Bu going to fight against Wuyuan again?"


    With that, he handed the pigeon letter to the waiter, indicating that he would give it to Guo Jia in the palace. He was in charge of intelligence analysis. Guo Jia took the pigeon letter and read it carefully twice. Then he quickly walked to the map and looked at it carefully. After a long time, he said: "king, the intention of King Zhao this time is probably not Wuyuan, but here..."


    With that, he reached for a point in a place, and everyone looked in the direction of his fingers.


    "Shanggu!" Huangfu Chaobo frowned and said,


    "good, Shanggu!" Guo Jia said: "the king of Zhao has been defeated twice in Fuyang City. In addition, he was captured by our country last year, so he should not send troops to Wuyuan again this time."


    Said here, he also raised the pigeon channel: "according to the news from the shadow, Jinyang several times transport grain and grass convoys are toward the direction of Yanmen, if Zhao really want to attack Fuyang, why not go directly to Dingxiang into the clouds, but bypass Yanmen?"

 Chapter 1243

    Guo Jia said, while the pigeon letter to the hands of several other people, soon, everyone read the pigeon letter. It turned out that it was the pigeon letter sent back by Jinyang shadow guard. It''s said that since last year, Jinyang has been sending grain and grass to the north for two times. At the beginning, the shadow guards didn''t pay much attention to it. They thought it was just ordinary transportation of grain and grass. After all, the northern counties need Taiyuan to support a batch of grain and grass every year to survive the winter.


    However, after the spring of this year, as soon as the roads began to move, the Zhao army began to transport food and grass to the north. If there had not been a large army, there would not have been such a shortage of food and grass. So the shadow guards began to inquire about the news in Jinyang city through various channels, and finally got a definite news two days ago. Zhao really wanted to send troops, but they couldn''t find out who they were going to attack.


    After getting the news, the shadow first sent the news back, and then continued to send people to inquire for more detailed information. However, they did not know that only a few people in the whole Zhao state knew the purpose of this deployment.


    Soon after everyone finished reading the pigeon letter, Pang Tong said: "in fact, it is also possible that this is the news released by Zhao Guo. He wants to cover the seal and deliberately confuse us."


    Lu Su also said: "there are indeed two possibilities! Your majesty, we have no possibility of interfering with Zhao''s troops. Now all places in Taiyuan are ready. If the loss of the army is too great just to contain Zhao''s army, the loss will not be worth the gain. What''s more, we are not ready to send troops to the Zhao army. So it''s better to send this information to Yan and Wuyuan, and let them deal with it carefully! "


    All of them nodded their heads. If they really want to control the state of Zhao, they have to attack the pass of Zhao with real weapons. However, if they do this just to contain the state of Zhao, the loss will be too great.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to do so, so he said, "let''s do it like this, Shi''a, send someone to the allies on both sides to send the information collected by the shadow. Let''s wait and see what happens first."


    "Well, that''s all for today. Let''s get out of here. After Shiyuan is over, you can set out. Everything is up to you!"


    "Tongding will live up to the trust of the king!"


    "Well, I''m alone in Luoyang waiting for your good news. If I can successfully occupy Shangjun and make preparations for the army to control Hetao, I''ll reward you with ten jars of the best wine on the day of returning to Division!"


    "Thank you for your reward first


    ¡­¡­


    After everyone left the palace, Huangfu Chaobo thought about Zhao''s sending troops. The more he thought about it, the more worried he was. So he sent someone to call Guo Jia back again: "fengxiao, do you really need to send troops to help contain Zhao? What if allies send for help? Don''t you send troops alone? Would you like someone to send troops from Shangai? "


    "Wei Chen wants to ask the king, which is more important in Bingzhou or Jizhou?" Guo Jia asked;


    "it must be Jizhou!"


    "In this case, now the army is not even ready to send troops to Bingzhou, so why expose our mace for a small Shanggu?"


    Huangfu Chaobo suddenly realized and nodded.


    "What''s more, although Zhang Yan has been loyal to the king now, the black mountain army is not all controlled by us. If we do it easily, the result will be unpredictable."


    "As for the rescue of the allies that the king is worried about, if the messenger really arrives, we can send troops to deal with it. However, on the side of general Yan Gang, the governor of Shanggu, the king can make some efforts. He can send people to warn first, and then send one to two thousand sets of advanced weapons and equipment to equip his own soldiers. "


    Huangfu Chaobo heard that it was a good idea. Gongsun Zan had already received all the advanced weapons and equipment from Jicheng. Yan Gang only had a hundred or so officers left in his hand. It was too shabby for the prefect. If he could send one thousand sets, he would be very grateful to Yan Gang, and he could just pick him up with Gongsun The relationship between them.


    "Good idea, Gu immediately ordered Huang Xu to arrange it." Huangfu Chaobo said with laughter;


    Bingzhou, Shangjun, Fushi city.


    Jiang Shan is anxiously walking around the general''s house, holding a note with words in his hand. It''s a piece of information just sent by his subordinate general Jiang Jian. The information on it makes him confused.


    Just at this time, a young scholar in white Confucian costume came in, but he was a military adviser.


    "General! Are you looking for me The literati walked up to Jiang Shan and saluted him;


    Jiang Shan felt helpless when he heard that he was indeed a famous military strategist Fazheng in the history of Shu. However, although he thought he was working for him, he had not yet taken refuge in himself. It can be seen from his address that he only called himself a general rather than a lord like Jiang Jian.


    When they convinced Fazheng, they made an agreement that if Jiangshan could not become the prefect of a county within five years, Fazheng would not recognize him as the principal. Therefore, even Jiangshan had no choice but to make him a big bull.


    But now Jiangshan can''t take care of this. Seeing Fazheng coming in, he quickly steps up and says, "Sir, the Tang army in Hedong has found a change of troops and horses."Then he handed the information to Fazheng.


    If you want to say that there is only one person that Jiangshan players are most afraid of, that is emperor Huangfu Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty. Therefore, whether he or the rest are the king or the overlord, the three people have never relaxed their surveillance of the Tang army in Hedong from the beginning to the end.


    Early this morning, the spies arranged by Jiangshan in Hedong heard that they had found something strange in the army and horses in Hedong, so they sent the news back to Shangjun. As soon as he got the news, Jiang Shan invited general Fazheng to come.


    After receiving the information sent by Jiang Shan, FA Zheng finished reading it and said, "the Tang army has already sent troops!"


    Jiang Shan said, "in the eyes of the military division, how do we act?"


    "Soldiers come to block, water comes to cover the earth!" FA Zheng said haughtily, "please find out as soon as possible the situation of the Tang army''s troops, the number of troops and the generals. The more clear you are, the better."


    Just then, the outside Pro guard said: "Lord, the remnant of dingyang is Wang. General sent someone to ask for an emergency outside! He said there was an important intelligence report! "


    Jiang Shan hears speech, connect busy way: "quick, invite him to come in immediately."


    A moment later, a general of dingyang was brought to Jiangshan, bowed himself and said, "finally, I''ll see General Yang Wei!"


    "Why did your general send you here?"


    "General Yang Wei, my Lord has sent me to tell him that the Tang army in Hedong has begun to send troops, and the goal should be to go to the county, so he specially sent the last general to ask the general if he has any countermeasures!"

 Chapter 1244

    Jiangshan is not surprised that the remaining king can also get the news that the Tang army has sent troops to Hedong. After all, dingyang is close to Hedong. If the remaining king does not always pay attention to the movement of the army in Hedong, it is really strange.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Shan said: "go back and tell your general that I have some ideas here, but if it''s suitable, I''ll invite your general to discuss with me. By the way, tell your general that I''ll send someone to invite general Ningyuan of Diaoyin to come with me. We three will discuss our countermeasures carefully. "


    The general was overjoyed at the speech. After bowing, he turned and left.


    Seeing him leave, Jiang Shan said, "Jiang Jian, send someone to Diaoyin immediately. Please come to Fushi as soon as possible. That''s to discuss the attack of the Tang army."


    After Jiang Jian left, Jiang Shan turned his eyes to FA Zheng and said, "please give me some advice on how to do it!"


    Fazheng shook his head and said: "it''s not urgent. Now the army of the Tang Dynasty has no idea who will lead the army. All the information is unknown. It''s not easy to make a decision. However, the general has some arrangements to make in advance. One of them is to mobilize the army. Since the army of the Tang Dynasty is attacking in a large scale, it will not be a small fight. The general must transfer some of the army back to the Great Wall in advance to protect the army In my opinion, the general should control the battlefield in the southern cities. "


    With that, Fazheng went to the map, pointed to gaonu, dingyang and Diaoyin in the south of Shangjun, and said, "general, the most likely way for the Tang army to send troops is to cross the river from Hejin or caisangjin. No matter where it is, it must not be the city under the general. "


    At this point, Fazheng put his hand on the position of dingyang and Diaoyin, and continued to talk about his inference to Jiangshan.


    According to Fazheng, the general plan of the Tang army was to occupy a city in the South first, and then to occupy the cities step by step. No matter where they crossed the river, they were the first two allies. Because the terrain of Shangjun was so unique, the Tang army could hardly get around the two cities and attack the gaonu behind, let alone to the north.


    However, in Fazheng''s view, no matter where the Tang army crossed the river, the greatest possibility was to attack dingyang first. So what Jiangshan had to do was to transfer the elite troops to gaonu and help the remaining two to stop the Tang army. The advantage of this is that the most important thing for Jiangshan army is to lose some troops, but the territory of four cities and one pass has no influence. As time goes on, the Tang army will withdraw from Shangjun after the losses gradually increase. Therefore, Fazheng suggested that Jiangshan immediately mobilize troops to go directly south to gaonu to discuss the final war arrangement with the two allies.


    At Fazheng''s suggestion, Jiangshan soon decided to leave two thousand soldiers and one thousand soldiers to defend the city in Qiuci, Huanyin and Yulin pass. At the same time, in order to shock the foreign people outside the Great Wall, he also left one thousand Hun cavalry in Qiuci. In Fushi City, his base camp, he left two thousand soldiers and two thousand soldiers each, plus one thousand ordinary cavalry, a total of five thousand soldiers and horses to defend. He handed over the three cities to Jiang Jian, his number one confidant.


    He himself led the remaining 5000 soldiers and 8000 cavalry to the south of gaonu, joined the two thousand soldiers in gaonu City, and fought against the Tang army with the remaining 18000 troops.


    It''s very difficult to raise 20000 soldiers and 10000 cavalry, a total of 30000 troops. But Jiangshan was different. When he left Hedong, Jiangshan took a lot of goods and money, so it was not very hard for him to have 30000 soldiers.


    Now that the Tang army is attacking, the current strength is certainly not enough. So before Jiang Shan left, he ordered Jiang Jian to recruit another 5000 soldiers. At the suggestion of FA Zheng, he transferred 1000 soldiers from Fushi to a town called Qiaomen between gaonu and Fushi.


    Qiaomen town is located between Fushi and gaonu, less than 200 li away from the two cities, but it is an important position between the two cities, and the most convenient main road between the two cities. If gaonu lost, and the Tang army continued to go north, Qiaomen town would be the most important place.


    After listening to Fazheng''s arrangement, Jiangshan couldn''t help but see a light: "military division, if I upgrade Qiaomen town to county level, what do you think?"


    Fazheng shook his head: "it''s not necessary. Now Qiaomen is a middle town. If you want to upgrade to the county level, you need 20000 people. It''s easy to solve the problem. But the city can be built in three or two months. Moreover, if you upgrade to the county level, the supporting defense facilities can''t be built well. It''s better to upgrade the two thousand soldiers to the county level Big town level is OK. "


    "If Ben was reckless, he would do as the military adviser said."


    Two days later, Jiang Shan led Fazheng and Liu Bao to gaonu City, and led 8000 cavalry troops to gaonu City, while 5000 soldiers, led by Jiang Jian, escorted thousands of civilian craftsmen and a large amount of grain and grass.


    On the second day Jiangshan arrived at gaonu, the king and xiongba, who were left behind, led hundreds of soldiers to gaonu City, and the three soon negotiated with each other in the county government.


    In the county yamen, the remaining two were the king and the overlord. They were both very depressed. After fighting with Huangfu Chaobo for several years, they were driven from Hongnong to Guanzhong by Huangfu Chaobo. Then they ran to Hedong by themselves. As a result, they were driven out of Hedong by Huangfu Chaobo again. Finally, they ran to Shangjun. It was not a few years before they met again Linhuangfu''s attack again.I knew earlier that I might as well have been honest in front of that magistrate. Maybe I''m much more comfortable now, but now I don''t turn back. There''s no possibility of reconciliation between myself and Huangfu Chaobo. Now I can only stick to my head.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, we are in an endless situation with Huangfu Chaobo, so don''t think about anything else. Let''s think about how to deal with it. And now we are not at his mercy. This time, I brought 5000 soldiers and 8000 cavalry, plus 2000 soldiers of gaonu, with a total of 15000 troops. In addition, you two have nearly 20000 troops, including 30000 or 40000 troops. If Huangfu Chaobo wants to eat us, he has to see if he has such good teeth. " Jiang Shan also saw that they were not in a high mood, so he began to persuade them

 Chapter 1245

    After listening to Jiangshan''s words, the spirit of the remaining two is better. Fazheng also said: "yes, the two generals don''t have to be discouraged. Another is that the terrain of Shangjun is different from that of other counties. Under such conditions, we don''t have no chance to defeat the Tang army. On the contrary, if we operate properly, the chance is still great."


    If Jiangshan''s words only make them feel better, Fazheng''s words can be said to make them feel better. The overlord quickly asked, "does the French army have a plan to break the enemy?"


    "No, but Shangjun has a unique terrain, with gullies and beams everywhere. There are only a few possible routes for the Tang army. If you only need to prepare in advance, you will always find a way to solve them." Fazheng shakes his head and says,


    it''s not that he has no way, but that the current intelligence is too scarce. In this case, even thousands of strategies are in vain.


    "Do you have the latest information from the Tang army?" Jiangshan saw that the remnant was the king''s way;


    the remnant was the king''s way, and Lian hurriedly said: "the news just received last night, Tian Yu, the Yingyang army in Hedong of the Tang Dynasty, has started to lead 40000 troops from Anyi, and the army has been all the way north. It''s just not clear where they''re going to cross the river


    "Don''t guess, it must be Hejin!" FA Zheng said firmly,


    several people were stunned.


    Fazheng went to the map of Bingzhou, pointed to it and said, "I''ve been thinking about it these days. I found that there are only a few ferries crossing the river from Hedong. From south to north, they are Fenglingdu, Hejin and caisangjin. Fenglingdu is certainly impossible. The state of Qin will not allow the Tang army to enter fengxu''s territory, and it is impossible to pick sangjin. Will general yokono allow the Tang army to set up a floating bridge here? "


    "I''m not stupid. As early as a few years ago, at the suggestion of Xu Huang, I arranged 1000 troops in Hukou town to control the caisangjin ferry. A few days ago, I sent another 1000 troops."


    "Therefore, the only place where the Tang army can cross the river is Longmen ferry in Hejin. This is just the mouth where the river becomes wider and narrower. Moreover, the area below Longmen should not be thawed now. Although they can''t walk directly from the ice, it''s no problem to send some soldiers to cross the river under the condition of the Tang army."


    "Here, it''s still more than 50 li away from Xiayang of the state of Qin. Now the attention of the state of Qin is focused on Liangguo in the West and its ally Jincheng gonghan Sui. It should not pay so much attention to the eastern state of Tang. When the state of Qin finds out, it is estimated that the Tang army has crossed the river."


    "French strategist, is it possible that this time the Tang army sent troops to attack the state of Qin, not us?" The overlord suddenly asked;


    Fazheng glanced at him gently, and if he didn''t answer his words, people with clear eyes could see that the strength of the state of Qin is still there. If the state of Tang wanted to send troops, the state of Qin would not choose at this time. Instead, it should be the time when the state of Qin and the king of Liang, Ma Teng Jincheng Gong and Han, suddenly moved westward, which would surprise the state of Qin Only idiots think that.


    The other two also looked at xiongba with disgust on their faces. As soon as xiongba spoke, they knew that they had said something wrong: "Er, I''ll just say that. You go on Continue... "


    "After crossing the river from Longmen, the Tang army would go all the way north along the river to hukou. If I had expected that, when the Tang Army crossing the river arrived at hukou, there would be a Tang army on the East Bank of caisangjin. With the echo of the army on the West Bank, the Tang army would soon be able to build a floating bridge in caisangjin and take advantage of the peach blossom flood in the river to transport all the army and grain The grass is transported to the west of the river. " At this point, Fazheng stopped.


    "Strategist, if we use Hukou town to stop the Tang army, is it feasible?"


    Fazheng shook his head and said, "the army of the Tang Dynasty crossing the river must be 40000 troops of Tianyu department, most of which are elite soldiers of the Tang army. Moreover, the road on the West Bank of the river is not wide, and the troops can''t be deployed completely. If our army is fighting here, it has little chance of winning."


    They were all disappointed.


    "However, mining sangjin is not good, but Hukou town is no problem, general yokono should have been strengthening the defense of Hukou town?" Fazheng suddenly said,


    "yes, Hukou town''s defense has been strengthened in recent years. If there is no problem, it can last for a period of time." The rest said confidently,


    "how many soldiers are there in Danzhou town? How many people are there? "


    "One thousand soldiers, five thousand people." The rest is king. Although Fazheng was surprised to bring the topic to Danzhou town again, he immediately replied,


    "what''s the combat power?"


    "Five hundred soldiers in battle and five hundred soldiers in guard."


    "Alas..." Fazheng sighed: "general Hengye is ready to give up Danzhou town and move the people and soldiers back to dingyang."


    There are three territories, one city and two towns, dingyang Town, Danzhou town in the South and Hukou town in the West. There are about 50000 people in dingyang town and 5000 people in the other two towns. Now that the war has not started, all the 5000 people in Hukou town have moved back to dingyang. Now Fazheng asks him to give up Danzhou town.


    "Ah Er... " After hesitating for a moment, the rest sighed for Wang and said, "thank you for reminding me. I''ll send someone to move back the population and soldiers of Danzhou immediately."Looking at the lonely look of the remaining king, the hero suddenly felt sad.


    In fact, they had no choice but to choose these two counties. After passing gaonu, the more North they went, the more alien tribes they had. They had few troops and no cavalry, so they had to focus on the two cities which were easy to attack and then easy to defend. As a result, their development was severely restricted.


    There are mountains and valleys all around, and few places can build territory, let alone population. Jiangshan is different. As long as he has a foothold in Fushi, it''s only a matter of time before he wants to develop.


    "Today''s plan is to use the distance from Hukou town to dingyang to wipe out the Tang army as much as possible. Only when the Tang army is hurt here will he consider whether it is cost-effective to send troops to the county. Otherwise, Shangjun will be occupied by the Tang army sooner or later. "


    "Yes, in the next time, we will give you our full support and try our best to strengthen dingyang''s defense. Moreover, I will personally lead 5000 soldiers to dingyang to help you defend the city." Jiangshan said to the rest of the people as the king;


    "in this case, my 3000 soldiers will come soon. In this way, we have more than 10000 soldiers in dingyang City alone. We must make Huangfu Chaobo lose a few teeth." The overlord also said in a hurry;


    the remnant, Wang Wei, immediately expressed his thanks to them, but he was secretly complaining. He was afraid that Tang Junzhen would be defeated and his dingyang would be basically abandoned. However, he could not care so much about the current situation. Let''s wait until Tang Jun was defeated. If Tang Jun could not be defeated, it would be useless to say anything.

 Chapter 1246

    As Fazheng expected, Qin''s current attention is entirely on Ma Teng and Han Sui in the west, and on Tang in the East, although they are also paying attention, they don''t pay as much attention as the three players in Shangjun. Of course, this does not mean that the state of Qin paid no attention at all.


    As early as the mobilization of the Tang army in Hedong, the secret agents of the state of Qin had already received the news, but Li Ru believed that with the wisdom of the emperor and his ministers of the state of Tang, they would not do such a thing that would harm others and harm themselves. Now the war in the west of the state of Qin has not yet begun. If the state of Tang suddenly sent troops to the state of Qin, it would be a mistake to beat the state of Qin, but it would only be cheaper for Ma Teng and Han Sui.


    However, Li Ru did not place his hope on the enemy either, so when he sent troops to block the United forces of the two Koreas a few years ago, he deployed heavy troops in the cities along the river in the east of Feng Yi. From the northernmost Xiayang and Yingyang to Linjin, ten thousand soldiers were stationed, and even five thousand soldiers were stationed at pubanjin ferry. At the same time, five thousand Xiliang cavalry were stationed in Linjin.


    Although there was only a narrow road for the Tang army to reach Xiayang from Longmen ferry in the northernmost direction, the Qin army only needed to guard Xiayang city to block the road for the Qin army to go south. However, Li Ru ordered the Qin army of Xiayang city to go north every day to patrol between Longmen ferry and Xiayang city in case of accidents.


    However, neither Li Ru nor the generals of the state of Qin expected that the Tang army could cross the ferry overnight, and then built a floating bridge overnight. By the time the patrol of the state of Qin found out, the Tang army had 5000 soldiers crossing the river and formed a formation in the south of Longmen ferry.


    In fact, at the beginning, Tian Yu had thought about crossing the river in caisangjin, but after several observations, he found that the remaining soldiers were the king. They almost visited the West Bank of caisangjin day and night, and it was almost impossible to cross the river smoothly without disturbing them. On the contrary, he denounced Hou Congqin''s patrol and found the defense loophole of Longmen ferry.


    On February 19, the 15000 troops of Huaxiong department in Hanoi, the 10000 troops of Shegan department in Hongnong, Pang Tong and his 5000 guards all arrived at Pishi. Tian Yu gathered all the generals in the barracks outside Pishi city to discuss and decide on the strategy of sending troops.


    "Ladies and gentlemen, I have been wrongly loved by the king and appointed the general to be the chief General of the western expedition. I hope I can work with you to open up the territory for the king in the next war." Above the throne, Tian Yu said to the generals;


    after hearing the words, they all stood up and said, "we will certainly live up to the king''s trust!"


    "Well, after consulting with the military division, I decided to divide the troops into two groups. One group of troops crossed the river from Hejin, carrying half a month''s grain and grass, and then went north along the river; the other group of troops continued to go north from Hedong to caisangjin. After the soldiers and horses in Hexi control the ferry on the West Bank of caisangjin, the two sides cooperate to set up the floating bridge, and then transport all the soldiers and horses'' grain and equipment across the river. "


    "There should not be too many troops and horses to cross the river. After consulting with the military division, the general decided that I would lead two schools of infantry, one school of crossbow and one school of cavalry of the Yingyang army, and five thousand men would transport the grain and grass of the army to cross the river. The rest of the troops and horses would be led by Huaxiong general all the way north along the official road to the East Bank of caisangjin to prepare for crossing the river."


    Hua Xiong rushed out to receive orders, and then he asked: "do not know how the general cross the river?"


    "General Hua, please don''t worry. In the past few days, nearly ten people of the water army and shadow guard have quietly crossed the river through various ways. Now they are all hidden in the mountains to the west of Longmen ferry. At that time, we only need a boat to cross the river and pull up the rope that has been prepared. For our Tang army, it''s easy to build a floating bridge The time bridge can be built in two hours, and then 20000 troops and horses can cross the river in two hours. "


    After listening to Tian Yu''s arrangement, everyone was relieved. Since Tian Yu had already arranged it, they didn''t say any more.


    "After I led the army to cross the river, the rest of the troops were led by general Hua Xiong to the north to caisangjin. The reason for this arrangement is that it was so arranged. One reason is that it is easier to cross the river from Longmen than from caisangjin, and the other is that it is safer for the army to cross the river from caisangjin. According to the flood season of the river over the years, the peach blossom flood will last until the middle of March at the earliest, and it will last until the middle of April. Therefore, we must transport the grain and grass of the army for nearly two months across the river as soon as possible. In case we can accumulate the grain and grass of the army for three months in Shangjun. "


    "General Tian, please rest assured that general Ben will transport the grain and grass needed by the army to caisangjin as soon as possible, and then cooperate with the general to transport all the grain and grass across the river as soon as possible." Hua Xiong got up again and said,


    originally, among the three generals, Hua Xiong should be more qualified, because after all, he was captured and surrendered by Huangfu Chaobo when he sent troops to attack Dong Zhuo, and the three generals were all the first battalion generals with the same rank. However, Huangfu Chaobo insisted that the younger Tian Yu be the main commander Although Huangfu Chaobo also sent Pang Tong as a military adviser, Tian Yu was appointed as the chief General after much consideration.


    At the end of the discussion, the departments and armies began to prepare separately.


    At the beginning of the fourth shift on the 20th, Tian Yu, escorted by his own soldiers, came down to the East Bank of Hejin Longmen ferry. At this time, the sky was completely dark, and there was no light on the other side of the river. As for the wharf, Tian Yu ordered: "Send a signal to the other side."Soon a soldier came out of the crowd, came to the dock, raised a torch, drew three circles in time, and then drew three circles in reverse.


    Before long, a torch appeared on the opposite bank, just like on the East Bank of the river. It drew three circles on both sides, and soon a fire started on the other bank.


    "General, the opposite side is ready!" One of the generals happily went to Tianyu road;


    "ordered the navy to start crossing the river and prepare to build a floating bridge."


    "No!"


    Soon dozens of Tang soldiers pushed out a wooden raft and carefully placed it on the unruptured ice. Then ten soldiers quickly climbed up the huge raft and tied a bundle of rope to it. Ten people sat on both sides. With a light cry, ten people supported the raft on the ice with their hands wearing fur gloves, and the raft slid toward the other side of the river.


    Under this operation, the wooden raft with ropes slid toward the bank. Rao Shi tried his best to paddle the raft, and it took half an hour to slide the raft to the West Bank. The Tang soldiers who had been ready on the bank immediately took the taxi and pulled the raft onto the bank.


    Then he tugged at the rope on the raft. A huge iron rope was tied to the other end of the rope on the raft. After pulling the iron rope over, the West Coast taxi soldiers fixed one end of the iron rope on the bank. In this way, all the five cables were fixed. After the five cables were fixed, some people began to install the prepared wooden rafts on the cables.

 Chapter 1247

    About an hour later, a floating bridge was put up. At this time, it was the second quarter of the fifth night. Tian Yu looked at the army standing by behind him, waved his hand and said, "go on, light the torch, and the army will cross the river!"


    At his command, a group of taxi soldiers came out of the army. Each group was armed with a torch by the commander of the army. They formed several teams and walked toward the other bank.


    Soon, the five thousand soldiers had crossed the river. Under the guidance of the shadow guard, they headed south of the ferry. They had to build a defense formation in the south of the ferry before the Qin army''s sentry arrived.


    Five thousand cavalry soldiers followed the first school soldiers, followed by crossbow soldiers and soldiers from another school. After the main army had crossed the river, five thousand people and their food and grass were the last to cross the river.


    As Tian Yu had expected, the cavalry had only passed more than a thousand years, when the Qin army''s patrol found that the army was crossing the river. Soon, the arrows sounded on the West Bank of the river, and then the three pillars of wolf smoke rose several miles away in the south of Longmen ferry. At this time, the sky was completely bright. A round of red sun rose from the East, and the three pillars of wolf smoke were immediately seen by the guards in Xiayang city in the south.


    The Qin army in Xiayang city was immediately busy. The alarm bell sounded at the head of the city, and teams of soldiers in armour ran out of the barracks around the city with guns and ran toward the city where they were defending.


    A moment later, Xiayang guard General Li libian appeared at the head of the city. At the same time, after the South Gate of Xiayang city was opened, more than ten red Ling messengers raced out of the city, and then divided into several teams and ran in several directions.


    However, what surprised the sentinel cavalry of the Qin army was that after the Tang army crossed the river, they only stood in array in the south of the ferry, but they didn''t plan to attack half of them. Even the thousands of cavalry who had crossed the river didn''t mean to chase themselves. They just stood quietly behind the infantry square.


    In less than two hours, Duan Lu, the left Fengyi prefect of the state of Qin, got the news that the army of Tang had crossed the river. Duan Lu was very surprised when he heard that he ordered to warn Wang Du, and at the same time ordered 5000 Xiliang cavalry to assemble urgently. Under the leadership of Du Wei and cavalry general Niu Jin, Duan Lu went to Xiayang and left.


    What Duan didn''t expect was that the cavalry came back less than an hour after they left. The news was that the Tang army had led the army northward along the West Bank of the river, with a total of 30000 troops. When they left, they destroyed the already built pontoon, and the five iron ropes of the Hengjiang River were taken back by the Tang army in the east of the river.


    Hearing this news, Duan Leng was relieved. At the same time, he felt a sense of vigilance. The defense of Longmen ferry must be strengthened. No, it should be said that it has been established. If the Tang army can cross the river once, it can cross the river twice and three times. If Tang Jun meant Feng Yi this time, he might be caught off guard.


    Thinking of this, Duan Leng immediately ordered Xia Yang''s General Li Li to follow the Tang army and confirm that their army had left Feng Yi. On the other hand, he immediately sent someone to set up an army formation on the West Bank of Longmen ferry and sent 1000 soldiers to defend the ferry day and night to prevent the Tang army from crossing the river again.


    If Huangfu Chaobo knew what Duan Lu was thinking, he would scoff. If he wanted to invade Feng Yi, he could cross the river in many places. Moreover, after seizing Shangjun, it was almost easy to attack the state of Qin.


    When Tian Yu led 30000 troops across the river, Huaxiong had already led the rest of the troops to the north of caisangjin. Together with Huaxiong army, there are 10000 craftsmen and 100000 stone grain.


    Taking advantage of the opportunity of attacking Shangdang last year, the whole Shangdang road was almost repaired. In particular, several roads that are very difficult to walk on weekdays, such as the roads between Duanshi, Beiqu and Puzi counties and the cities in the hinterland of Hedong, were all renovated last year, which made Huaxiong''s army move very fast.


    ¡­¡­


    In dingyang City, the day after Tian Yu''s army crossed the river, all the people in Shangjun had already received the news. When they learned that there were only 30000 Tang troops crossing the river, they were very happy. Fazheng is not as optimistic as the three players. Now they have completely lost the information in the direction of Hedong, so they know nothing about the movement in the direction of Hedong.


    But Fazheng knew that there could not be only these soldiers and horses in the Tang army. According to the news from Chihou, the army of Tian Yu had only 20000 soldiers, 5000 cavalry and 5000 men. That is to say, they only had enough food and grass for the 30000 people in a month. Now Longmen ferry should be under the control of the Qin army. Therefore, the Tang army must want to transport troops and horses from caisangjin to support the next war.


    Just as Fazheng expected, three days later, news came back from Hukou town that tens of thousands of Tang soldiers appeared on the wharf on the East Bank of caisangjin opposite. The number should be between 40000 and 50000. There are thousands of wagons alone.


    "Generals, the war is about to begin!" FA Zheng looked at the East and said to the three men;


    "military division, do we really need to send troops to intercept Tian Yu''s army halfway?" "The road on the West Bank of the river is not wide, and the army of Tian Yu is at the vanguard of 3000 cavalry troops, and the soldiers are closely escorted by the logistics convoy. We hardly have any chance to threaten the army of Tian Yu, so we don''t want to put our time and energy on the defense of Hukou town." Fazheng shook his head;"General Hengye, has general Xu Huang arrived at Hukou town?"


    "I just got the news in the morning that Xu Huang had led the army to Hukou town. Now he has taken over the defense of hukou." A few days ago, after discussion, several people sent 1000 soldiers to Hupin town to strengthen their defense. In this way, Hukou town had 5000 soldiers and 4000 cavalry. Their purpose was to use hukou to kill Tang soldiers as much as possible.


    Unfortunately, from Hukou town to dingyang, there is no place to build a territory, and the last few years, the king, has not built any defensive buildings in the valley, such as the pass army formation. Therefore, there is only a gully about 100 Zhang wide between dingyang and Huguan town.


    In fact, several people have thought about building one or two of these passes, but even small passes can''t be built in ten days and a half months. The most important thing is that the remaining one is the king. He doesn''t have so many building materials. For example, the reason why Chen Gong was able to build Nanguan within ten days of the Tang army''s attack last year is that Nanguan was already an existing pass, Zhao Jun only needs to repair it. Another thing is that they carry a lot of building materials in addition to 10000 people. Only in this way can they have such speed and efficiency. However, none of the two conditions are available now.

 Chapter 1248

    On the 25th, Tian Yu''s army finally arrived in the south of Hukou town on the West Bank of caisangjin. Unfortunately, caisangjin wharf was too close to the town wall of Hukou town. It was less than 100 steps away. If the city of Hukou was not attacked first, the Tang army on both sides of the river would not be able to build a floating bridge.


    Standing hundreds of steps south of Hukou Town, Tian Yu just thought for a moment, then made up his mind and said, "come on, order to camp, prepare to attack!"


    It was not that he was eager for success, but that the defense ability of town level territory such as hukou town was limited, especially because the terrain limited the size of the territory. So he decided to capture the territory directly and then take over the army on the other side.


    At his command, the 30000 troops were divided into several divisions, including 15000 ordinary infantry, crossbow troops and cavalry troops in one school. The army set up a defensive formation 300 paces south of Hukou town to prevent the enemy from attacking the town. However, the ordinary infantry soldiers of one school retreated two Li, where they set up a defensive formation to the south to prevent the Qin army from following.


    Of the remaining 10000 people and horses, 3000 people were arranged to cut down trees on the nearby mountains, while the other 2000 people and 5000 garrison soldiers took the time to build the camp.


    On the East Wharf of caisangjin on the other side, Huaxiong''s tens of thousands of troops have already arrived here and are preparing to cross the river. At the same time, 10000 people have returned to Pishi under the escort of 5000 cavalry, ready to transport the next batch of grain as soon as possible.


    On the wall of Hukou Town, Xu Huang and a group of generals are also observing the army of Tang Dynasty rolling from the south. This is the third time that Xu Huang has faced the army of Tang Dynasty. The first time was in Yiyang County of Hongnong County, and the second time was in Hedong county.


    Looking at the Tang army retreating slowly outside the town, Xu Huang can''t help but feel a trace of regret. If the general comes to hukou, he will be directly pressed by the army. If he wants to break Hukou with thunder, Xu Huang has 70% or 80% confidence that the Tang army will lose his troops here, with heavy casualties. But now the leader of the Tang army is very rational to lead the retreat, which seems to be ready to support him Be prepared to attack again. In this way, you need to be careful.


    Back at his residence in the town, Xu Huang wrote down what he saw about the Tang army in detail on a piece of paper, then put it in a red letterbox, carefully sealed it with mud, and then said to the guard outside: "come on!"


    "General! What can I do for you? " Two guards immediately pushed the door in.


    "Send someone immediately to send this letter to the Lord. There must be no mistake!"


    "No!" A soldier took the letter box in Xu Huang''s hand and took orders to turn and leave.


    Xu Huang then said to another soldier: "pass on the order, and order the soldiers on duty to be vigilant. They should not be slack. If there is no duty on duty, the soldiers should seize the time to have a rest. Tomorrow''s war will not be so simple! "


    Hukou town is too small. Five thousand soldiers can have up to one thousand people on the town wall at a time. This is the result of the arrangement on all sides. If there are more, the town wall can''t move. It''s like giving a head to the Tang army. Moreover, the town wall is less than one foot high and about one foot wide. It would have been more difficult to defend if Xu Huang hadn''t been so hard to reinforce these days and only five feet wide.


    Just as Xu Huang expected, the next morning, the Tang army''s barracks sounded the bugle of sending troops, and soon five soldiers came to protect nearly 20 Jinglan, which were made overnight, towards Hukou town. On the Jinglan, there were 1000 crossbow soldiers. Next to the 6000 troops, there were 2000 cavalry troops, which were divided into two groups. The guards were not Tian Yu''s unwillingness to send more troops, but hukou It''s too small in the south of the town. No matter how many soldiers there are, they don''t want to attack.


    "Herald! Attack At the command of Tian Yu, the drum of the Chinese Army''s attack sounded, and the soldiers of Tang Dynasty rushed towards the town wall.


    "Whoosh..."


    With the well appendix reaching the range, thousands of crossbows and arrows, like a continuous rain of arrows, rushed towards the garrison above the town wall.


    "Attention, shield! Enemy crossbow On the wall of the town, the general in charge of the defense gave a loud command;


    as his command came out, the shield hand on the wall of the town quickly raised his big shield high, and immediately felt the continuous arrows hitting his shield, only to hear "Dudu..." One after another, the huge impact of the crossbow almost numbed the hands of the shield hand.


    The fast shield player quickly protected himself and his comrades in arms under the shield. However, many shield players did not have time to hide themselves, or they had already protected themselves. However, in the process of the attack of the crossbow and arrow, the continuous crossbow and arrow made him unable to hold the shield. After a short time of the attack of the Tang army''s crossbow and arrow, the town wall sounded everywhere There was a scream.


    "Ah! I''ve been shot... "


    "Er..."


    "Help Who will help me... "


    "Pounce..."


    On the wall of the town, the soldiers of the upper County United forces curled up tightly, praying that the arrow rain from the sky would not fall on them. Meanwhile, they secretly watched the continuous arrow rain coming to an end.Unfortunately, their prayers didn''t have much effect. There were a thousand crossbows on the 20 Tangjun railings. They had one railings for every 50 people. Then the 50 people divided into two waves and poured out their crossbows on the town wall one after another.


    In Hukou Town, Xu Huang has made people build a high nest car. Standing on the nest car, Xu Huang also looks at the taxi soldiers on the wall of the town in the south. The crossbows and arrows falling from the sky are just like a shower, which makes people have nowhere to hide.


    "Come on, order the catapults in the town to start firing stone bullets and try to suppress the threat of the Tang army''s crossbows and arrows!" Although he knew that his catapult could play a limited role, he had to order the catapult to attack Tang junjinglan outside the town, hoping to destroy some Jinglan as much as possible, so as to minimize the threat of soldiers on the town.


    "Hoo..."


    "Bang..."


    Soon, nearly 20 stone catapults in the town began to fire stone bombs at the Tang army outside the city. Although there were arrangements in advance, the instability of the catapults made the first round of 20 stone bombs destroy only the Santai well appendix of the Tang army. The rest of the stone bombs were either far away and directly hit the back of the well appendix, while some fell in front of the well appendix and directly hit it It''s among the marching soldiers.


    As soon as the joint army''s catapult started to launch stone bombs, Tian Yu had found their location.


    "The order goes on, and the enemy''s catapults are 20 steps behind the town wall. They order our army''s catapults to attack and wipe out all the catapults in the town."

 Chapter 1249

    Soon, in the Tang army, more stone bombs flew into the air and flew directly towards the town.


    "Bang..."


    "Bang..."


    "Boom..."


    Tian Yu has not used dozens of catapults that he made last night. His main purpose is to lead out the Garrison''s catapults and destroy them at one stroke. Of course, if there is no catapult in the town, it doesn''t matter. After all, such a town level territory doesn''t have to be attacked by a catapult. He is sure that with the support of these 20 wells, he will be able to capture Hukou town.


    Tang army''s first round of stone throwing destroyed two stone throwing machines in the city. You know, the stone throwing machine is more difficult to hit than Jinglan. What''s more, the joint army''s stone throwing machine is still hiding behind the town wall, so Tian Yu is very satisfied with the effect of the first round of stone throwing.


    "If the catapult continues to attack, the crossbow soldiers will not stop. They will suppress the enemy, and the infantry will be ready to attack the city with ants!"


    On the nest car in the town, Xu Huang''s face was as deep as water. He saw that his own side was completely beaten by the Tang army, but he had nothing to do. The gap between his strength was here. They only used several cities to fight against each other''s country. Sooner or later, they would lose.


    "General, let the cavalry attack!" A general nearby said: "we can''t be so passive, otherwise it will be bad for morale."


    Xu Huang shook his head: "it''s no use. We only have 4000 cavalry, not to mention the other side has 5000 cavalry. Even the terrain outside the town is not suitable for cavalry. Once these cavalry go out, it''s just the intention of the Tang army to encounter our cavalry in this narrow terrain. With the shrewdness of the other side''s general, they will seize this opportunity to hurt the cavalry, It''s more cost-effective than fighting in the field. "


    Behind Xu Huang, Liu Bao also stood there. Just as he was about to speak, he heard Xu Huang''s words and agreed: "General Xu''s words are not bad. In fact, the purpose of some cavalry to come to support is to cover the general and his party''s evacuation. A certain patriarch and a military strategist have said that if Hukou town can keep the rules, but can''t, it must withdraw as many troops as possible to dingyang City, so as to save more troops to defend dingyang. "


    When the deputy general was about to speak, he was stopped by Xu Huang: "needless to say, the meaning of the Lord is the same as that of general Jiang. Originally, he was going to delay as much as possible in Hukou town and kill as many Tang soldiers as possible. It seems that I underestimate Tian Yu."


    "General, we''ll wait here?" "No, we won''t be able to keep it for long. Now you are leading a thousand soldiers to retreat from the north gate to the West ten miles away, and build a simple wall there. We must try to block each other at every level, so that we can have a chance to withdraw to dingyang. There is also general Liu Bao. When the army retreats, it must be swept by cavalry."


    "General Xu, don''t worry. The cavalry of a certain family came to cover your retreat." Seeing this, Liu Bao patted his chest and assured him;


    "also, deputy general Zhou, immediately send someone to report the situation here to the Lord, so as to make dingyang city well prepared." With that, Xu Huang handed his temporary war report to the deputy general and asked him to arrange for someone to send it to dingyang immediately.


    As Tian Yu and Xu Huang expected, the Allied catapults in the town suffered heavy losses in less than an hour, almost half of them, while the Tang army outside the town suffered very little.


    By this time, the Tang army had filled all the ditches outside the town. Tian Yu then ordered throwing stones to attack with all his strength. After five rounds, the soldiers attacked the town wall.


    As time goes on, although Xu Huang didn''t show his face, he had to admit in his heart that he underestimated the Tang army. The space above the town wall was really limited, and his troops could not be used. But for the Tang army, the same result was achieved. However, Xu Huang found that the elite of the Tang army was far beyond his expectation.


    It''s only half an hour since the battle began, but the Tang army has made several breakthroughs on the town wall. Seeing this, Xu Huang immediately sent more troops from the town to the town wall, but Tian Yu also seized the opportunity and sent another 1000 soldiers to the town wall.


    Unfortunately, after half an hour of gluing, the Tang army was still unable to stand on the town wall. Tian Yu, who was in the middle of the army, saw that the soldiers and soldiers had lost their spirit, and he no longer insisted on it. He said to the pro guards around him, "send orders and call for the soldiers to stop. When the soldiers withdraw 50 steps away, Jinglan and the catapult will make a covering attack on the town!"


    Soon the Tang soldiers retreated. Fifty steps away from the town wall, Jinglan and the catapult began to attack the town wall and inside.


    After nearly two hours of fighting just now, the garrison in the town has lost hundreds of people, but the number of Tang troops outside the town is almost the same as that of the garrison. The main reason is that the Tang army has an overwhelming advantage. The arrow rain and throwing stones have caused great losses to the garrison in the town.


    On the contrary, the damage of the garrison to the Tang army was only concentrated on the fighting period above the town wall, so it had such an effect. If Xu Huang didn''t have a good command of the war, and every time he transferred reinforcements to the town wall, maybe the town would have been broken in the first round of attack."Will the attack continue, general?" At Tian Yu''s side, a member of the general led the way;


    "the taxi just pulled down and returned to the camp to rest. Jinglan and the catapult continued to attack. A quarter of an hour later, the first division of School B of Yingying camp was transferred to attack, and the second division of School B was ready!" Without hesitation, Tian Yu ordered,


    "no!" There''s a messenger on his way.


    A moment later, a thousand men team of taxi soldiers came out, 150 steps south of the town wall, and began to prepare for the attack.


    Inside the town, on the nest car, Xu Huang also saw the movement of the Tang army outside the town, and immediately ordered: "come on, exchange a soldier to the city wall, stand by, and be ready to support the soldiers on the town wall."


    It''s not that Xu Huang didn''t want to change the soldiers on the town wall, but it was too late. The Jinglan and the catapult of the Tang army didn''t wait for the soldiers to withdraw to fifty paces before they started to attack. Let Xu Huang not dare to order the soldiers to leave the position that can be covered on the town wall. At least he has a greater chance to live there. If he walks around at this time, he will be smacked into meat mud in all probability.


    Soon there was a personal guard to send orders, and another soldier who had been prepared was led by the general to the direction of the town wall. However, they stopped forty or fifty steps behind the town wall, waiting quietly for the catapult of the Tang army to stop attacking.

 Chapter 1250

    In Hukou Town, a thousand generals are leading their troops fifty steps away from the town wall, waiting for the Tang army''s catapult to stop attacking. In front of them, the Tang army''s stone bullets, like hail, smashed in from outside the town. In front of them, within ten steps from the town wall to the front of them, they are the falling points of stone bullets. Countless stone bullets fall from the sky, in front of them The whole town seems to be covered with dust.


    "General, the attack of the Tang army is too strong! Can we really hold on? " Looking at the situation in front of him, a village commander next to him asked in a low voice to his Duwei;


    "if you can''t keep it, you have to keep it. You don''t know. Before we set out, our Lord gave us orders. All we have to do is obey General Xu Huang''s orders. The general said that we should keep it, even if we fight for our lives. You can''t have any wrong thoughts. You know, if you can''t stop the Tang army, you are in Fushi city There''s nothing good to eat in my family. " The captain glared at his pro channel;


    "don''t worry, general. I just said that. Look at the soldiers, it''s not so good!"


    Duwei also knows that the overwhelming stone bullets of the Tang army have made the morale of his soldiers unstable, but now there is no other way, so he has to stick to his head. You know, the soldiers in Zhenqiang are all the soldiers of Hengye army. Xu Huang didn''t even frown at such a big loss.


    Now it''s our turn to go to the town wall. We can''t lose the face of the powerful army. Otherwise, even if we go back, we won''t have good fruit in front of the Lord.


    "When the Tang army''s catapult stopped attacking, it immediately rushed to the town wall. Only when General Xu''s order came down, it immediately rushed to the town wall to take over the defense." The Duwei thought for a moment, and said to the surrounding Pro guards, "if anyone dares to retreat without fighting, he will have to go up the military law in the battlefield!"


    "No!" All the soldiers agreed in unison. Then they turned away and went everywhere to convey the commander''s orders.


    Finally, the catapult of the Tang army stopped attacking, which meant that the soldiers of the Tang army were close to the town wall. Seeing this, Du Wei roared: "quick, quick, move immediately and rush to the back of the fence. Only when you get there, you will be safe."


    With that, Du Wei took the lead, grabbed his weapon and rushed to the direction of the town wall. Along the way, the streets of the town have been hit by the Tang army''s stone bullets, and the places are full of potholes. Du Wei looked up and looked around. Now there is almost no complete building within 40 steps of the town wall.


    As for the dozens of stone lifters that were originally placed 20 steps behind the town wall, they have been smashed there and become clumps of sawdust. All the taxi soldiers around have become meat and mud, and no complete corpse can be seen.


    Soon they arrived at the bottom of the town wall. Just as they were about to take a breath, they heard their own personal guard say: "general, the Chinese Army''s orders have come down. A gap has been opened in the west of the town gate by the Tang army. The Chinese Army ordered us to send 200 people to support."


    Hearing this, Du Wei immediately ordered: "Bingqu, go to the west of the town gate immediately and support the friendly forces there!"


    The head of Bingqu immediately received the order and said, "no!"


    "Bingqu, follow someone!"


    At this time, on the town wall, about a hundred steps to the west of the town gate, the catapult of the Tang army had made a gap several steps wide. At this time, nearly a hundred Tang soldiers had already poured into the collapsed town wall and formed a regiment with the Allied soldiers coming from both sides.


    Both managers found the gap at the first time and responded to it at the first time. Xu Huang immediately rushed to the Yangwei army under the town wall and sent 200 soldiers to support him. And Tian Yu''s reaction was not slow. After observing the situation of the town wall, he directly ordered the Department B of School B to attack. At the same time, he also ordered Jinglan to push forward another 20 steps, directly escorting the back of the town wall to fire crossbows and arrows to stop the Allied reinforcements behind.


    Seeing this, Xu Huang immediately gave an order: "if the order goes on, all the troops and horses of the Yang Wei army will rush to the gap for support. Without an order, they can''t step back."


    After the order was sent out, Xu Huang turned his head and said to Liu Bao softly, "General Liu, please prepare your cavalry. If the gap can''t be blocked, we must retreat."


    Liu Bao a Leng, war just began less than a day time, this is about to retreat? When I led 10000 or 20000 cavalry to attack a small town, it took me five days to capture the town after losing nearly a thousand warriors. You know, there are only more than a thousand soldiers in that town.


    There were five thousand soldiers and four thousand cavalry in this town, but the other side only sent out a few thousand people, and it took less than a day to capture the town. However, even though he was puzzled, Liu Bao was also frightened by the overwhelming rain of stone bullets and arrows. He thought that if he met this situation, he would not be able to support his thousands of tribal sons for half an hour.


    "Don''t worry, general. A family will be ready right away."


    With that, Liu Bao immediately turned to the north gate.


    After Liu Bao left, Xu Huang did not look back at the gap of the town wall in the south. The addition of 200 Yangwei soldiers made the defense at the gap of the town wall stable temporarily. However, the Tang army''s big wave reinforcements soon arrived, drowning the Yangwei army.When Du Wei of the Yangwei army arrived with the rest of the troops, the gap of the town wall had been controlled by the Tang army, and the Yangwei army fought to the death, but it was still unable to recapture it. At this time, another wave of Tang army had arrived 20 steps south of the town wall. This time, the Tang army had a thousand crossbow soldiers.


    Seeing this situation, Xu Huang was very angry. It was difficult for a skillful woman to make a meal without rice. Hukou town was still too small. Although he tried his best to maintain it, he was quickly invaded by the Tang army. With the fighting power of the Tang army, once it was invaded into the Town, the Allied forces had little chance.


    "Bang Hey... " Xu Huang, with a heavy hand on the guard rail of the nest car, ordered: "pass on the order. All the troops who have not yet fought with the Tang army will withdraw immediately!"


    "General, what about the Yang Wei army and the soldiers on the wall?" Xu Huang shook his head and said, "they can''t get out any more. Let them stop the Tang army for a while and buy some time for the withdrawal of the army."


    With that, Xu Huang left the nest car without looking back, stepped on his own horses, and headed for the north gate of Hukou town. Since Hukou town could not be defended, he had to save more troops as much as possible to prepare for the future war.

 Chapter 1251

    Three minutes after Shenshi, Tian Yu finally stepped into Hukou town. Looking at the empty town, Tian Yu didn''t have the joy of winning. It''s obvious that the forces in Shangjun had already known about the attack of the Tang army. They had already moved the population of every town to the city. It seems that they want to be fortified.


    However, these are not the most important things at present. At present, the most important thing is to take over the army on the other side of the river as soon as possible and transport all the food and grass of the army by the way.


    "Somebody Tian Yu said in a loud voice,


    "general! What can I do for you? " Next to the qinbing road;


    "immediately send someone to send a signal to general Huaxiong on the other side, asking them to prepare to set up a floating bridge to meet the Army crossing the river. He ordered Xie Xiaowei to lead his cavalry to follow the army of Shangjun to confirm the movement of their army. Remember, he must be careful not to easily fight with the army of Shangjun. "


    Soon, five thousand cavalry left Hukou town and headed for the direction of the withdrawal of Shangjun army in the West. The soldiers of the Tang army also began to enter the town to clean up the town and prepare to use it as a food storage base for the army.


    In the evening, the floating bridge will be built soon. The first people to cross the river are Pang Tong and Hua Xiong. As for other troops and supplies, they will be slowly transported across the river after daybreak tomorrow, and then stored in Hukou town.


    By this time, the entire town of Hukou had been cleaned up. Except for the southern town wall, the rest of the town was intact. Therefore, the Tang army did not need to make any changes, and could take over the defense directly.


    In the administrative Hall of the town, Tian Yu, Pang Tong and Hua Xiong are discussing the subsequent war arrangements. Because a general is required to be in charge on the East Bank of the river, she dares not cross the river together, but in the camp on the other side of the river.


    After listening to Tian Yu''s introduction of the whole war, Pang Tong also fell into meditation: "in this case, it proves that the enemy has made a considerable degree of preparation, so we can''t take it lightly."


    "I also have this intention. After the army entered the town, I immediately ordered the cavalry to follow the enemy for surveillance. According to the news from the cavalry, the enemy left 4000 Hun cavalry behind, and then about 3000 soldiers. Now they have retreated to a narrow mountain valley more than ten miles away and set up a simple camp." Tian Yu nodded and said,


    "is there any other information?"


    "Yes, according to the cavalry general''s report, the terrain of Shangjun is very special. There are ridges and valleys everywhere. Although there are not many trees on the ridge, the two ridges are almost separated by a valley tens of feet high, and the ridges are generally very steep. Not only can the cavalry hardly climb up, but even the soldiers want to climb up the ridge It''s difficult. " Tian Yu added,


    "sure enough..."


    "Does the military division know such a terrain?" After hearing Pang Tong say such words, Tian Yu asked curiously;


    "I have never seen it before, but before I left the capital, the king gave me some advice. He once talked about the special terrain of Shangjun and told us to be careful."


    "Don''t worry, commander. Even if the king doesn''t say it, I will be careful. From tomorrow, the army will start to clear the way to dingyang. It is estimated that in about ten days, all the grain and grass from Hedong will have been transported to Hukou town. With two months'' guarantee of food and grass, the army will be able to march on dingyang. "


    "General Tian, give this matter to the last general. I have ten thousand Xiliang cavalry. I will surely kill all those Hun cavalry." When Hua Xiong heard that Tian Yu was going to send troops, he immediately asked for a fight.


    "it''s not impossible for the general to send troops, but he needs to promise me a condition!" Tian Yu said with a smile;


    "please say, not to mention one condition, even ten conditions are OK."


    "Once the soldiers and horses of Shangjun are defeated, the general can''t pursue them more than two miles. Otherwise, even if he wins, I will investigate the general''s crime of disobedience in the battlefield. Will the general agree? "


    "Ah?" Hua Xiong was stunned. He wanted to retort again, but he saw Tian Yu''s firm face, so he said: "don''t worry, general. I''ll keep it in mind. Even if the troops and horses of Shangjun are defeated, the cavalry can''t pursue them more than two miles away. Otherwise, even if they win, they will be investigated for the crime of disobedience in the battlefield!"


    "Well, the general can go and prepare. He can lead the troops to fight tomorrow morning!"


    ¡­¡­


    In the palace of Luoyang at night, Huangfu Chaobo, together with Guo Jia and Xu Shu, was carefully reading the information of the princes of various countries sent back by the shadow guard. Now the Tang army can be said to have a great family and a great career, and they know it all around, so it''s impossible for Huangfu Chaobo''s people not to be careful. This time, he sent Tian Yu to fight, which was also an attempt of Huangfu Chaobo.


    Today, there are only three generals in the Tang Dynasty who can be handsome: Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun and Xu Rong. Huang Zhong and Xu Rong are both over 50 years old. Although they are nearly the same age, Xu Rong''s health is obviously not as good as Huang Zhong''s. today, the army leaders are not strong enough. They have been seriously ill twice last winter. Huangfu Chaobo sent fan a-ling directly from Luoyang for treatment.


    Huang Zhong is one of the famous veterans of the Three Kingdoms in history. If he can kill Xia Hou at 70, his body will not blow. However, if Xu Rong is in an accident, only he and Zhao Yun will be able to lead the army in the Tang Dynasty. It is obviously unrealistic for the surrounding environment of the Tang Dynasty.Another point is that Huangfu Chaobo also hopes to have a senior general in Luoyang, ready to support the four sides at any time. Although some of the others are capable, they are not qualified and experienced enough. For example, three generals Tian Yu, Zhang Yan and Huang Xu are not new to the army, and they are not qualified enough to lead tens of thousands or even hundreds of thousands of troops to fight alone, such as Ji Ling.


    Ever since Ji Ling took refuge, Huangfu Chaobo has been shocked by his surroundings. He is sure that Ji Ling is also a member of the Three Kingdoms who has been blacked out, and that he has been blacked out to death. The four dimensions of Ji Ling seen by Huangfu Chaobo are command 85, force 90, intelligence 72 and politics 48. However, after checking all the relevant data of Ji Ling in the game, Huangfu Chaobo found that the best four dimensions are command 78, force 83, intelligence 51 and politics 48. Except for the same politics, the other three dimensions are obviously one or two grades lower.


    Comparing these two levels of data, Huangfu Chaobo thinks that Ji Ling''s data is reliable. You know, Ji Ling, as the number one general under Yuan Shu, has been fighting with Yuan Shu for many years. If it is really 70 plus commanding 80 plus force, can he help Yuan Shu achieve such great success now?


    Not only Ji Ling, but also Wen Chen, a group of generals under Yuan Shu, were artificially weakened several times. The main reason is that Yuan Zhu took the lead in becoming emperor. But even if Ji Ling''s ability is strong enough, loyalty is no problem, but if so, it''s not appropriate to lead the army as a general. As a new general, many of the generals in the Tang army would not agree with him.

 Chapter 1252

    In this way, he had to force Huangfu Chaobo to train some people from Tian Yu. Huang Xu led the battle in Yanbei all the year round, and his experience has gradually accumulated. Zhang Ying also led the battle alone several times, which has a certain foundation. Only Tian Yu, the first battle of Shangdang, can be said to be his real first battle. However, he has already made a good response among the Tang army. This time he sent troops to the county, he should be handed over to Tian Yu to practice.


    In order not to make any mistakes, Huangfu Chaobo also specially sent Pang Tong to the central army to make up for Tian Yu''s mistakes. In addition, Hua Xiong, a veteran, should be safe.


    In fact, there are still two generals that can be trained, namely Zhao Yu and Huang Wudi. However, Huangfu Chaobo does not think he has no generals to train, so he does not take them as the key training objects.


    "King," Guo Jia raised a stack of intelligence in his hand and said, "basically speaking, the Zhao army has gathered more than 20000 soldiers in Yanmen county during this period of time, and the soldiers and horses in the cloud are also being mobilized. According to the intelligence, there are only 10000 troops in Xianyang City, and some food and grass have been gathered in the city. The 10000 soldiers and horses are on guard The city is more than enough, but the attack is not enough. Moreover, there are still some food and grass on the way, which should be sent to the clouds one after another to prepare for the next round of attack. "


    "Did Lu Bu''s cavalry move?" Huangfu Chaobo looked up at the map of Bingzhou.


    "Not yet. Bingzhou wolf riding is still in Jinyang. It should be waiting for the weather to improve. After all, the cavalry will be very fast if they go out. And Cao Xingbu''s 20000 cavalry troops are still in the clouds for the time being, and there is no sign of moving eastward. "


    "Even if Cao Xing''s cavalry moved eastward, they would certainly leave at least 10000 cavalry." Xu Shu said on one side;


    Guo Jia nodded and agreed: "well, what Yuan Zhi said is reasonable. Even though he knew that the possibility of Wuyuan''s sending troops was not great, Lu Bu would still have a sense of prevention. "


    "However, I have a question," Lu Su said suddenly, "since the Zhao army sent troops to Youzhou, the state of Wei, as his ally, did not respond. Is there any secret in it?"


    Several people are saying, Shi a asks for a meeting from outside, Huang Fu Chao Bo immediately signals to let him enter the hall to meet.


    Soon, Shi a face of joy into the palace, to Huangfu Chaobo a salute, said: "king, general Tian Yu sent back pigeon letter, the army has captured the West Bank of caisangjin Hukou Town, now has set up a floating bridge on the river, tomorrow the army and food and grass can cross the river."


    "Good!" Huangfu Chaobo heard the speech, happy: "army loss geometry?"


    Shi a Wen Yan handed the pigeon letter to the nearby gatherer. After Huangfu Chaobo approached him, he read it carefully. He was relieved. Only a few hundred people were lost. It''s OK. For this battle, Huangfu Chaobo is most worried about Shangjun soldiers blocking their troops in Hedong. For a long time, it will be the most unfavorable for him. Now, getting through the cross-strait ties means that before the peach blossom flood season, we can transport all the grain and grass of the army across the river. In this way, we are not afraid that the army will be short of food in the next two months.


    Of course, crossing the river is only the first step, and then there will be more difficult battles. It''s just that the generals will be out of the country, and their orders will not be accepted. They can''t control how they fight.


    After reading the Chaobo, Huangfu looked up and saw that Shi a seemed to have something to say. He said, "what else! Let''s talk about it together! "


    "Back to the king, Hebei intelligence, the Wei army has gathered tens of thousands of troops, it seems that there are signs of sending troops to Youzhou."


    Hearing this, all the people in the hall looked at Lu Su with a smile.


    Lu Su said with a smile: "it seems that the Wei army did not move, but Lu Bu was too impatient."


    "How many troops did the Wei army muster?"


    "Not much. Thirty or fifty thousand soldiers, twenty or thirty thousand cavalry, plus auxiliary soldiers, civilian men and craftsmen, should be less than one hundred thousand troops." Shi a replied;


    "it seems that Yuan Shao didn''t have the idea of a war. In this way, even if our army did something in Wei County, it would not help."


    "Well, the state of Yan doesn''t care about him. What we can do has been arranged before. Looking at the meaning of Wei and Zhao, we basically focus on a county in the state of Yan. We don''t want to fight. I believe Gongsun Zan should be able to deal with it." Huangfu Chaobo made a decision about the state of Yan, and everyone turned to other places.


    "In the East, the state of Qi and general Qingche are also deploying troops. There should be a big war after spring ploughing. In the south, the troops of the state of Wu in Jiangbei are also gathering. It seems that the three families are making active preparations." Guo Jia continued,


    "how is the state of Qi?" Huangfu Chaobo, as always, paid close attention to the hero in the troubled times of the Three Kingdoms.


    "According to the information we collected last year, Qi''s strength has been seriously damaged in recent years, especially after the loss of Qiaojun and other counties, the population has been greatly reduced, but the land of Qingzhou has lost a large number of people because the people have been moved away by us. Then they lost most of xiapi and Donghai, and their strength was almost half of that before the previous World War. " Guo Jia said with a smile;"I have the impression that before he became king, Cao Cao should have a population of nearly eight million, so now he has a population of about four or five million?"


    "It''s true that China''s population is about 16 million, more than twice that of Qi." Xu Shu replied on one side;


    "you can''t be careless. You know, Wu and yelaixiang don''t add up as much as Qi. In addition, they need to play Qi together. If they are attacked by Qi separately, they have little chance of winning." Huang Fu said in a deep voice;


    although they did not know why their king valued the state of Qi so much, after all, the fighting power of Qi''s army and generals was obvious to all, so they did not say much. Lu Su said: "king, do we continue to increase the sales of equipment to light truck generals, so that they will not be too at a disadvantage in the face of Qi?"


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head: "it''s not necessary to increase, just according to the existing arrangements, and even the sales of crossbow machines must be reduced. First, there is a big gap in the demand for our army''s Crossbow machines. Second, we must prevent our inability to support the tiger."


    "Yes, crossbows can be reduced, but horses can be maintained or even increased, and then ordinary equipment can be increased in large quantities." Xun you added;


    according to the statistics of the Tang army, there are more than 4000 crossbows now flowing into the hands of yelaixiang. If they get them from other sources, it is estimated that they should be able to set up a school of crossbow soldiers. Although they have to use them in several battlefields, they are also a large force.


    What''s more, the supply of Tang army''s Crossbow machine is in short supply, and all the allies are in urgent need now. Therefore, it is imperative to reduce the sales of the crossbow machine.

 Chapter 1253

    In Guanzhong, Ma Teng, the king of Liang, and Han Sui, the Duke of Jincheng, are also gathering troops with the state of Qin. Judging from the situation of the three families, there should be another big war this year.


    In addition to these princes, there is another place that has attracted the attention of Huangfu Chaobo, that is, Shangyong''s amorous sword. Now it has a large number of soldiers and generals. After swallowing Chuanxian and Xicheng of Zhanglu last year, it is now deploying troops. It seems that the move is to send troops to Hanzhong.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo was not very optimistic about the battle of Duoqing sword this time. The reason why the former Duoqing sword was able to take two cities in succession was that Zhang Lu was caught off guard after he was demoted to the Shen brothers. In addition, Li Meng and Wang Fang''s new investment did not allow them to be reused under Zhang Lu''s command, so the west city was easily taken away.


    Now Zhang Lu must have been on guard, so the war between the two families is not so simple.


    However, what Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know was that the reason why duoqingjian wanted to attack Zhang Lu was that after he captured Xicheng, he gathered two generals, one was Xiang Lang, a famous scholar of Jingxiang, and the other was Zhang Ji, a famous scholar of Xiliang. Zhang has one characteristic, which is "Pro Qiang".


    This feature may not play a very important role if it is under the Central Plains princes, but it is different in Hanzhong. There are Qiang Di tribes in the Han Dynasty around Hanzhong. After Zhang put himself into the command of Duoqing sword, he used his own characteristics to secretly recruit several Qiang tribes. In addition, Duoqing sword has tens of thousands of troops in his own hands, which still has a great success rate.


    In the southern part of Yizhou, although there are four forces, Liu Yan, I are Xiaobai, Ma Xiang and Meng Huo, but the relationship between Liu Yan and I is Xiaobai has not broken yet, so there is no war between them, and the land occupied by Ma Xiang and Meng Huo is too bad, so Liu Yan and Xiaobai are not eager to send troops, instead, they have become enemies The most stable place in the world.


    In Jingzhou, the rising of Jianling is irresistible. After Liu Biao raided Jianling, he lost a handful of rice instead of stealing chicken. No, it should be said that it was several. First of all, he gave most of his troops and ships to Jianling. Not only that, but also the bad consequences of the sudden attack on the Taishou gradually appeared.


    First, several clans in Jingnan, such as Su Dai, Bei Yu, Zhang Hu and Chen Sheng, all took refuge in Jianling, which greatly increased the strength of Jianling. What makes Liu Biao even more angry is that Han song, a famous scholar of Jingxiang, who had been unwilling to take refuge in Liu Biao before, went out of the mountain and accepted the invitation of Jianling.


    Now Jianling and Liu Bei have become the actual controllers of the four counties in Jingnan. Both of them are beginning to infiltrate Lingling County in Jingnan. It is estimated that there will be a big war between the two families sooner or later.


    As for sun ce of Jiangdong, most of his energy is now focused on Jiangbei, because if Qi''s power is not weakened to a certain extent, he is afraid that his territory in Jiangbei will be unstable, so he has no time and energy to take into account the severe cold of LiuYao and Wujun in Yuzhang. They are making good use of this period to stabilize their power.


    In the southernmost Jiaozhou, there was not much conflict between the Shi family and the battleship. Because of the bad environment in Jiaozhou and the rampant mountains, the two families were busy stabilizing their sphere of influence, while the battleships put more energy on the opposite Qiongzhou island.


    ¡­¡­


    The situation in the world has nothing to do with the people of Tian and Yu. What they are doing now is, on the one hand, they keep transporting all the troops, horses, grain and grass from Hedong across the river, and all of them are in Hukou town. Another is to strengthen the defense of Hukou town. In addition to making clear the situation in the north, South and west of Hukou Town, several beacon strongholds were set up ten li to the south to prevent the Qin army from attacking from the south.


    At the same time, Hua Xiong has led 10000 Xiliang cavalry and escorted 5000 soldiers to explore all the roads from Hukou town to the West and the mountains and valleys on both sides. As a result, as Tian Yu and Pang Tong expected, Xu Huang arranged some soldiers to hide in the valley.


    Hua Xiong spent two days clearing all the soldiers and soldiers hidden in the valley, and then led the army to Xu Huang''s camp more than ten miles west of hukou.


    Every move of the Tang army didn''t escape Xu Huang''s exploration. Seeing that the Tang army was so cautious, Rao Shishi felt helpless for Xu Huang''s calmness. You know, now he has only 2500 soldiers in his hand. Five thousand soldiers only retreated more than three thousand from Hukou town. On the way, he arranged for nearly a thousand soldiers to hide in the valley. Although there were not many trees in the mountains in the south of Shangjun, it was not difficult to hide more than a thousand soldiers in the Valley Road of more than ten miles.


    But he didn''t expect that the general of Tang army was so cautious that he didn''t mean to attack quickly. Instead, he sent soldiers to search the valley one by one and found all the hidden soldiers.


    In desperation, Xu Huang had to consider how effective his arrangement was. Fortunately, an order had been sent from dingyang city. He just asked him to slow down the speed of the Tang army as much as possible. If he didn''t slow down, he could lead the army to withdraw. Now the defense of dingyang City is basically ready.


    On the 28th, Tian Yu left 5000 guards and 1000 cavalry to defend Hukou Town, and led the rest of the army to dingyang city in the West. With Huaxiong''s suppression in the first two days, the Tang army soon arrived at Xu Huang''s camp.This is an ordinary camp. After careful observation, Tian Yu attacked it without too much staying. It took only half a day for the Tang army to break through the barracks, and Xu Huang led the evacuation again. However, this time, he did not stay any longer. Under the escort of the four thousand Hun cavalry, he led the remaining two thousand soldiers to dingyang city.


    However, Tian Yu didn''t catch up with him. He still made sure that there were no soldiers hiding along the way. Then he led his troops to move on. Although the speed was not fast, the journey was only thirty or forty miles a day, but the victory was safety. You know, in this kind of terrain, once the Tang army left behind, it would be a fatal threat to the grain road of the Tang army, so Tian Yu would rather slow down, but also to ensure the safety behind him.


    It was only 120 Li from Hukou town to dingyang City, but Tian Yu led the Tang army for nearly five days. It was not until the afternoon of March 4 that the Tang army arrived at dingyang city. Although the speed is not fast, but let their own food safety can be foolproof.

 Chapter 1254

    Under the protection of thousands of cavalry, Tian Yu, Pang Tong and Hua Xiong looked at the city in front of them. It was more like a pass than a city.


    Dingyang city is a strip-shaped city with east-west direction. It is about five li long from east to west and less than two Li wide from north to south. The north side of the city is close to the mountain ridge of rulingou, the south side is linzhenchuan, which is about ten Zhang wide, and the south side of linzhenchuan is close to the mountain ridge in the south.


    After getting the news of the Tang army''s attack, the remaining king immediately asked people to build an army array on the mountain ridge of rulingou in the north to prevent the Tang army from bypassing the mountain ridge to attack the west gate of dingyang city.


    The wall of dingyang city is about two feet high. After the emergency heightening and widening of the remaining king, it has increased by five feet, reaching a height of two feet and five feet. As for the width, it is far more than that of Hukou Town, reaching nearly three feet wide. Outside the city wall, a moat about several feet wide was excavated in the East, West and North, and linzhenchuan was directly used as the moat in the south.


    Looking at the city which is not a pass, but is better than a pass, Rao Shitian Yu''s calmness also made him speechless for a long time. To such an extent, it is comparable to a medium-sized pass like Hangu pass, and there are nearly 50000 or 60000 people and about 20000 or 30000 troops in it. If you want to capture this city, you have to spend a lot of energy.


    "My mother, is this the county seat? How many soldiers will it take to capture such a city? " Hua Xiong also murmured to one side;


    "it''s less than two Li wide and nearly three Zhang high. If this city wants to capture it, it will lose a lot!" He dares to attack no matter how much he loses Tian Yu was silent for a long time. "General Dugu, look around carefully to see if you can use the dig attack!"


    "Order the army to retreat five li to camp and prepare the siege equipment. Since the rebels of Shangjun want to fight against us here, they will be defeated here. Follow your example!" Tian Yu flatly ordered,


    "no!" When the generals heard the words, they were all in a daze and immediately responded to their orders.


    as soon as the words were finished, Tian Yu turned his horse and headed for the camp chosen by the army, and the generals all pulled their horses back. Anyway, only the east wall can attack, so there is not much enemy information to explore. It''s better to go back early to discuss the way to attack the city.


    Although it''s siege, there are many ways to use it.


    Above the city wall, the people of Jiangshan were also observing the Tang army under the city. When they saw Tian Yu''s troops leaving, they were all relieved. All the people on the scene are those who have been fighting against the Tang army for many years. They already know the strength of the Tang army, so even if they are ready, they are still worried.


    ¡­¡­


    In front of the Zhao palace in Taiyuan, Jinyang, the king of Zhao, Lv Bu was dressed neatly. Chen Gong led the civil and military officials of Zhao state to stand beside Lv Bu. In front of them, 20000 Bingzhou wolf riders were also neat, solemn and quiet.


    After last year''s war, Bingzhou wolf cavalry lost nearly half. Later, Lu Bu selected more than 4000 elite cavalry from Zhao army and added them to Bingzhou wolf cavalry. He also selected more than 1000 elite blood wolf cavalry from his most elite blood wolf cavalry. All of them joined the ordinary wolf cavalry as middle and low-level officers. He expanded the ordinary wolf cavalry to 15000 cavalry from three schools, while the blood wolf cavalry left one Five thousand cavalry of the school are used as king cavalry of the guard.


    "It''s hard for the Prime Minister of the state to make peace with the ministers in the affairs of the state." Lu Bu looked at the 20000 wolf riders in front of him with satisfaction, and then turned his head to see all the people in the palace of Chen.


    "please rest assured that Wei Chen and others will do their best to keep the foundation for the king, and spare no effort." Chen Gong quickly bowed to reply;


    Lu Bu nodded and looked at the other humanitarians: "after going out alone, all the important affairs in the country are decided by the prime minister. If you have any objection, you must take orders first, and then play to Gu Chen afterwards. You can remember!"


    "Wait for me to take orders!" The rest of the people immediately replied;


    Chen Gong was moved to tears and knelt down and said, "the king trusts me, but I don''t think I can repay you. I can only repay you with my death. Please rest assured that if I lose my kingdom, I will serve you with this head!"


    "The head of the prime minister should be kept by himself. Although it''s easy to kill, I don''t like to collect it." With that, Lu Bu made a joke with Chen Gong. "Well, prime minister, is there anything in return from the state of Yan?"


    "King Hui, everything was as expected. Although King Yan wanted to send troops to help, the news that king Qi had gathered troops spread to Jicheng. King Yan had to order most of the troops to return to Jicheng to prevent the Qi army from attacking. He only sent ten thousand troops of Xuanwu battalion to Shanggu to support them. After entering Juyong Pass, the ten thousand troops stopped and did not enter Shanggu county City JuYang


    "Good. Are there any changes in the rest of the soldiers?" Lu Bu nodded and asked again;


    "everything is normal!" Just then, an official reported, "Your Majesty, the auspicious time has come!"


    "Well, I''ll send out my troops here. I''ve worked so hard for you Hearing this, Lu Bu quickly went up to the red rabbit horse, lifted his cape, turned over to the horse, picked up his painting halberd, waved to the north and said, "let''s go!"


    Chen Gong quickly led a group of civil and military officials to kneel down on the ground and said in a loud voice: "congratulations to the king, I wish him a victory! It''s a long way to go"I wish you success! It''s a long way to go


    "I wish you success! It''s a long way to go


    ¡­¡­


    Outside dingyang City, Tian Yu led the generals into the big tent that had been prepared. He went to the throne and sat down. After all the generals sat down, he said, "strategist, generals, let''s talk about how to attack this city."


    "General Dugu, tell me first!"


    General Dugu is Dugu Ba, one of the three brothers of Dugu. Now the Tang army is known all over the world, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to hide them as a mace. According to his idea, the army will eventually be expanded to one battalion and three schools, that is, the three Dugu brothers will lead one school each, but now they are only expanding it to ten thousand people, so this time they just sent Dugu Ba to lead three thousand troops to help.


    Hearing Tian Yu call his name, Dugu Ba quickly got up and said, "report back to general, and finally observed carefully. Although the city is located in the valley, the ground is covered with thick soil. If you expect it to be right, there are more than ten feet under the soil, and then there will be hard stones. So it should be suitable for digging, but the specific situation is different Please give the general another half day. We need to examine carefully before we have a final conclusion! "

 Chapter 1255

    After listening to Dugu BA''s reply, the generals were very happy. Although everyone knew that the enemy in the city would be on guard, they didn''t place all their hopes on the tungzi army. If they could have one more way to attack, they would have a much greater chance of success.


    "OK, please go by yourself. If you need help, I''ll give it to you." Tian Yu happily waved to Dugu Ba to do something for himself. After all, the next thing had nothing to do with his digging army.


    Dugu Ba got up and saluted everyone. Then he turned around and left. Soon, he was escorted by his own soldiers and left in the direction of dingyang city.


    After Dugu Ba left, Tian Yu turned his eyes to the other generals in the tent.


    "General Tian, according to the opinion of the last general, dingyang city still needs a strong attack. After all, it''s known all over the world that the tungzi army is now. It''s impossible that the defenders in the city don''t know about it, so they will certainly take precautions against it. Moreover, Xu Huang is a great general in the city. According to the king and the situation of fighting with him these days, this will be really prudent. " However, he said,


    compared with Hua Xiong, he may not be as brave as he is, but he is more calm.


    "Yes, I mean that too, but that''s not enough." Tian Yu pondered for a moment, then turned his head to Pang Tong and said, "what should be the intention of the Israeli army?"


    "Dingyang city is a long strip-shaped city with east-west direction. According to the information from the shadow guard, there are only two East-West doors in this city, and the city is just like being stuck in a valley. It is more appropriate to say that it is a pass than a city. For a pass, there are only several directions to attack. One is a strong attack on one side, regardless of losses. The second is to find a way to get around the back of the pass and attack on both sides. " Pang Tong said slowly;


    "for dingyang, there is another way, that is..." With that, Pang Tong reached out and pointed to the northwest.


    Tian Yu knew that Pang Tong was referring to the mountain ridge where the north of dingyang city was located. "I know the meaning of the military strategist, but whether it''s around dingyang city or Lingou mountain, the upper County allied forces must be on guard. Moreover, our army is not familiar with the surrounding terrain, so it''s not easy to find a suitable road for the army. Besides, there are no people who are familiar with the surrounding terrain


    In fact, Tian Yu also thought of this problem, but Jianbi Qingye, who was the king, did too well. Originally, there were only a few places in dingyang where territory could be established. The people of Hukou town had already asked them to evacuate. At the beginning of the battle in Hukou Town, he ordered all the people in Danzhou town to move back to dingyang city. So now Tang Jun didn''t want to find anyone who was familiar with the surrounding terrain.


    "There are no ordinary people, but there should be hundreds of wounded soldiers in Hukou town." Pang Tong said with a smile;


    "pa!"


    Tian Yu clapped his hands: "the words of the military strategist made me suddenly open. Send someone to Hukou immediately. He ordered to select dozens of soldiers from the captured Shangjun soldiers, instead of 20 less injured soldiers, to give them full treatment, and then send them to the army as soon as possible."


    "Well, in this way, we''ll do a number of things, no matter which aspect can make us attack dingyang as soon as possible. In the next two days, general Huaxiong can lead the Xiliang cavalry to dingyang to constantly challenge the garrison. If Xu Huang goes out to fight, the general can show his skill again and go to plunder the array for general Hua. "


    "All other departments are well prepared. The rear battalion will make as many siege equipment as possible, especially large and giant catapults, siege vehicles and well rims. When the equipment is sufficient, we will attack the city. Isn''t Shangjun full of stones? We will attack the city with stone bullets. "


    "No!" They all agreed.


    ¡­¡­


    In dingyang City, after the withdrawal of the Tang army, all the generals in the city went back to the general''s office to discuss affairs, leaving only a thousand people on duty. The withdrawal of the Tang army gave the city''s soldiers a long sigh of relief. As the lowest level soldiers, they were not as concerned about the victory or defeat of the war as the middle and senior generals, but only about whether they could survive the war.


    "Shichang, why do you think the Tang army retreated again? Don''t they attack the city?" A young taxi pawn asked him in a low voice what the long road was around him;


    "you silly boy, it''s not good if you don''t attack the city? You are in a hurry to get reincarnated Shi Chang opened his eyes and glared at the taxi driver in front of him.


    "no..." The soldier said, "I heard that the Tang army is so powerful. I want to see it."


    "Bah You want to die, don''t take us. I want to live a few more years! " Shi Chang spat on the ground and said, "it''s well known that the Tang army is tough. Otherwise, how can people become the number one vassal in the world?"


    Shi Chang was originally from Hedong county. At the beginning, the remnant was the king. At the invitation of Jiangshan, he entered Hedong. He was the garrison of Linfen. Then he followed the remnant and Jiangshan to fight several battles with the Luoyang army at that time. At that time, he had already seen the fighting power of the Luoyang army.


    Later, the governor of Hedong, Jiang Pei, was defeated, and Jiangshan, xiongba, and the remaining king had to leave. He left Hedong with him. In the next few years, with his military achievements, he gradually got promoted. First he was promoted to the military commander, and then he was transferred to the barracks. Now he is even the commander.In his opinion, the Tang army''s strength is beyond doubt. Sometimes he still thought that if he had not come to dingyang with the army, maybe he was also a member of the Tang army.


    What they said attracted the attention of the village leader. He walked up behind them and said, "Yang Laoliu, you can''t find your way to death. Before the war, you should say something that shakes the morale of the army. Be careful that the Duwei hears it. I''ll give you a military law before the war. I can''t protect you."


    The Shi Chang named Yang Laoliu immediately stopped his mouth and looked in the direction of Du Wei. He found that he didn''t pay attention to his side. He was relieved. Then he glared at his subordinate and stopped talking.


    In the camp of the Tang army, unlike the tension of the Alliance forces in Shangjun, the soldiers of the Tang army were very relieved. The strength of the Tang army was not blown out, but honed in the battles. So even now dingyang city is as strong as a medium-sized pass, but it still has no influence on Tang soldiers.


    Because most of the soldiers have no tasks, they usually rest in their tents. What we are discussing is what kind of contributions they can make and what kind of rewards they can get.

 Chapter 1256

    The attack of the Tang army didn''t begin until three days later. Of course, during these three days, the Tang army didn''t have nothing to do every day. Hua Xiong, the commander of baotao camp, led 10000 Xiliang cavalry to dingyang city every day to invite him to fight. Unfortunately, both the remaining King and the commander Xu Huang didn''t hesitate to stick to the city and never fight. Hua Xiong was very depressed and had to be at home on the first day On the second and third day, several loud taxi soldiers were sent to fight in front of the city in turn.


    In the Tang army camp, thousands of civilian men and craftsmen have produced more than 100 sets of various instruments, including 20 giant catapults, 30 giant well rims, and dozens of punching cars and other instruments.


    What''s more, on the night after the meeting, the 3000 tungzi troops under Dugu BA''s command had begun to dig tunnels. Because the whole valley was less than two Li wide, Dugu Ba only dug three tunnels at the same time. The 3000 tungzi troops were divided into several waves and began to dig tunnels day and night.


    And the 20 soldiers and prisoners from Hukou town have arrived in the camp. With their repeated confirmation, the Tang army finally determined that there are several paths that should be able to go around to the West and north of dingyang City, but these roads are some paths, so they can''t walk the army, let alone carry food and grass.


    After discussing with the generals, Tian Yu decided to send 3000 to 5000 troops with about ten days'' grain to go around the north. If possible, it would be best to occupy the army on the northern ridge. If it doesn''t work, it will go directly to the west of dingyang. As long as there are Tang soldiers and soldiers in the west of dingyang, it will be a fatal blow to the morale of Shangjun soldiers and the people.


    Originally, Tian Yu meant to send 5000 soldiers to the area, but in the end, under Pang Tong''s strong support, he sent out the Iron Eagle soldiers and Yuan army crossbow soldiers of the guards. Then he sent out 1000 elite soldiers from each of the three battalions to form a 5000 person commando. After carrying food for ten days, he set out overnight.


    After the departure of the partial division army, the siege of the Tang army had begun. With the command of commander Tian Yu, dozens of catapults attacked dingyang city. At the same time, all the crossbow soldiers on Jinglan began to suppress the enemy in the city.


    The soldiers of the Tang Dynasty, who had already been prepared, were escorted by Dadun, carrying the ready bags of cloth and rushing towards the moat of dingyang city. In order to attack dingyang, Tian Yu specially mobilized another 5000 soldiers from Hedong to fill the river in the early stage. There was no way. He could not use his elite soldiers to do these things.


    As the catapult and Jinglan began to attack, the battle in dingyang officially began.


    On the top of dingyang City, one of Yang Laoliu''s troops happened to be guarding the city when the Tang army was attacking the city. At this time, he was hiding behind the battlements, trying to curl up his body together, pulling a shield over the city in his hand and protecting his head. He did not dare to move.


    A few days ago, the soldier who was waiting for the Tang army to attack the city in front of him had been hit by a stone bullet falling from the sky in the first round of stone throwing attack. His legs were smashed and broken. He was lying in the city and his hair was more and more weak. But at this time, no one dared to move.


    All the old soldiers had caught a best hiding place to avoid the stone bullets from the sky. This kind of time to save people, is undoubtedly their own death, perhaps people did not save, but to build up their own.


    Today, it was Yang Laoliu''s turn to be on duty. Because the Tang army didn''t attack the city in the past few days, only 500 people were left on the top of the city, just Yang Laoliu and his 500 people. Unexpectedly, the Tang army launched an attack at this time.


    The tragedy of the city is due to Yang Laoliu''s experience of more than ten wars, which makes people feel shocked. At one time, dozens of stone bombs flew to the city wall. Although the accuracy of the catapult was not high, each stone weighed about 10 jin. As long as it was hit, the lucky one would be killed. It''s OK. If you were like the unfortunate guy in front of you, you would directly break two legs, and then slowly bleed to death, it would be impossible for people to survive or die.


    "Damn, if I survive this war, I will definitely join the Tang army. I was originally from Hedong, but now I am the enemy of Hedong army." Yang Laoliu prayed in his heart that he could avoid the disaster, and cried to himself;


    under the cover of the catapult and Jinglan, the guards of the Tang army spent half a day filling out more than ten siege channels in the moat outside dingyang city.


    However, even so, the Tang army did not rush to attack the city wall, but continued to pour stone bullets and crossbows into the city, suppressing the garrison in the city. The rest wanted to fight back, but their own catapults couldn''t attack the catapults outside the city. Although they also destroyed several Tang army''s Jinglan, the catapults inside the city were soon found by the Tang army''s catapults, and immediately they were attacked by several rounds of stone bombs.


    In desperation, the remaining king had to order the catapult to withdraw from the attack area of the Tang army.


    In the city, the leftover is the king. On the nest car after a hundred steps of the city wall, he observes the situation of the war at the head of the city. When he sees that the Allied forces can only be beaten but can''t fight back, he is in despair."French military strategist, what should we do in such a situation?"


    "There''s no way. The weapons of the Tang army are better than those of our coalition army. They should all be huge weapons in their situation, and the best thing for us is just large equipment. Since there''s no way to fight back, let him attack. Can they still attack the city with a catapult?" FA Zheng replied calmly;


    after listening to this, it is true that the Tang army''s weapons are strong, but just like cavalry, can you still climb up the wall. You know, in order to deal with the attack of the Tang army, the remaining King specially strengthened and thickened the wall.


    "General yokono, what''s the reward for arranging to monitor the taxi soldiers in the tunnel?" FA Zheng suddenly asked;


    the Tang army''s Tuizi army became famous in the first battle against the Qi army, and easily conquered the two strong cities of the Qi State in succession, which attracted the attention of the world''s princes. This also made the Tuizi army appear in the eyes of the world''s princes. In addition, the ancient method of digging and attacking the city existed. Only before the emergence of the Tang army''s digging army, the world had never heard of it, so we didn''t pay much attention to it. Now where can we not pay attention to it.


    "Don''t worry, general Ben has ordered to dig dozens of large pits behind the city wall, all of which have been placed with a large urn for listening to the earth. He has also sent soldiers to monitor carefully for 12 hours, and there is no return for the time being. As soon as there is news, we will send someone to inform the military division immediately. " The rest of the soldiers answered immediately;


    "it''s so good that the Tang army has arrived for more than three days. According to the truth, the tunnel dug by Zijun should be near the city wall in these two days. So we will send more people to general Hengye to monitor carefully. "


    "What''s more, on the ridge above the North City, is there any change on the other side of the army?"


    "There is no news for the time being. There are 3000 soldiers and horses on the mountain ridge to defend. Besides, there is a path under the southern wall that can go up the mountain ridge, the other roads have been destroyed by the general. If you want to go up the mountain from the other aspects, you can''t hide the soldiers on the mountain ridge." The rest are busy for Wang Lian;


    "be careful Fazheng replied, then turned away from the nest car and headed for a house in the city. He was a guest general, so there was nothing else to do except the military counsellor. This kind of simple siege didn''t need him to take part in, so he didn''t stay on the nest car much.

 Chapter 1257

    As Fazheng said, the Tang army could not rely on the catapult and Jinglan to invade the city. In the end, it would depend on the actual combat of the soldiers to decide the outcome of the war. There are many preconditions to subdue the soldiers without fighting.


    After half a day''s fighting, the catapult finally stopped attacking. After the siege passage was buried, the soldiers of Tang Dynasty who had been ready began to attack the city. Nearly two thousand soldiers escorted the siege ladder, the ram, the LV bus, and the moat car to the direction of the city wall.


    "The Tang army is attacking the city!" With the shouts of the guard taxi, the city wall seemed to come alive. Xu Huang ordered another soldier to go to the city to replace the one on duty just now.


    Yang Laoliu was very lucky. In the last round of the stone throwing attack, he was injured by flying stones, and his body was covered with blood. So he and the rest of the injured soldiers pulled down the city wall together, while the other injured or uninjured soldiers needed to face the attack of the Tang army together with the other city climbing soldiers.


    Soon, the Tang soldiers attacked the city, and the two soldiers became a regiment. However, the Tang army at the head of the city only lasted less than a quarter of an hour, and was driven down from the head of the city by the Allied soldiers.


    In just a quarter of an hour, the casualties of the two sides exceeded hundreds.


    However, the generals of both sides did not hesitate. After one of the soldiers was withdrawn, the other soldiers, who had been ready for a long time, immediately put into the battle.


    The War didn''t stop until the evening. With the sound of the army in the Tang army, the Tang soldiers who were still in the middle of the fierce battle immediately took turns to cover, took the injured comrades back, and then escorted the retreated equipment slowly out of the attack area at the head of the city.


    Then, escorted by ten thousand cavalry, he retreated to his camp without looking back.


    After withdrawing the camp and arranging the troops, Tian Yu gathered the generals in the Chinese Army''s tent for discussion.


    "What''s the loss of the army today?"


    "Report back to the general, 800 people died in the war, and more than 1500 people were seriously injured."


    "How about the loss of weapons?"


    "Five catapults were damaged and ten were lost. More than ten pieces of other instruments were lost. "


    "General Dugu, how is the tunnel going?"


    "Report back to the general, now we are a mile outside the city wall, and it will take two to three days to dig into the city, because the closer we get to the city wall, the more careful we have to be to prevent being overheard by the guards."


    The loss of troops and equipment was within the scope of Tian Yu''s acceptance. The loss of about 2000 a day was tolerable in the case of the Tang army.


    "The war will continue tomorrow, but there is one thing to tell you, that is, the river has begun to thaw. It is estimated that the peach blossom flood season will be in these days. Now that the floating bridge on the river has been removed, all our contacts with China will be interrupted during this period. Fortunately, the food and grass in Hukou town is enough for the army for three months. For the sake of safety, we will decide to send one school soldier back to Hukou tomorrow to strengthen the defense of Hukou town. At the same time, we will ask general Hua to send 5000 cavalry to guard the logistics convoy along the way just in case. "


    Several generals ordered by Tian Yu quickly got up and set out to receive orders.


    "Everyone, according to the usual practice, the peach flood season usually starts at the end of March and ends at the beginning of April. But this year''s peach flood season has been advanced nearly 10 days, so the ending time should be the same. There are 20 days from the beginning to the end. I would have hoped that the army would break dingyang and Chen Bing would leave the city in these 20 days. But if you want to achieve this goal, you need to work together. "


    "We are willing to work together with the general to achieve the goal." All of them agreed in unison;


    "well, let''s work hard together!"


    The war in dingyang is going on step by step every day. Although it is tragic, the generals of both sides have no fluctuation, just constantly changing the soldiers and horses participating in the war.


    The Shangjun people in the city thought that they had figured out the context of the Tang army. Apart from the strong attack, they had to dig tunnels to attack. And Tian Yu is waiting for the news of pianshi. According to the information of the prisoners, if they go around from the north, the time should be five to six days, and Tian Yu is waiting for the news.


    On the third day of the siege, Dugu Ba sent someone to report to Tian Yu that the tunnel was between the city wall and the moat. When he asked about Tian Yu''s arrangement again, Tian Yu ordered him to stop digging.


    Pang Tong and Tian Yu can think of what Fazheng and Xu Huang can think of, so they dare to believe that the garrison in the city has been full of ears behind the city wall, because this is the only way to crack the tunnel attack at present. The width of dingyang city was less than two Li. Dugu Ba finally chose only three tunnels. Tian Yu didn''t want the three tunnels to be found by the garrison, so he had to be more cautious when he got to the back. Moreover, he was ready to cooperate with the large-scale attack in the east when the deviant troops appeared in the west of dingyang City, and finally attacked the city at one stroke.


    Just when Tian Yu ordered Dugu BA''s troops to push the tunnel slowly, in the valley hundreds of steps north of dingyang City, the Tang army had already reached the valley at the foot of the mountain ridge, but it was helpless to face the nearby mountain ridge.In a grove in the middle of the gully, several figures are staring at the ridge hundreds of steps away. Several people have been here for more than a quarter of an hour, but they still can''t think of a way to climb the ridge.


    For a long time, the leader said dejectedly, "let''s go. Let''s withdraw first and see the situation of the other routes."


    Having said that, a few people carefully out of the crown wood cluster, around a boulder behind, and then this turned a few hundred steps away to a depression.


    As they approached the mountain pass, a group of crowns at the entrance of the pass came out. A soldier saluted them and said, "Liu Xiaowei, the other Xiaowei have come back."


    Liu Xiaowei, with a gloomy face, nodded, did not speak, and walked towards the mountain depression. As soon as you walk into the mountain pass, you can see that there are thousands of Tang troops hidden in it. This is the one who left the camp and wanted to go around to the west of dingyang city.


    Liu Shang is the commander of the army. According to the establishment of the Tang army, the general of the guards is one level higher than the general of the ordinary barracks. Therefore, in the ordinary barracks, the commander of the guards is the commander of the guards.


    This time, Tian Yu set up a partial division, in addition to the Iron Eagle sharps and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, he also transferred an elite army from the three battalions. They were led by Liu Shang, commander of tieyingruishi, Yu Xin, commander of Yuanrong crossbow, Ren Fang, commander of Yingyang camp, Yuan Quan, commander of baotao camp and Fang Ge, commander of xiongqu camp.


    Before departure, Tian Yu had already told several people that Liu Shang was the main general and Yu Xin was the deputy general, and the other three generals needed to obey their orders. If the main and Deputy generals disagreed, the decision would be made by five people after voting.

 Chapter 1258

    To Liu Shang''s disappointment, when they spent three days trying to get around the back of the mountain ridge, they found that the garrison of Shangjun had already destroyed the main road to the north of the mountain ridge. You know, these roads are the paths they found in a small village by accident when they were walking in the mountains these days, and then they found them through the hunters inside.


    After putting the army in a mountain depression to rest, under the guidance of the hunter, Liu Shang personally went to a path to see the situation. However, after observing for nearly a quarter of an hour, he didn''t think of a way to go up the mountain.


    Looking through the crevices of the canopy, Liu Shang found that it was indeed a path up the mountain, but it was obviously destroyed. The whole path had been broken into a cliff about several feet high. Several large stones on the path had been pried off and fell into the valley in front of his eyes.


    Not only that, on the ridge of the mountain, there was a guard post at the original position of the path. From the bottom of the mountain, it was a stone wall built by huge stones, which blocked the path directly.


    From Liu Shang''s position, the military array on the ridge is just a military array built on a high platform suspended in the middle of the air, and it is almost impossible to go up from other positions.


    This is the case with a humble path in front of us. Liu can still imagine it. The situation in other places is almost the same.


    As expected, when he saw that he was coming back, the other generals surrounded him and looked forward to him.


    Liu Shang looked at several people and shook his head slightly. The others were disappointed. Liu Shang winked at several people, then turned his head and walked towards a vacant lot. A few people knew each other and quickly followed up.


    After several people arrived, Liu Shang motioned to his soldiers to retreat to a distance of more than ten steps, and then urged them to say, "you guys, I have just seen it. It''s impossible to go up the mountain. What about the rest of you? "


    According to the captives and hunters, there were three paths to the north of the mountain ridge. Apart from the one Liu Shang looked at, there was another one Ren Fang and Yuan Quan looked at respectively.


    Seeing Liu Shangchao, they both shook their heads. Seeing this, everyone was depressed.


    After a little pause, Liu Shang said: "it seems that it is not feasible for you to help the army capture dingyang by seizing the ridge array. If I am not wrong, the dingyang army has destroyed all the other roads up the ridge, so now we have to take the second road - continue westward and go around to the west of dingyang city."


    When they heard this, they all raised their spirits. Seizing the military array on the ridge was one of the alternatives. If not, there was a second way to go.


    Seeing that everyone had recovered, Liu Shang said: "on the way back, I had made a clear inquiry with the hunter. He knew that another path to the west only took two days, less than three days. We have brought grain for ten days. Now three days have passed. If we can save one day''s time, we will have a better chance of success. Therefore, I decided to set out immediately and go to the west of dingyang city. "


    "No!" The other four responded together;


    "well, this place is too close to the army on the ridge. We''ll set out at once and camp a little further away from here. Moreover, I''ve already agreed with the hunters that when we get to their village, we will buy all the prey in their village and take them away, and try to buy some more grain, if we can let the army carry more Take as much food as you can. "


    Several people discussed and decided to immediately assemble their own troops and set out.


    Among the 5000 troops, Iron Eagle sharp was the leader, and Liu Shang was led by a 20-year-old young man named stone to observe the army formation on the mountain ridge.


    The young man was very talkative and kept talking with Liu Shang all the way. After returning to the small village, Liu Shang ordered the army to stop outside the village, and then led a hundred soldiers and stones into their village. When the villagers in the village heard that the Tang army was going to pay a high price for all their prey and most of their food, they were on the last alert for the Tang army It''s all gone.


    Under the guidance of several old hunters in the village, every family took out all their prey, but there were few staple foods such as rice. After all, they all needed to buy some food from the county outside the mountain to meet their needs for a year.


    This is a small village with more than ten households. It is located on the hillside. There are about a hundred people. Except for about twenty young and strong people, the rest are old and weak women and children. When Liu Shang put a large amount of money in front of them, everyone was very happy. The money was worth twice the price they paid to sell their prey in the county.


    After a good meal outside the village and a good night''s rest, the next day, led by Shitou and another middle-aged hunter of Uncle Qian, they headed for the western side of the mountain.


    Two days later, they finally went around to a ridge in the west of dingyang. Stone and uncle Qian led Liu Shang behind a huge stone on the ridge of the mountain, pointed to the official road hundreds of steps away and said, "general, you see, the official road from dingyang to Fushi is in front. At the foot of the mountain beside the official road, there is a small castle. All the people who live are surnamed Fu, and their name is Fu family castle. It is said that they have been in Shangjun for more than 100 years.""Uncle Qian, how far is it from dingyang city?" Liu Shang asked;


    "about seven or eight miles away!" Uncle Qian thought for a while and said with uncertainty;


    "is there any other village around here?"


    "To the east of fujiabao, along the official road, there is caojia village on the other side of the river. In addition, there is a Shijia village four Li to the west of dingyang city. In addition, it''s going west along the fujiabao road. "


    After listening to Uncle Qian''s words, Liu Shang remembered that all the villages were empty from Hukou all the way west to dingyang City, and there were obviously people in the Fujia fort in front of him. Now it was evening, and there was smoke rising in the fort.


    It seems that dingyang city has moved all the people in the villages to the east of dingyang to the county. It''s afraid that its army can get intelligence and even support from the residents outside the city. But it''s just that there''s no way to take into account all the people in the small villages like Uncle Qian and others in the mountains.


    Thinking of this, Liu Shang carefully observed the fortress in front of him. It was a stone fortress built on the mountain, less than 400 steps in length and width. The situation inside should be about 50 families, that is, only 200 or 300 people. However, the castle wall looked very solid, about one foot high, and some people could be seen walking on it.


    For example, it''s going to be dark today. It seems that our army can arrive at the fortress just after dark. It''s time to attack the fortress at night and let the army have a good night''s rest. Tomorrow, we will start to coordinate the siege army in the East.


    Thinking of this, Liu Shang led a few people to retreat from the mountain ridge, and then gathered the other generals to share his ideas with a few people. Everyone thought this arrangement was feasible, so the army began to prepare.

 Chapter 1259

    After a short rest at the back of the mountain ridge, the five thousand Tang army took advantage of the dusk to advance quietly along the mountain depression towards the South official road.


    Hurry up and slow down, the army finally arrived near the fujiabao before it was completely dark, and ordered the army to hide on the spot and wait for the order. Liu Shang led the other four generals to quietly approach the fort and observe carefully.


    In the dark, you can see that there are four people on the wall of the fortress. It is estimated that because of the outbreak of war in the county town several miles away, the defense of the whole fortress has also been strengthened.


    Several people quietly took a look around the fortress again. Except that the back of the fortress is directly against the ridge, the whole fortress has three walls, but its defense is extremely poor. Except for ten people in the direction of the main gate, there are five people on each side of the other things.


    Seeing this situation, several people quietly returned to the valley hundreds of steps away.


    "It seems that the defense of the fortress is still very strong. Despite the strong fighting power of these people, there are at least 20 people on the three walls of the fortress. It can be seen that the people in Fu''s fortress still attach great importance to it. Let''s talk about it. What should we do? " Liu Shang asked;


    "according to a certain point of view, it''s just a matter of attacking directly after waving. Where are so many troubles? There are no more than three or five hundred people inside, and the real young people are no more than a hundred. If you don''t want to surrender, you can just kill them. " What he said was square. In his opinion, it was more straightforward to kill directly.


    "No, Shangjun will soon be under the rule of the king. These people are our countrymen. If we start the killing so easily, I''m afraid it will do harm to the king''s reputation." Yu Xin immediately objected;


    "well, Fang Duwei''s method is really direct, but I don''t agree with it. They are just the common people, not the enemy. If they can''t kill, it''s best." Yuan Quan also said: "if the battlefield Bo Sha, then life and death by fate, since there is nothing to say."


    Seeing that everyone didn''t agree to attack the castle directly, Liu Shang said, "well, after a little rest, one of the soldiers and horses will surround the castle with torches to persuade them to surrender. The other soldiers and horses will hide first and pay attention to the surrounding situation. If they are stubborn, they will attack again."


    "No!" The other four were all holding their fists to answer the promise


    Inside and above the wall of Fujia castle, several people were guarding there, but now there was only one person standing there watching the sentry, and the rest of them all hid in the gatehouse above the gate of the castle to warm themselves around a fire. This kind of fortress is not like a city. It has all kinds of defense facilities. A better fortress has a gatehouse and four corner turrets, but almost none of them. There are only four bare walls.


    It is obvious that fujiabao belongs to the former category. There is not only a trench at the south main gate, but also a two-story gate above the main gate, and a turret at each corner of the wall. Besides, a trench about two feet wide was dug outside the wall, which can be said to have complete defense facilities.


    Several people gathered around the brazier, baking the fire and talking about the war several miles away.


    "Second uncle, do you think the Tang army can capture dingyang city?" One of the young people looked at the middle-aged man sitting at the top;


    "who knows!" The middle-aged man replied, "however, I heard the young master say that the Tang kingdom is now the most powerful vassal state in the world, occupying 30% of the cities and population in the world. Besides, I heard that all the Tang troops are as strong as calves, and they are invincible in the world. Our Hengye general used to be from Hedong. Later he heard that he was driven away by the Tang army. Now he''s coming to dingyang to bully us. It''s estimated that the Tang army is coming to settle accounts after autumn. "


    "Ah, that Qi doesn''t mean that the Tang army will definitely attack dingyang. Will they catch us as rebels?" Another young man turned pale with fright and quickly asked,


    "bang!"


    As soon as his voice fell, the middle-aged man slapped him on the head and scolded: "liuwazi, you crow mouth, who said we were rebels?"


    Liuwazi was slapped by the middle-aged man, and he was afraid to speak again.


    Several people were chatting when the young watchman outside called out: "two Second uncle! Come on, look, there are so many people over there


    "Hula..."


    A few people in the gatehouse ran out quickly. Without looking at the young people, we all saw a lot of torches gushing out of the East Col. although the number of torches was not large, the dark group of people seemed to have at least a thousand people.


    "Come on Seeing this, the second uncle quickly yelled, "come on, ring the alarm!"


    "Dangdang..."


    Soon, the clear alarm bell rang in Fuji castle. Suddenly, the castle was full of people and dogs barking everywhere. Soon, the castle master and his eldest son came to the gate tower. Together with them, the rest of Fuji castle''s more than 40 people were on the wall. At this time, those people outside the fort had arrived only 200 steps away from the fort gate.


    On the gate tower, people looked at the dark crowd two hundred paces away. They were too scared to speak.


    Just at this time, a man came out of the crowd outside the fort. He walked a hundred steps away and said in a loud voice to the wall of the Fort: "listen to the people of Fu family fort, we are the Tang army. Let your people in charge come out and answer!"When they heard that it was the Tang army, they were even more scared. The Tang army appeared here. Has the passage dingyang city been broken? But I haven''t seen any rout soldiers running away from the official road in front of me these days. With the strength of dingyang City, it''s impossible that there is no one running out. At least Mr. Fu and Mr. Fu knew that there were at least three or four thousand Hun cavalry in dingyang. These cavalry might not be able to defend the city, but they certainly had no problem escaping.


    However, it is no longer the time to think about this. Seeing that no one came out to answer, the Tang army outside was impatient and was urging. Seeing this, Mr. Fu quickly stood up and said in a loud voice, "I''m the Lord of Fu family castle. I don''t know what you want from this Tang army warrior to my Fu family castle?"


    "My general said that this time we came to pacify the rebellion army of the Shangdang under the order of the king. Now the army has arrived here and wants to have a rest in the fort."


    "Heroes of the Tang army, the place of our fujiabao is too small to accommodate more than 1000 people of your army. If you don''t want to abandon it, you should set up a camp outside the fort. The little old man will send people to send food, cattle and sheep to work for the army. At the same time, I would like to present 500 Guan of money and 200 Shi of grain to the army to strengthen its military power! "


    "Don''t be shameless, you old man. Let''s just open the door. Don''t worry. If you cooperate, we promise not to hurt you. But if you don''t know what''s good and what''s bad, we''ll attack the fortress later, we''ll leave no one behind."


    "Ah!..." All the people on the wall were so frightened that they all cried out, one by one turned pale and looked back at the castle master beside them.

 Chapter 1260

    In the face of such a tough approach of the Tang army, old man Fu was surprised. It seems that he can''t give up today. There are thousands of Tang soldiers outside the fort alone, while there are only a few hundred people in his own fort. There are only a hundred young and strong people who can really handle things. How can he stop a thousand soldiers like wolves.


    When he was hesitating, Sergeant Tang outside began to urge him again: "old man Fu, I will give you half a quarter of an hour. If we don''t agree to the time, our general will attack the city." With that, he left without looking back, leaving all the people in Fu''s Castle looking at the bright fire 200 steps away.


    For a long time, old man Fu sat down on the wall with a pale face, muttering: "it''s a disaster, it''s a disaster, what can we do? Yang''er, what can we do? "


    Standing next to him was Fu Yang, the eldest son of the Lord of he family castle, who was also the eldest son of Min Zhuang. After listening to his father''s words, he was stunned.


    "No, I have to hold down the Tang army first, and then send someone to dingyang city for help. General yokono will not sit by and watch the Tang army so rampant. He will send someone to support it. Yes, send for help. Yang''er, you immediately lead a few servants to escape from the back mountain, and then make a detour to dingyang city to ask general Hengye to send troops to support you. "


    "Yes, yes..." A few of the people nearby also said in reply;


    seeing that his son was still in a daze here, old man Fu quickly pushed him and said, "what are you doing here? Don''t you hurry up!"


    "No way!" Fu Yang suddenly said in a loud voice;


    his words stunned everyone, and old man Fu scolded in a low voice: "are you stupid? What can''t! Let''s go


    "No, father, the son means not to call for reinforcements!" Fu Yangdao;


    "why? If you don''t ask for reinforcements, are you still waiting here to die? "


    "No, father, do you still think that general Hengye can fight against the king of Tang?"


    "But But the problem is, now the Tang army has been attacking for four or five days, but they haven''t captured the county yet? "


    "No, it''s only temporary. We need to know that there are hundreds of counties and tens of millions of people in the state of Tang. How many people are there in dingyang? Fifty or sixty thousand people, right? Do you think these 50000 or 60000 people can beat tens of millions? "


    "This..."


    "What''s more, there are more than 1000 Tang troops outside. Do you think this small fortress can really withstand the attack of more than a thousand wolves? Are you sure you can support the reinforcements of Hengye army? Even if we really blocked the more than 1000 Tang troops, since the Tang troops have already appeared here, can''t there be reinforcements behind them? If there are 3000 or 5000 Tang troops next time, can we support the arrival of reinforcements in dingyang? "


    After a long time, old man Fu said, "in your opinion, what should I do?"


    "Open the door and surrender. My son once heard that the king of Tang was not fond of killing people, and since the Tang army''s expedition, there have been few reports of killing people. So my son can be sure that this army of Tang should be a partial division of the Tang army who came around to the west of dingyang city. If we can take this opportunity to hand over to the general of Tang army, then our dingyang Fu family may fly "To the sky!"


    Finally, Mr. Fu was moved by his last words. If the Fu family in dingyang can really soar into the sky in his hands, after a hundred years, he can go to see the ancestors with his head high.


    For a long time, master Fu clenched his teeth and said, "well, I''ll listen to you as father. I''ll send someone to ask general Tang to surrender. They must promise that they can''t hurt anyone in Fu''s castle, otherwise I''d rather be a broken jade than a broken one. I''ll fight to death."


    "No, father, in order to show our sincerity, my son went out in person to see the general of the Tang army." Fu Yang stopped his father again.


    "but..."


    "No, but only in this way can we show our sincerity. If there is any accident for our son, please prepare for the worst." Fu Yang firmly said;


    with that, he instructed the servants to take out the hanging basket placed in the watchtower, climbed into the basket and said, "let me down!"


    The servant looked at old man Fu hesitantly and didn''t know what to do.


    "Let it go Old man Fu gritted his teeth and waved his hand.


    Soon, Fu Yang was led to the leader by the Tang soldiers.


    "Dingyang, Fuyang, meet the general! I''m willing to abandon the dark and turn to the light. Please be kind to the people in the fort! "


    The general of Tang army is Yuan Quan. Seeing that the young man is so interesting, he looks at Fu Yang with a meaningful smile, and then says, "who are you?"


    "The boy is the eldest son of the Lord of Fu''s castle. My father is old, so he specially sent the boy to visit the general. The whole people of Fu''s castle are willing to take refuge in the state of Tang, but the general will look forward to it immediately. Please treat the people in the castle well."


    "Well, as long as you know what you''re interested in, my army will not kill innocent people indiscriminately." Then he led Fu Quan to the back of the army.Fu Quan followed Yuan Quan with a puzzled face, but he didn''t know what was going on. After he passed through the torches, he was stunned by the situation. There were thousands of people behind. At this time, Fu Quan could not help but secretly congratulated himself that he had made a wise decision. If he really had any other thoughts, Fu''s castle would be destroyed in a moment.


    Soon, he was taken to another general by the former general of Tang army. Then he said to the general: "General Liu, the owner of Fu family castle sent his eldest son Fu Yang to beg for surrender. Please treat the people in the castle well."


    "Mr. Fu, this is Liu Xiaowei of the guards in front of the Tang Palace. He is the commander of our 5000 troops. If you are not at ease, you can get a definite promise from General Liu."


    "Fu Yang, meet general Liu!"


    "I will promise you what you ask for. After all, after the capture of Yangcheng, you will be the people of the Tang Dynasty, so you can rest assured." Liu Shang looked at Fu Yang and readily agreed;


    "general Xie! Boy, I''ll lead the general''s army to the fort to have a rest! " Then he turned to return to the castle, and Yuan Quan immediately followed him.


    Soon they went back to the place more than 100 steps in front of the fort. When they got here, Fu Yang stopped and said in a loud voice to the fort, "father, open the door. General Liu has promised not to hurt anyone in the fort."


    Liu Shang behind the army heard Fu Yang''s voice, but he didn''t speak. Fu Yang said it in front of thousands of soldiers. Liu Shang didn''t understand what he meant. However, he didn''t hurt the people''s mind, so he let him say it.


    Soon the gate of Fu''s castle was opened, and Fu Yang led Yuan Quan and hundreds of Tang troops into the castle from the gate. It wasn''t long before the Tang troops took over all the defenses in the castle, and then sent people out of the castle to inform the people outside.


    Hearing Yuan Quan''s return, Liu Shang was relieved. He waved his hand and said, "the army enters the fort!"


    When master Fu, a group of people Zhuang and the people of the fort saw that there were five thousand Tang troops entering the fort, they realized that they had gone to the gate of hell.

 Chapter 1261

    After the army entered the fort, they did not make any mistakes with the people, which made everyone in Fu''s Fort feel relieved. After the five thousand Tang army entered the fort, they were led by Fu Yang''s family members and settled down in several large houses. Then dozens of people were recruited to cook food for the five thousand Tang army.


    The biggest house in the castle, the front yard, has been given to Liu Shang by Fu Yang''s father, and all the Fu family members have been arranged to live in the back yard.


    In the hall, Liu Shang summoned all the four generals, and then invited Fu Baochang and Fu Yang to come.


    After everyone sat down, Liu Shangxian stood up and saluted Fu''s father and son. He said, "I respect my father and son for their great righteousness. I should have told the king about it. Please don''t reward me!"


    "I dare not!" Fu''s father and son quickly got up and said,


    "well, now that we are all from our own family, we don''t have to be so polite." Yu Shang said with a smile;


    "yes, yes, we are all from our own family. The soldiers have been running in the field for several days. Today, we can have a good night''s rest. I really want to thank the fort owner. " Fang Ge also said with a smile;


    "it''s the honor of Fu Jiabao!" The Lord Fu bowed to answer.


    "Well, let''s discuss the military affairs next." Liu Shang interrupted everyone''s joking and said: "master Fu, master Fu, we have just arrived here. Please give us a detailed introduction of the situation in the West. The more detailed, the better!"


    As they have seen all the way, the population and villages of dingyang are mainly concentrated in dingyang, Danzhou and hukou, while the rest of the aborigines are mostly concentrated in the two sides of the official road to the west of dingyang. There are only more than ten small villages between the east of dingyang and hukou, so it is time to start the war They have been forced to move to Shouyang city before.


    In the west of dingyang, in addition to the Fu family castle, there are Qu family castle, Yao family castle and Fan family castle to the West. They are all fortresses about the size of Fu family castle, and the number of them is about 300 or 500. On the east side, there are no bigger village fortresses except caojiabao on the other side of the river and shijiabao on the west side of dingyang. The rest are basically small villages with more than a hundred people, and most of them are scattered among the mountains. They seldom contact with the outside on weekdays, except that they come to the county from time to time to sell some fur and prey, and then purchase some daily necessities and grain to go back.


    As for the situation in the city, they are not very clear, there is no other reason, because these days, tens of thousands of reinforcements have entered dingyang city from the official way, and they have not cared about how many soldiers there are in dingyang city. For local snakes like them, it has little to do with whether dingyang city''s surname is Tang or whatever.


    Seeing that Liu Shangzhu was disappointed that he had not been able to provide detailed information about dingyang City, Fu Yang got up and said, "general, if you don''t want to go to the county after dawn tomorrow, I will go to the county to find out what''s going on in the city."


    "No need." Liu Shang stopped and said, "we have a general idea of the situation of the soldiers and horses in dingyang city. We just want to get some facts from you and others. Now the most important thing is how to cooperate with the army in the east to attack the county."


    "If not, my father will take the lead and contact the heads of all the families. If you want to contribute to the siege of the army, you can still say three or five." Fu Yang asks tentatively;


    the reason why he says this is that there are basically dozens of people or servants in these big fortresses in the west of dingyang. They are all the families that have lived in dingyang for decades or even for one or two hundred years. If it is not for dingyang, it is too bad to have a family of thousands. Now there is a chance. If we can make great contributions to each family, we may be able to leave this place and let the family get better development. Fu Yang believes that the owners of each family will carefully consider this matter.


    Liu Shang shook his head again and rejected Fu Yang''s suggestion: "if you people are strong, if you are sent to the battlefield, you are just going to die. There is no need to pay such unnecessary casualties."


    Liu Shang''s words, Fu''s father and son were very happy. They knew that they didn''t vote for the wrong person, so they racked their brains to think of a way.


    At this time, Yu said: "general, I have some ideas, which are not very mature, but can be used to throw a brick to attract jade."


    "Go ahead, General Yu!"


    "If you want to cooperate with general Tian''s attack, there are only several aspects. One is to disturb the enemy in the city, and the other is to kill the enemy as much as possible. We can consider which is the best way to do it one by one."


    "Yes!" Fu Yang suddenly clapped his hands and said;


    several people were startled by his sudden voice, and they all stared at him. Staring at by several people, Fu Yang also felt a little abrupt and whispered: "several generals, as general Yu said just now, want to kill the enemy as much as possible. The boy is thinking that if tomorrow''s boy goes to the county town for help, he says that a small group of Tang army is attacking Fu Jiabao..."


    "Good!"


    "Not bad!"


    "Good idea!"


    Before he finished, several generals on the scene applauded him.Soon several people discussed the specific plan. When they left, Liu Shang patted Fu Yang on the shoulder and said, "Mr. Fu, if there is no accident, you can make a great contribution."


    One night without words, the next morning, the whole Fu family castle began to make preparations. In order to attract dingyang, in addition to sending people to the county for help, there are still many things to be prepared. First of all, all the people in the fort were moved away, which didn''t need the Tang army to worry about. After getting up early in the morning, old man Fu gathered all the old and weak women and Confucians in the fort. Then he left the side door of the fort and took all the people to a secret place in the back mountain of the fort.


    Nowadays, there are no two or three secrets in the family, let alone the temporary resettlement of the elderly and the weak, so this problem is quickly solved. As for the young men in the fort, they still have to stay. They have to help the Tang army do something.


    The second is to strengthen the defense inside the fortress. There must be too many troops coming out of the city. After discovering that this is a trap, either they should retreat back to the city as soon as possible or attack the fortress. Therefore, the Tang army must be prepared in both directions.


    After making these preparations, it was almost noon. After Liu Shang ordered everyone to have a good meal, he began the next arrangement. First of all, tieyingruishi and the 2000 soldiers of baotao battalion of Yingyang camp left the fortress and headed for dingyang for two miles. Then they entered a valley to hide. Inside the fort, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers were left to defend. As for the 1000 soldiers of xiongqu camp, they were left outside the fort as part of the siege, ready to lure the Yang army into the trap.


    The task of asking for help in the city was handed over to Fu Yang at his strong request, because he said that he had acquaintances in the county yamen of the county, and that he was the eldest son of the Fu family. If he went to ask for help, it would be easier for people in the city to believe it.


    After thinking about it for a moment, Liu Shang agreed to his request, but for his safety, he specially assigned two elite Tang soldiers to protect him as servants.


    Now everything is ready, only the east wind.

 Chapter 1262

    Dingyang City, the east city of the war is still going on, today is the seventh day, in the seven days time, the Tang army seems to be tireless in the non-stop attack toward the east city, each is the same, the first is the catapult and Jinglan attack to the city, and then the infantry attack the city with ants.


    However, although the first attack was counterattacked by the coalition forces, the coalition forces lost a lot. Especially now there are several cracks in the east wall, and the loss of soldiers is not small. In recent days, the number of dead and injured soldiers has exceeded 5000, but the loss of the Tang army seems to be similar to that of the garrison. The soldiers did not understand what was going on, but the generals understood that the Tang army had a great advantage in this aspect because it was far more elite than the Allied forces.


    However, they had nothing to do with the soldiers in Ximen, but they were all soldiers who came down from the attack in the first two days. They were injured more or less, so they were transferred to Xicheng to guard the city. It''s about guarding the city. In fact, it''s just for them to watch. There''s no danger.


    Yang Laoliu is one of them. Now they have nothing left but him and the other two soldiers.


    Time has passed noon, the east side of the war will soon start, just at this time, Yang Laoliu suddenly saw in front of a few people in a hurry to the city gate direction ran over. Just as he was about to go back to the city gate to have a rest, he suddenly smelled a smell of blood. He was suddenly stunned and suddenly realized that it was from several people running from the opposite side. He stood up and looked in the direction of the people.


    Soon the three men ran to the suspension bridge outside the gate of the city. Because there was no war in the west, the suspension bridge and the gate of the west gate were not closed. There were still many people coming in and out of the gate.


    Yang Laoliu finally saw clearly that the three people who ran across the suspension bridge were really covered with blood. The first one was dressed as a childe, while the other two were servants. However, it seems that they are all injured.


    Several people ran to the gate of the city, just about to enter the city, Yang Laoliu suddenly stopped and said: "who are you, why do you look like this, what do you do in the city?"


    The first son-in-law had already run all over his body, but he didn''t sit down on the ground with the help of his two servants. However, he kept shouting: "I''m the eldest son of fujiabao, ten miles west of the city. This morning, suddenly a lot of Tang soldiers came out of the valley behind my castle, and then they immediately launched a march to my castle Attack, no way. I''m going to the county government to ask the general to send troops to help each other. Otherwise, there will be no hundreds of people up and down the Fu family castle. "


    With that, he forced himself to get up and run to the city again. Maybe because he had already arrived in the city, his breath of supporting him inside his body was relieved. When he said it, his whole body seemed to wilt.


    Seeing this, the two men, one on the left and the other on the right, came forward to hold him, and then went to the direction of the county government.


    Several people left the situation, Yang Laoliu has no mind to see, he is now concerned about is, dingyang West suddenly appeared a large number of Tang army, that does not mean, dingyang has been surrounded by the Tang army!


    Thinking of this, he turned around and ran to the top of the tower. As he ran, he yelled: "Duwei, it''s no good. There are a lot of Tang troops ten miles west of the city. They are attacking fujiabao there."


    The news that only a few people knew was suddenly heard by all the soldiers and people at the gate of the city. Suddenly, the whole gate was in a mess. People inside the city wanted to go out, people outside the city wanted to come in, and the soldiers were busy preparing to close the gate, so the whole gate was in a mess.


    Hearing the news, Du Wei, who came out of the city tower, saw this situation. He was so angry that he rushed to Yang Laoliu and slapped him two times. He said, "what are you yelling at? It''s not confirmed. If the enemy spies and lied about the military situation, you will be punished for disorderly army."


    Yang Laoliu''s face turned pale with fright. He said, "that is indeed the eldest son of fujiabao in the west of the city. The younger one has seen him once, and they smell of blood. I dare to guarantee that they are right."


    "You can''t roar here. You want to die, right?" Du Wei said angrily;


    "I''m sorry, my subordinates are in a hurry, so they didn''t hold back." With that, Yang Laoliu asked Duwei for mercy.


    "Come on, let''s arrange to close the gate. At this time, even if it''s not true, it can only be taken seriously." The Duwei said helplessly;


    soon, in the county yamen of the city, several people who were left were the king and Fazheng knew the news that the Tang army had appeared behind them. They immediately recruited the informer and inquired carefully. Finally, they confirmed that only a small part of the Tang army with less than 1000 people appeared in the west, which made them feel relieved.


    As soon as he heard that there were only a thousand Tang soldiers in the west, he immediately ordered, "come on, send a school of soldiers to fujiabao immediately, surround and annihilate the Tang army there, find the way out of the Tang army by the way, and continue to find out if there are any follow-up troops of the Tang army."


    "Slow down!" Before the messenger left, Fazheng suddenly exclaimed,


    "eh?""General, let Liu Bao send a thousand cavalry to go together!"


    "Well," Jiangshan immediately replied, "send a messenger to General Liu Bao, and ask him to send 1000 cavalry troops with 5000 soldiers to annihilate the 1000 Tang army."


    After the messenger left, several people came back to discuss the military situation, but Jiangshan found that Fazheng was still sitting there thinking about something, and there was no movement for a long time. So he sat there quietly and watched. He knew that Fazheng must be thinking about something.


    The abnormality of the two of them soon startled the rest of them. They also looked at Fazheng in surprise. For a long time, Fazheng shook his head and looked at several people.


    "What''s the matter? Sergeant, do you find anything unusual? " Jiangshan asked in a hurry;


    "I found something wrong, that is, in the past few days, the Di''an in the city has not been able to find the location of Tang Jun''s tunnel. Then, their tunnel should have reached the side of the city wall, but why hasn''t it been found. I''ve been thinking about this problem these days. Now I think it must be Tian Yu who deliberately ordered the tunnel to stop digging, or carefully digging. Then he''s waiting for something. Is he waiting for the news that the Tang army is in the west of the city? "


    "Just according to our prior observation, even if there were soldiers in the Tang army circling to the west of dingyang, there should not be a lot of troops. At most, there were one or two thousand soldiers, which is consistent with the information just received. But if there were only one or two thousand soldiers, they would hardly have any influence on the West. What is Tian Yu waiting for?"

 Chapter 1263

    Fazheng''s words brought a bad omen to the three of them. They were all driven to Shangjun by Huangfu Chaobo like dogs who had lost their families. For example, the leftover was the king and the overlord were driven out twice. They suffered a lot for several of Huangfu Chaobo''s military advisers.


    Seeing that Fazheng didn''t come up with a reason, they were even more worried.


    Compared with Fazheng''s doubts and the three men''s uneasiness, Tian Yu''s mood was a little anxious. It''s Jiao Zao. It''s seven days since the departure of the partial division army, but there''s still no news. You should know that the 5000 army has only three days to carry ten days'' grain.


    As the first time he led the battle alone, Tian Yu seemed calm and calm as a veteran on the battlefield, but no one could understand the pressure in his heart.


    At this time, a new round of attack began again. Looking at Tian Yu''s face on the nest car, Pang Tong came to him and said in a low voice: "the general seems to be a little confused."


    "The military adviser should know why!" But Pang Tong didn''t answer him directly. Instead, he said, "I fought with the king for several years and experienced dozens of wars. I remember that the king once said to me: for the sake of the general''s way, we should first govern our mind. Mount Tai collapses in front of it, but its color remains unchanged. Elk flourishes on the left, but its eyes remain unchanged. Then it can control its interests and wait for the enemy. Now I''ll send this to the general! "


    "Mount Tai collapses in front of it, but its color remains unchanged. Elk flourishes on the left, but its eyes do not blink. Then it can control its interests and wait for the enemy. Now I''ll send this to the general! " After hearing this, Tian Yu mumbled it twice in his mouth, and immediately understood the meaning of it. He said: "my king is really talented! Tian Yu has been taught. Thank you, commander! "


    Pang Tong laughed and said nothing. When he looked at Tian Yu again, he found that he had really recovered to his former calm. The military orders were issued from his mouth, just right every time.


    In fact, this sentence originally came from Song Su Xun''s "mind skill": "for the general''s way, we should treat the mind first. When Mount Tai collapses in front of it, its color remains the same, and the elk flourishes on the left, but its eyes are not blinking. Then it can control its interests and wait for the enemy. "


    Once, when Huangfu Chaobo was chatting with Pang Tong, he accidentally pretended to be 13, but Pang Tong firmly remembered it. In fact, this time Huang Fu Chao Bo sent Pang Tong to be Tian Yu''s military adviser, he also wanted Pang Tong to guide him, and Pang Tong knew what he meant, so every time Tian Yu really had nothing to do, he would only do it, otherwise he would always be watching silently.


    In Pang Tong''s view, although Tian Yu was young, he was indeed a man of ability. In time, he would be able to command the three armies and gallop on the battlefield.


    In their opinion, it is best for the 5000 partial army to succeed, and if not, it is not a pity. Before, however, Tian Yu placed too much hope on the pianjun and lost his original intention. Now, after my own reminder, I can adjust it quickly. This is the way to make a general.


    Just two people don''t know, they have no hope of pianshi, will soon bring them surprise.


    In dingyang City, six thousand horse troopers soon gathered together. Under the leadership of Fu Yang, they headed for Fu Jiabao ten miles west of the city.


    After the army began to settle the sun, the Hun cavalry, like a wild horse in Sahuan, rushed directly to Fujia Castle ten miles away, ignoring the loud stop of the infantry captain. On the contrary, the cavalry commander left a sentence: "Hey, you''ll walk slowly behind..."


    Because they didn''t carry any supplies, it took them more than half an hour to walk ten li. However, it only took less than a quarter of an hour for the cavalry to ride lightly and quickly. Because the interval between them was not too long, the infantry captain was very angry, but he didn''t send anyone to report back to the city. Instead, he instructed his soldiers to speed up. In his opinion, the cavalry was more powerful It''s impossible to end the war in a quarter of an hour. It''s just the end of the war.


    Harlan is the chieftain of the Hun cavalry under Liu Bao. In recent days, he has become crazy in dingyang city. In his opinion, the cavalry is also galloping in the field, waving a sabre to kill the enemy, cutting off his head as a souvenir, rather than shrinking in the city as a turtle.


    This time it happened that Liu Bao needed to send 1000 cavalry troops to eliminate the scattered soldiers of the Tang army, so Harlan took this opportunity from the four chieftains. No mistake, he just took this opportunity. The opportunity of cavalry troops to go out of the city to suppress the enemy was won by the four men.


    How could Harlan miss the chance he finally got? As soon as he got out of the city, he ordered his 1000 cavalry to move forward quickly and get to the fortress that the Tang army was attacking. In his opinion, a small fortress could not stop the Tang army''s attack for long. If he went late, it was very likely that the Tang army had already captured the fortress or even retreated, so he had to hurry up, no Then he is busy in vain.


    In Harlan''s opinion, it''s better to rush into the fort by the time he arrives. In this way, he can take the opportunity to plunder the fort.


    It was with this kind of mood that Harlan pulled on a horse the big son of the Fu family who came to report, and let several soldiers watch carefully. A thousand cavalry rushed to the Fu family castle ten miles away like a gust of wind.At this time, the Fu family castle was already in the middle of fierce fighting, and the sound of killing and shouting could be heard several miles away. Outside and above the castle wall, there are arrows everywhere. There are more than a dozen corpses scattered around, some dressed up by Tang Jun and others dressed up by Fu family castle servants. However, all of them are covered with blood, and several people have arrows on them.


    On the wall of the fort, Yu Xinzheng and Fang are fighting together. They are fighting with each other. Fang''s mouth is still chanting: "why don''t the soldiers and horses in dingyang city come out?"


    Before they heard it, they heard the roaring sound of horse''s hooves from several miles away. They were both surprised. Yu said, "no, I don''t know how to send cavalry out of the city. There are at least thousands of cavalry at the sound of horse''s hooves. We are all foot soldiers. How should we deal with these cavalry now


    Between lightning and flint, Yu Xin suddenly thought of a way, blurted out: "by the way, shut the door and beat the dog! Let''s shut him down. "


    With that, they quickly exchanged an opinion and made a decision. After confirming the plan, the square immediately jumped down the fort wall and retreated to his own central army dozens of steps away. The two soldiers and horses under the fort wall began to fight again.

 Chapter 1264

    A few miles to the east of fujiabao, Liu Shang looked at the thousand cavalry who were roaring away. He was pale and didn''t speak. They didn''t expect that so many cavalry would be sent out in dingyang city. Now the thousand cavalry have gone towards fujiabao, and there should be a large number of soldiers behind them. It seems that this battle is a little hanging.


    However, it was hard to ride a tiger at this time, and it was not known how many soldiers would be sent to fight in dingyang city. Now the cavalry can only be handed over to Yu Xin and Fang ge of Fu Jiabao to solve the problem. They must solve the follow-up infantry before they can support them.


    The ten mile journey was only a short time for the cavalry. When Harlan led a thousand cavalry to the official road south of fujiabao, he saw that the fighting in fujiabao was still going on. Just as he was about to order the cavalry to encircle, the attacking Tang army saw his own cavalry and suddenly burst into a strong sense of war. At this time, the attack of the Tang army suddenly became fierce.


    At this time, the garrison on the fort wall seemed a little relieved when he saw that his reinforcements had arrived. Then, in this instant, the Tang army attacked the castle wall, and then beat the servants on the castle wall to retreat. Soon, the Tang soldiers on the castle wall entered the suspension bridge in front of the castle gate, and soon opened the castle gate.


    The Tang army outside the fort is shouting and rushing towards the inside of the fort. What is the leader shouting about. Harlan didn''t have to think that Tang would like to retreat into the castle and resist with the fortress. Only at this time, it is the best situation that Harlan expected, and Harlan''s initiation will be as Tang Jiang would like.


    Harlan stood up straight on the horse, pulled out his machete, and yelled to the direction of Fu''s Castle: "sons, rush up and kill Tanggou. You are free to take the property in the castle!"


    After shouting, Harlan took the lead and raced to the direction of the fortress. As for the Fu family and his two servants, Harlan did not look at them at all. At the beginning, his plan was to take the young master with him. If he drove away the Tang army, he could go to the fortress to get some benefits. Now that the fortress has been captured by the Tang army, the young master is useless.


    One thousand Hun cavalry were overjoyed by the news, and they rushed to the direction of the fortress.


    Seeing the Xiongnu cavalry getting closer and closer, the Tang soldiers were even more flustered and rushed to the fortress, hoping that they could run to the fortress before the Xiongnu cavalry arrived, which made the situation at the gate of the fortress more chaotic. Seeing this, the Xiongnu cavalry became even more happy and rushed to the gate of the fortress one by one.


    Looking at the direction of the Xiongnu cavalry, Fu Yang gave a heavy boo to the ground. Fortunately, his family had already moved away. If he really let these animals into the castle, he didn''t know what it would be like.


    Thinking of this, Fu Yang called two Tang soldiers and said, "you two, send a man on horseback to tell General Liu what happened here. Remember to avoid Ding Yang''s soldiers. Another person followed me to the castle from the side door. I guess General Yu and they must have another arrangement. "


    Fu Yang''s guess was right. Just as the Hun cavalry was within a hundred paces of the fortress, the soldiers of Tang Dynasty began to shoot their arrows at the approaching Hun cavalry. At one time, they shot more than ten Hun cavalry off their horses. However, for the Hun cavalry, they didn''t care about the loss. The other cavalry still bent down and ran forward.


    Just as the Hun cavalry rushed twenty or thirty paces away from the fort gate, there were three or four hundred Tang soldiers who did not have time to enter the fort gate. Seeing this, they immediately stopped entering the fort and ran along the fort wall to both sides.


    At this time, the Hun cavalry had no mind to manage them. Under the leadership of a centurion in the front, they rushed directly to the fort. As the front Hun cavalry rushed into the fort, the rear cavalry were more eager to enter the fort. After all, the Hun rule was first come first served, and whoever got it was the winner. Although there were five or six hundred Tang troops in the fort, they didn''t care. In their opinion, they had a thousand cavalry. Facing the hundreds of Tang troops who fled into the fort, it only took a moment to wipe them out.


    Now their minds are all focused on how many things they can get into the castle. Almost all the Hun cavalry have no other mind. They just want to rush into the castle as soon as possible to plunder. For a moment, the order of the cavalry entering the fort was in chaos.


    Finally, most of the cavalry rushed into the gate of the fort. Suddenly, with a shout on the wall of the Fort: "kill!" Then, the Xiongnu cavalry inside and outside the fort all found that countless Tang army crossbows suddenly appeared on the wall of the fort, and then the crossbows and arrows fell from the sky like rain and poured directly on their heads.


    Caught off guard, more than 300 Hun cavalry still waiting to enter the fort fell down in the first round of the crossbow, and the rest of the cavalry also suffered more or less. At this time, hundreds of cavalry in the fort were also blocked in a street about a few feet wide and 200 steps long. On the roofs on both sides of them, hundreds of Tang army bowmen also appeared, shooting arrows at them with their bows and crossbows.


    By this time, even the most stupid people knew what had happened, and they had fallen into the trap of the Tang army.Seeing this, Harlan, one of the cavalry, quickly stopped his horse and yelled, "fight back, prepare to retreat. Don''t panic. We have thousands of cavalry. As long as we get out of the castle, it''s ok..."


    "Er..."


    "Puchi..."


    Before his words were heard, an arrow flew from the side and directly shot into his throat, killing him instantly. With Harlan''s death, the rest of the Xiongnu cavalry became more confused. Some of the cavalry wanted to move forward, but some of them were ready to turn their horses and withdraw to the castle. For a moment, the Xiongnu cavalry in the street became a mess.


    At this time, hundreds of Tang soldiers who fled to both sides of the fort came back from behind, surrounded, divided and killed the remaining Hun cavalry regiments. With the cooperation of the crossbow soldiers, all the 300 Hun cavalry outside the fort were killed on the spot.


    Later, the Tang army left the injured soldiers to gather the Xiongnu horses outside, and the rest of them killed directly inside the fort. At this time, the soldiers in the upper gate of the fort had closed the fort door again, and the suspension bridge had been closed. The five or six hundred Hun cavalry in the fort had become a turtle in the urn.


    As the retreat had been cut off, the morale of the Xiongnu cavalry was getting lower and lower. After killing more than 100 Xiongnu cavalry in the fort, Yu Xin yelled on the gate of the Fort: "get off your horse and kneel down, those who surrender will not die!"


    "Get off your horse and kneel down to avoid death!"


    "Those who fall will not die!"


    ¡­¡­


    The Hun cavalry had always been respected by the strong, but now they had no choice. In the voice of surrender, soon all the remaining Hun cavalry got off the horse and surrendered. Yu Xin and Fang Ge were very happy. They arranged for soldiers to take the Hun captives and horses, and at the same time, they hurried up the castle wall to set up defense.

 Chapter 1265

    It took less than a quarter of an hour from the beginning of the attack of the Xiongnu cavalry to the surrender of all the cavalry. Then when Yu Xin and Yu Xin returned to the castle wall again, the five thousand soldiers in dingyang city had reached the official road outside the castle. It can be said that the time was very tight. If it was a moment later in the evening, the Tang army in the castle would face the danger of internal and external attack.


    However, Rao was so. The two thousand Tang army also lost more than 200 people, most of which were caused by the siege of the Xiongnu cavalry. Fortunately, Yu Xin reacted quickly enough to shoot the chieftain of the Xiongnu cavalry for the first time, otherwise the loss of the Tang cavalry would be even greater.


    Today, in addition to more than 200 soldiers who died on the spot, there are also about 200 soldiers who were seriously injured. Among these soldiers, the seriously injured have been carried together for treatment, while the lightly injured soldiers are busy gathering the Xiongnu captives and horses. Now only 1500 people can take part in the war.


    However, Yu Xin didn''t send all the people to the city. He just arranged more than 400 people to defend on the castle wall. After all, the castle is only so big that there are not many people who can squeeze in, so he divided them into three groups.


    Soon the five thousand soldiers of dingyang City arrived outside the fort, and two hundred stopped. Seeing that the gate of the fort was closed, there were many Tang soldiers standing on it. The commander was so angry that his teeth itched. The Huns wanted to die, but now they were in trouble. Now anyone can see that this is a trap. If the Hun cavalry and their own soldiers were together, Qi would fall into it so easily.


    He could imagine what happened to the Xiongnu cavalry with his eyes closed. All he could do was to lure the enemy in and then shut the door.


    But now all the 1000 Hun cavalry are trapped in the city. If they don''t fight and retreat, they will be beheaded when they return to the city. Moreover, he was basically sure that there should not be many Tang troops in the fort, otherwise they would not use such a strategy to attract the troops in the city and consume some of the forces in the city.


    It was only because the Hun cavalry was caught off guard that the result was so good. Now I have 5000 soldiers in my hand. Although I don''t have any siege equipment, I can''t use too advanced equipment for this small town level fortress. Let''s just fill out one or two passages and directly hit the fortress gate.


    Thinking of this, while he arranged for soldiers to fill the trench to attack, he sent several soldiers back to the city to report the news that the Hun cavalry had been destroyed.


    Soon, dingyang allied forces made a few simple siege ladders, and also cut a huge wood, using it as a siege hammer to hit the door.


    Under the command of the captain, hundreds of dingyang soldiers carried the siege ladder and the siege hammer to attack the fort.


    But what the captain didn''t expect was that he thought it would be easy to attack a small fortress, but his attack failed one after another. Seeing that it would be dark for more than an hour, the captain was in a hurry. Except for the injured taxi driver, there are only 3500 people left in his hands.


    Furious, the captain ordered 3000 to be divided into three parts and launched an attack on the three walls of the fortress.


    This round of attack finally had some effect. It wasn''t long before some soldiers attacked the castle wall. This time, they were not as good as the previous ones. They were driven down before they could stand firm.


    "Xiaowei, attack up, attack up..."


    Looking at the situation on the wall of the fort, the commander of dingyang united army finally breathed a long sigh of relief. Before he had a good taste of the hard won joy, the soldiers around him cried out: "school Captain It''s over Look at the back... "


    "Bah, you are finished..." On hearing this, the Xiaowei was furious and turned to look at his own soldier, who was about to scold him. However, he saw that two miles away from dingyang city in the East, the dark Tang army was coming towards him. There were thousands of moves.


    "It''s over!" Seeing this scene, the captain felt as if he had been poured from head to foot with a bucket of ice water in winter.


    At this time, he didn''t understand that it was a big ring of the Tang army. It was not only to eat a thousand cavalry, but also to swallow all his five thousand soldiers. He just couldn''t figure out how the Tang army could have so many soldiers here. Looking at his posture, there were eight thousand without ten thousand.


    The reason why he had such an idea was that, in addition to the 3000 soldiers who appeared behind him under Liu Shang''s leadership, there were many flags on the mountain ridge beside the official road. On the mountain ridge, there were many people, at least thousands of people.


    "Hurry up, give orders to go on, attack the soldiers, retreat, guard the camp, and be ready to resist the enemy." The captain responded and yelled at his own soldiers;


    "Ding Ding..."


    With the sound of gold suddenly sounded, dingyang soldiers who were fighting with the Tang army had to abandon the Tang army and quickly retreat. Fortunately, the Tang army did not follow. After the soldiers of dingyang united army retreated back, they quickly lined up around the captain and prepared to fight against the Tang army in the East.


    Then, something despairing happened. When the three thousand soldiers of the Tang army arrived at the official road in the south of the fort, they did not immediately attack the dingyang allied forces. At this time, behind them, the gate of the fort was opened, and from there came out teams of cavalry of the Tang Army, thousands of them, waiting for them hundreds of steps behind the dingyang allied forces.Seeing this, the soldiers of dingyang United Army turned pale with fright. We didn''t expect that there were nearly a thousand Tang cavalry in this fortress. Now thousands of Tang cavalry in the south are waiting for them, and there are more than a thousand cavalry nearby. We feel that we are at a dead end.


    Only the captain understood that there were no Tang cavalry in the fortress, but those damned Huns gave all their war horses to the Tang army, which made the Tang army have so many war horses. It''s no use now. Even though all the 1000 cavalry are good, they have only 3000 tired divisions. How can they resist the attack of the Tang army.


    "It seems that I will die here today." The captain said in his heart;


    then he was surprised that the Tang army did not launch an attack. A moment later, a Tang Sergeant came out in line and walked to the front of dingyang united army. The sergeant stood still and said in a loud voice: "listen, my general has said that you have no way to escape. If you give up your arms and surrender, please wait for our army to attack After dingyang, you will be properly settled. "


    The death of sergeant Tang made many of the soldiers of dingyang United Army excited. We all know what the situation is. If we can live, except those diehard loyalists, who is not willing to live.


    As soon as the words of the Tang army came out, the Xiaowei knew that it was impossible for him to fight any more. In the face of such a situation, even if he wanted to continue, the soldiers had lost the heart of World War I, so he recruited five Duwei to discuss with them.

 Chapter 1266

    There was nothing wrong with the surrender of the Tang army. Although there were three allied forces, some of them were loyal, the fear of death made most of them make the right choice. After a little disturbance among the Allied forces, they soon calmed down. Next, several generals went out in front of the crowd, threw their weapons aside in public, and then walked towards the direction of the Tang army.


    Then all the soldiers took turns to come out, put their weapons and equipment aside, and then went back to their line to stand.


    Soon, some Tang soldiers sent all the Allied prisoners to the fortress for custody. The others were busy cleaning the battlefield, counting the casualties of both sides, and sent all the wounded to the fortress for treatment. The dead soldiers were first moved to the open space to the west of the fortress. After the battlefield was cleaned up, all the Allied soldiers were buried But the officers and soldiers of the Tang army need to cremate them, then take all the ashes back, and then the government of each county will send them home.


    Thousands of Tang army were busy until dark, so all the horses and weapons were gathered in the fortress, all the prisoners were taken together to guard, and the wounded of both sides were arranged to be treated in the fortress.


    After arranging the defense of the fortress, Liu Shang summoned people to discuss business. Soon, several people rushed to the meeting hall. It can be seen that all the people were smiling. Originally, everyone thought it must be a hard fight today, but they didn''t expect to win so easily.


    After everyone sat down, Liu Shang said with a smile: "it seems that everyone is in a good mood. Well, today''s war is over. However, our war is far from over. Don''t forget what our task is. Mr. Fu, you are responsible for the statistics after the war. Please tell us about our gains and losses in this war! "


    Fuyang smell speech, quickly stood up and said: "several generals, by you value, this matter to small to do, small thank you.". According to statistics, today we killed 648 Hun cavalry, recruited 352 soldiers, and obtained 1864 horses. Later, we annihilated 1684 soldiers and captured 3316 soldiers, and harvested thousands of weapons and equipment. "


    "Yes, this battle is not enjoyable, but the harvest is quite a lot." Fangge said with a smile;


    Liu Shang reached out to stop Fangge and said to Fu Yang, "go on, how about the casualties of our army?"


    At the mention of casualties, everyone quieted down.


    Fu Yang cleared his throat and said in a low voice, "our army suffered a total of 852 casualties, of which 496 were killed or seriously injured, and 356 were slightly injured."


    "How long will it take for these lightly injured taxis to recover?"


    "These are impossible to recover in recent days. I don''t count those who are injured lightly." Fu Yang said in a low voice;


    "in other words, in the next few days, we can send out more than 4000 troops, and we still have nearly 4000 prisoners to guard." Yu Xin said;


    "yes, I''m going to talk about this problem. Now there are more than 4000 prisoners. If they continue to be held in fujiabao, they will be an unstable factor if the wanyang army will attack on a large scale. You know, after today''s war, dingyang city will wake up. If we want to win easily now, it is basically impossible. " Liu Shang said;


    "why don''t you just kill him?" The square asked tentatively;


    "no!"


    "No way!"


    The others immediately objected: "at the beginning, we have promised not to kill those who surrender. If this matter is spread, none of us can afford this curse."


    "You can''t kill or close it. What should you do?" In fact, we can lock it up in another place Fu Yang said tentatively,


    "where?"


    "Let the general know that there is a fortress named caojiabao on the South Bank of Linchuan river. Caojiabao and I are in laws. The eldest son of caojiabao is the eldest sister of the boy. If the general agrees, the boy is willing to cross the river overnight to persuade Mr. Cao. Then we will send all the prisoners to caojiabao overnight. As for the guards, our two families In all, there are nearly 100 Ding minzhuang families, and we have 400 injured soldiers who can not recover temporarily. There should be no problem. "


    When people heard this, they were all in a daze. If so, it would be killing two birds with one stone. But is the Cao family castle really safe.


    After listening to Liu Shang''s doubts, Fu Yang said with a smile: "this general can rest assured that Cao''s castle is different from Fu''s castle. It''s located on the South Bank of Linchuan River, but it''s not next to Linchuan river. Instead, it''s about two miles from a valley. It''s built in a valley about several miles long and wide, surrounded by steep cliffs. There''s no problem in terms of security. Moreover, if the general is not at ease, he can send one or two more soldiers to the area. In this way, there will be nearly 500 soldiers, so there should be no problem. "


    "Well, please go across the river to caojiabao immediately. If you can, we will send all the prisoners away tonight. Tomorrow will send a signal to the general in the East, because today is the seventh day, and tomorrow is the eighth day. " After thinking for a moment, Liu Shang finally made a decision.Fuyang smell speech, immediately take orders and go.


    After Fuyang left, Liu Shang discussed with several people about the war tomorrow. According to the original agreement, after they arrived in the west of dingyang, they began to feint to the west wall, so as to disturb the morale of the garrison in the city. And Tian Yu will arrange a large-scale siege of the city, and strive to be able to fall at one stroke.


    However, even the people of Liuyang didn''t expect that they were so lucky. After successfully recruiting a local fortress, they used the trick of luring the enemy to destroy 6000 troops in dingyang city.


    Although it''s not clear how many troops there are in dingyang City, General Liu Shangzhu knows that there are less than 50000 soldiers in the three families of Shangjun, and he has already eaten more than 10% of each other''s troops in the first World War, and there are 1000 cavalry among them, which must have hurt the Allied forces.


    Although I''m not sure how many soldiers and horses there are in the city, I just know that there are not many, but even so, I only have 4000 soldiers and horses in my hand. If I want to attack dingyang with these soldiers and horses, it must be unrealistic. After thinking about it, several people finally decided to use feint to attract the attention of some of the defenders in the city and give the eastern army a chance.

 Chapter 1267

    What Liu Shang didn''t know was that when they felt that there was nothing they could do, those people in dingyang city were already worried, even in a state of panic.


    Six thousand soldiers left the city, but none of them came back. How many Tang soldiers are there outside the city?


    You know, there are less than 20000 soldiers in dingyang. The rest of them were the king. At first, he had 10000 troops, but when Xu Huang withdrew from Hukou town to dingyang, he lost 2500 people. So when the battle began in dingyang City, he had only 7500 people left. In addition, Jiangshan brought 4000 cavalry and 5000 soldiers, a total of 9000 troops; there are also 3000 soldiers brought by xiongba, a total of 19000 troops.


    In recent days, 5000 or 6000 people have been lost in the war. Xu Huang is still very powerful. Only when he controls the deployment of troops and horses very accurately can he have such a result. If he changes to an ordinary general, it is estimated that the casualties will double. You know, the Tang army''s attacking soldiers were the most elite battalions, not ordinary soldiers.


    Today, however, five thousand soldiers left the city like a bullock entering the sea. There was no sound. How could they not make a few people tremble. Now there are five thousand soldiers and three thousand cavalry left in the city.


    At the request of the king, Jiangshan orders Liu Bao to lead the remaining 3000 Hun cavalry out of the city to find the news of the 6000 troops. When it gets dark, Liu Bao leads the cavalry back in a hurry. The news makes several people fall into the ice cave and the 6000 troops fly away.


    Liu Bao has been searching to fujiabao, but has not seen a soldier, even a corpse. Only on the wall of fujiabao, there are soldiers and horses on duty. Liu Bao sent someone to look at it quietly, and confirmed that it was Wu Ning of Tang army. Then he hurried back to the city, because he was afraid that he would be watched by Tang army in the field.


    The three people who got the news immediately invited Fazheng and Xu Huang to discuss how to deal with it. When Fazheng heard the speech, he was so surprised that he didn''t speak for a long time. After a long time, he said: "no wonder I always feel puzzled. It turns out that the attack in the daytime is a trap. However, how many soldiers and horses of the Tang army appeared in the west? If you can''t confirm this, I''m afraid it''s difficult to make the right arrangement! "


    Then he shook his head helplessly.


    Jiangshan looked at the rest and said, "we can''t delay our present plan any longer. We must withdraw immediately. Once the Tang army in the West encircles us, we can''t run away. In any case, since they can completely annihilate our 6000 troops, they are certainly not a small number of troops, otherwise they would not have such combat power. "


    "But..." The rest is king, but they are not willing to give up easily.


    "That''s right," said Fazheng. "General Hengye, I''m not afraid of no firewood. Now that the Tang army has appeared in the west, dingyang has more or less significance to keep. Although they have not appeared at the west gate yet, whether they are not strong enough or need to rest after a big war, the Tang army is going to block our way to the West. This is a matter of time. Once they are ready, we will be dead. "


    Seeing that the remaining king was still hesitating, Fazheng said, "if you want to break through, tonight is the last time. Tomorrow, even if the general wants to break through, it''s impossible."


    The rest was king. He was so scared that he couldn''t speak for a long time. After a long time, he said, "how should we act as a general?"


    "First, recruit soldiers." FA Zheng answered firmly,


    "conscription? We''re all leaving. What are we going to recruit for? " After hearing the speech, the three men were puzzled and asked;


    "enlist 3000 to 5000 soldiers, and select the ones with better qualifications as the soldiers and horses of the guard. Then one or two thousand soldiers were left to replace all the elite on the city wall, and these new soldiers were given to the injured old soldiers to lead them, who were responsible for guarding the night and confusing the Tang army in the East. "


    "He ordered all the soldiers to have a good rest in the middle of the night, to eat at the second shift, to set out at the third shift, and to open the way with 1000 cavalry and 2000 infantry. After the two thousand cavalry and 3000 elite infantry were cut off, the new soldiers would guard the food and supplies. So, general Hengye must pack all the things that can be loaded and transported overnight, and pack as many gold, silver, coins, weapons and equipment as possible. As for food and grass, we can meet our needs for a month. "


    "What about the rest of the grain? And burn it all? " The rest of them said to the king;


    FA Zheng nodded: "except for these, we can''t take all the grain and grass with us. However, we must burn them after the Tang army invades the city. And all the soldiers left by the general must be dead. "


    "Why don''t we just leave the cavalry and wait for them to burn up the food and grass before catching up with most of us?"


    "It''s impossible, general. Don''t forget that there are thousands of Tang troops in fujiabao. When more than 10000 troops pass by, they will find us. In this way, these people will not escape."


    The rest of the king found that what Fazheng said was not wrong at all. Finally, he had to say to Xu Huang, "Gongming, do what the French military adviser said, make arrangements as soon as possible, and then come back to the city to take charge of the overall situation.""No!" After hearing the speech, Xu Huang left and went to the direction of the barracks.


    Under the night, dingyang city quietly changed, but the Tang army outside the city knew nothing about it. However, some people in the city also see some clues from the transfer of troops and horses. Ximen Yang Laoliu is one of them.


    It happened that it was Yang Laoliu and his troops on duty tonight. In the first half of the night, General Xu Huang recruited 5000 soldiers from the suitable young people in the city. This was the first time since the war. Suddenly recruiting soldiers and horses in the middle of the night is a very unexpected thing. Not only that, when Yang Laoliu was ordered to go back to the military camp in the middle of the night to pick up some goods, he went through several warehouses and found that there were urgent goods in them. Hundreds of luggage trucks were neatly stacked with all kinds of goods, and then they were covered with felt.


    Yang Laoliu had seen this situation once before, when he evacuated from Hedong a few years ago. Seeing this situation, Yang Laoliu immediately realized that something must happen tonight.


    After returning to the city wall, he kept thinking about what happened in the past few days, and soon came up with the possibility that his general would run away again.


    "Ah, Hello, Lao Liu..." The Duwei next to him found Yang Laoliu''s abnormality, called him a few times, but there was no response. He quickly came over, patted him on the shoulder and said;


    "ah! Captain! Can I help you? "


    "You boy, let you go to the camp to get things once, and then you come back like this. Is it evil?" When Du Wei saw that Yang Laoliu had finally recovered, he quickly asked,


    "nothing''s wrong." Yang Laoliu shakes his head and answers;


    he does not know what to do

 Chapter 1268

    Yang Laoliu hesitated for a moment and finally made up his mind. He looked around carefully, took two steps towards Duwei, and whispered: "Duwei, you say Will we win this battle? "


    The reason why he asked Duwei was that both of them were from Hedong. When Duwei was a team leader at the beginning, Yang Laoliu was an ordinary soldier under him. Later, he was promoted to Duwei.


    Yang Laoliu knew that the old boss was still very good and brave, but he didn''t have so many twists and turns, so he had such a tentative question.


    "Huh?" Du Wei was startled and looked at Yang Laoliu with his eyes wide open: "you are itchy again, aren''t you? If other people hear this, you must have a whip. What are you talking about? I''m sure I''ll win


    "Captain, do you really think so?" Yang Laoliu sneered softly: "coax baby!"


    The captain looked around carefully and said softly, "tell me, did you see something just now?"


    "Duwei," Yang Laoliu did not answer Duwei''s words, asked: "you say, if we can''t fight, what will the general do? Are you going to run with us a few years ago, or... "


    For this reason, Duwei didn''t have any twists and turns to understand. After all, he also escaped from Hedong in those years.


    "Well, Captain, I''m not afraid to tell you that I really don''t want to run away..." Yang Laoliu said to Duwei, "you..." Duwei suddenly sat down beside Yang Laoliu, just like a ball out of breath. "Come on, what did you see just now?"


    When Yang Laoliu saw this, he did not hide any more. He told Duwei everything he had just seen. After listening to him, Du Wei said, "this kind of thing can be decided by us?"


    The remaining one is the king. There are ten thousand troops under him. It can be said that a thousand Duwei are already big generals. All the ten thousand troops are under the command of Xu Huang, and there are three Xiaowei. One of them leads two thousand troops, and the other two lead four thousand troops. Next there are ten captains of 1000 men, each leading a thousand men.


    Yang Lao Liu''s old boss, Yang Gan, is one of the ten thousand Duwei, and the highest ranking general among the Hedong people. The other three Xiaowei and nine Duwei were the old people when the rest was Wang in Hongnong Yiyang. Most of the 1000 soldiers under his command were also from Hedong, so the rest of them were the most excluded part of Wang''s army. That''s why they guarded the city on the first day.


    On the first day of the war, more than 400 of them were killed, and more than 300 of them were seriously injured. The other 300 people also suffered minor injuries of different sizes. Therefore, they were basically disabled on the first day, so Xu Huang arranged them to guard the city in the West.


    After listening to Yang Laoliu''s words, Yang Gan was also a little excited. It''s just that generals of his level don''t act as they like.


    "If that''s the case, I''ll try to make you stay, but you must take care of the injured brothers as much as possible." Yang Gan said suddenly;


    "Duwei, you yourself..."


    "I''ll see it again..."


    As they were talking, Xu Huang sent for all the captains to discuss the matter.


    They looked at each other, and there was a clear look in their eyes. Yang Gan stood up and patted Yang Lao Liu on the shoulder. He followed Xu Huang''s messenger without saying a word.


    Soon, Yang Gan arrived at the place where Xu Huang gathered the generals for discussion. He looked around and found that except Xu Huang, there were only eight people coming, only two of the three school captains, and only six of the ten capital captains. The other five people were killed in the war in recent days.


    Seeing this situation, Yang Gan couldn''t help but feel dark. He didn''t have time to think about it. Xu Huang had already begun to speak: "OK, everyone is here. I will announce an order from the Lord first."


    "As we all know, although the war in recent days has been in a stalemate with the Tang army, the loss of our army is still not small. During the day today, another 6000 troops went out of the city to eliminate the Tang army that circled to the west of dingyang, but so far, no one has been able to return, so 89 out of 10 of these people have been completely annihilated by the Tang army."


    When they heard the words, they were all shocked and looked up at Xu Huang.


    But Xu Huang remained silent: "so after discussing with general Yangwei and general Ningyuan, the Lord decided to withdraw the army from dingyang overnight, retreat to gaonu City, and then fight with the Tang army."


    "Ah Although everyone had expected it, someone could not help shouting.


    "Ben Jiang has recruited 5000 soldiers. Among them, 1000 will go to the east city to take over the guard of the elite. The reason is that the elite need to rest to deal with tomorrow''s war, so the task of guarding the city will be left to these new recruits."


    "From now on, all the elites will come back. Originally, the three generals meant to directly mix up the remaining troops of the three families. But later, considering many problems, they finally decided that all the troops should be under their command, so the Lord decided to reorganize all our troops."Yang GaN has no mind to think about Xu Huang''s words. If so, he is really ready to leave. He left Hedong last time and dingyang this time. What will he do next?


    "Yang Duwei..." Just at this time, Xu Huang found Yang Gan''s strange, called him twice, Yang Gan was back to God.


    "General, if all the troops are retreating, the rank of Tang army will come, but is it good now? What''s more, in the west, there should still be Tang soldiers and horses secretly watching our army''s movements, right Yang Gan asked;


    "therefore, it doesn''t take long to leave a group of veteran soldiers in the city to lead the rest of the city to resist the Tang army. It just needs to be put off until tomorrow and daytime."


    "General, let''s give it to Weijiang. Now there are only over 300 people in Weijiang''s headquarters, and they are all injured in different degrees. If they leave with the army, they may drag down the army." After struggling for a moment, Yang Gan finally said;


    Xu Huang took a meaningful look at Yang Gan, but he didn''t immediately say yes. Instead, he continued to talk about the arrangement of troops.


    According to Xu Huang''s negotiation with the remnant as the king, now there are only more than 2000 old soldiers left in his army. Xu Huang decided to transfer 1000 soldiers from these troops to rebuild the remnant as the king''s bodyguard. Then the rest of the soldiers were mixed with the newly recruited soldiers to form a new school. As for the remaining troops and wounded soldiers in the city, they were handed over to the remaining generals.

 Chapter 1269

    After Xu Huang arranged for the troops to be reorganized, he ordered the generals to go to the barracks to get ready, while Yang Gan stayed alone. As for the task of the empress duanhou, it was a matter of near death, so the generals could not avoid it. Now that someone has taken the initiative to follow, they are eager to leave quickly, lest Yang Gan change his mind again.


    "Is Yang Duwei really willing to stay to stop the enemy?" Xu Huang pretended not to ask Yang gandao;


    Yang Ganxin suddenly, hardened his head and said: "most of the soldiers under his command are injured. In addition, there are hundreds of brothers who are seriously injured, so his subordinates are reluctant to leave them all behind..."


    "Really?" Xu Huang said in a long voice;


    "that''s true."


    "Well, you can send all your family members to the barracks first..." Xu Huang said in a low voice;


    a gentle sentence fell on Yang Gan''s head like a thunderbolt. Although he was prepared, he still had a chance to hope that Xu Huang could leave out the matter, but he didn''t expect that he should mention it. For a moment, Yang Gan didn''t know how to reply.


    Seeing this situation, Xu Huang also understood it in his heart and sighed: "you have always had a general relationship with the generals in the army. Although I think you are a talent that can be made, how can you..."


    "In that case, you should know yourself well." With that, Xu Huang stopped talking about letting them take care of his family and waved him away.


    For a moment, Yang Gan didn''t leave or stay. He stood there at a loss. Xu Huang stopped looking at him and said, "I don''t want to say much about anything else. I just hope that Tang Jun won''t leave the county before dawn. It''s not in vain that I''ve been using you so much these years."


    At this time, Yang Gan didn''t understand Xu Huang''s meaning, so he knelt down in the tunnel and said, "Yang Gan, thank you, general. You can''t repay him for his kindness, but in the next life. Don''t worry, general. As long as you don''t have a breath, you''ll make sure that the Tang army won''t step into dingyang city before dawn! "


    With that, he knocked heavily on the ground for three times, then got up and turned to leave.


    On the tower of dingyang west gate, Yang Laoliu was waiting for his Duwei to come back. After waiting for him, Yang Laoliu could not wait to come forward and whispered: "Duwei..."


    Before he could say anything, he was stopped by Yang Gan. Then he said to the village leader behind him, "Yang Lin, go and call all the generals above the village leader. My business will be announced."


    After Yang Lin left, Yang dares to walk around Yang Laoliu for several times. He looks at him from top to bottom for several times, and his scalp is numb. Then he says to Yang Laoliu: "you boy, you didn''t see it before. You didn''t think that your brain is still very good!"


    "Hey, Captain, I''m flattered. I just like to think about something, so Captain, what does it say? " Yang Laoliu laughs, then points to the county government and says, "I''ve been guessed by you, general. They''re really leaving." Yang Gan sat down on the chair and said, "ah, Duwei, do you want to go or..." Seeing Yang Gan''s appearance, Yang Lao Liu was in a hurry and asked;


    "the general ordered that all the generals above Shi long must withdraw with the army, and their families and all the soldiers who could fight normally..."


    On hearing this, Yang Laoliu was in a hurry and said, "Duwei, I''m injured. Let alone fight normally, I may not be able to keep up if I go far away..."


    Before the words were heard, Yang Lao Liu saw Yang Gan''s playful smile on his face. He didn''t understand that he had been cheated.


    "Well, I''m not kidding. The army really wants to leave, but I''ve asked General Xu to stay behind. But General Xu has seen my mind, but he finally agreed to my request, just let us in any case to ensure that the Tang army can enter the city after daybreak. I have vowed that unless I die, I will never let the Tang army enter the city before daybreak. "


    Yang Gan''s words made Yang Laoliu tremble. However, when he heard that Xu Huang had promised not to leave with the army, his heart dropped a lot. Only when he heard Yang Gan''s last two words, his heart hung up again: "Duwei, if the Tang army has found something wrong, then attack the City on a large scale, or..."


    "Unless I''m dead, the Tang army can''t enter the city before dawn." Yang Gan said with a firm face;


    Yang Lao Liu was ready to say it again, but he was interrupted by Yang Gan''s wave: "you don''t have to persuade me any more. I''ll leave you alone to tell you this, and to let you know that since you have a good mind, you can stay by my side and be the head of the garrison."


    Two people are saying, Yang Lin reports outside: "Duwei, everyone has arrived."


    "Come in!" Yang Gan sat down on the throne and opened his mouth;


    the door was opened, and several people came in. It was Yang Lin at the head and Yang Gan''s general at the back. According to the regulations, there are five tunes and ten villages in one. Now, however, there are only nine of them.


    After all the people were seated, Yang Gancai told them Xu Huang''s arrangement. Of course, he didn''t tell them what he thought at the beginning. He just told a few people that if they didn''t want to stay, they could leave with the army first. If they wanted to stay, they should obey their own arrangement.These Qu Chang and Tun Chang are basically Hedong people promoted by Yang Gan. After listening to Yang Gan''s words, they didn''t say they would leave ahead of time. Seeing the situation, Yang Gan nodded with satisfaction, and then told the public about his negotiation with Yang Laoliu. Everyone was very happy when they heard that what they thought was a near death. They all said that they would advance and retreat with Yang Gan.


    Next, Yang Gan appointed all the ten people present as Qu Chang, and at the same time ordered that the rest of his troops and more than 1000 people left by Xu Huang be separated and reorganized into ten songs, with a total of 2000 people. As for the more than 20 people, they were all arranged in their own garrison. At the same time, he ordered Yang Lin and the soldiers of the other three Qu to be responsible for guarding the west gate, while he personally led the soldiers of the six Qu to take over the defense of the east city.


    At three o''clock, after arranging the defense of the east city, Yang Gan hurried to the west gate with his guards. Because the army was ready, he would leave dingyang and retreat to gaonu.


    Sure enough, when he arrived at Ximen, Xu Huang had already led a thousand soldiers to Ximen. By this time, the army was ready to leave the city.


    "General!" Yang dares to quickly walk up to Xu Huang and salute him.


    "Take care of yourself Xu Huang patted Yang Gan on the shoulder and said in a pun;


    "take care, general!" Yang Gan is the chief editor again;


    "open the gate of the city!"


    Yang Gan waved his hand at the head of the city and said, "open the gate!"


    With a burst of squeak, the city gate was slowly opened, and the army that had been ready began to walk out of the city. In the middle were hundreds of wagons and craftsmen, as well as the families of the soldiers, as well as the 1000 soldiers who guarded them and the 1000 soldiers who were left as the king''s bodyguards; in the end were the 4000 soldiers led by Xu Huang and the 2000 Hun cavalry. It took nearly an hour for more than 20000 people to leave dingyang and head for the West in the yellow light!

 Chapter 1270

    As the last soldier stepped out of the gate, the gate closed again. Yang Gan looked at the four village leaders and said, "from now on, the gate is not allowed to open without my command. No matter what you have in mind, you must do it according to my requirements. As for the Tang Army, I will explain myself."


    "Yes, Captain!" All of them agreed together;


    "Lao Liu, let''s go back to the east city!"


    "Captain, I think we have something else to do!" Yang Laoliu suddenly said to Yang Gan;


    "Oh, what else?"


    "Although most of the city''s grain, grass, supplies and Treasuries have been removed, we have to take them over. If someone takes the opportunity to make trouble, snatches them or burns them down, it''s not easy for the Tang army to explain."


    "That''s right," Yang Gan suddenly realized. He quickly pointed to another village leader and said, "you should immediately take over all the granaries and government warehouses in the west of the city, and then send someone to take care of them, so that no one can have a chance to destroy them. Lao Liu, you will go to the east side of the city to take over. For the county government and the general''s office, they must also take over. "


    Yang Laoliu later learned that his move was crooked. He killed all the people who were left to burn food and materials for the king, and saved nearly 100000 stones of food for the Tang army.


    ¡­¡­


    In Fu''s castle, Liu Shang and others are busy. Fu Yang has returned an hour ago. Cao''s Castle agrees with his suggestion. The eldest son of Cao''s family, together with 50 servants of his family, comes to see Liu Shang. Then everyone begins to prepare to send all the prisoners to Cao''s Castle overnight.


    By the third hour, all the more than 4000 prisoners were roped up in a group of ten. Just as they were about to leave the fort, suddenly two fast horses came running from the eastern official road with torches. There was no intention of hiding their whereabouts.


    Soon the two horses galloped out of the castle gate. The two knights turned over and dismounted. They yelled at the guard on the castle gate: "open the door quickly, report to the general if there is an emergency!"


    After seeing them clearly, the taxi driver immediately opened the gate and let them enter the castle.


    After they entered the castle, they went directly to the courtyard where Liu Shang was. Running all the way, they quickly came to several people. One of them said: "general, no, dingyang Dingyang west gate opens and comes out There''s a big wave of troops. There are thousands of cavalry at the head, and you can hardly see the edge behind. "


    "Ah..." Everyone was surprised!


    "How many troops are there?" Liu Shang asked in a hurry;


    the two cavalry shook their heads: "I don''t know. First, they couldn''t see clearly at night. Second, after leaving the city gate, they cooperated with thousands of soldiers and came westward along the official road. There were two brothers lurking by the road to observe the situation. I don''t know how many soldiers there were!"


    "Is dingyang''s army going to take advantage of the fact that the army in the East is not attacking the city overnight, and first send heavy troops to capture fujiabao to solve the threat in the west of dingyang?" Yu Xin opened his mouth;


    "it''s possible. If the order goes on, all the troops will be ready. It seems that we still have a big war to fight today." Liu Shang ordered,


    "no!" With his command, the whole Tang army in fujiabao began to make preparations before the war.


    More than half an hour later, the vanguard of dingyang allied forces finally arrived on the official road to the south of Fujia castle. The generals standing on the castle tower looked at the official road in front of them, all of them were as deep as water, and they were speechless for a long time. From the castle tower to the official road, although there are not many torches on the official road, they are several miles long. In the light of the torches, they seem to be full of soldiers and horses.


    For a long time, Liu Shangcai said slowly: "let the soldiers get ready and light all the torches on the wall of the burning dock fort. Since a big war can''t be avoided, let''s have a big war. We just need to drag it until dawn, and the East army will attack the east wall of dingyang. At that time, dingyang city can''t resist without these troops."


    With his command, the whole fujiabao was like a huge lighted brazier, shining brightly around it. Not only that, within the hundred steps around the fort, dozens of huge fires that had been prepared were also lit by the Tang army. Now, within the 200 steps around the fort, the light is as bright as day.


    However, to the surprise of the Tang soldiers, the attack of dingyang allied forces was delayed. The first one thousand cavalry and three thousand soldiers stood in the north of the official road, facing the fujiabao array, but they did not move closer to the fortress, but stood there quietly.


    At first, the generals of the Tang Army thought that dingyang''s logistics carts were towing equipment to attack the city. Who knows, those logistics carts went directly from the official road to the west without stopping, and thousands of Alliance troops guarding the logistics convoy also directly escorted the convoy to the West.


    By the time the last wave of troops arrived, the Allied forces on the official road had reached nearly ten thousand people. I thought that the Allied forces should have launched an attack at this time. Who knows, the first group of four thousand infantry cavalry went straight to the front of the whole team, along the side of the motorcade, while the thousands of delayed allied forces stood in the north of the official road towards fujiabao, still standing However, he watched quietly, and no soldiers came forward to invite him to fight, and no generals came to persuade him to surrender.Seeing this, Liu Shang suddenly realized, "no, dingyang allied forces are going to flee!"


    "Well, it''s been an hour. We haven''t come to attack yet. We have to run for a long time. General, let''s catch up and bite two pieces of meat again." "It''s impossible," Yuan Quan objected, "don''t you see two thousand cavalry and three thousand soldiers behind? How many of us? How can we keep them? Besides, the situation in dingyang city is not clear now, and we have no way to let general Tian Yu know the news of the escape of dingyang allied forces, so let''s wait and see what happens! "


    After thinking about it for a moment, Liu Shang finally made up his mind. As Yuan Quan said, the direction of dingyang is not clear. If he drags down the enemy and the army can come as soon as possible, it''s OK. If he can''t, it''s estimated that all his more than 4000 troops will be filled in, and there won''t be much success.


    "We can''t move. We''ll make a decision after confirming the situation of dingyang city by the day tomorrow."


    When all the wagons of the Allied forces left for an hour, Xu Huang, who was in charge of breaking up, led the 5000 troops to withdraw slowly and disappeared into the vast night in the West.


    Meanwhile, Fang Ge asked to go out to inquire about the situation several times, but they were all pressed down by Liu Shang and Yu Xin, so they were unable to make the trip. What they don''t know is, how can a calm general like Xu Huang not be unprepared? In fact, he had set up an ambush several miles to the west of Fujia castle, waiting for the Tang army''s pursuers to come. Unfortunately, Liu Shang and Yu Xin were both cautious people, and they did not send any pursuers at all. Seeing that the sky was about to light, Xu Huang led thousands of ambushes to chase the army.

 Chapter 1271

    Outside dingyang City, Tian Yu was awakened in the middle of the night by the Patrol: "general, there seems to be something unusual in the city!"


    "What''s going on?" As Tian Yu turned over, he put on his robes and asked;


    the patrolman shook his head: "I don''t know. I just think it''s very busy in dingyang this evening. Moreover, in the middle of the night, there seems to be a big wave of defensive taxis in Dongcheng, and there are still a lot of them."


    "Is there any sign of the garrison attacking the city at night?"


    "No, it''s just that the city''s taxi drivers have changed, but the Garrison has done nothing else."


    "Come on, send for commander Pang."


    Pang Tong, who soon got the news, rushed to Tian Yu''s tent. Tian Yu ordered the patrol to tell Pang Tongzai what he saw.


    After listening to the patrol, Rao Shi Pang Tong couldn''t figure out what the garrison was doing. The main reason is that the situation of dingyang city is too special. The whole city is equivalent to a pass, not to mention a pass several miles deep. If something happens in the city or in the west, there will be no trace in the East.


    In desperation, they had to order the patrol to keep an eye on the garrison on the wall, and other things could only be done after dawn.


    ¡­¡­


    In Fu''s castle, Tang''s generals had to wait until daybreak before Liu Shang ordered them to send out cavalry from each village to explore the enemy''s situation in the East and west directions. Moreover, when the cavalry went out, he repeatedly told the generals to be careful, rather slow than safe.


    After the cavalry came out of the fort, the gate of Fujia fort was closed again, and the soldiers of Tang Dynasty were still waiting for them.


    A little bit of time passed, half an hour later, the cavalry on both sides finally brought the news of the enemy, dingyang city direction, there are still soldiers on duty on the wall. In the west, the cavalry sent out only sent back a few cavalry to pass on the news. From fujiabao to Shili in the west, they did not find the whereabouts of the dingyang allied forces. Looking at the traces on the official road, they should have continued to the West and never stopped.


    At this time, most of the Tang army began to prepare for the siege. When they arrived at the east of dingyang, they found that a general of dingyang army came down from the tower, holding a white flag and asking to see the general of Tang army. This was Yang Laoliu who went out of the city to surrender to the Tang army on Yang Gan''s order.


    Yang Laoliu was soon brought to Tian Yu by Tang soldiers. At this time, Tian Yu knew that the dingyang allied forces had evacuated dingyang city a few hours ago. Today, there are only tens of thousands of people in dingyang city except for the two thousand new soldiers led by hundreds of old soldiers.


    The generals of the Tang army were all wrong about this result. When they inquired in detail, they found out that the original 5000 partial divisions sent by their own family not only successfully arrived in the west of dingyang, but also designed to annihilate the 6000 garrison of dingyang. Because of this, all the talents in dingyang City decided to abandon the garrison overnight and retreat to gaonu.


    In the face of the conditions put forward by the garrison captain in dingyang City, Tian Yu agreed without thinking about it. He said to Yang Laoliu, "if you go to reply to the garrison captain, you say that as long as he is willing to sacrifice the city, he will be willing to write to the king and forgive everyone''s guilt. Moreover, the people in the city are now the people of the Tang Dynasty, and the army regards them as the ordinary people of the Tang Dynasty."


    "As for you, I will write to the king and ask him to reward you for your contribution. I will never ignore your contribution to the city!"


    "Thank you for your understanding. I''ll go back to the city immediately and persuade the captain to open the gate to welcome the army into the city!" A quarter of an hour later, the east gate of dingyang city opened as expected. A dingyang military commander came to Tian Yu alone and dismounted to say, "the criminal general, dingyang military commander Yang dares to see the general. If the criminal is too late, please let the general be angry."


    With that, Yang dares to raise his sword and kneel down to Tian Yu.


    Seeing this, Tian Yu quickly turned over and dismounted, quickly walked to Yang Gan, took the sword in Yang Gan''s hand, handed it to the guards beside him, and then lifted Yang Gan up with both hands, and said with a smile, "Yang Duwei has made a contribution to the city. What''s the crime, please get up. And then there is Tian Yu, a general who originally came from the third grade, and is not a general. Don''t make a mistake. "


    "Yang Duwei, what''s the situation in the city now?" Tian Yu asked again;


    "general Huitian, everything is stable in the city. Ordinary people don''t know that the Allied forces have withdrawn. At the end, the general has sent troops to control all the government offices in the city, waiting for the general to send troops to the city to take over."


    With that, Yang Gan waved in the direction of the city. From the gate hole, teams of dingyang soldiers came out in formation, piled up their weapons neatly outside the moat outside the city, and then went to the other side to wait.


    When no one came out of the gate, Yang Gancai said to Tian Yu, "general Tian, the five garrisons of the east wall have all left the city. Please send someone to the city. Now, there are more than 400 soldiers in two villages in the city who are responsible for defending the government''s Treasury, and 600 soldiers are responsible for defending the western city wall. Please send someone to take over with Yang Laoliu, the head of my own garrison. ""How are our soldiers on the west side of the city?" After Tian Yu arranged for five thousand Tang troops to take over the defense in the city, he turned to Yang Gan and asked;


    Yang Gan shook his head: "we don''t know about this general. We all know that six thousand soldiers and horses were sent out in the city, but no one could escape. As for the situation of the Tang soldiers, everyone knows nothing about it."


    After thinking about it, Tian Yu ordered: "general Huaxiong, please lead ten thousand Xiliang cavalry to pass through the city and go to the west to meet the army. After receiving the army, you will escort it back to dingyang. You can''t go west to pursue the dingyang allied army."


    "The end will take orders!" Although Hua Xiong didn''t know why Tian Yu couldn''t pursue the dingyang allied forces who had fled to the west, he still took orders and left.


    The reason why Tian Yu didn''t let Hua Xiong lead the pursuit immediately was not for other reasons, but because the situation was not clear. They knew nothing about the situation of the partial division army and the dingyang allied army. So before the situation was not clear, Tian Yu would not easily send troops to pursue.


    As ten thousand Xiliang cavalry came out of the west gate of dingyang, Tian Yu and Pang Tong entered the official yamen of dingyang city.


    As Yang Gan reported, everything in dingyang city is still stable. Ordinary people don''t know that their general Hengye has abandoned them. The city changed its owner overnight and became the territory under the rule of the Tang Dynasty.


    However, Tian Yu was filled with emotion at this time. He didn''t expect that dingyang''s war was so fierce. Just as he was preparing to attack with all his strength, the other side ran all night and let his fist hit the air. However, this was good. At least the soldiers of Tang Dynasty lost a lot less.

 Chapter 1272

    Within the government office, Tian Yu once again called Yang Gan: "Captain Yang, can you tell us something about the situation when the Allied forces retreated?"


    Yang dares to smell speech a Leng, make a little hesitation, just want to open a mouth, Tian Yu again way: "of course, if Du Wei feel some inconvenience, this will not force, you and so on the contribution of the city will not erase."


    "Even if the last general doesn''t say it, the general should be able to get information from the officers and men of the partial division. Moreover, the condition that the last general promised Xu Huang to hide the information about the withdrawal of the army until daybreak has been fulfilled. Now that the last general has taken refuge in the state of Tang, he can be regarded as the people of Tang, so the way to go in the future is to have his own destiny." Yang Gan said in a low voice;


    then he told Tian Yuzai about the situation of the army when the coalition left. After listening to him, Tian Yu looked at him and said, "that is to say, when the coalition retreated, there were only four thousand elite soldiers and three thousand Hun cavalry, and the other five thousand soldiers and horses were newly reorganized? Of course, the families of more than 10000 craftsmen and hundreds of wagons can''t be counted. "


    Yang Gan nodded and stopped talking. Here again, Hua Xiong led several soldiers into the government office and said with a happy face: "general Tian, good news, five thousand partial divisions have been found. They are in Fujia Castle ten miles west of the city. Good guy, with 5000 soldiers, they annihilated 6000 allied troops, killed and killed more than 1000 people, captured more than 4000 people, and gathered nearly 2000 horses. However, they lost only a few hundred people, which can be said to be almost no loss. "


    After a long time, Pang Tong laughed and said, "no wonder people in Jiangshan are so anxious that they leave all the six thousand troops overnight. They don''t dare to bet how many troops we have sent around them. If they know that there are only five thousand troops behind them, what will they think?"


    "The soldier, the crafty way also!" Tian Yu said with a smile;


    "general Tian, now the partial division army has been found, should we send troops to chase the escaped coalition forces?" Hua Xiong said with a smile;


    "just a moment!" Tian Yu replied with a smile. Then he turned to the soldiers who came in with Hua Xiong and said, "now the soldiers and the captured allied forces are still in Fu''s castle. Go back to Fu''s Castle immediately and tell Liu Shang to lead all the soldiers to send the prisoners to the county town."


    "As for general Hua, you can lead the Xiliang cavalry to pursue the Allied forces, but you need to be careful not to fight with them. You just need to hold them down. General Han Gan will then lead 10000 soldiers to catch up. When your two armies meet, it depends on the situation of the battlefield. If you can annihilate thousands of allied forces, you can''t do it. But if the Allied forces have reinforcements, remember not to Instead of fighting against the waves, we need to go back to dingyang to make plans. "


    "And Yang Duwei, please go down to have a rest first. As for your arrangement, I will make it after I have carefully considered it."


    A few people smell speech, all accept order to leave.


    After a few people left, Tian Yu looked at Pang Tong and said, "in the view of military strategists, what will be the harvest of general Hua''s pursuit?"


    "A little is better than nothing." Pang Tong said with a smile;


    the ability of Yi Fazheng and Xu Huang, since they were evacuating, must have been arranged, which would make the pursuit of Tang army easy.


    Just as Pang Tong and Tian Yu expected, since Fazheng was ready to withdraw, Kai Hui was not prepared. When he was ready to withdraw, Jiang Shan had already sent someone to send a quick order to Jiang Jian in gaonu City, and asked him to lead 4000 cavalry to meet him quickly.


    By this time, one night later, the four thousand cavalry of Jiangjian''s headquarters had joined the army of Jiangshan. With the support of the four thousand cavalry, Xu Huang was waiting for the pursuit of the Tang army 50 miles west of dingyang after consulting with Fazheng.


    At this time, Hua Xiong is leading his 10000 Xiliang cavalry to chase the direction of the Western allied forces. He didn''t expect that the Allied forces at this time even wanted to ambush him. In his mind, it''s too late for them to escape.


    Less than an hour after Hua Xiong led the cavalry to leave, Liu Shangji led more than 4000 Tang soldiers, escorted more than 4000 Allied prisoners and a large number of supplies to the west of dingyang City, and gave all the prisoners and supplies and horses to the soldiers. After the soldiers'' guidance, Liu Shangji came to the government where Tian Yu was.


    Soon, Tian Yu ordered the five people waiting to be seen at the gate to enter the Yamen.


    "At the end, General Liu Shang and others paid a visit to general Anyi!"


    "Five generals, please rise!"


    Looking at the five people, Tian Yu said with a smile: "it was a helpless move to arrange pianshi to bypass dingyang West. Fortunately, you didn''t disappoint Ben Jiang, and you made such a contribution. Ben Jiang will tell you your contribution to the king."


    "It all depends on the strategy of the King Hong Fu and the general. The subordinates just follow the plan." Liu Shangdao;


    "well, you don''t have to flatter the general, but you can''t be denied the success of this battle. From now on, all your troops and horses will be returned to their respective headquarters. At least if you want to supplement the lost troops and horses, the guards will need to return to Luoyang and make decisions. If you want to supplement the battalions, you will first report to your respective generals, and then hand them over to our generals and military strategists for consultation before making arrangements. "


    "The end will take orders!""Well, you wait."


    Five people were ordered to leave.


    Watching a few people leave, Tian Yu said with a smile: "military division, I''m going to choose the right soldiers from the garrison to supplement the lost soldiers, and then choose the right soldiers from the captured and surrendered soldiers of Yang Gan to supplement the garrison. There is also the appointment of Yang Gan as the false County captain of dingyang. Well, as for the temporary county magistrate, I''m going to recommend the Duke of Fu Jiabao for the time being Zi Fuyang, what do you think of the military adviser? "


    "Yes, these two people are local people in dingyang. If they act as the fake county magistrate and county captain, they can be accepted by the people in dingyang more quickly. It''s good for stabilizing the situation in dingyang. Although the general plays, I will sign my name." Pang Tong said with a smile;


    "I thought that communication with Luoyang would wait until after taoxun, but I didn''t expect that Hukou town would come up with such a way, but it was also a good way." Tian Yu said with a smile;


    What Tian Yu said was just the news that came last night. Originally, if it was necessary to deliver the news from Shangjun to Luoyang, it was necessary to cross the river from hukou to Hedong, and then send a pigeon letter from Hedong to Luoyang. Only during this period of time, the peach flood broke out in the river, which interrupted the contact between the two sides.


    However, a few days ago, an old boatman proposed to set up a high platform on both sides of the river, and then connect the two platforms with a thick cable. A small basket was added on the two platforms, and then the items to be transferred were fixed in the basket, and then the cable was pulled to lift them from one side to the other. Although this method can''t transport large objects or people, it''s no problem to transport some small objects or memorials.


    At that moment, Tian Yu wrote his memorial, then read it carefully, and then gave it to Pang Tong for him to check. Pang Tong signed his name on it, and the two people printed their monograms respectively. After sealing it, they gave it to a team of bodyguards, and they quickly sent it to Hukou Town, and then to Anyi and to he after passing the river as soon as possible Zhang Chao. Zhang Chao will first open the memorial, and then send the important content back to Luoyang with carrier pigeon. As for the original, it will be re sealed, and then try to send it back to Luoyang. Although it is very slow to do so, it can keep the communication between Luoyang and Shangjun front line uninterrupted.

 Chapter 1273

    That night in Luoyang City, Huangfu Chaobo was in the palace to deal with government affairs. When he was about to return to the palace for a rest, he suddenly reported that Shi a was outside for a meeting. Huangfu Chaobo Shi a Lian must have something to do with his night meeting, so he announced it into the Palace.


    "My minister Shi ah, meet the king!"


    "Up! The general asked all night, but what''s the matter? "


    "Back to the king, Hedong Zhang turned to the County Memorial pigeon letter."


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned. Didn''t he say that the Yellow River is in flood season, and that the two sides have broken off contact?


    Shi a seems to have seen Huangfu Chaobo''s doubts, and quickly introduces the flying rope between Hukou town and caisangjin to Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo hears the words and smiles. Isn''t this the usual way for people in remote mountainous areas to cross the river? However, the rope and iron rope in the game can''t reach the level of reality, so it''s a good idea for them to use this to deliver messages.


    After receiving the pigeon letter from Shi a, Huangfu Chaobo finished reading these lines. It turned out that he had captured dingyang City, and then asked for help and some subsequent arrangements. After carefully reading Tian Yu''s arrangement, he thought about it, and then wrote down the word "agree". Then he stamped his seal on it and handed it to Shi A: "send this pigeon letter directly to the river East bar, please send this to Shangjun as soon as possible. "


    ¡­¡­


    Different from Huangfu''s happiness, Tian Yu''s face was already covered with frost and water in dingyang city at this time. Although he repeatedly reminded him, Hua Xiong was still in ambush. Ten thousand Xiliang iron cavalry lost more than 2000. Although the Allied forces lost more than 2000 cavalry and soldiers, the fact of ambush was not allowed to be ignored.


    Originally, according to Tian Yu''s arrangement, Hua Xiong only needs to follow the coalition forces safely, look at the right time, bite from time to time, so that the retreating coalition forces can not easily retreat. After ten thousand soldiers who are brave enough to catch up, they will surely be able to make another big piece of meat fall from the coalition forces.


    Maybe it was too long. After leading the cavalry to set out, Hua Xiong wanted to catch up with the retreating coalition forces quickly. Coupled with the terrain of the county, there were too many places to ambush. After several places that were easy to ambush, Hua Xiong finally drifted away and led the cavalry all the way.


    At last, he was ambushed by nine thousand soldiers and seven thousand cavalry of Xu Huang, Liu Bao and Jiang Jian. Ten thousand Xiliang cavalry were divided into two parts. Fortunately, Hua Xiong was also a valiant general in the army. In addition, he was good at cavalry, so he quickly reflected that after a big war between the two sides, Hua Xiong rushed out of the ambush of the Allied forces with the loss of two thousand Xiliang cavalry, and the Allied forces also suffered losses Lost 1000 cavalry and more than 2000 soldiers.


    Although on the surface, Hua Xiong still took advantage, after all, the Allied forces lost more. But if Hua Xiong could follow Tian Yu''s advice and act cautiously, there would not be much loss at all.


    To Tian Yu''s relief, Hua Xiong finally calmed down after a middle ambush. He did not underestimate the enemy''s rash advance any more. On the one hand, he sent someone to report to the enemy behind him, and on the other hand, he sent someone back to dingyang to plead guilty. On the other hand, he led the remaining 7000 Xiliang cavalry, like maggots attached to bones, to follow closely behind the Allied forces, and from time to time, he rushed up and hissed. Once he got it, he did not want to fight, Direct retreat.


    As soon as Huaxiong changed his playing style, Xu Huang felt a little tricky. Fortunately, Xu Huang''s goal was just to buy time for the logistics team, so the two families dragged on until the next day, when ten thousand soldiers who were involved in dare also arrived to join Huaxiong''s army. At this time, it was not more than 40 miles away from gaonu City, and the next 40 miles was between dingyang and gaonu The narrowest section of the official road.


    Seeing this, Huaxiong and Shegan had to stop their pursuit and watch Xu Huang lead the army to retreat into the barracks that had been built long ago.


    Of course, along the way, Xu Huang''s coalition forces lost a lot. With Hua Xiong''s constant cannibalism, only 5000 cavalry and 6000 troopers were able to evacuate safely, which is equivalent to the loss of 3000 troopers and nearly 2000 troopers. Fortunately, more than 10000 craftsmen and their families have retreated first and safely, with little loss.


    In addition to 2000 casualties in the first ambush, the Tang army suffered less than 200 cavalry losses. Seeing this result, Hua Xiong was once again ashamed that he had underestimated the enemy''s rash advance. Without his light knowledge, the loss of the Tang army would have been reduced by at least half.


    The army set up a camp ten miles to the east of the coalition camp, and then waited for Tian Yu to join the army.


    In the afternoon of the next day, the army that carried the food and materials had arrived, Pang Tong also came with the army, and Tian Yu needed to arrange dingyang''s affairs before coming. Now Fu Yang and Yang Gan became temporary county magistrate and county captain of dingyang respectively, and the soldiers who lost in each army had been supplemented according to Tian Yu''s idea. Today''s dingyang City, though it is Yang Daren''s temporary county officer also controlled 2000 soldiers in his hands, but his subordinates were basically scattered among the Tang army''s departments, which was a kind of defense for him, but Yang didn''t care about it.


    After Pang Tong arrived, he ordered to launch an attack on the camp of the alliance. Facing the attack of the Tang army, the camp of the alliance was broken after only one day. The alliance again withdrew gaonu overnight. Then, the Tang army continued to advance steadily. Finally, on the 20th, the army arrived at gaonu city.At this time, in addition to the 5000 soldiers and 4000 cavalry who returned to gaonu City, there were also 2000 guards who were originally left in gaonu city by Jiangshan and 5000 new soldiers recruited a few days ago, with a total of 16000 troops. There were only five thousand soldiers returned to the city. The reason was that xiongba had led his thousand soldiers to the South and returned to Diaoyin city. In addition to all the soldiers, there were also 10000 guards and 10000 craftsmen outside the city.


    Tian Yu, who arrived at gaonu, did not immediately attack gaonu. Instead, he ordered that she Gan lead 10000 soldiers, 5000 guards, 5000 men, and 2000 Xiliang cavalry to the south of Diaoyin city. And Tian Yu himself led the remaining troops to stay under gaonu City, ready to attack the city.


    At the head of gaonu City, watching the army of Tang divide more than 20000 troops and horses to the south, Jiangshan and the rest of the army shake their heads helplessly: "the army of Tang is really divided!"


    Fazheng knew this very well. In his opinion, as long as the chief General of the Tang army was not stupid, he would definitely divide his troops to attack Diaoyin first to solve the threat behind him, and then attack gaonu.


    It''s just Diaoyin city. Jiangshan is the only one left among the three families in Shangjun. It''s not good news for Jiangshan, but they are powerless. The strength of the two families is too different. Gaonu city is in a dilemma to protect itself, and it''s even more impossible to send troops to help Diaoyin.


    What Jiangshan is thinking now is that he hopes to be able to support for a longer time under the attack of the Tang army. Then the princes around the Tang army suddenly make some moves and force the Tang army to withdraw. But this hope is too slim.

 Chapter 1274

    Diaoyin city is more than 120 miles south of gaonu City, and more than 200 miles south is the southernmost city of Shangjun, Qiyuan county. However, today''s Qiyuan is under the control of the state of Qin because it is closer to Feng Yi. So in fact, Diaoyin city is the southernmost County of Shangjun.


    When he arrived at Diaoyin city two days later, he found that the gate of Diaoyin county was wide open. A cadre of county officials and dozens of middle and low-level generals were standing outside the city in two groups. When he saw his army appear, the two leaders quickly stepped forward and worshipped: "Dou Shi, the Prime Minister of Diaoyin County, Diaoyin county Luo Xiao, commander of the Yin garrison, meets the general! "


    She dares to look at two people in surprise, then look at a large group of people behind them and ask: "what are you doing? What kind of hegemony? "


    "Huida general, xiongba has led his confidant generals to protect their families, and they have also taken away all the property in the county. Xiaguan and others are local people in Diaoyin. Because they can''t bear to hurt the local people, they take over the county automatically after xiongba leaves. Now the general finally leads Wang Shi to arrive, and Xiaguan and others can take off the burden ¡£¡± Dou Shi, the county magistrate, replied,


    "ah..." He was stunned. He thought that he would finally have a chance to lead the army alone and fight a big war. He didn''t expect that he had already led the people to run away before he arrived at the hegemony, and he also rolled up all the gold and silver in the city. Thinking of this, he asked, "where''s the grain and grass? What''s the matter with the grain and grass? "


    "Huida general, because the lower officer and other officers were responsible for maintaining the food and grass, he did not destroy it. He just took away the food and grass that thousands of them needed for a few months. The rest was in the Treasury. Luo Du Wei has sent soldiers to protect it." Dou Shi replied quickly;


    "fortunately, the food is still there. As for the money, it''s better to solve it. By the way, I''ll tell you, this general is just a town guard general, not a major general. Don''t shout Hearing that the food and grass were safe, she felt relieved. Then she said to a school captain behind him, "Captain Zhang, lead the troops into the city immediately and take over all the places. I can''t remember disturbing the people!"


    "No!" Xiao Wei, surnamed Zhang, bowed himself to accept the order.


    People in Diaoyin city felt a long sigh of relief.


    "General Ren Yi, we thank you for carving Yin people."


    Five thousand soldiers soon took over all parts of the city, while the remaining four thousand guards were ordered to return to the barracks and wait for the next arrangement. Only general Tian Yu had the right to make the arrangement, so he didn''t say much about it. Next, under the reminder of Luo Xiao, he sent someone to take over Luoyang Town in the south. At this point, the two territory of one city and one town were occupied by the Tang army.


    In the afternoon, he wrote a war report about Diaoyin and sent his horse to Tian Yu in the north.


    That night, Tian Yu and Pang Tong, who were in gaonu''s mianmianmian camp, received the battle report from Zhegan. They learned that the hero had escaped without fighting. Diaoyang city was now in control. Tian Yu and others were also very happy. So he sent his arrangement back to Diaoyin overnight.


    Diaoyin county magistrate Dou was temporarily appointed as Diaoyin county magistrate, and Du Wei Luo Xiao was temporarily appointed as Diaoyin County lieutenant. After the reorganization of Diaoyin Garrison and the 5000 garrison led by Han Gan, one thousand garrisons were left to guard Luoyang Town, two thousand garrisons were left to guard the county, and another thousand soldiers were left to help defend Diaoyin. The rest of the soldiers returned to gaonu as soon as possible, ready to attack gaonu county.


    Two days later, when the more than 20000 troops of the Department of Shendan reappeared under the city of gaonu, some of the people in the city were so surprised that their glasses fell to the ground.


    "Sergeant, this This It was only five days before Tang Jun left, and then he returned. This... " Jiangshan stammered and looked at Fazheng road;


    Fazheng sighed: "if my expectation is not bad, general Ningyuan will either flee or surrender, otherwise the Tang army can''t be so fast. You should know that five days is just the time for the army to go back and forth. What''s more, did the general find that the strength of the Tang army did not decrease compared with that before he left? "


    When they heard the speech and looked in the direction of the Tang army, they found that it was true. There was no less army with 5000 soldiers than before. On the contrary, there was one army with more soldiers than before.


    All the troops had arrived, and Tian Yu had been ready for four or five days, so the war in gaonu city began on the second day when the troops of the Department of Shegan returned.


    Unlike dingyang City, gaonu city is also close to mountains and rivers, but it is not like dingyang city. It almost becomes a pass, so it is more convenient to attack than dingyang city. Tian Yu arranged the army to attack the two walls at the same time, leaving the Northeast gate for Jiangshan''s army.


    Five days later, gaonu city broke down, and Jiangshan and remnant were the king''s leaders to break through again. However, this time, the remnant was not able to break through with a large number of craftsmen and their families. In gaonu city with more than 10000 troops, there were less than 5000 infantry, less than 3000 cavalry led by Liu Bao, nearly 1000 elite soldiers led by Jiang Jian, and more than 1000 soldiers led by Xu Huang The elite soldiers and the rest of the craftsmen were all left in gaonu city.


    Within a month, he lost three wars and two wars, lost three cities in a row, and lost nearly 30000 troops. Such a big blow made Jiangshan frustrated.


    Qiaomen town is the last defense place in the south of Fushi. After more than a month of intensive construction, Qiaomen town has become a military fortress, but Jiangshan, who fled back to Qiaomen town in a panic, has no confidence in this important town. Is dingyang not dangerous? But it only lasted less than ten days. The defense of gaonu city was that he didn''t stop strengthening in recent years, but in the face of the Tang army''s attack, he captured it again in five days. How many days can Qiaomen town support now?"Strategist, what should we do next?" Jiangshan looks at fazhengdao, who is sitting opposite him.


    Fazheng is also helpless. It''s hard for a skillful woman to make a meal without rice. If Jiangshan could find himself one or two years earlier, and now he has controlled more than ten cities in the whole Hetao, he would still be able to compete with the Tang army. After all, the Tang kingdom is facing enemies on all sides, and it''s impossible to send tens of thousands of troops to attack Shangjun, but time is too short, and now it''s too late There are only four counties, and there is a great disparity in strength.


    After pondering for a moment, FA Zhengfang said: "today''s plan can only be blocked by layers, and then we can watch it change. In my opinion, although the Tang army has won two wars and occupied three cities in a hurry, it will lose a lot. Even if there are not many dead soldiers, there should be a lot of wounded people. In addition, it is impossible for the army to mobilize reinforcements from the Tang state. With the stability of the Tang army, it should recuperate for a period of time before launching an attack. "

 Chapter 1275

    In gaonu City, Tian Yu was also gathering people to discuss affairs. As Fazheng had expected, although there were not many soldiers killed in the battle, there were also many heavy and heavy casualties. Even though Tian Yu had selected a large number of soldiers from the guards and prisoners to add to the barracks, the decline of the army''s combat effectiveness was obvious.


    "You guys, the army has been out for more than a month and has been fighting for hundreds of miles in three cities. You''ve made such a great contribution. You can take the lead and kill the enemy bravely. Thank you very much!" With that, Tian Yu got up and saluted the crowd;


    "general, I''m flattered!" Everyone stood up and said;


    "please sit down," Tian Yu said with a smile to all the people: "this time we have gained a lot, but the loss is not small. As you all know, in the past half a month''s war, the casualties of the army are not small. Although we have tried our best to supplement the soldiers and soldiers, the cooperation between the soldiers and the soldiers in the army is far less skilled than before, and the cooperation between the soldiers and the soldiers in the army is far from the original skill There were many wounded soldiers, so after consulting with the military adviser, I decided to rest the army in gaonu city for a period of time. "


    After listening to Tian Yu''s words, everyone was not surprised. After all, everyone knew what was going on in his army. Although their respective troops are basically full, their combat effectiveness has indeed dropped a lot because they have added a large number of soldiers.


    "However, although the army is temporarily out of work, the training of soldiers and soldiers can not be stopped. After the army has been out of work for a period of time, it is necessary to continue to send troops to the north."


    "Respect the general''s orders!" All the generals answered the promise


    As for Tian Yu''s arrangement, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t have any opinions. He will not accept the orders of the emperor. Since he is the commander of the three armed forces, then everything can be decided by him. What''s more, Pang Tong, Hua Xiong and she Gan are beside him. What Huangfu Chaobo wants to do is the news of the peace of the marquis.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo did not wait for the news from Tian Yu, but another news from Wuyuan.


    On the afternoon of the 8th of April, Huangfu Chaobo, as usual, went to the front hall to deal with government affairs after a short break at noon. Who knows, as soon as he sat down in the hall, Shi a asked to see him outside the palace.


    Huangfu Chaobo heard the news and immediately sent him to the palace to see him.


    A moment later, Shi a ran into the hall and saluted Huangfu Chaobo in a hurry, saying: "king, Wuyuan urgent report!"


    "Well?! What''s the matter? " Huangfu Chaobo''s eyebrows jumped, and he immediately realized that something had happened.


    "Early this morning, Lv Bu''s army suddenly appeared outside the city of Fuyang. Taking advantage of the opportunity of opening the city in the morning, Lv Bu personally led 20000 Bingzhou wolf riders into the city of Fuyang. The garrison of Fuyang did not expect that Lv Bu would suddenly appear here. Suddenly, the city was broken in less than a quarter of an hour."


    "Wow!"


    "What?" Huangfu Chaobo was startled and stood up fiercely, but he didn''t notice that he was sitting behind the table, and together he overturned the whole table to the ground.


    "What''s going on? Isn''t Lu Bu''s army a Daijun, ready to attack Shanggu? Why do you suddenly appear outside the city of Fuyang? "


    Shi a shook his head: "the pigeon letter didn''t make it clear either. However, the pigeon letter also said that in addition to the banners of Lvbu''s King flag and Bingzhou Langqi''s flag, there were also flags of Zhang Liao and Song Xian. Besides 20000 cavalry, there are nearly 40000 footmen. "


    "Somebody Huangfu Chaobo quickly stepped forward to collect the pigeon letter in Shi''a''s hand, and carefully looked at the pigeon letter. At the same time, he ordered: "immediately send someone to recruit Guo Jia, Lu Su, Xu Shu and Xun you. Hurry up!"


    "No!" After hearing the speech, the servant quickly ran out of the hall and arranged for people to call in all the people.


    Soon, the crowd arrived one after another, and Huangfu Chaobo had calmed down. Although he didn''t know what was going on, he had already guessed that it must be something that Chen Gong had deliberately planned.


    Sure enough, several people soon finished reading the pigeon letter. Guo Jia said with a laugh: "what a strategy to attack the West from the East, it has concealed all of us."


    The others also nodded in response, and Huangfu Chaobo said: "it''s a good plan, and it''s true. But what I want to know is what influence Lv Bu''s action has on us. Another thing is that I feel very strange when Lv Bu has become so obedient to Chen Gong. With Lu Bu''s character, he likes to be simple and direct. He certainly disdains such a complicated operation. "


    "This matter is not difficult to understand," Xun you explained with a smile: "Lu Bu has always had an idea about Wuyuan and Shuofang, but his two attacks were defeated. With Lu Bu''s heart, he will not give up. You should know that the two counties are far more than the counties in Yunzhong and Daijun. In addition, Zhao lost the upper party last year, so it is not impossible for Lv Bu to make such arrangements. "


    "Well, not bad!" Huangfu Chaobo thought that it was the same. "It''s just that if the two prefectures are lost, and Lv Bu has wiped out the grassland more than 200 miles north of Yinshan Mountain, if there are no worries, the state of Zhao will definitely focus on the south, that is to say, the two places of Shangdang in Hedong will pay more attention in the future."


    "It''s true, but the king doesn''t have to worry too much." Lu Su said: "although Shangdang''s land is newly acquired by us, it is now very popular. In addition, Shangdang is adjacent to Hedong, Hanoi and Weijun. If there is any change in Zhao''s army, other places will certainly be able to support as soon as possible. What''s more, we still have the black mountain army. If we really get to that time, it''s not too bad to put down Bingzhou first. ""In spite of that, the Heishan army is too talented and underemployed in places like Bingzhou." Xu Shudao;


    no matter Huangfu Chaobo or a group of counsellors and important officials of the Tang state, they are far less willing to use the Heishan army to deal with the state of Zhao than the state of Wei.


    "In your opinion, is the failure of Bingzhou County irretrievable?" Huang Fu Chao Bo asked tentatively;


    all of them shook their heads and sighed.


    ¡­¡­


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo talked with all the counsellors, Zhao Zilong and Xiake had been confused by Lv Bu. Before, several players of the two counties have been relying on the strong city of Fuyang City to resist the attack of Lu Bu. This time, Lu Bu''s blatant message that he wanted to attack Shanggu really hoodwinked everyone.


    When everyone was ready to see Gongsun Zan''s joke, although Lv Bu''s 20000 Bingzhou wolf riders appeared outside the city of Fuyang, they took advantage of the garrison to open the city gate in the morning and suddenly attacked and broke the city gate at one stroke.


    Although Zhao Zilong''s general Sun Jin fought to death, he could not resist in the face of killing God. Not only Sun Jin was killed by Lu Bu, but also the 5000 troops in the city. Later, Zhang Liao and Song Xian soon controlled the city.

 Chapter 1276

    After occupying Fuyang, he ordered Song Xian to lead 10000 soldiers to guard the city. He led 20000 Bingzhou Langqi and Zhang Liao''s 30000 soldiers to the hinterland of Wuyuan County.


    As a barrier, Wuyuan County lost its protection. Lu Bu''s twenty thousand wolf riders were like no one. Within a few days, they surrounded Linwo. Then Zhang Liao''s infantry arrived at Linwo. Facing Linwo County, which had only two thousand soldiers to defend, Zhang Liao conquered it in only one day.


    After Linwo was conquered by the army, Lv Bu left ten thousand cavalry to assist Zhang Liao to continue to attack the cities of Wuyuan. He led ten thousand wolf cavalry to Shuofang.


    In Jiuyuan City, Zhao Zilong was very anxious. A few days ago, the news came that Lv Bu''s army had set out for Daijun. He didn''t know what was going on. Suddenly, it came out that Lv Bu''s army had appeared in Fuyang City. Before he could react, Fuyang had lost his guard. General Sun Jin and 5000 troops had no escape.


    Before he could react, Lu Bu''s cavalry had appeared in Linwo in the south of Jiuyuan. Then Linwo was captured by Lu Bu''s army in less than a day.


    Early this morning, LV Bujun''s troops had already appeared under the city of Jiuyuan. Seeing tens of thousands of soldiers and 10000 cavalry standing under the city, Zhao Zilong knew that he could not return to heaven.


    You know, there are only tens of thousands of troops under him. Fuyang City alone has lost 5000, and Linwo city has lost 2000. Now it''s only more than 10000 troops. However, there are still four places to defend: Jiuyuan, Wuyuan, Heyin and manyigu fortress. Now there are only 3000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry in Jiuyuan city. These troops are not enough for LV Bujun It''s stuffed.


    "What can I do now, commander?" Zhao Zilong looked at Mao Xun anxiously and said,


    "Lord, forgive me, my subordinates I''m really ashamed... " Although Mao Xun is also a civil servant, he is still far away from the military strategists, let alone facing the military strategists of Chen Gong''s level. He is almost the same as Fu Xun, a subordinate of Xiake.


    In the face of such difficulties, not to mention them, even Guo Jia, they are unable to return to heaven.


    "Lord, now Lvbu''s army has entered the hinterland of Wuyuan, and there are 20000 wolf riders outside. There is no mutual support between our army''s cities, and it is almost impossible to defend them..." Mao Yu said with a helpless face;


    "can''t we just watch Lv Bu take away our hard work for several years?" Zhao Zilong said reluctantly;


    Mao didn''t speak, but his expression had told Zhao Zilong that there was no other way.


    "What if we ask the Tang army to attack Taiyuan?" Zhao Zilong said;


    "it''s too late, my Lord. If Fuyang is not lost, we can stay here for a period of time. Now LV Bujun has reached our hinterland. Even if the Tang army sends troops immediately, it will take time to enter Taiyuan, and it will cost a lot of casualties. What''s more, it will take at least ten days and a half months for the Tang army to prepare for sending troops When they are ready to send troops, Wuyuan has been completely occupied by the Zhao army. " Mao Xuan shook his head and said,


    "Alas!" Zhao Zilong sat down dejectedly, speechless for a long time.


    For a long time, Mao said: "in fact, this situation is not without solution."


    "Ah? Speak quickly, commander


    "Since I can''t keep it, I''ll go..."


    When Zhao Zilong heard this, he knew what he meant. He just couldn''t make up his mind.


    "My Lord, if we make constant decisions, we will be in chaos." Mao said,


    "not bad, Lord," and he said, "don''t you have two counties in the Central Plains? Why not consider returning to the Central Plains? "


    "It''s really feasible, but I also want to remind my Lord that Pingyin County can stay temporarily, but I want to return it to the king of Tang as soon as possible. After all, it''s the hinterland of the Central Plains, where the king of Tang army is. Before, there were only 1000 soldiers and some strange people. If my lord withdraws to the Central Plains this time, he must find another place to stand." Mao Yao also reminded him that Zhao Zilong was even more entangled after hearing the speech. It''s not easy to live in the hinterland of the Central Plains now, and he didn''t have a foothold in the corners: "in the view of military strategists, where should we aim?"


    "The Lord doesn''t have to worry about it. He can do it slowly." Mao Xun listened to Zhao Zilong''s words and knew that he was ready to withdraw: "the urgent thing now is the matter of withdrawal now."


    "Lord, there are more than ten thousand horses in the city now. If we retreat, we must use these horses, otherwise we will not escape the pursuit of the Zhao army." Zhao Zilong walked back and forth in the hall, and finally made up his mind: "withdraw, withdraw tonight, but, military strategist, where should we withdraw?"


    "There are only two ways to go." since Zhao''s capture of juanyang, Mao knew that Wuyuan and Shuofang could not keep them, so he had been looking for countermeasures. Unfortunately, he found that there was no other way but to go, but he had to think carefully about it.


    "One of them is to cross the river southward. Now the Tang army is attacking Shangjun. If we can cross the river and attack Shangjun jointly with the Tang army, we can get the support of the Tang army. The second is the Manyi valley. From the Manyi Valley north to Yinshan Mountain, then from the grassland east to Yanbei County of the Tang Dynasty. ""In fact, if it''s possible, going south is the best way, but now it''s too late to cross the river, so the only way is to go north to Manyi valley."


    "Well, order to gather the family members of the elite and the general and prepare to evacuate. Among the ordinary soldiers So they chose those who were willing to leave and left some food and property for their families. They sent people to Wuyuan city and told the general to withdraw to manyigu fortress. At the same time, I''ll send someone to inform Yi Liang overnight and let them tell each other that if they want to retreat together, I''ll wait for them at the north exit of Manyi Valley for five days. As soon as five days arrive, I''ll go to Youzhou myself. "


    Once he has made up his mind, Zhao Zilong will not hesitate. As for what to do after returning to the Central Plains, let''s talk about it at that time.


    Soon, Jiuyuan city began to prepare, because it was night, after Zhang Liao''s leader arrived, the city had been busy preparing for defense, so the movement in the city did not attract much attention. However, Zhang Liao still sent cavalry patrols to monitor the movement around Jiuyuan city. However, Zhang Liao never thought that Zhao Zilong would run away without saying a word.


    When it was three o''clock, the patrol found that more than ten thousand cavalry came out of the north gate of Jiuyuan. After the cavalry left the city, they ran directly to the north. The Zhao cavalry patrol immediately sent someone to report to Zhang Liao. At this time, Zhang Liao woke up, but the situation was not clear at night, so he could only look and sigh.

 Chapter 1277

    Early the next morning, Zhang Liao sent troops to take over the city of Jiuyuan, which was open at the gate of the city. Then he sent his troops north to Wuyuan city. As he expected, two hours later, the cavalry came back to send back the news that the situation of Wuyuan city was the same as that of Jiuyuan city.


    When Zhao Zilong gave up Wuyuan City, Zhang Liao had an intuition that Wuyuan''s war was probably much simpler than they had imagined at the beginning. After two thousand soldiers were sent to occupy Wuyuan, Zhang Liao sent ten thousand cavalry to the West.


    As Zhang Liao thought, Yiliang, Chengyi, Xi''an Yanghe and Wuliangsu cities all had their gates wide open, and there was no big army to defend them. All the money in them had been emptied, and there was no food and materials. On the contrary, the population in each city did not decrease much.


    It took less than half a month from the beginning of Zhao''s army to occupy the whole Wuyuan County. The speed of Zhao''s army made all the princes in the world gape.


    ¡­¡­


    Youzhou, King Yan''s palace, when the army of Lv Bu, the king of Zhao, appeared in Wuyuan instead of Shanggu, Gongsun Zan, the king of Yan, breathed a sigh of relief. If Lv Bu really sent troops to Shanggu, he would be defeated on both sides. Now the army of Wei has appeared in Zhuo county and is approaching Zhuo County, so Gongsun Zan has to send 10000 cavalry and 20000 infantry to support. However, his army did not directly enter Zhuo County, but entered Liangxiang county.


    Now that Lv Bu''s army is already attacking Wuyuan and Shuofang, the 10000 troops in Shanggu can also be withdrawn.


    However, just when Shanggu prefect Yan Gang breathed a sigh of relief, twenty thousand Zhao cavalry, led by general Cao Xing, suddenly appeared in the southwest of JuYang City, Shanggu Prefecture, cutting off the connection between Juyong Pass. If the general of Juyong Pass had not been alert enough to see through Cao Xing''s sneak attack, maybe even Juyong Pass would have been occupied by Zhao Jun.


    In desperation, Gongsun Zan, who was alerted by the general of Juyong Pass, once again sent the ten thousand elite soldiers who had just been recruited back to Jicheng to Juyong Pass, which made the soldiers tired. Meanwhile, for the sake of safety, Gongsun Zan sent 10000 cavalry to Juyong Pass.


    On the afternoon of the second day when Cao Xing''s army appeared in JuYang City, the 30000 infantry army led by general Zhang Yang of Zhao state appeared in JuYang city. Then, after a night''s rest, the Zhao army launched an attack on JuYang. In the face of Zhao''s attack, Yan Gang, the governor of Shanggu in the state of Yan, led the army to resist for three days, and finally was defeated by the Zhao army. Then Yan Gang suddenly surrounded and disappeared under the protection of a thousand personal guards.


    JuYang once again, Juyongguan was watched by Cao Xing''s 20000 cavalry. In the next month, Zhang Yang and Dai Jun Du Wei Hou Cheng led the troops to sweep Shanggu, bringing the whole Shanggu County under the rule of Zhao.


    When the Shanggu war in the east of the Zhao army came to an end, Lv Bu''s army in the West was still fighting. Zhao Zilong gave up Wuyuan, but Shuofang''s Xiake was not willing to give up his hard-earned land. You know, when he gave up his territory and came to Beidi, he spent so much energy to get the land of Wuyuan. Now he is willing to give up. How can he be reconciled.


    The first time he got the news of the loss of Fuyang, he immediately ordered the cities to shrink their defenses. Unlike the cities in Wuyuan, the four cities in Shuofang, Guangmu, Shuofang, Woye and LINRONG, were all built close to the river. So when he got the news that Fuyang was captured by the Zhao army, he immediately ordered to give up the three county towns and move the rest of the people scattered around to these four cities in response to the attack of the Zhao army.


    Moreover, in the past few years, with the help of Huangfu Chaobo, Xiake also built a lot of ships. Although they were no better than the ships of Tang Navy, they were enough to transport goods and personnel between the four cities. It was with these ships that the Xiake did not agree with Zhao Zilong''s retreat plan, but chose to defend the city.


    In the east of Yan state, Gongsun Zan was put together by the Zhao army and lost Shanggu county. Even Shanggu prefect Yan Gang disappeared. This is not over yet. Now the army of Wei state has launched a fierce attack on Zhuoxian county. Gongsun Zan had to order 40000 reinforcements to leave Liangxiang and support Zhuoxian county.


    ¡­¡­


    In Luoyang palace, Huangfu Chaobo just received the news that Zhao Jun was fighting on two fronts at the same time. His first reaction was: "Damn, Lv Bu, are you going to blow up the sky?"


    Just at this time, the inner servant reported: "king, Lord Guo, Lord Xun, Lord Lu and Lord Xu are already outside the hall!"


    "Xuan!" Huangfu chaobolian was busy,


    soon, the four appeared in the side hall.


    "See you king!"


    "You''re welcome


    Yang Yang hand in the intelligence, Huangfu Chaobo way: "all Qing should have known?"


    As soon as he got the information, Huangfu Chaobo sent someone to invite them. Now Pang Tong has gone to the county with the army of Tian Yu, so Huangfu called them to discuss the affairs. As for the three princes and nine ministers, Huangfu Chaobo is going to have a preliminary outline before he called them to discuss the affairs.


    "King Zhao''s action is really unexpected!" Guo Jiadao;


    "Chen Gong is really intelligent. He''s so scheming and close to us step by step that he has concealed us all." Xun you was also a Taoist;"Yes, it''s not easy to serve Zhao Guolian in three counties between backhands!" Lu Su also praised it;


    "Chen Gong is not a mediocre man. You know, he had united with the three princes to besiege Luoyang, and almost drove Gu out of Luoyang. If it had not been for Shiyuan and Yuanzhi''s outstanding intrigue and Zilong''s sudden help, the situation would have been broken. This time, he even made a series of plans to take three counties for the state of Zhao. I''m afraid he still has a back hand! " Huangfu Chaobo pondered;


    when they heard the words, they were all silent, thinking carefully about Zhao''s step-by-step arrangement, hoping to see some clues from it.


    "What is the situation among the other vassals?" After a long time, Xun you asked;


    Shi a, after hearing the words, went out and replied: "at present, the information collected by the shadow shows that there is no change among the other princes. Yan and Wei are now fighting in Zhuoxian county. It is said that the number of troops sent by Wei has exceeded 100000. It seems that the whole Zhuoxian county is bound to win, and the king of Yan has once again sent more reinforcements to support Zhuoxian county. "


    "The state of Qi, the state of Wu and the Langya army also began to gather troops in the direction of Xuzhou, and the three armies should start in the near future. The situation in Guanzhong is also normal. The United forces of Malaysia and South Korea have begun to gather troops, and the state of Qin is also mobilizing troops. As for the southern princes, there was no special change. "

 Chapter 1278

    Huangfu Chaobo looked at several people and said, "Dear Qing, once the state of Zhao is pacified in the north, there will be no looking back. You can be sure that the next king of Zhao will aim at the state of Yan or Gu. In your opinion, we should deal with it now?"


    "If Zhao Jun is going south, there are only two ways: Shangdang and Hedong. Now Shangdang''s population has reached nearly 300000, and people''s hearts have basically recovered. So please order Dianjun general and captains of Shangdang to replenish Shangdang''s troops as soon as possible, and at the same time, step up training to prepare for Zhao''s invasion." Guo Jiadao;


    "does the army of Tian Yu need to return to Hedong? Or continue to attack Shangjun? " Huang Fu Chao Bo asked after him;


    "in my opinion, it doesn''t have to be like this. It''s not so easy for Lv Bu''s army to go south. It just needs the king''s order to expand the Yingyang army in Hedong and strengthen the defense in the north. And if the army of Tian Yu can capture Shangjun, it will be a threat to Zhao''s flank. "


    "In this way, gubian ordered Hanoi and Shangdang to increase their troops and strengthen their defense." After hearing the words, Huangfu Chaobo made a detour. Later, he discussed with several people the intelligence of the surrounding princes, but they didn''t see anything unusual. However, Huangfu Chaobo always felt that something was wrong, but he couldn''t find anything wrong. Finally, he had to give up.


    If he doesn''t want to go further into the matter, his entourage will come to report, and Kong Rong, the Minister of Honglu temple, will report. The envoys of the state of Qin have arrived in Luoyang, and have been placed in the post house of Honglu temple, and have submitted the letters of state, asking for your opinion.


    As early as half a month ago, the state of Qin had secretly sent an emissary to Luoyang, saying that the state of Qin was willing to make an alliance with the state of Tang. Now it is the emissary who comes to discuss the alliance.


    In fact, for Guanzhong, the idea of Tang state was to calm it down first, and then focus on Hebei and Bingzhou. However, the sudden war between Zhao state and Yan state, coupled with Wei state''s sending troops, changed Huangfu''s idea of Chaobo. At the beginning, the emperors and ministers of the Tang Dynasty had a dispute over whether to level the central plain first or to attack and merge with Hebei first. However, Huangfu Chaobo considered that it was easier to level the central plain than to attack and merge with Hebei, so he decided the strategy of "west before East". Now it seems that he felt it necessary to make an adjustment. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo agreed to the request of alliance between the two families, so the state of Qin sent people to Luoyang to discuss the alliance.


    ¡­¡­


    In the kingdom of Wei, Bohai County, Nanpi City, the palace of the king of Wei, Yuan Shao, the king of Wei, sat on the throne, and his advisers were divided into two columns.


    "You are invited here to confirm the progress of the war." Seeing that all the advisers had arrived, Yuan Shao said slowly, "Mr. Xu, what''s the matter with Zhuo county now?"


    "King Hui, now the soldiers and horses of Zhongshan and Hejian have begun to attack Zhuoxian, and the reinforcements of Yan have arrived at the North Bank of Taoshui. According to the intelligence, the king of Yan is ready to send more troops and horses to support." Xu you came out with a little moustache and replied,


    "what''s the situation with King Zhao?" Yuan Shao nodded and asked;


    "according to the news from Daijun, the king of Zhao has entrusted the task of attacking Shuofang to Zhao General Zhang Liao. At present, the king of Zhao has personally led 15000 Bingzhou wolves to Daijun, and Zhao general Cao Xing, who has attacked Shanggu, has also led his cavalry to Daijun. After the two armies join up, they can go down to the South with our king The army converged. "


    "Well, in this way, we won''t be afraid of the cavalry of the Tang army. Now Huaxiong of the Tang army has led 10000 Xiliang cavalry to attack Shangjun. In this way, there are only 10000 white horses and thousands of ordinary cavalry left in Weijun. General Yan Liang and general Wen Chou, where are your two armies now? " Yuan Shao nodded his head with satisfaction, then looked at the two generals beside him;


    after hearing the words, they rushed out, and Yan Liang hummed back: "don''t worry, your majesty. After several days of ambush and nocturnal travel, the army has arrived at the predetermined position in the early morning of the day before yesterday. Just wait for your Majesty''s order to launch an attack."


    "The end general is in place!" Wen Chou also replied;


    "what''s the situation in the south?"


    This time, Xun Kan, the Minister of Honglu temple, came out to answer: "King Hui, the armies of the king of Qi and the king of Wu in the South have already been in place. However, the relationship between the two families is not harmonious, and the Langya army has restrained them, so the troops of the two families are not many. The king of Qi promised to send eight to ten thousand troops, while the king of Wu had only fifty to sixty thousand. However, the two armies are all ready. We need our great Wei to send troops before we are willing to move. "


    "Hum The two mice generation.... " Yuan Shao snorted two times when he heard the speech. However, he had no choice but thought that after he defeated the Tang army, he would make the two families look good.


    ¡­¡­


    Huangfu Chaobo and the Tang army did not know that an alliance around the Tang army had shown sharp claws to themselves.


    As a matter of fact, at the beginning of the Wei Kingdom, they didn''t have any idea about the Tang kingdom. In the view of the monarchs and ministers of the Wei Kingdom, the first thing they had to do was to destroy the Yan Kingdom and seize the horse breeding base in Youzhou, and then turn back to deal with the Tang army and Zhao kingdom.


    However, after Zhao was raided by the state of Tang last year and lost Shangdang, Chen Gong thought about it for nearly half a month. Finally, he thought of this series of tactics, and went to Nanpi, the capital of the state of Wei, to persuade the state of Wei to help feint and contain the forces of Yan army.It was also because the Tang Dynasty raided the upper party successfully, which made the whole state of Wei fear the Tang Dynasty. Just as Chen Gong''s move reminded all the people of the state of Wei, under the reminder of Guo Tu, the Prime Minister of the state of Wei, the monarchs and ministers of the state of Wei discussed for nearly three days, and finally made a plan.


    Then, under the leadership of Wei, Wei, Zhao, Qi and Wu secretly formed an alliance to attack Tang Dynasty. The purpose was to attack the Tang army, weaken the Tang kingdom to the maximum extent, and then destroy it.


    In order not to disturb the state of Tang, the army of Qi specially deployed a large number of troops in Beihai, Donghai and Pengcheng after the Spring Festival, and made a gesture to compete with the army of Langya. Only half of these troops were elite, and the rest were recruits just recruited. Although these troops were deployed here, their attack was slightly insufficient, but their defense was not a problem.


    At the same time, the most elite army of Qi has quietly gathered at the junction of Tang and Qi, ready to attack Tang at any time.


    As for the state of Wu, because Jiangdong also needed a large army to defend against the cold in the South and Liu Yao in the west, and the North could not trust the state of Qi, many troops were restrained in several directions, and only 50000 elite troops could be deployed in the end.

 Chapter 1279

    According to the deliberation of Wei''s monarchs and ministers, Wei first cooperated with Zhao''s army to capture the three northern prefectures, and then the king of Zhao sent about 30000 cavalry to assist Wei in sending troops to Wei prefectures, while Qi and Wu launched attacks on Yan and Yu prefectures of Tang respectively. However, although the two countries agreed to join forces, they all agreed to ask the state of Wei to send troops first. Only when they were sure that the war between the state of Wei and the state of Tang had begun, would they attack the army of Tang.


    Although Yuan Shao was helpless, he also knew that Qi and Wu did not trust each other. If they wanted to reach a consensus, they had to attract the attention of Tang first, and then Qi would take action. Once Qi was also at war with Tang, Wu would finally send troops. So after the end of the new year, Wei began to prepare quietly.


    Now the state of Zhao has basically completed his goal, so the king of Zhao''s 30000 cavalry must be in place as soon as possible. There are tens of thousands of cavalry in the state of Wei, but they are all ordinary cavalry, which can''t be compared with the cavalry of Zhao yunbu in the Tang army. Therefore, it''s the plan that the monarchs and ministers of the state of Wei thought of to draw the elite cavalry of Zhao to contain the cavalry of the Tang army.


    However, Chen Gong didn''t see through Wei''s strategy, but it was the common goal of the Tang army to eliminate the elite cavalry of the Tang army. Therefore, after deliberation, Zhao''s officials quickly agreed to this strategy.


    Therefore, after entering Wuyuan, Lv Bu quickly led 10000 wolf riders into Shuofang. On the one hand, he hoped to catch a knight by surprise. On the other hand, he wanted to confuse the state of Tang and make people think that he was still in Shuofang. In fact, when he turned around in Shuofang and found that there was no cheap way to take advantage of it, he left 5000 ordinary Bingzhou wolf cavalry to Zhang Liao. He led 15000 wolf cavalry to the East quickly and went to Daijun to join with 15000 ordinary cavalry led by Cao Xing. They passed through feihuxing and entered Hebei to take part in the Wei Tang war.


    After repeatedly confirming that all parties were ready, Yuan Shao ordered: "today is April 25. Two generals, Yan Liang and Wen Chou, went out all night. Today, they led their troops to join their respective armies. Five days later, they attacked Handan and Wei county at the same time. The rest of them set out after two days of solitude and went to the West for the Tang Dynasty! "


    "No!"


    "With the king''s orders All the people responded together


    Just when Yuan Shao ordered the army to set out and prepare to attack Wei County of Tang state, general Tian Yu of Tang army had already led the army to attack Fushi city of Shangjun. Jiangshan was defeated again. He led no more than 2000 cavalry to flee north and entered the Changcheng pass to the north of Fushi.


    It was just on the day that Lu Bu''s army occupied Fuyang that Tian Yu also made the best of the Tang army in gaonu city and marched northward. Two days later, the army arrived at Qiaomen Town, the last defense place in the south of Fushi.


    After taking Qiaomen town for two days, the Tang army did not stop there and sent troops directly to Fushi city.


    Fushi City, located on the North Bank of Sheyan River, is the governor of Shangjun.


    Shangjun is an ancient county name. It is said that it was first set up by Wei Wenhou in the Warring States period (446-396 BC). In the 10th year of emperor Huiwang of Qin Dynasty (328 BC), 15 counties of Wei Xianshang county were located in Qin Dynasty, which was one of the 16 counties in the third year of Qin Dynasty. The county was governed by Fushi county (now Suide County). In the western and Eastern Han Dynasties, the county was established along the line, and the county governance remained unchanged. At the end of Hanling emperor, because of the disturbance of Qiang and Hu, Cao Wei and other counties became new counties. In the Sui Dynasty, the name of Bingcheng county was changed to Shangjun, which became a historical term after the Tang Dynasty.


    As a city with a history of hundreds of years, Fushi city has been abandoned in recent decades, but its foundation is still there. In addition, after Jiangshan''s leaders occupied it again, they have been trying their best to repair the city. Therefore, when the Tang army arrived at Fushui City, it has become a strong city.


    It was because of this that nearly 100000 Tang troops took ten days to capture them after thousands of soldiers were killed and wounded. Later, Tian Yu personally took charge of Fushi and ordered Huaxiong and Shegan soldiers to attack the Great Wall pass and Yuanyin county respectively.


    Now the army of Shangjun is at the end of its tether, so what Tian Yu has to do is to prepare to restore the normal order of Shangjun and wait for Luoyang to send someone to take over the new county.


    ¡­¡­


    Just when Tian Yu began to prepare to restore the normal order of Shangjun, Huangfu Chaobo also gathered people in the palace to discuss the personnel arrangement of Shangjun. The situation of Shangjun is not simple. Although the state of Tang has become an ally with the state of Qin, Shangjun is adjacent to Xihe County of Zhao state. Besides the Great Wall to the north, there are a large number of zahu tribes. If the Tang army wants to make a real decision If Shangjun is controlled, the pressure will be great.


    As for the personnel arrangement of the upper County, it must be carefully arranged. According to the usual arrangement of the prefects and generals, Huangfu Chaobo was dictatorial. But this time, he had not been able to make a decision. So he called together Sangong and Xunyou for discussion.


    However, several candidates were put forward, but they were rejected by Huangfu Chaobo for some reasons.


    Just at this time, the inner servant reported outside the hall: "king, Lord Guo is asking to see you outside the hall!"


    Huangfu Chaobo heard the words and immediately ordered him to be recruited into the palace.


    A moment later, Guo Jia entered the palace, first saluted Huangfu Chaobo, and then said, "king, when I was sorting out the information today, I found a problem. Lv Bu, king of Zhao, was missing.""Huh?" Hearing this, they were all surprised and looked at Guo Jia.


    "To be exact, most of the Bingzhou wolf riders of King Zhao have disappeared." Guo Jia added;


    "how is it possible? The pigeon letters that came back from Guangmu yesterday all said that Bingzhou Langqi and Zhang Liao''s soldiers were attacking Guangmu? Why is it gone again? " Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    "there are Bingzhou wolf riders under Guangmu City, but there are not many. For this reason, Wei Chen specially looked through the intelligence of the last ten days. Since Lu Bu''s wolf riding appeared in Fuyuan and captured the city, he led 10000 wolf riding all the way to the West. Later, he saw Lu Bu''s King flag and Bingzhou wolf riding successively from the cities of Xi''an Yang, Guangmu and LINRONG. "


    "But the last time that Lv Bu''s King''s flag appeared in our sight was ten days ago, that is, the seventh day after the attack of Fuyang City. Lv Bu''s King''s flag and 10000 Bingzhou wolf riders appeared outside LINRONG city. Then, the guards saw him turn around and return. However, in the next few days of intelligence, there has never been a king''s flag of the king of Zhao. "


    "Five days ago, Zhang Liao''s army began to attack Guangmu City, but from the pigeon letter information of these days, Wei Chen found that there was a cavalry around Zhang Liao, and it was Bingzhou wolf cavalry, but its number was not the 10000 wolf cavalry when it first entered Wuyuan, and its number should not exceed 5000 at most."

 Chapter 1280

    Guo Jia''s words made everyone in the Tang army feel uneasy. Lv Bu''s Bingzhou wolf riding will never disappear for no reason. Now most of his cavalry have disappeared, which means that something must have happened. You know, with the ability of elibu and his 15000 Bingzhou wolf riders, under the condition of equal strength, there is almost no one in the whole world.


    "Come," Huang Fu ordered solemnly, "immediately send Lu Su, Xu Shu, Ju Shu, Zao Zhi and Dong Zhao to come to see you."


    "No!" The attendant nodded and immediately ran out of the hall to meet several people.


    "Fengxiao goes on. Is there anything else unusual?" Huangfu Chaobo continued;


    "yes!" Guo Jia continued: "after discovering the abnormality of the wolf riding of the king of Zhao, Wei Chen carefully reviewed the situation of the princes in the past one or two months, and found another abnormality."


    With that, Guo Jia went to the map of the Central Plains hanging in the palace and said to everyone, "as early as the beginning of March, the Qi army began to transport food and gather troops to the border between Beihai and Donglai in Qingzhou, and the border between Donghai and Langya army and Wu. But it is the end of April now, but there are still only a few small wars between the several families, and there is no such a situation at all The signs of the war are completely different from those of last year. It seems that they are deliberately controlling the scale of the war. The reason is puzzling. "


    After Guo Jia finished speaking, all the people in the palace were confined to meditation. Although the information seems to have nothing to do with it, it always makes people feel very strange when it is put out. It makes people feel that there seems to be some special connection in the information.


    "Lord Guo, what''s unusual about the army of Wei?" The old captain Zhu Jun asked;


    Guo Jia shook his head: "there is no abnormality in the neighboring cities of Wei state and Wei County of our country. It''s just the normal transportation of grain and grass. According to the normal frequency, it''s basically once or twice a month, and it''s basically the same from February to now."


    In fact, what the emperors and ministers of the Tang state didn''t know was that whether it was Wei and Zhao, or qi and Wu, they all knew that the spy organization of the Tang state was not simple, so the soldiers and horses of various countries were mobilized with great care. After the alliance was established, they all started out by mixing fish and eyes, and the elite soldiers and horses were divided into dozens, and then they went on ambush in the daytime and night Methods, the elite troops have been mobilized in place.


    As they spoke, Xu Shu and others arrived one after another. When they arrived, Huangfu Chaobo asked Guo Jia to explain the story to them.


    "If you have any views on this, please speak freely."


    "King, if the Bingzhou wolf riders led by King Zhao really take action against our country, we must find out their trend as soon as possible. And then there is the army of Shangjun. If possible, please order general Tian Yu to finish the elimination of Jiangshan remnant as soon as possible. At least general Hua Xiong''s Xiliang cavalry should be transferred back to Hanoi as soon as possible. " Lu Su pondered for a moment and then replied;


    "yes, Lv Bu''s Bingzhou wolf riding strength should not be underestimated. We need to make corresponding preparations." Xu Shu agreed;


    "in addition, the king needs to order all troops to strengthen their guard against possible attacks." Guo Jia added.


    "Is it that serious?" Huangfu Chaobo was a little stunned. Now he''s just a little bit of information. There''s no need to fight like this.


    Guo Jia shook his head: "it''s not Wei Chen''s alarmist talk, but there is a trace of abnormality in the intelligence. Although we can''t say what''s wrong, we have to guard against it. Besides, even if the king orders all the troops to be on guard, if nothing happens, everyone will be happy. If something happens, we will not be caught unprepared."


    Huangfu was right when he heard that it was better to be on guard than to be caught off guard. So he ordered Shi a to send orders to all the soldiers and horses to strengthen the guard, and at the same time to explore the movements of the vassals.


    The discussion ended in a hurry. Due to the lack of intelligence support, there was no satisfactory result in the end. However, Huangfu Chaobo still felt uneasy. In the next few days, even Runan''s prefect Xu Jing''s visit to Beijing was suspended by him.


    According to the regulations of the state of Tang, local prefects, prefects and generals need to report their duties to Beijing once a year. The report includes two parts: one is to face the Sangong headed by the prime minister, the other is to face the emperor Huangfu Chaobo directly. Originally, Xu Jing had finished his work report to Sangong, and the next time was to report to Huangfu Chaobo, but now Huangfu Chaobo has no mind to manage it.


    With the targeted collection of intelligence from all sides, the doubts in the minds of the emperors and ministers of the state of Tang became more and more serious. For several days, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia were in the side hall, carefully examining the intelligence from all over the country, but they were still unable to see what was wrong.


    On May 30, when Huangfu Chaobo finished his daily affairs, he went back to the side hall again to observe the information he received on that day. Here, Shi a was in a hurry to see him outside, and Huangfu Chaobo asked him to come in.


    A moment later, Shi a rushed in, saluted Huangfu Chaobo and said: "king, general Zhang Yan of Heishan army reported that Kushen, who occupied Pingji one day ago, found that there was once tens of thousands of Zhao cavalry in the east of Pingji city. They began to prepare for Zhao army to attack Pingji. It was only after a long time that they knew that these cavalry did not attack Pingji Stay, but in a hurry down the southBecause Zhao cavalry didn''t stay in Pingji for long and then left, so Kushen didn''t care much and told Zhang Yan about it as general information. Unlike other black mountain army generals, Zhang Yan''s vision is still very good, so he immediately found out something wrong, and immediately sent this information back to Luoyang through the shadow guard in Zhending city.


    "A day ago?" After hearing the speech, Guo Jia immediately looked at the map and found that Pingji was about 2560 Li north of Handan: "that is to say, if there is no accident, Lv Bu''s cavalry has arrived around Handan. It seems that Wei and Zhao are going to attack Wei County! King Zhao and his cavalry are used by the two countries to deal with General Zhao Yun. "


    "Ah, Shi''a, warn Wei Jun immediately. The armies of Wei and Zhao are likely to attack Wei Jun in recent days." Huangfu was shocked.


    "It''s too late," Guo Jia shook her head and said, "if it''s not bad, the army of the state of Wei should have been ready for a long time, just waiting for the cavalry of the state of Zhao. However, in any case, warning is necessary. Not only that, since the state of Wei has been fighting on both sides, it has been preparing for a long time, so it is difficult to block the attack of the two countries only by the troops of Wei county. Please order General Zhao Yun to find out the situation of the two countries'' armies at all costs, and prepare to send more reinforcements at the same time. "

 Chapter 1281

    As Guo Jia expected, the Handan guard general left school in Luoyang received the warning, he has found the wrong. Two days ago, he received a warning from Luoyang. He immediately sent hundreds of cavalry patrols to inspect the situation around Handan. However, of the 200 patrols sent last night, the 100 cavalry in the West and South returned to the city this morning, but none of the 50 cavalry in the north and East returned.


    So left school immediately sent 100 cavalry to the East and North, and ordered them to divide into several waves separated by several miles. Sure enough, in the afternoon, less than 10 cavalry of 200 cavalry returned to the city. The news was that at least 20000 to 30000 Zhao cavalry were found in the northeast, including the King''s flag of Lv Bu, king of Zhao.


    After receiving the news, the left school immediately ordered the whole city to guard, and then arranged soldiers to warn the other city passes of Wei County while personally leading them to the north wall of Handan.


    An hour later, in the northeast of Handan City, there were nearly 100000 enemy troops in the dark.


    Looking at the enemy troops slowly approaching under the city, the Tang soldiers above Handan city were silent. Handan city was originally an important city for the Tang Dynasty to defend the Wei state. Originally, there were ten thousand soldiers from the left school and one school guard in the city. After a series of adjustments, Huangfu Chaobo added another school of soldiers. However, 5000 soldiers were not in Handan City, but distributed in Wu''an, fukouguan, Shexian and wuzhishanguan around Handan.


    After the Tang Dynasty occupied Shangdang last year, Zhao Yun wrote to the court and adjusted his troops. Two thousand soldiers from Shexian county and wuzhishanguan were withdrawn and incorporated into Handan city. Now there are only two thousand soldiers from fukouguan and one thousand soldiers from Wuan city. The number of soldiers in Handan city increased to 8000, and at the same time, 1000 cavalry were added to the left school.


    Today, there are 13000 troops in Handan city. After getting the warning from Luoyang, the left school immediately ordered the city to prepare for defense, and all the materials were ready. Handan city was originally the seat of the state of Zhao, belonging to the county city level. In addition, since the control of the Tang army, Handan city has always been an important city to defend yuan Shaojun, so its defense has been constantly strengthened and improved.


    Because of this, left school in the face of 100000 enemy outside the city, not too nervous, he knew that he only need to keep the city, at least three or five days, at most ten days and a half months, Wei Jun''s reinforcements will come.


    Outside the city of Handan, Yan Liang led 35000 soldiers and 30000 ordinary soldiers, as well as 15000 auxiliary soldiers and craftsmen, with a total of 80000 troops and horses. After meeting with Lu Bu''s 30000 cavalry, he slowly approached the city of Handan.


    In the middle of the army, Yan Liang looked at the city in the distance. He frowned and said to one of the literati beside him, "don''t you think you can help someone to capture Handan? Now that the army is at the foot of the city, what shall we do? "


    "Don''t worry, general. Next, the general will attack the city according to his own idea. When the opportunity comes, he will inform the general." The scholar was Xu you, one of Yuan Shao''s military advisers.


    As early as before the departure of the army, Xu you and Yan Liang said that he would help him then. That''s why Yan Liang asked.


    Seeing Xu you''s reply, Yan Liang stopped asking, turned to Lv Bu and said, "please ask the king about the Tang army''s reinforcement."


    "Don''t worry, general. If Zhao Yun doesn''t come, he will be good-looking." Lu Bu''s Halberd is a long halberd that he raised his hand, which he said moriran;


    Zhao Yun''s leader had a big fight with Lu Bu''s cavalry last year, which made Lu Bu''s Bingzhou wolf ride lose more than half. Now he has gathered 20000 wolf riders. This time, Lu Bu is looking for Zhao Yun''s trouble.


    With the order of Lu Bu, thirty thousand Zhao cavalry bypassed Handan and headed for Liangqi and Yecheng in the south of Handan. Lu Bu didn''t pay much attention to the cavalry of the Tang army. According to information, among the cavalry of the Tang army, Huaxiong''s 10000 Xiliang iron cavalry had gone to Shangjun. In Hanoi and Weijun, besides Zhao Yun''s 10000 white horses, there were only about 10000 ordinary cavalry. This time, Lu Bu led an army of 15000 wolf cavalry, plus Cao Xing''s army Fifteen thousand ordinary cavalry, which is 30000, is more than that of the Tang army.


    Just when Yan Liang''s army arrived in Handan, Geng Wu, another deputy general of longxiangying in Weixian County in the south, also saw tens of thousands of Wei troops rolling from the East several miles away.


    Wei county is Wei county. It is an ordinary county. Together with Chiqiu and Handan, it forms the defense line against Wei County in the East and the last defense line around Ye City. Once these three cities are broken, there will be no barrier in the east of Ye City and it needs to face the army of Wei state.


    The army of Wei, which appeared outside the city of Weixian, was 80000 troops led by general Wen Chou. The number of troops led by Yan Liang was the same, and there was also a military division accompanying him. He came with Feng Ji.


    In Yecheng, Zhao Yun has already received the urgent information from Handan and Weixian county. With the information sent back by two deputy generals, Zhao Yun quickly goes to the direction of the prefect''s mansion. At this time, the whole Yecheng has entered a state of war readiness. Although the gate has not been closed, the city guards have begun to climb the city and arrange the defense at the head of the city. Five thousand of Zhao Yun''s Baima Yicong have been sent out by Zhao Yun to inspect the situation within a hundred Li around Yecheng.Zhao Yun leads 50 bodyguards to the prefect''s mansion in a hurry. After getting off the horse, Zhao Yun ignores everything else, throws his rein to his bodyguards and walks all the way to the prefect''s mansion.


    Go to the front hall, Taishou is Yi and Jun Cheng Yan Xiang and Jun Du Wei Chen Lan three people are waiting there, see Zhao Yun come in, three people quickly welcome up.


    "General Zhao, what''s the situation now?" It was Yi who asked;


    the others also looked at Zhao Yun.


    "The Wei and Zhao allied forces have appeared outside Handan and Weixian. According to the information sent back by general Zuo and general Geng, the two armies add up to about 200000, including the 30000 cavalry led by Lv Bu, king of Zhao." Zhao Yun handed the information to Shiyi and said solemnly,


    "Yan Liang and Wen Chou led the army to attack Handan and Wei county respectively. General Zhao, the situation is not optimistic!" After reading the information in his hand, he handed it to Yan Xiang, but Yi took a cold breath;


    "in fact, it''s still good. The most troublesome thing is the 30000 cavalry under the command of King Zhao. With their threat, even if there are reinforcements in Yecheng, they dare not send them out easily. They can only watch the two armies attack the city." Yan Xiang pondered

 Chapter 1282

    It was Yi and Yan Xiang''s words that made Zhao Yun very approbate. After all, we are all people who have experienced war for a long time.


    "That''s right. So I decided to lead the cavalry to the two cities in person. First, I wanted to boost the morale of the soldiers in the two cities. Second, I wanted to make a careful inquiry into the specific situation of the two armies." Zhao Yun said in a deep voice: "therefore, the governor would have suggested that ye city should close the gate immediately, and all the troops should be ready to resist the enemy. At the same time, he would immediately send a pigeon letter to Luoyang to ask the king for help."


    "Well, I will write down the situation immediately and ask Luoyang for help." Shi Yi nodded, then turned to Zhao Yun and said, "the defense of the city is up to the general, and the comfort of the people in the city is up to the official and Lord Yan."


    Zhao Yun immediately nodded his head and agreed with Shi Yi: "OK, Chen Duwei, please organize the garrison to climb the city immediately and prepare for defense."


    Then he looked at Shiyi and Yan Xiang: "if the general had expected it to be right, the cities around Wei county would not be able to defend. So he was going to order Hefu, the general of Fukou pass, to transfer all the 1000 soldiers from Wu''an to Fukou pass. In addition, he transferred 2000 soldiers from Wu''an and Shexian to Fukou pass. In this way, there were 3000 soldiers in Fukou pass With 7000 garrison troops and the favorable terrain of fukouguan, even if Handan is lost, it can control the east entrance of fukouxing. "


    "The end will take orders!" Chen Lan, the commander of Wei County, quickly bowed to his command and said,


    "don''t worry, general. I''ll order the officials of the two cities to help him right away. We will do a good job in the defense work at the front line of fukouguan. " Shi Yi nodded immediately;


    among them, the one named he Xiaowei was the young general he Ge who proposed to change the military system to Huangfu Chaobo at the beginning. After Zhao Yun''s careful training in recent years, he is now the official Xiaowei.


    Today, there are 10000 soldiers in longxiangying and 10000 soldiers in Baima. In addition, there are 20000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry under Duwei, with a total of 45000 soldiers and horses. If there were not many cavalry in the Wei army, Zhao Yun would be able to lead and support the troops. But now with the 30000 cavalry of Zhao, Zhao Yun is afraid to lead the 15000 cavalry to fight. If the 15000 cavalry were lost, it would be impossible for Wei Jun to hold on.


    Now the only chance is to wait for Luoyang to send cavalry support. After Zhao Yun gets the support of cavalry, he can contain Lv Bu''s 30000 cavalry. In this way, Wei Jun has the possibility to hold on.


    "Well, the city will be handed over to you for the time being. Ben will need to lead Baima Yicong out of the city! Please After arranging the defense in the city, Zhao Yun saluted several people with his fists;


    "general, be careful!" Several people also saluted back;


    Zhao Yun nodded, turned and left, and galloped toward the camp of Baima Yicong in the south gate. Soon, 11000 Baima Yicong left Yecheng and galloped toward Handan in the North!


    After Zhao Yun led Bai Ma Yi to leave, the alarm bell rang in Yecheng City, and then the whole city was boiling. Countless pedestrians ran to their own homes. Several large camps of taxi soldiers in the city poured out of the camps and went to their respective pre arranged defense areas.


    Inside the prefect''s mansion, several carrier pigeons soared into the air, circled over the city for several times, recognized the direction, and then flew to the southwest without hesitation.


    ¡­¡­


    In the city of Fushi in Shangjun, Tian Yu looks at the king''s order from Hedong Pegasus. Although it doesn''t say why, Tian Yu still sees some clues from it. He handed the king''s order to Pang Tong and said, "in the view of military strategists, why is the king so urgent?"


    Pang Tong didn''t say anything. He looked at it carefully twice. After a moment''s meditation, he said: "if it''s not bad, it should be Lu Bu''s cavalry. Now Lu Bu''s cavalry is missing. It''s aimed at Yan and Tang. If it''s aimed at us, it''s not enough to rely on General Zhao Yun''s cavalry To deal with it. "


    "Well, in that case, the army will be forced to attack Yulin pass first, and then attack Qiuci nonstop. After the Jiangshan army is annihilated, the baotao army and xiongqu army will return as soon as possible to deal with the possible war."


    After that, Tian Yu ordered five thousand troops to stay in Fushi and led the rest to Yulin pass.


    One day later, the army arrived at Yulin pass. At this time, the battle in Yulin pass had already started for four days. Facing the attack of Huaxiong headquarters, Jiangshan led his soldiers to fight to the death. After several days of fighting, it was the end of the storm.


    The arrival of the Tang army''s reinforcements made Jiangshan''s soldiers even more depressed. After he handed over the reinforcements to Huaxiong, Tian Yu didn''t say much, but let Huaxiong attack with all his strength.


    Although Hua Xiong didn''t know what Tian Yu meant, he still ordered the army to attack the city. After half a day''s attack, the Tang army finally captured the pass, and Jiangshan led more than a thousand remnant soldiers to retreat.


    Hua Xiong was about to order the army to rest, but Tian Yu said, "general Hua, lead all the cavalry immediately to pursue the remnant army. He would have led 20000 soldiers immediately to follow up!"


    Hua Xiong was stunned: "general Tian, the army has just conquered the pass. Why do they start all day long?"


    "It''s too late!" With that, Tian Yu handed the Luoyang order to Hua Xiong. After he saw it, he said, "we must annihilate the Jiangshan army as soon as possible, and then the general''s headquarters and the general''s headquarters will return to their respective places as soon as possible, and the Shangjun will be temporarily guarded by our general.""No!"


    When Hua Xiong heard the words, he gave the king''s life back to Tian Yu. He turned over and said, "Xiliang iron cavalry, I will pursue the enemy!"


    With his command, thousands of Xiliang cavalry followed him, directly passed through the pass, and chased after the remnant soldiers of the Jiangshan army outside the pass.


    Perhaps it was because after several wars, the Tang army did not continue to pursue, so the outstanding Jiangshan army did not immediately return to kuci city. Instead, after escaping from the pass, they took a rest more than ten miles outside the pass. Unexpectedly, the army stopped only a quarter of an hour, and the Tang cavalry followed. Jiangshan had no choice but to order Liu Bao to lead the army to resist the Tang army And he himself, escorted by dozens of soldiers, fled with Fazheng to Qiuci city.


    Among the more than 1000 soldiers led by Liu Bao, there are only less than 500 cavalry. The rest of the 600 soldiers are all infantry soldiers, and they are all exhausted troops. How can they stop the thousands of Xiliang cavalry of Huaxiong department, which is the elite and reserve force. Under one attack, more than half of the five hundred Hun cavalry lost. Liu Bao was captured by Hua Xiong, and the rest of the soldiers put down their weapons and surrendered.


    Huaxiong left a thousand cavalry to guard the captured Jiangshan army. He led the rest of the cavalry to the direction of Qiuci city.

 Chapter 1283

    Qiuci city is only 20 miles away from the pass. Just after Jiangshan ran back to Qiuci, he closed the gate, and Huaxiong''s thousands of cavalry had already followed him. Seeing this situation, Jiangshan didn''t understand that all his troops left behind were finished.


    By this time, Jiangshan was really at a dead end. Qiuci was originally a small city with a population of no more than ten thousand, and only four thousand soldiers and horses. What''s worse, Jiangshan didn''t expect that he would fail so soon. Therefore, the food and grass in Qiuci was only enough for the people of the ten thousand soldiers and horses for two months, and all the rest of the food and grass were left behind In Fushi city and the Great Wall pass.


    An hour later, the 20000 soldiers led by Tian Yu also arrived at the foot of Qiuci city. Seeing that it was getting dark, Tian Yu was not in a hurry to attack the city. Instead, he ordered the army to set up camp five miles west of Qiuci city and prepare to attack the city after dawn tomorrow.


    Kuci City, a panic, Jiangshan sitting in the county yamen, a face of ashes, empty eyes staring at the top of the head. At this time, Jiangshan didn''t understand that he was hard to turn over. Unless a miracle happened, he would annihilate the Tang army outside the city overnight. But even so, he would only survive for a while.


    Now Liu Bao doesn''t know whether he is alive or dead. There are only Jiang Jian and Jiang Jian around him. It''s very good that FA Zheng can accompany him to escape back to Qiuci. Looking at Jiang Shan''s appearance, Jiang Jian comes forward and says in a low voice: "Lord, today''s plan is just like general yokono and general Ningyuan..."


    Jiang Shan looks at Jiang Jian and knows what they mean. Since he is unwilling and impossible to surrender to the Tang army, he might as well escape at night instead of waiting for the Tang army to capture the city. Now there are 1000 cavalry and nearly 2000 horses in the city. Besides, when he left Fushi, he also carried a lot of property. If you want to leave, tonight is your last chance.


    The overlord had run away long before the Tang army defeated Gao Nu, while the remaining king also ran away when Fushi city was conquered. However, Xu Huang, his general, was surrounded by the cavalry of the Tang army in order to cover his escape. In the end, he was probably captured by the Tang army.


    Now that I am at a dead end, I am sure that Fazheng will not follow me. Thinking of this, I can''t help but feel evil in my heart. If I can''t get it, then no one can get it.


    Who knows that when he looks at Fazheng, Fazheng does not care about it. There is no fear in his eyes. Instead, Jiang Jian and Jiang Jian, who were beside him, changed their looks and knelt down to Jiangshan: "please don''t hurt the French army!"


    "Yes, Lord, if so, there will be no place for him in the world!" Jiang Jian also advised him;


    seeing their expressions, Jiang Shan knew that if he bent on his own way, he would lose the two subordinates.


    Thinking of this, Jiang Shan sighed: "Sir, let''s go!"


    Fazheng was silent. He stood up and walked to the gate of the county government. When he got to the gate, he suddenly said, "if the general wants to leave, it''s better to start all night, leave from the north gate, and then make a detour to the West. After passing sheyanze, he will go to the North Territory. As for where the general will go, he suggested that the general should not stay in Guanzhong, and it''s better to go to the Central Plains ¡£¡±


    With that, he left without looking back.


    After hearing this, Jiang Shan was speechless for a long time, and then he said dejectedly, "the herald will go on. The army will rest for a few hours in the first half of the night, and select the best from the army. We will start all night!"


    The next morning, Tian Yu found out that Jiangshan had led people away from Qiuci city overnight, so he sent two thousand soldiers to Qiuci city. After that, he led more than two thousand soldiers who surrendered in Qiuci City, as well as Fazheng and Liubao, who were captured, back to Fushi.


    After he led the army back to Fushi, Shegan also led the army back. Tian Yu ordered Huaxiong and Shegan to lead the army, protect Pang Tong, Fazheng, xuhuang and Liubao, and return to Hedong. And he himself led nearly 20000 soldiers of Yingyang army and Hedong garrison, and nearly 10000 soldiers who were recruited and captured in Shangjun, and stayed in Shangjun.


    At this point, the battle of Shangjun of Huangfu Chaobo could only come to an end temporarily. Although several cities to the north of the Great Wall had not been occupied, they could not care so much at this time, because the news that the Wei Zhao allied forces began to attack Wei Jun had already spread to Fushi. Huaxiong and Shegan troops must rush back to their respective positions as soon as possible and prepare to support the battle of Wei Jun after a rest .


    ¡­¡­


    Back on April 30, in Luoyang City, the palace of the state of Tang, that night, Huangfu Chaobo received a letter from Weijun asking for help. When he learned that the Allied forces of Zhao and Wei had sent nearly 200000 troops to attack Weijun, Huangfu Chaobo immediately sent people to gather a group of important officials of the state of Tang to discuss countermeasures.


    "Thirty thousand Zhao cavalry, of which fifteen thousand were Bingzhou wolf cavalry, and fifteen thousand were ordinary cavalry. Yan Liang and Wen Chou each led about 80000 troops to attack Handan and Wei County in two ways. Now there are only 10000 white horses and 5000 ordinary cavalry of General Zhao Yun in Yecheng. Zhuqing, how should we deal with the current situation? " After all the people arrived, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much. He directly explained the intelligence sent back by Wei Jun to all the people;


    "is there any follow-up soldiers and horses in the state of Wei?" Zhu Jun asked;Huangfu Chaobo shook his head: "at present, there is no news. However, only two generals under Yuan Shao have sent troops. According to Yuan Shao''s character, they will certainly lead the troops personally. If they expect that, they will appear on the battlefield, so the number of troops dispatched by the Wei Army has increased."


    "In fact, there should not be too many additional troops in the Wei army. At present, nearly 100000 troops of the state of Wei have been involved in the war between Yan and Wei. At this time, another 160000 or 70000 troops have appeared in the Wei County, and there are so many troops in the state of Wei. Except for the garrison in various cities, the troops that can be mobilized should have been deployed basically, so follow Yuan Shao There should be only about 30000 soldiers and horses, but these soldiers and horses should be the most elite soldiers and horses in the state of Wei. " Guo Jia added;


    "even so, as General Zhao said, with the 30000 elite cavalry of the state of Zhao, we are tied up." Xu Shudao;


    "well, although general Zhao Yun''s cavalry can''t compete with Lv Bu''s cavalry, it''s OK to contain most of their cavalry. Moreover, whether it''s Handan or Wei County, the rest of the Garrison''s troops and defense capabilities are not poor. It should be OK to support them for ten days and a half months under the attack of Wei army. We only need to send tens of thousands of cavalry The soldiers go to Yecheng and give it to General Zhao Yun. I believe General Zhao Yun must be able to deal with Zhao cavalry. Once Zhao cavalry goes, Wei county is still our world. " Dong Zhaodao, who is going to be a great craftsman,


    everyone else nodded when they heard the words.


    "In your opinion, how many reinforcements should we send?"


    "Ten thousand Huben cavalry, plus seven thousand Tui cavalry of the king''s guards, and fifteen thousand cavalry in Yecheng, I believe that is enough. If the king is afraid that the cavalry is not enough, he can send five thousand ordinary cavalry in Hanoi. In this way, there will be nearly forty thousand cavalry. There should be no problem." Guo Jia thought for a while,

 Chapter 1284

    Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and thought that the cavalry was not enough, so he sent out 5000 ordinary cavalry in Luoyang. In this way, all the cavalry in Luoyang had been sent out, but the Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and Iron Eagle sharp soldiers of the guards could be used as cavalry, so they were not afraid of no rapid mobile forces.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to send out yuan army crossbow soldiers, but Guo Jia stopped him. Now Qi''s movement is still unclear, so he can''t send out all the troops in Luoyang.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo agreed with him. However, in addition to sending reinforcements, after consulting with several people, Huangfu Chaobo ordered the Deputy General of baotao camp Dong Xun to lead a total of ten thousand soldiers from the two schools to dangyin County in case of emergency. However, only one school of soldiers and 15000 Hanoi garrison troops led by Hanoi Duwei Qiao Rui were left in Hanoi.


    As for the arrangement of troops and horses in Fukou pass, Huangfu Chaobo also agreed with Zhao Yun''s proposal to increase the strength of Fukou pass to 10000. Not only that, he also ordered to strengthen the defense of Wuzhishan pass.


    "When can the soldiers and horses of Shangjun return?" Huang Fu turned around and asked;


    when people heard the words, they all shook their heads.


    "General Shi''a, when will the contact point of shadow in Fushi city be established?"


    "Report back to the king, Weichen has sent someone to carry ten carrier pigeons. It should be able to send the pigeon letter back in recent days, but to establish regular contact, we must train the carrier pigeons in about a month."


    "Well, as soon as you get the news of Shangjun, tell them to end the war as soon as possible and let Tian Yu take charge of Shangjun temporarily. Huaxiong and Shegan immediately lead their troops back to Hedong and take over the two infantry troops. Let them board the boat at hejindu in Pishi county. Huaxiong leads the cavalry to Jiguan and returns to the station as soon as possible. As soon as possible, they can replenish their troops and wait One step command. By the way, is the war between the state of Qi and the state of Wu and the Langya army still the same as before? "


    "No!"


    "If the order goes on, the whole country will mobilize its troops and prepare for the war. When both Wei and Zhao have sent troops, it is estimated that some people will not be able to sit still." Huangfu Chaobo ordered again. Thinking of this, he could not help but secretly congratulated himself that he had just signed a non aggression pact with the state of Qin some time ago, and finally stabilized his west side. Otherwise, it might be a four-way street again.


    "Well, let''s go. The army will go to Hanoi immediately and join with 5000 cavalry. Then they will go to dangyin to wait for Zhao Yun. By the way, they will send an order to let he ruobi and his golden eagle go out with the cavalry. When all the troops arrive in Wei County, they will obey Zhao Yun''s command. Zi Jing, you will go out with the army and counsellor the military."


    "I''ll take orders!" Lu Su hears the speech and immediately gets up to receive the order.


    "The Prime Minister of the state has arranged the materials needed for the army''s expeditions. The rest of the people perform their duties and cooperate with each other. No one is allowed to stop and slack off. If anyone dares to slack off, there will be no amnesty!" Seeing Huangfu''s fierce manner, everyone was awe inspiring.


    "No!"


    "All right, let''s break up!" With that, Huangfu Chaobo gave a sign to Guo Jia and Xun you. Both of them kept their understanding, and the others left the hall and got busy.


    ¡­¡­


    Wei County, in a mountain forest 20 miles west of Wei County, Zhao Yun led 11000 white horses to arrive here. After leaving Yecheng, Zhao Yun didn''t go directly to Handan, because Lv Bu''s cavalry had already appeared in Handan. If his more than 10000 cavalry were captured by Zhao''s cavalry, he would have no chance to consider Wei''s garrison. After a moment''s consideration, Zhao Yun led his cavalry to Wei.


    There used to be 5000 soldiers and 5000 guards in Wei county. However, after Huangfu Chaobo adjusted the troops of Longxiang camp, another school of soldiers was added, so there are 15000 troops in the city. The reason for this arrangement is that Wei county is isolated and helpless, and the nearest cities are fanyin and Yang''an, which are also hundreds of miles away.


    Handan is not the same. Handan is only 50 li away from fukouguan and Liangqi city. Now there are 10000 troops stationed in fukouguan, 5000 guards in Liangqi City, and 13000 troops stationed in Handan city. So Zhao Yun is more confident about the defense of Handan.


    At this time, it was almost dark. Instead of rushing into Wei County, Zhao Yun stopped in the wild. He didn''t want to expose his cavalry to the Wei army so quickly. If he was found by the Wei army, he would tell Lv Bu his whereabouts overnight, and Lv Bu would come overnight, so he would have to leave, so he was ready to be here If you hide all night, tomorrow Wenchou''s army will surely attack the city. At that time, you will lead a cavalry raid on the Wei army, which will play a huge role for the garrison in the city.


    However, he did not forget to get in touch with the city. After the cavalry had been hidden, Zhao Yun immediately sent a team of cavalry to the city quietly. He told Geng Wu, the general of the city, that he had arrived. After telling Geng Wu his strategy, he could make Geng Wu feel more at ease.


    The next morning, that is, May 1, the two armies of the Wei army launched attacks on Handan and Weixian respectively. However, Lv Bu, the leader of Zhao, led tens of thousands of cavalry to fight in person, and the two armies united to fight against the Tang. For a time, the world shook, and countless people turned their eyes on Hebei.In the east of Weixian City, Wenchou led 40000 troops and 10000 civilians to the outside of the city. Seeing the city in front of him, Wenchou ordered: "go on, general Zhang Nan led 10000 soldiers and 2000 civilians to attack the north city of Weixian County, general Jiao Qian led 10000 soldiers and 2000 civilians to attack the south city of Weixian County, and the general himself will attack the east city!"


    Soon, more than 20000 troops separated from the central army and headed for the north and south cities. Wen Chou also ordered the troops of the east city to attack the city wall.


    When the army began to attack the city, the commander said, "general, it''s better to send thousands of cavalry to guard the situation around Wei County, so as to prevent the cavalry of Tang army from attacking suddenly."


    "There''s no need, military strategist. Isn''t there thirty thousand cavalry of King Zhao? If Zhao Yun''s more than 10000 cavalry dare to come out at this time, will they not be afraid of being annihilated by Zhao cavalry? " Wen Chou said;


    "I''m not afraid of ten thousand, just in case. Although Lv Bu''s cavalry have arrived in Handan, they haven''t found Zhao Yun''s cavalry now, so..."


    "Well, wending, you lead a thousand cavalry to search the situation around Weixian County for 20 Li, and as soon as you find the cavalry of Tang army, you will give a warning!" Although Wen Chou thought about it, he agreed to Feng Ji''s suggestion, so he sent 1000 cavalry to guard around Wei county. In his opinion, 1000 cavalry was enough.

 Chapter 1285

    At the head of Weixian County, Geng Wu looks at the soldiers of Weixian County, but he doesn''t have any fluctuation in his mind. He has already seen that the army of Weixian seems to have a lot of soldiers, but in fact, there are only about 40000 people who can fight. Nowadays, Wenchou is divided into three sides to attack the city, with 10000 people in each direction. In his own city, there are 10000 soldiers alone, plus 5000 guards, with 15000 talents Sharp.


    In addition, he has been guarding Wei County for several years, repairing the city wall almost every year, and constantly strengthening the defense. In addition, there is enough food and grass in the city to support the army and the people in the city for half a year. Geng Wu believes that it is impossible for the Wei army to spend more than half a year to conquer a city, and his reinforcements can not wait for the first half a year We''re here.


    What''s more, general Pingbei''s white horse righteousness has arrived and is hiding outside the city. I believe that he will launch an attack on the Wei army at the right time. With his surprise attack, it will be the best encouragement for the soldiers in his city.


    There are plenty of troops in the city, and reinforcements outside the city can support at any time. Geng Wu believes that he will surely be able to grind tens of thousands of Wei troops to death under the head of Wei county.


    After seeing the layout of the Wei army, Geng Wu had already ordered that three captains each guard one side of the city wall, leaving 5000 soldiers behind. The remaining 10000 troops had 3000 soldiers on each side of the city wall in the East, North and south, half of the soldiers on each side, and the remaining 1000 soldiers on the west wall. Geng Wu himself was on the east wall, waiting for the Wei army to attack.


    With the roar of the Wei army, the war began


    In the woods 20 miles west of Weixian City, Zhao Yunzao had already got up. After eating the dry food handed over by his own soldiers, he sat quietly under a tree, waiting for the news from the marquis.


    Just at this time, there was a sound of horse hooves outside the woods, and then a marquis denounced rushed into the woods and reported to him: "general, the war in Wei county has begun, and we found the Marquis denounced cavalry sent by the Wei army more than ten miles northwest of the city, a total of 20 people, but we have been completely annihilated."


    It''s only 20 Li from here to Weixian, and the cavalry looks like half an hour. The war in Weixian has just begun. If his cavalry goes too early, the defense of the Wei army is the most strict. Therefore, Zhao Yun is not ready to start so early. After listening to the reply from Chihou, he nods gently and says: "continue to observe, any change, anytime Come and report


    An hour later, Chihou reported again that the Wei army had completed the landfill of the moat, filled several siege channels, and began to prepare for the siege by ants.


    Hearing the speech, Zhao Yun opened his eyes, and his eyes burst into a confusion. He stood up and said, "send the order down, let the soldiers get ready, and set out half an hour later to attack the Wei army in the north of the city!"


    With his order passed down, more than 10000 white horses in the forest got up one after another. They all quietly put their clothes and armor in order, fastened their saddles, and then took out their weapons to check them carefully. After confirming that they were correct, they put them in the most convenient place.


    Then, under the leadership of their respective commander Shi, a group of soldiers led their own horses and walked towards the open space outside the forest. With all the taxi soldiers in the formation, Zhao Yun also turned over and jumped on his horse, shaking the reins of the horse with his left hand, holding his long gun with his left hand, slowly walked to the front of the team, looked at the team carefully, pointed to Wei County in the northeast with his right hand, and yelled: "let''s go!"


    More than ten thousand white horses, led by him, slowly picked up the horse speed and ran to the battlefield twenty miles away.


    For the cavalry, it would take half an hour if it was fast. However, Zhao Yun did not urge the army to march all the way. Instead, he marched at ordinary speed to save horsepower. When he arrived at Wuli northwest of Weixian, he ordered the army to change their horses, and then galloped toward Weixian.


    When more than 10000 baimayi arrived hundreds of steps away from the north of Weixian County, it was the first round of Zhang Nan''s army''s attack on Weixian county. Thousands of Wei soldiers gathered around the city wall and formed a regiment with Tang soldiers guarding the city. At this time, Zhang Nan had only 5000 soldiers around him.


    Zhang Nan, who was watching the battle, suddenly found that there was a lot of dust rising in the West. When he looked carefully to the west, he was shocked: "Damn, why did the cavalry of the Tang army appear here? Aren''t the cavalry of the state of Zhao restraining them? What about Chihou? Are they all dead? Why is there no one to return? "


    All the generals around Zhang Nan were so surprised that their eyes were about to fall to the ground. In the face of the sudden arrival of more than ten thousand Tang cavalry, there were only five thousand soldiers and thousands of civilian soldiers on his side. All of them were shocked.


    Fortunately, Zhang Nan''s reaction was quick enough, and he yelled: "hurry up Array, sword and shield soldiers in front, spearmen in the middle, archers in the back, quick If you don''t want to die, hurry up... "


    Then he pulled another soldier and said, "come on, ask general Wen for help. It''s said that Zhao Yun''s white horse has never died. Please send someone to support him quickly!"


    At this time, the soldier''s face was pale with fright, and he was shaken twice by Zhang Nan. In response, he led several cavalry to whip his horse and ran towards the ugly Chinese army in the East.For the cavalry, the distance of hundreds of steps is very short, but at this time, only half of the soldiers in Southern Zhang''s army are barely forming a circle, and nearly half of them are huddled together in a panic.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun roared: "white horse, follow this general to fight!"


    "White horse''s righteousness follows, where righteousness lies, there is death but no life, kill..."


    ¡­¡­


    The roar of more than 10000 cavalry on the field covered all the cries of killing on the battlefield. Under the leadership of Zhao Yun, Bai Ma Yi bypassed the already formed Wei army and killed the soldiers on the other side.


    For a moment, like a red knife inserted into the solidification of lard, instantly into the Wei army.


    Zhao Yun, the leader, dances his long gun and flies around, killing the Wei soldiers who are standing in front of him. Behind Zhao Yun, there are more than 10000 Bai Ma Yi soldiers. They follow him and directly press the Wei soldiers. In a moment, he killed all the soldiers who didn''t have time.


    Soon, nearly half of the 5000 soldiers around Zhang Nan were lost, but their deaths and injuries were not without benefits. At least they bought time for the more than 2000 soldiers around Zhang Nan. After Zhao Yun led Bai Ma Yi to kill all the soldiers, the more than 2000 soldiers around Zhang Nan had formed a close circle, like a hedgehog The regiment is there.


    Zhao Yun takes a look at the more than 2000 Wei soldiers around Zhang Nan. Instead of directly leading the soldiers to kill them, he turns his horse and kills them.

 Chapter 1286

    The reason why Zhao Yun didn''t pay attention to Zhang Nan''s more than 2000 Wei troops was that in front of them, there were more easily defeated Wei troops, that is, the thousands of Wei troops who were attacking the city. Now they have exposed their backs and allowed themselves to attack.


    It''s better to solve these lambs to be slaughtered first than to kill the wounded soldiers to break Zhang Nan''s formation.


    As early as the appearance of baimayi, the Tang soldiers at the head of the city found that their cavalry had arrived. Suddenly, a cheering voice rang out at the head of the city: "soldiers, general Pingbei has led baimayi to support us all the time. Kill thieves!"


    "Reinforcements are coming! Kill... "


    "Kill..."


    Contrary to the cheers of the Tang soldiers, the Wei soldiers who were attacking the city were scared out of their wits. It is a small soldier who knows what the result is when the enemy cavalry appears behind him when he is attacking the city.


    As a result, the Wei soldiers who attacked the city became a mess in a moment. The Wei soldiers who finally attacked the city wall were slaughtered by the Tang soldiers who suddenly broke out. The Wei soldiers who were attacking the city were also in a mess. Some of the soldiers tried to retreat to meet the cavalry of the Tang army, but some of them were ready to attack the city. The already chaotic Wei army was even more flustered.


    Soon, Baima Yi was killed behind the Wei army. At this time, the Wei soldiers were just the East regiment, while the West regiment was shouting noisily. More soldiers were running around like headless flies, and they didn''t know what to do.


    Under the leadership of Zhao Yun, more than ten thousand white horses killed Wei soldiers on the battlefield below the city. In less than a quarter of an hour, the five thousand Wei troops who attacked the city were killed. Later, Baima Yicong burned all the Wei army''s siege equipment left on the battlefield.


    Zhang Nan stood in the battle, watching his soldiers killed by the Tang army, but he didn''t have the slightest intention to help them. Not only that, he prayed in his heart that these rout soldiers could hold down the cavalry of Tang army for a longer time, so that he could persist until Wenchou''s reinforcements arrived. But he also knew that there were less than 5000 cavalry around Wenchou, and it was basically impossible to send troops to support him.


    After several years of development, the cavalry of the Wei army was expanded to 60000. Although it was eliminated by the Tang army last year, it was later replenished to 60000 by Yuan Shao. Among the 60000 cavalry, there are only two generals, Yan Liang and Wen Chou, who have 5000 cavalry in each county. Among the 40000 cavalry, 20000 of the most elite cavalry in Hebei Province are the bodyguard cavalry of Yuan Shao, the king of Wei Dynasty. Another 20000 ordinary cavalry were led to Zhuo County by Jiang Yiqu and Zhu han to contain the cavalry of Yan state.


    Therefore, if Zhang Nan wants to wait for reinforcements on the battlefield, unless the king of Wei''s 20000 cavalry can arrive at this time, Zhang Nan''s 10000 troops will only be destroyed.


    Just as baimayi moved from killing to Zhangnan, the huge noise in the north of the city also shocked the literati and ugliness in the east of the city.


    "Come on, send someone to the north of the city to ask general Zhang Nan how he came back from the north of the city and why there was such a big stir?" Wen Chou frowned and ordered to his bodyguard;


    "no, general..." Every Ji is also a frown, he also noticed the abnormality.


    Here, several cavalry rushed to the central army and reported to Wen Chou: "general Wen, most of the cavalry of the Tang army suddenly appeared in the north of the city. General Zhang Nan asked the general to send troops to help him immediately!"


    "What?"


    "Cavalry of Tang army?"


    "Where did the Tang cavalry come from?" Wen Chou said angrily, "what does Zhang Nan eat? Why didn''t he find out in advance? How many cavalry are coming and who is the general in charge? "


    "Report back to general, it''s the white horse Yi Cong led by Zhao Yun. Judging from the posture, there are at least more than ten thousand!"


    "Bata!"


    People in the Chinese army were stunned. There were more than ten thousand white horses, but they had only five thousand cavalry. Oh, no, they had already sent out thousands of cavalry, but now there are only four thousand. How to send out troops to help each other? The other side had more than ten thousand cavalry. If they sent these four thousand cavalry to ask each other, would they not be meat steamed buns beating dogs.


    It''s just that the clown has to send troops. Otherwise, how can he lead the army in the future?


    When Wen Chou hesitated, another cavalry came from behind them. The head of the cavalry was a personal commander of the king of Wei. The other side came to Wen Chou and said, "general Wen, the king has arrived two miles away. Please prepare to meet him!"


    "Here comes the king. That''s great. " When Wen Chou heard the words, he felt as if he had caught a straw to save his life. He quickly said to the Duwei, "hurry up, where is the king''s cavalry? Get the general to see the king."


    "Come on, let''s call for the Golden Harvest immediately. Military division, please line up here to prevent the cavalry of the Tang army from attacking. I will lead the cavalry to meet the Lord''s army, and then ask the Lord to send troops to rescue General Zhang Nan."


    "General, please go by yourself and give it to me!" When Feng Ji heard the speech, he quickly replied;


    "Ding Ding..."


    With the sound of the Chinese army, the soldiers of Wei who were attacking Wei County in Dongcheng retreated like a tide. Then, under the order of Fengji, tens of thousands of troops formed a huge defensive formation to prevent the attack of Tang cavalry.When the army was arrayed, Wen Chou led 4000 cavalry to the East and ran away in the direction of Yuan Shao''s army.


    Soon, the two Wei armies met one mile to the east of Wenchou''s army. Wenchou immediately hit his horse and saluted Yuan Shao. After that, he told Yuan Shao the news that Zhao Yun''s white horse Yi had appeared in the north of the city. After hearing the news, Yuan Shao immediately sent out his 20000 cavalry, and together with Wenchou''s 4000 cavalry, ran towards the north of the city, while he himself was in the north of the 10000 Yulin army Under the guard, he went in the direction of Fengji.


    Zhao Yun sent hundreds of cavalry to burn the siege equipment of the Wei army after he completely annihilated the 5000 Wei army. Then he personally led the army to kill Zhang Nan. At this time, he had already killed Zhang Nan''s first layer of defense. However, just as he was preparing to kill the whole army to Zhang Nan, he was ready to annihilate him in the city Hou brought the news that tens of thousands of Wei cavalry appeared in the East.


    In desperation, Zhao Yun had to lead baimayi to retreat slowly toward the northwest of Weixian County, leaving more than 1000 remnant soldiers in Zhangnan.


    After Zhao Yun led Baima Yi to withdraw one mile, Wen Chou led more than 20000 Wei cavalry to appear in the public''s sight.


    Although Zhao Yun felt some regret, he could only give up. However, the result of this battle was very good. At this time, there were only a thousand soldiers and horses and two thousand men left in Southern Zhang. All the siege equipment and equipment were destroyed, but the loss of Baima Yicong was only a few hundred.


    Another point is that the loss of Zhang Nan''s army greatly boosted the morale of the Tang soldiers in the city. More than 10000 Baima Yi appeared outside the city and almost completely destroyed the Wei army. Their achievements were ten times and a hundred times better than those of Geng Wu''s empty mouthed Baiya.

 Chapter 1287

    In the battle, Zhang Nan is covered with blood. Watching the cavalry of Tang army leave suddenly, Zhang Nan knows that he has been saved at last. Not only him, but also the remaining thousands of Wei soldiers are relieved. They all look at each other and see the excitement of the rest of their lives from each other''s eyes.


    Anyway, I can survive.


    Baimayi from the army stopped in the north of the Wei army, less than two miles to the northwest of the army, quietly watching more than 20000 cavalry rushing in like a gust of wind, Zhang Nan Jian army guard in it.


    The deputy general beside Zhao Yun said, "general, why don''t we rush for a while? The Wei bandits have only 20000 cavalry. We haven''t had the strength of the first battle."


    Zhao Yun shook his head: "don''t act rashly. If the expectation is not bad, the cavalry arrived here should be the 20000 most elite Hebei cavalry around the king of Wei. They are all the most elite cavalry selected from the cavalry of Wei over the years. Although they are not as good as us, their strength is not to be afraid. "


    Zhao Yun will not do this kind of thing easily. What''s more, now the 30000 cavalry of the state of Zhao are still on the lookout. If they are entangled with the cavalry of the state of Wei, and the cavalry of the state of Zhao comes, they will lose all their 10000 white horses.


    In this case, even if more than 10000 Wei cavalry were lost, it would not help the war. Now what Zhao Yun has to do is to try his best to kill the Allied cavalry when he tries to save his strength, and then wait for his cavalry reinforcements to arrive.


    However, even so, there is a lingering shadow in Zhao Yun''s heart. That is, in addition to the 30000 elite cavalry of the Zhao army, there are now 20000 elite Hebei cavalry directly under the Wei king. Besides, Zhao Yun already has 5000 cavalry in Wenchou''s hands. Now, as expected, Yan Liang should also have 5000 cavalry. If we calculate in this way, there are 60000 cavalry in the Allied forces, but now he has only 1560 cavalry.


    After the Wei cavalry arrived at Zhangnan, they were escorted by 4000 cavalry and retreated slowly towards the East City camp. However, under the leadership of Wenchou, the other 20000 cavalry came after baimayi led by Zhao Yun.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun did not delay. With a whistling, he led more than ten thousand white horses to the north, leaving behind the ugly people.


    Wen Chou was so angry when he saw that Baima Yicong didn''t run back. Unfortunately, Baima Yicong''s horses were carefully selected by the Tang army. Although his elite cavalry horses were not bad, they still had a big gap with Baima Yicong''s horses. He could only watch Baima Yicong run further and further and finally disappear In my own sight.


    In desperation, Wen Chou had to lead his cavalry back to the camp, waiting for his king''s next order.


    Zhao Yun''s judgment was very accurate. Less than an hour after he left, tens of thousands of Zhao cavalry appeared in the direction of Yecheng. It was the Zhao cavalry who went to Yecheng to find Baima Yi. The leader was the king of Zhao Lu Bu.


    In the camp of the Wei army, Yuan Shao listened to Wen Chou and Zhang Nan''s report of the battle. He didn''t expect to lose nearly ten thousand troops as soon as the war started, which made Yuan Shao extremely angry.


    First, he was angry that Wen Chou didn''t know how to take strict precautions against Zhao Yun''s cavalry. Second, he was also angry that Lu Bu''s 30000 cavalry didn''t find Zhao Yun''s cavalry, and let him find this loophole. It''s just that the two families are allies, and Yuan Shao can''t do anything to Lv Bu.


    Just then, the general outside the tent came to report that King Zhao had led his cavalry outside the camp, which made Yuan Shao even more angry. However, at this time, Yuan Shao did not dare to offend Lv Bu easily. In case this guy got angry and ran away, it would be his own fault.


    Under the persuasion of the counselors around, yuan Shaosheng suppressed his anger and led them to the camp gate to meet Lv Bu and his party.


    After a few words at the gate of the Wei camp, they learned that Zhao Yun''s cavalry had just left for an hour or two. Lu Bu also lost interest in talking with Yuan Shao, and led his 30000 cavalry to the north. He had come out for Zhao Yun''s white horse, but he didn''t expect that Zhao Yun''s cavalry was no longer there when he ran to Yecheng. So he chased after Zhao Yun''s cavalry again, but he didn''t expect that white horse would run again.


    As a result, when Lv Bu and 30000 cavalry arrived in Handan the next morning, Zhao Yun''s Bai Ma Yi shot at the foot of Handan City, annihilated two or three thousand Wei troops of Yan Liang, and then ran away again.


    Compared with Wen Chou, Yan Liang is much more cautious. Under Xu you''s persuasion, although he knows that Lu Bu''s cavalry has gone to find the main cavalry force of Tang army, he still leaves only 1000 of his 5000 cavalry in his hands, and the remaining 4000 cavalry are scattered in the form of a thousand people team. Therefore, when Zhao Yun led Bai Ma Yi Cong to appear, he had a long history When it came to the news, Zhao Yun''s cavalry didn''t take much advantage. Although they also lost two or three thousand people, compared with Wen Chou''s loss, it was insignificant.


    Lu Bu found that he was fooled by Zhao Yun, which made him furious. However, Cao Xing and Xu you finally persuaded him not to search for the cavalry of the Tang army, but to stay in Handan and wait for Zhao Yun to show up. Xu you''s words are right. Now the cavalry army of the king of Wei has arrived. Both of them have tens of thousands of cavalry guards, and the infantry have begun to attack the city. They just need to wait.However, even so, Lu Bu was not idle. He divided 30000 cavalry into three parts and arranged them around Handan city. As long as he found Zhao Yun''s cavalry, Lu Bu believed that his cavalry would be able to hold him down. It only took half an hour for his army to arrive and then encircle and annihilate him.


    What depressed Lv Bu was that Zhao Yun seemed to know what he thought. In the next few days, the cavalry of the Tang army only sent the Marquis to stare at the battlefield from a distance, but most of the troops never appeared on the two battlefields. It seemed that the war between the two cities had little to do with them.


    In Yecheng, Zhao Yun is discussing with several people in the city about the war in recent days. He has received the news from Luoyang that tens of thousands of cavalry will arrive in Yecheng in recent days to accept his command. Therefore, in recent days, he has been thinking about how to break the alliance of more than 60000 cavalry of the two countries, instead of sending the cavalry troops out of the city.

 Chapter 1288

    In Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo was already in a mess. Although he had guessed in advance, he would not only face the attack of Wei and Zhao armies. However, after the news came, Huangfu Chaobo found that his situation was worse than he had imagined. Besides nearly 200000 troops of Wei and Zhao sent out troops to attack Wei County, the two armies also attacked him.


    On May 2, after Wei had already launched an attack on Handan and Weixian, the army of Qi suddenly sent troops from Rencheng state. After arriving at Jinxiang City, the army of Qi did not attack the city immediately, leaving behind 10000 troops to encircle Jinxiang city. After that, the army went directly under Changyi City, the seat of Shanyang County.


    In the palace, Huangfu Chaobo once again gathered all the people together to discuss how to deal with the attack of Qi and the problems to be faced in the future.


    "Zhuqing, now the state of Qi has already sent troops. If the expectation is not bad, the state of Wu will not be able to resist it." Huangfu Chaobo sat on the throne and said to all the people in a deep voice;


    "Your Majesty is wise," Guo Jia flattered Huangfu Chaobo quietly: "now in Henan and Hebei, the army of the Three Kingdoms has begun to attack. In the case of Sun Wu, the king of Wu should not sit idly by, so it is inevitable for the state of Wu to send troops, just to see where they are going to attack. ¡±


    "the king should also guard against Liu Biao in Jingzhou. Jiangxia County in Jingzhou is adjacent to Ludong. If our army is attacked on all sides, it is hard to ensure that Liu Biao will not have a different mind." Dong Zhaodao;


    "it doesn''t matter if Liu Biao is in that country. Now there are two schools in Xunyang City, one for the soldiers and one for the guards. There are ten thousand troops stationed in Xunyang city. General Han Siam is also a veteran in the army. If Huang Zu dares to send troops to Xunyang City, he will never come back. Now I''m just worried about the direction of Wu''s troops. " Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said;


    speaking of this, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly opened his mouth and said to Shi''a: "general Shi, is there any news about the soldiers and horses of Qi now? Which soldiers and horses have been dispatched and who will be the general?"


    "King Hui, there is no detailed information yet, but the information from Jinxiang shows that there are at least eight to ten thousand troops passing through Jinxiang and heading for Changyi." Shi a got up and replied;


    "send the order down and get the detailed information as soon as possible!" Huang Fu said in a deep voice;


    now the situation in Wei county is very clear. There are nearly 60000 cavalry in the coalition forces of Zhao and Wei. Although Zhao Yun hit the enemy with one strike and destroyed more than 10000 Wei troops in two successive wars, most of these lost troops are soldiers, and the total cavalry is less than 2000.


    However, there were less than 40000 cavalry of Tang army sent to Wei County, among which there were less than 20000 special arms, and the rest were 10000 Huben cavalry and 10000 ordinary cavalry. Compared with the coalition forces, there is still a big gap in combat effectiveness. In the current situation, Huangfu Chaobo can only hope that Zhao Yun and Lu Su will seize the opportunity to maim one of the cavalry of the Allied forces first. Only in this way can Tang hope to win, otherwise


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo discussed the countermeasures with a group of military strategists, Cao Cao had led more than 100000 troops of Qi to Changyi city. This time, Cao Cao sent out a total of 20000 Qingzhou troops, 10000 tiger and leopard cavalry, three battalions including Wuwei camp, Zhonglei camp and Zhongjian camp, 10000 soldiers in the hands of Ren Cheng Taishou Cao Ren and 10000 soldiers of prefectures and states, 10000 soldiers and horses called by Lu Guoxiang Yang Pei and 10000 troops of Ji Bei Xiangman Pang, with a total of 100000 soldiers and 20000 craftsmen To 120000.


    In addition to these troops, Cao Cao left Xia Houdun, the governor of Qingzhou and the Prime Minister of the North Sea, to guard Qingzhou. At the same time, he also left for Xia Houdun 10000 Qingzhou soldiers and 10000 tiger and leopard cavalry, as well as elite cavalry and guerrilla battalions to defend the royal city. The task of XiahouDun was not only to guard the Royal City, but also to command the counties of Qingzhou to defend Langya army.


    Xia Houdun, the governor of Dongjun, gathered the troops of Dongjun, Dongping and Pingyuan, and forced Puyang to contain Zhang Ying''s army in Puyang City, so that he did not dare to support them in the south.


    Not only Xia Houdun, but also Cao Ren of Donghai state gathered the troops of Pengcheng state, Donghai state and xiapi state to attack Pei state and threaten Pei state and Qiaojun of Tang Dynasty. In fact, his other purpose was to defend Wu state and Langya army at the same time.


    With Cao Cao''s suspicious nature, how could he easily believe the state of Wu and the Langya army? That''s why he had such an arrangement.


    After entering the territory of Shanyang, Cao Cao ordered the backbone camp and the Lu army to make a total of 20000 troops, and surrounded the Jinxiang city with less than 5000 people, while his own army kept marching towards Changyi City, hoping to catch Xu Rong by surprise.


    But what he didn''t expect was that Xu Rong in Changyi city had already been warned by Luoyang, defending Changyi city like an iron bucket.


    Before Luoyang made a decision, the next day, Lujiang County sent back news that there was a change in the Wu army in Jiujiang. Sun Quan, the king of Wu, led tens of thousands of troops from Shouchun city to Anfeng City, where Jiling was stationed. It was estimated that the Wu army would be able to fight in Anfeng city by tomorrow at the latest.


    The general stationed in Anfeng city is Ji Ling, deputy general of Xuanwu battalion and light vehicle general. In addition to 5000 soldiers, Ji Ling also has 10000 heavy infantry and 5000 cavalry. The commander of Xuanwu battalion, Kong Xin, is guarding Shuxian County, Lujiang County. In addition to the 10000 special arms "Daqin Ruishi", there are 5000 cavalry and 5000 infantry soldiers in his hands. In addition, the commander of Lujiang has 10000 soldiers, so the defense of Shuxian county is very tight.After the news came that the state of Wu had sent troops, Huangfu Chaobo not only didn''t worry, but also breathed a long sigh of relief. Now all the forces that can send troops have already sent troops, and then there should be no uncontrollable factors.


    As for the little emperor in the west, Nanyang Zhang Xiu and Jingzhou Liu Biao, these forces were not the focus of Huangfu Chaobo''s attention at present, so he did not pay too much attention to these people.


    "What suggestions do you have for Wu Jun?" Looking at the overwhelming rush to himself, Huangfu Chaobo reluctantly told Guo Jia, "the Lord doesn''t have to worry too much. In fact, the most relaxed of all the armies should be the Wu army that sent troops to Lujiang. " Guo Jia got up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo;


    "Oh, why is there such a saying?" After hearing the speech, Huang Fu quickly asked;


    "although the state of Wu has five counties, he is also facing the enemy on all sides, so no matter how unwise sun CE is, he just wants to fish in troubled waters, which is different from the purpose of Wei, Zhao and Qi." Guo Jia laughs

 Chapter 1289

    Guo Jia''s words are not wrong at all. Zhou Yu didn''t agree that sun CE was involved in this matter, but Sun CE insisted on it. So although Zhou Yu failed to persuade sun CE, he let Sun CE give up the idea of fighting with all his strength.


    Zhou Yu knew very well that although the Tang army was besieged by the strength of the three families, for Wu, the only places where they could send troops were Qiao County and Lujiang County. However, Qiao County had nearly 30000 soldiers under the command of huangfuli, and Lujiang County had 40000 soldiers under the command of kongxin and Jiling. In addition, the strength of the counties and soldiers in each city should not be underestimated.


    In addition, behind the two counties is the more powerful Runan County, which also has 40000 soldiers, and is personally led by Huang Zhong, the elder brother of emperor Huangfu Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty.


    Although the state of Wu has five counties in name, it also faces the enemy on all sides. In the south, the governor of Wu county is very cold. In the west, there is Liu Yao, a nomad of Yangzhou in Yuzhang. In the north, the army of Qi has bad relations. Although this time it is said to be a truce, Zhou Yu dare not take it lightly.


    If it comes down to this, the army that Wu can really use is no more than 70000 troops. It is not easy to seize a large part of territory in the hands of Tang army with such a force.


    After several considerations, Zhou Yu decided to send troops from Shouchun to Anfeng and then move westward along the huaishui river. If we can control the whole huaishui River in our hands, then it will be much easier to do the following things. However, the strength of the Tang army in Anfeng city was not weak, and Zhou Yu himself was not sure about the outcome of his troops.


    On May 3, sun CE, who arrived in Shouchun quietly, got the news that the war in Hebei had begun and that the army of Qi had already sent troops to Shanyang County of the Tang state. He could not help but ordered his troops to move westward to attack Anfeng.


    With sun CE''s order, the 80000 Wu troops divided into two routes, water and land, and headed for Anfeng city in the West.


    Unlike tens of thousands and hundreds of thousands of elite Chinese troops in other countries, sun CE started late and had a small territory, so it took several years to gather tens of thousands of elite Chinese troops. These were the most elite troops, including five battalions: Jiefan, Wunan, Yulin, Wuwei, Shanyue, with 5000 soldiers in each battalion, 5000 cavalry and Huqi battalions, plus 20000 water troops.


    The situation in the game is different from that in the history of Wu state. In the history of Wu state, the soldiers and horses basically belong to the world soldier system and the hereditary leader system. Therefore, the army system of Wu state can be divided into five categories, namely, central soldiers, local soldiers, general soldiers, King soldiers and quasi soldiers.


    But in the game, they are divided into elite soldiers and state soldiers (i.e. Guard soldiers) like other princes. The generals have no private soldiers in their hands. In addition to the 50, 000 most elite Chinese soldiers, nearly 30, 000 were distributed in the prefectures. In addition, the garrison in each county and city, each city is basically two or three thousand.


    This time, in addition to 50000 elite soldiers of the Chinese army, sun CE mobilized 5000 soldiers of Jiujiang County, 15000 soldiers of Jiujiang County, and 10000 civilian soldiers. The total number of soldiers was 80000. As for generals, besides sun CE himself, there were Zhou Yu, Ding Feng, Zhu Huan and Liu Xun.


    Cheng Pu, Huang Gai and Han Dang are all sent to Wujun, Danyang and xiapi by sun CE.


    Although Guo Jia said that the state of Wu came with the idea of picking up bargains, Huangfu Chaobo was still not at ease. He also knew that there were not many soldiers and horses that the state of Wu could send out, but little tiger''s soldiers and horses were not weak, especially the water army.


    "In the view of filial piety, what should Wu do now?" Huangfu Chaobo thought for a while, then asked Guo Jia;


    "since the state of Wu sent troops to Anfeng, if Jia had expected it right, the state of Wu should have decided to control the Huaihe River and separate Lujiang County from Huaibei. Therefore, the king asked General Huang and general Kong, as well as the left and Xu Taishou, to make sure that they must guard the Huaihe River Crossing pontoon to the south of Xinxi, and at the same time, order the river crossing The warships and ships will all return to the west of Xinxi. Don''t compete with the Wu army and the water army. "


    Huangfu Chaobo heard the speech and nodded repeatedly. As long as Wu army did not completely control huaishui, Lujiang River could not be captured by Wu army. Therefore, huaishui floating bridge in the south of Xinxi is really the key.


    "In this way, Gu immediately ordered Huang Zhong to be in charge of the matter. No matter what, he must keep the huaishui floating bridge. However, there is one more thing. How should we deal with the attack of Qi? " Huangfu Chaobo turned to the army of Qi again and said,


    "you don''t have to worry too much. There is general Meng Gang''s Canglang camp in Shanyang County. Although there are only 15000 troops, plus 10000 garrisons in the city, you can still resist the Qi army for a long time. In addition, General Xu Rong''s Qianniu camp is in Jiyin, which means General Xu will have it soon It''s a strategy. "


    There is nothing wrong with Guo Jia''s words. After receiving Meng Gang''s information, Xu Rong began to gather troops and prepare to send troops to support Shanyang County.


    "Have you heard from the two armies of general Huaxiong and general Shegan?"


    Guo Jia shook his head: "there is no news. It is estimated that the battle in Shangjun is not over now. It is estimated that it will be ten days after they come back."


    "We can''t wait any longer. If the order goes on, the guards will be ready to set out as soon as possible. Whether it''s to support Henan or Yanzhou, the army will first arrive in the east of Hulao pass. After the army arrives in Chenliu, it will depend on the situation of the two places. If it''s necessary to cross the river, it''s necessary to go from Baima to Liyang. If it''s necessary to send troops to support Yanzhou, it''s necessary to go directly East, send troops to help Yin. " After thinking about it for a moment, Huangfu finally made up his mind and said;When all the people in the hall saw that Huangfu Chaobo had made a decision, they all said, "no!"


    "Well, all of you, go ahead and get ready as soon as possible. You will lead the troops tomorrow."


    Nowadays, there are not many soldiers in several prefectures of Sizhou that can be mobilized, so if you want to send troops for support, there is no other way except Huangfu Chaobo''s guards. Besides, the current guards, 10000 cavalry, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and tieyingrui soldiers have also been sent to Wei county to protect Pang Tong''s safety. Now, if Huangfu Chaobo wants to lead the army, only 20000 soldiers can be sent out. But at this time, Huang Fu Chao Bo did not care about these. After he ordered 20000 troops to gather and provided them with all the horses, he led the 20000 troops to the East in the direction of Chen Liu.


    In addition to the 20000 guards, Huangfu Chaobo ordered Wang Ran of Yingchuan to leave a school of soldiers stationed in Yangzhai. He personally led the 20000 soldiers of Fenwu battalion to Chenliu to join him. At the same time, Wang Yong of the state of Chen led 10000 soldiers of Jianwu camp to the state of Liang to join the Xingwu camp of the state of Wu''an, and then supported Shanyang or peiguo according to the situation.

 Chapter 1290

    Jizhou, Weijun, Handan City, the Wei army''s attack on Handan city has been on the fifth day, except that the next morning, the Tang army''s white horse Yi Cong appeared outside Handan City, which caused more than 2000 soldiers and horses losses to the Wei army. In the next few days, the Tang Army''s cavalry never appeared again.


    Yan Liang stood on the nest car and watched the battle at the end of the city. His army was driven down from the city by the Tang army again. Seeing this, Yan Liang patted the block in front of him and said, "Alas, I can''t defend it!"


    With that, he looked up at the sky again. At this time, the sun had already begun to set. Today''s war had to end. As a last resort, Yan Liang said to the heralds around him: "the heralds go on, call the gold to stop the troops, and order all the troops to retreat alternately and stop the troops!"


    "Ding Ding..."


    With the sound of a golden sound, the soldiers of Wei who are attacking the city retreat under the cover of their companions. Then they lift up or lift up their wounded companions on the battlefield and withdraw towards the direction of the Chinese army. Of course, when they leave, the siege equipment on the battlefield cannot be thrown down.


    The soldiers and soldiers of Tang Dynasty on the wall cheered when they saw the soldiers and horses of Wei army retreating like a tide.


    The left school looked at the Wei soldiers retreating slowly and breathed a sigh of relief. The war had already started for five days. In these five days, they had repulsed more than 12 rounds of attacks by the Wei army. Although the losses of the Wei army had exceeded ten thousand, the losses of the city guards also exceeded five thousand.


    Different from the cheers of ordinary soldiers, as the commander-in-chief, Zuo Xiao is very clear about the current situation. He has less than 8000 soldiers left, but there are nearly 1000 cavalry here, and more than half of the 7000 soldiers have been injured to varying degrees. Now, with the 30000 cavalry of the state of Zhao in Handan City, more than 10000 cavalry of Wei county can''t appear in the range of 20 Li around Handan City, let alone send troops to support.


    Seeing that the army of Wei had completely retreated, the left school arranged the soldiers on duty at the head of the city, and then returned to the general''s residence in the city. After cleaning up for a while, he was not in a hurry to have dinner. Instead, he asked the pigeon letter about the situation of today''s war in detail and sent someone to Yecheng immediately.


    Outside Handan City, a few miles to the northeast, the Wei army barracks stood here. After dinner, Yan Liangxian gathered the general to learn more about the loss of troops. Later, after dismissing the generals, he asked Xu you, "Mr. Xu, when will the opportunity you mentioned appear? It''s the fifth day now, and the king''s troops have already arrived at the camp of Weixian county. If they are robbed of their first merit by their second younger brother and Feng Junshi, you and I don''t look good! "


    Hearing this, Xu you was stunned and then said with a bitter smile, "don''t worry, general. I''ve already started to prepare. I''ll be able to do it in these two days. I won''t let him lose this song."


    While they were talking, a soldier came in and reported to him: "general Qi, there is a man outside the camp who said he was a fellow of Xu''s army and asked to see him."


    Xu you laughed and said, "look, general, isn''t this coming?" With that, he laughed and said to Yan Liang''s soldiers in the tent, "let''s get this man into the tent quietly. Remember, we must get him quietly. Don''t let too many people find him!"


    Yan Liang''s soldiers were stunned for a moment, then looked up at Yan Liang, and saw that his general had nodded his head and agreed. Then he promised to turn around and go out.


    Taking advantage of the gap between the soldiers and the leader, Xu you introduced Yan Liang carefully. It turned out that as the leader of Wei Guoyan Lingwei, Xu you was responsible for gathering intelligence, and he was also responsible for wooing the enemy''s officials and generals. After several years of hard work, he has successfully won over a general in the Tang army in Wei County, who happens to be the garrison general in Handan city. So Xu you volunteered to fight with Yan Liang''s army in Handan. The purpose is to find a suitable opportunity to activate the internal and external forces and open the city gate.


    A moment later, a man in black was brought into the tent by Yan Liang''s bodyguard. When he saw that he had brought the man in, Yan Liang immediately ordered the rest of the soldiers in the tent to withdraw, leaving only the private Xiaowei and the two of them in the tent. As a matter of fact, with Yan Liang''s skill, there is no need to keep his own Xiaowei. However, his Xiaowei is his confidant, commanding the most elite 5000 cavalry of Yan Liang''s subordinates. With his insistence, Yan Liang didn''t demand any more.


    After the man in black was taken up, he took a look at Yan Liang, who was fierce on the throne. Then he turned his head and looked at Xu you beside him. He quickly bowed himself and said, "I''ll see you, General Xu!"


    "Tell me, what''s the matter with you? He promised to open the gate of Handan as long as the soldiers of the Wei Dynasty arrived. Why hasn''t the gate been opened in the past five or six days? Is he ready to go back?" Xu you didn''t pay attention to his salute, instead, he was merciful to the people in black.


    "don''t dare, don''t dare, please let me know that my adult certainly didn''t dare to repent, and please forgive me. The reason why we didn''t open the city is that the defense in the city is too strict these days. At night, the watchmen in the city are not only soldiers, but also soldiers from left school We watch the night together, so our adults can''t find a chance to send someone out of the city to contact them. " Hearing this, the man in black fell to his knees and explained to Xu you;"Hum, I wish I didn''t have other thoughts..." Xu you cold hum a way: "listen to your meaning, today''s situation and before has been different?"


    "My lord knows that the loss of soldiers and horses in the city is not small now, so there are not so many soldiers and horses in the left school to watch the night, especially the elite soldiers. The left school relies on them to deal with the war during the day, so the night''s watch in the city is handed over to the soldiers in Handan city. My Lord is responsible for the first half of the night." The man in black quickly complimented;


    "when can he open the gate?" Xu you asked impatiently;


    "the LORD said that if there is no problem, tomorrow night should be the defense in the second half of the night of Nancheng, so at that time, the Lord will take over the guard of Nancheng gate in the second half of the night. At that time, he will send someone to hang a red lantern on the tower. If the general and the Lord decide to break the city, they will also hang one in the southeast of Handan city Lanterns. When my adults see the signals from them, they will be ready. The gate will open at the beginning of the fifth night. Please be ready. " The man in black replied respectfully

 Chapter 1291

    After hearing what the man in Black said, Xu you didn''t answer immediately. Instead, he stared at the man in black for a moment. He felt numb in his heart. However, in his eyes, except for fear, there was no other uneasiness, which gave Xu you the bottom of his heart.


    "Go back and tell your master not to have other thoughts. If we fail, we will lose hundreds of soldiers. What he has to face is to kill nine families. So the most important thing is to do things for my king with peace of mind. " For a long time, see black people straight fear, Xu you just slowly said.


    "Oh, don''t worry, my Lord. My Lord can''t be half hearted. You can rest assured!" The man in black quickly nodded his head and bowed his waist and said,


    "well, you go back, whether you will break the city tomorrow, I can decide after discussing with general Yan, if you need to open the city, there will be a message to you tomorrow." Xu you waved to the man in black and said, "tell your master that it is a great achievement to capture Handan. At that time, general Yan and my officer will surely reward him in front of the king of Wei. Not to mention anything else, the position of a captain is indispensable."


    "Thank you, general Yan! The little one must reach it. The little one will leave. The little one will leave! "


    Then, under the leadership of Yan Liang''s personal guard, the man in black left Yan Liang''s tent and disappeared into the darkness.


    When they left, Yan Liang quickly asked, "military adviser, is this man reliable?"


    "Don''t worry, general. The man behind him is a middle and lower level general who wuyanlingwei rebelled against for two years. He''s not very famous in the Tang army. He''s just a little Qu Chang. It seems that the garrison in the city has lost a lot, otherwise he won''t be able to defend the city alone. The general can be ready. Tomorrow night at the beginning of five o''clock is the time to break the city. " Xu you said calmly;


    "well, the Japanese general in the Ming Dynasty ordered the soldiers not to attack so hard and prepare for the night."


    "No, general," Xu you said after hearing the words, "on the contrary, we should try our best to attack tomorrow''s war. If the general does not order a full-scale attack, it is likely to arouse the suspicion of the general of the Tang army. "


    "Well then..." Yan Liang hesitated and finally agreed to Xu you''s proposal.


    ¡­¡­


    In Handan City, on the East Tower, Xiao Jin was sitting on the throne. Looking at a man in front of him, he said, "what''s up, do you see?"


    This man is a man in black who appeared in Yan Liang''s tent more than an hour ago. At this time, he is already dressed in Tang army. Kneeling in front of Xiao Jin, he replied in a soft voice: "yes, I have seen Mr. Xu."


    "What do you say?" Xiao Jin quickly asked;


    "they didn''t object to the elder brother''s proposal, but they didn''t agree to me on the spot. They just said that they need to discuss it again. If they agree with the elder brother''s practice, they will send a signal on time, and then wait for us to act."


    "What else did Lord Xu say?"


    "Mr. Xu said that if the elder brother could help break the city, he and general Yan would recommend the elder brother to the king of Wei as the Duwei, which is the lowest reward."


    "Really?" Xiao Jin is very happy when he hears the speech.


    "Did they tell you how to determine the attack?"


    "Mr. Xu said that if he agreed to attack, in addition to the initial response, at the beginning of the fifth night, there would be a signal outside the city, the same red lantern, three lights out, and then a circle to the left and a circle to the right. If the elder brother is ready, respond with the same signal. "


    "Well, you go down first. We''ll be ready from tomorrow afternoon. When we take over the wall in the evening, we''ll start to move. By the way, how many brothers can we trust now? "


    "Apart from the losses of these days, there are more than 60 brothers we can trust now."


    "Well, that''s enough. At that time, do as I command you Xiao Jin patted himself on the thigh. After making up his mind, he said;


    Xiao Jin was originally a man in Handan City, but he had some ability. He was an official in Handan army and became Qu Chang. However, that''s it. But he didn''t think so. He always felt that his ability was extraordinary, and he shouldn''t just be a general of a hundred people, so he often worked in his army Several cronies complained in front of him. As time went by, he was watched by yanlingwei of the state of Wei, and then he won him over without much effort.


    ¡­¡­


    The next day''s war was more fierce than the previous few days. It was not easy to end the day''s war. After arranging the defense at the head of the city, left school returned to its own government. Within one day, hundreds of soldiers were lost in the city. According to this, Handan city would be broken in ten days. But because there were a large number of cavalry of Zhao state outside the city, it was necessary to reinforce For the time being, I''m sure I can''t catch up with you. In this way, Handan city will be lost.


    Zhao Yun has told several senior generals about the arrangement of Wei Jun''s troops, and left school also knows that his only way out is to go to Fukou pass 20 miles away, but if he wants to leave like this, he is willing. In this way, it can only be a temporary recruitment in the city, but yesterday the left school had sent the memorial to Yecheng, which was transferred to Luoyang, but there is still no royal order from Luoyang.Just as the left school was lost in thought, suddenly the pro guard outside reported: "general, the pigeon letter from Yecheng has arrived."


    "Send it in." Left school heart a vibration, finally is to come.


    As he spoke, the pro Guard commander of the left school came in with a pigeon letter and handed it to him.


    Left school took a look, it was the same memorial that he wrote yesterday, but there was one more word "Zhun" on it, and there was a seal of the king of Tang on it.


    "Great!" Left school clapped his hand, and now the king has allowed him to recruit 5000 soldiers. With these soldiers, the elite in his hands can at least have a good rest in the evening. In this way, even if the reinforcements of Yecheng come a few days late, Handan will not have anything unusual. Maybe I can make use of more than 2000 horses in the city to give an unexpected counterattack to the enemy outside the city.


    Thinking of this, left school immediately ordered to recruit another 5000 new soldiers from the city, and arranged them to be in charge of vigil at the head of the city. Then it selected the 2000 most elite and skillful cavalry soldiers from the soldiers in the city, and equipped them with a war horse, ready to use these 2000 people as their own mace.


    What left school didn''t expect was that this unintentional act of his turned out to be his life-saving straw.

 Chapter 1292

    On the south wall of Handan, Xiao Jin, who came to take charge of the night duty at the head of the city, suddenly found that in addition to more than 100 soldiers under his command, another 200 soldiers had been sent to the city. Although it was obvious that they were new recruits, they were not effective, but they were a big obstacle to his plan.


    After thinking about it for a moment, Xiao Jin immediately found a good way. He arranged all his confidants at the winch of the drawbridge and the place where he controlled the tiechan gate of the city gate, and then gave all the positions far away from the city gate and the tower to the recruits. At the same time, he arranged all the soldiers who were not his confidants on the ground that the recruits didn''t know how to guard His name day let these old soldiers guide the new soldiers.


    In this way, he just took this opportunity to control all the key positions in his own hands. Of course, there are some recruits in these places, but the few recruits can not affect his plan.


    After arranging these things, Xiao Jin quietly goes to the city tower and hangs up a red lantern that has already been prepared. Less than a quarter of an hour later, he finally finds out that a lantern appears outside the south gate, which is the contact signal he said at the beginning. Seeing this, Xiao Jin quietly calls several of his confidants over, and so on Then he took down the lantern and put it into the tower.


    A few miles south of Handan City, Yan Liang has led nearly ten thousand people to arrive here. After seeing the signal from the tower, Yan Liang still worried and said to Xu you, "are you sure there is no problem, sir?"


    "Don''t worry, general. If you don''t worry, you should send 1000 elite to sneak under the city. If 1000 elite enter the city tower, they will be able to capture the gate. Even if they fail, they will only lose 1000 soldiers. A little loss may bring a strong city. Is the general not willing to take this risk? " Xu you''s Old God replied;


    Yan Liang thought that it was so, so he ordered 1000 elite soldiers to prepare for it. After a rest for more than an hour, he, as the vanguard of the whole army, went down to the city to steal it.


    As time went by, one of Yan Liang''s generals quietly woke him up: "general, time is up!"


    Yan Liang nodded, turned his head to a soldier beside him and said, "send a signal to the city!"


    "No, general!" With that, the soldier took the red lantern which had been prepared early and sent out a signal to the direction of the city according to the previous agreement.


    On the South Gate of Handan City, Xiao Jin was already on the tower, anxiously waiting for the signal outside the city. Just at this time, a confidant suddenly lowered his voice and said, "my Lord, look..."


    Xiao Jin looked to the south. It was the signal sent by the Wei army. He couldn''t help but cheer up and said, "go on, let the brothers do it! Quick... "


    Soon, the inside and outside of the city tower began to hum. A moment later, all the other soldiers in the city tower were cleaned up by Xiao Jin and his cronies, and the smell of blood filled the inside and outside of the city tower.


    After getting the reports from all over, Xiao Jin nodded with satisfaction and said to a close friend beside him: "send a signal to the outside of the city and order the brothers to tie white towels on their right arms. Be quick... "


    The Wei army outside the city was already ready. A thousand elite soldiers had already sneaked to the distance of a hundred paces outside the city. When they saw the signal on the tower, the captain immediately ordered: "hurry up, brothers, hurry up and rush in at once!"


    A thousand Wei soldiers, led by the Xiaowei, rushed to the gate.


    Soon the army rushed to the city gate suspension bridge. Just as the captain was about to open his mouth, they found that the suspension bridge had begun to "creak" down. Then, the city gate seemed to slowly open a crack.


    Seeing this situation, when the suspension bridge was put down and was not stable, the captain yelled: "brothers, I will kill you and take over the city today!"


    "Kill..."


    A thousand Wei soldiers poured into the gate like a torrent. After entering the city, they did not immediately expand the results. Instead, they divided into two groups, leaving 400 soldiers to control the gate. The other 600 soldiers rushed to the top of the city, completely controlling the tower, the suspension bridge and the gate switch, waiting for most of Yan Liang''s troops to arrive.


    In Handan City, after the left school had arranged the new recruits, it was sure that everything had been arranged. Then it entered its own room to have a rest. However, in the fourth shift, he was awakened by a sense of palpitation. After waking up, he couldn''t sleep any more.


    In desperation, he had to get up and think about it, but he couldn''t think of any omissions. So he ordered his soldiers to dress up and lead 200 soldiers to inspect the city.


    Because the East is facing the camp of the Wei army, the first place he inspected was the east city wall. What made him happy was that two hundred old soldiers and two hundred new soldiers in the East were scattered and mixed up by the east city guards. A group of old soldiers and a group of new soldiers divided into several sections and kept on the wall respectively, with no half slack.Just as he left the east city with satisfaction and was ready to go to the south wall, suddenly there was a cry of killing from the south city. Then there was a fire in the direction of the south city. Seeing this, the left school immediately ordered: "come on, send someone to the South Gate immediately to see what happened?"


    After they left, the left school sent a messenger to order the 2000 elite gathered yesterday to join him. More than that, he also ordered people to inquire about the soldiers and horses of other schools. And he himself led two hundred soldiers to the south gate.


    Before running to the southeast corner of the city wall, zuojiao met his own soldiers. He led Xiang Mingshi and rushed to him. He reported: "general, it''s bad. Something''s wrong. Xiao Jin, the general of Nancheng, has led the troops to the enemy. Now he has opened the south gate and put the army of Wei into the city."


    Left school smell speech, like a bolt from the blue general, stand on the spot. He didn''t expect that as soon as he increased his troops, some generals turned to the enemy and opened the city wall. When he woke up, he pulled out a long knife from his waist and yelled: "come on, tell the soldiers and horses of the rest of the city walls to strictly guard the city gate. The rest of the soldiers and horses will take back the South City together with the general!"

 Chapter 1293

    Zuojiao''s action was stopped by the soldier sent to Nancheng: "general, it''s too late. The first wave of Wei troops entering the city has at least nearly a thousand people, and there are thousands of Wei troops behind them. General, there are tens of thousands of Wei troops outside the city. We can''t keep them."


    The guard roared twice in the left school''s ear before he woke up. After all, he was also a veteran of war. After a little meditation, the left school gritted his teeth and said, "go, let''s go back to the general''s house, gather the two thousand elite cavalry, prepare to break through the siege, and immediately give the order to the other elite soldiers behind the walls, so that they can gather in the direction of Ximen as soon as possible. If they don''t arrive in time If so, tell them to break through the encirclement separately, and then take the camera to join Fukou pass. Now Handan city has been lost, and we must keep Fukou pass. "


    With that, several of the soldiers immediately turned over and went towards the West City, while left school was right next to the barracks behind the east gate, and immediately ordered the 1000 soldiers in the barracks to quickly go towards the general''s residence in the city.


    Soon a group of more than one thousand people arrived at the general''s house. At this time, two thousand cavalry had gathered, and with the order of the left school, they went to the west of the city. However, when they arrived at the western city, the Wei soldiers began to appear on the wall, which should be the Wei soldiers who attacked along the wall from the southern wall. The general of the north gate has led the garrison at the head of the city and the Wei army into a regiment. Not only the soldiers on duty, but also more than a thousand soldiers in the barracks under the city have joined the regiment.


    Seeing more and more Wei soldiers in the city, a group of soldiers with torches appeared on the street behind them. When one of the captains looked back, he found that it was the Wei army who had already invaded the city. Seeing this, he said in a loud voice: "general, don''t delay. Get out of the city now!"


    They didn''t expect that the Wei army should have come so soon. Knowing that he couldn''t delay any longer, the left school gritted his teeth and said, "no, you open the gate first and go out. Our general''s cavalry will fight for a while. After killing these pursuers, we will go out of the city. Remember, when you get out of the city, you will disperse and run away and go to Fukou pass to meet you. "


    Said, left school turn horse head, a horse in the lead, toward the Wei army behind the chase killed in the past. The Wei army who entered the city did not expect that the Tang army would launch a counterattack at this time. What''s more, it did not expect that there were more than 2000 cavalry in the city. Caught off guard, nearly a thousand Wei troops were killed and killed by the cavalry led by zuojiao. That''s all. Behind the nearly a thousand Wei troops, there were more Wei soldiers. Zuojiao turned around and led the cavalry Withdraw quickly and run all the way to Ximen.


    When the left school arrived at the west gate again, nearly a thousand elite soldiers from the north gate also arrived at the west gate. At the command of the left school, the Tang soldiers rushed out of Handan city like a gust of wind.


    To the surprise of the Tang army who rushed out of Handan City, there was no cavalry of Zhao army outside the city. When the army left Handan city nearly two miles away, left school stopped, looked back at the burning Handan City, and was unwilling to look at it. Then he ordered to the soldiers beside him: "everyone keep going west, don''t stop, and strive to be in the morning Before we can get to Fukou pass, as long as we get to Fukou pass, we will be safe. "


    After that, he turned over and dismounted, helped an injured taxi pawn onto his horse, and then took his weapon. Without looking back, he went to the direction of fukouguan. The rest of the soldiers saw that the uninjured also dismounted one after another and gave up their mounts to the injured Ze Pao.


    Because of various reasons, Xu you and Yan Liang didn''t tell Lv Bu, the king of Zhao, that they would destroy the city overnight. In their opinion, their task is to capture the city. As for how many defenders in the city can escape, they didn''t care much. So when they left Ximen, they didn''t see Zhao''s cavalry outside.


    At this time, in the camp of Zhao army, Lu Bu also looked at the city of Handan with a surprised face. He soon realized that it must be the Wei army who stole the city at night, but as an ally, he knew nothing about it.


    With this in mind, Lu Bu was infuriated, and was ready to return to Bingzhou with all his troops. In the end, he was persuaded by Cao Xing. After all, their purpose of sending troops this time is to hurt the cavalry of the Tang army. If they can use the strength of the Wei army to achieve their goal, it will be very beneficial for the subsequent war of the Zhao army.


    Sure enough, when Lv Bu sent him to Yanliang''s camp to inquire about the taxi driver''s return, the news he brought was that Yanliang just said something and forgot it.


    In a rage, Lu Bu led 30000 cavalry of Zhao army. At dawn, they chased the direction of Tang army''s escape. Unfortunately, Zhao army''s reaction was too slow. By the time Lu Bu led his cavalry to catch up with the army of zuojiaobu, most of them had fled into Fukou pass, which made Lv Bu only look at Guan and sigh.


    After entering fukouguan, Zuo Xiaoyi counted the number of people. He was sad that there were more than 12000 soldiers in Handan city with newly recruited taxi soldiers. But in the end, with the smooth entry into fukouguan, there were less than 3000 taxi soldiers. The rest of the taxi soldiers either lost in Handan city or fled when they fled.


    Inside the Fukou pass, left school sat on the tower above the gate and looked at the cavalry of Zhao army outside the pass. Fortunately, after he left Handan, he ordered the army to rush all the way to Fukou pass. Otherwise, it was estimated that few of his 3000 people could escape from the cavalry of Zhao army.Slightly stabilized his mind, left school to Fukou pass guard general he Ge said: "he Xiaowei, I immediately write a memorial to the king, please immediately send to Yecheng, before the king''s new order comes, the three thousand soldiers and horses I command are all under your command, don''t take it lightly, we must take strict precautions, don''t make the same mistake as the general."


    "Don''t worry, general. Wang Yingming won''t blame the general. The general has been busy all night, so he can lead the brothers to have a rest. Let''s leave the matter of guarding the pass to the final general." He Ge respectfully replied;


    soon, the left school simply wrote down the process of Handan city''s fall in the pigeon letter, and then handed it to he Ge. He went down to the city to have a rest in Guannei. Although it was less than two hours from the time the Wei army broke the city to the time he entered Fukou pass, he kept running for a moment, saying that he was not tired, not to mention that he was not tired In the past few days after the war in Handan City, he basically did not have a good rest. He just took advantage of this to have a good rest.

 Chapter 1294

    The news of Handan''s fall soon spread to Yecheng, which shocked everyone in Yecheng. Originally, two days ago, the cavalry sent from Luoyang was already in place, but both Zhao Yun and Lu Su felt that the time had not come for the cavalry to attack.


    After all, although there were more than 30000 cavalry this time, only the 10000 white horses under the command of Zhao Yun could really match the Bingzhou wolf cavalry under the command of Lv Bu, the king of Zhao. Moreover, they were barely unbeaten under the same military strength, while the rest of the soldiers were no different. If more than 30000 cavalry were trapped by Zhao cavalry and then surrounded by Yuan Shao''s Hebei cavalry, there would be little chance for them to escape.


    But we didn''t expect that Handan city would be captured so soon, which was unexpected.


    "Damn thing, don''t let someone catch him, or he will be broken into pieces..." Zhao Yun looked at the contents of the pigeon letter and said angrily with gnashing teeth;


    "general, you must send this news to Luoyang as soon as possible, and at the same time, you must remind other city guards to be careful that the same situation will happen again, especially in Yanzhou city!" After pondering for a moment, Lu Su said,


    with that, Lu Su picked up the pigeon letter again and looked at it carefully. Suddenly, he found something unusual: "eh!"


    All the people nearby looked at him, and Zhao Yun said, "what''s wrong with the military adviser?"


    "If we expect it to be right, the opportunity we want will come soon." Then Lu Su picked up the pigeon letter and pointed to one of the words to Zhao Yun;


    "when Zuo Xiaobu fled, Zhao''s cavalry didn''t appear outside the west gate. Instead, after daybreak, he rushed to catch up with Zhao, which was the intention of the military commander..." Zhao Yun didn''t think of the key. He grasped these words and read them several times. Then he suddenly woke up and said, "the relationship between Wei and Zhao allied forces is not as good as it seems."


    "Yes, if the Wei army trusted Lv Bu, they should tell Lv Bu about it before stealing the city. Then Lv Bu would certainly arrange cavalry outside the west gate. However, when general Zuo led the army of Handan to break through the siege, Lv Bu''s cavalry did not appear outside the west gate, but rushed to catch up after daybreak, so it must be because the Wei army did not advance He colluded with Lu Bu. "


    "With Lu Bu''s character, even if he doesn''t flinch away, he will not be as close to the Wei army as he was at the beginning. Therefore, if it''s not bad, Lu Bu will abandon the Wei army and act alone, so our chance should come soon."


    When people heard the words, they were all in front of their eyes.


    "Captain he Ruo, please keep a close watch on the movements of Zhao''s cavalry these days. General Zhao, the prefect, Lord Yan, General Chen, I''m not very familiar with the surrounding environment of Wei County, so I''d like to ask you to give me a detailed introduction to the surrounding terrain." After he ruobi arranged for jindiao to keep a close watch on the movements of Lu Bu''s cavalry, Lu Su asked all the people in Wei county about the terrain in Wei county.


    "The intention of the military commander is to lead Lu Bu''s cavalry into the preset ambush? But Lu Bu is also a master of riding battles. Does the Kai Hui not pay attention to these things? " Zhao Yun asked suspiciously;


    "there is no need to lead it into the ambush, just take it to the battlefield arranged by us. The purpose is to cut off the connection between it and Yuan Shao''s Hebei Province. In this way, it can increase the odds of victory by at least 20%." Lu Su explained;


    Zhao Yun immediately understood Lu Su''s meaning. If more than 30000 cavalry fought against Lvbu''s 30000 cavalry, if they could be cut off from Yuan Shaojun''s cavalry, at least their own cavalry would not have to face the attack of nearly 60000 cavalry, even if it was not possible.


    Several people immediately gather up in front of the map, carefully looking for the right terrain.


    In Luoyang City, Xu Shu soon received the pigeon letter from Yecheng. However, at this time, Huangfu Chaobo had led 20000 guards to Chenliu, so Xu Shu immediately forwarded the pigeon letter to Chenliu city.


    After Huangfu Chaobo received the news that Handan was lost, he was also surprised. You know, the location of Handan was very important for the Tang army. Handan is adjacent to fukouguan in the west, Liangqi in the south, Chiqiu and Weixian in the southeast, which is the most important point of Tang army in the periphery of Weijun. For this reason, Huangfu Chaobo specially placed nearly 20000 troops in Handan and its surrounding areas.


    However, all the people were very close to each other, so they did not expect that Lu Bu would send 30000 cavalry to support. In this way, the suppression of the Tang cavalry on the Wei army was broken, and the reinforcements from other places did not dare to send troops to support. If there was no protection of the absolutely superior cavalry, the infantry would send troops to support Handan city.


    For this reason, Huangfu Chaobo specially agreed to the request of recruiting soldiers sent by zuojiao yesterday. However, 5000 soldiers had just been recruited. No one thought that a humble little Qu Chang had been recruited by the Wei army, so that Handan city could not hold up to the arrival of reinforcements.


    These are not the most important, but Lu Su''s words, to Huangfu Chaobo a wake-up call, such as Handan city of Tang army for several years, there are middle and low-level generals infiltrated by the Wei army, so like Yanzhou City, which just won from Cao Cao for less than a year or two, is not more dangerous.Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help sweating. He couldn''t check everyone''s loyalty if he knew that the Tang army had such a large number of soldiers: "how to deal with this matter, fengxiao?"


    "There is no other way but to strengthen prevention." Guo Jia shook her head and said, "there are traces to follow, so I''m not worried about it. Zijing''s words remind me that now I''m more worried about another thing."


    "What''s the matter?"


    "Do you remember the battle of Puyang a few years ago?"


    "Well, fengxiao means that Puyang changed hands several times a few years ago?" Huangfu Chaobo asked;


    "yes, I remember that the army had captured Puyang City at that time, but it was taken away by Cao Cao''s army in a flash..."


    "Filial piety means taking measures..." Huangfu Chaobo suddenly woke up.


    At that time, Puyang had indeed been conquered. However, because Cao Cao Jun had been operating in Puyang for several years, and then there was a tunnel leading to the outside of the city. Then Cao Cao Jun entered the city along the tunnel which had been hidden before, and then he took back the city again. If Cao Cao Cao Jun had not been defeated by his own army outside the city at that time, it would have been Puyang It''s hard to get it back again.


    For a moment, Huangfu Chaobo had a feeling that he was in a bad mood.

 Chapter 1295

    What disappointed Huangfu Chaobo was that Guo Jia didn''t have a good solution to this matter. He could only order the city generals to take strict precautions, especially in the aspect of patrol and city guard at night.


    Huangfu Chaobo silent, then to Shi a way: "pass the order down, let everyone pay more attention to it!"


    After Shi a took the order to go out, Huangfu Chaobo said to Guo Jia, "what should the army do now? Why don''t you lead the guards across the river and join Zilong''s cavalry. First, concentrate on solving the war in Hebei, and then go back to deal with the state of Qi. As for the direction of the state of Wu, there should be no problem in Lujiang. "


    Guo Jia shook his head and said: "don''t act rashly for the time being. It''s because the king''s 20000 elite soldiers are left behind that both qi and Wei are afraid. Moreover, there are more than 60000 elite cavalry soldiers in Hebei, Wei and Zhao. It''s OK to wipe them out at one stroke. But if you can''t fight a tiger and get hurt by a tiger, not only Hebei''s crisis can''t be solved, but also Yanzhou''s direction will be in danger It''s dangerous. If it''s not good, the situation of the Tang army in Henan will worsen. "


    "When is the best time for the army to go out?" Huang Fu Chao Bo Xin was not willing to say;


    "today''s plan can only wait for the situation in Hebei to turn for the better, and then we can mobilize the 20000 elites in the king''s hands."


    "However, with more than 30000 cavalry and less than 40000 cavalry in Zilong''s hands, how can he deal with 60000 cavalry in Wei and Zhao?"


    "The king has just said that there are 60000 cavalry soldiers in Wei and Zhao countries. They are good, but they are allied forces. Since they are allied forces, the cooperation between them can not be intimate. What''s more, yuan Shaonai, the king of Wei, came from a noble family, while Lv Bu, the king of Zhao, is an ordinary good family, not even a good family. In addition, Lv Bu is still a slave with three surnames in the eyes of the noble family, so he has a good reputation But it''s bad. What''s more, your majesty, Zijing also said that there is some estrangement between Lv Bu and the Wei army. The Wei army broke the city overnight, but did not inform Lv Bu, so we can see the gap. So please be patient and wait a few more days. The turnaround should come soon. "


    Huangfu Chaobo had no choice but to nod his head. Fortunately, the pigeon letter communication between Shangjun and Luoyang has been opened. Luoyang has received the pigeon letter sent back by Tian Yu yesterday. Huaxiong and Shegan troops have begun to return. If we calculate the time, we should be able to arrive in five to six days.


    At least if Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry could arrive smoothly, Huangfu Chaobo could use more elite cavalry.


    In Handan City, Yan Liang sat on the seat of the county government with a happy face. After six or seven days of hard struggle, he finally conquered this strong city of the Tang Dynasty. Although he also paid nearly 10000 casualties, such a city is a big city with hundreds of thousands of people, and its harvest is self-evident.


    It took Yan Liang half a day to completely control Handan city. After discussing with Xu you, Yan Liang could not wait to report the victory to Yuan Shao. Then the army passed down in Handan, quietly waiting for Yuan Shao''s next order. Instead of letting Yan Liangduo wait, Yuan Shao''s order came in the afternoon, ordering Yan Liang to leave enough troops to defend Handan, and the other troops continued to go south to attack the last city in the north of Yecheng, Liangqi. As long as Liangqi came, there would be no barrier in the north of Yecheng. As for the conflict with LV Buqi, Yuan Shao has automatically ignored it.


    That night, General Xu you and his two deputy generals called in and announced Yuan Shao''s order. After discussing with several generals, Yan Liang decided to leave a troop to defend Handan, and the other troops went south to attack Liangqi.


    After seven days of fighting, nearly ten thousand Yan Liang''s troops were killed and seriously injured, and ten thousand lightly injured. So Yan Liang left all the ten thousand lightly injured to defend Handan city. The remaining sixty thousand soldiers and horses, together with thousands of Tang Army prisoners in Handan City, left for Liangqi city in the south. As for Lu Bu''s 30000 cavalry, Yan Liang once again ignored them.


    Early the next morning, Yan Liang sent troops to the south. After his troops left Handan, the four gates of Handan city were closed again. No matter what Lu Bu said, the guards in the city did not open up. In a rage, Lu Bu led 30000 soldiers to Wei county to find Yuan Shao.


    However, Lu Bu was doomed to be disappointed. After spending a day in Wei County, he returned to the north again. In return, Yan Liang was scolded by Yuan Shao. Of course, after that, Yan Liang''s attitude towards Lu Bu was much better. However, it was still impossible for Zhao Jun to enter the city.


    The reason why Yan Liang''s attitude will become better is not only Yuan Shao''s scolding, but also that Zhao Yun led Baima Yicong to make a surprise attack on Yan Liang''s army when Lv Bu''s cavalry went to Weixian County, which made Yan Liang''s army lose more than 2000 people. If Lu Bu''s army had not returned in time, it was estimated that Yan Liang would have lost at least 5000 troops.


    The appearance of Zhao Yun''s army once again severely shakes Lv Bu''s two big mouths. If the attitude of Yan Liang and Wei Jun makes Lv Bu just feel angry, then Zhao Yun''s action is a provocation to Lv Bu. After seeing that Wei Jun died and injured thousands of people due to the attack of Baima Yicong, Lv Bu was completely angry. Under his order, 30000 Zhao cavalry were killed He was divided into three teams and six groups, in the form of a net to white Ma Yi from the direction of leaving closely catch up.If you can look down from the sky at this time, you can see that there is a white horse cavalry with tens of thousands of people running towards the northwest. Ten miles behind them, there are three variegated cavalry encircling the front cavalry from three directions, just like three huge arrows encircling the front white horse cavalry.


    Looking at the dust and the white horse cavalry in front of him, Lu Bu was very happy. After more than ten days, he finally caught the hateful cavalry.


    "The order goes on, don''t let the cavalry of Tang army run away again." Lv Bu gave a loud order;


    maybe it was because Zhao Yun didn''t expect that he would return from Wei county so soon, so they went to attack Yan Liang''s soldiers. They just didn''t expect that when Baima Yicong and Wei army were fighting together, he led 30000 Zhao cavalry to appear. Caught off guard, Zhao Yun had to lead the cavalry to flee toward the northwest.


    Seeing this, Lu Bu immediately divided his cavalry into three parts, each of which was headed by a school of wolf cavalry, followed by a school of ordinary cavalry, and surrounded Bai Ma Yi from three directions.

 Chapter 1296

    After more than half an hour, the distance between the two cavalry had narrowed from the first ten li to five or six li. A few Li to the northwest of baimayi was Fukou pass in the Tang Dynasty.


    Seeing that Baima Yi is getting closer to Fukou pass, he will soon be able to enter it. Lu Bu was so anxious that he took the most elite 5000 blood wolf cavalry to speed up and chased Baima Yicong several miles ahead. He had to stop Baima Yicong from entering the pass and then annihilate him in the wild.


    Under the leadership of Lu Bu, five thousand of the most elite Bingzhou wolf riders improved their speed to the extreme in a moment, and soon they caught up with Bai Ma Yi from two Li behind. Seeing that the pursuers behind him were getting closer and closer, Baima Yicong was still a mile away from the gate, but the pursuers were able to catch up in a twinkling of an eye. Zhao Yun had no choice but to order the cavalry to turn to the wall of the pass and go to the north, and the gate of Fukou pass was quickly closed under the arrangement of the general guarding the pass.


    Looking at the white horse in front of him turning from the end and running toward the north, Lu Bu finally burst out laughing. Ten thousand white horses, surrounded by thirty thousand cavalry, could not support him for more than half an hour.


    Thinking that he was going to annihilate the most elite cavalry of the Tang army, Lu Bu couldn''t help laughing again. All the depression he had accumulated these days was gone.


    Fukouguan is located in Xiangtang mountain, which is the tail of Taihang Mountain. The pass is just between shenmi mountain and nangu mountain. After Zhao Yun led baimayi to turn the road, he went north along Xiangtang mountain. Only about 80 Li north from here, there was a river blocking it. This is a road that originated from Wu''an, went north along the West foot of Zishan mountain, and then turned the road at the north foot of Hongshan mountain The river to the East.


    The long and narrow area ten miles south of the river called Mingshui and several miles east of Hongshan and Zishan is the battlefield selected by Lu Su and Zhao Yun for Zhao cavalry.


    Seeing that baimayi turned again and fled to the north, Lu Bu did not continue to accelerate the pursuit, but slowed down slightly. He had to wait until all the subsequent troops arrived to arrange the pursuit.


    Soon the rest of the cavalry of the five schools arrived at Lv Bu. Lv Bu took a look at Cao Xing and said, "Bingzhou wolf cavalry was originally a lone forward. They followed Baima Yi closely. Cao Xing led the rest 15000 cavalry to follow them. At the same time, they were careful of the reinforcements of fukouguan behind them. If they dare to send troops to support, they will all stay behind. However, Gu felt that adding them There are no more than four or five thousand cavalry in fukouguan. "


    "Don''t worry, my king. The last general will surely keep watch on the reinforcements of fukouguan. However, Zhao Yun is the second only to Huang Zhong under Huangfu Chaobo. I''m afraid that he will have other moves, so please pay more attention to him!" Cao Xinggong replied in a voice;


    "don''t worry, if you are attacking the city, you still have to be careful. Now on the boundless Hebei Plain, Zhao Yun has any other tricks, even if he uses them, he has not been afraid of anyone." Lu Bu chuckled in a low voice;


    Cao Xingyi thought that it was true. On the plain, everything was at a glance, and he was not afraid of their small moves.


    Soon, 15000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry set out again and chased after Baima Yicong, while Cao Xing led his 15000 ordinary cavalry. After a quarter of an hour''s delay, he opened a distance of one or two with Lv Bu''s Bingzhou wolf cavalry and saw that there was no abnormality in Fukou pass, so he followed Bingzhou Wolf cavalry and chased away.


    At this time, it was not Lu Bu''s expectation that there were no more than 5000 cavalry in Fukou pass, but there were more than 8000 cavalry. In addition to the more than 2000 cavalry that zuojiao brought back to Fukou pass and the hundreds of cavalry already in the pass, there were also 5000 cavalry sent by Wei Jun Cavalry, all of them add up to over 8000.


    The other 7000 Tui cavalry, 10000 Huben cavalry, 5000 Luoyang cavalry and 5000 Hanoi cavalry, together with 27000 cavalry, have been ambushed in the middle of Jiulong Mountain to the south of Zishan mountain, which is the ambush place for Cao Xing''s 15000 cavalry.


    According to Lu Su''s inference, after seeing Zhao Yun''s Bai Ma Yi, Lu Bu would surely lead Bingzhou wolf to pursue him, and let Cao Xing lead ordinary Zhao cavalry to break up behind him. In this way, the two cavalry would be separated. The purpose of the ambush is to use this distance to set an ambush circle for Cao Xing''s 15000 cavalry.


    Of course, the current distance between Cao Xing and Lv Bu is not enough. So when Cao Xing leaves Fukou pass several miles away, left school will lead 8000 cavalry in Fukou pass to follow Cao Xing''s army, and then try to delay the speed of Cao Xing''s army, so as to widen the distance between the two armies.


    Seeing that Cao Xing''s cavalry had gone far away, left school looked at he Ge and said, "Captain he, I''ll give you Fukou pass!"


    "Don''t worry, general. Hogg doesn''t have to ask! I wish the general every success Hogg quickly bowed and saluted;


    the left school nodded, turned and walked towards the wall. After the door closed, more than 8000 cavalry had already been ready, and they could start only after the left school gave an order.Walking down the wall, left school turned over and climbed on its own horse. Shaking its reins, it said in a loud voice: "open and close the door, let''s go!"


    "Boom..."


    At his command, the gate of Fukou pass was opened again. Eight thousand cavalry rushed out of the gate like a flood. Soon all of them left the gate and formed a series outside the gate. Then they left in the direction of the northern Zhao cavalry.


    On the wall, Hogg looked at the cavalry. Until they were far away from the pass, he withdrew his eyes and ordered the soldiers around him to close the gate. From now on, no one can open the gate easily without the general''s order. Those who violate the order will be punished by military law


    "No!"


    ¡­¡­


    More than ten miles to the north of Fukou pass, Cao Xingzheng is leading his cavalry to gallop toward the direction of Bingzhou wolf riding away. Suddenly, his own soldiers shout to him: "general, the scouts behind are catching up. It seems that something is wrong!"


    Cao Xing looked back and saw that several Chihou came after him from behind. The leader was the Chihou captain who had arranged to monitor Fukou pass. Seeing this, Cao Xing could not help but move in his heart. Did Fukou pass really send reinforcements?

 Chapter 1297

    Seeing this, Cao Xing immediately ordered: "if the order goes on, the army will slow down!"


    "The general ordered us to slow down!"


    "The general ordered us to slow down!"


    With his order, 15000 cavalry began to slow down, but Cao Xing, escorted by his own soldiers, left the army and waited for the following reprimands to come.


    Soon, the captain of Chihou rushed to Cao Xing. He immediately saluted Cao Xing and said, "general, the cavalry at the pass is out."


    "Oh, how dare his two or three thousand cavalry come?" Cao Xing said with a smile;


    "no, it''s not two or three thousand. It''s nearly ten thousand cavalry. After a little count, the number should be about eight thousand. The first five thousand cavalry should be more powerful cavalry, and there are more than three thousand cavalry. It seems that they are the cavalry who escaped to fukouguan a few days ago. The leader is the commander of Handan City, Zuo Xiao." "Oh, it seems that they want to restrain the general''s army and buy more time for Baima Yicong. Hum, they don''t want to think about how long can ten thousand white horse righteous people last in front of the king''s fifteen thousand Bingzhou wolf cavalry? " At this time, Cao Xingdu just thought that the cavalry of fukouguan came out just to contain his 15000 troops and relieve some pressure on baimayi, but he didn''t think that he had fallen into the trap of the Tang army.


    This is the consequence of information asymmetry on the battlefield. Up to now, neither the Wei army nor the Zhao army knew that the Tang army had assembled nearly 40000 cavalry in Wei County, so it was doomed to the failure of the Zhao army.


    Now that he had thought about it clearly, Cao Xing did not delay any longer. He immediately ordered the cavalry to slowly turn around and prepare to eat the nearly ten thousand Tang cavalry behind him, and then continue to go north to support Lv Bu''s Bingzhou wolf cavalry.


    Soon, 15000 Bingzhou cavalry completed the turn and array, quietly waiting for the arrival of Tang cavalry. A quarter of an hour later, another group of Chihou arrived in front of Cao Xing and reported to him: "general, the cavalry of the Tang army has found our cavalry, and now they are slowing down."


    "Hum, now we''re slowing down. Do you want to run away?" Just as he was about to ask about the position of the Tang cavalry again, he had already seen the figure of the Tang cavalry. They had already appeared several miles away. However, as Chihou said, the dust rising from their position could tell that they were slowing down.


    "Herald, the army is divided into three parts, attack the cavalry of Tang army!" Cao Xing didn''t stop, so he ordered immediately;


    "Wu..."


    As the bugle sounded in the Zhao army, 15000 cavalry began to speed up, and they rushed to the South several miles away.


    For the cavalry, the distance of a few miles is just a matter of an instant. Soon, Cao Xing can clearly see the cavalry of the Tang army. Just as Cao Xing expected, the cavalry of the Tang army has begun to turn around. Seeing this, Cao Xing roared: "cavalry, speed up! Kill... "


    "Kill! Kill!! Kill


    Fifteen thousand Zhao cavalry soldiers immediately sent out a loud cry of killing and killed the Tang cavalry soldiers in front of them.


    A few miles away, the left school saw that Cao Xing led the cavalry to kill him. He laughed to himself, turned to his own soldiers and said: "pass the order, the army will turn around and retreat to the south!"


    Eight thousand Tang cavalry had been ordered long before they set out. They had to slow down the speed of Zhao cavalry, so the order to turn around and evacuate was soon completed. The eight thousand cavalry cried out and ran to the south along the way they came.


    Seeing this situation, Zhao soldiers and soldiers began to scold one after another, but Tang soldiers and soldiers did not hear of it. They just ran to the south. After chasing for several miles, Cao Xing saw that he had chased back to the outside of Fukou pass, but the cavalry of Tang army was still running for several miles. He scolded in his heart, but he said: "order to go on, the army will stop chasing!"


    When he closed his mouth and watched Zhao''s pursuit, he Ge gave a knowing smile on his face. As soon as he came and went, Cao Xingbu''s army and Lu Bubu''s army were nearly 20 miles apart, and there was enough distance for the ambush arranged by his own army.


    Seeing that the Zhao army had stopped pursuing, the left school also ordered the cavalry to stop. The two cavalry were facing each other so far several miles apart. Cao Xing saw that the Tang cavalry stopped, and ordered the army to pursue again. However, as long as the Zhao cavalry moved, the Tang army would continue to run south without hesitation. It seemed that Cao Xing was determined to drag Cao Xing''s army here.


    After nearly half an hour of confrontation, Cao Xing knew that he had no chance to annihilate the Tang cavalry, so he ordered the army to turn around and continue to go north. However, as long as Zhao''s cavalry moved, Tang''s cavalry would hang far behind, and as long as Zhao''s cavalry had the intention of turning back, Tang''s cavalry would immediately turn around and flee south.


    Each time Cao Xing wanted to speed up to catch up with Lu Bu''s army, left school ordered the cavalry to speed up and attack Zhao''s cavalry.


    Half an hour later, Cao Xing also found something wrong: "no, the Tang army is not only trying to hold down a certain army, it must have other plans. Come on, give orders. The army is divided into three parts. One is on slow alert, and the other two are speeding up to catch up with the king''s cavalry. A quarter of an hour later, change the second one to slow down and the other two to speed up. "Through the pursuit just now, Cao Xing believed that his trained cavalry, although 5000 cavalry could not win the 8000 cavalry of the Tang army, there should be no problem to drag them down. Once the cavalry of the Tang army really catch up with them, the 5000 cavalry after the break only need to drag them down for a quarter of an hour, and their other 10000 cavalry can come back to wipe them out.


    With Cao Xing''s order, the ten thousand cavalry of Zhao army immediately speeded up to catch up with the north, while the last five thousand cavalry marched at the normal speed, monitoring the eight thousand cavalry of Tang army behind them.


    Seeing that the cavalry in front of the Zhao army was divided into two divisions, the left school was not worried. He still followed the cavalry in the back of the Zhao army. If the Zhao army was faster, he would be faster. If the Zhao army was slower, he ordered to be slower. He was only two or three miles away from the Zhao army.


    When Cao Xing found out something was wrong and changed his 15000 cavalry March, Lu Bu led Bingzhou wolf to ride more than 20 li away from Cao Xing''s headquarters. The 20 Li distance was only half an hour for the cavalry, but Lu Bu didn''t notice that Cao Xing''s troops were so far away from him.

 Chapter 1298

    It was soon after noon. At this time, Cao Xing found that he had only walked less than 50 Li in half a day. If he followed the normal speed, the distance now had reached at least more than 70 Li, that is to say, his army was more than half an hour away from the king''s cavalry.


    But in such a long distance, Cao Xing didn''t find anything unusual. It was because of this that Cao Xing was more worried, because he had already thought clearly that the purpose of the Tang army was to widen the distance between their 30000 cavalry. If the Tang army behind him was like this again, Cao Xing knew that the distance between their two cavalry would soon exceed an hour It''s a long journey.


    Thinking of this, Cao Xing immediately sent a team of cavalry and set out quickly, hoping that they could catch up with the army in front as soon as possible, and then warn them. However, his army slowed down slightly. At this time, he still hoped that he could have a chance to wipe out the Tang cavalry behind him, and then try his best to catch up with the army in front of him.


    Cao Xing''s idea is right. Just when he sent out a cavalry, Lv Bu had already chased Zhao Yun''s baimayi to the south of Mingshui. At this time, Zhao Yun had led baimayi to stand in formation on the South Bank of the river, while Lv Bu''s cavalry stopped three miles further south of them. Instead of fighting immediately, both sides stopped for a rest So that the horses and soldiers can supplement some food and drink a little water.


    It has been more than half a day since the two sides chased and fled. We have not had a bite of rice or a drink of water. Now that we are ready for war, we must make final preparations.


    A quarter of an hour later, with Zhao Yun''s order, more than 10000 white horses began to organize their weapons and equipment, and then turned over to mount, quietly waiting for his order. More than 10000 Baima yicongs are arranged into a conical array by Zhao yun''an. Zhao Yun and more than 1000 Baima yicongs are cone heads, and the remaining 9000 ordinary Baima yicongs are cones.


    In the opposite Bingzhou wolf cavalry, they are doing the same thing. All the wolf cavalry are making the final preparations before the war. Unlike Zhao Yun''s conical array, what Lu Bu put out is a goose shaped array. Fifteen thousand Bingzhou wolf riders were divided into three parts. He personally led the five thousand most elite blood wolf riders as the central army, facing Zhao Yun''s cone-shaped array. Lu Bu was confident that his blood wolf riders would block Zhao Yun''s attack.


    Ten thousand ordinary wolf riders were divided into two parts, which were distributed on the two wings of the Chinese army and included all the ten thousand white horse riders opposite him. Lu Bu wanted to annihilate Zhao Yun and his white horse riders here and break the arm of emperor Huangfu Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty to avenge the loss of Shangdang county last year.


    Zhao Yun is the last one to turn over and get on the horse. He sits on the jade lion at night. Instead of rushing to attack the Zhao army, Zhao Yun turns his head and slowly turns to the white horse around him. It seems that he wants to write down their faces. Zhao Yun is very clear that after this war, his ten thousand white horse righteousness will probably be lost, just for the sake of the whole war In the end, Baima Yi has to pay such a price.


    For a long time, Zhao Yuncai took his eyes back, then looked at the Zhao army in front of him with firm eyes, raised his dragon gall and silver gun, pointed to him, and cried out: "where is righteousness, life and death, white horse righteousness, follow a certain enemy!"


    With that, Zhao Yun legs light clip horse belly, according to the night jade lion began to toward the front rushed out.


    "Where righteousness lies, life and death follow each other, white horse follow righteousness, kill!" Yicong cavalry of ten thousand white horses responded in unison. Following his own general, he killed the enemy in front of him without hesitation.


    Almost at the same time, Lu Bu also brought up his painting halberd of Fang Tian, gently clipped the red rabbit horse under the bridge, pointed forward with the halberd tip, and yelled: "Bingzhou wolf riding, kill with a certain one!"


    "kill The roar of killing like a mountain and a tsunami rang out among Bingzhou wolf riders, and then the sound of horse hooves like thunder soared into the sky. Fifteen thousand Bingzhou wolf riders followed their wolf king excitedly and killed the enemy in front of them.


    Soon the two strongest cavalry in the world collided like two huge torrents, the roar of horses, the cry of soldiers, and the clash of weapons. Some soldiers fell to the ground screaming and were trampled to death by the horses following them. There was a huge noise in the whole battlefield.


    When the cavalry sent by Cao Xing arrived, the two armies had been killed into a regiment. Although they could see the king who killed all sides in the battlefield from a distance, they could not get close to him in any case. As a last resort, they had to turn their horses and return to the south to report the matter to Cao Xing.


    Just when this group of galloping cavalry arrived at the place where Lvbu army was fighting, the 15000 cavalry of Cao Xingbu had already entered the ambush circle of Tang army.


    At this time, Cao Xing''s desire to return to annihilate the left school cavalry failed again, so Cao Xing decided to ignore it and lead the army to catch up with Bingzhou wolf cavalry. At this time, although he did not see the plan of the Tang army, there was a strong uneasiness in his mind. At this time, he already had some regrets. If he had not thought about annihilating the reinforcements of fukouguan, he would not have been in such an embarrassing situation.


    After that, Zuo Xiao saw that Cao Xing did not care about his cavalry, and at this time, they had already arrived at the predetermined ambush location, so he immediately ordered the cavalry to pursue and attack Cao Xing''s rear.With the order of zuojiao, 8000 cavalry of Tang army speeded up and killed Cao Xing''s cavalry. Soon the cavalry of the Tang army caught up with the rear of Cao Xing''s army, and the two armies soon became a regiment.


    Seeing this, Cao Xing immediately ordered the front two armies to turn, and surrounded the more than 10000 troops who had formed a regiment behind him. However, just as their army was slowing down and turning, suddenly tens of thousands of Tang cavalry rushed out of the mountain forest on their left. At this time, Cao Xing realized that he was the target of the Tang army.


    Now that their horse speed has slowed down, Cao Xing knows that it is impossible for him to lead the army to withdraw. So he simply leads thousands of cavalry who have completed the turn to kill the Tang cavalry who have rushed down from the mountain, or fight for more time for the soldiers who are still turning but have not mentioned their speed.


    As a result, in a distance of less than 30 Li, 30000 Zhao cavalry and nearly 40000 Tang cavalry fought on the two battlefields almost at the same time.

 Chapter 1299

    The war ended first in the southern battlefield. Fifteen thousand Bingzhou cavalry were attacked by thirty-five thousand Tang cavalry. After only half an hour, they were defeated. In the end, Yu caoxing led less than two thousand cavalry to break out of the encirclement and head for Lvbu in the north. The remaining thirteen thousand cavalry were killed and nearly ten thousand were killed. In the end, only three thousand cavalry were captured A prisoner.


    The loss of the Tang army also reached nearly ten thousand people. Fortunately, these soldiers and horses were basically cavalry mobilized from various counties, but the loss of Huben cavalry and Tujia cavalry was not big.


    After the discussion of several generals, five thousand ordinary cavalry were left to clean the battlefield. Then, after changing their horses, the remaining twenty thousand cavalry were eating on their horses while chasing the battlefield to the north.


    On the battlefield on the South Bank of Mingshui River in the north, the cavalry of the Zhao and Tang armies had been killing for more than half an hour. Although the Zhao army had gained absolute advantage, there were more than 4000 soldiers of the Tang army, Baima Yicong, on the battlefield, fighting with Bingzhou wolf.


    Although the elite blood wolf cavalry led by Lu Bu finally blocked the first round attack of Baima Yicong, the cooperation degree of Baima Yicong was not bad compared with Bingzhou wolf cavalry, and finally the two sides became a regiment.


    After being blocked by Bingzhou wolf cavalry in the first round of attack, baimayi quickly dispersed into several regiments and became a regiment with Bingzhou wolf cavalry, while Zhao Yun and Lv Bu were killed together again.


    No doubt, Lv Bu''s fighting power is more than half of Zhao Yun''s, but there is no doubt that Lv Bu''s age is more than ten years older than Zhao Yun''s. at this time, Lv Bu is already in his forties, and has passed the golden age of the highest military general. However, Zhao Yun is only in his thirties, which is the golden age. In addition, after Lv Bu became king, he is also more lax than before So when they were fighting, Zhao Yun could not defeat Lv Bu, but it was not difficult to escape from Lv Bu''s halberd.


    So in the war, Zhao Yun only fought with Lv Bu for more than 100 rounds, and then he no longer fought directly with Lv Bu. Instead, he went upstream of the whole battlefield and gathered up the scattered Baima Yi. That''s why after half an hour''s war, there were more than 4000 people left in Baima Yi.


    At this time, the loss of Bingzhou wolf cavalry reached nearly 4000 people, which made Lv Bu furious. Just as he was preparing to regroup the wolf cavalry to encircle baimayi again, a piece of news shocked him like a bolt from the blue.


    Cao Xingbu''s 15000 troops were ambushed by more than 30000 cavalry of Tang army. Less than 2000 cavalry escaped, and tens of thousands of Tang army had already followed. He won the battle, but lost the whole battle.


    This was not the first time that Lu Bu was angry. It was the same with the Shangdang war in Bingzhou. Although he won the battle with Baima Yicong, he had to lose the initiative of the whole battlefield because of the defeat of other battlefields. This time, again.


    Looking at Baima Yicong, who had only four thousand soldiers left in front of him, Lu Bu was ready to put the whole army in custody to get rid of Baima Yicong, but he was stopped by Cao Xing''s generals.


    "King, don''t be impulsive. There are at least 20000 Tang cavalry coming to the south, and it will take us at least a quarter of an hour to half an hour to eliminate these four thousand white horses. Once we delay for a while, when the cavalry from the South comes, the king''s most elite Bingzhou wolf cavalry may lose all of them. King, don''t do that Ah Cao Xing advised him bitterly;


    Lu Bu finally failed to order baimayi to be annihilated here, but reluctantly led the remaining 10000 cavalry to turn around and go to the east of Handan city.


    When he left, Lu Bu finally took a look at the white horse and silver gun in the north. He knew that he would never be able to annihilate this famous cavalry again.


    Looking at the distant figure of Zhao''s cavalry, the remaining 4000 Baima Yi finally breathed a sigh of relief. However, at this time, they still did not dare to act rashly. They still stood in formation on the South Bank of the Mingshui river. Until they saw the smoke rising in the South and saw the tens of thousands of Tang cavalry coming like a flood, thousands of Baima Yi came from the soldiers There were loud cheers.


    Zhao Yun ordered: "everyone, dismount and rest, count the casualties and search for the surviving partners."


    At his command, four thousand white horses jumped from their horses one after another. However, at least a thousand of them had already taken off their strength and sat on the ground. Some of them had been holding on for a long time before. Now they suddenly relaxed and almost collapsed on the ground. More than 3000 Yi Cong who can move are a team of several people searching for their partners in the whole battlefield.


    Zhao Yun, on the other hand, was escorted by several personal guards to meet the generals of zuojiao who came from the south. As Baima Yicong did, zuojiao first ordered 10000 cavalry troops to be on guard in the direction of Zhao cavalry''s departure, and the rest of the soldiers turned over and dismounted to search for the surviving soldiers on the whole battlefield.


    Soon, the left school led several generals to Zhao Yun. They saluted Zhao Yun and said, "general, the last general is late!"


    Zhao Yun looked at several people with a bitter smile: "no wonder you''ve come in time. If you come a quarter of an hour later, the number of people who can stand here will be reduced by almost half. If it''s a quarter of an hour, there won''t be many left. "Several people were shocked when they heard that Baima Yicong was the most elite cavalry of the Tang army. Zhao Yun even said such a thing. It can be seen that Bingzhou wolf cavalry is more powerful. Of course, the reason why Bingzhou wolf cavalry is half more than Baima Yicong is in it.


    If Lv Bu knew the result, he would hate why he didn''t insist on attacking again, because just now, the four thousand baimayi were exhausted. If Lv Bu insisted on attacking, it would be less than a quarter of an hour to annihilate baimayi.


    However, there was nothing if, so Lu Bu had to leave with hatred. Of course, when he left, he took all the moving Bingzhou wolf riders away. But even so, by the end of the day, when Zhao cavalry left, the discount had already exceeded half, leaving only 13586 riders, among them, those who could continue to fight were not enough Ten thousand people.

 Chapter 1300

    It took the cavalry of Tang army nearly half an hour to clean up the whole battlefield. The result of sorting out the whole battlefield made the generals very surprised. More than 6000 bodies of Baima Yicong were left on the battlefield. They only found less than 500 lucky people. However, they were not dead for a while, and the rest were basically seriously injured. Only a few of them were seriously injured Just a few people.


    If you add in the 4000 Yi Cong who survived before they arrived, only 4500 of them have been able to breathe. Among them, only 2000 can continue to participate in the war, and the remaining 2500 can recover. It is estimated that no more than 1500 people will be able to recover. That is to say, there are some problems One thousand people either can''t survive in the end, or they can''t take part in the war any more.


    On the battlefield, they found the bodies of Bingzhou wolf cavalry and the seriously wounded, which added up to just over 4000.


    Looking at the war damage of Baima Yicong reported by his subordinates, Zhao Yun couldn''t help but feel distressed. These are all the 11000 Yicong he made up after last year''s losses. After the first war, there were only more than 3000 left. It''s not enough to hurt his muscles and bones.


    After trying to restrain his grief, Zhao Yun corrected to the left and said, "how are you?"


    Hearing the words, Zuo Xiao said, "the loss is also very big. Although there are only more than 2000 cavalry in the 15000 Zhao cavalry, the number of our army killed and injured in the war has reached 10000. Fortunately, these casualties are mainly concentrated in ordinary cavalry, and the loss of Tujia and Huben cavalry is not big. However, even so, our army can really continue to participate in the war If you add the general''s white horse to your cavalry, it''s only about 25000. "


    "Twenty five thousand, and there are more than thirty thousand cavalry in Zhao Wei united army. Although there is a certain gap, it is not as big as it was. If general Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry can come back as soon as possible, the strength of the two cavalry should be equal." Zhao Yun bowed his head and pondered for a moment, then said in a deep voice;


    "general, what should we do next?" Left school asked softly;


    "pass on, the army will return to Yecheng as soon as possible, and all the heavy and heavy wounded will be sent back to Yecheng. The conditions there are better, and the wounded can get the best treatment. As for the future, I will make a decision after consulting with the military adviser." At this point, Zhao Yun turned his head to the left and said, "general Zuo, you can draw 2000 ordinary cavalry from the cavalry and return to Fukou pass. You must guard Fukou pass well. You can''t let the Wei army go any further!"


    "The general can rest assured that if the Wei army is allowed to take away Fukou pass again, unless they step on the general''s body." After hearing the words, the left school immediately said in a murderous voice;


    "well, the order goes on, and the army starts immediately, and orders the cavalry to go forward 20 miles to prevent the Wei cavalry from attacking."


    "No!"


    Now it''s afternoon, and it''s unrealistic to rush back to Yecheng overnight, so Zhao Yun decided to rush to fukouguan immediately. He first dealt with all the heavy and heavy wounded, and then made plans. Some of the heavy wounded, in particular, are not suitable for long-distance March, so they must be treated as soon as possible.


    On the other side, Lu Bu led 13000 Zhao cavalry to rush back to the outside of Handan city. This time, although the garrison of Handan did not allow Zhao troops to enter the city, it was obviously not as bad as before. The general at the head of the city explained to Lu Bu again and again. In the end, Lu Bu placed 9000 cavalry troops in the camp outside the city and handed them over to Cao Xing, but he did not He led 1000 cavalry, escorted more than 3000 injured Zhao cavalry into the city, and treated them in a military camp in the east of the city.


    The general of the Wei army responded quickly enough, and soon a large number of materials were sent to the barracks outside the city, and the city''s taxi soldiers were also treated quickly, while Lv Bu was arranged to a mansion dozens of steps away from the barracks. After all, he was the king of a country, and he could not be perfunctory.


    After arranging the taxi soldiers in the city, Lu Bu did not stay in the city for a long time, leaving hundreds of elite soldiers to guard the injured soldiers. Lu Bu went out of the city and came to his camp. It was not that he was willing to share the joys and sorrows with the soldiers, but that he had the idea of leaving, so he wanted to discuss with Cao Xingzhu carefully.


    Outside the city, in the camp of the Zhao army, Lu Bu gathered Cao Xing''s generals to discuss business in the big account.


    "You Aiqing, you want to retreat and return to the state of Zhao. Do you think you can?" Above the throne, Lu Bu asked in a deep voice;


    Lu Bu found that this Huangfu Chaobo seemed to be his nemesis, and he was in his hands. He failed one after another, and he could not get any benefit at all.


    From the first battle in Hanguguan, I was defeated almost every time I met Huangfu. Last year, when the Tang army invaded the Shangdang, they not only lost the Shangdang, but also lost more than half of Bingzhou wolf riding. This time again, it seems that he won, but in fact, he did not get any benefits. As the prime minister said, the Tang army lost some soldiers and horses, which will soon be added. However, his Zhao army is different. Although baimayi suffered heavy losses again in this world war, his cavalry lost more than half again.


    "If you don''t tell me about it, I''m going to tell you about it. In this war, our cavalry lost more than half of their lives, which demoralized our soldiers. Although our army also suffered a lot from the cavalry of the Tang army, the loss was too great." Cao Xing was also worried;"That''s right, king. Let''s withdraw!" Several generals nearby also agreed with each other;


    seeing that everyone agreed to withdraw, Lu Bu hesitated: "it''s just that the prime minister and the state of Wei had an agreement in advance, and now the state of Wei cooperated with us to capture Shanggu. If we withdraw, I''m afraid the state of Wei would not easily agree."


    "So what?" A general said angrily, "we have lost more than half of our 30000 cavalry to support us, and we have also lost at least 20000 cavalry to the Tang army. What''s more, we have lost a lot of Baima Yi, the most elite of the Tang army. Can''t the Wei people see that?"


    "Yes," Cao Xing suddenly had an idea and said, "king, Wei Jun is the focus of Wei''s attack, but they know nothing about the movement of the Tang army. If it wasn''t for the fact that they didn''t find out about the sudden increase of the Tang army, we would be so easily ambushed."


    When Lv Bu heard the speech, he was also moved in his heart: "Cao Aiqing''s words are very kind. If he can know in advance that the army of the Tang Dynasty will increase its troops, the victory or defeat of this matter will be in between. Well, tomorrow Gu will go to the king of Wei and ask him to give an account to Gu and the soldiers of the Zhao army."

 Chapter 1301

    The next morning, under the escort of two thousand Bingzhou wolf cavalry, Lv Bu angrily went to Wei county. During their discussion last night, a general suddenly raised a question. Yuan Shao certainly didn''t want Zhao army to retreat now. If so, he would send a senior general to lead five thousand cavalry here, and the rest of the cavalry would return to Bingzhou to block the way He lived in the mouth of the king and Minister of the state of Wei.


    After much consideration, Lu Bu decided to stay in Hebei by himself. The main reason was that he was afraid that if he left other generals, he might not be able to withstand the pressure of the Wei monarchs and ministers, and finally buried all the cavalry in Hebei. However, Lu Bu himself was not afraid of this situation, and the number of 5000 soldiers was not enough, so if he could not withdraw all the cavalry in the end, he would return to Hebei Lu Bu led Bingzhou wolf cavalry and left more than 8000 uninjured cavalry who could continue to fight. All the other injured soldiers returned to Bingzhou with Cao Xing.


    Just when Lv Bu was angry to find Yuan Shao''s trouble, Yuan Shao had already received information about the Zhao army''s losses. Yuan Shao''s officials were surprised at the news that Zhao''s 30000 troops had only returned more than 10000. However, they now thought that Lv Bu might take this opportunity to ask for a withdrawal.


    At this time, Zhao Yun had led most of the cavalry of the Tang army and escorted all the wounded towards Yecheng. Of course, those seriously injured people who were really not suitable for further movement could only be treated at fukouguan. When they got better, they would be transferred to Yecheng to continue to recuperate.


    On the night of the cavalry war between Tang Dynasty and Zhao Dynasty in Hebei Province, Zhao Yun returned to fukouguan. He wrote a pigeon letter and a memorial about the whole war and quickly sent it back to Yecheng, where it was transferred to Huangfu Chaobo.


    When Huangfu Chaobo received the pigeon''s letter, it was already early in the morning. After receiving the pigeon letter from Zhao Yun, Huangfu Chaobo immediately called Guo Jia. While discussing the possible changes after the war, they waited for the detailed war report.


    In the early morning, Zhao Yun''s memorial was escorted by a team of cavalry and sent to Huangfu Chaobo, along with Lu Su''s conjecture about the possible changes caused by the war, as well as the relevant ideas of the subsequent war arrangements.


    In Lu Su''s view, although his cavalry suffered a heavy loss after the war, the loss of Zhao''s army can also be described as muscle and bone injury. Therefore, if not unexpected, in the next period of time, Lv Bu should not easily shake with the cavalry of Tang army. Without the cooperation of Zhao''s elite cavalry, the cavalry of Wei kingdom should not dare to cooperate with him The cavalry carried out a large-scale war, but they were sure to guard against reinforcements from other cities.


    As far as the current situation is concerned, the army is still on the defensive. If the cavalry blocking of the Wei army can not be broken, it is difficult to send reinforcements.


    Guo Jia also agreed with Lu Su''s idea, so he also agreed that the cavalry should take a temporary rest. After Hua Xiong arrived, he would fight with the cavalry of the Wei and Zhao allied forces to seize the initiative in the battlefield. It is time for the cavalry of the Zhao army to take a rest.


    "Fengxiao, if you send 20000 guards to Hebei alone and use them as cavalry, how about fighting with their cavalry when Lvbu''s cavalry lost the most?" Huangfu Chaobo also knew that it was the best arrangement to wait for Huaxiong''s cavalry to come back, but he was still not willing to ask Guo Jia;


    "king, this matter is absolutely impossible. Now Yanzhou''s troops are not enough. If King sends 20000 guards to Hebei, what should he do in case the war situation in Yanzhou changes?" Guo Jia stopped him immediately when he heard the speech.


    this is the biggest frustration of the Tang state, which is the biggest feudal state in the world, but it is facing the enemy on all sides. Especially this time, the timing of each country''s sending troops is too good. It can be said that the Tang state is facing the enemy on all sides and fighting in four places at the same time. No one can do everything.


    Under the current situation, the 20000 guards in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo were the last card of the Tang Dynasty. They could not be easily put into the battlefield until they had to. Now the situation in Hebei is far from the point where it is necessary to put these 20000 guards into it, so Guo Jia firmly opposes doing so.


    Seeing Guo Jia''s expression, Huangfu Chaobo had to give up the idea and said: "in this case, there are still more than 30000 cavalry in Wei and Zhao''s allied forces. However, General Zhao''s cavalry can only use more than 20000. Even with Huaxiong''s 7000 cavalry, he can''t take advantage of the allied forces. So he plans to send Hongnong''s 5000 cavalry to Wei county. Fengxiao feels that Is it feasible? "


    "It''s a good move, and it''s hard to train cavalry, especially the horses of Wei state. However, Zhao state has a small population, so the king should give an order to General Zhao Yun to annihilate as many cavalry of the two countries as possible in order to prepare for the future war."


    Guo Jia''s words made Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes bright. If Zhao''s population was too small and his cavalry lost too much, although he had enough horses, his troops were not sufficient, which made it difficult to supplement his losses. On the contrary, in Wei''s country, Hebei had a large population, but the way to buy horses was only from Zhao''s hands. In addition, Jizhou soldiers were good at infantry, so they were trained It''s more difficult.


    However, it''s not the same for itself. Yanbei county has a large population. After hundreds of thousands of immigrants in Qingzhou for such a long time, the originally fierce and unusual people in Qingzhou have made great progress in riding skills, so they are the most powerful supplement to the follow-up cavalry of the Tang army.After writing the order, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered: "OK, Shi''a, send it to Hongnong and Weijun immediately!"


    "No!" Shia will go immediately.


    After Shi a retreated, Huangfu Chaobo said, "what''s the situation in other places?"


    "According to the pigeon letter from yesterday, on the Lujiang side, the Wu army has arrived at Anfeng city and started to attack Anfeng City, which was defended by general Jiling. The Runan army has strengthened the defense of huaishui floating bridge. In a short time, it should be impossible for the Wu army to achieve good results in Lujiang County."


    "As for Yanzhou, it has been five or six days since the Qi army attacked Changyi City, and the defense of Changyi city should not be a problem for the time being. In Puyang and peiguo, although the Qi State has also gathered tens of thousands of troops, they are all leading but not sending. Weichen''s opinion is that the two armies are just to contain the two armies, of course, if there are defense loopholes in the two places I believe that Xia Houdun and Cao Ren will certainly seize the opportunity. "


    "That is to say, the only solution is to wait for Chen Liu, and then deal with it according to the changes in the war situation." Huang Fu Chao Bo sighed a long time;


    he said

 Chapter 1302

    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t wait long, that is, the day after the decision was made. When Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia were having lunch, they saw Shia rushing in from the outside. Soon he ran to Huangfu Chaobo, saluted, and then said eagerly, "king, General Xu Rong is in a hurry to report!"


    Huangfu was so surprised that he quickly asked, "speak!"


    "Early this morning, General Xu Rong received an urgent help letter sent by Changyi city. General Meng Gang reported that the Qi army had captured Changyi City in the early morning of this day. Although the army fought hard to resist, it could not resist the fierce attack of Qi army. Finally, in desperation, general Meng gang led the troops to guard Shanyang Taishou and his party to retreat to Jiyin, and at the same time, he made an urgent report to General Xu Rong, Please send someone to meet him. "


    "PATA..."


    "There are twenty-five thousand troops in Changyi city. It''s only five or six days since the beginning of the war. What do Meng gang and Pang Shanmin do to break through the city so quickly?" Huang Fu Chao Bo didn''t even notice that his chopsticks fell to the ground, so he stood up and said angrily,


    Shi anena said: "according to the news sent by general Meng, it should be that the Qi army should open the gate inside and outside, and then..."


    "Wow..."


    The dining table in front of Huangfu Chaobo was directly overturned by him in a rage. "Did he take Gu''s order to heart? After the city of Handan was broken, Gu repeatedly stressed that he needed to strengthen the defense to prevent Qi troops from stealing the city. As a result, he lost another big city within two days. It was the county city. No, it was the original state city of Yanzhou, so they said it was lost."


    "Your Majesty, calm down. This is not the time to investigate the loss of the city." Speaking of this, Guo Jia got up and asked Shi a, "has general Xu Rong sent someone to meet general Meng''s troops now?"


    "Back to Lord Guo, General Xu ordered Mu Shun and general sun Guan to guard the city after receiving the news of general Meng''s request for help. He personally led 5000 cavalry and 10000 soldiers to Changyi to meet general Meng''s headquarters." Shi a replied,


    "that is to say, there are only 5000 soldiers and 10000 guards in Dingtao now?"


    "Not bad!"


    "King, today''s plan is that General Xu Rong will lead his army to meet general Meng and his party. The defense in Dingtao city is weak, so please move your army to Dingtao immediately to strengthen its defense."


    After hearing the speech, Huangfu hesitated a little and said, "it''s just Hebei..."


    "Don''t worry, my king. According to the time, general Huaxiong''s headquarters should have entered Hanoi. At the latest, that is, the day after tomorrow, they will be able to join General Zhao Yun in Wei County, and Hongnong''s 5000 cavalry troops have entered Yecheng yesterday. I believe that General Zhao Yun and Zijing are ready to attack Wei army."


    "That''s good. The order goes on. The army will set out in an hour and arrive at Dingtao city after dark today." Huangfu Chaobo also knew that it was urgent, so he immediately ordered;


    after handing over Chen Liu''s defense to min Chun and Chen Jing, Huangfu Chaobo led 20000 guards to Ding Tao City 200 miles away.


    All the horses equipped by the guards were good horses that could travel more than 200 miles a day. The army raced all the way, and finally arrived outside Dingtao city after dark. At this time, the gate of Dingtao city was closed. After Xu Rong led the troops out this morning, Mu Shun and sun Guan closed the gate according to Xu Rong''s arrangement, and the soldiers and horses boarded the city to be on emergency alert.


    Twenty thousand cavalry came from the west, making a deafening sound. The huge fire dragon stopped two miles away from the city wall. The garrison on the top of the city was also very nervous when they saw this situation. As early as a few miles away from Dingtao, the garrison on the top of the city had already found out. While the garrison commander ordered the army to be ready, he sent someone to report to the city''s deputy general Mu Shun.


    Seeing that the fire dragon outside the city stopped, the city taxi drivers calmed down a little. Soon several torches came out of the crowd, and several soldiers escorted a general to 200 steps outside the city wall. After stopping, the general yelled: "who is on duty in the city? This general is general Wuwei and Hou Dianwei of Huating. The king of the guard comes to Dingtao. Please inform Wang Xiu and general Mu Shun to open the city to meet them!"


    "Wow..."


    There was an uproar at the head of the city. If we can say that the most famous person in the Tang army is general Dian Wei, we can say that he is the first person in the Tang army, and his force is unmatched. The officers and men at the head of the city heard that Dianwei was here. They all craned their necks and looked down the city.


    The garrison general of Xicheng is a commander in chief. Hearing the words, he quickly stretched out his head and said, "the last general is the commander in chief of Taocheng. Chen Ran, it''s too dark. Please come near and wait for the last general to confirm it carefully."


    Dian Wei was not afraid. He asked several soldiers around him to stop at the same place. He took a torch, held it in one hand and his double halberds in the other hand. He walked more than 100 steps towards the city wall, until he reached the bow and arrow coverage at the end of the city. Then he stopped, put the torch in front of him, and said to the head of the city, "do you see clearly? But some family itself


    Chen Ran fixed his eyes and looked down. It was indeed Dian Wei who was there. He quickly replied, "general Dian, please wait a moment. The last general has sent for general Mu and Wang Taishou. They should be here soon. Please wait a moment."Dian Wei didn''t urge him. He stood there motionless, but his eyes were watching the city to see if there was any change. Although it is said that at noon, we still got the news that the pottery city was not lost, but in case of something strange happened in the afternoon, we may lose the city inexplicably. So before confirmation, Dianwei would rather be in danger than let his king suffer any damage.


    A quarter of an hour later, Dianwei heard the sound of horses'' hooves in the city. Not long after, he saw a group of people coming up at the head of the city. The leader was Wang Xiu, the prefect of Jiyin. Beside him were Mu Shun, the Deputy General of Qianniu army, and sun Guan, the commander of Jiyin.


    After several people went to the city, Wang Xiu looked down at the city and saw that it was Dian Wei himself. He said: "you are very polite to the Marquis of Huating. I am the governor of Jiyin, Wang Xiu. Where is the king now?"


    Dian Wei bowed his hand to the troops behind him and said, "Lord Wang, the king is right behind me. Please open the gate as soon as possible to welcome Wang Jia!"


    Seeing this, Mu Shun immediately ordered: "quick, open the gate and welcome the king into the city!"


    Wang Xiu quickly left the city and walked towards the gate cave. They had to meet Huangfu Chaobo outside the city. Dianwei was the commander of Huangfu Chaobo''s guards and the king''s absolute confidant. Dianwei''s presence here meant that the king had indeed arrived, and they all knew that before leaving the city, Xu Rong had sent someone to the old man Wang sent the memorial. According to the time, the guards should have arrived at the same time.

 Chapter 1303

    Soon, Huangfu Chaobo came down to the gate of Dingtao city under the guard of the trapped camp. Wang Xiu and others had already met him at the gate: "I''m waiting for you to welcome the king!"


    Huangfu Chaobo sat on the horse, waved to several people with a tired look on his face and said, "excuse me, ladies and gentlemen, let''s talk about entering the city first!"


    After that, he didn''t stop at the gate of the city. He rode directly into the city. Seeing this, Wang Xiu quickly turned over and rode on the horses sent by the guards, closely following Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Wang Aiqing, do you have any news from General Xu?"


    "King Hui, General Xu set out in the morning. So far, no news has come back. I don''t know what happened in Shanyang County." When Wang Xiu heard the speech, he quickly replied;


    now he is at the gate of the city, and the population is mixed, and Huangfu Chaobo is not easy to ask about too many wars. He has no choice but to press his anxiety and say, "first go back to the prefect''s house, and then tell GuZi the details of the war in Changyi city."


    A few also understand God, way: "micro minister understand, king to this side please!"


    Soon the party arrived at the palace of Dingtao city. As soon as Huangfu Chaobo sat down on the throne, he said to Wang xiudao, "let''s talk about the specific situation and what happened in Changyi city."


    Wang Xiu took a look at Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Your Majesty is tired from afar. How about not waiting to finish the evening meal first and report in detail?"


    "It''s not necessary," Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a wave


    When Wang Xiu heard the speech, he no longer insisted on it. Instead, he explained what he knew to Huangfu Chaobo in detail, and some of the less detailed parts were supplemented by Mu Shun.


    According to the envoys sent from Changyi, the war in Changyi city was very fierce from the beginning. After entering Shanyang, the Qi army directly left 10000 soldiers and 2000 cavalry to encircle Jinxiang City, but did not attack. Then, the rest of the army quickly bypassed Jinxiang and directly attacked Changyi. Meng Yi and others had little time to react.


    Fortunately, from the beginning, the Tang army had made some preparations, so when the news came that there was a change in the Qi army, the Shanyang cities had already begun to close their gates and prepared for defense.


    After arriving at Changyi City, the Qi army did not stay much. After arriving, the army began to launch a fierce attack on Changyi City, and it was still day and night. After a few days, the defenders in Changyi city lost a lot. The attack in the daytime and the attack at night made the soldiers in the city tired.


    Just last night, after several rounds of harassment, the Qi army launched another attack on the city wall at dawn. When everyone focused on the Qi army outside the city, the elite of the 5000 Qi army who entered the city through the previous tunnel in a few days suddenly launched an attack inside the city, and joined the army outside the city to close the city gate Open.


    Although Meng gang led his people to fight hard and try to recapture the gate that had been occupied by the Qi army, he was unable to return to the sky. After losing nearly a thousand soldiers, he was still unable to get close to the gate. Meng gang had no choice but to order his evacuation. At the same time, he ordered Li Ling, the commander of Shanyang City, to lead his troops to guard Pang Shanmin, Liu Yixun and other officials to evacuate from the west gate of Changyi. At the same time, he also sent a team of cavalry to warn Xu Rong of Dingtao city and ask for help.


    After getting the news from Meng gang and discussing with Wang Xiu, Xu Rong quickly led the troops to the rescue. At the same time, he ordered Dingtao city to enter a state of emergency defense, and sent someone to Chen Liu to report the situation of Shanyang to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After they finished, Huangfu Chaobo sighed a long time. Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo also guessed that the Qi army had captured the city gate by internal and external cooperation, but these things could not change the current situation. Shanyang is the seat of Yanzhou''s governance, and Changyi city has been managed by Cao Cao for several years. He is more familiar with the city than the Tang army. It is almost impossible to completely eliminate it.


    "Is there any news from General Xu? What''s the situation of Shanyang''s army now? Do you have any news? " Huang Fu Chao Bo had no choice but to change the topic and asked;


    Wang Xiu looked at each other and shook his head: "General Xu has no news yet."


    At this time, the dinner prepared by the prefect''s house was also brought up. Huangfu Chaobo had to have dinner with Guo Jia and others first, and then consider the subsequent arrangements. It''s evening now, and it''s useless to send out the gold carving. So after dinner, Huangfu Chaobo has to accept the reality, and can only wait for the dawn to send troops to meet Xu Rong and Meng gang.


    ¡­¡­


    Just as Huangfu Chaobo was anxiously waiting for news from Xu Rong and Meng Gang, Huaxiong had already led his 7000 Xiliang cavalry and 5000 Hongnong County cavalry into Yecheng.


    "General Hua Xiong has met general Pingbei!" The dusty Hua Xiong saw Zhao Yun coming to meet him and quickly turned over and dismounted to see him;


    Zhao Yun hurriedly returned a salute, held Hua Xiong''s hands and said: "general Hua has worked hard. All the soldiers have worked hard. Come on, let''s go to the City first and let the soldiers have a good rest. However, the general may not have much time to rest. He needs to discuss with the general and the military division Only after discussing how to deal with the enemy can we have time. "Hua Xiong nodded his head and promised to go into the city with Zhao Yun and other generals. Shortly after they entered the city, a few miles south of the city, a group of Wei soldiers left Yecheng overnight and ran towards Weixian County in the East. That night, Yuan Shao in the camp in the east of Weixian county got the news that Hua Xiong led more than 10000 cavalry to Yecheng.


    Yuan Shao, who got the news, immediately summoned the generals of the Wei army to discuss the matter urgently. After a night''s discussion, Yuan Shao ordered Yan Lianghe, the second general of Wenchou, to launch a fierce attack on Liangqi and Weixian the next day. He had to capture the two cities before the reinforcements of Yecheng were sent. Once Liangqi and Weixian were captured, Chiqiu would become a city hanging alone, and sooner or later it would be the dish of the Wei army, And ye city periphery also did not have the strategic support, will face the Wei army''s front.


    After more than 10000 cavalry led by Huaxiong entered Yecheng, the number of cavalry under Zhao Yun reached more than 40000. In a few days after returning to Yecheng, Zhao Yun had reorganized the cavalry in the city. After baimayi was supplemented, the number of cavalry reached 5000, and Huben cavalry had also been charged to 10000. Many elite cavalry were selected from the rest of the troops to prepare for the war The rest were added to the Xiliang cavalry and Tujia.


    Now that Huaxiong''s army has arrived, Zhao Yun quickly replenished it. In this way, Zhao Yun''s elite cavalry includes five thousand white horses, ten thousand Xiliang iron cavalry, ten thousand Tujia cavalry and ten thousand Huben cavalry. With the remaining six or seven thousand ordinary cavalry, the number of cavalry that can be dispatched is more than forty thousand, which is more than the number of Wei Zhao allied cavalry.


    After the troops were reorganized, Zhao Yun also wanted to send troops as soon as possible, but after several days'' long journey, the soldiers were very tired. As a last resort, Zhao Yun had to order the army to rest for another day.

 Chapter 1304

    Forty miles to the west of Dingtao City, tens of thousands of Tang soldiers died in zhaxia barracks on the South Bank of Surabaya. However, if you carefully observe these Tang soldiers, you will find that they are all dejected. In the middle of the big tent, a group of generals are surrounded by a big tent and are reluctant to leave.


    Inside the tent, General Xu Rongzheng of Pingnan, the commander of Qianniu army of Tang army, was lying on a stretcher with pale face. Several doctors were busy nearby. Around them, Meng gang and Pang Shanmin were anxiously looking at the busy doctors. Outside the tent gate farther away, there were officials and generals of Shanyang County headed by Liu Yixun and Li Ling.


    On the outskirts of the camp, Liu Yi, the Deputy General of Canglang camp, is leading the soldiers to patrol the camp, but he can''t help looking at the Chinese Army''s tent. It''s obvious that most of his thoughts are on General Xu Rong of Pingnan.


    At the end of this afternoon, after Meng Gang ordered the troops in Changyi to retreat, his deputy general Liu Yi immediately led 5000 cavalry troops to guard Pang Shanmin and other officials toward the west gate. At this time, the 20000 soldiers in Changyi had lost 5000 or 6000 people. In addition to the soldiers scattered on the four walls, Meng Gang finally led no more than 10000 soldiers out of the city.


    After entering the city, the Qi army did not stop attacking the Tang army. With Cao Cao''s command, the Qi army left only 10000 troops to eliminate the remaining Tang soldiers in the city. The rest of the Qingzhou army, Wuwei camp, Zhonglei camp and Cao Ren''s Rencheng combat camp, with a total of more than 30000 Qi troops, followed closely the pursuit of menggang.


    The Qi army pursued and killed all the way, and the Tang army resisted all the way. Then they waited for an opportunity to retreat. The two armies pursued and stopped in this way. It was not until the afternoon that the menggang army and the 15000 army led by Xu Rong joined.


    Seeing the smoke and dust in front of him, Xu Rong, who got the reward of denouncing the Marquis, immediately ordered the army to line up and prepare to meet the Qi army and take back his troops.


    Although Xu Rong''s troops had been away for nearly a day, they were still different from the Qi army, which had been slaughtered for a day. Therefore, 15000 Xu Rong''s soldiers still blocked the Qi army''s attack, and took over the Mongolian army with less than 10000 soldiers left behind.


    However, at this time, the 5000 Qi tiger and leopard cavalry, which had never been seen, suddenly appeared in the south of the battlefield and made a direct attack on Xu Rong''s Chinese army. Facing the outstanding Qi cavalry, Xu Rong had to lead the cavalry to meet them and prepare to block them out of the battlefield. Only Xu Rong led only 5000 ordinary cavalry. How could they be five The opponent of the thousand tigers and leopards.


    After a slaughter, more than half of the five thousand Tang cavalry lost, while the tiger and leopard cavalry lost only one thousand. The most important thing is that Xu Rong, who was not good at long-term force and was too old, was cut off by all in the battle with Cao Xiu, the general of the tiger and leopard cavalry. If Xu Rong''s own soldiers had not spared no efforts to save him and sent him out of the battlefield, Xu Rong would have died on the spot.


    The life and death of the general was unknown, which not only did not reduce the morale of the Tang army, but also aroused the hearts of more than 20000 Tang army. After Meng Gang handed over the infantry to Liu Yi and Li Ling, he personally led the remaining 3000 cavalry of Canglang camp. After meeting with more than 2000 cavalry of Qianniu camp, he launched a desperate attack on Qi army''s tiger and leopard cavalry, and finally defeated them.


    After that, the two armies went on strike separately. At this time, the Tang army was able to withdraw at ease. Meng Gang wanted to evacuate overnight, but when he was more than 40 miles away from Dingtao, Xu Rong''s injury worsened. As a last resort, Meng gang had to order the army to camp and control Xu Rong''s injury before making other plans.


    Meng Gang ordered the army to set up camp, and sent out a hundred cavalry at night to report to Dingtao City, and then quietly waited for the doctor''s treatment.


    In Dingtao City, less than two hours after Huangfu Chaobo lay down, he was awakened by Gao Shun, who was on duty outside: "king, I have news from General Xu Rong and general Meng Gang!"


    "How are they?" Huangfu Chaobo immediately woke up, turned over and got up;


    GAO Shun opened the door, came in and said: "the situation is not very good. Now there are less than 20000 people left in the two armies, which is not the most important, the important thing is..."


    Seeing Gao Shun''s desire to talk and stop, Huangfu Chaobo felt a sense of foreboding. He quickly asked, "tell me, if there is any bad news, tell me directly."


    "The news about Juxiu is not very clear. I just heard that General Xu Rong was seriously injured, so the army didn''t rush back to Dingtao overnight. Instead, they set up a camp 40 miles west of Dingtao. General Meng Gang is going to deal with General Xu Rong''s injury first, and then return to Dingtao tomorrow."


    Under the pursuit of the enemy, he even gave up the overnight evacuation. Is Xu Rong seriously injured?


    "Where is the man sent?" Huangfu Chaobo put on his clothes and asked;


    "the general has arranged people in the front hall!" Gao Shun replied quickly;


    "OK, I''ll be right there!" With that, Huangfu Chaobo got up and went to the hall in front of him, and soon the party came to the hall.


    After seeing the bloody Messenger, Huangfu Chaobo immediately asked, "how is general Xu?"


    "Report to the king, the general is not very clear. When the army is encamped, the general will set out with his cavalry. However, when General Xu was rescued, he was covered with blood and his whole body was unconscious. ""Damn, why is this happening? Tell me the details of the whole war! "


    The messenger didn''t dare to neglect and told the whole war in detail. Only then did Huangfu Chaobo understand the whole war. He was also very helpless about this situation. The ultimate reason was that the cavalry was not here. If there were 10000 elite cavalry on the scene, Xu Rong would not be able to take the risk personally.


    "Come on, gather all the doctors in the city immediately, send 2000 cavalry to escort them to the camp, carefully inspect General Xu Rong''s injuries, and tell Meng gang that the army should not act rashly. Tomorrow morning, I will lead the army to meet him in person!" After thinking about it, Huang Fu Chao Bo ordered;


    Wang Xiu immediately sent people to gather several senior doctors in the city, and Dian Wei immediately arranged two thousand guards to escort them to the army camp.


    At dawn the next day, Huangfu Chaobo handed over the defense of Dingtao city to Mu Shun and led the rest of the guards to the camp 40 Li west of Dingtao. The distance of more than 40 Li was less than an hour for the cavalry. Soon, Huangfu Chaobo arrived outside the west gate of the camp.

 Chapter 1305

    After confirming the identity of Huangfu Chaobo, the general in charge of the camp opened the camp gate under the command of the general Meng gang. Just at the moment of entering the camp, Huangfu Chaobo had already found a trace of abnormality. Meng Gang, the leader of the camp, all looked sad. Huangfu Chaobo''s heart thumped for a moment and asked, "what''s the matter with General Xu Rong?"


    Meng Gang knelt down to the ground and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "the last general is incompetent. General Xu has no effect on the medicine stone. Now it''s not many days, King..."


    Huangfu Chaobo heard the speech, and quickly walked, said: "get up quickly, take someone to have a look, where is the person?"


    Meng Gang quickly got up and led Huangfu Chaobo towards the camp: "now the general is in the Chinese Army''s tent, and several doctors are looking after him. When the doctor sent by the king arrived last night, the situation was already very bad..."


    As he said this, the crowd rushed to the camp and soon arrived at the Chinese army tent. Huangfu Chaobo took three steps to open the tent curtain and directly entered the tent.


    At this time, Xu Rong was lying on a stretcher, covered with white bandages, covered with blood stains, many places were black, and some places were still bright red. When the curtain was lifted, all the people in the tent turned their heads and looked over. When they saw that Huangfu Chaobo was coming in, they all knelt down to the ground and said, "meet the king!"


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care to greet and respond to them one by one. He just said, "you don''t need to be polite." he quickly walked up to Xu Rong and called out softly, "Xu Aiqing! Xu Aiqing


    A nearby doctor said: "inform the king that General Xu was seriously injured and his blood could not be stopped. It''s a miracle that he can survive to this time."


    For a long time, Huangfu Chaobo saw Xu Rong''s head move gently. Then, he slowly opened his eyes and turned to see Huangfu Chaobo. Xu Rong raised his head and seemed to want to get up, but he didn''t succeed. Finally, he spoke helplessly and said in a low voice: "Wang Shang, Wei Weichen has I''ve been entrusted by the king, but I haven''t Unable to resist Qi Qi''s attack, Wei Chen Guilty... "


    Huangfu Chaobo clenched Xu Rong''s hand with his right hand, patted it gently with his left hand, and said: "Ai Qing doesn''t have to blame herself. I know that Ai Qing has tried her best, so now the plan is to take good care of her injury. When Ai Qing is well injured, Gu dingran will hand over the army to Ai Qing, and you will take it back."


    "Hoo Hoo... " Xu Rong took two long breaths, shook his head difficultly and said: "Weichen I have No more... "


    After a pause, he continued: "mon The king thinks highly of me, but I''m not proud of you He took on the important task of the Legion, but he didn''t make any contribution I''m sorry I''m sorry to the king. After my death, the king Never go to war easily with Qi and Wei. Yichen In my opinion, we need to merge the state first Remove the alliance of Wei, Zhao and Qi, and at the same time cut off the war horse of Wei and Qi The source of the war horse, and then... "


    Huangfu Chaobo stopped Xu Rong''s words and said, "I understand the meaning of Aiqing. It''s a strategy of counting birds with one stone to pacify the state of Zhao. I''ll think it over carefully before I make a decision. I''m sure I won''t be angry and start fighting."


    Everyone in the Tang Army knows what Huangfu Chaobo thinks of Xu Rong. Otherwise, there will be no previous escapes and escapes. As soon as Xu Rong takes refuge, he will be entrusted with an important task. Xu Rong himself is also very grateful for this. Therefore, Xu Rong is worried that because of his death, Huangfu Chaobo will attack Qi on a large scale and drag the Tang army into the abyss of the war. Now seeing that Huangfu Chaobo has agreed to his proposal, Xu Rong is relieved.


    "I''m sorry that I didn''t see the king ruling the country with my own eyes..." With these words, Xu Rong''s eyes were wide open and he swallowed his last breath. Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chao resisted his grief and whispered in Xu Rong''s ear, "Ai Qing, please don''t worry. When you are alone in Dingding, you will surely report good news to him."


    With these words, Huangfu Chaobo stroked Xu Rong''s face with his right hand and slowly covered his eyes.


    After a long time, he got up slowly and said to all the people in the tent in that calm and terrible voice, "General Xu Rong has passed away. Send an order to go on. The three armed forces, Su Yao, withdraw Dingtao!"


    "King..." Seeing this, Guo Jia is about to comfort him, but he is stopped by Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Don''t worry, Gu has promised Xu Aiqing that he will never be angry and start to fight. He will do what he says. Since Cao Cao''s ambush a few years ago, Gu has lost a great general. Now he has broken his arm again. These orphans are recorded here with him, and they will be cleared one by one."


    "King Shengming!" Guo Jia breathed a sigh of relief in his heart and said, "there is only one more thing that needs to be decided by the king as soon as possible."


    "What''s the matter?"


    "Changyi has been lost. It will be difficult for other cities in Shanyang to keep it..."


    "The order goes on. When the army returns to Dingtao, all the cavalry will gather to take over the rest of Shanyang County and evacuate." After a short pause, he said, "the troops of Juye City withdraw to Chengshi, the troops of Fangyu and Fangdong City withdraw to Shanfu, the troops of Hulu City withdraw to Peixian, as for Dongluo If it''s too late, withdraw to Chengwu and return Shanyang to Cao Cao. When Gu is ready, he can take it back. If Gu can take it from him once, he can take it from him for the second time. ""General Meng!" Huangfu Chaobo turned to look at Meng Gang again;


    "the end will be here!" Meng Gang heard the speech, and with a sharp heart, he quickly bowed out of the line;


    "what''s the situation of the army? How many troops are still available? " Huangfu Chaobo said coldly,


    "King Hui, there are 11465 soldiers in Changyi City, including 2243 cavalry and 9222 soldiers. There are also 9856 soldiers in Dingtao''s reinforcements, including 2546 cavalry and 7310 soldiers. " Meng just didn''t think about it, so he reported the number directly.


    "The generals listened to the order, and all the soldiers began to prepare to withdraw. They gathered all the cavalry and left the camp together with the isolated guards to prepare for the attack of the Qi army."


    "No!" When they heard the words, they agreed.


    With his command, the whole camp was immediately busy. A quarter of an hour later, twenty thousand guards and five thousand ordinary cavalry left the camp and headed for Changyi to the east of the camp. After twenty thousand cavalry left the camp, they did not move fast, but rode slowly. However, hundreds of scouts were sent out from afar, sprinkling in three directions, Southeast and west of the camp.

 Chapter 1306

    As Guo Jia expected, the Qi army did not appear. However, when more than 20000 cavalry troops were ten miles away from the camp, they began to contact with a large number of Qi soldiers. Each side had its own victory or defeat, but the Qi army never appeared.


    In Changyi City, the king of Qi, who had won a great victory and returned, did not send a large army to pursue the retreating Tang army. Last night, information came from Dingtao. The flag of the king of Tang, escorted by about 20000 cavalry, had entered Dingtao city. That is to say, today''s Tang army will surely have a large number of cavalry. Besides less than 10000 Huben cavalry, the Qi army has no choice When it came to 5000 ordinary cavalry, Cao Cao didn''t want to take the risk of facing 20000 or 30000 Tang cavalry.


    However, according to the news from Hebei, during a cavalry war in Hebei a few days ago, several elite cavalry of the Tang army appeared. Now these cavalry should still be in Hebei, so Sima Yi infers that the cavalry appeared in Dingtao is just the guards of Huangfu Chaobo, just the footmen on horseback, not cavalry at all.


    Even so, the suspicious Cao Cao refused the general''s invitation to fight, ordered the army to retreat in Changyi City, and then sent a large number of Chihou out to inquire about the movement of the Tang army.


    "Zhong Da, did the Tang army confirm that the war in Hebei was under control? Why did Huangfu Chaobo put all his last troops into Yanzhou battlefield? " Cao Cao looked at Sima Yi, who was sitting next to him, and said,


    "I don''t know if I can tell you. However, it is very likely that the war in Shangjun has ended and the cavalry of Huaxiong has returned to Hebei, which is why the Tang army can do so. Another thing is that the situation in Yanzhou makes Huangfu Chaobo have to put in the last 20000 troops, otherwise the Tang state will not be just a state It''s so easy to lose Shanyang County. " After thinking for a moment, Sima Yi replied;


    in fact, according to the previous discussion of Qi''s monarchs and ministers, the lowest goal of Qi''s troops is Shanyang County and peiguo County, and the biggest expectation is to get Jiyin and Liang back. However, we didn''t expect that the reaction of the Tang army would be so fast, and the war situation in Hebei was not as smooth as previously thought. The Allied forces of the Wei and Zhao countries did not make good progress. Although they captured Handan City, the cavalry suffered a big loss, and the cavalry of the Zhao army suffered a heavy loss. In this way, the idea of transferring Huangfu Chaobo''s guards to Hebei also failed It''s too late.


    In the afternoon, all the soldiers of Changyi and Dingtao retreated to Dingtao city. After a little rest, more than 20000 cavalry went out of the city again and headed for Shanyang County. Their task was to take the soldiers of other cities back to the designated city for resettlement.


    Cao Cao in Changyi city has also got the information about the Tang army. When he learned that more than 20000 cavalry were just guarding the soldiers and their families, he was very interested and didn''t send troops to harass them. But after waiting for the Tang army to withdraw, they sent troops to take over the cities.


    In the face of more than 20000 cavalry of the Tang army, Cao Cao was not willing to take the risk with his only cavalry. In fact, there was no way. There were too few cavalry in the state of Qi, so the Qi army sent out just looked at the more than 10000 troops withdrawn from each city from a distance and withdrew towards Jiyin in the East.


    Anyway, first of all, bring the occupied cities back into control. You know, the Qi army who conquered Changyi gained a lot of benefits in the city.


    In this way, the war in Yanzhou battlefield calmed down strangely.


    ¡­¡­


    Just when the Tang army of Shanyang City retreated to Jiyin, the battle of Wei County became fierce again. After getting the news that the Tang army had arrived again, Yuan Shao ordered the army to launch a fierce attack against Wei county and Liang Qi regardless of casualties. Liang Qi city was defeated by Yan Liang''s army after only six days.


    Unlike Handan City, Liangqi city was actually broken. On the second day after Liang Dynasty was conquered, Wei county''s defense became precarious under the attack of Wen Chou.


    When Zhao Yun of Yecheng got the news, he didn''t care that the cavalry had not been fully integrated. After consulting with Lu Su, he immediately led 40000 cavalry to Wei county to support him. Unfortunately, when the army arrived at Wei County, the Wei army had occupied the western wall of Wei County, and thousands of Wei soldiers had begun to enter the city.


    After getting the news that the cavalry of the Tang army came to help, Yuan Shao immediately ordered the cavalry of the Wei army to go to the west of Wei county to intercept, and at the same time sent someone to invite Lv Bu to fight together. For a time, 24000 Wei cavalry, 8000 Zhao cavalry and 40000 Tang cavalry once again stood in array on the Hebei Plain, and another cavalry war was imminent.


    After the formation, Zhao Yun did not confront the Allied forces for a long time. With his order, 30 000 Tang cavalry, including Tujia, Xiliang iron cavalry and Huben cavalry, rushed to the Wei army''s 24 000 cavalry, while Zhao Yun led 5 000 white horse Yi Cong and 5 000 Ordinary cavalry to kill Bingzhou wolf cavalry again.


    Since the last cavalry war, after discussing with Yuan Shao, Lv Bu has withdrawn Cao Xing''s cavalry and all the injured soldiers of Zhao army to Zhao state, and he led 8000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry to stay in Hebei to continue to assist the Wei army. Among these 8000 cavalry, there are 5000 most elite blood wolf cavalry and 3000 ordinary Bingzhou wolf cavalry.Seeing that Baima Yicong attacked him again, Lv Bu couldn''t resist. At his command, five thousand blood wolf riders followed him to kill Zhao Yun and Baima Yicong, while the other three thousand ordinary wolf riders just bypassed the two battlefields and killed five thousand Tang army ordinary cavalry behind him.


    For a time, the city of Wei county and the area ten miles to the West became a Shura hell.


    The cavalry battle began at noon and ended when it was getting dark. As a result, the Wei army''s 24000 cavalry had less than 5000 left to flee the battlefield, and Lu Bu''s 8000 wolf cavalry had only 5000 left.


    The Tang army also paid a heavy price. Five thousand ordinary cavalry were completely annihilated by Bingzhou wolf cavalry. On the spot, only two thousand cavalry were left in five thousand white horse Yi Cong, and more than half of the thirty thousand cavalry such as Xiliang iron cavalry were lost, and only fifteen thousand cavalry were left in the end.


    The war in Weixian city also ended with the defeat of the Tang army. Fifteen thousand Tang soldiers, led by Geng Wu, finally withdrew from the city. More than two thousand soldiers were left, and the rest were all damaged in the city. The Wenchou army, which was responsible for the attack of the Wei army, was also damaged by more than half. Even Zhang Nan, one of Wenchou''s deputy generals, was almost lost on the spot.

 Chapter 1307

    After this cavalry war, the war in Hebei also fell into calm. There were only 13000 cavalry left in the allied army, while there were a few thousand cavalry left in the Tang army, reaching nearly 20000. But basically, all of them were injured. Baimayi was injured by Bingzhou wolf cavalry, while Xiliang iron cavalry was defeated by Yuan Shao''s Hebei cavalry The cavalry on both sides were unable to attack each other.


    In the aspect of infantry, the infantry of Tang army could only maintain the defensive position, and could not launch a counterattack against the cities at all. The soldiers of the Wei army also lost their ability to continue to attack because of the heavy losses, so the war in Hebei was temporarily stopped because the Tang army lost Handan, Liangqi and Weixian.


    The war between the two largest vassals in the world ended so quickly, which made everyone feel incredible. In fact, if you think about it, you can see that neither Wei nor Qi had ever expected that they could beat Tang in the first World War, so they didn''t mean to fight. Today, although the state of Wei has almost wiped out the elite cavalry of the Tang army in Hebei, it should not be said that the whole state of Wei has lost a lot. The cavalry accumulated in a few years has almost lost their slack, and tens of thousands of troops have also lost a lot. In a short period of time, the state of Wei has lost the ability to continue to attack the state of Tang.


    As for the state of Qi, because they failed to take advantage of the attacks they launched against the state of Tang, this time they just took advantage of them. Now they have taken back several cities in Shanyang County, which has satisfied the monarchs and ministers of the state of Qi. As for the soldiers and horses of the state of Wu who are fighting soy sauce in the direction of Lujiang River, even Anfeng city has not been attacked several times by Zhenger Bajin. When the situation is not good, they have quickly withdrawn Shouchun with the help of the water army.


    However, there were no big wars everywhere, but the small wars between Wei and Qi and Tang were constant. There were small wars in three days, but there was no big war from the beginning to the end.


    By the end of May, Huangfu Chaobo had returned to Luoyang City, and Meng gang was responsible for the defense of Jiyin county. After reorganizing more than 20000 troops of two counties who had been withdrawn from Dingtao, he set up a new Qianniu camp, and he was appointed as the general temporarily. However, the Qianniu Army of Tang army was temporarily withdrawn. The new Qianniu battalion consists of 30000 soldiers, consisting of five schools of infantry and one school of cavalry, with a total of six schools.


    Later, Meng Gang ordered Mu Shun to lead a school infantry to guard Chengshi with the 6000 guards in the city. Another deputy general Liu Yi led a school infantry to Chengwu and also led the 6000 guards in the city. He himself led the remaining 20000 soldiers and 10000 guards to defend Dingtao city.


    In this way, the three cities became a zigzag shape, forming a solid defense line to prevent the Qi army from continuing to move westward.


    Pang Shanmin, the governor of Shanyang, returned to Luoyang with Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo prepared to send them to Shangjun, which just made up for the embarrassing situation that there was no one to send them to Shangjun.


    After returning to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo did not deal with the overstocked government affairs for several decades at the first time. Instead, he first met several people, namely, the three prisoners brought back by Pang Tong from Shangjun. If it is a big harvest for Huangfu Chaobo this year to pacify the three players in Shangjun, there is another harvest that makes Huangfu Chaobo more happy than this, that is the three generals captured from Shangjun.


    Fazheng, needless to say, was a counselor under Liu Bei and the grandson of Fazhen, a famous scholar in the late Eastern Han Dynasty.


    Liu Bei, a former subordinate of Liu Zhang, persuaded Liu Zhang to surrender when he surrounded Chengdu. Later, he and Liu Bei advanced to Hanzhong and offered a plan to behead Xia Houyuan, a general of Cao Cao. Fazheng is good at intrigue and is deeply trusted and respected by Liu Bei.


    In the 24th year of Jian''an (219), Liu Bei ascended to the throne of Hanzhong king, and was granted the title of minister and general of the guard army. The following year, Fazheng died at the age of 45. The death of Fazheng made Liu Bei very sad and cried for several days. He was the only minister with a posthumous title in Liu Bei''s time. Fazheng is good at scheming and is praised by Chen Shou as Cheng Yu and Guo Jia who are comparable to Cao Cao. The collection of Quan San Guo Wen has its own article.


    Huangfu Chaobo has no immunity to this kind of top-level counselors, so after returning to Luoyang, he couldn''t wait to visit Fazheng who was invited to Luoyang. After a long talk with Fazheng all night, Fazheng was very frank and became a glorious official of the Tang Dynasty.


    Then, under the recommendation of Fazheng, Huangfu Chaobo easily recruited Xu Huang and Liu Bao. In this way, all the three generals in Shangjun were under the command of Huangfu Chaobo.


    As for Xu Huang, Huangfu Chaobo has been salivating for a long time. When he captured Yang Feng, he asked Yang Feng again and again whether his subordinates were a general named Xu Huang. But he was told that there was no such person. Later, when he learned that Xu Huang was the king''s subordinate, Huangfu Chaobo had some wrong ideas. However, because of various reasons, it could not be realized.


    Now, after several big circles, he finally brought Xu Huang under his command, which made Huangfu Chaobo very happy.


    As for Liu Bao, the Xiongnu general, Huangfu Chaobo was not like Fazheng xuhuang. He was thirsty for talent, but he was also able to add a special cavalry to Huangfu Chaobo''s hand, which made him very happy.


    After successfully taking over the three generals, Huangfu Chaobo put his mind on government affairs and war affairs.Now the war in Hebei Province has basically ended. It is said that Lu Bu''s 5000 Bingzhou wolf riders have also returned to Bingzhou, and Yuan Shao himself has also returned to Nanpi. As for the war in Youzhou in the north, Gongsun Zan has lost the whole Zhuozhou county and many soldiers.


    And Shanggu prefect Yan Gang has been missing, but Gongsun Zan''s confidants are very cold. Gongsun Zan is almost indifferent to Yan Gang''s disappearance, but when Guojing mentions it, he lightly says: "I already know." Then there is no following.


    At this time, the battle of Shuofang was over. The Xiake was unable to defend the city to the north of the Yellow River after all. As a last resort, he led the defeated soldiers to cross the Yellow River and defend Shuofang city to the south of the Yellow River. Fortunately, in the past few years, although the Xiake has been focusing on Guangmu and LINRONG cities, he still hasn''t put Shuofang City aside. At least the defense of the city and the materials in the city are better. So when he leads thousands of disabled soldiers to cross the river, he can at least rely on the barrier of the river and the defense of the city to survive.

 Chapter 1308

    In the palace of Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo gathered Guo Jia and Fazheng together. On the one hand, he summarized several wars in the Tang Dynasty in the past two months, and on the other hand, he arranged for Shangjun affairs.


    "Dear Aiqing, this joint attack by the states of Kanto has ended, but it is a rare defeat in recent years. The loss of the city and the land is not to mention, but also a great general. It can be said that the losses are heavy. You can freely express your suggestions on the follow-up arrangements. " Huangfu chaobo''an sat on the throne and walked towards the palace;


    "however, before that, let Yuanzhi tell us about the losses of several wars, so that we can have a bottom in our hearts."


    Hearing the speech, Xu Shu quickly got up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo. Then he saluted the rest of the people. Then he said, "I tell you that the statistics of Hebei and Yanzhou battlefields have been made a few days ago, and they have been presented to you, but I haven''t explained them to you."


    With that, Xu Shu opened a memorial he had brought with him. It was a copy of the memorial he had submitted to Huangfu Chaobo a few days ago. He explained the losses of the two wars to the people in the palace.


    On the Hebei battlefield, the Tang army successively invested about 30000 soldiers in the three cities of Handan, Weixian and Liangqi. The cavalry included 11000 cavalry of Baima Yicong, 50000 cavalry of Weijun in Yecheng, 50000 cavalry of Hanoi, 100000 cavalry of Huben in Luoyang, 50000 cavalry of Henan in Luoyang, 50000 cavalry of Hongnong and 100000 cavalry of Tujia in Jinwei Seven thousand Xiliang cavalry of general shanghuaxiong and one or two thousand cavalry in several cities, a total of 60000 cavalry.


    After less than a month''s fighting, there were still about 5000 soldiers left, and the total number of cavalry and wounded soldiers was less than 20000. In other words, in less than a month, 40000 cavalry were lost. No one could easily afford such a large number of cavalry.


    After listening to Xu Shu''s words, all the people here took a long breath of cold air. Forty thousand cavalry, like all the cavalry of Qi, are not so many. At present, only the four kingdoms of Tang, Wei, Zhao and Yan can reach this number.


    Pang Tong could not help but ask: "how about the losses of the Wei Zhao allied forces?"


    Xu Shu coughed a little, and then he continued: "according to the information collected at present, the number of soldiers lost by Wei state should be about 60000, while the number of cavalry lost by Wei state should be about 20000. Moreover, most of the cavalry lost by Wei state were the elite of Hebei cavalry directly under Yuan Shao. As for the state of Zhao, the loss of cavalry was about 20000, especially the loss of Bingzhou wolf cavalry by King Lu Bu of Zhao was nearly 10000, which can be said to be a heavy loss. "


    After hearing this news, people were a little relieved. The loss of 40000 cavalry was in exchange for maiming the elite cavalry of Wei and Zhao. In this respect, the loss was not very serious.


    Another point is that although the cavalry lost 40000, after the two cavalry wars, the war horses were collected. In particular, Cao Xingbu''s and Yuan shaobu''s war horses were finally collected by the Tang army, so there are still plenty of war horses today.


    "King, it''s a plan now. We need to send a group of cavalry back from Yanbei County as soon as possible, and replenish several elite cavalry as soon as possible." Lu Sulian was busy;


    "yes, it''s urgent to replenish the cavalry. After several elite cavalry are replenished, it will take some time to train and reorganize, so the sooner the better." Pang Tong said,


    after hearing the speech, Huangfu nodded, turned to Guo Jia and said, "fengxiao, is there any special situation coming from Yanbei recently?"


    The reason for this question is that Zhao Zilong and his party went to Yanbei County in the East after breaking through the attack of Zhao army. However, recently, because Huangfu Chaobo was busy with the war, he did not remember to contact them at all, so he did not ask them whether they had arrived.


    Guo Jia shakes her head and is about to speak when Shi a suddenly asks for a meeting outside the hall.


    "Pass it


    Soon, Shi a entered the palace, saluted Huangfu Chao, and said, "I tell you, sir, that the news from Yanbei county is that Zhao Taishou and his party have arrived in Yanbei county. Yesterday, General Huang found Zhao Taishou and his party more than 200 miles northwest of Ethan city. And


    "Oh, they finally got to Yanbei, and what?" Huangfu Chaobo asked strangely when he saw Shi A''s desire to talk and stop talking;


    "besides, there was an unexpected person with Zhao Taishou and his party, that is, general Yan Gang, Shanggu Taishou of Yan state, and one of his relatives and guards." Shia stopped for a moment and said with a smile;


    "Well!"


    "Oh! Is Yan Gang not dead


    All of them were surprised. The battle in Shanggu had been over for more than a month. They all thought that Yan Gang might have died in the chaos. Unexpectedly, he would suddenly appear on the grassland and be with Zhao Zilong and others.


    Huangfu Chaobo sat up a little, looked at Shi a with great interest and said, "what''s the situation of general Yan and his party? What''s more, has the Mongolian prefect informed the king of Yan about general Yan''s arrival in Yanbei? "Shi a, with a wry smile on his face, said: "this matter is about to be reported to the king. After general Yan joined with General Huang''s army, he has got the reaction of King Yan to the disappearance of Shanggu people, so So general Yan asked General Huang not to tell the people of Yan that he was still alive and had arrived in Yanbei. He wanted to stay in Yanbei for a while


    Huangfu is extremely rich and dumb. Gongsun Zan''s cool and thin character has made his subordinates lose their hearts. It''s true. You should know that these are all the old people who started from scratch with Gongsun Zan. Now he is the king of a country, but he alienates his old brothers. It''s not unbearable for them to believe in those righteous brothers, but it''s just a slight remark about Yan Gang''s disappearance It''s really hard for Yan Gang to deal with the situation.


    "How to arrange the soldiers under general Yan? How can they hide the fact that general Yan broke out with them?" Xu Shu asked;


    "after general Yan got the attitude of the king of Yan, general Yan made it clear to all his subordinates that most of them did not want to go back to the army of Yan, so general Yan was ready to let them all join the army of Yanbei county. Only a few dozen of them wanted to go back to the state of Yan, but they all vowed that they would never reveal general Yan So in the end, general Yan gave them a sum of money and let them leave. "

 Chapter 1309

    After listening to Shi A''s words, Huangfu continued to ask after a moment: "did all the Yan troops who broke out with general Yan join the army of Yanbei county?"


    "No, originally general Yan meant to let them all join, but about 100 of them wanted to be with general Yan, so there were about 100 guards around him."


    "Zhao Zilong, what is their situation?"


    ¡­¡­


    When Huangfu Chaobo inquired about Shi a carefully, Zhao Zilong, in Yixun City, Yanbei County, sat in the post station in the county seat, looking at each other with a look of regret.


    "Now I finally know what it was like for the boss to travel on the grassland," he said


    Xiaojie also nodded with lingering fear: "if you let me go again, I will never go again."


    In fact, what they don''t know is that Huangfu Chaobo was much more relaxed than they are now. One is that they have fewer people, only a few people, and they all have a few horses. Not only that, Huangfu Chaobo, they are well prepared. But Zhao Zilong and his party were different. When Zhao Zilong left Jiuyuan City, there were thousands of elite soldiers and thousands of their families on the horseback of more than 10000 horses. In addition to the evacuation of Wuyuan city and Manyi Valley pass, there were 20000 people under Zhao Zilong alone.


    Zhao Zilong waited for five days at the north entrance of Manyi Valley, and finally arrived at the team led by Lao Du and Xiao Jie, who came in a hurry from the West. There were nearly ten thousand of them. As a result, nearly 30000 people were led by the three. Fortunately, Zhao Zilong had accumulated a lot of supplies in Manyi Valley, and Lao Du and Lao Du, reminded by Zhao Zilong, also carried a lot of supplies. So after the three families joined up, they started the great escape on the grassland.


    Fortunately, Zhang Liao''s goal is to capture the two counties, especially now Shuofang is still in the hands of Xiake, so he has no time and energy to take care of Zhao Zilong and his party, so that the three can successfully evacuate.


    However, even so, the escape of 20000 or 30000 people is much more difficult than expected. Because there are a large number of family members, their speed is not fast at all, just like the migration of grassland tribes. In addition, they are not familiar with the road, so it took them more than a month to get to the grassland north of Shanggu.


    It was here that Zhao Zilong met Yan Gang and his party who had escaped from Shanggu. Then they continued to March eastward with them. They didn''t arrive at the west of Yanbei County until the end of May. Huang Xu, who was driven by the news, led the army to meet them.


    Looking at the other two, Zhao Zilong said, "now you''re on the site of Chaobo. What are you going to do in the future?"


    In fact, along the way, Zhao Zilong has discussed with several of his subordinates several times. He has almost a clear idea about his own arrangement, but he has never been able to communicate with Lao Du.


    "Lao Zhao, to be honest, our brother thought about it for a long time, and felt that he was not a hero. So when we came back this time, we were ready to be younger brothers under the boss. As for our subordinates, we were also ready to let the boss make arrangements. Anyway, he would not lose us." Lao Du pondered for a while, and then slowly said to Zhao Zilong;


    Xiao Jie also nodded beside him. In fact, the two of them had already given up. Although he had two counties, he basically didn''t take charge of the business. Moreover, with Huangfu Chaobo''s reminding, he had a lot of income every month. This time, under the attack of Lu Bu, both of them lost their County town, which just made them as if they had taken off a thousand gold burdens.


    As for the generals under them, at least they are all historical generals. Although their abilities are really average, they can be arranged casually by Huangfu Chaobo.


    Zhao Zilong looked at them and said nothing more. He was different from them. They were lonely, but he had a large group of people to support. Therefore, in any case, he couldn''t give up directly.


    "Well, now that you''ve made your decision, I won''t say any more." Zhao Zilong said in a deep voice;


    "Lao Zhao, how are you going to arrange it?" Xiaojie asked Zhao Zilong curiously;


    "I still want to try again, but this time, I''m going to Zongheng. If I can, I want to cooperate with him to win the whole Nanyang. Of course, this is only my own idea. As for Chaobo, I don''t know what to say." Zhao Zilong replied;


    "Nanyang is still a good place, but can you fight Zhang Ji and Jia Laohu?"


    "I don''t know for the moment. At least I have thousands of cavalry in my hands. Plus these soldiers, there are almost ten thousand people. If Chao Bo doesn''t have any opinions, I''m going to return Heyin city to him, and then transfer all the soldiers and horses out of the city. I''m going to make a deal with the Heishan army in that small town. I''ll also concentrate all my troops. In this way, I''ll be able to gather up 10000 or 20000 troops. If I cooperate with them, it''s not a big problem to seize several counties in Nanyang. "The other two also nodded in recognition of the speech.


    "Where are you going? South or North? "


    "It''s too close to Nanyang in the north, and there''s only one city in pheasant county. The place is too small. I''m going to go to the south, let Zongheng occupy Wuyin, and I''ll send troops to occupy Wuyin. Then the two families rely on each other to block Zhang Ji''s idea of moving eastward. Then I will send troops to the south to occupy Biyang, Fuyang and Heping''s cities. If possible, I will control five or six counties, and then I will throw myself under the influence of Chaobo and let him seal me up as a prefect. " Zhao Zilong thought about it again and again, and finally told them what he thought, because he knew that they were the best friends of Huangfu Chaobo. Let them have some information first, so that Huangfu Chaobo could be prepared.


    Zhao Zilong''s words make Lao Du''s mind move, which is not the same as Xiao Jie''s mind. Lao Du''s mind is much more alive. As soon as Zhao Zilong''s words come out, he reacts. Knowing that Zhao Zilong wants them to bring a message to the boss, he nods and says: "it should sound good. Anyway, we are ready to pick a fight with the boss. At that time, we will talk with him Boss, tell me about your idea and see what he means


    Zhao Zilong smell speech, long of a sigh of relief: "that please old Du!"

 Chapter 1310

    Zhao Zilong''s idea was soon told to Huangfu Chaobo by Lao Du. After listening to Lao Du''s words, Huangfu Chaobo agreed to his idea without much thinking. In his opinion, Zhao Zilong even thought that he proposed to join the state of Tang, which he didn''t think of. You know, even if he was all over the world, now he is still under his own banner, not under the banner of Tang army Now in front of the public, in the eyes of other princes and players, he is still an ally rather than a subordinate of the Tang state, and Zhao Zilong wants to be his own subordinate. Maybe it''s also an inspiration for the whole world.


    Zhao Zilong was soon suspected of pulling tiger skin as a flag. However, for Huangfu Chaobo, it was not an attempt by Huangfu Chaobo to deal with several allies, such as zonghengxia and Xiaowen. So Huangfu Chaobo readily agreed to his request, and at the same time showed that he could support him with a number of big yellow crossbows.


    After getting Lao Du''s reply, Zhao Zilong got in touch with Huangfu Chaobo. After they got in touch with each other again, they formally confirmed the cooperative relationship.


    After solving the problem of Zhao Zilong, Huangfu Chaobo put his energy on the direction of Shangjun. According to the suggestion of Xu Rong and the result of discussion with Guo Jia and others, Huangfu Chaobo decided to solve the problem of Shangjun and Hetao first, then dispatch troops to solve Lv Bu, and then decide whether it was the state of Wei or qi.


    Because of the loss of Shanyang County, Pang Shanmin is waiting for his post in Luoyang, so Huangfu Chaobo decides to appoint Pang Shanmin as the prefect of Shangjun county. The prefect is Liu Yixun and the captain is Li Ling. In terms of the barracks, Huangfu Chaobo originally wanted Xu Huang to be the main force to rebuild a battalion. However, considering that Xu Huang is a new investor, although he is very capable, he suddenly won a high position, He decided to expand Tian Yu''s Yingyang camp from four steps with one crossbow and one horse to six steps with one crossbow and one horse. His deputy generals were Yang Feng and Xu Huang.


    Yang Feng led the three school soldiers to guard Hedong, while Xu Huang and Tian Yu were in Shangjun together, preparing to capture all the other areas in Hetao area by the bend of the river and bring them under the rule of Shangjun. As for Liu Bao, Huangfu Chaobo brought him into the guards and ordered him to rush to Shangjun with Xu Huang to set up a ten thousand Hun cavalry.


    In addition to the arrangement of going to the county, Huangfu Chaobo arranged Zhao Yun, Hua Xiong and huyandu to go to Yanbei County in turn to select soldiers and complete the three troops as soon as possible.


    After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo had another headache. Originally, the arrangement of the Tang army was divided into several levels. The garrison, that is, the soldiers of the prefecture and the country, was based on a thousand troops, while the barracks were based on the school, and then up was the battalion, and then up was the army.


    Originally, Huang Zhong, Zhao Yun and Xu Rong were the only three in the Tang army who were able to command all the battalions under the rule of the Tang army. Now, Xu Rong has been broken down again, making the generals of Huangfu Chaobo more flexible. Some of the other generals are able to shoulder the heavy responsibilities, but they are either new generals like Ji Ling and Xu Huang, or experienced and meritorious ones like Zhang Ying, Tian Yu and Huang Xu.


    Now that Xu Rong died, Huangfu Chaobo had to arrange people to coordinate the management of Yanzhou''s troops. Otherwise, in the face of the state of Qi, there might be a lack of cooperation among the troops. In the face of the combination of Cao Cao, Cheng Yu and Sima Yi, Huangfu Chaobo did not dare to be careless for a moment. Once he was caught by the state of Qi, Yanzhou would be defeated.


    It''s just that it''s hard for Huangfu Chaobo to make a decision about the personnel arrangement.


    After much consideration, Huangfu Chaobo decided to arrange Lu Su to go to Jiyin. The reason why he chose Lu Su was that of the four people Guo Jia, Pang Tong, Lu Su and Fazheng, Lu Su was the most stable, different from the other three. In the face of the threat of the state of Qi, before the state of Zhao was pacified, Huangfu Chaobo hoped that the eastern battlefield could maintain stability.


    However, the situation of Lu Su was different from that of Xu Rong. Xu Rong was in charge of several troops, while Lu Su was only on behalf of Huangfu Chaobo to coordinate the dispatch among the troops and counsellors.


    After all these things were arranged, Huangfu Chaobo put down a little snack. The Tang Dynasty had always been the advantage of cavalry against the world''s princes, but now the elite cavalry of Huangfu Chaobo suffered a heavy loss. Fortunately, the cavalry of Zhao and Wei were almost eliminated. Otherwise, Huangfu Chaobo would have to sleep and eat uneasily. So after the cavalry was supplemented, Tang Chaobo was very happy The army won''t do anything else for the time being.


    At the beginning of June, the people of Pang Shan went to Shangjun to perform their duties under the protection of a ganqin guard. Xu Huang and Liu Bao were also on their way. At the same time, Lao Du and Xiao Jie, with dozens of guards and several of their own generals, began to set foot on the ships going south to the Central Plains.


    Zhao Zilong is still reorganizing his troops. He left Bingzhou with more than 10000 troops. During the two months of his escape, he and several of his subordinates have been training these 10000 troops and training them all to become cavalry. However, although they have barely formed, their combat power is still not strong, so Zhao Zilong plans to start south after training for some time Next.


    Another is that he has sent people to Zhending to evacuate all the people in zhaojiacheng. However, when he colluded with Huangfu Chaobo, he didn''t mention it at all, so he didn''t know that Zhang Yan had secretly taken refuge in the state of Tang.If the negotiation with Zhang Yan is successful, more than 20000 people and thousands of troops in Zhending will withdraw and go to Yuzhou to join Zhao Zilong''s army. According to Zhao Zilong''s arrangement, he is going to lead a large army to Yingxi county around September to join the whole world. Then he will occupy two or three counties a year ago and try to expand the territory to five or six cities next year.


    ¡­¡­


    Three months later, Zhao Zilong finally appeared in Wuyang with 15000 soldiers and horses. Among the 15000 soldiers and horses, there were not only 10000 well-trained cavalry, but also 5000 soldiers from Zhending zhaojiacheng and Luoyang Pingyin city. These are the capital for Zhao Zilong to turn over. As for the tens of thousands of ordinary people, they are still in Pingyin and Yanbei. Only after Zhao Zilong takes one or two cities will they move over.


    Outside Wuyang City, leading the world without thieves, a number of players and Chen to and other subordinates are welcoming Zhao Zilong and his party. As for Zhao Zilong''s proposal of jointly sending troops to Nanyang, zonghengtianxia agrees with it with both hands. Although he has been preparing to send troops to Nanyang, zonghengtianxia still does not dare to act rashly in the face of Zhang Jijun''s 20000 Xiliang cavalry. Now some people are willing to share some risks, and he will never oppose it.

 Chapter 1311

    Looking at the ten thousand cavalry behind Zhao Zilong, he envied all over the world and said, "brother Zilong, these cavalry are good. At first, I thought my 5000 cavalry was OK. When I saw my brother''s cavalry, I felt that I was really a little incompetent. "


    Zhao Zilong laughs. It took nearly three or four months to train these ten thousand cavalry. Although they are not as good as the elite soldiers under Huang Xu of Yanbei County, they are not far behind. However, he knew that it was impossible for these troops to compare with Zhang Ji''s Xiliang cavalry. No matter what, Xiliang cavalry was also a special branch.


    When he came to Zongheng, Zhao Zilong held out his hand and said with a smile: "next, I will fight with brother Zongheng on the North shoulder. Although my cavalry looks ok, I just want to carry Zhang Ji''s 20000 Xiliang cavalry with these 10000 cavalry, but I''m not sure. I don''t know what rules brother Zongheng has?"


    "There are some ideas. Let''s talk about them in the city!" Zonghengtianxia said with a smile;


    the party soon entered Wuyang county. Within the county government, several people sat in two rows. Zonghengtianxia did not sit on the theme, but sat on one side with Zhao Zilong.


    "Before brother Zilong came, brother, I had been fighting with Zhang Ji all the time, so I thought of some ways these years. Since last year, I have been making preparations. If there is no Zilong coming, I am going to use the infantry square to fight against Zhang Ji''s cavalry." After everyone sat down, he said to Zhao Zilong from all over the world;


    "is it hard to carry the pawn?" Zhao Zilong was surprised;


    he laughed bitterly and shook his head: "otherwise, what else can I do?"


    "My brother also knows that the best way to deal with cavalry is cavalry, but I have only five counties in total, and I don''t have any good cavalry generals. It''s impossible to deal with Zhang Ji''s 20000 Xiliang cavalry without 30000 or 40000 cavalry. How can I afford so many cavalry if sun CE has no more than 10000 cavalry? "


    "How many cavalry does Yingxi have now?"


    "Five thousand." He stretched out a slap across the world and said, "I''ve got to hold on to the 5000."


    "Five thousand, plus my ten thousand, it''s only fifteen thousand. It''s not enough." Zhao Zilong murmured;


    "that''s enough," he affirmed: "Zhang Ji controls more than 20 cities in Nanyang, and 20000 Xiliang cavalry is his foundation, so every time he sends out troops, there are only 10000 cavalry, and there are 10000 cavalry. He must stay in Wancheng. That''s why I think his 5000 cavalry and infantry can stop him Because. "


    Then he explained his ideas to Zhao Zilong and his party carefully. It turned out that after reaching a consensus with Huangfu Chaobo, Zong Hengtian began to make preparations. Now he has trained a crossbow troop of 5000 people. Although there are only half of the crossbows, the one stone rhubarb crossbow can be used.


    In addition, Chen Dao''s five thousand white soldiers and his five thousand sword shield soldiers specially trained to protect the crossbow soldiers are his mace against the iron cavalry of Xiliang.


    For more than a year, Chen Dao spent the rest of his time training the cooperation of these 10000 soldiers besides training his own wasted soldiers. Now these soldiers have basically been trained. Without Zhao Zilong''s joint proposal, the whole world would have been ready to launch an attack on duyang in August and September. This time, he would not have let them out if he was ready to occupy duyang .


    Zhao Zilong understood the meaning of Zongheng world. He wanted to exchange the 5000 sword shield soldiers for Zhang Ji''s Xiliang cavalry. Now that Zhang Ji could lose five to six thousand cavalry, Zhang Ji would have to be much more cautious in the war. With the change of the situation, Zongheng world would be blocked up, and his strength would be even higher.


    After thinking about it, Zhao Zilong suddenly said: "since the two families are united, we can''t only consume brother zongzong''s infantry. In this way, I don''t have much to spend on infantry. I send 5000 players of Zilong club to fight with brother Zong''s 5000 sword shield soldiers. Although these players are not as powerful as ordinary infantry, they are the best for cannon fodder ¡£¡±


    With 5000 players in the front to block the attack of a wave of cavalry, the loss of the infantry behind can be reduced by almost half, and the longer the infantry square can hold the Xiliang cavalry, the more obvious the advantage will be when the cavalry behind takes part in the battle.


    "Well, that''s great. With the help of 5000 players, my infantry square array can last longer. You know, the crossbow soldiers can only support for more than ten minutes, and tens of thousands of crossbows and arrows can be launched alone. Hehe, in this way, even if Zhang Ji sends 10000 cavalry, we are sure to keep most of them. If the operation is good, we will take all of them What remains is not impossible. "


    "Yes, if we can leave ten thousand of Zhang Ji''s Xiliang cavalry, we will have more space to move with the remaining ten thousand."


    "Well, well, let''s discuss how to arrange it..."


    ¡­¡­


    Just when zonghengtian and Zhao Zilong led their respective subordinates to discuss how to deal with Zhang Ji''s Xiliang cavalry, Huangfu Chaobo had already arrived in Fushi city of Shangjun.After several months of adjustment, the elite cavalry of the Tang army had been fully replenished. Baimayi and Xiliang cavalry continued to return to their respective bases. The Tujia cavalry returned to Luoyang, while Huben cavalry was sent to Lu Su by Huangfu Chaobo to face the tiger and leopard cavalry of Qi. Although there was still some gap between the two, the total number of tiger and leopard cavalry was only 20000, and Cao Cao could not have all of them Not Shanyang County, so 10000 Huben cavalry and 5000 ordinary cavalry of Jiyin county should be able to cope.


    At this time, Tian Yu of Shangjun also sent people to send back the news that all the soldiers of Yingyang camp had been replenished, and all the ten thousand Hun cavalry of Liu Bao had been recruited. After discussing with Guo Jia, Huangfu Chaobo felt that the time was ripe to move to the north of Shangjun, so Huangfu Chaobo led the guards to Shangjun. This time, he was accompanied by Guo Jia Besides, there was Fazheng. After all, he spent several years in Shangjun, while pangtong was left in Luoyang.


    At this time, the army gathered in the camp outside the city of Fushi. Besides the 25000 troops of Yingyang army, all the 42000 guards of Huangfu Chaobo arrived here. According to Huangfu Chaobo''s plan, he plans to occupy all the areas in the jiziguan of the Yellow River before winter this year. Next year, he will consider sending troops to merge with the state.

 Chapter 1312

    In the city of Fushi, the prefect''s residence and Huangfu Chaobo immediately gathered people to discuss the matter. Above the theme, Huangfu Chaobo first listened to Pang Shanmin''s report about the cities in Shangjun County controlled by the state of Tang. Now there are six cities controlled by the state of Tang, and there are eleven or two cities in the jiziguan of Hetao, but in these cities, Shuofang city is still in the hands of Xiake, while other cities are basically controlled by different ethnic groups and tribes


    After the completion of the report on the internal affairs, Tian Yu reported on the training of soldiers and horses. Now all the soldiers and horses of Yingyang army have been reorganized, and the 10000 Hun cavalry of Liu Bao''s department have been recruited according to the requirements of Huangfu Chaobo.


    "General Liu, how is the intelligence investigation to the north of the Great Wall now?" Huangfu Chaobo asked Liu Bao, one of the soldiers, after listening to the reports on the training of his troops;


    the reason why Huangfu Chaobo asked Liu Bao was that when Liu Bao left Luoyang, he told him that this time he came to the county, one purpose was to recruit 10000 Hun cavalry, the other purpose was to use his Hun identity to capture the Hetao area north of the Great Wall Make sure of the situation and prepare for the dispatch of the army.


    When Liu Bao heard the speech, he immediately got up and told Huangfu Chaobo about the information he had sent people to inquire about in recent months. The reason why Huangfu super Expo ordered Liu Bao to be in charge of inquiring about the news was that Liu Bao was regarded as a local snake. Before he surrendered to Jiangshan, he controlled Fushi and Qiuci, but was finally captured by Fazheng design and surrendered to Jiangshan.


    Today''s Hetao area within a few word bend, and before the Wuyuan and Shuofang two counties in general, is the gathering place of miscellaneous Hu. In addition to the Huns, there are also people from different tribes, such as Yueshi, qianghu and Xianbei, and there are 40 or 50 tribes with big, small and small feet.


    According to the information collected by Liu Bao''s people, there are two large Xianbei tribes with more than ten thousand people, and even only a few hundred small tribes. For example, Liu Bao had only 5000 people at the beginning. Although he controlled Fushi and kuci, there were several small tribes in and around the two cities he controlled.


    After listening to Liu Bao''s detailed explanation, Huangfu Chaobo people have basically understood the situation of the cities north of the Great Wall. The next step is to discuss how to send troops.


    After half an hour''s discussion, Guo Jia and Pang Tong came up with a plan to send troops. In fact, there are more than 50000 soldiers in Shangjun, among which nearly 40000 are cavalry or footmen. This is a huge pressure on the alien tribes.


    So their strategy was very simple. First, the cavalry made a rapid advance and trapped all the tribes and their allies in the city. Then they used the infantry to capture them one by one. This method was rough but very simple.


    After everything was ready, on September 6, Huangfu Chaobo began to lead the army to send troops from Fushi, and began his road to pacify the Hetao work area to the counties and cities.


    It was also on this day that the two allied forces of Zongheng and Zhao Zilong began to send troops to the direction of blocking Yangcheng. According to the agreement of the two families, Zhao Zilong dispatched 10000 cavalry, 5000 soldiers, 5000 players, and nearly 30000 troops across the world.


    Two days later, the army arrived at duyang city. At this time, Zhang Jijun''s garrison in duyang city had already closed the city gate, and then sent the news to Wancheng.


    Only three days after the beginning of the war, Wancheng''s reinforcements appeared to the west of duyang. The soldiers and horses were exactly what several people had guessed. They were 10000 Xiliang iron cavalry and 10000 Wancheng soldiers.


    When Zhang Jijun''s reinforcements were about to arrive, the two allied forces immediately made preparations for the battle according to the previous agreement.


    Ten thousand soldiers were all over the world. They were arrayed according to the round array with five thousand shield soldiers in front and five thousand crossbow soldiers in the back. The five thousand cannon fodder players of Zilong society formed a larger round array and surrounded the ten thousand soldiers in the middle. However, the 15000 allied cavalry led by Qianzhao was hidden in a mountain forest ten miles west of duyang. Only when the Xiliang cavalry fell into the trap, the Allied cavalry would appear on the flank of the Xiliang cavalry and kill as many as possible while the Xiliang cavalry was entangled with the infantry.


    Just as several people expected, Zhang Xiu led 10000 Xiliang cavalry to duyang, and then killed his infantry in the square array. Although he soon wiped out the most peripheral player''s defense force, Xiliang cavalry had lost its original spirit. When they faced 5000 sword and shield soldiers in the west, they were already a little tired power.


    At this time, the crossbow soldiers in the round array began to show their power. At one time, 5000 crossbows and arrows poured out to the Xiliang cavalry. Round by round, the slow down Xiliang cavalry was like peeling onion skin and toppling over. In the face of the overwhelming number of crossbows, Zhang Xiu was stunned. On the one hand, she was surprised at the number of crossbows on the other hand, she was surprised at the lethality of the crossbows to her cavalry.


    Zhang Xiu immediately ordered the cavalry to retreat and leave the effective attack distance of the crossbow. Unfortunately, at this time, most of the Xiliang cavalry were about to kill the Dao Dun soldiers, so it was very difficult to evacuate smoothly.At this time, a large number of cavalry suddenly appeared in the south of duyang. Zhang Xiu was terrified by the news. Now there were only 2000 cavalry around her. The rest of the cavalry were all involved in the war with the enemy''s soldiers. There was no time to withdraw from the array to meet the enemy.


    In desperation, while ordering the cavalry to retreat, Zhang Xiu led the 2000 cavalry around her to kill the 15000 cavalry in the opposite direction, hoping to buy time for her cavalry to retreat.


    Xiliang cavalry is strong, but it has to face nearly ten times the enemy cavalry. After a round of fighting with the Allied cavalry, Zhang Xiu has to give up the idea of fighting again, because although he has killed the other two thousand cavalry, he has only one thousand cavalry left. Tens of miles to the West of duyang, there are ten thousand soldiers of his own coming in this direction .


    If he continues to entangle with the Allied cavalry, he may be able to wipe out more cavalry, but his cavalry will be exhausted, and the 10000 soldiers will be destroyed. At this time, the Allied forces did not want to fight with Zhang Xiu again. They directly killed thousands of Xiliang cavalry in the scuffle with infantry.

 Chapter 1313

    The sudden change of the battlefield situation suddenly reminds Zhang Xiu of what Jia Xu said to herself before she sent out troops: "the major general must be careful of Yingxi army when he goes out to fight. Our Nanyang army and Yingxi army have been fighting for many years. Only at the beginning did they launch several attacks against duyang, but after each attack was repulsed by us, in the past year or two, they have no intention of going west Think, this time, suddenly sent troops to block Yang, I doubt Yingxi army should have what we don''t know


    At this time, Zhang Xiu didn''t understand the purpose of dominating the world, that is to leave all his 10000 cavalry in duyang. As Zhang Ji''s only successor, Zhang Xiu didn''t understand the importance of 20000 Xiliang cavalry to their nephew. Now there are only one thousand cavalry beside him, and the rest thousands of cavalry are all fighting with the infantry of Yingxi army.


    Today''s plan is to retreat. If he hesitates, all the ten thousand cavalry will be buried here. Think of here, Zhang Xiu hate voice way: "Herald down, scattered evacuation! Quick... "


    "Woo Wu... "


    With the sound of the unique horn in the whole battlefield, Xiliang cavalry, who was fighting with Yingxi army, suddenly stopped attacking, turned around and ran away from the battlefield in groups. When the Allied cavalry arrived, more than 1000 Xiliang cavalry finally broke through the encirclement of the Allied cavalry.


    Looking at the end, more than 2000 Xiliang cavalry followed Zhang Xiu to break through the encirclement. Although he was a little annoyed, he didn''t focus all his attention on that aspect. Now there are more than 3000 or 4000 Xiliang cavalry surrounded by his two allied forces. Now what he has to do is to solve all these cavalry as soon as possible and be careful of any change.


    An hour later, except for 2169 people who broke out with Zhang Xiu, more than 7000 people died and more than 4000 people were captured on the spot. The defenders in duyang city witnessed the destruction of these cavalry at the head of the city. The morale of the defenders dropped sharply. After a round of attack, the Yingxi army easily entered the city. After a few years, duyang city fell into the hands of the whole world again.


    After capturing duyang, the Allied forces didn''t stay much longer. After leaving 5000 soldiers to defend the city, guard the prisoners and treat the wounded, the rest of the troops took a little rest and immediately set out for Wuyin in the south. Capturing duyang and consuming Zhang Jijun''s cavalry were only the first step of their action. The second step was to occupy Wuyin, 60 miles south of duyang. They only occupied these two places at the same time These two cities, which are horns of each other, can hold these two cities for a longer time.


    After occupying Wuyin, the soldiers and horses all over the world immediately returned to duyang, while Zhao Zilong''s soldiers and horses immediately entered Wuyin city for reorganization, and were ready to go south to attack Biyang.


    ¡­¡­


    At the beginning of the battle, Huangfu Chaobo had already appeared in Zigui city. Five days ago, the Tang army left Fushi. Under the leadership of Xu Huang, 30000 cavalry and 20000 soldiers marched towards Sheyan city in the West. Huangfu Chaobo, on the other hand, was escorted by 12000 guards and 10000 soldiers. After leaving the pass of the Great Wall, he arrived in Qiuci City, where he would prepare to continue his northward supplies while waiting for Xu Huang to capture Sheyan city. He would lead the army back and join him before leading his troops northward.


    Sheyancheng is the westernmost County in Shangjun county. Further west is sheyanze. Beyond sheyanze, there is a vast desert. You need to walk through hundreds of miles of desert to reach the river. On the other side of the river is the northern County boundary of Liangzhou.


    According to Liu Bao''s previous information, a loose alliance composed of several different tribes occupied sheyancheng and sheyanze, with a total population of less than 20000 people, but only a few thousand after the war. If it wasn''t for the fact that shortly after Jiangshan occupied Qiuci, the Tang army began to attack Shangjun, Jiangshan had already sent people to annex all the tribes here.


    In line with the principle that shizibotu also used his full strength, although the other side had only 20000 people, Huangfu Chaobo sent 50000 troops, including 30000 cavalry including Tujia, Hun cavalry and Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, while he himself entered the country with a large amount of food and equipment under the escort of trapped array, Tiebi two battalions, tieyingruishi, Yingyang camp and Shangjun soldiers Qiuci county is ready to send troops to the north.


    Sheyan city is located ten li to the east of sheyanze, and its location is just at the corner of Sheyan water. Sheyan water turns north from west to East in the southeast corner of Sheyan city. After a few miles, it turns northeast, and finally turns southeast near Fushi and joins the river.


    Because of this environment, the best location around Sheyan city is from the east of sheyanze to the west of Sheyan city. The news of the Tang army''s sending troops soon spread to Sheyan. In Sheyan City, several tribal leaders gathered in the city to discuss countermeasures.


    Today, Sheyan county is controlled by the Molu tribe of Xiongnu and a tribe of Qiang people. The leader of Molu tribe is called Molu Xiong. There are more than 5000 people and about 2000 troops. Yao Changbao, the leader of the Qiang people, is a little less than the population without deer tribe. There are about 4000 people, and the military strength is about 1700. Milubu and Qiang people each occupy half of the city, and several other small tribes are distributed around the county.The largest building in Sheyan city is the county government of the county. In the county government, no Lu Xiong and Yao Changbao gathered the leaders of the surrounding tribes to discuss how to deal with the attack of the Tang army.


    No Lu Xiong is a 7-foot-tall man with a full face of beard. When he opens his mouth, he is full of yellow teeth: "let''s talk about it. Now the Tang army is coming to us. Let''s talk about how to do it."


    Yao Changbao is a middle-aged man in his forties. Compared with the rough and crazy image of no Lu Xiong, Yao Changbao looks more like a middle-aged scholar. However, on the surface, the loyal Yao Changbao is actually a man with vicious mind.


    Yao Changbao said, "if you don''t want to lose your tribe, you should unite to fight against the Han army."


    Since the two big tribes had already said they would fight the Han Army, the other small tribes with only one or two thousand people did not dare to say anything. After discussion, they gathered up six or seven thousand people, but they did not expect that the Tang army would send more than 50000 troops this time.


    When the two armies met more than ten miles to the east of Sheyan City, they found that there were tens of thousands of Han soldiers on the opposite side. At this time, it was too late for them to retreat.

 Chapter 1314

    As early as when the zahu cavalry in Sheyan left the city, Xu Huang had already got the news from the golden carving. He was very happy to see that there were only a few thousand people on the other side. Although he was a new investor, Huangfu Chaobo tried his best to get rid of the public opinions and let him take the post of commander-in-chief. For this, Xu Huang Huang had no other feeling in his heart except for the death of his confidant He has an idea.


    Originally, he was afraid that the foreign troops of Sheyan city would escape, so after sending out troops, he ordered Yuanrong crossbow soldiers to be the vanguard, while the rest of the troops followed him two miles behind him. Now, seeing that the enemy did not escape, he took the initiative to go out of the city to fight. He immediately ordered Liu Bao and the two cavalry of huyandu to bypass Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and encircle the two wings.


    The battle lasted only two quarters of an hour. After a round of crossbows and arrows of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers, thousands of miscellaneous Hu cavalry had lost nearly a thousand people. Then, after the two wings of 20000 cavalry gathered around, the rest of the cavalry only persisted for a moment, and most of them were wiped out by the army. Less than 3000 cavalry left dismounted one after another to surrender when there was no hope of escape.


    Later, Xu Huang ordered that the soldiers should be left here to clean the battlefield. He led 30000 cavalry to the city of Sheyan.


    Facing more cavalry than himself, the people in Sheyan city were all captured without more resistance. Later, Xu Huang ordered all the generals above the centurion in the surrounding tribes to be selected, ready to leave with the army and send them to Fushi city for custody.


    After a day''s rest in Sheyan, the rest of the army set out again and headed for the eastern city of Kucha.


    Two days later, when Xu Huang led the rest of the army and three thousand miscellaneous Hu cavalry prisoners to Qiuci City, Huangfu Chaobo, who had already received the news, had already met him outside the city gate.


    Seeing this, Xu Huang quickly turned over and dismounted, quickly stepped forward, knelt down on one knee toward Huangfu Chaobo, and said, "finally, I''ll see you king!"


    "General Xu, please get up. I didn''t expect that the general was so fast..." With a smile, Huangfu Chaobo stepped forward and held out his hands to help Xu Huang up, saying,


    "the king flatters him, the king Tianwei, that''s why he has such validity."


    Then, Xu Huang made a detailed report to Huangfu Chaobo about his arrangement in Sheyan City, and then entered Qiuci city together with Huangfu Chaobo.


    The next day, early in the morning, the army left Qiuci city and set out to the northeast of Baitu city.


    The white earth city is located on the East Bank of Yuanshui. After passing the White Earth City, it entered the most prosperous place in the whole Hetao area, which is also called "Henan land" in the Qin and Han Dynasties. It was once densely populated, and the former South Hun king tingmeiji city was located here. However, since 188, when the southern Xiongnu got rid of the jurisdiction of the Eastern Han Dynasty, Henan was opened as a nomadic area by the northern Xiongnu, Wuhuan, Xianbei, Qiang and other minorities.


    When the army crossed the Yuanshui River, Huangfu Chaobo thought there would be a war, but to his surprise, there was no war. Maybe it was because kuci and Huanyin were both conquered by Jiangshan, so Baitu city was occupied by several small and medium-sized tribes instead of big tribes.


    When they found out that there was a large army coming towards the direction of huanshui in kuci City, almost all the tribes fled for the first time, so that the Tang army passed through huanshui very smoothly and occupied the white earth city.


    In the general plan made by Huangfu Chaobo and several military strategists, the position of white earth city was very important, and it would be an important logistics supply for the army to fight in Henan.


    Outside the west gate of Baitu is just the East Bank of huanshui. So after the army occupied Baitu City, Huangfu Chaobo immediately ordered to build a floating bridge outside the west gate that could pass through the baggage carts. At the same time, he ordered the army to strengthen the wall and defense of Baitu city. Although there were no tribes in baitucheng, Huangfu Chaobo knew that they had only left temporarily because the surrounding area had been occupied by the Han Army, and these tribes could not disappear out of thin air.


    Huangfu Chaobo is right. 150 miles northeast of Baitu City, there are three old Han cities, which are not far away. They are Guangyan, Zhenlin and Pingding.


    When Huangfu Chaobo strengthened the defense of the White Earth City, as many as 20000 miscellaneous bearded cavalry had gathered around the three cities, and more miscellaneous Hu cavalry were gathering towards the three cities.


    These tribal cavalry are the cavalry of all the tribes in Henan Province. The first one is Liu Bao''s uncle, Shan yuhuquan, who is now the southern Hun. A few years ago, huchuquan appointed Liu Bao, who had just come of age, as the king of Zuo Xian, after his father, Yu Fuluo, became the southern Xiongnu Danyu.


    Later, huchuquan tried his best to weaken Liu Bao''s power, and then sent him out of the court of the southern Xiongnu and arranged him in Qiuci. As a result, Liu Bao was defeated by Jiangshan with the help of Fazheng. Finally, he was captured by Jiangshan and finally had to surrender to Jiangshan.


    This time, Liu Bao suddenly reappeared in Qiuci, and constantly gathered up the Xiongnu tribes and reorganized 10000 Xiongnu cavalry. The news was soon sent to huchuquan.


    Huchuquan is now a hairless Phoenix, not as good as a chicken, but there is another saying that a thin camel is bigger than a horse. Even though the southern Xiongnu is far from being able to compare with the Xiongnu in the early Han Dynasty, huchuquan is not in control of Meiji and Guangyan. It has as many as 40000 or 50000 troops and about 15000 troops, which is worthy of being the largest force in Henan.However, even so, there are ten different tribes in the whole area of Henan. The total number of tribes and troops is far more than huchuquan. That''s why huchuquan still can''t control the whole area of Henan with 10000 or 20000 troops.


    After getting the news of the Tang army''s dispatch, huyanquan immediately ordered all the tribal leaders in Henan to go to Yigu Luocheng in the east of Guangyan to discuss how to defeat the invading Tang army.


    It was the descendants of Qiang who occupied Xihe and Shangjun during the reign of emperor Guangdi of Han Dynasty that occupied Guluo city. The battle of attacking Guluo City happened here. In the first year of Emperor Yan Guang of Han an (122 AD), the Qiangs, who lived in Xihe and Shangjun, united with Xiongnu to rebel against Guluo city (now southwest of Zhungeer banner in Inner Mongolia). Geng Kui, a general of Du Liao in the Eastern Han Dynasty, led all the county soldiers and Wuhuan cavalry to suppress and break it.


    A few decades later, the descendants of the Qiang tribe, who fled to the West in confusion, moved eastward again when the Han court was unable to control Xihe and Shangjun again, and then occupied the city where their ancestors broke the sand and sank the halberd again. However, the Qiangs at this time were already a large rebellious tribe that occupied the two counties decades ago, but a medium-sized tribe with only more than ten thousand tribes.

 Chapter 1315

    After the Qiangs arrived at Guluo City, they occupied Zhenlin city and Guluo city by virtue of their long-standing good relationship with Xiongnu people and more than ten thousand troops. Their leader was called qianrendu. There were nearly four thousand soldiers to fight, and they controlled a large area of land from Zhenlin city to the West Bank of the river.


    The southernmost city of Pingding is controlled by a tribe of more than 20000 tribes among Xianbei people. Chulianbu is a medium-sized tribe that left Xianbei royal court. At first, it was in Shuofang and Wuyuan, with only 10000 people. However, after Xiake and Zhao Zilong entered Shuofang and Wuyuan, many tribes were destroyed or annexed by them. Chulianjin didn''t see the good situation, so he was killed immediately He led his people across the river and into Henan. Along the way, he gathered many small tribes or scattered tribes, and finally settled down in Pingding city.


    There are also some small tribes of Xianbei people around Pingding, such as Helou, xubu, Afgan, Qujin and so on. There are more than 2000 or 3000 tribes and less than a few hundred. These Xianbei tribes have become vassal tribes attached to Lianbu. It is with these tribes that we can see that although Lianbu is not as good as huchuquan''s southern Huns, it is not so good It was not annexed by the Huns.


    The tribe that controls Dacheng and dachengsai in the west is a branch of Lushuihu. The leader''s surname is Peng, and his name is Pengyang. In addition to Peng, the majority of Lushuihu''s surnames are Lu and Xie. Peng Yang controls more than 10000 tribes, while Lu and Xie have more than 3000 tribes, and the others are small ones with hundreds of thousands of people.


    In addition to these cities controlled by big tribes, there are two cities in the north, Manbo and Shanan, which are basically controlled by several tribes.


    Today''s Henan Province is basically divided into several different power alliances, and the relationship between them is complex. The leader must be huchuquan, who occupied the city of tingmeiji, the king of Southern Xiongnu. After getting the throne of Hun Chanyu from his elder brother yufuluo, huchuquan appointed his uncle to be king Youxian, while his nephew Liu Bao was king Zuoxian.


    A few years ago, qubei was sent to Hedong by huchuquan. As a result, the whole qubei tribe was given one pot by the Xiake who was leading the army to the north. As a result, the whole qubei tribe became the bag of the Xiake, and even qubei became the subordinate of the Xiake.


    Liu Bao, the king of Zuo Xian, was sent out by Hu Chuquan, and finally controlled kuci city. But not long ago, the whole Liu Bao Department was destroyed by Fazheng, and Liu Bao became a subordinate of Jiangshan.


    After eliminating the troubles of the two, huchuquan finally completely controlled tens of thousands of Southern Huns, and became the largest force in Henan.


    But before he could find a way to take the whole area of Henan into his own hands, the Tang army had already sent troops to attack Henan.


    No way, huchuquan had to recruit the leaders of various departments in Henan to discuss how to deal with the Tang army.


    In addition to the Huns, Lu Shuihu ranked second, and they were able to gather more than 10000 troops and horses. Further down are the Xianbei allied forces in Pingding city and Baitu City, with more than 10000 troops. Then there were the Allied forces of Mambo and Shamian, each with about ten thousand riders. Among the larger tribes, the less powerful are the Qiang people in Zhenlin, less than 5000 in total, but they have a better relationship with the Huns, so basically no one dares to provoke them.


    Today, huchuquan invites all the tribes to discuss how to deal with it. Qiang, a pious man, is the first to respond. With their response, the other tribes quickly agree to discuss how to deal with it. After meeting in the northwest of Guangyan City, they finally reach a consensus that they should send troops together to repel the Tang army.


    After the agreement was reached, all the troops began to gather near Guluo city.


    Huchuquan has 15000 cavalry, of which 5000 are the most elite. They are the most elite cavalry of the whole southern Huns. Some of them were taken over by huchuquan in the hands of yufuluo, others were selected and trained from ordinary cavalry over the years, and now they can reach the level of a school. These 5000 cavalry are huchuquan''s cavalry The trump card of the game. This time huchuquan brought it all out.


    In addition to the five thousand palace net cavalry, there are also five thousand ordinary cavalry. The rest five thousand cavalry are arranged in Meiji city and Guangyan city. Of course, in addition to these cavalry, Hu Chuquan''s men can also draw out nearly ten thousand string controllers, but their combat effectiveness is not as good as ordinary cavalry. In general, they are not easily drawn out.


    In addition to the troops of huchuquan, the Qiangs also sent two thousand cavalry. The Xianbei tribe of Pingding city gathered 10000 cavalry, and the rest 2000 cavalry were arranged in Pingding city to protect the tribe and its property. Lu Shuihu in the direction of Dacheng also gathered 10000 cavalry, leaving less than 3000 cavalry to defend the tribe. The alliance of Mambo and shanancheng tribes also sent 15000 cavalry.


    If this is calculated, the zahu tribe in Henan Province has collected a total of 47000 cavalry. With such a large number of cavalry, they can occupy the peak in the battle with the Tang army, and even annihilate them all on the grassland south of Pingding and baitucheng.


    In the coalition camp outside Guluo City, there is a big tent in it. All the people in the tent are quarreling fiercely. The reason for the quarrel is that the army has been gathering for several days, but the Tang army has been stopping in Baitu city. Every day, apart from strengthening the city defense, it doesn''t mean to send half of the troops to continue to go north. This delay is three days.Huchuquan sits in the middle of the main seat, looking at the noisy crowd below, frowning and not speaking. As for why he was the most powerful tribe in Henan, there was no way.


    "Yimou said that if we have 50000 troops, we should go directly to the white earth city of Han dog, and kill them when their foothold is not stable." It was Lu Zhen of Lushuihu who spoke. As the second largest force of Lushuihu, although the Lu family had only more than 1000 cavalry, they were all elite. Although the number of them was less than that of Yao family, their combat power was not much weaker. In addition, Lu and Xie joined hands to fight against Peng, the most powerful force in Lushuihu. Therefore, before Peng Yang spoke, Lu Zhen was the first to fight against Peng Zhen has already spoken.


    After listening to Lu Zhen''s words, Peng Yang didn''t show much on his face, but secretly scolded him: "you fool, the Tang army is far away in the white earth city. Even if it''s sending troops, the first thing to bear the brunt is to calm down the cities. It''s hundreds of miles away from our own big city. Others are eager to fight under the white earth city. It''s better than fighting under their own city. I can''t hide. You''re good, And I''m going to do it myself. "

 Chapter 1316

    As Peng Yang expected, as soon as Lu Zhen''s words came to an end, he loukang, a native of Xianbei, stood up and said, "yes, now the Tang army has occupied the White Earth City, but they are not in a hurry to go out. Instead, they are constantly strengthening the city. If they have repaired the city, the Tang army will be able to attack and defend. At that time, we will be in a dilemma. Instead, we should take advantage of the Tang army''s foothold If it''s not stable, defeat it as soon as possible. "


    "Not bad."


    "Lord Helou, that''s a point."


    For a moment, the leaders and leaders of several Xianbei tribes who fled from the white earth city got up one after another to express their approval.


    Chulian Si also said: "Mr. huchu, Mr. Lu is right. We should not wait here, but take the initiative to attack. Otherwise, after the Tang army has repaired the White Earth City, it will be equal to having a firm foothold on the East Bank of Yuanshui. If we send troops again, it will not be so simple. "


    In fact, huchuquan is also in favor of sending troops, because after all, although there are three Guangyan cities in the south of Meiji City, it is still too close to Meiji city. Moreover, he also knew that the Tang army had only 30000 cavalry and 20000 infantry, while his own allied army had nearly 50000 cavalry. He was not afraid to fight the Tang army even in the wild.


    The reason why huchuquan is so clear is that there are also gold carvings in the court of the southern Huns. Therefore, huchuquan is also clear about the situation of the Tang army.


    Seeing that someone offered to send troops to attack the Tang army, Hu Chuquan was very happy, so he winked at his ally, Qian Ren. He also agreed to send troops. After all, once the Tang army attacked near Pingding, it was difficult to protect his two cities from being attacked.


    Seeing that huchuquan gave himself a look, Qianren immediately went out and said, "it''s true that, as several adults have said, the Tang army is eating away step by step. If we have tens of thousands of elite cavalry and sit back and watch them gain a firm foothold, we can estimate that his target will be your own city. At that time, all the members will not be able to keep it. "


    Seeing that many people in the tent agreed and nodded, huchuquan said: "in this case, the army will set out tomorrow to attack the Tang army and drive the Tang army out of Henan."


    "Drive out the Tang army!" When they heard the words, they all raised their hands and cried out;


    the next morning, nearly 50000 miscellaneous Hu allied troops set out and headed for the direction of the white earth city.


    In the White Earth City, Huangfu Chaobo knew this situation less than two hours after the zahu allied forces left. After hearing he ruobi''s return, Huangfu Chaobo also took a long breath. The reason why he made such a big noise in the white earth city was to transfer the zahu allied forces out.


    Not long after the troops were sent out, Huangfu Chaobo had already known that huchuquan was connecting the tribes. For the situation of the tribes in Henan, he had already known the general situation through Liu Bao. Therefore, if the tribes really united, it would not be good news for the Tang army. There were as many as 50000 or 60000 cavalry, even if the Tang army had all of them When the cavalry gathered together, they could barely keep the same level. What''s more, each tribe could pull up cavalry of different numbers, just like the recruits recruited by the Central Plains princes.


    Therefore, it is the best way to attract the zahu allied forces and leave them to attack their own defensive cities. Fortunately, they finally did what they thought. The next step is to prepare for the challenge.


    The distance of more than 100 Li is half a day for the cavalry. In the afternoon, the zahu allied forces had already arrived more than 10 Li northeast of the white earth city. At this time, the Tang army who got the news immediately withdrew all the soldiers outside the city back to the city, and then arranged a large number of garrisons on the top of the city, quietly waiting for the zahu allied forces to attack the city.


    Outside the White Earth City, Lu Zhen led his 1000 Lu Shui Hu cavalry to chase the Tang Jun Chihou who fled back to the White Earth City in a hurry. Looking at the appearance of the Tang Jun cavalry rushing for their lives, Lu Zhen couldn''t help laughing: "how? Some people have said for a long time that the cavalry of the Han people are all clay kneaded and useless. Now they are only more than 1000 cavalry, and they drive the cavalry of the Han people out of the city


    Not only Lu Zhen was very proud, but the leaders and generals of other tribes were also very happy to see this situation. It seems that as we all said, the Han people were only good at guarding the city, but did not see their cavalry coming. They did not dare to stay outside the city and fled back to the city.


    Nearly 50000 cavalry soldiers stopped a few miles outside the city. Huchuquan and a group of tribal leaders and generals came 200 steps outside the city. They saw the soldiers hiding behind the city wall running around in a panic. From time to time, there were shouts and curses from Han generals in the city. They couldn''t help laughing at each other.


    "See?" Hu Chuquan raised his right hand with the whip, pointed to the direction of the city, and said: "when Han people see our cavalry, they can only hide in the city. They don''t dare to fight with our warriors in the field."


    "That''s right," he replied with a smile. However, he immediately became serious and pointed to the direction of the city wall and said, "your honor, it''s good that we have sent troops. You see, in just a few days, the Tang army has already repaired more than half of the city wall. If we are a few days later, it''s estimated that the whole city wall will be repaired by them. Then, we''ll want it again If we attack the city, the death and injury of the warriors will be great. "After hearing the words, they all focused on the direction of the city wall. As he loukang said, many parts of the city wall of the White Earth City have been renovated. It can be seen from them that the color of the earth and stone of the city wall in those positions is different from that of the rest.


    Fortunately, we can rest assured that the entire city wall has not been completely repaired, only half of the area has been completed, and there are several places with openings about Zhang wide. The height of those places is not high, the low places are only seven or eight feet, and the high places are only about Zhang high. For cavalry, although they can''t ride into the city, it''s not easy to dismount and attack It''s hard.


    See some plot, everyone is a long sigh of relief.


    "Well, it''s too late today. Let''s set up camp five miles back. Let''s attack the city as soon as it''s light tomorrow. However, we should be careful. The Tang army didn''t expect us to attack on our own initiative. So we should pay attention to that. Don''t let the Tang army run all night." Hu Chuquan said to the crowd with satisfaction;


    he said

 Chapter 1317

    Huchuquan''s words caused a burst of laughter. One of the generals said with a smile: "don''t worry, the general will send someone to keep an eye on their Ximen. If there is any abnormality, they will warn immediately. They will never let the Tang army run away."


    "Shanyu, let me burn the floating bridge of the Tang army. The west gate of the white earth city is about 200 steps away from the floating bridge. It only takes a hundred warriors to carry a fire oil bag and throw it on the floating bridge. Then they can burn the floating bridge with a torch. Even if they can''t burn all of it, they can''t withdraw to the other side of the river smoothly."


    Huchuquan thought that it was the same, so he nodded and agreed to his request.


    On the tower of the White Earth City, Huangfu Chaobo, Guo Jia and Fazheng are observing the situation of the zahu allied forces. Seeing a group of Hu generals pointing at the wall, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile: "it seems that they have already focused on the wall that has not been repaired."


    There are indeed several big openings in the wall of the white earth city. These places are specially left by Huangfu Chaobo. Behind these openings are the traps for the zahu soldiers and horses. These gaps are about Zhang wide, but the height between the two sides of the gap and the city wall is not small. The shortest one is also about Zhang. And tonight, the city guards will build a chest wall several feet high on the two inner walls of the gap, so as to increase the difficulty for the zahu soldiers to climb.


    At the back of the gap, it didn''t lead directly to the city, but surrounded the back into a structure like an urn. At the back of the city wall, the Tang soldiers also dug a large pit about 5 feet deep down from the ground. The earth dug out from the pit was used as the wall material of the urn, and a breast wall about several feet high was built in the city. In this way, the pit was added These parapets will become an insurmountable natural moat for the zahus.


    Several people were chatting when they suddenly found that hundreds of cavalry broke away from the brigade and ran toward the northwest.


    Huangfu Chaobo wondered why the other side suddenly sent out hundreds of knights. What''s the matter?


    However, few people could figure out why the cavalry left. After hundreds of cavalry left, the cavalry left without looking back and went in the same direction.


    Looking at the cavalry retreating, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly asked Guo Jia, "fengxiao, can we send troops to attack the cavalry tonight?"


    Guo Jia pondered for a moment and then said, "the king can send someone to carefully observe the camp of the mixed Hu allied forces before making plans. However, in Jia''s view, if our withdrawal today has any effect on their confusion, the night attack is not impossible. "


    "Shi ah, immediately send someone to the camp of the Allied forces to observe and see how well their camp guard is doing," Huang Fu Chao Bo said, then looked up at the sky, and ordered: "order to go down, Yuanrong crossbow soldiers rest as soon as possible, if they can go out of the city to harass, the harassing this evening will be handed over to them."


    "No!" Shi a immediately took orders and said, "what''s the situation of material preparation in the city? What''s more, are defense facilities and materials in place? " Huangfu Chaobo then turned to Fazheng and asked;


    "King Hui, at present, the city has accumulated the food, grass and materials needed by 50000 troops for half a year, and the defense facilities and materials inside and outside the city have been in place according to the previous plan. Now we are just waiting for the zahu allied forces to attack the city. If we can annihilate most of the 50000 allied forces in Baitu City, it will be very important for us to fight in the future It will be a great help. " Fazheng bowed to reply;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded: "yes, if we can completely annihilate or even let them lose more than half of their troops, it will be a great help for the subsequent war."


    Just here, the alarm bell suddenly sounded in the west of the city, and then they saw a big stream of smoke in the West. A few people were surprised when they saw a fast horse galloping from the west gate. In a short time, he came to the East Gate Tower. The knight quickly turned over and dismounted, ran straight up to the city tower, and cried: "tell the king, West Gate urgent report!"


    Huangfu Chaobo motioned to Dianwei. Seeing this, Dianwei said in a loud voice under the tower: "here is the king!"


    The knight rushed up to the city wall, quickly came to Huangfu Chaobo, knelt down and reported: "tell your majesty, the mixed Hu allied forces just sent cavalry to burn the floating bridge on the Western circular water."


    "Oh, did they do anything other than burn down the pontoon?" Guo Jia asked immediately after hearing the words;


    the knight shook his head: "about five hundred Hun cavalry suddenly came from the north of the city, along the west wall, towards the south. At the beginning, the city guards didn''t know what they were going to do, so they sounded the alarm for the first time. Unexpectedly, the cavalry rushed all the way, and when they passed the pontoon, the three or four hundred cavalry in front of them suddenly came back A leather bag was drawn from the horse''s belly, and then it was thrown onto the pontoon. Dozens of cavalry behind it immediately burned the flint, and then all the burning cloth and silk were thrown onto the pontoon. Then, the Hun cavalry went away. Now the section of the pontoon near the city gate has been completely burnt down. "


    When Guo Jia heard the speech, he clapped his hands and laughed and said, "king, it''s done!"Fazheng also nodded.


    Huangfu Chaobo was also overjoyed. He looked at them and was about to ask. Guo Jia had already said, "do you know why the Huns burned the pontoon?"


    Without waiting for Huangfu Chaobo to reply, Guo Jia said to himself, "one is to break the delay of our army, the other is to break our retreat. In this case, the king can rest assured that the night attack tonight will be successful, and it should be able to better arouse the anger of the Allied soldiers. I believe the war tomorrow will be very fierce. "


    "All right, let''s pass the order. The army will act according to the original plan. No, since we understand that the war will be fierce, the crossbow soldiers of Yuanrong must be an important force tomorrow. The night attack tonight will be in the charge of the Tujia soldiers, and Liu Bao''s Hun cavalry will be ordered to prepare for the reception. These two cavalry should not have much to do in the daytime tomorrow. " Huangfu Chaobo happily ordered;


    after thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo ordered: "pass the military order of the orphan, order General Xu Huang to be the main general, and be responsible for all matters of the defense of baitucheng. Everyone below the orphan will listen to his dispatch, and no one can make mistakes."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo took off his sword and handed it to Xu Huang, saying, "General Xu, take your order!"


    "Thank you for your trust. I can only repay you with my death!" Deeply moved, Xu Huang quickly knelt down, solemnly held out his hands to take the sword from Huangfu Chaobo, raised his head and cried,


    "I believe in the general alone!" Huangfu Chaobo patted Xu Huang on the shoulder and said with a smile. After that, he led Guo Jia back to the county government in the city.

 Chapter 1318

    After Huangfu Chaobo led Guo Jia back to the city, Xu Huang led his guards to stand on the city tower, staring at the direction where the troops left. After a long time, he regained his mind. He looked back at the city again and said in a soft voice: "you treat it with the courtesy of a statesman, and someone must repay it with death."


    With these words, Xu Huang looked at the head of the city firmly and said to his own guards, "follow this general to patrol the city!"


    "No! General All the relatives and guards agreed.


    Although Xu Huang is a new general, Huangfu Chaobo always follows him when he arranges the defense. Among them, Huangfu Chaobo also asks Xu Huang how to deal with it several times. Xu Huang also knows everything and says everything. Therefore, Xu Huang is very clear about the arrangement of the war in Baitu city and the specific situation of the defense in the city.


    In the next time, what Xu Huang needs to do is to inspect the preparation of the defense facilities of the whole four walls, and whether the defense arrangements of the soldiers are in place, so as to make his mind have the bottom.


    It wasn''t until the beginning of the first watch that Xu Huang made a careful inspection of the whole city wall and returned to the county government in the city. After he was informed, Xu Huang went into a small hall of the inner hall to meet Huangfu Chaobo.


    Seeing Xu Huang coming in, Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile, "Gongming is back. Gu was just saying that he didn''t see you at dinner. He was thinking of sending someone to call you back. The war is coming. You are a general. You can''t be so indifferent to your body."


    "With the trust of the king, Qi Neng is not conscientious in appointing the future general. Otherwise, how can he be worthy of the trust of the king?" Xu Huang knelt down for a salute and replied respectfully;


    "well, there is no outsider at this time. Gongming doesn''t have to be polite. According to the situation, Gongming should have gone to inspect the city. Have the preparations on the wall been ready? "


    "King Hui, everything has been in accordance with what the king discussed with the two military strategists. All the city walls have been ready, but today the general of zahu outside the city has been in the east city for the longest time, and their army is coming from the northeast. Therefore, it is inferred that the East city will be the focus of zahu''s attack tomorrow, so the defense of the east city has been strengthened."


    After hearing this, Huangfu said to Guo Jia with a smile, "well, I''ll tell you in isolation. With General Xu''s ability, we must consider strengthening the defense of Dongcheng."


    "King Shengming!" Guo and FA responded with a quick smile;


    "well, you don''t have to say any more. You''d better hurry up and discuss with General Xu about the military situation. The war will start tomorrow. If the war in baitucheng goes well, it will be much easier for the army to follow up." Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand to them with a smile;


    "however, Gongming should not have had dinner yet. It''s already ready. Gongming should have had dinner first." Then, regardless of Xu Huang''s refusal, he immediately brought up the already prepared dinner. Seeing that Xu Huang refused, he had to thank him seriously. Then he quickly finished his dinner in the house.


    After Xu Huang finished his dinner, Huangfu Chaobo asked him to take off the table again. Then he brought tea to several people. After that, the four of them discussed the war for the last time.


    Several people are discussing, just at this time, Dianwei outside the house loudly reported: "king, general Shi is outside to see you."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the map in front of him without raising his head and said, "pass it quickly!"


    While he was talking, the door was opened. Shi a came in from the outside, saluted Huangfu Chaobo and said, "report to the king. Just now, Wei Chen personally led people to explore the camp of zahu United Army ten miles away. Now I''m here to report the information to the king."


    A few people listen to, also all stopped, turned the vision from the map to Shi A''s body. Huangfu Chaobo looked at Shi a with interest and said, "Oh, general Shi went out in person. What''s the situation?"


    "To the king, I thought that there should be capable people among the zahu, especially the Huns. I didn''t expect that their defense was so lax." Shi a said with a light smile;


    he explained the information he had inquired about to several people in detail. From the situation he had inquired about in person, the defense of zahu camp can be said to be lax and let people hit the tongue. Although there are some patrols within two Li around the camp, they are also scattered. Shiji easily walked around, and the number of patrols two li away is surprisingly small. Inside the camp, the defense is even more loose.


    Several different tribes divided into several different camps and settled down. From the situation of each camp, there are some defensive feelings among the tribes. Although the camp defense in general zahu''s view is commendable, there are a lot of ruins in front of Han generals like Shi a.


    Although Shi a is not a general, he has followed Huangfu Chaobo in dozens of wars. Even though his command ability is limited, his vision is not bad. So after making a tour of zahu camp, he rushed back to the city to report to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After hearing Shi A''s report, all the people in the house were in front of their eyes.


    Huangfu Chaobo said to Xu Huang with a smile, "Gongming, the next thing is up to you.""Don''t worry, you will not be disappointed if you don''t go down immediately to arrange the night attack." Xu Huang stood up, bowed, and replied,


    with a wave of his hand, Huangfu Chaobo said, "you can help yourself."


    Xu Huang saluted again, then turned his head and left.


    Half an hour later, ten thousand Tui cavalry quietly left the South Gate of the White Earth City and headed for the zahu camp in the northeast. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo''s idea was to send out all 20000 cavalry. However, after Xu Huang got the defense situation of the zahu allied forces, he changed his mind and divided 20000 cavalry into two waves to attack separately.


    In the coalition camp, huchuquan is discussing the war tomorrow with the Marquis of xubugudu and the Marquis of qianrendu. Hubugudu says, "it seems that the defense of the coalition camp is too lax. What should the Tang army do if they attack all night long?"


    Huchuquan sighed: "do you think I don''t want to? I''ve sent people to remind them again and again, but some people think that we have so many cavalry. The Tang army has only 20000 cavalry. How dare we send troops to attack at night now. Today''s plan is to let our own taxi soldiers take strict precautions, at least to ensure the safety of our own camp. Fortunately, our camp is in the north of the whole camp, not directly facing the Tang army, so we just need to be careful. "

 Chapter 1319

    Huchuquan''s words stunned hubugudou and immediately nodded, which is also the proper meaning. Since it is a coalition, the relationship between the armies is equal, so even if huchuquan added a reminder, if the other party doesn''t care, there is no way.


    Different from the history, in the history, shubu gudu Marquis Danyu (note, it can not be referred to as shubu Danyu, which will be confused with Wang Mang''s) was one of the southern Hun Danyu, which was established in 188.


    In 188, the Huns rebelled against the Qiang canal. The Chinese are worried that they will call for revenge. They do not recognize yufro as the new Chanyu. In addition, they support shubu guduhou as Chanyu.


    Next year, the Marquis of xubugudu died, and Nanting was once again vacant, and Lao Wang was in charge of state affairs.


    In the game, for various reasons, the Duke of xubugu didn''t have a chance to be supported by the Huns as Chanyu. After the left and right wise kings were driven out of the court by huchuquan, the Duke of xubugu became the most effective assistant of huchuquan Chanyu.


    As a person who was once regarded as Shan Yu, his ability must be good. So after listening to huchuquan, Marquis xubugudu left the king''s tent and went to the Xiongnu camp to arrange defense. And Qian Jen also left to return to his big account, and strengthened the defense of his troops at night.


    They didn''t know that their every move was seen by others. At this time, there were ten shadow guards of Tang army besides the coalition camp. The news that the camp defense of Huns and Qiangs was strengthened was soon collected by them and then spread back to the white earth city.


    At three o''clock, the ten thousand Turkistan cavalry led by huyandu successfully arrived outside the camp of the United forces. At this time, they had been reported on the defense situation of the whole camp, and the defense of the Huns and Qiang people in the southwest had been strengthened. So huyandu led the army to bypass the camp in the southwest and go to the northwest to launch an attack. Because they were coming from the south, and they had made a detour, they had reached the southeast corner of the coalition camp.


    Less than three miles away from the camp, huyandu ordered the army to slow down and prepare to attack the enemy''s camp. More than 10000 Tujia soldiers also began to make preparations before the war.


    "When the order goes on, most of the army will stop and rest for a quarter of an hour to accumulate horsepower. The 1000 troops will be divided into ten parts to clear up the obstacles to the advance of the army." Huyan all gave orders to the soldiers nearby;


    soon several soldiers were ordered to leave, and then the 1000 troops were divided into ten teams and surrounded the direction of the camp of the zahu united army. The so-called removing obstacles in Huyan''s words was to let them solve all the patrols along the way, so that the army could get close to the camp one mile away smoothly.


    The distance of one mile is the best distance for the cavalry to charge. Huyan believes that as long as their cavalry can reach this position, even if they launch a big charge towards the enemy camp, they can kill the enemy unprepared.


    A quarter of an hour later, with huyandu''s command, the nine thousand Turkistan cavalry turned over and mounted their horses one after another, slowly approaching the established direction. Huyandu was very pleased that with the approaching of the army, the enemy camp patrols around did not appear, and it seemed that they had been successfully cleared by the forward cavalry.


    Soon, the army arrived at the outskirts of the northeast corner of the coalition camp. If they got closer, they were only a mile away from the camp, and the soldiers could see the approaching figure of the army through the fire outside the camp.


    Huyan stopped quietly, and immediately some generals came forward and reported: "general, in the northeast corner are the soldiers of manbai and Shanan cities. The soldiers of these two cities are mainly the zahu united forces of Xianbei and Wuhuan people. The composition is very complex. You can see the situation of their encampment.


    After hearing the speech, Huyan raised his eyes and looked at the camps in front of him. Sure enough, there were scattered fires in these camps. Although they were in the whole camp, we could see that there was a certain distance between the camps.


    In the light of the fire, from time to time, we can see patrolling taxi soldiers walking around, but in twos and threes, listless.


    After a moment''s silence, Huyan stretched out his right hand, pulled out the machete in his waist, and slashed fiercely towards the camp. He said in a low voice: "pass on, the army doesn''t have to hide its trace, but directly rush in. Take the thousand people team as the unit, kill back and forth, and tell the soldiers that they are not allowed to kill deep in the camp!"


    "Kill


    "Kill


    A low cry of killing came out from the throat of the Tujia soldiers. Then, nine thousand Tujia soldiers took the lead in all the departments and killed them in the coalition camp a mile away.


    The dull sound of the horse''s hooves was heard in the night for a moment, and soon the soldiers on duty in the coalition camp found something unusual. They were nomads, and their sensitivity to the sound of the horse''s hooves was much higher than that of the ordinary soldiers of the Han army.


    "Enemy attack


    "Enemy attack!..."


    "Come on, ring the alarm..."


    Only their reaction was quick, but the cavalry appeared faster in the night. Just when they were in a hurry to prepare for the warning, nine thousand Tui cavalry had already killed outside the camp. Thousands of bows and arrows, like a storm, came out of the darkness and rushed towards the Allied soldiers in the camp."Poof..."


    "Oh..."


    "Poop, poop..."


    "Boom..."


    At this time, the soldiers who had just fallen asleep in the camp had not responded at all.


    "Kill..."


    ¡­¡­


    The attack of the troopers was very smooth, which surprised Huyan outside the camp. Originally, he wanted to leave 1000 cavalry as the last backup of the army, but now it seems that these are redundant. Nine thousand troops of their own, as if in a state of no man''s land, killed in all directions in the coalition camp.


    Seeing this, Huyan raised his machete in his hand again and said in a loud voice: "sons, I''ll kill you as I will..."


    "Kill..."


    With the addition of the last cavalry, the camp in the northwest corner of the zahu United Army camp was in a mess. The cries of killing were heard all the time. The soldiers in the camp were in a mess. From time to time, the tents were lit into a pile of fire. The soldiers inside rushed out of the camp with a scream, but they were immediately chopped to the ground by the sudden cavalry whistling outside the camp Then he became the ghost of the horse.


    At this time, the situation of the zahu United Army''s encampment became a straw to save their lives. In the chaos, the troopers captured several camps, but stopped in front of several larger camps. One of them was the camp of Xianbei and Wuhuan, the other two were the joint camp of DI and Yueshi .


    They were in the inner part of the whole battalion, and basically there were more than 1000 people, so when the Tujia attacked the battalion, they got enough time to respond. In addition, they gradually gathered some disabled soldiers from various departments, and basically maintained the scale of nearly 2000 people. They resolutely counterattacked the attack of the Tujia, and let several Tujia who tried to attack the camp They all retreated after losing some soldiers.

 Chapter 1320

    When Huyan all got the news and arrived, three cavalry troops had gathered outside several camps. One of the captains saw Huyan all appear, and even said: "general, we have gathered nearly 4000 troops and horses. Let''s eat these camps!"


    "Pa!"


    Huyandu''s whip took a shot in the air and scolded the captain who asked for a fight: "bastard, have you forgotten what we are here for?"


    With that, he pointed to the soldiers of zahu united army who were running around: "you put so many soldiers to prepare to attack other people''s defensive camp, have you been bitten by dogs?"


    "One army was left to watch them, and the rest quickly cleaned up the scattered soldiers. At the same time, they gathered up as many scattered horses as possible and evacuated in a quarter of an hour. Since you want to attack them so much, let''s leave you to lead the headquarters to monitor these people. Remember, it''s for you to monitor them and not be able to attack. If you give me a soldier, I''ll wait to lead the military law! " Huyan pointed to the Duwei who came to ask for the attack and ordered,


    "ah..." The Duwei stayed for a while, and was preparing to plead, but he was whipped back by Huyan.


    "Carry out the order!"


    "Promise..."


    As soon as the rest of them heard this, they all left with their troops whistling.


    A quarter of an hour later, one rocket soared in the chaos of the camp, followed by two rockets, followed by three rockets. This is the retreat signal that Huyan agreed with the Tujia soldiers before the attack. In the chaos of the night, the sound of the golden sound may make the soldiers in the scuffle miss, but this rocket will not happen.


    Soon, the Tujia soldiers in the scuffle ended their killing of the miscellaneous soldiers around them. Instead, they gathered the ownerless horses around them and drove away to the appointed place. In less than a quarter of an hour, there was no sound of fighting on the battlefield, only the howling of the coalition soldiers and the wounded horses.


    ¡­¡­


    Five miles to the east of the coalition camp, behind a forest, Huyan and a group of troopers rest here. After they leave the coalition camp, they gather soldiers and horses to leave quickly, and then come to this forest, which is a good place for Shi''a''s shadow guards to find.


    Huyan was sitting under a tree, looking at the leader next to him, and said, "do you have any statistics? How many soldiers and horses have been lost?"


    Standing next to him were two school captains. One of them replied, "report back to the general. At present, there are more than 9000 soldiers gathered, but there are still some scattered soldiers among them. Therefore, we should have lost about 500 soldiers in the attack camp just now."


    Huyan nodded, the number is acceptable. He then asked, "what about the number of horses?"


    At the mention of the number of war horses, the generals nearby were all happy: "the harvest of the war horses was too great. When they left the city, the soldiers were all one man and two horses. Just now, when they left the coalition camp, the soldiers came back more or less with a few horses. The most people came back with more than ten horses. Now there are nearly 50000 horses in the 9000 army."


    "Well, we should choose the best horses and send the Chihou out to carefully monitor the movement of the enemy''s camp. We''ve gained enough tonight, and we don''t expect to have much success. Every soldier was ordered to keep a good horse in reserve, and the rest of the horses were driven back to the city by the wounded soldiers. We stay to attack the enemy''s camp and create opportunities for the cavalry in the second half of the night. "


    "No!"


    All the generals were busy at once. A quarter of an hour later, hundreds of elite Chihou rode away. Before long, more than 1000 soldiers left with tens of thousands of war horses and headed for the White Earth City in the south. Only 8000 soldiers and 16000 war horses were left in the camp.


    As Huyan all expected, with the first attack, the defense of the next coalition camp will be much stronger. Huyan sent troops and horses to try to sneak attack, but they failed to find the opportunity. Fortunately, everyone was ready. In the face of the enemy''s barracks which had been well prepared, the troopers immediately fled away when they failed to hit. Although they failed to attack successfully again, they also made the zahu allied forces feel headache.


    In the Xiongnu camp, huchuquan and a group of Xiongnu generals are now gathered in the tent. After the attack of the Tang cavalry in the middle of the night, the Xiongnu generals have understood the intention of the Tang army, so under the order of huchuquan, they also made a response. Among all the soldiers, only 30% are on duty, and the rest of the soldiers are arranged to rest in the tent in order to deal with the war tomorrow But what they didn''t know was that the Tang army, who was in charge of harassing outside the camp, had long been replaced by the 10000 Hun cavalry led by Liu Bao.


    At five o''clock, the cavalry of Tang army, who had been harassing for a night, suddenly launched an attack on the coalition camp in the southeast. The troops stationed in the southeast were Pingding and Baitu, led by the Hun Chu company, most of which were Huns.


    To Liu Bao''s surprise, his raid did not cause much damage to the soldiers in the camp. However, his inadvertent exposure of his identity led to many Hun soldiers in the coalition to rebel. In the end, when Liu Bao''s army left, the 10000 Hun cavalry turned into more than 10000 people. In addition, the soldiers lost in the raid, Liu Bao''s Department defeated the coalition The number of soldiers reduced was no less than the raid in the first half of the night in Huyan.Now, one night''s attack has led to the loss of nearly ten thousand troops and tens of thousands of horses. In addition to the loss of food, grass and supplies in the scuffle, it can be said that the loss of the coalition forces has almost reached 20% before the war started.


    The next day, it was almost noon that the coalition forces put their troops together. The result of the plan embarrassed everyone. There were only more than 40000 soldiers in the 50000 army before the war. If these soldiers left some more garrisons, there would be no more than 30000 soldiers in the siege.


    After discussion, they simply took all the troops, food and grass with them. The whole army stopped only two or three miles away from Baitu City, and then began to prepare to attack the city.


    Contrary to the situation outside the city, Huangfu Chaobo people inside the city were very happy. They didn''t expect that the night attack of their own army had such a good effect, directly losing nearly 20% of the enemy''s strength. Not only that, last night''s sneak attack also made it difficult for a group of zahu generals to ride a tiger. It can be seen from the fact that their whole army was in custody and prepared to attack the city with all their strength. This is what Huangfu Chaobo wanted to see. He wanted to let the white Earth City wear away all the elite of these zahu soldiers and horses. Only in this way, he could control the whole bend of Hetao more easily.

 Chapter 1321

    Just as everyone in the Tang army expected, today''s allied forces are in a dilemma. They have gathered tens of thousands of troops to attack the white earth city. As a result, they haven''t started to attack the city yet. A night attack by the Tang army alone has cost the army nearly 10000 people, especially the loss of horses and food. Therefore, after preparing the number of troops, they set up an army and came to the white earth city.


    With the bleak sound of the horn in the coalition forces outside the city, thousands of soldiers of the mixed Hu coalition forces, who had been prepared for a long time, grasped their swords in one hand and lifted the prepared crude siege ladder in the other hand to approach the direction of the city wall.


    As expected by Huangfu Chaobo, the Allied forces targeted several gaps on the east wall, five gaps, two big and three small. Each of them was equipped with a large number of taxi soldiers to attack the city. There were more than 2000 or 3000 soldiers and less than 1000 soldiers.


    On the top of the city tower, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia stood there, looking at the thousands of miscellaneous soldiers coming from the city calmly, but their faces were very calm, even with a smile. If this kind of attack of ten thousand people comes to attack twice, Huangfu Chaobo is sure to keep these allied forces under the clay city.


    Sure enough, thousands of miscellaneous Hu soldiers and soldiers were driven like ducks, rushing towards the city wall. There was no Han Army attacking the city at all.


    The next thing went very smoothly. Under the rapid attack of the Allied soldiers, several gaps of the Tang army were soon unable to hold. They were successively attacked by the Allied soldiers, and then a steady stream of the Allied soldiers poured into the city wall from these gaps.


    Anhan was originally a centurion of the an tribe of YueDi people around Shanan city. Last night, the Tang army attacked their an''s camp in the night. As a result, a thousand an''s troops were almost exhausted in the attack, leaving less than 300 soldiers.


    Therefore, in the first round of attack today, the remnant soldiers of the an family, together with thousands of other soldiers and horses who survived last night, and several other small tribes, were assigned to the siege team.


    As for abandoning his own horses and going to attack the city on foot with a sword and shield in his hand, an feels uneasy. However, the situation is better than others. There are only 300 soldiers left in their 1000 troops, and he has become the only Centurion left. At the request of other big tribes, he has to lead his own warriors to attack the city.


    "Tell us to be careful and take care of each other as much as possible. Don''t show up easily. If you can attack the city, don''t separate easily. It''s better to attack as a group and don''t be annihilated by the Tang army." An Han said to the people around him;


    although he knew that the rest of the tribe used them as cannon fodder, an Han had to knock off his teeth and swallow them in his stomach, so he had to let his people be careful.


    After reaching the distance of 70 steps, an Han raised his simple wooden shield. Urged by the Huns behind him, he sped up and rushed towards the wall.


    "Watch the arrow!" Just here, a shout sounded from the back of the line.


    Without even thinking about it, an Han raised his wooden shield. As soon as he got up, he felt the impact of the arrows on the shield, slowing down his speed. This shows the sharpness of the Tang army''s bows and arrows. However, at this time, an Han did not have the time and mood to feel this, because, in addition to him, most of these siege soldiers had simple shields, but there were still many people who did not have them. Therefore, after several rounds of arrows from the Tang army, the siege team suddenly heard continuous screams.


    Fortunately, this situation did not last long. Soon, the Allied archers who followed them had reached the shooting distance. With a command, thousands of arrows flew towards the city. Behind the archers, thousands of elite archers, with the help of the speed of the horses, rode towards the city.


    In this way, the bows and arrows at the head of the city were quickly suppressed. Without the interference of the arrows at the head of the city, an Han and other soldiers rushed towards the gap of the city wall.


    As he rushed, he was ashamed and looked at the people around him. After a circle, he felt relieved. Although the bows and arrows of the Tang army had caused great losses to the siegers, the losses of his people were not great.


    Soon, the soldiers of the Allied forces came close to the front of the wall. With the roar, several wooden ladders were put up by the soldiers to the gap of the wall, and several warriors with mixed hands and feet climbed up the gap to fight with the soldiers of the Tang Dynasty.


    Because this is outside the gap of the city wall, the number of soldiers and horses that can be deployed is not much. In addition, there is a certain gap between the two sides of the city wall and the gap, so the support that can be provided by both sides is also very limited. After losing dozens of soldiers, the Allied soldiers occupied a big gap. Seeing this, both the soldiers who attacked the city and the generals who fought hundreds of steps outside the city gave a great cheer.


    Hearing the cheers, an Han looked up to the city, but he was very happy. There were many allied soldiers standing on the gap of the city wall. It seemed that the gap had been occupied. In this way, the city was basically occupied.With this in mind, he could not help but walk a lot faster. Then he went to the taxi and climbed up the ladder to the top of the city. However, the situation in front of him surprised him. Unlike what he imagined, behind the gap of the wall, it was not a miscellaneous stone ramp down the city, but a big pit about two feet deep and tens of steps wide.


    It can be seen that this big pit was dug recently, because the soil around and at the bottom of the pit is new. These are not the most important. The most important thing is that in the other directions of the pit, it is also about two feet high. The soldiers who first climbed the city wall had already been pushed into the pit by those who came later. They were walking around there, unable to advance or retreat.


    "No, I''ve been cheated..." An Han immediately reflected that he and others were obviously deceived by the Tang army. The Tang army, who had obvious gaps, stayed here to attract them here, and then


    It''s a pity that although an Han can see it, he can''t go back to the sky, because there are a lot of taxis climbing up the city from behind him. Seeing that the people in front didn''t move on, he pushed the people in front to move on. As a result, although the taxis in front tried to retreat, they were pushed to the pit one after another by the Allied soldiers behind.

 Chapter 1322

    Ann watched with shame as she approached the big pit in front of her step by step. She was so frightened that she waved her hands and yelled, "don''t push, you''re going to fall!" At the same time, he desperately wanted to go back, but there were too many people behind him, and there were a steady stream of people climbing up the ladder behind them. All he did was useless.


    "Plop"


    finally, an Han was pushed into the pit behind the city wall. As soon as he fell off the city wall, an Han immediately got up from the ground, and then left here quickly with both hands and feet. He knew that if he didn''t leave soon, he would be trampled or crushed to death by the people who fell down behind.


    Outside the White Earth City, a group of General Hu looked at the ongoing war with a happy face. If there was a breakthrough in the city wall, there would soon be a second and third place. Not surprisingly, the other four gaps in the city wall also made progress, and they were attacked on the top of the city one after another.


    "That''s great. They''re all up!"


    "Send the order down and let the cavalry get ready. As soon as the gate is opened, they will rush into the city. The Tang army can''t let go of any of them. In addition, ten thousand cavalry are divided into two teams and sent to the north and the south to pursue the escaped Tang cavalry! " Huchuquan orders with high spirits;


    soon some tribal generals will do it according to his requirements, and then everyone looks at the direction of the gate, hoping to see the gate open as soon as possible.


    What surprised everyone was that although there were soldiers swarming into the city walls at several gaps, and there were shouts of killing in the city, the city gate was never opened.


    All the people outside the city finally found out the abnormality. They all stared at each other, and they didn''t know what was going on inside the city.


    At this time, the White Earth City has become a Shura hell. Standing on the tower, Xu Huang looks coldly at the soldiers who are pushed down by his own people and fall into several big pits in the city. He sees more and more enemy troops in the pits, and the middle and low-level generals have begun to organize soldiers to get out of trouble.


    Xu Huang sneered: "turtle in the urn, do you still want to escape?"


    After that, he looked at the gaps in other places. Standing on the tower, he could basically see the situation in several places. Now there are a large number of enemy troops in each pit. Xu Huang knew that the time was ripe, so he turned his head and ordered: "pass on the order, the Bowman starts to attack the enemy in the pit!"


    With Xu Huang''s order, thousands of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and archers, who had been hiding behind the chest walls of several large pits, got up one after another and, under the command of the general, poured out their arrows to the enemy in the pit.


    "Buzz..."


    "Whoosh..."


    "Ah..."


    Several deep pits, suddenly sounded one after another scream, hundreds of miscellaneous Hu soldiers fell to the ground in the dense rain of arrows. And above the city wall, there are still many allied soldiers crowding on the top of the city.


    After several rounds of arrow rain, in several deep pits, there were no more Union soldiers who could stand, only wailing wounded soldiers and arrows.


    Outside the city, at the center of the Allied forces, they saw that the nearly ten thousand troops they had put in were as if they had gone into the sea without any trace. A group of General Hu were stunned. After a long time, they finally sent someone to pick up some soldiers who had escaped by chance. Only then did they know what happened behind the city wall.


    After only one round of attack, there were only 30000 troops left, and the rest of the troops were exhausted. This result made everyone tremble.


    Chu Lian Si and Peng Yang all looked at each other and saw a trace of fear from each other''s eyes. An adult of a small tribe even said, "the Tang army is invincible. Why don''t we just retreat?"


    "No!" Huchuquan yelled;


    seeing that all the people looked at him, huchuquan said: "at this time, we must not retreat. We still have more than 30000 people. If we hold them together, we can still fight against the Tang army. If we withdraw, we can be easily defeated by the Tang army. There are thousands of elite soldiers in our camp. It only takes two days for them to come to join us. Guduhou, send people back immediately to send orders, so that they can leave only 1000 soldiers and horses to defend the old camp, and the rest of the soldiers and horses will come to join us. "


    He was just about to refute, but he was stopped by huchuquan: "go, if you can''t drive out the Tang army this time, you and I will die."


    Hou Wenyan, the capital of Xu''s bones, also understood that Hu Chuquan''s words were true. He quickly accepted the promise, and then turned away to arrange for people to return to the old camp.


    Seeing that xupugu Duhou left, huchuquan opened his mouth to the others: "if you don''t want to die and destroy your family, fight to death."


    Seeing this, Chulian Si and Peng Yang understood that Hu Chuquan''s words were true. After biting their teeth and pondering for a moment, they all sent people back to their old camp to gather more troops to join the army and prepare to finish their service.


    "Huchuquan, Shanyu, what shall we do next?" After arranging the personnel to return to the old camp to dispatch troops, Chu Liansi looked at Hu Chuquan and asked;"Next, we will continue to attack the city. Since the Tang army has set traps at those gaps, we will not attack from those places, but directly attack their city gate. Anyway, tomorrow, our reinforcements will arrive, and then the number of troops will increase." Huchuquan pointed to the gate with a whip and said to the crowd.


    "No," Peng Yang added, "those gaps still need to continue to attack, but after we attack, we don''t directly enter the city, but use ladders to attack the broken walls on both sides, first occupy the whole city wall, and then open the city gate. No matter what tricks the Tang Army has, it''s useless."


    "Not bad." When people heard the words, they were all spirited up.


    "Wu..."


    "Woo Wu Wu... "


    A moment later, the bugle of attack from the Central Military Department of the United forces sounded again, and thousands of soldiers, carrying more siege ladders, launched another attack towards the wall.


    The battle lasted until it was getting dark, and the Allied forces withdrew with a sound of trumpets. As expected, the Allied forces failed to capture the city wall smoothly. However, in the two attacks in the afternoon, only a few thousand Allied soldiers were lost, far less than the first round. Moreover, although they failed to capture the city wall, they also caused a lot of damage to the city guards In particular, a large number of cavalry around the city wall constantly launched a fire, so that the Tang soldiers who guarded the city lost a lot of soldiers.

 Chapter 1323

    After the loss of so many troops, the army of the Tang Dynasty was very happy. Today, the army of the Tang Dynasty has been defending the city and the enemy is attacking. This is the most favorable situation for the army of the Tang Dynasty. It can take this opportunity to kill more of the alliance''s strength.


    The war continued the next day, but after two days of attacks, the Allied forces'' attack was not as fierce as that of the first day.


    When it was getting dark in the afternoon, Xu Huang was surprised by the sudden cheers from the rear of the camp. A moment later, Xu Huang saw a large group of smoke coming towards the camp several miles away. Xu Huang''s heart moved. Did zahu''s reinforcements arrive?


    Although he thought so, Xu Huang was not sure. However, for his own side, no matter how many Hu people did not know how to attack the city, what would happen? It''s not that I''m just dying in vain under the city.


    As Xu Huang expected, soon, jindiao and Chihou outside the city sent news respectively that it was indeed the reinforcements of the zahu allied forces. Soon, Huangfu Chaobo several people also arrived on the tower, Xu Huang saw this, quickly came forward to salute: "the end will see the king!"


    "Pardon me, general!" Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care to be polite to Xu Huang either. He motioned to Xu Huang to get up and looked toward the coalition camp in the northwest.


    Seeing this, Xu Huang pointed to the direction of the coalition camp and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "look, your majesty, the current intelligence shows that reinforcements have arrived in the northeast and northwest directions. It should be that all the tribes have sent reinforcements. Now is to find out how many reinforcements have arrived."


    A moment later, Huangfu Chaobo looked back at Xu Huang and said, "no matter how many reinforcements are coming, they are good things for us, not bad things. I don''t know how general Xu should deal with the future war?"


    Xu Huang pondered a little, and then solemnly replied, "show the enemy how weak they are!"


    Huangfu Chaobo hears the speech and looks at Guo Jia and FA Zheng with a smile. They are both appreciative. In fact, as early as on the way to the city wall, the three had discussed the countermeasures, and their opinions coincided with Xu Huang''s.


    "In detail." Huangfu Chaobo asked again;


    "first of all, he will order the soldiers to repair the wall overnight, and repair all the gaps of the wall that were not repaired before."


    "Why?"


    "It''s hard to be inside!"


    "Pa pa..." Huangfu Chaobo has a smile on his face. "Yes, go on."


    "On the wall of the city tomorrow, the soldiers who are responsible for defending the city will timely transfer part of the Tujia and Hun cavalry to participate in the defense of the city head..."


    "Well!" At this point, Huangfu Chaobo held out his hand to stop Xu Huang from going on. Then he looked at Guo Jia and turned back to Xu Huang and said, "don''t go on any more. The next war will be arranged according to the general''s own idea. There''s no need to ask for instructions."


    "No!"


    Soon, the whole white clay city wall became lively. Thousands of soldiers and civilians appeared at the gap of several walls. Countless bags filled with soil were moved from the city to the wall and built up at the gap. Several parts of the wall were quickly repaired. The whole repair operation did not stop all night.


    The news from the white earth city could not be hidden from the Allied forces several miles away. Soon Hu Chuquan and others received the news that the Tang army was speeding up the repair of the city walls. After they got the news, some people responded quickly. These Han people also got the news that a large number of reinforcements had arrived, so they were afraid, so they got the news that the city walls had been repaired overnight. This news made the Allied forces very happy I''ll be very happy.


    In the White Earth City, in the county government, the noise of killing on the city wall is very loud, but a few people here are in vain. After a few days of fighting, Huangfu Chaobo has finished ignoring the battle at the head of the city, because Xu Huang''s ability has been unanimously recognized by the three people. No, it should be said that he has been unanimously recognized by all the people in the city.


    If in the past few days, except for Huangfu Chaobo, all the others had some doubts about Xu Huang''s ability, then the war in these days has completely convinced everyone of Xu Huang''s ability.


    The war has been going on for five days. Except for the first day, the loss of the coalition forces is very big. In the next few days, the loss of the coalition forces is not big. The performance of the Tang army on the city wall is to give people a feeling that they can attack with a little more strength. It makes the zahu coalition forces want to retreat but not be willing. It attracts the zahu coalition forces firmly under the white soil city and consumes them constantly We need a lot of troops.


    Since the war at the head of the city has not been considered by himself, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia discuss the subsequent war arrangements. Now it''s only a matter of time before the whole area of Henan is under control, so the next step is to consider the war arrangements for Lvbu.


    Information from all over Bingzhou was constantly sent to Huangfu Chaobo by shadow Weiyuan. On the surface, it seems that the mixed Hu Union army has burned the floating bridge to the west of Baitu City, but it''s just a joke for the Tang army. If necessary, they were able to repair the floating bridge within an hour, just to calm the heart of zahu, so they did not repair it. However, there was no half block in the transmission of information. Every day after dark, all the information sent from Fushi city was sent to the city of Baitu and handed over to Huangfu Chaobo.On this day, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia were discussing military affairs as usual. Suddenly, a systematic message sounded in his ear: "Ding, systematic message, King Wu Sunce was assassinated in Wujun and died of serious injury. Before he died, sun CE passed the throne to his brother Sun Quan, and the political situation of Wu state was unstable for a short time."


    The system news has been played for three times. For a time, the players in the whole game are quiet. As the founder of Wu state among the Three Kingdoms, sun CE''s influence is undoubtedly huge, especially in the whole Wu state, which is almost established by him. Then, like in history, sun CE is assassinated.


    You know, in history, after Sun Quan succeeded to the throne, he spent a lot of effort to stabilize his position. Now the unstable factor of players has been added to the game, which makes Sun Quan''s throne and the future of the state of Wu more complicated.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was suddenly stunned there, Guo Jia and FA Zheng were also stunned. They all stopped and looked at Huangfu Chaobo.


    For a long time, Guo Jiacai asked tentatively: "king, King..."


    "Oh, ah..." Huangfu Chaobo suddenly woke up.


    "But what''s wrong with Wei Chen''s proposal just now?" Guo Jia asked tentatively;


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head: "no, the king of Wu, sun CE was stabbed to death. Before he died, the king of Wu passed his throne to his younger brother, Sun Quan..."


    "What?"


    "Can it be so?"


    Both of them were shocked when they heard the words.


    "Doesn''t sun CE still have a son? Why don''t you pass it on to your son, and I don''t know that this is the way of chaos? " Guo Jia frowned and said,


    "the problem is that the eldest son of King Wu is not one year old yet..."

 Chapter 1324

    The news of sun CE''s assassination has made several people silent. Huangfu Chaobo knows the historical process, so it should be good news for players to understand Sun CE''s death. There are two players around the state of Wu, namely yelaixiang and Yanhan. Huangfu Chaobo believes that they will make some moves. With the intelligence of Guo Jia and FA Zheng, we can see the instability of Wu state after sun CE''s sudden death.


    "What should we do about Wu?" Huang Fu asked them in a deep voice;


    Guo Jia and FA Zheng looked at each other, and both of them shook their heads: "in the current situation, what we have to do is to adapt to changes with constancy. The assassination of King Wu happened all of a sudden. If you are not fully prepared, you should not act rashly. "


    After listening to Guo Jia''s words, Huangfu Chaobo was unwilling, but he had to admit that his words were right. Finally, he nodded helplessly, and the three of them put their eyes on the map of Bingzhou again.


    The Tang army only paid close attention to the changes of Wu state, but did not take any other actions. However, there were many waves in and around Wu state, but it was dangerous for the vassal state sweeping the Yangtze and Huaihe rivers.


    Over the past few years, the territory of the state of Wu has expanded so fast that it has not been able to settle down to stabilize its territory. Originally, sun CE''s ability was not a big deal, but after sun CE''s death and Sun Quan''s succession to the throne, all kinds of demons and monsters have sprung up.


    Especially in the newly occupied cities on both sides of the huaishui River, many of the aristocratic families who had not returned to the state of Wu jumped out. Coupled with the fans of the players, Sun Quan was almost at a loss.


    After the news of sun CE''s death came, Cao Cao, the king of Qi, immediately ordered Cao Ren to gather tens of thousands of troops from Donghai and Pengcheng to attack xiapi. Sun Jing, the prefect of xiapi in the state of Wu, had to deal with the rebellion everywhere and resist the attack of Qi Army at the same time. He lost several cities in a few days. In desperation, Sun Jing had to send people to Guangling and Jiujiang counties ask for help.


    At the same time, Sun Jing also suggested to Sun Quan of Jianye that he ask for the help of his ally, the night jasmine, hoping to get the support of the night jasmine.


    Just when the state of Qi attacked the state of Wu, Liu Yao, a Yangzhou nomad who was shrinking in Yuzhang County, was also ready to move. Under his command, Zhang Ying, the number one general of Liu Yao, gathered tens of thousands of troops on land and water in Chaisang City, ready to go to Jiangdong at any time.


    In the severe cold in the south of Wujun County, Xue Li, Chen Heng and Xu Zhao were sent out to take advantage of the flawless Southern care of the state of Wu. They led 50000 troops and sent troops to Jiaozhou.


    To everyone''s surprise, under Zhou Yu''s persuasion, Sun Quan, in order to better deal with Qi''s attack, gave all the cities of Donghai County under Wu''s control to yelaixiang in exchange for their attack on Tan county. After getting several cities of Wu state, I came to see at night. As expected, while sending people to take over the city, I sent General Xu Sheng to lead tens of thousands of troops and launched a fierce attack on Tan county, Cao Ren''s hometown.


    Wu Jun assembled all the troops in the East China Sea cities and sent them to Sun Jing for unified command. With the support of soldiers and horses from these cities, Sun Jing finally stabilized the defense line. She held the three cities of Lingxian, Quyang and huaipu to the north of huaishui, plus the west of Shanghai. Now there are only four counties left in the state of Wu to the north of huaishui.


    As for the other counties in xiapi, except for huailing, xutai, Gaoshan and Dongcheng in the south of huaishui River, all the other cities were occupied by Cao Ren''s army. However, although Cao Ren occupied more than ten cities, he also lost Tan county in the East China Sea. Even Xiangben and Lanling in the West of Tan county were occupied by yelaixiang army.


    Later, yelaixiang appointed Wang can as the Taishou of Donghai and Wu Lan as the Duwei of Donghai, and brought Donghai under his own rule. However, the other two dukes, especially the state of Wu, had finally adjusted after being caught off guard, so the three families fell into a state of confrontation again. Although Cao Cao was no longer willing, he had to stop attacking temporarily.


    At the same time that Xuzhou battlefield has stabilized again, Nanyang battlefield has gradually calmed down. Zhao Zilong led more than 10000 troops to join forces with zonghengxia, which caught Zhang Xiu off guard. She lost thousands of soldiers in the first battle of Xiliang iron cavalry. In addition, Zhao Zilong''s cavalry was not weak. Zhang Xiu was afraid that her Xiliang iron cavalry would suffer heavy losses again, so she didn''t easily send cavalry to fight in the East. Instead, she kept close to Bowang and Jiyang, Prevent Zhao Zilong and Zhao Zilong from going west.


    Without the threat of Xiliang cavalry, Zhao Zilong quickly sent troops to capture the two cities of Biyang and Heping, and expanded his sphere of influence to three counties. Then, on the suggestion of Mao Xun, Zhao Zilong did not continue to send troops, but settled down and prepared to stabilize the three cities before making other plans.


    Almost at the same time, in the west of Nanyang, after a year''s preparation, Shangyong Taishou Duoqing sword also launched a surprise attack on Hanzhong.


    Under Zhang Ji''s contact, he urged several small and medium-sized Qiang tribes to surrender, so duoqingjian formed a group of about 5000 Qiang soldiers from the more than 20000 Qiang people. Later, he sent them to Nanzheng City, Hanzhong''s governing post, to cooperate with the outside world and attack Nanzheng. Before Zhang Lu''s reaction, he quickly controlled Nanzheng City, destroyed Zhang Lu''s forces, and Zhang Lu fled alone Yizhou.In the battle of Nanzheng, Zhang Lu''s younger brother Zhang Wei died, while the rest of the generals in Hanzhong, such as Yan Pu, Yang Song, Yang Bai, Yang Ding and Wu Xi, finally surrendered to the amorous sword. With their help, Duoqing sword successfully controlled the whole Hanzhong.


    With the participation of the generals in Hanzhong, the number of historical generals in the hands of Duoqing sword has reached more than ten, which has become the largest number of historical generals in the whole game except Huangfu Chaobo. However, the generals in the hands of amorous sword are mainly second rate and third rate, and the military division is also two 80 + men, but for other player forces, it is already very amazing.


    As for other players, Wuling''s sword spirit has now controlled Lingling, and Liu Beijun has also occupied Guiyang. Now the two families have equally divided the four counties in southern Hunan. However, both of them are still accumulating strength, and there is no conflict between the two sides for the time being.


    However, Xiaobai of Yizhou, Cao Charlie of Taishan, overlord of Lelang, Xiaoqiang of Liaodong and battleship of Hepu seem to be still accumulating strength, so they have no intention of sending troops abroad. In addition to these player princes, other player forces are basically small lords with only one city and one place. In today''s world situation, they have basically lost the chance to go further.

 Chapter 1325

    As for the trend of other vassals in the world, Huangfu Chaobo only paid a little attention to it, and once again focused on the Hetao area.


    After several days of fighting, zahu''s spirit has almost been completely consumed by Xu Huang. Every attack makes people feel that the city''s defense seems to be able to attack with one more force, but every attack is on the verge of success in the end.


    The defeat of attacks made the morale and strength of the Allied forces constantly decrease. When they finally found out that they were wrong, the number of soldiers who could really take part in the war was less than 30000, and the camp was still full of nearly 30000 wounded soldiers, which can be said to be a lot of grief.


    In the White Earth City, Xu Huang is reporting today''s war situation to Huangfu Chaobo in the small hall. After reporting, Xu Huang continues to say: "king, I don''t think the period of counter attack is mature."


    Huangfu Chaobo raised his eyebrows and said, "when is the general going to arrange the counter offensive?"


    "At five o''clock tomorrow, the army will directly enter the coalition camp."


    "How many troops?"


    "Twenty thousand cavalry and crossbow troops of Yuanrong are equipped with horses, which can be followed closely. The rest of the troops can not be used for the time being. After the war situation is basically determined, the infantry will be sent to take over the city. The cavalry will continue to pursue the remaining zahu troops and attack the cities of Hetao at one stroke, which can be decided by the first World War." Xu Huang replied calmly;


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, turned to Guo Jia and said, "when will the soldiers from three schools transferred from Henan arrive?"


    Guo Jia replied, "the army has set out, but it will take ten days at the fastest to get to Fushi."


    As early as a few days ago, when Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia discussed with each other, they felt that there were not enough battalions in Shangjun. At that time, they needed to send troops from Shangjun to Shuofang and Wuyuan, so their forces would be even more limited. After a few discussions, they decided to transfer several battalions from the battalions in various counties of Henan Province to join the battalions in Shangjun to strengthen the strength of the battalions .


    Therefore, the battalions of Luoyang, Hanoi, Hongnong and Chenliu sent out one school of soldiers to Shangjun to be on standby. Together with the former four schools of soldiers in Shangjun, and the newly recruited two schools of soldiers, a total of 100000 schools and 50000 soldiers were reorganized. At that time, these soldiers, together with Huangfu Chaobo''s guards, would be the main force of the Tang army''s northward crossing of the Yellow River.


    Now it''s June and July. Like Bingzhou, winter comes early in Hetao. When the army arrives, it''s time to reorganize and stabilize Zhucheng. After all this, it''s estimated that it''s October. If we send troops to Shuofang at that time, it will be snowing. Maybe it will be more difficult.


    After pondering for a moment, Huangfu Chaobo ordered: "please, general. After the cities of Hetao are settled down as soon as possible, the army will need to repair. As for the new plan, we will make a decision next year."


    "The end will take orders!" After that, he turned and left for the military camp in the city to prepare for the night attack.


    That night, under the leadership of Xu Huang, 30000 cavalry of Tang army launched a thunderbolt attack on the camp of zahu united army. As Xu Huang expected, the camp was full of disabled, demoralized and united army. After being attacked by the Tang army, it only lasted for a quarter of an hour, then it collapsed and became a mess.


    An hour later, Huangfu Chaobo, who received Xu Huang''s reply, ordered the following 20000 soldiers to come to the coalition camp. When they arrived at the camp, it was already twilight. However, the war was almost over. The whole camp was like a Shura hell. There were broken arms and limbs of zahu soldiers everywhere. Teams of zahu soldiers were gathered together by the cavalry of Tang army.


    Lu Zhong commanded tieyingruishi and 10000 Shangjun soldiers to take over the prisoners and wounded soldiers of the camp. The cavalry captain led his cavalry to chase northeast. According to his description, when 30000 cavalry troops defeated the zahu allied army in the camp, Xu Huang ordered the soldiers to break through the encirclement in two directions, northeast and Northwest Two remnant troops left.


    By the time Huangfu Chaobo arrived at the camp under the protection of the trapped camp, Lu Zhong was already doing the post-war clean-up work. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo was coming, Lu Zhong came to see him immediately: "I''ll see you at the end of the day."


    "General Lu, please get up! Have the casualties and the harvest been counted? " Huangfu Chaobo reaches out his hand to help Lu Zhong, and then asks Lu Zhong;


    "King Hui, the details have not yet come out, but the preliminary situation has come out. Our army has lost more than 2000, including more than 1000 dead and seriously injured, and the rest are minor injuries. More than ten thousand people were killed and wounded, more than forty thousand were captured, and less than ten thousand escaped. More than 50000 horses and countless cattle and sheep were harvested in the camp. " Lu Zhong replied with a smile;


    "what about General Xu Huang and his cavalry?"


    "There are thousands of miscellaneous Hu allied troops who have escaped by riding. General Xu Huang has divided his troops into two routes and pursued them respectively."


    "That''s good. The order goes on, and all the captured and harvested cattle, sheep and horses, as well as materials are transported back to baitucheng. After this, general Lu leads 20000 troops to support General Xu, and pacify Hetao zahu as soon as possible."


    "The end will take orders!" Lu Zhong was overjoyed and quickly accepted the order.


    It took 20000 troops a whole day to transport all the materials, wounded and prisoners back to Baitu city. After a day''s rest, Lu Zhong led 20000 troops to the northeast direction of Pingding three cities early the next morning.On the afternoon of the departure of Lu Zhong''s army, Xu Huang sent someone to send back the news that the army had recovered the three cities of Pingding, Zhenlin and Guangyan this morning. Then Xu Huang arranged two thousand soldiers each to guard the three cities closely, and joined Lu Zhong''s headquarters and headed for Meiji City, where the Hun court was located.


    In the next few days, Xu Huang''s victory came back almost every day. On the fifth day of defeating the Allied forces, Xu Huang captured Meiji City, killed Hun Shan Yu Huquan and captured Hun General Xu pugu.


    Almost at the same time, the news came back from another army. Huyan led the army to pursue Lushuihu and captured Dacheng and dachengsai. All the tribes of Lushuihu came down.


    On the tenth day, Xu Huang''s army captured Shanan City, the last city occupied by a foreign race within the scope of Hetao. The whole area of Hetao in Henan Province was finally occupied, and all the foreign races in Henan surrendered to the state of Tang.


    At this time, the 20000 soldiers sent by Henan had already arrived at baitucheng. Huangfu Chaobo ordered Xu Huang to leave general Lu Zhongzhu to guard the cities of Shanan, while Xu Huang led Shangjun barracks back to baitucheng and began to prepare for the reorganization of Shangjun barracks. After a series of wars, Xu Huang''s ability has been recognized by the generals of the Tang army, so Huangfu Chaobo decided to build a new battalion of soldiers, with Xu Huang as the chief General. On the one hand, he reorganized his troops, and on the other hand, he was ready to send troops to the north of the Yellow River next year.

 Chapter 1326

    On the South Bank of the Yellow River, shuofangcheng, and the general''s residence, contrary to the morale of the generals of the Tang Dynasty who swept Henan, all the people in the assembly hall were silent. The leader is the Xiake who was rushed to Shuofang city by Zhang Liao a few months ago. For the war in Henan, the Xiake has been paying close attention to it, but there is nothing he can do about it. Now he has only ten thousand troopers, and there is an army of Bingzhou.


    When the Tang army swept the foreign cavalry alliance and captured all the cities in Henan, the knight locked himself in his study. For a whole day and a night, he refused to see anyone.


    As a result, several of the Xiake''s subordinates, except Gaolan, went to inspect the defense on the wall every once in a while, basically stayed in the general''s house, waiting for their Lord.


    In the study of the small hall in the hall, the Xiake is sitting there quietly. The whole person is like a sculpture. He has been holding that posture for half a day.


    Although he has no ability to participate in the war in the south, he has always sent people to pay close attention to the war in the south, so when the situation of the war in the South comes to his hands little by little, the whole swordsman is more and more trapped in a kind of inexplicable anxiety, which is a kind of anxiety for the future confusion and a strong unwillingness to his heart.


    As the leader of the Sili area, Dong Zhuo, who was one of the top ten territories in the world, originally focused on Luoyang after Dong Zhuo moved the capital. He also made a lot of preparations for this, in terms of military strength, financial resources and materials. In particular, he recruited Gao Lan, one of the five great generals in history, and Fu Xun, a famous scholar in Jingzhou, which made him more trustworthy The heart is full.


    Unfortunately, nine times out of ten, when he was ready to show his skills, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly stepped in and became the leader of Luoyang. So with the help of the two subordinates, the Xiake tried to drive Huangfu Chaobo out of Luoyang before he had a firm foothold, but in the end, he failed.


    Finally, he had no choice but to leave. After communicating with Huangfu Chaobo, he successfully left Luoyang and came to Shuofang for development. After several twists and turns, he finally got a firm foothold in Shuofang. Who knows, the God of fate played a joke on him again. Lv Bu was even interested in this miserable place and sent a general like Zhang Liao to lead the expedition In the end, he retreated to Shuofang city to survive.


    Now he has no way out, but Huangfu Chaobo is in the ascendant. As the most powerful marquis in the whole world, the Tang army has carried the attacks of several marquis in the world for several times. I believe that as long as Huangfu Chaobo does it himself, the unification of the Tang kingdom is certain, but he doesn''t know where to go.


    Zhao Zilong''s decision has been known for a long time. Lao Du and Xiao jiejie were originally the younger brothers of Huangfu Chaobo. Before they went to Wuyuan, they just had a playful attitude. So after their defeat, they simply handed over their generals and soldiers to Huangfu Chaobo. They were very happy. Although Huangfu Chaobo has not arranged for them yet, he will not treat them badly.


    Although Zhao Zilong didn''t take refuge in Huangfu Chaobo directly, he brought the city he once again occupied into the rule of the Tang state and became an independent vassal under the rule of the Tang state. Although there is no clear statement, the actual situation is almost the same as him.


    As for Xiaowen and Xiaoqiang in the northeast, it is estimated that when the Tang army really wants to control Youzhou, they will also hand over their military power.


    As for the other small and medium-sized forces under the Star Alliance at the beginning, they have now become ordinary Lords. Under the rule of the Tang Dynasty, they planted their fields with ease, and they have a very comfortable life.


    ¡­¡­


    It took a whole day for the Xiake to come out of the small hall. The guards outside could see the deep tiredness from the Xiake''s face. After coming out, the knight looked at several subordinates waiting for him in the hall for a day. In a low voice, the knight stopped Fu Xun, who was about to ask about the situation, and said, "Mr. Gongti, don''t worry. There will be nothing wrong. It happens that everyone is here. Let''s talk about some things."


    Fu Xun stepped back two steps after hearing the speech, then returned to his position and sat down, waiting for the knight to speak.


    For a long time, the Xiake said slowly in a hoarse voice: "you should have known what''s going on now. The Tang army calmed down Henan with thunder. Now, except Heyin and Shuofang, the rest of the cities have been under the rule of the Tang Dynasty. Heyin city has only a few thousand troops. When Zhao Zilong left, he told the general that if it was Bingzhou army If he arrives, he will be ordered to surrender directly. "


    After a little pause, he continued: "and we are at a dead end now. We have no more than ten thousand soldiers, no more than tens of thousands of people, and the money and food can only last for less than a year. If we don''t make a decision again, it is estimated that next year, the soldiers will not fight and collapse. "


    "So I think again and again... "


    At this point, the Xiake looked up at the other people. Whether they were Fu Xun and Gao Lan who first took refuge in him, or Qu Bei and Qi Zhou who later took refuge in him, they all looked at themselves nervously. They all knew that they had made the final decision."After much consideration, I decided to submit myself to the king of Tang. Since then, I would like to become an official of the Tang state. As for joining the army or politics, everything is decided by the king of Tang. As for you, I will recommend you to the king of Tang. I believe that with your abilities, you will be reused in the Tang state."


    With these words in one breath, the Xiake lost all his strength and sat down on the chair.


    "Lord..."


    "Lord!"


    ¡°¡­¡­¡±


    When the four people heard the speech, they all turned pale. They all knelt on the ground.


    Fu Xun even more open mouth to persuade: "Lord, absolutely not, now we still have nearly ten thousand strong soldiers, tens of thousands of people, still have the strength of the first war, when shelonan and north to Shuofang can still achieve the foundation of a county, now the situation is better than the original several points, there is no chance."


    Gaolan was also trying to persuade, while qubei and Qizhou were complicated.


    Fu Xun and Gao Lan took refuge in themselves for a longer time. Their hard advice really came from their heart, but it was much more complicated to go to the lower and Qi Zhou.


    "You don''t need to persuade me any more. I''ve decided that with your talents, you will definitely be reused in the state of Tang. It''s better to follow me again. After two times, I''ve seen a lot of things clearly. Since the times are not good, why do I have to ask for them?" The Xiake stopped several people from persuading him and said, "well, you all step down. General Gao, arrange a thousand cavalry to escort the general to the south. I want to go down to see the king of Tang."


    Gao Lan had no choice but to answer the promise with his fist. Then he backed down and prepared to gather troops to escort the Xiake to the south to meet the king of Tang.


    When the crowd retreated, Fu Xun deliberately walked at the end. After the others retreated, he turned around and worshipped the Knight: "Lord, Xun is willing to follow him..."


    "I know what you mean." The knight stopped Fu Xun''s words and said, "Mr. great talent, if you come to the state of Tang, you are more than enough to be the prefect of a county, so I will recommend Mr. Tang to the king of Tang. If you follow me again, I will not waste your rich classics. You can''t do that!"


    Fu Xun wanted to speak again, but he was stopped again by the Xiake, saying: "Sir, don''t say more!"


    Fu Xun had no choice but to withdraw.

 Chapter 1327

    Two days later, in Baitu City, Huangfu Chaobo was preparing to visit Meiji city under the protection of the trapped camp. However, he heard an urgent report from Lu Zhong that it was the Xiake, the former Sheriff of Shuofang, who led the troops to Manbo, hoping to meet him. Huangfu Chaobo was a little stunned, so he asked someone to send an order and said, "send someone to reply to general Lu and the Xiake Taishou immediately, let them wait in Meiji City, and you can arrive in these days."


    At once, the messenger went. After the messenger left, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Guo Jia and said, "fengxiao thought, what''s the matter with Xiake''s trip?"


    Guo Jia said with a smile: "if what Jia expected is not bad, Xiake Taishou''s trip should be for the sake of serving."


    On the issue of Xiake, several of them have discussed it more than once. The final result is that Guo Jia thinks that Xiake will come to vote, but Fazheng is skeptical about it. Huangfu Chaobo is not sure. After all, the variables are too big for players.


    After hearing this, Huangfu said to Gao Shun with a smile, "General Gao, order to go down. The army will set out immediately."


    "No!" After hearing the words, Gao Shun turns around and goes out to gather troops.


    ¡­¡­


    That afternoon, more than 1000 riders of Huangfu Chaobo and his party arrived outside Meiji city. Lu Zhong and Xiake, who got the news, had been waiting outside the South Gate with the general school. When they saw that Huangfu Chaobo had arrived, they rushed forward to see him.


    "I''ll see you at the end of the day!" Lu Zhong led a group of generals of the Tang army to bow down and say,


    "met the king of the Tang Dynasty!" Xiake is another name. If Lao Du and Lao Du are here, they will definitely call the eldest brother. However, the relationship between Xiake and Huangfu Chaobo is not so close, so they simply change the name of King Tang.


    Huangfu Chaobo got off the horse and said to the crowd with a smile: "OK, everyone, please get up. It''s getting dark now. Let''s go to the city first! "


    With that, he went to Lu Zhong and Xiake, helped them up and went to the city.


    Under the guidance of Lu Zhong, the party walked towards the city.


    Along the way, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say much to the Xiake. He just looked at the Royal Court of the southern Xiongnu in the light of the setting sun.


    Meiji city was the base for resettling the Xiongnu population in the Western Han Dynasty and the Eastern Han Dynasty. In particular, in the Eastern Han Dynasty, it was the seat of Shan Yuting, the southern Xiongnu. When its population was the largest, it had more than 230000 people. The nomadic area must be vast. The nomadic people who lived for a living in animal husbandry were scattered around. Meicheng city was just a political and military center.


    The wall of Meiji city is about 1.5 feet high, about 200 steps long from east to west, which is about 300 meters in shape, and nearly three steps wide from north to south, which is about 410 meters. The city gates are set on four walls. This kind of city is located in the Central Plains, which is the size of a small town. In Henan, it is the Royal Court of the southern Huns.


    There are not many buildings in the city. There is only a huge tent in the center of the city. This is the Royal tent of the Huns. Now it has been cleared out by Lu Zhong as the Royal tent of Huangfu Chaobo. As for the surrounding, there are dozens of tents, which are used to arrange the accompanying officials and guards.


    After entering the tent, Huangfu Chaobo just took a look and asked about the soldiers and horses in the surrounding cities and the arrangements of the captured alien people. Lu Zhong answered them one by one seriously. Then, Huangfu Chaobo waved Lu Zhong away to do his own business.


    After Lu Zhong left, only Huangfu Chaobo and Xiake were left in the account. With a smile, Huangfu Chaobo asked the Xiake to sit down, took a sip of tea in front of the table, and then said to the Xiake: "after I got the news that Lv Bu''s army suddenly attacked the West and East, I thought about whether to send troops. But at that time, I was too weak to do anything. I still invited the Xiake Forgive me, brother


    "You''re welcome, boss Chaobo." The knight replied quickly: "I know the situation at that time. Even if the Tang army sent troops, it didn''t help much for Wuyuan and Shuofang''s situation. It''s only because Lv Bu''s troops were so sudden that he cheated everyone. When everyone found out, it was too late."


    "I don''t know how the Shuofang army is now?"


    The knight shook his head and replied with a bitter smile: "after years of hard work, the first World War is back before liberation."


    With that, he explained his situation to Huangfu Chaobo without any reservation, and then said, "this time I come here, I have something to ask the boss of Chaobo."


    "But it doesn''t hurt to say so!" Huangfu Chaobo reached out and motioned;


    "well, I''ll get to the point."


    Huangfu Chaobo heard the speech and made another gesture of invitation.


    "After this world war, I don''t think I''m good enough to be a boss, so I want to beg for a meal under boss Chaobo. I don''t know if boss Chaobo is willing to give me a meal?" The knight said;


    "eh, eh?" Although Huangfu Chaobo had some insight in his heart, he didn''t react to the words of the swordsman.


    "Now there are nearly ten thousand troops in Shuofang City, and the money, food and materials accumulated are enough to support the needs of nearly ten thousand troops and forty or fifty thousand people for half a year. In addition, there are four generals, Fu Xun, Gao Lan, Qi Zhou and Qu Bei. I have already agreed with them that they will join the Tang state together, and I believe that Chaobo boss will certainly reuse them." The Xiake didn''t seem to notice Huangfu Chaobo''s expression, so he went on talking. At this time, Huangfu Chaobo reacted."What do you think, brother Xiake?"


    "Oh, I don''t know. If the leader of the army is responsible, the famous generals of boss Chaobo will gather. I don''t think I''m the opponent of these famous historical generals. In terms of internal affairs, it seems that I can barely make it. However, I have to be equipped with a competent assistant." The Xiake said to himself, "Gaolan, if he wants to, I''d like to arrange for him and Xu Huang to make up a new battle camp in Hetao. At that time, this camp will be the main force of going north to Shuofang. When the time is ripe, Gaolan should be able to lead a battalion by himself. If you want to be humble, Zuo Xian, as a Hun, should have good ability. So my consideration is to let him command 10000 Hun cavalry and return to Huang Zhong''s camp. It happens that Huang Zhong doesn''t have strong cavalry. As for Fu Xun, do you have any suggestions? " As for the generals in the hands of the Xiake, Huangfu Chaobo had some consideration in advance. After arranging the whereabouts of the two generals, he was not familiar with the two civil servants, so he asked the Xiake for advice.


    "Fu Xun was a famous scholar in Jingxiang. His intelligence was almost 80% and his internal affairs was more than 80%. Therefore, there should be no problem for the prefect. Qi Zhou was originally Liu Yu''s work, but he was a little worse than Fu Xun in terms of his surroundings. His internal affairs and intelligence were only in his 70s. I arranged for him to be Fu Xun''s deputy. As for my own words, brother Chaobo can arrange whatever is convenient. "


    "Well, brother Xiake, help me to deal with the affairs in Hetao first. It''s not only you, but also Fu Xun. When the affairs in Bingzhou are settled, I''ll arrange for brother Xiake to be a prefect. As for Fu Xun, he must be at least a prefect."


    At this point, Huang Fu Chao Bo stopped for a moment and said, "as for Qi Zhou, I''ll be your deputy and the prefect. There is also the army, grain, and materials in Shuofang city. I will convert them into money and copper coins, and then convert them into real coins on the platform, and put them in brother Xiake''s account. "


    The Xiake was overjoyed when he heard the speech. He quickly got up and bowed to the king and said, "I''ll see you!"

 Chapter 1328

    After all, Fu Xun and Gao Lan were not mediocre. In addition, the three Hun generals, Bei, Liu Bao and Xu pugu Duhou, all lived in Hetao for a long time. They knew the Huns and the rest of the zahu very well. So Huangfu Chaobo handed over the troops of the ten schools to Tian Yu Three Hun generals, Xu Huang and Gao Lan, recruited 15000 Hun cavalry and 15000 Tu cavalry in huyandu. As a result, there were 60000 cavalry in Hetao.


    However, these cavalry were OK against the ordinary Zhao cavalry. If they were against the Bingzhou wolf cavalry of Lvbu, they would certainly have the strength. In addition, all the three Hun cavalry gathered in Hetao, so Huangfu Chaobo had to prevent them from having any different thoughts. After discussing with Guo Jia, Huangfu Chaobo decided to transfer Liu Bao''s cavalry to Huang Zhong''s subordinates, and he had to be a servant The headquarters were transferred to Zhang Ying''s subordinates, which was just able to supplement the lack of strong cavalry in Yanzhou and Yuzhou.


    ¡­¡­


    Compared with the peace in the Tang Dynasty, many parts of the world are not peaceful.


    In Guanzhong, the war between the Han and Ma families and the state of Qin is now in a stalemate again, because under the arrangement of Li Ru, the state of Qin has already allied with the state of Tang, and the state of Qin, which has no worries, has put its main energy on the war with the Han and Ma families.


    But Li Ru''s means are not only in the arrangement of the war. Under his arrangement, the relationship between the two weak allies has become increasingly tense because of the war. By the middle of the year, Han and Ma Teng finally broke up in discord. In this way, the situation in Guanzhong has once again become a confrontation between the three, and no one dares to act rashly.


    ¡­¡­


    Two years ago, the actual controllers of Jiuquan county and Dunhuang county were speechless. Under the attack of Ma Chao, the son of Ma Teng, they were defeated and fled into the Qilian Mountains. Therefore, Dunhuang County almost went down without fighting and became a county of Liangguo.


    Historically, Dunhuang Prefecture in the Wei Dynasty ruled Dunhuang (now Hexi, Dunhuang City in Gansu Province) and led six counties: Dunhuang, longle, Xiaogu, Guangzhi, Ming''an and Yuanquan. There are 7048 households with a population of more than 29000. In fact, in the game, plus the increase in the population of players'' territory, Dunhuang county now has a total population of nearly 100000, most of which are distributed in six counties, of which Dunhuang occupies more than 20000 people.


    Two years ago, after being attacked by Ma Chao, Wuyu transferred almost all the troops in Dunhuang cities, so that there were only two or three hundred soldiers in each city, but in the end, he was unable to resist Ma Chao''s army. So after the attack of Shatou City, Wuyu had to be escorted by Ma play and Qiang Duan. Without even entering Dunhuang, he fled to Qilian Mountain in a hurry .


    Qiangtuan was originally the son of King Di of Yinping. According to the historical process, he wanted to become king Di of Yinping, but he was inadvertently recruited by speechless, so he became his general. After the escort fled speechless, they entered the territory of Yinping for a period of time, and then continued westward to return to Dunhuang.


    After returning to Dunhuang, the speechless man who knew the terrain quietly arranged his old nest beside Danghe, at the foot of the northern foot of Qilian Mountain, which is the location of Subei County in reality. For Dunhuang County, the fertile land along the river at the foot of the northern Qilian Mountain may be the only suitable place to establish a territory except for six counties.


    It''s just that it''s more than 100 miles south of Dunhuang City, and there''s a small desert about 100 miles wide in the middle. It''s also an entrance to the Qilian Mountains. From time to time, there are qianghu and Di people coming in and out from here, so players can''t basically establish territory here.


    In the time of Yin Ping, after carefully considering all aspects of the situation, he finally set his goal here. Later, he took advantage of the large amount of property he carried when he left Jiuquan, and gathered several Di tribes in Yinping. In addition, he left 3000 cavalry, with a total population of more than 10000 people, and quietly sneaked back to this place in the south of Dunhuang to rebuild a territory.


    After lurking in Dunhuang for more than a year, wordless has been paying close attention to the situation of Ma tengjun. Ma tengdeng became the queen of Liang, and Ma Chao led a large army back to Wuwei quickly, leaving only Ma tie to lead 2000 cavalry to guard Dunhuang against the invasion of western regions. In the view of Ma Chao, it is great for a small country in the western regions to send 3000 or 5000 troops, but with 2000 cavalry, it can at least delay the arrival of reinforcements from Wuwei.


    But they didn''t expect that the young ma tie had no experience of being alone. Without his knowledge, the silent power gradually recovered and continued to grow. In just over a year, Wuyu regained control of longle, one of the six counties in Dunhuang, and controlled all the places within a hundred miles south of longle and north of Qilian Mountain.


    From the beginning to the end, Ma tie didn''t know that the man who had escaped from his eldest brother''s subordinates was under his own eyes. He quietly waited for the turmoil in the cold country, and then seized the opportunity to recapture the two counties.


    ¡­¡­


    In Hanzhong, Nanzheng, general''s house, Duoqing sword is gathering several important advisers to discuss affairs. After half a month, with the help of Zhang Lu''s old generals, such as Yan Fu and Yang Song, Duoqing sword has finally stabilized the situation of Hanzhong''s cities. Now he has become a force with more than ten generals and a population of nearly one million. He is no longer the only one with three melons and two dates I''m sorry.The increase of strength means the growth of his ambition. After the situation in Hanzhong was stable, duoqingjian began to look around and look for his next goal. Hanzhong was rich and had plenty of money and food. After the destruction of Zhang Lu, Duoqing sword captured a lot of Zhang Lu''s troops. With its original troops, it had nearly 100000 troops.


    After reorganizing these troops and horses, the sentimental sword produced a total of 50000 soldiers, who were in the hands of their most trusted generals, while the rest of the soldiers and horses were assigned to each city pass as garrison troops.


    At this time, only Yi Ji, Zhang Ji, Xiang Lang and Yan Pu were sitting in the general''s mansion. They were also the four generals of the internal affairs department who were able to hold hands with the sentimental sword.


    "Gentlemen, now we are in full control of Hanzhong. Please tell us what Zhenwu army should do next." Duoqingjian looks at four of his subordinates and says;


    as the highest military division, and also the left military division of Zhenwu army, Yi Ji must be the first to speak.


    After the occupation of Hanzhong, duoqingjian had two counties, so he appointed Xiang Lang as the governor of Shangyong, Zhang Ji as the governor of Hanzhong, Yi Ji as the left commander, and Yan Pu as the right commander.


    "Lord, the current situation of Zhenwu army is not suitable for further expansion. The best way is to concentrate on internal strength and enhance strength." Yi Ji said,


    "don''t worry, the general didn''t say he was going to send troops. He just discussed the strategy with the other generals." Amorous sword says to Yi Ji.


    After listening to the words of the sentimental sword, several people were relieved, since they didn''t send troops immediately.


    Yan Pu was most familiar with the surrounding conditions of Hanzhong, so he said: "Hanzhong mountains and rivers are closed, if you need to expand, it''s just three directions: North, South and East."

 Chapter 1329

    After Yan Pu finished, he went to the front of the map in the hall and explained to several people carefully.


    Hanzhong is really a good place. It''s easy to defend but hard to attack. But if you want to continue to develop, it''s also very difficult.


    If you want to continue to develop, it''s just three directions: to the north, to the Guanzhong, to the south, to Yizhou and to the East, to Jingzhou.


    Guanzhong is now the territory of the emperor of the Han Dynasty. Although the majesty of the Han Dynasty has disappeared in today''s world, sending troops to destroy the emperor of the Han Dynasty will certainly arouse the resentment and hostility of the princes of the world.


    However, the direction of Yizhou is not easy. Although Liu Yan is not a powerful vassal in Yizhou, he is not easy to be with. Moreover, Liu Yan has begun to guard against Hanzhong. Several passes connected with Hanzhong have been closed, and even business travel has been almost cut off. In Yan Pu''s view, the road to the South has been cut off.


    Then, in the end, there is only one way to enter Jingzhou eastward. Jingzhou has many waterways. If you want to attack Jingzhou, Zhenwu army needs to speed up the development of water army.


    Yan Pu''s words made several people nod their heads, but the sentimental sword didn''t show anything. There is a well-known route for players to go south to Yizhou, that is Yinping Road, but now this road has not been found by people, but you only need to look for it carefully, and you can definitely find it. Duoqingjian thinks that the problem should not be big. In fact, the biggest problem is that Yizhou has a large number of soldiers, and its strength is still too small, and the risk factor is too large.


    In Jingzhou, though Liu Biao was beaten all over by Jianling, it is actually that Liu Biao''s strength is not weak. Jingzhou also has such a great general as wenpin. In addition, the Cai family and the Kuai family are not so easy to fight.


    In this way, it seems that Guanzhong is the best direction.


    Staring at the map of Guanzhong for a long time, the sentimental sword suddenly said: "now the little emperor just occupies a few cities near Chang''an in Guanzhong, right?"


    "The Lord doesn''t know that although youfufeng belongs to the state of Qin, in fact, the army of the state of Qin didn''t cross the Weihe River, and the cities of Fufeng are basically on the North Bank of the Weihe River, so now the South Bank of the Weihe River, from Sanguan in the West to Fuxian in the East, is under the control of the little emperor." Yan Pu bowed to answer;


    "Oh, that is to say, the little emperor occupied the whole Guanzhong area in the south of the Wei River? That''s fertile land that is hundreds of miles long from east to west and 40 or 50 miles wide from north to south. Guanzhong is fertile and the most fertile place is on both sides of the Wei River. It''s not a waste to enlighten him with such a good place. " Amorous sword looks at the place around Chang''an with burning eyes and murmurs;


    in this case, if you speak in front of the NPC generals in the game before the Yellow turban rebellion, you can''t say that most of the generals will defecte directly, but now these generals are far less loyal to the Han Dynasty and the Emperor than to their masters. So a few people on the scene listened to the words of duoqingjian, and there was nothing unusual. What''s more, the amorous sword was originally born into the yellow scarf bandit. For this period, all his subordinates know it.


    "The Lord''s will..." Yi Ji moved in his heart and asked;


    "if we control the territory outside Chang''an and leave Chang''an City for the little emperor, what are the consequences?" After pondering for a moment, Duoqing sword asked;


    in fact, today''s world, like the emperor of Zhou at the end of the Eastern Zhou Dynasty, has become a mascot. Now all the princes in the world are looking at who will be the king of Qin Zhaoxiang who destroyed the Han Dynasty. So now, the whole world, including Huangfu Chaobo, is far away from the emperor of the Han Dynasty and the Jingzhao area around Chang''an, just don''t want to get into some unnecessary trouble.


    NPC princes are like this, but for players, they don''t have so many scruples. It''s just that the players who have the strength to fight against the little emperor of Chang''an in the game are basically too far away from Chang''an, while the Lords of Guanzhong have the strength. That''s why it''s their turn to eat such a big fat sword.


    "If you don''t move the little emperor, it doesn''t matter if you only occupy these cities in Chang''an." Yan Pu said in a low voice. Suddenly, he reacted, looked at the amorous sword and said, "the Lord means..."


    Amorous sword nodded, looking at several people with a look of hope.


    The others responded and nodded in agreement.


    Yi Ji said: "however, with our current strength, we still can''t defeat the Han Army and occupy the land of Jingzhao. Therefore, the lower official suggested that the Lord spend half a year to a year to train the army. Once we send troops, we have to make one hit between the reaction of the other princes to prevent changes over time."


    Xiang Lang and Zhang both nodded and said yes. Xiang Lang even said, "the words of their military advisers are reasonable, and my Lord, if you want to send troops to Chang''an, there are still several available."


    "Oh, what Juda said means..." The sentimental sword asked curiously;


    "Lord, do you know how the 100000 troops of Chang''an came?" Asked Lang Xiao;


    "pa..." Yi Ji clapped his hands and said with a smile, "if it hadn''t been for Juda''s reminding, I would have forgotten." Then he turned to the amorous sword and said, "Lord, although there are 100000 troops in the hands of the Han Emperor, these troops are basically the defeated soldiers of Xiliang in the hands of Li Xi and Guo Si. If the Lord wants to control Jingzhao, at that time, four Xiliang generals, Li Meng, Wang Fang, Yang Ding and Wu Xi, will persuade him to surrender before the battle, and they will be able to do wonders for him."The rest of them suddenly realized what they had said, and the amorous sword even laughed. They didn''t expect that the four generals of Xiliang, whom they had gathered by accident, had such a good effect.


    "Well, according to several gentlemen, from today on, Zhenwu army will concentrate on training, and send people to pay close attention to the situation in Guanzhong. When the time is ripe, they will wave their troops northward to capture Jingzhao."


    "My Lord is wise!"


    ¡­¡­


    In Fushi City, Huangfu Chaobo is saying goodbye to Shangjun people. As the head of a country, he has left Luoyang long enough. Now Shangjun and Hetao have been settled down, so he doesn''t need to stay here any more. In the next time, he is basically preparing for next year''s Bingzhou. These things can be handed over to Pang Shanmin and Tian Yu. In order to coordinate the military and political affairs, he specially left Fazheng.


    After arranging these things, Huangfu Chaobo returned to Luoyang with Guo Jia under the protection of the trapped camp and Tiebi camp. With them, there are also 10000 Hun cavalry under the command of Liu Bao and Xu pugu Duhou. They will be sent to Huang Zhong and Zhang Ying respectively to make up for the embarrassing situation that there are no powerful cavalry in the battle troops of Henan and Yanzhou.

 Chapter 1330

    In early August, Huangfu Chaobo returned to Luoyang smoothly. However, Huangfu Chaobo, who came back to Luoyang, didn''t relax. Instead, he put his energy into heavy government affairs.


    Not only that, but also the disappearance of all places came to his hands, most of which were not good news.


    Although the major princes in the Central Plains did not make any big moves, they could see that they were planning something. Although there was no exact news from the shadow guards of the Tang army, Huangfu Chaobo could see from the moves that there was no good thing in it.


    "King," Guo Jiayang said to Huangfu Chaobo after collecting the information from Yang''s hands: "from the information from all over the world, Jia infers that the state of Wei is likely to launch an attack on the state of Yan next year."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded, and he also saw some clues. Now yuan Shaojun is mobilizing troops everywhere, seemingly out of order, but the shrewd Guo Jia and others still see the problem from the middle. In the arrangement of troops and horses, the Wei army obviously strengthened the arrangement of troops and horses in the southwest and northeast directions.


    Moreover, the army of Cao Cao, the king of Qi, obviously strengthened its center of gravity to the southwest. In the state of Wu, Sun Quan strengthened the defense of xiapi and Jiujiang after barely stabilizing the internal situation of Wu.


    After all these intelligence gathered together, Rao Shihuang Fu Chao Bo also knew that the three great princes of Guandong had reached some kind of agreement, not to say that they were all against themselves, but at least they had a certain degree of union with the Tang state. If you add the army of Lu Bu, the king of Zhao, and the four princes are in trouble together, the army of the Tang Dynasty will be too large to deal with.


    ¡­¡­


    The Royal City, Nanpi, the palace and Yuan Shao of the state of Wei are gathering their important civil and military officials for discussion. Although there are not many people, they are all Yuan Shao''s confidants.


    As for civil servants, Guo Tu, the Minister of the three principalities, and Zhongcheng, the imperial censor, were at the top of the case. Among them were Guanglu Xun Fengji, Taichang Chen Lin, dahonglu Xun Chen, Tingwei Xu you, as well as Xinping, Anping, Zhongshan, Qinghe, Changshan and Yinkui.


    On the other hand, the generals were led by Guowei Xinpi, followed by general Yan Liang of Pingxi, general Wen Chou of Pingbei, General Han Meng of Zhenglu and general Ju Yi of Zhenjun in beitingzhu, Hebei Province; the cavalry of four generals in Hebei Province led by Jiang Yiqu, core General Zhu Han, general Jiao Qian of left army and general Zhang Nan of guerrilla army, all of whom were the confidants of Yuan Shao.


    Sitting on the throne, Yuan Shao looked at the gathering of civil and military officials. He couldn''t help but feel proud. A kind of spirit of the world''s heroes was rising in his heart.


    "Well


    After all the people sat down, Yuan Shao coughed on the throne and attracted everyone''s eyes. Then he said slowly, "you Qing, this court meeting, I want to discuss with you about sending troops next year."


    At this point, he looked around all the people in the room sternly, and then said, "however, no one is allowed to pass on what is discussed in today''s court. If there is any mistake, I will punish you."


    "We honor the king''s order After hearing the speech, they all got up and fell on the ground, and answered in unison;


    seeing this, Yuan Shao nodded with satisfaction, then turned his head and looked at Guowei Xinpi again, and said, "please explain something to the people, Xin Aiqing!"


    "I''ll take orders!" After hearing the speech, Xinpi got up and saluted Yuan Shao. Then he turned around and looked at the rest of the people and said, "I believe you all know that in recent months, the prime minister and I have been drawing troops from the prefectures. At the same time, they have also ordered the prefectures to supplement the troops already drawn and step up the training. I believe you have already guessed that the king wants to go to war with other countries. "


    With that, SimpI walked slowly to the place where there was a huge spoke map on one side of the side of the side hall, and pointed to the map to introduce to the people.


    Since the Wei army captured Handan, yuan shaoyufa felt that his cavalry had become a short board to restrict his development, so he ordered to buy another 40000 horses from Bingzhou to replenish his cavalry as soon as possible. At the same time, he called on his subordinates to discuss again and again, and decided to defeat gongsunzan as soon as possible and control Youzhou in his hands. In this way, not only could he win the war It can be said that it is killing two birds with one stone to enable the state of Wei to have a stable source of war horses and to cut off the source of war horses of the Tang army.


    Later, the Wei army began to transfer soldiers from all over the country. At the beginning, they were only good at riding. Soon after, he recruited elite soldiers from the prefectures and soldiers, and those who had vacancies soon recruited new soldiers and soldiers, and all the soldiers were supplemented.


    Moreover, among the generals of the Wei army, Ju Yi, who had not been used for many years, was also used again. He was named General of the town army by Yuan Shaofeng and ranked among the four court pillars. Although he was only the last, it was very difficult for him to achieve this position as a demoted general.


    After the transfer of soldiers and horses, under the arrangement of Guo Tu, the prime minister, and Xin PI, the soldiers and horses transferred from each county gathered quietly towards Zhuo county and Julu County. If people didn''t carefully observe, they could hardly find that tens of thousands of elite Wei soldiers had been gathered in each County.Of course, the 20000 Xiandeng dead men under Ju Yi and the 30000 Hebei cavalry under Jiang Qi are still in Nanpi, waiting only about a month before the war.


    According to the result of Yuan Shao''s discussion with others, the state of Wei will launch a fatal attack on the state of Yan in March next year. At that time, it will send 50000 cavalry troops and 100000 soldiers to capture Guangyang and Yuyang counties at one stroke, and control the three richest counties of Youzhou in the hands of the state of Wei. Then, depending on the situation of the war, it will see whether it will continue to send troops to youpeiping.


    It took more than an hour for Xinpi to explain the war arrangements for next year to the public. As soon as his voice fell, Pingxi general Yan Liang began to say, "my Lord, will the Tang army let our army kill Gongsun Zan?"


    "Don''t worry, general. The state of Tang will send troops to help in this war. Therefore, the king will arrange 50000 troops in Julu County under the command of the general to resist the attack of the Tang army." "But..." As soon as Yan Liang stepped down, Yuan Tan stood up and asked, "Mr. Xin, if the cavalry of the Tang army went deep into the hinterland of Hebei Province as they did a few years ago and destroyed it wantonly, wouldn''t the grain harvest in Chengdu this year be affected?"


    "What you have said is true. We have already considered this situation." SimpI said with a smile, "so once the war starts, the king will order all the counties and counties in the country to be ready. This winter, beacon towers must be built in the cities at the junction of our country and the state of Tang. Once the cavalry of the Tang army appears, they will light the beacon fire to warn. As for those cavalry, although we have little way to deal with them at present, they want to attack our cities It''s impossible. As for what the young master said, the question of food should be answered by Lord Xu you. "

 Chapter 1331

    After Xinpi said that, he retreated. Xu you got up and said, "before you answer the question of the eldest son, let me tell you an intelligence that after the war next year, there are not many soldiers in the Tang army to support the Yan army."


    "There are two reasons for this. First, according to the news from yanlingwei, the focus of the Tang army in recent years has been on the Zhao state in Bingzhou. This year, the king of the Tang Dynasty should have taken all the land of Shangjun and Henan, and next year, he should be ready to attack the Zhao state."


    "Second, with the efforts of the great Honglu xunzhen, the state of Qi and the state of Wu have both agreed to unite with our country to deal with the Tang army. At that time, the armies of Qi and Wu will make the move of Chen Bing on the Tang border to contain the Tang army. Therefore, even if the state of Tang is sending troops to rescue, there will not be too many soldiers available in the two counties of Hanoi Shangdang."


    When they heard the words, they all nodded.


    "Sir, I haven''t answered the question just now." Gaogan, the governor of Changshan, asked;


    "as for the first round of grain harvest this year, what you have to tell you is that as long as you capture Jicheng, it''s not a problem." Xu you laughed and then slowly replied,


    "ah?" All the generals were confused and looked at Xu you with doubts.


    Wen Chou is more anxious to shout: "Sir, don''t tease us, come on..."


    After paying enough attention to the taste of the people, Xu you said, "do you know how much money and food Gongsun Zan has accumulated in Jicheng?"


    Everyone shook their heads.


    "There are two hundred stones of grain!"


    When people heard this, they were all stunned. You know, with ten thousand elite soldiers, the annual grain supply was only 180000 stones. In other words, the grain supply of Jicheng alone was enough for one hundred and ten thousand soldiers.


    "I''ll be good!"


    "My God


    "No, where does Gongsun Zan get so much food?"


    Looking at the chaos in the hall, Yuan Shao coughed softly, and everyone immediately calmed down. One by one, they looked at Xu you with big eyes, and wrote a few words of disbelief on each face.


    Xu you said with a smile: "you may not believe it, but what I want to tell you is that it has been repeatedly confirmed by yanlingwei. There are only two million stones more than that. As for where the grain comes from, let me tell you, Gongsun Zan has collected it from the following counties. Nowadays, except Jicheng, there are a lot of grain and grass in the state of Yan. For example, the grain in Yuyang city is only 200000 stone, which is only enough for Gongsun Yue, the prefect of Yuyang, to maintain 20000 prefectures and soldiers for half a year, while the grain and grass in the counties of western Liaoning in youbeiping are even less. "


    After hearing this, everyone suddenly realized that Gongsun Zan had emptied all the food in other counties. No wonder Jicheng had so much food.


    "In addition to a large amount of grain, there are countless gold and silver treasures in the palace of King Yan in Jicheng. In addition, there are also countless treasures in the homes of the three righteous brothers of King Yan in Jicheng. Therefore, we only need to conquer Jicheng. Even if the Tang army destroys all the grain of the whole Wei state next year, we are not afraid." Xu you said triumphantly;


    looking at Xu you''s appearance, although we all know that what he said is too exaggerated, we are still frightened by the amount of money and food stored in Jicheng.


    ¡­¡­


    After a long time, many people reacted from the shock. Yuan Tan asked again, "is it just that the state of Qi and the state of Wu will really send troops to contain the Tang army?"


    "Don''t worry, young master." This time, it was Da Honglu Xun Chen who said, "the king of Qi and the king of Wu also understand the ambition of the Tang state. If our three families do not unite to suppress the development of the Tang state, it will not take a few years. The first ones to suffer losses must be the state of Qi and the state of Wu. Our country has a large territory, a large number of people, and sufficient money and food. The army of Tang certainly does not dare to ignore the tiger''s whiskers, but the state of Qi and the state of Wu are different."


    When Yuan Tan heard the speech, he nodded his approval.


    Xun Chen also said: "besides, the king has agreed that after the great Wei controlled Youzhou, he will supply 20000 war horses to the state of Qi and 10000 war horses to the state of Wu every year. It is impossible for the state of Tang to provide so many war horses to others easily. The state of Wu is OK. Now it has a good relationship with the state of Tang. It can buy more than a thousand war horses every year, but the state of Qi can''t get horses either. "


    After hearing Xun Chen''s words, yuan and Tan put their hearts back into their stomach. The relationship between countries is maintained by interests. If it is unprofitable, Cao Cao and Sun Quan can''t risk the Tang Dynasty''s sending troops to attack, and Chen Bing''s border will be closed.


    When everyone was relieved, Yuan Shao said, "now all the ministers have understood the arrangements for next year, so from now on, all the counties need to be prepared. In addition to preparing money and food to support next year''s war, they also need to step up the training of troops, strengthen the city defense, and prevent the Tang army from attacking."


    "We honor the king''s order All of them agreed in unison;


    "OK, you still have something to play!" Yuan Shao nodded his head and then asked;


    Guanglu Xun rose up when Ji Chang was in charge, and said, "king, please pay attention to one thing, that is, the black mountain thief. Although we haven''t seen any news about him for a long time, I think it''s easy to change the country and the nature is hard to change. Please pay more attention to it."Yuan Shao heard the speech, nodded, turned his head and looked at Xu you.


    Xu you understood what he meant and stood up and said: "tell the king back, the black mountain bandits are really quiet. According to yanlingwei''s report, there has been no sign of sending troops for some time. However, over the past year, many people have fled under the rule of the black mountain army, but most of them fled to the Tang state through the Shangdang. "


    "Oh," Guo Tu and Xinpi heard the words, and both of them were moved. They looked at each other. Guo Tu got up and said, "king, is there something strange in this matter?"


    Xu you shook his head: "I have reported this to the king, and yanlingwei has made a lot of investigations. At first, the people fled because there was not enough food for the black mountain army. Then just after the Tang army occupied the Shangdang, in order to stabilize the Shangdang situation, they mobilized a large number of food into the Shangdang, and then there began to be a wave of refugees. At that time, there were only scattered people walking on the mountain road In the second year, the number of people entering the Shangdang will be even more. However, the main force of the black mountain army has not been affected. On the contrary, after removing the burden of a large number of refugees, it is said that Zhang Yan''s troops have also been adjusted, just like those of the world''s vassals, and have trained thousands of elite soldiers. "


    "Oh, so we should be more on guard against black mountain thieves?" Xinpi road;


    "Lord Xin doesn''t have to worry. According to the news from Yanling guards, after Zhang Yan''s troops are adjusted, there are only 10000 soldiers, while the rest of the troops still maintain the original situation. It''s OK to harass the surrounding counties with their strength. It''s impossible to send troops to attack the city and plunder the land." Xu you shook his head and denied

 Chapter 1332

    For Xu you''s words, Xinpi once again shook his head against it and said, "even so, we should not be careless." Then he turned to Yuan Shao and said, "king, in my opinion, it''s better to send a senior general to Changshan County to guard against the bandits in the Black Hills. If the time of the world affects the war in the state of Yan, it''s too late to repent."


    Xu you''s face darkened when he heard the speech. SimpI repeatedly denied his words, which made him feel very angry. Just as he was about to speak, SimpI spoke again: "Mr. Xu, don''t worry about it. I''m just discussing business, not aiming at you. As a national captain, I need to consider the deployment of troops and horses across the country."


    When Xu you heard the speech, he felt ashamed and annoyed, but he had to bow his hand to Xinpi and said, "the captain of the kingdom is dedicated to the country, and I don''t know if I can be an official."


    Yuan Shao said at this time: "Xu Aiqing has also talked about this matter to Gu several times. It seems that, just as Xin Aiqing said, Heishan thieves have to be prevented. In her opinion, how should soldiers and horses be arranged?"


    After pondering for a moment, Xinpi said: "according to the strategy previously set by the king, the war next year will be divided into two directions: Zhuo county and Julu County. But now it seems that Changshan county needs to be added."


    At this point, Xinpi and his staff all looked up at Gao Gan. Among Yuan Shao''s staff, Gao Gan was the most embarrassed. Although he was known as Changshan prefect, now most of the cities in Changshan County, including the county city, are under the control of the Heishan army. He is just a short prefect, and even his residence is in the giant city Lu county''s xiaquyang City, together with Wuji of Zhongshan state, nine gates seized from the Heishan army, nanxingtang and shangquyang. Now there are only five cities under the control of Changshan Prefecture, and two of them are borrowed from the other two counties.


    Seeing people looking at him, Gao Gan could not help blushing and speechless.


    Fortunately, SimpI did not pause more on this, and continued: "in my opinion, this time the troops still need to make a little adjustment."


    Then he went to the map, pointed to the location of Youzhou and explained to the people, "in terms of Youzhou, the king wants to fight in person, so in addition to 30000 soldiers, there are 20000 Hebei Yulin cavalry. In addition, general Ju Yi''s 20000 first dead soldiers and 50000 elite soldiers gathered in advance, which is a total of 120000 troops. Therefore, among the 30000 Hebei cavalry under the general''s command, 10000 cavalry can be transferred, of which 5000 will be transferred to Changshan, and the other 5000 will be sent to Julu under the general''s command. "


    "In this way, there are 140000 elite soldiers in the whole Youzhou war. In addition to the soldiers and auxiliary soldiers from Zhuo county and the surrounding counties, there are 200000 soldiers in the whole army. In terms of generals, there are four generals, namely general Wen Chou of Pingbei, General Han Meng of Zhenglu, general Ju Yi of Zhenjun, and general Jiang Yiqu of valiant cavalry, who can reach the level of King Bi Qi The purpose of the service. "


    "In the southwest, facing the direction of the Tang army, there should be no problem in dealing with the Tang army, led by the Pingxi general Yan Liang, the backbone General Zhu Han, and the left Army General Jiao Qian, with 50000 elite soldiers, 5000 Hebei cavalry, and the 5000 cavalry of general Yan Liang''s headquarters."


    At this point, Xinpi looked to the west of Taihang Mountain and said: "as for Changshan, Weichen suggested that Zhang Nan, a guerrilla general, should lead the army to Changshan. There are 10000 soldiers, 5000 Hebei cavalry and 20000 troops in gaotaishou''s hands, which is enough to deal with the possible attack of the Black Mountain army. The Heishan army is short of cavalry due to many steps. Five thousand elite Hebei cavalry are enough to deal with tens of thousands of Heishan bandits. In this way, it should be safe. "


    Xinpi''s words made everyone nod their heads. Yuan Shao was also very satisfied with this. He had already determined the arrangement of these generals. Xinpi just transferred Zhang Nan, who had led the Army North together, to Changshan. Although he transferred 15000 troops, they did not worry about the future.


    "Well, then, according to Xin Aiqing''s arrangement, except for the badminton army, xiandengying and Hebei cavalry, the rest of the troops will arrive in their respective areas before the end of the year. After the spring of next year, the troops will go north." Yuan Shao finally said,


    "the king is wise!" All the people responded together


    Luoyang, in the palace, Huangfu Chaobo is also discussing military affairs with Guo Jia.


    "King, if what Jia expected is not bad, now it is basically certain that the state of Wei will use troops against the state of Yan next year, and it is estimated that the troops will not be too small. What should we do? " Guo Jiadao;


    "what should be the meaning of filial piety?"


    "Save or not!"


    "Save or not? What is salvation? Why not save? " After hearing the speech, Huang Fu asked with a frown;


    "if the state of Wei sent troops to attack Yan, as an ally of Yan, anyway, we must send troops to help each other, otherwise we will ignore our allies and do harm to the reputation of the king. But we can''t do our best to save each other as we did several times before. "


    "And why?"


    "King louci lost his troops and fought to save each other. In the end, he broke the established strategy of our army again and again. At the beginning, the purpose of supporting Yan state was to contain the soldiers of Wei state. Now the strength of Yanbei county and Liaodong subordinate countries can not be underestimated. In addition, the strength of youbeiping, Liaoxi and Lulong counties has also increased greatly, and the three prefectures are different from us, so they are not so good Such as... "At this point, Guo Jia made a gesture of cutting her throat with her hand.


    Huangfu Chaobo saw it and immediately understood what he meant. Now Gongsun Zan has become estranged from himself. On the contrary, Gongsun fan has a good relationship with himself. Guo Jia''s idea is that it''s better to sit back and watch Gongsun Zan and his son fall to Jixian County. Then he said that Gongsun fan came to vote and take control of the three counties in Youzhou. In this way, Youzhou has five counties In that case, it would be easier to fight yuan Shaojun than Gongsun Zan.


    Lu Su smell speech, frown say: "so, really good?"


    Pang Tong agreed with Guo Jia: "why not? Gongsun Zan obviously doesn''t believe us now. No, it should be said that Gongsun Zan is over. Now he doesn''t even believe his own brothers. He prefers to believe those three brothers who are loyal to each other, and he doesn''t care about the life and death of those old brothers who fight with him. His death is only a matter of time Therefore, it''s better to let the counties in youbeiping retain a little vitality, so that they can better cope with the offensive of the Wei army. "


    "It''s necessary to do this, but we still need to make a good plan, so that gongsunzan can''t leave Jicheng, and youbeiping can retain more vitality and strength." Xun you also said on the other side;

 Chapter 1333

    Seeing that three of the four people had agreed, Xu Shu said with a smile, "in this way, my opinion has nothing to do with the overall situation. However, even so, I still want to say what I think. I also agree that since Gongsun Zan has been unable to contain the Wei army, we should try our best to promote the control of the three counties of youbeiping. "


    When people heard the words, they all laughed.


    "Good!" Huangfu Chaobo held out his hand to stop everyone''s laughter: "now that we have decided, we can think about how to do the best!"


    "King, first of all, we must tell Gongsun Zan the news that the state of Wei is about to send troops to Youzhou. However, it can''t be said by our people. It''s better to send the news to Gongsun fan first. It''s just that the shadow guard has collected the movements of some imperial courts and soldiers of the state of Wei. It''s speculated that it may send troops to the north in the new year, but there is no full evidence yet. Gongsun fan will tell us again Know Ji City. " Guo Jia said to Huangfu Chaobo with a bad smile;


    "if you are Guo fengxiao, you can kill two birds with one stone." Pang Tong was the first to react, laughing and scolding Guo Jia;


    the others nodded and agreed, but Huangfu Chaobo didn''t respond for a moment. Seeing this, Lu Su, a good man, quickly explained: "Your Majesty, it seems that this plan of filial piety is a big circle, but the effect is much better than our direct warning to Jicheng. First, it did serve as a reminder. In this way, Gongsun Zan would be more alert to the state of Wei even if he didn''t want to believe it. As soon as the war started, the fierce battle between the two armies would be more fierce. In this way, the strength of the Wei army would be consumed more. "


    "The second is to deepen the gap between Gongsun Zan and Gongsun fan through this move. Gongsun Zan was already dissatisfied with the contact between Gongsun fan and us. The previous time Gongsun fan recruited our army and several prefectures of Yan state to send troops to meet Gongsun Zan. Although it was an urgent move, Gongsun Zan was dissatisfied with his second brother It can be seen from Gongsun Zan''s move of transferring soldiers and horses from different counties to pay for food. "


    "Now, we pass on the news that the state of Wei is going to send troops to gongsunzan through gongsunfan, which will make gongsunfan more afraid. However, our move is also justified, because all the information is only collected by the shadow guard, and then inferred from various signs, so we just inadvertently disclose the unconfirmed information to Gongsun fan. In this way, everything will be finished. "


    After listening to Lu Su''s words, Huangfu Chaobo said in his heart that he was a born devil, Guo fengxiao. In a twinkling of an eye, he came up with such an idea.


    "Well, I''ll give Huang Xu an order. Let him go to youbeiping. Remember to be more natural, and don''t let people see it too clearly." Huangfu Chaobo said with a smile;


    other people also gave a knowing smile. When Huangfu Chaobo was about to speak, Xun you suddenly said, "king, there is one more thing to pay attention to!"


    "What''s the matter?"


    "Heishan camp, general Zhang Yan, if Gongsun Zan is attacked by the Wei army, he is likely to ask Heishan army for help, so..."


    "Yes," Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded. After a little meditation, he raised his head to Shi a and said, "Shi Ai Qing, a little Hou Ru will send the king''s order to Zhang Yan. If Gongsun zanzhen sends someone to ask for help, he will send troops to help, but he can''t really help."


    "No!" Shia quickly bowed himself and said,


    "do you think there are any other omissions?"


    "King," Lu Su stood up and said, "since Gongsun Zan is likely to ask us and the Heishan army for help, Gongsun fan must also ask Yanbei and Liaodong to send troops to help. In this way, we must make plans as early as possible."


    "Well, Ai Qing has a point."


    "In this case, our plan for next year can be slightly adjusted. Some of the cavalry of Yanbei and Liaodong countries can take a detour from the grassland and participate in the war in Bingzhou. In this way, Zhao''s army can be caught off guard. Secondly, since the cavalry is transferred, even if Gongsun fan asked Yanbei to send troops, he could send thousands of soldiers. In this way, it is estimated that By the time the army arrives at youpeiping, it is estimated that the war is almost over. " Guo Jia suddenly said with a smile;


    "that''s a good idea. However, General Huang Xu has to reveal something to Gongsun fan before he talks with him, so as not to make people in the state of Yan feel bad." Xun you added as he pulled his beard;


    "well, it''s settled. Now that we have mentioned the Bingzhou war next year, let''s just listen to the thoughts of the princes. " "We have been planning the war of Zhao for a long time, and now Yan is not sure, so we have to step up our efforts. Another point is that it is better for us to control the war of Zhao than to place our hopes on our allies. Therefore, king, in my opinion, the war of Zhao should be carried out sooner rather than later." Xu Shu took the lead in saying;


    after hearing the speech, the others also nodded their heads to show their agreement. Guo Jia said with a smile: "ran Ye. In this case, let Gongsun Zan fight for some more time for our army, so that our army can complete the control of Bingzhou within one month. In this way, we only need to deal with Wei and Qi at ease in the next time. ""In Zhuqing''s opinion, it is the best policy to attack Bingzhou quickly with a thunderbolt?" Huangfu Chaobo asked tentatively;


    "yes," Guo Jia said: "king, this battle is different from the past, focusing on a fast word. If Gongsun Zan and Yuan Shao can drag on for three or five years, I have enough time to arrange, but if Gongsun Zan loses quickly under the attack of Wei army, it will be a big challenge for us."


    "Well, not bad!" Huangfu Chaobo stood up, walked slowly to the map of the world hanging on one side of the wall, and set his eyes on Bingzhou. "In your opinion, what should I do?"


    Guo Jia and others got up one after another and went to the map. Guo Jia picked up a stick from the side, pointed to Bingzhou and explained to Huangfu Chaobo, "King Hui, after discussing with Shiyuan, Gongda and Yuanzhi, I have decided on a plan, and I''m going to report it to the king."


    "Speak Huangfu Chaobo waved.


    "No!"


    Guo Jia bowed his hand and said, "in this battle, we want to attack by several ways."


    ¡£¡£¡£


    In Jinyang, the palace of the king of Zhao, Lv Bu, the king of Zhao, was gathering important ministers of the state for discussion. Even Zhang Liao, who should have stayed in Shuofang, and Zhang Yang, who should have stayed in Shanggu, returned to Jinyang.


    In the palace, Lu Bu sat high on the throne. In the halls on both sides of his body, Chen Gong, the prime minister, Wei Xu, Qin Yi, the censor Zhongcheng, Zhang Liao, the general of Zhengbei, Cao Xing, the general of Pingnan, Li Feng, the commander of Sili school and the commander of Taiyuan, and Zhang Yang, the general of Pingdong led him to sit on both sides.


    "King!" Chen Gong said to Lu Bu on the throne: "according to the news that the wolves came back from Luoyang, I can almost be sure that the king of the Tang Dynasty is preparing to launch an attack on our country next year, and this attack must be an all-out attack of the Tang Dynasty."


    "Bang!"


    Hearing the speech, Lu Bu punched the table in front of him and roared with a red face: "Huangfu Chaobo really thought that the king could not be kneaded. He sent troops to attack again and again. This time, the war had just ended and he wanted to fight again. It''s too much deception

 Chapter 1334

    All the people in the palace had followed him for many years, so they didn''t think much of Lv Bu''s reaction. They just watched quietly. When Lv Bu''s anger was almost discharged, Chen Gong went on to say: "as for the war of the Tang state, I had expected it. Now among the major princes around the Tang state, Qin State has an alliance with Tang state, and Tang state is not willing to Being involved in the chaos in Guanzhong, the Tang state could only send troops in three directions: East, South and North. The strength of Wei and Qi in the East was not as strong as that of the Tang state. If it was easy to fight, the Tang state would not be able to fight quickly. In the south, Jingzhou, the Tang state did not mean to send troops. It just arranged two strange people as the southern barrier, and Zhao state was the weakest country, so it was difficult to fight quickly And the state of Tang must be at war with our country first. "


    "Isn''t this the king that Huangfu Chaobo kneaded at will?" Lu Bu said angrily,


    "although it''s not in the middle, it''s not far away!" Chen Gong replied without expression;


    "you Looking at Chen Gong''s appearance, Lu Bu was also very angry. After a long time, he sighed: "it''s nothing. According to the prime minister, how would the Tang army act? "


    "If Gong expected it to be right, the Tang army should launch an attack in the new year, and the most likely places to attack must be Shuofang and Wuyuan."


    "Why do we have to wait until the end of the year? Now that the river is freezing, the Tang army is just crossing the river on ice. Isn''t that right? " Lu Budao;


    "otherwise, it was only a few months since the Tang army conquered Shangjun and Henan, and they were not allowed to launch an attack years ago, whether for military strength, food and grass, or for the sake of stability. And in the next few years, the river will have months to thaw, so they will have enough time to cross the river and fight. " Facing Lu Bu''s interruption, Chen Gong was not annoyed. After he finished asking, he continued to say;


    "besides, even if the Tang army crossed the river after the Spring Festival, our army would not be able to stop it."


    "In your opinion, the isolated army will surely be defeated?" When Lv Bu heard the speech, a murderous spirit emanated from him and rushed to Chen palace. The other people in the palace also looked awe inspiring.


    Chen Gong is still not afraid, eyes jiongjiong and Lu Bu look at the past, it seems that Lu Bu''s murderous spirit does not exist in general. See this situation, Rao is Zhang Liao art master bold, but also pinch a cold sweat. Wei Xu was even more prepared. As long as Lv Bu was always in trouble with Chen Gong, he would immediately overthrow Chen Gong. After the previous attack on Shangdang by the state of Tang, Wei Xu admired Chen Gong deeply.


    To everyone''s relief, Lu Bu miraculously took away the murderous spirit from his body and asked Chen Gong, "according to the prime minister, how should I deal with it?"


    If someone looks at Chen palace carefully at this time, he will find that his hands hidden in his sleeves are trembling slightly. Only he knows how hard he has just supported Chen palace. It is conceivable that he has exerted great pressure on Chen palace with the prestige of Lv Bu''s God of war and the monarchy of a country.


    Fortunately, Lu Bu soon restrained his murderous spirit and let Chen Gong breathe a long sigh of relief. You know, he was already sweating. Chen Gong took a deep breath, slightly stabilized his mind, and then said: "as early as I got the Tang army marching into Henan, I knew that it was not far away from the Tang army''s massive attack, so I always thought about how to break the situation."


    After a little pause, Chen Gong continued: "from the news sent back by the wolves at present, together with Wei Chen''s own conjecture, it is basically certain that the direction of the Tang army should be to send troops from Shangjun and Henan, cross the river into Shuofang, and then move eastward along the river, into Wuyuan and Yunzhong, and into Yanmen. And this area is suitable for crossing the river is basically concentrated in the section of the river between Guangmu and Linwo. Therefore, according to Weichen''s suggestion, on the one hand, general Zhang Liao used Shuofang and Wuyun to drag the Tang army into the two counties as much as possible. "


    "On the other hand, please order the commander of Yunzhong, general Song Xian, to lead the army into Fuyang and use Fuyang City to block the Tang army''s eastward advance. I have to say that Fuyang''s position is really good. If the defense is proper, Fuyang can delay the Tang army for several months. After a long time, will Wei and Qi meet? Seize the opportunity, and in this way, the crisis in our country will surely be lifted. "


    "Nothing but procrastination?" Lu Buxin asked reluctantly;


    Chen Gong shook his head and said: "procrastination is only the last way. Besides these, we also ask the king to mobilize some troops from Shanggu, Daijun, Dingxiang and Yanmen to support Yunzhong. In any case, we can''t put the Tang army into Yanmen. This is our final bottom line. At the same time, I also want to ask the king to send Qin Zhongcheng with 5000 horses to the state of Wei for help, and ask the king of Wei to send at least 30000 soldiers to help. "


    "Weichen calculated that, apart from the new five original counties of Shuofang, the five northern counties headed by Yanmen could dispatch nearly 50000 troops, plus the 30000 troops of the king of Wei and the 20000 cavalry troops under the command of the king. In this way, 100000 troops could be concentrated in the direction of the cloud, and the number of troops of the Tang army should also be around 100000, except the scattered guard grain road and the rear of the army In this way, even if the Tang army is brave enough, it will not be difficult to break it. "


    "It only needs to leave all the invading armies of the Tang army, even if only half of them are wiped out, which is enough to make the Tang Kingdom dare not fight against the Zhao kingdom in two or three years. The king can use these two years to wipe out Monan Xianbei and take the people for his own use. In addition, he can buy a lot of food and grass with the war horses with the Wei kingdom. In time, our Zhao kingdom will be strong, even if it can''t It''s enough to be shameful before sending troops. I''m not afraid of the attack of the state of Tang. ""In this case, why does the prime minister no longer transfer tens of thousands of troops from Taiyuan and Xihe to Yunzhong? It''s not more likely that he will win." Wei Xu asked;


    "not bad!" Lu Bu said happily,


    "no!" Zhang Liao and Zhang Yang, who had not spoken for a long time, stopped them in unison.


    Lu Bu and Wei Xu looked at them in bewilderment. Chen Gong also turned to look at them.


    "Back to the king," Zhang Liao saw this, quickly went out to worship the way: "with the plan of the Tang Dynasty, certainly not only the northern army, please think twice


    After hearing the speech, Chen Gong ordered it and said to Lv Bu, "General Zhang has a point. I haven''t finished my words yet. Please take care of yourself."


    But Lu Bu just sat down again and continued to listen to Chen Gong.


    "In my opinion, apart from the big army in the north, the Tang army may launch attacks on our country from Xihe, Hedong and Shangdang. One is to contain our troops, and the other is to disturb the deployment of our army. Therefore, the number of troops in Taiyuan and Xihe counties can not be transferred, but they need to continue to increase. "


    "The troops and defenses of several city passes in Lan county, Lishi, Jiexiu and Nanguan still need to be strengthened. At the same time, please ask the king to leave 5000 wolf riders to guard Taiyuan when he leads the troops to the north, so as to prepare for a rainy day."


    "Aiqing''s music is accurate!" Hearing this, Lu Bu was in a good mood. He laughed at Chen Gong and said, "I don''t know if there are any other requests?"


    "King, Prime Minister!" Zhang Yang on one side said: "are the black mountain thieves in Leping also..."


    "Zhang Pingdong is worried," Wei Xu said carelessly: "from the beginning when we were in control of Bingzhou, until now, we have never seen any movement from those black mountain thieves. Then, Zhang Yan invited the world yellow scarf to encircle Luoyang, and the hatred with Huangfu Chaobo was not small. What''s more, in the past two years, a large number of people in the black mountain bandits have fled to the Tang territory. I believe that their hatred for the Tang kingdom is growing, so there is no need to worry about it at all. "


    "Yes, over the years, the black mountain bandits have always been strictly neutral and not helping each other, so I believe this time will be no exception." Li Fengdao;


    "the words of several generals are reasonable. If the king is not at ease, he can send a person to Heishan to warn Zhang Yan." Chen Gong Wen Yan added;


    "well, according to the prime minister, the prime minister and the captain draw up a constitution, and then submit it to Gu guokan. If there is no problem, then follow it." Lu Bu finally said,


    "no! The king is wise They all bowed down and agreed.

 Chapter 1335

    Luoyang, in the palace of the Tang Dynasty, Huangfu Chaobo has just finished his administrative work and is about to return to the palace. However, he heard a report from the palace people outside the palace that it was Lao Du and Xiao jiejie who led several people outside the palace and were asking for a meeting. Huangfu Chaobo was in a daze. He was just about to ask someone to take them to the back palace. Later, he thought that they had several people with them, probably some of their subordinates. After thinking about it, he went back to the main hall and asked someone to take them to the main hall.


    But a moment later, Huangfu Chaobo saw Lao Du and some of them leading them into the palace. They knelt down and saluted respectfully: "we''ll meet the king!"


    "No gift!" Huangfu Chaobo got up, quickly walked up to Lao Du, helped them up, motioned the others to get up, and said with a smile, "I think you should be here these days. I didn''t expect you to be so slow."


    "Haha, we didn''t worry all the way. After we got ashore from Baima port, we walked slowly all the way. Anyway, we didn''t want to be so fast." Lao Du also said with a smile;


    "Lao Du and I are not in a hurry, but they still need to be arranged by the boss." Although Xiao Jie is not as calm as Lao Du, he is much better than a few years ago.


    After that, they introduced the people behind them to Huangfu Chaobo one by one. They were Zhao Shou, Luo Yan, Tang Shi, Wang Du, and Yan Jun, their subordinates. The five men went up to pay homage to Huangfu Chaobo one by one, and formally established the relationship between the emperor and his ministers.


    Huangfu Chaobo once again accepted the five people''s kowtow, and then said to the five people: "you have been working hard all the way. You had a good rest in Luoyang years ago. After the new year, Gu will arrange your official posts. However, in order to make you feel at ease, Gu can tell you that you and the five people went to the county before the new year''s meeting. First, they were under the general of Pang Taishou Hotan. After a period of time, they became familiar with the world It''s going to be a different task. "


    Five people smell speech, all is a long sigh of relief, quickly kneel down again to thank. After a few words of encouragement, Huangfu Chaobo sent people to send them out of the palace and back to the house that had been prepared for them in Luoyang.


    After the five left the palace, Huangfu Chaobo waved back all the palace guards. When there were only three of them left in the hall, Huangfu Chaobo took a long breath of relief and sat down on the Dragon chair and said to Lao Du: "well, there is no outsider. It''s our brother three. I have to carry it all day long, but I''m tired..."


    After waiting for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t see anything happened to them. He sat up again and looked at them. However, he saw that they were still sitting there. He couldn''t help but wonder, "ah, what''s the matter with you? How long has it been since we haven''t seen each other


    Xiao Jie stretched out his head, looked around and said in a low voice: "old Boss, how about Let''s talk in another place? When you sit on that, I always feel flustered when I look at it! "


    Lao Du nodded to one side.


    Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo quickly got up and said, "well, let''s go to the side hall. It''s a study."


    With that, he stood up and walked towards a small door beside the main hall. When Lao Du saw him, he quickly got up and followed him.


    As he walked along, Huangfu Chaobo was still saying: "well, you don''t know, as long as you go back to Luoyang, these old guys will chatter in their ears all day long, saying that I am the king of a country, and every word and deed is the example of all the people, so that I don''t even know how to sit and walk all day long..."


    However, what made him feel strange was that the two people behind just walked silently, and did not see them answer. They finally entered the side hall. After the door was closed, Huangfu Chaobo heard a long sigh of relief.


    "Boss," said Xiao Jie, "I''d better not come into this palace in the future." At this point, he also looked out of the palace with a lingering fear. It seems that he should have received a lot of etiquette education before entering the palace.


    Lao Du nodded his head with the same feeling and said: "boss, you don''t know, before entering the palace, several of us were told by the ceremony officials outside the door and were about to faint."


    "You know, you know my pain!" Huangfu Chaobo gave them a white eye and said, "well, now we''re the three brothers. Tell me something about the journey."


    Lao Du nodded and carefully sorted out his thoughts. Then he told Huangfu Chaobo about the war in Bingzhou, and how they fled to Liaodong after joining Zhao Zilong''s army. In addition, when they arrived in Yanbei County, they left all their family members to Huang Xu, and then several of them were under the protection of some guards , passing by Luoyang, while Xiao Jie put in two words from time to time.


    It took them more than half an hour to tell the whole story. After listening to them, Huang Fu Chao Bo was silent for a moment. Then he said, "when are you two going to start working?"


    "Ah Xiao Jie was stunned and said, "boss, what else do you want us to do here? This time, we left all our soldiers and family members in Liaodong, but we wanted to have fun. Over the years, we have accumulated a lot of income according to what you said. Although we have already resigned from our original jobs, we are still in the game with the advantages of these years The money is worth more than ten years of work. ""Well, it''s true. In recent years, I''ve seen a lot of things in front of the county magistrate. Let''s talk about this game. If you want to say that it''s not a problem to be a let go county magistrate or something, but no matter how difficult it is, it''s probably enough." Lao Du also added;


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his head and said: "don''t say more. Since you trust me and are willing to follow me, you must be assigned two positions. Otherwise, next year I will start to work in Bingzhou. Then, you two will be in one county. In those years, if you feel great pressure, I''ll be happy I''ll give you all the captains and captains. Basically, you just need to control the overall situation. "


    "Ah..." Two people smell speech, is a Leng, just about to open mouth, Huangfu Chaobo wave to stop them.


    "Listen to me," Huangfu Chaobo said, "don''t worry, although the county you stay in may not be a very good county, even if you are not sure, there are still two subordinates at the bottom? Besides, even if you can''t do it well, I won''t blame you, so don''t have any pressure in your heart. "


    "What''s more, not only you two, but also Xiake, I''m going to let him take the position of Taishou, so no matter what, you should take the position of Taishou. Who says you two are my brothers?"


    Lao Du''s mind should be more flexible. He immediately responded. He grabbed the little Jie who was about to speak and said, "boss, don''t worry. We understand, and we won''t let you down."

 Chapter 1336

    To old Du''s reaction, Huang Fu Chao Bo is very satisfied, turn again way: "by the way, you two people should also have some warrior and guard."


    "There are more than a dozen warriors on my side. They are basically with me at the beginning, because they don''t want to enter any more, so..." Lao Du said,


    "there are about ten people on my side, too."


    "Well," Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded, "I understand that. According to my regulations, senior officials and generals will be equipped with a certain number of Pro guards, that is, the soldiers of Tiebi battalion trained by Dian Wei. According to the rank of Taishou, there are 20 people, and you two will be equipped with 100 people each. In addition, 900 people will be transferred from Huben army to make up a thousand people department for you Let''s use it in our direct troops. "


    Huangfu Chaobo thought for a moment: "according to the ordinary infantry 500, crossbow 200, cavalry 200, this adds up to exactly 1000 people."


    When they heard the words, they were all in front of their eyes. Xiaojie salivated and said, "boss, you don''t need 1000 people. 500 people is enough. Can you change into a special branch of arms?"


    "Well, two hundred iron eagles, one hundred crossbow soldiers and one hundred Tujia soldiers, all of which add up to five hundred. The 500 soldiers and horses will be arranged by you. Those warriors just have a place to arrange, and they can''t be wronged. " Huangfu Chaobo nodded;


    "great!" They look at each other and smile.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo said: "in that case, except for the Tujia and Tiebi battalion, the rest of the soldiers and horses can only be equipped with a good horse of level 40. However, after you take office, these soldiers can only be raised in your own county. "


    "No problem," said Du. "Don''t worry, boss. We can handle it. Isn''t it five hundred horses? We can still live. "


    "Well, it''s rich now." Huang Fu Chao Bo said with a smile;


    "Hey, hey..." They laughed and said nothing.


    "Well, I won''t ask any more. What are you going to do next?" Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand and changed the topic.


    "Hehe, now that hundreds of special arms are in hand, it must be to go to Lao Zhao and show off some of them." Xiaojie said triumphantly;


    "that''s OK. I heard that Lao Zhao and his family have already made a foothold in the south of Nanyang. You can have a good time in the past." Huangfu Chaobo said thoughtfully;


    old Du Wenyan said carefully: "boss, in fact, Lao Zhao also has difficulties. After all, he has so many brothers to support, in fact..."


    "I understand, so this time, after you go over, you can have a good chat with Lao Zhao. Listen to what they think... "


    "By the way, boss, is Xiake in Luoyang now?"


    "It''s almost time to calculate. Some time ago, I asked him to help stabilize the situation in Shangjun. After all, he had so many generals and soldiers. I''m afraid that if he didn''t coordinate and arrange there, there would be something unsmooth. A few days ago, the county said that the integration of soldiers and horses was almost done, so I let him return to Luolai ¡£¡±


    "Otherwise, I''m going to arrange him in Bingzhou, so there should be nothing wrong recently. Just wait for him!" Huangfu Chaobo thought for a while and then said, "I have also arranged a house for you in Luoyang City. You are all together. These days you are just in Luoyang City to have a good rest and let the soldiers under you get familiar with them."


    "Good!" The two replied in unison:


    just at this time, a waiter outside the side hall was asking for a meeting: "tell the king, the minister ordered Lord Xun to ask for a meeting outside the palace!"


    Seeing this, they quickly got up, and Lao Du said, "in this case, we''ll go first. By the way, boss, what are you going to do next?"


    Lao Du''s words stunned Huangfu Chaobo. Yes, this game has been playing for several years. What should he do? The game is a game after all, and it will come to an end one day.


    "Well, I haven''t thought about it now..."


    "Well, boss, let''s go first..." Hearing the speech, they both got up and went outside. When they were about to get to the door, Lao Du suddenly said, "in fact, boss, why don''t you contact manager Liu? Maybe you can get any information."


    As soon as the words were finished, Lao Du left the palace. Under the leadership of a man sent by the palace attendants, he went to the house prepared for them by Huangfu Chaobo outside the palace.


    "Manager Liu!..." Huangfu Chaobo''s eyes were fixed on the direction they left, but a pair of eyes didn''t fall on them. After a long time, he murmured a few words: "it seems that he really wants to find an opportunity to chat with Lao Liu."


    Old Liu, the manager among the three people, is the person in charge who brought the first pot of gold to Huangfu Chaobo many years ago. These years, the relationship between Huangfu Chaobo and him has been good. A few years ago, manager Liu, that is, Liu Chang, was transferred back to the headquarters of the game company for various reasons, and it is said that he became the head of a department. During this period, there was no relationship between them From time to time, Liu Chang kept a secret about what he was responsible for, and Huangfu Chaobo was not interested in prying into other people''s privacy, so he didn''t go deep into it. However, the relationship between them was not affected, on the contrary, it was getting better and better."My Lord, Lord Xun has been waiting outside the hall for me to see you!" The voice of the waiter at the door of the hall awakened Huangfu Chaobo''s thoughts.


    "Biography..."


    "Promise..."


    ¡­¡­


    Outside the Royal Palace of Luoyang, Lao Du and Xiao jiejie, led by an attendant, walk on the street of the south of the inner city. Looking at the crowd in the city, Xiao jiejie smacks his tongue and says, "it''s hard to imagine that Luoyang was still a desolate city a few years ago."


    On hearing this, the front servant immediately turned back and said, "so the whole people of the Tang Dynasty are preaching that today''s king is sent by God to save us..."


    After listening to this, Xiao Jie consciously stopped his words and listened to the whole change of Luoyang that the servant talked endlessly all the way.


    Finally, they arrived at their house. After taking the key from the guard, they led a dozen soldiers into the yard. It has to be said that Huangfu Chaobo was very good to them, and the houses left for them were the same as those for Xu Shu and Pang Tong.


    After giving the placement to the warrior, they looked around in the yard.


    "Lao Du, do you find that the boss seems to have changed?" When Xiao Jie saw that there were no outsiders around, he began to say;


    "yes, now he is the king of a country, not Huangfu Chaobo, who talked and farted with us at the beginning." Lao Du sighed;


    "however, I just mean that his temperament is not the same as before, but there is no difference between him and us in reality or the conversation with us just now."


    "That''s..." Xiaojie said with a smile;


    looking at Xiaojie''s appearance, Lao Du sighed in his heart. This man has a simple mind. Just look at Xiaojie''s appearance. It''s a pity that he can understand the meaning of the old Dahua. He''s really tired.

 Chapter 1337

    Lao Du understood what Huangfu Chaobo meant. He asked some of his own people to take special arms to Nanyang. He said that he wanted to have a good chat with Zhao Zilong. In fact, he asked some of his own people to understand and confirm what he meant. Zhao Zilong has basically agreed to take refuge in Nanyang, but he hopes that after he has built a large enough territory, he can use it to settle a group of his brothers, that is, there is a kind of middle school Huangfu Chaobo didn''t seem to object to the meaning of "Guo". However, they still haven''t expressed anything about it. That''s why Huangfu Chaobo was worried about it.


    And this time, just a few of their own back, so, this task is very glorious to fall on a few of their own, no, fell on their own head. Xiao Jie belongs to a simple minded guy. He didn''t get the meaning from Huangfu Chaobo''s words at all, and the relationship between Xiake and several of them is not so good, so this task can only fall on him in the end.


    At the thought of this, Lao Du couldn''t help but have a headache. However, after Xiao Jie finished transferring his two people''s houses, he couldn''t come up with a good idea. He had better hold the idea of soldiers to block and water to cover.


    In the next few days, while they were busy arranging the mansion in the game, they arranged a group of subordinates to the army to get familiar with their own 500 soldiers. When he saw five hundred elite soldiers, Rao was so calm and happy that he couldn''t shut his mouth for a long time.


    A few days later, the Xiake also rushed back to Luoyang from Shangjun. They went to the palace to see Huangfu Chaobo again. Then, after a few days'' rest in Luoyang, they led 1500 elite people out of the South Gate of Luoyang and headed for Nanyang.


    At this time, thousands of miles away in youbeiping, Gongsun fan, who was handling government affairs in Guowei''s mansion, heard the report from the pro Guard commander outside the mansion that Huang Xu, the champion General of the Tang Dynasty, was asking for a meeting outside the mansion. Gongsun fan was overjoyed and immediately ordered to open the middle gate. He also put down his government affairs and rushed to the middle gate to meet him.


    Soon Gongsun fan came to the gate and saw Huang Xu waiting outside in military uniform. Behind him were hundreds of Tang cavalry guards.


    Gongsun fan laughed and said, "it''s freezing. What brings General Huang to youbeiping?"


    "Foreign General Huang Xu calls on Guowei!" Seeing this, Huang Xu quickly bows to Gongsun fan.


    "Oh, General Huang, don''t be polite!" Gongsun fan came forward with a smile, helped Huang Xu up and said, "come on, it''s cold outside. General, let''s talk in the mansion."


    Then, holding Huang Xu''s hand, he led him to the house. While turning back, he ordered to the leader of the pro guard beside him: "arrange the Tang brothers to the front yard to have a rest. They should be treated with good wine and good food. They should not be neglected."


    "Thank you, Mr. Guowei. The wine is free. You can arrange some hot soup for your brother. You need to go back to Yanbei before you are ready. If you delay too long, you may encounter heavy snow. Once it''s frozen, you''ll be in trouble." Huang Xu quickly thanks;


    Gongsun fan is stunned. He immediately realizes that something has happened and doesn''t say much. He quickly leads Huang Xu to the study in pianting hall and asks people to deliver hot soup and snacks to Huang Xu. After that, Gongsun fan waves back the maid.


    Huang Xu did not say much. After drinking a large bowl of hot soup and eating a few snacks, he took a long breath.


    Seeing this, Gongsun Fan said, "I don''t know why General Huang is in such a hurry."


    "This time, I didn''t receive the intelligence from Luoyang. According to the intelligence from Hebei Province, the whole state of Wei has secretly gathered troops. But in recent years, the rapid development of yanlingwei in Wei has led to a great loss of the strength of our shadow guards in Hebei Province. So although they have made full efforts to inquire, they have not been able to find out the exact intelligence of Wei."


    Gongsun fan was shocked when he heard that there were only a few changes in the state of Wei. The most likely direction was the state of Yan. Of course, it was also possible that the king of Wei was going to clean up the bandits in Heishan, or attack Wei Jun and Hanoi in the Tang Dynasty to the East, but the most likely one was the state of Yan.


    "What about intelligence?" He quickly asked;


    Huang Xu shook his head: "I didn''t find out clearly, but I just knew that the army and horses of Wei were concentrating in three aspects, and I really couldn''t find out where the direction of Chu Xiu''s troops was. It was because the intelligence could not be confirmed that the king asked the general not to come and send a message to Guowei. I hope that Guowei can remind his royal highness of King Yan to pay attention to it. "


    "Now the army of Hanoi and Wei County in our country have begun to make preparations, and the king transferred 10000 Hun cavalry troops sent to Chen Liu''s general xupuguduhou to Wei County, just in case the army of Wei country moved eastward."


    Hearing this, Gongsun fan asked, "did the king of Tang mention anything else?"


    Looking at Gongsun fan''s eyes, Huang Xu sighed in his heart, but he had to reply: "Uncle Wang asked me to tell Guowei. Because of the lack of intelligence, we can only ask Guowei to report to Chen yanwang to strengthen our defense. In case Wei Guozhen attacks, as long as we receive yanwang''s help, we will try our best to find the source."


    Gongsun fan felt relieved immediately.


    Huang Xu added: "it''s just..."


    Gongsun fan was worried: "just how?""But next year, our country will certainly use troops against Zhao state. If Wei state really attacks, we will ask the state Wei to report to King Chen Yan and wait for help. I believe that with the strength of Yan state and under the attack of Wei state, it should be no problem to stick to it for half a year to a year. At that time, our army will capture the northern part of Zhao state as soon as possible, and then send troops directly from Shanggu direction to help."


    "That''s good." Gongsun fan breathed a sigh of relief when he heard the speech, but he soon responded: "General Huang means the soldiers and horses in Yanbei..."


    Huang Xu nodded, then shook his head: "at the time of the border, Yanbei''s army will surely take part in the war. Of course, not all of them will take part. Only 20000 cavalry of hekong camp and 20000 Wuhuan cavalry of Liaodong''s vassal state will set out from the northern foot of Yanshan Mountain and plunge directly into tanhanshan mountain to attack Yanmen County in the north of Bingzhou as a partial division."


    "Ah! In this way, isn''t it true that all the cavalry in Yanbei and Liaodong have been drawn out? " Gongsun fan was shocked when he was stunned;


    "no, there are still five thousand cavalry left in Yanbei county and Liaodong vassal state." Huang Xu explained, "so, Uncle Wang''s meaning is to ask Guowei to make two preparations. First, ask King Yan to stick to Jicheng. Second, once the state of Wei finds that Jicheng is difficult to conquer in a moment, it is likely to turn to the East. So... "


    Hearing the speech, Gongsun fan nodded again and again: "OK, General Huang will tell the king of Tang for me, that is to say Gongsun fan understands and will report it to the king as soon as possible, so that he will be fully prepared."


    "Well," Huang Xu nodded: "please forgive me, Uncle Wang didn''t tell Jicheng directly. First, the intelligence has not been confirmed. Second, after the last dispatch, it seems that King Yan is right to Uncle Wang..."


    "I understand. Anyway, Gongsun fan has been very grateful to the king of Tang Dynasty. After this, I will go to Luoyang to thank him personally." Gongsun Zan nodded again and again

 Chapter 1338

    Huang Xu didn''t stay much in Tuyin city. After talking with Gongsun fan Chang, he left Tuyin with his own guards. After he left, Gongsun fan left Tuyin city with a thousand cavalry soldiers and headed for Yuyang city. He was ready to call his third brother to go to Jicheng and tell Gongsun Zan the news.


    Just as Gongsun fan was thinking about how to persuade his elder brother, Huangfu Chaobo went off the line and came back to reality. The weather has become colder these days, so the political affairs everywhere have been basically handled. Huangfu Chaobo remembered what Lao Du had said to him some time ago, so he decided to go off the line and contact Liu Chang.


    What makes Huangfu Chaobo feel strange is that he called Liu Chang several times and no one answered him. The same is true for sending video communication. There is no way. Huangfu Chaobo can only leave a message for him, and then he goes back to the game again after accompanying his family for a period of time.


    Not long after returning to the game, Huangfu Chaobo got Shi A''s report, saying that Gongsun fan, Gongsun Yue and Guan Jing were worried and entered the Yan palace. However, not long after, they came out of the palace dejected. It seems that Gongsun Zan didn''t pay attention to Gongsun fan''s warning at all, and scolded them on the contrary. Unfortunately, the situation of shadow in Jicheng is not as good as it was a few years ago. Gongsun Zan is very alert to the report of the Tang Dynasty, so it is very difficult to get all kinds of information.


    Shi A''s guess is right. Gongsun Zan didn''t listen to Gongsun fan''s words. Instead, he asked Gongsun fan why he didn''t come to tell himself first, but went to find him first. Later, he ordered people to drive them out of the palace.


    But Gongsun fan had no choice but to go to Guan Jing''s home to discuss the countermeasures. What they didn''t know was that their behavior was immediately seen by Liu Weitai''s confidants, and then they told Gongsun Zan in the palace as soon as possible. This made Gongsun Zan, who was already dissatisfied with Gongsun fan, feel more disgusted.


    However, Gongsun fan''s words made Gongsun Zan a little alert. After a day and a night of careful consideration, Gongsun Zan decided to send his son Gongsun Xu to Zhending secretly with a lot of money, ready to make an alliance with the Heishan army. In his opinion, since the original allies are unreliable in the war with the state of Wei, he can also find new allies.


    Although the Heishan army can''t bear the Wei army, it''s still no problem that it can''t hold back the Wei army. Gongsun Zan believes that he has five battalions of elite soldiers inside and tens of thousands of cavalry outside. He may not be able to attack the Wei army, but he should be able to deal with the Wei''s attack.


    I only need to hold back the main force of the state of Wei for a few months, plus the interference of the black mountain army behind, I believe that the state of Wei will not be able to support for long. Moreover, although he was dissatisfied with the state of Tang, only the state of Wei had any room to exploit. I believe that Huangfu Chaobo would send troops.


    In the next few days, regardless of the cold, the soldiers in Jicheng began to make preparations before the war. For a moment, the whole state of Yan became nervous again.


    ¡­¡­


    At the end of the five-year period of Jian''an, when the surface was calm and the undercurrent was surging, it suddenly disappeared.


    On the tenth day of February, Emperor Huangfu Chaobo of the Tang Dynasty paid homage to heaven in the eastern suburb of Luoyang and announced that he would send troops to attack Zhao. As soon as the news came out, the world was in an uproar. Two days later, tens of thousands of Tang army''s guards set out from Luoyang, crossed the unfrozen River, entered Hanoi and marched into Shangdang. The army would gather in Shangdang and then attack Taiyuan County of Zhao state.


    At the same time, Pang Tong, one of the great advisers of the Tang army, joined Huaxiong''s Xiliang cavalry in huaixian county and began to advance to the Wei army. Meanwhile, the 10000 Hun cavalry of xupugu Duhou in Chenliu county would also cross the river and enter the Wei County, which was under Pang Tong''s unified command and became a defensive force against the Wei army. After the two cavalry arrived in Yecheng, Zhao Yun would lead baimayi to the Shangdang from the north and join the main force of Huangfu Chaobo to take part in the war against Zhao.


    On the same day that Huangfu''s Chaobo army set out, in Shuofang city on the South Bank of the river in Shangjun, Tian Yu also gathered troops to prepare to cross the river. Tian Yu was the main general, Fazheng was the commander, Xu Huang and Gaolan were the Deputy generals, and four partial generals were added.


    In terms of military strength, in addition to the 50000 infantry and 10000 cavalry of Yingyang camp, there are 10000 Hun cavalry going to Beibu, plus 10000 ordinary county soldiers and 10000 civilian men carrying food and supplies.


    In addition to these two main forces, in Fushi City, Li Ling, the commander of Shangjun County, led two generals Zhao Shou and Yan Jun, and also led ten thousand infantry and five thousand cavalry to March eastward to approach Lishi of Xihe County, while Yang Feng of Hedong county also led ten thousand infantry and five thousand cavalry to feint in the direction of Taiyuan.


    In addition to the 50000 infantry led by Huang Xu, who had set out half a month ago, the whole army of the Tang Dynasty will be more than 200000. For the state of Zhao, the total number of his troops is just over 200000. Except the soldiers and horses defending the city passes, the number of troops and horses that Lu Bu can send out is only over 100000.


    ¡­¡­


    In Jinyang City, when Zhao Guojun and his ministers got the news that the Tang army had sent troops, they were dumb again and again. Rao Shichen''s palace was calm, and they also felt sad. We didn''t expect that the Tang army was so determined this time, and they launched attacks on themselves from the North and south directions.Originally, Chen Gong''s plan was to stabilize Zhao Guozui as the cream of the Taiyuan. He used Lv Bu and the chivalry of the chivalry to drag Tang Jun to the north of Yan men pass. I believe that it will not take long for him, even if the great army of the Wei army does not act, and that the other princes in the South will be unable to survive.


    What he didn''t expect was that the Tang army sent out the most elite guards to attack from the south. In this way, Rao Shichen didn''t dare to take the risk.


    "Prime minister, how to deal with the current situation?" In the palace, after losing his temper, Lu Bu asked Chen Gong for advice.


    "king, if you are short of troops, what can you do?" Chen Gong shook his head.


    For a moment, the whole hall was silent.


    "No, we still have troops to fight for!" Suddenly, there was a sound in the hall.


    When they heard the words, they all looked at the man, but it was Wei Xu.


    "Speak quickly!" Lu Bu is very happy.


    "Alien territory!" Wei Xu said darkly, "the king can order them to dispatch their troops from the alien territory in China, break them up and mix them up, and then hand them over to the generals of various armies. It only takes a few months to control them all."


    "No!" As soon as his voice fell, there was an immediate objection.


    "Why not! If the troops are transferred again, in case these strange people make trouble, how can they deal with it? " Wei Xu squinted at the man and sneered;


    for a long time, there has been no way for vassals to transfer soldiers from the territory under their rule. First, there are not many soldiers in the player''s territory. Second, if all these territories are offended, it will be very bad for the stability of the rule. Therefore, there has been no way for vassals to do this. In addition, there are many soldiers in Bingzhou There are not many players, and the number of territories is even less. Moreover, there are basically no cities that have reached the city level. Therefore, Lv Bu does not pay attention to these territories at all.


    Today''s situation is different. Although the mosquito is small, it still has meat on its legs. Wei Xu said that Lu Bu immediately reflected that Lao Tzu''s life is not good, and he can''t control you strangers. Thinking of this, he stood up and ordered: "send orders to all parts of the country, transfer 80% of the soldiers and horses in the alien territory, mix them up, etc Wait for orders


    For a time, the whole Bingzhou is flying like chickens and dogs!

 Chapter 1339

    In Shangjun, outside Shuofang city on the South Bank of the river, 100000 Tang troops braved the severe cold and orderly came to the river. 20000 cavalry troops were cruising on both sides of the army, and 50000 elite soldiers of Yingyang camp surrounded the logistics camp composed of 10000 soldiers and civilian men in the middle, approaching the unfrozen river.


    Tian Yu was leading Gao Lan and Xu Huang to the river. Soon they came to the river. Looking at the thick ice on the river, Tian Yu turned to look at Xu Huang and said, "General Xu, have you confirmed the thickness of the ice? Is it certain that the army and the supplies will be safe to cross the river? "


    Hearing the speech, Xu Huang immediately turned around and gave a salute to Tian Yu, saying: "don''t worry, general. I personally confirmed yesterday that the thickness of the ice is enough. In Shangjun in recent years, the ice thickness of the river is the thickest that I haven''t seen in recent years."


    "Well," Tian Yu knew Xu Huang''s steadiness, so he did not hesitate any more. He said to the messenger beside him, "go on, the cavalry will cross the river first, and watch the Zhao army on the other side. After confirming the safety, the rest of the soldiers will cross the river."


    At this time, the northern part of the country had not changed. If ordinary people were not going to go out at this time, it was the best time for the Tang army to cross the river. The 100000 troops, even men and horses, are wrapped in thick winter clothes, but they are not afraid of the cold. Moreover, there is no snow in these days, which is the right time for the troops to cross the river.


    You should know that the winter clothes of the 100000 troops of the Tang army were sent to Luoyang as early as last year after Huangfu Chaobo returned. That''s why the Tang army is so fearless. But Zhao''s army is different, let alone the winter clothes of 100000 troops. Now Zhang Liao, the general of the northern expedition, is in charge of the soldiers and horses of Shuofang, Wuyuan, Yunzhong and Dingxiang. Among his soldiers and horses, there are only 20000 soldiers and horses with thick winter clothes like Tang''s army. The rest of the soldiers basically stay in the barracks and go out as little as possible in winter.


    If the Tang army wants to cross the river again after the spring is warm, it will be a lot of trouble. Therefore, in the face of such a large-scale crossing of the river by the Tang army, although Zhang Liao intended to stop it, he was also unable to return to heaven.


    However, Zhao was not unprepared. After he basically confirmed that the Tang army would send troops last year, Lv Bu happily handed over all the troops of the four northern counties to Zhang Liao.


    Later, with the permission of Lv Bu, Zhang Liao ordered the people of Wuyuan and Wuyuan counties of Shuofang to move to the clouds, and gathered all the troops in each city. Zhang Liao personally led 25000 infantry troops to garrison in Guangmu, the best city in the two counties, while the other cities only arranged 3000 or 5000 troops, all of which were based on the elite of Zhao state After half a year''s preparation, all the soldiers and horses in several counties are ready to be used.


    Zhang Liao ordered to select 20000 of the most elite soldiers from Yunzhong and Dingxiang counties and give them to Song Xian, commander of Yunzhong Duwei, to garrison in Fuyang City. The rest of the soldiers in these two counties were given to Wang He, commander of Dingxiang Duwei, to be responsible for the safety of the two counties. However, Wang he had fewer than 20000 soldiers. If they were assigned to each city, they would be the most important More than a thousand people.


    In today''s cities of Shuofang and Wuyuan, except Guangmu and Fuyang, there are a lot of food and grass. In other cities, there are only enough food and grass for soldiers to die for half a year. Moreover, only a small number of young people are used as auxiliary soldiers. The rest of the ordinary people are ordered by Zhang Liao to move into the cloud.


    Under Zhang Liao''s deliberate concession, the 100000 Tang army successfully crossed the river. What they crossed the river with was enough food and grass for several months. Tian Yu knew that after crossing the river, the army would not want to get food and grass support from Henan for at least one or two months. So this time, he simply took enough food and grass for several months.


    After the army crossed the river, Tian Yu didn''t immediately send troops to Guangmu to fight against Zhang Liao. Instead, he sent his troops eastward to Xi''an and Yang. He had to arrange the food, grass and supplies before he could send troops to Guangmu. Before Zhang Liao''s army was solved, he could not continue to March eastward to attack Fuyang. So Zhang Liao was not in a hurry, and he just waited for the Tang army Take the initiative.


    A few days later, tens of thousands of Tang troops crossed the river and arrived at Yangcheng of Xi''an. As time went on, 20000 cavalry gathered the basic information of Zhao army in the north of the river.


    Under the Yang City of Xi''an, in the camp of the Tang army, looking at the intelligence in his hand, Tian Yu looked at FA Zheng and said, "in the view of military strategists, what does Zhao Jun want to do?"


    FA Zheng is looking at the map of Bingzhou in the big account, frowning and thinking carefully. Just as Tian Yu was about to get up, he suddenly looked up and saw that the Tang style on one side wanted to say nothing, so he said, "general Tang, what do you want to tell this general? But it doesn''t matter. "


    Hearing the speech, the Tang style quickly got up and said, "report back to the general. According to the opinion of the general, Zhao Jun imitated the practice of our army a few years ago. My lord Oh, when Lord Xiaojiejie was in power, he was attacked by the Xianbei army. At that time, after several adults discussed, they withdrew all the people in the field to the city, and then strengthened the wall and cleared the field... "


    After hearing this, Fazheng brightened his eyes and then sank his face. He said, "general Tang''s words remind me, and I think Zhao''s army is more than that. After all, the information sent back in the second half of last year shows that Zhao Guoguo moved the people of the two counties on a large scale.""If it''s not bad," Fazheng said in a deep voice, "it''s very likely that among all the cities in the two counties, it''s estimated that there are only Zhao soldiers and horses, and there are few ordinary people left."


    When Tian Yu heard the words, he responded and said: "in the view of military strategists, the state of Zhao wants to delay the war. As long as the war is delayed, some of the princes in the world will be unable to restrain it. At that time, our country will need to fight on two or even three sides. At that time, the crisis of the state of Zhao will be solved."


    "That''s right. Now, we need to settle down the army as soon as possible, and then make clear the distribution of Zhang Liao''s army, and then we can arrange the next war!" Fazheng said that and looked up at Tian Yu. After all, he was the commander in chief of the three armed forces, and he was only a military adviser.


    "Good," Tian Yu rubbed to his feet, looked at the generals in the tent and said, "the army will rest all night and attack Xi''an Yangcheng tomorrow."


    At this point, he turned to the public and said, "tomorrow''s battle will be dominated by General Gao Lan and assisted by Tang style general. Both generals should be familiar with Xi''an Yangcheng, especially general Tang. I hope that tomorrow will be a good one."


    Both of them were overjoyed when they heard the speech. They looked at each other and walked to the center of the tent quickly. They gave a salute and said, "if you don''t take the command, you can rest assured. If you don''t wait, you will be able to live up to your trust."


    Although the other generals were unwilling, they also knew that there was nothing wrong with Tian Yu''s move. Gao Lan, as the first general of the original allied forces, had no problem in his ability. Tang Shi was originally the commander of Xi''an Yang, and no one was more familiar with him.


    This time, fifty thousand Yingyang soldiers were divided into three parts. Tian Yuqin led twenty thousand Chinese soldiers, Gao Lan and Xu Huang led fifteen thousand each, and the three generals of the Tang Dynasty led five thousand of them.


    "The rest of the generals, General Xu Huang and general Ju Yan, raided the battle line for the Gaotang Dynasty. If they could not capture Xi''an Yang tomorrow, the two leaders would attack the city in the future. The Chinese army would stay at the camp, half of the cavalry would stay at the camp, and half of the cavalry would be scattered in thousands of people to watch the movement of the Zhao army."


    After hearing this, Gao Lan and Tang Shi changed their faces and said to Tian Yu, "don''t worry, general. Before dark tomorrow, the army will have dinner in Yangcheng, Xi''an."


    "That''s good!" Tian Yu said with a smile: "I will wait and see!"

 Chapter 1340

    As the former chief General of Yangcheng in Xi''an, we can say that he knew the situation of Yangcheng in Xi''an like the palm of his hand. After leaving the Chinese Army''s tent, Tang Shi immediately took Gao Lan and went back to camp together.


    "Old Tang, is there any good way? We have set up a military order in front of the general. If we can''t attack tomorrow, we will lose face and lose our hair. " Gao Lan didn''t care about anything else. When there were no other generals around, he took the Tang style and asked repeatedly.


    "don''t worry, generals. If we don''t dare to say anything about other cities, this xi''anyang was built by us, and all the things are printed here." Tang style one face solemnly said, said, also pointed to own head with the finger.


    Looking at the Tang style, Gao Lan was a little relieved. Although he had been to Xi''an for several times, it was definitely not worth mentioning compared with the Tang style. Now seeing the Tang style''s promise, he finally settled down.


    After looking around, he motioned to their soldiers to pull the distance apart. Gao Lan asked carefully, "come on, what''s the best way? If you don''t say it, I always feel that there''s no bottom. "


    "Hehe, the general may not know!" Tang Shi laughed and said: "when we first arrived in Xi''an Yang City, although we soon captured the city, we strengthened the city defense in order to prevent the troops from fighting back. However, because we were in a hurry, there was a section of the city wall in the southwest corner of Xi''an Yang City, which was not solid. We just strengthened the old city wall."


    Speaking of this, after a pause, he added: "later, although Xi''an Yang was reinforced again, that section of the city wall was not demolished and rebuilt, but was wrapped with another layer of wall bricks, because the length of that section of the city wall was not too long. If someone else came to attack the city, it might be difficult to find this flaw, but for the future, it could be said that it was a hand to catch It''s a matter of time


    Gao Lan was overjoyed, patted Tang style on the shoulder and said, "OK, great. If that''s the case, you''ll be the first one in this battle."


    "Don''t worry, general. Since we are colleagues now, we should take care of each other. However, if we want to capture the city one day tomorrow, we need to prepare a large number of catapults, so... " Tang style road;


    "don''t worry, the craftsmen of the Tang army are first-class in the whole world. Today''s catapult has been made and can be disassembled at any time. Now it only needs the craftsmen of the barracks to install it. Go to the rear camp, and you can talk about the situation of the city wall, and how many catapults and stone bombs do you need?"


    ¡­¡­


    Gao Lan and FA Zheng''s actions soon spread to Tian Yu and FA Zheng. They looked at each other with a smile and did not speak. Instead, they put their eyes into the intelligence before their respective cases. The cases in front of them were already filled with domestic intelligence from Fushi, which was specially ordered by Huangfu Chaobo to be sent from Fushi.


    ¡­¡­


    On the top of Xi''an City, Zhao general Zeng Sheng led more than 100 bodyguards to stand on the top of the city. Looking to the West several miles away, what he saw was a tent ten miles away, where the Tang army had camped. Looking at the continuous barracks, the general couldn''t help taking a breath.


    He was originally a captain of the Zhao army. Although he was not the most capable in Zhang Liao''s army, his victory was in being calm. So this time, he was selected by Zhang Liao from the army and appointed as the garrison general of Xi''an city. Of course, his official position was also promoted to two levels, from the original one thousand captains to Zhonglang generals.


    Like him, there are more than ten generals in each city. According to Zhang Liao''s arrangement, the least of them are 3000 soldiers and the most of them are 5000 or 6000. For example, there are 6000 troops in Yangcheng of Xi''an, which has become the largest number among Shuofang and Wuyuan counties, next only to Guangmu City guarded by Zhang Liao himself and the army stationed by Song Xian in Fuyang It''s a city.


    Zeng Sheng knows that at the beginning, general Zhang Liao once said that he didn''t need to lead a dead battle by himself. He only needed to stick to it for about half a year. At the beginning, everyone thought that it would be OK to keep it for half a year. Now when he saw the army outside the city, Zeng Sheng knew that he took it for granted.


    Although his heart was full of ups and downs, he was an old soldier after all. Zeng Sheng''s face did not show half of his timidity. Looking at the Tang army camp outside the city, he opened his mouth and said to the nearby soldiers: "pass the orders, double the patrol tonight, and all the soldiers are ready to fight."


    "Yes, general!" With a promise, the soldier turned and went to the other gates.


    ¡­¡­


    In the back camp of the Tang army camp, the lights were bright and did not go out all night. With the help of thousands of people, hundreds of craftsmen assembled the catapults overnight. At twilight, 50 medium-sized catapults were finally assembled according to the requirements of the Tang Dynasty. After the Tang army used the Korean food, 30000 troops left the camp and rushed towards the direction of Xi''an Yang.


    Three hundred paces away from the western wall of Yangcheng in Xi''an, Gao Lan directed ten thousand troops to the north and south of the city, and the main attack in the West was given to five thousand troops led by the Tang style. As for the 15000 troops under Xu Huang''s command, they were escorted around the catapults to ensure their safety.Under the command of the Tang Dynasty, fifty catapults came to the southwest of the city wall, stopped 200 steps away from the city wall, and formed three rows from 200 steps to 250 steps, ready to attack the city wall more than 200 steps away. The attack distance of medium-sized catapults is just 200-250 steps, and the Tang style arrangement allows these catapults to cover the whole city wall within the attack range.


    When the catapult was in place, the north and South armies also sent the signal that the troops had been in place. When Tang Shi looked up at Tian Yu, who was in the middle of the army, he saw a red flag waving towards the city wall, which was a signal to attack the city.


    Seeing this, Tang Shi immediately looked at the commander of the catapult beside him and ordered: "pass the order down, and the catapult will aim at the southwest corner of the city wall and test fire 50 steps North!"


    "No!" After hearing this, the young general quickly took orders, turned around and ordered the taxi driver to operate the catapult: "aim at the city wall for test firing!"


    "Launch!"


    "Whoosh..."


    "Boom..."


    A stone bullet flew out in the direction that it had been aimed at, and soon fell in the direction of the city wall. Unfortunately, this stone bullet did not hit the city wall, but fell a few steps in front of the city wall. Immediately, the taxi driver who was in charge of observing the falling point of the stone bullet sent the news. After careful comparison, the primary school ordered the cable of the catapult to be adjusted, and then the second round of test firing was carried out.


    So back and forth, until the fifth round, the first stone bullet accurately fell on the city wall, splashed countless stones on the head of the city, and injured several Zhao soldiers who were responsible for the observation. For a moment, the city wall rang out a tragic cry for help.


    When Tang Shi saw this, he cheered for a moment. Tang Shi even yelled: "go on, go on, all the catapults will attack, and they will smash the catapults to the position just now. In the first round, get ready to attack, wait for the catapult to stop attacking, and then follow the general to attack! "

 Chapter 1341

    With the order of the Tang Dynasty, fifty stone catapults successively fired stone bullets at the Yangcheng wall of Xi''an, and dozens of stone bullets flew away towards the wall. Although more than half of them fell inside and outside the wall, in each round, nearly 20 accurately fell on the wall, and each stone bullet smashed the wall to pieces.


    In the Yangcheng city of Xi''an, behind the west gate tower, Zeng Sheng hid in the cangbing cave. From time to time, he leaned out and looked towards the south wall. From his position, he could see huge stone bullets falling from the sky and behind the wall. In a moment, he had heard several houses collapse under the attack of stone bullets.


    What surprised him was that most of the Tang army''s stone bullets were concentrated in the southwest corner of the city wall. On the contrary, only a few of them deviated from the location of the West Tower, which was the reason why he dared to go out to see the situation in the south.


    When he was puzzled, he suddenly heard a bodyguard beside him saying, "why did the Tang army waste all the stone bombs on the southern wall instead of focusing on the tower and gate?"


    "Who knows? Maybe the generals of the Tang army don''t even know if they are mentally ill!" Another pro guard replied casually;


    "I don''t know who the general with the surname of Tang is outside..." Another one said,


    "Tang..." Zeng Sheng didn''t look back, but flashed an idea in his mind, thinking about which generals of the Tang family name were in the Tang army. You know, they were the most powerful generals in Zhang Liao''s army. Therefore, Zhang Liao had told them about the main generals of the Tang army more than once.


    Of course, these generals are mainly from Sizhou. The generals in Yanyu and Henan are not so clear. But Zeng Sheng clearly remembers that there seems to be no generals with the surname of Tang in the Tang army. Looking at the soldiers outside the city, Zeng Sheng knows that the soldiers outside the city are all the soldiers of the Tang army. According to the arrangement of the Tang army, they can command more than 5000 soldiers He is definitely not an ordinary person, but Zeng Sheng can''t remember which Tang general he is.


    Suddenly, a name came out of his mind, "Tang style! By the way, it must be the Tang style, the former commander of Yangcheng in Xi''an, and one of the three alien lords in Wuyuan County, a general under Xiaojie. "


    Since it''s Tang style, he certainly won''t be aimless. As the former chief General of Xi''an Yangcheng, he absolutely knows the situation of Xi''an Yangcheng. In this way, it means that the direction of Tang army''s attack must be the loophole of Xi''an Yangcheng''s defense.


    Thinking of this, Zeng Sheng rushed out of the cave of Tibetan soldiers and ordered his own guards, "come on, send orders quickly. The two thousand soldiers who have taken turns to rest in the city will come to the west of the city immediately. Instead of going to the city tower, he will go directly to the southwest direction where the catapult of the Tang army is attacking."


    When he yelled at the guard, he didn''t react. Zeng Sheng didn''t care about anything else. He slapped the soldier and knocked him to the ground. He yelled again: "what are you doing? Come on, pro guard camp, follow ben to make a detour to the back of the southwest wall! That''s the main attack direction of the Tang army! "


    With that, he rushed out of the cave and walked around the southwest corner of the wall.


    The soldier got up from the ground with a scratch, but he didn''t care to wipe the blood on the corner of his mouth. He saluted Zeng Sheng''s back and rushed to the barracks in the city.


    The rest of Zeng Sheng''s soldiers also responded. Under the leadership of the general, they followed Zeng Sheng and ran to the southwest of the city wall.


    Unfortunately, Zeng Sheng''s reaction has been slow. By the time he reacts, nearly half an hour has passed. At this time, the catapult of the Tang army has projected more than ten rounds of stone bombs on the southwest corner of the city wall. More than 30% of the nearly 1000 stone bombs hit the city wall, and a crack has been found on the wall. But at this time, neither the Zhao army behind the city wall nor the Tang army outside the city wall found the existence of this crack.


    When Zeng Sheng led his own troops to the back of the city wall, the city wall finally could not bear the attack of stone bullets. In a "boom" sound, the new city wall wrapped in the outer layer collapsed in both internal and external directions. Countless stones and soil fell on both sides of the city wall, forming a natural ramp for the Tang army''s attack.


    Zeng Sheng just stood a hundred steps behind the wall and watched the wall collapse in a loud noise. The smoke almost enveloped the whole wall.


    "Good!"


    "Great!"


    Unlike Zhao soldiers in the city, Tang soldiers outside the city gave out a burst of cheers. Tang Shi was even more excited and jumped up. On the one hand, he ordered the soldiers to prepare for the siege, on the other hand, he ordered the catapult to continue to attack for two rounds, and then extended to the back of the city wall for five rounds.


    In the Tang army, Tian Yu and FA Zheng looked at each other and laughed. The victory of the first battle was a great help to the morale of the army. Contrary to their happiness, Xu Huang and his generals laughed bitterly. It seems that this round will not turn for himself.A quarter of an hour later, the catapult began to project into the city, and the Tang style also led thousands of troops to rush towards the city wall. Originally, the catapult was ready to launch several rounds of projection. When they saw that the Tang style led the army to close to the city wall quickly, Tian Yu immediately ordered the catapult to stop attacking, so as not to hurt his soldiers.


    Half an hour later, the Tang style led the army into the city and captured the Xicheng tower of Yangcheng in Xi''an from the Zhao army. Then, the gate was opened by Tang soldiers. With Tian Yu''s command, Xu Huang immediately sent his 10000 soldiers to enter the city from the Xicheng tower.


    In the afternoon, the Tang army occupied the Yangcheng city of Xi''an. Of the 6000 Zhao troops in the city, less than 1000 died, and the remaining 4000 were all captured.


    After Tian Yu got the report of Tang style, he laughed and said to FA Zheng, "military strategist, you don''t have to be frozen in the cold field any more."


    "What the general said is true. I don''t think you are as strong as the general. If you can have a room to sleep in, it would be the best." Fazheng did not shirk, but answered;


    "OK, order the army to enter the city. Before dark today, all the food and materials will be sent into the city and kept." Tian Yu ordered that he was about to enter the city. He suddenly stopped and said, "give an order to general Tang. He is the first one to win the battle. However, he broke the wall, so we have to trouble him to repair it. Otherwise, Zhang Liao''s army will attack. I''m afraid..."


    With that, Tian Yu, in a good mood, laughs with a clip of horse belly and goes to the city to fight the horse.


    FA Zheng followed the others with a smile and went to the city of Yang in Xi''an. To be honest, he was a civil servant. He suffered a lot with the army these days. Now he can have a yard for him to have a good rest.

 Chapter 1342

    On the contrary, after the army captured Xi''an Yang, Tian Yu ordered Gao Lan and Xu Huang to take charge of each of the 15000 troops in his headquarters, and then divided the 10000 Xiongnu cavalry soldiers who went to Beibu into two parts, and the Zhao soldiers who were captured in Xi''an Yang City. Each of them took charge of about 20000 soldiers and horsemen in two routes, and began to attack other cities.


    Tian Yu led the rest of the troops to garrison in Xi''an yang to monitor the Zhang Liao army in Guangmu city. After a night''s emergency interrogation, Tian Yu basically understood the layout of Zhao''s troops in the cities west of Fuyang, so after discussing with Fazheng, he made such a decision.


    As for the captured City, Tian Yu''s method was very simple. He left a thousand soldiers and horses to guard the city, and all the other soldiers and prisoners continued to attack eastward, pushing the front to the bottom of Fuyang City, and then waiting for the war situation to change.


    In Guangmu City, Zhang Liao stood on the east wall and looked at the East. Although he could not understand the development of the whole war situation, he also knew that the situation of the Tang army must be overwhelming.


    "King, I can''t do anything about the current situation. I hope I can firmly control Guangmu city in my hands, and then wait for the change of the situation." Thinking of this, Zhang Liao turned his eyes to the Southeast: "Mr. Qin, I hope you can successfully persuade the king of Wei to send troops. The only hope of Zhao is here."


    "In half a year, you only need to be able to drag the Tang army in the battle of Tian Yu for half a year. Even if the Tang army can continue to attack, the princes of Wei and Qi will make some moves."


    ¡­¡­


    "General, it''s too windy in the city. You''d better go back to the city. There are soldiers guarding the city. There won''t be any mistakes. I just hope Tang Jun doesn''t come so soon. " Zhang Liao''s meditation was interrupted by the mouth of the pro Guard commander behind him.


    Hearing this, Zhang Liao turned his head and looked at him. He said softly, "if Tian Yu really leads the attack as soon as possible, it''s still a good thing for us."


    With that, Zhang Liao turned to leave the city and went to the barracks in the city, leaving a face of doubt.


    ¡­¡­


    When the war of Wuyuan officially began, the army led by Huangfu Chaobo had already entered the territory of Shangdang. Different from the rapid march of Tian Yu army, Huangfu Chaobo did not order the army to rush, but marched towards Shangdang''s eldest son city at the normal speed.


    Under the eldest son City, tens of thousands of troops stood in array. Outside the city gate, the civil and military people headed by the Shangdang Taishou Tian Zheng and the Hujie camp general Huangfu Jianshou stood there quietly waiting for Huangfu to surpass Wang Bo. Behind them are captain Zhou Shi, Deputy General Li le of Hujie camp and other young generals such as huangfuli, Zhou Chen, Hao Zhao and Zhang Xiong.


    Originally, Tian Zheng was ready to go out of the city ten miles to meet them, but he was stopped by Huangfu Chaobo''s messengers and only let them meet outside the city.


    "I''m waiting for you to meet my king!" When Wang Jia of Huangfu Chaobo was only a hundred paces away from the city gate, they quickly stepped forward to meet him.


    "Rise up, ladies and gentlemen!" Huangfu Chaobo sat on his horse. After receiving the audience, he turned over and got off the horse, walked quickly to several people, took Tian Zheng and Huangfu Jianshou by the hand, lifted them up, and said: "hard work, two brothers!"


    "For the king''s foundation, I will die!" The two quickly bowed down again;


    "OK, we''ll talk about it later in the city." after that, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the other officers and generals one by one, nodded to them, and finally, his eyes fell on the young generals behind them.


    Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo looked at himself, the four immediately lined up and bowed down again: "see you king!"


    Looking at the four people''s frozen red cheeks, but they have already taken off their childishness when they left Luoyang, and replaced them with the smell of battlefield expedition. It can be seen that over the past year, the four have grown up a lot.


    Seeing this situation, Huangfu Chaobo quickly opened the attributes of the four people and found that the four Wei of the four people all rose a little bit more or less, among which Hao Zhao, who Huangfu Chaobo was optimistic about, rose the most.


    Today, Hao Zhao is only at level 50, but his command has reached 75. After that, when he reaches level 60, he will have passed 90. If you look at the other three, they are all above 80. It can be said that Hao Zhao''s four only gave him a big surprise.


    Huangfu ceremony, though also tempered, is still a third rate general with 70 plus. Moreover, only one of the commanding items has reached this value, and the other three items have only 60 plus. Seeing this, Huangfu Chaobo can''t help but think of what Huangfu Song said. The Huangfu family is really not as good as one generation.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo thought of the two remaining diamond level famous general cards in his hand. He was even more hesitant. Should the royal family really cultivate a famous general? If Huangfu ceremony is really cultivated, will it threaten his son''s throne.


    After a tangle in his heart, Huangfu Chaobo temporarily ruled out this idea. He picked up the four young generals and said with a smile: "yes, it seems that the Shangdang party has really taught you a lot. Later, when you go to battle with me, Xu you and other four will lead a school army. In order to let me see how much you have learned in the past year."Four people smell speech, all is greatly happy, looked at each other, knelt down together and said: "we must live up to the king''s trust!"


    "Well, I''ll see!"


    Seeing that the four young generals still wanted to talk, Huang Fu Jianshou stared at them. He was so scared that they stepped back and stopped talking. Seeing that they all stepped back, he said to Huang Fu Chaobo, "king, it''s cold outside. You''d better go to the city first."


    "Well, when you enter the city, the army will camp outside the city, rest for two days, and then continue to go north."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo turned over again and went to the eldest son city. Seeing this, Tian Zheng and Huangfu Jianshou quickly mounted the horses sent by the guards and followed him to the city.


    After entering the house that had been prepared for a long time by Huang Fu Jianshou, Huang Fu Chaobo sat down and drank a cup of hot tea and asked, "how are the other armies?"


    After hearing this, Tian Zheng bowed himself and replied, "my Lord, general Tian Yu''s headquarters successfully occupied Xi''an Yang a few days ago. Now they have..."


    As he said this, he explained to Huangfu Chaobo the movement of the army of Tianyu from Luoyang.


    Huangfu Chaobo just listened quietly. After he finished speaking, a general next to him stood up and said to Huangfu Chaobo: "Your Majesty, except for the situation of general Tian Yu''s army, General Yang Feng''s army has arrived at the bird and mouse valley. However, at present, he has not launched an attack on Bingzhou army."


    "General Li Ling''s troops have also arrived at the West Bank of the river, but now the river can''t be crossed directly, so they have been preparing to cross the river. In addition, according to the news from Jinyang, Taiyuan county has mobilized another 5000 troops to support Lishi. In addition, this time Lu Bu gathered tens of thousands of troops from the territory of the alien Lord. Half of them, about 30000 troops, had been handed over to general Cao Xing of Pingnan. Two days ago, Cao Xing had already led the army northward, so he should be ready to support Zhang Liao. "


    Guo Jia suddenly asked, "what about the other armies?"


    "The rest of the troops, general Huaxiong and general xupuguduhou, have entered Yecheng. General Zhao Yun''s troops have already set out. However, because of the cold weather and the weak role of cavalry in the early stage, General Zhao meant that in order to protect the horses, the army did not march quickly."


    "Now only the headquarters of General Huang Xu in Yanbei county have no news, but according to the calculation of time, the army should have reached the north of Bingzhou."

 Chapter 1343

    Hearing the speech, Guo Jia went to the map and looked at it carefully for a long time. Then he looked up at Huangfu Chaobo and said, "king, if General Huang''s army has time, it should be able to intercept Cao Xing''s army before it arrives in the clouds..."


    Just at this time, the guard outside the door was reporting to him, "my Lord! Send someone outside the city to report that the cavalry of general Pingbei has arrived. General Pingbei has entered the city and is coming here. "


    "Here comes Zilong!" Huangfu Chaobo was overjoyed at the news, so he quickly got up and looked out.


    Soon, a heroic figure appeared in the public''s sight. Seeing that Huangfu Chao was broad, many people saw his own direction. Zhao Yun speeded up his pace, quickly entered the house and bowed to Huangfu Chao: "I didn''t kowtow Zhao Yun to my king!"


    Huangfu chaobo''an sat on the throne, accepted Zhao Yun''s worship, immediately got up, quickly walked up to him, held him with both hands, and said with a smile, "Zilong has worked hard. What''s the morale of the soldiers?"


    "King Hui, after this period of training, the army has completely recovered to the level before the war with the Zhao army. According to the king''s instructions, now there are 5000 elite Yicong and 10000 ordinary Yicong. When Jieshi fights against Bingzhou Langqi, he will not lose face to the king." Zhao Yun said solemnly;


    "well, if you have Zilong''s words, you can feel relieved."


    Zhao Yun''s words have greatly increased the confidence of the Tang army. There is no way. Who can make Lv Bu too strong? The Tang army and Lv Bu''s cavalry have fought several times, but none of them achieved the result of close balance with their superior forces. It''s really that Lv Bu and his Bingzhou wolf cavalry are too strong.


    Fortunately, although Lv Bu is strong, Zhao''s strength is too weak compared with Tang''s. After several wars, the damaged cavalry of Bingzhou wolf riding is not so easy to replenish. Therefore, the cavalry of Tang army can be replenished soon after each loss. However, Lv Bu''s Bingzhou wolf riding is getting less and less. According to the news from shadow guard, now Bingzhou wolf riding is very weak Wolf riding is no more than 15000, less than 20000 troops.


    After two days'' rest in Shangdang, the army set out again and headed for Nei County in the north. This time, in addition to more than 30000 close guards, as well as 15000 Baima Yicong of Zhao Yun, 25000 Hujie troops of Shangdang and 20000 County soldiers and Minfu, there were nearly 100000 troops heading for Nanguan in the northwest of Nei county.


    Almost at the same time, on the grassland hundreds of miles north of Shangdang, tens of thousands of cavalry troops appeared in the sky more than a month ago, starting from Yanbei county.


    Huang Xu''s army consists of 50000 people, one with two horses and more than 100000 horses. In addition to the 20000 cavalry and 10000 soldiers in Yanbei County, there are also 20000 wuheng cavalry under the command of xianyufu henanlou, a minister of Liaodong.


    Fifty thousand troops and one hundred thousand horses, like a raging wave, came in the direction of tanhanshan. In the army, Huang Xu''s face is tired, and his armor is even more covered with ice.


    Gently reined the horse, the horse slowly slowed down. Several generals nearby saw that, and all of them quickly lowered their horses. A general came forward and said, "general, what can I do for you?"


    Huang Xu wiped off the water stains on his face: "Xianyu general, where is this place?"


    General Xian Yufu, who is called general Xian Yu, is under Xiaoqiang. As the number one general under Youzhou mu, he should be most familiar with the situation in the north of Youzhou.


    Sure enough, after hearing Huang Xu''s question, Xian Yufu immediately stood up, looked around and said to Huang Xu, "general, if there is no mistake, our army has arrived near the tanhanshan mountain!"


    "Not bad!" Another general nearby also replied: "general, I have never been to tanhanshan several times. Now the army should not be more than 20 li away from tanhanshan."


    It was Nanlou who answered. If they were not familiar with the situation outside the Great Wall during the March, Huang Xu''s 50000 troops would certainly have suffered a heavy loss. Rao is so. The heavy snow also caused nearly 10% loss of 50000 troops, and the war horses suffered a lot.


    Seeing that the two men were so sure, Huang Xu was also relieved: "OK, pass the order, the army will continue to move forward. After arriving at tanhanshan, the army will rest for two days, and then enter the territory of Yanmen."


    "No!"


    Soon, the torrent continued to surge southwest.


    It was getting dark, and the army finally arrived at the northern foot of Tanhan mountain. The so-called tanhanshan mountain, also known as Daqingshan Mountain in the south of Shangyi County, belongs to a section of Yinshan Mountain range. It has always been a holy land of exotic people on the grassland. Only after Lv Bu came to power in Bingzhou, he once thoroughly cleaned the area in the north of Bingzhou, so there were no more exotic cavalry on tanhanshan mountain.


    After the army arrived at tanhanshan, Huang Xu was also relieved. Rao was very tired after more than a month''s snowing. What''s more, along the way, they encountered two blizzards. Fortunately, xianyufu and Nanlou were familiar with the terrain, so that they found a place to avoid the blizzard.


    Even so, the army lost thousands of troops. Fortunately, the economic strength of the Tang army was strong. Not only the protection of 50000 soldiers was well done, but the 100000 horses were all set out with enough refined food. Otherwise, when his army arrived at tanhanshan, it would not be a 12% problem.Tens of thousands of troops had a full rest in tanhanshan for two days. At Huang Xu''s command, they set out again to Yanmen county.


    Yanmen County, Pingcheng, more than 30000 Zhao troops under the leadership of Pingnan general Cao Xing, just entered the city.


    Looking at the more than 30000 soldiers and horses entering the city, Cao Xing was still dissatisfied, but it was not as good as when he had just left Jinyang. When he left Jinyang, he had only more than 10000 soldiers and the 1000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry that Lv Bu had specially sent to him. With the army going all the way north, he took over more than 10000 soldiers in Yanmen. So along the way, Cao Xing marched, On the one hand, he broke up his two thousand bodyguards and put them into the army to reorganize the 30000 troops. Now when he arrived in Pingcheng, the 30000 troops were barely able to make it.


    Cao Xing believes that when he leads his troops to Xianyang, these soldiers and horses will not be able to fight head-on with the Tang army in the field, but there should be no problem in participating in the defense task. Cao Xing believes that only after a few wars, these 30000 soldiers will grow into the elite of the Zhao state. Of course, it is estimated that the best result is to have 10000 soldiers left in the end, but Cao Xing is not No, that''s how elite come from?

 Chapter 1344

    Three days later, a few miles away from the Great Wall pass to the north of Pingcheng, Cao Xing''s 30000 troops had just left the Great Wall pass, and 30000 soldiers were marching in array. From a distance, they looked like elite soldiers. Around them, a thousand Bingzhou wolf cavalry and a thousand ordinary Bingzhou cavalry surrounded to guard the army. However, although Cao Xing had ordered cavalry to guard the surrounding ten li out of caution, it was obvious that these cavalry did not strictly carry out his orders. Bi was now in his own country, whether soldiers or ordinary generals, plus he had more than 30000 soldiers The army is here.


    What they didn''t know, however, was that within forty miles of their northeast, a cavalry of tens of thousands of people was rushing towards them.


    Unlike Zhao''s generals, after Huang Xu led the army into Bingzhou, he ordered the army to slow down its March and spread the denounced Marquis thirty or forty miles around the army. Huang Xu was so cautious that he unexpectedly met Cao Xingbu, who left Pingxian county and rushed to the cloud to support Zhang Liao.


    As early as an hour ago, Huang Xu received the news from Chihou. After careful confirmation, Huang Xu ordered the army to speed up and attack Cao Xing''s army 40 miles away.


    After Huang Xu led the army for an hour, several Chihou rushed from the south, and soon came to Huang Xu. The young general turned over and dismounted, and quickly came to Huang Xu: "tell general, Zhao''s army is fifteen miles to the southwest!"


    Hearing this, Huang Xu reached out to stop the army and ordered: "the order goes on. The army will rest for a quarter of an hour, and then the horses will be changed. The cavalry will be ready to rush into the battle. All the idle horses will be taken care of by the soldiers and followed up by the cavalry."


    At his command, all the cavalry turned over and got off their horses, gave their spare horses to the soldiers behind them, took out a lot of black beans from the cloth bags on the horses to feed the horses, and took out a kettle from their arms to feed their horses. After that, the soldiers took out food one after another and began to eat with their own kettle.


    A quarter of an hour later, with the command of the Chinese army, nearly 40000 cavalry soldiers turned over and got on their horses one after another. Under the leadership of their respective generals, the soldiers divided into four routes and headed for the southwest Cao Xingbu army. Behind them, thousands of soldiers rode on their own horses, driving 50000 or 60000 horses behind them.


    ¡­¡­


    But at this time, Zhao Jun, who was on the March, did not know.


    Cao Xingqi sat on his horse and looked at the 30000 troops in front of him. He was very satisfied. Just as he was about to ask the deputy general, he suddenly heard a dull roar from the northern sky: "although it''s spring now, it''s far from spring thunder. Why..."


    No, after a long time in the battlefield, he immediately recognized that the sound was not thunder, but the sound of a large group of horses trampling on it. Cao Xing jumped in his heart and looked up to the Northeast where the sound came from. What he saw made him tremble.


    In his sight, more than ten Chihou were madly fighting horses and coming towards him. They were running wildly while shouting something. Behind them, a huge black line appeared between the heaven and the earth in the snow plain, and then slowly grew bigger. Finally, they became a huge wave and rushed towards themselves.


    "Enemy attack


    "Damn, where''s this cavalry from?"


    "Where do these cavalry come from? Who can tell me? "


    Not only Cao Xing, but also many officers and soldiers found that there was something unusual. There was a commotion in the Zhao army.


    Cao''s face changed greatly, and he roared: "what''s the enemy attacking and denouncing the Marquis for? Why didn''t they find out in advance? Come on, line up and meet the enemy


    However, Cao Xing also understood that there were at least tens of thousands of cavalry on the opposite side. With such a large number of cavalry, there was almost no other possibility except for the Tang army. But where did these cavalry come from? Did it fall from the sky.


    Soon, Cao Xing responded: "Damn, this is the army of Yanbei County in Tang state!"


    Cao Xing''s reaction was not slow, but at this time, he forgot that he was not commanding the elite army of Zhao state, but the army of alien lords who had just been reorganized. What''s more, even if the elite soldiers of Zhao state suddenly encounter the attack of tens of thousands of cavalry in the open field, they will not have any good fruit to eat.


    Under the command of the generals at all levels, the 30000 Zhao troops were ready to form a mess. But as time went by, the cavalry in the distance was getting closer and closer, but the 30000 troops were still in a mess here and there.


    Cao Xing''s deputy general saw this: "general, no, let''s go, or all the people will not be able to leave."


    As you can see, the cavalry from afar separated two cavalry with ten thousand people, and they came around to the two wings of their own army. All of them knew that the other side was going to leave them here.


    "Go, how to go? The king handed over the 30000 troops to a certain man. As a result, all the soldiers were buried here before the first World War. What''s the face of a man to see the king?" Cao Xingmu canthus to crack, angry shout way;"General, if you wait for the cavalry of the Tang army to come around to our South, none of them will be able to leave. Now, the general can order the army to disperse and break through. We can go back to the pass of the Great Wall. At least the Tang army should be blocked outside the Great Wall, otherwise... " The deputy general didn''t finish, but Cao Xing knew what he meant.


    Today, in addition to the 2000 cavalry soldiers, there are 5000 soldiers around Cao Xing. They are the elite soldiers selected by Cao Xing from the 30000 troops. Although they are not better than the elite troops of Zhao state, they are also better than the other 25000 soldiers. Now these 5000 soldiers have lined up around Cao Xing.


    Between lightning and flint, Cao Xing made a decision. He gritted his teeth and ordered: "the order goes on, and all the troops are scattered to break through..."


    After thinking about it, Cao Xing pointed to one of his generals and said, "you should lead a hundred Bingzhou wolf riders at once. You should go south as fast as you can to warn the pass of the great wall and Heping city. You should lead the army back to defend immediately. You must keep the Tang army to the north of the Great Wall."


    ¡­¡­


    An hour later, the whole plain calmed down again. Huang Xu paid more than 200 cavalry losses, but Cao Xing only had 2000 cavalry and less than 3000 soldiers to escape back to the Great Wall pass. The rest of the soldiers and horses died and injured thousands of people, and the rest of the soldiers and soldiers were captured.


    With the more than 20000 captives, Huang Xu''s army was much more relaxed. All the grain and grass he had seized from Cao Xing and all the luggage he had carried were delivered to these captives. After cleaning the battlefield, Huang Xu''s army continued to march westward to Qiangyin county.


    At this time, Qiangyin city was guarded by less than 1000 troops. After Huang Xu arrived, he directly drove the prisoners to attack the city. In only half a day, he successfully captured Qiangyin city. With a city, Huang Xu became more calm.

 Chapter 1345

    After the capture of Qiangyin, Huang Xu did not stay in the city, leaving only 1000 soldiers and hundreds of wounded soldiers, and then made his army continue to march westward. However, along the way, the garrison generals of Dingxiang and Yuanyang, because there were only hundreds of soldiers guarding the city, almost fell in the face of tens of thousands of Tang troops.


    Huang Xu just appeased these people, and then let the original officials calm down, but the army did not stop and went straight to Yunzhong county and Yunzhong city. At the beginning, according to Zhang Liao''s arrangement, most of the elite troops in Yunzhong and Dingxiang were led by Song Xian to garrison in Fuyang City, and the remaining 20000 were handed over to the commander of Dingxiang Duwei Wang He, who was responsible for the safety of the two counties.


    However, there are more than ten cities in the two counties. Except Dingxiang and Yunzhong, Wang he has only one thousand soldiers to guard the other cities. So when Huang Xu''s tens of thousands of troops come to Yunzhong City, Wei Dun, the governor of Yunzhong City, is almost scared.


    The Tang army outside the city has 70000 troops, which almost encircle Yunzhong city. Facing the Tang army with 20 times of its own strength, Weidun is unable to return to the sky although he intends to kill the enemy. Three thousand Zhao soldiers are defeated by the Tang army after only two days. Weidun died on the spot, and there are less than one thousand Zhao soldiers left, while Huang Xu''s army lost only two thousand The captured Zhao army and hundreds of soldiers of Yanbei army.


    After the army captured the cloud, Huang Xu ordered thousands of soldiers to escort more than 10000 prisoners into the cloud to reinforce the city defense, but he led more than 30000 cavalry all the way to the West.


    ¡­¡­


    Just when the army of Huang xubu was in full swing in the clouds, in Jinyang City, Taiyuan County, and in the palace of Zhao Kingdom, Lv Bu, the king of Zhao, still failed to reach an agreement with Chen palace and Wei Xu. A few days ago, the news of Cao Xing''s horse almost stunned Zhao kingdom.


    Tens of thousands of Yanbei Tang army suddenly appeared in Yanmen from the grassland in the north, and nearly captured tens of thousands of troops led by Cao Xing. Now Cao Xing only led more than 5000 horse walking troops to retreat to pingchengguan in the north of Pingcheng, in order to keep Tang army out of the great wall of pingchengguan.


    Lu Bu, who received Cao Xing''s emergency, wanted to ride Bingzhou wolf to the cloud, but was stopped by Chen Gong and Wei Xu. According to Chen Gong, Zhao''s army is now at the time of catching Jin. If Lv Bu leads more than ten thousand cavalry to the cloud, it will not help at all. At this time, Zhao has no more troops.


    Finally, Chen Gong finally persuaded Lv Bu for a while at the price of allowing Lv Bu to recruit troops from the territory of the alien Lord again. After these troops were collected, Lv Bu could lead them to the north to support Cao Xinghe and Zhang Liao''s army.


    It''s just that Chen Gong knows that this time it''s really killing the chicken to get the egg. After such an action, even if the state of Zhao finally beat back the attack of the Tang Dynasty, it''s estimated that it''s only a matter of survival. Now that the arrow is on the way, it has to be launched, so we have to do it as a last resort.


    As Chen Gong had expected, when Wei Xu led the army to recruit soldiers from alien territory, the whole territory of Zhao kingdom was rebellious. Finally, after Wei Xu led the army to wipe out several territories directly, it could suppress the momentum of rebellion.


    Only two days later, there were no more than ten thousand soldiers in Taiyuan, and most of them were low-level soldiers. This made Lv Bu lose his temper again. He wanted to lead the cavalry to the north, but he was once again blocked in the palace by Chen Gong and Wei Xu.


    Today, Li Feng, the commander of Sili school, has led the army to Nanguan to resist the hundreds of thousands of troops led by the king of Tang, who is gathering between Nei county and Nanguan. The whole Taiyuan county has only more than 10000 elite soldiers from Lvbu, Bingzhou Langqi and 20000 elite soldiers from Weixu. The rest of the cities have only had more than 1000 new soldiers. The whole Zhao state is almost the most vulnerable So Chen Gong said nothing to let Lv Bu lead the army northward at this time.


    The reason why he agreed to let Lu Bu lead the army to the north after recruiting soldiers and horses from alien territory was just his delaying strategy. According to Chen Gong''s idea, after the soldiers and horses were recruited, he would send at most 10000 soldiers to Cao Xing''s command to block the Tang army to the North of the Great Wall. As for several counties north of Changcheng, Chen Gong no longer had any idea.


    At least, Zhao could not have a chance to recapture several counties to the north of the Great Wall before he got the aid of Wei. At this time, what Chen Gong can think of is that he can now defend Yanmen and Taiyuan, the most important counties of Zhao, block the Tang army in the north and South directions, and then wait for the change of the situation.


    After waiting for nearly ten days, Lu Bu finally couldn''t help but summon all the people from Chen palace to lead the army northward and support Cao Xing and Zhang Liao.


    "The prime minister, now that he has gathered 20000 troops, he is going to lead the army to Yanmen tomorrow, join Cao Xing''s army and attack Huang Xu''s army in the north."


    "If the king insists on leading his troops to the north, the next minister''s intention is to ask the king not to lead the soldiers out of the Great Wall, but to hand over the 20000 troops to general Cao Xing, who will first train in Pingcheng for a period of time, and then make plans. General Cao Xing''s subordinates still have more than 10000 soldiers, including thousands of soldiers who can fight a battle, and then train for a period of time after mixing with the 20000 troops collected this time Only then can we go out of the Great Wall to fight with the Tang army. "


    Lu Bu was about to open his mouth when he heard the speech, but he was interrupted by Chen Gong."I know that the king wants to drive Huang xubu of Tang army out of Bingzhou. However, neither the time nor the fighting power of the army is up to date. Now the Lord Qin is still in the state of Wei. The king can send a letter to Lu. Please urge the king to send troops as soon as possible. After the two armies join up, he can make a decision to merge the north."


    "In this way, can''t we just send these 20000 soldiers to Cao Xing''s army?" After hearing the speech, Lv Bu looked at Chen Gong fiercely and said every word;


    Chen Gong was different: "if the king doesn''t go, it''s just what the minister wants. In the current situation, the king really should be the king''s capital, so as to calm the hearts of his subjects!"


    "You..." Lu Bu was so angry that he was speechless for a long time.


    "It''s just that the king insists on going his own way and has to lead the army to the north in person. I can''t dissuade him, so I have to."


    "If you insist on going, what should you do?"


    "If the king insists on going north, the soldiers should be trained by general Cao Xing, and they can only be sent out when the reinforcements arrive. After the king arrived in Pingcheng, if he insisted on going north out of the Great Wall, he could only lead Bingzhou wolf to go there. First, he could inquire about the situation of the Tang army, and second, he could contain the attack of the Tang army. However, according to general Cao''s information, there are at least 30000 to 40000 cavalry in the Tang army, so the king''s more than 10000 wolves should not be easily corrected... "


    "Wow..." Chen Gong''s words were only half said, but he was interrupted by Lu Bu: "Qi Sha Gu also..."


    "If the king does not agree to my request, I will commit suicide on the spot!" In the face of Lu Bu''s fury, Chen Gong was still unmoved. As soon as he finished speaking, he made a gesture and went to the next pillar.


    Lu Bu hears speech, rise to stop a way: "absolutely not!" Seeing that Chen Gong was still unmoved, he hesitated for a long time, so he had to reply dejectedly: "the meaning of the Prime Minister of the state is known. If you agree, it will be."


    "The king is wise!"


    Two days later, Lu Bu personally led more than 10000 Bingzhou wolf riders and 20000 soldiers to leave Jinyang and head north. As soon as Lu Bu''s army left, Chen Gong and Wei Xu ordered all the cities in Taiyuan to be ready. When they found any change, they would be killed. In the shortest time, they once again destroyed several alien territories. For a time, the whole Zhao players are quiet a lot. At the same time, at the end of the Nanguan passage in the direction of Taiyuan, a pass that had been stopped for several months began to be built again.

 Chapter 1346

    Shangdang, Nei County, now this county has become a big military camp. After Wang Chaobo arrived, the whole city was almost filled up with hundreds of thousands of troops.


    Nanguan, the last defense line of the Zhao army, is located in the valley more than ten miles northwest of Nei county. Now tens of thousands of Tang troops have set up a camp in Nanguan, and they have begun to prepare the equipment and materials to attack Nanguan.


    Li Feng, surrounded by dozens of generals, is observing the Tang army standing hundreds of steps away. Although there are only ten thousand Tang soldiers outside the pass, Li Feng does not dare to despise them.


    After observing for a long time, Li Feng saw that there was no sign of attack, so he was ready to turn away from the wall. Just as he turned around, a general next to him suddenly said, "general, look..."


    After hearing the speech, Li Feng turned around and looked under the wall. He only saw that after the battle of the Tang army, a group of soldiers and horses were coming here, surrounded by the king''s driver. As soon as Li Feng''s face was straightened, he immediately returned to the city wall and quietly watched the approaching King Jia of Tang Dynasty.


    Outside the wall, Huangfu Chaobo is leading the generals to inspect the situation of the battlefield. The army has just arrived in Nie County, but not all of them have arrived outside Nanguan. Only Hujie camp, the headquarters of Huangfu Jianshou, and Minfu Jingzhuang of Shangdang County, as the vanguards, arrive here first to prepare for the arrival of the army. But Huangfu Chaobo''s guards and Zhao Yun''s Baima Yicong still stayed in Nei county.


    After arriving outside the camp, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t enter the camp immediately. Instead, he turned over and led the generals to Nanguan. The group chose a high place outside the pass and stopped. When Li Feng looked out of the city, Huangfu Chaobo just looked up above the wall.


    "Is it Zhao''s General Li Feng who closed the door?" Huangfu Chaobo raised his hand, pointed to the wall, turned his head, looked at Huangfu Jianshou and asked,


    "back to the king, that''s it!"


    "Come on, send someone to persuade him to surrender, and say that if he is willing to surrender, the king is willing to be a captain of a county." Huangfu Chaobo thought about it and said,


    "no!"


    Soon, a soldier came out of the gate and came to the direction of the gate wall. He stopped 150 steps away from the gate wall. He cried to the top of the gate wall in his voice, "is it General Li Feng on the wall?"


    Li Feng was stunned, but he quickly responded and nodded to the nearby Pro guard. Seeing this, the pro guard quickly replied: "exactly! What can I do for you? "


    "General Li, my king has said that if the general is willing to surrender, the king is willing to grant him the position of a sheriff!"


    Although Li Feng is now the commander of the state of Zhao, he is actually not as good as a county commander of the state of Tang. The main reason is that there is a big gap between Zhao and Tang.


    Hearing the speech, Li Feng knew that he could not hesitate at this time. He immediately came out and said in a loud voice, "Li Feng thanks the king of Tang for his love. However, some people have received the favor of Wang and used it in the end. Li Feng has to repay his death."


    The Tang army didn''t say much about persuading the soldiers to surrender. The order he got was to come out and spread a message. Seeing Li Feng''s refusal, he immediately turned his horse and went back to the army to report to Huangfu Chaobo.


    All this was in the eyes of Huangfu Chaobo. Seeing this, he turned to look at Huangfu Jianshou and said, "go on, attack Nanguan tomorrow, and all the troops will be sent out!"


    "No!" Huangfu Jianshou hears the speech and bows himself to promise. The young generals behind him are even more excited.


    After arranging these, Huangfu Chaobo did not stay any longer and returned to Nirvana under the protection of the guards.


    In today''s Nanguan camp, there are 20000 soldiers in Hujie camp. In addition, there are more than 10000 soldiers in Shangdang Prefecture. Now there are more than 30000 soldiers in Huangfu Jianshou''s hands, which is enough for him to attack Nanguan. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo is not prepared to interfere too much in Huangfu Jianshou''s arrangement.


    In the following time, Huangfu Jianshou led the army to attack Nanmen. Although Nanguan was not a large-scale pass, because of its special location, it was no less dangerous than many large-scale passes, and it was no less dangerous than many large-scale passes. Because the pass was in the middle of the valley, the number of troops that could be deployed was also limited, while the Tang army''s attack was limited There can''t be too many soldiers and horses. At most, more than 2000 people can go out each time.


    In this way, tens of thousands of troops of Hujie battalion sent out troops in turn, and it took several days for all of them to turn to one attack.


    When the war in Nanguan was raging, Huangfu Chaobo had already received the information from Jinyang to Luoyang. Lv Bu once again recruited a large army and then led the army north. Although the exact situation is not available, Guo Jia infers that it should be Yanbei''s Huang Xu army that has arrived in Bingzhou, otherwise Lu Bu would not be so eager to kill the chicken to get the eggs, and almost empty all the players'' territory troops in Bingzhou.


    Huangfu Chaobo was overjoyed by the news. After discussing with the generals, he immediately ordered to move the camp to Nanguan. The army began to attack Nanguan day and night.


    Originally, Huangfu Chaobo thought that Nanguan would be a snail with ten fingers under the attack of his own army, but he didn''t expect that after Huangfu Jianshou led the attack for more than ten days, Nanguan would still be as stable as a rock."Ding..."


    With a sound of gold, another attack was lost.


    Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia stood on the high platform, looking at the soldiers returning like the tide, they couldn''t help laughing bitterly.


    "I didn''t expect that Li Feng, whose name has never been changed, was so difficult!" Huangfu Chaobo looked at Nanguan in the distance and said to Guo Jia, "those who are good at fighting are useless." After hearing the words, Guo Jia comforted him and said, "besides, although Nanguan is not big, its terrain is dangerous, and it is difficult to expand its forces, so it is not easy to attack. Just as when the king first arrived in Luoyang, Lu Bu led tens of thousands of troops to attack Hangu pass for decades, but he also returned to the pass in vain. "


    Huangfu Chaobo waved his hand: "there is no need to say more about fengxiao. I have no other idea. With the change of the situation in the world, our army will face more difficulties. If we don''t accumulate more experience in this field now, it will be beneficial and harmless for the subsequent wars."


    "As for the war in the north, I don''t worry too much. With Huang Xu''s strength, even if tens of thousands of cavalry can''t match Lu Bu''s thousands of excellent cavalry, they can get rid of most of them. So I''m not worried about it. I just think that the longer the war goes on, the greater the variable. "


    ¡­¡­


    As they were talking, suddenly a group of cavalry rushed from Nei County in the distance, and several cavalry guards were in the middle. The man was in the middle of Shi''a, and when he saw that they seemed to have an urgent military situation, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly felt a little worried.

 Chapter 1347

    Judging from the speed with which Shia kept pumping his whip on the horses, Huangfu Chaobo had concluded that Shia was definitely not good news this time. However, at this time, Huangfu Chaobo was far from a fledgling boy. Standing on the watchtower, although he was anxious, he was still as calm as before.


    Soon, Shi a rushed to the periphery of the Chinese army. Dian Wei, who was responsible for defending the Chinese army, saw this and quickly led Shi a to the watchtower.


    When he climbed up the watchtower in a hurry, Shi a Zheng was about to speak, but Huangfu Chaobo gave him a wink. Shi a was stunned and stopped his talk. He just stepped forward quickly, saluted Huangfu Chaobo, and said in a low voice: "king, emergency information from Luoyang is..."


    After a short pause, Shi a swallowed a mouthful of saliva: "it''s about the peaceful and difficult General of Changshan state..."


    Just as he was about to go on, Guo Jia suddenly interrupted Shi A''s words and said, "in this case, the war will not make any new progress for a while. It''s better to ask the king to return to the big account and report again."


    After this, Shia responded and calmed down his mood. Huangfu Chaobo nodded and looked at Huangfu Jianshou: "well, let''s stop the army and go back to the camp. My elder brother will go with me."


    After that, he led Guo Jia to leave the watchtower, turned over, mounted his horse, and headed for the big account of the army in the camp.


    A moment later, in the tent, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Shi''a and said in a deep voice, "come on, why are you so alarmed?"


    "My Lord, three days ago, Yan Liang, the general of Pingxi in Wei state, led a total of more than 30000 troops, and Zhang Nan, the guerrilla general, led a total of more than 15000 troops. They raided Zhending city. The general of Pingnan was defeated and led the remnant to retreat to Tumen pass. Now, only Shangai and Jingxing and Tumen pass are still under their control The rest of the cities fell into the hands of the Wei army. "


    All the people in the account were shocked when they heard the words. You know, Zhang Yan''s side was a trump card that Huangfu Chaobo had laid for attacking the state of Wei, but now it was suddenly captured by the state of Wei. Although it was not clear that the other side had completely figured out the identity of the black mountain army, it was not good news for the state of Tang at least. At least Changshan had several cities with hundreds of thousands of people.


    "In detail, what''s the situation, why Zhang Yan is so careless, and why Yan Liang''s army suddenly left Julu, and why there is no news from Yecheng?" Huang Fu Chao Bo asked with a gloomy face;


    Shi a didn''t dare to neglect and reported to him what happened in Changshan one by one.


    Half a month ago, when the army of Yan, Jicheng and Tang began to send troops to Zhao, the war between Wei and Yan also began. After several months of preparation, Wei quickly captured Liangxiang city on the North Bank of Shengshui River, and then besieged Guangyang City, annihilating gongsunzan''s reinforcements and thousands of Baima followers. After that, only half a year passed However, in a few days, the army of the state of Wei was Chen Bing in Jicheng, and tens of thousands of soldiers surrounded gongsunzan''s tens of thousands of elite in the city.


    Gongsun Zan, who was defeated by Yuan Shao, curled himself up in his shell like a tortoise. He never showed his head again, no matter how hard he beat outside. Of course, he didn''t do anything. After the Wei army besieged the city, Gongsun Zan sent his eldest son to the city. Only after Gongsun went out of the city, he didn''t go to his two uncles. Instead, he went to Zhang Yan for help on the order of his Laozi.


    After two defeats, Yuan Shao''s army stopped attacking Jicheng and surrounded it with tens of thousands of troops. Led by General Han Meng, the army attacked Jundu and Changping and opened up another channel of contact with the state of Zhao. The other army, led by general Ju Yi of the town army, went west to attack Yuyang county.


    Yuan Shao himself, together with the commander of Pingbei general Wen Chou and cavalry general Jiang Yiqu, surrounded gongsunzan''s tens of thousands of elite troops in Jicheng.


    That night, Yuan Shao was reading the memorial sent from Nanpi by the Chinese army. Suddenly, the bodyguard outside the account announced: "report to the king, captain of the court, Mr. Xu you asked to see him. He said that he had urgent business to report to the king."


    Yuan Shao was stunned and looked at the clock leak beside him. Now it was the second watch, but Xu you asked to see him at this time. He thought that there must be something very important. After a little meditation, Yuan Shao said: "biography!"


    "No!"


    A moment later, there was a sound of footwork outside the tent. Then, the voice of the bodyguard sounded out of the tent: "report to the king, Mr. Xu is here!"


    "Come in!"


    The curtain of the tent was lifted, and Xu you''s thin figure appeared at the door of the tent. He quickly stepped into the big tent. Xu you bowed with a happy face and said, "I''ll see you king!"


    "Ai Qing, please get up. I don''t know what happened when Xu Ai Qing came to see me alone at night?"


    "Congratulations to the king, congratulations to the king!"


    "Oh, where does Aiqing''s joy come from?" Yuan Shao asked with a look of surprise;


    "king, I mentioned earlier that I want to surrender the black mountain army for you. Now this matter has already begun." Xu you said with a smile;


    after hearing this, Yuan Shao frowned, but he didn''t feel happy. You should know that this is a matter advocated by Xu you, which is called Yuan Shao''s invitation. However, Yuan Shao is not interested in it, because Yuan Shao is famous all over the world now, so he doesn''t care about it, and Yuan Shao doesn''t look at these bandits from the bottom of his heart In my eyes.But Xu you insisted on it, and he didn''t oppose it. Now Xu you suddenly talked about it, and Yuan Shao thought about it for a long time: "Oh, I love you so hard!"


    Seeing yuan Shaoxing''s appearance, Xu you was not disheartened. He continued: "this is not what the king thought. Wei Chen only recruited several commanders of the Heishan army. However, he found a surprising secret."


    "Oh..." Yuan Shao finally raised a little interest, and moved his eyes away from the memorial to Xu you.


    "King," Xu you stepped forward and said mysteriously to Yuan Shao, "do you remember the Yuzhou war between the Tang and Qi armies a few years ago?"


    "Well," Yuan Shao was stunned, but he quickly responded: "as Ai Qing said, but in the war between Huangfu Chaobo and Cao Amun, Huangfu Chaobo lost the two counties in Qingzhou, while Cao Amun lost the two counties he started?"


    "The king is wise. It was the war that happened in those years. Do you remember why the king of Qi lost Qiao County?"


    "How? That''s not because the Tang army is hiding things from the world... " Although Yuan Shao had already turned his attention, he still didn''t think much about it. However, he suddenly realized: "what does Aiqing mean?"

 Chapter 1348

    Seeing that Yuan Shao reacted so quickly, Xu you bowed to his heart and said, "Your Majesty is wise. Just as you think, after nearly a year of courting and infiltrating, Wei Chen has finally achieved the effect. Yu Du and Zhang zuozha of the black mountain army are finally persuaded by Wei Chen to lead the army."


    "Not only that, Wei Chen also found some abnormalities in Zhang Yan''s headquarters of the black mountain army from several people''s words. So, Wei Chen sent his heart to sneak into several cities, such as Zhending and Jingxing. After several twists and turns, he finally determined one thing. Zhang Yan, leader of the Black Mountain army, had secretly surrendered to the Tang state. Now Zhang Yan''s headquarters of the black mountain army, under the arrangement of the Tang state, has formed a battle team The establishment and weaponry of the barracks are the same as those of the other battalions of the Tang army. "


    "Is it serious?" Yuan Shao''s face is as deep as water when he hears the speech.


    "there''s absolutely no mistake. The people sent by Wei Chen have gone through many twists and turns to find out the news. Now Zhang Yan is the Pingnan General of the Tang Dynasty, and his confidants qingniujiao, Zhang Baiqi and Huanglong are recommended by Zhang Yan as Zhongying generals, while pinghan, Feiyan, Baibo, Daji and Fuyun five generals are appointed as Xiaowei."


    "All these news came from Zhang Yan''s general''s inner house. Yu and Zuo finally agreed to take refuge because they didn''t resent Zhang Yan''s taking refuge in the state of Tang without telling him. In addition, Wei Chen moved his feelings several times and explained his reason."


    "Moreover, the two generals are willing to cooperate with the army to capture Zhending. If they plan properly, it is not impossible to annihilate Zhang Yan''s army."


    Xu you is talking about his contribution, but Yuan Shao has left his case and is walking back and forth in the big account. From Xu you''s statement, he has basically affirmed that this matter should be nine times out of ten. With this in mind, Yuan Shao suddenly had a situation in his mind. When he was leading the army to fight against the Tang army, tens of thousands of elite soldiers suddenly rushed out of his side and gave a fatal blow to his army from the rear. At that time, he had to peel off his skin even if he was not dead.


    At the thought of this, Yuan Shao couldn''t help sweating. It took a long time for him to congratulate himself. Fortunately, Xu you proposed to discover this dangerous situation.


    thinking of this, Yuan Shao stopped, walked up to Xu you and said, "this is a great achievement of Qing. If it wasn''t for Qing to discover this, the consequences would be unimaginable."


    When Xu you heard the speech, he could see his teeth but not his eyes with a smile: "this is Wang Hongfu, and my minister is just at the right time."


    "Well, in Qing''s opinion, how should Gudang deal with it?" Yuan Shao nodded his head with satisfaction, and then asked;


    "the king should make a decision immediately. Now the war in the state of Yan will not come to an end in a short time. The king can send a general to lead tens of thousands of elites. In addition, the General Zhang Nan''s headquarters in Changshan state can calm the bandits in Heishan and bring Changshan state under control."


    Yuan Shao went to the front of the map and looked at it. After a long time, he said, "come here, send an order to Yan Liang, and ask him to lead an army of thirty thousand horse steps to Changshan secretly. The reason is that the poison and the eight two men of zuozha will take over and calm down the bandits in Heishan."


    This time, Yuan Shao rarely hesitated. After considering this, he immediately ordered to mobilize the army to send troops to Zhending to bring down the black mountain army.


    Two days later, Yan Liang, who got the order, immediately gathered 30000 horse troopers, sneaked away from Handan overnight, and went all the way north. A few days later, he arrived in the south of Gaoyi. Then, with the help of Yu Du, the army raided Gaoyi, captured Luoshi, a black mountain bandit who was with Yu Du in Gaoyi City, captured all the bandits in Luoshi, and then the army went north again.


    After zuozhuzhangba took over Pingji and Luan City one after another, Kushen, one of the leaders of Heishan, was killed. After Yan Liang reorganized the captured Heishan army a little, he continued to lead troops north to Zhending city.


    After that, Yu Du and Zhang zuozhuzhang led hundreds of their own personal guards to cheat as disabled soldiers. Under the pursuit of the Wei army, they fled into Zhending city. Zhang Yan didn''t know that he had led a wolf into the house.


    At night, with the help of more than a thousand troops from Yu and Zuo, Yan Liang''s army entered Zhending city smoothly. Zhang Yan was caught off guard. Although she led the soldiers to fight, she was defeated by Yan Liang in the end. In desperation, Zhang Yan had to lead a breakthrough.


    In the end, the 30000 troops in Zhending city and only 10000 people who followed Zhang Yan successfully retreated. Under the pursuit of the Wei army, Zhang Yan finally returned to Tumen pass dozens of miles to the west of Zhending with only 8000 remnant troops. Fortunately, since occupying Heishan, Zhang Yan has not abandoned the reinforcement of Tumen pass''s defense, and constantly repaired this nearly destroyed ancient pass. After surrendering to the state of Tang, the restoration was strengthened and built into a solid medium-sized pass.


    In addition, after the reorganization of Zhang Yan''s army, it became a standard Tang army barracks with five schools of soldiers and horses. One of the school soldiers was arranged in Tumen pass by him, another school was arranged in Jingxing City, the hometown of Heishan army, and the other 15000 step cavalry troops were taken by Zhang Yan and arranged in Zhending City, which is similar to the city''s military Fifteen thousand prefectures and soldiers joined together to resist the attack of the state of Wei.


    What he didn''t expect was that a sudden attack made him return from defeat. He lost his city and land. Not to mention that only 8000 people escaped from Zhending city and returned to Tumen pass. There were three thousand cavalry, three thousand yellow scarf soldiers and more than one thousand ordinary soldiers. As for the fifteen thousand soldiers, there were only a few hundred escaped.Zhang Yan, who returned to Tumen pass, ordered to arrange the defense in the pass, and at the same time summoned the generals to discuss affairs. Seeing that the generals under him were all lost, Zhang Yan opened her mouth several times, but did not scold.


    "Alas After a long sigh, Zhang Yan said: "this defeat is nothing to do with you. I would have asked the king to apologize for it. However, the most important thing now is to pass the news to the king. The second is to guard the Tumen pass. If the state of Wei takes Jingxing, the nearest channel will be opened between Wei and Zhao. Then we can''t redeem our sins."


    Besides his son Zhang Fang, Zhang Baiqi, Zhongying General of cavalry, Huang Long, Zhongying General of Tumen pass, as well as Xiaowei pinghan and Feiyan are sitting in Zhang Yan''s hands. Among the other generals, qingniujiao, Zhongying general, guards Jingxing County, Baibo, Yueping, Daji, Shiyi and Fuyun, Yuanshi.


    Listen to Zhang Yan''s words, everyone is a sigh, but the heart is also secretly relieved.


    "Now the two brothers, Daji and Fuyun, don''t know whether they will live or die, but now they don''t care. Huang Long, the task of guarding the pass tonight and tomorrow day will be given to your five thousand brothers in the pass. The rest of the soldiers will rest for one day before making arrangements. Zhang Baiqi will pay attention to gathering up the rout soldiers tomorrow. After these soldiers come back, they will be placed separately and screened in detail. "

 Chapter 1349

    After a pause, Zhang Yan looked up at her son and said in a deep voice, "Zhang Fang will prepare for it later. I will write a memorial to the king immediately. You will set out all night and go to Shangdang. Now the king is leading the attack on Zhao state. You are going to Shangdang to plead guilty to the king for your father''s sake, and to hope that the king will allow you to do meritorious deeds for your father and recapture Zhending. ¡±


    "the rest of the generals are ready to deal with the attack of the Wei bandits. If my expectation is not bad, Yan Liang will not give up. He will drive his troops to attack Tumen pass, so we must give them some color. Moreover, "speaking of this, Zhang Yan couldn''t help but look very blue and gnash her teeth, saying word by word:" if I have the chance, I will definitely put my hand on the two traitors, poison and zuozhizhang. "


    Zhang Baiqi heard the speech and said in a loud voice: "Yan Shuai, let''s give these two traitors to someone. These two traitors will certainly cut the two thieves into pieces to vent their hatred"


    "it''s true that if we don''t get rid of these two thieves, we''ll be sorry for the tens of thousands of brothers who died in vain..." The others responded with a wave of their hands and stopped the chaotic scene: "OK, everyone will be ready for tomorrow''s meeting."


    "No!"


    "It''s the general"


    when they heard the words, they agreed one after another. Then, after boxing, they left each other, leaving Zhang Yan alone in the room.


    For a long time, Zhang Yancai sighed, walked to the front of the case, picked up the paper and pen that had been prepared, and wrote the memorial seriously.


    An hour later, a memorial with no more than a thousand words appeared in front of Zhang Fang. In Zhang Yan''s room, the floor beside the table was already full of paper balls, which shows how hard Zhang Yan''s memorial was written.


    Zhang Yan hesitated for a moment and then said, "you set out in the night, go to Shangdang, and present the memorial to the king. When you meet the king, you say that after the Tumen pass war situation is stable, I will bind myself to the king and plead guilty. If the king asked... "


    After a short pause, Zhang Yancai said, "if the king asks you any questions, you need to answer them truthfully, and you can''t hide half of them."


    "But..." Zhang Fang hesitated and said, "father, how will the king deal with you?"


    "Well, no matter how the king was angry, he didn''t complain about being a father. Besides, this time, it was really our carelessness. We didn''t expect that the Wei parliament would send troops to attack at the critical moment of the Northern War, and There are also internal thieves to help... " Zhang Yan sighed and said;


    seeing that Zhang Fang wanted to talk about it again, Zhang Yan waved her hand: "don''t say more. Let''s go now. The sooner, the better. It''s a pity that the people of shadow guard in Zhending didn''t have time to escape. Otherwise, they can use Feilu to warn Luoyang first."


    Zhang Fang had no choice but to bow his hand and walk away. Outside the general''s mansion, a group of 50 elite cavalry soldiers were standing in formation. They were all from Shuangma. After Zhang Fang came out, they all turned to Shangdang in the southwest direction.


    ¡­¡­


    When the sun rises in the East, the alarm bell of Tumen pass suddenly rings. Soon, under the command of the general, teams of Heishan battalion taxi soldiers appear on the wall. This time, in addition to the banner of Heishan camp, the red flag of Tang Dynasty finally rises on Tumen pass.


    Huang Long, the general of Tumen pass, was the first to appear on the wall. When the alarm rang, he had appeared on the tower in a neat suit. Looking at the approaching army of Wei in the distance, Huang Long knew that the war was about to begin. However, they were already ready.


    "The order goes on. The first and second divisions ascend the city and prepare to meet the enemy. The third and fourth divisions are ready to support. The Fifth Division is temporarily resting and waiting for the order." Huang Longtou also did not return to his own side of the pro guard ordered;


    "no!" The personal guard bows to accept the order, and is about to turn around and go to preach. Just as he turns around, he sees a group of generals walking up the wall from the inside of the pass. The leader is Zhang Yan, the leader of the black mountain army. Oh, now he can call him "general Pingnan".


    "General!"


    The soldiers on the wall salute Zhang Yan and others one after another. Huang Long also looks back at Zhang Yan and others who are walking towards him.


    "Big brother! Here comes Wei Gou. "


    Zhang Yan nodded, but her eyes looked out of the pass. Unfortunately, the Wei army came from the East. Now they just look at the sun, and they can''t see the specific situation of the Wei army.


    Huang Long shook his head: "at present, it''s not clear. The enemy is too far away, plus the reason of sunlight, it''s not clear at all. And the reprimand hasn''t paid off


    As he spoke, several cavalry came running from a distance. Behind them, dozens of Wei cavalry followed closely. Huang Long saw this and ordered: "pay attention to the bow, and be ready to receive the cavalry. If the Wei cavalry is in the course, don''t wait for the order, shoot directly."


    "Zhi..."


    After a sound of acid teeth, dozens of catapult crossbows on the wall were loaded with arrows one after another. They were ready to launch towards the marked shooting area, and the crossbowman was ready to raise the hammer early. Only when the watch hand issued the order to launch, they could smash the crossbow machine.All the people are watching the cavalry outside the pass with bated breath. Just when the army thinks that the cavalry of the Wei army will be desperate to kill their own Marquis outside the pass, the general of the pursuing cavalry of the Wei army stops pursuing a long distance away from the wall of the pass.


    Soon, a small crack was opened in the gate. Several Tang Jun Chihou entered the gate from the crack. Then, the leader of Chihou was led to the gate wall and came to Zhang Yan and other generals.


    "I''ve met you generals in Zhengwu Laoliu, the Marquis team of Heishan camp!" The tall and thin squadron was meeting Zhang Yan and immediately saluted.


    "The military team is working hard. When did you get out of the pass? What''s the situation outside the pass? What''s the situation of the Wei army? " Zhang Yan nodded at Wu Laoliu and asked;


    "general Hui, it''s not going to be five o''clock to go out of the pass. There are two songs to reprimand the marquis. Fifty people of Wu''s headquarters met the majority of the Wei army 20 miles southeast of the pass. Along the way, they saw many brothers being chased and killed by Wei cavalry, and their bodies were everywhere."


    At this point, Wu Laoliu''s voice dropped. When the generals heard the words, they were silent.


    Zhang Yan stretched out her hand and patted Wu Laoliu on the shoulder: "don''t worry, brothers, the blood debt must be paid by the Wei army with blood. Let''s talk about the information you''ve got. "


    "Yes, general!" Wu Laoliu cheered up: "in addition to these brothers who have died in the battle, there are scattered brothers everywhere in the field. However, because of the need to explore the situation of the Wei army, he just pointed out the direction of the army to the brothers, and then continued to go east."


    "About how many people?" Pinghan asked after him.


    he had no choice but to be in a hurry. This time, only a few hundred soldiers from his school escaped with him to Tumen pass, and the rest of them didn''t know whether they were alive or dead.

 Chapter 1350

    After listening to pinghan''s words, Wu Laoliu hesitated a little, and then replied, "there are a lot of people who have not made up for it before and after. They have met hundreds of people, and all the brothers in each department."


    Pinghan wanted to ask again, but was interrupted by Zhang Yan: "let''s talk about this later, you first talk about the situation of the Wei army."


    "No! General, this time, the general of Wei state is Yan Liang, the general of Pingxi state of Wei. Wei general also saw the general flag of guerrilla General Zhang Nan in their army, and And... " At this point, he hesitated again.


    "Go on!" Zhang Yandao;


    "there are two big flags, Yu Zi and Zuo Zi. It seems that they are two leaders, Yu Du and Zuo Muzhu. There are about 50000 or 60000 soldiers in the Wei army, including about 10000 cavalry, 30000 or 40000 soldiers, and about 10000 auxiliary soldiers. Before we had time to inquire about the specific situation, the other side''s cavalry had already found us. When they saw the situation, they immediately led the evacuation, but they were almost surrounded by the Wei cavalry. In the end, only a few of them successfully broke through, and the rest of them... "


    Just at this time, there was another commotion among the Wei troops outside the pass. When they heard the news, they all looked towards the direction outside the pass, only to find that another group of cavalry came from the north, but another group of scouts sent from inside the pass. Behind them, a large number of Wei cavalry followed. Seeing this, the Wei general who arrived first outside the pass immediately sent another group of cavalry to intercept .


    Although the people on the wall were worried about their own cavalry, they were also powerless. On one hand, they ordered the crossbow soldiers to prepare for the reception. On the other hand, they prayed for the cavalry.


    After a shout of killing, only a few riders of the dozens of people''s squadron stood out the interception of the Wei army and ran towards the direction of closing the door. But one of them was not a squadron.


    After a hard battle, several cavalry finally rushed into the defense area of the garrison in the pass, but the Wei cavalry had no choice but to give up.


    Several cavalry soldiers entered the Tumen pass from the door where they had opened a small crack again. As they approached, Zhang Yan''s face suddenly changed, because he had recognized the person who denounced the marquis. Not only him, but also several generals on the tower recognized him. He was the person in charge of the shadow guard of the Tang army in Zhending city.


    Zhang Yan did not care to observe the enemy''s situation, so she hurried down the wall and walked towards several Chihou.


    Soon, Zhang Yan went to several Chihou, plus their protection of the shadow guard, they entered a total of only six people, the leader is just a Shi Chang. Seeing the general leading a group of generals and generals rushing towards him and others, he scared several people of the squadron.


    Fortunately, after all, he was also the most elite soldier in the black mountain army. Shi Chang responded quickly and pushed away the guard who was cleaning his wounds. He stood up and saluted Zhang Yan: "I''ve seen general Lu goudan, Shi Chang of the Marquis camp!"


    "No gift!" Zhang Yan nodded at him, then reached out and pointed to the unconscious shadow guard: "where did you meet him?"


    "Report back to the general. His subordinates found this man next to a forest more than 20 miles northeast of the pass. At that time, five of them were together. This man was protected by the other four. At that time, more than 20 Wei cavalry were besieging them, so the team led us to rescue them. However, by the time we arrived, two of the four protecting him had died He was injured, and this man was also seriously injured. "


    "After being rescued by us, this man showed us a token of the general. The team said that this man was very important, so they led us to escort them back to the pass. However, we were soon discovered by the Wei cavalry, which immediately led to the Wei army''s encirclement and killing. All the way, we were left with only these people. "


    With that, the squadron named LV goudan was also sobbing.


    Zhang Yan came forward and patted him on the shoulder: "you''ve done a good job. After the war, you will surely report to the king and reward you and those dead and wounded brothers."


    "General Xie!"


    "Well, go down and have a good rest!" Zhang Yan nodded at him, and then put his eyes on the shadow guard who was being treated: "how about it?"


    "General, it''s not a big problem. It''s just that the injury leads to excessive blood loss. I''ve been in a coma for a while, and I''ll wake up in a day or two."


    "It''s too slow. Someone, take this man to the general''s house and arrange for him to be treated as soon as possible so that he can wake up as soon as possible." Then he looked up and pointed to the two flyers in the cage hanging beside the saddle, and said, "these two flyers should also be taken together. There should be no mistakes."


    Immediately, several soldiers took the shadow guard, his horses and Feilu to the general''s residence in Guannei for rehousing. Soon, several senior medical craftsmen were brought to treat the comatose shadow guard.


    This can''t help but worry about Zhang Yan. Now the situation is very serious. Wei suddenly launched an attack and lost all the cities in the east of Tumen pass. Therefore, he must send the news to Huangfu Chaobo as soon as possible so that he can make the best response.


    Just at this time, the alarm bell of the city tower sounded again, which was a warning that the enemy was about to launch an attack. At this time, Zhang Yan did not care about the comatose shadow guard, and hurriedly led a group of generals to the wall again.On the top of the city, Zhang Yan saw that the Wei army had really begun to attack Tumen pass, and the army led by Yu Du and zuozhizhang were actually two soldiers.


    Seeing this, Zhang Yan couldn''t help sneering: "Yan Liang is really a reckless man. When the army arrived far away, it didn''t have a firm foothold. He even thought that he would attack the fortified city in a hurry, and he was so anxious to drive out the new attached army to die. I really think the general''s army can''t be made of paper and mud. "


    "If anyone could kill Yu Du and zuozhuzhang eight times, he would have asked the king to raise his official rank to two levels and reward Qian Guan."


    ¡­¡­


    Yan Liang urged the army to launch two attacks on Tumen pass. After losing thousands of troops, he did not attack again. In fact, he never thought that he could successfully capture Tumen pass. The reason for doing so was just to try his own idea. If it was really successful, the connection between Wei and Zhao armies would be much simpler.


    So after the two rounds of attacks were frustrated, Yan Liang resolutely ordered Ming Jin to withdraw his troops. Then the army returned to Zhending and asked Zhang Nan to lead shouzhending and monitor the movement of Zhang Yan''s army. Then he led the army to Handan to continue his task of defending the army in the direction of Wei Jun of Tang army. Yu Du and zuozhuzhang''s army of tens of thousands, Yan Liang ordered them to separate Since the selection of 5000 elite soldiers, the remaining soldiers were all demobilized. Naturally, their 10000 soldiers and horses went south to Handan with Yan Liang''s army.

 Chapter 1351

    On the day of Yan Liang''s army''s withdrawal, the shadow guard who fled back to Tumen pass had already woken up. Zhang yandajia looked over and immediately gave him the memorial he had written. Then he asked him to report the war to Luoyang as soon as possible.


    In the following time, while reorganizing and gathering the soldiers, Zhang Yan constantly strengthened the defense of Tumen pass, and then quietly waited for the king''s life of Huangfu Chaobo. The Wei army in the East was also quite quiet. Apart from sending cavalry to keep an eye on Tumen pass, Zhang Nan sent troops to occupy the cities east of Tumen pass and eliminate the soldiers from Heishan camp.


    At this time, the war in the north of Bingzhou entered a state of confrontation again.


    In Yunzhong City, although Huang Xu has occupied the county city, he has not much spare power to launch an attack on Fuyang, an important city with a large army. Originally, he had only 50000 troops, including 40000 cavalry, and only 10000 real soldiers.


    On this road, some soldiers have been damaged, including nearly a thousand soldiers. Later, in Qiangyin City, he left nearly a thousand soldiers. While attacking the cloud, he lost hundreds of soldiers. If calculated in this way, only 7000 people can use 10000 steps.


    Although they have captured thousands of Zhao soldiers now, for these soldiers, first of all, they are basically ordinary soldiers of prefectures and states. The rank is too low to say, and the old and weak still occupy a considerable part of them. Second, as far as the current situation is concerned, it is unbearable to recruit taxi soldiers in a hurry, so Huang Xu did not think of sending troops to Fuyang immediately.


    Huang Xu did not send troops to attack not only Fuyang, but also other cities in Yunzhong county. He was still controlled by more than a thousand soldiers of Zhao state.


    The city of Fuyang is not so much a city as a pass. At the beginning, Zhao Zilong used the special terrain of Fuyang to resist Lu Bu''s army for more than a year. Today, Fuyang City has become an obstacle for the Tang army.


    As early as the first day of his arrival in Fuyang, Huang Xu had already sent someone quietly from the North Bank of the river outside the south city to the west of Wuyuan to meet with Tian Yubu, telling himself that the main purpose of his army''s arrival was to get in touch with Luoyang. Then it was to discuss with Tian Yu the arrangement of the whole war situation.


    It''s a pity that Tian Yu hasn''t sent the news of Luoyang, but Huang Xu has received the news from Qiangyin. The flag of Lv Bu, king of Zhao, appeared on the Great Wall pass to the south of Qiangyin.


    After getting the news, Huang Xu arranges Qiangyin''s troops to evacuate quickly, and all of them withdraw into Yunzhong city. At the same time, he immediately sends troops to contact Tian Yu again to inform Lv Bu of the news of his troops going north.


    A few days later, with the close attention of the generals of the Tang Dynasty, Lv Bu''s army finally appeared in the cloud. Huang Xu was surprised that Lv Bu only came with more than ten thousand cavalry, but Cao Xing''s infantry didn''t go with him.


    In Yunzhong City, on the west wall of the city tower, Huang Xu led a group of generals are quietly looking at more than ten thousand Zhao cavalry outside the city. Although there are only more than ten thousand cavalry, their breath is incomparable with their forty thousand cavalry.


    Huang Xu believed that even if he sent 20000 cavalry to fight against Lv Bu''s army, he would surely lose. If he wanted to fight with him, his 40000 cavalry would still be able to fight against Lv Bu. Of course, the final result would be heavy casualties. If you let Lv Bu see a flaw and take the head of the enemy general among the ten thousand armies, it is estimated that the final result will be a tragic victory.


    "Sure enough, it''s worthy of being Lu Bu among the people and Chi Mian among the horses..." Huang Xu said, but his eyes swept around the generals. Sure enough, all the generals heard that the Lord''s face had changed greatly. "However, even if such a strong cavalry is designed by the king, General Zhao Yun and other generals, it will cause heavy casualties. Today, there are more than 30000 wolf cavalry in Bingzhou, but now there are only more than 10000 soldiers left."


    Huang Xu''s words shocked the surrounding generals. It''s true that Lv Bu''s Bingzhou wolf riding is far from its peak. The original 30000 wolf riders have been gradually reduced to more than 10000 in several wars. When people think of this, they can''t help but feel refreshed.


    "The king once said that Lu Bu''s bravery is almost invincible in the world today, especially the cavalry of Lu Bu. Although Lu Bu is brave and the cavalry is strong, they can''t drive the cavalry to attack the city. Now we have a strong city, but Lu Bu can''t wait for us."


    "What''s more, the king just needs to put enough pressure on Taiyuan, and Lu Bu will certainly lead the troops to the south. At that time, Bingzhou wolf will be running between the two places, and it''s not difficult to break it."


    Looking at the look of the generals around him, Huang Xu was also excited and said: "although Lv Bu is strong, we also have general Zhao, general Dian and other world famous generals. In addition, Baima Yicong is also a powerful soldier. We only need to hold Lv Bu and Bingzhou wolf riding. No matter how strong Lv Bu is, we can''t go back to heaven."


    At this time, Lu Bu had a lot to say. Despite the opposition of Chen Gong, he led his troops to the north to support Cao Xing. He hoped that after joining with Cao Xing, he would send troops to wipe out the Tang army who entered the territory of Yunzhong. Then he would join Song Xian''s and Zhang Liao''s troops to fight against Tian Yu''s troops, control the situation in the north of Bingzhou, and then return to the south to fight against Huangfu Chaobo''s army .


    However, the reality is very cruel. Let alone Cao Xing, he has only gathered more than ten thousand soldiers, even if he has more than ten thousand soldiers under his command, he has only twenty or thirty thousand soldiers. But now the Tang army has controlled the largest city in the cloud, and he still guards according to the city, which makes Lv Bu like a mouse pulling a tortoise.After a day''s delay under the Cloud City, Lu Bu had to order Cao Xing to continue to guard the Great Wall pass, but he himself led Bingzhou wolf riding to the west to join the army of song Xianbu.


    In the city of Fuyang, the morale of Zhao''s officers and men has declined. The reason is that tens of thousands of Tang cavalry suddenly appeared in the east of Fuyang a few days ago. Before that, there had been several Tang troops in the west of Fuyang. Although they did not attack Fuyang, the senior generals in the army knew that there were many other cities in the West except Guangmu, which was guarded by Zhang Liao The cities should have been captured by the Tang army.


    The appearance of the majority of the Tang army in Yunzhong made the officers and men in the city know that they might have become a lone army. Although ordinary soldiers didn''t know it, the generals in the army knew it well. Now, in the whole territory of Shuofang and Shuofang counties in Yunzhong, except for their 30000 troops, the other cities are basically empty cities.


    Now tens of thousands of cavalry of Tang army suddenly appear in the cloud, and the cities in the cloud basically have no resistance. More importantly, the county city in the cloud, Yunzhong City, has accumulated a lot of food and grass materials. If there were not enough food and grass for 30000 troops in Fuyang City for several months, the morale of the army in Fuyang City would be more unstable.


    In Fuyang City, Song Xian is now in a bit of a mess. Since tens of thousands of Tang cavalry appeared in the eastern cloud a few days ago, Song Xian knew that his trouble had come. Although he didn''t know whether the general surnamed Huang was Huang Zhong or Huang Xu, he knew that since tens of thousands of cavalry appeared, it means that Yunzhong city might not be protected.


    Now he has become a lone army. Although he can''t confirm whether Guangmu city has been captured by the Tang army, he knows that his 30000 troops are likely to be encircled and annihilated by the Tang army in Fuyang City.


    Fortunately, there is enough food and equipment in the city, otherwise there will be no confidence to keep it.


    In the past few days, Song Xian tried his best to appease the soldiers in the city. Now his morale is basically stable, but he knows that if there are no other variables, the fall of Fuyang City will be sooner or later.


    However, just when the Song Dynasty was flourishing, the turning point suddenly appeared. The cavalry of Tang army, who had been swaggering under the city for several days, suddenly disappeared overnight. Just as Song Xian was in shock, the flag of Lv Bu, king of Zhao, suddenly appeared in the wilderness to the west of the city.


    The arrival of Lu Bu has greatly boosted the morale of the Zhao army in Fuyang City, but that''s all. Today, among the five original counties in Yunzhong, the Tang army has more than 100000 troops, including 50000 cavalry troops. However, the Zhao army has only Guangmu and Fuyang cities, and the number of troops and horses plus Lu Bu''s 10000 cavalry troops is only 60000.


    There is a big difference in strength, even after the confluence of Lu Bu and Zhang Liao, they are still helpless. Moreover, at this time, hundreds of thousands of Tang troops were basically huddled in several big cities and did not go out to fight with Lu Bu, which made Lu Bu very angry.

 Chapter 1352

    Shangdang, niexian and Huangfu Chaobo are currently living in the best mansion in the city. However, at this time, Huangfu Chaobo is gathering a group of generals for discussion. Although he got the pigeon letter sent back by Zhang Yan, he was not very clear about the specific situation of Zhang Yan''s army, so Huangfu Chaobo didn''t give Zhang Yan an order easily. Instead, he was waiting for Zhang Fang to arrive and make a decision after he had a detailed understanding of the war situation.


    Now Zhang Fang has arrived in Nei County after several days of sleepless driving.


    Huangfu Chaobo did not care about Zhang Fang''s hard work, so he immediately summoned the generals to discuss the matter and learn more about the war in Changshan.


    After spending more than half an hour, Zhang Fang finally made a detailed report of the whole war to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "King, the whole situation of the war situation has not been described for the king. Before departure, my father once said that he was willing to bear the loss and fault of Zhending. I hope the king can give him a chance to make amends and recapture Zhending for the king. " Kneeling in the hall, Zhang Fang asked Huangfu Chaobo carefully;


    Huangfu Chaobo coughed softly: "the loss of this battle is not the loss of General Zhang Yan alone, so you don''t have to worry about it. Moreover, now that the state of Wei has known that general Zhang Yan has taken refuge with the king, it''s not easy to recapture Zhending, so this matter has been exposed, and Zhang Xiaowei doesn''t have to bear it Heart. "


    "As for the arrangements for the follow-up war, I am also considering it. I can step down and have a rest first. After I decide, I will make some arrangements." Huangfu Chaobo is about to wave Zhang Fang back to rest. Just at this moment, a voice suddenly rings.


    "Wait a minute!"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked up to the side, but saw Guo Jia standing up and coming to Zhang Fang: "king, I have some ideas about the arrangement of the follow-up war in my heart. I want to ask Zhang Xiaowei some questions, and I also want to ask the king to agree!"


    "Sure!"


    "Thank you, king." Guo Jia saluted Huangfu Chaobo, then looked at Zhang Fang and said, "Zhang Xiaowei, what is the number of troops that Zhang Pingnan can gather around now?"


    "Lord Hui Guo!" Although Zhang Fang had never met Guo Jia, he often listened to Zhang Yan''s explanation to a group of people around Huangfu Chaobo. Combined with Guo Jia''s appearance, he immediately guessed who Guo Jia was. He quickly saluted Guo Jia and replied respectfully.


    "according to the previous arrangement of the king, there were 25000 people in five schools in Heishan camp. Among them, Jingxing city and tumenguan have one school each, and the other three schools are all under the leadership of their father in Zhending city. In addition, there are still 15000 soldiers in Zhending city. After the war that night, the army successfully withdrew to Tumen pass, with less than 10000 soldiers. "


    "What Zhang Xiaowei means is that there are still 20000 soldiers in Heishan battalion?" Guo Jia asked after him;


    "not bad!"


    "Apart from the soldiers, how many other soldiers can Pingnan general recruit?" Guo Jia asked again;


    "this..." Zhang Fanglue pondered, just thinking about how to deal with it, but he looked up and saw Huangfu Chaobo looking at him with a smile. Suddenly, he remembered that before he started, his father had told him to tell him nothing and not to hide anything.


    Thinking of this, Zhang Fang was shocked and knelt down to the ground and said to Huangfu Chaobo, "please forgive me. The Pingnan army was originally a bandit. Although it was ordered by the king to select elite soldiers from the middle to set up Heishan battalion, and then to set up prefectures and soldiers according to the court system, because it was originally a people of the mountains and wild and rebellious, it would be better to select them again, We can still organize about 20000 soldiers to fight. "


    After that, Zhang Fang looked up at Huangfu Chaobo again and found that he didn''t have much surprised expression. He knew that the court already knew this, but only asked through Guo Jia''s mouth.


    In fact, Zhang Fang''s conjecture is correct. In the past few days, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia have discussed for many times. For the Changshan incident, the only chance they finally thought of to turn bad things into good things is to gather a large army and attack Taiyuan from Leping while the Zhao state is not on guard, so that the black mountain army can play a hidden chess piece A little effect, although not fishing big fish, but if you can take the opportunity to pacify Bingzhou, but also did not let the Tang Dynasty in recent years layout waste.


    That''s why Guo Jia asked Zhang Fang this question. Its function is to get rid of Zhang Yan''s different ideas. Although Huangfu Chaobo didn''t worry much about Zhang Yan''s betrayal, he was more relieved to be able to confirm it.


    After hearing the speech, Guo Jia turned to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "king, in this case, I suggest that you ask the king to send Pingnan general to collect more than 20000 people, and replace the 20000 soldiers with the soldiers of the prefectures and states in each city, plus 15000 soldiers, and prepare to send troops from Leping to Taiyuan."


    "Of course, in addition to the more than 30000 troops, Weichen also suggested that General Zhao Yun lead the white horse Yicong Hutu cavalry to join the army. In this way, the army will consist of 50000 or 60000 horse infantry. If they fight from Leping to Taiyuan County, I believe that it will be enough for Lvbu''s Bingzhou wolf riding to help them."


    Guo Jia''s words brightened the eyes of all the people in the hall. Now the war in Nanguan has stopped temporarily. After more than half a month''s attack, the Tang army still failed to capture Nanguan. This shows the danger of Nanguan. Another point is that, according to the news from Taiyuan, Chen Gong and Wei Xu have started to rebuild a new pass at the north entrance of the Valley Road where Nanguan is located.If the northern pass is repaired, after the Tang army conquers the southern pass, it will have to attack another pass to get to the north through tens of miles of Valley Road. In this way, who knows when to enter Taiyuan county.


    "Your Majesty, I think it''s wonderful." Huang Fu Jianshou quickly stepped out of the line;


    the other generals also nodded their heads to show their approval. When Huang Fu Chaobo was about to speak, he found that some of the young generals who were arranged to sit in were eager to try, and Hao Zhao was even more eager to talk and stop, so he asked, "what''s your opinion, Bodao?"


    When Hao Zhao saw that Huangfu Chaobo had arrived at him, he hesitated a little and said, "what the military strategist said is true, but he didn''t think that if Lv Bu knew that our army had invaded the Taiyuan Basin, he would surely return from the clouds. We could first send out the messenger of Jinyang for help, and then arrange for the army to choose a dangerous place to ambush after the envoys all went north. Maybe we could It''s enough to capture and kill Lv Bu at one stroke. If so, the peace of Bingzhou will be around the corner. "

 Chapter 1353

    "Pa pa..."


    As soon as Hao Zhao''s voice fell, Guo Jia clapped her hands in praise.


    "To the north of Jinyang are langmeng and Yu County. As Jia knows, although Yu county is called County, it is more suitable to call it Guan. Ten miles south of the county is a pass called Shiling pass, which is the key between the two cities. If our army controls this place, it will surely be able to capture Lu Bu when he returns." Guo Jia said with a smile;


    "what the military adviser said is true," Shi a said out of line: "Shiling pass is really a good place to ambush. When ah traveled with his master, he stayed here for many days. Today''s pass is broken, but the main body of the pass still exists. The pass just passes through the pass. If Lv Bu leads his army back, he will be able to encircle it and capture it at one stroke. "


    Hao Zhao also said: "king, there is still a way to lead Lv Bu back to the South quickly. When our troops leave Leping, we can hide the whereabouts of the cavalry and only let Zhao Jun see a large number of soldiers. In this way, we can give the left behind people in Jinyang the illusion that they have only soldiers but no cavalry. After Jinyang''s messenger leaves, we can quickly capture Lang Menghe Shiling pass, to become a closed door beating dog trend


    "Yes, it''s a wonderful plan." Guo Jia said: "if Lv Bu gets the news that only the foot soldiers of the Heishan army have invaded the Taiyuan Basin, he will surely lead a quick return. In this way, it will be more beneficial to the strategy of encircling and annihilating Lv Bu."


    "King," said Huang Fu Jianshou, "in this case, besides general Zhao Yun, for the sake of safety, general Dian Wei can also go with him. After all, Lv Bu is famous all over the world for his strength."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded: "brother, this is reasonable."


    "Zhao Yun and Dian Wei listen to the order!"


    "Not in the future!"


    When they heard this, they rushed out to fight with each other;


    "they ordered you to take Zhao Yun as the main general, Dian Wei as the deputy, and lead Baima Yicong and tuitun cavalry, with a total of 30000 cavalry, to Leping, where they joined the 30000 soldiers under the general of Pingjun, left Leping in the west, and sent troops to Taiyuan."


    "If you don''t take orders, you must do your best to live up to the king''s entrustment." Huang Fu Chao Bo nodded his head and then looked at Shi A: "send an order to Zhang Yan immediately, asking him to leave no less than 10000 soldiers to defend Tumen pass, and gather no less than 30000 soldiers. Listen to Hou Zhao Yun''s dispatch and send troops to Taiyuan together. At the same time, he told him that Leping and Jingxing are responsible for the food and grass needed by the army for the time being, and the Shangdang will soon mobilize food and grass Go north. "


    "No!" Shi bowed himself to answer the question;


    although the distance from Nei county to Leping is no more than 500 Li, all the way is high mountains, and the roads are basically difficult for the army to walk. If Leping had not been arranging people to move to Shangdang in recent years, the roads would have been much better, so Zhang Fang could not have arrived from Tumen pass to Nei County in three or four days .


    If the real army went to Leping, it would be impossible to get there in half a month to 20 days. So Huangfu Chaobo only arranged Zhao Yun to lead 30000 cavalry to rush in light, which would take about five or six days to get to Leping. At this time, Zhang Yan could also use the three or four days to gather troops to prepare food and grass. When Zhao Yun''s army arrived, it would be a good time We have to send troops.


    "Do you have any suggestions?"


    "King!" Hao Zhao once again stepped out: "micro minister asked to fight together!"


    Seeing Hao Zhao''s invitation to fight, Huang Fuli, Zhou Chen and Zhang Xiong looked at each other and said, "king, I''m not waiting to fight!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was about to refuse, but Guo Jia suddenly came out and said, "king, I think that the general of Pingnan needs to recruit tens of thousands more troops this time. After the previous Wei army''s raid, the army of Pingnan has already suffered a lot. It is estimated that it will be difficult for the generals to arrange all the troops properly this time. It happens that the four young generals also need experience. It''s better to let one of them lead a school, I believe that with General Zhao Yun in command, it should be OK. "


    Huangfu Chaobo was in a daze and was about to speak. He suddenly thought of Guo Jia''s idea that the drunk man''s idea was not wine. This time, it was the best chance to step in Zhang Yan''s army. Although Huangfu Chaobo believed that Zhang Yan would not betray him easily, only the Pingnan army was a special one among the Tang army. If he had the chance to really control the Pingnan army, Huangfu Chaobo would not refuse.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "since you have asked for a fight, you can go out with two generals Zhao Yun. Each of the four of you will lead the soldiers and one school will go out with you. Everything will be arranged by General Zhao Yun


    Four people smell speech, all is greatly happy, look at each other a smile, hurriedly forward to receive orders: "not will receive orders."


    "Well, you can step down, and the army will leave for Leping in an hour."


    "No!" When they heard the words, they all took orders.


    After several people left, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhang Fang again and said, "Aiqing has been working hard all the way, and then he will follow the Guda army to send troops to Taiyuan."


    Zhang Fanglue pondered, then seemed to figure out something, came forward and said: "thank you for your kindness, but I also want to ask for a fight, and I will go to Taiyuan with General Zhao. I hope you will succeed!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned, but he immediately reflected that Zhang Fang should have got Zhang Yan''s orders, so that''s why. However, since Zhang Yan is so knowledgeable, Huangfu should not be too stingy."Well, in that case, you can go out with the four of them. You can also lead a school and go to Zhao Yun''s command. If you can make great achievements in Taiyuan this time, you will not be rewarded."


    "Thank you for your kindness. Zhang Fang will live up to your trust." Zhang Fang was overjoyed and bowed to the emperor;


    it was said that the army marched fast and light, but 30000 cavalry and a thousand flying halberds from Dianwei went on the expedition. It took half a day for the camp to prepare all the materials for the army''s trip. Then Zhao Yun led the generals to leave niexian county and head for Leping in the northeast direction, and Huangfu Chaobo ordered Zhang Yan to prepare the messenger of food, grass, soldiers and horses We have already set out ahead of time.


    Five days later, the army finally arrived at the south of AI City, which was the fastest speed Zhao Yun could walk. There is no way. The road is too difficult. In the past two years, the people of the black mountain army have been taking this road to join the Shangdang party. Only then can they step on a road that can barely work. If the army carries food, grass and supplies, it will take at least ten days and a half months for these 500 mountain roads.


    Outside Shangai City, Zhang Yan, who has already got the news, is waiting for Zhao Yun''s army.


    Seeing tens of thousands of cavalry approaching slowly like a black cloud, Rao Shiyi qingniujiao and Zhang Baiqi are veteran generals who have been fighting for a long time. They are also overwhelmed by this momentum. Until now, they understand why Zhang Yan did not hesitate to take orders when he received the order from the king of the reorganized army a few days ago. The state of Tang is worthy of being the first one in the world Hou, these 30000 cavalry alone will be enough to destroy all the Heishan army.

 Chapter 1354

    Tens of thousands of cavalry stopped a mile away from the south of the city. Then Zhao Yun led a group of generals out of the city and came in the direction of the city gate. Seeing this, Zhang Yan also led a group of subordinate generals to meet him.


    When the two waves of people and horses were tens of steps away, they stopped the horse''s momentum almost at the same time, and then turned over and dismounted one after another. After Zhang Yan dismounted, he took a few steps, stood in front of Zhao Yun, bowed and said, "at the end, Zhang Yan has seen general Pingbei and general Wuwei!"


    Zhao Yun and Dianwei also stopped and bowed back: "General Zhang is so polite!"


    Zhang Yan looked up at the generals behind Zhao Yun. However, what surprised him was that his son Zhang Fang was also inside and was with several young generals. However, the current situation did not allow him to think more.


    Zhang Yan said with a smile: "it''s certain that the Wei thieves will be defeated miserably at the end. They were in constant panic. Now the general led the army to arrive, which made the end general feel a lot at ease."


    "General Zhang was worried too much. The king also made it clear that it was not the general''s fault for the Wei army''s raid. Moreover, the general''s ability to quickly return to the Tumen pass and separate the Wei and Zhao countries was also a great credit." Zhao Yun responded;


    "General Xie Pingbei praised it!"


    With that, Zhang Yan introduced the generals behind Zhao Yun and Zhao Yun, and Zhao Yun also introduced the huangfuli generals to Zhang Yan. Then, the party followed Zhang Yan into Shangai city.


    After entering the general''s house in the city, the people sat down. Zhao Yun didn''t do much polite. He directly asked, "can the general receive the king''s order?"


    Zhang Yan heard the speech, quickly got up and replied respectfully: "the last general has received the king''s order from the king two days ago. 20000 new soldiers have been recruited these days. Now the reorganization has been basically completed. Although he can''t follow the general to fight in Taiyuan, it''s still no problem to guard the local city passes."


    "Well, when will 25000 soldiers and 60000 troops be ready for January?"


    "Now, 60000 troops have been prepared in Shangai city for half a month, and the rest of the food and grass still need to be mobilized from other places. It will take five or six days as soon as possible."


    Zhao Yun heard the speech and frowned slightly. After thinking for a moment, he finally made up his mind: "the army should first carry the grain and grass for this half month, and the rest of the grain and grass. Please mobilize the general quickly, and then keep up with the speed of the army as soon as possible."


    "What''s more, Huang Fuli and five generals of Zhang Fang will be in charge of the soldiers of the five schools. The king intended to command the soldiers of general Wei, but general Dian was tired of chores, so he asked the king to appoint a deputy general to help him manage the five school soldiers. The general has asked the king to appoint a general from the generals under general Pingnan to assist him Help general Dianwei command these five school soldiers. I wonder if the general has a suitable candidate? "


    After listening to Zhao Yun''s words, Zhang Yan suddenly fell into meditation. When he received the order from Huangfu Chaobo to recruit the soldiers of the five schools, it caused a great reaction among the generals of the black mountain army. Everyone felt that Huangfu Chaobo was going to take Zhang Yan''s troops. Finally, Zhang Yanli lined up the public discussion and advocated it. Only then did the recruitment of the soldiers of the five schools be completed.


    In fact, Zhang Yan knew for a long time that Huangfu Chaobo would not allow his Montenegrin army to become a single faction. Although he was unhappy, the situation was stronger than others, so he decided to accept it. Now, after hearing Zhao Yun''s words and knowing the identities of the four huangfuli people, I feel that if their eldest son can get along with huangfuli people, they can at least ensure that among their next generation, they will not be regarded as outsiders by Tang Junzhong.


    After thinking about these things, Zhang yanlue thought deeply and said to Zhao Yun, "so that the general can know that there will be another unkind request for the selection of uniformed soldiers at the end of the day. Please help the general."


    When Zhao Yun heard the speech, although he was unhappy in his heart, he didn''t show it on his face: "please make it clear that if it doesn''t violate the national law and military regulations, Zhao Yun will agree."


    As soon as Zhang Yan heard it, she immediately understood what Zhao Yun thought he had other ideas, Hurriedly said: "the general misunderstood. What the general meant was that although these brothers under the general were old soldiers who had been in the army for many years, they were all wild ways. They wanted to choose generals from them to command tens of thousands of troops. It wouldn''t hurt if they were to command the thief soldiers in the past. But now our Tang army is strong, and they are powerless to command tens of thousands of elite soldiers."


    "Therefore, the intention of the last general is that since the Wei thieves have no intention of moving westward and the defense of Tumen pass is stable, there are about 70000 soldiers available in the whole Montenegro, of which more than 10000 meet the standard of War soldiers according to the king''s requirements, about 20000 soldiers of prefectures and states, and the rest tens of thousands are newly recruited soldiers. In the view of the last general, these tens of thousands of soldiers can be arranged in this way..."


    With that, Zhang Yan carefully explained her ideas to Zhao Yun and Dianwei generals.


    According to Zhang Yan''s idea, today''s Tumen pass does not need many troops and horses to garrison, so he is ready to reorganize 5000 yellow scarf warriors, add 5000 new soldiers and 2000 cavalry, under his own command, with Bai Bo as the deputy general to defend Tumen pass, and another 5000 new soldiers, under the command of Feiyan, are responsible for the safety of Jingxing and Leping.


    The rest of the generals, together with Bai Rao and Yu Du, who fled to Tumen pass two days ago, are all handed over to commander Zhao Yun. Since the Tang army has become more and more powerful, they will certainly not allow themselves to rest with soldiers and horses in the future. They simply do it thoroughly and simply hand over all their military power to win a rich future for themselves and their brothers.


    As for the soldiers and horses, Zhang Yan was not worried at all. The Heishan army alone had 100000 subordinates. Since joining the state of Tang, it has been reduced to more than 50000, and more than 40000 people have been demobilized. In addition, there is no pressure on the 70000 soldiers and horses who have escaped from the land one after another these days, as well as the soldiers and horses who have escaped from Bai Rao and Yu Du.


    Zhang Yan''s arrangement is that apart from Feiyan and Bai Bo who defend the passes and cities of Tumen pass with themselves, among the rest, Zhang Bai likes to command the cavalry, so he will send the rest to Zhao Yun, even if he commands the cavalry of a school. Other people, including qingniujiao, Huanglong, pinghan, bairao and Yudu, can not command tens of thousands of troops, but there will be no problem to be a Zhonglang who commands tens of thousands of people.


    The five of them, together with their son Zhang Fang and the four generals of huangfuli, are also soldiers and horses of one school. These ten people command 50000 soldiers and belong to Dian Wei. Even if Dian Wei is not good at leading the troops, it is believed that five Zhongying generals command five school captains respectively. If Zhao Yun needs to manage these 50000 soldiers, he only needs to manage these five generals. In this way, Zhao Yun should also be a lot easier.

 Chapter 1355

    After listening to Zhang Yan''s words, Zhao Yun also brightened his eyes. In this way, the army under his command has 50000 infantry and 30000 cavalry, plus the auxiliary soldiers and craftsmen with the army, there are nearly 100000 troops. With such strength, once he really enters Taiyuan County, even if Lv Bu personally leads tens of thousands of troops, he can cope with it.


    Another point is that Zhang Yan''s move, whether for Tang Jun or himself, has more advantages than disadvantages. Before leaving, Guo once told himself to try every means to master the troops of the black mountain army. However, the king refused to comment on this. Zhang Yan said that when she knew the advance and retreat, she would not have any other ideas.


    Now it seems that the king really knows people. Zhang Yan''s move is really beautiful, which is admired by Zhao Yun. However, admiration belongs to admiration, but Zhao Yun will not make a decision easily on this. After a little thinking, Zhao Yun said: "General Zhang''s intention would have been known. However, the matter needs to be decided by the king himself. He would have reported the matter to the king according to the facts. Before the king''s will arrives, he still needs to act according to the previous will."


    "Why don''t you do that? According to the will of the emperor, the generals of huangfuli will lead the troops and set out with the general. It''s just that the food and grass are not ready for half a month. The other generals can stand by in Leping. If the king agrees with the general, General Zhang can order the remaining generals to go to the general''s command with the remaining food and grass baggage as soon as the king''s will arrives. What does general Zhang want?"


    Zhang Yan was overjoyed at the speech. Originally, this was also his temporary intention. If Zhao Yun didn''t agree, Zhang Yan would have no choice. It is estimated that there will be no such good opportunity in the future. Now Zhao Yun has agreed, Then I have a few days to buffer: "the general''s words are very much in line with my wishes. The army of the five schools has been reorganized. Just wait for the general to send someone to receive it. As for the rest of the troops, I will wait for the king''s will."


    Then he turned and looked at Zhang Baiqi around him: "as for Zhang Baiqi, he often went to and from Taiyuan in his early years. Just as he was familiar with Leping''s arrival in Taiyuan, he could go out with the general."


    Zhang Baiqi was stunned when he heard the speech. He was about to speak, but Zhang Yan stared back.


    Zhao Yun nodded and replied, "well, in that case, Ben will go back to the camp outside the city first. General Zhang, please get ready, and the army will leave tomorrow. As for captain Zhang Fang, Ben will allow you to rest for half a day, and you must return to the camp this evening."


    After that, Zhao Yun got up and wanted to leave. Zhang Yan quickly got up and asked the group to have dinner in the city, but Zhao Yun refused on the grounds that the army was outside.


    After Zhao Yun and his party left, Zhang Bai rode several people and couldn''t wait to surround Zhang Yan;


    "The master," Zhang Baiqi said, "why did you send us all to Zhao Yun''s hands and hand over most of the troops of the Montenegro army? If this goes on, is the Montenegro army still the Montenegro army?"


    "Yes, we are in charge. If we go on like this, we will soon be swallowed up by them." Next to the flying swallow, several people also nodded and joined the way;


    Zhang Yan shook her head: "now that we have surrendered to the king of Tang, do you still think about it, just like at the beginning? Now we and the state of Wei have not died, and the state of Zhao is about to be pacified by the king of Tang. If we don''t show our loyalty to the king of Tang at this time, it is estimated that there will be nothing for us in the future."


    Then Zhang Yan looked at her son: "if you don''t believe me, ask me about the situation now!"


    Hearing the speech, Zhang Fang quickly saluted all the generals present: "you uncles know, who are the four young generals with your nephew this time?"


    The green ox horn said slowly, "the young man named Huangfu should be royal, but the others don''t know. Nephew, tell us..."


    "Yes, Colonel huangfuli is a member of the king''s clan. It is said that he is the most excellent young man in the royal family at present. Although Hao Zhao was born as a civilian, he was trained by the king himself. It is said that General Zhao and General Huang handed over their martial arts in person, and their deliberations were taught by several military teachers around the king."


    "There are two other people, the eldest son of general Zhou Cang and the eldest son of General Zhang Ying, who are the best of the younger generation of generals in the state of Tang. Like dianman, the eldest son of general Dianwei, and zaoping, the eldest son of Zaozhi, they are the most excellent generals of the second generation of the state of Tang..." Zhang Fang carefully told the generals of the black mountain army one by one the news he learned from huangfuli in recent days.


    After Zhang Fang finished his speech, Zhang Yan said slowly, "among the princes in the world, those who can succeed are Tang, Wei, Qi and Wu. If it is most suitable for us to take refuge in Tang, it is Tang. Coupled with the magnanimity of the king of Tang, regardless of our siege of Luoyang a few years ago, this alone is enough to convince Zhang Yan."


    "Now it''s a little late for us to take refuge. It''s estimated that you won''t have a further chance to follow me behind. If you can take this opportunity to follow the two generals Zhao and Dian and make some military achievements, it''s impossible for any battalion deputy general or a county lieutenant at that time."


    "Another point is that if I am not mistaken, Huang Fuli, a group of young generals, should be the king''s ministers who prepare the humerus for the little prince. Since we have such a good opportunity to make good friends with them, why not make good use of it. If we can make good friends with them, we can at least keep the wealth of our two or three generations."


    Everyone was silent when they heard the speech.


    After a long time, Zhang Baiqi sighed and said, "the master thinks so deeply about us. Baiqi is very grateful. He will rush to the camp outside the city early tomorrow morning to listen to the order under General Zhao Yun!"


    Seeing Zhang Baiqi''s statement, other people also expressed their thanks to Zhang Yan, Zhang Yan waved to the crowd and said: "It was my sudden thought, but I was not sure about it. Now general Pingbei is willing to give his watch to the king. With his watch, the king should not refuse. Therefore, if the expectation is not bad, the king''s order will be delivered in less than ten days. At the boundary, our brothers will go their own way. Tonight, I will hold a banquet in the house to practice for you All right! "


    As soon as Zhang Yan''s words came out, everyone was silent. All of them, except Bai Rao and Wulu, were subordinates who initially followed Zhang Niujiao. After Zhang Niujiao died, they followed Zhang Yan. It can be said that the feelings between people over the years have been extraordinary. Therefore, when Zhang Yan wanted to surrender to the state of Tang, they did not hesitate to support his decision. Now they finally have to go their separate ways, How to make people not sad.


    That night, in the general''s house, the banquet lasted almost all night. Almost everyone in the Montenegro army was drunk. Except Zhang Baiqi, he didn''t drink too much because he had to go to Zhao Yun''s army to listen to orders the next day.


    After hearing the speech, Zhao Yun in the camp outside the city didn''t send someone to urge Zhang Yan. Instead, he waited until near noon. After Zhang Yan woke up, he hurried to the barracks to hand over the troops and supplies to Zhao Yun.

 Chapter 1356

    Shangdang, Neixian county and the county government office have now become the temporary palace of Huangfu Chaobo. The war in Nanguan has stopped. After more than ten days of attack, the army still has no progress. Now Zhao Yun has led the troops to bypass Jingxing. Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo decided to wait for the news of Zhao Yun''s army before making a decision, and just take advantage of this period of time to let the army rest.


    On this day, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia were dealing with government affairs in their study. Gao Shun outside suddenly reported: "king, General Zhao Yun sent an emergency watch!"


    Huangfu Chao was stunned and immediately said, "come in step by step!"


    With that, he turned to look at Guo Jia: "filial piety can guess what Zilong did?"


    "What general Pingbei said is nothing more than the matter of the Montenegrin army, but the minister doesn''t know what it is." Guo Jia smiled and shook her head.


    While talking, Gao Shun had handed in Zhao Yun''s watch. Huangfu Chaobo reached out and took it from the waiting hand. When he opened it, he couldn''t help laughing and said, "Zhang Yan is really a person who can judge the situation."


    With that, he reached out his hand to Guo Jia. Guo Jia took it, read it at a glance, and then bowed his hand to Huangfu Chaobo and said, "Your Majesty is wise, Guo Jia admires!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was secretly happy in his heart, but he didn''t show it on his face: "do you want to agree to the performance of Zilong and Zhang Yan with the meaning of filial piety?"


    "Push the boat with the current!"


    "Well, I won''t laugh with filial piety. Let''s pass the order. Gu agrees to the request of the two people. All the generals and horses are temporarily under the command of Zhao Yun. The soldiers refer to Taiyuan. The specific arrangements of all the generals will be awarded according to their merits after the war."


    "Promise!" After hearing the speech, the one next to him immediately bowed down to take the order, and then immediately wrote the order of Huangfu Chaobo. After reading it carefully, he handed it to Huangfu Chaobo respectfully with both hands. After he checked and confirmed that it was correct, he stamped the seal of the king of Tang, dried it a little, sealed it immediately, and then arranged a fast horse to send it to Zhao Yunjun and Zhang Yan in Leping.


    ¡­¡­


    At the same time, dozens of miles to the west of niexian County, in the Nanguan general''s house of Zhao state, Li Fengzheng, the guard General of Zhao army, sat quietly on the case for several days, his eyes were dull, and the handle of the knife in his hand did not move. In addition to his confidant generals Li Shi and Sima Yi, he also has a very important staff Xie Yin.


    When they saw Li Feng summoning several of them, they sat there motionless. Although they were strange, they didn''t ask. They just stood quietly aside. Xie Yin, who was respected by Li Feng, had sat down in a nearby chair.


    After a long time, Li Feng came back to his senses, looked at several people and said, "they are all here. You two also sit down first and serve tea!"


    Hearing the speech, the three quickly hugged their fists and thanked. Then, the two generals also sat down far away from each other.


    After the bodyguard served tea to several people, they all took a few bites, and then stopped.


    "General, but what doubts do you have in mind?" Xie Yin asked;


    "Sir, the recent movement of the Tang army is very suspicious. After the former army stormed Nanguan for more than ten days, it has been hidden for more than half a month. The general was very upset." Without hesitation, Li Feng explained his doubts to Xie Yin;


    Although Li Feng didn''t have the talent of a famous general, he was not a lengtouqing. On the contrary, among the generals of Zhao Guo, Li Feng was a relatively balanced general around. Now he has seen some clues about the changes of the Tang army.


    Xie Yu stroked his long beard and said in a deep voice, "the general doesn''t mention it, and Yin is also going to talk to the general in these days. According to Yin''s observation on the city tower these days, although there seems to be little change in the troops in the Tang army camp outside Nanguan, it seems that the king of the Tang Dynasty has left the camp and returned to niexian county."


    "Coupled with the fact that the Tang army has not attacked the city for more than a month, Yin infers that the Tang army seems to be waiting for something. But now, apart from the army of Wuyuan Shuofang, I don''t know what backhand hasn''t been played."


    "Ben will also be worried about this. In your opinion, how should he deal with it?" Li Feng hurriedly asked;


    Xie Yin shook his head: "now the situation is not clear. The general can''t move lightly. He can only respond to changes by staying the same. One is to strengthen the defense of Nanguan. Second, the general should report the changes here to the Minister of state as soon as possible, or the Minister of state will have more news. Another point is that the general will urge the Lord of Guowei to step up the construction of Beiguan in case."


    "Now, that''s the only way. That''s what Mr. said." Li Feng nodded and turned to Li Shi and general Sima Yi: "from now on, the army is divided into three parts, one of which is led by each of us. We will be on duty in turn, just in case."


    "No command!" They quickly got up and took orders.


    "You''ll have to be busy. You''ll need to be quiet again." With that, Li Feng waved to the three people and once again put his eyes on the matching knife in his hand.


    Seeing this, the three got up and saluted Li Feng, then turned around and left.


    ¡­¡­


    Youzhou, Guangyang County, Jicheng, ten miles away from the south of the city, in the camp of the Wei army and in the king''s account of Yuan Shao, king of the Wei Dynasty, Yuan Shao has received the news that Yan Liang''s army defeated the Heishan army. Now the army has controlled most of the cities of Changshan state, and the army has forced Tumen pass. Yan Liang left Zhang Nan to guard Zhending and defend the eastward advance of the Tang army. He has personally led the army back to the south.


    At this time, the Wei army in Youzhou and General Han Meng had captured the two cities of Jundu and Changping, and completely opened up the connection with Shanggu of Zhao army. Another army, led by general Ju Yi, has also captured Anle and forced Yuyang city to defend the Yan army in the East. But now the war in Jicheng has been deadlocked. Wen Chou and Jiang Yiqu led the army to attack Jicheng several times, but they all returned in vain, which made Yuan Shao very angry, but there was nothing to do.


    At this time, Yuan Shao was gathering all his ministers to discuss how to arrange the subsequent war. At this time, the waiter outside the account suddenly reported: "report to the king, the messenger of the state of Zhao is asking for an audience outside the account!"


    Hearing the speech, Yuan Shao once again stroked his forehead and sighed, "Zhu Qing thought that this Qin Yi was lonely, see or not see?"


    Since Qin Yi was ordered to be an envoy to the state of Wei, he has met Yuan Shao several times and asked Yuan Shao to send troops to save the state of Zhao. But now the war between Wei and Yan is in full swing, and Yuan Shao still cares about the life and death of the state of Zhao. Therefore, every time he avoids it, or he is perfunctory. However, Qin Yi came to ask for help in three days and two days, which makes Yuan Shao very distressed.


    Now Qin Yi asks for a meeting again, and Yuan Shao is already very big.


    Among all the people in the state of Wei, Xu you has been in the limelight by virtue of the Heishan army. Now it is a time of complacency. After listening to Yuan Shao''s inquiry, Xu you stroked his beard with a smile and said, "why bother your king? Wait for your subordinates to go and send them away."


    After that, Xu you is ready to pay the bill and go.

 Chapter 1357

    "King, never!" At this time, a voice sounded in the account. Yuan Shao looked up, but it was guangluxun Fengji.


    "Oh, why not?" Yuan Shao asked;


    Feng Ji stood up and saluted Yuan Shao: "king, the state of Zhao sent someone to ask for help. If the king didn''t send reinforcements, he would drive away his messengers and spread them out. Enlightenment is not to be looked down upon by the princes all over the world."


    "Moreover, the state of Zhao is now terminally ill and the medicine stone has no spirit, but our army is trapped in an isolated city and is in a dilemma. The minister has a plan to take several counties for the king." With that, Feng Ji looked at Xu you provocatively.


    "Oh, what Aiqing said is true?" Yuan Shao was overjoyed when he heard the speech. He sat up straight and asked Feng Ji;


    "It''s your sin to deceive the king."


    "Come quickly!"


    "King, now the fall of the state of Zhao is irreparable. In that case, Shanggu Daijun, which originally belonged to Youzhou, might as well be taken back by the king as it was cheaper for the state of Tang."


    "How can it be so!" Xu you was shocked when he heard the speech. If Feng Ji really took the two counties lightly, he would far overshadow himself. He quickly objected: "the two countries of Zhao and Wei were originally allies. If the king took advantage of the fire and attacked the two counties, how would people all over the world treat the king and me?"


    "Chi!" Feng Ji looked contemptuously at Xu you: "in the eyes of Lord Xu, there is no other way except to send troops to attack and occupy? Can''t it be? Lord Xu thought that others can''t do what you can''t do."


    "You..." Xu you was furious and was about to refute, but Yuan Shao stopped him.


    "Don''t argue between the two Aiqing. When they meet Aiqing, they will solve their doubts."


    Every Ji bowed his hand and said, "king, now Qin should ask for a meeting again and again. It is no longer appropriate for the king to make excuses. First, the two countries are allies. If you want to pocket the two counties, you must not lose the heart of the official general of state Zhao. Second, Jicheng is still difficult to capture in a short time, and the black mountain thieves have retreated to the west of Tumen pass."


    "Jingxing starts from Tumen in the East and ends in Taiyuan in the East. If Qin Yi knows that the black mountain bandits have taken refuge in the state of Tang, he will certainly ask the king for support. When the king is in the world, he can hesitate. His subordinates wait for repeated persuasion before they can agree to surround Jicheng and not attack for the time being. In this way, Qin Yi will be well liked. Then the king can send General Han Meng to Bingzhou with 20000 infantry and thousands of cavalry."


    "After entering Daijun, the army can stay in Gaoliu and no longer go west. If the Zhao people urge, they say that they can''t enter Yanmen until the king''s army arrives. According to the officials, the state of Zhao can''t last long. With the wisdom of all the people under the king of Tang, if the secret investment of Heishan army is exposed, the state of Tang will take advantage of the fact that the state of Zhao hasn''t got the news, Send a large army to attack and release Taiyuan from the well diameter. "


    "The country of Zhao is already empty of troops. If the Tang army really invades Taiyuan, it is bound to cause chaos in the country of Zhao. In this case, the country of Zhao will be defeated..."


    "Pa!" When Yuan Shao heard the speech, he clapped his hands and laughed: "if Taiyuan is captured by the Tang army, the state of Zhao will die, and Gu can take advantage of the situation to replace the two counties of Shanggu."


    "Your Majesty is wise!" Xun Chen on one side also responded: "if the king takes down the two counties, one can resist the invasion of the Tang state from Yanmen to the East, and the other, there will be no barrier between us and the Hu people outside the Great Wall. In this way, the war horses we need do not need to be controlled by others. This is the strategy of counting birds with one stone."


    "What Lord Xun said is very true." By this time, Feng Ji has been in the limelight. In addition, he didn''t think of trading war horses with the Hu people just now, so he simply pushed the boat with the water and quietly praised Xun Chen. By the way, he also drew an ally against Xu you.


    The people nearby were also very happy when they heard the speech, especially the military generals. Although there are tens of thousands of cavalry in the state of Wei, except the tens of thousands of Hebei Iron cavalry directly under Yuan Shao, only the second general Yan Liang Wenchou has formed cavalry. If the state of Wei really opens up the way of war horse trading with the Hu people, it will only take a few years for the state of Wei to be rich, Then we can expand the cavalry to tens of thousands. In this way, there will be many cavalry in the hands of each general. Which military general doesn''t like such a good thing.


    For a time, all the people in the account were talking about and constantly improving some details of the plan for every discipline. Only Xu you sat aside with an iron face. He didn''t expect that he had worked hard for years, but only made wedding clothes for others. In the end, he had only a small profit.


    A moment later, they finally discussed it properly, so they invited Qin Yi into the account.


    As Feng Ji expected, when Qin Yi inadvertently got the news that the Heishan army had surrendered to the state of Tang long ago, he was so frightened that he begged Yuan Shao to send troops to rescue the state of Zhao.


    As Feng Ji said, Yuan Shao was reluctant to agree to Qin Yi''s request for help. Finally, he was pressed by Qin Yi and revealed that it was really difficult for him to get out and send troops into the state of Zhao.


    Seeing that the request for help was fruitless, Qin Yi, desperate, wanted to leave and return to the state of Zhao.


    At this time, Feng Ji stepped forward and begged Yuan Shao hard. Later, Xun Chen also gave advice. After all the people in the account gave advice one after another, Yuan Shao finally agreed to send General Han Meng to lead tens of thousands of troops still under Juyong Pass to the West and take Han Meng''s army as the pioneer to go to the state of Zhao for support.


    And he himself, after arranging the war in Ji City, led the army to follow.


    Qin Yi was deceived by the performance of the monarchs and ministers of the state of Wei. Moved, Qin Yi immediately said that he was willing to go to Han Meng''s army with the messenger of the decree to provide convenience for the army of the state of Wei to enter Zhao.


    Subsequently, Yuan Shao made an order on the spot, and at the same time, he took Fengji as his envoy and rushed to Han Meng''s army with Qin Yi to coordinate the army''s entry into Zhao.


    ¡­¡­


    Bingzhou, Taiyuan and Yuci County, as the last line of defense in the east of Taiyuan, are the exit in the west of Jingxing. Although all the people in the state of Zhao do not pay attention to the black mountain thieves, Chen Gong still arranged thousands of troops in Yuci to defend against the possible attack of the Black Mountain thieves in the East. Among these 5000 troops, there are 2000 of Zhao''s most elite soldiers, Even when he finally drew troops from the alien territory again, Chen Gong didn''t move the 5000 troops.


    Han Jing, the general of the state of Zhao in Yuci, is an old soldier of the Binzhou army who has followed Lv Bu for many years. Step by step, he has gone from an ordinary soldier to today''s post of school captain. His loyalty to Lv Bu is self-evident.


    Since Lv Bu led the cavalry north, Han Jing stepped up his defense. To the north of the state of Zhao is the prairie, and the counties to the north of Yanmen are also good places to raise horses. However, the foundation of the state of Zhao is really too poor. After Lv Bu became king, Chen Gong tried his best, but the strength of the whole state of Zhao is too poor. Coupled with several wars, Lv Bu lost a large number of cavalry. In this way, the state of Zhao can only protect the cavalry in Lv Bu''s hands first, The rest of the city passes and the cavalry in the hands of the generals are very few.


    Even so, Chen Gong still equipped Han Jing with 150 cavalry, plus the 50 soldiers in Han Jing''s hands, there are now 200 cavalry in Yuci city. These cavalry soldiers, divided into parts by Han Jing, patrol and guard everywhere in the east of Yuci day and night, lest the black mountain thieves in the east change.

 Chapter 1358

    On this day, Han Jing, as usual, went to the city tower for inspection after breakfast. Of course, the main direction is Dongcheng. Just as he looked at the defense above the wall, he was preparing to continue to inspect people in other directions. Suddenly, the nearby guard pointed to the East and shouted, "general, someone is coming from the East."


    Looking in the direction of the guard''s fingers, Han Jing saw several cavalry running towards this side. Behind them, there were more black spots approaching quickly. If they weren''t good eyed people, they couldn''t see clearly at all. Because those come from the East, and at this time, it is exactly the direction of the rising sun. Under the irradiation of the morning sun, it is just the awn area of human vision.


    Seeing this situation, Han Jing broke his heart and shouted, "come on, give orders, close the city gate and guard!"


    "Woo..."


    With his order, the warning horn sounded on the East Gate Tower. Soon, the east gate that had just been opened was slowly closed in the sound of "rumbling". The iron cable of the suspension bridge laid down on the wall was also tightened quickly in a burst of "roaring", and the suspension bridge on the trench outside the city was also closed.


    A moment later, Han Jing finally saw the appearance of the cavalry. There were only eight cavalry in front of him. The leader was a cavalry village chief under his command, and the other seven were all cavalry under his command. All eight of them were covered with blood. It seemed that they had been through a big war.


    Behind them were nearly 100 cavalry. Although it was not very clear, Han Jing was almost sure that those cavalry were the cavalry of the Tang army.


    The cavalry commander also saw Han Jing on the city wall. While beating his horse and running wildly, he shouted loudly: "general, Tang army!... the black mountain thieves have taken refuge in the state of Tang, and the army is coming towards Yuci, general! Please close the city gate quickly and prepare for war!..."


    Han Jing was shocked when he heard the speech and immediately ordered: "warning! Prepare for war!"


    "Woo... Woo... Woo..."


    At once, a more urgent horn sounded on the East Gate Tower. This was a signal that Han Jing had arranged in advance. The sound of the horn meant that Yuci city was about to face war.


    As the horn sounded, Warning horns sounded everywhere in the city, and the barracks in the city became lively. A moment later, a group of soldiers lined up from the barracks and ran in the direction arranged in advance. Some soldiers led a group of civilian men to carry all kinds of materials towards the city wall.


    Soon, several cavalry soldiers arrived a hundred steps away from the city wall. Han Jing shouted to the bottom of the city: "go around to the west gate and enter the city!" With that, he ordered the close guard around him: "give orders, archers are ready. If the enemy dares to enter within a hundred steps, save and shoot!"


    When the cavalry under the city heard the speech and rushed within the range of the archers on the city wall, they immediately turned their horses and made a detour towards the west gate. Behind them, dozens of Tang army cavalry saw that they had entered the attack range of the enemy archers on the city wall. Under the command of a general, they slowly reined in their horses and stopped their horses 200 steps outside the city.


    After about a cup of tea, a black cloud appeared in the eastern sky. With the passage of time, the black cloud became bigger and bigger, and then slowly everyone could clearly see that it was most of the Tang army.


    Looking at the slowly approaching Tang army, Han Jing felt a chill in his heart. The State Minister counted thousands of calculations, but he didn''t expect that the black mountain thieves would directly surrender to the state of Tang. You know, there is a deep hatred between Zhang Yan and other black mountain army generals and the state of Tang. Those black mountain thieves would rather surrender to the state of Tang than their own king.


    Thinking of this, Han Jing looked back at the pro guard and said, "have the cavalry entered the city?"


    As soon as the voice fell, another pro guard behind him said, "general, the cavalry who went out of the city to explore has entered the city. The head of the village chief is asking for an audience under the city."


    "Come on, let him go to town!" Han Jing hurriedly said;


    Soon, the cavalry chief was taken to the city wall. He was covered with blood and hung with two arrow feathers. His face was tired.


    After saluting Han Jing, he opened his mouth and said, "general, Weijiang found the Tang army thirty miles east of Yuci. According to Weijiang''s guess, all the soldiers at the warning points in the East should have been poisoned by the Tang army. When Weijiang found the Tang army in the brigade, he led people to approach quietly to get the information of the Tang army. Unfortunately, the Tang army general was too cautious."


    The cavalry said to the king again.


    "Before he got close, he was found by the Tang army''s sentry less than a mile away. Soon, more than 100 Tang army cavalry came to us and wanted to kill us. Before the situation was bad, he led the army to break through the encirclement. All the way, the Tang army was in hot pursuit and had no choice but to go down, so he had to be cut off."


    Speaking of this, Tun punched and slapped his hands and said with hatred: "if it weren''t for his subordinates and other war horses who were exhausted, there wouldn''t be only a few horses to escape."


    "Have you ever got detailed information about the soldiers and horses of the Tang army?" Han Jingshen asked in a deep voice;


    Tun Jiang shook his head: "Weijiang only looked at it from a distance, but the detailed information could not be found. However, according to what Weijiang saw, the number of soldiers and horses of the Tang army should be about 30000, and the number of cavalry would not be very large. When the Tang army found that there were only hundreds of cavalry in front of them, and there were no signs of a large number of cavalry in the army."


    Han nodded, waved to the general and said, "you''ve worked hard, go back to the camp and have a rest first."


    When the general heard the speech, he bowed down and went away. Han Jing didn''t have time to think about it. The Tang army in the East was getting closer and closer. Gradually, he could see the general situation of the army.


    As general Tun said, the number of Tang troops is indeed about 30000, and the cavalry of the army is really small, up to nearly 1000 people. Another thing is that Han Jing is basically sure that these Tang troops are adapted by black mountain thieves, not directly subordinate troops transferred from the country of Tang.


    However, although these soldiers and horses are not the most elite army in the state of Tang, Han Jing was shocked by the general who led the army. A Dou Da Zhao army was embroidered on the flag, and the words "Pingbei general" beside it let Han Jing know that it was Zhao Yun, the Pingbei general of the state of Tang who led the army this time. You know, This is the only general in the world who can fight his king.


    Fortunately, Han Jing didn''t find a large number of white horses from the Tang army, which gave him a long sigh of relief. Twenty three thousand soldiers, to attack the city they defend, should be able to hold them for at least ten days and a half months. In this way, they can also buy more time for the state minister and the Lord Guowei in Taiyuan.

 Chapter 1359

    As early as he became the chief General of Yuci City, Han Jing began to get ready, but he always thought he was going to face the black mountain bandits rather than the Tang army in front of him. However, after several months of preparation, even if he really faced the twenty or thirty thousand Tang army, he was not afraid, not to mention the Tang army transformed from the black mountain bandits.


    Tens of thousands of Tang troops stopped a few miles away from the east of Yuci city. Tens of thousands of troops divided into two infantry schools and came towards the north and south of Yuci city. The other soldiers and horses stopped on the spot. It seems that they are ready to set up a camp and prepare for the next siege.


    "There are three around and one missing... It''s too small to look down on a family." Han Jing snorted coldly and said softly with disdain.


    After waiting for nearly half an hour, when the smoke and dust in front of him dispersed slightly, Han Jing was basically able to determine that there were less than 30000 infantry on the opposite side, and there were only a thousand cavalry. Just as he was about to call a messenger, hundreds of cavalry came out of most of the Tang army, joined the cavalry of Youge outside the city wall, and went to the west of Yuci.


    Han Jing was stunned and immediately reacted. It was bad. The other party wanted to block the connection between Yuci and Taiyuan in the West. Thinking of this, Han Jing said to the close guard: "come on, send five cavalry teams immediately, carry the warning and emergency report of Ben Jiang, and divide them into five routes to warn Jinyang."


    Soon, a military Chinese official under him wrote a warning and urgent report and handed it to Han Jing. Han Jing looked at it in a hurry. After confirming that it was correct, he took out the seal from his belt, covered it solemnly, and then handed it to the literary official to seal it. Several pro guards immediately received the urgent report and hurried downstairs.


    A moment later, Yuci reopened the door and opened a small crack again. Fifty Zhao cavalry rushed out of it. Then they were divided into five teams and five directions, running towards Jinyang.


    Almost at the same time when they left the city, nearly 1000 Tang cavalry appeared in the southwest corner of Yuci city and chased the Zhao cavalry coming out of the West. The cavalry of both sides chased and killed on the plain outside Yuci city. The west gate of Yuci city was closed again after the cavalry left.


    On the East Gate Tower, Han Jing finally breathed a sigh of relief after he got the news that his cavalry had escaped the pursuit of Tang cavalry. The earlier the news reached Jinyang, the more fully Jinyang was prepared.


    But his relaxation didn''t last long. An hour later, Han Jing saw a frightening scene. Behind the Tang army camp, further east, a cloud of smoke rose into the air. Soon after, a huge flood of silver white appeared in his eyes, and tens of thousands of white war horses appeared in everyone''s sight.


    "It''s over." Han Jing had an idea in his mind that he was deceived. The Tang army didn''t have only a thousand cavalry, but tens of thousands. Among them, there were more than 10000 white horses directly under General Zhao Yun. The reason why there were only hundreds of cavalry in the beginning was entirely a strategy of the Tang army. He wanted to send the wrong information back to Taiyuan.


    ¡­¡­


    Zhao yun''an sat on the jade lion at night, listening to the intelligence returned by the heralds everywhere, but his eyes turned to Yuci city in the West.


    "General, the messenger of Yuci city has escaped from the encirclement and annihilation of our cavalry and left for Taiyuan. Now Yuci city has been surrounded by our regiment..."


    Just then, another messenger came to the Chinese Army: "general, most of the cavalry have arrived, waiting for the general''s order."


    Without much thought, Zhao Yun said: "order Zhao Zhi to lead a white horse to the west of Yuci, cut off the connection between Yuci city and the rest of the cities of Zhao, and tell Zhao Zhi that if a horse escaped from Yuci City, he would be the only one to ask."


    "Promise!" The herald took orders and left.


    After the herald left, Zhao Yun ordered: "send someone to persuade him to surrender!"


    Soon, a small school of Tang army came out from the crowd, headed towards the west gate of Yuci City, and stopped 200 steps away from the city wall, He shouted to the direction of the city wall: "listen to the people in the city. I come to persuade you under the order of General Zhao, general Pingbei of the Tang Dynasty. If you can open the gate and surrender, general Pingbei is willing to intercede with the king for you and save your life. If you are stubborn and break the city, you will be killed!"


    As soon as the voice fell, Han Jing shouted to the outside of the city, "don''t talk more, only die!"


    With that, Han Jing bent his bow and took an arrow. With a "whoosh", he shot an arrow hundreds of steps away from the city. Although he was nearly a hundred steps away from the Tang army general who persuaded him to surrender, he had shown his attitude very well.


    Seeing this situation, Tang Jiang said no more, turned his horse''s head and replied to Zhao Yun.


    When he left, Han Jing ordered all the gates in the city to be blocked with boulders, and the war was imminent.


    Han Jing guessed right. Zhao Yun made this idea. Now the shadow guard has long received the news that Lv Bu led Bingzhou wolves to ride north for support, so Zhao Yun is ready to lure Lv Bu back and destroy him in Taiyuan. This plan is made by Hao Zhao.


    The place selected by Zhao Yun for Lv Bu is in a valley between langmeng and Yu County. It is called Shiling pass in later generations, which was called "Baipi pass" and "Shiling Town" in ancient times. It is located in the north of XZ Guancheng village and two miles north of Shangyuan village, Dayu town, Yangqu county. It is the dividing point between XZ and Taiyuan. It is adjacent to Xiaowutai in the East and Guanmao mountain in the West. With steep mountains and majestic passes, it is a must for military strategists of all dynasties. It is the traffic hub of Taiyuan to Dai, Yun, Ning and Shuo. It is known as the gateway of Xinding in and out of Taiyuan.


    It is recorded in the period of the Three Kingdoms, but it should not have appeared in the Shijue mountains in the middle of the Tang Dynasty. Zhao Yun didn''t know about it at first. However, since the generals of the Montenegro army joined, Hao Zhao was inspired by the understanding of the generals of the Montenegro army about Binzhou, so a plan to encircle and annihilate Lv Bu army appeared in front of Zhao Yun.


    The battle in Yuci city ended in only one day. Hao Zhao and several other young generals led a school of soldiers and horses to attack the city respectively. Under the fierce attack of tens of thousands of troops, Han Jing finally supported less than one day, and finally died and was defeated. Subsequently, Zhao Yun''s army entered Yuci and rested while waiting for the response of Taiyuan city and the arrival of follow-up troops of Heishan battalion.


    Hundreds of miles away in the north, a great war is also going on.


    On the grassland between Yunzhong city and Xianyang City, tens of thousands of cavalry are killing. It should not be said that a cavalry of more than 20000 is being beaten by a cavalry of more than 10000. It can be said that it has no power to fight back.

 Chapter 1360

    Ten days ago, after Lv Bu led more than ten thousand cavalry troops to Yanmen, the attack and defense of the Tang and Zhao armies were ectopic again. The Tang army returned to all cities to defend. Even in the face of repeated provocations by the cavalry led by Lv Bu, it would never go out of the city to fight.


    In desperation, Lv Bu had to lead the army all the way west to Guangmu City defended by Zhang Liao. It was not that Lv Bu was willing to ignore the tens of thousands of Tang troops of Huang Xu Department in Yunzhong City, which was close in front of him, and asked to go far away to find the trouble of the army of Tian Yu Department, but that there was no food and grass to support Lv Bu''s more than 10000 cavalry troops in all cities of Yunzhong counties, Lv Bu had to continue to advance westward and go to Guangmu. He was ready to make plans after meeting with the army of zhangliao department.


    A few days later, Lv Bu finally led his troops to Guangmu. After entering the city, Lv Bu couldn''t wait to ask Zhang Liao to give up Guangmu and lead the army back with him, but his suggestion was rejected by Zhang Liao, because Zhang Liao knew that the tens of thousands of soldiers in his hand were already the most elite soldiers of the state of Zhao, and it was difficult for even the guards in Taiyuan to get out of his right, If you give up Guangmu and Fuyang, it means giving up tens of thousands of soldiers, which is fatal to the whole state of Zhao.


    But if not, there are only 20000 cavalry soldiers in tens of thousands of infantry. In the face of nearly 100000 Tang army horse infantry, it is impossible to return to Yanmen safely. Nine times out of ten, they will be surrounded and annihilated by the Tang army on the way. Even if the Tang army suffers heavy losses, it doesn''t matter, but for the state of Zhao, the loss of tens of thousands of infantry will be fatal.


    However, as the supreme military general of cavalry, even now you are the king, Lv Bu still doesn''t pay attention to infantry. In his opinion, more than 10000 Bingzhou wolves in his hands, plus more than 10000 cavalry in Zhang Liao''s hands, are enough to deal with the army of the Tang Dynasty. Zhang Liao believed that Lv Bu should return to Yanmen, wait for the reinforcements of the state of Wei to arrive, and then move westward to recover the counties in Yunzhong. His own army restrained the army of the Ministry of Tian and Yu in Guangmu.


    Therefore, the two finally broke up unhappily. Finally, under the persuasion of Zhang Liao, Lv Bu had to replenish a large amount of food and grass in Guangmu city and lead the army to return to the East again.


    On the field to the east of Xianyang, although it has been two days, Lv Bu is still angry. He also knows that Zhang Liao''s words are right, otherwise he won''t just lead the cavalry back to the East.


    At this time, suddenly a group of cavalry came running. It was the army sent by Lv Bu who denounced the marquis. The leader quickly ran to Lv Bu: "king, go thirty miles away and find a cavalry!"


    "But Tang army cavalry?" Lv Bu was stunned and asked;


    "It doesn''t look like the cavalry of the Tang army, but it''s a bit like the Wuhuan cavalry." The captain hesitated and replied;


    "Hum, Wuhuan dog has become the pawn of Tang thieves now. Send orders to kill this Wuhuan cavalry with Gu!" With that, as soon as Lv Bu clamped his horse''s belly, the red rabbit horse accelerated and went in the direction of finding the Wuhuan cavalry in the East.


    Behind him, more than 10000 Bingzhou wolf riders also accelerated one after another, followed closely and sped to the East.


    At the same time, thirty miles to the East, Nanlou commanded thousands of Wuhuan cavalry and was gathering. The cavalry of Zhao found them. In fact, Wuhuan cavalry had also found Zhao''s cavalry. However, Nanlou did not intend to withdraw to Yunzhong City dozens of miles behind him.


    In fact, although nanloukou didn''t say it, he looked down on the Tang Army General in Yunzhong city. In his opinion, the reason why Da Wuhuan was defeated was that he was defeated by the Han people. Oh, it should be in the hands of the soldiers in the hands of the Lord. As for the cavalry, how can the Han cavalry be compared with the Wuhuan people who have lived on horseback for generations.


    This time I was ordered to send troops. Although my lord repeatedly ordered me to take general Huang of the Tang army as the main general, I was not convinced in my heart. Therefore, since the cavalry of the state of Zhao, especially the cavalry led by the king of Zhao, arrived, the general of the Tang army ordered the army to return to the city of Yunzhong, and the Zhao army can''t stand the provocation. This made Nanlou feel even more uncomfortable. Unfortunately, nearly 10000 Wuhuan cavalry under the command of Xian Yufu stood by the main general of the Tang army, making Nanlou feel lonely.


    This time, Nanlou, who had been trapped in the city for several days, finally found a chance to go out of the city. Originally, he came out to relax. He didn''t expect to meet the cavalry of Zhao army. Therefore, Nanlou was ready to gather forces to fight with the cavalry of Zhao army, so that the army could see the power of Wuhuan iron cavalry.


    However, although it was preparing to fight against the cavalry of Zhao army, Nanlou sent someone back to Yunzhong city to inform the general of Tang army.


    After assembling the army, Nanlou ordered the army to slowly meet the cavalry of Zhao army in the west, and the war was imminent.


    Even at the beginning of the battle between the two cavalry, Huang Xu and Xian Yufu also received the news that Nanlou sent someone back in Yunzhong City dozens of miles away.


    "Bang!"


    "Damn the difficult building, he dares to disobey orders. It''s okay if he wants to die himself. He has to pull nearly 10000 cavalry." Above the theme, Huang Xu was furious.


    "General, it''s too late to say anything now. Weijiang thinks it''s better to send troops to save each other as soon as possible. If you send troops fast enough, you should still be able to save many cavalry." Xian Yufu, with an embarrassed face, began to persuade;


    There is no way. Although Xian Yufu is also from Wuhuan, he has been subordinate to the Han Dynasty for a long time. At first, he was the leader General of Liu Yu, a shepherd in Youzhou. Compared with the invincible of Nanlou, he knew the strength of the cavalry of the Han army.


    Huang Xu shook his head: "it''s too late. General Xianyu knows that a cavalry directly under King Zhao is one of the strongest cavalry in the world today."


    I don''t know how strong Bingzhou wolf is. Isn''t Huang Xu clear? As soon as he saw the news sent by Nanlou, Huang Xu knew that nearly 10000 cavalry in Nanlou department had been finished.


    "But, general... Difficult building..." another general nearby wanted to stop talking;


    Huang Xu turned his head and took a look. The person who spoke was the general of the leader of the soldiers of the Tang army. Seeing that he wanted to stop talking, Huang Xu also knew what he was going to say. Now Nanlou is not a general of the Tang Dynasty, but an ally. If you don''t save your life


    Huang Xu also knew that he could not really die without saving. After thinking about it, he ordered: "general Xianyu, please lead your cavalry to the direction of the battlefield to rescue immediately. If you arrive, how much you can save is how much. If the Nanlou Department has been deeply trapped in it, you must not act rashly. After arranging the defense in the city, you will lead the army to arrive later."


    "Promise!" When Xian Yufu heard the speech, he immediately hugged his fist and took command.


    "General Chen, the city of Yunzhong was handed over to you after the general took the lead. After the army left the city, the four gates of the city were closed immediately to prevent Zhao Jun from stealing the city." After Xian Yufu left, Huang Xu gave an order to general Zhong Ying, the leader of the infantry;


    "If you don''t take command, the general can rest assured that unless you don''t die, you won''t let Zhao Jun take the city."

 Chapter 1361

    At the command of Huang Xu, more than 20000 cavalry in Yunzhong city quickly left the city one after another and ran towards the battlefield in the West. At this time, Nanlou was only ten miles away from Lv Bu''s two cavalry.


    ¡­¡­


    Nanlou led nearly 10000 Wuhuan cavalry to the west without hesitation. In his opinion, although these cavalry under his command are not better than the most elite Wuhuan iron cavalry, they can be far better than the cavalry of the Han people. Therefore, even if the number of cavalry is slightly lower than that of the other party, Nanlou is still confident.


    The distance of more than ten miles was an instant for the cavalry. When the Wuhuan cavalry saw the Bingzhou wolf cavalry, Lv Bu had already found the oncoming Wuhuan cavalry.


    Seeing that the Wuhuan cavalry did not retreat but advance made Lv Bu happy. With Lv Bu''s roar, Fang Tianhua halberd pointed obliquely at the Wuhuan cavalry in front: "ride with the wolf in Bingzhou, rush into the array with the lone, forward and arrow!"


    "Kill! Kill!! kill!!!"


    More than ten thousand wolves riding behind Lv Bu heard the speech and shouted three times. Then, the cavalry quickly adjusted according to the front arrow formation. A moment later, a huge triangular formation was listed. At the front was Lv Bu, king of Zhao.


    At this time, the Wuhuan cavalry opposite Bingzhou wolf riding still followed their original combat methods. If there is any change, Nanlou still gathered a large number of brave Wuhuan cavalry beside him to form a nondescript front arrow array. Of course, it is the Nanlou that thinks it is brave and powerful.


    However, as the distance between the two sides gets closer and closer, Nanlou feels more and more uneasy, because he feels a strong killing intention from the front general. This made Nanlou feel a deep chill, just like the time when he met a wolf in the grassland when he was a teenager. No, it should be said that it made Nanlou feel more frightened than that time.


    Moreover, he also saw the big flag of the cavalry opposite. It turned out that it was the king''s flag of Lv Bu, the Lord of the state of Zhao. It was said that Lv Bu was the best general in the world. Seeing this situation, Nanlou''s heart had a faint sense of regret. But at this time, there was no room for Nanlou to think again. The distance between the two armies was no more than hundreds of steps, which was an instant for the cavalry.


    As the distance got closer, Nanlou finally saw the appearance of the Han people opposite. At this time, there was no way to retreat. As soon as Nanlou clenched his teeth and drank violently, he waved his mace and rushed to kill Lv Bu.


    "Kill!"


    When Lu Bu saw that he was about to die, his eyes were almost as sharp as a spear.


    Seeing the other party''s halberd, he was about to split himself in half. Between the electric light and flint, the mace of Nanlou waved in the direction of Fang Tianhua halberd, trying to block his offensive.


    If you meet other generals, you may be able to defuse the attack of this halberd with the weight of the mace, but it is Lv Bu, who is born with divine power. Moreover, Lv Bu''s Fang Tian painted halberd is not much lighter than the mace of Nan Lou.


    Hearing the loud noise of "Dang", the mace was hit back by Fang Tianhua halberd and bounced in the direction of the difficult building. Behind the mace, Fang Tianhua halberd followed, and the speed didn''t seem to lag much.


    "Bang"


    "Ah!"


    The mace hit Nanlou so hard that his body almost flew off his horse''s back. Behind the mace, Fang Tianhua halberd followed. However, because Nanlou''s body had retreated a lot, Fang Tianhua halberd''s Halberd tip crossed from the waist of Nanlou, cut off the armor of Nanlou directly, and then almost cut his stomach directly, Intestines mixed with blood gushed out of the belly of the building.


    "Ah..." every time Nanlou spoke, a stream of blood gushed out of his mouth and nose. Soon he felt his strength disappear in a moment.


    Before his consciousness completely disappeared, his eyes stayed on the two cavalry, but the scene in front of Nanlou was almost incredible. The wuheng iron cavalry, which he was proud of, melted like ice and snow in a fire under the attack of Han cavalry.


    "This is why, when did the Han cavalry become so powerful?" With this infinite doubt, Nanlou fell into endless darkness.


    ¡­¡­


    When thousands of wuheng cavalry arrived in Nanlou, the wuheng cavalry under the command of Nanlou had become a mess. They were killed by the cavalry of Zhao state and ran around like headless flies, and the flag of Nanlou disappeared.


    There was no time to think about it. Xian Yufu drank loudly and led the cavalry to kill the past in the battlefield. Because he had led the Han army for many years, his understanding of the Han cavalry was not as invincible as the foreign generals of Nanlou. He also knew the strength of the cavalry of the state of Zhao, especially the famous generals like King Zhao.


    However, the current situation does not allow him to think much. Now there are less than 5000 cavalry left in the thousands of cavalry at the headquarters of Nanlou. They are both wuheng cavalry, and he can''t sit idly by. Now that the cavalry of Zhao has been killed with wuheng cavalry, it should be his best time.


    Soon, he found that things were not as simple as he thought. When his cavalry were less than two miles away from the battlefield, he had already found that thousands of cavalry of the state of Zhao had separated from the battle. They quickly gathered thousands of troops, and then rushed towards their own army under the leadership of their own generals.


    As soon as PU fought, Xian Yufu found that the combat effectiveness of this Zhao cavalry has exceeded that of the wuheng cavalry under his command. You know, the other party has gone through a battle, which can be seen from its combat effectiveness.


    Suddenly, Xian Yufu remembered that Huang Xu once mentioned with his general that the cavalry led by Lv Bu was called Bingzhou wolf riding, which was a first-class strong soldier in the world. Thinking of this, Xian Yufu shouted: "the troops and horses of each department shall be separated, and take the team of 1000 people as the unit to fight with the enemy''s horses. They shall not fight with them."


    Between the whistles, thousands of wuheng cavalry were divided into several teams, each led by thousands of generals, fighting with Zhao cavalry, which slightly reduced some losses. But these are only temporary, because the cavalry of the state of Zhao who fought with them at the beginning was less than 4000, but soon, more and more cavalry of the state of Zhao got rid of the nearly collapsed cavalry of the Nanlou department and ran towards the cavalry of the Xianyu auxiliary department.


    With more and more cavalry of the state of Zhao participating in the war, the loss of wuheng cavalry of Xianyu auxiliary Department became greater and greater, and more than 1000 cavalry fell down soon, while the loss of Zhao cavalry was only hundreds of cavalry. The huge difference greatly reduced the morale of wuheng cavalry, especially in the front of Nanlou department, thousands of cavalry had no more than 3000 cavalry, and all the other cavalry had died, It makes the cavalry of Xianyu auxiliary Department tremble.

 Chapter 1362

    Xian Yufu has been paying attention to the situation of the whole battlefield. He soon found that his situation was very bad, but now the situation has been difficult.


    If he leads his troops to withdraw, it is basically impossible, because almost all the cavalry he leads are at war with the cavalry of the state of Zhao. If he rashly orders the retreat, he will face a great defeat. Not only does the whole army of the Nanlou department have none, but also he doesn''t know how many of his troops can escape smoothly.


    But if we don''t evacuate, it seems that the defeat is only a matter of time according to the current situation. Now he thought that Huang Xu''s cavalry could arrive as soon as possible. If they could arrive quickly, there might be a chance.


    At this time, the smoke and dust rose again in the east of the battlefield. It was Huang Xu who led the last 10000 cavalry to arrive. The arrival of reinforcements cheered up the low morale cavalry of Xianyu auxiliary department.


    "Sure enough..." when Huang Xu led the army to the periphery of the battlefield, he had vaguely seen the situation on the battlefield. Lv Bu had only more than 10000 cavalry, but he was able to fight with nearly 20000 wuheng cavalry. Now the situation on the battlefield is that wuheng cavalry is at a disadvantage, but how effective can it be if he presses up with more than 10000 cavalry?


    However, the current situation did not allow him to hesitate any more. He clenched the long knife in his hand and clamped his horse''s belly in his legs. The long knife pointed forward and shouted loudly: "the soldiers of Datang will kill the enemy with this!"


    "Kill! Kill! Kill!!!" Different from the disorderly and strange cry of wuheng cavalry, the cavalry of the Tang army shouted in unison, followed behind Huang Xu and killed the cavalry of the state of Zhao on the battlefield, and the two sides soon became a regiment.


    At this time, Lv Bu saw the cavalry of the Tang army appear, waved the long halberd in his hand, wiped out all the wuheng cavalry in front of him, shook the reins of the red free horse and killed them in the direction of the general of the Tang army.


    Along the way, Lu Bu God blocked the killing God and the Buddha blocked the wiping Buddha. The following wuheng cavalry and Tang army cavalry around him could not have any impact on him at all.


    Soon he reached a distance of only tens of steps away from Huang Xu. He raised the halberd and pointed at Huang Xu obliquely. Lv Bu shouted, "Tang will have a general name. I will not kill the unknown!"


    When Huang Xu heard the speech, he cut off the general of Zhao Jun in front of him with a knife, and then took his horse to Lv Bu''s direction: "I''ve heard that King Zhao is brave for a long time, and Nanyang Huang Xu came to ask for advice!"


    After saying that, he took the reins, clamped the horse between his legs and killed it in the direction of Lv Bu.


    "Ding!"


    Lv Bu raised his hand with a halberd and dissolved Huang Xu''s fierce knife, then turned the halberd and swept towards Huang Xu, but he didn''t stop: "boy, who is Nanyang Huang Hansheng?"


    "It''s my father!" Huang Xu clenched his teeth and replied;


    Just now, he tried his best, but he didn''t expect to be easily dissolved by Lv Bu, but his hands were numb by the rebound of this move, but Lv Bu''s sweep came over again before he slowed down.


    Seeing that Fang Tianhua halberd was about to sweep himself, Huang Xu couldn''t go all out and picked up the long knife to meet him. Just then, a voice sounded nearby: "be careful, general!"


    "Whoosh!" A feather arrow rushed towards Lv Bu''s face door. The archer was a general of the Tang army not far from Huang Xu. Seeing that Huang Xu was in a bad situation, he said a word to remind him and shot an arrow at Lv Bu. In his opinion, it was only ten steps away. Lv Bu could not escape.


    "Vertical son an dares so!" Lv Bu was furious. His halberd sank and his body tilted back. The feather arrow just flew over his head. The Tang general thought that the arrow he was going to hit had failed and was preparing to shoot another arrow. However, at this time, he suddenly became steeper and saw that the arrow feather was about to fly over Lv Bu''s head. Suddenly, Lv Bu stretched out a grasp and grabbed the feather arrow in his hand.


    Then, Lv Bu poked the halberd on the ground with Fang Tianhua, and then his body tightened up and sat up on the horse''s back with the help of this force. Then his hand holding the feather arrow slammed back, and the feather arrow roared away in the direction of coming.


    "Whoosh!"


    "Ah..."


    The arrow went straight into the face door of the Tang general who secretly attacked Lv Bu. All the arrows had disappeared into his face door. The Tang army general was shot and killed on the spot by Lv Bu''s throwing arrow.


    Lv Bu''s series of actions only took place between lightning and flint, and only a few soldiers on both sides saw the whole process.


    With the help of the Tang general''s harassment, Huang Xu finally got rid of Lv Bu''s attack. When Lv Bu found out, Huang Xu had left him more than ten steps away and hid into the cavalry of the Tang army brigade. Although Lv Bu was angry, he had no choice but to vent his anger on the Tang army cavalry around him.


    At this time, Huang Xu realized that the difference between himself and the top generals was so great. In the next time, he did not fight with Lv Bu, but led the cavalry to move closer to the direction of less than auxiliary as much as possible. After a hard rush, Huang Xu finally joined Xian Yufu.


    "General Xianyu, have you ever seen general Nanlou?" As soon as they met, Huang Xu couldn''t wait to ask;


    "Before the general arrived, he couldn''t see the figure of general Nanlou. He didn''t even see the flag." Xian Yufu shook his head.


    They both looked at each other speechless. It seems that nine times out of ten the building has been killed.


    "It''s not suitable to stay here for a long time. Lv Bu''s army is really too strong, and Lv Bu is even more abnormal. Someone didn''t even take over his unity. He must gather his troops and horses and leave as soon as possible, otherwise not many of the more than 30000 cavalry can leave." Huang Xu said anxiously;


    "Well, in that case, I will start to gather troops and horses and retreat alternately with the general." Xian Yufu also knew that the situation was urgent. He didn''t think that he would be beaten by Zhao Jun when he was three times the enemy''s strength.


    "Woo... Woo... Woo..."


    With the order of Xian Yufu, the wuheng cavalry who were fighting with the Zhao army in the battlefield gradually moved towards the periphery of the battlefield and slowly gathered in the direction of Xian Yufu, while Huang Xu continued to lead the Tang army cavalry to fight with the Zhao army cavalry to buy time for the gathering of wuheng cavalry.


    Soon, the remaining wuheng cavalry gathered around Xian Yufu. Looking at the wuheng cavalry around him, Xian Yufu couldn''t help feeling heartache. You know, this is nearly 20000 wuheng cavalry. Now less than 8000 cavalry have gathered around him. The cavalry led by Nanlou has only less than one or two thousand.


    "If you didn''t know the height of heaven and the thickness of the earth, the wuheng warrior would not have lost so much here. It''s good if you die here. Otherwise, when you return to Liaodong, I will take part in your battle in front of adults." Curse in the heart;


    However, this is something to do in the future. Now the war is not over yet. Xian Yufu didn''t stop much. After gathering the wuheng cavalry, he led the remaining 8000 cavalry to launch an impact on the Zhao cavalry.

 Chapter 1363

    "Wu Heng warriors, kill the enemy with someone! Kill!" With a violent drink, Xian Yufu''s first cavalry killed the Zhao cavalry who had not yet gathered. This time, it was one-on-two. Due to the delay of the cavalry of the Huang Xu Department, there were only 4000 cavalry of the state of Zhao assembled in the end.


    While Huang Xu took advantage of part of the cavalry of the Zhao army, quickly led the cavalry of the Tang army out of the war and assembled again in the periphery. Then, he launched an attack on the cavalry of the Zhao state again to buy time for Xian Yufu to assemble the wuheng cavalry.


    In this way, the exhausted cavalry of the state of Zhao finally suffered heavy casualties. By the time of time application in the afternoon, the war had been going on for nearly three hours. Less than 10000 people of the more than 30000 cavalry of the Tang army could sit on the horses, while only 5000 cavalry of Bingzhou wolf cavalry could fight again. The two sides rested two miles apart.


    Just as Lv Bu was preparing to rally again, suddenly dozens of cavalry came from the southeast, but Cao Xing sent out from Yanmen pass to find his messenger.


    "Tell the king that general Cao has an urgent military situation to report to the king." Seeing Lv Bu, the messenger quickly turned over and dismounted, took out a secret letter from his arms and handed it to the guard next to Lv Bu.


    Lv Bu put down the kettle in his hand, took the letterhead from the guard''s hand, carefully looked at the seal on it, and then opened the letterhead after confirming that it had not been opened. The content on it made his face covered with cold and frost for a moment, and his face suddenly became as gloomy as water.


    "Come here," Lu Bu snapped after a moment, "order the army to rest for a quarter of an hour, collect the grain and grass of war horses, set out in a quarter of an hour and return to Yanmen pass!"


    "King!" All the generals nearby were stunned. "King, where''s the Tang army opposite? Don''t care about them?"


    "Pa!" Lv Bu couldn''t help saying that. He whipped the general who asked, "do you dare to disobey orders?"


    "No command!" Seeing this, they quickly got up and took orders.


    Soon, some people were sent to gather the war horses scattered around them, and all the food and grass scattered around them. A quarter of an hour later, more than 6000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry, led by Lv Bu, galloped towards Yanmen pass, leaving dead and injured soldiers of the Tang army everywhere and Huang Xu and thousands of soldiers and horses with a wrong face two miles away.


    Two miles away, all the officers and soldiers of the Tang army looked at the cavalry of the state of Zhao and left without looking back. Everyone didn''t know what happened to these Zhao troops.


    "General Huang, this..." Xian Yufu also looked at Huang Xu in surprise and asked;


    Huang Xu also looked blankly at the direction of Bingzhou wolf riding away. Suddenly, he woke up: "ha, it must be, it must be..."


    "General!" Several generals next to him asked strangely when they heard the speech;


    Seeing this, Huang Xu stopped talking about it: "gentlemen, what are we doing here?"


    "Attack the state of Zhao!" Xian Yufu replied, "what does the general mean?"


    "Yes, if the expectation is not bad, it should be that the king has led his army into the hinterland of Taiyuan. Otherwise, King Zhao will never be so anxious to rush back. Look at the direction they left, it should be Yanmen pass."


    Huang Xu stopped for a moment: "come on, send a team of cavalry to follow behind the Binzhou army immediately, and the others quickly clean the battlefield and rescue the injured soldiers!"


    Hearing the speech, all the officers and men were cheering. Immediately, a group of cavalry turned over and mounted their horses, followed by Zhao Jun in the direction of leaving, and the rest of the soldiers who could move went in the direction of the battlefield,


    Soon, the battlefield was cleaned. All the Tang soldiers who died in the war were moved to one side and placed. The injured were carried out. First, they were simply wrapped up. After all were found out, they were sent back to the city for further treatment. Unfortunately, in addition to the 10000 cavalry who can still ride in the war, there are less than 2000 heavy and heavy wounded gathered by the soldiers, including more than 800 heavy wounded.


    In other words, the more than 30000 cavalry brought out by Huang Xu from Yunzhong City, after fighting with the Bingzhou wolf of Lubu, only more than 12000 people were left alive, and more than 20000 people died on the spot. The cavalry of the Zhao army found by Tang soldiers from the battlefield, together with those who were seriously injured, were less than 5000.


    Seeing that the two soldiers had reached a loss ratio of one to four, Huang xuzhu felt a lingering fear. It can be seen how terrible the power of top generals plus special arms is. If it were not for Lv Bu''s hurry to return to Taiyuan, it is estimated that none of the more than 30000 cavalry of Huang Xu could escape.


    After an hour, all the wounded were finally arranged, including the wounded soldiers of the state of Zhao. All the soldiers who died in the battle dug a big pit around and buried it. There is no way. These soldiers are basically from Liaodong and Yanbei counties. It is basically impossible to transport them back.


    On the contrary, there are a lot of weapons and equipment recovered on the whole battlefield. In addition, there are nearly 10000 war horses gathered from the surrounding miles, which makes the loss a little less.


    After arranging these, Huang Xu ordered the army to return to the clouds. As for the subsequent war arrangements, Huang Xu was ready to make arrangements after confirming the whereabouts of Lv Bu''s army.


    Huang Xu''s guess is not wrong. Lv Bu did receive the news from Cao Xing that the Tang army had invaded Taiyuan County, so he hurriedly gathered up the cavalry and rushed back to Yanmen.


    After a sleepless march all night, Lv Bu finally arrived outside Yanmen pass at dawn. Even with Lv Bu''s strength, he could not support it. Not to mention that there were more than half of the wounded soldiers inside these Bingzhou wolves. These soldiers basically tied themselves to their horses in the second half of the night, and then rushed to Yanmen pass.


    As soon as he entered the pass, Lv Bu ordered Cao Xing to arrange doctors to treat the wounded, while he himself went to the general''s house in the pass under the leadership of Cao Xing. He wanted to know in detail the situation of the Tang army entering Taiyuan.


    When he knew that the Tang army entering Taiyuan from Leping was mainly more than 1000 cavalry under the command of Zhao Yun and about 30000 soldiers of the Tang army, Lv Bu was relieved, so he ordered to select 2000 cavalry from Bingzhou wolf cavalry. After a day''s rest, he went south to Jinyang with himself, and the rest of the cavalry rested for two days before returning to Jinyang.


    After a day''s rest at Yanmen pass, two thousand Bingzhou wolves, who had been selected for a long time, went to Jinyang in the South with one man and two horses under the leadership of Lv Bu.


    ¡­¡­


    Yuci, the 100000 troops led by Zhao Yun sent troops again after a day''s rest. This time, Zhao Yun divided the army into two routes, one of which was under his own command. There were only white horses. Yi rode from 15000, plus the 5000 soldiers led by Zhang Xiong. After they left Yuci, they turned north to Shiling Town in the north of Yu County. There is the final destination chosen by Zhao Yun for Lv Bu.


    The other army is led by Dianwei. The troops and horses under his command include 15000 sudden cavalry troops from huyandu, and now 40000 soldiers led by the people of qingniujiao. Their goal is to attack Nanguan in the southeast of Qixian County, attack Nanguan on both sides together with the Tang army in the direction of niexian County, and then take the Tang army into the hinterland of Taiyuan. The last school soldier was a school soldier led by Yu Du, who led his department to stay in Yuci.

 Chapter 1364

    Huang Fuli was puzzled that Zhao Yun led nearly 20000 troops to ambush Lv Bu at a dangerous pass. In fact, not only Huang Fuli, but also Hao Zhao, the most resourceful one in the presence, looked at Zhao Yun blankly. However, Zhao Yun didn''t want to explain this.


    "Are you all surprised that even if Lv Bu led 10000 Bingzhou wolves, he would have gone to ambush and occupy the right time and place. Why should he bring 20000 troops?"


    "Please also ask the general to solve our doubts!" Huangfuli asked respectfully;


    "Because he is Lv Bu, no matter how much we attach importance to him, we can''t go too far." With that, Zhao Yun ordered the army to pull out.


    After hearing this, several people still looked at a loss, but it was not good to continue to ask.


    However, Zhao Yun finally stopped Dianwei and repeatedly stressed that the army needs to cooperate to attack the South pass first, and then the king''s army will enter Taiyuan, and then the king will decide the direction of the army. Although Dianwei didn''t understand this very well, he still took the order.


    For Zhao Yun''s last order, only Hao Zhao nodded thoughtfully. The rest didn''t understand his meaning, but everyone didn''t ask too much.


    As soon as he left Zhao Yun''s conference hall, Huang Fuli grabbed Hao Zhao: "Bodao, what''s the purpose of General Zhao''s last order?"


    Hao Zhaolai didn''t want to do much, but he couldn''t stand the inquiries of several people. Helpless, he just whispered to several people: "as the saying goes: a high merit is better than a rescue, but for a military general, there is another merit that everyone wants most. Do you know what the great merit is?"


    When they heard the speech, they were all thinking hard.


    For a long time, Zhang Xiong suddenly said, "I know, I know, Bo Dao, but the power to destroy the country?"


    Hao Zhao nodded: "yes, the power to destroy the country is the great power that all generals want, but General Zhao is modest and doesn''t want to take this great power, so he ordered general Dian and us to take the king into Taiyuan, and then the king personally decided to stop the army, in the hope that the power to destroy the country will be handed over to the king."


    When they heard the speech, they all woke up and nodded silently.


    Hao Zhao said here. Suddenly, he had a flash in his mind. He seemed to think of why Zhao Yun took 20000 troops to ambush Lv Bu army, but he was not sure. Moreover, the long spearmen of Zhang Xiong''s 3000 troops and horses selected by Zhao Yun account for 80%, which proves what Hao Zhao thinks. Hao Zhao would not reveal it to others, even if it was his own.


    Zhao Yun led 20000 troops all the way. It took only one day to reach Shiling pass. At this time, Shiling pass has nothing to do with pass, but the location is really very dangerous.


    An official road runs straight through the valley. On both sides are cliffs about several feet high. The official road is about miles long, the widest is about miles, and only two carriages can run in parallel in the narrow place. If a pass is built in it, one man will be in charge of the pass, and ten thousand people can''t open it.


    As soon as the army arrived outside the valley where shilingguan was located, Zhao Yun immediately ordered, "Zhang Xiong listens to the order!"


    "Will not be in!" Zhang Xiong heard the speech and immediately went out to fight the front road;


    "Lead 3000 soldiers and 2000 white horses from the headquarters to the cliff at the north entrance of the valley, prepare a large number of boulders and huge trees, and block the road after Lv Bu''s army enters the valley. Then your soldiers and horses must ensure that Lv Bu''s army does not break through the North Valley entrance, and no matter how Lv Bu can escape."


    "Please rest assured that if Lv Bu escapes, he will be dealt with by the general''s military law." Zhang Xiong said firmly;


    "OK, order your troops as soon as possible!" Zhao Yun nodded and waved;


    Soon, Zhang Xiong ordered five thousand soldiers and horses to leave the army and go to the other side of the valley. At Zhao Yun''s request, he only brought three thousand soldiers of his own infantry, including one thousand sword shield soldiers, one thousand long spearmen and one thousand archers, plus two thousand white horses.


    Zhao Yun''s side left 2000 long gunmen and 13000 white horse Yicong. Two thousand long gunmen were arranged by Zhao Yun at the south entrance of the valley to set up a long gun array to resist horses. White Ma Yi left only ten thousand to ride beside him. The other three thousand were arranged by him to go to the cliffs on both sides of the valley and used as archers.


    According to the news from the shadow of Jinyang, Lv Bu led more than 10000 Bingzhou wolves to the north of Yanmen pass. If the Tang army invades the hinterland of Taiyuan, but there are only about 2000 cavalry, according to Hao Zhaohe and Zhao Yun''s own speculation, Lv Bu is likely to only bring back the Bingzhou Wolves under his command, so, Zhao Yun has to face only more than 10000 cavalry.


    Of course, even if the cavalry soldiers of Cao Wanbu are not willing to ride, they should be able to get rid of all the cavalry soldiers of Cao Wanbu.


    It took the army only half a day to arrange the ambush trap. The next thing to do is to wait quietly for the prey to come to the door.


    Lv Bu didn''t ask Zhao Yunduo to wait. He led two thousand Bingzhou wolves to ride, three for one, and set out from Yanmenguan early in the morning. Therefore, after a few hours of traveling, he finally arrived at the north entrance of shilingguan Valley at the end of the afternoon.


    However, to Zhao Yun''s surprise, Zhang Xiong sent a message that there were only 2000 cavalry led by Lv Bu, not more than 10000 or even 20000 cavalry as he had expected. Zhao Yun was excited by this news. If the cavalry led by Lv Bu really exceeded 15000, even under such good conditions, it would be a great loss to wipe them out.


    After a little consideration, Zhao Yun immediately ordered Zhang Xiong to put all the 2000 cavalry of Lv Bu into the valley and then block the north exit.


    Two quarters of an hour later, the rumbling sound of horse hoofs sounded on the field in the north of the valley. Zhang Xiong led people to ambush on the cliff at the north entrance of the valley. All the people fell quietly in the grass on the cliff. Although Lv Bu must have seen the situation on the cliff, no one made a sound easily.


    Zhang Xiong raised his head and looked north through the grass. Soon, a team of cavalry appeared in his vision. The leader was a general dressed in red robes and riding red horses. It''s true that Lv Bu was the first person. Zhang Xiong had never seen Lv Bu, but everyone knows the red rabbit and horse under Lv Bu. Behind Lv Bu, closely followed by two thousand Bingzhou wolves, three for one, and six thousand war horses, like a tide, rushed to the south.


    Here comes Lv Bu

 Chapter 1365

    "Is there really only two thousand riders?" Looking at the surging cavalry, Zhang Xiong muttered to himself; The words revealed a deep sense of incomprehension.


    "If there are only two thousand horses?" At the same time, at the exit at the southern end of the valley, Zhao Yun was also muttering to himself. But now there is no time to think about it. If Lv Bu really had only two thousand horses, the war would be much simpler.


    If Lv Bu had more soldiers behind him, Zhao Yun could only place his hope on Zhang Xiong''s ability to guard the entrance at the north end of the valley and give himself enough time.


    I don''t know whether it was because they were marching on their own territory or because they thought that the Tang army had only two thousand cavalry, which was impossible to pose a threat to themselves. Therefore, Lv Bu led two thousand cavalry into the valley without any hesitation.


    Seeing two thousand cavalry soldiers entering the valley, Zhang Xiong stood up and ordered the crowd: "send orders and get ready. Just wait until the general sends a signal and block the north entrance of the valley. Then the army is ready to resist the enemy according to the prior arrangement!"


    For the cavalry, the distance of a few miles was just around the corner, and soon the "rumbling" hooves sounded at the southern end of the valley. Outside the mouth of the valley, Zhao yun''an sat on a horse, gently lifted the reins in his left hand and held a long gun in his right hand. The tip of the gun pointed obliquely to the ground in front of him and quietly looked into the valley.


    In front of and behind Zhao Yun, there are five thousand white horses, all of whom sit on horses with long guns in hand and stand in a quiet array. The five thousand righteous followers in front of him were different. They didn''t ride a horse, but got off their horses and stood in array, holding long bows one by one, and the arrows in front of them were filled with arrows.


    In front of the bow and arrow array is a dense long spear array composed of 3000 long spearmen. Because the valley mouth is not too wide, the 3000 long spearmen are divided into five rows, each row has 600 long spearmen. The dense long spears look into the valley. Looking out from the valley, it seems to see a huge hedgehog.


    In front of the long spear array, there are four rows of wooden horses, which Zhao Yun ordered the craftsman to make in half a day. The quantity is not large, only four rows, and the workmanship is very rough. Many branches on the horses are not cut clean, and there are branches stretching more than several inches everywhere. Because there are not enough sword and shield soldiers, Zhao Yun can only use horse resistance to arrange defense.


    Soon, the sound of "rumbling" horse hoofs became louder and louder. Then, a cavalry appeared in the sight of everyone. The leader was Lu Bu, who was riding a red rabbit horse.


    The soldiers of the Tang army saw Lv Bu and Bingzhou wolf riding, and Lv Bu people also saw the Tang army square outside gukou.


    "Whoa..."


    "ßÔ..."


    There were bursts of neighing of war horses. When Lu Bu finally stopped the red rabbit horse 200 steps before the battle of the Tang army. Behind him, more than 6000 horses also stopped one after another. Fortunately, the red rabbit horse ran faster than ordinary horses, and the rest of the horses were only a few steps away from Lu Bu when they finally stopped.


    "Zhao Yun! Is Huangfu Chaobo here?" Lv Bu stopped his horse and shouted with a halberd in the distance;


    "Let King Zhao down. My king is still in Jinyang!" Zhao Yun answered;


    "In that case, why not let go of the road and go to Jinyang to meet him in person!" Lubu road;


    "If King Zhao wants to go, just get off your horse and tie it. I will escort King Zhao to visit my king!"


    "Good courage!" Lv Bu was furious when he heard the speech. He was about to order to rush into the array. Suddenly, Zhao Yun pointed forward with his gun and shouted, "send a signal!"


    When a close guard heard the speech, he quickly raised his long bow and shot an arrow into the sky, but it was a resounding arrow.


    "Whew..."


    A sharp whistling sound broke through the air, and then bursts of killing noise rang out from the cliffs on both sides of Lv Bu''s side.


    "Kill..."


    "Kill..."


    "Buzzing..."


    "Whew..."


    For a moment, countless arrows fell from the sky, like dense raindrops, directly into Zhao Jun in the valley. For a time, the cavalry and horses of Zhao Jun in the whole valley were covered by dense arrow rain.


    "Ah..."


    "Poof..."


    Three thousand arrows fell from the sky and were distributed to two thousand cavalry. There were no more than 15 arrows per person, but this was only an ideal situation. The real situation was that after 30000 arrows were fired, two thousand cavalry lost only more than half, and nearly one thousand cavalry were not shot.


    However, this is enough to make Lubu explode. In his opinion, on the grassland of Yunzhong County, the reason why Huang Xu''s cavalry fought with his Bingzhou wolf is to damage his army strength and prepare for this last attack.


    "Upright son an dares to bully Gu like this!" While talking, Lv Bu mentioned the rein, raised the halberd in his right hand and led it forward obliquely, shouting: "ride the wolf in Bingzhou and rush into the array with the lone wolf!" With that, the red rabbit and horse ran forward with their hooves as if they were in touch with his heart.


    The remaining eight hundred Bingzhou wolf riders pulled out their weapons and rushed to the defense array of the Tang army.


    The distance of more than 200 steps is a chicken rib distance for cavalry. The horse fight is too close. The horse simply raises the speed. Dismount and fight. For the cavalry of Bingzhou wolf riding, dismounting and fight is the practice of breaking one arm. However, under the current conditions, Lv Bu can''t care so much and can only lead the cavalry to rush into the array directly.


    Seeing that Lv Bu''s red rabbit and horse were about to rush to the distance of 100 steps in front of the array, Lv Bu began to wave his Fang Tianhua halberd, ready to deal with the arrow shooting of Tang army crossbow men.


    At this time, dozens of riders suddenly rushed out of Lv Bu''s side, but it was the Bingzhou wolf riding behind Lv Bu. Their war horses had a short blade inserted in their buttocks. It was the huge pain that made their war horses suddenly explode and rush directly to the front. The speed was even faster than the red rabbit horse accelerating forward.


    "Your Majesty, please wait a moment and let Weijiang break the battle for your majesty!" When one of the leading generals passed Lv Bu, he saluted Lv Bu and shouted loudly;


    "Your Majesty, please wait a moment and let your subordinates break the battle for your majesty!"


    "Your Majesty, please wait a moment and let Weijiang break the battle for your majesty!"


    The wolf riders in Bingzhou, who followed closely, saluted Lv Bu as if they were the first, and then drove their horses directly into the anti horse array of the Tang army.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun was also moved in his heart. However, he didn''t stop at this point. Orders kept coming out of his mouth.


    "Order the archers to shoot five rounds at the position of 60 steps in front of the array!"


    "Order the long gunmen to be prepared for collision!"


    "The cavalry should be well prepared and never let a Zhao cavalry break through smoothly!"


    "Pro guard, get ready to attack with Ben!"


    ¡­¡­


    "Buzzing..."


    "Whew, whew..."


    Thousands of arrows, like a black rain curtain, shot at the position of 60 steps in front of the array.

 Chapter 1366

    In the face of the coverage attack of thousands of bows and arrows, although those Bingzhou wolf riders who rushed into the array were determined to fight to the death and hope to open a way for Lv Bu, the reality was cruel. Their dozens of riders didn''t even encounter the anti horse array of the Tang army in the end.


    However, their actions have obviously played a leading role for other Bingzhou wolf riders. Under their reminder, more and more wolf riders have joined the ranks of fighting to the death.


    It has to be said that these cavalry are people with excellent riding skills. Although many of their companions and horses fell to the ground in front, they still have many cavalry who can drive their horses to quickly bypass these people and horses and rush towards the anti horse array of the Tang army. With the continuous rush of cavalry, Bingzhou wolf rider and horse finally hit the anti horse.


    With more and more Bingzhou wolves riding fierce and fearless, the horse resistance array was finally hit with several gaps. However, next, they have to face the long gun array of Tang army.


    At this time, a huge roar sounded in front of the Tang Army: "Zhao Yun, get Gu''s life!"


    Everyone looked in the direction of the sound, but Lv Bu had rushed to the front of the gun array and was killing Zhao Yun behind the gun array. At this time, Lv Bu''s eyes are red and angry. If someone can see his hands, he will find that his hands have green tendons and his fingers gripping the halberd have turned white.


    Now he is in a state of extreme anger. The situation that more than a hundred wolf riding soldiers rushed to the array has made Lv Bu''s mood completely out of control. You know, Lv Bu personally selected these wolf Knight soldiers one by one from hundreds of thousands of troops in the state of Zhao, and then after his almost devil like training, he can be transferred to the real Bingzhou wolf riding.


    But it was these cavalry soldiers who lost one after another under Zhao Yun''s hand. How not to make Lv Bu angry? Now his only idea is to kill Zhao Yun to vent his hatred.


    In the next situation, if Huangfu Chaobo saw it himself, he would be surprised to break his glasses, and then yelled at the great God of the system: "holding a grass, it is determined that Lv Bu is riding a red rabbit horse instead of a strengthened kangaroo?"


    Because, after a distance of only more than 200 steps, Lv Bu rushed into the anti horse array on a red rabbit horse and saw that he was bumping into the long gun array of the Tang army. Next, something amazing happened. Like God''s help, the red rabbit horse soared into the air and directly crossed the gun array formed by several rows of Tang army commander''s spearmen. Then, it fell steadily to the spearmen and white horse Yi, and went between the archers.


    Lv Bu, who fell in front of the archers, was like a tiger into a flock of sheep. He killed and injured the white horse righteousness who were fighting with bows and arrows. In a moment, dozens of white horse righteousness fell under Lv Bu''s Fang Tianhua halberd, and Lv Bu had to approach Zhao Yun''s direction.


    "Zhao Yun, come and die quickly!" Lu Bian shouted;


    All the changes in front fell into Zhao Yun''s eyes. Seeing that the red rabbit horse carried Lv Bu directly across the gun array and killed the archers, Zhao Yun immediately clamped his horse''s belly and shouted to the archers in front: "let go of a channel, let Lv Bu out of the array and give it to this general."


    With that, he beat his horse and killed Lv Bu in the direction of killing him. Behind him, a thousand of the most elite white horse Yi followed and killed Lv Bu.


    Hearing Zhao Yun''s order, the archers who were scuffling with Lv Bu quickly retreated to both sides, gave way to a passage in the middle, and Lv Bu rushed out soon.


    "Die! Ah..." seeing Zhao Yun''s coming in his own direction, Lv Bu no longer paid attention to the archers retreating to both sides, but directly patted his horse and killed him in the direction of Zhao Yun.


    "I haven''t seen you for several years. Let me see King Zhao''s Halberd method again!" Zhao Yun heard the speech and was not afraid. He clapped his horse and took his gun to meet him.


    "Ding..."


    "When..."


    The two soon became a regiment. To Lv Bu''s dismay, Zhao Yun dissolved their attacks again and again, and it seemed that they didn''t work hard every time, as if they were understated. You should know that although each attack is merciless, Zhao Yun seems to have nothing wrong.


    You know, in every battle with Zhao Yun two years ago, he beat Zhao Yun every time, but today there is a feeling of the opposite, which makes Lv Bu very unhappy.


    Soon, the duel between the two had exceeded 50 rounds, but Lv Bu still had no chance to cause real damage to Zhao Yun. Not only that, Lv Bu even felt that his every attack had a feeling of lack of follow-up, but Zhao Yun opposite seemed to have no change and was still at ease.


    "It''s impossible. Gu is the strongest martial artist in the world, and Gu is..." an inexplicable anxiety rose from the bottom of Lv Bu''s heart, making his thoughts a little uneasy. Unconsciously, his breath was a little disordered, and then the attack was also a little sluggish.


    How can Zhao Yun, as a first-class general in the world, not see the change of Lv Bu? All along, Lv Bu attacked and defended himself in every battle with Lv Bu, so Zhao Yun is also prepared to defend first and attack later this time.


    The state of Tang has always been very concerned about Lv Bu. It can be seen from the news from Jinyang that Lv Bu has been slack in military affairs since he became king. Especially in the past two years, the development of the state of Zhao has not been satisfactory. Although Chen Gong is a good counselor, he is not good at internal affairs, so the situation of the state of Zhao is getting worse and worse, In particular, there are two strong neighbors in the Tang and Wei dynasties, which limits the space for Zhao''s foreign development.


    In addition, Lv Bu''s age is not young, and he has passed the best golden period of military generals. In addition, his slackness after becoming king has greatly reduced Lv Bu''s combat power.


    But Zhao Yun is different. In recent years, he has hardly stopped honing his force. In addition, Zhao Yun is a mature, stable and heavy general, and has always been calm.


    A drop and a rise, so that the gap between the two is no longer a problem. However, with Zhao Yun''s composure, although he has found that the combat effectiveness of Lv Bu has decreased, he did not immediately launch a counterattack, but continued to deal with Lv Bu without haste or delay.


    At the same time, Zhao Yun also took advantage of the gap between the battle to observe the war between the corporal and the Bingzhou wolf cavalry. The result made him very relieved. Without the command of Lv Bu, the Bingzhou wolf cavalry continued to attack the defense formation of the Tang army, but with the encirclement and annihilation of up to 8000 archers, there were few 2000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry left.

 Chapter 1367

    "Kill..." Lv Bu burst out and attacked Zhao Yun again. Holding a halberd in both hands, he stabbed Zhao Yun.


    "Ding!"


    Zhao Yun did not retreat but entered, and the long gun was tilted from bottom to top. The two men''s blades collided with each other again, sending out a huge sound and picking away Lv Bu''s Fang Tianhua halberd.


    This has been the 105th round of the two men''s battle. With the passage of time, Lv Bu''s attack is slower and slower, but Zhao Yun''s fighting intention is stronger and stronger.


    After swinging Lv Bu''s Halberd and slashing it obliquely, Zhao Yun took advantage of the situation to draw a circle with the long gun on his head, and then stabbed Lv Bu straight away.


    Seeing this, Lv Bu quickly turned the halberd and lay back on the back of the red rabbit horse, swinging the halberd to block Zhao Yun''s long gun.


    "Bang..."


    ¡­¡­


    After another ten rounds, Lv Bu felt that his strength was getting weaker and weaker, but the attack of Zhao Yun opposite him did not weaken at all.


    Finally, in the face of the long gun swept by Zhao Yun again, Lv Bu lay back again, and at the same time, he gently reined the horse and let the red rabbit horse take a step back to avoid Zhao Yun''s shot, but the speed was a little slower, because Lv Bu''s body shrank slightly, so although the tip of Zhao Yun''s long gun swept to Lv Bu''s head or neck, But it did him no real harm.


    However, the tip of the gun still knocked down the bright silver crown on Lv Bu''s head, and the bun on Lv Bu''s head was immediately broken, with hair and blood all over, but it looked very scary.


    Fortunately, Zhao Yun''s long gun also shot down his bright silver crown, and the red rabbit horse has now retreated several steps to take Lv Bu away from the attack area of Zhao Yun''s long gun.


    However, Rao was so frightened that Lv Bu burst into a cold sweat. At this time, the world-famous martial artist finally felt a trace of fear. Fear comes from the bottom of your heart. At any time in the past, he gave others this feeling, but he really felt it.


    Zhao Yun gained momentum and immediately approached Lv Bu for several steps, and the long gun continued to attack Lv Bu. At last, after blocking Zhao Yun''s long spear again, Lv Bu said loudly, "General Zhao! Please listen to Gu... Listen to a word, please leave someone under the general''s gun, a wish..."


    "Poof!"


    Before Lv Bu''s voice fell, Zhao Yun''s long gun pierced him again. This time, a powerful shot directly pierced Lv Bu''s left chest. With great strength, it not only pierced Lv Bu''s armor directly, but also the tip of the gun did not enter his body, interrupting Lv Bu''s words.


    "Some......" Lv Bu stared at the long gun stabbed into his body with an unbelievable face, looked up at Zhao Yun in front of him, and was about to speak. "Poof......" a mouthful of blood rushed up from his throat and gushed out.


    "May..."


    Another mass of blood came out, bubbling out.


    Lv Bu didn''t understand why Zhao Yun didn''t let himself finish. He clearly said to keep people under the gun, but Zhao Yun''s gun didn''t lag. He directly pierced his chest armor and plunged into his chest.


    "Drop..."


    The third word finally came out of Lv Bu''s mouth, but the voice was almost inaudible. Lv Bu knew that Zhao Yun must know what he was going to say, because his eyes told him that Zhao Yun already knew what he was going to say, but Lv Bu couldn''t think clearly. Since Zhao Yun knew what he was going to do, but why


    Lv Bu only felt that his strength was rapidly disappearing. The square sky painting halberd, which was held in his hand in the past, seemed to be as heavy as a thousand at the moment. Slowly, he was unable to hold it again.


    "Bang!"


    Fang Tianhua halberd fell to the ground and splashed a mass of dust. At this time, the world seemed to be completely silent, only the sound of Fang Tianhua halberd falling to the ground.


    "Boo!"


    With a soft sound, Zhao Yun finally pulled out his long gun from Lv Bu, and a blood mist sprayed out from the place where the spear tip pierced into.


    "Plop!"


    Without the support of the long gun, Lv Bu finally sat unstable on the red rabbit and fell to the ground behind him.


    His mouth, nostrils and gun holes were still bleeding, but Lv Bu''s eyes were still not closed. He lay on the ground, staring at the sky with his eyes wide open. His mouth wanted to speak, but when he opened his mouth, more blood came out.


    Zhao Yun got off his horse, stabbed his long gun on the ground, walked to Lv Bu''s side and landed on one knee. Zhao Yun put his head close to Lv Bu''s left foot away. Seeing the puzzled look in Lv Bu''s eyes, he hesitated for a moment, but spoke softly;


    "King Zhao is the leader of the martial arts in the world. He is famous and frightens the enemy. He should be a model of military generals in the world. He can be easily demoted!" As a top military general, in fact, Zhao Yun despises Lv Bu''s behavior. Now, seeing that Lv Bu really wants to surrender, he despises it in his heart.


    "Don''t worry, King Zhao. Someone will play my king and request that the king of Zhao be buried as a marquis! Make the most of the sadness and honor behind the king of Zhao!"


    Lv Bu heard the speech and seemed to have a general idea. He slowly closed his eyes.


    "Lv Bu is dead! Those who fall will not die!" When Zhao Yun saw that Lv Bu had finally lost his breath, he felt some inexplicable feeling in his heart. However, this was on the battlefield, and he couldn''t help thinking about it. He grabbed Lv Bu''s Fang Tianhua halberd, walked quickly to the red rabbit horse, took the reins, and then returned to his horse. He turned over and mounted the horse, raised Lv Bu''s Fang Tianhua halberd high, and roared to the hundreds of Bingzhou wolves who were still fighting in front;


    "Roar!" The soldiers of the Tang army were overjoyed and cheered in unison.


    "King!"


    "Avenge the king! Kill!"


    "Kill!"


    A group of wolves riding in Bingzhou saw it, but they were inexplicably sad and angry. One by one, they killed more madly in the Tang army array in front of them.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yun knew that these Bingzhou wolf riders should not be able to persuade them to surrender, and did not say much. He directly ordered them to be shot and killed without leaving any of them.


    A moment later, there was no living Bingzhou wolf riding in front of the Tang army, only the wailing sound of the surviving war horses.


    Looking at Zhao Jun''s corpse lying in front of him, he turned his eyes to Lv Bu''s corpse in front of him. Suddenly, he remembered what military master Guo Jia said to himself before his leader set out.


    He said that Lv Bu had the courage of a tiger, but no strategy of Yingqi. He was light and cunning, repeated and mercenary... Although he didn''t go on later, Zhao Yun understood what he meant. Lv Bu can only die and can''t surrender. Otherwise, there will be endless trouble for the king and the state of Tang.

 Chapter 1368

    Jinyang, west of the city, when tens of thousands of troops of the state of Tang arrived in a steady stream, the people in Chen palace didn''t understand that they were cheated. It should not be said that the general of Yuci was cheated by the Tang army. Now there are 15000 cavalry of the Tang army just outside Jinyang city. There is no general flag of the Tang army Pingbei General Zhao Yun.


    In addition to these cavalry, there are as many as 40000 or 50000 infantry and auxiliary soldiers. If so, nearly 100000 Tang troops invaded Taiyuan from Leping this time. Now, although there are 10000 troops in Jinyang City, the real combat power is very few. Apart from a thousand Bingzhou wolves, there are only two thousand forbidden guards guarding the palace and two thousand soldiers guarding Jinyang city.


    The other five thousand soldiers were the last ones selected from the forced recruitment of soldiers from alien territory, but they were also the five thousand soldiers who were reluctantly selected after several times of selection and pulled the general out of the file. The five thousand soldiers usually look good in Jinyang city. If they are really used to participate in the war, especially against the elite Tang army, it is estimated to be a wave.


    On the gate tower of the west gate of Jinyang City, Chen Gong and Wei Xu stood on the gate tower and quietly watched the Tang army outside the City camp a few miles outside the west gate. Tang Jun must know the situation in Jinyang city like the back of his hand. Otherwise, he would not have camped several miles outside the west gate.


    At this time, a loud noise sounded under the city. Just as Wei Xu was ready to scold, a general went up to the city tower to report: "report to the state minister, the state lieutenant, the princess is here!"


    "Here comes the princess?" Both of them were stunned. As the only offspring of Lv Bu, LV Lingqi seldom appeared in front of the public since she was awarded the title of princess. She usually stayed in the palace. You know, before Lv Bu became king, LV Lingqi was also a military general, and in terms of ability, she was not weaker than Wei Xucao''s generals.


    When they heard the speech, they were preparing to go downstairs to meet them. As soon as they turned around, they saw that LV Lingqi had boarded the city tower. Instead of wearing palace clothes, they saw that she was dressed in military clothes and armor, holding a small Fang Tianhua halberd in her hand.


    "I''ve seen the princess!" They quickly said goodbye;


    "Lingqi has seen the prime minister and her uncle. You don''t have to be polite!" LV Lingqi returned a gift to the two, then went behind the handrail of the city tower, looked up at the busy Tang army camp outside the city and said, "national minister, uncle, I don''t know if Jinyang city can be guarded?"


    When they heard the speech, they looked at each other and saw a trace of helplessness from each other''s eyes. Finally, Wei Xu stood up. He first withdrew the rest of the people in the tower, looked at the Tang army outside the city, and finally whispered: "now, we can only fight to death. Fortunately, the walls of Jinyang city are thick, and there is enough money and food in the city. If it''s a soldier..."


    "Uncle means there are not enough soldiers in the city now?" Hearing the speech, LV Lingqi hurriedly asked;


    Wei Xu also knew that LV Lingqi didn''t know about the current soldiers and horses in the state of Zhao, so she gave her a brief explanation of the situation. At this time, LV Lingqi knew that her father had tossed the state of Zhao like this.


    "When can my father''s troops and horses turn around? And when can the reinforcements of the state of Wei arrive?"


    "The king now has only more than 10000 Bingzhou wolves in his hands. Even if he adds the cavalry in the hands of General Zhang Liao and general Cao Xing, it is only 20000. Not to mention that general Zhang Liao''s troops and horses are still in Shuofang, which is far from being thirsty."


    "Yes, even if the king led more than 10000 Bingzhou wolves to ride back, but the princess, look, now the leader of the Tang army is not Pingbei General Zhao Yun, but Dianwei, the leader of the Tang emperor Huangfu Chaobo''s personal guard. You know, although Dianwei is the leader of the Tang Dynasty''s personal guard, he is not a general."


    "Therefore, the leader of the Tang army must be someone else, but now there are only a few people with higher status than Dianwei in the Tang army, only Huang Zhong and Zhao Yun. If so, at least one thing is right about the news from Yuci City, that is, the leader of the Tang Army should be Zhao Yun."


    "But now there is no general flag of Zhao Yun outside the city, not even the figure of white horse Yicong. The only possibility is that Zhao Yun has left temporarily, and the king is the only one who can let Zhao Yun lead the army to fight in person. Therefore, after discussing with the state, I think Zhao Yun is very likely to have led the army north and prepare to encircle and annihilate the king''s army."


    The three of them were saying that the Tang army camp outside the city had been almost built. At this time, the South Gate of the camp was opened and a large army came out, full of 5000 cavalry and nearly 10000 soldiers. After they left the camp, they went south without looking back.


    Seeing this, Wei Xu said to LV Lingqi, "if there is nothing wrong, this army should go to Nanguan to meet Huangfu Chaobo''s army."


    LV Lingqi''s face suddenly changed when she heard the speech. Even if she didn''t know much about the war, with the help of Wei Xu''s brief introduction just now, she could imagine that once the hundreds of thousands of troops led by the Tang army entered the hinterland of Taiyuan, the state of Zhao would really be unable to return to heaven.


    But now they can''t do anything. Knowing what this Tang army is for, they can only watch helplessly.


    "Is there really no way to think about it?" LV Lingqi looked expectantly at Chen Gong and Wei Xu, hoping to get some good news from the two populations, but all she saw was that they shook their heads and sighed.


    "Wei Chen is incompetent!" Chen Gong bowed his head with a red face;


    "Don''t do this to the state minister. It''s hard for a clever woman to make bricks without rice. Now there are not enough troops and horses in the state of Zhao. It''s not easy for the state minister to maintain the current situation." Although LV Lingqi didn''t go out of the palace, she seemed to know nothing about the outside situation. In fact, Lv Bu often talked about all things in the court with Yan in the palace.


    In addition, LV Lingqi is not like Lv Bu. She has read a lot of books. Especially after Lv Bu established the country, she has nothing else to do in the palace. She reads books every day except practicing martial arts. Therefore, in terms of the four-dimensional attributes of military generals, her force and commander value reach 80 plus, while her internal affairs and intelligence are not like Lv Bu. They are pitifully low, basically reaching 50 or 60.


    Lv Bu also wanted to find a good husband for her, but Lv Bu''s requirements were too high. He thought his daughter was a princess, so he wanted to find the eldest son of other princes, at least his direct son, to marry out. But he didn''t know that among the princes in the world, he was the worst born, so basically no one would look up to him.


    As a result, LV Lingqi is now 20 years old and has not found her husband. In fact, she also gave Lv Bu many suggestions at ordinary times, but with Lv Bu''s character, it is basically difficult for others to change the good things, especially women.

 Chapter 1369

    LV Lingqi observed the city wall for a long time and had nothing to do. Finally, after a few words with Chen Gong and Wei Xu, she inspected the whole city wall under the protection of the forbidden guards, and then returned to the palace.


    As soon as he entered the harem, before he sat down, he heard his mother Zou crying to find him.


    "Ling''er, when Wei Niang was just taking a nap in the bedroom, she had a nightmare. She dreamed that the king was killed, shot right in the chest, and came to me with bloody mouth and nose..." Zou said here, turning pale with fear and shaking his daughter''s hands.


    "Niang," said LV Lingqi, holding Zou in her arms and gently patting her on the back, "Niang, don''t worry. Dad is the strongest general in the world. People all over the world say: Lv Bu in man and red rabbit in horse. Besides, dad still has red rabbit. Can''t you beat or run?"


    "Really?" Zou fiercely sat up straight and looked at his daughter with tears on his face.


    "Don''t worry! Besides, didn''t they all say it? The dream is the opposite!" LV Lingqi answered firmly.


    Under LV Lingqi''s repeated persuasion, Zou finally stabilized her mind, and then returned to her bedroom step by step. However, when she left, she seemed to have something to say to LV Lingqi, but after hesitation, she didn''t continue to say anything.


    ¡­¡­


    Outside the city of Jinyang and inside the camp of Tang army, those responsible for guarding the camp and monitoring the Zhao army in the city of Jinyang are 10000 sudden cavalry and 25000 infantry under the command of Dian Wei. In addition to monitoring Zhao Jun, they also aim to build camps for the subsequent 100000 troops, especially Huangfu Chaobo''s camp.


    The army leaving Jinyang and continuing south is 10000 infantry and 5000 sudden cavalry led by Huang Long and Huang Fuli. Their purpose is to attack the Tang army of the Shangdang on both sides, attack the Nanguan controlled by Zhao army, and receive the 100000 army led by Huang Fu Chaobo into Taiyuan.


    As soon as the 15000 Tang army entered the uninhabited territory, it soon reached the southeast of Qi county. The Beiguan under construction has not been completely completed. The soldiers and civilian men who repaired the pass were not prepared for the Tang army who suddenly appeared behind them. Out of guard, thousands of Zhao army and nearly 10000 civilian men were captured, and only hundreds of people fled all the way south along the official road to Nanguan.


    Huanglong arranged 1000 infantry and 5000 cavalry to defend the unfinished Beiguan. He just led the other infantry and approached Nanguan with huangfuli.


    In Nanguan City, Li Feng stared at the soldiers of Zhao kneeling in front of him. He stared at them incredulously, with a blank face and didn''t know what to do.


    The army of the state of Tang unexpectedly entered the hinterland of Taiyuan and attacked from behind. Although he didn''t know whether Jinyang had been captured, he knew that the state of Zhao had no hope.


    He ordered the soldiers to be taken down. Li Feng rubbed the temples on both sides and said to several people in the hall after a long time: "gentlemen, now it is basically clear that the soldiers and horses of the Tang army in the Shangdang did not continue to attack. Their purpose is to attack on both sides after the army enters Taiyuan, and then open up the official road of Nanguan and lead the army into Taiyuan."


    "What should we do now?" With that, Li Feng turned his eyes to his staff Xie Yin.


    After thinking for a moment, Xie Yin shook his head helplessly, bowed his hand and said, "general, the plan now is powerless to return to heaven..."


    Xie Yin''s meaning is very clear. Now there is no way to think about it. There is no doubt that you will lose. As for whether you die or fall, that''s what you are the master general.


    Li Feng waved weakly and motioned several people to withdraw. Seeing this, they also knew that Li Feng had to think about it at this time, so they left one after another.


    After several people left, Li Fengcai sat there powerlessly, staring at the roof. He knew that he didn''t have much time to think about it.


    Sure enough, on the afternoon of the day after the routed soldiers arrived, the Tang army appeared in the rear of Nanguan, and the defenders of Nanguan immediately panicked.


    Almost at the same time, the king flag of Huangfu Chaobo also appeared in front of Nanguan again. It turned out that he had received the war report from Zhao Yun to the Shangdang after he captured Yuci City, so he came to the pass again, but he didn''t expect that the two armies arrived at Nanguan at the same time.


    Early the next morning, the Zhao flag on the South pass finally came down. Li Feng led all the people to tie their hands and go out of the pass to land. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t blame him much, but ordered that Zhao Jun in the pass be disarmed and sent to Nie County for detention. Then he led the army directly through the pass and headed for Taiyuan.


    Four days later, the 100000 Tang troops completed the valley of less than 200 miles and entered the Taiyuan Basin.


    As soon as the army left Beiguan, Huangfu Chaobo received a report of denouncing the Marquis, saying that Zhao Yunzheng led a group of generals to come here to meet his party.


    Soon after the voice fell, a team of cavalry galloped from a distance. In a moment, Zhao Yun and his party appeared in the sight of everyone.


    "Boom..."


    When the cavalry ran dozens of steps away, Zhao Yun got off his horse and led the generals to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Not to greet the king with Zhao Yun!"


    "I didn''t greet the king with green ox horn!"


    ¡­¡­


    After sitting on the horse and accepting the salute of General Zhao Yun, Huang fuchaobo turned over and dismounted with a smile: "all the ministers, get up! Now the army is going to fight, you don''t have to be so cautious!"


    With that, he came forward to hold Zhao Yun''s arms and wanted to help him up. Zhao Yun got up and thanked him again. However, he immediately stepped back and worshipped again: "Yun was entrusted by the king to enter Taiyuan from Leping, and then led the army to capture Yuci. After that, the army was divided into two routes. One led by general Dianwei did not go north to block Lv Bu, while the other led by general Dianwei besieged Jinyang and went south to meet the king to enter Taiyuan."


    "After arriving at the previously selected ambush site, he arranged to ambush Lv Bu''s army. I thought Lv Bu''s troops and horses should have more than 10000 horses, but unexpectedly there were only 2000 cavalry. After a big war, the army completely wiped out two thousand cavalry of Zhao army, and Lv Bu was killed on the spot!"


    Speaking of this, Zhao Yun bowed again and said, "if you fail to capture Lv Bu alive, you will bear the trust of the king. Please bring the king down!"


    Huangfu Chaobo was stunned when he heard the speech. When he was about to speak, there was a system prompt sound in his ear:


    "Congratulations to the player. Your general Zhao Yun successfully killed the God of war Lv Bu and increased the player''s reputation by * *"


    "Congratulations, player. Your general Zhao Yun has successfully killed the God of war Lv Bu. Zhao Yun''s force value is suddenly imprisoned and the force value is increased by 4!"


    "Congratulations, player. Your general Zhao Yun''s force value has reached 100 and has become the first military general in the world!"


    "Congratulations to players, because Zhao Yun''s force value has reached 100, and Jin rank has become a divine general. As the first player with a divine general, your reputation value has increased * * *!"


    Hearing these news, Huangfu Chaobo was delighted at first, and then secretly scolded: "holding the grass, isn''t it usually broadcast synchronously? How did it suddenly become an afterwards notification?"

 Chapter 1370

    Huangfu Chaobo soon regained his consciousness and hurriedly lifted Zhao Yun up and said, "Zilong has worked hard. Lv Bu is a son who values profit over righteousness. Although Gu said that he would be captured alive, he did not say that he must be captured alive. Zilong is not wrong. What''s more, fighting on the battlefield can be careless. Fortunately Zilong is not injured, otherwise even if Lv Bu is captured alive, it will not pay off."


    "Thank you for your kindness." Zhao Yun was so moved when he heard the speech that he quickly thanked him again.


    With that, Zhao Yun made people present the halberd, Lv Bu and armor in the sky above, and then brought the red rabbit and horse.


    Huangfu Chaobo picked up Fang Tianhua halberd and saw that the attribute was actually smashed on the tongue. The force value was + 8. No wonder Lv Bu''s combat power was so strong. Huangfu Chaobo remembered that Zhao Yun''s spear force value was only increased by five. Unfortunately, the halberd painted by Fang Tian is dedicated to Lv Bu, and among the Three Kingdoms, only Lv Bu is a general who uses Fang Tian to paint halberd.


    "Well, now that Lv Bu is dead, all that remains is to force down the ministers of state Zhao in Jinyang City, and the state of Zhao will be declared dead. Come on, Zilong gets on his horse and walks with Gu. By the way, he will explain in detail the course of the war for Gu." After that, Huangfu Chaobo got on his horse and rode forward in the direction of Jinyang.


    Zhao Yun took the order, returned to his horse, turned over and mounted the horse, half a horse behind Huangfu Chaobo, followed him, and told Huangfu Chaobo what had happened in the whole trip after leaving Shangdang.


    He was surprised to hear that the other two thousand wolves led by Guo Chaofu returned to Huangbu and looked at him again.


    According to the previous news from Jinyang, when Lv Bu set out from Jinyang to go north, more than 10000 Bingzhou Wolves under his command rode, plus Bingzhou wolves following Cao Xing to Yanmen. In this way, there were 10000 thousands of horses, but Lv Bu only led 2000 wolves to ride back to the south. What happened.


    However, now the intelligence is really limited, so Rao has no choice but to use Guo Jia''s calculations, and he has not been able to know the reason. However, Guo Jia was vaguely aware that something might have happened that they didn''t understand.


    The army went all the way north. Finally, two days later, they arrived at the foot of Jinyang city and joined the troops and horses of Dianwei''s headquarters in the camp.


    After meeting with Dianwei''s army, Huangfu Chaobo did not immediately summon all the generals to discuss the matter. Instead, under the leadership of Dianwei, he came to the back camp to see Lv Bu''s body. After killing Lv Bu, Zhao Yun immediately led the army south to meet Dianwei.


    Two thousand Bingzhou wolf cavalry, except for a few survivors, all the other soldiers who died in the war were ordered by him to be buried next to them. As for Lv Bu''s body, he sent someone to install it in a carriage and transport it to Dianwei camp outside Jinyang city.


    After arranging these, Zhao Yun led the troops to continue south and prepared to take Huangfu Chaobo army north to Jinyang. Unexpectedly, the army just reached the north entrance of the valley road leading to Shangdang, and met the army that had entered Taiyuan through the valley. This was the scene before.


    In Zhao Jun''s camp, Huangfu Chaobo looked at Lv Bu''s body on the carriage and said nothing for a long time. It''s impossible to say that he didn''t have the idea of recovering Lv Bu. After all, for players, it''s very exciting if they can pocket the strongest General of the three countries.


    But he didn''t expect that Lv Bu would be directly killed by Zhao Yun, which Huang Fu Chaobo didn''t expect.


    After a long time, he sighed and said to Zhao Yun, "Zilong, send someone to persuade the people in the Chen palace in Jinyang city to surrender!"


    "Promise!" Zhao Yun was stunned, thought about it, and asked, "did you tell the news of Lv Bu''s death in the city?"


    "Say it!" Huangfu Chaobo didn''t even think about it. He said directly, "Lv Bu has no children. After his death, in fact, the state of Zhao has died. Do the people in the Chen palace still want to bury tens of thousands of soldiers and civilians in the whole Jinyang city?"


    Zhao Yun heard the speech and thought it was true, so he took the order and left.


    Tens of thousands of troops appeared at the foot of Jinyang City, which frightened the people of Zhao Guozhong in the city.


    Above the city tower, LV Lingqi and Chen Gong and Wei Xu appeared on the city tower again. They looked at the army of the Tang Dynasty outside the city like an ocean, and they all looked at each other speechless.


    For a long time, I saw several horses running out of the Tang army camp and directly towards the west gate.


    A moment later, several Tang soldiers were getting closer and closer. The leader held a weapon in his hands. LV Lingqi had sharp eyes and soon recognized the weapon in the hand of the Tang army. Unexpectedly, she also had a Fang Tianhua halberd.


    Soon, several Tang soldiers stopped at a distance of only 200 steps from the city wall. The leader stopped and poked the Fang Tian painted halberd in his hand, and the painted halberd stood firmly on the ground. Then he shouted to the Zhao soldiers on the city wall: "listen, brother Zhao on the city wall, can you recognize the long halberd beside you!"


    Hearing the speech, everyone on the wall looked at the painted halberd with their heads pulled. Soon, the sharp eyed general recognized it and shouted, "that... That''s the king''s painted halberd!"


    "Wow..."


    Everyone was shocked when they heard the speech.


    The Tang soldier said again, "I believe someone has recognized it! Yes, this is the Fang Tianhua halberd in the hands of King Zhao..."


    "Buzzing..."


    "Ah! It''s really the painting halberd of the king. What about the king?"


    "Yes, the king''s painted halberd is in the hands of Tang Jun......"


    In fact, LV Lingqi has recognized the painted halberd outside the city. However, her heart is unwilling to admit it. Now, after being confirmed by the Tang soldiers under the city, LV Lingqi''s heart is like a bolt from the blue.


    "Daddy!..."


    Wei Xu, who was next to her, had been paying attention to LV Lingqi''s situation. Seeing that she suddenly looked like crazy, he immediately stood behind her with his palm like a knife and cleaved towards the back of LV Lingqi''s neck. LV Lingqi collapsed to the ground like mud in an instant.


    "General Wei..." Chen Gong looked at Wei Xu in surprise.


    "Military master, Lingqi has been stimulated. If she doesn''t faint, no one in the city will stop her now." Wei Xu said anxiously;


    Chen Gong understood that Wei Xu''s words were right. In the whole state of Zhao, LV Lingqi''s force was in the forefront. Except Lv Bu, only Zhang Liao and Cao Xing could defeat her. Even Wei Xu''s uncle was not her opponent. If LV Lingqi was really crazy and wanted to go out of the city to fight, no one could stop her, Therefore, Wei Xu''s stun is the best way.


    "Someone!" Chen Gong turned and ordered, "send someone to take the princess to the queen immediately and report to the queen. Ben Xiang and the national captain will be there in a minute."


    "Promise!" Immediately, several soldiers of the imperial guards next to them carried LV Lingqi onto the stretcher, and with the help of several palace maids, they quickly went in the direction of the palace.


    After LV Lingqi left, Chen Gong and Wei xucai breathed a sigh of relief, but soon they couldn''t relax, because the Tang army under the city was constantly persuading the soldiers in the city.

 Chapter 1371

    Listening to the words of Tang soldiers under the city, Chen Gong looked at Wei Xu and motioned to the side.


    Seeing this, Wei Xu waved to his pro guards. The pro guards immediately withdrew from the distance of more than ten steps, leaving only Chen Gong and Wei Xu standing together.


    "General Wei, it seems that the king......" Chen Gong said with a heavy face;


    Wei Xu also knew that what Chen Gong said was true nine times out of ten. Otherwise, with Lu Bu''s arrogant character, how could he hand over his weapons to Tang Jun.


    Thinking of this, they couldn''t help feeling sad from their hearts.


    After a long time, Chen Gong woke up and looked up at Wei Xu. He looked gray and sad. Then he looked at the soldiers of the Zhao army around him. They were all demoralized and hesitant. Chen Gong was shocked and quickly stabilized his mind: "general, general Wei!"


    "Ah,... What''s the order of the prime minister?" Chen Gong shouted several times, and Wei Xu woke up.


    "General, the king should have died. Although the king is gone, there is still a princess. Now, we should stabilize the soldiers first, and then discuss with the queen and the princess how to deal with it." Chen Gong said softly;


    "Ah, yes, what the prime minister said is very true!" At this time, Wei Xu was already in a state of unconsciousness. Reminded by Chen Gong, he noticed the performance of the staff sergeant of the city wall.


    "Well, if the general has no objection, let me negotiate with Tang Jun and buy some time before making plans."


    Wei continued to smell the speech and nodded again and again.


    Chen Gong cleared his throat, stepped forward a few steps, walked behind the fence of the city tower, and shouted to the Tang soldiers under the city: "I''m Chen Gong. Where is your Highness the king of Tang?"


    Chen Gong roared and blindfolded the Tang soldiers below. Fortunately, the Tang army small school was also clever and quickly responded: "the king, but you can see him if you want to see him?"


    "If you want to persuade him to surrender, please ask the king of Tang to come in person, otherwise don''t make noise here." Chen Gong did not show weakness, but said in a reverse sentence;


    If you are free, wait for your majesty to meet you


    Soon, a Tang Army soldier led his horse back to the Tang army camp.


    In the Tang army camp, Huangfu Chaobo was discussing with the generals about sending troops to other cities in Taiyuan. Suddenly, he heard the small school persuading the surrender report that Chen Gong wanted to meet him. Although he felt strange, he didn''t hesitate more, so he led General Zhao Yun and Wei Zhujiang out of the camp and came within hundreds of steps outside the west gate of Jinyang city.


    Seeing that there was indeed a Chen Palace on the wall, Huangfu Chaobo said, "Mr. Gongtai, I haven''t seen you for years. How are you, sir?"


    Chen Gong stood on the wall and bowed his hand: "please remember the king of Tang, I''m still healthy."


    "I wonder if you want to see the king, what can I do for you?"


    "If you want to ask the king of Tang, my king..." Chen Gong didn''t say much and asked directly;


    "Don''t worry, sir. King Zhao is already in the king''s camp. After the war is over, I will bury him with the courtesy of the king!" Huangfu Chaobo also replied in a big way;


    "King Zhao has no empress. Why don''t you lead the city to surrender the king? Don''t worry, sir. The king will treat the empress Zhao and the princess well without any slack. The generals in the city will also choose good materials, which is the same as the soldiers under the command of Gu."


    Chen Gong finally got the accurate news and couldn''t help but feel dejected. Since taking refuge in Lv Bu at that time, I have worked hard to plan for Lv Bu, but it''s a pity that it''s still empty in the end.


    Now Lv Bu is dead and has only one daughter. It can be said that there is no queen. The state of Zhao is really over.


    Seeing that the Chen palace above the city tower did not respond, Huangfu Chaobo once again advised, "Mr. Gongtai, don''t you believe in Gu''s promise?"


    "National prime minister?!" Seeing that Chen Gong was speechless for a long time, Wei Xu was also anxious and hurriedly opened his mouth and called;


    "General Wei, I want to go into the palace and report to the queen. Please make a decision. In the view of the general, is that good?" Wei Xulian called several times before Chen Gong reacted. After a long time, he asked Wei Xulian in a low voice;


    Wei Xu''s heart is also tangled. If he falls, he must not have a good position. It''s not like now, under one person and above ten thousand people. But if you don''t surrender, the final result is to be stabbed by any general of the Tang army. But he could not open his mouth to persuade the queen and niece to surrender.


    In desperation, I had to agree to Chen Gong''s method and go to the Palace first. Goodbye to the opportunity.


    Seeing that Wei Xu had agreed to his suggestion, Chen Gongqiang said to Huangfu Chaobo outside the city in a spirit: "I dare not reply to this matter. Please forgive the king of Tang. I will reply after I enter the palace and report it to the queen. It will be decided by the queen."


    Huangfu Chaobo also knew that this matter should not be rushed, and said, "please tell queen Zhao and give Gu an answer as soon as possible."


    Then he looked up at the sky again. Now it was almost noon and said, "if there is no reply after dawn tomorrow, the lonely army will start attacking the city."


    "Thank you, King Tang!" Chen Gong arched his hand as another gift.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t say any more, so he turned his horse and returned to the camp. Chen Gong and Wei Xu looked at each other, said no more, arranged the defense of the city head, and rushed to the direction of the palace.


    As soon as they arrived at the gate of the palace, LV Yi, a general in the feather forest, quickly stepped forward to salute: "I will not pay a visit to the state minister, the state Lieutenant!"


    "General Lu, how are the queen and princess now?" Chen Gong nodded and asked;


    "When she returned home, the princess woke up soon after she was sent back. Before long, the queen also knew what happened outside the city. Now the palace is crying. She is not going to send a letter to report to the two adults. Unexpectedly, they have already come."


    LV Yi is a distant family nephew of King Lv Bu of Zhao. Although his ability is not very strong, his victory lies in loyalty. Therefore, LV Yi was appointed as a general in the Yulin, commanding the two thousand imperial guards and guarding the safety of the palace. There are also two deputy generals, Zhang Wei, the second son of Zhang Liao and Cao Hua, the eldest son of Cao Xing.


    The other two strong soldiers in Jinyang city are the 2000 soldiers under the command of Wei Cun, the eldest son of Wei Xu, and the 1000 Bingzhou Wolves under the command of LV Lingqi and Qin Lang, the eldest son of Qin Yi. As for the newly recruited 5000 soldiers, Wei Xu is now personally in command. There is no way. Now Wei Xu is the only one who is slightly better in military training in Jinyang city.


    When Chen Gong heard the speech, they were all in a dark mood. However, up to now, they can''t help but shrink back. They have to come up with an idea whether to fight or surrender.


    After a short pause, Chen Gong said, "please send general Lu to report to the queen and say that I will see you both."


    "Two adults, please wait a moment." LV Yi also knew that the matter was urgent. After replying, he immediately turned and ran to the palace.


    A moment later, he ran out panting and booing: "the queen ordered the two adults to enter the palace immediately."


    After saying that, he asked people to let him go and accompanied Chen Gong and them to the palace in person.

 Chapter 1372

    The three quickly rushed to the gate of the back palace. At this time, both Chen palace and Yan family had no intention to take into account the rules that foreign ministers were not allowed to enter the inner palace. The three went straight all the way and soon arrived outside Yan''s bedroom.


    When Lu lingcai saw the three people crying in the hall, they hugged Chen lingcai.


    "Minister Wei, meet the queen and the princess!"


    "National minister, please rise!"


    "Ah Xu and ah Yi also get up!"


    "Thank you, Queen!"


    After the three men got up, Yan said, "state minister! King, he..."


    "Back to the queen, I have just asked the Tang army for confirmation again, and it has been basically determined..."


    "Your Majesty, please..."


    "Daddy..."


    There was another howl in the lobby. LV Lingqi was ready to burst out, but she was held by Yan. Finally, the mother and daughter hugged each other and cried again.


    After a long time, their crying finally weakened.


    Chen Gong coughed softly and said, "more than 100000 troops of the state of Tang have arrived at the city. The king of Tang personally came to persuade them to surrender. It is said that if they still don''t surrender by dawn tomorrow, the Tang army will attack the city. I don''t dare to make my own decisions, so I came to report to the queen and make a decision as soon as possible!"


    "Decide... How can an old woman... In the opinion of Mr. and ah Xu, what should I do?" Yan became dumb and said something after a long time;


    "Er!" Chen Gong also knew that the Yan family, a woman, really embarrassed her by asking her to make a decision. However, she was the only one who could make a decision on this matter. How could he be a minister.


    After thinking for a moment, Chen Gong said, "if the queen doesn''t want to surrender to the Tang Dynasty, the minister will surely die to protect the Queen''s safety. If the queen agrees to long Tang, the king of Tang has promised never to let the queen and Princess be wronged."


    "I will never surrender and kill my father and enemy!" LV Lingqi said firmly;


    "If you don''t surrender, you''ll have to fight to the death. Linger, how can you let your young one......" Yan shook his head and disagreed with his children''s practice. But she didn''t want to let her surrender to the state of Tang. After all, the other party just killed her husband and turned around and surrendered. It seems that it doesn''t make sense.


    "But..."


    "Elder sister, if my younger brother leads the troops to escort you and linger to escape!" Wei Xu whispered aside;


    "How can we escape? Now hundreds of thousands of Tang troops are stationed under the city. There are tens of thousands of cavalry alone. How can we escape?" Chen Gong shook his head;


    "Besides, even if we escape from Jinyang and escape the pursuit of the Tang army, where can we escape?" LV Yi said on one side; In fact, generally speaking, there are several people present, a queen, a princess, and the other two are the Minister of state and the captain of state. LV Yi doesn''t have the share to speak at all, but his identity is somewhat special. Therefore, even in this case, he speaks, but the others don''t scold him more.


    Although LV Yi didn''t have much talent, he knew where his position came from. Like Wei Xu, he was also unwilling to surrender to the state of Tang. Therefore, he was also very concerned about escaping from Jinyang. But now, how to escape is a big problem. If you escape from Jinyang, where to go is another big problem.


    After listening to LV Yi''s words, several people were silent.


    For a long time, Chen Gong said slowly, "I have some ideas about this matter." As he spoke, he looked up and looked at the surrounding maids. Seeing this, LV Lingqi immediately ordered the others to retreat, leaving only five of them in the hall.


    After the rest of the people retired, Chen Gong continued: "the old minister has always paid attention to the surrounding situation. Now our country is surrounded by the state of Wei in the East, outside the Great Wall in the north, the state of Tang in the South and Hetao in the West."


    With that, he went to a case table, poured out a cup of water from a teapot, dipped his finger in the water, and simply drew a map around Bingzhou on the case table.


    After drawing the sketch in twos and threes, he said, "now the Tang army has surrounded Jinyang. However, although it is surrounded, the situation is different everywhere."


    Next, he explained the surrounding situation in detail for several people.


    Today, Leping in the East has been completely under the control of the state of Tang. Although it is not clear when the black mountain thieves surrendered, the black mountain thieves have operated Leping for more than ten years. If they led their troops into Leping, it is estimated that it will be more difficult to break through Leping.


    Another point is that although the state of Wei and the state of Zhao are said to be allies, Chen Gong knows that Yuan Shao is such a person and despises the state of Zhao at all. Once they go to take refuge, it is estimated that they can have a mixed eating and waiting for death is the best outcome.


    As for the north, even if King Lu Bu of Zhao was surrounded and annihilated by the Tang army on his way back, it may be just wishful thinking if he and others want to go north again.


    The south is even worse. Hedong is the territory operated by the state of Tang for several years. If you wait for someone to go in, it is estimated that meat steamed stuffed bun will beat the dog.


    The Three Kingdoms of Hetao have not been controlled in the same direction as the Tang Dynasty for the last half a year, but the rest of Hetao has not been completely owned by the Tang Dynasty. In addition, most of the troops and horses of the Tang army in Hetao cities have been transferred by Tian Yu to Wuyuan to fight with the headquarters of Zhang Liao, so the number of Tang troops in Hetao cities is not too much now.


    In addition, there were heavy troops of the Tang army stationed at Huanyin and Yanshuiguan ferry, and they made a move to cross the river eastward, but in fact, they were unable to cross the river eastward at all. Qikou ferry, another ferry in the river ferry, is more suitable for crossing the river from east to west. There is no garrison of most Tang troops, but only hundreds of soldiers and horses on guard.


    In this way, this is the best breakthrough for Chen Gong.


    As for where to go, Chen Gong also has some ideas. In fact, Chen Gong has also paid attention to Hetao area for a long time, but Lv Bu was not interested, so he had to give it up in the end.


    The essence of Hetao area is in the east half of the central part, while the west is only to the luxurious city. The west is westward to the West. It is the vast desert. However, after hundreds of miles of desert, it reaches the city of Fuping in North Di county. After the West River, there is a fertile land situated in the west of the river and east of the mountain.


    Today, although it belongs to Beidi County, it is actually owned by Tu Gehu and other miscellaneous Hu. The destination of Chen palace is here.


    Here, the Beiyi mountain and the river form a closed area about 300 Li long from north to South and nearly 100 Li wide at the widest. According to Chen Gong, this is the best place for Zhao Junchen to settle down.


    Of course, to get here, the most important thing is to escape quietly from the eyes of hundreds of thousands of Tang troops outside Jinyang city. This is the problem that needs to be solved most at present.

 Chapter 1373

    Chen Gong''s words sparked a glimmer of hope for everyone present, but Wei Xu''s words dashed everyone''s hope.


    "How can we leave the Tang army smoothly?"


    "Alas..."


    When they heard the speech, they all sighed. Yes, now nearly 100000 Tang troops are outside Jinyang city. It is almost impossible to leave without being aware of them. The most important thing is that they must take a lot of family members to leave, otherwise even if the army leaves Jinyang City, it will not run far, and the soldiers will mutiny.


    "If you really want to leave, unless we can go to heaven and earth." Lu Yi sighed; The tone is full of reluctance and loss.


    "Otherwise, just choose elite people to escort the queen and Princess out of the siege, as for others..." after considering for a moment, Wei Xuzhong was unwilling and said;


    "Yes, leave, daughter. You must leave. Fengxian has no daughter. You must not fall into the hands of Tang Jun." Suddenly, everyone was frightened by Yan''s roar.


    "Tunnel!" Yan also realized that his voice was too loud, so he whispered, "I told you earlier that there is a tunnel in the palace."


    "Really?" Hearing the speech, the three asked in unison;


    Yan nodded: "Fengxian said that the palace was originally expanded from the largest haozhai in Jinyang city. Later, Fengxian inadvertently found a secret Road, and the entrance was behind Fengxian''s bedroom."


    Yan''s words surprised all three people. Unexpectedly, the opportunity they couldn''t think of was close at hand. Chen Gong immediately asked, "does the queen confirm that this secret way is still there?"


    Yan Shi shook his head: "this matter was only told by Fengxian once without personal confirmation. If you want to come to Fengxian, you should not deceive me."


    "In this case, the matter needs to be confirmed before making arrangements. General Wei, please arrange personnel to confirm. If there is no problem, we will discuss how to make subsequent arrangements." Chen Gong thought and turned to Wei Xu;


    "Rest assured, I will go to confirm this in person." After that, Wei Xu turned and left the harem, and the other three followed and went towards Lv Bu''s bedroom.


    Under the guidance of Yan, several people soon found the entrance of the secret way in the Lv Bu sleeping palace. However, Wei Xu didn''t go to explore in person after all, but sent several confidants to enter the secret way, and the four of them discussed leaving in the palace.


    In less than an hour, the soldiers who explored the secret road returned to the palace again and confirmed that the exit of the secret road was indeed outside Jinyang City, located in a valley of Longshan. What''s more, to everyone''s surprise, there was a secret camp in the valley. Because they had no order, they didn''t enter rashly, but just took a look outside quietly, But it is said that the neighing of war horses can be heard occasionally.


    The news made several people feel refreshed. It seems that this place is indeed a retreat prepared by the former king.


    Now that they got the exact news, several people also discussed several evacuation plans within this time. Soon, several people selected the most suitable scheme from the negotiated scheme and began to implement it.


    Soon, the king''s orders came from the palace. First, officials and generals with more than five grades in Jinyang city were recruited into the palace. Under the arrangement of Chen palace and Wei Xu, most officials and generals worshipped LV Lingqi. As for those who didn''t want to, LV Lingqi didn''t embarrass them, but ordered them to be detained in one palace, He was not killed on the spot.


    Soon, almost the whole city of Jinyang moved. The families of officials and generals were led into the palace, and then the important items of government offices and Treasuries outside the palace were sent into the palace. Not only that, senior talents and their families in several official workshops were also recruited into the palace.


    The movement in Jinyang city was also learned by the Tang army outside the city. However, although the city was noisy, the Zhao army on duty at the head of the city did not slacken at all. Even Wei Xu appeared at the head of the city several times, which made the Tang army outside the city not find any abnormality.


    Although there are also spies from the shadow guard of the state of Tang in the city, when they saw the action of the state of Zhao, they thought it was the people in the Chen palace who were ready to recruit important personnel into the palace and guard the palace city. They didn''t think they were going to escape from the secret road in the palace.


    Just when the Tang army didn''t know whether to learn or not, the personnel and materials in the king''s palace of the state of Zhao were quickly transferred to the valley deep in Longshan. What LV Lingqi didn''t expect was that the secret camp in the valley was so well prepared.


    LV Lingqi stood at the gate of the camp and looked at the last batch of soldiers coming in. Her eyes were full of loss, helplessness and bitterness. Only four thousand of the five thousand most elite soldiers in Jinyang city came out, including one thousand Bingzhou wolf cavalry, two thousand forbidden guards and one thousand ordinary soldiers.


    Another thousand soldiers were left in the city and handed over to the commander of Chen Xuan, the second son of Chen palace. In addition, there were five thousand new soldiers under the command of Zhang Wei, the second son of Zhang Liao. As the last force to defend the city, they tried to delay the time of being evacuated by the Tang army and buy time for most people to evacuate.


    The reason for this arrangement is also a helpless move. Chen Gong''s mother is too old to be suitable for long-distance escape, and the old man also hopes to have the opportunity to return to his hometown, so Chen Gong leaves his second son Chen Xuan behind, and then he leads the army to surrender.


    Not only Chen Gong''s old mother, but also some old, weak, sick and disabled officials, generals and soldiers who fled together. Originally, LV Lingqi disagreed. She was afraid that the king of Tang would vent her anger on these people, but Chen Gong was sure that the king of Tang would never embarrass these relatives and relatives. Considering the inconvenience of escaping, In the end, many people left the old and weak at home.


    In addition to the 4000 elite who eventually fled with LV Lingqi, there were only nearly 10000 officials, generals and their families, as well as all kinds of talents and their families.


    "Minister of state, how long has the herald left?" LV Lingqi looked at Jinyang city in the East and asked Chen Gong a word without looking back.


    "Tell your Lord that it has been four or five hours since the messenger left." Chen Gong bowed and replied;


    LV Lingqi and Chen Gong were the first to leave from the secret road. After arriving at the secret camp, LV Lingqi immediately arranged ten messenger soldiers to ride on the war horses in the camp and detour to Lishi, Jiexiu and lengquanguan.


    The garrison of Lishi is Chen Yi, the eldest son of Chen palace, while the chief officer of Jiexiu City is Xu Ji, the son of Xu Si, and the chief General of lengquanguan is Zhang Quan, the son of Zhang Yang. These people are all loyal to the state of Zhao. LV Lingqi can''t give them up. Moreover, they still have nearly 10000 troops in their hands. LV Lingqi hopes that they can bring at least 5000 or 6000 people to join him. In this way, At that time, we will have more than 10000 troops in our hands, which is very important for the follow-up development.

 Chapter 1374

    When LV Lingqi spoke to Chen Gong, Wei Xu''s figure finally appeared in their sight. He left as the last one. When everyone entered the secret Road, Wei Xu appeared neatly on the wall several times to confuse the Tang army outside the city.


    "Lord!" Seeing LV Lingqi above the camp gate, Wei Xu quickly stepped forward and bowed down;


    "Uncle, I''ve worked hard. Has everyone come out? Have the entrance and exit of the secret passage been sealed?" LV Lingqi nodded and asked Wei Xu;


    "It''s not hard. The entrance of the secret road was sealed by Chen Xuan. Someone left after watching it with his own eyes. The exit has been sealed with boulders, and the camouflage has been restored outside."


    "Well, now that we''ve all come out, let''s go quickly! Stay for another moment, and there will be more danger." Hearing the speech, LV Lingqi immediately ordered, "come on, send orders, and the army will start!"


    "Promise!"


    With her order, the last thousand forbidden guards in the secret camp quickly gathered and left the stone city to the West. As for the others, they had already left the secret camp in batches under the escort of soldiers and horses.


    ¡­¡­


    When the first ray of sunshine in the morning rose from the East, the Tang army camp became lively again. Tang soldiers who had had breakfast began to line up and approach Jinyang city.


    Tens of thousands of troops arrived at Jinyang city and stopped hundreds of steps away. A moment later, several cavalry soldiers of the Tang army lined up and rode to a hundred steps away from the city wall. The first man shouted to the garrison at the head of the city: "listen to the garrison in the city. The king has orders, whether to fight or fall. There must be a reply within the time of a pillar of incense. As soon as the time comes, the army will attack the city immediately!"


    After saying that, he turned over and dismounted, lit a incense stick, put it on the ground, then rode on his war horse, turned away and returned, and entered the Chinese army to recover his life.


    Above the city wall, Chen Xuan and Zhang Wei had already been on the city wall. However, Chen Xuan didn''t want to open the city so quickly. He wanted to buy more time for the people who left.


    ¡­¡­


    Lishi, in the county government, Chen Yi was awakened by his generals early in the morning. Yesterday afternoon, he received a secret order signed jointly by the princess, the national captain and his father. He knew that King Lv Bu had died in the war. Now his father and a large number of officials and generals of the state of Zhao have terminated the princess.


    Although he didn''t quite understand the arrangements for the army to flee from Jinyang to the west, he didn''t say much. After receiving the secret order, he immediately got people ready.


    Although he was the chief General of Lishi, and Lishi was also the last line of defense of the state of Zhao against the attack of the Tang army from Hetao in the west, there were not many troops in Lishi. There were only 5000 troops in total, and there were only 1500 elite soldiers, 1000 infantry, 500 cavalry, and the remaining 3500 were newly recruited soldiers.


    Had it not been for the natural danger of the river, the Tang army would have attacked the East Bank of the river. Now his main troops are arranged at two ferries on the East Bank of the river.


    Among them, there are 3000 troops at yongheguan ferry in the south, because opposite them is Yanshuiguan ferry, which is heavily garrisoned by the Tang army, and there are more than 10000 Tang troops opposite. In addition, he arranged 500 soldiers at the Tukou ferry in the north. Unlike yongheguan ferry, Tukou ferry is more convenient to cross from east to west, but it is more difficult to cross the river from west to east bank.


    After receiving the news, Chen Yi immediately sent someone to understand the situation of the two ferries and the Tang army opposite. Now he sent out to inquire about the taxi soldiers and reported the situation to him.


    "Report to the general, news has come back from both ferries. The Tang army at Yanshui pass in the south is still stationed, and there is no abnormal reaction. There is no abnormal situation opposite tukoudu in the north. No one will send someone to sneak across overnight to explore and find that there are less than 100 Tang soldiers opposite."


    "What''s the terrain opposite? Is there a suitable location for the army to camp?"


    "There is no suitable place. According to the brothers who came back, the valley opposite is only a few to ten steps wide. There is not much place to accommodate too many people."


    After walking back and forth in the hall for two times, Chen Yi said: "you will take another 200 this evening... No, take 500 soldiers to sneak over quietly. After meeting with the previous soldiers, you will hide near the Tang army patrol point and wait for the general''s order. As long as the general''s order comes, you will lead the troops to annihilate all the Tang army opposite, and no one can be left behind."


    "General..."


    "Remember, no one should miss the net! Then, prepare to meet the army to cross the river!"


    Looking at his subordinates who wanted to stop talking, Chen Yi didn''t say much, but waved his hand to let him go down to rest and prepare to cross the river in the evening. It''s not that he doesn''t believe this subordinate, but he doesn''t want too many people to know about it. After all, it''s too important.


    Almost at the same time, Zhang Quan, the leader of lengquanguan, also received a secret order. Zhang Quan, Zhang Yang''s eldest son, has always been valued by Lv Bu. Even if Zhang Yang lost his Shangdang, Lv Bu still didn''t blame Zhang Yang more, but put their father and son more important.


    Zhang Quan was appointed by Lv Bu as the fifth grade Yang Wei general because of his bravery and meticulous mind. He ordered him to lead the troops in Lengquan pass. Lengquanguan is located in the south of Jiexiu. Its location is quite steep. It is the only channel for the Tang army to go north from Hanoi to Taiyuan.


    Although there are only five thousand soldiers and horses in the pass, the war soldiers account for three thousand people. In addition, there are five hundred cavalry and fifteen hundred newly recruited soldiers. Even though Lv Bu repeatedly drew soldiers and horses from the player''s territory, he did not draw one soldier and one soldier from lengquanguan, but increased the number of soldiers and horses from the original 3000 to 5000.


    There was not much war in Lengquan pass. Although tens of thousands of Tang troops were stationed in Lingshi South Pass in the south, Tang troops never stepped out of Lingshi South Pass except that at the beginning, Yang Fengling''s leader launched several rounds of attacks on Lengquan pass and failed.


    After receiving the secret order, Zhang Quan did not hesitate for long. He soon called his confidant. After explaining for a moment, he ordered the soldiers and cavalry to assemble and evacuate towards Jiexiu, leaving only his confidant to lead a hundred cavalry to guard the pass. The statement given to the 1500 soldiers of the pass was that now the Tang army was attacking Lishi, and he was ordered to lead the army to support it.


    The army hurried all the way and arrived at Jiexiu in only half a day. After a half day''s rest, they set out with Xu Ji and more than 200 elite Jiexiu soldiers all night and rushed to Zhongyang city in the west to meet the soldiers and horses of other cities.


    On this day, the officials and generals of the cities in the south of Jinyang received secret orders that the Tang army was trying to cross the river to attack Taiyuan, and asked them to personally lead the most elite soldiers in the city to Zhongyang to meet and prepare to send troops to support Zhongyang.


    It''s strange that they can use all the weapons they need in the city before the battle, but it''s also possible for them to use all the weapons they need.

 Chapter 1375

    Outside Jinyang City, Huangfu Chaobo and the generals stood in the middle of the army and watched the incense burning in front of the army until the last point was all burned to ashes, but there was no reaction in the city.


    Just when everyone thought the siege was inevitable, with a "creak" sound, the suspension bridge at the west gate of Jinyang city was put down, and then the three gates above the west wall were opened at the same time.


    Two Zhao generals drove their horses out of the gate hole of the middle gate slowly, and didn''t stop until a hundred steps in front of the Tang army array. Then they got off the horse and walked towards Huangfu Chaobo with their hands held high.


    What surprised the people in the state of Tang was that the two generals were not familiar with the army. They were only 20 or 30 years old. When they were wondering, they had already walked more than ten steps away from the army.


    The two men stopped and knelt down to the ground in the direction of Huangfu Chaobo. The leader said: "the defeated general Chen Xuan led the soldiers and people in Jinyang to ask for surrender to his Majesty the king of Tang. Please forgive him for not coming out of the city late!"


    Huangfu Chaobo looked around at the generals for a while, but he found that the army looked at a loss. It seemed that no one knew the two young generals of Zhao Jun.


    "Who are you still? Where are Chen Gong and Wei Xu? My king has been here for a long time. Why haven''t you seen them come to visit?" Dianwei next to him asked angrily under the sign of Guo Jia;


    "Reply to the king. Before Chen Xuan, Zhao Guoxiang and Chen Gong are my father. I don''t know where my father and other adults are. I only know that they returned to the inner city of the King City yesterday. No one has come out since then. Now Weijiang is the highest ranking general in the city!" The nickname replied, neither humble nor arrogant;


    "Yes, indeed, he deserves to be the son of Chen Gongtai." Huangfu Chaobo lost his smile: "who are you?" He looked at the young general behind Chen Xuan and asked;


    "Back to the king, Zhang Wei is not the general. My father is Zhang Liao and Zhang Wenyuan, the general of the northern expedition of the state of Zhao." The young general saluted and replied;


    "Oh, it''s far away. Your father is still besieged by our army in Guangmu city. Why didn''t you go with the army?"


    "Back to the king, the elder brother went to war with his father. At the end, he didn''t go to war with his father."


    "Well, now you have no position in Zhao Jun?"


    "Back to the king, I didn''t serve as a general. Now I help the national lieutenant to train new soldiers."


    "Do you know the whereabouts of the other generals?"


    "The last general didn''t know. After the national captain recruited the last general yesterday, he just asked the last general Haosheng to command 5000 new soldiers and obey the order of General Chen."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at Zhang Wei''s expression, which was obviously different from Chen Xuan''s expression. He knew that he really didn''t know the whereabouts of others. When he looked at Chen Xuan again, he still looked upright. Although Huangfu Chaobo could clearly see that his body was trembling slightly, he didn''t mean to compromise.


    "Hum!" Huangfu Chaobo snorted, turned to Zhao Yun and said, "Zilong, the army enters the city and takes over the city defense."


    "Promise!" Zhao Yun heard the speech and took the order. Soon, 10000 cavalry and 20000 infantry broke away from the army and marched towards Jinyang city.


    Half an hour later, Zhao Yun sent someone out of the city to report that he had controlled all the barracks, Treasuries and bureaus in the city, and the defense of King Zhao''s palace was also taken over. Huang Fuchao was invited to enter the city.


    "Come here and spread the word to gukou Yu. The trapped camp and iron wall camp enter the city with the orphan. The rest of the troops return to the camp and stay. After the generals of all armies have settled the troops, they enter the city for discussion and give orders to reward the three armies." Huangfu Chaobo nodded and preached to the bodyguard next to him; "You two go into the city with the orphan!"


    In the last sentence, Huangfu Chaobo said it to Chen Xuan and Zhang Wei. After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, they both took a long sigh of relief and quickly bowed down to promise, and the rest agreed in unison.


    A moment later, Gao Shun and Dian Wei led their troops and horses to escort Huangfu Chaobo''s people towards Jinyang City, while the other troops and horses returned to the Tang army camp several miles away in the cheers of "thanking the king''s reward" from the soldiers.


    Just before he reached the west gate of Jinyang City, Zhao Yun hurried out of the city. Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo had reached the gate, he quickly drove his horse to Huangfu Chaobo''s side and flew off the horse, He saluted Huang Fuchao and said, "Your Majesty, all parts of the city have been controlled in place. The last general just took a look at the palace. There are indeed traces of a large number of people going in and out. It seems that there should be no less than 10000 people."


    "Yes!" Huangfu Chaobo nodded and said, "it''s hard for Zilong. In this way, there should be a tunnel leading to the outside of the city in the palace."


    After a little meditation, Huangfu Chaobo said to Zhao Yun, "Zilong, you will immediately arrange cavalry to search within a few miles around Jinyang to see if there is a tunnel exit."


    "Promise!"


    When Zhao Yun heard the speech, he immediately turned his head and ordered a general around him. Soon, several cavalry left and went to several barracks in the city.


    The party soon came to the front of the king''s palace of the state of Zhao in Jinyang city. At this time, the palace had been taken over by Dianwei''s iron wall camp and gaoshun''s trap camp. All the soldiers led by Zhao Yun had left the palace and settled in several barracks in the outer city.


    Although the king''s palace of Zhao is not as big as the Luoyang palace of Huangfu Chaobo, it is not comparable to ordinary palaces, especially in such a bitter and cold place as Binzhou. Lv Bu must have spent a lot of money and property to build such a palace.


    "Lv Bu is really slack." Huangfu Chaobo was filled with emotion, but he was also secretly glad that otherwise, Zhao Yun would simply wipe out all Lv Bu''s elite troops, and even Lv Bu was killed on the spot.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t walk around the palace for long, but came directly to the main hall. He had to start arranging the next war.


    At this time, Huangfu Jianshou, who took over the defense of the whole Jinyang city outside the palace, led a group of generals to ask for an audience outside the palace. Huangfu Chaobo heard the speech and immediately ordered the Chamberlain to send an order to let them in.


    LV Lingqi led all the people in the Chen palace to run away, but the maids in the palace didn''t take them away, but some confidants were taken away by them, and all the rest were left. It was convenient for Huang Fu Chaobo, at least there was no shortage of people to call.


    "See you, king!"


    "Zhu Qing, please get up!"


    "Thank you and congratulations!"


    "You''ve worked hard. Brother, have you settled down in the city?" Huangfu Chaobo asked Huangfu Jianshou with a smile;


    "Minister Wei is preparing to report to the king. Now, all parts of Jinyang city have been taken over by the army of Hujie camp, and all parts of the city are still safe. However, there are a lot less people in the city. According to the information sent by the minister, shortly after the daughter of Zhao thief and the people in Chen palace returned to the palace yesterday, he sent people to recruit all officials and their families in the city into the palace. Until today, no one has left the palace. ¡±


    "In addition, the high-level craftsmen and their families in workshops all over the city were recruited into the palace. In addition, all the money and weapons in the treasuries all over the city were emptied, and only the grain remained in the treasuries." Huangfu Jianshou came forward to report two steps;

 Chapter 1376

    Huangfu Jianshou''s report made Huangfu Chaobo more sure that Chen Gong and others escaped from a secret road in the palace, but they haven''t found the entrance to the secret road yet.


    Right here, Gao Shun asks for an audience outside the hall.


    "To your majesty, Weijiang found more than 1000 people locked up in a side hall of the palace. It is said that these people are all officials of the state of Zhao and their families."


    "Oh, did you ever find out why?" Huang Fuchao was greatly surprised when he heard the speech and asked in a hurry;


    "According to Weijiang''s inquiry, they were all middle and lower level officials of the state of Zhao in Jinyang city. Because they were unwilling to leave with the people in the Chen palace, they were all detained in the side hall. It is said that Wei Xu once wanted to kill them all, but was finally stopped by LV Lingqi."


    "And according to what they said, the rest of the people who fled with them have worshipped LV Lingqi as their Lord. In addition to officials, soldiers and their families, there are also senior talents and their families of the workshops of the state of Zhao in Jinyang city."


    When Guo Jia heard the speech, he quickly said, "did the general ask where the remnants of the state of Zhao fled? Where is the entrance of the secret road?"


    Gao Shun shook his head. Since they were unwilling to escape with LV Lingqi, LV Lingqi would not disclose this information to these people.


    "Have you ever thought of where LV Lingqi would escape?" Huangfu Chaobo turned to look at Guo Jia.


    Guo Jia looked at the map of Binzhou hanging on the wall and shook his head. After a long time, he sighed: "it''s not easy to hide tens of thousands of people in the vast mountains."


    What''s more, the people who are not familiar with lvfu''s terrain are not willing to take control of the whole Liangshan game as soon as possible. What''s more, they don''t need to be familiar with the whole Liangshan game. It''s not all the more complicated.


    After thinking about it, Huangfu Chaobo ordered: "the trapped camp, the iron wall camp and the Iron Eagle Ruishi will stay in Jinyang, and the rest of the army will be divided into two routes to recover the rest of the cities in Bingzhou as soon as possible."


    "Zhao Yun listens to orders!"


    "Will not be in!"


    "Under your command, Baima Yicong and Heishan battalion, plus a Yuanrong crossbow army and a sudden cavalry army, go north to Yanmen and join the two armies of Huang Xu and Tian Yu to recover all the cities in the north of Bingzhou."


    "No command!"


    "Huangfu Jianshou listens to orders!"


    "Will not be in!"


    "You command Hujie camp, a school of Yuanrong crossbow soldiers and a school of sudden cavalry, go south to recover the rest of Taiyuan, and get through the connection between Bingzhou and Hedong!"


    "Promise!"


    ¡­¡­


    Just as the Tang army continued to divide its troops into two routes and sent troops to recover the rest of the cities in Bingzhou, more and more troops of the state of Zhao gathered together in Lishi city in the west of Jinyang. In addition to the 4000 elite troops originally brought out from Jinyang City, there are nearly 10000 troops and horses from Shicheng and two ferries, as well as more than 3000 elite troops and horses brought by Zhang Quan from lengquanguan, plus nearly 2000 troops and horses collected by Xu Ji from other cities. In this way, LV Lingqi actually collected nearly 20000 troops and horses.


    If you add officials, craftsmen and their families, the number of people gathered in Lishi city has exceeded 40000. Four days have passed since leaving Jinyang. Chen Gong knows that they don''t have much time to wait. With his repeated advice, LV Lingqi decides to lead the army across the river.


    At her command, 40000 people and horses, carrying a lot of money and enough food and grass for tens of thousands of people for half a month, began their journey to the West.


    In the Royal Palace of Jinyang City, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia are very busy. New war reports are sent back by the two armies every day. For example, Binzhou has made Lv Bu miserable for the people. Not only the youth of each city faction pool has been evacuated, but also the player territory.


    Huangfu Jianshou in the South has pushed the army into the territory of Xihe state, and all the cities of Taiyuan have been occupied, but what makes them feel strange is that there are only hundreds of soldiers guarding in almost every county, and the main officials of each city are almost absent.


    The news from the garrison is that a few days ago, their chief officer had led some soldiers to Xihe state. It is said that there are signs of Tang Army crossing the river at yongheguan ferry on the East Bank of the river, so troops and horses were dispatched from various cities to support.


    The news didn''t attract the attention of Huangfu Jianshou at first, but with the more cities occupied, Huangfu Jianshou felt strange. So he sent people to seize the remaining cities while sending people to report the news to Jinyang.


    Zhao Yun''s army in the North was different from Huang Fu Jianshou. He left the sudden cavalry to go north slowly with the rest of the soldiers, while he led white horse Yi to attack quickly and arrived at Yanmen pass in only a few days. With Lv Bu''s Fang Tianhua halberd and Zhao Wang''s jade seal, Zhao Yun easily persuaded Cao Xing, the general of Yanmen pass, to surrender.


    At this time, Zhao Yun knew why Lv Bu rode south to Jinyang with less than two thousand Bingzhou wolves. Later, Zhao Yun left two thousand white Ma Yi to defend Yanmen pass, while he continued to go north with Cao Xing and other generals and entered Yunzhong territory.


    After meeting with the army of Huang Xu Department, the two cavalry troops immediately merged into one, continued to advance westward and reached the foot of Fuyang City. In the face of Zhao Yun''s persuasion and Cao Xing''s persuasion, Song Xian, the general of Fuyang, also surrendered to Kaicheng.


    After that, the army marched westward again. After joining the Tian Yu army, tens of thousands of troops gathered under Guangmu city. There was a precedent of Cao Xing and several people. Coupled with the persuasion of his second son Zhang Wei, Zhang Liao knew that LV Lingqi had escaped smoothly, but Zhang Liao was unable to return to heaven alone because he was trapped in an isolated city. Therefore, after consideration, he also opened the city and surrendered.


    Zhao Yun treated several generals of the state of Zhao with courtesy, especially famous generals like Zhang Liao. Zhao Yun didn''t make it more difficult. After handing over all the prisoners of the Zhao army to the Yingyang army of Tian Yu, Zhao Yun gathered all the cavalry of the three armies and horses, left Guangmu together with the generals of Zhang Liao and set out for Daijun, the last territory of the state of Zhao.


    After the generals of Zhang Liao surrendered, Zhao Yun already knew that Qin Yi was going to send envoys to the state of Wei for help. Therefore, Zhao Yun handed over the new war cities and captives of the Shuofang counties in Jiuyuan to Tian yufazheng and led three nearly 40000 horsemen to Daijun without stopping. What he didn''t know was that tens of thousands of troops of the state of Wei had entered Daijun now.


    Tens of thousands of cavalry trotted all the way through Fuyang, cloud and strong Yin to Yanmen Pingcheng. Just in time, most of the North Road army has also arrived in Pingcheng. But to his disappointment, according to the news from the Marquis, the army of the state of Wei has arrived in Daijun, one of which has been stationed in Gaoliu City, and the other army has set up a camp outside Gaoliu city.


    According to the news from the Marquis, the Wei army has at least 30000 or 40000 troops, plus more than 10000 troops in the hands of Dai County governor Zhang Yang. In this way, there are enough 40000 or 50000 troops. Coupled with the dangerous position of Gaoliu City, it is not something that can be completed in a moment and a half to attack.


    Another point is that it has been more than half a year since the war between the Tang army and the state of Zhao. Hundreds of thousands of troops have been used to capture the state of Zhao. If we go to war with the state of Wei again, it is bound to cause another war, which Zhao Yun cannot decide. Therefore, Zhao Yun had to order the army to enter Pingcheng to rest and pay close attention to the trend of the army of the state of Wei, and he led two thousand white horses to personally escort Zhang Liao''s generals to Jinyang.

 Chapter 1377

    In Jinyang City, outside Jinyang palace, Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia stood at the gate of the palace and stood silent, but it was because Huangfu Chaobo had received the news that Zhao Yun had sent someone back quickly, and all the counties in the north of Bingzhou had been occupied. Only Dai County belonging to Youzhou had not been occupied, but now the army of the state of Wei has entered Dai County, Therefore, no troops have been sent to Daijun for the time being.


    Huangfu Chaobo hasn''t made a decision on whether to go to war with the state of Wei. Now the whole Binzhou has become the territory of the state of Tang. As for Daijun, Huangfu Chaobo doesn''t mind occupying it if the state of Wei hasn''t entered the army, but now tens of thousands of troops have entered the state of Wei, and the Tang army has been fighting for several months, and hundreds of thousands of troops have spent countless money and food, If we go to war with the state of Wei again, I''m afraid the whole treasury of the state of Tang will be exhausted.


    The current king''s palace of the state of Zhao has been renamed Jinyang Palace by Huangfu Chaobo and has become the Jinyang palace of Huangfu Chaobo. The reason why he and Guo Jia appeared at the gate of Jinyang palace is that Zhao Yun escorted Zhang liaozhu to the future.


    If you want to ask the most favorite General of Huangfu Chaobo during the Three Kingdoms period, Zhao Yun must be in the first place, and the one behind is Zhang Liao Huangzhong taishici. Unfortunately, Huangfu Chaobo once spoke to attract Zhang Liao a few years ago, while taishici was attracted by the domineering imperial family.


    Now, hearing the news of Zhang Liao''s investment, Huangfu Chaobo is very happy and specially waits for Zhao Yun and his party at the gate of the palace.


    They didn''t have to wait too long. Soon, a rumble of horse hoofs sounded in the street in front of the palace gate. Then, several Knights appeared in the sight of the public. The leader was Zhao Yun with white horses and silver guns. Behind him were several generals, and then dozens of Yicong riding white horses.


    Soon, the party came to the square in front of the palace and stopped more than 20 steps away from the palace gate. They rolled their saddles and dismounted, walked quickly, came to Huangfu Chaobo and bowed: "I will not see the king! Please forgive me, I can''t salute fully without my armor!"


    "Ha ha," Huang fuchaobo laughed twice, walked down the stairs, walked quickly to Zhao Yun, and held his hands to his shoulders: "Zilong is working hard! Don''t be polite! Get up quickly!"


    "Thank you for your kindness!" After thanking him again, Zhao Yun got up and replied;


    Huangfu Chaobo patted Zhao Yun on the shoulder, and then turned his eyes to the generals behind him. It was Zhang Liaocao and his party.


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo and others, Zhang Liao quickly bowed down again: "the sinner Zhang Liao paid a visit to the king!"


    "Why is general Wenyuan late? General guhou has been here for a long time!"


    Zhang Liao was stunned and immediately understood the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo. In the eyes of others, it may feel that Huangfu Chaobo blamed Zhang Liao for his ignorance and unwillingness to surrender. The leader has been widely herding against the Tang army.


    But Zhang Liao understood that Huangfu Chaobo meant that he had been unable to surrender himself a few years ago, but had always hoped that he could take refuge in the state of Tang. Zhang Liao was also moved by this.


    "King longen, Liao is unworthy!"


    Huangfu Chaobo stepped forward two steps and helped Zhang Liao''s arms: "the general is coming to throw, and loneliness is like a tiger adding wings!"


    After that, Huangfu Chaobo patted his arm again and turned his eyes to another general, Cao Xing, who is known as the "Galaxy shooter".


    "Sin general Cao will pay a visit to the king!"


    "General Cao, please get up. I heard that the general is a world-famous marksman. I''m very lucky to get the general''s help!" With that, he wanted to reach out and help Cao Xing up.


    Cao Xing broke away from Huangfu Chaobo''s arm and knelt down again and said, "the dog is ignorant and doesn''t know the king..."


    Huangfu Chaobo heard the speech, smiled and interrupted him. He took two steps to hold Cao Xing''s hands and said, "the general doesn''t have to be so lonely. He doesn''t mean to blame. If he has a chance to meet general CaO on the battlefield in the future, he can persuade him to give up the secret and turn to the light."


    Then he looked at Zhang Liao again and said, "two generals, please get up and go into the palace with Gu."


    "Thank you for your kindness." When they heard the speech, they both thanked each other.


    Then, the party walked to the palace. As they walked along, Zhao Yun reported to Huangfu Chaobo the course of the war leading the army to the north.


    When they entered the hall, Huangfu Chaobo had a rough understanding of the war process of the northern armies.


    Huangfu Chaobo was quite satisfied with the war between Tian Yu and Zhao Yun, but Huang Xu''s performance in the clouds made Huangfu Chaobo angry.


    Although by chance, his army took a heavy blow to Lv Bu''s 10000 plus Bingzhou wolves, which made Zhao Yun''s last strike very smooth, it also made Huangfu Chaobo very angry by damaging one general and tens of thousands of cavalry.


    However, he also knew that the matter needed to be discussed in the long run, so after hearing Zhao Yun''s report, Huangfu Chaobo only changed his face slightly and then returned to normal.


    At this time, a waiter''s report came from outside the hall: "king, General Gao Shun is asking for an audience outside the palace!"


    "Pass!" Huangfu Chao saw this and hurriedly preached;


    Now Gao Shun is responsible for the defense of the whole Jinyang City, so generally, unless Huangfu Chaobo summons him, he basically patrols all over the city. Now he suddenly came to ask for an interview. He must have something to report to himself.


    Soon, Gao hurried to the hall by the way. After giving a gift to Huangfu Chaobo, he reported: "king, the whereabouts of the remaining evils of the state of Zhao have been found!"


    "Oh, which valley are you hiding in?"


    Hearing the speech, all the people in the hall looked at Gao Shun. It seemed that Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia were looking forward to it, while Zhang Liao and Cao Xing looked at it nervously.


    Gao Shun shook his head: "it''s not in the mountains. The news came from Lishi. The rest of the army of Zhao left Lishi City five days ago, crossed the river to the West and entered Shangjun."


    "Oh," Huang Fuchao got up and walked quickly to the map of Binzhou hanging on the wall. Guo Jia''s hands had also reached the map. Guo Jia''s hands slid all the way to Shangjun along the direction away from Shicheng, and then all the way west until Beidi county.


    "Yes, Chen Gong is indeed a great talent." Guo Jia praised loudly. After that, he turned and looked at Huangfu Chaobo: "king, if Jia''s expectation is not bad, the remaining destination of Zhao Jun should be Beidi county. Of course, whether their ultimate goal is Beidi or not has not been determined, but after arriving in Beidi this time, they should stay in Beidi for a long time."


    "Oh," Huangfu Chaobo looked in the direction of his finger and found that Beidi was indeed a good place.


    Although Beidi now nominally belongs to the Xiliang army after the Huangfu family left, in fact, their real control area is limited to the southern cities of Beidi County, while Fuping and Lingzhou cities in the north have been occupied by Hu people such as Qiang people and Xiongnu people.


    If LV Lingqi led tens of thousands of elite Zhao troops to settle down strongly, it may not be impossible to control this area, but the location here is indeed very good. There is a desert hundreds of miles away from the state of Tang in the East. In the south, there are vast mountains hundreds of miles away from Dong Huang''s state of Qin. To the West and North are the tall Helan Mountains, a natural barrier.


    If the population is sufficient, it may not be a good place to develop for a few years. It''s just that their population


    Suddenly, Huangfu Chaobo thought that the cities of Fushi and kuci that he had just acquired would be cleaned up by Zhao Jun in all likelihood.

 Chapter 1378

    Almost at the same time that Huangfu Chaobo thought of it, Guo Jia also thought of the same problem.


    "Your Majesty, you should immediately order general Tian Yu to send troops south to help Shangjun. Even if you can''t block it in Shangjun, at least you can''t let them evacuate easily." Guo Jiadao;


    "Someone," Huangfu Chaobo didn''t hesitate, and immediately ordered, "send orders to Tian Yu to send at least 50000 troops to the county immediately, so that they can act conveniently. At the same time, order to send someone to cross the river immediately, find Li Ling, and ask him to return to Fushi immediately."


    "Promise!" There will be a notice to leave in a hurry.


    Looking at the back of the messenger leaving, Guo Jia turned back and said to Huang Fuchao: "king, even if general Tian Yuzhu went day and night after receiving the king''s order, it is estimated that it is difficult to deal a substantive blow to the remaining soldiers and horses of Zhao army."


    "It''s too late to listen to people. Now it''s too late to make up for them." Huangfu Chaobo nodded and replied that he knew what Guo Jia meant. He was afraid that he would be angry with the generals of Tian Yu, so he advised himself first.


    Guo Jia did not guess wrong. Even if Tian Yu started from Shuofeng now, it was too late.


    At this time, the Shangjun Fushi city has fallen into the hands of Zhao Jun.


    Originally, there were less than 500 soldiers in Fushi city. In addition, the garrison didn''t expect the enemy to appear from its east. As a result, in the face of tens of thousands of Zhao troops falling from the sky, Fushi city garrison only resisted for less than half an hour.


    Sitting on the war horse, LV Lingqi wore a red cloak on her shoulders and held her own Fang Tianhua halberd in her hand, with a trace of blood flowing on it. Watching the army slowly enter the city, she finally breathed a sigh of relief, and her thoughts suddenly flew back to Jinyang city hundreds of miles away.


    However, she did not remain silent for long. She soon woke up and said to several generals around her: "Qin Lang, Wei Cun and Cao Hua Listen to the order!"


    The three young generals who were ordered by her heard the speech and immediately stepped forward: "no one will be here!"


    "After the three of you entered the city, you immediately selected soldiers. Qin Lang was the Deputy General of Bingzhou wolf riding. The troops were expanded to 2000, Wei Cun was the main general of the forbidden guards, and Cao Hua was the main general of the barracks. The troops were all expanded to 5000. The army rested for an hour, and then went north with the general to attack guiziguan and guici city."


    "No command!"


    LV Lingqi nodded and turned to look at the rest of the people: "Lv Yi selected 1000 people from the remaining soldiers and horses and set up another internal guard army to protect his mother and the families of the officials and generals. All the other soldiers and horses were under the command of Zhang Quan, who was responsible for the guard of the army."


    "Promise!" When they heard the speech, they also lined up to take orders.


    "Military division, uncle, this Fushi city will be handed over to you two. Two days later, no matter what reason, all the people in the city must leave with the army and go north to join the army." After saying this, a trace of unbearable color appeared on LV Lingqi''s face.


    Seeing this, Wei Xu hurriedly said, "please don''t worry, sir. I''ll leave it to the military division."


    "Hard work, uncle!" LV Lingqi also knew that there was no loss in this matter. After all, when she arrived in Beidi, if there was only territory and no population, everything would be in vain. If the time was not too tight, the Tang army would catch up. LV Lingqi also wanted to move all the population and materials of Shangjun cities to Beidi.


    Huangfu Chaobo didn''t know anything about the situation of Fushi city at this time. After discussing the war arrangement of Yanmen County in the north, Huangfu Chaobo hurried off the line, because he had received the news from Jia Jing, Liu Chang was looking for him, and he specially arrived at Xingcheng from the imperial capital.


    After going offline, Wang Chao played with his son for a while and drove to the place agreed with Liu Chang. This time, they didn''t meet at the branch of the game company. After all, Liu Chang is no longer the person in charge of South China. As early as a year ago, he was transferred back to the imperial capital. It is said that he went to a certain department, but he is still in charge of the operation and management of the game, But every time they talked, he hesitated about it, so Wang Chao didn''t ask more questions.


    Wang Chao started at about 4 p.m., more than an hour before the rush hour. There were not many pedestrians and vehicles on the road. It took only half an hour, so he rushed to the place according to the location provided by Liu Chang.


    This is a private club not far from the city. It covers an area of dozens of mu. He drove the car into the door of the club. Under the guidance of the security guard of the club, he soon drove the car to the lobby. As soon as he stopped the car, Wang Chao saw a fat man standing at the door, smiling and waving to himself.


    A little stunned, Wang Chao finally connected the tall and thin Liu Chang in his mind with the man in front of him, got out of the car, and immediately a doorman came over and drove Wang Chao''s car to the parking lot.


    Seeing that Wang Chao had been staring at him in a daze, Liu Chang came up with some embarrassment, clapped his hands and said, "well... There''s no way. After returning to the imperial capital, he has been living at home. This, the food at home is still more suitable for me. Unlike in Xingcheng, it was all pepper, so, uh huh, you know..."


    "Ha ha..." Wang Chao walked up to him with a laugh, stretched out his hands and hugged them intimately: "I understand, but your change seems to be..." then there was another burst of laughter.


    Since Wang Chao''s first pot of gold incident, there have been many contacts between the two people. In particular, Wang Chao is a local, while Liu Chang belongs to the imperial capital. He has no relatives or friends in the south. In addition, he can talk with Wang Chao, so the relationship between the two people is becoming closer and closer. However, since Liu Chang was transferred back to the imperial capital, the two rarely met, only occasionally contacted by telephone.


    This time, if Liu Chang hadn''t come to Xingcheng to meet Wang Chao, Wang Chao would also take time to have a good chat with him.


    They stood at the door and chatted for a while. Then they went to the box that had already been booked. Walking all the way, Wang Chao couldn''t help but smack at the decoration in the club.


    Entering the private room, he came to the tea table next to the window and sat down. Liu Chang made tea smoothly.


    Looking at his skillful technique and the mahogany tea table in front of him, Rao is a layman of Wang Chao. He can also see that this guy is really hidden.


    After using the technique of cloud and water, Liu Chang filled the six small purple sand cups on the tea tray one by one, then picked up the first cup in front of him, gently pinched it with his hand, first put it in front of his nose, gently smelled it, and then divided into three mouthfuls to drink the tea in the cup. The posture made Wang Chao''s heart burst.


    For a long time, Liu Chang opened his eyes and saw that Wang Chao had not drunk tea. He couldn''t help asking, "why not drink it? This is the best Longjing before the Ming Dynasty..."


    Speaking of this, Liu Changmeng stopped, patted his forehead, and wailed with pain on his face: "it''s over, the calf is over, how can I forget, you silly bastard? You usually drink tea in a big jar."


    While saying this, he also gently pumped his face with his hand: "big mouth pumping you, you big fool, even thinking of inviting this silly goods to tea..."


    "Hey! Come on, it''s almost OK! Don''t you just drink tea? No, can''t you learn? Really..." Wang Chao said, learning from Liu Changgang''s appearance, picked up a cup in front of him, learned from him, and slowly tasted it.


    After drinking a cup of tea, Wang Chao suddenly felt that his tea over the past few decades was really wasted. No, it was called cow drinking in the past, which basically ruined the two words of drinking tea.


    Looking at Wang Chao''s enjoyment on his face, Liu Chang immediately got excited and was about to start his barabarabara mode, but Wang Chao raised his hand to stop it.


    "Brother, if you have something to say, don''t talk about what you have or don''t have. My brother doesn''t spend as much time here as you do."


    "Er!" Liu Chang was stunned and stopped the tea ceremony he was about to blurt out: "well, seeing that the time for dinner is coming, let''s talk while eating."

 Chapter 1379

    They left the tea table and came to the inner room. There was a big table, but there were only a few seats. Before long, the door of the private room was opened. Several waiters came in with several dining cars. Plates of various dishes soon filled the whole table.


    Looking at the dishes on a table, Wang Chao''s eyes were flawless and said in his heart: sure enough, poverty still limited my imagination. I didn''t know any of the nearly 20 dishes in front of me.


    After the waiter arranged the dishes, Liu Chang waved them away: "you all go out. Our brothers want to talk. If you haven''t been called, don''t bother."


    The head waiter nodded at the waiters, and several people immediately pushed the dining car away from the private room. After several waiters left, the foreman said to Liu Chang, "Liu Shao, please take your time. President Feng said that he will come and propose a toast to you to make amends."


    "All right, let Xiao Liuzi be busy first. I have something on my side." Liu Chang waved his hand carelessly.


    When the foreman heard the speech, he stopped talking, bowed and bowed, and then gently withdrew from the private room.


    "Liu Shao?" Wang Chao''s heart moved. It seems that this one is really not simple.


    "Well, there are no outsiders." When Liu Chang saw that the private room door was closed, he got up and took out a bottle of sprinkle from a nearby bag: "today, we two brothers have a good drink. If we haven''t seen each other for almost two years, I think it was thanks to you in Xingcheng that my brother''s life was not so empty. Ha ha..."


    "No, I''m still driving." Wang Chao quickly opened his mouth when he heard the speech;


    "Come on, don''t you just ask the valet to drive back?" Liu Chang gave him a look of disdain: "I didn''t say you, the first player vassal of the Three Kingdoms, drove a public car of more than 300000. You''re not ashamed. I''m still embarrassed."


    "Besides, it''s time to change your house. Don''t tell me you can''t afford to change. Why, in Star City, you have to change three or five million villas to be worthy of yourself. Really... Alas, I don''t know how to say hello."


    "Come on, brother, aren''t you my brother? Don''t tell me, you called me today just to scold me?" Wang Chao raised his hands over his head and bowed repeatedly;


    "OK, no more, but you really want to try this wine. It''s a century old vintage, tegon''s. It''s not easy to get a bottle from the old man."


    Wang Chaoshun looked at Liu Chang''s hand, but saw that he was carrying a bottle of Mt. looking at the packaged bottle, the packaging was completely different from the MT he saw in the market. In addition to a few simple words of trademark, there were only two insignificant words of Tegong in his hand.


    "OK, that brother is not polite." Wang Chao did not refuse. He took the bottle from Liu Chang''s hand and unscrewed the bottle cap. A strong smell of wine came to his face, which made people feel salivating. Even Wang Chao, who was not good at wine, was also very drunk.


    He took two wine glasses and poured them a glass of wine. Wang Chao picked up the glass and said to Liu Chang, "come on, my brother will lend flowers to Buddha today and give a toast to my brother."


    Liu Chang also picked up his own wine glass. They gently touched it and drank the wine.


    Wang Chao only felt that the wine in his mouth was soft but not greasy. He sighed in his heart. He often heard people describe MT wine as "elegant and delicate, mellow, long aftertaste and fragrant in an empty cup". This time, he really felt this feeling.


    "How?" Seeing that Wang Chao drank a glass of wine and didn''t speak for a long time, Liu Chang asked proudly;


    Wang Chao shook his head: "it seems that I will have no taste if I drink other wines in the future."


    "Well, I''ll let you drink enough today." With that, Liu Chang picked up his chopsticks, picked up the food in front of him, put it in his mouth, ate it and said, "this time, my brother came to Xingcheng and wanted to hear your opinion."


    Wang Chao also picked up his chopsticks, took a little dish, put it into his mouth and tasted it carefully: "what''s the matter? You still need to listen to my opinion. Besides, my brother, I''m just a game player. What good idea can I have?"


    Speaking of this, he said fiercely, "is it a game?"


    "Well, it''s really about this. Otherwise, what do you think it is?" Liu Chang took another bite of food and turned his eyes at Wang Chao.


    After a pause, he continued, "I don''t know if you have found that some things in today''s game are different from before?"


    Wang Chao stopped: "if you don''t tell me, I''m going to ask you. Have many settings changed in today''s game? For example, the changes of subordinate generals and the personal broadcast of the war situation of their forces, many things are different from before."


    "Yes, like Zhao Yun''s breakthrough and Lv Bu''s death, you haven''t received a personal information reminder, have you?"


    "Well, why did you suddenly cancel all this?"


    Liu Chang smelled the speech and looked at Wang Chao with a smile: "don''t you really know?"


    "Well, I know, in fact, it''s to increase the difficulty of the game, but no matter how much it increases, the game always ends. Just like what the book says, the general trend of the world is that when it is combined for a long time, it will be divided and when it is divided for a long time."


    "That''s why I came to discuss with you..."


    "Wait!" Wang Chao quickly stopped Liu Chang''s words: "are you sure..." he pointed around with his finger: "in this public place, there is no problem talking about these things?"


    Liu Chang smiled, picked up the wine bottle and filled both their glasses, then raised his glass to Wang Chao, drank the wine in his glass, and said with a smile: "don''t worry, if you''re not sure, my brother dares to bring you here? If there''s any news from here, Hei Hei!"


    "OK, in that case, say it."


    Originally, in fact, the village has long noticed the progress of the game and knows that a game can''t let players play for a lifetime, not to mention this kind of virtual online game for hegemony. Therefore, the village has re approved a new virtual online game as early as two years ago to replace the current game.


    However, after more than a year of the project, there was an episode. Because this game has attracted great attention all over the world, especially for the current situation of high unemployment and complex social problems, the game has indeed played a great role in social stability.


    Therefore, after several years of observation, other countries have shown great interest in similar games. Therefore, at an international conference last year, several countries led by hawksmith, grizzly bear, John Bull and Gaul chicken successively sent people to explore the attitude of the village and want to jointly produce a game.


    Well, actually, I watched the game in the village do well, so I wanted to copy my homework.


    So there were different voices in the village, which temporarily stopped the new game project. The reason why there are different voices is not that they are unwilling to connect with other games outside, but that there are disputes or different opinions on the choice of old games or redesigned new games.


    Liu Chang is the deputy leader of the new game project. When everyone failed to convince each other, Liu Chang decided to come down to Wang Chao and listen to the professional''s suggestions.

 Chapter 1380

    After listening to Liu Chang''s words, Wang Chao also fell into meditation. While sipping a glass of wine, he carefully considered the advantages and disadvantages of the two methods.


    Liu Chang was not in a hurry. He slowly tasted wine and vegetables while quietly waiting for Wang Chao''s answer.


    For a long time, Wang Chao put down his chopsticks: "now the village has decided? Are you sure it will jointly develop new online games with other villages?"


    "Yes, cooperative development is certain. Now the focus is on whether to directly integrate into existing games or redevelop new games."


    "Da, Da, Da..." Wang Chao''s right hand tapped gently on the table: "what are the ideas of each side?"


    "On the side of the idea of connecting to old games, they think that our games have been running for so many years, and both games and players have been quite mature. In this way, it is very beneficial for us."


    "The party who re develops new games believes that just because our games have been running for so many years, now many things have been solidified, and suddenly connected to other games, it will be more difficult to adapt. It''s like an old driver. If he returns to the driving school to take the driver''s license again, he may not be able to pass the novice driver."


    "Hiss..."


    Wang Chaomeng stopped knocking on the table and asked in surprise, "do you belong to the front wave or the back wave?"


    "I''m the new game development department. I must belong to the later group of people." Liu Chang smiled proudly;


    "Well, it''s OK. I''m not stupid." Wang Chao picked up the wine pot again and filled them both with: "do those guys who want to access the old game think all the people in other villages are fools?"


    "It may not be a very appropriate analogy. Now the game in our village is like a car that has been running at a speed of 120 miles on the highway for a period of time. Now it happens to pass the high-speed entrance of other villages, and their village cars have to get on the highway."


    "Since they also want to run with our car at the high speed, they won''t be willing to eat ash behind us. Therefore, if they really want to join us, they must think of other ways, such as slowing us down or adding thrusters to their car."


    "What they mean is, just do as required."


    "Bullshit, let''s slow down. Are we really willing to cut down and wait for them there? So other villages will certainly not agree with this practice."


    "Hey, that''s what you mean." Liu Chang clapped his hands;


    "It''s just that we can add thrusters to them, but how can we be sure that the other party will honestly install thrusters according to our requirements. Besides, will they really do it according to our requirements? If it were me, I wouldn''t be so honest."


    "That''s why we don''t agree to connect with the old game." Liu Chang drank another glass of wine and smiled proudly;


    "And have you ever thought that in today''s games, the situation has basically been finalized, and it is basically difficult to make major changes. Another point is that no matter how well a game is done, it also has a life cycle. A game that has entered the middle and late stage is to connect with new Games in other villages..."


    At this point, Wang Chao shook his head, picked up the glass in front of him and drank it all in one gulp.


    "Another point is that it has been several years since the initial start of the game. I believe you have also made a lot of patches."


    Liu Chang heard the speech and nodded.


    "You know, no matter how many patches are made, there are still some bugs that can''t be filled in place, so..." at this point, Wang Chao nodded at Liu Chang and stopped talking.


    "So, I said, we must redevelop a new game, and then test it, and then go public." Liu Changyi patted the table and said; "Hey, these guys, I proposed to delay the speed of the game process, so as to prolong the life of the game..."


    "Well, hum, cough..." half way through, Liu Chang also reacted and immediately stopped, trying to cover up his mistakes by drinking, but Wang Chao has excavated a huge amount of information from his words.


    "No, you just said the speed of delaying the process? Lengthening the life span? No, at the beginning, the village didn''t say that Nu Wa operated the game independently and the village couldn''t intervene? Why..."


    "Cough..." Liu Chang hesitated while coughing and covering his mouth. "Well, uh huh, some things... Can still be discussed. Well, you should be able to understand, right?"


    "All right!" Wang Chao stroked his forehead and said with a bitter smile: "it seems that he is still too naive. Nothing, let''s continue."


    "Well, come on, let''s go." With that, Liu Chang raised his glass and motioned to Wang Chao.


    "Ho yo!"


    "Comfortable!" After sipping the wine in the cup, Liu Chang picked up his chopsticks, took a bite of food, stuffed it into his mouth, chewed and said, "brother, things are basically the same here. Now I know what you think. I believe this should represent the meaning of a large part of the people in the game."


    "But don''t you have any ideas? For example, go back to work in reality..."


    Seeing that Wang Chao didn''t speak, he went on to say, "the boy in your family is almost one year old. Have you ever thought of spending time with him? It''s not your brother who says you should be with children, otherwise, you''ll grow up in a twinkling of an eye."


    "Besides, you have a lot of money now. Although you can''t be said to have a great family, at least you have a lot of family property. It''s time to think about your wife and children."


    ¡­¡­


    The two chatted while eating. It didn''t end until 90 o''clock in the evening. In the end, Wang Chao didn''t know how much wine he had drunk. He only knew that in the end, the owner of the club went to the private room and offered Liu Chang a glass of wine. It seemed that he was in awe.


    After Wang Chao sent someone to drive him home in his car at the club, Wang Chao''s heart still echoed what Liu Chang said: "are you interested in coming to help your brother, say nothing else, when you take your wife and children and settle down in the imperial capital, your brother can still help."


    "As for the game, when you return to the game, you will find that there are many surprises waiting for you. At present, Tang Guo is expected to turn from attack to defense. Therefore, you don''t need to stay in the game every day. You should go in and have a look occasionally."


    ¡­¡­


    Wang Chao, who returned home, played games with his son for a while after washing, and then entered the game again. However, Liu Chang''s words have always echoed in his ears.

 Chapter 1381

    When I returned to the game, it was a few days after the game. After receiving the news of Huangfu Chaobo''s return, Guo Jia hurried outside the palace to ask for an audience.


    Seeing Guo Jia''s dignified expression, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly remembered Liu Chang''s words: "don''t worry, brother, when you return to the game, you will find that there are many surprises waiting for you."


    "King!" Guo Jia quickly stepped into the hall and saluted Huang Fuchao.


    "Filial piety, but what''s important?"


    "Several major events have indeed taken place in the past few days since the king left." With that, he hurried to Huangfu Chaobo and handed over some newspapers in his hand.


    Huangfu Chaobo stretched out his hand to receive the newspaper, but did not open it, but put it on the table in front of him: "no hurry, one by one, listen first."


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo''s calm appearance, Guo Jia''s heart suddenly calmed down. In fact, he was not in a hurry at first, but now he is trusted by Huangfu Chaobo in the state of Tang, but after all, his seniority is not old enough. At some times, he is still willing but weak.


    Now Huangfu Chaobo has finally returned, which makes Guo Jia''s heart relax at once.


    Walking to one side of the map, Guo Jia picked up a long pole, pointed to the map and carefully introduced the information gathered over the past few days to Huangfu Chaobo.


    The first is about the disabled soldiers of Zhao army. As expected, after crossing the river, the disabled army of Zhao led by LV Lingqi marched all the way to the West. Out of guard, the Tang army stationed at various city passes did not expect that Zhao army would suddenly fall into the city.


    Under the leadership of LV Lingqi, Zhao Jun attacked the city and pulled out the stronghold all the way. In a few days, he successively attacked Fushi, guici pass, guici city and Sheyan City, and then swept away several city passes in a few days.


    After that, Zhao Jun took tens of thousands of people and almost all the materials in several cities all the way west. After bypassing sheyanze, he plunged into the vast desert for hundreds of miles. After paying the casualties of thousands of ordinary people and hundreds of soldiers, the army successfully arrived in Beidi. Now it has conquered Fuping and officially entered Beidi.


    I believe that before long, Zhao Jun will be able to occupy the whole North and get a place to recuperate.


    For Huangfu Chaobo, the remnant of Zhao Jun is just a disease of scabies and doesn''t pay much attention to it. After listening to Guo Jia''s words, Huangfu Chaobo nodded noncommittally, and then motioned him to continue.


    Guo Jia also didn''t take LV Lingqi''s department to heart. Seeing this, she continued to introduce it to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Two days ago, the commander of the garrison in Yunzhong sent an urgent report to Huang Xu, saying that sporadic miscellaneous Hu tribes suddenly appeared at the north foot of Yinshan Mountain, which aroused Huang Xu''s vigilance. After all, when they entered Binzhou from Yanbei half a year ago, there were not many Hu riders on the grassland, because Lv Bu had killed almost all the Hu people at the north foot of Yinshan Mountain in recent years, but Lv Bu had just died, Hu people appeared, which made Huang Xu vigilant.


    Therefore, Huang Xuzi led his army into Wuquan and Dingxiang. While sending people to the grassland in the north to inquire about intelligence, he sent people to the west to warn the Tian Yu Department of Shuofang.


    Soon, Chihou brought shocking news. A large number of Hu people appeared on the grassland in the north, and there were more and more frames. According to the investigation of denounced Hou, these Hu people should be the Xianbei tribe that was killed by Lv Bu and retreated further north. Now they are making a comeback.


    According to the news found by the Marquis, there are tens of thousands of Xianbei tribes in the north foot of Yinshan Mountain. Moreover, there are still tribes coming in a steady stream. At this speed, the grassland in the north will eventually be controlled by the Xianbei people.


    The most worrying thing is that the number of cavalry of the Tang army in the north of Bingzhou is not large, all of which add up to less than 50000, but they have to defend a place hundreds of miles wide from Shuofeng to the clouds, so Huang Xu sent someone to ask for help.


    "Why do these Xianbei people gather so fast?" Huangfu Chaobo thought secretly in his heart. Suddenly, he thought of Liu Chang''s words, "it seems that the system should be specially arranged for himself. The purpose is to drag his troops and energy to Bingzhou."


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo waved to Guo Jia and motioned him to continue.


    ¡­¡­


    "Along with General Huang Xu''s request for help came the news about Daijun and Zhao Jun of the publicity department."


    "Oh, they are willing to surrender?" Huang Fuchao was inspired by the speech and asked;


    Guo Jia shook her head and said that there was an answer to Huangfu Chaobo''s disappointment.


    Zhang Yang and Daijun demoted the state of Wei together. Now the whole Daijun has been handed over to the Wei army for defense. Zhang Yang has led the generals of the state of Zhao to leave Daijun and rush to Youzhou to meet Yuan Shao, the king of Wei.


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded: "what else can we say together!"


    Guo Jia continued: "the news from Youzhou is that Gongsun Zan has lost."


    "What?" Huangfu Chaobo got up from his chair and looked at Guo Jia incredulously: "how could this be?"


    Guo Jia also smiled bitterly and explained the war in Youzhou for Huangfu Chaobo.


    It turned out that, as in history, Gongsun praised being trapped in an isolated city and believed in several sworn brothers with high eyes and low hands. In the end, he still survived the destruction of the city and the death of people.


    "What about the rest?"


    What made Huangfu Chaobo a little relieved was that the shadow guard was well prepared. Before Jixian County was broken, Guan Jing and Tian Kai and their families were rescued from the city and sent to Yuyang city of Gongsun Yue. Unfortunately, the Wei army reacted quickly enough to calm the war in Jicheng while sending a large army to attack Yuyang.


    Yuyang County, which had already been evacuated by Gongsun Zan, could not resist the attack of tens of thousands of elite Wei troops. After supporting for a few days, Gongsun Yue had to lead his army to withdraw from Yuyang and retreat to youpeiping.


    For several years, the people of Beiping have been moving from the right side of Beiping to the right side of Beiping. The strength of the two brothers of Beiping has been raised by the right side of Beiping.


    In addition, Yanbei County, which was asked for help, still gathered 30000 soldiers to support Yuyang when Huang Xu led the army. However, when they arrived at Wuwei, Gongsun Yue''s defeated soldiers had retreated to youpeiping, and the two armies had to stick to Wuwei. Then flying pigeons sent a letter to Luoyang and waited for Huangfu Chaobo''s further order.


    More than that, Meng Yi also sent information from Chengde. Xianbei tribe also appeared on the grassland north of Yixun city. Now the situation in Youzhou has suddenly become a little unpredictable.

 Chapter 1382

    After listening to Guo Jia''s words, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but get a big head. Although he had some preparations in his heart, he didn''t expect that the current situation would change so much.


    He had just lost tens of thousands of cavalry, but the foreign enemy suddenly appeared. Although he would not attack immediately, the threat was growing.


    And looking at Guo Jia''s frame, the bad news seems to be far more than that.


    Huangfu Chaobo stroked his forehead with one hand and waved his other hand at Guo Jia, saying, "what else news do you have? Let''s talk to Gu."


    "Liaodong Gongsun Du has surrendered to the imperial overlord with his second son and Liaodong County cities. Now the imperial overlord has become a vassal with three Liaodong counties, and it is said that he is ready to send his generals to Koguryo and Sanhan."


    "Well, although the news is a little sudden, it''s still not the worst news..." Huangfu Chaobo whispered to himself. Suddenly, he found that Guo Jia didn''t seem to go on.


    When I looked up at him, I found that he looked like he wanted to talk.


    "What else?"


    "This matter is too strange... At present, the shadow has only got some unimportant information, and the specific process is still unknown."


    "Huh?!" Huangfu Chaobo heard the speech, sat up fiercely, stared at Guo Jia and said, "what''s the matter?"


    "Fifteen days ago, the cities under the rule of Ye laixiang, a light truck general who occupied several counties in the two prefectures of Qing and Xu, except for the southernmost cities of huaipu and Xihai, all the other cities changed their flag overnight and became the territory under the rule of the state of Qi."


    "What? Why?"


    When Guo Jia heard the speech, she smiled bitterly and shook her head.


    "The news from the shadow is vague, and the specific situation has not been obtained. Now the Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Taishan Tai


    "The army of nocturnal incense seems to have disappeared overnight. A few days later, that is, ten days ago, tens of thousands of elite troops suddenly appeared in Jingzhou. Tens of thousands of troops with Jianling suddenly appeared under the city of Changsha. About 100000 troops of the two allied forces attacked Changsha, and Liu Bei''s army was killed!"


    "The enemy general Guan Yu was killed by Wei Yan and Yue Xi. On the spot, Liu Beijun was defeated and lost Changsha in a few days. Only more than 10000 disabled soldiers retreated to Guiyang."


    "Although I don''t know what happened, according to Jia''s conjecture, it should be the secret agreement reached by nocturnal incense with the king of Qi and the king of Wu, but the specific secret agreement is unknown." With that, he shook his head with a dignified look on his face.


    ¡­¡­


    At this time, another waiter came to report to Shi a and asked for an audience outside the palace.


    "Pass!" Huangfu Chaobo heard the speech and nodded to a waiter beside him.


    Soon, Shi''a hurried into the palace, saluted Huang Fuchao and said, "report to your majesty, the latest news of the war in Jingzhou came from Luoyang and news from Xuzhou."


    With that, he handed the information to a waiter nearby and handed it over to Huangfu Chaobo.


    After receiving the information from the waiter, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t wait to open it and browse quickly at a glance.


    After reading the in his hand, Huangfu Chaobo sighed for a long time. Others may not see deeper things from the middle, but Huangfu Chaobo can see that this series of operations are arranged by the village.


    He asked someone to pass the information to Guo Jia next to him. Huangfu Chaobo also stood up, walked slowly to the map, looked at the map in front of him and fell into meditation.


    As Guo Jia expected, nocturnal incense reached a secret agreement with Cao Cao and Sun Quan. This matter has been going on for several months by several forces, especially in the aspect of nocturnal incense. He was making preparations in this aspect as early as a few months ago. But all along, only the core few people know, and the rest have no news.


    On Cao Cao''s side, nocturnal incense reached an agreement with it. Nocturnal incense handed over all the cities it controlled to Cao Cao, while Cao Cao allowed nocturnal incense to take away most of the property in the cities, as well as a large number of middle and senior skilled talents and their families.


    I''ve been doing these preparations for the past few months. For example, he ordered to select the best qualified soldiers from all the soldiers under his administration, reorganize them into several elite, and move their families to Haixi and huaipu for resettlement.


    These actions are normal in the eyes of all players, because players know that soldiers are refined rather than many. So in the whole game, all the Lord players have more or less a certain number of elite players. So after these information was sent back to Luoyang, neither Huangfu Chaobo nor the other officials of the state of Tang paid much attention to it.


    In terms of skilled talents, yelaixiang is doing the same thing. All the middle and senior talents in all the cities under its rule have been arranged by him to settle in these two cities. In the view of others, the reason why yelaixiang does so is that these two cities are the two cities adjacent to yelaixiang and its ally state of Wu. Compared with other cities of yelaixiang, Should be the safest.


    In terms of money and grain materials, nocturnal incense also transported a lot of money and grain materials to the two cities in a few months.


    As for the troops and horses, 20000 elite soldiers have been basically compiled and trained. In addition, Xu Sheng''s iron halberd camp, Yuexi''s short halberd camp and Cao Bao''s Danyang camp, there are 5000 soldiers in each of the special arms of several battalions. In addition, ye laixiang has a Qingzhou soldier of the special arms in his hand. If you count it down, there are 40000 elite soldiers.


    The secret agreement reached with Sun Quan was that ye laixiang used 5000 war horses at all levels saved over the years in exchange for Sun Quan to send thousands of ships to transport hundreds of thousands of soldiers and horses from the two cities to Jingzhou.


    This time, nocturnal incense transported 25000 soldiers, 5000 craftsmen and tens of thousands of their families to Jingzhou at one time. Their destination was the Langling city under the control of Jianling. Tens of thousands of nocturnal incense men and horses were temporarily arranged in several fortresses outside the Langling city.


    Then, 20000 yelaixiang troops joined 30000 Jianling troops, and 50000 elite troops walked day and night. Unaware of ghosts, they bypassed Yiyang City and rushed to Changsha City.


    At this time, there were only five thousand troops led by Liu Bei, Jian Yong and Bao Long in Changsha City. Under the fierce attack of 50000 elite allied forces, Changsha City was in danger for a few days. Liu Bei quickly ordered Guan Zhang''s army in Guiyang to return for help. At the suggestion of Han song, Guan Yu left Zhang Fei and 10000 soldiers to defend Guiyang and led 10000 troops to return for help.


    Who knows, in the north of Xiangnan County, he was ambushed by 30000 troops of the coalition army, and 10000 troops were destroyed. Even Guan Yu himself was killed on the spot by Wei Yan and Yuexi.


    The news was brought back to Changsha by the escaped soldiers. Liu Bei, who got the news, was very sad. He wanted to fight a decisive battle with the coalition forces in Changsha, but was dissuaded by Jian Yong. Finally, he had to lead a thousand white soldiers to flee south by way of Liling, while the coalition forces followed him and killed him directly under the county seat of Chen.

 Chapter 1383

    In the face of such magical information, Guo Jiamu stared and didn''t speak for a long time.


    After a long time, he reacted, looked at Huangfu Chaobo, and then looked at Shi''a and said, "is the information accurate?"


    Shi a nodded, patted his chest and assured Huangfu Chaobo and Guo Jia, "please rest assured that this information is absolutely no problem. The secret agreement between yelaixiang and the two countries was heard by a middle-level general hidden in the yelaixiang army. It was Xu Sheng, the number one general under yelaixiang, who was leading the army and Jianling army to fight in Guiyang."


    "Among the 25000 elite who arrived in Jingzhou this time, in addition to the two special troops of Xu Sheng and Yuexi, there are 15000 ordinary nocturnal incense army. This was announced by Xu Sheng during the meeting of the general after the army boarded the ship and shortly before arriving in Jingzhou. In order to send out the news, the hidden shadow guard sent several confidants to escape from the ship in the middle of the night as fugitives. After risking their lives to cross the river, they came back from the shadow stronghold of Jiangling "I''m sorry."


    "The news of the follow-up war is the news that the shadow directly came back from Changsha and Guiyang. The two news just arrived in Luoyang at the same time, so there will be such complete intelligence."


    "How could it be?" Guo Jia exclaimed incredulously, "this... This is too much..."


    Guo Jia didn''t believe it, but Huangfu Chaobo didn''t doubt it: "there''s no need to do this for filial piety. This should be correct. Five thousand war horses at all levels are absolutely an irresistible condition for King Wu. You know, since Sun CE, the state of Wu hasn''t organized more than a thousand cavalry."


    "Even so, how can the state of Wu have such great ability to transport tens of thousands of people and materials of nocturnal incense to Jingzhou? Moreover, even if it is really sent to Jingzhou, what is the idea of Jianling and nocturnal incense..."


    After staring at the map for a long time, Huangfu Chaobo suddenly said, "if Gu expected, the target of Jianling should be Jingnan and Liu Biao, and the target of nocturnal incense is... Here!"


    Speaking of this, Huangfu Chaobo clapped his hand heavily in the position of Yizhou.


    "Before the world is in chaos, Sichuan is in chaos, the world has been ruled, and Shu is not ruled."


    Guo Jia''s eyes brightened when he heard the speech: "today''s Yizhou is like the Central Plains a few years ago. There are many princes. Although Liu Yan is nominally the Lord of Yizhou, Liu Yan really controls the land of Shu County, Guanghan county and Ba County near Chengdu, and the other counties are nominal."


    "Yes, if you expect it to be good, the target of nocturnal incense is Yizhou. You know, there is a senior general under nocturnal incense, who is from Yizhou and a big family in Yizhou." Huangfu Chaobo nodded;


    "The king means Ling Bao?"


    "Yes, the Ling family is a big family in Yizhou. Now Liu Zhang, the leader of Yizhou, is weak. The big family in Yizhou wants to attract external forces into Yizhou, but it is the right time."


    It has to be said that their guess has accurately inferred the real purpose of nocturnal incense.


    Wuling County, Linyuan outside the city, nocturnal incense has arrived with the second batch of personnel. After handing over the arrangement of the camp to Wu Lan and Ling Bao, ye laixiang hurried to the city to meet Jianling with Xi Zhong under the escort of the personal guard.


    After they talked about other topics for a while, nocturnal incense shifted the topic to the issue of sending troops. Today, the armies of the two coalition forces are also overwhelming. Within a few days, they occupy all the counties in the north of Guiyang. The only thousands of soldiers in Liu Bei''s army can''t resist the attack of the coalition forces.


    Of course, if Liu Bei wants to kill the fish and break the net, Jianling and nocturnal incense will not be well. At least, they will be killed and injured. Therefore, the two leading generals were not in a hurry to launch an attack on Guiyang City, but surrounded the city with three gaps and one, gave up their position in the south, and wanted to force Liu Bei''s army away.


    As they expected, Liu Bei was never a man who stuck to the isolated city, so within a few days, Liu Bei broke through the encirclement and went south. After Liu Bei''s army broke through, the coalition army did not chase after Liu Bei, but the army did not hurry behind and slowly forced Liu Bei''s army to flee all the way south. After all, although Guan Yu could be killed in a violent attack, it wanted to kill Zhang Fei in today''s situation, but it wanted to pay a lot of casualties.


    While Liu Bei''s army fled to the south, the army of Jianling and nocturnal incense quietly appeared outside Yiling city to the north of the river. Caught off guard, Liu Biao Jun didn''t expect that the army of Jianling and nocturnal incense would suddenly attack the city. Under the fierce attack of the army, Yiling city was attacked for only one day.


    Then, while stabilizing the situation in Yiling City, ye laixiang sent a large army and the reinforcements sent by Jianling to move westward. Within a few days, it conquered sister GUI, Wu County and Yufu cities. The army pointed directly at Jiangzhou City, the seat of Ba County in Yizhou.


    At this time, Liu Yan found that the fire at the gate of Jingzhou had brought disaster to his own Yizhou. As a result, there was a lot of chicken flying and dogs jumping inside and outside Chengdu. When Liu Yan gathered 50000 troops to send troops to support Ba County, the army of yelaixiang had even connected several cities in Chin County, and quren, Linjiang and Pingdu were drummed down by the army of yelaixiang.


    After reading these information, Huangfu Chaobo knew that there was still chaos in Yizhou. Nowadays, although nocturnal incense only occupies six or seven small cities, it is backed by Jianling of Jingzhou, with hundreds of thousands of people and tens of thousands of elite. Although it may lose to Liu Zhang in overall strength, the strength of nocturnal incense army is much stronger than Liu Zhangjun.


    It seems that Liu Yan''s east of Yizhou cannot be maintained. In addition, I am Xiaobai in the west of Yizhou and the yellow scarf army horse Xiang and Nanman Meng Huo in the south. Now there are five princes in Yizhou. It seems that Yizhou is still in chaos.


    Seeing that Guo Jia didn''t mean to stop after talking about the army of nocturnal incense, Huang Fuchao said with a smile: "go on. Tell me what else you have."


    "Well, the next few pieces of information are about Guanzhong." Guo Jia pulled her mouth reluctantly, but she couldn''t laugh when she wanted to laugh.


    The situation in Guanzhong is even more complicated.


    Let''s start with the amorous sword in Hanzhong. Guo Jia picked up the information in Hanzhong, but didn''t speak for a long time. Huangfu Chaobo was surprised and asked, "what''s the situation with the amorous sword? Why is filial piety so?"


    "You''d better see for yourself, Jia... Jia doesn''t know how to say." With that, he presented the information in his hands to Huangfu Chaobo.


    The sentimental sword did indeed attack the Han Xiandi in Guanzhong. Twenty days ago, 50000 troops were sent from Hanzhong to raid dashangguan. With one stroke, it attacked the South Bank of the Weishui River in Guanzhong under the control of the Han Xiandi. After receiving the news of the attack of the Hanzhong army, Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty ordered to transfer some troops from the counties and cities, together with 20000 Jin Wu army and 30000 northern army, and gathered 80000 troops, led by Dong Cheng, to meet the Hanzhong army.


    The two armies met in the west of Kan County, and the war was imminent.


    However, when the war was in full swing, nearly 20000 Han troops defected and cooperated with the Hanzhong army to defeat the Han Army led by Dong Cheng. Finally, 80000 troops set out, and less than 10000 disabled soldiers were able to escape back to Chang''an city. The rest of the soldiers were either killed or captured.


    After the war, the troops of the Hanzhong army increased instead of descending. With the captives of the Han Army, the military strength even reached 90000.

 Chapter 1384

    The first battle of amorous sword brought the army of Emperor Xian back to its original shape. After the war, the Han Army had only a thousand people in other cities except 20000 troops in Chang''an City and 20000 troops in Tongguan.


    After that, the Hanzhong army attacked all the cities on the South Bank of the Weishui River and all the city passes except Chang''an City, leaving only a lonely Chang''an city to Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty.


    Today''s Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty has 20000 troops, but the Chang''an city at this time is not even as good as an ordinary state city. Fortunately, after defeating Guo Si and Li Zhe, Emperor Xian of the Han Dynasty said, took out a memorial and presented it with both hands.


    Huangfu Chaobo took over and wondered why Tian Feng suddenly sent a memorial. However, it should not be an emergency. Otherwise, it would be pigeon letter instead of memorial.


    Huangfu Chaobo opened the memorial and just glanced at it. He knew what the old man meant. He smiled and said to Guo Jia, "the prime minister has been urging Gu to lead the troops back to Korea. It is said that the army has spent countless years in the war. Now the North has been determined. We should lead the troops back to Korea as soon as possible and don''t waste money and food."


    The stubborn old man could not wait to urge Huangfu Chaobo to withdraw his troops as soon as he got the news of calming Binzhou. However, Huangfu Chaobo also knew that what Tian Feng said was true. The hundreds of thousands of troops spent a lot of money and food every day. The war to destroy Zhao was a war in which the state of Tang did its best. Fortunately, everything went well.


    It''s just that Huangfu Chaobo still needs to think carefully about the withdrawal. The first is the mess of Binzhou. Now that he has taken over, he has to clean it up. After fighting with himself for so many years, it can be said that Binzhou has been dug three feet.


    If you want to say that the worst players in the whole game, there is no one except Bingzhou. Not only the Lord players, but also ordinary players have been harmed by Lv Bu. In addition, when LV Lingqi left, she basically took all the valuable things in Jinyang city. The whole Jinyang palace can be said to be empty.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t decide how to arrange this Binzhou. He still needs to think about it carefully. Now Binzhou is short of everything, people, money and food. Even the arrangement direction of troops and horses is lacking. If you really want to withdraw troops, these things need to be carefully considered.


    "Filial piety, who is the most suitable person to guard Binzhou?" Huangfu Chaobo suddenly turned his head and asked Guo Jiadao;


    "The king doesn''t already have a suitable candidate in his heart!" Guo Jia was stunned and immediately replied with a sly smile on her face.


    Huangfu Chaobo understood his idea, smiled, waved his hand and said, "come on, you''re a slippery head. Go ahead first!" Then he waved to him again.


    Guo Jia bowed and left.


    Standing in the empty hall, Huangfu Chaobo watched Guo Jia''s back disappear into his sight. He knew what Guo Jia meant and what an important thing it was to guard the northern Xinjiang. With Guo Jia''s wisdom, how could he make his own ideas on this? Moreover, he was not willing to participate in the arrangement of the feudal officials.


    Yes, Huangfu Chaobo has a candidate in his mind, and he is also a very suitable candidate, but it also involves other aspects. For example, although Binzhou has been completely annexed, following the practice of the state of Tang, the separation of military and government, the arrangement of generals, and the arrangement of personnel in internal affairs, there are more problems to be considered.

 Chapter 1385

    "Someone, it''s said that general Pingbei came to see gu!" Standing in front of the map and thinking for nearly half an hour, Huangfu Chaobo finally made up his mind and turned to the waiting guard road at the door;


    "Promise!"


    Soon, someone left in a hurry and went out of the palace to find Zhao Yun.


    When Zhao Yun hurried to Jinyang palace, Huangfu Chaobo was still buried in the map. He got up when he heard the message from the waiter outside the palace.


    "Zhao Yun, meet my king!"


    "Well, Zilong, don''t be polite. Get up." When Zhao Yun entered the palace, Huangfu Chaobo waved back all the waiters and maids. Now there are only two of them left in the whole palace.


    "Thank you, king, but the gifts of kings and ministers cannot be abolished!" Although no one else was present, Zhao Yun still made a formal salute, and then thanked him and got up.


    Huangfu Chaobo was a little helpless, but he didn''t speak any more. There was no way. Zhao Yun was such a person. To put it bluntly, he belonged to the same class as the old stubborn Tian Feng, but Tian Feng was more upright, but Zhao Yun was a little more smooth.


    "Now Bingzhou is newly settled, but the aliens in the North seem to be ready to move. I don''t know what Zilong thinks to do?" With that, Huangfu Chaobo handed the news from the north to Zhao Yun.


    Zhao Yun stretched out his hands, took the memorial delivered by Huangfu Chaobo, read the contents carefully, and bowed to Huangfu Chaobo for a long time. "The king won''t give up, and the minister is willing to defend the northern Xinjiang for the king, but if he has a rest, he won''t let Hu Lu step through Yanmen pass!"


    "In Zilong''s opinion, how many troops and horses do you need to refuse to be captured outside the country?" Huangfu Chaobo did not immediately answer Zhao Yun''s request, but continued to ask;


    "The land of several counties in Bingzhou, north of Yanmen, starts from Qiangyin in the East and reaches jilushai in the West. It is about a thousand miles long. If you want to defend these places, if you want to follow the same special cavalry with white horse righteousness, you need at least 30000. If you want ordinary cavalry, you have to be more than 50000. Plus the garrison of dozens of city passes, the total force will not be less than 80000."


    "80000, including 50000 cavalry!" Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help taking a breath after hearing Zhao Yun''s words.


    You know, in the whole state of Tang, there are nearly 40 cities like Runan, with a population of more than 1 million. There are only 40000 soldiers, including only 10000 cavalry. In the whole state of Tang, the total number of cavalry is only 200000, which is a great burden.


    You know, the cavalry of the state of Wei like Yuan Shao is less than 30000, while the state of Qi of Cao Cao and the state of Wu of sun CE are pitifully few. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo also planned to reduce the cavalry slightly after returning to Luoyang this time. He didn''t expect that Zhao Yun needed 50000 cavalry as soon as he spoke. If this is calculated, there is no possibility of reduction at all.


    Today, the state of Wei has established contact with the Hu people outside the Great Wall. It can be imagined that in the next time, Yuan Shaohui, who is not short of money, will expand his cavalry. In this way, the cavalry advantage of the state of Tang over the state of Wei will be greatly weakened.


    The number of war horses in the state of Wei increased. As his ally, Cao Cao''s war horses had a stable source, even sun CE in Jiangdong.


    In this way, like dominoes, the chain reaction will come.


    Another point is that there are a large number of alien tribes in the north of Yinshan. That is to say, Yunzhong, Wuyuan and Shuofang counties in the south of Yinshan are already under the threat of alien cavalry. In the next few years or even longer, the state of Tang is cautious about invading the north at any time.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help feeling big for a while. Originally, he wanted to solve Lv Bu, and then concentrate on dealing with several other princes. Unexpectedly, he killed the tiger, but attracted a group of wolves.


    "What does Zilong think he should do about the war with other races?" Huangfu Chaobo asked again;


    "Take attack as defense. Whether it is Gongsun Zan of King Yan or Lv Bu of King Zhao, they all do so." Zhao Yun said without hesitation: "just..."


    "Just how?"


    "When cavalry troops go to war, they also need the support of a large number of grain, grass and baggage. Otherwise, they will be militaristic like the previous practice of King Lv Bu of Zhao."


    "What about the arrangement of troops? How should we arrange them?"


    "If the king gives his minister 50000 fine cavalry, he will arrange 10000 cavalry in Guangmu and Jiuyuan respectively, under the command of a deputy general, and the other 30000 cavalry will be led by his minister in person to garrison in the clouds and defend the attack from the west to the East."


    Huangfu Chaobo looked at the map and immediately understood Zhao Yun''s idea. In fact, it is still very easy to defend in the West. The army only needs to guard the four closed cities of jilussai, gaoque pass, Wujiahe city and Manyi Valley pass, so it can basically be said to resist the enemy outside the gate of the country.


    However, the clouds in the East are different. Although the big green mountain in the north blocks the passage between the grassland and the Central Plains, there are still several valleys that can connect the north and the south in this section of the continuous big green mountain. Another point is that the army should not only prevent the foreign cavalry army from going straight from the north to the south.


    It is also necessary to prevent them from detouring from the front line of tanchan mountain and Bai mountain in the East. Of course, this must have been secretly approved by the state of Wei. Therefore, Zhao Yun''s 30000 cavalry should defend not only the north, but also the East.


    After listening to Zhao Yun''s words, Huangfu Chaobo had some thoughts in his heart, but he could not be completely determined now. He had to wait until he returned to Luoyang and discussed carefully with a group of civil and military personnel before he could finally make a decision.


    "In that case, Zilong should go down and have a rest first!" Thinking of this, Huangfu Chaobo waved to Zhao Yun and said;


    "Promise! I''ll leave!" Zhao Yun heard the speech and said no more. He bowed and saluted, and then left the hall.


    For a long time, Huangfu Chaobo took his eyes away from the map and turned to look outside the hall: "come and tell Gu''s will to make Gao Shun''s trapped camp and Dianwei''s iron wall camp patrol Yanmen with Gu. Among the generals, except Huangfu Jianshou, who had stayed in Jinyang, all his generals walked with him."


    "Order Anyi general Tian Yu to arrange the defense of Shuo Fang, and lead all the generals to Yanmen pass to see gu!"


    "Order general Zhang Yan to arrange the defense of Tumen pass and go to Yanmen pass to meet him!"


    ¡­¡­


    Since he was going to return to Luoyang, Huangfu Chaobo decided to go to Yanmen pass to inspect the places first, and then lead the army back. Of course, this time, there were only a few soldiers of the guards, and the arrangement of the remaining hundreds of thousands of troops could only be decided after he went back to discuss.


    As Huangfu Chaobo''s orders came out, several fast horses quickly rushed out of Jinyang city and ran towards the north and West. The soldiers and horses in Jinyang city quickly prepared for the expedition.

 Chapter 1386

    In the state of Qi, Linzi and the palace of the king of Qi, Cao Cao, the king of Qi, is dealing with government affairs, but the palace man outside the door is reporting: "to the king, Cao Charlie, the governor of Donglai, is asking for an audience outside the palace!"


    "Huh?!" Cao Cao was stunned when he heard the speech. Cao Charlie had just been transferred to the post of governor of Donglai. At this time, he didn''t stay in Donglai, but suddenly came to Linzi. What''s the matter?


    Thinking of what Charles Cao wanted to see for, he ordered, "Xuan!"


    Seeing that the people waiting for the palace turned and left, Cao Cao didn''t have the mind to correct the memorial. He directly put the Zhu pen aside and thought about the reason why Cao Charlie came to ask for an audience. You know, under normal circumstances, if there are no special circumstances, he is within his jurisdiction.


    As the biggest alien force under his command, Cao Cao has always paid attention to his every move. However, what reassures him is that Cao Charlie may have a lot of selfishness, but he has never acted against the state of Qi.


    This time, it was precisely because of Cao Charlie''s central contact that the state of Qi was able to trade with nocturnal incense, which made it almost effortless for the state of Qi to obtain the land of four counties. However, the state of Qi paid only money, silk and weapons and equipment.


    Even though there were only more than 100000 households in the four counties, he actually got dozens of cities in the four counties. As for the tens of thousands of households moved from the four counties, Cao Cao didn''t pay more attention to it. You know, after the four counties in the East were incorporated into the state of Qi, the state of Qi was less threatened in one direction.


    Therefore, when Cao Charlie proposed to resign from the post of Taishan prefect and change to Donglai prefect, Cao Cao agreed to his request without much hesitation. Now, all princes have basically the same attitude towards the alien territory, which is a bit similar to the vassal states in the Shang and Zhou dynasties. The suzerain state basically doesn''t care about their affairs.


    Today, the relationship between Cao Cao and Cao Charlie is similar to this. Therefore, generally speaking, as long as Cao Charlie pays the taxes of his territory on time, Cao Cao will not ask more about the situation under Cao Charlie''s rule. Of course, if there is a war, Cao Charlie still needs to send troops and horses to fight as required, and the losses in the war are also paid according to the pensions of ordinary soldiers in the state of Qi.


    If anything happens, Charles Cao will also submit memorials to Cao Cao through the post station system. However, it is rare for Cao Cao to rush to seek an audience this time. It is precisely because of this that Cao Cao feels a little surprised.


    Outside the palace of the king of Qi, under the leadership of the Chamberlain, Cao Charlie hurried towards the side hall. All the way, he was meditating.


    I have been in this game for several years, and now I can be regarded as one of the top players. Although I can''t compare with the big guys like Huangfu Chaobo and ye laixiang, I also have three or four historical generals and the power of one county. And the generals are Xu Chu, who ranks among the top of the three countries. This is the top general that almost all players in the three countries dream of.


    Not only that, I also have a good relationship with the general surnamed Cao under the influence of Cao Cao, which is unattainable for ordinary players.


    Unfortunately, Cheng ye and Xiao He also lost. At the beginning, it was because of his surname Cao that he found the opportunity to have a relationship with Cao Hong, and then finally got on the ship of Cao Cao''s family. Later, he also used this relationship to obtain a large official position, and finally succeeded in attracting Xu Chu.


    But it is precisely because he took refuge in Cao Cao and got on the boat of his old Cao family, but his development basically reached the top when he was the prefect of a county. After all, it is almost a super hell level difficulty to kill Cao Cao in the game.


    This time, through the transaction between nocturnal incense and Cao Cao, Cao Charlie decided to change his territory to Donglai, which is closer to the sea, because as a player, instead of being surrounded by a vassal, he might as well gamble and change his territory to another place.


    In fact, Cao Cao''s territory in the south of Taizhou was not very far from that of the Yellow River. In the beginning, Cao Cao''s territory in the north of Taizhou was not a very good one.


    The second is that Taishan county belongs to the mountains and is surrounded by plains. Among his subordinates, two generals have special arms. Taishan soldiers belong to the arms that are very suitable for mountain combat. If they fight within the scope of Taishan County, they can get regional bonus, but if other common soldiers enter the mountains, their combat effectiveness will be weakened.


    Therefore, for Cao Charlie, Taishan county is a very suitable territory, but the plan can''t keep up with the change. Before Cao Charlie is ready to go to war, Qingzhou is pocketed by Huangfu Chaobo, while the north of Xuzhou has become the territory of nocturnal incense. There is no way, Cao Charlie has to continue to accumulate strength, but seeing his strength growing day by day, Qingzhou has become the territory of Cao Cao Cao. Now, Even the north of Xuzhou belongs to Cao Cao.


    It is often said that when you are poor, you want to change. Now this situation is dead for Cao Charlie. With Cao Cao''s shrewdness, Cao Charlie will certainly not have a further opportunity. Of course, it is another matter if he can dominate the world, but it is obviously impossible from the current situation.


    Therefore, Cao Charlie found a way to replace his territory to Donglai. You know, after several years of war, Huangfu Chaobo and ye laixiang have both relocated a lot of people in Donglai county. Therefore, although the number of cities is more than that of Taishan County, the population is only half of that of Taishan County.


    However, Charles Cao did not hesitate to spend a lot of money to persuade Cao Hong and Cao Ren to help. He persuaded Cao Cao to agree to his request to exchange Taishan County for Donglai county. Even so, the number of cities in Donglai county has been reduced from 13 to 10.


    It can be said that in order to make himself have more room for development, Cao Charlie made great efforts. As early as a few months ago, he just got the news from nocturnal incense. When he wanted to negotiate peace with Cao Cao, Cao Charlie had some ideas. In addition, at that time, he successively recruited two historical generals, Ren fan and Fu Gan, which just made up for his lack of internal affairs generals.


    Therefore, he ordered Fu Gan to be the county Cheng and Xu Chu to be the Duwei. He led other soldiers to settle in Huangxian and began to deal with the affairs of the whole Donglai county. Under the escort of the 5000 tiger guards led by Xu Ding, he plunged into the Qingdao City abandoned by Huangfu Chaobo and began his journey of ocean exploration.

 Chapter 1387

    In the side hall of the king''s palace of Qi, Cao Cao sat on the throne. Cao Charlie stood in the hall and reported his amazing discovery to Cao Cao with a serious face.


    "Your Majesty, after more than a month of open and secret visits, Weichen finally found Huangfu Chaobo''s naval base. However, Weichen is not sure whether this is the only naval base of Huangfu Chaobo, and the situation of ships and troops inside has not been clarified."


    "Oh, where?" Hearing the speech, Cao Cao stood up and opened his eyes, and a wisp of essence burst out.


    "On the sea east of Langya and Qingdao, there is an island called Lingshan island. The dead man of Weichen has found that the island is where Huangfu Chaobo''s navy is."


    For a long time, the navy of the state of Tang has been a major problem for Wei and Qi, but neither country has suitable Navy talents, and neither country has made great efforts to develop the Navy. In particular, after the Navy formed by itself has been defeated by the navy of the state of Tang repeatedly, neither Cao Cao nor Yuan Shao will easily appear in front of the navy of the state of Tang with a pitiful number of ships in their hands.


    Another reason is that all the aborigines, except the kings and ministers of the state of Wu in Jiangdong, do not pay attention to the Navy. But the players are different. In reality, China has suffered the loss of not paying attention to the sea. After the founding of the new dynasty, generations of Navy people are catching up with each other in an attempt to break through the eagle''s blockade and stabilize the sea of China.


    The dream of a great navy is the most ambitious dream in the hearts of generations of Chinese people. Therefore, in the game, players who are close to the sea or rivers will try their best to develop the Navy.


    Since he had the idea of leaving Taishan County, Cao Charlie turned his attention to the water army of Huangfu Chaobo, and successively sent hundreds of players into the state of Tang to inquire about the water army of Tang army.


    With the continuous collection of intelligence, Cao Charlie found that you see that the Tang army''s navy is only the tip of the iceberg. Only the known Navy generals include Zhou Tai and Jiang Qin, two famous generals of Soochow in history, plus Pan Feng, who was originally under Han Fu in the game, there are three famous generals in history.


    However, no matter the ports in Luoyang or the Zhuting port in western Liaoning in Youzhou in the north, the number of ships of the Tang Navy is obviously much less than that of the Tang Navy.


    In addition, when Huangfu Chaobo occupied Qingzhou at the beginning, two giant docks were built in Beihai state and Donglai County successively, but all these docks disappeared later, while the large warships of the Tang state were increasing, which made Cao Charlie realize that Huangfu Chaobo must have other naval bases.


    As a player, he is familiar with the situation of the islands along the coast of China. Therefore, after entering Qingdao City, Cao Charlie immediately arranged the players to go to sea to search for the islands that may exist in the game. Sure enough, in the direction of Lingshan Island, all the ships he sent out were sunk by some unknown forces.


    After falling into the water, one of the players successfully sneaked into a place not far from Lingshan island. Although he was finally found and killed, he also confirmed that there was a water stronghold on Lingshan island.


    Charlie Cao came to see Cao Cao this time just to tell him the news.


    "Your Majesty, if what I expected is not bad, there should be several islands in the sea to the north of Huangxian County, which should also be the naval base of the Tang army. Moreover, if there is no mistake, the huge dock of the Tang army should be here."


    Cao Charlie''s words made Cao Cao fall into the ice: "according to Charlie''s expectation, how many ships and troops can this base accommodate?"


    Charlie Cao shook his head: "I dare not speculate about this matter, but if it is not bad, the island in the north of Huangxian county should be composed of several large and small islands, with an area enough to accommodate tens of thousands of troops."


    "Is this island the legendary Penglai Island?" Cao Cao suddenly asked;


    Charlie Cao was stunned and immediately relieved that there is a Fairy Island overseas, which has been known to the world since ancient times. It is also normal for people like Cao Cao to know this, so he nodded immediately.


    Cao Cao walked back and forth on the high platform for two times, fiercely stopped and said, "who else knows about this?"


    "Back to the king, only the little minister knew about it. In order to prevent leakage, he specially came to report to the king."


    "Come and spread Gu''s will. Recruit state minister Xun Yu, state Wei Cheng Yu, imperial Shi Zhong Cheng man Chong, Da Si Nong Liu Ye, Shang Shuying Sima Yi and Qingzhou governor Xia Houyuan to enter the palace immediately!" After listening to Cao Charlie''s words, Cao Cao only felt that his back was cold. Just now he felt that some headwinds would be better all at once.


    Lying on the collapsed side, how can others sleep soundly, but there is a big tiger lying next to him, but he doesn''t know it yet. How can he not be frightened by Cao Cao.


    Soon, several ministers who got Cao Cao''s will rushed to the palace. Cao Cao ordered Cao Charlie to tell the people the information he inquired about again. They were all in cold sweat.


    "Your Majesty, this matter needs to be prepared early. If the Tang army attacks from the sea, we will be caught off guard." Sima Yi heard the speech and immediately began to offer advice;


    "Zhongda also thinks highly of Tang thieves. Can the Navy still drive ships down the city?" After listening to Sima Yi''s words, Xia Houyuan disagreed;


    "If you want something, you will establish it. If you don''t want it, you will abolish it. It''s better early than late." Xun Yu agreed with Sima Yi''s suggestion.


    "This time, I summoned all Aiqing to discuss this matter." Cao Cao nodded. What they said was not wrong, but the Navy could not be built.


    In reality, there is a saying called Centennial Navy, which is the same in the game. The establishment of a naval force requires huge money and food, not to mention generals, soldiers and craftsmen.


    "It''s just that we have three new counties. We still need a lot of money and food to control. Moreover, the construction of docks and ships also requires a lot of money, food and time, which..." Liu Ye is a big Si Nong, in charge of the financial revenue and expenditure of the state of Qi, and is the most clear about the family background of the state of Qi.


    "No matter what, we can''t give up eating because of choking." Sima Yi did not hesitate to interrupt Liu Ye''s words. Liu Ye was a good man and didn''t care much about Sima Yi''s words.


    "Your Majesty, your excellency. In fact, things are far from such a dangerous situation." Seeing that several of Cao Cao''s think tanks had argued, Cao Charlie spoke aside;


    When they heard the speech, they all turned to him.


    "What does Cao Taishou mean?" Cheng Yu asked;


    "The Tang army has just annexed the state of Zhao. Although the loss is not too great, Binzhou is a mess. In addition, now the foreigners in the north are ready to move again, and Huangfu Chaobo also needs to invest a lot of money, food and troops in the recovery of Binzhou, so he has little chance to attack our country from the sea in a short time, so we can do so."


    With that, Charlie Cao slowly said his ideas to the people.

 Chapter 1388

    Cao Charlie''s approach is also very simple. One is to contact other princes again and form an alliance to discuss the Tang Dynasty while Huangfu Chaobo has no one to attack. Of course, it doesn''t mean to attack the Tang state immediately, but to let everyone exert pressure on the Tang state from all directions.


    It does not seek to capture many cities, but simply to delay the development of the state of Tang, at least to make him unable to recover and merge the state with peace of mind. Because Charlie Cao also knows that not only Huangfu Chaobo, but also Cao Cao and Yuan Shao have just got the territory of several counties. We all need time to digest what we eat.


    Another point is that Yuan Shao has now opened up contact with foreign nationalities in the north. In this way, both the state of Wei and the state of Qi can have a relatively stable source of war horses. It is time to vigorously develop cavalry. You know, the cavalry of the state of Tang accounts for more than half of the cavalry in the world.


    In his own interior, first set up beacon towers in various places along the coast of Qingzhou that are suitable for ships to land, and closely monitor the movement on the sea. It is not true that the Tang army has arrived at the shore, but he still doesn''t know the situation.


    Another point is also the biggest purpose of Cao Charlie''s trip. I hope Cao Cao can support his own development of the Navy. Of course, he can''t be so straightforward, and Cao Cao won''t let the Navy be in his own hands. So Cao Charlie''s idea is that Cao Cao can give himself some support in terms of craftsmen, drawings and money and grain.


    As for the generals, Cao Charlie didn''t even think about it. Now the only thing he can do is to recruit from Donglai to cultivate the generals who are good at the direction of the Navy. Otherwise, he can only go to Jiangdong to recruit. But now the historical generals of the navy in Jiangdong have basically owned the famous flowers. It''s unlikely to recruit the historical generals.


    Cao Charlie''s suggestion was quickly recognized by the public. Cao Cao then ordered that the cities of Qingzhou carefully survey all over the coast and build a beacon tower where they found it suitable for the landing of naval ships. The garrison does not need too many personnel, but only a few soldiers. Their main duty is beacon warning.


    In terms of the establishment of the Navy, Cao Cao plans to continue to use the Water City Shuanghe city established by Huangfu Chaobo in the North Sea, but the construction of the dock and the establishment of the navy can not be implemented so soon.


    However, at the suggestion of Cao Charlie, Cao Cao ordered to set up a river blocking iron rope at the entrance of the two main rivers, Zishui and Jishui, and set up a small military array on the bank, each sending 1000 soldiers to defend the estuary, so as to prevent the ships of the Tang army from going up along the river and attacking the two important towns of the state of Qi, Linji and Linpeng.


    Under the arrangement of Cao Cao, Sima Yi began to prepare for the establishment of a new round of anti Tang alliance. As for Cao Charlie''s, he also received a great reward from Cao Cao. After all, he found the weakness of Qi defense.


    At this time, Huangfu Chaobo, under the escort of Gao Shun and Dianwei, inspected the defense of Yanmen pass. He didn''t know that someone had begun to trip him.


    ¡­¡­


    In Youzhou, Daijun and Gaoliu City, Yuan Shao, the king of Wei, has also arrived here under the escort of the guards. Only when he arrives, the war has come to an end.


    No, to be exact, he hurried to Gaoliu under the escort of the guards after he got the news that the war had ended. He came to accept and publicize the surrender of all the people.


    Gaoliu city''s Imperial Palace has now become a temporary camp for Yuan Shao. Tens of thousands of troops of the state of Wei are stationed there outside the city. In addition, Gaoliu already has more than 10000 troops of the state of Zhao. At this time, there are nearly 100000 troops inside and outside Gaoliu city.


    It is only now that Yuan Shao has no intention of fighting with the Tang army of Yan men. This time, his purpose is to destroy Yan state. Although it is not perfect, he has got the three most prosperous counties of Yuzhou, Guangyang and Zhuo county. Besides, he has not been able to win the battle from Zhao state to get to the upper valley and the Dai County.


    Now tens of thousands of Tang troops have gathered in Yanmen, and there are nearly 200000 Tang troops in Taiyuan and Yunzhong. If we can''t make a quick decision, we really don''t have much confidence. After considering it again and again, Yuan Shao decided to accept it when it''s good.


    The most important thing is that Yuan Shao thinks his soldiers are the best in the world, but the cavalry is a little worse. In the past, he suffered losses in the war with the Tang army because there were no cavalry. But now, he has the source of war horses, so he is ready to train his cavalry first and then fight with the Tang state.


    You know, the next direction of the state of Wei is alien in the north, which is not easy to fight, and Cao Cao in the south. For the time being, it is an ally. There are only two directions in the East and West, both of which are the state of Tang. Therefore, the war with the state of Tang will be the only direction for the state of Wei in the future. Only by holding the whole Hebei in hand can we have the confidence to wave troops to the south.


    But at this time, Yuan Shao''s strategy had been shaken. There was nothing else, because Cao Cao''s messenger had arrived and almost arrived behind him.


    Sima Yi, the messenger of Cao Cao''s trip to Hebei, although he hated Huangfu Chaobo for destroying his family and family, Sima Yi has become calm after suffering losses in the hands of Huangfu Chaobo twice in a row. This time, Cao Cao listened to Cao Charlie''s suggestion and was ready to persuade the princes of the world to form an anti Tang alliance again. Sima Yi took the initiative to ask to go to the state of Wei.


    After arriving in Hebei, Sima Yi did not immediately meet Yuan Shao, but first met Xu you as Cao Cao''s personal envoy. After delivering a large amount of property, with his three inch eloquence, Sima Yi persuaded Xu you and agreed to help him convince Yuan Shao.


    With Xu you''s help, Sima Yi''s envoy trip went a lot smoothly. Under his persuasion, Yuan Shao''s idea of not being tenacious soon supported him.


    Among the counsellors of the Wei army, Xu you and Feng Ji were originally sworn enemies. Now Feng Ji has won Daijun and Shanggu because he helped yuan shaokong glove white wolf. It is the time of scenery. Where can we tolerate Xu you to come out in the limelight.


    In addition, Yuan Shao''s strategy of stopping troops and waiting for war was the result of the consultation of Feng Ji and other counselors. However, at this time, Xu you and the envoys of the state of Qi persuaded Yuan Shao to go to war with the Tang army. How can we not make Feng Ji angry.


    Fengji people believe that the land occupied by the state of Wei this time is equivalent to half of the original territory of the state of Wei. Although the population loss is serious, there are many people in Hebei. They only need to move the population and rest for a few years, and the national strength of the state of Wei is enough to double.


    However, Xu you and Sima Yi were right in their thinking. After this war, the Tang army won the merger of the state of Zhao, but now the merger of the state has been tossed by Lv Bu. It will be more difficult for the state of Wei to send troops again if they do not take advantage of the fatigue of the veterans of the Tang Army division and wait until the state of Tang takes full control of the merger of the state.


    Therefore, the two groups quarreled again in front of Yuan Shao. At the end of the quarrel, Yuan Shao had to play his good game again and let everyone on both sides retreat. He said that it was a matter for him to consider carefully before discussing.

 Chapter 1389

    In Yanmen pass, Huangfu Chaobo is also gathering people for discussion. At this time, in Yanmen pass, except that Huangfu Jianshou stayed outside Jinyang City, all the other Tang army generals who went to the state of Zhao appeared here. Moreover, the famous generals of the state of Zhao led by Zhang Liao also came to Yanmen pass with Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo sat on the throne, and below him sat a group of generals, but there was a man standing in the middle. It was Anyi general Tian Yu. He was pleading with Huangfu Chaobo, because he was ordered by Huangfu Chaobo to help Shangjun, but even the tail of LV Qi''s army could not catch up. When he led 20000 cavalry back to Shangjun, he saw only a few empty cities.


    There was no way. When Huangfu Chaobo found out the whereabouts of Lv''s army, it was a few days late. When he sent someone to order Tian Yu to lead the army back to Shangjun, a few days passed. Although Tian Yu led 20000 cavalry back day and night after getting the order, he still didn''t catch up with LV.


    Because Huangfu Chaobo only ordered Tian Yu to drive LV Lingqi''s troops out of Shangjun, Tian Yu didn''t pursue after seeing that the LV army had passed sheyanze and entered the desert.


    Fortunately, after receiving the order from Taiyuan, the 10000 infantry and 5000 cavalry led by Li Ling also rushed to Sheyan city. Tian Yu ordered Li Ling to lead his troops and horses into Sheyan city to prevent the LV army from returning. And he himself led 20000 cavalry back to Kucha city.


    After entering Kucha, Tian Yu ordered people from Baitu, Pingding and Meiji to mobilize troops, horses and grain and grass to the south to regain control of Kucha and Fushi cities. At the same time, he quickly apologized to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Although he knew that the escape of LV Lingqi''s army had little to do with himself, Tian Yu was still worried. Fortunately, a few days later, the troops, horses and grain and grass dispatched by the cities arrived one after another. After regaining control of the cities, Huangfu Chaobo sent him to Yanmen pass.


    After arranging the defense of several city passes, Tian Yu led 20000 cavalry to the north again and went to Yanmen pass to meet Huangfu Chaobo.


    At this time, Tian Yu stood at Huangfu Chaobo and apologized: "please forgive me, king. I didn''t get incompetent, but I was able to rush back to Shangjun in time, so that the remains of LV thief could escape. Please also ask that the three cities of Fushi, kuci and Sheyan were almost empty."


    Tian Yu''s words made all the people present stagnate. LV Lingqi''s practice did make all the generals of the Tang army feel a little slapped in the face. His army had just destroyed the state of Zhao, but the remnants of the Zhao army turned their back and emptied several of their cities. Although the total number of cities was only tens of thousands, you should know that Fushi city is the county city of Shangjun.


    Not only the county city, but also the city just under the rule of the Tang state, which made the generals of the Tang army feel ashamed and flustered.


    "Well, this matter is over, and the generals don''t have to tangle too much about it. This time, they recruited you mainly to discuss how to arrange the defense of Bingzhou. As we all know, although Bingzhou is already the territory of the Tang Dynasty, it is not stable." Huangfu Chaobo didn''t want to say anything more on this, so he waved his hand and turned the topic around.


    Speaking of this, Huangfu Chaobo nodded to Gao Shun next to him. Soon, Gao Shun put out a map of Bingzhou and put it in front of everyone.


    "I believe you all know that the Xianbei people in the north are ready to move again after several years of recuperation. Many Xianbei tribes have appeared on the grassland at the north foot of Yinshan Mountain. I believe that before long, the armies of Xianbei in the middle and West will appear."


    "Our Tang army, after several months of war, suffered huge losses from cavalry and horses." At this point, Huangfu Chaobo glared at Huang Xu, who stood aside. Huang Xu quickly shrunk his head and took another step back.


    You know, at the beginning, he led 40000 cavalry to help, but now there are only 15000 left, which can be said to be a huge loss, and tens of thousands of war horses have been lost. How can Huang Fu Chaobo not be angry.


    "It can be said that in the next few years, the troops and horses of the Tang Dynasty are basically based on guarding for the foreign nationalities. Moreover, the Wei army in the East has controlled the three western counties of Youzhou, that is to say, the connection between the state of Wei and the foreign nationalities has been opened up. With the strength of Hebei, the cavalry will be expanded in the next time, which is another bad news for us."


    "Gu once discussed with general Pingbei that if you want to hold the counties in the north of Bingzhou, you should maintain at least 50000 to 80000 cavalry. However, in other parts of the Central Plains, if you reduce the number of cavalry, China''s advantages over other countries will be lost. Therefore, you generals can speak freely about this matter."


    With that, Huangfu Chaobo looked at the people in the room.


    "King, apart from the Xianbei people in the north and the Wei army in the East, the minister felt that the remnant of the LV army in the West also needed more attention. Although it was separated by the desert, it was also necessary to prevent them from suddenly leading troops to attack the counties and cities." Seeing that Huangfu Chaobo didn''t investigate the affairs of the previous cities, Tian Yu calmed down a little, so he said first;


    "Yes, but what else?" Huangfu Chaobo nodded and looked at the others.


    Apart from Zhao Yun and Tian Yu, only Zhang Liao and Fazheng were able to say something, but Huangfu Chaobo obviously didn''t mean to open his mouth when he saw Zhang Liao looking at him. He understood that he just surrendered and obviously didn''t want to show too much at this time, so he didn''t strengthen his request and turned his eyes to Fazheng.


    Seeing Huangfu Chaobo look at himself, the young Fazheng spirit was refreshed. He knew that the opportunity for his performance had come. In fact, he had some ideas in his mind about the situation he needed to face after the occupation of Bingzhou, but he had not been perfect, so he didn''t write to Huangfu Chaobo.


    Now I have the opportunity to see Huangfu Chaobo, and the surrounding situation is basically clear, so Fazheng decides to take this opportunity to elaborate on his ideas to Huangfu Chaobo.


    "Report to the king!" FA Zheng stood up and saluted Huang Fuchao: "Wei Chen has some immature ideas and wants to tell the king."


    "But it doesn''t hurt to say!" Huangfu Chaobo nodded, indicating that the method was going on.


    "Binzhou is one of the nine prefectures. Emperor Wu of the Han Dynasty set up the Binzhou governor''s department in the middle age of Yuanfeng. It is one of the thirteen prefectures, leading nine prefectures such as Taiyuan, Shangdang, Xihe, Yunzhong, Dingxiang, Yanmen, Shuofang, Wuyuan and Shangjun. However, since the end of the Han Dynasty, foreign nationalities have run rampant and really belong to the jurisdiction of Binzhou, with only Taiyuan, Shangdang, Xihe and Yanmen."


    "The remaining five counties, such as Yunzhong, Dingxiang, Shuofang, Wuyuan and Shangjun, have been occupied by different ethnic groups successively, and only in recent years have they been occupied by the state of Zhao. Now the king has raised the master of the hall, destroyed Zhao in Jinyang, and our country has added these nine counties. However, King Lv Bu of Zhao is cruel. Today, the nine counties of Binzhou are ruled by ten rooms and nine empty spaces, and the people''s livelihood is poor."

 Chapter 1390

    "If the king wants to restore the people''s livelihood of Binzhou, it will take years. Now there are strong enemies in several counties in the north. Therefore, the minister believes that Binzhou can be divided into two, four counties in the South and Leping as a Binzhou, and five counties in the north can establish a new state."


    As soon as Fazheng''s words were said, all the people present were surprised. Zhao Yun said in his heart: this faxiao is straight. It''s really a young stroll. How can this ship say such an important thing rashly.


    Huangfu Chaobo was moved in his heart. He really had this idea. He didn''t expect Fazheng to have this idea, but he didn''t know what his purpose was.


    Thinking of this, Huangfu Chao Bo nodded to him quietly and motioned him to continue.


    The expressions of all the people around him were seen by FA Zheng, but he didn''t care. He continued: "king, the reason why Wei Chen suggested this is for one purpose. If Bingzhou is a place with ten counties, it will inevitably be too large and more difficult to manage."


    "If we divide Binzhou into two according to what Wei Chen said just now, the new County in the north is the border county, and most of its focus should be placed on resisting the enemy, while the five counties in the South can develop with peace of mind and all-out efforts. In this way, the two states have their own focus, which can make the officials act more specifically. What the king added is only dozens of officials in the governor''s office of a state."


    This time, everyone was in front of him. Huangfu Chaobo still didn''t speak and gave him another look.


    "In addition, Wei Chen suggested that the new County in the North should not be equipped with too few infantry in each city except for a large number of cavalry. Of course, these infantry, in addition to defending the city, can also be transferred in turn to cultivate fields around the city in peacetime and return to the city to defend the city in wartime."


    Yes, he is indeed a man with ideas, which is somewhat similar to the western Xinjiang reclamation corps of the real state Dynasty. Of course, this practice is also practiced in the game and in the history of the Three Kingdoms. In history, Cao Cao is the biggest beneficiary of the reclamation of farmland. Both Yanzhou and Jizhou and Guanzhong behind him are the only magic weapon for the rapid improvement of the strength of the state of Wei.


    "The army is only cultivating around the city, but aren''t those places far away from the city wasted?" Zhao Yun asked;


    "No!" When FA Zheng heard Zhao Yun''s question, he bowed and saluted: "it''s normal for general Pingbei to have this question. In the general plan of the lower official, except for these soldiers who settle the fields, the large fortress stronghold also needs to place personnel far away from the city."


    "But these people are not all soldiers or ordinary people, but both live together, or even ordinary people do not cultivate fields like around the city, but let them graze. Let them raise a large number of cattle, sheep and horses, which provide war horses for cavalry, and cattle and sheep can provide meat for the army."


    "Not only that, the large number of cattle and horses raised under Xinzhou can also train a large number of cattle and pack horses for farming for the rest of the Tang Dynasty. In this way, it can not only alleviate the needs of domestic farmland cultivation, but also provide livelihood income for the people in the state."


    By this time, Huangfu Chaobo had recognized Fazheng''s statement. According to his idea, the counties in the north were originally places with abundant water and grass. Since it was not good to use them for planting crops on a large scale, they were just used as animal husbandry bases in the whole Tang Dynasty.


    You know, Yunzhong ranch is a horse base in the post Sui and Tang Dynasties. In addition, raising a large number of cattle and sheep also has great advantages. One is that it can train and raise a large number of cattle to provide cattle for other prefectures and counties. The second is that beef and mutton is a large amount of meat for both the army and the people.


    Another point is that a large number of cattle and sheep can provide a large number of fur and tendons for the state of Tang. These are strategic materials. Leather armor and bowstring need these as raw materials.


    What he said about the reclamation of farmland is also to provide some food for the soldiers, horses and people in Xinzhou. When they can''t get it, all the food needs to be transported from the inland counties. Although they can''t achieve self-sufficiency, they can still solve some urgent problems.


    Another point is that a large amount of material circulation is bound to promote the further development of Commerce. Even if FA Zheng did not put forward this point, it should be conceivable with Huang Fu''s super broad IQ.


    The five counties in Binzhou can develop vigorously with confidence. They only need to develop the economy at ease and provide food, grass, arms and equipment support for Xinzhou in the north.


    In this way, it is very beneficial for both officials and ordinary people. After all, people''s energy is limited. If it is really managed by a large state, the officials of the Ministry of CI Shi have to manage the people''s livelihood, try their best to restore the economy and the army, and consider responding to the invasion of foreign enemies at any time.


    If you have a strong ability, you can still cope with it, but if you are a little worse, you are likely to ignore both sides. In the end, you want to attend to both sides, but you can''t attend to both sides.


    "Pa Pa!"


    Thinking of this, Huangfu couldn''t help laughing.


    "Yes, what Xiaozhi thinks is very lonely. How many troops and horses should be arranged in the newly established state to resist the attack of the three enemies?"


    "According to Wei Chen, as general Pingbei said, in terms of cavalry, 50000 to 80000 cavalry can be used, while in terms of infantry, there are 41 cities and five passes in the five counties. The infantry stationed in several counties and cities and several important passes should be at least 3000 to 5000, and the number of infantry stationed in ordinary counties should also be about 1000."


    "The reason why the number of troops stationed is not many is that these cities need to face the invasion of Xianbei people. The Xianbei army is mainly cavalry. In terms of attacking the city, it is far different from the soldiers and horses of all countries in the world. Ordinary cities are of little use to the Xianbei army. Generally, they will not consume too many troops on these cities."


    "In terms of troop arrangement, we still have tens of thousands of cavalry here, so it is also a good check on Xianbei cavalry. Therefore, in terms of the arrangement of infantry, Weichen is not prepared to arrange too much."


    Huangfu Chaobo listened to FA Zheng''s words while considering the arrangement of troops and horses.


    There are more than 40 city passes in five counties. If calculated according to the arrangement of Fazheng, at least ten cities need to be arranged with about 5000 soldiers. If calculated in this way, it is 50000 soldiers.


    In addition, for the other nearly 40 cities, even if only a thousand foot soldiers are arranged, it also needs nearly 40000 foot soldiers. In addition to these, it also needs about 20000 mobile troops. In this way, the state needs nearly 100000 soldiers. If you add 58000 cavalry, you need nearly 200000 troops and horses.


    God, at the thought of this, Huangfu Chaobo couldn''t help but get a big head. This is only a state that needs 200000 troops. In this way, it''s impossible to estimate 1.5 million, and it is likely to exceed 2 million. You should know that although he has just won the nine counties of Bingzhou, plus the refuge of several counties in youbeiping, he will not exceed 20 million people on a full scale.


    Just then, there was a rush of footsteps outside the hall, and then a voice came from afar.


    "Report, report to the king, Youzhou urgent report from Luoyang!"

 Chapter 1391

    Everyone was surprised and turned to look out of the door.


    Huangfu Chaobo looked up and looked out of the door, but he said in his heart: "what''s wrong with Youzhou? He accepted the help of Gongsun Yue a few days ago. There was an urgent report in just a few days. Has Yuan Shao sent troops to attack youpeiping? No, many of Yuan Shao''s troops are now in Daijun, is it..."


    Half a month ago, after Yuan Shao''s army captured Jicheng, Gongsun Zan burned himself and died in the city as usual in history. In addition to his sworn brothers, Gongsun Xu, his only son, died with him. In this way, the state of Yan was declared extinct.


    A few days later, after receiving the news of Gongsun Zan''s death, Gongsun Yue and Gongsun fan brothers contacted the western Liaoning governor of the state of Yan, the king''s gate of Lu long, the former governor of Zhuo County Tian Kai and the relevant Jing people of the state, and announced that all the other counties of the state of Yan had been reduced to the Tang Dynasty. By this time, the state of Yan was really destroyed and divided up by Yuan Shao and Huangfu Chaobo.


    Huangfu Chaobo, who got the news, immediately ordered Luoyang to give an order to the people of Youzhou. First, he welcomed the future investment, and then Huangfu Chaobo ordered the people of Youzhou to do nothing for the time being and perform their duties to stabilize Youzhou


    The troops of the counties in youbeiping were almost emptied by Gongsun Zan. The troops of these counties were very empty, so Huangfu Chaobo ordered the counties to recruit troops quickly and replenish the insufficient troops of each county.


    For example, the special arms of Gongsun brothers are white horse Yicong. Although they can''t be compared with Gongsun Zan and Zhao Yun, they are the top cavalry after Huben cavalry, and they are recruited. Therefore, compared with ordinary cavalry, their advantages are unspoken.


    However, less than ten days after his will was sent out, there was an urgent report, which couldn''t help but make Huangfu pay more attention to it.


    Soon, a messenger appeared in the eyes of the people. Seeing this, Gao Shun hurried to the door, took the letter from the messenger''s hand, glanced at it, and his face changed greatly. He immediately walked to Huangfu Chaobo, handed over the note with both hands, and whispered: "Your Majesty, Youzhou urgent report, Xianbei''s invasion to the south!"


    "Sure enough!" Huangfu Chaobo was deeply in his heart, but he didn''t show it on his face. He stretched out his hand to take the letter and hurriedly scanned the words on the letter. This is a pigeon letter, so the content on it is very brief.


    "Wang men urgently reported that 50000 Xianbei cavalry attacked Chifeng! Meng Yi"


    Then there is another line of small characters: "please return to Luoyang as soon as possible to preside over the overall situation! Tian Feng"


    This is a pigeon letter sent from Chengde. At present, the state of Tang has only two pigeon stations in Youzhou. One is in Chengde and the other is in leting port, Liaoxi county. This pigeon letter is the urgent pigeon letter sent by Meng Yi from Chengde. The latter sentence was added by Tian Feng, the State Minister left behind in Luoyang, after reading the pigeon letter, and then handed it to the shadow to send it to Jinyang with a carrier pigeon.


    However, after only a few words, he simply can''t understand the current situation of Youzhou. According to past experience, after the pigeon letter is sent, Meng Yi will write a detailed Memorial and arrange an express ship to Luoyang through leting port.


    In fact, Huangfu Chaobo''s plan is to arrange Bingzhou as soon as possible and return to Luoyang. His original intention was to go to Youzhou once after finishing the government affairs accumulated in Luoyang for half a year, but he didn''t expect that there would be an accident in Youzhou before he returned to Luoyang.


    "Where''s Shi ah!" Pass the pigeon letter to Guo Jia. Huangfu Chaobo asks the messenger;


    "Report back to the king. General Shi said there must be follow-up urgent reports in Youzhou, so he handled the matter in Jinyang himself." The messenger answered quickly;


    While they were talking, Guo Jia had finished reading the content, and then said to Huang Fuchao, "please go south to Luoyang as soon as possible to preside over the overall situation!"


    Huangfu Chaobo stood up, walked back and forth on the high platform for two times, and finally returned to the back of the middle table.


    "Listen to Zhang Liao!"


    "Will not be in!"


    "Gu Ling, you should select 10000 soldiers from all the existing troops and horses in Bingzhou, reorganize and practice Bingzhou wolf riding, complete it within ten days, and then lead the troops south to Luoyang."


    Zhang Liao was very excited when he heard the speech. You know, only three people in the whole state of Zhao could train Bingzhou wolf riding, except Lv Bu''s father and daughter. However, due to various reasons, he was not able to train Bingzhou wolf riding in the end. He didn''t expect that after his surrender, Huang Fu Chaobo allowed himself to train Bingzhou wolf riding first.


    "Thank you for your grace. Please rest assured that you will finish the wolf riding training within ten days!"


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded and continued: "wait and see, Zhao Yun listens to the order!"


    "I''m here!"


    "After Zhang Liao''s Bingzhou wolf cavalry is selected, all the troops and horses of Bingzhou will be reorganized by your court. Remember, the priority cavalry, the sudden cavalry of huyandu, the Xiongnu cavalry of qubei, the Wuhuan cavalry under the command of general Xian Yufu, and the cavalry of crane control camp and Hujie camp will be under your command."


    "After all the cavalry are replenished, the infantry also need to be integrated. According to the scheme just mentioned by Fazheng, first arrange the defense of the northern counties. As for the internal affairs, after Gu returns to Luoyang, discuss with the state minister and them to determine the candidate of Assassin as soon as possible and come to take over the political affairs of the counties."


    "Before the arrival of the new appointment, you are the first person in charge of military and political affairs in the whole northern counties. FA is serving in the army. You two are fully responsible for the resettlement and defense of soldiers and horses in each county."


    "No command!"


    "Wei Chen respects the purpose!"


    Zhao Yun and FA Zheng hurried forward to get the order.


    "Tian Yu!"


    "Will not be in!"


    "After Zhao Yun has replenished the rest of the cavalry of the battalions, you will also replenish the cavalry of Yingyang battalion. Lead the troops back to Shangjun as soon as possible and help Pang Taishou stabilize Shangjun at ease."


    "No command!"


    After seeing Tian Yu, Huangfu Chaobo was lucky. Fortunately, when LV Lingqi captured Fushi this time, the three carriages of Shangjun were not there.


    At that time, Lieutenant Li Ling was leading a large army south to threaten the Xihe River of the state of Zhao, while the governor Pang Shanmin and the county mayor Liu Yixun inspected the newly occupied cities of Zhenlin and Meiji to appease the people. If they were all in Fushi city at that time, they would be either cut down or kidnapped by LV Lingqi. Huangfu Chaobo would lose a lot.


    "Gao Shun, Dian Wei!"


    "Will not be in!"


    "Order the trapped camp and iron wall camp to get ready, return to Jinyang immediately after the discussion, and quickly return to Luoyang south after meeting the army!"


    "Promise!"


    "The rest of the generals are temporarily under the command of Pingbei General Zhao Yun. There must be no mistake!"


    "Minister, take orders!" As soon as the rest of the crowd heard this, they answered in unison;

 Chapter 1392

    After Huangfu Chaobo arranged the defense of Yanmen counties, he hurriedly left Yanmen pass under the protection of Gao Shun and Dianwei and went to Jinyang. The only person who went south with him was Zhang Yan. He came from Leping and had not talked to Huangfu Chaobo for a few words. He had to hurry back to Leping to defend against the possible attack of the state of Wei.


    The other generals of the state of Zhao, except that Zhang Liao selected soldiers at Yanmen pass to form Bingzhou wolf riding, did not arrange official positions for the time being. Zhao Yun lost his anger and arranged it for him for the time being.


    Huangfu Chaobo also had no choice. If he had enough time, he could wait until all the soldiers were reorganized, and then arrange jobs for the people. But now, with the war in Youzhou, his plan has been disrupted again. Have the intention to take all the generals away, but the generals of Yanbei counties are not familiar with them, and these people are local snakes. With their help, it will be good for the Tang army to control all parts of the country.


    Huangfu Chaobo is not afraid of their moths. On the one hand, the state of Zhao has been destroyed. Although LV Lingqi ran to Beidi with tens of thousands of people under the protection of Chen palace, she is only a girl after all. Moreover, Beidi county is not large and has a small population. It is still very difficult to be an enemy of the state of Tang in nearly 100 counties in several states.


    Another point is that the families of these generals are basically Binzhou. In addition, all the soldiers and horses of the state of Zhao will be broken up and reorganized again. Huangfu Chaobo is not afraid that they will have any differences, so he simply threw his anger to Zhao Yun for arrangement.


    Huangfu Chaobo was not afraid of the army of the state of Wei in Daijun. He had 50000 cavalry soldiers for 100000 soldiers. If Yuan Shao didn''t have a brain problem, he basically wouldn''t have the idea to tease himself. Moreover, Huangfu Chaobo also explained to Zhao Yun that once the Wei army sent troops to Yanmen County, he must beat them hard and don''t be afraid of causing a war in the state of Wei.


    When Huangfu Chaobo hurried south to Jinyang under the escort of two thousand guards, there was also a wave of people running south in Lulong County thousands of miles away. The leader was the king''s gate of Lulong County.


    Yes, this group of people is the wangmen group that Huangfu Chaobo is worried about. Although there are only a few words on the pigeon letter, 50000 Xianbei army invaded Chifeng. While ordering the army to assemble for the city defense, the wangmen sent people to the southern counties for emergency.


    Several elite riders rushed all the way with the urgent letter from the king''s gate to warn the counties in the south.


    Unfortunately, although Huangfu Chaobo has ordered all counties in Youzhou to recruit soldiers as soon as possible to supplement their combat strength, Gongsun Zan has done too hard before. Chifeng City, which used to have 10000 soldiers and 5000 cavalry, has only 4000 soldiers and 1000 cavalry left. After Huangfu Chaobo ordered the recruitment, it is only a few days now that wangmen has just recruited no more than 2000 recruits.


    You know, there are only tens of thousands of people in the whole Chifeng City, and the recruitment of 2000 recruits is the limit. With these 6000 infantry and 1000 cavalry, the king''s gate still clenched its teeth and supported for five days. There are only 2000 people left in the last 7000 troops and horses, and Chifeng city still can''t hold it.


    Fortunately, after receiving the warning from the king''s gate, Meng Yi gathered troops and horses to prepare for the invasion of Xianbei army, and gathered all people in Yanbei for urgent discussion.


    After discussing with Yuan Sihe, the governor of the county, and Zhao Yu, the Duwei of the county, Meng Yi decided to give up Chifeng City. There was no way. The troops of Yanbei county were also tight, so he couldn''t send more reinforcements to support Chifeng City at all.


    Not only Chifeng City, but also Louzidian town and dianzi city in the south of Chifeng are giving up. All soldiers, horses and people are retreating to the south of Xiaosigou town. If the people want, they will retreat all the way south and return to Liaoxi County in the pass for resettlement, while soldiers and horses are guarding Xiaosigou town.


    There are only 80000 troops in Yanbei county. When attacking the state of Zhao, 20000 cavalry and 10000 infantry have been transferred. In addition, 10000 infantry have been sent to support the Gongsun Yue brothers in youpeiping. Now the total number of troops in Yanbei cities is less than 50000. If you want to transfer troops to support the king''s gate, it is impossible.


    In desperation, Meng Yi had to send a letter to the wangmen, asking him to hold Xianbei soldiers and horses for a few days, wait for the opportunity to evacuate, retreat into Xiaosigou town for defense, and wait for the will from Luoyang.


    "Hoo! Hoo!" The bloody King''s gate struggled to get down from his war horse, regardless of whether the ground was full of large and small stones. He sat down on a slightly larger stone and gasped heavily.


    "When the order goes down, the army will rest for a quarter of an hour. Wang Ping, count the situation of the army, see how many people there are, and send someone back to meet jing''er and see their casualties."


    "No, general!" A guard like Yan Jun stood up and shouted to the soldiers beside him, "the general has an order, and the army will rest for a quarter of an hour!"


    "Hula!"


    Hearing this command, the soldiers who had just been running desperately collapsed to the ground, one by one tired into dogs.


    There are two hundred cavalry beside the king''s gate, which is his last support. These cavalry didn''t get off their horses to rest. Half of them sat on horses and looked at the north direction with vigilant eyes, ready to kill at any time.


    "General, take a sip of water." A guard picked up a water bag, opened the cork and handed it to the king''s door.


    The king didn''t speak. He took the water bag and drank it hard. After taking several big gulps, he finally stopped, handed the water bag to the pro guard, wiped the water drops next to his lips, and turned his head to the north.


    Chifeng City has worked hard for several years before it has the current scene. However, because a large number of soldiers have been transferred, they have to give up in the end. It''s really unwilling.


    Thinking of this, the king''s gate shook his fist and smacked it hard on the ground.


    "Bang!"


    The close guards nearby were startled. Everyone looked towards the king''s gate. One of them saw that the king''s hand seemed to have been injured and hurried forward to help him stop bleeding.


    After the Duke of the kingdom of Wei and the Duke of the kingdom of Tang, he decided to sign his name from the Duke of the Duke of the kingdom of Tang. Therefore, he was urgently signed by the Duke of the Duke of the kingdom of Tang. Before the Duke of the kingdom of Tang and the Duke of the Duke of Tang, he decided to transfer his name from the Duke of the kingdom of Tang to the Duke of Tang.


    As for the state of Yan, the king of Yan has broken the hearts of these old brothers. Don''t you see that even his own brothers are unwilling to help him? It can be said to be a real betrayal of relatives. Apart from anything else, just recruiting most of Lulong''s elite to Jicheng and mastering them all in their own hands has made the royal family feel cold. You know, Lulong is a border county, and he has only 5000 troops in the county city. Can he defend this city?

 Chapter 1393

    After receiving the news from youpeiping, the wangmen immediately gathered all the officials and generals in Chifeng City and announced the matter to them. To his relief, none of the people in Chifeng City had any opinion about taking refuge in the king of Tang Dynasty. Originally, the wangmen also prepared swordsmen and axes, and finally found that these preparations had been made in vain.


    Soon, the will of the king of Tang came from Luoyang, asking everyone to perform their respective duties, step up the recruitment of troops, expand their forces, and prevent the invasion of Xianbei in the north. Yanbei county also sent a batch of weapons and equipment at the first time. Just when everyone in the royal family was relieved, an accident occurred.


    On this day, Wang men just returned to the Taishou mansion after patrolling the military camp. Because he has recruited 2000 soldiers, Wang men almost has to go to the military camp these days to have a look at the training of the newly recruited soldiers.


    Who knows, not long after returning to the Imperial Palace, the alarm bell rang in the city.


    "Come on, where''s the warning?" The king''s family was shocked and asked quickly;


    "It seems to be the direction of the north gate. Go and have a look before you leave." The guard general on duty outside the door quickly replied;


    Just as he was about to leave the Taishou mansion and go to the north gate of Chifeng City to observe, there was a rush of horses in the street in front of the Taishou mansion, and soon several war horses appeared in front of the Taishou mansion.


    Several bloody reprimanders rushed directly to the gate of the prefect''s house before stopping the war horse. They almost fell off their horses, and one of them had several feather arrows on his back.


    "Report! The scolding Houying team is asking Xu Xiong to see you!"


    "Pass!" Hearing the speech, the king ordered someone to bring it in the future.


    Soon, a general who denounced a Marquis was helped into the prefect''s house. He didn''t care to salute. When he saw the king''s gate, he quickly reported: "general, the Xianbei army is attacking!"


    "What?!" The king''s gate was surprised and stood up and asked, "where is the army? How many soldiers and horses are there? Have you ever found out who led the army?..."


    Although the scolding Marquis was injured, it was not very serious. When the king asked, he carefully reported it to him.


    It turned out that their team was the team that began to investigate the situation of Xianbei people in the North yesterday. Since Huangfu Chaobo gave warning, wangmen has increased its inspection around Chifeng. Twenty thousand elite cavalry were drawn from one thousand of their own cavalry to monitor the situation around Chifeng.


    Xu Xiong was one of the two hundred reprimand princes. Yesterday, it was their turn to go to the North patrol. According to the requirements of the wangmen in the past, the reprimand princes only need to reach more than 50 miles north of Chifeng. However, even if the will of the king of Tang came from Luoyang and asked the counties in Youzhou to pay attention to the trend of Xianbei people, the wangmen increased the 50 miles to 100 miles.


    It was this fifty Li that made Xu Xiong discover the whereabouts of the Xianbei army. On the grassland, one party saw the other party''s whereabouts, which means that the other party also saw his own whereabouts, so the five hundred Xianbei cavalry quickly separated from most of them and chased Xu Xiong and them.


    Seeing this situation, Xu Xiong took a rough look at the situation of Xianbei army, and without hesitation pulled his horse and ran away.


    However, even though Xu Xiong''s riding skills are outstanding among the Han Army, in the face of Xianbei elite, this riding skill is still war horse scum. Therefore, reluctantly, Xu Xiong had to send troops to delay the speed of Xianbei cavalry, but in the face of Xianbei elite, the intercepted cavalry can hardly survive two rounds.


    Finally, when Xu you escaped from the pursuit of Xianbei cavalry and fled to a distance of only five miles from Chifeng City, there were only ten of the 50 reprimanders left.


    Fortunately, they finally brought back the news of Xianbei''s attack.


    "Come on, come on, send orders down, ring the alarm, close the four doors, soldiers ascend the city and prepare for the battle." After hearing Xu Xiong''s report, the royal family was shocked. 50000 Xianbei troops came. The vanguard troops are ten times their own, and there will be more follow-up troops.


    Soon, the alarm bells rang one after another in the whole city, and the four city gates began to prepare to close. Teams of soldiers in armor and halberds began to climb the city head and arrange the defense of the city head. People outside the city also drove cattle and sheep back to the city. Vendors in the city packed up their things and prepared to close their stores. Residents on the streets also ran in the direction of their own homes.


    According to the regulations, after the alarm bell rings, the city gate must be closed immediately, the defensive taxi soldiers need to enter the city within a quarter of an hour, and the streets in the city must be cleared within half an hour. The whole city suddenly fell into panic.


    The king''s gate summoned other reprimands, carefully inquired about the information they had found, and determined that they had found the whereabouts of 50000 Xianbei army, they immediately sent people to write several letters of help, and then summoned a team of personal guards to give them several letters of help, and asked them to divide them into five ways to ask Chengde for help.


    Soon, fifty cavalry left the South Gate of Chifeng before the gate was closed and ran in several directions to the south.


    "Come here, take the armor and mount the city to meet the enemy!" After the letter for help was sent out, the king''s gate did not stay in the Imperial Palace, but went to the North City under the escort of the pro guards.


    Half an hour later, Chifeng City was quiet again.


    Wang Shibei finally appeared in the sight of the black cloud behind the red cloud.


    Standing on the city wall, looking at the 50000 Xianbei cavalry approaching like a black cloud in the distance, many soldiers on the city wall were scared to look like earth, and even some timid ones were scared to have their teeth "cluck".


    "Ha ha..." just when the soldiers on the wall were in panic, the king''s gate standing at the head of the city suddenly laughed. The generals and soldiers around turned around and looked at their generals in surprise.


    A general asked, "Why are you laughing, general?"


    "Hum, back in those days, the general led more than 10000 warriors to defend Chifeng City. Hundreds of thousands of Xianbei dog thieves attacked the city for more than a month, but they were unable to capture the city. Finally, they were attacked inside and outside by reinforcements from the state of Yan and the state of Tang. Hundreds of thousands of Xianbei troops were killed into a river of blood, lost their soldiers and returned to the depths of the grassland."


    "I didn''t expect these Xianbei dogs to have such a short memory. In the past few years, 50000 miscellaneous soldiers have dared to touch the tiger beard of the king of Tang Dynasty. They really don''t know whether to die or live. Now there are nearly 10000 elite soldiers in Chifeng City, and the general has just sent several reinforcements to Chifeng for help. It only takes ten days and a half months for the king''s reinforcements to reach Chifeng. At that time, we must kill these Xianbei dog thieves."


    "Do you think these Xianbei thieves don''t know how to live or die, hahaha..." the king said and winked at several generals around quietly.


    Immediately someone reacted, looked at the hurried soldiers around, laughed and said: "the general didn''t say, Weijiang really almost forgot. Weijiang was also guarding the city with the general at the beginning. It was that war that didn''t kill level 16, which promoted Weijiang from the chief of the village to the commander of the army."


    "Hey, hey, I didn''t expect. I''m worried that I don''t have enough military skills. Xianbei dog sent us heads." With that, the army commander Ma gently pulled out the ring head knife on his waist, stretched out his tongue, added it, and said with a smile: "the big knife that has not been ready is already hungry and thirsty."


    The other generals also reacted, pretending to be extremely excited and rubbing their shoulders and palms, hoping that the Xianbei people would come forward and give their heads away now.


    The reaction of all the generals made all the soldiers around look in the eyes and become the soul of the soldiers. Seeing the relaxed look on the face of all the leaders of the king''s gate, the tension of the soldiers around immediately disappeared without a trace.


    The king''s family breathed a sigh of relief and shouted: "soldiers, I have sent someone to ask the king for help. It only takes a few days for the king''s reinforcements to arrive. At that time, I will be able to kill Xianbei dog thief and return. When Xianbei dog is broken, I will ask the king for help. Kill! Kill! Kill!!!"


    "Kill! Kill! Kill!!!" The soldiers at the head of the city raised their weapons one after another and responded loudly. For a moment, the whole wall echoed with shouts of killing.

 Chapter 1394

    Seeing that the soldiers at the head of the city were finally excited, the king''s gate and Yigan generals were finally relieved. Ordinary soldiers don''t know the current situation of the state of Tang in Youzhou, but the generals understand that at the beginning, the king''s clan was able to hold Chifeng City by more than 10000 elite soldiers under its command. Although there are seven or eight thousand troops in Chifeng City today, there are only more than 2000 real elite soldiers. The remaining two thousand were recruited only last year, and two thousand are new recruits just recruited.


    This ten thousand yuan is quite different from the ten thousand yuan a few years ago, but the royal family has no way. If we don''t find a way to improve the morale of soldiers, Chifeng City is estimated to be unable to keep it for a day. At that time, tens of thousands of people in the city will become slaves of Xianbei people. Even killed by Xianbei people.


    In fact, the king''s family knows the reinforcements he said. Let alone ten and a half days and months, it is estimated that whether three or five thousand soldiers will appear under Chifeng City in a month is still unknown. Nowadays, the counties in Youzhou, the state of Tang, are at the most empty time, and at this time, to the west of youpeiping, the army of the state of Wei is still eyeing there. Once it finds any opportunity, it will send troops to attack youpeiping.


    The king didn''t count how long Chifeng could keep, but he didn''t want to give up without saying a word.


    I have worked hard for several years to get the appearance of Chifeng City now, but I am really unwilling to give up so easily.


    Another point is that now I have just surrendered to the king of Tang Dynasty. In the face of the invasion of Xianbei soldiers and horses, I abandoned the city and fled. The king''s gate also joked about my life.


    What''s more, when he got the news of the attack of Xianbei army, Xianbei army had reached dozens of miles to the north of Chifeng. At this time, it was really dangerous to escape, so wangmen soon made a decision, sent people to the south to warn, and led soldiers to guard the city, hoping for a miracle.


    Outside Chifeng City, 50000 Xianbei troops quickly approached Chifeng City and soon reached several miles outside the city. It is the army of Xianbei in the East that sent troops to Chifeng City this time.


    In fact, what many people don''t know is that Xianbei is not what it was a few years ago. For example, after the eastern Xianbei army outside Chifeng City was defeated again by Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan a few years ago, the prestige of the eastern adult Suli in the eastern departments has fallen to the bottom.


    Especially in the two world wars, Suli lost several generals. Coupled with the heavy losses of the troops directly under him, many small tribes were centrifuged.


    MAIGA and que Ji took the opportunity to win over some disgruntled tribes, which increased their strength a lot. With this elimination and the rise of each other, Suli''s authority in the ministries of Xianbei in the East has been in name only.


    Later, Suli fell ill and died. In the battle for adults in the East, Micah suddenly emerged and defeated que Ji, who was not much different from his strength. After the defeat, que Ji finally led more than 20000 loyal subordinates to flee north and escaped into the vast Mobei wasteland.


    After that, Micah collected the people left by Suri after his death, and then spent several years integrating Xianbei in the East. This time, he heard the news of the emptiness of Youzhou''s troops, so he ordered the southern expedition.


    After several years of integration, MAIGA has basically mastered the eastern Xianbei in his own hands. Not only that, he is also preparing to secretly establish another Xianbei court. Now, although he is only self styled as Zuo Xian king, people with clear eyes can see that he is only one step away from Shan Yu''s position.


    This southern expedition was the first step for him to establish his own king''s court. He was ready to place his king''s court in Chifeng. As long as he can succeed in winning Chifeng City, he will be able to achieve the results that Suli has not achieved, overcome the last trace of opposition in Xianbei in the East, and successfully stand on his own as Xianbei Shan Yu.


    In this southern expedition, the vanguard general is MAIGA''s eldest son, Mo rigen, who commands 50000 troops. Their goal is to get to Chifeng City as soon as possible. It''s better to capture Chifeng quickly when the Han people don''t respond.


    Unfortunately, people are not as good as heaven. Who knows that the sentry posts in Chifeng City will go one or two hundred miles deep into the grassland. Although Mo RI wants to send the most elite guard, he still didn''t leave all the Han sentry posts in the end.


    Fifty thousand Xianbei troops stopped three miles north of Chifeng City. Under the banner of general Zuo, dozens of Xianbei generals, large and small, gathered together. Among them was a 30-year-old Xianbei general, who was the pioneer General of the southern expedition, the eldest son of Zuoxian king MAIGA and general Zuo rigen.


    "Have all the gold and wood needles and Han people''s messenger for help been stopped?" Mo rigen looked at the banners standing on the head of Chifeng City. The Han soldiers were standing all over the city. Their morale was as high as a macro, and they asked without looking back;


    The general asked by him did not have the slightest disrespect. He sat on the horse and stroked Mo rigen''s chest and said, "go back to the left general. He was not incompetent. When we sent troops to the city, the messengers in the city had been divided into five routes out of the city. Although the children tried their best to intercept, several people escaped."


    "But please rest assured, senior general Zuo. There is absolutely nothing wrong with the news that he will not come back from the south. Now the troops of several counties in the east of Youzhou are insufficient. If you want to send troops to support Chifeng City, you can''t do it in a few months."


    "Because there are few reinforcements, it''s of no use at all, but if you want to send tens of thousands of troops, it''s estimated that you can''t get together so many troops by selling several Prefects."


    Speaking of this, the Xianbei general laughed. If you don''t pay attention to it, no one will find that this general is a player.


    Other Xianbei generals nearby also laughed one after another when they heard the speech, and someone said with a strange smile: "maybe when most of King Zuo Xian''s troops and horses arrive at Chifeng City, the Han people''s reinforcements have not been seen yet."


    "Since there is no way to stop it, who knows that the king''s gate will send the spy post so far. If the order goes on, the army will retreat and camp two miles."


    "Jeddah and baldness function. You two lead your headquarters to be stationed in the west of Chifeng City to prevent reinforcements from the Yixun city of the state of Tang in the West. The other departments are stationed in the north with our general. The army will rest for a day and attack the city tomorrow. Jinmuzhen, take someone to look around Chifeng City carefully and report the specific situation to our general later."


    As soon as they heard this, they hurriedly stroked their chest and said, "I haven''t taken command!"


    With his order, 20000 Xianbei cavalry separated from the brigade and went to the west of Chifeng City. Then, thousands of cavalry came out of the brigade and circled to the east of Chifeng City. It seemed that they wanted to go around the south gate to see the surrounding situation. The rest of the troops and horses retreated slowly towards the selected camp.

 Chapter 1395

    Tiemuzhen, a name, is a sacred name for people on the grassland. It is a God in the eyes of many grassland children.


    Jinmu needle is one of them. As a senior player, he and his two irons are native grassland men. They are all fans of Genghis Khan, so their names are Jinmu needle, silver wood needle and copper wood needle respectively.


    In fact, they originally wanted to develop on the grassland. However, the initial system did not open up alien forces at all. Therefore, helpless, the three only developed in Youzhou''s youbeiping and Liaoxi yesterday.


    After that, with Huangfu Chaobo and Gongsun Zan''s development of the grassland to the north of Lulong fortress, they once again saw the opportunity for development on the grassland.


    It has to be said that the grassland is indeed a treasure land for the three people. In real life, the three of them can be said to have grown up on horseback since childhood. For riding, they are outstanding, not only in terms of riding, but also in terms of horse domestication.


    Because of this, after following Gongsun Zan''s army into the grassland in the north of Yanshan mountain, Jinmu needle realized the primary horse training when rounding up wild horses with other players, so their lives went on another avenue.


    With horse training, jinmuzhen gradually gained a foothold on the grassland, from the first few people to dozens of subordinates later. These subordinates are basically people of all ethnic groups on the grassland, either captured by players or captured by Gongsun Zan''s army.


    The gold wood needle used his domesticated horses and players or the generals of the royal family to exchange prisoners. In this way, in a few years, he saved nearly 30 cavalry.


    Next, if the gold wood needle goes step by step, he may become a war horse dealer, but the thing is so incredible.


    When the golden wood needle has given up and become a grassland force, the system has quietly changed. After the war in Chifeng City a few years ago, many alien races quietly joined the game as a force.


    After the previous battle in Chifeng City, jinmuzhen led his troops and horses to watch the battle outside Chifeng City quietly. Later, the royal family and the two allied forces of Wei and Tang Dynasties cooperated inside and outside, smashed the Xianbei army, and finally guarded Chifeng City, while the Xianbei army suffered heavy losses.


    However, the good luck of Jinmu needle appeared again. In the chaos of Xianbei army, Jinmu needle saved a Xianbei general, who was stunned. This general was the eldest son of MAIGA, one of the three tribes in the east of Xianbei.


    The three people who learned the news immediately quietly took Mo rigen back to their small village, and then tried their best to treat Mo rigen. In this process, the relationship between Mo rigen and Jinmu needle became better and better.


    More than a month later, Mo rigen''s injury was very good, so he decided to set off North and return to the station of Xianbei in the East. The straightforward Mo rigen directly invited jinmuzhen to go north with him. At the same time, he also promised that in order to thank jinmuzhen for saving himself, Mo rigen would set aside 100 accounts from his tribe to give jinmuzhen, and appoint jinmuzhen as Centurion at the same time.


    After receiving Mo rigen''s promise, without hesitation, Jinmu needle immediately recruited its own cavalry, and then took dozens of players willing to develop on the grassland to protect Mo rigen and plunged into the station of Xianbei in the east deep in the grassland.


    After several years of development, jinmuzhen finally became the commander of ten thousand, and Mo rigen was appointed as the left general by Micah. However, although there are no real ten thousand households, there are five thousand cavalry under him.


    You know, even if Mo rigen has only 20000 soldiers and horses that really belong to him, of course, 5000 of them are the most elite palace tent cavalry among Xianbei soldiers and horses.


    Although it has been developing on the grassland, as a player, Jinmu needle has never relaxed its attention to the princes in the south. At the beginning of the year, after the news that the state of Wei sent troops to the state of Yan and the state of Tang sent troops to the state of Zhao came, Jinmu needle has begun to persuade Mo rigen to influence Micah and send troops south.


    Finally, the effort pays off. Persuaded by the golden wood needle, Mo rigen finally persuaded Micah to send troops to the south to drive the Han soldiers back to the south of Yanshan Mountain and recover the fertile grassland in the north of Yanshan mountain.


    The vanguard of this battle was mo rigen. He led the 50000 Xianbei army to the south day and night. He wanted to attack the king''s gate by surprise and quickly capture Chifeng City. However, the day didn''t go with people''s wishes. He was found by the Marquis more than a hundred miles away from Chifeng city. Helpless, Mo rigen had to send someone to report the situation to Micah while marching under Chifeng City.


    However, Mo rigen is not prepared to attack the city after the Micah army arrives. Instead, he is prepared to attack the city after the army has rested for a whole night, because there are only thousands of defenders in Chifeng City, but tens of thousands of people live in Chifeng City. If he can capture Chifeng City, Mo rigen''s strength will be greatly improved.


    You know, Mo rigen is not the only son of MAIGA. There are three younger brothers under him. Now they are all adults, and there are more than 10000 soldiers and horses under them. If Mo rigen doesn''t step up to expand his strength, these younger brothers will catch up with him in a few years.


    When the Xianbei army retreated to camp, jinmuzhen had led the most elite 1000 Xianbei cavalry in his hand to leave most of them and come towards the east of Chifeng City. His task was to look around Chifeng City to find the loopholes in the defense of Chifeng City and provide reference for the siege starting tomorrow.


    As a senior player, Jinmu needle is still very clear about the attack and defense of the city in the game. Because it has a good relationship with Mo rigen, it also indirectly affects Mo rigen, making him more familiar with the attack of the city than other Xianbei generals. This is also the reason why Micah wants to use Mo rigen as the forward of the army.


    A thousand Xianbei cavalry moved slowly along the hundreds of steps outside the city wall of Chifeng City. On the war horse, Jinmu needle carefully looked at the city in front of him. He hadn''t seen it for several years, but when he came all the way, Jinmu needle found that the situation of Chifeng City in front of him didn''t seem to be much different from what he saw a few years ago.


    It''s just that there are obviously fewer soldiers defending at the city head than a few years ago. There are only 5000 people defending in such a large city. I don''t know what''s in Gongsun Zan''s head.


    After observing the whole city, the gold wood needle didn''t stay outside the city, but led his 1000 Xianbei iron cavalry to the location of the big military camp.

 Chapter 1396

    When jinmuzhen led the cavalry back to Xianbei camp, it was two hours later. The reason why it took so much time was not that Chifeng City was too big, but that he looked for something again. No, it should be some marks.


    As a player, Jinmu needle began to collect all kinds of information on the grassland after entering Yanbei grassland. Therefore, after taking refuge in Mo rigen, Jinmu needle put most of its energy on Chifeng City.


    A few months ago, after receiving the news that Yuan Shao sent troops to Gongsun Zan, the spy sent by jinmuzhen got the news that Huangfu Chaobo sent tens of thousands of troops to Bingzhou for support. After that, jinmuzhen immediately sent someone to inquire into the intelligence of several counties around youpeiping.


    After determining that several counties of Tang and Yan were empty, Jinmu needle spared no effort to persuade Mo rigen to persuade Micah to send troops south to seize the counties at the north foot of Yanshan mountain.


    Later, driven by various reasons, Micah finally decided to send troops to the south, so Jin Rizhao sent a large number of spies to sneak into Chifeng City in batches, so that when Xianbei army attacked Chifeng City, it could help the army seize the city.


    A thousand elite riders soon came to the periphery of the camp. After careful questioning by several teams of patrol riders, Jinmu needle went outside its own camp, which is different from other camps of Xianbei army. After all, Jinmu needle has received more than ten years of compulsory education and poured water on the forum for many years. She still knows something about marching accounting.


    Therefore, their camp is not like the camp of other Xianbei army. They directly put up a tent on the ground, but surrounded all the taxis with some carts. In the camp, several teams of soldiers were arranged to patrol back and forth.


    At the gate of the camp, a player is waiting for the gold wood needle. It is the second and silver wood needles among the three of them. Compared with the gold wood needle and the third copper wood needle, the silver wood needle is more inclined to strategic development.


    "Boss, how''s it going?" Seeing that Jinlin needle led the cavalry back, yinmu needle quickly asked;


    "Not bad. Instead of being in the camp, you came here to wait for me. What''s the matter?" The gold wood needle gave him a look, and they nodded with understanding.


    "Well, there''s an order from the Chinese army to rush to the meeting immediately after you come back."


    "OK," the gold wood needle nodded, turned to look at the commander next to him and said, "Chi mu''er, take the army back to the camp to rest, Wushu, and lead a team of people to the Chinese army."


    "Yes, general!" The two Xianbei generals next to him quickly stroked their breasts and took orders.


    For his subordinate generals, there is no way to use gold wood needles. Just because he developed too late, although he is a commander in chief and his subordinates also have 5000 troops and horses, he does not have a famous historical general. All of them are transferred generals trained by himself. Fortunately, he has accumulated a lot of transfer pills in the game. In addition, Mo rigen can float a few pills occasionally, which enables him to make up and practice 5000 elite.


    Although his five thousand elite soldiers are not as good as the palace account soldiers, they are already tens of thousands better than other ordinary Xianbei cavalry soldiers. They can be called the soldiers and horses not in the forefront under murigan.


    Soon, the gold wood needle arrived at Mo rigen''s camp. At this time, the generals of the two camps had arrived in the big tent of the Chinese army. The gold wood needle quickly walked forward, saluted Mo rigen, and then carefully explained the situation around Chifeng City and the city wall he saw to you.


    All the people in the tent listened carefully to the explanation of the golden wood needle. It should be said that all the people present had developed with Mo rigen in recent years. Like the golden wood needle, they had today''s achievements with their backs against the big tree of Mo rigen.


    In the Chifeng City war a few years ago, most of them were just the posts of commander of a thousand or even Centurion. If they were cavalry hunting, they were good hands, but they knew nothing about attacking cities and plundering land.


    There was no way. The gold wood needle had to divide more than half of the simple siege equipment prepared in advance and give it to Mo rigen to arrange various troops to attack the city.


    Returning to their camp from the Chinese Army''s big tent, the third of their three good friends couldn''t wait to ask before the golden wood needle had time to breathe.


    Speaking of which, we had to make complaints about the names of Jin Mu''s three people.


    As loyal fans of Genghis Khan, although they also wanted to choose a better name, due to system restrictions, jinmuzhen finally had to choose this name for the three of them.


    Gold wood needle, silver wood needle, copper wood needle


    When he first took these three names, he was still proud for a long time. However, the other two people said that they could not beat him if they had muscles and brains. However, the other two had to agree to his name.


    "Boss, how''s it going?" Copper wood needle opening;


    "What else can we do? Start attacking the city tomorrow. No matter Mo rigen or the others, they all want to capture Chifeng City before the Micah army arrives, and go to the city to make a profit." The gold wood needle took the water bag handed by the silver wood needle next to it. After drinking most of the pot, he wiped the water stain on the corner of his mouth;


    "Did you tell murigan about the spy, and did they sneak into the city?" Copper wood needle asked;


    The golden wood needle nodded: "I talked to Mo rigen, but it''s basically impossible for them to take advantage of the chaos in the first few days, so the army should attack the city for a few days first anyway. Mo rigen has agreed with me."


    "That''s good," the silver wood needle nodded. "You know, we and the players have only sent less than 100 people into the city. It''s still very difficult to rely on them to cooperate inside and outside. If we attack the city for a few days and make the defenders in the city tired, the probability of success is much higher."


    "Yes, they only have 20 players, and Bob, although they have more than 70 people and are the most elite soldiers in my hands, the number is still too large, and they have other more important tasks to complete." Gold wood needle connector his topic way;


    "By the way, Dick, how''s the siege equipment going?"


    "I''ve said it many times. Don''t call me the second. You''re the second. Your whole family is the second." The silver wood needle smelled the speech and fiercely compared a middle finger to the gold wood needle.


    "OK, OK, my brother is wrong. Lao Yin, er, is also strange. I have to say it directly."


    The silver wood needle gave the gold wood needle a white eye with resentment on its face and said helplessly, "although we have tried our best to collect these dozens of craftsmen in recent years, the materials on the grassland are too scarce. They have started work day and night. Up to now, they have built more than 100 Simple siege ladders. As for other equipment, they can''t do it at their level."


    "No matter how much, there are many kinds of materials around Chifeng. You can send 70% of the ladders to the Chinese army in morigen later, and then talk to morigen and ask all departments to arrange people to cut wood and send as much wood as possible. Otherwise, the siege equipment is not enough. We just take this opportunity to let the craftsmen practice their skills."


    When the silver wood needle heard the speech, it lit up and nodded and agreed.

 Chapter 1397

    Early the next morning, the Xianbei army after a night''s rest began to attack Chifeng City. To the king''s relief, although there were many people, the Xianbei army had no siege equipment, and only some ordinary siege ladders.


    Although Chifeng City is located at the north foot of Yanshan mountain, the city wall basically belongs to the board built city wall, because Gongsun Zan did not give the king''s gate enough money and food, but in a few years, the king''s gate wrapped the inner city wall with bluestone and raised it at the same time, especially after the Xianbei army attacked the city a few years ago, the king''s gate specially raised the inner city wall by three feet.


    On the north city wall, the king''s gate led the people to stand on the tower and watched the Xianbei army approaching slowly in the north. Unlike yesterday, today''s Xianbei was obviously prepared. Some of the soldiers rode on the horses, but carried cloth bags filled with earth, and some soldiers carried bows and arrows to provide cover for the soldiers filling the trenches.


    Further away, some soldiers dismounted and lined up behind the trench filling team, each holding a machete in his right hand and a siege ladder next to his left foot.


    "Woo woo!..."


    With the sound of trumpets, tens of thousands of Xianbei soldiers roared together. Nearly a thousand soldiers who filled the trench with earth rushed out on horseback, carrying cloth bags filled with earth and rushed to the moat in front of the city wall.


    When they saw that there were twenty or thirty steps from the moat, they pulled their horse''s head, and the war horse was almost close to the edge of the moat. Almost when the war horse cut the edge and turned, the cloth bag in the knight''s hand was thrown out by them. After flying for a few steps, it fell into the moat.


    When the Xianbei cavalry was about to be within the range of the bow and arrow at the head of the city, hundreds of archers who had been ready at the head of the city loosened their bowstrings at the command of the general of the city. With a "buzzing" sound, hundreds of bows and arrows flew away from the head of the city and rushed towards the Xianbei cavalry in front.


    Unfortunately, there are too few archers at the head of the city, but hundreds of people are almost a drop in the bucket in the face of the fast-moving Xianbei cavalry. After a round of bows and arrows fall, only 20 Xianbei cavalry fell. Fortunately, several Xianbei cavalry stumbled and fell down. They quickly rolled aside to avoid being trampled by the war horses behind them, and those who were unlucky were trampled directly by the cavalry behind them.


    Looking at the eyes, the king''s gate was already prepared, but he couldn''t stop being disappointed. There is no way. There are only 7000 troops, including 1000 cavalry. They are also the most elite soldiers beside him. Now they are resting in the city.


    Among the remaining 6000 soldiers, the real old soldiers are only 1000, of which less than 500 are archers. They are distributed to the four walls. Even with the newly recruited soldiers, there are only a few hundred. The enemy''s main attack, such as the north wall, is only more than 400 people.


    "Come and give orders. The archers stop shooting and let the old soldiers shoot directly. The rest rest rest and prepare for battle when the ants attack the city." Without much thought, the royal family issued an order that surprised everyone.


    "Promise!" Soon, several heralds left the tower and sent orders to the defensive generals of the walls on all sides.


    It seems that the situation inside the city is really different from that outside the city. It seems that everyone is really disappointed to see that the generals inside the city have come out of the city. We only need to strengthen our own attack. I believe we can attack the city in a few days.


    At the thought of being full of gold and silver and countless Han women, all the Xianbei generals were hot.


    "General Zuo, it seems that there are really not many troops in the city. According to the future, it''s better to press the army and attack with all your strength!" Qi Fu ordered to fight on one side.


    Mo rigen watched the cavalry filling the trench rush towards the moat in batches. Although dozens of cavalry were lost each time, this loss was only a drop in the bucket compared with the 50000 iron cavalry under his command.


    However, even so, in the face of the plea to fight, he still rationally refused.


    "No, today is the first day of the war. Although it seems that there are not many archers in the city, they can consume more bows and arrows and soldiers of the Han army. When they attack again, the warriors will have less sacrifice. Just like hunting wolves on the grassland, smart hunters always wait for the wolves to be tired."


    "However, King Zuo Xian''s army will arrive soon..." Qi Fu ordered to smell the speech and hurried;


    Mo rigen stretched out his hand to stop his topic: "don''t worry, King Zuo Xian''s army and the old camp won''t arrive so soon. It will take ten days as soon as possible. Can''t we attack the city in these ten days?"


    "Yes!" Begged to obey the law, so he had to bow his head and take orders.


    The Qifu department is one of several large tribes in Xianbei in the East. The sister of the Qifu law is mo rigen''s wife. Therefore, for Mo rigen''s loyalty, the Qifu department is second only to Mo rigen''s direct subordinates. The Qifu law will not directly refute Mo rigen''s orders.


    "Gold wood needle, has the sentry post in the south of Chifeng city been sent out?" Seeing that Qi Fu''s law stopped talking, Mo rigen turned his head and looked at the golden wood needle road;


    "Please don''t worry, senior general Zuo. My third brother has led a thousand elite cavalry to set out an hour ago. If there is any news of reinforcements in the south, they will send someone to warn at the first time."


    "Very good," murigan nodded and continued to watch the reaction of the city. When he saw that the defenders in the city had even stopped shooting, he quickly ordered: "send orders and add 2000 people to fill the trench. Before noon today, we must block the moat and attack the city in the afternoon."


    Soon, another two thousand cavalry soldiers crossed the array and went towards the moat with cloth bags on their backs.


    At noon, the moat in the north and west of Chifeng City was finally blocked by Xianbei cavalry, which filled several siege channels on the moat.


    With the order of Mo rigen, a thousand Xianbei soldiers who had already prepared rushed towards the city wall with a siege ladder in one hand and a machete in the other.


    The most tragic Ant Attack in the siege finally began.


    "Give the order, all archers, aim at the front 50 steps, shoot up and get ready."


    "Draw the bow!"


    "Top chord!"


    "Ready! Put it!"


    "Buzzing, buzzing!"


    "Whoosh, whoosh!"


    "Long Spearman, sword shield hand, prepare for battle!"


    "Long fork ready, Xianbei dog''s siege ladder is coming up!"


    With bursts of shouts, a group of soldiers began to get ready at the head of the city. The melee battle will begin soon.

 Chapter 1398

    The war in Chifeng City has begun, and in Chengde City, more than a hundred miles away from the southwest, the governor Meng Yizheng has a discussion with the county Cheng Yuan Si and the Duwei Zhao Yu.


    "The help letters from Lord yuan, General Zhao and the royal family''s prefect have been sent to Luoyang by Feilu, but now the king is in the northern expedition to the state of Zhao. Although the state of Zhao has been destroyed, in order to stabilize the land of Bingzhou, he should not set out to return to Luoyang. Therefore, according to my estimation, even if the urgent letter reaches the king at the fastest speed, it will take a day or two."


    "But Chifeng City''s defense strength is seriously insufficient, so now the plan can only be arranged by us first. At that time, we will report to the king." Looking at the two people in front of him, Meng Yi said solemnly;


    "However, if you send troops without the king''s will, then..." unlike Meng Yi, Yuan Si is a remnant of the yuan family. It is not long before he took refuge in Huangfu Chaobo. Although he was appointed as a county magistrate, he does not act like Meng Yi. He obviously needs to be cautious.


    "It''s not necessary." Meng Yi waved his hand in disapproval. They can be said to be the servants of Huangfu Chaobo, and now most of them have settled in Henan county for several years. It can be said that they are loyal to Huangfu Chaobo, and Huangfu Chaobo gave him permission to do it under special circumstances when he arranged for him to come to Yanbei.


    Another point is that even if Meng Yi has any other thoughts, Zhao Yu is Huangfu Chaobo''s nephew and daughter-in-law. She is also the general of the army. With her, Huangfu Chaobo will not have any bad ideas about sending troops.


    "If we wait for the king''s will, more than ten cities in Lulong County and Yanbei county may be lost, so we must arrange it as soon as possible. What''s General Zhao''s intention?"


    "Zhao Yu has no opinion. Since the king handed Yanbei over to the adult, he believes in the adult''s behavior. What should we do according to the adult''s wishes?" Zhao Yu is over thirty at this time. She is not the funny little girl of that year.


    As a woman and mother, she has grown into a mature general. Now Huang Xu, as the master general of Yanbei County, leads the army to go abroad, and Zhang an leads 10000 soldiers to support Gongsun fan''s youpeiping. Then she, the county lieutenant, has become the master general of the army. She also agrees with Yu Mengyi''s idea. If she waits for the will of Luoyang, the cauliflower will be cold.


    Therefore, in the face of Meng Yi''s inquiry, she immediately expressed her support, but she didn''t have much idea about how to arrange it. After all, she rarely led the army alone, and most of the time she appeared as a general.


    Meng Yi nodded. He was thinking about reinforcements as early as after receiving the letter from wangmen. However, although there are three more Youzhou counties in the whole Tang Dynasty, namely youpeiping, Liaoxi and Lulong, the military strength is already stretched.


    When Huang Xu led the army, he took 30000 infantry. Later, when Gongsun Yue brothers asked for help, he transferred nearly 10000 troops from Yanbei. Now the total number of troops in Yanbei is less than 40000, but he still needs to defend eight cities.


    In particular, the northern city of Yixun is a top priority. Chifeng City was attacked by Xianbei army, and Yixun city must not be spared. Now there are only 6000 troops in Yixun city. Fortunately, the position of Yixun city will be much simpler to defend than Chifeng City. Just for the sake of safety, Meng Yi decided to send a reinforcements to Yixun.


    "I''ve made up my mind. I''ll send troops from Longhua and Shuangluan cities to form reinforcements. It''s up to..." at this point, Meng Yi hesitated a little. Now Zhao Yu is the only one who leads the army. However, Meng Yi doesn''t want to be led by her.


    "I am the leader of the army. Please don''t hesitate. My uncle entrusted Yanbei to us at the beginning. Now my husband and brother Zhang are not here, so I have to lead the army in person. Moreover, I have been in the army for more than ten years. I went to war with my uncle and husband many times at the beginning, so please rest assured." Zhao Yu said firmly;


    Meng Yi thought for a moment. Except for Zhao Yu, there are only a few young generals, dianman and huangfuli. It is estimated that Meng Yi is not at ease if he wants them to lead the war.


    "After all, general Hao jianlao and I want to go out of the sea together, in addition to general Meng jianlao." Meng Yi had to promise. Originally, he was ready to lead the army. The children of the Meng family have always been proficient in both literature and martial arts. Just looking at Zhao Yu''s posture, he had to promise. However, he still put forward his own requirements.


    Yuan Si saw that both of them decided to send troops, so he no longer hesitated: "please rest assured, sir and General Zhao, that if the army needs to go to war, the lower officials will provide it with all their strength and will not delay the army."


    "OK, that''s it." Meng Yi clapped his hands immediately;


    Next, the three discussed the arrangements for the deployment of troops and reinforcements, then wrote a pigeon letter for the simple arrangement and sent it quickly by using Feilu in Chengde city. After that, the detailed arrangements were written into memorials. After the three signed respectively, they were quickly sent from to leting port and handed over to the Navy express ship to Luoyang.


    After arranging these, the order of the Imperial Palace began to be issued to the other cities.


    First of all, 4000 soldiers were transferred from Longhua city and quickly went north, leaving 2000 soldiers to enter sifanghe Town, making the defense force here reach 5000. The remaining 2000 people continued to go north to support the city of Yixun. In this way, the strength of Yixun City reached 8000. Because the city was much smaller than Chifeng City, these 8000 soldiers were enough to deal with it.


    Luanping, Shuangluan and Xiaban counties each dispatched 4000 infantry and 1000 cavalry, together with 2000 cavalry from Chengde, to Zhao Yu''s command, with a total of 12000 infantry and 5000 cavalry. They quickly entered Pingquan city in Lulong County to take over the defense of Pingquan.


    The reason why he stationed in Pingquan instead of continuing to go north to support Chifeng is that Meng Yi inferred that Chifeng City could not support the arrival of its own reinforcements. You know, Chifeng City of Nuo university has only 5000 garrisons. Facing a full 50000 Xianbei forwards, it is estimated that it can''t support for ten days.


    Another point is that Chifeng City goes out of Yanshan Mountain in the north and has gone deep into the grassland. The only back road of Chifeng City is to go through Louzidian town to the south, then dianzi city and Xiaosigou town to Pingquan City, and then go from Pingquan city to right Beiping or Yanbei County in the East.


    Therefore, in order to defend Chifeng City, several cities along the whole route need to be defended, but these cities are all on the same line. One side of this line is close to the mountain and the other side is grassland. Therefore, Xianbei cavalry can isolate these cities at any time. At present, the state of Tang does not have so many troops to defeat most of Xianbei. Therefore, Meng Yi''s attitude towards Chifeng City and dianzi city is to save if he can save, He gave up if he could not be saved, including in the memorial. He also reported his ideas to Huangfu Chaobo.

 Chapter 1399

    Zhao Yu supports Meng Yi''s arrangement very much. The generals of the Tang Dynasty, especially those who have been with Huangfu Chaobo for a long time, are greatly influenced by Huangfu Chaobo. That is, there is a way: fighting is not about the gains and losses of one city and one place, but to eliminate the effective power of the enemy. Save people and lose land, save people and land; Save the land and lose the people, and both people and land will be lost.


    Now the situation in Youzhou does not allow them to keep several cities in Chifeng, so they can only let them out temporarily and wait for the opportunity to recapture them when the time is ripe.


    Soon, the messenger soldiers in the prefect''s residence came out in all directions. The orders signed by Meng Yi and the three people arrived at cities under the transmission of the messenger. In less than half a day, the soldiers and horses of each city opened their mouths one after another and marched towards the established destination, and the subsequent food, grass and baggage were also in rapid preparation and concentrated in the direction of Pingquan city.


    Such a fast speed is not only due to Huangfu Chaobo''s war preparation arrangement, but also related to the sufficient number of cattle and horses in Yanbei.


    At the same time, Meng Yi also told Zhang an and Gongsun Yue generals in youpeiping about the arrangement of the military and horse transfer. However, there are only 30000 soldiers and 5000 white horses in Wuzhong City. Facing the nearly 100000 Wei troops in Yuyang, they dare not relax at all.


    If there is no end, the whole territory west of youbeiping and yuciguan in Liaoxi county will belong to the state of Wei. Without these places, all the territories of the state of Tang in Youzhou will be lost.


    After consultation, the people in Wuzhong City only came up with a way to use the horses and soldiers in Wuzhong City to step up the recruitment of 3000 white horse Yicong. Gongsun Yue led the old soldiers of 3000 white horse Yicong to Pingquan to join Zhao Yu and enhance the combat power of the cavalry. The 3000 newly recruited soldiers, together with the 2000 old soldiers in Wuzhong City, were handed over to commander Gongsun fan to step up training and form combat strength as soon as possible. Fortunately, although there were still 60000 or 70000 troops in Yuyang County in the state of Wei, there was no sign of continuing eastward advance for the time being.


    Meng Yi also sent a secret letter to the king''s gate in Chifeng City. In the letter, Meng Yi just asked the king''s gate to keep the city as long as possible, waiting for Luoyang to have a will, and he will send a large army to support as soon as possible. Of course, in addition to this letter, Meng Yi also asked the messenger to verbally reply to the situation that the king''s gate couldn''t keep. He abandoned the city and withdrew south. He and Zhao Yu will plead for him in front of the king.


    Huangfu Chaobo said that Meng Yi could break his own way, but it was aimed at Yanbei county. Now the people of the state of Yan have just surrendered, and Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement has not yet arrived. Therefore, Meng Yi and Wang menmen are still at the same level. Both of them are County prefects, and Meng Yi has not been authorized by Huangfu Chaobo to deal with the affairs of Youzhou, Therefore, in the end, it can only be such a result.


    ¡­¡­


    On the north wall of Chifeng City, wangmen looked at the Xianbei army that had been defeated again and breathed a long sigh of relief. It was the third day of the war, but there was no news from the south, and the defenders in his city had lost nearly a thousand people. Although most of them were newly recruited soldiers, the troops were even more tense for the huge Chifeng City.


    The first day of the war was very simple. Filling the trench in the morning was originally the most deadly and injured for the attacking side in the city defense war. However, their own archers were really limited. In addition, the Xianbei cavalry simply filled the trench with cavalry soil, which made them fill dozens of attack channels in one morning.


    In the next two days or so, when the ants attacked the city, they still suffered from too few soldiers. The north wall and the west wall are the two directions of Xianbei people''s attack, but the attacks in both directions are very fierce. In the other two directions, the east wall is integrated with the inner and outer walls, so the height of the wall is higher than that in the north and West. Although there are thousands of soldiers in Xianbei army, the attack intensity is much lower.


    As for the south wall, the Xianbei people didn''t send troops at all. The king''s gate also understood that the Xianbei people were playing the trick of encircling three and missing one. In this way, enough soldiers must be arranged for the four walls to defend, and the small number of soldiers would be even less.


    "Woo... Woo..."


    Among the Xianbei Chinese army, the horn of withdrawal sounded, the king''s gate looked to the west, and the sun was about to set. It seemed that today''s war was basically over, if the Xianbei army did not launch a night attack.


    "Come on, send orders and change your defense!"


    "Count the war damage!"


    "Carry all the wounded into the inner city for treatment!"


    "Replenish the defense materials at the head of the city!"


    With the orders issued by the king''s gate, the soldiers at the head of the city began to get busy again. Teams of soldiers ran up the wall and got busy in an orderly manner.


    The king''s gate sat on the horse face of the city wall and took out a thin cloth to carefully wipe his sabre, but his eyes couldn''t help looking to the south. Although he knew that the possibility of reinforcements was too small, he still hoped that reinforcements would come. After all, the city under his feet is his painstaking efforts over the years. If he gives up in this way, he is very unwilling.


    With the passage of time, I saw the sky getting darker and darker, but there was still no miracle in the south. The king''s gate put away the fine cloth in his hand and carefully looked at the war knife again before inserting it into the scabbard.


    "Choke!"


    "Go, accompany ben to patrol the city!" The king''s gate to the pro Guardian around him;


    Then he stood up and walked towards the west wall.


    Although his body was exhausted, the king''s gate still inspected the whole city wall. When he returned to the north city again, it was completely dark. After calling the general on duty on the city wall and giving careful instructions, he went down the city wall.


    Just after returning to the prefect''s residence and preparing to eat, the guard General of Nancheng sent someone to report. They found a messenger who claimed to be sent by Yanbei county. As soon as the king''s door heard this, he was in great spirits. He didn''t care to have a rest and dinner. He quickly ordered to bring people here.


    Soon, a man in black was escorted in by the soldiers. The king''s gate looked up and found that it was the head of Yanbei shadow guard he saw in Meng Yi''s imperial palace a few days ago.


    The king was shocked and ordered the soldiers to untie the rope tied to him: "it was an adult who came personally. The soldiers don''t know. If you offend me, please forgive me." With that, he also bowed his hand to the person.


    The visitor didn''t care. He rubbed his wrist and said with a smile: "General Wang doesn''t have to care. I''m ordered by the governor of Mongolia to deliver the letter. However, before that, please ask the general to verify the token according to the rules."


    With that, he took out a token from his arms and handed it to the soldiers next to the guard, who handed it to the king''s gate.


    The king''s gate took the token, carefully confirmed it again, and handed it back to the bearer: "where is the letter of the abbot?"

 Chapter 1400

    The visitor took out a note from his hiding place. On it was Meng Yi''s letter to the king''s gate. He handed it to a guard next to the king''s gate and handed it to the king''s gate.


    The king''s gate couldn''t wait to receive the letter, read the content three times five divided by two, and then stared at the visitor: "this, this..."


    He didn''t ask about the later words. Although Meng Yi replied to the letter and wrote a lot of words on it, he didn''t see a useful message from the beginning to the end.


    Meng Yi told himself to defend the city with all his strength, saying that they would assemble a large army to support as soon as possible, but the top didn''t say how many people could come and how long they could get to Chifeng City.


    Moreover, the following words made the wangmen feel that monk Zhang Er was confused. Meng Yi even told him that if he couldn''t keep it, he needed to be prepared for evacuation.


    However, Meng Yi didn''t say how to withdraw and how long he could keep it.


    The king''s gate looked at the messenger in front of him: "please don''t give me your advice. What does the governor mean by this letter, or does the governor have other words to tell you? Yes, yes, it must be so."


    The visitor looked at the king''s gate and smiled but didn''t answer, but his eyes looked at the guard maid next to him. The king''s gate immediately woke up and hurried out all the others, leaving only his own personal Guard commander and eldest son Wang Jing inside.


    "Report back to the Imperial Guard. The imperial guard does have something to say to General Wang in private. General Wang must be clear about the situation in Youzhou. In fact, both the Imperial Guard and General Zhao want to lead the army to come to support as soon as possible. However, there are too few soldiers in all counties in Youzhou now. If you want to hold Chifeng City temporarily, there is no problem, but it is almost impossible to defeat Xianbei army."


    Wang men nodded. He didn''t know the current situation, but


    "Therefore, after discussing with General Zhao, the governor of Mongolia felt that the current plan could only shrink the troops and give up some cities, so as to keep most of the cities of the Tang state in Youzhou."


    "Abandon the... Part?" Wang Jing listened on the sidelines and hurriedly asked;


    "Young general didn''t hear wrong. Besides Chifeng City, dianzi city is also giving up. The army withdrew to Pingquan city to resist Xianbei army at the north foot of Yanshan mountain."


    "No..." Wang Jing was about to retort, but was stopped by the king''s door.


    "Is this the result of the discussion between Meng Taishou and General Zhao?"


    "Good!"


    "What else did they say, or what would Ben do?"


    "Meng Taishou means that he hopes that General Wang can lead his troops to drag Xianbei army for a few days, and buy time for the evacuation of soldiers and people in the other cities. After the brigade retreats to the south of Xiaosigou Town, he will lead the army to break through. Of course, Meng Taishou also said that they are willing to bear the responsibility of losing land together with the general."


    "Hiss, empty mouth and white teeth. When the king is accountable, what if they turn their face and refuse to recognize it?" Wang Jing sniffed at the speech and sneered; "Why didn''t Montaigne write it in the letter?"


    "Not unwilling, but unable!" Facing Wang Jing''s sneer, the visitor answered frankly, "the governor said that if the king is willing to trust them, he can do it. If not, he can do it according to his own ideas."


    The royal family understands Meng Yi''s meaning. If those words are written on the letter and the messenger is caught by Xianbei people, the whole layout will fall into the eyes of Xianbei people. After all, the four counties in Youzhou are empty and Xianbei people know, but only their own people know what the specific situation is.


    However, if we don''t do what they say, not only Chifeng can''t hold on, but also the other cities are estimated to be choking. There are 6000 or 7000 troops in Chifeng City, and there are basically only 1000 or 2000 people in the other cities, which are all on the edge of the grassland. It''s very simple for Xianbei army to attack.


    "Go on!" After thinking for a moment, the king finally made up his mind.


    "Father!" Seeing this situation, Wang Jing quickly opened his mouth and prepared to stop it.


    "Don''t talk too much. Being a father has his own opinion."


    After listening to the words of the king''s gate, the visitor didn''t hide it any more. He detailed the decision of Meng Yi and Zhao Yu to the king''s father and son. Finally, he told the king''s gate that Meng Yi had written this strategy in the memorial sent to Luoyang, and this memorial had the joint signature and seal of three people in Yanbei county.


    After hearing this, the stone in the heart of the king''s gate really fell down. It''s false to say not to worry. After all, Meng and Zhao are the confidants of the king of Tang. Although they have known the king of Tang for more than ten years, they have only recently invested in it.


    As the defender of a county, the responsibility for losing land is a felony. If Huangfu Chaobo wants to punish him, others have no gossip to say.


    At this time, the red soldier stood on the gate of the city wall, and there was no sound of the wind from time to time.


    Looking back fiercely, the king''s gate said to people: "please tell the two generals that the king''s gate will cooperate with their arrangement. However, there are too few troops in Chifeng City, and there are capable people who are familiar with the siege technique in Xianbei army. We can keep it for up to ten days. Now three days have passed and seven days are left. If no one has come to answer, the king''s gate can only die in the city to repay the king."


    "Don''t worry, the prefect. Now that General Zhao has led the troops, it may not take ten days for the prefect to arrange a breakthrough. At that time, cavalry will come to meet the prefect and evacuate."


    "It''s so expensive!" Then the king''s gate made a gesture of invitation, and the visitor also understood it. He immediately bowed his hand and turned around to leave. The king''s gate also motioned his eldest son Wang Jing to send it out. Of course, he would have to give him some gifts to show his gratitude. The visitor didn''t refuse. He calmly took something from Wang Jing''s hand, and then left the Imperial Guard''s house and headed towards the south wall under the leadership of the king''s gate guard.


    ¡­¡­


    In the camp of the Chinese army of Xianbei forward, Mo rigen sat on the main seat, and the generals in the tent sat in it. There were roast fresh beef and mutton on on the table in front of everyone. While eating, they talked about the siege of the city in the past two days.


    The Xianbei army was not good at attacking the city at first, but in recent years, the eastern Xianbei army once went south twice. Although they were driven back to the depths of the grassland by the Han people, they still learned some superficial things about attacking the city. In addition, the siege ladder provided by gold and wood needles is much better than the ladder they made before. The loss of the siege in these two days is still small, which makes the Xianbei generals very happy.


    "General Zuo, are we going to increase the number of people to attack tomorrow? I think the Han people in the city have been unable to support it. We''d better capture the city as soon as possible, so as not to..." what he said was baldness. In these two days, their attack in the West City was very good. For example, they attacked the city twice during the day. Although they were finally driven down, in the siege of Xianbei army, It has never appeared in such an important city that it can attack the city in two days, which greatly increases the confidence of baldness function.


    But his suggestion didn''t get Mo rigen''s consent. It''s not that he didn''t want to, but the siege ladder provided by Jinmu needle was not enough. They had to give up. However, fortunately, they still had enough time. The army led by Micah still had seven or eight days to go. Both Mo rigen and Jinmu needle were confident in conquering Chifeng City in these days. In fact, for Jinmu needle, The tempo of attack is a little slower, which is better for him.


    Because he knows that the siege is a field that has never been involved for him, and the current combat power of Chifeng City just allows him to better adapt or learn the siege. Another point is that the craftsmen he has collected from various tribes of Xianbei people in recent years have not been well trained. Just now someone has provided enough raw materials for these craftsmen to practice more.


    As for the insiders in the city, from the current situation, it is not the best time to use it. After all, the war has just begun, and the vigilance in the city is the highest. He doesn''t want his arrangement to be empty in the end.

 Chapter 1401

    After leaving the prefect''s residence, Zhao Yu immediately rushed to the cavalry camp outside the city, because he didn''t know how the current war situation in Chifeng City was. Zhao Yu decided not to wait for the troops of Luanping and Shuangluan cities, but directly led the two thousand cavalry of Chengde down to Bancheng. After meeting the five thousand troops of Xiabancheng, he immediately set out to Pingquan city.


    In Meng Yi''s plan, Pingquan is the last line of defense, while Xiaosigou town in the north is the first line of defense. Therefore, Zhao Yu decided to rush to Pingquan city as soon as possible. If he arrived one day earlier, he could make preparations one day earlier.


    The two thousand cavalry left Chengde and headed for Xiabancheng in the East, just like the flood that burst the dike. The soldiers and horses of the other two cities would arrive at Pingquan by themselves and join Zhao Yu. As for the follow-up food, grass and supplies of the army, it was Yuan Si''s business.


    More than an hour later, more than 2000 cavalry arrived at Xiabancheng. At this time, there were 4000 soldiers and 1000 cavalry waiting outside the city. The leader was Hao Jian, the master of Xiabancheng.


    After meeting five thousand soldiers and horses in Xiabancheng, Zhao Yu only ordered a short rest, and then led three thousand cavalry to set out first. Hao Jian also followed her out first, and four thousand soldiers were handed over to the deputy general.


    Three thousand cavalry trotted all the way and finally arrived at the foot of Pingquan city before dark. At this time, the officials and generals in Pingquan city had become frightened birds. They closed the two gates of Pingquan city one hour before dark.


    There is no way. The letter of help from Chifeng City was sent to Chengde from Pingquan. There are only a thousand soldiers in Pingquan city. Fortunately, Pingquan city is not big, and there are only two gates in the north and south. A thousand soldiers can basically fill the city. If Xianbei people attack, a thousand people will not be enough for others.


    When the rumbling horse hooves sounded in the south of Pingquan, the defenders in the city were in doubt. They immediately sent someone to inform the county magistrate and county Wei who were on the north wall.


    When the county magistrates hurried to the Nancheng tower, 3000 cavalry also arrived at the foot of the city. They stopped 200 steps away from the city wall. One of Zhao Yu''s guard cavalry stepped out of the crowd, walked 100 steps away from the city wall and shouted to the city head, "who is on duty in the city? Zhao Yu, the governor of Yanbei county and guerrilla general, led his department to help. The principal officials in the city please come out and answer!"


    In fact, at this time, the people in the city have basically determined that the cavalry under the city is their own reinforcements, but for the sake of safety, the county captain still stretched out his head and shouted to the outside of the city at the sign of the county magistrate: "Pingquan County respects here, general under the city, please show your seal!"


    Zhao Yu listened to the shouting above the city wall and nodded gently. Yes, it seems that the county magistrate and county captain are sober and know to confirm their identity first. Thinking in his heart, his right hand took out his seal from his body and handed it to another guard. He came forward, put the seal in the hanging basket put down at the head of the city, and pulled it up to the officials at the head of the city for verification.


    Soon, after careful checking, the people at the head of the city immediately ordered to open the gate and welcome Zhao Yu and his cavalry into the city.


    Under the guidance of 50 Huben cavalry, Zhao Yu and his party of more than 3000 cavalry soon came to the gate of the city. At this time, the county magistrate and the county captain had come down from the head of the city and stood at the gate to meet Zhao Yu.


    "Lower officials welcome Zhao guerrilla!"


    "Don''t be polite. Please arrange a resting place for the army. From now on, I will take over the defense in the city. Now can there be new news from Chifeng City in the north? Can the sentry post of Xianbei people appear?" Zhao Yu didn''t do more polite with a group of officials, but asked directly;


    "When a general comes, we can rest assured. If we return to the general, there is no news from Chifeng after the first rescue letter from the governor of the king. Because of the lack of troops, the lower officials have not sent troops to Chifeng to inquire about intelligence."


    "I would like to ask the general, how many troops and horses will the king send to support? Is it the 3000 cavalry under the general''s command?" The county captain asked anxiously;


    "You can rest assured that these 3000 cavalry are just forwards, and there are more than 10000 infantry and thousands of cavalry coming later." Zhao Yu glanced at the county captain, then turned to Hao Jian: "general Hao, please send an inspection post North immediately after settling down the army. You must find out the current situation of Chifeng City."


    "No command!" Hao Jian hurried forward to take orders, then turned around and led 3000 cavalry to the camp in Beicheng under the leadership of the county captain.


    After the 3000 cavalry left, Zhao Yu was left with only 100 Huben cavalry guards. According to the will of Huangfu Chaobo, the guards of generals at all levels are required to have a certain amount. For camp leaders like Huang Xu, the number of guards is 50. For example, Zhao Yu''s post is county lieutenant, and there are 50 personal guards in wartime. However, Huangfu Chaobo takes special care of her and Huang wudie, and arranges 100 Huben cavalry guards for them to protect their safety.


    While walking towards the county government office in the city, Zhao Yu kept asking about all kinds of situations in the city. Fortunately, although the county magistrate arranged by Gongsun Zan is not a talented historical general, he is also very conscientious. In addition, Pingquan has only been built for several years, so he is familiar with the situation in the city and can quickly answer Zhao Yu''s questions.


    After Zhao Yu asked some questions, he basically knew the situation in the city: "so, please prepare to recruit people. After the news came back from the detective post, I would have arranged to strengthen the defense of Xiaosigou town. If possible, I would have wanted to build Xiaosigou town into a pass as the most important pass to resist the southern invasion of Xianbei."


    "From now on, I will be responsible for the defense of Lulong cities. You just need to obey the order. The county magistrate, from tomorrow, will gather all the young men and craftsmen in the city and follow me north to Xiaosigou town. If I remember correctly, there should be enough to build a medium-sized pass in Xiaosigou town."


    "See you, general!" The county Lieutenant replied, "Xiaosigou town is built at the two estuaries where the tributary of Laoha river meets. The location is still very good, but if a pass is built in Xiaosigou, it is a little worse. Therefore, it is not suggested that if the general wants to build a pass in the north of Pingquan, he should continue to go south along Laoha river. The location between Nanshan and Ma''anshan is the best."


    "Oh, the county lieutenant is very familiar with the terrain here?" Zhao Yu listened, his eyes lit up and asked;


    "To be honest with the general, after taking office for a few years, I almost walked through the large and small Goulong in Pingquan. Although I don''t know the terrain in Pingquan, I still remember it by heart." The county captain said proudly;


    "Well, tell Ben about the terrain there." After that, Zhao Yanjun was put on the map.

 Chapter 1402

    The county captain knew that this was his chance. Seeing that Zhao Yu''s soldiers had put out the map, he hurried forward a few steps and looked at the map carefully. After confirming it again and again, he pointed to a place on the map and said, "this is it!"


    Zhao Yu looked at his fingers, frowned and motioned to the county captain to explain the terrain here.


    "General, the old ha River turned a corner here. Originally, the old ha river was in the middle of the valley, but when he got here, he was at the foot of the mountain near the Nanshan Mountain, almost next to the Nanshan Mountain. On the West Bank, there were cliffs up to tens of feet, which could not pass people at all."


    "The east bank is nearly two miles away from Ma''anshan in the East. It is a place about two miles wide and four or five miles long. If you want to build a pass, this should be the best place."


    With that, the county captain looked forward to Zhao Yu, hoping that her suggestions would be affirmed by her.


    But Zhao Yu didn''t speak for a long time. He thought for a moment and said, "well, early tomorrow morning, the county lieutenant and Ben will go there to see the terrain. If this is really the most suitable place, Ben will show his merit for you in front of the king."


    As soon as Zhao Yu''s words were finished, all the people in Pingquan County were looking at the county captain with envy. The county captain was even more red faced and thanked him again and again: "thank you, general. Don''t worry. From Xiaosigou to Pingquan, this is definitely the most suitable place."


    Seeing other appearances, Zhao Yu said again: "this Xianbei invasion, the war will not end soon, so we still need to work together. When the king rewards you for your achievements, you will have to take your credit."


    "General Xie, we will fully cooperate with the general!" Everyone heard the speech and thanked in unison.


    When the people were full of joy, Hao Jian, led by others, entered the county government: "report to the general, all the soldiers have been arranged. After a short rest, he immediately went out of the city to the north to investigate the northern cities and the Xianbei army."


    Zhao Yu nodded: "it''s hard. Send orders. All the cavalry will rest in Pingquan all night. They will go north with Ben early tomorrow morning to find a suitable place to build a pass."


    At this point, she turned her head and looked at the county magistrate: "please also invite the county magistrate to recruit all the craftsmen related to the construction of the city. If you go north early tomorrow morning, you will send 1000 cavalry guards along the way. Of course, in addition to craftsmen, civilian men are also necessary. First recruit 2000. After determining the location, you can determine whether to increase civilian men according to the actual situation."


    "Of course, there are many things you can do in the city. If Xiaosigou town and this pass in front can''t stop the attack of Xianbei army, then Pingquan city is the most important city in the north. Because if Pingquan can''t be held, all the cities north of Lulong fortress will fall under the attack of Xianbei army. At that time, everyone will be ready to bear the king''s anger."


    Speaking of this, Zhao Yu glanced at all the people present, and they were all chilled by her.


    "Please rest assured, general. We will cooperate fully. Please arrange it." The magistrate quickly bowed down and said;


    "From tomorrow on, the rest of the people in the city, except those who are transferred out to build the pass, need to make full preparations for the war, strengthen the city wall, reserve all kinds of materials for guarding the city, and make every effort to build equipment for guarding the city, such as stone catapults. If you don''t want to be slaves of Xianbei people, do it with your heart."


    With that, she said to Hao Jian, "let''s go, let''s go back to camp!"


    "General!" Seeing that Zhao Yu was going back to the barracks, the county magistrate quickly said, "please wait a moment, general. The lower officer has prepared a yard. During the period when the general commanded the war in Pingquan, you can live in this yard. If you live in the barracks, it is not so convenient."


    How can the county magistrate let go of such a good opportunity to curry favor with Zhao Yu? When Zhao Yu will come to lead the troops to come for support, the county magistrate has ordered to prepare a yard near the north gate. It is more than enough to live with Zhao Yu and her nearly 100 guards.


    After all, Zhao Yu is a female general. Besides 100 Huben cavalry guards, there is also a female guard of more than 10 people. Generally, if they send troops outside, they also have several separate camps. Now they are on their own territory. In addition, Zhao Yu leads the cavalry all the way in a hurry, so he does not carry luggage. Therefore, Zhao Yu did not refuse the kindness of the county magistrate. Under the personal leadership of the county magistrate, He lived in a yard near the north gate barracks.


    Early the next morning, three thousand cavalry gathered for standby after breakfast. Zhao Yu left a thousand cavalry to protect the craftsmen and men recruited by Pingquan County. Under the leadership of Pingquan County captain, he led two thousand cavalry to the north to find a suitable place to build the city.


    All the way north, less than 40 miles from the north of Pingquan County, they came to the place mentioned by the county magistrate. As he said, the Laoha river has always been in the center of the valley, and the distance from both sides of the river to the ridge on both sides is about the same, but when they arrived at this position, there was a sudden big turn.


    The west side close to Nanshan Mountain is suddenly close to Nanshan cliff, and there is no road on the bank. In this way, there is a river bank about two miles wide on the East Bank of the river, and the whole river bend is about two miles wide from east to west, and the length from North to South reaches three or four miles. Such a good location is really a good pass.


    Zhao Yu and Hao Jian carefully examined the surrounding situation. They both agreed with the idea of building a pass here. However, in addition to here, Zhao Yu also needed to confirm the terrain of the journey from here to Xiaosigou Town, so as to prepare for the subsequent war.


    So they turned over and mounted their horses again, continued north along the Laoha River, and stopped at Xiaosigou town forty miles away.


    "General Hao, is there any news from the sentry last night?" Zhao Yu asked;


    Hao Jian shook his head. The sentry came out only last night. At that time, it was almost dark. Even if they were on their way all night, they couldn''t go far. Therefore, it was almost impossible to bring back the news to the north so soon.


    Zhao Yu also knew that it was unlikely, so he didn''t pay more attention to Hao Jian''s answer: "go, the army went to Xiaosigou town to have a look."


    Then he rode on until he reached the south of Xiaosigou town for hundreds of steps.


    This is a town level territory. Gongsun Zan built a town here just to build a transfer station between Pingquan and dianzi city and Chifeng city further north.


    There are only a few thousand people in the city, and there are only three hundred soldiers on duty. Seeing the appearance of Dabo cavalry in the south, the gate of the town has long been closed.


    Seeing this, Zhao Yu quickly asked the captain of Pingquan County to communicate with the soldiers in the town, which relieved them.


    The garrison in the town heard that it was the reinforcements from Yanbei County, so he quickly opened the town door and came out to meet. After Zhao Yu met the people, he directly ordered the people in the town to pack up their money and property immediately and go south to Liaoxi and youbeiping for resettlement, while 300 soldiers continued to stay here until the personnel in the northern cities were basically evacuated, and then went south to join the army.


    After arranging these things, Zhao Yu ordered Hao Jian to continue to lead a thousand cavalry north to observe the situation in dianzi city and other places, while she led a thousand cavalry back to the place she had just selected and immediately began to build the pass.


    As for the name of the pass, Zhao Yu and Huangfu Chaobo also have a fight. They are too lazy to think about it. Since the pass is built next to Ma''anshan, it is called Ma''an pass.

 Chapter 1403

    In Bingzhou and Yanmen pass, Gao Shun and Dianwei have assembled their troops. Huangfu Chaobo hurriedly left the general''s house in the pass under the guard of Zhao Yun''s generals. Originally, he wanted to stay in Yanmen pass for a few days, carefully observe the situation in the pass, and then appease Zhao''s soldiers who were recruited and captured. If he could, Huangfu Chaobo wanted to go back to Wuliangsuhai again.


    But now the plan has not changed quickly. Just a few days after arriving at Yanmen pass, the urgent report from Youzhou came. There is no way. Huangfu Chaobo can only hurry to arrange the defense of the northern counties, and then set out to return to Jinyang immediately. After dealing with the matter of Jinyang, he must be ready to return to Luoyang immediately.


    On the square, the soldiers of the two thousand trapped camp and the iron wall camp sat on horses. They all rode three by one. On the way, they changed horses without changing people, and rushed to Jinyang as soon as possible.


    With the help of Zhao Yun, Huangfu Chaobo turned over and climbed onto the horse. After sitting firmly on the horse, Huangfu Chaobo turned his head and looked at the people of Zhao Yun: "the safety in the north is handed over to your generals. It''s good news for you to be alone in Luoyang."


    As soon as they heard this, under the leadership of Zhao Yun, they bowed together and said, "please rest assured, the king will guard the northern Xinjiang for the king! Please feel at ease and return to the North!"


    "OK," Huang fuchaobo nodded and said, "only with Zilong and all of you can he return to Luoyang at ease. If Yuan Shao dares to make any changes, he doesn''t have to worry about anything. He can send troops directly. Only when he is hurt and afraid, can he be honest."


    "Respect your Majesty''s will!" Zhao Yun bowed down again;


    "General Zhang doesn''t have to worry about training wolf riding. When 10000 wolves are complete, he can go south to Luoyang." After telling Zhao Yun, Huangfu Chaobo turns to look at Zhang Liao again.


    "Promise, Liao Zunzhi!" Zhang Liao quickly bowed down to take orders.


    "General Pingnan, Guben wants to have a long time with you. However, time is not allowed. Go south to Jinyang with Guben. Along the way, Guben will talk to you again."


    "Minister Zunzhi!" Seeing this, Zhang Yan hurried forward a few steps, took the reins from her guard, turned over and mounted the horse, and was ready to return to Jinyang with Huangfu Chaobo.


    "All of you, please go back. I''ll go ahead and celebrate for you in Luoyang after Northern Xinjiang stabilizes!" With that, Huangfu Chaobo turned his horse''s head, drank loudly, and beat his horse towards the direction outside Yanmen pass.


    "Congratulations to the king!" Seeing this, they shouted in unison;


    For a moment, all the soldiers in the city shouted in unison: "congratulations to the king!"


    Under the escort of two thousand soldiers and horses, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t stop all the way. He just rested in Yuanping and Yuxian for half an hour. After changing horses and eating some dry food, he didn''t stop any more.


    Zhang Yan felt very strange. Taking advantage of the rest, Huang Fu asked him carefully, "Youzhou is bitter and cold. For my Tang Dynasty, it is an enclave. Why is the king so worried?"


    Huangfu Chaobo glanced at him and thought in his heart that he was really not in his position and did not seek his business. With Zhang Yan''s IQ, if he was a little higher, he should be able to think of it, but now, he is still so poor.


    However, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t care. In reality, Zhang Yan later surrendered to Cao Cao, and there was no repetition after that. Moreover, today''s Montenegrin army has been almost dismembered by itself. The Montenegrin army, known as millions of troops, now has only tens of thousands of troops.


    Moreover, more than half of the generals with names in the Montenegrin army have been recommended by Zhang Yan to leave the Montenegrin army.


    Another point is that the black mountain army, known as millions of people, has moved from Leping county to Shangdang in recent years. From these aspects, Zhang Yan has completely surrendered to herself and has no dissent.


    Therefore, Huangfu Chaobo didn''t pay much attention to or reject Zhang Yan. After a little consideration, Huangfu Chaobo felt that a little explanation with him would just enhance his sense of identity.


    "In the opinion of General Zhang, what is the reason for the prosperity of troops and horses in the Tang Dynasty?"


    Zhang Yan was stunned, thought for a moment and said, "the prosperity of troops and horses in the Tang Dynasty, whether infantry or cavalry, is the leader of princes in the world. Especially cavalry, is the first in the world. Both the number of troops and the sharpness of cavalry are the first of all countries in the world."


    "Now the Xianbei army has returned to the north foot of Yinshan Mountain, and the north of Bingzhou is about to fall into the hands of Xianbei people. If we really lose the counties north of Yanmen and the control of the north of Yanshan, can our cavalry still maintain today''s advantage?"


    After listening to Huangfu Chaobo''s words, Zhang Yan was surprised. Yes, now the counties north of Yanmen have been threatened by Xianbei army. If there is any problem in Youzhou, there will be something wrong with the war horses of the state of Tang. In this way, there will be no horses available for the cavalry of the state of Tang in a few years.


    "Your Majesty sees thousands of miles! It''s better for you to wait!" Zhang Yan stood up and saluted Huangfu Chaobo respectfully.


    "Well, at this time, the general has a clear idea. Don''t spread it. When the general comes to vote that day, he is happy. Without him, he admires the general for raising millions of people in Heishan in the barren land of Leping county."


    Huangfu Chaobo''s words let Zhang Yan shine on her face: "Your Majesty Miao praised, just try your best."


    Huangfu Chaobo shook his hand: "it''s not that Gu deliberately said this, but that Gu started in Luoyang city with sore eyes and nothing. It''s a broken city. Tens of thousands of soldiers and horses need to be fed. You can''t understand the hardships without experiencing them."


    When it comes to the destruction of Luoyang, Zhang Yan suddenly remembered that she had gathered hundreds of thousands of yellow scarves from all over the world to besiege Luoyang, but in the end she lost her troops and fled.


    "I was frightened. I had no eyes at all. I dared to call on the yellow scarf to besiege Luoyang. Fortunately, the king..."


    "Hey, the general doesn''t have to apologize. I don''t want to blame you, but I just talk about things. If I really want to settle accounts after autumn, I won''t tell you these things. When I mention this today, I just feel sorry for the hardships at the beginning." Seeing Zhang Yan kneeling down to apologize, huangfuchaobo hurriedly reached out and helped him up.


    "Well, let''s not say that. In fact, the reason why Gu said this is to tell the general that in addition to the counties north of Yanmen, Leping County, which the general guarded, also needs to be in full battle readiness to pay attention to the movements of the Wei army at any time to prevent them from raiding Leping."


    "Don''t worry, your majesty. I''ll guard against it and never send a soldier to Leping." Zhang Yan said quickly;


    "In Leping, Gu knows that the general is ready, but in addition to Leping, the general also needs to pay attention to the Shangdang in the south. Now most of the Shangdang troops have entered Taiyuan county with Gu. It can be said that the troops in Shangdang county are still empty. Before returning to Luoyang, Gu will certainly transfer some soldiers back to Shangdang, but Shangdang and Leping should keep watch and help each other."


    "Don''t worry, your majesty. I''m sure I''ll keep in touch with the Shangdang soldiers and horses and help each other."


    Huangfu Chaobo nodded: "Well, one more thing, now the rest of the counties in Binzhou have been more choked by Lv Bu. It can be said that they are almost empty, and many family members of the black mountain army are still living in the depths of the mountains. Therefore, Ai Qing means that Ai Qing can arrange some family members of soldiers to settle in Taiyuan county. Ai Qing can rest assured that the resettlement of these personnel will be ordered by Taiyuan county. If Ai Qing is not at ease, she can also send someone Pay more attention. If there is something wrong, feel free to respond to the orphans. The orphans will decide for them! "


    At this time, Zhang Yan didn''t understand the meaning of Huangfu Chaobo. First, it was to increase the population of the counties in Taiyuan, and second, it could weaken the strength of the black mountain army. Fortunately, Zhang Yan had been deeply rooted in the state of Tang. Therefore, she didn''t have any dissatisfaction with the arrangement of Huangfu Chaobo and quickly agreed.


    "Wei Chen thanked the king''s grace for them. In this way, Wei Chen can also be at ease. In fact, this audience, Wei Chen is preparing to ask the king to move to Montenegro and enter the Yanmen counties in Taiyuan."


    With that, Zhang Yan really took out a memorial from her arms and handed it to Huangfu Chaobo. Huangfu Chaobo opened it and found that it was the request to move 50000 households in Leping to Taiyuan.


    "Ha ha, well, I didn''t expect that our monarchs and ministers wanted to go together. In this way, Gu was relieved. When someone put forward this matter, Gu was afraid that Aiqing would think too much, good, good!"

 Chapter 1404

    Huang Fuchao was relieved by a conversation with Zhang Yan. Although he could directly order Zhang Yan to move tens of thousands of households into Taiyuan, it was really different from Zhang Yan''s willingness. Now that Zhang Yan himself has this intention, it would be best.


    After confirming the relocation, Huangfu Chaobo talked with Zhang Yan about the defense of Leping County cities. After confirming that there were no problems in the defense of Jingxing and Tumen pass, the conversation ended.


    Then he continued to leave for the south. Originally, Huangfu Chaobo meant to rush to Jinyang at one go, but he was afraid of the war horse being damaged, so he finally spent the night in Yuxian County. Huangfu Chaobo talked about it for a long time, and finally explained what needed to be arranged. It was expected that 30000 elite soldiers must leave for the south in three days and rush to Luoyang as soon as possible.


    It took him more than half a day to arrange these things alone. After confirming that everything had been arranged, Huangfu Chaobo took a break and set off again to Luoyang.

 Chapter 1405

    The dialogue between Huangfu Chaobo and Zhang Yan is not an exaggeration. The role of cavalry is indispensable for the Tang army to have today''s power. It is the first in the world in terms of quantity and excellence. But now Bingzhou is under the front of Xianbei army, and Youzhou is attacked by Xianbei army.


    Yuan Shao, one of the other princes, now has a connection with the grassland. I believe that the Wei parliament will spare no effort to develop cavalry in the next time. The state of Wei had a large number of war horses, which meant that his ally Qi also had the way of war horses.


    As soon as they advance and retreat, the cavalry advantage of the state of Tang will weaken a lot, or even lose it. Therefore, this is the reason why Huangfu Chaobo is in a hurry to return to Luoyang.


    Just when Huangfu Chaobo wanted to rush back to Luoyang, the situation in Chifeng City had become more and more difficult.


    After several days of attack, the loss of troops and horses in Chifeng City is increasing day by day, while the Xianbei army is slowly reducing the loss because of taking turns to fight and the existence of people who know the siege war like gold and wood needles.


    "Dangdang..." the voice of the withdrawal of Xianbei army sounded, but there was no cheering of Tang Sergeant soldiers at the city head as a few days ago. There was no way, and the guards were too tired. After four or five days of fighting, there were only more than 3000 soldiers left, and hundreds of seriously injured soldiers were sent to the inner city for treatment.


    Now there are only more than 2000 soldiers guarding the city on the city wall. The king''s gate has left the last 500 elite cavalry who did not participate in the war. This is his last strength to break through. It is estimated that if the first soldiers in the city are not in the hands of Wang Zhuang, he will gather the first soldiers in the city. Now it is estimated that he will not help the first soldiers in the city.


    But now, there are less than half of the nearly 5000 strong people he has recruited.


    Looking at the Xianbei army retreating slowly under the city, the king''s gate was slightly relieved. He found a slightly clean place at the head of the city and sat down. He turned his head to look at the direction of the west wall. It seems that the Xianbei army over there has also retreated, and there should be soldiers coming to report the situation there soon.


    Not surprisingly, Cheng ang, who was in charge of defending the west wall, came to report the war: "general, there are no more 200 brothers. If we go on like this, we can''t support it for a few days."


    Cheng ang is the confidant of the royal family. At first, he was just a team leader in his army. He has been with the royal family for more than ten years. Now he has worked as a school captain. When the royal family was the governor of Lulong, Cheng ang was the school captain in charge of 5000 people, but then Gongsun Zan transferred a large number of Lulong troops, so there were only 2000 soldiers left under Cheng ang, of which only 1000 were the elite of their leadership for many years.


    When the Xianbei army attacked, the king''s gate arranged for him to defend the west wall. In just a few days, more than half of the two thousand soldiers in his hands had been lost.


    As the confidant of the king''s gate, he also knew that the king''s gate was ready to retreat. Therefore, after arranging the affairs at the head of the city, he hurried to the north city to find the king''s gate.


    The king''s gate didn''t speak. He looked back at the Xianbei army that had withdrawn several miles away. At this time, Wang Jing, who was covered with blood, came up: "general, the statistics of the losses are out. Today, 103 people were killed and 59 seriously injured. The rest of the soldiers are basically wounded."


    At this point, he took a few steps closer and said in a voice that only the three of them could hear: "father, if you don''t withdraw to the inner city, you can''t keep it for two days."


    These days, in order not to cause panic in the city, the king''s gate did not order the generals and officials of the outer city to evacuate their families to the inner city. However, all the injured soldiers were arranged for treatment in the inner city.


    As soon as Wang Jing''s words were finished, Cheng ang also looked at Wang men with expectant eyes, obviously agreeing with Wang Jing''s words.


    After thinking for a while, the king finally ordered and agreed to their request: "well, jing''er, you go and arrange. First, send someone to transport all the materials from the outer city back to the inner city, and then organize soldiers to escort all the important family members into the inner city. Remember, you must wait until dark."


    Wang Jing understood the meaning of the king''s gate. After dark, there was a curfew in the city, and all the people stayed in their homes. In this way, even when the soldiers in the city transferred materials, they could hide it from the ordinary people as much as possible. There was no way. The inner city was only a quarter of the size of the outer city, and there was no room for so many people, so


    "Well, you two go and arrange it first. Remember, don''t let the Xianbei patrol outside the city find anything unusual. The soldiers on duty on the wall wait until the second midnight before returning to the inner city."


    "Promise!" Hearing the speech, they quickly agreed in unison, and then turned to arrange the vigil and retreat.


    The king gate continued to stay on the wall and looked at Chifeng City, which was about to fall into the night without saying a word.


    After nightfall, Wang Jing began to arrange the transportation of various materials, and the people in the city had already returned to their homes, hiding in the dark and looking at the busy soldiers in the streets of the city through the cracks in the doors and windows. Many of them thought that the guards were transporting materials and preparing for tomorrow''s war, but they didn''t know that the guards had abandoned them in the outer city.


    However, not everyone was confused by Wang Jing''s actions. In a street yard near the west gate of the city, there were 20 or 30 people, half of whom were players and the other half were ordinary people''s clothes. However, if you carefully observe them, you will find that they have obvious Xianbei characteristics.


    These people are the masterpieces sent by jinmuzhen to Chifeng City. They are led by Xiaoyi and Babu. Because of their war these days, some of them have been recruited into the city guard team, and if they participate in the war, there will inevitably be losses. Now there are 16 people killed by their own people on the wall alone.


    At this time, Xiao B and barb are discussing how to deal with it.


    "Brother B, brother Jin, when are they going to let us pick you up? If they don''t do it again, our brothers will be killed by their own people." One of the players complained;


    "Yes, Xiao B, can you contact the Lord now? If you don''t do it again, the brothers who brought them into the city will lose their money." Babu also spoke aside;


    "I want to, but I haven''t received a signal from JINDA. I can''t help it." Xiao B also touched his head in distress. Now he is also anxious, but there are no special circumstances in the city, so he can only wait for the signal of gold and wood needle.


    "No, brother B, the garrison in the city is not transporting materials to the city wall, but evacuating materials to the inner city." At this time, the player in charge of guarding suddenly found the abnormality of the soldiers in the city.

 Chapter 1406

    The discovery of the alert players surprised everyone in the hospital. Hearing the speech, everyone came to the gate and outside the wall with light hands and feet, and secretly observed the streets in the city.


    For a long time, Xiao B also found the abnormality, because he could see that the motorcade marching towards the city wall was much easier than the taxi soldiers walking towards the inner city.


    "It seems that the royal family can''t support it. Their soldiers have lost too much these days, so he is ready to withdraw to the inner city, continue to defend the city and wait for the reinforcements of the Tang army. No, we must send the news out of the city immediately." Xiao B made a decision at once.


    "Ah Yi, you can get off the line and send a message to the golden big side. I''ll give you a call. You can call him immediately. You can go out quietly. You can go out quietly. A big tree in front of Town God''s Temple in the northwest corner. You can see the city outside and stay there. If you see a fire coming out of the city, remember that the fire has been lit several times, and then come back to tell me as soon as possible."


    "Well, brother B." After listening to Xiao B''s arrangement, the two players immediately followed his arrangement.


    The rest of the people still stayed in the yard waiting for news.


    For players, all players will have bugs. No matter how good it is, this game is no exception. Although the game has been for several years now, many bugs have been patched by the system.


    For example, in order to prevent players from playing online and offline during the battle, the game stipulates that if players go offline during the war, they cannot go online again within 12 hours. If you go online during the war, the game character will prevent movement for a few minutes in the game.


    That is, it is set to prevent players from going offline in a large number at the place where the war occurs in advance, and then suddenly sneaking attacks by online players in the process of the battle. In this way, even if a large number of players suddenly go online during the war, they will only send cannon fodder to each other.


    However, this does not prevent Jinmu needle from finding a way to deliver messages. Xiao B arranges people to go offline in the city, while Jinmu needle outside the city also arranges several players to go offline in its own camp. After the players in the city go offline, they will tell the players who go offline in the camp as soon as possible. After the players there go online, they will quickly pass the news to the gold and wood needles outside the city in the game.


    It is precisely this way that Xiao B told the city''s Jin Mu pin smoothly, and then if Jin Mu was ready to steal the city tonight, he would make a fire in the city outside the city, and tell the news to the city, and the game player who came to Town God''s Temple was to receive the news from the army outside the city.


    A few miles to the north of the city, in the Xianbei camp, in the big tent of the Chinese army of Mo rigen, Mo rigen is recruiting several ten thousand captains to discuss the war of tomorrow. After these days of war, several ten thousand captains have lost their breath. They see most of the troops led by Zuo Xian and Wang Maijia getting closer and closer, but they haven''t even attacked the outer city. If they don''t work harder, the losses in front of them will be wasted when most of them arrive.


    "General Zuo, we can''t hesitate any more. Let''s strengthen the attack tomorrow. If we worry about the loss now, we won''t have a chance as soon as king Zuo Xian''s army arrives." This time, he persuaded the begging law of the begging department, which, like the bald department, is also a supporter of mozigen.


    "Yes, general Zuo, you can''t hesitate any more. It''s better to lose more than to be busy in vain." Baldness can also open the mouth;


    "No," the gold wood needle began to dissuade, "senior general Zuo, the inner city of Chifeng City is taller than the outer city. If you don''t use the outer city to consume more troops of the Tang army, it will be more difficult to attack the inner city at that time. Besides, the morale of the Tang army is still very high, so you should attack for another day or two."


    "Fart, if you wait another day or two, maybe King Zuo Xian''s army will have arrived. At that time, everyone will be busy in vain." Qi Fu''s law retorted;


    Mo rigen is also hesitating. Now he has attacked the city for five days, but he still hasn''t conquered the outer city. Both gold wood needle and Qifu law are reasonable, which makes Mo rigen don''t know how to make a decision.


    At this time, the guard outside the account suddenly reported: "report to senior general Zuo, general yinmuzhen is asking for an audience outside the account, saying there is urgent information!"


    Everyone in the tent was surprised. It was rigen who looked at the gold and wood needle and said, "pass him in."


    Soon, the silver wood needle, accompanied by the guard, entered the big tent. As soon as he came in, he said to Mo rigen and the gold wood needle, "senior general Zuo, brother, there is news in the city. The king''s gate has begun to deliver materials to the inner city. It seems that he should be ready to withdraw into the inner city."


    "Ah!" Mo rigen suddenly stood up: "is the news reliable?"


    Mo rigen knew that jinmuzhen sent people to enter Chifeng City. On the second day after the siege, jinmuzhen told the people about it during the discussion at night, but there was no news in the city, and all the people didn''t think it would be useful for jinmuzhen to send dozens of people into the city, so everyone didn''t pay much attention.


    Now, as soon as they heard that the king''s gate in the city had begun to transfer materials to the inner city, they were even more anxious: "we can''t wait any longer. Let''s attack the city overnight."


    Mo rigen was also afraid that the king''s gate would transfer all the materials from the outer city to the inner city, so he looked at the gold and wood needle and said, "is there a way to contact the detailed work of the inner city so that they can cooperate inside and outside to help the army attack the city overnight?"


    The gold wood needle quickly replied, "there''s a way. Since the king''s gate is ready to retreat to the inner city, we can''t wait any longer." With that, he suggested that the army prepare to attack the city overnight. Of course, even if it is attacking the city, it is not attacking the city overnight, but preparing to sneak attack in the early morning.


    After several people''s urgent discussion, they decided to dispatch 10000 troops to attack the city. After the various departments coordinated the arrangement of troops and horses, jinmuzhen negotiated with everyone the time of sending troops and the arrangement after attacking the city. After that, they returned to their camps and began to prepare the troops and horses for the attack.


    After leaving the big tent of the Chinese army, jinmuzhen immediately led his remaining 4000 troops and horses, set off overnight, rushed to the place agreed in advance and lurked down, while he himself led some soldiers to a highland in the northwest outside Chifeng City and sent a message to the city according to the prior agreement.


    Little B in the city soon received the signal from the gold and wood needle. Compared with the previous agreement, little B immediately asked everyone in the city to gather together. After assigning personnel, he arranged the things everyone should be responsible for, and then dozens of insiders covered their heads and rested, waiting for the agreed time to come.

 Chapter 1407

    As time went by, outside Chifeng City, jinmuzhen led more than ten guards to quietly lurk to a place only 200 steps away from the city wall and carefully observed the situation on the city wall. Sure enough, although the soldiers at the head of the city were still patrolling around the city for several days, there seemed to be movement in the city all night. Because of the dead of night, the sound of movement spread outside the city, Even when they were lurking hundreds of steps away, they heard something from time to time.


    At the third watch, all the soldiers and horses involved in the night attack have successively arrived at the scheduled location, which is several miles away from the city wall. Fortunately, there is a faint moonlight tonight, so that the big soldiers of Xianbei who have been on their way all night can barely walk.


    After all the taxi soldiers arrived, they lay quietly on the grass to rest under the arrangement of the generals of each department. An hour later, under the reminder of gold and wood needles, all the taxi soldiers were awakened one by one. Everyone took out a piece of dried meat from their arms and chewed it silently. After eating the dry food, they began to tidy up their weapons, and then pulled the skirt of the person in front of them one by one and slowly approached the west gate.


    When it was more than 300 steps away from the city, it stopped again. Next, we continued to wait. When the city gate was opened, the army could rush into the city.


    When the soldiers and horses outside the city were waiting for changes in the city, Xiaoyi and Babu in Chifeng City, in the courtyard not far from the west city wall, also woke up. After eating some food, they also began to prepare to seize the city.


    The time agreed with the golden wood needle was the beginning of the fifth watch, that is, at three o''clock in the morning. Soon, everyone in the city had eaten and sat quietly waiting for the last moment of seizing the city.


    After a quarter of an hour''s rest, Xiao B and barb looked at each other. They gently walked outside the gate, carefully opened a crack in the gate, and then stretched out their heads to look at both ends of the street. There was no abnormality, so they gently sidled out of the crack in the door.


    There are no soldiers transporting goods on the streets. It is estimated that everything around the city wall has been sent away. However, there is still movement in some parts of the city.


    Make sure that the street is safe. While staring at the direction of the city wall, Xiao B reached behind him and waved. The people inside understood that someone immediately opened all the doors, and then came out one by one.


    However, after they came out, they just walked slowly towards the city gate along the root of the street wall, carefully hiding their body shape in the shadow of the buildings next to the street.


    At this time, on the wall of Chifeng City, there were several Duwei and military commander horses in charge of the night watch. According to the rank, they led a thousand soldiers and horses, but now they have only three or five hundred men, and their Sergeants are only one or two hundred, and they are all slightly injured. Basically, they don''t need soldiers to fight tomorrow, plus two or three hundred strong men.


    There is no way. All the soldiers who can fight are basically resting and ready to deal with the war tomorrow, while those seriously injured are sent to the inner city for treatment. As for the civilian men, most of them are transferred to transport materials.


    At this time, the defense of Chifeng City is indeed the weakest time.


    Soon, Xiao B and his party sneaked into the shadow of only 20 steps away from the city gate. If they walked further, they were exposed to the torches at the city gate and at the head of the city.


    And Bob finally confirmed their respective tasks, Xiao B waved to the people behind him: "go!"


    When they heard the speech, they didn''t care to hide their body shape. They divided into two teams and rushed in the direction of the wall and the gate.


    Finally, a few steps away from the city gate, the soldier guarding the city was awakened by the sudden sound of footsteps: "who, stop! No, the enemy attacked!"


    "Kill!" When the Xianbei people and the players who stole the city saw that the Tang soldiers had found themselves, they quickly took out their weapons, shouted and rushed towards their goal.


    For a moment, the cry of killing suddenly sounded up and down the wall of the west gate.


    "Enemy attack!" The garrison of Chengguan quickly responded, but tonight the garrison were all injured soldiers and civilian men. If it was normal night, the other soldiers would also sleep under the city. In case of any situation, they could come out to support at the first time, but today is different.


    First of all, some soldiers returned to the inner city to strengthen the city defense of the inner city. Thinking that they would return to the inner city to defend the city the next morning, Wang Jing suggested that these soldiers rest in the inner city. Wang men agreed to his request.


    Another part of the soldiers and civilian men have been busy transporting materials. As a result, the tragedy appeared.


    Even if the soldiers guarding the city found the sneak attack group, they were not only energetic, but also the wounded soldiers who were exhausted after guarding for a night. Soon, dozens of defenders in the city were killed by Babu''s leaders.


    "Come on, open the gate!" After putting down the last Tang army, Babu took out the ring head knife from the Tang army. Regardless of the blood on it, Babu directly inserted it back into the scabbard, greeted his partners and rushed to the city gate together.


    Soon, more than a dozen strong Xianbei people rushed forward and lifted the heavy gate bar with Babu. More than 20 people took up their weapons and turned towards the direction of the city, ready to stop the Tang army rushing around to stop them from opening the gate.


    At this time, the battle on the city wall had become white hot. Although the soldiers at the head of the city fought desperately, they were still killed and retreated step by step in the face of 40 or 50 strong Xianbei people.


    Seeing that the city gate had been opened, Babu roared, drew out his weapons and joined the Tang army who tried to rush into the city gate again and wanted to close the city gate again.


    When the war began at the gate, the general on duty on the inner city wall found something unusual. He immediately sent someone to the imperial palace to report to the king''s gate.


    "What? There is a cry of killing in the direction of the west gate? No, there are fine works in the city. There must be Xianbei army outside the city. They want to seize the city in response to external cooperation. Come and assemble soldiers to recapture the city gate immediately." The king turned over and got up, and immediately ordered the guard to wear armor for him.


    Before wearing clothes and armor, Wang Jing, who was ordered by the king''s gate to recapture the west gate, rushed in and stopped and said, "father, now the materials and relevant personnel in the outer city have almost been transferred to the inner city. If you were going to give up the outer city and retreat to the inner city today, you might as well directly order the soldiers on the outer city wall to withdraw and give up, and try to keep more soldiers, so that you can have a greater grasp of defending the inner city."


    Wang Jing''s words made the king calm down. Yes, he was going to give up the outer city: "how many soldiers are in the inner city now?"


    "Five hundred cavalry, more than 1200 elite soldiers, more than 2000 civilian men, plus more than 1000 lightly injured soldiers." Wang Jing was very clear about the troops in the city and immediately replied;


    "Well," said the king''s door, gritting his teeth, "send orders and try to withdraw to the inner city. As for those who haven''t had time to withdraw from the outer city, they can only ask for their own blessings."

 Chapter 1408

    Waiting is always so annoying. Nearly wanxianbei army is waiting quietly in the dark outside the west gate of Chifeng City. Just when everyone is a little impatient, a cry of killing suddenly rings out from the inside of the west gate. Before long, the sound of "creak" rings out. It can be seen from the darkness that the fire in the city is slowly amplified in front of the people.


    "The gate is open!"


    "Come on, come on, rush into the city!"


    As the city gate opened more and more, the Xianbei soldiers outside the city shouted happily. The golden needle was overjoyed and stood up and shouted, "hurry, rush into the city!"


    "Kill, kill!"


    Thousands of Xianbei soldiers jumped up, roared and waved their weapons, and rushed towards the city gate.


    Because it was night, they didn''t bring too many horses, and they all put horse bits on the horses and cloth on the horses'' hooves. At this time, all the cavalry turned over and mounted their horses at the command of the golden wood needle and rushed towards the gate.


    The rumbling hoofs startled the Tang soldiers who were still fighting at the head of the city. While desperately resisting the attack of Xianbei people, they looked anxiously towards the inland direction, hoping that the reinforcements of the Imperial Guard could arrive as soon as possible, but what they didn''t know was that the royal family had abandoned them.


    A thousand cavalry soldiers soon rushed into the city gate and killed in the city. For a moment, the thunderous cry of killing sounded in Chifeng City, while the soldiers near the inner city and the defenders on the north wall were rapidly withdrawing to the inner city, because Wang Jing had sent orders to them to withdraw to the inner city as soon as possible. As for the west gate, it was too late to recapture it.


    Tang soldiers without reinforcements were soon wiped out by Xianbei army, and the outer city area of Chifeng city soon fell into a fire of war. Several Xianbei soldiers and horses rushed into the city and began to loot everywhere in the city. Although this city will soon become the territory of Xianbei people, it did not prevent Xianbei soldiers from looting the city.


    It''s just that the looting of ordinary soldiers is aimless, but the soldiers and horses of Jinmu needle should be led by the city to go towards the goals determined in advance. Unlike other soldiers and generals, the goal of Jinmu needle is each workshop and craftsman.


    On the wall of the inner city, the king''s gate looked at the fire everywhere in the outer city with a sad and angry face. The doors of countless people were knocked open by Xianbei soldiers and looted all the things inside. When some soldiers left, they also dropped several torches inside, and the houses immediately lit a big fire.


    The looting of Xianbei army lasted until dawn, because Mo rigen''s middle army had entered Chifeng City, and all the soldiers began to return to their ranks. This more than one hour was specially left by Mo rigen to the vanguard army departments to make up for the losses caused by their attack on Chifeng City in a few days.


    The reason why there was only more than one hour was that Mo rigen knew that his father, the adult of Xianbei in the East, Zuoxian King Micah, was going to take Chifeng City as the location of his king''s tent, so Chifeng City could not be robbed into a piece of white land, let alone burned into ruins.


    After entering the city, Mo rigen ordered the soldiers to assemble and led a group of generals towards the inner city. Thousands of Xianbei cavalry finally looked at the inner city wall, which was much higher than the outer city wall, 200 steps away from the inner city wall. The generals of Xianbei became very ugly.


    You know, at the beginning, the outer city wall alone made them pay the loss of thousands of soldiers. If it were not for the lack of troops in Chifeng City, it is estimated that they would be like the Suli army a few years ago, hit their heads and blood under Chifeng City, lose money and get nothing.


    Now, facing the inner wall higher than the outer wall, all the people present can''t think of continuing to attack the city.


    Mo rigen looked at the city wall, then turned around and looked at the silent generals around him. He was also beating a drum in his heart: "let''s say, should the inner city continue to attack?"


    Then he looked at all the people present one by one, but as long as his eyes fell on someone, the man either kept his head silent or played with his whip, and no one answered Morgen''s words.


    Seeing this situation, Mo rigen secretly scolded. Last night, he shouted and jumped to continue to attack the city regardless of casualties. Now he pretended to be deaf and dumb one by one. But he also knew that although there were more property in the inner city, they would pay more casualties if they wanted to attack the inner city.


    Another point is that the follow-up army will arrive soon. If they can''t capture the inner city before the arrival of the army, it will be empty. Well, that''s what jinmuzhen and his Han people said.


    But if it is really a strong attack, the loss will be great. Mo rigen himself is not willing to lose too much, otherwise his position in Xianbei in the East will be dangerous.


    Thinking of this, he turned his head and looked at the gold and wood needle on the other side to hear what he meant.


    Jinmu needle saw Mo rigen looking at himself and knew that Mo rigen didn''t want to attack the city again, and he didn''t want to fill the only thousands of troops under the inner city wall. Obviously, the input is not in direct proportion to the output.


    Just now he has received the reward of silver wood needle. Under the leadership of Xiao B, he has reaped a lot. More than 20 workshops are occupied by him alone, and the number of craftsmen at all levels has reached hundreds. If their families are added, he has gathered two thousand people. With these craftsmen, in the next period of time, all he has to do is occupy a county seat, which is obscene and blind.


    Thinking of this, the gold wood needle weapon said: "senior general Zuo, in my opinion, the vanguard army has attacked the city for several days, and the loss of soldiers is not small. In addition, the inner city is more solid than the outer city. It''s better to plan after Zuo Xianwang''s army arrives!"


    "Yes, yes, the warriors have been very tired after attacking the city for so many days, so we''d better rest for a few days and wait until Zuo Xianwang''s army arrives." Begging and lodging orders quickly interface;


    "Yes, and we''ve already eaten meat. It''s impossible for subsequent tribes to not even drink soup." Baldness is shameless;


    Fart drink soup. Is such a strong inner city soup? Obviously, it''s a big bone. It''s a little meat, but if you''re not careful, you''ll knock off your teeth. However, since you''ve spoken out your ideas, can you not connect it?


    "In that case, I will send a letter to Zuo Xianwang immediately to tell him that we have captured the outer city of Chifeng City, but because the loss of troops and horses is relatively large, we can only attack the inner city after the follow-up army arrives."


    "Of course, because the wangmen is too cunning, we have withdrawn a large number of finances to the inner city in advance, so our harvest is not big. Most of the money, grain and materials of Chifeng City have basically moved into the inner city."


    With that, Mo rigen took a meaningful look at several people in the field. All those present were human spirits, and immediately responded one after another. Seeing this situation, Mo rigen didn''t say much and said directly: "each department dispatched 1000 troops and horses to surround the inner city gate to prevent the king''s gate from attacking the outer city. The rest troops and horses were stationed first, and the king''s army of Jinghou Zuoxian arrived."


    They hurriedly stroked their breasts and took orders, then turned their horses'' heads with Mo rigen and went to the place where their troops and horses gathered in the city.

 Chapter 1409

    On the inner city wall, the king''s gate led a group of generals to guard at the head of the city, ready to deal with the siege of Xianbei army. Unexpectedly, Xianbei people just looked at it from a distance and retreated. Of course, they did not retreat. The army retreated, but there were thousands of Xianbei cavalry outside the gate to prevent them from sending troops to war.


    Looking at the back of a group of Xianbei generals who have gone away, the king''s heart is full of expectations, remorse, anger, well, there is a trace of happiness.


    "Whoa..."


    When it was determined that the Xianbei army would not attack the city, all the generals at the head of the city breathed a sigh of relief temporarily, but the voice was a little louder, and several people breathed at the same time, um, on the quiet wall, um, it sounded a little big.


    All the generals lowered their heads, and then secretly looked up at the expression of the king''s gate to make sure there was nothing unusual about him. Then they turned to the rest of the robes. Seeing that everyone was like this, they lowered their heads again.


    In fact, the king''s gate is aware of the small moves of the next generals. Not to mention them, even the king''s gate has some idea of retreat. He has resisted the Xianbei army for five days. He has lost more than half of the time, and also lost the outer city. If it''s not bad, the follow-up soldiers of the Xianbei army should be coming soon.


    These Xianbei vanguard soldiers and horses have suffered some losses in attacking the outer city in the early stage. Now after occupying the outer city, they must have made a lot of benefits, but the defense of the inner city is obviously not comparable to that of the outer city. Therefore, judging from their posture, they should want to wait for the subsequent soldiers and horses to come and hand over the siege to the later soldiers and horses. They just watch the excitement.


    However, now the reinforcements in the south don''t know what''s going on. If they retreat suddenly, will they disrupt Meng Yi and Zhao Yu''s strategy to resist the enemy? If it is true that Zhao Yu''s army is not ready to resist the Xianbei army because he is retreating now, then this problem is not small.


    After thinking for a moment, the king''s gate opened his mouth and led the way to a group of generals at the head of the city: "it seems that the Xianbei army will not attack for the time being. However, we can''t have any slack and need to cheer up. From now on, all soldiers will rest in turn. Except those on duty on the wall, others are not allowed to leave the barracks for half a step."


    At this point, his eyes coagulated and looked at all the people present one by one. They were all trembling. Then he continued: "let people gather all the war horses in the city. Don''t be distressed about food and grass. Let all the war horses eat and rest and be ready to fight at any time."


    "No, don''t worry, general. My subordinates will defend carefully. If someone dares to deal with something, I don''t need the general to do it. My subordinates stamp him first." Deputy general Cheng ang said, and raised the hundred steel-making knife in his hand.


    The king nodded, "that''s good." With that, he turned away from the city wall and walked in the direction of the Imperial Palace in the city. Before he finished, he also left a mindless sentence: "let''s prepare a little."


    In the outer city, there is a big house in the west of the city, which has now become Mo rigen''s temporary residence. A hall in the house is filled with all kinds of gold and silver properties looted by the people from all over the city. Looking at the full house of properties, Mo rigen has been too happy to close his mouth. Although he thought that there must be countless properties in Chifeng City, he didn''t expect so many.


    Daiqin said aside, "general Zuo, these are all the belongings collected and presented by the children. Some grain has been sent to the granary in the backyard. There are thousands of stones. Most of them are the best grain of the Han people."


    Mo rigen listened to his words, but did not answer. Instead, he touched his chin and said, "it is said that the king''s gate has transferred a lot of property to the inner city. Isn''t it that there are more things in the inner city."


    After listening to his words, Jin Mu needle didn''t understand his idea, so he quickly stopped and said, "don''t go to attack the inner city. The inner city is much stronger than the outer city. Our soldiers and horses will suffer heavy losses at that time. Even if we capture the inner city, it is estimated that we will win."


    "Another point is that if general Zuo really captured the inner city, then king Zuo Xian and other tribes will be jealous. In order to appease everyone, King Zuo Xian wants general Zuo to hand over part of his finance. Will general Zuo hand it in or not?"


    "If you hand it in, how much can you satisfy other tribes? If it''s more, it''s not cost-effective. If it''s less, will King Zuo Xian and other ministries be satisfied?"


    The words of Jinmu needle made Mo rigen wake up: "yes, yes, or what Jinmu needle said, I can''t do such a thankless thing. No matter how many things there are in the inner city, it''s also King Zuo Xian''s. did you ask me to protect the best mansion in the city just now for this reason?"


    Jinmu needle is also very satisfied with Mo rigen''s response. He has received more than a dozen education, so he can naturally think of this. However, Mo rigen reacted so quickly, which proves that his IQ is really not low. It seems that there is no big problem with his investment.


    "Yes, we should not only protect the mansion, but also prepare some gifts for general Zuo. After King Zuo Xian arrives at Chifeng, he will offer them at the first time, and there will be the next war. No matter what king Zuo Xian says, general Zuo will refuse the opportunity to attack the inner city on the grounds that the warriors have attacked the city for so many days and most of them are exhausted."


    "Well, that makes sense!" Mo rigen nodded thoughtfully: "well, do it according to the saying of gold and wood needle. This time, you can get the first merit of gold and wood needle. At that time, I will ask for merit for you in front of King Zuo Xian. No matter what the reward of King Zuo Xian is, I will give it to you. In this way, if you say what you want, as long as we can do it, we will promise you."


    The golden wood needle and other words are mo rigen''s words, but his face still pretended to be embarrassed. He hesitated for half a day and said, "in fact, I have collected a lot of things in the city. Although I can''t compare with the harvest of several other adults, it has been very good."


    "What? You didn''t even grab them. You were the first to enter the city." Mo rigen was surprised;


    "Although the cavalry without generals entered the city at the first time, they were afraid of the counterattack of the soldiers and horses in the inner city of the Tang army, so they rushed to the gate of the inner city at the first time. Unfortunately, they didn''t arrive before the inner city closed. Later, they didn''t have time to go until other soldiers entered the city..."


    As soon as Mo rigen heard this, he immediately understood that after others entered the city, they immediately dispersed to the city to rob, but the cavalry of gold and wood needles directly followed the defeated soldiers of the Tang army to the gate of the inner city, so


    "How can that be? Well, Ben Da will reward you with 5000 excellent war horses. As for other things..."


    "If general Zuo really wants to reward Weijiang, there are already a lot of five thousand war horses. As for other things, general Zuo might as well let Weijiang take it by himself!" Where will the golden wood needle let Mo rigen finish his words and quickly opened his mouth to stop him from going on.

 Chapter 1410

    The reason why the golden wood needle prevented Mo rigen from going on was not that he was unwilling to accept his reward, but that he had another purpose.


    Seeing that the gold wood needle seemed to have something else to say to himself, Mo rigen was not stupid: "go and get it yourself? What does it mean? Although jinwanhu said it, he would have agreed."


    "Well, that''s right," the gold wood needle stopped a little, and then continued: "senior general Zuo thought that after King Zuo Xian entered Chifeng City, how would other troops and horses arrange?"


    "Of course, we should arrange grassland around. After we completely occupy these places, we will send troops south." Mo rigen also knows that after occupying Chifeng, MAIGA will not return to the depths of the grassland. After all, Chifeng is also a very good grassland. If we can control here, it will be good for the army to go south.


    "Senior general Zuo will certainly stay in Chifeng City, but for a small tribe like me, the grassland around Chifeng must have no share, so I want to ask senior general Zuo to allow him to occupy a small county without sending troops. At that time, most of the materials in the city will be handed over to senior general Zuo, who only needs the county."


    "General Zuo knows that Weijiang has lived here for several years and is familiar with the surrounding conditions. Weijiang only needs a small town. With this county, he can provide some materials for general Zuo every year. He is still confident in managing a county."


    At this time, Mo rigen didn''t know the meaning of Jinmu needle, but Xianbei people didn''t have much ideas about how to manage a city. Jinmu needle was his confidant and just had the idea of managing a city. Mo rigen didn''t object. The most important thing is that Mo rigen''s men really didn''t have any talents to manage a city.


    "Well, you say, which city do you want to fight?"


    Jinmu needle opened a map with him, pointed to a county and said, "senior general Zuo, look, there is a small city called Jianping more than 200 miles southeast of Chifeng City. It used to be a strange city, and there are not many meadows around. It is only suitable for planting Han food. Presumably, other tribes have little interest in these."


    "It''s basically a mountain mausoleum here. It''s estimated that it can feed up to 5000 or 6000 cavalry. Moreover, if it''s tens of miles east from Jianping, it''s Liucheng and YangLe in Liaoxi county. If we leave it alone, the Tang army in Liaoxi county can invade Caoyuan through here, so..."


    Mo rigen glanced at the location on the map. He was not interested in occupying such a small city, but the meaning of Jinmu needle was that he sent troops to conquer the county, and most of the things in it were given to himself. He only wanted the county.


    "Do you really only need rest troops? You know, even if it''s a small county, it''s not so easy to capture it."


    "Of course, it''s up to me to attack the county, but I still need general Zuo to send troops for support. It should be enough not to use a total of 5000 troops and horses to attack the county. In the final analysis, it''s just a larger town, but I''m afraid there will be Tang troops from other cities to support it. Moreover, after fighting the county, the materials inside also need to be escorted back by troops and horses."


    "Well, come on, how many reinforcements do you need?"


    "Three thousand, you only need to send three thousand elite riders from general Zuo. The siege is left to my soldiers and horses. Three thousand elite riders only need to sweep the array for me."


    "Well, Ba RI, you will lead 3000 elite riders and captain Jin Wan to go together. In this way, you must need civilian men to attack the city. I will reward you 2000 Han slaves." Morrigan said very readily;


    Two thousand Han slaves, for one of his left generals, are just a small effort. You know, just attacking and releasing Chifeng City, he has captured nearly ten thousand Han people. In addition, he has tens of thousands of slaves all the time. Two thousand slaves are really nothing to him.


    After getting Mo rigen''s permission, Jinmu needle left. He must rush back to his army as soon as possible, assemble troops and leave Chifeng City as soon as possible. Here, after the arrival of the Micah army, it will become the center of a vortex, and his small body can''t stand that toss.


    When they returned to a yard near the south gate, the silver wood needle and copper wood needle had already returned. As soon as they saw the gold wood needle coming in, they couldn''t wait to ask, "how''s it going, brother?"


    The golden wood needle took the kettle handed over by a player, poured a few saliva into his mouth, wiped the water stains on the corners of his mouth, and said with a smile: "you don''t see who started the horse, it must be done."


    "?!" The two men listened to the words of the gold wood needle and happily stretched out their hands and slapped three times.


    "Great, now as long as we capture Jianping, our three brothers finally have a city to settle in." Silver wood needle laughed;


    "I''m also worried that the guy mozigan won''t." Copper wood needle interface channel;


    "Hey, hey, don''t worry. This place has been carefully selected by me. There is no good grassland around. The county city is built in the valley. Although there are three or four roads connected with the grassland, no tribe wants to stay there."


    "By the way, brother, when will you send troops?" Copper wood needle asked;


    "The sooner the better. By the way, how about our harvest? Mo rigen promised to reward me with 5000 war horses and 2000 slaves. Calculate our possessions, tidy up and set out as soon as possible. Chifeng City can''t stay any longer. Micah''s army should come soon."


    "Don''t worry, we''re ready. I tell you, we''ve made a lot of money this time." They looked at each other and laughed;


    Next, they began to show jinmuzhen their harvest this time. Since the construction of Chifeng City, in order to better develop the city, wangmen continuously asked for many craftsmen from Gongsun Zan, and all these craftsmen fell into the hands of the three brothers of Muzhen this time.


    There are 386 craftsmen, including almost all craftsmen needed for the development of a force. Of course, there must be no craftsmen at the master level and with special skills. However, there are 82 senior craftsmen, 125 intermediate craftsmen, and the rest are junior craftsmen and apprentices. These craftsmen alone have provided more than 2000 people for the three brothers of wood needles.


    There are also ordinary people who they have successively collected from all over the city. The two parts add up to more than 5000 people. Now, with the 2000 people rewarded by morigen, they get nearly 8000 people alone.


    In addition, the original tribe of jinmuzhen had 5000 cavalry and more than 30000 people. In this way, after they took Jianping City, the population alone would be 40000, not including the original population in Jianping city.


    In addition, the weapons and equipment in various workshops add up to 10000 pieces, as well as materials of various levels, which are as many as hundreds of cars. On the contrary, they collect a little less property and food. However, it is enough for 30000 or 40000 people to consume for half a year.


    There are still a large number of cattle and sheep in the original tribe of jinmuzhen. If this is calculated, there is no need to worry about the food consumption within one year after Jianping.

 Chapter 1411

    When the gold wood needle in Chifeng City was preparing to leave this huge vortex with his little brothers, Zhao Yu in the South had begun to step up the construction of Ma''anshan pass. In order to build Ma''anshan pass as soon as possible, Zhao Yu ordered the people of dianzi city and Xiaosigou town to withdraw to Liaoxi County for resettlement. When all the people left, they must bring some materials from the original city. When they arrived at Ma''anshan pass, these materials were left by the people, The young and strong were also left to participate in the construction of the pass, while the rest of the people continued to go south.


    Even if there is no time for Zhao Bei''s army to transport all these supplies to Xiancheng, even if there is no time for them to be transported to Xiancheng after the demolition of the saddle mountain, there is no time for them to be transported to Xiancheng.


    The construction of Ma''anshan pass is being carried out intensively, and the soldiers and horses around Zhao Yu are also gradually increasing. The cavalry in Luanping and Shuangluan are the most popular. With the addition of these cavalry, the cavalry in Zhao Yu''s hands has increased to 5000. Therefore, Zhao Yu does not intend to stay in the valley and wait for the arrival of Xianbei army.


    Because of the news from the sentry, the Xianbei army has begun to attack Chifeng City. However, at present, the Xianbei sentry only appears near Louzidian. Basically, it is rare to cross Louzidian town and continue to the south. According to the news from Lou Jing, the commander of shadow Youzhou, the wangmen has agreed to their suggestion and withdraw from Chifeng at an appropriate time.


    Therefore, at this time, in addition to accelerating the construction of Ma''anshan pass, Zhao Yu also needs to try to meet the breakthrough of wangmen department. However, now she has only 5000 cavalry in her hand. It is still very difficult to meet wangmen from the siege of tens of thousands of Xianbei army.


    "If the order goes down, the cavalry will seize the time to rest. After dawn tomorrow, they will lead the cavalry to the north and prepare to meet the king''s general to break through." Zhao Yu knew that time was urgent, so he didn''t agree with the Hao Jian''s suggestion and decided to lead cavalry North in person.


    "But general!..." Hao Jian was worried, but he was told by Meng Yi to ensure Zhao Yu''s safety. But now Zhao Yu wants to lead 5000 cavalry troops north to Chifeng. How can he not worry.


    "Needless to say, general Hao is also a veteran who has been in war for a long time. He should know the truth that things are urgent and in power. In addition, in the whole territory of Youzhou, I am the only one with the strongest force in the army of the Tang Dynasty, so I can''t do it." Zhao Yu interrupted Hao Jian''s dissuasion.


    "In addition, the construction of Ma''anshan pass can not be unorganized. In order to keep Yanbei County, Ma''anshan pass must be built as soon as possible." Pointing to the busy crowd in front, Zhao Yu said, "does the general think that if there is no supervision, these folk men and craftsmen can build the pass as soon as possible?"


    Hao Jian was ready to say that he was leading the army, but he also knew that his combat power was far from that of Zhao Yu. Just when he was helpless, a messenger rushed from the south.


    "Report!"


    "General, general Gongsun of youpeiping sent an urgent letter!"


    Both of them were surprised when they heard the speech. Is there another accident in youpeiping.


    Step by step, Zhao Yu quickly took the urgent letter from the messenger. After confirming that the seal had not been opened, he took out his own short blade, opened the sealing wax of the letterhead, took out the letterhead inside and looked at it quickly at a glance.


    "Hoo!" After reading the letter, Zhao Yu breathed a long sigh of relief. It turned out that it was not an urgent letter from youpeiping.


    "General, what''s up?" Hao Jian hurriedly asked;


    Zhao Yu didn''t speak and handed the letter to Hao Jian. It turned out that Gongsun fan sent his third brother to lead five thousand white horses from. They would come to meet Zhao Yu day and night. Knowing that Zhao Yu had too few cavalry in his hand, they sent a messenger to tell them in advance.


    "Great, general. With general Gongsun''s 5000 white horses, the subsequent war will be much better." Hao Jian was so happy that he hurriedly advised him, "since general Gongsun''s five thousand yicongs have come day and night, the general might as well wait. After Baima Yicong arrives, he will lead the troops north to meet him."


    "As for general wangmen, you can ask general Lou to come again, tell him the situation here, and then agree on the time and direction of breakthrough. If you do so, you can also buy more time for the evacuation of the people in several cities."


    Zhao Yu wanted to refuse, but seeing Hao Jian''s almost praying eyes, he thought that after Gongsun fan''s 5000 white horse righteousness arrived, his cavalry strength had more than doubled, and he would have a greater grasp of the remnant army of yingwangmen. Moreover, if Gongsun fan''s cavalry really traveled day and night, they should arrive at the latest tomorrow afternoon, so he agreed with Hao Jian''s suggestion.


    Seeing that Zhao Yu finally agreed to his suggestion, Hao Jian finally breathed a long sigh of relief. When 5000 cavalry entered the grassland, one carelessness was the consequence of the destruction of the whole army. When they came to the battlefield of tens of thousands of cavalry, what about the real enemy of 10000 people? Maybe it''s folded inside accidentally.


    If such a thing really happens, it is estimated that Meng Yi and Zhang an will strip themselves alive without the king''s opening.


    Seeing that Zhao Yu put his energy into the construction of the pass again, Hao Jian sent sentinels to continue to monitor the movement of the Xianbei army in the north, and sent someone to meet Gongsun fan''s white horse Yicong. He also specially reminded the people who went to meet him that if they didn''t arrive tomorrow afternoon, Zhao Yu would lead 5000 cavalry to the north, so he asked Gongsun fan to come and meet as soon as possible.


    That night, the first batch of 4000 soldiers from Xiabancheng finally arrived at Ma''anshan pass. With the participation of 4000 soldiers, Hao Jian was finally able to relax. He divided four thousand soldiers into several parts. One part, two thousand people, went out to Xiaosigou town to help the defenders in the town resist the Xianbei army that might be killed suddenly. The other two thousand people maintained order in the place where they were built.


    In this way, the five thousand cavalry were completely liberated. Therefore, after discussing with Zhao Yu, Hao Jian decided to arrange the five thousand cavalry to Xiaosigou, because the five thousand cavalry had no effect even on the side of Ma''anshan pass. Instead, it would be better to put them in Xiaosigou.


    Just when Hao Jian was worried about whether Gongsun fan''s white horse Yicong could arrive before dark tomorrow, the figure of five thousand white horse Yicong had appeared in the sight of soldiers on duty on the city wall in the south of Lulong fortress. Five thousand Yicong and ten thousand white horses rushed towards the South Gate of Lulong fortress like a white cloud.


    Because he had already been informed by the messenger, the soldiers guarding the city did not panic, but sent people to enter the customs and inform the general, while opening the door.


    At this time, the sky has gradually darkened, and five thousand cavalry will certainly spend the night in the fortress. When informed by the messenger before, the general guarding the pass has ordered to tidy up the barracks, prepare the food for soldiers and the forage for war horses, and can arrange it only when the army arrives.

 Chapter 1412

    Bingzhou, Yanmen pass.


    After Huangfu Chaobo left, Zhao Yun began to order the troops and horses of various departments to start the reorganization. The first was Zhang Liao''s Bingzhou wolf cavalry. At first, there were four or five thousand Bingzhou wolf cavalry captured in Yanmen pass. Later, after Lv Bu died, they surrendered with Cao Xing. Therefore, Zhang Liao only needs to recruit all of them. With these more than 4000 wolf cavalry veterans, it is self-evident that they will benefit the subsequent army and horse training.


    However, after recruiting these wolf riding veterans, the rest of Bingzhou wolf riding need to be carefully selected by Zhang Liao from other taxis.


    The next is Zhao Yun''s white horse Yicong. The white horse Yicong did not lose much in this war, so Zhao Yun''s 15000 Yicong was soon supplemented.


    Then there are several foreign cavalry, including huyandu''s sudden cavalry, qubei Hun cavalry and xianyufu''s Wuhuan cavalry. However, there are 15000 sudden cavalry and 10000 qubei Hun cavalry in huyandu to supplement, but the supplement of xianyufu''s Wuhuan cavalry makes Zhao Yun feel a little big, because xianyufu is not an army of the Tang state, but an allied army, and there are no Wuhuan people to supplement him in Bingzhou, In the end, Zhao Yun had to put aside the fresh cavalry for the time being and make arrangements after reporting to Huangfu Chaobo.


    In fact, he didn''t know that Huangfu Chaobo was also struggling with how to arrange less than auxiliary, because after all, it was an ally''s army, and one of the two generals had died now, and there were less than 8000 cavalry left in 20000 cavalry. There was a bigger problem. Their way back to Liaodong dependency had been blocked by Xianbei people.


    Well, it''s not entirely correct to say that there is no way back to Liaodong. For example, it only takes more than ten days to take a seat. Of course, the premise is that they Yanmenguan to the south of the Yellow River, and then abandon their war horses and rush to Liaodong by boat.


    However, these Wuhuan cavalry, unlike Huangfu Chaobo''s troops, almost no one has ever been on a boat, not to mention more than ten days on the sea. It is estimated that when these Wuhuan cavalry arrive in Eastern Liaoning, there will be 4000 soldiers left in the end, and the remaining people estimate that nine and a half of their ten lives have been removed.


    Rather than this, it''s better to keep all these people in Bingzhou, but Huangfu Chaobo is not good to talk to Xiaoqiang, so he just comforted Xian Yufu and a group of Wuhuan cavalry, and let them feel at ease in Bingzhou first.


    After replenishing these special arms, Zhao Yun began to replenish ordinary cavalry. There are four cavalry in total, namely Yingyang camp, Hujie camp, hekong camp of Huang Xu and the troops of the state of Zhao with Guangmu city. Among them, the cavalry of Yingyang camp must return to the remnants of the state of Zhao in the direction of Shangjun to defend Beidi county. Bingzhou wolf cavalry of Zhang Liao will also go to Luoyang and wait for Huangfu Chaobo''s arrangement, Therefore, only 40000 special cavalry and 30000 ordinary cavalry remained in the north of Bingzhou.


    After the cavalry supplement is completed, it is the arrangement of infantry. There are nearly 100000 infantry in the Bingzhou cities north of Yanmen, but in the current situation, it is impossible to raise so many soldiers and horses.


    After careful discussion with Fazheng, Zhao Yun decided to reduce the number of infantry soldiers and selected 50000 elite soldiers to be arranged at important passes such as jilussai, gaoque pass, Manyi Valley pass and Yanmen pass, as well as the county cities of each county, while only 1000 ordinary soldiers are arranged in other counties. In this way, about 70000 infantry soldiers are needed, The remaining twenty or thirty thousand with slightly poor physical quality were simply disbanded and placed in various cities.


    The replenishment of cavalry will be completed soon, but the arrangement of infantry can not be made at a glance, because there are too many troops in the state of Zhao, and they are all drawn from the player territory that Lv Bu has harmed for several rounds, so the good and bad are uneven. That''s for sure. Here are the soldiers and horses of Zhang Liao in Guangmu city and the soldiers and soldiers of Song Xian in Fuyang City, The rest of the soldiers and horses basically belong to the existence of soy sauce.


    The soldiers who are in charge of the battle of Xutian are finally selected from the wounded soldiers of Xutian camp, including the wounded soldiers of Xutian camp.


    After discussing with Fazheng and others, Zhao Yun began to arrange the generals for each pass. He acted as jilushai Duwei, gaoque pass Duwei in Tang style, and Manyi Valley pass Duwei in Wang Du style. Each of the leading soldiers had 5000 soldiers and 1000 cavalry stationed to resist the attack of Xianbei people. These passes were built in a very dangerous position. It can be said that one man is in charge of the pass, and ten thousand men can''t open it.


    The three are also veteran generals who have been in the army for a long time. In addition, they have stayed in Beidi for nearly ten years. Therefore, Zhao Yun is also very relieved to hand over these three important passes to the three.


    The next step is the arrangement of troops and horses in each county. After repeated consideration, Zhao Yun decided to appoint Cao Xing as the new Shuofang general and set his residence in Guangmu city. Song Xian, the general guarding Yunzhong, is stationed in Yunzhong city. Li Feng, the general of Wuyuan, is stationed in Jiuyuan city. Dingxiang guards General Wang He, stationed in Shanwu. The soldiers and horses under each general are 5000 soldiers, 3000 soldiers of prefectures and countries and 2000 cavalry, totaling 10000 troops and horses.


    In addition, Yanmen pass arranged 10000 war horses and 5000 cavalry, and Gao Lan served as the captain of Yanmen pass. In addition, the remaining 5000 War soldiers were arranged by Zhao Yun to Pingcheng to defend the army of the state of Wei. The garrison general of Pingcheng temporarily appointed Xu Huang as the garrison general. However, Zhao Yun also knew that, like Xu Huang and Gao Lan, they would sooner or later be transferred to another place by Huangfu Chaobo, but it has not been determined yet.


    In this way, all 50000 soldiers have been arranged, while the rest of the counties are arranged according to one city, and the more soldiers are directly dismissed and placed in each city.


    Er, it means that all the surplus soldiers are dismissed. Finally, there are really not many remaining soldiers. Of course, those wounded soldiers are not among the demobilized. They are all arranged to serve as generals at all levels among the soldiers of counties and countries. After all, they are all old soldiers who survived the war.


    Inside and outside Yanmen pass is very lively, and Gaoliu city hundreds of miles away in the East is not calm. With Sima Yi''s efforts, Yuan Shao was once again ready to carry the banner of the anti Tang alliance. At this time, he was gathering a group of subordinates to discuss the follow-up administrative arrangements of the state of Wei.


    However, at this time, an urgent report came from youpeiping. It turned out that the Xianbei army went south to attack Gongsun Zan''s Lulong County. No, now it''s not Gongsun Zan''s Lulong, but Huangfu Chaobo''s Lulong, um, the Lulong County of the Tang state.


    This is also the most irritating place for Yuan Shao. He only got the five counties in Youzhou after killing and working. Huangfu Chaobo didn''t do anything. He even easily pocketed the three counties in youbeiping. How can Yuan Shao swallow this tone.

 Chapter 1413

    "Ha ha, little thief, you can''t keep your white territory. I''ll see how long you can be proud. Now there are Xianbei troops in the north of Bingzhou. When Bingzhou loses, Youzhou loses. See where you can equip cavalry, hum..." because you hate Huangfu Chaobo so much that Yuan Shao is almost incoherent when he sees the news.


    "Come on, give Jiang Yiqu Gu''s will and order the troops stationed in Pinggu to send troops to the east to take the posture of youpeiping and contain the soldiers and horses of the state of Tang in youpeiping so that they can not return to support Lulong''s royal family..."


    Please come here, he suddenly stood up and walked back and forth in the main position: "no!" Just as the messenger was about to leave, he sent a message to Jiang Yiqu in Pinggu. Who knew that he was stopped by Yuan Shao before he went out.


    "You can''t let them send troops. Yes, let them retreat. Then Gongsun fan of youpeiping will send troops to support Lulong. In this way, when Xianbei people fight with Tang army, they will move eastward and seize the counties in the east of Youzhou. Yes, that''s the arrangement..."


    With that, Yuan Shao applauded his arrangement. When he looked up, he saw that the messenger was still standing there, motionless: "why not go to the messenger?"


    "Er!" The waiter was surprised. He was afraid that as soon as he turned around, Yuan Shao had other orders. After confirming them again and again, he was ready to go out.


    "Wait a minute!" This time Xu you spoke. Seeing that his king was almost a demon, he had to dissuade him.


    For Xu you, he also advocated and fully united against the state of Tang, but not now. Yuan Shaogang''s move obviously meant to watch fire from the shore. If Jiang Yiqu''s army retreated, youpeiping would be even more afraid to send reinforcements out. In his opinion, the best way now is to respond to changes with invariance.


    "Your Majesty, in terms of the current situation, in the view of Wei ministers, it is best to respond to changes with invariance." Xu you saluted Yuan Shao;


    "Huh?" Yuan Shao didn''t react at once.


    "If the king orders general Jiang''s army to retreat," Xu you had to explain patiently, "it will expose the king''s intention. Moreover, most of the army are now in Gaoliu. General Jiang''s troops are not enough to attack youpeiping. If you beat the grass and scare the snake, it would be not beautiful."


    Yuan Shao thought it was reasonable, so he nodded. Just as he was about to speak to the waiter, a general came in from the outside, but Li Xuan, who was in charge of the sentry.


    "King, recently, the soldiers and horses of the Tang army in Yanmen pass went north every day. They should go to Shuofang counties. According to the statistics, at least 30000 or 40000 troops and horses have left Yanmen pass."


    "Oh, does the Xianbei army in the north of Yinshan also have the intention to go south?" Hearing the speech, Yuan Shao frowned and turned to Xu you: "Xu Aiqing, can Yanling guard have information back?"


    Xu you shook his head: "there was no return. According to the minister''s speculation, Huangfu Chaobo should send troops to take over the troops and horses of the defense in Shuofang counties."


    "In other words, there are a lot less Tang troops near Yanmen?" Feng Ji suddenly said;


    "Absolutely not. Even if there is a lot less, it is not something we can cope with temporarily. You know, there are too many cavalry in the state of Tang." As his opponent, when Feng Ji''s ass turned up, Xu you knew what kind of P was put in the minutes of every meeting, and quickly opened his mouth to stop him;


    Unfortunately, Xu you mistakenly estimated Yuan Shao''s hatred for Huangfu Chaobo. In addition, Feng Ji made every effort to urge Yuan Shao to send troops to merge the state because Xu you facilitated the anti Tang alliance of Qi and Wei and covered up the light of winning Youzhou and Youzhou.


    "Your Majesty, now that the state of Tang has newly acquired the land of Bingzhou, the internal people''s morale is unstable. Coupled with the new surrender of troops and horses of the state of Zhao, it takes a lot of energy for the state of Tang to completely close the hearts of these soldiers and soldiers. Now it can be seen from the action of Yanmen constantly sending troops and horses to take over the counties north of Yanmen."


    "At this time, if we don''t send troops and wait until the state of Tang takes full control of Binzhou, we will get half the result with twice the effort. Therefore, in my opinion, I just take this opportunity for Xianbei to go south to send troops to Yanmen, which is a good opportunity. If we can conquer Yanmen pass, the counties of Binzhou to the north of Yanmen pass will be easy to get."


    "Don''t borrow it, king. Weijiang is willing to be a pioneer and send troops to Yanmen!" Wen Chou was so happy that he jumped out to fight.


    "Yes, Weijiang is also willing to lead troops to war!" The other generals are also eager to try.


    For a moment, the whole conference hall was filled with emotion, and everyone strongly supported sending troops to Yanmen, which frightened Xu you.


    In fact, Xu you also knows that what Feng Ji said does exist, but Xu you only sees these two problems, but he doesn''t see tens of thousands of cavalry in the state of Tang in Bingzhou. At least Xu you knows from the intelligence of yanlingwei that there are at least 50000 cavalry in the state of Tang. You know, this is 50000 cavalry.


    "Your Majesty, there are too many cavalry in the state of Tang. If we send troops, we have little chance of winning." Xu you had no choice but to beg;


    After hearing Xu you''s words, Yuan Shao hesitated again.


    Feng Ji immediately said, "General Li Xuan, have you seen the king''s flag of the Tang Dynasty in Yanmen pass in recent days?"


    Li Xuan thought for a moment and shook his head: "I didn''t see the king''s flag, but..."


    "Since the king of Tang is no longer at Yanmen pass, at least 20000 to 30000 cavalry of the state of Tang have gone south to Taiyuan. That is to say, there are only 20000 to 30000 cavalry at most in Yanmen pass. You know, we also have 20000 cavalry in Gaoliu city. In this way, even if we abandon these 20000 cavalry to contain the cavalry of the state of Tang, can''t 100000 soldiers attack Yanmen pass?" Before Li Xuan could go on, Feng Ji said;


    Yuan Shao heard the speech and his eyes lit up. Yes, he has 20000 cavalry, and the state of Tang is also 20000 or 30000 cavalry at most. Even if all of them are exchanged, what does it matter if he can capture Yanmen pass and lose all of them.


    Seeing that Yuan Shao seemed to be a little loose, Xu you said, "Your Majesty, if we listen to the opinions of the envoys of the king of Wei, you once heard that Sima Yi is extremely intelligent. Moreover, the two are allies of each other. If you really want to send troops, you can also let the king of Wei send troops to contain the attention of the state of Tang."


    "Well, that''s good. Someone, please invite the envoy of the king of Wei." Yuan Shao thought it was reasonable and just let Cao ahui do something.


    Soon, Sima Yi, led by the bodyguard, came to the conference hall.


    After yuan Shaoren prepared his seat for him, he explained to Sima Yi the news that Xianbei had sent troops to Youzhou and that the Tang army had sent troops to Yanbei counties, and then asked, "Gu Su heard that Mr. Sima has great intelligence. I don''t know if it''s feasible for Gu Wang to send troops to Yanmen pass?"


    Sima Yi had already learned some information from the bodyguard on his way here. He had already had a response in his heart. He heard Yuan Shao asking, Hurriedly and anxiously stopped and said: "this matter must not be. Even if there are only 20000 cavalry under the command of Zhao Yun at Yanmen pass, the king must not send troops easily. The cavalry of the state of Tang is the highest in the world, and Zhao Yun is bravely among the three armies, which is beyond the enemy of human beings. The king had better take a long-term view."


    "Poof!" Xu you, who was drinking water with a cup in his hand, was frightened by Sima Yi''s words. A mouthful of water sprayed directly on Feng Ji''s face in front of him, but he couldn''t care about it at this time. He secretly complained: "it''s over!"


    But no one saw that when Sima Yi lowered her head, a strange smile flashed across the corners of her mouth.

 Chapter 1414

    "Xu Ziyuan, you deceive people too much!" When Feng Ji was sprayed with tea by Xu you, he was so angry that he rushed up directly and prepared to fight with Xu you, but Xu you didn''t pay attention to him at all, but turned and walked towards Sima Yi.


    "Zhongda, you... You... Why... Hi!"


    Seeing this situation, Xu you knew that sending troops to Yanmen had been impossible or avoided, so he was helpless, He had to say to Yuan Shao, "if the king really wants to send troops to Yanmen, it''s not impossible. Now there are only thousands of troops and horses in Pingcheng. The king can divide the army in two ways, send a general 20000 troops and horses to surround the Tang army in Pingcheng, and the other army will go straight to Yanmen pass. If the cavalry of Tang can be blocked in Yanmen pass, it can be a war. If not, please withdraw the army as soon as possible."


    At this time, Yuan Shao was confused by the beautiful scene described by Feng Ji that all the counties north of Yanmen were included in the bag. When he heard Xu you''s words, he just waved his hand carelessly and said, "Aiqing, don''t worry, save yourself." As for whether I listened to Xu you''s suggestions, I don''t know.


    "Well, pass on Gu''s will and order the sentinel to carefully look at the situation of Yanmen pass 12 hours a day. If there is any trace, you should report it. The army is ready to go to war. When the time is right, they will send troops to merge the state." Then, no longer looking at the reactions of others, he got up and left the hall and went back to the backyard.


    Xu you was helpless, so he had to bow down and watch Yuan Shao leave. Other people also bow down and salute. After Yuan Shao left, they left one after another and got busy.


    "Alas!" With a long sigh, Xu you turned and left. He was seeing Sima Yi go to his accommodation under the guidance of the bodyguard.


    "Lord Sima, wait a minute! Lord Sima!" Xu you cleaned up his mood and ran after Sima Yi in the direction he left.


    Sima Yi heard the speech and hurriedly stopped. She turned around and looked at Xu you and hurried after her: "Lord Xu, I don''t know what advice!" His face was still harmless to humans and animals, but he was laughing in his heart: it seems that Xu you is really unhappy. His titles have changed from Zhongda these days to Lord Sima. "


    "I wonder if Lord Sima is free. You have something to ask Lord Sima for advice." Xu you said;


    "I''m all ears for your advice. However, I''m going to return to Henan tomorrow and report the alliance to the king. If you don''t feel messy in the next dormitory, you''ll go and sit down for a while." Sima Yi replied with an arched hand;


    Xu you didn''t care where he went. He just wanted to find an opportunity to ask what Sima Yi had just said.


    So they went together to Sima Yi''s dormitory in the city. As soon as they entered the hospital, Xu you saw that Sima Yi''s entourage was indeed packing up their belongings. It seemed that they were really ready to leave the state of Wei and return to the state of Qi. They entered a pavilion in the hospital and sat down. As soon as Fang sat down, Xu you couldn''t wait to blame Sima Yi.


    "Why didn''t Zhongda just persuade our Lord more, but to add fuel to the fire?"


    Facing Xu you''s cross examination, Sima Yi said with an innocent expression: "what does Xu Gong mean by this? Isn''t Yi persuading the king of Wei?" The reason why Sima Yi said this was to provoke Yuan Shao''s rebellious heart, and then fight with the state of Tang. The deeper the spear and shield of the Tang and Wei countries, the better for the state of Qi.


    I believe you''re a ghost, you boy. You''re very bad. How can you persuade people like you? Xu you scolded secretly in his heart;


    "Based on the current situation of Wei, the best way is to digest the newly acquired land of several counties, and then buy a large number of war horses from Xianbei people. After the cavalry is trained, it is the best policy to fight with the state of Tang. The king was still hesitating, but Zhongda said in the past, but... Alas!"


    "The boy is terrified and has ruined the great event of Duke Xu." Sima Yi listened to Xu you''s words and hurriedly got up to make a series, pretending to be frightened and said: "just the boy felt that what every adult said was not unreasonable. The state of Wei wanted time to train cavalry and get new territory, but the state of Tang also had this idea. Sooner or later, it needed a war. It''s better to take advantage of the instability of the land of Bingzhou and wipe out the Tang army of Bingzhou with the momentum of thunder."


    "Alas, having said that, the cavalry of the state of Tang at Yanmen pass is a strong enemy." Xu you didn''t know what Sima Yi meant.


    "Boy, I have an immature suggestion. Maybe Xu Gong can give it a try." Sima Yi suddenly smiled mysteriously;


    "Oh, what''s Zhongda''s good plan?" Xu you was inspired by the speech.


    "Vehicle array!" Sima Yi swallowed two words gently.


    Xu Youmeng was surprised: "the strategy of Changping marquis to break through the Xiongnu with Wu Gang car ring!"


    "But also!"


    At this time, Xu you couldn''t bother to find Sima Yi any more. After leaving Sima Yi, he hurried to find yuan Shaoshang to discuss the strategy to break the enemy.


    Two days later, 80000 infantry and 20000 cavalry combined to 100000, the Wei army left Gaoliu and came all the way to Pingcheng in the west, leaving 40000 infantry in Gaoliu to defend the rear road of the army and transport the food and grass transported by the army.


    The army was accompanied by thousands of baggage carts, which were the vehicle array prepared by Xu you and Yuan Shao after the discussion to deal with the cavalry of the Tang army. However, although these baggage carts could not be arranged into a solid vehicle array, they could be used to interrupt the offensive momentum of the cavalry of the Tang army.


    What made Xu you dissatisfied was that Yuan Shao didn''t follow his advice and directly sent troops to attack Yanmen pass. Instead, he chose Fengji to attack mapingcheng first and then Yanmen pass. After all, occupying Pingcheng means controlling the whole Shuozhou basin, and the state of Wei can advance, attack, retreat and defend in an invincible position.


    "Finally!" In Yanmen pass, Zhao Yun looked at the report sent back by the whistle and smiled at Fazheng and zhangliao humanitarians;


    "It''s worth our careful arrangement for so long, and we specially left General Zhang Liao''s Bingzhou wolf riding." FA Zheng also smiled;


    This is precisely what he carefully planned. Tens of thousands of troops of the state of Wei gathered in Daijun. Without a war, the state of Wei''s Thoughts on Bingzhou would be broken. For the war of the Xianbei people behind, the state of Tang would be very disadvantageous. Therefore, Fazheng specially asked Zhao Yun to Send a memorial to huangfuchao Bo and asked him to agree that Zhang Liao and several other cavalry troops should leave temporarily. He just wanted to send a big gift to the state of Wei.


    Although these days, thousands or even tens of thousands of soldiers and horses leave every day, most of them are infantry, and a small number of more than 10000 cavalry hide in the valley to the north of Shanwu city.


    The purpose is to give the state of Wei a feast of cavalry, because in Fazheng''s plan, they never thought of using infantry to fight with the Wei army. Because the Wei army needs to leave Gaoliu, when the time is ripe, nearly 100000 cavalry of the state of Tang can give the army of the state of Wei a thunderous blow. Not to mention annihilating it completely, they can at least hit it hard, so that they dare not have the idea of coveting Binzhou in a short time.

 Chapter 1415

    The speed of the Wei army was very fast. Tens of miles from Gaoliu to Pingcheng, 100000 troops arrived in one day. After the troops arrived in Pingcheng, they began to prepare to attack the city in an orderly manner. At the same time, thousands of baggage carts had also been prepared for the formation. Tens of thousands of long spearmen and crossbow soldiers were matched with the formation, which were prepared by Xu you for the cavalry of the Tang army.


    However, what they didn''t expect was that the Tang army''s response would be so fast. The next morning, shortly after the Wei army began to attack the city, tens of thousands of Tang army cavalry appeared in the sight of the Wei army.


    "How could it be! No... impossible..." the position of the Chinese army, standing on the tall building car, Yuan Shao, Xu you and other people have seen tens of thousands of Tang army cavalry coming in like a tide from a distance.


    "Didn''t you say there were only twenty or thirty thousand? How could there be so many cavalry? Who can tell me..." yuan Shaoru was crazy and roared at the bottom of his heart;


    "Your Majesty, it''s not necessary to investigate this now. Please be prepared to evacuate." Xu you first reacted and pulled Yuan Shao dancing on the floor car.


    "Yes, withdraw, quickly, order to withdraw..." Yuan Shao was in a panic. When he heard Xu you''s withdrawal, he immediately shouted;


    "We can''t retreat like this. At least we should see whether the vehicle array can stop the cavalry of the Tang army. If it can''t resist, we need to arrange several troops and horses to stop the attack of the Tang army in turns." Xu you looked at Yuan Shao, who was already incoherent, and interrupted him again.


    Yuan Shao still experienced many wars. Although he was frightened by tens of thousands of cavalry of the Tang army, after several reminders from Xu you, he finally settled down a little, at least not as panicked as before.


    "Come here and order the chariot array to resist the enemy!" In fact, the formation has long been ready to end. Now, with the command of the Chinese army, thousands of baggage vehicles began to form the formation, and the long spearmen and crossbow soldiers also gathered towards the inner circle of the formation under the command of the generals, ready to kill the cavalry of the Tang Army.


    Seeing that Yuan Shao had finally calmed down a little, Xu you whispered: "king, we still need to prepare for the worst." With that, Xu you pointed at Gaoliu in the East.


    Under his reminder, Yuan Shao also woke up: "can''t the car array resist it?"


    "Your Majesty, look at the posture of the Tang army. It should have been prepared long ago. We''ll only wait for us to deliver it to the door, otherwise there won''t be so many cavalry in Yanmen pass. If there were only 30000 or 50000 cavalry, these chariots might still be useful, but now there are obviously more than these cavalry. The minister estimates that the cavalry of the Tang army is no less than 70000 or 70000..."


    "Seventy or eighty thousand... I regret not having heard Ziyuan''s words." Yuan Shao whispered, which only he and Xu you could hear. "But there are nearly 100000 soldiers here..."


    Xu you understood what Yuan Shao meant: "the king''s safety is related to the survival of the state of Wei. If the king is okay, the state of Wei is okay. As for 100000 soldiers..."


    Yuan Shao''s expression was only a little struggle, then relieved: "according to Zi Yuan''s view, what should we do?"


    Xu you approached Yuan Shao, said so and so in his ear for a while, and then stepped back.


    "Boom!..."


    With the sound of the horse''s hooves, tens of thousands of cavalry are now surging in the direction of Pingcheng. Zhao Yun is the main general of the first army, so he did not lead the army in the front. The front is the 10000 Bingzhou wolf cavalry led by Zhang Liao, and next to him are the sudden cavalry of huyandu and the Xiongnu cavalry of qubei.


    "Report!" At this time, Zhao Yun was arranging the direction of the former soldier.


    "Report, general, general Zhang Liao ordered his subordinates to report. It seems that the Wei army has formed a vehicle array with baggage carts outside the city. Please make a decision."


    "Hum, it''s just a mockery. How much do you really think such a childlike trick can do?" FA Zheng sniffed the speech and said with a smile;


    Among the Tang army, in addition to Zhao Yun as a cavalry general, there is now another Zhang Liao. Tian Yu, huyandu and qubei are the people who are most familiar with the cavalry tactics, while there are few cavalry generals in the state of Wei. Therefore, at the time of negotiation, they had speculated on the tactics that the state of Wei might use to resist cavalry.


    The car formation is one of them. However, for the car formation, Zhao Yun and they have long discussed the way to deal with it.


    Hearing that Wei Jun really used the vehicle array against his cavalry, they both looked at each other and smiled.


    "Go and have a look." Zhao Yun finished, lightly lifted the reins and left in the direction of the forward army.


    "Drive!" Fazheng also clamped his horse''s belly and followed up.


    They quickly arrived at Zhang Liao''s army. At this time, Zhang Liao''s army was less than a mile away from the vehicle array of the Wei army. Seeing the arrival of Zhao Yun and FA Zheng, they quickly turned and saluted: "general, military division!"


    "General Zhang!" They quickly responded.


    "How?" Zhao Yun asked;


    "General, please see, the Wei army has lined up a vehicle array. However, they only use ordinary baggage carts, but they don''t know whether it is grain, grass or soil." Zhang Liao stretched out his whip and pointed to the Wei army position opposite.


    "Just try it!" Zhao Yun said: "pass on general Huyan, send someone to shoot three rounds with rockets, and the target can be aimed at the vehicle array of the Wei army."


    Soon, the nearby huyandu sent a full 2000 Turkmen cavalry to rush towards the Wei army. When they were a stone''s throw away, 2000 rockets were fired at the Wei army''s vehicle array.


    Wei Jun''s reaction was not slow, but dozens of baggage cars were ignited by rockets, and the thick smoke lit up the eyes of General Zhao Zhu. In fact, Xu you has already loaded nearly half of the baggage carts with soil. His intention is to put these vehicles with soil in a circle outside. On the one hand, the vehicles with soil are heavier, and on the other hand, he is afraid of the Rockets of the Tang army.


    However, people are not as good as heaven. There are too many cavalry of the Tang army this time. In order to increase the defense range, we have to draw out some baggage carts with grain and grass to be mixed in them. In this way, it has become the direction of the breakthrough of the Tang Army.


    "Order huyandu and qubei to lead the army back and forth and surround five rounds with rockets. After the order, the war horses who break the array are ready, and the direction of breakthrough can be put in these places." With that, Zhao Yun chose several breakthrough directions from the middle.


    "General Zhang, after the horses break through the formation and open the other party''s vehicle formation, your Bingzhou wolf riding is the first wave of cavalry to rush into the formation. After rushing into the formation, don''t stop and directly attack the central army of Yuan Shao."


    "Promise!"


    "Herald, attack!"


    In the Wei army, on the floor car, the monarchs and ministers of the state of Wei watched tens of thousands of Tang army cavalry rush back and shoot outside their own car array. Tens of thousands of rockets roared to the car array and fell into the car array. Soon, countless baggage were ignited by rockets.


    Soon there was a roaring sound of horses'' hoofs in the distance. Xu you looked up and saw tens of thousands of horses coming, but there was no knight on the horse''s back. On the contrary, there were wisps of black smoke on the horse''s tail.


    "No, fire cow array! No, fire horse array!" Since Xu you had already wanted to use the chariot array to stop the cavalry of the Tang army, he must have thought of how the other party''s altar would break his chariot array. Unexpectedly, the other party had prepared the horses to break the array so soon. It seems that his guess is not wrong. The Tang army has already prepared for it.


    "Your Majesty, please change your clothes immediately and leave quickly! Weichen is willing to command troops here for your majesty!" Xu you immediately suggested to Yuan Shao that he knew that it was impossible for the vehicle array to stop the Tang army. Now he can only let Yuan Shao safely withdraw to Gaoliu. As for the hundreds of thousands of troops, he can''t care so much.

 Chapter 1416

    It has to be said that Xu you''s ability to escape is still very strong, just as in real history, after Xu you got his nephew arrested, without saying a word, he immediately went south to surrender to Cao Cao and survived.


    This time, too, he was not optimistic about the next war, so he immediately prepared to run with his boss. Not only that, he also retreated and volunteered to stay for Yuan Shao to command the troops and horses and buy time for his running.


    Then, sure enough, Yuan Shao refused directly, because he was ashamed that he didn''t follow Xu you''s advice. Now Xu you volunteered to break up for himself, which made Yuan Shao more moved. Without saying anything, he handed over the matter of commanding the troops to Feng Ji, and took Xu you and ran away.


    More than that, Yuan Shao also emphasized to Feng Ji that he asked him to resist the Tang army for at least an hour. After an hour, the army could retreat orderly and retreat to Gaoliu city. If there was any mistake, he would be killed, which made Feng Ji suddenly clawed.


    However, the current situation does not allow him to make irresponsible remarks. He advocated sending troops to Binzhou. The purpose is to press Xu you again. Who knows, this time, he bumped into an iron plate. If you want to continue to live well, you have to listen to Yuan Shao honestly. Otherwise, yuan Shao''s dissatisfaction in his eyes just now overflows on his face.


    However, he didn''t have a chance. When Yuan Shao left, he didn''t take his car away, just to keep the morale of the army. More than that, the 10000 forbidden guards only took 2000, and the famous generals and their soldiers in the Wei army haven''t moved. These are his dependence.


    However, his escape skills seem to be a little worse than Xu you. Xu you has seen the strength of the Tang army. It is estimated that his own two blade chariot array will not be able to stop the cavalry of the Tang army, so he took the first step to leave, but Feng Ji is still thinking that he should have no problem resisting the Tang army for an hour, and may be able to disintegrate the attack of the Tang army.


    Xu you''s vision is still very good. Although Yuan Shao repeatedly stressed to Feng Ji that he supported him for an hour, and Feng Ji and the generals of the state of Wei did not cheat or slip, in front of absolute strength, everything was in vain. The fire horse array composed of 10000 horses broke through the vehicle array of the Wei army in only half an hour.


    Zhang Liao, who followed him, quickly led Bingzhou wolf riding to break through the vehicle array of the Wei army. Therefore, tens of thousands of cavalry of the Tang army poured into the military array of the Wei army like a flood breaking the dike, breaking tens of thousands of the military array of the Wei army.


    At this time, yuan Shaojian''s order for an hour was ignored and the central army was ordered to evacuate immediately.


    Of course, he was not so stupid as to shout and run away. Instead, he asked several armies to take over the dead by Yuan Shao''s order. However, in the face of the repeated attacks of Zhao Yun, Zhang Liao and Xu Huang, even the most powerful general Wen Chou of the state of Wei could not resist.


    After being injured in the battle with Zhao Yun, Wen Chou had to retreat hastily under the escort of his own soldiers. As soon as Wen Chou withdrew, the rest of the Wei army generals were even more unable to resist.


    In less than an hour, 100000 Wei troops were released and rushed all over the mountains to gaoliucheng. Zhao Yun''s generals were not the key. He left the legal orthodoxy to lead tens of thousands of ordinary cavalry to clean up the battlefield. Zhao Yun himself led Zhang Liao and other generals and led tens of thousands of special cavalry to chase a routed army of the state of Wei all the way East.


    When the cavalry of the Tang army caught up with the Gaoliu City, Yuan Shao had already entered the Gaoliu City, and there were 40000 soldiers in the city. Zhao Yunzhu would not be crazy to attack the city with cavalry. After showing off under the Gaoliu City, tens of thousands of cavalry withdrew and returned to Bingzhou under the command of Zhao Yun.


    It was not until late at night that the battlefield outside Pingcheng was completely quiet. Zhao Yun did not set up his own Chinese army in Pingcheng, but set up a Chinese army big account at the place where the Wei Army stood outside the city. All the generals of the Tang army rushed to the big account for discussion at the invitation of Zhao Yun.


    After a great war, both soldiers and generals were very happy. There was a lot of excitement in the middle account. Zhao Yun didn''t stop it. He smiled and watched the people in the account talking and waiting for the arrival of other generals.


    After all the generals arrived, Zhao Yun said, "well, since everyone is here, let''s listen to today''s harvest."


    It is rare for Zhao Yun to speak like this. All the generals in the account were stunned and laughed together.


    FA is the person in charge of the final statistics. After listening to Zhao Yun''s words, he stood up with a smile: "as General Zhao said, he finally lived up to the trust of the king. This war depends on the soldiers to kill the enemy bravely, and the harvest is still very good."


    "Kill and kill more than 10000 Wei troops!"


    "Captured more than 40000 soldiers, more than 30000 civilian men and more than 10000 war horses!"


    "More than 100000 pieces of money, grain, baggage, weapons and armor!"


    "Killed more than 10 generals above the Wei army captain, and captured 16 generals below the Wei Army General Gao Gan, Han Fan and Liang Qi!"


    Every time Fazheng said one, the joy on the faces of all the generals in the account increased by one point. When Fazheng finished speaking, all the generals in the account were flushed. How can they not be happy with such a great victory.


    Zhao Yun put out his hand and stopped the noise: "well, we already know the harvest, but how about the loss of the army? Please tell the military division as well."


    After hearing Zhao Yun''s words, the generals immediately calmed down. Although everyone knows that the loss of their own troops and horses should be small, it still needs the final statistics of Fazheng.


    "The loss of our army is not big, but it is not small. Each department lost more than 5000 horses, which was replaced after the loss of more than 6000 war horses. If it were not for the loss of more than 6000 war horses, it is estimated that the loss would be greater, and most of the losses are concentrated in the combined state wolf cavalry and sudden cavalry, as well as white horse righteousness from these special arms."


    "It''s ordinary cavalry, because they basically only undertake some unfinished battles, so the losses are smaller." At this point, Fazheng''s voice was inspired: "however, the advantage is that the more than 6000 war horses we lost are ordinary war horses, and the war horses captured by the Wei army this time are basically slightly better than the war horses we lost, which can be said to be profitable."


    "Hahaha..." the generals laughed again.


    "Well, the war report of this war will be written together with the military division later. It will be sent to Luoyang overnight and sent to the king. I believe the king will not hesitate to reward." Zhao Yun said;


    Everyone was excited when they heard the speech.


    "General Zhang Liao!" When everyone was a little calm, Zhao Yun ordered again;


    "Will not be in!" When Zhang Liao heard the speech, he immediately stepped out of the line;


    "The war is over here. The general can rest assured that he will lead the troops south to meet the king. As for the lost soldiers, the general can choose from the army. After the supplement is completed, all Bingzhou wolves will ride one person, equipped with three best horses, and quickly go south to meet the king."


    "No command!"


    "The rest of the generals returned to their positions according to the previous arrangement. Now the Wei army should not dare to advance westward in a short time. In the next time, we need to go all out to prepare for the attack of Xianbei people."


    "Promise!" Hearing the speech, the generals got up together and promised with fists.

 Chapter 1417

    In Gaoliu City, it took Yuan Shao several days to settle down from the nightmare of defeat. 100000 troops set out, and less than 30000 people were able to escape. The rest of the troops were either captured or escaped. The loss of the general made Yuan Shao feel distressed, especially his nephew Gao Gan disappeared, which made Yuan Shao very angry.


    The consequence of Yuan Shao''s anger is that Feng Ji, the first pupa of the army, was unlucky. Feng Ji, who fled back to Gaoliu City, was immediately ordered to be locked up in prison by Yuan Shao. If he hadn''t been diligent and followed him for many years, he wouldn''t have been killed at the beginning.


    In fact, Yuan Shao also had the idea of beheading him in anger, but everyone begged for Fengji. Yuan Shao, who was not firm in his original idea, no longer insisted on beheading Fengji, but instead went to jail.


    In particular, Xu you also pleaded for Fengji, which made Yuan Shao unable to make up his mind to kill Fengji. In fact, Xu you also wanted Yuan Shao to kill Feng Ji so that he could have one less competitor, but he couldn''t use the reason for the defeat. You know, although Feng Ji has selfishness, there is indeed his reason for sending troops this time, but he fell into the trap of the Tang army. Therefore, it is also a crime of non war.


    If Yuan Shao really killed Fengji this time, what if Xu you had an idea and stubble next time, wouldn''t he lose his head? Therefore, when Yuan Shao wanted to kill Fengji, Xu you also stood up and tried to ensure that Fengji would not die, which disturbed a wave of people''s hearts for Xu Youla.


    However, after this great defeat, Yuan Shao has not thought of how to end it for the time being. It''s just that the idea of entering the West and merging the state has been defeated by the cavalry of the Tang army. At least before the cavalry of the state of Wei is trained, Yuan Shao dare not lead the army to the West.


    Since there was no hope of entering the west, Yuan Shao didn''t hesitate this time. After arranging for General Han Meng, the general of the capture army, to lead 50000 troops to guard Gaoliu, Yuan Shao left Daijun in a hurry and was ready to return to Yecheng.


    ¡­¡­


    When the war in the west of Youzhou was hastily ended, the war in the East had also entered the final stage.


    After a few days, Zhao Yu''s command concentrated on nearly 30000 troops, including more than 10000 cavalry and more than 20000 soldiers. In addition, the construction of Ma''anshan pass has begun to take shape. Of course, this only refers to the north wall.


    After tens of thousands of people and craftsmen building day and night, now the north wall has reached one foot and five feet. In two days, the city gate can be built. Now the ditch outside the wall has been dug. Only when the river next to it is finally dug, it can be turned into a moat.


    After several days of arrangement, the people of dianzi city in the north have all retreated to the south of Ma''anshan pass, and the people of Louzidian town in the north are almost to dianzi city. Now there are only a thousand cavalry and a thousand foot soldiers in these towns. After receiving wangmen, all these towns in the north can be abandoned.


    "The construction and defense arrangements of the pass will be handed over to general Meng. After the general will lead the army to leave, general Meng needs to speed up the construction of the North pass. If it''s not bad, once our army receives general wangmen, the Xianbei army will follow. At that time, the North pass will become the only barrier against the southward movement of the Xianbei army."


    Ma''anshan pass, within the wall of Beiguan pass, Zhao Yu sat on the horse and looked at Meng Yuandao who came to see him off;


    "Please don''t worry, general. If you don''t go all out, build Ma''anshan pass as soon as possible." Meng Yuan respectfully replied.


    Meng Yi arranged Meng Yuan and Hao Jian to be Zhao Yu''s deputy generals. Hao Jian is good at cavalry, which can help Zhao Yu command the cavalry, and Meng''s principle is to be a step general. Therefore, once Zhao Yu leads the army, Meng principle is the most suitable left behind general.


    Now Zhao Yu is ready to lead the troops north and meet the king''s gate to break through the siege and go south.


    Zhao Yu nodded, pulled out the horse''s head, and gently clamped his legs on the horse''s belly. The war horse walked briskly towards the north. Behind her, a thousand cavalry followed, and the roaring sound of horse hoofs echoed back into the valley, which had not dissipated for a long time.


    In Chifeng City, the king''s gate has gathered the city''s generals to discuss matters in the Taishou mansion. Next to him is Lou Jing who entered the city again.


    "Gentlemen, General Zhao has led 10000 cavalry to meet our evacuation, so from now on, everyone should be ready to leave at any time..." the King opened his mouth and said to the generals present;


    "Report! Ximen urgent report!"


    At this time, a voice came from the king''s gate. Someone asked for an audience outside the gate. The general on duty at the head of the city should send someone to report the military situation.


    "Come in!"


    "Squeak!" With a sound, the door was pushed open, and the guard outside the door came in with an ordinary soldier in a tie.


    "See you, general!"


    "No gift! Hu Huan sent you here. What can I do for you?"


    "Report back to the general, the follow-up army of Xianbei people has arrived!"


    "Is that it?" The king''s gate suddenly stood up, picked up his weapons and went to the wall. The other generals followed, and more than ten people hurried to the inner city and the west city wall.


    Walking a hundred steps away from the city wall, they can hear more and more noise in the outer city outside the city wall.


    "General!" Seeing the king''s gate climbing the wall, the general on duty immediately came to report what had happened in the outer city: "about an hour ago, there was a faint cry in the North outside the city. At that time, the general didn''t care. Who knows that half an hour later, the flag of Xianbei army appeared outside the west gate of the outer city."


    "Then, countless Xianbei armies began to pour into the city, and these Xianbei cavalry were all the same palace tent cavalry, so it was not speculated that the troops of Xianbei army had arrived."


    "General, look!" Just then, a general nearby suddenly exclaimed;


    Everyone looked in the direction of his fingers. In the distance, a big flag appeared in the sight of everyone.


    "Zuo Xianwang!" Wang men''s eyes were very good. He immediately saw a few words on the flag. There was nothing wrong. It was really Zuo Xian Wang. He just didn''t know who this Zuo Xian Wang was. However, it didn''t matter. Zuo Xian Wang was already the largest official position in Xianbei in the East, so it should be the follow-up army of Xianbei people.


    "It seems that we must hurry up with the evacuation." The king thought in his heart.


    Soon, the king''s gate made a decision, turned his head and looked at Lou Jing beside him and whispered, "general Lou, please run again and tell General Zhao as soon as possible that you haven''t prepared here. Please prepare for the reception. Time..." speaking of this, the king''s gate looked up at the sky again. Now it''s afternoon, and Xianbei people shouldn''t attack the city today.


    "The time is set for tomorrow. Preparations will begin at Yin o''clock tomorrow. At Mao o''clock, the south gate will be opened to break through the siege. General Zhao is also requested to send troops to meet him as soon as possible."


    Wang men knows that tomorrow is the best time for him to break through. The Xianbei army arrived today and will certainly not attack the city immediately. However, the army will be arranged outside the south gate, but I don''t know how many there will be, but once they are all arranged in place, his last chance will be lost.


    Lou Jing also knew that the matter was urgent, saluted the king''s gate with a fist, and then left quickly. He must leave the city immediately, otherwise he will have no chance after the soldiers and horses in the south of Xianbei army are arranged.